{
  "version": "3.50",
  "generated": "2026-07-24T18:45:14Z",
  "policy": "Document-level local texts remain distinct from council-level source-volume extracts. 3.49 complete-acts records with shifted council attribution were removed. No translation is generated.",
  "documents": [
    {
      "council": 1,
      "key": "nicaea-canons-1-20",
      "title": "Canons 1–20",
      "type": "Canons — public-domain English source text",
      "date": "325",
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableLanguages": [
        "en"
      ],
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "en"
      ],
      "sourceNote": "The canonical text is extracted from the local public-domain NPNF volume. Its historical notes remain available in the source PDF; no Greek or Latin counterpart is claimed.",
      "verification": {
        "status": "verified-local-source-extraction",
        "version": "3.50",
        "sourceHeading": "The Canons of the 318 Holy Fathers Assembled in the City of Nice, in Bithynia",
        "canons": 20
      },
      "languages": {
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "canon-1",
              "number": "1",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If any one in sickness has been subjected by physicians to a surgical operation, or if he has been castrated by barbarians, let him remain among the clergy; but, if any one in sound health has castrated himself, it behoves that such an one, if [already] enrolled among the clergy, should cease [from his ministry], and that from henceforth no such person should be promoted. But, as it is evident that this is said of those who wilfully do the thing and presume to castrate themselves, so if any have been made eunuchs by barbarians, or by their masters, and should otherwise be found worthy, such men the Canon admits to the clergy."
            },
            {
              "id": "canon-2",
              "number": "2",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Forasmuch as, either from necessity, or through the urgency of individuals, many things have been done contrary to the Ecclesiastical canon, so that men just converted from heathenism to the faith, and who have been instructed but a little while, are straightway brought to the spiritual laver, and as soon as they have been baptized, are advanced to the episcopate or the presbyterate, it has seemed right to us that for the time to come no such thing shall be done. For to the catechumen himself there is need of time and of a longer trial after baptism. For the apostolical saying is clear, “Not a novice; lest, being lifted up with pride, he fall into condemnation and the snare of the devil.” But if, as time goes on, any sensual sin should be found out about the person, and he should be convicted by two or three witnesses, let him cease from the clerical office. And whoso shall transgress these [enactments] will imperil his own clerical position, as a person who presumes to disobey the great Synod."
            },
            {
              "id": "canon-3",
              "number": "3",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The great Synod has stringently forbidden any bishop, presbyter, deacon, or any one of the clergy whatever, to have a subintroducta dwelling with him, except only a mother, or sister, or aunt, or such persons only as are beyond all suspicion."
            },
            {
              "id": "canon-4",
              "number": "4",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is by all means proper that a bishop should be appointed by all the bishops in the province; but should this be difficult, either on account of urgent necessity or because of distance, three at least should meet together, and the suffrages of the absent [bishops] also being given and communicated in writing, then the ordination should take place. But in every province the ratification of what is done should be left to the Metropolitan."
            },
            {
              "id": "canon-5",
              "number": "5",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concerning those, whether of the clergy or of the laity, who have been excommunicated in the several provinces, let the provision of the canon be observed by the bishops which provides that persons cast out by some be not readmitted by others. Nevertheless, inquiry should be made whether they have been excommunicated through captiousness, or contentiousness, or any such like ungracious disposition in the bishop. And, that this matter may have due investigation, it is decreed that in every province synods shall be held twice a year, in order that when all the bishops of the province are assembled together, such questions may by them be thoroughly examined, that so those who have confessedly offended against their bishop, may be seen by all to be for just cause excommunicated, until it shall seem fit to a general meeting of the bishops to pronounce a milder sentence upon them. And let these synods be held, the one before Lent, (that the pure Gift may be offered to God after all bitterness has been put away), and let the second be held about autumn."
            },
            {
              "id": "canon-6",
              "number": "6",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let the ancient customs in Egypt, Libya and Pentapolis prevail, that the Bishop of Alexandria have jurisdiction in all these, since the like is customary for the Bishop of Rome also. Likewise in Antioch and the other provinces, let the Churches retain their privileges. And this is to be universally understood, that if any one be made bishop without the consent of the Metropolitan, the great Synod has declared that such a man ought not to be a bishop. If, however, two or three bishops shall from natural love of contradiction, oppose the common suffrage of the rest, it being reasonable and in accordance with the ecclesiastical law, then let the choice of the majority prevail."
            },
            {
              "id": "canon-7",
              "number": "7",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since custom and ancient tradition have prevailed that the Bishop of Ælia [i.e., Jerusalem] should be honoured, let him, saving its due dignity to the Metropolis, have the next place of honour."
            },
            {
              "id": "canon-8",
              "number": "8",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concerning those who call themselves Cathari, if they come over to the Catholic and Apostolic Church, the great and holy Synod decrees that they who are ordained shall continue as they are in the clergy. But it is before all things necessary that they should profess in writing that they will observe and follow the dogmas of the Catholic and Apostolic Church; in particular that they will communicate with persons who have been twice married, and with those who having lapsed in persecution have had a period [of penance] laid upon them, and a time [of restoration] fixed so that in all things they will follow the dogmas of the Catholic Church. Wheresoever, then, whether in villages or in cities, all of the ordained are found to be of these only, let them remain in the clergy, and in the same rank in which they are found. But if they come over where there is a bishop or presbyter of the Catholic Church, it is manifest that the Bishop of the Church must have the bishop’s dignity; and he who was named bishop by those who are called Cathari shall have the rank of presbyter, unless it shall seem fit to the Bishop to admit him to partake in the honour of the title. Or, if this should not be satisfactory, then shall the bishop provide for him a place as Chorepiscopus, or presbyter, in order that he may be evidently seen to be of the clergy, and that there may not be two bishops in the city."
            },
            {
              "id": "canon-9",
              "number": "9",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If any presbyters have been advanced without examination, or if upon examination they have made confession of crime, and men acting in violation of the canon have laid hands upon them, notwithstanding their confession, such the canon does not admit; for the Catholic Church requires that [only] which is blameless."
            },
            {
              "id": "canon-10",
              "number": "10",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If any who have lapsed have been ordained through the ignorance, or even with the previous knowledge of the ordainers, this shall not prejudice the canon of the Church; for when they are discovered they shall be deposed."
            },
            {
              "id": "canon-11",
              "number": "11",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concerning those who have fallen without compulsion, without the spoiling of their property, without danger or the like, as happened during the tyranny of Licinius, the Synod declares that, though they have deserved no clemency, they shall be dealt with mercifully. As many as were communicants, if they heartily repent, shall pass three years among the hearers; for seven years they shall be prostrators; and for two years they shall communicate with the people in prayers, but without oblation."
            },
            {
              "id": "canon-12",
              "number": "12",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As many as were called by grace, and displayed the first zeal, having cast aside their military girdles, but afterwards returned, like dogs, to their own vomit, (so that some spent money and by means of gifts regained their military stations); let these, after they have passed the space of three years as hearers, be for ten years prostrators. But in all these cases it is necessary to examine well into their purpose and what their repentance appears to be like. For as many as give evidence of their conversions by deeds, and not pretence, with fear, and tears, and perseverance, and good works, when they have fulfilled their appointed time as hearers, may properly communicate in prayers; and after that the bishop may determine yet more favourably concerning them. But those who take [the matter] with indifference, and who think the form of [not] entering the Church is sufficient for their conversion, must fulfil the whole time."
            },
            {
              "id": "canon-13",
              "number": "13",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concerning the departing, the ancient canonical law is still to be maintained, to wit, that, if any man be at the point of death, he must not be deprived of the last and most indispensable Viaticum. But, if any one should be restored to health again who has received the communion when his life was despaired of, let him remain among those who communicate in prayers only. But in general, and in the case of any dying person whatsoever asking to receive the Eucharist, let the Bishop, after examination made, give it him."
            },
            {
              "id": "canon-14",
              "number": "14",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concerning catechumens who have lapsed, the holy and great Synod has decreed that, after they have passed three years only as hearers, they shall pray with the catechumens."
            },
            {
              "id": "canon-15",
              "number": "15",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On account of the great disturbance and discords that occur, it is decreed that the custom prevailing in certain places contrary to the Canon, must wholly be done away; so that neither bishop, presbyter, nor deacon shall pass from city to city. And if any one, after this decree of the holy and great Synod, shall attempt any such thing, or continue in any such course, his proceedings shall be utterly void, and he shall be restored to the Church for which he was ordained bishop or presbyter."
            },
            {
              "id": "canon-16",
              "number": "16",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Neither presbyters, nor deacons, nor any others enrolled among the clergy, who, not having the fear of God before their eyes, nor regarding the ecclesiastical Canon, shall recklessly remove from their own church, ought by any means to be received by another church; but every constraint should be applied to restore them to their own parishes; and, if they will not go, they must be excommunicated. And if anyone shall dare surreptitiously to carry off and in his own Church ordain a man belonging to another, without the consent of his own proper bishop, from whom although he was enrolled in the clergy list he has seceded, let the ordination be void."
            },
            {
              "id": "canon-17",
              "number": "17",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Forasmuch as many enrolled among the Clergy, following covetousness and lust of gain, have forgotten the divine Scripture, which says, “He hath not given his money upon usury,” and in lending money ask the hundredth of the sum [as monthly interest], the holy and great Synod thinks it just that if after this decree any one be found to receive usury, whether he accomplish it by secret transaction or otherwise, as by demanding the whole and one half, or by using any other contrivance whatever for filthy lucre’s sake, he shall be deposed from the clergy and his name stricken from the list."
            },
            {
              "id": "canon-18",
              "number": "18",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It has come to the knowledge of the holy and great Synod that, in some districts and cities, the deacons administer the Eucharist to the presbyters, whereas neither canon nor custom permits that they who have no right to offer should give the Body of Christ to them that do offer. And this also has been made known, that certain deacons now touch the Eucharist even before the bishops. Let all such practices be utterly done away, and let the deacons remain within their own bounds, knowing that they are the ministers of the bishop and the inferiors of the presbyters. Let them receive the Eucharist according to their order, after the presbyters, and let either the bishop or the presbyter administer to them. Furthermore, let not the deacons sit among the presbyters, for that is contrary to canon and order. And if, after this decree, any one shall refuse to obey, let him be deposed from the diaconate."
            },
            {
              "id": "canon-19",
              "number": "19",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concerning the Paulianists who have flown for refuge to the Catholic Church, it has been decreed that they must by all means be rebaptized; and if any of them who in past time have been numbered among their clergy should be found blameless and without reproach, let them be rebaptized and ordained by the Bishop of the Catholic Church; but if the examination should discover them to be unfit, they ought to be deposed. Likewise in the case of their deaconesses, and generally in the case of those who have been enrolled among their clergy, let the same form be observed. And we mean by deaconesses such as have assumed the habit, but who, since they have no imposition of hands, are to be numbered only among the laity."
            },
            {
              "id": "canon-20",
              "number": "20",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Forasmuch as there are certain persons who kneel on the Lord’s Day and in the days of Pentecost, therefore, to the intent that all things may be uniformly observed everywhere (in every parish), it seems good to the holy Synod that prayer be made to God standing."
            }
          ],
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/npnf214-seven-ecumenical-councils.pdf",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/s/schaff/npnf214/cache/npnf214.pdf",
          "witnesses": [
            {
              "label": "NPNF Series II, volume 14 — The Seven Ecumenical Councils",
              "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/npnf214-seven-ecumenical-councils.pdf",
              "sourceUrl": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/s/schaff/npnf214/cache/npnf214.pdf",
              "format": "pdf"
            }
          ]
        }
      }
    },
    {
      "key": "council-source-corpus",
      "council": 2,
      "title": "Constantinople I — council-level source corpus",
      "type": "Council-level source corpus",
      "date": "",
      "scope": "council-level-corpus",
      "sourceStatus": "Readable English extraction from a local council source volume; not document-level segmentation and not an aligned parallel edition.",
      "sourceVerification": "Unambiguous council heading and next-council boundary verified during the 3.50 reconciliation build.",
      "sourceVolumeSha256": "be506158a70af600f5575e554ae28c62088fc575aa3e0c3339bec036af8530de",
      "languages": {
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
          "format": "pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE COUNCIL OF CONSTANTINOPLE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session I – 381",
              "sourceKey": "session-i",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Contents"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The exposition of the 150 fathers A letter of the bishops gathered in Constantinople Canons Notes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the year 380 the emperors Gratian and Theodosius I decided to convoke this council to counter the Arians, and also to judge the case of Maximus the Cynic, bishop of Constantinople. The council met in May of the following year. One hundred and fifty bishops took part, all of them eastern Orthodox, since the Pneumatomachi party had left at the start."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "After Maximus had been condemned, Meletius, bishop of Antioch, appointed Gregory of Nazianzus as the lawful bishop of Constantinople and at first presided over the council. Then on Meletius' sudden death, Gregory took charge of the council up to the arrival of Acholius, who was to table Pope Damasus' demands: namely, that Maximus should be expelled as an interloper, and that the translation of bishops should be avoided. But when Timothy, bishop of Alexandria, arrived he declared Gregory's appointment invalid. Gregory resigned the episcopacy and Nectarius, after baptism and consecration, was installed as bishop and presided over the council until its closure."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No copy of the council's doctrinal decisions, entitled tomos kai anathematismos engraphos (record of the tome and anathemas), has survived. So what is presented here is the synodical letter of the synod of Constantinople held in 382, which expounded these doctrinal decisions, as the fathers witness, in summary form: namely, along the lines defined by the council of Nicaea, the consubstantiality and co-eternity of the three divine persons against the Sabellians, Anomoeans, Arians and Pneumatomachi, who thought that the divinity was divided into several natures; and the enanthropesis (taking of humanity) of the Word, against those who supposed that the Word had in no way taken a human soul. All these matters were in close agreement with the tome that Pope Damasus and a Roman council, held probably in 378, had sent to the East."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Scholars find difficulties with the creed attributed to the council of Constantinople. Some say that the council composed a new creed. But no mention is made of this creed by ancient witnesses until the council of Chalcedon; and the council of Constantinople was said simply to have endorsed the faith of Nicaea, with a few additions on the holy Spirit to refute the Pneumatomachian heresy. Moreover, if the latter tradition is accepted, an explanation must be given of why the first two articles of the so-called Constantinopolitan creed differ considerably from the Nicene creed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It was J. Lebon, followed by J. N. D. Kelly and A. M. Ritter, who worked at the solution of this problem. Lebon said that the Nicene creed, especially since it was adapted to use at baptism, had taken on a number of forms. It was one of these which was endorsed at the council of Constantinople and developed by additions concerning the holy Spirit. All the forms, altered to some extent or other, were described by a common title as \"the Nicene faith\". Then the council of Chalcedon mentioned the council of Constantinople as the immediate source of one of them, marked it out by a special name \"the faith of the 150 fathers\", which from that time onwards became its widely known title, and quoted it alongside the original simple form of the Nicene creed. The Greek text of the Constantinopolitan creed, which is printed below, is taken from the acts of the council of Chalcedon."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The council of Constantinople enacted four disciplinary canons: against the Arian heresy and its sects (can. 1), on limiting the power of bishops within fixed boundaries (can. 2), on ranking the see of Constantinople second to Rome in honour and dignity (can. 3), on the condemnation of Maximus and his followers (can. 4). Canons 2-4 were intended to put a stop to aggrandisement on the part of the see of Alexandria. The two following canons, 5 and 6, were framed at the synod which met in Constantinople in 382. The 7th canon is an extract from a letter which the church of Constantinople sent to Martyrius of Antioch."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The council ended on 9 July 381, and on 30 July of the same year, at the request of the council fathers, the emperor Theodosius ratified its decrees by edict ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Already from 382 onwards, in the synodical letter of the synod which met at Constantinople, the council of Constantinople was given the title of \"ecumenical\". The word denotes a general and plenary council. But the council of Constantinople was criticised and censured by Gregory of Nazianzus. In subsequent years it was hardly ever mentioned. In the end it achieved its special status when the council of Chalcedon, at its second session and in its definition of the faith, linked the form of the creed read out at Constantinople with the Nicene form, as being a completely reliable witness of the authentic faith. The fathers of Chalcedon acknowledged the authority of the canons — at least as far as the eastern church was concerned — at their sixteenth session. The council's dogmatic authority in the western church was made clear by words of Pope Gregory I: \"I confess that I accept and venerate the four councils (Nicaea, Constantinople, Ephesus and Chalcedon) in the same way as I do the four books of the holy Gospel....\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The bishop of Rome's approval was not extended to the canons, because they were never brought \"to the knowledge of the apostolic see''. Dionysius Exiguus knew only of the first four — the ones to be found in the western collections. Pope Nicholas I wrote of the sixth canon to Emperor Michael III: \"It is not found among us, but is said to be in force among you''."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The English translation is from the Greek text, which is the more authoritative version."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Exposition Of The 150 Fathers"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We believe in one God the Father all-powerful, maker of heaven and of earth, and of all things both seen and unseen. And in one Lord Jesus Christ, the only-begotten Son of God, begotten from the Father before all the ages, light from light, true God from true God, begotten not made, consubstantial with the Father, through whom all things came to be; for us humans and for our salvation he came down from the heavens and became incarnate from the holy Spirit and the virgin Mary, became human and was crucified on our behalf under Pontius Pilate; he suffered and was buried and rose up on the third day in accordance with the scriptures; and he went up into the heavens and is seated at the Father's right hand; he is coming again with glory to judge the living and the dead; his kingdom will have no end. And in the Spirit, the holy, the lordly and life-giving one, proceeding forth from the Father, co-worshipped and co-glorified with Father and Son, the one who spoke through the prophets; in one, holy, catholic and apostolic church. We confess one baptism for the forgiving of sins. We look forward to a resurrection of the dead and life in the age to come. Amen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Letter Of The Bishops Gathered In Constantinople [1]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To the most honoured lords and most reverend brethren and fellow-ministers, Damasus, Ambrose, Britton, Valerian, Acholius, Anemius, Basil, and the rest of the holy bishops who met in the great city of Rome: the sacred synod of orthodox bishops who met in the great city of Constantinople sends greetings in the Lord."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It may well be unnecessary to instruct your reverence by describing the many sufferings that have been brought upon us under Arian domination, as if you did not know already. Nor do we imagine that your piety considers our affairs so trivial that you need to learn what you must be suffering along with us. Nor were the storms which beset us such as to escape your notice on grounds of insignificance. The period of persecution is still recent and ensures that the memory remains fresh not only among those who have suffered but also among those who have through love made the lot of those who suffered their own. It was barely yesterday or the day before that some were freed from the bonds of exile and returned to their own churches through a thousand tribulations. The remains of others who died in exile were brought back. Even after their return from exile some experienced a ferment of hatred from the heretics and underwent a more cruel fate in their own land than they did abroad, by being stoned to death by them in the manner of the blessed Stephen. Others were torn to shreds by various tortures and still carry around on their bodies the marks of Christ's wounds and bruises. Who could number the financial penalties, the fines imposed on cities, the confiscations of individual property, the plots, the outrages, the imprisonments? Indeed all our afflictions increased beyond number: perhaps because we were paying the just penalty for our sins; perhaps also because a loving God was disciplining us by means of the great number of our sufferings."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So thanks be to God for this. He has instructed his own servants through the weight of their afflictions, and in accordance with his numerous mercies he has brought us back again to a place of refreshment The restoration of the churches demanded prolonged attention, much time and hard work from us if the body of the church which had been weak for so long was to be cured completely by gradual treatment and brought back to its original soundness in religion. We may seem on the whole to be free from violent persecutions and to be at the moment recovering the churches which have long been in the grip of the heretics. But in fact we are oppressed by wolves who even after expulsion from the fold go on ravaging the flocks up and down dale, making so bold as to hold rival assemblies, activating popular uprisings and stopping at nothing which might harm the churches. As we have said, this made us take a longer time over our affairs."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But now you have shown your brotherly love for us by convoking a synod in Rome, in accordance with God's will, and inviting us to it, by means of a letter from your most God-beloved emperor, as if we were limbs of your very own, so that whereas in the past we were condemned to suffer alone, you should not now reign in isolation from us, given the complete agreement of the emperors in matters of religion. Rather, according to the word of the apostle, we should reign along with you'. So it was our intention that if it were possible we should all leave our churches together and indulge our desires rather than attend to their needs. But who will give us wings as of a dove, so we shall fly and come to rest with you? This course would leave the churches entirely exposed, just as they are beginning their renewal; and it is completely out of the question for the majority. As a consequence of last year's letter sent by your reverence after the synod of Aquileia to our most God-beloved emperor Theodosius, we came together in Constantinople. We were equipped only for this stay in Constantinople and the bishops who remained in the provinces gave their agreement to this synod alone. We foresaw no need for a longer absence, nor did we hear of it in advance at all, before we gathered in Constantinople. On top of this the tightness of the schedule proposed allowed no opportunity to prepare for a longer absence, nor to brief all the bishops in the provinces who are in communion with us and to get their agreement. Since these considerations, and many more besides, prevented most of us from coming, we have done the next best thing both to set matters straight and to make your love for us appreciated: we have managed to convince our most venerable and reverend brethren and fellow-ministers, Bishops Cyriacus, Eusebius and Priscian to be willing to undertake the wearisome journey to you. Through them we wish to show that our intentions are peaceful and have unity as their goal. We also want to make clear that what we are zealously seeking is sound faith."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "What we have undergone — persecutions, afflictions, imperial threats, cruelty from officials, and whatever other trial at the hands of heretics — we have put up with for the sake of the gospel faith established by the 318 fathers at Nicaea in Bithynia. You, we and all who are not bent on subverting the word of the true faith should give this creed our approval. It is the most ancient and is consistent with our baptism. It tells us how to believe in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the holy Spirit: believing also, of course, that the Father, the Son and the holy Spirit have a single Godhead and power and substance, a dignity deserving the same honour and a co-eternal sovereignty, in three most perfect hypostases, or three perfect persons. So there is no place for Sabellius's diseased theory in which the hypostases are confused and thus their proper characteristics destroyed. Nor may the blasphemy of Eunomians and Arians and Pneumatomachi prevail, with its division of substance or of nature or of Godhead, and its introduction of some nature which was produced subsequently, or was created, or was of a different substance, into the uncreated and consubstantial and co-eternal Trinity. And we preserve undistorted the accounts of the Lord's taking of humanity, accepting as we do that the economy of his flesh was not soulless nor mindless nor imperfect. To sum up, we know that he was before the ages fully God the Word, and that in the last days he became fully man for the sake of our salvation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So much, in summary, for the faith which is openly preached by us. You can take even more heart concerning these matters if you think fit to consult the tome that was issued in Antioch by the synod which met there as well as the one issued last year in Constantinople by the ecumenical synod. In these documents we confessed the faith in broader terms and we have issued a written condemnation of the heresies which have recently erupted."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With regard to particular forms of administration in the churches, ancient custom, as you know, has been in force, along with the regulation of the saintly fathers at Nicaea, that in each province those of the province, and with them-should the former so desire — their neighbours, should conduct ordinations as need might arise. Accordingly, as you are aware, the rest of the churches are administered, and the priests [= bishops] of the most prominent churches have been appointed, by us. Hence at the ecumenical council by common agreement and in the presence of the most God-beloved emperor Theodosius and all the clergy, and with the approval of the whole city, we have ordained the most venerable and God-beloved Nectarius as bishop of the church newly set up, as one might say, in Constantinople — a church which by God's mercy we just recently snatched from the blasphemy of the heretics as from the lion's jaws. Over the most ancient and truly apostolic church at Antioch in Syria, where first the precious name of \"Christians\" came into use, the provincial bishops and those of the diocese of the East came together and canonically ordained the most venerable and God-beloved Flavian as bishop with the consent of the whole church, as though it would give the man due honour with a single voice. The synod as a whole also accepted that this ordination was legal. We wish to inform you that the most venerable and God-beloved Cyril is bishop of the church in Jerusalem, the mother of all the churches. He was canonically ordained some time ago by those of the province and at various times he has valiantly combated the Arians."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We exhort your reverence to join us in rejoicing at what we have legally and canonically enacted. Let spiritual love link us together, and let the fear of the Lord suppress all human prejudice and put the building up of the churches before individual attachment or favour. In this way, with the account of the faith agreed between us and with Christian love established among us, we shall cease to declare what was condemned by the apostles, \"I belong to Paul, I to Apollo, I to Cephas\"; but we shall all be seen to belong to Christ, who has not been divided up among us; and with God's good favour, we shall keep the body of the church undivided, and shall come before the judgment-seat of the Lord with confidence."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Canons"
            },
            {
              "id": "source-1",
              "number": "1",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The profession of faith of the holy fathers who gathered in Nicaea in Bithynia is not to be abrogated, but it is to remain in force. Every heresy is to be anathematised and in particular that of the Eunomians or Anomoeans, that of the Arians or Eudoxians, that of the Semi- Arians or Pneumatomachi, that of the Sabellians that of the Marcellians, that of the Photinians and that of the Apollinarians."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-2",
              "number": "2",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diocesan bishops are not to intrude in churches beyond their own boundaries nor are they to confuse the churches: but in accordance with the canons, the bishop of Alexandria is to administer affairs in Egypt only; the bishops of the East are to manage the East alone (whilst safeguarding the privileges granted to the church of the Antiochenes in the Nicene canons); and the bishops of the Asian diocese are to manage only Asian affairs; and those in Pontus only the affairs of Pontus; and those in Thrace only Thracian affairs. Unless invited bishops are not to go outside their diocese to perform an ordination or any other ecclesiastical business. If the letter of the canon about dioceses is kept, it is clear that the provincial synod will manage affairs in each province, as was decreed at Nicaea. But the churches of God among barbarian peoples must be administered in accordance with the custom in force at the time of the fathers."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-3",
              "number": "3",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Because it is new Rome, the bishop of Constantinople is to enjoy the privileges of honour after the bishop of Rome."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-4",
              "number": "4",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Regarding Maximus the Cynic and the disorder which surrounded him in Constantinople: he never became, nor is he, a bishop; nor are those ordained by him clerics of any rank whatsoever. Everything that was done both to him and by him is to be held invalid."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-5",
              "number": "5",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Regarding the Tome [2] of the Westerns: we have also recognised those in Antioch who confess a single Godhead of Father and Son and holy Spirit."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-6",
              "number": "6",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There are many who are bent on confusing and overturning the good order of the church and so fabricate, out of hatred and a wish to slander, certain accusations against orthodox bishops in charge of churches. Their intention is none other than to blacken priests' reputations and to stir up trouble among peace-loving laity. For this reason the sacred synod of bishops assembled at Constantinople has decided not to admit accusers without prior examination, and not to allow everyone to bring accusations against church administrators — but without excluding everyone. So if someone brings a private (that is a personal) complaint against the bishop on the grounds that he has been defrauded or in some other way unjustly dealt with by him, in the case of this kind of accusation neither the character nor the religion of the accuser will be subject to examination. It is wholly essential both that the bishop should have a clear conscience and that the one who alleges that he has been wronged, whatever his religion may be, should get justice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But if the charge brought against the bishop is of an ecclesiastical kind, then the characters of those making it should be examined, in the first place to stop heretics bringing charges against orthodox bishops in matters of an ecclesiastical kind. (We define \"heretics\" as those who have been previously banned from the church and also those later anathematised by ourselves: and in addition those who claim to confess a faith that is sound, but who have seceded and hold assemblies in rivalry with the bishops who are in communion with us.) In the second place, persons previously condemned and expelled from the church for whatever reason, or those excommunicated either from the clerical or lay rank, are not to be permitted to accuse a bishop until they have first purged their own crime. Similarly, those who are already accused are not permitted to accuse a bishop or other clerics until they have proved their own innocence of the crimes with which they are charged. But if persons who are neither heretics nor excommunicates, nor such as have been previously condemned or accused of some transgression or other, claim that they have some ecclesiastical charge to make against the bishop, the sacred synod commands that such persons should first lay the accusations before all the bishops of the province and prove before them the crimes committed by the bishop in the case. If it emerges that the bishops of the province are not able to correct the crimes laid at the bishop's door, then a higher synod of the bishops of that diocese, convoked to hear this case, must be approached, and the accusers are not to lay their accusations before it until they have given a written promise to submit to equal penalties should they be found guilty of making false accusations against the accused bishop, when the matter is investigated."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If anyone shows contempt of the prescriptions regarding the above matters and presumes to bother either the ears of the emperor or the courts of the secular authorities, or to dishonour all the diocesan bishops and trouble an ecumenical synod, there is to be no question whatever of allowing such a person to bring accusations forward, because he has made a mockery of the canons and violated the good order of the church."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-7",
              "number": "7",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those who embrace orthodoxy and join the number of those who are being saved from the heretics, we receive in the following regular and customary manner: Arians, Macedonians, Sabbatians, Novatians, those who call themselves Cathars and Aristae, Quartodeciman or Tetradites, Apollinarians—these we receive when they hand in statements and anathematise every heresy which is not of the same mind as the holy, catholic and apostolic church of God. They are first sealed or anointed with holy chrism on the forehead, eyes, nostrils, mouth and ears. As we seal them we say: \"Seal of the gift of the holy Spirit\". But Eunomians, who are baptised in a single immersion, Montanists (called Phrygians here), Sabellians, who teach the identity of Father and Son and make certain other difficulties, and all other sects — since there are many here, not least those who originate in the country of the Galatians — we receive all who wish to leave them and embrace orthodoxy as we do Greeks. On the first day we make Christians of them, on the second catechumens, on the third we exorcise them by breathing three times into their faces and their ears, and thus we catechise them and make them spend time in the church and listen to the scriptures; and then we baptise them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Notes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Namely the synod of Constantinople in 382"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. This tome has not survived; it probably defended Paul of Antioch"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Translation taken from Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils, ed. Norman P. Tanner"
            }
          ],
          "witnesses": [
            {
              "label": "Concilia Oecumenica — Documenta et Acta, local source volume",
              "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
              "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
              "format": "pdf"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "council-source-corpus",
      "council": 3,
      "title": "Ephesus — council-level source corpus",
      "type": "Council-level source corpus",
      "date": "",
      "scope": "council-level-corpus",
      "sourceStatus": "Readable English extraction from a local council source volume; not document-level segmentation and not an aligned parallel edition.",
      "sourceVerification": "Unambiguous council heading and next-council boundary verified during the 3.50 reconciliation build.",
      "sourceVolumeSha256": "be506158a70af600f5575e554ae28c62088fc575aa3e0c3339bec036af8530de",
      "languages": {
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
          "format": "pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Council Of Ephesus — 431 A.D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Contents"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. Second letter of Cyril to Nestorius — approved"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. Second letter of Nestorius to Cyril — condemned"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. Third letter of Cyril to Nestorius — approved"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. Twelve Anathemas Proposed by Cyril and accepted by the Council of Ephesus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6. The judgment against Nestorius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7. Synodical letter about the expulsion of the eastern bishops (et al.)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8. Definition of the faith at Nicaea [6th session 22 July 431]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9. Definition against the impious Messalians or Euchites"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10. Resolution : that the bishops of Cyprus may themselves conduct ordinations"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11. Formula of union between Cyrill and John of Antioch"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12. Letter of Cyril to John of Antioch about peace"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13. Excerpt from the Council of Chalcedon accepting the Letter of Cyril to John of Antioch about peace."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nestorius, who had been condemned in a council at Rome on 11 August 430, asked the emperor Theodosius II to summon this council. The emperor therefore decided to summon it together with his co-emperor Valentinian III and with the agreement of Pope Celestine I. Theodosius' letter of 19 November 430 requested all those who had been summoned to be present at Ephesus on 7 June 431, the feast of Pentecost."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On 22 June, however,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—before the arrival either of the Roman legates or the eastern bishops led by John of Antioch,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—Cyril of Alexandria began the council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—Nestorius was summoned three times but did not come."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—His teaching was examined and judgment passed upon it, which 197 bishops subscribed at once and others later accepted."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Shortly afterwards John of Antioch and the easterners arrived: they refused communion with Cyril and set up another council. The Roman legates (the bishops Arcadius and Projectus and the priest Philip), on arriving, joined Cyril and confirmed the sentence against Nestorius. Then the council in its fifth session on 17 July excommunicated John and his party."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The documents of the Cyrilline council, the only one which is ecumenical, are included below and are as follows."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. The central dogmatic act of the council is its judgment about whether the second letter of Cyril to Nestorius, or Nestorius' second letter to Cyril, was in conformity with the Nicene creed which was recited at the opening of the council's proceedings."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—Cyril's letter was declared by the fathers to be in agreement with Nicaea,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—Nestorius' was condemned Both are here printed. Mention is made of Cyril's letter in the definition of Chalcedon."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. The 12 anathemas and the preceding explanatory letter, which had been produced by Cyril and the synod of Alexandria in 430 and sent to Nestorius, were read at Ephesus and included in the proceedings."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. The decision about Nestorius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. The letter of the council advising all the bishops, clergy and people about the condemnation of John of Antioch; and some paragraphs dealing with the discipline of the Nestorian party."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. A decree on the faith, approved in the sixth session on 22 July, which confirmed the Nicene creed, ordered adherence to that alone and forbade the production of new creeds."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6. A definition against the Messalians."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7. A decree about the autonomy of the church of Cyprus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Both councils sent legates to the emperor Theodosius, who approved neither and sent the bishops away. Nestorius had already been given permission to revisit his monastery at Antioch, and on 25 October 431 Maximianus was ordained patriarch at Constantinople. The decrees of the council were approved by Pope Sixtus III shortly after his own ordination on 31 July 432."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The reconciliation between the Cyrilline party and the eastern bishops was not easy. In the end, on 23 April 433, Cyril and John of Antioch made peace. John's profession of faith was accepted by Cyril and became the doctrinal formula of union. It is included here, together with Cyril's letter in which he at some length praises John's profession and accepts it, adding to it some explanation about his own expressions; this letter is mentioned in the definition of Chalcedon. Shortly afterwards, probably in 436, Nestorius was definitely sent into exile by the emperor ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The English translation is from the Greek text, which is the more authoritative version."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Second letter of Cyril to Nestorius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Declared by the council of Ephesus to be in agreement with Nicaea]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cyril sends greeting in the Lord to the most religious and reverend fellow-minister Nestorius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I understand that there are some who are talking rashly of the reputation in which I hold your reverence, and that this is frequently the case when meetings of people in authority give them an opportunity. I think they hope in this way to delight your ears and so they spread abroad uncontrolled expressions. They are people who have suffered no wrong, but have been exposed by me for their own profit, one because he oppressed the blind and the poor, a second because he drew a sword on his mother, a third because he stole someone else's money in collusion with a maidservant and since then has lived with such a reputation as one would hardly wish for one's worst enemy. For the rest I do not intend to spend more words on this subject in order not to vaunt my own mediocrity above my teacher and master or above the fathers. For however one may try to live, it is impossible to escape the malice of evil people, whose mouths are full of cursing and bitterness and who will have to defend themselves before the judge of all."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But I turn to a subject more fitting to myself and remind you as a brother in Christ always to be very careful about what you say to the people in matters of teaching and of your thought on the faith. You should bear in mind that to scandalise even one of these little ones that believe in Christ lays you open to unendurable wrath. If the number of those who are distressed is very large, then surely we should use every skill and care to remove scandals and to expound the healthy word of faith to those who seek the truth. The most effective way to achieve this end will be zealously to occupy ourselves with the words of the holy fathers, to esteem their words, to examine our words to see if we are holding to their faith as it is written, to conform our thoughts to their correct and irreproachable teaching."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy and great synod, therefore, stated that"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—1. the only begotten Son, begotten of God the Father according to nature, true God from true God, the light from the light, the one through whom the Father made all things, came down, became incarnate, became man,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—2. suffered, rose on the third day and ascended to heaven."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. We too ought to follow these words and these teachings and consider what is meant by saying that the Word from God took flesh and became man. For we do not say that the nature of the Word was changed and became flesh, nor that he was turned into a whole man made of body and soul. Rather do we claim that the Word in an unspeakable, inconceivable manner united to himself hypostatically flesh enlivened by a rational soul, and so became man and was called son of man, not by God's will alone or good pleasure, nor by the assumption of a person alone. Rather did two different natures come together to form a unity, and from both arose one Christ, one Son. It was not as though the distinctness of the natures was destroyed by the union, but divinity and humanity together made perfect for us one Lord and one Christ, together marvellously and mysteriously combining to form a unity. So he who existed and was begotten of the Father before all ages is also said to have been begotten according to the flesh of a woman, without the divine nature either beginning to exist in the holy virgin, or needing of itself a second begetting after that from his Father. (For it is absurd and stupid to speak of the one who existed before every age and is coeternal with the Father, needing a second beginning so as to exist.) The Word is said to have been begotten according to the flesh, because for us and for our salvation he united what was human to himself hypostatically and came forth from a woman. For he was not first begotten of the holy virgin, a man like us, and then the Word descended upon him; but from the very womb of his mother he was so united and then underwent begetting according to the flesh, making his own the begetting of his own flesh."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. In a similar way we say that he suffered and rose again, not that the Word of God suffered blows or piercing with nails or any other wounds in his own nature (for the divine, being without a body, is incapable of suffering), but because the body which became his own suffered these things, he is said to have suffered them for us. For he was without suffering, while his body suffered. Something similar is true of his dying. For by nature the Word of God is of itself immortal and incorruptible and life and life-giving, but since on the other hand his own body by God's grace, as the apostle says, tasted death for all, the Word is said to have suffered death for us, not as if he himself had experienced death as far as his own nature was concerned (it would be sheer lunacy to say or to think that), but because, as I have just said, his flesh tasted death. So too, when his flesh was raised to life, we refer to this again as his resurrection, not as though he had fallen into corruption—God forbid—but because his body had been raised again."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So we shall confess one Christ and one Lord. We do not adore the man along with the Word, so as to avoid any appearance of division by using the word \"with\". But we adore him as one and the same, because the body is not other than the Word, and takes its seat with him beside the Father, again not as though there were two sons seated together but only one, united with his own flesh. If, however, we reject the hypostatic union as being either impossible or too unlovely for the Word, we fall into the fallacy of speaking of two sons. We shall have to distinguish and speak both of the man as honoured with the title of son, and of the Word of God as by nature possessing the name and reality of sonship, each in his own way. We ought not, therefore, to split into two sons the one Lord Jesus Christ. Such a way of presenting a correct account of the faith will be quite unhelpful, even though some do speak of a union of persons. For scripture does not say that the Word united the person of a man to himself, but that he became flesh. The Word's becoming flesh means nothing else than that he partook of flesh and blood like us; he made our body his own, and came forth a man from woman without casting aside his deity, or his generation from God the Father, but rather in his assumption of flesh remaining what he was."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This is the account of the true faith everywhere professed. So shall we find that the holy fathers believed. So have they dared to call the holy virgin, mother of God, not as though the nature of the Word or his godhead received the origin of their being from the holy virgin, but because there was born from her his holy body rationally ensouled, with which the Word was hypostatically united and is said to have been begotten in the flesh. These things I write out of love in Christ exhorting you as a brother and calling upon you before Christ and the elect angels, to hold and teach these things with us, in order to preserve the peace of the churches and that the priests of God may remain in an unbroken bond of concord and love."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Second letter of Nestorius to Cyril"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[condemned by the council of Ephesus]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nestorius sends greeting in the Lord to the most religious and reverend fellow-minister Cyril. I pass over the insults against us contained in your extraordinary letter. They will, I think, be cured by my patience and by the answer which events will offer in the course of time. On one matter, however, I cannot be silent, as silence would in that case be very dangerous. On that point, therefore avoiding long-windedness as far as I can, I shall attempt a brief discussion and try to be as free as possible from repelling obscurity and undigestible prolixity. I shall begin from the wise utterances of your reverence, setting them down word for word. What then are the words in which your remarkable teaching finds expression ?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"The holy and great synod states that the only begotten Son, begotten of God the Father according to nature, true God from true God, the light from the light, the one through whom the Father made all things, came down, became incarnate, became man, suffered, rose.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These are the words of your reverence and you may recognise them. Now listen to what we say, which takes the form of a brotherly exhortation to piety of the type of which the great apostle Paul gave an example in addressing his beloved Timothy: \"Attend to the public reading of scripture, to preaching, to teaching. For by so doing you will save both yourself and your hearers\". Tell me, what does \"attend\" mean? By reading in a superficial way the tradition of those holy men (you were guilty of a pardonable ignorance), you concluded that they said that the Word who is coeternal with the Father was passible. Please look more closely at their language and you will find out that that divine choir of fathers never said that the consubstantial godhead was capable of suffering, or that the whole being that was coeternal with the Father was recently born, or that it rose again, seeing that it had itself been the cause of resurrection of the destroyed temple. If you apply my words as fraternal medicine, I shall set the words of the holy fathers before you and shall free them from the slander against them and through them against the holy scriptures."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"I believe\", they say, \"also in our Lord Jesus Christ, his only begotten Son\". See how they first lay as foundations \"Lord\" and \"Jesus\" and \"Christ\" and \"only begotten\" and \"Son\", the names which belong jointly to the divinity and humanity. Then they build on that foundation the tradition of the incarnation and resurrection and passion. In this way, by prefixing the names which are common to each nature, they intend to avoid separating expressions applicable to sonship and lordship and at the same time escape the danger of destroying the distinctive character of the natures by absorbing them into the one title of \"Son\". In this Paul was their teacher who, when he remembers the divine becoming man and then wishes to introduce the suffering, first mentions \"Christ\", which, as I have just said, is the common name of both natures and then adds an expression which is appropriate to both of the natures. For what does he say ? \"Have this mind among yourselves, which is yours in Christ Jesus who though he was in the form of God, did not count equality with God a thing to be grasped\", and so on until, \"he became obedient unto death, even death on a cross\". For when he was about to mention the death, to prevent anyone supposing that God the Word suffered, he says \"Christ\", which is a title that expresses in one person both the impassible and the passible natures, in order that Christ might be called without impropriety both impassible and passible impassible in godhead, passible in the nature of his body."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I could say much on this subject and first of all that those holy fathers, when they discuss the economy, speak not of the generation but of the Son becoming man. But I recall the promise of brevity that I made at the beginning and that both restrains my discourse and moves me on to the second subject of your reverence. In that I applaud your division of natures into manhood and godhead and their conjunction in one person. I also applaud your statement that God the Word needed no second generation from a woman, and your confession that the godhead is incapable of suffering. Such statements are truly orthodox and equally opposed to the evil opinions of all heretics about the Lord's natures. If the remainder was an attempt to introduce some hidden and incomprehensible wisdom to the ears of the readers, it is for your sharpness to decide. In my view these subsequent views seemed to subvert what came first. They suggested that he who had at the beginning been proclaimed as impassible and incapable of a second generation had somehow become capable of suffering and freshly created, as though what belonged to God the Word by nature had been destroyed by his conjunction with his temple or as though people considered it not enough that the sinless temple, which is inseparable from the divine nature, should have endured birth and death for sinners, or finally as though the Lord's voice was not deserving of credence when it cried out to the Jews: \"Destroy this temple and in three days I will raise it up.'' He did not say, \"Destroy my godhead and in three days it will be raised up.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Again I should like to expand on this but am restrained by the memory of my promise. I must speak therefore but with brevity. Holy scripture, wherever it recalls the Lord's economy, speaks of the birth and suffering not of the godhead but of the humanity of Christ, so that the holy virgin is more accurately termed mother of Christ than mother of God. Hear these words that the gospels proclaim: \"The book of the generation of Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham.\" It is clear that God the Word was not the son of David. Listen to another witness if you will: \"Jacob begat Joseph, the husband of Mary, of whom was born Jesus, who is called the Christ. \" Consider a further piece of evidence: \"Now the birth of Jesus Christ took place in this way. When his mother Mary had been betrothed to Joseph, she was found to be with child of the holy Spirit.\" But who would ever consider that the godhead of the only begotten was a creature of the Spirit? Why do we need to mention: \"the mother of Jesus was there\"? And again what of: \"with Mary the mother of Jesus\"; or \"that which is conceived in her is of the holy Spirit\"; and \"Take the child and his mother and flee to Egypt\"; and \"concerning his Son, who was born of the seed of David according to the flesh\"? Again, scripture says when speaking of his passion: \"God sending his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh and for sin, he condemned sin in the flesh\"; and again \"Christ died for our sins\" and \"Christ having suffered in the flesh\"; and \"This is\", not \"my godhead\", but \"my body, broken for you\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ten thousand other expressions witness to the human race that they should not think that it was the godhead of the Son that was recently killed but the flesh which was joined to the nature of the godhead. (Hence also Christ calls himself the lord and son of David: \" 'What do you think of the Christ ? Whose son is he ?' They said to him, 'The son of David.' Jesus answered and said to them, 'How is it then that David inspired by the Spirit, calls him Lord, saying, \"The Lord said to my Lord, sit at my right hand\"?'\". He said this as being indeed son of David according to the flesh, but his Lord according to his godhead.) The body therefore is the temple of the deity of the Son, a temple which is united to it in a high and divine conjunction, so that the divine nature accepts what belongs to the body as its own. Such a confession is noble and worthy of the gospel traditions. But to use the expression \"accept as its own\" as a way of diminishing the properties of the conjoined flesh, birth, suffering and entombment, is a mark of those whose minds are led astray, my brother, by Greek thinking or are sick with the lunacy of Apollinarius and Arius or the other heresies or rather something more serious than these."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For it is necessary for such as are attracted by the name \"propriety\" to make God the Word share, because of this same propriety, in being fed on milk, in gradual growth, in terror at the time of his passion and in need of angelical assistance. I make no mention of circumcision and sacrifice and sweat and hunger, which all belong to the flesh and are adorable as having taken place for our sake. But it would be false to apply such ideas to the deity and would involve us in just accusation because of our calumny."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These are the traditions of the holy fathers. These are the precepts of the holy scriptures. In this way does someone write in a godly way about the divine mercy and power, \"Practise these duties, devote yourself to them, so that all may see your progress''. This is what Paul says to all. The care you take in labouring for those who have been scandalised is well taken and we are grateful to you both for the thought you devote to things divine and for the concern you have even for those who live here. But you should realise that you have been misled either by some here who have been deposed by the holy synod for Manichaeism or by clergy of your own persuasion. In fact the church daily progresses here and through the grace of Christ there is such an increase among the people that those who behold it cry out with the words of the prophet, \"The earth will be filled with the knowledge of the Lord as the water covers the sea\". As for our sovereigns, they are in great joy as the light of doctrine is spread abroad and, to be brief, because of the state of all the heresies that fight against God and of the orthodoxy of the church, one might find that verse fulfilled \"The house of Saul grew weaker and weaker and the house of David grew stronger and stronger\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This is our advice from a brother to a brother. \"If anyone is disposed to be contentious\", Paul will cry out through us to such a one, \"we recognize no other practice, neither do the churches of God\". I and those with me greet all the brotherhood with you in Christ. May you remain strong and continue praying for us, most honoured and reverent lord."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Third letter of Cyril to Nestorius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Read at the council of Ephesus and included in the proceedings . We omit the preface of the letter]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We believe in one God . . .[Nicene Creed]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Following in all points the confessions of the holy fathers, which they made with the holy Spirit speaking in them, and following the direction of their opinions and going as it were in the royal way, we say that the only-begotten Word of God, who was begotten from the very essence of the Father, true God from true God, the light from the light and the one through whom all things in heaven and earth were made, for our salvation came down and emptying himself he became incarnate and was made man. This means that"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—he took flesh from the holy virgin and made it his own, undergoing a birth like ours from her womb and coming forth a man from a woman."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—He did not cast aside what he was, but although he assumed flesh and blood, he remained what he was, God in nature and truth."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—We do not say that his flesh was turned into the nature of the godhead or that the unspeakable Word of God was changed into the nature of the flesh. For he (the Word) is unalterable and absolutely unchangeable and remains always the same as the scriptures say. For although visible as a child and in swaddling cloths, even while he was in the bosom of the virgin that bore him, as God he filled the whole of creation and was fellow ruler with him who begot him. For the divine is without quantity and dimension and cannot be subject to circumscription."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We confess the Word to have been made one with the flesh hypostatically, and we adore one Son and Lord, Jesus Christ. We do not divide him into parts and separate man and God in him, as though the two natures were mutually united only through a unity of dignity and authority; that would be an empty expression and nothing more. Nor do we give the name Christ in one sense to the Word of God and in another to him who was born of woman, but we know only one Christ, the Word from God the Father with his own flesh. As man he was anointed with us, even though he himself gives the Spirit to those who are worthy to receive it and not in measure, as the blessed evangelist John says."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But we do not say that the Word of God dwelt as in an ordinary man born of the holy virgin, in order that Christ may not be thought of as a God-bearing man. For even though \"the Word dwelt among us\", and it is also said that in Christ dwelt \"all the fullness of the godhead bodily\", we understand that, having become flesh, the manner of his indwelling is not defined in the same way as he is said to dwell among the saints, he was united by nature and not turned into flesh and he made his indwelling in such a way as we may say that the soul of man does in his own body."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There is therefore one Christ and Son and Lord, but not with the sort of conjunction that a man might have with God as unity of dignity or authority. Equality of honour by itself is unable to unite natures. For Peter and John were equal in honour to each other, being both of them apostles and holy disciples, but they were two, not one. Neither do we understand the manner of conjunction to be one of juxtaposition for this is not enough for natural union. Nor yet is it a question of relative participation, as we ourselves, being united to the Lord, are as it is written in the words of scripture \"one spirit with him\". Rather do we deprecate the term \"conjunction\" as being inadequate to express the idea of union."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nor do we call the Word from God the Father, the God or Lord of Christ. To speak in that way would appear to split into two the one Christ and Son and Lord and we might in this way fall under the charge of blasphemy, making him the God and Lord of himself. For, as we have already said, the Word of God was united hypostatically with the flesh and is God of all and Lord of the universe, but is neither his own slave or master. For it is foolish or rather impious to think or to speak in this way. It is true that he called the Father \"God\" even though he was himself God by nature and of his being, we are not ignorant of the fact that at the same time as he was God he also became man, and so was subject to God according to the law that is suitable to the nature of manhood. But how should he become God or Lord of himself? Consequently as man and as far as it was fitting for him within the limits of his self-emptying it is said that he was subject to God like ourselves. So he came to be under the law while at the same time himself speaking the law and being a lawgiver like God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When speaking of Christ we avoid the expression: \"I worship him who is carried because of the one who carries him; because of him who is unseen, I worship the one who is seen.\" It is shocking to say in this connection: \"The assumed shares the name of God with him who assumes.\" To speak in this way once again divides into two Christs and puts the man separately by himself and God likewise by himself. This saying denies openly the union, according to which one is not worshipped alongside the other, nor do both share in the title \"God\", but Jesus Christ is considered as one, the only begotten Son, honoured with one worship, together with his own flesh."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We also confess that the only begotten Son born of God the Father, although according to his own nature he was not subject to suffering, suffered in the flesh for us according to the scriptures, and was in his crucified body, and without himself suffering made his own the sufferings of his own flesh, for \"by the grace of God he tasted death for all\". For that purpose he gave his own body to death though he was by nature life and the resurrection, in order that, having trodden down death by his own unspeakable power, he might first in his own flesh become the firstborn from the dead and \"the first fruits of them that sleep\". And that he might make a way for human nature to return to incorruption by the grace of God, as we have just said, \"he tasted death for all\" and on the third day he returned to life, having robbed the underworld. Accordingly, even though it is said that \"through man came the resurrection of the dead\", yet we understand that man to have been the Word which came from God, through whom the power of death was overcome. At the right time he will come as one Son and Lord in the glory of the Father, to judge the world in justice, as it is written."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We will necessarily add this also. Proclaiming the death according to the flesh of the only begotten Son of God, that is Jesus Christ, and professing his return to life from the dead and his ascension into heaven, we offer the unbloody worship [sacrificii servitutem] in the churches and so proceed to the mystical thanksgivings and are sanctified having partaken of the holy flesh [corpus] and precious blood of Christ, the saviour of us all. This we receive not as ordinary flesh, heaven forbid, nor as that of a man who has been made holy and joined to the Word by union of honour, or who had a divine indwelling, but as truly the life-giving and real flesh of the Word [ut vere vivificatricem et ipsius Verbi propriam factam.]. For being life by nature as God, when he became one with his own flesh, he made it also to be life-giving, as also he said to us: \"Amen I say to you, unless you eat the flesh of the Son of man and drink his blood\" . For we must not think that it is the flesh of a man like us (for how can the flesh of man be life-giving by its own nature?), but as being made the true flesh [vere proprium eius factam] of the one who for our sake became the son of man and was called so."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For we do not divide up the words of our Saviour in the gospels among two hypostases or persons. For the one and only Christ is not dual, even though he be considered to be from two distinct realities, brought together into an unbreakable union. In the same sort of way a human being, though he be composed of soul and body, is considered to be not dual, but rather one out of two. Therefore, in thinking rightly, we refer both the human and divine expressions to the same person. For when he speaks about himself in a divine manner as \"he that sees me sees the Father\", and \"I and the Father are one\", we think of his divine and unspeakable nature, according to which he is one with his own Father through identity of nature and is the \"image and impress and brightness of his glory\". But when, not dishonouring the measure of his humanity, he says to the Jews: \"But now you seek to kill me, a man who has spoken the truth to you\", again no less than before, we recognise that he who, because of his equality and likeness to God the Father is God the Word, is also within the limits of his humanity. For if it is necessary to believe that being God by nature he became flesh, that is man ensouled with a rational soul, whatever reason should anyone have for being ashamed at the expressions uttered by him should they happen to be suitable to him as man ? For if he should reject words suitable to him as man, who was it that forced him to become a man like us? Why should he who submitted himself to voluntary self-emptying for our sake, reject expressions that are suitable for such self-emptying? All the expressions, therefore, that occur in the gospels are to be referred to one person, the one enfleshed hypostasis of the Word. For there is one Lord Jesus Christ, according to the scriptures."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Even though he is called \"the apostle and high priest of our confession\", as offering to the God and Father the confession of faith we make to him and through him to the God and Father and also to the holy Spirit, again we say that he is the natural and only-begotten Son of God and we shall not assign to another man apart from him the name and reality of priesthood. For he became the \"mediator between God and humanity\" and the establisher of peace between them, offering himself for an odour of sweetness to the God and Father. Therefore also he said: \"Sacrifice and offering you would not, but a body you have prepared for me; [in burnt offerings and sacrifice for sin you have no pleasure]. Then I said, 'Behold I come to do your will, O God', as it is written of me in the volume of the book\". For our sake and not for his own he brought forward his own body in the odour of sweetness. Indeed, of what offering or sacrifice for himself would he have been in need, being as God superior to all manner of sin? For though \"all have sinned and fall short of the glory of God\", and so we are prone to disorder and human nature has fallen into the weakness of sin, he is not so and consequently we are behind him in glory. How then can there be any further doubt that the true lamb was sacrificed for us and on our behalf? The suggestion that he offered himself for himself as well as for us is impossible to separate from the charge of impiety. For he never committed a fault at all, nor did he sin in any way. What sort of offering would he need then since there was no sin for which offering might rightly be made?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When he says of the Spirit, \"he will glorify me\", the correct understanding of this is not to say that the one Christ and Son was in need of glory from another and that he took glory from the holy Spirit, for his Spirit is not better than he nor above him. But because he used his own Spirit to display his godhead through his mighty works, he says that he has been glorified by him, just as if any one of us should perhaps say for example of his inherent strength or his knowledge of anything that they glorify him. For even though the Spirit exists in his own hypostasis and is thought of on his own, as being Spirit and not as Son, even so he is not alien to the Son. He has been called \"the Spirit of truth\", and Christ is the truth, and the Spirit was poured forth by the Son, as indeed the Son was poured forth from the God and Father. Accordingly the Spirit worked many strange things through the hand of the holy apostles and so glorified him after the ascension of our lord Jesus Christ into heaven. For it was believed that he is God by nature and works through his own Spirit. For this reason also he said: \"He (the Spirit) will take what is mine and declare it to you\". But we do not say that the Spirit is wise and powerful through some sharing with another, for he is all perfect and in need of no good thing. Since he is the Spirit of the power and wisdom of the Father, that is the Son, he is himself, evidently, wisdom and power."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, because the holy virgin bore in the flesh God who was united hypostatically with the flesh, for that reason we call her mother of God, not as though the nature of the Word had the beginning of its existence from the flesh (for \"the Word was in the beginning and the Word was God and the Word was with God\", and he made the ages and is coeternal with the Father and craftsman of all things), but because, as we have said, he united to himself hypostatically the human and underwent a birth according to the flesh from her womb. This was not as though he needed necessarily or for his own nature a birth in time and in the last times of this age, but in order that he might bless the beginning of our existence, in order that seeing that it was a woman that had given birth to him united to the flesh, the curse against the whole race should thereafter cease which was consigning all our earthy bodies to death, and in order that the removal through him of the curse, \"In sorrow thou shalt bring forth children\", should demonstrate the truth of the words of the prophet: \"Strong death swallowed them Up\", and again, \"God has wiped every tear away from all face\". It is for this cause that we say that in his economy he blessed marriage and, when invited, went down to Cana in Galilee with his holy apostles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We have been taught to hold these things by"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—the holy apostles and evangelists and by"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—all the divinely inspired scriptures and by the true confession of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—the blessed fathers."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To all these your reverence ought to agree and subscribe without any deceit. What is required for your reverence to anathematise we subjoin to this epistle."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Twelve Anathemas Proposed by Cyril and accepted by the Council of Ephesus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. If anyone does not confess that Emmanuel is God in truth, and therefore that the holy virgin is the mother of God (for she bore in a fleshly way the Word of God become flesh, let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. If anyone does not confess that the Word from God the Father has been united by hypostasis with the flesh and is one Christ with his own flesh, and is therefore God and man together, let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. If anyone divides in the one Christ the hypostases after the union, joining them only by a conjunction of dignity or authority or power, and not rather by a coming together in a union by nature, let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. If anyone distributes between the two persons or hypostases the expressions used either in the gospels or in the apostolic writings, whether they are used by the holy writers of Christ or by him about himself, and ascribes some to him as to a man, thought of separately from the Word from God, and others, as befitting God, to him as to the Word from God the Father, let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. If anyone dares to say that Christ was a God-bearing man and not rather God in truth, being by nature one Son, even as \"the Word became flesh\", and is made partaker of blood and flesh precisely like us, let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6. If anyone says that the Word from God the Father was the God or master of Christ, and does not rather confess the same both God and man, the Word having become flesh, according to the scriptures, let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7. If anyone says that as man Jesus was activated by the Word of God and was clothed with the glory of the Only-begotten, as a being separate from him, let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8. If anyone dares to say that the man who was assumed ought to be worshipped and glorified together with the divine Word and be called God along with him, while being separate from him, (for the addition of \"with\" must always compel us to think in this way), and will not rather worship Emmanuel with one veneration and send up to him one doxology, even as \"the Word became flesh\", let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9. If anyone says that the one Lord Jesus Christ was glorified by the Spirit, as making use of an alien power that worked through him and as having received from him the power to master unclean spirits and to work divine wonders among people, and does not rather say that it was his own proper Spirit through whom he worked the divine wonders, let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10. The divine scripture says Christ became \"the high priest and apostle of our confession\"; he offered himself to God the Father in an odour of sweetness for our sake. If anyone, therefore, says that it was not the very Word from God who became our high priest and apostle, when he became flesh and a man like us, but as it were another who was separate from him, in particular a man from a woman, or if anyone says that he offered the sacrifice also for himself and not rather for us alone (for he who knew no sin needed no offering), let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11. If anyone does not confess that the flesh of the Lord is life-giving and belongs to the Word from God the Father, but maintains that it belongs to another besides him, united with him in dignity or as enjoying a mere divine indwelling, and is not rather life-giving, as we said, since it became the flesh belonging to the Word who has power to bring all things to life, let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12. If anyone does not confess that the Word of God suffered in the flesh and was crucified in the flesh and tasted death in the flesh and became the first born of the dead, although as God he is life and life-giving, let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The judgment against Nestorius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy synod said: As, in addition to all else, the excellent Nestorius has declined to obey our summons and has not received the holy and God-fearing bishops we sent to him, we have of necessity started upon an investigation of his impieties. We have found him out thinking and speaking in an impious fashion, from his letters, from his writings that have been read out, and from the things that he has recently said in this metropolis which have been witnessed to by others; and as a result we have been compelled of necessity both by"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—the canons and by"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—the letter of our most holy father and fellow servant Celestine, bishop of the church of the Romans, to issue this sad condemnation against him, though we do so with many tears."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Our lord Jesus Christ, who has been blasphemed by him, has determined through this most holy synod that the same Nestorius should be stripped of his episcopal dignity and removed from the college of priests."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Synodical letter about the expulsion of the eastern bishops (et al.)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy and ecumenical synod, gathered together in Ephesus at the behest of the most pious princes, [sends greeting] to the bishops, priests, deacons and the whole people in every province and city."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When we had gathered together in accordance with the pious decree in the metropolis of Ephesus, some separated themselves from us, a little more than thirty in number. The leader of this apostasy was John, bishop of Antioch, and their names are as follows: First the same John, bishop of Antioch in Syria, [the names of 33 other eastern bishops follow]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These men, despite the fact that they were members of the ecclesiastical community, had no licence either to do harm through their priestly dignity or to do good, because some among their number had already been deposed. Their support of the views of Nestorius and Celestius was clearly shown by their refusal to condemn Nestorius together with us. By a common decree the sacred synod has expelled them from ecclesiastical communion and deprived them of the exercise of their priestly office, through which they have been able to harm some and help others."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since it is necessary that those who were absent from the synod and remained in the country or the city, on account of their own church affairs or because of their health, should not be ignorant of the decisions formulated concerning these matters, we make it known to your holinesses that if any metropolitan of a province dissents from the holy and ecumenical synod and attaches himself to the assembly of the revolters, or should do so later, or should he have adopted the opinions of Celestius, or do so in the future, such a one is deprived of all power to take steps against the bishops of his province. He is thereby cast out by the synod from all ecclesiastical communion and is deprived of all ecclesiastical authority. Instead he is to be subjected to the bishops of his own province and the surrounding metropolitans, provided they be orthodox, even to the extent of being completely deposed from the rank of bishop."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If any provincial bishops have absented themselves from the holy synod and have either attached themselves or attempted to attach themselves to the apostasy, or after subscribing the deposition of Nestorius have returned to the assembly of apostates, these, according to the decision of the holy synod, are to be deprived of the priesthood and deposed from their rank."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If any clerics either in city or country have been suspended by Nestorius and those with him from their priesthood because of their orthodoxy, we have thought it right that these should regain their proper rank; and in general we decree that those clerics who are in agreement with the orthodox and ecumenical synod should in no way be subject to those bishops who have revolted or may revolt from it. If any clerics should apostatise and in private or in public dare to hold the views of Nestorius or Celestius, it is thought right that such should stand deposed by the holy synod."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whoever have been condemned of improper practices by the holy synod or by their own bishops, and have been uncanonically restored to communion and rank by Nestorius or his sympathisers, with their habitual lack of discrimination, such persons we have decreed gain nothing by this and are to remain deposed as before."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Similarly if anyone should wish in any way to upset the decisions in each point taken in the holy synod of Ephesus, the holy synod decides that if they are bishops or clerics they should be completely deprived of their own rank and if they are laity they should be excommunicated."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Definition of the faith at Nicaea [6th session 22 July 431]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The synod of Nicaea produced this creed: We believe ... [the Nicene Creed follows]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It seems fitting that all should assent to this holy creed. It is pious and sufficiently helpful for the whole world. But since some pretend to confess and accept it, while at the same time distorting the force of its expressions to their own opinion and so evading the truth, being sons of error and children of destruction, it has proved necessary to add testimonies from the holy and orthodox fathers that can fill out the meaning they have given to the words and their courage in proclaiming it. All those who have a clear and blameless faith will understand, interpret and proclaim it in this way."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When these documents had been read out, the holy synod decreed the following."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. It is not permitted to produce or write or compose any other creed except the one which was defined by the holy fathers who were gathered together in the holy Spirit at Nicaea."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. Any who dare to compose or bring forth or produce another creed for the benefit of those who wish to turn from Hellenism or Judaism or some other heresy to the knowledge of the truth, if they are bishops or clerics they should be deprived of their respective charges and if they are laymen they are to be anathematised."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. In the same way if any should be discovered, whether bishops, clergy or laity, thinking or teaching the views expressed in his statement by the priest Charisius about the incarnation of the only-begotten Son of God or the disgusting, perverted views of Nestorius, which underlie them, these should be subject to the condemnation of this holy and ecumenical synod. A bishop clearly is to be stripped of his bishopric and deposed, a cleric to be deposed from the clergy, and a lay person is to be anathematised, as was said before."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Definition against the impious Messalians or Euchites"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The most pious and religious bishops Valerian and Amphilochius came together to us and made a joint enquiry about the so called Messalians or Euchites or Enthusiasts, or whatever name this appalling heresy goes under, who dwell in the region of Pamphylia. We made investigation and the god-fearing and reverent Valerian produced a synodical document concerning these people, which had been drawn up in great Constantinople in the time of Sisinnius of blessed memory. When this had been read out in the presence of all, it was agreed that it had been well made and was correct. We all agreed, as did the most religious bishops Valerian and Amphilochius and all the pious bishops of the provinces of Pamphylia and Lycaonia, that what had been inscribed in the synodical document should be confirmed and in no way disobeyed, clearly without prejudice to the acts of Alexandria. Consequently those anywhere in that province who subscribed to the heresy of the Messalians or Enthusiasts, or who were suspected of the disease, whether clerical or lay, are to come together; if they sign the anathemas according to what was promulgated in the aforementioned synod, should they be clergy they should remain such and if laity they are to remain in communion. But if they decline and do not anathematise, if they are presbyters or deacons or hold any other rank in the church, they are to forfeit their clerical status and grade and communion, and if they are laity let them be anathematised."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In addition, those who have been condemned are not to be permitted to govern monasteries, lest tares be sown and increase. The vigorous and zealous execution of all these decrees is enjoined upon the reverent bishops Valerian and Amphilochius and the other reverent bishops throughout the whole province. Furthermore it seemed good that the filthy book of this heresy, which has been published and is called by them Asceticon, should be anathematised, as being composed by heretics, a copy of which the most pious and religious Valerian brought with him. Any other production savouring of the like impiety which is found anywhere is to be treated similarly."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In addition, when they come together, they should commit clearly to writing whatever conduces to the creation of concord, communion and order. But if any discussion should arise in connection with the present business among the most godly bishops Valerian, Amphilochius and the other reverent bishops in the province, and if something difficult or ambiguous crops up, then in such a case it seems good that the godly bishops of Lycia and Lycaonia should be brought in, and the metropolitan of whatever province these choose should not be left out. In this way the disputed questions should through their means be brought to an appropriate solution."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Resolution : that the bishops of Cyprus may themselves conduct ordinations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy synod declared:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The most reverent bishop Rheginus and with him Zenon and Evagrius, revered bishops of the province of Cyprus, have brought forward what is both an innovation against the ecclesiastical customs and the canons of the holy fathers and concerns the freedom of all. Therefore, since common diseases need more healing as they bring greater harm with them, if it has not been a continuous ancient custom for the bishop of Antioch to hold ordinations in Cyprus—as it is asserted in memorials and orally by the religious men who have come before the synod — the prelates of the holy churches of Cyprus shall, free from molestation and violence, use their right to perform by themselves the ordination of reverent bishops for their island, according to the canons of the holy fathers and the ancient custom."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The same principle will be observed for other dioceses and provinces everywhere. None of the reverent bishops is to take possession of another province which has not been under his authority from the first or under that of his predecessors. Any one who has thus seized upon and subjected a province is to restore it, lest the canons of the fathers be transgressed and the arrogance of secular power effect an entry through the cover of priestly office. We must avoid bit by bit destroying the freedom which our lord Jesus Christ the liberator of all people, gave us through his own blood. It is therefore the pleasure of the holy and ecumenical synod to secure intact and inviolate the rights belonging to each province from the first, according to the custom which has been in force from of old. Each metropolitan has the right to take a copy of the proceedings for his own security. If any one produces a version which is at variance with what is here decided, the holy and ecumenical synod unanimously decrees it to be of no avail."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formula of union between Cyrill and John of Antioch"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We will state briefly what we are convinced of and profess about"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—the God-bearing virgin and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—the manner of the incarnation of the only begotten Son of God"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—not by way of addition but in the manner of a full statement, even as we have received and possess it from of old from"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—the holy scriptures and from"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—the tradition of the holy fathers,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—adding nothing at all to the creed put forward by the holy fathers at Nicaea."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For, as we have just said, that creed is sufficient both for the knowledge of godliness and for the repudiation of all heretical false teaching. We shall speak not presuming to approach the unapproachable; but we confess our own weakness and so shut out those who would reproach us for investigating things beyond the human mind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We confess, then, our lord Jesus Christ, the only begotten Son of God perfect God and perfect man of a rational soul and a body, begotten before all ages from the Father in his godhead, the same in the last days, for us and for our salvation, born of Mary the virgin, according to his humanity, one and the same consubstantial with the Father in godhead and consubstantial with us in humanity, for a union of two natures took place. Therefore we confess one Christ, one Son, one Lord. According to this understanding of the unconfused union, we confess the holy virgin to be the mother of God because God the Word took flesh and became man and from his very conception united to himself the temple he took from her. As to the evangelical and apostolic expressions about the Lord, we know that theologians treat some in common as of one person and distinguish others as of two natures, and interpret the god-befitting ones in connection with the godhead of Christ and the lowly ones with his humanity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Letter of Cyril to John of Antioch about peace"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Having read these holy phrases and finding ourselves in agreement (for \"there is one Lord, one faith, one baptism\"), we have given glory to God who is the saviour of all and rejoice together that our churches and yours are at one in professing the same faith as the inspired scriptures and the tradition of our holy fathers. But since I discovered that there are some always eager to find fault, who buzz around like angry wasps and spit forth evil words against me, to the effect that I say that the holy body of Christ came down from heaven and not from the holy virgin, I thought it necessary in answer to them to say a little about this matter to you."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O fools, whose only competence is in slander! How did you become so perverted in thought and fall into such a sickness of idiocy? For you must surely know that almost all our fight for the faith arose in connection with our insistence that the holy virgin is the mother of God. But if we claim that the holy body of our common saviour Christ is born from heaven and was not of her, why should she still be considered God-bearer? For whom indeed did she bear, if it is untrue that she bore Emmanuel according to the flesh? It is rather they who speak such nonsense against me who deserve to be ridiculed. For the holy prophet Isaiah does not lie when he says, \"Behold a virgin shall conceive and bear a son and they shall call his name Emmanuel, which is interpreted God with us\". Again the holy Gabriel speaks total truth when he says to the blessed virgin: \"Do not fear, Mary. You have found favour with God, and behold you will conceive in your womb and bear a son and you will call his name Jesus . For he will save his people from their sins\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But when we say that our lord Jesus Christ came from heaven and above, we do not apply such expressions as \"from above\" and \"from heaven\" to his holy flesh. Rather do we follow the divine Paul who clearly proclaimed: \"The first man was of the earth, earthly, the second man is the Lord from heaven\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We also recall our Saviour who said: \"No one has gone up into heaven except him who came down from heaven, the son of man\". Yet he was born, as I have just said, from the holy virgin according to the flesh."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But since God the Word, who came down from above and from heaven, \"emptied himself, taking the form of a slave\", and was called son of man though all the while he remained what he was, that is God (for he is unchangeable and immutable by nature), he is said to have come down from heaven, since he is now understood to be one with his own flesh, and he has therefore been designated the man from heaven, being both perfect in godhead and perfect in humanity and thought of as in one person. For there is one lord Jesus Christ, even though we do not ignore the difference of natures, out of which we say that the ineffable union was effected. As for those who say that there was a mixture or confusion or blending of God the Word with the flesh, let your holiness see fit to stop their mouths. For it is quite likely that some should spread it abroad that I have thought or said such things. But I am so far from thinking anything of the kind that I think that those are quite mad who suppose that \"a shadow of change\" is conceivable in connection with the divine nature of the Word. For he remains what he is always and never changes, nor could he ever change or be susceptible of it. Furthermore we all confess that the Word of God is impassible though in his all-wise economy of the mystery he is seen to attribute to himself the sufferings undergone by his own flesh. So the all-wise Peter speaks of \"Christ suffering for us in the flesh\" and not in the nature of his unspeakable godhead. For in order that he might be believed to be the saviour of all, in accordance with our economic appropriation, as I said, he refers to himself the sufferings of his own flesh, in much the same way as is suggested through the voice of the prophet coming as it were from him in advance: \"I gave my back to the smiters and my cheeks to blows; I hid not my face from shame and spitting\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let your holiness be persuaded and let no one else cherish any doubt, that we everywhere follow the opinions of the holy fathers especially those of our blessed and glorious father Athanasius, with whose opinions we differ not in the slightest. I would have added many of their testimonies, proving my opinions from theirs, had I not feared that the length of the letter would be made tedious thereby. We do not permit anyone in any way to upset the defined faith or the creed drawn up by the holy fathers who assembled at Nicaea as the times demanded. We give neither ourselves nor them the licence to alter any expression there or to change a single syllable, remembering the words: \"Remove not the ancient landmarks which your fathers have set\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For it was not they that spoke, but the Spirit of God the Father, who proceeds from him and who is not distinct from the Son in essence. We are further confirmed in our view by the words of our holy spiritual teachers. For in the Acts of the Apostles it is written: \"When they came to Mysia, they tried to go to Bithynia and the Spirit of Jesus did not permit them\". And the divine Paul writes as follows: \"Those who are in the flesh cannot please God. But you are not in the flesh, you are in the spirit, if the Spirit of God really dwells in you. And anyone who does not have the Spirit of Christ does not belong to him\". When, therefore, any of those who love to upset sound doctrine pervert my words to their way of thinking, your holiness should not be surprised at this, but should remember that the followers of every heresy extract from inspired scripture the occasion of their error, and that all heretics corrupt the true expressions of the holy Spirit with their own evil minds and they draw down on their own heads an inextinguishable flame."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since therefore we have learnt that even the letter of our glorious father Athanasius to the blessed Epictetus, which is completely orthodox, has been corrupted and circulated by some, with the result that many have been injured therefore, thinking it both useful and necessary for the brethren, we have despatched to your holiness accurate copies of the original, unadulterated writings which we have."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Excerpt from the Council of Chalcedon"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Council of Chalcedon \"has accepted the synodical letters of the blessed Cyril, pastor of the church in Alexandria, to Nestorius and to the Orientals, as being well-suited to refuting Nestorius's mad folly and to providing an interpretation for those who in their religious zeal might desire understanding of the saving creed.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction and translation taken from Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils, ed. Norman P. Tanner"
            }
          ],
          "witnesses": [
            {
              "label": "Concilia Oecumenica — Documenta et Acta, local source volume",
              "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
              "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
              "format": "pdf"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "council-source-corpus",
      "council": 4,
      "title": "Chalcedon — council-level source corpus",
      "type": "Council-level source corpus",
      "date": "",
      "scope": "council-level-corpus",
      "sourceStatus": "Readable English extraction from a local council source volume; not document-level segmentation and not an aligned parallel edition.",
      "sourceVerification": "Unambiguous council heading and next-council boundary verified during the 3.50 reconciliation build.",
      "sourceVolumeSha256": "be506158a70af600f5575e554ae28c62088fc575aa3e0c3339bec036af8530de",
      "languages": {
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
          "format": "pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE COUNCIL OF CHALCEDON—451 A.D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Contents"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. The letter of Pope Leo, to Flavian, bishop of Constantinople, about Eutyches 2. Definition of the faith 3. Canons"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It was the emperor Marcian who, after the \"robber\" council of Ephesus (449), commanded this council to meet. Pope Leo I was opposed to it. His view was that all the bishops should repent of their ways and individually sign his earlier dogmatic letter to Flavian, patriarch of Constantinople, and so avoid a new round of argument and debate. Moreover, the provinces of the West were being laid waste by Attila's invasions. But before the pope's view became known, the emperor Marcian had, by an edict of 17 May 451, convoked the council for 1 September 451. Although the pope was displeased, he sent legates: Paschasinus bishop of Lilybaeum, Bishop Lucentius, the priests Boniface and Basil, and Bishop Julian of Cos. No doubt Leo thought that the council would cause people to leave the church and go into schism. So he wanted it to be postponed for a time, and he implored the emperor that the faith handed down from ancient times should not become the subject of debate. The only business should be the restoration of the exiled bishops to their former positions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The council was convoked at Nicaea but later transferred to Chalcedon, so as to be close to Constantinople and the emperor. It began on 8 October 451. The legates Paschasinus, Bishop Lucentius and the priest Boniface presided, while Julian of Cos sat among the bishops. By their side were the imperial commissars and those serving on the Senate, whose responsibility was simply to keep order in the council's deliberations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The lists we have of those present are unsatisfactory. According to Leo there were 600 bishops at the council, whereas according to a letter to him there were 500."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The \"Definition of the faith\" was passed at the council's fifth session, and was solemnly promulgated at the sixth session in the presence of the emperor and the imperial authorities. The formula accepted in the decree is: Christ is one in two natures. This is in agreement with Leo's letter to Flavian of Constantinople, and Leo's letter is expressly mentioned in the Definition of the faith ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The council also issued 27 disciplinary canons (it is unclear at which session)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "What is usually called canon 28 (on the honour to be accorded the see of Constantinople) is in fact a resolution passed by the council at the 16th session. It was rejected by the Roman legates."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the ancient Greek collections, canons 29 and 30 are also attributed to the council:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—canon 29 is an extract from the minutes of the 19th session; and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—canon 30 is an extract from the minutes of the 4th session."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Because of canon 28, which the Roman legates had opposed, the emperor Marcian and Anatolius, patriarch of Constantinople, sought approval for the council from the pope. This is clear from a letter of Anatolius which tries to defend the canon, and especially from a letter of Marcian which explicitly requests confirmation. Because heretics were misinterpreting his withholding approval, the pope ratified the doctrinal decrees on 21 March 453, but rejected canon 28 since it ran counter to the canons of Nicaea and to the privileges of particular churches."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The imperial promulgation was made by Emperor Marcian in 4 edicts of February 452."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apart from Pope Leo's letter to Flavian, which is in Latin, the English translation is from the Greek text, since this is the more authoritative version."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The letter of Pope Leo to Flavian, bishop of Constantinople, about Eutyches"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Surprised as we were at the late arrival of your charity's letter, we read it and examined the account of what the bishops had done. We now see what scandal against the integrity of the faith had reared its head among you. What had previously been kept secret now became clearly revealed to us. Eutyches, who was considered a man of honour because he had the title of priest, is shown to be very rash and extremely ignorant. What the prophet said can be applied to him: He did not want to understand and do good: he plotted evil in his bed. What can be worse than to have an irreligious mind and to pay no heed to those who are wiser and more learned? The people who fall into this folly are those in whom knowledge of the truth is blocked by a kind of dimness. They do not refer to"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—the sayings of the prophets, nor to"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—the letters of the apostles, nor even to"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—the authoritative words of the gospels,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "but to themselves. By not being pupils of the truth, they turn out to be masters of error. A man who has not the most elementary understanding even of the creed itself can have learnt nothing from the sacred texts of the New and Old Testaments. This old man has not yet taken to heart what is pronounced by every baptismal candidate the world over!"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "He had no idea how he ought to think about the incarnation of the Word of God; and he had no desire to acquire the light of understanding by working through the length and breadth of the holy scriptures. So at least he should have listened carefully and accepted the common and undivided creed by which the whole body of the faithful confess that they believe in"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. God the Father almighty and in"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. Jesus Christ his only Son, our Lord,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. who was born of the holy Spirit and the virgin Mary."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These three statements wreck the tricks of nearly every heretic. When God is believed to be both almighty and Father, the Son is clearly proved to be co-eternal with him, in no way different from the Father, since he was born God from God, almighty from the Almighty, co-eternal from the Eternal, not later in time, not lower in power, not unlike in glory, not distinct in being. The same eternal, only-begotten of the eternal begetter was born of the holy Spirit and the virgin Mary. His birth in time in no way subtracts from or adds to that divine and eternal birth of his: but its whole purpose is to restore humanity, who had been deceived, so that it might defeat death and, by its power, destroy the devil who held the power of death. Overcoming the originator of sin and death would be beyond us, had not he whom sin could not defile, nor could death hold down, taken up our nature and made it his own. He was conceived from the holy Spirit inside the womb of the virgin mother. Her virginity was as untouched in giving him birth as it was in conceiving him."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But if it was beyond Eutyches to derive sound understanding from this, the purest source of the Christian faith, because the brightness of manifest truth had been darkened by his own peculiar blindness, then he should have subjected himself to the teaching of the gospels. When Matthew says, The book of the generation of Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham, Eutyches should have looked up the further development in the apostolic preaching. When he read in the letter to the Romans, Paul, the servant of Christ Jesus, called to be an apostle, set apart for God's gospel, which he had formerly promised through his prophets in the holy writings which refer to his Son, who was made for him of David's seed according to the flesh, he should have paid deep and devout attention to the prophetic texts. And when he discovered God making the promise to Abraham that in your seed shall all nations be blessed, he should have followed the apostle, in order to eliminate any doubt about the identity of this seed, when he says, The promises were spoken to Abraham and his seed . He does not say \"to his seeds\"—as if referring to a multiplicity—but to a single one, \"and to thy seed \" which is Christ. His inward ear should also have heard Isaiah preaching Behold, a virgin will receive in the womb and will bear a son, and they will call his name Emmanuel, which is translated \"God is with us\". With faith he should have read the same prophet's words, A child is born to us, a son is given to us. His power is on his shoulders. They will call his name \"Angel of great counsel, mighty God, prince of peace, father of the world to come\". Then he would not deceive people by saying that the Word was made flesh in the sense that he emerged from the virgin's womb having a human form but not having the reality of his mother's body."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Or was it perhaps that he thought that our lord Jesus Christ did not have our nature because the angel who was sent to the blessed Mary said, The holy Spirit will come upon you and the power of the most High will overshadow you, and so that which will be born holy out of you will be called Son of God, as if it was because the conception by the virgin was worked by God that the flesh of the one conceived did not share the nature of her who conceived it? But uniquely wondrous and wondrously unique as that act of generation was, it is not to be understood as though the proper character of its kind was taken away by the sheer novelty of its creation. It was the holy Spirit that made the virgin pregnant, but the reality of the body derived from body. As Wisdom built a house for herself, the Word was made flesh and dwelt amongst us: that is, in that flesh which he derived from human kind and which he animated with the spirit of a rational life."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So the proper character of both natures was maintained and came together in a single person. Lowliness was taken up by majesty, weakness by strength, mortality by eternity. To pay off the debt of our state, invulnerable nature was united to a nature that could suffer; so that in a way that corresponded to the remedies we needed, one and the same mediator between God and humanity the man Christ Jesus, could both on the one hand die and on the other be incapable of death. Thus was true God born in the undiminished and perfect nature of a true man, complete in what is his and complete in what is ours. By \"ours\" we mean what the Creator established in us from the beginning and what he took upon himself to restore. There was in the Saviour no trace of the things which the Deceiver brought upon us, and to which deceived humanity gave admittance. His subjection to human weaknesses in common with us did not mean that he shared our sins. He took on the form of a servant without the defilement of sin, thereby enhancing the human and not diminishing the divine. For that self-emptying whereby the Invisible rendered himself visible, and the Creator and Lord of all things chose to join the ranks of mortals, spelled no failure of power: it was an act of merciful favour. So the one who retained the form of God when he made humanity, was made man in the form of a servant. Each nature kept its proper character without loss; and just as the form of God does not take away the form of a servant, so the form of a servant does not detract from the form of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It was the devil's boast that humanity had been deceived by his trickery and so had lost the gifts God had given it; and that it had been stripped of the endowment of immortality and so was subject to the harsh sentence of death. He also boasted that, sunk as he was in evil, he himself derived some consolation from having a partner in crime; and that God had been forced by the principle of justice to alter his verdict on humanity, which he had created in such an honourable state. All this called for the realisation of a secret plan whereby the unalterable God, whose will is indistinguishable from his goodness, might bring the original realisation of his kindness towards us to completion by means of a more hidden mystery, and whereby humanity, which had been led into a state of sin by the craftiness of the devil, might be prevented from perishing contrary to the purpose of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So without leaving his Father's glory behind, the Son of God comes down from his heavenly throne and enters the depths of our world, born in an unprecedented order by an unprecedented kind of birth. In an unprecedented order, because one who is invisible at his own level was made visible at ours. The ungraspable willed to be grasped. Whilst remaining pre-existent, he begins to exist in time. The Lord of the universe veiled his measureless majesty and took on a servant's form. The God who knew no suffering did not despise becoming a suffering man, and, deathless as he is, to be subject to the laws of death. By an unprecedented kind of birth, because it was inviolable virginity which supplied the material flesh without experiencing sexual desire. What was taken from the mother of the Lord was the nature without the guilt. And the fact that the birth was miraculous does not imply that in the lord Jesus Christ, born from the virgin's womb, the nature is different from ours. The same one is true God and true man."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There is nothing unreal about this oneness, since both the lowliness of the man and the grandeur of the divinity are in mutual relation. As God is not changed by showing mercy, neither is humanity devoured by the dignity received. The activity of each form is what is proper to it in communion with the other: that is, the Word performs what belongs to the Word, and the flesh accomplishes what belongs to the flesh. One of these performs brilliant miracles the other sustains acts of violence. As the Word does not lose its glory which is equal to that of the Father, so neither does the flesh leave the nature of its kind behind. We must say this again and again: one and the same is truly Son of God and truly son of man. God, by the fact that in the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God; man, by the fact that the Word was made flesh and dwelt among us. God, by the fact that all things were made through him, and nothing was made without him, man, by the fact that he was made of a woman, made under the law. The birth of flesh reveals human nature; birth from a virgin is a proof of divine power. A lowly cradle manifests the infancy of the child; angels' voices announce the greatness of the most High. Herod evilly strives to kill one who was like a human being at the earliest stage the Magi rejoice to adore on bended knee one who is the Lord of all. And when he came to be baptised by his precursor John, the Father's voice spoke thunder from heaven, to ensure that he did not go unnoticed because the divinity was concealed by the veil of flesh: This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased. Accordingly, the same one whom the devil craftily tempts as a man, the angels dutifully wait on as God. Hunger, thirst, weariness, sleep are patently human. But to satisfy five thousand people with five loaves; to dispense living water to the Samaritan woman, a drink of which will stop her being thirsty ever again; to walk on the surface of the sea with feet that do not sink; to rebuke the storm and level the mounting waves; there can be no doubt these are divine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So, if I may pass over many instances, it does not belong to the same nature to weep out of deep-felt pity for a dead friend, and to call him back to life again at the word of command, once the mound had been removed from the four-day old grave; or to hang on the cross and, with day changed into night, to make the elements tremble; or to be pierced by nails and to open the gates of paradise for the believing thief. Likewise, it does not belong to the same nature to say I and the Father are one, and to say The Father is greater than I. For although there is in the Lord Jesus Christ a single person who is of God and of man, the insults shared by both have their source in one thing, and the glory that is shared in another. For it is from us that he gets a humanity which is less than the Father; it is from the Father that he gets a divinity which is equal to the Father."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So it is on account of this oneness of the person, which must be understood in both natures, that we both read that the son of man came down from heaven, when the Son of God took flesh from the virgin from whom he was born, and again that the Son of God is said to have been crucified and buried, since he suffered these things not in the divinity itself whereby the Only-begotten is co-eternal and consubstantial with the Father, but in the weakness of the human nature. That is why in the creed, too, we all confess that the only- begotten Son of God was crucified and was buried, following what the apostle said, If they had known, they would never have crucified the Lord of majesty. And when our Lord and Saviour himself was questioning his disciples and instructing their faith, he says, Who do people say 1, the son of man, am? And when they had displayed a variety of other people's opinions, he says, Who do you say I am ? —in other words, I who am the son of man and whom you behold in the form of a servant and in real flesh: Who do you say I am? Whereupon the blessed Peter, inspired by God and making a confession that would benefit all future peoples, says, You are the Christ, the Son of the living God. He thoroughly deserved to be declared \"blessed\" by the Lord. He derived the stability of both his goodness and his name from the original Rock, for when the Father revealed it to him, he confessed that the same one is both the Son of God and also the Christ. Accepting one of these truths without the other was no help to salvation; and to have believed that the Lord Jesus Christ was either only God and not man, or solely man and not God, was equally dangerous."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "After the Lord's resurrection—which was certainly the resurrection of a real body, since the one brought back to life is none other than the one who had been crucified and had died—the whole point of the forty-day delay was to make our faith completely sound and to cleanse it of all darkness. Hence he talked to his disciples and lived and ate with them, and let himself be touched attentively and carefully by those who were in the grip of doubt; he would go in among his disciples when the doors were locked, and impart the holy Spirit by breathing on them, and open up the secrets of the holy scriptures after enlightening their understanding; again, he would point out the wound in his side, the holes made by the nails, and all the signs of the suffering he had just recently undergone, saying, Look at my hands and feet—it is I. Feel and see, because a spirit does not have flesh and bones as you see that I have. All this was so that it would be recognised that the proper character of the divine and of the human nature went on existing inseparable in him; and so that we would realise that the Word is not the same thing as the flesh, but in such a way that we would confess belief in the one Son of God as being both Word and flesh."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This Eutyches must be judged to be extremely destitute of this mystery of the faith. Neither the humility of the mortal life nor the glory of the resurrection has made him recognise our nature in the only-begotten of God. Nor has even the statement of the blessed apostle and evangelist John put fear into him: Every spirit which confesses that Jesus Christ came in the flesh is from God, and every spirit which puts Jesus asunder is not from God, and this is Antichrist. But what does putting Jesus as under consist in if not in separating his human nature from him, and in voiding, through the most barefaced fictions, the one mystery by which we have been saved? Once in the dark about the nature of Christ's body, it follows that the same blindness leads him into raving folly about his suffering too. If he does not think that the Lord's cross was unreal and if he has no doubt that the suffering undergone for the world's salvation was real, then let him acknowledge the flesh of the one whose death he believes in. And let him not deny that a man whom he knows to have been subject to suffering had our kind of body, for to deny the reality of the flesh is also to deny the bodily suffering. So if he accepts the Christian faith and does not turn a deaf ear to the preaching of the gospel, let him consider what nature it was that hung, pierced with nails, on the wood of the cross. With the side of the crucified one laid open by the soldier's spear, let him identify the source from which blood and water flowed, to bathe the church of God with both font and cup."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let him heed what the blessed apostle Peter preaches, that sanctification by the Spirit is effected by the sprinkling of Christ's blood; and let him not skip over the same apostle's words, knowing that you have been redeemed from the empty way of life you inherited from your fathers, not with corruptible gold and silver but by the precious blood of Jesus Christ, as of a lamb without stain or spot. Nor should he withstand the testimony of blessed John the apostle: and the blood of Jesus, the Son of God, purifies us from every sin; and again, This is the victory which conquers the world, our faith. Who is there who conquers the world save one who believes that Jesus is the Son of God ? It is he, Jesus Christ who has come through water and blood, not in water only, but in water and blood. And because the Spirit is truth, it is the Spirit who testifies. For there are three who give testimony—Spirit and water and blood. And the three are one. In other words, the Spirit of sanctification and the blood of redemption and the water of baptism. These three are one and remain indivisible. None of them is separable from its link with the others. The reason is that it is by this faith that the catholic church lives and grows, by believing that neither the humanity is without true divinity nor the divinity without true humanity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When you cross-examined Eutyches and he replied, \"I confess that our Lord was of two natures before the union, but I confess one nature after the union\", I am amazed that such an absurd and corrupt declaration of faith was not very severely censured by the judges; and that an extremely foolish statement was disregarded, as if nothing whatever offensive had been heard. It is just as wicked to say that the only-begotten Son of God was of two natures before the incarnation as it is abominable to claim that there was a single nature in him after the Word was made flesh. Eutyches must not suppose that what he said was either correct or tolerable just because no clear statement of yours refuted it. So we remind you, dearest brother, of your charity's responsibility to see to it that if through God's merciful inspiration the case is ever settled, the rash and ignorant fellow is also purged of what is blighting his mind. As the minutes have made clear, he made a good start at abandoning his opinion when, under pressure from your statement, he professed to say what he had not previously said, and to find satisfaction in the faith to which he had previously been a stranger. But when he had refused to be party to the anathematising of his wicked doctrine, your fraternity would have realised that he was persisting in his false belief and that he deserved a verdict of condemnation. If he is honestly and suitably sorry about this, and acknowledges even at this late stage how rightly episcopal authority was set in motion, or if, to make full amends, he condemns every wrong thought he had by word of mouth and by his actual signature, then no amount of mercy towards one who has reformed is excessive. Our Lord, the true and good shepherd who laid down his life for his sheep, and who came not to destroy but to save the souls of men and women, wants us to be imitators of his goodness, so that whilst justice represses sinners, mercy does not reject the converted. The defence of the true faith is never so productive as when false opinion is condemned even by its adherents."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In place of ourself, we have arranged for our brothers, Bishop Julius and the priest Renatus of the church of St Clement, and also my son, the deacon Hilary, to ensure a good and faithful conclusion to the whole case. To their company we have added our notary Dulcitius, of proven loyalty to us. We trust that with God's help he who has fallen into error might condemn the wickedness of his own mind and find salvation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "God keep you safe, dearest brother."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Definition of the faith"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred and great and universal synod by God's grace and by decree of your most religious and Christ-loving emperors Valentinian Augustus and Marcian Augustus assembled in Chalcedon, metropolis of the province of Bithynia, in the shrine of the saintly and triumphant martyr Euphemia, issues the following decrees."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In establishing his disciples in the knowledge of the faith, our lord and saviour Christ said: \"My peace I give you, my peace I leave to you\"', so that no one should disagree with his neighbour regarding religious doctrines but that the proclamation of the truth would be uniformly presented. But the evil one never stops trying to smother the seeds of religion with his own tares and is for ever inventing some novelty or other against the truth; so the Master, exercising his usual care for the human race, roused this religious and most faithful emperor to zealous action, and summoned to himself the leaders of the priesthood from everywhere, so that through the working of the grace of Christ, the master of all of us, every injurious falsehood might be staved off from the sheep of Christ and they might be fattened on fresh growths of the truth."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This is in fact what we have done. We have driven off erroneous doctrines by our collective resolution and we have renewed the unerring creed of the fathers. We have proclaimed to all the creed of the 318; and we have made our own those fathers who accepted this agreed statement of religion"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—the 150 who later met in great Constantinople and themselves set their seal to the same creed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, whilst we also stand by"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—the decisions and all the formulas relating to the creed from the sacred synod which took place formerly at Ephesus, whose leaders of most holy memory were Celestine of Rome and Cyril of Alexandria we decree that"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—pre-eminence belongs to the exposition of the right and spotless creed of the 318 saintly and blessed fathers who were assembled at Nicaea when Constantine of pious memory was emperor: and that"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—those decrees also remain in force which were issued in Constantinople by the 150 holy fathers in order to destroy the heresies then rife and to confirm this same catholic and apostolic creed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—The creed of the 318 fathers at Nicaea."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—And the same of the 150 saintly fathers assembled in Constantinople."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This wise and saving creed, the gift of divine grace, was sufficient for a perfect understanding and establishment of religion. For its teaching about the Father and the Son and the holy Spirit is complete, and it sets out the Lord's becoming human to those who faithfully accept it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But there are those who are trying to ruin the proclamation of the truth, and through their private heresies they have spawned novel formulas:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—some by daring to corrupt the mystery of the Lord's economy on our behalf, and refusing to apply the word \"God-bearer\" to the Virgin; and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—others by introducing a confusion and mixture, and mindlessly imagining that there is a single nature of the flesh and the divinity, and fantastically supposing that in the confusion the divine nature of the Only-begotten is passible."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore this sacred and great and universal synod, now in session, in its desire to exclude all their tricks against the truth, and teaching what has been unshakeable in the proclamation from the beginning,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—decrees that the creed of the 318 fathers is, above all else, to remain inviolate. And because of those who oppose the holy Spirit, it"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—ratifies the teaching about the being of the holy Spirit handed down by the 150 saintly fathers who met some time later in the imperial city"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—the teaching they made known to all,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—not introducing anything left out by their predecessors, but clarifying their ideas about the holy Spirit by the use of scriptural testimonies against those who were trying to do away with his sovereignty."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And because of those who are attempting to corrupt the mystery of the economy and are shamelessly and foolishly asserting that he who was born of the holy virgin Mary was a mere man, it has accepted"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—the synodical letters of the blessed Cyril, [already accepted by the Council of Ephesus] pastor of the church in Alexandria, to Nestorius and to the Orientals, as being well-suited to refuting Nestorius's mad folly and to providing an interpretation for those who in their religious zeal might desire understanding of the saving creed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To these it has suitably added, against false believers and for the establishment of orthodox doctrines"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—the letter of the primate of greatest and older Rome, the most blessed and most saintly Archbishop Leo, written to the sainted Archbishop Flavian to put down Eutyches's evil-mindedness, because it is in agreement with great Peter's confession and represents a support we have in common."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is opposed to those who attempt to tear apart the mystery of the economy into a duality of sons; and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—it expels from the assembly of the priests those who dare to say that the divinity of the Only-begotten is passible, and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—it stands opposed to those who imagine a mixture or confusion between the two natures of Christ; and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—it expels those who have the mad idea that the servant-form he took from us is of a heavenly or some other kind of being; and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—it anathematises those who concoct two natures of the Lord before the union but imagine a single one after the union."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So, following the saintly fathers, we all with one voice teach the confession of one and the same Son, our Lord Jesus Christ: the same perfect in divinity and perfect in humanity, the same truly God and truly man, of a rational soul and a body; consubstantial with the Father as regards his divinity, and the same consubstantial with us as regards his humanity; like us in all respects except for sin; begotten before the ages from the Father as regards his divinity, and in the last days the same for us and for our salvation from Mary, the virgin God-bearer as regards his humanity; one and the same Christ, Son, Lord, only-begotten, acknowledged in two natures which undergo no confusion, no change, no division, no separation; at no point was the difference between the natures taken away through the union, but rather the property of both natures is preserved and comes together into a single person and a single subsistent being; he is not parted or divided into two persons, but is one and the same only-begotten Son, God, Word, Lord Jesus Christ, just as the prophets taught from the beginning about him, and as the Lord Jesus Christ himself instructed us, and as the creed of the fathers handed it down to us."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since we have formulated these things with all possible accuracy and attention, the sacred and universal synod decreed that no one is permitted to produce, or even to write down or compose, any other creed or to think or teach otherwise. As for those who dare either to compose another creed or even to promulgate or teach or hand down another creed for those who wish to convert to a recognition of the truth from Hellenism or from Judaism, or from any kind of heresy at all: if they be bishops or clerics, the bishops are to be deposed from the episcopacy and the clerics from the clergy; if they be monks or layfolk, they are to be anathematised."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Canons"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1 We have deemed it right that the canons hitherto issued by the saintly fathers at each and every synod should remain in force."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2 If any bishop performs an ordination for money and puts the unsaleable grace on sale, and ordains for money a bishop, a chorepiscopus, a presbyter or a deacon or some other of those numbered among the clergy; or appoints a manager, a legal officer or a warden for money, or any other ecclesiastic at all for personal sordid gain; led him who has attempted this and been convicted stand to lose his personal rank; and let the person ordained profit nothing from the ordination or appointment he has bought; but let him be removed from the dignity or responsibility which he got for money. And if anyone appears to have acted even as a go-between in such disgraceful and unlawful dealings, let him too, if he is a cleric, be demoted from his personal rank, and if he is a lay person or a monk, let him be anathematised."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3 It has come to the notice of the sacred synod that some of those enrolled in the clergy are, for sordid gain, acting as hired managers of other people's property, and are involving themselves in worldly business, neglecting the service of God, frequenting the houses of worldly persons and taking over the handling of property out of avarice. So the sacred and great synod has decreed that in future no one, whether a bishop, a cleric or a monk, should either manage property or involve himself as an administrator of worldly business, unless he is legally and unavoidably summoned to take care of minors, or the local bishop appoints him to attend, out of fear of the Lord, to ecclesiastical business or to orphans and unprovided widows and persons in special need of ecclesiastical support. If in future anyone attempts to transgress these decrees, he must be subject to ecclesiastical penalties."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4 Those who truly and sincerely live the monastic life should be accorded appropriate recognition. But since there are some who don the monastic habit and meddle with the churches and in civil matters, and circulate indiscriminately in the cities and even are involved in founding monasteries for themselves, it has been decided that no one is to build or found a monastery or oratory anywhere against the will of the local bishop; and that monks of each city and region are to be subject to the bishop, are to foster peace and quiet, and attend solely to fasting and prayer, staying set apart in their places. They are not to abandon their own monasteries and interfere, or take part, in ecclesiastical or secular business unless they are perhaps assigned to do so by the local bishop because of some urgent necessity. No slave is to be taken into the monasteries to become a monk against the will of his own master. We have decreed that anyone who transgresses this decision of ours is to be excommunicated, lest God's name be blasphemed. However, it is for the local bishop to exercise the care and attention that the monasteries need."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5 In the matter of bishops or clerics who move from city to city, it has been decided that the canons issued by the holy fathers concerning them should retain their proper force."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6 No one, whether presbyter or deacon or anyone at all who belongs to the ecclesiastical order, is to be ordained without title, unless the one ordained is specially assigned to a city or village church or to a martyr's shrine or a monastery. The sacred synod has decreed that the ordination of those ordained without title is null, and that they cannot operate anywhere, because of the presumption of the one who ordained them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7 We decree that those who have once joined the ranks of the clergy or have become monks are not to depart on military service or for secular office. Those who dare do this, and do not repent and return to what, in God, they previously chose, are to be anathematised."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8 Clerics in charge of almshouses and monasteries and martyrs' shrines are, in accordance with the tradition of the holy fathers, to remain under the jurisdiction of the bishop in each city. They are not to be self-willed and rebellious towards their own bishop. Those who dare to break a rule of this kind in any way whatever, and are not obedient to their own bishop, are, if they are clerics, to be subject to the canonical penalties; and if they are monks or layfolk they are to be made excommunicate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9 If any cleric has a case to bring against a cleric, let him not leave his own bishop and take himself off to the secular courts, but let him first air the problem before his own bishop, or at least, with the permission of the bishop himself, before those whom both parties are willing to see act as arbiters of their lawsuit. If anyone acts in a contrary fashion, let him be subject to canonical penalties. If a cleric has a case to bring either against his own or against another bishop, let him bring the case to the synod of the province. If a bishop or a cleric is in dispute with the metropolitan of the same province, let him engage either the exarch of the diocese or the see of imperial Constantinople, and let him bring his case before him."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10 A cleric is not allowed to be appointed to churches in two cities at the same time: to the one where he was originally ordained, and to another more important one to which he has betaken himself out of desire to increase a baseless reputation. Those who do this are to be sent back to their own church in which they were ordained at the beginning, and only there are they to serve. But if some have already been transferred from one church to another, they are not to take part in any of the affairs of their former church, or of the martyrs' shrines or almshouses or hospices that come under it. The sacred synod has decreed that those who, subsequent to this decree of this great and universal synod, dare to do anything that is now forbidden are to lose their personal rank."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11 We have decreed that, subject to examination, all paupers and needy persons are to travel with ecclesiastical letters or letters of peace only, and not of commendation, since it befits only reputable persons to be provided with letters of commendation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12 It has come to our notice that, contrary to the ecclesiastical regulations, some have made approaches to the civil authorities and have divided one province into two by official mandate, with the result that there are two metropolitans in the same province. The sacred synod therefore decrees that in future no bishop should dare do such a thing, since he who attempts it stands to lose his proper station. Such places as have already been honoured by imperial writ with the title of metropolis must treat it simply as honorary, and that goes also for the bishop who is in charge of the church there, without prejudice of course to the proper rights of the real metropolis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13 Foreign clerics and readers without letters of commendation from their own bishop are absolutely forbidden to serve in another city."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14 Since in certain provinces readers and cantors have been allowed to marry, the sacred synod decrees that none of them is permitted to marry a wife of heterodox views. If those thus married have already had children, and if they have already had the children baptised among heretics, they are to bring them into the communion of the catholic church. If they have not been baptised, they may no longer have them baptised among heretics; nor indeed marry them to a heretic or a Jew or a Greek, unless of course the person who is to be married to the orthodox party promises to convert to the orthodox faith. If anyone transgresses this decree of the sacred synod, let him be subject to canonical penalty."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15 No woman under forty years of age is to be ordained a deacon, and then only after close scrutiny. If after receiving ordination and spending some time in the ministry she despises God's grace and gets married, such a person is to be anathematised along with her spouse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16 It is not permitted for a virgin who has dedicated herself to the Lord God, or similarly for a monk, to contract marriage. If it is discovered that they have done so, let them be made excommunicate. However, we have decreed that the local bishop should have discretion to deal humanely with them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17 Rural or country parishes belonging to a church are to stay firmly tied to the bishops who have possession of them, and especially if they have continually and peacefully administered them over a thirty-year period. If, however, within the thirty years any dispute about them has arisen, or should arise, those who are claiming to be wronged are permitted to bring the case before the provincial synod. If there are any who are wronged by their own metropolitan, let their case be judged either by the exarch of the diocese or by the see of Constantinople, as has already been said. If any city has been newly erected, or is erected hereafter, by imperial decree, let the arrangement of ecclesiastical parishes conform to the civil and public regulations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18 The crime of conspiracy or secret association is entirely prohibited even by the laws of the land; so all the more properly is this forbidden in the church of God. So if any clerics or monks are found to be either forming a conspiracy or a secret society or hatching plots against bishops or fellow clergy, let them lose their personal rank completely."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19 We have heard that in the provinces the synods of bishops prescribed by canon law are not taking place, and that as a result many ecclesiastical matters that need putting right are being neglected. So the sacred synod decrees that in accordance with the canons of the fathers, the bishops in each province are to foregather twice a year at a place approved by the bishop of the metropolis and put any matters arising to rights. Bishops failing to attend who enjoy good health and are free from all unavoidable and necessary engagements, but stay at home in their own cities, are to be fraternally rebuked."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20 As we have already decreed, clerics who are serving a church are not permitted to join a church in another city, but are to be content with the one in which they were originally authorised to minister, apart from those who have been displaced from their own country and been forced to move to another church. If subsequent to this decision any bishop receives a cleric who belongs to another bishop, it is decreed that both the received and the receiver are to be excommunicate until such time as the cleric who has moved returns to his own church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21 Clerics or layfolk who bring allegations against bishops or clerics are not to be admitted to make their charges without more ado and before any examination, but their reputation must first be investigated."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22 It is not permitted for clerics, following the death of their own bishop, to seize the things that belong to him, as has been forbidden even by earlier canons. Those who do this risk losing their personal rank."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23 It has come to the notice of the sacred synod that certain clerics and monks who have no employment from their own bishop and have sometimes even been excommunicated by him, are frequenting imperial Constantinople and spending long periods there causing disturbances, upsetting the ecclesiastical establishment and ruining people's homes. So the sacred synod decrees that such people are first to be warned by the public attorney of the most holy Constantinopolitan church to get out of the imperial city; and if they shamelessly persist in the same kinds of behaviour, they are to be expelled by the same public attorney even against their will, and are to betake themselves to their own places."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24 Monasteries once consecrated in accordance with the will of the bishop are to remain monasteries in perpetuity, and the effects which belong to them are reserved to the monastery, and they must not be turned into secular hostelries. Those who allow this to happen are to be subject to the canonical penalties."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25 According to our information, certain metropolitans are neglecting the flocks entrusted to them and are delaying the ordination of bishops, so the sacred synod has decided that the ordination of bishops should take place within three months, unless the period of delay has been caused to be extended by some unavoidable necessity. If a metropolitan fails to do this, he is to be subject to ecclesiastical penalties. The income of the widowed church is to be kept safe by the administrator of the said church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26 According to our information, in some churches the bishops handle church business without administrators; so it has been decided that every church which has a bishop is also to have an administrator, drawn from its own clergy, to administer ecclesiastical matters according to the mind of the bishop concerned so that the church's administration may not go unaudited, and that consequently the church's property is not dispersed and the episcopate not exposed to serious criticism. If he does not comply with this, he is to be subject to the divine canons."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27 The sacred synod decrees that those who carry off girls under pretext of cohabitation, or who are accomplices or co-operate with those who carry them off, are to lose their personal rank if they are clerics, and are to be anathematised if they are monks or layfolk."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28 [in fact a resolution passed by the council at the 16th session but rejected by the Pope]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Following in every way the decrees of the holy fathers and recognising the canon which has recently been read out—the canon of the 150 most devout bishops who assembled in the time of the great Theodosius of pious memory, then emperor, in imperial Constantinople, new Rome — we issue the same decree and resolution concerning the prerogatives of the most holy church of the same Constantinople, new Rome. The fathers rightly accorded prerogatives to the see of older Rome, since that is an imperial city; and moved by the same purpose the 150 most devout bishops apportioned equal prerogatives to the most holy see of new Rome, reasonably judging that the city which is honoured by the imperial power and senate and enjoying privileges equalling older imperial Rome, should also be elevated to her level in ecclesiastical affairs and take second place after her. The metropolitans of the dioceses of Pontus, Asia and Thrace, but only these, as well as the bishops of these dioceses who work among non-Greeks, are to be ordained by the aforesaid most holy see of the most holy church in Constantinople. That is, each metropolitan of the aforesaid dioceses along with the bishops of the province ordain the bishops of the province, as has been declared in the divine canons; but the metropolitans of the aforesaid dioceses, as has been said, are to be ordained by the archbishop of Constantinople, once agreement has been reached by vote in the usual way and has been reported to him."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "29 [an extract from the minutes of the 19th session]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The most eminent and illustrious officials asked: What does the sacred synod advise in the case of the bishops ordained by the most reverend Bishop Photius and removed by the most reverend Bishop Eustathius and consigned to be priests after losing the episcopacy? The most reverend Bishops Paschasinus and Lucentius and the priest Bonifatius, representatives of the apostolic see of Rome, replied: It is sacrilege to reduce a bishop to the rank of priest. But if whatever cause there is for removing those persons from the exercise of episcopacy is just, they ought not to occupy the position even of a priest. And if they have been removed from office and are without fault, they shall be restored to the episcopal dignity. The most reverend archbishop of Constantinople, Anatolius, replied: If those who are said to have descended from the episcopal dignity to the rank of priest have been condemned on what are reasonable grounds, they are clearly not worthy to hold even the office of a priest. But if they have been demoted to the lower rank without reasonable cause, then as long as they are seen to be innocent, they have every right to resume the dignity and priesthood of the episcopacy ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "30 [an extract from the minutes of the 4th session]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The most eminent and illustrious officials and the exalted assembly declared: Since the most reverend bishops of Egypt have up to now put off subscribing to the letter of the most holy Archbishop Leo, not because they are in opposition to the catholic faith, but because they claim that it is customary in the Egyptian diocese not to do such things in contravention of the will and ordinance of their archbishop, and because they consider they should be given until the ordination of the future bishop of the great city of Alexandria, we think it reasonable and humane that, retaining their present rank in the imperial city, they should be granted a moratorium until such time as an archbishop of the great city of Alexandria is ordained. Most reverend Bishop Paschasinus, representative of the apostolic see, said: If your authority demands it, and you order that some measure of kindness be shown them, let them give guarantees that they will not leave this city before Alexandria receives its bishop. The most eminent and illustrious officials and the exalted assembly replied: Let the resolution of the most holy Bishop Paschasinus be upheld. So let the most reverend bishops of the Egyptians maintain their present rank and, either providing guarantees if they can, or pledging themselves on solemn oath, let them await the ordination of the future bishop of the great city of Alexandria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE COUNCIL OF CHALCEDON (451 AD)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Definition concerning the two natures of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Following, then, the holy fathers, we unite in teaching all men to confess the one and only Son, our Lord Jesus Christ. This selfsame one is perfect both in deity and in humanness; this selfsame one is also actually God and actually man, with a rational soul [meaning human soul] and a body. He is of the same reality as God as far as his deity is concerned and of the same reality as we ourselves as far as his humanness is concerned; thus like us in all respects, sin only excepted. Before time began he was begotten of the Father, in respect of his deity, and now in these \"last days,\" for us and behalf of our salvation, this selfsame one was born of Mary the virgin, who is God-bearer in respect of his humanness."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We also teach that we apprehend this one and only Christ-Son, Lord, only-begotten — in two natures; and we do this without confusing the two natures, without transmuting one nature into the other, without dividing them into two separate categories, without contrasting them according to area or function. The distinctiveness of each nature is not nullified by the union. Instead, the \"properties\" of each nature are conserved and both natures concur in one \"person\" and in one reality [hypostasis]. They are not divided or cut into two persons, but are together the one and only and only-begotten Word [Logos], God, the Lord Jesus Christ. Thus have the prophets of old testified; thus the Lord Jesus Christ himself taught us; thus the Symbol of Fathers [the Nicene Creed] has handed down to us."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, now that we have set forth all these things with a care and diligence exact in every respect, the holy and universal Synod defines once and for all that no one may profess, write up or compose, think, or teach to others, any other faith."
            }
          ],
          "witnesses": [
            {
              "label": "Concilia Oecumenica — Documenta et Acta, local source volume",
              "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
              "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
              "format": "pdf"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "council-source-corpus",
      "council": 5,
      "title": "Constantinople II — council-level source corpus",
      "type": "Council-level source corpus",
      "date": "",
      "scope": "council-level-corpus",
      "sourceStatus": "Readable English extraction from a local council source volume; not document-level segmentation and not an aligned parallel edition.",
      "sourceVerification": "Unambiguous council heading and next-council boundary verified during the 3.50 reconciliation build.",
      "sourceVolumeSha256": "be506158a70af600f5575e554ae28c62088fc575aa3e0c3339bec036af8530de",
      "languages": {
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
          "format": "pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE COUNCIL OF CONSTANTINOPLE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session II - 553 A.D.",
              "sourceKey": "session-ii",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Contents"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sentence against the \"Three Chapters\" Anathemas against the \"Three Chapters\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The emperor Justinian and Pope Vigilius decided to summon this council after the latter withdrew his \"Judgment\" condemning the \"Three Chapters\" of Theodore of Mopsuestia, Theodoret and Ibas. This \"Judgment\" had been issued on 11 April 548 but the bishops of the west and especially of Africa unanimously opposed it. The council was summoned by Justinian to Constantinople, although Vigilius would have preferred to convene it in Sicily or Italy so that western bishops might be present. It assembled on 5 May 553 in the great hall attached to Hagia Sophia cathedral."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the Roman pontiff refused to take part in the council, because Justinian had summoned bishops in equal numbers from each of the five patriarchal sees, so that there would be many more eastern than western bishops present, Eutychius, patriarch of Constantinople, presided. The decrees of the council were signed by 160 bishops, of whom 8 were Africans."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On 14 May 553 Pope Vigilius issued his \"Constitution\", which was signed by 16 bishops (9 from Italy, 2 from Africa, 2 from Illyricum and 3 from Asia Minor). This rejected sixty propositions of Theodore of Mopsuestia, but spared his personal memory and refused to condemn either Theodoret or Ibas since, on the testimony of the council of Chalcedon, all suspicion of heresy against them had been removed. Nevertheless, the council in its 8th session on 2 June 553 again condemned the \"Three Chapters\", for the same reasons as Justinian had done so, in a judgment which concludes with 14 anathemas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "After carefully considering the matter for six months, Vigilius ,weighing up the persecutions of Justinian against his clergy and having sent a letter to Eutychius of Constantinople, approved the council, thus changing his mind \"after the example of Augustine\". Furthermore he anathematized Theodore and condemned his writings and those of Theodoret and Ibas. On 23 February 554, in a second \"Constitution\", he tried to reconcile the recent condemnation with what had been decreed at the council of Chalcedon."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The council did not debate ecclesiastical discipline nor did it issue disciplinary canons. Our edition does not include the text of the anathemas against Origen since recent studies have shown that these anathemas cannot be attributed to this council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the 14 anathemas (pp. 114-122) the translation is from the Greek text, since this is the more authoritative version."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sentence against the \"Three Chapters\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Our great God and saviour Jesus Christ, as we are told in the parable in the gospel, gives talents to each one according to his ability, and at the proper time asks for an account of what has been done by each one. If the person to whom only one talent has been given is condemned because he has not worked and increased it, but has only preserved it without diminishment, how much more serious and more frightening must be the condemnation to which the person is subjected who not only fails to look after himself but scandalizes others and is a cause of offence to them ? It is clear to all believers that when a problem about the faith comes up it is not only the heretical person who is condemned but also the person who is in a position to correct the heresy of others and fails to do so. To those of us to whom the task has been given of governing the church of the Lord, there comes a fear of the condemnation which threatens those who neglect to do the Lord's work. We hurry to take care of the good seed of faith protecting it from the weeds of heresy which have been planted by the enemy. We observed that the pupils of Nestorius were trying to bring their heresy into the church of God by means of the heretical Theodore, bishop of Mopsuestia and his books as also by the writings of the heretical Theodoret and the disgraceful letter which is alleged to have been sent by Ibas to Mari the Persian. Our observations prompted us to correct what was happening. We assembled in this imperial city, summoned here by the will of God and the command of the most religious emperor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The most religious Vigilius happened to be present in this imperial city and took part in all the criticisms against the three chapters. He had frequently condemned them by word of mouth and in his writings. Later he gave a written agreement to take part in our council and to study with us the three chapters so that we could all issue an appropriate definition of the true faith. The most pious emperor, prompted by what was acceptable to us, encouraged a meeting between Vigilius and ourselves because it is proper that the priesthood should impose a common conclusion to matters of common concern. Consequently we asked his reverence to carry out his written undertakings. It did not seem right that the scandal over these three chapters should continue and that the church of God should be further disturbed. In order to persuade him, we reminded him of the great example left us by the apostles and of the traditions of the fathers. Even though the grace of the holy Spirit was abundant in each of the apostles, so that none of them required the advice of another in order to do his work, nevertheless they were loathe to come to a decision on the issue of the circumcision of gentiles until they had met together to test their various opinions against the witness of the holy scriptures."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In this way they unanimously reached the conclusion which they wrote to the gentiles: It has seemed good to the holy Spirit and to us to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things; that you abstain from what has been sacrificed to idols and from blood and from what is strangled and from unchastity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy fathers, who have gathered at intervals in the four holy councils, have followed the examples of antiquity. They dealt with heresies and current problems by debate in common, since it was established as certain that when the disputed question is set out by each side in communal discussions, the light of truth drives out the shadows of lying."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The truth cannot be made clear in any other way when there are debates about questions of faith, since everyone requires the assistance of his neighbour. As Solomon says in his proverbs: A brother who helps a brother shall be exalted like a strong city; he shall be as strong as a well-established kingdom. Again in Ecclesiastes he says: Two are better than one, for they have a good reward for their toil. And the Lord himself says: Amen I say to you, if two of you agree on earth about anything they ask, it will be done for them by my Father in heaven. For where two or three are gathered in my name, there am I in the midst of them. Vigilius was frequently invited by us all, and most distinguished judges were sent to him by the most pious emperor. Eventually he promised to give judgment personally on the three chapters. When we heard this promise, we remembered the warning of the Apostle that each of us shall give an account of himself to God. We were afraid of the condemnation which threatens those who scandalize one of the least important, and of the much more serious one which threatens those who scandalize so very Christian an emperor, the people and all the churches. We also remembered what was said by God to Paul: Do not be afraid, but speak, and do not be silent; for I am with you, and nobody shall be able to harm you. When we met together, therefore, we first of all briefly made a confession of the faith which our lord Jesus Christ true God, handed down to his holy apostles and by means of them to the holy churches, the same faith which those who afterwards were holy fathers and doctors handed down to the people entrusted to them. We confessed that we believe, protect and preach to the holy churches that confession of faith which was set out at greater length by the 318 holy fathers who met in council at Nicaea and handed down the holy doctrine or creed. The 150 who met in council at Constantinople also set out the same faith and made a confession of it and explained it. The 200 holy fathers who met in the first council of Ephesus agreed to the same faith. We follow also the definitions of the 630 who met in council at Chalcedon, regarding the same faith which they both followed and preached. We confessed that we held to be condemned and anathematized all those who had been previously condemned and anathematized by the catholic church and by the aforesaid four councils. When we had made this confession in this way, we made a start on the examination of the three chapters. First, we considered Theodore of Mopsuestia. When all the blasphemies in his works were exposed, we were astonished at God's patience, that the tongue and mind which had formed such blasphemies were not straightaway burned up by divine fire. We would not even have allowed the official reader of these blasphemies to continue, such was our fear of the anger of God at even a rehearsal of them (since each blasphemy was worse than the one before in the extent of its heresy and shook to their foundation the minds of their listeners), if it had not been the case that those who revelled in these blasphemies seemed to us to require the humiliation which their exposure would bring upon them. All of us, angered by the blasphemies against God, burst into attacks and anathemas against Theodore, during and after the reading, as if he had been living and present there. We said: Lord, be favourable to us; not even the demons themselves have dared to speak such things against you."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O his intolerable tongue! O the wickedness of the man ! O the proud hand he raised against his creator! This disgraceful man, who had made a promise to understand the scriptures, did not remember the words of the prophet Hosea: Woe to them, for they have strayed from me! They have become notorious because of their impiety towards me. They spoke evil things about me, and after they had considered them, they spoke even worse things against me. They will fall into a trap because of the depravity of their tongues. Their contempt will be turned inwards on themselves, because they have broken my covenant and acted impiously against my law. The impious Theodore deserves to come under these curses. He dismissed the prophecies about Christ and he vilified, as far as he could, the great mystery of the arrangements that have been made for our salvation. In many ways he tried to demonstrate that the divine word was nothing but fables composed for the amusement of the gentiles. He ridiculed the other condemnations of the impious made by the prophets, especially the one in which holy Habakkuk says of those who teach false doctrines: Woe to him who makes his neighbours drink of the cup of his wrath, and makes them drunk, to gaze on their caverns. This refers to their teachings which are full of darkness and quite separate from the light."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Why ought we to add anything more? Anyone who wishes can consult the volumes of the heretical Theodore or the heretical chapters from his heretical books which have been included in our acts. Anyone can see his unbelievable folly and the disgraceful utterances made by him. We fear to continue and to rehearse again those shameful things. The writings of the holy fathers against him were also read out to us. We heard what had been written against his folly which was more than all the other heretics, and the historical records and imperial laws which set out his heresy from its beginning. Despite all this, those who defended his heresy, delighting in the insults offered by him to his creator, declared that it was improper to anathematize him after his death. Although we were aware of the ecclesiastical tradition concerning heretics, that they are anathematized even after death, we deemed it necessary to go into this matter as well and it can be found in the acts how several heretics were anathematized after they were dead. In many ways it has become clear to us that those who put forward this argument have no concern for God's judgments, nor for the pronouncements of the apostles, nor for the traditions of the fathers. We would willingly question them concerning what they would say about the Lord, who said of himself: He who believes in him is not condemned, he who does not believe in him is condemned already, because he has not believed in the name of the only-begotten Son of God. And about that claim of the Apostle: Even if we, or an angel from heaven, should preach to you a gospel contrary to what you have received, let him be accursed. As we said earlier, I repeat once more: If anyone preaches to you a gospel contrary to what you have received, let him be accursed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the Lord declares that the person is judged already, and the Apostle curses even the angels if they instruct in anything different from what we have preached, how is it possible even for the most presumptuous to assert that these condemnations apply only to those who are still alive? Are they unaware, or rather pretending to be unaware, that to be judged anathematized is just the same as to be separated from God? The heretic, even though he has not been condemned formally by any individual, in reality brings anathema on himself, having cut himself off from the way of truth by his heresy. What reply can such people make to the Apostle when he writes: As for someone who is factious, after admonishing him once or twice, have nothing more to do with him, knowing that such a person is perverted and sinful; he is self-condemned."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It was in the spirit of this text that Cyril of holy memory, in the books which he wrote against Theodore, declared as follows: \"Whether or not they are alive, we ought to keep clear of those who are in the grip of such dreadful errors. It is necessary always to avoid what is harmful, and not to be worried about public opinion but rather to consider what is pleasing to God\". The same Cyril of holy memory, writing to bishop John of Antioch and to the synod which met there about Theodore who was condemned with Nestorius, says, \"It was necessary that a brilliant festival should be kept since all those who had expressed opinions in accordance with Nestorius had been rejected, whoever they were. Action was taken against all those who believed, or had at any time believed, in these mistaken views. This is exactly what we and your holiness pronounced: 'We anathematize those who assert that there exist two sons and two Christs. He who is preached by you and us is, as was said, the single Christ, both Son and Lord, the only-begotten as man, as learned Paul says'\". Moreover in his letter to the priests and fathers of monks, Alexander, Martinian, John, Paregorious and Maximus, and to those who were living as solitaries along with them, he says: \"The holy synod of Ephesus, meeting in accordance with the will of God, has pronounced sentence against the heresy of Nestorius and has condemned according to justice and with accuracy both Nestorius himself and all those who might later, in inane fashion, adopt the same opinions as he held, and those who had previously adhered to the same opinions and who were bold enough to put them in writing, placing upon them all an equal condemnation. It was quite logical that when a condemnation was issued against one person for such stupidity in what he said, then that condemnation should apply not only to that person alone but also, so to speak, against all those who spread the heresies and untruths. They express these falsehoods against the true dogmas of the church, offering worship to two sons, trying to divide what cannot be divided, and introducing to both heaven and earth the offence of the worship of man. But the sacred band of heavenly spirits worship along with us only one lord Jesus Christ\". Moreover, several letters of Augustine of sacred memory, who was particularly outstanding among the African bishops, were read in which he indicates that it is correct to condemn heretics even after their death. Other most reverend bishops of Africa have also observed this church custom; moreover the holy church of Rome has issued anathemas against certain bishops even after they were dead, although they had not been accused on matters of faith while they were alive; the acts of our deliberations bear witness to both these cases. Since the followers of Theodore and his heresy, who are plainly opposed to the truth, have tried to adduce some sections of the writings of Cyril and Proclus of holy memory, as though these were in favour of Theodore, it is appropriate to apply to these attempts the observation of the prophet when he writes: The ways of the Lord are right, and the upright walk in them, but transgressors stumble in them. These followers have willfully misunderstood what the holy fathers wrote, even though it was true and appropriate; they have quoted these writings, dissembling excuses for their own iniquities. It seems that the fathers did not lift the anathema against Theodore but rather used the language of concession in order to lead away from their mistake those who offered some defence of Nestorius and his heresy; their aim was to lead them to perfection and to instruct them that not only was Nestorius, the disciple of heresy, condemned but also his teacher Theodore. The fathers indicate their intention in this matter despite the conciliatory forms used: Theodore was to be anathematized. This has been very clearly shown to be the case by us in our acts from the works of Cyril and Proclus of blessed memory in respect of the condemnation of Theodore and his heresy. This conciliatory attitude is also to be found in the holy scriptures. The apostle Paul employed this tactic at the start of his ministry when he was dealing with those who had been Jews; he circumcised Timothy so that by this conciliation and concession he might lead them to perfection. Afterwards, however, he ruled against circumcision, writing on the subject to the Galatians: Now I Paul say to you that if you receive circumcision, Christ will be of no advantage to you. We found that the defenders of Theodore have done exactly what the heretics were accustomed to do. They have tried to lift the anathema on the said heretical Theodore by omitting some of the things which the holy fathers had written, by including certain confusing falsehoods of their own, and by quoting a letter of Cyril of blessed memory, as if all this were the evidence of the fathers. The passages which they quoted made the truth absolutely clear once the omitted sections were put back in their proper place. The falsehoods were quite apparent when the true writings were collated. In this matter those who issued these empty statements are those who, in the words of scripture, rely on lies, they make empty pleas; they conceive mischief and bring forth iniquity, they weave the spider's web."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "After we had investigated in this way Theodore and his heresy, we took the trouble to quote and include in our acts a few of Theodoret's heretical writings against true faith, against the twelve chapters of holy Cyril and against the first synod of Ephesus. We also included some of Theodoret's writings on the side of the heretical Theodore and Nestorius so that it would be made clear, to the satisfaction of anyone reading our acts, that these opinions had been properly rejected and anathematized."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thirdly, the letter which is alleged to have been written by Ibas to Mari the Persian was brought under scrutiny and we discovered that it too ought to be officially read out. When the letter was read out, its heretical character was immediately apparent to everyone. Until this time there had been some dispute as to whether the aforesaid three chapters ought to be condemned and anathematized. Since the supporters of the heretics Theodore and Nestorius were conspiring to strengthen in another way the case of these men and their heresy, and were alleging that this heretical letter, which approves and defends Theodore and Nestorius, had been accepted by the holy council of Chalcedon, it was therefore necessary for us to demonstrate that that holy synod was unaffected by the heresy which is present in that letter, and that clearly those who make such allegations are doing so not with the assistance of the holy council but so as to give some support to their own heresy by associating it with the name of Chalcedon. It was demonstrated in our acts that Ibas was previously accused of the same heresy which is contained in this letter. This accusation was levelled first by Proclus of holy memory, bishop of Constantinople, and afterwards by Theodosius of blessed memory and Flavian, the bishop there after Proclus, both of whom gave the task of examining the whole matter to Photius, bishop of Tyre, and to Eustathius, bishop of the city of Beirut. When Ibas was later found to be blameworthy, he was deposed from the episcopate. This being the state of affairs, how could anyone be so bold as to allege that that heretical letter was accepted by the holy council of Chalcedon or that the holy council of Chalcedon agreed with it in its entirety? So as to prevent those who misrepresent the holy council of Chalcedon in this way from having any further opportunity to do so we instructed that there should be a formal reading of the official pronouncements of the holy synods, namely the first of Ephesus and that of Chalcedon, on the subject of the letters of Cyril of holy memory and of Leo of blessed memory, formerly pope of older Rome. We gathered from these authorities that nothing which has been written by anyone ought to be accepted unless it has been shown conclusively that it is in accord with the true faith of the holy fathers. Therefore we broke off from our deliberations so as to reiterate in a formal declaration the definition of faith which was promulgated by the holy council of Chalcedon. We compared what was written in the letter with this official statement. When this comparison was made, it was quite apparent that the contents of the letter were quite contradictory to those of the definition of faith. The definition was in accord with the unique, permanent faith set out by the 318 holy fathers, and by the 150, and by those who gathered for the first council at Ephesus. The heretical letter, on the other hand, included the blasphemies of the heretical Theodore and Nestorius and even gave support to them and describes them as doctors, while it condemns the holy fathers as heretics. We make it quite clear to everyone that we do not intend to omit what the fathers had to say in the first and second investigations, which are adduced by the supporters of Theodore and Nestorius in support of their case. Rather these statements and all the others were formally read out and what they contained was submitted to official scrutiny, and we found that they had not allowed the said Ibas to be accepted until they had obliged him to anathematize Nestorius and his heretical doctrines which were affirmed in that letter. This was the view not only of the two bishops whose interventions some have tried to misapply but also of the other religious bishops of that holy council. They also acted thus in the case of Theodoret and insisted that he anathematize those opinions about which he was accused. If they would permit the acceptance of Ibas only if he condemned the heresy which was to be found in his letter, and on condition that he subscribed to a definition of faith set out by the council, how can an attempt be made to allege that this heretical letter was accepted by the same holy council? We are rightly told: What partnership has righteousness with iniquity? Or what fellowship has light with darkness? What accord has Christ with Belial? Or what has a believer in common with an unbeliever? What participation has the temple of God with idols?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Now that we have given the details of what our council has achieved, we repeat our formal confession that we accept the four holy synods, that is, of Nicaea, of Constantinople, the first of Ephesus, and of Chalcedon. Our teaching is and has been all that they have defined concerning the one faith. We consider those who do not respect these things as foreign to the catholic church. Furthermore, we condemn and anathematize, along with all other heretics who have been condemned and anathematized by the same four holy councils and by the holy, catholic and apostolic church, Theodore, formerly bishop of Mopsuestia, and his heretical writings, and also what Theodoret heretically wrote against the true faith, against the twelve chapters of holy Cyril and against the first synod of Ephesus, and we condemn also what he wrote defending Theodore and Nestorius. Additionally, we anathematize the heretical letter which Ibas is alleged to have written to Mari the Persian. This letter denies that God the Word was made incarnate of the ever virgin Mary, the holy mother of God, and that he was made man. It also condemns as a heretic Cyril of holy memory, who taught the truth, and suggests that he held the same opinions as Apollinarius. The letter condemns the first synod of Ephesus for deposing Nestorius without proper process and investigation. It calls the twelve chapters of holy Cyril heretical and contrary to the orthodox faith, while it supports Theodore and Nestorius and their heretical teachings and writings. Consequently we anathematize the aforesaid three chapters, that is, the heretical Theodore of Mopsuestia along with his detestable writings, and the heretical writings of Theodoret, and the heretical letter which Ibas is alleged to have written. We anathematize the supporters of these works and those who write or have written in defence of them, or who are bold enough to claim that they are orthodox, or who have defended or tried to defend their heresy in the names of holy fathers or of the holy council of Chalcedon."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These matters having been treated with thorough-going exactness, we bear in mind what was promised about the holy church and him who said that the gates of hell will not prevail against it (by these we understand the death-dealing tongues of heretics); we also bear in mind what was prophesied about the church by Hosea when he said, I shall betroth you to me in faithfulness and you shall know the Lord; and we count along with the devil, the father of lies, the uncontrolled tongues of heretics and their heretical writings, together with the heretics themselves who have persisted in their heresy even to death. So we declare to them: Behold all you who kindle a fire, who set brands alight! Walk by the light of your fire, and by the brands which you have kindled! Since we are under command to encourage the people with orthodox teaching and to speak to the heart of Jerusalem, that is the church of God, we very properly hurry to sow in righteousness and to reap the fruit of life. In doing this we are lighting for ourselves the lamp of knowledge from the scriptures and the teachings of the fathers. It has therefore seemed necessary to us to sum up in certain statements both our declarations of the truth and our condemnations of heretics and their heretical teachings."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anathemas against the \"Three Chapters\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. If anyone will not confess that the Father, Son and holy Spirit have one nature or substance, that they have one power and authority, that there is a consubstantial Trinity, one Deity to be adored in three subsistences or persons: let him be anathema. There is only one God and Father, from whom all things come, and one Lord, Jesus Christ, through whom all things are, and one holy Spirit, in whom all things are."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. If anyone will not confess that the Word of God has two nativities, that which is before all ages from the Father, outside time and without a body, and secondly that nativity of these latter days when the Word of God came down from the heavens and was made flesh of holy and glorious Mary, mother of God and ever-virgin, and was born from her: let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. If anyone declares that the [Word] of God who works miracles is not identical with the Christ who suffered, or alleges that God the Word was with the Christ who was born of woman, or was in him in the way that one might be in another, but that our lord Jesus Christ was not one and the same, the Word of God incarnate and made man, and that the miracles and the sufferings which he voluntarily underwent in the flesh were not of the same person: let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. If anyone declares that it was only in respect of grace, or of principle of action, or of dignity or in respect of equality of honour, or in respect of authority, or of some relation, or of some affection or power that there was a unity made between the Word of God and the man, or if anyone alleges that it is in respect of good will, as if God the Word was pleased with the man, because he was well and properly disposed to God, as Theodore claims in his madness; or if anyone says that this union is only a sort of synonymity, as the Nestorians allege, who call the Word of God Jesus and Christ, and even designate the human separately by the names \"Christ\" and \"Son\", discussing quite obviously two different persons, and only pretending to speak of one person and one Christ when the reference is to his title, honour, dignity or adoration; finally if anyone does not accept the teaching of the holy fathers that the union occurred of the Word of God with human flesh which is possessed by a rational and intellectual soul, and that this union is by synthesis or by person, and that therefore there is only one person, namely the lord Jesus Christ, one member of the holy Trinity: let him be anathema. The notion of \"union\" can be understood in many different ways. The supporters of the wickedness of Apollinarius and Eutyches have asserted that the union is produced by a confusing of the uniting elements, as they advocate the disappearance of the elements that unite. Those who follow Theodore and Nestorius, rejoicing in the division, have brought in a union which is only by affection. The holy church of God, rejecting the wickedness of both sorts of heresy, states her belief in a union between the Word of God and human flesh which is by synthesis, that is by a union of subsistence. In the mystery of Christ the union of synthesis not only conserves without confusing the elements that come together but also allows no division."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. If anyone understands by the single subsistence of our lord Jesus Christ that it covers the meaning of many subsistences, and by this argument tries to introduce into the mystery of Christ two subsistences or two persons, and having brought in two persons then talks of one person only in respect of dignity, honour or adoration, as both Theodore and Nestorius have written in their madness; if anyone falsely represents the holy synod of Chalcedon, making out that it accepted this heretical view by its terminology of \"one subsistence\", and if he does not acknowledge that the Word of God is united with human flesh by subsistence, and that on account of this there is only one subsistence or one person, and that the holy synod of Chalcedon thus made a formal statement of belief in the single subsistence of our lord Jesus Christ: let him be anathema. There has been no addition of person or subsistence to the holy Trinity even after one of its members, God the Word, becoming human flesh."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6. If anyone declares that it can be only inexactly and not truly said that the holy and glorious ever-virgin Mary is the mother of God, or says that she is so only in some relative way, considering that she bore a mere man and that God the Word was not made into human flesh in her, holding rather that the nativity of a man from her was referred, as they say, to God the Word as he was with the man who came into being; if anyone misrepresents the holy synod of Chalcedon, alleging that it claimed that the virgin was the mother of God only according to that heretical understanding which the blasphemous Theodore put forward; or if anyone says that she is the mother of a man or the Christ-bearer, that is the mother of Christ, suggesting that Christ is not God; and does not formally confess that she is properly and truly the mother of God, because he who before all ages was born of the Father, God the Word, has been made into human flesh in these latter days and has been born to her, and it was in this religious understanding that the holy synod of Chalcedon formally stated its belief that she was the mother of God: let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7. If anyone, when speaking about the two natures, does not confess a belief in our one lord Jesus Christ, understood in both his divinity and his humanity, so as by this to signify a difference of natures of which an ineffable union has been made without confusion, in which neither the nature of the Word was changed into the nature of human flesh, nor was the nature of human flesh changed into that of the Word (each remained what it was by nature, even after the union, as this had been made in respect of subsistence); and if anyone understands the two natures in the mystery of Christ in the sense of a division into parts, or if he expresses his belief in the plural natures in the same lord Jesus Christ, God the Word made flesh, but does not consider the difference of those natures, of which he is composed, to be only in the onlooker's mind, a difference which is not compromised by the union (for he is one from both and the two exist through the one) but uses the plurality to suggest that each nature is possessed separately and has a subsistence of its own: let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8. If anyone confesses a belief that a union has been made out of the two natures divinity and humanity, or speaks about the one nature of God the Word made flesh, but does not understand these things according to what the fathers have taught, namely that from the divine and human natures a union was made according to subsistence, and that one Christ was formed, and from these expressions tries to introduce one nature or substance made of the deity and human flesh of Christ: let him be anathema. In saying that it was in respect of subsistence that the only-begotten God the Word was united, we are not alleging that there was a confusion made of each of the natures into one another, but rather that each of the two remained what it was, and in this way we understand that the Word was united to human flesh. So there is only one Christ, God and man, the same being consubstantial with the Father in respect of his divinity, and also consubstantial with us in respect of our humanity. Both those who divide or split up the mystery of the divine dispensation of Christ and those who introduce into that mystery some confusion are equally rejected and anathematized by the church of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9. If anyone says that Christ is to be worshipped in his two natures, and by that wishes to introduce two adorations, a separate one for God the Word and another for the man; or if anyone, so as to remove the human flesh or to mix up the divinity and the humanity, monstrously invents one nature or substance brought together from the two, and so worships Christ, but not by a single adoration God the Word in human flesh along with his human flesh, as has been the tradition of the church from the beginning: let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10. If anyone does not confess his belief that our lord Jesus Christ, who was crucified in his human flesh, is truly God and the Lord of glory and one of the members of the holy Trinity: let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11. If anyone does not anathematize Arius, Eunomius, Macedonius, Apollinarius Nestorius, Eutyches and Origen, as well as their heretical books, and also all other heretics who have already been condemned and anathematized by the holy, catholic and apostolic church and by the four holy synods which have already been mentioned, and also all those who have thought or now think in the same way as the aforesaid heretics and who persist in their error even to death: let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12. If anyone defends the heretical Theodore of Mopsuestia, who said that God the Word is one, while quite another is Christ, who was troubled by the passions of the soul and the desires of human flesh, was gradually separated from that which is inferior, and became better by his progress in good works, and could not be faulted in his way of life, and as a mere man was baptized in the name of the Father and the Son and the holy Spirit, and through this baptism received the grace of the holy Spirit and came to deserve sonship and to be adored, in the way that one adores a statue of the emperor, as if he were God the Word, and that he became after his resurrection immutable in his thoughts and entirely without sin. Furthermore this heretical Theodore claimed that the union of God the Word to Christ is rather like that which, according to the teaching of the Apostle, is between a man and his wife: The two shall become one. Among innumerable other blasphemies he dared to allege that, when after his resurrection the Lord breathed on his disciples and said, Receive the holy Spirit, he was not truly giving them the holy Spirit, but he breathed on them only as a sign. Similarly he claimed that Thomas's profession of faith made when, after his resurrection, he touched the hands and side of the Lord, namely My Lord and my God, was not said about Christ, but that Thomas was in this way extolling God for raising up Christ and expressing his astonishment at the miracle of the resurrection. This Theodore makes a comparison which is even worse than this when, writing about the acts of the Apostles, he says that Christ was like Plato, Manichaeus, Epicurus and Marcion, alleging that just as each of these men arrived at his own teaching and then had his disciples called after him Platonists, Manichaeans, Epicureans and Marcionites, so Christ found his teaching and then had disciples who were called Christians. If anyone offers a defence for this more heretical Theodore, and his heretical books in which he throws up the aforesaid blasphemies and many other additional blasphemies against our great God and saviour Jesus Christ, and if anyone fails to anathematize him and his heretical books as well as all those who offer acceptance or defence to him, or who allege that his interpretation is correct, or who write on his behalf or on that of his heretical teachings, or who are or have been of the same way of thinking and persist until death in this error: let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13. If anyone defends the heretical writings of Theodoret which were composed against the true faith, against the first holy synod of Ephesus and against holy Cyril and his Twelve Chapters, and also defends what Theodoret wrote to support the heretical Theodore and Nestorius and others who think in the same way as the aforesaid Theodore and Nestorius and accept them or their heresy and if anyone, because of them, shall accuse of being heretical the doctors of the church who have stated their belief in the union according to subsistence of God the Word; and if anyone does not anathematize these heretical books and those who have thought or now think in this way, and all those who have written against the true faith or against holy Cyril and his twelve chapters, and who persist in such heresy until they die: let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14. If anyone defends the letter which Ibas is said to have written to Mari the Persian, which denies that God the Word, who became incarnate of Mary the holy mother of God and ever virgin, became man, but alleges that he was only a man born to her, whom it describes as a temple, as if God the Word was one and the man someone quite different; which condemns holy Cyril as if he were a heretic, when he gives the true teaching of Christians, and accuses holy Cyril of writing opinions like those of the heretical Apollinarius ;which rebukes the first holy synod of Ephesus, alleging that it condemned Nestorius without going into the matter by a formal examination; which claims that the twelve chapters of holy Cyril are heretical and opposed to the true faith; and which defends Theodore and Nestorius and their heretical teachings and books. If anyone defends the said letter and does not anathematize it and all those who offer a defence for it and allege that it or a part of it is correct, or if anyone defends those who have written or shall write in support of it or the heresies contained in it, or supports those who are bold enough to defend it or its heresies in the name of the holy fathers of the holy synod of Chalcedon, and persists in these errors until his death: let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Such then are the assertions we confess. We have received them from"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. holy Scripture, from 2. the teaching of the holy fathers, and from 3. the definitions about the one and the same faith made by the aforesaid four holy synods."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, condemnation has been passed by us against the heretics and their impiety, and also against those who have justified or shall justify the so-called \"Three Chapters\", and against those who have persisted or will persist in their own error. If anyone should attempt to hand on, or to teach by word or writing, anything contrary to what we have regulated, then if he is a bishop or somebody appointed to the clergy, in so far as he is acting contrary to what befits priests and the ecclesiastical status, let him be stripped of the rank of priest or cleric, and if he is a monk or lay person, let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction and translation taken from Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils, ed. Norman P. Tanner"
            }
          ],
          "witnesses": [
            {
              "label": "Concilia Oecumenica — Documenta et Acta, local source volume",
              "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
              "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
              "format": "pdf"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "council-source-corpus",
      "council": 6,
      "title": "Constantinople III — council-level source corpus",
      "type": "Council-level source corpus",
      "date": "",
      "scope": "council-level-corpus",
      "sourceStatus": "Readable English extraction from a local council source volume; not document-level segmentation and not an aligned parallel edition.",
      "sourceVerification": "Unambiguous council heading and next-council boundary verified during the 3.50 reconciliation build.",
      "sourceVolumeSha256": "be506158a70af600f5575e554ae28c62088fc575aa3e0c3339bec036af8530de",
      "languages": {
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
          "format": "pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE COUNCIL OF CONSTANTINOPLE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session III - 680-681 A. D.",
              "sourceKey": "session-iii",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Contents"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exposition of faith"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To make an end of the Monothelite controversy, Emperor Constantine IV asked Pope Donus in 678 to send twelve bishops and four western Greek monastic superiors to represent the pope at an assembly of eastern and western theologians. Pope Agatho, who meanwhile had succeeded Donus, ordered consultation in the west on this important matter. Around Easter 680 a synod in Rome of 125 Italian bishops, with Pope Agatho presiding, assessed the replies of the regional synods of the west and composed a profession of faith in which Monothelitism was condemned. Legates of the pope took this profession to Constantinople, arriving at the beginning of September 680."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On 10 September 680 the emperor issued an edict to Patriarch George of Constantinople, ordering a council of bishops to be convoked. The council assembled on 7 November in the hall of the imperial palace in Constantinople. It immediately called itself an ecumenical council. There were 18 sessions, at the first eleven of which the emperor presided."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the 8th session, on 7 March 681, the council adopted the teaching of Pope Agatho in condemnation of Monothelitism. Patriarch Macarius of Antioch was one of the few who refused his assent; he was deposed in the 12th session."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The doctrinal conclusions of the council were defined in the 17th session and promulgated in the 18th and last session on 16 September 681. The acts of the council, signed both by 174 fathers and finally by the emperor himself, were sent to Pope Leo II, who had succeeded Agatho, and he, when he had approved them, ordered them to be translated into Latin and to be signed by all the bishops of the west. Constantine IV, however, promulgated the decrees of the council in all parts of the empire by imperial edict. The council did not debate church discipline and did not establish any disciplinary cannons."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exposition of faith"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The only Son and Word of God the Father, who became a man like us in all things but sin, Christ our true God, proclaimed clearly in the words of the gospel; I am the light of the world; anyone who follows me shall not walk in darkness but shall have the light of life, and again, My peace I leave to you, my peace I give you. Our most mild emperor, champion of right belief and adversary of wrong belief, guided in godly wisdom by this teaching of peace spoken by God, has brought together this holy and universal assembly of ours and set at one the whole judgment of the church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wherefore this holy and universal synod of ours, driving afar the error of impiety which endured for some time even till the present, following without deviation in a straight path after the holy and accepted fathers, has piously accorded in all things with the five holy and universal synods: that is to say, with"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. the synod of 318 holy fathers who gathered at Nicaea against the madman Arius, and 2. that which followed it at Constantinople of 150 God-led men against Macedonius, opponent of the Spirit, and the impious Apollinarius; similarly too, with 3. the first at Ephesus of 200 godly men brought together against Nestorius, who thought as the Jews and 4. that at Chalcedon of 630 God-inspired fathers against Eutyches and Dioscorus, hateful to God; also, in addition to these, with 5. the fifth holy synod, the latest of them, which was gathered here against Theodore of Mopsuestia, Origen, Didymus and Evagrius, and the writings of Theodoret against the twelve chapters of the renowned Cyril, and the letter said to have been written by Ibas to Mari the Persian."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reaffirming the divine tenets of piety in all respects unaltered, and banishing the profane teachings of impiety, this holy and universal synod of ours has also, in its turn, under God's inspiration, set its seal on the creed which was made out by the 318 fathers and confirmed again with godly prudence by the 150 and which the other holy synods too accepted gladly and ratified for the elimination of all soul-corrupting heresy"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We believe in one God ...[Creed of Nicaea and of Constantinople 1]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy and universal synod said:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This pious and orthodox creed of the divine favour was enough for a complete knowledge of the orthodox faith and a complete assurance therein. But since from the first, the contriver of evil did not rest, finding an accomplice in the serpent and through him bringing upon human nature the poisoned dart of death, so too now he has found instruments suited to his own purpose—namely Theodore, who was bishop of Pharan, Sergius, Pyrrhus, Paul and Peter, who were bishops of this imperial city, and further Honorius, who was pope of elder Rome, Cyrus, who held the see of Alexandria, and Macarius, who was recently bishop of Antioch, and his disciple Stephen — and has not been idle in raising through them obstacles of error against the full body of the church sowing with novel speech among the orthodox people the heresy of a single will and a single principle of action in the two natures of the one member of the holy Trinity Christ our true God, a heresy in harmony with the evil belief, ruinous to the mind, of the impious Apollinarius, Severus and Themistius, and one intent on removing the perfection of the becoming man of the same one lord Jesus Christ our God, through a certain guileful device, leading from there to the blasphemous conclusion that his rationally animate flesh is without a will and a principle of action."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore Christ our God has stirred up the faithful emperor, the new David, finding in him a man after his own heart, who, as the scripture says, did not allow his eyes sleep or his eyelids drowsing until through this holy assembly of ours, brought together by God, he found the perfect proclamation of right belief; for according to the God-spoken saying, Where there are two or three gathered in my name, there am I in their midst."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This same holy and universal synod, here present, faithfully accepts and welcomes with open hands the report of Agatho, most holy and most blessed pope of elder Rome, that came to our most reverend and most faithful emperor Constantine, which rejected by name those who proclaimed and taught, as has been already explained, one will and one principle of action in the incarnate dispensation of Christ our true God; and likewise it approves as well the other synodal report to his God-taught serenity, from the synod of 125 bishops dear to God meeting under the same most holy pope, as according with the holy synod at Chalcedon and with the Tome of the all-holy and most blessed Leo, pope of the same elder Rome, which was sent to Flavian, who is among the saints, and which that synod called a pillar of right belief, and furthermore with the synodal letters written by the blessed Cyril against the impious Nestorius and to the bishops of the east."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Following the five holy and universal synods and the holy and accepted fathers, and defining in unison, it professes our lord Jesus Christ our true God, one of the holy Trinity, which is of one same being and is the source of life, to be perfect in divinity and perfect in humanity, the same truly God and truly man, of a rational soul and a body; consubstantial with the Father as regards his divinity, and the same consubstantial with us as regards his humanity, like us in all respects except for sin; begotten before the ages from the Father as regards his divinity, and in the last days the same for us and for our salvation from the holy Spirit and the virgin Mary, who is properly and truly called mother of God, as regards his humanity; one and the same Christ, Son, Lord, only-begotten, acknowledged in two natures which undergo no confusion, no change, no separation, no division; at no point was the difference between the natures taken away through the union, but rather the property of both natures is preserved and comes together into a single subsistent being [in unam personam et in unam subsistentiam concurrente]; he is not parted or divided into two persons, but is one and the same only- begotten Son, Word of God, lord Jesus Christ, just as the prophets taught from the beginning about him, and as Jesus the Christ himself instructed us, and as the creed of the holy fathers handed it down to us."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And we proclaim equally two natural volitions or wills in him and two natural principles of action which undergo no division, no change, no partition, no confusion, in accordance with the teaching of the holy fathers. And the two natural wills not in opposition, as the impious heretics said, far from it, but his human will following, and not resisting or struggling, rather in fact subject to his divine and all powerful will. For the will of the flesh had to be moved, and yet to be subjected to the divine will, according to the most wise Athanasius. For just as his flesh is said to be and is flesh of the Word of God, so too the natural will of his flesh is said to and does belong to the Word of God, just as he says himself: I have come down from heaven, not to do my own will, but the will of the Father who sent me, calling his own will that of his flesh, since his flesh too became his own. For in the same way that his all holy and blameless animate flesh was not destroyed in being made divine but remained in its own limit and category, so his human will as well was not destroyed by being made divine, but rather was preserved, according to the theologian Gregory, who says: \"For his willing, when he is considered as saviour, is not in opposition to God, being made divine in its entirety.\" And we hold there to be two natural principles of action in the same Jesus Christ our lord and true God, which undergo no division, no change, no partition, no confusion, that is, a divine principle of action and a human principle of action, according to the godly-speaking Leo, who says most clearly: \"For each form does in a communion with the other that activity which it possesses as its own, the Word working that which is the Word's and the body accomplishing the things that are the body's\". For of course we will not grant the existence of only a single natural principle of action of both God and creature, lest we raise what is made to the level of divine being, or indeed reduce what is most specifically proper to the divine nature to a level befitting creatures for we acknowledge that the miracles and the sufferings are of one and the same according to one or the other of the two natures out of which he is and in which he has his being, as the admirable Cyril said. Therefore, protecting on all sides the \"no confusion\" and \"no division\", we announce the whole in these brief words: Believing our lord Jesus Christ, even after his incarnation, to be one of the holy Trinity and our true God, we say that he has two natures [naturas] shining forth in his one subsistence[subsistentia] in which he demonstrated the miracles and the sufferings throughout his entire providential dwelling here, not in appearance but in truth, the difference of the natures being made known in the same one subsistence in that each nature wills and performs the things that are proper to it in a communion with the other; then in accord with this reasoning we hold that two natural wills and principles of action meet in correspondence for the salvation of the human race."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So now that these points have been formulated by us with all precision in every respect and with all care, we definitely state that it is not allowable for anyone to produce another faith, that is, to write or to compose or to consider or to teach others; those who dare to compose another faith, or to support or to teach or to hand on another creed to those who wish to turn to knowledge of the truth, whether from Hellenism or Judaism or indeed from any heresy whatsoever, or to introduce novelty of speech, that is, invention of terms, so as to overturn what has now been defined by us, such persons, if they are bishops or clerics, are deprived of their episcopacy or clerical rank, and if they are monks or layfolk they are excommunicated."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction and translation taken from Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils, ed. Norman P. Tanner"
            }
          ],
          "witnesses": [
            {
              "label": "Concilia Oecumenica — Documenta et Acta, local source volume",
              "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
              "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
              "format": "pdf"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "council-source-corpus",
      "council": 7,
      "title": "Nicaea II — council-level source corpus",
      "type": "Council-level source corpus",
      "date": "",
      "scope": "council-level-corpus",
      "sourceStatus": "Readable English extraction from a local council source volume; not document-level segmentation and not an aligned parallel edition.",
      "sourceVerification": "Unambiguous council heading and next-council boundary verified during the 3.50 reconciliation build.",
      "sourceVolumeSha256": "be506158a70af600f5575e554ae28c62088fc575aa3e0c3339bec036af8530de",
      "languages": {
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
          "format": "pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "SECOND COUNCIL OF NICAEA (787)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Contents"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction Definition Anathemas concerning holy images Canons"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A recommendation to summon an ecumenical council, in order to correct the iconoclast heretics, had been addressed to Empress Irene, then acting as regent for her son Emperor Constantine VI (780-797) who was still a minor, both by Patriarch Paul IV of Constantinople (who had repented of his earlier iconoclast views) before his abdication from the see in 784 and by his successor as patriarch, Tarasius. The aim was to unite the church and to condemn the decrees passed by the council of 338 bishops held at Hiereia and St Mary of Blachernae in 754."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The convocation of the council was announced to Pope Hadrian I (772-795) in a letter of Constantine VI and Irene, dated 29 August 784. They urged him either to attend in person or to send legates. Patriarch Tarasius sent the same message in synodal letters to the pope and the three eastern patriarchs. Pope Hadrian I gave his approval for the convocation of the council, stipulating various conditions, and sent as his legates the archpriest Peter and Peter, abbot of the Greek monastery of St Sabas in Rome."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The council, which was summoned by an imperial edict in the summer of 786, met for the first time on 1 August 786, in the presence of Emperor Constantine and Empress Irene. When the proceedings were interrupted by the violent entry of iconoclast soldiers, faithful to the memory of Emperor Constantine V (741-775), the council was adjourned until the arrival of a reliable army under Staurakios. It assembled again at Nicaea on 24 September 787, the papal legates having been recalled from Sicily."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "After the bishops suspected of heresy had been admitted, 263 fathers embraced the doctrine concerning the cult of sacred images as explained in the letters of Pope Hadrian I, which were read out at the second session."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The question of the intercession of saints was dealt with in the fourth session."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Once all these matters had been approved, a doctrinal definition was decreed at the seventh session."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At the eighth and last session, which was held at the request of Constantine and Irene in the Magnaura palace in Constantinople, the definition was again decreed and proclaimed and 22 canons were read out. The papal legates presided over the council and were the first to sign the acts; but in reality it was Patriarch Tarasius who presided, and it was he, at the command of the council, who informed Pope Hadrian I about it: \"the occasion when the letters of your fraternal holiness were read out and all acclaimed them\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pope Hadrian I wrote no letter in reply, yet the defence he made of the council in 794 against Charlemagne shows that he accepted what the council had decreed, and that he had sent no acknowledgement because the concessions which he had requested in his letter of 26 October 785 to Constantine and Irene had not been granted to him, especially concerning the restoration of the papacy's patrimony to the state at which it had been prior to 731, that is, before Illyricum had been confiscated by the emperor Leo III. Emperor Constantine VI and his mother Irene signed the acts of the council but it is unclear whether or not they promulgated a decree on the matter."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The translation is from the Greek text, since this is the more authoritative version. {Material in curly parentheses ,{ }, paragraphing, italicizing and bolding, are added by the hypertext editor. The material in square brackets [ ] is found in the hardcopy book from which the translation was taken.}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Definition"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy, great and universal synod, by the grace of God and by order of our pious and Christ-loving emperor and empress, Constantine and his mother Irene, assembled for the second time in the famous metropolis of the Nicaeans in the province of the Bithynians, in the holy church of God named after Wisdom, following the tradition of the catholic church, has decreed what is here laid down."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{The council bases itself on the inspiration of Tradition & of itself}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The one who granted us the light of recognizing him, the one who redeemed us from the darkness of idolatrous insanity, Christ our God, when he took for his bride his holy catholic church, having no blemish or wrinkle, promised he would guard her and assured his holy disciples saying, I am with you every day until the consummation of this age. This promise however he made not only to them but also to us, who thanks to them have come to believe in his name. To this gracious offer some people paid no attention, being hoodwinked by the treacherous foe they abandoned the true line of reasoning, and setting themselves against the tradition of the catholic church they faltered in their grasp of the truth. As the proverbial saying puts it, they turned askew the axles of their farm carts and gathered no harvest in their hands. Indeed they had the effrontery to criticise the beauty pleasing to God established in the holy monuments; they were priests in name, but not in reality. They were those of whom God calls out by prophecy, Many pastors have destroyed my vine, they have defiled my portion. For they followed unholy men and trusting to their own frenzies they calumniated the holy church, which Christ our God has espoused to himself, and they failed to distinguish the holy from the profane, asserting that the icons of our Lord and of his saints were no different from the wooden images of satanic idols."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore the Lord God, not bearing that what was subject to him should be destroyed by such a corruption, has by his good pleasure summoned us together through the divine diligence and decision of Constantine and Irene, our faithful emperor and empress, we who are those responsible for the priesthood everywhere, in order that the divinely inspired tradition of the catholic church should receive confirmation by a public decree. So having made investigation with all accuracy and having taken counsel, setting for our aim the truth, we neither diminish nor augment, but simply guard intact all that pertains to the catholic church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{Recapitulation and re-affirmation of everything taught by any previous ecumenical council}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus, following the six holy universal synods, in the first place that assembled in the famous metropolis of the Nicaeans {{1}Nicea I}, and then that held after it in the imperial, God-guarded city: {i.e. {2} Constantinople I} We believe in one God ...[the Nicene- Constantinopolitan creed follows]. We abominate and anathematize Arius and those who think like him and share in his mad error; also Macedonius and those with him, properly called the Pneumatomachi; we also confess our Lady, the holy Mary, to be really and truly the God-bearer, because she gave birth in the flesh to Christ, one of the Trinity, our God, just as the first synod at {3}Ephesus decreed; it also expelled from the church Nestorius and those with him, because they were introducing a duality of persons. Along with these synods, we also confess the two natures of the one who became incarnate for our sake from the God-bearer without blemish, Mary the ever-virgin, recognizing that he is perfect God and perfect man, as the synod at {4}Chalcedon also proclaimed, when it drove from the divine precinct the foul-mouthed Eutyches and Dioscorus. We reject along with them Severus Peter and their interconnected band with their many blasphemies, in whose company we anathematize the mythical speculations of Origen, Evagrius and Didymus, as did the fifth synod, that assembled at {5}Constantinople. Further we declare that there are two wills and principles of action, in accordance with what is proper to each of the natures in Christ, in the way that the sixth synod, that at {6}Constantinople, proclaimed, when it also publicly rejected Sergius, Honorius, Cyrus, Pyrrhus, Macarius, those uninterested in true holiness, and their like-minded followers."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To summarize, we declare that we defend free from any innovations all the—written and—unwritten ecclesiastical traditions that have been entrusted to us."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{Council formulates for the first time what the Church has always believed regarding icons}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "One of these is the production of representational art; this is quite in harmony with the history of the spread of the gospel, as it provides confirmation that the becoming man of the Word of God was real and not just imaginary, and as it brings us a similar benefit. For, things that mutually illustrate one another undoubtedly possess one another's message."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Given this state of affairs and stepping out as though on the royal highway, following as we are the God-spoken teaching of our holy fathers and the tradition of the catholic church — for we recognize that this tradition comes from the holy Spirit who dwells in her—we decree with full precision and care that, like the figure of the honoured and life-giving cross, the revered and holy images, whether painted or made of mosaic or of other suitable material, are to be exposed in the holy churches of God, on sacred instruments and vestments, on walls and panels, in houses and by public ways, these are the images of our Lord, God and saviour, Jesus Christ, and of our Lady without blemish, the holy God-bearer, and of the revered angels and of any of the saintly holy men."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The more frequently they are seen in representational art, the more are those who see them drawn to remember and long for those who serve as models, and to pay these images the tribute of salutation and respectful veneration. Certainly this is not the full adoration {latria} in accordance with our faith, which is properly paid only to the divine nature, but it resembles that given to the figure of the honoured and life-giving cross, and also to the holy books of the gospels and to other sacred cult objects. Further, people are drawn to honour these images with the offering of incense and lights, as was piously established by ancient custom. Indeed, the honour paid to an image traverses it, reaching the model, and he who venerates the image, venerates the person represented in that image."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So it is that the teaching of our holy fathers is strengthened, namely, the tradition of the catholic church which has received the gospel from one end of the earth to the other."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So it is that we really follow Paul, who spoke in Christ, and the entire divine apostolic group and the holiness of the fathers, clinging fast to the traditions which we have received."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So it is that we sing out with the prophets the hymns of victory to the church: Rejoice exceedingly O daughter of Zion, proclaim O daughter of Jerusalem; enjoy your happiness and gladness with a full heart. The Lord has removed away from you the injustices of your enemies, you have been redeemed from the hand of your foes. The Lord the king is in your midst, you will never more see evil, and peace will be upon you for time eternal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore all those who dare to think or teach anything different, or who follow the accursed heretics in rejecting ecclesiastical traditions, or who devise innovations, or who spurn anything entrusted to the church (whether it be the gospel or the figure of the cross or any example of representational art or any martyr's holy relic), or who fabricate perverted and evil prejudices against cherishing any of the lawful traditions of the catholic church, or who secularize the sacred objects and saintly monasteries, we order that they be suspended if they are bishops or clerics, and excommunicated if they are monks or lay people."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anathemas concerning holy images"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. If anyone does not confess that Christ our God can be represented in his humanity, let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. If anyone does not accept representation in art of evangelical scenes, let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. If anyone does not salute such representations as standing for the Lord and his saints, let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. If anyone rejects any written or unwritten tradition of the church, let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Canons"
            },
            {
              "id": "source-1",
              "number": "1",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For those to whom the priestly dignity is allotted, the guide-lines contained in the canonical regulations are testimonies and directives. We accept them gladly and sing out to the Lord God with David, the revealer of God: In the path of your testimonies I have taken delight, as with all manner of wealth; and, You have enjoined justice, your testimonies are for ever; instruct me to give me life. And if the prophetic voice orders us for all eternity to observe the messages of God and to live in them, it is obvious that they remain unshakeable and immovable; thus Moses, who looked on God, declares, To these there is no addition, and from these there is no subtraction. The divine apostle takes pride in them when he cries out, These things which the angels long to gaze upon, and, If an angel brings you a gospel contrary to what you have received, let him be accursed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since these things really are such and have been testified to us in these ways, we exult in them as a person would if he were to come across a great mass of booty. We joyfully embrace the sacred canons and we maintain complete and unshaken their regulation, both those expounded by those trumpets of the Spirit, the apostles worthy of all praise, and those from the six holy universal synods and from the synods assembled locally for the promulgation of such decrees, and from our holy fathers. Indeed all of these, enlightened by one and the same Spirit, decreed what is expedient. In the case of those whom they sent away under an anathema, we also anathematize them, those whom they suspended, we also suspend; those whom they excommunicated, we also excommunicate; those whom they placed under penalties, we also deal with in the same way. Let your conduct be free from avariciousness, contenting yourself with what you have, cried out with all explicitness the divine apostle Paul, who mounted to the third heaven and heard words that cannot be uttered."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-2",
              "number": "2",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since we make an undertaking before God as we sing, I shall meditate on your judgments, I shall not neglect your words, it is essential to our salvation that every Christian should observe these things, but more especially those who have been invested with priestly dignity. Therefore we decree that everyone who is to be advanced to the grade of bishop should have a thorough knowledge of the psalter, in order that he may instruct all the clergy subordinate to him, to be initiated in that book. He should also be examined without fail by the metropolitan to see if he is willing to acquire knowledge—a knowledge that should be searching and not superficial—of the sacred canons, the holy gospel, the book of the divine apostle, and all divine scripture; also if he is willing to conduct himself and teach the people entrusted to him according to the divine commandments."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"The substance of our hierarchy are the words handed down from God\", that is to say, the true knowledge of the divine scriptures, as the great Dionysius made plain. If someone is doubtful and ill at ease with such conduct and teaching, let him not be ordained. For God said through the prophet: You rejected knowledge, and I shall reject you, so that you may not serve me in a priestly function."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-3",
              "number": "3",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Any election of a bishop, priest or deacon brought about by the rulers is to be null and void in accordance with the canon that says: \"If any bishop, through the influence of secular rulers, acquires responsibility for a church because of them, let him be suspended and let all those who are in communion with him be excommunicated\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is necessary that the person who is to be advanced to a bishopric should be elected by bishops, as has been decreed by the holy fathers at Nicaea in the canon that says: \"It is by all means desirable that a bishop should be appointed by all [the bishops] in the province. But if this is difficult because of some pressing necessity or the length of the journey involved, let at least three come together and perform the ordination, but only after the absent bishops have taken part in the vote and given their written consent. But in each province the right of confirming the proceedings belongs to the metropolitan\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-4",
              "number": "4",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The herald of the truth, Paul, the divine apostle, laying down a sort of rule for the presbyters of Ephesus, or rather for the whole priestly order, declared firmly: I have not coveted silver or gold or anybody's clothing; I have made completely plain to you that it is by working in this fashion that we should provide for the weak being convinced that it is blessed to give."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore we also, having been taught by him, decree that a bishop should never have any sort of design on foul profit, inventing excuses for his sins, nor demand any gold or silver or anything similar from the bishops, clerics and monks subject to him. For the apostle says: The unjust will not inherit the kingdom of God; and, It is not children who should heap up treasures for their parents, but parents for their children."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So if it is discovered that somebody, because of a demand for gold or something similar, or because of some private infatuation of his own, has excluded from the liturgy or excommunicated one of the clerics under his authority, or has closed off one of the holy churches, preventing the celebration of God's liturgies in it, pouring out his own madness against insensible things, then he is truly senseless himself and he should be subjected to suffer what he would inflict and the penalty imposed by him will turn upon his own head, because he has transgressed both the law of God and the rulings of the apostles. For Peter also, the spokesman of the apostles, urges: Be pastors to the flock of God entrusted to you, not under compulsion, but willingly as pleasing to God, not for sordid gain but with enthusiasm, not as men who lord it over those entrusted to you, but as being models for the flock. Then when the chief shepherd is disclosed, you will carry off the imperishable crown of glory."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-5",
              "number": "5",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is a sin leading to death when sinners remain uncorrected, but still worse is it when people flaunt their sin as they override holiness and truth, both preferring mammon to obedience to God and neglecting his legally formulated instructions. The Lord God is not present among such persons unless they humbly turn from their fault. Their duty is to approach God with a contrite heart and implore his forgiveness for their sin and his pardon, rather than to take pride in an unholy distribution of gifts: For the Lord is close to the contrite of heart. Therefore in the case of those who boast that they have been appointed in the church by distributing gifts of gold, and who pin their hopes on this evil custom, which alienates a person from God and from all priesthood, and who take this as a reason for deriding quite shamelessly and openly those who have been chosen by the holy Spirit and appointed for the virtue of their lives, without any distribution of gifts of gold, when they first do this each should take the lowest rank in his order, and if they persist they should be corrected with a penalty."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If someone is found to have done this at any time in connection with an ordination, let matters proceed in accordance with the apostolic canon which says: \"If some bishop or priest or deacon has obtained his dignity by means of money, let him and the person who performed the ordination be suspended, and let them be excluded completely from the communion, as Simon Magus was by me, Peter\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Similarly, in accordance with canon 2 of our holy fathers at Chalcedon, which says \"If any bishop performs an ordination for money and puts the unsaleable grace on sale, and ordains for money a bishop, a chorepiscopus, a presbyter or deacons or some others of those numbered among the clergy; or appoints a manager, a legal officer or a warden for money, or any other ecclesiastic at all for personal sordid gain; let him who has attempted this and been convicted stand to lose his personal rank, and let the person ordained profit nothing from the ordination or appointment he has bought; but let him be removed from the dignity or responsibility which he got for money. And if anyone appears to have acted even as a go-between in such disgraceful and unlawful dealings, let him too, if he is a cleric, be demoted from his personal rank, and if he is a lay person or a monk, let him be anathematized\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-6",
              "number": "6",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although there is indeed a canon which says, \"In each province the canonical investigations should take place twice yearly by means of a gathering of the bishops\", because of the trouble and because those attending the meetings lack the resources for such journeys, the holy fathers of the sixth synod decreed \"they should be held in any case and despite all excuses, once a year, and all that is incorrect should be put right\". We also renew this canon, and should a ruler be found who prevents its observance, let him be excommunicated; however if one of the metropolitan bishops neglects its fulfillment, let him be subject to canonical penalties, unless it is a case of necessity, constraint or some other reasonable cause."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When such a synod is held to discuss canonical and evangelical matters, the gathered bishops should pay particular care and attention to the divine and life-giving laws of God: There is a great reward for their observance; for a law is a lamp, a regulation is a light, and reproof and discipline are the path of life indeed the law of the Lord gives light to the eyes. However, the metropolitan bishop does not have the right to demand anything that a bishop may have brought with him, such as a beast or some other thing; and if he is convicted of doing so, let him pay back fourfold."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-7",
              "number": "7",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The divine apostle Paul said: The sins of some people are manifest, those of others appear later. Some sins take the front rank but others follow in their footsteps. Thus in the train of the impious heresy of the defamers of Christians, many other impieties appeared. Just as those heretics removed the sight of venerable icons from the church, they also abandoned other customs, which should now be renewed and which should be in vigour in virtue of both written and unwritten legislation. Therefore we decree that in venerable churches consecrated without relics of the holy martyrs, the installation of relics should take place along with the usual prayers. And if in future any bishop is found out consecrating a church without relics, let him be deposed as someone who has flouted the ecclesiastical traditions."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-8",
              "number": "8",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since some of those who come from the religion of the Hebrews mistakenly think to make a mockery of Christ who is God, pretending to become Christians, but denying Christ in private by both secretly continuing to observe the sabbath and maintaining other Jewish practices, we decree that they shall not be received to communion or at prayer or into the church, but rather let them openly be Hebrews according to their own religion; they should not baptize their children or buy, or enter into possession of, a slave. But if one of them makes his conversion with a sincere faith and heart, and pronounces his confession wholeheartedly, disclosing their practices and objects in the hope that others may be refuted and corrected, such a person should be welcomed and baptized along with his children, and care should be taken that they abandon Hebrew practices. However if they are not of this sort, they should certainly not be welcomed."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-9",
              "number": "9",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All those childish baubles and bacchic rantings, the false writings composed against the venerable icons, should be given in at the episcopal building in Constantinople, so that they can be put away along with other heretical books. If someone is discovered to be hiding such books, if he is a bishop, priest or deacon, let him be suspended, and if he is a lay person or a monk, let him be excommunicated."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-10",
              "number": "10",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As some clerics, who despise the canonical ordinance, abandon their own dioceses and run off into other dioceses—something that happens with special frequency in this imperial, God-guarded city—and there they lodge with rulers, celebrating the liturgy in their chapels, let it not be permitted for them to be received in any house or church without the approval of their own bishop and that of the bishop of Constantinople. If they do so and persist therein, they are to be suspended."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the case of those who do this with the approval of the above-mentioned prelates, it is not permitted for them to assume worldly and secular responsibilities, since they are forbidden to do so by the sacred canons; and if someone is misled into occupying himself with the responsibility of the so-called high stewards, he is to desist or be suspended. Rather let him busy himself with the teaching of the children and servants, lecturing them on the divine scriptures because it is for such activity that he received the priesthood."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-11",
              "number": "11",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since we are obliged to observe all the sacred canons, we ought also to maintain in all its integrity the one that says that there should be administrators in each church. Therefore if each metropolitan bishop installs an administrator in his own church, that is well and good; but if not, the bishop of Constantinople on his own authority has the right to appoint one over the other's church, and similarly with metropolitan bishops, if the bishops under them do not choose administrators to hold these posts in their own churches. The same rule is also to be observed with respect to monasteries."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-12",
              "number": "12",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If it is discovered that a bishop or a monastic superior is transferring episcopal or monastic farmland to the control of the ruler, or has been conceding it to another person, the transaction is null and void in accordance with the canon of the holy apostles which stipulates: \"Let the bishop take care of all ecclesiastical affairs, and let him administer them as if under God's inspection. It is not permitted him to appropriate any of these things, nor to make a present of the things of God to his own relatives. Should the latter be poor, let him care for them as for other poor people, but let him not use them as an excuse for selling off the church's possessions.\" However, if he pretends that the land is a loss and brings in no profit at all, let him make a present of the place to clerics or landworkers, but even in these circumstances it should not be given to the local rulers. If they use evil cunning and the ruler buys up the land from the landworker or the cleric in question, this sale shall also be null and void in such circumstances, and the land should be restored to the bishopric or monastery. And the bishop or monastic superior who acts thus should be expelled, the bishop from the episcopal house and the monastic superior from the monastery, because they wickedly waste what they have not gathered."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-13",
              "number": "13",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On account of the disaster which came about in the churches due to our sins certain venerable houses—episcopal buildings as well as monasteries—were seized by certain men and became public inns. Now if those who hold them choose to restore them, so that they are established once more as formerly they were, this is good and excellent. However if such is not the case, should they be inscribed in the list of priests, we order that they be suspended, and if they are monks or lay persons, that they be excommunicated, seeing that they are criminals condemned by the Father, the Son and the holy Spirit, and let them be assigned there where the worm does not die and the fire is not quenched, because they oppose the voice of the Lord declaring, You shall not make my Father's house a house of trade."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-14",
              "number": "14",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is perfectly clear to everyone that a certain order has been established in the priesthood, and that it is God's good pleasure that the appointment to priestly offices should be observed with care. However we have noticed that some, without the imposition of hands, are adopting the clerical tonsure while still youngsters, and without having received the imposition of hands from the bishop they are undertaking to read publicly from the ambo during the church service, even though they are acting uncanonically. We urge therefore that this be discontinued, and that the same regulation be observed among monks."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Each monastic superior has permission for the imposition of hands on a reader for his own monastery, and only for that monastery, provided that the monastic superior has himself received from the bishop the imposition of hands to rule there, and obviously provided that he is himself a priest. Similarly it is an ancient custom that chorepiscopi, with the permission of the bishop, should appoint readers."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-15",
              "number": "15",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "From now on, no cleric should be appointed to office in two churches. Such a procedure savours of commerce and sordid profit- making, and is quite foreign to ecclesiastical custom. We have learned from the Lord's own voice: No one can serve two masters, because either he will hate the one and love the other, or he will be devoted to the one and despise the other. Therefore, following the advice of the apostle, Each should stay where he has been called, and remain in one church. In ecclesiastical matters, whatever is done for the sake of sordid gain constitutes something alien to God. But as far as the needs of this present life are concerned, there are various gainful occupations; each may use these, as he prefers, to procure what is needed for the body. As the apostle said: These hands of mine have provided for my own needs and for the persons accompanying me. These are the regulations for this God- protected city; for what concerns places in the country, a concession may be granted because of the lack of population."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-16",
              "number": "16",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All indulgence and adornment bestowed on the body is alien to the priestly order. Therefore all those bishops and clerics who deck themselves out in brilliant and showy clothes should be called to order, and if they persist let them be punished. The same holds for those who use perfumes. However, since the root of bitterness has sprouted, there has appeared in the catholic church the plague of a heresy which delights in the defamation of Christians. Those who adopt this heresy not only heap insults on representational art, but also reject all forms of reverence and make a mockery of those who live pious and holy lives, thus fulfilling in their own regard that saying of scripture, For the sinner piety is an abomination. So if persons are found who make fun of those who wear simple and respectful clothing, they should be corrected with punishment. Indeed, from the earliest times all those ordained to the priesthood have been accustomed to present themselves in public dressed in modest and respectful clothing, and anyone who adds to his apparel for the sake of decoration and not out of necessity deserves, as the great Basil remarked, to be accused of \"vainglory\". Neither did anyone dress in variegated clothes made of silk, nor did they add various coloured ornaments to the fringes of their garments. They had heard the tongue that spoke God's words declare, Those who dress in soft clothes are in the houses of kings."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-17",
              "number": "17",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Some monks abandon their own monasteries because they desire to be in authority and disdain obeying others, and then they attempt to found houses of prayer, although they lack adequate resources. If somebody undertakes to do this, let him be prevented by the local bishop. If someone possesses adequate resources, however, his plans should be brought to completion. The same ruling holds for both laity and clerics."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-18",
              "number": "18",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Be irreproachable even for those outside, says the divine apostle. Now for women to live in the houses of bishops or in monasteries is a cause for every sort of scandal. Therefore if anybody is discovered to be keeping a woman, whether a slave or free, in the bishop's house or in a monastery in order to undertake some service, let him be censured, and if he persists let him be deposed. Should it happen that women are living in the suburban residence and the bishop or monastic superior wishes to journey there, no woman should be allowed to undertake any sort of work during the time that the bishop or monastic superior is present; she should stay on her own in some other area until the bishop has retired, in order to avoid all possible criticism."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-19",
              "number": "19",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The blight of avarice has spread to such an extent among ecclesiastical authorities that even some so called pious men and women, forgetting the Lord's commands, have been tricked into authorizing, for the sake of cash payments, the entry of those presenting themselves for the priestly order and the monastic life. Thus it happens, as the great Basil says, \"when people begin wrongly, all they do is to be rejected\", for it is not possible to serve God through mammon. So, if somebody is found out to be doing this, if he is a bishop or a male monastic superior or one of the priests, let him stop or be deposed, in accordance with canon 2 of the holy council of Chalcedon. If the person is a female monastic superior, let her be expelled from the monastery and put under obedience in another monastery, and similarly for a male monastic superior who has not received priestly ordination."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With regard to gifts given by parents under the concept of dowries for their children, or with regard to the personally acquired goods that the latter present provided that those presenting them declare that these are gifts offered to God, we have decreed that these gifts are to remain in the monastery, whether the person stays or leaves, in accordance with their explicit undertaking, unless there is a reprehensible cause on the part of the person in charge."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-20",
              "number": "20",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We decree that from now on no more double monasteries are to be started because this becomes a cause of scandal and a stumbling block for ordinary folk. If there are persons who wish to renounce the world and follow the monastic life along with their relatives, the men should go off to a male monastery and their wives enter a female monastery, for God is surely pleased with this."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The double monasteries that have existed up to now should continue to exist according to the rule of our holy father Basil, and their constitutions should follow his ordinances. Monks and nuns should not live in one monastic building, because adultery takes advantage of such cohabitation. No monk should have the licence to speak in private with a nun, nor any nun with a monk. A monk should not sleep in a female monastery, nor should he eat alone with a nun. When the necessary nourishment is being carried from the male area for the nuns, the female superior, accompanied by one of the older nuns, should receive it outside the door. And if it should happen that a monk wishes to pay a visit to one of his female relatives, let him speak with her in the presence of the female superior, but briefly and rapidly, and let him leave her quickly."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-21",
              "number": "21",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is not right for a monk or a nun to leave his or her own monastery and transfer to another. However should this occur, it is obligatory that hospitality be given but such a person should not be accepted as a member without the agreement of his or her monastic superior."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-22",
              "number": "22",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is very important to dedicate everything to God and not to become slaves of our own desires; for whether you eat or drink, the divine apostle says, do all for the glory of God. Now Christ our God has instructed us in his gospels to eradicate the beginnings of sins. So not only adultery is rebuked by him, but also the movement of one's intention towards the performance of adultery, when he says: He who looks on a woman lustfully has already committed adultery with her in his heart."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus instructed we should purify our intentions: For if all things are lawful, not all things are expedient, as we learn from the words of the apostle. Now everybody is certainly obliged to eat in order to live, and in the case of those whose life includes marriage and children and the conditions proper to layfolk it is not reprehensible that men and women should eat in one another's company; though they should at least say grace to thank the giver of their nourishment, and they should avoid certain theatrical entertainments, diabolical songs, the strumming of lyres and the dancing fit for harlots, against all such there is the curse of the prophet which says, Woe on those who drink their wine to the sound of lyre and harp, those who pay no attention to the deeds of the Lord and have never a thought for the works of his hands. If ever such people are found among Christians, they should reform, and if they do not, let the canonical sanctions established by our predecessors be imposed on them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those whose mode of life is contemplative and solitary should sit and be silent, because they have entered into a contract with the Lord that the yoke they carry will be a solitary one. Indeed, all those who have chosen the life of priests are certainly not free to eat privately in the company of women, but at the most in the company of certain God-fearing and pious men and women, in order that such a meal taken in common may draw them to spiritual betterment. Let the same be done in the case of relatives."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As for another situation, if a monk or even a man in priestly orders happens to be making a journey and is not carrying with him his indispensable provisions, and then wishes to satisfy his needs in a public inn or in someone's house, he is allowed to do so when it is a case of pressing necessity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction and translation taken from Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils, ed. Norman P. Tanner"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NICAEA II and the Iconoclast Synod of Constantinople"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Iconoclast Heresy"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At the beginning of the 8th century, Leo III, emperor of the Eastern Roman empire, attacked the use of images as aids in worship. As such, he was the first leader of the iconoclasts (image breakers). Statues and icons of Jesus, Mary, and various other holy men and women were being used as aids in worship. Leo III came into power after a series of military defeats. There was also a major earthquake at the beginning of his reign. Some scholars have speculated the Leo launched his attack on the use of images because he felt that these disasters were the result of God's judgement. Other scholars think that he might have yielded to pressure from Jews and Muslims who stated that Christians were no longer obeying the commandment against idolatry. In any case, Leo III and successors for the next century or so fought against the use of images in worship. In 753, Constantine V, Leo's son, called a synod at which a gathering of 338 bishops produced the statement below:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Synod of Constantinople (Hiera, 753 AD)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When, however, they are blamed for undertaking to depict the divine nature of Christ, which should not be depicted, they take refuge in the excuse: We represent only the flesh of Christ which we have seen and handled. But that is a Nestorian error. For it should be considered that that flesh was also the flesh of God the Word, without any separation, perfectly assumed by the divine nature and made wholly divine. How could it now be separated and represented apart? So is it with the human soul of Christ which mediates between the Godhead of the Son and the dullness of the flesh. As the human flesh is at the same time flesh of God the Word, so is the human soul also soul of God the Word, and both at the same time, the soul being deified as well as the body, and the Godhead remained undivided even in the separation of the soul from the body in his voluntary passion. For where the soul of Christ is, there is also his Godhead; and where the body of Christ is, there too is his Godhead. If then in his passion the divinity remained inseparable from these, how do the fools venture to separate the flesh from the Godhead, and represent it by itself as the image of a mere man? They fall into the abyss of impiety, since they separate the flesh from the Godhead, ascribe to it a subsistence of its own, a personality of its own, which they depict, and thus introduce a fourth person into the Trinity. Moreover, they represent as not being made divine, that which has been made divine by being assumed by the Godhead. Whoever, then, makes an image of Christ, either depicts the Godhead which cannot be depicted, and mingles it with the manhood (like the Monophysites), or he represents the body of Christ as not made divine and separate and as a person apart, like the Nestorians."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The only admissible figure of the humanity of Christ, however, is bread and wine in the holy Supper. This and no other form, this and no other type, has he chosen to represent his incarnation . . ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thirty-five years later, Irene, the regent for Constantine VI, called another council at which 350 bishops repudiated the decision documented above. The result of their deliberations is given below:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Council of Nicaea (7th Ecumenical, 787 AD)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To make our confession short, we keep unchanged all the ecclesiastical traditions handed down to us, whether in writing or verbally, one of which is the making of pictorial representations, agreeable to the history of the preaching of the Gospel, a tradition useful in many respects, but especially in this, that so the incarnation of the Word of God is shown forth as real and not merely fantastic, for these have mutual indications and without doubt have also mutual significations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We, therefore, following the royal pathway and the divinely inspired authority of our Holy Fathers and the traditions of the Catholic Church (for, as we all knoweth Holy Spirit indwells her), define with all certitude and accuracy that just as the figure of the precious and life-giving Cross, so also the venerable and holy images, as well in painting and mosaic as of other fit materials, should be set forth in the holy churches of God, and on the sacred vessels and on the vestments and on hangings and in pictures both in houses and by the wayside, to wit, the figure of our Lord God and Saviour Jesus Christ, of our spotless Lady, the Mother of God, of the honourable Angels, of all Saints and of all pious people. For by so much more frequently as they are seen in artistic representation, by so much more readily are men lifted up to the memory of their prototypes, and to a longing after them; and to these should be given due salutation and honorable reverence not indeed that true worship of faith which pertains alone to the divine nature; but to these, as to the figure of the precious and life-giving Cross and to the Book of the Gospels and to the other holy objects, incense and lights may be offered according to ancient pious custom. For the honor which is paid to the image passes on to that which the image represents, and he who reveres the image reveres in it the subject represented . . ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I have included these two documents to show that the debate over the use of images in worship is not new; that it is, in fact, part of an ongoing debate over what is to be worshipped. The sources which I have examined (these are, admittedly, works by Protestant authors), indicated that there were various branches of the church which opposed or supported the iconoclast position to varying degrees, and that the documents produced by the iconoclasts of the 8th and 9th centuries were the basis of the position taken by the reformers in the 16th century."
            }
          ],
          "witnesses": [
            {
              "label": "Concilia Oecumenica — Documenta et Acta, local source volume",
              "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
              "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
              "format": "pdf"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "council-source-corpus",
      "council": 8,
      "title": "Constantinople IV — council-level source corpus",
      "type": "Council-level source corpus",
      "date": "",
      "scope": "council-level-corpus",
      "sourceStatus": "Readable English extraction from a local council source volume; not document-level segmentation and not an aligned parallel edition.",
      "sourceVerification": "Unambiguous council heading and next-council boundary verified during the 3.50 reconciliation build.",
      "sourceVolumeSha256": "be506158a70af600f5575e554ae28c62088fc575aa3e0c3339bec036af8530de",
      "languages": {
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
          "format": "pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE COUNCIL OF CONSTANTINOPLE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session IV - 869-870",
              "sourceKey": "session-iv",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Contents"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Definition Canons Notes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This council, designated as the eighth ecumenical council by western canonists, is not found in any canonical collections of the Byzantines; its acts and canons are completely ignored by them. Modern scholars have shown that it was included in the list of ecumenical councils only later, that is, after the eleventh century. We have decided to include the council, for the sake of historical completeness."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Emperor Basil I and the patriarch Ignatius, after being restored to his see of Constantinople, asked Pope Nicholas I to call a council to decide about the bishops and priests who had been ordained by Photius. It was held at Constantinople after the arrival of legates from Pope Hadrian II, who had meanwhile succeeded Nicholas. These legates were Donatus, Stephen and Marinus and they presided at the council. It began in the cathedral of Hagia Sophia on 5 October 869. The tenth and last session was held on 28 February 870, when 27 canons were read out and approved by the council. All who were willing to sign the Liber satisfactionis, which had been sent by Pope Hadrian II, were admitted to the council. The account made by Anastasius contains the authentic list of those who signed the acts of the council. Emperor Basil I and his sons, Constantine and Leo, signed the acts after the patriarchs and in the same year they promulgated the council's decisions, after drawing up a decree for this purpose."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As regards the canonical authority of these deliberations, various facts regarding the council held in the cathedral of Hagia Sophia in November 879, so that Photius might be restored to the see of Constantinople, should be remembered. Peter, a Roman cardinal, presided at this council. It took account of a letter of Pope John VIII, which had been sent to the emperor and translated into Greek. This reads (chapter 4): \"We declare that the synod held at Rome against the most holy patriarch Photius in the time of the most blessed pope Hadrian, as well as the holy synod of Constantinople attacking the same most holy Photius (i.e., in 869-870), are totally condemned and abrogated and must in no way be invoked or named as synods. Let this not happen\". Some people have thought that this text had been altered by Photius; but in the so-called \"unaltered\" text of the letter this passage is replaced by dots (. . .), and the following passage reads: \"For the see of blessed Peter, the key-bearer of the heavenly kingdom, has the power to dissolve, after suitable appraisal, any bonds imposed by bishops. This is so because it is agreed that already many patriarchs, for example Athanasius .. .. after having been condemned by a synod, have been, after formal acquittal by the apostolic see, promptly reinstated\". Ivo of Chartres explicitly affirms: \"The synod of Constantinople which was held against Photius must not be recognised. John VIII wrote to the patriarch Photius (in 879): We make void that synod which was held against Photius at Constantinople and we have completely blotted it out for various reasons as well as for the fact that Pope Hadrian did not sign its acts\". Ivo adds from the instructions that John VIII gave to his legates for the council in 879: \"You will say that, as regards the synods which were held against Photius under Pope Hadrian at Rome or Constantinople, we annul them and wholly exclude them from the number of the holy synods\". For these reasons there is no ground for thinking that the text was altered by Photius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "An authentic copy of the acts of the council of 869-870 was sent to Rome, as of right. Anastasius, the librarian, ordered a complete copy to be made for himself. Then, when the legates' copy was stolen, he translated his own copy into Latin, on Pope Hadrian's orders, making a word for word translation. Anastasius also makes it plain that the Greeks adopted every means to distort the acts, \"by abbreviating here and by expanding or changing there\". He adds: \"Whatever is found in the Latin copy of the acts of the eighth synod is completely free from the alloy of falsehood; however, whatever more is found in the Greek text is thoroughly infected with poisonous lies\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Greek text has been partly preserved from total destruction in the summary of an anonymous writer who copied out anti-Photian texts. This summary has 14 canons, as opposed to the 27 of Anastasius, and only contains excerpts, dealing with the most important points, of these canons. Where comparison is possible, the Latin version of Anastasius hardly departs from the Greek text. Indeed it is so literal that at times it can only be understood by comparison with the Greek text, and when the latter is missing we must sometimes rely on conjecture."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The documents printed below are taken from the following: the \"Definition\" from the Roman edition, (Concilia generalia Ecclesiae catholicae [Editio Romana], Rome 4 vols, 1608-1612) 3, 284-287; the canons from Les canons des conciles oecumeniques, ed. P-P. Jouannou (Pontificia commissione per la redazione del codice di diritto canonico orientale. Fonti. Fasc. IX: Discipline generale antique [IIe-IXe s.] tome 1 part 1), Grottaferata 1962 289-342."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The English translation is from the Latin text, for the reasons mentioned above. The material in curly brackets { } has been added by the hypertext editor, as also has some of the formatting"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Definition Of The Holy And Universal Eighth Synod"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy, great and universal synod, which was assembled by God's will and the favour of our divinely approved emperors Basil and Constantine, the holy friends of Christ, in this royal and divinely protected city and in the most famous church bearing the name of holy and great Wisdom, declared the following."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Word, of one nature with the almighty God and Father, is he who established heaven like a vault and fixed the ends of the earth and the place of all other things. He made it to be contingent and he rules, preserves and saves it. He says through the voice of the prophet, Isaiah: Lift up your eyes to heaven, because heaven has been fashioned like smoke, but the earth shall wear out like a garment; its inhabitants shall perish like them; but my salvation shall last for ever and my justice shall not fail. He was made like us for our sake and has established on earth heavenly justice and said, Heaven and earth shall pass away but my words shall not pass away. He said to all who believed in him: If you continue in my word, you will truly be my disciples, and you will know the truth and the truth will make you free."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It was our God and Lord of infinite power alone who, just like a farmer of supreme wisdom and power, uprooted and scattered and rightfully obliterated many others from an earlier time and from long ago who, given over to lies and in opposition to the truth, were sowing -- to use the gospel image -- evil tares in his field, that is, in the church, and were trying to overwhelm the pure grain of divine justice. He always prepared his manner of deliverance so as to give warning, he established his justice and revealed it with greater clarity. But nevertheless, in our time too, the sower of tares is trying to make the field of the church useless through some utterly depraved and impious people. With that one and the same providence, he has shown that this field is worthy of compassion and snatched it from the filth of iniquity and called it back to its ancient purity. For, to destroy injustice and reinforce divine justice, he has raised up, as an unwavering follower of his commandments, a person proved to be incorrupt in both his knowledge and his maintenance of the truth, our most devout and serene emperor, who is a friend of divine justice and an enemy of injustice. He, by means of the divine help and the overall favour of the church, has gathered together architects from the ends of the earth into this royal city, which must be built up by God, and has assembled a universal synod which, while guarding the strong defences of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "— the gospel sanctions, — the laws of Moses and the prophets together with — the commands of the apostles — and fathers as well as of — the councils,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "has revived the established forms of right conduct and proclaimed truth and justice in the courts of the church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{Now the customary recapitulation and reassertion of all previous ecumenical councils}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consequently, all of us bishops who have come to take part in the synod and to strengthen the true and undefiled faith of Christians and the teaching of orthodox religion, we declare our belief in one God, in three persons consubstantial, divine and autonomous, as, for example, we may look at the one nature of light in three suns not unlike each other or in the same number of dazzling objects. We confess, indeed, God to be one, unique in respect of substance, but threefold or three if we are speaking of him in respect of persons, and we declare he has not received from himself that he has been made, nor in any way whatsoever from anyone else; but that he is alone, ever existing without beginning, and eternal, ever the same and like to himself, and suffering no change or alteration, that he exists as the maker and source of all beings endowed with intelligence and feeling. For the holy and great synod of { 1 } Nicaea spoke thus when expounding the creed: Light from light, true God, clearly declaring the Son to be from the Father who is true God, and the rest as the catholic church received it. We too, accepting this in the identical meaning, anathematize as of unsound mind and an enemy of the truth, Arius and all who, with him and following him, speculate with faulty perceptions on the term \"hetero-substantial\", that is otherness of substance and unlikeness, with reference to the divinely-ruling and blessed Trinity. But no less do we accept the second, holy and universal synod {2 Constantinople I}, and we anathematize that adversary of the Spirit or rather adversary of God, Macedonius; for we admit in the distinction of persons no difference of substance between the Father, the Son and the divine and autonomous Spirit, as the aforementioned heresiarchs did, nor do we confuse, like the lunatic Sabellius, the persons in one and the same substance. Moreover, we also confess that the unique Word of God became incarnate and was made like us for our sake, for it was not an angel or an envoy but the Lord himself who came and saved us and was made Emmanuel with us; and he was true God, God of Israel and saviour of all, in accordance with the divine and prophetic utterances. For this reason we confess that Mary, most holy and without experience of marriage, who bore him, is properly and truly mother of God, just as the third universal synod, which first assembled at { 3 } Ephesus, proclaimed. In union with that council we too anathematize Nestorius, that worshipper of the man and most self-opinionated individual who possessed a Jewish mentality. We teach that the one and same Christ and Lord is twofold, that is, perfect God and perfect man, possessing in one person the differences of each nature but keeping their properties always unchangeable and unconfused, just as the fourth, holy and universal synod {4 Chalcedon } solemnly taught. In accepting this synod together with the three councils previously enumerated, just like the quadruplicity of the holy gospels, we anathematize the insane Eutyches and the mad Dioscorus. In addition, proclaiming the two natures in the one Christ, according to the still clearer teaching of the fifth, holy and universal synod { 5 Constantinople II}, we anathematize Severus , Peter and Zoharas the Syrian, as well as Origen with his useless knowledge, Theodore of Mopsuestia and Didymus along with Evagrius, who also, although of the same or different opinions, were ensnared in the same pit of damnation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Further, we accept the sixth, holy and universal synod {6 Constantinople III}, which shares the same beliefs and is in harmony with the previously mentioned synods in that it wisely laid down that in the two natures of the one Christ there are, as a consequence, two principles of action and the same number of wills. So, we anathematize Theodore who was bishop of Pharan, Sergius, Pyrrhus, Paul and Peter, the unholy prelates of the church of Constantinople, and with these, Honorius of Rome, Cyrus of Alexandria as well as Macarius of Antioch and his disciple Stephen, who followed the false teachings of the unholy heresiarchs Apollinarius, Eutyches and Severus and proclaimed that the flesh of God, while being animated by a rational and intellectual soul, was without a principle of action and without a will, they themselves being impaired in their senses and truly without reason. For if the one and same Christ and God exists as perfect God and perfect man, it is most certain that none of the natures which belong to him can exist partially without a will or without a principle of action, but that he carried out the mystery of his stewardship when willing and acting in accordance with each substance; this is how the chorus of all God's spokesmen, having knowledge of it from the apostles down to our own time, have constructed a colourful representation of that human form, assigning to each part of the one Christ natural properties distinct from each other, by which the meanings and conceptions of his divine nature and of his human nature are believed beyond all doubt to remain without confusion."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We also know that the seventh, holy and universal synod, held for the second time at { 7 } Nicaea, taught correctly when it professed the one and same Christ as both invisible and visible lord, incomprehensible and comprehensible, unlimited and limited, incapable and capable of suffering, inexpressible and expressible in writing. In agreement with that synod, this holy and universal synod publicly anathematizes Anastasius , Constantine and Nicetas , that irrational prelature whose name stinks, or, to put it better, that plain corruption; so too Theodosius of Ephesus, Sisinnius Pastilas and Basil Tricacabus, not forgetting Theodoret, Antony and John, once prelates of new Rome, the royal city of Christians, but better called defamers of Christ. They declared by word and deed that, despite what the list of prophets proclaimed about Christ, he had been incapable of destroying the statues of the idols. Furthermore, we also anathematize Theodore, who was called Krithinos, whom this great and holy synod summoned and condemned and loudly dinned an anathema into his ears. Similarly we anathematize all those who agreed with or supported those who said that the Word of the divine incarnation came about and existed by fantasy and supposition, indeed that through the removal of the image of our Christ and saviour there came the simultaneous removal of the accepted form of the true body which bore God within it. Everything which cannot be grasped by the imagination is surely to be understood in two ways, either as not existing or as in fact existing but minimally understandable, inasmuch as being invisible and hidden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, if anyone happens to have taught any of these things about Christ the God and saviour of us all, he will be clearly proclaimed an enemy of true religion, since the first of these declares that Emmanuel was not truly made man and the second declares that he was indeed man but lacked human qualities, laid aside the flesh he assumed and had recourse in everything to his divine [nature] and to his incomprehensibility; this is alien to all the divinely inspired scriptures, which also clearly state that he will come once more as judge of all, and he is to be seen in the same way as he was seen by his disciples and apostles when he was taken up into heaven."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That theory is full of Manichaean ideas and ungodliness inasmuch as it foolishly declares that a saying of the divinely inspired David was spoken about Christ, in which it says, He has set his tabernacle in the sun, since this impiety supposes that the casting off and laying aside of the Lord's deified body is meant. But the word of truth confidently says, both concerning the well-named Manes and all those who share his thought and are authors of the heresy about the destruction of icons and all other heresiarchs and enemies of religion: They have not known nor understood, but they walked in darkness. 0 you who abandon the right way and walk in the way of darkness, who rejoice in wrongdoing and exult in evil conversion; O you whose paths are evil and steps crooked so that they take you far from the right way and make you foreign to right thinking! Again, those who sowed what was corrupted by the wind have received destruction as their reward; and again, He that trusts in lies feeds the winds: and the same person runs after birds that fly away. For he has abandoned the rows of his vines, he wanders in the furrows of his field; for he wanders through a waterless desert and a great parched plain, yet gathers no fruit in his hands."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For this reasons [the church] brands all these with an anathema and, besides recognizing the seven, holy and universal synods already enumerated by us, has gathered together this eighth universal synod through the grace of our all powerful Christ and God and the piety and zeal of our most serene and divinely strengthened emperor, to cut down and destroy the shoots of injustice that have sprung up against those synods, together with the evil stirrings and influences, in order to bring about peaceful order in the church and stability in the world. For it is not only the removal of true teaching which knows how to destroy those of evil mind and to agitate and disturb the church, but also quibbling over the meaning of the divine commandments equally brings the same destruction on those who are not vigilant, and the world is filled with storms and disturbances by those who are reckoned as Christians."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{Now the council strikes out on its own}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This is what happened in recent times through the folly, cunning and evil machinations of the wretched Photius. He entered the sheepfold not through the door but through a window, and, like a thief or a robber, a destroyer of souls, as the Lord's words indicate, has tried, on every occasion and by every means, to steal, slaughter and destroy the right-thinking sheep of Christ and, by engineering all manner of persecution, he has not ceased from contriving numerous arrests and imprisonments, confiscations of property, protracted periods of exile and, in addition to these, accusations, charges, false testimonies and forgeries against all who worked for true religion and fought for the truth. For he, like another Severus or Dioscorus, engineered the expulsion of the most just, lawful and canonically appointed high priest of the church of Constantinople, namely the most holy patriarch Ignatius, and like an adulterous robber, breaking into his see and repeatedly submitting him to a thousand charges involving dethronement and as many anathemas, he roused continuous turmoil and storms for all the churches of Christ our saviour, in a multiplicity of ways."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "However, the salt of the earth has not lost its savour, nor has the eye of the church become completely darkened, nor has the light of true religion been extinguished by the spirits of wickedness; nor has the fire of divine charity lost its destroying and burning power over sinful and worthless material, nor has the word of the Lord, which is sharper than a two-edged sword and a discerner of thoughts, been found ineffectual, nor did the foundation of solid stone collapse when submerged by swollen waters and floods of rivers and storms, but the precious cornerstone, which was laid down in Sion, that is, in the church, upon which the foundation stone of the apostles and prophets was laid for the building up of the church, in our time has sent out from every one of the church's established ranks, even into the ruling city, the new Rome, many other stones rolling over the land, as the prophet says, to destroy and lay waste the intrigues of those who desired and attempted to destroy truth and divine justice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But with greater force and particular significance, Nicholas, the most blessed and aptly-named pope of old Rome, was sent from above as another cornerstone for the church, preserving as far as possible the figurative likeness, as from an exalted and pre-eminent place, to confront the carefully organised opposition of Photius. By the missiles of his letters and speeches, he struck down the powerful leading supporters of Photius and, reflecting a story of the old Testament, after the manner of the zealot Phinehas, he pierced Photius with the lance of truth as if he were another Midianite defiling the assembly of Israel; and he completely destroyed him on his not [added in Hrd [1]] agreeing to accept the remedies of a healing discipline aimed at treating the scars and healing the adulterous wound, and just as another Peter dealt with Ananias and Sapphira, who stole what belonged to God, by an anathema included as it were in his priestly dignity, he committed him to death."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Following these directives and decrees, the most religious friend of Christ, our emperor, whom the heavenly Emperor and Lord of majesty has raised up for the salvation of the world, has consigned Photius to a suitable place and recalled the most holy patriarch Ignatius to his rightful seat. Furthermore, for the perfect discernment and definition of what is agreed to be good and is beneficial, he has gathered together vicars from all the patriarchal seats and the whole college of bishops which is under his authority. Those of us who came together have celebrated this great and universal synod and, with much examination, testing and discussion, with due care and consistency, we have cut out with the sword of the spirit the roots of scandals and weeds along with their shoots, as we establish the truly innocent and most holy patriarch Ignatius in the controlling seat, while we condemn Photius, the interloper and illegal occupier with all his supporters and promoters of evil. For almighty God says somewhere by the mouth of a prophet: Because of the wickedness of their deeds I will drive them out of my house. I will do no more to love them. Ephraim is stricken, their root is dried up, they shall bear no fruit; and again: Canaan, there is a deceitful balance in his hand, he has loved oppression. And Ephraim said: But yet I am become rich, I have found for myself a place of repose: all his labours shall not find me, despite the iniquities that I have committed; and again: And the house of Jacob shall possess their own possessions. The house of Jacob shall be afire and the house of Joseph aflame, and the house of Esau stubble; they shall burn them and consume them, and there shall be no survivor to the house of Esau, for the Lord has spoken."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the wretched Photius was truly like the person who did not make God his refuge; but trusted in the abundance of his cunning and sought refuge in the vanity of his iniquities, following the example of Ephraim of old, in turning his back on the divine mercy; the word of the prophet mocks and derides him, saying: Ephraim is become as bread baked under ashes, that is not turned. Strangers have devoured his strength and he knew it not, grey hairs also are spread upon him, and he is ignorant of it. He shall be humbled by the insult of Israel before his face; and in all this he has not returned to the Lord, his God. Ephraim is become as a dove, that called upon the table of Egypt and went to the Assyrians. When they shall go, I will spread my net upon them as upon the birds of the air; I will bring them down, I will strike them to make their tribulation heard. For Photius was lifted up to the heights of arrogance in attacking the most blessed pope of old Rome, Nicholas, and he vomited out the poison of his evil. He gathered together false vicars from three supposedly eastern sees, set up what was thought to be a synodical council, and, making lists of the names of accusers and witnesses, fashioning profiles and speeches which seemed to be suited to each person who plays a part in a synodical investigation, and making up, writing down and organizing forged records as accounts of those proceedings, he had the audacity to anathematize the aforementioned most blessed pope Nicholas and all those in communion with him. Photius did this in such a way that as a result all the existing bishops and priests, that is, the other patriarchal sees and all the clerics within them, were included in the same anathema, for all were most certainly in communion with the leading bishop, and amongst them himself and his followers. The word of the prophet condemns and refutes him when it says: They have multiplied their transgressions, they have enacted extraneous laws and invoked their confession; and again: They conceived in their heart lying words and turned justice back, and righteousness has stood afar off from them; for truth has been destroyed in their streets and they have been unable to follow the right path. Truth has disappeared and changed their mind so that it cannot understand. And: He who turns from evil is attacked, and the Lord saw and it displeased him because there was no judgment, and again: Thus says the Lord: For three transgressions of Judah and for four, I will grant them no reprieve; because they have rejected the law of the Lord and have not kept his statutes. Therefore, as regards the man who has acted in this way and has disturbed and shaken the whole holy, catholic and apostolic church with so many brazen attacks of this kind, has utterly refused to be converted and repent, and has refused to submit to the decrees and judgment of the holy patriarchal sees, just as long ago the most blessed pope Nicholas and then his successor, the most holy pope Hadrian,— anathematized him, so too this holy and universal synod has reproved him and put him under an ever severer anathema while addressing to him, in the person of all God's people, the words of the prophet Isaiah: Just as a garment soiled in blood will not be clean, so you will not be clean, for you have defiled the church of Christ and have been a source of scandal and destruction to the people of God on many counts and in many ways. We command that those who do not share this view, but give Photius their willing support, if they are bishops or clerics, must be deposed for ever; we anathematize monks or lay people, until such time as they are converted from their false ways and wickedness."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Canons"
            },
            {
              "id": "source-1",
              "number": "1",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If we wish to proceed without offence along the true and royal road of divine justice, we must keep the declarations and teachings of the holy fathers as if they were so many lamps which are always alight and illuminating our steps which are directed towards God. Therefore, considering and esteeming these as a second word of God, in accordance with the great and most wise Denis, let us sing most willingly along with the divinely inspired David, The commandment of the Lord is bright, enlightening the eyes, and, Your word is a lamp to my feet and a light to my paths; and with the author of Proverbs we say, Your commandment is a lamp and your law a light, and like Isaiah we cry to the lord God with loud voice, because your commands are a light for the earth. For the exhortations and warnings of the divine canons are rightly likened to light inasmuch as the better is distinguished from the worse and what is advantageous and useful is distinguished from what is not helpful but harmful."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore we declare that we are preserving and maintaining the canons which have been entrusted to the holy, catholic and apostolic church by the holy and renowned apostles, and by universal as well as local councils of orthodox [bishops], and even by any inspired father or teacher of the church. Consequently, we rule our own life and conduct by these canons and we decree that all those who have the rank of priests and all those who are described by the name of Christian are, by ecclesiastical law, included under the penalties and condemnations as well as, on the other hand, the absolutions and acquittals which have been imposed and defined by them. For Paul, the great apostle, openly urges us to preserve the traditions which we have received, either by word or by letter, of the saints who were famous in times past."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-2",
              "number": "2",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obey your leaders and submit to them; for they are keeping watch over your souls, as persons who will have to give account, commands Paul, the great apostle. So, having both the most blessed pope Nicholas as the instrument of the holy Spirit and his successor, the most holy pope Hadrian, we declare and order that everything which has been expounded and promulgated by them in a synod at various times, both for the defence and well-being of the church of Constantinople and of its chief priest, namely Ignatius, its most holy patriarch, as well as for the expulsion and condemnation of Photius, the upstart and usurper, should be maintained and observed together with the canons there set forth, unchanged and unaltered, and no bishop, priest or deacon or anyone from the ranks of the clergy should dare to overturn or reject any of these things."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whoever, then, shall be found, after these directives of ours, despising any of the articles or decrees which have been promulgated by these popes, must be stripped of his dignity and rank, if he is a priest or cleric; a monk or lay person, of whatever dignity, must be excommunicated until he repents and promises to observe all the decrees in question."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-3",
              "number": "3",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We decree that the sacred image of our lord Jesus Christ, the redeemer and saviour of all people, should be venerated with honour equal to that given to the book of the holy gospels. For, just as through the written words which are contained in the book, we all shall obtain salvation, so through the influence that colours in painting exercise on the imagination, all, both wise and simple, obtain benefit from what is before them; for as speech teaches and portrays through syllables, so too does painting by means of colours. It is only right then, in accordance with true reason and very ancient tradition, that icons should be honoured and venerated in a derivative way because of the honour which is given to their archetypes, and it should be equal to that given to the sacred book of the holy gospels and the representation of the precious cross."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If anyone then does not venerate the icon of Christ, the saviour, let him not see his face when he comes in his father's glory to be glorified and to glorify his saints', but let him be cut off from his communion and splendour; similarly the image of Mary, his immaculate mother and mother of God, we also paint the icons of the holy angels just as divine scripture depicts them in words; we also honour and venerate those of the highly renowned apostles, prophets, martyrs and holy men as well as those of all the saints. Let those who are not so disposed be anathema from the Father, the Son and the holy Spirit."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-4",
              "number": "4",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In tearing up by the roots the love of power, as being an evil root nourishing the scandals which have arisen in the church, we condemn, with a just decree, him who boldly, cunningly and unlawfully, like a dangerous wolf, leapt into the sheepfold of Christ; we are speaking about Photius, who has filled the whole world with a thousand upheavals and disturbances. We declare that he never was nor is now a bishop, nor must those, who were consecrated or given advancement by him to any grade of the priesthood, remain in that state to which they were promoted. Moreover, we debar from this kind of preferment those who received from Photius the customary rescripts for promotion to special office."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As for the churches which Photius and those who were ordained by him are thought to have consecrated and the altars which they are thought to have renovated after they had been torn down, we decree that they are to be consecrated, anointed and renovated again. In sum, everything that was done in his person and by him, for the establishing or penalizing of the sacerdotal state, has been abrogated. For the God of the whole universe says through his prophet: Because you have rejected knowledge, I reject you from being a priest to me and, You have forgotten the laws of your God, I also will forget your children. The more they increased, the more they sinned against me; I will change their glory into shame. They feed on the sin of my people; they bloat their souls with their iniquities. And again he says: Because Ephraim has multiplied altars for sinning, they have become to him altars for sins; I will write copiously about them."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-5",
              "number": "5",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since we desire to ensure, in Christ, that the stability of the canons should always remain firm in the churches, we renew and confirm the limits and conditions which were formerly decreed by the holy apostles and our holy fathers and which made it a law in the church that nobody, who is a neophyte in the faith or priestly office, should be made a bishop, lest he be puffed up and fall into the judgment and snare of the devil, as the Apostle says. Therefore, in accordance with the previous canons, we declare that nobody of senatorial rank or a secular way of life, who has recently been admitted to the tonsure with the intention or expectation of the honour of becoming a bishop or patriarch, and who has been made a cleric or monk, should rise to such a level, even if he is shown to have completed a considerable time in each stage of the divine priesthood. For it is clear that the tonsure was not received for religious reasons, love of God or hope of progressing along the path of the virtues, but for love of glory and honour. We exclude such people still more rigorously if they are pushed forward by imperial backing."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "However, if someone gives no suspicion of seeking the worldly benefits just mentioned, but, prompted by the actual good of a humility which is centered on Christ, renounces the world and becomes a cleric or monk and, while passing through every ecclesiastical grade, is found without reproach and of good character during the periods of time currently established, so that he completes one year in the order of lector, two in that of subdeacon, three as deacon and four as priest, this holy and universal synod has decreed that such a one may be chosen and admitted. As for those who have remained religiously in the order of cleric or monk and have been judged worthy of the dignity and honour of the episcopacy, we reduce the aforesaid period of time to that which the superiors of these bishops approved at the time. If, however, anyone has been advanced to this supreme honour contrary to this directive of ours, he must be condemned and completely excluded from all priestly functions, because he has been elevated contrary to the sacred canons."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-6",
              "number": "6",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It appears that Photius, after the sentences and condemnations most justly pronounced against him by the most holy pope Nicholas for his criminal usurpation of the church of Constantinople, in addition to his other evil deeds, found some men of wicked and sycophantic character from the squares and streets of the city and proposed and designated them as vicars of the three most holy patriarchal sees in the east. He formed with these a church of evil-doers and a fraudulent council and set in motion accusations and charges entailing deposition against the most blessed pope Nicholas and repeatedly, impudently and boldly issued anathemas against him and all those in communion with him. The records of all these things have been seen by us, records which were cobbled together by him with evil intent and lying words, and all of which have been burnt during this very synod."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, to safeguard church order, we anathematize first and foremost the above-mentioned Photius for the reason given; next everyone who henceforth acts deceitfully and fraudulently and falsifies the word of truth and goes through the motions of having false vicars or composes books full of deceptions and explains them in favour of his own designs. With equal vigour Martin, the most holy pope of Rome, a valiant contender for the true faith, rejected behaviour of this kind by a synodal decree."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-7",
              "number": "7",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moses, the divine spokesman, clearly declares in his law that what is right should also be rightly executed, since a good act is not good unless it is carried out in accordance with reason. So it is indeed good and very advantageous to paint holy and venerable images as also to teach others the disciplines of divine and human wisdom. But it is not good nor at all profitable for any of these things to be done by those who are unworthy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For this reason we declare and proclaim that those declared anathema by this holy and universal synod may not, on any account, work on sacred images in holy places of worship nor teach anywhere at all, until they are converted from their error and wickedness. Whoever, therefore, after this directive of ours, admits them in any way to paint sacred images in churches, or to teach, must be removed from office if he is a cleric; if he is a lay person, he must be excommunicated and debarred from taking part in the divine mysteries."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-8",
              "number": "8",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The great apostle Paul says somewhere: All things are lawful for me, but not all things are helpful; all things are lawful for me, but not all things are beneficial. Therefore, we ought to do everything for the advantage and perfection of the holy church of God and nothing at all to promote controversy and vainglory. Since a report has come to our ears that not only heretics and those who have wrongly obtained the patriarchate of Constantinople, but also the orthodox and legitimate patriarchs, demand and extract from the order of priests guarantees, written in their own hands, which are designed for the security, benefit and, as it were, permanence of the above persons, it has therefore seemed good to this holy and universal synod that nobody at all should do this from now on, with the exception of what is demanded at the time of episcopal consecrations, according to rule and custom, in order to witness to the purity of our faith; every other way of doing it is completely inappropriate and has no part in the building up of the church. So whoever dares to nullify this directive of ours, either by asking for such a document or by providing it to those who ask, shall lose his own office."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-9",
              "number": "9",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "From the very beginning the wretched Photius brought about in the church of Constantinople an abundance of all kinds of wickedness. We have learnt that even before his tyrannical period in office he used to give documents, signed by his own hand, to his followers who were learning the wisdom that has been made foolish by God, even though this system was clearly a new invention and thoroughly alien to our holy fathers and doctors of the church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since therefore they direct us to loose every bond of wickedness and to make void enforced contracts, the holy and universal synod has declared that nobody, from now on, should hold or keep such a contract, but all, without hindrance, hesitation or fear, may both teach and study if they are competent for either task, with the exception of those who are found to be enslaved to error or heretical beliefs since we strictly forbid such persons to teach or to pursue studies. If anyone shall be found rejecting and transgressing against this directive, he shall lose his rank if he is a cleric; if a lay person, he shall be excommunicated as one who does not believe the Lord's word which says, Whatever you bind on earth shall be bound in heaven, and whatever you loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven ."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-10",
              "number": "10",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As divine scripture clearly proclaims, Do not find fault before you investigate, and understand first and then find fault, and does our law judge a person without first giving him a hearing and learning what he does?. Consequently this holy and universal synod justly and fittingly declares and lays down that no lay person or monk or cleric should separate himself from communion with his own patriarch before a careful enquiry and judgment in synod, even if he alleges that he knows of some crime perpetrated by his patriarch, and he must not refuse to include his patriarch's name during the divine mysteries or offices."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the same way we command that bishops and priests who are in distant dioceses and regions should behave similarly towards their own metropolitans, and metropolitans should do the same with regard to their own patriarchs. If anyone shall be found defying this holy synod, he is to be debarred from all priestly functions and status if he is a bishop or cleric; if a monk or lay person, he must be excluded from all communion and meetings of the church until he is converted by repentance and reconciled."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-11",
              "number": "11",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Though the old and new Testament teach that a man or woman has one rational and intellectual soul, and all the fathers and doctors of the church, who are spokesmen of God, express the same opinion, some have descended to such a depth of irreligion, through paying attention to the speculations of evil people, that they shamelessly teach as a dogma that a human being has two souls, and keep trying to prove their heresy by irrational means using a wisdom that has been made foolishness."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore this holy and universal synod is hastening to uproot this wicked theory now growing like some loathsome form of weed. Carrying in its hand the winnowing fork of truth, with the intention of consigning all the chaff to inextinguishable fire, and making clean the threshing floor of Christ, in ringing tones it declares anathema the inventors and perpetrators of such impiety and all those holding similar views; it also declares and promulgates that nobody at all should hold or preserve in any way the written teaching of the authors of this impiety. If however anyone presumes to act in a way contrary to this holy and great synod, let him be anathema and an outcast from the faith and way of life of Christians."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-12",
              "number": "12",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The apostolic and conciliar canons clearly forbid the nomination and consecration of bishops which have come about as a result of the power and intrigues of the civil authorities. Therefore we declare and proclaim, in full agreement with them, that if any bishop has received his consecration through the manipulation and constraint of such persons, he should be deposed absolutely as one who has desired and consented to have the gift of God not from the will of God and ecclesiastical law and decree, but from human beings and through their machinations as a result of the prompting of carnal desire."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-13",
              "number": "13",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The divine word says, The worker is worthy of his pay For this reason we too decree and proclaim that the clerics of the great church [of Constantinople], who have served in the lower orders, may rise to the higher grades and, if they have shown themselves worthy, may deservedly enjoy higher dignities, since some of those who now enjoy them either will be called through promotion to more important duties or will vacate them by dying. But those who do not belong to this particular clergy and yet insinuate themselves into it, must not receive the dignities and honours due to those who have laboured in it a long time, for in that case the clerics of the church [of Constantinople] would be found to have no promotion."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those who manage the houses or estates of leading persons must by no means have the possibility of being admitted or inducted into the clergy of the great church [of Constantinople]: No soldier on service for God gets entangled in civilian pursuits. If indeed anyone, contrary to the directive we have now issued, is promoted to any dignity whatsoever in this great church, he must be excluded from all ecclesiastical dignity as one who has been promoted contrary to the decision of the great synod."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-14",
              "number": "14",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We declare that those who are called by divine grace to the office of bishop, since they bear the image and likeness of the holy hierarchies in heaven, that is of the angels, in accordance with what is clearly an hierarchical dignity and function, should be held as worthy of all honour on the part of everyone, rulers and ruled alike."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We also declare that they must not go to meet a general or any other high official a long way from their churches, nor should they dismount from their horses or mules a long way off or bow down in fear and trembling and prostrate themselves; nor should they go to table for dinner with secular dignitaries and show the same honours as they do to generals, but according to what is in keeping with their own spiritual dignity and honour, they should render to everyone his due: Tribute to whom tribute is due, honour to whom honour is due. They must show that the confessors of the emperors, who are friends of Christ, and those who have the same dignity, deserve great respect from the leading persons of those emperors. Thus the bishop will have the courage to reprimand generals and other leading officials and all other secular authorities as often as he finds them doing something unjust or unreasonable, and in this way to correct them and make them better."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But if some bishop, after the holy directive of this council, shall ignore the honour duly and canonically bestowed on him, and permits something to happen according to the old, debased and disordered custom which is contrary to what has now been declared, he must be suspended for a year and the official involved is to be considered unworthy to take part in the mysteries or the means of grace for two years."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-15",
              "number": "15",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This holy and universal synod, in renewing the canons of the apostles and fathers, has decreed that no bishop may sell or in any way dispose of precious objects or consecrated vessels except for the reason laid down long ago by the ancient canons, that is to say, objects received for the redemption of captives. They must not hand over endowments of churches by emphyteutic leases nor put on sale other agricultural properties, thereby damaging ecclesiastical revenues. We decree that such revenues are for church purposes, the feeding of the poor and the assistance of pilgrims. However, bishops have full powers to improve and enlarge, as opportunity offers, the ecclesiastical properties which produce these revenues. Moreover, they have the right to apportion or bestow their own property on whomsoever they wish and choose, in accordance with their own powers and rights of ownership."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Now that this decree has been made, whoever appears to have acted in a way contrary to this holy and universal synod, must be deposed on the grounds of violating divine law and precepts. Any sale which was made by the bishop, either in writing or otherwise, must be made entirely void, as well as any emphyteutic lease or any other act disposing of precious objects or endowments. Whoever buys or acquires any of the aforementioned precious objects or endowments and does not restore to the church what belongs to it and does not hand over for burning the bills of sale or leases, is anathema until he does what has been determined by this holy and universal synod."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If a bishop is found guilty of having built a monastery with the revenues of a church, he must hand over the monastery to the same church. But if he built it from his own money or other sources, he may have it for his whole life under his own jurisdiction and direction; he may also bequeath it after his death to whomsoever he wishes, but it may not be used as a secular dwelling."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-16",
              "number": "16",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A matter which merits great sorrow, even many tears, has come to our ears from many of the faithful. They say that under the previous emperor some laymen of the senatorial order were seen to plait their hair and arrange it on their heads, and to adopt a kind of priestly dignity in accordance with their different ranks at the emperor's court. They did this by wearing various ornaments and articles of clothing which are proper to priests and, as it was thought, made themselves out to be bishops by wearing a pallium over their shoulders and every other piece of episcopal dress. They also adopted as their patriarch the one who took the leading role in these buffooneries. They insulted and made a mockery of a variety of holy things, such as elections, promotions and consecrations of bishops, or by bringing up subtle but false accusations against bishops, and condemning and deposing them, switching in turn from distress to collusion as prosecutors and defendants."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Such a way of behaving has never been heard of since time began, even among the pagans. It shows that those we have now brought to light are in a worse and more wretched state than the pagan nations. The sacred and universal synod, therefore, has declared and promulgated that these attempts to do evil must be condemned as crimes, and no member of the faithful who bears the name of Christian should henceforth attempt to do or tolerate such a thing, or to protect by silence anyone who has committed such an impious act. If any emperor or any powerful or influential person should attempt to mock holy things in such a way, or with evil intent to carry out or permit such a great wrong to be done against the divine priesthood, he must first be condemned by the patriarch of the time, acting with his fellow bishops, and be excommunicated and declared unworthy to share in the divine mysteries, and then he must accept certain other corrective practices and penances which are judged appropriate. Unless he repents quickly, he must be declared anathema by this holy and universal synod as one who has dishonoured the mystery of the pure and spotless faith."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "However, if the patriarch of Constantinople and his suffragan bishops come to know of any others who have committed crimes of this kind and neglect to act against them with the necessary zeal, they must be deposed and debarred from the dignity of their priesthood. Those who in any way have shown, or shall show in future, such impious conduct and have not confessed it in any way and received the appropriate penance, are declared excommunicate by this synod for three years; during the first year they must remain outside the church as public penitents, during the second year they may stand inside the church among the. ranks of the catechumens, during the third year they may join the faithful and thus become worthy of the sanctifying effects of the holy mysteries."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-17",
              "number": "17",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The first, holy and universal synod of Nicaea orders that the ancient custom should be preserved throughout Egypt and the provinces subject to her, so that the bishop of Alexandria has them all under his authority; it declares, \"Because such a custom has prevailed in the city of Rome\". Therefore this great and holy synod decrees that in old and new Rome and the sees of Antioch and Jerusalem the ancient custom must be preserved in all things, so that their prelates should have authority over all the metropolitans whom they promote or confirm in the episcopal dignity, either through the imposition of hands or the bestowal of the pallium; that is to say, the authority to summon them, in case of necessity, to a meeting in synod or even to reprimand and correct them, when a report about some wrongdoing leads to an accusation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But since some metropolitans give as an excuse for not responding to the summons of their apostolic prelate that they are detained by their temporal rulers, it has been decided that such an excuse will be utterly invalid. For since a ruler frequently holds meetings for his own purposes, it is intolerable that he should prevent leading prelates from going to synods for ecclesiastical business or hold some back from their meetings. We have learnt, however, that such an obstacle and alleged refusal of permission can come about in various ways at the suggestion of the metropolitan."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Metropolitans have had the custom of holding synods twice a year and therefore, they say, they cannot possibly come to the chief one, that of the patriarch. But this holy and universal synod, without forbidding the meetings held by the metropolitans, is conscious that the synods summoned by the patriarchal see are more necessary and profitable than the metropolitan ones, and so demands that they take place. A metropolitan synod affects the good order of only one province, a patriarchal synod often affects the good order of a whole civil diocese, and in this way the common good is provided for. So it is fitting that the common good take priority over a particular one, especially when the summons to meet has been issued by those of greater authority. The fact is that certain metropolitans seem to regard with contempt the ancient custom and canonical tradition, by their not meeting together for the common good. Therefore the laws of the church demand, with severe penalties and leaving no loop-hole, that they comply with the summons of their patriarchs whether they are summoned as a body or individually."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We refuse to listen to the offensive claim made by some ignorant people that a synod cannot be held in the absence of the civil authorities. The reason for this is that the sacred canons have never prescribed the presence of secular rulers at synods but only the presence of bishops. Hence we find that they have not been present at synods but only at universal councils. Furthermore, it is not right that secular rulers should be observers of matters that sometimes come before the priests of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, if any metropolitan ignores his patriarch and disobeys his summons, whether addressed to him alone or to several or to all, unless prevented by a genuine illness or a pagan invasion, and for two whole months after notice of the summons makes no attempt to visit his patriarch, or if he hides in some way or pretends he has no knowledge of the patriarch's summons, he must be excommunicated. If he shows the same stubbornness and disobedience for a year, he must be unconditionally deposed and suspended from all sacerdotal functions and excluded from the dignity and honour that belong to metropolitans. If any metropolitan disobeys even this directive, let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-18",
              "number": "18",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This holy and great synod has decided that the goods or privileges which belong to the churches of God as a result of long enduring custom and have been granted, whether in writing or not, by emperors of revered memory or by other religious people and possessed by the churches for thirty years, must in no way be removed by force on the part of any secular person, or taken away by him on any pretext whatsoever, from the jurisdiction of the prelate who has them. Whatever is known to have been possessed by the churches for thirty years must remain subject to the control and use of the prelate of the church. Any secular person who acts in a way contrary to this present decree shall be ad judged as one who commits sacrilege and, until he reforms himself and restores or gives back the privileges and goods belonging to the church, let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-19",
              "number": "19",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Paul, the great apostle, condemns greed as another form of idolatry and wants all who unite under the name of Christian to abstain from every form of shameful love of gain. It is all the more wrong, therefore, for those who have the ministry of the priesthood to burden their fellow-bishops and suffragans in any way whatsoever."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For this reason this holy and universal synod has decreed that no archbishop or metropolitan should leave his own church and visit other churches under the pretext of an official visitation, nor abuse his authority over other churches and consume the revenues which they have at their disposal and for feeding the poor, and thus, by a form of greed, be a burden to the consciences of our brothers and fellow ministers. An exception is made in the case of hospitality, which may sometimes arise on account of necessary travel. But even then he must accept, with reverence and fear of God, nothing else than what is found prepared from that which is currently at hand. He should quickly continue the journey he has undertaken without asking or demanding any at all of the things which belong to that church or the suffragan bishop. For if the sacred canons decree that every bishop should be sparing in his use of what belongs to his own church, and should no way spend or consume the ecclesiastical revenues in an unfitting or unreasonable way for his own advantage, what kind of impiety do you think he will be found guilty of if he has no scruples about going around and burdening the churches entrusted to other bishops and thereby incurring the charge of sacrilege ?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whoever attempts to do such a thing, after this directive of ours, shall incur from the patriarch of the time the punishment commensurate with his unjust and greedy behaviour, and shall be deposed and excommunicated as the sacrilegious person he is or, to put it otherwise, as an idolater, according to the teaching of the great Apostle."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-20",
              "number": "20",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It has come to the ears of this holy synod that in certain places some, on their own authority and without the agreement of those who are entrusted with such decisions, callously and mercilessly expel people who have received some of their lands by emphyteusis, on the pretext that the contract about the agreed rent has been broken."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This must not be allowed to happen unless the person who made the emphyteutic contract first listens to the objections through the mediation of some suitable and trustworthy persons. Then, if the leaseholder has not paid for three years the rent due, he may be expelled from his lands. But it is necessary, after the rent has been unpaid for three years, to go to the authorities of the city or region and bring before them a charge against the person who obtained the emphyteutic lease, and to show how he has defaulted. Only then, after the decision and judgment of the officials, may the church take back its property. Nobody may effect the confiscation of the aforesaid lands on his own initiative and authority, since this would be a sign of the worst form of profiteering and greed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So, if any bishop or metropolitan, contrary to this directive of ours, confiscates any property from anyone, thinking he is protecting his own church, let him be suspended by his patriarch for a time, having first restored what he took away. If he persists in his disobedience to the decision of this holy universal synod, he must be completely removed from office."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-21",
              "number": "21",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We believe that the saying of the Lord that Christ addressed to his holy apostles and disciples, Whoever receives you receives me, and whoever despises you despises me, was also addressed to all who were likewise made supreme pontiffs and chief pastors in succession to them in the catholic church. Therefore we declare that no secular powers should treat with disrespect any of those who hold the office of patriarch or seek to move them from their high positions, but rather they should esteem them as worthy of all honour and reverence. This applies in the first place to the most holy pope of old Rome, secondly to the patriarch of Constantinople, and then to the patriarchs of Alexandria, Antioch and Jerusalem. Furthermore, nobody else should compose or edit writings or tracts against the most holy pope of old Rome, on the pretext of making incriminating charges, as Photius did recently and Dioscorus a long time ago. Whoever shows such great arrogance and audacity, after the manner of Photius and Dioscorus, and makes false accusations in writing or speech against the see of Peter, the chief of the apostles, let him receive a punishment equal to theirs."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If, then, any ruler or secular authority tries to expel the aforesaid pope of the apostolic see, or any of the other patriarchs, let him be anathema. Furthermore, if a universal synod is held and any question or controversy arises about the holy church of Rome, it should make inquiries with proper reverence and respect about the question raised and should find a profitable solution; it must on no account pronounce sentence rashly against the supreme pontiffs of old Rome."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-22",
              "number": "22",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This holy and universal synod declares and decrees, in agreement with earlier councils, that the promotion and consecration of bishops should be done by means of an election and decision of the college of bishops. So it promulgates as law that no lay authority or ruler may intervene in the election or promotion of a patriarch, a metropolitan or any bishop, lest there be any irregularity leading to improper confusion or quarrelling, especially since it is wrong for any ruler or other lay person to have any influence in such matters. Rather he should be silent and mind his own business until the election of the future bishop has been completed with due process by the ecclesiastical assembly. But if any lay person is invited by the church to join in the discussion and to help with the election, he is permitted to accept the invitation with respect, if he so wishes. For in this way he may be able to promote a worthy pastor in a regular manner, to the benefit of his church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If any secular authority or ruler, or a lay person of any other status, attempts to act against the common, agreed and canonical method of election in the church, let him be anathema- this is to last until he obeys and agrees to what the church shows it wants concerning the election and appointment of its leader."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-23",
              "number": "23",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We have also learnt that some bishops, at the request of certain people, have unreasonably made a gift of properties belonging to other churches. Thus they usurp the authority of other bishops, so far as they can. This conduct will clearly bring on them the curse of the prophet who says, Woe to those who add house to house and field to field in order to defraud their neighbour, and it has made them guilty of sacrilege. For this reason, this great and universal synod has decided that no brother of ours in the episcopate or anyone else may transact such a wicked property deal, nor, if asked by someone, dispose of any property belonging to other churches, nor install priests or any other clerics in churches that are not under his jurisdiction, without the permission of the bishop responsible for the church in question. Furthermore, no priests or deacons, who are consecrated for holy functions, should perform, of their own accord and decision, any sacred functions in churches to which they have not been appointed from the beginning. This behaviour is unlawful and utterly alien to the canonical regulations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whoever, after this declaration of ours, shall be seen to do any of these things which have now been forbidden, must be excommunicated for a period of time, and the contractual arrangements, whether written or not, must be completely dissolved and abrogated because they were made in contravention of the canons. Likewise, the priest or deacon is to be suspended until he withdraws from the church to which he does not belong. But if he ignores the suspension, he must be got rid of completely and dispossessed of every sacred office."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-24",
              "number": "24",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Divine scripture says, Cursed is everyone who does the work of the Lord with slackness Yet some metropolitans have fallen into the depths of negligence and sloth. They summon the bishops subject to their jurisdiction and commit to them the divine offices of their own church as well as litanies and all the sacred ministries which are personal to themselves. The consequence is that they celebrate through the agency of these bishops everything they should readily do themselves. In this way they make those who have merited the dignity of bishop seem like clerics in their service."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These metropolitans, contrary to church law, give themselves to secular business and administration, failing to persevere in prayers and petitions for their own sins and the ignorance of their people. Some excuse this behaviour even though it is utterly and completely contrary to canonical regulations. What is still more serious, it is said that the bishops are told to complete the above ministries at allotted times each month at their own expense. This is totally alien to all apostolic sanction. All this makes such people worthy of the most severe condemnation possible, for they are shown by their actions to be infected by a form of satanic pride and arrogance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Any metropolitan who, after this directive of the holy and universal synod, is consumed by a similar pride, arrogance or contempt and does not carry out with fear, promptitude and a good conscience the necessary ministries in his own city, but seeks to carry them out through his suffragan bishops, must be punished by his patriarch and be either reformed or deposed."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-25",
              "number": "25",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy synod has duly decided that the bishops, priests, deacons and subdeacons of the great church [of Constantinople], who received their consecration from Methodius and Ignatius, the most holy patriarchs, and became hard of heart like the arrogant and unfeeling heart of Pharaoh, and even now are in complete disagreement with this holy and universal synod and, while rejecting harmony with us in the word of truth, have wholeheartedly supported the cause of the usurper Photius, must be deposed and suspended from all sacerdotal functions, just as the most blessed pope Nicholas decreed not long ago. On no account are such men to be readmitted into the ranks of the clergy, even if they wish in future to change their ways. An exception will be made in regard to receiving the means of holiness, and it is only our mercy which makes us think that they are worthy of this. They do not deserve to have the opportunity of being restored by their repentance to their former status, as is illustrated by the case of the odious Esau, though he begged in tears for that favour."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-26",
              "number": "26",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This holy synod has also decided that any priest or deacon who has been deposed by his bishop for some crime, or who alleges he has suffered some kind of injustice and is not satisfied with the judgment of his bishop, saying that he does not trust him and that he has been wronged, either because of the enmity which the bishop has for him or because of favours the bishop wants to bestow on certain others, such a person has the right to have recourse to the metropolitan of his province and to denounce his deposition from office, which he thinks is unjust, or any other injury. The metropolitan should be willing to take up such cases and to summon the bishop who has deposed the cleric or injured him in any way. He should examine the case himself, with the help of other bishops, so as either to confirm the deposition of the cleric beyond all doubt, or to quash it by means of a general synod and the judgment of many persons."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the same way we decree that bishops may have recourse to the patriarch, their head, if they complain that they have suffered similar things from their metropolitan, so that the business in question may receive a just and right decision from their patriarch and the metropolitans under him. No metropolitan bishop may be judged by his neighbouring metropolitan bishops, even though it is alleged that he has committed serious crimes, but he may only be judged by his own patriarch; we decree that this judgment will be just and beyond suspicion because a number of esteemed people will be gathered around the patriarch, and for this reason his judgment will be fully ratified and confirmed. If anyone does not, agree with what we have promulgated, let him be excommunicated."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-27",
              "number": "27",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We decree that, in ecclesiastical promotions and consecrations, the marks which signify the rank to which each person belongs, should be kept, in accordance with the traditional usages of each province, region and city. Thus bishops who have been permitted to wear the pallium at certain times, may wear it at those times and places but should not abuse so great and honourable a garment through pride, vainglory, human conceit and self-love, by wearing it unnecessarily throughout the divine sacrifice and every other ecclesiastical ceremony. We decree that those who have devoutly embraced the monastic life and merited the dignity of a bishop, should keep the appearance and garments of the monastic habit and that holy way of life. None of them has the right to lay aside that type of dress out of pride and wilful arrogance, lest he is found thereby to violate his personal vows. Just as the continual wearing of the pallium shows the bishop as given to ostentation and vainglory, so the laying aside of the monastic habit exposes him to the same charges."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, any bishop who wears the pallium outside the occasions stipulated in writing, or lays aside the monastic dress, must either be corrected or be deposed by his patriarch."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Notes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] J. Hardouin, Conciliorum collectio regia maxima adp. Philippi Labbei et p. Gabrielis Cossartii e Societate Jesu labores haud modica accessione facta et emendationibus pluribus additis ..., 12 vols. Paris 1714-1715"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction and translation taken from Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils, ed. Norman P. Tanner"
            }
          ],
          "witnesses": [
            {
              "label": "Concilia Oecumenica — Documenta et Acta, local source volume",
              "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
              "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
              "format": "pdf"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "council-source-corpus",
      "council": 9,
      "title": "Lateran I — council-level source corpus",
      "type": "Council-level source corpus",
      "date": "",
      "scope": "council-level-corpus",
      "sourceStatus": "Readable English extraction from a local council source volume; not document-level segmentation and not an aligned parallel edition.",
      "sourceVerification": "Unambiguous council heading and next-council boundary verified during the 3.50 reconciliation build.",
      "sourceVolumeSha256": "be506158a70af600f5575e554ae28c62088fc575aa3e0c3339bec036af8530de",
      "languages": {
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
          "format": "pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "FIRST LATERAN COUNCIL (1123)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Canons"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In 1123, during the pontificate of Pope Callistus II, a general Roman council was held \"for various important matters of the church\", as Callistus himself says in the letter of convocation which he sent on 25 June 1122 to bishop Baldric of Doll. A great number of bishops, abbots and religious, numbering at least 300, gathered in Rome from the western churches, although none that we know of came from the eastern churches {1}. There is no evidence that legates of the emperor Henry V took part. The council began on 18 March 1123, with the pope presiding. There were at least two sessions. The council ended before 6 April, probably on 27 March."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This council is often called \"general\" in the letters and decrees of Pope Callistus II. It is reasonable, however, to doubt its ecumenicity. Indeed the manner in which the council was called and conducted by the pope and the fathers differed from that of the older councils. Moreover several other councils, similar to Lateran I, were convened in the 11th and 12th centuries but were not termed ecumenical. The ecumenicity of this council seems, as far as we can tell, to have been confirmed later by the tradition of the Roman church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There had long been conflict between church and state, though some sort of a solution had been reached a short time before at the Concordat of Worms (September 1122). Thus, questions concerning the investiture of prelates and the freedom of the church were a major concern of the council. The said concordat was approved and confirmed by the council's authority, though not without opposition on the part of many, as Gerhoh of Reichersberg {2} testifies; canons 3-4, 8 and 12 make mention of this debate. Thereby a measure of peace and discipline was restored to the church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The fathers devoted themselves principally to the reform of the church, to the abolition of simony and to the correction of ecclesiastical abuses. There were a few other matters of lesser importance. Also, the struggle for the Corsican episcopacy between the churches of Genoa and Pisa was a considerable problem, and a commission of twenty-four fathers had to be created by the pope in order to resolve the matter; for this see canons 1, 7, and also canons 2, 5-6, 9, 11, 16. Thus pope Callistus, following as closely as he could the examples of Gregory VII and Urban II {3}, and supported by the approval of the council, brought to a successful conclusion matters which had engrossed the whole church's effort and zeal for almost fifty years."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A number of canons were ratified by the council fathers, perhaps at the session on 27 March. Many of these were included in Gratian's Decrees (c. 1140), namely canons 1, 3-4, 6, 9, 12, 14, 16B, 19-22B, and part of 8, 18B. As far as we know, Baronius was the first to print others which Gratian did not accept (Br {4} 12, 1607, 149-150; ed. Theiner 18, 1869, 343-344). Twelve more follow in the Roman edition (Rm {5} 4, 1612, 16- 17), where a complete text of the canons may be found. We have examined all the canons in the following: Bn {6} 3/2 (1618) 464-465; ER {7} 27 (1644) 37-43; S. Baluze, in P. de Marca, Dissertationum de concordia sacerdotii et imperii ...libri II Paris l663, 363 (=BdM); LC10 {8} (l67l) 896-900; Hrd {9} 6/2 (1714) 1111-1114; Cl {10} 12 (1730) 1333-1337; E. Martene and U. Durand, in Veterum scriptorum et monumentorum ... collectio, VII Paris 1733, 68-69, four canons only (= MD); Msi {11} 2 (1748) 355-358; Msi 21 (1776) 281-286; G.H. Pertz, in MGH {12}, Leges in f.ø, II/2 Hanover 1837, 182-183 (= Pertz); PL 163 (1854) 1361-1365; L. Weiland, in MGH, Const., I Hanover 1893, 574-576 (= MGH)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The text of the canons presents some difficulties. Bn 2, ER, LC, Hrd, Cl and Msi must have printed the same text as that used by Rm (though with some differences). This commonly accepted version, which we call B, consists of 22 canons and seems to derive from two manuscript codices (not from Rm, since this has the different readings). In addition, seven canons (2, 5, 10-11, 13, 15, 17) printed by Br seem to relate to B, even though they often do not agree with 13 in their readings. A second version of the canons, \"from an ancient manuscript codex of the monastery of Aniane\", which is now in the Bibliotheque Nationale in Paris, was published by BdM. The order of the canons in it, and often the readings, are different from B; moreover six canons (11 and the last five, 18-22B) are missing and two (15-16) are completely different from B. Regarding this other version, which we call alpha, MD published four canons (6, 12, 15- 16) \"from a manuscript of the marquis of Laubes\", and Pertz published sixteen canons (15 and 18-22B are missing, in place of which are what appear to be two rubrics) from Vienna MS. Codex of Canon Law 91 (now 2178). Migne transcribed the text of Pertz. LC took several readings of (alpha and included them in B[eta] as variant readings. Finally, the text printed by Msi \"from a Pistoia codex of canons\", as well as the order of canons in it, appear similar to alpha; although canons 15-16 are preserved according to the B text and 18-19 are added to B. If alpha is earlier than B, then the text of Msi seems to date from an earlier time and to have been corrected occasionally from B; therefore we conclude that this text belongs to alpha."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We believe the (alpha version is older than B[eta].For, the canons from alpha(except ll-12, 15-17) are mentioned in Simeon of Durham's \"Historia Regum\" {13} (= S), which is contemporaneous. This point has not been noticed by scholars. In addition, Gratian's Decrees ascribe the last 5 canons to the earlier pontificate of Urban II (1088-99) and not to the time of Lateran I, as Br noted; therefore alpha seems right to omit these five canons. The document on which Br and possibly Rm depend is a Vatican codex \"which contains the Collection of Anselm [of Lucca], in which the canons of this council are included as an appendix after chapter 55\". Maybe, therefore, our B should be attributed to this peculiar version in Anselm of Lucca's text. Certainly all the known manuscript codices are related to alpa, so far as we are aware {14}, including the 12th century Vatican Reginensis lat. 987 (= R), which was the first to be examined by us. We think that little confidence can be placed in MGH, which is the only critical edition so far made. Its editor, Weiland, divided the sources into three groups: the \"Parisian\", more correctly called the \"Roman\"- the Pistoian codex; and the codices used by BdM and Pertz. But he completely ignored the similarities between the three groups, and in the end collated only the two sources of the third group, omitting for no reason canon 17. We have collated together R and all the other editions, and have prepared our text with the alpha version as the basis. We think that R and BdM are the most reliable sources. We have relegated the alternative version of canons 15-16 to a footnote, and the last five canons to an appendix. We have not used the MGH text except in a few instances. There is a preface to the canons in R, S, BdM and Msi vol 1, but we do not reproduce it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "BIBLIOGRAPHY H-L 5/1 (1912) 630-634; DThC 8/2 (1925) 2628-2637; DDrC 6 (1957) 344-346; LThK 6 (vol 2 1961) 815-816; NCE 8 (1967) 406; HC 3 (1980) 401-402; U. Robert, Histoire du pape Calixte II, Paris-Besancon 1891, 162-177, A. Hauck, Die Rezeption und Umbildung der allgemeinen Synode im Mittelalter, Historische Vierteljahrschrifl 10 (1907) 468 ff.; G. Meyer von Knonau, Jahrbucher des deutschen Reiches . . ., VII Leipzig 1909, 228-239; G Tangl, Die Teilnehmer an den allgemeinen Konzilien des Mittelalters, Weimar 1922, 196-205; H. J. Schroeder, Disciplinary Decrees of the General Councils, St. Louis, Mo. —London 1937, 177-194; A. Eliche, La reforme gregorienne et la reconquete chretienne (Histoire de l'Eglise 8), Paris 1950, 390-393; G. Eranzen, L'ecclesiologie des conciles medievaux, in Le concile, 125-141; R Eoreville, Latran I, II, III et Latran IV (Histoire des Conciles 6), Paris 1965; M. Mollat and P. Tombeur, Les conciles Latran I a Latran IV: Concordance, index, listes de frequence, tables comparatives (Conciles oecumeniques medievaux 1), Louvain 1974."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Canons"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Following the examples of the holy fathers and renewing them as we are bound by our office, by the authority of the apostolic see we altogether forbid anyone to be ordained or promoted in the church of God for money. If anyone indeed should have been ordained or promoted in the church in such a fashion, let him be utterly deprived of the office acquired. {15}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. {16} We absolutely forbid those excommunicated by their own bishops to be received into communion by other bishops, abbots and clergy {17}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. {18} No one may consecrate as a bishop someone who is not canonically elected. If anyone should presume to do this, let both consecrator and consecrated be deposed {19} beyond hope of restoration."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. {20} Absolutely no archdeacon, archpriest {21}, provost or dean {22} may grant to anyone the care of souls or prebends in a church without the decision or consent of the bishop. Rather, as it is constituted by the holy canons, let the care of souls and the dispensing of ecclesiastical affairs remain in the decision and power of the bishop. Indeed, if anyone presumes to do something against this, or to claim for himself the power which pertains to the bishop, let him be banished from the bounds of the church"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. {23} The ordinations made by the heresiarch Burdinus {24}, after he was condemned by the Roman church, and whatever was afterwards done by pseudo-bishops ordained by him, we judge to be null and void."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6. {25} No one except a priest {26} may be ordained to the office of provost, archpriest or dean; no one except a deacon may be ordained to the office of archdeacon. {27} {28}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7. {29} We absolutely forbid priests, deacons or subdeacons to live with concubines and wives, and to cohabit with other women, except those whom the council of Nicaea permitted to dwell with them solely on account of necessity, namely a mother, sister, paternal or maternal aunt, or other such persons, about whom no suspicion could justly arise"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8. {30} We further resolve, in accordance with the statute of the most blessed pope Stephen, that lay persons, however religious they may be, have no power to dispose of any ecclesiastical business; but following the apostolic canons, let the bishop have the care of all ecclesiastical matters, and let him manage them as in the sight of God. Therefore {31} if any prince or other lay person should arrogate to himself the disposition or donation {32} of ecclesiastical things or possessions, let him be regarded as sacrilegious."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9. {33} We prohibit unions between blood relatives, because both the divine and secular laws prohibit them. For, the divine laws not only cast out those doing this and their progeny but also call them accursed; the secular laws call such people disreputable and deprive them of inheritance. We, therefore, following our fathers, mark them with infamy and judge them to be infamous."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[crusades]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10. {34} To those who set out for Jerusalem and offer effective help towards the defence of the Christian people and overcoming the tyranny of the infidels, we grant the remission of their sins, and we place their houses and families and all their goods under the protection of blessed Peter and the Roman church, just as has been decreed by our lord pope Urban. Whoever dares to distrain or carry off their houses, families and goods, while they are on their way, shall be punished with excommunication. {35} Those who have put crosses on their clothes, with a view to journeying to Jerusalem or to Spain, and have later taken them off, we command by our apostolic authority to wear the crosses again and to complete the journey between this Easter and the following Easter. Otherwise, from that moment we cut them off from entry into church and forbid divine services in all their lands, apart from the baptism of infants and confessions for the dying."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11. {36} With the advice of our brothers and of the whole curia, and also with the wish and consent of the prefect, we order the abolition of that immoral practice hitherto obtaining with respect to the dead Porticani, so that the goods of Porticani dwellers dying without heirs are not to be dispersed against the wishes of those dying. This, however, is to the extent that the Porticani remain obedient and faithful to the Roman church and to us and our successors. {37}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12. {38} In accordance with the canons of the holy fathers, we absolutely forbid and prohibit the laity, under the penalty of anathema, to remove the offerings from the most sacred and revered altars of blessed Peter and of the Saviour and of St Mary Rotunda and of St Nicholas of Bari, of St Giles {39}, or from the altars or crosses of all the other churches. By {40} apostolic authority we forbid the fortification or taking hold of churches by {41} lay persons {42}. {43}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13. {44} Whoever knowingly makes or intentionally spends counterfeit money shall be separated from the communion of the faithful as one accursed, an oppressor of the poor and a disturber of the state."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14. {45} If anyone tries to attack pilgrims to Rome and foreigners {46} visiting the shrines of the apostles and the oratories of other saints, or to rob them of the things they bring, or to trouble merchants {47} with new exactions of tolls and fees, let him be deprived of Christian communion until he makes reparation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15. {48} We confirm, with the authority of the holy Spirit, whatever has been determined by the Roman pontiffs our predecessors concerning the peace and truce of God or arson or the public highways."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Msi (as canon 14) and B (as canon 13) have a different text namely"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If anyone should violate a truce, he is to be admonished up to three times by the bishop to make reparation. If he acts in contempt of the third admonition to make reparation, the bishop, either with the counsel of the metropolitan {49} or with two or one of the neighbouring bishops, shall declare the sentence of anathema on the rebel, and denounce him in writing to the bishops all around"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16. {50} Following in the footsteps of the holy fathers, we order by general decree, that monks be subject to their own bishops {51} with all humility, and show due obedience and devoted submission to them in all things, as if to masters and shepherds of the church of God. They may not celebrate masses in public anywhere. Moreover, let them completely abstain from public visitations of the sick, from anointings and even from hearing confessions, for these things in no way pertain to their calling. Indeed, in the churches where their ministry is recognized, they may only have priests who were ordained by their own bishop, to whom they will answer for the care of souls which they have assumed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Pertz there is only \"We absolutely forbid anointings and visits to the sick and public masses by monks\" and then : \"The examples of Leo to Dioscorus, that on the day of the resurrection there may be a Levitical and a sacerdotal ordination, ch 19. That on Sunday morning, continuing the fast of Saturday, there can be an ordination, ch 20\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Msi (as canon 18) and B (as canon 17) have a different text, namely :"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We forbid abbots and monks to give public penances, to visit the sick, to perform anointings and to chant public masses. They shall receive chrism, holy oil, consecrations of altars and ordinations of clerics from the bishops in whose dioceses they reside."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17. {52} In our desire to preserve in peace, by the grace of God, the possessions of the holy Roman church, we strictly forbid, under pain of anathema, any military {53} person to presume to seize or hold by force Benevento, the city of blessed Peter. If anyone should dare otherwise, he shall be bound by the chain of anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The remaining canons are missing in alpha, and Msi has canons 18-19 together with canon 16. The first part of this canon (Priests ... pertain to the bishop) may belong to canon 16 (B)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18. Priests are to be appointed to parish churches by the bishops, to whom they shall answer for the care of souls and for those matters which pertain to the bishop. They may not receive tithes or churches from lay persons without the consent and wish of the bishops; and if they presume to do otherwise, they shall be subject to the canonical penalty. {54}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19. We allow the service which monasteries and their churches have paid from the time of {55} pope Gregory VII until now. We altogether forbid abbots and monks to have the possessions of churches and bishops by a thirty {56} years provision. {57}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20. Having in mind the examples in the traditions of the fathers, and discharging the duty of our pastoral office, we decree that churches and what belongs to them, both persons and possessions, namely clerics, monks and their lay brothers, as well as those who come to pray and what they bring with them, are to be under protection and not be harmed. If anyone dares to act contrary to this and after recognizing his villainy, has not properly made amends within the space of thirty days, let him be banished from the bounds of the church and be smitten with the sword of anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21. We absolutely forbid priests, deacons, subdeacons and monks to have concubines or to contract marriages. We adjudge, as the sacred canons have laid down, that marriage contracts between such persons should be made void and the persons ought to undergo penance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22. We condemn the alienations which have been made everywhere, especially by Otto {58}, Jeremias, and perhaps Philip {59}, of the property of the exarchate of Ravenna. Moreover, we declare in general to be invalid the alienations made in whatever fashion by all persons, whether they were intruded or were canonically elected in the name of a bishop or an abbot, who should be consecrated in accordance with the usage of his own church, and the ordinations conferred by them without the consent of the clergy of the church or through simony. We also forbid absolutely that any cleric should presume to alienate in any way his prebend or any ecclesiastical benefice. Any such action in the past or the future shall be invalid and subject to canonical penalty.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Notes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1 There are no surviving acts of the council. On the number of fathers, see K.J. Hefele, Histoire des conciles d'apres les documents originaux, trans. and continued by H. Leclerq, 11 vols. 1907-1952., 5/1, 631 n. 2; and also Simeon of Durham Opera Omnia ..., II ed. T. Arnold (Rolls series 75), London 1885, 272; Annali genovesi di Caffaro ..., ed. L. Belgrano (Fonti per las storia d'Italia 11), I Rome- Genoa 1890, 19"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2 See Gerhoh of Reichersberg, Libellus de ordine donorum sancti Spiritus, ed. E. Sackur, in Monumenta Germaniae Historica, Hannover and Berlin 1826-, Libelli, III Hanover 1897, 280; see also Hefele 5/1, 631"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3 See also canon 10 on the recovery of the holy Land, and canons 14-15 on peace among Christians."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4 C. Baronius (continued by O. Raynaldi), Anales ecclesiastici, ed. J. D. Mansi, 38 vols. Lucca 1728-1759)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5 Ton hagion iokoumenikon synodon tes katholikes ekklesias apanta. Concilia generalia Ecclesiae catholicae [Editio Romana], 4 vols. Rome 1608-1612."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6 S. Binius, Concilia generalia et provincialia ..., 5 vols. Cologne 1609; 9 vols. ibid [ed. 2] . 1618; 11 vols. Paris[ed. 3] 1636."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7 Conciliorum omnium generalium et provincialium collectio [Editio Regia], 37 vols. Paris 1644."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8 P. Labbe and G. Cossart, Sacrosancta concilia ad regiam editionem exacta quae nunc quarta parte prodit auctior studio Philippi Labbei et Gabrielis Cossartii ..., 17 vols. Paris 1671-1672"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9 J. Hardouin, Conciliorum collectio regia maxima ad p. Philippi Labbei et p. Gabrielis Cossartii e Societate Jesu labores haud modica accessione facta et emendationibus pluribus additis ..., 12 vols. Paris 1714-1715"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10 N. Coleti, Sacrosancta concilia ad regiam editionem exacta quae olim quarta parte prodiit ... longe locupletior et emendatior exhibeture ..., 23 vols. Venice 1728-1733"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11 J. D. Mansi (continued by J.B. Martin and L. Petit), Sacrorum conciliorum nova et amplissima collectio ..., 53 vols. Florence, Venice, Paris and Leipzig 1759-1927"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12 in Monumenta Germaniae Historica, Hannover and Berlin 1826-,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13 See Simeon and Durham., Opera Omnia ..., II 270-272"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14 We have not seen Olmutz Chapter Codex 205; see Pertz, Archiv 10 (1849) 682."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15 Council of Toulouse (1119), canon 1 (Msi 21, 226); ch. 10 C. I q. 1 (Fr 1, 360); see Schroeder 179 n. 4"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16 Canon 3 in Msi, 9 in B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17 See council of Melfi (1089), canon 15 (Msi 20, 724)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18 Canon 2 in Msi, 10 in B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19 condemned Pertz"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20 Canon 5 in Msi, 7 in B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21 priest Msi"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22 deacon Msi"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23 Canon 9 in Msi, 6 in B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24 Maurice Burdinus, antipope Gregory VIII (1118-1121)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25 Canon 4 in Msi, 2 in B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26 or a deacon added in alpha except S"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27 Council of Toulouse (119), canon 2 (Msi 21, 226);"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28 no one ... deacon omitted in Pertz"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "29 Canon 3 in B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "30 Canon 6 in Msi, 4 in B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "31 included in canon 9 in Pertz"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "32 domination in Pertz and variant reading in B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "33 Canon 8 in Msi, 5 in B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "34 Canon 12 in Msi, 12 in B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "35 included in canon 13 in Msi, Pertz"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "36 Omitted in R S BdM; canon 12 in B, 14 in Pertz"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "37 This, however ... our successors omitted in Baronius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "38 Omitted in S; Canon 11 in BdM, 14 in B, 15 in Msi vol 1"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "39 and of St Nicholas ... St Giles omitted in Msi 1 B."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "40 included in canon 12 in B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "41 omitted in B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "42 omitted in B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "43 by ... persons omitted in E. Martene and U. Durand, Thesaurus novus anecdotorum seu collectio monumentorum ..., 5 vols. Paris 1717."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "44 Canon 16 in Msi, 15 in B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "45 Canon 17 in Msi, 16 in B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "46 or merchants added in R, BdM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "47 omitted in R, BdM, B (in B as variant reading)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "48 Omitted in S, Pertz"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "49 with ...metropolitan] the metropolitan Br and variant reading in B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "50 Omitted in S;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "51 omitted in R"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "52 Omitted in S; Canon 10 in Msi, 11 in Pertz, 8 in B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "53 omitted in Baronius and variant reading in B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "54 and if ... penalty omitted in Msi; see canon 19"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "55 holy (?saint) added in Msi"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "56 3 years Msi"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "57 But if they presume to do otherwise they shall be subject to canonical penalty added in Msi"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "58 Atto variant reading in B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "59 dissident archbishops of the church of Ravenna in 12th century"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction and translation taken from Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils, ed. Norman P. Tanner"
            }
          ],
          "witnesses": [
            {
              "label": "Concilia Oecumenica — Documenta et Acta, local source volume",
              "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
              "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
              "format": "pdf"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "council-source-corpus",
      "council": 10,
      "title": "Lateran II — council-level source corpus",
      "type": "Council-level source corpus",
      "date": "",
      "scope": "council-level-corpus",
      "sourceStatus": "Readable English extraction from a local council source volume; not document-level segmentation and not an aligned parallel edition.",
      "sourceVerification": "Unambiguous council heading and next-council boundary verified during the 3.50 reconciliation build.",
      "sourceVolumeSha256": "be506158a70af600f5575e554ae28c62088fc575aa3e0c3339bec036af8530de",
      "languages": {
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
          "format": "pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "SECOND LATERAN COUNCIL (1139)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Canons"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Lent of 1139 a general council was summoned by Pope Innocent II and held in the Lateran basilica {1}. As we know, the synod had been convoked the previous year; for the papal legates in England and Spain pressed the bishops and abbots to go to the council. Thus, a good number of fathers, at least five hundred, met in Rome. One of these came from the East, the patriarch of Antioch, but he was a Latin. With the pope presiding the council began on 2 April and it seems to have ended before 17 April, as far as we can judge from the sources."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This council is called \"general\" in the records and more frequently \"plenary\" by Innocent himself. However, there is a doubt as to its ecumenicity for the same reasons that affect Lateran I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Roman church, which for a long time had been divided in its obedience between Innocent II (1130-1143) and Anacletus II (1130- 1138), seems to have overcome schism and factionalism, and indeed to have recovered its peace. This was due to the death of Anacletus in 1138 and the efforts of Bernard of Clairvaux, who had fought with the utmost zeal on behalf of Innocent for the restoration of unity. But Innocent, perhaps upset by the agreements which Anacletus had arrived at, vigorously cited and condemned Anacletus' part in the evil affair {2}, an action which seems to have provoked a complaint from Bernard."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Some heretics were also condemned by the fathers, namely those who followed the monk Henry, and canons were enacted concerning the reform of the church. The pope and the council fathers, following the example and mind of Pope Gregory VII, took up a good many canons which had been established by previous councils, with a view to restoring ecclesiastical discipline to an unblemished state. They furnish a sort of body of precepts for the whole church, taken from councils in the times of Gregory VII (canon 10), Urban II (canons 3, 21-22), Callistus II (canons 3, 7, 23-25) and especially Innocent II (canons 1, 4-7, 9-12, 14-20). Gratian included many of them shortly afterwards in his Decrees (canons 2, 4-6, 8, 19-21, 26-28 and parts of 7, 10, 12, 15-16, 18, 22). Orderic Vitalis, however, was sceptical about their effectiveness in practice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Baronius was the first to print the thirty canons (Annales ecclesiastici 12,1607, 277-280), having taken them from two manuscript codices (\"a register of the Vatican library and a Vatican codex of decrees\"). The Roman editors shortly after produced a more accurate version (Rm {3} 4, 1612, 21 -23), from \"manuscript codices of the Vatican library and of Anthony Augustine of Tarragona\"; this was copied by all later editions, as we have verified, though with some errors. These later editions are as follows: Bn2 {4} 3/2 (1618) 487- 489; ER {5} 17 (1644) 123-133; LC {6} 10 (1671) 1002-1009; Hrd {7} 6/2 (1714) 1207-1214; Cl {8} 12 (1730) 1497-1507;Msi {9} 21 (1776) 526-533.The canon which E. Martene and U. Durand published (Thesaurus novus anecdotorum, IV, Paris 1717, 139-140) as being \"omitted in the editions, from a manuscript of St Vincent of Bisignano\", is in fact the same as canons 15 and 30. Having collated together all these editions, we have followed the text of the Roman edition."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Canons"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. We decree that if anyone has been ordained simoniacally, he is to forfeit entirely the office which he illicitly usurped."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. If anyone has acquired, through payment, a prebend, priory, deanery or any ecclesiastical honour or preferment, or a holy thing of the church of any kind, such as chrism or holy oil, or the consecrations of altars or churches, where the execrable passion of avarice has been the motive, let him be deprived of the honour which he wrongly acquired, and let the buyer and seller and intermediary be stigmatised with the mark of infamy. And let nothing be demanded for sustenance or under the pretext of any custom from anyone before or afterwards, nor should the person himself presume to give anything, since this is simony; but let him enjoy freely and without any diminution the dignity and benefice which has been conferred on him"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. We utterly prohibit those who have been excommunicated by their bishops to be received by others. Indeed, whoever knowingly presumes to communicate someone who has been excommunicated, before he is absolved by the one who excommunicated him, is to be held liable to the same sentence."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. We also enjoin that bishops as well as clergy take pains to be pleasing to God and to humans in both their interior and exterior comportment. Let them give no offence in the sight of those for whom they ought to be a model and example, by the excess, cut or colour of their clothes, nor with regard to the tonsure, but rather, as is fitting for them, let them exhibit holiness. If after a warning from the bishops they are unwilling to change their ways, let them be deprived of their ecclesiastical benefices."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. We enjoin that what was laid down in the sacred council of Chalcedon be rigidly adhered to, namely, that the goods of deceased bishops are not to be seized by anyone at all, but are to remain freely at the disposal of the treasurer and the clergy for the needs of the church and the succeeding incumbent. Therefore, from now on, let that detestable and wicked rapacity cease. Furthermore, if anyone dares to attempt this behaviour henceforth, he is to be excommunicated. And those who despoil the goods of dying priests or clerics are to be subject to the same sentence."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6. We also decree that those in the orders of subdeacon and above who have taken wives or concubines are to be deprived of their position and ecclesiastical benefice. For since they ought to be in fact and in name temples of God, vessels of the Lord and sanctuaries of the holy Spirit, it is unbecoming that they give themselves up to marriage and impurity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7. Adhering to the path trod by our predecessors, the Roman pontiffs Gregory VII, Urban and Paschal, we prescribe that nobody is to hear the masses of those whom he knows to have wives or concubines. Indeed, that the law of continence and the purity pleasing to God might be propagated among ecclesiastical persons and those in holy orders, we decree that where bishops, priests, deacons, subdeacons, canons regular, monks and professed lay brothers have presumed to take wives and so transgress this holy precept, they are to be separated from their partners. For we do not deem there to be a marriage which, it is agreed, has been contracted against ecclesiastical law. Furthermore, when they have separated from each other, let them do a penance commensurate with such outrageous behaviour."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8. We decree that the selfsame thing is to apply also to women religious if, God forbid, they attempt to marry."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9. Moreover, the evil and detestable practice has grown, so we understand, whereby monks and canons regular, after receiving the habit and making their profession, are learning civil law and medicine with a view to temporal gain, in scornful disregard of the rules of their blessed teachers Benedict and Augustine. In fact, burning with the fire of avarice, they make themselves the advocates of suits; and since they have to neglect the psalmody and hymns, placing their trust in the power of fine rhetoric instead, they confuse what is right and what is wrong, justice and iniquity, by reason of the variety of their arguments. But the imperial constitutions testify that it is truly absurd and reprehensible for clerics to want to be experts in the disputes of law courts. We decree by apostolic authority that lawbreakers of this kind are to be severely punished. There are also those who, neglecting the care of souls, completely ignore their state in life, promise health in return for hateful money and make themselves healers of human bodies. And since an immodest eye manifests an immodest heart, religion ought to have nothing to do with those things of which virtue is ashamed to speak. Therefore, we forbid by apostolic authority this practice to continue, so that the monastic order and the order of canons may be preserved without stain in a state of life pleasing to God, in accord with their holy purpose. Furthermore, bishops, abbots and priors who consent to and fail to correct such an outrageous practice are to be deprived of their own honours and kept from the thresholds of the church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10. We prohibit, by apostolic authority, that the tithes of churches be possessed by lay people where canonical authority shows these were assigned for religious purposes. For whether they accept them from bishops or kings, or any person whatsoever, let them know that they are committing the crime of sacrilege and incurring the threat of eternal damnation, unless they hand them back to the church. We also direct that lay people who are in possession of churches must either restore them to the bishops or become subject to excommunication. We reiterate our decision that nobody is to hold the office of archdeacon or dean unless he is ordained deacon or priest; and archdeacons, deans or provosts who are without these orders are to be deprived of the honour they have received, if through disobedience they refuse to be ordained. Moreover, we forbid the aforesaid honours to be conferred on youths or those not yet in sacred orders; let them be conferred rather on those who are outstanding in prudence and integrity of life. We also enjoin that churches are not to be entrusted to hired priests and that each and every church with sufficient means is to have its own priest"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11. We also prescribe that priests, clerics, monks, pilgrims, merchants and peasants, in their coming and going and their work on the land, and the animals with which they plough and carry seeds to the fields, and their sheep {10}, be left in peace at all times."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12. We decree that the truce {11} is to be inviolably observed by all from sunset on Wednesday until sunrise on Monday, and from Advent until the octave of the Epiphany, and from Quinquagesima until the octave of Easter. If anyone tries to break the truce, and he does not comply after the third warning, let his bishop pronounce sentence of excommunication on him, and communicate his decision in writing to the neighbouring bishops. Moreover let none of the bishops receive into communion the excommunicated person, but rather let each confirm the sentence received in writing. If anyone presumes to infringe this, he will do so at the risk of his position. Since a threefold cord is not quickly broken, we enjoin bishops, having regard for God alone and the salvation of the people, and laying aside all timidity, to furnish each other with mutual counsel and help towards firmly maintaining peace, and not to omit this duty by reason of any affection or aversion. For if anyone is found to be lukewarm in this work of God, let him incur the loss of his dignity"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13. Furthermore, we condemn that practice accounted despicable and blameworthy by divine and human laws, denounced by Scripture in the old and new Testaments, namely, the ferocious greed of usurers; and we sever them from every comfort of the church, forbidding any archbishop or bishop, or an abbot of any order whatever or anyone in clerical orders, to dare to receive usurers, unless they do so with extreme caution; but let them be held infamous throughout their whole lives and, unless they repent, be deprived of a Christian burial."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14. We entirely forbid, moreover, those abominable jousts and tournaments in which knights come together by agreement and rashly engage in showing off their physical prowess and daring, and which often result in human deaths and danger to souls. If any of them dies on these occasions, although penance and viaticum are not to be denied him when he requests them, he is to be deprived of a church burial."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15. In the same way we have decided to legislate that if anyone, at the instigation of the devil, incurs the guilt of the following sacrilege, that is, to lay violent hands on a cleric or a monk, he is to be subject to the bond of anathema; and let no bishop presume to absolve such a person unless he is in immediate danger of death, until he has been presented before the apostolic See and submits to its decision. We also prescribe that nobody dare to lay hands on those who flee to a church or cemetery. If anyone does this, let him be excommunicated."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16. It is undoubtedly the case that since ecclesiastical honours depend not on blood-relationships but on merit, and since the church of God awaits successors not on the basis of any right of inheritance, nor according to the flesh, it requires virtuous, wise and devout persons for its administration and the distribution of its offices. Therefore we prohibit, by apostolic authority, anyone to exercise a claim over or to demand, by hereditary right, churches, prebends, provostships, chaplaincies or any ecclesiastical offices. If anyone, unjustly and guilty of ambition, dares to attempt this, he will be duly punished and deprived of the object of his suit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17. With good reason we entirely prohibit unions within the bounds of consanguinity; for the teachings of holy fathers and the holy church of God detest incestuous behaviour of this kind, which (under the influence of the enemy of the human race) is engaged in nowadays. Even the secular laws pronounce those born of such a union infamous, and refuse them the right of inheritance"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18. We completely detest and forbid, by the authority of God and the blessed apostles Peter and Paul, that most dreadful, devastating and malicious crime of incendiarism For this pernicious and inimical calamity surpasses all other kinds of destruction. Nobody is unaware of the extent to which it is injurious to the people of God and the damage it brings to souls and bodies. It is necessary, therefore, to oppose it and to labour with all one's might, that so great a harm and danger be eradicated and suppressed for the sake of the people. If anyone, then, after the publication of this prohibition of ours, from some wicked design born of hate or vengeance, starts a fire or causes it to be started, or knowingly provides counsel or help to those starting one, let him be excommunicated. And when an arsonist dies, he is to be deprived of a Christian burial. Nor is he to be absolved unless, having first made reparation for the loss according to his means, he swears that he will never raise a fire again. Moreover, let him be given the penance of remaining a whole year in Jerusalem or Spain in the service of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19. If any archbishop or bishop relaxes this decree, he is to make restitution for the loss and abstain from his episcopal office for a year."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20. As is right, we do not deny to kings and princes the power to dispense justice, in consultation with the archbishops and bishops."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21. We decree that sons of priests are to be removed from the ministries of the sacred altar unless they are living religiously in monasteries or canonries."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22. Because there is one thing that conspicuously causes great disturbance to holy church, namely, false penance, we warn our brothers in the episcopate and priests not to allow the souls of the laity to be deceived or dragged off to hell by false penances. It is agreed that a penance is false when many sins are disregarded and a penance is performed for one only, or when it is done for one sin in such a way that the penitent does not renounce another. Thus it is written: Whoever keeps the whole law but fails in one point, has become guilty of all of it; this evidently pertains to eternal life. Therefore, just as a person who is entangled in all sins will not enter the gate of eternal life, so also if a person remains in one sin {12}. False penance also occurs when the penitent does not resign a position at a court or in business which cannot be carried on without sin, or if hate is harboured in his heart, or if the person does not make amends to whomever he offended, or if an injured party does not pardon the offender, or if anyone unjustly carries arms."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23. Those who, simulating a kind of religiosity, condemn"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—1. the sacrament of the Lord's body and blood, —2. the baptism of children, —3. the priesthood and other ecclesiastical orders, and —4. legitimate marriages,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "we expel from the church of God and condemn as heretics, and prescribe that they be constrained by the secular powers. We also bind up their defenders in the fetter of the same condemnation. {13}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24. We also prescribe that no sale-price is to be demanded for chrism, holy oil and burials."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25. If anyone receives provostships, prebends or other ecclesiastical benefices from the hand of a lay person, let him be deprived of the benefice unworthily received. For the decrees of the holy fathers state that lay people, no matter how devout they may be, have no power of disposal over ecclesiastical property."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26. We decree that the pernicious and detestable custom which has spread among some women who although they live neither according to the rule of blessed Benedict, nor Basil nor Augustine, yet wish to be thought of by everyone as nuns, is to be abolished. For when, living according to the rule in monasteries, they ought to be in church or in the refectory or dormitory in common, they build for themselves their own retreats and private dwelling-places where, under the guise of hospitality, indiscriminately and without any shame they receive guests and secular persons contrary to the sacred canons and good morals. Because everyone who does evil hates the light, these women think that, hidden in the tabernacle of the just {14}, they can conceal themselves from the eyes of the Judge who sees everything; so we prohibit in every way this unrighteous, hateful and disgraceful conduct and forbid it to continue under pain of anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27. In the same way, we prohibit nuns to come together with canons or monks in choir for the singing of the office."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28. Since the decrees of the fathers prohibit churches to be left vacant for more than three months, we forbid under anathema the canons of the episcopal see to exclude religious men from the election following on the death of the bishop; but let a virtuous and suitable person be elected as bishop with their advice. Because if an election is held with these religious persons excluded, where this is done without their knowledge and consent, it is null and void."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "29. We prohibit under anathema that murderous art of crossbowmen and archers, which is hateful to God, to be employed against Christians and Catholics from now on."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "30. We render void the ordinances enacted by Peter Leoni and other schismatics and heretics, and deem them null."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Notes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. There are no surviving acts of the council and very little can be surmised from the records and chronicles. The sources are collected in Hefele, Histoire des conciles d'apres les documents originaux, trans. and continued by H. Leclerq 1907-52., 5/1, 721-722; but see also, Bernhardi Jahrbuecher der deutschen Geschichte, I Leipzig 1883, 154-160."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. his earlier name was Peter Pierleoni. See canon 30"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. Ton hagion iokoumenikon synodon tes katholikes ekklesias apanta. Concilia generalia Ecclesiae catholicae [Editio Romana], 4 vols. Rome 1608-1612."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. Binius, Concilia generalia et provincialia ..., 5 vols. Cologne 1609; 9 vols. ibid [ed. 2] . 1618; 11 vols. Paris[ed. 3] 1636"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. Conciliorum omnium generalium et provincialium collectio [Editio Regia], 37 vols. Paris 1644"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6. P. Labbe and G. Cossart, Sacrosancta concilia ad regiam editionem exacta quae nunc quarta parte prodit auctior studio Philippi Labbei et Gabrielis Cossartii ..., 17 vols. Paris 1671-1672"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7. Hardouin, Conciliorum collectio regia maxima ad p. Philippi Labbei et p. Gabrielis Cossartii e Societate Jesu labores haud modica accessione facta et emendationibus pluribus additis ..., 12 vols. Paris 1714-1715"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8. N. Coleti, Sacrosancta concilia ad regiam editionem exacta quae olim quarta parte prodiit ... longe locupletior et emendatior exhibeture ..., 23 vols. Venice 1728-1733"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9. J. D. Mansi (continued by J.B. Martin and L. Petit), Sacrorum conciliorum nova et amplissima collectio ..., 53 vols. Florence, Venice, Paris and Leipzig 1759-1927"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10. and the animals ... sheep omitted in Baronius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11. of God added in Baronius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12. Therefore ... sin omitted in Baronius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13. Cathars"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14. of the just variant reading in Rm Bn, of the unjust others"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction and translation taken from Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils, ed. Norman P. Tanner"
            }
          ],
          "witnesses": [
            {
              "label": "Concilia Oecumenica — Documenta et Acta, local source volume",
              "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
              "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
              "format": "pdf"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "council-source-corpus",
      "council": 11,
      "title": "Lateran III — council-level source corpus",
      "type": "Council-level source corpus",
      "date": "",
      "scope": "council-level-corpus",
      "sourceStatus": "Readable English extraction from a local council source volume; not document-level segmentation and not an aligned parallel edition.",
      "sourceVerification": "Unambiguous council heading and next-council boundary verified during the 3.50 reconciliation build.",
      "sourceVolumeSha256": "be506158a70af600f5575e554ae28c62088fc575aa3e0c3339bec036af8530de",
      "languages": {
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
          "format": "pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THIRD LATERAN COUNCIL (1179)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Canons"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By an agreement reached at Venice in 1177, the bitter conflict which had arisen about twenty years earlier between Pope Alexander III (1159-1181) and Emperor Frederick I (1152-1190) was brought to an end. For when Pope Hadrian IV had died in 1159, the cardinals elected two popes together, namely Roland of Siena, who took the name of Alexander III, and Octavian of Rome who though he was nominated by fewer cardinals, nevertheless with the support of the emperor Frederick usurped the name of Pope Victor IV. The emperor, wishing to remove everything which stood in the way of his authority in Italy, declared war upon the Italian states and especially the Roman church which after its struggle for ecclesiastical liberty for so many years, was enjoying great authority. The emperor carried on the war for a long time. A serious schism had arisen out of this conflict, and after Victor IV two antipopes were nominated in opposition to Alexander III, namely Paschal III (1164-1168) and Callistus III (1168-1178). At last, when Alexander had gained the victory, he promised the emperor at Venice that he would summon a general council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The particular object of this council was to put an end to the schism within the church and the quarrel between the emperor and the papacy. It was summoned by Pope Alexander in 1178, \"so that according to the custom of the ancient fathers, the good should be sought and confirmed by many, and that with the cooperation of the grace of the holy Spirit, by the efforts of all, there should be carried out what was required for the correction of abuses and the establishment of what was pleasing to God\". The council was held at Rome in March 1179. About three hundred fathers assembled from the provinces of Europe and some from the Latin east, and a single legate from the Greek church. It began on 5 March, according to Archbishop William of Tyre, our chief authority. The bishops first heard Rufinus, bishop of Assisi, who in a highly polished address praised the Roman pontiff and the Roman church, \"that church to which alone belongs the decision and power to summon a general council, to lay down new canons and cancel the old; indeed, though the fathers had summoned a solemn council many times in the past, yet the obligation and reason to do this was never more expedient than at the present\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We do not have the same reasons for doubting the ecumenical nature of this council as we have for Lateran I and II. For, the way in which the council was summoned and conducted by the pope, and the number of fathers who gathered from the whole Latin world and devoted their efforts to strengthening the unity of the church and condemning heretics, resemble rather the ancient councils than Lateran I and II and exemplify the typical council of the Middle Ages presided over by the Roman pontiff. For this reason it is not surprising that chronicles of the period frequently refer to this council as Lateran I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although we do not possess the acts of the council, we have evidence from chronicles and annals and especially from the canons which the fathers laid down in the final session on 19 March. Accordingly, to avoid future schisms it was first laid down that nobody was to be regarded as Roman pontiff unless he had been elected by two thirds of the cardinals (canon 1) ; all appointments by antipopes were deemed invalid (canon 2), heretics called Cathars were excommunicated and likewise were the bands of mercenaries, or rather criminals, which were causing utter destruction in some parts of Europe; it was declared, and this seems an innovation, that arms should be taken up against them (canon 27) ; it was also decided not to pass judgment about the preaching of the Waldensians. All this seems to have been directed to strengthening the unity of the church. In addition, Alexander III and the fathers, renewing the precedent of Lateran I and II, laid down several canons for the reform of the church and some concerning morals and civil affairs."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The canons of this council played a notable part in the future government of the church. They were frequently included in the collections of decretals compiled in the late 12th and early 13th century, and afterwards all were inserted into Pope Gregory IX's Decretals. Walter Holtzmann and other scholars considered that these decretal collections in fact arose from this Lateran council and its canons. Certainly the canons, unlike those of Lateran I and II and many preceding councils, appear to have been worked out by an excellent legal mind so that it is probable they were composed under the authority of Alexander III himself, who was an expert lawyer. The canons, except for those which refer to Lateran II or the council of Rheims in 1148 (see canons 2, 11, 20-22) or to Gratian's Decrees (see canons 1-4, 7, 11, 13-14, 17-18), are new and original."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The tradition of the canons has not yet been adequately examined and remains very uncertain. Many manuscript codices survive for this council (in contrast to Lateran I and II). However, they do not seem to give us the version of the canons which was confirmed by ecclesiastical authority and which Archbishop William of Tyre, with the authority of the fathers, had himself drawn up. Frequently the canons are to be found in chronicles and decretal collections. They are included in four contemporary English chronicles: those of Abbot Benedict of Peterborough, Gervase of Canterbury, William of Newburgh, and Roger of Hoveden. And in the following collections of decretals: the collection called the Appendix of the Lateran council, the collections of Bamberg, Berlin I, Canterbury I- II, Kassel, Cheltenham, Claudian, Cotton, Dertosa, Douai, Durham, Eberbach, Erlangen, Florian, Klosterneuberg, Leipzig, Oriel II, Paris I, Peterhouse, Rochester, Sangerman, and Tanner; and there are a considerable number of collections still to be examined. The canons are also contained in the book called \"Rommersdorfer Briefbuch\", the Cartulary of Rievaulx, and the codices Florence Ricc. 288 (Day-book), Innsbruck Univ. 90 (Gratian's Decrees), and (which seem to have been unnoticed hitherto) Vatican Regin. lat. 596, 12th century (fos. 6V-8v), and 984, 12th century (fos. 2r-7v). We can say for certain that the canons of the council were spread abroad through the whole Latin church, and were of great weight in its concerns and transactions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The first printed edition was made by Cr2 (2, 1551, 836-843). He edited, from a manuscript now lost or unknown, the whole collection known as the Appendix of the Lateran council, which is divided into fifty parts; all 27 canons of Lateran III are in the first part. This text was copied by Su (3, 1567, 626-633) and Bn (3, 1606, 1345-1350), though Su introduced some errors. Bn who was the first to give the name \"Appendix of the Lateran council\" to the collection, added some variant readings and rubrics which he had found in the chronicle of Roger of Hoveden. The Roman editors (Rm 4, 1612, 27-33), using also the manuscript codex of Antonio Augustine of Tarragona, produced a more accurate text and more variant readings. Later editions, all of which we have examined, followed the Roman text, narnely:ER27 (1644) 439-463;LC10 (1671) 1507-1523;Hrd 6 (1714) 1673-1684; Cl 13 (1730) 416-432; Msi 22 (1778) 217-233. Boehmer, who published his edition in 1747, before Msi, is an exception. He took the canons from the Kassel collection of decretals, where the order and some readings are different. Finally Herold, in his unpublished Bonn dissertation of 1952, examined thoroughly the whole tradition and established the order of the canons; using 36 sources, he concluded there were 34 different traditions!"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As things now stand, it is impossible to use all the known sources for our edition. For, these sources reveal only a limited part of the whole tradition and, what is even more important, we do not yet understand the relations between the individual traditions. Even Herold has not examined these relations sufficiently. We have therefore preferred to publish the text of a single tradition, namely that of the Appendix of the Lateran council, using Cr2 and Rm as the best text of this tradition and including the variant readings listed in Rm. This \"Appendix\" is a good text, as even Herold's text (= H) shows. We have given Herold's variant readings in the critical apparatus, and we have noted in footnotes the order in which he places the 23 canons that he includes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Canons"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Although clear enough decrees have been handed down by our predecessors to avoid dissension in the choice of a sovereign pontiff, nevertheless in spite of these, because through wicked and reckless ambition the church has often suffered serious division, we too, in order to avoid this evil, on the advice of our brethren and with the approval of the sacred council, have decided that some addition must be made. Therefore we decree that if by chance, through some enemy sowing tares, there cannot be full agreement among the cardinals on a successor to the papacy, and though two thirds are in agreement a third party is unwilling to agree with them or presumes to appoint someone else for itself, that person shall be held as Roman pontiff who has been chosen and received by the two thirds. But if anyone trusting to his nomination by the third party assumes the name of bishop, since he cannot take the reality, both he and those who receive him are to incur excommunication and be deprived of all sacred order, so that viaticum be denied them, except at the hour of death, and unless they repent, let them receive the lot of Dathan and Abiron, who were swallowed up alive by the earth. Further, if anyone is chosen to the apostolic office by less than two thirds, unless in the meantime he receives a larger support, let him in no way assume it, and let him be subject to the foresaid penalty if he is unwilling humbly to refrain. However, as a result of this decree, let no prejudice arise to the canons and other ecclesiastical constitutions according to which the decision of the greater and senior {1} part should prevail, because any doubt that can arise in them can be settled by a higher authority; whereas in the Roman church there is a special constitution, since no recourse can be had to a superior."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. Renewing the decision taken by our predecessor of happy memory, Innocent, we decree that the ordinances made by the heresiarchs Octavian {2} and Guido {3}, and also by John of Struma {4} who followed them, and by those ordained by them, are void; and furthermore that if any have received ecclesiastical dignities or benefices through the foresaid schismatics, they are to be deprived of them. Moreover alienations or seizures of ecclesiastical property, which have been made by these schismatics or by lay persons, are to lack all validity and are to return to the church without any burden to it. If anyone presumes to act against this, let him know that he is excommunicated. We decree that those who of their own accord have taken an oath to remain in schism are suspended from sacred orders and dignities."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. Since in holy orders and ecclesiastical ministries both maturity of age, a serious character and knowledge of letters should be required, much more should these qualities be required in a bishop, who is appointed for the care of others and ought to show in himself how others should live in the house of the Lord. Therefore, lest what has been done with regard to certain persons through the needs of the time should be taken as a precedent for the future, we declare by the present decree that no one should be chosen bishop unless he has already reached the age of thirty, been born in lawful wedlock and also is shown to be worthy by his life and learning. When he has been elected and his election has been confirmed, and he has the administration of ecclesiastical property, after the time has passed for the consecration of bishops as laid down by the canons let the person to whom the benefices which he held belong, have the free disposition of them. Further, with regard to the inferior ministries, for instance that of dean or archdeacon, and others which have the care of souls annexed, let no one at all receive them, or even the rule of parish churches, unless he has already reached his twenty-fifth year of age, and can be approved for his learning and character. When he has been nominated, if the archdeacon is not ordained deacon, and the deans (and the rest after due warning) are not ordained priests within the time fixed by the canons, let them be removed from that office and let it be conferred on another who is both able and willing to fulfill it properly; and let them not be allowed the evasion of recourse to an appeal, should they wish by an appeal to protect themselves against a transgression of the constitution. We order that this should be observed with regard to both past and future appointments, unless it is contrary to the canons. Certainly if clerics appoint someone contrary to this rule, let them know that they are deprived of the power of election and are suspended from ecclesiastical benefices for three years. For it is right that at least the strictness of ecclesiastical discipline should restrain those who are not recalled from evil by the fear of God. But if any bishop has acted in anyone's interest contrary to this decree, or has consented to such actions, let him lose the power of conferring the foresaid offices, and let these appointments be made by the chapter, or by the metropolitan if the chapter cannot agree."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. Since the apostle decided that he ought to support himself and those accompanying him by his own hands, so that he might remove the opportunity of preaching from false apostles and might not be burdensome to those to whom he was preaching, it is recognized that it is a very serious matter and calls for correction that some of our brethren and fellow bishops are so burdensome to their subjects in the procurations demanded that sometimes, for this reason, subjects are forced to sell church ornaments and a short hour consumes the food of many days. Therefore we decree that archbishops on their visitations of their dioceses are not to bring with them more than forty or fifty horses or other mounts, according to the differences of dioceses and ecclesiastical resources; cardinals should not exceed twenty or twenty-five, bishops are never to exceed twenty or thirty, archdeacons five or seven, and deans, as their delegates, should be satisfied with two horses. Nor should they set out with hunting dogs and birds, but they should proceed in such a way that they are seen to be seeking not their own but the things of Jesus Christ. Let them not seek rich banquets but let them receive with thanksgiving what is duly and suitably provided {5}. We also forbid bishops to burden their subjects with taxes and impositions. But we allow them, for the many needs which sometimes come upon them, if the cause be clear and reasonable, to ask for assistance moderated by charity. For since the apostle says children ought not to lay up for their parents, but parents for their children, it seems to be far removed from paternal affection if superiors are burdensome to their subjects, when like a shepherd they ought to cherish them in all their needs. Archdeacons or deans should not presume to impose charges or taxes on priests or clerics. Indeed, what has been said above by way of permission about the number of horses may be observed in those places where there are greater resources or revenues, but in poorer places we wish measure so to be observed that the visit of greater personages should not be a burden to the humbler, lest by such a grant those who were accustomed to use fewer horses should think that the widest powers have been granted to them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. If a bishop ordains someone as deacon or priest without a definite title from which he may draw the necessities of life, let the bishop provide him with what he needs until he shall assign him the suitable wages of clerical service in some church, unless it happens that the person ordained is in such a position that he can find the support of life from his own or family inheritance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6. A most reprehensible custom has become established in certain places whereby our brethren and fellow bishops and even archdeacons have passed sentence of excommunication or suspension, without any previous admonition on those who they think will lodge an appeal. Others too, while they fear the sentence and canonical discipline of a superior, lodge an appeal without any real grounds and thus make use of a means ordained for the help of the innocent as a defence of their own wrongdoing. Therefore to prevent prelates burdening their own subjects without reason, or subjects at their will being able to escape the correction of prelates under cover of an appeal, we lay down by this present decree that prelates should not pass sentence of suspension or excommunication without a previous canonical warning, unless the fault is such that by its nature it incurs the penalty of excommunication {6} , and that subjects should not recklessly have recourse to an appeal, contrary to ecclesiastical discipline, before the introduction of their case. But if anyone believes that because of his own need he should make an appeal, let a proper limit be fixed for his making it, and if it happens that he fails to do so within this limit, let the bishop freely use his own authority. If in any business someone makes an appeal, but fails to appear when the defendant has arrived, let him make a proper repayment of the defendant's expenses, if he is in a position to do so; in this way, at least by fear, a person may be deterred from lightly making an appeal to the injury of another. But we wish that in religious houses especially this should be observed, namely that monks or other religious, when they are to be corrected for any fault, should not presume to appeal against the regular discipline of their superior or chapter, but they should humbly and devoutly submit to what is usefully enjoined them for their salvation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7. Since in the body of the church everything should be treated with a spirit of charity, and what has been freely received should be freely given, it is utterly disgraceful that in certain churches trafficking is said to have a place, so that a charge is made for the enthroning of bishops, abbots or ecclesiastical persons, for the installation of priests in a church, for burials and funerals, for the blessing of weddings or for other sacraments, and that he who needs them cannot gain them unless he first makes an offering to the person who bestows them. Some think that this is permitted in the belief that long standing custom has given it the force of law. Such people, blinded by avarice, are not aware that the longer an unhappy soul is bound by crimes the graver they are. Therefore, so that this may not be done in the future, we severely forbid that anything be demanded for the enthronement of ecclesiastical persons or the institution of priests, for burying the dead as well as for blessing marriages or for any other sacrament. But if anyone presumes to act against this, let him know that he will have his lot with Giezi {7}, whose action he imitates by his demand of a disgraceful present. Moreover we forbid bishops, abbots or other prelates to impose upon churches new dues, increase the old or presume to appropriate to their own use part of the revenues, but let them readily preserve for their subjects those liberties which superiors wish to be preserved for themselves. If anyone acts otherwise, his action is to be held invalid."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8. Let no ecclesiastical ministries or even benefices or churches be assigned or promised to anyone before they are vacant, so that nobody may seem to wish for the death of his neighbour to whose position or benefice he believes himself to be the successor. For since we find this forbidden even in the laws of the pagans themselves, it is utterly disgraceful and calls for the punishment of God's judgment if the hope of future succession should have any place in God's church when even pagans have taken care to condemn it. But whenever ecclesiastical prebends or any offices happen to become vacant in a church, or are even now vacant, let them no longer remain unassigned and let them be conferred within six months on persons who are able to administer them worthily. If the bishop, when it concerns him, delays to make the appointment, let it be done by the chapter; but if the election belongs to the chapter and it does not make the appointment within the prescribed time, let the bishop proceed according to God's will, with the advice of religious men; or if by chance all fail to do so, let the metropolitan dispose of these matters without opposition from them and in accordance with God's will."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9. Since we ought both to plant holy religion and in every way to cherish it when planted, we shall never fulfil this better than if we take care to nourish what is right and to correct what stands in the way of the progress of truth by means of the authority entrusted to us {8}. Now we have learnt from the strongly worded complaints of our brethren and fellow bishops that the Templars and Hospitallers, and other professed religious, exceeding the privileges granted them by the apostolic see have often disregarded episcopal authority, causing scandal to the people of God and grave danger to souls. We are told that they receive churches from the hands of lay persons; that they admit those under excommunication and interdict to the sacraments of the church and to burial; that in their churches they appoint and remove priests without the knowledge of the bishop; that when the brothers go to seek alms, and it is granted that the churches should be open on their arrival once a year and the divine services should be celebrated in them, several of them from one or more houses often go to a place under interdict and abuse the privileges granted {9} to them by holding divine service, and then presume to bury the dead in the said churches. On the occasion also of the brotherhoods which they establish in many places, they weaken the bishops' authority, for contrary to their decision and under cover of some privileges they seek to defend all who wish to approach and join their brotherhood. In these matters, because the faults arise not so much with the knowledge or advice of the superiors as from the indiscretion of some of the subjects, we have decreed that abuses should be removed and doubtful points settled. We absolutely forbid that these orders and all other religious should receive churches and tithes from the hands of lay persons, and we even order them to put away what they have recently received contrary to this decree. We declare that those who are excommunicated, or interdicted by name, must be avoided by them and all others according to the sentence of the bishop. In churches which do not belong to them by full right, let them present to the bishops the priests to be instituted, so that while they are answerable to the bishops for the care of the people, they may give to their own members a proper account of temporal matters. Let them not presume to remove those priests who have been appointed without first consulting the bishops. If the Templars or Hospitallers come to a church which is under an interdict, let them be allowed to hold the services of the church only once a year and let them not bury there the bodies of the dead. With regard to the brotherhoods we declare as follows: if any do not give themselves entirely to the said brothers but decide to keep their possessions, they are in no way on this account exempt from the sentence of the bishops, but the bishops may exercise their power over them as over other parishioners whenever they are to be corrected for their faults. What has been said about the said brothers, we declare shall be observed with regard to other religious who presume to claim for themselves the rights of bishops and dare to violate their canonical decisions and the tenor of our privileges. If they do not observe this decree, let the churches in which they dare so to act be placed under an interdict, and let what they do be considered void."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10. Monks are not to be received in a monastery for money nor are they allowed money of their own. They are not to be stationed individually in towns or cities or parish churches, but they are to remain in larger communities or with some of their brethren, nor are they to await alone among people of the world the attack of their spiritual foes, since Solomon says, Woe to him who is alone when he falls and has not another to lift him up. If anyone when demanded gives something for his reception, let him not proceed to sacred orders and let the one who has received him be punished by loss of his office. If he has money in his possession, unless it has been granted him by the abbot for a specific purpose, let him be removed from the communion of the altar, and any one who is found at his death with money in his possession {10} is not to receive burial among his brethren and mass is not to be offered for him. We order that this is also to be observed with regard to other religious. Let the abbot who does not exercise care in such matters know that he will incur the loss of his office. Neither priories nor obediences are to be handed over to anyone for a sum of money; otherwise both giver and receiver are to be deprived of ministry in the church. Priors, when they have been appointed to conventual churches, are not to be changed except for a clear and reasonable cause, for instance if they are wastrels or live immoral lives or have committed an offence for which they clearly should be removed, or if on account of the demands of higher office they should be transferred on the advice of their brethren."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11. Clerics in holy orders, who in open concubinage keep their mistresses in their houses, should either cast them out and live continently or be deprived of ecclesiastical office and benefice. Let all who are found guilty of that unnatural vice for which the wrath of God came down upon the sons of disobedience and destroyed the five cities with fire, if they are clerics be expelled from the clergy or confined in monasteries to do penance; if they are laymen they are to incur excommunication and be completely separated from the society of the faithful. If any cleric without clear and necessary cause presumes to frequent convents of nuns, let the bishop keep him away; and if he does not stop, let him be ineligible for an ecclesiastical benefice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12. Clerics in the subdiaconate and above and also those in minor orders, if they are supported by ecclesiastical revenues, should not presume to become advocates in legal matters before a secular judge, unless they happen to be defending their own case or that of their church, or acting on behalf of the helpless who cannot conduct their own cases. Let clerics not presume to take upon themselves the management of towns or even secular jurisdiction under princes or seculars so as to become their ministers of justice. If anyone dares to act contrary to this decree, and so contrary to the teaching of the Apostle who says, No soldier of God gets entangled in secular affairs, and acts as a man of this world, let him be deprived of ecclesiastical ministry, on the grounds that neglecting his duty as a cleric he plunges into the waves of this world to please its princes. We decree in the strictest terms that any religious who presumes to attempt any of the above-mentioned things should be punished."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13. Because some, setting no limit to their avarice, strive to obtain several ecclesiastical dignities and several parish churches contrary to the decrees of the holy canons, so that though they are scarcely able to fulfil one office sufficiently they claim the revenues of very many, we strictly forbid this for the future. Therefore when it is necessary to entrust a church or ecclesiastical ministry to anyone, the person sought for this office should be of such a kind that he is able to reside in the place and exercise his care for it himself. If the contrary is done both he who receives it is to be deprived of it, because he has received it contrary to the sacred canons, and he who gave it is to lose his power of bestowing it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14. Because the ambition of some has now gone to such lengths that they are said to hold not two or three but six or more churches, and since they cannot devote the proper care to two, we order, through our brethren and most dear fellow bishops, that this be corrected, and with regard to this pluralism, so contrary to the canons, and which gives rise to loose conduct and instability, and causes definite danger to the souls of those who are able to serve the churches worthily, it is our wish to relieve their want by ecclesiastical benefices. Further, since some of the laity have become so bold that disregarding the authority of bishops they appoint clerics to churches and even remove them when they wish, and distribute the property and other goods of the church for the most part according to their own wishes, and even dare to burden the churches themselves and their people with taxes and impositions, we decree that those who from now on are guilty of such conduct are to be punished by anathema. Priests or clerics who receive the charge of a church from the hands of lay persons {11}, without the authority of their own bishop, are to be deprived of communion, and if they persist, they are to be deposed from the ecclesiastical ministry and order. We firmly decree that because some of the laity force ecclesiastics and even bishops to come before their courts, those who presume to do so in the future are to be separated from the communion of the faithful. Further we forbid lay persons, who hold tithes to the danger of their souls, to transfer them in any way {12} to other lay persons. If anyone receives them and does not hand them over to the church, let him be deprived of Christian burial."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15. Although in duties of charity we are especially under obligation to those from whom we know we have received a gift, on the contrary certain clerics, after receiving many goods from their churches, have presumed to transfer these goods to other uses. We forbid this, knowing that it is also forbidden by ancient canons. Therefore, as we wish to prevent damage to the churches, we order that such goods should remain under the control of the churches, whether the clerics die intestate or wish to bestow them upon others. Besides, since in certain places certain persons called deans are appointed for a fee and exercise episcopal jurisdiction for a sum of money, by the present decree we declare that those who in future presume to do this should be deprived of their office and the bishop shall lose the power of conferring this office."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16. Since in every church what is approved by the greater and senior {13} part of the brethren should unhesitatingly be observed, it is a very serious and blameworthy matter that in certain churches a few persons, sometimes not so much for a good reason as for their own will, frequently prevent an election and do not allow the ecclesiastical appointment to go forward. Therefore we declare by the present decree that unless some reasonable objection is shown by the smaller and junior party, apart from an appeal, whatever is determined by the greater and senior {14} part of the chapter should always prevail and should be put into effect. Nor let it stand in the way of our decree if someone perchance says that he is under oath to preserve the custom of his church. For this is not to be called an oath but rather perjury, which is opposed to the advantage of the church and the decrees of the holy fathers. If anyone presumes to maintain under oath such customs, which are neither supported by reason nor in accord with the sacred decrees, let him be denied the reception of the body of the Lord until he performs fit penance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17. Since in certain places the founders of churches or their heirs abuse the power in which the church has supported them until now, and though there ought to be one superior in the church of God they nevertheless contrive to choose several without regard to subordination, and though there ought to be one rector in each church they nevertheless put forward several in order to protect their own interests; for these reasons we declare by the present decree that if the founders support several candidates, that one should be in charge of the church who is supported by greater merits and is chosen and approved by the consent of the greater number. If this cannot be done without scandal, let the bishop arrange in the manner that he sees best according to the will of God. He should also do this if the question of the right of patronage arises among several persons, and it has not been settled to whom it belongs within three {15} months."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18. Since the church of God is bound to provide like a mother for those in want, with regard to both the things which concern the support of the body and those which lead to the progress of the soul, therefore, in order that the opportunity of learning to read and progress in study is not withdrawn from poor children who cannot be helped by the support of their parents, in every cathedral church a master is to be assigned some proper benefice so that he may teach the clerics of that church and the poor scholars. Thus the needs of the teacher are to be supplied and the way to knowledge opened for learners. In other churches and monasteries too, if anything in times past has been assigned in them for this purpose, it should be restored. Let no one demand any money for a licence to teach, or under cover of some custom seek anything from teachers, or forbid anyone to teach who is suitable and has sought a licence. Whoever presumes to act against this decree is to be deprived of ecclesiastical benefice. Indeed, it seems only right that in the church of God a person should not have the fruit of his labour if through self-seeking he strives to prevent the progress of the churches by selling the licence to teach."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19. It is recognized as a very serious matter, as regards the sin of those who do it no less than the loss of those who suffer it, that in several parts of the world the governors and officials of cities, and others too who are seen to have power, often impose on churches so many burdens and oppress them with such heavy and frequent impositions, that under them the priesthood seems to be in a worse condition than it was under Pharaoh, who had no knowledge of the divine law. He indeed, though he reduced all others to slavery, left his priests and their possessions in their ancient freedom, and provided them with support from public funds. But these others impose burdens of nearly every kind upon the churches and afflict them with so many exactions that the lamentation of Jeremiah seems to apply to them, The prince of provinces has become a tributary. For whenever they think that entrenchments or expeditions or anything else should be made, they wish that almost everything should be seized from the goods assigned to the use of churches, clerics and Christ's poor. They even so reduce the jurisdiction and authority of bishops and other prelates that these seem to retain no power over their own subjects. But though we must in this matter grieve for the churches, we must grieve none the less for those who seem to have utterly cast aside the fear of God and respect for the ecclesiastical order. Therefore we strictly forbid them under pain of anathema to attempt such acts in future, unless the bishop and clergy see the need or advantage to be so great that they believe that where the means of the laity are insufficient, aid should be given voluntarily by the churches to relieve common needs. But if in future officials or others presume to continue such practices and after warning refuse to stop, let both them and their supporters know that they are excommunicated, and let them not be restored to the communion of the faithful unless they make due satisfaction."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20. Following the footsteps of our predecessors of happy memory, popes Innocent and Eugenius, we forbid those abominable jousts and fairs, which are commonly called tournaments, in which knights come together by agreement and rashly engage in showing off their physical prowess and daring, and which often result in human deaths and danger to souls. If any of them dies on these occasions, although forgiveness {16} is not to be denied him when he requests it, he is to be deprived of a church burial."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21. We decree that truces are to be inviolably observed by all from after sunset on Wednesday until sunrise on Monday, and from Advent until the octave of the Epiphany, and from Septuagesima until the octave of Easter. If anyone tries to break the truce, and he does not comply after the third warning, let his bishop pronounce sentence of excommunication and communicate his decision in writing to the neighbouring bishops. Moreover, let no bishop receive into communion the excommunicated person, but rather let him confirm the sentence received in writing. If anyone presumes to infringe this, he will do so at the risk of his position. Since a threefold cord is not quickly broken, we enjoin bishops, having regard only for God and the salvation of the people, and laying aside all timidity, to furnish each other with mutual counsel and help towards firmly maintaining peace, and not to omit this duty by reason of any affection or aversion. For if anyone is found to be lukewarm in the work of God, let him incur the loss of his dignity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22. We renew our decree that priests, monks, clerics, lay brothers, merchants and peasants, in their coming and going and their work on the land, and the animals which carry seeds to the field, should enjoy proper security, and that nobody should impose on anyone new demands for tolls, without the approval of kings and princes, or renew those already imposed or in any way increase the old. If anyone presumes to act against this decree and does not stop after warning, let him be deprived of Christian society until he makes satisfaction."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23. Although the Apostles says that we should pay greater honour to our weaker members, certain ecclesiastics, seeking what is their own and not the things of Jesus Christ, do not allow lepers, who cannot dwell with the healthy or come to church with others, to have their own churches and cemeteries or to be helped by the ministry of their own priests. Since it is recognized that this is far from Christian piety, we decree, in accordance with apostolic charity, that wherever so many are gathered together under a common way of life that they are able to establish a church for themselves with a cemetery and rejoice in their own priest, they should be allowed to have them without contradiction. Let them take care, however, not to harm in any way the parochial rights of established churches. For we do not wish that what is granted them on the score of piety should result in harm to others. We also declare that they should not be compelled to pay tithes for their gardens or the pasture of animals."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24. Cruel avarice has so seized the hearts of some that though they glory in the name of Christians they provide the Saracens with arms and wood for helmets, and become their equals or even their superiors in wickedness and supply them with arms and necessaries to attack Christians. There are even some who for gain act as captains or pilots in galleys or Saracen pirate vessels. Therefore we declare that such persons should be cut off from the communion of the church and be excommunicated for their wickedness, that catholic princes and civil magistrates should confiscate their possessions, and that if they are captured they should become the slaves of their captors. We order that throughout the churches of maritime cities frequent and solemn excommunication should be pronounced against them. Let those also be under excommunication who dare to rob Romans or other Christians who sail for trade or other honourable purposes. Let those also who in the vilest avarice presume to rob shipwrecked Christians, whom by the rule of faith they are bound to help, know that they are excommunicated unless they return the stolen property."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25. Nearly everywhere the crime of usury has become so firmly rooted that many, omitting other business, practise usury as if it were permitted, and in no way observe how it is forbidden in both the Old and New Testament. We therefore declare that notorious usurers should not be admitted to communion of the altar or receive Christian burial if they die in this sin. Whoever receives them or gives them Christian burial should be compelled to give back what he has received, and let him remain suspended from the performance of his office until he has made satisfaction according to the judgment of his own bishop."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26. Jews and Saracens are not to be allowed to have Christian servants in their houses, either under pretence of nourishing their children or for service or any other reason. Let those be excommunicated who presume to live with them. We declare that the evidence of Christians is to be accepted against Jews in every case, since Jews employ their own witnesses against Christians, and that those who prefer Jews to Christians in this matter are to lie under anathema, since Jews ought to be subject to Christians and to be supported by them on grounds of humanity alone. If any by the inspiration of God are converted to the Christian faith, they are in no way to be excluded from their possessions, since the condition of converts ought to be better than before their conversion. If this is not done, we enjoin on the princes and rulers of these places, under penalty of excommunication, the duty to restore fully to these converts the share of their inheritance and goods."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27. As St. Leo says, though the discipline of the church should be satisfied with the judgment of the priest and should not cause the shedding of blood, yet it is helped by the laws of catholic princes so that people often seek a salutary remedy when they fear that a corporal punishment will overtake them. For this reason, since in Gascony and the regions of Albi and Toulouse and in other places the loathsome heresy of those whom some call the Cathars, others the Patarenes, others the Publicani, and others by different names, has grown so strong that they no longer practise their wickedness in secret, as others do, but proclaim their error publicly and draw the simple and weak to join them, we declare that they and their defenders and those who receive them are under anathema, and we forbid under pain of anathema that anyone should keep or support them in their houses or lands or should trade with them. If anyone dies in this sin, then neither under cover of our privileges granted to anyone, nor for any other reason, is mass to be offered for them or are they to receive burial among Christians. With regard to the Brabanters, Aragonese, Navarrese, Basques, Coterelli and Triaverdini {17}, who practise such cruelty upon Christians that they respect neither churches nor monasteries, and spare neither widows, orphans, old or young nor any age or sex, but like pagans destroy and lay everything waste, we likewise decree that those who hire, keep or support them, in the districts where they rage around, should be denounced publicly on Sundays and other solemn days in the churches, that they should be subject in every way to the same sentence and penalty as the above-mentioned heretics and that they should not be received into the communion of the church, unless they abjure their pernicious society and heresy. As long as such people persist in their wickedness, let all who are bound to them by any pact know that they are free from all obligations of loyalty, homage or any obedience. On these {18} and on all the faithful we enjoin, for the remission of sins, that they oppose this scourge with all their might and by arms protect the Christian people against them. Their goods are to be confiscated and princes free to subject them to slavery. Those who in true sorrow for their sins die in such a conflict should not doubt that they will receive forgiveness for their sins and the fruit of an eternal reward. We too trusting in the mercy of God and the authority of the blessed apostles Peter and Paul, grant to faithful Christians who take up arms against them, and who on the advice of bishops or other prelates seek to drive them out, a remission for two years of penance imposed on them, or, if their service shall be longer, we entrust it to the discretion of the bishops, to whom this task has been committed, to grant greater indulgence, according to their judgment, in proportion to the degree of their toil. We command that those who refuse to obey the exhortation of the bishops in this matter should not be allowed to receive the body and blood of the Lord. Meanwhile we receive under the protection of the church, as we do those who visit the Lord's sepulchre, those who fired by their faith have taken upon themselves the task of driving out these heretics, and we decree that they should remain undisturbed from all disquiet both in their property and persons. If any of you presumes to molest them, he shall incur the sentence of excommunication from the bishop of the place, and let the sentence be observed by all until what has been taken away has been restored and suitable satisfaction has been made for the loss inflicted. Bishops and priests who do not resist such wrongs are to be punished by loss of their office until they gain the pardon of the apostolic see."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Notes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. sounder in Cr, LC-Msi, H"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. antipope Victor IV (1159-1164)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. antipope Paschal III (1164-1168)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. antipope Callistus III (1168-1178)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. Let them not... provided omitted in Cr Su."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6. suspension or excommunication variant reading in Rm, H"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7. see 4 Kg, 20-27"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8. by God added in H"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9. by us added in H"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10. and has not repented in a fitting manner added in H"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11. whether under cover of patronage or in any other way added in H"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12. without the consent of their bishop added in H"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13. sounder in H"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14. sounder variant reading in Rm"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15. four variant reading in Rm, two in H"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16. penance H"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17. omitted in H"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18. princes H"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction and translation taken from Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils, ed. Norman P. Tanner."
            }
          ],
          "witnesses": [
            {
              "label": "Concilia Oecumenica — Documenta et Acta, local source volume",
              "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
              "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
              "format": "pdf"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "council-source-corpus",
      "council": 12,
      "title": "Lateran IV — council-level source corpus",
      "type": "Council-level source corpus",
      "date": "",
      "scope": "council-level-corpus",
      "sourceStatus": "Readable English extraction from a local council source volume; not document-level segmentation and not an aligned parallel edition.",
      "sourceVerification": "Unambiguous council heading and next-council boundary verified during the 3.50 reconciliation build.",
      "sourceVolumeSha256": "be506158a70af600f5575e554ae28c62088fc575aa3e0c3339bec036af8530de",
      "languages": {
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
          "format": "pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "FOURTH LATERAN COUNCIL (1215)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Constitutions"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Index"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "List of individual constitutions Introduction 1 — a new profession of faith. 2-3 — deal with heretics and contain dogmatic statements 4 — pride of Greeks toward Latins 5 — dignity of patriarchal sees 6-13 — the church's discipline 14-22 — the reform of clerical morals 23-32 — episcopal elections and the administration of benefices 33-34 — exaction of taxes 35-49 — canonical suits 50-52 — matrimony 53-61 — tithes 62 — regarding saint's relics 63-66 — simony 67-70 — Jews 71 — crusade to recover holy Land Notes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "List of Constitutions 1. Confession of Faith 2. On the error of abbot Joachim 3. On Heretics 4. On the pride of the Greeks towards the Latins 5. The dignity of the patriarchal sees 6. On yearly provincial councils 7. The correction of offences and the reform of morals 8. On inquests 9. On different rites within the same faith 10. On appointing preachers 11. On schoolmasters for the poor 12. On general chapters of monks 13. A prohibition against new religious orders 14. Clerical incontinence 15. Clerical gluttony and drunkenness 16. Decorum in the dress and behaviour of clerics 17. Dissolute prelates 18. Clerics to dissociate from shedding-blood 19. That profane objects may not be stored in churches 20. Chrism and the Eucharist to be kept under lock and key 21. On yearly confession to one's own priest, yearly communion, the confessional seal 22. Physicians of the body to advise patients to call physicians of the soul 23. Churches are to be without a prelate for no more than 3 months 24. Democratic election of pastors 25. Invalid elections 26. Nominees for prelatures to be carefully screened 27. Candidates for the priesthood to be carefully trained and scrutinized 28. Who asks to resign must resign 29. Multiple benefices require papal dispensation 30. Penalties for bestowing ecclesiastical benefices on the unworthy 31. Canons' sons cannot be canons where their fathers are 32. Parish priests to have adequate incomes 33. Renumeration for visitations to be reasonable 34. Prelates forbidden to procure ecclesiastical services at a profit 35. On appeal procedures 36. On interlocutory sentences 37. On Summons by Apostolic Letter 38. Written records of trials to be kept 39. On knowingly receiving stolen goods 40. True owner is the true possessor even if not possessing the object for a year 41. No one is to knowingly prescribe an object to the wrong party 42. Clerics and laity are not to usurp each others rights 43. Clerics cannot be forced to take oaths of fealty to those from whom they hold no temporalities 44. Only clerics may dispose of church property 45. Penalties for patrons who steal church goods or physically harm their clerics 46. Taxes cannot be levied on the Church, but the Church can volunteer contributions for the common good 47. On unjust excommunication 48. Challenging an ecclesiastical judge 49. Penalties for excommunication out of avarice 50. Prohibition of marriage is now perpetually restricted to the fourth degree 51. Clandestine marriages forbidden 52. On rejecting evidence from hearsay at a matrimonial suit 53. On those who give their fields to others to be cultivated so as to avoid tithes 54. Tithes should be paid before taxes 55. Tithes are to be paid on lands acquired, notwithstanding privileges 56. A parish priest shall not lose a tithe on account of some people making a pact 57. Interpreting the words of privileges 58. On the same in favour of bishops 59. Religious cannot give surety without permission of his abbot and convent 60. Abbots not to encroach on episcopal office 61. Religious may not receive tithes from lay hands 62. Regarding saint's relics 63. On simony 64. Simony with regards to monks and nuns 65. Simony and extortion 66. Simony and avarice in clerics 67. Jews and excessive Usury 68. Jews appearing in public 69. Jews not to hold public offices 70. Jewish converts may not retain their old rite 71. Crusade to recover the holy Land"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "During the pontificate of Innocent III (1198-1216) there appears to have occurred much growth in the reform of the church and in its freedom from subservience to the empire as well as in the primacy of the bishop of Rome and in the summoning of ecclesiastical business to the Roman curia. Innocent himself, turning his whole mind to the things of God, strove to build up the Christian community. Spiritual things, and therefore the church, were to have first place in this endeavour; so that human affairs were to be dependent upon, and to draw their justification from, such considerations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The council may therefore be regarded as a great summary of the pontiff's work and also as his greatest initiative. He was not able, however, to bring it to completion since he died shortly afterwards (1216) . Christian disasters in the holy Land probably provided the occasion for Innocent to call the council. Thus the pontiff ordered a new crusade to be proclaimed. But he also used the crusade as an instrument of ecclesiastical administration, combined with reform of the church, namely in a fierce war against heretics which he thought would restore ecclesiastical society."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The council was summoned on 19 April 1213 to meet in November 1215. All the bishops and abbots of the church as well as priors and even (which was new) chapters of churches and of religious orders — namely Cistercians, Premonstratensians, Hospitallers and Templars — and the kings and civil authorities throughout Europe were invited. The bishops were explicitly asked to propose topics for discussion at the council, something which does not seem to have happened at the preceding Lateran councils. This was done by the legates who had been dispatched throughout Europe to preach the crusade. In each province only one or two bishops were allowed to remain at home; all the rest were ordered to be present. The purposes of the council were clearly set forth by Innocent himself : \"to eradicate vices and to plant virtues, to correct faults and to reform morals, to remove heresies and to strengthen faith, to settle discords and to establish peace, to get rid of oppression and to foster liberty, to induce princes and Christian people to come to the aid and succour of the holy Land... \". It seems that when Innocent summoned the council he wished to observe the customs of the early ecumenical councils, and indeed this fourth Lateran council was regarded as an ecumenical council by all learned and religious men of the age."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When the council began in the Lateran basilica in November 1215 there were present 404 bishops from throughout the western church, and from the Latin eastern church a large number of abbots, canons and representatives of the secular power. No Greeks were present, even those invited, except the patriarch of the Maronites and a legate of the patriarch of Alexandria. The bond with the Greek church was indeed neglected, and matters became more serious through the actions of Latin bishops living in the east or through the decrees of the council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The council began on 11 November with the pontiff's sermon. He was especially looking for a religious outcome to the council. Soon, however secular matters and power politics came to the fore. At the second session (on 20 November) the struggle for the empire between Frederick II and Otto IV was brought before the council and gave rise to a bitter and contentious debate. This affected the nature of the council in a way that had not been foreseen and revealed a certain ineffectiveness in Innocent's plans for governing the church. Finally, the third session (on 30 November) was devoted to reading and approving the constitutions, which were proposed by the pontiff himself. The last decree dealt with preparations for a crusade — \"Jesus Christ's business\" — and fixed 1 June 1217 for its start, though this was prevented by the pontiff's death."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The seventy constitutions would seem to give proof of the council's excellent results. The work of Innocent appears clearly in them even though they were probably not directly composed by him. He regarded them as universal laws and as a summary of the jurisdiction of his pontificate. Few links with earlier councils survive, those with the third Lateran council being the only relevant ones of which we know."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—the first constitution is regarded as a new profession of faith."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—The second and third constitutions, which deal with heretics and contain dogmatic statements, are new."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—The remainder, which deal with the reform of the church, appear for the most part to be new either in form or in content. They deal with"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—the church's discipline (6-13) ,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—the reform of clerical morals (14-22) ,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—episcopal elections and the administration of benefices (23-32) ,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—exaction of taxes (33-34) ,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—canonical suits (35-49) ,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—matrimony (50-52) ,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—tithes (53-61) ,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—simony (63-66) , and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—Jews (67-70) ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The constitutions were first edited by Cr 2 (1538) CLXv-CLXXIIv, the text of which was used in Cr 2 (1551) 946-967, Su 3 (1567) 735-756, and Bn 3/2 (1606) 1450-1465. Roman editors produced a more accurate edition (Rm 4 [1612] 43-63) , collating the common text \"with manuscript codices from the Vatican\". Rm was followed by Bn 3/2 (1618) 682-696 and ER 28 (1644) 154-225. LC 11/1 (1671) 142-233 provided a text \"in Greek and Latin..... from a Mazarin codex\" (=M) with various readings from a d'Achery codex (=A) . The Greek translation, however, which LC had thought to be contemporary, does not provide a complete text and was taken from a later codex. LC was followed by Hrd 7 (1714) 15-78, Cl 13 (1730) 927-1018, and Msi 22 (1778) 981-1068. There are many surviving manuscripts of the constitutions, as has been shown by Garcia, who is preparing a critical edition. That is to say, twenty manuscripts containing the constitutions and twelve others containing the constitutions together with commentaries; and probably there are others which are not yet known. The constitutions were taken into Compilatio IV, except 42 and [71], and into Decretalia of Gregory IX, except 42, 49 and [71]. The present edition follows the Roman edition, but all the variant readings that have so far been brought to light by scholars have been cited with {n} referring to the endnotes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Constitutions"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Confession of Faith"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We firmly believe and simply confess that there is only one true God, eternal and immeasurable, almighty, unchangeable, incomprehensible and ineffable, Father, Son and holy Spirit, three persons but one absolutely simple essence, substance or nature {1}. The Father is from none, the Son from the Father alone, and the holy Spirit from both equally, eternally without beginning or end; the Father generating, the Son being born, and the holy Spirit proceeding; consubstantial and coequal, co-omnipotent and coeternal; one principle of all things, creator of all things invisible and visible, spiritual and corporeal; who by his almighty power at the beginning of time created from nothing both spiritual and corporeal creatures, that is to say angelic and earthly, and then created human beings composed as it were of both spirit and body in common. The devil and other demons were created by God naturally good, but they became evil by their own doing. Man, however, sinned at the prompting of the devil."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This holy Trinity, which is undivided according to its common essence but distinct according to the properties of its persons, gave the teaching of salvation to the human race through Moses and the holy prophets and his other servants, according to the most appropriate disposition of the times. Finally the only-begotten Son of God, Jesus Christ, who became incarnate by the action of the whole Trinity in common and was conceived from the ever virgin Mary through the cooperation of the holy Spirit, having become true man, composed of a rational soul and human flesh, one person in two natures, showed more clearly the way of life. Although he is immortal and unable to suffer according to his divinity, he was made capable of suffering and dying according to his humanity. Indeed, having suffered and died on the wood of the cross for the salvation of the human race, he descended to the underworld, rose from the dead and ascended into heaven. He descended in the soul, rose in the flesh, and ascended in both. He will come at the end of time to judge the living and the dead, to render to every person according to his works, both to the reprobate and to the elect. All of them will rise with their own bodies, which they now wear, so as to receive according to their deserts, whether these be good or bad; for the latter perpetual punishment with the devil, for the former eternal glory with Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There is indeed one universal church of the faithful, outside of which nobody at all is saved, in which Jesus Christ is both priest and sacrifice. His body and blood are truly contained in the sacrament of the altar under the forms of bread and wine, the bread and wine having been changed in substance, by God's power, into his body and blood, so that in order to achieve this mystery of unity we receive from God what he received from us. Nobody can effect this sacrament except a priest who has been properly ordained according to the church's keys, which Jesus Christ himself gave to the apostles and their successors. But the sacrament of baptism is consecrated in water at the invocation of the undivided Trinity — namely Father, Son and holy Spirit — and brings salvation to both children and adults when it is correctly carried out by anyone in the form laid down by the church. If someone falls into sin after having received baptism, he or she can always be restored through true penitence. For not only virgins and the continent but also married persons find favour with God by right faith and good actions and deserve to attain to eternal blessedness."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. On the error of abbot Joachim"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We therefore condemn and reprove that small book or treatise which abbot Joachim published against master Peter Lombard concerning the unity or essence of the Trinity, in which he calls Peter Lombard a heretic and a madman because he said in his Sentences, \"For there is a certain supreme reality which is the Father and the Son and the holy Spirit, and it neither begets nor is begotten nor does it proceed\". He asserts from this that Peter Lombard ascribes to God not so much a Trinity as a quaternity, that is to say three persons and a common essence as if this were a fourth person. Abbot Joachim clearly protests that there does not exist any reality which is the Father and the Son and the holy Spirit-neither an essence nor a substance nor a nature — although he concedes that the Father and the Son and the holy Spirit are one essence, one substance and one nature. He professes, however, that such a unity is not true and proper but rather collective and analogous, in the way that many persons are said to be one people and many faithful one church, according to that saying : Of the multitude of believers there was one heart and one mind, and Whoever adheres to God is one spirit with him; again He who plants and he who waters are one, and all of us are one body in Christ; and again in the book of Kings, My people and your people are one. In support of this opinion he especially uses the saying which Christ uttered in the gospel concerning the faithful : I wish, Father, that they may be one in us, just as we are one, so that they may be made perfect in one. For, he says, Christ's faithful are not one in the sense of a single reality which is common to all. They are one only in this sense, that they form one church through the unity of the catholic faith, and finally one kingdom through a union of indissoluble charity. Thus we read in the canonical letter of John : For there are three that bear witness in heaven, the Father and the Word and the holy Spirit, and these three are one; and he immediately adds, And the three that bear witness on earth are the spirit, water and blood, and the three are one, according to some manuscripts."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We, however, with the approval of this sacred and universal council, believe and confess with Peter Lombard that there exists a certain supreme reality, incomprehensible and ineffable, which truly is the Father and the Son and the holy Spirit, the three persons together and each one of them separately. Therefore in God there is only a Trinity, not a quaternity, since each of the three persons is that reality — that is to say substance, essence or divine nature-which alone is the principle of all things, besides which no other principle can be found. This reality neither begets nor is begotten nor proceeds; the Father begets, the Son is begotten and the holy Spirit proceeds. Thus there is a distinction of persons but a unity of nature. Although therefore the Father is one person, the Son another person and the holy Spirit another person, they are not different realities, but rather that which is the Father is the Son and the holy Spirit, altogether the same; thus according to the orthodox and catholic faith they are believed to be consubstantial. For the Father, in begetting the Son from eternity, gave him his substance, as he himself testifies : What the Father gave me is greater than all. It cannot be said that the Father gave him part of his substance and kept part for himself since the Father's substance is indivisible, inasmuch as it is altogether simple. Nor can it be said that the Father transferred his substance to the Son, in the act of begetting, as if he gave it to the Son in such a way that he did not retain it for himself; for otherwise he would have ceased to be substance. It is therefore clear that in being begotten the Son received the Father's substance without it being diminished in any way, and thus the Father and the Son have the same substance. Thus the Father and the Son and also the holy Spirit proceeding from both are the same reality."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When, therefore, the Truth prays to the Father for those faithful to him, saying I wish that they may be one in us just as we are one, this word one means for the faithful a union of love in grace, and for the divine persons a unity of identity in nature, as the Truth says elsewhere, You must be perfect as your heavenly Father is perfect {2}, as if he were to say more plainly, You must be perfect in the perfection of grace, just as your Father is perfect in the perfection that is his by nature, each in his own way. For between creator and creature there can be noted no similarity so great that a greater dissimilarity cannot be seen between them. If anyone therefore ventures to defend or approve the opinion or doctrine of the aforesaid Joachim on this matter, let him be refuted by all as a heretic. By this, however, we do not intend anything to the detriment of the monastery of Fiore, which Joachim founded, because there both the instruction is according to rule and the observance is healthy; especially since Joachim ordered all his writings to be handed over to us, to be approved or corrected according to the judgment of the apostolic see. He dictated a letter, which he signed with his own hand, in which he firmly confesses that he holds the faith held by the Roman church, which is by God's plan the mother and mistress of all the faithful."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We also reject and condemn that most perverse doctrine of the impious Amalric, whose mind the father of lies blinded to such an extent that his teaching is to be regarded as mad more than as heretical."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. On Heretics"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We excommunicate and anathematize every heresy raising itself up against this holy, orthodox and catholic faith which we have expounded above. We condemn all heretics, whatever names they may go under. They have different faces indeed but their tails are tied together inasmuch as they are alike in their pride. Let those condemned be handed over to the secular authorities present, or to their bailiffs, for due punishment. Clerics are first to be degraded from their orders. The goods of the condemned are to be confiscated, if they are lay persons, and if clerics they are to be applied to the churches from which they received their stipends. Those who are only found suspect of heresy are to be struck with the sword of anathema, unless they prove their innocence by an appropriate purgation, having regard to the reasons for suspicion and the character of the person. Let such persons be avoided by all until they have made adequate satisfaction. If they persist in the excommunication for a year, they are to be condemned as heretics. Let secular authorities, whatever offices they may be discharging, be advised and urged and if necessary be compelled by ecclesiastical censure, if they wish to be reputed and held to be faithful, to take publicly an oath for the defence of the faith to the effect that they will seek, in so far as they can, to expel from the lands subject to their jurisdiction all heretics designated by the church in good faith. Thus whenever anyone is promoted to spiritual or temporal authority, he shall be obliged to confirm this article with an oath. If however a temporal lord, required and instructed by the church, neglects to cleanse his territory of this heretical filth, he shall be bound with the bond of excommunication by the metropolitan and other bishops of the province. If he refuses to give satisfaction within a year, this shall be reported to the supreme pontiff so that he may then declare his vassals absolved from their fealty to him and make the land available for occupation by Catholics so that these may, after they have expelled the heretics, possess it unopposed and preserve it in the purity of the faith — saving the right of the suzerain provided that he makes no difficulty in the matter and puts no impediment in the way. The same law is to be observed no less as regards those who do not have a suzerain."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Catholics who take the cross and gird themselves up for the expulsion of heretics shall enjoy the same indulgence, and be strengthened by the same holy privilege, as is granted to those who go to the aid of the holy Land. Moreover, we determine to subject to excommunication believers who receive, defend or support heretics. We strictly ordain that if any such person, after he has been designated as excommunicated, refuses to render satisfaction within a year, then by the law itself he shall be branded as infamous and not be admitted to public offices or councils or to elect others to the same or to give testimony. He shall be intestable, that is he shall not have the freedom to make a will nor shall succeed to an inheritance. Moreover nobody shall be compelled to answer to him on any business whatever, but he may be compelled to answer to them. If he is a judge sentences pronounced by him shall have no force and cases may not be brought before him; if an advocate, he may not be allowed to defend anyone; if a notary, documents drawn up by him shall be worthless and condemned along with their condemned author; and in similar matters we order the same to be observed. If however he is a cleric, let him be deposed from every office and benefice, so that the greater the fault the greater be the punishment. If any refuse to avoid such persons after they have been pointed out by the church, let them be punished with the sentence of excommunication until they make suitable satisfaction. Clerics should not, of course, give the sacraments of the church to such pestilent people nor give them a Christian burial nor accept alms or offerings from them; if they do, let them be deprived of their office and not restored to it without a special indult of the apostolic see. Similarly with regulars, let them be punished with losing their privileges in the diocese in which they presume to commit such excesses."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"There are some who holding to the form of religion but denying its power (as the Apostle says) , claim for themselves the authority to preach, whereas the same Apostle says, How shall they preach unless they are sent? Let therefore all those who have been forbidden or not sent to preach, and yet dare publicly or privately to usurp the office of preaching without having received the authority of the apostolic see or the catholic bishop of the place\", be bound with the bond of excommunication and, unless they repent very quickly, be punished by another suitable penalty. We add further that each archbishop or bishop, either in person or through his archdeacon or through suitable honest persons, should visit twice or at least once in the year any parish of his in which heretics are said to live. There he should compel three or more men of good repute, or even if it seems expedient the whole neighbourhood, to swear that if anyone knows of heretics there or of any persons who hold secret conventicles or who differ in their life and habits from the normal way of living of the faithful, then he will take care to point them out to the bishop. The bishop himself should summon the accused to his presence, and they should be punished canonically if they are unable to clear themselves of the charge or if after compurgation they relapse into their former errors of faith. If however any of them with damnable obstinacy refuse to honour an oath and so will not take it, let them by this very fact be regarded as heretics. We therefore will and command and, in virtue of obedience, strictly command that bishops see carefully to the effective execution of these things throughout their dioceses, if they wish to avoid canonical penalties. If any bishop is negligent or remiss in cleansing his diocese of the ferment of heresy, then when this shows itself by unmistakeable signs he shall be deposed from his office as bishop and there shall be put in his place a suitable person who both wishes and is able to overthrow the evil of heresy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. On the pride of the Greeks towards the Latins"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although we would wish to cherish and honour the Greeks who in our days are returning to the obedience of the apostolic see, by preserving their customs and rites as much as we can in the Lord, nevertheless we neither want nor ought to defer to them in matters which bring danger to souls and detract from the church's honour. For, after the Greek church together with certain associates and supporters withdrew from the obedience of the apostolic see, the Greeks began to detest the Latins so much that, among other wicked things which they committed out of contempt for them, when Latin priests celebrated on their altars they would not offer sacrifice on them until they had washed them, as if the altars had been defiled thereby. The Greeks even had the temerity to rebaptize those baptized by the Latins; and some, as we are told, still do not fear to do this. Wishing therefore to remove such a great scandal from God's church, we strictly order, on the advice of this sacred council, that henceforth they do not presume to do such things but rather conform themselves like obedient sons to the holy Roman church, their mother, so that there may be one flock and one shepherd. If anyone however does dare to do such a thing, let him be struck with the sword of excommunication and be deprived of every ecclesiastical office and benefice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. The dignity of the patriarchal sees"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Renewing the ancient privileges of the patriarchal sees, we decree, with the approval of this sacred universal synod, that after the Roman church, which through the Lord's disposition has a primacy of ordinary power over all other churches inasmuch as it is the mother and mistress of all Christ's faithful, the church of Constantinople shall have the first place, the church of Alexandria the second place, the church of Antioch the third place, and the church of Jerusalem the fourth place, each maintaining its own rank. Thus after their pontiffs have received from the Roman pontiff the pallium, which is the sign of the fullness of the pontifical office, and have taken an oath of fidelity and obedience to him they may lawfully confer the pallium on their own suffragans, receiving from them for themselves canonical profession and for the Roman church the promise of obedience. They may have a standard of the Lord's cross carried before them anywhere except in the city of Rome or wherever there is present the supreme pontiff or his legate wearing the insignia of the apostolic dignity. In all the provinces subject to their jurisdiction let appeal be made to them, when it is necessary, except for appeals made to the apostolic see, to which all must humbly defer."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6. On yearly provincial councils"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As is known to have been ordained of old by the holy fathers, metropolitans should not fail to hold provincial councils each year with their suffragans in which they consider diligently and in the fear of God the correction of excesses and the reform of morals, especially among the clergy. Let them recite the canonical rules, especially those which have been laid down by this general council, so as to secure their observance, inflicting on transgressors the punishment due. In order that this may be done more effectively, let them appoint for each diocese suitable persons, that is to say prudent and honest persons, who will simply and summarily, without any jurisdiction, throughout the whole year, carefully investigate what needs correction or reform and will then faithfully report these matters to the metropolitan and suffragans and others at the next council, so that they may proceed with careful deliberation against these and other matters according to what is profitable and decent. Let them see to the observance of the things that they decree, publishing them in episcopal synods which are to be held annually in each diocese. Whoever neglects to carry out this salutary statute is to be suspended from his benefices and from the execution of his office, until his superior decides to release him."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7. The correction of offences and the reform of morals"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By this inviolable constitution we decree that prelates of churches should prudently and diligently attend to the correction of their subjects' offences especially of clerics, and to the reform of morals. Otherwise the blood of such persons will be required at their hands. In order that they may be able to exercise freely this office of correction and reform, we decree that no custom or appeal can impede the execution of their decisions, unless they go beyond the form which is to be observed in such matters. The offences of canons of a cathedral church, however, which have customarily been corrected by the chapter, are to be corrected by the chapter in those churches which until now have had this custom, at the instance and on the orders of the bishop and within a suitable time-limit which the bishop will decide. If this is not done, then the bishop, mindful of God and putting an end to all opposition, is to go ahead with correcting the persons by ecclesiastical censure according as the care of souls requires, and he shall not omit to correct their other faults according as the good of souls requires, with due order however being observed in all things {3}. For the rest, if the canons stop celebrating divine services without manifest and reasonable cause, especially if this is in contempt of the bishop, then the bishop himself may celebrate in the cathedral church if he wishes, and on complaint from him, the metropolitan, as our delegate in the matter, may, when he has learned the truth, punish the persons concerned in such fashion that for fear of punishment they shall not venture such action in the future. Let prelates of churches therefore carefully see that they do not turn this salutary statute into a form of financial gain or other exaction, but rather let them carry it out assiduously and faithfully, if they wish to avoid canonical punishment, since in these matters the apostolic see, directed by the Lord, will be very vigilant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8. On inquests"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"How and in what way a prelate ought to proceed to inquire into and punish the offences of his subjects may be clearly ascertained from the authorities of the new and old Testament, from which subsequent sanctions in canon law derive\", as we said distinctly some time ago and now confirm with the approval of this holy council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"For we read in the gospel that the steward who was denounced to his lord for wasting his goods heard him say : What is this that I hear about you? Give an account of your stewardship, for you can no longer be my steward. And in Genesis the Lord says : I will go down and see whether they have done altogether according to the outcry which has come to me. From these authorities it is clearly shown that not only when a subject has committed some excess but also when a prelate has done so, and the matter reaches the ears of the superior through an outcry or rumour which has come not from the malevolent and slanderous but from prudent and honest persons, and has come not only once but frequently (as the outcry suggests and the rumour proves) , then the superior ought diligently to seek out the truth before senior persons of the church. If the seriousness of the matter demands, then the fault of the offender should be subjected to canonical punishment. However, the superior should carry out the duty of his office not as if he were the accuser and the judge but rather with the rumour providing the accusation and the outcry making the denunciation. While this should be observed in the case of subjects, all the more carefully should it be observed in the case of prelates, who are set as a mark for the arrow. Prelates cannot please everyone since they are bound by their office not only to convince but also to rebuke and sometimes even to suspend and to bind. Thus they frequently incur the hatred of many people and risk ambushes. Therefore the holy fathers have wisely decreed that accusations against prelates should not be admitted readily, without careful provision being taken to shut the door not only to false but also to malicious accusations, lest with the columns being shaken the building itself collapses. They thus wished to ensure that prelates are not accused unjustly, and yet that at the same time they take care not to sin in an arrogant manner, finding a suitable medicine for each disease : namely, a criminal accusation which entails loss of status, that is to say degradation, shall in no wise be allowed unless it is preceded by a charge in lawful form. But when someone is so notorious for his offences that an outcry goes up which can no longer be ignored without scandal or be tolerated without danger, then without the slightest hesitation let action be taken to inquire into and punish his offences, not out of hate but rather out of charity. If the offence is grave, even though not involving his degradation, let him be removed from all administration, in accordance with the saying of the gospel that the steward is to be removed from his stewardship if he cannot give a proper account of it\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The person about whom the inquiry is being made ought to be present, unless he absents himself out of contumacy. The articles of the inquiry should be shown to him so that he may be able to defend himself. The names of witnesses as well as their depositions are to be made known to him so that both what has been said and by whom will be apparent; and legitimate exceptions and responses are to be admitted, lest the suppression of names leads to the bold bringing false charges and the exclusion of exceptions leads to false depositions being made. A prelate should therefore act the more diligently in correcting the offences of his subjects in proportion as he would be worthy of condemnation were he to leave them uncorrected. Notorious cases aside, he may proceed against them in three ways : namely, by accusation, denunciation and inquest. Let careful precaution nevertheless be taken in all cases lest serious loss is incurred for the sake of a small gain. Thus, just as a charge in lawful form ought to precede the accusation, so a charitable warning ought to precede the denunciation, and the publication of the charge ought to precede the inquest, with the principle always being observed that the form of the sentence shall accord with the rules of legal procedure. We do not think, however, that this order needs to be observed in all respects as regards regulars, who can be more easily and freely removed from their offices by their own superiors, when the case requires it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9. On different rites within the same faith"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since in many places peoples of different languages live within the same city or diocese, having one faith but different rites and customs, we therefore strictly order bishops of such cities and dioceses to provide suitable men who will do the following in the various rites and languages : celebrate the divine services for them, administer the church's sacraments, and instruct them by word and example. We altogether forbid one and the same city or diocese to have more than one bishop, as if it were a body with several heads like a monster. But if for the aforesaid reasons urgent necessity demands it, the bishop of the place may appoint, after careful deliberation, a catholic bishop who is appropriate for the nations in question and who will be his vicar in the aforesaid matters and will be obedient and subject to him in all things. If any such person behaves otherwise, let him know that he has been struck by the sword of excommunication and if he does not return to his senses let him be deposed from every ministry in the church, with the secular arm being called in if necessary to quell such great insolence."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10. On appointing preachers"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Among the various things that are conducive to the salvation of the Christian people, the nourishment of God's word is recognized to be especially necessary, since just as the body is fed with material food so the soul is fed with spiritual food, according to the words, man lives not by bread alone but by every word that proceeds from the mouth of God. It often happens that bishops by themselves are not sufficient to minister the word of God to the people, especially in large and scattered dioceses, whether this is because of their many occupations or bodily infirmities or because of incursions of the enemy or for other reasons-let us not say for lack of knowledge, which in bishops is to be altogether condemned and is not to be tolerated in the future. We therefore decree by this general constitution that bishops are to appoint suitable men to carry out with profit this duty of sacred preaching, men who are powerful in word and deed and who will visit with care the peoples entrusted to them in place of the bishops, since these by themselves are unable to do it, and will build them up by word and example. The bishops shall suitably furnish them with what is necessary, when they are in need of it, lest for want of necessities they are forced to abandon what they have begun. We therefore order that there be appointed in both cathedral and other conventual churches suitable men whom the bishops can have as coadjutors and cooperators not only in the office of preaching but also in hearing confessions and enjoining penances and in other matters which are conducive to the salvation of souls. If anyone neglects to do this, let him be subject to severe punishment."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11. On schoolmasters for the poor"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zeal for learning and the opportunity to make progress is denied to some through lack of means. The Lateran council therefore dutifully decreed that \"in each cathedral church there should be provided a suitable benefice for a master who shall instruct without charge the clerics of the cathedral church and other poor scholars, thus at once satisfying the teacher's needs and opening up the way of knowledge to learners\". This decree, however, is very little observed in many churches. We therefore confirm it and add that not only in every cathedral church but also in other churches with sufficient resources, a suitable master elected by the chapter or by the greater and sounder part of it, shall be appointed by the prelate to teach grammar and other branches of study, as far as is possible, to the clerics of those and other churches. The metropolitan church shall have a theologian to teach scripture to priests and others and especially to instruct them in matters which are recognized as pertaining to the cure of souls. The income of one prebend shall be assigned by the chapter to each master, and as much shall be assigned by the metropolitan to the theologian. The incumbent does not by this become a canon but he receives the income of one as long as he continues to teach. If the metropolitan church finds providing for two masters a burden, let it provide for the theologian in the aforesaid way but get adequate provision made for the grammarian in another church of the city or diocese."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12. On general chapters of monks"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In every kingdom or province let there be held every three years, saving the right of diocesan bishops, a general chapter of those abbots, and priors who do not have abbots over them, who have not been accustomed to hold one. All should attend, unless they have a canonical impediment, at one of the monasteries which is suitable for the purpose; with this limitation, that none of them brings with him more than six mounts and eight persons. Let them invite in charity, at the start of this innovation, two neighbouring Cistercian abbots to give them appropriate advice and help, since from long practice the Cistercians are well informed about holding such chapters. The two abbots shall then coopt without opposition two suitable persons from among them. The four of them shall then preside over the whole chapter, in such a way however that none of them assumes the leadership; so that they can if necessary be changed after careful deliberation. This kind of chapter shall be held continuously over a certain number of days, according to Cistercian custom. They shall treat carefully of the reform of the order and the observance of the rule. What has been decided, with the approval of the four presiding, is to be observed inviolably by all without any excuse or contradiction or appeal. They shall also decide where the next chapter is to be held. Those attending shall lead a common life and divide out proportionately all the common expenses. If they cannot all live in the same house, let them at least live in groups in various houses."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let religious and circumspect persons be appointed at the chapter who will make it their business to visit on our behalf all the abbeys of the kingdom or province, of both monks and nuns, according to the manner prescribed for them. Let them correct and reform what seems to need correction and reform. Thus if they know of the superior of a place who should certainly be removed from office, let them denounce the person to the bishop concerned so that he may see to his or her removal. If the bishop will not do this, let the visitors themselves refer the matter to the apostolic see for examination. We wish and command canons regular to observe this according to their order. If there emerges out of this innovation any difficulty that cannot be resolved by the aforesaid persons, let it be referred, without offence being given, to the judgment of the apostolic see; but let the other matters, about which after careful deliberation they were in agreement, be observed without breach. Diocesan bishops, moreover, should take care to reform the monasteries under their jurisdiction, so that when the aforesaid visitors arrive they will find in them more to commend than to correct. Let them be very careful lest the said monasteries are weighed down by them with unjust burdens, for just as we wish the rights of superiors to be upheld so we do not wish to support wrongs done to subjects. Furthermore, we strictly command both diocesan bishops and those who preside at chapters to restrain by ecclesiastical censure, without appeal, advocates, patrons, lords' deputies, governors, officials, magnates, knights, and any other people, from daring to cause harm to monasteries in respect of their persons and their goods. Let them not fail to compel such persons, if by chance they do cause harm, to make satisfaction, so that almighty God may be served more freely and more peacefully."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13. A prohibition against new religious orders"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lest too great a variety of religious orders leads to grave confusion in God's church, we strictly forbid anyone henceforth to found a new religious order. Whoever wants to become a religious should enter one of the already approved orders. Likewise, whoever wishes to found a new religious house should take the rule and institutes from already approved religious orders. We forbid, moreover, anyone to attempt to have a place as a monk in more than one monastery or an abbot to preside over more than one monastery."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14. Clerical incontinence"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that the morals and conduct of clerics may be reformed for the better, let all of them strive to live in a continent and chaste way, especially those in holy orders. Let them beware of every vice involving lust, especially that on account of which the wrath of God came down from heaven upon the sons of disobedience, so that they may be worthy to minister in the sight of almighty God with a pure heart and an unsullied body. Lest the ease of receiving pardon prove an incentive to sin, we decree that those who are caught giving way to the vice of incontinence are to be punished according to canonical sanctions, in proportion to the seriousness of their sins. We order such sanctions to be effectively and strictly observed, in order that those whom the fear of God does not hold back from evil may at least be restrained from sin by temporal punishment. Therefore anyone who has been suspended for this reason and presumes to celebrate divine services, shall not only be deprived of his ecclesiastical benefices but shall also, on account of his twofold fault, be deposed in perpetuity. Prelates who dare to support such persons in their wickedness, especially if they do it for money or for some other temporal advantage, are to be subject to like punishment. Those clerics who have not renounced the marriage bond, following the custom of their region, shall be punished even more severely if they fall into sin, since for them it is possible to make lawful use of matrimony."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15. Clerical gluttony and drunkenness"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All clerics should carefully abstain from gluttony and drunkenness. They should temper the wine to themselves and themselves to the wine. Let no one be urged to drink, since drunkenness obscures the intellect and stirs up lust. Accordingly we decree that that abuse is to be entirely abolished whereby in some places drinkers bind themselves to drink equal amounts, and that man is most praised who makes the most people drunk and himself drains the deepest cups. If anyone shows himself worthy of blame in these matters, let him be suspended from his benefice or office, unless after being warned by his superior he makes suitable satisfaction. We forbid all clerics to hunt or to fowl, so let them not presume to have dogs or birds for fowling {4}."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16. Decorum in the dress and behaviour of clerics"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Clerics should not practice callings or business of a secular nature, especially those that are dishonourable. They should not watch mimes, entertainers and actors. Let them avoid taverns altogether, unless by chance they are obliged by necessity on a journey. They should not play at games of chance or of dice, nor be present at such games. They should have a suitable crown and tonsure, and let them diligently apply themselves to the divine services and other good pursuits. Their outer garments should be closed and neither too short nor too long. Let them not indulge in red or green cloths, long sleeves or shoes with embroidery or pointed toes, or in bridles, saddles, breast-plates and spurs that are gilded or have other superfluous ornamentation. Let them not wear cloaks with sleeves at divine services in a church, nor even elsewhere, if they are priests or parsons, unless a justifiable fear requires a change of dress. They are not to wear buckles or belts ornamented with gold or silver, or even rings except for those whose dignity it befits to have them. All bishops should wear outer garments of linen in public and in church, unless they have been monks, in which case they should wear the monastic habit; and let them not wear their cloaks loose in public but rather fastened together behind the neck or across the chest."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17. Dissolute prelates"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We regretfully relate that not only certain lesser clerics but also some prelates of churches pass almost half the night in unnecessary feasting and forbidden conversation, not to mention other things, and leaving what is left of the night for sleep, they are barely roused at the dawn chorus of the birds and pass away the entire morning in a continuous state of stupor. There are others who celebrate mass barely four times a year and, what is worse, do not bother to attend; if they happen to be present when it is being celebrated, they flee the silence of the choir and pay attention to conversations of the laity outside and so while they attend to talk that is unnecessary for them, they do not give an attentive ear to the things of God. We altogether forbid these and similar things on pain of suspension. We strictly command such persons, in virtue of obedience, to celebrate the divine office, day and night alike, as far as God allows them, with both zeal and devotion."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18. Clerics to dissociate from shedding-blood"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No cleric may decree or pronounce a sentence involving the shedding of blood, or carry out a punishment involving the same, or be present when such punishment is carried out. If anyone, however, under cover of this statute, dares to inflict injury on churches or ecclesiastical persons, let him be restrained by ecclesiastical censure. A cleric may not write or dictate letters which require punishments involving the shedding of blood, in the courts of princes this responsibility should be entrusted to laymen and not to clerics. Moreover no cleric may be put in command of mercenaries or crossbowmen or suchlike men of blood; nor may a subdeacon, deacon or priest practise the art of surgery, which involves cauterizing and making incisions; nor may anyone confer a rite of blessing or consecration on a purgation by ordeal of boiling or cold water or of the red-hot iron, saving nevertheless the previously promulgated prohibitions regarding single combats and duels."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19. That profane objects may not be stored in churches"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We are unwilling to tolerate the fact that certain clerics deposit in churches their own and even others' furniture, so that the churches look like lay houses rather than basilicas of God, regardless of the fact that the Lord would not allow a vessel to be carried through the temple. There are others who not only leave their churches uncared for but also leave the service vessels and ministers' vestments and altar cloths and even corporals so dirty that they at times horrify some people. Because zeal for God's house consumes us, we strictly forbid objects of this kind to be allowed into churches, unless they have to be taken in on account of enemy incursions or sudden fires or other urgent necessities, and then in such a way that when the emergency is over the objects are taken back to where they came from. We also order the aforesaid churches, vessels, corporals and vestments to be kept neat and clean. For it seems too absurd to take no notice of squalor in sacred things when it is unbecoming even in profane things."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20. Chrism and the Eucharist to be kept under lock and key"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We decree that the chrism and the eucharist are to be kept locked away in a safe place in all churches, so that no audacious hand can reach them to do anything horrible or impious. If he who is responsible for their safe-keeping leaves them around carelessly, let him be suspended from office for three months; if anything unspeakable happens on account of his carelessness, let him be subject to graver punishment."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21. On yearly confession to one's own priest, yearly communion, the confessional seal"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All the faithful of either sex, after they have reached the age of discernment, should individually confess all their sins in a faithful manner to their own priest at least once a year, and let them take care to do what they can to perform the penance imposed on them. Let them reverently receive the sacrament of the eucharist at least at Easter unless they think, for a good reason and on the advice of their own priest, that they should abstain from receiving it for a time. Otherwise they shall be barred from entering a church during their lifetime and they shall be denied a Christian burial at death. Let this salutary decree be frequently published in churches, so that nobody may find the pretence of an excuse in the blindness of ignorance. If any persons wish, for good reasons, to confess their sins to another priest let them first ask and obtain the permission of their own priest; for otherwise the other priest will not have the power to absolve or to bind them. The priest shall be discerning and prudent, so that like a skilled doctor he may pour wine and oil over the wounds of the injured one. Let him carefully inquire about the circumstances of both the sinner and the sin, so that he may prudently discern what sort of advice he ought to give and what remedy to apply, using various means to heal the sick person. Let him take the utmost care, however, not to betray the sinner at all by word or sign or in any other way. If the priest needs wise advice, let him seek it cautiously without any mention of the person concerned. For if anyone presumes to reveal a sin disclosed to him in confession, we decree that he is not only to be deposed from his priestly office but also to be confined to a strict monastery to do perpetual penance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22. Physicians of the body to advise patients to call physicians of the soul"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As sickness of the body may sometimes be the result of sin — as the Lord said to the sick man whom he had cured, Go and sin no more, lest something worse befall you — so we by this present decree order and strictly command physicians of the body, when they are called to the sick, to warn and persuade them first of all to call in physicians of the soul so that after their spiritual health has been seen to they may respond better to medicine for their bodies, for when the cause ceases so does the effect. This among other things has occasioned this decree, namely that some people on their sickbed, when they are advised by physicians to arrange for the health of their souls, fall into despair and so the more readily incur the danger of death. If any physician transgresses this our constitution, after it has been published by the local prelates, he shall be barred from entering a church until he has made suitable satisfaction for a transgression of this kind. Moreover, since the soul is much more precious than the body, we forbid any physician, under pain of anathema, to prescribe anything for the bodily health of a sick person that may endanger his soul."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23. Churches are to be without a prelate for no more than 3 months"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lest a rapacious wolf attack the Lord's flock for want of a shepherd, or lest a widowed church suffer grave injury to its good, we decree, desiring to counteract the danger to souls in this matter and to provide protection for the churches, that a cathedral church or a church of the regular clergy is not to remain without a prelate for more than three months. If the election has not been held within this time, provided there is no just impediment, then those who ought to have made the election are to lose the power to elect for that time and it is to devolve upon the person who is recognized as the immediate superior. The person upon whom the power has devolved, mindful of the Lord, shall not delay beyond three months in canonically providing the widowed church, with the advice of his chapter and of other prudent men, with a suitable person from the same church, or from another if a worthy candidate cannot be found in the former, if he wishes to avoid canonical penalty."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24. Democratic election of pastors"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On account of the various forms of elections which some try to invent, there arise many difficulties and great dangers for the bereaved churches. We therefore decree that at the holding of an election, when all are present who ought to, want to and conveniently can take part, three trustworthy persons shall be chosen from the college who will diligently find out, in confidence and individually, the opinions of everybody. After they have committed the result to writing, they shall together quickly announce it. There shall be no further appeal, so that after a scrutiny that person shall be elected upon whom all or the greater or sounder part of the chapter agree. Or else the power of electing shall be committed to some suitable persons who, acting on behalf of everybody, shall provide the bereaved church with a pastor. Otherwise the election made shall not be valid, unless perchance it was made by all together as if by divine inspiration and without flaw. Those who attempt to make an election contrary to the aforesaid forms shall be deprived of the power of electing on that occasion. We absolutely forbid anyone to appoint a proxy in the matter of an election, unless he is absent from the place where he ought to receive the summons and is detained from coming by a lawful impediment. He shall take an oath about this, if necessary, and then he may commit his representation to one of the college, if he so wishes. We also condemn clandestine elections and order that as soon as an election has taken place it should be solemnly published."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25. Invalid elections"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whoever presumes to consent to his being elected through abuse of the secular power, against canonical freedom, both forfeits the benefit of being elected and becomes ineligible, and he cannot be elected to any dignity without a dispensation. Those who venture to take part in elections of this kind, which we declare to be invalid by the law itself, shall be suspended from their offices and benefices for three years and during that time shall be deprived of the power to elect."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26. Nominees for prelatures to be carefully screened"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There is nothing more harmful to God's church than for unworthy prelates to be entrusted with the government of souls. Wishing therefore to provide the necessary remedy for this disease, we decree by this irrevocable constitution that when anyone has been entrusted with the government of souls, then he who holds the right to confirm him should diligently examine both the process of the election and the character of the person elected, so that when everything is in order he may confirm him. For, if confirmation was granted in advance when everything was not in order, then not only would the person improperly promoted have to be rejected but also the author of the improper promotion would have to be punished. We decree that the latter shall be punished in the following way : if his negligence has been proved, especially if he has approved a man of insufficient learning or dishonest life or unlawful age, he shall not only lose the power of confirming the person's first successor but shall also, lest by any chance he escapes punishment, be suspended from receiving the fruits of his own benefice until it is right for him to be granted a pardon. If he is convicted of having erred intentionally in the matter, then he is to be subject to graver punishment. Bishops too, if they wish to avoid canonical punishment, should take care to promote to holy orders and to ecclesiastical dignities men who will be able to discharge worthily the office entrusted to them. Those who are immediately subject to the Roman pontiff shall, to obtain confirmation of their office, present themselves personally to him, if this can conveniently be done, or send suitable persons through whom a careful inquiry can be made about the process of the election and the persons elected. In this way, on the strength of the pontiff's informed judgment, they may finally enter into the fullness of their office, when there is no impediment in canon law. For a time, however, those who are in very distant parts, namely outside Italy, if they were elected peaceably, may by dispensation, on account of the needs and benefit of the churches, administer in things spiritual and temporal, but in such a way that they alienate nothing whatever of the church's goods. They may receive the customary consecration or blessing."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27. Candidates for the priesthood to be carefully trained and scrutinized"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To guide souls is a supreme art. We therefore strictly order bishops carefully to prepare those who are to be promoted to the priesthood and to instruct them, either by themselves or through other suitable persons, in the divine services and the sacraments of the church, so that they may be able to celebrate them correctly. But if they presume henceforth to ordain the ignorant and unformed, which can indeed easily be detected, we decree that both the ordainers and those ordained are to be subject to severe punishment. For it is preferable, especially in the ordination of priests, to have a few good ministers than many bad ones, for if a blind man leads another blind man, both will fall into the pit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28. Who asks to resign must resign"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certain persons insistently ask for permission to resign and obtain it, but then do not resign. Since in such a request to resign they would seem to have in mind either the good of the churches over which they preside or their own well-being, neither of which do we wish to be impeded either by the arguments of any people seeking their own interests or even by a certain fickleness, we therefore decree that such persons are to be compelled to resign."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "29. Multiple benefices require papal dispensation"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With much foresight it was forbidden in the Lateran council for anyone to receive several ecclesiastical dignities and several parish churches, contrary to the regulations of the sacred canons, on pain of both the recipient losing what he had received and the conferrer being deprived of the power to confer. On account of the presumption and covetousness of certain persons, however, none or little fruit is resulting from this statute. We therefore, desiring to remedy the situation more clearly and expressly, ordain by this present decree that whoever receives any benefice with the cure of souls attached, if he was already in possession of such a benefice, shall be deprived by the law itself of the benefice held first, and if perchance he tries to retain this he shall also be deprived of the second benefice. Moreover, the person who has the right to confer the first benefice may freely bestow it, after the recipient has obtained a second benefice, on someone who seems to deserve it. If he delays in conferring it beyond three months, however, then not only is the collation to devolve upon another person, according to the statute of the Lateran council, but also he shall be compelled to assign to the use of the church belonging to the benefice as much of his own income as is established as having been received from the benefice while it was vacant. We decree that the same is to be observed with regard to parsonages adding that nobody shall presume to hold several dignities or parsonages in the same church even if they do not have the cure of souls. As for exalted and lettered persons, however, who should be honoured with greater benefices, it is possible for them to be dispensed by the apostolic see, when reason demands it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "30. Penalties for bestowing ecclesiastical benefices on the unworthy"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is very serious and absurd that prelates of churches, when they can promote suitable men to ecclesiastical benefices, are not afraid to choose unworthy men who lack both learning and honesty of behaviour and who follow the urgings of the flesh rather than the judgment of reason. Nobody of a sound mind is ignorant of how much damage to churches arises from this. Wishing therefore to remedy this ill, we order that they pass over unworthy persons and appoint suitable persons who are willing and able to offer a pleasing service to God and to the churches, and that careful inquiry be made about this each year at the provincial council. Therefore he who has been found guilty after a first and second correction is to be suspended from conferring benefices by the provincial council, and a prudent and honest person is to be appointed at the same council to make up for the suspended person's failure in this matter. The same is to be observed with regard to chapters who offend in these matters. The offence of a metropolitan, however, shall be left by the council to be reported to the judgment of the superior. In order that this salutary provision may have fuller effect, a sentence of suspension of this kind may not be relaxed at all without the authority of the Roman pontiff or of the appropriate patriarch, so that in this too the four patriarchal sees shall be specially honoured."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "31. Canons' sons cannot be canons where their fathers are"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order to abolish a very bad practice that has grown up in many churches, we strictly forbid the sons of canons, especially if they are illegitimate, to become canons in the secular churches in which their fathers hold office. If the contrary is attempted, we declare it to be invalid. Those who attempt to make such persons canons are to be suspended from their benefices."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "32. Parish priests to have adequate incomes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There has grown up in certain parts a vicious custom which should be eradicated, namely that patrons of parish churches and certain other people claim the incomes from the churches wholly for themselves and leave to the priests, for the appointed services, such a small portion that they cannot live fittingly on it. For in some regions, as we have learnt for certain, parish priests receive for their sustenance only a quarter of a quarter, that is to say a sixteenth, of the tithes. Whence it comes about in these regions that almost no parish priest can be found who is even moderately learned. As the mouth of the ox should not be muzzled when it is treading out the grain, and he who serves at the altar should live from it, we therefore decree that, notwithstanding any custom of a bishop or a patron or anyone else, a sufficient portion is to be assigned to the priest. He who has a parish church is to serve it not through a vicar but in person, in the due form which the care of that church requires, unless by chance the parish church is annexed to a prebend or a dignity. In that case we allow that he who has such a prebend or dignity should make it his business, since he must serve in the greater church, to have a suitable and permanent vicar canonically instituted in the parish church; and the latter is to have, as has been said, a fitting portion from the revenues of the church. Otherwise let him know that by the authority of this decree he is deprived of the parish church, which is freely to be conferred on someone else who is willing and able to do what has been said. We utterly forbid anyone to dare deceitfully to confer a pension on another person, as it were as a benefice, from the revenues of a church which has to maintain its own priest."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "33. Renumeration for visitations to be reasonable"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Procurations which are due, by reason of a visitation, to bishops, archdeacons or any other persons, as well as to legates or nuncios of the apostolic see, should by no means be exacted, without a clear and necessary reason, unless the visitations were carried out in person, and then let them observe the moderation in transport and retinue laid down in the Lateran council. We add the following moderation with regard to legates and nuncios of the apostolic see : that when it is necessary for them to stay in any place, and in order that the said place may not be burdened too much on their behalf, they may receive moderate procurations from other churches and persons that have not yet been burdened with procurations of their own, on condition that the number of procurations does-not exceed the number of days in the stay; and when any of the churches or persons have not sufficient means of their own, two or more of them may be combined into one. Those who exercise the office of visitation, moreover, shall not seek their own interests but rather those of Jesus Christ, by devoting themselves to preaching and exhortation, to correction and reformation, so that they may bring back fruit which does not perish. He who dares to do the contrary shall both restore what he has received and pay a like amount in compensation to the church which he has thus burdened."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "34. Prelates forbidden to procure ecclesiastical services at a profit"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Many prelates, in order to meet the cost of a procuration or some service to a legate or some other person, extort from their subjects more than they pay out, and in trying to extract a profit from their losses they look for booty rather than help in their subjects. We forbid this to happen in the future. If by chance anyone does attempt it, he shall restore what he has extorted and be compelled to give the same amount to the poor. The superior to whom a complaint about this has been submitted shall suffer canonical punishment if he is negligent in executing this statute."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "35. On appeal procedures"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that due honour may be given to judges and consideration be shown to litigants in the matter of trouble and expenses, we decree that when somebody sues an adversary before the competent judge, he shall not appeal to a superior judge before judgment has been given, without a reasonable cause; but rather let him proceed with his suit before the lower judge, without it being possible for him to obstruct by saying that he sent a messenger to a superior judge or even procured letters from him before they were assigned to the delegated judge. When, however, he thinks that he has reasonable cause for appealing and has stated the probable grounds of the appeal before the same judge, such namely that if they were proved they would be reckoned legitimate, the superior judge shall examine the appeal. If the latter thinks the appeal is unreasonable, he shall send the appellant back to the lower judge and sentence him to pay the costs of the other party; otherwise he shall go ahead, saving however the canons about major cases being referred to the apostolic see."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "36. On interlocutory sentences"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the effect ceases when the cause ceases, we decree that if an ordinary judge or a judge delegate has pronounced a comminatory or an interlocutory sentence which would prejudice one of the litigants if its execution was ordered, and then acting on good advice refrains from putting it into effect, he shall proceed freely in hearing the case, notwithstanding any appeal made against such a comminatory or interlocutory sentence, provided he is not open to suspicion for some other legitimate reason. This is so that the process is not held up for frivolous reasons."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "37. On Summons by Apostolic Letter"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Some people, abusing the favour of the apostolic see, try to obtain letters from it summoning people to distant judges, so that the defendant, wearied by the labour and expense of the action, is forced to give in or to buy off the importunate bringer of the action. A trial should not open the way to injustices that are forbidden by respect for the law. We therefore decree that nobody may be summoned by apostolic letters to a trial that is more than two days' journey outside his diocese, unless the letters were procured with the agreement of both parties or expressly mention this constitution. There are other people who, turning to a new kind of trade, in order to revive complaints that are dormant or to introduce new questions, make up suits for which they procure letters from the apostolic see without authorization from their superiors. They then offer the letters for sale either to the defendant, in return for his not being vexed with trouble and expense on account of them, or to the plaintiff, in order that by means of them he may wear out his adversary with undue distress. Lawsuits should be limited rather than encouraged. We therefore decree by this general constitution that if anyone henceforth presumes to seek apostolic letters on any matter without a special mandate from his superior, then the letters are invalid and he is to be punished as a forger, unless by chance persons are involved for whom a mandate should not in law be demanded."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "38. Written records of trials to be kept"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "An innocent litigant can never prove the truth of his denial of a false assertion made by an unjust judge, since a denial by the nature of things does not constitute a direct proof. We therefore decree, lest falsehood prejudice truth or wickedness prevail over justice, that in both ordinary and extraordinary trials the judge shall always employ either a public official, if he can find one, or two suitable men to write down faithfully all the judicial acts — that is to say the citations, adjournments, objections and exceptions, petitions and replies, interrogations, confessions, depositions of witnesses, productions of documents, interlocutions {5}, appeals, renunciations, final decisions and the other things that ought to be written down in the correct order — stating the places, times and persons. Everything thus written down shall be given to the parties in question, but the originals shall remain with the scribes, so that if a dispute arises over how the judge conducted the case, the truth can be established from the originals. With this measure being applied, such deference will be paid to honest and prudent judges that justice for the innocent will not be harmed by imprudent and wicked judges. A judge who neglects to observe this constitution shall, if some difficulty arises from his negligence, be punished as he deserves by a superior judge; nor shall presumption be made in favour of his handling of the case except insofar as it accords with the legal documents."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "39. On knowingly receiving stolen goods"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It often happens, when a person has been unjustly robbed and the object has been transferred by the robber to a third party, that he is not helped by an action of restitution against the new possessor because he has lost the advantage of possession, and he loses in effect the right of ownership on account of the difficulty of proving his case. We therefore decree, notwithstanding the force of civil law, that if anyone henceforth knowingly receives such a thing, then the one robbed shall be favoured by his being awarded restitution against the one in possession. For the latter as it were succeeds the robber in his vice, inasmuch as there is not much difference, especially as regards danger to the soul, between unjustly hanging on to another's property and seizing it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "40. True owner is the true possessor even if not possessing the object for a year"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It sometimes happens that when possession of something is awarded to the plaintiff in a suit, on account of the contumacy of the other party, yet because of force or fraud over the thing he is unable to obtain custody of it within a year, or having gained it he loses it. Thus the defendant profits from his own wickedness, because in the opinion of many the plaintiff does not qualify as the true possessor at the end of a year. Lest therefore a contumacious party is in a better position than an obedient one, we decree, in the name of canonical equity, that in the aforesaid case the plaintiff shall be established as the true possessor after the year has elapsed. Furthermore, we issue a general prohibition against promising to abide by the decision of a layman in spiritual matters, since it is not fitting for a layman to arbitrate in such matters."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "41. No one is to knowingly prescribe an object to the wrong party"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since whatever does not proceed from faith is sin, and since in general any constitution or custom which cannot be observed without mortal sin is to be disregarded, we therefore define by this synodal judgment that no prescription, whether canonical or civil, is valid without good faith. It is therefore necessary that the person who prescribes should at no stage be aware that the object belongs to someone else."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "42. Clerics and laity are not to usurp each others rights"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Just as we desire lay people not to usurp the rights of clerics, so we ought to wish clerics not to lay claim to the rights of the laity. We therefore forbid every cleric henceforth to extend his jurisdiction, under pretext of ecclesiastical freedom, to the prejudice of secular justice. Rather, let him be satisfied with the written constitutions and customs hitherto approved, so that the things of Caesar may be rendered unto Caesar, and the things of God may be rendered unto God by a right distribution."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "43. Clerics cannot be forced to take oaths of fealty to those from whom they hold no temporalities"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certain laymen try to encroach too far upon divine right when they force ecclesiastics who do not hold any temporalities from them to take oaths of fealty to them. Since a servant stands or falls with his Lord, according to the Apostle, we therefore forbid, on the authority of this sacred council, that such clerics be forced to take an oath of this kind to secular persons."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "44. Only clerics may dispose of church property"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lay people, however devout, have no power to dispose of church property. Their lot is to obey, not to be in command. We therefore grieve that charity is growing cold in some of them so that they are not afraid to attack through their ordinances, or rather their fabrications, the immunity of ecclesiastical freedom, which has in the past been protected with many privileges not only by holy fathers but also by secular princes. They do this not only by alienating fiefs and other possessions of the church and by usurping jurisdictions but also by illegally laying hands on mortuaries and other things which are seen to belong to spiritual justice. We wish to ensure the immunity of churches in these matters and to provide against such great injuries. We therefore decree, with the approval of this sacred council, that ordinances of this kind and claims to fiefs or other goods of the church, made by way of a decree of the lay power, without the proper consent of ecclesiastical persons, are invalid since they can be said to be not laws but rather acts of destitution or destruction and usurpations of jurisdiction. Those who dare to do these things are to be restrained by ecclesiastical censure."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "45. Penalties for patrons who steal church goods or physically harm their clerics"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Patrons of churches, lords' deputies and advocates have displayed such arrogance in some provinces that they not only introduce difficulties and evil designs when vacant churches ought to be provided with suitable pastors, but they also presume to dispose of the possessions and other goods of the church as they like and, what is dreadful to relate, they are not afraid to set about killing prelates. What was devised for protection should not be twisted into a means of repression. We therefore expressly forbid patrons, advocates and lords' deputies henceforth to appropriate more in the aforesaid matters than is permitted in law. If they dare to do the contrary, let them be curbed with the most severe canonical penalties. We decree, moreover, with the approval of this sacred council, that if patrons or advocates or feudatories or lords' deputies or other persons with benefices venture with unspeakable daring to kill or to mutilate, personally or through others, the rector of any church or other cleric of that church, then the patron shall lose completely his right of patronage, the advocate his advocation, the feudatory his fief, the lord's deputy his deputyship and the beneficed person his benefice. And lest the punishment be remembered for less time than the crime, nothing of the aforesaid shall descend to their heirs, and their posterity to the fourth generation shall in nowise be admitted into a college of clerics or to hold the honour of any prelacy in a religious house, except when out of mercy they are dispensed to do so."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "46. Taxes cannot be levied on the Church, but the Church can volunteer contributions for the common good"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Lateran council, wishing to provide for the immunity of the church against officials and governors of cities and other persons who seek to oppress churches and churchmen with tallages and taxes and other exactions, forbade such presumption under pain of anathema. It ordered transgressors and their supporters to be excommunicated until they made adequate satisfaction. If at some time, however, a bishop together with his clergy foresee so great a need or advantage that they consider, without any compulsion, that subsidies should be given by the churches, for the common good or the common need, when the resources of the laity are not sufficient, then the above-mentioned laymen may receive them humbly and devoutly and with thanks. On account of the imprudence of some, however, the Roman pontiff, whose business it is to provide for the common good, should be consulted beforehand. We add, moreover, since the malice of some against God's church has not abated, that the ordinances and sentences promulgated by such excommunicated persons, or on their orders, are to be deemed null and void and shall never be valid. Since fraud and deceit should not protect anyone, let nobody be deceived by false error to endure an anathema during his term of government as though he is not obliged to make satisfaction afterwards. For we decree that both he who has refused to make satisfaction and his successor, if he does not make satisfaction within a month, is to remain bound by ecclesiastical censure until he makes suitable satisfaction, since he who succeeds to a post also succeeds to its responsibilities."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "47. On unjust excommunication"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With the approval of this sacred council, we forbid anyone to promulgate a sentence of excommunication on anyone, unless an adequate warning has been given beforehand in the presence of suitable persons, who can if necessary testify to the warning. If anyone dares to do the contrary, even if the sentence of excommunication is just, let him know that he is forbidden to enter a church for one month and he is to be punished with another penalty if this seems expedient. Let him carefully avoid proceeding to excommunicate anyone without manifest and reasonable cause. If he does so proceed and, on being humbly requested, does not take care to revoke the process without imposing punishment, then the injured person may lodge a complaint of unjust excommunication with a superior judge. The latter shall then send the person back to the judge who excommunicated him, if this can be done without the danger of a delay, with orders that he is to be absolved within a suitable period of time. If the danger of delay cannot be avoided, the task of absolving him shall be carried out by the superior judge, either in person or through someone else, as seems expedient, after he has obtained adequate guarantees. Whenever it is established that the judge pronounced an unjust excommunication, he shall be condemned to make compensation for damages to the one excommunicated, and be nonetheless punished in another way at the discretion of the superior judge if the nature of the fault calls for it, since it is not a trivial fault to inflict so great a punishment on an innocent person — unless by chance he erred for reasons that are credible — especially if the person is of praiseworthy repute. But if nothing reasonable is proved against the sentence of excommunication by the one making the complaint, then the complainant shall be condemned in punishment, for the unreasonable trouble caused by his complaint, to make compensation or in some other way according to the discretion of the superior judge, unless by chance his error was based on something that is credible and so excuses him; and he shall moreover be compelled upon a pledge to make satisfaction in the matter for which he was justly excommunicated, or else he shall be subject again to the former sentence which is to be inviolably observed until full satisfaction has been made. If the judge, however, recognizes his error and is prepared to revoke the sentence, but the person on whom it was passed appeals, for fear that the judge might revoke it without making satisfaction, then the appeal shall not be admitted unless the error is such that it may deserve to be questioned. Then the judge, after he has given sufficient security that he will appear in court before the person to whom the appeal had been made or one delegated by him, shall absolve the excommunicated person and thus shall not be subject to the prescribed punishment. Let the judge altogether beware, if he wishes to avoid strict canonical punishment, lest out of a perverse intention to harm someone he pretends to have made an error."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "48. Challenging an ecclesiastical judge"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since a special prohibition has been made against anyone presuming to promulgate a sentence of excommunication against someone without adequate warning being given beforehand, we therefore wish to provide against the person warned being able, by means of a fraudulent objection or appeal, to escape examination by the one issuing the warning. We therefore decree that if the person alleges he holds the judge suspect, let him bring before the same judge an action of just suspicion; and he himself in agreement with his adversary (or with the judge, if he happens not to have an adversary) shall together choose arbiters or, if by chance they are unable to reach agreement together, he shall choose one arbiter and the other another, to take cognisance of the action of suspicion. If these cannot agree on a judgment they shall call in a third person so that what two of them decide upon shall have binding force. Let them know that they are bound to carry this out faithfully, in accordance with the command strictly enjoined by us in virtue of obedience and under the attestation of the divine judgment. If the action of suspicion is not proved in law before them within a suitable time, the judge shall exercise his jurisdiction; if the action is proved, then with the consent of the objector the challenged judge shall commit the matter to a suitable person or shall refer it to a superior judge so that he may conduct the matter as it should be conducted. As for the person who has been warned but then hastens to make an appeal, if his offence is made manifest in law by the evidence of the case or by his own confession or in some other way, then provocation of this kind is not to be tolerated, since the remedy of an appeal was not established to defend wickedness but to protect innocence. If there is some doubt about his offence, then the appellant shall, lest he impedes the judge's action by the subterfuge of a frivolous appeal, set before the same judge the credible reason for his appeal, such namely that if it was proved it would be considered legitimate. Then if he has an adversary, let him proceed with his appeal within the time laid down by the same judge according to the distances, times and nature of the business involved. If he does not prosecute his appeal, the judge himself shall proceed notwithstanding the appeal. If the adversary does not appear when the judge is proceeding in virtue of his office, then once the reason for the appeal has been verified before the superior judge the latter shall exercise his jurisdiction. If the appellant fails to get the reason for his appeal verified, he shall be sent back to the judge from whom it has been established that he appealed maliciously. We do not wish the above two constitutions to be extended to regulars, who have their own special observances. '"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "49. Penalties for excommunication out of avarice"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We absolutely forbid, under threat of the divine judgment, anyone to dare to bind anyone with the bond of excommunication, or to absolve anyone so bound, out of avarice. We forbid this especially in those regions where by custom an excommunicated person is punished by a money penalty when he is absolved. We decree that when it has been established that a sentence of excommunication was unjust, the excommunicator shall be compelled by ecclesiastical censure to restore the money thus extorted, and shall pay as much again to his victim for the injury unless he was deceived by an understandable error. If perchance he is unable to pay, he shall be punished in some other way."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "50. Prohibition of marriage is now perpetually restricted to the fourth degree"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It should not be judged reprehensible if human decrees are sometimes changed according to changing circumstances, especially when urgent necessity or evident advantage demands it, since God himself changed in the new Testament some of the things which he had commanded in the old Testament. Since the prohibitions against contracting marriage in the second and third degree of affinity, and against uniting the offspring of a second marriage with the kindred of the first husband, often lead to difficulty and sometimes endanger souls, we therefore, in order that when the prohibition ceases the effect may also cease, revoke with the approval of this sacred council the constitutions published on this subject and we decree, by this present constitution, that henceforth contracting parties connected in these ways may freely be joined together. Moreover the prohibition against marriage shall not in future go beyond the fourth degree of consanguinity and of affinity, since the prohibition cannot now generally be observed to further degrees without grave harm. The number four agrees well with the prohibition concerning bodily union about which the Apostle says, that the husband does not rule over his body, but the wife does; and the wife does not rule over her body, but the husband does; for there are four humours in the body, which is composed of the four elements. Although the prohibition of marriage is now restricted to the fourth degree, we wish the prohibition to be perpetual, notwithstanding earlier decrees on this subject issued either by others or by us. If any persons dare to marry contrary to this prohibition, they shall not be protected by length of years, since the passage of time does not diminish sin but increases it, and the longer that faults hold the unfortunate soul in bondage the graver they are."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "51. Clandestine marriages forbidden"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the prohibition against marriage in the three remotest degrees has been revoked, we wish it to be strictly observed in the other degrees. Following in the footsteps of our predecessors, we altogether forbid clandestine marriages and we forbid any priest to presume to be present at such a marriage. Extending the special custom of certain regions to other regions generally, we decree that"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "when marriages are to be contracted they shall be publicly announced in the churches by priests, with a suitable time being fixed beforehand within which whoever wishes and is able to may adduce a lawful impediment. The priests themselves shall also investigate whether there is any impediment. When there appears a credible reason why the marriage should not be contracted, the contract shall be expressly forbidden until there has been established from clear documents what ought to be done in the matter. If any persons presume to enter into clandestine marriages of this kind, or forbidden marriages within a prohibited degree, even if done in ignorance, the offspring of the union shall be deemed illegitimate and shall have no help from their parents' ignorance, since the parents in contracting the marriage could be considered as not devoid of knowledge, or even as affecters of ignorance. Likewise the offspring shall be deemed illegitimate if both parents know of a legitimate impediment and yet dare to contract a marriage in the presence of the church, contrary to every prohibition. Moreover the parish priest who refuses to forbid such unions, or even any member of the regular clergy who dares to attend them, shall be suspended from office for three years and shall be punished even more severely if the nature of the fault requires it. Those who presume to be united in this way, even if it is within a permitted degree, are to be given a suitable penance. Anybody who maliciously proposes an impediment, to prevent a legitimate marriage, will not escape the church's vengeance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "52. On rejecting evidence from hearsay at a matrimonial suit"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It was at one time decided out of a certain necessity, but contrary to the normal practice, that hearsay evidence should be valid in reckoning the degrees of consanguinity and affinity, because on account of the shortness of human life witnesses would not be able to testify from first-hand knowledge in a reckoning as far as the seventh degree. However, because we have learned from many examples and definite proofs that many dangers to lawful marriages have arisen from this, we have decided that in future witnesses from hearsay shall not be accepted in this matter, since the prohibition does not now exceed the fourth degree, unless there are persons of weight who are trustworthy and who learnt from their elders, before the case was begun, the things that they testify : not indeed from one such person since one would not suffice even if he or she were alive, but from two at least, and not from persons who are of bad repute and suspect but from those who are trustworthy and above every objection, since it would appear rather absurd to admit in evidence those whose actions would be rejected. Nor should there be admitted in evidence one person who has learnt what he testifies from several, or persons of bad repute who have learnt what they testify from persons of good repute, as though they were more than one and suitable witnesses, since even according to the normal practice of courts the assertion of one witness does not suffice, even if he is a person resplendent with authority, and since legal actions are forbidden to persons of bad repute. The witnesses shall affirm on oath that in bearing witness in the case they are not acting from hatred or fear or love or for advantage; they shall designate the persons by their exact names or by pointing out or by sufficient description, and shall distinguish by a clear reckoning every degree of relationship on either side; and they shall include in their oath the statement that it was from their ancestors that they received what they are testifying and that they believe it to be true. They shall still not suffice unless they declare on oath that they have known that the persons who stand in at least one of the aforesaid degrees of relationship, regard each other as blood-relations. For it is preferable to leave alone some people who have been united contrary to human decrees than to separate, contrary to the Lord's decrees, persons who have been joined together legitimately."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "53. On those who give their fields to others to be cultivated so as to avoid tithes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In some regions there are intermingled certain peoples who by custom, in accordance with their own rites, do not pay tithes, even though they are counted as Christians. Some landlords assign their lands to them so that these lords may obtain greater revenues, by cheating the churches of the tithes. Wishing therefore to provide for the security of churches in these matters, we decree that when lords make over their lands to such persons in this way for cultivation, the lords must pay the tithes to the churches in full and without objection, and if necessary they shall be compelled to do so by ecclesiastical censure. Such tithes are indeed to be paid of necessity, inasmuch as they are owed in virtue of divine law or of approved local custom."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "54. Tithes should be paid before taxes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is not within human power that the seed should answer to the sower since, according to the saying of the Apostle, Neither he who plants nor he who waters is anything, but rather he who gives the growth, namely God, who himself brings forth much fruit from the dead seed. Now, some people from excess of greed strive to cheat over tithes, deducting from crops and first-fruits the rents and dues, which meanwhile escape the payment of tithes. Since the Lord has reserved tithes unto himself as a sign of his universal lordship, by a certain special title as it were, we decree, wishing to prevent injury to churches and danger to souls, that in virtue of this general lordship the payment of tithes shall precede the exaction of dues and rents, or at least those who receive untithed rents and dues shall be forced by ecclesiastical censure, seeing that a thing carries with it its burden, to tithe them for the churches to which by right they are due."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "55. Tithes are to be paid on lands acquired, notwithstanding privileges"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recently abbots of the Cistercian order, assembled in a general chapter, wisely decreed at our instance that the brethren of the order shall not in future buy possessions from which tithes are due to churches, unless by chance it is for founding new monasteries; and that if such possessions were given to them by the pious devotion of the faithful, or were bought for founding new monasteries, they would assign them for cultivation to other people, who would pay the tithes to the churches, lest the churches be further burdened on account of the Cistercians' privileges. We therefore decree that on lands assigned to others and on future acquisitions, even if they cultivate them with their own hands or at their own expense, they shall pay tithes to the churches which previously received the tithes from the lands, unless they decide to compound in another way with the churches. Since we consider this decree to be acceptable and right, we wish it to be extended to other regulars who enjoy similar privileges, and we order prelates of churches to be readier and more effectual in affording them full justice with regard to those who wrong them and to take pains to maintain their privileges more carefully and completely."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "56. A parish priest shall not lose a tithe on account of some people making a pact"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Many regulars, as we have learnt, and sometimes secular clerics, when letting houses or granting fiefs, add a pact, to the prejudice of the parish churches, to the effect that the tenants and vassals shall pay tithes to them and shall choose to be buried in their ground. We utterly reject pacts of this kind, since they are rooted in avarice, and we declare that whatever is received through them shall be returned to the parish churches."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "57. Interpreting the words of privileges"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that privileges which the Roman church has granted to certain religious may remain unimpaired, we have decided that certain things in them must be clarified lest through their not being well understood they lead to abuse, on account of which they could deservedly be revoked. For, a person deserves to lose a privilege if he abuses the power entrusted to him. The apostolic see has rightly granted an indult to certain regulars to the effect that ecclesiastical burial should not be refused to deceased members of their fraternity if the churches to which they belong happen to be under an interdict as regards divine services, unless the persons were excommunicated or interdicted by name, and that they may carry off for burial to their own churches their confraters whom prelates of churches will not allow to be buried in their own churches, unless the confraters have been excommunicated or interdicted by name. However, we understand this to refer to confraters who have changed their secular dress and have been consecrated to the order while still alive, or who in their lifetime have given their property to them while retaining for themselves as long as they live the usufruct of it. Only such persons may be buried at the non-interdicted churches of these regulars and of others in which they have chosen to be buried. For if it were understood of any persons joining their fraternity for the annual payment of two or three pennies, ecclesiastical discipline would be loosened and brought into contempt. Even the latter may, however, obtain a certain remission granted to them by the apostolic see. It has also been granted to such regulars that if any of their brethren, whom they have sent to establish fraternities or to receive taxes, comes to a city or a castle or a village which is under an interdict as regards divine services, then churches may be opened once in the year at their \"joyous entry\" so that the divine services may be celebrated there, after excommunicated persons have been excluded. We wish this to be understood as meaning that in a given city, castle or town one church only shall be opened for the brethren of a particular order, as mentioned above, once in the year. For although it was said in the plural that churches may be opened at their \"joyous entry\", this on a true understanding refers not to each individual church of a given place but rather to the churches of the aforesaid places taken together. Otherwise if they visited all the churches of a given place in this way, the sentence of interdict would be brought into too much contempt. Those who dare to usurp anything for themselves contrary to the above declarations shall be subjected to severe punishment."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "58. On the same in favour of bishops"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We wish to extend to bishops, in favour of the episcopal office, the indult which has already been given to certain religious. We therefore grant that when a country is under a general interdict, the bishops may sometimes celebrate the divine services, behind closed doors and in a lowered voice, without the ringing of bells, after excommunicated and interdicted persons have been excluded, unless this has been expressly forbidden to them. We grant this, however, to those bishops who have not given any cause for the interdict, lest they use guile or fraud of any sort and so turn a good thing into a damaging loss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "59. Religious cannot give surety without permission of his abbot and convent"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We wish and order to be extended to all religious what has already been forbidden by the apostolic see to some of them : namely that no religious, without the permission of his abbot and the majority of his chapter, may stand surety for someone or accept a loan from another beyond a sum fixed by the common opinion. Otherwise the convent shall not be held responsible in any way for his actions, unless perchance the matter has clearly redounded to the benefit of his house. Anyone who presumes to act contrary to this statute shall be severely disciplined."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "60. Abbots not to encroach on episcopal office"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "From the complaints which have reached us from bishops in various parts of the world, we have come to know of serious and great excesses of certain abbots who, not content with the boundaries of their own authority, stretch out their hands to things belonging to the episcopal dignity : hearing matrimonial cases, enjoining public penances, even granting letters of indulgences and like presumptions. It sometimes happens from this that episcopal authority is cheapened in the eyes of many. Wishing therefore to provide for both the dignity of bishops and the well-being of abbots in these matters, we strictly forbid by this present decree any abbot to reach out for such things, if he wishes to avoid danger for himself, unless by chance any of them can defend himself by a special concession or some other legitimate reason in respect of such things."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "61. Religious may not receive tithes from lay hands"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It was forbidden at the Lateran council, as is known, for any regulars to dare to receive churches or tithes from lay hands without the bishop's consent, or in any way to admit to the divine services those under excommunication or those interdicted by name. We now forbid it even more strongly and will take care to see that offenders are punished with condign penalties. We decree, nevertheless that in churches which do not belong to them by full right the regulars shall, in accordance with the statutes of that council, present to the bishop the priests who are to be instituted, for examination by him about the care of the people; but as for the priests' ability in temporal matters, the regulars shall furnish the proof unto themselves. Let them not dare to remove those who have been instituted without consulting the bishop. We add, indeed, that they should take care to present those who are either noted for their way of life or recommended by prelates on probable grounds."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "62. Regarding saint's relics"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Christian religion is frequently disparaged because certain people put saints' relics up for sale and display them indiscriminately. In order that it may not be disparaged in the future, we ordain by this present decree that henceforth ancient relics shall not be displayed outside a reliquary or be put up for sale. As for newly discovered relics, let no one presume to venerate them publicly unless they have previously been approved by the authority of the Roman pontiff. Prelates, moreover, should not in future allow those who come to their churches, in order to venerate, to be deceived by lying stories or false documents, as has commonly happened in many places on account of the desire for profit. We also forbid the recognition of alms-collectors, some of whom deceive other people by proposing various errors in their preaching, unless they show authentic letters from the apostolic see or from the diocesan bishop. Even then they shall not be permitted to put before the people anything beyond what is contained in the letters."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We have thought it good to show the form of letter which the apostolic see generally grants to alms-collectors, in order that diocesan bishops may follow it in their own letters. It is this : \"Since, as the Apostle says, we shall all stand before the judgment seat of Christ to receive according to what we have done in the body, whether it be good or bad, it behooves us to prepare for the day of the final harvest with works of mercy and to sow on earth, with a view to eternity, that which, with God returning it with multiplied fruit, we ought to collect in heaven; keeping a firm hope and confidence, since he who sows sparingly reaps sparingly, and he who sows bountifully shall reap bountifully unto eternal life. Since the resources of a hospital may not suffice for the support of the brethren and the needy who flock to it, we admonish and exhort all of you in the Lord, and enjoin upon you for the remission of your sins, to give pious alms and grateful charitable assistance to them, from the goods that God has bestowed upon you; so that their need may be cared for through your help, and you may reach eternal happiness through these and other good things which you may have done under God's inspiration. \""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let those who are sent to seek alms be modest and discreet, and let them not stay in taverns or other unsuitable places or incur useless or excessive expenses, being careful above all not to wear the garb of false religion. Moreover, because the keys of the church are brought into contempt and satisfaction through penance loses its force through indiscriminate and excessive indulgences, which certain prelates of churches do not fear to grant, we therefore decree that when a basilica is dedicated, the indulgence shall not be for more than one year, whether it is dedicated by one bishop or by more than one, and for the anniversary of the dedication the remission of penances imposed is not to exceed forty days. We order that the letters of indulgence, which are granted for various reasons at different times, are to fix this number of days, since the Roman pontiff himself, who possesses the plenitude of power, is accustomed to observe this moderation in such things."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "63. On simony"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As we have certainly learnt, shameful and wicked exactions and extortions are levied in many places and by many persons, who are like the sellers of doves in the temple, for the consecration of bishops, the blessing of abbots and the ordination of clerics. There is fixed how much is to be paid for this or that and for yet another thing. Some even strive to defend this disgrace and wickedness on the grounds of long-established custom, thereby heaping up for themselves still further damnation. Wishing therefore to abolish so great an abuse, we altogether reject such a custom which should rather be termed a corruption. We firmly decree that nobody shall dare to demand or extort anything under any pretext for the conferring of such things or for their having been conferred. Otherwise both he who receives and he who gives such an absolutely condemned payment shall be condemned with Gehazi and Simon."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "64. Simony with regards to monks and nuns"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The disease of simony has infected many nuns to such an extent that they admit scarcely any as sisters without a payment, wishing to cover this vice with the pretext of poverty. We utterly forbid this to happen in the future. We decree that whoever commits such wickedness in the future, both the one admitting and the one admitted, whether she be a subject or in authority, shall be expelled from her convent without hope of reinstatement, and be cast into a house of stricter observance to do perpetual penance. As regards those who were admitted in this way before this synodal statute, we have decided to provide that they be moved from the convents which they wrongly entered, and be placed in other houses of the same order. If perchance they are too numerous to be conveniently placed elsewhere, they may be admitted afresh to the same convent, by dispensation, after the prioress and lesser officials have been changed, lest they roam around in the world to the danger of their souls. We order the same to be observed with regard to monks and other religious. Indeed, lest such persons be able to excuse themselves on the grounds of simplicity or ignorance, we order diocesan bishops to have this decree published throughout their dioceses every year."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "65. Simony and extortion"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We have heard that certain bishops, on the death of rectors of churches, put these churches under an interdict and do not allow anyone to be instituted to them until they have been paid a certain sum of money. Moreover, when a knight or a cleric enters a religious house or chooses to be buried with religious, the bishops raise difficulties and obstacles until they receive something in the way of a present, even when the person has left nothing to the religious house. Since we should abstain not only from evil itself but also from every appearance of evil, as the Apostle says, we altogether forbid exactions of this kind. Any offender shall restore double the amount exacted, and this is to be faithfully used for the benefit of the places harmed by the exactions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "66. Simony and avarice in clerics"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It has frequently been reported to the apostolic see that certain clerics demand and extort payments for funeral rites for the dead, the blessing of those marrying, and the like; and if it happens that their greed is not satisfied, they deceitfully set up false impediments. On the other hand some lay people, stirred by a ferment of heretical wickedness, strive to infringe a praiseworthy custom of holy church, introduced by the pious devotion of the faithful, under the pretext of canonical scruples. We therefore both forbid wicked exactions to be made in these matters and order pious customs to be observed, ordaining that the church's sacraments are to be given freely but also that those who maliciously try to change a praiseworthy custom are to be restrained, when the truth is known, by the bishop of the place."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "67. Jews and excessive Usury"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The more the Christian religion is restrained from usurious practices, so much the more does the perfidy of the Jews grow in these matters, so that within a short time they are exhausting the resources of Christians. Wishing therefore to see that Christians are not savagely oppressed by Jews in this matter, we ordain by this synodal decree that if Jews in future, on any pretext, extort oppressive and excessive interest from Christians, then they are to be removed from contact with Christians until they have made adequate satisfaction for the immoderate burden. Christians too, if need be, shall be compelled by ecclesiastical censure, without the possibility of an appeal, to abstain from commerce with them. We enjoin upon princes not to be hostile to Christians on this account, but rather to be zealous in restraining Jews from so great oppression. We decree, under the same penalty, that Jews shall be compelled to make satisfaction to churches for tithes and offerings due to the churches, which the churches were accustomed to receive from Christians for houses and other possessions, before they passed by whatever title to the Jews, so that the churches may thus be preserved from loss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "68. Jews appearing in public"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A difference of dress distinguishes Jews or Saracens from Christians in some provinces, but in others a certain confusion has developed so that they are indistinguishable. Whence it sometimes happens that by mistake Christians join with Jewish or Saracen women, and Jews or Saracens with Christian women. In order that the offence of such a damnable mixing may not spread further, under the excuse of a mistake of this kind, we decree that such persons of either sex, in every Christian province and at all times, are to be distinguished in public from other people by the character of their dress — seeing moreover that this was enjoined upon them by Moses himself, as we read. They shall not appear in public at all on the days of lamentation and on passion Sunday; because some of them on such days, as we have heard, do not blush to parade in very ornate dress and are not afraid to mock Christians who are presenting a memorial of the most sacred passion and are displaying signs of grief. What we most strictly forbid however, is that they dare in any way to break out in derision of the Redeemer. We order secular princes to restrain with condign punishment those who do so presume, lest they dare to blaspheme in any way him who was crucified for us, since we ought not to ignore insults against him who blotted out our wrongdoings."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "69. Jews not to hold public offices"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It would be too absurd for a blasphemer of Christ to exercise power over Christians. We therefore renew in this canon, on account of the boldness of the offenders, what the council of Toledo providently decreed in this matter : we forbid Jews to be appointed to public offices, since under cover of them they are very hostile to Christians. If, however, anyone does commit such an office to them let him, after an admonition, be curbed by the provincial council, which we order to be held annually, by means of an appropriate sanction. Any official so appointed shall be denied commerce with Christians in business and in other matters until he has converted to the use of poor Christians, in accordance with the directions of the diocesan bishop, whatever he has obtained from Christians by reason of his office so acquired, and he shall surrender with shame the office which he irreverently assumed. We extend the same thing to pagans."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "70. Jewish converts may not retain their old rite"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certain people who have come voluntarily to the waters of sacred baptism, as we learnt, do not wholly cast off the old person in order to put on the new more perfectly. For, in keeping remnants of their former rite, they upset the decorum of the Christian religion by such a mixing. Since it is written, cursed is he who enters the land by two paths, and a garment that is woven from linen and wool together should not be put on, we therefore decree that such people shall be wholly prevented by the prelates of churches from observing their old rite, so that those who freely offered themselves to the Christian religion may be kept to its observance by a salutary and necessary coercion. For it is a lesser evil not to know the Lord's way than to go back on it after having known it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "71. Crusade to recover the holy Land"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is our ardent desire to liberate the holy Land from infidel hands. We therefore declare, with the approval of this sacred council and on the advice of prudent men who are fully aware of the circumstances of time and place, that crusaders are to make themselves ready so that all who have arranged to go by sea shall assemble in the kingdom of Sicily on 1 June after next : some as necessary and fitting at Brindisi and others at Messina and places neighbouring it on either side, where we too have arranged to be in person at that time, God willing, so that with our advice and help the Christian army may be in good order to set out with divine and apostolic blessing. Those who have decided to go by land should also take care to be ready by the same date. They shall notify us meanwhile so that we may grant them a suitable legate a latere for advice and help. Priests and other clerics who will be in the Christian army, both those under authority and prelates, shall diligently devote themselves to prayer and exhortation, teaching the crusaders by word and example to have the fear and love of God always before their eyes, so that they say or do nothing that might offend the divine majesty. If they ever fall into sin, let them quickly rise up again through true penitence. Let them be humble in heart and in body, keeping to moderation both in food and in dress, avoiding altogether dissensions and rivalries, and putting aside entirely any bitterness or envy, so that thus armed with spiritual and material weapons they may the more fearlessly fight against the enemies of the faith, relying not on their own power but rather trusting in the strength of God. We grant to these clerics that they may receive the fruits of their benefices in full for three years, as if they were resident in the churches, and if necessary they may leave them in pledge for the same time."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To prevent this holy proposal being impeded or delayed, we strictly order all prelates of churches, each in his own locality, diligently to warn and induce those who have abandoned the cross to resume it, and them and others who have taken up the cross, and those who may still do so, to carry out their vows to the Lord. And if necessary they shall compel them to do this without any backsliding, by sentences of excommunication against their persons and of interdict on their lands, excepting only those persons who find themselves faced with an impediment of such a kind that their vow deservedly ought to be commuted or deferred in accordance with the directives of the apostolic see. In order that nothing connected with this business of Jesus Christ be omitted, we will and order patriarchs, archbishops, bishops, abbots and others who have the care of souls to preach the cross zealously to those entrusted to them. Let them beseech kings, dukes, princes, margraves, counts, barons and other magnates, as well as the communities of cities, vills and towns — in the name of the Father, Son and holy Spirit, the one, only, true and eternal God — that those who do not go in person to the aid of the holy Land should contribute, according to their means, an appropriate number of fighting men together with their necessary expenses for three years, for the remission of their sins in accordance with what has already been explained in general letters and will be explained below for still greater assurance. We wish to share in this remission not only those who contribute ships of their own but also those who are zealous enough to build them for this purpose. To those who refuse, if there happen to be any who are so ungrateful to our lord God, we firmly declare in the name of the apostle that they should know that they will have to answer to us for this on the last day of final judgment before the fearful judge. Let them consider beforehand, however with what conscience and with what security it was that they were able to confess before the only-begotten Son of God, Jesus Christ, to whom the Father gave all things into his hands, if in this business, which is as it were peculiarly his, they refuse to serve him who was crucified for sinners, by whose beneficence they are sustained and indeed by whose blood they have been redeemed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lest we appear to be laying on men's shoulders heavy and unbearable burdens which we are not willing to lighten, like those who say yes but do nothing behold we, from what we have been able to save over and above necessities and moderate expenses, grant and give thirty thousand pounds to this work, besides the shipping which we are giving to the crusaders of Rome and neighbouring districts. We will assign for this purpose, moreover, three thousand marks of silver, which we have left over from the alms of certain of the faithful, the rest having been faithfully distributed for the needs and benefit of the aforesaid Land by the hands of the abbot patriarch of Jerusalem, of happy memory, and of the masters of the Temple and of the Hospital. We wish, however, that other prelates of churches and all clerics may participate and share both in the merit and in the reward. We therefore decree, with the general approval of the council, that all clerics, both those under authority and prelates, shall give a twentieth of their ecclesiastical revenues for three years to the aid of the holy Land, by means of the persons appointed by the apostolic see for this purpose; the only exceptions being certain religious who are rightly to be exempted from this taxation and likewise those persons who have taken or will take the cross and so will go in person. We and our brothers, cardinals of the holy Roman church, shall pay a full tenth. Let all know, moreover, that they are obliged to observe this faithfully under pain of excommunication, so that those who knowingly deceive in this matter shall incur the sentence of excommunication. Because it is right that those who persevere in the service of the heavenly ruler should in all justice enjoy special privilege, and because the day of departure is somewhat more than a year ahead, crusaders shall therefore be. exempt from taxes or levies and other burdens. We take their persons and goods under the protection of St Peter and ourself once they have taken up the cross. We ordain that they are to be protected by archbishops, bishops and all prelates of the church, and that protectors of their own are to be specially appointed for this purpose, so that their goods are to remain intact and undisturbed until they are known for certain to be dead or to have returned. If anyone dares to act contrary to this, let him be curbed by ecclesiastical censure."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If any of those setting out are bound by oath to pay interest, we ordain that their creditors shall be compelled by the same punishment to release them from their oath and to desist from exacting the interest; if any of the creditors does force them to pay the interest, we command that he be forced by similar punishment to restore it. We order that Jews be compelled by the secular power to remit interest, and that until they do so all intercourse shall be denied them by all Christ's faithful under pain of excommunication. Secular princes shall provide a suitable deferral for those who cannot now pay their debts to Jews, so that after they have undertaken the journey and until there is certain knowledge of their death or of their return, they shall not incur the inconvenience of paying interest. The Jews shall be compelled to add to the capital, after they have deducted their necessary expenses, the revenues which they are meanwhile receiving from property held by them on security. For, such a benefit seems to entail not much loss, inasmuch as it postpones the repayment but does not cancel the debt. Prelates of churches who are negligent in showing justice to crusaders and their families should know that they will be severely punished."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore, since corsairs and pirates greatly impede help for the holy Land, by capturing and plundering those who are travelling to and from it, we bind with the bond of excommunication everyone who helps or supports them. We forbid anyone, under threat of anathema, knowingly to communicate with them by contracting to buy or to sell; and we order rulers of cities and their territories to restrain and curb such persons from this iniquity. Otherwise, since to be unwilling to disquiet evildoers is none other than to encourage them, and since he who fails to oppose a manifest crime is not without a touch of secret complicity, it is our wish and command that prelates of churches exercise ecclesiastical severity against their persons and lands. We excommunicate and anathematize, moreover, those false and impious Christians who, in opposition to Christ and the Christian people, convey arms to the Saracens and iron and timber for their galleys. We decree that those who sell them galleys or ships, and those who act as pilots in pirate Saracen ships, or give them any advice or help by way of machines or anything else, to the detriment of the holy Land, are to be punished with deprivation of their possessions and are to become the slaves of those who capture them. We order this sentence to be renewed on Sundays and feast-days in all maritime towns; and the bosom of the church is not to be opened to such persons unless they send in aid of the holy Land the whole of the damnable wealth which they received and the same amount of their own, so that they are punished in proportion to their offence. If perchance they do not pay, they are to be punished in other ways in order that through their punishment others may be deterred from venturing upon similar rash actions. In addition, we prohibit and on pain of anathema forbid all Christians, for four years, to send or take their ships across to the lands of the Saracens who dwell in the east, so that by this a greater supply of shipping may be made ready for those wanting to cross over to help the holy Land, and so that the aforesaid Saracens may be deprived of the not inconsiderable help which they have been accustomed to receiving from this."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although tournaments have been forbidden in a general way on pain of a fixed penalty at various councils, we strictly forbid them to be held for three years, under pain of excommunication, because the business of the crusade is much hindered by them at this present time. Because it is of the utmost necessity for the carrying out of this business that rulers of the Christian people keep peace with each other, we therefore ordain, on the advice of this holy general synod, that peace be generally kept in the whole Christian world for at least four years, so that those in conflict shall be brought by the prelates of churches to conclude a definitive peace or to observe inviolably a firm truce. Those who refuse to comply shall be most strictly compelled to do so by an excommunication against their persons and an interdict on their lands, unless their wrongdoing is so great that they ought not to enjoy peace. If it happens that they make light of the church's censure, they may deservedly fear that the secular power will be invoked by ecclesiastical authority against them as disturbers of the business of him who was crucified."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We therefore, trusting in the mercy of almighty God and in the authority of the blessed apostles Peter and Paul, do grant, by the power of binding and loosing that God has conferred upon us, albeit unworthy, unto all those who undertake this work in person and at their own expense, full pardon for their sins about which they are heartily contrite and have spoken in confession, and we promise them an increase of eternal life at the recompensing of the just; also to those who do not go there in person but send suitable men at their own expense, according to their means and status, and likewise to those who go in person but at others' expense, we grant full pardon for their sins. We wish and grant to share in this remission, according to the quality of their help and the intensity of their devotion, all who shall contribute suitably from their goods to the aid of the said Land or who give useful advice and help. Finally, this general synod imparts the benefit of its blessings to all who piously set out on this common enterprise in order that it may contribute worthily to their salvation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Notes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. three persons ... nature omitted in Cr."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. as if ... perfect omitted in Cr."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. and he ... things omitted in A.M."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. We forbid ... fowling omitted in Cr M."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. confessions ... interlocutions omitted in Cr."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "—Cr = P. Crabbe, Concilia omnia, tam generalia, quam particularia ..., 2 vols. Cologne 1538; 3 vols. ibid 1551 —M = the Mazarin codex used by P. Labbe and G. Cossart, Sacrosancta concilia ad regiam editionem exacta quae nunc quarta parte prodit auctior studio Philippi Labbei et Gabrielis Cossartii ..., 17 vols. Paris 1671-72 —A = the d'Achery codex used by Labbe and Cossart"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction and translation taken from Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils, ed. Norman P. Tanner"
            }
          ],
          "witnesses": [
            {
              "label": "Concilia Oecumenica — Documenta et Acta, local source volume",
              "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
              "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
              "format": "pdf"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "council-source-corpus",
      "council": 13,
      "title": "Lyons I — council-level source corpus",
      "type": "Council-level source corpus",
      "date": "",
      "scope": "council-level-corpus",
      "sourceStatus": "Readable English extraction from a local council source volume; not document-level segmentation and not an aligned parallel edition.",
      "sourceVerification": "Unambiguous council heading and next-council boundary verified during the 3.50 reconciliation build.",
      "sourceVolumeSha256": "be506158a70af600f5575e554ae28c62088fc575aa3e0c3339bec036af8530de",
      "languages": {
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
          "format": "pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "FIRST COUNCIL OF LYONS (1245)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Contents"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introduction and Abbreviations Bull Deposing The Emperor Frederick II Constitution I 1. On rescripts 2. Those to whom cases should be entrusted 3. Curtailing legal expenses 4. On challenging elections etc. 5. Only unconditional votes valid 6. Jurisdiction of conservators 7. Legates and benefices 8. Judge delegates 9. On peremptory exceptions 10. The objection of robbery 11. No-show plaintiffs 12. On early possession for the sake of preservation 13. On the acceptability of negative assertions 14. The exception of major excommunication 15. On Judges Who Give Dishonest Judgment 16-17. On appeals 18. On employing assassins 19-22 On excommunication Constitution II 1. Management of church debts 2. On help for the empire of Constantinople 3. Admonition to be made by prelates to the people in their charge 4. On the Tartars 5. On the crusade Notes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction and Abbreviations"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The dispute, distinctive of the Middle Ages, between the papacy and the empire became very serious under Pope Innocent IV and Emperor Frederick II. Already in 1240 Pope Gregory IX had tried to define the questions between the two powers by calling a general council, but Frederick II by arms had prevented the council from meeting. When Innocent IV succeeded as pope in 1243 he gave his earnest attention to renewing this policy. He was able to make his way in 1244 to Lyons, which was outside the direct authority of the emperor, and there proclaimed a council. Some letters of summons exist, dated 3 January 1245 and the days following, in which the purpose of the council is stated thus: \"That the church, through the salutary counsel of the faithful and their fruitful help, may have the dignity of its proper position; that assistance may speedily be brought to the unhappy crisis in the holy Land and the sufferings of the eastern empire; that a remedy may be found against the Tartars and other enemies of the faith and persecutors of the Christian people; further, for the issue between the church and the emperor; for these reasons we think that the kings of the earth, the prelates of the church and other princes of the world should be summoned\". The chief purposes for which the council was called—and from the beginning it was called \"general\"—seem to have been political ones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When the council opened on 26 June 1245, in a meeting which was probably only preparatory, there were present three patriarchs and about 150 bishops besides other religious and secular persons, among whom was the Latin emperor of Constantinople. Emperor Frederick II sent a legation headed by Thaddaeus of Suessa. Many bishops and prelates were unable to attend the council because they had been prevented by the invasions of the Tartars in the east or the attacks of the Saracens in the holy Land, or because Frederick II had intimidated them (especially the Sicilians and Germans). Thus it was that the four chief parties of the council were the French and probably the Spanish, English and Italian. In the three sessions which were held during the council (26 June, 5 and 17 July) the fathers, not without hesitation and dispute, had to treat especially of Frederick II. There seems to have been a bitter conflict between Innocent IV on the one side and Thaddaeus of Suessa on the other. The sources, especially the Brevis nota and Matthew Paris, tell us clearly about the nature of the discussion and the determined attitude of the pope, who induced the council to depose the emperor at the session on 17 July 1245, a matter that appeared unprecedented to the fathers themselves. The council on this question shows us clearly the critical position reached by the medieval theory and practice of ruling a Christian state, which rested on a double order of authority."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the same session of 17 July the council also approved some strictly legal constitutions and others on usury, the Tartars and the Latin east. But the council, unlike the previous councils of the Middle Ages, did not approve canons concerning the reform of the church and the condemnation of heresy. Enthusiasm for the Gregorian reform movement seems to have died down completely. The council, however, concerned itself with promoting and confirming the general canonical legislation for religious life."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The transmission of the text of the constitutions is involved and still partly obscure. Only in recent times has it been realised that the authentic and definitive drawing up of the constitutions, and their promulgation, took place after the council. This collection consists of 22 constitutions, all of which are of a legal nature, and was sent to the universities by Innocent IV on 25 August 1245 (Coll. I). A second collection of 12 decrees was published by Innocent IV on 21 April 1246 (Coll. II). A final collection (Coll. I + II and 8 other decrees) was issued on 9 September 1253 (Coll. III), and was included (except for const. 2) in Liber Sextus in 1298. Coll. I, however, is not identical with the constitutions of the council. For in it can be found neither the condemnation of Frederick II, which seems to have been the chief matter of the council, nor the five constitutions pertaining to the important questions introduced by Innocent IV at the opening of the council, namely those concerned with the Tartars, the Latin east and the crusades."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Stephen Kuttner has shown that the constitutions have been transmitted to us through three versions: the conciliar version (= M), known principally from the chronicle of Matthew of Paris (const. 1-19, and the const. on the crusade corresponding to R 17); the intermediate version ( = R), known from the register of Innocent IV (const. 1-17, of which const. 1-12 correspond to M 1-10); and the definitive version ( = Coll. I), containing two constitutions (18 and 22) which are absent from the other versions, but lacking the constitutions not directly concerned with the law (R 13-17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indeed, the origins of the constitutions must be placed before the council, as is shown by an earlier version of constitutions M 13, 15 and 19, antedating the council. Evidently the council fathers were discussing matters which had already been partly worked out, and it was somewhat later that the constitutions acquired their more accurate and definite legal form."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The constitutions taken from Matthew Paris were edited in Bn[1] III/2 (1606) 1482-1489. Those from the register of Innocent IV were edited in Rm IV (1612) 73-78. All later editions followed Rm. However, I. H. Boehmer and Msi[1] 2 (1748) 1073-1098 (afterwards in Msi 23 (1779) 651-674) printed Coll. III. in addition. Coll. I, as such, has never been edited; but there exists both an indirect transmission (Coll. I + II, Coll. III, Liber Sextus) and a direct, single-family transmission through eight manuscript codices: Arras, Bibl. Municipale 541; Bratislava, formerly Cathedral Library, 13; Innsbruck, Universitaetsbibl., 70, fos. 335v-338v (= I); Kassel, Landesbibl., Iur. fol. 32; Munich, Bayerische Staatsbibl., Lat. 8201e, fos. 219v-220r, and Lat. 9654; Trier, Stadtbibl., 864; Vienna, Nationalbibl., 2073, fos. 238v-242v (= W)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Our edition of the constitutions tries to give all the documents truly belonging to the council. Coll. I has been taken as the base, and variants from M and R are set out in the critical apparatus. The text of Coll. I has been established from codices I and W, which we have seen in microfilm. With regard to M, the edition of H. R. Luard has been used. With regard to R, we have examined directly the register of Innocent IV. We think, moreover, that the last five constitutions in R (13-17, 17 is also in M and Annales de Burton) should also be included among the constitutions of the council, even though they were not included in Coil. I. We have printed the text of these five constitutions from the register of Innocent IV; as regards const. 17 we have also compared M and Annales de Burton ( = Bu)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We think that the bull of deposition of the emperor Frederick II must be considered a statute of the council, and we place this in front of the constitutions. The transmission of the text of the bull is involved, and the editions are very faulty. There are three copies of the bull: Vatican Archives, AA. Arm. I-XVIII, 171 (= V); Paris, Archives Nationales, L 245 no. 84 (= P); Lyons, Archives du Rhone, Fonds du chap. primat., Arm. Cham. vol. XXVII no. 2 (= L). Of these only V has been published. Other transcriptions of the bull are given in the register of Innocent IV, in some chronicles (Matthew of Paris, Annals of Plasencia, Annals of Melrose), in collections of decretals, and in some more recent publications (Bzovius). Our edition takes as its base V, P and L."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bull Deposing The Emperor Frederick II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Innocent {1}, bishop, servant of the servants of God, in the presence of the holy council, for an everlasting record."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Raised, though unworthy, to the highest point of the apostolic dignity, by the will of the divine majesty, we ought to exercise a watchful, diligent and wise care of all Christians, to examine with close attention the merits of individuals and to weigh them in the balance of prudent deliberation, so that we may raise by suitable favours those whom a rigorous and just examination shows to be worthy, and depress the guilty with due penalties, weighing always the merit and the reward in a fair scale, repaying to each the amount of penalty or favour according to the nature of his work. Indeed since the terrible conflict of war has afflicted some countries of the Christian world for a long time, as we desired with our whole heart the peace and tranquillity of the holy church of God and of all the Christian people in general, we thought that we should send special ambassadors, men of great authority, to {2} the secular prince who was the special cause of this discord and suffering. He was the man whom our predecessor of happy memory, Pope Gregory {3}, had bound by anathema because of his excesses. The ambassadors we sent, men eager for his salvation, were our venerable brethren Peter of Albano {4}, at that time bishop of Rouen, William of Sabina {5}, at that time bishop of Modena, and our beloved son William {6}, cardinal-priest of the basilica of the Twelve Apostles and at that time abbot of Saint Facundus. Through them we proposed to him, because we and our brethren desired to have peace with him and with all people, as far as lay in our power, that we were ready to grant peace and tranquillity to him and also to the rest of the whole world."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Because the restitution of the prelates, clerics and all others whom he kept in captivity, and of all both clerics and laymen whom he had taken in the galleys7, could especially lead the way to peace, we asked and begged him through our said ambassadors to set these prisoners free. This both he and his envoys had promised before we had been called to the apostolic office. Further we informed him that our ambassadors were ready on our behalf to hear and treat of peace, and even of satisfaction, should the emperor be ready to make it with regard to all those things for which he had incurred excommunication; and besides to offer him that if the church had injured him in anything contrary to justice-though it did not believe it had done so—it was ready to put it to rights and restore the proper position. If he said that he had harmed the church in nothing unjustly, or that we had harmed him contrary to justice, we were ready to call the kings, prelates and princes, both ecclesiastical and lay, to some safe place where either by themselves or by official representatives they might come together, and that the church was ready on the advice of the council to satisfy him if in anything it had harmed him, and to recall the sentence of excommunication if it had been brought unjustly against him, and with all clemency and mercy, in so far as it could be done without offence to God and its own honour, to receive satisfaction from him for the injuries and wrongs done to the church itself and its members through him."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The church also wished to secure peace for his friends and supporters and the enjoyment of full security, so that for this reason they should never incur any danger. But though in our relations with him, for the sake of peace, we have always taken care to rely on paternal admonitions and gentle entreaty, yet he, following the hardness of Pharaoh and blocking his ears like an asp, with proud obstinacy and obstinate pride has despised such prayers and admonitions. Furthermore on the Maundy Thursday previous to that which has just passed, in our presence and that of our brother cardinals, and in the presence of our dear son in Christ, the illustrious emperor of Constantinople {8}, and of a considerable gathering of prelates, before the senate and people of Rome and a very large number of others, who on that day because of its solemnity had come to the apostolic see from different parts of the world, he guaranteed on oath, through the noble count Raymond of Toulouse, and Masters Peter de Vinea and Thaddaeus of Suessa, judges of his court, his envoys and proctors who had in this matter a general commission, that he would keep our commands and those of the church. However afterwards he did not fulfil what he had sworn. Indeed it is likely enough that he took the oath, as can be clearly gathered from his following actions, with the express intention of mocking rather than obeying us and the church, since after more than a year he could not be reconciled to the bosom of the church, nor did he trouble to make satisfaction for the losses and injuries he had caused it, even though he was asked to do this. For this reason, as we are unable without giving offence to Christ to bear any longer his wickedness, we are compelled, urged on by our conscience, justly to punish him."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To say nothing about his other crimes, he has committed four of the greatest gravity, which cannot be hidden by evasion. For, he has often failed to keep his oath; he deliberately broke the peace previously established between the church and the empire; he committed a sacrilege by causing the arrest of cardinals of the holy Roman church and of prelates and clerics of other churches, both religious and secular, who were coming to the council which our predecessor had decided to summon; he is also suspect of heresy, by proofs which are not light or doubtful but clear and inescapable."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is clear that he has often been guilty of perjury. For, once when he was staying in Sicily, before he had been elected to the dignity of emperor, in the presence of Gregory of happy memory, cardinal deacon of Saint Theodore {9} and legate of the apostolic see, he took an oath of loyalty to our predecessor Pope Innocent10 of happy memory and his successors and the Roman church, in return for the grant of the kingdom of Sicily made to him by this same church. Likewise, as is said, after he had been elected to that same dignity and had come to Rome, in the presence of Innocent and his brother cardinals and before many others, he renewed that oath, making his pledge of homage in the pope's hands. Then, when he was in Germany he swore to the same Innocent, and on his death to our predecessor Pope Honorius {11} of happy memory and his successors and the Roman church itself, in the presence of the princes and nobles of the empire, to preserve as far as was in his power, the honours, rights and possessions of the Roman church, and loyally to protect them, and without difficulty to see to the restoration of whatever came into his hands, expressly naming the said possessions in the oath: afterwards he confirmed this when he had gained the imperial crown. But he has deliberately broken these three oaths, not without the brand of treachery and the charge of treason. For against our predecessor Gregory and his brother cardinals, he has dared to send threatening letters to these cardinals, and in many ways to slander Gregory before his brother cardinals, as is clear from the letters which he then sent to them, and almost throughout the whole world, as it is said, he has presumed to defame him."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "He also personally caused the arrest of our venerable brother Otto {12}, bishop of Porto, at that time cardinal deacon of Saint Nicholas in Carcere Tulliano, and James of happy memory, bishop of Palestrina {13}, legates of the apostolic see, noble and important members of the Roman church. He had them stripped of all their goods, and after more than once being led shamefully through different places, committed to prison. Furthermore this privilege which our lord Jesus Christ handed to Peter and in him to his successors, namely, whatever you bind on earth shall be bound in heaven, and whatever you loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven, in which assuredly consists the authority and power of the Roman church, he did his best to diminish or take away from the church itself, writing that he did not fear Pope Gregory's condemnations. For, not only by despising the keys of the church he did not observe the sentence of excommunication pronounced against him, but also by himself and his officials he prevented others from observing that and other sentences of excommunication and interdict, which he altogether set at nought. Also without fear he seized territories of the said Roman church, namely the Marches, the Duchy, Benevento, the walls and towers of which he has caused to be demolished, and others with few exceptions in parts of Tuscany and Lombardy and certain other places which he holds, and he still keeps hold of them. And as if it were not enough that he was clearly going against the aforesaid oaths by such presumption, either by himself or through his officials he has forced the inhabitants of these territories to break their oath, absolving them in fact, since he cannot do it in law, from the oaths of loyalty by which they were bound to the Roman church, and making them nonetheless forswear the said loyalty and take an oath of loyalty to himself."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is absolutely clear that he is the violator of the peace. For, previously at a time when peace had been restored between himself and the church, he took an oath before the venerable John of Abbeville {14}, bishop of Sabina, and Master Thomas {15}, cardinal priest of the title of Saint Sabina, in the presence of many prelates, princes and barons, that he would observe and obey exactly and without reserve all the commands of the church with regard to those things for which he had incurred excommunication, after the reasons of that excommunication had been set out in order before him. Then, when remitting every sanction and penalty to the Teutonic knights, the inhabitants of the kingdom of Sicily and any others who had supported the church against him, he guaranteed on his soul through Thomas, count of Acerra, that he would never wrong them or cause them to be wronged on the ground that they had supported the church. But he did not keep the peace and violated these oaths without any sense of shame that he was guilty of perjury. For afterwards he caused some of these very men, both nobles and others, to be captured; and after stripping them of all their goods, he had their wives and children imprisoned; and contrary to the promise he had made to bishop John of Sabina and cardinal Thomas, he invaded the lands of the church without hesitation, even though they promulgated in his presence that henceforth he would incur sentence of excommunication if he broke his promise. And when these two ecclesiastics, by their apostolic authority, ordered that neither by himself nor through others should he hinder postulations, elections or confirmations of churches and monasteries in the kingdom of Sicily from being held freely in future according to the statutes of the general council; that henceforth nobody in the same kingdom should impose taxes or collections on ecclesiastical persons or their property; that in the same kingdom no cleric or ecclesiastical person should in future be brought before a lay judge in a civil or criminal case, except for a suit in civil law over feudal rights; and that he should make adequate compensation to the Templars, Hospitallers and other ecclesiastical persons for the loss and injury inflicted upon them; he nevertheless refused to obey these commands."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is clear that in the kingdom of Sicily eleven or more archiepiscopal and many episcopal sees, abbacies and other churches are at present vacant, and through his agency, as is patent, these have long been deprived of prelates, to their own grave loss and the ruin of souls. And though perhaps in some churches of the kingdom elections have been held by chapters, since however they have elected clerics who are Frederick's dependants, it can be concluded in all probability that they did not have a free power of choice. Not only has he caused the possessions and goods of churches in the kingdom to be seized at his pleasure, but also the crosses, thuribles, chalices and other sacred treasures of theirs, and silk cloth, to be carried off, like one who sets at nought divine worship, and although it is said that they have been restored in part to the churches, yet a price was first exacted for them. Indeed clerics are made to suffer in many ways by collections and taxes, and not only are they dragged before a lay court but also, as it is asserted, they are compelled to submit to duels and are imprisoned, killed and tortured to the disturbance and insult of the clerical order. Satisfaction has not been made to the said Templars, Hospitallers and ecclesiastical persons for the loss and injury done to them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is also certain that he is guilty of sacrilege. For when the aforesaid bishops of Porto and Palestrina, and many prelates of churches and clerics, both religious and secular, summoned to the apostolic see to hold the council which Frederick himself had previously asked for, were coming by sea, since the roads had been entirely blocked at his command, he stationed his son Enzo with a large number of galleys and, by means of many others duly placed long beforehand, he laid an ambush against them in the parts of Tuscany on the coast; and so that he might vomit forth in more deadly fashion the poison which had long gathered within him, by an act of sacrilegious daring he caused them to be captured; during their seizure some of the prelates and others were drowned, a number were killed, some were put to flight and pursued, and the rest were stripped of all their possessions, ignominiously led from place to place to the kingdom of Sicily, and there harshly imprisoned. Some of them, overcome by the filth and beset by hunger, perished miserably."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore, he has deservedly become suspect of heresy. For, after he had incurred the sentence of excommunication pronounced against him by the aforesaid John, bishop of Sabina, and cardinal Thomas, after the said pope Gregory had laid him under anathema, and after the capture of cardinals of the Roman church, prelates, clerics and others coming at different times to the apostolic see; he has despised and continues to despise the keys of the church, causing the sacred rites to be celebrated or rather, as far as in him lies, to be profaned, and he has consistently asserted, as said above, that he does not fear the condemnations of the aforesaid pope Gregory. Besides, he is joined in odious friendship with the Saracens; several times he has sent envoys and gifts to them, and receives the like from them in return with expressions of honour and welcome; he embraces their rites; he openly keeps them with him in his daily services; and, following their customs, he does not blush to appoint as guards, for his wives descended from royal stock, eunuchs whom it is seriously said he has had castrated. And what is more loathsome, when he was in the territory overseas, after he had made an agreement, or rather had come to a wicked understanding with the sultan, he allowed the name of Mahomet to be publicly proclaimed day and night in the Lord's temple. Recently, after the sultan of Babylon and his followers had brought serious loss and untold injury to the holy Land and its Christian inhabitants, he caused the envoys of the sultan to be honourably received and lavishly entertained throughout the kingdom of Sicily with, it is said, every mark of honour being paid to the sultan. Using the deadly and hateful service of other unbelievers against the faithful, and securing a bond by friendship and marriage with those who, wickedly making light of the apostolic see, have separated from the unity of the church, he brought about by assassins the death of the famous duke Ludwig of Bavaria {16}, who was specially devoted to the Roman church, with disregard of the Christian religion, and he gave his daughter in marriage to Vatatzes {17}, that enemy of God and the church who, together with his counsellors and supporters, was solemnly separated by excommunication from the communion of the faithful."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rejecting the customs and actions of Christian princes and heedless of salvation and reputation, he gives no attention to works of piety. Indeed to say nothing of his wicked acts of destruction, though he has learnt to oppress, he does not care mercifully to relieve the oppressed, and instead of holding out his hand in charity, as befits a prince, he sets about the destruction of churches and crushes religious and other ecclesiastical persons by constant affliction. Nor is he seen to have built churches, monasteries, hospitals or other pious places. Surely these are not light but convincing proofs for suspecting him of heresy? The civil law declares that those are to be regarded as heretics, and ought to be subject to the sentences issued against them, who even on slight evidence are found to have strayed from the judgment and path of the catholic religion. Besides this the kingdom of Sicily, which is the special patrimony of blessed Peter and which Frederick held as a fief from the apostolic see, he has reduced to such a state of utter desolation and servitude, with regard to both clergy and laity, that these have practically nothing at all; and as nearly all upright people have been driven out, he has forced those who remain to live in an almost servile condition and to wrong in many ways and attack the Roman church, of which in the first place they are subjects and vassals. He could also be rightly blamed because for more than nine years he has failed to pay the annual pension of a thousand gold pieces, which he is bound to pay to the Roman church for this kingdom."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We therefore, after careful discussion with our brother cardinals and the sacred council on his wicked transgressions already mentioned and many more besides, since though unworthy we hold on earth the place of Jesus Christ, and to us in the person of the blessed apostle Peter has been said, whatever you bind on earth etc., denounce the said prince, who has made himself so unworthy of the empire and kingdoms and every honour and dignity and who also, because of his crimes, has been cast out by God from kingdom and empire; we mark him out as bound by his sins, an outcast and deprived by our Lord of every honour and dignity; and we deprive him of them by our sentence. We absolve from their oath for ever all those who are bound to him by an oath of loyalty, firmly forbidding by our apostolic authority anyone in the future to obey or heed him as emperor or king, and decreeing that anyone who henceforth offers advice, help or favour to him as to an emperor or king, automatically incurs excommunication. Let those whose task it is to choose an emperor in the same empire, freely choose a successor to him. With regard to the aforesaid kingdom of Sicily, we shall take care to provide, with the counsel of our brother cardinals, as we see to be expedient."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Given at Lyons on 17 July in the third year of our pontificate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Constitutions"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1.On rescripts"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since in many articles of law failure to define their scope is blameworthy, after prudent consideration we decree that by the general clause \"certain others\" which frequently occurs in papal letters, no more than three or four persons are to be brought to court. The petitioner should state the names in his first citation, lest by chance a place is left for fraud if the names can be freely altered {18}."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. {19} Those to whom cases should be entrusted"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By {20} the present decree we ordain that the apostolic see or its legates should not entrust cases to any persons except those who possess a dignity or belong to cathedrals or other collegiate churches of high standing; and such cases are to be conducted only in cities or large and well-known places where are to be found many men learned in the law. Judges who, contrary to this statute, cite either one or both parties to other places may be disobeyed without penalty, unless the citation takes place with the consent of both parties."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. {21} Curtailing legal expenses"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As we wish, to the best of our power, to curtail the expenses of lawsuits by shortening the legal process, extending the decree of Innocent III of happy memory on this matter, we decree that if anyone wishes to bring several personal claims against another, he must be careful to gain letters on all these claims to the same judges and not to different ones. If anyone acts contrary to this, his letters and the processes initiated by them are to lack all validity; besides if he has caused inconvenience to the defendant by them, he is to be condemned to pay the legal expenses. Also if the defendant during the course of the same trial declares that he has a charge against the plaintiff, he ought, through benefit either of reconvention or of convention, if he prefers to obtain letters against him, to have his case tried before the same judges, unless he can reject them as being suspect. If he acts contrary to this, he should suffer the same penalty."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. {22} On challenging elections etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We decree that if anyone attacks an election, postulation or provision already made, bringing some objection to the form or the person, and should happen to appeal to us in this matter, both the objector and the defendant, and in general all those who are concerned and whom the case affects, either by themselves or by their procurators instructed for the case, should make their way to the apostolic see within a month of the lodging of the objection. But if one party {23} does not come after twenty days, and the other party has arrived and is waiting, the case about the election may proceed according to law, notwithstanding the absence of anyone. We wish and command that this is to be observed in dignities parsonages and canonries. We {24} also add that anyone who does not fully prove the objection he has brought regarding the form, shall be condemned to pay the expenses which the other party claims to have incurred on this account. But anyone who fails to prove his objection against the person, should know that he is suspended from ecclesiastical benefices for three years, and if within that time he continues to act with similar reckless conduct, that by the law itself he is deprived of these benefices for ever, and he is to have no hope or confidence of mercy in this matter, unless it is established by the clearest proof that a probable and sufficient cause excuses him from a malicious accusation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. {25} Only unconditional votes valid"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In {26} elections, postulations and ballots, from which the right of election arises, we completely disapprove of conditional, alternative and indefinite votes, and we decree that the said votes are to be held invalid, and that the election is to be determined by unconditional votes; for the power of decision of those who do not express a clear opinion is transferred to the others {27}."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6. {28} Jurisdiction of conservators"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We decree that conservators, whom we frequently appoint, may defend from manifest injury and violence those whom we entrust to their protection, but that their power does not extend to other matters which require a judicial investigation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7. {29} Legates and benefices"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We are required by our office to watch for remedies for our subjects, because while we relieve their burdens and remove their stumbling blocks, so we rest in their ease and enjoy their peace. Therefore we enact by the present decree that legates of the Roman church, however much they hold the full power of legates whether they have been sent by us or claim the dignity of that office on behalf of their own churches, have no power from the office of legate of conferring benefices, unless we have judged that this is specially to be granted to a particular one. We do not, however, wish this restriction to hold with our brother cardinals while acting as legates, because just as they rejoice in a prerogative of honour, so we wish them to exercise a wider authority."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8. {30} Judge delegates"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The law seems to be clear that a judge delegate, unless he has received a special concession for the purpose from the apostolic see, cannot order either of the parties to appear in person before him, unless it be a criminal case or, in order to obtain a statement of the truth or an oath regarding calumny, the necessity of the law demands that the parties appear before him."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9. {31} On peremptory exceptions"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The objection of a peremptory exception or of any major defence concerning the trial of a case, raised before the contestation of the suit, shall not prevent or hold up the contestation, unless the objector makes an exception concerning a matter already judged or concluded or brought to a solution, even though the objector says that the rescript would not have been granted if the grantor had been aware of the things which are adverse to the plaintiff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10. {32} The objection of robbery"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We are well aware of the frequent and persistent complaint that the exception of robbery, sometimes maliciously introduced in trials, hinders and confuses ecclesiastical cases. For while the exception is admitted, sometimes appeals are introduced. Thus the hearing of the chief case is interrupted and often comes to nothing. Thus we who are ever ready to take labours upon ourselves so that we may win peace for others, wishing to limit lawsuits and to remove material for malicious accusations, decree that in civil suits a judge is not to hold up the proceedings of the major issue on account of an objection of robbery brought by anyone except the plaintiff. But if the defendant declares in civil suits that he has been robbed by the plaintiff, or in criminal cases by anyone at all, then he must prove his assertion within fifteen days after the day on which the claim is put forward; otherwise he is to be condemned to pay the expenses which the plaintiff has incurred on this account, after a judicial estimate has been made, or let him be punished otherwise if the judge thinks right. By the word \"robbed\" we wish to be understood in this case a criminal accusation whereby someone declares that he has been stripped by violence of all his substance or a greater part of it. This we think is the only honest interpretation of the canons, for we ought not to meet our opponents either naked or without arms. For the one stripped has the advantage that he cannot be stripped again. Among the schoolmen the matter is debated, whether one who has been robbed by a third party can bring an exception against his accuser, or whether a time should be granted him by the judge within which he should ask for restitution, lest perchance he should wish to continue in this state in order to evade every accuser, and this we think is fully according to justice. If he does not seek restitution within the time granted, or does not bring his case to a conclusion even though he could do so, then he can be accused regardless of the exception of robbery. In addition to this we decree that robbery of private goods cannot in any way be brought up against one for ecclesiastics or vice versa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11. {33} No-show plaintiffs"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A plaintiff who does not take the trouble to come on the date for which he has caused his appeal to be cited, should be condemned on his arrival to pay the expenses incurred by the defendant on account of this, and he is not to be admitted to another citation unless he gives a sufficient surety that he will appear on the date."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12. {34} On early possession for the sake of preservation"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We decree that a person who, in order to obtain a dignity, parsonage or ecclesiastical benefice, brings a suit against the possessor, may not be admitted to possession of it for the sake of its preservation, on the grounds of the other's contumacy; this is to prevent his entering upon it from appearing irregular. But in this case the divine presence may make up for the absence of the contumacious one, so that though the suit is not opposed, the matter may be brought to the proper conclusion after a careful examination."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13. {35} On the acceptability of negative assertions"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We decree that negative assertions, which can only be proved by the admission of the opponent, may be accepted by the judges if they see this to be expedient in the interests of equity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14. {36} The exception of major excommunication"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "After due consideration our holy mother the church decrees that the exception of a major excommunication should hold up the suit and delay the agents, in whatever part of the proceedings it is produced. Thus ecclesiastical censure will be the more feared, the danger of communion avoided, the vice of contumacy checked, and those excommunicated, while they are excluded from the acts of the community, may the more easily be brought, through a sense of shame, to the grace of humility and reconciliation. But with the growth of human evil what was provided as a remedy has turned to harm. For while in ecclesiastical cases this exception is frequently brought up through malice, it happens that business is delayed and the parties worn out by toil and expense. Therefore, since this has crept in like a general plague, we think it right to apply a general remedy. Thus if anyone brings up the objection of excommunication, he should set out the kind of excommunication and the name of the person who imposed the penalty. He must know that he is bringing the matter into public notice, and he must prove it with the clearest evidence within eight days, not counting the day on which he brings it forward. If he does not prove it, the judge should not fail to proceed in the case, condemning the accused to repay the sum which the plaintiff shows he has incurred, after an estimate has been made. If however later, while the hearing continues and the proof is progressing, an exception is made either with regard to the same excommunication or another and is proved, the plaintiff is to be excluded from the proceedings until he has deserved to gain the grace of absolution, and all that has gone before shall nevertheless be regarded as valid; provided that this exception is not put forward more than twice, unless a new excommunication has arisen or a clear and ready proof has come to light concerning the old. If such an exception is brought forward after the case has been decided though it will prevent the execution it will not weaken the verdict, with the qualification that, if the plaintiff has been publicly excommunicated, and the judge knows this at any time, then even if the accused shall not make an exception on this score, the judge should not delay in removing the plaintiff from his office."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15. {37} On Judges Who Give Dishonest Judgment"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since before the judgment seat of the eternal king a person will not be held guilty when a judge unjustly condemns him, according to the words of the prophet, the Lord will not condemn him when he is judged, ecclesiastical judges must take care and be on the watch that in the process of justice dislike has no power, favour does not take an undue place, fear is banished, and reward or hope of reward does not overturn justice. Let them bear the scales in their hands and weigh with an equal balance, so that in all that is done in the court, especially in forming and giving the verdict, they may have God only before their eyes following the example of him who when entering the tabernacle referred the complaints of the people to the Lord to judge according to his command. If any ecclesiastical judge, whether ordinary or delegated, careless of his reputation and seeking his own honour, acts against his conscience and justice in any way to the injury of one party in his judgment, whether from favour or from base motives, let him know that he is suspended from the exercise of his office for a year and he is to be condemned to pay to the injured party the damages incurred; further, let him know that if during the period of his suspension he sacrilegiously takes part in the sacred rites of the church, he is caught in the noose of irregularity according to the canonical sanctions, from which he can be freed only by the apostolic see, saving the other constitutions which assign and inflict punishment on judges who give dishonest judgment. For it is right that he who dares to offend in so many ways should suffer a multiple penalty."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16. {38} On appeals"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is our earnest wish to lessen lawsuits and to relieve subjects of their troubles. Therefore we decree that if anyone thinks that he should appeal to us in a court of law or outside it because of an interlocutory decree or a grievance, let him at once put in writing the reason for his appeal, seeking a writ which we order to be granted him. In this writ the judge is to declare the reason for the appeal, and why the appeal has not been granted or whether it was granted out of respect for a superior. After this let time be granted to the appellant, according to distance and the nature of the persons and the business, to follow up his appeal. If the appellee wishes it and the principals petition for it, let them approach the apostolic see, either by themselves or through agents who have been instructed and given a commission to act, bringing with them the reasons and documents relating to the case. Let them come so prepared that if it seems good to us, when the matter of the appeal has been dealt with or committed to the parties for agreement, the principal case may proceed, insofar as it can and should by law; without however any change in what tradition has ordained about appeals from definitive sentences. If the appellant does not observe the above provisions, he is not to be reckoned an appellant and he must return to the examination of the former judge, and is to be condemned to pay the legitimate expenses. If the appellee disregards this statute, he shall be proceeded against as contumacious, as regards both the costs and the case, in so far as this is allowed by the law. Indeed it is right that the laws should raise their hands against someone who mocks the law, judge and litigant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17. {39} On the same"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When reasonable grounds for suspicion have been noted against a judge, and arbitrators have been chosen by the parties according to the form of law to investigate it, it often happens that when the two arbitrators fail to agree and do not summon a third one, with whom both or one of them can proceed to settle the matter as they are obliged, the judge brings a sentence of excommunication against them, which they through dislike or favour for long disregard. Thus the case itself, interrupted more than it should be, does not proceed to a settlement of the principal business. As it is our wish therefore to apply a necessary remedy for a disease of this nature, we decree that a fitting time-limit should be fixed by the judge for the two arbitrators, so that within it they may either agree or by consent summon a third one, with whom both or one of them may put an end to the suspicion. Otherwise the judge thenceforth shall proceed in the principal business."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18. {40} On employing assassins"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The son of God, Jesus Christ, for the redemption of the human race descended from the height of heaven to the lowest part of the world and underwent a temporal death. But when after his resurrection he was about to ascend to his Father, that he might not leave the flock redeemed by his glorious blood without a shepherd, he entrusted its care to the blessed apostle Peter, so that by the firmness of his own faith he might strengthen others in the Christian religion and kindle their minds with the ardour of devotion to the works of their salvation. Hence we who by the will of our Lord, though without merit of our own, have been made successors of this apostle and hold on earth, though unworthy, the place of our Redeemer, should always be careful and vigilant in the guarding of that flock and be forced to direct our thoughts continuously to the salvation of souls by removing what is harmful and doing what is profitable. Thus casting off the sleep of negligence and with the eyes of our heart ever vigilant, we may be able to win souls to God with the cooperation of his grace. Since therefore there are people who with a terrible inhumanity and loathsome cruelty thirst for the death of others and cause them to be killed by assassins, and thus bring about not only the death of the body but also of the soul, unless the abundant divine grace prevents it, we wish to meet such danger to souls, so that the victims may be defended beforehand by spiritual arms and all power may be bestowed by God for justice and the exercise of right judgment, and to strike those wicked and reckless people with the sword of ecclesiastical punishment, so that the fear of punishment may set a limit to their audacity. We do so especially since some persons of high standing, fearing to be killed in such a way, are forced to beg for their own safety from the master of these assassins, and thus so to speak to redeem their life in a way that is an insult to Christian dignity. Therefore, with the approval of the sacred council, we decree that if any prince, prelate or any ecclesiastical or secular person shall cause the death of any Christian by such assassins, or even command it—even though death does not follow from this-or receives, defends or hides such persons, he automatically incurs the sentence of excommunication and of deposition from dignity, honour, order, office and benefice, and these are to be conferred on others by those who have the right to do so. Let such a one with all his worldly goods be cast out for ever by all Christian people as an enemy of religion, and after it has been established by reasonable evidence that so loathsome a crime has been committed, no other sentence of excommunication, deposition or rejection shall in any way be needed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19. {41} On excommunication 1"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the aim of excommunication is healing and not death, correction and not destruction, as long as the one against whom it is pronounced does not treat it with contempt, let an ecclesiastical judge proceed with caution, so that in pronouncing It he may be seen as one who acts with a correcting and healing hand. Whoever pronounces an excommunication, therefore, should do this in writing and should write down expressly the reason why the excommunication was pronounced. He is bound to hand over a copy of this written document to the one excommunicated within a month after the date of sentence, if requested to do so. As to this request, we wish a public document to be drawn up or testimonial letters to be furnished, sealed with an official seal. If any judge rashly violates this constitution, let him know that he is suspended for one month from entering a church or attending divine services. The superior to whom the one excommunicated has recourse, should readily remove the excommunication and condemn the judge who pronounced it to repay the expenses and all losses, or punish him in other ways with a fitting penalty, so that judges may learn by the lesson of punishment how serious it is to hurl the bolt of excommunication without due consideration. We wish the same to be observed in sentences of suspension and interdict. Let prelates of churches and all judges take care that they do not incur the foresaid penalty of suspension. But if it happens that they take part m divine offices as before, they will not escape irregularity according to the canonical sanctions, in a matter where dispensation cannot be granted except by the sovereign pontiff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20. {42} On excommunication 2"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The question is sometimes asked whether, when a person who asks to be absolved by a superior by way of precaution, asserting that the sentence of excommunication pronounced against him is void, the act of absolution should be performed for him without objection; and whether one who declares before such absolution that he will prove in a court of law that he was excommunicated after a legitimate appeal, or that an intolerable mistake was clearly expressed in the sentence, should be avoided in all things except in what concerns the proof. To the first question we decree that the following is to be observed: absolution is not to be refused to the petitioner, even though the pronouncer of the sentence or the adversary opposes it, unless he says that the petitioner was excommunicated for a manifest offence, in which case a limit of eight days is to be granted to the one saying this. If he proves his objection, the sentence is not to be set aside unless there is sufficient guarantee of amendment or an adequate assurance that the petitioner will appear in court if the offence with which he is charged is still doubtful. To the second question, we decree that he who is allowed to submit a proof, as long as the matter of proof is in dispute, is to be avoided in all matters in the court in which he is engaged as an agent, but outside the court he may take part in offices, postulations, elections and other lawful acts."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21. {43} On excommunication 3"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We decree {44} that no judge should presume to pronounce, before a canonical warning, a sentence of major excommunication upon persons who associate, in speech or other ways by which an associate incurs a minor excommunication, with persons already excommunicated by the judge; saving those decrees which have legitimately been promulgated against those who presume to associate with one condemned for grievous crime. But it the excommunicated person becomes hardened in speech or other ways by which an associate incurs a minor excommunication, the judge can, after canonical warning, condemn such associates with a similar censure. Otherwise excommunication pronounced against these associates is not to have any binding power, and those who pronounce it may fear the penalty of the law."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22. {45} On excommunication 4"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since there is danger that bishops and their superiors in the execution of their pontifical office, which is often their duty, may incur in some case an automatic sentence of interdict or suspension, we have thought it right, after careful consideration, to decree that bishops and other higher prelates in no way incur, because of any decree, sentence or order, the aforesaid sentence by reason of the law itself, unless there is express mention in them of bishops and superiors. In the constitution Solet a nonnullis, previously promulgated by us, it is laid down that when someone offers in court to prove that a sentence of excommunication was passed against him after a legitimate appeal, he is not to be avoided during the period of proof in matters which lie outside the court, such as elections, postulations and offices. To this we add that this constitution should not be extended to the sentences of bishops and archbishops, but what was previously observed in such actions should be observed in the future for these too."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-ii",
              "number": "II",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "II",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. {46} Management of church debts"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Our pastoral care incites and urges us to look to the interest of those churches which have fallen into debt, and to provide by a salutary constitution that this should not happen for the future. The abyss of usury has almost destroyed many churches, and some prelates are found to be very careless and remiss in the payment of debts, especially those contracted by their predecessors, too ready to contract heavier debts and mortgage the property of the church, slothful in guarding what has been acquired, and preferring to win praise for themselves by making some small innovation than to guard their possessions, recover what has been thrown away, restore what is lost and repair damage. For this reason, so that they may not be able for the future to excuse themselves for an inefficient administration and to throw the blame on their predecessors and others, we lay down the following rules, with the approval of the present council. Bishops, abbots, deans and others who exercise a lawful and common administration, within one month after they have assumed office, having first informed their immediate superior, so that he may be present either in person or through some suitable and faithful ecclesiastical person, in the presence of the chapter or convent especially summoned for this purpose, must see that an inventory is made of the goods that belong to the administration they have taken up. In this the movable and immovable goods, books, charters, legal instruments, privileges, ornaments or fittings of the church, and all things which belong to the equipment of the estate, whether urban or rural, as well as debts and credits, are to be carefully written down. Thus, what was the condition of the church or the administration when they took it up, how they governed it during their incumbency, and what was its state when they laid it down by death or withdrawal, may be clearly known to the superior, if necessary, and those who are appointed for the service of the church. Archbishops who have no superior except the Roman pontiff, are to see to it that for this purpose they summon one of their suffragans, either in person or through another, as is expressed above, and abbots and other lesser exempt prelates, a neighbouring bishop, who is to claim no right for himself in the exempt church. The said inventory is to be furnished with the seals of the new incumbent and his chapter, and of the archbishop's suffragan or the neighbouring bishop called for the purpose. It is to be preserved in the archives of the church with due safeguards. Moreover a transcript of this inventory is to be given to both the new incumbent and the prelate summoned for the above purpose, and is to be similarly sealed. Existing goods are to be carefully guarded, their administration carried out in a worthy manner, and the debts which have been found are to be speedily paid, if possible, from the movable possessions of the church. If these movable goods are not sufficient for a speedy payment, all revenues are to be directed to the payment of debts that are usurious or burdensome; only necessary expenses are to be deducted from these revenues, after a reasonable estimate has been made by the prelate and his chapter. But if the debts are not burdensome or usurious, a third part of these revenues is to be set aside for this obligation, or a greater part with the agreement of those whom we have said must be summoned to take the inventory."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Further we strictly forbid, with the authority of the same council, those mentioned above to mortgage to others their persons or the churches entrusted to them, or to contract debts on behalf of themselves or the churches which may be a source of trouble. If evident necessity and the reasonable advantage of their churches should persuade them, then prelates with the advice and consent of their superiors, and archbishops and exempt abbots with the advice and consent of those already mentioned and of their chapter, may contract debts which, if possible, are not usurious and which are never in fairs or public markets. The names of the debtors and creditors and the reason why the debt was contracted are to be included in the written contract, even if it is turned to the advantage of the church, and for this purpose we wish that in no way ecclesiastical persons or churches should be given as security. Indeed the privileges of churches, which we command should be faithfully guarded in a safe place, are never to be given as securities, nor are other things, except for necessary and useful debts contracted with the full legal forms mentioned above."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That this salutary constitution should be kept unbroken, and the advantage which we hope from it may be clearly seen, we consider that we must lay down by an inviolable decree that all abbots and priors as well as deans and those in charge of cathedrals or other churches, at least once a year in their chapters, should render a strict account of their administration, and a written and sealed account should be faithfully read out in the presence of the visiting superior. Likewise archbishops and bishops are to take care each year to make known to their chapters with due fidelity the state of administration of the goods belonging to their households, and bishops to their metropolitans, and metropolitans to the legates of the apostolic see, or to others to whom the visitation of their churches has been assigned by the same see. Written accounts are always to be kept in the treasury of the church for a record, so that in the accounts a careful comparison can be made between future years and the present and past; and the superior may learn from this the care or negligence of the administration. Let the superior requite any negligence, keeping God only before his eyes and putting aside love, hate and fear of humans, with such a degree and kind of correction that he may not on this account receive from God or his superior or the apostolic see condign punishment. We order that this constitution is to be observed not only by future prelates but also by those already promoted."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. {47} On help for the empire of Constantinople"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Though we are engaged in difficult matters and distracted by manifold anxieties, yet among those things which demand our constant attention is the liberation of the empire of Constantinople. This we desire with our whole heart, this is ever the object of our thoughts. Yet though the apostolic see has eagerly sought a remedy on its behalf by earnest endeavour and many forms of assistance, though for long Catholics have striven by grievous toils, by burdensome expense, by care, sweat, tears and bloodshed, yet the hand that extended such aid could not wholly, hindered by sin, snatch the empire from the yoke of the enemy. Thus not without cause we are troubled with grief. But because the body of the church would be shamefully deformed by the lack of a loved member, namely the aforesaid empire, and be sadly weakened and suffer loss; and because it could rightly be assigned to our sloth and that of the church, if it were deprived of the support of the faithful, and left to be freely oppressed by its enemies; we firmly propose to come to the help of the empire with swift and effective aid. Thus at the same time as the church eagerly rises to its assistance and stretches out the hand of defence, the empire can be saved from the dominion of its foes, and be brought back by the Lord's guidance to the unity of that same body, and may feel after the crushing hammer of its enemies the consoling hand of the church its mother, and after the blindness of error regain its sight by the possession of the catholic faith. It is the more fitting that prelates of churches and other ecclesiastics should be watchful and diligent for its liberation, and bestow their help and assistance, the more they are bound to work for the increase of the faith and of ecclesiastical liberty, which could chiefly come about from the liberation of the empire; and especially because while the empire is helped, assistance is consequently rendered to the holy Land."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indeed, so that the help to the empire may be speedy and useful, we decree, with the general approval of the council, that half of all incomes of dignities parsonages and ecclesiastical prebends, and of other benefices of ecclesiastics who do not personally reside in them for at least six months, whether they hold one or more, shall be assigned in full for three years to the help of the said empire, having been collected by those designated by the apostolic see. Those are exempt who are employed in our service or in that of our brother cardinals and of their prelates, those who are on pilgrimages or in schools, or engaged in the business of their own churches at their direction, and those who have or will take up the badge of the cross for the aid of the holy Land or who will set out in person to the help of the said empire; but if any of these, apart from the crusaders and those setting out, receive from ecclesiastical revenues more than a hundred silver marks, they should pay a third part of the remainder in each of the three years. This is to be observed notwithstanding any customs or statutes of churches to the contrary, or any indulgences granted by the apostolic see to these churches or persons, confirmed by oath or any other means. And if by chance in this matter any shall knowingly be guilty of any deceit, they shall incur the sentence of excommunication."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We ourselves, from the revenues of the church of Rome, after first deducting a tenth from them to be assigned to the aid of the holy Land, will assign a tenth part in full for the support of the said empire. Further, when help is given to the empire, assistance is given in a very particular way and directed to the recovery of the holy Land, while we are striving for the liberation of the empire itself. Thus trusting in the mercy of almighty God and the authority of his blessed apostles Peter and Paul, from the power of binding and loosing which he conferred upon us though unworthy, we grant pardon of their sins to all those who come to the help of the said empire, and we desire they may enjoy that privilege and immunity which is granted to those who come to the help of the holy Land."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. {48} Admonition to be made by prelates to the people in their charge"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the belief that it is for ever our native country, from times long past all the children of the church have not only poured out countless sums of money but have also freely shed their blood to recover the holy Land, which the Son of God has consecrated with the shedding of his own blood. This we learn, sad at heart, from what has happened across the sea where the unbelievers fight against the faithful. Since it is the special prayer of the apostolic see that the desire of all for the redemption of the holy Land may, if God so wills, be speedily accomplished, we have made due provision, in order to win God's favour, to arouse you to this task by our letter. Therefore we earnestly beg all of you, commanding you in our lord Jesus Christ, that by your pious admonitions you should persuade the faithful committed to your care, in your sermons or when you Impose a penance upon them, granting a special indulgence, as you see it to be expedient, that in their wills, in return for the remission of their sins, they should leave something for the help of the holy Land or the eastern empire. You are carefully to provide that what they give for this support by way of money, through reverence of our crucified Lord, is faithfully preserved in definite places under your seal, and that what is bequeathed for this purpose in other forms is accurately recorded in writing. May your own devotion carry out this work of piety, in which the only aim is God's cause and the salvation of the faithful, so readily that with full assurance you may look at least for the reward of glory from the hand of the divine judge."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. {49} On the Tartars"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since we desire above all things that the Christian religion should be spread still further and more widely throughout the world, we are pierced with the deepest sorrow when any people by aim and action go against our wishes, and strive with all their might to blot out utterly this religion from the face of the world. Indeed the wicked race of the Tartars, seeking to subdue, or rather utterly destroy the Christian people, having gathered for a long time past the strength of all their tribes, have entered Poland, Russia, Hungary and other Christian countries. So savage has been their devastation that their sword spared neither sex nor age, but raged with fearful brutality upon all alike. It caused unparalleled havoc and destruction in these countries in its unbroken advance; for their sword, not knowing how to rest in the sheath, made other kingdoms subject to it by a ceaseless persecution. As time went on, it could attack stronger Christian armies and exercise its savagery more fully upon them. Thus when, God forbid, the world is bereaved of the faithful, faith may turn aside from the world to lament its followers destroyed by the barbarity of this people. Therefore, so that the horrible purpose of this people may not prevail but be thwarted, and by the power of God be brought to the opposite result, all the faithful must carefully consider and ensure by their earnest endeavour that the Tartar advance may be hindered and prevented from penetrating any further by the power of their mailed arm. Therefore, on the advice of the holy council, we advise, beg, urge and earnestly command all of you, as far as you can, carefully to observe the route and approaches by which this people can enter our land, and by ditches, walls or other defences and fortifications, as you think fitting, to keep them at bay, so that their approach to you may not easily be open. Word of their arrival should previously be brought to the apostolic see. Thus we may direct the assistance of the faithful to you, and thus you may be safe against the attempts and raids of this people. For to the necessary and useful expenses which you should make for that purpose, we shall contribute handsomely, and we shall see that contributions are made in proportion by all Christian countries, for in this way we may meet common dangers. Nevertheless, in addition to this, we shall send similar letters to all Christians through whose territories this people could make its approach."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5 [On the crusade{50}]{51}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deeply sorrowful at the grievous dangers of the holy Land, but especially at those which have recently happened to the faithful settled there, we seek with all our heart to free it from the hands of the wicked. Thus with the approval of the sacred council, in order that the crusaders may prepare themselves, we lay it down that at an opportune time, to be made known to all the faithful by preachers and our special envoys, all who are ready to cross the sea should gather at suitable places for this purpose, so that they may proceed from there with the blessing of God and the apostolic see to the assistance of the holy Land. Priests and other clerics who will be in the Christian army, both those under authority and prelates, shall diligently devote themselves to prayer and exhortation, teaching the crusaders by word and example to have the fear and love of God always before their eyes, so that they say or do nothing that might offend the majesty of the eternal king. If they ever fall into sin, let them quickly rise up again through true penitence. Let them he humble in heart and in body, keeping to moderation both in food and in dress, avoiding altogether dissensions and rivalries, and putting aside entirely any bitterness or envy, so that thus armed with spiritual and material weapons they may the more fearlessly fight against the enemies of the faith, relying not on their own power but rather trusting in the strength of God. Let nobles and the powerful in the army, and all who abound in riches, be led by the holy words of prelates so that, with their eyes fixed on the crucified one for whom they have taken up the badge of the cross, they may refrain from useless and unnecessary expenditure, especially in feasting and banquets, and let they give a share of their wealth to the support of those persons through whom the work of God may prosper; and on this account, according to the dispensation of the prelates themselves, they may be granted remission of their sins. We grant to the aforesaid clerics that they may receive the fruits of their benefices in full for three years, as if they were resident in the churches, and if necessary they may leave them in pledge for the same time."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To prevent this holy proposal being impeded or delayed, we strictly order all prelates of churches, each in his own locality, diligently to warn and induce those who have abandoned the cross to resume it, and them and others who have taken up the cross, and those who may still do so, to carry out their vows to the Lord. And if necessary they shall compel them to do this without any backsliding, by sentences of excommunication against their persons and of interdict on their lands, excepting only those persons who find themselves faced with an impediment of such a kind that their vow deservedly ought to be commuted or deferred in accordance with the directives of the apostolic see. In order that nothing connected with this business of Jesus Christ be omitted, we will and order patriarchs, archbishops, bishops, abbots and others who have the care of souls to preach the cross zealously to those entrusted to them. Let them beseech kings, dukes, princes, margraves, counts, barons and other magnates, as well as the communes of cities, vills and towns—in the name of the Father, Son and holy Spirit, the one, only, true and eternal God—that those who do not go in person to the aid of the holy Land should contribute, according to their means an appropriate number of fighting men together with their necessary expenses for three years, for the remission of their sins, in accordance with what has already been explained in general letters and will be explained below for still greater assurance. We wish to share in this remission not only those who contribute ships of their own but also those who are zealous enough to build them for this purpose. To those who refuse, if there happen to be any who are so ungrateful to our lord God, we firmly declare in the name of the apostle that they should know that they will have to answer to us for this on the last day of final judgment before the fearful judge. Let them consider beforehand, however, with what knowledge and with what security it was that they were able to confess before the only-begotten Son of God, Jesus Christ, to whom the Father gave all things into his hands, if in this business, which is as it were peculiarly his, they refuse to serve him who was crucified for sinners, by whose beneficence they are sustained and indeed by whose blood they have been redeemed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We therefore decree, with the general approval of the council, that all clerics, both those under authority and prelates, shall give a twentieth of the revenues of their churches for a full three years to the aid of the holy Land, by means of the persons appointed by the apostolic see for this purpose; the only exceptions being certain religious who are rightly to be exempted from this taxation and likewise those persons who have taken or will take the cross and so will go in person. We and our brothers, cardinals of the holy Roman church, shall pay a full tenth. Let all know, moreover, that they are obliged to observe this faithfully under pain of excommunication, so that those who knowingly deceive in this matter shall incur the sentence of excommunication. Because it is right that those who persevere in the service of the heavenly ruler should in all justice enjoy special privilege, the crusaders shall therefore be exempt from taxes or levies and other burdens. We take their persons and goods under the protection of St Peter and ourself once they have taken up the cross. We ordain that they are to be protected by archbishops, bishops and all prelates of the church of God, and that protectors of their own are to be specially appointed for this purpose, so that their goods are to remain intact and undisturbed until they are known for certain to be dead or to have returned. If anyone dares to act contrary to this, let him be curbed by ecclesiastical censure."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If any of those setting out are bound by oath to pay interest, we ordain that their creditors shall be compelled by the same punishment to release them from their oath and to desist from exacting the interest; if any of the creditors does force them to pay the interest, we command that he be forced by similar punishment to restore it. We order that Jews be compelled by the secular power to remit interest, and that until they do so all intercourse shall be denied them by all Christ's faithful under pain of excommunication. Secular princes shall provide a suitable deferral for those who cannot now pay their debts to Jews, so that after they have undertaken the journey, and until there is certain knowledge of their death or of their return, they shall not incur the inconvenience of paying interest. The Jews shall be compelled to add to the capital, after they have deducted their necessary expenses, the revenues which they are meanwhile receiving from property held by them on security. For, such a benefit seems to entail not much loss, inasmuch as it postpones the repayment but does not cancel the debt. Prelates of churches who are negligent in showing justice to crusaders and their families should know that they will be severely punished. Furthermore, since corsairs and pirates greatly impede help for the holy Land, by capturing and plundering those who are travelling to and from it, we bind with the bond of excommunication them and their principal helpers and supporters. We forbid anyone, under threat of anathema, knowingly to communicate with them by contracting to buy or to sell; and we order rulers of cities and their territories to restrain and curb such persons from this iniquity. Otherwise, since to be unwilling to disquiet evildoers is none other than to encourage them, and since he who fails to oppose a manifest crime is not without a touch of secret complicity, it is our wish and command that prelates of churches exercise ecclesiastical severity against their persons and lands. We excommunicate and anathematise, moreover, those false and impious Christians who, in opposition to Christ and the Christian people, convey {52} arms and iron and timber for galleys; and we decree that those who sell them galleys or ships, and those who act as pilots in pirate Saracen ships, or give them any help or advice by way of machines or anything else, to the detriment of the holy Land, are to be punished with deprivation of their possessions and are to become the slaves of those who capture them. We order this sentence to be renewed publicly on Sundays and feast-days in all maritime towns; and the bosom of the church is not to be opened to such persons unless they send in aid of the holy Land all that they received from this damnable commerce and the same amount of their own, so that they are punished in proportion to their sins. If perchance they do not pay, they are to be punished in other ways in order that through their punishment others may be deterred from venturing upon similar rash actions. In addition, we prohibit and on pain of anathema forbid all Christians, for four years, to send or take their ships across to the lands of the Saracens who dwell in the east, so that by this a greater supply of shipping may be made ready for those wanting to cross over to help the holy Land, and so that the aforesaid Saracens may be deprived of the not inconsiderable help which they have been accustomed to receiving from this."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although tournaments have been forbidden in a general way on pain of a fixed penalty at various councils, we strictly forbid them to be held for three years, under pain of excommunication, because the business of the crusade is much hindered by them at this present time. Because it is of the utmost necessity for the carrying out of this business that rulers and Christian peoples keep peace with each other, we therefore ordain, on the advice of this holy and general synod, that peace be generally kept in the whole Christian world for four years, so that those in conflict shall be brought by the prelates of churches to conclude a definitive peace or to observe inviolably a firm truce. Those who refuse to comply shall be most strictly compelled to do so by an excommunication against their persons and an interdict on their lands, unless the malice of the wrongdoers is so great that they ought not to enjoy peace. If it happens that they make light of the church's censure, they may deservedly fear that the secular power will be invoked by ecclesiastical authority against them, as disturbers of the business of him who was crucified."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We therefore, trusting in the mercy of almighty God and in the authority of the blessed apostles Peter and Paul, do grant, by the power of binding and loosing that God has conferred upon us, albeit unworthy, unto all those who undertake this work in person and at their own expense, full pardon for their sins about which they are heartily contrite and have spoken in confession, and we promise them an increase of eternal life at the recompensing of the just. To those who do not go there in person but send suitable men at their own expense, according to their means and status, and likewise to those who go in person but at others' expense, we grant full pardon for their sins. We grant to share in this remission, according to the amount of their help and the intensity of their devotion, all who shall contribute suitably from their goods to the aid of the said Land or who give useful advice and help regarding the above. Finally, this holy and general synod imparts the benefit of its prayers and blessings to all who piously set out on this enterprise in order that it may contribute worthily to their salvation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Notes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1 Pope Innocent IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2 Frederick added in P"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3 Pope Gregory IX (1227-1241)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4 Peter of Colmeiu, cardinal 1244-1253"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5 William of Savoy, cardinal 1244-1251"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6 William of Talliante, cardinal 1244-1250"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7 On 3 May 1241"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8 Baldwin II, Latin emperor in the east (d. 1261)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9 Gregory of Crescentio, cardinal 1205-1226"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10 Pope Innocent III (1198-1216)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11 Honorius III (1216-1227)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12 Otto of Montferrat, cardinal 1227-1251"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13 James of Pecoraria, cardinal 1231-1244"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14 John Halgrin, cardinal 1227-1238"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15 Thomas de Episcopo, cardinal 1216-1243"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16 Ludwig I, duke of Bavaria (1183-1231)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17 John III Vatatzes, Greek emperor in the east (1222-1254)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18 The petitioner ... altered omitted in M."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19 const. 4 in M, 2 in R"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20 In the conduct of cases uncertainty is insidious, and the renown of persons and places is very advantageous. Therefore by added in M."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21 const. 6 in M, 8 in R"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22 const. 11 in M, omitted in R"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23 the party which appealed W"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24 const. 12 in M, omitted in R"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25 const. 9 in M, 3 in R"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26 Since legitimate acts are not tied to particular days and conditions by a legal sanction, and among legitimate acts the election of bishops is important, since by it the electors and the one elected are bound together by the ties of a spiritual marriage added in M."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27 for ... others omitted in M."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28 const. 10/11 in M, 4 in R"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "29 const. 13 in M, omitted in R"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "30 const. 7 in M, 5 in R."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "31 const. 3 in M, 6 in R"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "32 const. 14 in M, omitted in R"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "33 const. 5 in M, 7 in R."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "34 const. 2 in M, 9 in R."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "35 const. 8 in M, 10 in R."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "36 const. 15 in M, omitted in R"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "37 const. 16 in M, omitted in R"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "38 const. 17 in M, omitted in R"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "39 const. 11 in R, omitted in M"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "40 const. 22 in W, omitted in M R"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "41 const. 18 in M W, omitted in R"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "42 const 19 in M W, omitted in R"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "43 const. 1 in M, 12 in R, 20 in W"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "44 Judges damnably abuse an ecclesiastical censure when they use it rashly to try to expel innocent persons from the bosom of mother church on account of someone else's fault; thereby the persons illegally named are not harmed, and the censure is said to fall on the issuer on account of his misuse of the keys. Wishing to prevent such rashness we ordain by this decree added in M."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "45 const 21 in W, omitted in M R"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "46 const. 13 in R, omitted in others"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "47 const. 14 in R, omitted in others"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "48 const. 15 in R, omitted in others"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "49 const. 16 in R, omitted in others"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "50 omitted in R"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "51 const 17 in R, omitted in others"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "52 to the Saracens added in M Bu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction and translation taken from Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils, ed. Norman P. Tanner"
            }
          ],
          "witnesses": [
            {
              "label": "Concilia Oecumenica — Documenta et Acta, local source volume",
              "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
              "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
              "format": "pdf"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "council-source-corpus",
      "council": 14,
      "title": "Lyons II — council-level source corpus",
      "type": "Council-level source corpus",
      "date": "",
      "scope": "council-level-corpus",
      "sourceStatus": "Readable English extraction from a local council source volume; not document-level segmentation and not an aligned parallel edition.",
      "sourceVerification": "Unambiguous council heading and next-council boundary verified during the 3.50 reconciliation build.",
      "sourceVolumeSha256": "be506158a70af600f5575e554ae28c62088fc575aa3e0c3339bec036af8530de",
      "languages": {
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
          "format": "pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "SECOND COUNCIL OF LYONS (1274)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Contents"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introduction Constitution I Constitution II (partial index) 1. On the supreme Trinity and the catholic faith 2. On election and the power of the elected person 15. On the circumstances of ordination and the quality of ordinands 16. On bigamists 17. On the office of ordinary judge 19. On pleading 20. On what is done by force or because of fear 21. On prebends and dignities 22. On not alienating the property of the church 23. On religious houses, that they are to be subject to the bishop 24. On taxes and procurations 25. On the immunity of churches 26. On usury 28. On wrongs and the loss caused 29. On the sentence of excommunication Notes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "After the death of Pope Clement IV (29 November 1268) almost three years passed before the cardinals were able to elect a new pope, Gregory X (1 September 1271). The political aspect of Europe in those times was undergoing great change. The popes themselves in their struggles with the German emperors had sought help from various states and had placed Charles of Anjou on the throne of Sicily. This long conflict, which the popes fought in order to protect their freedom and immunity, had finally upset the traditional system of government in Christendom. This system depended on two institutions, the papacy and the empire. In the East, moreover, the emperor Michael VIII Palaeologus had captured Constantinople in 1261 and brought the Latin empire there to an end."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the state of affairs was undoubtedly complex and difficult, Gregory X had conceived a very broad plan involving the whole Christian world. In this plan the eastern question was of the highest importance. The pope sought to conclude a treaty with Michael VIII Palaeologus and to unite the eastern and western churches. For if the churches were united and the strength of all Christian peoples were combined, the problem of the holy Land could be resolved and the Roman church could flourish with fresh authority and influence in the western states."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gregory X, therefore, when he convoked the general council on 31 March 1272, outlined three themes: union with the Greeks, the crusade, and the reform of the church. Regarding the third theme, which was not only traditional in medieval councils but was also required by the actual state of ecclesiastical morals, the pope in March 1273 sought the opinion of all Christian people and asked for their help. Some reports sent to him for this purpose are still extant. After long preparatory arrangements the council assembled at Lyons and opened on 7 May 1274. Probably there were present about 300 bishops, 60 abbots and a large number of other clergy, many of whom apparently were theologians (Thomas Aquinas died while on his journey to Lyons), as well as king James of Aragon and the delegates sent by the rulers of France, Germany, England and Sicily. The Greeks arrived late, on 24 June, since they had been shipwrecked. Meanwhile a delegation of Tartars had also arrived. Although the number of participants does not seem to have been especially large, the whole Christian world was present either in person or through representatives, and it was evident that the council, as Gregory X had wished, was universal and ecumenical."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The council had six general sessions: on 7 and 18 May, 4 or 7 June, 6, 16 and 17 July. In the fourth session the union of the Greek church with the Latin church was decreed and defined, this union being based on the consent which the Greeks had given to the claims of the Roman church. In the last session the dogmatic constitution concerning the procession of the holy Spirit was approved, this question having been a cause of disagreement between the two churches. The union however appears to have been imposed, on the Greek side by the emperor Michael VIII. He wanted the support of the pope in order to deter Charles of Anjou from an attack on the Byzantine empire, while the majority of the Greek clergy opposed the union. The union was therefore fleeting, either because in the East the clergy steadily resisted it, or because the popes after Gregory X changed their plan of action."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The weakness of the union with the Greeks also rendered a crusade impossible. Gregory X won the approval of the principal states of Europe for the undertaking and was able, in the second session, to impose heavy taxes (a tenth for six years) in order to carry it out (const. Zelus fidei, below pp. 309-314). The council however merely decided to engage in the crusade; no start was made at getting things done and the project came to nothing. Moreover Gregory died soon afterwards (10 January 1276), and he was not sufficiently influential or powerful to bring to a conclusion his plans for church and state."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With regard to the reform of the church, Gregory complained in the council's last session that discussion had not been sufficient to pass any definite decree. However, he was able to bring about that certain constitutions relating to the parish should be delegated to the curia. For the rest, some constitutions concerning church institutions were approved in various sessions. The most important one prescribed that a pope should be elected by the college of cardinals assembled in conclave (const. 2); constitution 23 attempts to adjust relations between secular clerics and religious; constitutions 26-27 treat of usury; and others treat of particular questions about the reform of morals and of the church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There are at least two redactions (conciliar and post-conciliar) of the council's constitutions, as S. Kuttner has shown. In the second session the fathers had approved the decree Zelus fidei, which was rather a collection of constitutions about the holy Land, the crusade, the war against Saracens and pirates, and the order and procedure to be observed in the council (here for the first time the nations appear as ecclesiastical parts of a council). Next, twenty-eight constitutions were approved in the following sessions: const. 3-9, 15, 19, 24, 29-30 in the third, const. 2, 10-12, 16-17, 20-22, 25-28, 31 in the fifth, const. 1, 23 in the sixth session. The pope promulgated a collection of the council's constitutions on 1 November 1274, sent this to the universities with the bull Cum nuper, and informed all the faithful in the encyclical Infrascriptas. In this collection, however, three of the thirty-one constitutions are post-conciliar (const. 13-14, 18). These concern the parish, on which subject the pope and the council fathers had decided in the last session of the council that some decrees should be made later on. Moreover the constitution Zelus fidei is missing from the collection, perhaps because it contained no juridical statutes of universal validity; and the other constitutions had been subjected to the examination of the curia and emended, notably as far as we know const. 2 on the conclave and const. 26-27 On usury."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The collection of constitutions promulgated by Gregory X was incorporated into Boniface VIII's Liber Sextus (1298) . It also survives, together with the encyclical Infrascriptas, in Gregory X's register (=R), on which we have based our text. The conciliar redaction, however, is known only in part. The constitution Zelus fidei was discovered first by H. Finke in an Osnabruck codex (= O), and then by S. Kuttner, without its beginning, in a Washington codex (= W), it is also extant in three English cartularies, which we have not examined; our edition relies on the transcriptions of Finke (= F) and Kuttner (= K). The other constitutions of the conciliar redaction we know only from W and, as regards const. 2, from eight scrolls containing the approval of the council fathers for this constitution (Vatican Archives, AA. arm. I-XVIII, 2187-2194 = V I-8). We therefore give the conciliar redaction on the basis of V and W; but W is very incomplete, having only 20 constitutions (const. 2-8, 9 mutilated, 10-12 16-17, 20, 22-23, 25-27, 31), and is full of errors. As the best solution at this intermediate stage, we therefore give the constitution Zelus fidei (below pp. 309-314) separately from the post- conciliar collection (below pp. 314-331), and we note in the critical apparatus the latter the variant readings of the conciliar redaction. In the main editions of the council's acts only the collection of constitutions promulgated by Gregory X is to be found; all these editions depend on Rm (4, 95-104), which is taken from R (R was edited later by Guiraud)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Constitutions"
            },
            {
              "id": "source-i",
              "number": "I",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "I",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1a]. Zeal for the faith, fervent devotion and compassionate love ought to rouse the hearts of the faithful, so that all who glory in the name of Christian grieved to the heart by the insult to their redeemer, should rise vigorously and openly in defence of the holy Land and support for God's cause. Who, filled with the light of the true faith and thinking over with filial affection the marvellous favours conferred on the human race by our saviour in the holy Land, would not burn with devotion and charity, and sorrow deeply with that holy Land, portion of the Lord's inheritance ? Whose heart will not soften with compassion for her, from so many proofs of love given in that land by our creator? Alas! the very land in which the Lord deigned to work our salvation and which, in order to redeem humanity by payment of his death, he has consecrated by his own blood, has been boldly attacked and occupied over a long period by the impious enemies of the Christian name, the blasphemous and faithless Saracens. They not only rashly retain their conquest, but lay it waste without fear. They slaughter savagely the Christian people there to the greater offence of the creator, to the outrage and sorrow of all who profess the catholic faith. \"Where is the God of the Christians ?\" is the Saracens' constant reproach, as they taunt them. Such scandals, which neither mind can fully conceive nor tongue tell, inflamed our heart and roused our courage so that we who from experience overseas have not only heard of those events but have looked with our eyes and touched with our hands, might rise to avenge, as far as we can, the insult to the crucified one. Our help will come from those afire with zeal of faith and devotion. Because the liberation of the holy Land should concern all who profess the catholic faith, we convoked a council, so that after consultation with prelates, kings, princes and other prudent men, we might decide and ordain in Christ the means for liberating the holy Land. We also proposed to lead back the Greek peoples to the unity of the church; proudly striving to divide in some way the Lord's seamless tunic, they withdrew from devotion and obedience to the apostolic see. We purposed also a reform of morals, which have become corrupt owing to the sins of both clergy and people. In everything we have mentioned he to whom nothing is impossible will direct our acts and counsels; when he wills, he makes what is difficult easy, and leveling by his power the crooked ways, makes straight the rough going. Indeed, in order the more readily to effect our plans, having regard to the risks from wars and dangers of journeys for those whom we judged should be summoned to the council, we did not spare ourself and our brothers but rather sought hardships so that we might arrange rest for others. We came to the city of Lyons with our brothers and curia, believing that in this place those summoned to the council might meet with less exertion and expense. We came undertaking various dangers and troubles, running many risks, to where all those summoned to the council were assembled, either in person or through suitable representatives. We held frequent consultations with them about help for the holy Land, and they, zealous to avenge the insult to the Saviour, thought out the best ways to succour the said Land and gave, as was their duty, advice and insight. [ I b]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Having listened to their advice, we rightly commend their resolutions and praiseworthy enthusiasm for the liberation of that Land. Lest, however, we seem to lay on others' shoulders heavy burdens, hard to bear, which we are unwilling to move with our finger, we begin with ourself; declaring that we hold all we have from God's only-begotten Son, Jesus Christ, by whose gift we live, by whose favour we are sustained, by whose blood even we have been redeemed. We and our brothers, the cardinals of the holy Roman church, shall pay fully for six successive years a tenth of all our ecclesiastical revenues, fruits and incomes for the aid of the holy Land. With the approval of this sacred council, we decree and ordain that for the said six years, beginning from the next feast of the birthday of blessed John the Baptist, all ecclesiastical persons of whatever rank or pre-eminence, condition, order, or religious state or order—and we wish none to invoke for themselves and their churches any privileges or indults, in whatever form of words or expression these were granted, rather we recall completely those we have granted till now—shall pay wholly and without any reduction a tenth of all ecclesiastical revenues, fruits and incomes of each year in the following way: that is, half on the feast of the Lord's birth and the other half on the feast of blessed John the Baptist. In order to observe more carefully the reverence due to him whose undertaking this is, in himself and in his saints and especially in the glorious Virgin whose intercession we ask in this and in our other needs, and in order that there may be a fuller subsidy for the holy Land, we order that the constitution of Pope Gregory our predecessor of happy memory against blasphemers be inviolably observed. The fines prescribed in this constitution are to be exacted in full through the authorities of the place where blasphemy is committed, and through others who exercise temporal jurisdiction there. Coercive measures, if necessary, are to be taken through diocesan and other local ordinaries. The money is to be assigned to the collectors for the subsidy. Moreover, we strictly command confessors who hear confessions by ordinary jurisdiction or by privilege to prompt and enjoin on their penitents to give the said money to the holy Land in full satisfaction for their sins; and they should persuade those making wills to leave, in proportion to their means, some of their goods for aid to the holy Land. We direct also that in each church there should be placed a box fitted with three keys, the first to be kept in the possession of the bishop, the second in that of the priest of the church, the third in that of some conscientious lay person. The faithful are to be instructed to place their alms, as the Lord inspires them, in this box for the remission of their sins. Mass is to be sung publicly in the churches once a week, on a certain day to be announced by the priest, for the remission of such sins and especially of those offering alms. Besides these measures, to provide more assistance for the holy Land, we exhort and urge kings and princes, marquises, counts and barons, magistrates, governors and other secular leaders to arrange that in the lands subject to their jurisdiction each of the faithful pays a coin to the value of a tournois or of one sterling in accordance with the customs or circumstances of the region, and they should order a further small tax of no burden to anyone for the remission of sins; these contributions are to be made each year in aid of the holy Land, so that just as nobody may excuse himself from compassion for the wretched state of the holy Land, nobody may be dismissed from contributing or shut out from meriting. Also, lest these prudent arrangements concerning the subsidy to the holy Land be hindered by anyone's fraud or malice or craft, we excommunicate and anathematise one and all who knowingly offer hindrance, directly or indirectly, publicly or secretly, to the payment, as described above, of the tithes in aid of the holy Land."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore, since corsairs and pirates greatly impede those travelling to and from that Land, by capturing and plundering them, we bind with the bond of excommunication them and their principal helpers and supporters. We forbid anyone, under threat of anathema, knowingly to communicate with them by contracting to buy or sell. We also order rulers of cities and their territories to restrain and curb such persons from this iniquity; otherwise it is our wish that prelates of churches exercise ecclesiastical severity in their land. We excommunicate and anathematise, moreover, those false and impious Christians who, in opposition to Christ and the Christian people, convey to the Saracens arms and iron, which they use to attack Christians and timber for their galleys and other ships; and we decree that those who sell them galleys or ships, and those who act as pilots in pirate Saracen ships, or give them any help or advice by way of machines or anything else to the detriment of Christians and especially of the holy Land, are to be punished with deprivation of their possessions and are to become the slaves of those who capture them. We order this sentence to be renewed publicly on Sundays and feast-days in all maritime towns; and the bosom of the church is not to be opened to such persons unless they send in aid of the holy Land all that they received from this damnable commerce and the same amount of their own, so that they are punished in proportion to their sins. If perchance they do not pay, they are to be punished in other ways in order that through their punishment others may be deterred from venturing upon similar rash actions. In addition, we prohibit and on pain of anathema forbid all Christians, for six years, to send or take their ships across to the lands of the Saracens who dwell in the east, so that by this a greater supply of shipping may be made ready for those wanting to cross over to help the holy Land, and so that the aforesaid Saracens may be deprived of the considerable help which they have been accustomed to receiving from this. Because it is of the utmost necessity for the carrying out of this business that rulers and Christian peoples keep peace with each other, we therefore ordain, with the approval of this holy and general synod, that peace be generally kept in the whole world among Christians, so that those in conflict shall be led by the prelates of churches to observe inviolably for six years a definitive agreement or peace or a firm truce. Those who refuse to comply shall be most strictly compelled to do so by a sentence of excommunication against their persons and an interdict on their lands, unless the malice of the wrongdoers is so great that they ought not to enjoy peace. If it happens that they make light of the church's censure, they may deservedly fear that the secular power will be invoked by ecclesiastical authority against them as disturbers of the business of him who was crucified. We therefore, trusting in the mercy of almighty God and in the authority of the blessed apostles Peter and Paul, do grant, by the power of binding and loosing that God has conferred upon us, albeit unworthy, unto all those who undertake this work of crossing the sea to aid the holy Land, in person and at their own expense, full pardon for their sins about which they are truly and heartily contrite and have spoken in confession, and we promise them an increase of eternal life at the recompensing of the just. To those who do not go there in person but send suitable men at their own expense, according to their means and status, and likewise to those who go in person but at others' expense, we grant full pardon for their sins. We wish to grant to share in this remission, according to the nature of their help and the intensity of their devotion, all who shall contribute suitably from their goods to the aid of the said Land, or who give useful advice and help regarding the above, and all who make available their own ships for the help of the holy Land or who undertake to build ships for this purpose. Finally, this dutiful and holy general synod imparts the benefit of its prayers and blessings to all who piously set out on this enterprise in order that it may contribute to their salvation.[Id]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Not to us but to the Lord we give glory and honour; let us also thank him that to so sacred a council a very great number of patriarchs, primates, archbishops, bishops, abbots, priors provosts, deans, archdeacons and other prelates of churches, both personally and by suitable procurators, and the procurators of chapters, colleges and convents, have assembled at our call. However, although for the happy pursuit of so great an enterprise their advice would be useful, and their presence as beloved sons is so delightful, filling us in a certain way with spiritual joy, there are difficulties for some as to staying on. Various inconveniences result from their great number; we do not wish them to suffer any longer the squeezing of the enormous crowd; and their absence may be harmful to them and their churches. A certain prudent love moves us to decide with our brothers' advice how to lighten the burden of these representatives, while pursuing our object no less ardently or zealously. We therefore have decided that all patriarchs, primates, archbishops, bishops, abbots and priors whom we summoned specially and by name are to remain, they are not to depart without our special leave before the council ends. The other non-mitred abbots and priors and the other {1} abbots and priors, who were not summoned by us specially and by name, and the provosts, deans, archdeacons and other prelates of churches, and the procurators of any prelates, chapters, colleges and convents, have our gracious leave to depart with the blessing of God and our own. We commission all who so depart to leave enough procurators, as described below, to receive our commands and both the decrees of our present council and any other decrees that may, with God's inspiration, be issued in the future. Thus, all so departing are to leave behind the following adequate number of procurators: namely, four from the realm of France, four from the realm of Germany, four from the realms of the Spains, four from the realm of England one from the realm of Scotland {2} , two from the realm of Sicily, two from Lombardy, one from Tuscany, one from the states of the church, one from the realm of Norway, one from the realm of Sweden, one from the realm of Hungary {3} , one from the realm of Dacia, one from the realm of Bohemia, one from the duchy of Poland. Furthermore {4} , it has come to our ears that some archbishops, bishops and other prelates, when they were summoned by us to the council, asked an excessive contribution from their subjects and committed great extortion, imposing heavy taxes on them. Some of these prelates, although they made great exactions, did not come to the council. Since it neither was nor is our intention that prelates in coming to the council should associate the virtue of obedience with the oppression of their subjects, we admonish prelates one and all with great firmness, that none may presume to use the council as a pretext for burdening his subjects with taxes or exactions. If in fact some prelates have not come to the council and have made demands on the pretext of coming, it is our will and precise command that they make restitution without delay. Those however who have oppressed their subjects, demanding excessive contributions, should take care to make amends to them without creating difficulties, and so fulfil our commands that we do not have to apply a remedy by our authority."
            },
            {
              "id": "source-ii",
              "number": "II",
              "numberSource": "source",
              "sourceKey": "II",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. On the supreme Trinity and the catholic faith{5}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. We profess faithfully and devotedly that the holy Spirit proceeds eternally from the Father and the Son, not as from two principles, but as from one principle; not by two spirations, but by one single spiration. This the holy Roman church, mother and mistress of all the faithful, has till now professed, preached and taught; this she firmly holds, preaches, professes and teaches; this is the unchangeable and true belief of the orthodox fathers and doctors, Latin and Greek alike. But because some, on account of ignorance of the said indisputable truth, have fallen into various errors, we, wishing to close the way to such errors, with the approval of the sacred council, condemn and reprove all who presume to deny that the holy Spirit proceeds eternally from the Father and the Son, or rashly to assert that the holy Spirit proceeds from the Father and the Son as from two principles and not as from one."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. On election and the power of the elected person {6}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. {7} Where there is greater danger, there must certainly be greater foresight. We learn from the past how heavy are the losses sustained by the Roman church in a long vacancy, how perilous it is; we see this all too clearly when we wisely consider the crises undergone. Reason therefore openly challenges us, while we devote ourselves skillfully to the reform of lesser evils, certainly not to leave without appropriate remedy those of greater danger. We judge therefore that everything wisely instituted by our predecessors and especially by Pope Alexander III of happy memory, for avoiding discord in the election of the Roman pontiff, should remain altogether intact. We intend in no way to detract from this legislation, but to supply by the present constitution what experience has shown to be missing."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With the approval of the sacred council {8} , we decree that if the pope dies in a city where he was residing with his curia, the cardinals present in that city are obliged to await the absent cardinals, but for ten days only. When these days have passed, whether those absent have arrived or not, all are to assemble in the palace where the pope lived. Each is to be content with one servant only, clerical or lay, at choice. We allow however those in evident need to have two, with the same choice. In this palace all are to live in common in one room, with no partition or curtain. Apart from free entry to a private room, the conclave is to be completely locked, so that no one can enter or leave. No one may have access to the cardinals or permission to talk secretly with them, nor are they themselves to admit anyone to their presence, except those who, by consent of all the cardinals present, might be summoned only for the business of the imminent election. It is not lawful for anyone to send a messenger or a written message to the cardinals or to any one of them. Whoever acts otherwise, sending a messenger or a written message, or speaking secretly to one of the cardinals, is to incur automatic excommunication. In the conclave some suitable window is to be left open through which the necessary food may be served conveniently to the cardinals, but no entry for anyone is to be possible through this way."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If, which God forbid, within three days after the cardinals have entered the said conclave, the church has not been provided with a shepherd, they are to be content for the next five days, every day both at dinner and supper, with one dish only. If these days also pass without the election of a pope, henceforth only bread, wine and water are to be served to the cardinals until they do provide a pope. While the election is in process, the cardinals are to receive nothing from the papal treasury, nor any other revenue coming from whatever source to the church while the see is vacant. Everything during this period remains in the custody of him to whose faithfulness and care the treasury has been entrusted, to be kept by him for the disposal of the future pope. Those who have accepted something are obliged from then on to abstain from receiving any of the revenues due to them until they have made full restitution of what they have accepted in this way. The cardinals are to devote their time so carefully to hastening the election as to occupy themselves with no other business whatever unless perhaps there occurs such an urgent necessity as the defence of the states of the church or some part of them, or there be threat of such a great and evident danger that it seems to each and all the cardinals present, by general consent, that they should quickly counteract it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Of course if one of the cardinals does not enter the conclave, which we have described above, or having entered leaves without evident cause of illness, the others, without in any way searching for him and without re-admitting him to the election, may proceed freely to elect the next pope. If in fact, owing to sudden illness, one of them leaves the conclave, the election may proceed without the need for his vote, even while the illness lasts. But if after regaining his health or even before, he wishes to return, or even if other absentees, for whom a wait of ten days should be made as we have said, come on the scene while the election is still undecided, that is, before the church has been provided with a shepherd, they are to be admitted to the election in the state in which they find it; they are to keep the rules with the others as regards enclosure, servants, food and drink and everything else."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If the Roman pontiff happens to die outside the city in which he resided with his curia, the cardinals are obliged to assemble in the city in whose territory or district the pontiff died, unless perhaps the city lies under interdict or persists in open rebellion against the Roman church. In which case they are to meet in another city, the nearest which is neither under interdict nor openly rebellious. In this city also, the same rules about waiting for absentees, living together, enclosure and everything else, in the episcopal palace or any other residence specified by the cardinals, are to be observed as above when the pope dies in the city where he resided with his curia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, since it is not enough to make laws unless there is someone to see that they are kept, we further ordain that the lord and other rulers and officials of the city where the election of the Roman pontiff is to be held, by the power given to them by our authority and the approval of the council, are to enforce the observance of everything prescribed above in every detail, fully and inviolably without any deceit and trickery, but they may not presume to restrict the cardinals beyond what has been said. As soon as the said lord, rulers and officials hear of the supreme pontiff's death, they are to take an oath as a body, in the presence of the clergy and people specially mustered for the purpose, to observe these prescriptions. If it happens that they commit fraud in this matter or do not observe the regulations with care, of whatever pre-eminence, condition or status they may be, they lose all privileges; they are automatically subject to the bond of excommunication and are forever infamous; and they are permanently excluded from all honours, nor may they be admitted to any public office. We have decreed that over and above this they are automatically deprived of the fiefs goods and all they hold from the same Roman church or any other churches, this property returns fully and freely to the churches themselves, to be without any opposition at the disposal of the administrators of those churches. The city itself is to be not only laid under interdict but also deprived of its episcopal dignity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore {9} , since when a disordered passion enslaves the will or some pledge compels it to one way of acting, the election is null from lack of freedom, we implore the cardinals through the tender mercy of our God', and we call them to witness through the sprinkling of his precious blood, that they consider very carefully what they are about to do. They are electing the vicar of Jesus Christ, the successor of Peter, the ruler of the universal church, the guide of the Lord's flock. They are to lay aside all the disorder of private affection, to be free from any bargain, agreement or pledge; they are not to consider any promise or understanding, to have no regard for their mutual advantage or that of their friends. They are not to look after their own interests or their individual convenience. Without any constraint on their judgment other than God, they are to seek purely and freely the public good, with the election alone in mind. They are to use every endeavour and care that is possible. Their one aim is to provide, by their service and speedily, what is so useful and necessary for the whole world, a fitting spouse for the church. Those who act otherwise are subject to the divine retribution, their fault never to be pardoned except after severe penance. We invalidate all bargains, agreements, pledges, promises and understandings, whether confirmed by oath or any other bond; we nullify all these and decree that such have no force whatever. No one is constrained in any way to observe them, nor anyone to fear that by transgressing them he is breaking faith. Rather he deserves praise, for even human law testifies that such transgressions are more acceptable to God than the keeping of the oath."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the faithful should rely not so much on human resource, however solicitous, than on the urgency of humble and devoted prayer, we make an addition to this decree. In all the cities and important places, as soon as the death of the pope becomes known, solemn exequies are to be celebrated for him by clergy and people. After this, every day until undoubted news is brought that the church truly has her pastor, there is to be humble and devoted prayer to the Lord, that he who makes peace in his high heaven may so unite the hearts of the cardinals in their choice that provision may be made for the church swiftly, harmoniously, unanimously and beneficially, for the salvation of souls and the advantage of the whole world. And lest this salutary decree be disregarded on pretext of ignorance, we strictly order patriarchs, archbishops, bishops, other prelates of churches, and all who have faculties to explain the word of God, that they should often gather together the clergy and people for the purpose of urging them in sermons to pray earnestly and repeatedly for a swift and happy outcome of the conclave. With the same authority they should prescribe not only frequent prayer but also, as circumstances recommend, the observance of fasting."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3 {10} That we may, as far as possible, close the way to evil practices in ecclesiastical elections, postulations and provisions, and that churches may not have long and dangerous vacancies or the provision of parsonages, dignities and other ecclesiastical benefices be delayed, we make this perpetual decree. When opponents to elections, postulations or provisions raise difficulties against the form of the election, postulation or provision, or against the persons of the electors or of the one elected or of him for whom the provision was to be made or has been made, and for these reasons make an appeal, the appellants are to express in a public document or letter of appeal every individual objection they intend to make against the form or persons. They shall do this in the presence of a qualified person or persons bearing witness to the truth on the above points, and they shall personally swear that they believe what they say to be true and can prove it. If this is not done, both the objectors and, during the time of appeal or afterwards, their adherents are to know that the power of objecting anything not expressed in these letters or documents is forbidden to them, unless there is some new evidence or there suddenly appears means of proving the former objections, or some facts of the past have newly come to the knowledge of the objectors, facts of which at the time of the appeal the appellants probably could have been, and in fact were, ignorant. They are to establish their good faith concerning this ignorance and the subsequent possibility of proof by taking an oath personally, adding in the same oath that they believe they have sufficient proof. It is our will certainly that the penalties imposed by Pope Innocent IV of happy memory on those who do not fully substantiate their objections against the form or the person, shall remain in force."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4 {11} Blind greed and criminal, dishonest ambition, seizing on certain minds, drive them to the rash attempt to usurp by ingenious fraud what they know is forbidden to them by the law. Some, indeed, are elected to the government of churches and, because the law forbids any interference in the administration of churches before the election has been confirmed, contrive to have the churches entrusted to themselves as procurators and managers. Since it is not good to give way to human trickery, we wish to take wider precautions in this general constitution. We decree that none may henceforth presume, before confirmation of his election, to conduct or accept the administration of an office to which he has been elected, or to interfere in it, under the pretext of management or procuratorship or some other newly invented disguise, in things spiritual or temporal, directly or through others, in part or in whole. We decree that all who act otherwise are by that very fact deprived of the right they would have acquired by the election."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. {12} Not only do the laws bear witness but also experience, that effective teacher of reality, makes clear how damaging to churches is their vacancy, how dangerous it usually is to souls. Desirous, then, of counteracting the long duration of vacancies by suitable remedies, we make a perpetual decree that after there has been an election in any church, the electors are obliged to inform the elect as soon as conveniently possible and to ask his consent. The elect in his turn is to give it within a month from the day of being informed. If the elect delays beyond this, he is to know that from then on he is deprived of the right he would have acquired from his election, unless perhaps his condition is such that he cannot consent to his election without his superior's leave, on account of a prohibition or some disposition of the apostolic see {13} . The elect or his electors must then earnestly seek and gain the superior's leave as quickly as his presence or absence will permit. Otherwise, if the time has expired, even with the allowance made for the presence or absence of the superior, and permission has not been obtained, the electors are then free to proceed to another election. Furthermore, any elect must ask for confirmation of his election within three months after giving consent. If without lawful impediment he omits to do this within such a three-month period, the election is by that very fact null and void."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6. {14} We declare, with the force of a perpetual decree, that they who in an election vote knowingly for an unworthy candidate are not deprived of the power of electing, unless they have so far persisted as to make the election depend on their votes, even though in nominating an unworthy person they have deliberately acted against their consciences and may rightly fear divine retribution and a punishment, in accordance with the offence, from the apostolic see."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7. {15} We decree that nobody, after voting for someone whose election follows, or after giving consent to an election made by others, may oppose him concerning the election itself, except for reasons coming to light afterwards, or unless the elect's evil character previously hidden from the objector is now disclosed, or the existence of some other hidden vice or defect, of which in all probability he could have been ignorant, is revealed. He is however to guarantee his good faith regarding this lack of knowledge by oath."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8. {16} If after two scrutinies one part of the electors is to be found more than double the number of the other, we by this decree take away from the minority all power of imputing lack of zeal, merit or authority to the majority or their candidate. We do not however forbid such objections as would render null, in virtue of the law itself, the election of the candidate so opposed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9. {17} The constitution of Pope Alexander IV, our predecessor of happy memory, rightly includes cases about episcopal elections, and those arising therefrom, in the category of major cases and asserts that their judicial inquiry subsequent to any appeal falls to the apostolic see. We, however, wishing to curb both the rash boldness and unbridled frequency of appeals, have considered that we should make provision by this general constitution. If someone appeals extra-judicially with an evidently frivolous motive in the aforesaid elections or in others which concern dignities higher than the episcopate, such an appeal is by no means to go before the apostolic see. When however in the business of such elections an appeal is made in writing, judicially or extra-judicially, from a credible motive which on proof ought to be considered legitimate, such business is to be brought to the apostolic see. Furthermore, it is lawful for the parties in these cases, provided there is no malice, to withdraw from such appeals before they are laid before the said see. Subordinate judges, who were competent for these cases, should on withdrawal of the appeal first of all inquire carefully whether there has been any irregularity. If they find such, they are to have no further dealings with the case itself, but shall set for the parties a suitable fixed term in which they are to present themselves with all their acts and records to the apostolic see. I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10. {18} If among other objections against the elect or nominee or candidate to be promoted in any other way to some dignity, it is said that he clearly lacks the requisite knowledge or has some other obvious personal defect, we decree that there is to be an invariable order in discussing the objections. The candidate is to be examined first of all concerning the alleged defect, the outcome deciding whether other objections are to be considered or not. If the result of the said examination shows that the objections concerning the alleged defect are devoid of truth, we exclude the objectors altogether from pursuing further the case in which they have made their objections, and we decree that they are to be punished exactly as if they had thoroughly failed to prove any of their objections."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11. {19} All those who presume to oppress clerics or any other ecclesiastical persons having the right of election in certain churches, monasteries or other pious places, because they have refused to elect the person for whom they were asked or urged to vote, or who presume to oppress their relatives or the said churches, monasteries or other places, robbing them of benefices or other property, either directly or through others, or taking revenge in other ways, are to know that they incur automatic excommunication."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12 {20} We decree by a general constitution that one and all, however high their rank, who try to usurp the royal privileges, the custody or guard, or the title of advocate or defender, in churches, monasteries and any other pious places, and presume to take possession of their property during a vacancy, lie under automatic sentence of excommunication. The clerics of the churches, the monks of the monasteries, and the other persons in the above places, who abet these offences, are automatically excommunicated in the same way. We indeed strictly forbid those clerics who do not oppose, as they ought, those who act in such a way, to receive any income from these churches or places during the time they have allowed the usurpation to happen without opposition. Those who claim these rights by the foundation of the churches or of the other places, or by reason of ancient custom, are prudently to avoid abusing their rights and take care that their agents do not abuse them, so that they appropriate nothing beyond what pertains to the fruits or revenues accruing during the vacancy, and do not allow the dilapidation of the other property of which they claim to be the guardians but preserve it in good condition."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13. The canon promulgated by Pope Alexander III, our predecessor of happy memory, decreed among other things that nobody is to be appointed parish priest until he is twenty-five and approved as to knowledge and morals; and that after his appointment, if he has not been ordained priest within the time fixed by the canons, despite being warned to this effect, he is to be removed from office and it is to be conferred on someone else. Since many neglect to observe this canon, we wish their dangerous negligence to be made good by observance of the law. We therefore decree that nobody is to be appointed parish priest unless he is suitable by knowledge, morals and age. Any appointments from now of those younger than twenty-five are to lack all validity. The person appointed is obliged to reside in the parish church of which he has become rector, in order that he may take more diligent care of the flock entrusted to him. Within a year of being appointed to his charge he is to have himself ordained to the priesthood. If within that time he has not been ordained, he is deprived of his church, even without previous warning, by authority of the present constitution. As to residence, as above described, the ordinary may grant a dispensation for a time and for a reasonable cause."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14. No one may henceforth presume to give a parish church \"in commendam\" to anyone under the lawful age and not ordained priest. Such a commendatory may have only one parish church and there must be an evident need or advantage for the church itself. We declare, however, that such a commendam, even when properly made, is not to last more than six months. We decree that any contrary procedure relating to commendams of parish churches is invalid by law."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15. On the circumstances of ordination and the quality of ordinands"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15. {21} We decree that those who knowingly or with affected ignorance or on any other pretext presume to ordain clerics of another diocese without permission of the ordinands' superior, are suspended for a year from conferring any orders. The penalties prescribed by law against those so ordained are to remain in full vigour. We also grant the faculty to clerics of the dioceses of bishops thus suspended, after their suspension has become public, freely to receive orders meanwhile from neighbouring bishops, even without their own bishop's leave, but in other respects canonically."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16. On bigamists"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16. {22} Putting an end to an old debate by the present declaration, we declare that bigamists are deprived of any clerical privilege and are to be handed over to the control of the secular law, any contrary custom notwithstanding. We also forbid bigamists under pain of anathema to wear the tonsure or clerical dress."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17. On the office of ordinary judge"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17. {23} If canons wish to suspend the celebration of divine worship, as is their claim from custom or otherwise in certain churches, they are obliged, before taking any steps to suspend the celebration, to express their reasons for this in a confirmation of authenticity. They are to consign this document or letter to the person against whom the suspension is directed. They are to know that if they suspend services without this formality or the reason expressed is not canonical, they shall restore all the income they have received, during the time of the suspension, from the church in which the suspension has taken place. They shall in no way receive anything owing to them for that period but make it over to the church in question. They will, moreover, be obliged to make restitution for the loss or injustice done to the person whom they intended to punish. If however their cause is judged to be canonical, the one who occasioned the suspension is to be sentenced to compensate the said canons and the church from which divine service has been withdrawn through his fault. The superior is to adjudicate the compensation and it is to be used for the benefit of divine worship. Nevertheless we utterly rebuke the detestable abuse and horrible impiety of those who treating with irreverent boldness crucifixes and images or statues of the blessed Virgin and other saints, throw them to the ground in order to emphasise the suspension of divine worship, and leave them under nettles and thorns. We forbid severely any sacrilege of this kind. We decree that those who disobey are to receive a hard retributive sentence which will so chastise the offenders as to suppress the like arrogance in others."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18. Local ordinaries must strictly compel their subjects to produce the dispensations by which they hold canonically, as they assert, several dignities or churches to which is annexed the cure of souls, or a parsonage or dignity together with another benefice to which a similar cure is annexed. These dispensations are to be shown within a time proportionate to the situation as judged by the ordinaries themselves. If without just reason no dispensation has been shown within that time, the churches, benefices, parsonages or dignities which it is now obvious are held unlawfully without dispensation, are to be conferred freely on suitable persons by those who have the right. If on the other hand the dispensation shown seems clearly sufficient, the holder is not to be troubled in any way in the possession of these benefices canonically obtained. The ordinary is however to make provision that neither the care of souls in those churches, parsonages or dignities is neglected nor the benefices themselves are defrauded of the services owing to them. If there is doubt whether the dispensation is sufficient, recourse should be had to the apostolic see, to which judgment belongs concerning its benefices. Ordinaries, moreover, in bestowing parsonages, dignities and other benefices involving the cure of souls, are to take care not to confer one on someone already holding several similar benefices, unless an obviously sufficient dispensation is shown for those already held. Even then, we wish the ordinary to confer the benefice only if it appears from the dispensation that the beneficiary may lawfully retain this parsonage, dignity or benefice together with those he already holds, or if he is prepared freely to resign those he already holds. If not, the bestowing of such parsonages, dignities and benefices is to be of no consequence whatever."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19. On pleading"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19 {24} It seems that we must counteract promptly the crafty dragging-out of lawsuits. We hope to do this effectively by giving suitable remedial directives to those who offer their services in legal matters. Since the things that have been beneficially provided by legal sanction concerning advocates seem to have fallen into disuse, we renew the same sanction by the present constitution, with some addition and modification. We decree that each and every advocate in the ecclesiastical forum, whether before the apostolic see or elsewhere, is to swear on the holy gospels that in all ecclesiastical causes and others in the same forum, of which they have assumed or will assume the defence, they will do their utmost for their clients in what they judge to be true and just. They are also to swear that at whatever part of the process they find out that the cause which they had accepted in good faith is unjust, they will cease to defend it; they will rather abandon it altogether, having nothing further to do with it, and will inviolably observe the rest of the above sanction. Proctors also are to be bound by a similar oath. Both advocates and proctors are obliged to renew this oath every year in the forum in which they have assumed office. Those who come before the apostolic see or to the court of some ecclesiastical judge, in which they have not yet taken such an oath, in order to act as advocate or proctor in some individual case, are to take a like oath, in each case, at the beginning of the litigation. Advocates and proctors who refuse to swear in the above way are forbidden to practise while their refusal persists. If they deliberately violate their oath, counsellors who have knowingly encouraged an unjust cause incur, in addition to the guilt of perjury, the divine and our malediction, from which they cannot be absolved unless they restore double the amount they accepted for such evil work as advocate, proctor or counsel. They are moreover obliged to make restitution for the loss caused to the parties wronged by their unjust ministry. Furthermore, lest insatiate greed drive some into contempt for these sound decrees, we strictly forbid an advocate to accept more than twenty tournois pounds for any case, a proctor more than twelve, as salary or even on the pretext of a reward for winning. Those who accept more are not in any way to acquire ownership of the excess, but are obliged to restitution; none of this penalty of restitution can be remitted in evasion of the present constitution. In addition, advocates who thus violate the present constitution are to be suspended from their office for three years. Proctors, on the other hand, shall be denied permission to exercise their office in a court of law."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20. On what is done by force or because of fear"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20. {25} We annul by authority of this constitution any absolution from sentence of excommunication or any recall of it, or of suspension or even of interdict, which has been extorted by force or fear. Lest boldness increase when violence goes unpunished, we decree that those who have extorted such an absolution or withdrawal by force or fear lie under sentence of excommunication."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21. On prebends and dignities"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21. {26} We have decreed that the statute of Pope Clement IV, our predecessor of happy memory, that dignities and benefices which become vacant in the Roman curia are to be conferred by nobody other than the Roman pontiff, is to be modified as follows. Those who have the conferring of these benefices and dignities may confer them validly, notwithstanding the said statute, but not till a month after the day on which the dignities and benefices have become vacant, and then only by themselves personally or, if they are at a distance, through their vicar-generals in their dioceses, to whom this charge has been canonically entrusted . 5"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22. On not alienating the property of the church"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22. {27} By this well-considered decree we forbid each and every prelate to submit, subject or subordinate the churches entrusted to him, their immovable property or rights, to lay people without the consent of his chapter and the special leave of the apostolic see. It is not a question of granting the property or rights in emphyteusis or otherwise alienating them in the form and in the cases permitted by the law. What is forbidden is the establishment or recognition of these laity as superiors from whom the property and rights are held, or making them the protectors, an arrangement which is called in the vernacular of certain places \"to avow\", that is, the laity are appointed patrons or advocates of the churches or their property, either perpetually or for a long period. We decree that all such contracts of alienation, even when fortified by oath, penalty or any other confirmation, which are made without the above leave and consent, and any consequences of these contracts, are entirely null; no right is conferred, no cause for prescription is provided. We decree moreover that prelates who disobey are automatically suspended for three years from office and administration, and clerics who know that the prohibition has been violated but fail to give notice of it to the superior, are automatically suspended for three years from receiving the fruits of benefices they hold in the church so oppressed. The laity indeed, who have hitherto forced prelates, chapters of churches or other ecclesiastical persons to make these submissions, are to be bound by sentence of excommunication, unless after suitable admonition, having given up the submission they exacted through force or fear, they set free the churches and return the property thus surrendered to them. Those also who in future shall compel prelates or other ecclesiastical persons to make such submissions are also to be excommunicated, whatever be their condition or status. Even when contracts have been or will be made with the due leave and consent, or on the occasion of such contracts, the laity are not to transgress the limits set by the nature of the contract itself or the law on which the contract is based. Those indeed who act otherwise, unless after lawful admonition they desist from such usurpation restoring also what they have usurped, incur automatic excommunication, and henceforward the way is open, if need be, to lay their land under ecclesiastical interdict."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23. On religious houses, that they are to be subject to the bishop"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23 {28} A general council by a considered prohibition averted the excessive diversity of religious orders, lest it might lead to confusion. Afterwards, however, not only has the troublesome desire of petitioners extorted their multiplication, but also the presumptuous rashness of some has produced an almost unlimited crowd of diverse orders, especially mendicant, which have not yet merited the beginnings of approval. We therefore renew the constitution, and severely prohibit that anyone found henceforth a new order or form of religious life, or assume its habit. We perpetually forbid absolutely all the forms of religious life and the mendicant orders founded after the said council which have not merited confirmation of the apostolic see, and we suppress them in so far as they have spread. As to those orders, however, confirmed by the apostolic see and instituted after the council, whose profession, rule or constitutions forbid them to have revenues or possessions for their fitting support but whose insecure mendicancy usually provides a living through public begging, we decree that they may survive on the following terms. The professed members of these orders may continue in them if they are willing not to admit henceforth anyone to profession, nor to acquire a new house or land, nor to have power to alienate the houses or land they have, without special leave of the apostolic see. We reserve these possessions for the disposal of the apostolic see, to be used for aid to the holy Land or for the poor or to be turned to other pious uses through local ordinaries or others commissioned by the apostolic see. If the above conditions are violated, neither the reception of persons nor the acquisition of houses or land nor the alienation of these or other property is valid, and in addition excommunication is incurred. We also forbid absolutely to members of these orders, in regard to externs, the office of preaching and hearing confessions and the right of burial. Of course we do not allow the present constitution to apply to the orders of Preachers and Minors; their approval bears witness to their evident advantage to the universal church. Furthermore, we grant that the order of Carmelites and that of the Hermits of Saint Augustine, the institution of which preceded the said general council {29} , may remain as they are, until other regulations are made for them. We intend in fact to provide both for them and for the other orders, even the non-mendicants, as we shall see to be for the good of souls and for the good state of the orders. We grant also a general permission to members of orders to which this present constitution applies, to pass to the other approved orders on this condition: no order is to transfer itself wholly to another, no community is to transfer itself and its possessions wholly to another, without special permission from the apostolic see."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24. On taxes and procurations"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24 {30} The boldness of wicked people demands that we should not be satisfied with merely forbidding offences, but should inflict punishment on the offenders. The constitution of Pope Innocent IV, our predecessor of happy memory, forbade procurations to be received in the form of money, or the acceptance of gifts by pastoral visitors and their attendants. It is said that many rashly transgress this constitution. We wish it to be inviolably observed and have decreed that it should be strengthened by adding a penalty. We decree that one and all who presume, because of the procuration owing to them by reason of a visitation, to exact money or even to accept money from someone willing; or to violate the constitution in another way by accepting gifts or, without making the visitation, accepting procurations in food or anything else; are obliged to give back double of what they have received to the church from which they received it, and this within a month. If they do not, from that time patriarchs, archbishops and bishops who put off restoration of the double payment beyond the said period, are to know that entry into the church is forbidden them; and lower clergy are to know that they are suspended from office and benefice until they have made full satisfaction of this double to the burdened churches; the remission, liberality or kindness of the givers is to avail nothing."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25. On the immunity of churches"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25 {31} Holiness befits the house of the Lord; it is fitting that he whose abode has been established in peace should be worshipped in peace and with due reverence. Churches, then, should be entered humbly and devoutly; behaviour inside should be calm, pleasing to God, bringing peace to the beholders, a source not only of instruction but of mental refreshment. Those who assemble in church should extol with an act of special reverence that name with is above every name, than which no other under heaven has been given to people, in which believers must be saved, the name, that is, of Jesus Christ, who will save his people from their sins. Each should fulfil in himself that which is written for all that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow; whenever that glorious name is recalled, especially during the sacred mysteries of the mass, everyone should bow the knees of his heart, which he can do even by a bow of his head. In churches the sacred solemnities should possess the whole heart and mind; the whole attention should be given to prayer. Here where it is proper to offer heavenly desires with peace and calm, let nobody arouse rebellion, provoke clamour or be guilty of violence. The consultations of universities and of any associations whatever must cease to be held in churches, so also must public speeches and parliaments. Idle and, even more, foul and profane talk must stop; chatter in all its forms must cease. Everything, in short, that may disturb divine worship or offend the eyes of the divine majesty should be absolutely foreign to churches, lest where pardon should be asked for our sins, occasion is given for sin, or sin is found to be committed. No more business is to be conducted in churches or their cemeteries, especially they are not to have the bustle of markets and public squares. All noise of secular courts must be stilled. The laity are not to hold their trials in churches, more especially criminal cases. The church is not to be a place for lay judicial inquiries. Local ordinaries should see that all this is observed, persuade where persuasion is needed, suppress by their authority what is forbidden by this canon. They should also depute for this purpose persons in the churches who are most assiduous and suitable for the above aims. Moreover, the proceedings of secular judges, and in particular the sentences passed in these sacred places, are to lack all validity. Those indeed who impudently defy the above prohibitions, in addition to the sanctions imposed by ordinaries and their deputies, will have to fear the sternness of the divine retribution and our own until, having confessed their guilt, they have firmly resolved to avoid such conduct for the future."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26. On usury"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26. {32} Wishing to close up the abyss of usury, which devours souls and swallows up property, we order under threat of the divine malediction that the constitution of the Lateran council against usurers be inviolably observed. Since the less convenient it is for usurers to lend, the more their freedom to practise usury is curtailed, we ordain by this general constitution as follows. Neither a college, nor other community, nor an individual person, of whatever dignity, condition or status, may permit those foreigners and others not originating from their territories {33} , who practise usury or wish to do so, to rent houses for that purpose or to occupy rented houses or to live elsewhere. Rather, they must expel all such notorious usurers from their territories within three months, never to admit any such for the future. Nobody is to let houses to them for usury, nor grant them houses under any other title {34} . Those indeed who act otherwise, if they are ecclesiastical persons, patriarchs, archbishops or bishops, are to know that they incur automatic suspension; lesser individual persons, excommunication, colleges or other communities, interdict. If they remain obdurate throughout a month, their territories shall lie henceforth under ecclesiastical interdict as long as the usurers remain there. Furthermore, if they are layfolk, they are to be restrained from such transgression through their ordinaries by ecclesiastical censure, all privileges ceasing {35}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27 {36} Although notorious usurers give orders in their wills that restitution be made for their usurious gains, either in express terms or in general, ecclesiastical burial is nevertheless to be refused until full restitution has been made as far as the usurer's means allow, or until a pledge has been given of fitting restitution. This pledge is to be given to those to whom restitution is due, if they themselves or others who can receive for them are present. If they are absent, the pledge is to be given to the local ordinary or his vicar or the rector of the parish where the testator lives, in the presence of trustworthy persons from the parish (the ordinary, vicar and rector, as just mentioned, shall have permission to receive such pledge in their name by authority of the present constitution, so that these ecclesiastics have the right to action). The pledge may also be given to a public servant commissioned by the ordinary. If the sum owing from usury is openly known, we wish this sum always to be expressed in the pledge, if the amount is not clearly known, the sum is to be determined by the receiver of the pledge {37} . The receiver must make his estimate at not less than the probable amount; if he does otherwise, he is obliged to restitution for anything still owing. We decree that all religious and others who presume to grant ecclesiastical {38} burial to notorious usurers, contrary to this decree, are subject to the penalty promulgated against usurers at the Lateran council . Nobody is to assist at the wills of notorious usurers or hear their confessions or absolve them, unless they have made restitution for their usury or have given a fitting guarantee, as far as they can, as described above. The wills made in any other way by notorious usurers have no validity, but are by law null and void. {39}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28. On wrongs and the loss caused"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28. {40} The distraints which in the vernacular are called \"reprisals\", by which some people are burdened in place of others, have been forbidden by the civil constitution as oppressive and contrary to the laws and natural equity. In order, however, that offenders may have greater fear of breaking the law where ecclesiastical persons are concerned, in accordance with the more particular prohibition of reprisals against them, we severely forbid the granting of reprisals against ecclesiastical persons or their goods. By this present decree we also forbid the extension of such reprisals, perhaps granted universally on pretext of some custom which we would prefer to call an abuse, to these persons. Those who act otherwise, by granting distraints or reprisals against such persons or extending the grant to include them, unless they revoke such presumption within a month, incur sentence of excommunication, if they are individuals; they are to be laid under ecclesiastical interdict, if they are a community."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "29. On the sentence of excommunication"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "29. {41} The constitution of Pope Innocent IV, our predecessor of happy memory, forbids that those who communicate with excommunicated persons in matters carrying only a minor excommunication should be bound, without first receiving canonical admonition, by a major excommunication; the sentence of excommunication thus promulgated does not bind. In order to remove any scruple of ambiguity, we declare that the admonition is canonical only if, after all other formalities have been duly observed, it names the persons admonished. We decree also that in the course of the admonitions required for the sentence to be promulgated canonically, the judges, whether they give three admonitions or one for all three, should observe fitting intervals of some days, unless the urgency of the situation counsels otherwise."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "30. {42} By the present general decree we declare that the benefit of provisional absolution does not in any way apply to cities, villages or any other places against which a general interdict has been promulgated."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "31. {43} Whoever, from the fact that a sentence of excommunication, suspension or interdict has been promulgated against kings, princes, barons, nobles, bailiffs or their agents or anyone else, gives leave to someone to kill, capture or molest, in their persons or goods or in those of their relatives, those who have published such sentences, or on whose account the sentences were published, or who observe such sentences or refuse to communicate with those so excommunicated, unless they revoke in time such permission, automatically fall under sentence of excommunication. If property has been seized on the occasion of such permission, the same sentence is incurred unless the goods are returned within eight days or satisfaction is made for the loss. All who have dared to make use of the permission, or commit on their own initiative any of the above crimes for which we have forbidden permission to be given, are bound by the same sentence. Those who remain under this sentence of excommunication for two months cannot henceforth obtain absolution except through the apostolic see."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Notes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{1} non-mitred ... other omitted in W"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{2} one from the realm of Scotland omitted in W"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{3} tow from the realm of Sicily ... Hungary omitted in o."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{4} Furthermore ... by our authority omitted in O."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{5} const. 29 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{6} To all who by God's mercy (by God's mercy omitted in V 8) will see this present letter ... (the names follow, for which see Actenstuecke zur Geschichte des deutschen Reiches ..., ed. F. Kaltenbrunner (Mitteilungen aus dem Vaticanischen Archive, I), Vienna 1869, no. 52; Kuttner, Conciliar Law ... , 62. The scrolls are signed by the bishops of the individual nations, namely Italy, France, Germany, Ireland and Britain, Spain and Portugal, Provence, and the East, and by the abbots and priors of religious orders.) greetings in the author of salvation (the same words in a different order in V 3, 5). By this writing we bear witness that we have seen and carefully examined the constitution of the most holy father (the most holy father omitted in V 1, 7-8), our lord the lord Gregory X by divine providence pope, of the following tenor V"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{7} const. 14 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{8} With the approval ... council omitted in V W"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{9} Furthermore ... fasting i.e. to the end of the constitution is omitted in V W, which have instead: On each and all of these points we reserve for us and our successors full freedom to declare (to change added in V 3, 5, 7-8), to add or to subtract, as will seem expedient for the common good. We therefore note the holy and pious intention of the same supreme pontiff, since in the said constitution he is concerned only with pleasing God and providing for the universal church. In it (In it omitted in V 1, 4, 6, 8) the supreme pontiff is not pursuing any private interest of his own, especially since the effect of the constitution extends to the time when he will no longer be among mortals. We also note how many dangers arose from the recent prolonged vacancy of the Roman church. For these reasons we accept, approve and expressly consent to the same constitution which obviates so many dangers. In testimony of which we set our seal to the present document. Continued in V 1-7: Given at Lyons on Friday"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{10} const. 2 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{11} const 3. in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{12} const 4. in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{13} on account ... see omitted in W"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{14} const 5. in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{15} const. 6 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{16} const. 7 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{17} const. 8 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{18} const. 15 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{19} const. 18 in BN 20 const. 21 in B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{21} const. 10 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{22} const. 22 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{23} const. 16 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{24} const. 9 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{25} const. 17 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{26} const. 27 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{27} const. 26 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{28} const. 28 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{29} the institution ... council] which claim to have been founded before the said council W"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{30} const. 11 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{31} const. 23 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{32} const. 24 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{33} foreigners ... territories omitted in W"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{34} Nobody ... title omitted in W"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{35} In addition, sentence of excommunication is incurred by all who let houses to notorious usurers for usury or who allow houses to be granted under any other title W"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{36} const. 25 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{37} receiver ... pledge] ordinary himself W"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{38} confession or absolution or communion or added in W"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{39} Nobody ... void omitted in W"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{40} const. 19 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{41} const. 12 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{42} const. 13 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "{43} const. 20 in BN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction and translation taken from Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils, ed. Norman P. Tanner"
            }
          ],
          "witnesses": [
            {
              "label": "Concilia Oecumenica — Documenta et Acta, local source volume",
              "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
              "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
              "format": "pdf"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "council-source-corpus",
      "council": 15,
      "title": "Vienne — council-level source corpus",
      "type": "Council-level source corpus",
      "date": "",
      "scope": "council-level-corpus",
      "sourceStatus": "Readable English extraction from a local council source volume; not document-level segmentation and not an aligned parallel edition.",
      "sourceVerification": "Unambiguous council heading and next-council boundary verified during the 3.50 reconciliation build.",
      "sourceVolumeSha256": "be506158a70af600f5575e554ae28c62088fc575aa3e0c3339bec036af8530de",
      "languages": {
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
          "format": "pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "COUNCIL OF VIENNE (1311-1312)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Contents"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introduction Bulls Of Clement V On The Knights Templar 1. Vox in excelso—22 March 1312 2. Ad providam—2 May 1312 3. Considerantes—6 May 1312 4. Nuper in concilio—16 May 1312 5. 1 Dec 1312 6. Licet dudum—18 Dec 1312 7. 31 Dec 1312 8. Licet pridem—13 Jan 1313 Decrees [1]—the rational or intellectual soul is the form of the human body of itself and essentially [28]—the Beghards or Beguines—8 errors [29]—usury is a sin Notes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The general council of Vienne was summoned by pope Clement V with the bull Regnans in caelis, which he had written on 12 August 1308 at Poitiers (the Roman pontiff had remained in France from the year of his election, thus beginning the period of the church's history known as the Avignon captivity). The pope was subject to forceful pressure from the European states, particularly from France. Philip IV of France, the king who had opposed Boniface VIII so bitterly, had so much power over Clement V that he seems to have been able to change the whole state of ecclesiastical affairs at will. The council of Vienne is seen as an outstanding example of this political pressure, although the pope energetically defended the liberty of the church as far as circumstances allowed and he himself had the power. The council had been summoned for 1 October 1310 at Vienne. This city did not belong to the kingdom of France, though Philip IV in 1310 had occupied nearby Lyons by force. There were no general summonses and only 231 ecclesiastics were invited; the others however could employ a procurator ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The complaint against the Templars seems to have been the first and greatest concern of the council. Thus the bull convoking the council was written at the same time as Clement V summoned the Templar order to a canonical enquiry. Through the whole of Europe cases were heard concerning the order and individual Templars. This work had not been completed by 1310 and so the pope deferred the opening of the council to 1 October 1311. Events had moved, however, in such a way that the Templars' condemnation and Philip's victory seemed very probable. This placed the authority and freedom of the council under severe constraint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The council began at Vienne on the 16 October 1311 in the presence of 20 cardinals, 4 patriarchs, about 100 archbishops and bishops, and a number of abbots and priors. From the sermon given in the first session by Clement V, three questions were seen as of greatest importance: the case of the Templars, the business of the holy Land, and the reform of the church. Clement-himself gave an account of the allegations which had been made against the Templar order. The work of the council was carried on outside the full assembly, that is to say, through a consistory of cardinals together with the pope, and through a committee which was elected by the council fathers from their own body and which seems to have acted in place of the whole council, the full assembly merely confirmed the decrees and bulls, promulgating them in the second and third sessions. A commission of cardinals was appointed in order to probe the grievances and advice put forward by the bishops and other fathers on the subject of church reform."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The council fathers gave long and careful consideration to the case of the Templars. It is likely that they preferred the order to be allowed to defend itself against the accusations than to condemn it too easily and without sure proof. However, \"all the difficult questions which were considered in the council seemed to be left doubtful or unsettled, or else to be treated\". So when the case was still unresolved in January 1312, the fathers devoted themselves to the business of the holy Land and to decrees which seemed timely for the reform of ecclesiastical morals. Regarding the former, the delegates of the king of Aragon thought the city of Granada should first be attacked and occupied in order that the enemy might be enfeebled by a threat to each flank. Other fathers and ambassadors favoured an expedition to the east only. As far as we know, however, after an agreement by kings and princes that a crusade to the holy Land was opportune and necessary, and the imposition of a tithe on all ecclesiastical provinces, no decision was taken."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Meanwhile in March 1312 Philip IV held a general assembly of his kingdom in Lyons, his object being to disturb and steamroller the minds of the council fathers and of the pope himself. Secret bargains had been made between Clement V and the envoys of Philip IV from 17 to 29 February 1312; the council fathers were not consulted. By this bargaining Philip obtained the condemnation of the Templars. It is most likely he used the threat that he would bring a public action against Boniface VIII. The king of France made for Vienne on 20 March, and after two days Clement V delivered to the commission of cardinals for approval the bull by which the order of Templars was suppressed (the bull Vox in excelso). In the second session of the council, which took place on 3 April 1312, this bull was approved and the pope announced a future crusade. The Templars' property, of immense value, was entrusted to other persons by the bulls Ad providam of 2 May and Nuper in concilio of 16 May. The fate of the Templars themselves was decided by the bull Considerantes of 6 May. In the bulls Licet dudum (18 Dec. 1312), Dudum in generali concilio (31 Dec. 1312) and Licet pridem (13 Jan. 1313) Clement V gave further treatment to the question of the Templars' property."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the third session of the council, which was held on 6 May 1312, certain constitutions were promulgated. We do not know their text or number. In Mueller's opinion, what happened was this: the constitutions, with the exception of a certain number still to be polished in form and text, were read by the council fathers; Clement V then ordered the constitutions to be corrected and arranged after the pattern of decretal collections. This text, although read in the consistory held in the castle of Monteux near Carpentras on 21 March 1314 was not promulgated, since Clement V died a month later. It was pope John XXII who, after again correcting the constitutions, finally sent them to the universities. It is difficult to decide which constitutions are the work of the council. We adopt Mueller's opinion that 38 constitutions may be counted as such, but only 20 of these have the words \"with the approval of the sacred council\". The texts that we publish are taken from Hefele's edition (see above p. 334, n. 17) for the bull Vox in excelso, and from the edition of the Vatican register (= Regestum) for the other bulls; for the text of the constitutions, we have used Friedberg's edition of Corpus Iuris Canonici (= Fr)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Where there is considerable doubt that a document is the work of the council it is in smaller print]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Bulls and ordinances of the Roman curia concerning the order of the Templars and the business of the holy Land]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1]. Clement, bishop, servant of the servants of God, for an everlasting record. A voice was heard from on high, of lamentation and bitter weeping, for the time is coming, indeed has come, when the Lord shall complain through his prophet: This house has aroused my anger and wrath, so that I will remove it from my sight because of the evil of its sons, for they have provoked me to anger turning their backs to me, not their faces, and setting up their idols in the house in which my name is invoked, to defile it. They have built the high places of Baal in order to consecrate their sons to idols and demons. They have sinned deeply as in the days of Gibeah. When I learnt of such deeds of horror, at the dread of such notorious scandal—for who ever heard of such infamy? who ever saw the like?—I fell down at hearing it, I was dismayed at seeing it, my heart grew embittered and darkness overwhelmed me. Hark, a voice of the people from the city! a voice from the temple! the voice of the Lord rendering recompense to his enemies. The prophet is compelled to exclaim: Give them, Lord, a barren womb and dry breasts. Their worthlessness has been revealed because of their malice. Throw them out of your house, and let their roots dry up; let them not bear fruit, and let not this house be any more a stumbling block of bitterness or a thorn to hurt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Not slight is the fornication of this house, immolating its sons, giving them up and consecrating them to demons and not to God, to gods whom they did not know. Therefore this house will be desolate and in disgrace, cursed and uninhabited, thrown into confusion and levelled to the dust, lowly, forsaken, inaccessible, spurned by the anger of the Lord, whom it has despised; let it not be lived in but reduced to a wilderness. Let everyone be astonished at it and hiss at all its wounds. For the Lord did not choose the people on account of the place, but the place on account of the people. Therefore the very place of the temple was made to share in the punishment of the people, as the Lord proclaimed openly to Solomon when he built the temple for him, to Solomon who was filled with wisdom like a river: But if your sons turn aside from me, not following and honouring me but going instead after strange gods and worshipping them, then I will cut them off from before me and expel them from the land which I have given to them; and the temple which I have consecrated to my name I will cast out of my sight, and it will become a proverb and a byword among all peoples. Everyone passing by it will be astonished and shall hiss, and shall say, \"Why has the Lord done thus to this temple and to this house?\" And they will say : \"Because they forsook the Lord their God who bought and redeemed them, and followed instead Baal and other gods, worshipping and serving them. Therefore the Lord has brought all this evil upon them'\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indeed a little while ago, about the time of our election as supreme pontiff before we came to Lyons for our coronation, and afterwards, both there and elsewhere, we received secret intimations against the master, preceptors and other brothers of the order of Knights Templar of Jerusalem and also against the order itself. These men had been posted in lands overseas for the defence of the patrimony of our lord Jesus Christ, and as special warriors of the catholic faith and outstanding defenders of the holy Land seemed to carry the chief burden of the said holy Land. For this reason the holy Roman church honoured these brothers and the order with her special support, armed them with the sign of the cross against Christ's enemies, paid them the highest tributes of her respect, and strengthened them with various exemptions and privileges; and they experienced in many and various ways her help and that of all faithful Christians with repeated gifts of property. Therefore it was against the lord Jesus Christ himself that they fell into the sin of impious apostasy, the abominable vice of idolatry, the deadly crime of the Sodomites, and various heresies. Yet it was not to be expected nor seemed credible that men so devout, who were outstanding often to the shedding of their blood for Christ and were seen repeatedly to expose their persons to the danger of death, who even more frequently gave great signs of their devotion both in divine worship and in fasting and other observances, should be so unmindful of their salvation as to commit such crimes. The order, moreover, had a good and holy beginning; it won the approval of the apostolic see. The rule, which is holy, reasonable and just, had the deserved sanction of this see. For all these reasons we were unwilling to lend our ears to insinuation and accusation against the Templars; we had been taught by our Lord's example and the words of canonical scripture."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Then came the intervention of our dear son in Christ, Philip, the illustrious king of France. The same crimes had been reported to him. He was not moved by greed. He had no intention of claiming or appropriating for himself anything from the Templars' property; rather, in his own kingdom he abandoned such claim and thereafter released entirely his hold on their goods. He was on fire with zeal for the orthodox faith, following in the well marked footsteps of his ancestors. He obtained as much information as he lawfully could. Then, in order to give us greater light on the subject, he sent us much valuable information through his envoys and letters. The scandal against the Templars themselves and their order in reference to the crimes already mentioned increased. There was even one of the knights, a man of noble blood and of no small reputation in the order, who testified secretly under oath in our presence, that at his reception the knight who received him suggested that he deny Christ, which he did, in the presence of certain other knights of the Temple, he furthermore spat on the cross held out to him by this knight who received him. He also said that he had seen the grand master, who is still alive, receive a certain knight in a chapter of the order held overseas. The reception took place in the same way, namely with the denial of Christ and the spitting on the cross, with quite two hundred brothers of the order being present. The witness also affirmed that he heard it said that this was the customary manner of receiving new members: at the suggestion of the person receiving the profession or his delegate, the person making profession denied Jesus Christ, and in abuse of Christ crucified spat upon the cross held out to him, and the two committed other unlawful acts contrary to Christian morality, as the witness himself then confessed in our presence."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We were duty-bound by our office to pay heed to the din of such grave and repeated accusations. When at last there came a general hue and cry with the clamorous denunciations of the said king and of the dukes, counts, barons, other nobles, clergy and people of the kingdom of France, reaching us both directly and through agents and officials, we heard a doleful tale: that the master, preceptors and other brothers of the order as well as the order itself had been involved in these and other crimes. This seemed to be proved by many confessions, attestations and depositions of the master, of the visitor of France, and of many preceptors and brothers of the order, in the presence of many prelates and the inquisitor of heresy. These depositions were made in the kingdom of France with our authorisation, edited as public documents and shown to us and our brothers. Besides, the rumour and clamour had grown to such insistence that the hostility against both the order itself and the individual members of it could not be ignored without grave scandal nor be tolerated without imminent danger to the faith. Since we though unworthy, represent Christ on earth, we considered that we ought, following in his footsteps, to hold an inquiry. We called to our presence many of the preceptors, priests, knights and other brothers of the order who were of no small reputation. They took an oath, they were adjured urgently by the Father, Son and holy Spirit; we demanded, in virtue of holy obedience, invoking the divine judgment with the menace of an eternal malediction, that they tell the pure and simple truth. We pointed out that they were now in a safe and suitable place where they had nothing to fear in spite of the confessions they had made before others. We wished those confessions to be without prejudice to them. In this way we made our interrogation and examined as many as seventy-two, many of our brothers being present and following the proceedings attentively. We had the confessions taken down by notary and recorded as authentic documents in our presence and that of our brothers. After some days we had these confessions read in consistory in the presence of the knights concerned. Each was read a version in his own language; they stood by their confessions, expressly and spontaneously approving them as they had been read out."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "After this, intending to make a personal inquiry with the grand master, the visitor of France and the principal preceptors of the order, we commanded that the grand master, the visitor of France and the chief preceptors of Outremer, Normandy, Aquitaine and Poitou be presented to us while we were at Poitiers. Some of them, however, were ill at the time and could not ride a horse nor conveniently be brought to our presence. We wished to know the truth of the whole matter and whether their confessions and depositions, which were said to have been made in the presence of the inquisitor of heresy in the kingdom of France and witnessed by certain public notaries and many other good men, and which were produced in public and shown to us and our brothers by the inquisitor, were true. We empowered and commanded our beloved sons Berengar, cardinal, then with the title of Nereus and Achilleus, now bishop of Frascati, and Stephen, cardinal priest with the title of saint Cyriacus at the Baths, and Landulf, cardinal deacon with the title of saint Angelo, in whose prudence, experience and loyalty we have the fullest confidence, to make a careful investigation with the grand master, visitor and preceptors, concerning the truth of the accusations against them and individual persons of the order and against the order itself. If there was evidence, it was to be brought to us; the confessions and depositions were to be taken down in writing by a public notary and presented to us. The cardinals were to grant absolution from the sentence of excommunication, according to the form of the church, to the master, visitor and preceptors—a sentence incurred if the accusations were true—provided the accused humbly and devoutly requested absolution, as they ought to do."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The cardinals went to see the grand master, the visitor and the preceptors personally and explained the reason for their visit. Since these men and other Templars resident in the kingdom of France had been handed over to us because they would freely and without fear of anyone reveal the truth sincerely to the cardinals, the cardinals by our apostolic authority enjoined on them this duty of telling the truth. The master, the visitor and the preceptors of Normandy, Outremer, Aquitaine and Poitou, in the presence of the three cardinals, four notaries and many other men of good repute, took an oath on the holy gospels that they would tell the truth, plainly and fully. They deposed one by one, in the cardinals' presence, freely and spontaneously, without any compulsion or fear. They confessed among other things that they had denied Christ and spat upon the cross at their reception into the order of the Temple. Some of them added that they themselves had received many brothers using the same rite, namely with the denial of Christ and the spitting on the cross. There were even some who confessed certain other horrible crimes and immoral deeds, we say nothing more of these at present. The knights confessed also that the content of their confessions and depositions made a little while ago before the inquisitor was true. These confessions and depositions of the grand master, visitor and preceptors were edited as a public document by four notaries, the master and the others being present and also certain men of good repute. After some days, the confessions were read to the accused on the orders and in the presence of the cardinals; each knight received an account in his own language. They persisted in their confessions and approved them, expressly and spontaneously, as they had been read out to them. After these confessions and depositions, they asked from the cardinals absolution from the excommunication incurred by the above crimes; humbly and devoutly, on bended knee, with hands joined, they made their petition with many tears. Since the church never shuts her heart to the sinner who returns, the cardinals granted absolution by our authority in the customary form of the church to the master, visitor and preceptors on abjuration of their heresy. On their return to our presence, the cardinals presented to us the confessions and depositions of the master, visitor and preceptors in the form of a public document, as has been said. They also gave us a report on their dealings with these knights."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "From these confessions, depositions and report we find that the master, the visitor and the preceptors of Outremer, Normandy, Aquitaine and Poitou have often committed grave offences, although some have erred less frequently than others. We considered that such dreadful crimes could not and should not go unpunished without insult to almighty God and to every Catholic. We decided on the advice of our brothers to hold an enquiry into the above crimes and transgressions. This would be carried out through the local ordinaries and other wise, trustworthy men delegated by us in the case of individual members of the order; and through certain prudent persons of our considered choice in the case of the order as a whole. After this, investigations were made both by the ordinaries and by our delegates into the allegations against individual members, and by the inquisitors appointed by us into those against the order itself, in every part of the world where the brothers of the order have usually lived. Once made and sent to us for examination, these investigations were very carefully read and examined, some by us and our brothers, cardinals of the holy Roman church others by many very learned, prudent, trustworthy and God-fearing men, zealous for and well-trained in the catholic faith, some being prelates and others not. This took place at Malaucene in the diocese of Vaison."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Later we came to Vienne where there were assembled already very many patriarchs, archbishops, selected bishops, exempt and non- exempt abbots, other prelates of churches, and procurators of absent prelates and of chapters, all present for the council we had summoned. In the first session we explained to them our reasons for calling the council. After this, because it was difficult indeed almost impossible, for the cardinals and all the prelates and procurators gathered for the council to meet in our presence in order to discuss how to proceed in the matter of the Templars, we gave orders as follows. Certain patriarchs, archbishops, bishops, exempt and non-exempt abbots, other prelates of churches, and procurators from all parts of Christendom, of every language nation and region, were concordantly chosen out of all the prelates and procurators at the council. The choice was made from those believed to be among the more skilful, discreet and apt for consultation on such an important affair and for discussing it with us and the above-mentioned cardinals. After this we had the attestations received during the inquiry read publicly in the presence of the prelates and procurators. This reading went on during several days, for as long as they wished to listen, in the place assigned for the council, namely the cathedral church. Afterwards the said attestations and the summaries made from them were considered and examined, not in a perfunctory manner but with great care, by many of our venerable brethren, by the patriarch of Aquileia, by archbishops and bishops of the present sacred council who were specially chosen and delegated for the purpose, and by those whom the whole council had chosen very carefully and earnestly."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We convoked therefore the said cardinals, patriarchs, archbishops and bishops, the exempt and non-exempt abbots, and the other prelates and procurators elected by the council to consider this affair, and we asked them, in the course of a secret consultation in our presence, how we should proceed, taking special account of the fact that certain Templars were presenting themselves in defence of their order. The greater part of the cardinals and nearly the whole council, that is those who were elected by the whole council and were representing the whole council on this question, in short the great majority, indeed four-fifths among every nation taking part, were firmly convinced, and the said prelates and procurators advised accordingly, that the order should be given an opportunity to defend itself and that it could not be condemned, on the basis of the proof provided thus far, for the heresies that had been the subject of the inquiry, without offence to God and injustice. Certain others on the contrary said that the brothers should not be allowed to make a defence of their order and that we should not give permission for such a defence, for if a defence were allowed or given there would be danger to a settlement of the affair and no small prejudice to the interests of the holy Land. There would be dispute, delay and putting off a decision, many different reasons were mentioned. Indeed although legal process against the order up to now does not permit its canonical condemnation as heretical by definitive sentence, the good name of the order has been largely taken away by the heresies attributed to it. Moreover, an almost indefinite number of individual members, among whom are the grand master the visitor of France and the chief preceptors, have been convicted of such heresies, errors and crimes through their spontaneous confessions. These confessions render the order very suspect, and the infamy and suspicion render it detestable to the holy church of God, to her prelates, to kings and other rulers, and to Catholics in general. It is also believed in all probability that from now on there will be found no good person who wishes to enter the order, and so it will be made useless to the church of God and the carrying on of the undertaking to the holy Land, for which service the knights had been destined. Furthermore, the putting off of a settlement or arrangement of this affair of the Templars, for which we had set ourselves a final decision or sentence to be promulgated in the present council, would lead in all probability to the total loss, destruction and dilapidation of the Templars' property. This has for long been given, bequeathed and granted by the faithful for the aid of the holy Land and to oppose the enemies of the Christian faith."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There were therefore two opinions: some said that sentence should immediately be pronounced, condemning the order for the alleged crimes, and others objected that from the proceedings taken up to now the sentence of condemnation against the order could not justly be passed. After long and mature deliberation, having in mind God alone and the good of the holy Land without turning aside to right or to left, we elected to proceed by way of provision and ordinance, in this way scandal will be removed, perils avoided and property saved for the help of the holy Land. We have taken into account the disgrace, suspicion, vociferous reports and other attacks mentioned above against the order, also the secret reception into the order, and the divergence of many of the brothers from the general behaviour, way of life and morals of other Christians. We have noted here especially that when new members are received, they are made to swear not to reveal the manner of their reception to anyone and not to leave the order; this creates an unfavourable presumption. We observe in addition that the above have given rise to grave scandal against the order, scandal impossible to allay as long as the order continues to exist. We note also the danger to faith and to souls, the many horrible misdeeds of so many brothers of the order, and many other just reasons and causes, moving us to the following decision."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The majority of the cardinals and of those elected by the council, a proportion of more than four-fifths, have thought it better, more expedient and advantageous for God's honour and for the preservation of the Christian faith, also for the aid of the holy Land and many other valid reasons, to suppress the order by way of ordinance and provision of the apostolic see, assigning the property to the use for which it was intended. Provision is also to be made for the members of the order who are still alive. This way has been found preferable to that of safeguarding the right of defence with the consequent postponement of judgment on the order. We observe also that in other cases the Roman church has suppressed other important orders for reasons of far less gravity than those mentioned above, with no fault on the part of the brethren. Therefore, with a sad heart, not by definitive sentence, but by apostolic provision or ordinance, we suppress, with the approval of the sacred council, the order of Templars, and its rule, habit and name, by an inviolable and perpetual decree, and we entirely forbid that anyone from now on enter the order, or receive or wear its habit, or presume to behave as a Templar. If anyone acts otherwise, he incurs automatic excommunication. Furthermore, we reserve the persons and property for our disposition and that of the apostolic see. We intend with divine grace, before the end of the present sacred council, to make this disposition to the honour of God the exaltation of the Christian faith and the welfare of the holy Land. We strictly forbid anyone, of whatever state or condition, to interfere in any way in this matter of the persons and property of the Templars. We forbid any action concerning them which would prejudice our arrangements and dispositions, or any innovation or tampering. We decree that from now on any attempt of this kind is null and void, whether it be made knowingly or in ignorance. Through this decree, however, we do not wish to derogate from any processes made or to be made concerning individual Templars by diocesan bishops and provincial councils, in conformity with what we have ordained at other times. Let nobody therefore ... If anyone ..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Given at Vienne on 22 March in the seventh year of our pontificate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2]. For an everlasting record. It belongs to Christ's vicar, exercising his vigilant care from the apostolic watch-tower, to judge the changing conditions of the times, to examine the causes of the affairs which crop up and to observe the characters of the people concerned. In this way he can give due consideration to each affair and act opportunely; he can tear out the thistles of vice from the field of the Lord so that virtue may increase; and he can remove the thorns of false dealing so as to plant rather than to destroy. He transfers slips dedicated to God into the places left empty by the eradication of the harmful thistles. By thus transferring and uniting in a provident and profitable way, he brings a joy greater than the harm he has caused to the people uprooted; true justice has compassion for sorrow. By enduring the harm and replacing it profitably, he increases the growth of the virtues and rebuilds what has been destroyed with something better."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A little while ago we suppressed definitively and perpetually the order of the Knights Templar of Jerusalem because of the abominable, even unspeakable, deeds of its master, brothers and other persons of the order in all parts of the world. These men were spattered with indecent errors and crimes, with depravity- they were blemished and stained. We are silent here as to detail because the memory is so sad and unclean. With the approval of the sacred council we abolished the constitution of the order, its habit and name, not without bitterness of heart. We did this not by definitive sentence, since this would be unlawful according to the inquiries and processes carried out, but by apostolic provision or ordinance. We issued a strict prohibition that nobody might henceforth enter the order or wear its habit or presume to behave as a Templar. Anyone doing otherwise incurred automatic excommunication. We commanded, by our apostolic authority, that all the property of the order be left to the judgment and disposition of the apostolic see. We strictly forbade anyone, of whatever state or condition, to interfere in any way regarding the persons or property of the order or to act in prejudice of the direction or disposition of the apostolic see in this matter, or to alter or even to tamper; we decreed all attempts of this kind to be henceforth null and void, whether made knowingly or in ignorance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Afterwards we took care lest the said property, which over a long period had been given, bequeathed, granted and acquired from the worshippers of Christ for the help of the holy Land and to assail the enemies of the Christian faith, should be left without management and perish as belonging to nobody or be used in ways other than those intended by the pious devotion of the faithful. There was the further danger that tardiness in our arrangements and dispositions might lead to destruction or dilapidation. We therefore held difficult, lengthy and varied consultations and discussions with our brothers, the cardinals of the holy Roman church, with patriarchs, archbishops, bishops and prelates, with certain outstanding and distinguished persons, and with the procurators at the council of the chapters, convents, churches and monasteries, and of the remaining absent prelates, in order that, through this painstaking deliberation, a wholesome and beneficial disposal of the said property might be made to the honour of God, the increase of the faith, the exaltation of the church, the help of the holy Land, and the salvation and peace of the faithful. After especially long carefully thought out, deliberate and complete consultations, for many just reasons, we and the said fathers and patriarchs, archbishops, bishops, other prelates, and the outstanding and distinguished persons, then present at the council, finally came to a conclusion. The property should become forever that of the order of the Hospital of saint John of Jerusalem, of the Hospital itself and of our beloved sons the master and brothers of the Hospital, in the name of the Hospital and order of these same men, who as athletes of the Lord expose themselves to the danger of death for the defence of the faith, bearing heavy and perilous losses in lands overseas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We have observed with the fullness of sincere charity that this order of the Hospital and the Hospital itself is one of the bodies in which religious observance flourishes. Factual evidence tells us that divine worship is fervent, works of piety and mercy are practised with great earnestness, the brothers of the Hospital despise the attractions of the world and are devoted servants of the most High. As fearless warriors of Christ they are ardent in their efforts to recover the holy Land, despising all human perils. We bear in mind also that the more plentifully they are supplied with means, the more will the energy of the master and brothers of the order and Hospital grow, their ardour increase and their bravery be strengthened to repel the insults offered to our Redeemer and to crush the enemies of the faith. They will be able to carry more lightly and easily the burdens demanded in the execution of such an enterprise. They will therefore, not unworthily, be made more watchful and apply themselves with greater zeal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that we may grant them increased support, we bestow on them, with the approval of the sacred council, the house itself of the Knights Templar and the other houses, churches, chapels, oratories, cities, castles, towns, lands, granges, places, possessions, jurisdictions, revenues, rights, all the other property, whether immovable, movable or self-moving, and all the members together with their rights and belongings, both beyond and on this side of the sea, in each and every part of the world, at the time when the master himself and some brothers of the order were arrested as a body in the kingdom of France, namely in October 1308. The gift is to include everything which the Templars had, held or possessed of themselves or through others, or which belonged to the said house and order of Knights Templar, or to the master and brothers of the order as also the titles, actions and rights which at the time of their arrest belonged in any way to the house, order or persons of the order of Knights Templar, or could belong to them, against whomsoever of whatever dignity, state or condition, with all the privileges, indults, immunities and liberties with which the said master and brothers of the house and order of Knights Templar, and the house and order itself, had been legitimately endowed by the apostolic see or by catholic emperors, kings and princes, or by other members of the faithful, or in any other way. All this we present, grant, unite, incorporate, apply and annex in perpetuity, by the fullness of our apostolic power, to the said order of the Hospital of saint John of Jerusalem and to the Hospital itself."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We except the property of the said former order of Knights Templar in the kingdoms and lands of our beloved sons in Christ, the illustrious kings of Castile, Aragon, Portugal and Majorca, outside the kingdom of France. We reserve this property, from the said gift, grant, union, application, incorporation and annexation, to the disposal and regulation of the apostolic see. We wish the prohibition made a little while ago by other proceedings of ours to remain in full force. Nobody of any state or condition may intervene in any way as regards these persons and property in prejudice to the regulation or disposition of the apostolic see. We wish that our decree concerning these persons and property in the kingdoms and lands of the above kings should remain in full force until the apostolic see makes another arrangement."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Occupiers and unlawful detainers of the property, irrespective of state, condition, eminence or dignity, even if this is pontifical, imperial or royal, unless they abandon the property within a month after it is called for by the master and brothers of the Hospital, or by any of them, or by their procurators [. . .]. The property must be fully and freely restored to the order of Hospitallers and to the said Hospital, or to the master, priors, preceptors or brothers of the said Hospital, in any regions or provinces, or to any of them individually, or to their procurator or procurators, in the name of the said order of Hospitallers, even if the priors, preceptors and brothers and their procurators or any one of them have no special mandate from the master of the Hospital, provided that the procurators hold or show a special commission from the priors and preceptors or from any one of them, in the provinces or regions in which these priors and preceptors have been delegated. The priors, preceptors and brothers are obliged to give a full reckoning to the master concerning everything: conduct, actions, receipts and negotiations. The procurators are to render a similar account to the priors and preceptors, and to each one of them, by whom they were delegated. All who have knowingly given counsel, aid or favour to the occupiers and detainers mentioned above concerning such occupation or detention, publicly or secretly, lie under excommunication. Chapters, colleges or governing bodies of churches and monasteries, and the corporations of cities, castles, towns and other places, as well as the cities, castles, towns and other places themselves which were at fault in this, and the cities, castles and places in which the detainers and occupiers hold temporal lordship, if such temporal lords place obstacles to the giving up of the property and its restoration to the master and brothers of the Hospital, in the name of the Hospital, not desisting from such conduct within a month after the property is called for, are automatically laid under interdict. They cannot be absolved from this until they offer full satisfaction. Moreover the occupiers and detainers and those who have given them counsel, aid or favour, whether individuals or the chapters, colleges or governing bodies of churches or monasteries, as also the corporations of cities, castles, lands or other places, incur, in addition to the above-mentioned penalties, automatic deprivation of everything they hold as fiefs from the Roman or other churches. These fiefs are to revert freely without opposition to the churches concerned, and the prelates or rulers of those churches may dispose of the fiefs at will, as they judge will be to the advantage of the churches. Let nobody therefore ....If anyone . . ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Given at Vienne on 2 May in the seventh year of our pontificate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Continued in E:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We therefore commission you by our apostolic letters, that acting together or in pairs or singly, directly or through one or more others, you induct the master or priors or preceptors or brothers of the Hospital, or any individual member, or their procurator or procurators, in the name of the Hospital, into possession of the house of the Knights Templar and of their other houses, churches, chapels, oratories, cities, castles, towns, lands, granges, places, possessions, jurisdictions, revenues and rights to all their other movable, immovable and self-moving property, with all their members, rights and belongings, both on the near and far side of the sea and in every part of the world, which the order, master and brothers of the Knights Templar had, held or possessed, directly or through others, at the time of their arrest. The Hospitallers are to be inducted by our authority and defended afterwards; occupiers, detainers, administrators and conservators are to be removed. You are to ask a full account from those who have been delegated by apostolic authority and any other, including those sub-delegated, to care for the aforesaid property. The account is to comprise all the fruits, revenues, incomes, rights and accretions. The occupiers or detainers, administrators, conservators and others, unless within the prescribed time they abandon the property and revenues, and restore them freely and fully to the order of the Hospital and to the same Hospital, or to the master, prior, preceptors or brothers of the Hospital, in the regions and provinces in which the property has been, including to each of them individually, or to their procurator or procurators, in the name of the Hospital, as said above, as well as those who give help, counsel or favour to the occupiers, detainers, administrators or conservators, are to be excommunicated by you, if they are individuals; but if they are chapters, colleges, convents or corporations, as well as the cities, castles, towns and places themselves at fault in this, and those in which the detainers and occupiers have temporal dominion and are obstructive when asked to abandon the property and restore it to the master and brothers of the Hospital, in the name of the Hospital, and refuse to desist from such conduct within a month, you are to lay them under interdict. The offenders are also to be deprived of all property which they hold in fief from the Roman or any other church. You will give notice everywhere where you think it useful and have it announced by others that the excommunicated persons are to be strictly avoided until they have made suitable satisfaction and merited absolution. No exception is to be made on account of any indult from the apostolic see to the effect that they cannot be laid under interdict, suspended or excommunicated by apostolic letters which do not make an express, full and word for word declaration. You are also to suppress any other objectors, if there be such, by ecclesiastical censure, disregarding appeals. It is our will also and we decree by our apostolic authority, that with the present instruction you all and singly are given power and jurisdiction in every detail of this matter. You may from now proceed freely as if this same jurisdiction were perpetuated by citation or by any other lawful way. The jurisdiction shall be considered perpetuated as though the case were no longer undecided. Each of you may continue the part which has been left unfinished by one of your colleagues, in spite of his opposition and unhampered, notwithstanding the constitution of pope Boniface VIII, our predecessor of happy memory, as often and whenever this is suitable. Given as above."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3]. Clement, bishop, servant of the servants of God, for assurance in the present and for future record. The inquiries and various processes commissioned not long ago by the apostolic see through all parts of Christendom against the former order of Knights Templar and its individual members, concerning accusation of heresies, brought them into grave disrepute. In particular there was the accusation that the brothers of the former order at, and sometimes after, their reception denied Christ and spat in his dishonour on a cross held out to them, and sometimes trampled it underfoot. The master of the order, the visitor of France, the chief preceptors and many brothers of the order confessed at their trial to these heresies. The confessions cast grave suspicion on the order. In addition, the widespread disgrace, the strong suspicion, and the clamorous charges of the prelates, dukes, communes, barons and counts of the kingdom of France also gave grave scandal which could hardly be allayed without suppression of the order. There were many other just reasons mentioned in the legal process which influenced us. We therefore, with the approval of the sacred council, our heart filled with great bitterness and sorrow, suppressed and abolished the said former order of the Temple and its constitution, habit and name and we forbade its restoration. We did this, not by definitive sentence since we could not legally do this according to the inquiries and processes mentioned above, but by apostolic provision and ordinance. We reserved the persons and property of the order to the decision and disposal of the apostolic see. In doing so, however, we had no intention of derogating from the processes made or to be made concerning individual persons or brothers of the said former order by diocesan bishops and provincial councils, as we have ordained elsewhere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Now therefore we wish to provide more suitably for individual persons or brothers. We reserved lately for our own disposition the master of the former order, the visitor of France and the chief preceptors of the holy Land, Normandy, Aquitaine, Poitou and the province of Provence, as well as brother Oliver de Penne, a knight of the said former order, whom henceforth we reserve to the disposition of the apostolic see. We have decided that all the other brothers should be left to the judgment and disposition of provincial councils, as we have indeed done until now. We wish judgment to be given by these councils in accordance with the different cases of individuals. Thus those who have been legally acquitted, or will be acquitted in the future, shall be supplied with the goods of the former order whereby they can live as becomes their state. With those who have confessed concerning the above errors, we wish the provincial councils prudently to temper justice with mercy: the situation of these men and the extent of their confessions are to be duly weighed. With regard to those who are impenitent and have relapsed, if any—which God forbid—be found among them, justice and canonical censure are to be observed. As for those who even when questioned have denied their involvement in the above errors, the councils are to observe justice and equity according to the canons. With the approval of the sacred council, we hereby cite those who have not yet been questioned and who are not held by the power or authority of the church but are perhaps fugitives, to appear in person before their diocesans within a year from today. This we assign them as a precise and final limit. They are to undergo an examination by their diocesans, receiving a just judgment from the said councils according to their deserts. Great mercy however is to be shown and observed both to these last and to those previously mentioned, except the relapsed and impenitent. They should also be provided from the property of the order with the necessities of life; all the brothers of the former order, whenever they return to the obedience of the church and as long as they persist in that obedience, shall be maintained as becomes the circumstances of their state. All of them shall be placed in houses of the former order or in monasteries of other religious, at the expense however of the former order itself according to the judgment of the said provincial councils; but many of them shall not be placed together at the same time in one house or monastery."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We order also and strictly command all those with whom and by whom the brothers of the former order are detained, to surrender them freely whenever required to do so by the metropolitans and the ordinaries of the brothers. If within the year those cited do not appear before the diocesans, as stated above, they incur automatically sentence of excommunication; and because in a case especially concerning the faith, contumacy adds strong presumption to suspicion, the contumacious who stubbornly remain excommunicate for a year are henceforth to be condemned as heretics. This citation of ours is made of set purpose and we wish the brothers to be obliged by it as if they had received a special citation personally, for as vagabonds they can in no way be found or at least not easily. In order, then, to prevent all subterfuge, we publish our edict in the present sacred council. And in order to bring this citation more assuredly to the knowledge of the brothers themselves and to the general knowledge of all, we shall have papers or parchments containing the citation and sealed with our bull hung or fastened to the doors of the principal church of Vienne. This will secure a loud and widespread publication of this citation, so that the brothers whom the citation concerns can claim no excuse that the citation has not reached them or that they were ignorant of it, since it is improbable that what is so openly made public to all can remain unknown or hidden to them. Furthermore, in order to observe greater precaution, we order the local diocesans to make public this edict of our citation, as soon as conveniently possible, in their cathedrals and in the churches at the most conspicuous places in their dioceses."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Given at Vienne on 6 May 1312 in the seventh year."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4]. To all the administrators and guardians of the property of the former house and order of the Knights Templar, delegated by apostolic and any other authority. Recently we held, as the Lord so disposed, a general council at Vienne. There we gave long and careful consideration to the disposal of the former house and order of the Knights Templar. We thought it more acceptable to the most High, more honourable to those who worship in the true faith, and more useful for the aid of the holy Land, to grant this property to the order of the Hospital of saint John of Jerusalem, rather than to give it or even attach it to a new order to be created. There were some, however, who asserted that it would be better to confer the property on an order to be newly created than to attach it to the order of the Hospital, and so we were unable to obtain the result we hoped for. At last, however, by God's favour, on 2 May of this present month, with the approval of the sacred council, we judged that the property should be granted and attached and even united to the said Hospital or order. We made an exception, for certain reasons, of the Templars' property in the kingdoms and lands of our beloved sons in Christ, the illustrious kings ....of Castile, ....of Aragon, ....of Portugal, and ....of Majorca', outside the kingdom of France. We reserved this property for our disposition and that of the apostolic see, until some other arrangement be made by us and the apostolic see for its use to aid the holy Land."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We therefore strictly command all of you, by apostolic ordinance, to restore in full, in the name of the said Hospital and order, this property with the revenue gathered from it, after all expenses have been paid, to the master and brothers of the Hospital, or to restore individual items to the said Hospital's individual priors or preceptors of the provinces or cities or dioceses or places in which the property lies, or to the procurator or procurators of one or more of them, according to the terms of your commission, within a month of being so required. For this the master, brothers, priors and preceptors, or their procurator or procurators, shall fittingly commend you, and we shall rightly acknowledge your prompt and devoted obedience."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Given at Livron in the diocese of Valence on 16 May in the seventh year.{1}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5].{2} Our redeemer, the only-begotten Son of God, our Lord Jesus Christ, loved so much the daughter of Zion, the holy Land, that he chose her as his inheritance and his own patrimony. He therefore, clothed with our flesh, honoured her with his presence and consecrated her by the shedding of his precious blood. But we mourn and bitterly lament that so noble an inheritance of our redeemer has been turned over to strangers and laid low by the frenzy of the Babylonian persecutor, trampled underfoot by the feet of the defiled. She is dishonoured by the vile grasp of the unclean Saracens, faithless enemies of the Christian name. She has been occupied and wretchedly retained, the Christian people have been savagely slaughtered. To the insult of the creator, to the outrage and sorrow of all Christendom, the name of Christ is horribly blasphemed by the filthy and detestable conduct of the enemy. This sad region therefore weeps under the lash and repeatedly laments to the vicar of Christ about this intolerable persecution. Wounded by her disgrace, she pleads with Christian princes and the catholic people. She uncovers her wounds to those from whom she awaits the work of the healer. She demands liberation from those for whose salvation the author of salvation bore within her borders the suffering of the cross. All this and more besides, which the mind cannot fully conceive nor the tongue tell, rose to our heart and roused our mind as soon as we were called by divine favour, though unworthy, to the summit of apostolic dignity. We gazed tenderly at the doleful state of the holy Land and we applied ourselves to think out remedies by which, with the aid of heaven, that Land, freed from the enemy's criminal hands, might see, after the darkness of so many tribulations, the bright times of longed-for peace"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For this and other holy works acceptable to God, to be advanced by his almighty power, we convoked a general council in the city of Vienne{3}. Then, together with our brothers the cardinals of the holy Roman church, the patriarchs, archbishops, bishops and other prelates and our beloved sons in Christ the illustrious kings Philip of the Franks and Louis of Navarre, who were present at the council, as also some other eminent men and the procurators of the remaining absent prelates and of chapters, convents, churches and monasteries, assembled at the council, we held a long, complete and careful discussion on bringing aid to the holy Land. At last we resolved, with the council's approval, to succour the holy Land by a general crusade. Intending to use our apostolic power zealously to this end, and having duly weighed all we have said, we judged, with the approval of the sacred council, that a tithe should be imposed by our apostolic authority on all ecclesiastical revenues and incomes throughout the world. Only the persons and places belonging to the Hospital of saint John of Jerusalem and the other military orders were to be exempted. The tithe was to be collected and paid for six years to be reckoned from 1 January last, in fixed installments, as we should find best, and to be directed to helping the holy Land and opposing the infidels and the enemies of the catholic faith.{4}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But actually we reflected of late that our letters concerning the imposition, collection and payment of the tithe had not reached you by 1 January, nor could easily do so in a short time, on account of the great distance of those parts from the Roman curia. Wishing, then, to consult your ease and convenience, we have decreed that the six years are to begin in your region on 1 October next. We therefore ask, admonish and earnestly exhort you, also commanding you strictly by apostolic ordinance in virtue of obedience, to pay without difficulty the tithe for six years beginning from 1 October. The tithe is to be paid in the customary way, namely for the first half of the first year on 1 October next, and for the second half on 1 April immediately following, and in the same way for each of the remaining five years. Each of you is to pay it in full from your ecclesiastical revenues and incomes. If you fail to pay the tithe within the above periods, each of you automatically incurs sentences similar to those pronounced for nonpayment by you or by the suitable and trustworthy persons delegated by you to collect the tithe in your cities and dioceses."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore, you are to collect the tithe from our beloved sons, the abbots, priors, deans, archdeacons, provosts, archpriests and other prelates of churches, the chapters, colleges and convents of the Cistercians, Cluniacs, Premonstratensians, of saint Benedict and saint Augustine, of the Carthusians, Grandmontines and other orders, and other non-exempt secular and regular ecclesiastical persons, in your cities and dioceses, that is, each of you in each city and diocese. The priors, preceptors, masters and other persons and the places of the Hospital of saint John of Jerusalem and of the other military orders are to be the only exceptions made. The tithe is to be collected by you or by other suitable and trustworthy persons delegated by you for this service in each of your cities and dioceses. It is altogether our wish and command that you should delegate such persons. We entrust to them and command them by this document to claim and collect it in full by our authority, in each of the cities and dioceses where they are delegated, from our beloved sons the abbots, priors, deans, provosts, archdeacons, archpriests and other prelates of churches, and the exempt chapters, colleges and convents of the above-mentioned orders, in your cities and dioceses. Only the priors, preceptors, masters, persons and places of the Hospital of saint John of Jerusalem and of the said other military orders are to be excepted."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The tithe is to be claimed and collected in full from the ecclesiastical revenues and incomes, by our authority, in the customary way according to the years and periods mentioned above. The delegates are to collect it from both the exempt and the non-exempt: each is to hand over and assign it for each period to the person among you by whom he was delegated, without delay or as soon as he conveniently can. You are to compel them by ecclesiastical censure, without any appeal, to give you an account of the money claimed and collected from the aforesaid non-exempt persons, as well as to hand over and assign the tithe claimed and collected from both the exempt and the non-exempt. Public instruments are to be drawn up and other due precautions taken concerning the handing over and assigning of the tithe. In this way, when needed, it can be established how much, from whom, when and for what period the delegates received the money and how much, when and for what period they handed over and assigned it to each of you."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The money which has been duly claimed and collected by you and your delegates from the exempt and non-exempt persons and has been handed over to you, including that which has been claimed and collected by your delegates from the said exempt persons, as mentioned above, and also the money which you will pay from your own revenues and incomes, is to be put away by each of you, together with your cathedral chapter, beneath the church or even elsewhere, as you think best, in some more becoming and safe place. Here, at your expense and that of the chapter, you will have it guarded carefully and faithfully, to be consigned by each of you to our delegates as and when shall seem good to us, for the business of the holy Land and the service of the faith."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that you may more easily and effectively collect this tithe, we grant by this document full and unrestricted power to each of you to constrain by ecclesiastical censure directly or through your delegates, disregarding any appeal, the abbots, priors, deans, provosts and other aforesaid non-exempt persons, in your cities and dioceses. We grant the same power to your delegates, in each city or diocese for which they have been delegated, with regard to the abbots, priors, deans, provosts and other aforesaid exempt persons. This power may also be used to constrain any opponents and rebels. In addition, we grant full and unrestricted power to you to absolve in your cities and dioceses, after satisfaction has been made, the aforesaid non-exempt persons, and to your delegates regarding the aforesaid exempt persons who, because of non-payment of the tithe in due time, are bound by sentences of excommunication, suspension or interdict; also to dispense from irregularity contracted by celebrating divine worship or taking part in it while bound by one or more of the above sentences. In order that you and your delegates may have a reward for the labours undertaken, we enjoin on you the above things in remission of your sins."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The tithe is to be paid even if the apostolic see has granted an indult to you or some of you, or to the abbots, priors and other aforesaid exempt or non-exempt persons, or to anyone else, that you are not obliged and compelled to pay, or that you cannot be laid under interdict, suspension or excommunication by apostolic letters which have not made full and express mention of this indult and its tenor word for word, or of the names of your orders, localities and persons. The same applies to any privileges, indulgences, exemptions and apostolic letters which have been granted generally or specially in any form of words by the said apostolic see to any dignities, orders, places or persons, and of which and their whole tenor there should be made in our letters word for word, special, full and express mention. Consider, besides, that in these duties you are engaged in God's business, and that you are acting in the sight of him who sees all. You will therefore be obliged to render an account to him and to us; we intend to use all diligence in this matter. You will receive due reward from both him and us. You should therefore act prudently and carefully, not only to avoid the danger of punishment and confusion, but also to gain the glory of praise and well-deserved reward."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is our wish also that each of you oblige the persons delegated by you for collecting the tithe, to swear that they will be diligent and careful in their work and to use this formula: \"I swear ....by you, lord . . ., who am delegated by the authority of the apostolic see and by the same see itself to claim, collect and receive a tithe of all ecclesiastical revenues and incomes from all exempt and non-exempt ecclesiastical persons in your city and diocese, that I will faithfully claim, collect, receive and guard this tithe which has been imposed by the apostolic see for the business of the holy Land and of the catholic faith. Only the priors, preceptors masters and other persons and places of the Hospital of saint John of Jerusalem and of the other military orders are excepted. I shall not give way in this to any person, of whatever dignity, status or condition, whether from entreaty, fear, gratitude, favour or any other cause. I shall restore and consign the full tithe to you at your order. I shall render a final and integral account concerning everything in detail, namely to you regarding what I have claimed, collected and received from non-exempt persons, and to the delegate or delegates of the holy see regarding exempt persons. If you lay down your office in this matter, I shall do the same according to the orders of your successor. So may God help me and these holy gospels of God.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Given at Avignon on 1 December in the eighth year."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6]. For future record. Not long ago, in the general council at Vienne, we transferred, with the approval of the sacred council, the property, rights, privileges, indults, immunities and liberties of the former order of the Temple to the order of the Hospital of saint John of Jerusalem. For the sake of greater peace and concord between prelates of churches and other clergy on the one hand, and the brothers of the order of the Hospital on the other, as also for other justifiable reasons, we suspended, in the last session of the council, all the privileges granted to the Hospital by the apostolic see, and with them as a necessary consequence the privileges of the former Temple, which should be thought of as belonging to the said Hospital and transferred to it. We excepted the privilege of exemption, if they had any. We wished these privileges to be suspended at our good pleasure. There are some, however, who assert on insufficient grounds that the suspension of these privileges of the Hospital does not extend to the privileges of the former order of the Temple. Although there is not the faintest reason for such an assertion, we wish to remove from their minds the slightest doubt that it was our intention, by the said suspension of the privileges of the order of the Hospital, to suspend the privileges of the former Temple, which have become by the transference those of the Hospital itself. We declare therefore by our apostolic authority and decree that these, like the other privileges of the Hospital, are and remain suspended."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indeed, before the suspension, it was said in general by some of our brothers cardinals of the holy Roman church, to many of the prelates assembled at the general council, that there would be a suspension of the Hospital's privileges until everything that was still uncertain among the said prelates and other clergy, with regard to concord, lawsuits and disputes, had been completely settled. We observed, however, that if it was necessary to await the end of all these lawsuits and disputes, one little case might generate grave prejudice against the Hospitallers, and great loss might result from the continuing suspension of their privileges. We reflected that this might provide material for many misrepresentations. In the last session of the council, therefore, wishing to obviate such greater dangers, we judged it fitting to make known orally, clearly and openly, even for a third time, so that each and all might clearly understand, that we wished the said suspension of the privileges of the order of the Hospital to continue until we willed otherwise. We intend with the Lord's help to consider what is good for both sides and to make provision for both prelates and other clergy on the one hand, and the Hospitallers on the other, so that neither will have reason for complaint but both will receive due satisfaction. Let nobody therefore ..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Given at Avignon on 18 December in the eighth year."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7]. For an everlasting record. Not long ago, under the Lord's providence, we held a general council at Vienne, at which we suppressed the former order of the Knights Templar of Jerusalem. We granted, attached and joined the Templar possessions, with the approval of the sacred council, to the order of the Hospital of saint John of Jerusalem, for the help of the holy Land; with the exception, for certain reasons, of their property lying in the kingdoms and lands of our beloved sons in Christ, the illustrious kings ....of Castile, ....of Aragon, ....of Portugal and ....of Majorca, outside the kingdom of France, which we reserved for our disposal and that of the apostolic see until we made other arrangements. Then, in the same council, we made some sound provisions for furthering the cause of the holy Land and others by which quarrels, scandals and discord might be prevented, and continuous peace and concord be established, between prelates of churches and other clergy on the one hand and the brothers of the Hospital on the other. We also made provision on other points relating to the reform of the order of the Hospital."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Actually, business has pressed upon us. It is like an ocean pouring into the apostolic see. The waters of care constantly harass our heart. We have not been permitted until now, and are still not permitted, to put into execution the arrangements we desire. In order that the fruit of such sound proposals may not perish through oblivion or pressure of business, but rather may be gathered up, by the Lord's will, at the opportune time, we have had the headings of these projected decrees inserted into the present document. Their drift is as follows. We wish that the transfer of property of the former order of the Temple to the order of the Hospital may, by our provision, be of advantage to the holy Land. We also wish that quarrels, scandals and discord be prevented between prelates and other clergy on the one hand and the brothers of the order on the other; that lasting concord be established between them; and that the order and its members be reformed, if and as this seems good. We have therefore made three special provisions regarding the order of the Hospital."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The first has to do with the holy Land. We shall have an exact and careful enquiry made into the past and present possessions of the order of the Hospital and their exact annual value. We shall wish to know fully the annual value of each old and new house of the order, and how much this represents each year in terms of assistance to the holy Land. On completion of this valuation, and taking into account the necessary local expenditure, we shall oblige the order to maintain continuously in the holy Land a certain number of brothers and knights. These brothers and knights are to labour effectively and strive to win the holy Land and keep it, as far as God grants. We shall arrange and provide that very few brothers of the order remain on this side of the sea. These shall be only those required to govern the houses of the order and those who are old, sick or unfit for war. The young and the strong, who are able to fight, shall be required to go and stay overseas so that the holy Land may have its needs met. The order will thus pursue the purpose for which it was instituted, as is only right and fitting. In this way it will not reserve for itself great wealth or many persons of quality. Rather, the order will lose all occasion for pride or the prosecution of idle enterprises, since the brothers and knights who drag their feet on this side of the sea will be far fewer than before. The property remaining behind will also be heavily and more than usually burdened as a result of our above-mentioned provisions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We cannot impose on our successors the continuation of the above policy. Yet, in order to make this course of action possible and easier for them, we shall have the annual value of each house registered exactly in the Roman curia, and also the service which it will be able to provide each year for the holy Land, and the fixed number of brothers and knights required to stay overseas. We shall arrange that the registered material be kept permanently with the papal registers under our bull. Further, that there be no lack of carefulness or caution in this matter, we shall send the registered material under our bull to all Christian kings to be permanently kept by them in order that if it should happen—though may it not—that this ordinance is not observed by the Hospitallers, the kings themselves, being informed in the above manner, may more quickly and fully know where the observance of this ordinance has ceased. As a result, they will also be moved to take care that it is observed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Secondly, in order to establish tranquility and peace, as was said above, between the churches with their prelates and the order of the Hospital, we shall see that all the privileges of the order are fully shown to us. And although we have no intention whatsoever of taking away its exemption, if the order has such, or of granting exemption, if the order has none, we shall altogether take away any privileges, if such there be, which are odious or provide matter for quarrels, discord or scandals. If we happen to find areas of uncertainty which it is not advisable to remove, we shall clarify. In addition, we shall delegate in each province two of its prelates and one of our clerics or another cleric to provide more fully for concord, giving them full and unrestricted powers, so that simply and easily, and without the din of a court of law, they may hear and settle or make peace between the parties in all disputes and cases that have arisen or might arise for any reason between the aforesaid order and the churches and any ecclesiastics with regard to churches, tithes, first-fruits, procurations and any property or rights whatsoever. This is to include questions concerning the property and rights of the former order of the Temple. The parties may be summoned or not as they wish; charges may be laid or not, as they please. Before or after the delegates' decision there can be no appeal. Whatever they do or decide shall altogether be regarded as done or decided by us."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We shall also grant to them the power of regulating the procurations owed by the order to the bishops in different places so that, when and as seems good to them, they are converted into an annual payment as money to be paid by the order to the bishops. The bishops, on receiving such payments, are bound to visit at their own expense, at a time suitable for them, the places making them. If this regulation does not seem useful, the bishops will receive on visitation the procurations owed to them by the churches of the order, if these are able to pay them. If a church cannot pay the full procuration, the above delegates will make an estimate of the amount payable to the bishop as the procuration for that church. We shall also ordain that all churches which have annexed to them the cure of souls and belonged to the order of the Hospital on account of any right of the Temple, or even on account of any other rights which belong or shall belong to the Hospital, shall be subject in all spiritual matters to their diocesans, notwithstanding any privilege of exemption. Indeed, in order that everything decreed above may be fulfilled more quickly and without evasion on the part of the order, and that our good will may appear to everyone, we suspend entirely from now all the privileges for long granted by the apostolic see to the order, except for the privilege of exemption, if possessed, and we wish them to remain suspended at our pleasure."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thirdly, concerning the order of the Hospital itself, we shall be making decrees regarding its regulation and reform. We shall be seeing and examining carefully the rules, statutes, form of government and progress of the order itself and of its members. We shall approve and confirm what is good. We shall clarify doubtful points that we find in need of revision in the order itself and in its personnel, both head and members. We shall restore the norm of truth, justice and regular observance with the equilibrium of reason and equity, to the advantage and welfare of the order and for the help of the holy Land. In this way the order itself will be preserved from decay and kept in a healthy and prosperous condition."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The prelates of France, after the above intentions had been explained to them, petitioned that we should take away the privilege of exemption, if the order of the Hospital possessed it, or at least suspend such exemption, just as we have decreed the suspension of the order's other privileges. These prelates also declared that, as long as the unlettered and simple brothers of the order remain under the care of their simple priests, and the prelates themselves are unacquainted with the brothers' deeds and consciences, they can be in grave danger of losing their souls through having the privilege of exemption, if they do in fact possess it. Our reply is that because of shortness of time we are unable here to formulate a full and determinate decree. As soon as we can conveniently do so we shall with the Lord's help decree and provide in this matter. Also, as these prelates earnestly petitioned us, it is our will and decree that just as individual catholic kings shall receive in writing the valuation of the order's revenues and the other relevant information, so each province ought to have and shall have the same document."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also, in accordance with the petition of these prelates, we decree and determine that the compositions pending or made within the last ten years, which were extorted from churches and ecclesiastics through fear of the order of the Hospital and the order of the former Temple, do not disadvantage or harm the said churches and ecclesiastics in any way, and that if two prelates and a non-prelate delegated by us cannot reach agreement, then whatever is decided by one of the prelates and the non-prelate, or decreed by them by way of composition or agreement, shall have effect and full validity. Also, we wish to be as gracious as possible to the said prelates. Therefore we shall allow the two prelates delegated by us to raise in ready money the procurations of their dioceses while absent, and we shall have the non-prelate provided for in money from the property of the former order of the Temple. We shall also decree in accordance with the petition of the prelates of France, that Hospitallers who publicly receive excommunicated persons or those under interdict or notorious usurers for ecclesiastical burial, or for solemnizing their marriages or having them solemnized or permitting them to be solemnized in their churches against the law, or for administering the sacraments to outside parishioners or permitting this in their churches, incur automatic excommunication. And we strictly forbid the Hospitallers to trouble anyone unduly by use of apostolic letters. We shall also decree, in accordance with the petition of the same prelates, against the building of new churches or chapels, the erecting of bell-towers and the making of cemeteries; we shall provide adequate laws on these subjects to be observed by the Hospitallers."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Given at Avignon on 31 December in the eighth year of our pontificate {5}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8]. For an everlasting record. Some time ago, in the general council held at Vienne under the Lord's inspiration, we suppressed the former order of the Temple for certain good reasons as explained in the letter of suppression. After long and careful deliberations with our brothers and the whole council, we bestowed on the order of the Hospital of saint John of Jerusalem, on the Hospital itself and on our beloved sons, the master and brothers of the Hospital, in the name of the Hospital and of the order of these men, who as the Lord's athletes expose themselves unfailingly to the danger of death in defence of the faith and have borne and still bear heavy loss overseas, the house of the Knights Templar and their other houses, churches, chapels, oratories, cities, castles, towns, lands, granges and all their other movable, immovable and self-moving property, together with all the members and rights and all that belongs to them, beyond and on this side of the sea and in all parts of the world, which the former order and its master and brothers had and comprised at the time when the master himself and some of the brothers were arrested as a body in the kingdom of France, namely in October 1308."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The property includes that which the Templars had of themselves or through others, and anything belonging to them in any way, with all their rights, privileges, indults, immunities, liberties, honours and charges. We donated and united all this forever to the Hospital and incorporated it into the Hospital, with the approval of the sacred council and from the fullness of our apostolic power, for the help of the holy Land. However, whatever rights belonged to kings, princes, prelates, barons, nobles and any other Catholics, before the arrest of the master of the former order of the Temple and of some other brothers, were to remain. We excepted from the said donation, union and incorporation the property of the former order of the Temple in the kingdoms and lands of our beloved sons in Christ, the illustrious kings ... of Castile, ... of Aragon, ... of Portugal, and ... of Majorca, lying outside the kingdom of France, which we reserved with good reason for the disposal of the apostolic see."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the letter of donation, union and incorporation, however, through the carelessness, neglect or engagements of the scribe or secretary, mention was omitted of the non-violation of the rights of kings, princes, prelates and other persons concerned. Lest therefore any doubt arises in the future from such an omission concerning these charges and rights, and any prejudice be generated against the said kings, princes, prelates, barons, nobles and other persons, we, who desire that everyone retains his rights unimpaired, wishing to provide a suitable remedy in the matter for the said kings, princes, prelates, barons, nobles and any other Catholics, declare that we have made the above donation, union and incorporation to the order of the Hospital of saint John of Jerusalem, and to the Hospital itself and its master and brothers, in the name of the said Hospital and order, in the way expressed above. We determine and decree of our certain knowledge that, without violation of the property of the former order of the Temple donated to the order of the Hospital, together with all its privileges, indults, immunities, liberties, rights, honours and charges, for the help of the holy Land, nevertheless whatever rights belonged to kings, princes, prelates, barons, nobles and any other Catholics, at the time of the said arrest of the master and some brothers of the Temple, remain intact, unimpaired and exactly as they would be in everything as if they had been distinctly and expressly mentioned in the said letter of donation, union and incorporation. Let nobody therefore ...."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Given at Avignon on 13 January in the eighth year.{6}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Decrees"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1]. Adhering firmly to the foundation of the catholic faith, other than which, as the Apostle testifies, no one can lay, we openly profess with holy mother church that the only begotten Son of God, subsisting eternally together with the Father in everything in which God the Father exists, assumed in time in the womb of a virgin the parts of our nature united together, from which he himself true God became true man: namely the human, passible body and the intellectual or rational soul truly of itself and essentially informing the body. And that in this assumed nature the Word of God willed for the salvation of all not only to be nailed to the cross and to die on it, but also, having already breathed forth his spirit, permitted his side to be pierced by a lance, so that from the out- flowing water and blood there might be formed the one, immaculate and holy virginal mother church, the bride of Christ, as from the side of the first man in his sleep Eve was fashioned as his wife, in this way, to the determinate figure of the first and old Adam, who according to the Apostle is a type of the one who was to come, the truth might correspond in our last Adam, that is to say in Christ. This, we say, is the truth, fortified by the witness of that huge eagle which the prophet Ezechiel saw flying over the other gospel animals, namely blessed John the apostle and evangelist, who relating the event and order of this sacrament, said in his gospel : But when they came to Jesus and saw that he was already dead, they did not break his legs, but one of the soldiers pierced his side with a spear, and at once there came out blood and water. He who saw it has borne witness—his testimony is true, and he knows that he tells the truth—that you also may believe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We, therefore, directing our apostolic attention, to which alone it belongs to define these things, to such splendid testimony and to the common opinion of the holy fathers and doctors, declare with the approval of the sacred council that the said apostle and evangelist, John, observed the right order of events in saying that when Christ was already dead one of the soldiers opened his side with a spear. Moreover, with the approval of the said council, we reject as erroneous and contrary to the truth of the catholic faith every doctrine or proposition rashly asserting that the substance of the rational or intellectual soul is not of itself and essentially the form of the human body, or casting doubt on this matter. In order that all may know the truth of the faith in its purity and all error may be excluded, we define that anyone who presumes henceforth to assert defend or hold stubbornly that the rational or intellectual soul is not the form of the human body of itself and essentially, is to be considered a heretic."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All are faithfully to profess that there is one baptism which regenerates all those baptized in Christ, just as there is one God and one faith'. We believe that when baptism is administered in water in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the holy Spirit, it is a perfect means of salvation for both adults and children. Yet because, as regards the effect of baptism in children, we find that certain theologians have held contrary opinions, some saying that by baptism guilt is indeed remitted in infants but grace is not conferred, others on the contrary asserting that both guilt is remitted and the virtues and sanctifying grace are infused with regard to habit though for the time being not with regard to use, we, considering the general efficacy of Christ's death, which through baptism is applied in like manner to all the baptised, choose, with the approval of the sacred council, the second opinion, which says that sanctifying grace and the virtues are conferred in baptism on both infants and adults, as more probable and more in harmony with the words of the saints and of modern doctors of theology."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2]. Abbots and other religious holding any major ecclesiastical office may not, when it is a question of priories or other places subject to them, bring an action against anyone on the authority of letters of the apostolic see or its legates, except in such places and before such persons as is permitted to the priors and other persons in charge of the priories and other places. Nor is anything else of this kind permissible in the case of places belonging to the table maintenance of these abbots and other religious, except when these places have special officials in charge of them. If anyone presumes to molest someone in contravention of the above, he is to be condemned by the judge of the case to pay the expenses and for any damage. Any process contrary to this decree is null and void."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3]. Although the chief official of a bishop, or a religious obtaining the office of conventual prior (even though that office is not customarily elective), may be delegated by the apostolic see or its legate, nevertheless we do not wish this to be observed in the cases of an official-forane or of a religious who is the claustal prior of his monastery."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4]. Since prelates of religious orders occasionally neglect to fill vacant priories, churches, offices or other benefices pertaining to their disposition within the time prescribed by the Lateran council, the local diocesan bishops shall supply for this negligence by their own authority in the case of the non-exempt, and by apostolic authority in the case of the exempt. Those which have customarily been governed by the secular clergy shall be conferred on secular clerics, those which have usually been entrusted to or conferred on only religious shall be conferred on the religious of the monasteries whose prelates were negligent. The diocesan bishops, by the same authority, shall in no way permit the said prelates to apply such priories, churches, offices or benefices to their table maintenance, to impose new payments or to increase the old ones any new ones imposed or old ones increased shall be paid back. By the said priories, churches, offices and benefices we mean those that are not for the table maintenance of their prelates and customarily have their own priors, administrators or rectors, even though these priors and administrators can be freely recalled, if necessary, to the cloister."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In this matter we have decided to uphold the constitution of our predecessor pope Boniface VIII, which prohibits the property of vacant benefices to be appropriated by prelates or anyone else, as well as that other constitution of the same Boniface which forbids any religious to have several priories or churches with the cure of souls, even though the cure is exercised by someone other than himself and there is no danger to souls for the priories."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5]. So that those who are obliged to divine office in cathedrals or secular collegiate churches, or will be so obliged in the future, may be more readily moved to receive sacred orders, we decree that nobody henceforth may have in such churches a voice in the chapter, even though this is freely granted to him by the others, unless he has received at least the subdiaconate. Moreover, those who now hold peacefully dignities, parsonages, offices or prebends to which certain orders are annexed, or will hold them in future, shall have no voice in the chapter unless, having no just impediment, they receive the corresponding orders within a year. They shall receive only half the payment made to those who assist at certain hours, all customs and statutes to the contrary notwithstanding. The penalties, moreover, which are decreed by law against those refusing to be promoted to orders, are to remain in force."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6]. We wish to check, in the cases mentioned below, the expensive prolongation of lawsuits which, as experience teaches us, arises sometimes from over-precise observance of judicial order. We therefore decree that in cases concerning elections, postulations, or provisions, concerning dignities, parsonages, offices, canonries, prebends or any other church benefices, concerning tithes, even when those obliged to pay them have been admonished and can be corrected by ecclesiastical censure, and concerning matrimony or usury and anything connected with it, that a simple, easy process shall be valid without the noise and rhetoric of a court of justice. We wish this decree to apply not only to future business but also to the present, and even to cases awaiting appeal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7].Although it is generally forbidden by the sacred canons for a bishop to exercise jurisdiction in a diocese other than his own, we nevertheless make an exception for bishops who have been driven from their sees by the insolence of the ungodly and do not dare, from fear of their persecutors, to reside in their cities and dioceses or in any part of them, nor to exercise their jurisdiction there directly or through others. Lest the wrong done to their churches by their expulsions remains unpunished, we have considered it necessary to permit that in other dioceses, from cities or other prominent places near their churches, where they will be able to reside securely and to exercise freely their jurisdiction they may freely proceed against their expellers and their counsellors and supporters, as justice shall advise. (The cities and places must be such as are untroubled by these expellers and their counsellors and supporters. They are to be cited personally or to the bishop's house, if this can be done safely; if not, they are to be cited publicly in the cathedral church of the place or of their domicile.) If however the bishops have not dared to cite their expellers or their counsellors or supporters in this way, or if these have maliciously frustrated their being cited, it is lawful for the bishops to cite the expellers, counsellors and supporters, or to have them cited, on Sundays and festivals when the people assemble for divine worship, so that the accused may be presumed in all probability to have learned of the citation. This shall take place publicly in the churches of the cities or other prominent places, and then the bishops shall proceed against their persecutors, if they refuse to appear in the bishops' presence within a suitable fixed time, just as if the citation had been made legally elsewhere. We grant also to those bishops, lest justice suffer, authority to exercise full jurisdiction over their subjects from the other dioceses in which they have to stay, provided that they cannot or dare not do this, either directly or through someone else, in their own dioceses. The subjects, however, excluding the expellers or their counsellors and supporters, should not have to travel more than two days' journey from the boundary of their diocese. It is our will also that the bishops first seek permission from the diocesans of their places of exile; if they are not able to obtain this, they may nevertheless proceed as we have said. Of course if the said bishops have asserted that they did not dare to cite the expellers or their counsellors and supporters, personally or to the bishop's house, or publicly in their cathedral church, as has been said, or that they maliciously prevented the citation, or that the bishops cannot or dare not exercise jurisdiction in their dioceses either directly or through someone else against these persecutors, then we wish these assertions to be reliable, strictly enjoining the bishops, under threat of the divine judgment, that they do not assert or invent anything false or deceptive. The neighbouring bishops, when asked by the exiled bishops, should give notice or have notice given throughout their dioceses of the verdicts and the legal processes which the exiled bishops have judged necessary. No prejudice shall arise from the passage of time, or for any other reason, to the local ordinaries or to anyone else having jurisdiction in these places where the expelled bishops also exercise jurisdiction."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8]. We strictly command local ordinaries to admonish by name three times clerics who publicly and personally engage in the butcher's trade or conduct taverns, that they cease to do so within a reasonable time to be fixed by the ordinary and never resume such trades. If after admonition they do not leave off or if they resume them at any time, then as long as they persist in the above ways of life those who are married shall automatically lose all clerical privileges, and those who are unmarried shall automatically lose their clerical privileges relating to things, and if the latter go about in every way as laymen they shall also lose automatically their personal privileges as clerics. As for other clerics who apply themselves publicly to secular commerce and trade or any occupation inconsistent with the clerical state, or who carry arms, the ordinaries are to be diligent in observing the canons, so that these clerics may be restrained from such misconduct and they themselves may not be guilty of reprehensible negligence."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[9]. Since he who abandons the dress proper to his order, and puts on other clothes and wears them in public, without a good reason, renders himself unworthy of the privileges of that order, we ordain by the present constitution that any cleric wearing striped or variegated clothes in public, without a good reason, is automatically suspended, if he is beneficed, from receiving the revenues of his benefices for a period of six months. If however he does not have a benefice but is in sacred orders below the priesthood, he becomes automatically disqualified for the same period from obtaining an ecclesiastical benefice. The same penalty applies to other clerics having the tonsure yet wearing such clothes in public. He who holds a dignity, a parsonage or another benefice to which the cure of souls is annexed, as also any other priests and religious, whose outward garb should reveal their inner integrity, who without reasonable cause wear such clothing in public, or appear thus with a woolen band or linen cap on their heads, are, if beneficed, automatically suspended for a year from receiving the revenues of their benefices. Such other priests and religious are also disqualified for the same period from obtaining any ecclesiastical benefices. These and any other clerics who wear a gown or tabard which is furred to the edge and so short that the lower garment is clearly seen, if they are secular clergy or religious with administrative posts, are obliged to give the gown to the poor within a month. The other religious who do not have administrative posts are obliged within the same period to consign the gown to their superiors, to be used for some pious purpose. If this is not done, the above penalties, of suspension in the case of the beneficed clergy and of disqualification in the case of the rest, are incurred for the above period of time. To this penalty we add that clerics, especially those with benefices, may not wear in public chequered, red or green boots."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[10]. The following decretal, published a little while ago by our predecessor pope Boniface VIII, was revoked by our predecessor pope Benedict XI. Since, as results have proved, the revocation did not bring with it the peace hoped for by its author, but rather stimulated the discord which it was designed to allay, we annul it altogether and renew, with the insistence and approval of the sacred council, the said decretal published by Boniface which runs as follows."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Boniface, bishop, servant of the servants of God, for an everlasting record."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Having been placed by the divine clemency on the chair of pastoral preeminence, burdened though we are by the many arduous affairs which flow like a torrent from all directions into the Roman curia, summoned by many cares distracted by many proposals, we nevertheless aim ardently and devote ourselves with ever-active solicitude so that, to the glory of the divine name, the exaltation of the catholic faith and the profit of faithful souls, after the thorn-bushes of disagreement have been rooted out and the intricacies of quarrels removed, the tranquility of peace may thrive with the ardour of charity, and unity of heart and mind may grow and persist, between the bishops charged with the care and rule of the Lord's flock and other persons in the clerical state. We know, and experience teaches us, that only in time of peace is the author of peace duly worshipped, nor are we ignorant that dissensions and scandals prepare the way to wicked acts, stir up rancour and hatred, and give boldness to evil living. For a long time past there has existed between prelates and rectors or priests and clerics of parish churches throughout the different provinces of the world on the one hand, and the friars Preacher and Minor on the other, grave and dangerous discord, produced by that enemy of peace, the sower of cockle, in the matters of preaching to the faithful, hearing their confessions, enjoining penances, and burying the dead who choose to be buried in the churches or lands of the friars."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"As an affectionate father rightly suffers with his children, we carefully considered and turned over in our mind the great danger and loss that such discord brings, and how detestable it is in the sight of the divine majesty. We therefore intend with all the energy of fatherly care to eradicate and remove it wholly, so that with the Lord's favour it may never revive in the future. We desire greatly that this business, so close to our heart, may be beneficially and speedily completed by apostolic sagacity. After careful deliberation with our brothers, we decree and ordain, with the advice of our brothers and by our apostolic authority, to the honour of God and the exaltation of the catholic faith and for the peaceful condition of the aforesaid parties and the salvation of the souls of the faithful, that the friars of the said orders may freely preach and explain the word of God to the clergy and the people in their churches and other places as also in public places, except at that hour only when the local prelates wish to preach or have someone to give a special sermon in their presence; at this hour they shall not preach, except the prelates decide otherwise and give special permission. In institutes of general studies, where it is customary to give a special sermon to the clergy on certain days, at funerals, and on special feasts of the friars, they are at liberty to preach, unless perhaps during the hour when it is customary to preach to the clergy in the above places the bishop or a higher prelate should summon the clergy in general to his presence, or for some urgent reason should assemble them. In parish churches, however, the said friars may not preach or explain God's word, unless invited or called to do so by the priests of the parishes, and with their good will and assent, or having asked and obtained permission, unless the bishop or higher prelate should through them commission a friar to preach."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"By the same authority we also decree and ordain that in each city and diocese in which the friars have houses, or in neighbouring cities and dioceses where they have no houses, the masters and priors provincial of the Preachers or their vicars, and the ministers general and provincial and the guardians of the Minors, should gather in the presence of the prelates of those places either personally or through friars whom they judge will be suitable delegates, and humbly request that friars chosen for the purpose may freely hear the confessions of those of the prelates' subjects who wish to confess to them, may impose salutary penances as they shall think right in God's eyes, and may grant absolution to them, with the leave, favour and good will of the prelates. The masters, priors, provincials and ministers of the orders are then to choose diligently sufficient persons who are suitable, of approved life, discreet, modest and skilled for such a salutary ministry and office. These they are to present or have presented to the prelates that by their leave, favour and good will, they may hear the confessions of those wishing to confess to them in the prelates' cities and dioceses, impose salutary penances and grant absolution, as has been said above. They are by no means to hear confessions outside the cities and dioceses for which they were appointed. We want them to be appointed for cities and dioceses, not for provinces. The number of persons to be chosen for this ministry ought to be in proportion to that which the number of clergy and people demands."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"If the prelates grant the permission requested for hearing confessions, the said masters, ministers and others shall receive it with thanks, and the persons chosen should carry out the duties entrusted to them. If the prelates do not accept one of the friars presented to them, another may and should be presented in his place. But if the prelates issue a general refusal to the friars chosen, we graciously grant, from the fullness of our apostolic power, that they may freely and lawfully hear the confessions of those wishing to confess to them and impose salutary penances, and then impart absolution. By this permission, however, we by no means intend to give more ample power to such friars than is granted by law to the parish clergy, unless perhaps the prelates of the churches think that such power should be given to them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"To this decree and regulation of ours we add that the friars of the said orders may provide free burial everywhere in their churches and cemeteries, that is they may receive for burial all who have chosen these places for their burial. Yet, lest parish churches and their clergy, whose office it is to administer the sacraments and to whom it belongs by law to preach God's word and to hear the confessions of the faithful, should be denied their due and necessary benefits, since the labourer deserves his wages, we decree and ordain by the same apostolic authority, that the friars are obliged to give the parish clergy a fourth part of all the income from funerals and from everything left to them, expressly or not, for whatever definite purpose, even from such bequests of which a fourth or canonical part is not claimed by custom or by law, and also a fourth part of bequests made at the death or at the point of death of the giver, whether directly or through a third party. We set and also limit this amount to the fourth part by our apostolic authority. The friars are to see to it that bequests are not left to others from whom this fourth part is not owed, to the advantage or interest of the friars themselves, nor go in this way as gifts to these others; and that they do not arrange for that which would be given at death or in illness to the friars, to be given to themselves while the donors are healthy. We intend to prevent anything of this kind by binding the friars' consciences, so that if, which God forbid, any deceit or fraud has been practised by the friars themselves, contrary to their obligation to the said priests, rectors and pastors, a strict account will be demanded at the last judgment. The rectors of parishes, pastors and prelates may not, however, exact more than this portion, nor are the friars obliged to pay more, nor may they be compelled by anyone to do so."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"In order that everything may go forward evenly and peacefully with the Lord's favour, we revoke, void, annul and invalidate completely all the privileges, favours and indults granted orally or in writing, in any form or expression of words, by ourself or our predecessors as Roman pontiffs to any of the said orders, and also customs, agreements and contracts, in so far as these are contrary to the above provisions or any one of them. We declare all such privileges to be null and void. Furthermore, by this present decree, we earnestly ask and exhort, indeed we strictly command, all prelates of churches, of whatever pre-eminence, status or dignity, and the parish priests, pastors and rectors, out of their reverence for God and the apostolic see, to show friendliness to these orders and their members, not being difficult, severe, hard or austere to the friars, but rather gracious, favourable and kind, showing them a spirit of holy generosity. They should accept the friars as suitable fellow-workers in the office of preaching and explaining God's word and in everything else mentioned above, admitting them with ready kindness and affection to a share in their labours, so as to increase their reward of eternal happiness and the fruitful harvest of souls. Nor let them be unaware that if perhaps they act otherwise, the kindness of the apostolic see, which honours these orders and their members with great favour and holds them in its heart, will with good reason be roused against them, nor can it tolerate with good will such behaviour without applying a suitable remedy. The indignation, moreover, of the heavenly king, the just rewarder, whom the friars serve with all earnestness, will not be lacking.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[11]. There are religious who presume to usurp by cunning fraud, or under a feigned title, tithes on newly tilled land or other tithes owing to churches, to which they have no legal claim, or who do not permit or even forbid tithes to be paid to the churches on animals belonging to their familiars and shepherds or others whose animals intermingle with their flocks, or on animals which they buy in many places and then hand over to the keeping of sellers or others, thus defrauding the churches, or on land the cultivation of which they have entrusted to others. If such religious, after claim has been made by those whom it concerns, do not desist within a month from the above practices, or if they do not make fitting satisfaction to the defrauded churches within two months, they are and remain suspended from their offices, administrative posts and benefices until they have desisted and made satisfaction, as stated above. If these religious have no administrative posts or benefices, they incur, in place of suspension, the sentence of excommunication, from which they cannot receive absolution before making due satisfaction, notwithstanding privileges to the contrary. We do not wish, however, this decree to apply where animals are held by oblates of the religious, provided that these oblates have given themselves and their possessions to the religious."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[12]. If a tithe on the benefices of anyone be granted for a time, the tithe can and should be raised in accordance with the customary valuing of the tithe in the regions in which the grant is made, and in the money generally current. We do not wish the chalices of churches, books and other equipment destined for divine worship to be taken or received as security or distraint by the collectors, raisers or exactors of the tithe, nor are such objects to be distrained or seized in any way."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[13]. In order that those who profess poverty in any order may persevere more readily in the vocation to which they have been called, and that those who have gone over to a non-mendicant order may apply themselves to live there more peacefully the more the ambition which produces discord and division is checked, we decree, with the approval of the sacred council, that any mendicants, who even with apostolic authority shall go over to non-mendicant orders in the future or have hitherto done so, even though they now hold the office of prior or obedientiary or other offices, or have any care or government of souls in the non-mendicant order, shall have no voice or place in the chapter, even though this be granted freely to them by the others. They may not continue to hold the office of prior or obedientiary or other offices previously held, even as vicar or minister or deputy, nor may they have the care or government of souls either directly or on behalf of others. All actions contrary to this decree shall be automatically null and void, notwithstanding any privilege whatsoever. We do not however wish this constitution to extend to those mendicant orders which the apostolic see has allowed to continue on condition that they admit no more persons to profession, and to which it has granted a general permission for passing to other approved orders."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[14]. That nothing unbecoming or corrupt find its way into that field of the Lord, namely the sacred order of the black monks, or anything grow into a ruinous crop, but rather that the flowers of honour and integrity may there produce much fruit, we decree as follows."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We forbid the monks all excess or irregularity with regard to clothes, food, drink, bedding and horses. We decree that the upper garment next to their habit should be black, brown or white, according to the custom of the region in which they live. The quality of the cloth should not exceed monastic moderation, nor should they seek what is expensive and fine, but what is practical. The garment itself should be round and not slit, neither too long nor too short; it should have broad sleeves extending to the hands, not sewn or buttoned in any way. The monks should be content with an almuce of black cloth or fur in place of a hood together with the hood of the habit which they wear, or by arrangement of the abbot they may wear unpretentious hoods which are open over the shoulders. They should not wear silk in place of fur. They may use large summer shoes or high boots for their footwear. None shall presume to wear an ornate belt, knife or spurs, or ride a horse with the saddle highly ornamented with nails or sumptuous in any other way, or with a decorative iron bridle."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In communities in which there are twelve monks or more, the abbot, prior or other superior may wear within the monastery walls a frock of the cloth customarily used for the frocks and cowls of the monastery; other monks in monasteries where frocks are customarily worn should use them also. In other monasteries, however, and in houses and priories where there is a smaller community, they should wear cowls which are closed and of becoming appearance. When the abbots, priors or other superiors and other monks set foot outside the monastery, they should wear a frock or a cowl or a closed cloak; if they wear the cloak, they should wear underneath it a cowl or, if they prefer, a scapular. When they put on albs or sacred vestments in order to minister at the divine offices, or when they are engaged in work, they may wear the scapular. Lest any uncertainty arises from the different meanings in different regions of the world of the words cowl and frock, we declare that by cowl we understand a long and full habit without sleeves, and by frock we understand a habit with long full sleeves."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At least once every month, both inside and outside the monastery, each and all of the monks must go to confession, and on the first Sunday of each month they should receive communion in the monastery, except for some reason which they should make known to the abbot, prior or confessor in the monastery; they should abide by his decision. When the rule is read in chapter, it is to be explained in the vernacular by him who presides, or by someone else appointed by him, for the sake of the younger monks. The novices shall have a competent instructor in the divine offices and in regular observance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All shall always abstain from hunting and fowling. They shall not be present at them, nor presume to have hunting-dogs or birds of prey in their keeping or in that of others, nor permit familiars living with them to keep them, unless the monastery has woods, game preserves or warrens, or has the right to hunt on property belonging to others, in which there might be rabbits or other wild animals. They are then permitted to keep such dogs and birds, as long as they do not keep the hunting-dogs in the monastery or the houses in which they live or within the cloister, and the monks themselves do not appear at the hunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If someone rashly violates the above regulations, he shall be subject to the regular discipline. If he presumes to wear unlaced high shoes, or a hood not open as aforesaid, he is also suspended from conferring benefices for a year, if he is an abbot or a prior who does not have an abbot above him; if anyone else, he is suspended for a year from administrative office, if he holds any. If he has no administrative office, he is automatically disqualified for a year from holding such office or an ecclesiastical benefice. If any are deliberately present at rowdy hunting or fowling or occupied in other ways with dogs and birds, they incur automatic suspension and disqualification, according to the above distinction of persons, for two years. If the abbot or prior has been suspended from conferring benefices, this devolves, with the counsel and assent of the community or its greater part, on the claustral prior."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Some monks, as we hear, throw off the sweet yoke of regular observance and leave their monasteries, feigning that they cannot securely remain there, or under some other pretext, to wander about the courts of princes. Unless these monks' superiors grant them the pension or subsidy which they ask for, the monks conspire against their superiors, betray them or otherwise oppress them, bring about their capture and imprisonment, have their own monasteries burned, and occasionally even presume to seize in whole or in great part the property of the monastery. We wish to counter such unprincipled audacity. We forbid, by this perpetual edict, that monks and canons regular who are not administrators should presume, without special leave of their superiors, to betake themselves to the courts of princes. If, in order to do harm to their superiors or monasteries, they presume to go to such courts, we determine that they incur automatic excommunication. We nevertheless strictly enjoin on their superiors to restrain them with all diligence from visiting the said courts and from any wandering about; they are to correct severely those who do not obey. We decree that monks who keep arms inside their monastery, without leave of their abbot, incur the same sentence."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Following in the footsteps of our predecessors, we forbid by a perpetual edict that monks presume to live alone in houses and priories of which they have charge. If the incomes of such priories and houses do not suffice for the support of two, then, unless the abbots make them sufficient, let the local ordinaries, with the advice and consent of the abbots, unite these houses and priories with neighbouring places belonging to the monasteries, or with offices of the monasteries, or with one another, as will be most convenient. The monks of the places which will be united to others are first to be recalled to their monastery, and due provision is to be made, from the incomes of the said places, for the clergy who are to serve there. Furthermore, conventual priories cannot be conferred or entrusted to anyone under twenty-five, and non-conventual priories having the care of souls, even if that care is exercised by secular priests, to anyone under twenty. Those who hold priories of either kind are to have themselves ordained priest within a year from the time of their collation or commission and taking possession, or before the age of twenty-five if they are entrusted with or collated to non- conventual priories when they are under that age. If they have not done this, and are without reasonable excuse, they are deprived of the said priories, even without previous admonition, and the priories may not be conferred on them again that time. Nobody may be given or entrusted with a priory or an administrative post unless he has previously made profession in a monastic order. Those appointed to priories or administrative posts outside the monastery are not permitted to remain in the monastery and are obliged to reside where they hold office, notwithstanding any contrary custom, unless they are excused for a time from this residence for some reasonable cause, such as studies. In order to promote divine worship, we decree that every monk, at the command of his abbot, should have himself raised to all the sacred orders, unless there is some lawful excuse. Further, in order that the monks may not be deprived of the opportunity to make progress in knowledge, there should be in each monastery which has sufficient means a suitable master to instruct them carefully in the primary branches of knowledge."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All the foregoing, and those things which our predecessor pope Innocent III of happy memory decreed for greater religious observance in the monastic state, regarding clothing, poverty, silence, the eating of meat, the triennial chapter, and anything else, we approve, renew and expressly wish and decree to be strictly observed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[15]. Considering that where discipline is despised, religion suffers shipwreck, we have thought it especially necessary to provide that such contempt produces nothing discordant in those who have dedicated themselves to Christ by vow, staining the good name of religious life and offending the divine majesty. We therefore, with the approval of this sacred council, have judged it wise to decree that every convent of nuns should be visited each year by their ordinary as follows: exempt convents subject to the apostolic see alone, by the authority of that see; non-exempt convents by the ordinary's authority, and other exempt convents, by the authority to whom they are subject. The visitors are to be very careful that the nuns—some of whom, to our sorrow, we have heard are transgressors—do not wear silk, various furs or sandals; do not wear their hair long in a horn-shaped style, nor make use of striped and multicoloured caps, do not attend dances and the banquets of seculars, do not go walking through the streets and towns by day or night; and do not lead a luxurious life in other ways. They shall carefully withdraw the nuns from the excesses and allurements of this world and persuade them to devote themselves in their convents to the cultivation of the virtues which is due to the Lord. We order the visitors to compel the nuns to observe all this by suitable measures, notwithstanding exemptions and privileges of any kind, without prejudice however to these exemptions in other respects. We also decree that anyone chosen for the office of abbess in those convents where it is"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "customary for abbesses to be blessed, should receive that blessing within a year from the time of her confirmation in office. If she does not, unless there be reasonable cause, she has completely lost her right, and provision is to be made canonically for the monastery to be provided with an abbess by those to whom this belongs. We also order, by our apostolic authority, that those women who are commonly called secular canonesses and who lead a life like that of secular canons, making no renunciation of private property and no profession, should be visited by the local ordinaries, who are to visit the non-exempt on their own authority and the exempt on the authority of the apostolic see. By this, however, we are not intending to approve the status, rule or order of secular canonesses. We command the visitors, in making their visitation, to be content with two notaries and two persons from their own church and four other men of undoubted honour and maturity. Those who presume to hinder the visitors in their task or any part of it, unless they repent on being admonished, incur automatic excommunication, notwithstanding any privileges, statutes and customs to the contrary. '"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[16]. The women commonly known as Beguines, since they promise obedience to nobody, nor renounce possessions, nor profess any approved rule are not religious at all, although they wear the special dress of Beguines and attach themselves to certain religious to whom they have a special attraction. We have heard from trustworthy sources that there are some Beguines who seem to be led by a particular insanity. They argue and preach on the holy Trinity and the divine essence, and express opinions contrary to the catholic faith with regard to the articles of faith and the sacraments of the church. These Beguines thus ensnare many simple people, leading them into various errors. They generate numerous other dangers to souls under the cloak of sanctity. We have frequently received unfavourable reports of their teaching and justly regard them with suspicion. With the approval of the sacred council, we perpetually forbid their mode of life and remove it completely from the church of God. We expressly enjoin on these and other women, under pain of excommunication to be incurred automatically, that they no longer follow this way of life under any form, even if they adopted it long ago, or take it up anew. We strictly forbid, under the same penalty, the religious mentioned above, who are said to have favoured these women and persuaded them to adopt the Beguinage way of life, to give in any way counsel, help or favour to women already following this way of life or taking it up anew; no privilege is to avail against the above. Of course we in no way intend by the foregoing to forbid any faithful women, whether they promise chastity or not, from living uprightly in their hospices, wishing to live a life of penance and serving the Lord of hosts in a spirit of humility. This they may do, as the Lord inspires them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[17]. It happens now and then that those in charge of hospices, leper-houses almshouses or hospitals disregard the care of such places and fail to loosen the hold of those who have usurped the goods, possessions and rights of these places. They indeed permit them to slip and be lost completely and the buildings to fall into ruin. They have no care that these places were founded and endowed by the faithful so that the poor and lepers might find a home and be supported by the revenues. They have the barbarity to refuse this charity, criminally turning the revenues to their own use, even though that which has been given by the faithful for a certain purpose should, except by authority of the apostolic see, be applied to that purpose and no other. Detesting such neglect and abuse, we decree, with the approval of the sacred council, that they to whom the duty belongs by right or by statute laid down at the foundation of these places, or by lawful custom, or by privilege of the apostolic see, should strive to reform these places in all that has been referred to above. They are to restore what has been seized, lost and alienated. They should compel the persons in charge to receive the poor people and maintain them in accordance with the resources and revenues of the places. If they are remiss in this, we enjoin on the local ordinaries, even if the institutions enjoy the privilege of exemption, to fulfil each and all of the foregoing, either directly or through others, and to compel the nonexempt rectors by their own authority and the exempt and otherwise privileged rectors by the authority of the apostolic see. Those who object, of whatever state or condition they may be, and those who give them counsel, help or favour, are to be checked by ecclesiastical censure and other legal remedies. By this, however, we do not impair the validity of exemptions or privileges in relation to other matters."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that the above may be more readily observed, none of these places shall be conferred as benefices on secular clerics, even though this may have been observed as a custom (which we utterly condemn), unless it was otherwise determined at the foundation or unless the post is to be filled by election. But let these institutions be governed by prudent suitable men of good repute, who have the knowledge, good will and ability to rule the institutions, to take care of their property and defend their rights to advantage, to distribute their revenues faithfully for the use of needy persons, and who are not likely to divert the property to other uses. We lay these responsibilities on the consciences of those entrusted with these places, calling on the witness of the divine judgment. Those who are entrusted with the government or administration of such places shall also take an oath, after the manner of guardians, and make inventories of the property belonging to the place, and give an account each year of their administration to the ordinaries or others to whom these places are subject, or to their representatives. If anyone attempts to act otherwise, we decree that the appointment, provision or arrangement is null and void."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We do not wish, however, the foregoing to apply to the hospices of military or religious orders. For these hospices we order those in charge of them, in virtue of holy obedience, to provide in them for the poor in accordance with the institutes and ancient observances of their orders, and to show themselves duly hospitable. They shall be compelled to do this by strict disciplinary measures of their superiors, notwithstanding any statute or custom. Furthermore, our intention is that, if there are hospices which have had from old times an altar or altars and a cemetery, with priests who celebrate divine services and administer the sacraments to the poor, or if the parish priests have been accustomed to do this, these ancient customs are to be retained."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[18]. We wish the constitution to be observed which forbids that anyone even at the presentation of exempt religious, be admitted to some church, contrary custom notwithstanding, unless a portion of the revenues of that church has been assigned to him in the presence of the diocesan bishop, wherewith he may be able to meet his obligations to the bishop and have a suitable means of livelihood. We are therefore taking care, with the approval of the sacred council, to explain the constitution and to add certain considerations. Thus we strictly forbid, adjuring the divine judgment, diocesan bishops to admit anyone presented by any ecclesiastical person having the right of presentation to some church, unless within a certain suitable period, set beforehand by the bishop for the presenter, the one presented is assigned, in the bishop's presence, a suitable portion of the revenues. If the one presenting neglects to assign this within the period, we decree, lest this neglect harm the presentee, that the bishop should then admit him, unless there is some other canonical obstacle, and the power of assigning is to devolve on the bishop as a penalty against the presenter. We admonish however the diocesan bishops, adjuring the divine judgment, and we lay it on their consciences, that they act justly in assigning this portion, nor are they to be knowingly swayed by hatred or favour or in any other way to assign more or less than what is due. Of course in the churches of priories or of other places, regular as well as secular, in which religious or others, to whom the revenues belong, have been accustomed to carry the burdens mentioned above the above instructions are not to be observed; but the said religious and others are obliged to undertake all the burdens which would lie upon the permanent priests or vicars if the portion had been assigned to them, to treat the priests and vicars correctly, and to provide them with adequate and fitting sustenance. We wish the diocesan bishops to compel the religious and others by ecclesiastical censure to full observance of all this, including the assignation of a just portion by the bishop if the religious and others fail to do this themselves, notwithstanding any exemptions, privileges, customs or statutes, which we wish to be of no avail to the religious and others with regard to the above."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[19]. Since it is only reasonable that those who enjoy advantages should not refuse the burdens connected with them, we decree by the following inviolable constitution that any religious who have in any way obtained monasteries or churches, should take care to pay the procurations of legates of the apostolic see and the obligations to bishops and others which were in force before they took possession, unless they are excused by privilege of the apostolic see, exemption or other lawful cause. We do not wish, however, that such privileges or exemptions should be extended to monasteries or churches which they may happen to acquire in the future."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[20]. We have heard with sorrow that prelates visiting the monasteries of the Cistercian order, although charitably received and courteously served with all that is needful, are nevertheless not content with the food prescribed by the monastic rule. Contrary to the privileges of the said order they demand meat and if it is not served to them, they obtain it by force. Although they receive suitable alms in these monasteries, the prelates procure more for themselves against the will of the religious, sometimes even in places where neither custom nor law provide a title to procurations. They demand and extort money for their horses to be shoed, even when this is unnecessary, and their cooks demand and extort money by reason of their office; nor do they observe the arrangements made between the prelates and the monks concerning procurations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In receiving the procurations they are so oppressive that in one short hour they consume what would last the community for a long time. They have with them, while they are receiving the procurations, their hunting-dogs, falcons and hawks. Unless their demands are met, the doors of monasteries or churches are often violently broken and the ornaments of the church are carried off. Without any privilege from the apostolic see they receive several procurations in one day occasionally paid in money, even without making a visitation; and on the occasion of these procurations they often demand from the monks what these are not obliged to pay them, laying on the monks an intolerable burden. There are also some prelates who impose on exempt and other religious the greater part of procurations due to nuncios of the apostolic see and other extraordinary burdens, in order to free themselves and secular priests, without any consultation with the religious about dividing the load. In many other ways the said prelates oppress exempt monasteries and churches which are subject to these monasteries in both civil and canon law, in receiving their procurations and in imposing unaccustomed burdens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We wish therefore to provide a suitable remedy for this state of affairs. We decree, with the approval of the sacred council, that if the bishops come to the said monasteries not for visitation but for hospitality, they should receive graciously the refreshment offered in charity to them. But if the bishops come to these monasteries and receive the procurations due to them by common law custom, privilege or any other law, they may if they wish be served with meat on days when it is permitted, in the houses of the monasteries if these are available, but outside the monastic precincts, notwithstanding any privilege to the contrary; if the houses are not available, they may be served within the monastic precincts but not inside the religious door, as it is called. Nor do we consider it unbecoming if the fragments which are collected from the tables of the bishops and the members of their households are collected up and given by the bishops' almoners to the poor of the area. The prelates are carefully to refrain from all the other oppressions mentioned above, if they wish to avoid the indignation of God and of the apostolic see."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[21]. By the present constitution we order local ordinaries, when the matter becomes known to them, to publish or have published by their subjects the sentences of excommunication and interdict pronounced by law against those who, either on their own initiative or at the command of others, exact or extort tolls or imposts, to the danger of their own souls and the disadvantage of those they oppress, from churches or ecclesiastical persons for goods that are their own, which they are not carrying or having carried or sending for the purposes of trade. They shall continue to publish such sentences until restitution is made for the exactions and fitting satisfaction is given."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[22]. We are gravely disturbed that, owing to the negligence of some rectors, their subjects fear no punishment and so are encouraged in bad behaviour. Many ministers of churches have cast aside clerical modesty. They ought to offer to God a sacrifice of praise, the fruit of their lips, in purity of conscience and devotion of mind. Instead they presume to say or chant the canonical hours in a hurried manner, omitting parts, mingling with them conversation which is mostly vain, profane and unbecoming. They come late to choir, or often leave the church without good reason before the end of the office, occasionally carrying birds or having them carried and bringing hunting-dogs with them. As if regardless of their clerical obligations, they presume to celebrate or be present at office, even though tonsured and vested, with an utter lack of devotion. There are some, both clergy and laity, especially on the vigil of certain feasts when they ought to be in church persevering in prayer, who are not afraid to hold licentious dances in the cemeteries of the churches and occasionally to sing ballads and perpetrate many excesses. From this sometimes there follows the violation of churches and cemeteries, disgraceful conduct and various crimes; and the liturgical office is greatly disturbed, to the offence of the divine majesty and the scandal of the people nearby. In many churches also the vessels, vestments and other articles necessary for divine worship are, considering the churches' means, unworthy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We do not wish these transgressions to increase and become a bad example to others. We therefore, with the approval of the sacred council, forbid these practices. We decree that those whose duty it is—namely the local ordinaries for the non-exempt and the superiors for the exempt and otherwise privileged-must exercise watchful, care to get rid of all negligence and carelessness, to reform the above-mentioned things and to correct each of them. Also, the day and night office is to be devoutly chanted at the proper hours in cathedrals and in regular and collegiate churches, and in other churches it is to be fittingly and duly celebrated, if ordinaries and superiors wish to avoid the indignation of God and of the apostolic see. They are to curb, if they have jurisdiction, those who oppose correction, by ecclesiastical censure and other suitable remedies. In this and other matters which concern the worship of God and the reform of morals, and also the honourable reputation of churches and cemeteries, they are to see to it, as far as duty binds them, that the sacred canons are inviolably observed, and they shall take care to be well acquainted with these canons.'"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[23]. We think it altogether right and fitting that clerics, both religious and others, who belong to the household of a cardinal of the holy Roman church or of any bishop in communion with the apostolic see, should join with them in the divine office. We therefore concede, with the approval of the sacred council, that these clerics may lawfully say the same office as the cardinal or bishop, nor are they obliged to say any other."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[24]. Among the cares lying heavily on us there is one on which we reflect constantly: how we may lead the erring into the way of truth and win them for God with the help of his grace. This is what we seek earnestly and longingly, to this we direct our mind with great zeal, to this we are alert with an ever-attentive enthusiasm. We are in no doubt that to attain our desire, the word of God should be fittingly explained and preached to great advantage. Nor are we unaware that the word of God is learned in vain and returns empty to the speaker if it is directed to the ears of those ignorant of the speaker's language. We are therefore following the example of him whom we, though unworthy, represent on earth. He wished that his apostles, going through the whole world to evangelize, should have a knowledge of every tongue. We desire earnestly that holy church should be well supplied with catholic scholars acquainted with the languages most in use by unbelievers. These scholars should know how to train unbelievers in the Christian way of life, and to make them members of the Christian body through instruction in the faith and reception of sacred baptism."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order, then, that skill in these languages be attained by suitable instruction, we have stipulated, with the approval of the sacred council, that schools be established for the following languages wherever the Roman curia happens to reside and also at Paris, Oxford, Bologna and Salamanca: that is, we decree that in each of these places there should be catholic scholars with adequate knowledge of Hebrew, Arabic and Chaldaic. There are to be two experts for each language in each place. They shall direct the schools, make faithful translations of books from these languages into Latin, and teach others those languages with all earnestness, passing on a skilful use of the language, so that after such instruction these others may, God inspiring, produce the harvest hoped for, propagating the saving faith among the heathen peoples. The salaries and expenses of these lecturers in the Roman curia will be provided by the apostolic see, those at Paris by the king of France, and those at Oxford, Bologna and Salamanca by the prelates, monasteries, chapters, convents, exempt and nonexempt colleges, and rectors of churches, of England, Scotland, Ireland and Wales, of Italy, and of Spain respectively. The burden of contributing shall be imposed on each in accordance with the needs of the faculties, notwithstanding any contrary privileges and exemptions, which however we do not wish to be impaired in other respects."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[25]. It is an insult to the holy name and a disgrace to the Christian faith that in certain parts of the world subject to Christian princes where Saracens live, sometimes apart, sometimes intermingled with Christians, the Saracen priests commonly called Zabazala, in their temples or mosques, in which the Saracens meet to adore the infidel Mahomet, loudly invoke and extol his name each day at certain hours from a high place, in the hearing of both Christians and Saracens and there make public declarations in his honour. There is a place, moreover, where once was buried a certain Saracen whom other Saracens venerate as a saint. A great number of Saracens flock there quite openly from far and near. This brings disrepute on our faith and gives great scandal to the faithful. These practices cannot be tolerated any further without displeasing the divine majesty. We therefore, with the sacred council's approval, strictly forbid such practices henceforth in Christian lands. We enjoin on catholic princes, one and all, who hold sovereignty over the said Saracens and in whose territory these practices occur, and we lay on them a pressing obligation under the divine judgment that, as true Catholics and zealous for the Christian faith, they give consideration to the disgrace heaped on both them and other Christians. They are to remove this offence altogether from their territories and take care that their subjects remove it, so that they may thereby attain the reward of eternal happiness. They are to forbid expressly the public invocation of the sacrilegious name of Mahomet. They shall also forbid anyone in their dominions to attempt in future the said pilgrimage or in any way give countenance to it. Those who presume to act otherwise are to be so chastised by the princes for their irreverence, that others may be deterred from such boldness."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[26]. The apostolic see has received many complaints that some inquisitors, appointed by it to suppress heresy, have overstepped the limits of the power given to them. They occasionally so enlarge their authority that what has been wisely provided by the apostolic see for the growth of the faith, oppresses the innocent under pretext of piety and results in harm to the faithful. The work of the inquisition will be the more successful the more solemnly, diligently and cautiously its investigations are prosecuted. We decree therefore, for the glory of God and the increase of the faith, that this work will be done by both diocesan bishops and by inquisitors appointed by the apostolic see. All worldly affection hatred and fear shall be put aside, as also any seeking of temporal advantage. We decree that the bishops and the inquisitors may act independently of one another. They may summon, arrest or hold for sake-keeping, even securing those arrested hand and foot if it seems necessary. For this we hold them responsible. They may also inquire about those concerning whom inquiry seems right before God and just. The bishop, however, without the inquisitor, or the inquisitor without the diocesan bishop or his officer or the delegate of the chapter when the see is vacant, may not commit to harsh or close imprisonment, which seems more like punishment than custody, or subject anyone to torture or pronounce sentence on anyone, if they can have access to each other within eight days after seeking it; any contravention of this has no legal validity. If nevertheless the bishop, or the delegate of the chapter when the see is vacant, cannot or will not personally meet the inquisitor, or if the inquisitor cannot or will not personally meet either of the other two, the matter may be entrusted to their proxies or settled by counsel and consent through letters."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In regard to the custody of prisons for heretics, commonly called walls in certain regions, we have realized that much deceit has been practised of late, and we wish to obviate this. We decree that any such prison or wall, which we wish for the future to be for the joint use of bishop and inquisitor, shall have two principal guards, discreet, diligent and trustworthy, one to be appointed and provided for by the bishop, the other by the inquisitor. Each of these guards may have a loyal and trustworthy assistant. For each room of the prison there will be two different keys, one held by each guard. He may entrust or sub-delegate his key to his assistant for the purpose of ministering to the prisoners. Furthermore, the guards, before they assume office, shall, in the presence of both the bishop, or the chapter while the see is vacant, and the inquisitor, or their substitutes, take an oath on the holy gospels, which they shall touch, that they will use all diligence and care in their duty of guarding those placed or to be placed in their custody on account of the crime of heresy; that one guard shall say nothing in secret to a prisoner out of hearing of the other guard; that they will administer faithfully and without any deduction the provisions which the prisoners receive from the administration and those that they may be offered by relatives, friends or other trustworthy persons, unless there is an order to the contrary from the bishop and the inquisitor or their deputies, and that in this matter there will be no fraud. The assistants of the guards shall take the same oath in the presence of the same persons before exercising their office. And since it often happens that bishops have their own prisons, not shared with inquisitors, we wish and strictly command that the guards appointed by the bishop, or by the chapter while the see is vacant, and their assistants, shall take a similar oath before the inquisitors or their substitutes. Notaries of the inquisition shall also swear in the presence of the bishop and the inquisitor or their substitutes, to exercise the office of notary faithfully. The same shall hold good of other persons necessary for the carrying out of this duty."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "While it is a grave offence not to work for the extermination of heresy when this monstrous infection requires action, it is also a grave offence and deserving of severe punishment to impute maliciously such wickedness to the innocent. We therefore order bishops, inquisitors and their substitutes, in virtue of holy obedience and under threat of eternal damnation, that they proceed discreetly and promptly against those suspected of heresy, while not imputing maliciously or deceitfully such a disgraceful crime to an innocent person, or accusing him of hindering them in the execution of their office. If they fail, because of hatred, favour, affection, money or temporal advantage, to proceed against someone when they ought, against justice and their conscience, then the bishop or superior is suspended from office for three years and others incur automatic excommunication, in addition to other punishments imposed in accordance with the gravity of the offence. The same penalties apply if they presume for the same reasons to disturb someone with the imputation that he is a heretic or has hindered them in their duties. They shall obtain absolution from this excommunication only from the Roman pontiff, except at the hour of death, and then after making satisfaction. No privilege shall avail in this matter. We wish of course, with the approval of the sacred council, that any other rulings made by our predecessors concerning the office of the inquisition and not in conflict with the above are to remain in full force."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[27]. We do not wish the splendour of the faith to be obscured, as it were by a dark shadow, by the indiscreet and wicked acts of any inquisitors of heresy. We therefore decree, with the approval of this sacred council, that nobody below the age of forty may be entrusted with the office of inquisitor. We enjoin very strictly on all commissaries of inquisitors or of bishops or, in vacant sees, of chapters that they do not, under pretext of the office of the inquisition, extort money by any unlawful means from anyone, or knowingly attempt to apply the property of churches, on account of the offences of clerics, even to the treasury of a church. If the commissaries disobey, we place them automatically under sentence of excommunication. They cannot be absolved, except at the moment of death, until they have made full satisfaction to those from whom they have extorted the money; all privileges, pacts and remissions are of no avail. Notaries and officials of the inquisition, as also the brethren and associates of the inquisitors and commissaries, who have secret knowledge that the inquisitors and commissaries have committed such extortions, if they wish to avoid the indignation of God and of the apostolic see as well as offence to both, shall strive to correct the culprits severely in secret. If they have such knowledge as to be able to offer proof if need be, they should earnestly report the matter to the relevant superiors of the inquisitors and commissaries, and these superiors are obliged to remove from office those found guilty and then duly to punish or correct them in other ways. Superiors of inquisitors who fail to do this are to be informed of this decree by the local ordinaries, whom we strictly order in virtue of holy obedience to make known these affairs to the apostolic see. Furthermore, we strictly forbid the inquisitors themselves to abuse in any way the concession to carry arms, or to have any but the necessary officials for accomplishing the duties of their office."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[28]. We entertain in our heart a deep longing that the catholic faith prosper in our time and that the perverseness of heresy be rooted out of Christian soil. We have therefore heard with great displeasure that an abominable sect of wicked men, commonly called Beghards, and of faithless women, commonly called Beguines, has sprung up in the realm of Germany. This sect, planted by the sower of evil deeds, holds and asserts in its sacrilegious and perverse doctrine the following errors."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. First, that a person in this present life can acquire a degree of perfection which renders him utterly impeccable and unable to make further progress in grace. For, as they say, if someone could always make further progress, he could become more perfect than Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. Secondly, that it is not necessary to fast or pray after gaining this degree of perfection, for then the sensitive appetite has been so perfectly subjected to the spirit and to reason that one may freely grant the body whatever pleases it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. Thirdly, that those who have reached the said degree of perfection and spirit of liberty, are not subject to human obedience nor obliged to any commandments of the church, for, as they say, where the spirit of the Lord is, there is freedom."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. Fourthly, that a person can gain in this life final beatitude in every degree of perfection that he will obtain in the life of the blessed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. Fifthly, that any intellectual nature in itself is naturally blessed, and that the soul does not need the light of glory to elevate it to see God and enjoy him blissfully."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6. Sixthly, that the practice of the virtues belongs to the state of imperfection and the perfect soul is free from virtues."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7. Seventhly, that to kiss a woman is a mortal sin since nature does not incline one to it, but the act of intercourse is not a sin, especially in time of temptation, since it is an inclination of nature."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8. Eighthly, that at the elevation of the body of Jesus Christ, they ought not to rise or show reverence to it; it would be an imperfection for them to come down from the purity and height of their contemplation so far as to think about the ministry or sacrament of the eucharist, or about the passion of Christ as man."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With the counterfeit appearance of sanctity they say and do other things also that offend the eyes of the divine majesty' and constitute a grave danger to souls. Since the duty of the office committed to us obliges us to exstirpate from the catholic church this detestable sect and the above execrable errors, lest they be further propagated and corrupt the hearts of the faithful, we condemn and utterly reject, with the approval of the sacred council, the sect itself and the errors described above, and we strictly forbid anyone henceforth to hold, approve or defend the errors. We decree that those who act otherwise are to be punished with canonical censure. The diocesans and the inquisitors of heresy for the regions where these Beghards and Beguines live, are to exercise their office with special care concerning them, making inquiries about their life and behaviour and about their beliefs in relation to the articles of faith and the sacraments of the church. They are to impose due punishment on those whom they find guilty, unless there is voluntary abjuration of the above errors and repentance with fitting satisfaction."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[29]. Serious suggestions have been made to us that communities in certain places, to the divine displeasure and injury of the neighbour, in violation of both divine and human law, approve of usury. By their statutes, sometimes confirmed by oath, they not only grant that usury may be demanded and paid, but deliberately compel debtors to pay it. By these statutes they impose heavy burdens on those claiming the return of usurious payments, employing also various pretexts and ingenious frauds to hinder the return. We, therefore, wishing to get rid of these pernicious practices, decree with the approval of the sacred council that all the magistrates, captains, rulers, consuls, judges, counsellors or any other officials of these communities who presume in the future to make, write or dictate such statutes, or knowingly decide that usury be paid or, if paid, that it be not fully and freely restored when claimed, incur the sentence of excommunication. They shall also incur the same sentence unless within three months they delete from the books of their communities, if they have the power, statutes of this kind hitherto published, or if they presume to observe in any way these statutes or customs. Furthermore, since money-lenders for the most part enter into usurious contracts so frequently with secrecy and guile that they can be convicted only with difficulty, we decree that they be compelled by ecclesiastical censure to open their account books, when there is question of usury. If indeed someone has fallen into the error of presuming to affirm pertinaciously that the practice of usury is not sinful, we decree that he is to be punished as a heretic; and we strictly enjoin on local ordinaries and inquisitors of heresy to proceed against those they find suspect of such error as they would against those suspected of heresy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[30]. Complaints, loud, frequent and incessant come to us from certain religious that very many prelates—bishops, their superiors and others-unjustly disturb in many ways the peace of the religious. Some of them seize and imprison exempt religious when the law does not permit this. Some, by threat of severe penalties, hinder those who owe tithes or revenues to exempt religious from paying and prevent people from hearing their masses. They suspend, interdict and excommunicate without reasonable cause the millers of the religious, their cooks, servants, vassals, and members of household, and anyone who has any relation with them, occasionally also seizing unlawfully their goods. They in no way submit to the appeals which the said exempt religious sometimes make with good reason, because of the foregoing or other oppressions. They now and then seize the appellants on the occasion of these appeals, or they have them seized and thrown into prison."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There are some prelates, moreover, who without lawful cause do not permit chaplains to celebrate nor to administer the sacraments to the parishioners in churches belonging fully and lawfully to the exempt religious. There are even some prelates who with indiscreet haste unjustly suspend, excommunicate, seize and imprison exempt abbots, monks and lay-brothers, as also clerics legally subject to them, and lay under interdict their churches and houses, if they do not obey even in matters where there is no obligation. In addition, the prelates exceed all measure in claiming charitable aid from the exempt religious themselves and from those subject to them. Contrary to law they make demands which are unjust and unusual. They lay new taxes and unfair burdens on parish churches in which exempt religious have the right of patronage. They do not permit legal actions and decisions justly made in favour of the exempt religious, by delegates of the apostolic see or by conservators, to be made public or to be put into execution by their subjects. They restrain public notaries from drawing up instruments, judges from administering justice, and lawyers from giving counsel or aid in the suits or legal business of the exempt religious."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The prelates also refuse to admit to orders or benefices those presented by exempt religious who have the right of presentation, unless the presenters profess obedience in the greeting of the letter of presentation. Furthermore, these prelates, when the churches for which monasteries have the right of patronage become vacant, turn away the suitable persons presented to them and appoint people who are incompetent and unworthy. Certain prelates confer churches, which have the cure of souls and belong to the table maintenance of abbots, and the revenues of which they sometimes hand over for a rent to secular clerics, on their own clergy at the death of those secular clerics, even though the churches because of this are not truly vacant. Some prelates appropriate unjustly for themselves the rights of monks in churches belonging to monasteries, and so regulate the disposal of the revenues that not enough remains for the livelihood of the rectors."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Some prelates, armed and with standards hoisted, destroy the mills and other property of exempt religious, disregarding all justice, even when the religious have been in possession from time immemorial. Prelates also often send their relatives and nephews to the monasteries in their cities and dioceses, occasionally with their animals and herdsmen, with the demand that they be provided for. Often also prelates compel abbots and priors of monasteries to grant the possessions of their monasteries or priories to their kindred and nephews either perpetually or for a period; these grants or pensions we wish to be of no consequence in law. They also compel the abbots and priors to present to them for vacant churches in which the monks have the right of patronage, and occasionally to receive into their order, their friends, kindred and nephews. Frequently also they permit and tacitly consent to the seizure, in the prelates' temporal domains, of movable and immovable property of the monasteries in cases not permitted by law, by the prelates' soldiers, vassals and secular officials. They also outrage in various other ways both the clerical and lay persons of the monasteries."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Besides, the prelates occasionally deprive unjustly of their benefices abbots, priors and others, so that if they can take the revenues of the benefices in the first year, under pretext of a privilege which they claim to have, then they may be able to receive the first year's revenues of vacant benefices for a certain time. Not content with this, they seize unlawfully horses, cattle, treasure and other property of monasteries and vacant benefices which should be reserved for posterity. Some prelates sell for a time to knights and other powerful persons the revenues and incomes of their dignities, in order to oppress the neighbouring exempt religious more heavily by means of these people. Some even destroy monasteries without just cause. Others often seize houses, hospitals and other property of the monasteries, both movable and immovable, and retain what they have seized. Many times also, without just cause, they prevent exempt religious from repairing their houses. Certain prelates enact statutes derogatory to the privileges of the exempt religious. And in general, very many prelates unjustly inflict grave injury and loss on religious, especially on those who are exempt and have privileges: on their persons, property and rights, both spiritual and temporal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since however there is for both regulars and seculars, for superiors and subjects, for exempt and non-exempt, one universal church, outside of which there is no salvation, for all of whom there is one Lord, one faith and one baptism, it is right that all who are of the same body should be of one will, and as brethren bound to one another by the bond of charity. It is right therefore that both prelates and others, exempt and non-exempt, should be content with their rights and abstain from inflicting injury or loss on one another. We therefore strictly command, by the present decree, all prelates of churches that they desist altogether from the oppression described above, and see to it that their subjects do likewise. They are to treat religious men, whether exempt or having privileges or non- exempt, both mendicant and non-mendicant, with charity, and they are to encourage them. They are to respect their rights and privileges as inviolable. And since what is specially forbidden is feared more than what is forbidden merely in general, we forbid most strictly that prelates presume to hinder in any way abbots, priors and other religious from going to their general or provincial chapters."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[31 ]. Religious who presume to administer the sacrament of extreme unction or the eucharist to clerics or lay people or to solemnise marriages, without the special leave of the parish priest, or to absolve those excommunicated by canon law, except in cases expressed in law or granted to them by privilege of the apostolic see, or those excommunicated by sentences promulgated by provincial or synodal statutes, or (to use their own words) to absolve anyone from punishment and guilt, incur automatic excommunication. They are to be absolved only by the apostolic see. The local ordinaries are to announce publicly that they are excommunicated, once this is established, until notified of their absolution. The religious can make no valid appeal in this matter to any exemption or privilege. We also strictly forbid religious, in virtue of holy obedience and under threat of eternal malediction, to disparage prelates in their sermons or to draw the laity away from their churches, to publish false indulgences, to restrain testators, when present at the making of their wills, from making due restitutions or legacies to their mother churches, or to bring about that money legacies, or money owed or perhaps unjustly taken, should come or be bequeathed to themselves or to other individuals of their order, or to their houses, to the detriment of other people. Nor are they to absolve anyone in cases reserved to the apostolic see or to the local ordinaries. They are not to annoy unreasonably ecclesiastical persons who prosecute justice against them, especially before judges delegated by us, nor are they to bring them to court in more than one place, especially if these places are distant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those who presume to act contrary to this decree are subject for two months to the penalties usually imposed by their rule or statutes on those who commit grave crimes or faults. Dispensation shall not be granted without manifest necessity. Their superiors, besides, unless after these excesses they make full satisfaction within a month to the churches or ecclesiastical persons harmed or offended, after being required to do so, incur automatic suspension until they have made due satisfaction, notwithstanding statutes or privileges of whatever tenor. Of course the religious who have been granted permission by the apostolic see to administer the sacraments to members of their household or to the poor in their hospices, are not affected by this decree."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[32]. With the approval of the sacred council, we grant by this present constitution to an archbishop passing through, or perhaps turning aside, to exempt localities of his diocese to have the cross carried openly before him, to bless the people, to hear the divine offices there privately or publicly, also to celebrate them in pontificals and to have them celebrated in his presence without pontificals, notwithstanding any contrary privilege. In like manner we grant to a bishop that in exempt localities of his diocese he may bless the people, hear the divine offices and celebrate them there, as also have them celebrated in his presence. Under pretext of this concession, however, the archbishop or bishop may exercise no other jurisdiction in the exempt or privileged localities. He is not to annoy the exempt or privileged persons, there should be no cause for complaint and nothing prejudicial to the exemption or privileges of the religious. The archbishop or bishop does not acquire by this decree any other right."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[33]. If anyone at the instigation of the devil has committed the sacrilege of wrongfully and rashly striking a bishop, or of seizing or banishing him, or has ordered these things to be done, or approved them when done by others, or been an accomplice, or given advice or shown favour, or knowingly defended the guilty, and has not incurred excommunication by canons already published, he is excommunicated by this our present constitution, notwithstanding any custom to the contrary. Indeed, with the approval of the sacred council, we consider such a custom to be a corruption, and the culprit may be absolved by the supreme pontiff only, except at the moment of death. In addition, he shall lose all fiefs, leases, offices and benefices, whether spiritual or temporal, which he holds from the church over which the offended bishop presides. All these shall revert freely to that church. The offender's descendants in the male line to the second generation shall be disqualified, without hope of dispensation, from holding ecclesiastical benefices in the city and diocese of the bishop. The offender's estates also, when within one diocese, shall lie under interdict until he has made due satisfaction. The place where the captured bishop is detained shall likewise be under interdict for as long as he remains detained. If the criminal's estates include two or more dioceses, then the diocese of his principal domicile and the diocese where the crime was committed, if the land is his, and two other dioceses which belong to his territory and are nearest to the place of the crime, shall he under the same interdict."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since his confusion will increase the more his offence is known, his excommunication will be announced in public, with the ringing of bells and candles burning, until he has made due satisfaction, in all the places where the crime was committed, as also in the churches of the neighbouring cities and dioceses, on all Sundays and feast days. And when he is to receive absolution, let him be well prepared to undergo the punishment imposed and, with the help of God, to perform the penance enjoined on him. The city, moreover, that has committed any of the crimes described above against its bishop, shall be placed under the above-mentioned interdict until it has made satisfaction. The authorities, counsellors, bailiffs, magistrates, advocates, consuls, governors and officials of any description who are at fault in this affair, are likewise subject to excommunication from which they can be absolved only in the manner stated above. All these instructions shall be observed all the more strictly in dealing with those who kill bishops, since they should be punished more severely than the offenders already mentioned and merit greater indignation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let nobody be surprised that we do not inflict heavier punishment on those who perpetrate the above crimes. Alas! shameful to relate, these crimes are of frequent occurrence, and for the many men of violence an example is needed. The punishment of the offender ought to be in proportion to the dignity of the person wronged. Bishops are called most holy, are Christ's ambassadors, spiritual fathers, our brothers and fellow bishops, the acknowledged pillars of the church. The punishment, then, ought to be heavy, proportionate to the guilt of one who violates the dignity of such an eminent person. However, we wish to mitigate the severity of the punishment for the present, being prepared to impose other penalties if we see that the offenders' insolence demands such action. If of course anyone involved in the above cases has been absolved at the moment of death from excommunication, he shall incur automatically the same sentence if after recovery he does not, as soon as conveniently possible, present himself before the Roman pontiff in order to receive humbly his commands, as justice shall advise. Although this has been fully enough provided for elsewhere in the law, we thought it well to make this addition, lest someone from ignorance of the law should busy himself to find excuses."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[34]. Many serious complaints have reached us that some who hold temporal power do not hesitate to capture ecclesiastics frequently and detain them with sacrilegious audacity until they resign their benefices, nor to prevent those summoned to the apostolic see by someone or by law from going there, for the most part seizing them as they depart. In view of the great offence to our honour and that of the apostolic see, as also to the peace and welfare of ecclesiastical persons, not to speak of the damnable scandal, we, with the approval of the sacred council, decree that, in addition to the penalty attached by the canon to such deeds, those who bring them about, if prelates, are suspended for three years from receiving the revenues of their churches. If they are lower clergy, they are automatically deprived of their benefices. Those who have brought about their own capture by the secular power—this, we have heard, sometimes occurs—as a pretext for not obeying a summons to the apostolic see, are to incur the same penalty. Resignations of benefices extorted in the above manner, although accepted and ratified by the prelates of those who resign, have no validity whatever. We enjoin on local ordinaries that, after learning that subjects of theirs have incurred these penalties, they do not delay in publishing them and, as far as it concerns them, they put the penalties into execution."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[35]. Desiring to restrain those whom the rewards of virtue do not induce to observe the law, by the addition of new penalties and by fear of those to be added, we decree that transgressors of the constitution which forbids mendicant religious to acquire houses or places of any kind, or to exchange those already acquired or transfer them to others under any title of alienation, are automatically subject to excommunication."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The same sentence of excommunication is incurred by those religious who presume in their sermons or otherwise to restrain their hearers from due payment of tithes to churches. And since it is not enough to abstain from evil unless good is done, we enjoin on all religious, invoking the divine judgment and under threat of eternal malediction, that whenever they preach to the people on the first, fourth and last Sundays of Lent, and on the feasts of the Ascension of the Lord, Pentecost, the Birthday of blessed John the Baptist, the Assumption and the Birthday of the most blessed virgin Mary, the mother of God, they take care to exhort their hearers expressly, if required by the rectors or vicars of the churches or those taking their place, and also to inform the consciences of their penitents in confession, that they have the obligation to pay tithes. If the religious knowingly evade this duty in their sermons on the above- mentioned days, they are to receive a severe rebuke from their superiors. We also strictly command the superiors, in virtue of holy obedience, to enact laws in accordance with which they may so severely punish transgressors that their punishment may be an example for others. The constitution of our predecessor of happy memory pope Gregory IX, dealing with this matter, is to remain in full force. Those who knowingly have neglected to inform the consciences of penitents with regard to payment of these tithes, are automatically to remain suspended from preaching until they inform the consciences of their penitents, if they can conveniently do this. They are to incur automatic excommunication if they presume to preach without atoning for their neglect as above. We do not however wish this to apply to the religious of monasteries, or the rectors of churches, who are in receipt of tithes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rash violators of the constitution which forbids religious and secular clerics to induce anyone to vow, swear, pledge or otherwise promise that they will choose a burial place beside their churches or, having made this choice, that they will not alter it, incur automatically the same sentence of excommunication (the penalty in the said constitution is to remain in force); they are not to be absolved except by the apostolic see, except at the moment of death, notwithstanding any privileges or statutes of whatever tenor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[36]. Grave complaint has been made to us by prelates that certain nobles and temporal lords, when their territory has been laid under ecclesiastical interdict, have masses and other divine offices celebrated publicly and solemnly not only in the chapels of their houses, but also in collegiate churches and other churches of prominent places. They invite and, what is worse, sometimes compel now these, now those, to celebrate the offices. Not content with these excesses, they have people summoned, even those under interdict, by the ringing of bells and by the public crier, to hear these masses. Some of the lords and nobles are not afraid to order people, for the most part their own subjects, although they are publicly under excommunication and interdict, not to leave the churches while mass is being celebrated, even though the celebrants urge their departure. It therefore happens frequently that mass is left unfinished to the offence of God and the scandal of clergy and people. In order, then, that excesses so grave may not be imitated because the transgressors are left unpunished, we excommunicate, with the approval of the sacred council, all those who shall presume to compel anyone in any way in places under interdict to celebrate the divine offices, or to summon people in the above way to hear them, especially those under excommunication or interdict. The same penalty is imposed on those who forbid persons publicly excommunicated or under interdict to leave the church during mass when warned to do so by the celebrant, also on those publicly excommunicated and those under interdict who presume to remain in church when named by the celebrant and warned that they must leave. The excommunications can be remitted only by the apostolic see."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[37]. The friars Minor receive into their churches to hear the divine offices in time of interdict brothers and sisters of the third order, instituted by blessed Francis; they are called continent or of penance. Since this practice generates scandal in the minds of others who are excluded, thus debasing ecclesiastical censure and weakening the force of an interdict, we strictly forbid the friars Minor to admit henceforth in any way to their churches for the divine offices in time of interdict any of the above-mentioned persons, even if they or the friars have privileges of any kind in this matter; we in no way favour such privileges. If the friars infringe this decree, they lie under automatic excommunication, from which they can only be absolved by the Roman pontiff or, if they have made satisfaction, by the local bishops, whom we wish to act in this matter by our authority."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[38]. I came out of paradise, I said: I will water my garden of plants. Thus speaks the heavenly cultivator, who is truly the source of wisdom, God's Word, begotten by the Father from eternity, yet remaining in the Father. In these last days, made flesh in the womb of a virgin by the operation of the holy Spirit, he went forth to the arduous work of redeeming the human race, giving himself to humanity as the model of a heavenly life. But because so often people, overcome by the anxieties of this mortal life, turned their mental gaze away from such a model, our true Solomon has made in the realm of the church militant, among other gardens, a garden of delight, far from the stormy waves of the world, in which people might devote themselves with greater peace and security to contemplating and imitating the works of the exemplar, and he himself entered this world that he might refresh it with the fertile waters of his spiritual grace and teaching."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This garden is the holy religion of the friars Minor which, enclosed within the firm walls of regular observance, is content with God alone and is constantly enriched with fresh shoots, her sons. Entering this garden, the beloved Son of God gathers the myrrh and spices of mortification and penance which by their marvellous fragrance diffuse to everyone the perfume of an attractive sanctity. This is that form and rule of the heavenly life sketched by that eminent confessor of Christ, saint Francis, who taught his sons its observance by both word and example. The observers of that holy rule, men of zeal and devotion, as both pupils and true sons of so great a father, aspired and still ardently aspire to observe that rule faithfully in all its purity and fullness. They perceived certain particulars of which the interpretation was doubtful, and they prudently had recourse to the apostolic see for clarification. Receiving assurance from that see, to which their very rule proclaims allegiance, they were able to serve the Lord, free from all doubt, in the fullness of charity. Several Roman pontiffs, our predecessors, rightfully heeded their pious and just requests; they defined doubtful points, promulgating certain interpretations and making some concessions, as they thought good for the consciences of the friars and the purity of religious observance. But because there are devout consciences which very often fear sin where it does not exist, and dread any turning in the way of God, the previous clarifications have not fully quietened the consciences of all the friars. There are still some points belonging to their rule and state of life where doubts arise, as many have often told us in public and private consistories. For this reason the friars themselves have humbly entreated us to clarify opportunely the doubts which have arisen and those which may arise in the future, thus applying a remedy by the kindness of the apostolic see."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We have from a tender age had a warm devotion to those who profess this rule and to the whole order. Now that, though unworthy, we bear the office of universal pastor, we are the more roused to cherish them and to honour them more kindly and attentively, the more often we consider and reflect on the plentiful harvest reaped continually from their exemplary lives and wholesome teaching for the good of the universal church. Moved by the pious intentions of the petitioners, we have directed our efforts to carry out diligently what they ask. We have had a careful examination made of these doubts by several archbishops, bishops, masters in theology and other learned, prudent and discreet men."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At the beginning of the rule it is said: \"The rule and life of the friars Minor is this, to observe the gospel of our lord Jesus Christ, by living in obedience without property and in chastity\"2. Also, further down: \"Having completed a year of probation, let them be received to obedience, promising always to observe this life and rule\"3. Also, towards the end of the rule: \"Let us observe poverty, humility and the gospel of our lord Jesus Christ, which we have firmly promised\"4. There was uncertainty whether the friars of the order were obliged to all the precepts and counsels of the gospel by profession of their rule. Some said they were obliged to all. Others, however, asserted that they were obliged to three only, namely \"to live in obedience, in chastity and without property\", and to what was stated as obligatory in the rule. With regard to this article we follow in the footsteps of our predecessors and, giving this article further clarification, we answer the doubt as follows. Since every determinate vow must have a defined object, he who vows to follow the rule cannot be considered obliged by his vow to those evangelical counsels which are not mentioned in the rule. And indeed this is shown to have been the intention of blessed Francis the founder, from the fact that he laid down certain counsels in the rule but omitted others. For if by those words, \"The rule and life of the friars Minor is this\" etc. he had intended to oblige them to all the evangelical counsels, it would have been superfluous and futile to include some of them and not others."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "However, since the nature of a restrictive term demands the exclusion of everything foreign to it but includes everything belonging to it, we declare that the friars are bound by the profession of their rule not only to those three vows simply and solely, but also to everything related to them expressed in the rule itself. For if the friars were obliged to observe the three vows precisely and no more, in their promise to observe the rule by living in \"obedience, chastity and without property\", and not also to observe everything contained in the rule that is relevant to those vows, then the words \"I promise to observe always this rule\" would be useless, as implying no obligation. We must not think, however, that blessed Francis intended to impose on those who profess this rule the same obligation regarding everything in the rule relating to the three vows, or anything else contained in the rule. Rather, he made a clear distinction: in some matters his words imply that transgression is a mortal sin, in others not, since he applies to some the word \"precept\" or its equivalent, while elsewhere he is content to use other expressions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Besides those things laid down in the rule expressly in words of precept or exhortation or admonition, there are some things in the imperative mood in either a negative or an affirmative form. Concerning these, there has been up to now some doubt as to whether they are of precept. This doubt is not made less but rather increased by the declaration of our predecessor pope Nicholas III' of happy memory, that the friars are obliged by rule to those evangelical counsels which the rule expresses in form of precept or prohibition or equivalent words and, in addition, to the observance of everything that the rule imposes in words of obligation. The friars therefore begged that we would, for their peace of conscience, graciously define which of these matters should be considered equivalent to precepts and obligatory. We therefore, delighted by their sincerity of conscience, observing that in matters affecting salvation the safer path is to be taken in order to avoid grave remorse of conscience, say that, although the friars are not obliged to observe everything expressed by the rule in the imperative mood in the way that they are obliged to observe matters which are explicitly or equivalently of precept, it is right for them, if they are to observe the rule strictly in its purity, to acknowledge that they are bound to observe in this way the injunctions noted below."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order to summarise these things which appear equivalent to precepts, in virtue of the words or at least of the subject-matter, or of both, we declare the following to be of obligation for the friars, as expressed in the rule: not having more tunics than one \"with a hood, and one without a hood\"2, not wearing shoes, and not riding a horse except in case of necessity; that the friars \"wear cheap clothes\"5; that they fast \"from the feast of all saints to Christmas\"6 and on Fridays; that \"clerics recite the divine office according to the rite of the holy Roman church\"7; that ministers and guardians take great care \"of the needs of the sick and of the friars' clothing\"8, that, \"if a friar falls ill, the other friars are to wait on him\"9; that \"the friars are not to preach in the diocese of a bishop when he has forbidden them this\"; that \"nobody ventures at all to preach to the people unless he has been examined, approved and appointed for this by the minister general\" or by others having authority according to the aforesaid declaration; that \"friars who know that they cannot observe the rule in detail, may and should have recourse to their ministers\"3; and everything laid down in the rule regarding the form of the habit of both novices and professed friars, the manner of reception, and profession, except for the habit of novices with regard to those admitting them (here the rule which says \"according to God it may seem otherwise\"4 may be followed). The order generally has judged, holds and has held from of old that wherever in the rule there occurs the words \"they shall be bound\", there is a precept and the friars ought to act as bound by precept."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The confessor of Christ, when prescribing the practice of the friars and their ministers in relation to the reception of those entering the order, said in the rule: \"The friars and their ministers shall take care not to be solicitous about their temporal goods, but leave them free to do with them whatever the Lord inspires them to do; the ministers may have leave, however, to send them to some God-fearing men, if counsel be needed, who may advise them how to give their goods to the poor\"5. Many of the friars were uncertain, and still are, whether they may receive anything from those who enter, if it is given; whether they may without fault persuade them to give to individuals and friaries; and whether the ministers themselves or the friars ought to give advice concerning the disposal of property, when there are other suitable advisers to whom the entrants can be sent. We observe attentively that saint Francis intended to banish from his disciples, whose rule he had based on a very strict poverty, all affection for the temporal goods of those entering the order, especially in using the above words in order that, on the part of the friars, reception into the order might appear holy and pure. They should be seen to have no eye to their temporal goods, but only to deliver the novices up to the divine service. We say that both ministers and friars ought to abstain from persuasion to give them the property, and also from advice as to its distribution. They should send those who seek counsel to God-fearing men of another state, not to friars. In this way all will see them truly as zealous and perfect observers of their father's sound tradition. Since however the rule itself wishes those entering to be free to do as the Lord inspires concerning their property, it does not seem unlawful for the friars to receive something, in view of their needs and in accordance with the aforesaid declaration, if the entrant freely wishes to give it, as he would to other poor people by way of alms. The friars however do well to take care, in accepting such offerings, that they do not create an unfavourable impression by the amount they receive."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The rule says that \"those who have promised obedience should have one tunic with a hood, and another without a hood, those who wish to have it\"; also, that \"all the friars should wear cheap clothes\"' . We have declared that the said words are equivalent to precepts. In order to express this more clearly, however, we say that it is not lawful to have more tunics, except when this is necessary in accordance with the rule, as our said predecessor has more fully explained. As for the poverty of the clothes, both of the habit and of the inner clothing, it is to be judged in relation to the customs and observances of the country, as to the colour of the cloth and the price. There cannot be one standard for every region. We think that this poverty in dress should be entrusted to the judgment of the ministers and guardians; they must form their own consciences, but see to it that poverty in dress is maintained. In the same way we leave it to the judgment of the ministers and guardians as to when the friars have need to wear shoes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The rule refers to two periods: \"from the feast of all saints until Christmas\", and especially in Lent, when the friars are obliged to fast. We find inserted in the rule: \"at other times they are not obliged to fast, with the exception of Fridays\"3. From these statements some have concluded that the friars are not obliged to observe any other fasts except from propriety. We declare that they are not obliged to fast at other times except at the times established by the church. For it is not probable that either he who instituted the rule or he who confirmed it intended to dispense the friars from observing the fasting days to which the general law of the church obliges other Christians."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When St Francis, wishing his friars to be completely detached from money, commanded \"firmly all the friars not to accept money in any manner, either directly or through some other person\"4, this same predecessor of ours, in his interpretation, defined the cases and the ways in which the friars cannot and ought not to be called receivers of money against the rule and sincerity of their order. We declare that the friars must take the greatest care that they have no recourse to those who give money or their agents in ways other than those defined by our said predecessor, lest they deservedly be called transgressors of the precept and rule. For when there is a general prohibition, anything not expressly granted is understood to be refused. For this reason, all collection of money and acceptance of offerings in church or elsewhere, boxes for storing offerings or gifts of money, and any other recourse to money or those who have it which is not allowed by the said declaration, is, we say, completely and absolutely forbidden. Recourse to special friends is expressly allowed in only two cases, according to the rule. These are \"the needs of the sick and the clothing of the friars\"'. Our said predecessor kindly and wisely extended this permission, in view of their needy life, to other wants of the friars which can occur or even be pressing when there are no alms. The friars however are to observe that for no other reasons except the above or those of a similar kind, may they have recourse to such friends, either on the road or elsewhere, whether their friends themselves give the money or their representatives, messengers or trustees, whatever name they are given, even if the ways granted by the above declaration are entirely observed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The confessor of Christ wished above all that those who professed his rule should be completely detached from love and desire of earthly things, and in particular from money and its use, as is proved by his constantly repeating in the rule the prohibition of accepting money. When, therefore, the friars need, for the reasons mentioned above, to have recourse to those who have money, destined for their needs, whether they are their principal benefactors or their envoys, these friars should so behave in the eyes of all as to show that they are completely unconcerned as regards money, as indeed it does not belong to them. Therefore such actions as to order that the money be spent and in what way, to exact an account, to ask for the return of the money in any way, to put it away or have it put away, and to carry a money-box or its key, are unlawful for the friars. These actions belong properly to the owners who gave the money and to their agents."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When the saint expressed the manner of the friars' poverty in the rule, he said: \"The friars should make nothing their own, neither house nor land nor anything, but go confidently to seek alms as pilgrims and strangers serving the Lord in poverty and humility\"2. This is also the renunciation defined by certain of our predecessors as Roman pontiffs, to be understood both specifically and in general. These pontiffs have therefore accepted for themselves and for the Roman church the absolute ownership of everything granted, offered or given to the friars, leaving them simply the right of use. Yet we have been asked to examine certain practices that are said to go on in the order and seem repugnant to the vow of poverty and the sincerity of the order."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The following are the practices which we believe are in need of remedy. The friars not only allow themselves to inherit, but even bring this about. They sometimes accept annual revenues so high that the friaries concerned can live completely on them. When their affairs, even of a temporal kind, are debated in the courts, they assist the advocates and procurators; in order to encourage them, they present themselves in person. They accept the office of executor of wills and carry it out. They sometimes meddle with settlements involving usury or unjust acquisition and the restitution to be made. Sometimes they have not only extensive gardens but also large vineyards, from which they collect great quantities of vegetables and wine to sell. At the time of harvest they collect so much corn and wine by begging or buying, storing them in their cellars and granaries, that they can live off them without begging for the rest of the year. They build churches or other edifices, or have them built, of such size, style and costliness that they seem to be the abodes of the wealthy not of the poor. The friars in very many places have so many church ornaments and so obviously precious ones as to surpass in this the great cathedrals. They also accept indiscriminately horses and arms offered to them at funerals."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yet the community of friars, and in particular the rulers of the order, asserted that the above abuses, or most of them, did not exist in the order and any friars found guilty in such matters are punished rigorously. Moreover, very strict laws were passed long ago in the order to prevent such abuses. Wishing, therefore, to provide for the consciences of the friars and to remove, as far as we can, all doubt from their hearts, we give the following replies."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For a way of life to be authentic, outward actions must correspond to the interior attitude of mind. The friars, therefore, who have torn themselves away from temporal possessions by so great a renunciation, must abstain from all that is or may seem to be contrary to that renunciation. Now, heirs acquire not only use of their inheritance but, in time, ownership also, and the friars cannot acquire anything for themselves in particular or for their order in general. We therefore declare that the absoluteness of their vow renders the friars altogether incapable of such inheritance, which of its nature extends both to money and to other movable and immovable goods. Nor may they allow themselves to be left or accept as a legacy the value of such inheritance, or a great part of it, so that it could be presumed that this was done by deceit; indeed, we absolutely forbid this."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since annual revenues are considered by law as immovable goods, and are contrary to poverty and mendicancy, there is no doubt that the friars may not accept or have revenues of any kind, given their state of life, just as they may not have possessions or even their use, since this use is not granted to them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Further, not only what is known to be evil, but also everything which has the appearance of evil, should be specially avoided by perfect men. Now, to be present in court and urge their case, when the law is concerned with matters of advantage to them, leads people to believe from external appearances that the friars present are seeking something as their own. In no way, therefore, ought the friars who profess this rule and vow, to meddle in legal processes in such courts. By abstention they will be thought well of by outsiders, and they will live up to the purity of their vow and avoid scandal to their neighbour. Indeed, the friars are to be complete strangers not only to the acceptance, possession, ownership or use of money, but even to any handling of it, as our said predecessor has repeatedly and clearly said in his interpretation of the rule. Also, the members of this order cannot go to law for any temporal thing. The friars may therefore not lend themselves to such legal processes, but rather consider them forbidden by the purity of their state, because these activities cannot be concluded without litigation and the management or administration of money. Nevertheless they do not act in a manner contrary to their state if they give advice for the execution of these affairs, since this advice does not confer upon them any jurisdiction or legal authority or administration with regard to temporal goods."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certainly it is not only lawful but very reasonable that the friars who devote themselves to the spiritual works of prayer and study should have gardens and open spaces for recollection and recreation, and sometimes in order to provide a bodily distraction after their spiritual labours, as also to cultivate vegetables for their needs. To keep gardens, however, in order to cultivate vegetables and other garden produce for sale, and vines likewise, is inconsistent with the rule and purity of their order. Our said predecessor has declared and also ordained that if, for this kind of use, someone were to leave a field or a vineyard or something of this nature to the friars, they should refrain absolutely from accepting it, since to have such things in order to receive the price of the produce in season is similar to having an income."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Again, saint Francis has shown, both by the example of his life and by the words of his rule, that he wishes his brothers and sons, relying on divine providence, to cast their burden on the Lord, who feeds the birds of the air, which neither sow nor reap nor gather into barns. It is not likely, then, that he would have wished them to have granaries or wine-cellars, when they hope to live by daily begging. And for that reason they should not lay by provisions from some slight fear, but only when it is very probable from experience that they will not otherwise find the necessities of life. We therefore consider that the decision should be left to the consciences of the ministers and guardians, both as a body and separately in their offices and guardianships, acting with the advice and consent of the guardian and two discreet older priests from a house of the order in the area."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The saint wished to establish his friars in the greatest poverty and humility, both in inclination and in fact, as practically the whole rule proclaims. It is only right, then, that they should in no way build, or allow to be built, churches or edifices of any kind which, in relation to the numbers of friars living there, might be considered excessive in number or in size. We therefore wish that, everywhere in the order, the friars should be satisfied with buildings which are modest and humble, lest outward appearances, which strike the eye, should contradict the great poverty promised by the heart."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although church ornaments and vessels are ordained to the honour of God's name, for which purpose God created everything, yet he who discerns what is secret looks chiefly at the heart of those who serve him, not at their hands. He does not wish to be served through things which jar with the professed life-style of his servants. The friars should therefore be content with vessels and church ornaments which are seemly in appearance and sufficient in size and number. Excess, costliness or over-elaboration in these or in anything else does not become the friars' profession or state of life. Everything which smacks of treasure and abundance detracts, in the eyes of people, from the profession of such great poverty. We therefore wish and command the friars to observe what we have said."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As for the presents of horses and arms, we decree that everywhere and in everything the aforesaid declaration concerning alms of money be observed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "From the above matters, however, there has arisen among the friars an uneasy question, namely, whether their rule obliges them to a strict and meagre use of things. Some of the friars believe and say that, just as they are vowed to a very strict renunciation of ownership, they are also enjoined the greatest restraint in the use of things. Other friars on the contrary assert that by their profession they are not obliged to any restrained use that is not expressed in the rule; they are however obliged to a temperate use, in the same way as other Christians and even more fittingly. Wishing, then, to give peace to the friars' consciences and to put an end to these disputes, we declare that the friars Minor in professing their rule are obliged specially to the strict and restrained use expressed in the rule. To say, however, as some are said to assert, that it is heretical to hold that a restricted use of things is or is not included in the vow of evangelical poverty, this we judge to be presumptuous and rash."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, when the rule states by whom and where the minister general should be elected, it makes no mention at all of the election or appointment of provincial ministers. There can arise some uncertainty among the friars on this point. We wish them to be able to go forward with clarity and security in all they do. We therefore declare, decree and ordain in this constitution of perpetual validity, that when a province is to be provided with a minister, his election belongs to the provincial chapter. It shall hold the election the day after assembling. The confirmation of the election belongs to the minister general. If this election is made by ballot, and the votes are divided in such a way that several ballots are made without agreement, then the choice made by the numerical majority of the chapter (leaving aside considerations of zeal or merit), notwithstanding objections of any kind from the other side, is to be confirmed or invalidated by the minister general. Having first given careful consideration to the matter, in accordance with his office, he shall take counsel with discreet members of the order, so that a decision is made which is pleasing to God. If the minister general invalidates the election, the provincial chapter shall vote again. If the chapter does not elect its minister on the day mentioned, the minister general shall freely provide a provincial minister. There are, however, certain provinces—Ireland, Greece and Rome—which are said to have had until now, for just reasons, another way of providing the provincial minister. In these cases, if the minister general and the general chapter judge, with good reason, that the provincial minister should be appointed by the minister general, with the advice of good religious of the order, rather than by the election of the provincial chapter, this shall be done without dispute for the provinces of Ireland, Rome and Greece when the previous provincial minister dies or is relieved of office on this side of the sea; there shall be no deceit, partiality or fraud, the burden resting on the consciences of those who decide the appointment. As for the dismissal of provincial ministers, we wish the order to retain the procedure which has been customary up to now. For the rest, if the friars are without a minister general, his duties shall be carried out by the vicar of the order until there is a new minister general. Further, if there be any attempted violation of this decree concerning the provincial minister, such action shall be automatically null and void."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let nobody therefore ... If anyone however ...'"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Notes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. 16 May 1312, from Regestum 7952"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. The introductory address given in Regestum 9983 is omitted here because many other introductory addresses are known of (see Regestum VIII, pp. 416-420). Regestum gives two versions of the letter. The one used here as the base text (Regestum 9983) is addressed to each and all of the bishops. The other is addressed to king Philip of France (= P), see Regestum 8986 (19 Dec. 1312)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. P adds: Indeed our beloved son in Christ, Philip the illustrious king of the Franks, who together with our beloved son in Christ, Louis the illustrious king of Navarre, was present at the council, showed himself to be the most Christian of princes. He had the cause of the holy Land very much at heart. He burned with zeal of faith and devotion to rescue the holy Land from the hands of the impious and to right the wrongs there of him who underwent disgrace and shame for the sake of our redemption. He so directed and still directs the desires of his heart, that he undertook in the council the business of the general crusade ordained by us intending therefore to take for a certain time the sign of the life-giving cross, with the deliberate purpose of sailing personally with his forces to the aid of the holy Land."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. But actually we ....holy gospels of God\"] And at last, commending in the Lord this purpose of the king, so acceptable to God, we thought it fitting and most proper that we and the church ought to assist such a glorious prince in proceeding with this great enterprise. We observed especially that because the cities and other places once held by the faithful had been laid waste by the wild rage of the enemy, there was no place left to admit the champions of the faith. The enterprise would be more costly than formerly when some of the king's ancestors and other Christian princes had sailed to the aid of the holy Land; then the cities and places were prosperous and could produce and admit catholic warriors. We therefore judged that the tithe for six years, namely that on the ecclesiastical revenues and incomes of France, which used to be paid in times past in that kingdom, should be granted to the king to help him in his enterprise, so that he might use it for the aid of the holy Land. We therefore ask, admonish and exhort earnestly all our venerable brothers, the archbishops and bishops, our beloved chosen sons, the abbots, priors, deans, provosts, archdeacons, archpriests and other prelates of churches, the chapters, colleges and convents of the Cistercians, Cluniacs, Premonstratensians, of saints Benedict and Augustine, of the Carthusians, Grandmontines and other orders, and other secular and regular ecclesiastical persons, exempt and non-exempt, in the kingdom of France, with the exception only of the persons and places belonging to the Hospital of saint John of Jerusalem and of the other military orders, by our other letters, and also enjoining on them strictly by apostolic ordinance and in virtue of obedience, to pay the tithe, each and all of them, out of reverence for God, the apostolic see and us, for six years, which we wish to be reckoned from the next feast of blessed Mary Magdalen. We enjoin further on each archbishop and bishop to claim and collect from each and all of the abbots, priors, deans, provosts, archdeacons, archpriests and other prelates of churches, the chapters, colleges and convents, and other non-exempt secular and regular ecclesiastical persons, in their cities and dioceses, except for the persons and places of the Hospital of saint John of Jerusalem and of the other military orders. The collection is to be made directly or through other persons appointed by them in each city and diocese, from the ecclesiastical revenues and incomes, in the usual manner for the periods stated below, namely for half of the first year on the next feast of blessed Mary Magdalen and for the remaining half on the coming feast of the purification of the blessed virgin Mary, and so on for the remaining five years. The tithe should be collected without difficulties being made and by our authority. We empower and command, by our aforesaid letters, the persons delegated by the archbishops and bishops to make this collection, to claim and collect this tithe by our authority from the abbots, priors, deans, provosts, archdeacons, archpriests and other prelates of churches, the chapters, colleges and convents, and other exempt secular and regular ecclesiastical persons, with the exception of the persons and places of the Hospital of saint John of Jerusalem and the other military orders. The tithe is to be collected for the years and periods mentioned above. The archbishops and bishops, as also their delegates, are to take care to transfer to you, our deputies, their own tithe and that of others as collected by themselves or their delegates for each of the six years. You are to assign the collection to the king of France or his delegate or delegates for the purpose of the crusade. In order that you may more easily and effectively collect and assign this tithe, we grant you by the present document free and unrestricted power, in virtue of our authority, to compel the archbishops and bishops and their delegates, disregarding any appeal, to the fulfilment and collection of this tithe and its assignation, as prescribed. We also grant you the same full power in imparting absolution to those archbishops and bishops bound by sentences of excommunication, suspension or interdict for not paying the tithe in due time, after they have made satisfaction, and of dispensing with those bound by such sentences who have contracted irregularity by celebrating or taking part in divine worship. P"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. 31 December; from Regestum 9984"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6. 13 January 1313; from Regestum 8973"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction and translation taken from Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils, ed. Norman P. Tanner"
            }
          ],
          "witnesses": [
            {
              "label": "Concilia Oecumenica — Documenta et Acta, local source volume",
              "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
              "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
              "format": "pdf"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "council-source-corpus",
      "council": 16,
      "title": "Constance — council-level source corpus",
      "type": "Council-level source corpus",
      "date": "",
      "scope": "council-level-corpus",
      "sourceStatus": "Readable English extraction from a local council source volume; not document-level segmentation and not an aligned parallel edition.",
      "sourceVerification": "Unambiguous council heading and next-council boundary verified during the 3.50 reconciliation build.",
      "sourceVolumeSha256": "be506158a70af600f5575e554ae28c62088fc575aa3e0c3339bec036af8530de",
      "languages": {
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
          "format": "pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "COUNCIL OF CONSTANCE Under Pope John XXIII"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Index"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction 1 Second Introduction Sessions of 1414 Sessions of 1415 Sessions of 1416 Sessions of 1417 Sessions of 1418 Notes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction 1"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[This is the introduction given by Tanner in Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This council was summoned by John XXIII, the Pisan pope [1], with the support of Emperor Sigismund. It began on 5 November 1414 in the cathedral of Constance, with many bishops from all parts of Europe. Business in the council was transacted in a way that was largely new for an ecumenical council, namely votes were cast not by Individual persons but by nations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The council, from the very beginning, proposed the following three topics:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. To bring unity back to the church and to make an end to the schism which had divided the church since 1378 and which the council held at Pisa in 1409 had not healed but rather aggravated when it elected Alexander V as a third pope. When the council of Constance opened, Christians owed obedience to three different popes: some owed obedience to Gregory XII of the Roman party others to Benedict XIII of the Avignon party, and others to John XXIII, who had been elected after the death of Alexander V. John XXIII and Benedict XIII were deposed by the council, Gregory XII voluntarily resigned. Then Martin V was elected pope on 11 November 1417 and he was regarded as the legitimate pontiff by the church as a whole."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. To eradicate heresies, especially those spread by John Wyclif in Britain and by John Hus and Jerome of Prague in Bohemia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. To reform the corrupt morals of the church. This, however, was only partly accomplished in the final sessions of the council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With regard to the ecumenical nature of the sessions, there is dispute about those before the election of Martin V and also about the significance and force of the approval which he gave to the matters transacted by the council. The decrees notably those of sessions 3- 5 and the decree Frequens (session 39), appear to proceed from the council's teaching. Objection has been made to them on the grounds of the primacy of the Roman pontiff. There is no doubt, however, that in enacting these decrees there was solicitude and care to choose the true and sure way ahead in order to heal the schism, and this could only be done by the authority of a council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The acts of the council of Constance were first published by Jerome of Croaria at Hagenau in 1500 (Acta scitu dignissima docteque concinnata Constantiensis concilii celebratissimi = Asd), from the epitome of the acts which the council of Basel had ordered to be compiled and publicly accepted in 1442. This edition of the Basel epitome was followed by all general collections of the councils (including Editio Romana, IV 127-300, even though it ignores the council of Basel). These collections, down to Mansi (27, 529-1240), added various appendices. H. von der Hardt, in his great collection of the sources of the council of Constance, made an edition of the acts and decrees of the council according to the earliest trustworthy documents (Magnum oecumenicum Constantiense concilium, in six tomes, Frankfurt-Leipzig 1696-1700; tome IV, Corpus actorum et decretorum magni Constantiensis concilii de Ecclesiae reformatione, unione ac fide = Hardt). We have followed von der Hardt's edition throughout and have noted only the principle variants provided by Asd. We indicate only, and do not print, the decrees pertaining to the internal administration of the council and of the church and to judicial acts."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Second Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I have given the conventional session numbers for \"the\" Council of Constance so as to make cross referencing with other editions easier. However it is very misleading to do so. One should not speak of \"the\" Council of Constance, but of the councils of Constance. There was a council of bishops [and others] beginning 16 November 1414 which styled itself ecumenical, but which the true pope of the day did not recognize as such. There was another council [even if its members were those of the first] which he convoked, by proxy, on 4 July 1415 and did recognized as ecumenical. The ratification of \"the\" council by Martin the fifth, given in a footnote to session 45, was a ratification of everything determined \"in a conciliar way ... by this present council of Constance\", i.e. of the one convoked on 4 July 1415. The intent of the words \"in a conciliar way\" is, one my reading, to distinguish the true [ecumenical] council from the false one."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The matter is crucial to the possibility of the catholic doctrine of the infallibility of ecumenical councils, since the teachings of Vatican 1 on papal primacy are inconsistent with those of the first [non-ecumenical] Council of Constance [in particular the famous session 5, Haec Sancta, which taught conciliarism], but not with those of the second [ecumenical] one"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Crucial to my claim is the question of who the true pope was and when a genuinely ecumenical council came into existence. I shall quote from Phillip Hughes (the footnotes here included are from Hughes' text) :"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Just five weeks after Baldassare Cossa so meekly accepted the council's sentence, the fathers met to receive the solemn abdication of Gregory XII. He was in fact, and to the end he claimed to be in law, the canonically elected representative of the line that went back to Urban VI, the last pope to be acknowledged as pope by Catholics everywhere [2]. The abdication was arranged and executed with a care to safeguard all that Gregory claimed to be; and this merits—and indeed, requires—much more detailed consideration than it usually receives. [3]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gregory XII sent to Constance as his representatives his protector Carlo Malatesta, the Lord of Rimini, and the Dominican cardinal, John Domenici—to Constance indeed, but not to the General Council assembled there by the authority, and in the name, of John XXIII. The envoys' commission was to the emperor Sigismund, presiding over the various bishops and prelates whom his zeal to restore peace to the Church had brought together. To these envoys—and to Malatesta in the first place—Gregory gave authority to convoke as a General Council—to convoke and not to recognise—these assembled bishops and prelates ; [4] and by a second bull [5] he empowered Malatesta to resign to this General Council in his name."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The emperor, the bishops and prelates consented and accepted the role Gregory assigned. And so, on July 4, 1415. Sigismund, clad in the royal robes, left the throne he had occupied in the previous sessions for a throne placed before the altar, as for the president of the assembly. Gregory's two legates sat by his side facing the bishops. The bull was read commissioning Malatesta and Domenici to convoke the council and to authorise whatever it should do for the restoration of unity and the extirpation of the schism—with Gregory's explicit condition that there should be no mention of Baldassare Cossa, [6] with his reminder that from his very election he had pledged himself to resign if by so doing he could truly advance the good work of unity, and his assertion that the papal dignity is truly his as the canonically elected successor of Urban VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Malatesta then delegated his fellow envoy, the cardinal John Domenici, to pronounce the formal operative words of convocation [7] ; and the assembly—but in its own way—accepted to be thus convoked, authorised and confirmed in the name \"of that lord who in his own obedience is called Gregory XII\" [8]. The council next declared that all canonical censures imposed by reason of the schism were lifted, and the bull was read by which Gregory authorised Malatesta to make the act of abdication [9] and promised to consider as ratum gratum et firmum, and forever irrevocable, whatever Malatesta, as his proxy, should perform. The envoy asked the council whether they would prefer the resignation immediately, or that it should be delayed until Peter de Luna's decision was known. The council preferred the present moment. It ratified all Gregory XII's acts, received his cardinals as cardinals, promised that his officers should keep their posts and declared that if Gregory was barred from re-election as pope, this was only for the peace of the Church, and not from any personal unworthiness. Then the great renunciation was made [10], \" .... renuncio et cedo .... et resigno .... in hac sacrosancta synodo et universali concilio, sanctam Romanam et universalem eccleciam repraesentante\" and the council accepted it [11], but again as made \"on the part of that lord who in his own obedience was called Gregory XII\". The Te Deum was sung and a new summons drawn up calling upon Peter de Luna to yield to the council's authority."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The work of Pisa was now almost undone, and by this council which, in origin, was a continuation of Pisa. It had suppressed the Pisan pope whom Pisa, with biting words, had rejected as a schismatic and no pope.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Phillip Hughes A History of the Church, p289-291"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session of 1414"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 1—16 November 1414",
              "sourceKey": "session-1",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On the matters to be treated in the council, in which order and by which officials [12]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "John, bishop, servant of the servants of God, for future record. Wishing to carry out those things which were decreed at the council of Pisa [13] by our predecessor of happy memory, pope [14] Alexander V, regarding the summoning of a new general council, we earlier convoked this present council by letters of ours, the contents of which we have ordered to be inserted here:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "John, bishop ... [15]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We have therefore come together with our venerable brothers, cardinals of the holy Roman church, and our court to this city of Constance at the appointed time. Being present here by the grace of God, we now wish, with the advice of this sacred synod, to attend to the peace, exaltation and reform of the church and to the quiet of the Christian people."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In such an arduous matter it is not right to rely on one's own strength, but rather trust should be placed in the help of God. Therefore, in order to begin with divine worship, we decreed, with the approval of this sacred council, that a special mass for this purpose should be said today. This mass has now been duly celebrated, by the grace of God. We now decree that such a mass shall be celebrated collegially in this and every other collegiate church of this city whether secular or regular, once a week, namely each Friday, for the duration of this sacred council. Moreover, in order that the faithful may devote themselves to this holy celebration most fervently, whereby they will feel themselves refreshed by a more abundant gift of grace, we relax, mercifully in the Lord, the following amounts of enjoined penance to each and every one of them who is truly penitent and has confessed: for each mass, one year to the celebrating priest and forty days to those present at it. Furthermore, we exhort our venerable brothers, cardinals of the holy Roman church, as well as patriarchs, archbishops and bishops, and our beloved chosen sons, abbots and others in the priesthood, devoutly to celebrate this mass once every week, in order that the aforesaid divine aid may be implored; and we grant the same indulgences to the celebrant and to those present at the mass. We exhort in the Lord, moreover, each and all who glory in the name of Christ, in order that the desired outcome to so great a matter may be obtained, to give themselves diligently to prayer, fasting, almsgiving and other pious works, so that God may be placated by our and their humility, and so deign to grant a happy outcome to this sacred gathering."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Considering, moreover, that a council should specially treat of those matters which concern the catholic faith, according to the praiseworthy practices of the early councils, and aware that such things demand diligence, sufficient time and study, on account of their difficulty, we therefore exhort all those who are well versed in the sacred scriptures to ponder and to treat, both within themselves and with others, about those things which seem to them useful and opportune in this matter. Let them bring such things to our notice and to that of this sacred synod, as soon as they conveniently can, so that at a suitable time there may be decided what things, it seems, should be held and what repudiated for the profit and increase of the same catholic faith."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let them especially ponder on the various errors which are said to have sprouted in certain places at various times, especially on those which are said to have arisen from a certain John called Wyclif."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We exhort, moreover, all Catholics assembled here and others who will come to this sacred synod that they should seek to think on, to follow up and to bring to us, and to this same sacred synod, those matters by which the body of Catholics may be led, if God is willing, to a proper reformation and to the desired peace. For it is our intention and will that all who are assembled for this purpose may say, consult about and do, with complete freedom, each and all of the things that they think pertain to the above."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order, however, that a rule may be observed in the procedure of this sacred synod with regard to what things are to be said and decided, the action to be taken and the regulating of customs, we think that recourse should be had to the practices of the ancient fathers, which are best learned from a canon of the council of Toledo, the contents of which we have decided to insert here [16] :"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nobody should shout at or in any way disturb the Lord's priests when they sit in the place of blessing. Nobody should cause disturbance by telling idle stories or jokes or, what is even worse, by stubborn disputes. As the apostle says, if anyone thinks himself religious and does not bridle his tongue but deceives his heart, then his religion is vain. For, justice loses its reverence when the silence of the court is disturbed by a crowd of turbulent people. As the prophet says, the reverence due to justice shall be silence. Therefore whatever is being debated by the participants, or is being proposed by persons making an accusation, should be stated in quiet tones so that the hearers' senses are not disturbed by contentious voices and they do not weaken the authority of the court by their tumult. Whoever thinks that the aforesaid things should not be observed while the council is meeting, and disturbs it with noise or dissensions or jests, contrary to the things forbidden here, shall leave the assembly, dishonourably stripped of the right to attend, according to the precept of the divine law (whereby it is commanded: drive out the scoffer, and strife will go out with him), and he shall be under sentence of excommunication for three days."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since it may happen that some of the participants will not be in their rightful seats, we decree, with this sacred council's approval, that no prejudice shall arise to any church or person as a result of this seating arrangement."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since certain ministers and officials are required in order that this council may proceed, we therefore depute, with this sacred council's approval, those named below, namely our beloved sons... [17]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sessions of 1415"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 2—2 March 1415",
              "sourceKey": "session-2",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "John XXIII publicly offers to resign the papacy"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 3—26 March 1415",
              "sourceKey": "session-3",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Decrees on the integrity and authority of the council, after the pope s flight [18]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the honour, praise and glory of the most holy Trinity, Father and Son and holy Spirit, and to obtain on earth, for people of good will, the peace that was divinely promised in God's church, this holy synod, called the sacred general council of Constance, duly assembled here in the holy Spirit for the purpose of bringing union and reform to the said church in its head and members, discerns declares, defines and ordains as follows."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "First, that this synod was and is rightly and properly summoned to this city of Constance, and likewise has been rightly and properly begun and held."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Next, that this sacred council has not been dissolved by the departure of our lord pope from Constance, or even by the departure of other prelates or any other persons, but continues in its integrity and authority, even if decrees to the contrary have been made or shall be made in the future."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Next, that this sacred council should not and may not be dissolved until the present schism has been entirely removed and until the church has been reformed in faith and morals, in head and members."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Next, that this sacred council may not be transferred to another place, except for a reasonable cause, which is to be debated and decided on by this sacred council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Next, that prelates and other persons who should be present at this council may not depart from this place before it has ended, except for a reasonable cause which is to be examined by persons who have been, or will be, deputed by this sacred council. When the reason has been examined and approved, they may depart with the permission of the person or persons in authority. When the individual departs, he is bound to give his power to others who stay, under penalty of the law, as well as to others appointed by this sacred council, and those who act to the contrary are to be prosecuted."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 4—30 March 1415",
              "sourceKey": "session-4",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Decrees of the council on its authority and integrity, in the abbreviated form read out by cardinal Zabarella"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the name of the holy and undivided Trinity, Father and Son and holy Spirit Amen. This holy synod of Constance, which is a general council, for the eradication of the present schism and for bringing unity and reform to God's church in head and members, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit to the praise of almighty God, ordains, defines, decrees, discerns and declares as follows, in order that this union and reform of God's church may be obtained the more easily, securely, fruitfully and freely."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "First, that this synod, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, constituting a general council, representing the catholic church militant, has power immediately from Christ, and that everyone of whatever state or dignity, even papal, is bound to obey it in those matters which pertain to the faith and the eradication of the said schism. [19]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Next, that our most holy lord pope John XXIII may not move or transfer the Roman curia and its public offices, or its or their officials, from this city to another place, nor directly or indirectly compel the persons of the said offices to follow him, without the deliberation and consent of the same holy synod; this refers to those officials or offices by whose absence the council would probably be dissolved or harmed. If he has acted to the contrary in the past, or shall in the future, or if he has in the past, is now or shall in the future fulminate any processes or mandates or ecclesiastical censures or any other penalties against the said officials or any other adherents of this council, to the effect that they should follow him then all is null and void and in no way are the said processes, censures and penalties to be obeyed, inasmuch as they are null and void, and they are invalid. The said officials are rather to exercise their offices in the said city of Constance, and to carry them out freely as before, as long as this holy synod is being held in the said city."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Next, that all translations of prelates, and depositions of the same, or of any other beneficed persons, revocations of commendams and gifts, admonitions, ecclesiastical censures, processes, sentences, acts and whatever has been or will be done or accomplished by our aforesaid lord and his officials or commissaries, from the time of his departure, to the injury of the council or its adherents, against the supporters or participants of this sacred council, or to the prejudice of them or any one of them, in whatever way they may have been or shall be made or done, against the will of the persons concerned, are in virtue of the law itself null, quashed, invalid and void, and of no effect or moment, and the council by its authority quashes, invalidates and annuls them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Next, it was declared and decided that three persons should be chosen from each nation who know both the reasons of those wishing to depart and the punishments that ought to be inflicted on those departing without permission. [20]]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Next, that for the sake of unity new cardinals should not be created. Moreover, lest for reasons of deceit or fraud some persons may be said to have been made cardinals recently, this sacred council declares that those persons are not to be regarded as cardinals who were not publicly recognised and held to be such at the time of our lord pope's departure from the city of Constance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 5—6 April 1415",
              "sourceKey": "session-5",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The famous Haec Sancta decree contradicting Vatican 1 on papal primacy/infallibility."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decrees of the council, concerning its authority and integrity, which had been abbreviated by cardinal Zabarella at the preceding session, against the wishes of the nations, and which are now restored, repeated and confirmed by a public decree]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the name of the holy and undivided Trinity, Father and Son and holy Spirit. Amen. This holy synod of Constance, which is a general council, for the eradication of the present schism and for bringing unity and reform to God's church in head and members, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit to the praise of almighty God, ordains, defines, decrees, discerns and declares as follows, in order that this union and reform of God's church may be obtained the more easily, securely, fruitfully and freely."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "First it declares that, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, constituting a general council and representing the catholic church militant, it has power immediately from Christ; and that everyone of whatever state or dignity, even papal, is bound to obey it in those matters which pertain to the faith, the eradication of the said schism and the general reform of the said church of God in head and members."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Next, it declares that anyone of whatever condition, state or dignity, even papal, who contumaciously refuses to obey the past or future mandates, statutes, ordinances or precepts of this sacred council or of any other legitimately assembled general council, regarding the aforesaid things or matters pertaining to them, shall be subjected to well-deserved penance, unless he repents, and shall be duly punished, even by having recourse, if necessary, to other supports of the law."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Next, the said holy synod defines and ordains that the lord pope John XXIII may not move or transfer the Roman curia and its public offices, or its or their officials, from the city of Constance to another place, nor directly or indirectly compel the said officials to follow him, without the deliberation and consent of the same holy synod. If he has acted to the contrary in the past, or shall in the future, or if he has in the past, is now or shall in the future fulminate any processes or mandates or ecclesiastical censures or any other penalties, against the said officials or any other adherents of this sacred council, to the effect that they should follow him, then all is null and void and in no way are the said processes, censures and penalties to be obeyed, inasmuch as they are null and void. The said officials are rather to exercise their offices in the said city of Constance, and to carry them out freely as before, as long as this holy synod h being held in the said City."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Next, that all translations of prelates, or depositions of the same, or of any other beneficed persons, officials and administrators, revocations of commendams and gifts, admonitions, ecclesiastical censures, processes, sentences and whatever has been or will be done or accomplished by the aforesaid lord pope John or his officials or commissaries, since the beginning of this council, to the injury of the said council or its adherents, against the supporters or participants of this sacred council, or to the prejudice of them or of any one of them, in whatever way they may have been or shall be made or done, against the will of the persons concerned, are by this very fact, on the authority of this sacred council, null, quashed, invalid and void, and of no effect or moment, and the council by its authority quashes, invalidates and annuls them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Next, it declares that the lord pope John XXIII and all the prelates and other persons summoned to this sacred council, and other participants in the same synod, have enjoyed and do now enjoy full freedom, as has been apparent in the said sacred council, and the opposite has not been brought to the notice of the said summoned persons or of the said council. The said sacred council testifies to this before God and people. [21]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 6—17 April 1415",
              "sourceKey": "session-6",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[At this session there were, among other minor deliberations, decrees about admitting the office of proctor in the matter of pope John XXIII's renunciation of the papacy and about the citing of Jerome of Prague.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 7—2 May 1415",
              "sourceKey": "session-7",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[At this session it was decreed that pope John should be publicly summoned and that the summons of Jerome of Prague, now charged with contumacy, should be repeated.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 8—4 May 1415",
              "sourceKey": "session-8",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This most holy synod of Constance, which is a general council and represents the catholic church and is legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, for the eradication of the present schism and the elimination of the errors and heresies which are sprouting beneath its shade and for the reform of the church, make this perpetual record of its acts."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sentence condemning various articles of John Wyclif"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We learn from the writings and deeds of the holy fathers that the catholic faith without which (as the Apostle says) it is impossible to please God , has often been attacked by false followers of the same faith, or rather by perverse assailants, and by those who, desirous of the world's glory, are led on by proud curiosity to know more than they should; and that it has been defended against such persons by the church's faithful spiritual knights armed with the shield of faith. Indeed these kinds of wars were prefigured in the physical wars of the Israelite people against idolatrous nations. Therefore in these spiritual wars the holy catholic church, illuminated in the truth of faith by the rays of light from above and remaining ever spotless through the Lord's providence and with the help of the patronage of the saints, has triumphed most gloriously over the darkness of error as over profligate enemies. In our times, however, that old and jealous foe has stirred up new conflicts so that the approved ones of this age may be made manifest. Their leader and prince was that pseudo-Christian John Wyclif. He stubbornly asserted and taught many articles against the Christian religion and the Catholic faith while he was alive. We have decided that forty-five of the articles should be set out on this page as follows."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. The material substance of bread, and similarly the material substance of wine, remain in the sacrament of the altar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. The accidents of bread do not remain without their subject in the said sacrament."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. Christ is not identically and really present in the said sacrament in his own bodily persona."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. If a bishop or a priest is in mortal sin, he does not ordain or confect or consecrate or baptise."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. That Christ instituted the mass has no basis in the gospel."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6. God ought to obey the devil."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7. If a person is duly contrite, all exterior confession is superfluous and useless for him."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8. If a pope is foreknown as damned and is evil, and is therefore a limb of the devil, he does not have authority over the faithful given to him by anyone, except perhaps by the emperor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9. Nobody should be considered as pope after Urban VI. Rather, people should live like the Greeks, under their own laws."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10. It is against sacred scripture for ecclesiastics to have possessions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11. No prelate should excommunicate anyone unless he first knows that the person has been excommunicated by God; he who does so thereby becomes a heretic and an excommunicated person."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12. A prelate excommunicating a cleric who has appealed to the king or the king's council is thereby a traitor to the king and the kingdom."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13. Those who stop preaching or hearing the word of God on account of an excommunication issued by men are themselves excommunicated and will be regarded as traitors of Christ on the day of judgment."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14. It is lawful for any deacon or priest to preach the word of God without authorisation from the apostolic see or from a catholic bishop."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15. Nobody is a civil lord or a prelate or a bishop while he is in mortal sin."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16. Secular lords can confiscate temporal goods from the church at their discretion when those who possess them are sinning habitually, that is to say sinning from habit and not just in particular acts."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17. The people can correct sinful lords at their discretion."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18. Tithes are purely alms, and parishioners can withhold them at will on account of their prelates' sins."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19. Special prayers applied by prelates or religious to a particular person avail him or her no more than general prayers, if other things are equal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20. Whoever gives alms to friars is thereby excommunicated."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21. Whoever enters any religious order whatsoever, whether it be of the possessioners or the mendicants, makes himself less apt and suitable for the observance of God's commands."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22. Saints who have founded religious orders have sinned in so doing."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23. Members of religious orders are not members of the Christian religion."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24. Friars are bound to obtain their food by manual work and not by begging. [22]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25. All are simoniacs who bind themselves to pray for people who help them in temporal matters."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26. The prayer of someone foreknown as damned profits nobody."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27. All things happen from absolute necessity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28. Confirming the young, ordaining clerics and consecrating places have been reserved to the pope and bishops because of their greed for temporal gain and honour."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "29. Universities, places of study, colleges, degrees and academic exercises in these institutions were introduced by a vain pagan spirit and benefit the church as little as does the devil."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "30. Excommunication by a pope or any prelate is not to be feared since it is a censure of antichrist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "31. Those who found religious houses sin, and those who enter them belong to the devil."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "32. It is against Christ's command to enrich the clergy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "33. Pope Silvester and the emperor Constantine erred in endowing the church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "34. All the members of mendicant orders are heretics, and those who give them alms are excommunicated."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "35. Those who enter a religious or other order thereby become incapable of observing God's commands, and consequently of reaching the kingdom of heaven, unless they leave them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "36. The pope with all his clerics who have property are heretics, for the very reason that they have property; and so are all who abet them, namely all secular lords and other laity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "37. The Roman church is Satan's synagogue; and the pope is not the immediate and proximate vicar of Christ and the apostles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "38. The decretal letters are apocryphal and seduce people from Christ's faith, and clerics who study them are fools."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "39. The emperor and secular lords were seduced by the devil to endow the church with temporal goods."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "40. The election of a pope by the cardinals was introduced by the devil."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "41. It is not necessary for salvation to believe that the Roman church is supreme among the other churches. [23]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "42. It is ridiculous to believe in the indulgences of popes and bishops."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "43. Oaths taken to confirm civil commerce and contracts between people are unlawful."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "44. Augustine, Benedict and Bernard are damned, unless they repented of having owned property and of having founded and entered religious orders; and thus they are all heretics from the pope down to the lowest religious."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "45. All religious orders alike were introduced by the devil."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Condemnation of Wyclif's books"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This same John Wyclif wrote books called by him Dialogus and Trialogus and many other treatises, works and pamphlets in which he included and taught the above and many other damnable articles. He issued the books for public reading, in order to publish his perverse doctrine, and from them have followed many scandals, losses and dangers to souls in various regions, especially in the kingdoms of England and Bohemia. Masters and doctors of the universities and houses of study at Oxford and Prague, opposing with God's strength these articles and books, later refuted the above articles in scholastic form. They were condemned, moreover, by the most reverend fathers who were then the archbishops and bishops of Canterbury, York and Prague, legates of the apostolic see in the kingdoms of England and of Bohemia. The said archbishop of Prague, commissary of the apostolic see in this matter, also judicially decreed that the books of the same John Wyclif were to be burnt and he forbade the reading of those that survived."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "After these things had again been brought to the notice of the apostolic see and a general council, the Roman pontiff condemned the said books, treatises and pamphlets at the lately held council of Rome [24], ordering them to be publicly burnt and strictly forbidding anyone called a Christian to dare to read, expound, hold or make any use of any one or more of the said books, volumes, treatises and pamphlets, or even to cite them publicly or privately, except in order to refute them. In order that this dangerous and most foul doctrine might be eliminated from the church's midst, he ordered, by his apostolic authority and under pain of ecclesiastical censure, that all such books, treatises, volumes and pamphlets should be diligently sought out by the local ordinaries and should then be publicly burnt; and he added that if necessary those who do not obey should be proceeded against as if they were promoters of heresy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This sacred synod has had the aforesaid forty-five articles examined and frequently considered by many most reverend fathers, cardinals of the Roman church, bishops, abbots, masters of theology, doctors in both laws and many notable persons. After the articles had been examined it was found, as indeed is the case, that some of them, indeed many, were and are notoriously heretical and have already been condemned by holy fathers, others are not catholic but erroneous, others scandalous and blasphemous, some offensive to the ears of the devout and some rash and seditious. It was also found that his books contain many other similar articles and introduce into God's church teaching that is unsound and hostile to faith and morals. This holy synod, therefore, in the name of our lord Jesus Christ, in ratifying and approving the sentences of the aforesaid archbishops and of the council of Rome, repudiates and condemns for ever, by this decree, the aforesaid articles and each one of them in particular, and the books of John Wyclif called by him Dialogus and Trialogus, and the same author's other books, volumes, treatises and pamphlets (no matter what name these may go under, and for which purpose this description is to be regarded as an adequate listing of them). It forbids the reading, teaching, expounding and citing of the said books or of any one of them in particular, unless it is for the purpose of refuting them. It forbids each and every Catholic henceforth, under pain of anathema, to preach, teach or affirm in public the said articles or any one of them in particular, or to teach, approve or hold the said books, or to refer to them in any way, unless this is done, as has been said, for the purpose of refuting them. It orders, moreover, that the aforesaid books, treatises, volumes and pamphlets are to be burnt in public, in accordance with the decree of the synod of Rome, as stated above. This holy synod orders local ordinaries to attend with vigilance to the execution and due observance of these things, insofar as each one is responsible, in accordance with the law and canonical sanctions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Condemnation of 260 other articles of Wyclif [25]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When the doctors and masters of the university of Oxford examined the aforesaid written works, they found 260 articles in addition to the 45 articles that have been mentioned. Some of them coincide in meaning with the 45 articles, even if not in the forms of words used. Some of them, as has been said, were and are heretical, some seditious, some erroneous, others rash, some scandalous, others unsound, and almost all of them contrary to good morals and the catholic truth. They were therefore condemned by the said university in correct and scholastic form. This most holy synod, therefore, after deliberating as mentioned above, repudiates and condemns the said articles and each one of them in particular; and it forbids, commands and decrees in the same way as for the other 45 articles. We order the contents of these 260 articles to be included below [26]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The council pronounces John Wyclif a heretic, condemns his memory and orders his bones to be exhumed"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore, a process was begun, on the authority or by decree of the Roman council, and at the command of the church and of the apostolic see, after a due interval of time, for the condemnation of the said Wyclif and his memory. Invitations and proclamations were issued summoning those who wished to defend him and his memory, if any still existed. However, nobody appeared who was willing to defend him or his memory. Witnesses were examined by commissaries appointed by the reigning lord pope John and by this sacred council, regarding the said Wyclif's final impenitence and obstinacy. Legal proof was thus provided, in accordance with all due observances, as the order of law demands in a matter of this kind, regarding his impenitence and final obstinacy. This was proved by clear indications from legitimate witnesses. This holy synod, therefore, at the instance of the procurator-fiscal and since a decree was issued to the effect that sentence should be heard on this day, declares, defines and decrees that the said John Wyclif was a notorious and obstinate heretic who died in heresy, and it anathematises him and condemns his memory. It decrees and orders that his body and bones are to be exhumed, if they can be identified among the corpses of the faithful, and to be scattered far from a burial place of the church, in accordance with canonical and lawful sanctions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 9—13 May 1415",
              "sourceKey": "session-9",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Pope John is publicly summoned for the second time and an inquiry against him is decreed.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 10—14 May 1415",
              "sourceKey": "session-10",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[John XXIII is summoned for the third time, he is accused of contumacy and is suspended from the papacy.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 11—25 May 1415",
              "sourceKey": "session-11",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Pope John XXIII is publicly charged and forty-four articles against him are produced.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 12—29 May 1415",
              "sourceKey": "session-12",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Decree stating that the process for electing a pope, if the see happens to be vacant, may not begin without the council's express consent [27]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This most holy general synod of Constance, representing the catholic church, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, for the eradication of the present schism and errors, for bringing about the reform of the church in head and members, and in order that the unity of the church may be obtained more easily, quickly and freely, pronounces, determines, decrees and ordains that if it happens that the apostolic see becomes vacant, by whatever means this may happen, then the process of electing the next supreme pontiff may not begin without the deliberation and consent of this sacred general council. If the contrary is done then it is by this very fact, by the authority of the said sacred council, null and void. Nobody may accept anyone elected to the papacy in defiance of this decree, nor in any way adhere to or obey him as pope, under pain of eternal damnation and of becoming a supporter of the said schism. Those who make the election in such a case, as well as the person elected, if he consents, and those who adhere to him, are to be punished in the forms prescribed by this sacred council. The said holy synod, moreover, for the good of the church's unity, suspends all positive laws, even those promulgated in general councils, and their statutes, ordinances, customs and privileges, by whomsoever they may have been granted, and penalties promulgated against any persons, insofar as these may in any way impede the effect of this decree."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sentence deposing pope John XXIII"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the name of the holy and undivided Trinity, Father and Son and holy Spirit Amen. This most holy general synod of Constance, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, having invoked Christ's name and holding God alone before its eyes, having seen the articles drawn up and presented in this case against the lord pope John XXIII, the proofs brought forward, his spontaneous submission and the whole process of the case, and having deliberated maturely on them, pronounces, decrees and declares by this definitive sentence which it commits to writing: that the departure of the aforesaid lord pope John XXIII from this city of Constance and from this sacred general council, secretly and at a suspicious hour of the night, in disguised and indecent dress, was and is unlawful, notoriously scandalous to God's church and to this council, disturbing and damaging for the church's peace and unity, supportive of this long- standing schism, and at variance with the vow, promise and oath made by the said lord pope John to God, to the church and to this sacred council; that the said lord pope John has been and is a notorious simoniac, a notorious destroyer of the goods and rights not only of the Roman church but also of other churches and of many pious places, and an evil administrator and dispenser of the church's spiritualities and temporalities; that he has notoriously scandalised God's church and the Christian people by his detestable and dishonest life and morals, both before his promotion to the papacy and afterwards until the present time, that by the above he has scandalised and is scandalising in a notorious fashion God's church and the Christian people; that after due and charitable warnings, frequently reiterated to him, he obstinately persevered in the aforesaid evils and thereby rendered himself notoriously incorrigible; and that on account of the above and other crimes drawn from and contained in the said process against him, he should be deprived of and deposed from, as an unworthy, useless and damnable person, the papacy and all its spiritual and temporal administration. The said holy synod does now remove, deprive and depose him. It declares each and every Christian, of whatever state, dignity or condition, to be absolved from obedience, fidelity and oaths to him. It forbids all Christians henceforth to recognise him as pope, now that as mentioned he has been deposed from the papacy, or to call him pope, or to adhere to or in any way to obey him as pope. The said holy synod, moreover, from certain knowledge and its fullness of power, supplies for all and singular defects that may have occurred in the above-mentioned procedures or in any one of them. It condemns the said person, by this same sentence, to stay and remain in a good and suitable place, in the name of this sacred general council, in the safe custody of the most serene prince lord Sigismund, king of the Romans and of Hungary, etc., and most devoted advocate and defender of the universal church, as long as it seems to the said general council to be for the good of the unity of God's church that he should be so condemned. The said council reserves the right to declare and inflict other punishments that should be imposed for the said crimes and faults in accordance with canonical sanctions, according as the rigour of justice or the counsel of mercy may advise."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Decree to the effect that none of the three contenders for the papacy may be re-elected as pope"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The said holy synod decrees, determines and ordains for the good of unity in God's church that neither the lord Baldassare de Cossa, recently John XXIII, nor Angelo Correr nor Peter de Luna, called Gregory XII and Benedict XIII by their respective obediences, shall ever be re-elected as pope. If the contrary happens, it is by this very fact null and void. Nobody, of whatever dignity or pre-eminence even if he be emperor, king, cardinal or pontiff, may ever adhere to or obey them or any one of them, contrary to this decree, under pain of eternal damnation and of being a supporter of the said schism. Let those who presume to the contrary, if there are any in the future, also be firmly proceeded against in other ways, even by invoking the secular arm. [28]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 13—15 June 1415",
              "sourceKey": "session-13",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Condemnation of communion under both kinds, recently revived among the Bohemians by Jakoubek of Stribro"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the name of the holy and undivided Trinity, Father and Son and holy Spirit, Amen. Certain people, in some parts of the world, have rashly dared to assert that the Christian people ought to receive the holy sacrament of the eucharist under the forms of both bread and wine. They communicate the laity everywhere not only under the form of bread but also under that of wine, and they stubbornly assert that they should communicate even after a meal, or else without the need of a fast, contrary to the church's custom which has been laudably and sensibly approved, from the church's head downwards, but which they damnably try to repudiate as sacrilegious. Therefore this present general council of Constance, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, wishing to provide for the safety of the faithful against this error, after long deliberation by many persons learned in divine and human law, declares, decrees and defines that, although Christ instituted this venerable sacrament after a meal and ministered it to his apostles under the forms of both bread and wine, nevertheless and notwithstanding this, the praiseworthy authority of the sacred canons and the approved custom of the church have and do retain that this sacrament ought not to be celebrated after a meal nor received by the faithful without fasting, except in cases of sickness or some other necessity as permitted by law or by the church. Moreover, just as this custom was sensibly introduced in order to avoid various dangers and scandals, so with similar or even greater reason was it possible to introduce and sensibly observe the custom that, although this sacrament was received by the faithful under both kinds in the early church, nevertheless later it was received under both kinds only by those confecting it, and by the laity only under the form of bread. For it should be very firmly believed, and in no way doubted, that the whole body and blood of Christ are truly contained under both the form of bread and the form of wine. Therefore, since this custom was introduced for good reasons by the church and holy fathers, and has been observed for a very long time, it should be held as a law which nobody may repudiate or alter at will without the church's permission. To say that the observance of this custom or law is sacrilegious or illicit must be regarded as erroneous. Those who stubbornly assert the opposite of the aforesaid are to be confined as heretics and severely punished by the local bishops or their officials or the inquisitors of heresy in the kingdoms or provinces in which anything is attempted or presumed against this decree, according to the canonical and legitimate sanctions that have been wisely established in favour of the catholic faith against heretics and their supporters."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That no priest, under pain of excommunication, may communicate the people under the forms of both bread and wine"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This holy synod also decrees and declares, regarding this matter, that instructions are to be sent to the most reverend fathers and lords in Christ, patriarchs, primates, archbishops, bishops, and their vicars in spirituals, wherever they may be, in which they are to be commissioned and ordered on the authority of this sacred council and under pain of excommunication, to punish effectively those who err against this decree. They may receive back into the church's fold those who have gone astray by communicating the people under the forms of both bread and wine, and have taught this, provided they repent and after a salutary penance, in accordance with the measure of their fault, has been enjoined upon them. They are to repress as heretics, however, by means of the church's censures and even if necessary by calling in the help of the secular arm, those of them whose hearts have become hardened and who are unwilling to return to penance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "From this point on the council becomes a duly convened ecumenical council, all previous sessions being ultra-vires."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 14—4 July 1415 [29]",
              "sourceKey": "session-14",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Uniting of the followers of pope Gregory XII and of the former pope John XXIII, now that both men have abdicated"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that the reunion of the church may be possible and that a beginning may be made which is fitting and pleasing to God, since the most important part of any matter is its beginning, and in order that the two obediences—namely the one claiming that the lord John XXIII was formerly pope and the other claiming that the lord Gregory XII is pope—may be united together under Christ as head, this most holy general synod of Constance, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit and representing the catholic church, accepts in all matters the convoking, authorising, approving and confirming that is now being made in the name of the lord who is called Gregory XII by those obedient to him, insofar as it seems to pertain to him to do this, since the certainty obtained by taking a precaution harms nobody and benefits all, and it decrees and declares that the aforesaid two obediences are joined and united in the one body of our lord Jesus Christ and of this sacred universal general council, in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the holy Spirit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Decree stating that the election of the Roman pontiff is to be made in the manner and form to be laid down by the sacred council, and that the council shall not be dissolved until the election of the next Roman pontiff has been made"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The most holy general synod of Constance, etc., enacts, pronounces, ordains and decrees, in order that God's holy church may be provided for better, more genuinely and more securely, that the next election of the future Roman pontiff is to be made in the manner, form, place, time and way that shall be decided upon by the sacred council; that the same council can and may henceforth declare fit, accept and designate, in the manner and form that then seems suitable, any persons for the purposes of this election, whether by active or by passive voice, of whatever state or obedience they are or may have been, and any other ecclesiastical acts and all other suitable things, notwithstanding any proceedings, penalties or sentences; and that the sacred council shall not be dissolved until the said election has been held. The said holy synod therefore exhorts and requires the most victorious prince lord Sigismund, king of the Romans and of Hungary, as the church's devoted advocate and as the sacred council's defender and protector, to direct all his efforts to this end and to promise on his royal word that he wishes to do this and to order letters of his majesty to be made out for this purpose."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The council approves Gregory XII's resignation"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The most holy general synod of Constance, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, representing the universal catholic church, accepts, approves and commends, in the name of the Father, the Son and the holy Spirit, the cession renunciation and resignation made on behalf of the lord who was called Gregory XII in his obedience, by the magnificent and powerful lord Charles Malatesta. here present, his irrevocable procurator for this business, of the right, title and possession that he had, or may have had, in regard to the papacy. [30]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 15—6 July 1415",
              "sourceKey": "session-15",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sentence condemning 260 articles Wyclif [31]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The books and pamphlets of John Wyclif, of cursed memory, were carefully examined by the doctors and masters of Oxford university. They collected 260 unacceptable articles from these books and pamphlets and condemned them in scholastic form. This most holy general synod of Constance, representing the catholic church, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit for the purpose of extirpating schism, errors and heresies, has had all these articles examined many times by many most reverend fathers, cardinals of the Roman church, bishops, abbots, masters of theology, doctors of both laws, and very many other notable persons from various universities. It was found that some, indeed many, of the articles thus examined were and are notoriously heretical and have already been condemned by holy fathers, some are offensive to the ears of the devout and some are rash and seditious. This holy synod, therefore, in the name of our lord Jesus Christ, repudiates and condemns, by this perpetual decree, the aforesaid articles and each one of them in particular; and it forbids each and every Catholic henceforth, under pain of anathema, to preach, teach, or hold the said articles or any one of them. The said holy synod orders local ordinaries and inquisitors of heresy to be vigilant in carrying out these things and duly observing them, insofar as each one is responsible, in accordance with the law and canonical sanctions. Let anyone who rashly violates the aforesaid decrees and sentences of this sacred council be punished, after due warning, by the local ordinaries on the authority of this sacred council, notwithstanding any privilege. [32]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Articles of John Wyclif selected from the 260"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Just as Christ is God and man at the same time, so the consecrated host is at the same time the body of Christ and true bread. For it is Christ's body at least in figure and true bread in nature; or, which comes to the same thing, it is true bread naturally and Christ's body figuratively."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. Since heretical falsehood about the consecrated host is the most important point in individual heresies, I therefore declare to modern heretics, in order that this falsehood may be eradicated from the church, that they cannot explain or understand an accident without a subject. And therefore all these heretical sects belong to the number of those who ignore the fourth chapter of John: We worship what we know."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. I boldly foretell to all these sects and their accomplices that even by the time Christ and all the church triumphant come at the final judgment riding at the trumpet blast of the angel Gabriel, they shall still not have proved to the faithful that the sacrament is an accident without a subject."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. Just as John was Elias in a figurative sense and not in person, so the bread on the altar is Christ's body in a figurative sense. And the words, This is my body, are unambiguously figurative, just like the statement \"John is Elias\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. The fruit of this madness whereby it is pretended that there can be an accident without a subject is to blaspheme against God, to scandalise the saints and to deceive the church by means of false doctrines about accidents."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6. Those who claim that the children of the faithful dying without sacramental baptism will not be saved, are stupid and presumptuous in saying this."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7. The slight and short confirmation by bishops, with whatever extra solemnised rites, was introduced at the devil's suggestion so that the people might be deluded in the church's faith and the solemnity and necessity of bishops might be believed in the more."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8. As for the oil with which bishops anoint boys and the linen cloth which goes around the head, it seems that this is a trivial rite which is unfounded in scripture; and that this confirmation, which was introduced after the apostles, blasphemes against God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9. Oral confession to a priest, introduced by Innocent [33], is not as necessary to people as he claimed. For if anyone offends his brother in thought, word or deed, then it suffices to repent in thought, word or deed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10. It is a grave and unsupported practice for a priest to hear the confessions of the people in the way that the Latins use."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11. In these words, You are clean, but not all are, the devil has laid a snare of the unfaithful ones in order to catch the Christian's foot. For he introduced private confession, which cannot be justified, and after the person's malice has been revealed to the confessor, as he decreed in the law, it is not revealed to the people."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12. It is a probable conjecture that a person who lives rightly is a deacon or a priest. For just as I infer that this person is John, so I recognise by a probable conjecture that this person, by his holy life, has been placed by God in such an office or state."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13. The probable evidence for such a state is to be taken from proof provided by the person's deeds and not from the testimony of the person ordaining him. For God can place someone in such a state without the need of an instrument of this kind, no matter whether the instrument is worthy or unworthy. There is no more probable evidence than the person's life. Therefore if there is present a holy life and catholic doctrine, this suffices for the church militant. (Error at the beginning and at the end.)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14. The bad life of a prelate means that his subjects do not receive orders and the other sacraments. They can receive them from such persons, however, when there is urgent need, if they devoutly beseech God to supply on behalf of his diabolical ministers the actions and purpose of the office to which they have bound themselves by oath."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15. People of former times would copulate with each other out of desire for temporal gain or for mutual help or to relieve concupiscence, even when they had no hope of offspring; for they were truly copulating as married persons. [34]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16. The words, I will take you as wife, are more suitable for the marriage contract than, I take you as wife. And the first words ought not to be annulled by the second words about the present, when someone contracts with one wife in the words referring to the future and afterwards with another wife in those referring to the present."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17. The pope, who falsely calls himself the servant of God's servants, has no status in the work of the gospel but only in the work of the world. If he has any rank, it is in the order of demons, of those who serve God rather in a blameworthy way."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18. The pope does not dispense from simony or from a rash vow, since he is the chief simoniac who rashly vows to preserve, to his damnation, his status here on the way. (Error at the end.)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19. That the pope is supreme pontiff is ridiculous. Christ approved such a dignity neither in Peter nor in anyone else."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20. The pope is antichrist made manifest. Not only this particular person but also the multitude of popes, from the time of the endowment of the church, of cardinals, of bishops and of their other accomplices, make up the composite, monstrous person of antichrist. This is not altered by the fact that Gregory and other popes, who did many good and fruitful things in their lives, finally repented."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21. Peter and Clement, together with the other helpers in the faith, were not popes but God's helpers in the work of building up the church of our lord Jesus Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22. To say that papal pre-eminence originated with the faith of the gospel is as false as to say that every error arose from the original truth."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23. There are twelve procurators and disciples of antichrist: the pope, cardinals, patriarchs, archbishops, bishops, archdeacons, officials, deans, monks, canons with their two-peaked hats, the recently introduced pseudo-friars, and pardoners."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24. It is clear that whoever is the humbler, of greater service to the church, and the more fervent in Christ's love towards his church, is the greater in the church militant and to be reckoned the most immediate vicar of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25. Whoever holds any of God's goods unjustly, is taking the things of others by rapine, theft or robbery."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26. Neither the depositions of witnesses, nor a judge's sentence, nor physical possession, nor inheritance, nor an exchange between persons, nor a gift, nor all such things taken together, confer dominion or a right to anything upon a person without grace. (An error, if it is understood as referring to sanctifying grace.)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27. Unless the interior law of charity is present, nobody has more or less authority or righteousness on account of charters or bulls. We ought not to lend or give anything to a sinner so long as we know that he is such, for thus we would be assisting a traitor of our God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28. Just as a prince or a lord does not keep the title of his office while he is in mortal sin, except in name and equivocally, so it is with a pope, bishop or priest while he has fallen into mortal sin."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "29. Everyone habitually in mortal sin lacks dominion of any kind and the licit use of an action, even if it be good in its kind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "30. It is known from the principles of the faith that a person in mortal sin, sins mortally in every action."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "31. In order to have true secular dominion, the lord must be in a state of righteousness. Therefore nobody in mortal sin is lord of anything."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "32. All modern religious necessarily become marked as hypocrites. For their profession demands that they fast, act and clothe themselves in a particular way, and thus they observe everything differently from other people."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "33. All private religion as such savours of imperfection and sin whereby a person is indisposed to serve God freely."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "34. A private religious order or rule savours of a blasphemous and arrogant presumption towards God. And the religious of such orders dare to exalt themselves above the apostles by the hypocrisy of defending their religion."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "35. Christ does not teach in scripture about any kind of religious order in antichrist's chapter. Therefore it is not his good pleasure that there should be such orders. The chapter is composed, however, of the following twelve types: the pope, cardinals, patriarchs, archbishops, bishops, archdeacons, officials, deans, monks, canons, friars of the four orders, and pardoners."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "36. I infer as evident from the faith and works of the four sects—which are the caesarean clergy, the various monks, the various canons, and the friars-that nobody belonging to them is a member of Christ in the catalogue of the saints, unless he forsakes in the end the sect which he stupidly embraced."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "37. Paul was once a Pharisee but abandoned the sect for the better sect of Christ, with his permission. This is the reason why cloistered persons, of whatever sect or rule, or by whatever stupid vow they may be bound, ought freely to cast off these chains, at Christ's command, and freely join the sect of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "38. It is sufficient for the laity that at some times they give tithes of their produce to God's servants. In this way they are always giving to the church, even if not always to the caesarean clergy deputed by the pope or by his dependents."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "39. The powers that are claimed by the pope and the other four new sects are pretended and were diabolically introduced in order to seduce subjects; such are excommunications by caesarean prelates, citations, imprisoning, and the sale of money rents."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "40. Many simple priests surpass prelates in such power. Indeed, it appears to the faithful that greatness of spiritual power belongs more to a son who imitates Christ in his way of life than to a prelate who has been elected by cardinals and similar apostates."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "41. The people may withhold tithes, offerings and other private alms from unworthy disciples of Christ, since God's law requires this. The curse or censure imposed by antichrist's disciples is not to be feared but rather is to be received with joy. The lord pope and bishops and all religious or simple clerics, with titles to perpetual possession, ought to renounce them into the hands of the secular arm. If they stubbornly refuse, they ought to be compelled to do so by the secular lords."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "42. There is no greater heretic or antichrist than the cleric who teaches that it is lawful for priests and Levites of the law of grace to be endowed with temporal possessions. The clerics who teach this are heretics or blasphemers if ever there were any."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "43. Temporal lords not only can take away goods of fortune from a church that is habitually sinning, nor is it only lawful for them to do so, but indeed they are obliged to do so under pain of eternal damnation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "44. God does not approve that anyone be judged or condemned by civil law."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "45. If an objection is made against those who oppose endowments for the church, by pointing to Benedict, Gregory and Bernard, who possessed few temporal goods in poverty, it may be said in reply that they repented at the end. If you object further that I merely pretend that these saints finally repented of their falling away from God's law in this way, then you may teach that they are saints and I will teach that they repented at the end."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "46. If we ought to believe in sacred scripture and in reason, it is clear that Christ's disciples do not have the authority to exact temporal goods by means of censures, and those who attempt this are sons of Eli and of Belial."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "47. Each essence has one suppositum, following which another suppositum, equal to the first, is produced. This is the most perfect immanent action possible to nature."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "48. Each essence, whether corporeal or incorporeal, is common to three supposita; and the properties, the accidents and the operations inhere in common in all of them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "49. God cannot annihilate anything, nor increase or diminish the world, but he can create souls up to a certain number, and not beyond it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "50. It is impossible for two corporeal substances to be co-extensive, the one continuously at rest in a place and the other continuously penetrating the body of Christ at rest."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "51. Any continuous mathematical line is composed of two, three or four contiguous points, or of only a simply finite number of points; and time is, was and will be composed of contiguous instants. It is not possible that time and a line, if they exist, are composed of in this way. (The first part is a philosophical error, the last part is an error with regard to God's power.)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "52. It must be supposed that one corporeal substance was formed at its beginning as composed of indivisibles, and that it occupies every possible place."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "53. Every person is God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "54. Every creature is God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "55. Every being is everywhere, since every being is God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "56. All things that happen, happen from absolute necessity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "57. A baptised child foreknown as damned will necessarily live long enough to sin in the holy Spirit, wherefore it will merit to be condemned for ever. Thus no fire can burn the child until that time or instant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "58. I assert as a matter of faith that everything that will happen, will happen of necessity. Thus if Paul is foreknown as damned, he cannot truly repent; that is, he cannot cancel the sin of final impenitence by contrition, or be under the obligation not to have the sin."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sentence against John Hus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The most holy general council of Constance, divinely assembled and representing the Catholic church, for an everlasting record. Since a bad tree is wont to bear bad fruit, as truth itself testifies, so it is that John Wyclif, of cursed memory, by his deadly teaching, like a poisonous root, has brought forth many noxious sons, not in Christ Jesus through the gospel, as once the holy fathers brought forth faithful sons, but rather contrary to the saving faith of Christ, and he has left these sons as successors to his perverse teaching. This holy synod of Constance is compelled to act against these men as against spurious and illegitimate sons, and to cut away their errors from the Lord's field as if they were harmful briars, by means of vigilant care and the knife of ecclesiastical authority, lest they spread as a cancer to destroy others. Although, therefore, it was decreed at the sacred general council recently held at Rome [35] that the teaching of John Wyclif, of cursed memory, should be condemned and the books of his containing this teaching should be burnt as heretical; although his teaching was in fact condemned and his books burnt as containing false and dangerous doctrine; and although a decree of this kind was approved by the authority of this present sacred council [36] ; nevertheless a certain John Hus, here present in person at this sacred council, who is a disciple not of Christ but rather of the heresiarch John Wyclif, boldly and rashly contravening the condemnation and the decree after their enactment, has taught, asserted and preached many errors and heresies of John Wyclif which have been condemned both by God's church and by other reverend fathers in Christ, lord archbishops and bishops of various kingdoms, and masters in theology at many places of study. He has done this especially by publicly resisting in the schools and in sermons, together with his accomplices, the condemnation in scholastic form of the said articles of John Wyclif which has been made many times at the university of Prague, and he has declared the said John Wyclif to be a catholic man and an evangelical doctor, thus supporting his teaching, before a multitude of clergy and people. He has asserted and published certain articles listed below and many others, which are condemned and which are, as is well known, contained in the books and pamphlets of the said John Hus. Full information has been obtained about the aforesaid matters, and there has been careful deliberation by the most reverend fathers in Christ, lord cardinals of the holy Roman church, patriarchs archbishops, bishops and other prelates and doctors of holy scripture and of both laws, in large numbers. This most holy synod of Constance therefore declares and defines that the articles listed below, which have been found on examination, by many masters in sacred scripture, to be contained in his books and pamphlets written in his own hand, and which the same John Hus at a public hearing, before the fathers and prelates of this sacred council, has confessed to be contained in his books and pamphlets, are not catholic and should not be taught to be such but rather many of them are erroneous, others scandalous, others offensive to the ears of the devout, many of them are rash and seditious, and some of them are notoriously heretical and have long ago been rejected and condemned by holy fathers and by general councils, and it strictly forbids them to be preached, taught or in any way approved. Moreover, since the articles listed below are explicitly contained in his books or treatises, namely in the book entitled De ecclesia and in his other pamphlets, this most holy synod therefore reproves and condemns the aforesaid books and his teaching, as well as the other treatises and pamphlets written by him in Latin or in Czech, or translated by one or more other persons into any other language, and it decrees and determines that they should be publicly and solemnly burnt in the presence of the clergy and people in the city of Constance and elsewhere. On account of the above, moreover, all his teaching is and shall be deservedly suspect regarding the faith and is to be avoided by all of Christ's faithful. In order that this pernicious teaching may be eliminated from the midst of the church, this holy synod also orders that local ordinaries make careful inquiry about treatises and pamphlets of this kind, using the church's censures and even if necessary the punishment due for supporting heresy, and that they be publicly burnt when they have been found. This same holy synod decrees that local ordinaries and inquisitors of heresy are to proceed against any who violate or defy this sentence and decree as if they were persons suspected of heresy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sentence of degradation against J. Hus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, the acts and deliberations of the inquiry into heresy against the aforesaid John Hus have been examined. There was first a faithful and full account made by the commissioners deputed for the case and by other masters of theology and doctors of both laws, concerning the acts and deliberations and the depositions of very many trustworthy witnesses. These depositions were openly and publicly read out to the said John Hus before the fathers and prelates of this sacred council. It is very clearly established from the depositions of these witnesses that the said John has taught many evil, scandalous and seditious things, and dangerous heresies, and has publicly preached them during many years. This most holy synod of Constance, invoking Christ's name and having God alone before its eyes, therefore pronounces, decrees and defines by this definitive sentence, which is here written down, that the said John Hus was and is a true and manifest heretic and has taught and publicly preached, to the great offence of the divine Majesty, to the scandal of the universal church and to the detriment of the catholic faith, errors and heresies that have long ago been condemned by God's church and many things that are scandalous, offensive to the ears of the devout, rash and seditious, and that he has even despised the keys of the church and ecclesiastical censures. He has persisted in these things for many years with a hardened heart. He has greatly scandalised Christ's faithful by his obstinacy since, bypassing the church's intermediaries, he has made appeal directly to our lord Jesus Christ, as to the supreme judge, in which he has introduced many false, harmful and scandalous things to the contempt of the apostolic see, ecclesiastical censures and the keys. This holy synod therefore pronounces the said John Hus, on account of the aforesaid and many other matters, to have been a heretic and it judges him to be considered and condemned as a heretic, and it hereby condemns him. It rejects the said appeal of his as harmful and scandalous and offensive to the church's jurisdiction. It declares that the said John Hus seduced the Christian people, especially in the kingdom of Bohemia, in his public sermons and in his writings; and that he was not a true preacher of Christ's gospel to the same Christian people, according to the exposition of the holy doctors, but rather was a seducer. Since this most holy synod has learnt from what it has seen and heard, that the said John Hus is obstinate and incorrigible and as such does not desire to return to the bosom of holy mother the church, and is unwilling to abjure the heresies and errors which he has publicly defended and preached, this holy synod of Constance therefore declares and decrees that the same John Hus is to be deposed and degraded from the order of the priesthood and from the other orders held by him. It charges the reverend fathers in Christ, the archbishop of Milan and the bishops of Feltre Asti, Alessandria, Bangor and Lavour with duly carrying out the degradation in the presence of this most holy synod, in accordance with the procedure required by law."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sentence condemning J. Hus to the stake"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This holy synod of Constance, seeing that God's church has nothing more that it can do, relinquishes John Hus to the judgment of the secular authority and decrees that he is to be relinquished to the secular court."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Condemned articles of J. Hus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. There is only one holy universal church, which is the total number of those predestined to salvation. It therefore follows that the universal holy church is only one, inasmuch as there is only one number of all those who are predestined to salvation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. Paul was never a member of the devil, even though he did certain acts which are similar to the acts of the church's enemies."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. Those foreknown as damned are not parts of the church, for no part of the church can finally fall away from it, since the predestinating love that binds the church together does not fail."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. The two natures, the divinity and the humanity, are one Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. A person foreknown to damnation is never part of the holy church, even if he is in a state of grace according to present justice; a person predestined to salvation always remains a member of the church, even though he may fall away for a time from adventitious grace, for he keeps the grace of predestination."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6. The church is an article of faith in the following sense: to regard it as the convocation of those predestined to salvation, whether or not it be in a state of grace according to present justice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7. Peter neither was nor is the head of the holy catholic church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8. Priests who live in vice in any way pollute the power of the priesthood, and like unfaithful sons are untrustworthy in their thinking about the church's seven sacraments, about the keys, offices, censures, customs, ceremonies and sacred things of the church, about the veneration of relics, and about indulgences and orders."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9. The papal dignity originated with the emperor, and the primacy and institution of the pope emanated from imperial power."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10. Nobody would reasonably assert of himself or of another, without revelation, that he was the head of a particular holy church; nor is the Roman pontiff the head of the Roman church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11. It is not necessary to believe that any particular Roman pontiff is the head of any particular holy church, unless God has predestined him to salvation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12. Nobody holds the place of Christ or of Peter unless he follows his way of life, since there is no other discipleship that is more appropriate nor is there another way to receive delegated power from God, since there is required for this office of vicar a similar way of life as well as the authority of the one instituting."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13. The pope is not the manifest and true successor of the prince of the apostles, Peter, if he lives in a way contrary to Peter's. If he seeks avarice, he is the vicar of Judas Iscariot. Likewise, cardinals are not the manifest and true successors of the college of Christ's other apostles unless they live after the manner of the apostles, keeping the commandments and counsels of our lord Jesus Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14. Doctors who state that anybody subjected to ecclesiastical censure, if he refuses to be corrected, should be handed over to the judgment of the secular authority, are undoubtedly following in this the chief priests, the scribes and the pharisees who handed over to the secular authority Christ himself, since he was unwilling to obey them in all things, saying, It is not lawful for us to put any man to death; these gave him to the civil judge, so that such men are even greater murderers than Pilate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15. Ecclesiastical obedience was invented by the church's priests, without the express authority of scripture."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16. The immediate division of human actions is between those that are virtuous and those that are wicked. Therefore, if a man is wicked and does something, he acts wickedly; if he is virtuous and does something, he acts virtuously. For just as wickedness, which is called crime or mortal sin, infects all the acts of a wicked man, so virtue gives life to all the acts of a virtuous man."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17. A priest of Christ who lives according to his law, knows scripture and has a desire to edify the people, ought to preach, notwithstanding a pretended excommunication. And further on: if the pope or any superior orders a priest so disposed not to preach, the subordinate ought not to obey."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18. Whoever enters the priesthood receives a binding duty to preach; and this mandate ought to be carried out, notwithstanding a pretended excommunication."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19. By the church's censures of excommunication, suspension and interdict the clergy subdue the laity, for the sake of their own exaltation, multiply avarice protect wickedness and prepare the way for antichrist. The clear sign of this is the fact that these censures come from antichrist. In the legal proceedings of the clergy they are called fulminations, which are the principal means whereby the clergy proceed against those who uncover antichrist's wickedness, which the clergy has for the most part usurped for itself."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20. If the pope is wicked, and especially if he is foreknown to damnation, then he is a devil like Judas the apostle, a thief and a son of perdition and is not the head of the holy church militant since he is not even a member of it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21. The grace of predestination is the bond whereby the body of the church and each of its members is indissolubly joined with the head."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22. The pope or a prelate who is wicked and foreknown to damnation is a pastor only in an equivocal sense, and truly is a thief and a robber."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23. The pope ought not to be called \"most holy\" even by reason of his office, for otherwise even a king ought to be called \"most holy\" by reason of his office and executioners and heralds ought to be called \"holy\", indeed even the devil would be called \"holy\" since he is an official of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24. If a pope lives contrary to Christ, even if he has risen through a right and legitimate election according to the established human constitution, he would have risen by a way other than through Christ, even granted that he entered upon office by an election that had been made principally by God. For, Judas Iscariot was rightly and legitimately elected to be an apostle by Jesus Christ who is God, yet he climbed into the sheepfold by another way."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25. The condemnation of the forty-five articles of John Wyclif, decreed by the doctors, is irrational and unjust and badly done and the reason alleged by them is feigned, namely that none of them is catholic but each one is either heretical or erroneous or scandalous."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26. The viva voce agreement upon some person, made according to human custom by the electors or by the greater part of them, does not mean by itself that the person has been legitimately elected or that by this very fact he is the true and manifest successor or vicar of the apostle Peter or of another apostle in an ecclesiastical office. For, it is to the works of the one elected that we should look irrespective of whether the manner of the election was good or bad. For, the more plentifully a person acts meritoriously towards building up the church, the more copiously does he thereby have power from God for this."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27. There is not the least proof that there must be one head ruling the church in spiritual matters who always lives with the church militant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28. Christ would govern his church better by his true disciples scattered throughout the world, without these monstrous heads."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "29. The apostles and faithful priests of the Lord strenuously governed the church in matters necessary for salvation before the office of pope was introduced, and they would continue to do this until the day of judgment if—which is very possible—there is no pope."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "30. Nobody is a civil lord, a prelate or a bishop while he is in mortal sin."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sentence condemning John Petit's proposition, \"Any tyrant\"-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This most holy synod wishes to proceed with special care to the eradication of errors and heresies which are growing in various parts of the world, as is its duty and the purpose for which it has assembled. It has recently learnt that various propositions have been taught that are erroneous both in the faith and as regards good morals, are scandalous in many ways and threaten to subvert the constitution and order of every state. Among these propositions this one has been reported: Any tyrant can and ought to be killed, licitly and meritoriously, by any of his vassals or subjects, even by means of plots and blandishments or flattery, notwithstanding any oath taken, or treaty made with the tyrant, and without waiting for a sentence or a command from any judge. This holy synod, wishing to oppose this error and to eradicate it completely, declares, decrees and defines, after mature deliberation, that this doctrine is erroneous in the faith and with regard to morals, and it rejects and condemns the doctrine as heretical, scandalous and seditious and as leading the way through perjury to frauds, deceptions, lies and betrayals. It declares, decrees and defines, moreover, that those who stubbornly assert this very pernicious doctrine are heretics and are to be punished as such according to canonical and legitimate sanctions. [37]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 16—11 July 1415",
              "sourceKey": "session-16",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Deliberation about the council's legates due to depart with the emperor Sigismund for Spain; minor deliberations about the conduct of the council's business.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 17—15 July 1415",
              "sourceKey": "session-17",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[The emperor's imminent departure from the council is treated of; the council offers prayers for his success.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 18—17 August 1415",
              "sourceKey": "session-18",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decrees about various matters to be decided by the council: power is given to judges to make decisions, and for pairs of them to hear cases; that bulls of the council are to be obeyed; that forgers of conciliar bulls are to be punished in the same way as forgers of apostolic letters; that letters are to be despatched regarding the graces granted by the former pope John, except expectative and exceptional graces; ambassadors to Italy are appointed.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 19—23 September 1415",
              "sourceKey": "session-19",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Jerome of Prague finally abjures his faith publicly and solemnly. There is promulgated at this session an Ordinance between the friars Minor of the strict observance and others of the common life, to put an end to the discords which have arisen in certain provinces; another Ordinance by which cases of heresy are committed to certain judges. It is also decreed that, notwithstanding safe conducts of emperors and kings and others, a competent judge can inquire into heresy; that the lord vice-chancellor shall expedite the Caroline constitution [38] under a bull of the council; that those with benefices who are attending the council shall receive the fruits of their benefices in their absence, that the letters regarding provisions to patriarchal, metropolitan and other churches, which were granted by the former pope John before his suspension, shall be despatched.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 20—21 November 1415",
              "sourceKey": "session-20",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[A warning is decreed against the duke of Austria, on behalf of the bishop of Trent.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sessions of 1416"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 21—30 May 1416",
              "sourceKey": "session-21",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sentence condemning Jerome of Prague"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the name of the Lord, Amen. Christ our God and saviour, the true vine whose Father is the vine-dresser, said when teaching his disciples and other followers in these matters: If anyone does not abide in me, he shall be cast forth as a branch and shall wither. This holy synod of Constance is following the teaching and carrying out the commands of this sovereign teacher and master in this case of inquiry into heresy which was started by the same holy synod. It notes the public talk and loud outcry against the said master Jerome of Prague, master of arts, layman. From the acts and proceedings of the case it is evident that the said Jerome has held, asserted and taught various heretical and erroneous articles, which were long ago condemned by holy fathers, some of which are blasphemous, others scandalous and others offensive to the ears of the devout as well as rash and seditious. They were long ago asserted, preached and taught by John Wyclif and John Hus, of cursed memory, and were included in various of their books and pamphlets. These articles, doctrines and books of the aforesaid John Wyclif and John Hus, as well as the memory of Wyclif, and finally the person of Hus, were condemned and damned by this same holy synod and its sentence of heresy. The said Jerome later, during the course of this inquiry, in this holy synod, approved and consented to this sentence of condemnation and acknowledged and professed the true, catholic and apostolic faith. He anathematised all heresy, especially that for which he had been defamed-and he confessed himself defamed—and which John Wyclif and John Hus had taught and held in the past in their works, sermons and pamphlets, and on account of which the said Wyclif and Hus, together with their dogmas and errors, had been condemned as heretical by this same holy synod, and their teaching likewise condemned. He professed acceptance of every condemnation of the aforesaid things and swore that he would remain in the truth of the faith, and that if he ever dared to think or preach anything to the contrary then he wished to submit to the severity of canon law and to be bound to eternal punishment. He offered and gave this profession of his, written in his own hand to this holy synod. Many days after his profession and abjuration, however, like a dog returning to its vomit, he asked for a public hearing to be granted to him in this same holy synod, in order that he might vomit forth in public the deadly poison which lay hidden within his breast. The hearing was granted to him and he asserted, said and professed in effect, at a public assembly of the same synod, that he had wrongly consented to the aforesaid sentence condemning the said Wyclif and John Hus and that he had lied in approving the sentence. He did not fear to state that he had lied. Indeed, he revoked now and for eternity his confession, approval and profession regarding the condemnation of the two men. He asserted that he had never read any heresy or error in the books of the said Wyclif and John Hus, even though it was clearly proved, before his profession to the sentence on the two men, that he had carefully studied, read and taught their books and it is clear that many errors and heresies are contained in them. The said Jerome professed, however, that he held and believed what the church holds and believes regarding the sacrament of the altar and the transubstantiation of the bread into the body of Christ, saying that he believed in Augustine and the other doctors of the church more than in Wyclif and Hus. It is evident from the above that the said Jerome adhered to the condemned Wyclif and Hus and their errors, and that he was and is a supporter of them. This holy synod has therefore decreed and now declares that the said Jerome is to be cast away as a branch that is rotten, withered and separated from the vine; and it pronounces, declares and condemns him as a heretic who has relapsed into heresy and as an excommunicated and anathematised person."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 22—15 October 1416",
              "sourceKey": "session-22",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[The treaty of Narbonne, between the king of Aragon, the emperor and the envoys of the council, is confirmed [39] : the king of Aragon withdraws obedience from Benedict XIII and recognises the council of Constance through his envoys.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 23—5 November 1416",
              "sourceKey": "session-23",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Beginning of the process against Peter de Luna, called Benedict XIII in his obedience.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 24—28 November 1416",
              "sourceKey": "session-24",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[A citation against Peter de Luna, called Benedict XIII in his obedience, is decreed.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 25—14 December 1416",
              "sourceKey": "session-25",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[The envoys of the Spanish count of Foix are united with the council in accordance with the terms of the treaty of Narbonne.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 26—24 December 1416",
              "sourceKey": "session-26",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[The envoys of the king of Navarre are united with the council in accordance with the terms of the treaty of Narbonne.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sessions of 1417"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 27—20 February 1417",
              "sourceKey": "session-27",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[The dispute between Frederick, duke of Austria, and the bishop of Trent is discussed: a report is made on the carrying out of the warning decreed in session 20.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 28—3 March 1417",
              "sourceKey": "session-28",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Trent dispute is concluded: Frederick, duke of Austria, is condemned."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I The articles of Narbonne concerning the unity of the church, which were agreed between the emperor Sigismund and the envoys of the council of Constance on the one side, and the envoys of the kings and princes of Benedict XIII's obedience on the other side, were published by the council in a general assembly on 13 December 1415 (see Hardt 4,584). They are printed in Hardt 2, 542-554."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 29—8 March 1417",
              "sourceKey": "session-29",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Peter de Luna is accused of contumacy.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 30—10 March 1417",
              "sourceKey": "session-30",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[The process against Peter de Luna continues.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 31—31 March 1417",
              "sourceKey": "session-31",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[A warning is decreed against Philip, count of Vertus, at the request of the bishop of Asti. Other minor deliberations take place.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 32—1 April 1417",
              "sourceKey": "session-32",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Peter de Luna is again accused of contumacy and an inquiry about him is established.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 33—12 May 1417",
              "sourceKey": "session-33",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[The process against Peter de Luna, who is deemed contumacious, continues.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 34—5 June 1417",
              "sourceKey": "session-34",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Everything is made ready for the condemnation of Peter de Luna.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 35—18 June 1417",
              "sourceKey": "session-35",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[The envoys of the king of Castile are united with the council in accordance with the terms of the treaty of Narbonne.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 36—22 July 1417",
              "sourceKey": "session-36",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[It is decreed that Peter de Luna is to be cited to hear the council's sentence.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 37—26 July 1417",
              "sourceKey": "session-37",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Definitive sentence whereby Peter de Luna, pope Benedict XIII, is divested of the papacy and deprived of the faith"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "May this judgment come forth from the face of him who sits on the throne, and from his mouth proceeds a double-edged sword, whose scales are just and weights are true, who will come to judge the living and the dead, our lord Jesus Christ, Amen. The Lord is just and loves just deeds, his face looks on righteousness. But the Lord looks on those who do evil so as to cut off their remembrance from the earth. Let there perish, says the holy prophet, the memory of him who did not remember to show mercy and who persecuted the poor and needy. How much more should there perish the memory of Peter de Luna, called by some Benedict XIII, who persecuted and disturbed all people and the universal church? For, how greatly he has sinned against God's church and the entire Christian people, fostering, nourishing and continuing the schism and division of God's church How ardent and frequent have been the devout and humble prayers, exhortations and requests of kings, princes and prelates with which he has been warned in charity, in accordance with the teaching of the gospel, to bring peace to the church, to heal its wounds and to reconstitute its divided parts into one structure and one body, as he had sworn to do, and as for a long time it was within his power to do ! He was unwilling, however, to listen to their charitable admonitions. How many were the persons afterwards sent to attest to him! Because he did not listen at all even to these, it has been necessary, in accordance with the aforesaid evangelical teaching of Christ, to say to the church, since he has not listened even to her, that he should be treated as a heathen and a publican. All these things have been clearly proved by the articles coming from the inquiry into faith and the schism held before this present synod, regarding the above and other matters brought against him, as well as by their truth and notoriety. The proceedings have been correct and canonical, all the acts have been correctly and carefully examined and there has been mature deliberation. Therefore this same holy general synod, representing the universal church and sitting as a tribunal in the aforesaid inquiry, pronounces, decrees and declares by this definitive sentence written here, that the same Peter de Luna, called Benedict XIII as has been said, has been and is a perjurer, a cause of scandal to the universal church, a promoter and breeder of the ancient schism, that long established fission and division in God's holy church, an obstructer of the peace and unity of the said church, a schismatic disturber and a heretic, a deviator from the faith, a persistent violator of the article of the faith One holy catholic church, incorrigible, notorious and manifest in his scandal to God's church, and that he has rendered himself unworthy of every title, rank, honour and dignity, rejected and cut off by God, deprived by the law itself of every right in any way belonging to him in the papacy or pertaining to the Roman pontiff and the Roman church, and cut off from the catholic church like a withered member. This same holy synod, moreover, as a precautionary measure, since according to himself he actually holds the papacy, deprives, deposes and casts out the said Peter from the papacy and from being the supreme pontiff of the Roman church and from every title, rank, honour, dignity, benefice and office whatsoever. It forbids him to act henceforth as the pope or as the supreme and Roman pontiff. It absolves and declares to be absolved all Christ's faithful from obedience to him, and from every duty of obedience to him and from oaths and obligations in any way made to him. It forbids each and every one of Christ's faithful to obey, respond to or attend to, as if he were pope, the said Peter de Luna, who is a notorious, declared and deposed schismatic and incorrigible heretic, or to sustain or harbour him in any way contrary to the aforesaid, or to offer him help, advice or good will. This is forbidden under pain of the offender being counted as a promoter of schism and heresy and of being deprived of all benefices, dignities and ecclesiastical or secular honours, and under other penalties of the law, even if the dignity is that of a bishop, a patriarch, a cardinal, a king or the emperor. If they act contrary to this prohibition, they are by this very fact deprived of these things, on the authority of this decree and sentence, and they incur the other penalties of the law. This holy synod, moreover, declares and decrees that all and singular prohibitions and all processes, sentences, constitutions, censures and any other things whatsoever that were issued by him and might impede the aforesaid, are without effect; and it invalidates, revokes and annuls them; saving always the other penalties which the law decrees for the above cases."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 38—28 July 1417",
              "sourceKey": "session-38",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decree about the right to vote of the deputies of the kings of Castile and Aragon, concerning which agreement had not been reached among the said deputies in the previous session; decrees about other lesser matters.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 39—9 October 1417",
              "sourceKey": "session-39",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On general councils"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The frequent holding of general councils is a pre-eminent means of cultivating the Lord's patrimony. It roots out the briars, thorns and thistles of heresies, errors and schisms, corrects deviations, reforms what is deformed and produces a richly fertile crop for the Lord's vineyard. Neglect of councils, on the other hand, spreads and fosters the aforesaid evils. This conclusion is brought before our eyes by the memory of past times and reflection on the present situation. For this reason we establish, enact, decree and ordain, by a perpetual edict, that general councils shall be held henceforth in the following way. The first shall follow in five years immediately after the end of this council, the second in seven years immediately after the end of the next council, and thereafter they are to be held every ten years for ever. They are to be held in places which the supreme pontiff is bound to nominate and assign within a month before the end of each preceding council, with the approval and consent of the council, or which, in his default, the council itself is bound to nominate. Thus, by a certain continuity, there will always be either a council in existence or one expected within a given time. If perchance emergencies arise, the time may be shortened by the supreme pontiff, acting on the advice of his brothers, the cardinals of the Roman church, but it may never be prolonged. Moreover, he may not change the place assigned for the next council without evident necessity. If an emergency arises whereby it seems necessary to change the place—for example in the case of a siege, war, disease or the like—then the supreme pontiff may, with the consent and written endorsement of his aforesaid brothers or of two-thirds of them, substitute another place which is suitable and fairly near to the place previously assigned. It must, however, be within the same nation unless the same or a similar impediment exists throughout the nation. In the latter case he may summon the council to another suitable place which is nearby but within another nation, and the prelates and other persons who are customarily summoned to a council will be obliged to come to it as if it had been the place originally assigned. The supreme pontiff is bound to announce and publish the change of place or the shortening of time in a legal and solemn form within a year before the date assigned, so that the aforesaid persons may be able to meet and hold the council at the appointed time."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Provision to guard against future schisms"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If it happens—though may it not!—that a schism arises in the future in such a way that two or more persons claim to be supreme pontiffs, then the date of the council, if it is more than a year off, is to be brought forward to one year ahead; calculating this from the day on which two or more of them publicly assumed the insignia of their pontificates or on which they began to govern. All prelates and others who are bound to attend a council shall assemble at the council without the need for any summons, under pain of the law's sanctions and of other penalties which may be imposed by the council, and let the emperor and other kings and princes attend either in person or through official deputies, as if they had been besought, through the bowels of the mercy of our lord Jesus Christ, to put out a common fire. Each of those claiming to be the Roman pontiff is bound to announce and proclaim the council as taking place at the end of the year, as mentioned, in the previously assigned place; he is bound to do this within a month after the day on which he came to know that one or more other persons had assumed the insignia of the papacy or was administering the papacy; and this is under pain of eternal damnation, of the automatic loss of any rights that he had acquired in the papacy, and of being disqualified both actively and passively from all dignities. He is also bound to make the council known by letter to his rival claimant or claimants, challenging him or them to a judicial process, as well as to all prelates and princes, insofar as this is possible. He shall go in person to the place of the council at the appointed time, under pain of the aforesaid penalties, and shall not depart until the question of the schism has been fully settled by the council. None of the contenders for the papacy, moreover shall preside as pope at the council. Indeed, in order that the church may rejoice more freely and quickly in one undisputed pastor, all the contenders for the papacy are suspended by law as soon as the council has begun, on the authority of this holy synod, from all administration; and let not obedience be given in any way by anyone to them, or to any one of them until the question has been settled by the council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If it happens in the future that the election of a Roman pontiff is brought about through fear, which would weigh upon even a steadfast man, or through pressure, then we declare that it is of no effect or moment and cannot be ratified or approved by subsequent consent even if the state of fear ceases. The cardinals, however, may not proceed to another election until a council has reached a decision about the election, unless the person elected resigns or dies. If they do proceed to this second election, then it is null by law and both those making the second election and the person elected, if he embarks upon his reign as pope, are deprived by law of every dignity, honour and rank—even cardinalatial or pontifical—and are thereafter ineligible for the same, even the papacy itself; and nobody may in any way obey as pope the second person elected, under pain of being a fosterer of schism. In such a case the council is to provide for the election of a pope. It is lawful, however, and indeed all the electors are bound, or at least the greater part of them, to move to a safe locality and to make a statement about the said fear. The statement is to be made in a prominent place before public notaries and important persons as well as before a multitude of the people. They are to do this as quickly as they can without danger to their persons, even if there is a threat of danger to all their goods. They shall state in their allegation the nature and extent of the fear and shall solemnly swear that the allegation is true that they believe they can prove it and that they are not making it out of malice or calumny. Such an allegation of fear cannot be delayed in any way until after the next council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "After they have moved and have alleged the fear in the above form, they are bound to summon the person elected to a council. If a council is not due for more than a year after their summons, then its date shall be brought forward by the law itself to only a year ahead, in the way explained above. The elected person is bound under pain of the aforesaid penalties, and the cardinals under pain of automatically losing the cardinalate and all their benefices, to announce and proclaim the council within a month after the summons, in the way mentioned above, and to make it known as soon as possible. The cardinals and other electors are bound to come in person to the place of the council, at a suitable time, and to remain there until the end of the affair."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The other prelates are bound to answer the cardinals' summons, as mentioned above, if the person elected fails to issue a summons. The latter will not preside at the council since he will have been suspended by law from all government of the papacy from the time the council begins, and he is not to be obeyed by anyone in any matter under pain of the offender becoming a promoter of schism. If the aforesaid emergencies arise within a year before the beginning of a council-namely that more than one person claim to be pope or that someone has been elected through fear or pressure—then those who claim to be pope, or the one elected through fear or pressure, as well as the cardinals, are deemed by law as having been summoned to the council. They are bound, moreover, to appear in person at the council, to explain their case and to await the council's judgment. But if some emergency happens during the above occurrences whereby it is necessary to change the place of the council—for example a siege or war or disease or some such—then nevertheless all the aforesaid persons, as well as all prelates and others who are obliged to attend a council, are bound to assemble at a neighbouring place suitable for the council, as has been said above. Moreover, the greater part of the prelates who have moved to a particular place within a month may specify it as the place of the council to which they and others are bound to come, just as if it had been the place first assigned. The council, after it has thus been summoned and has assembled and become acquainted with the cause of the schism, shall bring a suit of contumacy against the electors or those claiming to be pope or the cardinals, if perchance they fail to come. It shall then pronounce judgment and shall punish, even beyond the aforesaid penalties and in such a way that the fierceness of the punishment acts as an example to others, those who are to blame—no matter of what state or rank or pre-eminence, whether ecclesiastical or secular, they may be—in starting or fostering the schism, in their administering or obeying, in their supporting those who governed or in making an election against the aforesaid prohibition, or who lied m their allegations of fear."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The disturbance caused by fear or pressure at a papal election corrodes and divides, in a lamentable way, the whole of Christianity. In order that it may be assiduously avoided, we have decided to decree, in addition to what has been said above, that if anyone brings to bear or causes, or procures to be brought about, fear or pressure or violence of this kind upon the electors in a papal election, or upon any one of them, or has the matter ratified after it has been done, or advises or acts in support of it, or knowingly receives or defends someone who has done this, or is negligent in enforcing the penalties mentioned below—no matter of what state or rank or pre- eminence the offender may be, even if it be imperial or regal or pontifical, or any other ecclesiastical or secular dignity he may hold—then he automatically incurs the penalties contained in pope Boniface VIII's constitution which begins Felicis, and he shall be effectively punished by them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Any city—even if it be Rome itself, though may it not be!—or any other corporation that gives aid, counsel or support to someone who does these things, or that does not have such an offender punished within a month, insofar as the enormity of the crime demands and there exists the possibility of inflicting the punishment, shall automatically be subject to ecclesiastical interdict. Furthermore the city, apart from the one mentioned above, shall be deprived of the episcopal dignity, notwithstanding any privileges to the contrary. We wish, moreover, that this decree be solemnly published at the end of every general council and that it be read out and publicly announced before the start of a conclave, wherever and whenever the election of a Roman pontiff is about to take place."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On the profession to be made by the pope"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the Roman pontiff exercises such great power among mortals, it is right that he be bound all the more by the incontrovertible bonds of the faith and by the rites that are to be observed regarding the church's sacraments. We therefore decree and ordain, in order that the fullness of the faith may shine in a future Roman pontiff with singular splendour from the earliest moments of his becoming pope, that henceforth whoever is to be elected Roman pontiff shall make the following confession and profession in public, in front of his electors, before his election is published."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the name of the holy and undivided Trinity, Father and Son and holy Spirit. Amen. In the year of our Lord's nativity one thousand etc., I, N., elected pope, with both heart and mouth confess and profess to almighty God, whose church I undertake with his assistance to govern, and to blessed Peter, prince of the apostles, that as long as I am in this fragile life I will firmly believe and hold the catholic faith, according to the traditions of the apostles, of the general councils and of other holy fathers, especially of the eight holy universal councils-namely the first at Nicaea, the second at Constantinople, the third at Ephesus, the fourth at Chalcedon, the fifth and sixth at Constantinople, the seventh at Nicaea and the eighth at Constantinople—as well as of the general councils at the Lateran, Lyons and Vienne, and I will preserve this faith unchanged to the last dot and will confirm, defend and preach it to the point of death and the shedding of my blood, and likewise I will follow and observe in every way the rite handed down of the ecclesiastical sacraments of the Catholic church. This my profession and confession, written at my orders by a notary of the holy Roman church, I have signed below with my own hand. I sincerely offer it on this altar N. to you, almighty God, with a pure mind and a devout conscience, in the presence of the following. Made etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That prelates may not be translated without their consent"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When prelates are translated, there is commonly both spiritual and temporal loss and damage of a grave nature for the churches from which they are transferred. The prelates, moreover, sometimes do not maintain the rights and liberties of their churches as carefully as they otherwise might, out of fear of being translated. The importunity of certain people who seek their own good, not that of Jesus Christ, may mean that the Roman pontiff is deceived in such a matter, as one ignorant of the facts, and so is easily led astray. We therefore determine and ordain, by this present decree, that henceforth bishops and superiors ought not to be translated unwillingly without a grave and reasonable cause which, after the person in question has been summoned, is to be inquired into and decided upon with the advice of the cardinals of the holy Roman church, or the greater part of them, and with their written endorsement. Lesser prelates, such as abbots and others with perpetual benefices, ought not to be changed, moved or deposed without a just and reasonable cause that has been inquired into."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We add, moreover, that for abbots to be changed the written endorsement of the cardinals is necessary—just as it is necessary for bishops, as has been said—saving, however, the constitutions and privileges of any churches, monasteries and orders."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On spoils and procurations"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Papal reservations as well as the exacting and receiving of procurations which are due to ordinaries and other lesser prelates, by reason of a visitation, and of spoils on deceased prelates and other clerics, are seriously detrimental to churches, monasteries and other benefices and to churchmen. We therefore declare, by this present edict, that it is reasonable and in the public interest that reservations made by the pope, as well as exactions and collections of this kind made by collectors and others appointed or to be appointed by apostolic authority, are henceforth in no way to occur or to be attempted. Indeed, procurations of this kind, as well as spoils and the goods of any prelates found at their deaths, even if they are cardinals or members of the papal household or officials or any other clerics whatsoever, in the Roman curia or outside it, no matter where or when they die, are to belong to and to be received by, fully and freely, those persons to whom they would and ought to belong with the ending of the aforesaid reservations, mandates and exactions. We forbid the exaction of such spoils on prelates even inferior ones and others, which are outside and contrary to the form of common law. However, the constitution of pope Boniface VIII of happy memory, beginning Praesenti, which was published with this specially in mind, is to remain in force."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 40—30 October 1417",
              "sourceKey": "session-40",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reforms to be made by the pope together with the council before it is dissolved"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-324",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The most holy synod of Constance [40] declares and decrees that the future supreme Roman pontiff, who by God's grace is to be elected very soon, together with this sacred council or those to be deputed by the individual nations, is bound to reform the church in its head and in the Roman curia, according to justice and the good government of the church, before this council is dissolved, under the topics contained in the following articles, which were at various times put forward by the nations by way of reforms."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. First, the number, quality and nationality of the lord cardinals."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-326",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. Next, reservations of the apostolic see."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. Next, annates, common services and petty services."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. Next, collations to benefices and expectative graces."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-329",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. Next, the cases that are, or are not, to be heard at the Roman curia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6. Next, appeals to the Roman curia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7. Next, the offices of chancery and penitentiary."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-332",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8. Next, exemptions and incorporations made at the time of the schism."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-333",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9. Next, commendams."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10. Next, confirmation of elections. [41]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-335",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11. Next, intercalary fruits."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-336",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12. Next, not alienating goods of the Roman church and of other churches."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-337",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13. Next, for what reasons and how a pope can be corrected or deposed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-338",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14. Next, the eradication of simony."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-339",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15. Next, dispensations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-340",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16. Next, revenues of the pope and the cardinals."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17. Next, indulgences."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-342",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18. Next, tithes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With this addition, that when the nations have deputed their representatives as mentioned above, the others may freely return to their own countries with the pope's permission."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-344",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That the election of the Roman pontiff may be begun, notwithstanding the absence of Peter de Luna's cardinals"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-345",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The most holy general synod of Constance notes what was previously agreed upon at Narbonne concerning the church's unity and the admission to this synod of the cardinals of the obedience of Peter de Luna, called Benedict XIII in his obedience. It notes, too, that after the notorious expulsion of the said Peter de Luna, the aforesaid cardinals who had been summoned before the expulsion according to the terms of the agreement, did not come within three months and more after the aforesaid expulsion. The synod therefore decrees and declares that, notwithstanding their absence, it will proceed to the election of the Roman pontiff on the authority of the said synod and according to what has been decided by the same synod. It declares, however, that if they arrive before the election of the future supreme pontiff has been completed, and if they adhere to the council, they are to be admitted to the aforesaid election together with the other cardinals, according to the directives of the law and what shall be decided by the council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-346",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On the manner and form of electing the pope"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-347",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the praise, glory and honour of almighty God and for the peace and unity of the universal church and of the whole Christian people. The election of the future Roman and supreme pontiff is soon to be held. We wish that it may be confirmed with greater authority and by the assent of many persons and that, mindful as we are of the state of the church, no doubts or scruples may later remain in people's minds regarding the said election but rather that a secure, true full and perfect union of the faithful may result from it. Therefore this most holy general synod of Constance, mindful of the common good and with the special and express consent and the united wish of the cardinals of the holy Roman church present at the same synod, and of the college of cardinals and of all the nations at this present council, declares, ordains and decrees that, for this time only, at the election of the Roman and supreme pontiff, there shall be added to the cardinals six prelates or other honourable churchmen in holy orders, from each of the nations currently present and named at the same synod, who are to be chosen by each of the said nations within ten days. This same holy synod gives power to all these people, insofar as it is necessary, to elect the Roman pontiff according to the form here laid down. That is to say, the person is to be regarded as the Roman pontiff by the universal church without exception who is elected and admitted by two-thirds of the cardinals present at the conclave and by two-thirds of those from each nation who are to be and have been added to the cardinals. Moreover, the election is not valid nor is the person elected to be regarded as supreme pontiff unless two-thirds of the cardinals present at the conclave, and two-thirds of those from each nation who should be and have been added to the same cardinals, agree to elect him as Roman pontiff. The synod also declares, ordains and decrees that the votes of any persons cast at the election are null unless, as has been said, two-thirds of the cardinals, and two-thirds of those from each nation who should be and have been added to them, agree, directly or by way of addition, upon one person. This must be added, moreover, that the prelates and other persons who should be and have been added to the cardinals for the election, are bound to observe all and singular apostolic constitutions, even penal ones, which have been promulgated regarding the election of the Roman pontiff, just as the cardinals themselves are bound to observe them, and they are bound to their observance. The said electors, both cardinals and others, are also bound to swear, before they proceed to the election, that in attending to the business of the election, they will proceed with pure and sincere minds—since it is a question of creating the vicar Jesus Christ, the successor of the blessed Peter, the governor of the universal church and the leader of the Lord's flock—and that they firmly believe it will benefit the public good of the universal church if they entirely prescind from all affection for persons of any particular nation, or other inordinate affections, as well as from hatred and graces or favours bestowed, in order that by their ministry a beneficial and suitable pastor may be provided for the universal church. This same holy synod, mindful of this notorious vacancy in the Roman church, fixes and assigns the next ten days for all and singular cardinals of the holy Roman church, whether present here or absent, and the other electors mentioned above, to enter into the conclave which is to be held in this city of Constance, in the commune's principal building which has already been allocated for this purpose. The synod ordains, declares and decrees that within these next ten days the aforesaid electors, both cardinals and others mentioned above, must enter into the conclave for the purpose of holding the election and of doing and carrying out all the other matters according as the laws ordain and decree in all things, besides those mentioned above regarding the cardinals and other electors, concerning the election of a Roman pontiff. The same holy synod wishes all these laws to remain in force after the above matters have been observed. For this time, however, it approves, ordains, establishes and decrees this particular form and manner of election. The same holy synod, in order to remove all scruples, makes and declares fit for actively and passively carrying out all legitimate acts at the same synod, insofar as this is necessary, all those who are present at the same synod as well as those who will come and adhere to it, always saving the other decrees of this same sacred council, and it will supply for any defects, if perchance any shall occur in the above, notwithstanding any apostolic constitutions, even those published in general councils, and other constitutions to the contrary."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-348",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 41—8 November 1417",
              "sourceKey": "session-41",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-349",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Everything is prepared for the start of the conclave to elect a pope. On 11 November cardinal Oddo Colonna is elected pontiff as Martin V.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-350",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 42—28 December 1417",
              "sourceKey": "session-42",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-351",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[In this session a bull of Martin V was approved regarding Baldassare Cossa, formerly pope, who was earlier deprived of his see and imprisoned by the council but who is now to be set free]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sessions of 1418"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-353",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 43—23 March 1418 [42]",
              "sourceKey": "session-43",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-354",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certain statutes promulgated on the reform of the church"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-355",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On exemptions"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-356",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Martin, bishop and servant of the servants of God. We note that from the time of the death of pope Gregory XI, our predecessor of happy memory, some Roman pontiffs, or those who claimed to be and were reputed as such in their various obediences, either of their own will or on account of the importunity of petitioners, have granted exemption from the jurisdiction of their ordinaries to certain churches, monasteries, chapters, convents, priories, benefices, places and persons, which were in no way exempt in the time of the said Gregory, to the great detriment of the ordinaries in question. We wish to avoid damage of this kind. We therefore revoke, with the approval of this sacred council, all exemptions that were first granted after the said Gregory XI's death, by any persons whomsoever claiming to be Roman pontiffs, even if perchance we ourselves with full knowledge approved or renewed the exemptions, without the party in question being heard, to any cathedral churches, monasteries (even those that were exempt but were later made subject to a monastery of a different order or tradition), chapters, convents, prelacies, benefices, places and persons whatsoever, if they had enjoyed no exemption before they were exempted in this way, but were simply subject to ordinary jurisdiction, and had no beginning before that time. We except, however, exemptions that were made or granted either by way of confirmation, increase or addition, or concerning which the matter was ordained by the competent authority, after the interested parties had presented themselves and been heard, or to which the ordinaries consented, to a whole order or to churches, monasteries, chapters, convents, benefices and places founded after the aforesaid time by way of or on condition of exemption or with a new foundation in mind, or to universities and colleges of scholars. We also revoke, with the approval of this sacred council, all perpetual exemptions granted by the pope through inferior persons. We revoke them even if unresolved suits about them are pending, and we end these suits. We return the churches, monasteries and other aforesaid places to the former jurisdiction of their ordinaries. We do not wish to prejudice by this in any way other exemptions held or granted before the death of the said Gregory. In future, however, we do not intend to grant exemptions unless the case has been examined and the interested parties have been summoned."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-357",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On unions and incorporations"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-358",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Martin, etc. It is not possible to give a certain rule about unions and incorporations made or granted after Gregory XI's death. We shall therefore revoke them, with due regard to justice, even though the authority of the apostolic see may have been involved, on the plea of the interested parties, unless they were made for good and true reasons or unless the interested persons themselves have obtained benefices united in this way."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-359",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On intercalary fruits"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-360",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Martin, etc. Next, we leave the fruits and revenues coming from churches, monasteries and benefices during a vacancy to be disposed of in accordance with the law and customs or privileges. We forbid them to be applied to us or to the apostolic camera."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-361",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On simoniacs"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-362",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Martin, etc. Many constitutions have been issued in the past against the evil of simony, but they have not been able to eradicate the disease. We wish to attend carefully to this matter in the future according as we are able to. We therefore declare, with the approval of this sacred council, that persons ordained in a simoniacal fashion are automatically suspended from exercising their orders. Simoniacal elections, postulations, confirmations and provisions that are henceforth made to or in respect of any churches, monasteries, dignities, parsonages, offices or ecclesiastical benefices are rendered null by the law itself and nobody acquires any rights through them. Those who have been thus promoted, confirmed or provided may not receive their fruits but are bound to restore them as though they had received things that had been unjustly taken. We decree, moreover, that both those who give and those who receive money in this matter of simony automatically incur the sentence of excommunication, even though their rank be pontifical or cardinalatial."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-363",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On dispensations"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-364",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Martin, etc. Since benefices are granted by reason of the duties attached to them, we consider it absurd that those who obtain benefices refuse or neglect to carry out their duties. We therefore revoke, with the approval of this sacred council, all dispensations, granted by any persons whomsoever claiming to be Roman pontiffs, to any persons elected to, confirmed in or provided to churches, monasteries, conventual priories, deaneries, archdeaconries or any other benefices for which a particular order ought to be bestowed, or to which one is attached, whereby the persons in question are dispensed from receiving the episcopal consecration or the abbatial blessing or the other orders that ought to be bestowed or are attached. This does not include, however, the dispensations granted according to the form of Boniface VIII's constitution beginning Cum ex eo We decree that within six months from the publication of this our constitution, for those who are presently holding such appointments, and within the time laid down by the law for those who will hold them in the future, the persons concerned are to have themselves consecrated or blessed or promoted to some other required order. Otherwise they are deprived by the law itself of the said churches, monasteries, dignities, parsonages, offices and benefices. These may then be freely conferred on other persons or provision may be made for them. However, other published constitutions on this matter are to remain in force."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-365",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On tithes and other dues"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-366",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Martin, etc. We command and order the strict observance of the laws which forbid tithes and other dues to be imposed on churches and ecclesiastics by persons lower than the pope. For ourselves, moreover, we shall in no way impose them generally on the whole clergy unless there is a grave and serious reason and an advantage for the universal church in doing so, and then with the advice, consent and written endorsement of our brothers, the cardinals of the holy Roman church, and the prelates whose advice can conveniently be obtained. This should not happen especially in any kingdom or province where the prelates in question, or the majority of them, have not been consulted or have not consented. In this way they may only be levied by ecclesiastics acting on the authority of the apostolic see."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-367",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On the life and probity of clerics"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-368",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Martin, etc. Among the various faults of clerics and prelates this one has especially taken root, namely that many of them despise an appearance of ecclesiastical decency in their dress and delight in what is unbecoming. They seek to conform to the laity and they exhibit outwardly in their dress whatever they are thinking in their minds. Therefore, with the approval of this sacred council, we renew and order the careful observance of all the laws currently in force regarding the clothing, tonsure and habits of clerics, as to both shape and colour, and their hair-styles and the style and uprightness of their lives. These laws have been heeded far too little by both the secular and the regular clergy. Especially we order to be utterly abolished, with the same council's approval, the abuse whereby in certain regions some clerics and churchmen, both secular and regular, and even (which we deplore still more) prelates of churches, wear long gloves that are unnecessarily large and sumptuous, extending to their elbows, and clothes with slits at the back and sides, with furs covering the edges even of the slit parts. Moreover, they are not afraid to attend the divine offices in churches—even in the churches in which they are beneficed—in such clothes together with their surplices and other garments worn for worship and the church's services. We condemn this unbecoming way of dressing for all churchmen and we forbid the wearing of such garments. Those who do otherwise are to be punished as transgressors of the canons. We decree in particular that if any beneficed person, or any holder of an office in a church, dares to attend the divine office in such clothing, then he shall know that he is suspended from receiving his ecclesiastical incomes for one month for each such occasion, and the fruits of these incomes are to be applied to the fabric of the church in question."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-369",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Martin, etc. We decree and declare with the approval of this sacred council, that the demands of this same sacred council. regarding the articles contained in the reform decree promulgated on Saturday 30 October [43] of last year, have been and are met by the various decrees, statutes and ordinances, both those which have been read out in this present session and those upon which agreement has been reached with the individual nations of the council. [44] We wish these decrees, statutes and ordinances to be deposited in our chancellery and that letters in public form, under the seal of our vice-chancellor, be drawn up and handed over to those who wish to have them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-370",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 44—19 April 1418",
              "sourceKey": "session-44",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-371",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Decree on the place of the next council"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-372",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Martin, etc. We wish and desire to put into effect a decree of this general council [45] which lays down, among other things, that general councils must always be held in the place which the supreme pontiff, with the consent and approval of the council, is bound to depute and assign, within the month before the end of this council, as the place for the next council after the end of the present one. With the consent and approval of this present council, we therefore, by this present decree, depute and assign the city of Pavia for this purpose, and we ordain and decree that prelates and others who ought to be summoned to general councils are obliged to go to Pavia at the aforesaid time. Let nobody therefore ... If anyone however .... Given and enacted at Constance, in the place of this public session ...."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-373",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 45—22 April 1418[46]",
              "sourceKey": "session-45",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-374",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sentence dissolving the council, and the granting of indulgences"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-375",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Martin, etc. We dissolve the council, as the sacred council itself requires, for reasons that are certain, reasonable and just. We give permission, with the council's approval, to each and every person at the council to return home. Furthermore, on the authority of almighty God and of his blessed apostles Peter and Paul and on our authority, we grant to each and every person who has taken part in this sacred council and its business a full absolution of all his sins, once in his life, provided he takes advantage of the absolution in the correct form within two months of his hearing about it. We grant the same at the hour of death. This is to be understood as applying to both lords and members of their households; provided that they fast on each Friday for a year from the day they come to know of this indulgence, in the case of those who seek the absolution for while they are alive, and for another year in the case of those who seek it for the hour of death, unless they are legitimately prevented from doing so, in which case they should perform other pious works. After the second year, they ought to fast on Fridays until the end of their lives or to perform other pious works. Let nobody therefore .... If anyone however ...."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-376",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Given and enacted at Constance in the place of this public session ..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-377",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Notes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-378",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1 This footnote is not from Tanner. This council was occasioned by The Schism begun when the cardinals who had elected Urban VI pope on 8th April 1378 and who had all repeatedly recognised him subsequently, decided in view of his offensive zeal for reform to claim that the pressure they had been under during his election had invalidated it. In September 1378 they elected Robert of Genoa [anti] pope Clement VII. Urban VI excommunicated them all and appointed a new college of cardinals. There then continued two lines of popes with supporting cardinals. Fed up with this bipartite division of Christendom the \"council\" of Pisa in 1409 made it tripartite beginning another line"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-379",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The legitimate line ran : Urban VI, Boniface IX, Innocent VII, Gregory XII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-380",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The first line of antipopes ran :Clement VII, Benedict XIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-381",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The second line of antipopes ran : Alexander V, who was succeeded by antipope John XXIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-382",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It should be remembered that those assembled at Constance did not constitute an ecumenical council until the bull of Gregory XII was proclaimed on 4 July 1415 in what in Tanner is called \"Session 14\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-383",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2 i.e. for the few weeks of 1378 that intervened between his election and his electors' repudiation of the election."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-384",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3 The documentation can be found in Mansi, vol. XXVII, cols. 730-46."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-385",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4 Terrenas Affectiones, March 13, 1415, Mansi, XXXII, col. 733."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-386",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5 Cum ad laudem of same date; ib. col. 733-4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-387",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6 Remota tamen omnino dicti Balthassaris praesidentia et praesentia; Mansi, col. 733. The powers granted in the commission are stated to have reference to \" congregationem ipsam, in quantum per dictam serenitatem regiam, et non Balthassarem, sese nuncupari facientem Joannem XXIII vocatum ....\" Gregory XII nowhere speaks of John XXIII's \"obedience\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-388",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7 The schedule, Quia sanctissimus dominus noster: which begins by describing the assembly .... celebris fama huius sanctae congregationis pro generali concilio Constantiensi .... congregatae: the vital words are given Ego Joannes .... istud sacrum concilium generale Convoco et omnia per ipsum agenda auctorizo et confirmo: Mansi, ib. col. 734."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-389",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8 Mansi, ib., col. 735."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-390",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9 Divina gratia dirigente dated from Rimini, March 10, 1415; Mansi, ib. col. 737."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-391",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10 The schedule, Ego Carolus de Malatestes, Mansi, ib., col. 744"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-392",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11 \"Admittit, approbat et collaudet \", ib., col. 745."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-393",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12 This document of John XXIII was read and approved by the council at this first session."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-394",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13 A \"council\" not recognized by the legitimate pope, the council of Pisa (1409), session 22 (Mansi 26, 1155)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-395",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14 really antipope Alexander V"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-396",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15 Here was read John's \"Bull\" Ad pacem et exaltationem ecclesiae dated 9 December 1413."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-397",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16 The 11th council of Toledo (675), canon 1 (Mansi 11, 137; Bruns 1, 308), ch. 3 C. V q. 4 (Fr 1, 548)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-398",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17 Here follow the appointments of the council's ministers and officials"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-399",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18 John XXIII had fled from Constance on 20 March 1415"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-400",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19 and the general reform of God's church in head and members adds Asd. These words are not found even in the reliable codices of the Basle epitome (see Hardt IV, prologue 15 ff.)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-401",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20 This paragraph is in Asd, but in fact the matter was only proposed, not decided upon (see Hardt, IV 90)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-402",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21 The following were also approved at this session : a proposition concerning matters about Hus and Wyclif to be treated at the next session; a decree about writing letters to kings and princes in the name of the council, about the pope's flight and about the continuing integrity of the council; a decree to the effect that pope John should be brought back by the emperor to the council of Constance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-403",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22 Regarding this article, the reasons for the condemnation are included in the acts as follows: The first part is scandalous and presumptuous inasmuch as it speaks in general terms and without distinctions; the second part is erroneous inasmuch as it asserts that begging is not permitted to friars."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-404",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23 Regarding this article, the acts include the following reasons for the condemnation: It is an error if one understands by the Roman church the universal church or a general council, or inasmuch as it would deny the primacy of the supreme pontiff over the other individual churches."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-405",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24 In 1412 (Mansi, 27, 505-508)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-406",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25 This condemnation is not in Asd"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-407",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26 These 260 articles condemned by the university of Oxford in 1411 (see J. A. Robson, Wyclif and the Oxford Schools, Cambridge 1961, 244-246) are not to be found in any versions of the council's acts. Indeed, the French nation said that it knew nothing about them, and for this reason the same topic was taken up again in the 15th session (see Hardt 4, 156 and 191; Finke II 34, 40 and 362. H- L wrongly affirms [7, 226] that this decree was passed in the 9th session. See the 15th session below."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-408",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27 In Hardt this decree follows the sentencing of pope John to be removed and deposed; H-L (7, 248 n.), on the other hand, correctly affirms that it preceded the sentence, as the heading of the decree shows."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-409",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28 There follows a separate decree on electing four judges for summoning absent prelates."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-410",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "29 Tanner curiously says \"At this session pope Gregory XII, through his legate Charles Malatesta, approved the council of Constance and solemnly renounced the papacy.\" The actual word used was convoco. See my introduction (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-411",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "30 The following decrees were also promulgated at this session for the purpose of confirming Gregory XII's resignation and of uniting the followers of the two obediences: Legal proceedings in the two obediences, arising from the schism, are declared ended. Decree stating that the process for electing the Roman pontiff, when the see is vacant, may not begin without the council's consent (this decree accords with the decrees promulgated in the earlier session). The council ratifies all that Gregory XII did, canonically and according to reason, within his actual obedience. The decree that Gregory XII may not be re-elected was not made on the grounds of incapacity on the part of the said lord Gregory. The council reserves to itself, and declares that it will indeed see to, the resolution of problems where two or more persons from different obediences hold the same title. The council accepts and admits as cardinals the lord Gregory and his cardinals. That the lord Gregory's officials shall retain their offices. That nobody may depart from the council without the council's permission. That the emperor Sigismund is to attend to the council's safety. Decree stating that the council requires Peter de Luna (Benedict XIII) to resign ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-412",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "31 The whole of this sentence condemning John Wyclif, together with the articles selected from the 260, is not in Asd; but the articles are published also in H-L 7, 308-313."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-413",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "32 See above, session 8 (p. 415). In Hardt (4, 400 and 408) this second condemnation of John Wyclif is not clearly distinguished from the condemnation of John Hus which follows immediately in the same session."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-414",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "33 Innocent III; see Lateran council IV, constitution 21 (see above, p. 245)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-415",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "34 but they were not copulating as married persons, Mansi"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-416",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "35 Held in 1412 (Mansi 27, 505-508"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-417",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "36 Session 8 [before the council became ecumenical]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-418",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "37 In this session various matters were also agreed upon concerning the ordering and protecting of the council's work: Decree on silence; Constitution of the council against those who plunder or despoil persons coming to or returning from the council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-419",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "38 The Caroline Constitution on ecclesiastical liberty, promulgated by the emperor Charles IV in 1377, was published by Hardt among the acts of the council (4, 523-525). On the confirmation discussed at this session and afterwards promulgated, see Hardt 4, 562-583"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-420",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "39 The articles of Narbonne concerning the unity of the church, which were agreed between the emperor Sigismund and the envoys of the council of Constance on the one side, and the envoys of the kings and princes of Benedict XIII's obedience on the other side, were published by the council in a general assembly on 13 December 145 (see Hardt 4, 584). They are printed in Hardt 2, 542-554"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-421",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "40 The most holy general synod of Constance, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, representing the universal church Asd."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-422",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "41 This article comes fifth in the changed order in Asd."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-423",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "42 On 22 February 1418 Martin V's bull Inter cunctas was promulgated against the followers of John Wyclif and John Hus. It was addressed to all archbishops, bishops and inquisitors. Included in it were the 45 articles of Wyclif condemned in the 8th session and the 30 articles of Hus condemned in the 15th session. All suspects were to answer 39 questions, which were enumerated in the bull, on these articles (see Hardt 4, 1518-1531; H-L 7, 507-529; D 657-689)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-424",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "43 Session 40"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-425",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "44 Those agreed upon in the council by Martin V—with the Spanish, French, German and English nations—have also been published in Raccolta di concordati su matene ecclesiastiche tra la S. Sede e le autorita civili, edited by A. Mercati, I Roma 1954, 144-168 (see H- L 7, 535-565)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-426",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "45 Session 39"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-427",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "46 At the beginning of this session the Poles petitioned for a solemn confirmation of the condemnation as heretical of John Falckenberg's doctrine on tyrannicide. This doctrine had already been condemned by the individual nations but not by the council. Pope Martin's reply was as follows: The aforesaid lord our pope said, in answer to these proposals, protestations, requests and suggestions, after silence had been imposed on all (since some were saying much and causing a disturbance), and by way of replying to the aforesaid points, that he wished to hold and inviolably observe, and never to contravene in any way, each and every thing that had been determined, concluded and decreed in a conciliar way, in matters of faith, by this present sacred general council of Constance. The pope approves the things done thus in a conciliar way, and he ratifies all things about matters of the faith that were done in the council in a conciliar way and not otherwise or in some other way (Hardt 4, 1557)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-428",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction and translation taken from Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils, ed. Norman P. Tanner"
            }
          ],
          "witnesses": [
            {
              "label": "Concilia Oecumenica — Documenta et Acta, local source volume",
              "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
              "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
              "format": "pdf"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "council-source-corpus",
      "council": 17,
      "title": "Florence — council-level source corpus",
      "type": "Council-level source corpus",
      "date": "",
      "scope": "council-level-corpus",
      "sourceStatus": "Readable English extraction from a local council source volume; not document-level segmentation and not an aligned parallel edition.",
      "sourceVerification": "Unambiguous council heading and next-council boundary verified during the 3.50 reconciliation build.",
      "sourceVolumeSha256": "be506158a70af600f5575e554ae28c62088fc575aa3e0c3339bec036af8530de",
      "languages": {
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
          "format": "pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ECCUMENICAL COUNCIL OF FLORENCE (1438-1445)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Contents"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction Sessions 1-4 (1438) Sessions 5-8 (1439) Sessions 9-10 (1440) Session 11 (1442) Session 12 (1443) Session 13 (1444) Session 14 (1445) Council of Basel"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Basel had been designated as the place for this ecumenical council by the abortive council of Pavia — Siena (1423-1424). It was opened on 25 July 1431 by the papal legate, who had been appointed by Pope Martin V in two bulls dated 1 February 1431, Dum onus universalis gregis and Nuper siquidem cupientes shortly before the pope's death on 20 February 1431. A great part of the council's work in the early years was taken up with its quarrel with Pope Eugenius IV, who was accused of wishing to dissolve or transfer the council. The prospect of re-union with the eastern church provided an opportunity to transfer the council to another city. This move was supported by the council fathers loyal to the pope, who however were in a minority, and in the 25th session they voted for the city of Ferrara. There the council was re-opened on 8 January 1438, Pope Eugenius IV later attending in person. Some historians doubt the ecumenicity of the first 25 sessions at Basel. All agree that the sessions held at Basel after the 25th session until the final one on 25 April 1449 cannot be regarded as sessions of an ecumenical council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Greek bishops and theologians attended the council of Ferrara from 9 April 1438. The council was transferred to Florence on 10 January 1439. There, in the session on 6 July 1439, the decree of union with the Greek church was approved. Subsequently decrees of union with the Armenian and Coptic churches were approved. Finally the council was transferred to Rome on 24 February 1443. There other decrees of union with the Bosnians, the Syrians and finally with the Chaldeans and Maronites of Cyprus, were approved. The last session of the council was held on 7 August 1445."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The decisions taken at Basel have the form of conciliar decrees. Those taken at Ferrara, Florence and Rome are almost always in the form of bulls, since the pope was presiding in person; in these cases the decree mentions the council's approval and contains the words \"in a solemnly celebrated general session of the synod\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Almost all the decrees of re-union were of little effect. Nevertheless it is significant that the church's unity was discussed in a council attended by some eastern bishops and theologians, and that there was agreement on the principal dogmatic and disciplinary questions which had divided the two churches for many centuries."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The acts of the council of Basel were first published by S. Brant in Basel in 1499, with the title Decreta concilii Basileensis (= Dc). This collection was subsequently published by Z. Ferreri at Milan in 1511, and by J. Petit at Paris in 1512. Almost all later conciliar collections included the acts and decrees of the council of Basel, from Merlin to Mansi's Amplissima collectio (= Msi). A brief history of these collections was written in 1906 by H. Herre in his work entitled, Handschriften und Drucke Baseler Konzilsakten, in Deutsche Reichstagsakten unter Kaiser Sigmund, Part IV/1, 1431-1432, 10/1, Goettingen 1957, XCVI-CI. Another edition of the decrees of Basel is contained in John of Segovia's diary, which is to be found in Monumenta conciliorum generalium saeculi XV (= Mxv), II Vienna 1873. Editio Romana, however, omits the council of Basel (see Labbe-Cossart XIII, n. 7; S. Kuttner, L 'Edition romaine des conciles generaux, Rome 1940)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For Basel, we have followed the edition of Msi 29 (1788) 1-227. We have noted the principal variants in Dc and Mxv. We have omitted some decrees pertaining to internal matters of the council, to the quarrel with Eugenius IV and to administration; we have always noted the titles of these decrees in footnotes. The decrees of Ferrara, Florence and Rome were first published by P. Crabbe (1538, 2, 754V-826). H. Justinianus subsequently published a more careful edition, Acta sacri oecumenici concilii Florentini, Rome 1638, which was followed by later collections until Msi 31 supplement (1901) (see V. Laurent L'edition princeps des actes du Concile de Florence, Orient. Christ. Per.21 (1955) 165-189, and J. Gill, ibid. 22 (1956) 223-225). The decrees are also to be found in Monumenta conc. gen. saec. XV, III-IV Vienna 1886-1935. We have followed the critical edition published by the Pontifical Oriental Institute, Concilium Florentinum. Documenta et Scriptores (= CF), Rome 1940-, and we have included the principal variants noted in it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As regards the English translation, the following points should be noted where the original text is given in two languages, namely Latin and another. Where a Greek text is given (pp. 520-528), this is of equal authority with the parallel Latin version, and in the English translation the few significant discrepancies between the two texts have been noted. In the cases of Armenian and Arabic texts (pp. 534-559 and 567-583), these were translations from the Latin, which was the authoritative text, and therefore the English translation is from the Latin alone (the differences from the Latin in the Armenian and Arabic texts are numerous and complex). For these points, see J. Gill, The Council of Florence, Cambridge 1959, pp. 290-296, 308 and 326."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(See Council of Basel)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 1—8 January 1438",
              "sourceKey": "session-1",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Declaration of cardinal Nicholas Albergati, president of the council]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We, Nicholas, legate of the apostolic see, announce that we preside on behalf of our most holy lord pope Eugenius IV in this sacred synod which was translated from Basel to the city of Ferrara and is already legitimately assembled, and that the continuation of this translated synod has been effected today 8 January, and that the synod is and ought to be continued from today onwards for all the purposes for which the synod of Basel was convened, including being the ecumenical council at which the union of the western and the eastern church is treated and with God's help achieved."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 2—10 January 1438",
              "sourceKey": "session-2",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On the legitimate continuation of the council of Ferrara, against the assembly at Basel]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the praise of almighty God, the exaltation of the catholic faith and the peace, tranquillity and unity of the whole Christian people. This holy universal synod, through the grace of God authorized by the most blessed lord pope Eugenius IV, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit in this city of Ferrara, represents the universal church. Its president, on behalf and in the name of the said most holy lord Eugenius, is the most reverend father and lord in Christ lord Nicholas, cardinal-priest of the holy Roman church of the title of holy Cross in Jerusalem, legate of the apostolic see. It adheres to the firm foundation of him who said to the prince of the apostles: You are Peter, and on this rock I will build my church. It is eager to preserve the unity of the spirit in the bond of peace, so that we might be one body and one spirit, just as we were called in the one hope of our calling. It records that much was done in days past both at the former council of Basel and after its translation by some staying on there without any authority, and also by the said most blessed pope lord Eugenius, especially in respect of the business of the most holy union of the western and the eastern church, namely the following: the decree of the nineteenth session of the former council of Basel beginning As a dutiful mother, to which the most holy lord Eugenius gave his assent by his letter; also an agreed proposal on the choice of a place to which the council of Basel should be translated which was agreed upon and confirmed by all the fathers in common and which led to the decree of the twenty-fifth session of the former council, which begins This holy synod from its outset etc. and which the pope himself, urged on by the envoys of the Greeks, accepted and confirmed by his letter given in a general consistory at Bologna and published in the presence of these envoys, also the letter of the same most blessed Eugenius dated 18 September last, issued in a general consistory at Bologna and solemnly read out at the beginning of the continuation of this synod, by which the pope with the counsel and consent of the most reverend cardinals of the holy Roman church and with the approval of the prelates then in the curia, transferred the council to this city of Ferrara; also the letter of the declaration of the same, dated 30 December, immediately following the said translation; all of which this holy synod has ordered to be registered verbatim in its acts as a permanent record, as is contained in these same acts."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All these facts and many more have been duly pondered and maturely discussed in various meetings. This holy synod declares that the aforesaid translation and declaration were and are legitimate, just and reasonable, and were and are made from urgent necessity so as to remove an obstacle to the most holy union of the western and the eastern church, to prevent a schism already threatening in God's church, and for the manifest benefit of the whole Christian commonwealth, and that therefore this holy synod was legitimately assembled and established in the holy Spirit in this city of Ferrara for all the purposes for which the said former council of Basel was instituted at its beginning, and especially to be the future ecumenical council for the aforesaid most holy union; and that it ought to continue and to proceed to all the aforesaid matters. This holy synod therefore praises, accepts and approves the translation and the consequent declaration, as mentioned above. It exhorts in the Lord and requires of each and all of the present and future members of the holy synod to apply themselves to the above things with earnest care and serious study. By the generosity of him who has begun in us a good work, may everything be directed and done for his glory and the salvation of the whole Christian people."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This holy synod further declares that, since the well known necessity of the above reasons demanded and impelled the said most holy lord Eugenius to that translation, the matter in no way falls within the decrees of the eighth, the eleventh or any other session of the former council of Basel."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It decrees that the assembly at Basel, and every other assembly which may perchance convene there or elsewhere under the name of a general council, rather is and ought to be considered a spurious gathering and conventicle, and can in no way exist with the authority of a general council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It quashes, invalidates and annuls, and declares to be invalid, quashed, null and of no force or moment, each and all of the things done in the city of Basel in the name of a general council after the said translation, and whatever may be attempted there or elsewhere in the future in the name of a general council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But if in the matter of the Bohemians something useful has been achieved by the said people assembled at Basel after the said translation, it intends to approve that and supply for defects."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that each and all of the members of the holy synod may be kept safe from every annoyance and may serve God in good works without anxiety, free from all fear, harassment and injury, this holy synod absolves, frees and dispenses, and declares to be absolved and freed, and the oaths to be dispensed from, each and all of those who, under whatsoever plea or cause, bound themselves to the former synod of Basel by oaths, with obligations and commitments, whereby their full and free right to obey this present holy synod and to promote its honour and good might be impeded and they might have scruples of some kind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This holy synod also ordains and decrees that nobody of whatsoever rank or dignity, by any ordinary or delegated jurisdiction for any cause or occasion, except by the jurisdiction of the apostolic see, shall dare to disturb, harass or molest, in their dignities, offices, administrations, privileges, honours, benefices and other goods, each and all of those, both seculars and religious, including members of mendicant orders, who are or shall be at this present synod, or who follow the Roman curia and will soon be at this synod on account of the move of the most holy lord Eugenius with his curia to this city, which has been announced by the posting up of notices in accordance with the ancient custom of the curia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But if, under any pretext, directly or indirectly, any should presume to molest any of the said persons in their dignities, offices, administrations, honours, privileges, benefices or other goods, or to prevent them from freely enjoying their jurisdiction, fruits and emoluments as they did before, or to confer on others their dignities, offices, administrations, honours and benefices, on the plea of some deprivation, this holy synod intends that each and all of them, even if they are cardinals, patriarchs, archbishops, bishops or persons with some other dignity, or chapters, colleges, convents or universities, shall incur automatically and without the need for a previous warning sentences of excommunication, suspension and interdict, absolution from which is reserved to the Roman pontiff alone, except at the hour of death."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover the synod decrees that those who do not repent within three days after making these conferrals or placing these obstacles, by fully restoring those whose dignities, offices, administrations, honours and benefices they conferred, or whom they impeded in other ways, as stated above, to all their churches and benefices as they held them before, whether they held them by title, in commendam or in administration; and also each and all of those who presume to accept collation to the aforesaid dignities, offices, administrations, honours and benefices, even if they were made motu proprio, or to take possession of them in person or through others, or to hold such action as valid; all these persons are automatically deprived by law, if they previously had any claim in them, of all their other benefices, whether they held them by title, in commendam or in administration, and they are rendered perpetually disqualified from them and all other benefices, and they can be restored and habilitated only by the Roman pontiff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This holy synod, moreover, warns and requires each and all of those who are obliged by law or custom to take part in general councils, to come as soon as possible to this present synod at Ferrara, which will continue, as noted above, for the speedy attainment of the aforesaid purposes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 3—15 February 1438",
              "sourceKey": "session-3",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Ecclesiastical penalties against members of the Basel synod]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eugenius, bishop, servant of the servants of God, for an everlasting record. The duties of the pastoral office over which we preside by divine mercy, despite our lack of merit, demand that we repress by opportune remedies the nefarious excesses of evil-minded persons, especially those who, unless prevented, strive to force the peaceful state of the church into various dangerous storms and disturbances and who endeavour to overturn the barque of Peter, and that we inflict due retribution for their excesses, lest boasting of their malice they give occasion to others to commit mischief. For it is a crime to be slack in punishing crimes that harm many people, as canonical regulations state."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus, the former council of Basel debated the choice of a place for the future ecumenical council. Those on whom the power of choosing the place devolved, passed a decree which was accepted by the ambassadors of our most dear son in Christ John, emperor of the Greeks, and of our venerable brother Joseph, patriarch of Constantinople. Some persons chose Avignon or another place, but the said ambassadors protested that most assuredly they did not want to go there, declaring as certain that the said emperor and patriarch would by no means go to the said sacred council unless we attended in person. Those who asked for Avignon, afraid that the Greeks certainly would not come to them, dared to concoct a certain decree or notorious pamphlet, which they call a monition, against us, even though it is null and indeed leads to serious scandal and a split in the church, disrupting this holy work of union with the Greeks."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order to preserve the unity of the church and to promote the said union with the Greeks, we, for just, necessary and pressing reasons, with the advice and assent of our venerable brothers the cardinals of the holy Roman church, and with the advice and approval of very many of our venerable brothers the archbishops, bishops, beloved chosen sons and abbots who were present at the apostolic see, translated the said council of Basel, by our apostolic authority and in a fixed manner and form, to the city of Ferrara, which is suitable for the Greeks and for us, so that those at Basel might duly recoil from their scandalous actions, as is contained at greater length in the letter composed for the occasion' . But they, spurning every avenue of peace, persevering in their obstinate purpose, scorning the letter of the said translation and everything contained in it, and piling evil upon evil, not only rejected our reasonable translation made for the said most just and urgent reasons, as stated above, but even dared with renewed obstinacy to warn us to withdraw the said translation within a fixed time and under pain of suspension. Yet this would have been nothing less than to force us to abandon the prosecution of such a holy work so much desired by all Christians."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When we realized this, with grief of heart, since we saw that everything tended to the destruction of the holy task of union and to an open split in the church, as was said above, we declared that the translation had been made by us from necessity, that the conditions attached to it had been regularized, and that the council at Ferrara ought to begin and legitimately continue, as is stated more fully in another letter of ours ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To open this council at Ferrara we sent our beloved son Nicholas, cardinal-priest of the holy Roman church of the title of holy Cross, legate of us and the apostolic see."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This council at Ferrara, legitimately assembled and with many prelates, solemnly declared in a public session that the said translation and declaration were and are legitimate, just and reasonable, and were made from urgent necessity so as to remove an obstacle to the said most holy union between the western and the eastern church and to avoid an impending split in God's church for the evident benefit of the whole Christian commonwealth, as is crystal clear from the decree made about it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Meanwhile, informed that the aforesaid emperor, patriarch and Greeks were approaching the shores of Italy, under God's guidance we came to this council at Ferrara with the firm intention and purpose of effectively pursuing, with God's help, not only the work of holy union but also the objectives for which the council of Basel had assembled."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In view of all this, our beloved son Julian, cardinal-priest of the title of St Sabina, legate of the apostolic see, strongly urged the aforesaid people at Basel to withdraw from such flagrant scandals. But because of their obstinacy of mind he was without effect. Then, seeing them ready to precipitate still worse scandals in God's church, he departed so as not to appear to approve their impiety. They, for their part, paid no attention to this. Ignorant of how to direct their steps in the way of peace and justice, although they were already aware that the Greeks were utterly unwilling to come to them and were approaching the shores of Italy, they persevered in their hardness of heart. Since they could in no other way prevent and disrupt the union with the Greeks, for which they should have been labouring with us with all their strength and mind and assisting us, they added bad to worse and went to such a pitch of rashness and insolence that, even though many of the envoys of kings and princes who were at Basel execrated so wicked a deed and protested against it, they dared to declare with sacrilegious arrogance that we were suspended from the administration of the papacy and to proceed to various other things, albeit everything was null."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So we, conscious that their excesses are so notorious that they cannot be hidden by any subterfuge, and that error that is not resisted appears to be approved and throws wide open to delinquents a door that no longer guards against their intrusions, and unable without grave offence to our lord Jesus Christ and his holy church to tolerate further so many grievous excesses which are seen especially to impede, disrupt and utterly destroy the holy and most desired union with the Greeks, we decree against the aforesaid remnant at Basel, in virtue of the most High and with the approval of this holy council, the steps that should be taken with justice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hence we decree and declare, after mature deliberation with this holy synod and with its approval, that each and all of those meeting in Basel, in spite of the aforesaid translation and declaration, under the pretended name of a council which more accurately should be called a conventicle, and daring to perpetrate such scandalous and nefarious deeds, whether they are cardinals, patriarchs archbishops, bishops or abbots or of some other ecclesiastical or secular dignity, have already incurred the penalties instanced in our said letter of translation, namely excommunication, privation of dignities and disqualification from benefices and offices in the future."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We also decree and declare to be null and void and of no force or moment, whatever has been attempted by them in the name of a council or otherwise since the day of the translation made by us, or shall be attempted in the future, in respect of the aforesaid matters or against those who follow our curia or are at this sacred council at Ferrara."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We also command, with the approval of this council, under the same penalties and censures and in virtue of their oath by which they are bound to the holy apostolic see, each and all of the cardinals, patriarchs, archbishops, bishops, elected persons, abbots and all others of whatsoever condition, status or rank who are meeting in the said city of Basel under the pretext of a council, really and effectively to leave the said city within thirty days of the date of this decree. We also order the mayor of the citizens, the councillors and the magistrates ruling the city of Basel and the governors and other officials, whatever name they go under, to expel the aforesaid persons who have not left the city within the said thirty days and really and effectively to eject them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If they fail to do this within the said thirty days, we decree that each and all of the said rulers and officials automatically incur sentence of excommunication, and the people and the city automatically incur sentence of ecclesiastical interdict; we specially reserve to ourself absolution from the sentences of excommunication, except at the hour of death, and the lifting of the interdict. We order and command, in virtue of holy obedience and under pain of excommunication, each and all of those to whom this notice shall come that, if the aforesaid persons meeting in Basel and the citizens are obstinately disobedient towards us, nobody should approach the city of Basel after the said thirty days and they should deny them all commerce and all articles needed for human use."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Merchants of all kinds, who have gone to Basel on account of the former council, shall depart under the same pain of excommunication. If there are some who ignore these orders of ours, daring perhaps to convey goods after the time-limit to those at Basel persisting in contumacy, since it is written that the righteous plundered the ungodly, such persons may be despoiled without penalty by any of the faithful and their goods shall be ceded to the first takers."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "However, because the church never closes its bosom to returning sons, if the said people meeting in Basel, or some of them, repent and depart from the said city within the said interval of thirty days from the date of this present decree, then with the approval of this sacred council we remit and fully cancel the aforesaid penalties as for obedient sons and we wish, decree and order that they and their consequences are to be regarded as without force from the date of their imposition, and we supply with the council's approval for all defects, if perhaps there are any in respect of solemnity of the law or of omission. Let nobody therefore ... If anyone however ..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 4—29 April 1438",
              "sourceKey": "session-4",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Eugenius IV and the fathers of the council at Ferrara declare the council at Ferrara to be legitimate and ecumenical]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eugenius, bishop, servant of the servants of God, for an everlasting record. It befits us to render thanks to almighty God who, mindful of his past mercies, always bestows on his church even richer growth and, although he allows her to be tossed on occasions by the waves of trials and tribulations, yet never permits her to be submerged but keeps her safe amid the mountainous waters, so that by his mercy she emerges from the various vicissitudes even stronger than before. For behold, the western and eastern peoples, who have been separated for long, hasten to enter into a pact of harmony and unity; and those who were justly distressed at the long dissension that kept them apart, at last after many centuries, under the impulse of him from whom every good gift comes, meet together in person in this place out of desire for holy union."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We are aware that it is our duty and the duty of the whole church to strain every nerve to ensure that these happy initiatives make progress and have issue through our common care, so that we may deserve to be and to be called co-operators with God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, our most dear son John Palacologus, emperor of the Romans, together with our venerable brother Joseph, patriarch of Constantinople, the apocrisiaries of the other patriarchal sees and a great multitude of archbishops, ecclesiastics and nobles arrived at their last port, Venice, on 8 February last. There, the said emperor expressly declared, as he had often done before, that for good reasons he could not go to Basel to celebrate the ecumenical or universal council, and he intimated this by a letter to those assembled at Basel. He exhorted and required all of them to go to Ferrara, which had been chosen for the council, to carry through the pious task of this holy union."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We have always had this holy union close to our heart and have sought with all our strength to bring it about. Therefore we intend to carry out with care, as is our duty, the decree of the council of Basel, to which the Greeks agreed, as well as the choice of a place for the ecumenical council, which was made at the council of Basel and which was later confirmed by us at Bologna at the urging of the envoys of the said emperor and patriarch, and any other things pertaining to this work of holy union."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore we decree and declare, in every way and form as best we can, with the assent of the said emperor and patriarch and of all those in the present synod, that there exists a holy universal or ecumenical synod in this city of Ferrara, which is free and safe for all; and therefore it should be deemed and called such a synod by all, in which this holy business of union will be conducted without any quarrelsome contention but with all charity and, as we hope, will be brought by divine favour to a happy conclusion together with the other holy tasks for which the synod is known to have been instituted."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 5—10 January 1439",
              "sourceKey": "session-5",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decree translating the council of Ferrara to Florence]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eugenius, bishop, servant of the servants of God, for an everlasting record. It is fitting that the site of an ecumenical council, in which men chosen from the whole Christian world meet together, should be such that in it, among other human necessities, there should be the most important of all, namely healthy air. Otherwise, because of the pest-laden contagion of infected air which all people naturally fear and flee, those present at the council may be forced to depart with nothing accomplished and the absent will refuse to attend. Assuredly it is right that those who come together at synods to treat of difficult questions should be free from every anxiety and fear, so that they may be able in greater peace and freedom to give their attention to the matters of public concern."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We would, indeed, have preferred that the universal council which we initiated in this city should continue here, and that the union of the eastern and western churches should be brought to its happy and desired conclusion in this city, where we initiated it. When the plague afflicted this city last autumn, pressure was exerted by some for the transferal of the synod to a non-infected locality. Nothing was done, however, because it was hoped that the plague would cease with the advent of winter, as it usually does."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since in fact the plague continues from day to day and it is feared that it will gain strength when spring and summer come, all judge and advise that a move must be made without delay to some non-infected place. For this and several other good reasons, with the agreement of our dear son John Palaeologus, emperor of the Romans, and of our venerable brother Joseph, patriarch of Constantinople, and with the approval of the council:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the name of the Trinity, Father, Son and holy Spirit, with the full securities and safe-conducts which we gave to all at the beginning of the sacred council, we transfer and declare to be transferred as from now this ecumenical or universal synod from this city of Ferrara to the city of Florence, which is manifestly free for all, safe, peaceful and tranquil, and enjoying healthy air, and which, situated as it is between the Tyrrhenian and Adriatic seas, is excellently situated for easy access for both easterners and westerners. Let nobody therefore . .. If anyone however . . ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 6—6 July 1439",
              "sourceKey": "session-6",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Definition of the holy ecumenical synod of Florence]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eugenius, bishop, servant of the servants of God, for an everlasting record. With the agreement of our most dear son John Palaeologus, illustrious emperor of the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Romans, of the deputies of our venerable brothers the patriarchs and of other representatives of the eastern church, to the following."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let the heavens be glad and let the earth rejoice. For, the wall that divided the western and the eastern church has been removed, peace and harmony have returned, since the corner-stone, Christ, who made both one, has joined both sides with a very strong bond of love and peace, uniting and holding them together in a covenant of everlasting unity. After a long haze of grief and a dark and unlovely gloom of long-enduring strife, the radiance of hoped-for union has illuminated all."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let mother church also rejoice. For she now beholds her sons hitherto in disagreement returned to unity and peace, and she who hitherto wept at their separation now gives thanks to God with inexpressible joy at their truly marvellous harmony. Let all the faithful throughout the world, and those who go by the name of Christian, be glad with mother catholic church. For behold, western and eastern fathers after a very long period of disagreement and discord, submitting themselves to the perils of sea and land and having endured labours of all kinds, came together in this holy ecumenical council, joyful and eager in their desire for this most holy union and to restore intact the ancient love. In no way have they been frustrated in their intent. After a long and very toilsome investigation, at last by the clemency of the holy Spirit they have achieved this greatly desired and most holy union. Who, then, can adequately thank God for his gracious gifts?' Who would not stand amazed at the riches of such great divine mercy? Would not even an iron breast be softened by this immensity of heavenly condescension?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These truly are works of God, not devices of human frailty. Hence they are to be accepted with extraordinary veneration and to be furthered with praises to God. To you praise, to you glory, to you thanks, O Christ, source of mercies, who have bestowed so much good on your spouse the catholic church and have manifested your miracles of mercy in our generation, so that all should proclaim your wonders. Great indeed and divine is the gift that God has bestowed on us. We have seen with our eyes what many before greatly desired yet could not behold."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For when Latins and Greeks came together in this holy synod, they all strove that, among other things, the article about the procession of the holy Spirit should be discussed with the utmost care and assiduous investigation. Texts were produced from divine scriptures and many authorities of eastern and western holy doctors, some saying the holy Spirit proceeds from the Father and the Son, others saying the procession is from the Father through the Son. All were aiming at the same meaning in different words. The Greeks asserted that when they claim that the holy Spirit proceeds from the Father, they do not intend to exclude the Son; but because it seemed to them that the Latins assert that the holy Spirit proceeds from the Father and the Son as from two principles and two spirations, they refrained from saying that the holy Spirit proceeds from the Father and the Son. The Latins asserted that they say the holy Spirit proceeds from the Father and the Son not with the intention of excluding the Father from being the source and principle of all deity, that is of the Son and of the holy Spirit, nor to imply that the Son does not receive from the Father, because the holy Spirit proceeds from the Son, nor that they posit two principles or two spirations; but they assert that there is only one principle and a single spiration of the holy Spirit, as they have asserted hitherto. Since, then, one and the same meaning resulted from all this, they unanimously agreed and consented to the following holy and God-pleasing union, in the same sense and with one mind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the name of the holy Trinity, Father, Son and holy Spirit, we define, with the approval of this holy universal council of Florence, that the following truth of faith shall be believed and accepted by all Christians and thus shall all profess it: that the holy Spirit is eternally from the Father and the Son, and has his essence and his subsistent being from the Father together with the Son, and proceeds from both eternally as from one principle and a single spiration. We declare that when holy doctors and fathers say that the holy Spirit proceeds from the Father through the Son, this bears the sense that thereby also the Son should be signified, according to the Greeks indeed as cause, and according to the Latins as principle of the subsistence of the holy Spirit, just like the Father."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And since the Father gave to his only-begotten Son in begetting him everything the Father has, except to be the Father, so the Son has eternally from the Father, by whom he was eternally begotten, this also, namely that the holy Spirit proceeds from the Son."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We define also that the explanation of those words \"and from the Son\" was licitly and reasonably added to the creed for the sake of declaring the truth and from imminent need."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also, the body of Christ is truly confected in both unleavened and leavened wheat bread, and priests should confect the body of Christ in either, that is, each priest according to the custom of his western or eastern church. Also, if truly penitent people die in the love of God before they have made satisfaction for acts and omissions by worthy fruits of repentance, their souls are cleansed after death by cleansing pains; and the suffrages of the living faithful avail them in giving relief from such pains, that is, sacrifices of masses, prayers, almsgiving and other acts of devotion which have been customarily performed by some of the faithful for others of the faithful in accordance with the church's ordinances."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also, the souls of those who have incurred no stain of sin whatsoever after baptism, as well as souls who after incurring the stain of sin have been cleansed whether in their bodies or outside their bodies, as was stated above, are straightaway received into heaven and clearly behold the triune God as he is, yet one person more perfectly than another according to the difference of their merits. But the souls of those who depart this life in actual mortal sin, or in original sin alone, go down straightaway to hell to be punished, but with unequal pains. We also define that the holy apostolic see and the Roman pontiff holds the primacy over the whole world and the Roman pontiff is the successor of blessed Peter prince of the apostles, and that he is the true vicar of Christ, the head of the whole church and the father and teacher of all Christians, and to him was committed in blessed Peter the full power of tending, ruling and governing the whole church, as is contained also in the acts of ecumenical councils and in the sacred canons."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also, renewing the order of the other patriarchs which has been handed down in the canons, the patriarch of Constantinople should be second after the most holy Roman pontiff, third should be the patriarch of Alexandria, fourth the patriarch of Antioch, and fifth the patriarch of Jerusalem, without prejudice to all their privileges and rights."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 7—4 September 1439",
              "sourceKey": "session-7",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decree of the council of Florence against the synod at Basel]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eugenius, bishop, servant of the servants of God, for an everlasting record. Moses, the man of God, was zealous for the well-being of the people entrusted to him. He feared that God's wrath would be roused against them if they followed Korah, Dathan and Abiram in their seditious schism. Therefore he said to the whole people, at the Lord's command: depart from the tents of these wicked men and touch nothing of theirs, lest you be involved in their sins. For he had perceived, under the Lord's inspiration, that those seditious and schismatic men would incur a grievous retribution, as was demonstrated afterwards when even the earth could not bear with them but by God's just judgment swallowed them up, so that they fell alive into hell."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Similarly we too to whom, though unworthy, the lord Jesus Christ has deigned to entrust his people, as we hear of the abominable crime that certain wicked men dwelling in Basel have plotted in these days so as to breach the unity of holy church, and since we fear that they may seduce some of the unwary by their deceits and inject them with their poisons, are forced to proclaim in like words to the people of our lord Jesus Christ entrusted to us, depart from the tents of these wicked men, particularly since the Christian people is far more numerous than the Jewish people of those days, the church is holier than the synagogue, and the vicar of Christ is superior in authority and status even to Moses."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This impiety of those at Basel we began to foresee long ago, when we observed the council of Basel already lapsing into tyranny; when many, including those of lower status, were forced to go to it and to stay at the whim of that faction of agitators; when the votes and decisions of some of them were being extorted by various tricks and others were being suborned by lies and deceits, as they abandoned almost everything to conspiracies, cabals, monopolies and cliques, and from a long-standing rivalry with the papacy sought to prolong the duration of the council; when, finally, innumerable novelties, irregularities, deformities and ills were perpetrated, to which there concurred even clerics in lower orders, the ignorant and inexperienced, vagabonds, quarrelers, fugitives, apostates, condemned criminals, escapees from prison, those in rebellion against us and their own superiors, and other such human monsters, who brought with them every stain of corruption from those teachers of evil-doing."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We directed our attention also to that most holy work of union with the eastern church, which seemed to us to be greatly endangered by the deceit of certain factious persons, and we wished to provide as best we could for so many evils. For these and other just and necessary reasons which are stated in full in the decree of translation, with the advice of our venerable brothers the cardinals of the holy Roman church, and with the approval of very many venerable brothers and sons, archbishops, bishops, elected persons, abbots and other prelates of churches, masters and doctors, we transferred the aforesaid council of Basel to this city of Ferrara, where we established with the Lord's help an ecumenical council of the western and the eastern church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Afterwards, when the plague came and continued unabated, under the inspiration of grace and with the approval of the same holy council, we transferred the council to this city of Florence. Here the most gracious and merciful God showed his wonders. For, the most disastrous schism, which had endured in God's church for almost five hundred years to the immense harm of the whole of Christianity, and for the elimination of which very many of our predecessors as Roman pontiffs and many kings and princes and other Christians in past times had laboured very hard, at last, after public and private discussions in both places and many other labours, was removed and the most holy union of the Greeks and the Latins was happily achieved, as is described more fully in the decree about this which was drawn up and solemnly promulgated."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Returning fervent thanks for this to the eternal God and sharing our joy with all the faithful, we offered to God a sacrifice of jubilation and praise. For we saw that not just one nation like the Hebrew people was being summoned to the promised land, but peoples of many races, nations and tongues were hastening to the one utterance and merit of the divine truth. Through this, great hope is forthcoming that the sun of justice, rising in the east, will spread the beams of its light to pierce the darkness of many other races, even of infidels, and the salvation of the Lord may reach to the ends of the earth."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Already indeed, by God's providence, we have excellent pledges of this. For almighty God has granted that, by our means, representatives of the Armenians with full powers have recently come from most distant northern parts to us and the apostolic see and to this holy council. They regard and venerate us as no other than blessed Peter, prince of the apostles, they recognize the holy see as mother and mistress of all the faithful, and they profess that they have come to the holy see and to the aforesaid council for spiritual food and the truth of sound doctrine. For this too we have given many thanks to our God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But the mind recoils from recording what troubles, attacks and persecutions we have suffered in the course of this divine undertaking until now, not indeed from Turks or Saracens but from those who call themselves Christians. Blessed Jerome reports that from the time of Hadrian until the reign of Constantine there was set up and worshipped by the pagans at the place of the Lord's resurrection an image of Jupiter and on the rock of the crucifixion a marble statue of Venus, since the authors of persecution thought that they could take away from us our faith in the resurrection and the cross if they polluted the holy places with their idols."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Much the same has happened in these days against us and the church of God, at the hands of those desperate men at Basel, except that what was then done by pagans ignorant of the true God is now the work of men who have known him and hated him Their pride, then, according to the prophet, is ever rising, all the more dangerously in that it is under the cloak of reform, which in truth they have always abhorred, that they spread their poisons."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the first place, those who were the authors of all the scandals in Basel have failed in their promises to the Greeks. For they knew from the envoys of the Greeks and the eastern church that our most dear son in Christ John Palaeologus, illustrious emperor of the Romans, and Joseph, patriarch of Constantinople of happy memory, and the other prelates and persons of the eastern church wished to proceed to the place which had been legally chosen for the ecumenical council by our legates and presidents and other notable persons present there, whose right it was to choose the site in accordance with the agreement which had been approved by the common consent of the council after serious disagreements among its members. Whereupon we, for our part, confirmed the choice of place in a general consistory at Bologna and we sent to Constantinople, at great labour and expense, the galleys and other things necessary for this holy work of union."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When they learnt of this, they dared to decree against us and the aforesaid cardinals a detestable admonition or citation, so as to block the holy work, [and to send it to the aforesaid emperor and patriarch of Constantinople, so that they and all others] might be deterred from coming. Yet they knew full well that there was no chance of them going to any place other than the one which had been chosen for the site, as stated above."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Then, when they realized that the aforesaid emperor and patriarch and others were already on their way to us for this work of holy union, they tried to lay another wicked snare to catch this divine project. That is, they produced against us a sacrilegious sentence of suspension from the administration of the papacy. Finally, those leaders of scandal, very few in number, most of them of the lowest rank and reputation, in their intense hatred of true peace, piling iniquity on top of iniquity lest they should enter into the justice of the Lord, when they saw that the grace of the holy Spirit was working in us towards union with the Greeks, swerving away from the straight line into paths of error, held a so-called session on 16 May last asserting that they were obeying certain decrees, although these were passed at Constance by only one of the three obediences after the flight of John XXIII, as he was called in that one obedience, at a time of schism."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alleging obedience to those decrees, they proclaimed three propositions which they term truths of the faith, seemingly to make heretics of us and all princes and prelates and other faithful and devout adherents of the apostolic see. The propositions are the following."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"The truth about the authority of a general council, representing the universal church, over a pope and anyone else whatsoever, declared by the general councils of Constance and this one of Basel, is a truth of the catholic faith. The truth that a pope cannot by any authority, without its consent, dissolve a general council representing the universal church, legitimately assembled for the reasons given in the above-mentioned truth or for any of them, or prorogue it to another time or transfer it from place to place, is a truth of the catholic faith. Anyone who persists in opposing the aforesaid truths is to be considered a heretic.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In this, those utterly pernicious men, masking their malice with the rosy colour of a truth of the faith, gave to the council of Constance an evil and mischievous meaning completely opposed to its true teaching, imitating in this the teaching of other schismatics and heretics who always amass for their support fabricated errors and impious dogmas drawn from their perverse interpretation of the divine scriptures and the holy fathers."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, completely perverting their mind and turning away their eyes from looking to heaven or remembering righteous judgments, after the manner of Dioscorus and the infamous synod of Ephesus, they proceeded to a declaratory sentence of deprivation, as they claimed, from the dignity and office of the supreme apostolate, a poisonous and execrable pronouncement involving an unforgivable crime. Here we will take the tenor of that sentence, abhorrent to every pious mind, as sufficiently expressed. They omitted nothing, as far as was in their power, that might overthrow this incomparable good of union."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O miserable and degenerate sons! O wicked and adulterous generation! What could be more cruel than this impiety and iniquity? Can anything more detestable, more dreadful and more mad be imagined? Earlier on they were the ones who said that nothing better, nothing more glorious and fruitful had ever been seen or heard of in the Christian people, from the very birth of the church, than this most holy union, and that to further it there should be no contention about the place, but rather to achieve it the wealth of this world as well as body and soul should be hazarded, proclaiming this aloud to the whole world and urging the Christian people to it, as their decrees and letters fully state. But now they persecute exactly this as furiously and as impiously as they can, so that the devils of the entire world seem to have flocked together to that conventicle of brigands at Basel."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So far almighty God has not allowed their iniquity and its lying inconsistencies to prevail. But seeing that they are striving with all their strength to bring it to success, even to the point of setting up the abomination of desolation in God's church, we can in no way pretend to ignore these things without most serious offence to God and imminent danger of confusion and abomination in God's church. In keeping with our pastoral office, at the urging of many who are fired with zeal for God, we wish to put a stop to such evils and, as far as we can, to take appropriate and salutary measures to eliminate from God's church this execrable impiety and most destructive pestilence."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Following in the steps of our predecessors who, as Pope Nicholas of holy memory writes, were accustomed to annul councils which had been conducted improperly, even those of universal pontiffs, as occurred at the second universal synod at Ephesus, inasmuch as the blessed pope Leo summoned it but later established the council of Chalcedon."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We renew by our apostolic authority, with the approval of this holy council of Florence, the solemn and salutary decree against those sacrilegious men, which was issued by us in the sacred general council of Ferrara on 15 February. By that decree we declared among other things, with the approval of the said sacred council of Ferrara, that each and every person at Basel who, in the name of a pretended council which we called more accurately a conventicle, dared to perpetrate those scandalous and wicked deeds in contravention of our translation and declaration, whether they are cardinals, patriarchs, archbishops, bishops, abbots or of some other ecclesiastical or secular dignity, has incurred the penalties of excommunication, privation of dignities, benefices and offices and disqualification for the future, which are instanced in our letter of translation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Now we decree and declare again that all the things done or attempted by those impious men presently in Basel, which were mentioned in our said decree of Ferrara, and each and all of the things done, performed or attempted by the same men since then, especially in the two so-called sessions or rather conspiracies which have just been mentioned, and whatever may have followed from these things or from any of them, or may follow in the future, as coming from impious men who have no authority and have been rejected and reprobated by God, were and are null, quashed, invalid, presumptuous and of no effect, force or moment."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With the approval of the sacred council we condemn and reject, and we proclaim as condemned and rejected, those propositions quoted above as understood in the perverse sense of the men at Basel, which they demonstrate by their deeds, as contrary to the sound sense of sacred scripture, the holy fathers and the council of Constance itself; and likewise the aforesaid so-called sentence of declaration or deprivation, with all its present and future consequences, as impious and scandalous and tending to open schism in God's church and to the confusion of all ecclesiastical order and Christian government. Also, we decree and declare that all of the aforesaid persons have been and are schismatics and heretics, And that as such they are assuredly to be punished with suitable penalties over and above the penalties imposed at the aforesaid council of Ferrara, together with all their supporters and abettors, of whatever ecclesiastical or secular status, condition or rank they may be, even cardinals, patriarchs, archbishops, bishops or abbots or those of any other dignity, so that they may receive their deserts with the aforesaid Korah, Dathan and Abiram Let nobody therefore ... If anyone however ..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 8—22 November 1439",
              "sourceKey": "session-8",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Bull of union with the Armenians]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eugenius, bishop, servant of the servants of God, for an everlasting record. All people everywhere who go by the name of Christian: Exult in God our helper, rejoice in the God of Jacob. Behold the Lord once again, mindful of his mercy had deigned to remove from his church another stumbling block which has endured for more than nine centuries. He who makes peace in the heavens and is peace on earth for people of good will, has granted in his inexpressible mercy that most desired union with the Armenians. Blessed be the God and Father of our lord Jesus Christ, the father of mercies and God of all comfort, who comforts us in all our tribulation. For the most merciful Lord, seeing his church buffeted about by strong whirlwinds, some times at the hands of those who are outside, at other times at the hands of those within, deigns in many ways every day to console and strengthen her so that she may be able to breathe freely in the midst of her troubles and to rise more robust to resist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Some time ago God established that great union with the Greeks, who include many races and tongues spread far and wide. Today God has confirmed in the same bond of faith and charity with the apostolic see this union with the Armenians, who are a very numerous people spread over the north and east. These indeed are such great and wondrous benefactions of divine providence that the human mind cannot render worthy thanks for either of them, still less for both together. Who would not be overwhelmed with admiration at the achievement in this council, within so short a time, of two such brilliant feats which have been longed for over centuries ? Truly this is the Lord's doing and it is wonderful in our eyes. For how could human prudence or diligence have brought to completion such great exploits as these are, unless the favour of God had given them their beginning and end? Let us, then, together and with all our hearts bless the Lord who alone does great wonders, let us sing with the spirit, let us sing with our minds and our mouths and let us give thanks in deeds, as far as human weakness allows, for such great gifts. Let us pray and beseech that, as the Greeks and the Armenians have been made one with the Roman church, so also may other nations be, especially those signed with the seal of Christ, and that finally the whole Christian people, after all hatreds and wars have been extinguished, may rest and rejoice together in mutual peace and brotherly love. Rightly we hold that the Armenians deserve great praise. As soon as they were invited by us to this synod, in their eagerness for ecclesiastical unity, at the cost of many labours and much toil and perils at sea, they sent to us and this council from very distant parts, their notable, dedicated and learned envoys with sufficient powers to accept, namely whatever the holy Spirit should inspire this holy synod to achieve."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We, for our part, with all our attention as befits our pastoral office and desiring to bring this holy work to a successful conclusion, frequently conversed with their envoys about this holy union. To avoid even the slightest delay in this holy project, we nominated from every rank of this sacred council experts in divine and human law to treat of the matter with the envoys with all care, study and diligence, closely inquiring of them about their faith in respect of the unity of the divine essence and the Trinity of divine persons, also about the humanity of our lord Jesus Christ, the seven sacraments of the church and other points concerning the orthodox faith and the rites of the universal church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So, after many debates, conferences and disputations, after a thorough examination of the written authorities which were produced from fathers and doctors of the church, and after discussion of the questions at issue, at length, so that in future there could be no doubt about the truth of the faith of the Armenians and that they should think in every way like the apostolic see and that the union should be stable and lasting with no cause for hesitation whatsoever we judged it advantageous, with the approval of this sacred council of Florence and the agreement of the said envoys, to give in this decree a summary of the truth of the orthodox faith that the Roman church professes about the above."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the first place, then, we give them the holy creed issued by the hundred and fifty bishops in the ecumenical council of Constantinople, with the added phrase and the Son, which for the sake of declaring the truth and from urgent necessity was licitly and reasonably added to that creed, which runs as follows: I believe . . . I We decree that this holy creed should be sung or read within the mass at least on Sundays and greater feasts, as is the Latin custom, in all Armenian churches."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the second place, we give them the definition of the fourth council of Chalcedon about two natures in the one person of Christ, which was later renewed in the fifth and sixth universal councils. It runs as follows: This wise and saving creed ... Thirdly, the definition about the two wills and two principles of action of Christ promulgated in the above-mentioned sixth council, the tenor of which is This pious and orthodox creed, and the rest which follows in the above-mentioned definition of the council of Chalcedon until the end, after which it continues thus: And we proclaim"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fourth, apart from the three synods of Nicaea, Constantinople and the first of Ephesus, the Armenians have accepted no other later universal synods nor the most blessed Leo, bishop of this holy see, by whose authority the council of Chalcedon met. For they claim that it was proposed to them that both the synod of Chalcedon and the said Leo had made the definition in accordance with the condemned heresy of Nestorius. So we instructed them and declared that such a suggestion was false and that the synod of Chalcedon and blessed Leo holily and rightly defined the truth of two natures in the one person of Christ, described above, against the impious tenets of Nestorius and Eutyches. We commanded that for the future they should hold and venerate the most blessed Leo, who was a veritable pillar of the faith and replete with all sanctity and doctrine, as a saint deservedly inscribed in the calendar of the saints; and that they should reverence and respect, like the rest of the faithful, not only the three above-mentioned synods but also all other universal synods legitimately celebrated by the authority of the Roman pontiff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fifthly, for the easier instruction of the Armenians of today and in the future we reduce the truth about the sacraments of the church to the following brief scheme. There are seven sacraments of the new Law, namely baptism, confirmation, eucharist, penance, extreme unction, orders and matrimony, which differ greatly from the sacraments of the old Law. The latter were not causes of grace, but only prefigured the grace to be given through the passion of Christ; whereas the former, ours, both contain grace and bestow it on those who worthily receive them. The first five of these are directed to the spiritual perfection of each person in himself, the last two to the regulation and increase of the whole church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For, by baptism we are reborn spiritually; by confirmation we grow in grace and are strengthened in faith. Once reborn and strengthened, we are nourished by the food of the divine eucharist. But if through sin we incur an illness of the soul, we are cured spiritually by penance. Spiritually also and bodily as suits the soul, by extreme unction. By orders the church is governed and spiritually multiplied; by matrimony it grows bodily."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All these sacraments are made up of three elements: namely, things as the matter, words as the form, and the person of the minister who confers the sacrament with the intention of doing what the church does. If any of these is lacking, the sacrament is not effected."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Three of the sacraments, namely baptism, confirmation and orders, imprint indelibly on the soul a character, that is a kind of stamp which distinguishes it from the rest. Hence they are not repeated in the same person. The other four, however, do not imprint a character and can be repeated."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Holy baptism holds the first place among all the sacraments, for it is the gate of the spiritual life; through it we become members of Christ and of the body of the church. Since death came into the world through one person, unless we are born again of water and the spirit, we cannot, as Truth says, enter the kingdom of heaven. The matter of this sacrament is true and natural water, either hot or cold. The form is: I baptize you in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the holy Spirit. But we do not deny that true baptism is conferred by the following words: May this servant of Christ be baptized in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the holy Spirit; or, This person is baptized by my hands in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the holy Spirit. Since the holy Trinity is the principle cause from which baptism has its power and the minister is the instrumental cause who exteriorly bestows the sacrament, the sacrament is conferred if the action is performed by the minister with the invocation of the holy Trinity. The minister of this sacrament is a priest, who is empowered to baptize in virtue of his office. But in case of necessity not only a priest or a deacon, but even a lay man or a woman, even a pagan and a heretic, can baptize provided he or she uses the form of the church and intends to do what the church does. The effect of this sacrament is the remission of all original and actual guilt, also of all penalty that is owed for that guilt. Hence no satisfaction for past sins is to be imposed on the baptized, but those who die before they incur any guilt go straight to the kingdom of heaven and the vision of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The second sacrament is confirmation. Its matter is chrism made from oil and balsam blessed by a bishop, the oil symbolizing the gleaming brightness of conscience and balsam symbolizing the odour of a good reputation. The form is: I sign you with the sign of the cross and I confirm you with the chrism of salvation in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the holy Spirit. The ordinary minister is a bishop. Whereas a simple priest can use other unctions, only a bishop ought to confer this one, because it is said only of the apostles, whose place is held by bishops, that they gave the holy Spirit by the imposition of hands, as this text from the Acts of the Apostles shows: Now when the apostles at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God, they sent to them Peter and John, who came down and prayed for them that they might receive the holy Spirit; for it had not yet come down upon any of them, but they had only been baptized in the name of the lord Jesus. Then they laid their hands on them and they received the holy Spirit'. In place of this imposition of hands confirmation is given in the church. We read that sometimes for a reasonable and really urgent cause, by dispensation of the apostolic see, a simple priest has conferred this sacrament of confirmation with chrism prepared by a bishop. The effect of this sacrament is that a Christian should boldly confess the name of Christ, since the holy Spirit is given in this sacrament for strengthening just as he was given to the apostles on the day of Pentecost. Therefore the candidate is enjoined on the forehead, which is the seat of shame, not to shrink from confessing the name of Christ and especially his cross, which is a stumbling block for Jews and a folly for gentiles, according to the Apostle, and for this reason he is signed with the sign of the cross. The third is the sacrament of the eucharist. Its matter is wheat bread and wine from the vine, to which a very little water is added before the consecration. Water is added thus because it is believed, in accordance with the testimony of holy fathers and doctors of the church manifested long ago in disputation, that the Lord himself instituted this sacrament in wine mixed with water, and because it befits the representation of the Lord's passion. For the blessed pope Alexander, fifth after blessed Peter, says: \"In the oblations of the sacraments which are offered to the Lord within the solemnities of masses, only bread and wine mixed with water are to be offered in sacrifice. There should not be offered in the chalice of the Lord either wine only or water only but both mixed together, because both blood and water are said to have flowed from Christ's side'; also because it is fitting to signify the effect of this sacrament, which is the union of the Christian people with Christ. For, water signifies the people according to those words of the Apocalypse: many waters, many peoples. And Pope Julius, second after blessed Silvester, said: The chalice of the Lord, by a precept of the canons, should be offered mixed of wine and water, because we see that the people is understood in the water and the blood of Christ is manifested in the wine; hence when wine and water are mingled in the chalice, the people are made one with Christ and the mass of the faithful are linked and joined together with him in whom they believe. Since, therefore, both the holy Roman church taught by the most blessed apostles Peter and Paul and the other churches of Latins and Greeks, in which the lights of all sanctity and doctrine have shone brightly, have behaved in this way from the very beginning of the growing church and still do so, it seems very unfitting that any other region should differ from this universal and reasonable observance. We decree, therefore, that the Armenians should conform themselves with the whole Christian world and that their priests shall mix a little water with the wine in the oblation of the chalice, as has been said. The form of this sacrament are the words of the Saviour with which he effected this sacrament. A priest speaking in the person of Christ effects this sacrament. For, in virtue of those words, the substance of bread is changed into the body of Christ and the substance of wine into his blood. In such wise, however, that the whole Christ is contained both under the form of bread and under the form of wine, under any part of the consecrated host as well as after division of the consecrated wine, there is the whole Christ. The effect of this sacrament, which is produced in the soul of one who receives it worthily, is the union of him or her with Christ. Since by grace a person is incorporated in Christ and is united with his members, the consequence is that grace is increased by this sacrament in those who receive it worthily, and that every effect that material food and drink produce for corporal life — sustaining, increasing, repairing and delighting — this sacrament works for spiritual life. For in it, as Pope Urban said, we recall the gracious memory of our Saviour, we are withdrawn from evil, we are strengthened in good and we receive an increase of virtues and graces."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The fourth sacrament is penance. Its matter is the acts of the penitent, which are threefold. The first is contrition of heart, which includes sorrow for sin committed, with the resolve not to sin again. The second is oral confession, which implies integral confession to the priest of all sins that are remembered. The third is satisfaction for sins in accordance with the judgment of the priest which is ordinarily done by prayer, fasting and almsgiving. The form of this sacrament are the words of absolution which the priest pronounces when he says: I absolve you. The minister of this sacrament is a priest with authority to absolve, which is either ordinary or by commission of a superior."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The fifth sacrament is extreme unction. Its matter is olive oil blessed by a priest. This sacrament should not be given to the sick unless death is expected. The person is to be anointed on the following places: on the eyes for sight, on the ears for hearing, on the nostrils for smell, on the mouth for taste or speech, on the hands for touch, on the feet for walking, on the loins for the pleasure that abides there. The form of this sacrament is: Through this anointing and his most pious mercy may the Lord pardon you whatever you have done wrong by sight, and similarly for the other members. The minister of the sacrament is a priest. Its effect is to cure the mind and, in so far as it helps the soul, also the body. Blessed James the apostle said of this sacrament: Any one of you who is sick should send for the elders of the church, and they shall pray over him and anoint him with oil in the name of the Lord. The prayer of faith will save the sick person and the Lord will raise him up again: and if he is in sins, they will be forgiven him."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sixth is the sacrament of orders. Its matter is the object by whose handing over the order is conferred. So the priesthood is bestowed by the handing over of a chalice with wine and a paten with bread; the diaconate by the giving of the book of the gospels; the subdiaconate by the handing over of an empty chalice with an empty paten on it; and similarly for the other orders by allotting things connected with their ministry. The form for a priest is: Receive the power of offering sacrifice in the church for the living and the dead, in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the holy Spirit. The forms for the other orders are contained in full in the Roman pontifical. The ordinary minister of this sacrament is a bishop. The effect is an increase of grace to make the person a suitable minister of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The seventh is the sacrament of matrimony, which is a sign of the union of Christ and the church according to the words of the apostle: This sacrament is a great one, but I speak in Christ and in the church. The efficient cause of matrimony is usually mutual consent expressed in words about the present. A threefold good is attributed to matrimony. The first is the procreation and bringing up of children for the worship of God. The second is the mutual faithfulness of the spouses towards each other. The third is the indissolubility of marriage, since it signifies the indivisible union of Christ and the church. Although separation of bed is lawful on account of fornication, it is not lawful to contract another marriage, since the bond of a legitimately contracted marriage is perpetual."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sixthly, we offer to the envoys that compendious rule of the faith composed by most blessed Athanasius, which is as follows:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whoever wills to be saved, before all things it is necessary that he holds the catholic faith. Unless a person keeps this faith whole and undefiled, without doubt he shall perish eternally. The catholic faith is this, that we worship one God in the Trinity, and the Trinity in unity, neither confounding the persons nor dividing the substance. For there is one person of the Father, another of the Son, and another of the holy Spirit. But the Godhead of the Father, of the Son and of the holy Spirit is one, the glory equal, and the majesty co- eternal. Such as the Father is, such is the Son, and such is the holy Spirit. The Father uncreated the Son uncreated and the holy Spirit uncreated. The Father infinite, the Son infinite and the holy Spirit infinite. The Father eternal, the Son eternal and the holy Spirit eternal. Yet they are not three eternals, but one eternal. As also they are not three uncreateds nor three infinites, but one uncreated and one infinite. Likewise the Father is almighty, the Son is almighty and the holy Spirit is almighty. Yet they are not three almighties, but one almighty. Likewise the Father is God, the Son is God and the holy Spirit is God. Yet they are not three gods, but one God. Likewise the Father is Lord, the Son is Lord and the holy Spirit is Lord. Yet they are not three lords, but one Lord. For just as we are compelled by the Christian truth to acknowledge each person by himself to be God and Lord, so we are forbidden by the catholic religion to say there are three gods or three lords. The Father is made by none, neither created nor begotten. The Son is from the Father alone; not made nor created, but begotten. The holy Spirit is from the Father and the Son; not made nor created nor begotten, but proceeding. So there is one Father, not three fathers; one Son, not three sons; one holy Spirit, not three holy spirits. And in this Trinity nothing is before or after, nothing is greater or less; but the whole three persons are co-eternal together and co-equal. So that in all things, as has been said above, the unity in Trinity and the Trinity in unity is to be worshipped. Whoever, therefore, wishes to be saved, let him think thus of the Trinity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is also necessary for salvation to believe faithfully the incarnation of our lord Jesus Christ. The right faith, therefore, is that we believe and confess that our lord Jesus Christ, Son of God, is God and man. God, of the substance of the Father, begotten before the ages; and man, of the substance of his mother, born in the world. Perfect God, perfect man, subsisting of a rational soul and human flesh. Equal to the Father according to his Godhead, less than the Father according to his humanity. Although he is God and man, he is not two, but one Christ. One, however, not by conversion of the Godhead into flesh, but by the taking of humanity into God. One altogether, not by confusion of substance, but by unity of person. For as a reasoning soul and flesh is one man, so God and man is one Christ. He suffered for our salvation and descended into hell. On the third day he rose from the dead. He ascended into heaven and sits at the right hand of God the Father almighty. Thence he shall come to judge the living and the dead. At his coming all shall rise again with their bodies, and shall give an account of their own deeds. Those who have done good shall go into eternal life, but those who have done evil shall go into eternal fire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This is the catholic faith. Unless a person believes it faithfully and firmly, he cannot be saved."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seventhly, the decree of union concluded with the Greeks, which was promulgated earlier in this sacred ecumenical council of Florence and which is as follows: Let the heavens be glad . . . '"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eighthly, there was discussion with the Armenians about, among other things, the days on which the following feasts should be kept: the annunciation of the blessed virgin Mary, the birth of blessed John the Baptist and, in consequence, the birth and the circumcision of our lord Jesus Christ and his presentation in the temple (or the purification of the blessed virgin Mary). The truth was made quite clear by the testimonies of fathers and by the custom of the Roman church and all other churches among Latins and Greeks. Therefore, lest the rites of Christians be at variance in such great celebrations, whence a threat to charity could arise, we decree that, as something consonant with truth and reason, the Armenians too should solemnly celebrate, according to the observance of the rest of the world, the following feasts on the following days: the annunciation of the blessed virgin Mary on 25 March, the birth of blessed John the Baptist on 24 June, the birth of our Saviour on 25 December, his circumcision on 1 January, the epiphany on 6 January, and the presentation of our Lord in the temple (or the purification of the mother of God) on 2 February."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "After all these matters had been explained, the aforesaid Armenians, in their own name and in the name of their patriarch and of all Armenians, with all devotion and obedience accept, admit and embrace this salutary synodal decree with all its chapters, declarations, definitions, traditions, precepts and statutes and all the doctrine contained in it, and also whatever the holy apostolic see and the Roman church holds and teaches. They also accept with reverence all those doctors and holy fathers approved by the Roman church. Indeed, they hold as reprobated and condemned whatever persons and things the Roman church reprobates and condemns. They promise that as true sons of obedience, in the name as above, they will faithfully obey the ordinances and commands of the apostolic see."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When the aforesaid decree had been solemnly read out in our and the holy synod's presence, straightaway our beloved son Narses, an Armenian, in the name of the said envoys, publicly recited the following in Armenian and thereupon our beloved son Basil of the order of friars Minor, the interpreter between us and the Armenians, publicly read it out in Latin as follows."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Most blessed father and most holy synod. Recently the whole of this holy decree, which has now been read out in Latin in your presence, was clearly explained and interpreted to us word by word in our language. It was and is completely acceptable to us. To disclose our understanding more fully, however, we repeat its contents in summary."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The following is contained in it. First, you give to our people of the Armenians the holy creed of Constantinople, with the added phrase and the Son, to be sung or read within the mass in our churches at least on Sundays and greater feasts. Secondly, the definition of the fourth universal council of Chalcedon about two natures in the one person of Christ. Thirdly, the definition about the two wills and principles of action of Christ which was promulgated in the sixth universal council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fourthly, you declare that the synod of Chalcedon and most blessed pope Leo rightly defined the truth about two natures in the one person of Christ against the impious doctrines of Nestorius and Eutyches. You order that we should venerate most blessed Leo as holy and a pillar of the faith and that we should reverently accept not only the synods of Nicaea, Constantinople and the first of Ephesus, but also all other synods legitimately celebrated . . authority of the Roman pontiff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fifthly, a short scheme of the seven sacraments of the church, namely baptism, confirmation, eucharist, penance, extreme unction, orders and matrimony indicating the matter, the form and the minister of each; and that while the chalice is being offered in the sacrifice of the altar a little water should be mixed with the wine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sixthly, a compendious rule of the faith of most blessed Athanasius, which begins: Whoever wills to be saved etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seventhly, the decree of union concluded with the Greeks, which was promulgated earlier in this sacred council, recording how the holy Spirit proceeds eternally from the Father and the Son, and that the phrase and the Son was licitly and reasonably added to the creed of Constantinople. Also that the body of the Lord is effected in leavened or unleavened wheat bread; and what is to be believed about the pains of purgatory and hell, about the life of the blessed and about suffrages offered for the dead. In addition, about the plenitude of power of the apostolic see given by Christ to blessed Peter and his successors, . . . . . about the order of the patriarchal sees."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eighthly, you decree that the following feasts should be kept on the following days, in accordance with the custom of the universal church: the annunciation of the blessed virgin Mary on 25 March, the birth of blessed John the Baptist on 24 June, the birth of our Saviour on 25 December, his circumcision on I January, the epiphany on 6 January, and the presentation of the Lord in the temple (or the purification of blessed Mary) on 2 February."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore we envoys, in our own name and in the name of our reverend patriarch and of all Armenians, with all devotion and obedience accept, admit and embrace, just as your holiness affirms in the decree, this most salutary synodal decree with all its chapters, declarations, definitions, traditions, precepts and statutes and all the doctrine contained in it, and also whatever the holy apostolic see and the Roman church holds and teaches. We accept with reverence all those doctors and holy fathers approved by the Roman church. Indeed we hold as reprobated and condemned whatever persons and things the Roman church reprobates and condemns. We promise that as true sons of obedience, in the name of the above, we will faithfully obey the ordinances and commands of this apostolic see."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 9—23 March 1440",
              "sourceKey": "session-9",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Monition of the council of Florence against the antipope Felix V]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eugenius, bishop, servant of the servants of God, for an everlasting record. Many examples of holy fathers of the old and the new Testament warn us that we should not pass over in silence or leave completely unpunished specially grave crimes which lead to the scandal and public division of the people entrusted to us. For if we delay to pursue and avenge what is grievously offensive to God, we thereby provoke the divine patience to wrath. For, there are sins for which it is a sin to be slack about their retribution. It is indeed right and eminently reasonable, in the opinion of holy fathers, that those who despise divine commands and disobey paternal enactments should be corrected with really severe penalties, so that others may fear to commit the same faults and that all may rejoice in fraternal harmony and take note of the example of severity and probity. For if — though may it never be — we are negligent about ecclesiastical vigilance and activity, idleness ruins discipline and the souls of the faithful will suffer great harm. Therefore, rotting flesh should be cut away and mangy sheep driven out"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "He cannot have God as his father If he does not hold the unity of the church i he who does not agree with the body of the church and the whole brotherhood, cannot agree with anyone. Since Christ suffered for the church and since the church is the body of Christ, without doubt the person who divides the church is convicted of lacerating the body of Christ. Hence the avenging will of the Lord went forth against schismatics like Korah, Dathan and Abiram, who were swallowed up together by an opening in the ground for instigating schism against Moses, the man of God, and others were consumed by fire from heaven; idolatry indeed was punished by the sword; and the burning of the book was requited by the slaughter of war and imprisonment in exile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, how indivisible is the sacrament of unity! How bereft of hope, and how punished by God's indignation with the direst loss, are those who produce schism and, abandoning the true spouse of the church, set up a pseudo-bishop! Divine scripture declares this in the book of Kings, which says that when ten tribes had separated themselves from the tribe of Judah and Benjamin and abandoned their king, setting up for themselves another king: the Lord was indignant with all the descendants of Israel and gave them over to destruction till he cast them away from his face. It says that the Lord was indignant and gave over to destruction those who split off from unity and set up for themselves another king. Indeed, so great was the wrath of God against those who had brought about a schism that even when the man of God had been sent to Jeroboam to reprove his sins and to predict a future vengeance, the man of God was forbidden to eat bread with them or to drink water and when he did not obey this order of the Lord and dined, straightaway the divine retribution struck him and he was killed by a lion on his return journey. Hence, as blessed Jerome declares, nobody should doubt that the crime of schism is very wicked since it is avenged so severely."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In days gone by, in the holy general council of Constance, that chronic and disastrous schism, which had cruelly and daily afflicted God's church and the Christian religion with great loss of souls, not only of individual persons but also in entire cities and provinces, was at last settled by the ineffable mercy of God and the unbounded labours and hardships of many kings and princes, both ecclesiastical and secular, many universities and others of Christ's faithful, and at great expense. With the election of lord Martin of happy memory and, after his death, the undisputed, genuine, unanimous and canonical elevation of your holiness to the summit of the apostolate, the universal church seemed to be enjoying a greatly desired peace. But behold! Again we are compelled with copious tears to say with Jeremiah the prophet: we looked for peace, but behold disturbance. And again with Isaiah: we looked for light, but behold darkness. Some sons of perdition and disciples of iniquity, who were few in numbers and of little authority, tried at Basel with all their strength, guile and cunning, even after the translation of the former council which had been made canonically and legitimately by your holiness for just, evident, urgent and necessary reasons, to prevent the most holy union with the Greeks and the whole eastern church, which was ardently desired by the whole Christian people."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For after the said authors of the scandals who remained in Basel had failed to fulfil their promise to the Greeks, when they learnt from the envoys of the Greeks and the eastern church that the most serene prince lord John Palaeologus, emperor of the Romans, and Joseph, patriarch of Constantinople of happy memory, with many other prelates and men of the eastern church were about to come to the place chosen for the ecumenical council, and that your holiness had despatched many prelates and envoys with galleys at great expense and outlay, they dared to decree, with a view to preventing the arrival of the said emperor and Greeks, a detestable monition against your holiness and my most reverend lords, the lord cardinals of the holy Roman church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Afterwards, when they learnt that the said emperor and patriarch and other easterners were coming, they issued against your holiness a kind of sacrilegious decree of suspension from the administration of the papacy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Despite these and other wicked attempts and sacrilegious acts, on account of the constant solicitude displayed by you and this sacred council and after great labours and many disputations, at last the divine mercy granted that the above-mentioned schism of the Greeks and the eastern church, which had lasted for almost five hundred years to the great harm of the whole Christian people, should be removed from the midst of the church and that the most desired union of the western and the eastern church, which was hardly thought possible, should follow with the utmost harmony from your and this sacred council's holy work. This ought to be greatly admired and venerated with the highest praise and the joy of exultation, as all the rest of the Christian religion had done, and thanks should be returned to the most High for so admirable a gift. But they became more hard-hearted and obstinate, preferring even at the cost of ruining the whole Christian world to fan into flames the conflagration, which they had already begun, of their aforesaid most wicked monster. They adopted an attitude of opposition and, prodigal of their good name and enemies to their own honour, they strove to their utmost with pestilential daring to rend the unity of the holy Roman and universal church and the seamless robe of Christ', and with serpent-like bites to lacerate the womb of the pious and holy mother herself."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The leader and prince of these men and the architect of the whole nefarious deed was that first-born son of Satan, the most unfortunate Amadeus, once duke and prince of Savoy. He meditated this scheme for long. Several years ago, as is widely said, he was seduced by the trickery, soothsayings and phantoms of certain unfortunate men and women of low reputation (commonly called wizards or witches or Waldensians and said to be very numerous in his country), who had forsaken their Saviour to turn backwards to Satan and be deceived by demonic illusions, to have himself raised up to be a monstrous head in God's church. He adopted the cloak of a hermit, or rather of a most false hypocrite, so that in sheep's clothing, like a lamb he might assume the ferocity of a wolf. Eventually he joined the people at Basel. By force, fraud, bribery, promises and threats he prevailed on the majority of those at Basel, who were subject to his sway and tyranny, to proclaim him as an idol and Beelzebub, the prince of these new demons, in opposition to your holiness, the true vicar of Christ and the undoubted successor of Peter in God's church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus that most ill-starred Amadeus, a man of insatiable and unheard of greed, whom avarice (which, according to the Apostle, is the service of idols) has always blinded, was set up as an idol and like a statue of Nebuchadnezzar in God's church by that most wicked synagogue, those offscourings of forsaken men, that shameful cesspool of all Christianity, from among whom certain heinous men, or rather demons hiding under the form of men, had been deputed as electors or rather as profaners. He himself, agitated by the furies of his own crimes and sinking into the depth of all evils, said after the manner of Lucifer: I will set my throne in the north and I shall be like the most High. He grasped with avid and detestable greed at the above-mentioned election, or rather profanation made of him, which he had earlier sought with intense fever of mind and anguish of heart. He did not shrink from adopting and wearing papal robes, ornaments and insignia, from behaving, holding himself and acting as Roman and supreme pontiff, and from having himself venerated as such by the people. Further, he was not afraid to write and despatch to many parts of the world letters which were sealed with a leaden seal after the manner of the Roman pontiffs. By these letters, in which he calls himself Felix even though he is the most unhappy of mortals, he tries to spread the poisons of his faction among the people of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "What complaint or accusation am I to make first, most blessed father and most holy synod? With what force of speech, grief of mind or outpouring of words am I to deplore so great a crime? What rich discourse could suitably bewail or express this most foul deed? Assuredly no account can equal the grossness of the act, for the magnitude of so heinous a crime transcends the power of speech."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But, as I see it, most blessed father and most reverend and reverend fathers, now is the hour not for lament but for remedy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For behold, holy mother church was basking in true unity and peace, in the person of your holiness her undoubted spouse, when the fountain of tears was opened. To you, her spouse, and to you most reverend and reverend fathers, who share in solicitude and have been summoned to this sacred and ecumenical council, she is forced to cry and shout with many sighs and sobs: Have pity on me, have pity on me, at least you my fiends'. For my bowels are full of bitterness. For the foxes destroy the vineyard of the God of hosts, and the impious rend the seamless robe of Christ. Let God therefore arise, let all his enemies be scattered. And you, most blessed father, since all these things are so manifest, public and notorious that they cannot be hidden by any evasion or defended by excuses, arise in the power of the most High, together with this sacred council, and judge the cause of your spouse and be mindful of your sons. Gird your sword upon your thigh, O mighty one. Set out, proceed prosperously and reign, and say with the psalmist: I will pursue my enemies and crush them, and I shall not return until I consume them. I shall consume and crush them and they will not rise; they will fall at my feet. For it is wrong that so wicked a deed and so detestable a precedent should be allowed to pass by disguised, lest perhaps unpunished daring and malice find an imitator, but rather let the example of punished transgressions deter others from offending."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore your holiness and this sacred synod, following the example of Moses the man of God, must say to the whole Christian people: Depart from the tents of these impious men. Follow also the example of blessed pope Leo, your predecessor, who moved the second council of Ephesus and Dioscorus with his supporters to Chalcedon, where he instituted a synod which condemned them, and of your other predecessors as supreme pontiff, who continuously rising up in God's church have eliminated heresies and schisms, with their instigators, followers and supporters, from the church of God and the communion of the faithful, which is the most sacred body of Christ, and have afflicted them with many other condign penalties at the demand of justice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With the approval and help of this sacred ecumenical council, avenge with condign penalties this new frenzy which has become inflamed to your injury and that of the holy Roman church, your spouse, and to the notorious scandal of the whole Christian people. By the authority of almighty God and of the blessed apostles Peter and Paul and by your own authority, remove and separate from God's holy church, by a perpetual anathema, the aforesaid wicked perpetrators of this prodigious crime and their unfortunate heresiarch and veritable antichrist in God's church together with all their supporters, adherents and followers and especially his execrable electors or rather profaners."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "May he and all the aforesaid be cast out like an antichrist and an invader and a destroyer of the whole of Christianity. Let no appeal in this matter ever be allowed to him or to them. Let them and their posterity and successors be deprived without appeal of every ecclesiastical or secular rank and dignity whatsoever. Let all of them be condemned by a perpetual anathema and excommunication and may they be counted among the wicked who will not rise at the judgment. May they feel the anger of God against them. May they feel the rage of saints Peter and Paul, whose church they dare to throw into confusion, both in this life and in the next. May their dwelling be a desolation, let no one dwell in their tents. May their children be orphans and their wives be widows. May the world fight against them and all the elements be opposed to them, so that they may be cast out, destroyed and eliminated by all and so that, as they grovel in permanent penury, death may deservedly be their refuge and life their punishment. May the merits of all the saints cast them into confusion and display open vengeance on them in their lifetime. May they receive a deserved fate with Korah, Dathan and Abiram. Finally, unless they repent from their hearts, perform deeds worthy of repentance and make worthy satisfaction to your holiness and the universal church for the enormity of their sins, may they be thrust with the wicked into the everlasting darkness, doomed by the just judgment of God to eternal torments."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "May the grace of almighty God protect all of us and all Christ's faithful who execrate with merited blasphemies the aforesaid heresiarchs and their abominable idol and antichrist, who acknowledge you as Christ's vicar and spouse of his most worthy church, and who venerate you with devout reverence and constant faith and obedience. By the authority of blessed Peter and Paul and your authority, may we and they be absolved from all bonds of sins, be filled with all blessings on our pilgrimage and finally be led by his ineffable mercy to eternal joys. Amen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For our part, as soon as we were aware from the reports of trustworthy people that so great an impiety had been committed, we were afflicted with grief and sadness, as was to be expected, both for the great scandal to the church and for the ruin of the souls of its perpetrators, especially Amadeus that antichrist whom we used to embrace in the depths of charity and whose prayers and wishes we always strove to meet in so far as we could in God. Already for some time we had it in mind to provide salutary remedies, in accordance with our pastoral office, against an abomination of this sort. Now, however, challenged publicly before the church to confront these evils, we propose to rise to the defence of the church and tackle this great crime more quickly and more urgently. Therefore, in order that so enormous and execrable a deed may, with the help of God whose cause is at stake, be destroyed from its very roots, we are applying, in conjunction with this holy council and with the least possible delay, a remedy in accordance with the holy canons."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We are aware that the above petition of the promoter and the procurator is just and in conformity with both divine and human law, and although the aforesaid crimes and excesses are so very public and notorious that nothing can conceal them and no further information is required; Nevertheless, for greater precaution and certainly about the above, we commissioned, with the approval of this sacred council, some noteworthy persons from every rank in the council to seek information about the above and to refer their findings to us and the sacred council. Those so commissioned fulfilled their task of investigation with the care demanded by a schismatical depravity of this kind and faithfully reported to us and the sacred council in a synodal congregation what they had found out by the interrogation of trustworthy persons. In such public, manifest and notorious matters, action could have been taken against the said infamous and scandalous men without waiting further, by means of severe penalties in accordance with canonical sanctions. Nevertheless we and this holy synod, imitating the mercy of God who desires not the death of the sinner but rather that he be converted and live, have decided to show all possible mercy and to act, in so far as we can, in such a way that the proposed mildness may recall them to heart and lead them to recoil from the above-mentioned excesses, and so that when at last they return to the bosom of the church like the prodigal son, we may receive them with kindness and embrace them with fatherly love."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, through the tender mercy of our God and by the shedding of the precious blood of our lord Jesus Christ, in whom and by whom the redemption of the human race and the foundation of holy mother church were effected, from the depths of our hearts we exhort, beg and beseech the antichrist Amadeus and the aforesaid electors, or rather profaners, and whoever else believes in, adheres to, receives or in any way supports him, straightaway to stop violating the church's unity for which the Saviour prayed so earnestly to the Father, and to cease from rending and lacerating the fraternal charity and peace which the same Redeemer, as he was about to leave this world, repeatedly and so insistently commended to his disciples and without which neither prayers nor fasts nor alms are acceptable to God, and utterly to desist as quickly as possible from the aforesaid destructive and scandalous excesses, and so to find with us and this sacred council, if they really obey as they are bound to do, the affection of a father in respect of everything."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "However, so that fear of penalties and harshness of discipline may force them if perchance love of justice and virtue does not withdraw them from sin, with the approval of this sacred council we demand and warn the antichrist Amadeus and the aforesaid electors, or rather profaners, and believers, adherents, receivers and supporters, and we strictly enjoin and order him and them in virtue of holy obedience and under the penalties of anathema, heresy, schism and treason which have been inflicted in any ways against such persons, whether by men or by the law:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That within fifty days immediately following the publication of this letter, the antichrist Amadeus should cease from acting any more and designating himself as the Roman pontiff and should not, in so far as he can, allow himself to be held and called such by others, and should not dare hereafter in any way to use papal insignia and other things belonging in any way to the Roman pontiff; And that the aforesaid electors, or rather profaners, and adherents, receivers and supporters should no longer, either in person or through others, directly or indirectly or under any pretext, aid, believe in, adhere to or support the said Amadeus in this crime of schism."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rather, both Amadeus himself and the aforesaid electors, believers, adherents and supporters should hold, recognize and reverence us as the true Roman pontiff and vicar of Christ and legitimate successor of Peter, and should reverently obey and maintain us as father and pastor of their souls, and should take care legitimately to notify us and this sacred council about these matters within the appointed interval of time, so that no scruple of doubt may remain about their genuine obedience."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If Amadeus and the said electors, believers, adherents, receivers and supporters shall act otherwise — though may it not be so — and do not effectively fulfil each and all of the aforesaid points within the appointed time, we wish and decree that from then as from now they automatically incur the stated penalties."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, on the fifteenth day after the aforesaid interval of time, if it is not a feast, otherwise on the following non-feast day, the aforesaid supporters all together or singly shall appear in person before us and the aforesaid council where we shall then be, to be seen and heard individually and even by name. Thus we now cite them for that day, to be declared schismatics, blasphemers and as heretics, to be punished as traitors, and to have incurred the aforesaid censures and penalties, and others to be inflicted, according as it shall seem good and justice shall persuade:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notifying the same people and any of them individually, whether or not they come, that if they shall not have shown that they have obeyed, we shall proceed with justice to declaring the aforesaid penalties, notwithstanding their contumacy or absence, with the intention of proceeding further to aggravation and re-aggravation, as the rigour of justice shall demand and their merits require. In order that this monition and citation of ours may be brought to the attention of the authors of their monition and citation and of other interested persons, we shall have sheets of paper or membranes of parchment containing it affixed to the doors or gates of the church of St Mary Novella in Florence, of our palace situated near that church and of the cathedral church of Florence. These will make known this monition as if by a sonorous town-crying and a public notice, in order that after such notification these people may not be able to pretend that it did not reach them or that they were ignorant of it, since it is unlikely that what is made known so obviously to all should remain unknown or hidden to them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We wish and we decree by our apostolic authority that this our monition promulgated on the said doors and gates shall have as much value and be as immutable and as binding on the said warned people, notwithstanding any contrary constitution, as if it had been intimated and disclosed to each and all of the warned people in person and in their presence."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, lest the aforesaid warned and cited persons allege as a cloak of excuse that the council and the Roman curia, the common fatherland of all, is an unsafe place for them and that, because of the above-mentioned things or other enmities or other reasons, danger threatens them in their coming, staying and returning, we reassure them by this present letter and we require and exhort by the same letter all patriarchs, archbishops, bishops and other prelates of churches and monasteries, clerics and ecclesiastical persons as well as dukes, marquises, princes, rulers, captains and any other officials and their lieutenants, as also the communities and corporations of cities, castles, towns, vills and other places, and we strictly command the patriarchs, archbishops, bishops and other prelates and our other subjects that they are not to inflict any injury or harm on the aforesaid warned persons and their goods and property nor, to the best of their power, to allow such to be inflicted by others. Let nobody therefore . . . If anyone however . . ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 10—27 May 1440",
              "sourceKey": "session-10",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Eugenius IV exhorts the members of the synod at Basel to desist from their opposition]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eugenius, bishop, servant of the servants of God, for an everlasting record. In the opinion of holy fathers, public sinners ought to be publicly censured so that others may stand in fear. Accordingly, we and this sacred council of Florence recently censured and denounced in public before the church, in synodal form, the authors and abettors of the pestilential sin of schism against the holy apostolic see and the holy Roman church, the mother and mistress of all Christians, which was perpetrated by Amadeus, once duke of Savoy, and his accomplices. It would have been in conformity with the sacred canons to have passed a sentence of due severity straightaway on those notoriously sacrilegious persons. However, desiring their conversion and salvation rather than their punishment, we begged, warned and required of them, with all the charity and mildness we could, to reflect and to recoil from such great iniquity, promising them pardon and favour and a father's affection. But if they refused to heed these dutiful admonitions, we decreed that they should be punished with penalties proportionate to so great an outrage, as is contained in the monition promulgated against them, which is as follows."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 11—4 February 1442",
              "sourceKey": "session-11",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Bull of union with the Copts]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eugenius, bishop, servant of the servants of God, for an everlasting record. Sing praises to the Lord for he has done gloriously; let this be known in all the earth. Shout, and sing for joy, O inhabitant of Zion, for great in your midst is the holy one of Israel. To sing and to exult in the Lord certainly befits the church of God for his great magnificence and the glory of his name, which the most merciful God has deigned to bring about on this very day. It is right, indeed, to praise and bless with all our hearts our Saviour, who daily builds up his holy church with new additions. His benefactions to his Christian people are at all times many and great and manifest more clearly than the light of day his immense love for us. Yet if we look more closely at the benefactions which the divine mercy has deigned to effect in most recent times, we shall assuredly be able to judge that in these days of ours the gifts of his love have been more in"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "number and greater in kind than in many past ages."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For in less than three years our lord Jesus Christ by his indefatigable kindness, to the common and lasting joy of the whole of Christianity, has generously effected in this holy ecumenical synod the most salutary union of three great nations. Hence it has come about that nearly the whole of the east that adores the glorious name of Christ and no small part of the north, after prolonged discord with the holy Roman church, have come together in the same bond of faith and love. For first the Greeks and those subject to the four patriarchal sees, which cover many races and nations and tongues, then the Armenians, who are a race of many peoples, and today indeed the Jacobites, who are a great people in Egypt, have been united with the holy apostolic see."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nothing is more pleasing to our Saviour, the lord Jesus Christ, than mutual love among people and nothing can give more glory to his name and advantage to the church than that Christians, with all discord between them banished, should come together in the same purity of faith. Deservedly all of us ought to sing for joy and to exult in the Lord; we whom the divine clemency has made worthy to see in our days such great splendour of the Christian faith. With the greatest readiness we therefore announce these marvellous facts to the whole Christian world, so that just as we are filled with unspeakable joy for the glory of God and the exaltation of the church, we may make others participate in this great happiness. Thus all of us with one voice may magnify and glorify God and may return abundant and daily thanks, as is fitting, to his majesty for so many and so great marvellous benefits bestowed on his holy church in this age. He who diligently does the work of God not only awaits merit and reward in heaven but also deserves generous glory and praise among people. Therefore we consider that our venerable brother John, patriarch of the Jacobites, whose zeal for this holy union is immense, should deservedly be praised and extolled by us and the whole church and deserves, together with his whole race, the general approval of all Christians. Moved by us, through our envoy and our letter, to send an embassy to us and this sacred synod and to unite himself and his people in the same faith with the Roman church, he sent to us and this synod the beloved son Andrew, an Egyptian, endowed in no mean degree with faith and morals and abbot of the monastery of St Anthony in Egypt, in which St Anthony himself is said to have lived and died. The patriarch, fired with great zeal, ordered and commissioned him reverently to accept, in the name of the patriarch and his Jacobites, the doctrine of the faith that the Roman church holds and preaches, and afterwards to bring this doctrine to the patriarch and the Jacobites so that they might acknowledge and formally approve it and preach it in their lands."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We, therefore, to whom the Lord gave the task of feeding Christ's sheep', had abbot Andrew carefully examined by some outstanding men of this sacred council on the articles of the faith, the sacraments of the church and certain other matters pertaining to salvation. At length, after an exposition of the catholic faith to the abbot, as far as this seemed to be necessary, and his humble acceptance of it, we have delivered in the name of the Lord in this solemn session, with the approval of this sacred ecumenical council of Florence, the following true and necessary doctrine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "First, then, the holy Roman church, founded on the words of our Lord and Saviour, firmly believes, professes and preaches one true God, almighty, immutable and eternal, Father, Son and holy Spirit; one in essence, three in persons; unbegotten Father, Son begotten from the Father, holy Spirit proceeding from the Father and the Son; the Father is not the Son or the holy Spirit, the Son is not the Father or the holy Spirit, the holy Spirit is not the Father or the Son; the Father is only the Father, the Son is only the Son, the holy Spirit is only the holy Spirit. The Father alone from his substance begot the Son; the Son alone is begotten of the Father alone; the holy Spirit alone proceeds at once from the Father and the Son. These three persons are one God not three gods, because there is one substance of the three, one essence, one nature, one Godhead, one immensity, one eternity, and everything is one where the difference of a relation does not prevent this. Because of this unity the Father is whole in the Son, whole in the holy Spirit; the Son is whole in the Father, whole in the holy Spirit; the holy Spirit is whole in the Father, whole in the Son. No one of them precedes another in eternity or excels in greatness or surpasses in power. The existence of the Son from the Father is certainly eternal and without beginning, and the procession of the holy Spirit from the Father and the Son is eternal and without beginning. Whatever the Father is or has, he has not from another but from himself and is principle without principle. Whatever the Son is or has, he has from the Father and is principle from principle. Whatever the holy Spirit is or has, he has from the Father together with the Son. But the Father and the Son are not two principles of the holy Spirit, but one principle, just as the Father and the Son and the holy Spirit are not three principles of creation but one principle. Therefore it condemns, reproves, anathematizes and declares to be outside the body of Christ, which is the church, whoever holds opposing or contrary views. Hence it condemns Sabellius, who confused the persons and altogether removed their real distinction. It condemns the Arians, the Eunomians and the Macedonians who say that only the Father is true God and place the Son and the holy Spirit in the order of creatures. It also condemns any others who make degrees or inequalities in the Trinity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Most firmly it believes, professes and preaches that the one true God, Father, Son and holy Spirit, is the creator of all things that are, visible and invisible, who, when he willed it, made from his own goodness all creatures, both spiritual and corporeal, good indeed because they are made by the supreme good, but mutable because they are made from nothing, and it asserts that there is no nature of evil because every nature, in so far as it is a nature, is good. It professes that one and the same God is the author of the old and the new Testament — that is, the law and the prophets, and the gospel — since the saints of both testaments spoke under the inspiration of the same Spirit. It accepts and venerates their books, whose titles are as follows."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Five books of Moses, namely Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, Deuteronomy; Joshua, Judges, Ruth, four books of Kings, two of Paralipomenon, Esdras, Nehemiah, Tobit, Judith, Esther, Job, Psalms of David, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, Song of Songs, Wisdom, Ecclesiasticus, Isaiah, Jeremiah, Baruch, Ezechiel, Daniel; the twelve minor prophets, namely Hosea, Joel, Amos, Obadiah, Jonah, Micah, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah, Haggai, Zechariah, Malachi; two books of the Maccabees; the four gospels of Matthew, Mark, Luke and John; fourteen letters of Paul, to the Romans, two to the Corinthians, to the Galatians, to the Ephesians, to the Philippians, two to the Thessalonians, to the Colossians, two to Timothy, to Titus, to Philemon, to the Hebrews; two letters of Peter, three of John, one of James, one of Jude; Acts of the Apostles; Apocalypse of John."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hence it anathematizes the madness of the Manichees who posited two first principles, one of visible things, the other of invisible things, and said that one was the God of the new Testament, the other of the old Testament. It firmly believes, professes and preaches that one person of the Trinity, true God, Son of God begotten by the Father, consubstantial and coeternal with the Father, in the fullness of time which the inscrutable depth of divine counsel determined, for the salvation of the human race, took a real and complete human nature from the immaculate womb of the virgin Mary, and joined it to himself in a personal union of such great unity that whatever is of God there, is not separated from man, and whatever is human is not divided from the Godhead, and he is one and the same undivided, each nature perduring in its properties, God and man, Son of God and son of man, equal to the Father according to his divinity, less than the Father according to his humanity, immortal and eternal through the nature of the Godhead, passible and temporal from the condition of assumed humanity. It firmly believes, professes and preaches that the Son of God was truly born of the virgin in his assumed humanity, truly suffered, truly died and was buried, truly rose from the dead, ascended into heaven and sits at the right hand of the Father and will come at the end of time to judge the living and the dead. It anathematizes, execrates and condemns every heresy that is tainted with the contrary. First it condemns Ebion, Cerinthus, Marcion, Paul of Samosata, Photinus and all similar blasphemers who, failing to see the personal union of the humanity with the Word, denied that our lord Jesus Christ was true God and professed him to be simply a man who by a greater participation in divine grace, which he had received through the merit of his holier life, should be called a divine man."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It anathematizes also Manes and his followers who, imagining that the Son of God took to himself not a real body but a phantasmal one completely rejected the truth of the humanity in Christ, Valentinus, who declared that the Son of God took nothing from his virgin mother but that he assumed a heavenly body and passed through the virgin's womb like water flowing down an aqueduct; Arius, who by his assertion that the body taken from the virgin had no soul, wanted the Deity to take the place of the soul; and Apollinarius who, realizing that if the soul informing the body were denied there would be no true humanity in Christ, posited only a sensitive soul and held that the deity of the Word took the place of the rational soul. It anathematizes also Theodore of Mopsuestia and Nestorius, who asserted that the humanity was united to the Son of God through grace, and hence that there are two persons in Christ just as they profess there are two natures, since they could not understand that the union of the humanity to the Word was hypostatic and therefore they denied that he had received the subsistence of the Word. For according to this blasphemy the Word was not made flesh but the Word dwelt in flesh through grace, that is, the Son of God did not become man but rather the Son of God dwelt in a man. It also anathematizes, execrates and condemns the archimandrite Eutyches who, when he understood that the blasphemy of Nestorius excluded the truth of the incarnation, and that it was therefore necessary for the humanity to be so united to the Word of God that there should be one and the same person of the divinity and the humanity; and also because, granted the plurality of natures, he could not grasp the unity of the person, since he posited one person in Christ of divinity and humanity; so he affirmed that there was one nature, suggesting that before the union there was a duality of natures which passed into a single nature in the act of assumption, thereby conceding a great blasphemy and impiety that either the humanity was converted into the divinity or the divinity into the humanity. It also anathematizes, execrates and condemns Macarius of Antioch and all others of similar views who, although they are orthodox on the duality of natures and the unity of person, yet have gone enormously wrong on Christ's principles of action by declaring that of the two natures in Christ, there was only one principle of action and one will. The holy Roman church anathematizes all of these and their heresies and affirms that in Christ there are two wills and two principles of action."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It firmly believes, professes and preaches that never was anyone, conceived by a man and a woman, liberated from the devil's dominion except by faith in our lord Jesus Christ, the mediator between God and humanity, who was conceived without sin, was born and died. He alone by his death overthrew the enemy of the human race, canceling our sins, and unlocked the entrance to the heavenly kingdom, which the first man by his sin had locked against himself and all his posterity. All the holy sacrifices sacraments and ceremonies of the old Testament had prefigured that he would come at some time."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It firmly believes, professes and teaches that the legal prescriptions of the old Testament or the Mosaic law, which are divided into ceremonies, holy sacrifices and sacraments, because they were instituted to signify something in the future, although they were adequate for the divine cult of that age, once our lord Jesus Christ who was signified by them had come, came to an end and the sacraments of the new Testament had their beginning. Whoever, after the passion, places his hope in the legal prescriptions and submits himself to them as necessary for salvation and as if faith in Christ without them could not save, sins mortally. It does not deny that from Christ's passion until the promulgation of the gospel they could have been retained, provided they were in no way believed to be necessary for salvation. But it asserts that after the promulgation of the gospel they cannot be observed without loss of eternal salvation. Therefore it denounces all who after that time observe circumcision, the sabbath and other legal prescriptions as strangers to the faith of Christ and unable to share in eternal salvation, unless they recoil at some time from these errors. Therefore it strictly orders all who glory in the name of Christian, not to practise circumcision either before or after baptism, since whether or not they place their hope in it, it cannot possibly be observed without loss of eternal salvation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With regard to children, since the danger of death is often present and the only remedy available to them is the sacrament of baptism by which they are snatched away from the dominion of the devil and adopted as children of God, it admonishes that sacred baptism is not to be deferred for forty or eighty days or any other period of time in accordance with the usage of some people, but it should be conferred as soon as it conveniently can; and if there is imminent danger of death, the child should be baptized straightaway without any delay, even by a lay man or a woman in the form of the church, if there is no priest, as is contained more fully in the decree on the Armenians."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It firmly believes, professes and teaches that every creature of God is good and nothing is to be rejected if it is received with thanksgiving, because according to the word of the Lord not what goes into the mouth defiles a person, and because the difference in the Mosaic law between clean and unclean foods belongs to ceremonial practices, which have passed away and lost their efficacy with the coming of the gospel. It also declares that the apostolic prohibition, to abstain from what has been sacrificed to idols and from blood and from what is strangled, was suited to that time when a single church was rising from Jews and gentiles, who previously lived with different ceremonies and customs. This was so that the gentiles should have some observances in common with Jews, and occasion would be offered of coming together in one worship and faith of God and a cause of dissension might be removed, since by ancient custom blood and strangled things seemed abominable to Jews, and gentiles could be thought to be returning to idolatry if they ate sacrificial food. In places, however, where the Christian religion has been promulgated to such an extent that no Jew is to be met with and all have joined the church, uniformly practising the same rites and ceremonies of the gospel and believing that to the clean all things are clean, since the cause of that apostolic prohibition has ceased, so its effect has ceased. It condemns, then, no kind of food that human society accepts and nobody at all neither man nor woman, should make a distinction between animals, no matter how they died; although for the health of the body, for the practice of virtue or for the sake of regular and ecclesiastical discipline many things that are not proscribed can and should be omitted, as the apostle says all things are lawful, but not all are helpful."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It firmly believes, professes and preaches that all those who are outside the catholic church, not only pagans but also Jews or heretics and schismatics, cannot share in eternal life and will go into the everlasting fire which was prepared for the devil and his angels, unless they are joined to the catholic church before the end of their lives; that the unity of the ecclesiastical body is of such importance that only for those who abide in it do the church's sacraments contribute to salvation and do fasts, almsgiving and other works of piety and practices of the Christian militia produce eternal rewards; and that nobody can be saved, no matter how much he has given away in alms and even if he has shed his blood in the name of Christ, unless he has persevered in the bosom and the unity of the catholic church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It embraces, approves and accepts the holy synod of 318 fathers at Nicaea, which was convened in the time of our predecessor most blessed Silvester and the great and most pious emperor Constantine. In it the impious Arian heresy and its author was condemned and there was defined that the Son of God is consubstantial and coeternal with the Father. It also embraces, approves and accepts the holy synod of 150 fathers at Constantinople, which was convoked in the time of our predecessor most blessed Damasus and the elder Theodosius and which anathematized the impious error of Macedonius, who asserted that the holy Spirit is not God but a creature. Those whom they condemn, it condemns; what they approve, it approves; and in every respect it wants what was defined there to remain unchanged and inviolate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It also embraces, approves and accepts the first holy synod of 200 fathers at Ephesus, which is third in the order of universal synods and was convoked under our predecessor most blessed Celestine and the younger Theodosius. In it the blasphemy of the impious Nestorius was condemned, and there was defined that the person of our lord Jesus Christ, true God and true man, is one and that the blessed ever-virgin Mary should be preached by the whole church not only as Christ-bearer but also as God-bearer, that is as mother of God as well as mother of the man."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But it condemns, anathematizes and rejects the impious second synod of Ephesus, which was convened under our predecessor most blessed Leo and the aforesaid emperor. In it Dioscorus, bishop of Alexandria, defender of the heresiarch Eutyches and impious persecutor of holy Flavian, bishop of Constantinople, with cunning and threat led the execrable synod to an approval of the Eutychian impiety."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It also embraces, approves and accepts the holy synod of 630 fathers at Chalcedon, which is fourth in the order of universal synods and was held in the time of our predecessor most blessed Leo and the emperor Marcian. In it the Eutychian heresy and its author Eutyches and its defender Dioscorus were condemned, and there was defined that our lord Jesus Christ is true God and true man and that in the one and same person the divine and human natures remain entire, inviolate, incorrupt, unconfused and distinct, the humanity doing what befits man, the divinity what befits God. Those whom they condemn, it condemns; those whom they approve, it approves."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It also embraces, approves and accepts the fifth holy synod, the second of Constantinople, which was held in the time of our predecessor most blessed Vigilius and the emperor Justinian. In it the definition of the sacred council of Chalcedon about the two natures and the one person of Christ was renewed and many errors of Origen and his followers, especially about the penitence and liberation of demons and other condemned beings, were refuted and condemned."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It also embraces, approves and accepts the third holy synod of 150 fathers at Constantinople, which is sixth in the order of universal synods and was convened in the time of our predecessor most blessed Agatho and the emperor Constantine IV. In it the heresy of Macarius of Antioch and his adherents was condemned, and there was defined that in our lord Jesus Christ there are two perfect and complete natures and two principles of action and also two wills, although there is one and the same person to whom the actions of each of the two natures belong, the divinity doing what is of God, the humanity doing what is human."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It also embraces, approves and accepts all other universal synods which were legitimately summoned, celebrated and confirmed by the authority of a Roman pontiff, and especially this holy synod of Florence, in which, among other things, most holy unions with the Greeks and the Armenians have been achieved and many most salutary definitions in respect of each of these unions have been issued, as is contained in full in the decrees previously promulgated, which are as follows: Let the heavens be glad . . . 1; Exult in God . 2"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "However, since no explanation was given in the aforesaid decree of the Armenians in respect of the form of words which the holy Roman church, relying on the teaching and authority of the apostles Peter and Paul, has always been wont to use in the consecration of the Lord's body and blood, we concluded that it should be inserted in this present text. It uses this form of words in the consecration of the Lord's body: For this is my body. And of his blood: For this is the chalice of my blood, of the new and everlasting covenant, which will be shed for you and for many unto the remission of sins ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whether the wheat bread, in which the sacrament is confected, has been baked on the same day or earlier is of no importance whatever. For, provided the substance of bread remains, there should be no doubt at all that after the aforesaid words of consecration of the body have been pronounced by a priest with the intention of consecrating, immediately it is changed in substance into the true body of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is asserted that some people reject fourth marriages as condemned. Lest sin is attributed where it does not exist, since the apostle says that a wife on her husband's death is free from his law and free in the Lord to marry whom she wishes, and since no distinction is made between the deaths of the first, second and third husbands, we declare that not only second and third marriages but also fourth and further ones may lawfully be contracted, provided there is no canonical impediment. We say, however, that they would be more commendable if thereafter they abstain from marriage and persevere in chastity because we consider that, just as virginity is to be preferred in praise and merit to widowhood, so chaste widowhood is preferable to marriage."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "After all these explanations the aforesaid abbot Andrew, in the name of the aforesaid patriarch and of himself and of all the Jacobites, receives and accepts with all devotion and reverence this most salutary synodal decree with all its chapters, declarations, definitions traditions, precepts and statutes and all the doctrine contained therein, and also whatever the holy apostolic see and the Roman church holds and teaches. He also reverently accepts those doctors and holy fathers whom the Roman church approves, and he holds as rejected and condemned whatever persons and things the Roman church rejects and condemns, promising as a son of true obedience, in the name of the above persons, faithfully and always to obey the regulations and commands of the said apostolic see."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 12—14 October 1443",
              "sourceKey": "session-12",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Eugenius IV convokes the Lateran council, that is, the continuation of the council of Florence]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eugenius. Convocation of the Lateran council. For an everlasting record. By the infinite clemency and pity of the redeemer of the human race, our God and lord Jesus Christ, by whose ineffable providence the whole body of the church is sanctified and ruled and through whose aid — which surpasses our merits and exceeds what we recognise ourselves as worthy either to seek or to solicit — gifts and favours of his mercy daily come to us, we have returned to bountiful Rome, the see of most blessed Peter, to the holy of holies, the Lateran of the patriarchs. With great trust we are embracing and earnestly pursuing the things which seem to be promoted and revealed by divine rather than by human wisdom. Hence it is that because of various just, reasonable and necessary causes which then moved our mind, by apostolic authority and the plenitude of power and with the approval of the council, we transferred the holy ecumenical council of Florence, over which we were then presiding, to this bountiful city of Rome and the Lateran basilica, to be re- established and continued on the first day following the fifteenth day after our arrival, as is contained in more detail in the letter composed for that purpose, whose text is word for word as follows:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eugenius, bishop, servant of the servants of God, for an everlasting record The compassionate and merciful Lord ordained that his only-begotten Son should assume a human nature and should so join it to himself into a single person that not only would fallen nature be repaired by virtue of that ineffable union, but also by his embrace as spouse and by the kiss of his mouth his bride the holy church would be brought forth, her members would be joined together by a solid bond of love, and the Christian people would acquire peace in harmony, salvation in a unity of spirit, and glory in the bond of charity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In so far as it is granted to us by the mercy of our lord and saviour Jesus Christ, whose place we though unworthy take on earth, we, following in his footsteps, ardently desire and intensely pursue the salvation, unity and peace of the Christian people. Therefore we are intent, with a deserved watchfulness, on the conservation of this holy ecumenical council. In it, by the marvellous kindness and mercy of the same Saviour, very many most noteworthy works have been achieved for his praise and glory, the increase of the catholic faith, the unity of the Christian people and the exaltation of the holy apostolic see and the Roman church. For in our own days we have seen Greeks, Armenians, Jacobites and other almost innumerable peoples, some of whom have been separated from the rite and the holy teaching of the Roman church for almost five hundred or even seven hundred years, joined with us in this sacred council, by God's mercy, under one divine law of truth and embracing us with due reverence as the true vicar of Christ, the successor of Peter and the shepherd of the universal church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There are no limits to the kindness of our Saviour, who works for the unity of the Christian people and his mystical body, for which he prayed: I wish, Father, that they may be one even as we are one. Indeed we are experiencing his kindness particularly in these times. For his infinite mercy has granted that we are now awaiting the arrival of envoys, furnished with full power to accept in this holy council the doctrine of the orthodox faith from which their peoples have gone astray in many points, from our most dear son in Christ Zar'a Ya'qob, king of Ethiopia, commonly called Prester John, to whom very many kings and almost innumerable peoples are subject and who is impelled, as we trust, by divine inspiration. To foster and hasten such a holy and divine proposal, which is so necessary for the whole of Christianity, we have sent our own nuncios and envoys, who are full of zeal for this holy task and have considerable influence with the said most powerful king."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Many more works have been proposed to us for the praise of God and the increase of the faith and the Christian people. We wish to give careful attention to them. Frightened by neither the heavy expenses nor the many labours, we put our trust in the power of him whose inspiration motivates us. Let us hope, moreover, that in the course of time many other desirable and salutary fruits will accrue to the catholic faith and the church of Christ, especially if this holy synod is held in a place of greater importance and in a royal and sacerdotal city. To the genial city of Rome, which is particularly our city and which, as is right, we want to participate and help in these salutary and divine tasks, we have turned our attention, a city which we consider to be abounding in all spiritual and temporal goods and more holy and outstanding than all other cities for carrying out these holy tasks and bringing them to a religious and happy conclusion. For in it our Saviour in his eternal providence settled the apostolic see in blessed Peter, prince of all the apostles, and on his right in fellowship the wondrous foresight of the same Saviour added the blessed apostle Paul. They are two bulwarks of the faith through whom the gospel shone in Rome; they are true fathers and true pastors; they are those who suffered on one day for merit, in one place for grace, under one persecutor for equal virtue, and made this city sacerdotal and royal and the capital of the world, as being the holy seat of Peter, and consecrated it to the lord Christ with the glorious blood of martyrdom. \"For the Roman church founded all, whether the eminence of a patriarch or the seats of metropolitan primacy or of bishoprics or the dignities of churches of whatever rank; he alone, who entrusted to blessed Peter, the key-bearer of eternal life, the rights of the heavenly as well as of the earthly kingdom, founded the Roman church and straightaway set it on the rock of nascent faith.\" Since, then, the city of Rome has been ennobled and distinguished by so many and so great divine gifts and is resplendent with so much authority and also draws the faithful to itself from all sides by the relics and sanctity of apostles, martyrs and confessors; since Christian nations and peoples even in the furthest parts of the world flock to the said city and are seen to desire greatly that we return to our see, which has been divinely constituted for Roman pontiffs, in order that a greater veneration and devotion may grow in the Christian people towards both us, through the authority of the said see, and the said see, through our presence and authority, and since we are informed that, on account of our residence in Rome, subjects and faithful of ours and of the Roman church, whose peace and tranquillity we are bound to procure and preserve with special zeal, will enjoy much greater peace and unity and that in this way, with God's blessing, we shall be more expeditious and effective in pursuing works of peace and harmony and in arranging and confirming, as we ardently desire, peace and unity among other catholic kings and princes and peoples; Therefore to Rome, which is a suitable and safe place fulfilling all human needs as regards fertility of the soil and sea transport; under the influence of the above-mentioned necessary causes and many other just and reasonable ones which direct our mind to the praise and glory of almighty God, the extirpation of heresies and errors, the reform of morals, the peace, salvation and increase of the Christian people and the prosecution of other holy works, under the Lord's leadership, for which the said council was originally convened;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the name of the holy and undivided Trinity, Father, Son and holy Spirit, with the approval of the said general council given on 5 January last, in a general congregation under our presidency, by apostolic authority and by this present letter, we translate as from now this holy ecumenical council of Florence, and by the same authority and the same letter we have decreed and declared it to be translated to the Lateran basilica, which is the first and proper seat of the supreme pontiff and the vicar of Jesus Christ, to be resumed, continued and prosecuted on the day following the fifteenth day after our entry into bountiful Rome. In addition, by an inviolable constitution and decree we ordain that each and all of the securities and safe-conducts, which we granted at the beginning of this sacred council and which we are extending anew and prolonging, are to be considered as included in this present letter and as having the same force and effect as if they had been mentioned word for word in this our synodal constitution and had been inserted and denoted in it. Let nobody therefore . . . If anyone however . . ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Now that the appointed day has come and all the reasons for which it had then seemed necessary to resume the council are recognised to be more than ever necessary, with the said necessary reasons and many other just and reasonable ones impelling us, for the praise and glory of almighty God, the extirpation of heresies and errors, the reform of morals, the peace, salvation and increase of the Christian people, and the completion of other holy works, under the Lord's leadership, for which the aforesaid council was originally convened;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the name of the holy and undivided Trinity, Father, Son and holy Spirit, by the same authority and power, with the same approval and by this present letter; We resume, continue and carry forward the aforesaid ecumenical council of Florence, which was translated as above, and we decree and declare by this present letter that this continuation, resumption and prosecution is taking place in this council hall of the sacred Lateran patriarchate. We warn and require each and all of those who are bound by law or custom to take part in general councils that they should come as quickly as possible to this present holy ecumenical Lateran council, as referred to above, which is continuing for the attainment of the above-mentioned ends. In addition, we ordain again by this constitution and decree that each and all of the securities and safe-conducts, which we granted at the beginning of the sacred ecumenical council of Ferrara and which we are extending anew and prolonging, are to be considered as included in this present letter and as having the same force and effect as if they had been mentioned word for word in this our synodal constitution and had been inserted and denoted in"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let nobody therefore . . . if anyone however . . ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 13—30 November 1444",
              "sourceKey": "session-13",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Bull of union with the Syrians]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eugenius, bishop, servant of the servants of God, for an everlasting record. In these our days the ineffable clemency of divine mercy bestows on his holy church many and marvellous gifts which are much greater than we could have asked for or envisaged. Hence we see that the orthodox faith is expanded, new peoples daily return to the obedience of the apostolic see and reasons for joy and exaltation are daily being multiplied for us and all Christ's faithful, in such wise that we are deservedly incited time and again to say in jubilation with the prophet to the faithful peoples: Come, let us exult in the Lord, let us hail the God who saves us, for the Lord is great and most worthy of praise in the city of our God, on his holy mountain. It is true that in the catholic church, which is the city of God on the holy mountain and is founded on the authority of the apostolic see and Peter, God, whose omnipotence and wisdom knows no limits, has always worked great and inscrutable deeds. But the singular and special gift which the ineffable providence of its founder bestowed on it is that the orthodox faith, which alone gives life to and sanctifies the human race, should abide for ever on that holy mountain in a unique and unchangeable profession of faith and that dissents, which arise against the church from the variety of earthly opinions and separate people off from the firmness of that rock, should return to that mountain and be exterminated and eradicated. Whence it comes about that the peoples and nations thronging to its bosom agree with it in one truth of faith. Assuredly it is not from our merit that the immensity of divine goodness has granted us to behold these great sublime and marvellous gifts of God. His benevolence and condescension alone have granted that after the union of the Greeks in the sacred ecumenical council of Florence, who were seen to differ from the Roman church in some articles, and after the return of the Armenians and the Jacobites, who were entangled in various opinions, they should at last, having abandoned all dissent, come together into the one right way of truth. Behold now again with the Lord's help other nations have gathered from afar, inhabitants of Mesopotamia between the Tigris and the Euphrates, whose thinking about the procession of the holy Spirit and some other articles had gone astray."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Great, then, for us and for all Christ's faithful is the reason for rejoicing. For with the Lord's approval the most illustrious profession of the Roman church about the truth of the faith, which has always been pure from all stain of error shines with new beams also in the east beyond the bounds of the Euphrates inasmuch as it has drawn our venerable brother Abdala, archbishop of Edessa and legate of our venerable brother Ignatius, patriarch of the Syrians, and of his whole nation, to us here in bountiful Rome and to this sacred ecumenical Lateran council and has bidden him humbly and devoutly to petition that we give to them the rule of faith which the holy Roman church professes. Among all the preoccupations of the holy apostolic see, we hold, as we have always done, our first and chiefest care to be the defence of the faith, the extermination of heresies and the propagation of the orthodox faith. Therefore we selected some of our venerable brethren, cardinals of the holy Roman church, who in turn co-opted from this sacred council some masters in holy scripture, to confer with the aforesaid archbishop about the difficulties, doubts and errors of that nation, to examine him in person and to open to him the rule of catholic truth, and finally to instruct and inform him fully about the integrity of the faith of the Roman church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They found him orthodox on all points of faith and practice except three articles: namely, the procession of the holy Spirit, the two natures in Jesus Christ our saviour, the two wills and principles of action in him. They laid before him the truth of the orthodox faith, opened up the meaning of the sacred scriptures, adduced the testimonies of holy doctors and added telling and pertinent reasons."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When the archbishop had understood the doctrine on these points, he affirmed that all his doubts had been completely answered. He professed that he thought he fully understood the truth of the faith as regards both the procession of the holy Spirit and the two natures, two wills and two principles of action in our lord Jesus Christ. Moreover he declared that he would accept, in the name of the aforesaid patriarch and of the whole nation and of himself, the whole faith and all the teaching which we, with the approval of this sacred council, would propose to him."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For this reason we were filled with exultation in Christ and poured out immense gratitude to our God, since we are seeing our desire for the salvation of that nation fulfilled."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "After careful discussion with our brethren and the sacred council, we decided, with the approval of the same council, to propose and assign to the said archbishop, who will accept it in the name of the above persons, the faith and doctrine which the holy Roman mother church holds."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This, then, is the faith which the holy Roman mother church has always held, preached and taught and which she now holds, preaches, professes and teaches. This is the faith, as regards those three articles, which we decree that the said archbishop Abdala, on behalf and in the name of the said patriarch of the Syrians and of all that nation and of himself, shall accept and shall keep for ever. First, that the holy Spirit is eternally from the Father and the Son, and has his essence and his subsistent being from the Father together with the Son, and proceeds from both eternally as from one principle and a single spiration."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also it holds, professes and teaches that one and the same Son of God and of man, our lord Jesus Christ, is perfect in divinity and perfect in humanity; true God and true man, of a rational soul and a body; consubstantial with the Father as regards his divinity, consubstantial with us as regards his humanity; like us in all respects except for sin; begotten before the ages from the Father, and in the last days the same born according to his humanity for us and our salvation from Mary the virgin mother of God; one and the same Christ true only-begotten Son of God, acknowledged in two natures which undergo no confusion, no change, no division, no separation; at no point was the difference between the natures taken away through the union, but rather the property of both natures is preserved and comes together into a single person and a single subsistent being; he is not parted or divided into two persons, but is one and the same Son of God and of man, our lord Jesus Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also it believes, professes and teaches in the one lord Jesus Christ two natural principles of action which undergo no division, no change, no separation, no confusion, in accordance with the teaching of the holy fathers; and two natural wills one divine, the other human, not in opposition, but his human will subject to his divine and all powerful will. For in the same way that his most holy animate flesh was made divine, not destroyed, but remained in its own limit and category, so his human will was made divine, not destroyed, but rather was preserved and perfected."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We decree that the said archbishop Abdala ought, in the name of the above persons, to accept this faith, to hold it in his heart and to profess it with his mouth. Further we ordain and decree that he ought to receive and embrace, in the name of the above persons, whatever has been defined and established at various times by the holy Roman church, especially the decrees on the Greeks, the Armenians and the Jacobites, which were issued in the sacred ecumenical council of Florence and which, since Archbishop Abdala has carefully read them translated into Arabic and praised them, we have given to him, in the name of the above persons, for a wider and more complete instruction on everything; that whatever doctors and holy fathers the holy Roman church approves and accepts, he should, in the name of the above persons, approve and accept; and that whatever persons and other things she condemns and rejects, he should, in the name of the above persons, hold as condemned and rejected; promising on oath as a true son of obedience, in the name of the above persons, always devoutly and faithfully to obey the regulations and orders of the said apostolic see. If anyone however . . . Let nobody therefore . . ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 14—7 August 1445",
              "sourceKey": "session-14",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Bull of union with the Chaldeans and the Maronites of Cyprus]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eugenius, bishop, servant of the servants of God, for an everlasting record. Blessed be the God and Father of our lord Jesus Christ, the Father of mercies and God of all consolation, who daily promotes with many great favours, and accompanies with happy results far beyond our deserts, our aims and pious desires, whereby in fulfilment of our pastoral duties we long for and foster with many works, in so far as this allowed us from on high, the salvation of the Christian people."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indeed, after the union of the eastern church with the western church in the ecumenical council of Florence, and after the return of the Armenians, the Jacobites and the people of Mesopotamia, we despatched our venerable brother Andrew, archbishop of Kalocsa, to eastern lands and the island of Cyprus. He was to confirm in the faith which had been accepted the Greeks, Armenians and Jacobites living there, by his sermons and his expositions and explanations of the decrees issued for their union and return. He was also to try to bring back to the truth of the faith, using our warnings and exhortations, whoever else he might find there to be strangers to the truth of faith in other sects, whether they are followers of Nestorius or of Macarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "He pursued this task with vigour, thanks to the wisdom and other virtues with which the Lord, the giver of graces, has enriched him. He finally eliminated from their hearts, after many discussions, first all the impurity of Nestorius, who asserted that Christ is only a man and that the blessed Virgin is the mother of Christ but not of God, then that of the most impious Macarius of Antioch who, although he confessed that Christ is true God and man, asserted that there is in him only the divine will and principle of action, thereby diminishing his humanity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With divine assistance he converted to the truth of the orthodox faith our venerable brothers Timothy, metropolitan of the Chaldeans, who have been called Nestorians in Cyprus until now because they used to follow Nestorius, and Elias, bishop of the Maronites, who with his nation in the same realm was infected with the teachings of Macarius, together with a whole multitude of peoples and clerics subject to him in the island of Cyprus. To these prelates and all their subjects there, he delivered the faith and doctrine that the holy church has always cherished and observed. The said prelates, moreover, accepted this faith and doctrine with much veneration in a great public assembly of different peoples living in that realm, which was held in the metropolitan church of St Sophia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "After that, the Chaldeans sent to us the aforesaid metropolitan Timothy, and Bishop Elias of the Maronites sent an envoy, to make to us a solemn profession of the faith of the Roman church, which by the providence of the Lord and the aid of blessed Peter and the apostle has always remained immaculate . Timothy, the metropolitan, reverently and devoutly professed this faith and doctrine to us, in this sacred general congregation of the ecumenical Lateran council, first in his own Chaldean tongue, which was interpreted in Greek and then translated from Greek into Latin, as follows: I, Timothy, archbishop of Tarsus and metropolitan of the Chaldeans who are in Cyprus, on behalf of myself and all my peoples in Cyprus, profess, vow and promise to almighty God, Father and Son and holy Spirit, and then to you, most holy and blessed father pope Eugenius IV, to this holy apostolic see and to this holy and venerable congregation, that henceforth I will always remain under the obedience of you and your successors and of the holy Roman church as under the unique mother and head of all other churches. Also, in future I will always hold and profess that the holy Spirit proceeds from the Father and the Son, as the holy Roman church teaches and holds. Also, in future I will always hold and approve two natures, two wills, one hypostasis and two principles of action in Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also, in future I will always confess and approve all seven sacraments of the Roman church, just as she holds, teaches and preaches."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also, in future I will never add oil in the sacred eucharist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also, in future I will always hold, confess, preach and teach whatever the holy Roman church holds, confesses, teaches and preaches and I reject, anathematize and condemn whatever she rejects, anathematizes and condemns; in future I will always reject, anathematize and condemn especially the impieties and blasphemies of the most wicked heresiarch Nestorius and every other heresy raising its head against this holy catholic and apostolic church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This is the faith, holy father, that I vow and promise to hold and observe and to see that it is held and observed by all my subjects. I engage myself and solemnly promise to deprive of all his goods and benefices, to excommunicate and to denounce as heretical and condemned, whoever rejects it and raises himself up against it and, if he is obstinate, to degrade him and to hand him over to the secular arm."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Then our beloved son in Christ Isaac, envoy of our venerable brother Elias, bishop of the Maronites, on his behalf and in his name, rejecting the heresy of Macarius about one will in Christ, made with great veneration a profession that was similar in all details."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the devotion of these professions and for the salvation of so many souls we offer immense thanks to God and our lord Jesus Christ, who is in our times so greatly enlarging the faith and bestowing benefits on so many Christian peoples. We receive and approve these professions; we receive into the bosom of holy mother church the metropolitan and the bishop in Cyprus and their subjects; and while they remain in the aforesaid faith, obedience and devotion, we honour them with the following favours and privileges."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "First, nobody shall in future dare to call the said metropolitan of the Chaldeans and the said bishop of the Maronites, or their clerics and peoples or any individual among them, heretics, or to call Chaldeans, Nestorians. If anyone despises this ordinance, we order him to be excommunicated until such time as he offers a worthy satisfaction or has been punished, in the judgment of the ordinary, by some other temporal penalty."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also, the said metropolitan and bishop and their successors are forthwith to be preferred in each and every honour to bishops who are separated from the communion of the holy Roman church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also, in future they can lay censures on their subjects, and those whom they rightly excommunicate in future shall be held by all as excommunicated, and those whom they absolve shall be held by all as absolved."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also, the said prelates and priests and their clerics can freely celebrate divine services in the churches of Catholics, and Catholics can freely celebrate them in their churches."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also, in future the said prelates and clerics and their lay men and women, who have accepted this union and faith, can choose to be buried in the churches of Catholics, to contract marriages with Catholics, but in the rite of Latin Catholics, and to enjoy and utilize all benefits, immunities and liberties which other Catholics, both lay and clerical, possess and enjoy in the said realm. Let nobody therefore . . . If anyone however . . ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "COUNCIL OF BASEL (1431-1445)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Contents"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 1 (1431) Sessions 2-11 (1432) Sessions 12-15 (1433) Sessions 16-19 (1434) Sessions 20-22 (1435) Sessions 23-24 (1436) Session 25 (1437)",
              "sourceKey": "session-1",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 1—14 December 1431",
              "sourceKey": "session-1",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy synod of Basel, representing the universal church, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit under the presidency of the most reverend father in Christ lord Julian, cardinal deacon of St Angelo of the holy Roman church, legate of the apostolic see, for the glory of almighty God, the exaltation of the catholic faith and the progress of the Christian religion, laying its foundation on the cornerstone Christ Jesus, in whom the whole structure is joined together and grows into a holy temple in the Lord, calls to mind that the holy general synod of Constance, celebrated in the holy Spirit, esteeming it salutary and beneficial that general councils should be frequent in the holy church of God, established this by its decree as follows: The frequent holding of general councils . . . 2 Hence for the execution of that decree, the city of Pavia in Italy was chosen for the general council to be held at the end of the five years immediately following. At the decreed time that council was indeed inaugurated in the said city of Pavia and thence it was translated for certain reasons to the city of Siena. In that general council which was begun in Pavia and was held in the city of Siena, this city of Basel was chosen and duly assigned for the next future general council to be held after the seven-year period from the end of the council of Siena, as is stated in the public instrument then composed about this succession."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Establishment of the holy council of Basel]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The most reverend lord legate in his desire to fulfil the apostolic commission since at the time when the beginning of the council was imminent he was immersed in the expedition against the pestilential heresy of the Hussites for the sake of the faith, had his vicegerents despatched to this city and thereafter with all possible speed came himself to this city, in order that, with the help of God's grace, he might fulfil in this general council the office of legate laid upon him, as our most holy lord Eugenius IV, pope by divine providence, had by a series of letters of his holiness enjoined on him. In this city, during more than three months, he held several congregations with prelates and others who had arrived in the city for the said general council, and he had discussions about the establishment and holding of the council. Finally it was decreed that the present solemn session should be held, in which, firstly, since from the above it is manifest that this city is the place deputed for the general council and the date for it to be held is already past, and the authority of the most holy apostolic see is not lacking, it decrees, defines and declares that in this city and place the general council is canonically fixed and founded, and that all, both prelates and others who by right or custom are obliged to attend general councils, are bound to come to its celebration."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Purpose of the council of Basel]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seeing that all things direct their actions more immediately and intensely the more knowledge they have of their destined purpose, so this holy synod, after intense meditation and thought on the needs of the Christian religion and after mature and ordered deliberation, decrees that, with the help of God from whom all good things comet, it will pursue with all its zeal and attention these three ends. First that, with the banishment of the darkness of all heresies from the bounds of the Christian people, the light of catholic truth, by the generosity of Christ the true light, may be resplendent. Secondly that, after due thought and with the help of the author of peace, the Christian people, freed from the madness of wars by which — with the sower of weeds doing his work — it is affected and divided in various parts of the world, may be brought back to a peaceful and tranquil state. Thirdly, as the vine of Christ has already almost run wild on account of the multitude of thistles and thorns of vices crowding in upon it, to cut them back through the endeavour of necessary cultivation, with the work from on high of the evangelical husbandman, so that it may flourish again and produce with happy abundance the fruits of virtue and esteem. Since such great benefits as these cannot be hoped for without a generous flow of heavenly grace, it earnestly exhorts in the Lord all Christ's faithful that for the happy achievement of the aforesaid they should urge the divine majesty with devout prayers, fasts and almsgiving that the good and merciful God, placated by such humble submission, may deign with his accustomed goodness to grant to this sacred council the desired completion of all these things, imposing this on them unto the remission of their sins."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 2—15 February 1432",
              "sourceKey": "session-2",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy general synod of Basel, representing the church militant, for an everlasting record. To the praise of almighty God and the glory and honour of the blessed and undivided Trinity, for the extirpation of heresies and errors, for the reformation of morals in head and members of the church of God, and for the pacification of kings and kingdoms and other Christians in discord among themselves through the instigation of the author of discords, the synod, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, decrees, establishes, defines, declares and ordains as follows."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decree that the council of Basel is legitimately begun]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "First, that the same sacred synod of Basel, by the decrees and ordinances of the sacred general councils of Constance and of Siena, and by the action of apostolic authority, was and is duly and legitimately begun and assembled in this place of Basel. And lest anyone should doubt about the power of the same sacred synod of Basel, this same synod in this present session ordains and decrees that two declarations from the decrees of the synod of Constance are to be inserted among its other decrees already issued or to be issued. The text of the first of these declarations is as follows, First it declares . . . 1; that of the other is this, Next it declares . . . I Therefore, presupposing also some other decrees of the council of Constance, especially the one beginning The frequent, which were read out in a former session of this sacred synod of Basel, the said synod of Basel decrees and declares that, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, for the extirpation of heresies and a general reformation of morals in the church in head and members, and also for procuring peace among Christians, as is stated above, no one of whatever authority, even if he is distinguished by the dignity of the papacy, could or should have in the past, or can or ought to now or in the future, dissolve or transfer the said synod of Basel to another locality or prorogue it to another date without the deliberation and consent of the same synod of Basel."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 3—29 April 1432",
              "sourceKey": "session-3",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Impossibility of the dissolution of the council is decreed]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This holy council, considering that the aforesaid dissolution of the council was enacted contrary to the decrees of the council of Constance, and that it leads to a serious danger of subversion of the faith as well as disturbance and harm for the state of the church and scandal for the whole Christian people, decreed that the dissolution could not be made. Since, therefore, the dissolution is no obstacle at all, the prosecution of what has been praiseworthily set in motion for the stability of the faith and the salvation of the Christian people should, with the grace of the holy Spirit, be proceeded with. But since the aforesaid bishop of Lausanne and the dean of Utrecht, on their return, did not bring back from the most holy lord pope the desired reply, although the said most holy lord pope had been entreated, appealed to, required, requested and with every insistence very often implored not only by the aforesaid messengers in the name of the council but also by the most serene lord Sigismund, king of the Romans and loyal supporter of the church, so this holy synod, relying on the decrees of the sacred council of Constance, whose words are these, That the holy synod . . . ' decreed in this solemn session to make its demands to the most holy lord pope and also to the most reverend lord cardinals in the way and style as follows."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This holy synod, therefore, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, beseeches the aforesaid most blessed lord pope Eugenius with all reverence and insistence and through the tender mercy of Jesus Christ entreats, requires implores and warns him to revoke in fact the alleged dissolution as in fact it was issued, and in the same way as he made the dissolution to send and publish over the different parts of the world the revocation, and completely to desist from every obstacle against the said council: indeed more, to favour and assist the council, as is his duty, and to offer it every support and opportune help, and to come in person within three months — an interval which it assigns and determines as a peremptory limit — if his physical state so allows. But if it does not, in his place and stead he should nominate some person or persons and send them with plenary power for each and every question in this council up to its very end through each and all of its acts gradually and successively. Otherwise, if his holiness should fail to do this, which is a thing that in no way is to be expected of the vicar of Christ, the holy synod will see to it that provision is made for the necessities of the church as shall seem just and as the holy Spirit shall dictate, and will proceed in accordance with what befits both divine and human law."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the same way it beseeches, requires, implores and warns the aforesaid most reverend lord cardinals, who as the chief hinges of the church of God should apply their minds with great fervour to these things, that they should bring earnest pressure to bear on the lord pope about the aforesaid things, and should favour, aid and help this sacred council in every opportune way. And since their presence, in view of their authority, great prudence and practical experience, is highly expedient for this sacred council, it requires and warns and cites the lord cardinals and each of them in particular that, canonical impediment ceasing, they shall come to the said council within three months from the notification by this present decree, which interval it precisely and peremptorily assigns and determines for the triple canonical monition. Otherwise, since failure to come to the sacred general council so as to aid the church in its great necessities will without doubt be judged as contributing to the danger of a serious challenge to the catholic faith and to the harm of the whole church, this holy council at the expiry of the stated interval will take proceedings against those who have failed to come, since their contumacy demands this, according as the order of divine as well as human law shall dictate and allow, and will take steps, with the help of the most High, to provide for the necessities of the church. In the aforesaid however, the said synod has no intention of including the most reverend lord cardinal of holy Cross as long as he is engaged in negotiations for peace between the kingdoms of France and England; but in respect of the most reverend lord cardinals of Plasencia and of Foix, as they are commonly called, and the cardinal of St Eustathius, since they are in nearer localities, it limits the above-mentioned interval to two months."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Further the holy synod orders all lord patriarchs, archbishops, bishops and other prelates of churches, and clerics, notaries and ecclesiastical personages, as also other faithful of Christ, of every status, dignity, grade and condition, and it requires and requests all princes and lords, even if they possess imperial, regal, ducal or any other authority, who shall have been requested regarding the above, that in virtue of holy obedience, under threat of the divine judgment and under pain of excommunication, they should report, intimate and notify all and each of the aforesaid things to the said most holy lord pope and to the most reverend lord cardinals, and should have them reported, intimated and notified to these people in person, if they have safe and convenient access to them. Where personal access is not possible, this is to be done by affixing notices drawn up by a public notary, if this can be done safely, to their residences and also on the door of the apostolic palace and on the churches of St John Lateran, St Peter's and St Mary Maggiore; or failing that, on the chief churches of the cities of Sutri Viterbo and Siena, or three other neighbouring cities, as it shall seem better. This holy synod decrees that these places are suitable for the execution of all the aforementioned."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yet this holy synod, desiring to meeting future eventualities and to avoid all waste of time, since delay in these matters is fraught with danger, ordains and decrees that a decree of admonition and citation of this kind, after it has been read out in this solemn session and published, shall be affixed to the doors of the cathedral church of Basel so that, should it happen that its intimation cannot be effected in any of the ways outlined above, in that case, as by a public edict, for four months to be calculated from this day, the publication, monition and citation shall be considered as performed in respect of all its effects, so that all its effects are obtained and it binds those to whom it is directed as if it had been insinuated and presented in person, the above peremptory force and threats being considered here as inserted."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Further, this holy council declares and insists that, despite the aforesaid delays, since a legal summons has already been issued by the decrees of the council of Constance, and since the urgency of the situation suggests the following, as does also the nature of what is to be accomplished in the continuation of the council and of the things to be done in it, it means to proceed in an orderly, due and mature manner, and for that reason not to be remiss in any way in the process. Lastly, this holy synod decrees citations for all prelates and others who are obliged to come to a general council, and each and all generals of orders and also inquisitors of heresy, with the delay of a fixed term or terms as it shall seem good to the deputies, with penalties and censures and suitable conditions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 4—20 June 1432",
              "sourceKey": "session-4",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy general synod of Basel, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, representing the universal church. By this decree we indicate to all that to each and every priest, baron, noble, soldier and citizen and every other man of whatever status, condition or rank from the kingdom of Bohemia and the marquisate of Moravia, from Prague and the cities and other places of the same, and to all other ecclesiastical and secular persons who, male or female, will be sent with them to the general council of Basel and are about to set out, to all these persons under whatever name they are listed or can be called, within however the number of two hundred persons, by the force of this present decree we grant and give our fullest and perfect safe-conduct and we bestow a most genuine security for their coming to this city of Basel and their abiding, staying and resting here, and for their treating with us on affairs suitably committed to them and their arranging, concluding and ending them. We allow them to perform the divine offices in their lodgings without any obstacle on our part; so that also, on account of their presence, neither on their journey nor in any other place of their journey, in coming, remaining or returning, nor in the city itself of Basel, will cessation from divine offices be imposed in any way in the form of an interdict."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Further, they will be allowed freely to propose and explain in the general council or synod of Basel, by word of mouth or in writing, the four articles on whose clarity they insist; to prove, support and recommend them with quotations from the sacred scriptures and the blessed doctors and, if need be, to reply to the objections of the general synod or to argue about them with one or several from the council or to discuss them in a charitable way without any impediment; with reproach, abuse and taunt being totally excluded, observing the form and the ways specified and mutually agreed between our envoys and the messengers of the aforesaid kingdom and marquisate in the city of Eger; and specifically that in the case of the four articles proposed by them, the divine law, the apostolic practice of Christ and of the primitive church, and the councils and doctors truly founding themselves on the same, will be accepted in the council of Basel as the most true and impartial judge. Whether these discussions are or are not brought to a conclusion, whenever by the order or permission of their superiors they, or any one of them, shall choose to return home, then straightaway, without any refusal, condition or delay, they may return freely and safely at their pleasure, with their goods, honour and persons intact, but with the knowledge of the deputies of the council so that suitable provision may be made, without guile or fraud, for their safety."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, in this safe-conduct of theirs we wish all clauses to be included and contained, and to be held as included, which are necessary and opportune for full, efficacious and sufficient safety in coming, staying and returning; we express these things clearly in order to secure and keep the good of peace. If any one or several of them, whether coming on their journey to us in Basel or while staying here or on their return, shall commit (may it not be so) some heinous crime by which the benefit of security conceded to them could be annulled and quashed, we wish, admit and concede that those arrested in a deed of such sort shall straightaway be punished only by their own people, not by others, by an adequate censure and a sufficient penalty to be approved and praised by us, with the form, conditions and ways of their security remaining completely unimpaired. Similarly if any of ours, whether on their way to us in Basel or while staying here or returning, shall commit (may it not be so) some heinous crime through which the benefit of the security conceded to them could be annulled or quashed, we wish that those arrested in a crime of this sort shall straightaway be punished only by us and our people, not by others, by an adequate censure and a sufficient penalty to be approved and praised by the lord ambassadors and envoys, with the present form, conditions and ways of the security remaining completely unimpaired."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We wish also that it be allowed to each and every ambassador as often as it is opportune or necessary, to leave the city of Basel in order to take the air and to return to it, and freely to send and despatch their messengers to any place for the arrangement of necessary affairs and to receive a messenger or messengers as often as it suits them, in such a way that they are accompanied by the deputies of the council who will provide for their safety. Further, neither in discussions, public sermons or other conferences can or may our side, in prejudice, derogation or depreciation of the case of the four articles, employ or procure in the locality of the city of Basel any terms that tend to disorder. These safe-conducts and assurances are to remain in force from the moment when, and for as long as, they are received into the care of our protection, to be brought to Basel, and in all the period of their staying here: and again on the conclusion of a sufficient hearing, an interval of twenty days having been set in advance, when they shall request it, or after the hearing the council shall decide, we shall, with God's help and without any guile or fraud, let them return from Basel to Tuschkau, Tachov or Engelsberg, to whichever of these places they prefer to go."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also for all of Christ's faithful, especially for the most holy lord the Roman pontiff, the most serene prince the lord Sigismund, king of the Romans etc. , the venerable lord cardinals, archbishops and bishops and lord abbots, prelates and clerics as well as for the most illustrious princes, kings, dukes, marquises, counts, barons and noble soldiers, universities, and communities of cities, castles and towns, and their councillors, magistrates, officials and others of whatever condition and status, whether ecclesiastical or secular, under whatever name they go, and for the subjects of all the aforesaid and every part of them, we promise in good faith and guarantee that all of us and every one of the aforesaid persons will observe and guard the prescribed security and the form of their safe-conduct in all its conditions, points and clauses elaborated above, inviolably and unbroken in good faith and with pure heart. Further, we promise that we neither wish nor ought on any alleged occasion, covertly or overtly, to employ any authority, power, law, statute or privilege of laws or canons or of any councils whatever, especially of Constance and Siena, in whatever form of words they may be expressed, to any prejudice of the safe-conduct or assurance and the public hearing which we have granted to them. But if we or anyone of us, of whatever condition or status or pre-eminence, shall violate in any detail or clause the form and way of the above assurance and safe- conduct (which, however, may the Almighty deign to avert), and a suitable penalty shall not have followed straightaway, to be fittingly approved and praised by their judgment, let them hold us, as indeed they can, to have incurred all penalties which by divine and human law or by custom violators of such safe-conducts incur, without any excuse or any challenge from this side ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[If the apostolic see becomes vacant while the council is in progress, the election may not be held outside the council]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy general synod of Basel, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, representing the universal church, bears in mind that it pertains to the duty of providence to foresee the future with clear-sighted consideration and to take wholesome steps against what could bring harm to the common good. The synod is intent upon the extirpation of heresies, peace among the people of Christ and the reformation of morals, with the grace of the holy Spirit, as is really necessary in view of the present situation. It has summoned the venerable fathers in Christ, the cardinals of the holy Roman church, to this sacred council, convinced that their presence at it is fruitful in many ways in view of their authority, wisdom and knowledge of affairs. If, then, as obedient sons they are coming to the council when the apostolic see falls vacant elsewhere, such a situation would redound to the benefit of the church but the obedient cardinals would be serving the council to their own disadvantage, whereas everyone knows that obedience should bring with it not disadvantage but an increase of benefit and honour. Lest disobedience may seem to be to the advantage of some who fail to come, this holy synod, with purposeful anticipation and for the above and other reasons which can and should motivate a prudent mind establishes, decrees and defines that, in the event of a vacancy of the apostolic see while this sacred council is in progress, the election of the supreme pontiff shall be held in the place of this sacred council, and it forbids it to be held elsewhere. The synod also decrees that any attempt against this by any authority whatsoever, be it even papal, notwithstanding any constitutions issued or to be issued or anything else acting to the contrary, even if there should be special mention in so many words or a confirmation on oath, which the synod rejects with full knowledge, is null and void and of no force or importance by law; and that those who attempt such things shall be disqualified in both active and passive voice with respect to the election of a Roman pontiff and for every other dignity, and deprived perpetually of all dignities which they hold, and shall automatically incur the mark of infamy as well as sentence of excommunication. If any such pretended election should be attempted, then both the one allegedly elected and his supporters as well as those who treat him as elected incur in the same way the above-mentioned penalties. The said synod reserves to itself, except at the moment of death, absolution of everyone who in any way shall incur the said sentences or any one of them. It declares that the present decree shall bind and come into force after forty days following its publication."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 5—9 August 1432",
              "sourceKey": "session-5",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[In this session there were approved rules about the organization of the council: On cases and the procurator of the faith; Judges are deputed for the general examination of cases; That members of the council may not be brought to trial outside the place of this council; Officials are appointed. ]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 6—6 September 1432",
              "sourceKey": "session-6",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[This session was devoted to reading: Petition of the promoters of the council against the pope and the cardinals. ]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 7—6 November 1432",
              "sourceKey": "session-7",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Interval for a papal election]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The most holy general synod of Basel, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, representing the universal church, for an everlasting record. Earlier this holy synod issued a decree about the election of a Roman pontiff if a vacancy of the apostolic see occurs during this sacred council. It is entitled, It pertains to the duty of providence . . . , and is to be found in full in the fourth session. However, a doubt about that decree has occurred to some, namely that the interval of ten days which the constitution of the council of Lyons fixed for the cardinals of the holy Roman church to enter the conclave, might elapse and be too restricted at least by the time that notification of the vacancy reaches this council. For, the interval would seems to be too rigid and too short for many of the cardinals who may be away in localities distant from this council. Moreover this holy synod wishes to eliminate all grounds for doubt and to provide carefully for what is conducive to the peace and unity of God's holy church, and with all modesty and due maturity to proceed with what is known in this matter, as in all things to promote the exaltation of the catholic faith and the general reformation and peace of the Christian people, for which the council is legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit. It therefore decrees that in the case of a vacancy of the apostolic see in the lifetime of this present council, nothing shall be done for the election of a Roman pontiff before the expiry of sixty days from the day of the vacancy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 8—18 December 1432",
              "sourceKey": "session-8",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decree that there ought to be only one council]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The most holy general synod of Basel, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, representing the universal church, for an everlasting record. Just as there is only one holy catholic church, as Christ her spouse says, My dove, my perfect one, is only one, and as an article of the faith declares, since unity does not tolerate division, so there can be only one general council representing the holy catholic church. Since, therefore, by decrees of the sacred general councils of Constance and of Siena and by the approval of two Roman pontiffs, namely Martin V and Eugenius IV of happy memory, a general council was instituted and established in this city of Basel and assembled legitimately in the holy Spirit, it is clear that during this council another general council cannot exist elsewhere. Whoever therefore, during the lifetime of this sacred council shall presume to raise and hold another assembly with the title of a general council, is convicted of raising and holding a conventicle of schismatics and not a council of the catholic church. Therefore this holy council warns and exhorts all Christ's faithful, of whatever status or rank they may be, even if papal, imperial or regal, under the adjuration of the divine judgment which holy scripture relates in the case of Korah, Dathan and Abiram, authors of schism, and it strictly commands and forbids them in virtue of holy obedience and under the penalties laid down by the law, not to hold or summon, during this sacred council, another assembly with the title of a general council, which in reality would not be a council, nor to go to or to take part in or in any way to have recourse to it as if it were a general council, even under the pretext of any promise or oath, nor to hold or esteem it to be or even to call it a general council, even if it claims to have been summoned or shall try in the future to be summoned. If any ecclesiastical person, even a cardinal of the holy Roman church, or anyone else of whatever status, rank or condition he may be, shall dare to go to or stay in Bologna or any place with a pretended general council, during this present council, he shall automatically incur sentence of excommunication and deprivation of all benefices, dignities and offices and disqualification from them; and the dignities, offices and benefices of such persons may be freely disposed of by those to whom this pertains by law."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 9—22 January 1433",
              "sourceKey": "session-9",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[This session was entirely taken up with the solemn reception of the emperor Sigismund. ]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 10—19 February 1433",
              "sourceKey": "session-10",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[This session was almost entirely taken up with reading: Accusation of contumacy of the pope. ]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 11—27 April 1433",
              "sourceKey": "session-11",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[For the permanent validity of the authority of general councils]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy general council of Basel, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit representing the universal church, for an everlasting record. Since the frequent holding of general councils, as a principal means of cultivating the Lord's field affects the universal church, every effort should be made that all obstacles that could impede so holy an institution are removed with great care. Hence this holy synod, obeying the decree of the council of Constance beginning The frequent, and anxious that no scandals such as unhappily have occurred in our day should spring up again in the future, to the detriment of the church, establishes and decrees that the Roman pontiff, who ought to be the first in working in the Lord's vineyard and in drawing others to work by his example, should take part in general councils in person or by a legate or legates a latere who is or are to be chosen in consultation with and with the consent — which is not to be just by word of mouth — of two-thirds of the cardinals. Also, all ecclesiastical persons who by law or custom ought to attend general councils are bound henceforward to come in person without further summons to general councils, both by force of the constitution The frequent and by the authority of this sacred council of Basel or of some other future council legitimately assembled, unless they are prevented by a legitimate impediment, in which case they are bound to send suitable persons with a sufficient mandate. If the Roman pontiff or other above-mentioned persons fail to do this, or in any way take means to impede change, prorogue or dissolve the council, and shall not have repented with real satisfaction within four months, thereafter the pope will be automatically suspended from the papal administration and the other persons from the administration of their dignities; the papal administration will devolve by law upon the sacred council. If they persist with hardened hearts under the aforesaid penalties for a further two months after the said four months, then the general council shall proceed against both the Roman pontiff and the above-mentioned persons up to and including the penalty of deprivation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[That everybody is free to come to the council]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This holy synod decrees that, notwithstanding any prohibition, even from the Roman pontiff, there is freedom for absolutely all persons, of whatsoever status or condition they may be, even if they are cardinals of the Roman church, to go to general councils; and that the Roman pontiff is bound to grant permission to those who wish to go to general councils, especially to the aforesaid cardinals, if they request it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[The council explains the phrase about prorogation of the council, and annuls attempts to the contrary, including future attempts]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This holy synod also declares that those words \"it may never be prorogued\", contained in the said decree, are to be understood so prohibitively that it cannot be prorogued even by a pope, and that a council actually assembled cannot be dissolved or moved from place to place by a Roman pontiff without the express consent of the council itself, and it quashes, voids and annuls anything that may be attempted in the future against this or even in disparagement or obstruction of this general council or of the persons, prelates and supporters of it, by deprivation, translation and ecclesiastical censures or in any other way."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[That the council may not be dissolved or moved without the express consent of two-thirds of each deputation, etc. ]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For certain reasonable causes it decrees that the present council of Basel cannot be dissolved or moved from place to place by anybody, even by the pope, unless there is obtained the express consent of two-thirds of each deputation, after a scrutiny of the votes of individual members, and then the approval of two-thirds of the general congregation, after a similar scrutiny of the votes of individual members, and finally a declaration is to be made in a public session. It prays through the tender mercy of Jesus Christ, and by the sprinkling of his precious blood it adjures all members of this sacred council, both present and future, that in no way they give their consent to a dissolution or allow a change of place, except for just and manifest reasons, before the reform in head and members has been completed, in so far as this can reasonably be achieved."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[That the place of the council should be chosen a month before the dissolution, and the phrase \"in ten years\" is clarified]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In accordance with the ordinance of the council of Constance, it wishes that the place of the future council should be chosen at least a month before the date of the dissolution. It also declares, as a precaution, that the phrase \"in ten years\" which is used in the said constitution should be understood in this way, namely that the ten years should be completely finished, and when it is fully completed the authorization to hold a general council begins. If it happens for any reason that those who are obliged to attend general councils do not come at the beginning, it declares that the said authorization to hold the council does not thereby cease, but that it should be held as soon as it conveniently can. But so that it cannot be deferred for a long time, this council decrees that for twenty days before the end of the said ten years, or of some other interval if perhaps this should reasonably be determined by the council, the Roman pontiff in person or through his legate or legates, and the archbishop in whose province or diocese the council is to be held and all the prelates who are within four days' journey of the place of the forthcoming council, provided there is no canonical impediment, in person or, if that cannot be, through suitable men constituted as proxies for this purpose, are obliged to present themselves so as to negotiate about the disposition of the place and other preliminaries of the council. On the day appointed for the opening of the council, those present shall celebrate a solemn mass of the holy Spirit, and the council shall be considered constituted and begun from that day. However, on account of the many necessities that can occur for those coming to a council, this holy synod exhorts those who shall be present not to bring difficult questions to a conclusion until after a reasonable wait for those absent and a fitting interval of time, rather, with divine fear as a guide, let everything proceed with due gravity, as the great mass of business of the universal church demands and requires. In those cases in which, according to the decree of Constance, the pope may, with the consent of the cardinals of the holy Roman church, change the place of a future council, it determines that, should the pope fail to do this, the college of cardinals may supply for the defect, on condition however that two-thirds of the cardinals agree, keeping, , nevertheless to the procedure contained in the said decree The frequent. The said cardinals shall swear by God and their consciences that they are making the change of place, if indeed they decide this, for the clear reasons that are mentioned in the decree The frequent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[That the electors of a pope before entering the conclave shall swear that, if one of them is elected, he will observe the said decrees]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So that the aforesaid may be put into execution the more easily, the holy synod determines that the electors of a Roman pontiff are bound, before entering the conclave, to swear to God and to promise the church that, should one of them be chosen as pope, he will observe the above decrees, statutes and ordinances, and to the best of his ability will endeavour to fulfil them really and effectively adding that whoever in future years shall be chosen as Roman pontiff must swear, among the other things which he must profess according to the decree of the council of Constance beginning Since the Roman pontiff, effective observance of the present decree. Later, in his first public consistory, he is bound to make again the same profession and let him also profess that, if he violates what is contained in this decree or commits a notorious crime which scandalizes the church, he will subject himself to the judgment of a general council. Both he and the college of cardinals shall insert this profession in the letters which they customarily send throughout the world on the accession of a new pope."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[That this decree should be published in synods]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So that nobody may plead ignorance of this wholesome and necessary decree, the holy synod orders, in virtue of holy obedience, all metropolitan bishops to have this decree read and published in provincial and synodal councils, and superiors of religious to have it read and published in their general chapters. 2"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 12—13 July 1433",
              "sourceKey": "session-12",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decree on elections and confirmations of bishops and prelates]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Just as in building a house the architect's chief concern is to lay such a foundation that the edifice built on it will endure immovable, so in the general reformation of the church the principal preoccupation of this holy synod is that the pastors set over the church may be such that, like pillars and bases, they will firmly uphold the church by the strength of their doctrine and merits. The office enjoined on prelates manifestly shows how great care should be taken in their election, for they are appointed for the government of souls for which our lord Jesus Christ died and shed his precious blood. Therefore the sacred canons promulgated under the Spirit of God, providentially established that each church and college or convent should elect a prelate for itself. Adhering to these prescriptions this holy synod, assembled in the same Spirit, establishes and defines that a general reservation of all metropolitan, cathedral, collegiate and monastic churches and elective dignities ought not to be made or used by the Roman pontiff in the future, always with the exception of reservations contained in the body of law and those which may arise in territories mediately or immediately subject to the Roman church by reason of direct or beneficial dominion. Rather, provision should duly be made for the aforesaid metropolitan, cathedral, monastic and collegiate churches and elective dignities, when they are vacant, by canonical elections and confirmations in conformity with the dispositions of the common law, without thereby derogating from statutes, privileges and reasonably customs, all postulations in the disposition of the common law remaining intact. This holy synod also decrees that it will be in conformity with reason and beneficial for the common good that the Roman pontiff should attempt nothing contrary to this salutary decree, except for an important, reasonable and manifest cause, which is to be specified expressly in an apostolic letter. So that this salutary decree may be more strictly adhered to, the same holy synod wishes that, among other things that the Roman pontiff shall profess on assuming office, he shall swear to observe inviolably this decree."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since prelates should be such as is described above, those with the right of electing them should be very careful that they make a worthy election in the presence of God and of the people, and let them be most solicitous to elect such persons as can fill so great an office. Let them remember that if they act in so important an affair either fraudulently or carelessly or without regard for the fear of God, they will be the authors and cause of evil pastors and will therefore share in the penalties which the evil pastors themselves will suffer in the severe judgment of God. Since the endeavour of human fragility can effect nothing without the help of almighty God, from whom every good endowment and every perfect gift comes down, those in whose hands lies the election of a pontiff or an abbot shall meet in church on the day of the election in order to hear with great devotion a mass of the holy Spirit, whom they will humbly petition to deign to inspire them to elect a worthy pastor. The more devoutly they approach the act of election, the more readily they will merit that grace, so let them confess and reverently receive the sacrament of the eucharist. When they have entered the place of the election of any prelate who is to be chosen through election, they shall swear in the hands of the president of the chapter, and the president in the hands of his immediate subordinate, in these words: I, N. , swear and promise to almighty God and to such and such a saint (according to the dedication of the church) to elect the person who I believe will be the more useful to the church in spiritual and temporal things, and not to give a vote to anyone who I think is procuring the election for himself by the promise or gift of some temporal thing, or by making a request in person or through another, or in any other way directly or indirectly. He who appoints a procurator to elect a certain person shall take the same oath and shall confess and communicate; so also shall a procurator with a general mandate for election in matters in which by common law he can be appointed a procurator in the business of such an election. The oath shall be taken also by those who may have made an agreement about the election of a future prelate, and they too are obliged to confess and to communicate. If they do not do so, for that occasion they shall be deprived by law of the power of electing. Thereupon let them elect to the said prelacy a man of lawful age, of serious character and adequate education, already in sacred orders and suitable in other respects in accordance with canonical regulations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If the election is made in another way and of a different kind of person than the above or by the wickedness of simony, the election shall be invalid and null by law. Those electing simoniacally shall be automatically subject to perpetual deprivation of the right of electing, besides other penalties. Others shall be subject to canonical penalties. Those elected simoniacally and those who take part in such a simoniacal election, as well as the electors and those confirmed shall automatically incur the penalty of excommunication in horror of so great a crime. Moreover, those so elected and confirmed cannot be absolved from such guilt and excommunication unless they freely resign the churches and dignities which they had disgracefully obtained, and they are rendered perpetually disqualified from acquiring them again. In order to remove every root of ambition this holy synod implores through the tender mercy of Jesus Christ and most earnestly exhorts kings and princes, communities and others of whatever rank or dignity, ecclesiastical or secular, not to write letters to electors or to provide petitions for someone who will get such petitions or letters for himself or for another, and much less to resort to threats or pressure or anything else whereby the process of election would be rendered less free. Similarly, in virtue of holy obedience, it is enjoined on electors not to elect anyone on the strength of such letters, petitions, threats or pressure."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When the election has been completed and presented to the person who has the right of confirmation, if a co-elected person or an objector to the election shows himself, he should be summoned by name to discuss the matter of the disputed election. Usually a public announcement should be made in the church in which the election was held, in accordance with the constitution of Boniface VIII of happy memory. Whether or not a co-elected person or an objector appears, the confirmer should proceed in virtue of his office, as is done in the business of the inquisition, using diligence in the due examination and discussion of the form of the election, of the merits of the one elected and of all the circumstances. The confirmation or the annulment of the election should be done in a judicial manner. So that the whole process may be clean and without blemish or even a suspicion of it, the confirmer should altogether refrain, personally as well as through others, from presuming to demand anything at all or even to receive free offerings in return for the confirmation or under the pretext of homage, subvention, gratitude or any other excuse of supposed custom or privilege. For notaries and scribes in such cases, let a moderate fee be levied which is proportionate to the work of writing and not to the value of the prelacy. If the said confirmers shall confirm elections in contravention of the above regulations or in respect of unsuitable persons or involving simony, such confirmations are automatically null. This is to be the case for the occasion, for those who confirm persons other than as stated above: but for the stain of simony, if they have incurred it, they automatically incur sentence of excommunication, from which they cannot be absolved except by the Roman pontiff', except at the point of death."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This holy synod exhorts the supreme pontiff, since he should be the mirror and standard of all sanctity and purity, not to demand or accept anything at all for confirming elections referred to him. Otherwise, if he scandalizes the church by notorious and repeated contraventions, he will be delated to a future council. However, for the burdens which he must carry for the government of the universal church, and for the sustenance of the cardinals of the holy Roman church and of other necessary officials, this holy council will make due and suitable provision before its dissolution. If it does not make any provision in this way, then those churches and benefices which hitherto paid a certain tax on the entry into office of a new prelate, shall be obliged thenceforward to pay in parts half of this tax for the year after their peaceful possession; this provision shall continue until the sustenance of the said pope and cardinals is otherwise provided for. By these ordinances the same synod does not intend any prejudice to the holy Roman and universal church or to any other church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 13—11 September 1433",
              "sourceKey": "session-13",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[In this session there was read out, Accusation of contumacy of the pope made by the promoters of the sacred council; the time-limit already intimated to Eugenius IV for him to come to Basel and to abrogate his decree dissolving the council was deferred; finally a new Decree for the protection of members was approved. ]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 14—7 November 1433",
              "sourceKey": "session-14",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[In this session there was made, Another deferral, for ninety days, of the monition to the pope, to which were added two proposals, one regarding the revoking of the suspension of the council. the other regarding Eugenius IV's assent to the council. ]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 15—26 November 1433",
              "sourceKey": "session-15",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On provincial and synodal councils]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy general council of Basel, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, representing the universal church, for an everlasting record. Already this holy synod has promulgated a most salutary decree on the stability and authority of general councils, the frequent holding of which is a principal means of cultivating the Lord's field. Indeed, since there is no doubt that episcopal synods and provincial councils form part of this same cultivation, inasmuch as the ancient canons decreed that they should be frequent, so this holy synod, desiring that ancient and praiseworthy customs should be observed in our age, establishes and commands that an episcopal synod should be held yearly in every diocese after the octave of Easter, or on another day according to diocesan custom, at least once a year where custom does not prescribe two, by the diocesan in person unless he is prevented by a canonical impediment, in which case by a vicar who is fitted for the task. This synod should last at least two or three days, or as the bishops deem to be necessary."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On the first day, when the diocesan and all those who are obliged to be present at the synod have assembled, during or after the celebration of mass, the diocesan or another in his name shall expound the word of God, exhorting all to strive after good behaviour and refrain from vice, and to strive after what pertains to ecclesiastical discipline and each one's duties, and especially that those who have the care of souls should instruct the people subject to them in doctrine and with salutary exhortations on Sundays and feast-days. Then there should be read out the provincial and synodal statutes and, among other things, a comprehensive treatise on how the sacraments should be administered and other useful points for the instruction of priests. Then the diocesan himself should diligently inquire into the life and morals of his subjects and check with suitable correction the evil of simony, usurious contracts, concubinage, fornication and all other faults and excesses. He should revoke alienations of ecclesiastical property forbidden by law, and he should correct and reform abuses of clerics and other subjects who have failed in respect of the divine office and the wearing of proper dress. Since many scandals often arise because Pope Boniface VIII's constitution Periculoso on the enclosure of nuns is not observed, the diocesan should insist that this enclosure be strictly observed in accordance with that constitution; also that all religious subject to the diocesan should inviolably observe the rules and constitutions of their orders, especially that all ownership is renounced by them. Also let nothing be demanded simoniacally at their reception into a religious order. A chief care of the bishop at the synod should be to make inquiry and to apply proper remedies lest any teaching that is heretical, erroneous, scandalous or offensive to pious ears, or fortune-telling, divinations incantations, superstitions or any diabolic inventions, infiltrate into his diocese. Let there be appointed synodal witnesses, who should be serious, prudent and honest men, filled with zeal for God's law, in a number proportionate to the area of the diocese, or others with their powers if none are appointed for this, who may be removed by the diocesan if they seem to him to be unsuitable and he may appoint others (as he thinks fit). They shall be obliged to take an oath in the hands of the diocesan himself or of his vicar, as is stated in the canon Episcopus in synodo; they shall travel round the diocese for a year and shall refer what they have seen to be in need of correction and reform to those whose duty it is to correct and reform. If these matters are not corrected and reformed, they shall refer them to a subsequent synod, when proper remedies should be applied. Besides what the diocesan hears from the synodal witnesses or others exercising their office, he should himself inquire assiduously about the faults of his subjects and so confront the guilty with the discipline of needed correction that it may serve as an example to others inclined to do evil."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also, in every province within two years of the end of a general council, and thereafter at least once in every three years, a provincial council should be held in a safe place. It should be attended by both the archbishop and all his suffragans and others who are obliged to take part in such provincial councils, after a due summons has been issued to them. If a bishop is prevented by a canonical impediment, he should designate his procurator, not only to excuse and justify his absence, but also to participate in the council in his name and to report back what the council decides. Otherwise the bishop is automatically suspended from receiving half the fruits of his church for one year: these should be effectively diverted to the fabric of his church by someone deputed in the council itself. Others who fail to attend are to be punished at the decision of the council and other penalties of the law are to remain in force. Provincial councils are not to be held while a general council is sitting and for six months beforehand. At the beginning of a provincial council the metropolitan or someone in his name during the celebration of mass or afterwards, shall deliver an exhortation calling to mind the things that pertain to the ecclesiastical state and especially the episcopal office and warning all the participants that, as the prophet says, if any soul is lost by their fault his blood will be required by the Lord at their hands. In particular, there should be a strict warning that orders and benefices should be conferred, without any simony, on worthy and deserving persons whose lives are sufficiently well known. Above all, the greatest care and mature inquiry should be used when entrusting the care of souls. Ecclesiastical property on no account should be used for illegal purposes, but for the glory of God and the conservation of churches and, following the holy canons, with a primary concern for the poor and needy, mindful that at the tribunal of the eternal judge they will have to give an account of all of it to the very last farthing. In these councils there should be, according to the regulations of the law, a careful investigation into the correction of faults, the reform of the morals of subjects and especially the conduct of bishops in conferring benefices, confirming elections, administering orders, deputing confessors, preaching to the people, punishing the faults of their subjects and observing episcopal synods, and in any other points respecting the episcopal office and the jurisdiction and administration of bishops in spiritual and temporal matters, especially whether they keep their hands clean of the stain of simony, in order that all those who are found to have transgressed in the aforesaid matters may be corrected and punished by the council. A similar careful inquiry should be instituted about the metropolitan himself in all these respects, and the council should explain clearly to him his faults and defects, admonishing and imploring him that since he is called and ought to be the father of others, he should altogether desist from such failings. Even so, the council should send straightaway to the Roman pontiff, or to another of his superiors if he has one, a written account of the investigation made about him, so that he may receive punishment and fitting reform from the Roman pontiff or other superior. Besides, if there are discords, quarrels and feuds among some which could disturb the peace and tranquillity of the province, the holy council should strive to pacify them and seek watchfully, as would a dutiful father, for peace and agreement among its sons. If discords of this sort arise between kingdoms, provinces and principalities, the holy bishops of God should straightaway arrange the simultaneous convocation of provincial councils and, in combining their respective counsel and help, strive to banish whatever promotes discord; they should not cease from this out of love or hatred for anyone, but raising the eyes of their minds to God alone and the salvation of their people and putting aside all half-heartedness, they should be intent on the sacred work of peace."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, in a provincial synod that immediately precedes a forthcoming general council, thought should be given to all that is likely to be dealt with in that general council, to the glory of God and the good of the province and the salvation of the Christian people. Let a suitable number of people be elected at it to go in the name of the whole province to the next general council; let them be provided for by a grant or in some other way, according to the law and the judgment of the provincial council; in such a way, however, that those wishing to go to the council or their clergy, in addition to those deputed as above, shall in no way be disadvantaged thereby. Also, let there be read out in each provincial council those things which the canonical regulations order to be read out in them, so that they may be observed inviolably and transgressors may be duly punished. If metropolitans and diocesans fail to celebrate provincial and episcopal synods at the aforesaid time, after the cessation of any legal impediment, they shall lose half of all fruits and revenues accruing to them by reason of their churches, and these shall be applied immediately to the fabric of their churches. If they persist in such neglect for three consecutive months, they shall automatically be suspended from their offices and benefices. After these intervals of time have elapsed, with the aforesaid penalties, the senior bishop in the province of the metropolitan, or the person in orders who is highest in dignity below a bishop, unless by custom or privilege it pertains to another, is obliged to supply for this failure to hold the said provincial and episcopal synods. Moreover, this holy synod bids all superiors of religious communities and orders of all kinds, who are responsible for holding chapters, to hold them at the appointed times, under the aforesaid penalties, and to see that they are held; and let them aim in them, in accordance with canonical sanctions and the constitutions of the orders, at a true reform of the individual communities and orders, so that thereafter regular observance may duly flourish in all monasteries in accordance with their rules and constitutions, and in particular that the three fundamental vows of profession may be strictly observed. By the aforesaid, however, the holy synod does not mean to derogate in any way from anyone's rights."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 16—5 February 1434",
              "sourceKey": "session-16",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[This session declares the adherence of Pope Eugenius to the council, with the usual ceremonies; Eugenius's bull Dudum sacrum, and three other bulls abrogated by that bull, are incorporated into the acts. ]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 17—26 April 1434",
              "sourceKey": "session-17",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On the admission of the presidents into the council in the name of the lord pope Eugenius IV]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy general synod of Basel, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, representing the universal church, admits the beloved sons of the church Nicholas, priest of the title of holy Cross in Jerusalem, and Julian, deacon of St Angelo, cardinals of the holy Roman church, the venerable John, archbishop of Taranto, and Peter, bishop of Padua, and the beloved son of the church Louis, abbot of St Justina of Padua, as presidents in this sacred council in the name, stead and place of the most holy lord pope Eugenius IV, to have the fullest authority and effect throughout, but only on the following conditions: they are to be without any coercive jurisdiction, and the way of proceeding hitherto observed in this council is to remain unchanged, especially what is contained in the ordinances of this sacred council beginning, First, there shall be four deputations, as there are, among which all from the council shall be distributed equally as far as is possible, etc. It also ordains that apart from on a Friday, which is the ordinary day for a general congregation, another general congregation cannot be called unless at least three of the deputations agree to this beforehand. And then the presidents should be informed, or one of them, so that they may announce the programme. If they do not, one of the promoters of the council or someone from the deputations shall announce the programme. All from the council shall come to the congregation. On the other occasions, if the three deputations do not agree, nobody shall come to that congregation; and whatever is done there shall be null and void. The same with regard to a session. When what has been agreed upon by the deputations has been read out in the general congregation, the first of the presidents there present, even if another or others of them are absent, shall conclude the matter in accordance with the ordinances of the sacred council. If he or another of the presidents then presiding refuses to do this, the next prelate in the order of seating shall conclude the matter. If he is unwilling, let another in succession do it. If it happens that none of the presidents comes to a congregation or a session of the general council, then the first prelate, as indicated above, shall fulfil the office of president for that day. Also, all the acts of this sacred council shall be made and despatched under the name and seal of this council, as has been done until now."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 18—26 June 1434",
              "sourceKey": "session-18",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On the renewal of the decree of the council of Constance about the authority and power of general councils]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy general synod of Basel, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, representing the universal church, for an everlasting record. It is well known that it redounds to the great benefit of the catholic church that its authority, which was earlier declared in the sacred council of Constance and to which all are obliged to submit, should be manifested frequently and the attention of all should be drawn to it. Just as councils of the past were accustomed to renew the salutary institutions and declarations of previous synods, so this holy synod too renews that necessary declaration on the authority of general councils, which was promulgated in the said council of Constance in the words that follow: First it declares . . . and Next it declares ,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 19—7 September 1434",
              "sourceKey": "session-19",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On the agreement between the council and the Greeks about union]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy general synod of Basel, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit representing the universal church, for an everlasting record. As a dutiful mother is ever anxious about the health of her children and is uneasy until any dissension among them has been quietened, so and to a much greater extent holy mother church, which regenerates its children to eternal life, is wont to strive with every effort that all who go by the name of Christian may put aside all quarrelling and may guard in fraternal charity the unity of the faith, without which there can be no salvation. It has therefore been a primary care of this holy synod from the beginning of its meeting to put an end to the recent discord of the Bohemians and the ancient discord of the Greeks, and to bind them to us in the same permanent bond of faith and charity. We invited in all charity to this sacred council, through our letters and envoys, first the Bohemians, since they are nearer, and then the Greeks, so that the holy union might be achieved. Although many from the beginning thought that the Bohemian affair was not only difficult but almost impossible and judged our labours to be a waste of time and useless, nevertheless our lord Jesus Christ, to whom nothing is impossible, has so safely directed the business until now that the invitation to the Bohemians has been of much greater benefit to holy church than the many powerful armies which frequently invaded their country."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This fills us with greater hope to pursue the union with the Greeks with all confidence and perseverance. We approach this task the more willingly because we perceive the Greeks to be very inclined to this union. For as soon as the most serene emperor of the Greeks and the patriarch of Constantinople were approached by our envoys, straightaway they appointed to this holy synod three outstanding men from those who seem to be of great authority among them — the first of whom was indeed a blood-relative of the emperor — with a sufficient commission from the emperor himself signed by his own hand and with a golden seal, and furnished with letters of the patriarch. Both in a general congregation and in the presence of our commissaries they expressed the most fervent desire of the emperor, the patriarch and the whole eastern church for this union. They urge and daily stimulate us in a wonderful way to pursue this holy work, strongly and persistently affirming two things: that union is only possible in a universal synod in which both the western church and the eastern church meet, and that union will assuredly follow if matters proceed in that synod in the way that is agreed below. We were filled with joy and gladness when we heard this. For what happier and more glorious thing could ever happen to the catholic church than that so many eastern peoples, who seem to be about equal in number to those of our faith, should be joined with us in the unity of faith ? What could be more useful and fruitful to the Christian people, since the beginning of the church, than for an inveterate and destructive schism to be completely eradicated ? Moreover, we trust that with God's help another benefit will accrue to the Christian commonwealth; because from this union, once it is established, there is hope that very many from the abominable sect of Mahomet will be converted to the catholic faith. What, then, should not be attempted and done by Christ's faithful for so holy and salutary an objective? What Catholic is not in duty bound to risk not only the passing substance of this world but even his body and soul for such an advance of the Christian name and the orthodox faith? Wherefore, we venerable cardinals of the holy Roman church, presidents of the apostolic see, casting all our thought on God, who alone does great wonders, deputed the patriarch of Antioch and a suitable number of archbishops, bishops, abbots, masters and doctors to treat of this question with the ambassadors of the Greeks and to look for a way to reach a solution. After these men had frequently met and discussed among themselves and with the envoys, they reached the conclusions given below. These conclusions, in accordance with the custom of this council, were seriously debated by the deputations and ratified by a general congregation. Their contents, together with the chrysobull of the lord emperor, are as follows."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Agreement of the deputies of the sacred council with the ambassadors of the Greeks]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The ambassadors of the most serene lord emperor of the Greeks and of the lord patriarch of Constantinople, namely the lord Demetrius protonostiarius Palaeologus Metotides, the venerable Isidore abbot of the monastery of St Demetrius, and the lord John Dissipatus of the household of the same emperor, meeting together with the lord deputies of the sacred council, first declared that if the western church would agree that this synod should be held in Constantinople, the eastern church would meet there at its own expense and there would be no need for the western church to pay any expenses to eastern prelates. Indeed, the lord emperor himself would, within his limits, provide for Latin prelates on their way to Constantinople. But if it was preferred that the prelates of the eastern church should come to Latin territories for the said synod, then for legitimate reasons the western church would have to meet the expenses of the eastern church. Since the said lord deputies for many reasons believed that this union would be more conveniently arranged in the city of Basel, where in fact the council was sitting, they frequently and urgently pressed the lord envoys that this place should be chosen for the holy union and offered to pay the necessary expenses for this. The envoys replied that since the instructions given to them by the emperor and the patriarch contained limitations on certain places, they would not choose the city of Basel because it was not mentioned in the instructions. The deputies of the sacred council, aware of the holy and perfect intention of the council not to spare any labour and expenditure for the honour of God and the advance of the catholic faith, judged it inexpedient to miss so great a good merely on a question of place. So they agreed, subject to the council's consent, to one of the places named below with the condition, which is detailed later, that one or more persons should be sent to the lord emperor, the patriarch and others to persuade them by cogent reasons to agree to the city of Basel. The nominated places are these: Calabria, Ancona or another maritime territory; Bologna, Milan or another Italian city; and outside Italy, Buda in Hungary, Vienna in Austria or in the last place, Savoy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The lord deputies agreed with the lord ambassadors in what follows, subject to the council's consent. First, the ambassadors promised that the emperor of the Greeks, the patriarch of Constantinople, the other three patriarchs and the archbishops, bishops and other ecclesiastics who can conveniently come, will come to the synod. Likewise, representatives will come from all the kingdoms and territories subject to the churches of the Greeks, with full power and authority which shall be confirmed by oath and suitable documents by both the secular authorities and the prelates. Also, the sacred council shall send one or more ambassadors with eight thousand ducats for the holding of a congregation of the prelates of the eastern church in Constantinople. The eight thousand ducats will be paid out by the ambassadors of the sacred council, as it shall seem good to the lord emperor or to the ambassadors themselves; but in such a way that, if the said prelates refuse to come to Constantinople or, having come to Constantinople, refuse to go to the synod, then the emperor shall be bound to restore to the said ambassadors whatever they may have expended on this matter."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also, that the western church shall pay the expenses of four large galleys, of which two shall be from Constantinople and two from elsewhere, to convey to our port at the appropriate time the emperor, the patriarchs and the prelates of the eastern church with their suites, to the number of seven hundred persons, and to return them to Constantinople. The western church shall pay the expenses for this in the following way. For the expenses of the emperor and of seven hundred persons from Constantinople to our last port, it will give the emperor fifteen thousand ducats. From the said last port to the place of the said council, and thereafter as long as they remain at the synod and until their return to Constantinople, it will give to the emperor with the said seven hundred persons fair expenses. Also that within the ten months after next November, the sacred council shall be obliged to send two large galleys and two lighter ones to Constantinople with three hundred crossbowmen. On these galleys shall travel the ambassadors of the sacred council and the lord Demetrius protonostiarius Palaeologus, chief of the lord emperor's ambassadors. These ambassadors of the sacred council will have with them fifteen thousand ducats to be given to the lord emperor for the expenses that he and the patriarchs, prelates and others who are coming, to the number of seven hundred persons, shall incur between Constantinople and the last port at which they shall put in, as mentioned above. Also, the said ambassadors of the sacred council who are to travel on the galleys will arrange that ten thousand ducats are at hand to be expended, if necessary, on the defence of the city of Constantinople against any danger that the Turks might cause the city during the lord emperor's absence; this money will be expended by someone deputed by the said ambassadors of the sacred council in proportion to the necessity. Also, the said ambassadors of the sacred council will pay the cost of two light galleys and three hundred crossbowmen for the defence of the city of Constantinople in the lord emperor's absence, and shall ensure that the crews of the said galleys and the crossbowmen take an oath in the hands of the emperor that they will serve him faithfully. Their captains shall be appointed by the emperor. Also, that the said ambassadors shall have for the expenses of the two large galleys what is usually expended in arming such galleys."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-324",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also, the ambassadors of the sacred council who are to go with the said galleys to Constantinople, shall name to the lord emperor the port at which they should finally land and the place, from among those listed above, where the said universal synod shall be held. They will, however, strive with all their might that the city of Basel be chosen, as is to be hoped. Also, this sacred council of Basel will remain meanwhile at Basel, and shall not be dissolved as long as there is no legitimate impediment; but if a legitimate impediment arises, which may God avert, it may transfer itself for its continuation to another city, in accordance with the decree The frequent . If the lord emperor is not satisfied with this place, then within one month after he has landed at the said last port, the sacred council will transfer itself to one of the said places nominated by the same council, as was said above."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also that, in any event, all the above shall be fulfilled by both parties; and all the above shall be effected in a really stable way and with the greatest force and security that is possible for the sacred council, namely by a decree and under a seal. Also, when all the aforesaid matters have been concluded and agreed and, as was said, fully confirmed, the supreme pontiff should give his express consent by his patent bulls. Everything above is to be understood in good faith, without fraud or deceit and without legitimate or manifest impediment. If all the clauses are fulfilled, the said ambassadors of the Greeks shall state and promise that assuredly the above persons will come even if there should be war and threats to their city, and in confirmation of all this they will deliver to the sacred council a chrysobull of the said emperor, and on behalf of the said emperor they and the others shall take an oath, in writing and signed, in pledge of their firm and true belief that the universal holy synod ought to take place with God's help, unless there intervenes the death of the emperor or some obvious and real obstacle that cannot be escaped or avoided."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-326",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lastly, the ambassadors of the Greeks were requested to explain the meaning of some terms contained in their instructions. First, what they understand by \"universal synod\". They replied that the pope and the patriarchs ought to be present at the synod either in person or through their procurators; similarly other prelates ought to be present either in person or through representatives; and they promised, as is stated above, that the lord emperor of the Greeks and the patriarch of Constantinople will participate in person. \"Free and inviolate\", that is each may freely declare his judgment without any obstacle or violence. \"Without contention\", that is without quarrelsome and ill-tempered contention; but debates and discussions which are necessary, peaceful, honest and charitable are not excluded. \"Apostolic and canonical\", to explain how these words and the way of proceeding in the synod are to be understood, they refer themselves to what the universal synod itself shall declare and arrange. Also that the emperor of the Greeks and their church shall have due honour, that is to say, what it had when the present schism began, always saving the rights, honours, privileges and dignities of the supreme pontiff and the Roman church and the emperor of the Romans. If any doubt arises, let it be referred to the decision of the said universal council. There follows the text of the chrysobull of the said emperor translated from Greek into Latin, Whereas there were sent . . . 1; and the letter of the lord patriarch of Constantinople with a leaden seal translated from Greek into Latin, which is as follows, Joseph by the grace of God archbishop of Constantinople . . . we receive the letter of your reverence . . . 2"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By the authority of the universal church, therefore, this holy synod by this present decree approves, ratifies, confirms, determines and decrees the above clauses and agreements, and it promises to observe each and all of them and to keep them intact, as is said above. As they lead to an increase of the orthodox faith and the benefit of the catholic church and the whole Christian people, they should be most welcome and acceptable to all who love the faith of Christ. Since, as has been said above, the Greeks for a variety of reasons request that the most holy lord pope Eugenius IV should expressly consent to these clauses and agreements, lest on this account so great a good should be let slip, this holy synod implores and begs Eugenius in all charity, and through the tender mercy of Jesus Christ it requests and demands with all possible insistence, that he expresses his assent, for the benefit of the faith and of ecclesiastical unity, to the aforesaid clauses and agreements, which have already been approved and ratified by a synodal decree, by his bulls in the customary style of the Roman curia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decree on Jews and neophytes]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-329",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy general synod of Basel, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, representing the universal church, for an everlasting record. This holy synod following in the footsteps of our saviour Jesus Christ, desires in deepest charity that all may acknowledge the truth of the gospel and thereafter abide in it faithfully. By these salutary instructions it desires to provide measures whereby Jews and other infidels may be converted to the orthodox faith and converts may remain steadfastly in it. It therefore decrees that all diocesan bishops should depute persons well trained in scripture, several times a year, in the places where Jews and other infidels live, to preach and expound the truth of the catholic faith in such a way that the infidels who hear it can recognise their errors. They should compel infidels of both sexes who have reached the age of discretion, to attend these sermons under pain both of being excluded from business dealings with the faithful and of other apposite penalties. But the bishops and the preachers should behave towards them with such charity as to gain them for Christ not only by the manifestation of the truth but also by other kindnesses. The synod decrees that Christians of whatever rank or status who in any way impede the attendance of Jews at these sermons, or who forbid it, automatically incur the stigma of being supporters of unbelief."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since this preaching will be more fruitful in proportion to the linguistic skill of the preachers, we decree that there must be faithful observance of the constitution of the council of Vienne, which ordered the provision in certain universities of teachers of the Hebrew, Arabic, Greek and Chaldean languages. So that this may be more adhered to, we wish that the rectors of these universities should add to what they swear to on taking office, that they will endeavour to observe the said constitution. It should be clearly laid down, at the councils of the provinces in which these universities are situated, that the teachers of the said languages are to be adequately recompensed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore, renewing the sacred canons, we command both diocesan bishops and secular powers to prohibit in every way Jews and other infidels from having Christians, male or female, in their households and service, or as nurses of their children; and Christians from joining with them in festivities, marriages, banquets or baths, or in much conversation, and from taking them as doctors or agents of marriages or officially appointed mediators of other contracts. They should not be given other public offices, or admitted to any academic degrees, or allowed to have on lease lands or other ecclesiastical rents. They are to be forbidden to buy ecclesiastical books, chalices, crosses and other ornaments of churches under pain of the loss of the object, or to accept them in pledge under pain of the loss of the money that they lent. They are to be compelled, under severe penalties, to wear some garment whereby they can be clearly distinguished from Christians. In order to prevent too much intercourse, they should be made to dwell in areas, in the cities and towns, which are apart from the dwellings of Christians and as far distant as possible from churches. On Sundays and other solemn festivals they should not dare to have their shops open or to work in public."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-332",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[About those who desire conversion to the faith]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-333",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If any of them wishes to be converted to the catholic faith, all his goods, both movable and immovable, shall remain intact and unharmed in his possession. But if his goods were acquired by usury or illicit dealings, and the persons to whom restitution ought to be made are known, it is absolutely necessary that this restitution be made, since the sin is not forgiven unless the illegal object is restored. However, if these persons are no longer an issue because the church has turned the goods to pious uses, this holy synod, acting for the universal church, grants in favour of the baptism received that the goods should remain with the church as a pious use, and it forbids both ecclesiastics and secular persons, under pain of divine anathema, to cause or allow to be caused any vexation on this count under any pretext whatsoever, but they should regard it as a great gain to have won such persons for Christ. Moreover since, as it is written, if anyone has this world's goods and sees his brother in need, yet closes his heart against him, how does God's love abide in him ?, this holy synod through the tender mercy of God exhorts all, both ecclesiastics and secular persons, to stretch out helping hands to such converts if they are poor or in need at the time of their conversion. Bishops should exhort Christians to aid these converts and should themselves support them from the income of churches, as far as they can, and from what passes through their hands for the benefit of the poor, and they should defend them with fatherly solicitude from detraction and invective."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since by the grace of baptism converts have been made fellow citizens with the saints and members of the household of God, and since regeneration in the spirit is of far greater worth than birth in the flesh, we determine by this edict that they should enjoy these privileges, liberties and immunities, of the cities and localities in which they are regenerated by holy baptism, which others obtain merely by reason of birth and origin. Let the priests who baptise them and those who receive them from the sacred font carefully instruct them, both before and after their baptism, in the articles of the faith and the precepts of the new law and the ceremonies of the catholic church. Both they and the bishops should strive that, at least for a long time, they do not mingle much with Jews or infidels lest, as occurs with convalescents from illness, a small occasion may make them fall back into their former perdition. Since experience shows that social communication between converts renders them weaker in our faith, and has been found to damage much their salvation, this holy synod exhorts local ordinaries to exercise care and zeal that they are married to born-Christians, in so far as this seems to promote an increase of the faith. Converts should be forbidden, under pain of severe penalties, to bury the dead according to the Jewish custom or to observe in any way the sabbath and other solemnities and rites of their old sect. Rather, they should frequent our churches and sermons, like other Catholics, and conform themselves in everything to Christian customs. Those who show contempt for the above should be delated to the diocesan bishops or inquisitors of heresy by their parish priests, or by others who are entrusted by law or ancient custom with inquiring into such matters, or by anyone else at all. Let them be so punished, with the aid of the secular arm if need be, as to give an example to others."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-335",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There should be careful inquiry into all these things in provincial councils and synods, and an opportune remedy should be applied not only to negligent bishops and priests but also to converts and infidels who scorn the above. If anyone, of whatever rank or status, shall encourage or defend such converts against being compelled to observe the Christian rite or anything else mentioned above, he shall incur the penalties promulgated against abettors of heretics. If converts fail to correct themselves after a canonical warning, and as Judaizers are found to have returned to their vomit, let proceedings be taken against them as against perfidious heretics in conformity with the enactments of the sacred canons. If there have been granted to Jews or infidels, or perhaps shall be granted to them in the future, any indults or privileges by any ecclesiastics or secular persons, of whatever status or dignity, even papal or imperial, which tend in any way to the detriment of the catholic faith, the Christian name or anything mentioned above, this holy synod decrees them quashed and annulled; the apostolic and synodal decrees and constitutions enacted about the above remaining in force. In order that the memory of this holy constitution may be perpetually retained and that nobody may be able to claim ignorance of it, the holy synod orders that it should be promulgated at least once a year during divine service in all cathedral and college churches and other holy places where the faithful gather in large numbers."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-336",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 20—22 January 1435",
              "sourceKey": "session-20",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-337",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decree on concubinaries]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-338",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy general synod of Basel, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit representing the universal church, for an everlasting record. We are inclined to grant requests for authentic statutes and decrees in proportion to the likelihood that they will be observed. For this reason we ordered to be extracted from our acts and recorded in this present document, at the request of the beloved sons of the church N. and N. , who assert that they need texts of this kind for judicial and extra-judicial purposes, the texts of the constitutions transcribed below, which we issued some time ago and promulgated in the cathedral church of Basel on 22 January 1435 and incorporated into our acts. They are as follows."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-339",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Any cleric of whatsoever status, condition, religious order or dignity, even if it be episcopal or some other pre-eminence, who, after receiving notice of this constitution, as he may be presumed to have done, for two months after its publication in cathedral churches, which bishops are bound to arrange, after the constitution has come to his notice, still persists as a public concubinary, shall automatically be suspended for three months from the fruits of all his benefices. These fruits shall be consigned by his superior to the fabric or some other evident need of the churches from which the fruits come. His superior is bound to admonish him, as soon as he is aware that he is a public concubinary, to dismiss his concubine within a very short time. If he does not dismiss her, or having dismissed her takes her again or another woman, this holy synod orders his superior to deprive him of all his benefices. These public concubinaries moreover, shall be disqualified from receiving any goods, dignities, benefices or offices until such time as, after dismissing their concubines and an evident emendation of their lives, they shall have received a dispensation from their superiors. Those who receive a dispensation and then return to public concubinage, as to their vomit, shall be totally debarred from the above without any hope of another dispensation. If those who are responsible for correcting such people fail to punish them, as stated above, their superiors shall punish properly both them for their neglect and the others for their concubinage. Severe measures must be taken also in provincial and synodal councils against both those who neglect to punish and those who are reputed offenders, even by suspension from the conferment of benefices or some other adequate penalty. Those who are found by provincial councils or their superiors to deserve deprivation for public concubinage, but who can be deprived only by the supreme pontiff, should be referred immediately to the supreme pontiff together with the process of inquiry. The same diligence and inquiry should be employed by general and provincial chapters in respect of their subjects: and other penalties established against them and other non-public concubinaries are to remain in force. By \"public\" is meant not only someone whose concubinage is made notorious by a judicial sentence or a legal confession or by a notoriety that no subterfuge can conceal, but also anyone who keeps a woman suspected of incontinence and of ill repute and who, after being admonished by his superior, does not dismiss her."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-340",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Because in some regions there are persons with ecclesiastical jurisdiction who are not ashamed to accept bribes from concubinaries for allowing them to wallow in their filth, this holy synod commands, under pain of eternal malediction, that henceforth they shall not tolerate or dissemble such conduct in any way by agreement, composition or promise; otherwise, in addition to the aforesaid penalty for negligence, they shall be strictly obliged and compelled to give to pious causes double what they have received in this way. Prelates should take every care to segregate from their subjects concubines and women of doubtful repute, even by recourse to the secular arm if need be, and they should not allow children born of such concubinage to live with their fathers. This holy synod also orders that this constitution is to be published in the aforesaid synods and chapters, and that stern warning should be given to subjects to dismiss their concubines. It also enjoins on all secular men, even if they are of royal rank, not to interpose any obstacle whatever under any excuse to prelates who proceed, in virtue of their office, against their subjects for concubinage. Moreover, since fornication of every kind is forbidden by divine law and is to be avoided under pain of mortal sin, this holy synod warns all lay people, both married and single, to abstain from concubinage. That man is most blameworthy who has a wife but goes to another woman. If a single man cannot abstain, let him marry, as the apostle advises. Let those responsible strive with all their strength, by salutary advice and canonical sanctions, for the observance of this divine precept."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Excommunicates are not to be shunned unless specifically named]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-342",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To avoid scandals and many dangers and to relieve timorous consciences, this holy synod decrees that henceforth nobody shall be obliged to abstain from communion with anyone in the administration and reception of sacraments or in any other sacred or profane matters, or to shun someone or to observe an ecclesiastical interdict, on the ground of any ecclesiastical sentence, censure, suspension or prohibition that has been promulgated in general by a person or by the law, unless the sentence, prohibition, suspension or censure was specifically or expressly promulgated or pronounced by a judge against a specified person, college, university, church or place, or if it is clear that someone has incurred a sentence of excommunication with such notoriety that it cannot be concealed or in any way excused in law. For the synod wishes such persons to be avoided in accordance with canonical sanctions. By this, however, it does not intend any relief or favour to those so excommunicated, suspended, interdicted or prohibited."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Interdicts are not to be imposed lightly]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-344",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since an undiscriminating promulgation of interdicts has led to many scandals, this holy synod determines that no city, town, castle, vill or place may be laid under an ecclesiastical interdict except by reason or through the fault of the places themselves or of their lord, governors or officials. Such places cannot be laid under an interdict by any ordinary or delegated authority by reason or through the fault of any other private person, unless the person has been previously excommunicated and denounced, or publicly named in a church, and the lords or governors or officials of the places, though requested by the authority of a judge, have not effectively evicted the excommunicated person within two days or made him give satisfaction. If he is evicted after two days, or retires or gives satisfaction, divine services may be resumed straightaway. This applies also to dependencies of the place."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-345",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So that lawsuits may be brought to a speedier end, a second appeal is hereby forbidden if it is a question of the same complaint or if the appeal is made from the same interlocutory sentence which does not have the force of a final judgment. Anyone who makes a frivolous or unjust appeal before the final judgment shall be condemned by the appeal judge to pay to the party appealed against the sum of fifteen gold florins of the treasury, in addition to the expenses, damages and interest."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-346",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 21—9 June 1435",
              "sourceKey": "session-21",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-347",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On annates]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-348",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy general synod of Basel, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, representing the universal church, for an everlasting record. In the name of the holy Spirit the paraclete, this holy synod decrees that in future, both in the Roman curia and elsewhere, for the confirmation of elections, admission of postulations and provision of presentations and for collations, dispositions, elections, postulations, presentations, even if made by layfolk, institutions, installations and investitures, in respect of cathedral and metropolitan churches, monasteries, dignities, benefices and any ecclesiastical offices whatsoever, and for sacred orders, blessings and pallia, nothing whatsoever is to be exacted, either before or after, for sealing the bull of the letters, or for common annates, minor services, first fruits or dues, or under any other title or name, or on the pretext of any custom, privilege or statute, or for any other reason or occasion, directly or indirectly. Only the writers abbreviators and registrars of the letters or minutes shall receive a suitable salary for their work. If anyone dares to contravene this sacred canon by demanding, giving or promising anything, he shall incur the penalty inflicted on simoniacs and shall acquire no right or title to the dignities or benefices thus obtained. Obligations, promises, censures and mandates, and whatever is done to the prejudice of this most salutary decree, are to be deemed null and void. Even if, which God forbid, the Roman pontiff, who beyond all others should carry out and observe the canons of universal councils, should scandalize the church by acting contrary to this sanction, he should be delated to a general council. Others are to be punished by their own superiors with a fitting penalty, proportionate to their offence, in accordance with canonical sanctions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-349",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[About those in peaceful possession]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-350",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whoever has been in possession for the last three years, not through violence but with a specious title, peacefully and without a lawsuit, of a prelacy, dignity, benefice or office, or shall have possession of them in the future, cannot be disturbed afterwards in his claim or possession by anyone, even by reason of a newly enacted law, except in the case of warfare or some other legitimate impediment, which he must protest and intimate in accordance with the council of Vienne. A lawsuit in this case is to be understood as regards future controversies, if the proceedings have reached the execution of the citation, the exhibition of his right in the judgment and the observance of all the terms. Ordinaries, however, should make careful inquiry to see that nobody possesses a benefice without a title. If they find such a person, they shall declare that the right does not belong to him, and they shall give the right either to him, if they think fit, unless he is an intruded person or violent or undeserving in some other way, or to some other suitable person."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-351",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[How the divine office is to be celebrated in church]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A person who is about to make a request to a secular prince takes pains to compose himself and his words by decent dress, becoming gesture, regulated speech and close attention of mind. How much more careful ought he to be in all these things when he is about to pray to almighty God in a sacred place! The holy synod therefore decrees that in all cathedral and collegiate churches, at suitable times and at the sound of a bell, the divine praises shall be reverently celebrated by everyone through all the hours, not hurriedly but gravely and slowly and with reasonable pauses, especially in the middle of each verse of the psalms, and with a suitable distinction between solemn and ferial offices. Those who recite the canonical hours shall enter the church wearing an ankle-length gown and a clean surplice reaching below the middle of the shin-bone or a cloak, according to the different seasons and regions, and covering their heads not with a cowl but with an amice or a biretta. Having arrived in the choir, they shall behave with such gravity as the place and the duty demand, not gossiping or talking among themselves or with others, nor reading letters or other writings. They have gathered there to sing, so they should not keep their mouths shut rather all of them, especially those with more important functions, should sing to God eagerly in psalms, hymns and canticles. When \"Glory be to the Father and, to the Son and to the holy Spirit\" is being recited, all shall rise. Whenever mention is made of the glorious name of Jesus, at which every knee should bow in heaven, on earth and under the earth, they shall bow their heads. Nobody should read or say the office there privately during the public chanting of the hours in common, for not only does this take away due honour from the choir but also it distracts the singers. To ensure that these things and whatever else concerns the performance of the divine office and the discipline of the choir are duly observed, the dean, or the person whose duty it is, shall carefully keep watch, looking round, to see if there is anything not in order. Transgressors shall be punished with the penalty of that hour in which the offence was committed, or even more severely, as the gravity of the fault demands."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-353",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[The times at which each one should be in choir]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-354",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whoever is not present at matins before the end of the psalm Come let us exult at the other hours before the end of the first psalm, and at mass before the last Lord have mercy, until the end, except in cases of necessity and then only with the permission of the president of the choir, is to be considered absent from that hour, saving however any stricter regulations of churches in this regard. The same is to be observed with regard to those who do not remain in processions from the start until the finish. To ensure observance of this, someone, who shall be under oath to act honestly and to spare none, should be deputed with the duty of noting individuals who are absent at the appointed times. This holy synod also orders that in churches in which stipends are not allotted for individual hours, a deduction should be made from the gross revenues of delinquents so that their emoluments are more or less proportionate to their labours, thus destroying the abuses whereby anybody present at only one hour gets a full day's stipend and presidents or deans or other officials, from the mere fact of being officials, receive the daily stipends even when absent for purposes other than those of their church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-355",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[How the canonical hours should be recited outside choir]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-356",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This holy synod admonishes all holders of benefices, or those in holy orders, since they are bound to the canonical hours, if they wish their prayers to be acceptable to God, to recite the day and night offices, not in a mumble or between their teeth, nor swallowing or abbreviating their words, nor intermingling conversation and laughter, but, whether they are alone or with others, reverently and distinctly and in such a place as will not diminish devotion, for which they ought to dispose and prepare themselves, as the scripture says: Before prayer prepare your soul, and do not be like someone who tempts God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-357",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[About those who wander about the church during services]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-358",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Any holder of a benefice in a church, especially of a major one, if he is seen wandering around inside or outside the church during the divine services, strolling or chatting with others, shall automatically forfeit his attendance not only for that hour but also for the whole day. If after being corrected once he does not stop, let him be deprived of his stipends for a month, or, if he is obstinate, let him be subjected to a heavier penalty so that in the end he is forced to desist. Also, noisy comings and goings in the church should not be allowed to impede or disturb the divine service. Regulars who err in these matters in conventual churches should be punished with a heavy penalty at the judgment of their superior."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-359",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[About a notice-board hanging in the choir]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-360",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So that everything may be well ordered in the house of God and that each person may know what he has to do, let there be affixed a notice-board permanently hanging in the choir, with information on it of the duties of each canon or other benefice-holder as regards reading or singing at the individual hours during the week or a longer time. Anyone who fails to do in person or by proxy what is prescribed there, shall forfeit for each hour the stipend of one day."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-361",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On those who at mass do not complete the creed, or sing songs, or say mass in too low a voice or without a server]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-362",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There are abuses in some churches whereby the \"I believe in one God\", which is the symbol and profession of our faith, is not sung to the end, or the preface or the Lord's prayer is omitted, or secular songs are sung in the church, or masses (including private ones) are said without a server, or the secret prayers are said in so low a voice that they cannot be heard by the people nearby. These abuses are to stop and we decree that any transgressors shall be duly punished by their superiors."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-363",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[About those who pledge divine worship]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-364",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We abolish also that abuse, so manifestly incompatible with divine worship, whereby some canons of churches, having contracted debts, bind themselves to their creditors in such a way that, if they do not pay their debts by a fixed time there will be a cessation of divine services. We declare this obligation null even if it has been confirmed by oath. We decree that those who make these illicit agreements shall automatically lose for three months their revenues, which shall be applied to their church They shall receive no emoluments from their church until they resume the divine services."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-365",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On holding chapters at the same time as the principal mass]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-366",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This holy synod forbids chapters and other meetings of canons to be held, or chapter business to be transacted, at the same time as the principal mass, especially on solemn feasts, unless an urgent and manifest necessity suddenly occurs. Whoever summons the chapter for that time shall be suspended from receiving his daily stipends for a week, and the canons shall forego their stipends for that hour."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-367",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On not performing spectacles in churches]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-368",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In some churches, during certain celebrations of the year, there are carried on various scandalous practices. Some people with mitre, crozier and pontifical vestments give blessings after the manner of bishops. Others are robed like kings and dukes; in some regions this is called the feast of fools or innocents, or of children. Some put on masked and theatrical comedies, others organize dances for men and women, attracting people to amusement and buffoonery. Others prepare meals and banquets there. This holy synod detests these abuses. It forbids ordinaries as well as deans and rectors of churches, under pain of being deprived of all ecclesiastical revenues for three months, to allow these and similar frivolities, or even markets and fairs, in churches, which ought to be houses of prayer, or even in cemeteries. They are to punish transgressors by ecclesiastical censures and other remedies of the law. The holy synod decrees that all customs, statutes and privileges which do not accord with these decrees, unless they add greater penalties, are null."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-369",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 22—15 October 1435",
              "sourceKey": "session-22",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-370",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On the condemnation of the book of friar Augustine of Rome, archbishop of Nazareth]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-371",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy general synod of Basel, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, representing the universal church, for an everlasting record. The main reason, among other pious aims, why this holy synod assembled was to preserve the truth of the catholic faith and to eradicate errors and heresies. Therefore the chief goal of our activity is, as soon as we learn of the spread of something that can harm the purity of the Christian faith or in any way obscures the brilliance of the light in the minds of the faithful, to eradicate it completely and carefully to clear the Lord's field of noxious weeds and brambles. This holy synod therefore condemns and censures a certain book by master Augustine, commonly called \"of Rome\", archbishop of Nazareth. Its first treatise is entitled, \"On the sacrament of the unity of Jesus Christ and the church, or on the whole Christ\"; the second, \"On Christ the head and his glorious sovereignty\", another, \"On the charity of Christ towards the elect and his infinite love\". The holy synod condemns and censures the book as containing teaching that is unsound and erroneous in the faith, as well as its defenders."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-372",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy synod especially condemns and censures, in the book, the assertion which is scandalous, erroneous in the faith and offensive to the ears of the pious faithful, namely: Christ sins daily and has sinned daily from his very beginning, even though he avers that he does not understand this as of Christ our saviour, head of the church, but as referring to his members, which together with Christ the head form the one Christ, as he asserts. Also, the propositions, and ones similar to them, which the synod declares are contained in the articles condemned at the sacred council of Constance, namely the following. Not all the justified faithful are members of Christ, but only the elect, who finally will reign with Christ for ever. The members of Christ, from whom the church is constituted, are taken according to the ineffable foreknowledge of God; and the church is constituted only from those who are called according to his purpose of election. To be a member of Christ, it is not enough to be united with him in the bond of charity, some other union is needed. Also the following. The human nature in Christ is really Christ. The human nature in Christ is the person of Christ. The intimate cause that determines the human nature in Christ is not really distinguished from the nature that is determined. The human nature in Christ is without doubt the person of the Word; and the Word in Christ, once the nature has been assumed, is really the person who assumes. The human nature assumed by the Word in a personal union is truly God, natural and proper. Christ according to his created will loves the human nature united to the person of the Word as much as he loves the divine nature. Just as two persons in God are equally lovable, so the two natures in Christ, the human and the divine, are equally lovable on account of the common person. The soul of Christ sees God as clearly and intensely as God sees himself."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-373",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These propositions and others springing from the same root, which are to be found in the said book, this holy synod condemns and censures as erroneous in the faith. Lest it come to pass that any of the faithful fall into error on account of such teaching, the synod strictly forbids anyone to teach, preach, defend or approve the teaching of the said book, especially the aforesaid condemned and censured propositions, and its supporting treatises. It decrees that transgressors shall be punished as heretics and with other canonical penalties. By these measures the synod intends to detract in nothing from the sayings and writings of the holy doctors who discourse on these matters. On the contrary, it accepts and embraces them according to their true understanding as commonly expounded and declared by these doctors and other catholic teachers in the theological schools. Nor does the synod intend by this judgment to prejudice the person of the said author since, though duly summoned, he gave reasons for being absent, and in some of his writings and elsewhere he has submitted his teaching to the church's judgment. Further, this holy synod orders all archbishops, bishops, chancellors of universities and inquisitors of heresy, who are responsible in this matter, to ensure that nobody has the said book and supporting treatises or presumes to keep them with him, rather he shall consign them to these authorities, so that they may deal with them in accordance with the law: otherwise let such persons be proceeded against with canonical censures."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-374",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 23—26 March 1436",
              "sourceKey": "session-23",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-375",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On the election of the supreme pontiff]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-376",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy general synod of Basel, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, representing the universal church, for an everlasting record. Since a good shepherd is the salvation of his flock, it is the duty of this sacred synod to strive, with all the diligence that human law can contrive, that the Roman pontiff, who is first in the Lord's flock and the supreme shepherd, should be and continue to be such as to provide for the salvation of all souls and the benefit of the whole Christian world and to fulfil worthily so great an office. Therefore it renews the constitutions about the election of Roman pontiffs which sacred councils and supreme pontiffs have issued and it adds to them some further salutary norms. It decrees that whenever the apostolic see falls vacant, all the cardinals of the holy Roman church who are present in the place where the election of the supreme pontiff is to be held, shall meet together on the tenth day after the see becomes vacant in some chapel or place near the conclave. From there they shall process behind a cross, two by two, devoutly singing the Veni creator Spiritus, and enter the place of the conclave, each taking with him not more than two necessary attendants. In view of the ceremonies, two clerics may also be admitted, at least one of whom shall be a notary. The chamberlain together with the deputies for the custody of the conclave shall ensure that nobody, apart from the aforesaid persons, enters the conclave. After the cardinals have entered and the doors have been closed, the chamberlain shall enter with the deputies and carefully examine the cells of all the cardinals. He shall remove any food and edibles found there, except medicines of the sick and infirm. He shall ensure a careful guard whenever he leaves and closes the door, and each day he shall closely inspect the food being brought in for the cardinals and allow only what seems necessary for moderate refreshment, without prejudice to the decrees passed in the fourth and seventh sessions of this sacred council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-377",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On the next day all the cardinals, in the presence of all those in the conclave, shall hear a mass of the holy Spirit and receive the eucharist. Before the voting begins, they shall swear before the holy gospels in these words: I, N. , cardinal of . . . , swear and promise to almighty God, Father, Son and holy Spirit, and to blessed Peter, prince of the apostles, that I shall elect as pontiff the person who I think will be beneficial to the universal church in both spiritual and temporal matters and suitable for so great a dignity; I shall not give my vote to anyone who I have reason to think is directly or indirectly aiming at getting himself elected, by his promising or giving some temporal thing or by asking in person or through another or in any other way whatsoever; and I shall not make obeisance to anyone elected as pontiff before he takes the oath prescribed by this council of Basel; so help me God, to whom on the day of tremendous judgment I shall have to give an account of this oath and all my deeds After this each cardinal shall submit a ballot-card, on which he shall nominate a maximum of three persons. If he nominates more than one person, the second and third persons shall be from outside the college of cardinals. There shall not be more than one ballot on any day and it shall be held immediately after the mass. When the ballot-cards have been read, they shall be burnt straightaway unless two-thirds of the votes are for the same person. No approach shall be made to anyone until six ballots have been completed. During this time let the cardinals reflect and seriously ponder how much merit or loss to themselves, how much fruit or damage to the Christian people, how much good or evil, they will be causing by their choice of a pontiff. There is nothing, indeed, by which they can more merit the grace or the wrath of our lord Jesus Christ than when they are setting his vicar over his sheep, which he loved so much as to suffer the torments of the cross and to die for them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-378",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On the profession of the supreme pontiff]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-379",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy synod decrees that the person elected as pope is obliged to express his consent to the election in the manner stated below. It is fitting that this consent should be made to the cardinals, if the person elected is present in the curia, or to one of the cardinals or someone mandated by them if he is not present there, in the presence of a notary and at least ten persons. After he has been informed of the election, he is bound to act within a day of the demand. If he does not do so, his election is annulled and the cardinals must proceed in the Lord's name to another election. But if he expresses his consent, as stated above, the cardinals shall straightaway make due obeisance to him as supreme pontiff. Once the obeisance has been made by the cardinals, nobody has any right to challenge his pontificate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-380",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Form of consent]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-381",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the name of the holy and undivided Trinity, Father, Son and holy Spirit. I, N. , elected pope, with both heart and mouth confess and profess to almighty God, whose church I undertake with his assistance to govern, and to blessed Peter, prince of the apostles, that as long as I am in this fragile life I will firmly believe and hold the catholic faith, according to the tradition of the apostles, of general councils and of other holy fathers, especially of the eight holy universal councils — namely the first at Nicaea, the second at Constantinople, the third which was the first at Ephesus, the fourth at Chalcedon, the fifth and sixth at Constantinople, the seventh at Nicaea and the eighth at Constantinople — as well as of the general councils at the Lateran, Lyons, Vienne, Constance and Basel, and to preserve intact this faith unchanged to the last dot, and to defend and preach it to the point of death and the shedding of my blood, and likewise to follow and observe in every way the rite handed down of the ecclesiastical sacraments of the church. I promise also to labour faithfully for the defence of the catholic faith, the extirpation of heresies and errors, the reform of morals and the peace of the Christian people. I swear also to continue with the holding of general councils and the confirmation of elections in accordance with the decrees of the holy council of Basel. I have signed this profession with my own hand; I offer it on the altar with a sincere mind to you almighty God, to whom on the day of tremendous judgment I shall have to give an account of this and all my deeds; and I will repeat it at the first public consistory."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-382",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "'So that this salutary institution may not fade from the supreme pontiff's memory with the passage of time, every year on the anniversary of his election or of his coronation, the first cardinal present shall, during mass, publicly and in a loud voice address the supreme pontiff thus: Most holy father, may your holiness heed and carefully ponder the promise which you made to God on the day of your election. He shall then read out the promise and shall continue as follows: May your holiness, therefore, for the honour of God, for the salvation of your soul and for the good of the universal church, strive to observe to your utmost all these things in good faith and without guile or fraud. Recall whose place it is that you hold on earth, namely of him who laid down his life for his sheep, who thrice asked the blessed Peter if he loved him, before he entrusted his sheep to him', and who, as the just judge whom nothing secret escapes, will exact from you an account of everything to the very last farthing. Remember what blessed Peter and his successors as pontiffs did: they thought only of the honour of God, the spread of the faith, the public good of the church and the salvation and benefit of the faithful; finally, imitating their master and Lord they did not hesitate to lay down their lives for the sheep entrusted to them. Do not lay up for yourself or your kinsfolk treasures on earth, where moth and rust consume and where thieves and robbers break in, but lay up for yourself treasure in heaven. Do not be an acceptor of persons or of blood-ties or of homeland or of nation. All people are children of God and have been equally entrusted to your care and safe-keeping. Say after the example of Christ: Whoever does the will of my Father in heaven, he is my brother and sister and mother. In distributing dignities and benefices put before yourself neither the flesh nor gifts nor anything temporal at all, but solely God and the virtues and merits of people. Exercise ecclesiastical discipline in correcting faults, mindful of what grace Phinehas merited and what punishment Eli, the one for avenging injuries to God, the other for pretending not to know them. Defend, help and support the poor and needy. Show a fatherly charity to all."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-383",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "After the solemnities of his coronation, and each year after the anniversary of his election, the supreme pontiff shall carefully discuss with his brethren, for at least eight consecutive days, how he shall carry out his solemn promises to God. In the first place, therefore, he should examine where in the world the Christian religion is being persecuted by Turks, Saracens, Tartars and other infidels; where heresy or schism or any form of superstition flourishes, in which provinces there has been a decline in morals and observance of the divine precepts and in the right way of living, in both ecclesiastical and secular matters, where ecclesiastical liberty is infringed; among which kings, princes and peoples enmity, wars and fears of war are rife; and like a dutiful father he should strive with his brethren carefully to provide remedies."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-384",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When these affairs of an universal character have been settled, let him deal with those nearer at hand. Let him begin by reforming and ordering in an exemplary way his house, his household and the Roman curia, where and in so far as this is necessary, so that from the visible reform of the church which is the head of all others, lesser churches may draw purity of morals and no occasion may be given for calumny and malicious talk. Making diligent inquiry in person and through others about both important and lesser persons, he should allow no delay or pretence in correcting whatever is found in need of reform, remembering that the sin is twofold, the one being committed, the other and far more serious being its consequences. For whatever is done there is easily made into an example. That is why, if the head is sick, disease enters into the rest of the body. The papal household and court should be a kind of clear mirror, so that all who look at it form themselves and live according to its example. Thereafter let him banish and eradicate any traces of simony, filthy concubinage or whatever may offend God or scandalize people. He should take care that officials do not exercise their offices badly or oppress anybody or extort anything by threats or illegal means, and that those in charge of the officials do not let their excesses go unpunished. They should not tolerate clothes and colours which are forbidden by the sacred canons. Let him instruct the Roman clergy, who are chiefly and immediately subject to him, in all ecclesiastical decorum, admonishing them that God's approval depends not on the parade and splendour of clothes but on humility, docility, purity of mind, simplicity of heart, holiness of behaviour and the other virtues which commend their possessor to God and to people. Let him enact reforms especially so that the divine services may be observed in the churches of Rome with all seemly devotion and discipline. He should also instruct the people of Rome, which is his own parish, and direct them in the way of salvation. He should bid the cardinals to visit and reform their titular churches and parishes as befits their office. He should appoint some prelate of great learning and of proven and exemplary life as his vicar in the city, to take his place in the episcopal care of the clergy and people, and he should often inquire about whether he is fulfilling his task."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-385",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Next, let him reflect carefully with the same brethren on the good and wholesome administration of the temporalities of the Roman church and let him ensure that the provinces, cities, towns, castles and lands subject to the Roman church are justly and peacefully ruled with such moderation that the difference between government by ecclesiastics and by secular princes is like that between a father and a master. He should not aim at gain, but cherishing all with paternal charity he should esteem them not as subjects but as sons and daughters. Since he has charge of their spiritual and temporal well-being, he must watch to get rid of all factions and seditious groups — especially of Guelphs and Ghibellines and other similar parties — which breed destruction to both souls and bodies. He must strive, employing spiritual and temporal penalties of all possible kinds, to remove all causes of dissension and to keep people united for the defence of the church. To govern the provinces and chief cities, he should appoint cardinals or prelates of untarnished reputation who will seek not financial gain but justice and peace for their subjects. Their legation shall last for two, or at most three, years. When their legation has ended, since it is right that each one should give an account of his stewardship, one or more outstanding men shall be appointed to review their administration and to hear the complaints and petitions of the inhabitants and to render justice; these shall refer what they cannot easily effect to the pope, and he shall strive to find out what the former have done and to punish any illegal actions, so that their successors may learn from their example to avoid illegalities. Officials should be allotted a suitable salary on which they can live honestly, to prevent them turning their hand to what is illicit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-386",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The supreme pontiff should often inquire how his legates, governors and commissars, as well as deputies and feudatories of the Roman church, rule their subjects and whether they oppress them with new taxes and exactions. He should not tolerate any austere measure or unjust burden being laid on his subjects' necks. For it would be wicked to allow those whom the pope should rule as a father to be treated tyrannically by others. He should ensure that statutes and ancient constitutions by which provinces and districts have been well governed in the past are kept intact. But if any have subsequently been issued unreasonably or from envy or partiality, they should be cancelled or altered when the reasons for doing so have been understood. Within a year from the day of his election, the Roman pontiff shall summon spokesmen and proctors of the provinces and chief cities of the Roman church and shall question them closely, with fatherly affection, about the following: the state and condition of their territories, how they were governed in the time of his predecessor, whether they are being oppressed by any unjust burden, and what should be done for their good government. Then let him apply to them as to sons remedies which will provide for their benefit and security and for the common good. He should not shrink from repeating this at least every two years. Among the other things that feudatories, captains, governors, senators, castellans and other high officials of Rome and of the lands of the church customarily swear to, there should be added at the time of their installation an oath that, when the papacy is vacant, they will hold their cities, lands, places, citadels, castles and peoples at the command of the cardinals, in the name of the Roman church, and that they will freely and without opposition hand them over to the same. Lest the supreme pontiff may seem to be influenced by carnal affection rather than by right reason, and to avoid the scandals that sad experience shows often arise, in future he shall not make or allow to be made anyone related to him by blood or affinity to the third degree inclusive a duke, marquis, count, feudatory, emphyteutic tenant, deputy, governor, official or castellan of any province, city, town, castle, fortress or place of the Roman church, nor give them any jurisdiction or power over them, nor appoint them captains or leaders of men under arms. The cardinals must never agree with a supreme pontiff attempting to act otherwise, and his successor as pontiff shall withdraw and revoke anything done in this way."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-387",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In accordance with the constitution of Pope Nicholas IV, the holy synod decrees that half of all fruits, revenues, proceeds, fines, penalties and taxes deriving from all the lands and places subject to the Roman church belongs to the cardinals of the holy Roman church, and that the institution and dismissal of all rulers and governors and guardians, howsoever they may be called, who are in charge of the aforesaid lands and places, and also of the collectors of the said fruits, should be made with the advice and agreement of the cardinals. The holy synod therefore admonishes the cardinals to protect the lands and subjects of the Roman church from harm and oppression and, mindful of their peace, safety and good government, to recommend them, if need be, to the supreme pontiff. While it is true that the supreme pontiff and the cardinals should give careful attention to all the territories of the Roman church, nevertheless the city of Rome should be at the centre of their concern. For there the holy bodies of blessed Peter and Paul and of innumerable martyrs and saints of Christ repose; there is the seat of the Roman pontiff, from which he and the Roman empire take their name; thither all Christians flock for the sake of devotion. They should feel for it a special love and affection, as being peculiarly their daughter and principal parish, so that it should be governed in peace, tranquillity and justice and should suffer no damage to its churches, walls and roads and the security of its streets. Hence this holy synod decrees that from the sum total of the income and proceeds of the city, an adequate portion shall be set aside for the preservation of the churches, walls, roads and bridges and the security of the streets in the city itself and the district; this money is to be administered by men of proven reputation who are to be chosen on the advice of the cardinals."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-388",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The supreme pontiff calls himself the servant of the servants of God; let him prove it in deeds. As long as people from all parts have recourse to him as to a common father, he should give them all easy access. Let him set aside at least one day in the week for a public audience, when he shall listen with patience and kindness to all, especially the poor and oppressed, and shall grant their prayers as much as he can with God's help, and shall assist all with kind advice and help as each one has need and as a father does for his children. If he is prevented by some bodily need, he shall entrust this task to some cardinal or other noteworthy person who will report everything to him, and he shall order all officials of the curia, especially the vice-chancellor, the penitentiary and the chamberlain, to expedite business for the poor with speed and free of charge, bearing in mind the apostolic charity of Peter and Paul, who pledged themselves to remember the poor . He should attend a public mass on Sundays and feast-days, and after it for a while he should give audience to the needy. He should hold a public consistory each week, or at least twice a month, to treat of the business of cathedral churches, monasteries, princes and universities and other important affairs. But he should refer lawsuits and lesser matters to the vice- chancellor. He should keep himself free of lawsuits and lesser business as far as he can, so as to be freer to attend to major issues. Since the cardinals of the holy Roman church are considered to be part of the body of the Roman pontiff, it is extremely expedient for the common good that, following ancient custom, serious and difficult questions should hereafter be settled on their advice and direction after mature deliberation, especially the following: decisions on matters of faith; canonizations of saints, erections, suppressions, divisions, subjections or unions of cathedral churches and monasteries; promotions of cardinals; confirmations and provisions relating to cathedral churches and monasteries; deprivations and translations of abbots, bishops and superiors; laws and constitutions; legations a latere or commissions or envoys and nuncios functioning with the authority of legates a latere; foundations of new religious orders; new exemptions for churches, monasteries and chapels, or the revocation of those already granted without prejudice to the decree of the holy council of Constance about not transferring prelates against their will."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-389",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On the number and qualities of cardinals]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-390",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the cardinals of the holy Roman church assist the supreme pontiff in directing the Christian commonweal, it is essential that such persons be appointed as may be, like their name, real hinges on which the doors of the universal church move and are upheld. The sacred synod therefore decrees that henceforth their number shall be so adjusted that it is not a burden to the church which now, owing to the malice of the times, is afflicted by many serious inconveniences) or cheapened by being too large. They should be chosen from all the regions of Christianity, as far as this is convenient and possible, so that information on new things in the church may be more easily available for mature consideration. They should not exceed twenty-four in number, including the present cardinals. Not more than a third of them at any given time shall be from one nation, not more than one from any city or diocese. None shall be chosen from that nation which now has more than a third of them, until its share has been reduced to a third. They should be men outstanding in knowledge, good conduct and practical experience, at least thirty years old, and masters, doctors or licentiates who have been examined in divine or human law. At least a third or a quarter of them should be masters or licentiates in holy scripture. A very few of them may be sons, brothers or nephews of kings or great princes; for them an appropriate education will suffice, on account of their experience and maturity of behaviour."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-391",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nephews of the Roman pontiff, related to him through his brother or sister, or of any living cardinal shall not be made cardinals; nor shall bastards or the physically handicapped or those stained by a reputation of crime or infamy. There can, however, be added to the aforesaid twenty-four cardinals, on account of some great necessity or benefit for the church, two others who are outstanding in their sanctity of life and excellence of virtues, even if they do not possess the above-mentioned degrees, and some distinguished men from the Greeks, when they are united to the Roman church. The election of cardinals shall not be made by oral votes alone, rather only those shall be chosen who, after a genuine and publicized ballot, obtain the collegial agreement, signed with their own hands, of the majority of the cardinals. For this purpose let an apostolic letter be drawn up with the signatures of the cardinals. The decree of this sacred council beginning Also since the multiplication of cardinals, etc., which was published in the fourth session, is to remain in force. When cardinals receive the insignia of their dignity, whose meaning is readiness to shed their blood if necessary for the good of the church, they shall take the following oath in a public consistory, if they are in the curia, or publicly in the hands of some bishop commissioned for this purpose by an apostolic letter containing the oath, if they are not in the curia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-392",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I,N., recently chosen as a cardinal of the holy Roman church, from this hour henceforward will be faithful to blessed Peter, to the universal and Roman church and to the supreme pontiff and his canonically elected successors. I will labour faithfully for the defence of the catholic faith, the eradication of heresies errors and schisms, the reform of morals and the peace of the Christian people. I will not consent to alienations of property or goods of the Roman church or of other churches or of any benefices, except in cases allowed by law, and I will strive to the best of my ability for the restoration of those alienated from the Roman church. I will give neither advice nor my signature to the supreme pontiff except for what is according to God and my conscience. I will faithfully carry out whatever I am commissioned to do by the apostolic see. I will maintain divine worship in the church of my title and will preserve its goods: so help me God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-393",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the preservation of the titular churches of the cardinals, some of which have sadly deteriorated both in divine worship and in their buildings, to the shame of the apostolic see and of the cardinals themselves, this holy synod decrees that from the revenues and incomes of the territories of the Roman church — half of which belongs to the cardinals in accordance with the constitution of Pope Nicholas, as was said above — a tenth of what each cardinal receives shall be applied each year to his titular church. Moreover, each cardinal shall leave to his titular church, either in his lifetime or at his death, enough for the upkeep of one person. If he fails to do so, regarding both this and the said tenth, all his goods shall be sequestrated until due satisfaction has been made. We place the burden of carrying this out on the first cardinal of the order in which he died. Each cardinal present in the curia should make an annual visitation of his titular church in person; each one not present should make it through a suitable deputy. He should also inquire carefully concerning the clergy and the people of his dependent churches, and make useful provision with regard to the divine worship and the goods of these churches as well as the life and conduct of the clergy and parishioners, about whom, since they are his sheep, he will have to render an account at the severe judgment of God. As regards the time of the visitation and other things, let him observe what is laid down in our decree on synodal councils."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-394",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although both the dignity itself and the cardinal's own promise urge him to toil at the holy tasks just mentioned, yet results will be greater if the tasks are spread among individuals. Therefore cardinal-bishops shall inquire about what regions are infected with new or old heresies, errors and superstitions; cardinal-priests shall inquire about where conduct, observance of the divine commandments and ecclesiastical discipline are lax; cardinal-deacons shall inquire about which kings, princes and peoples are troubled by actual or possible wars. Like busy bees, both with the supreme pontiff and among themselves, they should promote these holy works with diligence and in detail, striving to provide a remedy where this is needed. The supreme pontiff for his part, as the common father and pastor of all, should have investigations made everywhere not only when requested to do so but also on his own initiative and he should apply salutary medicines, as best he can, for all the illnesses of his children. If the cardinals ever notice that a pope is negligent or remiss or acting in a way unbefitting his state, though may this never happen, with filial reverence and charity they shall beg him as their father to live up to his pastoral office, his good name and his duty. First, let one or some of them warn him that if he does not desist they will delate him to the next general council, and if he does not amend they shall all do this as a college together with some notable prelates. For the well-being of the supreme pontiff and the common good they should not fear the hostility of the supreme pontiff himself or anything else, provided they act with reverence and charity. Much more so, if it comes to the pope's notice that some cardinal is acting wrongly and reprehensibly, he should correct him, always with paternal charity and according to evangelical teaching. Thus, acting in charity towards each other, one to another, a father to his sons and sons to their father, let them direct the church with exemplary and salutary government."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-395",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let the cardinals both publicly and privately treat with kindness and respect prelates and all others, especially distinguished persons who come to the Roman curia, and let them present their business to the supreme pontiff freely and graciously. Since the cardinals assist him who is the common father of all, it is very unseemly for them to become acceptors of persons or advocates. Hence this holy synod forbids them to exercise any favouritism as collateral judges, even if they take their origin from a favoured region. Neither should they be biased protectors or defenders of princes or communities or others against anyone, whether paid or unpaid, but putting aside all sentiment let them assist the pope in pacifying quarrels with harmony and justice. The holy synod urges and commends them to promote the just business of princes and anybody else, especially religious and the poor, without charge and without seeking reward, as an act of charity. Let them preserve with readiness and kindness the gravity and modesty that befits their dignity. Let them maintain towards all people godliness which, according to the Apostle, is profitable in every way. Although they should not neglect their kinsfolk, especially if they are deserving and poor, they should not load them with a mass of goods and benefices to the scandal of others. Let them beware of pouring out on flesh and blood, beyond the bounds of necessity, goods coming from the churches. If the pontiff notices such strutting among the great, he should reprimand and object, as is fitting, and he will be blameworthy if he fails to correct, in keeping with his office, whatever needs correction."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-396",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The household, table, furniture and horses of both pope and cardinals should not be open to blame as regards quantity, state, display or any other excess. The house and its contents should be on a moderate scale, a model of frugality and not a source of scandal. Both the supreme pontiff and the cardinals, as well as other bishops, should strive to observe the constitution of blessed Gregory which was published at a general synod and which this holy synod now renews the sense of which is as follows: Though the life of a pastor should be an example to disciples, the clergy for the most part do not know the private life-style of their pontiff, even though secular youths know it; we therefore declare by this present decree that certain clerics and even monks should be selected to minister in the pontifical chamber, so that he who is in the seat of government may have witnesses who will observe his true private behaviour and will draw an example of progress from this regular sight."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-397",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let them also pay attention to the words of Pope Paschal: \"Let bishops spend their time in reading and prayer and always have with them priests and deacons and other clerics of good reputation, so that, following the Apostle and the instructions of holy fathers, they may be found without blame.\"3 It does not profit the commonweal for cases other than those concerning elections to cathedral churches or monasteries, or princes or universities or similar matters, to be assigned by the pope or the chancery to cardinals, since they should devote themselves to the greater problems of the universal church. Lesser cases, therefore, should be sent to the court of the Rota, which was instituted for this purpose. Neither the pope nor cardinals should in future send their officials to prelates who have been confirmed or provided, as it were to accept gifts, lest they allow others to do what is unfitting for themselves to do. Something that has happened in the past — namely a sum of money or something else is subtracted from the goods of a dead cardinal, as a charge for the ring given to him on the assignment of his titular church — is not to occur in the future, since the labours of cardinals for the commonweal merit rather obsequies from public funds, if they are poor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-398",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On elections]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-399",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Already this holy synod, with its abolition of the general reservation of all elective churches and dignities, has wisely decreed that provision should be made for them by canonical elections and confirmations. It wishes also to forbid special and particular reservations of elective churches and dignities, whereby free elections and confirmations can be prevented; and to ensure that the Roman pontiff will attempt nothing against this decree, except for an important, persuasive and clear reason, which should be expressed in detail in an apostolic letter. However, much has been done against the intention of this decree and without the required reason, resulting in serious scandals already and the likelihood of even more serious ones in the future. This holy synod wishes to prevent this and does not want the purpose of the decree, which was to remove every obstacle to canonical elections and confirmations, to be deprived of its effect. It therefore decrees that elections should assuredly be held in the said churches without any impediment or obstacle and that, after they have been examined in accordance with common law and the dispositions of our decree, they shall be confirmed. However, if perhaps on occasion it should happen that an election is made which in other respects is canonical but which, it is feared, will lead to trouble for the church or the country or the common good, the supreme pontiff, when the election is referred to him for confirmation, if he is convinced that there exists such a most pressing reason, after mature discussion and then with the signed votes of the cardinals of the Roman church or the majority of them declaring that the reason is true and sufficient, may reject the election and refer it back to the chapter or convent for them to institute another election, from which such consequences are not to be feared, within the legal time or otherwise according to the distance of the place."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-400",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On reservations]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-401",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The numerous reservations of churches and benefices hitherto made by supreme pontiffs have turned out to be burdensome to churches. Therefore this holy synod abolishes all of them both general and special or particular — for all churches and benefices whatsoever that were customarily provided for by an election or a collation or some other disposition — which were introduced either by the additional canons Ad regimen and Execrabilis or by rules of the chancery or by other apostolic constitutions, and it decrees that never again shall they exist, with the exception only of reservations expressly contained in the corpus of law and those which occur in the lands mediately or immediately subject to the Roman church by reason of direct or beneficial dominion."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-402",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On Clementine \"Letters\"]3"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-403",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although apostolic and other letters may state that someone has renounced, or been deprived of, a dignity, benefice or right, or has done something for which a right of his has been taken away, nevertheless letters of this sort should not prejudice him, even though they are based on the status or the intention of the person making the statement, unless proof is forthcoming from witnesses or other legitimate documents."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-404",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 24—14 April 1436",
              "sourceKey": "session-24",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-405",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[About business with the Greeks and about indulgences, etc.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-406",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy general synod of Basel, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, representing the universal church, for an everlasting record. Our ambassadors to the most serene emperor of the Romans and the most reverend lord patriarch of Constantinople, who were sent to Constantinople on behalf and in the name of this holy synod, for various reasons promised to present the terms which were concluded and signed by the two sides on another occasion in this holy synod regarding the manner of holding a universal and ecumenical council of both churches, and to exhibit them with effect, under the customary leaden seal of this holy synod, with the present date and containing the following text word for word. This holy synod, unwilling to omit anything that might help the union of Christ's churches, accepts, approves, ratifies and confirms by this present decree the said promise of its ambassadors and includes in this document the said terms word for word as was promised by the said ambassadors, as follows."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-407",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy general synod of Basel, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, representing the universal church, for an everlasting record. Among the various works necessary for the whole Christian people for which this holy council was assembled, the union of the western and eastern churches of Christ is the chief and greatest. Rightly, therefore, from the very start of its proceedings, this holy synod has made every effort to achieve this. For, as quickly as possible it sent its ambassadors with letters to the most serene emperor of the Greeks and the most reverend patriarch of Constantinople, to exhort them with all charity and insistence that they should send some persons with full authority to treat with us on the way to achieve the said holy union. As soon as they were asked, they appointed to this holy synod three outstanding men from those who seem to be of great authority among them — the first of whom was indeed a blood-relative of the emperor — with a sufficient commission from the emperor himself signed by his own hand and with a golden seal, and furnished with letters of the patriarch. Both in a general congregation and in the presence of our commissaries they expressed the most fervent desire of the emperor, the patriarch and the whole eastern church for this union. They urge and daily stimulate us in a wonderful way to pursue this holy work, strongly and persistently affirming two things: that union is only possible in a universal synod in which both the western church and the eastern church meet, and that it is to be hoped that this union will follow if matters proceed in that synod in the way that is agreed below. We were filled with joy and gladness when we heard this. Therefore we venerable cardinals of the holy Roman church, presidents of the apostolic see, casting all our thoughts on God, who alone does great wonders, deputed the patriarch of Antioch and a suitable number of archbishops, bishops, abbots, masters and doctors to treat of this question with the ambassadors of the Greeks and to look for a way to reach a solution. After these men had frequently met and discussed among themselves and with the ambassadors, they reached the conclusions given below. These conclusions, in accordance with the custom of this council, were seriously debated by the deputations and ratified by a general congregation. Their contents, together with the chrysobull of the lord emperor, are as follows: The ambassadors of the most serene lord emperor, etc., which is given at length in the council's decree which is included above. But because the period of time mentioned above, within which the aforesaid things should have been fulfilled, has elapsed, not through the fault of either party but because of various intervening negotiations, this holy synod therefore accepts the period of time agreed by the most serene emperor of the Greeks and the most reverend patriarch of Constantinople on the one side, and by the ambassadors of this sacred council on the other, namely the year beginning this coming month of May, so that for the whole of this May until the following year each of the two parties is prepared to carry out the aforesaid points, and each accepts and promises that it will fulfil for its part, within the said time, whatever is included in the above-mentioned terms."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-408",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Safe-conduct for the Greeks given by the sacred council of Basel to the lord emperor of the Greeks and the patriarch of Constantinople]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-409",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy general synod of Basel, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, representing the universal church. In our western region and the obedience of the Roman church, a universal and ecumenical synod is to be held, under God's inspiration, at which both the western church and the eastern church will meet in accordance with the agreement reached at this holy synod and later ratified in Constantinople. In order that the sincerity of our intention towards the eastern church may be manifest to all, and that all possible suspicion as regards the security and freedom of those coming to it may be removed, this holy synod of Basel by this present decree, in the name and on behalf of the entire western church and of all in that church of every status, including those of imperial, regal or pontifical rank or of any lower spiritual or secular dignity, authority or office, decrees, gives and concedes a full and free safe-conduct to the most serene emperor of the Greeks, the most reverend patriarchs of Constantinople, Alexandria, Antioch and Jerusalem, and others up to the number of seven hundred persons, whether of imperial, regal, archiepiscopal or any other rank, dignity or condition, who are coming or shall come to the aforesaid universal and ecumenical council in the west. This holy synod, by this decree, receives and has received into its safe-keeping each and all of the said people, as regards their persons, honours and everything else, in the kingdoms, provinces, lordships, territories, communities, cities, castles, towns, vills and places of our obedience of the western church in which they shall stay or through which they shall pass. It promises and concedes to each and all of them, by this present synodal edict, free and safe permission to approach and enter the city or place in which the said holy universal council will be held; to stay, remain, reside and dwell there with all the immunities, liberties and securities which those of the obedience of the western church dwelling there will have; of debating, arguing and alleging rights and authorities and of saying, doing and treating of, freely and without hindrance from anyone, anything else that may seem to them useful and apt for the union of the churches of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-410",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They may at will go out and return from the said town or place safely, freely and without restraint, once or often or as many times as any of them may wish, singly or together, with or without their goods and money, with every real or personal obstacle ceasing and being put aside, even if the said union does not come about, though may that not be so. In the latter case and in every other outcome, the most serene emperor, the lord patriarchs and other aforesaid persons will be taken back to Constantinople, at our expense and in our galleys, without any delay or obstacle, with the same honours, good will and friendship with which they were brought to the said universal council, whether or not union resulted from the council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-411",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All this is notwithstanding any differences, disagreements or dissensions about the aforesaid matters, or any of them in particular, which exist at present or could arise in the future between the said western and eastern churches, that is, between the Roman church and those subject and attached to it, and the aforesaid most serene emperor and others attached to the church of Constantinople; notwithstanding any judgments, decrees, condemnations, laws or decretals of any kind that have been or shall be made or issued; notwithstanding any crimes, excesses, faults or sins that may be committed by any of the aforesaid persons; and notwithstanding anything else, even if it is something for which a special mention in this decree is necessary. If one or some of ours should harm one or more of them, though may it not happen, or should molest them in their persons, honour, property or anything else, the miscreant shall be sentenced by us or ours to make adequate and reasonable satisfaction to the injured party. And conversely, if any of them harms any of ours, he shall be sentenced by them to make adequate and reasonable satisfaction to the injured party, in accordance with the customs of both parties. As regards other crimes, excesses and faults, each party will institute proceedings and pass judgment on its own members."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-412",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This holy synod exhorts all Christ's faithful and furthermore commands, by the authority of the universal church and in virtue of the holy Spirit and of holy obedience, all prelates, kings, dukes, princes, officials, communities and other individuals, of whatever status, condition or dignity, who are members of our western church, to observe inviolably each and all of the above things and, far as they can, to have them observed; and to honour and treat with favour and reverence, and to have so honoured and treated, both individually and together, the most serene emperor, the patriarch and each and all of the other aforesaid persons on their way to and from the said council. If any doubt arises about the safe-conduct and its contents, it shall be decided by a declaration of the universal synod which is to be held. This holy synod, for its part, wishes the safe-conduct to remain in force until the most serene emperor, the patriarch and other aforesaid persons with their nobles and suites to the number of seven hundred persons, as was stated, and with their goods and chattels, have returned to Constantinople. If anyone attempts to act in any way contrary to the aforesaid or any part of it, let him know that he will incur the indignation of almighty God and of the said holy synod."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-413",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 25—7 May 1437",
              "sourceKey": "session-25",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-414",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On the places for the future ecumenical council for the Greeks]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-415",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy general synod of Basel, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, representing the universal church, for an everlasting record. Recently this holy synod among the various tasks for which the inscrutable providence of the divine majesty has deigned, by the invocation of the holy Spirit the paraclete, to bring it together and to employ it in the cultivation of the Lord's field, turning its mind like a watchful farmer and clearly perceiving how deplorable and abiding has been the division in God's church over the profession of the same faith by the eastern and western churches, conceived high hope and confidence in the most merciful goodness of him with whom nothing is impossible, and who generously and without restraint gives to all who duly ask him, to bring about the unity of the catholic faith between these churches. It decided, therefore, to apply the resources of its diligence more fully, grudging no labour or expense, because it was convinced that thence would follow the greater praise and glory of almighty God, a more fruitful salvation of souls and a greater increase of the faith. Desirous of undertaking this most salutary project of union, with the help of the grace of the holy Spirit it invited and exhorted to come to the project, through various envoys and letters, the most serene emperor of the Romans, the venerable patriarch of Constantinople, the other prelates and the rest of the Greek people."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-416",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The emperor, the patriarch and others of the Greeks received these exhortations with eagerness, their hearts inclined and influenced by the grace of the most High. Sincerely zealous to embark on this project of union, they decided to send to this holy synod their solemn envoys and spokesmen, who were furnished with an adequate mandate with the golden seal and signature of the emperor and the leaden seal of the patriarch, devoutly expressing their most fervent desire for this unity of faith. This holy synod concluded with them, in various preliminary meetings and deliberations about the execution of this salutary task of union, certain mutually agreed decrees and terms highly useful and necessary for this purpose, which were recorded above and were promulgated in a session of this holy synod in the cathedral of Basel. Thereafter this holy synod wished to implement these decrees and terms by all necessary and suitable means, and therefore to proceed to choosing a place for the coming ecumenical council, to which the aforesaid emperor, the patriarch and others of the Greeks could and should come. After many propositions about these and other topics relevant to this holy matter had been considered by the various deputations of this holy synod, and after the votes of their members on these points had been counted, finally in a general congregation summoned for this purpose in the said cathedral, as is customary, in which the votes of the individuals were again counted, it was found that more than two-thirds of them had voted for Basel, Avignon or Savoy. After they had invoked the grace of the holy Spirit and celebrated a mass, they agreed that due and earnest pressure should be exerted on the emperor, the patriarch and other aforesaid Greeks, with the many good reasons being put before them, so that they might agree to Basel as the place for the ecumenical council, and that if they rejected Basel, it should be held at Avignon. If Avignon proved impossible, it should be held in Savoy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-417",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, in order that each and all of the aforesaid points might be brought to fruition, with all the solemnity normally employed in this sacred council of Basel in expediting matters of importance, while the fathers are seated in the cathedral of Basel after the mass, this holy synod decrees, wishes, ordains and declares that the future ecumenical council ought to be held at the due and agreed time in the city of Basel or, if that is rejected, in the city of Avignon or otherwise in Savoy, in accordance with the above-mentioned agreement; and that the emperor, the patriarch and other aforesaid Greeks, as detailed in the said terms and decrees, and all other persons of whatever rank, status, dignity or pre-eminence who ought by right or custom to take part in general councils, including those of episcopal rank, are bound and obliged to come to and take part in that ecumenical council, especially so that this salutary work might be completed. This holy synod wishes, declares and decrees this nomination and choice to be firm, fixed and unchangeable. Any modification, ordinance, disposition, nomination or choice to the contrary that may be made by this holy council or by one or more other persons, whatever their authority, even if it be papal, is utterly invalid; and this holy synod from its certain knowledge as from now quashes, revokes and annuls any such measures, and denounces them as quashed, null and of no effect, and it wishes them to be of no effect and holds them so now, in so far as they impede or oppose in whole or in part the said choice. Also this holy synod from its certain knowledge supplies for any defect that may exist in the aforesaid things or in any of them in particular. Furthermore, since this very difficult undertaking, which will bear great fruit in God's church, as well as the transport and maintenance of the aforesaid Greeks, cannot be accomplished without heavy expenses, it is right and fitting that all of Christ's faithful, especially ecclesiastics, should contribute generously from the substance of the patrimony of our lord Jesus Christ entrusted to them, for the conclusion of so happy a venture. This holy synod therefore imposes on each and every ecclesiastical person, both exempt and non-exempt under whatever form or words, even the order of St John of Jerusalem, of whatever status, dignity, rank, order or condition, even if they are cardinals or bishops, a tenth of all their ecclesiastical fruits and revenues — only daily distributions being excepted — from their churches, monasteries, dignities, offices and other ecclesiastical benefices. This tenth has already been imposed and agreed upon in a general congregation of this holy synod, and this holy synod now decrees and declares that it is to be imposed, and by this decree it imposes it. Furthermore, the said holy synod decrees, wishes, ordains and declares that the venerable bishops John of Luebeck, Luis of Viseu, Delfino of Parma and Louis of Lausanne, envoys of this holy synod, have full power for bringing the Greeks to the place of the ecumenical council, and for the majority of them then present to choose and nominate the Latin port which is most suitable and nearest to the places chosen and nominated above, and to which the said Greeks ought to direct themselves. The synod concedes this power to them by this present decree in accordance with the form of the other letters granted to them in this affair. Finally the same holy synod wishes, ordains and decrees, for the due and desired execution of the aforesaid points and what follows from them, and for the fuller security of the said envoys and of the council, that, at the request of these envoys or of their agents, any other suitable, useful and necessary letters shall be granted, drawn up and despatched in due and correct form by the synod's chancery under the synod's seal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-418",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy general synod of Basel, legitimately assembled in the holy Spirit, representing the universal church, for an everlasting record. This holy synod from its outset, in order that those things might be accomplished which general councils are instituted to achieve with the assistance of the holy Spirit, devoted very great care to promoting union between the western and eastern peoples so that, as the church of God has suffered innumerable disasters from the long-standing dissension, the greatest profit might ensue from fraternal union. Therefore it sent envoys to Constantinople for the promotion of this holy work. They returned with the ambassadors of the most serene emperor of the Romans and of the venerable patriarch of Constantinople. After many meetings and mature deliberation on this subject, certain terms were agreed between this sacred council and those ambassadors and were confirmed by a decree in a public session. By these terms this holy synod bound itself to send envoys with certain sums of money, two large and two smaller galleys and three hundred crossbowmen within a fixed time, and to nominate through these envoys one of the places mentioned in the decree for the ecumenical council, where the emperor and the patriarch with seven hundred persons would meet with us to bring about this holy union."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-419",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "However, since the time-limit for accomplishing the above is imminent, this holy synod, desirous of fulfilling its promises completely and of bringing to its desired goal this holy endeavour which is the most salutary of all works in these times, came to the following conclusion in its discussions and then in a general congregation: namely, that Florence or Udine in Friuli should be put into the council's hands, or else that there should be chosen for the ecumenical council some other safe place which is mentioned in the decree and is convenient for the pope and the Greeks, that is to say whichever of the aforesaid places shall be quickest to collect and send the galleys, the sums of money and other requisites with the necessary securities. The port would be Venice, Ravenna or Rimini; whichever of them the emperor and the patriarch of Constantinople prefer. Also, so that the clergy are not burdened uselessly, the tenth shall not be decreed or exacted until the Greeks have arrived at one of the above-mentioned ports. Also, that the sacred council should remain in this city during the whole time covered by the decree. Also, that the legates and presidents of the apostolic see, after they have summoned such fathers as shall seem good to them, shall choose the envoys for accompanying the Greeks and for carrying out the aforesaid things; these envoys ought to urge forcibly the choice of this city of Basel. Therefore, in order that each and all of the above may attain due effect, with the assistance of divine grace, in this public and solemn session this holy synod wishes, decrees and declares that the aforesaid decision is definite and valid, to be adhered to and to be implemented. It quashes, voids and annuls, and declares to be quashed, void and null, whatever has been or shall be done, or may be attempted, by any person or persons contrary to the above or its consequences or whatever could in any way impede their execution. And it wishes that the aforesaid apostolic legates and presidents shall compose in due form and under the seal of the council suitable letters for the execution of the above, and shall expedite whatever else may be necessary and appropriate for this holy enterprise."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-420",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction and translation taken from Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils, ed. Norman P. Tanner"
            }
          ],
          "witnesses": [
            {
              "label": "Concilia Oecumenica — Documenta et Acta, local source volume",
              "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
              "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
              "format": "pdf"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "council-source-corpus",
      "council": 18,
      "title": "Lateran V — council-level source corpus",
      "type": "Council-level source corpus",
      "date": "",
      "scope": "council-level-corpus",
      "sourceStatus": "Readable English extraction from a local council source volume; not document-level segmentation and not an aligned parallel edition.",
      "sourceVerification": "Unambiguous council heading and next-council boundary verified during the 3.50 reconciliation build.",
      "sourceVolumeSha256": "be506158a70af600f5575e554ae28c62088fc575aa3e0c3339bec036af8530de",
      "languages": {
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
          "format": "pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "FIFTH LATERAN COUNCIL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sessions I - XII (1512-1517)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Index"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction Sessions 1-4 (1512) Sessions 5-8 (1513) Session 9 (1514) Session 10 (1515) Session 11 (1516) Session 12 (1517)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This council was summoned by pope Julius II by the bull Sacrosanctae Romanae Ecclesiae, issued at Rome on 18 July 1511, after several schismatic cardinals, officially supported by Louis XII, king of France, had assembled a quasi-council at Pisa. Twice postponed, the council held its first session in full solemnity at Rome in the Lateran residence on 10 May 1512, at which session an elaborate address on the evils of the church was made by Giles of Viterbo, general of the order of Augustinian hermits."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There were twelve sessions. The first five of them, held during Julius II's pontificate, dealt primarily with the condemnation and rejection of the quasi-council of Pisa, and with the revoking and annulment of the French \"Pragmatic Sanction\". After the election of pope Leo X in March 1513, the council had three objectives: first, achieving a general peace between Christian rulers; second, church reform; and third, the defence of the faith and the rooting out of heresy. The seven sessions after Leo's election gave approval to a number of constitutions, among which are to be noted the condemnation of the teaching of the philosopher Pomponazzi (session 8), and the approval of the agreement completed outside the council between pope Leo X and king Francis I of France (session 11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All the decrees of this council, at which the pope presided in person, are in the form of bulls. At the beginning of them are added the words \"with the approval of the sacred council\", and at the end \"in public session solemnly held in the Lateran basilica\". The fathers confirmed all the decrees by their votes. If anyone wished to reject a proposal, he made his dissenting opinion known verbally, or briefly in writing. The result was that the matters proposed, after various debates, were sometimes altered."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The decisions on the reform of the curia produced almost no effect because of the timidity and inadequacy of the recommendations, especially since the papacy showed slight inclination to carry the matter through. On the other hand, the council totally suppressed the Pisan schism. It is clear that bishops were never present in great numbers at the council, and that prelates who lived outside Italy were notably absent to such an extent that there has been frequent dispute about whether the council was ecumenical."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The decrees and other acts of the council were first published in Rome shortly after the council ended, namely on 31 July 1521 by cardinal Antonio del Monte, acting on the orders of pope Leo X. The title of this edition is: SA. Lateranense concilium novissimum sub Iulio II et Leone X celebratum (= Lc). It was subsequently used in various conciliar collections from Cr2 3 (1551) 3-192 to Msi 32 (1802) 649-1002. We have followed this edition of 1521 and have taken the headings of the constitutions from the summary which precedes it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 1",
              "sourceKey": "session-1",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10 May 1512"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[The bull convoking the council, Sacrosancta Romanae Ecclesiae, and the bulls postponing it, Inscrutabilis and Romanus pontifex, are read out1{Msi 32, 681-690}. Masses are ordered to be celebrated, and prayers to be offered, to beg God's assistance; various arrangements are to be observed in the council and decrees are set out; advocates, procurators, notaries, guards and vote-scrutineers are chosen; assigners of places, and the location of places in their due order, are established.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 2",
              "sourceKey": "session-2",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17 May 1512"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[The quasi-council of Pisa is condemned, and everything done at it is declared null and void. The Lateran council and whatever has been rightly done at it are confirmed]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Julius, bishop, servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the sacred council, for an everlasting record. We intend, with the help of the most High, to proceed with the holding of this sacred Lateran council which has now begun for the praise of God, the peace of the whole church, the union of the faithful the overthrow of heresies and schisms, the reform of morals, and the campaign against the dangerous enemies of the faith, so that the mouths of all schismatics and enemies of peace, those howling dogs, may be silenced and Christians may be able to keep themselves unstained from such pernicious and poisonous contagion."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Accordingly, in this second session lawfully assembled in the holy Spirit, after mature deliberation held by us with our venerable brothers, the cardinals of the holy Roman church, by the advice and unanimous consent of the same brothers from sure knowledge and by the fullness of apostolic power, we confirm approve and renew, with the approval of the sacred council, the rejections condemnations, revocations, quashings, invalidations and annulments of the summoning, convoking and public utterances of that schismatical assembly, the vaunted quasi-council of Pisa, with its aim of rending and hampering the union of the aforesaid church, and of the citations, warnings, decrees, pardons, sentences, acts, legacies, creations, obediences, withdrawals, enjoined censures and applications issuing from it, and of the transfer of the said quasi-council to the cities of Milan or Vercellae or any other place, and of each and all of the acts and decisions of the said quasi-council, that have been expressed in our various letters completed and issued in due order, especially those issued under the dates of 18 July in the eighth year of our pontificate, and of 3 December and 13 April in the ninth year of our pontificate. Likewise we confirm, approve and renew with the approval of the sacred council, the letters themselves along with their decrees, declarations, prohibitions, commands, exhortations, warnings, applications of ecclesiastical interdicts, and other sentences, censures and penalties, whether by canonical sanctions or by our own act, especially those in the letter summoning this sacred universal council, and each and all of the other clauses contained in the said letters, the meanings of which we wish to be considered as expressed as if they were inserted herein word for word, even though, as being definite and valid, they require no other confirmation or approval for a more extensive guarantee and demonstration of the truth. We wish, decree and ordain that they be observed without alteration, and we make good each and all of the defects in them, should there be any."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We condemn and reject the aforesaid quasi-council and its transfer, and each and every thing done by it, and also those taking part in it or giving support, approval or consent, directly or indirectly, to whatever extent and in whatever manner, from the day of the summoning of the quasi-council until the present day, whether the things have already been done or are to be done in the future, even if they are or have been such that special, specific, definite and separate mention should be made about them, since we consider their meaning and characteristics as clearly expressed. We condemn and reject it like other counterfeit councils which diverge from the truth and whose acts have been condemned and rejected by the law and sacred canons. We proclaim these things to be null, void and empty, as indeed they are, to be or to have been of no force or Importance; and, so far as is necessary, we declare them void, invalid and null, and we wish them to be considered as void, invalid and null."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We decree and declare, with the approval of this same sacred council, that this sacred ecumenical council, justly, reasonably, and for true and lawful purposes duly and rightly summoned, has begun to be celebrated, and that each and every thing which has been and shall be done and executed in it, will be just, reasonable, settled and valid, and that it possesses and holds the same strength, power, authority and stability which other general councils approved by the sacred canons, especially the Lateran council, possess and hold."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, in the arrangement of the seasons, as the summer heats approach, in order to take account of the convenience and health of the prelates, and so that those may be awaited who live beyond the mountains and across the sea and who have hitherto been unable to come to this sacred council, and for other just and reasonable causes known to and approved by the said sacred council, we are summoning the third session of this same council to take place on 3 November next, with the said council likewise giving approval. And to each and every prelate and to others present at the same council, we grant and concede the freedom and permission to withdraw from the Roman curia and to stay wherever they wish, so long as they are present at the aforesaid Lateran council on the said 3 November, any clearly legitimate hindrance having been removed, subject to the infliction of the penalties indicated in the letter summoning the council and in canonical punishments against those failing to attend to councils, the said sacred council also approving. Let nobody therefore... If anyone however...2{2 At this session, on account of the arrival of the bishop of Gurk, representative of the most serene emperor, a postponement of the third session was made until 3 November.}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 3",
              "sourceKey": "session-3",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3 December 1512"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Each and all of the measures sponsored by the schismatic cardinals are rejected]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Julius, bishop, servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the sacred council, for an everlasting record. To the praise and glory of him whose works are perfect, we are continuing the sacred council of the Lateran, lawfully assembled by favour of the holy Spirit, in this third session. We had summoned this session on another occasion, during the second session, for the third day of the following November. Later, by the advice and unanimous agreement of our venerable brothers, cardinals of the holy Roman church, for reasons then stated and for other lawful causes, we postponed it and summoned it to be held today, with the same sacred council giving approval to both the postponement and the summons for the said reasons which were known to it. This was after the happy and favourable adherence to, and union with, this most holy Lateran council on the part of our most dear son in Christ, Maximilian, ever revered emperor-elect of the Romans"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We condemn, reject and detest, with the approval of this same sacred council, each and every thing done by those sons of damnation, Bernard Carvajal, Guillaume Briconnet, Rene de Prie, and Frederick of San Severino, formerly cardinals, and their supporters, adherents, accomplices and disciples—who are schismatics and heretics and have worked madly to their own and others' ruin, aiming to split asunder the unity of holy mother church at the quasi-council held at Pisa, Milan, Lyons and elsewhere—whatever the things were in number and kind that have been enacted, carried out, done, written, published or ordained up to the present day, including the imposition of taxes carried out by them throughout the kingdom of France, or shall be done in the future. Even though they are indeed null, useless and void and have already been condemned and rejected by us with the approval of the aforesaid sacred council, we nevertheless retain this present condemnation and rejection for the sake of greater precaution. We wish the meaning and characteristics of the things done, or to be done, to be considered as expressed herein word for word and not just by general clauses. We decree and declare them to be and to have been null, without purpose and void, of no force, efficacy, effect or importance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We renew our letter dated 13 August 1512, at St Peter's, Rome, in the ninth year of our pontificate, by which, on the advice of the Dominicans, on account of the support, favours, sustenance and help notoriously provided to schismatics and heretics in the promotion of the said condemned and rejected quasi-council of Pisa, by the king of France and not a few other prelates, officials, nobles and barons of the kingdom of France, we placed under ecclesiastical interdict the kingdom of France and particularly Lyons, excepting the duchy of Brittany, and we forbade the customary fairs of Lyons to be held in that city and we transferred them to the city of Geneva. We also renew the decrees, declarations, prohibitions and every clause contained in the letter, the said sacred council likewise having full information about them and giving its approval. As stated, we subject the aforesaid kingdom and its cities, lands, towns and any other territories to this interdict, and we transfer the fairs from Lyons to the said city of Geneva."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that this sacred Lateran council may be brought to a fruitful and beneficial conclusion, and that the many other serious matters due for treatment and discussion in the council may proceed to the praise of almighty God and the exaltation of the universal church, we declare, with the full approval of the said sacred council, that the fourth session of the continuing celebration of the council shall be held on the tenth day of the present month of December. Let nobody therefore... If anyone however..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 4",
              "sourceKey": "session-4",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10 December 1512"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[The Pragmatic is revoked and the acts of the quasi-council of Pisa regarding the same are annulled] {Before this constitution, in the same session, there was also read out: A warning against the Pragmatic and its supporters}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Julius, bishop, servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the sacred council, for an everlasting record. Giving close attention by paternal and earnest consideration to the safety of the flock entrusted to us from above, to the reform of morals and the defence of the church's liberty, and to the peace and development of the catholic faith, we approve and renew, with the approval of this holy council, for the praise and glory of almighty God and the undivided Trinity, the letter recently issued by us, of which the same council is aware, by which we made a general reform of the Roman curia's officials and of their imposts. We ordered the letter to be made public by certain persons, who were afterwards designated, for the benefit of the faithful, and in accordance with our wishes. We now order it to be made public in detail by the said designated persons together with other prelates from various nations who are present in the aforesaid council and are to be appointed. Everything that can pervert human judgment is to cease, as is right and fitting. We order, moreover, that the declarations are to be referred to us in other sessions of this sacred council and are to be approved by the same council, in order that they may be duly carried out."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, for considerable periods of time there has been great disparagement of the apostolic see and of the head, the liberty and the authority of the holy Roman universal church, as well as a limitation of the sacred canons, by a number of prelates of the French nation and by noble laymen and others supporting them, especially under pretext of a certain sanction which they call the Pragmatic{2 This Pragmatic Sanction had been promulgated by king Charles VII of France at Bourges on 7 July 1438, with the aim of removing abuses in the church, see DThC 12/2 (1935) 2780-2786, DDrC 7 (1958) 109-113, and NCE 11 (1967) 662-663}. We do not wish to endure further a thing so pernicious and offensive to God, a clear cheapening of and damage to the said church. For it is only in those regions that the sanction, carried out by those lacking all lawful power for that end and without the authority of popes or legitimate general councils, has been introduced and observed by way of an abuse. It must be rightly, along with its contents, be declared null and void and be repealed. Louis XI, king of France, of distinguished memory, repealed this sanction, as is clearly contained in his letters patent already made. Therefore, with the approval of the same council, we commit to the meetings of our venerable brothers, cardinals of the aforesaid church, and of other prelates, which are to be held in the upper room of the Lateran, insofar as this is necessary, the business of the declaration and abrogation which we are to make, as well as the report that is to be made to us and the same sacred council concerning the matters discussed in the first and other sessions, insofar as this can conveniently be done. We determine and decree that the prelates of France, chapters of churches and monasteries, and laymen favouring them, of whatever rank they may be, even royal, who approve or falsely use the said sanction, together with each and every other person thinking, either individually or in a group, that this sanction is to his advantage, be warned and cited, within a definite adequate term to be established, by a public edict—which is to be fixed on the doors of the churches of Milan, Asti and Pavia, since a safe approach to France is not available—that they are to appear before us and the aforesaid council and declare the reasons why the said sanction and its corrupting effect and misuse in matters concerning the authority, dignity and unity of the Roman church and the apostolic see, and the violation of sacred canons and of ecclesiastical freedom, ought not to be declared and judged null and void and be abrogated, and why those so warned and cited should not be restrained and held as if they had been warned and cited in person. Moreover, with regard to each and all provisions and collations of ecclesiastical benefices, confirmations of elections and petitions, grants of concessions, mandates and indults, of whatever kind, concerning both favours and matters of justice or both together, of whatever sense they may be—which things we wish to be regarded as clearly stated in the present letter—which were made by the synagogue or quasi-council of Pisa and its schismatic adherents, lacking all authority and merit, though they are indeed null and void, yet, for greater caution, we decree, with the approval of the said sacred council, that they are null and of no effect, force or importance; and that each individual, of whatever rank, status, grade, nobility, order or condition, to whom they were granted, or to whose convenience, advantage or honour they pertain, are to give up their fruits, incomes and profits, or to arrange for this to be done, and they are bound to restore both these things and their benefices and to give up the other aforesaid concessions, and that unless they have really and completely given up the benefices themselves and the other things granted to them, within two months from the date of this present letter, they are automatically deprived of the other ecclesiastical benefices which they hold by lawful title. Moreover, we apply whatever has been or shall be obtained in the way of fruits, rents and profits of this kind, and money-taxes imposed by the said quasi-council, to the campaign which is to be conducted against the infidels."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that the declaration of reform, and of the nullity of the said sanction, as well as other business may be carried out in due season, and so that the prelates who are still to come to this sacred council (we have received news that some have already set out on their journey to attend) may be able to arrive without inconvenience, we declare, with the approval of the council, that the fifth session shall be held on 16 February, which will be Wednesday after the first Sunday of the coming Lent. Let nobody therefore... If anyone however..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 5",
              "sourceKey": "session-5",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16 February 1513"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Bull renewing and confirming the Constitution against not committing the evil of simony when electing the Roman pontiff]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Julius, bishop, servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the sacred council, for an everlasting record. The supreme maker of things, the creator of heaven and earth, has willed by his ineffable providence that the Roman pontiff preside over the Christian people in the chair of pastoral supremacy, so that he may govern the holy, Roman, universal church in sincerity of heart and deeds and may strive after the progress of all the faithful. We therefore regard it as suitable and salutary that, in the election of the said pontiff, in order that the faithful may look upon him as a mirror of purity and honesty, all stain and every trace of simony shall be absent, that men shall be raised up for this burdensome office who, having embarked in the appropriate manner and order in a due, right and canonical way, may undertake the steering of the barque of Peter and may be, once established in so lofty a dignity, a support for right and good people and a terror for evil people; that by their example, the rest of the faithful may receive instruction on good behaviour and be directed in the way of salvation, that the things which have been determined and established by us for this, in accordance with the magnitude and seriousness of the case, may be approved and renewed by the sacred general council; and that the things so approved and renewed may be communicated, so that the more frequently they are upheld by the said authority, the more strongly they shall endure and the more resolutely they shall be observed and defended against the manifold attacks of the devil. Formerly, indeed, for great and urgent reasons, as a result of important and mature discussion and deliberation with men of great learning and authority, including cardinals of the Roman church, excellent and very experienced persons, a document on the following lines was issued by us."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inserted constitution"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Julius, bishop, servant of the servants of God, for an everlasting record. From a consideration that the detestable crime of simony is forbidden by both divine and human law, particularly in spiritual matters, and that it is especially heinous and destructive for the whole church in the election of the Roman pontiff, the vicar of our lord Jesus Christ, we therefore, placed by God in charge of the government of the same universal church, despite being of little merit, desire, so far as we are able with God's help, to take effective measures for the future with regard to the aforesaid things, as we are bound to, in accordance with the necessity of such an important matter and the greatness of the danger. With the advice and unanimous consent of our brothers, cardinals of the holy Roman church, by means of this our constitution which will have permanent validity, we establish, ordain, decree and define, by apostolic authority and the fullness of our power, that if it happens (which may God avert in his mercy and goodness towards all), after God has released us or our successors from the government of the universal church, that by the efforts of the enemy of the human race and following the urge of ambition or greed, the election of the Roman pontiff is made or effected by the person who is elected, or by one or several members of the college of cardinals, giving their votes in a manner that in any way involves simony being committed—by the gift, promise or receipt of money, goods of any sort, castles, offices, benefices, promises or obligations—by the person elected or by one or several other persons, in any manner or form whatsoever, even if the election resulted in a majority of two-thirds or in the unanimous choice of all the cardinals, or even in a spontaneous agreement on the part of all, without a scrutiny being made, then not only is this election or choice itself null, and does not bestow on the person elected or chosen in this fashion any right of either spiritual or temporal administration, but also there can be alleged and presented, against the person elected or chosen in this manner, by any one of the cardinals who has taken part in the election, the charge of simony, as a true and unquestionable heresy, so that the one elected is not regarded by anyone as the Roman pontiff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A further consequence is that the person elected in this manner is automatically deprived, without the need of any other declaration, of his cardinal's rank and of all other honours whatsoever as well as of cathedral churches, even metropolitan and patriarchical ones, monasteries, dignities and all other benefices and pensions of whatever kind which he was then holding by title or in commendam or otherwise; and that the elected person is to be regarded as, and is in fact, not a follower of the apostles but an apostate and, like Simon, a magician and a heresiarch, and perpetually debarred from each and all of the above-mentioned things. A simoniacal election of this kind is never at any time to be made valid by a subsequent enthronement or the passage of time, or even by the act of adoration or obedience of all the cardinals. It shall be lawful for each and all of the cardinals, even those who consented to the simoniacal election or promotion, even after the enthronement and adoration or obedience, as well as for all the clergy and the Roman people, together with those serving as prefects, castellans, captains and other officials at the Castel Sant' Angelo in Rome and any other strongholds of the Roman church, notwithstanding any submission or oath or pledge given, to withdraw without penalty and at any time from obedience and loyalty to the person so elected even if he has been enthroned (while they themselves, notwithstanding this, remain fully committed to the faith of the Roman church and to obedience towards a future Roman pontiff entering office in accordance with the canons) and to avoid him as a magician, a heathen, a publican and a heresiarch. To discomfort him still further, if he uses the pretext of the election to interfere in the government of the universal church, the cardinals who wish to oppose the aforesaid election can ask for the help of the secular arm against him."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those who break off obedience to him are not to be subject to any penalties and censures for the said separation, as though they were tearing the Lord's garment. However, the cardinals who elected him by simoniacal means are to be dealt with without further declaration as deprived of their orders as well as of their titles and honour as cardinals and of any patriarchal, archiepiscopal, episcopal or other prelacies, dignities and benefices which at that time they held by title or in commendam, or in which or to which they now have some claim, unless they totally and effectively abandon him and unite themselves without pretence or trickery to the other cardinals who did not consent to this simony, within eight days after they receive the request from the other cardinals, in person if this shall be possible or otherwise by a public announcement. Then, if they have joined themselves in full union with the said other cardinals, they shall immediately stand reintegrated, restored, rehabilitated and re-established in their former state, honours and dignities, even of the cardinalate, and in the churches and benefices which they had charge of or held, and shall stand absolved from the stain of simony and from any ecclesiastical censures and penalties."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Intermediaries, brokers and bankers, whether clerical or lay, of whatever rank, quality or order they may have been, even patriarchal or archiepiscopal or episcopal, or enjoying other secular, worldly or ecclesiastical status, including spokesmen or envoys of any kings and princes, who had part in this simoniacal election, are by that very fact deprived of all their churches, benefices, prelacies and fiefs, and any other honours and possessions. They are debarred from anything of that kind and from making or benefiting from a will, and their property, like that of those condemned for treason, is immediately confiscated and allotted to the treasury of the apostolic see. if the aforesaid criminals are ecclesiastics or otherwise subjects of the Roman church. If they are not subjects of the Roman church, their goods and fiefs in regions under secular control are immediately allotted to the treasury of the secular ruler in whose territory the property is located; in such a way, however, that if within three months from the day on which it was known that they had committed simony, or had part in it, the rulers have not in fact allotted the said goods to their own treasury, then the goods are from that date considered as allotted to the treasury of the Roman church, and are immediately so considered without the need for any further pronouncement to the same effect."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also not binding and invalid, and ineffectual for taking action, are promises and pledges or solemn engagements made at any time for that purpose, even if prior to the election in question and even if made in any way through persons other than the cardinals, with some strange solemnity and form, including those made under oath or conditionally or dependent upon the outcome, or in the form of agreed bonds under whatever inducement, whether it be a deposit, loan, exchange, acknowledged receipt, gift, pledge, sale, exchange or any other kind of contract, even in the fuller form of the apostolic camera. Nobody can be bound or under pressure by the strength of these in a court of justice or elsewhere, and all may lawfully withdraw from them without penalty or any fear or stigma of perjury."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, cardinals who have been involved in such a simoniacal election, and have abandoned the person thus elected, may join with the other cardinals, even those who consented to the simoniacal election but later joined with the cardinals who did not commit the said simony, if the latter are willing to join with them. If these cardinals are not willing, they may freely and canonically proceed without them in another place to the election of another pope without waiting for another formal declaration to the effect that the election was simoniacal, though there always remains in force our same current constitution. They may announce and call together a general council in a suitable place as they shall judge expedient, notwithstanding constitutions and apostolic orders, especially that of pope Alexander III, of happy memory, which begins Licet de evitanda discordia, and those of other Roman pontiffs, our predecessors, including those issued in general councils, and any other things to the contrary that Impose restraint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, each and every one of the cardinals of the holy Roman church in office at the time, and their sacred college, are under pain of immediate excommunication, which they automatically incur and from which they cannot be absolved except by the canonically elected Roman pontiff, except when in immediate danger of death, not to dare, during a vacancy in the apostolic see, to contravene the aforesaid, or to legislate, dispose or ordain or to act or attempt anything in any way, under whatever alleged pretext or excuse, contrary to the aforesaid things or to any one of them. From this moment we decree it to be invalid and worthless if there should happen to be, by anyone knowingly or unknowingly, even by us, an attack on these or any one of the foregoing regulations. So that the meaning of this our present constitution, decree, statute, regulation and limitation may be brought to the notice of everyone, it is our will that our present letter be affixed to the doors of the basilica of the prince of the apostles and of the chancellery and in a corner of the Campo dei Fiori, and that no other formality for the publication of this letter be required or expected, but the aforesaid public display suffices for its solemn publication and perpetual force. Let nobody therefore... If anyone however.. Given at Rome at St Peter's on 14 January 1505/6, in the third year of our pontificate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[...] As we ponder how heavy is the burden and how damaging the loss to the vicars of Christ on earth that counterfeit elections would be, and how great the hurt they could bring to the Christian religion, especially in these very difficult times when the whole Christian religion is being disturbed in a variety of ways, we wish to set obstacles to the tricks and traps of Satan and to human presumption and ambition, so far as it is permitted to us, so that the aforesaid letter shall be better observed the more clearly it is established that it has been approved and renewed by the mature and healthy discussion of the said sacred council, by which it has been decreed and ordained, though it does not need any other approval for its permanence and validity. For a more ample safeguard, and to remove all excuse for guile and malice on the part of evil thinkers and those striving to overthrow so sound a constitution, with a view to the letter being observed with greater determination and being more difficult to remove, to the extent that it is defended by the approval of so many of the fathers, we therefore, with the approval of this Lateran council and with the authority and fullness of power stated above, confirm and renew the said letter together with every statute, regulation, decree, definition, penalty, restraint, and all the other and individual clauses contained in it; we order it to be maintained and observed without change or breach and to preserve the authority of an unchanging firmness; and we decree and declare that cardinals, mediators, spokesmen, envoys and others listed in the said letter are and shall be bound to the observance of the said letter and of each and every point expressed in it, under pain of the censures and penalties and other things contained in it, in accordance with its meaning and form; notwithstanding apostolic constitutions and ordinances, as well as all those things which we wished not to prevent in the said letter, and other things of any kind to the contrary. Let nobody therefore... If anyone however...{1 At this session other measures against the Pragmatic Sanction were also recorded, especially Julius II's constitution Inter alia (Msi 32, 772-773).}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 6",
              "sourceKey": "session-6",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27 April 1513"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Safe-conduct for those who wish and ought to come to the council, for their coming, residence, exchange of views and return journey]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leo, bishop, servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the sacred council, for an everlasting record. By the supreme ordinance of the omnipotent who governs the things of heaven and of earth by his providence, we preside over his holy and universal church, though we are unworthy. Instructed by the saving and most holy teaching of the doctor of the gentiles, we direct our chief attention, among the many anxieties from which we unceasingly suffer distress, towards those things in particular by means of which unending unity and unsullied charity may abide in the church; the flock committed to us may go forward along the right courses towards the way of salvation, and the name of Christians and the sign of the most sacred cross, in which the faithful have been saved, may be more widely spread, after the infidels have been expelled with the help of God's right hand."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indeed, after the holding of five sessions of the sacred general Lateran council, pope Julius II of happy memory, our predecessor, by the advice and agreement of our venerable brothers the cardinals of the holy Roman church, of whose number we then were, in a praiseworthy and lawful manner and for sound reasons, guided by the holy Spirit, summoned the sixth session of the council to take place on the eleventh day of this month. But after he had been taken from our midst, we postponed the sixth session until today, with the advice and consent of our said brothers, for reasons which were then expressed and for other reasons influencing the attitude of us and of our said brothers. But since there had always been an inner determination within us, while we were of lesser rank, to see the general council being celebrated (as a principal means of cultivating the Lord's field), now that we have been raised to the highest point of the apostolate, considering that a duty which results from the office of pastoral care enjoined on us has coincided with our honourable and beneficial wish, we have undertaken this matter with a more earnest desire and complete readiness of mind. Consequently, with the approval of the same sacred Lateran council we approve the postponement which we made and the council itself, until the aims for which it was summoned have been completed, in particular that a general and settled peace may be arranged between Christian princes and rulers after the violence of wars has been stilled and armed conflict set aside. We intend to apply and direct all our efforts to this peace, with untiring care and leaving nothing untried for so salutary a good. We declare that it is and shall be our unchangeable attitude and intention that, after those things which affect the praise of God and the exaltation of the aforesaid church and the harmony of Christ's faithful have been achieved, the holy and necessary campaign against the enemies of the catholic faith may be carried out and may achieve (with the favour of the most High) a triumphant outcome."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order, however, that those who ought to attend so very useful a council may not be held back in any way from coming, we hereby grant and concede, with the approval of the said sacred council, to each and every one of those summoned to the council by the said Julius, our predecessor, or who ought to take part, by right or custom, in the meetings of general councils, especially those of the French nation, and to those schismatics and others who are coming to the said Lateran council by common or special right, on account of a declaration or apostolic letter of our predecessors or of the apostolic see (except, of course, those under prohibition), and to the attendants and associates of those who come, of whatever status, rank, condition or nobility they may be, ecclesiastical or secular, for themselves and all their belongings, a free, guaranteed and fully comprehensive safe-conduct, for coming by land or sea through the states, territories and places that are subject to the said Roman church, to this Lateran council in Rome, and of residing in the city and freely exchanging views, and of leaving it as often as they wish, with complete, unrestricted and total security and with a true and unchallengeable papal guarantee, notwithstanding any impositions of ecclesiastical or secular censures and penalties which may have been promulgated in general against them, for whatever reasons, by law or by the aforesaid see, under any forms of words or clauses, and which they may in general have incurred. By our letters we shall encourage, warn, and request each and every Christian king, prince and ruler that, out of reverence for almighty God and the apostolic see, they are not to molest or cause to be molested directly or indirectly, in any way in their persons or goods, those on their way to this sacred Lateran council, but they are to allow them to come in freedom, security and peace."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In addition, for the carrying out of the celebration of this council, we declare that the seventh session shall be held on 23 May next. Let nobody therefore... If anyone however..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 7",
              "sourceKey": "session-7",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17 June 1513"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The constitution Meditatio cordis nostri1 {Msi 32, 815-818}, postponing the eighth session to 16 November, is read out and approved."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 8",
              "sourceKey": "session-8",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19 December 1513"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Condemnation of every proposition contrary to the truth of the enlightened Christian faith]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leo, bishop, servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the sacred council, for an everlasting record. The burden of apostolic government ever drives us on so that, for the weaknesses of souls requiring to be healed, of which the almighty Creator from on high has willed us to have the care, and for those ills in particular which are now seen to be pressing most urgently on the faithful, we may exercise, like the Samaritan in the gospel, the task of healing with oil and wine, lest that rebuke of Jeremiah may be cast at us: Is there no balm in Gilead, is there no physician there? Consequently, since in our days (which we endure with sorrow) the sower of cockle, the ancient enemy of the human race, has dared to scatter and multiply in the Lord's field some extremely pernicious errors, which have always been rejected by the faithful, especially on the nature of the rational soul, with the claim that it is mortal, or only one among all human beings, and since some, playing the philosopher without due care, assert that this proposition is true at least according to philosophy, it is our desire to apply suitable remedies against this infection and, with the approval of the sacred council, we condemn and reject all those who insist that the intellectual soul is mortal, or that it is only one among all human beings, and those who suggest doubts on this topic. For the soul not only truly exists of itself and essentially as the form of the human body, as is said in the canon of our predecessor of happy memory, pope Clement V, promulgated in the general council of Vienne, but it is also immortal; and further, for the enormous number of bodies into which it is infused individually, it can and ought to be and is multiplied. This is clearly established from the gospel when the Lord says, They cannot kill the soul; and in another place, Whoever hates his life in this world, will keep it for eternal life and when he promises eternal rewards and eternal punishments to those who will be judged according to the merits of their life; otherwise, the incarnation and other mysteries of Christ would be of no benefit to us, nor would resurrection be something to look forward to, and the saints and the just would be (as the Apostle says) the most miserable of all people."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And since truth cannot contradict truth, we define that every statement contrary to the enlightened truth of the faith is totally false and we strictly forbid teaching otherwise to be permitted. We decree that all those who cling to erroneous statements of this kind, thus sowing heresies which are wholly condemned, should be avoided in every way and punished as detestable and odious heretics and infidels who are undermining the catholic faith. Moreover we strictly enjoin on each and every philosopher who teaches publicly in the universities or elsewhere, that when they explain or address to their audience the principles or conclusions of philosophers, where these are known to deviate from the true faith—as in the assertion of the soul's mortality or of there being only one soul or of the eternity of the world and other topics of this kind—they are obliged to devote their every effort to clarify for their listeners the truth of the Christian religion, to teach it by convincing arguments, so far as this is possible, and to apply themselves to the full extent of their energies to refuting and disposing of the philosophers' opposing arguments, since all the solutions are available."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But it does not suffice occasionally to clip the roots of the brambles, if the ground is not dug deeply so as to check them beginning again to multiply, and if there are not removed their seeds and root causes from which they grow so easily. That is why, since the prolonged study of human philosophy—which God has made empty and foolish, as the Apostle says, when that study lacks the flavouring of divine wisdom and the light of revealed truth—sometimes leads to error rather than to the discovery of the truth, we ordain and rule by this salutary constitution, in order to suppress all occasions of falling into error with respect to the matters referred to above, that from this time onwards none of those in sacred orders, whether religious or seculars or others so committed, when they follow courses in universities or other public institutions, may devote themselves to the study of philosophy or poetry for longer than five years after the study of grammar and dialectic, without their giving some time to the study of theology or pontifical law. Once these five years are past, if someone wishes to sweat over such studies, he may do so only if at the same time, or in some other way, he actively devotes himself to theology or the sacred canons; so that the Lord's priests may find the means, in these holy and useful occupations, for cleansing and healing the infected sources of philosophy and poetry."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We command, in virtue of holy obedience, that these canons are to be published each year, at the beginning of the course, by the local ordinaries and rectors of universities where institutes of general studies flourish. Let nobody therefore... If anyone however..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On arranging peace between Christian princes and on bringing back the Bohemians who reject the faith]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leo, bishop, servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the sacred council, for an everlasting record. We are continuing the sacred Lateran council for the praise of the almighty and undivided Trinity and for the glory of him whose place we represent on earth, who develops peace and harmony in his high heavens, and who, on his departure from this world, left peace as a lawful inheritance to his disciples. For, in the previous seventh session, the council was confronting, among other matters, the threatening and very obvious danger from the infidels and the spilling of Christian blood, which even then was being poured out because of our blatant faults. The quarrels between Christian kings and princes and peoples must also be removed. and we were being compelled to seek with all our strength for peace between them. This was the reason for having to arrange one of the more important meetings of the said council: so that peace should follow and be maintained as unbroken and leading to its due fulfilment, especially in these times when the power of the infidels is recognised to have grown to a remarkable extent. Therefore, with the approval of the same council, we have arranged and decided to send to the aforesaid kings, princes and rulers alert legates and envoys of peace, who are outstanding in learning, experience and goodness, with a view to negotiating and arranging peace. And, in order that these men may lay aside their arms, we have called upon their spokesmen who are present at the council, insofar as we were able to do with God's help, to devote all their energy and strength, out of reverence for the apostolic see and the union of the faithful, to giving notice of these matters to their kings, princes and rulers. These are invited, in our name, to negotiate and listen with good will and honour to the apostolic legates themselves, and to act in favour of our just and holy desires which are to be set before them by these messengers."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We were persuading ourself that they will do this, in order that our legates may be able to take up the task of the embassy as quickly as possible and manfully complete the undertaking, and so that, by the favour of the Father of lights (from whom comes every best gift) peace can be negotiated and arranged and, once this has been settled, the holy and necessary expedition against the frenzy of the infidels, panting to have their fill of Christian blood, can take place and be brought to a favourable conclusion for the safety and peace of the whole of Christianity. After this we were hoping from the depths of our heart, because of our pastoral office, for peace and union within the whole Christian people and in particular among the same kings, rulers and princes from whose discord it was feared that prolonged and serious damage could daily affect the Christian state. A hope began to rise that the Christian state would be cared for in a useful and salutary way by this peace and unity, because of the authority of these men. We dispatched our messengers and letters to the aforesaid kings, princes and rulers—at that time in disunion with each other—for them to be exhorted, requested and warned. We omitted nothing (so far as lay in our power) to arrange and produce by our every effort that, once discord and disagreement of any kind had been removed, they would wish eventually to return, in complete agreement, grace and love, to universal peace, harmony and union. In this way, further losses would not be inflicted on Christians from the hands of the savage ruler of the Turks or from other infidels, but there would be a rallying of forces to crush the terrible fury and the boastful endeavours of those peoples."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In that situation, as we strive with all thought, care, effort and zeal for everything to be brought to the desired end, and with confidence in the gift of God, we have decreed that legates with a special mission from us—who will be cardinals of the holy Roman church and who are soon to be named by us, on the advice of our brothers, in our secret consistory—shall be appointed and sent with authority and with the necessary and appropriate faculties, as messengers of peace, for the arranging, negotiating and settling of this universal peace among Christians, for the embarking upon an expedition against the infidels, with the approval of this sacred council, and for inducing the said kings, out of generosity of soul befitting their rank and out of devotion towards the catholic faith, to move with ready and eager minds towards the holy tasks of both peace and the expedition, for the total and perfect protection, defence and safety of the entire Christian state."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In addition, since very great offence is given to God from the prolonged and manifold heresy of the Bohemians, and scandal is caused to the Christian people, the charge of bringing back these people to the light and harmony of the true faith has been wholly entrusted by us for the immediate future to our dear son, Thomas of Esztergom, cardinal-priest of the title of St Martin in the Hills, as legate of ourself and the apostolic see to Hungary and Bohemia. We exhort these people in the Lord not to neglect to dispatch some of their spokesmen, with an adequate mandate, either to us and this sacred Lateran council or to the same Thomas, cardinal-legate, who will be nearer to them. The purpose will be to exchange views with regard to an appropriate remedy by which they may recognise the errors to which they have long been in thrall and may be led back, with God's guidance, to the true practice of religion and into the bosom of holy mother church. With the approval of the sacred council, by the tenor of the present letter, we grant and bestow on them, by the faith of a pontiff, a public guarantee and a free safe-conduct as to their coming, going, remaining for as long as the negotiation of the aforesaid matters shall last, and afterwards for departing and returning to their own territories; and we shall consent to their wishes so far as we can under God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So that this sacred Lateran council may be brought to the completion of the fruitful benefit desired, since many other serious subjects remain to be discussed and debated for the praise of God and the triumph of his church, we declare with the approval of the sacred council, that the ninth session of the continuing celebration of this sacred Lateran council shall be held on 5 April 1514, in the first year of our pontificate, which will be Wednesday after Passion Sunday. Let nobody therefore... If anyone however..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Bull on reform]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leo, bishop, servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the sacred council, for an everlasting record. Placed by the gift of divine grace at the supreme point of the apostolic hierarchy, we thought nothing was more in keeping with our official duty than to survey, with zeal and care, everything which could pertain to the protection, soundness and extension of the catholic flock entrusted to us. To this purpose we have applied all the force of our activity and the strength of our mind and talent. Our predecessor of happy memory, pope Julius II, since he was concerned about the well-being of the faithful and anxious to protect it, had summoned the ecumenical Lateran council for many other reasons indeed, but also because a constant complaint was being pressed concerning the officials of the Roman curia. For these reasons there were appointed a number of committees composed of his venerable brothers, the cardinals of the holy Roman church, of whose number we were then, and also of prelates, to investigate carefully into these complaints. In order that those attached to the curia and others approaching it for favours would not in the meantime be tormented by the excessive burden of expenses and that, at the same time, the ill-repute by which the said officials were deeply disturbed might be appeased by a speedy remedy, he issued a bull of reform by which they were bound anew, under a heavy penalty, to keep the legal terms of their offices. Because death intervened, he was unable to legislate in particular about the excesses or to complete the council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We, as the successor of the concern no less than of the office, right at the beginning of our pontificate, did not delay to resume the synod, to promote peace between Christian princes and no less, since it is our intention to complete a universal reform, to strengthen by new aids what was first provided by our predecessor concerning the curial offices, and to follow this through with the expanded committees. For no more pressing anxiety weighs on us than that the thorns and brambles be pulled up from the Lord's field, and if there is anything hindering its cultivation, it is to be removed root and branch. Therefore, after a careful report had been received from the committees, with notice of what was being side-tracked by which persons, we restored to the norm whatever had deviated either from a sound and praiseworthy custom or from a long-standing institution. We gathered these together into one bull of reform published on this matter with the approval of the sacred council;{This bull Pastoralis officii was published on 13 Dec. 1513, but it was never submitted to a vote of the fathers} and we appointed to execute it those who would insist on the decisions being kept. With the approval of this sacred council, we order this to be observed without alteration and without deceit by the officials themselves as well as by others, according as it affects each, under penalty of immediate excommunication from which they can only be absolved by the Roman pontiff (except in immediate danger of death), in such a way that, in addition to this and other penalties stated in detail in the bull, those acting against it are automatically suspended for six months from the office in which they committed the fault. And if they have failed for a second time in the same office, they are deprived for ever because they have contaminated the office itself. After they have been brought back to good conduct by means of our constitution, and the general damage has been checked and removed, we shall proceed to the remaining stages of the reform."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If the Almighty in his mercy allows us to settle peace among the Christian leaders, we shall press on not only to destroy completely the bad seeds, but also to expand the territories of Christ, and, supported by these achievements, we shall go forward, with God favouring his own purposes, to the most holy expedition against the infidels, the desire for which is deeply fixed in our heart."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let nobody therefore... If anyone however..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 9",
              "sourceKey": "session-9",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5 May 1514"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[The pope urges Christian rulers to make peace among themselves so that an expedition against the enemies of the Christian faith may be possible]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leo, bishop, servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the sacred council, for an everlasting record. After we had been called by divine dispensation to the care and rule of the universal church, even though we are unworthy of so great a responsibility, we began from the highest point of the apostolate, as from the top of Mount Sion, to turn our immediate gaze and direct our mind to the things that seem to be of primary importance for the salvation, peace and extension of the church itself. When we focused all our care, thought and zeal in this direction, like an experienced and watchful shepherd, we found nothing more serious or dangerous to the Christian state and more opposed to our holy desire than the fierce madness of armed conflicts. For, as a result of them, Italy has been almost wiped out by internecine slaughter, cities and territories have been disfigured, partly overturned and partly levelled, provinces and kingdoms have been stricken, and people cease not to act with madness and to welter in Christian blood. Hence we have judged that nothing should be given more importance, consideration and attention than the quelling of these wars and the re-ordering of ecclesiastical discipline in accordance with resources and circumstances, so that with God appeased by a change of life, after quarrels have been set aside, we may be able to bring together and gather into one the Lord's flock entrusted to our care, and to encourage and arouse this flock more readily, in a union of peace and harmony, as by a very strong binding force, against the common enemies of the Christian faith who are now threatening it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This our intense desire for this campaign against the evil and implacable enemies of the cross of Christ is indeed so implanted in our heart that we determined to continue and follow up the sacred Lateran council—which was summoned and begun by our predecessor of happy memory, Julius II, and interrupted by his death—for that special reason, as is clear from all the different sessions held by us in the same council. Thus, with the Christian princes or their spokesmen assembled at the same council, and prelates from different parts of the world coming to it, once peace between these Christian princes had been settled and (as is right) the noxious brambles of heresies had been first uprooted from the Lord's field, then the things necessary for the campaign against the same enemies, and what concerns the glory and triumph of the orthodox faith, and various other matters, could be happily decided upon by the timely advice and agreement of all."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although many distinguished men, outstanding in every branch of learning, came from different parts of Europe to this council, which had been solemnly summoned and duly proclaimed, many also, legitimately hindered, sent their instructions in official form. However, because of the difficulties from wars and circumstances as a result of which many territories have been blocked by hostile arms for a long time, the resources and large numbers which we desired could not be assembled. Moreover, that we have not as yet sent the specially appointed legates to kings and princes to promote union and peace between the same rulers—something that perhaps seems necessary to many and that we too think is especially opportune—cannot be attributed to us. The reason, of course, why we refrained from doing so is this: nearly all the princes made it known by letters and messages to us, that the sending of legates was not at all necessary or expedient. Nevertheless, we sent men of discretion and proved loyalty, endowed with the rank of bishop, as our envoys to those very princes who were undertaking serious armed activity among themselves and, as far as could be guessed, rather bitter wars. It has come about, especially by the action of these envoys, that truces have been agreed between some of the princes and the rest are thought to be on the point of giving their consent. Therefore we shall not put off sending the special legates, as we decided in the last session, whenever this is necessary and profitable for the setting up of a stable and lasting peace among them, and as we previously proposed. In the meantime, we shall not cease to act and reflect on what is relevant to the situation, with the spokesmen of the same princes who are negotiating with us, and to press on and exhort them and their princes to this action by means of our envoys and letters."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oh that the almighty and merciful God would assist from on high our plans for peace and our constant thoughts, would regard the faithful people with more benevolent and favourable eyes and, for the sake of common safety and peace and for the suppression of the haughty madness of the wicked enemies of the Christian name, would give a propitious hearing to their devout prayers ! By our apostolic authority, we enjoin on each and every primate, patriarch and archbishop, on chapters of cathedral and collegiate churches, both secular and those belonging to any of the religious orders, on colleges and convents, on leaders of peoples, deans, rectors of churches and others who have charge of souls, and on preachers, alms-collectors and those who expound the word of God to the people, and we order in virtue of holy obedience, that within the celebration of masses, during the time that the word of God is being set before the people or outside that time, and in prayers which they will say in chapter or as convents, or at some other time in any kind of gathering, they are to keep the following special collects for the peace of Christians and for the confounding of the infidels respectively: O God, from whom holy desires, and, O God, in whose hands are all power and authority over kingdoms, look to the help of Christians. And they are no less to enjoin on members of their dioceses and on any other persons of either sex, whether ecclesiastical or secular, over whom they have authority by reason of a prelature or any other ecclesiastical position of authority, and to encourage in the Lord those to whom God's word is proposed on their own or another's responsibility, that they should pour forth in private devout prayers to God himself and to his most glorious mother, in the Lord's prayer and the Hail Mary, for the peace of Christians (as mentioned above) and for the complete destruction of the infidels."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Further, whoever of those mentioned above think that, by influence or favour with secular princes of any rank, distinction or dignity, or with their advisers, associates, attendants or officials, or with the magistrates, rectors and lieutenants of cities, towns, universities or any secular institutions, or with other persons of either sex, ecclesiastical or secular, they can take steps towards a universal or particular peace between princes, rulers and Christian peoples, and towards the campaign against the infidels, let them use strong encouragement and lead them on to this peace and the campaign. By the tender mercy of our God and the merit of the passion of his only-begotten Son, Jesus Christ, we exhort all of them with all possible emotion of our heart, and we counsel them by the authority of the pastoral office which we exercise, to lay aside private and public enmities and to turn to embracing the endeavour for peace and deciding on the aforesaid campaign."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We strictly forbid each and every prelate, prince or individual, whether ecclesiastical or secular, of whatever state, rank, dignity, pre- eminence or condition they may be, under threat of the divine judgment, to presume to introduce in any way, directly or indirectly, openly or secretly, any obstacle to the said peace which is to be negotiated by us or by our agents, whether legates or envoys of the apostolic see endowed (as said before) with the episcopal rank, for the defence of the Christian state of the faithful. Those who, in working towards this peace, think that there is involved something of a private or a public nature that is of importance to their princes, cities or states, the care for whom or which pertains to them because of some office or public function should, as far as it will be possible in the Lord, with due moderation and calm take control of the matter inasmuch as it involves support and goodwill towards the coming peace. Indeed, those who wish to rouse the faithful by Christ's spiritual gifts, when these are duly contrite and absolved, and to pour out devout prayers for obtaining peace and for deciding on the expedition, so that the said peace and the campaign against the said enemies of the Christian faith may be brought about and be secured from God himself, will devote worthwhile and well- considered efforts as often as they do this. These prayers, offered with devotion, should take place in masses, sermons and other divine services, in collegial, conventual and other public or communal prayers, and among princes, advisers, officials, governors and other persons named above who seem to have some influence in making or arranging the peace and in deciding (as said before) on the campaign against the enemies of the unconquered cross."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Trusting in the mercy of God and the authority of his blessed apostles Peter and Paul, we grant remission of one hundred days of imposed penances to those who, individually and in private, offer prayers to obtain the foregoing from God; seven times each day if they do it so often or, if fewer, as often as they shall do it; until the universal peace—which is receiving our constant attention - between princes and peoples at present in armed dispute has been established, and the campaign against the infidels has been decreed with our approval. We lay an obligation on our venerable brothers, primates, patriarchs, archbishops and bishops, to whom the present letter or copies of it, accurately printed either in Rome or elsewhere, shall come under official seals, to have it published with all possible speed in their provinces and dioceses, and to give firm instructions for its due execution."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the meantime, with the approval of the sacred council, we have decreed, as we proposed and desired with all our heart, the ecclesiastical reform of our curia and of our venerable brothers, the cardinals of the holy Roman church, and of others dwelling in Rome, and many other necessary things, which will be contained in our other letters due for publication in this same session. It was Julius, our predecessor, who summoned to this council all those who were accustomed to attend councils. He gave them a comprehensive safe-conduct so that they could make the journey and arrive safely and unharmed. However, many prelates who ought to have come have so far not arrived, perhaps because of the obstacles already stated. In our desire to go ahead with the more serious business due in the next session, we appeal to in the Lord, and we ask and counsel by the tender mercy of the same, prelates, kings, dukes, marquises, counts and others who usually come or send someone to a general council, but who have not yet provided spokesmen or legitimate instructions, to decide with all possible speed either to come in person or to send chosen and competent envoys, with valid instructions, to this sacred Lateran council which is so beneficial to the Christian state."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With regard to those venerable brethren, patriarchs, archbishops, bishops, abbots and prelates - especially those bound under oath to visit the place of the apostles Peter and Paul at certain fixed times, and to attend in person general councils which have been summoned, including those under that obligation at the time of their promotion—whose obstinacy as being non-attenders at various sessions became a matter of frequent accusation by the sponsor of the same council, there is to be found in solemn form both a petition for proceedings against them and a statement of the censures and penalties incurred. This is notwithstanding any privileges, concessions and indults that were granted confirmed or renewed by us or our said predecessors in favour of them and their churches, monasteries and benefices. These we annul and invalidate through our certain knowledge and fullness of power, considering them to be fully stated here. We impose in virtue of holy obedience, and we strictly command under the penalties of excommunication and perjury and others derived from law or custom, and in particular from the letter which summoned and proclaimed the said Lateran council and was promulgated by our predecessor, Julius himself that they must attend in person the said Lateran council and remain in Rome until it has reached its conclusion and been terminated by our authority, unless they are prevented by some legitimate excuse. And if (as we said) they have somehow been prevented, they are to send their suitably qualified representatives with a full mandate on the matters that will have to be treated, dealt with and advised upon."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order to remove completely all excuse and leave no pretext of any impediment to anyone who is obliged to attend, in addition to the public guarantee which was clearly granted at the summoning of this council to all coming to it we give, concede and grant, acting on the advice and power mentioned above with the same council's approval, to each and all who have been accustomed to be present at the meetings of general councils and are coming to the present Lateran council, as well as to members of their personal staff, of whatever status rank, order and condition or nobility they may be, ecclesiastical and secular, a free, safe and secure safe-conduct and, by apostolic authority in the meaning of the present letter, full protection in all its aspects, for themselves and for all their possessions of any kind as they pass through cities, territories and places, by sea and land, which are subject to the said Roman church, for the journey to the Lateran council in Rome, for remaining in the city of freedom, for exchanging views according to their opinions, for departing therefrom as often as they may wish and also after four months from the conclusion and dispersal of the said council; and we promise to give readily other safe-conducts and guarantees to those desiring to have them. Each and all of these visitors we shall deal with and welcome with kindness and charity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Under the threat of the divine majesty and of our displeasure, and of the penalties against those impeding the holding of councils, particularly the said Lateran council, which are contained and set down in law or in the letter of the aforesaid summons of our predecessor, we are instructing each and all secular princes, of whatever exalted rank they may be, including imperial, royal, queenly, ducal or any other, the governors of cities, and citizens governing or ruling their states, to grant to the prelates and others coming to the said Lateran council a free permission and licence, a safe-conduct for coming and returning, and a free and unharmed transit through the dominions, lands and property of theirs through which the said persons must pass together with their equipment, possessions and horses; all exceptions and excuses being completely set aside and without force."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In addition we order and command, under pain of our displeasure and of other penalties which can be inflicted at our will, each and all of our people who bear arms, both infantry and cavalry, their commanders and captains, the castellans of our fortresses, the legates, governors, rulers, lieutenants, authorities, officials and vassals of the cities and territories that are subject to the said Roman church, and any others of whatever rank, status, condition or distinction they may be, to give permission, and to be responsible for the giving of permission, to those coming to the Lateran council, to pass through in freedom, safety and security, to stay, and to return, so that such a holy, praiseworthy and very necessary council may not be frustrated for any reason or pretext, and that those coming to it may be able to live in peace and calm and without restraint and to say and develop under the same conditions the things which concern the honour of almighty God and the standing of the whole church. This we enjoin notwithstanding any constitutions, apostolic ordinances, imperial laws or municipal statutes and customs (even those reinforced by oath and apostolic confirmation or by any other authority) which could modify in any respect or impede in any way the said safe-conduct and guarantee, even if the constitutions etc. were of such a kind that an individual, precise, clear and distinct form of speech, or some other clearly stated expression, should be employed regarding them, and not just general clauses which only imply the matter, for we consider the significance of all the above things to be clearly stated by the present letter, as if they had been included word for word. Let nobody therefore... If anyone however..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Bull on reform of the curia]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leo, bishop, servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the sacred council, for an everlasting record. It is eminently fitting for the Roman pontiff to carry out the duty of a provident shepherd, in order to care for and keep safe the Lord's flock entrusted to him by God, since, by the will of the supreme ordinance by which the things of heaven and of earth are arranged by ineffable providence, he acts on the lofty throne of St Peter as vicar on earth of Christ, the only-begotten Son of God. When we notice, out of solicitude for our said pastoral office, that church discipline and the pattern of a sound and upright life are worsening, disappearing and going further astray from the right path throughout almost all the ranks of Christ's faithful, with a disregard for law and with exemption from punishment, as a result of the troubles of the times and the malice of human beings, it must be feared that, unless checked by a well- guided improvement, there will be a daily falling into a variety of faults under the security of sin and soon, with the appearance of public scandals, a complete breakdown. We desire, then, as far as it is permitted to us from on high, to check the evils from becoming too strong, to restore a great many things to their earlier observance of the sacred canons, to create with God's help an improvement in keeping with the established practice of the holy fathers, and to give—with the approval of the sacred Lateran council initiated for that reason, among others, by our predecessor of happy memory, pope Julius II, and continued by us—healthy guidance to all these matters."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order to make a start, we take up the points which for the present seem more appropriate and which, having often been neglected during particular generations, have brought great loss to the Christian religion and produced very great scandals in the church of God. We have therefore decided to begin with preferment to ecclesiastical dignities. Our predecessor of devout memory, pope Alexander III, also in a Lateran council, decreed that age, a serious character and knowledge of letters are to be carefully examined in the preferment of individuals to bishoprics and abbacies. Moreover, nothing impedes the church of God more than when unworthy prelates are accepted for the government of churches. Therefore, in the preferment of prelates, the Roman pontiffs must give much attention to the matter, especially because they will have to give an account to God at the last judgment about those given preferment by them to churches and monasteries. Consequently, we rule and establish that henceforward, in accordance with the constitution of the aforesaid Alexander III, for vacant churches and monasteries of patriarchal, metropolitan and cathedral status, the person provided is to be of mature age, learning and serious character, as said above, and the provision is not to be made at someone's urging, by means of recommendation, direction or enforcement, or in any other way, unless it has seemed right to act differently on the grounds of advantage to the churches, prudence, nobility, uprightness, experience, lengthy contact with the curia (together with adequate learning), or service to the apostolic see. We wish the same to be observed regarding the persons elected and chosen in elections and choices that have customarily been admitted by the apostolic see. But if the question arises of providing for churches and monasteries of this kind with persons of less than thirty years of age, there can be no dispensation for them to be in charge of churches before their twenty-seventh year of age or of monasteries before their twenty-second year."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indeed, so that suitable persons may be advanced with greater exactness and care, we rule that the cardinal to whom the reporting on an election, appointment or provision to a church or monastery has been entrusted, ought, before he gives an account in the sacred consistory (as the custom is) of his carrying out of such an examination or report assigned to him, to make his report known to one of the older cardinals of each grade, personally in the actual consistory, or, if there was no consistory on the day appointed for him to give his account, then by means of his secretary or some other member of his personal staff, and the three older cardinals in question are bound to communicate the report as soon as possible to the other cardinals of their grade. The said cardinal making the report shall personally examine the business of the election, administration, appointment or promotion in summary and extra-judicial fashion. If any have spoken against it, he is obliged to call, after the objectors have been summoned, competent, responsible and trustworthy witnesses and, if it should be necessary or appropriate, others by virtue of office. He is bound to bring with him to the consistory, on the day the report has to be made, the stages and decisions of the report together with the statements of the witnesses, and he shall not give his report in any form until the person to be promoted, if he is at the curia, shall have first visited the majority of the cardinals in order that they may be able to learn at first hand, insofar as it is relevant to his character, what they shall soon learn from the report of their colleague. Moreover, the person promoted is obliged, by longstanding practice and laudable custom, to visit as soon as possible the same cardinals who are then in the curia. This practice and praiseworthy custom, indeed, we renew and command to be kept without change."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since it is right to maintain episcopal dignity unharmed, and for it to be protected from indiscriminate exposure to the attacks of wicked persons and to the false charges of accusers, we decree that no bishop or abbot may be deprived of his rank when anyone urges a charge or presses demands (unless the opportunity for a legitimate defence is afforded to him), even if the charges have been widely known and, after the parties have been attentively heard, the case has been fully proved; nor may any prelate be transferred against his will, except for other just and efficacious reasons and causes, in accordance with the terms and decree of the council of Constance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also, as a result of commendams for monasteries, the monasteries themselves (as experience, a practical mistress, has quite often taught) are seriously damaged in spiritual and temporal matters because their buildings fall into decay, partly through the negligence of the commendatories and partly through greed or lack of interest, divine worship is gradually reduced, and matter for contempt is generally offered especially to secular persons, not without a lessening of the standing of the apostolic see, from which commendams of this kind originate. In order that sounder measures may be taken to secure these monasteries from damage, we will and decree that when vacancies occur through the death of the abbot in charge, they cannot be given in commendam to anyone by any agreement unless it seems right to us to decide otherwise, in accordance with the actual circumstances and with the advice of our brothers, so as to protect the authority of the apostolic see and to oppose the evil designs of those attacking it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But let such monasteries be provided with competent persons, in keeping with the above-mentioned constitution, so that suitable abbots will have charge of them (as is fitting). Such monasteries may be given in commendam, when the original commendam no longer exists on account of the resignation or death of the commendatory, only to cardinals and to qualified and well-deserving persons; and in such a way that the commendatories of the monasteries, whatever their dignity, honour and high rank may be, even if they enjoy the status and dignity of a cardinal, are obliged, if they have meals in private, apart from the common table, to assign a quarter of their board for the renewal of the fabric, or for the purchase or repair of furnishings, clothing and adornment, or for the maintenance or sustenance of the poor, as the greater need demands or suggests. If, however, they share board completely, a third part of all the resources of the said monastery committed to the commendatory must be assigned, after all other imposts have been deducted, to the above-mentioned burdens and to the sustenance of the monks. Moreover, letters which are drawn up regarding such commendams to monasteries ought to contain a clause specifically stating this. If they are drawn up in some other form, they are of no worth or value."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since it is fitting for such churches to be provided for without any loss of revenues, in such a way that both the honour of those in charge and the need of the churches and buildings are considered, we decree and rule that pensions may never be reserved from the incomes of these churches except on account of a resignation or for some other reason which has been considered credible and honourable in our secret consistory. We also rule that henceforth parochial churches, major and principal dignities and other ecclesiastical benefices whose rents, revenues and produce by ordinary reckoning do not amount to an annual value of two hundred golden ducats of the treasury, and also hospitals, leperhouses and hostels of any importance which have been set up for the use and provisioning of the poor, shall not be given in commendam to cardinals of the holy Roman church, or conferred on them by any other title, unless they have become vacant by the death of a member of their household. In the latter case they can be given in commendam to cardinals, but these are bound to dispose of them within six months for the benefit of such persons as are suitable and in good relations with them. We do not wish, however, to prejudge the cardinals further with respect to benefices to which they may have a reserve claim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We also ordain that members of churches, monasteries or military orders may not be detached or separated from their head—which is absurd—without legitimate and reasonable cause. Perpetual unions, apart from cases permitted by law or on some reasonable grounds, are not permitted at all. Dispensations for more than two incompatible benefices are not to be granted, except for great and pressing reasons or to qualified persons according to the form of common law. We set a limit of two years on persons of whatever rank who obtain more than four parish churches and their perpetual vicarages, or major and principal dignities, even if by way of union or commendam for life. They are bound to release the rest, only four being retained in the meantime. Such benefices, due for release, can be resigned into the hands of the ordinaries so that they may be provided with persons nominated by them; notwithstanding any reservations, even those of a general nature or resulting from the quality of the persons resigning. Once the period of two years is past, all the benefices that have not been disposed of may be reckoned as vacant and may freely be applied for as vacant. Those who hold on to them incur the penalties of the constitution Execrabilis of our memorable predecessor, pope John XXII. We also rule that special reservations of any benefice are in no way to be granted at the urging of anyone."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On cardinals"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the cardinals of the holy Roman church take precedence in honour and dignity over all the other members of the church after the sovereign pontiff, it is proper and right that they be distinguished beyond all others by the purity of their life and the excellence of their virtues. On that account, we not only exhort and advise them but also decree and order that henceforth each of the cardinals following the teaching of the Apostle, so live a sober, chaste and godly life that he shines out before people as one who abstains not merely from evil but from every appearance of evil. In the first place, let him honour God by his works. Let all of them be vigilant, constant at the divine office and the celebration of masses, and maintain their chapels in a worthy place, as they were wont to do."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Their house and establishment, table and furniture, should not attract blame by display or splendour or superfluous equipment or in any other way, so as to avoid any fostering of sin or excess, but, as is right, let them deserve to be called mirrors of moderation and frugality. Therefore, let them find satisfaction in what contributes to priestly modesty; let them act with kindness and respect both in public and in private, towards prelates and other distinguished persons who come to the Roman curia; and let them undertake with grace and generosity the business committed to them by ourself and our successors."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, let them not employ bishops or prelates in demeaning tasks in their houses, so that those who have been appointed to give direction to others and who have been clad in a sacred character, will not lower themselves to menial chores and generally bring about a lack of respect for the pastoral office. Consequently, let them treat with honour as brothers, and as befits their state of life, those whom they have or will have in their houses. Since the cardinals assist the Roman pontiff, the common father of all Christians, it is very improper for them to be patrons of or special pleaders for individuals. We have therefore decided, lest they adopt partiality of any kind, that they are not to set up as promoters or defenders of princes or communities or of any other persons against anyone, except to the extent that justice and equity demands and the dignity and rank of such people requires. Rather, separated from all private interest, let them be available and engage with all diligence in calming and settling any disputes. Let them promote with due piety the maintenance of the just business of princes and all other persons, especially the poor and religious, and let them offer help in accordance with their resources and their official responsibility to those who are oppressed and unjustly burdened."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They are to visit at least once a year—in person if they have been present in the curia, and by a suitable deputy if they have been absent—the places of their titular basilica. They are, with due care, to keep themselves informed about the clergy and people of the churches subject to their basilica; they are to keep under review the divine worship and the properties of the said churches; above all, let them examine with care the lives of the clergy and their parishioners, and with a father's affection encourage one and all to live an upright and honourable life. For the development of divine worship and the salvation of his own soul, each cardinal should give to his basilica during his lifetime, or bequeath at the time of his death, a sufficient amount for the suitable sustenance there of one priest; or, if the basilica needs repairs or some other form of aid, let him leave or donate as much as he may in conscience decide. It is entirely unfitting to pass over persons related to them by blood or by marriage, especially if they are deserving and need help. To come to their assistance is just and praiseworthy. But we do not consider that it is appropriate to heap on them a great number of benefices or church revenues, with the result that an uncontrolled generosity in these matters may bring wrong to others and may cause scandal. Consequently we have determined that they are not to squander thoughtlessly the goods of the churches, but are to apply them in works of devotion and piety, for which great and rich returns have been assigned and ordained by the holy fathers."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is also our wish that they take care, without making any excuse, of the churches entrusted to them in commendam, whether these be cathedrals, abbeys, priories, or any other ecclesiastical benefices that they take measures, with all personal effect, to see that the cathedrals are duly served by the appointment of worthy and competent vicars or suffragans, according to what has been customary, with an appropriate and adequate salary; and that they provide for the other churches and monasteries held by them in commendam with the right number of clerics or chaplains, whether religious or monks, for the adequate and praiseworthy service of God. Let them also maintain in proper condition the buildings, properties and rights of any kind, and repair what has crumbled, in accordance with the duty of good prelates and commendatories. We also judge that the said cardinals are to use great discretion and careful foresight with regard to the number of their personal attendants and horses lest by having a greater number than their resources, situation and dignity permit, they can be accused of the vice of over-display and extravagance. Let them not be accounted greedy and squalid on the grounds that they enjoy great and plentiful revenues and yet offer sustenance to very few; for the house of a cardinal ought to be an open lodging, a harbour and refuge for upright and learned persons, especially men, for nobles who are now poor and for honourable persons. Hence let them be prudent about the manner and quantity of what has to be kept, and carefully check the character of their personal attendants, lest they themselves incur from the vices of others the shameful stain of dishonour and provide real opportunities for contradictions and false accusations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since very special provision must be made that our deeds be approved not only before God, whom we ought to please in the first place, but also before people so that we can offer to others an example to be imitated, we ordain that every cardinal show himself an excellent ruler and overseer of his house and personal staff, with regard to both what is open for all to see and what lies hidden within. Therefore let each of them have the priests and deacons clad in respectable garments, and make careful provision that no one in his household who holds a benefice of any type, or is in holy orders, wears multi-coloured clothes or a garment that has little connection with ecclesiastical status. Those in the priesthood, therefore, ought to wear clothes of colours which are not forbidden to clerics by law and are of at least ankle length. Those who hold high office in cathedrals, canons of the said cathedrals those holding the chief posts in colleges, and chaplains of cardinals when celebrating masses, are obliged to wear a head-covering in public. Shield-bearers are permitted garments somewhat shorter than ankle-length. Grooms, because they are generally moving about and perform a somewhat burdensome service, can use shorter and more suitable garments, even if they happen to be clerics, so long as they are not ordained priests; but in such a way that they do not cast aside decency and they so conduct themselves that their behaviour is in keeping with their position in the church. Other clerics are to do everything with due proportion and restraint. Both clerics holding benefices and those in holy orders are not to pay special attention to their hair and beards, nor to possess mules or horses with trappings and ornaments of velvet or silk, but for articles of this kind let them use ordinary cloth or leather."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If anyone of the aforesaid staff acts otherwise, or wears such forbidden garments after three months from the announcement of the present regulations, despite being given a legitimate warning, he incurs excommunication. If he has not corrected himself within a further three months, he is understood to be suspended from receiving the fruits of the benefices which he holds. And if he remains fixed in this obstinacy for another six months, after a similar legal warning, he is to be deprived of all the benefices which he holds, and he is to be considered as so deprived. The benefices thus made vacant may be freely sought from the apostolic see. We wish each and every one of these arrangements to apply to the households of ourself and any future Roman pontiffs, and likewise to all other beneficed clerics or persons in holy orders, even those in the curia. There is one single exception: the said attendants of ourself and future Roman pontiffs may wear red garments, in keeping with what is proper and usual for the papal dignity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the care of the most important business is the special concern of cardinals, it is for them to use their ability to know which regions have been infected by heresies, errors and superstitions opposed to the true orthodox faith; where the ecclesiastical discipline of the Lord's commandments is lacking; and which kings and princes or peoples are being troubled, or fear to be troubled, by wars. Cardinals shall apply themselves to obtain information on these and similar matters and make a report to us or the current Roman pontiff so that, by earnest effort, opportune and saving remedies for such evils and afflictions can be thought out. Since by frequent, almost daily, experience it is known that many evils quite often occur to provinces and cities on account of the absence of their own officially appointed legates, and various scandals are springing up which are not without disadvantages to the apostolic see, we decree and ordain that cardinals who are in charge of provinces or cities, under the title of legates, may not administer them through lieutenants or officials, but they are obliged to be present in person for the greater part of the time, and to rule and govern them with all vigilance. Those who now hold the title of legate, or will hold it for a time, are obliged to go to their provinces—within three months from the date of the present proclamation if the provinces are in Italy, and within five months if they are outside Italy—and to reside there for the greater part of the time, unless, by a command from us or our successors, they are held back in the Roman curia for some business of greater moment or are sent to other places as needs demand. In the latter cases, let them have in the said provinces and cities vice-legates, auditors, lieutenants and the other usual officials with due arrangements and salaries. Anyone who does not observe each and all of the above regulations is to be deprived of all the emoluments of his post as legate. These regulations were formulated and established long ago with this object: that the ready presence of the legates would be beneficial to the peoples; not that, being free from toils and cares, under cover of being the legate, they would fix their attention only on profit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the duty of a cardinal is primarily concerned with regular assistance to the Roman pontiff and the business matters of the apostolic see, we have decided that all cardinals shall reside at the Roman curia, and those who are absent are to return within six months if they are in Italy, or within a year from the day of promulgation of this present constitution if they are outside Italy. If they do not they are to lose the fruits of their benefices and the emoluments of all their offices; and they lose completely, as long as they arc absent, all privileges granted in general and in particular to cardinals. Those cardinals are excepted, however, who happen to be absent by reason of a duty imposed by the apostolic see, or of a command or permission from the Roman pontiff, or from reasonable fear or any other motive which justifiably excuses, or for health reasons. Moreover, the privileges, indults and immunities granted to the said cardinals and contained or declared in our bull under the date of our coronation1{Bull Licat Romani pontificis,9 April 1513; see Regesta Leonis X no. 14} remain in full force. We have also decided that the funeral expenses of cardinals, when all costs are included, ought not to exceed the total of 1,500 florins, unless the previous arrangement of the executors—after just grounds and reasons have been set out—has reckoned that more should be spent. The funeral rites and formal mourning are to be on the first and ninth days; within the octave, however, masses may be celebrated as usual."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Out of reverence towards the apostolic see, for the advantage and honour of the pontiff and the cardinals, in order that the possibility of scandals which could come to light may be removed and a greater freedom of votes in the holy senate may exist, and that, as is right, it may be lawful for each cardinal to say freely and without penalty whatever he feels before God and his own conscience, we lay down that no cardinal may reveal in writing or by word or in any other way, under pain of being a perjurer and disobedient, the votes that were given in the consistory, or whatever was done or said there which could result in hatred or scandal or prejudice with regard to anyone, or whenever silence on any point beyond the foregoing has been specially and clearly enjoined by ourself or the Roman pontiff of the time. If anyone acts to the contrary he incurs, as well as the punishments stated, immediate excommunication from which, except in immediate danger of death, he can only be absolved by ourself or the Roman pontiff of the time, and with a declaration of the reason."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reforms of the curia and of other things"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since every generation inclines to evil from its youth, and for it to grow accustomed from tender years towards good is the result of work and purpose we rule and order that those in charge of schools, and those who teach young children and youths, ought not only to instruct them in grammar, rhetoric and similar subjects but also to teach those matters which concern religion, such as God's commandments, the articles of the faith, sacred hymns and psalms, and the lives of the saints. On feast days they should limit themselves to teaching what has reference to religion and good habits, and they are obliged to instruct, encourage and compel their pupils in these matters insofar as they can. Thus, let them attend churches not only for masses, but also to listen to vespers and the divine offices, and let them encourage the hearing of instructions and sermons. Let them not teach anything to their pupils that is contrary to good morals or may lead to a lack of reverence."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To wipe out the curse of blasphemy, which has increased beyond measure towards a supreme contempt for the divine name and for the saints, we rule and ordain that whoever curses God openly and publicly and, by insulting and offensive language, has expressly blasphemed our lord Jesus Christ or the glorious virgin Mary, his mother, if he has held a public office or jurisdiction, he is to lose three months' emoluments of his said office for the first and second offence, and if he has committed the fault a third time, he is automatically deprived of his post. If he is a cleric or a priest, he is to be punished further as follows for being found guilty of such a fault: for the first time he blasphemed, he is to lose the fruits of whatever benefices he held for one year; for the second time he offended and was convicted, he is to be deprived of his benefice if he held only one, and if he held several then he is to be compelled to lose the one that his ordinary decides upon; if he is charged and convicted for a third time, he is automatically deprived of all the benefices and dignities that he holds, he is rendered incapable of holding them any longer, and they can be freely asked for and allotted to others. A lay person who blasphemes, if he is a noble, is to be fined a penalty of twenty-five ducats; for the second offence the fine is fifty ducats, which are to be applied to the fabric of the basilica of the prince of the apostles in Rome; for other offences he is to be punished as set out below; for a third fault, however, he is to lose his noble status. If he is of no rank and a plebian, he is to be cast into prison. If he has been caught committing blasphemy in public more than twice, he is to be compelled to stand for a whole day in front of the entrance of the principal church, wearing a hood signifying his infamy; but if he has fallen several times into the same fault, he is to be condemned to permanent imprisonment or to the galleys, at the decision of the appointed judge. In the forum of conscience, however, nobody guilty of blasphemy can be absolved without a heavy penance imposed by the decision of a strict confessor. We wish those who blaspheme against the other saints to be punished somewhat more lightly, at the decision of a judge who will take account of individuals."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We also decree that secular judges who have not taken action against such convicted blasphemers and have not imposed rightful penalties on them, insofar as they are able to, are to be subjected to the same penalties as if they had been involved in the said crime. But those who have exercised care and severity in their examinations and punishments, will gain for each occasion an indulgence of ten years and may keep a third of the fine imposed. Any persons who have heard the blasphemer are obliged to rebuke him sharply in words, if it should happen that this can be done without danger to themselves, and they are obliged to report the same or bring it to the knowledge of an ecclesiastical or secular judge within three days. But if several persons have at the same time heard the said blasphemer committing the fault, each one is obliged to make an accusation against him, unless perhaps they all agree that one will perform the task for all. We urge and counsel in the Lord all the said persons, in virtue of holy obedience, that they command and ensure, for the reverence and honour of the divine name, that all the foregoing are kept and very exactly carried out in their lordships and lands. Thus they will have from God himself an abundant reward for such a good and pious deed, and they too will obtain from the apostolic see an indulgence of ten years, and a third of the fine by which the blasphemer is punished, as often as they have taken the trouble to have such a crime punished. It is likewise our will that this indulgence and the remaining third of the fine imposed be granted and assigned to the person reporting the name of the blasphemer. Moreover, other penalties set down in the sacred canons against such blasphemers remain in force."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that clerics, especially, may live in continence and chastity according to canonical legislation, we rule that offenders be severely punished as the canons lay down. If anyone, lay or cleric, has been found guilty of a charge on account of which the wrath of God comes upon the sons of disobedience, let him be punished by the penalties respectively imposed by the sacred canons or by civil law. Those involved in concubinage, whether they be lay or cleric, are to be punished by the penalties of the same canons. Concubinage is not to be allowed by the tolerance of superiors, or as an evil custom of a great number of sinners, which should rather be called a corruption, or under any other excuse; but let those involved be punished severely in accordance with the judgment of the law."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, for the good and peaceful government of cities and all places subject to the Roman church, we renew the constitutions published some time ago by Giles, the well-remembered bishop of Sabina, and we enjoin and command that they be kept without alteration."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So that the stain and disease of abominable simony may be driven out for ever not only from the Roman curia but also from all Christian rule, we renew the constitutions issued by our predecessors, also in sacred councils, against simoniacs of this kind, and we prescribe that they be observed unaltered. We wish the penalties they contain to be regarded as clearly stated and included herein, and the offenders to be punished by our authority."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We rule and order that anyone who holds a benefice with or without the care of souls, if he has not recited the divine office after six months from the date of his obtaining the benefice, and any legitimate impediment has come to an end may not receive the revenues of his benefices, on account of his omission and the length of time, but he is bound to spend them, as being unjustly received, on the fabric of the benefices or on alms to the poor. If he obstinately remains in such negligence beyond the said period, after a legitimate warning has been given, let him be deprived of the benefice, since it is for the sake of the office that the benefice is granted. He is to be understood as neglecting the office, so that he can be deprived of his benefice, if he fails to recite it at least twice during fifteen days. However, in addition to what has just been said, he will be obliged to offer to God an explanation for the said omission. The penalty on those holding several benefices may be repeated as often as they are proved to act contrary to these obligations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The full disposal and administration of the revenues of cathedral and metropolitan churches, monasteries and any other ecclesiastical benefices belong exclusively to us and the Roman pontiff of the time, and to those who legally and canonically hold churches, monasteries and benefices of this kind. Secular princes ought in no way to interpose themselves in the said churches, monasteries and benefices, since all divine law also forbids it. For these reasons we rule and command that the fruits and revenues of churches, monasteries and benefices ought not to be sequestrated, held or detained in any way by any secular rulers, even if they be the emperor, kings, queens, republics or other powers, or by their officials, or by judges, even ecclesiastical ones, or by any other persons public or private, acting at the command of the said emperor, kings, queens princes, republics or powers. Those who hold such churches, monasteries and benefices ought not to be impeded—under the pretext of the restoration of the fabric (unless permission is expressly given by the Roman pontiff of the time) or of alms-giving or under any other guise or pretence—so that they cannot freely and without restriction, as before, dispose of the fruits and revenues. If there have been sequestrations, seizures or retentions, then restoration of the fruits and revenues must be made totally, freely, and without exception or delay, to the prelates to whom they pertain by right and by law. If they have been scattered and can nowhere be found, it is our will, supported by the penalty of excommunication or ecclesiastical interdict to be automatically incurred by the lands and domain of the ruler, that, after a just estimate has been made about them, the said prelates receive satisfaction through those who carried out the said sequestrations, applications or dispersals or who gave orders for them to be carried out; and further, that their goods and the goods of those subject to them, wherever these may be found, may be seized and held if, after being warned, they refuse to obey. Those who act in a contrary manner do so under pain of both the penalties mentioned above and those of deprivation of the fiefs and privileges which they have obtained for a time from us and from the Roman or other churches, and of those issued against violators and oppressors of ecclesiastical liberties, including those in extraordinary and other constitutions, even if they are unknown and perhaps not now in actual use. We renew all these penalties as stated and included herein, we decree and declare that they have perpetual force- and we will and order that sentence, judgment and interpretation are to be given according to them by all judges, even cardinals of the holy Roman church, with all power of judging and declaring otherwise being removed and taken away from them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since no power over ecclesiastical persons is granted to lay people by either divine or human law, we renew the constitution of pope Boniface VIII, our predecessor of happy memory, which begins Felicis, and that of pope Clement V which begins Si quis suadente, and also any other apostolic ordinance, however issued, in favour of ecclesiastical freedom and against its violators. Moreover, the penalties against those who dare to do such things, contained in the bull In coena Domini3, are to remain in force. It has similarly been forbidden in the Lateran and general councils, under penalty of excommunication, for kings, princes, dukes, counts, barons, republics and any other authorities exercising control over kingdoms, provinces, cities and territories, to impose and exact money contributions, tithes and other similar imposts on or from clerics, prelates and any other persons of the church, or even to receive them from those who freely offer them and give their consent. Those who openly or covertly provide help, favour or advice in the aforesaid matters automatically incur the penalty of immediate excommunication; and states, communities and universities which are at fault in any way on this point are by this very fact to be subject to ecclesiastical interdict. Prelates also, who have given consent to the foregoing without the clear permission of the Roman pontiff, automatically incur the penalty of excommunication and removal from office. For these reasons we decree and ordain that henceforth those who attempt such things, even if (as mentioned) they are qualified, in addition to the aforesaid penalties which we renew and wish them to incur by the very fact of their contravention, are to be regarded as incapable of all legal acts and as intestable."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sorcery, by means of enchantments, divinations, superstitions and the invoking of demons, is prohibited by both civil laws and the sanctions of the sacred canons. We rule, decree and ordain that clerics who are found guilty of these things are to be branded with disgrace at the judgment of superiors. If they do not desist, they are to be demoted, forced into a monastery for a period of time that is to be fixed by the will of the superior, and deprived of their benefices and ecclesiastical offices. Lay men and women, however, are to be subject to excommunication and the other penalties of both civil and canon law. All false Christians and those with evil sentiments towards the faith, of whatever race or nation they may be, as well as heretics and those stained with some taint of heresy, or Judaizers, are to be totally excluded from the company of Christ's faithful and expelled from any position, especially from the Roman curia, and punished with an appropriate penalty. For these reasons we rule that proceedings are to be taken against them, with careful enquiry everywhere and particularly in the said curia, by means of judges appointed by us, and that those accused and rightly convicted of these offences are to be punished with fitting penalties; and we wish that those who have relapsed are to be dealt with without any hope of pardon or forgiveness."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since these constitutions and ordinances which we are now establishing concern life, morals and ecclesiastical discipline, it is fitting that our own and other officials, both those in the Roman curia and those everywhere else, should be models of and bound to them, and it is our will and decision that they be held to their observance by an inviolable bond. Lest these constitutions seem at any point to detract from other censures and penalties imposed by ancient laws and constitutions against those acting otherwise, even though they have been thought out and issued as a development, we further declare that nothing whatever has been taken away from common law or from other decrees of Roman pontiffs by these regulations and ordinances. Indeed, if any parts of them have lost their force through the evil corruption of times, places and people, or through abuse, or for any other unapprovable reason, we here and now renew and confirm them and order them to be observed without alteration. We decree and declare that these our well-pondered constitutions are to be of binding force from two months after publication, and we strictly forbid anyone to presume to make glosses or commentaries or interpretations on them without special permission from us or the apostolic see. Anyone who rashly dares to oppose this, incurs the penalty of immediate excommunication by this very act. Let nobody therefore... If anyone however..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 10",
              "sourceKey": "session-10",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4 May 1515"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On the reform of credit organisations (Montes pietatis)]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leo, bishop, servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the sacred council, for an everlasting record. We ought to give first place in our pastoral office, among our many anxious cares, to ensuring that what is healthy, praiseworthy, in keeping with the Christian faith, and in harmony with good customs may be not only clarified in our time but also made known to future generations, and that what could offer matter for scandal be totally cut down, wholly uprooted and nowhere permitted to spread, while at the same time permitting those seeds to be planted in the Lord's field and in the vineyard of the Lord of hosts which can spiritually feed the minds of the faithful, once the cockle has been uprooted and the wild olive cut down. Indeed, we have learnt that among some of our dear sons who were masters in theology and doctors of civil and canon law, there has recently broken out again a particular controversy, not without scandal and disquiet for ordinary people, with regard to the relief of the poor by means of loans made to them by public authorities. They are popularly called credit organisations and have been set up in many cities of Italy by the magistrates of the cities and by other Christians, to assist by this kind of loan the lack of resources among the poor lest they be swallowed up by the greed of usurers They have been praised and encouraged by holy men, preachers of God's word, and approved and confirmed also by a number of our predecessors as popes, to the effect that the said credit organisations are not out of harmony with Christian dogma, even though there is controversy and different opinions regarding the question."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Some of these masters and doctors say that the credit organisations are unlawful. After a fixed period of time has passed, they say, those attached to these organisations demand from the poor to whom they make a loan so much per pound in addition to the capital sum. For this reason they cannot avoid the crime of usury or injustice, that is to say a clearly defined evil, since our Lord, according to Luke the evangelist, has bound us by a clear command that we ought not to expect any addition to the capital sum when we grant a loan. For, that is the real meaning of usury: when, from its use, a thing which produces nothing is applied to the acquiring of gain and profit without any work, any expense or any risk. The same masters and doctors add that in these credit organisations neither commutative nor distributive justice is observed, even though contracts of this kind, if they are to be duly approved, ought not to go beyond the bounds of justice. They endeavour to prove this on the grounds that the expenses of the maintenance of these organisations, which ought to be paid by many persons (as they say), are extracted only from the poor to whom a loan is made; and at the same time certain other persons are given more than their necessary and moderate expenses (as they seem to imply), not without an appearance of evil and an encouragement to wrongdoing."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But many other masters and doctors say the opposite and, both in writing and in speech, unite in speaking in many of the schools in Italy in defence of so great a benefit and one so necessary to the state, on the grounds that nothing is being sought nor hoped for from the loan as such. Nevertheless, they argue, for the compensation of the organisations—that is, to defray the expenses of those employed and of all the things necessarily pertaining to the upkeep of the said organisations—they may lawfully ask and receive, in addition to the capital, a moderate and necessary sum from those deriving benefit from the loan, provided that no profit is made therefrom. This is in virtue of the rule of law that the person who experiences benefit ought also to meet the charge, especially when there is added the support of the apostolic authority. They point out that this opinion was approved by our predecessors of happy memory, the Roman pontiffs Paul II, Sixtus IV, Innocent VIII, Alexander VI and Julius II, as well as by saints and persons devoted to God and held in high esteem for their holiness, and has been preached in sermons about the gospel truth."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We wish to make suitable arrangements on this question (in accord with what we have received from on high). We commend the zeal for justice displayed by the former group, which desires to prevent the opening up of the chasm of usury, as well as the love of piety and truth shown by the latter group, which wishes to aid the poor, and indeed the earnestness of both sides. Since, therefore, this whole"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "question appears to concern the peace and tranquility of the whole Christian state, we declare and define, with the approval of the sacred council, that the above-mentioned credit organisations, established by states and hitherto approved and confirmed by the authority of the apostolic see, do not introduce any kind of evil or provide any incentive to sin if they receive, in addition to the capital, a moderate sum for their expenses and by way of compensation, provided it is intended exclusively to defray the expenses of those employed and of other things pertaining (as mentioned) to the upkeep of the organisations, and provided that no profit is made therefrom. They ought not, indeed, to be condemned in any way. Rather, such a type of lending is meritorious and should be praised and approved. It certainly should not be considered as usurious; it is lawful to preach the piety and mercy of such organisations to the people, including the indulgences granted for this purpose by the holy apostolic see; and in the future, with the approval of the apostolic see, other similar credit organisations can be established. It would, however, be much more perfect and more holy if such credit organisations were completely gratuitous: that is, if those establishing them provided definite sums with which would be paid, if not the total expenses, then at least half the wages of those employed by the organisations, with the result that the debt of the poor would be lightened thereby. We therefore decree that Christ's faithful ought to be prompted, by a grant of substantial indulgences, to give aid to the poor by providing the sums of which we have spoken, m order to meet the costs of the organisations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is our will that all religious as well as ecclesiastical and secular persons who henceforth dare to preach or argue otherwise by word or in writing, contrary to the sense of the present declaration and sanction, incur the punishment of immediate excommunication, notwithstanding any kind of privilege, things said above, constitutions and orders of the apostolic see, and anything else to the contrary."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Bull against exempt persons, in which are included some points regarding ecclesiastical liberty and episcopal dignity]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leo, bishop, servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the sacred council, for an everlasting record. Presiding over the government of the universal church (the Lord so disposing), we readily aim to secure the advantages of subjects, in conformity with the obligation of our pastoral office. In order to preserve the church's freedom, to remove scandals, to establish harmony, and to foster peace between prelates of churches and those subject to them, we apply the effort of apostolic care in proportion as experience shows that disagreement between such groups will be harmful. Thus we are glad to regulate the indults and privileges granted to the same subjects by both our predecessors and the apostolic see, at the expense of the prelates concerned, in such a way scandals do not arise from them, or material be provided to anyone for fostering ill-will, or ecclesiastical persons be somehow drawn away from the benefit of obedience as well as from perseverance in the divine service."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recently, indeed, a trustworthy report has reached our ears that canons of patriarchal, metropolitan, cathedral and collegiate churches and other secular clerics are making too many claims, on account of which they give rise to considerable ill-report concerning themselves, have an injurious effect on others from their claims of exemption and freedom obtained from the apostolic see, evade the corrections and regulations of the ordinaries, and shun their courts and judgments. Some of them, in the hope of gaining freedom from punishment for their deviations by the privilege of exemption, do not fear to commit offences which they would certainly have never committed if they did not believe that they were protected by their exemption. The result is that, on account of the brashness of those trusting that they will obtain freedom from punishment for their offences, because of the privilege of exemption, they commit outrages on many occasions as a result of which the church is very much maligned and serious scandals arise, especially when those responsible for correcting and punishing them fail to do so. In our wish to provide the necessary remedy lest, on the above pretext, their faults remain unpunished, we rule, with the approval of the sacred council, that henceforth those to whom the correction and punishment of exempt persons has been committed by the apostolic see, are to attend carefully to these duties and diligently to carry out the obligations of the office entrusted to them. As soon as it is legally clear to them that exempt persons have been at fault, they are to punish them in such a way that they are restrained from their acts of arrogance by fear of a penalty and so that others, frightened by their example, will rightly shrink from committing similar faults."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If they are neglectful in this matter, the diocesan and other local ordinaries are to warn such persons, who have the responsibility for correcting those who are exempt, that they should punish such exempt persons who have committed faults and are guilty and should censure them within a suitable time, which is to be determined by the judgment of those giving the warning. The warning is to be given in person (if the resources and standing of the person giving it make this possible), or otherwise, if there should be no clearly recognised judge in the region of the exempt persons, they are to warn those whom they consider to be responsible for the above by means of a public edict, which is to be fixed to the doors of the cathedrals or other churches where such judges of exempt persons may happen to reside, or if there are no judges of the exempt persons there, then where the exempt persons have committed the faults. If those who have received the warning are negligent in this matter, and do not trouble or have refused to carry it out, then, so that they may be penalised for their fault, they are to be deprived of hearing the inquiry for that time and are henceforth not to be involved in any way in such inquiries. Then the diocesan and other local ordinaries can proceed, on our authority, either to an inquiry or by means of an accusation, excluding the use of torture, against such offending and criminous persons and may personally examine the witnesses. They shall see that the process itself—regarding which, by reason of the solemnity of the law, we forbid anything to be alleged or said except on account of an omitted citation (provided the offence has been correctly proved elsewhere)—is held, closed and sealed by them and quickly despatched to the apostolic see, either by themselves or by another messenger, so as to be carefully examined by the apostolic see, either by the Roman pontiff or by someone else to whom he shall commit the matter; at the expense of the offending exempt persons, including the expenses incurred in the process itself, which expenses the ordinaries can compel the persons who have been investigated and charged to pay. And those found worthy of blame, either to the extent of being condemned or on account of there being sufficient evidence to justify recourse to torture so that the truth might be extracted, are to be returned to the diocesans or ordinaries so that these may lawfully proceed further, on our authority, in the inquiry or the accusation and may terminate the case according to what is just."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notaries of the apostolic see, whose office is known to have been instituted by pope Clement I of happy memory at the beginnings of the primitive church, for the purpose of investigating and recording the acts of saints, and who have been elevated to the office of protonotary and wear an official garment and a rochet, together with other officials who are attached to us and to the said see, when they are actually engaged in their duties, are exempt from all jurisdiction of ordinaries in both civil and criminal matters. Other notaries, however, not wearing the dress of the protonotariate, unless they have adopted it within three months after the publication of this present document, both themselves and others due to be elevated to the office in the future who do not regularly wear the official dress and a rochet, as well as other officials, our own and those of the said see, when not actually engaged in their duties, are to be subject to the jurisdiction of the said diocesans and ordinaries in both criminal and civil cases which involve sums not exceeding twenty-five golden ducats of the treasury. But in civil cases involving sums exceeding such an amount, they are to enjoy full exemption and to be totally excluded from the jurisdiction of the said diocesans and ordinaries. We also judge it worthy and appropriate that among the personal staff of cardinals of the holy Roman church, only those shall enjoy the privilege of exemption who belong to the household staff and are regular sharers of its board, or have been sent by the same cardinals to carry out their personal business, or perhaps are absent for a time from the Roman curia to refresh themselves. But for others, even when they are registered as belonging to the personal staff, the privilege of staff membership in no way entitles them to be outside the control of their diocesans and ordinaries."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By the constitution published at the council of Vienne which begins Attendentes, there was given to the aforesaid diocesans full faculties to visit once a year the convents of nuns, in their dioceses, that are immediately subject to the apostolic see. We renew this constitution and we prescribe and command that it be strictly kept, notwithstanding any exemptions and privileges. By the foregoing, moreover, the same diocesans and ordinaries are not to be prejudiced by cases in which jurisdiction over exempt persons has been granted by law. Rather, we define that henceforth exemptions granted for a time without reasonable cause, and without any citation of those involved, are of no force or value."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since order in the church is confused if the jurisdiction of each person is not preserved, we rule and ordain, in an effort to support the jurisdiction of ordinaries (so far as we can with God's favour), to impose more quickly an end to lawsuits, and to restrict the immoderate expenses of litigants, that individual cases, spiritual, civil and mixed, involving in any way an ecclesiastical forum and concerned with benefices—provided that the actual benefices have not been under a general reservation and the incomes, rents and produce of the individual benefices do not surpass in value, by common reckoning, twenty-four golden ducats of the treasury—shall in the first instance be examined and settled outside the Roman curia and before the local ordinaries. Thus, nobody may appeal prior to a definitive sentence, nor may an appeal (if made) be in any way admitted, except from an interlocutory judgment which may have the force of a definitive sentence, or by way of a complaint which in no way concerns the main business. For, redress cannot be obtained from a definitive sentence by means of an appeal, unless one of the litigants does not dare to go to law before the ordinary because of a genuine fear of his adversary's power, or for some other acceptable and honourable reason which must be at least partially proved otherwise than by his personal oath. In these exceptional cases, the appeal can be begun, investigated and concluded in the Roman curia, even in the first instance. In other cases, the appeals and the commissions of these and other such suits, and whatever follows from them, shall henceforth be of no force or value. The judges and conservators appointed by the apostolic see, if they are not graduates in either civil or canon law, are obliged, on being asked by the parties concerned or by one of them, to take an assessor who is not under suspicion with the parties and to judge the case according to his report."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We have learnt, by many and frequent reports, that very many churches and the bishops presiding over them, on both sides of the Alps, are being troubled and disturbed in their jurisdictions, rights and lordships by esquires, princes and nobles. These, under colour of a right of patronage which they pretend to hold in ecclesiastical benefices, without the support of any apostolic privileges, or of collations or letters from the ordinaries, or even of any pretence of a title, presume to confer benefices not only on clerics but also on layfolk; to punish at their own whim priests and clerics who are at fault; to remove, purloin and usurp in an arbitrary way, either directly or by ordering others, the tithes of everything on which they are obliged by law to pay, as well as tithes belonging to cathedrals, and other things which pertain to diocesan law and jurisdiction and are the exclusive concern of bishops; to forbid such tithes and any fruits to be taken out of their cities, lands and territories; to seize and unjustly hold fiefs, possessions and lands; to induce and compel, by threats, terror and other indirect means, the granting to them of fiefs and goods of churches and the conferring of ecclesiastical benefices on persons nominated by them; and not only to permit but even expressly to command very many other losses, damages and injuries to be inflicted on the aforesaid clerics and churches and their prelates."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We take thought, then, that no power has been granted to lay people over clerics and ecclesiastics, or over property belonging to the church, and that it is right and just that laws should be made against those who refuse to observe this. We also consider how much such actions detract, with disastrous results which must be condemned, not only from the honour of ourself and the apostolic see but also from the peaceful and prosperous condition of churchmen. We desire too, to restrain from thoughtless acts of rashness, not so much by new penalties as by a renewed fear of existing ones that should be applied, those whom the rewards of virtues do not induce to observe laws. We therefore renew each and all of the constitutions hitherto issued regarding the payment of tithes; against violators and seizers of churches; against fire-raisers and pillagers of fields; against those seizing and holding cardinals of the holy Roman church, our venerable brother bishops and other persons of the church, both secular and regular, and unlawfully taking over in any way their jurisdiction and rights, or disturbing or molesting them in the exercise of their jurisdiction, or presumptuously forcing them to confer ecclesiastical benefices on persons named by them, or to dispose of them in some other way at their arbitrary choice, or to grant or otherwise sell fiefs and goods of the church in perpetual tenure, against making regulations in conflict with ecclesiastical liberty; against providing help, advice and support for the above practices. Since these acts are not merely opposed to law but are also in the highest degree insulting and contrary to ecclesiastical liberty, we therefore, in order that we may be able to give an honest account to God of the office entrusted to us, earnestly urge in the Lord, by fatherly sentiments and counsels, the emperor, kings, princes, dukes, marquises, counts, barons, and others of whatever other nobility, pre-eminence, sovereignty, power, excellence or dignity they may be, and we command them by virtue of holy obedience, to observe the foregoing constitutions and to make them inviolably observed by their subjects, notwithstanding any customs whatever to the contrary, if they wish to avoid the divine displeasure and the fitting reaction of the apostolic see. We decree that appointments made in the above-mentioned way to the said benefices are null and void, and those making use of them are rendered incapable of obtaining other ecclesiastical benefices until they have been dispensed in the matter by the apostolic see."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We have also been carefully reflecting that, after Christ's ascension into heaven, the apostles assigned bishops to each city and diocese, and the holy Roman church became established throughout the world by inviting these same bishops to a role of responsibility, and by gradually sharing the burdens by means of patriarchs, primates, archbishops and bishops; and that it has also been laid down by the sacred canons that provincial councils and episcopal synods ought to be established by such persons for the correction of morals, the settlement and limiting of controversies, and the observance of God's commandments, in order that corruptions may be corrected and those neglecting to do these things may be subjected to canonical penalties. In our desire that these canons be faithfully observed, since it is right for us to be interested in what concerns the Christian state, we place a strict obligation on the said patriarchs, primates, archbishops and bishops, in order that they may be able to render to God a worthy account of the office entrusted to them, that they order the canons, councils and synods to be observed inviolably, notwithstanding any privilege whatsoever. Besides, we order that henceforth a provincial council is to be held every three years, and we decree that even exempt persons are to attend them, notwithstanding any privilege or custom to the contrary. Those who are negligent in these matters are to know that they will incur penalties contained in the same canons."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that respect for the papal dignity might be preserved, it was determined by the constitution issued at the council of Vienne, which begins In plerisque that no persons, especially no religious, may be provided to cathedral churches which are deprived of temporal goods, without which spiritual things cannot exist for long, and which lack both clergy and Christian people. We renew this constitution, and we will and command that it must be observed inviolably unless we shall judge otherwise for some just reason to be approved in our secret consistory."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We decree that anything attempted against the foregoing, or any part thereof, is null and void, notwithstanding any constitution or privilege to the contrary. Let nobody therefore... If anyone however..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On printing books]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leo, bishop, servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the sacred council, for an everlasting record. Among the anxieties resting on our shoulders we come back with constant thought to how we can bring back to the path of truth those going astray, and gain them for God (by his grace working in us). This is what we truly seek after with eagerness; to this we unremittingly direct our mind's desires; and over this we watch with anxious earnestness."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is certainly possible to obtain without difficulty some learning by reading books. The skill of book-printing has been invented, or rather improved and perfected, with God's assistance, particularly in our time. Without doubt it has brought many benefits to men and women since, at small expense, it is possible to possess a great number of books. These permit minds to devote themselves very readily to scholarly studies. Thus there can easily result, particularly among Catholics, men competent in all kinds of languages; and we desire to see in the Roman church, in good supply, men of this type who are capable of instructing even unbelievers in the holy commandments, and of gathering them for their salvation into the body of the faithful by the teaching of the Christian faith. Complaints from many persons, however, have reached our ears and those of the apostolic see. In fact, some printers have the boldness to print and sell to the public, in different parts of the world, books—some translated into Latin from Greek, Hebrew, Arabic and Chaldean as well as some issued directly in Latin or a vernacular language—containing errors opposed to the faith as well as pernicious views contrary to the Christian religion and to the reputation of prominent persons of rank. The readers are not edified. Indeed, they lapse into very great errors not only in the realm of faith but also in that of life and morals. This has often given rise to various scandals, as experience has taught, and there is daily the fear that even greater scandals are developing."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That is why, to prevent what has been a healthy discovery for the glory of God, the advance of the faith, and the propagation of good skills, from being misused for the opposite purposes and becoming an obstacle to the salvation of Christians, we have judged that our care must be exercised over the printing of books, precisely so that thorns do not grow up with the good seed or poisons become mixed with medicines. It is our desire to provide a suitable remedy for this danger, with the approval of this sacred council, so that the business of book-printing may go ahead with greater satisfaction the more that there is employed in the future, with greater zeal and prudence, a more attentive supervision. We therefore establish and ordain that henceforth, for all future time, no one may dare to print or have printed any book or other writing of whatever kind in Rome or in any other cities and dioceses, without the book or writings having first been closely examined, at Rome by our vicar and the master of the sacred palace, in other cities and dioceses by the bishop or some other person who knows about the printing of books and writings of this kind and who has been delegated to this office by the bishop in question, and also by the inquisitor of heresy for the city or diocese where the said printing is to take place, and unless the books or writings have been approved by a warrant signed in their own hand, which must be given, under pain of excommunication, freely and without delay."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In addition to the printed books being seized and publicly burnt, payment of a hundred ducats to the fabric of the basilica of the prince of the apostles in Rome, without hope of relief, and suspension for a whole year from the possibility of engaging in printing, there is to be imposed upon anyone presuming to act otherwise the sentence of excommunication. Finally, if the offender's contumacy increases, he is to be punished with all the sanctions of the law, by his bishop or by our vicar, in such a way that others will have no incentive to try to follow his example. Let nobody therefore... If anyone however..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On setting a date for those acknowledging the Pragmatic Sanction]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leo, bishop, servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the sacred council, for an everlasting record. Among other matters to be carried through in this sacred council, we especially desire to make known and proclaim what must be decided and announced concerning the sanction called the Pragmatic, which was issued by a number of leaders of the French nation, both clerics and laymen as well as nobles and others supporting them. This is in accordance with the wishes of our predecessor pope Julius II, of happy memory, who summoned this council. The prelates and other clergy and the aforesaid laity have been summoned on several occasions to appear before both our said predecessor, Julius, and ourself; and their obstinacy has quite often been alleged or been the subject of accusations in the said council. It was subsequently alleged on behalf of the prelates, clerics and laymen, including nobles, and their said supporters, who were legitimately summoned (as just stated) for this purpose, that there was no route which would allow them to travel in safety to the said council. In order that they may not be able to make this excuse, we have taken measures for a comprehensive safe-conduct to be granted and conveyed to them by the Genoans, through whose territory they can travel in safety to the Roman curia, so that they may be able to bring forward the views which they may wish to present in defence of this Pragmatic Sanction."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To prevent them being able to bring up some further point against what has been set out and to claim a legitimate ignorance, and in order that their obstinacy may be overcome, we once again, with the approval of the sacred council, give notice and warning, regarding a final and definitive dead-line, to the clergy and laity, including nobles, prelates and their supporters, and to colleges of clerics and of seculars, that they must lawfully assemble (putting aside every excuse and delaying action) before I October next. We are extending the dead-line, for the aforesaid reasons and in order to remove all excuses, to the said I October, by way of a final postponement; and we grant and assign this anew. Once the dead-line has passed, however, proceedings will go forward at the next session to other matters and to the conclusion of the said business, even by means of a definitive sentence, notwithstanding their obstinacy and refusal to appear. This next eleventh session we summon for these and many other useful matters. with the approval of the sacred council, for 14 December after the next feast day of St Lucy. Let nobody therefore... If anyone however..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 11",
              "sourceKey": "session-11",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19 December 1516"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On how to preach]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leo, bishop, servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the sacred council, for an everlasting record. Under the protection of the supreme majesty by whose ineffable providence things in heaven and on earth are guided, as we carry out the office of watchman over the Lord's flock committed to us, insofar as this is granted to our weakness, we reflect within ourselves in great depth that, among many other important matters, the office of preaching is also our concern. Preaching is of the first importance, very necessary and of great effect and utility in the church, so long as it is being exercised rightly, from genuine charity towards God and our neighbour, and according to the precepts and examples of the holy fathers, who contributed a great deal to the church by publicly professing such things at the time of the establishment and propagation of the faith. For, our redeemer first did and taught, and by his command and example, the college of twelve apostles—the heavens alike proclaiming the glory of the true God through all the earth—led back from darkness the whole human race, which was held by the old bondage under the yoke of sin, and guided it to the light of eternal salvation. The apostles and then their successors propagated far and wide and rooted deeply the word itself through all the earth and unto the ends of the world. Therefore those who are now carrying this burden ought to remember and frequently reflect that they in turn, with respect to this office of preaching, are entering into and maintaining that succession of the author and founder of this office, Jesus Christ our most holy redeemer, of Peter and Paul, and of the other apostles and disciples of the Lord."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We have learnt from trustworthy sources that some preachers in our times (we record this with sorrow) do not attend to the fact that they are carrying out the office of those we have named, of the holy doctors of the church and of others professing sacred theology, who, ever standing by Christians and confronting false prophets striving to overturn the faith, have shown that the church militant remains unimpaired by her very nature; and that they ought to adopt only what the people who flock to their sermons will find useful, by means of reflection and practical application, for rooting out vices, praising virtues and saving the souls of the faithful. Reliable report has it, rather, that they are preaching many and various things contrary to the teachings and examples which we have mentioned, sometimes with scandal to the people. This fact influences our attitude very deeply when we reflect within ourself that these preachers, unmindful of their duty, are striving in their sermons not for the benefit of the hearers but rather for their own self-display. They flatter the idle ears of some people who seem to have already reached a state that would make true the words of the Apostle writing to Timothy: For, a time is coming when people will not endure sound teaching but, having itching ears, they will accumulate for themselves teachers to suit their own liking, and will turn away from listening to the truth and wander into myths. These preachers make no attempt whatever to lead back the deceived and empty minds of such people to the path of right and truth. Indeed, they involve them in even greater errors. Without any reverence for the testimony of canon law, indeed contrary to canonical censures, twisting the sense of scripture in many places, often giving it rash and false interpretations, they preach what is false; they threaten, describe and assert to be present, totally unsupported by legitimate proofs and merely following their own private interpretation, various terrors, menaces and many other evils, which they say are about to arrive and are already growing; they very often introduce to their congregations certain futile and worthless ideas and other matters of this nature; and, what is more appalling, they dare to claim that they possess this information from the light of eternity and by the guidance and grace of the holy Spirit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When these preachers spread this medley of fraud and error, backed by the false testimony of alleged miracles, the congregations whom they ought to be carefully instructing in the gospel message, and retaining and preserving in the true faith, are withdrawn by their sermons from the teaching and commands of the universal church. When they turn aside from the official sacred teachings, which they ought particularly to follow, they separate and move far from salvation those who listen to them. For, as a result of these and similar activities, the less educated people, as being more exposed to deceit, are very easily led into manifold errors, as they wander from the path of salvation and from obedience to the Roman church. Gregory, therefore, who was outstanding in this task, moved by the warmth of his charity, gave a strong exhortation and warning to preachers that, when about to speak, they approach the people with prudence and caution lest, caught up in the enthusiasm of their oratory, they entangle the hearts of their hearers with verbal errors as if with nooses, and while perhaps they wish to appear wise, in their delusion they foolishly tear asunder the sinews of the hoped-for virtue. For, the meaning of words is often lost when the hearts of the audience are bruised by too urgent and careless forms of speech."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indeed, in no other way do these preachers cause greater harm and scandal to the less educated than when they preach on what should be left unspoken or when they introduce error by teaching what is false and useless. Since such things are known to be totally opposed to this holy and divinely instituted religion, as being novelties and foreign to it, it is surely just for them to be examined seriously and carefully, lest they cause scandal for the Christian people and ruin for the souls of their authors and of others. We therefore desire, in accord with the word of the prophet, Who makes harmony dwell in the house, to restore that uniformity which has lost esteem, and to preserve such as remains, insofar as we can with God's help, in the holy church of God, which by divine providence we preside over and which is indeed one, preaches and worships one God and firmly and sincerely professes one faith. We wish that those who preach the word of God to the people be such that God's church suffers no scandal from their preaching. If they are amenable to correction, let them abstain in future from these matters into which they have recently ventured. For it is clear that, in addition to the points which we have mentioned, a number of them are no longer preaching the way of the Lord in virtue and are not expounding the gospel, as is their duty, but rather invented miracles, new and false prophecies and other frivolities hardly distinguishable from old wives' tales. Such things give rise to great scandal since no account is taken of devotion and authority and of its condemnations and rejections. There are those who make attempts to impress and win support by bawling everywhere, not sparing even those who are honoured with pontifical rank and other prelates of the church, to whom they should rather be showing honour and reverence. They attack their persons and their state of life, boldly and without discrimination, and commit other acts of this kind. Our aim is that so dangerous and contagious an evil and so mortal a disease may be thoroughly wiped out and that its consequences may be so completely swept away that not even its memory remains."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We decree and ordain, with the approval of the sacred council, that nobody -whether a secular cleric or a member of any of the mendicant orders or someone with the right to preach by law or custom or privilege or otherwise—may be admitted to carry out this office unless he has first been examined with due care by his superior, which is a responsibility that we lay on the superior's conscience, and unless he is found to be fit and suitable for the task by his upright behaviour, age, doctrine, honesty, prudence and exemplary life. Wherever he goes to preach, he must provide a guarantee to the bishop and other local ordinaries concerning his examination and competence, by means of the original or other letters from the person who examined and approved him. We command all who undertake this task of preaching, or will later undertake it, to preach and expound the gospel truth and holy scripture in accordance with the exposition, interpretation and commentaries that the church or long use has approved and has accepted for teaching until now, and will accept in the future, without any addition contrary to its true meaning or in conflict with it. They are always to insist on the meanings which are in harmony with the words of sacred scripture and with the interpretations, properly and wisely understood, of the doctors mentioned above. They are in no way to presume to preach or declare a fixed time for future evils, the coming of antichrist or the precise day of judgment; for Truth says, it is not for us to know times or seasons which the Father has fixed by his own authority. Let it be known that those who have hitherto dared to declare such things are liars, and that because of them not a little authority has been taken away from those who preach the truth."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We are placing a restriction on each and all of the said clerics, secular and regular and others, of whatever status, rank or order, who undertake this task. In their public sermons they are not to keep on predicting some future events as based on the sacred writings, nor presume to declare that they know them from the holy Spirit or from divine revelation, nor that strange and empty predictions are matters which must be firmly asserted or held in some other way. Rather, at the command of the divine word, let them expound and proclaim the gospel to every creature, rejecting vices and commending virtues. Fostering everywhere the peace and mutual love so much commended by our Redeemer, let them not rend the seamless garment of Christ and let them refrain from any scandalous detraction of bishops, prelates and other superiors and of their state of life. Yet these they rebuke and hurt before people generally, including the laity, not only heedlessly and extravagantly but also by open and plain reproof, with the names of the evildoers sometimes being stated by them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, we decree that the constitution of pope Clement of happy memory beginning Religiosi, which we renew and approve by this present decree, must be observed by preachers without alteration, so that, preaching in these terms for the people's advantage and winning them for the Lord, they may deserve to gain interest on the talent received from him and to win his grace and glory. But if the Lord reveals to certain of them, by some inspiration, some future events in the church of God, as he promises by the prophet Amos and as the apostle Paul, the chief of preachers, says, Do not quench the Spirit, do not despise prophesying, we have no wish for them to be counted with the other group of story-tellers and liars or to be otherwise hindered. For, as Ambrose bears witness, the grace of the Spirit himself is being extinguished if fervour in those beginning to speak is quietened by contradiction. In that case, a wrong is certainly done to the holy Spirit. The matter is important inasmuch as credence must not be easily given to every spirit and, as the Apostle states, the spirits have to be tested to see whether they come from God. It is therefore our will that as from now, by common law, alleged inspirations of this kind, before they are published, or preached to the people, are to be understood as reserved for examination by the apostolic see. If it is impossible to do this without danger of delay, or some pressing need suggests other action, then, keeping the same arrangement, notice is to be given to the local ordinary so that, after he has summoned three or four knowledgeable and serious men and carefully examined the matter with them, they may grant permission if this seems to them to be appropriate. We lay the responsibility for this decision on their consciences."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If any persons dare to carry through anything contrary to any of the above, it is our will that, in addition to the punishments set down against such persons by law, they incur the penalty of excommunication from which, except at the imminent approach of death, they can be absolved only by the Roman pontiff. In order that others may not be urged on by their example to try similar acts, we decree that the office of preaching is forbidden to such persons for ever; notwithstanding constitutions, ordinances, privileges, indults and apostolic letters for religious orders and the aforesaid persons, including those mentioned in Mare magnum, even if perchance they have been approved, renewed or even granted anew by us, none of which in this matter do we wish to support at any point in their favour. Let nobody therefore... If anyone however..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Bull containing agreements between the pope and the most Christian king of France, on the Pragmatic]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leo, bishop, servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the sacred council, for an everlasting record. In accord with the dispensation of the divine mercy by which kings reign and princes rule, established as we are despite our lack of merit in the lofty watch-tower of the apostolate and set over nations and kingdoms, we ponder how permanent force and effect may be given to the things which have been granted, carried out, established, ordained, decreed and done by our praiseworthy and prudent arrangement, in union with our venerable brothers, the cardinals of the holy Roman church, for the wholesome and peaceful government of kingdoms and for the peace and justice of peoples, especially with regard to rulers who are well-deserving of the catholic faith, the Christian state and the apostolic see. Nevertheless, we sometimes add the force of our renewed approval to such things, with the approval of the sacred council, so that these things may persist with greater steadiness in an undamaged state the more often they are strengthened by our authority as well as by the protection of a general council. We readily supply effective care for the preservation of such things in order that the kings and peoples of the kingdoms in question, full of gladness in the Lord because of such concessions, privileges, statutes and regulations, may rest together in the sweetness of peace, quiet and delight and may persevere more fervently in their accustomed devotion to the same see."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recently, in order that the church, our spouse, might be kept in a holy union and use might be made by Christ's faithful of the sacred canons issued by Roman pontiffs and general councils, we ordained and decreed, with the unanimous advice and consent of our said brothers, the cardinals of the holy Roman church certain constitutions that had been treated with our dearly beloved son in Christ, Francis, the most Christian king of France, while we were at Bologna with our curia, and which were to take the place of the Pragmatic Sanction and the things contained in it for the sake of peace and harmony in the kingdom of France and for the general and public advantage of the kingdom. These constitutions were carefully examined by our said brothers, agreed upon with the said king on their advice, and accepted by a legitimate procurator of the king. Their contents are contained rather fully in our letter which follows, Primitiva illa ecclesia... {Msi 32, 948-963, Raccolta di concordati su materie ecclesiastiche tra la Santa Sede e le autorita civili, edited by A. Mercati. I Rome. 1954. 233-25}"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The letter has been published chiefly in order that continuing charity and unbroken peace may abide in the mystical body, the church, and that any dissenting members may be re-grafted into the body in a convenient way. The letter will be better observed according as it is more clearly established that it has been approved and renewed by us, after mature and healthy consideration, with the approval of the said Lateran council. Although there is no need of another approval for the validity and reality of the same letter, however, to provide an ampler surety so that observance may be firmer and abolition more difficult, greater strength will be given to it by the approval of so many fathers. Therefore, with the approval of the sacred Lateran council, by apostolic authority and fullness of power, we approve and renew, and order to be observed and maintained in their totality and without change, the said letter together with each and every statute, ordinance, decree, explanation, agreement, compact, promise, wish, penalty, restraint and clause contained in it; especially the clause by which it was our will that if the said king of France does not approve and ratify the aforesaid letter, and each and every thing contained in it, within six months from the date of this present letter, and does not arrange for the contents to be read, published, sworn to and registered, like all other royal constitutions in his kingdom and in all other places and lordships of the said kingdom, for all future time without limit, by all the prelates and other ecclesiastical persons and courts of parlements, and if he does not convey to us, within the said six months, letters patent or authentic written documents concerning each and all of the aforesaid matters about the acceptance, reading, publication, oath and registration referred to, or does not deliver them to our nuncio attached to the king, in order to be passed on by him to us, and does not subsequently arrange for the letter to be read each year and effectively observed without alteration exactly as other binding constitutions and ordinances of the king of France have to be observed, then the letter itself and whatever follows from it are null and void and of no force or value."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We decree and declare that the enduring effect only continues in the event of the said ratification and approval, and not otherwise or in any other way, and that all who are included in the said letter, regarding the observance of the actual letter and of each and every thing set down in it, are bound and obliged by the censures and penalties and other things contained in it, in accordance with the meaning and form of the same letter. This is notwithstanding apostolic constitutions and ordinances, all those things which we did not wish to oppose in the and any other things of any kind to the contrary. Let nobody If anyone however..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On the abrogation of the Pragmatic Sanction]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leo, bishop, servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the sacred council, for an everlasting record. The eternal Father, who will never abandon his flock up to the close of the age, so loved obedience, as the Apostle testifies, that to make expiation for the sin of disobedience of the first parent, he humbled himself and became obedient unto death. Moreover, when he was about to depart from the world to the Father, he established Peter and his successors as his own representatives on the firmness of a rock. It is necessary to obey them as the book of the Kings testifies, so that whoever does not obey, incurs death. As we read in another place, the person who abandons the teaching of the Roman pontiff cannot be within the church; for, on the authority of Augustine and Gregory, obedience alone is the mother and protector of all virtues, it alone possessing the reward of faith. Therefore, on the teaching of the same Peter, we ought to be careful that what has been introduced in due season and for sound reasons by our predecessors the Roman pontiffs, especially in sacred councils, for the defence of obedience of this kind, of ecclesiastical authority and freedom, and of the apostolic see, should be duly discharged by our effort, devotion and diligence and be brought to the desired conclusion. The souls of the simple, of whom we shall have to render an account to God, are to be freed from the deceits and snares of the prince of darkness. Indeed, our predecessor of happy memory, pope Julius II, summoned the sacred Lateran council for lawful reasons which were then made clear, on the advice and with the consent of his venerable brothers, the cardinals of the holy Roman church, among whom we were then numbered. Together with the same sacred Lateran council, he pondered on the fact that the corruption of the kingdom of France at Bourges, which they call the Pragmatic Sanction, had been strong in the past and was still vigorous, resulting in very great danger and scandal to souls, and a loss and cheapening of respect for the apostolic see. He therefore entrusted discussion of the Pragmatic Sanction to specifically named cardinals and to the prelates of a certain congregation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although the aforesaid sanction should clearly be subject to nullity on many counts, and was supporting and preserving open schism, and therefore it could have been declared to be essentially of no effect, null and invalid, without the need for any preceding formal citation, yet, from a great sense of caution, our same predecessor Julius, by a public edict—which was to be fixed to the church doors of Milan, Asti and Pavia, since there was then no safe access to France -gave warning and summoned the prelates of France, the chapters of churches and monasteries, the parlements and the layfolk supporting them and making use of the said sanction, and each and all of the rest who were thinking that there was some advantage for them in the foregoing individually or collectively, to appear before him and the said council within a fixed period, which was then clearly stated, and to declare the reasons why the aforesaid sanction, and its corruptive and abusive effect in matters touching on the authority of the Roman church and the sacred canons, and on the violation of ecclesiastical liberty should not be declared null and invalid. During the lifetime of the said Julius our predecessor, various obstacles made it impossible to implement the summons or to discuss fully the business of the abrogation, as had been his intention. After his death, however, the summons, in full lawful form, was again brought forward by the promoter of the sacred council, the procurator fiscal. Those summoned and not presenting themselves were accused of obstinacy and the request was made for matters to be taken further. At the time we, who have been brought to the highest peak of the apostolate by the favour of the divine mercy after duly considering the whole situation, gave no response to the request, for definite reasons. Later, when a variety of impediments were being alleged by the said persons who had been warned and summoned, as to why they had been unable to present themselves at the appointed time (as stated above), we postponed, several times at several sessions, with the approval of the sacred council the date fixed by the said summons and warning to later dates, which have now long gone past, so that all occasion for just excuse and complaint might be taken away from them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although all obstacles have been removed and all dead-lines have passed nevertheless the aforesaid persons, despite being warned and summoned, have not appeared before us and the said council, nor taken any steps to appear, in order to bring forward a reason why the said sanction should not be declared null. There is therefore no longer room for any excuse. They can justly be regarded as obstinate; as indeed, by the demands of justice, we reckoned them to be. We are therefore thinking seriously about this Pragmatic Sanction, or rather corruption, as has been stated, which was issued at the time of the schism by those who did not have the necessary power, and which is not at all in accord with the rest of the Christian state or with God's holy church. It was revoked, made void and abolished by the most Christian king of France, Louis XI, of distinguished memory. It damages and lessens the authority, liberty and dignity of the apostolic see. It completely removes the power of the Roman pontiff to provide both cardinals of the holy Roman church, who work earnestly on behalf of the universal church, and learned men, with churches, monasteries and other benefices, in accordance with the demands of their status, even though such persons are numerous in the curia and it is by their counsel that the authority and power of the apostolic see, the Roman pontiff and the whole church is kept safe and its affairs guided and promoted into a prosperous state. Thus it offers excuses to church prelates of the aforesaid faction for breaking and violating the sacred nerve of obedience to ecclesiastical discipline and for setting up opposition against us and the apostolic see, their mother, and it opens the way for them to attempt such things. Clearly it is subject to nullity and is to be supported by no prop except of a temporary nature, or rather, of a kind of tolerance. Our predecessors as Roman pontiffs, for all their high hopes expressed in their own days, may have seemed to have tolerated this corruption and abuse, not being able to confront it completely either because of the evil nature of the times or because they were providing for it in some other way. We remember, however, that almost seventy years have passed since the publication of this sanction of Bourges, and that no council has been lawfully held within this time except the present Lateran council. Since we have been placed in this council by the Lord's disposition, we therefore judge and resolve, with Augustine as our witness, that we cannot refrain or desist from the eradication and total annulment of the same vile sanction if we are to avoid disgrace to ourself and to the many fathers assembled in the present council as well as to avoid danger to our own soul and those of the above-mentioned persons using it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Just as pope Leo I, our predecessor of holy memory, whose footsteps we readily follow insofar as we can, gave orders and brought to pass that the measures which had been rashly carried out at the second synod of Ephesus, contrary to justice and the catholic faith, were later revoked at the council of Chalcedon, for the sake of the constancy of the same faith, so we too judge that we cannot, or ought not to, withdraw from or abandon the revocation of so evil a sanction and its contents if we are to preserve our own honour, and that of the church, with a safe conscience. The fact that the sanction and its contents were published at the council of Basel and, at the instance of the same council, were received and recognised by the meeting at Bourges, ought not to influence us since all those happenings after the transfer of the same council of Basel took place—the transfer being made by pope Eugenius IV, our predecessor of happy memory—have remained the deeds of the quasi-council, or rather the conventicle, of Basel. For, especially after that transfer, it did not deserve to be called a council any more and therefore its acts could not have any force. For it is clearly established that only the contemporary Roman pontiff, as holding authority over all councils, has the full right and power to summon, transfer and dissolve councils. This we know not only from the witness of holy scripture, the statements of holy fathers and our predecessors as Roman pontiffs, and the decisions of the sacred canons, but also from the declarations of the same councils. Some of this evidence we have decided to repeat, and some to pass over in silence as being sufficiently well known."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus we read that the synod of Alexandria, at which Athanasius was present, wrote to Felix, bishop of Rome, that the council of Nicaea had decided that councils ought not to be celebrated without the authority of the Roman pontiff. Pope Leo I transferred the second council of Ephesus to Chalcedon. Pope Martin V authorised his presidents at the council of Siena to transfer the council with no mention being made of the council's consent. The greatest respect was shown to our predecessors as Roman pontiffs: to Celestine by the first synod of Ephesus; to the said Leo by the synod of Chalcedon; to Agatho by the sixth synod; to Hadrian by the seventh synod; and to Nicholas and Hadrian by the eighth synod, of Constantinople. These councils submitted with reverence and humility to the instructions and commands of the same pontiffs which had been composed and issued by them in the sacred councils. Moreover, pope Damasus and the other bishops assembled at Rome, writing to the bishops at Illyricum about the council at Rimini, pointed out that the number of bishops assembled at Rimini counted for nothing since it was known that the Roman pontiff, whose decrees were to be preferred before all others, had not given his consent to their meeting. It appears that pope Leo I said the same when writing to all the bishops of Sicily. It was customary for the fathers of the ancient councils humbly to ask for and obtain a warrant and approbation from the Roman pontiff in order to corroborate the matters dealt with in their councils. This is clear from the synods and their acts held at Nicaea, Ephesus, Chalcedon, the sixth synod at Constantinople, the seventh at Nicaea, the Roman synod under Symmachus and the synods in Haimar's book. We would certainly be without these recent troubles if the fathers at Bourges and Basel had followed this laudable custom, which it is known that the fathers at Constance also finally adopted."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We desire this matter to be brought to its proper conclusion. We are proceeding on the strength of the many citations issued by us and our said predecessor Julius, and of the other things mentioned above which are so notorious that they cannot be hidden by any excuses or evasions, as well as in virtue of our pastoral office. We are supplying for each and every defect, both of law and of fact, if perchance any happen to exist in the above. We judge and declare, from our certain knowledge and from the fullness of apostolic power, with the approval of the same sacred council, by the contents of the present document, that the aforesaid Pragmatic Sanction or corruption, and its approbations however issued, and each and every decree, chapter, statute, constitution or ordinance that is included, or even inserted, in any way in the same and has been published by others, as well as the customs, expressions and uses, or rather abuses, in any way resulting from it and observed until the present, have been and are of no force or value. In addition, for a more extensive safeguard, we revoke, make void, abrogate, quash, annul and condemn that same sanction or corruption of Bourges and its approval, whether expressed or tacit, as said above, as well as each and every thing of whatever nature included or even inserted in it, and we judge, declare and will them to be considered as of no effect, revoked, made void, abrogated, quashed, annulled and condemned. Moreover, since subjection to the Roman pontiff is necessary for salvation for all Christ's faithful, as we are taught by the testimony of both sacred scripture and the holy fathers, and as is declared by the constitution of pope Boniface VIII of happy memory, also our predecessor, which begins Unam sanctam, we therefore, with the approval of the present sacred council, for the salvation of the souls of the same faithful, for the supreme authority of the Roman pontiff and of this holy see, and for the unity and power of the church, his spouse, renew and give our approval to that constitution, but without prejudice to the declaration of pope Clement V of holy memory, which begins Meruit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In virtue of holy obedience and under the penalties and censures to be declared below, we forbid each and all of Christ's faithful, both laity and secular clergy, and regulars of whatever order including mendicants, and other persons without restriction, of no matter what status, rank or condition they may be, including cardinals of the holy Roman church, patriarchs, primates, archbishops, bishops, and any others distinguished by ecclesiastical or worldly or any other honour, and each and all other prelates, clerics, chapters, secular convents, regulars of the aforesaid orders, including abbots and priors of monasteries, dukes, counts, princes, barons, parlements, royal officials, judges, advocates, notaries and scribes, both ecclesiastical and secular, and any other regular or secular ecclesiastics in any high office, as said above, who are now or shall be living in the said kingdom of France and the Dauphine and wherever the said Pragmatic has been in force directly or indirectly, silently or openly, to presume to make use of the aforesaid Pragmatic Sanction, or rather corruption, in any way or for any reason, by keeping silence or by clear speech, directly or indirectly, or by any other excuse or clever evasion, in any judicial or extra-judicial acts, or even to appeal to it or make judgments on its terms, or to quash, by themselves or through another or others, any judicial or extra-judicial acts on the grounds of the general meaning of the said sanction or of parts of it, and they may not permit or order these things to be done by means of others. They are not to keep the aforesaid Pragmatic Sanction, or sections or decrees contained in it, in their own houses or in other public or private places. Indeed, they are to destroy it, or have it destroyed, in archives, including royal and capitular ones, and in the above-mentioned places within six months from the date of this present letter."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The penalties to be incurred, automatically and without the need for any further declaration, for each and all of the aforesaid persons, if they act to the contrary (though may they not!), are immediate major excommunication, the incapacity for all and singular legal acts of any kind, being branded as infamous, and the penalties expressed in the law of treason; in addition for the aforesaid ecclesiastical and religious persons, the loss of all patriarchal, metropolitan and other cathedral churches, of all monasteries, priories and convents, and of all secular dignities and ecclesiastical benefices, as well as the inability to hold them in the future; and in addition for secular persons, the loss of any fiefs held for any reason from the Roman or some other church, and the inability to hold them in the future. They cannot be absolved from these penalties by any faculty or by clauses contained in privileges regarding the hearing of confessions, no matter by what persons or verbal formulae they may have been granted. Except when at the point of death, they can only be absolved by the Roman pontiff acting canonically or by someone else having a faculty from him specifically for that purpose."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By the knowledge, power and statements mentioned above we expressly and specifically repeal anything to the contrary. This is notwithstanding anything mentioned above as well as constitutions, ordinances, decrees and statutes, however they may have been published and granted, and frequently renewed, repeated, confirmed and approved, as enduring in their force, by apostolic or any other authority, even conciliar authority and even by our certain knowledge and fullness of apostolic power, the tenor of all of which we regard as sufficiently expressed and included, for the purposes of the above, as if they had been inserted herein word for word; notwithstanding if the apostolic see has granted to any communities and universities, and any individual persons mentioned above, even if they are the aforesaid cardinals, patriarchs, archbishops, bishops, marquises and dukes, or any others, whether individually or communally, that they cannot be interdicted, suspended, excommunicated, deprived or incapacitated by apostolic letters which do not make full and express mention, word for word, of the indult in question; and notwithstanding any other general or special privileges, indulgences and apostolic letters, of whatever tenor they may be, by means of which, because they are not expressed or included in whole in the present letter, the effect of the above might be impeded or deferred in any way, since special mention of their contents is to be regarded as included, word for word, in this our letter. Let nobody therefore... If anyone however..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[On religious and their privileges]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leo, bishop, servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the sacred council, for an everlasting record. We consider and diligently ponder the hardworking and anxious zeal, and the unending labours for the glory of the divine name, for the triumph of the catholic faith and the preservation of the church's unity, and for the training and salvation of the souls of the faithful, which are carried on by bishops and their superiors, who have been placed by the apostolic see at the head of their churches in different parts of the world, as well as by the friars of the different orders, especially the mendicant orders, who are engaged without respite or rest. So great is the satisfaction that has reached our heart, as a result of their fruitful labours in the Lord's vineyard and their opportune and praiseworthy actions, that we are devoting every effort to encourage the things which we know to contribute to the preservation of peace and quiet among them. We are conscious that the bishops have become partners in our anxiety. Ambrose bears witness that their distinction and greatness have no possible equal. We also know that religious have done much in the field of the Lord for the defence and advance of the Christian religion and that they have produced and are daily producing abundant fruit. Consequently all of the faithful are aware that the good works of these bishops and religious have enabled the true faith to make progress and to spread everywhere throughout the world."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These men have likewise not hesitated on innumerable occasions, with much dedication and competence, to destroy the schisms in God's church, to bring unity to that church and to undergo innumerable pains so that the same church might gain the quiet of peace. Therefore it is just that we direct our efforts so to unite them to one another by the bond of peace and by a fraternal unity and charity that, linked in unity of doctrine and actions, they may foster more abundant fruits in God's church. The exercise of spiritual rights, which concern the glory of God and the salvation of the souls of Christ's faithful, has been entrusted to bishops and their superiors in their respective dioceses, since they have been chosen to be sharers of our burden, as we have already said, and since dioceses with defined boundaries have been assigned to each of the bishops. We truly desire, then, that these spiritual rights be exercised by the bishops, and that the right of freely exercising them be truly, as far as possible, kept intact for them. If our predecessors as Roman pontiffs and the apostolic see have granted any such spiritual rights to the said mendicant friars to the harm of the bishops we consider that such concessions made to religious ought in future to be limited, so that the friars themselves will be supported in all charity by the said bishops rather than be troubled and disturbed. For, regulars and seculars, prelates and subjects, exempt and non-exempt, belong to the one universal church, outside of which no one at all is saved, and they all have one Lord and one faith. That is why it is fitting that, belonging to the one same body, they also have the one same will; and just as the brethren are united by the bond of mutual charity, so it is not fitting that they arouse among themselves injustice and hurt, since the Saviour says, My commandment is that you love one another as I have loved you."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We wish to preserve charity and mutual goodwill among bishops, their superiors, prelates and friars, as well as to promote divine worship and the peace and tranquillity of the universal church. We know this can be done only if each preserves as far as possible his own jurisdiction. We have therefore decided and decreed, with the approval of the sacred council, that the said bishops, their superiors and other prelates may visit the parish churches which legitimately belong to the same friars by reason of their residences, with regard to what concerns the care of the parishioners and the preservation and administration of the sacraments, without however the exceptional trouble and expense of official visitors. They may punish those responsible for the churches and failing in this matter: if they are religious, then in accordance with the rules of their order within the precincts of the religious house, if they are secular priests or friars who hold benefices of this kind, then they may freely punish them as being subject to their jurisdiction. Both prelates and secular priests who are not excommunicated may celebrate masses out of devotion in the churches of the said religious houses, if they wish to do so, and the friars themselves ought to welcome them. Friars who are invited by the same prelates to take part in solemn processions ought to agree, provided the suburban friary in question is not more than a mile away from the city."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The friars' superiors are bound to specify and present in person to the same prelates the friars whom they have chosen to hear for a time the confessions of the prelate's subjects, if the prelates ask for them to be specified and presented to them; if not, then to their vicars; with the condition that they are not bound to go to prelates who are more than two days' journey away. The friars in question may be examined by the same bishops and prelates, at least regarding the sufficiency of their learning and their other skills relative to this sacrament. If they are accepted, or if the refusal is unjust, then, in accordance with the constitution Omnis utriusque sexus, let them be considered as accepted at least as regards confession, and they can even hear the confessions of strangers. They have no power, however, to absolve layfolk and secular clergy from man imposed penalties. They may not administer the eucharist and extreme unction and the church's other sacraments to those whose confessions they have heard, including the sick and the dying, who say that their own priest has refused to give the sacraments to them, unless the refusal was made without a just reason and this is proved by the testimony of neighbours or by an investigation carried out before a pubic notary. They have no authority to administer these sacraments to persons requesting their ministrations except during a period of actual service to them. Temporary agreements and contracts between friars and prelates or curates are valid unless they are rejected by the next general or provincial chapter and the rejection is duly communicated by the chapter. Friars may not enter parishes bearing a cross in order to carry out the funerals of those who have chosen to be buried at the churches of their houses or institutions, unless the parish priest, having received due notice and a request, does not refuse, and in that case without prejudice to himself and the ordinary; or unless there is an ancient custom on this point with the friars, which is currently in force and is mutually agreed upon. Those who wish to be buried in the habit of the said friars, but who live in their own houses and not in enclosure, are free to choose a burial place for themselves in their last wills."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Friars due to be promoted to orders are to be examined by the ordinaries on grammar and their competence. Provided they answer adequately, they ought to be readily admitted by the ordinaries. They may not, however, be ordained in their churches or houses or other places by anyone except the diocesan bishop or his deputy (the latter is to be asked with due reverence), unless the bishop refuses on insufficient grounds or is absent from his diocese. They should not ask for the consecration of a church or an altar, or the blessing of a cemetery, from another bishop; and they may not arrange for the first stone of a church being built for them to be laid by a strange bishop, unless the ordinary refuses without any just reason after he has been asked two or three times with due reverence and urgency. Friars may not bless a bride and bridegroom without the consent of those in charge of the parish. In order to render to the mother church the honour due to her, friars and secular clerics may not ring the bells of their churches on Holy Saturday before those of the cathedral or mother church have been rung, even if they are supported on this point by a privilege of the apostolic see. Those acting otherwise incur a penalty of one hundred ducats. They are to publish and observe in the churches of their own houses the censures which are imposed promulgated and solemnly published by the ordinaries in the mother churches of cities as well as in the collegiate and parish churches of castles and towns, when they are asked to do this by the same ordinaries. To provide more fruitfully for the salvation of the souls of Christ's faithful of both sexes, they are obliged to advise and encourage those whose confessions they have heard for a time, no matter of what standing or status they may be, that they are bound in conscience to pay tithes, or a portion of their goods or produce, in those places where such tithes or dues are customarily paid; and they are obliged to refuse absolution to those who will not pay them. They are bound, moreover, to include this in their public preaching and exhortations to the people when they are asked to do so."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The conservators assigned for a time to the same friars by the apostolic see ought to be outstanding in learning and good reputation and of established ecclesiastical rank. They cannot oblige to appear before them anyone living more than two days' journey away, notwithstanding any privileges granted to the conservators at other times. Excommunicated persons wishing to enter a mendicant order cannot be absolved when the interests of a third party are involved, unless satisfaction has previously been made. Procurators, business agents and workers in the service of the said friars are subject to sentences of excommunication which have been promulgated, if they have given cause for them or have offered help, favour or advice to the guilty. Brothers and sisters of the third order, and those known as the cloaked ones, the girdled ones and the devotees, and others no matter how named, living in their own homes, can choose whatever place of burial they wish. They are bound, however, to receive the eucharist at Easter as well as extreme unction and the other sacraments of the church, with the exception of the sacrament of penance, from their own priest. They are obliged to undertake the tasks incumbent upon the laity, and they can be brought before lay judges in a secular court. To avoid the cheapening of ecclesiastical censures, and sentences of interdict being regarded as of little importance, members of the said third orders are in no way to be admitted to hear divine services in the churches of their orders during a period of interdict, if they have given grounds for the interdict or encouraged or supported those grounds, or if they have in any way offered help, counsel or favour to the guilty. But those living in an official group, or dwelling with the enclosed, and women who are leading a life of virginity, celibacy or chaste widowhood under an expressed vow and with a habit, ought to enjoy the privileges of the order of which they are tertiaries."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We wish and decree that each and all of the above norms are to be extended to and observed by, all other religious of other orders. In matters not mentioned above, the rights of the said bishops and friars and other religious are to be maintained. We do not wish to prejudice these rights in any way by the above statements, or to introduce anything new. This is notwithstanding apostolic constitutions and ordinances; statutes and customs of the said orders which have been strengthened by oath, apostolic confirmation or any other form of reinforcement; and privileges, indults and apostolic letters which have been granted to the same orders and are contrary to what has been set down above or to any part of it, even what was included in Mare magnum. If there is required a mention or other statement that is special, specific, clear, distinctive, word for word, and not by general clauses, regarding these things and their meaning, or if some other carefully chosen form should be used, in order that they might be abrogated, then we consider their meaning to be sufficiently expressed and included in this present letter, we expressly and specially abrogate anything to the contrary, and we decree as null and void anything that is knowingly or unknowingly attempted to the contrary in these matters by any person acting on any authority."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We warn the friars, in virtue of holy obedience, to revere bishops with fitting honour and due respect, out of the reverence owed to us and the apostolic see, since they act as deputies in place of the holy apostles. As for bishops, we urge and appeal by the tender mercy of our God that, while attending to the friars with well-disposed affection, treating them with kindness and encouraging them, they present themselves to them as in no sense difficult or hard or peevish, but rather as easy, mild, well-disposed and liberal in loving generosity, and that in all the above-mentioned matters they welcome them with ready kindness as co-workers in the Lord's vineyard and as sharers in their labours, and that they guard and defend their rights with all charity, so that both bishops and friars, whose works as burning lamps set on a hilltop ought to provide light to all Christ's faithful, may move forward from strength to strength for the glory of God, the triumph of the catholic faith and the salvation of peoples, and in consequence deserve to obtain from the Lord, the most generous recompenser of all good deeds, the reward of eternal life. Let nobody therefore... If anyone however..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Session 12",
              "sourceKey": "session-12",
              "alignmentVerified": true
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16 March 1517"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Against those attacking the houses of cardinals]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leo, bishop, servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the sacred council, for an everlasting record. Certain audacious persons disdain to show the appropriate deference to the cardinals of the holy Roman church, who are the chief pillars of the catholic church. They do not fear to lay violent hands, with impious boldness, on their possessions and properties. Their uncontrolled desire warns and induces us to strengthen, increase and extend—in accordance with the character of the times and with what we perceive in the Lord to be soundly in keeping with so distinguished an office in God's church—those measures which, by wise planning, were established by our predecessors for the safe-guarding of the high office of the said cardinals, in order that the boldness of these people may be restrained before it extends even further. Indeed, there has recently grown up in Rome a damnable abuse and lack of restraint in wrongdoing. Thus, while there is a vacancy in the apostolic see, and the election of a future Roman pontiff is actually being discussed by the cardinals in conclave, if some rumour leaks out, even if false, that one of the cardinals has been elected as pontiff, the mob attacks his house with arms and contends by force with his servant-guards, while he is still in the conclave, over the despoiling of his house. If an entry is forced by breaking down the doors or digging under the wall, the mob rushes in to plunder all the goods that are there, unless a defence is made by armed guards. Sometimes there are some who are so audacious and headstrong that they do not fear even on other occasions to attack the houses of cardinals in a hostile fashion and with arms, under the guise of general brawling, and to strike and wound while they are there, as a result of which there is considerable loss to the honour of the cardinalate, by which the most holy church militant is fully adorned as by a purple garment, contempt for the cardinals is aroused, and occasion is given for murders and other scandals."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We wish to suppress audacious tendencies of this kind by fitting punishments. We therefore renew by this letter, with the approval of the sacred council and by our apostolic authority, the published constitutions of our predecessors as Roman pontiffs, Honorius III and Boniface VIII of happy memory, against those pursuing any cardinal of the said church in a hostile manner, those assisting such persons by their presence, counsel or support, or knowingly harbouring or defending them, and those attacking their houses or dwellings, as said above, and their descendants and property. We decree that these constitutions must be observed everywhere without alteration for all future times. We also extend these same constitutions, with each and every censure and penalty contained in them, to each and every living person of whatever status, condition and distinction, who attacks with an armed band the home of any of the said cardinals, both at the time of the said conclave, even if the cardinal in question has been elected pope, and at other times and for any reasons, and who seizes anything in the house with violence like an enemy or wounds anyone of those dwelling there, and also their associates and those who have given orders for it to be done, or have given personal approval to the deed or have provided counsel and support to the attackers in the above matters and have defended them. This is notwithstanding apostolic constitutions and ordinances and other measures of whatever kind to the contrary. Let nobody therefore... If anyone however..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Constitution imposing taxes and closing the council]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leo, bishop, servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the council, for an everlasting record. We have been set over nations and kingdoms, as the prophet declared, although our merits are unequal to this. We are suitably carrying out the duty of our office when we renew again that reform of the whole church and its affairs which we have accomplished with profit; when we plan to apply suitable remedies for the unchallenged observance of the reform and to make provision for cathedrals and metropolitan churches so that they may no longer be without their pastors; and when we supervise these remedies with ever-present attention and untiring efforts, by means of which we may be able to render the Lord's flock, which has been entrusted to our care, acceptable and submissive in the sight of the divine majesty. Our aim is also to crush the Turks and other infidels standing firm in the eastern and southern regions. They treat the way of true light and salvation with complete contempt and totally unyielding blindness; they attack the life- giving cross on which our Saviour willed to accept death so that by dying he might destroy death, and by the ineffable mystery of his most holy life he might restore life; and they make themselves hateful enemies of God and most bitter persecutors of the Christian religion. Strengthened by defences not only spiritual but also temporal, we may be able, under God's guidance and favour, to oppose the bitter and frequent sallies by which, in wild rage, they move savagely amidst Christian blood."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indeed, pope Julius II, our predecessor of happy memory, acting in union with the holy Spirit, in a laudable and legitimate manner, for sound reasons, with the advice and consent of his venerable brothers, the cardinals of the holy Roman church, of whom we were then one, summoned the sacred Lateran council. He held five sessions and summoned a sixth. He then passed from the human scene. We were then raised to the summit of the highest apostolate by the favour of the divine mercy. We had always had a heartfelt desire, even at lesser meetings, to see a general council being celebrated as a very important development in the Lord's field. We realised that an obligation had been added to our honourable and useful desire as a result of the duty of pastoral care now laid upon us. We therefore undertook this matter with a more burning commitment and a total readiness of mind. We gave approval in the said sixth session, with the advice and consent of our said brother cardinals and with the approval of the same sacred Lateran council, to the postponement of the council to a fixed date, which was then clearly stated, for reasons made clear from the situation and for others affecting our own and the minds of our said brother cardinals. The council was to continue towards the completion of the objectives for which it had been summoned; and especially that, once the terrible conflicts between Christian princes and rulers were settled and weapons of war set aside, a universal and lasting peace could be established. Leaving nothing untried, we intended to use all our efforts to bring about this peace and to conclude it, as if it were a good of supreme advantage. We also declared that it is and shall be part of our unchangeable thought and intention that, once the matters concerning the praise of God and the exaltation of the aforesaid church have been completed, the holy and most necessary expedition against the enemies of the catholic faith shall take place and a successful triumph over them be accomplished with the aid of the most High. In order that those under an obligation to attend this most useful council might not be held back in any way from coming to it, and so that they might be unable to proffer any excuse, we provided and granted, with the approval of the said Lateran council, to each and all of those summoned to the celebration of the council by our predecessor Julius, and to their attendants, a safe-conduct while they were travelling to and staying in Rome for the purposes of the said Lateran council. We urged kings and princes, out of reverence for the apostolic see, not to molest those coming here but to permit them to travel in safety."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We summoned the seventh session. We wanted nothing more than that those useful and necessary matters on account of which the said Lateran council had been summoned might be brought to their conclusion. We therefore set up three special committees of cardinals and other prelates to listen to and discuss matters of this kind and other conciliar business, and we ordered them to report to the council on what they had heard and discussed. One of the committees had the special task of establishing a universal peace between Christian kings and princes, which was one of the chief reasons for the said council coming together, and of rooting out the schism; the second had the special task of general reform, including the reform of the curia; and the third had the special task of examining and abrogating the Pragmatic Sanction and of dealing with matters concerning the true faith. Each committee carefully examined many useful and necessary topics and accurately reported to us about them. The subjects discussed and investigated by them were completed and concluded by us, with God's favour and the approval of the sacred council, in the remaining five sessions of the council which we held. We then knew beyond all doubt that God himself, the giver of gifts, had favoured our devout desires and those tending to the common good, out of his exceeding goodness and mercy, and that he had granted to us what we had planned in our own mind and for which we had greatly laboured namely that once the matters on account of which the council had been summoned had been concluded in conformity with the council's aims, the council itself could be closed and discharged."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The emperor-elect Maximilian, our dear son in Christ, in the time of our said predecessor Julius, and king Louis of France, of happy memory, in our own time, as well as other kings and princes adhered to the Lateran council, lawfully assembled in the holy Spirit, to the greatest satisfaction of everyone. The quasi-council at Pisa, which had been summoned by certain persons without the necessary authority and had been condemned by the same Julius who preceded us, was treated by them as condemned in accordance with the decision of the said Julius. The schism which had begun to grow from this was ended (although it is c ear that so long as the situation continued, it brought very many injures to prelates and others of Christ's faithful at various times, as well as to other general councils held until this time). There was peace for the whole church and a resulting union. The moral habits of churchmen as well as of secular and other persons were reformed, insofar as this seemed appropriate, and several matters concerning the true faith were defined. Several other matters, after being carefully examined and debated in the three committees of cardinals and prelates mentioned above, were considered with care and skill in the said council and a final decision was reached. Finally, it was reported to us on several occasions, through the cardinals and prelates of the three committees, that no topics remained for debate and discussion by them, and that over several months nothing at all new had been brought before them by anyone. The bishops who had been invited to share with us the responsibility for the support and care of the Lord's flock, as well as other prelates, had remained in Rome rather a long time beyond the normal usage of sacred councils, with inconvenience and loss to themselves and to their churches."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore there seemed to remain, of all the above things which we and the said committees so much desired to be completed in the council, only peace between kings and princes and a harmony of minds. Our attitude in favour of this, and our striving with every effort for its accomplishment, can be made abundantly clear to all who read our letters. God himself, who is the supreme light and truth of all things, knows how we never ceased to beg and implore of him, by many prayers and constant appeals, that he would deign of his mercy to influence the Christian flock—which he has entrusted to our care, despite our lack of merits—to enter upon a stable and enduring peace, now that this same flock has been roused by the warmth of mutual charity. We have earnestly urged this in the Lord, whose cause is principally in question, upon kings and princes, by means of persuasive reasons, through the nuncios whom we keep at the court of the emperor-elect Maximilian and with the aforesaid kings and princes, and through letters; especially if they wish to provide and take measures, as is right, on behalf of the Christian religion and the catholic faith, which have been brought into serious danger and risk by the recently extended power of the ruler of the Turks. We have learnt from the letters of the same nuncios, kings and princes that our appeals have been of such great power and efficacy with the said kings and princes, and have influenced their hearts and minds to such an extent, that the peace so long desired by us for the good of the whole Christian state has been almost concluded in intention, and the hope is that if anything remains it will soon be resolved (by God's favour). Our heart exults in our Lord Jesus Christ as we ponder over this in our mind and spirit. We give thanks for this to him, the giver of all graces, because he has guided these persons to the harmony we had longed for. We think that all Christ's faithful should offer to God thanks and those signs of joy which are customary on such occasions, and that God be asked that the peace achieved may endure."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It only remains, therefore, for the holy and very necessary campaign to be undertaken against the fury of the infidels thirsting for Christian blood, and for all the measures decided upon as powerful safeguards in the eleven sessions, held partly by us and partly by our predecessor Julius, to be approved and renewed and ordered to be observed unchallenged. Accordingly, after mature deliberation on these matters with our brothers and other prelates, we approve and renew by apostolic authority, with the approval of the sacred council, all and each of the acts and decisions of the said eleven sessions, and the letters published above together with all the clauses contained in them—apart from certain excepted matters which we judge should be conceded to specified persons for the sake of the peace and unity of the universal church—as well as the business carried out by the committees. We decree and order that they are to be observed without alteration for ever, and that those carrying them out are to see that they and their contents are observed, namely: in the Roman curia, the current governor of our mother city and our vicar as well as the auditor general of the apostolic camera, who have the power to oblige and compel persons subject to them; and outside the Roman curia, we depute for this purpose each and all local ordinaries. We forbid each and all of Christ's faithful, under penalty of immediate excommunication, to presume to interpret or gloss what has been produced and carried out in the present council without our permission and that of the apostolic see."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We decree, with the approval of the sacred council, that the said campaign against the infidels is to be undertaken and carried through. Zeal for the faith prompts us to this. It has been so often proposed and promised by us and our predecessor Julius in the sessions referred to, when the business of the council was being explained. On several occasions it was communicated to, and discussed with, spokesmen at our court representing kings and princes. Pope Nicholas V, our predecessor of pious memory, summoned a general expedition against the infidels after the disastrous fall of Constantinople in order to crush their fury and to avenge the wounds of Christ. Callistus III and Pius II, of happy memory our predecessors as Roman pontiffs, urged on by zeal for the faith, followed in the same path with skill and energy. During a subsequent period of three years, we imitated them by means of an authorisation from ourselves and our said brothers for imposing and exacting a tithe on the revenues of churches, monasteries and other benefices throughout the world and for doing each and every other thing that is necessary and customary in a campaign of this kind. We continually pour forth holy, humble and earnest prayers to almighty God that the campaign may have a happy outcome. We order the same to be done by all Christ's faithful of either sex. We exhort Maximilian, the emperor-elect, and kings, princes and Christian rulers, whose courage God bids us to rouse, beseeching them by the tender mercy of our God, Jesus Christ, and appealing to them by his fearful judgment to remember that they shall have to render an account of their defence and preservation—even by giving their lives—of the church itself, which has been redeemed by Christ's blood, and to rise up in strength and power for the defence of the Christian faith, as is incumbent on them as a personal and necessary duty, with all mutual hatred being set aside and quarrels and conflicts among themselves being committed to everlasting oblivion. At this time of such great need, let them offer with eagerness their ready assistance in keeping with their resources. We urge with paternal affection and ask them that, at least during the campaign, out of reverence for almighty God and for the apostolic see, they assure the unbroken observance of the peace into which they have entered, so that such an important good, which we hope and desire will be obtained with the help of the Lord's right hand, may not be impeded by some interruption from discord and dissension."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that prelates and others at the present council, which has lasted for nearly five years, may not be further wearied by their labours and expenses and so that they may be able to visit and bring encouragement to their churches, and for other reasonable and just causes, we bring the present council to a close and we discharge it with the Lord's blessing. With the approval of the same sacred council, we grant permission to each and all who are present at the council to return to their own countries. In order that they may be able to go back with ever increasing joy and strengthened with spiritual gifts, we impart to them and to all their attendants a plenary remission and indulgence for all their sins, once in their lifetime and again at the hour of death. Let nobody therefore... If anyone however..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Introduction and translation taken from Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils, ed. Norman P. Tanner"
            }
          ],
          "witnesses": [
            {
              "label": "Concilia Oecumenica — Documenta et Acta, local source volume",
              "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/complete/concilia-oecumenica-documenta-et-acta-lt-en.pdf",
              "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/03d/0325-1965%2C_Concilia_Oecumenica%2C_Omnia_Acta%2C_LT_EN.pdf",
              "format": "pdf"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-01",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 1: Opening of the Council",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13 dec. 1545 [Decretum de inchoando Concilio]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reverendissimi ac reverendi patres placet ne vobis ad laudem et gloriam sanctae et individuae Trinitatis Patris et Filii et Spiritus Sancti ad incrementum et exaltationem fidei et religionis christianae ad extirpationem haeresum ad pacem et unionem Ecclesiae ad reformationem cleri et populi christiani ad depressionem et extinctionem hostium christiani nominis decernere et declarare sacrum Tridentinum et generale concilium incipere et inceptum esse? [Responderunt: placet]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Indictio futurae sessionis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Et cum proxima sit celebritas nativitatis Domini nostri Iesu Christi et subsequantur aliae festivitates labentis et incipientis anni: placet ne vobis primam futuram sessionem habendam esse die iovis post epiphaniam quae erit septima mensis ianuarii anno Domini 1546? [Responderunt: placet]."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "OF THE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "(ECUMENICAL AND GENERAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "COUNCIL OF TRENT,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Celebrated under the Sovereign Pontiff, Paid III., on tlie thirteenth day of the month of December, in the year of the Lord MDXLV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE TOUCHING THE OPENING OF THE COUNCIL."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doth it please you, — unto the praise and glory of the holy and undivided Trinity, Father, and Son, and Holy Ghost; for the increase and exaltation of the Christian faith and religion; for the extirpation of heresies; for the peace and union of the Church; for the reformation of the Clergy and Christian people; for the depression and extinction of the enemies of the Christian name, — to decree and declare that the sacred and general council of Trent do begin, and hath begun? Tliey answered: It pleaseth us."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* May 22nd."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE MANNER OF LIVING, ETC. 13"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDICTION OF THE NEXT SESSION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And whereas the solemnity of the Nativity of our Lord Jesus Christ is near, and other festivals of the closing and opening year follow thereupon, doth it please you, that the first ensuing session be held on the Thursday after the Epiphany, which will be the seventh of the month of January, in the year of the Lord"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "MDXLVI. ?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They ansivered: It pleaseth us,"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-02",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 2: Conduct and discipline during the Council",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7 ian. 1546 [Decretum de modo vivendi, et aliis in Concilio servandis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosancta Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata in ea praesidentibus eisdem tribus Apostolicae Sedis legatis agnoscens cum beato Iacobo apostolo quod omne datum optimum et omne donum perfectum desursum est descendens a Patre luminum qui iis qui postulant a se sapientiam dat omnibus affluenter et non improperat eis; et simul sciens quod initium sapientiae est timor Domini:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "statuit et decrevit omnes et singulos christifideles in civitate Tridentina congregatos exhortandos esse (prout exhortatur) ut se a malis et peccatis hactenus commissis emendare ac de cetero in timore domini ambulare et desideria carnis non perficere orationibus instare saepius confiteri Eucharistiae sacramentum sumere ecclesias frequentare praecepta denique dominica (quantum quisque poterit) adimplere necnon quotidie pro pace principum christianorum et unitate Ecclesiae privatim orare velint; episcopos vero et quoscunque alios in ordine sacerdotali constitutos oecumenicum concilium in ea civitate concelebrantes ut assidue in Dei laudibus incumbere hostias laudes et preces offerre sacrificium Missae quolibet saltem die dominico (in quo Deus lucem condidit et a mortuis resurrexit ac Spiritum Sanctum in discipulos infudit) peragere satagant facientes sicut idem spiritus sanctus per apostolum praecipit obsecrationes orationes postulationes gratiarum actiones pro sanctissimo domino nostro papa pro imperatore pro regibus et ceteris qui in sublimitate constituti sunt et pro omnibus hominibus ut quietam et tranquillam vitam agamus pace fruamur et fidei incrementum videamus. Praeterea hortatur ut ieiunent saltem singulis sextis feriis in memoriam passionis Domini et eleemosynas pauperibus erogent. In Ecclesia autem cathedrali singulis quintis feriis celebretur Missa de Spiritu Sancto cum laetaniis et aliis orationibus ad hoc institutis; in aliis vero ecclesiis eadem die dicantur ad minus laetaniae et orationes. Tempore autem quo sacra peraguntur collocutiones et confabulationes non fiant sed ore et animo celebranti assistatur. Et quoniam oportet episcopos esse irreprehensibiles sobrios castos domui suae bene praepositos: hortatur etiam ut ante omnia quilibet in mensa servet sobrietatem moderationem que ciborum; deinde cum in eo loco saepe otiosi sermones oriri soleant ut in ipsorum episcoporum mensis divinarum scripturarum lectio admisceatur. Familiares vero suos unusquisque instruat et erudiat ne sint rixosi vinosi impudici cupidi elati blasphemi et voluptatum amatores; vitia demum fugiant et virtutes amplectantur et in vestitu et cultu et omnibus actibus honestatem prae se ferant sicut decet ministros ministrorum Dei. Ad haec cum huius sacrosancti concilii praecipua cura sollicitudo et intentio sit ut propulsatis haeresum tenebris (quae per tot annos operuerunt terram) catholicae veritatis lux (Iesu Christo qui vera lux est annuente) candor puritas que refulgeat et ea quae reformatione egent reformentur: ipsa synodus hortatur omnes catholicos hic congregatos et congregandos atque eos praesertim qui sacrarum litterarum peritiam habent ut sedula meditatione diligenter se cum ipsi cogitent quibus potissimum viis et modis ipsius synodi intentio dirigi et optatum effectum sortiri possit quo maturius et consultius damnari damnanda et probanda probari queant ut per totum orbem omnes uno ore et eadem fidei confessione glorificent Deum et Patrem Domini nostri Iesu Christi. In sententiis vero dicendis iuxta Toletani concilii statutum in loco benedictionis considentibus domini sacerdotibus nullus debeat aut immodestis vocibus perstrepere aut tumultibus perturbare nullis etiam falsis vanis ve aut obstinatis disceptationibus contendere; sed quidquid dicatur sic mitissima verborum prolatione temperetur ut nec audientes offendantur nec recti iudicii acies perturbato animo inflectatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insuper ipsa sacra synodus statuit ac decrevit quod si forte contigerit aliquos debito in loco non sedere et sententiam etiam sub verbo placet proferre congregationibus interesse et alios quoscumque actus facere concilio durante nulli propterea praeiudicium generetur nulli que novum ius acquiratur."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Celebrated on the seventh day of the month of January, MDXLVI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE TOUCHING THE MANNER OF LIVING, AND OTHER"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "MATTERS TO BE OBSERVED, DURING THE COUNCIL."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred and holy Synod of Trent — lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same three legates of the Apostolic See presiding therein — recognising, with the blessed apostle James, that Every best gift and every perfect gift is. from above, coming down from the father of lights,* who, to those who ask of Him wisdom, giveth to all abundantly, and iipbraideth them not; f and knowing withal that The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom, \\ hath ordained and decreed, that all and each of the faithful of Christ, assembled in the city of Trent, be exhorted, as they are hereby exhorted, to amend themselves of their evils and sins heretofore committed, and to walk henceforth in the fear of the Lord; not to fulfil the lusts of the flesh; § to be instant in prayer; to confess more frequently; to receive the sacrament of the Eucharist; to visit churches; to fulfil, in fine, as far as each one shall be able, the commandments 'of the Lord; and, furthermore, to pray daily in private for peace between Christian princes, and for the unity of the Church; and as regards the bishops, and all others soever constituted in the priestly order, who are celebrating together an oecumenical council in this city, that they give heed to apply themselves assiduously to the praises of God; to offer up victims, praises, * i. 17. t i. 5. X Ps. ex. 10. § Gal. v. 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "and prayers; to celebrate the sacrifice of the Mass on each Sunday at least, the day whereon God made the light, rose again from the dead, and poured forth the Holy Ghost upon the disciples; making, as the same Holy Ghost enjoins by the apostle, supplications, prayers, intercessions, thanksgivings,* for our most holy lord the Pope, for the emperor, for kings, and others who are placed in high stations, and for all men, that we may lead a quiet and peaceable life, \\ may enjoy peace, and see an increase of faith. Furthermore, it exhorts that they fast at least on every Friday, in memory of the passion of the Lord, and give alms to the poor; further, on every Thursday there shall be celebrated, in the cathedral church, the Mass of the Holy Ghost, with the litanies and other prayers appointed for this end; and on the same day there shall be said, in the other churches, at least the litanies and prayers; and during the time that the sacred services are being performed, let there be no talking or conversing together, but with mouth and mind association with the celebrant. And forasmuch as It behoveth bishops to be blameless, sober, chaste, ruling zvell their own household, \\ (the council ) exhorts also that, above all, each observe sobriety at table, and moderation in diet; further that, whereas idle conversations are often wont to arise there, the reading of the divine Scriptures be introduced, even at the tables of bishops; and let each teach and charge his servants not to be quarrelsome, given to wine, immodest, covetous, proud, blasphemous, and lovers of pleasures; in fine, let them shun vice and follow after virtue, and in dress, demeanour, and in all their actions servants show forth modesty,' as becomes the servants of the of God. Moreover, whereas it is the chief care, solicitude, and intention of this sacred and holy council, that, the darkness of heresies, which during so many years has covered the earth, being dispelled, the light, brightness, and purity of Catholic truth may, by the assistance of Jesus Christ, who is the true light, § shine forth; and that those things which need reformation may be reformed the; said Synod exhorts all Catholics here assembled,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* I Tim. ii. i. + lb. v. 2. J i Tim. ii. 2, 4. § John i. 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE SYMBOL OF FAITH. 15"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "and to be assembled, and especially those skilled in sacred letters, that by sedulous meditation they ponder diligently within themselves, by what ways and means the intention of the Synod may be best carried out and obtain the desired eiTect; that, in the most prompt and prudent manner, the things to be condemned, may be condemned; and those to be approved of be approved; that so, throughout the whole world, all may, with one mouth, and with the same confession of faith, glorify God, and the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ. And in delivering their sentiments, when the priests of the Lord are sitting together in the place of benediction, no one — ^. agreeably to the statute of the council of Toledo* — ought either to be boisterous by immoderate outcries, or to cause disturbance bytumult; none to be contentious with false, vain, or obstinate disputation; but let whatsoever is said, be so tempered by the mildest utterance of the words spoken, that neither the hearers may be offended, nor the rectitude of a correct judgment be warped by the mind being troubled. Furthermore, this sacred Synod has ordained and decreed, that if it should chance to happen that any do not sit in their due places, and (thus) deliver their sentiments, even under the word Placet (It pleaseth us), are present at the Congregations, and take part in any other act whatsoever during the council, none shall thereby be prejudiced, none acquire a new right."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDICTION OF THE NEXT SESSION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "After this, the next Session was indicted for Thursday, the fourth of the ensuing February."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-03",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 3: Profession of the Nicene Faith",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4 febr. 1546 [Decretum de Symbolo fidei]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In nomine sanctae et individuae Trinitatis Patris et Filii et Spiritus Sancti. Haec sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata in ea praesidentibus eisdem tribus Apostolicae Sedis legatis magnitudinem rerum tractandarum considerans praesertim earum quae duobus illis capitibus de extirpandis haeresibus et moribus reformandis continentur quorum causa praecipue est congregata; agnoscens autem cum apostolo non esse sibi colluctationem adversum carnem et sanguinem sed adversus spirituales nequitias in coelestibus: cum eodem omnes et singulos in primis hortatur ut confortentur in Domino et in potentia virtutis eius in omnibus sumentes scutum fidei in quo possint omnia tela nequissimi ignea extinguere atque galeam spei salutis accipiant cum gladio spiritus quod est Verbum Dei. Itaque ut haec pia eius sollicitudo principium et progressum suum per Dei gratiam habeat ante omnia statuit et decernit praemittendam esse confessionem fidei patrum exempla in hoc secuta qui sacratioribus conciliis hoc scutum contra omnes haereses in principio suarum actionum apponere consuevere quo solo aliquando et infideles ad fidem traxerunt haereticos expugnarunt et fideles confirmarunt. Quare symbolum fidei quo sancta Romana Ecclesia utitur tanquam principium illud in quo omnes qui fidem Christi profitentur necessario conveniunt ac fundamentum firmum et unicum contra quod portae inferi nunquam praevalebunt totidem verbis quibus in omnibus ecclesiis legitur exprimendum esse censuit. Quod quidem eiusmodi est: Credo in unum Deum Patrem omnipotentem factorem coeli et terrae visibilium omnium et invisibilium. Et in unum dominum Iesum Christum Filium Dei unigenitum et ex Patre natum ante omnia saecula Deum de Deo lumen de lumine Deum verum de Deo vero genitum non factum consubstantialem Patri per quem omnia facta sunt. Qui propter nos homines et propter nostram salutem descendit de coelis et incarnatus est de Spiritu Sancto ex Maria virgine et homo factus est. Crucifixus etiam pro nobis sub Pontio Pilato passus et sepultus est. Et resurrexit tertia die secundum scripturas et ascendit in coelum sedet ad dexteram patris. Et iterum venturus est cum gloria iudicare vivos et mortuos cuius regni non erit finis. Et in Spiritum Sanctum dominum et vivificantem qui ex Patre Filio que procedit. Qui cum Patre et Filio simul adoratur et conglorificatur qui locutus est per prophetas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Et unam sanctam catholicam et apostolicam Ecclesiam. Confiteor unum baptisma in remissionem peccatorum. Et expecto resurrectionem mortuorum et vitam venturi saeculi Amen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[De die futurae sessionis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eadem sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata in ea praesidentibus eisdem tribus Apostolicae Sedis legatis intelligens multos praelatos ex diversis partibus accinctos esse itineri nonnullos etiam in via esse quo huc veniant cogitans que omnia ab ipsa sacra synodo decernenda eo maioris apud omnes existimationis et honoris videri posse quo maiori fuerint et pleniori patrum consilio et praesentia sancita et corroborata: statuit et decrevit futuram sessionem post praesentem celebrandam esse die iovis quae subsequetur dominicam laetare proxime futuram. Interim tamen non differri discussionem et examinationem eorum quae ipsi synodo discutienda et examinanda videbuntur."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Celebrated on the fourth day of the month of February, in the year MDXLVI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE TOUCHING THE SYMBOL OF FAITH."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the Name of the Holy and Undivided Trinity, Father, and Son, and Holy Ghost. This sacred and holy, oecumenical, and general Synod of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Cone. Tolet. ii. cap. 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "16 SESSION III."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Trent, — lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same three legates of the Apostolic See presiding therein, — considering the magnitude of the matters to be treated of, especially of those comprised under the two heads, of the extirpating of heresies, and the reforming of manners, for the sake of which chiefly it is assembled, and recognising with the apostles, that its wrestling is not against flesh and blood, hit against the spirits of zuickedness in the high places* exhorts, with the same apostle, all and each, above all things, to be strengthened in the Lord, and in the might of his power, in all things taking the shield of faith, wherewith they may be able to extinguish all the fiery darts of the most wicked one, and to take the helmet of salvation, with the sword of the spirit, which is the word of God.-\\ Wherefore, that this its pious solicitude may begin and proceed by the grace of God, it ordains and decrees that, above all other things, a confession of faith is to be set forth; following herein the examples of the Fathers, who have been wont, in the most sacred councils,! at the beginning of the Actions thereof, to oppose this shield against heresies; and with this alone, at times, have they drawn the unbelieving to the faith, overthrown heretics, and confirmed the faithful. For which cause, this council has thought good, that the Symbol of faith which the holy Roman Church makes use of, — as being that principle wherein all who profess the faith of Christ necessarily agree, and that firm and alone foundation against which the gates of hell shall never prevail^ — be expressed inthe very same words in which it is read in all tlic churches. Which Symbol is as follows: I believe in one God the Father Almighty, maker of heaven and earth, of all things visible and invisible; and in one Lord Jesus Christ, the only begotten Son of God, and born of the Father before all ages; God of God, light of light, true God of true God; begotten, not made, consubstantial with the Father, by whom all things were made: who, for us men, and for our salvation, came down from the heavens, and was incarnate by the Holy Ghost of the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "• Eph. vi. 12. f lb. V. 10, i6, 17.: Concil. Nicxn. Rom. I sub. Julio I. Concil. Hippon in princ; Concil. VIact. 17. Constant. § Matt. xvi. 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE CANONICAL SCRIPTURES. I7"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Virgin Mary, and was made man: crucified also for us under Pontius Pilate, He suffered and was buried; and He rose again"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "on the third day, according to the Scriptures ; and He ascended"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "into heaven, sitteth at the right hand of the Father; and again He will come with glory to judge the living and the dead; of whose kingdom there shall be no end; and in the Holy Ghost the Lord, and the giver of life, who proceedeth from the Father and the Son; who with the Father and the Son together is adored and glorified; who spoke by the prophets: and one holy Catholic and Apostolic Church. I confess one baptism for the remission of sins; and I look for the resurrection of the dead, and the life of the world to come. Amen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDICTION OF THE NEXT SESSION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The same sacred and holy, oecumenical, and general Synod of Trent, — lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same three legates of the Apostolic See presiding therein, — understanding that many prelates in divers places are girt for their journey and that some also are on their way hither; and considering that all that may be decreed by the said sacred Synod may seem to be in so much the greater estimation and honour with all men, as it shall have been sanctioned and confirmed by a more numerous and fuller council and attendance of Fathers, has resolved and decreed, that the next Session after the present be celebrated on the Thursday after Lmtare Sunday next; but that, in the interim, the discussion and examination of those things which it shall seem fit to the said Synod to discuss and examine be not deferred."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-04",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 4: Scripture, Apostolic Traditions and the Vulgate",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8 apr. 1546 [Decretum de Canonicis scripturis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea eisdem tribus Apostolicae Sedis legatis hoc sibi perpetuo ante oculos proponens ut sublatis erroribus puritas ipsa Evangelii in Ecclesia conservetur quod promissum ante per prophetas in scripturis sanctis Dominus noster Iesus Christus Dei filius proprio ore primum promulgavit deinde per suos apostolos tamquam fontem omnis et salutaris veritatis et morum disciplinae omni creaturae praedicari iussit perspiciens que hanc veritatem et disciplinam contineri in libris scriptis et sine scripto traditionibus quae ab ipsius Christi ore ab apostolis acceptae aut ab ipsis apostolis Spiritu Sancto dictante quasi per manus traditae ad nos usque pervenerunt orthodoxorum patrum exempla secuta omnes libros tam veteris quam novi testamenti cum utriusque unus Deus sit auctor nec non traditiones ipsas tum ad fidem tum ad mores pertinentes tamquam vel oretenus a Christo vel a Spiritu Sancto dictatas et continua successione in Ecclesia Catholica conservatas pari pietatis affectu ac reverentia suscipit et veneratur. Sacrorum vero librorum indicem huic decreto adscribendum censuit ne cui dubitatio suboriri possit quinam sint qui ab ipsa synodo suscipiuntur. Sunt veri infrascripti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Testamenti veteris: quinque Moysis id est Genesis Exodus Leviticus Numeri Deuteronomium; Iosue Iudicum Ruth quatuor Regum duo Paralipomenon Esdrae primus et secundus qui dicitur Nehemias Tobias Iudith Esther Iob psalterium Davidicum centum quinquaginta psalmorum parabolae Ecclesiastes canticum canticorum sapientia Ecclesiasticus Isaias Ieremias cum Baruch Ezechiel Daniel duodecim prophetae minores id est Osea Ioel Amos Abdias Ionas Michaeas Nahum Habacuc Sophonias Aggaeus Zacharias Malachias; duo Machabaeorum primus et secundus. Testamenti novi: quatuor evangelia secundum Matthaeum Marcum Lucam Ioannem; actus apostolorum a Luca evangelista conscripti quatuordecim epistolae Pauli apostoli ad Romanos duae ad Corinthios ad Galatas ad Ephesios ad Philippenses ad Colossenses duae ad Thessalonicenses duae ad Timotheum ad Titum ad Philemonem ad Hebraeos; Petri apostoli duae Ioannis apostoli tres Iacobi apostoli una Iudae apostoli una et apocalypsis Ioannis apostoli. Si quis autem libros ipsos integros cum omnibus suis partibus prout in Ecclesia Catholica legi consueverunt et in veteri vulgata latina editione habentur pro sacris et canonicis non susceperit et traditiones praedictas sciens et prudens contempserit: anathema sit. Omnes itaque intelligant quo ordine et via ipsa synodus post iactum fidei confessionis fundamentum sit progressura et quibus potissimum testimoniis ac praesidiis in confirmandis dogmatibus et instaurandis in Ecclesia moribus sit usura."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum de editione et usu sacrorum librorum]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insuper eadem sacrosancta Synodus considerans non parum utilitatis accedere posse Ecclesiae Dei si ex omnibus latinis editionibus quae circumferuntur sacrorum librorum quaenam pro authentica habenda sit innotescat: statuit et declarat ut haec ipsa vetus et vulgata editio quae longo tot saeculorum usu in ipsa Ecclesia probata est in publicis lectionibus disputationibus praedicationibus et expositionibus pro authentica habeatur et quod nemo illam reiicere quovis praetextu audeat vel praesumat. Praeterea ad coercenda petulantia ingenia decernit ut nemo suae prudentiae innixus in rebus fidei et morum ad aedificationem doctrinae christianae pertinentium sacram scripturam ad suos sensus contorquens contra eum sensum quem tenuit et tenet sancta mater Ecclesia cuius est iudicare de vero sensu et interpretatione scripturarum sanctarum aut etiam contra unanimem consensum patrum ipsam scripturam sacram interpretari audeat etiamsi huiusmodi interpretationes nullo unquam tempore in lucem edendae forent. Qui contravenerint per ordinarios declarentur et poenis a iure statutis puniantur. Sed et impressoribus modum in hac parte ut par est imponere volens qui iam sine modo hoc est putantes sibi licere quidquid libet sine licentia superiorum ecclesiasticorum ipsos Sacrae Scripturae libros et super illos adnotationes et expositiones quorumlibet indifferenter saepe tacito saepe etiam ementito prelo et quod gravius est sine nomine auctoris imprimunt alibi etiam impressos libros huiusmodi temere venales habent:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "decernit et statuit ut posthac Sacra Scriptura potissimum vero haec ipsa vetus et vulgata editio quam emendatissime imprimatur nulli que liceat imprimere vel imprimi facere quosvis libros de rebus sacris sine nomine auctoris neque illos in futurum vendere aut etiam apud se retinere nisi primum examinati probati que fuerint ab Ordinario sub poena anathematis et pecuniae in canone concilii novissimi lateranensis apposita. Et si regulares fuerint ultra examinationem et probationem huiusmodi licentiam quoque a suis superioribus impetrare teneantur recognitis per eos libris iuxta formam suarum ordinationum. Qui autem scripto eos communicant vel evulgant nisi antea examinati probati que fuerint eisdem poenis subiaceant quibus impressores. Et qui eos habuerint vel legerint nisi prodiderint auctorem pro auctoribus habeantur. Ipsa vero huiusmodi librorum probatio in scriptis detur atque ideo in fronte libri vel scripti vel impressi authentice appareat. Id que totum hoc est et probatio et examen gratis fiat ut probanda probentur et reprobentur improbanda. Post haec temeritatem illam reprimere volens qua ad profana quaeque convertuntur et torquentur verba et sententiae Sacrae Scripturae ad scurrilia scilicet fabulosa vana adulationes detractiones superstitiones impias et diabolicas incantationes divinationes sortes libellos etiam famosos: mandat et praecipit ad tollendam huiusmodi irreverentiam et contemptum et ne de cetero quisquam quomodolibet verba scripturae sacrae ad haec et similia audeat usurpare ut omnes huius generis homines temeratores et violatores verbi Dei iuris et arbitrii poenis per episcopos coerceantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum tertium: Indictio futurae sessionis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Item haec sacrosancta Synodus statuit et decernit proximam futuram sessionem tenendam et celebrandam esse feria quinta post sacratissimum festum proximum pentecostes."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Celebrated on the eighth day of the month of April, in the year MDXLVI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE CONCERNING THE CANONICAL SCRIPTURES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred and holy, CEcumenical, and general Synod of Trent,— lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same three legates of the Apostolic See presiding therein,— keeping this"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "18 SESSION IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "always in view, that, errors being removed, the purity itself of the Gospel be preserved in the Church; which ( Gospel ), before promised through the prophets in the holy Scriptures^ our Lord Jesus Christ, the Son of God, first promulgated with His own mouth, and then commanded to be preached by His Apostles to every creature, as the fountain of all, both saving truth, and TTioral discipline;* and seeing clearly that this truth and discipline are contained in the written books, and the unwritten traditions which, received by the Apostles from the mouth of Christ Himself, or from the Apostles themselves, the Holy Ghost dictating, have come down even unto us, transmitted as it were from hand to hand; (the Synod) following the examples of the orthodox Fathers, receives and venerates with an equal affection of piety, and reverence.f all the books both of the Old and of the New Testament — seeing that one God is the author of both — as also the said traditions, as well those appertaining to faith as to morals, as having been dictated, either by Christ's own word of mouth, or by the Holy Ghost, and preserved in the Catholic Church by a continuous succession. And it has thought it meet that a list of the sacred books be inserted in this decree, lest a doubt may arise in any one's mind which arc the books that are received by this Synod. They are as set down here below; of the Old Testament: the five books of Moses, to wit. Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, Deuteronomy;Josue, Judges, Ruth, four books of Kings, two of Paralipomenon, the first book of Esdras, and the second which is entitled Nehemias; Tobias, Judith, Esther, Job, the Davidical Psalter,^ consisting of one hundred and fifty psalms; the Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, the Canticle of Canticles, Wisdom, Ecclesiasticus, Isaias, Jeremias, with Baruch; Ezechiel, Daniel; the twelve minor prophets, to wit, Oscc, Joel, Amos, Abdias, Jonas, Micheas, Nahum, Habacuc, Sophonias Aggaeus, Zacharias, Malachias; two books of the Machabees, the first and the second. Of the New Testament: the four Gospels, according"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Tamquam fontem omnis, et salutaris veritatis, et morum disciplinse. t Pari pietatis affectu (sentiment), ac reverentia. X Psalterium Davidicum, the Psalter called David's."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE CANONICAL SCRIPTURES. 19"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "to Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John; the Acts of the Apostles written by Luke the Evangelist; fourteen epistles of Paul the apostle, (one) to the Romans, two to the Corinthians, (one) to the Galatians, to the Ephesians, to the Philippians, to the Colossians, two to the Thessalonians, two to Timot hy, (one) to Titus, to Philemon, to the Hebrews; two of Peter the apostle three of John the apostle, one of the apostle James, one of Jude the apostle, and the Apocalypse of John the apostle. But if anyone receive not, as sacred and canonical, the said books entire with all their parts, as they have been used to be read in the Catholic Church, and as they are contained in the old Latin Vulgate edition; and knowingly and deliberately contemn the traditions aforesaid; let him be anathema. Let all, therefo re, understand, in what order, and in what manner, the said Synod,' after having laid the foundation of the Confession of faith, will proceed, and what testimonies and. authorities* it will mainly use in confirming dogmas, and in restoring morals in the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE CONCERNING THE EDITION, AND THE USE, OF THE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "SACRED BOOKS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, the same sacred and holy Synod,— considering that no small utility may accrue to the Church of God, if it be made known which out of all the Latin editions, now in circulation, ofthe sacred books is to be held as authentic,— ordains and declares, that the said old and Vulgate edition, which, by the lengthened usage of so many ages, has been approved of in ' the Church,^ be, in public lectures, disputations, sermons, and expositions, held as authentic; and that no one is to dare or presume to reject it under any pretext whatever. Furthermore, in order to restrain petulant spirits, It decrees, that no one, relying on his own skill, shall, — in matters of faith, and of morals pertaining to the edification of Christian doctrine, | — wresting the sacred Scriptures to his own senses, presume to interpret the said sacred Scripture contrary to that sense which ' holy mother Church, — whose it is to judge of the true sense and interpretation of the holy Scriptures, — hath held and doth hold; * Praesidiis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "20 SESSION IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "or even contrary to the unanimous consent of the Fathers; even though such interpretations were never (intended) to be at any time pubHshed. Contraveners shall be made known by their Ordinaries, and be punished with the penalties by law established. And wishing, as is just, to impose a restraint, in this matter, also on printers, who now without restraint, — thinking, that is, that whatsoever they please is allowed them, — print, without the licence of ecclesiastical superiors, the said books of sacred Scripture, and the notes and comments upon them of all persons indifferently, with the press ofttimes unnamed, often even fictitious, and what is more grievous still, without the author's name; and al.so keep for indiscriminate sale books of this kind printed elsewhere; (this Synod) ordains and decrees, that, henceforth, the sacred Scripture, and especially the said old and Vulgate edition, be printed in the most correct manner possible: and that it shall not be lawful for anyone to print, or cause to be printed, any books, whatever, on sacred matters, without the name of the author; nor to sell them in future, or even to keep them, unless they shall have been first examined, and approved of, by the Ordinary; under pain of the anathema and fine imposed in a canon of the last Council of Lateran: and, if they be Regulars, besides this examination and approval, they shall be bound to obtain a licence also from their own superiors, who shall have examined the books according to the form of their own statutes. As to those who lend, or circulate them in manuscript, without their having been first examined and approved of, they shall be subjected to the same penalties as printers; and they who shall have them in their possession, or shall read them, shall, unless they discover the authors, be themselves regarded as the authors. And the said approbation of books of this kind shall be given in writing; and for this end it shall appear authentically at the beginning of the book, whether the book be written, or printed; and all this, that is, both the approbation and the examination, shall be done gratis, that so what ought to be approved, may be approved, and what ought to be condemned, may be condemned. Besides the above, wishing to repress that temerity, by which the words and sentences of sacred Scripture are turned and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON ORIGINAL SIN. 2 I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "twisted to all sorts of profane uses, to wit, to things scurrilous, fabulous, vain, to flatteries, detractions, superstitions, impious, and diabolical incantations, sorceries, and defamatory libels; (the Synod) commands and enjoins, for the doing away with this kind of irreverence and contempt, and that no one may henceforth dare in any way to apply the words of sacred Scripture to these and such like purposes; that all men of this description, profaners and violaters of the word of God, be by the bishops restrained by the penalties of law, and others of their own appointment."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDICTION OF THE NEXT SESSION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Likewise, this sacred and holy Synod resolves and decrees, that the next ensuing Session be held and celebrated on the Thursday after the next most sacred festival of Pentecost."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-05",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 5: Original Sin and the First Decree of Reform",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17 iun. 1546 [Decretum de peccato originali]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut fides nostra catholica sine qua impossibile est placere Deo purgatis erroribus in sua sinceritate integra et illibata permaneat et ne populus christianus omni vento doctrinae circumferatur cum serpens ille antiquus humani generis perpetuus hostis inter plurima mala quibus Ecclesia Dei his nostris temporibus perturbatur etiam de peccato originali eius que remedio non solum nova sed etiam vetera dissidia excitaverit:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea eisdem tribus Apostolicae Sedis legatis iam ad revocandos errantes et nutantes confirmandos accedere volens sacrarum scripturarum et sanctorum patrum ac probatissimorum conciliorum testimonia et ipsius Ecclesiae iudicium et consensum secuta haec de ipso peccato originali statuit fatetur ac declarat. Si quis non confitetur primum hominem Adam cum mandatum Dei in paradiso fuisset transgressus statim sanctitatem et iustitiam in qua constitutus fuerat amisisse incurrisse que per offensam praevaricationis huiusmodi iram et indignationem Dei atque ideo mortem quam antea illi comminatus fuerat Deus et cum morte captivitatem sub eius potestate qui mortis deinde habuit imperium hoc est diaboli totum que Adam per illam praevaricationis offensam secundum corpus et animam in deterius commutatum fuisse: a[nathema] s[it]. Si quis Adae praevaricationem sibi soli et non eius propagini asserit nocuisse acceptam a Deo sanctitatem et iustitiam quam perdidit sibi soli et non nobis etiam eum perdidisse; aut inquinatum illum per inobedientiae peccatum mortem et poenas corporis tantum in omne genus humanum transfudisse non autem et peccatum quod mors est animae: anathema sit cum contradicat apostolo dicenti: per unum hominem peccatum intravit in mundum et per peccatum mors et ita in omnes homines mors pertransiit in quo omnes peccaverunt. Si quis hoc Adae peccatum quod origine unum est et propagatione non imitatione transfusum omnibus inest unicuique proprium vel per humanae naturae vires vel per aliud remedium asserit tolli quam per meritum unius mediatoris Domini nostri Iesu Christi qui nos Deo reconciliavit in sanguine suo factus nobis iustitia sanctificatio et redemptio; aut negat ipsum Christi Iesu meritum per baptismi sacramentum in forma Ecclesiae rite collatum tam adultis quam parvulis applicari: anathema sit. Quia non est aliud nomen sub coelo datum hominibus in quo oporteat nos salvos fieri. Unde illa vox: ecce agnus Dei ecce qui tollit peccata mundi. Et illa: quicumque baptizati estis Christum induistis. Si quis parvulos recentes ab uteris matrum baptizandos negat etiam si fuerint a baptizatis parentibus orti aut dicit in remissionem quidem peccatorum eos baptizari sed nihil ex Adam trahere originalis peccati quod regenerationis lavacro necesse sit expiari ad vitam aeternam consequendam unde fit consequens ut in eis forma baptismatis in remissionem peccatorum non vera sed falsa intelligatur: anathema sit. Quoniam non aliter intelligendum est id quod dicit apostolus: per unum hominem peccatum intravit in mundum et per peccatum mors et ita in omnes homines mors pertransiit in quo omnes peccaverunt nisi quemadmodum Ecclesia Catholica ubique diffusa semper intellexit. Propter hanc enim regulam fidei ex traditione apostolorum etiam parvuli qui nihil peccatorum in semetipsis adhuc committere potuerunt ideo in remissionem peccatorum veraciter baptizantur ut in eis regeneratione mundetur quod generatione contraxerunt. Nisi enim quis renatus fuerit ex aqua et Spiritu Sancto non potest introire in regnum Dei. Si quis per Iesu Christi Domini nostri gratiam quae in baptismate confertur reatum originalis peccati remitti negat aut etiam asserit non tolli totum id quod veram et propriam peccati rationem habet sed illud dicit tantum radi aut non imputari: anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In renatis enim nihil odit Deus quia nihil est damnationis iis qui vere consepulti sunt cum Christo per baptisma in mortem qui non secundum carnem ambulant sed veterem hominem exuentes et novum qui secundum Deum creatus est induentes innocentes immaculati puri innoxii ac Deo dilecti filii effecti sunt heredes quidem Dei coheredes autem Christi ita ut nihil prorsus eos ab ingressu coeli remoretur. Manere autem in baptizatis concupiscentiam vel fomitem haec sancta Synodus fatetur et sentit; quae cum ad agonem relicta sit nocere non consentientibus et viriliter per Christi Iesu gratiam repugnantibus non valet. Quinimmo qui legitime certaverit coronabitur. Hanc concupiscentiam quam aliquando apostolus peccatum appellat sancta Synodus declarat Ecclesiam catholicam nunquam intellexisse peccatum appellari quod vere et proprie in renatis peccatum sit sed quia ex peccato est et ad peccatum inclinat. Si quis autem contrarium senserit: a[nathema] s[it]. Declarat tamen haec ipsa sancta Synodus non esse suae intentionis comprehendere in hoc decreto ubi de peccato originali agitur beatam et immaculatam virginem Mariam Dei genitricem sed observandas esse constitutiones felicis recordationis Sixti papae IV sub poenis in eis constitutionibus contentis quas innovat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum II: pro lectione Sacrae Scripturae. De Verbi Dei concionatoribus, et quaestoribus eleemosyniis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eadem sacrosancta Synodus piis summorum pontificum et probatorum conciliorum constitutionibus inhaerens eas que amplectens et illis adiiciens ne coelestis ille sacrorum librorum thesaurus quem spiritus sanctus summa liberalitate hominibus tradidit neglectus iaceat statuit ac decrevit quod in illis ecclesiis in quibus praebenda aut praestimonium seu aliud quovis nomine nuncupatum stipendium pro lectoribus sacrae theologiae deputatum reperitur episcopi archiepiscopi primates et alii locorum ordinarii eos qui praebendam aut praestimonium seu stipendium huiusmodi obtinent ad ipsius Sacrae Scripturae expositionem et interpretationem per se ipsos si idonei fuerint alioqui per idoneum substitutum ab ipsis episcopis archiepiscopis primatibus et aliis locorum ordinariis eligendum etiam per subtractionem fructuum cogant et compellant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "De cetero vero praebenda praestimonium aut stipendium huiusmodi nonnisi"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "personis idoneis et qui per se ipsos id munus explicare possint conferantur. Et aliter facta provisio nulla sit et invalida. In ecclesiis autem metropolitanis vel cathedralibus si civitas insignis vel populosa ac etiam in collegiatis existentibus in aliquo insigni oppido etiam nullius dioecesis si ibi clerus numerosus fuerit ubi nulla praebenda aut praestimonium seu stipendium huiusmodi deputatum reperitur: praebenda quomodocunque praeterquam ex causa resignationis primo vacatura cui aliud onus incompatibile iniunctum non sit ad eum usum ipso facto perpetuo constituta et deputata intelligatur. Et quatenus in ipsis ecclesiis nulla vel non sufficiens praebenda foret metropolitanus vel episcopus ipse per assignationem fructuum alicuius simplicis beneficii (eiusdem tamen debitis supportatis oneribus) vel per contributionem beneficiatorum suae civitatis et dioecesis vel alias prout commodius fieri poterit de capituli consilio ita provideat ut ipsa Sacrae Scripturae lectio habeatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita tamen ut quaecunque aliae lectiones vel consuetudine vel quavis alia ratione institutae propter id minime praetermittantur. Ecclesiae vero quarum annui proventus tenues fuerint vel ubi tam exigua est cleri et populi multitudo ut theologiae lectio in eis commode haberi non possit saltem magistrum habeant ab episcopo cum consilio capituli eligendum qui clericos alios que scholares pauperes grammaticam gratis doceat ut deinceps ad ipsa Sacrae Scripturae studia (annuente Deo) transire possint. Ideo que illi magistro grammatices vel alicuius simplicis beneficii fructus quos tamdiu percipiat quamdiu in docendo perstiterit assignentur dum tamen beneficium ipsum suo debito non fraudetur obsequio vel ex capitulari vel episcopali mensa condigna aliqua merces persolvatur vel alias episcopus ipse aliquam rationem ineat suae Ecclesiae et dioecesi accommodam ne pia haec utilis ac fructuosa provisio quovis quaesito colore negligatur. In monasteriis quoque monachorum ubi commode fieri queat etiam lectio Sacrae Scripturae habeatur. Qua in re si abbates negligentes fuerint episcopi locorum in hoc ut Sedis Apostolicae delegati eos ad id opportunis remediis compellant. In conventibus vero aliorum regularium in quibus studia commode vigere possunt Sacrae Scripturae lectio similiter habeatur quae lectio a capitulis generalibus vel provincialibus assignetur dignioribus magistris. In gymnasiis etiam publicis ubi tam honorifica et ceterorum omnium maxime necessaria lectio hactenus instituta non fuerit religiosissimorum principum ac rerum publicarum pietate et caritate ad catholicae fidei defensionem et incrementum sanae que doctrinae conservationem et propagationem instituatur. Et ubi instituta foret et negligeretur restituatur. Et ne sub specie pietatis impietas disseminetur statuit eadem sancta Synodus neminem ad huiusmodi lectionis officium tam publice quam privatim admittendum esse qui prius ab episcopo loci de vita moribus et scientia examinatus et approbatus non fuerit. Quod tamen de lectoribus in claustris monachorum non intelligatur. Docentes vero ipsam sacram scripturam dum publice in scholis docuerint et scholares qui in ipsis scholis student privilegiis omnibus de perceptione fructuum praebendarum et beneficiorum suorum in absentia a iure communi concessis plene gaudeant et fruantur. Quia vero christianae rei publicae non minus necessaria est praedicatio Evangelii quam lectio et hoc est praecipuum episcoporum munus: statuit et decrevit eadem sancta Synodus omnes episcopos archiepiscopos primates et omnes alios ecclesiarum praelatos teneri per se ipsos si legitime impediti non fuerint ad praedicandum sanctum Iesu Christi Evangelium. Si vero contigerit episcopos et alios praedictos legitimo detineri impedimento iuxta formam generalis concilii viros idoneos assumere teneantur ad huiusmodi praedicationis officium salubriter exequendum. Si quis autem hoc adimplere contempserit districtae subiaceat ultioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Archipresbyteri quoque plebani et quicunque parochiales vel alias curam animarum habentes ecclesias quocunque modo obtinent per se vel alios idoneos si legitime impediti fuerint diebus saltem dominicis et festis solemnibus plebes sibi commissas pro sua et earum capacitate pascant salutaribus verbis docendo ea quae scire omnibus necessarium est ad salutem annuntiando que eis cum brevitate et facilitate sermonis vitia quae eos declinare et virtutes quas sectari oporteat ut poenam aeternam evadere et coelestem gloriam consequi valeant. Id vero si quis eorum praestare negligat etiam si ab episcopi iurisdictione quavis ratione exemptum se esse praetenderet etiam si Ecclesiae quovis modo exemptae dicerentur aut alicui monasterio etiam extra dioecesim existenti forsan annexae vel unitae modo re ipsa in dioecesi sint: provida pastoralis episcoporum sollicitudo non desit ne illud impleatur: parvuli petierunt panem et non erat qui frangeret eis. Itaque ubi ab episcopo moniti trium mensium spatio muneri suo defuerint per censuras ecclesiasticas seu alias ad ipsius episcopi arbitrium cogantur ita ut etiam si ei sic expedire visum fuerit ex beneficiorum fructibus alteri qui id praestet honesta aliqua merces persolvatur donec principalis ipse resipiscens officium suum impleat. Si quae vero parochiales Ecclesiae reperiantur subiectae monasteriis in nulla dioecesi existentibus si abbates et regulares praelati in praedictis negligentes fuerint a metropolitanis in quorum provinciis dioecesis ipsae sitae sunt tamquam quoad hoc Sedis Apostolicae delegatis compellantur. Neque huius decreti executionem consuetudo vel exemptio aut appellatio aut reclamatio sive recursus impedire valeat quousque desuper a competenti iudice qui summarie et sola facti veritate inspecta procedat cognitum et decisum fuerit. Regulares vero cuiuscunque ordinis nisi a suis superioribus de vita moribus et scientia examinati et approbati fuerint ac de eorum licentia etiam in ecclesiis suorum ordinum praedicare non possint; cum qua licentia personaliter se coram episcopis praesentare et ab benedictionem petere teneantur antequam praedicare incipiant. In ecclesiis vero quae suorum ordinum non sunt ultra licentiam suorum superiorum etiam episcopi licentiam habere teneantur sine qua in ipsis ecclesiis non suorum ordinum nullo modo praedicare possint. Ipsam autem licentiam gratis episcopi concedant. Si vero (quod absit) praedicator errores aut scandala disseminaverit in populum etiam si in monasterio sui vel alterius ordinis praedicet episcopus ei praedicationem interdicat. Quod si haereses praedicaverit contra eum secundum iuris dispositionem aut loci consuetudinem procedat etiam si praedicator ipse generali vel speciali privilegio exemptum se esse praetenderet. Quo casu episcopus auctoritate apostolica et tamquam Sedis Apostolicae delegatus procedat. Curent autem episcopi ne quis praedicator vel ex falsis informationibus vel alias calumniose vexetur iustam ve de eis conquerendi occasionem habeat. Caveant praeterea episcopi ne aliquem vel eorum qui cum sint nomine regulares extra claustra tamen et obedientiam religionum suarum vivunt vel presbyterorum saecularium (nisi ipsis noti sint et moribus atque doctrina probati) etiam quorumlibet privilegiorum praetextu in sua civitate vel dioecesi praedicare permittant donec ab ipsis episcopis super ea re sancta Sedes Apostolica consulatur a qua privilegia huiusmodi nisi tacita veritate et expresso mendacio ab indignis extorqueri verisimile non est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quaestores vero eleemosynarii qui etiam quaestuarii vulgo dicuntur cuiuscunque conditionis existant ullo modo nec per se nec per alium praedicare praesumant. Et contrafacientes ab episcopis et ordinariis locorum privilegiis quibuscunque non obstantibus opportunis remediis omnino arceantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum indictionis futurae sessionis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Item haec sacrosancta Synodus statuit et decernit primam futuram sessionem tenendam et celebrandam esse die iovis feria quinta post festum beati Iacobi apostoli."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Celebrated on the seventeenth day of the month of June, in the year MDXLVI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE CONCERNING ORIGINAL SIN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That our Catholic faith, without which it is impossible to please God,* may, errors being purged away, continue in its own perfect and spotless integrity, and that the Christian people, may not be carried about with every wind of doctrine;'\\ whereas that old serpent, the perpetual enemy of mankind, amongst the very many evils with which the Church of God is in these our times troubled, has also stirred up not only ne w but even old, dissensions touching original sin, and the remedy thereof; the sacred and holy, cecumenical and general Synod of Trent, — lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the three same legates of the Apostolic See presiding therein, — wishing now to come to the reclaiming of the erring, and the confirming of the wavering, — following the testimonies of the sacred"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Hebr. xi. 6. t Ephes. iv. 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "22 SESSION V."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Scriptures, of the holy Fathers, of the most approved councils, and the judgment and consent of the Church itself, ordains, confesses, and declares these things touching the said original sin: 1. If anyone does not confess that the first man, Adam, when he had transgressed the commandment of God in Paradise, immediately lost the holiness and justice wherein he had been constituted; and that he incurred, through the offence of that prevarication, the wrath and indignation of God, and consequently death, with which God had previously threatened him, and, together with death, captivity under his power, who thenceforth had the empire of death, that is to say, the Devih*) and that the entire Adam, through that offence of prevarication, was changed, in body and soul, for the worse; let him be anathema. 2. If anyone asserts, that the prevarication of Adam injured himself alone, and not his posterity; and that the holiness and justice, received of God, which he lost, he lost for himself alone, and not for us also; or that he, being defiled by the sin of disobedience, has only transfused death, and pains of the body, into the whole human race, but not sin also, which is the death of the soul; let him be anathema:— whereas he contradicts the apostle who says: By one man sin entered into the world, and by sin death, and so death passed upon all men, in whom all have sinnedQ) 3. If anyone asserts that this sin of Adam, — which in its origin is one, and being transfused into all by propagation, not by imitation, is in each one as his own,| — is taken away either by the powers of human nature, or by any other remedy than the merit of the one mediator, our Lord Jesus Christ^ who hath reconciled us to God in his own blood, made unto us justice, sanctification, and redemption /H or if he denies that the said merit of Jesus Christ is applied, both to adults and to infants, by the sacrament of baptism rightly administered in the form of the Church; let him be anathema: For there is no other name under lieaven given to men, whereby we must be"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "©Ilebr. ii. 14 QRohi. v. 12. % Inest unicuique proprium. § I Tim. ii. 5. II I Cor. i. 30."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON ORIGINAL SIN. 23"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "saved* Whence that voice: Behold the lamb of God, behold Him who taketh away the sins of the zvorld; f and that other: As many as have been baptised, have put on Christ. X 4. If anyone denies that infants, newly born from their mothers' womb's, even though they be sprung from baptised parents, are to be baptised; or says that they are baptised indeed /or the remission of sins, § but that they derive nothing of original sin from Adam, which has need of being expiated by the laver of regeneration for the obtaining life everlasting, — whence it follows as a cpnsequence, that in them the form of baptism, for tJu remission of sins, is understood to be not true, but false, — let him be anathema. For that which the apostle has said: By one man sin 'entered into the world, and by sin death, and so death passed upon all men in whom all have sinned^ is not to be understood otherwise than as the Catholic Church spread everywhere hath always understood it. For, by reason of this rule of faith, from a tradition of the apostles, even infants, who could not as yet commit any sin of themselves, are for this cause truly baptised for the remission of sins, that in them that may be cleansed away by regeneration, which they have contracted by generation. For, unless a man be born again of water and the Holy Ghost, he cannot enter into the kingdom of God.*^ ■ 5. If anyone denies that, by the grace of our Lord Jesus 1 Christ, which is conferred in baptism, the guilt of original sin is remitted; or even asserts that the whole of that which has the true and proper nature of sin is not taken away; but says that it is only raised,** or not imputed; let him be anathema. For in those who are born again, there is nothing that God hates; because. There is no condemnation to those who are truly buried together with Christ by baptism into death-; ff who walk not according to the flesh, but, putting off the old man, and putting"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "on the new who is created according to God, XX are made inno-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Acts iv. 2. § Acts ii. 38. -f John i.' 29. II Rom. v. 12.{ Gal. iii. 27. IT John iii. 5. ** Radi, cancelled. tt Rom. viii. i; vi. 4. tt Ephes. iv. 22, 24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "24 SESSION V."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cent, immaculate, pure, harmless, and beloved of God, heirs indeed of God, hit joint heirs luith Christ;* so that there is nothing whatever to retard their entrance into heaven. But this holy Synod confesses and is sensible that in the baptised there remains concupiscence, or an incentive (to sin);f which, whereas it is left for our exercise,j cannot injure those who consent not, but resist manfully by the grace of Jesus Christ; yea, he who shall have striven lawfully shall be cro%vned\\ This concupiscence, which the apostle sometimes calls sin,|| the holy Synod declares that the Catholic Church has never understood it to be called sin, as being truly and properly sin in those born again, but because it is of sin, and inclines to sin. And if anyone is of a contrary sentiment, let him be anathema. This same holy Synod doth nevertheless declare, that it is not its intention to include in this decree, where original sin is treated of, the blessed and immaculate Virgin Mary, the mother of God; but that the constitutions of Pope Sixtus IV.,ir of happy memory, are to be observed under the pains contained in the said constitutions, which it renews. ^"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE ON REFORMATION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": "I",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the Institution of a Lectureship of Sacred Scripture, and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "of the Liberal Arts."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The same sacred and holy Synod, adhering to the pious constitutions ofthe Sovereign Pontiffs and of approved councils,** and embracing and adding to them; that the heavenly treasure of the sacred books, which the Holy Ghost has with the greatest liberality delivered unto men, may not lie neglected, hath or-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Rom. viii. 17. f Fomitem. X Ad agonem, to be wrestled with. § 2 Tim. ii. 5. || Rom. vi.— viii. % Extravag. Cum praeexcelsa, et Grave nimis I et 2 de Reliq. et venerat. sanct. int. comm. ** Concil. Later, sub Innce. iii. cap. ii.; Cabilon. ii. cap. 3. Dist. 37. t. De quibusdam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 25"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "dained and decreed, that, — in those churches where there is found to be a prebend, prestimony, or other stipend under whatsoever name, destined for lecturers in sacred theology, — the bishops, archbishops, primates, and other Ordinaries of those places shall force and compel, even by the substraction of the fruits, those who hold such prebend, prestimony, or stipend, to expound and interpret the said sacred Scripture, either personally, if they be competent, or otherwise by a competent substitute, to be chosen by the said bishops, archbishops, primates, and other Ordinaries of those places. But, for the future, let not such prebend, prestimony, or stipend be bestowed save on competent persons, and those who can themselves discharge that office; and otherwise let the provision made be null and void. But in metropolitan, or cathedral churches, if the city be distinguished and populous, — and also in collegiate churches which are in any large town, even though they may not belong to any diocese, provided the clergy be numerous there, — wherein there is no such prebend, prestimony, or stipend set aside for this purpose, let the first prebend that shall become vacant in any way soever, except by resignation, and to which some other incompatible duty is not attached, be understood to be ipso facto set apart and devoted to that purpose for ever. And in case that in the said churches there should not be any, or not any sufficient, prebend, let the metropolitan, or the bishop himself, by assigning thereunto the fruits of some simple benefice,^-the obligations thereto belonging being nevertheless discharged, — or by the contributions of the beneficiaries of his city and diocese, or otherwise, as may be most convenient, provide in such wise, with the advice of his chapter, as that the said lecture of sacred Scripture be had; yet so that whatsoever other lectures there may be, whether established by custom, or in any other way, be not by any means therefore omitted. As to churches, whose annual revenues are slight, and where the number of the clergy and laity is so small, that a lectureship of Theology cannot be conveniently had therein, let them at least have a master — -to be chosen by the bishop, with the advice of the chapter — to teach grammar gratuitously to clerics, and other poor scholars, that so they may afterwards, with God's blessing."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "26 SESSION V."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "pass on to the said study of sacred Scripture. And for this end, either let the fruits of some simple benefice be assigned to that master of grammar,— which fruits he shall receive so long as he continues teaching, provided however, that the said benefice be not deprived of the duty due to it,— or let some suitable remuneration be paid him out of the episcopal or capitular revenue;* or in fine let the bishop himself devise some other method suited to his church and diocese; that so this pious, useful, and profitable provision may not be, under any colourable pretext whatever, neglected. In the monasteries also of monks, let there be in like manner a lecture on sacred Scripture, where this can be conveniently done: whe rein if the abbots be negligent, let the bishops of the places, as the delegates herein of the Apostolic See, compel them thereto by suitable remedies. And in the convents of other Regulars, in which studies can conveniently flourish, let there be in like manner a lectureship of sacred Scripture; which lectureship shall be assigned, by the general or provincial chapters, to the more able masters. In the public colleges also, wherein a lectureship so honourable, and the most necessary of all, has not hitherto been instituted, let it be established by the piety and charity of the most religious princes and governments, for the defence and increase of the Catholic faith, and the preservation and propagation of sound doctrine; and where such lectureship, after being once instituted, has been neglected, let it be restored- And that impiety may not be disseminated under the semblance of piety, the same holy Synod ordains, that no one be admitted to this office of lecturing, whether in public or in private, without having been previously examined and approved of by the bishop of the place, as to his life, conversation, and knowledge: which however is not to be understood of lecturers in convents of monks. Furthermore, those who are teaching the said sacred Scripture, as long as they teach publicly in the schools, as also the scholars who are studying in those schools, shall fully enjoy"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Ex capitulari, vel episcopali mensa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 27"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "and possess, though absent, all the privileges accorded by common law, asregards the reception of the fruits of their prebends and benefices."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": "II",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER II."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On Preachers of the Word of God, and on Qiiestors of Alms."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But seeing that the preaching of the Gospel is no less necessary to the Christian commonwealth than the reading thereof; and whereas this is the principal duty of bishops; the same holy Synod hath resolved and decreed, that all bishops, archbishops, primates, and all other prelates of the churches be bound personally — if they be not lawfully hindered — to preach the holy Gospel of Jesus Christ. But if it should happen that bishops, and the others aforesaid, be hindered by any lawful impediment, they shall be bound, in accordance with the form prescribed by the general Council (of Lateran), to appoint fit persons to discharge wholesomely this office of preaching. But if anyone through contempt do not execute this,* let him be subjected to rigorous punishment. Archpriests, curates, and all those who in any manner soever hold any parochial, or other, churches, which have the cure of souls, shall, at least on the Lord's days, and solemn feasts, either personally, or if they be lawfully hindered, by others who are competent, feed the people committed to them, with wholesome words, according to their own capacity, and that of their people, by teaching them the things which it is necessary for all to know unto salvation, and by announcing to them with briefness and plainness of discourse, the' vices which they must avoid, and the virtues which they must follow after, that they may escape everlasting punishment, and obtain the glory of, heaven. And if any one of the above neglect to discharge this duty, — even though he may plead, on whatsoever ground, that he"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Hoc adimplere contempserit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "28 SESSION V."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "is exempt from the jurisdiction of the bishop, and even though the churches may be, in whatsoever way, said to be exempted, or haply annexed or united to a monastery that is even out of the diocese, — let not the watchful pastoral solicitude of the bishops be wanting, provided those churches be really within their diocese; lest that word be fulfilled: The little ones have asked for bread and there ivas none to break it unto them* Wherefore, if, after having been admonished by the bishop, they shall neglect this their duty for the space of three months, let them be compelled by ecclesiastical censures, or otherwise, at the discretion of the said bishop; in such wise that even — if this seems to him expedient — a fair remuneration be paid, out of the fruits of the benefices, to some other person to discharge that office, until the principal himself repenting shall fulfil his own duty. But should there be found to be any parochial churches, subject to monasteries which are not in any diocese, if the abbots and Regular prelates be negligent in the matters aforesaid, let them be compelled thereto by the Metropolitans, in whose provinces the said dioceses are situated, as the delegates for that end of the Apostolic See; nor let custom, or exemption, or appeal, or reclamation, or action of recoveryjbe of effect to impede the execution of this decree; until by a competent judge, — who shall proceed summarily, and examine only into the truth of the (matter of) fact, — the case shall have been taken cognisance of, and decided. Regulars, of whatsoever order they may be, may not preach even in the churches of their own orders, unless they have been examined and approved of as regards their life, manners, and knowledge, by their own superiors, and with his licence; with which licence they shall be bound to present themselves personally before the bishops, and beg a blessing from them, before they begin to preach. But, (to preach) in churches which are not those of their own orders, besides the licence of their own superiors, they shall be obliged to have also the licence of the bishop, without which they may not on any account preach in"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Lament, iv. 4. f Recursus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 2 9"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "the said churches which belong not to their own orders: but bishops shall grant the said licence gratuitously. But if, which God forbid, a preacher should spread errors, or scandals, amongst the people, let the bishop interdict his preaching, even though he preach in a monastery of his own, or of another, order: whereas, if he preach heresies, let him proceed against him according to the appointment of the law, or the custom of the place, even though the said preacher should plead that he is exempted by a general, or special, privilege; in which case the bishop shall proceed by apostolic authority, and as the delegate of the Apostolic See. But let bishops be careful, that a preacher be not annoyed, either by false accusations, or in any other way calumniously; or have any just cause of complaint against them. Furthermore, let bishops be on their guard not to permit any one, — whether of those, who, being Regulars in name, live nevertheless out of their monasteries, and the obedience of their religious institute, or secular priests unless they be known to them, and are of approved morals and doctrine, — to preach in their own city, and diocese, even under the pretext of any privilege whatsoever; until the holy Apostolic See has been consulted by the said bishops thereon; from which See it is not likely that unworthy persons can extort any such privileges, except by suppressing the truth, or by uttering what is false. Those who quest for alms — who are also commonly called Questors — of whatsoever condition they may be, shall not in any way presume, either personally, or by another, to preach; and Contraveners shall, any privileges notwithstanding, be wholly restrained by suitable remedies, by the bishops and Ordinaries of the places."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDICTION OF THE NEXT SESSION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred and holy Synod also ordains and decrees, that the first ensuing Session be held and celebrated on the Thursday after the feast of the blessed apostle James."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Session was afterwards prorogued to the thirteenth oj Janvary, MDXLVII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3°"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-06",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 6: Justification and Reform",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13 ian. 1547 [Decretum de iustificatione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Prooemium]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum hoc tempore non sine multarum animarum iactura et gravi ecclesiasticae unitatis detrimento erronea quaedam disseminata sit de iustificatione doctrina: ad laudem et gloriam omnipotentis Dei Ecclesiae tranquillitatem et animarum salutem sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea nomine sanctissimi in Christo patris et domini nostri Pauli divina providentia papae tertii reverendissimis dominis dominis Ioanne Maria episcopo Praenestino de Monte et Marcello t(itulato) s(anctae) crucis in Hierusalem presbytero sacrae Romanae Ecclesiae cardinalibus et apostolicis de latere legatis exponere intendit omnibus christifidelibus veram sanam que doctrinam ipsius iustificationis quam sol iustitiae Christus Iesus fidei nostrae auctor et consummator docuit apostoli tradiderunt et Catholica Ecclesia Spiritu Sancto suggerente perpetuo retinuit; districtius inhibendo ne deinceps audeat quisquam aliter credere praedicare aut docere quam praesenti decreto statuitur ac declaratur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput I.: De naturae et legis ad iustificandos homines imbecillitate]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Primum declarat sancta Synodus ad iustificationis doctrinam probe et sincere intelligendam oportere ut unusquisque agnoscat et fateatur quod cum omnes homines in praevaricatione Adae innocentiam perdidissent facti immundi et (ut apostolus inquit) natura filii irae quemadmodum in decreto de peccato originali exposuit usque adeo servi erant peccati et sub potestate diaboli ac mortis ut non modo gentes per vim naturae sed ne Iudaei quidem per ipsam etiam litteram legis Moysi inde liberari aut surgere possent tametsi in eis liberum arbitrium minime extinctum esset viribus licet attenuatum et inclinatum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput II.: De dispensatione, et mysterio adventus Christi]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quo factum est ut coelestis Pater Pater misericordiarum et Deus totius consolationis Christum Iesum filium suum et ante legem et legis tempore multis sanctis patribus declaratum ac promissum cum venit beata illa plenitudo temporis ad homines miserit ut et Iudaeos qui sub lege erant redimeret et gentes quae non sectabantur iustitiam iustitiam apprehenderent atque omnes adoptionem filiorum reciperent. Hunc proposuit Deus propitiatorem per fidem in sanguine ipsius pro peccatis nostris non solum autem pro nostris sed etiam pro totius mundi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput III.: Qui per Christum iustificantur]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Verum etsi ille pro omnibus mortuus est non omnes tamen mortis eius beneficium recipiunt sed ii dumtaxat quibus meritum passionis eius communicatur. Nam sicut revera homines nisi ex semine Adae propagati nascerentur non nascerentur iniusti cum ea propagatione per ipsum dum concipiuntur propriam iniustitiam contrahant: ita nisi in Christo renascerentur numquam iustificarentur cum ea renascentia per meritum passionis eius gratia qua iusti fiunt illis tribuatur. Pro hoc beneficio apostolus gratias nos semper agere hortatur Patri qui dignos nos fecit in partem sortis sanctorum in lumine et eripuit de potestate tenebrarum transtulit que in regnum Filii dilectionis suae in quo habemus redemptionem et remissionem peccatorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput IV.: Insinuatur descriptio iustificationis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quibus verbis iustificationis impii descriptio insinuatur ut sit translatio ab eo statu in quo homo nascitur filius primi Adae in statum gratiae et adoptionis filiorum Dei per secundum Adam Iesum Christum salvatorem nostrum; quae quidem translatio post Evangelium promulgatum sine lavacro regenerationis aut eius voto fieri non potest sicut scriptum est: nisi quis renatus fuerit ex aqua et Spiritu Sancto non potest introire in regnum Dei."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput V.: De necessitate praeparationis ad iustificationem in adultis, et unde sit]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Declarat praeterea ipsius iustificationis exordium in adultis a Dei per Christum Iesum praeveniente gratia sumendum esse hoc est ab eius vocatione qua nullis eorum existentibus meritis vocantur ut qui per peccata a Deo aversi erant per eius excitantem atque adiuvantem gratiam ad convertendum se ad suam ipsorum iustificationem eidem gratiae libere assentiendo et cooperando disponantur ita ut tangente Deo cor hominis per Spiritus Sancti illuminationem neque homo ipse nihil omnino agat inspirationem illam recipiens quippe qui illam et abiicere potest neque tamen sine gratia Dei movere se ad iustitiam coram illo libera sua voluntate possit. Unde in sacris litteris cum dicitur: convertimini ad me et ego convertar ad vos libertatis nostrae admonemur; cum respondemus: converte nos Domine ad te et convertemur Dei nos gratia praeveniri confitemur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VI.: Modus praeparationis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Disponuntur autem ad ipsam iustitiam dum excitati divina gratia et adiuti fidem ex auditu concipientes libere moventur in Deum credentes vera esse quae divinitus revelata et promissa sunt atque illud in primis a Deo iustificari impium per gratiam eius per redemptionem quae est in Christo Iesu et dum peccatores se esse intelligentes a divinae iustitiae timore quo utiliter concutiuntur ad considerandam Dei misericordiam se convertendo in spem eriguntur fidentes Deum sibi propter Christum propitium fore illum que tamquam omnis iustitiae fontem diligere incipiunt ac propterea moventur adversus peccata per odium aliquod et detestationem hoc est per eam poenitentiam quam ante baptismum agi oportet; denique dum proponunt suscipere baptismum, inchoare novam vitam et servare divina mandata."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "De hac dispositione scriptum est: accedentem ad Deum oportet credere quia est et"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "quod inquirentibus se remunerator sit et: confide fili remittuntur tibi peccata tua et: timor Domini expellit peccatum et: poenitentiam agite et baptizetur unusquisque vestrum in nomine Iesu Christi in remissionem peccatorum vestrorum et accipietis donum Spiritus Sancti et: euntes ergo docete omnes gentes baptizantes eos in nomine Patris et Filii et Spiritus Sancti docentes eos servare quaecumque mandavi vobis denique: praeparate corda vestra Domino."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VII.: Quid sit iustificatio impii, et quae eius causae]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hanc dispositionem seu praeparationem iustificatio ipsa consequitur quae non est sola peccatorum remissio sed et sanctificatio et renovatio interioris hominis per voluntariam susceptionem gratiae et donorum unde homo ex iniusto fit iustus et ex inimico amicus ut sit haeres secundum spem vitae aeternae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Huius iustificationis causae sunt: finalis quidem gloria Dei et Christi ac vita aeterna; efficiens vero misericors Deus qui gratuito abluit et sanctificat signans et ungens spiritu promissionis sancto qui est pignus haereditatis nostrae; meritoria autem dilectissimus unigenitus suus Dominus noster Iesus Christus qui cum essemus inimici propter nimiam charitatem qua dilexit nos sua sanctissima passione in ligno crucis nobis iustificationem meruit et pro nobis Deo Patri satisfecit; instrumentalis item sacramentum baptismi quod est sacramentum fidei sine qua nulli umquam contigit iustificatio. Demum unica formalis causa est iustitia Dei non qua ipse iustus est sed qua nos iustos facit qua videlicet ab eo donati renovamur spiritu mentis nostrae et non modo reputamur sed vere iusti nominamur et sumus iustitiam in nobis recipientes unusquisque suam secundum mensuram quam spiritus sanctus partitur singulis prout vult et secundum propriam cuiusque dispositionem et cooperationem. Quamquam enim nemo possit esse iustus nisi cui merita passionis Domini nostri Iesu Christi communicantur id tamen in hac impii iustificatione fit dum eiusdem sanctissimae passionis merito per Spiritum Sanctum charitas Dei diffunditur in cordibus eorum qui iustificantur atque ipsis inhaeret. Unde in ipsa iustificatione cum remissione peccatorum haec omnia simul infusa accipit homo per Iesum Christum cui inseritur: fidem spem et charitatem. Nam fides, nisi ad eam spes accedat et charitas neque unit perfecte cum Christo neque corporis eius vivum membrum efficit. Qua ratione verissime dicitur fidem sine operibus mortuam et otiosam esse et in Christo Iesu neque circumcisionem aliquid valere neque praeputium sed fidem quae per charitatem operatur. Hanc fidem ante baptismi sacramentum ex apostolorum traditione catechumeni ab Ecclesia petunt cum petunt fidem vitam aeternam praestantem quam sine spe et charitate fides praestare non potest. Unde et statim verbum Christi audiunt: si vis ad vitam ingredi serva mandata. Itaque veram et christianam iustitiam accipientes eam ceu primam stolam pro illa quam Adam sua inobedientia sibi et nobis perdidit per Christum Iesum illis donatam candidam et immaculatam iubentur statim renati conservare ut eam perferant ante tribunal Domini nostri Iesu Christi et habeant vitam aeternam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VIII.: Quo modo intelligatur, impium per fidem, et gratis iustificari]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum vero apostolus dicit iustificari hominem per fidem et gratis ea verba in eo sensu intelligenda sunt quem perpetuus Ecclesiae catholicae consensus tenuit et expressit, ut scilicet per fidem ideo iustificari dicamur quia fides est humanae salutis initium fundamentum et radix omnis iustificationis sine qua impossibile est placere Deo et ad filiorum eius consortium pervenire; gratis autem iustificari ideo dicamur quia nihil eorum quae iustificationem praecedunt sive fides sive opera ipsam iustificationis gratiam promeretur; si enim gratia est iam non ex operibus; alioquin (ut idem apostolus inquit) gratia iam non est gratia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput IX.: Contra inanem haereticorum fiduciam]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quamvis autem necessarium sit credere neque remitti neque remissa umquam fuisse peccata nisi gratis divina misericordia propter Christum: nemini tamen fiduciam et certitudinem remissionis peccatorum suorum iactanti et in ea sola quiescenti peccata dimitti vel dimissa esse dicendum est cum apud haereticos et schismaticos possit esse immo nostra tempestate sit et magna contra Ecclesiam catholicam contentione praedicetur vana haec et ab omni pietate remota fiducia. Sed neque illud asserendum est oportere eos qui vere iustificati sunt absque ulla omnino dubitatione apud semetipsos statuere se esse iustificatos neminem que a peccatis absolvi ac iustificari nisi eum qui certo credat se absolutum et iustificatum esse atque hac sola fide absolutionem et iustificationem perfici quasi qui hoc non credit de Dei promissis de que mortis et resurrectionis Christi efficacia dubitet. Nam sicut nemo pius de Dei misericordia de Christi merito de que sacramentorum virtute et efficacia dubitare debet: sic quilibet dum se ipsum suam que propriam infirmitatem et indispositionem respicit de sua gratia formidare et timere potest cum nullus scire valeat certitudine fidei cui non potest subesse falsum se gratiam Dei esse consecutum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput X.: De acceptae iustificationis incremento]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sic ergo iustificati et amici Dei ac domestici facti euntes de virtute in virtutem renovantur (ut apostolus inquit) de die in diem hoc est mortificando membra carnis suae et exhibendo ea arma iustitiae in sanctificationem per observationem mandatorum Dei et Ecclesiae: in ipsa iustitia per Christi gratiam accepta cooperante fide bonis operibus crescunt atque magis iustificantur sicut scriptum est: qui iustus est iustificetur adhuc et iterum: ne verearis usque ad mortem iustificari et rursus: videtis quoniam ex operibus iustificatur homo et non ex fide tantum. Hoc vero iustitiae incrementum petit sancta Ecclesia cum orat: da nobis domine fidei spei et charitatis augmentum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XI.: De observatione mandatorum, deque illius necessitate, et possibilitate]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nemo autem quantumvis iustificatus liberum se esse ab observatione mandatorum putare debet nemo temeraria illa et a patribus sub anathemate prohibita voce uti Dei praecepta homini iustificato ad observandum esse impossibilia. Nam Deus impossibilia non iubet sed iubendo monet et facere quod possis et petere quod non possis et adiuvat ut possis; cuius mandata gravia non sunt cuius iugum suave est et onus leve. Qui enim sunt filii Dei Christum diligunt; qui autem diligunt eum (ut ipsemet testatur) servant sermones eius quod utique cum divino auxilio praestare possunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Licet enim in hac mortali vita quantumvis sancti et iusti in levia saltem et quotidiana quae etiam venialia dicuntur peccata quandoque cadant non propterea desinunt esse iusti. Nam iustorum illa vox est et humilis et verax: dimitte nobis debita nostra. Quo fit ut iusti ipsi eo magis se obligatos ad ambulandum in via iustitiae sentire debeant quo liberati iam a peccato servi autem facti Deo sobrie et iuste et pie viventes proficere possunt per Christum Iesum per quem accessum habuerunt in gratiam istam. Deus namque sua gratia semel iustificatos non deserit nisi ab eis prius deseratur. Itaque nemo sibi in sola fide blandiri debet putans fide sola se haeredem esse constitutum haereditatem que consecuturum etiamsi Christo non compatiatur ut et conglorificetur. Nam et Christus ipse (ut inquit apostolus) cum esset Filius Dei didicit ex his quae passus est oboedientiam et consummatus factus est omnibus obtemperantibus sibi causa salutis aeternae. Propterea apostolus ipse monet iustificatos dicens: nescitis quod ii qui in stadio currunt omnes quidem currunt sed unus accipit bravium; sic currite ut comprehendatis. Ego igitur sic curro non quasi in incertum sic pugno non quasi aerem verberans sed castigo corpus meum et in servitutem redigo ne forte cum aliis praedicaverim ipse reprobus efficiar. Item princeps apostolorum Petrus: satagite ut per bona opera certam vestram vocationem et electionem faciatis; haec enim facientes non peccabitis aliquando. Unde constat eos orthodoxae religionis doctrinae adversari qui dicunt iustum in omni bono opere saltem venialiter peccare aut (quod intolerabilius est) poenas aeternas mereri; atque etiam eos qui statuunt in omnibus operibus iustos peccare si in illis suam ipsorum socordiam excitando et sese ad currendum in stadio cohortando cum hoc ut in primis glorificetur Deus mercedem quoque intuentur aeternam cum scriptum sit: inclinavi cor meum ad faciendas iustificationes tuas propter retributionem et de Moyse dicat apostolus quod aspiciebat in remuneratione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XII.: Praedestinationis temerariam praesumptionem cavendam esse]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nemo quoque quamdiu in hac mortalitate vivitur de arcano divinae praedestinationis mysterio usque adeo praesumere debet ut certo statuat se omnino esse in numero praedestinatorum quasi verum esset quod iustificatus aut amplius peccare non possit aut si peccaverit certam sibi resipiscentiam promittere debeat. Nam nisi ex speciali revelatione sciri non potest quos Deus sibi elegerit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XIII.: De perseverantiae munere]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Similiter de perseverantiae munere de quo scriptum est: qui perseveraverit usque in finem hic salvus erit (quod quidem aliunde haberi non potest nisi ab eo qui potens est eum qui stat statuere ut perseveranter stet et eum qui cadit restituere) nemo sibi certi aliquid absoluta certitudine polliceatur tametsi in Dei auxilio firmissimam spem collocare et reponere omnes debent. Deus enim nisi ipsi illius gratiae defuerint sicut coepit opus bonum ita perficiet operans velle et perficere. Verumtamen qui se existimant stare videant ne cadant et cum timore ac tremore salutem suam operentur in laboribus in vigiliis in eleemosynis in orationibus et oblationibus in ieiuniis et castitate. Formidare enim debent scientes quod in spem gloriae et nondum in gloriam renati sunt de pugna quae superest cum carne cum mundo cum diabolo in qua victores esse non possunt nisi cum Dei gratia apostolo obtemperent dicenti: debitores sumus non carni ut secundum carnem vivamus. Si enim secundum carnem vixeritis moriemini. Si autem spiritu facta carnis mortificaveritis vivetis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XIV.: De lapsis, et eorum reparatione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qui vero ab accepta iustificationis gratia per peccatum exciderunt rursus iustificari poterunt cum excitante Deo per poenitentiae sacramentum merito Christi amissam gratiam recuperare procuraverint. Hic enim iustificationis modus est lapsi reparatio quam secundam post naufragium deperditae gratiae tabulam sancti patres apte nuncuparunt. Etenim pro iis qui post baptismum in peccata labuntur Christus Iesus sacramentum instituit poenitentiae cum dixit: accipite Spiritum Sanctum: quorum remiseritis peccata remittuntur eis et quorum retinueritis retenta sunt. Unde docendum est christiani hominis poenitentiam post lapsum multo aliam esse a baptismali ea que contineri non modo cessationem a peccatis et eorum detestationem aut cor contritum et humiliatum verum etiam et eorumdem sacramentalem confessionem saltem in voto et suo tempore faciendam et sacerdotalem absolutionem item que satisfactionem per ieiunium eleemosynas orationes et alia pia spiritualis vitae exercitia non quidem pro poena aeterna quae vel sacramento vel sacramenti voto una cum culpa remittitur sed pro poena temporali quae (ut sacrae litterae docent) non tota semper ut in baptismo fit dimittitur illis qui gratiae Dei quam acceperunt ingrati Spiritum Sanctum contristaverunt et templum Dei violare non sunt veriti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "De qua poenitentia scriptum est: memor esto unde excideris age poenitentiam et"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "prima opera fac et iterum: quae secundum Deum tristitia est poenitentiam in salutem stabilem operatur et rursus: poenitentiam agite et: facite fructus dignos poenitentiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XV.: Quolibet mortali peccato amitti gratiam, sed non fidem]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Adversus etiam hominum quorumdam callida ingenia qui per dulces sermones et benedictiones seducunt corda innocentium asserendum est non modo infidelitate per quam et ipsa fides amittitur sed etiam quocumque alio mortali peccato quamvis non amittatur fides acceptam iustificationis gratiam amitti: divinae legis doctrinam defendendo quae a regno Dei non solum infideles excludit sed et fideles quoque fornicarios adulteros molles masculorum concubitores fures avaros ebriosos maledicos rapaces ceteros que omnes qui letalia committunt peccata a quibus cum divinae gratiae adiumento abstinere possunt et pro quibus a Christi gratia separantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XVI.: De fructu iustificationis, hoc est, de merito bonorum operum, deque ipsius meriti ratione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hac igitur ratione iustificatis hominibus sive acceptam gratiam perpetuo conservaverint sive amissam recuperaverint proponenda sunt apostoli verba: abundate in omni opere bono scientes quod labor vester non est inanis in Domino. Non enim iniustus est Deus ut obliviscatur operis vestri et dilectionis quam ostendistis in nomine ipsius et nolite amittere confidentiam vestram quae magnam habet remunerationem. Atque ideo bene operantibus usque in finem et in Deo sperantibus proponenda est vita aeterna et tamquam gratia filiis Dei per Christum Iesum misericorditer promissa et tamquam merces ex ipsius Dei promissione bonis ipsorum operibus et meritis fideliter reddenda. Haec est enim illa corona iustitiae quam post suum certamen et cursum repositam sibi esse aiebat apostolus a iusto iudice sibi reddendam non solum autem sibi sed et omnibus qui diligunt adventum eius. Cum enim ille ipse Christus Iesus tamquam caput in membra et tamquam vitis in palmites in ipsos iustificatos iugiter virtutem influat quae virtus bona eorum opera semper antecedit comitatur et subsequitur et sine qua nullo pacto Deo grata et meritoria esse possent nihil ipsis iustificatis amplius deesse credendum est quominus plene illis quidem operibus quae in Deo sunt facta divinae legi pro huius vitae statu satisfecisse et vitam aeternam suo etiam tempore (si tamen in gratia decesserint) consequendam vere promeruisse censeantur. Cum Christus salvator noster dicat: si quis biberit ex aqua quam ego dabo ei non sitiet in aeternum sed fiet in eo fons aquae salientis in vitam aeternam. Ita neque propria nostra iustitia tamquam ex nobis propria statuitur neque ignoratur aut repudiatur iustitia Dei; quae enim iustitia nostra dicitur quia per eam nobis inhaerentem iustificamur illa eadem Dei est quia a Deo nobis infunditur per Christi meritum. Neque vero illud omittendum est quod licet bonis operibus in sacris litteris usque adeo tribuatur ut etiam qui uni ex minimis suis potum aquae frigidae dederit promittat Christus eum non esse sua mercede cariturum et apostolus testetur id quod in praesenti est momentaneum et leve tribulationis nostrae supra modum in sublimitate aeternum gloriae pondus operari in nobis:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Absit tamen ut christianus homo in se ipso vel confidat vel glorietur et non in Domino cuius tanta est erga omnes homines bonitas ut eorum velit esse merita quae sunt ipsius dona. Et quia in multis offendimus omnes unusquisque sicut misericordiam et bonitatem ita severitatem et iudicium ante oculos habere debet neque se ipsum aliquis etiam si nihil sibi conscius fuerit iudicare quoniam omnis hominum vita non humano iudicio examinanda et iudicanda est sed Dei qui illuminabit abscondita tenebrarum et manifestabit consilia cordium et tunc laus erit unicuique a Deo qui ut scriptum est reddet unicuique secundum opera sua. Post hanc catholicam de iustificatione doctrinam quam nisi quisque fideliter firmiter que receperit iustificari non poterit placuit sanctae Synodo hos canones subiungere ut omnes sciant non solum quid tenere et sequi sed etiam quid vitare et fugere debeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canones de iustificatione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Si quis dixerit hominem suis operibus quae vel per humanae naturae vires vel per legis doctrinam fiant absque divina per Christum Iesum gratia posse iustificari coram Deo: a[nathema] s[it]. 2. Si quis dixerit ad hoc solum divinam gratiam per Christum Iesum dari ut facilius homo iuste vivere ac vitam aeternam promereri possit quasi per liberum arbitrium sine gratia utrumque sed aegre tamen et difficulter possit: a[nathema] s[it]. 3. Si quis dixerit sine praeveniente Spiritus Sancti inspiratione atque eius adiutorio hominem credere sperare et diligere aut poenitere posse sicut oportet ut ei iustificationis gratia conferatur: a[nathema] s[it]. 4. Si quis dixerit liberum hominis arbitrium a Deo motum et excitatum nihil cooperari assentiendo Deo excitanti atque vocanti quo ad obtinendam iustificationis gratiam se disponat ac praeparet neque posse dissentire si velit sed velut inanime quoddam nihil omnino agere mere que passive se habere: a[nathema] s[it]. 5. Si quis liberum hominis arbitrium post Adae peccatum amissum et extinctum esse dixerit aut rem esse de solo titulo immo titulum sine re figmentum denique a satana invectum in Ecclesiam: a[nathema] s[it]. 6. Si quis dixerit non esse in potestate hominis vias suas malas facere sed mala opera ita ut bona Deum operari non permissive solum sed etiam proprie et per se adeo ut sit proprium eius opus non minus proditio Iudae quam vocatio pauli: a[nathema] s[it]. 7. Si quis dixerit opera omnia quae ante iustificationem fiunt quacumque ratione facta sint vere esse peccata vel odium Dei mereri aut quanto vehementius quis nititur se disponere ad gratiam tanto eum gravius peccare: a[nathema] s[it]. 8. Si quis dixerit gehennae metum per quem ad misericordiam Dei de peccatis dolendo confugimus vel a peccando abstinemus peccatum esse aut peccatores peiores facere: a[nathema] s[it]. 9. Si quis dixerit sola fide impium iustificari ita ut intelligat nihil aliud requiri quo ad iustificationis gratiam consequendam cooperetur et nulla ex parte necesse esse eum suae voluntatis motu praeparari atque disponi: a[nathema] s[it]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10. Si quis dixerit homines sine Christi iustitia per quam nobis meruit iustificari aut per eam ipsam formaliter iustos esse: a[nathema] s[it]. 11. Si quis dixerit homines iustificari vel sola imputatione iustitiae Christi vel sola peccatorum remissione exclusa gratia et charitate quae in cordibus eorum per Spiritum Sanctum diffundatur atque illis inhaereat aut etiam gratiam qua iustificamur esse tantum favorem Dei: a[nathema] s[it]. 12. Si quis dixerit fidem iustificantem nihil aliud esse quam fiduciam divinae misericordiae peccata remittentis propter Christum vel eam fiduciam solam esse qua iustificamur: a[nathema] s[it]. 13. Si quis dixerit omni homini ad remissionem peccatorum assequendam necessarium esse ut credat certo et absque ulla haesitatione propriae infirmitatis et indispositionis peccata sibi esse remissa: a[nathema] s[it]. 14. Si quis dixerit hominem a peccatis absolvi ac iustificari ex eo quod se absolvi ac iustificari certo credat aut neminem vere esse iustificatum nisi qui credit se esse iustificatum et hac sola fide absolutionem et iustificationem perfici: a[nathema] s[it]. 15. Si quis dixerit hominem renatum et iustificatum teneri ex fide ad credendum se certo esse in numero praedestinatorum: a[nathema] s[it]. 16. Si quis magnum illud usque in finem perseverantiae donum se certo habiturum absoluta et infallibili certitudine dixerit nisi hoc ex speciali revelatione didicerit: a[nathema] s[it]. 17. Si quis iustificationis gratiam non nisi praedestinatis ad vitam contingere dixerit reliquos vero omnes qui vocantur vocari quidem sed gratiam non accipere utpote divina potestate praedestinatos ad malum: a[nathema] s[it]. 18. Si quis dixerit Dei praecepta homini etiam iustificato et sub gratia constituto esse ad observandum impossibilia: a[nathema] s[it]. 19. Si quis dixerit nihil praeceptum esse in Evangelio praeter fidem cetera esse indifferentia neque praecepta neque prohibita sed libera aut decem praecepta nihil pertinere ad christianos: a[nathema] s[it]. 20. Si quis hominem iustificatum et quantumlibet perfectum dixerit non teneri ad observantiam mandatorum Dei et Ecclesiae sed tantum ad credendum quasi vero Evangelium sit nuda et absoluta promissio vitae aeternae sine conditione observationis mandatorum: a[nathema] s[it]. 21. Si quis dixerit Christum Iesum a Deo hominibus datum fuisse ut redemptorem cui fidant non etiam ut legislatorem cui obediant: a[nathema] s[it]. 22. Si quis dixerit iustificatum vel sine speciali auxilio Dei in accepta iustitia perseverare posse vel cum eo non posse: a[nathema] s[it]. 23. Si quis hominem semel iustificatum dixerit amplius peccare non posse neque gratiam amittere atque ideo eum qui labitur et peccat numquam vere fuisse iustificatum aut contra posse in tota vita peccata omnia etiam venialia vitare nisi ex speciali Dei privilegio quemadmodum de beata Virgine tenet Ecclesia: a[nathema] s[it]. 24. Si quis dixerit iustitiam acceptam non conservari atque etiam non augeri coram Deo per bona opera sed opera ipsa fructus solummodo et signa esse iustificationis adeptae non etiam ipsius augendae causam: a[nathema] s[it]. 25. Si quis in quolibet bono opere iustum saltem venialiter peccare dixerit aut (quod intolerabilius est) mortaliter atque ideo poenas aeternas mereri tantum que ob id non damnari quia Deus ea opera non imputet ad damnationem: a[nathema] s[it]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26. Si quis dixerit iustos non debere pro bonis operibus quae in Deo fuerint facta exspectare et sperare aeternam retributionem a Deo per eius misericordiam et Iesu Christi meritum si bene agendo et divina mandata custodiendo usque in finem perseveraverint: a[nathema] s[it]. 27. Si quis dixerit nullum esse mortale peccatum nisi infidelitatis aut nullo alio quantumvis gravi et enormi praeterquam infidelitatis peccato semel acceptam gratiam amitti: a[nathema] s[it]. 28. Si quis dixerit amissa per peccatum gratia simul et fidem semper amitti aut fidem quae remanet non esse veram fidem licet non sit viva aut eum qui fidem sine charitate habet non esse christianum: a[nathema] s[it]. 29. Si quis dixerit eum qui post baptismum lapsus est non posse per Dei gratiam resurgere; aut posse quidem sed sola fide amissam iustitiam recuperare sine sacramento poenitentiae prout sancta Romana et universalis Ecclesia a Christo Domino et eius apostolis edocta hucusque professa est servavit et docuit: a[nathema] s[it]. 30. Si quis post acceptam iustificationis gratiam cuilibet peccatori poenitenti ita culpam remitti et reatum aeternae poenae deleri dixerit ut nullus remaneat reatus poenae temporalis exsolvendae vel in hoc saeculo vel in futuro in purgatorio antequam ad regna coelorum aditus patere possit: a[nathema] s[it]. 31. Si quis dixerit iustificatum peccare dum intuitu aeternae mercedis bene operatur: a[nathema] s[it]. 32. Si quis dixerit hominis iustificati bona opera ita esse dona Dei ut non sint etiam bona ipsius iustificati merita aut ipsum iustificatum bonis operibus quae ab eo per Dei gratiam et Iesu Christi meritum (cuius vivum membrum est) fiunt non vere mereri augmentum gratiae vitam aeternam et ipsius vitae aeternae (si tamen in gratia decesserit) consecutionem atque etiam gloriae augmentum: a[nathema] s[it]. 33. Si quis dixerit per hanc doctrinam catholicam de iustificatione a sancta Synodo hoc praesenti decreto expressam aliqua ex parte gloriae Dei vel meritis Iesu Christi Domini nostri derogari et non potius veritatem fidei nostrae Dei denique ac Christi Iesu gloriam illustrari: a[nathema] s[it]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum de residentia episcoporum et aliorum inferiorum]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput I.: Praelati non residentes minime possunt suum ministerium implere: revocantur canones contra non residentes: modusque datur procedendi adversus Episcopos absentes]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eadem sacrosancta Synodus eisdem praesidentibus et Apostolicae Sedis legatis ad restituendam collapsam admodum ecclesiasticam disciplinam depravatos que in clero et populo christiano mores emendandos se accingere volens ab iis qui maioribus ecclesiis praesunt initium censuit esse sumendum. Integritas enim praesidentium salus est subditorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Confidens itaque per domini ac Dei nostri misericordiam providam que ipsius Dei in terris vicarii sollertiam omnino futurum ut ad ecclesiarum regimen (onus quippe angelicis humeris formidandum) qui maxime digni fuerint quorum que prior vita ac omnis aetas a puerilibus exordiis usque ad perfectiores annos per disciplinae stipendia ecclesiasticae laudabiliter acta testimonium praebeat secundum venerabiles beatorum patrum sanctiones assumantur: omnes patriarchalibus primatialibus metropolitanis et cathedralibus ecclesiis quibuscunque quovis nomine ac titulo praefectos monet ac monitos esse vult ut attendentes sibi et universo gregi in quo spiritus sanctus posuit eos regere Ecclesiam Dei quam acquisivit sanguine suo vigilent sicut apostolus praecipit in omnibus laborent et ministerium suum impleant. Implere autem illud se nequaquam posse sciant si greges sibi commissos mercenariorum more deserant atque ovium suarum quarum sanguis de eorum est manibus a supremo iudice requirendus custodiae minime incumbant cum certissimum sit non admitti pastoris excusationem si lupus oves comedit et pastor nescit. Ac nihilominus quia nonnulli (quod vehementer dolendum est) hoc tempore reperiuntur qui propriae etiam salutis immemores terrena que coelestibus ac divinis humana praeferentes in diversis curiis vagantur aut in negotiorum temporalium sollicitudine (ovili derelicto atque ovium sibi commissarum cura neglecta) se detinent occupatos: placuit sacrosanctae Synodo antiquos canones (qui temporum atque hominum iniuria paene in dissuetudinem abierunt) adversus non residentes promulgatos innovare quemadmodum virtute praesentis decreti innovat ac ulterius pro firmiori eorundem residentia et reformandis in Ecclesia moribus in hunc qui sequitur modum statuere atque sancire: si quis a patriarchali primatiali metropolitana seu cathedrali Ecclesia sibi quocumque titulo causa nomine seu iure commissa quacumque ille dignitate gradu et praeeminentia praefulgeat legitimo impedimento seu iustis et rationabilibus causis cessantibus sex mensibus continuis extra suam dioecesim morando abfuerit quartae partis fructuum unius anni fabricae Ecclesiae et pauperibus loci per superiorem ecclesiasticum applicandorum poenam ipso iure incurrat. Quod si per alios sex menses in huiusmodi absentia perseveraverit aliam quartam partem fructuum similiter applicandam eo ipso amittat. Crescente vero contumacia ut severiori sacrorum canonum censurae subiiciatur metropolitanus suffraganeos episcopos absentes metropolitanum vero absentem suffraganeus episcopus antiquior residens sub poena interdicti ingressus Ecclesiae eo ipso incurrenda infra tres menses per litteras seu nuntium Romano Pontifici denuntiare teneatur qui in ipsos absentes prout cuiusque maior aut minor contumacia exegerit suae supremae sedis auctoritate animadvertere et ecclesiis ipsis de pastoribus utilioribus providere poterit sicut in Domino noverit salubriter expedire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput II.: Nulli obtinenti beneficium, quod requirit residentiam]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopis inferiores quaevis beneficia ecclesiastica personalem residentiam de iure sive consuetudine exigentia in titulum sive commendam obtinentes ab eorum ordinariis (quemadmodum eis pro bono ecclesiarum regimine et divini cultus augmento locorum et personarum qualitate pensata expediens videbitur) opportunis iuris remediis residere cogantur nulli que privilegia seu indulta perpetua de non residendo aut de fructibus in absentia percipiendis suffragentur. Indulgentiis vero et dispensationibus temporalibus ex veris et rationabilibus causis tantum concessis et coram ordinario legitime probandis in suo robore permansuris quibus casibus nihilominus officium sit episcoporum (tamquam in hac parte a Sede Apostolica delegatorum) providere ut per deputationem idoneorum vicariorum et congruae portionis fructuum assignationem cura animarum nullatenus negligatur nemini quoad hoc privilegio seu exemptione quacumque suffragante."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput III.: Excessus secularium clericorum et regularium agentium extra monasteria corrigantur]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesiarum praelati ad corrigendum subditorum excessus prudenter et diligenter intendant et nemo saecularis clericus cuiusvis personalis vel regularis extra monasterium degens etiam sui ordinis privilegii praetextu tutus censeatur quominus si deliquerit ab Ordinario loci (tamquam super hoc a Sede Apostolica delegato) secundum canonicas sanctiones visitari puniri et corrigi valeat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput IV.: Quarumcunque ecclesiarum maiorum capitula visitent, corrigant, emendant]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capitula cathedralium et aliarum maiorum ecclesiarum illorum que personae nullis exemptionibus consuetudinibus sententiis iuramentis concordiis (quae tantum suos obligent auctores non etiam successores) tueri se possint quominus a suis episcopis et aliis maioribus praelatis per se ipsos solos vel illis quibus sibi videbitur adiunctis iuxta canonicas sanctiones toties quoties opus fuerit visitari corrigi et emendari etiam auctoritate apostolica possint et valeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput V.: Pontificalia in aliena dioecesi non exerceantur]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nulli episcopo liceat cuiusvis privilegii praetextu pontificalia in alterius diocesi exercere nisi de ordinarii loci expressa licentia et in personas eidem ordinario subiectas tantum; si secus factum fuerit episcopus ab exercitio pontificalium et sic ordinati ab executione ordinum sint ipso iure suspensi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum indictionis futurae sessionis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reverendissimi ac reverendi patres: placet ne vobis proximam futuram sessionem celebrari die iovis feria quinta post primam dominicam subsequentis quadragesimae quae erit dies tertia mensis martii? [Responderunt: placet]."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Celebrated on the thirteenth day of the month of fanuary,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "MDXLVII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE ON JUSTIFICATION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "P/'oiin."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whereas there is, at this time, not without the shipwreck of many souls, and grievous detriment to the unity of the Church, a certain erroneous doctrine disseminated touching Justification; the sacred and holy oecumenical and general Synod of Trent, lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost,— the most reverend lords, Giammaria del Monte, bishop of Palsestrina, and Marcellus of the title of the Holy Cross in Jerusalem, priest, cardinals of the holy Roman Church, and legates apostolic a latere, presiding therein, in the name of our most holy father and lord in Christ, Paul III., by the providence of God, Pope,— purposes, unto the praise and glory of Almighty God, the tranquillising of the Church, and the salvation of souls, to expound to all the faithful of Christ the true and sound doctrine touching the said Justification; which (doctrine) the sun of justice Christ Jesus, the author and finisher of our faith* taught, which the apostles transmitted, and which the Catholic Church, the Holy Ghost reminding her thereof,t has always retained; most strictly forbidding that any henceforth presume to believe, preach or teach, otherwise than as by this present decree is defined and declared."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": "I",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the inability of Nature and of the Law to justify man."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod declares first, that, for the correct and sound understanding of the doctrine of Justification, it is necessary"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Hebr. xii. 2. t John xiv. 26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON JUSTIFICATION. 31"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "that each one recognise and confess, that, whereas all men had lost their innocence in the prevarication of Adam— having become unclean,* and, as the apostle says, by nature children of wratk,\\ as (this Synod) has set forth in the decree on original sin, — they were so far the servants of sin X and under the power of the Devil and of death, that not the Gentiles only by the force of nature, but not even the Jews by the very letter itself of the law of Moses, were able to be liberated, or to arise, therefrom; although free will, attenuated as it was in its powers, and bent down, was by no means extinguished in them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": "II",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER II."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the Dispensation and Mystery of Christ's Advent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whence it came to pass, that the heavenly Father, the father of mercies and the God of all comfort^ when that blessed fidness of the time was come}\\ sent unto men, Jesus Christ, His own Son — who had been, both before the Law, and during the time of the Law, to many of the holy fathers announced and promised — that He might both redeem the Jews who were under the Law^ and that the Gentiles, who followed not after justice, might attain to justice,** and that all men might receive the adoption of sons. Him God \\idXh. proposed as a propitiator, through faith in His blood,-\\-\\ for our sins, and not for our sins only, but also for those of the whole world, fi,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": "III",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER III."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Who are Justified through Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But, though He died for all,% yet do not all receive the benefit of His death, but those only unto whom the merit of His"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Is. Ixiv. 6. t Ephes. ii. 3. t Rom. vi. 17. § 2'Cor. I. 3. II Gal. iv. 4. IT lb. V. 4. tJ I John ' ii. 2.** Rom. ix. 30.§§ 2 Cor. v. 15. tt Rom. iii. 25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "32 SESSION VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I passion is communicated. For as in truth men, if they were not born propagated of the seed of Adam, would not be born unjust, — seeing that, by that propagation, they contract through him, when they are conceived, injustice as their own, — so, if they were not born again in Christ, they never would be justified; seeing that in that new birth, there is bestowed upon them, through the merit of His passion, the grace whereby they are made just. For this benefit the apostle exhorts us, evermore to give thanks to the Father, who hath made us worthy to be partakers of the lot of tJie saints in light, and hath delivered us from the power of darkness, and hath translated us into the Kingdom of tlie Son of His love, in whom we have redemption, and remission of sins*"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": "IV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A description is introduced of the Justification of the impious, and of the manner thereof under the Laiv of Grace."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By which words, a description of the Justification of the impious is indicated, — as being a translation, from that state wherein man is born a child of the first Adam, to the state of grace, and of the adoption of the sons of God,\\ through the second Adam, Jesus Christ, our Saviour. And this translation, since the promulgation of the Gospel, cannot be effected, without the laver of regeneration, or the desire thereof, as it is written; unless a man be born again of water and the Holy Ghost, he cannot enter into the Kingdom of God.%"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": "V",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER V."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On tfie necessity, in Adults, of preparation or Justification, and whence it proceeds."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Synod furthermore declares, that, in adults, the beginning of the said Justification is to be derived from the prevenient"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Colos. i. 12 — 14. t Roni. V. 23. + John iii. 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON JUSTIFICATION. 33"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "grace of God, through Jesus Christ, that is to say, from His vocation, whereby, without any merits existing on their parts, they are called; that so they, who by sins were alienated from God, may be disposed through His quickening and assisting grace, to convert themselves to their own justification, by freely assenting to and co-operating with that said grace: in such sort that, while God touches the heart of man by the illumination of the Holy Ghost, neither is man himself utterly without doing anything while he receives that inspiration, forasmuch as he is also able to reject it; yet is he not able, by his own free will, without the grace of God, to move himself unto justice in His sight. Whence, when it is said in the sacred writings: Turn ye to me, and f will turn to you* we are admonished of our liberty; and when we answer: Convert us, O Lord, to Thee, and we shall be converted,^ we confess that we are prevented^ by the grace of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": "VI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The manner of Preparation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Now they (adults) are disposed unto the said justice, when, excited and assisted by divine grace, conceiving faith by hearing,'^ they are freely moved towards God, believing those things to be true which God has revealed and promised, — and this especially, that God justifies the impious by His grace, through the redemption that is in Christ fesus;\\\\ and when, understanding themselves to be sinners, they, by turning themselves, from the fear of divine justice whereby they are profitably agitated, to consider the mercy of God, are raised unto hope, confiding that God will be propitious to them for Christ's sake; and they begin to love Him as the fountain of all justice; and are therefore moved against sins by a certain hatred and detestation, to wit, by that penitence which must be performed before baptism: lastly, when they purpose to receive baptism."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zach. i. 3. t Lam. v. 21. } Prseveniri. § Rom. X. 17. II Rom. iii. 24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "U"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "34 SESSION VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "to begin a new life, and to keep the commandments of God. Concerning this disposition it is written: He that cometh to God, must believe that He is, and is a rewarder to them that seek Him;* and, Be of good faith, son, thy sins are forgiven tliee;t and, Tlu fear of tlie Lord driveth out sin;\\ and, Do penance, and be baptised every one of you in the name of fesus Christ, for the remission of your sins, and you shall receive the gift of tlu Holy Ghost;% and. Going, therefore, teach ye all nations, baptising them in tlie name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost -W finally. Prepare your hearts unto the Lord*l"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": "VII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wliat the Justification of the impious is, and what are the causes thereof."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This disposition, or preparation, is followed by Justification itself, which is not remission of sins merely, but also the sanctification and renewal of the inward man, through the voluntary reception of the grace, and of the gifts, whereby man of unjust becomes just, and of an enemy a friend, that so he may be an heir according to hope of life everlasting.** Of this Justification the causes are these: the final cause indeed is the glory of God and of Jesus Christ, and life everlastingwhile; the efficient cause is a merciful God who washes and sanctifies\\\\ gratuitously, signing, and anointing with the holy Spirit of promise, ivJio is the pledge of our inheritance i\"^ but the meritorious cause is His most beloved only-begotten our Lord Jesus Christ, who, when we were enemies, for the exceeding charity wherewith he loved us,^ merited IJustification for us by His most holy Passion on the wood of the cross and made satisfaction for us unto God the Father; the instru-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Hebr. xi. 6. t Matth. ii. 5. J Eccli. i. 27. § Actsii. 38. II Matth. xxviii. 19. IT I Kings vii. 3. ** Titus iii. 7. ft I Cor. vi. 11. t\\ Ephes. i. 13, 14. §§ Ephes. ii. 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON JUSTIFICATION. 35"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "mental cause is the sacrament of baptism, which is the sacrament of faith, without which (faith) no man was ever justified;* lastly, the alone formal cause is the justice of God, not that whereby He Himself is just, but that whereby He maketh us just, that, to wit, with which ive being endowed by Him, are renewed in the spirit of our mind,\\ and we are not only reputed, but are truly called, and are, just, receiving justice within us, each one according to his own measure, which the Holy Ghost distributes to every one as He wills,\\ and according to each one's proper^ disposition and co-operation. For, although no one can be just, but he to whom the merits of the Passion of our Lord Jesus Christ are communicated, yet is this done in the said Justification of the impious, when by the merit of that same most Holy Passion, the charity of God is poured forth, by the Holy Spirit, in the hearts\\\\ of those that are justified, and is inherent therein: whence, man, through Jesus Christ, in whom he is ingrafted, receives, in the said Justification, together with the remission of sins, all these (gifts) infused at once, faith, hope, and charity. For faith, unless hope and charity be added thereto, neither unites man perfectly with Christ, nor makes him a living member of His body. For which reason it is most truly said, that Faith without works is dead and profitless;ir and. In Christ Jesus neither circumcision availeth anything, nor unciraimcision, but faith which worketh by charity.** This faith Catecumens beg of the Church — agreeably to a tradition of the Apostles — previously to the sacrament of baptism, when they beg for the faith which bestows life everlasting, which, without hope and charity, faith cannot bestow; whence also do they immediately hear that word of Christ: // thou wilt enter into life, keep the commandments. \\\\ Wherefore, when receiving true and Christian justice, they are bidden, immediately on being born again, to preserve it pure and spotless, as the first robe^ given them through Jesus Christ in lieu of that which"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Hebr. xi. t Ephes. iv. 23. } i Cor. xii. 2. § Propriam, own, peculiar. II Rom. v. J. IT Otiosa, idle, James ii. 20. ** Ephes. v. 6. tt Matth. xix. 17. ±t Luke XV. 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "26 SESSION VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "that so Adam, by his disobedience, lost for himself and for us, Jesus they may bear it before the judgment-seat of our Lord Christ, and may have life everlas ting."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": "VIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In wliat manner it is to be understood, that the impious is justified by faith, and gratuitously. And whereas the Apostle saith, that man is justified by faith SinA freely,* those words are to be understood in that sense which the perpetual consent of the Catholic Church hath held and expressed;to wit, that we are therefore said to be justified by faith, because faith is the beginning of human salvation, the foundation, and the root of all Justification; without which it i is impossible to please God,\\ and to come unto the fellowship of His sons: but we are therefore said to be justified freely because that none of those things which precede Justification— whether faith or works — merit the grace itself of Justification. For, if it be a grace, it is not tiaiii by works, otherwise, as the same Apostle says, grace is no more grace.\\"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": "IX",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IX."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Against the vain confidence of Heretics."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But, although it is necessary to believe that sins neither are remitted, nor ever were remitted save gratuitously by the mercy of God for Christ's sake; yet is it not to be said, that sins are forgiven, or have been forgiven, to anyone who boasts of his confidence and certainty of the remission of his sins, and rests on that alone; seeing that it may exist, yea, does in our day exist, amongst heretics and schismatics; and with great vehemence is this vain confidence, and one alien from all godliness, preached up in opposition to the Catholic Church. But neither"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Rom. iii. 4. t Hebr. xi. 6. % Rom. xi. 6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON JUSTIFICATION. 37"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "is this to be asserted, — that they who are truly justified must needs, without any doubting whatever, settle within themselves that they are justified, and that no one is absolved fron^ sins and justified, but he that believes for certain that he is absolved and justified, and that absolution and Justification are effected by this faith alone: as though whoso has not this belief, doubts of the promises of God, and of the efficacy of the death and resurrection of Christ. For even as no pious person ought to doubt of the mercy of God, Qf the merit of Christ, and of the virtue and efficacy of the sacrarnents, even so each one, when he regards himself, and his own weakness and indisposition, may have fear and apprehension touching his own grace; seeing that no one can know, with a certainty of faith, which can- 1 not be subject to error,* that he has obtained the grace of / ' God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": "X",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER X."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the increase of Justification received."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Having, therefore, been thus justified, and made the friends and domestics of God,\\ advancing from virtue to virtue^ they are renewed, as the Apostle says, day by day;§ that is, by mortifying the members of their own flesh,|| and by presenting them, as instruments of justice unto sanctification,*^ they, through the observance of the commandments of God and of the Church, faith co-operating with good works, increase in that justice which they have received through the grace of Christ, and are still further justified, as it is written: He that is just, let him be justified still;** and again, Be not afraid to be justified even to death;ff and also. Do you see that by works a man is justified, and not by faith only.]^ And this increase of Justification holy Church begs, when she prays, \" Give unto us O Lord, increase of faith, hope, and charity. \"§§"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Cui non potest subesse falsum. t Ephes. ii. 19. } Ps. Ixxxiii. 8. § 2 Cor. iv. 16. II Colos. iii. 5. IT Rom. vi. 13, 19. ** Apoc. xxii. II. tt Eccli. xviii. 22. }{ James ii. 24. §§ Dom. 13. post Pentecost."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "38 SESSION VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": "XI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On keeping the Commandments, and on the necessity and possibility thereof."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But no one, how much soever justified, ought to think himself exempt from the observance of the commandments; no one ought to make use of that rash saying — one prohibited by the Fathers under ^n anathema — that the observance of the commandments of God is impossible for one that is justified. For God commands not impossibilities, but, by commanding, both admonishes thee to do what thou art able, and to pray for what thou art not able (to do),* and aids thee that thou mayest be able; whose commandments are not heavy;\\ whose yoke is sweet, and whose burthen light.\\ For, whoso are the sons of God, love Christ; but tJuy who love Him keep His commandments^ as Himself testifies; which, assuredly, with the divine help, they can do. For, although, during this mortal life, men, how holy and just soever, at times fall into at least light and daily sins, which are also called venial, not therefore do they cease to be just. For that cry of the just. Forgive us our trespasses, isboth humble and true. And for this cause, the just themselves ought to feel themselves the more obliged to walk in the way of justice, in that, being already freed from sins, but made servants of God,\\\\ they are able, living soberly, justly, and godly^ to proceed onwards through fesus Christ, by whom they have Jtad access unto this grace.** For God for^ sakes not those who have been once justified by His grace, unless He be first forsaken by them. Wherefore, no one ought to flatter himself up with faith alone, ff fancying that by faith alone he is made an heir, and will obtain the inheritance, even though lie suffer not with Christ, that so he may be also glori-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* St. Aug. De Nat. et gr. c. 43. t I John v. 3. X Matth. xi. 30. § Sermones, words, John xiv. 15. II Rom. vi. 18. 1 Titus ii. 12. ** Rom. v. 2. tt Nemo sibi in sola fide blandiri debet: no one ought to rely on faith alone."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON JUSTIFICATION. 39"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "fied with Him* For even Christ Himself, as the Apostle saith, Whereas He was tlu son of God, learned obedience by the things which He suffered, and being consummated, He became, to all who obey Him, the cause of eternal salvation.\\ For which cause the same Apostle admonishes the justified, saying: Know you not that they that run in the race, all run indeed, hit one receiveth the prize? So run that you may obtain. I therefore so run, not as an uncertainty: I so fight, not as one beating the air, but I chastise my body, and bring it into subjection; lest, perhaps, when I have preached to others, I myself shoidd have become a castaway^ So also the prince of the Apostles, Peter: Labour the more that by good works you may make sure your calling and election. For doing those tilings, you shall not sin at any time^ From which it is plain, that those are opposed to the orthodox doctrine of religion, who assert that the just man sins, venially at least, in every good work; or, which is yet more insupportable, that he merits eternal punishments; as also those wlae-^tate, that the just sin in all their works, if, in those works, jthey,\\together with thisj^im principally that God may be glorified^Jiavp in view also the eternal reward, in order to excite their sloth, and to encourage themselves to run in the course: whereas it is written, I have inclined my heart to do all thy justifications for the reward:\\\\ and, concerning Moses, the Apostle saith, that he looked unto the reward^"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": "X",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XH."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That a rash presumptuousness in the matter of Predestination is to be avoided."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No one, moreover, so long as he is in this mortal life, ought so far to presume as regards the secret mystery of divine predestination as to determine for certain that he is assuredly in"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Rom. viii. 17. t Hebr. y. 8, 9. } i Cor. ix. 24, 26, 27. § 2 Peter i. 10. || Ps. cxviii. 112. IT Hebr. xi. 26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "40 SESSION VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "is the number of the predestinate; as if it were true that he that justified, either cannot sin any more, or, if he do sin, that he ought to promise himself an assured repentance; for, except by special revelation, it cannot be known whom God hath chosen unto Himself."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": "X",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XHI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the gift of Perseverance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So also as regards the gift of perseveranse, of which it is written. He tliat shall persevere to the end, he shall be saved:*— which gift cannot be derived from any other but Him, who is able to establish him who standetht that he stand perseveringly, and to restore him who falleth:— let no one herein promise himself any thing as certain with an absolute certainty; though all ought to place and repose a most firm hope in God's help. For God, unless men be themselves wanting to His grace, as He has begun the good work, so will He perfect it, working (in them) to zvill and to acco7nplish.\\ Nevertheless, let those who think themselves to stand, take heed lest fhey fall% and, with fear and trembling work out their salvation^ in labours, in watchings, in alms deeds, in prayers and oblations, in fastings and chastity: for, knowing that they are born again unto a hope of glory ^, but not as yet unto glory, they ought to fear for the combat which yet remains with the flesh, with the world, with the devil, wherein they cannot be victorious,, unless they be with God's grace obedient to the Apostle, who says: We are debtors, not to the flesh, to live according to the flesh; for if you live according to the flesh, you shall die; but if by the spirit you mortify t/ie deeds of the flesh, you shall live.**"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Matth. xxiv. 13. f Rom. xiv. 4.; Philipp. i. 6; ii. 13. §1 Cor. a. 12. || Philipp. ii. 12. T! Peter i. 3. ** Rom. viii. 12, l^."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON JUSTIFICATION. 41"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": "XIV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the fallen, and their restoration."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As regards those who, by sin, have fallen from the received grace of Justification, they may be again justified, when, God exciting theni, through the sacrament of Penance they shall have attained to the recovery, by the merit of Christ, of the grace lost: for this manner of Justification is of the fallen the reparation; which the holy Fathers have aptly called a second plank after the shipwreck of grace lost.* For, on behalf of those who fall into sins after baptism, Christ Jesus instituted the sacrament of Penance, when 'He said, Receive ye the Holy Ghost, whose sins you sliall forgive, they are forgiven them, and whose sins you shall retain, they are retained.^ Whence it. is to be taught that the penitence of a Christian, after his fall,! is very different from that at (his) baptism; and that therein are included not only a cessation from sins, and a detestation ' thereof, or a contrite and Imnible heart,\\ but also the sacra- \\ mental confession of the said sins, — at least in desire, and to \\ be made in its season, — and sacerdotal absolution; and likej wise satisfaction, by fasts, alms, prayers, and the other pious ' exercises of a spiritual life; not indeed for the eternal punishment,— which is, together with the guilt, remitted, either by the sacrament, or by the desire of the sacrament, — but for the temporal punishment, which, as the sacred writings teach, is not always wholly remitted, as is done in baptism, to those who, ungrateful to the grace of God which they have received, have grieved the Holy Spirit^ and have not feared to violate the temple of God.\\\\ Concerning which penitence it is written: Be mindful whence thou art fallen; do penance, and do the first works.'H And again: The sorrow that is according to"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Hieron. Ep. ad Demetr. t John xx. 22, 23. X Ps. 1. 19. § Ephes. iv. 30. II I Cor. iii. 17. IT Apoc. ii. 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "s| 42 SESSION VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "God worketh penance steadfast unto salvation* And again Do penance, and bring forth fruits worthy of penance.^"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": "XV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tliat, by every mortal sin, grace is lost, but not faith. In opposition also to the subtle wits of certain men, who, by pleasing speeches and good words, seduce the hearts of tfie innocent,^ it is to be maintained that the received grace of Justification islost, not only by infidelity whereby even faith itself is lost, but also by any other mortal sin whatever, though faith be not lost; thus defending the doctrine of the divine law, which excludes from the kingdom of God not only the unbelieving, but the faithful also (who are) fornicators, adulterers, effeminate, Hers 'with mankind, thieves, covetous, drunkards, railers, extortioners^ and all others who commit deadly sins; from which, with the help of divine grace, they can refrain, and on account of which they are separated from the grace of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": "XVI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XVI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the fruit of fustification, that is, on the merit of good works,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "and on the nature of that merit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Before men, therefore, who have been justified in this manner,— whether they have preserved uninterruptedly the grace received, or whether they have recovered it when lost, — are to be set the words of the Apostle: Abound in every good work knowing that your labour is not in vain in the Lord;\\\\ for God is not unjust, that He should forget your work, and the love which you have shown in His name;*i and, do not lose your confidence, which liath a great reward.** And, for this cause, life eternal is to be proposed to those working well unto"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* 2 Cor. vii. 10. + Matth. iii. 2. J Rom. xvi. 18. § I Cor. vi. 9, 10. II I Cor. xv. 58. IF Hebr. vi. 10. **Ib. x. 35."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON JUSTIFICATION. 43"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "the end* arid hoping in God, both as a grace mercifully promised to the sons of God through Jesus Christ, and aS a reward which is according to the promise of God Himself, to be faithfully rendered to their good works and merits. For this is that crown of justice which the Apostle declared was, after his fight and course, laid tip for him, to be rendered to him by the just judge, and not only to him, but also to all that love His coming.\\ For, whereas Jesus Christ Himself continually infuses his virtuej into the said justified, — as the head into the members, and the vine into the branches, — and this virtue always precedes and accompanies and follows their good works, which without it could not in any wise be pleasing and meritorious before God, — we must believe that nothing further is wanting to the justified, to prevent their being accounted to have, by those very works which have been done in God, fully satisfied the divine law according to the state of this life, and to have truly merited eternal life, to be obtained also in its (due) time, if so be, however, that they depart in grace; seeing that Christ, our Saviour, saith: If any one shall drink of the water that I will give him., he shall not thirst for ever; but it shall become in hiin a fountain of water springing up unto life everlasting.^ Thus, neither is our own justice established as our own as from ourselves;|| nor is the justice of God ignored or repudiated: for that justice which is called ours, because that we are justified from its being inherent in us, that same is (the justice) of God, because that it is infused into us of God, through the merit of Christ. Neither is this to be omitted, — that although, in the sacred writings, so much is attributed to good works, that Christ promises, that even he that shall give a drink of cold water to one of His least ones, shall not lose his reward;'^ and the Apostle testifies that. That which is at present momentary and light of our tribulation, worketh for us above measure exceedingly an eternal weight of glory,•** nevertheless God forbid that a Christian should either trust or glory in himself, and not in the Lord, whose bounty towards all"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Matth. X. 22. + 2 Tim. iv. 8.: Jugiter virtutem influal. § John iv. 13, 14. II Rom. x. 3. ir Matth. ^. 42. ** 2 Cor. iv. 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "are His men is so great, that He will have the things which own gifts be their merits* And forasmuch as in many things his eyes, as well we all offend,\\ each one ought to have before the severity and judgment, as the mercy and goodne ss (of God); neither ought anyone to Judge himself, even though he be not conscious to himself of anything;% because the whole life of man is to be examined and judged, not by the judgment of man, but of God, who will bring to light the hidden things of darkness, and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts, and t/ien shall every man have praise from God,l who, as it is written, will render to every man according to his works.\\\\ After this Catholic doctrine on Justification, which whoso receiveth not faithfully and firmly cannot be justified, it hath seemed good to the holy Synod to subjoin these canons, that all may know not only what they ought to hold and follow, but also what to avoid and shun."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON JUSTIFICATION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": "i",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon i. — If anyone saith that man may be justified before"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "God by his own works, whether done through the teaching of human nature, or that of the law, without the grace of God through Jesus Christ; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": "ii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon ii. — If anyone saith that the grace of God, through"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jesus Christ, is given only for this, that man may be able more ejisily to live justly, and to merit eternal life, as if, by free will without grace, he were able to do both, though hardly indeed and with difficulty; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": "iii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon iii. — If anyone saith that without the prevenient in-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "spiration ofthe Holy Ghost, and without His help, man can believe, hope, love, or be penitent as he ought, so as that the grace of Justification may be bestowed upon him; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Epis. Coeltest. I. c. iz. Labb. T. II. p. 1617. De qua vid. Coustant. in Ep. 21. Coelest. t James iii. 2. + i Cor. iv. 3, 4. § I Cor. iv. 5. II Matth. xvi. 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON JUSTIFICATION. 45"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": "iv",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon iv. — If anyone saith that man's free will, moved and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "excited by God, by assenting to God exciting and calling, nowise co-operates towards disposing and preparing itself for obtaining the grace of Justification; that it cannot refuse its consent, if it would; but that, as something inanimate, it does nothing whatever and is merely passive; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": "v",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon v. — If anyone saith |that, since Adam's sin, the free"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "will of man is lost and extinguished; or, that it is a thing with only a name,* yea a name without a reality, a figment, in fine, introduced into the Church by Satan; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": "VI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon VI. — If anyone saith that it is not in man's power to"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "make his ways evil, but that the works that are evil God worketh as well as those that are good, not permissively only, but properly, and of Himself, in such wise that the treason of Judas is no less His own proper work than the vocation of Paul; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": "vii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon vii. — If anybne saith that all works done before"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Justification, in whatsoever way they be done, are truly sins, or merit the hatred of God; or that the more earnestly one strives to dispose himself for grace, the more grievously he sins; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": "viii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon viii. — If anyone saith that the fear of hell, — whereby,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "by grieving for our sins, we flee unto the mei:cy of God, or refrain from sinning, — is a sin, or makes sinners worse; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": "ix",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon ix. — If anyone saith that by faith alone the impious"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "is justified; in such wise as to mean that nothing else is required to co-operate in order to the obtaining the grace of Justification, and that it is not in any way necessary that he be prepared and disposed by the movement of his own will; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": "x",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon x. — If anyone saith that men are just without the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "justice of Christ, whereby He merited for us to be justified; or that it is by that justice itself that they are formally just; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rem esse de solo titulo, a thing in name only, un Stre de raison."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "46 SESSION VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": "xi",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xi. — If anyone saith that men are justified, either"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "by the sole imputation of the justice of Christ, or by the sole remission of sins, to the exclusion of the grace and the charity which is poured forth in their hearts by the Holy Ghost* and is inherent in them; or even that the grace, whereby we are justified, is only the favour of God; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": "xii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xii. — If anyone saith that justifying faith is nothing"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "else but confidence in the divine mercy which remits sins for Christ's sake; or, that this confidence alone is that whereby we are justified; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": "xiii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xiii. — If anyone saith that it is necessary for every"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "one, for the obtaining the remission of sins, that he believe for certain, and without any wavering arising from his own infirmity and indisposition, that his sins are forgiven him; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": "xiv",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xiv. — If anyone saith that man is truly absolved"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "from his sins and justified, because that he assuredly believed himself absolved and justified; or, that no one is truly justified but he who believes himself justified; and that, by this faith alone, absolution and justification are effected; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": "xv",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xv. — If anyone saith that a man, who is born again"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "and justified, is bound of faith to believe that he is assuredly in the number of the predestinate; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": "xvi",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xvi. — If anyone saith that he will for certain, of an"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "absolute and infallible certainty, have that great gift of perseverance unto the end, — unless he have learned this by special revelation; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": "xvii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xvii. — If anyone saith that the grace of Justification"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "is only attained to by those who are predestined unto life; but that all others who are called, are called indeed, but receive not grace, as being, by the divine power, predestined unto evil; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": "xviii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xviii. — If anyone saith that the commandments of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "God are, even for one that is justified and constituted in grace, impossible to keep; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Rom. V. 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON JUSTIFICATION. 47"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": "xix",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xix. — If anyone saith that nothing besides faith is"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "commanded in the Gospel; that other things are indifferent, neither commanded nor prohibited, but free; or that the ten commandments nowise appertain to Christians; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": "xx",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xx. — If anyone saith that the man who is justified"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "and how perfect soever, is not bound to observe the commandments of God and of the Church, but only to believe; as if indeed the Gospel were a bare and absolute promise of eternal Hfe, without the condition of observing the commandments; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": "xxi",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xxi. — If anyone saith that Christ Jesus was given of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "God to men, as a redeemer in whom to trust, and notalso as a legislator whom to obey; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": "xxii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xxii. — If anyone saith that the justified, either is able"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "to persevere, without the special help of God, in the justice received;or that, with that help, he is not able; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": "XX",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon XX-III. — If anyone saith that a man once justified can"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "sin no more, nor lose grace, and that therefore he that falls and sins was never truly justified; or, on the other hand, that he is able, during his whole life, to avoid all sins, even those that are venial,^except by a special privilege from God, as the Church holds in regard of the Blessed Virgin; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": "XXIV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon XXIV. — If anyone saith that the justice received is"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "not preserved and also increased before God through good works; but that the said works are merely the fruits and signs of Justification obtained, but not a cause of the increase thereof; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": "xxv",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xxv. — If anyone saith that, in every good work, the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "just sins venially at least, or — which is more intolerable still — mortally, and consequently deserves eternal punishments; and that for this cause only he is not damned, that God does not impute those works unto damnation; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": "xxvi",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xxvi. — If anyone saith that the just ought not, for"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "their good works done in God, to expect and hope for an eternal recompense from God, through His mercy and the merit of Jesus Christ if so be that they persevere to the end in well-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "48 SESSION VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "doing and in keeping the divine commandments; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": "XXVII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon XXVII. — If anyone saith that there is no mortal sin"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "but that of infidelity;* or, that grace once received is not lost by any other sin, however grievous and enormous, save by that of infidelity; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": "xxviii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xxviii. — If anyone saith that grace being lost through"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "sin, faith also is always lost with it; or, that the faith which remains, though it be not a lively faith, is not a true faith; or, that he who has faith without charity, is not a Christian; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": "xxix",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xxix. — If anyone saith that he who has fallen after"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "baptism, is not able by the grace of God to rise again; or, that he is able indeed to recover the justice which he has lost, but by faith alone, without the sacrament of Penance, contrary to what the holy Roman and universal Church — instructed by Christ and His Apostles — has hitherto professed, observed, and taught; let him be anathema. '''([^ANON XXX. — If anyone saith that after the grace of Justification has been received, to every penitent sinner the guiltf is remitted, and the debt of eternal punishment^ is blotted out in such wise, that there remains not any debt of temporal punishment§ to be discharged either in this world or in the next in Purgatory, before the entrance to the kingdom of heaven can be opened (to him); let him be anathema. ^ Canon xxxi.— If anyone saith that the justified sins when he performs good works with a view to an eternal recompense; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon .xxxii. — If anyone saith that the good works of one"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "that is justified are in such manner the gift of God, as that they are not also the good merits of him that is justified; or, that the said justified, by the good works which he performs through the grace of God and the merit of Jesus Christ, whose"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Infidelitatis: unbelief. t Culpa. J Reatus setemae pcenae: condemnation to eternal punishment. § Reatus poense temporalis: condemnation to a temporal punishment."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "living member he is, does not truly merit increase of grace, eternal life, and the attainment of that eternal life,— if so be, however, that he depart in grace,— and also an increase of glory; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": "xxxiii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xxxiii.— If anyone saith that, by the Catholic doctrine"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "touching Justification, by this holy Synod set forth in this present decree, the glory of God, or the merits of our Lord Jesus Christ are in any way derogated from, and not rather that the truth' Christ ofareour faith, and rendered (more)theillustrious glory in;fine of God and of Jesus let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE ON REFORMATION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": "I",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is meet that prelates reside in their own churches; if they act otherwise, the penalties of the ancient law -are renewed against them, and fresh penalties decreed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The same sacred and holy Synod, — the same legates of the Apostolic See presiding, — wishing to apply* itself to restore ecclesiastical discipline, which is exceedingly relaxed, and to amend the depraved manners of the clergy and Christian people, has thought it fit to begin with those who preside over the greater churches, for the integrity of those who govern is the safetyf of the governed. Trusting, therefore, that by the mercy of our Lord and God, and the provident vigilance of His own vicar on earth, it will surely for the future happen that those who are most worthy, — and whose previous life, in every stage thereof, from their infancy to their riper years, having been laudably passed in the exercises of ecclesiastical discipline bears testimony in their favour, — will be assumed unto the government of churches, in accordance with the venerable ordinances of the Fathers, for that it is a burthen whose weight would be formidable even unto angels: (the Synod) admonishes all those who, under whatsoever name and title, are set over any"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Lit. to gird. Salus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "50 SESSION VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "patriarchal, primatial, metropolitan, and cathedral churches; and hereby accounts all such admonished, that, taking heed to themselves, and to the whole flock, wherein the Holy Ghost tiath placed tliem to rule the Church of God which He hath purcliased with His own blood* they be vigilant, as the Apostle enjoins, that they labour in all things, and fulfil their ministry:\\ but let them know, that fulfil it they cannot, if, like hirelings, they abandon the flocks committed to them, and apply not themselves to the keeping of their own sheep, whose blood will be required at their liands\\ by the Supreme Judge; seeing that it is most certain that if the wolf have devoured the sheep, not the shepherd's excuse will not be admitted, that he knew thereof. And yet, forasmuch as some are to be found at this time, who — as is grievously to be lamented — forgetful even of their own salvation, and preferring earthly things to heavenly, and things human before divine, wander about in various courts; or, their fold forsaken, and the care of the sheep committed to them neglected, keep themselves occupied with the solicitudes of temporal affairs; it hath seemed good to the sacred and holy Synod to renew, as by virtue of the present decree It doth ' renew, the ancient canons promulgated against non-residents, which (canons) have, through the disorders of the times and of men well-nigh fallen into desuetude; and furthermore, in order to the more fixed residence of the same, and for the reforming of manners in the Church, it hath seemed good to appoint and ordain in the manner following:— \\{ anyone, by whatsoever dignity, degree, and pre-eminence distinguished, shall, by remaining six months together out of his own diocese, all lawful impediment or just and reasonable causes ceasing, be absent from a patriarchal, primatial, metropolitan, or cathedral church, under what title soever, cause, name, or right committed to him, he shall ipso jur^ incur the penalty of the forfeiture of a fourth part of one year's fruits, to be applied, by an ecclesiastical"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "• Acts XX. 28. t 2 Tim. iv. 5. + Ezech. xxxiii. 6. § A phrase equivalent to ipso facto, and is so rendered throughout by Pallavicini. See vol. I. p. 737. Istor. del Concil. di Trento, Roma, 1656."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 5I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "superior, to the fabric of the church and to the poor of the place. And if he continue absent in this way during six other months, he shall thereupon forfeit another fourth part of the fruits, to be applied in like manner. But if the contumacyproceed yet further, the metropolitan shall, for the subjecting him to a severer censure of the sacred canons, be obliged to denounce his absent suffragan bishops, and the oldest resident suffragan bishop to denounce his absent metropolitan, to the Roman Pontiff, either by letter or by messenger, within the space' of three months, under the penalty, to be ipso facto incurred, of being interdicted from entering into the church; that he, by the authority of his own supreme See, may proceed against the said non resident prelates, according as the greater or less contumacy of each may require, and provide the said churches with more useful pastors, as he shall know in the Lord to be salutary and expedient."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": "II",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER II."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is not lawful for anyone who holds a benefice requiring personal residence to absent himself save for a just cause to be approved of by the bishop, who even then shall, for the cure of souls, substitute a vicar in his stead, withdrawing a portion of the fruits."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those inferior to bishops, who hold by title, or in comniendam, any ecclesiastical benefices requiring personal residence (whether by law or custom), shall be compelled, by their Ordinaries, to reside, by suitable legal remedies as to them shall seem expedient for the good government of the churches and the advancement of the service of God, taking into account the character of the places and persons; and to no one shall any perpetual privileges or indults, in favour of non-residence or of receiving the fruits during absence, be of avail; temporary indulgences and dispensations, however, granted solely for true and reasonable causes, and which are to be legitimately proved before the Ordinary, shall remain in force: in which cases."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "nevertheless, it shall be the office of bishops, as delegated in this matter by the Apostolic See, to provide that, by deputing competent vicars, and by assigning them a suitable portion of the fruits, the cure of souls be nowise neglected; no privilege or exemption whatever being of avail to any in this regard."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": "III",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER III."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The excesses of Secular clerics, and of Repdars who live out of their monasteries, shall be corrected by the Ordinary of the place. The prelates of the churches shall apply themselves prudently and diligently to correct the excesses of their subjects; and no Secular cleric, under pretext of a personal privilege, or any Regular living out of his monastery, shall, under pretext of a privilege of his order, be accounted, if he transgress, exempt from being visited, punished, and corrected in accordance with the ordinances of the canons, by the Ordinary of the place, as being delegated hereunto by the Apostolic See."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": "IV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops and other greater prelates shall visit any churches whatsoever, as often as there shall be need, everything which might hinder this decree being abrogated."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Chapters of cathedral, and of other greater churches,, and the members thereof, shall not be able — by any exemptions, customs, judgments, oaths, concordates, which only bind the authors thereof and not also their successors — to screen themselves from being capable of being, in accordance with the ordinances of the canons, visited, corrected, and amended, as often as shall be needful, even with apostolical authority, by their own bishops and other greater prelates, by themselves alone or with those whom they shall see fit to have accompany them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRAMENTS IN GENERAL. 53"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": "V",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER V."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops shall neither exercise any pontifical function nor ordain in another diocese."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It shall not be lawful for any bishop, under the plea of any privilege soever, to exercise pontifical functions* in the diocese of another, save by the express permission of the Ordinary of the place, and in regard of those persons only who are subject to that same Ordinary: if the contrary shall have been done, the bishop shall be ipso jure suspended from the exercise of episcopal functions, and those so ordained (be similarly suspended) from the exercise of their orders."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDICTION OF THE NEXT SESSION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doth it please you that the next ensuing Session be celebrated on Thursday, the fifth day after the first Sunday of the approaching Lent, which (Thursday) will be the third day of the month of March? They answered: It pleaseth us."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-07",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 7: The Sacraments in General, Baptism and Confirmation",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum I de sacramentis] 3 mart. 1547"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Prooemium]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad consummationem salutaris de iustificatione doctrinae quae in praecedenti proxima sessione uno omnium patrum consensu promulgata fuit consentaneum visum est de sanctissimis Ecclesiae sacramentis agere per quae omnis vera iustitia vel incipit vel coepta augetur vel amissa reparatur. Propterea sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea eisdem Apostolicae Sedis legatis ad errores eliminandos et exstirpandas haereses quae circa ipsa sanctissima sacramenta hac nostra tempestate tum de damnatis olim a patribus nostris haeresibus suscitatae tum etiam de novo adinventae sunt quae Catholicae Ecclesiae puritati et animarum saluti magnopere officiunt: sanctarum scripturarum doctrinae apostolicis traditionibus atque aliorum conciliorum et patrum consensui inhaerendo hos praesentes canones statuendos et decernendos censuit reliquos qui supersunt ad coepti operis perfectionem deinceps (divino Spiritu adiuvante) editura."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canones de sacramentis in genere]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Si quis dixerit sacramenta novae legis non fuisse omnia a Iesu Christo Domino nostro instituta aut esse plura vel pauciora quam septem videlicet baptismum confirmationem Eucharistiam poenitentiam extremam unctionem ordinem et matrimonium aut etiam aliquod horum septem non esse vere et proprie sacramentum: a[nathema] s[it]. 2. Si quis dixerit ea ipsa novae legis sacramenta a sacramentis antiquae legis non differre nisi quia caeremoniae sunt aliae et alii ritus externi: a[nathema] s[it]. 3. Si quis dixerit haec septem sacramenta ita esse inter se paria ut nulla ratione aliud sit alio dignius: a[nathema] s[it]. 4. Si quis dixerit sacramenta novae legis non esse ad salutem necessaria sed superflua et sine eis aut eorum voto per solam fidem homines a Deo gratiam iustificationis adipisci licet omnia singulis necessaria non sint: a[nathema] s[it]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. Si quis dixerit haec sacramenta propter solam fidem nutriendam instituta fuisse: a[nathema] s[it]. 6. Si quis dixerit sacramenta novae legis non continere gratiam quam significant aut gratiam ipsam non ponentibus obicem non conferre quasi signa tantum externa sint acceptae per fidem gratiae vel iustitiae et notae quaedam christianae professionis quibus apud homines discernuntur fideles ab infidelibus: a[nathema] s[it]. 7. Si quis dixerit non dari gratiam per huiusmodi sacramenta semper et omnibus quantum est ex parte Dei etiam si rite ea suscipiant sed aliquando et aliquibus: a[nathema] s[it]. 8. Si quis dixerit per ipsa novae legis sacramenta ex opere operato non conferri gratiam sed solam fidem divinae promissionis ad gratiam consequendam sufficere: a[nathema] s[it]. 9. Si quis dixerit in tribus sacramentis baptismo scilicet confirmatione et ordine non imprimi characterem in anima hoc est signum quoddam spirituale et indelebile unde ea iterari non possunt: a[nathema] s[it]. 10. Si quis dixerit christianos omnes in verbo et omnibus sacramentis administrandis habere potestatem: a[nathema] s[it]. 11. Si quis dixerit in ministris dum sacramenta conficiunt et conferunt non requiri intentionem saltem faciendi quod facit Ecclesia: a[nathema] s[it]. 12. Si quis dixerit ministrum in peccato mortali exsistentem modo omnia essentialia quae ad sacramentum conficiendum aut conferendum pertinent servaverit non conficere aut conferre sacramentum: a[nathema] s[it]. 13. Si quis dixerit receptos et approbatos Ecclesiae catholicae ritus in solemni sacramentorum administratione adhiberi consuetos aut contemni aut sine peccato a ministris pro libito omitti aut in novos alios per quemcumque ecclesiarum pastorem mutari posse: a[nathema] s[it]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canones de baptismo]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Si quis dixerit baptismum Ioannis habuisse eandem vim cum baptismo Christi: a[nathema] s[it]. 2. Si quis dixerit aquam veram et naturalem non esse de necessitate baptismi atque ideo verba illa Domini nostri Iesu Christi: nisi quis renatus fuerit ex aqua et Spiritu Sancto ad metaphoram aliquam detorserit: a[nathema] s[it]. 3. Si quis dixerit in Ecclesia Romana (quae omnium ecclesiarum mater est et magistra) non esse veram de baptismi sacramento doctrinam: a[nathema] s[it]. 4. Si quis dixerit baptismum qui etiam datur ab haereticis in nomine Patris et Filii et Spiritus Sancti eum intentione faciendi quod facit Ecclesia non esse verum baptismum: a[nathema] s[it]. 5. Si quis dixerit baptismum liberum esse hoc est non necessarium ad salutem: a[nathema] s[it]. 6. Si quis dixerit baptizatum non posse etiam si velit gratiam amittere quantumcumque peccet nisi nolit credere: a[nathema] s[it]. 7. Si quis dixerit baptizatos per baptismum ipsum solius tantum fidei debitores fieri non autem universae legis Christi servandae: a[nathema] s[it]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8. Si quis dixerit baptizatos liberos esse ab omnibus sanctae Ecclesiae praeceptis quae vel scripta vel tradita sunt ita ut ea observare non teneantur nisi se sua sponte illis summittere voluerint: a[nathema] s[it]. 9. Si quis dixerit ita revocandos esse homines ad baptismi suscepti memoriam ut vota omnia quae post baptismum fiunt vi promissionis in baptismo ipso iam factae irrita esse intelligant quasi per ea et fidei quam professi sunt detrahatur et ipsi baptismo: a[nathema] s[it]. 10. Si quis dixerit peccata omnia quae post baptismum fiunt sola recordatione et fide suscepti baptismi vel dimitti vel venialia fieri: a[nathema] s[it]. 11. Si quis dixerit verum et rite collatum baptismum iterandum esse illi qui apud infideles fidem Christi negaverit cum ad poenitentiam convertitur: a[nathema] s[it]. 12. Si quis dixerit neminem esse baptizandum nisi ea aetate qua Christus baptizatus est vel in ipso mortis articulo: a[nathema] s[it]. 13. Si quis dixerit parvulos eo quod actum credendi non habent suscepto baptismo inter fideles computandos non esse ac propterea cum ad annos discretionis pervenerint esse rebaptizandos aut praestare omitti eorum baptisma quam eos non actu proprio credentes baptizari in sola fide Ecclesiae: a[nathema] s[it]. 14. Si quis dixerit huiusmodi parvulos baptizatos cum adoleverint interrogandos esse an ratum habere velint quod patrini eorum nomine dum baptizarentur polliciti sunt et ubi se nolle responderint suo esse arbitrio relinquendos nec alia interim poena ad christianam vitam cogendos nisi ut ab Eucharistiae aliorum que sacramentorum perceptione arceantur donec resipiscant: a[nathema] s[it]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canones de confirmatione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Si quis dixerit confirmationem baptizatorum otiosam caeremoniam esse et non potius verum et proprium sacramentum aut olim nihil aliud fuisse quam catechesim quandam qua adolescentiae proximi fidei suae rationem coram Ecclesia exponebant: a[nathema] s[it]. 2. Si quis dixerit iniurios esse Spiritui Sancto eos qui sacro confirmationis chrismati virtutem aliquam tribuunt: a[nathema] s[it]. 3. Si quis dixerit sanctae confirmationis ordinarium ministrum non esse solum episcopum sed quemvis simplicem sacerdotem: a[nathema] s[it]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum II de reformatione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eadem sacrosancta Synodus eisdem praesidentibus et legatis inceptum residentiae et reformationis negotium ad Dei laudem et christianae religionis incrementum prosequi intendens ut sequitur statuendum censuit salva semper in omnibus Sedis Apostolicae auctoritate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Ad cathedralium ecclesiarum regimen nullus nisi ex legitimo matrimonio natus et aetate matura gravitate morum litterarum que scientia iuxta constitutionem Alexandri III quae incipit cum in cunctis in concilio Lateranensi promulgatam praeditus assumatur. 2. Nemo quacumque etiam dignitate gradu aut praeeminentia praefulgens plures metropolitanas seu cathedrales ecclesias in titulum sive commendam aut alio quovis nomine contra sacrorum canonum instituta recipere et simul retinere praesumat cum valde felix sit ille censendus cui unam Ecclesiam bene ac fructuose et cum animarum sibi commissarum salute regere contigerit. Qui autem plures ecclesias contra praesentis decreti tenorem nunc detinent una quam maluerint retenta reliquas infra sex menses si ad liberam Sedis Apostolicae dispositionem pertineant alias infra annum dimittere teneantur; alioquin Ecclesiae ipsae (ultimo obtenta dumtaxat excepta) eo ipso vacare censeantur. 3. Inferiora beneficia ecclesiastica praesertim curam animarum habentia personis dignis et habilibus et quae in loco residere ac per se ipsos curam ipsam exercere valeant iuxta constitutionem Alexandri III in Lateranensi quae incipit quia nonnulli et aliam Gregorii X in generali Lugdunensi concilio quae incipit licet canon editam conferantur. Aliter autem facta collatio sive provisio omnino irritetur et ordinarius collator poenas constitutionis concilii generalis quae incipit grave nimis se noverit incursurum. 4. Quicumque de cetero plura curata aut alias incompatibilia beneficia ecclesiastica sive per viam unionis ad vitam seu commendae perpetuae aut alio quocumque nomine et titulo contra formam sacrorum canonum et praesertim constitutionis Innocentii III quae incipit de multa recipere ac simul retinere praesumpserit beneficiis ipsis iuxta ipsius constitutionis dispositionem ipso iure etiam praesentis canonis vigore privatus exsistat. 5. Ordinarii locorum quoscumque plura curata aut alias incompatibilia beneficia ecclesiastica obtinentes dispensationes suas exhibere districte compellant et alias procedant iuxta constitutionem Gregorii X in generali Lugdunensi concilio editam quae incipit ordinarii quam eadem sancta Synodus innovandam censet et innovat addens insuper quod ipsi ordinarii etiam per idoneorum vicariorum deputationem et congruae portionis fructuum assignationem omnino provideant ut animarum cura nullatenus negligatur et beneficia ipsa debitis obsequiis minime defraudentur; appellationibus privilegiis exemptionibus quibuscumque etiam cum iudicum specialium deputatione et illorum inhibitionibus in praemissis nemini suffragantibus. 6. Uniones perpetuae a quadraginta annis citra factae examinari ab ordinariis tamquam a Sede Apostolica delegatis possint et quae per subreptionem vel obreptionem obtentae fuerint irritae declarentur; illae vero quae a dicto tempore citra concessae nondum in toto vel in parte sortitae sunt effectum et quae deinceps ad cuiusvis instantiam fient nisi eas ex legitimis aut alias rationabilibus causis coram loci Ordinario vocatis quorum interest verificandis factas fuisse constiterit per subreptionem obtentae praesumantur ac propterea (nisi aliter a Sede Apostolica declaratum fuerit) viribus omnino careant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7. Beneficia ecclesiastica curata quae cathedralibus collegiatis seu aliis ecclesiis vel monasteriis beneficiis seu collegiis aut piis locis quibuscumque perpetuo unita et annexa reperiuntur ab ordinariis locorum annis singulis visitentur qui sollicite providere procurent ut per idoneos vicarios etiam perpetuos (nisi ipsis ordinariis pro bono ecclesiarum regimine aliter expedire videbitur) ab eis cum tertiae partis fructuum aut maiori vel minori arbitrio ipsorum ordinariorum portione etiam super re certa assignanda ibidem deputandos animarum cura laudabiliter exerceatur; appellationibus privilegiis exemptionibus etiam cum iudicum deputatione et illorum inhibitionibus quibuscumque in praemissis minime suffragantibus. 8. Locorum ordinarii ecclesias quascumque quomodolibet exemptas auctoritate apostolica singulis annis visitare teneantur et opportunis iuris remediis providere ut quae reparatione indigent reparentur et cura animarum si que illis immineat aliis que debitis obsequiis minime defraudentur; appellationibus privilegiis consuetudinibus etiam ab immemorabili tempore praescriptis iudicum deputationibus et illorum inhibitionibus penitus exclusis. 9. Ad maiores ecclesias promoti munus consecrationis infra tempus a iure statutum suscipiant et prorogationes ultra sex menses concessae nulli suffragentur. 10. Non liceat capitulis ecclesiarum sede vacante infra annum a die vacationis ordinandi licentiam aut litteras dimissorias seu reverendas (ut aliqui vocant) tam ex iuris communis dispositione quam etiam cuiusvis privilegii aut consuetudinis vigore alicui qui beneficii ecclesiastici recepti sive recipiendi occasione arctatus non fuerit concedere; si secus fiat capitulum contraveniens ecclesiastico subiaceat interdicto et sic ordinati si in minoribus ordinibus constituti fuerint nullo privilegio clericali praesertim in criminalibus gaudeant; in maioribus vero ab exsecutione ordinum ad beneplacitum futuri praelati sint ipso iure suspensi. 11. Facultates de promovendo a quocumque non suffragentur nisi habentibus legitimam causam ob quam a propriis episcopis ordinari non possint in litteris exprimendam et tunc non ordinentur nisi ab episcopo in sua dioecesi residente aut pro eo pontificalia exercente et diligenti praevio examine. 12. Facultates de non promovendo praeterquam in casibus a iure expressis concessae ad annum tantum suffragentur. 13. Praesentati seu electi vel nominati a quibusvis ecclesiasticis personis etiam Sedis Apostolicae nuntiis ad quaevis ecclesiastica beneficia non instituantur nec confirmentur neque admittantur etiam praetextu cuiusvis privilegii seu consuetudinis etiam ab immemorabili tempore praescriptae nisi fuerint prius a locorum ordinariis examinati et idonei reperti; et nullus appellationis remedio se tueri possit quominus examen subire teneatur. Praesentatis tamen electis seu nominatis ab universitatibus seu collegiis generalium studiorum exceptis. 14. In exemptorum causis constitutio Innocentii IV quae incipit volentes in generali Lugdunensi concilio edita servetur quam eadem sacrosancta Synodus innovandam censuit et innovat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Addendo insuper quod in civilibus causis mercedum et miserabilium personarum clerici saeculares aut regulares extra monasterium degentes quomodolibet exempti etiam si certum iudicem a Sede Apostolica deputatum in partibus habeant in aliis vero si ipsum iudicem non habuerint coram locorum ordinariis tamquam in hoc ab ipsa sede delegatis conveniri et iure medio ad solvendum debitum cogi et compelli possint. Privilegiis exemptionibus conservatorum deputationibus et eorum inhibitionibus adversus praemissa nequaquam valituris. 15. Curent ordinarii ut hospitalia quaecumque a suis administratoribus quocumque illi nomine censeantur etiam quomodolibet exemptis fideliter et diligenter gubernentur constitutionis concilii viennensis quae incipit quia contingit forma servata."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum indictionis futurae sessionis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Item haec sacrosancta Synodus statuit et decrevit proximam futuram sessionem habendam et celebrandam esse die iovis feria quinta post sequentem dominicam in albis quae erit 21 mensis aprilis praesentis annis 1547."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Celebrated on the third day of the month of March, mdxlvii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE ON THE SACRAMENTS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proem. For the completion of the salutary doctrine on Justification, which was promulgated with the unanimous consent of the Fathers in the last preceding Session, it hath seemed suitable to treat of the most holy Sacraments of the Church, through which all true justice either begins, or being begun is increased, or being lost is repaired. With this view, in order to destroy the errors and to extirpate the heresies which have appeared"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Pontificalia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "54 SESSION VII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "in these our days on the subject of the said most holy sacraments—as well those which have been revived from the heresies condemn ed of old by our Fathers, as also those newly invented, and which are exceedingly prejudicial to the purity of the Catholic Church, and to the salvation of souls— the sacred and holy, oecumenical and general Synod of Trent, lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same legates of the Apostolic See presiding therein, adhering to the doctrine of the holy Scriptures, to the apostolic traditions, and to the consent of other councils and of the Fathers, has thought fit that these present canons be established and decreed; intending, the divine Spirit aiding, to publish later the remaining canons which are wanting for the completion of the work which It has begun."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRAMENTS IN GENERAL."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": "i",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon i. — If anyone saith that the sacraments of the New"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Law were not all instituted by Jesus Christ, our Lord; or that they are more or less than seven, to wit. Baptism, Confirmation, the Eucharist, Penance, Extreme Unction, Order, and Matrimony;or even that any one of these seven is not truly and properly a sacrament; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": "ii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon ii. — If anyone saith that these said sacraments of the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "New Law do not differ from the sacraments of the Old Law, save that the ceremonies are different, and different the outward rites; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon hi. — If anyone saith that these seven sacraments"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "are in such wise equal to each other, as that one is not in any way more worthy than another; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": "iv",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon iv. — If anyone saith that the sacraments of the New"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Law are not necessary unto salvation, but superfluous; and that, without them, or without the desire thereof, men obtain of God, through faith alone, the grace of justification;— though all (the sacraments) are not indeed necessary for every individual; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": "v",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon v. — If anyone saith that these sacraments were in-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "stituted for the sake of nourishing faith alone; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRAMENTS IN GENERAL. 55"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": "vi",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon vi. — If anyone saith that the sacraments of the New-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Law do not contain the grace which they signify; or that they do not confer that grace on those who do not place an obstacle thereunto: as though they were merely outward signs of grace or justice received through faith, and certain marks of the Christian profession, whereby believers are distinguished amongst men from unbelievers; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": "vii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon vii. — If anyone saith that grace, as far as God's"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "part is concerned,, is not given through the said sacraments always, and to all men, even though they receive them rightly, but (only) sometimes, and to some persons; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": "viii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon viii. — If anyone saith that by the said sacraments"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "of the New Law grace is not conferred through the act performed,* but that faith alone in the divine promise suffices for the obtaining of grace; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": "ix",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon ix. — If anyone saith that in the three sacraments,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "to wit. Baptism, Confirmation, and Order, there is not imprinted in the soul a character, that is, a certain spiritual and indelible sign, on account of which they cannot be repeated; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": "X",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon X. — If anyone saith that all Christians have power"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "to administer the word, and all the sacraments; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": "xi",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xi. — If anyone saith that in ministers, when they"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "effect f and confer the sacraments, there is not required the intention at least of doing what the Church does; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": "xii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xii. — If anyone saith that a minister, being in mortal"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "sin — if so be that he observe all the essentials which belong to the effecting! °^ conferring of the sacrament — neither effects nor confers the sacrament; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": "xiii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xiii. — If anyone saith that the received and approved"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "rites of the Catholic Church, wont to be used in the solemn"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ex opere operato. t Conficiunt, make. J Conficiendum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "56 SESSION VII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "administration of the sacraments, may be contemned, or without sin be omitted at pleasure by the ministers, or be changed, by every pastor of the churches, into other new ones; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON BAPTISM."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": "i",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon i. — If anyone saith that the baptism of John had"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "the same force as the baptism of Christ; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": "II",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon II. — If anyone saith that true and natural water is"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "not of necessity for baptism, and, on that account, wrests, to some sort of metaphor, those words of our Lord Jesus Christ: Unliss a man be born again of water and the Holy Ghost: * let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon hi. — If anyone saith that in the Roman Church,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "which is the mother and mistress of all churches, there is not the true doctrine concerning the sacrament of baptism; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": "iv",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon iv. — If anyone saith that the baptism which is even"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "given by heretics in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost, with the intention of doing what the Church doth, is not true baptism; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": "v",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon v. — If anyone saith that baptism is free,j- that is,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "not necessary unto salvation; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": "vi",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon vi. — If anyone saith that one who has been baptised"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cannot, even if he would, lose grace, let him sin ever so much, unless he will not believe; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": "vii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon vii. — If anyone saith that the baptised are, by"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "baptism itself, made debtors but to faith alone, and not to the observance of the lulwle law\\ of Christ; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": "viii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon viii. — If anyone saith that the baptised are freed"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "from all the precepts, whether written or transmitted, of holy Church, in such wise that they are not bound to observe them, unless they have chosen of their own accord to submit themselves thereunto; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* John iii. 5. t Liberum, optional. { Gal. v. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON BAPTISM. 57"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": "IX",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon IX. — If anyone saith that the remembrance of the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "baptism which they have received is so to be recalled unto men, as that they are to understand that all vows made after baptism are void, in virtue of the promise already made in that baptism; as if, by those vows, they both derogated from that faith which they have professed and from that baptism itself; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": "x",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon x. — If anyone saith that by the sole remembrance"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "and the faith of the baptism which has been received all sins committed after baptism are either remitted or made venial; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": "XI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon XI. — If anyone saith that baptism, which was true"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "and rightly conferred, is to be repeated, for him who has denied the faith of Christ amongst Infidels, when he is converted unto penitence; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": "xii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xii. — If anyone saith that no one is to be baptised"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "save at that age at which Christ was baptised, or in the very article of death; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": "xiii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xiii. — If anyone saith that Httle children, for that"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "they have not actual faith,* are not, after having received baptism, to be reckoned amongst the faithful; and that, for this cause, they are to be rebaptised when they have attained to years of discretion; or that it is better that the baptism of such be omitted, than that, while not believing by their own act, they should be baptised in the faith alone of the Church; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": "XIV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon XIV. — If anyone saith that those who have been thus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "baptised when children are, when they have grown up, to be asked whether they will ratify what their sponsors promised in their names when they were baptised; and that, in case they answer that they will not, they are to be left to their own will; and are not to be compelled meanwhile to a Christian life by any other penalty, save that they be excluded from the participation of the Eucharist, and of the other sacraments, until they repent; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Actum credendi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "58 SESSION VII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON CONFIRMATION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": "i",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon i. — If anyone saith that the confirmation of those"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "who have been baptised is an idle ceremony, and not rather a true and proper sacrament; or that of old it was nothing more than a kind of catechism, whereby they who were near adolescence gave an account of their faith in the face of the Church; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": "II",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon II. — If anyone saith that they who ascribe any virtue"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "to the sacred chrism of confirmation offer an outrage to the Holy Ghost; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon hi. — If anyone saith that the ordinary minister of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "holy confirmation is not the bishop alone, but any simple priest soever; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE ON REFORMATION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The same sacred and holy Synod, the same Legales also presiding, purposing to prosecute, unto the praise of ^od and the increase of the Christian religion, the work which It hath begun touching residence and reformation, has thought good to ordain as follows — saving always, in all things, the authority of the Apostolic See."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": "I",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Who is capable of governing Cathedral churches?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No one shall be assumed unto the government of Cathedral churches, but one that is born of a lawful wedlock, is of mature age, and endowed with gravity of manners and skill in letters, agreeably to the constitution of Alexander III., which begins Cum in cunctis, promulgated in the Council of Lateran."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 59"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": "II",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER II."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ttie holders of several Cathedral churches are commanded to resign all but one, in a given manner and time."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No one, by whatsoever dignity, grade, or pre-eminence distinguished, shall presume, in contravention of the institutes of the sacred canons, to accept and to hold at the same time several Metropolitan or Cathedral churches, whether by title or in commendam, or under any other name whatsoever; seeing that he is to be accounted exceedingly fortunate whose lot it is ) to rule one church well and fruitfully, and unto the salvation of the souls committed to him. But as to those who now hold several churches contrary to the tenor of the present decree, they shall be bound, retaining the one which they may prefer, to resign the rest within six months if they are at the free disposal of the Apostolic See, in other cases within the year; otherwise those churches, the one last obtained only excepted, shall be from that moment deemed vacant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": "III",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER III."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Benefices shall be conferred solely on capable individuals."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inferior Ecclesiastical Benefices, especially such as have the cure of souls, shall be conferred on persons worthy and capable, and who can reside on the spot and exercise personally the said cure; in accordance with the Constitution of Alexander III., in the Council of Lateran, which begins Quia nonnulli; and that other of Gregory X., published in the General Council of Lyons, which begins Licet Canon. A collation or provision made otherwise shall be wholly annulled: and let the ordinary collator know that he will himself incur the penalties set down in the Constitution of the General Council (of Lateran), which begins Grave nimis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6o SESSION VII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": "IV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The retainer of several Benefices contrary to tJu Canons shall be deprived thereof."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whosoever shall for the future presume to accept, or to retain at the same time several cures, or otherwise incompatible Ecclesiastical Benefices, whether by way of union for life, or in perpetual cojumendam, or under any other name or title whatsoever, in contravention of the appointment of the sacred Canons, and especially of the Constitution of Innocent III., beginning De multa, shall be ipso jure deprived of the said benefices, according to the disposition of the said constitution, and also by virtue of the present Canon."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": "V",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER V."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holders of several Benefices with cure of souls shall exhibit tlieir dispensations to the Ordinary, who shall provide the churclies with a Vicar, assigning a suitable portion of the fruits."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Ordinaries of the places shall strictly compel all those who hold several cures, or otherwise incompatible Ecclesiastical Benefices, to exhibit their dispensations; and they shall otherwise proceed according to the Constitution of Gregory X., published in the General Council of Lyons, beginning Ordinarii, which (Constitution) this holy Synod thinks ought to be renewed, and doth renew; adding further, that the said Ordinaries are by all means to provide, even by deputing fit vicars and by assigning a suitable portion of the fruits, that the cure of souls be not in any way neglected, and that the said benefices be nowise defrauded of the services due to them: no appeals, privileges, or exemptions whatsoever, even with a commission of special judges, and inhibitions from the same, being of avail to any one in the matters aforenamed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 61"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": "VI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "What unions of Benefices shall be accounted valid."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unions in perpetuity, made within forty years, may be examined into by the Ordinaries, as delegated by the Apostolic See, and such as shall have been obtained by surreption or obreption shall be declared null. Now those are to be presumed to have been surreptitiously obtained which, having been granted within the aforenamed period, have not as yet been carried into effect wholly, or in part, as also those which shall henceforth be made at the instance of any person soever, unless it shall be certain that they have been made for lawful or otherwise reasonable causes, which are to be verified before the Ordinary of the place, those persons being summoned whose interests are concerned; and therefore (such unions) shall be altogether of no force, unless the Apostolic See shall have declared otherwise."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": "V",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VH."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "United Ecclesiastical Benefices shall be visited; the cure thereof shall be exercised even by perpetual vicars; who shall be deputed thereunto with a portion, to be assigned even upon a specific property."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesiastical Benefices with cures, which are found to have been always united and annexed to Cathedral, Collegiate, or other churches, or to monasteries, benefices, colleges, or other pious places of what sort soever, shall be visited every year by the Ordinaries of those places; who shall apply themselves sedulously to provide that the cure of souls be laudably exercised by competent vicars, and those even perpetual, unless the said Ordinaries shall deem it expedient for the good of the churches that it be otherwise,— which (vicars) shall be deputed thereunto by those Ordinaries, with a provision consisting of a third part of the fruits, or of a greater or less proportion, at the discretion"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "62 SESSION VII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "of the said Ordinaries, which (portion) is to be assigned even upon a specific property; no appeals, privileges, exemptions, even with a commission of judges, and inhibitions from the same, being of any avail in the matters above named."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": "VIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Churches shall be repaired: the aire of sovls sedulously discJtarged. The Ordinaries of the places shall be bound to visit every year, with apostolic authority, all churches whatsoever, in whatsoever manner exempted; and to provide, by suitable legal remedies, that whatever needs repairs be repaired; and that those churches be not in any way defrauded of the cure of souls, if such be annexed thereunto, or of other services due to them;— all appeals, privileges, customs, even those that have a prescription from time immemorial, commission of judges, and inhibitions from the same, being utterly set aside."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": "IX",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IX."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tlie duty of consecration not to be delayed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those who have been promoted to the greater churches shall receive the rite of consecration within the time prescribed by law; and any delays granted, extending beyond the period of six months, shall be of no avail to anyone."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": "X",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER X."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When a See is vacant, Chapters shall not grant \" reverends \" to any unless straitened because of a Benefice obtained, or about to be obtained: various penalties on contraveners."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It shall not be lawful for Chapters of churches, when a see is vacant, to grant, — whether by ordinance of common law, or by virtue of any privilege or custom whatsoever,— a licence for"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 63"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ordination* or letters dimissory, or \"reverend,\" as some call them, within a year from the day of that vacancy, to anyone who is not straitened (for time),f by occasion of some ecclesiastical benefice received, or about to be received. Otherwise, the contravening Chapter shall be subjected to an ecclesiastical interdict; and the persons so ordained, if they have been constituted inminor orders, shall not enjoy.any clerical privilege, especially in criminal causes; whilst those constituted in the greater orders shall be, ipso jure, suspended from the exercise thereof, during the pleasure of the next appointed prelate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": "XI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Faculties for promotion shall not avail anyone without a just cause."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Faculties, for being promoted (to orders) by any prelate whatsoever, shall be of no avail but to those who have a lawful cause — which is to be expressed in their letters — why they cannot be ordained by their own bishops; and even then they shall not be ordained but by a bishop who is resident in his own diocese, or by him who exercises the pontifical functions for him, and after having undergone a previous careful examination."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": "X",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XH."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Faculties for not being promoted shall not exceed a year."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Faculties granted for not being promoted (to orders) shall avail for a year only, except in the cases by law provided."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Ordinandi licentiam. t Arctatus. Pallav. Necessitato di prender gli ordini."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "64 SESSION VII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": "XIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Individuals, by whomsoever presented, shall not be instituted without being previously examined and approved of by the Ordinary; with certain exceptions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Persons presented,' or elected, or nominated by any ecclesiastics soever, even by Nuncios of the Apostolic See, shall not be instituted, or confirmed in, or admitted to any ecclesiastical benefices whatsoever, even under the plea of any privilege soever, or custom, which may even have a prescription from time immemorial, unless they shall have been first examined and found fit by the Ordinaries of the places. And no one shall be able to screen himself, by means of an appeal, from being bound to undergo that examination. Those, however, are to be excepted who are presented, elected, or nominated by universities, or by colleges for general studies."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": "XIV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The civil causes of exempted persons which may be taken cognisance of by bishops."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the causes of exempted persons, the Constitution of Innocent IV., beginning Volentes, set forth in the general Council of Lyons, shall be observed,— which Constitution this sacred and holy Synod hath thought ought to be renewed, and doth hereby renew it; adding further that, in civil causes relative to wages, and to persons in distress,* clerics, whether Seculars, or Regulars who live out of their monasteries, — howsoever exempted, and even though they may have upon the spot a special judge deputed by the Apostolic See; and in other causes, if they have no such judge,— may be brought before the Ordinaries of the places, and be constrained and compelled by course of law to"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* In civilibus causis mercedum, et miserabilium personarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "FACULTY TO TRANSFER THE COUNCIL. 65"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "pay what they owe; no privileges, exemptions, commissions of conservators, and inhibitions therefrom being of any force whatever in opposition to the (regulations) aforesaid."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": "XV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ordinaries shall take care that all manner of hospitals, even those exempted, be faithfully governed by their administrators."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Ordinaries shall take care that all hospitals whatsoever be faithfully and diligently governed by their own administrators, by what names soever called, and in what way soever exempted: observing herein the form of the Constitution of the Council of Vienne, which begins Quia contingit, which this holy Synod hath thought fit to renew, and doth hereby renew, together with the derogations therein contained."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDICTION OF THE NEXT SESSION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This sacred and holy Synod hath also resolved and decreed that the next ensuing Session be held and celebrated on Thursday, the fifth day after the coming Sunday in Albis (Low Sunday), which will be the twenty-first of the month of April of the present year, MDXLVII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "BULL WITH FACULTY TO TRANSFER THE COUNCIL."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Paul, bishop, servant of the servants of God, to our venerable brother Giammaria, bishop of Palsestrina, and to our beloved sons, Marcellus of the title of the Holy Cross in Jerusalem, priest, and Reginald of Saint Mary in Cosmedin, deacon, cardinals, our Legates a latere, and those of the Apostolic See, health and apostolical benediction. We, by the providence of God, presiding over the government of the universal Church, though with merits unequal thereunto, account it a part of our office that, if anything of more than common moment have to be settled touching the Christian"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "W"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "66 SESSION VII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "commonweal, it be done not only at a suitable season, but also in a convenient and fit place. Wherefore, whereas We lately, with the advice and consent of our venerable brethren the cardinals of the holy Roman Church, — upon hearing that peace had been made between our most dear sons in Christ, Charles the Emperor of the Romans, ever august, and Francis the most Christian King of the French, — took off and removed the suspension of the celebration of the sacred oecumenical and universal Council, which we had on another occasion, for reasons then stated, indicted, with the advice and consent aforesaid, for the city of Trent, and which was, for certain other reasons at that time also named, suspended, upon the like advice and consent, unto another more opportune and suitable time to be declared by us: being ourselves unable, from being at that time lawfully hindered, to repair to the abovenamed city in person, and to be present at that Council, We, by the same advice, appointed and deputed you as Legates a latere on our behalf and that of the Apostolic See, in that Council; and we sent you unto that same city as angels of peace, as in divers our letters thereupon is more fully set forth: wishing to provide seasonably that so holy a work as the celebration of such a Council may not be hindered through the incommodiousness of the place, or otherwise in any other manner, We, of our proper motion, and certain knowledge, and the plenitude of apostolic authority, and with the advice and consent aforesaid, by the tenor of these presents do, with apostolic authority, concede to you all together, or to two of you, upon the other being detained by a lawful impediment, or maybe absent therefrom, full and unrestrained power and faculty to transfer and change, whensoever you shall see cause, the aforesaid Council from the city of Trent to any other more convenient, suitable, or safe city, as to you shall seem fit, and to suppress and dissolve that which is held in the said city of Trent; as also to prohibit, even under ecclesiastical pains and censures, the prelates and other members of the said Council, from proceeding to any further measures therein in the said city of Trent; and also to continue, hold, and celebrate the same Council in the other city as aforesaid unto which it shall have been transferred and changed, and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE TRANSLATION OF THE COUNCIL. (>•]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "to summon thereunto the prelates and other members of the said Council of Trent, even under the pain of perjury and the other penalties named in the letters of Indiction of that of Council; to preside and proceed, in the Council thus translated and changed, in the name and by the authority aforesaid, and to perform, regulate, ordain, and execute the other things mentioned above, and the things thereunto necessary and suitable, in accordance with the contents and tenor of the previous letters' which have been on other occasio ns addressed unto you: declaring that We will hold as ratified and pleasing whatsoever by you shall have been done, regulated, ordained, in the matters aforesaid, and will, with God's help, cause it to be observed; any apostolical constitutions and ordinaninviola bly ces, and other things whatsoever to the contrary notwithstanding. Wherefore, let no one soever infringe this letter of our grant, or with rash daring go contrary thereto. But if anyone shall presume to attempt this, let him know that he will incur the indignation of Almighty God, and of the Blessed Peter and Paul, His Apostles. Given at Rome, at St. Peter's, in the year of the Lord's Incarnation MDXLVii., on the eighth of the calends of March,* in the eleventh year of our Pontificate. Fab. Bish. of Spol. B. Motta."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-08",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 8: Translation of the Council to Bologna",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11 mart. 1547 [Decretum de translatione concilii]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Placet ne vobis decernere et declarare de huiusmodi morbo ex praemissis et aliis allegatis ita manifeste et notorie constare ut praelati in hac civitate sine vitae discrimine commorari et in ea idcirco inviti minime retineri possint et debeant? [Responderunt: placet]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Item que attento recessu multorum praelatorum post proxime praeteritam sessionem et attentis protestationibus aliorum quamplurium praelatorum in congregationibus generalibus factis hinc omnino timore ipsius morbi abire volentium qui iuste detineri non possunt et ex quorum discessu concilium vel dissolveretur vel ex paucitate praelatorum bonus eius progressus impediretur et attento etiam imminenti periculo vitae et aliis causis per aliquos ex patribus in ipsis congregationibus allegatis utpote notorie veris et legitimis: placet ne vobis similiter decernere et declarare pro conservatione et prosecutione ipsius concilii securitate vitae ipsorum praelatorum concilium ipsum ad civitatem Bononiae veluti ad locum magis paratum salubrem et idoneum pro tempore transferendum esse et ex nunc transferri et ibidem sessionem iam indictam statuta die vigesima prima aprilis celebrandam esse et celebrari et successive ad ulteriora procedendum donec sanctissimo domino nostro et sacro concilio expedire videbitur ut ad hunc seu alium locum communicato etiam consilio cum invictissimo Caesare et christianissimo rege et aliis regibus et principibus christianis ipsum concilium reduci possit ac debeat? [Responderunt: placet]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Celebrated on the eleventh day of the month of March, in the year"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "MDXLVII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE CONCERNING THE TRANSLATION OF THE COUNCIL."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doth it please you to decree and declare that, from the foregoing statements and other allegations, a disease of the kind stated is so plainly and notoriously certain, that the prelates cannot without danger of their lives remain in this city, and that"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* February 22nd."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "68 SESSION IX."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "therefore they cannot and ought not to be detained therein against their wills? And considering moreover the withdrawal of many prelates since the Session last held, and the protests made in the general congregations by very many other prelates, who wish by all means to depart hence through fear of the said disease, who cannot justly be detained; and by whose departure the Council would either be dissolved, or, from the small number of the prelates, its beneficial progress be hindered; and considering also the imminent danger to life, and the other notoriously true and legitimate reasons alleged in the said congregations by certain of the Fathers; doth it please you, in like manner, to decree and declare, that, for the preservation and prosecution of the said Council, and for the safety of the lives of the said prelates, this Council be transferred for a time to the city of Bologna, as being a place better provided, more healthy and fit, and that the translation have effect from this day forth, and that the Session, already indicted for the twentyfirst of April, ought to be celebrated, and be celebrated, there on that appointed day; and that the further matters be proceeded with in order, until it shall seem expedient, to our most holy Lord and to the sacred Council, that the said Council may, and ought to, be brought back to this, or to some other place, taking counsel also thereupon with the most invincible Emperor, the most Christian king, and with the other Christian kings and princes? They answered: It pleaseth us."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-09",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 9: Prorogation at Bologna",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21 apr. 1547 [Decretum prorogationis sessionis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis synodus quae dudum in civitate Tridenti congregata erat nunc Bononiae in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea nomine sanctissimi in Christo patris et domini nostri domini Pauli divina providentia papae III eisdem reverendissimis dominis Ioanne Maria episcopo Praenestino de Monte et Marcello tituli sanctae crucis in Hierusalem presbytero sanctae Romanae Ecclesiae cardinalibus et apostolicis de latere legatis considerans quod die undecima mensis martii praesentis anni in generali publica sessione in eadem civitate Tridenti et in loco consueto celebrata omnibus que agendis de more peractis ex causis tunc instantibus urgentibus et legitimis interveniente etiam auctoritate sanctae Sedis Apostolicae eiusdem reverendissimis praesidentibus etiam specialiter concessa decrevit et ordinavit concilium ex eo loco in hanc civitatem transferendum esse sicuti transtulit item que sessionem pro praesenti die vigesima prima aprilis illic indictam (ut de sacramentorum et reformationis materiis de quibus tractandum proposuerat canones sancirentur et promulgarentur) in hac ipsa civitate Bononiae celebrari debere. Considerans que nonnullos ex patribus qui in hoc concilio interesse consueverunt his superioribus maioris ebdomadae et solemnitatis paschalis diebus in propriis ecclesiis occupatos aliquos etiam aliis impedimentis detentos huc nondum accessisse quos tamen brevi affuturos sperandum est ac propterea factum esse ut non ea quam sancta Synodus desiderabat praelatorum frequentia potuerint materiae ipsae sacramentorum et reformationis examinari ac discuti: ut omnia maturo consilio et cum dignitate et gravitate debita fiant bonum opportunum et expediens censuit censet que sessionem praedictam quae hoc ipso die (ut praefertur) celebranda erat ad diem iovis infra octavam penthecostes proxime futuram quoad ipsas materias expediendas differendam et prorogandam esse quemadmodum differt et prorogat. Quam diem et rei gerendae maxime opportunam et patribus praesertim absentibus percommodam iudicavit et iudicat. Hoc tamen adiecto quod terminum ipsum ipsa sancta Synodus pro eius arbitrio et voluntate sicuti rebus concilii putaverit expedire etiam in privata congregatione restringere et imminuere possit et valeat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Celebrated at Bologna, on the twenty-first day of the month April, MDXLVII. of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE FOR THE PROROGATION OF THE SESSION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This sacred and holy, oecumenical and general Synod, which lately was assembled in the city of Trent, and is now lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost at Bologna, the same most reverend Lords Giammaria del Monte, bishop of Palsstrina, and Marcellus, of the title of the Holy Cross in Jerusalem, priest,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE PROROGUING THE SESSION. 69"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cardinals of the holy Roman Church, and Legates apostolic a latere, presiding therein in the name of our most holy Father in Christ, and Lord, Paul III., by the providence of God, Pope; considering that, on the eleventh day of the month of March of the present year, in a general and public Session celebrated in the said city of Trent, in the usual place, all the formalities being observed in the usual manner; (the Synod), — for causes then pressing, urgent, and legitimate, and with the interposition also of the authority of the holy Apostolic See, specially also granted to the said most reverend Presidents, — decreed and ordained, that the Council was to be transferred, as it did transfer it, from that place to this city, and likewise that the Session, — indicted there for this twenty-first day of April, «that Canons touching the matters of the Sacraments and of Reformation, whereon It had purposed to treat, might be established and promulgated, — ought to be celebrated in this city of Bologna; and considering that some of the Fathers who have been accustomed to be present at this Council, — being some engaged in their own churches during these last days of the great week (of Lent), and of the Paschal solemnity, and some also detained by other hindrances, — have not as yet come hither, but who, nevertheless, it is to be hoped, will shortly be present; and that, from this cause, it has happened that the said matters of the Sacraments and of Reformation could not be examined and discussed in an assembly of prelates as numerous as the holy Synod desired: wherefore, to the end that all things may be done with mature deliberation, with due dignity and gravity, (the Synod) hath resolved, and doth resolve, that it is good, opportune, and expedient, that the aforenamed Session, which, as has been said, was to have been celebrated on this day, be deferred and prorogued, as it is now deferred and prorogued, to the Thursday within the approaching octave of Pentecost, for the expediting of the matters aforesaid; which day It has deemed, and deems, to be most opportune for the business to be transacted, and most convenient, especially for the Fathers who are absent; adding, however, that this holy Synod may and can, even in a private congregation, limit and abridge the said term, at Its will and pleasure, as It shall think expedient for the business of the Council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "70 SESSION X."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-10",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 10: Prorogation of the Session",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2 iun. 1547 [Decretum prorogationis sessionis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quamvis haec sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis synodus sessionem quae die vigesima prima mensis aprilis proxime praeteriti super sacramentorum et reformationis materiis in hac inclyta civitate Bononiae ex decreto in urbe Tridentina in publica sessione die undecima mensis martii promulgato celebranda erat propter aliquas causas ac praesertim propter absentiam nonnullorum patrum quos brevi affuturos sperabat ad hunc praesentem diem differendam et prorogandam esse censuerit volens tamen cum iis qui non venerunt etiam adhuc benigne agere eadem sacrosancta Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in eadem eisdem sanctae Romanae Ecclesiae cardinalibus et Apostolicae Sedis legatis statuit et decrevit sessionem ipsam quam hac die secunda mensis iunii praesentis anni millesimi quingentesimi quadragesimi septimi celebrare decreverat ad diem iovis post festum nativitatis beatae Mariae virginis quae erit decima quinta mensis septembris proxime futuri quoad praedictas et alias materias expediendas differendam et prorogandam esse quemadmodum differt et prorogat ita tamen quod prosecutio discussionis et examinationis tam eorum quae ad dogmata quam ad reformationem pertinent interim non omittatur et terminum ipsum ipsa sancta Synodus pro eius libito et voluntate etiam in privata congregatione abbreviare et prorogare libere possit et valeat."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Celebrated at Bologna on the second day of the month of fune,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "MDXLVII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE FOR THE PROROGATION OF THE SESSION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although this sacred and holy, oecumenical and general Synod hath decreed, that the Session which was to have been celebrated, in this illustrious city of Bologna, on the twenty-first day of the month of April last, on the subject of the Sacraments and of Reformation, in accordance with the decree promulgated in public Session in the city of Trent, should be deferred and prorogued to this present day, for certain reasons, and especially on account of the absence of some of the Fathers, who it was hoped would in a short time be present; wishing, however, even yet to deal kindly with those who have not come, the same sacred and holy Synod, lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same cardinals of the holy Roman Church, and Legates of the Apostolic See, presiding therein, resolves and decrees that the said Session, which it had decreed to celebrate on this the second day of the month of June of this present year, 1 547, be deferred and prorogued, and it doth hereby defer and prorogue it, to the Thursday after the feast of the Nativity of the Blessed Virgin Mary, which will be the fifteenth of September next; for the expediting of the aforesaid and other matters; yet so, however, that the prosecution of the discussion and examination, as well of those things which relate to dogmas as of those which regard reformation, shall not meanwhile be suspended; and that the said holy Synod freely may and can, at Its will and pleasure, even in a private congregation, abridge or prorogue the said term."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On tlie fourteenth day of September, MDXLVII., in a general Congregation held at Bologna, the Session, which was to have been Jield on the following day, was prorogued during the good pleasure of tfie sacred Council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "BULL FOR RESUMING THE COUNCIL. 71"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "BULL FOR THE RESUMPTION OF THE COUNCIL OF TRENT,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "UNDER THE SOVEREIGN PONTIFF, JULIUS III."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Julius, bishop, servant of the servants of God, for the future memory hereof Whereas, in order to remove the dissensions touching our religion, which for a long time have prevailed in Germany to the disturbance and scandal of the whole Christian world, it seems good, opportune, and expedient, — as also our most dearly beloved son in Christ, Charles, the Emperor of the Romans, ever august, has caused to be signified to us by his letters and ambassadors, — to bring back to the city of Trent, the sacred, oecumenical, (and) general Council indicted by our,predecessor,'Pope Paul III., of happy memory, and begun, regulated, and continued, by Us, who then enjoyed the honour of the Cardinalate, and conjointly with two other Cardinals of the holy Roman Church, presided in the name of our said predecessor, in the said Council, wherein several public and solemn Sessions were held, and several decrees promulgated as well on the subject of faith as of Reformation, and also many things relating to both subjects examined and discussed;— We, — unto whom, as Sovereign Pontiff* for the time, it appertains to indict and direct general Councils, — that we may, unto the praise and glory of Almighty God, procure the peace of the Church and the increase of the Christian faith and of the orthodox religion, and may, as far as in us lies, consult with fatherly care for the tranquillity of Germany,— a province indeed which, in times past, was never second to any in Christendom, in cultivating true religion, and the doctrine of the sacred Councils and holy Fathers, and in exhibiting due obedience and reverence to the chief Pontiffs, the vicars on earth of Christ our Redeemer; hoping that, by the grace and bounty of God, all Christian kings and princes will approve of, favour and aid our just and pious wishes herein: We, by the bowels of the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ, exhort, require, and admonish our venerable brethren the patri-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut suramos Pontifices. Le Plat reads et summo-s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "72 SESSION X."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "archs, archbishops, bishops, and our beloved sons the abbots, and all and each of the others, who of right, or custom, or privilege, ought to be present at General Councils, and whom our said predecessor, in his letters of indiction and any others soever made and published on this subject, willed to be present at the Council, to convene and assemble, where there is no lawful impediment, inthe same city of Trent, and to apply themselves without any delay whatever to the continuation and prosecution of the said Council, on the next ensuing calends of May,* which day we appoint, determine on, and assign, after mature deliberation, and of our own certain knowledge, and the plenitude of apostolic authority and with the advice and consent of our venerable brethren the Cardinals of the said holy Roman Church, for resuming and prosecuting the said Council in the state wherein it now is. For We shall make it our special care, that, at the same time, in the said city, there be always present our Legates, through whom — if we shall be unable, on account of our age, state of health, and the necessities of the Apostolic See, to be personally present — we shall, under the guidance of the Holy Ghost, preside over the said Council; any translation and suspension of the said Council, and any other things whatsoever to the contrary notwithstanding, and especially those things which it was the will of our predecessor should not create any obstacle, as expressed in his letters aforesaid, which, with all and each of the clauses and decrees therein contained, we will and decree to continue in force, and we do, as far as there is need thereof, hereby renew them; declaring, moreover, null and void whatsoever may be attempted, wittingly or ignorantly, by whatsoever person, or by whatsoever authority, against these presents. Let no one, therefore, infringe this our letter of exhortation, requisition, monition, statute, declaration, renewal, will and decree, or with rash daring go contrary thereunto. But if anyone shall presume to attempt this, let hi m know that he will incur the indignation of Almighty God, and of His blessed Apostles, Peter and Paul."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "May 1st."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "BULL FOR RESUMING THE COUNCIL. 73"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Given at Rome, at St. Peter's, in the year MDXLVIII. of our Lord's Incarnation, on the eighteenth of the calends of December,* in the first year of our Pontificate. M. Cardinal Crescen. Rom. Amas^eus."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-11",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 11: Prorogation after the Resumption",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1 maii 1551 [Bulla resumptionis concilii]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reverendissimi et illustrissimi domini reverendi que patres placet ne vobis ad laudem et gloriam sanctae et individuae Trinitatis Patris et Filii et Spiritus Sancti ad incrementum et exaltationem fidei et religionis christianae sacrum oecumenicum et generale concilium Tridentinum iuxta formam et tenorem litterarum sanctissimi domini nostri resumi debere et procedendum esse ad ulteriora? [Responderunt: placet]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Indictio futurae sessionis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reverendissimi et illustrissimi domini reverendi que patres placet ne vobis proximam futuram sessionem habendam et celebrandam esse in futuris calendis septembris? [Responderunt: placet]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diario del concilio di Trento tenuto da Angelo Massarelli"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Trento, febbraio 1545-settembre 1551)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ASV, Conc. Trid. 91, ff. 50v-51r"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Of the sacred and holy, Kcimienical and general Council of Trent, celebrated on the calends of May, MDLl., being the first held under the Sovereign Pontiff, Julius III."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE for RESUMING THE COUNCIL."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doth it please you, unto the praise and glory of the holy and undivided Trinity, Father, and Son, and Holy Ghost, for the increase and exaltation of the Christian faith and religion, that ' the sacred, oecumenical, and general Council of Trent be, agreeably to the form and tenor of the letters of our most holy lord, resumed, and that further matters be proceeded with? They answered: It pleaseth us."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDICTION OF THE NEXT SESSION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doth it please you that the next ensuing Session be held and celebrated on the ensuing calends of September? They answered: It pleaseth us."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-12",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 12: Prorogation and Preparation of Doctrine",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1 sept. 1551 [Decretum prorogationis sessionis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea eisdem apostolicis legato et nuntiis quae in proxima praeterita sessione sequentem hanc hodie habendam et ad ulteriora procedendum esse decreverat cum ob inclitae Germanicae nationis (cuius praecipue causa agitur) absentiam ac non magnam caeterorum patrum frequentiam procedere hactenus distulerit de venerabilium in Christo fratrum et filiorum suorum Maguntini et Treverensis archiepiscoporum ac sacri Romani imperii principum electorum et complurium ipsius aliarum que provinciarum episcoporum sub hanc ipsam diem adventu in Domino exsultans et dignas ipsi omnipotenti Deo agens gratias firmam que spem concipiens quamplurimos alios tam ipsius Germanicae quam aliarum nationum praelatos et sui officii debito et hoc exemplo commotos propediem esse venturos futuram sessionem ad quadragesimam diem quae erit undecima mensis octobris proxime sequentis indicit et concilium ipsum in statu in quo reperitur prosequendo cum in praeteritis sessionibus de septem sacramentis novae legis in genere et in specie de baptismate et confirmatione definitum fuerit statuit et decernit de sanctissimae Eucharistiae sacramento necnon quod ad reformationem attinet de reliquis quae ad faciliorem et commodiorem praelatorum residentiam pertinent agi et tractari debere ac monet et hortatur omnes patres ut interim Domini nostri Iesu Christi exemplo (quantum tamen humana fragilitas patietur) ieiuniis et orationibus vacent ut tandem placatus (qui in saecula sit benedictus) Deus corda ad verae suae fidei agnitionem et sanctae matris Ecclesiae unitatem ac recte vivendi normam reducere dignetur."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Being the second under the Sovereign Pontiff, Julius III., celebrated on the first day of September, MDLI. The sacred and holy, oecumenical and general Synod of Trent, — lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same Legate and nuncios of the Apostolic See presiding therein, — having, in"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* November 14th."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "74 SESSION XII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "the Session last held, decreed that this next Session was to be on this day celebrated, and that further matters were to be proceeded with; whereas It has hitherto delayed to proceed, on account of the absence of the illustrious German nation,— whose interests are principally concerned,*— and on account of the assemblage of the Fathers not being numerous; now rejoicing in the Lord, and giving deserved thanks to that same Almighty God, for the arrival, a little before this day, of our venerable brethren and sons in Christ, the Archbishops of Mayence and Treves,— electoral princes of the holy Roman Empire,— and also of several other bishops of that country and of other pro-; vinces and conceiving a firm hope that very many other prelates, both of Germany and of other nations, will, impelled by the requirements of their office and by this example, in a few days arrive; (the Synod) indicts the next session for the fortieth day from this present, which will be the eleventh of October next:— and prosecuting the said Council in the state wherein it now is, whereas in the preceding Sessions decrees were passed touching the seven sacraments of the New Law in general, and on baptism and confirmation in particular. It resolves and decrees, that It will discuss and treat of the sacrament of the most holy Eucharist, and also, as regards Reformation, of the other matters which relate to the more easy and commodious residence of prelates. And It admonishes and exhorts all the Fathers, that, after the example of our Lord Jesus Christ, they meanwhile give themselves to fasting and prayer, so far at least as human weakness will permit, that so God, who is blessed for evermore, being at length appeased, may vouchsafe to bring back the hearts of men to the acknowledgment of His own true faith, to the unity of holy mother Church, and to the rule of righteous living."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cujus prsecipue causa agitur; for whose sake principally It is held."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE HOLY EUCHARIST. 75"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-13",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 13: The Most Holy Eucharist and Reform",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11 oct. 1551 [Decretum de sanctissimo Eucharistiae Sacramento]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea eisdem sanctae Sedis Apostolicae legato et nuntiis etsi in eum finem non absque peculiari Spiritus Sancti ductu et gubernatione convenerit ut veram et antiquam de fide et sacramentis doctrinam exponeret et ut haeresibus omnibus et aliis gravissimis incommodis quibus Dei Ecclesia misere nunc exagitatur et in multas ac varias partes scinditur remedium afferret hoc praesertim iam inde a principio in votis habuit ut stirpitus convelleret zizania execrabilium errorum et schismatum quae inimicus homo his nostris calamitosis temporibus in doctrina fidei usu et cultu sacrosanctae Eucharistiae superseminavit quam alioqui salvator noster in Ecclesia sua tanquam symbolum reliquit eius unitatis et charitatis qua christianos omnes inter se coniunctos et copulatos esse voluit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Itaque eadem sacrosancta Synodus sanam et synceram illam de venerabili hoc et divino Eucharistiae sacramento doctrinam tradens quam semper Catholica Ecclesia ab ipso Iesu Christo Domino nostro et eius apostolis erudita atque a Spiritu Sancto illi omnem veritatem in dies suggerente edocta retinuit et ad finem usque saeculi conservabit omnibus christifidelibus interdicit ne posthac de sanctissima Eucharistia aliter credere docere aut praedicare audeant quam ut est hoc praesenti decreto explicatum atque definitum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput I.: De reali praesentia]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Principio docet sancta Synodus et aperte ac simpliciter profitetur in almo sanctae Eucharistiae sacramento post panis et vini consecrationem Dominum nostrum Iesum Christum verum Deum atque hominem vere realiter ac substantialiter sub specie illarum rerum sensibilium contineri. Neque enim haec inter se pugnant ut ipse salvator noster semper ad dexteram patris in coelis assideat iuxta modum existendi naturalem et ut multis nihilominus aliis in locis sacramentaliter praesens sua substantia nobis adsit ea existendi ratione quam etsi verbis exprimere vix possumus possibilem tamen esse Deo cogitatione per fidem illustrata assequi possumus et constantissime credere debemus. Ita enim maiores omnes nostri quotquot in vera Christi Ecclesia fuerunt qui de sanctissimo hoc sacramento disseruerunt apertissime professi sunt hoc tam admirabile sacramentum in ultima coena redemptorem nostrum instituisse cum post panis vini que benedictionem se suum ipsius corpus illis praebere ac suum sanguinem disertis et perspicuis verbis testatus est. Quae verba a sanctis evangelistis commemorata et a divo Paulo postea repetita cum propriam illam et apertissimam significationem prae se ferant secundum quam a patribus intellecta sunt indignissimum sane flagitium est ea a quibusdam contentiosis et pravis hominibus ad fictitios et imaginarios tropos quibus veritas carnis et sanguinis Christi negatur contra universum Ecclesiae sensum detorqueri quae tanquam columna et firmamentum veritatis haec ab impiis hominibus excogitata commenta velut sathanica detestata est grato semper et memore animo praestantissimum hoc Christi beneficium agnoscens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput II.: De ratione institutionis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ergo salvator noster discessurus ex hoc mundo ad Patrem sacramentum hoc instituit in quo divitias divini sui erga homines amoris velut effudit memoriam faciens mirabilium suorum et in illius sumptione colere nos sui memoriam praecepit suam que annunciare mortem donec ipse ad iudicandum mundum veniat. Sumi autem voluit sacramentum hoc tanquam spiritalem animarum cibum quo alantur et confortentur viventes vita illius qui dixit: qui manducat me et ipse vivet propter me et tanquam antidotum quo liberemur a culpis quotidianis et a peccatis mortalibus praeservemur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pignus praeterea id esse voluit futurae nostrae gloriae et perpetuae felicitatis adeo que symbolum unius illius corporis cuius ipse caput existit cui que nos tanquam membra arctissima fidei spei et charitatis connexione astrictos esse voluit ut idipsum omnes diceremus nec essent in nobis schismata."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput III.: De excellentia sanctissimae Eucharistiae]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Commune hoc quidem est sanctissimae Eucharistiae cum caeteris sacramentis symbolum esse rei sacrae et invisibilis gratiae formam visibilem; verum illud in ea excellens et singulare reperitur quod reliqua sacramenta tunc primum sanctificandi vim habent cum quis illis utitur at in Eucharistia ipse sanctitatis auctor ante usum est. Nondum enim Eucharistiam de manu domini apostoli susceperant cum vere tamen ipse affirmaret corpus suum esse quod praebebat; et semper haec fides in Ecclesia Dei fuit statim post consecrationem verum Domini nostri corpus verum que eius sanguinem sub panis et vini specie una cum ipsius anima et divinitate existere sed corpus quidem sub specie panis et sanguinem sub vini specie ex vi verborum ipsum autem corpus sub specie vini et sanguinem sub specie panis animam que sub utraque vi naturalis illius connexionis et concomitantiae qua partes Christi Domini qui iam ex mortuis resurrexit non amplius moriturus inter se copulantur divinitatem porro propter admirabilem illam eius cum corpore et anima hypostaticam unionem. Quapropter verissimum est tantundem sub alterutra specie atque sub utraque contineri. Totus enim et integer Christus sub panis specie et sub quavis ipsius speciei parte totus item sub vini specie et sub eius partibus existit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput IV.: De Transsubstantiatione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quoniam autem Christus redemptor noster corpus suum id quod sub specie panis offerebat vere esse dixit ideo persuasum semper in Ecclesia Dei fuit id que nunc denuo sancta haec synodus declarat per consecrationem panis et vini conversionem fieri totius substantiae panis in substantiam corporis Christi Domini nostri et totius substantiae vini in substantiam sanguinis eius. Quae conversio convenienter et proprie a sancta Catholica Ecclesia transsubstantiatio est appellata."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput V.: De cultu, et veneratione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nullus itaque dubitandi locus relinquitur quin omnes christifideles pro more in Catholica Ecclesia semper recepto latriae cultum qui vero Deo debetur huic sanctissimo Sacramento in veneratione exhibeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Neque enim ideo minus est adorandum quod fuerit a Christo Domino ut sumatur institutum. Nam illum eundem Deum praesentem in eo adesse credimus quem pater aeternus introducens in orbem terrarum dicit: et adorent eum omnes angeli Dei quem magi procidentes adoraverunt quem denique in Galilea ab apostolis adoratum fuisse scriptura testatur. Declarat praeterea sancta Synodus pie et religiose admodum in Dei Ecclesiam inductum fuisse hunc morem ut singulis annis peculiari quodam et festo die praecelsum hoc et venerabile sacramentum singulari veneratione ac solemnitate celebraretur ut que in processionibus reverenter et honorifice illud per vias et loca publica circunferretur. Aequissimum est enim sacros aliquos statutos esse dies cum christiani omnes singulari ac rara quadam significatione gratos et memores testentur animos erga communem dominum et redemptorem pro tam ineffabili et plane divino beneficio quo mortis eius victoria et triumphus repraesentatur. Ac sic quidem oportuit victricem veritatem de mendacio et haeresi triumphum agere ut eius adversarii in conspectu tanti splendoris et in tanta universae Ecclesiae laetitia positi vel debilitati et fracti tabescant vel pudore affecti et confusi aliquando resipiscant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VI.: De asservando sacrae Eucharistiae Sacramento, et ad infirmos deferendo]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consuetudo asservandi in sacrario sanctam Eucharistiam adeo antiqua est ut eam saeculum etiam Niceni concilii agnoverit. Porro deferri ipsam sacram Eucharistiam ad infirmos et in hunc usum diligenter in ecclesiis conservari praeterquam quod cum summa aequitate et ratione coniunctum est tum multis in conciliis praeceptum invenitur et vetustissimo Catholicae Ecclesiae more est observatum. Quare sancta haec synodus retinendum omnino salutarem hunc et necessarium morem statuit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VII.: De praeparatione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si non decet ad sacras ullas functiones quempiam accedere nisi sancte certe quo magis sanctitas et divinitas coelestis huius sacramenti viro christiano comperta est eo diligentius cavere ille debet ne absque magna reverentia et sanctitate ad id percipiendum accedat praesertim cum illa plena formidinis verba apud apostolum legamus: qui manducat et bibit indigne iudicium sibi manducat et bibit non diiudicans corpus Domini. Quare communicare volenti revocandum est in memoriam eius praeceptum: probet autem se ipsum homo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesiastica autem consuetudo declarat eam probationem necessariam esse ut nullus sibi conscius peccati mortalis quantumvis sibi contritus videatur absque praemissa sacramentali confessione ad sacram Eucharistiam accedere debeat. Quod a christianis omnibus etiam ab iis sacerdotibus quibus ex officio incubuerit celebrare haec sancta Synodus perpetuo servandum esse decrevit modo non desit illis copia confessoris. Quod si necessitate urgente sacerdos absque praevia confessione celebraverit quam primum confiteatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VIII.: De usu admirabilis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quoad usum autem recte et sapienter patres nostri tres rationes hoc sanctum sacramentum accipiendi distinxerunt. Quosdam enim docuerunt sacramentaliter duntaxat id sumere ut peccatores; alios tantum spiritualiter illos nimirum qui voto propositum illum coelestem panem edentes fide viva quae per dilectionem operatur fructum eius et utilitatem sentiunt; tertios porro sacramentaliter simul et spiritaliter ii autem sunt qui ita se prius probant et instruunt ut vestem nuptialem induti ad divinam hanc mensam accedant. In sacramentali autem sumptione semper in Ecclesia Dei mos fuit ut laici a sacerdotibus communionem acciperent sacerdotes autem celebrantes se ipsos communicarent; qui mos tanquam ex traditione apostolica descendens iure ac merito retineri debet. Demum vero paterno affectu admonet sancta Synodus hortatur rogat et obsecrat per viscera misericordiae Dei nostri ut omnes et singuli qui christiano nomine censentur in hoc unitatis signo in hoc vinculo charitatis in hoc concordiae symbolo iam tandem aliquando conveniant et concordent memores que tantae maiestatis et tam eximii amoris Iesu Christi Domini nostri qui dilectam animam suam in nostrae salutis precium et carnem suam nobis dedit ad manducandum haec sacra mysteria corporis et sanguinis eius ea fidei constantia et firmitate ea animi devotione ea pietate et cultu credant et venerentur ut panem illum supersubstantialem frequenter suscipere possint et is vere eis sit animae vita et perpetua sanitas mentis cuius vigore confortati ex huius miserae peregrinationis itinere ad coelestem patriam pervenire valeant eundem panem angelorum quem modo sub sacris velaminibus edunt absque ullo velamine manducaturi. Quoniam autem non est satis veritatem dicere nisi et detegantur et refellantur errores placuit sanctae Synodo hos canones subiungere ut omnes iam agnita doctrina catholica intelligant quoque quae ab illis hereses caveri vitari que debeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canones de sacrosancto Eucharistiae sacramento]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Si quis negaverit in sanctissimo Eucharistiae sacramento contineri vere realiter et substantialiter corpus et sanguinem una cum anima et divinitate Domini nostri Iesu Christi ac proinde totum Christum sed dixerit tantummodo esse in eo ut in signo vel figura aut virtute: a[nathema] s[it]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2. Si quis dixerit in sacrosancto Eucharistiae sacramento remanere substantiam panis et vini una cum corpore et sanguine Domini nostri Iesu Christi negaverit que mirabilem illam et singularem conversionem totius substantiae panis in corpus et totius substantiae vini in sanguinem manentibus dumtaxat speciebus panis et vini quam quidem conversionem Catholica Ecclesia aptissime transsubstantiatione appellat: a[nathema] s[it]. 3. Si quis negaverit in venerabili sacramento Eucharistiae sub unaquaque specie et sub singulis cuiusque speciei partibus separatione facta totum Christum contineri: a[nathema] s[it]. 4. Si quis dixerit peracta consecratione in admirabili Eucharistiae sacramento non esse corpus et sanguinem Domini nostri Iesu Christi sed tantum in usu dum sumitur non autem ante vel post et in hostiis seu particulis consecratis quae post communionem reservantur vel supersunt non remanere verum corpus Domini: a[nathema] s[it]. 5. Si quis dixerit vel praecipuum fructum sanctissimae Eucharistiae esse remissionem peccatorum vel ex ea non alios effectus provenire: a[nathema] s[it]. 6. Si quis dixerit in sancto Eucharistiae sacramento Christum unigenitum Dei Filium non esse cultu latriae etiam externo adorandum atque ideo nec festiva peculiari celebritate venerandum neque in processionibus secundum laudabilem et universalem Ecclesiae sanctae ritum et consuetudinem solemniter circumgestandum vel non publice ut adoretur populo proponendum et eius adoratores esse idolatras: a[nathema] s[it]. 7. Si quis dixerit non licere sacram Eucharistiam in sacrario reservari sed statim post consecrationem astantibus necessario distribuendam aut non licere ut illa ad infirmos honorifice deferatur: a[nathema] s[it]. 8. Si quis dixerit Christum in Eucharistiae exhibitum spiritualiter tantum manducari et non etiam sacramentaliter ac realiter: a[nathema] s[it]. 9. Si quis negaverit omnes et singulos christifideles utriusque sexus cum ad annos discretionis pervenerint teneri singulis annis saltem in paschate ad communicandum iuxta praeceptum sanctae matris Ecclesiae: a[nathema] s[it]. 10. Si quis dixerit non licere sacerdoti celebranti se ipsum communicare: a[nathema] s[it]. 11. Si quis dixerit solam fidem esse sufficientem praeparationem ad sumendum sanctissimae Eucharistiae sacramentum: a[nathema] s[it]. Et ne tantum sacramentum indigne atque ideo in mortem et condemnationem sumatur statuit et declarat ipsa sancta Synodus illis quos conscientia peccati mortalis gravat quantumcunque etiam se contritos existiment habita copia confessoris necessario praemittendam esse confessionem sacramentalem. Si quis autem contrarium docere praedicare vel pertinaciter asserere seu etiam publice disputando defendere praesumpserit eo ipso excommunicatus existat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum de reformatione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eadem sancta Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea eisdem sanctae Sedis Apostolicae legato et nuntiis intendens nonnulla statuere quae ad iurisdictionem pertinent episcoporum ut iuxta proximae sessionis decretum illi in commissis sibi ecclesiis eo libentius resideant quo facilius et commodius sibi subiectos regere et in vitae ac morum honestate continere potuerint illud primum eos admonendos censet ut se pastores non percussores esse meminerint atque ita praeesse sibi subditis oportere ut non in eis dominentur sed illos tanquam filios et fratres diligant elaborent que ut hortando et monendo ab illicitis deterreant ne ubi deliquerint debitis eos poenis coercere cogantur. Quos tamen si quid per humanam fragilitatem peccare contigerit illa apostoli est ab eis servanda praeceptio ut illos arguant obsecrent increpent in omni bonitate et patientia cum saepe plus erga corrigendos agat benevolentia quam austeritas plus exhortatio quam comminatio plus charitas quam potestas. Sin autem ob delicti gravitatem virga opus fuerit tunc cum mansuetudine rigor cum misericordia iudicium cum lenitate severitas adhibenda est ut sine asperitate disciplina populis salutaris ac necessaria conservetur et qui correpti fuerint emendentur aut si resipiscere noluerint caeteri salubri in eos animadversionis exemplo a vitiis deterreantur cum sit diligentis et pii simul pastoris officium morbis ovium lenia primum adhibere fomenta; post ubi morbi gravitas ita postulet ad acriora et graviora remedia descendere; sin autem ne ea quidem proficiant illis submovendis caeteras saltem oves a contagionis periculo liberare. Cum igitur rei criminum plerunque ad evitandas poenas et episcoporum subterfugienda iudicia quaerelas et gravamina simulent et appellationis diffugio iudicis processum impediant ne remedio ad innocentiae praesidium instituto ad iniquitatis defensionem abutantur ut que huiusmodi eorum calliditati et tergiversationi occurratur ita statuit et decrevit:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon I]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In causis visitationis et correctionis sive habilitatis et inhabilitatis necnon criminalibus ab episcopo seu illius in spiritualibus vicario generali ante diffinitivam sententiam ab interlocutoria vel alio quocumque gravamine non appelletur neque episcopus seu vicarius appellationi huiusmodi tanquam frivolae defferre teneatur sed ea ac quacunque inhibitione ab appellationis iudice emanata necnon omni stilo et consuetudine etiam immemorabili contraria non obstante ad ulteriora valeat procedere nisi gravamen huiusmodi per diffinitivam sententiam reparari vel ab ipsa diffinitiva appellari non possit; quibus casibus sacrorum et antiquorum canonum statuta illibata persistant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon II]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A sententia episcopi vel ipsius in spiritualibus vicarii generalis in criminalibus appellationis causa (ubi appellationi locus fuerit) si apostolica auctoritate in partibus eam committi contigerit metropolitano seu illius etiam in spiritualibus vicario generali aut si ille aliqua de causa suspectus foret vel ultra duas legales dietas distet seu ab ipso appellatum fuerit uni ex vicinioribus episcopis seu illorum vicariis non autem inferioribus iudicibus committatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon III]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reus ab episcopo aut eius vicario in spiritualibus generali in criminali causa appellans coram iudice ad quem appellavit acta primae instantiae omnino producat et iudex nisi illis visis ad eius absolutionem minime procedat. Is autem a quo appellatum fuerit intra triginta dies acta ipsa postulanti gratis exhibeat; alioquin absque illis causa appellationis huiusmodi prout iustitia suaserit terminetur. Cum vero tam gravia nonnunquam sint delicta ab ecclesiasticis commissa personis ut ob eorum atrocitatem ex sacris ordinibus deponendae et curiae sint tradendae saeculari in quo secundum sacros canones certus episcoporum numerus requiritur quos si omnes adhibere difficile esset debita iuris executio differetur si quando autem convenire possent illorum residentia intermitteretur propterea statuit et decrevit:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon IV]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopo per se seu illius vicarium in spiritualibus generalem contra clericum in sacris etiam presbyteratus ordinibus constitutum etiam ad illius condemnationem necnon verbalem depositionem et per se ipsum etiam ad actualem atque solemnem degradationem ab ipsis ordinibus et gradibus ecclesiasticis in casibus in quibus aliorum episcoporum praesentia in numero a canonibus definito requiritur etiam absque illis procedere liceat adhibitis tamen et in hoc sibi assistentibus totidem abbatibus usum mitrae et baculi ex privilegio apostolico habentibus si in civitate aut dioecesi reperiri et commode interesse possint: alioquin aliis personis in ecclesiastica dignitate constitutis quae aetate graves ac iuris scientia commendabiles existant. Et quoniam per fictas causas quae tamen satis probabiles videntur interdum accidit ut nonnulli eiusmodi gratias extorqueant per quas poenae illis episcoporum iusta severitate inflictae aut remittuntur omnino aut minuuntur cum non ferendum sit ut mendacium quod tantopere Deo displicet non modo ipsum impunitum sit verum alterius etiam delicti veniam impetret mentienti idcirco ut sequitur statuit et decrevit:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon V]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopus apud Ecclesiam suam residens de subreptione et obreptione gratiae quae (super absolutione alicuius publici criminis vel delicti de quo ipse inquirere coeperat aut remissione poenae ad quam criminosus per eum condemnatus fuerit) falsis precibus impetratur per se ipsum tanquam Sedis Apostolicae delegatus etiam summarie cognoscat ipsam que gratiam postquam per falsi narrationem aut veri taciturnitatem obtentam esse legitime constiterit non admittat. Quoniam vero subditi episcopo tametsi iure correpti fuerint magnopere tamen eum odisse et tanquam iniuria affecti sint falsa illi crimina obiicere solent ut quoquo pacto possint ei molestiam exhibeant cuius vexationis timor plerunque illum ad inquirenda et punienda eorum delicta segniorem reddit idcirco ne is magno suo et Ecclesiae incommodo gregem sibi creditum relinquere ac non sine episcopalis dignitatis diminutione vagari cogatur ita statuit et decrevit:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon VI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopus nisi ob causam ex qua deponendus sive privandus veniret etiam si ex officio aut per inquisitionem seu denunciationem vel accusationem sive alio quovis modo procedatur ut personaliter compareat nequaquam citetur vel moneatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon VII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Testes in causa criminali ad informationem vel indicia seu alias in causa principali contra episcopum nisi contestes et bonae conversationis existimationis et famae fuerint non recipiantur et si odio temeritate aut cupiditate aliquid deposuerint gravibus poenis mulctentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon VIII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Causae episcoporum (cum pro criminis obiecti qualitate comparere debeant) coram Pontifice maximo referantur ac per ipsum terminentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum prorogationis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eadem sancta Synodus errores omnes qui super hoc sanctissimo Sacramento repullularunt tanquam vepres ex agro dominico evellere ac omnium fidelium saluti prospicere cupiens quotidianis precibus Deo omnipotenti pie oblatis inter alios ad hoc sacramentum pertinentes articulos diligentissima veritatis catholicae inquisitione tractatos plurimis accuratissimis que pro rerum gravitate disputationibus habitis cognitis quoque praestantissimorum theologorum sententiis hos etiam tractabat: an necessarium sit ad salutem et divino iure praeceptum ut singuli christifideles sub utraque specie ipsum venerabile sacramentum accipiant? Et: num minus sumat qui sub altera quam qui sub utraque communicat? Et: an erraverit sancta mater Ecclesia laicos et non celebrantes sacerdotes sub panis specie dumtaxat communicando? Et: an parvuli etiam communicandi sint? Sed quoniam ex nobilissima Germaniae provincia ii qui se protestantes nominat super his ipsis articulis antequam diffiniantur audiri a sancta Synodo cupiunt et eam ob causam fidem publicam ab illa postularunt ut ipsis tuto huc venire et in hac urbe commorari ac libere coram synodo dicere ac proponere quae senserint et postea cum libuerit recedere liceat sancta ipsa synodus licet magno desiderio eorum adventum multos antea menses expectarit tamen ut pia mater quae ingemiscit et parturit summopere id desiderans ac laborans ut in iis qui christiano nomine censentur nulla sint schismata sed quemadmodum eundem omnes Deum et redemptorem agnoscunt ita idem dicant idem credant idem sapiant confidens Dei misericordia et sperans fore ut illi in sanctissimam et salutarem unius fidei spei charitatis que concordiam redigantur libenter eis in hac re morem gerens securitatem et fidem ut petierunt publicam quam salvumconductum vocant quod ad se pertinet eius qui infrascriptus erit tenoris dedit atque concessit et eorum causa diffinitionem illorum articulorum ad secundam sessionem distulit quam ut illi commode ei interesse possint in diem festum conversionis divi Pauli qui erit vigesima quinta die mensis ianuarii anni sequentis indixit. Illud que praeterea statuit ut in eadem sessione de sacrificio Missae agatur propter magnam utriusque rei connexionem. Interea sessione proxima de poenitentiae et extremae unctionis sacramentis tractandum illam autem die festo divae Catharinae virginis et martyris qui erit vigesima quinta novembris habendam esse decrevit simul que ut utraque materia reformationis prosequatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Salvus conductus datur protestantibus]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosancta generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea eisdem sanctae Sedis Apostolicae legato et nuntiis omnibus et singulis sive ecclesiasticis sive saecularibus personis universae Germaniae cuiuscunque gradus status conditionis et qualitatis sint quae ad oecumenicum hoc et generale concilium accedere voluerint ut de iis rebus quae in ipsa synodo tractari debent omni libertate conferre proponere et tractare ac ad ipsum oecumenicum concilium libere et tuto venire et in eo manere et commorari ac articulos quot illis videbitur tam scripto quam verbo offerre proponere et cum patribus sive iis qui ab ipsa sancta Synodo delecti fuerint conferre et absque ullis conviciis et contumeliis disputare necnon quando illis placuerit recedere possint et valeant publicam fidem et plenam securitatem quam salvumconductum appellant cum omnibus et singulis clausulis et decretis necessariis et opportunis etiamsi specialiter et non per verba generalia exprimi deberent quae pro expressis haberi voluit quantum ad ipsam sanctam Synodum spectat concedit. Placuit praeterea sanctae Synodo ut si pro maiori libertate ac securitate eorum certos tam pro commissis quam pro committendis per eos delictis iudices eis deputari cupiant illos sibi benevolos nominent etiamsi delicta ipsa quantumcunque enormia ac haeresim sapientia fuerint."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Being the third under the Sovereign Pontiffs Julius III., celebrated"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "on the eleventh day of October, MDLI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE CONCERNING THE MOST HOLY SACRAMENT OF THE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "EUCHARIST."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred and holy, oecumenical and general Synod of Trent, — lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same Legate and nuncios of the Apostolic See presiding therein, — although the end for which It assembled, not without the special guidance and governance of the Holy Ghost, was that It might set forth the true' and ancient doctrine touching faith and the sacraments, and might apply a remedy to all the heresies, and the other most grievous troubles with which the Church of God is now miserably agitated, and rent into many and various parts; yet, even from the outset, this especially has been the object of Its desires, that It might pluck up by the roots those tares of execrable errors and schisms, with which the enemy hath, in these our calamitous times, oversown the doctrine of the faith, in the use and worship of the sacred and holy Eucharist, which our Saviour, notwithstanding, left in His Church as a symbol of that unity and charity with which He would fain have all Christians be mutually joined and united together. Wherefore, this sacred and holy Synod delivering here, on this venerable and divine sacrament of the Eucharist, that sound and genuine"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "doctrine which the Catholic Church, — instructed by our Lord"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jesus Christ Himself, and by His Apostles, and taught by the Holy Ghost, who day by day brings to her mind all truth* has always retained, and will preserve even to the end of the world, forbids all the faithful of Christ to presume to believe, teach, or preach henceforth concerning the holy Eucharist otherwise than as is explained and defined in this present"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "decree."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* St. John xiv. 26; xvi. 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "-6 'session xiii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": "I",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "the most holy"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the real presence of our Lord Jesus Christ in"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "sacrament of the Eucharist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "and In the first place, the holy Synod teaches, and openly of the holy simply professes, that in the august* sacrament our Eucharist, after the consecration of the bread and wme, Lord Jesus Christ, true God and man, is truly, really, and substantially contained under the species of those sensible things. For neither are these things mutually repugnant,— that our. Saviour Himself always sitteth at the right hand of the Father in heaven, according to the natural mode of existing, and that, nevertheless. He be, in many other places, sacramentally present to us in His own substance, by a manner of existing which, though we can scarcely express it in words, yet can we, by the understanding illuminated by faith, conceive, and we ought most firmly to believe, to be possible unto God: for thus all our forefathers, as many as were in the true Church of Christ, who have treated of this most holy Sacrament, have most openly professed that our Redeemer instituted this so admirable a sacrament at the last supper, when, after the blessing of the bread and wine, He testified, in express and clear words, that He gave them His own very Body, and His own Blood; words which, — recorded by the holy Evangelists, and afterwards repeated by Saint Paul, whereas they carry with them that proper and most manifest meaning in which they were understood by the Fathers, — it is indeed a crime the most unworthy that they should be wrested, by certain contentious and wicked men, to fictitious and imaginary tropes, whereby the verity of the flesh and blood of Christ is denied, contrary to the universal sense of the Church, which, as the pillar and ground of truth, has detested, as satanical, these inventions devised by impious men; she recognising, with a mind ever grateful and unforgetting, this most excellent benefit of Christ -y * Almo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE HOLY EUCHARIST. \"]*]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": "II",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER II."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the reason of the institution of this most holy Sacrament."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wherefore, our Saviour, when about to depart out of this world to the Father, instituted this Sacrament in which He poured forth, as it were, the riches of His divine love towards man, making a remembrance of His wonderful works;* and He commanded us, in the participation thereof, to venerate His memory, and to show forth His death until He come\\ to judge the world. And He would also that this sacrament should be received as the spiritual food of souls, whereby may be fed and strengthened those who live with His life who said. He that eateth Me, the same also shall live by Me;\\ and as an antidote, whereby we may be freed from daily faults, and be preserved from mortal sins. He would, furthermore, have it be a pledge of our glory to come, and everlasting happiness, and thus be a symbol of that one body, whereof He is the head, and to which He would fain have us as members be united by the closest bond of faith, hope, and charity, that we might all speak the same things, and there might be no schisms amongst us^ '"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": "III",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER III."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the excellency of the most holy Eucharist over the rest of the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacraments."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The most holy Eucharist has indeed this in comnion with the. rest of the sacraments, that it is a symbol of a sacred thing, and is a visible form of an invisible grace; but there is found in the Eucharist this excellent and peculiar thing, that the other sacraments have then first the power of sanctifying when one uses them, whereas in the Eucharist, before being used, there is the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Ps. ex. 4. 1 1 Cor. xi. 26. % John vi. 58. § I Cor. i. 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "78 SESSION XIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Author Himself of sanctity. For the Apostles had not as yet received the Eucharist from the hand of the Lord, when nevertheless Himself affirmed with truth that to be His own body which He presented (to them). And this faith has ever been in the Church of God, that, immediately after the consecration, the veritable Body of our Lord, and His veritable Blood, together with His soul and divinity, are under the species of bread and wine; but the Body indeed under the species of bread, and the Blood under the species of wine, by the force of the words; but the body itself under the species of wine, and the blood under the species of bread, and the soul under both,* by the force of that natural connection and concomitancy whereby the parts of Christ our Lord, who hath now risen from tlu dead, to die no more,-\\ are united together; and the divinity, furthermore, on account of the admirable hypostatical union thereof with His body and soul. Wherefore it is most true, that as much is contained under either species as under both; for Christ whole and entire is under the species of bread, and under any part whatsoever of that species; likewise the whole (Christ) is under the species of wine, and under the parts thereof"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": "IV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On Transubstantiation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And because that Christ, our Redeemer, declared that which He offered under the species of bread to be truly His own body, therefore has it ever been a firm belief in the Church of God, and this holy Synod doth now declare it anew, that, by the consecration of the bread and of the wine, a conversion is made+ of the whole substance of the bread into the substance of the body of Christ our Lord, and of the whole substance of the wine into the substance of His blood; which conversion is, by the holy Catholic Church, suitably and properly called Transubstantiation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Sub utraque, under each. t I Cor. vi. o. + Conversionem fieri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE HOLY EUCHARIST. 79"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": "V",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER V."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the cult and veneration to be shown to this most holy"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrament."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wherefore, there is no room left for doubt, that all the faithful of Christ may,* according to the custom ever received in the Catholic Church, render in veneration the worship of latria, which is due to the true God, to this most holy sacrament. For not therefore is it the less to be adored on this account, that it was instituted by Christ, the Lord, in order to be received: for we believe that same God to be present therein, of whom the eternal Father, when introducing Him into the world, says: And let all the angels of God adore Him;\\ whom the Magi, falling down, adored;% who, in fine, as the Scripture testifies, ' was adored by the Apostles in Galilee. The holy Synod declares, moreover, that very piously and religiously was this custom introduced into the Church, that this sublime and venerable sacrament be, with special veneration and solemnity, celebrated every year on a certain day, and that a festival; and that it be borne reverently and with honour in processions through the streets and public places. For it is most just that there be certain appointed holy days whereon all Christians may, with a special and unusual demonstration, testify that their minds are grateful and thankful§ to their common Lord and Redeemer for so ineffable, and truly divine a benefit, whereby the victory and triumph of His death are represented. And so indeed did it behove victorious truth to celebrate a triumph over falsehood and heresy, that thus her adversaries, at the sight of so much splendour, and in the midst of so great joy of the universal Church, may either pine away,\\\\ -weakened and broken, or, touched with shame and confounded, at length repent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Do exhibit, or render, quin exhibeant. t Ps. xcvi. 7. J Matth. ii. 11. § Memores, unforgetful. II Ps. cxi. 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8o SESSION xiir."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": "VI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On reserving the Sacrament of the sacred Eucharist, and bearing it to the Sick."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The custom of reserving the holy Eucharist in the sacrarium* is so ancient, that even the age of the Council of Nicaeaf recognised that usage. Moreover, as to carrying the sacred Eucharist itself to the sick, and carefully reserving it for this purpose in churches, besides that it is exceedingly conformable to equity and reason, it is also found enjoined in numerous councils,! ^\"\"^ 's a very ancient observance of the Catholic Church. Wherefore this holy Synod ordains, that this salutary and necessary custom is to be by all means retained."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": "V",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VH."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the preparation to be given that one may worthily receive the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "sacred Eucharist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If it is unbeseeming for anyone to approach to any of the sacred functions, unless he approach holily; assuredly, the more the holiness and divinity of this heavenly sacrament are understood by a Christian, the more diligently ought he to give heed that he approach not to receive it but with great reverence and holiness, especially as we read in the Apostle those words full of terror: He that eateth and drinketh unworthily, eateth and drinketh judgment to himself \\ Wherefore, he who would communicate, ought to recall to mind the precept of the Apostle: Let a man prove himselfW Now ecclesiastical usage declares that necessary proof to be, that no one, conscious to himself"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In sacrario, sacred place or vessel. f Nicjen I c 13 J Concil. Rhem. c. 2, 10, Labbe T. v. p. 1693; Concil. Later, sub. Innoc. III. c. 26; Concil. Ancyr, c. 6; Concil. Agathens. c. 15. § I Cor. XI. 29. II „ 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE HOLY EUCHARIST. 81"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "of mortal sin, how contrite soever he may seem to himself, ought > to approach to the sacred Eucharist, without previous sacramental confession. This the holy Synod hath decreed is to be invariably observed by all Christians, even by those priests on whom it may be incumbent by their office to celebrate, provided the opportunity of a confessor do not fail them; but if, in an urgent necessity, a priest should celebrate without previous confession, let him confess as soon as possible.*"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "'chapter VIII.,. „"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the use of this admirable Sacrament. p~' ■"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Now as to the use of this holy sacrament, our Fathers^ have rightly and wisely distinguished three ways of receiving it. For they have taught that some receive it sacramentally only, to wit sinners; others spiritually only, those to wit who eating in desire that heavenly bread which is set before them, are, by a lively faitA which worketh by charity ^ made sensible of the fruit and usefulness thereof; whereas the third (class) receive it both sacramentally and spiritually, and these are they who so prove and prepare themselves beforehand, as to approach to this divine table clothed with the wedding garment.^ Now as to the reception of the sacrament, it was always the custom in the Church of God, that laymen should receive the communion from priests, but that priests when celebrating should communicate themselves; which custom, as coming down from an apostolical tradition, ought with justice and reason to be retained. And finally this holy Synod, with true fatherly affection admonishes, exhorts, begs, and beseeches, through the bowels of the mercy of our God, that all and each of those who bear the Christian name would now at length agree and be of one mind in this sign of unity, in this bond of charity, in this symbol of concord; and that, mindful of the so great majesty, and the so"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Quamprimum. t S. August, c. Donat. saspe; S. Prosper in lib. Sentent. { Gal. V. 6. §• Matth. xxii. ii, 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "82 SESSION XIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "exceeding love of our Lord Jesus Christ, who gave His own beloved soul as the price of our salvation, and gave us His own flesh to eat, they would believe and venerate these sacred mysteries of His body and blood with such constancy and firmness of faith, with such devotion of soul, with such piety and worship, as to be able frequently to receive that supersubstantial bread, and that it may be to them truly the life of the soul, and the perpetual health of their mind; that being invigorated by the strength thereof, they may, after the journeying of this miserable pilgrimage, be able to arrive at their heavenly country, there to eat, without any veil, that same bread of angels which they now eat under the sacred veils. But forasmuch as it is not enough to declare the truth, if errors be not laid bare and repudiated, it hath seemed good to the holy Synod to subjoin these canons, that all — the Catholic"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "doctrine being already recognised — may now also understand"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "what are the heresies which they ought to guard against and avoid."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "'on the most holy sacrament of the EUCHARIST."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": "i",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon i. — If anyone denieth that, in the sacrament of the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "most holy Eucharist are contained truly, really, and substantially, the body and blood together with the soul and divinity of our Lord Jesus Christ, and consequently the whole Christ; but saith that He is only therein as in a sign, or in figure, or virtue; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": "ii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon ii. — If anyone saith that, in the sacred and holy"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "sacrament of the Eucharist, the substance of the bread and wine remains conjointly with the body and blood of our Lord Jesus Christ, and denieth that wonderful and singular conversion of the whole substance of the bread into the Body, and of the whole substance of the wine into the Blood — the species only of the bread and wine remaining — which conversion indeed the Catholic Church most aptly calls Transubstantiation; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon hi. — If anyone denieth that, in the venerable sacra-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ment of the Eucharist, the whole Christ is contained under each"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE HOLY EUCHARIST. 83"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "species, and under every part of each species, when separated;* let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": "iv",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon iv. — If anyone saith that, after the consecration is"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "completed, the body and blood of our Lord Jesus Christ are not in the admirable sacrament of the Eucharist, but (are there) ' only during the use, whilst it is being taken, and not either before or after; and that in the hosts or consecrated particles, which are reserved, or which remain after communion, the true Body of the Lord remaineth not; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": "v",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon v. — If anyone saith either that the principal fruit of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "the most holy Eucharist is the remission of sins, or that other effects do not result therefrom; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": "vi",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon vi. — If anyone saith that, in the holy sacrament of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "the Eucharist, Christ, the only-begotten Son of God, is not to be adored with the worship, even external, of latria; and is, consequently, neither to be venerated with a special festive solemnity, nor to be solemnly borne about in processions, according to the laudable and universal rite and custom of holy church; or, is not to be proposedf publicly to the people to be adored, and that the adorers thereof are idolaters; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": "VII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon VII. — If anyone saith that it is not lawful for the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "sacred Eucharist to be reserved in the sacrarium,\\ but that, immediately after consecration, it must necessarily be distributed amongst those present; or that it is not lawful that it be carried with honour to the sick; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": "viii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon viii. — If anyone saith that Christ, given§ in the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eucharist, is eaten spiritually only, and not also sacramentally and really; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": "ix",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon ix. — If anyone denieth that all and each of Christ's j"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "faithful of both sexes are bound, when they have attained to i years of discretion, to communicate every year, at least at Easter, in accordance with the precept of holy Mother Church; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Separatione facta, when a separation has been made. t Proponendum, set before, exposed. X In sacrario. § Exhibitum, presented."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "84 SESSION XIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": "X",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon X. — If anyone saith that it is not lawful for the cele-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "brating priest to communicate himself; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": "XI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon XI. — If anyone saith that faith alone is a sufficient"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "preparation for receiving the sacrament of the most holy Eucharist;let him be anathema. And for fear lest so great a sacrament may be received unworthily, and so unto death and condemnation, this holy Synod ordains and declares that sacramental confession, when a confessor may be had,* is of necessity to be made beforehand, by those whose conscience is burthened with mortal sin, how contrite even soever they may think themselves. But if anyone shall presume to teach, preach, or obstinately to assert, or even in public disputation to defend the contrary, he shall be thereuponf excommunicated.. /"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE on reformation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": "I",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bisliops shall apply tJiemselves with prudence to reform the manners of their subjects: from the correction of those bishops there shall be no appeal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The same sacred and holy Synod — lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same legate and nuncios of the Apostolic See presiding therein — purposing to ordain certain things which relate to the jurisdiction of bishops, in order that they may, in accordance with the decree of the last Session, so much the more willingly reside in the churches committed to them, by how much they shall be able, with greater ease and convenience, to rule and to keep in propriety of life and conversation those subject to them, thinks it meet that the bishops be first of all admonished to bear in mind that they are pastors and not strikers^ and that they ought so to preside over those subject to them, as not to lord it over them,§ but to love them as sons and brethren; and to strive, by exhortation and admonition."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "' Habita copia confessoris. f Eoxxii. ipso, X Titus i. 7. § Luke 25. by that very act."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 85"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "to deter them from what is unlawful, that they may not be obliged, should they transgress, to coerce them by due punishments. Towards whom, however, should they happen to sin in any manner through human frailty, that injunction of the Apostle is by bishops to be observed, that they reprove, entreat, rebuke them in all kindness and doctrine;* seeing that benevolence towards those to be corrected often effects more than austerity; exhortation more than menace; charity more than power. But if, on account of the grievousness of the transgression, there be need of the rod, then is rigour to be tempered with gentleness, judgment with mercy, severity with lenity; that so discipline, so salutary and necessary for the people, may be preserved without harshness; and they who are chastened may be amended, or, if they will not repent, that others, by the wholesome example of their punishment, may be deterred from vices; since it is the office of a pastor, at once vigilant and kind, to apply first of all gentle fomentations to the disorders of his sheep, and afterwards to proceed to sharper and more violent remedies, when the grievousness of the distemper may require them; but if not even these are effectual in removing those disorders, then is he to free the other sheep at least from the danger of contagion. Whereas, therefore, those guilty of crimes, ordinarily, in order to avoid punishment, and to evade the judgment of their bishops, affect to have subjects of complaint and grievances, and, under the subterfuge of an appeal,. impede the process of the judge, (this Synod) in order to prevent a remedy which was instituted for the protection of innocence, from being abused to the defence of wickedness, and that this their craft and tergiversation may be met, hath ordained and decreed that: In causes relative to visitation and correction, or to competency or incompetency, as also in criminal causes, there shall be no appeal, before the definitive sentence, from the bishop or his vicar-general in spirituals, against any interlocutory sentence, or other (alleged) grievance, whatsoever; neither shall the bishop, nor his vicar, be bound to defer to any"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Tim. iv. 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "86 SESSION XIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "such appeal, as being frivolous; but they may proceed to ulterior measures, that appeal, or any inhibition whatsoever emanating from a judge of appeal, as also every usage and custom, even immemorial, to the contrary notwithstanding, except it be that the said grievance cannot be repaired by the definitive sentence, or that there is no appeal from the said definitive sentence: in which cases the statutes of the ancient Canons shall remain untouched."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": "II",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER II."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "An appeal from the bishop in criminal causes, when to be committed to t/ie Metropolitan, or to one of the nearest bishops."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A case of appeal — where there is room for such appeal — from the sentence of the bishop, or that of his vicar-general, shall, if it happen to be a case committed by apostolic authority to judges on the spot, be referred to the metropolitan, or even to his vicar-general in spirituals; or if that metropolitan be for some cause suspected, or be distant more than two days' journey as settled by law, or if it be from him that the appeal is made, the case shall be committed to one of the nearest bishops, or to the vicars thereof, but not to inferior judges."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": "III",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER III."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The acts of tlie first instance shall, within thirty days, be given gratuitously to tJie accused appellant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The accuse'd who is in a criminal cause an appellant from the bishop, or from his vicar-general in spirituals, shall absolutely produce, before the judge to whom he has appealed, the acts of the first instance; and the judge shall by no means proceed, without having seen them, to the absolution of the accused. And he, from whom the appeal is made, shall furnish,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "on the demand (of the appellant), the said acts gratuitously"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "within thirty days; otherwise the said case of appeal shall be terminated without them, in the way that justice may require."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 87"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": "IV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In what manner clerics are, on account of grievous crimes, to be degraded from sacred Orders. And whereas crimes so grievous are sometimes committed by ecclesiastics, that, on account of the atrocity thereof, they have to be deposed from sacred orders, and delivered over to a secular court; in which case a certain number of bishops is, ^ according to the Canons, required;* and whereas, should there be a difficulty in assembling them all, the due execution of the law would be retarded; whilst, should they on any occasion be able to be present, their residence would be interrupted; therefore hath the Synod resolved and decreed, that it shall be lawful \\ for a bishop, by himself or by his vicar-general in spirituals,; without the presence even of other bishops, to proceed against a cleric, even against one who is raised to the sacred order of the priesthood, even to his condemnation, as also to his verbal deposition; and he shall be able by himself to proceed even to actual and solemn degradation from the said ecclesiastical orders and degrees, in the cases wherein the presence of other bishops, in a specific number, is required by the Canons; taking, however, to himself, and being assisted therein by, a like number of abbots, who have the right of using the mitre and crosier by apostolic privilege, if so be that they can be found in the city or diocese, and can conveniently be present; or in their default, (being assisted) by (a like number of) other persons constituted in ecclesiastical dignity, who are of weight by their age and recommended by their knowledge of law."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": "V",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER V."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The bishop shall take sum.mary cognisance of graces whereby a sin or a punishment is remitted. And because it sometimes happens that, under false pleas, which notwithstanding seem probable enough, certain persons"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Concil. Hispal. II. u. 6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "88 SESSION XIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "fraudently obtain graces, whereby the punishments inflicted on them by the just severity of their bishops are either wholly remitted or are mitigated; and whereas it is a thing not to be borne, that a lie, which is so exceedingly displeasing to God, should not only itself go unpunished, but even obtain for him that tells it the pardon of another crime; the Synod hath for this cause ordained and decreed as follows: That a bishop, resident in his own church, shall of himself, as the delegate of the Apostolic See, take cognisance, even summarily, of the surreption or obreption of any grace, obtained under false pretences,* for the absolution of any public crime or delinquency, into which he himself had instituted an inquiry; or for the remission of a punishment to which he has himself condemned the criminal; and he shall not admit the said grace, after that it shall have been lawfully ascertained that it was obtained by the statement of what is false, or by the suppression of the truth."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": "VI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A bishop shall not be personally cited, save in a case involving deposition or deprivation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And whereas the subjects of a bishop, even though they have been justly chastened, do often nevertheless bear him a violent hatred, and, as if they had suffered some wrong at his hands, object false accusations against him, in order that they may annoy him by whatsoever means lie in their power — the fear of which annoyance doth for the most part render the bishop more backward in inquiring into and punishing delinquencies; therefore, that a bishop may not be compelled — both to his own great inconvenience and that of his church — to abandon the flock entrusted to him, and that he may not be forced — not without the diminution of the episcopal dignity — to wander from place to place, (the Synod) hath thus ordained and decreed: That a"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Precibus, prayers."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 89"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "bishop, even though he be proceeded against ex officio, or by 1 way of inquiry, or denunciation, or accusation, or in any other way whatsoever, shall not be cited or warned to appear in person, except for a cause for which he might have to be deposed from, or deprived of, his office."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": "VII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The qualifications of witnesses against a bishop are described."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In a criminal cause, witnesses shall not be received against a bishop, whether as to the information or proofs, or other process affecting the principal point of the case, unless their testimony agree, and they be of a good life, in good esteem and reputation; and if they shall have made any deposition through hatred, rashness, or interest, they shall be subjected to grievous punishments."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": "VIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Important episcopal causes shall be taken cognisance of by the Supreme Pontiff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The causes of bishops, when, on account of the quality of the crime objected, they have to appear (in person), shall be carried before the Sovereign Pontiff, and be by him decided."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE FOR POSTPONING THE DEFINITION OF FOUR ARTICLES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "TOUCHING THE SACRAMENT OF THE EUCHARIST, AND FOR"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "GIVING A SAFE-CONDUCT TO PROTESTANT.S."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The same holy Synod — desiring to pluck out of the field of the Lord all the errors which like thorns have sprung up again"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "on the subject of this most holy sacrament, and wishing to"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "provide for the salvation of all the faithful, her daily prayers being devoutly offered up to Almighty God for this end — amongst the other articles relative to this sacrament, which have been treated of with the most diligent inquiry into Catholic truth; very many and most accurate conferences, according to"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "the importance of the matters, having been held, and the been sentiments also of the most eminent theologians having ascertained; has likewise treated of these following: whether it be necessary to salvation, and be prescribed of divine right, that all the faithful of Christ receive the said venerable sacrament under both species. And, whether he who communicates under either species receive less than he who communicates under both. And, whether holy Mother Church hath erred, by communicating, under the species of bread only, the laity, and priests when not celebrating. And, whether little children also are to be communicated. But whereas those, of the most noble province of Germany, who call themselves Protestants, desire to be heard by the holy Synod upon these said articles before they are defined, and for this end have asked for the public faith* from the Synod, that they may be allowed to come hither in safety, dwell in this city, speak freely and set forth their sentiments before the Synod, and afterwards depart when they please; this holy Synod — although It has looked forward with great earnestness for many months past for their coming, nevertheless, as an affectionate mother that groaneth and travaileth, most ardently desiring and labouring after this, that, amongst those who bear the Christian name, there may be no schisms, but that, even as all acknowledge the same God and Redeemer, so may all say the same thing, believe the same, think the same — trusting in the mercy of God, and hoping that the result will be that they may be brought back to the most holy and salutary concord of one faith, hope, and charity, (and) yielding to them herein, hath, as far as the said Synod is concerned, given and granted, according to their request, a public assurance and faith, which they call a safe-conduct, of the tenor which will be set down below; and for their sakes It hath postponed the definition of those articles to the second next Session, which that they may conveniently be present thereat. It hath indicted for the festival of the conversion of Saint Paul, which will be on the twenty-fifth day of the month of January of the ensuing year. And It furthermore ordains that the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Fidem, assurance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "S'AFE-CONDUCT TO PROTESTANTS. 91"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "sacrifice of the mass, on account of the close connection between the two subjects, shall be treated of in the same Session; and that meanwhile It will treat of the sacraments of Penance and Extreme Unction in the next Session, which It hath decreed isto be held on the festival of Saint Catharine, virgin and martyr, which will be the twenty-fifth of November; and that at the same time, in both Sessions, the matter of reformation shall be proceeded with."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "SAFE-CONDUCT GRANTED TO PROTESTANTS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred and holy, general Synod of Trent — lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same Legate and nuncios of the holy Apostolic See presiding therein — grants, as far as regards the holy Synod itself, to all and each one throughout the whole of Germany, whether ecclesiastics or Seculars, of whatsoever degree, estate, condition, quality they be, who may wish to repair to this cecumenical and general Council, the public faith and full security, which they call a safe-conduct, with all and each of the necessary and suitable clauses and decrees, even though they ought to be expressed specifically and not in general terms, and which it is Its wish shall be considered as expressed, so as that they may and shall have it in their power in all liberty to confer, make proposals, and treat on those things which are to be treated of in the said Synod; to come freely and safely to the said oecumenical Council, and there remain and abide, and propose therein, as well in writing as by word of mouth, as many articles as to them shall seem good, and to confer and dispute, without any abuse or contumely, with the Fathers, or with those who may have been selected by the said holy Synod; as also to withdraw whensoever they shall think fit. It hath furthermore seemed good to the holy Synod, that if, for their greater liberty and security, they desire that certain judges be deputed on their behalf, in regard of crimes whether committed, or that may be committed, by them, they shall themselves nominate those who are favourable towards them, even though the said crimes should be ever so enormous and should savour of heresy."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-14",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 14: Penance, Extreme Unction and Reform",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25 nov. 1551 [Doctrina de sanctissimis Ponitentiae, et extremae Unctionis Sacramentis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea eisdem sanctae Sedis Apostolicae legato et nuntiis quamvis in decreto de iustificatione multus fuerit de poenitentiae sacramento propter locorum cognationem necessaria quadam ratione sermo interpositus: tanta nihilominus circa illud nostra hac aetate diversorum errorum est multitudo ut non parum publicae utilitatis retulerit de eo exactiorem et pleniorem diffinitionem tradidisse in qua demonstratis et convulsis Spiritus Sancti praesidio universis erroribus catholica veritas perspicua et illustris fieret; quam nunc sancta haec synodus christianis omnibus perpetuo servandam proponit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput I.: De necessitate, et institutione Sacramenti Poenitentiae]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si ea regeneratis omnibus gratitudo erga Deum esset ut iustitiam in baptismo ipsius beneficio et gratia susceptam constanter tuerentur non fuisset opus aliud ab ipso baptismo sacramentum ad peccatorum remissionem esse institutum. Quoniam autem Deus dives in misericordia cognovit figmentum nostrum illis etiam vitae remedium contulit qui sese postea in peccati servitutem et daemonis potestatem tradidissent sacramentum videlicet poenitentiae quo lapsis post baptismum beneficium mortis Christi applicatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fuit quidem poenitentia universis hominibus qui se mortali aliquo peccato inquinassent quovis tempore ad gratiam et iustitiam assequendam necessaria illis etiam qui baptismi sacramento ablui petivissent ut perversitate abiecta et emendata tantam Dei offensionem cum peccati odio et pio animi dolore detestarentur. Unde propheta ait: convertimini et agite poenitentiam ab omnibus iniquitatibus vestris et non erit vobis in ruinam iniquitas. Dominus etiam dixit: nisi poenitentiam egeritis omnes similiter peribitis. Et princeps apostolorum Petrus peccatoribus baptismo initiandis poenitentiam commendans dicebat: poenitentiam agite et baptizetur unus que vestrum. Porro nec ante adventum Christi poenitentia erat sacramentum nec est post adventum illius cuiquam ante baptismum. Dominus autem sacramentum poenitentiae tunc praecipue instituit cum a mortuis excitatus insufflavit in discipulos suos dicens: accipite Spiritum Sanctum quorum remiseritis peccata remittuntur eis et quorum retinueritis retenta sunt. Quo tam insigni facto et verbis tam perspicuis potestatem remittendi et retinendi peccata ad reconciliandos fideles post baptismum lapsos apostolis et eorum legitimis successoribus fuisse communicatam universorum patrum consensus semper intellexit et Novatianos remittendi potestatem olim pertinaciter negantes magna ratione Ecclesia Catholica tanquam haereticos explosit atque condemnavit. Quare verissimum hunc illorum verborum domini sensum sancta haec synodus probans et recipiens damnat eorum commentitias interpretationes qui verba illa ad potestatem praedicandi Verbum Dei et Christi Evangelium annunciandi contra huiusmodi sacramenti institutionem falso detorquent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput II.: De differentia Sacramenti Poenitentiae et Baptismi]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caeterum hoc sacramentum multis rationibus a baptismo differre dignoscitur. Nam praeterquam quod materia et forma quibus sacramenti essentia perficitur longissime dissidet constat certe baptismi ministrum iudicem esse non oportere cum Ecclesia in neminem iudicium exerceat qui non prius in ipsam per baptismi ianuam fuerit ingressus. Quid enim mihi (inquit apostolus) de iis qui foris sunt iudicare? secus est de domesticis fidei quos Christus Dominus lavacro baptismi sui corporis membra semel effecit. Nam hos si se postea crimine aliquo contaminaverint non iam repetito baptismo ablui (cum id in Ecclesia Catholica nulla ratione liceat) sed ante hoc tribunal tanquam reos sisti voluit ut per sacerdotum sententiam non semel sed quoties ab admissis peccatis ad ipsum poenitentes confugerent possent liberari. Alius praeterea est baptismi et alius poenitentiae fructus. Per baptismum enim Christum induentes nova prorsus in illo efficimur creatura plenam et integram peccatorum omnium remissionem consequentes; ad quam tamen novitatem et integritatem per sacramentum poenitentiae sine magnis nostris fletibus et laboribus divina id exigente iustitia pervenire nequaquam possumus ut merito poenitentia laboriosus quidam baptismus a sanctis patribus dictis fuerit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Est autem hoc sacramentum poenitentiae lapsis post baptismum ad salutem necessarium ut nondum regeneratis ipse baptismus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput III.: De partibus et fructu]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Docet praeterea sancta Synodus sacramenti poenitentiae formam in qua praecipue ipsius vis sita est in illis ministri verbis positam esse: ego te absolvo et cetera quibus de Ecclesiae sanctae more preces quaedam laudabiliter adiunguntur ad ipsius tamen formae essentiam nequaquam spectant neque ad ipsius sacramenti administrationem sunt necessariae. Sunt autem quasi materia huius sacramenti ipsius poenitentis actus, nempe contritio confessio et satisfactio. Qui quatenus in poenitente ad integritatem sacramenti ad plenam que et perfectam peccatorum remissionem ex Dei institutione requiruntur hac ratione poenitentiae partes dicuntur. Sane vero res et effectus huius sacramenti quantum ad eius vim et efficaciam pertinet reconciliatio est cum Deo quam interdum in viris piis et cum devotione hoc sacramentum percipientibus conscientiae pax ac serenitas cum vehementi spiritus consolatione consequi solet. Haec de partibus et effectu huius sacramenti sancta Synodus tradens simul eorum sententias damnat qui poenitentiae partes incussos conscientiae terrores et fidem esse contendunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput IV.: De Contritione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Contritio quae primum locum inter dictos poenitentis actus habet animi dolor ac detestatio est de peccato commisso cum proposito non peccandi de caetero. Fuit autem quovis tempore ad impetrandam veniam peccatorum hic contritionis motus necessarius et in homine post baptismum lapso ita demum praeparat ad remissionem peccatorum si cum fiducia divinae misericordiae et voto praestandi reliqua coniunctus sit quae ad rite suscipiendum hoc sacramentum requiruntur. Declarat igitur sancta Synodus hanc contritionem non solum cessationem a peccato et vitae novae propositum et inchoationem sed veteris etiam odium continere iuxta illud: proiicite a vobis omnes iniquitates vestras in quibus praevaricati estis et facite vobis cor novum et spiritum novum. Et certe qui illos sanctorum clamores consideraverit: tibi soli peccavi et malum coram te feci; laboravi in gemitu meo lavabo per singulas noctes lectum meum; recogitabo tibi omnes annos meos in amaritudine animae meae et alios huius generis facile intelliget eos ex vehementi quodam anteactae vitae odio et ingenti peccatorum detestatione manasse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Docet praeterea etsi contritionem hanc aliquando charitate perfectam esse contigat hominem que Deo reconciliare priusquam hoc sacramentum actu suscipiatur ipsam nihilominus reconciliationem ipsi contritioni sine sacramenti voto quod in illa includitur non esse adscribendam. Illam vero contritionem imperfectam quae attritio dicitur quoniam vel ex turpitudinis peccati consideratione vel ex gehennae et poenarum metu communiter concipitur si voluntatem peccandi excludat cum spe veniae declarat non solum non facere hominem hypocritam et magis peccatorem verum etiam donum Dei esse et Spiritus Sancti impulsum non adhuc quidem inhabitantis sed tantum moventis quo poenitens adiutus viam sibi ad iustitiam parat. Et quamvis sine sacramento poenitentiae per se ad iustificationem perducere peccatorem nequeat tamen eum ad Dei gratiam in sacramento poenitentiae impetrandam disponit. Hoc enim timore utiliter concussi Ninivitae ad Ionae praedicationem plenam terroribus poenitentiam egerunt et misericordiam a domino impetrarunt. Quamobrem falso quidam calumniantur catholicos scriptores quasi tradiderint sacramentum poenitentiae absque bono motu suscipientium gratiam conferre quod nunquam Ecclesia Dei docuit neque sensit. Sed et falso docent contritionem esse extortam et coactam non liberam et voluntariam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput V.: De Confessione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ex institutione sacramenti poenitentiae iam explicata universa Ecclesia semper intellexit institutam etiam esse a domino integram peccatorum confessionem et omnibus post baptismum lapsis iure divino necessariam existere quia Dominus noster Iesus Christus e terris ascensurus ad coelos sacerdotes sui ipsius vicarios reliquit tanquam praesides et iudices ad quos omnia mortalia crimina deferantur in quae Christi fideles ceciderint quo pro potestate clavium remissionis aut retentionis peccatorum sententiam pronuncient. Constat enim sacerdotes iudicium hoc incognita causa exercere non potuisse nec aequitatem quidem illos in poenis iniungendis servare potuisse si in genere dumtaxat et non potius in specie ac sigillatim sua ipsi peccata declarassent. Ex his colligitur oportere a poenitentibus omnia peccata mortalia quorum post diligentem sui discussionem conscientiam habent in confessione recenseri etiamsi occultissima illa sint et tantum adversus duo ultima decalogi praecepta commissa quae nonnunquam animum gravius sauciant et periculosiora sunt iis quae in manifesto admittuntur. Nam venialia quibus a gratia Dei non excludimur et in quae frequentius labimur quanquam recte et utiliter citra que omnem praesumptionem in confessione dicantur (quod piorum hominum usus demonstrat) taceri tamen citra culpam multis que aliis remediis expiari possunt. Verum cum universa mortalia peccata etiam cogitationis homines irae filios et Dei inimicos reddant necessum est omnium etiam veniam cum aperta et verecunda confessione a Deo quaerere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Itaque dum omnia quae memoriae occurrunt peccata Christi fideles confiteri student procul dubio omnia misericordiae divinae ignoscenda exponunt. Qui vero secus faciunt et scienter aliqua retinent nihil divinae bonitati per sacerdotem remittendum proponunt. Si enim erubescat aegrotus vulnus medico detegere quod ignorat medicina non curat. Colligitur praeterea etiam eas circunstantias in confessione explicandas esse quae speciem peccati mutant quod sine illis peccata ipsa nec a poenitentibus integre exponantur nec iudicibus innotescant et fieri nequeat ut de gravitate criminum recte censere possint et poenam quam oportet pro illis poenitentibus imponere. Unde alienum a ratione est docere circunstantias has ab hominibus ociosis excogitatas fuisse aut unam tantum circunstantiam confitendam esse nempe peccasse in fratrem. Sed et impium est confessionem quae hac ratione fieri praecipitur impossibilem dicere aut carnificinam illam conscientiarum appellare; constat enim nihil aliud in Ecclesia a poenitentibus exigi quam ut postquam quisque diligentius se excusserit et conscientiae suae sinus omnes et latebras exploraverit ea peccata confiteatur quibus se dominum et Deum suum mortaliter offendisse meminerit; reliqua autem peccata quae diligenter cogitanti non occurrunt in universum eadem confessione inclusa esse intelliguntur; pro quibus fideliter cum propheta dicimus: ab occultis meis munda me domine. Ipsa vero huiusmodi confessionis difficultas ac peccata detegendi verecundia gravis quidem videri posset nisi tot tantis que commodis et consolationibus levaretur quae omnibus digne ad hoc sacramentum accedentibus per absolutionem certissime conferuntur. Caeterum quoad modum confitendi secreto apud solum sacerdotem etsi Christus non vetuerit quin aliquis in vindictam suorum scelerum et sui humiliationem cum ob aliorum exemplum tum ob Ecclesiae offensae aedificationem delicta sua publice confiteri possit non est tamen hoc divino praecepto mandatum nec satis consulte humana aliqua lege praeciperetur ut delicta praesertim secreta publica essent confessione aperienda. Unde cum a sanctissimis et antiquissimis patribus magno unanimi que consensu secreta confessio sacramentalis qua ab initio Ecclesia sancta usa est et modo etiam utitur fuerit semper commendata manifeste refellitur inanis eorum calumnia qui eam a divino mandato alienam et inventum humanum esse atque a patribus in concilio Lateranensi congregatis initium habuisse docere non verentur; neque enim per Lateranense concilium Ecclesia statuit ut Christi fideles confiterentur quod iure divino necessarium et institutum esse intellexerat sed ut praeceptum confessionis saltem semel in anno ab omnibus et singulis cum ad annos discretionis pervenissent impleretur. Unde iam in universa Ecclesia cum ingenti animarum fidelium fructu observatur mos ille salutaris confitendi sacro illo et maxime acceptabili tempore quadragesimae quem morem haec sancta Synodus maxime probat et amplectitur tanquam pium et meritum retinendum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VI.: De ministro et absolutione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Circa ministrum autem huius sacramenti declarat sancta Synodus falsas esse et a veritate Evangelii penitus alienas doctrinas omnes quae ad alios quosvis homines praeter episcopos et sacerdotes clavium ministerium perniciose extendunt putantes verba illa domini: quaecumque alligaveritis super terram erunt ligata et in coelo et quaecunque solveritis super terram erunt soluta et in coelo; et: quorum remiseritis peccata remittuntur eis et quorum retinueritis retenta sunt ad omnes christifideles indifferenter et promiscue contra institutionem huius sacramenti ita fuisse dicta ut quivis potestatem habeat remittendi peccata publica quidem per correptionem si correptus acquieverit secreta vero per spontaneam confessionem cuicunque factam. Docet quoque etiam sacerdotes qui peccato mortali tenentur per virtutem Spiritus Sancti in ordinationem collatam tanquam Christi ministros functionem remittendi peccata exercere eos que prave sentire qui in malis sacerdotibus hanc potestatem non esse contendunt. Quamvis autem absolutio sacerdotis alieni beneficii sit dispensatio tamen non est solum nudum ministerium vel annunciandi Evangelium vel declarandi remissa esse peccata sed ad instar actus iudicialis quo ab ipso velut a iudice sententia pronunciatur. Atque ideo non debet poenitens adeo sibi de sua ipsius fide blandiri ut etiamsi nulla illi adsit contritio aut sacerdoti animus serio agendi et vere absolvendi desit putet tamen se propter suam solam fidem vere et coram Deo esse absolutum. Nec enim fides sine poenitentia remissionem ullam peccatorum praestaret nec is esset nisi salutis suae negligentissimus qui sacerdotem ioco se absolventem cognosceret et non alium serio agentem sedulo requireret."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VII.: De casuum reservatione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quoniam igitur natura et ratio iudicii illud exposcit ut sententia in subditos dumtaxat feratur persuasum semper in Ecclesia Dei fuit et verissimum esse synodus haec confirmat nullius momenti absolutionem eam esse debere quam sacerdos in eum profert in quem ordinariam aut subdelegatam non habet iurisdictionem. Magnopere vero ad christiani populi disciplinam pertinere sanctissimis patribus nostris visum est ut atrociora quaedam et graviora crimina non a quibusvis sed a summis dumtaxat sacerdotibus absolverentur unde merito pontifices maximi pro suprema potestate sibi in Ecclesia universa tradita causas aliquas criminum graviores suo potuerunt peculiari iudicio reservare. Nec dubitandum est (quando omnia quae a Deo sunt ordinata sunt) quin hoc idem episcopis omnibus in sua cuique dioecesi in aedificationem tamen non in destructionem) liceat pro illis in subditos tradita supra reliquos inferiores sacerdotes auctoritate praesertim quoad illa quibus excommunicationis censura annexa est. Hanc autem delictorum reservationem consonum est divinae auctoritati non tantum in externa politia sed etiam coram Deo vim habere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Veruntamen pie admodum ne hac ipsa occasione aliquis pereat in eadem Ecclesia Dei custoditum semper fuit ut nulla sit reservatio in articulo mortis atque ideo omnes sacerdotes quoslibet poenitentes a quibusvis peccatis et censuris absolvere possunt; extra quem articulum sacerdotes cum nihil possint in casibus reservatis id unum poenitentibus persuadere nitantur ut ad superiores et legitimos iudices pro beneficio absolutionis accedant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VIII.: De satisfactionis necessitate et fructu]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Demum quoad satisfactionem quae ex omnibus poenitentiae partibus quemadmodum a patribus nostris christiano populo fuit perpetuo tempore commendata ita una maxime nostra aetate summo pietatis praetextu impugnatur ab iis qui speciem pietatis habent virtutem autem eius abnegarunt sancta Synodus declarat falsum omnino esse et a verbo Dei alienum culpam a domino nunquam remitti quin universa etiam poena condonetur. Perspicua enim et illustria in sacris litteris exempla reperiuntur quibus praeter divinam traditionem hic error quam manifestissime revincitur. Sane et divinae iustitiae ratio exigere videtur ut aliter ab eo in gratiam recipiantur qui ante baptismum per ignorantiam deliquerint; aliter vero qui semel a peccati et daemonis servitute liberati et accepto Spiritus Sancti dono scientes templum Dei violare et Spiritum Sanctum contristare non formidaverint. Et divinam clementiam decet ne ita nobis absque ulla satisfactione peccata dimittantur ut occasione accepta peccata leviora putantes velut iniurii et contumeliosi Spiritui Sancto in graviora labamur thesaurizantes nobis iram in die irae. Procul dubio enim magnopere a peccato revocant et quasi freno quodam cohercent hae satisfactoriae poenae cautiores que et vigilantiores in futurum poenitentes efficiunt; medentur quoque peccatorum reliquiis et vitiosos habitus male vivendo comparatos contrariis virtutum actionibus tollunt. Neque vero securior ulla via in Ecclesia Dei unquam existimata fuit ad amovendam imminentem a domino poenam quam ut haec poenitentiae opera homines cum vero animi dolore frequentent. Accedit ad haec quod dum satisfaciendo patimur pro peccatis Christo Iesu qui pro peccatis nostris satisfecit ex quo omnis nostra sufficientia est conformes efficimur certissimam quoque inde arrham habentes quod si compatimur et conglorificabimur. Neque vero ita nostra est satisfactio haec quam pro peccatis nostris exsolvimus ut non sit per Christum Iesum; nam qui ex nobis tanquam ex nobis nihil possumus eo cooperante qui nos confortat omnia possumus. Ita non habet homo unde glorietur; sed omnis gloriatio nostra in Christo est in quo vivimus in quo meremur in quo satisfacimus facientes fructus dignos poenitentiae qui ex illo vim habent ab illo offeruntur Patri et per illum acceptantur a Patre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Debent ergo sacerdotes Domini quantum spiritus et prudentia suggesserit pro qualitate criminum et poenitentium facultate salutares et convenientes satisfactiones iniungere ne si forte peccatis conniveant et indulgentius cum poenitentibus agant levissima quaedam opera pro gravissimis delictis iniungendo alienorum peccatorum participes efficiantur. Habeant autem prae oculis ut satisfactio quam imponunt non sit tantum ad novae vitae custodiam et infirmitatis medicamentum sed etiam ad praeteritorum peccatorum vindictam et castigationem; nam claves sacerdotum non ad solvendam dumtaxat sed et ad ligandum concessas etiam antiqui patres et credunt et docent. Nec propterea existimarunt sacramentum poenitentiae esse forum irae vel poenarum sicut nemo unquam catholicus sensit ex huiusmodi nostris satisfactionibus vim meriti et satisfactionis Domini nostri Iesu Christi vel obscurari vel aliqua ex parte imminui; quod dum novatores intelligere nolunt ita optimam poenitentiam novam vitam esse docent ut omnem satisfactionis vim et usum tollant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput IX.: De operibus satisfactionis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Docet praeterea tantam esse divinae munificentiae largitatem ut non solum poenis sponte a nobis pro vindicando peccato susceptis aut sacerdotis arbitrio pro mensura delicti impositis sed etiam (quod maximum amoris argumentum est) temporalibus flagellis a Deo inflictis et a nobis patienter toleratis apud Deum Patrem per Christum Iesum satisfacere valeamus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Doctrina de Sacramento extremae Unctionis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Visum est autem sanctae Synodo praecedenti doctrinae de poenitentia adiungere ea quae sequuntur de sacramento extremae unctionis quod non modo poenitentiae sed et totius christianae vitae quae perpetua poenitentia esse debet consummativum existimatum est a patribus. Primum itaque circa illius institutionem declarat et docet quod clementissimus redemptor noster qui servis suis quovis tempore voluit de salutaribus remediis adversus omnia omnium hostium tela esse prospectum quemadmodum auxilia maxima in sacramentis aliis praeparavit quibus christiani conservare se integros dum viverent ab omni graviori spiritus incommodo possint ita extremae unctionis sacramento finem vitae tanquam firmissimo quodam praesidio munivit. Nam etsi adversarius noster occasiones per omnem vitam quaerat et captet ut devorare animas nostras quoquo modo possit nullum tamen tempus est quo vehementius ille omnes suae versutiae nervos intendat ad perdendos nos penitus et a fiducia etiam si possit divinae misericordiae deturbandos quam cum impendere nobis exitum vitae prospicit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput I.: De institutione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instituta est autem sacra haec unctio infirmorum tanquam vere et proprie sacramentum novi testamenti a Christo Domino nostro apud Marcum quidem insinuatum per Iacobum autem apostolum ac domini fratrem fidelibus commendatum ac promulgatum. Infirmatur (inquit) quis in vobis? inducat presbyteros Ecclesiae et orent super eum ungentes eum oleo in nomine domini; et oratio fidei salvabit infirmum et alleviabit eum dominus et si in peccatis sit dimittentur ei. Quibus verbis ut ex apostolica traditione per manus accepta Ecclesia didicit docet materiam formam proprium ministrum et effectum huius salutaris sacramenti. Intellexit enim Ecclesia materiam esse oleum ab episcopo benedictum; nam unctio aptissime Spiritus Sancti gratiam qua invisibiliter anima aegrotantis inungitur repraesentat; formam deinde esse illa verba: per istam unctionem et c(etera)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput II.: De effectu]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Res porro et effectus huius sacramenti illis verbis explicatur: et oratio fidei salvabit infirmum et alleviabit eum dominus; et si in peccatis sit dimittentur ei. Res etenim haec gratia est Spiritus Sancti cuius unctio delicta si qua sint adhuc expianda ac peccati reliquias abstergit et aegroti animam alleviat et confirmat magnam in eo divinae misericordiae fiduciam excitando qua infirmus sublevatus et morbi incommoda ac labores levius fert et tentationibus daemonis calcaneo insidiantis facilius resistit et sanitatem corporis interdum ubi saluti animae expedierit consequitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput III.: De ministro et tempore]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Iam vero quod attinet ad praescriptionem eorum qui et suscipere et ministrare hoc sacramentum debent haud obscure fuit illud etiam in verbis praedictis traditum. Nam et ostenditur illic proprios huius sacramenti ministros esse Ecclesiae presbyteros quo nomine eo loco non aetate seniores aut primores in populo intelligendi veniunt sed aut episcopi aut sacerdotes ab ipsis rite ordinati per impositionem manuum presbyterii. Declaratur etiam esse hanc unctionem infirmis adhibendam illis vero praesertim qui tam periculose decumbunt ut in exitu vitae constituti videantur unde et sacramentum exeuntium nuncupatur. Quod si infirmi post susceptam hanc unctionem convaluerint iterum huius sacramenti subsidio iuvari poterunt quum in aliud simile vitae discrimen inciderint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quare nulla ratione audiendi sunt qui contra tam apertam et dilucidam apostoli Iacobi sententiam docent hanc unctionem vel figmentum esse humanum vel ritum a patribus acceptum nec mandatum Dei nec promissionem gratiae habentem; et qui illam iam cessasse asserunt quasi ad gratiam curationum dumtaxat in primitiva Ecclesia referenda esset; et qui dicunt ritum et usum quem sancta Romana Ecclesia in huius sacramenti administratione observat Iacobi apostoli sententiae repugnare atque ideo in alium commutandum esse; et denique qui hanc extremam unctionem a fidelibus sine peccato contemni posse affirmant. Haec enim omnia manifestissime pugnant cum perspicuis tanti apostoli verbis. Nec profecto Ecclesia Romana aliarum omnium mater et magistra aliud in hac administranda unctione (quantum ad ea quae huius sacramenti substantiam perficiunt) observat quam quod beatus Iacobus praescripsit. Neque vero tanti sacramenti contemptus absque ingenti scelere et ipsius Spiritus Sancti iniuria esse posset. Haec sunt quae de poenitentiae et extremae unctionis sacramentis sancta haec oecumenica synodus profitetur et docet atque omnibus christifidelibus credenda et tendenda proponit. Sequentes autem canones inviolabiliter servandos esse tradit et asserentes contrarium perpetuo damnat et anathematizat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canones de sanctissimo Poenitentiae Sacramento]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Si quis dixerit in Catholica Ecclesia poenitentiam non esse vere et proprie sacramentum pro fidelibus quoties post baptismum in peccata labuntur ipsi Deo reconciliandis a Christo Domino nostro institutum: a[nathema] s[it]. 2. Si quis sacramenta confundens ipsum baptismum poenitentiae sacramentum esse dixerit quasi haec duo sacramento distincta non sint atque ideo poenitentiam non recte secundam post naufragium tabulam appellari: a[nathema] s[it]. 3. Si quis dixerit verba illa domini salvatoris: accipite Spiritum Sanctum: quorum remiseritis peccata remittuntur eis et quorum retinueritis retenta sunt non esse intelligenda de potestate remittendi et retinendi peccata in sacramento poenitentiae sicut Ecclesia Catholica ab initio semper intellexit: detorserit autem contra institutionem huius sacramenti ad auctoritatem praedicandi Evangelium: a[nathema] s[it]. 4. Si quis negaverit ad integra et perfectam peccatorum remissionem requiri tres actus in poenitente quasi materiam sacramenti poenitentiae videlicet contritionem confessionem et satisfactionem quae tres poenitentiae partes dicuntur; aut dixerit duas tantum esse poenitentiae partes terrores scilicet incussos conscientiae agnito peccato et fidem conceptam ex Evangelio vel absolutione qua credit quis sibi per Christum remissa peccata: a[nathema] s[it]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5. Si quis dixerit eam contritionem quae paratur per discussionem collectionem et detestationem peccatorum qua quis recogitat annos suos in amaritudine animae suae ponderando peccatorum suorum gravitatem multitudinem foeditatem amissionem aeternae beatitudinis et aeternae damnationis incursum cum proposito melioris vitae non esse verum et utilem dolorem nec praeparare ad gratiam sed facere hominem hypocritam et magis peccatorem; demum illam esse dolorem coactum et non liberum ac voluntarium: a[nathema] s[it]. 6. Si quis negaverit confessionem sacramentalem vel institutam vel ad salutem necessariam esse iure divino; aut dixerit modum secrete confitendi soli sacerdoti quem Ecclesia Catholica ab initio semper observavit et observat alienum esse ab institutione et mandato Christi et inventum esse humanum: a[nathema] s[it]. 7. Si quis dixerit in sacramento poenitentiae ad remissionem peccatorum necessarium non esse iure divino confiteri omnia et singula peccata mortalia quorum memoria cum debita et diligenti praemeditatione habeatur etiam occulta et quae sunt contra duo ultima decalogi praecepta et circunstantias quae peccati speciem mutant; sed eam confessionem tantum esse utilem ad erudiendum et consolandum poenitentem et olim observatam fuisse tantum ad satisfactionem canonicam imponendam; aut dixerit eos qui omnia peccata confiteri student nihil relinquere velle divinae misericordiae ignoscendum; aut demum non licere confiteri peccata venialia: a[nathema] s[it]. 8. Si quis dixerit confessionem omnium peccatorum qualem Ecclesia servat esse impossibilem et traditionem humanam a piis abolendam; aut ad eam non teneri omnes et singulos utriusque sexus christifideles iuxta magni consilii lateranensis constitutionem semel in anno et ob id suadendum es christifidelibus ut non confiteantur tempore quadragesimae: a[nathema] s[it]. 9. Si quis dixerit absolutionem sacramentalem sacerdotis non esse actum iudicialem sed nudum ministerium pronunciandi et declarandi remissa esse peccata confitenti modo tantum credat se esse absolutum aut sacerdos non serio sed ioco absolvat; aut dixerit non requiri confessionem poenitentis ut sacerdos ipsum absolvere possit: a[nathema] s[it]. 10. Si quis dixerit sacerdotes qui in peccato mortali sunt potestatem ligandi et solvendi non habere; aut non solos sacerdotes esse ministros absolutionis sed omnibus et singulis christifidelibus esse dictum: quaecumque ligaveritis super terram erunt ligata et in coelo et quaecumque solveritis super terram erunt soluta et in coelo; et: quorum remiseritis peccata remittuntur eis et quorum retinueritis retenta sunt quorum verborum virtute quilibet absolvere possit peccata publica quidem per correptionem duntaxat si correptus acquieverit secreta vero per spontaneam confessionem: a[nathema] s[it]. 11. Si quis dixerit episcopos non habere ius reservandi sibi casus nisi quoad externam politiam atque ideo casuum reservationem non prohibere quominus sacerdos a reservatis vere absolvat: a[nathema] s[it]. 12. Si quis dixerit totam poenam simul cum culpa remitti semper a Deo satisfactionem que poenitentium non esse aliam quam fidem qua apprehendunt Christum pro eis satisfecisse: a[nathema] s[it]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13. Si quis dixerit pro peccatis quoad poenam temporalem minime Deo per Christi merita satisfieri poenis ab eo inflictis et patienter toleratis vel a sacerdote iniunctis sed neque sponte susceptis ut ieiuniis orationibus elemosynis vel aliis etiam pietatis operibus atque ideo optimam poenitentiam esse tantum novam vitam: a[nathema] s[it]. 14. Si quis dixerit satisfactiones quibus poenitentes per Christum Iesum peccata redimunt non esse cultus Dei sed traditiones hominum doctrinam de gratia et verum Dei cultum atque ipsum beneficium mortis Christi obscurantes: a[nathema] s[it]. 15. Si quis dixerit claves Ecclesiae esse datas tantum ad solvendum non etiam ad ligandum et propterea sacerdotes dum imponunt poenas confitentibus agere contra finem clavium et contra institutionem Christi; et fictionem esse quod virtute clavium sublata poena aeterna poena temporalis plerunque exsolvenda remaneat: a[nathema] s[it]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canones de Sacramento extremae Unctionis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Si quis dixerit extremam unctionem non esse vere et proprie sacramentum a Christo Domino nostro institutum et a beato Iacobo apostolo promulgatum sed ritum tantum acceptum a patribus aut figmentum humanum: a[nathema] s[it]. 2. Si quis dixerit sacram infirmorum unctionem non conferre gratiam nec remittere peccata nec alleviare infirmos sed iam cessasse quasi olim tantum fuerit gratia curationum: a[nathema] s[it]. 3. Si quis dixerit extremae unctionis ritum et usum quem observat sancta Romana Ecclesia repugnare sententiae beati Iacobi apostoli ideo que eum mutandum posse que a christianis absque peccato contemni: a[nathema] s[it]. 4. Si quis dixerit presbyteros Ecclesiae quos beatus Iacobus adducendos esse ad infirmum inungendum hortatur non esse sacerdotes ab episcopo ordinatos sed aetate seniores in quavis communitate ob id que proprium extremae unctionis ministrum non esse solum sacerdotem: a[nathema] s[it]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Decretum de reformatione"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Prooemium]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum proprie episcoporum munus sit subditorum omnium vitia redarguere hoc illis praecipue cavendum erit ne clerici praesertim ad animarum curam constituti criminosi sint neve inhonestam vitam ipsis conniventibus ducant. Nam si eos pravis et corruptis moribus esse permittant quo pacto laicos de ipsorum vitiis redarguent qui uno ab eis sermone convinci possent quod clericos ipsis patiantur esse deteriores? qua etiam libertate laicos corripere poterunt sacerdotes cum tacite sibi ipsi respondeant eadem se admisisse quae corripiunt?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Monebunt propterea episcopi suos clericos in quocunque ordine fuerint ut conversatione sermone et scientia commisso sibi Dei populo praeeant memores eius quod scriptum est: sancti estote quia et ego sanctus sum. Et iuxta apostoli vocem: nemini dent ullam offensionem ut non vituperetur ministerium eorum sed in omnibus exhibeant se sicut ministros Dei ne illud prophetae dictum impleatur in eis: sacerdotes Dei contaminant sancta et reprobant legem. Ut autem ipsi episcopi id liberius exequi ac quoquam praetextu desuper impediri nequeant eadem sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus praesidentibus in ea eisdem Apostolicae Sedis legato et nunciis hos qui sequuntur canones statuendos et decernendos duxit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon I]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum honestius ac tutius sit subiecto debitam praepositis obedientiam impendendo in inferiori ministerio deservire quam cum praepositorum scandalo graduum altiorum appetere dignitatem ei cui ascensus ad sacros ordines a suo praelato ex quacunque causa etiam ob occultum crimen quomodolibet etiam extraiudicialiter fuerit interdictus aut qui a suis ordinibus seu gradibus vel dignitatibus ecclesiasticis fuerit suspensus nulla contra ipsius praelati voluntatem concessa licentia de se promoveri faciendo aut ad priores ordines gradus dignitates sive honores restitutio suffragetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon II]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Et quoniam nonnulli episcopi ecclesiarum quae in partibus infidelium consistunt clero carentes et populo christiano cum fere vagabundi sint et permanentem sedem non habeant non quae Iesu Christi sed alienas oves inscio proprio pastore quaerentes dum per hanc sanctam Synodum se pontificalia officia in alterius dioecesi nisi de loci ordinarii expressa licentia et in personas eidem ordinario subiectas tantum exercere prohibitos vident in legis fraudem et contemptum quasi episcopalem cathedram in loco nullius dioecesis sua temeritate eligunt et quoscunque ad se venientes etiam si suorum episcoporum seu praelatorum literas commendatitias non habeant clericali caractere insignire et ad sacros etiam presbyteratus ordines promovere praesumunt quo plerunque fit ut minus idonei et rudes ac ignari et qui a suo episcopo tanquam inhabiles et indigni reiecti fuerint ordinati nec divina officia peragere nec ecclesiastica sacramenta recte valeant ministrare: nemo episcoporum qui titulares vocantur etiam si in loco nullius dioecesis etiam exempto aut aliquo monasterio cuiusvis ordinis resederint aut moram traxerint vigore cuiusvis privilegii sibi de promovendo quoscunque ad se venientes pro tempore concessi alterius subditum etiam praetextu familiaritatis continuae commensalitatis suae absque sui proprii praelati expresso consensu aut literis dimissoriis ad aliquos sacros aut minores ordines vel primam tonsuram promovere seu ordinare valeat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Contrafaciens ab exercitio pontificalium per annum taliter vero promotus ab executione ordinum sic susceptorum donec suo praelato visum fuerit ipso iure sint suspensi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon III]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopus quoscunque suos clericos praesertim in sacris constitutos absque suo praecedenti examine et commendatitiis literis quacunque auctoritate promotos licet tanquam habiles ab eo a quo ordinati sunt probatos quos tamen ad divina officia celebranda seu ecclesiastica sacramenta ministranda minus idoneos et capaces repererit a susceptorum ordinum exercitio ad tempus de quo ei videbitur suspendere et illis ne in altari aut aliquo ordine ministrent interdicere possit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon IV]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnes ecclesiarum praelati qui ad corrigendos subditorum excessus diligenter intendere debent et a quibus nullus clericus per huius sanctae Synodi statuta cuiusvis privilegii praetextu tutus censetur quominus iuxta canonicas sanctiones visitari puniri et corrigi possit si in ecclesiis suis resederint quoscunque saeculares clericos qualitercunque exemptos qui alias suae iurisdictioni subessent de eorum excessibus criminibus et delictis quoties et quando opus fuerit etiam extra visitationem tanquam ad hoc Apostolicae Sedis delegati corrigendi et castigandi facultatem habeant: quibuscunque exemptionibus declarationibus consuetudinibus sententiis iuramentis concordiis quae suos tantum obligent auctores ipsis clericis ac eorum consanguineis capellanis familiaribus procuratoribus et aliis quibuslibet ipsorum exemptorum contemplatione et intuitu minime suffragantibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon V]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insuper cum nonnulli qui sub praetextu quod super bonis et rebus ac iuribus suis diversae eis iniuriae ac molestiae inferantur certos iudices per literas conservatorias deputari obtinent qui illos a molestiis et iniuriis huiusmodi tueantur ac defendant et in possessione seu quasi bonorum rerum ac iurium suorum manu teneant et conservent neque super illis eos molestari permittant eiusmodi literas in plerisque contra concedentis mentem in reprobum sensum detorqueant: idcirco nemini omnino cuiuscunque dignitatis et conditionis sit etiam si capitulum fuerit conservatoriae literae cum quibuscunque clausulis aut decretis et quorumcunque iudicum deputatione quocunque etiam alio praetextu aut colore concessae suffragentur ad hoc ut coram suo episcopo sive alio superiore ordinario in criminalibus et mixtis causis accusari et conveniri ac contra eum inquiri et procedi non possit aut quominus si qua iura ei ex concessione competierint super illis libere valeat apud iudicem ordinarium conveniri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In civilibus etiam causis si ipse actor extiterit aliquem ei apud suos conservatores iudices in iudicium trahere minime liceat. Quod si in iis causis in quibus ipse reus fuerit contigerit ut electus ab eo conservator ab actore suspectus esse dicatur aut si qua inter ipsos iudices conservatorem et ordinarium controversia super competentia iurisdictionis orta fuerit nequaquam in causa procedatur donec per arbitros in forma iuris electos super suspicione aut iurisdictionis competentia fuerit iudicatum. Familiaribus vero eius qui huiusmodi literis conservatoriis tueri se solent nihil illae prosint praeterquam duobus duntaxat si tamen illi propriis eius sumptibus vixerint. Nemo etiam similium literarum beneficio ultra quinquennium gaudere possit. Non liceat quoque conservatoribus iudicibus ullum habere tribunal erectum. In causis vero mercedum aut miserabilium personarum huius sanctae Synodi super hoc decretum in suo robore permaneat. Universitates autem generales ac collegia doctorum seu scholarium et regularia loca nec non hospitalia actu hospitalitatem servantia ac universitatum collegiorum locorum et hospitalium huiusmodi personae in praesenti canone minime comprehensae sed exemptae omnino sint et esse intelligantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon VI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quia vero etsi habitus non facit monachum oportet tamen clericos vestes proprio congruentes ordini semper deferre ut per decentiam habitus extrinseci morum honestatem intrinsecam ostendant tanta autem hodie aliquorum inolevit temeritas religionis que contemptus ut propriam dignitatem et honorem clericalem parvi pendentes vestes etiam publice deferant laicales pedes in diversis ponentes unum in divinis alterum in carnalibus: propterea omnes ecclesiasticae personae quantumcunque exemptae quae aut in sacris fuerint aut dignitates personatus officia aut beneficia qualiacunque ecclesiastica obtinuerint si postea quam ab episcopo suo etiam per edictum publicum moniti fuerint honestum habitum clericalem illorum ordini ac dignitati congruentem et iuxta episcopi ordinationem et mandatum non detulerint per suspensionem ab ordinibus ac officio et beneficio ac fructibus redditibus et proventibus ipsorum beneficiorum nec non si semel correpti denuo in hoc deliquerint etiam per privationem officiorum et beneficiorum huiusmodi coerceri possint et debeant constitutionem Clementis V in concilio Viennensi editam quae incipit: quoniam innovando et ampliando."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon VII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum etiam qui per industriam occiderit proximum suum et per insidias ab altari avelli debeat qui sua voluntate homicidium perpetraverit etiam si crimen id nec ordine iudiciario probatum nec alia ratione publicum sed occultum fuerit nullo tempore ad sacros ordines promoveri possit nec illi aliqua ecclesiastica beneficia etiam si cura non habeant animarum conferri liceat sed omni ordine ac beneficio et officio ecclesiastico perpetuo careat. Si vero homicidium non ex proposito sed casu vel vim vi repellendo ut quis se a morte defenderet fuisse commissum narretur quam ob causam etiam ad sacrorum ordinum et altaris ministerium et beneficia quaecunque ac dignitates iure quodammodo dispensatio debeatur committatur loci Ordinario aut ex causa metropolitano seu viciniori episcopo qui non nisi causa cognita et probatis precibus ac narratis nec aliter dispensare possit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon VIII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeterea qui nonnulli quorum etiam aliqui veri sunt pastores ac proprias oves habent alienis etiam ovibus praeesse quaerunt et ita alienis subditis quandoque intendunt ut suorum curam negligant: quicunque etiam episcopali praeditus dignitate qui alienos subditos puniendi privilegium habuerit contra clericos sibi non subiectos praesertim in sacris constitutos quorumcunque etiam atrocium criminum reos nisi cum proprii ipsorum clericorum episcopi si apud Ecclesiam suam resederit aut personae ab ipso episcopo deputandae interventu nequaquam procedere debeat; alias processus et inde sequuta quaecunque viribus omnino careant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon IX]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Et quia iure optimo distinctae fuerunt dioeceses et parochiae ac unicuique gregi proprii attributi pastores et inferiorum ecclesiarum rectores qui suarum quisque ovium curam habeant ut ordo ecclesiasticus non confundatur aut una et eadem Ecclesia duarum quodammodo dioecesum fiat non sine gravi eorum incommodo ui illi subditi fuerint: beneficia unius dioecesis etiam si parochiales ecclesiae vicariae perpetuae aut simplicia beneficia seu praestimonia aut praestimoniales portiones fuerint etiam ratione augendi cultum divinum aut numerum beneficiatorum aut alia quacunque de causa alterius dioecesis beneficio aut monasterio seu collegio vel loco etiam pio perpetuo non uniantur; decretum huius sanctae Synodi super huiusmodi unionibus in hoc declarando."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon X]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Regularia beneficia in titulum regularibus professis provideri consueta cum per obitum aut resignationem vel alias illa in titulum obtinentis vacare contigerit religiosis tantum illius ordinis vel iis qui habitum omnino suscipere et professionem emittere teneantur et non aliis (ne vestem lino lana que contextam induant) conferantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quia vero regulares de uno ad alium ordinem translati facile a suo superiore licentiam standi extra monasterium obtinere solent ex quo vagandi et apostatandi occasio tribuitur nemo cuiuscunque ordinis praelatus vel superior vigore cuiusvis facultatis aliquem ad habitum et professionem admittere possit nisi ut in ordine ipso ad quem transfertur sub sui superioris obedientia in claustro perpetuo maneat ac taliter translatus etiamsi canonicorum regularium fuerit ad beneficia saecularia etiam curata omnino incapax exsistat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nemo etiam cuiusvis dignitatis ecclesiasticae vel saecularis quacunque ratione nisi Ecclesiam beneficium aut cappellam de novo fundaverit et construxerit seu iam erectam quae tamen sine sufficienti dote fuerit de suis propriis et patrimonialibus bonis competenter dotaverit ius patronatus impetrare aut obtinere possit aut debeat. In casu autem fundationis aut dotationis huiusmodi institutio episcopo et non alteri inferiori reservetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XIII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non liceat praeterea patrono cuiusvis privilegii praetextu aliquem ad beneficia sui iuris patronatus nisi episcopo loci Ordinario ad quem provisio seu institutio ipsius beneficii cessante privilegio iure pertineret quoquo modo praesentare; alias praesentatio ac institutio forsan sequutae nullae sint et esse intelligantur. Declarat praeterea sancta Synodus in futura sessione quam ad 25 diem ianuarii subsequentis anni 1552 habendam esse iam decrevit una cum sacrificio Missae agendum et tractandum etiam esse de sacramento ordinis et prosequendam esse materiam reformationis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Being tlie fourth under the Sovereign Pontiff, Julius III., celebrated on the twenty-fifth of November, MDLI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE MOST HOLY SACRAMENTS OF PENANCE AND"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "EXTREME UNCTION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Doctrine on the Sacrament of Penance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred and holy, oecumenical and general Synod of Trent —lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same Legate and nuncios of the holy Apostolic See presiding therein— although, in the decree concerning Justification, there has been, through * a certain kind of necessity, on account of the affinity of the subjects, much discourse introduced touching the sacrament of Penance; nevertheless, so great, in these our days, is the multitude of various errors relative to this sacrament, that it will be of no small public utility to have given thereof a more exact and full definition, wherein, all errors having been, under the protection of the Holy Ghost, pointed out and extirpated. Catholic truth may be made clear and resplendent; which (Catholic truth) this holy Synod now sets before all Christians to be perpetually retained."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": "I",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the necessity, and on the institution of the Sacrament of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Penance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If such, in all the regenerate, were their gratitude towards God, as that they constantly preserved the justice received in baptism by His bounty and grace, there would not have been need for another sacrament, besides that of baptism itself, to be instituted for the remission of sins. But because God, rich in mercy, knows our franu* He hath bestowed a remedy of life even on * Ps. cii. 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRAMENT OF PENANCE. 93"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "those who may, after baptism, have delivered themselves up to the servitude of sin and the power of the Devil— the sacrament, to wit, of Penance, by which the beneiit of the death of Christ is applied to those who have fallen after baptism. Penitence was indeed at all times necessary, in order to attain to grace and justice, for all men who had defiled themselves by any mortal sin, even for those who begged to be washed by the sacrament of Baptism; that so their perverseness renounced and amended, they might, with a hatred of sin and a godly sorrow of mind, detest so great an oiifence of God. Wherefore the prophet says: Be converted and do penance for all your iniquities, and iniquity shall not be your ruin* The Lord also said: Except you do penance, you shall also likewise perish; f and Peter, the prince of the Apostles, recommending penitence to sinners who were about to be initiated by baptism, said: Do penance, and be baptised every one of you.\\ Nevertheless, neither before the coming of Christ was penitence a sacrament, nor is it such, since His coming, to any previously to baptism. But the Lord then principally instituted the sacrament of penance, when, being raised from the dead. He breathed upon His Disciples, saying: Receive ye the Holy Ghost; whose sins you shall forgive they are forgiven them, and whose sins you shall retain they are retained.^ By which action so signal, and words so clear, the consent of all the Fathers has ever understood, that the power of forgiving and retaining sins was communicated to the Apostles and their lawful successors, for the reconciling of the faithful who have fallen after baptism. And the Catholic Church, with great reason, repudiated and condemned, as heretics, the Novatians, who of old obstinately denied that power of forgiving. Wherefore, this holy Synod, approving of and receiving as most true this meaning of those words of our Lord, condemns the fanciful interpretations of those who, in opposition to the institution of this sacrament, falsely wrest those words to the power of preaching the Word of God, and of announcing the Gospel of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ezech. xviii. 30. t Luke xiii. 5. } Acts ii. 38. § John xx. 23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "94 SESSION XIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": "II",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER II."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the difference between the Sacrament of Penance and that"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "of Baptism. For the rest, this sacrament is clearly seen to be different from baptism in many respects: for besides that it is very widely different indeed in matter and form, which constitute the essence of a sacrament, it is beyond doubt certain that the minister of baptism need not be a judge, seeing that the Church exercises judgment on no one who has not entered therein through the gate of baptism. For, what have I, saith the Apostle, to do to judge them that are without?* It is otherwise with those who are of the household of the faith, whom Christ our Lord has once, by the laver of baptism, made the members of His own body; for such, if they should afterwards have defiled themselves by any crime. He would no longer have them cleansed by a repetition of baptism — that being nowise lawful in the Catholic Church — but be placed as criminals before this tribunal; that, by the sentence of the priests, they might be freed, not once, but as often as, being penitent, they should, from their sins committed, flee thereunto. Furthermore, one is the fruit of baptism, and another that of penance. For, by baptism putting on Christ,\\ we are made therein entirely a new creature, obtaining a full and entire remission of all sins; unto which newness and entireness, however, we are noways able to arrive by the sacrament of Penance, without many tears and great labours on our parts, the divine justice demanding this; so that penance has justly been called by holy Fathers a laborious kind of baptism.^ And this sacrament of Penance is, for those who have fallen after baptism, necessary unto salvation; as baptism itself is for those who have not as yet been regenerated."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* I Cor. V. 12. { Gr. Naz. or. 39; J. Damasc. L. IV. de Fide,f Gal. c. 10. iii. 23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRAMENT OF PENANCE. 95"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": "III",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER III."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the parts, and on the fruit of this Sacrament."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod doth furthermore teach that the form of the sacrament of penance, wherein its force principally consists, is placed in those words of the minister, I absolve thee, &c.; to which words indeed certain prayers are, according to the custom of holy Church, laudably joined, which nevertheless by no means regard the essence of that form, neither are they necessary for the administration of the sacrament itself But the acts of the penitent himself, to wit, contrition, confession, and satisfaction, are, as it were, the matter* of this sacrament. Which acts, inasmuch as they are, by God's institution, required in the penitent for the integrity of the sacrament, and for the full and perfect remission of sins, are for this reason called the parts of penance. But the thing signifiedf indeed and the effect of this sacrament, as far as regards its force and efficacy, is reconciliation with God, which sometimes, in persons who are pious and who receive this sacrament with devotion, is wont to be followed by peace and serenity of conscience, with exceeding consolation of spirit. The holy Synod, whilst delivering these things touching the parts and the effect of this sacrament, condemns at the same time the opinions of those who contend that the terrors which agitate the conscience, and faith, are the parts of penance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": "IV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On Contrition."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Contrition, which holds the first place amongst the aforesaid acts of the penitent, is a sorrow of mind, and a detestation for sin committed, with the purpose of not sinning for the future.|"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Quasi materia. + I^^?- + Animi dolor, ac dctestatio de peccato commisso, cum proposito non peccandi de cffitero."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This movement of contrition was at all times necessary for obtaining the pardon of sins; and, in one who has fallen after baptism, it then at length prepares for the remission of sins, when it is united with confidence in the divine mercy, and with the desire of performing the other things which are required for rightly receiving this sacrament. Wherefore the holy Synod declares that this contrition contains not only a cessation from sin, and the purpose and the beginning of a new life, but also a hatred of the old,* agreeably to that saying: Cast away from yon all your iniquities, zoherein you have transgressed, and viake to yourselves a netu heart and a new spirit.^ And assuredly He who has considered those cries of the saints: To Thee only have I sinned, and have done evil before Thee,\\ I have laboured in my groaning, every night I will wash my bed,^ I 'coill recount to Thee all my years, in the bitterness of my soul,\\\\ and others of this kind, will easily understand that they flowed from a certain vehement hatred of their past life, and from an exceeding detestation of sins. The Synod teaches, moreover, that, although it sometimes happen that this contrition is perfect through charity, and reconciles man with God before this sacrament be actually received, the said reconciliation, nevertheless, is not to be ascribed to that contrition, independently ofthe desire of the sacrament which is included therein. And as to that imperfect contrition, which is called attrition, because that it is commonly conceived either from the consideration of the turpitude of sin, or from the fear of hell and of punishment. It declares that if, with the hope of pardon, it exclude the wish to sin,^ it not only does not make a man a hypocrite, and a greater sinner, but that it is even a gift of God, and an impulse of the Holy Ghost — who does not indeed as yet dwell in the penitent, but only moves him — whereby the penitent being assisted prepares a way for himself unto justice. And although this (attrition) cannot of itself, without the sacrament of penance, conduct the sinner to justification, yet does it dispose him to obtain the grace of God in the sacrament of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Veteris, past. t Ezech. xviii. 31. J Ps. 1. 6. § Ps. vi. 7. II Is. xxxviii. 15. IT Voluntatem peccandi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRAMENT OF PENANCE. 97"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Penance. For, smitten profitably with this fear, the Ninevites, at the preaching of Jonas, did fearful penance and obtained mercy from the Lord. Wherefore falsely do some calumniate Catholic writers, as if they had maintained that the sacrament of Penance confers grace without any good motion on the part of those who receive it: a thing which the Church of God never taught or thought; and falsely also do they assert that contrition isextorted and forced, not free and voluntary."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": "V",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER V."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On Confession."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "From the institution of the sacrament of Penance as already explained, the universal Church has always understood that the entire confession of sins was also instituted by the Lord, and is of divine right necessary for all who have fallen after baptism; because that our Lord Jesus Christ, when about to ascend from earth to heaven, left priests His own vicars, as presidents and judges, unto whom all the mortal crimes, into which the faithful of Christ may have fallen, should be carried,* in order that, in accordance with the power of the keys, they may pronounce the sentence of forgiveness or retention of sins.f For it is manifest that priests could not have exercised this judgment without knowledge of the cause; neither indeed could they have observed equity in enjoining punishments, if the said faithful should have declared their sins in general only, and not rather specifically, and one by one. Whence it is gathered that all the mortal sins, of which, after a diligent examination of themselves, they are conscious, must needs be by penitents enumerated in confession, even though those sins be most"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Deferantur, should be accused. t This passage may also be rendered: that, in accordance with the power of the keys for the forgiveness or retention of sins, they may pronounce sentence."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Y"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "re"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "J8 ' SESSION XIV. C^ *j"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "hidden, and committed only against the two last precepts of the decalogue — sins which sometimes wound the soul more grievously, and are more dangerous, than those which are committed outwardly. For venial sins, whereby we are not excluded from the grace of God, and into which we fall more frequently, although they be rightly and profitably, and without any presumption declared in confession, as the custom of pious persons demonstrates, yet may they be omitted without guilt, and be expiated by many other remedies. But, whereas 'all mortal sins, even those of thought, render men cJdldren of wrath* and enemies of Godi it is necessary to seek also for the pardon of them all from God, with an open and modest confession. Wherefore, while the faithful of Christ are careful to confess all the sins which occur to their memory, they without doubt lay them all bare before the mercy of God to be pardoned: whereas they who act otherwise, and knowingly keep back certain sins, such set nothing before the divine bounty to be forgiven through the priest; for if the sick be ashamed to show his wound to the physician, his medical art cures not that which it knows not of We gather, furthermore, that those circumstances which change the species of the sin are also to be explained in confession, because that without them the sins themselves are neither entirely set forth by the penitents nor are they known clearly to the judges; and it cannot be that they can estimate rightly the grievousness of the crimes, and impose on the penitents the punishment which ought to be inflicted on account of them. Whence it is unreasonable to teach that these circumstances have been invented by idle men; or that one circumstance only is to be confessed, to wit, that one has sinned against a brother. But it is also impious to assert that confession, enjoined to be made in this manner, is impossible, or to call it a slaughter-house of consciences: for it is certain that in the Church nothing else is required of penitents, but that, after each has examined himself diligently, and searched all the folds and recesses of his conscience, he confess those sins by which he shall remember that he has mortally offended"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Ephes. ii. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRAMENT OF PENANCE. 99"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "his Lord and God; whilst the other sins, which do not occur to him after diligent thought, are understood to be included as a whole* in that same confession; for which sins we confidently say with the prophet: From my secret sins cleanse me, 0 Lord.\\ Now, the very difficulty of a confession like this, and the shame of making known one's sins, might indeed seem a grievous thing, were it not alleviated by the so many and so great advantages and consolations which are most assuredly bestowed by absolution upon all who worthily approach to this sacrament. For the rest, as to the manner of confessing secretly to a priest alone, although Christ has not forbidden that a person may — in punishment of his sins, and for his own humiliation, as well for an example to others as for the edification of the Church that has been scandalised — confess his sins publicly, nevertheless this is not commanded by a divine precept; neither would it be very prudentj to enjoin, by any human law, that sins, especially such as are secret, should be made known by a public confession. Wherefore, whereas the secret sacramental confession, which was in use from the beginning in 'holy Church and is still also in use, has always been commended by the most holy and the most ancient Fathers with a great and unanimous consent, the vain calumny of those is manifestly refuted who are not ashamed to teach that confession is alien from the divine command, and is a human invention, and that it took its rise from the Fathers assembled in the Council of Lateran: for the Church did not, through the Council of Lateran, ordain that the faithful of Christ should confess — a thing which it knew to be necessary, and to be instituted of divine right — but that the precept of confession should be complied with, at least once a year, by all and each, when they have attained to years of discretion. Whence, throughout the whole Church, the salutary custom is, to the great benefit of the souls of the faithful, now observed, of confessing at that most sacred and most acceptable time of Lent — a custom which this holy Synod most highly approves of and embraces, as pious and worthy of being retained."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "' In universum. t Ps. xviii. 13. J Satis consulte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "lOO SESSION XIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": "VI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the. ministry of this Sacrament, and on Absolution."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But, as regards the ministry of this sacrament, the holy Synod declares all these doctrines to be false, and utterly alien from the truth of the Gospel, which perniciously extend the ministry of the keys to any others soever besides bishops and priests; imagining, contrary to the institution of this sacrament, that those words of our Lord, Whatsoever you shall bind upon earth shall be bound also in heaven, and whatsoever you shall loose upon earth sJiall be loosed also in heaven;* and. Whose sins you shall forgive they are forgiven them, and whose sins you shall retain they are retained,^ were in such wise addressed to all the faithful of Christ indifferently and indiscriminately, as that everyone has the power of forgiving sins — public sins to wit by rebuke, provided he that is rebuked shall acquiesce, and secret sins by a voluntary confession made to any individual whatsoever. It also teaches that even priests, who are in mortal sin, exercise, through the virtue of the Holy Ghost, which was bestowed in ordination, the office of forgiving sins, as the ministers of Christ; and that their sentiment is erroneous who contend that this power exists not in bad priests. But although the absolution of the priest is the dispensation of another's bounty, yet is it not a bare ministry only, whether of announcing the Gospel or of declaring that sins are forgiven, but is after the manner of a judicial act, whereby sentence is pronounced by the priest as by a judge: and therefore the penitent ought not so to confidej in his own personal faith as to think that — even though there be no contrition on his part, or no intention on the part of the priest of acting seriously and absolving truly — he is nevertheless truly and in God's sight absolved on account of his faith alone. For neither would"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Matth. xviii. iS. t John xx. 23. X Sibi blandiri, flatter himself upon."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRAMENT OF PENANCE. lOI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "faith without penance bestow any remission of sins, nor would he be otherwise than most careless of his own salvation, who, knowing that a priest but absolved him in jest, should not carefully seek for another who would act in earnest."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": "VII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the Reservation of Cases."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wherefore, since the nature and order of a judgment require this, that sentence be passed only on those subject (to that judicature), ithas ever been firmly held in the Church of God, and this Synod ratifies it as a thing most true, that the absolution which a priest pronounces upon one over whom he has not either an ordinary or a delegated jurisdiction ought to be of no weight whatever. And it hath seemed to our most holy Fathers to be of great importance to the discipline of the Christian people, that certain more atrocious and more heinous crimes should be absolved, not by all priests, but only by the highest priests: whence the Sovereign Pontiffs, in virtue of the supreme power delivered to them in the universal Church, were deservedly able to reserve, for their special judgment, certain more grievous cases of crimes. Neither is it to be doubted — seeing that all things that are from God are well ordered — but that this same may be lawfully done by all bishops, each in his own diocese, unto edification, however, not unto destruction, in virtue of the authority, above (that of) other inferior priests, delivered to them over their subjects, especially as regards those crimes to which the censure of excommunication is annexed. But it is consonant to the divine authority, that this reservation of cases have effect, not merely in external polity, but also in God's sight. Nevertheless, for fear lest any may perish on this account, it has always been very piously observed in the said Church of God, that there be no reservation at the point of death, and that therefore all priests may absolve all penitents whatsoever from every kind of sins and censures whatever: and as, save at that point"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "I02 SESSION XIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "let this alone of death, priests have no power in reserved cases, be their endeavour, to persuade penitents to repair to superior and lawful judges for the benefit of absolu tion."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": "VIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On tJie necessity and on the fruit of Satisfaction."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, as regards satisfaction— which as it is, of all the parts of penance, that which has been at all times recommended to the Christian people by our Fathers, so is it the one especially which in our age is, under the loftiest pretext of piety, impugned by those who have an appearance of godliness, but have denied the power thereof *—\\he. holy Synod declares, that it is wholly false, and alien from the Word of God, that the guiltf is never forgiven by the Lord, without the whole punishment also being therewith pardoned. For clear and illustrious examples are found in the sacred writings, whereby, besides by divine tradition, this error is refuted in the plainest manner possible. And, truly, the nature of divine justice seems to demand that they who, through ignorance, have sinned before baptism, be received into grace in one manner; and in another those who, after having been freed from the servitude of sin and of the Devil, and after having received the gift of the Holy Ghost, have not feared, knowingly to violate the temple of God,\\ and to grieve the Holy Spirit^ And it beseems the divine clemency, that sins be not in such wise pardoned us without any satisfaction, as that, taking occasion therefrom, thinking sins less grievous, we, offering as it were an insult and an outrage to the Holy G/wst,\\\\ should fall into more grievous sins, treasuring up wrath against tlie day of wrath.\\ For, doubtless, these satisfactory punishments greatly recall from sin, and check as it were with a bridle, and make penitents more cautious and watchful for the future; they are also remedies for the remains"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* 2 Tim. iu. S. + Culpam. % I Cor. iii. 17. § Ephes. iv. 30. || Hebr. x. 29. II Rom. ii. 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRAMENT OF PENANCE. IO3"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "of sin, and, by acts of the opposite virtues, they remove the habits acquired by evil Hving. Neither, indeed, was there ever in the Church of God any way accounted surer to turn aside the impending chastisement of the Lord, than that men should, with true sorrow of mind, practise these works of penitence. Add to these things that, whilst we thus, by making satisfaction, suffer for our sins, we are made conformable to Jesus Christ, who satisfied for our sins, from whom all our sufficiency is;* having also thereby a most sure pledge, that if we suffer with Him, we shall also ^be glorified with Him.\\ But neither is this satisfaction, which we discharge for our sins, so our own, as not to be through Jesus Christ. For we who can do nothing of ourselves, as of ourselves, can do all things. He co-operating, who strengthens us. Thus, man has not wherein to glory, but all our glorying is in Christ: in whom we live; in whom we merit; in whom we satisfy; bringing forth fruits worthy of penance^ which from Him have their efficacy; by Him are offered to the Father; and through Him are accepted by the Father. Therefore the priests of the Lord ought, as far as the Spirit and prudence shall suggest, to enjoin salutary and suitable satisfactions, according to the quality of the crimes and the ability of the penitent; lest, if haply they connive at sins, and deal too indulgently with penitents,. by enjoining certain very light works for very grievous crimes, they be made partakers of other men's sins. But let them have in view that the satisfaction which they impose be not only for the preservation of a new life and a medicine of infirmity,! ^^'^ ^\"^^ f°'' ^^ avenging and punishing of past sins. For the ancient Fathers likewise both believe and teach, that the keys of the priests were given, not to loose only, but also to bind. But not therefore did they imagine that the sacrament of Penance is a tribunal of wrath or of punishments; even as no Catholic ever thought that, by this kind of satisfactions on our parts, the efficacy of the merit and of the satisfaction of our Lord Jesus Christ is either obscured,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* 2 Cor. iii. 5. t Rom. viii. 17. § Infirmitatis medicamentum, a remedy against weakness."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "I04 SESSION XIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "or in any way lessened: which when the innovators seek to understand, they in such wise maintain a new Hfe to be the best penance, as to take away the entire efficacy and use of satisfaction."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": "IX",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IX."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On Works of Satisfaction."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Synod teaches furthermore, that so great is the liberality of the divine munificence, that we are able through Jesus Christ to make satisfaction to God the Father, not only by punishments voluntarily undertaken of ourselves for the punishment of sin, or by those imposed at the discretion of the priest according to the measure of our delinquency, but also, which is a very great proof of love, by the temporal scourges inflicted of God and borne patiently by us."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRAMENT OF EXTREME UNCTION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It hath also seemed good to the holy Synod to subjoin to the preceding doctrine on penance, the following on the sacrament of Extreme Unction, which by the Fathers was regarded as being the completion, not only of penance, but also of the whole Christian life, which ought to be a perpetual penance. First, therefore, as regards its institution, It declares and teaches, that our most gracious Redeemer — who would have His servants at all times provided with salutary remedies against all the weapons of all their enemies — as, in the other sacraments, He prepared the greatest aids, whereby, during life, Christians may preserve themselves whole from every more grievous spiritual evil, so did He guard the close of life, by the sacrament of Extreme Unction, as with a most firm defence. For though our adversary seeks and seizes opportunities, all our life long, to be able in any way to devour our souls; yet is there no time wherein he strains more vehemently all the powers of his craft, to ruin us utterly, and, if he can possibly, to make us fall even from trust in the mercy of God, than when he perceives the end of our life to be at hand."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON EXTREME UNCTION. IO5"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": "I",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the Institution of the Sacrament of Extreme Unction."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Now, this sacred unction of the sick was instituted by Christ our Lord, as truly and properly a sacrament of the new law, insinuated indeed in Mark, but recommended and promulgated to the faithful by James the Apostle, and brother of the Lord. Is any man, he saith, sick among you? Let him bring in the priests of the Church, and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the Lord: and the prayer of faith shall save the sick man; and the Lord shall raise him up; and if he be in sins, they shall be forgiven him* In which words, as the Church has learned from apostolic tradition, received from hand to hand, he teaches the matter, the form, the proper minister, and the effect of this salutary sacrament. For the Church has understood the matter thereof to be oil blessed by a bishop. For the unction very aptly represents the grace of the Holy Ghost, with which the soul of the sick person is invisibly anointed;and, furthermore, that those words, \" By this unction,\" &c., are the form."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER H."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the Effect of this Sacrament."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover the thing signifiedf and the effect of this sacrament are explained in those words: And the prayer of faith shall save the sick man, and the Lord shall raise him up, and if he be in sins they sitall be forgiven him. For the thing here signified is the grace of the Holy Ghost, whose anointing cleanses away sins, if there be any still to be expiated, as also the remains of sins; and raises tip and strengthens the soul of the sick person, by exciting in him a great confidence in the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* James v. 14, 15. ^ ^^^'"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "I06 SESSION XIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "divine mercy; whereby the sick being supported, bears more easily the inconveniences and pains of his sickness, and more readily resists the temptations of the Devil who lies in wait for his luel;* and at times obtains bodily health, when expedient for the welfare of the soul."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": "III",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER III."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the Minister of this Sacrament, and on the time when it ought"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "to be administered."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And now as to prescribing who ought to receive, and who to administer this sacrament, this also was not obscurely delivered in the words above cited. For it is there also shown that the proper ministers of this sacrament are the Presbyters of the Church; by which name are to be understood, in that place, not the elders by age, or the foremost in dignity amongst the people, but either bishops, or priests by bishops rightly ordained by the imposition of the hands of the priesthood.^ It is also declared that this unction is to be applied to the sick, but to those especially \\\\\\\\o lie in such danger as to seem to be about to depart this life: whence also it is called the sacrament of the departing. And if the sick should, after having received this unction, recover, they may again be aided by the succour of this sacrament, when they fall into another like danger of death. Wherefore, they are on no account to be hearkened to, who, against so manifest and clear a sentencej of the Apostle James, teach, either that this unction is a human figment, or is a rite received from the Fathers, which neither has a command from God nor a promise of grace: nor those who assert that it has already ceased, as though it were only to be referred to the grace of healing in the primitive church; nor those who say that the rite and usage which the holy Roman Church observes m the administration of this sacrament is repugnant to the sentiment ofthe Apostle James, and that it is therefore to be changed"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Gen. iii. IS. Sententiam. I, Tim. iv. 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRAMENT OF PENANCE. 107"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "into some other; nor, finally, those who affirm that this Extreme Unction may without sin be contemned by the faithful; for all these things are most manifestly at variance with the perspicuous words of so great an Apostle. Neither assuredly does the Roman Church, the mother and mistress of all other churches, observe aught in administering this unction — as regards those things which constitute the substance of this sacrament — but what blessed James has prescribed. Nor indeed can there be contempt of so great a sacrament without a heinous sin, and an injury to the Holy Ghost himself These are the things which this holy oecumenical Synod professes and teaches and proposes to all the faithful of Christ, to be believed and held, touching the sacraments of Penance and Extreme Unction. And it delivers the following canons to be inviolably preserved; an'd condemns and anathematises those who assert what is contrary thereto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE MOST HOLY SACRAMENT OF PENANCE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": "i",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon i. — If anyone saith that in the Catholic Church"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Penance is not truly and properly a sacrament, instituted by Christ our Lord for reconciling the faithful unto God, as often as they fall into sin after baptism; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": "II",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon II. — If anyone, confounding the sacraments, saith that"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "baptism is itself the sacrament of Penance, as though these two sacraments were not distinct, and that therefore Penance is not rightly called a second plank after shipwreck; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon hi. — If anyone saith that those words of the Lord the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Saviour, Receive ye the Holy Ghost; whose sins you shall forgive they are forgiven them, and whose sins you shall retain they are retained* are not to be understood of the power of forgiving and of retaining sins in the sacrament of penance, as the Catholic Church has always from the beginning understood them; but wrests them, contrary to the institution of this sacrament, to the power of preaching the gospel; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* John XX. 22, 23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "I08 SESSION XIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": "iv",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon iv. — If anyone denieth that, for the entire and per-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "fect remission of sins, there are required three acts in the penitent, which are as it were the matter of the sacrament of Penance, to wit, contrition, confession, and satisfaction, which are called the three parts of penance; or saith that there are two parts 'only of penance, to wit, the terrors with which the conscience is smitten upon being convinced of sin, and the faith, generated* by the gospel, or by the absolution, whereby one believes that his sins are forgiven him through Christ; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": "v",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon v. — If anyone saith that the contrition which is ac-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "quired by means of the examination, collection, and detestation of sins — whereby one thinks over his years ifi the bitterness of his soul,\\ by pondering on the grievousness, the multitude, the filthiness of his sins, the loss of eternal blessedness, and the eternal damnation which he has incurred, having therewith the purpose of a better life — is not a true and profitable sorrow, does not prepare for grace, but makes a man a hypocrite and a greater sinner; in fine, that this (contrition) is a forced and not free and voluntary sorrow; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": "vi",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon vi. — If anyone denieth, either that sacramental con-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "fession was instituted, or is necessary to salvation, of divine right; or saith that the manner of confessing secretly to a priest alone, which the Church hath ever observed from the beginning, and doth observe, is alien from the institution and command of Christ, and is a human invention; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": "vii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon vii. — If anyone saith that in the sacrament of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Penance, it is not necessary, of divine right, for the remission of sins, to confess all and singular the mortal sins which after due and diligent previous meditation are remembered, even those (mortal sins) which are secret, and those which are opposed to the two last commandments of the Decalogue, as also the circumstances which change the species of a sin; but (saith) that such confession is only useful to instruct and console the penitent, and that it was of old only observed in order to impose a"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conceptam, conceived. + Is. xxxviii. 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRAMENT OF PENANCE. ID 9"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "canonical satisfaction; or saith that they who strive to confess all their sins wish to leave nothing to the divine mercy to pardon;or, finally, that it is not lawful to confess venial sins; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": "viii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon viii. — If anyone saith that the confession of all sins"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "such as it is observed in the Church, is impossible, and is a human tradition to be abolished by the godly; or that all and each of the faithful of Christ, of either sex, are not obliged thereunto once a year, conformably to the constitution of the great Council of Lateran,* and that, for this cause, the faithful of Christ are to be persuaded not to confess during Lent; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": "ix",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon ix. — If anyone saith that the sacramental absolution"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "of the priest is not a judicial act, but a bare ministry of pronouncing and declaring sins to be forgiven to him who confesses; provided only he believe himself to be absolved, or (even though) the priest absolve not in earnest, but in joke; or saith that the confession of the penitent is not required, in order that the priest may be able to absolve him; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": "x",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon x. — If anyone saith that priests who' are in mortal"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "sin have not the power of binding and of loosing; or, that not priests alone are the ministers of absolution, but that to all and each of the faithful of Christ is it said: Whatsoever you shall bind upon earth shall be bound also in heaven, and 'whatsoever you shall loose upon earth shall be loosed also in heaven;\\ and whose sins you shall forgive they are forgiven them, and, whose sins you shall retain they are retained;\\ by virtue of which words everyone is able to absolve from sins, to wit, from public sins by reproof only, provided he who is reproved yield thereto, and from secret sins by a voluntary confession; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": "xi",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xi. — If anyone saith that bishops have not the right"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "of reserving cases to themselves, except as regards external polity, and that therefore the reservation of cases hinders not but that a priest may truly absolve from reserved cases; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Cap. omnis utriusque. t Matth. xviii. 18. J John xx. 23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "no SESSION XIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": "xii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xii. — If anyone saith that God always remits the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "whole punishment together with the guilt, and that the satisfaction of penitents is no other than the faith whereby they apprehend* that Christ has satisfied for them; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": "xiii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xiii. — If anyone saith that satisfaction to sins, as to"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "their temporal punishment, is nowise made to God, through the merits of Jesus Christ, by the punishments inflicted by Him, and patiently borne, or by those enjoined by the priest, nor even by those voluntarily undertaken, as by fastings, prayers, almsdecds, or by other works, also of piety; and that, therefore, the best penance is merely a new life; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": "xiv",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xiv. — If anyone saith that the satisfactions, by which"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "penitents redeem their sins through Jesus Christ, are not a worship of God, but traditions of men, which obscure the doctrine of grace, and the true worship of God, and the benefit itself of the death of Christ; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": "xv",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xv. — If anyone saith that the keys are given to the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Church only to loose, not also to bind; and that, therefore, priests act contrary to the purposef of the keys, and contrary to the institution of Christ, when they impose punishments on those who confess; and that it is a fiction that, after the eternal punishment has, by virtue of the keys, been removed, there remains for the most part a temporal punishment to be discharged; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRAMENT OF EXTREME UNCTION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": "i",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon i. — If anyone saith that Extremje Unction is not truly"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "and properly a sacrament, instituted by Christ our Lord, and promulgated bythe blessed Apostle James; but is only a rite received from the Fathers, or a human figment; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": "ii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon ii. — If anyone saith that the sacred unction of the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "sick does not confer grace, nor remit sin, nor comfortj the sick; but that it has already ceased, as though it were of old only the grace of working cures; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Apprehendunt, account, esteem. f Finem, end. X AUeviare, raise up."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 11 I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon hi. — If anyone saith that the rite and usage of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Extreme Unction, which the holy Roman Church observes, is repugnant to the sentiment of the blessed Apostle James, and that is therefore to be changed, and may, without sin, be contemned byChristians; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": "iv",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon iv. — If anyone saith that the Presbyters of the Church,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "whom blessed James exhorts to be brought to anoint the sick, are not the priests who have been ordained by a bishop, but the elders in each community, and that for this cause a priest alone is not the proper minister of Extreme Unction; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE ON REFORMATION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is the office of bishops to admonish their subjects, especially those appointed to the cure of souls, of their duty."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whereas it is properly the office of bishops to reprove the vices of all who are subject to them, this will have to be principally their care — that clerics, especially those appointed to the cure of souls, be blameless; and that they do not, with their connivance, lead a disorderly life: for if they suffer them to be of evil and corrupt conversation, how shall they reprove the laity for their vices, when they themselves can be by one word silenced by them, for that they suffer clerics to be worse than they? And with what freedom shall priests be able to correct laymen, when they have to answer silently to themselves, that they have committed the very things which they reprove? Wherefore, bishops shall charge their clergy, of whatsoever rank they be, that they be a guide to the people of God committed to them, in conduct, conversation, and doctrine; being mindful of that which is written: Be holy, for I also am holy.* And agreeably to the admonition of the Apostle: Let them not give"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* I Peter i. i6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "112 SESSION XIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "offence to any man, that their ministry be not blamed; but in all things let them exhibit themselves as the ministers of God* lest that saying of the prophet be fulfilled in them, The priests of God defile the sanctuaries, and despise the latv.\\ But, in order that the said bishops may be able to execute this with greater freedom, and may not be hindered therein under any pretext whatever, the same sacred and holy, oecumenical and general Synod of Trent, the same Legate and nuncios of the Apostolic See presiding therein, has thought fit that these canons following be established and decreed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": "I",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If any, being prohibited, or interdicted, or suspended, advance to orders, they shall be punished. Whereas it is more beseeming and safe for one that is subject, by rendering due obedience to those set over him, to serve in an inferior ministry, than, to the scandal of those set over him, to aspire to the dignity of a more exalted degree; to him unto whom the ascent to sacred orders shall have been interdicted by his own prelate, from whatsoever cause, be it even on account of some secret crime, or in what manner soever, even extra-judicially; and to him who shall have been suspended from his own orders, or ecclesiastical degrees and dignities; no licence, conceded against the will of that said prelate, for causing himself to be promoted, nor any restoration to former orders, degrees, dignities, and honours, shall be of any avail."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER n."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If a bishop shall confer any orders whatsoever on one not subject to him, be he even his own domestic, without the express consent of tliat individual's proper prelate, both shall be subjected to an appointed punishment. And forasmuch as certain bishops of churches which are in partibus infidelium (in the districts of unbelievers), having"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I Cor. vi. 3, 4. f Ezech. xxii. 26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. II3"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "neither clergy nor Christian people, and being in a manner wanderers — having no fixed see, and seeking not the things of Christ, but others' sheep, without the knowledge of their own pastor — finding themselves prohibited by this holy Synod from exercising episcopal functions in the diocese of another, without the express permission of the ordinary of the place, and then only in regard of those who are subject to the said ordinary, do, by an evasion and in contempt of the law, of their own rashness choose as it were an episcopal chair* in a place which is not of any diocese, and presume to mark with the clerical character, and to promote ev6n to the sacred orders of the priesthood, any that come unto them, even though they have no commendatory letters from their own bishops or prelates; whence it for the most part comes to pass that, persons being ordained who are but little fit, and are uninstructed and ignorant, and who have been rejected by their own bishops as incapable and unworthy, they are neither able rightly to perform the divine offices, nor to administer the sacraments of the Church: none of the bishops, who are called titular, even though they may reside, or tarry in a place within no diocese, even though it be exempted, or in a monastery of whatsoever order, shall, by virtue of any privilege granted them to promote during a certain time such as come unto them, be able to ordain, or to promote to any sacred or minor orders, or even to the first tonsure, the subject of another bishop, even under the pretext of his being his domestic fed constantly at his own table, without the express consent of, or without letters demissory from that individual's own bishop. The contravener shall be ipso jure suspended during a year from the exercise of pontifical functions; and the person so promoted shall in like manner be suspended from the exercise of the orders so received, for as long as to his own prelate shall seem fit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Quasi episcopalem cathedram.... eligunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "114 SESSION XIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": "III",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER III."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The bishop may suspend his clerics, ivho have been improperly promoted by another, if he find them incompetent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The bishop may suspend, for the time that shall seem to him fit, from the exercise of the orders received, and may interdict from ministering at the altar, or from exercising the functions of any order, any of his clerics, especially those who are in sacred orders, who have been, without his previous examination and commendatory letters, promoted by any authority whatsoever; even though they shall have been approved of as competent by him who has ordained them, but whom he himself shall find but little fit and able to celebrate the divine offices, or to administer the sacraments of the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": "IV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No cleric shall be exempt from the correction of the bishop, even out of the time of visitation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All prelates of the churches, who ought diligently to apply themselves to correct the excesses of their subjects — and from whose jurisdiction, by the statutes of this holy Synod, no cleric is, under the pretext of any privilege soever, considered screened, so as not to be able. to be visited, punished, and corrected, in accordance with the appointments of the canons-^provided those prelates be resident in their own churches — shall have power, as delegates for this end of the Apostolic See, to correct and punish, even out of the times of visitation, all Secular clerics — howsoever exempted, who would otherwise be subject to their jurisdiction — for their excesses, crimes, and delinquencies, as often as and whensoever there shall be need; no exemptions^ declarations, customs, sentences, oaths, concordates, which only bind the authors thereof, being of any avail to the said clerics."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. I 15"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "or to their relatives, chaplains, domestics, agents,* or to any others whatsoever, in view and in consideration of the said exempted clerics."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": "V",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER V."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The jurisdiction of Conservators is confined within certain limits."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, whereas sundry persons, under the plea that divers wrongs and annoyances are inflicted on them in their goods, possessions, and rights, obtain certain judges to be deputed by means of letters conservatory, to protect and defend them from the said annoyances and wrongs, and to maintain and keep them in possession, or quasi-possession, of their goods, property, and rights, without suffering them to be molested therein; and whereas they pervert these letters, in many ways, to an evil meaning quite opposed to the intention of the donor;— therefore, these letters conservatory, whatsoever be their clauses or decrees, whatsoever be the judges deputed, or under whatsoever other kind of pretext or colour these letters may have been granted, shall not avail any, of what dignity and condition soever, even though a Chapter so as to screen the party from being capable of being, in criminal and mixed causes, accused and summoned, and from being examined and proceeded against before his own bishop or other ordinary superior; or prevent him from being liable to be freely summoned before the ordinary judge, in the matter of any rights which may be pleaded as his from having been ceded to him. In civil causes also, if he be the plaintiff, it shall nowise be lawful for him to bring up any one for judgmentf before his own judges conservatory. And if, in those causes wherein he shall be the defendant, it shall happen that the conservator chosen by him shall be declared by the plaintiff to be one suspected by him, or if any dispute shall have arisen between the judges themselves, the conservator"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Procuratoribus, proxies. t Judicium, trial."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ri6 SESSION XIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "to wit and the ordinary, concerning competency of jurisdiction, the cause shall not be proceeded with, until by arbitrators, chosen in legal form, a decision shall have been come to relative to the said suspicion or competency of jurisdiction. Neither shall these letters conservatory be of any avail to the said party's domestics — who are in the habit of screening themselves thereby — save to two only, and this provided they live at his proper cost. Neither shall anyone enjoy the benefit of such letters longer than for five years. It shall also not be lawful for conservatory judges to have any fixed tribunal. As to causes which relate to wages and to destitute persons, the decree of this holy Synod thereupon shall remain in its full force. But general universities, colleges of doctors or scholars, places belonging to Regulars, as also hospitals wherein hospitality is actually exercised, and persons belonging to the said universities, colleges, places, and hospitals are not to be deemed included in this present canon, but arc to be considered and are wholly exempted."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": "VI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A penalty is decreed against clerics who, being in sacred Orders, or holding benefices, do not wear a dress beseeming their Order."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And forasmuch as, though the habit does not make the monk, it is nevertheless needful that clerics always wear a dress suitable to their proper order, that by the decency of their outward apparel they may show forth the inward correctness of their morals; but to such a pitch, in these days, have the contempt of religion and the rashness of some grown, as that, making but little account of their own dignity, and of the clerical honour, they even wear in public the dress of laymen — setting their feet in different paths, one of God, the other of the flesh;— for this cause, all ecclesiastical persons, howsoever exempted, who are either in sacred orders or in possession of any manner of dignities, personates, or other offices, or benefices ecclesiastical;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. I I7"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "if, after having been admonished by their own bishop, even by a public edict,* they shall not wear a becoming clerical dress, suitable to their order and dignity, and in conformity with the ordinance and mandate of the said bishop, they may, and ought to be, compelled thereunto, by suspension from their orders, office, benefice, and from the fruits, revenues, and proceeds of the said benefices; and also, if, after having been once rebuked, they offend again herein (they are to be coerced), even by deprivation of the said offices and benefices; pursuant to the constitution of Clement V., published in the Council of Vienne, and beginning Quoniam, which is hereby renewed and enlarged."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": "VII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Voluntary homicides are never to be ordained: in what manner involuntary homicides are to be ordained."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whereas, too, he who has killed his neighbour on set purpose and by lying in wait for him, is to be taken away from, the altar,\\ because he has voluntarily committed a homicide; even though that crime have neither been proved by ordinary process of law nor be otherwise public, but is secret, such a one can never be promoted to sacred orders; nor shall it be lawful to confer upon him any ecclesiastical benefices, even though they have no cure of souls; but he shall be for ever excluded from every ecclesiastical order, benefice, and office. But if it be alleged that the homicide was not committed purposely, but accidentally, or when repelling force by force that he might defend himself from death, in such wise that, by a kind of right, a dispensation ought to be granted, even for the ministry of sacred orders, and of the altar, and for any kind of benefice whatever and dignity — the case shall be committed to the Ordinary of the place, or, if there be a cause for it, to the metropolitan, or to the nearest bishop; who shall not be able"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "■ Edictum. t Exod. xxi. 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il8 SESSION XIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "to dispense, without having taken cognisance of the case, and after the prayers and allegations have been proved, and not otherwise."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": "VIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No one shall, by virtue of any privilege, punish tfie clerics of another."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore, forasmuch as there are sundry persons — some of whom even are true pastors, and have their own sheep — who seek also to rule over the sheep of others, and at times give their attention in such wise to the subjects of others, as to neglect the care of their own; no one, even though he be of episcopal dignity, who may have by privilege the power of punishing the subjects of another, shall by any means proceed against clerics not subject to him — especially against such as are in sacred orders — be they guilty of crimes ever so atrocious; except with the intervention of the proper bishop of the said clerics, if that bishop be resident in his own church, or of the person that may be deputed by the said bishop: otherwise, the proceedings, and all the consequences thereof, shall be wholly without effect."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": "IX",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IX."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Benefices of one Diocese shall not, under any pretext, be united to tfie Benefices of another Diocese."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And forasmuch as it is with very good reason that dioceses and parishes have been made distinct, and to each flock their proper pastors have been assigned, and to inferior churches their rectors, each to take care of his own sheep, that so ecclesiastical order may not be confounded, or one and the same church belong in some sort to two dioceses, not without grievous inconvenience to such as are subject thereunto; the benefices of one diocese, be they even parochial churches, perpetual vicarages, simple benefices, prestimonies, or prestimonial portions, shall"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. Il6"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "not be united in perpetuity to a benefice, monastery, college, or even to a pious place, of another diocese, not even for the sake of augmenting divine worship, or the number of beneficiaries, or for any other cause whatsoever; thus herein explaining the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "decree of this holy Synod on the subject of these unions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": "X",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER X."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Regular Benefices shall be conferred on Regulars."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Benefices of Regulars that have been accustomed to be granted in title to professed Regulars, when they happen to become vacant by the death of the titulary incumbent, or by his resignation, or otherwise, shall be conferred on religious of that order only, or on persons who shall be absolutely bound to take the habitj and make that profession, and upon none others, that they may not wear a garment that is woven of woollen and linen together*"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": "XI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those transferred to another order shall remain under obedience in enclosure, and shall be incapable of Secular Benefices."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But forasmuch as Regulars, after being transferred from one order to another, ordinarily obtain permission easily from their superior to remain out of their monastery, whereby occasion is given of their wandering about and apostatising; no prelate or superior of any order shall be allowed, by virtue of any faculty whatsoever, to admit any individual to the habit and to profession, except with the view that he shall remain perpetually in enclosure under obedience to his own superior, in the order itself to which he is transferred; and one so transferred, even though he be a canon Regular, shall be wholly incapable of Secular Benefices, even of cures."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Deut. xxii. il."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "I20 SESSION XIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": "XII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No one sfiall obtain a right of patronage, except by means of a foundation or an endowment."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No one, moreover, of whatsoever ecclesiastical or secular dignity, can or ought to obtain or acquire a right of patronage, for any other reason whatever, but that he has founded and built anew a church, benefice, or chapel; or that he has competently endowed, out of his own proper and patrimonial t re-a sources,* one already erected, which, however, is withou sufficient endowment. But, in case of such foundation or endowment, the institution thereof shall be reserved to the bishop, and not to some other inferior person."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": "XIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Presentation shall be made to the Ordinary; otherwise the Presentation and Institution shall be null."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore, it shall not be lawful for a patron, under pretext of any privilege whatsoever, to present anyone, in any way, to the benefices which are under his right of patronage, except to the ordinary bishop of the place, to whom the providing for, or the institution to the said benefice would, that privilege ceasing, of right belong; otherwise the presentation and institution which may have followed shall be null, and as such reputed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": "XIV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tliat tlie Mass, Order, and Reformation shall be next treated of."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod declares, moreover, that in the next Session — which It has already decreed is to be holden on the twenty-fifth"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Bonis, goods."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "PROROGATION OF THE SESSION. 12 1"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "day of January of the ensuing year, MDLII. — It will, together with the sacrifice of the mass, also apply itself to and treat of the sacrament of order, and that the subject of reformation will be prosecuted."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-15",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 15: Safe-conduct and Prorogation",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25 ian. 1552 [Decretum prorogationis publicationis canonum]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum ex eo quod proximis sessionibus decretum fuit sancta haec et universalis Synodus per hos dies accuratissime diligentissime que tractaverit ea quae ad sanctissimum Missae sacrificium et ad sacramentum ordinis spectant ut hodierna sessione quemadmodum spiritus sanctus suggessisset decreta de his rebus et quatuor praeterea articulos ad sanctissimum Eucharistiae sacramentum pertinentes in hac tandem sessione dilatos publicaret; atque interim affuturos esse putaverit ad hoc sacrosanctum concilium eos qui se protestantes vocant quorum causa eorum publicationem articulorum distulerat et ut libere ac sine cunctatione ulla huc venirent fidem eis publicam sive salvumconductum concesserat tamen cum illi nondum venerint et eorum nomine supplicatum huic sanctae Synodo fuerit ut publicatio quae hodierna die facienda fuerat in sequentem sessionem differatur certa spe allata affuturos eos esse omnino multo ante illam sessionem salvoconductu amplioris formae interim accepto eadem sancta Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata iisdem legato et nuntiis praesidentibus nihil magis optans quam ex praestantissima natione Germanica omnes de religione dissensiones et schismata tollere ac eius quieti paci otio que consulere parata ipsos si venerint et humaniter excipere et benigne audire confidens que eos non fidei catholicae pertinaciter oppugnandae sed veritatis cognoscendae studio esse venturos et (ut evangelicae veritatis studiosos decet) sanctae matris Ecclesiae decretis et disciplinae ad extremum esse acquieturos sequentem sessionem ad edenda et publicanda ea quae supra commemorata sunt in diem festum sancti Iosephi qui erit die decima nona mensis martii distulit ut illi satis temporis et spatii habeant non solum ad veniendum verum etiam ad ea quae voluerint antequam is dies veniat proponenda. Quibus ut omnem diutius cunctandi causam adimat fidem publicam sive salvumconductum eius qui recitabitur tenoris et sententiae libenter dat et concedit. Interea vero de matrimonii sacramento agendum et de eo praeter superiorum decretorum publicationem definiendum esse eadem sessione statuit et decernit et prosequendam esse materiam reformationis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Salvusconductus datus protestantibus Germanis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea eisdem sanctae Sedis Apostolicae legato et nuntiis inhaerendo salvoconductui in penultima sessione dato et illum iuxta tenorem infrascriptum ampliando universis fidem facit quod omnibus et singulis sacerdotibus electoribus principibus ducibus marchionibus comitibus baronibus nobilibus militaribus popularibus et aliis quibuscunque viris cuiuscunque status et conditionis aut qualitatis existant Germanicae provinciae et nationis civitatibus et aliis locis eiusdem et omnibus aliis ecclesiasticis et saecularibus praesertim Augustanae confessionis personis qui aut quae una cum ipsis ad hoc generale Tridentinum concilium venient aut mittentur ac profecturi sunt aut hucusque venerunt quocunque nomine censeantur aut valeant nuncupari tenore praesentium publicam fidem et plenissimam verissimam que securitatem quam salvumconductum appellant libere ad hanc civitatem Tridentinam veniendi ibidem que manendi standi morandi proponendi loquendi una cum ipsa synodo"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "de quibuscunque negotiis tractandi examinandi discutiendi et omnia quaecunque ipsis"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "libuerit ac articulos quoslibet tam scripto quam verbo libere offerendi propalandi eos que scripturis sacris et beatorum patrum verbis sententiis et rationibus declarandi astruendi et persuadendi et si opus fuerit etiam ad obiecta concilii generalis respondendi et cum iis qui a concilio delecti fuerint disputandi christiane aut charitative absque omni impedimento conferendi opprobriis conviciis ac contumeliis penitus semotis. Et signanter quod causae controversae secundum sacram scripturam et apostolorum traditiones probata concilia et Catholicae Ecclesiae consensum et sanctorum patrum auctoritates in praedicto concilio Tridentino tractentur illo etiam addito ut religionis praetextu aut delictorum circa eam commissorum aut committendorum minime puniantur impartitur ac omnino concedit sic etiam ut propter illorum praesentiam neque in itinere aut quocumque locorum eundo manendo aut redeundo nec in ipsa civitate Tridentina a divinis officiis quovis modo cessetur et ut his peractis vel non peractis quandocunque ipsis libuerit aut maiorum suorum mandato et assensu ad propria reverti optabunt aut aliquis eorum optabit mox absque ulla renitentia et occasione aut mora salvis rebus eorum et suorum pariter honore et personis viceversa possint iuxta beneplacitum libere et secure redire de scientia tamen ab eadem synodo deputandorum ut tunc opportune eorum securitati absque dolo et fraude provideatur. Vult etiam sancta Synodus in hac publica fide salvo que conductu omnes quascunque clausulas includi et contineri ac pro inclusis haberi quae pro plena efficaci et sufficienti securitate in eundo stando ac redeundo necessariae et opportunae fuerint. Illud etiam ad maiorem securitatem et pacis ac conciliationis bonum exprimens quod si quispiam aut illorum aliqui sive in itinere Tridentum veniendo sive ibidem morando aut redeundo aliquod enorme (quod absit) egerint aut commiserint quo posset huius fidei publicae et assecurationis beneficium eis concessum annullari aut cassari vult et concedit ut in huiusmodi facinore deprehensi ab ipsis dumtaxat et non ab aliis condigna animadversione cum emenda sufficienti per partem ipsius synodi merito approbanda et laudanda mox puniantur illorum assecurationis forma condicionibus et modis omnino manentibus illibatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pariformiter etiam vult ut si quisquam vel aliqui ex ipsa synodo sive in itinere aut manendo aut redeundo aliquod enorme (quod absit) egerint aut commiserint quo posset huius fidei publicae et assecurationis beneficium violari aut quoquo modo tolli in huiusmodi facinore deprehensi ab ipsa synodo dumtaxat et non ab aliis condigna animadversione et emenda sufficienti per partem dominorum Germanorum Augustanae confessionis tunc hic praesentium merito laudanda et approbanda mox puniantur praesenti assecurationis forma condicionibus et modis omnino manentibus illibatis. Vult praeterea ipsa synodus quod liceat ipsis ambasciatoribus omnibus et singulis toties quotiescunque opportunum fuerit seu necessarium ad auram capiendam exire de civitate Tridentina et reverti ad eandem nec non nuntium vel nuntios suos ad quaecumque loca pro suis necessariis negotiis ordinandis libere mittere seu destinare ac ipsos missos seu destinatos seu missum et destinatum suspicere toties quoties eis videbitur expedire ita quod aliqui vel aliquis per deputandos concilii socientur qui eorum securitati provideant vel provideat. Qui quidem salvusconductus et securitates stare ac durare debeant et a tempore et per tempus quo in ipsius synodi et suorum tuitionis curam ipsos suscipi contigerit et usque ad Tridentum perduci ac toto tempore mansionis eorum ibidem et rursum post sufficientem audientiam habitam spatio viginti dierum praemisso cum ipsi petierint aut concilium habita huiusmodi audientia ipsis recessum indixerit a Tridento usque in quem quisque elegerit sibi locum tutum Deo favente restituet dolo et fraude prorsus exclusis. Quae quidem omnia pro universis et singulis christifidelibus pro omnibus principibus tam ecclesiasticis quam saecularibus quibuscunque atque omnibus aliis ecclesiasticis et saecularibus personis cuiuscunque status et condicionis existant aut quocunque nomine censeantur inviolabiliter observanda esse promittit et bona fide spondet. Insuper omni fraude et dolo exclusis vera et bona fide promittit ipsam synodum nullam vel manifeste vel occulte occasionem quaerituram aut aliqua auctoritate potentia iure vel statuto privilegio legum vel canonum aut quorumcunque conciliorum praesertim Constantiensis et Senensis quacunque forma verborum expressa in aliquod huius fidei publicae et plenissimae assecurationis ac publicae et liberae audientiae ipsis per ipsam synodum concessae praeiudicium quovis modo usuram aut quenquam uti permissuram quibus in hac parte pro hac vice derogat. Quod si sancta Synodus aut aliquis ex ea vel suis cuiuscunque condicionis vel status aut praeeminentiae exsistens praescriptae assecurationis et salviconductus formam et modum in quocunque puncto vel clausula violaverit (quod tamen avertere dignetur omnipotens) et sufficiens emenda non fuerit mox subsequuta et ipsorum arbitrio merito approbanda et laudanda habeant ipsam synodum et habere poterunt incidisse in omnes poenas quas iure divino et humano aut consuetudine huiusmodi salvorumconductuum violatores incurrere possunt absque omni excusatione aut quavis in hac parte contradictione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Being the fifth under the Sovereign Pontiff, Julius III., celebrated on the twenty-fifth day of January, mdlii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE FOR PROROGUING THE SESSION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whereas, in pursuance of the decrees made in the last Sessions, this holy and universal Synod has, during these days, most accurately and diligently treated of the things which relate to the most holy sacrifice of the mass, and to the sacrament of order, with the view that, in the Session held on this day. It might publish, as the Holy Ghost should have suggested, decrees on these subjects, and on the four articles concerning the most holy sacrament of the Eucharist, which had been finally deferred to this Session; and whereas it was thought that, in the interim, there would have presented themselves at this sacred and holy Council those who call themselves Protestants, for whose sake It had deferred the publication of the said articles, and to whom It had given the public faith, or a safe-conduct, that they might come freely and without any hesitation; nevertheless, seeing that they have not as yet come, and the holy Synod has been petitioned in their name, that the publication which was to have been made on this day be deferred to the following Session, an assured hope being held out that they will certainly be present long before that Session, upon receiving in the meanwhile a safeconduct in a more ample form:— The same holy ■ Synod, lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same Legate and nuncios presiding, desiring nothing more ardently than to remove from amongst the noble nation of Germany all dissensions and vv schisms touching religion, and to provide for its tranquillity, peace, and repose; being ready, should they come, both to receive"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "122 SESSION XV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "them kindly, and to listen to them favourably, and trusting that they will come, not with the design of obstinately opposing the ■ Catholic Faith, but of learning the truth, and that they will at last, as becomes those zealous for evangelical truth, acquiesce in the decrees and discipline of holy Mother Church; (this Synod) has deferred the next Session — therein to publish and promulgate the matters aforesaid — till the festival of St. Joseph, which will be on the nineteenth day of the month of March; in order that they may have sufficient time and leisure, not only to come, but also to propose, before that day arrives, whatsoever they may wish. And, that It may take from them all cause for further delay, It freely gives and grants them the public faith, or a safe-conduct, of the tenor and form hereafter set down. But It ordains and decrees, that in the meantime It will treat of the sacrament of matrimony, and will give its decisions thereon, in addition to the publication of the abovenamed decrees, in the same Session, and will prosecute the subject of Reformation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "SAFE-CONDUCT GIVEN TO THE PROTESTANTS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred and holy, oecumenical and general Synod of Trent — lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same Legate and nuncios of the Apostolic See presiding therein — adhering to the safe-conduct given in the last Session but one, and enlarging itin the manner following, certifies to all men, that by the tenor of these presents. It grants and wholly concedes the public faith, and the fullest and most true security, which they entitle a safe-conduct, to all and singular the priests, electors, princes, dukes, marquises, counts, barons, nobles, soldiers, commonalty, and to all other persons whatsoever, of what state, condition, or quality soever they may be, of the province and nation of Germany, and to the cities and other places thereof, and to all other ecclesiastical and Secular persons, especially those of the Confession of Augsburgh, who shall come or shall be sent with them, to this General Council of Trent, and to those that shall set forth, or have already repaired hither, by whatsoever name they are entitled, or may be designated — to come freely to this city"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "SAFE-CONDUCT GRANTED TO PROTESTANTS. 1 23"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "of Trent, and there to remain, abide, sojourn, and to propose, speak and treat of, examine and discuss any matters whatsoever together with the said Synod, and freely to present and set forth all whatsoever they may think fit, and any articles whatever, either in writing or by word of mouth, and to explain, establish, and prove them by the sacred Scriptures, and by the words, passages, and reasons of the blessed Fathers, and to answer even, if it be needful, to the objections of the General Council; and to dispute, or to confer in charity, without any hindrance with those who may have been selected by the Council, all opprobrious, railing, and contumelious language being utterly discarded; and in particular, that the controverted matters shall be treated of in the aforesaid Council of Trent, according to sacred Scripture, and the traditions of the Apostles, approved Councils, the consent of the Catholic Church, and the authorities of the holy Fathers; with this further addition, that they shall not be punished under pretence of religion, or ofoffences already committed, or that may be committed, in regard thereof; as also, that the divine offices shall not, on account of their presence, be in any way interrupted, either upon the road, or in any place during their progress, their stay, or their return, or in the city of Trent itself; and that, upon these matters being concluded, or before they are concluded, if they, or any of them, shall wish, and whensoever such is their or his pleasure, or the command and leave of their superiors, to return to their own homes, they shall forthwith be able, at their good pleasure, to return freely and securely, without any let, obstacle, or delay, without injury done to their property, or to the honour also and persons of their attendants respectively — notifying, however, this their purpose of withdrawing to those who shall be deputed hereunto by the said Synod, that so, without deceit or fraud, proper measures may be taken for their safety. The holy Synod also wills, that all clauses whatsoever, which may be necessary and useful for a full, effectual, and sufficient security in coming, sojourning, and returning, be included and comprised, and be accounted as comprised, in this public faith and safe-conduct. It also expressly declares, with a view to their greater security, and the blessing of peace and reconciliation, that if."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "124 SESSION XV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "which God forbid, any one, or divers amongst them, should, either on the road when coming to Trent, or whilst sojourning at or returning from that same city, perpetrate or commit any heinous act, whereby the benefit of this public faith and assurance might be annulled and cease, that It wills and grants that the persons discovered in any such crime shall be forthwith punished by their own countrymen, and not by others, with a proportionate chastisement and a sufficient reparation, which the S>nod on its part may justly approve of and commend — the form, conditions, and terms of the safe-conduct remaining wholly untouched thereby. It also reciprocally wills, that if, which God forbid, any one, or divers, of this Synod, should, either on the road, or whilst sojourning at or returning therefrom, perpetrate or commit any heinous act, whereby the benefit of this public faith and assurance may be violated or in any way set aside, the persons discovered in any such crime shall be forthwith punished by the Synod itself, and not by others, with a proportionate chastisement and a sufficient reparation, which the Germans of the Confession of Augsburgh, who may be present here at the time, may on their part justly approve of and commend — the present form, conditions, and terms of the safe-conduct remaining wholly untouched thereby. The said Synod also wills, that all and each of the ambassadors shall be allowed to go out of the city of Trent to take the air, as often as it shall be convenient or necessary, and to return thither; as also freely to send or despatch their messenger or messengers to any places whatsoever, according as their affairs may require, and to receive the said messengers or messenger, despatches or despatch, as often as they shall think fit; so as however one or more be associated therewith by the deputies of the Council, to provide for the safety of the said couriers. And this safe-conduct and security shall stand good and endure, both from and during the time that they shall have been received under the care of the said Synod, and the protection of its agents; and further, after they have had a sufficient audience, and twenty days having expired after they have themselves asked, or after the Council, upon that audience had, shall have given them notice, to return, It will, all deceit and fraud being entirely excluded, reconduct"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "SAFE-CONDUCT GRANTED TO PROTESTANTS. 1 25"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "them, with God's help, from Trent to that place of safety which each may select for himself All which things, It promises and in good faith pledges Itself, shall be inviolably observed towards all and each of the faithful of Christ, towards all ecclesiastical and Secular princes, and towards all ecclesiastical and Secular persons, of whatsoever state and condition they may be, or by whatsoever name designated. Furthermore, It promises in sincere and good faith, without fraud or deceit, that the said Synod will neither openly nor covertly seek for any opportunity; nor make use of, nor suffer anyone else to make use of, any authority, power, right, or statute, privilege of laws or canons, or of any Councils whatsoever, especially th<j)se of Constance and Sienna, under what form soever expressed — to the prejudice in any way of this public faith, and most full security, and of the public and free hearing, by this said Synod granted to the above named — derogating from the aforesaid in this regard and for this occasion. And if the holy Synod, or any member thereof, or of their followers, of whatsoever condition, state, or pre-eminence, shall violate — which may the Almighty forefend — the form and terms of the security and safe-conduct as above set down, in any point or clause whatever, and a sufficient reparation shall not have forthwith followed, and one that may with reason be approved of and praised by the (interested) parties themselves; they may and shall hold the said Synod to have incurred all those penalties which, by law human and divine, or by custom, the violators of such safe-conducts can possibly incur — without there being any excuse or contrary allegation in this regard."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "126 SESSION XVI."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-16",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 16: Suspension of the Council",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28 apr. 1552 [Decretum suspensionis Concilii]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis synodus Tridentina in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea reverendissimis dominis Sebastiano archiepiscopo Sipontino et Aloysio episcopo Veronensi apostolicis nuntiis tam eorum proprio quam reverendissimi et illustrissimi domini Marcelli sanctae Romanae Ecclesiae cardinalis Crescentii legati ob adversam eius gravissimam valetudinem absentis nomine non dubitat christianis omnibus patere hoc concilium oecumenicum Tridentum primo a Paulo felicis recordationis convocatum et collectum fuisse deinde a sanctissimo domino nostro Iulio III efflagitante Carolo V augustissimo imperatore ea praecipue de causa fuisse restitutum ut religionem in multis orbis partibus et praesertim in Germania in diversas opiniones miserabiliter distractam in statum pristinum revocaret abusus et mores christianorum corruptissimos emendaret. Cum que ad hoc agendum quam plurimi patres nulla laborum suorum periculorum que habita ratione e diversis regionibus alacriter confluxissent res que strenue magno fidelium concursu feliciter que procederet ac spes esset non levis illos Germanos qui eas novitates excitarant in concilium venturos sic animatos ut veris Ecclesiae rationibus unanimiter acquiescerent lux denique quaedam rebus affulsisse videretur caput que attollere inciperet profligata antea et afflicta res publica christiana ii repente tumultus ea bella hostis generis humani versutia exarserunt ut concilium velut haerere ac suum cursum interrumpere satis incommode cogeretur spes que omnis ulterioris progressus hoc in tempore tolleretur; tantum que aberat ut sancta Synodus christianorum malis et incommodis mederetur ut multorum mentes praeter sui animi sententiam irritaret potius quam placaret. Quum igitur ipsa sancta Synodus omnia et praecipue Germaniam armis ardere et discordiis videret omnes fere episcopos Germanos praesertim principes electores suis consultum ecclesiis e concilio abiisse decrevit tantae necessitati non reluctari et ad meliora tempora reticere ut patres quo eis nunc agere non licet suis ovibus prospectum ad suas ecclesias regredi valerent ne diutius utrobique inutili otio conterantur atque ita quoniam sic temporum condicio tulit huius oecumenici concilii Tridentini progressum per biennium suspendendum fore decernit prout praesenti decreto suspendit ea tamen lege ut si citius pacata res sit ac tranquillitas pristina revertatur (quod sperat Dei optimi maximi beneficio non longo forsan spatio futurum) ipsius concilii progressus eodemmet tempore suam vim firmitatem vigorem que habere censeatur; sin autem (quod Deus avertat) peracto biennio praedicta legitima impedimenta non fuerint submota quam primum cessaverint talis suspensio eo ipso sublata esse intelligatur ac suus vigor et robur concilio sit restitutum et esse intelligatur sine alia nova concilii convocatione accedente ad hoc decretum consensu et auctoritate sanctitatis suae et sanctae Sedis Apostolicae. Interea tamen eadem sancta Synodus exhortatur omnes principes christianos et omnes praelatos ut observent et respective quatenus ad eos spectat observare faciant in suis regnis dominiis et ecclesiis omnia et singula quae per hoc sacrum oecumenicum concilium fuerunt hactenus statuta et decreta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Being the sixth and last under the Sovereign Poniif, Julius III., celebrated on the twenty-eighth day of April, MDLII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE FOR THE SUSPENSION OF THE COUNCIL."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred and holy, oecumenical and general Synod of Trent, lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the most reverend lords, Sebastian, archbishop of Siponto, and Aloysius, bishop of Verona, Apostolic Nuncios, presiding therein, as well in their own names as in that of the most reverend and illustrious lord, the Legate Marcellus Crescenzio, Cardinal of the holy Roman Church, of the title of Saint Marcellus, who is absent by reason of a most grievous illness — doubts not that it is well known to all Christians, that this oecumenical Council of Trent was first convoked and assembled by Paul, of happy memory, and was afterwards, at the instance of the most august Emperor, Charles v., restored by our most holy lord, Julius III., for this cause especially, that It might bring back to its pristine state, religion which was miserably divided into diverse opinions in many parts of the world, and especially in Germany; and might amend the abuses and the most corrupt manners of Christians; and whereas very many Fathers, without any regard to their personal labours and dangers, had for this end cheerfully assembled together from different countries, and the business was proceeded with earnestly and happily, in the midst of a great concourse of the faithful, and there was no slight hope that those Germans who had excited these novelties would come to the Council, and that so disposed as to acquiesce unanimously in the truthful reasons of the Church; when a kind of light, in fine, seemed to have dawned upon things; and the Christian commonwealth, before so cast-down and afflicted, began to lift up its head; of a sudden such tumults and wars were enkindled"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "SUSPENSION OF THE COUNCIL. 1 27"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "by the craft of the enemy of mankind, that the Synod was, at much inconvenience, compelled as it were to pause\", and to interrupt its course, and all hope was taken away of further progress at that time; and so far was the holy Synod from remedying the evils and troubles existing amongst Christians that, contrary to its intention. It irritated rather than calmed the minds of many. Whereas, therefore, the said holy Synod perceived that all places, and especially Germany, were in a flame with arms and discord; that almost all the German bishops, and in particular the Electoral Princes, had withdrawn from the Council, in order to provide for their own churches; It resolved not to struggle against so pressing a necessity, but to be silent till better times; that so the Fathers, who could not now act, might return to their own churches to take care of their own sheep, and no longer wear away their time in unemployment, useless in both regards. And accordingly, for that the state of the times has so required. It decrees that the progress of this cecumenical Synod of Trent shall be suspended during two years, as It doth suspend it by this present decree; with this condition, however, that if things be settled sooner, and the former tranquillity restored, which It hopes will happen before long, through the blessing of the all good and all power, ful God, the progress of the Council shall be considered (as resumed, and) to have its full force, power, and authority. But if, which may God forefend, the lawful impediments aforesaid shall not have been removed at the expiration of the two years, the said suspension shall, as soon as those impediments shall have ceased, be thereupon accounted removed, and the Council shall be, and be understood to be, restored to its full force and authority, without another fresh convocation thereof, the consent and authority of his Holiness, and of the holy Apostolic See, having been given to this decree. Meanwhile, however, this holy Synod exhorts all Christian princes, and all prelates, to observe, and respectively to cause to be observed, as far as they are concerned, in their own kingdoms, dominions, and churches, all and singular the things which have been hitherto ordained and decreed by this sacred oecumenical Council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "128 BULL FOR THE CELEBRATION OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "BULL FOR THE CELEBRATION OF THE COUNCIL OF TRENT,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "UNDER THE SOVEREIGN PONTIFF, PIUS IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Paul, Bishop, servant of the servants of God, for the perpetual memory hereof Immediately on being called, by the alone mercy of God, to the Government of the Church, though unequal to so great a burthen, casting the eyes of our mind over every part of the Christian commonweal, and beholding, not without great horror, how far and wide the pestilence of heresy and schism had penetrated, and how much the morals of the Christian people stood in need of correction; we began, as the duty of our office required, to apply our care and thoughts to the means of extirpating the said heresies, of doing away with so great and so pernicious a schism, and of amending morals so much corrupted and depraved. And whereas we were sensible that, for the healing of these evils, that remedy was the most suitable which this Holy See had been accustomed to apply, we formed the resolution of convoking, and, with God's help, of celebrating an oecumenical and general Council. That Council had indeed been already indicted by our predecessors, Paul III., of happy memory, and by Julius, his successor; but, having been often hindered and interrupted from various causes, It could not be brought to a conclusion. For Paul, after having indicted it first for the city of Mantua, then for Vicenza, he, for certain reasons expressed in his letters, first of all suspended, and afterwards transferred It to Trent. Then, after that the time of Its celebration had been, for certain reasons, then also postponed, at length, the suspension having been removed. It was begun, in the said city of Trent. But, after a few Sessions had been held, and certain decrees made, the said Council afterwards, for certain reasons, with the concurrence also of the Apostolic See, transferred Itself to Bologna. But Julius, who succeeded him, recalled it to the same city of Trent, at which time certain other decrees were made. But as fresh tumults were raised in the neighbouring parts of Germany, and a most fierce war was enkindled in Italy and France, the Council was again suspended"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE COUNCIL, UNDER PIUS IV. 1 29"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "and postponed; the enemy of mankind, to wit, striving, and throwing difficulties upon difficulties and hindrances in the way, to retard at least as long as possible, though unable entirely to prevent, a thing so advantageous to the Church. But how greatly, meanwhile, the heresies were increased and multiplied, and propagated, how widely schism spread, we can neither think of nor tell without the greatest sorrow of mind. But at length the Lord, good and merciful, who is never so angry as not to remember mercy* vouchsafed to grant peace and unanimity to Christian kings and princes. Which opportunity being offered us, we have, relying on His mercy, conceived the strongest hope that, by the said means of a Council, an end may be put to these so grievous evils of the Church. We, therefore, have judged that the celebration thereof is no longer to be deferred; to the end that schisms and heresies may be taken away; that morals may be corrected and reformed; that peace may be preserved amongst Christian princes. Wherefore, upon mature deliberation had with our venerable brethren the Cardinals of the holy Roman Church, and having also acquainted with this our purpose our most dearly beloved sons in Christ, Ferdinand, Emperor elect of the Romans, and other kings and princes whom — even as we had promised ourselves from their exceeding piety and wisdom — we found very ready to aid in the celebration of the said Council: We — to the praise, honour, and glory of Almighty God, and for the good of the universal Church, with the advice and assent of our said venerable brethren, and relying on and supported by the authority of God Himself, and of the blessed Apostles, Peter and Paul, which (authority) we also exercise on earth — indict a sacred oecumenical and general Council in the city of Trent for the next ensuing most sacred day of the Lord's Resurrection; and We ordain and appoint that, all suspension soever removed, It be there celebrated. Wherefore, We do earnestly exhort and admonish in the Lord, and we do also strictly charge and command— by virtue of holy obedience, and by the obligation of the oath which they have taken, and under the penalties which"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Habac. iii. 2. A a"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "130 BULL FOR THE CELEBRATION OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "they know are appointed by the sacred canons against those who neglect to assemble at general Councils — our venerable brethren of all nations, patriarchs, archbishops, bishops, and our beloved sons the abbots, and _^others who, by common law, or by privilege, or ancient custom, are allowed to sit and give their opinion in a general Council, to meet, by the aforesaid day, there to celebrate a Council; unless they happen to be hindered by a lawful impediment, which impediment nevertheless they shall be bound to prove to the Synod by lawful proctors. We furthermore admonish all and each whom it doth and may concern, that they fail not to be present at the Council. And we exhort and beseech our most dearly beloved sons in Christ, the Emperor elect of the Romans, and the other Christian kings and princes — who it were sincerely to be wished could be present at the Council — that, should they not be able to be themselves present thereat, they should send at least prudent, grave, and pious men as their ambassadors, to be present thereat in their name; and that they take diligent care, worthy of their piety, that the prelates of their kingdoms and dominions perform, without denial or delay, their duty to God and the Church at this so urgent a conjuncture: doubting not they will also provide that there be kept a safe and free passage through their kingdoms and dominions for the prelates and their domestics, attendants, and all others who are proceeding to or returning from the Council, and that they be treated and received in all places kindly and courteously; as we also will similarly provide as far as we are concerned, who have resolved not to omit anything that can by us, who have been placed in this position, be done towards the completion of so pious and salutary a work; seeking, as God knows, nothing else, proposing nothing else, in celebrating this Council, but the honour of God, the recovery and the salvation of the sheep that are scattered, and the perpetual tranquillity and repose of the Christian commonweal. And to the end that this letter and the contents thereof may come to the knowledge of all whom it concerns, and that none may plead as an excuse that he knew not thereof, especially as there may not, perhaps, be free access to all, who ought to be made acquainted with this our letter: We will and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE COUNCIL, UNDER PIUS IV. I3I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ordain that, in the Vatican Basilica of the prince of the Apostles, and in the Lateran Church, at the time when the people are wont to assemble there to be present at the solemnities of the mass, it be publicly read in a loud voice by officers of our court, or by certain public notaries; and that it be, after being read, affixed to the doors of the said churches, also to the gates of the Apostolic Chancery, and to the usual place in the Campo di Fiore, where it shall for some time be left to be read by and made known to all men: and when removed thence, copies thereof shall remain affixed in those same places. For we will that, by being so read, published, and affixed, this letter shall oblige and bind, after an interval of two months from the day of being published and affixed, all and each of those whom it includes, even as if it had been communicated and read to them in person. And we ordain and decree that, without any doubt, faith be given to copies thereof written or subscribed by the hand of a public^notary, and guaranteed by the seal of some person constituted inecclesiastical dignity. Wherefore, let no one infringe this our letter of indiction, statute, decree, precept, admonition, and exhortation, or with rash daring go contrary thereunto. But if anyone shall presume to attempt this, let him know that he will incur the indignation of Almighty God, and of His blessed Apostles, Peter and Paul. Given at Rome, at Saint Peter's, in the year MDLX. of the Lord's Incarnation, on the third of the calends of December,* in the first year of our Pontificate. Antonius Floribellus Lavellinus. Barengus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "November 29th."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "132 SESSION XVII."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-17",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 17: Resumption under Pius IV",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18 ian. 1562 [Decretum de celebrando Concilio]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Illustrissimi et reverendissimi domini reverendi que patres placet ne vobis ad laudem et gloriam sanctae individuae Trinitatis Patris et Filii et Spiritus Sancti ad incrementum et exaltationem fidei et religionis christianae sacrum oecumenicum et generale concilium Tridentinum in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregatum ab hodierno die qui est decimus octavus mensis ianuarii anni a nativitate domini 1562 cathedrae Romanae b(eati) Petri apostolorum principis consecrato sublata quacumque suspensione iuxta formam et tenorem litterarum sanctissimi domini nostri Pii IV pontificis maximi celebrari et in eo ea debito servato ordine tractari quae proponentibus legatis ac praesidentibus ad horum temporum levandas calamitates sedandas de religione controversias coercendas linguas dolosas depravatorum morum abusus corrigendos Ecclesiae veram atque christianam pacem conciliandam apta et idonea ipsi sanctae Synodo videbuntur? [Responderunt: placet]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Indictio futurae Sessionis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "illustrissimi et reverendissimi domini reverendi que patres placet ne vobis proximam futuram sessionem habendam et celebrandam esse feria quinta post secundam dominicam quadragesimae quae erit dies 26 mensis februarii? [Responderunt: placet]."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Of the Holy, (Ecumenical, and General Council of Trent, being the first under the Sovereign Pontifi, Pius IV., celebrated on the eighteenth day of fanuary, MDLXII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE FOR CELEBRATING THE COUNCIL."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doth it please you, unto the praise and glory of the Holy and Undivided Trinity, Father, and Son, and Holy Ghost, for the increase and ]exaltation of the faith, and of the Christian religion, that the sacred, cecumenical, and general Council of Trent, lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, be, all manner of suspension removed, celebrated from this day — being the eighteenth of the month of January, in the year MDLXII. from our Lord's Nativity, consecrated to the chair of blessed Peter — according to the form and tenor of the letter of our most holy Lord, the Sovereign Pontiff, Pius IV.; and that, due order being observed, those things be treated of therein which, the Legates and Presidents proposing,* shall to the said holy Synod appear suitable and proper, for assuaging the calamities of these times appeasing controversies concerning religion, restraining deceitful tongues, correcting 'the abuses of depraved manners, and for procuring for the Church a true and Christian peace? They anszoered: It pleaseth us."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDICTION OF THE NEXT SESSION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doth it please you that the next ensuing Session be held and celebrated on the Thursday after the second Sunday of Lent which will be on the twenty-sixth day of the month of February? They answered: It pleaseth us."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proponentibus legatis ac prssidentibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE CHOICE OF BOOKS, ETC. 1 33"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-18",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 18: The Index of Books and Safe-conduct",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26 febr. 1562 [Decretum de librorum delectu et omnibus ad Concilium fide publica invitandis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea eisdem Apostolicae Sedis legatis non humanis quidem viribus confisa sed Domini nostri Iesu Christi qui os et sapientiam Ecclesiae suae daturum se promisit ope et auxilio freta illud praecipue cogitat ut catholicae fidei doctrinam multorum inter se dissidentium opinionibus pluribus locis inquinatam et obscuratam in suam puritatem et splendorem aliquando restituat et mores qui a veteri instituto deflexerunt ad meliorem vitae rationem revocet corque patrum ad filios et cor filiorum ad patres convertat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum itaque omnium primum animadverterit hoc tempore suspectorum ac perniciosorum librorum quibus doctrina impura continetur et longe late que diffunditur numerum nimis excrevisse quod quidem in causa fuit ut multae censurae in variis provinciis et praesertim in alma urbe Roma pio quodam zelo editae fuerint neque tamen huic tam magno ac pernicioso morbo salutarem ullam profuisse medicinam: censuit ut delecti ad hanc disquisitionem patres de censuris libris que quid facto opus esset diligenter considerarent atque etiam ad eandem sanctam Synodum suo tempore referrent quo facilius ipsa possit varias et peregrinas doctrinas tamquam zizania a christianae veritatis tritico separare de que his commodius deliberare et statuere quae ad scrupulum ex complurium animis eximendum et tollendas multarum querelarum causas magis opportuna videbuntur. Haec autem omnia ad notitiam quorumcumque deducta esse vult, prout etiam praesenti decreto deducit ut si quis ad se pertinere aliquo modo putaverit quae vel de hoc librorum et censurarum negotio vel de aliis quae in hoc generali concilio tractanda praedixit non dubitet a sancta Synodo se benigne auditum iri. Quoniam vero eadem sancta Synodus ex corde optat Deum que enixe rogat quae ad pacem sunt Ecclesiae ut universi communem matrem in terris agnoscentes quae quos peperit oblivisci non potest unanimes uno ore glorificemus Deum et Patrem Domini nostri Iesu Christi: per viscera misericordiae eiusdem Dei et Domini nostri omnes qui nobis cum communionem non habent ad concordiam et reconciliationem et ut ad hanc sanctam Synodum veniant invitat atque hortatur ut que charitatem quod est vinculum perfectionis amplectantur pacem que Christi exsultantem in cordibus suis prae se ferant in quam vocati sunt in uno corpore. Hanc ergo non humanam sed Spiritus Sancti vocem audientes ne obdurent corda sua sed in suo sensu non ambulantes neque sibi placentes ad tam piam et salutarem matris suae admonitionem excitentur et convertantur. Omnibus enim charitatis officiis sancta Synodus eos ut invitat ita complectetur. Insuper eadem sancta Synodus decrevit fidem publicam in congregatione generali concedi posse et eandem vim habituram eiusdem que roboris et momenti futuram ac si in publica sessione data et decreta fuisset."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Indictio futurae sessionis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eadem Sacrosancta Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea eisdem Apostolicae Sedis legatis statuit et decernit proximam futuram sessionem habendam et celebrandam esse feria quinta post sacratissimum festum ascensionis Domini quae erit quartadecima mensis maii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Salvus conductus concessus Germanicae nationi… et aliae nationes - 4 mart. 1562]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea eisdem Apostolicae Sedis legatis universis fidem facit..."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eadem sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea eisdem Sedis Apostolicae legatis omnibus et singulis aliis qui nobis cum in iis quae sunt fidei communionem non habent ex quibuscumque regnis nationibus provinciis civitatibus ac locis in quibus publice et impune praedicatur vel docetur sive creditur contrarium eius quod sancta Romana sentit Ecclesia dat fidem publicam sive salvumconductum sub eadem forma et eisdem verbis quibus datur Germanis."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Being the second tinder the Sovereign Pontiff, Pins IV., celebrated on the twenty-sixth day of February, MDLXn."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE ON THE CHOICE OF BOOKS ; AND FOR INVITING ALL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "MEN ON THE PUBLIC FAITH TO THE COUNCIL."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred and holy, oecurtienical and general Synod of Trent — lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same Legates of the Apostolic See presiding therein — not confiding in human strength, but relying on the succour and assistance of our Lord Jesus Christ] who has promised, that he would give to His Church a mouth and wisdom, hath especially in view to restore at length to its native purity and splendour the doctrine of the Catholic faith, which is in many places defiled and obscured by the conflicting opinions of many who differ from each other; to bring back, to a better method of life, manners, which have divaricated from ancient usage; and to turn the hearts of the fathers unto the children, and the hearts of the children unto the fathers. Whereas, then, first of all, ItTias noticed that the number of suspected and pernicious books, wherein an impure"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "doctrine is contained, and is disseminated far and wide, has in these"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "days increased beyond measurej which indeed has been the cause that many censures have been, out of a godly zeal, publishedin divers provinces, and especially in the fair city of Rome — and yet that no salutary remedy has availed against so great and pernicious a disorderj; It hath thought good that Fathers, specially chosen for this inquiry, should carefully consider what ought to be done in the matter of censures and of books, and also in due time report thereon to this holy Synod; to the end that It may more easily separate the various and strange doctrines, as cockle from the wheat of Christian truth, and may more conveniently deliberate and determine, in regard thereof, that which shall seem best adapted to remove scruples from the minds of very many, and to do away with various causes of complaint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "134 SESSION XVIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And the Synod wishes all this to come to the knowledge of all persons whatsoever, as by this present decree It doth make them cognisant thereof; in order that if any person may think himself in any way concerned, either in this matter of books and censures or in the other things which It has declared beforehand are to be treated of in this General Council, he may not doubt but that he will be kindly listened to by the holy Synod. And forasmuch as this said holy Synod heartily desires, and earnestly beseeches God for the things that are for the peace of the Church,* that we all, acknowledging our common mother on earth, who cannot forget the sons of her womb,] ■zuith one mouth may glorify God, and the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ;\\ It invites and exhorts by the bowels of the mercy of our same God and Lord, all who hold not communion with us, unto concord and reconciliation, and to come unto this holy Synod; to embrace charity, which is the bond of perfection, and to show forth the peace of Clirist rejoicing in their hearts, whereunto they are called, in one body.\\ Wherefore, in hearing this voice, not of man, but of the Holy Ghost, let them not harden their hearts,\\\\ but, walking not after their own sense,*^ nor pleasing themselves,** let them be moved and converted by this so charitable and salutary an admonition of their own mother; for, as the holy Synod invites, so will It embrace them with all proofs of love. Moreover, this same holy Synod has decreed, that the public faith may be granted in a general congregation, and that It shall have the same force, and shall be of the same authority and weight as if it had been given and decreed in public Session."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDICTION OF THE NEXT SESSION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The same sacred and holy Synod of Trent, lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same Legates of the Apostolic See pre-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "' Ps. cxxi. 6. t Is. xlix. 15. X Rom. xv. 6. § Colos. iii. 14, 15. II Ps. xciv. 8. TF Ephes. iv. 17. ** Rom. xv. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "SAFE-CONDUCT GRANTED TO THE GERMANS. 1 35"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "siding therein, resolves and decrees tliat tlie next ensuing Session be held and celebrated on the Thursday after the naost sacred festival of the Ascension of our Lord, w^hich will be on the fourteenth day of the month of May."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "SAFE-CONDUCT GRANTED TO THE GERMAN NATION,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In a General Congregation, on the fourth day of March, MDLXII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred and holy, oecumenical and general Synod of Trent — lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same Legates of the Apostolic See presiding therein — certifies to all men that, by the tenor of these presents, It grants and wholly concedes the public faith, and the fullest and most true security, which they entitle a safe-conduct, to all and singular the priests, electors, princes, dukes, marquises, counts, barons, nobles, soldiers, commonalty, and to all other persons whatsoever, of what state, condition, or quality soever they may be, of the province and nation of Germany, and to the cities and other places thereof, and to all the ecclesiastical and secular persons, especially those of the Confession of Augsburgh, who shall come or shall be sent with them to this General Council of Trent, and to those that shall set forth, or have already repaired hither, by whatsoever name they are entitled or may be designated — to come freely to this city of Trent, and there to remain, abide,' sojourn, and to propose, speak, and treat of, examine and discuss any matters whatsoever together with the said Synod, and, freely to present and set forth all whatsoever they may think fit, and any articles whatever, either in writing or by word of mouth, and to explain, establish, and prove them by the sacred Scriptures, and by the words, passages, and reasons of the blessed Fathers, and to answer even, if it be needful, to the objections of the General Council, and to dispute, or to confer in charity, without any hindrance, with those who have been selected by the Council, all opprobrious, railing, and contumelious language being utterly discarded; and, in particular, that the controverted matters shall be treated of, in the aforesaid Council of Trent,, according to sacred Scripture, and the traditions of the Apostles,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "136 SESSION XVIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "approved Councils, the consent of the Cathohc Church, and the authorities of the holy Fathers; with this further addition, that they shall not be punished under pretence of religion, or of offences already committed, or that may be committed, in regard thereof; as also, that the divine offices shall not, on account of their presence, be in any way interrupted, either upon the road or in any place during their progress, their stay, or their return, or in the city of Trent itself; and that, upon these matters being concluded, or before they are concluded, if they, or any of them, shall wish, and whensoever such is their or his pleasure, or the command and leave of their superiors, to return to their own homes, they shall forthwith be able, at their good pleasure, to return freely and securely, without any let, obstacle or delay, without injury done to their property, or to the honour also and persons of their attendants respectively — notifying, however, this their purpose of withdrawing, to those who shall be deputed hereunto by the said Synod, that so, without deceit or fraud, proper measures may be taken for their safety. The holy Synod also wills that all clauses whatsoever which may be necessary and useful for a full, effectual, and sufficient security in coming, sojourning, and returning, be included and comprised, and be accounted as comprised, in this public faith and safe-conduct. It also expressly declares, with a view to their greater security, and the blessing of peace and reconciliation, that if, which God forbid, any one, or divers amongst them, should, either on the road when coming to Trent, or whilst sojourning at or returning from that same city, perpetrate or commit any heinous act, whereby the benefit of this public faith and assurance might be annulled and quashed, that It wills and grants that the persons discovered in any such crime shall be forthwith punished by their own countrymen, and not by others, with a proportionate chastisement and a sufficient reparation, which the Synod on its part may justly approve of and commend — the form, conditions, and terms of their safe-conduct remaining wholly untouched thereby. It also reciprocally wills, that if, which God forbid, any one, or divers of this Synod, should, either on the road, or whilst sojourning at or returning therefrom, perpetrate or commit any heinous act."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "SAFE-CONDUCT GRANTED TO THE GERMANS. 1 37"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "whereby the benefit of this public faith and assurance may be violated, or in any way set aside, the persons discovered in any such crime shall be forthwith punished by the Synod itself, and not by others, with a proportionate chastisement and a sufficient reparation, which the Germans of the Confession of Augsburgh, who may be present here at the time, may on their part justly approve of and commend — the present form, conditions, and terms of the safe-conduct remaining wholly untouched thereby. The said Synod also wills, that all and each of the ambassadors shall be allowed to go out of the city of Trent to take the air, as often as it shall be convenient or necessary, and to return thither; as also freely to send or despatch their messengers or messenger to any place whatsoever, according as their affairs may require, and to receive the said messengers or messenger, despatches or despatch, as often as they shall think fit; so as however one or more be associated therewith by the deputies of the Council, to provide for the safety of the said couriers: and this safe-conduct and these securities shall stand good and endure, both from and during the time that they shall have been received under the care of the said Synod and the protection ofits agents; and, further, after they have had a sufficient audience, and twenty days having expired after they have themselves asked, or after the Council, upon that audience had, shall have given them notice, to return. It will, all deceit and fraud being entirely excluded, reconduct them, with God's help, from Trent to that place of safety which each may select for himself All which things It promises, and in good faith pledges Itself, shall be inviolably observed towards all and each of the faithful of Christ, towards all ecclesiastical and secular princes, and towards all other ecclesiastical and secular persons, of whatsoever state and condition they may be, or by whatsoever name designated. Furthermore, It promises in sincere and good faith, without fraud or deceit, that the said Synod will, neither openly nor covertly, seek for any opportunity, nor make use of, nor suffer anyone else to make use of, any authority, power, right, or statute, privilege of laws or canons, or of any Councils whatsoever, especially those of Constance and Sienna, under"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "138 SESSION XIX."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "what form soever expressed; to the prejudice in any way of this public faith and most full security, and of the public and free hearing, by this said Synod granted to the above named — derogating from the aforesaid in this regard and for this occasion. And if the holy Synod, or any member thereof, or of their followers, of whatsoever condition, state, or pre-eminence, shall violate — which may the Almighty forefend — the form and terms of the security and safe-conduct as above set down, in any point or clause whatever, and a sufficient reparation shall not have forthwith followed, and one that may with reason be approved of and praised by the (interested) parties themselves; they may and shall hold the said Synod to have incurred all those penalties which, by law human and divine, or by custom, the violators of such safe-conducts can possibly incur — without there being any excuse or contrary allegation in this regard."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "EXTENSION THEREOF TO OTHER NATIONS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The same sacred and holy Synod, lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same Legates a latere of the Apostolic See presiding therein, grants the public faith, or a safe-conduct, under the same form, and in the same terms, wherein it is granted to the Germans, to all and each of those others, who hold not communion with us in matters of faith, of whatsoever kingdoms, nations, provinces, cities, and places they may be, wherein the contrary to that which the holy Roman Church holds is publicly and with impunity preached, taught, or believed."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-19",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 19: Prorogation of the Session",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14 maii 1562 [Prorogatur publicatio decretorum]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea eisdem Apostolicae Sedis legatis decreta ea quae hodie in praesenti sessione statuenda et sancienda erant iustis nonnullis ac honestis causis in feriam quintam post proximam solemnitatem corporis Christi quae erit pridie nonas iunii proroganda esse censuit ac prorogat dicta que die sessionem habendam esse ac celebrandam omnibus indicit. Interea rogandus est Deus et pater domini nostri auctor pacis ut sanctificet corda omnium quo adiuvante sancta Synodus et nunc et semper meditari ac peragere valeat quae ad eius laudem et gloriam pertineant."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Being the third under the Sovereign Pontiff, Pius IV., celebrated on the fourteenth day of May, MDLXII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE FOR THE PROROGATION OF THE SESSION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred and holy, oecumenical and general Synod of Trent— lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same Legates"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "PROROGATION OF THE SESSION. 1 39"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "of the Apostolic See presiding therein — has, for certain just and good reasons, thought fit to prorogue, and doth hereby prorogue, to the Thursday after the approaching solemnity of Corpus Christi, which will be the day before the nones of June,* those decrees which were to have been on this day ordained and sanctioned in the present Session; and It notifies to all men, that, on the said day, a Session will be held and celebrated. Meanwhile, supplication is to be made to the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, the author of peace, that He would sanctify the hearts of all; that, by His help, the holy Synod may be enabled, both now and ever, to study and to perform those things which shall be unto His praise and glory."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-20",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 20: Prorogation of the Session",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4 iunii 1562 [Prorogatur publicatio decretorum in futuram sessionem quae indicitur]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea eisdem Sedis Apostolicae legatis propter varias difficultates ex diversis causis exortas atque etiam ut congruentius maiori que cum deliberatione omnia procedant nempe ut dogmata cum iis quae ad reformationem spectant simul tractentur et sanciantur: ea quae statuenda videbuntur tam de reformatione quam de dogmatibus in proxima sessione quam omnibus indicit in diem sextam decimam subsequentis mensis iulii diffinienda esse decrevit. Hoc tamen adiecto quod dictum terminum ipsa sancta Synodus pro eius arbitrio et voluntate sicuti rebus concilii putaverit expedire etiam in generali congregatione restringere et prorogare libere possit et valeat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Being the fourth under the Sovereign Pontiff, Pius IV., celebrated on the fourth day of June, MDLXII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE FOR THE PROROGATION OF THE SESSION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred and holy, oecumenical and general Synod of Trent — lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same Legates of the Apostolic See presiding jtherein — by reason of various difficulties arising from divers causes, and also to the end that all things may proceed in a more befitting manner, and with greater deliberation; to wit, that dogmas may be treated of and ratified conjointly with what relates to Reformation; has decreed that whatsoever it shall seem fit to ordain, as well concerning Reformation as concerning dogmas, shall be defined in the next Session, which It notifies to all men for the sixteenth day of the month of July next; adding, however, that this holy Synod freely may and can, at Its will and pleasure, as it shall judge expedient for the business of the Council, shorten or lengthen the said term, even in a general congregation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4th of June."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I^o SESSION XXI."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-21",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 21: Communion under Both Kinds, Communion of Children and Reform",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16 iulii 1562 [Doctrina de communio sub utraque specie et parvulorum]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Prooemium]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea eisdem Apostolicae Sedis legatis cum de tremendo et sanctissimo Eucharistiae sacramento varia diversis in locis errorum monstra nequissimi daemonis artibus circumferantur ob quae in nonnullis provinciis multi a Catholicae Ecclesiae fide atque oboedientia videantur discessisse: censuit ea quae ad communionem sub utraque specie et parvulorum pertinent hoc loco exponenda esse. Quapropter cunctis christifidelibus interdicit ne posthac de iis aliter vel credere vel docere vel praedicare audeant quam est iis decretis explicatum atque definitum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput I.: Laicos non adstringi ad Communionem sub utraque specie]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Itaque sancta ipsa synodus a Spiritu Sancto qui spiritus est sapientiae et intellectus spiritus consilii et pietatis edocta atque ipsius Ecclesiae iudicium et consuetudinem secuta declarat ac docet nullo divino praecepto laicos et clericos non conficientes obligari ad Eucharistiae sacramentum sub utraque specie sumendum neque ullo pacto (salva fide) dubitari posse quin illis alterius speciei communio ad salutem sufficiat. Nam etsi Christus Dominus in ultima coena venerabile hoc sacramentum in panis et vini speciebus instituit et apostolis tradidit: non tamen illa institutio et traditio eo tendunt ut omnes christifideles statuto domini ad utramque speciem accipiendam adstringantur. Sed neque ex sermone illo apud Ioannem sexto recte colligitur utriusque speciei communionem a domino praeceptam esse utcumque iuxta varias sanctorum patrum et doctorum interpretationes intelligatur. Namque qui dixit: nisi manducaveritis carnem filii hominis et biberitis eius sanguinem non habebitis vitam in vobis dixit quoque: si quis manducaverit ex hoc pane vivet in aeternum. Et qui dixit: qui manducat meam carnem et bibit meum sanguinem habet vitam aeternam dixit etiam: panis quem ego dabo caro mea est pro mundi vita; et denique qui dixit: qui manducat meam carnem et bibit meum sanguinem in me manet et ego in illo dixit nihilominus: qui manducat hunc panem vivet in aeternum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput II.: Ecclesiae quanta potestas circa dispensationem]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeterea declarat hanc potestatem perpetuo in Ecclesia fuisse ut in sacramentorum dispensatione salva illorum substantia ea statueret vel mutaret quae suscipientium utilitati seu ipsorum sacramentorum venerationi pro rerum temporum et locorum varietate magis expedire iudicaret. Id autem apostolus non obscure visus est innuisse cum ait: sic nos existimet homo ut ministros Christi et dispensatores mysteriorum Dei; atque ipsum quidem hac potestate usum esse satis constat cum in multis aliis tum in hoc ipso sacramento cum ordinatis nonnullis circa eius usum: cetera inquit cum venero disponam. Quare agnoscens sancta mater Ecclesia hanc suam in administratione sacramentorum auctoritatem licet ab initio christianae religionis non infrequens utriusque speciei usus fuisset tamen progressu temporis latissime iam mutata illa consuetudine gravibus et iustis causis adducta hanc consuetudinem sub altera specie communicandi approbavit et pro lege habendam decrevit quam reprobare aut sine ipsius Ecclesiae auctoritate pro libito mutare non licet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput III.: Totum et integrum Christum sub qualibet specie sumi]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insuper declarat quavis redemptor noster ut antea dictum est in suprema illa coena hoc sacramentum in duabus speciebus instituerit et apostolis tradiderit: tamen fatendum esse etiam sub altera tantum specie totum atque integrum Christum verum que sacramentum sumi ac propterea quod ad fructum attinet nulla gratia necessaria ad salutem eos defraudari qui unam speciem solam accipiunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput IV.: Parvulos non obligari ad Communionem sacramentalem]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Denique eadem sancta Synodus docet parvulos usu rationis carentes nulla obligari necessitate ad sacramentalem Eucharistiae communionem si quidem per baptismi lavacrum regenerati et Christo incorporati adeptam iam filiorum Dei gratiam in illa aetate amittere non possunt. Neque ideo tamen damnanda est antiquitas si eum morem in quibusdam locis aliquando servavit. Ut enim sanctissimi illi patres sui facti probabilem causam pro illius temporis ratione habuerunt ita certe eos nulla salutis necessitate id fecisse sine controversia credendum est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canones de Communione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Si quis dixerit ex Dei praecepto vel ex necessitate salutis omnes et singulos christifideles utramque speciem sanctissimi Eucharistiae sacramenti sumere debere: a[nathema] s[it]. 2. Si quis dixerit sanctam Ecclesiam catholicam non iustis causis et rationibus adductam fuisse ut laicos atque etiam clericos non conficientes sub una panis tantummodo specie communicaret aut in eo errasse: a[nathema] s[it]. 3. Si quis negaverit totum et integrum Christum omnium gratiarum fontem et auctorem sub una panis specie sumi quia ut quidam falso asserent non secundum ipsius Christi institutionem sub utraque specie sumatur: a[nathema] s[it]. 4. Si quis dixerit parvulis antequam ad annos discretionis pervenerint necessariam esse Eucharistiae communionem: a[nathema] s[it]. Duos veros articulos alias propositos hos nondum tamen excussos videlicet: “an rationes quibus sancta Catholica Ecclesia adducta fuit ut communicaret laicos atque etiam non celebrantes sacerdotes sub una tantum panis specie ita sint retinendae ut nulla ratione calicis usus cuiquam sit permittendus”; et: “an si honestis et christianae charitati consentaneis rationibus concedendus alicui vel nationi vel regno calicis usus videatur sub aliquibus conditionibus concedendus sit et quaenam sint illae”: eadem sancta Synodus in aliud tempus oblata sibi quam primum occasione examinandos atque definiendos reservat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum de reformatione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Prooemium]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eadem sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea eisdem Apostolicae Sedis legatis ad Dei omnipotentis laudem et sanctae Ecclesiae ornamentum ea quae sequuntur de reformationis negotio in praesenti statuenda esse censuit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon I]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quoniam ab ecclesiastico ordine omnis avaritiae suspicio abesse debet nihil pro collatione quorumcumque ordinum etiam clericalis tonsurae nec pro litteris dimissoriis aut testimonialibus nec pro sigillo nec alia quacumque de causa etiam sponte oblatum episcopi et alii ordinum collatores aut eorum ministri quovis praetextu accipiant. Notarii vero in his tantum locis in quibus non viget laudabilis consuetudo nihil accipiendi pro singulis litteris dimissoriis aut testimonialibus decimam tantum unius aurei partem accipere possint dummodo eis nullum salarium sit constitutum pro officio exercendo nec episcopo ex notarii commodis aliquod emolumentum ex eisdem ordinum collationibus directe vel indirecte provenire possit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tunc enim gratis operam suam eos praestare omnino teneri decernit contrarias taxas ac statuta et consuetudines etiam immemorabiles quorumcumque locorum quae potius abusus et corruptelae simoniacae pravitati faventes nuncupari possunt penitus cassando et interdicendo. Et qui secus fecerint tam dantes quam accipientes ultra divinam ultionem poenas a iure inflictas ipso facto incurrant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon II]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum non deceat eos qui divino ministerio adscripti sunt cum ordinis dedecore mendicare aut sordidum aliquem quaestum exercere compertum que sit quamplures plerisque in locis ad sacros ordines nullo fere delectu admitti qui variis artibus ac fallaciis confingunt se beneficium ecclesiasticum aut etiam idoneas facultates obtinere: statuit sancta Synodus ne quis deinceps clericus saecularis quamvis alias sit idoneus moribus scientia et aetate ad sacros ordines promoveatur nisi prius legitime constet eum beneficium ecclesiasticum quod sibi ad victum honeste sufficiat pacifice possidere. Id vero beneficium resignare non possit nisi facta mentione quod ad illius beneficii titulum sit promotus; neque ea resignatio admittatur nisi constito quod aliunde vivere commode possit et aliter facta resignatio nulla sit. Patrimonium vero vel pensionem obtinentes ordinari posthac non possint nisi illi quos episcopus iudicaverit assumendos pro necessitate vel commoditate ecclesiarum suarum eo quoque prius perspecto patrimonium illud vel pensionem vere ab eis obtineri talia que esse quae eis ad vitam sustentandam satis sint. Atque illa deinceps sine licentia episcopi alienari aut exstingui vel remitti nullatenus possint donec beneficium ecclesiasticum sufficiens sint adepti vel aliunde habeant unde vivere possint antiquorum canonum poenas super his innovando."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon III]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum beneficia ad divinum cultum atque ecclesiastica munia obeunda sint constituta: ne qua in parte minuatur divinus cultus sed ei debitum omnibus in rebus obsequium praestetur statuit sancta Synodus in ecclesiis tam cathedralibus quam collegiatis in quibus nullae sunt distributiones quotidianae vel ita tenues ut verisimiliter negligantur tertiam partem fructuum et quorumcumque proventuum et obventionum tam dignitatum quam canonicatuum personatuum portionum et officiorum separari debere et in distributiones quotidianas converti quae inter dignitates obtinentes et ceteros divinis interessentes proportionabiliter iuxta divisionem ab episcopo etiam tamquam Apostolicae Sedis delegato in ipsa prima fructuum deductione faciendam dividantur salvis tamen consuetudinibus earum ecclesiarum in quibus non residentes seu non servientes nihil vel minus tertia parte percipiunt. Non obstantibus exemptionibus et aliis consuetudinibus etiam immemorabilibus et appellationibus quibuscumque."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Crescente que non servientium contumacia liceat contra eos procedere iuxta iuris ac sacrorum canonum dispositionem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon IV]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi etiam tamquam Apostolicae Sedis delegati in omnibus ecclesiis parochialibus vel baptismalibus in quibus populus ita numerosus sit ut unus rector non possit sufficere ecclesiasticis sacramentis ministrandis et cultui divino peragendo: cogant rectores vel alios ad quos pertinet sibi tot sacerdotes ad hoc munus adiungere quot sufficiant ad sacramenta exhibenda et cultum divinum celebrandum. In iis vero in quibus ob locorum distantiam sive difficultatem parochiani sine magno incommodo ad percipienda sacramenta et divina officia audienda accedere non possunt novas parochias etiam invitis pastoribus iuxta formam constitutionis Alexandri III quae incipit ad audientiam constituere possint. Illis autem sacerdotibus qui de novo erunt ecclesiis noviter rectis praeficiendi competens assignetur portio arbitrio episcopi ex fructibus ad Ecclesiam matricem quomodocumque pertinentibus. Et si necesse fuerit compellere possit populum ea subministrare quae sufficiant ad vitam dictorum sacerdotum sustentandam quacumque reservatione generali vel speciali vel affectione super dictis ecclesiis non obstantibus. Neque huiusmodi ordinationes et erectiones possint tolli nec impediri ex quibuscumque provisionibus etiam vigore resignationis aut quibusvis aliis derogationibus vel suspensionibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon V]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut etiam ecclesiarum status ubi sacra Deo officia ministrantur ex dignitate conservetur possint episcopi etiam tamquam Apostolicae Sedis delegati iuxta formam iuris sine tamen praeiudicio obtinentium facere uniones perpetuas quarumcumque ecclesiarum parochialium et baptismalium et aliorum beneficiorum curatorum vel non curatorum cum curatis propter earum paupertatem et in ceteris casibus a iure permissis etiam si dictae Ecclesiae vel beneficia essent generaliter vel specialiter reservata aut qualitercumque affecta. Quae uniones etiam non possint revocari nec quoquo modo infringi vigore cuiuscumque provisionis etiam ex causa resignationis aut derogationis aut suspensionis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon VI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quia illitterati et imperiti parochialium ecclesiarum rectores sacris minus apti sunt officiis et alii propter eorum vitae turpitudinem potius destruunt quam aedificant; episcopi etiam tamquam Apostolicae Sedis delegati eisdem illitteratis et imperitis si alias honestae vitae sint coadiutores aut vicarios pro tempore deputare partem que fructuum eisdem pro sufficienti victu assignare vel aliter providere possint quacumque appellatione et exemptione remota. Eos vero qui turpiter et scandalose vivunt postquam praemoniti fuerint coerceant ac castigent et si adhuc incorrigibiles in sua nequitia perseverent eos beneficiis iuxta sacrorum canonum institutiones exemptione et appellatione quacumque remota privandi facultatem habeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon VII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum illud quoque valde curandum sit ne ea quae sacris ministeriis dicata sunt temporum iniuria obsolescant et ex hominum memoria excidant: episcopi etiam tamquam Apostolicae Sedis delegati transferre possint beneficia simplicia etiam iuris patronatus ex ecclesiis quae vetustate vel alias collapsae sint et ob eorum inopiam nequeant instaurari vocatis iis quorum interest in matrices aut alias ecclesias locorum eorundem seu viciniorum arbitrio suo atque in eisdem ecclesiis erigant altaria vel capellas sub eisdem invocationibus vel in iam erecta altaria vel capellas transferant cum omnibus emolumentis et oneribus prioribus ecclesiis impositis. Parochiales vero ecclesias etiam si iuris patronatus sint ita collapsas refici et instaurari procurent ex fructibus et proventibus quibuscumque ad easdem ecclesias quomodocumque pertinentibus; qui si non fuerint sufficientes omnes patronos et alios qui fructus aliquos ex dictis ecclesiis provenientes percipiunt aut in illorum defectum parochianos omnibus remediis opportunis ad praedicta cogant quacumque appellatione exemptione et contradictione remota. Quodsi nimia egestate omnes laborent ad matrices seu viciniores ecclesias transferantur cum facultate tam dictas parochiales quam alias ecclesias dirutas in profanos usus non sordidos erecta tamen ibi cruce convertendi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon VIII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quaecumque in dioecesi ad Dei cultum spectant ab Ordinario diligenter curari atque iis ubi oportet provideri aequum est. Propterea commendata monasteria etiam abbatiae prioratus et praepositurae nuncupata in quibus non viget regularis observantia nec non beneficia tam curata quam non curata saecularia et regularia qualitercumque commendata etiam exempta ab episcopis etiam tamquam Apostolicae Sedis delegatis annis singulis visitentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Curent que iidem episcopi congruentibus remediis etiam per sequestrationem fructuum ut quae renovatione indigent aut restauratione reficiantur et cura animarum si qua illis vel eorum annexis immineat alia que debita obsequia recte exerceantur appellationibus quibuscumque privilegiis consuetudinibus etiam immemorabili tempore praescriptis conservatoriis iudicum deputationibus et eorum inhibitionibus non obstantibus. Et si in eis vigeret observantia regularis provideant episcopi paternis admonitionibus ut eorum regularium superiores iuxta eorum regularia instituta debitam vivendi rationem observent et observari faciant et sibi subditos in officio contineant ac moderentur. Quodsi admoniti intra sex menses eos non visitaverint vel correxerint tunc iidem episcopi etiam ut delegati Sedis Apostolicae, eos visitare possint et corrigere prout ipsi superiores possent iuxta eorum instituta quibuscumque appellationibus privilegiis et exemptionibus penitus remotis et non obstantibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon IX]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum multa a diversis antea conciliis tam Lateranensi ac Lugdunensi quam Viennensi adversus pravos eleemosynarum quaestorum abusus remedia tunc adhibita posterioribus temporibus reddita fuerint inutilia potius que eorum malitia ita quotidie magno fidelium omnium scandalo et querela excrescere deprehendatur ut de eorum emendatione nulla spes amplius relicta videatur: statuit ut posthac in quibuscumque christianae religionis locis eorum nomen atque usus penitus aboleatur nec ad officium huiusmodi exercendum ullatenus admittantur non obstantibus privilegiis ecclesiis monasteriis hospitalibus piis locis et quibusvis cuiuscumque gradus status et dignitatis personis concessis aut consuetudinibus etiam immemorabilibus. Indulgentias vero aut alias spirituales gratias quibus non ideo christifideles decet privari deinceps per ordinarios locorum adhibitis duobus de capitulo debitis temporibus populo publicandas esse decernit quibus etiam eleemosynas atque oblata sibi charitatis subsidia nulla prorsus mercede accepta fideliter colligendi facultas datur. Ut tandem coelestes hos Ecclesiae thesauros non ad quaestum sed ad pietatem exerceri omnes vere intelligant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum indictionis futurae sessionis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea eisdem Apostolicae Sedis legatis statuit et decrevit proximam futuram sessionem habendam et celebrandam esse feria quinta post octavam festi nativitatis beatae Mariae virginis quae erit decima septima mensis septembris proxime futuri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoc tamen adiecto quod dictum terminum ac unicuique sessioni in posterum praefigendum ipsa sancta Synodus pro eius arbitrio et voluntate sicuti rebus concilii putaverit expedire etiam in generali congregatione restringere et prorogare libere possit et valeat."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Being Hie fifth tinder the Sovereign Pontiff, Pitis IV., celebrated on the sixteenth day of July, MDLXII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred and holy, oecumenical and general Synod of Trent— lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same Legates of the Apostolic See presiding therein— whereas, touching the tremendous and most holy sacrament of the Eucharist, there are in divers places, by the most wicked artifices of the Devil, spread abroad certain monstrous errors, by reason of which, in some provinces, many are seen to have departed from the faith and obedience of the Catholic Church, It has thought fit that what relates to communion under both species, and the communion of infants, be in this place set forth. Wherefore It forbids all the faithful of Christ to presume henceforth to believe, teach, or preach otherwise on these matters than is in these decrees explained and defined."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": "I",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "TJiat laymen and clerics, when not sacrificing, are not bound, of divine right, to communion under both species."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wherefore, this holy Synod — instructed by the Holy Spirit, who is the spirit of wisdom and of understanding, the spirit of counsel and of godliness* and following the judgmentf and usage of the Church itself — declares and teaches that laymen, and clerics when not consecrating,^ are not obliged, by any divine precept, to receive the sacrament of the Eucharist under both species; and that neither can it by any means be doubted, without injury to faith,§ that communion under either species."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Is. xi. 2. t Concil. Constantiense. } Non confidentes. § Salva fide."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON COMMUNION IN ONE KIND. I4I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "is sufficient for them unto salvation. For although Christ, the Lord, in the last supper, instituted and delivered to the Apostles this venerable sacrament in the species of bread and wine; not therefore do that institution and delivery tend thereunto, that all the faithful of the Church be bound, by the institution* of the Lord to receive both species. But neither is it rightly gathered, from that discourse which is in the sixth of John — however according to the various interpretations of holy Fathers and Doctors it be understood — that the communion of both species was enjoined by the Lord: for He who said. Except you eat the flesh of the Son of man and drink His.blood, you shall not have life in you (v. 54), also said. He that eateth this bread shall live for ever (v. 59); and He who said. He that eateth My flesh and drinketh My blood hath everlasting life (v. 55), also said. The bread that I will give is My flesh for the life of the world (v. 52); and, in fine. He who said. He that eateth My flesh and drinketh My blood, abideth in Me and [ in him (v. 57), said nevertheless, He that eateth this bread shall live for ever (v. 59)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER n."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The power of the Church as regards the dispensation of the Sacrament of the Eucharist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It furthermore declares that this power has ever been in the Church, that, in the dispensation of the sacraments, their substance being untouched,! it may ordain, or change, what things soever it may judge most expedient for the profit of those who receive, or for the veneration of the said sacraments, according to the difference of circumstances, times, and places. And this the Apostle seems not obscurely to have intimated, when he says: Let a m.an so account of us, as of the ministers of Christ, and the dispensers of the mysteries of God.l And indeed it"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Statuto, appointment. t Salva illorum substantia. t I Cor. iv. I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "14; SESSION XXI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "is sufficiently manifest that he himself exercised this power, as in many other things, so in regard of this very sacrament; when, after having ordained certain things touching the use thereof, he says: The rest I will set in order ivhen I come* Wherefore, holy Mother Church, knowing this her authority in the administration of the sacraments, although the use of both species has, from the beginning of the Christian religion, not been unfrequent, yet, in progress of time, that custom having been already very widely changed, she, induced by weighty and just reasons, has approved of this custom of communicating under onef species,^ and decreed that it was to be held as a law; which it is not lawful to reprobate, or to change at pleasure, without the authority of the Church itself"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": "III",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER III."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That Christ whole and entire, and a true Sacrament, are received under either species."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It moreover declares, that although, as hath been already said, our Redeemer, in that last supper, instituted, and delivered to the Apostles, this sacrament in two species, yet is to be acknowledged that Christ whole and entire, and a true, sacrament, are received under either species alone; and that therefore, as regards the fruit thereof, they who receive one species alone are not defrauded of any grace necessary to salvation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": "IV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That little Children are not bound to sacramental Communion."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, this same holy Synod teaches that little children, who have not attained to the use of reason, are not by any necessity obliged to the sacramental communion of the Eucharist:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* I Cor. xi. 34. t Altera. } Concil. Constantiense Bess. 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE COxMMUNION OF INFANTS. 1 43"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "forasmuch as, having been regenerated by the laver of baptism, and being incorporated with Christ, they cannot, at that age, lose the grace which they have already acquired of being the sons of God. Not therefore, however, is antiquity to be condemned, if,in some places, it, at one time, observed that custom; for as those most holy Fathers had a probable* cause for what they did in respect of their times, so, assuredly, is it to be believed, without controversy, that they did this without any necessity thereof unto salvation.f"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON COMMUNION UNDER BOTH SPECIES, AND ON THE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "COMMUNION OF INFANTS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": "i",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon i. — If anyone saith that, by the precept of God, or"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "by necessity of salvation,| all and each of the faithful of Christ ought to receive both species of the most holy sacrament of the Eucharist; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": "ii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon ii. — If anyone saith that the holy Catholic Church"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "was not induced, by just causes and reasons, to communicate under the species of bread only, laymen, and also clerics when not consecrating; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon hi. — If anyone denieth that Christ, whole and entire"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "— the fountain and author of all graces — is received under the one species of bread; because that — as some falsely assert — He is not received, according to the institution of Christ Himself, under both species; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": "iv",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon iv. — If anyone saith that the communion of the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eucharist is necessary for little children, before they have arrived at years of discretion; let him be anathema. As regards, however, those two articles, proposed on another occasion, but which have not as yet been discussed; to wit, whether the reasons by which the holy Catholic Church was led to communicate, under the one species of bread only, laymen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Probabilem. t Eos nulla salutis necessitate id fecisse. I Necessitate salutis, as necessary for salvation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "144 SESSION XXI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "and also priests when not celebrating, are in such wise to be adhered to, as that on no account is the use of the chalice to be allowed to anyone soever; and, whether, in case that, for reasons beseeming* and consonant with Christian charity, it appears that the use of the chalice is to be granted to any nation or kingdom, it is to be conceded under certain conditions; and what arc those conditions: this same holy Synod reserves the same to another time — for the earliest opportunity that shall present itself — to be examined and defined."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE ON REFORMATION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The same sacred and holy, oecumenical and general Synod of Trent — lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same Legates of the Apostolic See presiding therein — has thought fit that, to the praise of Almighty God, and the adornment of holy Church, the things which follow be ordained at present, touching the business of Reformation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": "I",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops shall both confer orders, and give dirnissory letters and testimonials gratis: their servants shall receive nothing therefrom, and notaries tJiat which is fixed in this decree."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Forasmuch as the ecclesiastical order ought to be free from every suspicion of covetousness, neither bishops, nor others who confer orders, nor their ministers, shall, under any pretext, receive anything for the collation of any manner of orders, not even for the clerical tonsure, nor for letters dirnissory, or testimonials, nor for the seal, nor for any other cause whatsoever."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Honestis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 1 45"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "not even though it should be voluntarily offered. And notaries — in those places only where the laudable custom of not receiving anything does not prevail — shall only be able to receive the tenth part of a golden crown (aureus) for each dimissory letter or testimonial; provided still that there be no salary assigned them for the discharge of this office; and provided that no emolument, out of the payments to the notary, can accrue, either directly or indirectly to the bishop from the collation of the said orders. For in this case the Synod ordains that they are bound to give their labour altogether gratuitously; utterly quashing and prohibiting all taxes to the contrary, and all statutes and customs, even though immemorial, of all places \\\\'hatsoever, which may rather be called abuses and corruptions tending to simoniacal pravity; and they who shall act otherwise shall, as well the givers as the receivers, ipso facto, incur, besides the divine punishment, the penalties by law inflicted."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": "II",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER II."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those who have not wherewith to live, are excluded from sacred Orders."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whereas it beseems not those who are enrolled in the divine ministry to beg or to exercise any sordid trade, to the disgrace of their order; and whereas it is well known that very many, and that in very many places, are admitted to sacred orders almost without any selection whatever; who, by various artifices and deceits, pretend to have an ecclesiastical benefice, or even means sufficient; the holy Synod ordains that henceforth no secular cleric, though otherwise fit, as regards morals, knowledge, and age, shall be promoted to sacred orders, unless it be first legitimately certain that he is in the peaceful possession of an ecclesiastical benefice sufficient for his honest livelihood: and he shall not be able to resign that benefice, without mentioning that he was promoted under the title thereof; nor shall that resignation be received, unless it be certain that he can live"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "B B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "146 SESSION XXI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "conveniently from other sources; and any resignation made otherwise shall be null. As to those who have a patrimony or a pension, they shall not henceforth be ordained, except such as the bishop shall consider ought to be received, in consideration of the necessity or the convenience of his churches; after having also first seen carefully to this, that they really enjoy that patrimony or pension, and that they are such as to suffice for their sustenance. And the same may not in any case be alienated, extinguished, or remitted, without the permission of the bishop, until they shall have obtained a sufficient ecclesiastical benefice, or they shall have from some other source wherewith to live; renewing hereupon the penalties of the ancient canons."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": "III",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER III."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A method of increasing the daily distributions is prescribed; the persons to ivhom they shall be due: the contumacy of those who do not serve is punislted."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whereas benefices were established in order to the performance of divine worship, and the offices of the Church; to the end that the divine worship may not in any respect be diminished, but due attention be paid thereunto in all things; the holy Synod ordains that in churches, as well cathedral as collegiate, wherein there are no daily distributions, or so slight that they are probably disregarded, a third part of the fruits and of all proceeds whatever, and revenues — as well of dignities as of canonries, personates, portions, and offices — shall be set apart and converted to the purpose of daily distributions, to be divided amongst those who possess dignities and the others who are present at the divine service, according to that proportion which shall be settled by the bishop — even as the delegate of the Apostolic See — at the time of the very first deduction made from the fruits; saving, however, the customs of those churches wherein those who do not reside, or who do not serve, receive nothing, or less than a third: all exemptions, and any"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 1 47"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "other customs, even though immemorial, and all appeals whatsoever, notwithstanding. And upon the contumacy of those who do not serve increasing, they may be proceeded against according to the provision of the law and of the sacred canons."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": "IV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In what case Coadjutors are to be employed for the cure of souls. — The manner of erecting new parishes is set forth."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In all parish churches, or those wherein baptism is administered,* in which (churches) the people are so numerous that one rector is not enough for the administration of the sacraments of the Church and for the performance of divine worship, the bishops, even as delegates of the Apostolic See, shall compel the rectors, or others whom it may concern, to associate to themselves for this office as many priests as shall be sufficient to administer the sacraments and to celebrate the divine worship. As regards those churches to which, on account of the distance, or the difficulties of the locality, the parishioners cannot, without great inconvenience, repair to receive the sacraments and to hear the divine offices; the bishops may, even against the will of the rectors, establish new parishes, pursuant to the form of the 'constitution of Alexander III., which begins Ad audientiam. And to those priests who shall have to be appointed afresh over the churches newly erected, a competent portion shall be assigned, according to the bishop's judgment, out of the fruits in anywise belonging to the Mother Church: and, if it be necessary, he may compel the people to contribute what may be sufficient for the sustenance of the said priests; every general or special reservation, or assignment, that may lie upon the said churches, notwithstanding. Neither shall ordinances and erections of this kind be prevented, or hindered, by means of any provisions, or even by virtue of any resignation, or by any other derogations or suspensions whatsoever."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesiis baptismalibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "148 SESSION XXI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": "V",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER V."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bislwps shall be able to form perpetual Pinions, in the cases by law permitted."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order, also, that the state of those churches wherein the sacred ofifices are administered unto God may be maintained according to their dignity, the bishops, even as the delegates of the Apostolic See, may, according to form of law, make unions in perpetuity — without prejudice, however, to the incumbents — of any parochial churches whatsoever, and of those wherein baptism is administered, and of other benefices with or without cure, with (other) cures, on account of the poverty of those churches, and in the other cases by law permitted; even though the said churches or benefices be generally or specially reserved, or in what way soever applied: the which unions shall not be capable of being revoked by virtue of any provision whatever, not even on account of any resignation, or derogation, or suspension."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": "VI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To ignorant Rectors, Vicars shall be, for the time being, deputed with a portion of the fruits; those continuing to give scandal may be deprived of their benefices."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Forasmuch as illiterate and unskilful rectors of parish churches are but little fit for the sacred offices; and others, by reason of the turpitude of their lives, rather destroy than edify; the bishops, even as the delegates of the Apostolic See, may depute to the said illiterate and unskilful rectors, if they be otherwise of a blameless life, coadjutors, or vicars for the time being, and assign the same a part of the fruits for their sufficient maintenance, or provide for them in some other manner, setting aside any appeal or exemption whatsoever. But, those who live shamefully and scandalously, they shall, after having first admo-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 1 49"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "nished them, restrain and punish; and, if they shall still continue incorrigible in their wickedness, they shall have power to deprive them of their benefices, according to the constitutions of the sacred canons, setting aside every exemption or appeal whatsoever."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": "VII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops shall transfer, together with their obligations, churches which cannot be restored; others they shall cause, to be repaired."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whereas, also, very great care ought to be taken, lest those things which have been dedicated to sacred services may, through the injury of time, cease to be so employed, and pass from the memory of men; the bishops, even as the delegates of the Apostolic See, may transfer simple benefices — even those that are under a right of patronage — from churches which have fallen into ruin by age or otherwise, and which cannot, by reason of the poverty thereof, be restored, to the Mother Churches, or others of the same or neighbouring churches, as they shall judge fit, after having summoned those who are interested therein; and they shall raise, in the said churches, altars or chapels, under the same invocations; or transfer them, with all their emoluments and with all the obligations that were imposed on the former churches, to altars or chapels already erected. But, as regards parish churches which have thus fallen into decay, they shall, even though they be under a right of patronage, make it their care that they be repaired and restored, out of any fruits and proceeds whatever in any way belonging to the said churches; and if those resources should not be sufficient, they shall compel, by all suitable means, the patrons and others who receive any fruits derived from those churches, or, in their default, the parishioners, to provide for the aforesaid repairs; setting aside every appeal, exemption, or reservation whatsoever. But if they should be all too poor, those churches shall"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I go SESSION XXI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "be transferred to the Mother Churches, or to the neighbouring churches, with power to convert both the said parish churches and others that are in ruins, to profane, though not to sordid uses; a cross, however, being erected there."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": "VIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Commendatory monasteries, wherein regular observance is not in vigour, and all benefices soever, shall be by bishops annually visited."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is right that whatsoever things in a diocese regard the worship of God be dihgently cared for by the Ordinary, and, where there is need, be by him set in order. Wherefore, monasteries held in commendam, even abbeys, priories, and those called provostries, wherein regular observance is not in vigour, as also benefices — with or without the cure of souls, as well Regular as Secular — in whatever way held in commendam, even though exempt, shall be annually visited by the bishops, even as the delegates of the Apostolic See; and the said bishops shall provide, by suitable measures, even by the sequestration of the fruits, that what requires renewing or repairing be done accordingly; and that the cure of souls, if those places, or those annexed to them, be charged therewith, as also that all other duties required of them, be rightly exercised; notwithstandipg any appeals whatsoever, privileges, customs, even with a prescription from time immemorial, letters conservatory, commissions of judges, and their inhibitions to the contrary. And, if Regular observance be therein maintained, the bishops shall make it their care, by fatherly admonitions, that the superiors of the said Regulars observe, and cause to be observed, the manner of life required by the institutes of their order, and that they keep and govern those subject to them in their duty. And if, after having been admonished, they shall not, within six months, have visited or corrected them, then may the said bishops, even as delegates of the Apostolic See, visit and correct"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 151"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "them, in the same way as the superiors themselves might do, in accordance with their institutes; notwithstanding, and completely setting aside, all appeals, privileges, and exemptions whatsoever."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": "IX",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IX."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The name and use of Questors of Alms is abolished. — The Ordinaries shall publish indulgences and spiritual graces. — Two of the Chapters shall, without fee, receive the Alms."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whereas many remedies, heretofore applied by divers councils in their day, as well by that of Lateran* and of Lyons as by that of Vienne, against the wicked abuses of questors of alms, have become in later times useless; yea, rather the depravity ofsuch is, to the great scandal and complaint of all the faithful, found daily so to increase the more, as that there seems to be no longer any hope left of their amendment; (the Synod) ordains that in all parts of Christendom soever their name and use be henceforth utterly abolished; nor shall they be allowed in any wise to exercise any such office; notwithstanding any privileges granted to any churches, monasteries, hospitals, pious places, or to any persons of whktsoever degree, estate, and dignity, or any customs, even though immemorial. As regards the indulgences, or other spiritual graces, of which the faithful of Christ ought not on this account to be deprived. It decrees that they are henceforth to be published to the people at the due times, by the Ordinaries of the places, aided by two members of the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Chapter : to whom also power is given to gather faithfully the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "alms and the succours of charity which are offered them, without their receiving any remuneration whatsoever; that so all men may at length truly understand that these heavenly treasures of the Church are administered, not for gain, but for godliness."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sub. Innoc. III., cap. 62."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "1^2 SESSION XXII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDICTION OF THE NEXT SESSION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred and holy, cecumenical and general Synod of Trent— lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same Legates of the Apostolic See presiding therein — hath ordained and decreed that the next ensuing Session be held and celebrated on the Thursday after the octave of the feast of the Nativity of the Blessed Virgin Mary, which will be on the seventeenth of the month of September next; with the addition, however, that the said holy Synod freely may and can, according to Its will and pleasure, as It shall judge expedient for the affairs of the Council, limit or extend, even in a general congregation, the said term, as also that which may be assigned hereafter for each Session."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-22",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 22: The Sacrifice of the Mass and Reform",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17 sept 1562 [Doctrina de sacrificio Missae]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea eisdem Apostolicae Sedis legatis: ut vetus absoluta atque omni ex parte perfecta de magno Eucharistiae mysterio in sancta Catholica Ecclesia fides atque doctrina retineatur et in sua puritate propulsatis erroribus atque haeresibus conservetur: de ea quatenus verum et singulare sacrificium est Spiritus Sancti illustratione edocta haec quae sequuntur docet declarat et fidelibus populis praedicanda decernit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput I]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quoniam sub priori testamento (teste apostolo Paulo) propter levitici sacerdotii imbecillitatem consummatio non erat oportuit (Deo Patre misericordiarum ita ordinante) sacerdotem alium secundum ordinem Melchisedech surgere Dominum nostrum Iesum Christum qui posset omnes quotquot sanctificandi essent consummare et ad perfectum adducere. Is igitur Deus et dominus noster etsi semel se ipsum in ara crucis morte intercedente Deo Patri oblaturus erat ut aeternam illis redemptionem operaretur: quia tamen per mortem sacerdotium eius exstinguendum non erat in coena novissima qua nocte tradebatur ut dilectae sponsae suae Ecclesiae visibile (sicut hominum natura exigit) relinqueret sacrificium quo cruentum illud semel in cruce peragendum repraesentaretur eius que memoria in finem usque saeculi permaneret atque illius salutaris virtus in remissionem eorum quae a nobis quotidie committuntur peccatorum applicaretur: sacerdotem secundum ordinem Melchisedech se in aeternum constitutum declarans corpus et sanguinem suum sub speciebus panis et vini Deo Patri obtulit ac sub earundem rerum symbolis apostolis (quos tunc novi testamenti sacerdotes constituebat) ut sumerent tradidit et eisdem eorum que in sacerdotio successoribus ut offerent praecepit per haec verba: hoc facite in meam commemorationem et cetera uti semper Catholica Ecclesia intellexit et docuit. Nam celebrato veteri pascha quod in memoriam exitus de Aegypto multitudo filiorum Israel immolabat novum instituit pascha se ipsum ab Ecclesia per sacerdotes sub signis visibilibus immolandum in memoriam transitus sui ex hoc mundo ad Patrem quando per sui sanguinis effusionem nos redemit eripuit que de potestate tenebrarum et in regnum suum transtulit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Et haec quidem illa munda oblatio est quae nulla indignitate aut malitia offerentium inquinari potest quam dominus per Malachiam nomini suo quod magnum futurum esset in gentibus in omni loco mundam offerendam praedixit et quam non obscure innuit apostolus Paulus Corinthiis scribens cum dicit non posse eos qui participatione mensae daemoniorum polluti sint mensae domini participes fieri per mensam altare utrobique intelligens. Haec denique illa est quae per varias sacrificiorum naturae et legis tempore similitudines figurabatur ut pote quae bona omnia per illa significata veluti illorum omnium consummatio et perfectio complectitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput II]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Et quoniam in divino hoc sacrificio quod in Missa peragitur idem ille Christus continetur et incruente immolatur qui in ara crucis semel se ipsum cruente obtulit: docet sancta Synodus sacrificium istud vere propitiatorium esse per ipsum fieri ut si cum vero corde et recta fide cum metu ac reverentia contriti ac poenitentes ad Deum accedamus misericordiam consequamur et gratiam inveniamus in auxilio opportuno. Huius quippe oblatione placatus Dominus gratiam et donum poenitentiae concedens crimina et peccata etiam ingentia dimittit. Una enim eadem que est hostia idem nunc offerens sacerdotum ministerio qui se ipsum tunc in cruce obtulit sola ratione diversa. Cuius quidem oblationis (cruentae inquam) fructus per hanc incruentam uberrime percipiuntur: tantum abest ut illi per hanc quovis modo derogetur. Quare non solum pro fidelium vivorum peccatis poenis satisfactionibus et aliis necessitatibus sed et pro defunctis in Christo nondum ad plenum purgatis rite iuxta apostolorum traditionem offertur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput III]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Et quamvis in honorem et memoriam sanctorum nonnullas interdum Missas Ecclesia celebrare consueverit non tamen illis sacrificium offerri docet sed Deo soli qui illos coronavit. Unde nec sacerdos dicere solet: “offero tibi sacrificium Petre et Paule” sed Deo de illorum victoriis gratias agens eorum patrocinia implorat ut ipsi pro nobis intercedere dignentur in coelis quorum memoriam facimus in terris."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput IV]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Et cum sancta sancte administrari conveniat sit que hoc omnium sanctissimum sacrificium: Ecclesia Catholica ut digne reverenter que offerretur ac perciperetur sacrum canonem multis ante saeculis instituit ita ab omni errore purum ut nihil in eo contineatur quod non maxime sanctitatem ac pietatem quandam redoleat mentes que offerentium in Deum erigat. Is enim constat cum ex ipsis domini verbis tum ex apostolorum traditionibus ac sanctorum quoque pontificum piis institutionibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput V]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum que natura hominum ea sit ut non facile queat sine adminiculis exterioribus ad rerum divinarum meditationem sustolli propterea pia mater Ecclesia ritus quosdam ut scilicet quaedam submissa voce alia vero elatiore in Missa pronuntiarentur instituit caeremonias item adhibuit ut mysticas benedictiones lumina thymiamata vestes alia que id genus multa ex apostolica disciplina et traditione quo et maiestas tanti sacrificii commendaretur mentes fidelium per haec visibilia religionis ac pietatis signa ad rerum altissimarum quae in hoc sacrificio latent contemplationem excitarentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Optaret quidem sacrosancta Synodus ut in singulis missis fideles adstantes non solum spirituali affectu sed sacramentali etiam Eucharistiae perceptione communicarent quo ad eos sanctissimi huius sacrificii fructus uberior proveniret; nec tamen si id non semper fiat propterea Missas illas in quibus solus sacerdos sacramentaliter communicat ut privatas et illicitas damnat sed probat atque adeo commendat si quidem illae quoque Missae vere communes censuri debent partim quod in eis populus spiritualiter communicat partim vero quod a publico Ecclesiae ministro non pro se tantum sed pro omnibus fidelibus qui ad corpus Christi pertinent celebrentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Monet deinde sancta Synodus praeceptum esse ab Ecclesia sacerdotibus ut aquam vino in calice offerendo miscerent tum quod Christum dominum ita fecisse credatur tum etiam quia e latere eius aqua simul cum sanguine exierit quod sacramentum hac mixtione recolitur. Et cum aquae in apocalypsi beati Ioannis populi dicantur ipsius populi fidelis cum capite Christo unio repraesentatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VIII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Etsi Missa magnam contineat populi fidelis eruditionem non tamen expedire visum est patribus ut vulgari passim lingua celebraretur. Quamobrem retento ubique cuiusque Ecclesiae antiquo et a sancta Romana Ecclesia omnium ecclesiarum matre et magistra probato ritu ne oves Christi esuriant neve parvuli panem petant et non sit qui frangat eis: mandat sancta Synodus pastoribus et singulis curam animarum gerentibus ut frequenter inter Missarum celebrationem vel per se vel per alios ex his quae in Missa leguntur aliquid exponant atque inter cetera sanctissimi huius sacrificii mysterium aliquod declarent diebus praesertim dominicis et festis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput IX]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quia vero adversus veterem hanc in sacrosancto Evangelio apostolorum traditionibus sanctorum que patrum doctrina fundatam fidem hoc tempore multi disseminati sunt errores multa que a multis docentur et disputantur: sacrosancta Synodus post multos graves que his de rebus mature habitos tractatus unanimi patrum omnium consensu quae huic purissimae fidei sacrae que doctrinae adversantur damnare et a sancta Ecclesia eliminare per subiectos hos canones constituit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canones da sanctissimo Missae sacrificio]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Si quis dixerit Missa non offerri Deo verum et proprium sacrificium aut quod offerri non sit aliud quam nobis Christum ad manducandum dari: a[nathema] s[it]. 2. Si quis dixerit illis verbis: hoc facite in meam commemorationem Christum non instituisse apostolos sacerdotes aut non ordinasse ut ipsi alii que sacerdotes offerent corpus et sanguinem suum: a[nathema] s[it]. 3. Si quis dixerit Missae sacrificium tantum esse laudis et gratiarum actionis aut nudam commemorationem sacrificii in cruce peracti non autem propitiatorium; vel soli prodesse sumenti neque pro vivis et defunctis pro peccatis poenis satisfactionibus et aliis necessitatibus offerri debere: a[nathema] s[it]. 4. Si quis dixerit blasphemiam irrogari sanctissimo Christi sacrificio in cruce peracto per Missae sacrificium aut illi per hoc derogari: a[nathema] s[it]. 5. Si quis dixerit imposturam esse Missas celebrari in honorem sanctorum et pro illorum intercessione apud Deum obtinenda sicut Ecclesia intendit: a[nathema] s[it]. 6. Si quis dixerit canonem Missae errores continere ideo que abrogandum esse: a[nathema] s[it]. 7. Si quis dixerit caeremonias vestes et externa signa quibus in Missarum celebratione Ecclesia Catholica utitur irritabula impietatis esse magis quam officia pietatis: a[nathema] s[it]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8. Si quis dixerit Missas in quibus solus sacerdos sacramentaliter communicat illicitas esse ideo que abrogandas: a[nathema] s[it]. 9. Si quis dixerit Ecclesiae Romanae ritum quo submissa voce pars canonis et verba consecrationis proferuntur damnandum esse; aut lingua tantum vulgari Missam celebrari debere; aut aquam non miscendam esse vino in calice offerendo eo quod sit contra Christi institutionem: a[nathema] s[it]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum de observandis et vitandis in celebratione Missae]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanta cura adhibenda sit ut sacrosanctum Missae sacrificium omni religionis cultu ac veneratione celebretur quivis facile existimare poterit qui cogitarit maledictum in sacris litteris eum vocari qui facit opus Dei negligenter. Quodsi necessario fatemur nullum aliud opus adeo sanctum ac divinum a christifidelibus tractari posse quam hoc ipsum tremendum mysterium quo vivifica illa hostia qua Deo Patri reconciliati sumus in altari per sacerdotes quotidie immolatur: satis etiam apparet omnem operam et diligentiam in eo ponendam esse ut quanta maxima fieri potest interiori cordis munditia et puritate atque exterioris devotionis ac pietatis specie peragatur. Cum igitur multa iam sive temporum vitio sive hominum incuria et improbitate irrepsisse videantur quae a tanti sacrificii dignitate aliena sunt: ut et debitus honor et cultus ad Dei gloriam et fidelis populi aedificationem restituatur: decernit sancta Synodus ut ordinarii locorum episcopi ea omnia prohibere atque e medio tollere sedulo curent ac teneantur quae vel avaritia idolorum servitus vel irreverentia quae ab impietate vix seiuncta esse potest vel superstitio verae pietatis falsa imitatrix induxit. Atque ut multa paucis comprehendantur in primis quod ad avaritiam pertinet cuiusvis generis mercedum conditiones pacta et quidquid pro missis novis celebrandis datur necnon importunas atque illiberales eleemosynarum exactiones potius quam postulationes alia que huiusmodi quae a simoniaca labe vel certe a turpi quaestu non longe absunt omnino prohibeant. Deinde ut irreverentia vitetur singuli in suis dioecesibus interdicant ne cui vago et ignoto sacerdoti Missas celebrare liceat. Neminem praeterea cui publice et notorie criminosus sit aut sancto altari ministrare aut sacris interesse permittant neve patiantur privatis in domibus atque omnino extra Ecclesiam et ad divinum tantum cultum dedicata oratoria ab eisdem ordinariis designanda et visitanda sanctum hoc sacrificium a saecularibus aut regularibus quibuscumque peragi ac nisi prius qui intersint decenter composito corporis habitu declaraverint se mente etiam ac devoto cordis affectu non solum corpore adesse. Ab ecclesiis vero musicas eas ubi sive organo sive cantu lascivum aut impurum aliquid miscetur item saeculares omnes actiones vana atque adeo profana colloquia deambulationes strepitus clamores arceant ut domus Dei vere domus orationis esse videatur ac dici possit. Postremo ne superstitioni locus aliquis detur edicto et poenis propositis caveant ne sacerdotes aliis quam debitis horis celebrent neve ritus alios aut alias caeremonias et preces in Missarum celebratione adhibeant praeter eas quae ab Ecclesia probatae ac frequenti et laudabili usu receptae fuerint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quarundam vero Missarum et candelarum certum numerum qui magis a superstitioso cultu quam a vera religione inventus est omnino ab Ecclesia removeant doceant que populum quis sit et a quo potissimum proveniat huius sanctissimi sacrificii tam pretiosus ac coelestis fructus. Moneant etiam eundem populum ut frequenter ad suas parochias saltem diebus dominicis et maioribus festis accedant. Haec igitur omnia quae summatim enumerata sunt omnibus locorum ordinariis ita proponuntur ut non solum ea ipsa sed quaecumque alia huc pertinere visa fuerint ipsi pro data sibi a sacrosancta Synodo potestate ac etiam ut delegati Sedis Apostolicae prohibeant mandent corrigant statuant atque ad ea inviolate servanda censuris ecclesiasticis aliis que poenis quae illorum arbitrio constituentur fidelem populum compellant. Non obstantibus privilegiis exemptionibus appellationibus et consuetudinibus quibuscumque."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum de reformatione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eadem sacrosancta oecumenica et generalis Tridentina Synodus in Spiritu Sancto legitime congregata praesidentibus in ea eisdem Apostolicae Sedis legatis: ut reformationis negotium prosequatur haec in praesenti sessione statuenda censuit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon I]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nihil est quod alios magis ad pietatem et Dei cultum assiduo instruat quam eorum vita et exemplum qui se divino ministerio dedicarunt. Cum enim a rebus saeculi in altiorem sublati locum conspiciantur in eos tanquam speculum reliqui oculos iniiciunt ex iis que sumunt quod imitentur. Quapropter sic decet omnino clericos in sortem domini vocatos vitam mores que suos omnes componere ut habitu gestu incessu sermone aliis que omnibus rebus nil nisi grave moderatum ac religione plenum prae se ferant. Levia etiam delicta quae in ipsis maxima essent effugiant ut eorum actiones cunctis afferant venerationem. Cum igitur quo maiore in Ecclesia Dei et utilitate et ornamento haec sunt ita etiam diligentius sint observanda: statuit sancta Synodus ut quae alias a summis pontificibus et a sacris conciliis de clericorum vita honestate cultu doctrina que retinenda ac simul de luxu commessationibus choreis aleis lusibus ac quibuscumque criminibus necnon saecularibus negotiis fugiendis copiose ac salubriter sancita fuerunt eadem in posterum eisdem poenis vel maioribus arbitrio ordinarii imponendis observentur. Nec appellatio exsecutionem hanc quae ad morum correctionem pertinet suspendat. Si qua vero ex his in desuetudinem abiisse compererint ea quamprimum in usum revocari et ab omnibus accurate custodiri studeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non obstantibus consuetudinibus quibuscumque ne subditorum neglectae emendationis ipsi condignas Deo vindice poenas persolvant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon II]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quicumque posthac ad ecclesias cathedrales erit assumendus is non solum natalibus aetate moribus vita ac aliis quae a sacris canonibus requiruntur plene sit praeditus verum etiam in sacro ordine antea saltem sex mensium spatio constitutus. Quarum rerum instructio si eius notitia nulla aut recens in curia fuerit a Sedis Apostolicae legatis seu nuntiis provinciarum aut eius ordinario eo que deficiente a vicinioribus ordinariis sumatur. Scientia vero praeter haec eiusmodi polleat ut muneris sibi iniungendi necessitati possit satisfacere; ideo que antea in universitate studiorum magister sive doctor aut licentiatus in sacra theologia vel iure canonico merito sit promotus aut publico alicuius academiae testimonio idoneus ad alios docendos ostendatur. Quodsi regularis fuerit a superioribus suae religionis similem fidem habeat. Praedicti autem omnes unde instructio seu testificatio erit sumenda haec fideliter et gratis referre teneantur; alioquin eorum conscientias graviter oneratas esse scient ac Deum et superiores suos habebunt ultores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon III]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi etiam tamquam delegati apostolici ex fructibus et proventibus quibuscumque omnium dignitatum personatuum et officiorum in ecclesiis cathedralibus vel collegiatis exsistentium tertiam partem in distributiones eorum arbitrio assignandas dividere possint ut scilicet qui eas obtinent si personaliter competens sibi servitium iuxta formam ab eisdem episcopis praescribendam quolibet die statuto non impleverint illius diei distributionem amittant nec eius quoquo modo dominium acquirant sed fabricae Ecclesiae quatenus indigeat aut alteri pio loco arbitrio ordinarii applicetur. Crescente vero contumacia contra eos iuxta sacrorum canonum constitutiones procedant. Quodsi alicui ex praedictis dignitatibus in ecclesiis cathedralibus vel collegiatis de iure seu consuetudine iurisdictio administratio vel officium non competat sed extra civitatem in dioecesi cura animarum immineat cui is qui dignitatem obtinet incumbere voluerit: tunc pro tempore quo in curata Ecclesia residerit ac ministraverit tamquam praesens sit ac divinis intersit in ecclesiis cathedralibus ac collegiatis habeatur. Haec iis tantum ecclesiis constituta intelligantur in quibus nulla est consuetudo vel statutum ut dictae dignitates non servientes aliquid amittant quod ad tertiam partem dictorum fructuum et proventuum ascendat. Non obstantibus consuetudinibus etiam immemorabilibus exemptionibus et constitutionibus etiam iuramento et quavis auctoritate firmatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon IV]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quicumque in cathedrali vel collegiata saeculari vel regulari Ecclesia divinis mancipatus officiis in subdiaconatus ordine saltem constitutus non sit vocem in eiusmodi ecclesiis in capitulo non habeat etiam si hoc sibi ab aliis libere fuerit concessum. Ii vero qui dignitates personatus officia praebendas portiones ac quaelibet alia beneficia in dictis ecclesiis obtinent aut in posterum obtinebunt quibus onera varia sunt annexa videlicet ut alii Missas alii Evangelium alii epistolas dicant seu cantent quocumque ii privilegio exemptione praerogativa generis nobilitate sint insigniti: teneantur iusto impedimento cessante infra annum ordines suscipere requisitos; alioquin poenas incurrant iuxta constitutionem concilii Viennensis quae incipit: ut ii qui quam praesenti decreto innovat. Cogant que episcopi eos diebus statutis dictos ordines per se ipsos exercere ac cetera omnia officia quae debent in cultu divino praestare sub eisdem et aliis etiam gravioribus poenis arbitrio eorum imponendis; nec aliis in posterum fiat provisio nisi iis qui iam aetatem et ceteram habilitates integre habere dignoscantur; aliter irrita sit provisio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon V]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dispensationes quacumque auctoritate concedendae si extra Romanam curiam committendae erunt committantur ordinariis illorum qui eas impetraverint. Eae vero quae gratiose conceduntur suum non sortiantur effectum nisi prius ab eisdem tamquam delegatis apostolicis summarie tantum et extraiudicialiter cognoscantur expressas preces subreptionis vel obreptionis vitio non subiacere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon VI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In commutationibus ultimarum voluntatum quae nonnisi ex iusta et necessaria causa fieri debent episcopi tamquam delegati Sedis Apostolicae summarie et extraiudicialiter cognoscant nihil in precibus tacita veritate vel suggesta falsitate fuisse narratum priusquam commutationes praedictae exsecutioni demandentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon VII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Legati et nuntii apostolici patriarchae ac primates et metropolitani in appellationibus ad eos interpositis in quibusvis causis tam in admittendis appellationibus quam in concedendis inhibitionibus post appellationem servare teneantur formam et tenorem sacrarum constitutionum et praesertim Innocentii IV quae incipit Romana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quacumque consuetudine etiam immemorabili aut stilo vel privilegio in contrarium non obstantibus; aliter inhibitiones et processus et inde secuta quaecumque sint ipso iure nulla."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon VIII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi etiam tamquam Sedis Apostolicae delegati in casibus a iure concessis omnium piarum dispositionum tam in ultima voluntate quam inter vivos sint exsecutores habeant ius visitandi hospitalia collegia quaecumque ac confraternitates laicorum etiam quas scholas sive quocumque alio nomine vocant non tamen quae sub regum immediata protectione sunt sine eorum licentia. Eleemosynas montes pietatis sive charitatis et pia loca omnia quomodocumque nuncupentur etiam si praedictorum locorum cura ad laicos pertineat atque eadem pia loca exemptionis privilegio sint munita ac omnia quae ad Dei cultum aut animarum salutem seu pauperes sustentandos instituta sunt: ipsi ex officio suo iuxta sacrorum canonum statuta cognoscant et exsequantur. Non obstantibus quacumque consuetudine etiam immemorabili privilegio aut statuto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon IX]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Administratores tam ecclesiastici quam laici fabricae cuiusvis Ecclesiae etiam cathedralis hospitalis confraternitatis eleemosynae montis pietatis et quorumcumque piorum locorum singulis annis teneantur reddere rationem administrationis ordinario consuetudinibus et privilegiis quibuscumque in contrarium sublatis nisi secus forte in institutione et ordinatione talis Ecclesiae seu fabricae expresse cautum esset. Quodsi ex consuetudine aut privilegio aut ex constitutione aliqua loci aliis ad id deputatis ratio reddenda esset tunc cum iis adhibeatur etiam ordinarius et aliter factae liberationes dictis administratoribus minime suffragentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon X]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum ex notariorum imperitia plurima damna et multarum occasio litium oriatur: possit episcopus quoscumque notarios etiam si apostolica imperiali aut regia auctoritate creati fuerint etiam tamquam delegatus Sedis Apostolicae examinatione adhibita eorum sufficientiam scrutari illis que non idoneis repertis aut quandocumque in officio delinquentibus officii eius in negotiis litibus et causis ecclesiasticis ac spiritualibus exercendi usum perpetuo aut ad tempus prohibere neque eorum appellatio interdictionem ordinarii suspendat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quem clericorum vel laicorum quacumque is dignitate etiam imperiali aut regali praefulgeat in tantum malorum omnium radix cupiditas occupaverit ut alicuius Ecclesiae seu cuiusvis saecularis vel regularis beneficii montium pietatis aliorum que piorum locorum iurisdictiones bona census ac iura etiam feudalia et emphiteotica fructus emolumenta seu quascumque obventiones quae in ministrorum et pauperum necessitates converti debent per se vel alios vi vel timore incusso seu etiam per suppositas personas clericorum aut laicorum seu quacumque arte aut quocumque quaesito colore in proprios usus convertere illos que usurpare praesumpserit seu impedire ne ab iis ad quos iure pertinent percipiantur: is anathemati tamdiu subiaceat quamdiu iurisdictiones bona res iura fructus et reditus quos occupaverit vel qui ad eum quomodocumque etiam ex donatione suppositae personae pervenerint Ecclesiae eius que administratori sive beneficiato integre restituerit ac deinde a Romano Pontifice absolutionem obtinuerit. Quodsi eiusdem Ecclesiae patronus fuerit etiam iure patronatus ultra praedictas poenas eo ipso privatus exsistat. Clericus vero qui nefandae fraudis et usurpationis huiusmodi fabricator seu consentiens fuerit eisdem poenis subiaceat necnon quibuscumque beneficiis privatus sit et ad quaecumque alia beneficia inhabilis efficiatur et a suorum ordinum exsecutione etiam post integram satisfactionem et absolutionem sui ordinarii arbitrio suspendatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum super petitione concessionis calicis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insuper cum eadem sacrosancta Synodus superiori sessione duos articulos alias propositos et tum nondum discussos videlicet: “an rationes quibus sancta Catholica Ecclesia adducta fuit ut communicaret laicos atque etiam non celebrantes sacerdotes sub una panis specie ita sint retinendae ut nulla ratione calicis usus cuiquam sit permittendus”: et: “an si honestis et christianae charitati consentaneis rationibus concedendus alicui vel nationi vel regno calicis usus videatur sub aliquibus conditionibus concedendus sit et quaenam illae sint” in aliud tempus oblata sibi occasione examinandos atque diffiniendos reservaverit: nunc eorum pro quibus petitur saluti optimum consultum volens decrevit integrum negotium ad sanctissimum dominum nostrum esse referendum prout praesenti decreto refert; qui pro sua singulari prudentia id efficiat quod utile rei publicae christianae et salutare petentibus usum calicis fore iudicaverit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum diei futurae Sessionis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insuper eadem sacrosancta Tridentina Synodus diem futurae sessionis ad feriam quintam post octavam festivitatis omnium sanctorum quae erit dies 12 mensis novembris indicit; et in ea decernetur de sacramento ordinis et de sacramento matrimonii."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Being the sixth under the Sovereign Pontiff, Pius IV., celebrated on the seventeenth day of September, MDLXII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DOCTRINE ON THE SACRIFICE OF THE MASS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred and holy, (Ecumenical and general Synod of Trent — lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same Legates of the Apostolic See presiding therein — to the end that the ancient, complete, and in every part perfect faith and doctrine touching the great mystery of the Eucharist may be retained in the holy Catholic Church; and may, all errors and heresies being repelled, be preserved in its own purity; (the Synod) instructed by the illumination of the Holy Ghost, teaches, declares, and decrees what follows, to be preached to the faithful,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "on the subject of the Eucharist, considered as being a true and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "singular* sacrifice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "■ Singularis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THK SACRIFICE OF THE MASS. 1 53"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "on CHAPTER I. -^ f\\^ i tuti i fice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the inst of the most holy Sacr of the Mass"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Forasmuch as, under the former Testament, according to the testimony of the Apostle Paul, there was no perfection, because of the weakness of the Levitical priesthood;* there was need, God, the Father of mercies, so ordaining, that another priest should rise, according to the order of M elchisedech,\\ our Lord Jesus Christ, who might consummate, and lead to what is perfect, as many as were to be sanctified. He, therefore, our God and Lord, though He was about to offer Himself once on the altar of the cross unto God the' Father, by means of His death^^ there to operate an eternal redemption;\\ nevertheless, because that His priesthood was not to be extinguished by His death, in the last supper, on the night in which He was betrayed, — that He might leave, to His own beloved Spouse the Church, a visible sacrifice, such as the nature of man requires, whereby that bloody sacrifice, once 'to be accomplished on the cross might be represented, and the memory thereof remain even unto the end of the world, and its salutary virtue be applied to the remission of those sins which we daily commit — declaring Himself constituted a priest for ever, according to the order of Melchisedech,\\\\ He offered up to God the Father His own body and blood under the species of bread and wine; and, under the symbols of those same things. He delivered (His own body and blood) to be received by His Apostles, whom He then constituted priests of the New Testament: and by those words, Do this in commemoration of Me^ He commanded them and their successors in the priesthood to offer (them); even as the Catholic Church has always understood and taught. For, having celebrated the ancient Passover, which the multitude of the children of Israel immolated in memory of their going out of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "*§ V."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Heb.12. vii. Ii,', 18. \\ Ps. II v. II. cix. 4. II} Heb. Luke ix.xxii. 5. ig."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "154 SESSION XXII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Egypt, He instituted the new Passover, (to wit) Himself to be immolated, under visible signs, by the Church through (the ministry of) priests, in memory of His own passage from this world unto the Father, when by the effusion of His own blood He redeemed us, and delivered tis frovi the power of darkness, and translated us into His kingdom* And this is indeed that clean oblation, which cannot be defiled by any unworthiness, or malice of those that offer (it); which the Lord foretold by Malachias was to be offered in every place, clean to His name, which was to be great amongst the Gentiles;\\ and which the Apostle Paul, writing to the Corinthians, has not obscurely indicated, when he says that they who are defiled by the participation of the table of devils, cannot be partakers of the table of the Lord;% by the table, meaning in both places the altar. This, in fine, is that oblation which was prefigured by various types of sacrifices, during the period of nature, and of the law; inasmuch as it comprises all the good things signified by those sacrifices, as being the consummation and perfection of them all."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER H."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That the Sacrifice of the Mass is propitiatory both for the living and the dead."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And forasmuch as, in this divine sacrifice which is celebrated in the mass, that same Christ is contained and immolated in an unbloody manner, who once offered Himself in a bloody manner"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "on the altar of the cross ; the Holy Synod teaches that this"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "sacrifice is truly propitiatory, and that by means thereof this is effected, that we obtain mercy, and find grace in seasonable aid^ if we draw nigh unto God, contrite and penitent, with a sincere heart and upright faith, with fear and reverence. For the Lord, appeased by the oblation thereof, and granting the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "• Colos. i. 13. t Malach. i. 11. { i Cor. x. 21. § Heb. iv. 6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRIFICE OF THE MASS. 1 55"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "grace and gift of penitence, forgives even heinous crimes and sins. For the victim is one and the same, the same now offering by the ministry of priests who then oiTered Himself on the cross, the manner alone of offering being different. The fruits indeed of which oblation, of that bloody one, to wit, are received most plentifully through this unbloody one; so far is this (latter) from derogating in any way from that (former oblation). Wherefore, not only for the sins, punishments,* satisfactions, and other necessities of the faithful who are living, but also for those who are departed in Christ, and who are not as yet fully purified,! i^ it rightly offered, agreeably to a tradition of the Apostles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER HI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On Masses in honour of the Sainis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And although the Church has been accustomed at times to celebrate certain masses in honour and memory of the saints; not therefore, however, doth she teach that sacrifice is offered unto them, but unto God alone, who crowned them; whence neither is the priest wont to say, \"I offer sacrifice to thee, Peter or Paul ■\"% but, giving thanks to God for their victories, he implores their patronage, that they may vouchsafe to intercede for us in heaven, whose memory we celebrate upon earth."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": "IV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On tfu. Canon of the Mass."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And whereas it beseemeth that holy things be administered in a holy manner, and of all holy things this sacrifice is the most holy; to the end that it might be worthily and reverently"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poenis, pains. + Purgatis, purged. X S. Augus. De Civ. Dei, L. viii. c. 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "156 SESSION XXII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "offered and received, the Catholic Church instituted, many years ago, the sacred canon, so pure from every error, that nothing is contained therein which does not in the highest degree savour of a certain holiness and piety, and raise up unto God the minds of those that offer. For it is composed out of the very words of the Lord, the traditions of the Apostles, and the pious institutions also of holy pontiffs."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": "V",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER V."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the solemn ceremonies of the Sacrifice of the Mass."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And whereas such is the nature of man, that, without external helps, he cannot easily be raised to the meditation of divine things; therefore has holy Mother Church instituted certain rites, to wit, that certain things be pronounced in the mass in a low and others in a louder tone. She has likewise employed ceremonies, such as mystic benedictions, lights, incense, vestments, and many other things of this kind, derived from an apostolical discipline and tradition, whereby both the majesty of so great a sacrifice might be recommended, and the minds of the faithful be excited, by those visible signs of religion and piety, to the contemplation of those most sublime things which are hidden in this sacrifice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": "VI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On Mass zuherein the priest alone communicates."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred and holy Synod would fain indeed that, at each mass, the faithful who are present should communicate, not only in spiritual desire, but also by the sacramental participation of the Eucharist, that thereby a more abundant fruit might be derived to them from this most holy sacrifice: but not therefore, if this be not always done, does It condemn, as private and unlawful, but approves of and therefore commends."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRIFICE OF THE MASS. 157"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "those masses in which the priest alone communicates sacramentally; since those masses also ought to be considered as truly common: partly because the people communicate spiritually thereat; partly also because they are celebrated by a public minister of the Church, not for himself only, but for all the faithful who belong to the body of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": "VII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the water that is to be mixed with the zvine to be offered in"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "the chalice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod., notices, in the next place, that it has been enjoined by the Church on priests to mix water with the wine that is to be offered in the chalice;* as well because it is believed that Christ the Lord did this, as also because from His side there came out blood and water;-\\ the memory of which mystery is renewed by this commixture; and, whereas in the Apocalypse of blessed John, the peoples are called waters,% the union of that faithful people with Christ their head is hereby represented."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": "VIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On not celebrating the Mass everywhere in the vulgar tongue; the mysteries of the Mass to be explained to the people."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although the mass contains great instruction for the faithful people, nevertheless it has not seemed expedient to the Fathers that it should be everywhere§ celebrated in the vulgar tongue. Wherefore, the ancient usage of each church, and the right approved of by the holy Roman Church, the mother and mistress of all churches, being in each place retained;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Synod. Quini— Sext. cap. 32; Con. Carthag. iii. c. 24; Concil. Flor. f John xix. 34. JApoc. xvii. 15. § Passim, indiscriminately."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "158 SESSION XXII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "and, that the sheep of Christ may not suffer hunger, nor the little ones ask for bread, and there be none to break it unto thetn* the holy Synod charges pastors, and all Avho have the cure of souls, that they frequently, during the celebration of mass, expound, either by themselves or others, some portion of those things which are read at mass, and that, amongst the rest, they explain some mystery of this most holy sacrifice, especially on the Lord's days and festivals."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": "IX",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IX."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Preliminary remark on the following Canons."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And because that many errors are at this time disseminated and many things are taught and maintained by divers persons, in opposition to this ancient faith, which is based on the sacred Gospel, the traditions of the Apostles, and the doctrine of the holy Fathers; the sacred and holy Synod, after many and grave deliberations maturely had touching these matters, has resolved, with the unanimous consent of all the Fathers, to condemn, and to eliminate from holy Church, by means of the canons subjoined, whatsoever is opposed to this most pure faith and sacred"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "doctrine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRIFICE OF THE MASS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": "i",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon i. — If anyone saith that in the mass a true and proper"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "sacrifice is not offered to God; or that to be offered is nothing else but that Christ is given us to eat; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": "ii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon ii. — If anyone saith that by those words. Do this for"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "the commemoration of Me (Luke xxii. 19), Christ did not institute the Apostles priests; or did not ordain that they and other priests should offer His own body and blood; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon hi. — If anyone saith that the sacrifice of the mass is"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "only a sacrifice of praise and of thanksgiving; or that it is a"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lam. iv."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRIFICE OF THE MASS. 1 59"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "bare commemoration of the sacrifice consummated on the cross, but not a propitiatory sacrifice; or that it profits him only who receives; and that it ought not to be offered for the living and the dead for sins, pains, satisfactions, and other necessities; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": "iv",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon iv. — If anyone saith that, by the sacrifice of the mass,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a blasphemy is cast upon the most holy sacrifice of Christ consummated on the cross; or that it is thereby derogated from; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": "v",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon v. — If anyone saith that it is an imposture to cele-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "brate masses in honour of the saints, and for obtaining their intercession with God, as the Church intends; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": "VI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon VI. — If anyone saith that the canon of the mass con-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "tains errors, and is therefore to be abrogated; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": "vii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon vii. — If anyone saith that the ceremonies, vestments,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "and outward signs which the Catholic Church makes use of in the celebration of masses, are incentives to impiety, rather than offices of piety; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": "viii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon viii. — If anyone saith that masses, wherein the priest"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "alone communicates sacramentally, are unlawful, and are, therefore, to be abrogated; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": "ix",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon ix. — If anyone saith that the rite of the Roman"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Church, according to which a part of the canon and the words of consecration are pronounced in a low tone, is to be condemned;or that the mass ought to be celebrated in the vulgar tongue only; or that water ought not to be mixed with the wine that is to be offered in the chalice, for that it is contrary to the institution of Christ; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE concerning THE THINGS TO BE OBSERVED, AND"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "TO BE AVOIDED, IN THE CELEBRATION OF MASS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "What great care is to be taken, that the sacred and holy sacrifice of the mass be celebrated with all religious service* and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Religionis cultu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "l6o SESSION XXII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "veneration, each one may easily imagine who considers that, in holy writ, he is called accursed, zvho doth the work of God negligently;* and if we' must needs confess that no other work can be performed by the faithful so holy and divine as this tremendous mystery itself, wherein that life-giving victim, by which we were reconciled to the Father, is daily immolated"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "on the altar byf priests, it is also sufficiently clear that all"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "industry and diligence is to be applied to this end, that it be performed with the greatest possible inward cleanness and purity of heart, and outward show of devotion and piety. Whereas, therefore, either through the wickedness of the times, or through the carelessness and corruption of men, many things seem already to have crept in, which are alien from the dignity of so great a sacrifice; to the end that the honour and cult due thereunto may, for the glory of God and the edification of the faithful people, be restored; the holy Synod decrees that the ordinary bishops of places shall take diligent care, and be bound to prohibit and abolish all those things which either covetousness, which is a serving of idols;\\ or irreverence, which can hardly be separated from impiety; or superstition, which is a false imitation of true piety, may have introduced. And that many things may be comprised in a few words: first, as relates to covetousness:— they shall wholly prohibit all manner of conditions and bargains for recompenses, and whatsoever is given for the celebration of new masses;§ as also those importunate and illiberal demands, rather than requests, for alms, and other things of the like sort, which are but little removed from a simoniacal taint, or at all events irom filthy lucre. In the next place, that irreverence may be avoided, each, in his own diocese, shall forbid that any wandering or unknown priest be allowed to celebrate mass. Furthermore, they shall not allow anyone who is publicly and notoriously stained with crime, either to minister at the holy altar, or to assist at the sacred services; nor shall they suffer the holy sacrifice to be celebrated, either by any Seculars or Regulars whatsoever, in"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Jerem. xlviii. lo. t Per. J Ephes. i. 5. § Pro missis novis, probably yfri^ masses; or, may be, masses newly appointed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRIFICE OF THE MASS. l6l"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "private houses; or, at all, out of the church, and those oratories which are dedicated solely to divine worship, and which are to be designated and visited by the said'Ordinaries; and not then, unless those who are present shall have first shown, by their decently composed outward appearance, that they are there not in body only, but also in mind and devout affection of heart. They shall also banish from churches all those kinds of music, in which, whether by the organ or in the singing, there is mixed up anything lascivious or impure; as also all secular actions; vain, and therefore profane, conversations; all walking about, noise, and clamour, that so the house of God may be seen to be, and may be called, truly a house of prayer. Lastly, that no room may be left for superstition; they shall, by ordinance, and under given penalties, provide, that priests do not celebrate at other than due hours; nor employ other rites, or other ceremonies and prayers, in the celebration of masses, besides those which have been approved of by the Church, and have been received by a frequent and praiseworthy usage. They shall wholly banish from the Church the observance of a fixed number of certain masses* and of candles, as being the invention of superstitious worship, rather than of true religion; and they shall instruct the people what is, and whence especially is derived, the fruit so precious and heavenly of this most holy sacrifice. They shall also admonish their people to repair frequently to their own parish churches, at least on the Lord's days and the greater festivals. All, therefore that has been briefly enumerated, is in such wise propounded to all Ordinaries of places, as that, by the power given them by this sacred and holy Synod, and even as delegates of the Apostolic See, they may prohibit, ordain, reform, and establish, not only the things aforesaid, but also whatsoever else shall seem to them to have relation hereunto; and may compel the faithful people inviolably to observe them, by ecclesiastical censures and other penalties, which at their pleasure they may appoint; any privileges, exemptions, appeals, and customs whatsoever to the contrary notwithstanding."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Quarumdam missarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "1 62 SESSION XXII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE ON REFORMATION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The same sacred and holy, cecumenical and general Synod of Trent — lawfully assembled in the Holy Ghost, the same Legates of the Apostolic See presiding therein— to the end that the business of reformation may be proceeded with, has thought good that the following things be ordained in the present Session."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": "I",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The canons relative to the life and propriety of conduct of Clerics are renewed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There is nothing that continually instructs others unto piety and the service of God, more than the life and example of those who have dedicated themselves to the divine ministry. For as they are seen to be raised to a higher position, above the things of this world, others fix their eyes upon them as upon a mirror, and derive from them what they are to imitate. Wherefore clerics called to have the Lord for their portion, ought by all means so to regulate their whole life and conversation, as that in their dress, comportment, gait, discourse, and all things else, nothing appear but what is grave, regulated, and replete with religiousness; avoiding even slight faults, which in them would be most grievous; that so their actions may impress all with veneration. Whereas, therefore, the more useful and decorous these things are for the Church of God, the more carefully also are they to be attended to; the Holy Synod ordains, that those things which have been heretofore copiously and wholesomely enacted by sovereign pontiffs and sacred councils — relative to the life, propriety of conduct, dress, and learning of clerics, and also touching the luxuriousness, feastings, dances, gambling, sports, and all sorts of crime whatever, as also the secular employments, to be by them shunned — the same shall be henceforth observed under the same penalties, or greater, to be imposed at the discretion of the Ordinary; nor shall any appeal"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 1 63"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "suspend the execution hereof, as relating to the correction of manners. But if anything of the above shall be found to have fallen into desuetude, they shall make it their care that it be brought again into use as soon as possible, and be accurately observed by all; any customs to the contrary notwithstanding; lest they themselves may have, God being the avenger, to pay the penalty deserved by their neglect of the correction of those subject to them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": "II",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER II."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Who are to be promoted to Cathedral Churches."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whosoever is, hereafter, to be promoted to a cathedral church, shall not only be fully qualified by birth, age, morals, and life, and, in other respects, as required by the sacred canons, but shall also have been previously constituted in sacred Order for the space of at least six months. And information on these points, if the individual be only recently, or not at all, known at the court (of Rome), shall be derived from the Legates of the Apostolic See, or from the Nuncios of the provinces, or from his Ordinary, and in his default from the nearest Ordinaries. And, besides the things above named, he shall possess such learning as to be able to discharge the obligations of the office that is about to be conferred upon him-; and he shall, therefore, have been previously promoted by merit, in some university for studies, to be a master, or doctor, or licentiate, in sacred theology or in canon law; or shall be declared, by the public testimony of some academy, fit to teach others. And, if he be a Regular, he shall have a similar attestation from the superiors of his own order. And all the abovenamed persons, from whom the information, or testimony, aforesaid is to be derived, shall be bound to report on these matters faithfully and gratuitously;otherwise let them know that their consciences will be grievously burthened, and that God, and their own superiors,. will punish them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "164 SESSION XXII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": "III",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER III."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Daily distributions, out of the third part of all fruits soever, are to be established; on zvhom the portion of absentees devolves; certain cases excepted."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops, even as the delegates of the Apostolic See, shall have power to divide the third part of any manner of fruits and proceeds of all dignities, personates, and offices existing in cathedral or collegiate churches, into distributions, to be assigned as they shall judge fit; in such wise, to wit, that if those who ought to receive them should fail, on any appointed day, personally to discharge the duty that devolves upon them, according to the form that shall be prescribed by the said bishops, they shall forfeit that day's distribution, and shall acquire no manner of property therein, but it shall be applied to the fabric of the church, as far as it may need it, or to some other pious place, at the discretion of the Ordinary. But if their contumacy increase, they shall proceed against them according to the constitutions of the sacred canons. But if any of the aforesaid dignitaries has, neither by right nor custom, any jurisdiction, administration, or office, devolving upon him in the cathedral or collegiate churches; but, out of the city, in the same diocese, there is a cure of souls to be attended to, which he who holds that dignity is willing to take upon himself; in this case, during the time that he shall reside and minister in the church with that cure, he shall be considered as though he were present and assisted at the divine offices in those cathedral or collegiate churches. These things are to be understood as appointed for those churches only, wherein there is no custom, or statute, whereby the said dignitaries, who do not serve, lose something, which amounts to the third part of the said fruits and proceeds: any customs, even though immemorial, exemptions, and constitutions, even though confirmed by oath, or by any authority whatsoever, to the contrary notwithstanding."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 165"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": "IV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those not initiated into a sacred Order shall not have a voice in the chapter of any Cathedral or Collegiate Church. The qualifications and duties of those who hold Benefices therein."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whosoever, being employed in the divine offices in a cathedral, or collegiate. Secular or Regular, church, is not constituted in the order of sub-deaconship at least, shall not have a voice in the chapter of those churches, even though this may have been voluntarily conceded to him by the others. As to those who possess, or shall hereafter possess, in the said churches, any dignities, personates, offices, prebends, portions, and any other manner of benefices whatever, to which various obligations are annexed, such as, that some shall say, or sing, mass, others the Gospel, others the Epistle, they shall be bound, all just impediment ceasing, to receive the requisite orders within a year, whatsoever may be their privilege, exemption, prerogative, or nobility of birth; otherwise they shall incur the penalties enacted by the constitution of the Council of Vienne, which begins Ut ii qui, which by this present decree is renewed: and the bishops shall compel them to exercise in person the aforesaid orders on the appointed days, and to discharge all the other duties required of them in the divine service, under the said penalties, and others even more grievous, which may be imposed at their discretion. Nor, for the future, shall any such office be assigned to any but those who shall be well known fully to have already the age and the other qualifications; otherwise such provision shall be null."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": "V",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER V."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dispensations expedited out of the (Roman) court shall be committed to the Bishop, and be by hint examined."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dispensations, by whatsoever authority they are to be granted, if they are to be consigned out of the Roman court, shall be"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "1 66 SESSION XXII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "consigned to the Ordinaries of those who shall have obtained them. And as to those dispensations which shall be granted as graces, they shall not have effect until the said Ordinaries, as delegates of the Apostolic See, shall have first ascertained summarily'only and extra-judicially, that the terms of the petition do not labour under the vice of surreption or obreption."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": "VI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Last intentions to be altered with caution."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In alterations of last wills — which alterations ought not to be made except for a just and necessary cause — the bishops, as delegates of the Apostolic See, shall, before the alterations aforesaid are carried into execution, ascertain that nothing has been stated in the prayer of the petition which suppresses what is true or suggests what is false."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": "VII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The chapter \" Romana\" in the sixth (of the renewed. Decretals), is"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apostolic legates and nuncios, patriarchs, primates, and metropolitans, in appeals interposed before them, shall, in all causes whatsoever, as well in admitting the appeals, as in granting inhibitions after an appeal, be bound to observe the form and tenor of the sacred constitutions, and especially of the constitution ofInnocent IV., beginning Romana; any custom, even though immemorial, or usage, or privilege, to the contrary notwithstanding otherwise; the inhibitions and proceedings, and all the consequences thereof, shall be ipso jure null."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 1 67"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": "VIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops shall exeaite the pious dispositions of all persons; shall visit all manner of pious places, if not under the immediate protection of Kings."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The bishops, even as the delegates of the Apostolic See, shall, in the cases by law permitted, be the executors of all pious dispositions, whether made by last will, or between the living:* they shall have a right to visit all manner of hospitals, colleges, and confraternities of laymen, even those which are called schools, or which go by any other name; but not, however, those places which are under the immediate protection of kings, except with their permission; also the eleemosynary institutions, called monts-de-pieti, or of charity, and all pious places by whatsoever name designated, even though the aforesaid institutions be under the care of laymen, and though the said pious places be protected by a privilege of exemption; and, by virtue of their office, they shall take cognisance of and see to the performance — in accordance with the ordinances of the sacred canons — of all things that have been instituted for God's worship, for the salvation of souls, or for the support of the poor; any custom, even though immemorial, or privilege, or statute whatsoever, to the contrary notwithstanding."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": "IX",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IX."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Administrators of any pious places whatsoever shall give in their accounts to the Ordinary, icnless it be otherwise provided by the foundation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The administrators, whether ecclesiastical or lay, of the fabric of any church whatsoever, even though it be a cathedral, as also of any hospital, confraternity, charitable institution called"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dispositionum, tam in ultima voluntate, quam inter vivos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "1 68 SESSION XKII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "mont-de-pidte, and of any pious places whatsoever, shall be bound to give in, once a year, an account of their administration to the Ordinary; all customs and privileges to the contrary being set aside; unless it should happen that, in the institution and regulations of any church or fabric, it has been otherwise expressly provided. But if from custom, or privilege, or some regulation of the place, their account has to be rendered to others deputed thereunto, in that case the Ordinary shall also be employed jointly with them; and all acquittances given otherwise shall be of no avail to the said administrators."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": "X",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER X."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notaries shall be subject to the examination and judgment of the Bishops."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whereas the unskilfulness of notaries causes very many injuries, and gives occasion to many lawsuits, the bishop, even as the delegate of the Apostolic See, may, by actual examination, search into the competency of all notaries, even though created by apostolic, imperial, or royal authority; and, if such notaries be found incompetent, or on any occasion guilty of a delinquency in the discharge of their office, he may forbid them, altogether or for a time, to exercise that office in ecclesiastical and spiritual affairs, lawsuits, and causes; nor shall any appeal on their, parts suspend the prohibition of the Ordinary. /"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": "XI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Usurpers of the property of any Church or pious places are punisJied."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If any cleric or layman, by whatsoever dignity pre-eminent, be he even emperor or king, should be so possessed by covetousness — the root of all evils — as to presume to convert to his own use, and to usurp — by himself or by others, by force or"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 1 69"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "fear, or even by means of any supposititious persons,* whether lay or clerical, or by any artifice or under any colourable pretext whatsoever— the jurisdictions, property, rents, and rights, even those held in fee or under lease, the fruits, emoluments, or any sources of revenue whatsoever belonging to any church, or to any benefice, whether Secular or Regular, monts-de-pi^t^, or to any other pious places, which ought to be employed for the necessities of the ministers (thereof), and of the poor; or (shall presume) to hinder them (in any of the ways aforesaid) from being received by those unto whom they of right belong; he shall lie under an anathema until he shall have wholly restored to the Church, and to the administrator or beneficiary thereof, the jurisdictions, property, effects, rights, fruits, and revenues which he has seized upon, or in whatsoever way they have come to him, even by way of gift from a supposititious person; and until he shall, furthermore, have obtained absolution from the Roman Pontiff. VAnd if he be the patron of the said church, he shall, besides the penalties aforesaid, be thereupon deprived of the right of patronage. And the cleric who shall be the author of, or consenting, to, any execrable fraud and usurpation of this kind, shall be subjected to the same penalties; as--a,l^o he shall be deprived of all benefices whatsoever, and be rendered incapable of any others, whatsoever; and ever after entire satisfaction and absKjlution, he shall be suspended from the exercise of his orders, at the discretion of his Ordinary."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE TOUCHING THE PETITION FOR THE CONCESSION OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE CPALICE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, whereaS' the same sacred and holy Synod, in the preceding Session, reserved, unto another time, for an opportunity that might present itself, two articles to be examined and defined, which (articles) had been proposed on another occasion, but had not then been as yet discussed, to wit, whether the reasons by which the holy Catholic Church was led to communicate, under the one species of bread, laymen and also priests"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Per suppositas personas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "170 SESSION XXIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "when not celebrating, are in such wise to be adhered to, as that on no account is the use of the chalice to be allowed to anyone soever; and whether, in case that, for reasons beseeming and consonant with Christian charity, it appears that the use of the chalice is to be granted to any nation or kingdom, it is to be conceded under certain conditions; and what are those conditions It; has now — in Its desire that the salvation of those, on whose behalf the request is made, may be provided for in the best manner — decreed that the whole business be referred to our most holy lord, as by this present decree It doth refer it; who, of his singular prudence, will do that which he shall judge useful for the Christian commonweal, and salutary for those who ask for the use of the chalice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDICTION OF THE NEXT SESSION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, this sacred and holy Synod of Trent appoints, for the day of the next Session, the Thursday after the octave of All Saints, which will be the twelfth day of the month of November;and thereon It will decree concerning the sacrament of Order, and the sacrament of Matrimony, &c. The Session was prorogued until the fifteenth day of Juiy,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "MDLXIII."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-23",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 23: The Sacrament of Order and Reform",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15 iul. 1563 [Doctrina de Sacramento Ordinis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput I]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrificium et sacerdotium ita Dei ordinatione coniuncta sunt ut utrumque in omni lege exsisterit. Cum igitur in novo testamento sanctum Eucharistiae sacrificium visibile ex domini institutione Catholica Ecclesia acceperit: fateri etiam oportet in ea novum esse visibile et externum sacerdotium in quod vetus translatum est. Hoc autem ab eodem domino salvatore nostro institutum esse atque apostolis eorum que successoribus in sacerdotio potestatem traditam consecrandi offerendi et ministrandi corpus et sanguinem eius nec non et peccata dimittendi et retinendi sacrae litterae ostendunt et Catholicae Ecclesiae traditio semper docuit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput II]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum autem divina res sit tam sancti sacerdotii ministerium consentaneum fuit quo dignius et maiori cum veneratione exerceri posset ut in Ecclesiae ordinatissima dispositione plures et diversi essent ministrorum ordines qui sacerdotio ex officio deservirent ita distributi ut qui iam clericali tonsura insigniti essent per minores ad maiores ascenderent. Nam non solum de sacerdotibus sed et de diaconis sacrae litterae apertam mentionem faciunt et quae maxime in illorum ordinatione attendenda sunt gravissimis verbis docent; et ab ipso Ecclesiae initio sequentium ordinum nomina atque uniuscuiusque eorum propria ministeria subdiaconi scilicet acolythi exorcistae lectoris et ostiarii in usu fuisse cognoscuntur quamvis non pari gradu. Nam subdiaconatus ad maiores ordines a patribus et sacris conciliis refertur in quibus et de aliis inferioribus frequentissime legimus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput III]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum scripturae testimonio apostolica traditione et patrum unanimi consensu perspicuum sit per sacram ordinationem quae verbis et signis exterioribus perficitur gratiam conferri: dubitare nemo debet ordinem esse vere et proprie unum ex septem sanctae Ecclesiae sacramentis. Inquit enim apostolus: admoneo te ut resuscites gratiam Dei quae est in te per impositionem manuum mearum. Non enim dedit nobis Deus spiritum timoris sed virtutis et dilectionis et sobrietatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput IV]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quoniam vero in sacramento ordinis sicut et in baptismo et confirmatione character imprimitur qui nec deleri nec auferri potest: merito sancta Synodus damnat eorum sententiam qui asserunt novi testamenti sacerdotes temporariam tantummodo potestatem habere et semel rite ordinatos iterum laicos effici posse si verbi Dei ministerium non exerceant. Quodsi quis omnes christianos promiscue novi testamenti sacerdotes esse aut omnes pari inter se potestate spirituali praeditos affirmet: nihil aliud facere videtur quam ecclesiasticam hierarchiam quae est ut castrorum acies ordinata confundere perinde ac si contra beati Pauli doctrinam omnes apostoli omnes prophetae omnes evangelistae omnes pastores omnes sint doctores. Proinde sancta Synodus declarat praeter ceteros ecclesiasticos gradus episcopos qui in apostolorum locum successerunt ad hunc hierarchicum ordinem praecipue pertinere et positos (sicut idem apostolus ait) a Spiritu Sancto regere Ecclesiam Dei eos que presbyteris superiores esse ac sacramentum confirmationis conferre ministros Ecclesiae ordinare atque alia pleraque peragere ipsos posse quarum functionum potestatem reliqui inferioris ordinis nullam habent. Docet insuper sancta Synodus in ordinatione episcoporum sacerdotum et ceterorum ordinum nec populi nec cuiusvis saecularis potestatis et magistratus consensum sive vocationem sive auctoritatem ita requiri ut sine ea irrita sit ordinatio; quin potius decernit eos qui tantummodo a populo aut saeculari potestate ac magistratu vocati et instituti ad haec ministeria exercenda ascendunt et qui ea propria temeritate sibi sumunt omnes non Ecclesiae ministros sed fures et latrones per ostium non ingressos habendos esse. Haec sunt quae generatim sacrae Synodo visum est christifideles de sacramento ordinis docere. His autem contraria certis et propriis canonibus in hunc qui sequitur modum damnare constituit ut omnes adiuvante Christo fidei regula utentes in tot errorum tenebris catholicam veritatem facilius agnoscere et tenere possint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canones de Sacramento Ordinis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Si quis dixerit non esse in novo testamento sacerdotium visibile et externum vel non esse potestatem aliquam consecrandi et offerendi verum corpus et sanguinem domini et peccata remittendi et retinendi sed officium tantum et nudum ministerium praedicandi Evangelium vel eos qui non praedicant prorsus non esse sacerdotes: a[nathema] s[it]. 2. Si quis dixerit praeter sacerdotium non esse in Ecclesia Catholica alios ordines et maiores et minores per quos velut per gradus quosdam in sacerdotium tendatur: a[nathema] s[it]. 3. Si quis dixerit ordinem sive sacram ordinationem non esse vere et proprie sacramentum a Christo Domino institutum vel esse figmentum quoddam humanum excogitatum a viris rerum ecclesiasticarum imperitis aut esse tantum ritum quendam eligendi ministros verbi Dei et sacramentorum: a[nathema] s[it]. 4. Si quis dixerit per sacram ordinationem non dari Spiritum Sanctum ac proinde frustra episcopos dicere: accipe Spiritum Sanctum; aut per eam non imprimi characterem; vel eum qui sacerdos semel fuit laicum rursus fieri posse: a[nathema] s[it]. 5. Si quis dixerit sacram unctionem qua Ecclesia in sancta ordinatione utitur non tantum non requiri sed contemnendam et perniciosam esse similiter et alias ordinis caeremonias: a[nathema] s[it]. 6. Si quis dixerit in Ecclesia Catholica non esse hierarchiam divina ordinatione institutam quae constat ex episcopis presbyteris et ministris: a[nathema] s[it]. 7. Si quis dixerit episcopos non esse presbyteris superiores vel non habere potestatem confirmandi et ordinandi vel eam quam habent illis esse cum presbyteris communem; vel ordines ab ipsis collatos sine populi vel potestatis saecularis consensu aut vocatione irritos esse; aut eos qui nec ab ecclesiastica et canonica potestate rite ordinati nec missi sunt sed aliunde veniunt legitimos esse verbi et sacramentorum ministros: a[nathema] s[it]. 8. Si quis dixerit episcopos qui auctoritate Romani Pontificis assumuntur non esse legitimos et veros episcopos sed figmentum humanum: a[nathema] s[it]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum super reformatione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eadem sacrosancta Tridentina Synodus reformationis materiam prosequens haec quae sequuntur in praesenti decernenda esse statuit ac decernit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon I]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum praecepto divino mandatum sit omnibus quibus animarum cura commissa est oves suas agnoscere pro his sacrificium offerre verbi que divini praedicatione sacramentorum administratione ac bonorum omnium operum exemplo pascere pauperum aliarum que miserabilium personarum curam paternam gerere et in cetera munia pastoralia incumbere quae omnia nequaquam ab his praestari et impleri possunt qui gregi suo non invigilant neque assistunt sed mercenariorum more deserunt: sacrosancta Synodus eos admonet et hortatur ut divinorum praeceptorum memores facti que forma gregis in iudicio et veritate pascant et regant. Ne vero ea quae de residentia sancte et utiliter iam antea sub felicis recordationis Paulo tertio sancita fuerunt in sensus a sacrosanctae Synodi mente alienos trahantur ac si vigore illius decreti quinque mensibus continuis abesse liceat: illis inhaerendo declarat sacrosancta Synodus omnes patriarchalibus primatialibus metropolitanis ac cathedralibus ecclesiis quibuscumque quocumque nomine et titulo praefectos etiam si sanctae Romanae Ecclesiae cardinales sint obligari ad personalem in sua Ecclesia vel dioecesi residentiam ubi iniuncto sibi officio defungi teneantur neque abesse posse nisi ex causis et modis infrascriptis. Nam cum christiana charitas urgens necessitas debita obedientia ac evidens Ecclesiae vel rei publicae utilitas aliquos nonnumquam abesse postulent et exigant: decernit eadem sacrosancta Synodus has legitimae absentiae causas a beatissimo Romano Pontifice aut a metropolitano vel eo absente suffraganeo episcopo antiquiori residente qui idem metropolitani absentiam probare debebit in scriptis esse approbandas nisi cum absentia inciderit propter aliquod munus et rei publicae officium episcopatibus adiunctum cuius quoniam causae sunt notoriae et interdum repentinae ne eas quidem significari metropolitano necesse erit. Ad eundem tamen cum concilio provinciali spectabit iudicare de licentiis a se vel a suffraganeo datis et videre ne quis eo iure abutatur et ut poenis canonicis errantes puniantur. Interea meminerint discessuri ita ovibus suis providendum ut quantum fieri poterit ex ipsorum absentia nullum damnum accipiant. Quoniam autem qui aliquantisper tantum absunt ex veterum canonum sententia non videntur abesse quia statim reversuri sunt: sacrosancta Synodus vult illud absentiae spatium singulis annis sive continuum sive interruptum extra praedictas causas nullo pacto debere duos aut ad summum tris menses excedere et haberi rationem ut id aequa ex causa fiat et absque ullo gregis detrimento. Quod an ita sit abscedentium conscientiae relinquit quam sperat religiosam et timoratam fore cum Deo corda pateant cuius opus non fraudulentur agere suo periculo tenentur. Eosdem interim admonet et in Domino hortatur ne per illius temporis spatium dominici adventus quadragesimae nativitatis resurrectionis domini pentecostes item et corporis Christi diebus quibus refici maxime et in Domino gaudere pastoris praesentia oves debeant ipsi ab Ecclesia sua cathedrali ullo pacto absint nisi episcopalia munia in sua dioecesi eos alio vocent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis autem (quod utinam numquam eveniat) contra huius decreti dispositionem abfuerit statuit sacrosancta Synodus praeter alias poenas adversus non residentes sub Paulo III impositas et innovatas ac mortalis peccati reatum quem incurrit eum pro rata temporis absentiae fructus suos non facere nec tuta conscientia alia etiam declaratione non secuta illos sibi detinere posse sed teneri aut ipso cessante per superiorem ecclesiasticum illos fabricae ecclesiarum aut pauperibus loci erogare prohibita quacumque conventione vel compositione quae pro fructibus male perceptis appellatur ex qua etiam praedicti fructus in totum aut pro parte ei remitterentur. Non obstantibus quibuscumque privilegiis cuicumque collegio aut fabricae concessis. Eadem omnino etiam quoad culpam amissionem fructuum et poenas de curatis inferioribus et aliis quibuscumque qui beneficium aliquod ecclesiasticum curam animarum habens obtinent sacrosancta Synodus declarat et decernit ita tamen ut quandocumque eos causa prius per episcopum cognita et probata abesse contigerit vicarium idoneum ab ipso Ordinario approbandum cum debita mercedis assignatione relinquant. Discedendi autem licentiam in scriptis gratis que concedendam ultra bimestre tempus nisi ex gravi causa non obtineant. Quodsi per edictum citati etiam non personaliter contumaces fuerint liberum esse vult ordinariis per censuras ecclesiasticas ac sequestrationem et subtractionem fructuum alia que iuris remedia etiam usque ad privationem compellere nec exsecutionem hanc quolibet privilegio licentia familiaritate exemptione etiam ratione cuiuscumque beneficii pactione statuto etiam iuramento vel quacumque auctoritate confirmato consuetudine etiam immemorabili quae potius corruptela censenda est sive appellatione aut inhibitione etiam in Romana curia vel vigore Eugenianae constitutionis suspendi posse. Postremo tam decretum illud sub Paulo III quam hoc ipsum in conciliis provincialibus et episcopalibus publicari sancta Synodus praecipit. Cupit enim quae adeo ex pastorum munere animarum que salute sunt frequenter omnium auribus mentibus que infigi ut in posterum Deo iuvante nulla temporum iniuria aut hominum oblivione aut desuetudine aboleantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon II]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesiis cathedralibus seu superioribus quocumque nomine ac titulo praefecti etiam si sanctae Romanae Ecclesiae cardinales sint si munus consecrationis intra tres menses non susceperint ad fructuum perceptorum restitutionem teneantur; si intra totidem menses postea id facere neglexerint ecclesiis ipso iure sint privati. Consecratio vero si extra curiam Romanam fiat in Ecclesia ad quam promoti fuerint aut in provincia si commode fieri poterit celebretur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon III]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi per semetipsos ordines conferant. Quodsi aegritudine fuerint impediti subditos suos non aliter quam iam probatos et examinatos ad alium episcopum ordinandos dimittant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon IV]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prima tonsura non initientur qui sacramentum confirmationis non susceperint et fidei rudimenta edocti non fuerint qui que legere et scribere nesciant et de quibus probabilis coniectura non sit eos non saecularis iudicii fugiendi fraude sed ut Deo fidelem cultum praestent hoc vitae genus elegisse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon V]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad minores ordines promovendi bonum a parocho et a magistro scholae in qua educantur testimonium habeant. Ii vero qui ad singulos maiores erunt assumendi per mensem ante ordinationem episcopum adeant qui parocho aut alteri cui magis expedire videbitur committat ut nominibus ac desiderio eorum qui volent promoveri publice in Ecclesia propositis de ipsorum ordinandorum natalibus aetate moribus et vita a fide dignis diligenter inquirat et litteras testimoniales ipsam inquisitionem factam continentes ad ipsum episcopum quamprimum transmittat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon VI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nullus prima tonsura initiatus aut etiam in minoribus ordinibus constitutus ante quartum decimum annum beneficium possit obtinere. Is etiam fori privilegio non gaudeat nisi beneficium ecclesiasticum habeat aut clericalem habitum et tonsuram deferens alicui Ecclesiae ex mandato episcopi inserviat vel in seminario clericorum aut in aliqua schola vel universitate de licentia episcopi quasi in via ad maiores ordines suscipiendos versetur. In clericis vero coniugatis servetur constitutio Bonifatii VIII quae incipit: clerici qui cum unicis modo hi clerici alicuius Ecclesiae servitio vel ministerio ab episcopo deputati eidem Ecclesiae serviant vel ministrent et clericali habitu et tonsura utantur; nemini quoad hoc privilegio vel consuetudine etiam immemorabili suffragante."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon VII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sancta Synodus antiquorum canonum vestigiis inhaerendo decernit ut quando episcopus ordinationem facere disposuerit omnes qui ad sacrum ministerium accedere voluerint feria quarta ante ipsam ordinationem vel quando episcopo videbitur ad civitatem evocentur. Episcopus autem sacerdotibus et aliis prudentibus viris peritis divinae legis ac in ecclesiasticis sanctionibus exercitatis sibi adscitis ordinandorum genus personam aetatem institutionem mores doctrinam et fidem diligenter investiget et examinet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon VIII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ordinationes sacrorum ordinum statutis a iure temporibus ac in cathedrali Ecclesia vocatis praesentibus que ad id Ecclesiae canonicis publice celebrentur. Si autem in alio dioecesis loco praesente clero loci dignior quantum fieri poterit Ecclesia semper adeatur. Unusquisque autem a proprio episcopo ordinetur. Quodsi quis ab alio promoveri petat nullatenus id ei etiam cuiusvis generalis aut specialis rescripti vel privilegii praetextu etiam statutis temporibus permittatur nisi eius probitas ac mores ordinarii sui testimonio commendentur. Si secus fiat ordinans a collatione ordinum per annum et ordinatus a susceptorum ordinum exsecutione quamdiu proprio ordinario videbitur expedire sit suspensus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon IX]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopus familiarem suum non subditum ordinare non possit nisi per triennium se cum fuerit commoratus et beneficium quacumque fraude cessante statim re ipsa illi conferat; consuetudine quacumque etiam immemorabili in contrarium non obstante."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon X]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Abbatibus ac aliis quibuscumque quantumvis exemptis non liceat in posterum intra fines alicuius dioecesis consistentibus etiam si nullius dioecesis vel exempti esse dicantur: cuiquam qui regularis subditus sibi non sit tonsuram vel minores ordines conferre nec ipsi abbates et alii exempti aut collegia vel capitula quaecumque etiam ecclesiarum cathedralium litteras dimissorias aliquibus clericis saecularibus ut ab aliis ordinentur concedant sed horum omnium ordinatio servatis omnibus quae in huius sanctae Synodi decretis continentur ad episcopos intra quorum dioecesis fines exsistant pertineat; non obstantibus quibusvis privilegiis praescriptionibus aut consuetudinibus etiam immemorabilibus. Poenam quoque impositam his qui contra huius sanctae Synodi sub Paulo III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "decretum a capitulo episcopali sede vacante litteras dimissorias impetrant ad illos qui"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "easdem litteras non a capitulo sed ab aliis quibusvis in iurisdictione episcopi loco capituli sede vacante succedentibus obtinerent mandat extendi. Concedentes autem dimissorias contra formam decreti ab officio et beneficio per annum sint ipso iure suspensi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Minores ordines iis qui saltem latinam linguam intelligant per temporum interstitia nisi aliud episcopo expedire magis videretur conferantur ut eo accuratius quantum sit huius disciplinae pondus possint edoceri; ac in unoquoque munere iuxta praescriptum episcopi se exerceant id que in ea cui adscripti erunt Ecclesia nisi forte ex causa studiorum absint atque ita de gradu in gradum ascendant ut in eis cum aetate vitae meritum et doctrina maior accrescat. Quod et bonorum morum exemplum et assiduum in Ecclesia ministerium atque maior erga presbyteros et superiores ordines reverentia et crebrior quam antea corporis Christi communio maxime comprobabunt. Cum que hinc ad altiores gradus et sacratissima mysteria sit ingressus nemo iis initietur quem non scientiae spes maioribus ordinibus dignum ostendat. Hi vero non nisi post annum a susceptione postremi gradus minorum ordinum ad sacros ordines promoveantur nisi necessitas aut Ecclesiae utilitas iudicio episcopi aliud exposcat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nullus in posterum ad subdiaconatus ordinem ante vigesimum secundum ad diaconatus ante vigesimum tertium ad presbyteratus ante vigesimum quintum aetatis suae annum promoveatur. Sciant tamen episcopi non singulos in ea aetate constitutos debere ad hos ordines assumi sed dignos dumtaxat et quorum probata vita senectus sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Regulares quoque nec in minori aetate nec sine diligenti episcopi examine ordinentur; privilegiis quibuscumque quoad hoc penitus exclusis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XIII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Subdiaconi et diaconi ordinentur habentes bonum testimonium et in minoribus ordinibus iam probati ac litteris et iis quae ad ordinem exercendum pertinent instructi qui sperent Deo auctore se continere posse ecclesiis quibus adscribentur inserviant sciant que maxime decere si saltem diebus dominicis et solemnibus cum altari ministraverint sacram communionem perceperint. Promoti ad sacrum subdiaconatus ordinem si per annum saltem in eo non sint versati ad altiorem gradum nisi aliud episcopo videatur ascendere non permittantur. Duo sacri ordines non eodem die etiam regularibus conferantur; privilegiis ac indultis quibusvis concessis non obstantibus quibuscumque."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XIV]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qui pie et fideliter in ministeriis anteactis se gesserint ad presbyteratus ordinem assumantur; bonum habeant testimonium et hi sint qui non modo in diaconatu ad minus annum integrum nisi ob Ecclesiae utilitatem ac necessitatem aliud episcopo videretur ministraverint sed etiam ad populum docendum ea quae scire omnibus necessarium est ad salutem ac administranda sacramenta diligenti examine praecedente idonei comprobentur atque ita pietate ac castis moribus conspicui ut praeclarum bonorum operum exemplum et vitae monita ab eis possint exspectari. Curet episcopus ut ii saltem diebus dominicis et festis solemnibus si autem curam habuerint animarum tam frequenter ut suo muneri satisfaciant Missas celebrent. Cum promotis per saltum si non ministraverint episcopus ex legitima causa possit dispensare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XV]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quamvis presbyteri in sua ordinatione a peccatis absolvendi potestatem accipiant decernit tamen sancta Synodus nullum etiam regularem posse confessiones saecularium etiam sacerdotum audire nec ad id idoneum reputari nisi aut parochiale beneficium aut ab episcopis per examen si illis videbitur esse necessarium aut alias idoneus iudicetur et approbationem quae gratis detur obtineat; privilegiis et consuetudine quacumque etiam immemorabili non obstantibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XVI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum nullus debeat ordinari qui iudicio sui episcopi non sit utilis aut necessarius suis ecclesiis sancta Synodus vestigiis sexti canonis concilii Chalcedonensis inhaerendo statuit ut nullus in posterum ordinetur qui illi Ecclesiae aut pio loco pro cuius necessitate aut utilitate assumitur non adscribatur ubi suis fungatur muneribus nec incertis vagetur sedibus. Quodsi locum inconsulto episcopo deseruerit ei sacrorum exercitium interdicatur. Nullus praeterea clericus peregrinus sine commendatitiis sui ordinarii litteris ab ullo episcopo ad divina celebranda et sacramenta administranda admittatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XVII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut sanctorum ordinum a diaconatu ad ostiariatum functiones ab apostolorum temporibus in Ecclesia laudabiliter receptae et pluribus in locis aliquamdiu intermissae in usum iuxta sacros canones revocentur nec ab haereticis tamquam otiosae traducantur: illius prisci moris restituendi desiderio flagrans sancta Synodus decernit ut in posterum huiuscemodi ministeria non nisi per constitutos in dictis ordinibus exerceantur omnes que et singulos praelatos ecclesiarum in Domino hortatur et illis praecipit ut quantum fieri commode poterit in ecclesiis cathedralibus collegiatis et parochialibus suae dioecesis si populus frequens et Ecclesiae proventus id ferre queant huiusmodi functiones curent restituendas et ex aliqua parte redituum aliquorum simplicium beneficiorum vel fabricae Ecclesiae si proventus suppetant aut utriusque illorum eas functiones exercentibus stipendia assignent quibus si negligentes fuerint ordinarii iudicio aut ex parte mulctari aut in totum privari possint. Quodsi ministeriis quatuor minorum ordinum exercendis clerici coelibes praesto non erunt suffici possint etiam coniugati vitae probatae dummodo non bigami ad ea munia obeunda idonei et qui tonsuram et habitum clericalem in Ecclesia gestent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XVIII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum adolescentium aetas nisi recte instituatur prona sit ad mundi voluptates sequendas et nisi a teneris annis ad pietatem et religionem informetur antequam vitiorum habitus totos homines possideat numquam perfecte ac sine maximo ac singulari propemodum Dei omnipotentis auxilio in disciplina ecclesiastica perseveret: sancta Synodus statuit ut singulae cathedrales metropolitanae atque his maiores Ecclesiae pro modo facultatum et dioecesis amplitudine certum puerorum ipsius civitatis et dioecesis vel eius provinciae si ibi non reperiantur numerum in collegio ad hoc prope ipsas ecclesias vel alio in loco convenienti ab episcopo eligendo alere ac religiose educare et ecclesiasticis disciplinis instituere teneantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In hoc vero collegio recipiantur qui ad minimum duodecim annos et ex legitimo matrimonio nati sint ac legere et scribere competenter noverint et quorum indoles et voluntas spem afferat eos ecclesiasticis ministeriis perpetuo inservituros. Pauperum autem filios praecipue eligi vult nec tamen ditiorum excludit modo suo sumptu alantur et studium prae se ferant Deo et Ecclesiae inserviendi. Hos pueros episcopus in tot classes quot ei videbitur divisos iuxta eorum numerum aetatem ac in disciplina ecclesiastica progressum partim cum ei opportunum videbitur ecclesiarum ministerio addicet partim in collegio erudientos retinebit alios que in locum eductorum sufficiet ita ut hoc collegium Dei ministrorum perpetuum seminarium sit. Ut vero in eadem disciplina ecclesiastica commodius instituantur tonsura statim atque habitu clericali semper utentur grammatices cantus computi ecclesiastici aliarum que bonarum artium disciplinam discent; sacram scripturam libros ecclesiasticos homilias sanctorum atque sacramentorum tradendorum maxime quae ad confessiones audiendas videbuntur opportuna et rituum ac caeremoniarum formas ediscent. Curet episcopus ut singulis diebus Missae sacrificio intersint ac saltem singulis mensibus confiteantur peccata et iuxta confessoris iudicium sumant corpus Domini nostri Iesu Christi; cathedrali et aliis loci ecclesiis diebus festis inserviant. Quae omnia atque alia ad hanc rem opportuna et necessaria episcopi singuli cum consilio duorum canonicorum seniorum et graviorum quos ipsi elegerint prout spiritus sanctus suggesserit constituent ea que ut semper observentur saepius visitando operam dabunt. Dyscolos et incorrigibiles ac malorum morum seminatores acriter punient eos etiam si opus fuerit expellendo omnia que impedimenta auferentes quaecumque ad conservandum et augendum tam pium et sanctum institutum pertinere videbuntur diligenter curabunt. Et quia ad collegii fabricam instituendam et ad mercedem praeceptoribus et ministris solvendam et ad alendam iuventutem et ad alios sumptus certi reditus erunt necessarii ultra ea quae ad instituendos vel alendos pueros sunt in aliquibus ecclesiis et locis destinata quae eo ipso huic seminario sub eadem episcopi cura applicata censeantur: iidem episcopi cum consilio duorum de capitulo quorum alter ab episcopo alter ab ipso capitulo eligatur item que duorum de clero civitatis quorum quidem alterius electio similiter ad episcopum alterius vero ad clerum pertineat: ex fructibus integris mensae episcopalis et capituli et quarumcumque dignitatum personatuum officiorum praebendarum portionum abbatiarum et prioratuum cuiuscumque ordinis etiam regularis aut qualitatis vel conditionis fuerint et hospitalium quae dantur in titulum vel administrationem iuxta constitutionem concilii Viennensis quae incipit quia contingit et beneficiorum quorumcumque etiam regularium etiam si iurispatronatus cuiuscumque fuerint etiam si exempta etiam si nullius dioecesis vel aliis ecclesiis monasteriis et hospitalibus et aliis quibusvis locis piis etiam exemptis annexa et ex fabricis ecclesiarum et aliorum locorum etiam ex quibuscumque aliis ecclesiasticis reditibus seu proventibus etiam aliorum collegiorum (in quibus tamen seminaria discentium) vel docentium ad commune Ecclesiae bonum promovendum actu non habentur;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "haec enim exempta esse voluit praeterquam ratione redituum qui superflui essent ultra convenientem ipsorum seminariorum sustentationem) seu corporum vel confraternitatum quae in nonnullis locis scholae appellantur et omnium monasteriorum non tamen mendicantium etiam ex decimis quacumque ratione ad laicos ex quibus subsidia ecclesiastica solvi solent et milites cuiuscumque militiae aut ordinis pertinentibus (fratribus sancti Ioannis Hierosolymitani dumtaxat exceptis): partem aliquam vel portionem detrahent et eam portionem sic detractam nec non beneficia aliquot simplicia cuiuscumque qualitatis et dignitatis fuerint vel etiam praestimonia vel praestimoniales portiones nuncupatas etiam ante vacationem sine cultus divini et illa obtinentium praeiudicio huic collegio applicabunt et incorporabunt. Quod locum habeat etiamsi beneficia sint reservata vel affecta nec per resignationem ipsorum beneficiorum uniones et applicationes suspendi vel ullo modo impediri possint sed omnino quacumque vacatione etiamsi in curia effectum suum sortiantur et quacumque constitutione non obstante. Ad hanc autem portionem solvendam beneficiorum dignitatum personatuum et omnium et singulorum supra commemoratorum possessores non modo pro se sed pro pensionibus quas aliis forsan ex dictis fructibus solverent retinendo tamen pro rata quidquid pro dictis pensionibus illis erit solvendum ab episcopo loci per censuras ecclesiasticas et alia iuris remedia compellantur etiam vocato ad hoc si videbitur auxilio brachii saecularis; quibusvis quoad omnia et singula supradicta privilegiis exemptionibus etiam si specialem derogationem requirerent consuetudine etiam immemorabili et quavis appellatione et allegatione quae exsecutionem impediat non obstantibus. Succedente vero casu quo per uniones effectum suum sortientes vel aliter seminarium ipsum in totum vel in partem dotatum reperiatur tunc portio ex singulis beneficiis ut supra detracta et incorporata ab episcopo prout res ipsa exegerit in totum vel pro parte remittatur. Quodsi cathedralium et aliarum maiorum ecclesiarum praelati in hac seminarii erectione eius que conservatione negligentes fuerint ac suam portionem solvere detrectaverint: episcopum archiepiscopus archiepiscopum et superiores synodus provincialis acriter corripere eos que ad omnia supradicta cogere debeat et ut quamprimum hoc sanctum et pium opus ubicumque fieri poterit promoveatur studiose curabit. Rationes autem redituum huius seminarii episcopus annis singulis accipiat praesentibus duobus a capitulo et totidem a clero civitatis deputatis. deinde ut cum minori impensa huiusmodi scholis instituendis provideatur statuit sancta Synodus ut episcopi archiepiscopi primates et alii locorum ordinarii scholasterias obtinentes et alios quibus est lectionis vel doctrinae munus annexum ad docendum in ipsis scholis instituendos per se ipsos si idonei fuerint alioquin per idoneos substitutos ab eisdem scholasticis eligendos et ab ordinariis approbandos etiam per subtractionem fructuum cogant et compellant. Quodsi iudicio episcopi digni non fuerint alium qui dignus sit nominent omni appellatione remota. Quodsi neglexerint episcopus ipse deputet. Docebunt autem praedicti quae videbuntur episcopo expedire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "De cetero vero officia vel dignitates illae quae scholasteriae dicuntur non nisi"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "doctoribus vel magistris aut licentiatis in sacra pagina aut in iure canonico et alias personis idoneis et qui per se ipsos id munus explere possint conferantur et aliter facta provisio nulla sit et invalida. Non obstantibus quibusvis privilegiis et consuetudinibus etiam immemorabilibus. Si vero in aliqua provincia Ecclesiae tanta paupertate laborent ut collegium in aliquibus erigi non possit: synodus provincialis vel metropolitanus cum duobus antiquioribus suffraganeis in Ecclesia metropolitana vel alia provinciae Ecclesia commodiori unum aut plura collegia prout opportunum iudicabit ex fructibus duarum aut plurium ecclesiarum in quibus singulis collegium commode institui non potest erigenda curabit ubi pueri illarum ecclesiarum educentur. In ecclesiis autem amplas dioeceses habentibus possit episcopus unum vel plura in dioecesi prout sibi opportunum videbitur habere seminaria quae tamen ab illo uno quod in civitate erectum et constitutum fuerit in omnibus dependeant. Postremo si vel pro unionibus seu pro portionum taxatione vel assignatione et incorporatione aut qualibet alia ratione difficultatem aliquam oriri contigerit ob quam huius seminarii institutio vel conservatio impediretur aut perturbaretur: episcopus cum supra deputatis vel synodus provincialis pro regionis more pro ecclesiarum et beneficiorum qualitate etiam suprascripta si opus fuerit moderando et augendo: omnia et singula quae ad felicem huius seminarii profectum necessaria et opportuna videbuntur decernere ac providere valeat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum super die futurae sessionis et materiis in ea pertractandis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insuper eadem sacrosancta Tridentina Synodus proximam futuram sessionem in diem decimam sextam mensis septembris indicit; in qua agetur de sacramento matrimonii et de aliis si qua erunt ad doctrinam fidei pertinentia quae expediri possint. Item de provisionibus episcopatuum dignitatum aliorum que beneficiorum ecclesiasticorum ac de diversis reformationis articulis."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Being the seventh under t/ie Sovereign Pontiff, Pius IV., celebrated on t/ie fifteenth day of July, MDLXIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE TRUE AND CATHOLIC DOCTRINE TOUCHING THE SACRA-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "MENT OF ORDER, DECREED AND PUBLISHED BY THE HOLY"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "SVXOD OF TRENT, IN THE SEVENTH SESSION, IN CONDEM-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "NATION OF THE ERRORS OF OUR TIME."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": "I",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the institution of the Priesthood of the New Law."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrifice and priesthood are, by the ordinance of God, in such wise conjoined, as that both have existed in every law."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE SACRAMENT OF ORDER. 17I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whereas, therefore, in the New Testament, the Catholic Church has received, from the institution of Christ, the holy visible sacrifice of the Eucharist; it must needs also be confessed that there is, in that Church, a new, visible, and external priesthood, into which the old has been translated.* And the sacred Scriptures show, and the tradition of the Catholic Church has always taught, that this priesthood was instituted by the same Lord our Saviour, and that to the Apostles, and their successors in the priesthood, was the power delivered of consecrating, offering, and administering His Body and Blood, as also of forgiving and of retaining sins."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER H."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the Seven Orders."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And whereas the ministry of so holy a priesthood is a divine thing; to the end that it might be exercised in a more worthy' manner, and with greater veneration, it was suitable that, in the most well-ordered settlement of the Church, there should be several and diverse orders of ministers, to minister to the priesthood, by virtue of their office; orders so distributed as that those already marked with the clerical tonsure should ascend through the lesser to the greater orders. For the sacred Scriptures make open mention not only of priests, but also of deacons; and teach, in words the most weighty, what things are especially to be attended to in the Ordination thereof; and, from the very beginning of the Church, the names of the following orders, and the ministrations proper to each one of them, are known to have been in use; to wit, those of sub-deacon, acolyth, exorcist, lector, and door-keeper; though these were not of equal rank: for the sub-deaconship is classed amongst the greater orders by the Fathers and sacred Councils, wherein also we very often read of the other inferior orders."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Hebr. vii. 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "172 SESSION XXIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": "III",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER III."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That Order is truly and properly a Sacrament."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whereas, by the testimony of Scripture, by Apostolic tradition, and the unanimous consent of the Fathers, it is clear that grace is conferred by sacred ordination, which is performed* by words and outward signs, no one ought to doubt that Order is truly and properly one of the seven sacraments of holy Church. For the Apostle says: / admonish thee that thou stir up the grace of God, which is itt thee by the imposition of my hands. For God has not given us the spirit of fear, but of poiver, and of love, and of sobriety.^"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": "IV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the Ecclesiastical hierarchy, and on Ordination."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But, forasmuch as in the sacrament of Order, as also in Baptism and Confirmation, a character is imprinted, which can neither be effaced nor taken away; the holy Synod with reason condemns the opinions of those who assert that the priests of the New Testament have only a temporary power; and that those who have once been rightly ordained can again become laymen, if they do not exercise the ministry of the word of God. And if anyone affirm that all Christians indiscriminately are priests of the New Testament, or that they are all mutually endowed with an equal spiritual power, he clearly does nothing but confound the ecclesiastical hierarchy, which is as an army set in array;\\ as if, contrary to the doctrine of blessed Paul, all were apostles, all prophets, all evangelists, all pastors, all doctors.^ Wherefore, the holy Synod declares that, besides"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perficitur. f 2 Tim. i. 6, 7.\" J Cant. vi. 3. § Ephes. vi. 11, 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE SACRAMENT OF ORDER. 1 73"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "the other ecclesiastical degrees, bishops, who have succeeded to the place of the Apostles, principally belong to this hierarchial order; that they ax& placed, as the same Apostle says, by the Holy Ghost, to rule the Church of God;* that they are superior to priests; administer the sacrament of Confirmation; ordain the ministers of the Church; and that they can perform very many other things; over which functions others of an inferior order have no power. Furthermore, the sacred and holy Synod teaches, that, in the ordination of bishops, priests, and of the other orders, neither the consent, nor vocation, nor authority, whether of the people, or of any civil power or magistrate whatsoever, is required in such wise as that, without this, the ordination is invalid: yea, rather doth It decree that all those who, being only called and 'instituted by the people, or by the civil power and magistrate, ascend to the exercise of these ministrations, and those who of their own rashness assume them to themselves, are not ministers of the Church, but are to be looked upon as thieves and robbers, luho have not entered by the door.-f These are the things which it hath seemed good to the sacred Synod to teach the faithful of Christ, in general terms, touching the sacrament of Order. But It hath resolved to condemn whatsoever things are contrary thereunto, in express and specific canons, in the manner following; in order that all men, with the help of Christ, using the rule of faith, may, in the midst of the darkness of so many errors, more easily be able to recognise and to hold Catholic truth."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRAMENT OF ORDER."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": "i",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon i. — If anyone saith that there is not in the New"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Testament a visible and external priesthood; or that there is not any power of consecrating and offering the true body and blood of the Lord, and of forgiving and retaining sins; but only an office and bare ministry of preaching the Gospel; or that thdse who do not preach are not priests at all; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Acts XX. 28, t Johnx. i."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "174 SESSION XXIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": "ii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon ii. — If anyone saith that, besides the priesthood,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "there are not in the CathoHc Church other orders, both greater and minor, by which, as by certain steps, advance is made unto the priesthood;* let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon hi. — If anyone saith that order, or sacred ordination,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "is not truly and properly a sacrament instituted by Christ the Lord; or that it is a kind of human figment devised by men unskilled in ecclesiastical matters; or that it is only a kind of rite for ^choosing ministers of the word of God and of the sacraments; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": "iv",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon iv. — If anyone saith that by sacred ordination the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Holy Ghost is not given; and that vainly therefore do the bishops say. Receive ye the Holy Ghost; or that a character is not imprintedf by that ordination; or that he who has once been a priest can again become a layman; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": "v",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon v. — If anyone saith that the sacred unction which"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "the Church uses in holy ordination is not only not required, but is to be despised and is pernicious, as likewise are the other ceremonies of Order; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon \\'I. — If anyone saith that in the Catholic Church"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "there is not a hierarchy by divine ordination instituted,} consisting of bishops, priests, and ministers; let him be anathema. C.\\^non VII. — If anyone saith that bishops are not superior to priests; or that they have not the power of confirming and ordaining; or that the power which they possess is common to them and to priests; or that orders conferred by them, without the consent or vocation of the people or of the secular power, are invalid; or that those who have neither been rightly§ ordained, nor sent by ecclesiastical and canonical power, but come from elsewhere, are lawful ministers of the word and of the sacraments; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": "viii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon viii. — If anyone saith that the bishops, who are"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "assumed by authority of the Roman Pontiff, are not legitimate and true bishops, but are a human figment; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per quos, velut per gradus quosdam, in sacerdotium tendatur. t Imprimi. X Divina ordinatione (ordinance) institulam. § Rite."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. I 75"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE ON REFORMATION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The same sacred and holy Synod of Trent, prosecuting the matter of reformation, resolves and decrees that the things following be at present ordained."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": "I",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The negligence of Pastors of Churches in residing is variously punished: provision is made for the cure of souls."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whereas it is, by divine precept, enjoined on all to whom the cure of souls is committed, to know their own sheep; to offer sacrifice for them; and, by the preaching of the divine word, by the administration of the sacraments, and by the example of all good works, to feed them; to have a fatherly care of the poor and of other distressed persons, and to apply themselves to all other pastoral duties: all which (offices) cannot be rendered and fulfilled by those who neither watch over nor are with* their own flock, but abandon it after the manner of hirelings; the sacred and holy Synod admonishes and exhorts such, that, mindful of the divine precepts, and made a pattern of the flock,\\ they feed and rule in judgment and in truth. And for fear lest those things which have been already elsewhere holily and usefully ordained, concerning residence, under Palil III., of happy memory, may be wrested to a meaning alien from the mind of the sacred and holy Synod, as if by virtue of that"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "decree it were lawful to be absent during five continuous"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "months; the sacred and holy Synod, adhering to those decrees, declares that all persons who are — under whatsoever name and title, even though they be cardinals of the holy Roman Church — set over any patriarchal, primatial, metropolitan, and cathe-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Assistunt; this word was for a long time opposed by those who denied the residence of bishops to be of divine right. t I Peter v. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "176 SESSION XXIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "dral churches whatsoever, are obliged to personal residence in their own church or diocese, where they shall be bound to discharge the office enjoined them; and may not be absent thence, save for the causes and in the manner subjoined. For whereas Christian charity, urgent necessity, due obedience, and the evident utility of the Church, or of the commonwealth, require and demand that some at times be absent, this same sacred and holy Synod ordains, that these causes of lawful absence are to be approved of in writing by the most blessed Roman Pontiff, or by the metropolitan, or, in his absence, by the oldest resident suffragan bishop, whose duty it shall also be to approve of the absence of the metropolitan; except when such absence happens in consequence of some emplo}'ment and office in the state attached to the bishoprics; the causes of which absence being notorious, and at times sudden, it will not be necessary even to notify them to the metropolitan; to whom it shall however belong, conjointly with the provincial Council, to judge of the permissions granted by himself, or by his suffi^agan, and to see that no one abuse that right, and that transgressors are punished with the penalties adjudged by the canons. Meanwhile let those about to depart remember to provide in such sort for their sheep, as that, as far as possible, they may not suffer any injury through their absence. But, fofasmuch as those who are only absent for a short period are, in the sense of the ancient canons, not supposed to be absent, for that they are about to return immediately; the sacred and holy Synod wills that that term of absence, whether continuous or interrupted, ought not by any means to exceed two, or at most three months, except for the causes above named; and that regard be had that it be done from a just cause, and without any detriment to the flock: which, whether it be the case, the Synod leaves to the conscience of those who withdraw themselves, which It hopes will be religious and timorous; seeing that their hearts are open before God, whose work they are bound, at their peril, not to do deceitfully* In the meantime It"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Jerem. xlviii. 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 1 77"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "admonishes and exhorts them in the Lord, that, unless their episcopal duties call them to some other part of their own diocese, they on no account be absent from their own cathedral church during the period of the Advent of the Lord, and of Lent, on the days of the Nativity, of the Lord's Resurrection, of Pentecost, and of Corpus Christi, on which days especially the sheep ought to be refreshed, and to rejoice in the Lord at the presence of the Shepherd. But if anyone, which it is hoped will never happen, shall be absent, contrary to the regulation of this decree, the sacred and holy Synod ordains that, in addition to the other penalties imposed upon and renewed against non-residents under Paul III., and the guilt of mortal sin which such a one incurs, he acquires no property in any fruits in proportion to the time of his absence, and that he cannot, even though no other declaration but this follow, retain them as his with a safe conscience; but is bound, or, in his default, his ecclesiastical superior for him, to apply them to the fabric of the churches, or to the poor of the place; every kind of agreement, or composition as it is called, in regard of ill-gotten fruits, being prohibited, whereby the aforesaid fruits even might be wholly, or in part, restored to him; any privileges whatsoever, granted to any college or fabric, to the contrary notwithstanding. The same also, both as regards the guilt, the loss of fruits, and the penalties, does the sacred and holy Synod wholly declare and decree in regard of inferior pastors,* and all others whomsoever who hold any ecclesiastical benefice having cure of souls; in such wise, however, as that, whensoever it shall happen that they are absent, for a cause that has been first made known to and been approved of by the bishop, they shall leave, with a due allowance of stipend, a suitable vicar, to be approved of by the Ordinary. And they shall not obtain permission to be absent — which is to be granted in writing and gratuitously—^ for a larger period than two months, except for some weighty cause; and if, after having been cited, even though not per-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Curatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "D D"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "178 SESSION XXIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "sonally, by an edict, they shall be contumacious, the Synod wills that it be in the power of the Ordinaries to constrain them, by ecclesiastical censures, and by the sequestration and substraction of fruits, and by other legal remedies, even as far as deprivation; and that the execution hereof shall not be able to be suspended by any manner of privilege soever, licence, claim as a domestic, exemption — though even upon the ground of any manner of benefice — by any compact or statute — even though confirmed by oath or by what authority soever — by any custom, even though immemorial, which herein is to be looked upon rather as a corruption, or by any appeal or inhibition, even in the Roman Court, or by virtue of the constitution of Eugenius. Finally, the holy Synod commands that both the decree under Paul III., and this present, shall be published in the provincial and episcopal councils; for It desires that things so nearly concerning the office of pastors, and the salvation of souls, be frequently impressed on the minds and ears of all men, that so, with God's help, they may never hereafter be abolished through the injury of time, the forgetfulncss of men, or by desuetude."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": "II",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER II."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those set over Churches shall receive the rite of consecration within three months; where the consecration is to take place."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those who — under whatsoever name or title, even though they be cardinals of the holy Roman Church— have been.set over cathedral or superior churches, if they shall not, within three months, have received the rite of consecration, shall be bound to restore the fruits which they have received; if they shall have neglected to do this within three other months afterwards, they shall be ipso jure deprived of their churches. And their consecration, if performed out of the Court of Rome, shall be celebrated in the church to which they have been promoted, or in the province, if it can be conveniently done."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. I 79"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": "III",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER III."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops, except in case of illness, shall confer Orders in person."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops shall themselves confer orders; but should they be prevented by illness, they shall not send their subjects to another bishop for ordination, unless they have been already approved of and examined."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": "IV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Who are to be initiated by the first tonsure."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "None shall be initiated by the first tonsure who have not received the sacrament of Confirmation; and who have not been taught the rudiments of the faith; and who do not know how to read and write; and in whose regard there is not a probable conjecture that they have chosen this manner of life, that they may render unto God a faithful service, and not that they may fraudulently withdraw themselves from Secular jurisdiction."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": "V",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER V."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wherewith those who are to be ordained are to be furnished."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those who are to be promoted to minor orders shall have a good testimonial from their parish priest, and from the master of the school in which they are educated. As to those who are to be raised to any one of the greater orders, they shall, a month before ordination, repair to the bishop, who shall commission the parish priest or such other person as may be deemed more expedient, to state publicly in the church the names and the desire of those who wish to be promoted; and to diligently inform himself, from persons worthy of credit, of the birth, age, morals, and life"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "l8o SESSION XXIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "of those who are to be ordained, and shall transmit to the bishop himself, as soon as possible, letters testimonial, containing the actual inquiry that has been made."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": "VI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The age of fourteen years is required for an ecclesiastical benefice; who is to enjoy the privilege of the (ecclesiastical) court."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No one, after being initiated by the first tonsure, or even after being constituted in minor orders, shall be able to hold* a benefice before his fourteenth year. Further, he shall not enjoy the privilege of the (ecclesiastical) court unless he have an ecclesiastical benefice; or, wearing the ecclesiastical dress and tonsure, he serves in some church by the bishop's order, or lives with the bishop's permission in an ecclesiastical seminary, or in some school or university, on the way as it were to receive the greater orders. As regards married clerks, the constitution of Boniface VIII., which begins clerici qui cum unicis, shall be observed; provided the said clerks, being deputed by the bishop to the service or ministry of some church, serve and minister therein, and wear the clerical dress and tonsure: no privilege or custom, even immemorial, availing anyone herein."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": "VII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those to be ordained are to be examined by persons versed in divine and human laws."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod, adhering to the traces of the ancient canons, ordains that when a bishop has arranged to holdf an ordination, all who may wish to be received into the sacred ministry shall be summoned to the city, for the Thursday before the said ordination, or for such other day as the bishop shall think fit"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obtinere. t Facere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. iSl"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And the bishop, calling to his assistance priests and other prudent persons, well skilled in the divine law, and of experience in the constitutions of the Church, shall diligently investigate and examine the parentage, person, age, education, morals, learning, and faith of those who are to be ordained."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": "VIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoiv, and by whom, each aught to be ordained."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ordinations of sacred orders shall be celebrated publicly, at the times appointed by law, and in the cathedral church, in the presence of the canons of that church, who are to be invited for that purpose; but if they are celebrated in some other place of the diocese, in the presence of the clergy of the place; the principal* church being always, as far as possible, made use of But each one shall be ordained by his own bishop. And if anyone ask to be promoted by another bishop, this shall by no means be allowed him, even under the pretext of any general or special rescript or privilege whatsoever, even at the appointed times; unless his probity and morals be recommended by the testimony of his own Ordinary; otherwise, he who ordains him shall be suspended from conferring orders during a year, and he who has been ordained shall be suspended from exercising the orders which he has received, for as long a period as shall seem expedient to his own Ordinary."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": "IX",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IX."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A bishop ordaining one of his own household, shall at once and really confer upon him a benefice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A bishop may not ordain one of his household, who is not his subject, unless he has lived with him for the space of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignior."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1 82 SESSION xxni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "three years; and he shall really, and without fraud of any kind, at once confer on him a benefice; any custom, even though immemorial, to the contrary notwithstanding."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": "X",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER X."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prelates inferior to bishops shall not give the tonsure, or minor orders, save to Regulars their own subjects; neither sliall they, nor any Chapters ivhatsoever, grant dimissory letters; a more grievous penalty is enacted against those who offend against this decree."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It shall not henceforth be lawful for abbots, or for any other persons whatsoever, howsoever exempted, being within the limits of any diocese, even though they be said to be of no diocese, or to be exempted, to confer the tonsure, or minor orders on anyone who is not a Regular subject to them; nor shall the said abbots, and other exempted persons, or any colleges, or Chapters whatsoever, even those of cathedral churches, grant letters dimissory to any Secular clerics to be ordained by others. But the ordination of all these persons shall appertain to the bishops within the limits of whose diocese they are, all things contained in the decrees of this holy Synod being observed;any privilege, prescriptions, or customs, even though immemorial, notwithstanding. And the Synod ordains that the penalty imposed on those who, contrary to the decree of this holy Synod under Paul III., obtain, during the vacancy of the Episcopal See, letters dimissory from the Chapter, be also extended to those who shall obtain the said letters, not from the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Chapter, but from any other persons whatsoever, who, during"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "the vacancy of the See, succeed to the jurisdiction of the bishop, in lieu of the Chapter. And they who give dimissory letters, contrary to the form of this decree, shall be ipso jure suspended during a year from their office and benefice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 1 83"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": "XL",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The interstices, and certain other regulations, to be observed in receiving minor orders."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The minor orders shall not be given but to such as understand the Latin language at least, observing the appointed interstices of time, unless the bishop shall think it more expedient to act otherwise; that so they may be the more accurately taught how great is the obligation of this their state of life; and may exercise themselves in each office, agreeably to the appointment of the bishop; and this in the church to which they shall be assigned, unless they happen to be absent on account of their studies; and may thus ascend step by step: that so with their increasing age they may grow in worthiness of life and in learning; of which they will give proof especially by the example of their good conduct, by their assiduous service in the Church, their greater reverence towards priests and the superior orders, and by a more frequent communion than heretofore of the Body of Christ. And whereas from these orders is the entrance unto higher orders, and to the most sacred mysteries, no one shall be admitted thereunto,* whom the promise of knowledge does not point out as worthy of the greater orders. And such shall not be promoted to sacred orders till a year after the reception of the last degree of minor orders; unless necessity or the utility of the church, in the bishop's judgment, shall require otherwise."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": "X",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XH."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Age required for the major orders; the deserving only to be admitted."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No one shall for the future be promoted to the order of subdeaconship before the twenty-second year of his age; to that of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* lis initietur, initiated therein."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "184 SESSION XXIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "deaconship before his twenty-third year; to that of priesthood before his twenty-fifth year. Nevertheless, bishops are to know, that not all who have attained to that age must needs be admitted to the aforesaid orders, but those only who are worthy, and whose commendable life is an old age. Regulars likewise shall not be ordained under the above age, nor without a diligent examination by the bishop; all privileges whatsoever in this regard being completely set aside."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": "XIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the conditions required in the Ordination of a Sub-deacon"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "and Deacon: on no one shall two sacred Orders be conferred on the same day."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Such as have a good testimonial, and have been already tried* in minor orders, and are instructed in letters, and in those things which belong to the exercise of their orders, shall be ordained sub-deacons and deacons They shall have a hope, with God's help, to be able to live continently; they shall serve in the churches to which they may be assigned; and are to know that it is very highly becoming that, after ministering at the altar, they should receive the sacred communion, at least on the Lord's days and solemnities. Those who have been promoted to the sacred order of the sub-deaconship shall not, until they have remained therein during at least a year, be permitted to ascend to a higher degree, unless the bishop shall judge otherwise. Two sacred orders shall not be conferred on the same day, even upon Regulars; any privileges and indults whatsoever, to whomsoever granted, to the contrary notwithstanding."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": "XIV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Who are to be raised to the Priesthood: their office."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those who have conducted themselves piously and faithfully in their precedent functions, and are promoted to the order of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "' Jam piobali, already approved themselves."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 1 85"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "priesthood, shall have a good testimonial, and be persons who not only have served in their office of deacon during at least an entire year — unless for the utility and the necessity of the church, the bishop should judge otherwise — but who have also been approved to be, by a careful previous examination, capable of teaching the people those things which it is necessary for all to know unto salvation, as also fit to administer the sacraments; and so conspicuous for piety and chasteness of morals, as that a shining example of goodVorks, and a lesson how to live, may be expected from them. The bishop shall take care that they celebrate mass at least on the Lord's days, and on solemn festivals; but if they have the cure of souls, so often as to satisfy their obligation.* The bishop may, for a lawful cause, grant a dispensation to those who have been promoted per saltum,\\ provided they have not exercised the ministry (of that order)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": "XV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No one shall hear confessions, unless he be approved of by tlie Ordinary."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although priests receive in their ordination the power of absolving from sins; nevertheless, the holy Synod ordains that no one; even though he be a Regular, is able to hear the confessions of Seculars, not even of priests, and that he is not to be reputed fit thereunto, unless he either holds a parochial benefice, or is, by the bishops, after an examination if they shall think it necessary, or in some other manner, judged capable; and has obtained their approval, which shall be granted gratuitouslyany; privileges and customs whatsoever, though immemorial, to the contrary notwithstanding."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Ut suo muneri (their duty) satisfaciant. t Per saltum, omitting, that is, an inferior order."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "X86 SESSION XXIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": "XVI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XVI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those ivho arc ordained shall be assigned to a particular church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whereas no one ought to be ordained, who, in the judgment of his own bishop, is not useful or necessary for his churches, the holy Synod, adhering to the traces of the sixth canon of the Council of Chalcedon, ordains that no one shall for the future be ordained without being attached to that church or pious place, for the need or utility of which he is promoted; there to discharge his duties, and not wander about without any certain abode. And if he shall quit that place without consulting the bishop, he shall be interdicted from the exercise of his sacred (orders). Furthermore, no cleric, who is a stranger, shall, without letters commendatory from hi.s own Ordinary, be admitted by any bishop to celebrate the divine mysteries,* and to administer the sacraments."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": "XV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XVn."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "hi what manner the exercise of the minor orders is to be restored."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That the functions of holy orders, from the deacon to the janitor— which functions have been laudably received in the Church from the times of the Apostles, and which have been for some time interrupted in very many places — may be again brought into use in accordance with the sacred canons; and that they may not be traduced by heretics as useless; the holy S)nod, burning with the desire of restoring the pristine usage, ordains that, for the future, such functions shall not be exercised but by those who are actually in the said orders; and It exhorts in the Lord all and each of the prelates of the churches, and commands them, that it be their care to restore the said"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Divina."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 1 87"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "functions, as far as it can be conveniently done, in the cathedral, collegiate, and parochial churches of their dioceses, where the number of the people and the revenues of the church can support it; and, to those who exercise those functions, they shall assign salaries out of some part of the revenues of any simple benefices, or those of the fabric of the church — if the funds allow of if— or out of the revenues of both together, of which stipends they may, if negligent, be mulcted in a part, or be wholly deprived thereof, according to the judgment of the Ordinary. And if there should not be unmarried clerics at hand to exercise the functions of the four minor orders, their place may be supplied by married clerics of approved life; provided they have not been twice married, be competent to discharge the said duties, and wear the tonsure and the clerical dress in church-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": "XVIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XVIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Method of establishing Seminaries for Clerics, and of educating the same therein."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whereas the age of youth, unless it be rightly trained, is prone to follow after the pleasures of the world; and, unless it be formed, from its tender years, unto piety and religion, before habits of vice have taken possession of the whole man, it never will perfectly, and without the greatest, and well-nigh special help of Almighty God, persevere in ecclesiastical discipline; the holy Synod ordains that \"all cathedral, metropolitan, and other churches greater than these shall be bound, each according to its means and the extent of the diocese, to maintain,* to educate religiously, and to train in ecclesiastical discipline, a certain number of youths of their city and diocese, or — if that number cannot be met with there — of that province, in a college to be chosen by the bishop for this purpose, near the said churches, or in some other suitable place. Into this college shall be received such as are at least twelve years old, born in"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alere, to feed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "1 88 SESSION XXIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "lawful wedlock, and who know how to read and write competently, and whose character and inclination afford a hope that they will always serve in the ecclesiastical ministry. And It wishes that the children of the poor be principally selected, though It does not, however, exclude those of the more wealthy, provided they be maintained at their own expense, and manifest a desire of serving God and the Church. The bishop — having divided these youths into as many classes as he shall think fit, according to their number, age, and progress in ecclesiastical discipline — shall, when it seems to him expedient, assign some of them to the ministry of the churches, the others he shall keep in the college to be instructed; and shall supply the place of those who have been withdrawn by others, that so this college may be a perpetual seminary of ministers of God. And that the youths may be the more advantageously trained in the aforesaid ecclesiastical discipline, they shall always at once wear the tonsure and the clerical dress; they shall learn grammar, singing, ecclesiastical computation, and the other liberal arts; they shall be instructed in sacred Scripture; ecclesiastical works; the homilies of the saints; the manner of administering the sacraments, especially those things which shall seem adapted to enable them to hear confessions; and the forms of the rites and ceremonies. The bishop shall take care that they be present every day at the sacrifice of the mass, and that they confess their sins at least once a month; and receive the body of our Lord Jesus Christ as the judgment of their confessor shall direct; and on festivals serve in the cathedral and other churches of the place. All which, and other things advantageous and needful for 'this object, all bishops shall ordain — with the advice of two of the senior and most experienced canons chosen by himself — as the Holy Spirit shall suggest; and shall make it their care, by frequent visitations, that the same be always observed. The froward and incorrigible, and the disseminators of evil morals, they shall punish sharply, even by expulsion if necessary; and, removing all hindrances, they shall carefully foster whatsoever appears to tend to preserve and advance so pious and holy an institution. And forasmuch as some certain revenues will be"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 1 89"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "necessary, for raising the building of the college, for paying their salaries to the teachers and servants, for the maintenance of the youths, and for other expenses; besides those funds which are, in some churches and places, set apart for training or maintaining youths, and which are to be hereby* looked upon as applied to this seminary under the said charge of the bishop; the bishops as aforesaid, with the advice of two of the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Chapter — of whom one shall be chosen by the bishop, and the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "other by the Chapter itself, and also of two of the clergy of the city, the election of one of whom shall in like manner be with the bishop,' and of the other with the clergy — shall take a certain part or portion out of the entire fruits of the episcopal revenue,! '^\"^ °^ the Chapter, and of all dignities whatsoever, personates, offices, prebends, portions, abbeys, and priories, of whatsoever order, even though Regular, or of whatsoever quality or condition they may be, and of hospitals which are conferred under title or administration, pursuant to the constitution of the Council of Vienne, which begins Quza contingit; and of all benefices whatsoever, even those belonging to Regulars, even those which are under any right of patronage, even those that are exempted, that are of no diocese, or are annexed to other churches, monasteries, hospitals, or to any other pious places, even such as are exempted; as also of the revenues devoted to the fabrics of churches, and of other places, and likewise of all other ecclesiastical revenues and proceeds whatsoever, even those of other colleges;— in which, however, there are not actually seminaries of scholars, or of teachers, for promoting the common good of the Church; for the Synod wills that those places be exempted, except in regard of such revenues as may remain over and above the suitable support of the said seminaries; or of bodies, or confraternities, which in some places are called schools, likewise of all monasteries, with the exception of the Mendicants; also of the tithes in any way belonging to laymen, out of which ecclesiastical subsidies are wont to be paid; and those belonging to the soldiers of any"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eo ipso. t MensEe episcopalis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I go SESSION XXIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "military body or order, the brethren of Saint John of Jerusalem alone excepted; and they shall apply to, and incorporate with, the said college this portion so deducted, as also a certain number of simple benefices, of whatsoever quality and dignity they may be, or even prestimonies, or prestimonial portions as they are called, even before they fall vacant, without prejudice however to the divine service, or to those who hold them. And this shall have effect, even though the benefices be reserved or appropriated to other uses; nor shall this union and application of the said benefices be suspended, or in any way hindered, by any resignation thereof, but shall still in any case have effecti notwithstanding any way whatever in which they may be vacated, even be it in the Roman Court, and notwithstanding any constitution whatsoever to the contrary. The bishop of the place shall, by ecclesiastical censures, and other legal means, even by calling in for this purpose, if he think fit, the help of the Secular arm, compel the possessors of benefices, dignities, personates, and of all and singular the above named (revenues), to pay this portion not merely on their own account, but also on account of whatsoever pensions they may happen to have to pay to others, out of the said revenues — keeping back, however, a sum equivalent to that which they have to pay on account of those pensions: notwithstanding as regards all and singular the abovementioned premises, any privileges, exemptions — even such as might require a special derogation — any custom, even immemorial, or any appeal, and allegation, which might hinder the execution' hereof But in case it should happen that, by means of the said unions being carried into effect, or from some other cause, the said seminary should be found to be wholly or in part endowed, then shall the portion, deducted as above from all benefices and incorporated by the bishop, be remitted, either wholly or in part, as the actual circumstances shall require. But if the prelates of cathedrals, and of the other greater churches, should be negligent in erecting the said seminary, and in preserving the same, and refuse to pay their share; it will be the duty of the archbishop sharply to reprove the bishop, and to compel him to comply with all the matters aforesaid, and of the provincial Synod to reprove and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 191"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "to compel in like manner the archbishop, and sedulously to provide that this holy and pious work be as soon as possible proceeded with, wherever it is possible. The bishop shall annually receive the accounts of the revenues of the said seminary, in the presence of two deputies from the Chapter, and of the same number deputed from the clergy of the city. Furthermore, in order that the teaching in schools of this nature may be provided for at less expense, the holy Synod ordains that bishops, archbishops, primates, and other Ordinaries of places, shall constrain and compel, even by the substraction of their fruits, those who possess any dignities as professors of theology,* and all others to whom is attached I the office of lecturing, or of teaching, to teach those who are to be educated in the said schools, personally, if they be competent, otherwise by competent substitutes to be chosen by; themselves, and to be approved of by the Ordinary. And if, in the judgment of the bishop, those chosen are not fit, they shall nominate another who is fit, without any appeal being allowed; but should they neglect to do this, the bishop himself shall depute one. And the aforesaid masters shall teach those things which the bishop shall judge expedient. And, henceforth, those offices or dignities which are called professorships of theology,! shall not be conferred on any but doctors, or masters, or licentiates in divinity or canon law, or on other competent persons, and such as can personally discharge that office; and any provision made otherwise shall be null and void: all privileges and customs whatsoever, even though immemorial, notwithstanding. But if the churches in any province labour under so great poverty, as that a college cannot be established in certain (churches) thereof; the provincial Synod, or the metropolitan,^ aided by the two oldest' suffragans,§ shall take care to establish one or more colleges, as shall be judged expedient, in the metro-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Scholesterias. t Scholasteria. { Synodus.... metropolitana; other earlj' editions have metropolitanus. § Antiquioribus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "192 SESSION XXIII,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "politan, or in some other more convenient church of the province, out of the revenues of two or more churches, in which singly a college cannot conveniently be established, and there shall the youths of those churches be educated. But in churches which have extensive dioceses, the bishop may have one or more seminaries in the diocese, as to him shall seem expedient; which seminaries shall however be entirely dependent in all things on the one erected and established in the (episcopal) city. Finally, if, either upon occasion of the said unions, or the taxation, or assignment and incorporation of the abovenamed portions, or from some other cause, there should happen to arise any difficulty, by reason of which the institution, or\" maintenance of the said seminary may be hindered or disturbed, the bishop, with the deputies as above, or the provincial Synod, according to the custom of the country, shall have power, regard being had to the character of the churches and benefices, to regulate and order all and singular the matters which shall seem necessary and expedient for the happy advancement of the said seminary, even so as to modify or enlarge, if need be, the contents hereof,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDICTION OF THE NEXT SESSION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, the same sacred and holy Synod of Trent indicts the next ensuing Session for the sixteenth day of the month of September; in which it will treat of the sacrament of Matrimony, and of such other matters, if there be any, relative to the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "doctrine of faith, as can be expedited, as also on provisions for"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "bishoprics, dignities, and other ecclesiastical benefices, and divers articles pf Reformation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Session ivas prorogued to the eleventh day of November,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "MDLXIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE SACRAMENT OF MATRIMONY. 1 93"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-24",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 24: The Sacrament of Matrimony and Reform",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11 nov. 1563 [Doctrina de Sacramento Matrimonii]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Matrimonii perpetuum indissolubilem que nexum primus humani generis parens divini spiritus instinctu pronuntiavit cum dixit: hoc nunc os ex ossibus meis et caro de carne mea. Quamobrem relinquet homo Patrem suum et matrem et adhaerebit uxori suae et erunt duo in carne una."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoc autem vinculo duos tantummodo copulari et coniungi Christus Dominus apertius docuit cum postrema illa verba tamquam a Deo prolata referens dixit: itaque iam non sunt duo sed una caro statim que eiusdem nexus firmitatem ab adamo tanto ante pronuntiatam his verbis confirmavit: Quod ergo Deus coniunxit homo non separet. Gratiam vero quae naturalem illum amorem perficeret et indissolubilem unitatem confirmaret coniuges que sanctificaret: ipse Christus venerabilium sacramentorum institutor atque perfector sua nobis passione promeruit. Quod Paulus apostolus innuit dicens: viri diligite uxores vestras sicut Christus dilexit Ecclesiam et se ipsum tradidit pro ea mox subiungens: sacramentum hoc magnum est; ego autem dico in Christo et in Ecclesia. Cum igitur matrimonium in lege evangelica veteribus connubiis per Christum gratia praestet: merito inter novae legis sacramenta annumerandum sancti patres nostri concilia et universalis Ecclesiae traditio semper docuerunt; adversus quam impii homines huius saeculi insanientes non solum perperam de hoc venerabili sacramento senserunt sed de more suo praetextu Evangelii libertatem carnis introducentes multa ab Ecclesiae catholicae sensu et ab apostolorum temporibus probata consuetudine aliena scripto et verbo asseruerunt non sine magna christifidelium iactura. Quorum temeritati sancta et universalis Synodus cupiens occurrere insigniores praedictorum schismaticorum haereses et errores ne plures ad se trahat perniciosa eorum contagio exterminandos duxit hos in ipsos haereticos eorum que errores decernens anathematismos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canones de Sacramento Matrimonii]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Si quis dixerit matrimonium non esse vere et proprie unum ex septem legis evangelicae sacramentis a Christo Domino institutum sed ab hominibus in Ecclesia inventum neque gratiam conferre: a[nathema] s[it]. 2. Si quis dixerit licere christianis plures simul habere uxores et hoc nulla lege divina esse prohibitum: a[nathema] s[it]. 3. Si quis dixerit eos tantum consanguinitatis et affinitatis gradus qui Levitico exprimuntur posse impedire matrimonium contrahendum et dirimere contractum; nec posse Ecclesiam in nonnullis illorum dispensare aut constituere ut plures impediant et dirimant: a[nathema] s[it]. 4. Si quis dixerit Ecclesiam non potuisse constituere impedimenta matrimonium dirimentia vel in iis constituendis errasse: a[nathema] s[it]. 5. Si quis dixerit propter haeresim aut molestam cohabitationem aut affectatam absentiam a coniuge dissolvi posse matrimonii vinculum: a[nathema] s[it]. 6. Si quis dixerit matrimonium ratum non consummatum per solemnem religionis professionem alterius coniugum non dirimi: a[nathema] s[it]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7. Si quis dixerit Ecclesiam errare cum docuit et docet iuxta evangelicam et apostolicam doctrinam propter adulterium alterius coniugum matrimonii vinculum non posse dissolvi et utrumque vel etiam innocentem qui causam adulterio non dedit non posse altero coniuge vivente aliud matrimonium contrahere moechari que eum qui dimissa adultera aliam duxerit et eam quae dimisso adultero alii nupserit a[nathema] s[it]. 8. Si quis dixerit Ecclesiam errare cum ob multas causas separationem inter coniuges quoad thorum seu quoad cohabitationem ad certum incertum ve tempus fieri posse decernit: a[nathema] s[it]. 9. Si quis dixerit clericos in sacris ordinibus constitutos vel regulares castitatem solemniter professos posse matrimonium contrahere contractum que validum esse non obstante lege ecclesiastica vel voto et oppositum nil aliud esse quam damnare matrimonium; posse que omnes contrahere matrimonium qui non sentiunt se castitatis (etiam si eam voverint) habere donum: a[nathema] s[it]. Cum Deus id recte petentibus non deneget nec patiatur nos supra id quod possumus tentari. 10. Si quis dixerit statum coniugalem anteponendum esse statui virginitatis vel coelibatus et non esse melius ac beatius manere in virginitate aut coelibatu quam iungi matrimonio: a[nathema] s[it]. 11. Si quis dixerit prohibitionem solemnitatis nuptiarum certis anni temporibus superstitionem esse tyrannicam ab ethnicorum superstitione profectam; aut benedictiones et alias caeremonias quibus Ecclesia in illis utitur damnaverit: a[nathema] s[it]. 12. Si quis dixerit causas matrimoniales non spectare ad iudices ecclesiasticos: a[nathema] s[it]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canones super reformatione circa matrimonium]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput I]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tametsi dubitandum non est clandestina matrimonia libero contrahentium consensu facta rata et vera esse matrimonia quamdiu Ecclesia ea irrita non fecit et proinde iure damnandi sint illi ut eos sancta Synodus anathemate damnat qui ea vera ac rata esse negant qui que falso affirmant matrimonia a filiis familias sine consensu parentum contracta irrita esse et parentes ea rata vel irrita facere posse: nihilominus sancta Dei Ecclesia ex iustissimis causis illa semper detestata est atque prohibuit. Verum cum sancta Synodus animadvertat prohibitiones illas propter hominum inobedientiam iam non prodesse et gravia peccata perpendat quae ex eisdem clandestinis coniugiis ortum habent praesertim vero eorum qui in statu damnationis permanent dum priore uxore cum qua clam contraxerant relicta cum alia palam contrahunt et cum ea in perpetuo adulterio vivunt; cui malo cum ab Ecclesia quae de occultis non iudicat succurri non possit nisi efficacius aliquod remedium adhibeatur:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "idcirco sacri Lateranensis concilii sub Innocentio III celebrati vestigiis inhaerendo praecipit ut in posterum antequam matrimonium contrahatur ter a proprio contrahentium parocho tribus continuis diebus festivis in Ecclesia inter Missarum solemnia publice denuntietur inter quos matrimonium sit contrahendum; quibus denuntiationibus factis si nullum legitimum opponatur impedimentum ad celebrationem matrimonii in facie Ecclesiae procedatur ubi parochus viro et muliere interrogatis et eorum mutuo consensu intellecto vel dicat: ego vos in matrimonium coniungo in nomine Patris et Filii et Spiritus Sancti vel aliis utatur verbis iuxta receptum uniuscuiusque provinciae ritum. Quodsi aliquando probabilis fuerit suspicio matrimonium malitiose impediri posse si tot praecesserint denuntiationes: tunc vel una tantum denuntiatio fiat vel saltem parocho et duobus vel tribus testibus praesentibus matrimonium celebretur; deinde ante illius consummationem denuntiationes in Ecclesia fiant ut si aliqua subsunt impedimenta facilius detegantur nisi ordinarius ipse expedire iudicaverit ut praedictae denuntiationes remittantur quod illius prudentiae et iudicio sancta Synodus relinquit. Qui aliter quam praesente parocho vel alio sacerdote de ipsius parochi seu Ordinarii licentia et duobus vel tribus testibus matrimonium contrahere attentabunt: eos sancta Synodus ad sic contrahendum omnino inhabiles reddit et huiusmodi contractus irritos et nullos esse decernit prout eos praesenti decreto irritos facit et annullat. Insuper parochum vel alium sacerdotem qui cum minori testium numero et testes qui sine parocho vel sacerdote huiusmodi contractui interfuerint necnon ipsos contrahentes graviter arbitrio ordinarii puniri praecipit. Praeterea eadem sancta Synodus hortatur ut coniuges ante benedictionem sacerdotalem in templo suscipiendam in eadem domo non cohabitent. Statuit que benedictionem a proprio parocho fieri neque a quoquam nisi ab ipso parocho vel ab Ordinario licentiam ad praedictam benedictionem faciendam alii sacerdoti concedi posse quacumque consuetudine etiam immemorabili quae potius corruptela dicenda est vel privilegio non obstante. Quodsi quis parochus vel alius sacerdos sive regularis sive saecularis sit etiam si id sibi ex privilegio vel immemorabili consuetudine licere contendat alterius parochiae sponsos sine illorum parochi licentia matrimonio coniungere aut benedicere ausus fuerit: ipso iure tamdiu suspensus maneat quamdiu ab Ordinario eius parochi qui matrimonio interesse debebat seu a quo benedictio suscipienda erat absolvatur. Habeat parochus librum in quo coniugum et testium nomina diem que et locum contracti matrimonii describat quem diligenter apud se custodiat. Postremo sancta Synodus coniuges hortatur ut antequam contrahant vel saltem triduo ante matrimonii consummationem sua peccata diligenter confiteantur et ad sanctissimum Eucharistiae sacramentum pie accedant. Si quae provinciae aliis ultra praedictas laudabilibus consuetudinibus et caeremoniis hac in re utuntur eas omnino retineri sancta Synodus vehementer optat. Ne vero haec tam salubria praecepta quemquam lateant ordinariis omnibus praecipit ut cum primum potuerint curent hoc decretum populo publicari ac explicari in singulis suarum dioecesum parochialibus ecclesiis id que in primo anno quam saepissime fiat deinde vero quoties expedire viderint. Decernit insuper ut huiusmodi decretum in unaquaque parochia suum robur post triginta dies habere incipiat a die primae publicationis in eadem parochia factae numerandos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput II]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Docet experientia propter multitudinem prohibitionum multoties in casibus prohibitis ignoranter contrahi matrimonia in quibus vel non sine magno peccato perseveratur vel ea non sine magno scandalo dirimuntur. Volens itaque sancta Synodus huic incommodo providere et a cognationis spiritualis impedimento incipiens statuit ut unus tantum sive vir sive mulier iuxta sacrorum canonum instituta vel ad summum unus et una baptizatum de baptismo suscipiant inter quos ac baptizatum ipsum et illius patrem et matrem necnon inter baptizantem et baptizatum baptizati que patrem ac matrem tantum spiritualis cognatio contrahatur. Parochus antequam ad baptismum conferendum accedat diligenter ab iis ad quos spectabit sciscitetur quem vel quos elegerint ut baptizatum de sacro fonte suscipiant et eum vel eos tantum ad illum suscipiendum admittat et in libro eorum nomina describat doceat que eos quam cognationem contraxerint ne ignorantia ulla excusari valeant. Quodsi alii ultra designatos baptizatum tetigerint cognationem spiritualem nullo pacto contrahant; constitutionibus in contrarium facientibus non obstantibus. Si parochi culpa vel negligentia secus factum fuerit arbitrio ordinarii puniatur. Ea quoque cognatio quae ex confirmatione contrahitur confirmantem et confirmatum illius que Patrem et matrem ac tenentem non egrediatur; omnibus inter alias personas huius spiritualis cognationis impedimentis omnino sublatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput III]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Iustitiae publicae honestatis impedimentum ubi sponsalia quacumque ratione valida non erunt sancta Synodus prorsus tollit; ubi autem valida fuerint primum gradum non excedat quoniam in ulterioribus gradibus iam non potest huiusmodi prohibitio absque dispendio observari."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput IV]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeterea sancta Synodus eisdem et aliis gravissimis de causis adducta impedimentum quod propter affinitatem ex fornicatione contractam inducitur et matrimonium postea factum dirimit ad eos tantum qui in primo et secundo gradu coniunguntur restringit. In ulterioribus vero gradibus statuit huiusmodi affinitatem matrimonium postea contractum non dirimere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput V]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis intra gradus prohibitos scienter matrimonium contrahere praesumpserit separetur ac spe dispensationis consequendae careat id que in eo multo magis locum habeat qui non tantum matrimonium contrahere sed etiam consummare ausus fuerit. Quodsi ignoranter id fecerit siquidem solemnitates requisitas in contrahendo matrimonio neglexerit eisdem subiiciatur poenis. Non enim dignus est qui Ecclesiae benignitatem facile experiatur cuius salubria praecepta temere contempsit. Si vero solemnitatibus adhibitis impedimentum aliquod postea subesse cognoscatur cuius ille probabilem ignorantiam habuit tunc facilius cum eo et gratis dispensari poterit. In contrahendis matrimoniis vel nulla omnino detur dispensatio vel raro id que ex causa et gratis concedatur. In secundo gradu numquam dispensetur nisi inter magnos principes et ob publicam causam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Decernit sancta Synodus inter raptorem et raptam quamdiu ipsa in potestate raptoris manserit nullum posse consistere matrimonium. Quodsi rapta a raptore separata et in loco tuto et libero constituta illum in virum habere consenserit: eam raptor in uxorum habeat; et nihilominus raptor ipse ac omnes illi consilium auxilium et favorem praebentes sint ipso iure excommunicati ac perpetuo infames omnium que dignitatum incapaces. Et si clerici fuerint de proprio gradu decidant. Teneatur praeterea raptor mulierem raptam sive eam in uxorem duxerit sive non duxerit decenter arbitrio iudicis dotare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Multi sunt qui vagantur et incertas habent sedes et ut improbi sunt ingenii prima uxore relicta aliam et plerumque plures illa vivente diversis in locis ducunt; cui morbo cupiens sancta Synodus occurrere omnes ad quos spectat paterne monet ne hoc genus hominum vagantium ad matrimonium facile recipiant. Magistratus etiam saeculares hortatur ut eos severe coerceant; parochis autem praecipit ne illorum matrimoniis intersint nisi prius diligentem inquisitionem fecerint et re ad ordinarium delata ab eo licentiam id faciendi obtinuerint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VIII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Grave peccatum est homines solutos concubinas habere gravissimum vero et in huius magni sacramenti singularem contemptum admissum uxoratos quoque in hoc damnationis statu vivere ac audere eas quandoque domi etiam cum uxoribus alere et retinere. Quare ut huic tanto malo sancta Synodus opportunis remediis provideat statuit huiusmodi concubinarios tam solutos quam uxoratos cuiuscumque status dignitatis et conditionis exsistant si postquam ab Ordinario etiam ex officio ter admoniti ea de re fuerint concubinas non eiecerint se que ab earum consuetudine non seiunxerint excommunicatione feriendos esse a qua non absolvantur donec re ipsa admonitioni factae paruerint. Quodsi in concubinatu per annum censuris neglectis permanserint contra eos ab Ordinario severe pro qualitate criminis procedatur. Mulieres sive coniugatae sive solutae quae cum adulteris seu concubinariis publice vivunt si ter admonitae non paruerint ab ordinariis locorum nullo etiam requirente ex officio graviter pro modo culpae puniantur et extra oppidum vel dioecesim si id eisdem ordinariis videbitur invocato si opus fuerit brachio saeculari eiiciantur; aliis poenis contra adulteros et concubinarios inflictis in suo robore permanentibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput IX]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita plerumque temporalium dominorum ac magistratuum mentis oculos terreni affectus atque cupiditates excaecant ut viros et mulieres sub eorum iurisdictione degentes maxime divites vel spem magnae haereditatis habentes minis et poenis adigant cum iis matrimonium invitos contrahere quos ipsi domini vel magistratus illis praescripserint. Quare cum maxime nefarium sit matrimonii libertatem violare et ab eis iniurias nasci a quibus iura exspectantur: praecipit sancta Synodus omnibus cuiuscumque gradus dignitatis et conditionis exsistant sub anathematis poena quam ipso facto incurrant ne quovis modo directe vel indirecte subditos suos vel quoscumque alios cogant quominus libere matrimonia contrahant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput X]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ab adventu Domini nostri Iesu Christi usque in diem epiphaniae et a feria quarta cinerum usque in octavam paschatis inclusive antiquas solemnium nuptiarum prohibitiones diligenter ab omnibus observari sancta Synodus praecipit. In aliis vero temporibus nuptias solemniter celebrari permittit quas episcopi ut ea qua decet modestia et honestate fiant curabunt. Sancta enim res est matrimonium et sancte tractandum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum de reformatione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eadem sacrosancta Synodus reformationis materiam prosequens haec in praesenti sessione statuenda decernit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon I]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si in quibuslibet Ecclesiae gradibus providenter scienter que curandum est ut in domini domo nihil sit inordinatum nihil que praeposterum: multo magis elaborandum est ut in electione eius qui supra omnes gradus constituitur non erretur. Nam totius familiae Domini status et ordo mutabit si quod requiritur in corpore non inveniatur in capite; unde etsi alias sancta Synodus de promovendis ad cathedrales et superiores ecclesias nonnulla utiliter decrevit: hoc tamen munus huiusmodi esse censet ut si pro rei magnitudine expendatur numquam satis cautum de eo videri possit. Itaque statuit ut cum primum Ecclesia vacaverit supplicationes ac preces publice privatim que habeantur atque a capitulo per civitatem et dioecesim indicantur quibus clerus populus que bonum a Deo pastorem valeat impetrare. Omnes vero et singulos qui ad promotionem praeficiendorum quodcumque ius quacumque ratione a Sede Apostolica habent aut alioquin operam suam praestant: nihil in his pro praesenti temporum ratione innovando hortatur et monet ut in primis meminerint nihil se ad Dei gloriam et populorum salutem utilius posse facere quam si bonos pastores et Ecclesiae gubernandae idoneos promoveri studeant eos que alienis peccatis communicantes mortaliter peccare nisi quos digniores et Ecclesiae magis utiles ipsi iudicaverint non quidem precibus vel humano affectu aut ambientium suggestionibus sed eorum exigentibus meritis praefici diligenter curaverint et quos ex legitimo matrimonio natos et vita aetate doctrina atque aliis omnibus qualitatibus praeditos sciant quae iuxta sacros canones et Tridentinae huius synodi decreta requiruntur. Quoniam vero in sumendo de praedictis omnibus qualitatibus gravi idoneo que bonorum et doctorum virorum testimonio non uniformis ratio ubique ex nationum populorum ac morum varietate potest adhiberi: mandat sancta Synodus ut in provinciali synodo per metropolitanum habenda praescribatur quibusque locis et provinciis propria examinis seu inquisitionis aut instructionis faciendae forma sanctissimi Romani Pontificis arbitrio approbanda quae magis eisdem locis utilis atque opportuna esse videbitur ita tamen ut cum deinde hoc examen seu inquisitio de persona promovenda perecta fuerit ea in instrumentum publicum redacta cum toto testimonio ac professione fidei ab eo facta quamprimum ad sanctissimum Romanum Pontificem omnino transmittatur ut ipse Summus Pontifex plena totius negotii ac personarum notitia habita pro gregis dominici commodo de illis si idonei per examen seu per inquisitionem factam reperti fuerint ecclesiis possit utilius providere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnes vero inquisitiones informationes testimonia ac probationes quaecumque de promovendi qualitatibus et Ecclesiae statu a quibuscumque etiam in Romana curia habitae per cardinalem qui relationem facturus erit in consistorio et alios tres cardinales diligenter examinentur ac relatio ipsa cardinalis relatoris et trium cardinalium subscriptione roboretur in qua ipsi singuli quatuor cardinales affirment se adhibita accurata diligentia invenisse promovendos qualitatibus a iure et ab hac sancta Synodo requisitis praeditos ac certo existimare sub periculo salutis aeternae idoneos esse qui ecclesiis praeficiantur: ita ut relatione in uno consistorio facta quo maturius interea de ipsa inquisitione cognosci possit in aliud consistorium iudicium differatur nisi aliud beatissimo Pontifici videbitur expedire. Ea vero omnia et singula quae de episcoporum praeficiendorum vita aetate"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "doctrina et ceteris qualitatibus alias in eadem synodo constituta sunt decernit eadem"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "etiam in creatione sanctae Romanae Ecclesiae cardinalium etiam si diaconi sint exigenda quos sanctissimus Romanus Pontifex ex omnibus christianitatis nationibus quantum commode fieri poterit prout idoneos repererit assumet. Postremo eadem sancta Synodus tot gravissimis Ecclesiae incommodis commota non potest non commemorare nihil magis Ecclesiae Dei esse necessarium quam ut beatissimus Romanus Pontifex quam sollicitudinem universae Ecclesiae ex muneris sui officio debet eam hic potissimum impendat ut lectissimos tantum sibi cardinales adsciscat et bonos maxime atque idoneos pastores singulis ecclesiis praeficiat; id que eo magis quod ovium Christi sanguinem quae ex malo negligentium et sui officii immemorum pastorum regimine peribunt Dominus noster Iesus Christus de manibus eius sit requisiturus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon II]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Provincialia concilia sicubi omissa sunt pro moderandis moribus corrigendis excessibus controversiis componendis aliis que ex sacris canonibus permissis renoventur. Quare metropolitani per se ipsos seu illis legitime impeditis coepiscopus antiquior intra annum ad minus a fine praesentis concilii et deinde quolibet saltem triennio post octavam paschae resurrectionis Domini nostri Iesu Christi seu alio commodiori tempore pro more provinciae non praetermittat synodum in provincia sua cogere quo episcopi omnes et alii qui de iure vel consuetudine interesse debent exceptis iis quibus cum imminenti periculo transfretandum esset convenire omnino teneantur. Nec episcopi comprovinciales praetextu cuiuslibet consuetudinis ad metropolitanam Ecclesiam in posterum accedere inviti compellantur. Itidem episcopi qui nulli archiepiscopo subiiciuntur aliquem vicinum metropolitanum semel eligant in cuius synodo provinciali cum aliis interesse debeant et quae ibi ordinata fuerint observent ac observari faciant. In reliquis omnibus eorum exemptio et privilegia salva atque integra maneant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Synodi quoque dioecesanae quotannis celebrentur ad quas exempti etiam omnes qui alias cessante exemptione interesse deberent nec capitulis generalibus subduntur accedere teneantur; ratione tamen parochialium aut aliarum saecularium ecclesiarum etiam annexarum debeant ii qui illarum curam gerunt quicumque illi sint synodo interesse. Quodsi in his tam metropolitani quam episcopi et alii suprascripti negligentes fuerint poenas sacris canonibus sancitas incurrant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon III]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Patriarchae primates metropolitani et episcopi propriam dioecesim per se ipsos aut si legitime impediti fuerint per suum generalem vicarium aut visitatorem si quotannis totam propter eius latitudinem visitare non poterunt saltem maiorem eius partem ita tamen ut tota biennio per se vel visitatores suos compleatur visitare non praetermittant. A metropolitanis vero etiam post plene visitatam propriam dioecesim non visitentur cathedrales Ecclesiae neque dioeceses suorum comprovincialium nisi causa cognita et probata in concilio provinciali. Archidiaconi autem decani et alii inferiores in iis ecclesiis ubi hactenus visitationem exercere legitime consueverunt debeant quidem assumpto notario de consensu episcopi deinceps per se ipsos tantum ibidem visitare. Visitatores etiam a capitulo deputandi ubi capitulum ius visitandi habet prius ab episcopo approbentur; sed non ideo episcopus vel eo impedito eius visitator easdem ecclesias seorsum ab his visitare prohibeatur; cui ipsi archidiaconi vel alii inferiores visitationis factae infra mensem rationem reddere et depositiones testium ac integra acta ei exhibere teneantur. Non obstantibus quacumque consuetudine etiam immemorabili atque exemptionibus et privilegiis quibuscumque. Visitationum autem omnium istarum praecipuus sit scopus sanam orthodoxam que doctrinam expulsis haeresibus inducere bonos mores tueri pravos corrigere populum cohortationibus et admonitionibus ad religionem pacem innocentiam que accendere cetera prout locus tempus et occasio feret ex visitantium prudentia ad fidelium fructum constituere. Quae ut facilius felicius que succedant monentur praedicti omnes et singuli ad quos visitatio spectat ut paterna charitate christiano que zelo omnes amplectantur ideo que modesto contenti equitatu famulatu que studeant quam celerrime debita tamen cum diligentia visitationem ipsam absolvere. Interim que caveant ne inutilibus sumptibus cuiquam graves onerosi ve sint neve ipsi aut quispiam suorum quidquam procurationis causa pro visitatione etiam testamentorum ad pios usus praeter id quod ex relictis piis iure debetur aut alio quovis nomine nec pecuniam nec munus quodcumque sit etiam qualitercumque offeratur accipiant; non obstante quacumque consuetudine etiam immemorabili. Exceptis tamen victualibus quae sibi ac suis frugaliter moderate que pro temporis tantum necessitate et non ultra erunt ministranda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sit tamen in optione eorum qui visitantur si malint solvere id quod erat ab ipsis antea solvi certa pecunia taxata consuetum an vero praedicta victualia subministrare salvo item iure conventionum antiquarum cum monasteriis aliis que piis locis aut ecclesiis non parochialibus inito quod illaesum permaneat. In iis vero locis seu provinciis ubi consuetudo est ut nec victualia nec pecunia nec quidquam aliud a visitatoribus accipiatur sed omnia gratis fiant: ibi id observetur. Quodsi quisquam (quod absit) aliquid amplius in supradictis omnibus casibus accipere praesumpserit: is praeter dupli restitutionem intra mensem faciendam aliis etiam poenis iuxta constitutionem concilii generalis lugdunensis quae incipit exigit necnon et aliis poenis in synodo provinciali arbitrio synodi absque ulla spe veniae mulctetur. Patroni vero in his quae ad sacramentorum administrationem spectant nullatenus se praesumant ingerere neque visitationi ornamentorum Ecclesiae aut bonorum stabilium seu fabricarum proventibus immisceant nisi quatenus id eis ex institutione ac fundatione competat; sed episcopi ipsi haec faciant et fabricarum reditus in usus Ecclesiae necessarios et utiles prout sibi expedire magis visum fuerit expendi curent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon IV]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praedicationis munus quod episcoporum praecipuum est cupiens sancta Synodus quo frequentius possit ad fidelium salutem exerceri: canones alias super hoc editos sub felicis recordationis Paulo III aptius praesentium temporum usui accomodando mandat ut in Ecclesia sua ipsi per se aut si legitime impediti fuerint per eos quos ad praedicationis munus assument in aliis autem ecclesiis per parochos sive iis impeditis per alios ab episcopo impensis eorum qui eas praestare vel tenentur vel solent deputandos in civitate aut in quacumque parte dioecesis censebunt expedire saltem omnibus dominicis et solemnibus diebus festis tempore autem ieiuniorum quadragesimae et adventus domini quotidie vel saltem tribus in hebdomada diebus si ita oportere duxerint sacras scripturas divinam que legem annuntient et alias quotiescumque id opportune fieri posse iudicaverint. Moneat que episcopus populum diligenter teneri unumquemque parochiae suae interesse ubi id commode fieri potest ad audiendum Verbum Dei. Nullus autem saecularis sive regularis etiam in ecclesiis suorum ordinum contradicente episcopo praedicare praesumat. Iidem etiam saltem dominicis et aliis festivis diebus pueros in singulis parochiis fidei rudimenta et obedientiam erga Deum et parentes diligenter ab iis ad quos spectabit doceri curabunt et si opus sit etiam per censuras ecclesiasticas compellent. Non obstantibus privilegiis et consuetudinibus. In reliquis ea quae de praedicationis munere sub eodem Paulo III decreta fuerunt suum robur obtineant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon V]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Causae criminales graviores contra episcopos etiam haeresis (quod absit) quae depositione aut privatione dignae sunt: ab ipso tantum summo Romano Pontifice cognoscantur et terminentur. Quodsi eiusmodi sit causa quae necessario extra Romanam curiam sit committenda: nemini prorsus ea committatur nisi metropolitanis aut episcopis a beatissimo Papa eligendis. Haec vero commissio et specialis sit et manu ipsius sanctissimi pontificis signata nec unquam plus his tribuat quam ut solam facti instructionem sumant processum que conficiant quam statim ad Romanum Pontificem transmittant reservata eidem sanctissimo sententia diffinitiva. Cetera alias sub felicis recordationis Iulio III super his decreta necnon et constitutio sub Innocentio III in concilio generali quae incipit qualiter et quando quam sancta Synodus in praesenti innovat ab omnibus observetur. Minores vero criminales causae episcoporum in concilio tantum provinciali cognoscantur et terminentur vel a deputandis per concilium provinciale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon VI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liceat episcopis in irregularitatibus omnibus et suspensionibus ex delicto occulto provenientibus excepta ea quae oritur ex homicidio voluntario et exceptis aliis deductis ad forum contentiosum dispensare et in quibuscumque casibus occultis etiam Sedi Apostolicae reservatis delinquentes quoscumque sibi subditos in dioecesi sua per se ipsos aut vicarium ad id specialiter deputandum in foro conscientiae gratis absolvere imposita poenitentia salutari. Idem et in haeresis crimine in eodem foro conscientiae eis tantum non eorum vicariis sit permissum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon VII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut fidelis populus ad suscipienda sacramenta maiore cum reverentia atque animi devotione accedat: praecipit sancta Synodus episcopis omnibus ut non solum cum haec per se ipsos erunt populo administranda prius illorum vim et usum pro suscipientium captu explicent sed etiam idem a singulis parochis pie prudenter que etiam lingua vernacula si opus sit et commode fieri poterit servari studeant iuxta formam a sancta Synodo in catechesi singulis sacramentis praescribendam quam episcopi in vulgarem linguam fideliter verti atque a parochis omnibus populo exponi curabunt; necnon ut inter Missarum solemnia aut divinorum celebrationem sacra eloquia et salutis monita eadem vernacula lingua singulis diebus festis vel solemnibus explanent eadem que in omnium cordibus (postpositis inutilibus quaestionibus) inserere atque eos in lege Domini erudire studeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon VIII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apostolus monet publice peccantes palam esse corripiendos. Quando igitur ab aliquo publice et in multorum conspectu crimen commissum fuerit unde alios scandalo offensos commotos que fuisse non sit dubitandum: huic condignam pro modo culpae poenitentiam publice iniungi oportet ut quos exemplo suo ad malos mores provocavit suae emendationis testimonio ad rectam revocet vitam. Episcopus tamen publicae hoc poenitentiae genus in aliud secretum poterit commutare quando ita magis iudicaverit expedire. In omnibus etiam cathedralibus ecclesiis ubi id commode fieri poterit poenitentiarius aliquis cum unione praebendae proxime vacaturae ab episcopo instituatur qui magister sit vel doctor aut licentiatus in theologia vel iure canonico et annorum quadraginta seu alias qui aptior pro loci qualitate reperiatur; qui dum confessiones in Ecclesia audiet interim praesens in choro censeatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon IX]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae alias sub felicis recordationis Paulo III et nuper sub beatissimo domino nostro Pio IV in hoc eodem concilio de adhibenda ab ordinariis diligentia in beneficiorum etiam exemptorum visitatione constituta sunt: eadem etiam in iis ecclesiis saecularibus observentur quae in nullius dioecesi esse dicuntur ut ab episcopo cuius cathedralis Ecclesia est proximior si id constet alioquin ab eo qui semel in concilio provinciali a praelato loci illius electus fuerit tamquam Sedis Apostolicae delegato visitentur. Non obstantibus privilegiis et consuetudinibus quibuscumque etiam immemorabilibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon X]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi ut aptius quem regunt populum possint in officio atque obedientia continere in omnibus his quae ad visitationem ac morum correctionem subditorum suorum spectant ius et potestatem habeant etiam tamquam Apostolicae Sedis delegati ea ordinandi moderandi puniendi et exsequendi iuxta canonum sanctiones quae illis ex prudentia sua pro subditorum emendatione ac dioecesis suae utilitate necessaria videbuntur; nec in his ubi de visitatione aut morum correctione agitur exemptio aut ulla inhibitio appellatio seu querela etiam ad Sedem Apostolicam interposita exsecutionem eorum quae ab his mandata decreta aut iudicata fuerint quoquo modo impediat aut suspendat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quoniam privilegia et exemptiones quae variis titulis plerisque conceduntur hodie perturbationem in episcoporum iurisdictione excitare et exemptis occasionem laxioris vitae praebere dignoscuntur: decernit sancta Synodus ut si quando iustis gravibus et fere necessariis suadentibus causis aliquos honorariis titulis protonotariatus acolythatus comitis palatini capellani regii aut aliis huiusmodi in Romana curia vel extra insignibus decorandos esse placuerit necnon alios cuicumque monasterio oblatos vel quomodocumque addictos aut sub nomine servientium militiis seu monasteriis hospitalibus collegiis aut quocumque alio titulo assumi: nihil ex privilegiis detractum esse ordinariis intelligatur quominus ii quibus ea iam concessa sunt vel in posterum concedi contigerit ipsis ordinariis tamquam Apostolicae Sedis delegatis plene in omnibus et quoad capellanos regios iuxta constitutionem Innocentii III quae incipit cum capella subiecti exsistant; exceptis tamen iis, qui praedictis locis aut militiis actu serviunt et intra eorum septa ac domos resident sub que eorum obedientia vivunt sive iis qui legitime et secundum regulam earundem militiarum professionem fecerint de qua ordinario constare debeat. Non obstantibus privilegiis quibuscumque etiam religionis s(ancti) Ioannis Hierosolymitani et aliarum militiarum. Quae vero privilegia residentibus in curia Romana vigore Eugenianae constitutionis aut familiaritatis cardinalium competere solent ea in his qui beneficia ecclesiastica obtinent ratione praedictorum beneficiorum minime intelligantur sed ordinarii iurisdictione subiecti permaneant. Non obstantibus quibuscumque inhibitionibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum dignitates in ecclesiis praesertim cathedralibus ad conservandam augendam que ecclesiasticam disciplinam fuerint institutae ut qui eas obtinerent pietate praecellerent aliis que exemplo essent atque episcopos opera et officio iuvarent: merito qui ad eas vocantur tales esse debent qui suo muneri respondere possint. Nemo igitur deinceps ad dignitates quascumque quibus animarum cura subest promoveatur nisi qui saltem vigesimum quintum suae aetatis annum attigerit et in clericali ordine versatur doctrina ad suum munus exsequendum necessaria ac morum integritate commendetur iuxta constitutionem Alexandri III in concilio Lateranensi promulgatam quae incipit cum in cunctis. Archidiaconi etiam qui oculi dicuntur episcopi sint in omnibus ecclesiis ubi fieri poterit magistri in theologia seu doctores et licentiati in iure canonico. Ad ceteras autem dignitates vel personatus quibus animarum cura nulla subest clerici alioqui idonei et viginti duobus annis non minores adsciscantur. Provisi etiam de beneficiis quibuscumque curam animarum habentibus teneantur a die adeptae possessionis ad minus intra duos menses in manibus ipsius episcopi vel eo impedito coram generali eius vicario seu officiali orthodoxae suae fidei publicam facere professionem et in Romanae Ecclesiae obedientia se permansuros spondeant ac iurent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Provisi autem de canonicatibus et dignitatibus in ecclesiis cathedralibus non solum coram episcopo seu eius officiali sed etiam in capitulo idem facere teneantur; alioquin praedicti omnes provisi ut supra fructus non faciant suos nec illis possessio suffragetur. Neminem etiam deinceps ad dignitatem canonicatum aut portionem recipiant nisi qui eo ordine sacro aut sit initiatus quem illa dignitas praebenda aut portio requirit aut in tali aetate ut infra tempus a iure et ab hac sancta Synodo statutum initiari valeat. In omnibus vero ecclesiis cathedralibus omnes canonicatus ac portiones habeant annexum ordinem presbyterii diaconatus vel subdiaconatus. Episcopus autem cum consilio capituli designet ac distribuat prout viderit expedire quibus quisque ordo ex sacris annexus in posterum esse debeat ita tamen ut dimidia saltem pars presbyteri sint ceteri vero diaconi aut subdiaconi; ubi vero consuetudo laudabilior habet ut plures vel omnes sint presbyteri omnino observetur. Hortatur etiam sancta Synodus ut in provinciis ubi id commode fieri potest dignitates omnes et saltem dimidia pars canonicatuum in cathedralibus ecclesiis et collegiatis insignibus conferatur tantum magistris vel doctoribus aut etiam licentiatis in theologia vel iure canonico. Praeterea obtinentibus in eisdem cathedralibus aut collegiatis dignitates canonicatus praebendas aut portiones non liceat vigore cuiuslibet statuti aut consuetudinis ultra tres menses ab eisdem ecclesiis quolibet anno abesse salvis nihilominus earum ecclesiarum constitutionibus quae longius servitii tempus requirunt; alioquin primo anno privetur unusquisque dimidia parte fructuum quos ratione etiam praebendae ac residentiae fecit suos. Quodsi iterum eadem fuerit usus negligentia privetur omnibus fructibus quos eodem anno lucratus fuerit; crescente vero contumacia contra eos iuxta sacrorum canonum constitutiones procedatur. Distributiones vero qui statis horis interfuerint recipiant; reliqui quavis collusione aut remissione exclusa his careant iuxta Bonifatii VIII decretum quod incipit consuetudinem quod sancta Synodus in usum revocat; non obstantibus quibuscumque statutis et consuetudinibus. Omnes vero divina per se et non per substitutos compellantur obire officia et episcopo celebranti aut alia pontificalia exercenti adsistere et inservire atque in choro ad psallendum instituto hymnis et canticis Dei nomen reverenter distincte devote que laudare. Vestitu insuper decenti tam in Ecclesia quam extra assiduo utantur ab illicitis que venationibus aucupiis choreis tabernis lusibus que abstineant atque ea morum integritate polleant ut merito Ecclesiae senatus dici possit. Cetera quae ad debitum in divinis officiis regimen spectant de que congrua in his canendi seu modulandi ratione de certa lege in choro conveniendi et permanendi simul que de omnibus Ecclesiae ministris quae necessaria erunt et si qua huiusmodi: synodus provincialis pro cuiusque provinciae utilitate et moribus certam cuique formulam praescribet. Interea vero episcopus non minus quam cum duobus canonicis quorum unus ab episcopo alter a capitulo eligatur in his quae expedire fidebuntur poterit providere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XIII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quoniam pleraeque cathedrales Ecclesiae tam tenuis reditus sunt et angustae ut episcopali dignitati nullo modo respondeant neque ecclesiarum necessitati sufficiant: examinet concilium provinciale vocatis his quorum interest et diligenter expendat quas propter angustias tenuitatem que vicinis unire vel novis proventibus augere expediat confecta que de praemissis instrumenta ad summum Romanum Pontificem mittat quibus instructus Summus Pontifex ex prudentia sua prout expedire iudicaverit aut tenues invicem uniat aut aliqua accessione ex fructibus augeat. Interim vero donec praedicta effectum sortiantur huiusmodi episcopis qui fructuum subventione pro dioecesis suae tenuitate indigent poterit de beneficiis aliquibus dum tamen curata non sint nec dignitates seu canonicatus et praebendae nec monasteria in quibus viget regularis observantia vel quae capitulis generalibus et certis visitatoribus subduntur a summo Romano Pontifice provideri. In parochialibus etiam ecclesiis quarum fructus aeque adeo exigui sunt ut debitis nequeant oneribus satisfacere: curabit episcopus si per beneficiorum unionem non tamen regularium id fieri non possit ut primitiarum vel decimarum assignatione aut per parochianorum symbola ac collectas aut qua commodiori ei videbitur ratione tantum redigatur quod pro rectoris ac parochiae necessitate decenter sufficiat. In unionibus vero quibuslibet seu ex supradictis seu aliis causis faciendis Ecclesiae parochiales monasteriis quibuscumque aut abbatiis seu dignitatibus sive praebendis Ecclesiae cathedralis vel collegiatae sive aliis beneficiis simplicibus aut hospitalibus militiis ve non uniantur et quae unitae sunt revideantur ab ordinariis iuxta alias decretum in eadem synodo sub felicis recordationis Paulo III; quod etiam in unitis ab eo tempore citra aeque observetur. Non obstantibus in iis quibuscumque verborum formis quae hic pro sufficienter expressis habeantur. Ad haec in posterum omnes hae cathedrales Ecclesiae quarum reditus summam ducatorum mille et parochiales quae summam ducatorum centum secundum verum annuum valorem non excedunt: nullis pensionibus aut reservationibus fructuum graventur. In his quoque civitatibus ac locis ubi parochiales Ecclesiae certos non habent fines nec earum rectores proprium populum quem regant sed promiscue petentibus sacramenta administrant: mandat sancta Synodus episcopis pro tutiori animarum eis commissarum salute ut distincto populo in certas proprias que parochias unicuique suum perpetuum peculiarem que parochum assignent qui eas cognoscere valeat et a quo solo licite sacramenta suscipiant: aut alio utiliori modo prout loci qualitas exegerit provideant. Idem que in iis civitatibus ac locis ubi nullae sunt parochiales quamprimum fieri curent. Non obstantibus quibuscumque privilegiis et consuetudinibus etiam immemorabilibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XIV]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In pluribus ecclesiis tam cathedralibus quam collegiatis ac parochialibus ex earum constitutionibus aut ex prava consuetudine observari intelligitur ut in electione praesentatione nominatione institutione confirmatione collatione vel alia provisione sive admissione ad possessionem alicuius cathedralis Ecclesiae vel beneficii canonicatuum aut praebendarum vel partem proventuum seu ad distributiones quotidianas: certae conditiones seu deductiones ex fructibus solutiones promissiones compensationes ve illicitae aut etiam quae in aliquibus ecclesiis dicuntur turnorum lucra interponantur. Haec cum sancta Synodus detestetur mandat episcopis ut quaecumque huiusmodi in usus pios non convertuntur atque ingressus eos qui simoniacae labis aut sordidae avaritiae suspicionem habent fieri non permittant ipsi que diligenter de eorum constitutionibus sive consuetudinibus super praedictis cognoscant et illis tantum quas ut laudabiles probaverint exceptis reliquas ut pravas ac scandalosas reiiciant et aboleant. Eos vero qui adversus haec in praesenti decreto comprehensa quavis ratione commiserint poenis contra simoniacos editis sacris canonibus et variis summorum pontificum constitutionibus quas omnes innovat teneri decernit. Non obstantibus quibuscumque statutis constitutionibus et consuetudinibus etiam immemorabilibus etiam apostolica auctoritate confirmatis de quarum subreptione obreptione et intentionis defectu episcopus tamquam Apostolicae Sedis delegatus cognoscere possit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XV]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In ecclesiis cathedralibus et collegiatis insignibus ubi frequentes adeo que tenues sunt praebendae simul cum distributionibus quotidianis ut sustinendo decenti canonicorum gradui pro loci et personarum qualitate non sufficiant: liceat episcopis cum consensu capituli vel aliquot simplicia beneficia non tamen regularia iis unire vel si hac ratione provideri non possit aliquibus ex iis suppressis cum patronorum consensu si de iurepatronatus laicorum sint quarum fructus et proventus reliquarum praebendarum distributionibus quotidianis applicentur eas ad pauciorem numerum reducere ita tamen ut tot supersint quae divino cultui celebrando ac dignitati Ecclesiae commode valeant respondere. Non obstantibus quibuscumque constitutionibus et privilegiis aut quacumque reservatione generali vel speciali aut affectione; neque praedictae uniones aut suppressiones tolli seu impediri possint ex quibuscumque provisionibus etiam vigore resignationis aut quibusvis aliis derogationibus vel suspensionibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XVI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capitulum sede vacante ubi fructuum percipiendorum ei munus incumbit oeconomum unum vel plures fideles ac diligentes decernat qui rerum ecclesiasticarum et proventuum curam gerant quorum rationem ei ad quem pertinebit sint reddituri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Item officialem seu vicarium infra octo dies post mortem episcopi constituere vel exsistentem confirmare omnino teneatur; qui saltem in iure canonico sit doctor vel licentiatus vel alias quantum fieri poterit idoneus; si secus factum fuerit ad metropolitanum deputatio huiusmodi devolvatur et si Ecclesia ipsa metropolitana fuerit aut exempta capitulum que (ut praefertur) negligens fuerit: tum antiquior episcopus ex suffraganeis in metropolitana et propinquior in exempta oeconomum et vicarium idoneos possit constituere. Episcopus vero ad eandem Ecclesiam vacantem promotus ex his quae ad eum spectant ab eisdem oeconomo vicario et aliis quibuscumque officialibus et administratoribus qui sede vacante fuerunt a capitulo vel ab aliis in eius locum constituti etiam si fuerint ex eodem capitulo rationem exigat officiorum iuridictionis administrationis aut cuiuscumque eorum muneris possit que eos punire qui in eorum officio seu administratione deliquerint etiam si praedicti officiales redditis rationibus a capitulo vel a deputatis ab eodem absolutionem aut liberationem obtinuerint. Eidem quoque episcopo teneatur capitulum de scripturis ad Ecclesiam pertinentibus si quae ad capitulum pervenerunt rationem reddere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XVII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum ecclesiasticus ordo pervertatur quando unus plurium officia occupat clericorum: sancte sacris canonibus cautum fuit neminem oportere in duabus ecclesiis conscribi. Verum quoniam multi improbae cupiditatis affectu se ipsos non Deum decipientes ea quae bene constituta sunt variis artibus eludere et plura simul beneficia obtinere non erubescunt: sancta Synodus debitam regendis ecclesiis disciplinam restituere cupiens praesenti decreto quod in quibuscumque personis quocumque titulo etiamsi cardinalatus honore fulgeant mandat observari: statuit ut in posterum unum tantum beneficium ecclesiasticum singulis conferatur; quod quidem si ad vitam eius cui confertur honeste sustentandam non sufficiat liceat nihilominus aliud simplex sufficiens dummodo utrumque personalem residentiam non requirat eidem conferri. Haec que non modo ad cathedrales ecclesias sed etiam ad alia omnia beneficia tam saecularia quam regularia quaecumque etiam commendata pertineant cuiuscumque tituli ac qualitatis exsistant. Illi vero qui in praesenti plures parochiales ecclesias aut unam cathedralem et aliam parochialem obtinent cogantur omnino quibuscumque dispensationibus ac unionibus ad vitam non obstantibus una tantum parochiali vel sola cathedrali retenta alias parochiales infra spatium sex mensium dimittere; alioquin tam parochiales quam beneficia omnia quae obtinent ipso iure vacare censeantur ac tamquam vacantia libere aliis idoneis conferantur nec ipsi antea illa obtinentes tuta conscientia fructus post dictum tempus retineant. Optat autem sancta Synodus ut resignantium necessitatibus commoda aliqua ratione prout summo pontifici videbitur provideatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XVIII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Expedit maxime animarum saluti a dignis atque idoneis parochis gubernari. Id ut diligentius ac rectius perficiatur: statuit sancta Synodus ut cum parochialis Ecclesiae vacatio etiam si cura Ecclesiae vel episcopo incumbere dicatur et per unum vel plures administretur etiam in ecclesiis patrimonialibus seu receptivis nuncupatis in quibus consuevit episcopus uni vel pluribus curam animarum dare quos omnes ad infrascriptum examen teneri mandat per obitum vel resignationem etiam in curia seu aliter quomodocumque contigerit etiam si ipsa parochialis Ecclesia reservata vel affecta fuerit generaliter vel specialiter etiam vigore indulti seu privilegii in favorem sanctae Romanae Ecclesiae cardinalium seu abbatum vel capitulorum: debeat episcopus statim habita notitia vacationis Ecclesiae si opus fuerit idoneum in ea vicarium cum congrua eius arbitrio fructuum portionis assignatione constituere qui onera ipsius Ecclesiae sustineat donec ei de rectore provideatur. Porro episcopus et qui ius patronatus habet intra decem dies vel aliud tempus ab episcopo praescribendum idoneos aliquot clericos ad regendam Ecclesiam coram deputandis examinatoribus nominet. Liberum sit tamen etiam aliis qui aliquos ad id aptos noverint eorum nomina deferre ut possit postea de cuiuslibet aetate moribus et sufficientia fieri diligens inquisitio. Et si episcopo aut synodo provinciali pro regionis more videbitur magis expedire per edictum etiam publicum vocentur qui volent examinari. Transacto constituto tempore omnes qui descripti fuerint examinentur ab episcopo sive eo impedito ab eius vicario generali atque ab aliis examinatoribus non paucioribus quam tribus quorum votis si pares aut singulares fuerint accedere possit episcopus vel vicarius quibus magis videbitur. Examinatores autem singulis annis in dioecesana synodo ab episcopo vel eius vicario ad minus sex proponantur qui synodo satisfaciant et ab ea probentur; adveniente que vacatione cuiuslibet Ecclesiae tres ex illis eligat episcopus qui cum eo examen perficiant inde que succedente alia vacatione aut eosdem aut alios tres quos maluerit ex praedictis illis sex eligat. Sint vero hi examinatores magistri seu doctores aut licentiati in theologia aut iure canonico vel alii clerici seu regulares etiam ex ordine mendicantium aut etiam saeculares qui ad id videbuntur magis idonei; iurent que omnes ad sancta Dei evangelia se quacumque humana affectione postposita fideliter minus exsecuturos; caveant que ne quidquam occasione huius examinis nec ante nec post accipiant; alioquin simoniae vitium tam ipsi quam alii dantes incurrant a qua absolvi nequeant nisi dimissis beneficiis quae quomodocumque etiam antea obtinebant et ad alia in posterum inhabiles reddantur; et de his omnibus non solum coram Deo sed etiam in synodo provinciali si opus erit rationem reddere teneantur a qua si quid contra officium eos fecisse compertum fuerit graviter eius arbitrio puniri possint. Peracto deinde examine renuntientur quotcumque ab his idonei iudicati fuerint aetate moribus doctrina prudentia et aliis rebus ad vacantem Ecclesiam gubernandam opportunis ex his que episcopus eum eligat quem ceteris magis idoneum iudicaverit atque illi et non alteri collatio Ecclesiae ab eo fiat ad quem spectabit eam conferre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si vero iurispatronatus ecclesiastici erit ac institutio ad episcopum et non alium pertineat: is quem patronus digniorem inter probatos ab examinatoribus iudicabit episcopo se praesentare teneatur ut ab eo instituatur. Cum vero institutio ab alio quam ab episcopo erit facienda tunc episcopus solus ex dignis eligat digniorem quem patronus ei praesentet ad quem institutio spectat. Quodsi iurispatronatus laicorum fuerit debeat qui a patrono praesentatus erit ab eisdem deputatis ut supra examinari et nonnisi idoneus repertus fuerit admitti. In omnibus que supradictis casibus non cuiquam alteri quam uni ex praedictis examinatis et ab examinatoribus approbatis iuxta supradictam regulam de Ecclesia provideatur; nec praedictorum examinatorum relationem quo minus exsecutionem habeat ulla devolutio aut appellatio etiam ad Sedem Apostolicam sive eiusdem Sedis legatos aut vicelegatos aut nuntios seu episcopos aut metropolitanos primates vel patriarchas interposita impediat aut suspendat; alioquin vicarius quem Ecclesiae vacanti antea episcopus arbitrio suo ad tempus deputavit vel forsan postea deputabit ab eius Ecclesiae custodia et administratione non amoveatur donec aut eidem aut alteri qui probatus et electus fuerit ut supra sit provisum; alias provisiones omnes seu institutiones praeter supradictam formam factae subreptitiae esse censeantur. Non obstantibus huic decreto exemptionibus indultis privilegiis praeventionibus affectionibus novis provisionibus indultis concessis quibuscumque universitatibus etiam ad certam summam et aliis impedimentis quibuscumque. Si tamen adeo exigui reditus dictae parochialis fuerint ut totius huius examinationis operam non ferant aut nemo sit qui se examini quaerat subiicere aut ob apertas factiones seu dissidia quae in aliquibus locis reperiuntur facile graviores rixae ac tumultus possint excitari: poterit ordinarius si pro sua conscientia cum deputatorum consilio ita expedire arbitrabitur hac forma omissa privatum aliud examen ceteris tamen ut supra servatis adhibere. Licebit etiam synodo provinciali si qua in supradictis circa examinationis formam addenda remittenda ve esse censuerit providere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XIX]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Decernit sancta Synodus mandata de providendo et gratias quae exspectativae dicuntur nemini amplius etiam collegiis universitatibus senatibus et aliis singularibus personis etiam sub nomine indulti aut ad certam summam vel alio quovis colore concedi nec hactenus concessis cuiquam uti licere; sed nec reservationes mentales nec aliae quaecumque gratiae ad vacatura nec indulta ad alienas ecclesias vel monasteria alicui etiam ex sanctae Romanae Ecclesiae cardinalibus concedantur et hactenus concessa abrogata esse censeantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XX]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Causae omnes ad forum ecclesiasticum quomodolibet pertinentes etiam si beneficiales sint in prima instantia coram ordinariis locorum dumtaxat cognoscantur atque omnino saltem infra biennium a die motae litis terminentur; alioquin post id spatium liberum sit partibus vel alteri illarum iudices superiores alias tamen competentes adire qui causam in eo statu quo fuerit assumant et quam primum terminari curent; nec antea aliis committantur nec avocentur neque appellationes ab eisdem interpositae per superiores quoscumque recipiantur eorum ve commissio aut inhibitio fiat nisi a diffinitiva vel a diffinitivae vim habente et cuius gravamen per appellationem a diffinitiva reparari nequeat. Ab his excipiantur causae quae iuxta canonicas sanctiones apud Sedem Apostolicam sunt tractandae vel quas ex urgenti rationabili que causa iudicaverit summus Romanus Pontifex per speciale rescriptum signaturae sanctitatis suae manu propria subscribendum committere aut avocare. Ad haec causae matrimoniales et criminales non decani archidiaconi aut aliorum inferiorum iudicio etiam visitando sed episcopi tantum examini et iurisdictioni relinquantur etiam si in praesenti inter episcopum et decanum seu archidiaconum aut alios inferiores super causarum istarum cognitione lis aliqua in quacumque instantia pendeat; coram quo si pars vere paupertatem probaverit non cogatur extra provinciam nec in secunda nec in tertia instantia in eadem causa matrimoniali litigare nisi pars altera et alimenta et expensas litis velit subministrare. Legati quoque etiam de latere nuntii gubernatores ecclesiastici aut alii quarumcumque facultatum vigore non solum episcopos in praedictis causis impedire aut aliquo modo eorum iurisdictionem iis praeripere aut turbare non praesumant sed nec etiam contra clericos alias ve personas ecclesiasticas nisi episcopo prius requisito eo que negligente procedant; alias eorum processus ordinationes ve nullius momenti sint atque ad damni satisfactionem partibus illati teneantur. Praeterea si quis in casibus a iure permissis appellaverit aut de aliquo gravamine conquestus fuerit seu alias ob lapsum biennii de quo supra ad alium iudicem recurrerit: teneatur acta omnia coram episcopo gesta ad iudicem appellationis expensis suis transferre eodem tamen episcopo prius admonito ut si quid ei pro causae instructione videbitur possit iudici appellationis significare. Quodsi appellatus compareat cogatur tunc is quoque actorum quae translata sunt expensas pro portione sua si illis uti voluerit subire nisi aliter ex loci consuetudine servetur ut scilicet ad appellantem integrum hoc onus pertineat. Porro ipsam actorum copiam teneatur notarius congrua mercede accepta appellanti quanto citius et ad minus intra mensem exhibere; qui notarius si in differenda exhibitione fraudem fecerit ab officii administratione arbitrio ordinarii suspendatur et ad dupli poenam quanti ea lis fuerit inter appellantem et pauperes loci distribuendam compellatur. Iudex vero si et ipse impedimenti huius conscius particeps ve fuerit aliter ve obstiterit ne appellanti integre acta intra tempus traderentur: ad eandem dupli poenam prout supra teneatur. Non obstantibus quoad omnia suprascripta privilegiis indultis concordiis quae suos tantum teneant auctores et aliis quibuscumque consuetudinibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Canon XXI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cupiens sancta Synodus ut ex decretis ab ea editis nulla umquam futuris temporibus dubitandi occasio oriatur: verba illa posita in decreto publicato sessione prima sub beatissimo domino nostro Pio IV videlicet: “quae proponentibus legatis ac praesidentibus ad horum temporum levandas calamitates sedandas de religione controversias coercendas linguas dolosas depravatorum morum abusus corrigendos Ecclesiae veram et christianam pacem conciliandam apta atque idonea ipsi sanctae Synodo videbuntur” explicando declarat mentis suae non fuisse ut ex praedictis verbis solita ratio tractandi negotia in generalibus conciliis ulla ex parte immutaretur neque novi quidquam praeter id quod a sacris canonibus vel generalium synodorum forma hactenus statutum est cuiquam adderetur aut detraheretur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum super indictione futurae sessionis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insuper eadem sacrosancta Synodus proximam futuram sessionem feria quinta post conceptionem beatae Mariae virginis quae erit dies nona mensis decembris proxime venturi habendam esse statuit et decernit cum potestate etiam abbreviandi. In qua sessione tractabitur de sexto nunc in eam dilato capite et de reliquis reformationis capitibus iam exhibitis de que aliis ad eam pertinentibus. Si vero opportunum videbitur et tempus patietur poterit etiam de nonnullis dogmatibus tractari prout suo tempore in congregationibus proponetur."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Being the eighth under the Sovereign Pontiff, Pitts IV., celebrated on the eleventh day of November, MDLXIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DOCTRINE ON THE SACRAMENT OF MATRIMONY."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The first parent of the human race, under the influence* of the divine Spirit, pronounced the bond of matrimony perpetual and indissoluble, when he said: This now is bone of my bones, and flesh of my flesh. Wherefore a man shall leave father and mother, and shall cleave to his wife, and they shall be two in one flesh.\\ But, that by this bond two only are united and joined together, our Lord taught more plainly, when rehearsing those last words as having been uttered by God, He said, therefore now they are not two, but one flesh; \\ and straightway confirmed the firmness of that tie, proclaimed so long before by Adam, by these words: What therefore God hath joined together, let no man put asunder.^ But the grace which might perfect that natural love, and confirm that indissoluble union, and sanctify the married, Christ Himself, the institutor and perfecter of the venerable sacraments, merited for us by His passion; as the Apostle Paul intimates, saying: Husbands love your wives, as Christ also loved the Church and delivered Himself up for it; adding shortly after, This is a great sacrament, but I speak in Christ and in the Church.\\\\ Whereas, therefore, matrimony, in the evangelical law, excels in grace, through Christ, the ancient marriages; with reason have our holy Fathers, the Councils, and the tradition of the universal Church, always taught, that it is to be numbered amongst the sacraments of the new law; against which, impious men of this age raging, have not only had false notions touching this venerable sacrament, but, introducing, according to their wont."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Instinctu, inspiration. t Gen. ii. 23, 24. Matth. xix. 6. § Ibid. || Ephes. v. 25, 32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "EE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "194 SESSION XXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "under the pretext of the Gospel, a carnal liberty, they have by word and writing asserted, not without great injury to the faithful of Christ, many things alien from the sentiment of the Catholic Church, and from the usage approved of since the times of the Apostles; the holy and universal Synod, wishing to meet the rashness of these men, has thought it proper, lest their pernicious contagion may draw more after it, that the more remarkable heresies and errors of the abovenamed schismatics be exterminated, by decreeing against the said heretics and their errors the following anathemas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRAMENT OF MATRIMONY."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": "i",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon i. — If anyone Saith that matrimony is not truly and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "properly one of the seven sacraments of the evangelic law, (a sacrament) instituted by Christ the Lord; but that it has been invented by men in the Church; and that it does not confer grace; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": "ii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon ii. — If anyone saith that it is lawful for Christians"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "to have several wives at the same time, and that this is not prohibited byany divine law; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon hi. — If anyone saith that those degrees only of con-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "sanguinity and affinity, which are set down in Leviticus, can hinder matrimony from being contracted, and dissolve it when contracted; and that the Church cannot dispense in some of those degrees, or establish that others may hinder and dissolve it; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": "iv",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon iv.— If anyone saith that the Church could not"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "establish impediments dissolving marriage; or that she has erred in establishing them; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": "v",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon v.— If anyone saith that on account of heresy, or"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "irksome cohabitation, or the affected* absence of one of the parties, the bond of matrimony may be dissolved; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Affectatam, designed, voluntary."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE SACRAMENT OF MATRIMONY. 1 95"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": "VI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon VI. — If anyone saith that matrimony contracted, but"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "not consummated, is not dissolved by the solemn profession of religion by one of the married parties; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": "vil",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon vil— If anyone saith that the Church has erred in"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "that she hath taught, and doth teach, in accordance with the evangelical and apostolical doctrine, that the bond of matrimony cannot be dissolved on account of the adultery of one of the married parties; and that both, or even the innocent one who gave not occasion to the adultery, cannot contract another marriage during the lifetime of the other; and, that he is guilty of adultery, who, having put away the adulteress, shall take another wife, as also she, who, having put away the adulterer, shall take another husband; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": "viii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon viii. — If anyone saith that the Church errs in that"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "she declares that, for many causes, a separation may take place between husband and wife, in regard of bed, or in regard of cohabitation, for a determinate or for an indeterminate period; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": "ix",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon ix. — If anyone saith that clerics constituted in sacred"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "orders, or Regulars, who have solemnly professed chastity, are able to contract marriage, and that being contracted it is valid, notwithstanding the ecclesiastical law or vow; and that the contrary is nothing else than to condemn marriage; and, that all who do not feel that they have the gift of chastity, even though they have made a vow thereof, may contract marriage; let him be anathema: seeing that God refuses not that gift to those who ask for it rightly, neither does He suffer us to be tempted above that which we are able*"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": "x",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon x. — If anyone saith that the marriage state is to be"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "placed abovef the state of virginity, or of celibacy, and that it is not better and more blessed to remain in virginity, or in celibacy, than to be united in matrimony; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": "xi",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xi. — If anyone saith that the prohibition of the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "solemnisation of marriages at certain times of the year is a tyrannical superstition, derived from the superstition of the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I Cor. X. 13. t Anteponendum, preferred before."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "196 SESSION XXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "heathen; or condemn the benedictions and other ceremonies which the Church makes use of therein; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": "xii",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon xii. — If anyone saith that matrimonial causes do not"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "belong to* ecclesiastical judges; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE ON THE REFORMATION OF MARRIAGE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": "I",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The form prescribed in the Council of Lateran for solemnly contracting marriage is renezved. — Bishops may dispense with the banns. — Whosoever contracts marriage, otherwise than in the presence of the Parish Priest and of two or three witnesses, contracts it invalidly."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although it is not to be doubted that clandestine marriages, made with the free consent of the contracting parties, are valid-land true marriages, so long as the Church has not rendered them invalid; and, consequently, that those persons are justly to be condemned, as the holy Synod doth condemn them with anathema, who deny that such marriages are true and valid; as also those who falsely affirm that marriages contracted by the children of a family,^ without the consent of their parents, are invalid, and that parents can make such marriages either valid or invalid; nevertheless, the holy Church of God has, for reasons most just, at all times detested and prohibited such marriages. But whereas the holy Synod perceives that those prohibitions, by reason of man's disobedience, are no longer of avail; and whereas it takes into account the grievous sins which arise from the said clandestine marriages, and especially the sins of those parties who live on in a state of damnation, when, having left their former wife, with whom they had contracted marriage secretly, they publicly marry another, and with her live in per-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "• Spectare ad. + Rata. J A filiis familias."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "petual adultery; an evil which the Church, which judges not of what is hidden, cannot rectify, unless some more efficacious remedy be applied; wherefore, treading in the steps of the sacred Council of Lateran, celebrated under Innocent III., It ordains that, for the future, before a marriage is contracted, the proper parish priest of the contracting parties shall three times announce publicly in the church, during the solemnisation of. mass, on three continuous festival days, between whom marriage isto be celebrated; after which publication of banns,* if there be no lawful impediment opposed, the marriage shall be proceeded with in the face of the church; where the parish priest, after having interrogated the man and the woman, and heardf their mutual consent, shall either say, \"I join you together in matrimony, in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost;\" or he shall use other words, according to the received rite of each province. But if upon occasion there should be a probable suspicion that the marriage may be maliciously hindered, if so many publications of banns precede it; in this case, either one publication only shall be made, or at least the marriage shall be celebrated in the presence of the parish priest, and of two or three witnesses: then, before the consummation thereof, the banns shall be published in the church; that so, if there be any secret impediments, they may be the more easily discovered: unless the Ordinary shall himself judge it expedient that the publications aforesaid be dispensed with, which the holy Synod leaves to his prudence and judgment. Those who shall attempt to contract marriage otherwise than in the presence of the parish priest, or of some other priest by permission of the said parish priest, or of the Ordinary, and in the presence of two or three witnesses; the holy Synod renders such wholly incapable of thus contracting, and declares such contracts invalid and null, as by the present"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "decree It invalidates and annuls them. Moreover, It enjoins"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "that the parish priest, or any other priest, who shall have been"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Quitus denuntiationibus factis. ■f Intellecto, understood, become acquainted with."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ig8 SESSION XXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "present at any such contract with a less number of witnesses (than as aforesaid); as also the witnesses who have been present thereat without the parish priest, or some other priest; and also the contracting parties themselves; shall be severely punished, at the discretion of the Ordinary. Furthermore, the same holy Synod exhorts the bridegroom and bride* not to live together in the same house until they have received the sacerdotal benediction, which is to be given in the church; and It ordains that the benediction shall be given by their own parish priest, and that permission to give the aforesaid benediction cannot be granted by any other than the parish priest himself, or the Ordinary; any custom, even though immemorial, which ought rather to be called a corruption, or any privilege to the contrary notwithstanding. And if any parish priest — or any other priest, whether Regular or Secular — shall presume to unite in marriage the betrothed of another parish, or to bless them when married.f without the permission of their parish priest, he shall — even though he may plead that he is allowed to do this by a privilege, or an immemorial custom — remain ipso jure suspended until absolved by the Ordinary of that parish priest, who ought to have been present at the marriage, or from whom the benediction ought to have been received. The parish priest shall have a book, which he shall keep carefully by him, in which he shall register the names of the persons married, and of the witnesses, and the day on which, and the place where, the marriage was contracted. Finally, the holy Synod exhorts those who marry, that, before they contract marriage, or, at all events, three days before the consummation thereof, they carefully confess their sins, and approach devoutly to the most holy sacrament of the Eucharist. If any provinces have herein in use any praiseworthy customs and ceremonies besides the aforesaid, the holy Synod earnestly desires that they be by all means retained. And that these so wholesome injunctions may not be unknown"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Copjuges, the married couple. t Alterius parochiae sponsos... matrimonio conjungere, aut benedicere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 1 99"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "to any, It enjoins on all Ordinaries that they, as soon as possible, make it their care that this decree be published and explained to the people in every parish church of their respective dioceses; and that this be done as often as may be during the first year, and afterwards as often as they shall judge it expedient. It ordains, moreover, that this decree.shall begin to be in force, in each parish, at the expiration of thirty days, to be counted from the day of its first publication made in the said parish."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": "II",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER II."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Between whom Spiritual Relationship is contracted."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Experience teaches that, by reason of the multitude of prohibitions, marriages are ofttimes unwittingly contracted in prohibited cases, in which marriages either the parties continue to live on, not without great sin, or they are dissolved, not without great scandal. Wherefore, the holy Synod, wishing to provide against this inconvenience, and beginning with the impediment arising from spiritual relationship, ordains that, in accordance with the appointments of the sacred canons, one person only, whether male or female, or at most one male and one female, shall receive in baptism* the individual baptised; between whom and the baptised, and the father and mother thereof; as also between the person baptising and the baptised, and the father and mother of the baptised; and these only; shall spiritual relationship be contracted. The parish priest, before he proceeds t to confer baptism, shall carefully inquire of those whom it may concern, what person or persons they have chosen to receive from the sacred font the individual baptised; and he shall allow him or them only to receive the baptised; shall register their names in the book, and teach them what relationship they have contracted, that they may not have any excuse on the score of ignorance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* De baptismo, from baptism. t Accedat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "200 SESSION XXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And if any others, besides those designated, should touch the baptised, they shall not in any way contract a spiritual relationship;any constitutions that tend to the contrary notwithstanding. If through the fault or negligence of the parish priest anything be done contrary hereto, he shall be punished, at the discretion of the Ordinary. That relationship, in like manner, which is contracted by confirmation shall not pass beyond him who confirms the person confirmed, his father and mother, and him who places his hand on him;* all impediments arising from this kind of spiritual relationship between other persons being utterly set aside."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": "III",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER III."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The impediment of public honesty is confined zvithin certain limits."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod entirely removes the impediment of justice arising from public honesty.f whensoever espousals shall be, for whatsoever cause, not valid; but, when they are valid, the impediment shall not extend beyond the first degree; forasmuch as any such prohibition can no longer be observed, without injury, in more remote degrees."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": "IV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Affinity arising from, fornication is confined to the second degree. Moreover, the holy Synod, moved by the same and other most weighty reasons, limits, to those only who are connected in the first and second degree, the impediment contracted by affinity arising from fornication, and which dissolves the marriage that may have been afterwards contracted. It ordains"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Tenentem, who holds him. t Justitia; publicae honestatis impedimentum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 20I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "that, as regards degrees more remote, this kind of affinity does not diss61ve the marriage that may have been afterwards contracted."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": "V",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER V."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No one is to marry within the prohibited degrees: in what manner dispensation is to be granted therein."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If anyone shall presume knowingly to contract marriage within the prohibited degrees, he shall be separated, and be without hope of obtaining a dispensation; and this shall much the rather have effect in regard of him who shall have dared not only to contract such a marriage, but also to consummate it. But if he have done this in ignorance, but yet has neglected the solemnities required in contracting matrimony, he shall be subjected to the same penalties. For he who has rashly despised the wholesome precepts of the Church, is not worthy to experience without difficulty her bounty. But if, having observed those solemnities, some secret impediment be afterwards discovered, ofwhich it was not unlikely that he should be ignorant, he may in this case more easily obtain a dispensation, and that gratuitously. As regards marriages to be contracted, either no dispensation at all shall be granted, or rarely, and then for a cause, and gratuitously. A dispensation shall never be granted in the second degree, except between great princes, and for a public cause."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": "VI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Punishments inflicted on Abductors."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod ordains that no marriage can subsist between the abducer and her who is abducted,* so long as she shall remain in the power of the abducer. But if she that has been"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Inter raptorem et raptam, between the ravisher and her who is ravished."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "202 SESSION XXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "abducted, being separated from the abducer, and being in a safe and free place, shall consent to have him for her husband, the abducer may have* her for his wife; but, nevertheless, the abducer himself, and all who lent him advice, aid, and countenance, shall be ipso jure excommunicated, for ever infamous, and incapable ofall dignities; and if they be clerics they shall forfeit their rank. The abducer shall furthermore be bound, whether he marry the person abducted, or marry her not, to settle on her a handsome! dowry, at the discretion of the judge."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": "VII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vagrants are to be married with caution."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There are many persons who are vagrants, having no settled homes; and, being of a profligate character, they, after abandoning their first wife, marry another, and very often several in different places, during the lifetime of the first. The holy Synod, being desirous to obviate this disorder, gives this fatherly admonition to all whom it may concern, not easily to admit this class of vagrants to marriage; and It also exhorts the civil magistrates to punish such persons severely. But It commands parish priests not to be present at the marriages of such persons, unless they have first made a careful inquiry, and, having reported the circumstance to the Ordinary, they shall have obtained permission from him for so doing."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": "VIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concubinage is severely punished."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is a grievous sin for unmarried men to have concubines;* but it is a most grievous sin, and one committed in special contempt of this great sacrament, for married men also to live in this state of damnation, and to have the audacity at times to"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Habeat. t Decenter."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 2O3"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "maintain and keep them at their own homes, even with their own wives. Wherefore, the holy Synod, that it may by suitable remedies provide against this exceeding evil, ordains that these concubinaries, whether unmarried or married, of whatsoever state, dignity, and condition they may be, if, after having been three times admonished on this subject by the Ordinary, even ex officio, they shall not have put away their concubines, and have separated themselves from all connection with them, they shall be smitten with excommunication: from which they shall not be absolved until they have really obeyed the admonition given them. But if, regardless of this censure, they shall continue in concubinage during a year, they shall be proceeded against with severity by the Ordinary, according to the character of the crime. Women, whether married or single, who publicly live with adulterers or with concubinaries, if, after having been three times admonished, they shall not obey, shall be rigorously punished, according to the measure of their guilt, by the Ordinaries of the place, ex officio, even though not called upon to do so by any one; and they shall be cast forth from the city or diocese, if the Ordinaries shall think fit, calling in the aid of the''' Secular arm if need be; the other penalties inflicted on adulterers and concubinaries remaining in their full force."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": "IX",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IX."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Temporal lords or magistrates shall not attempt anything contrary to the liberty of marriage."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Earthly affections and desires do for the most part so blind the eyes of the understanding of temporal lords and magistrates, as that, by threats and ill-usage, they compel both men and women who live under their jurisdiction — especially such as are rich, or who have expectations of a great inheritance — to contract marriage against their inclination with those whom the said lords or magistrates may prescribe unto them. Wherefore, seeing that it is a thing especially execrable to violate the liberty of matrimony, and that wrong comes from those from whom right is looked for, the holy Synod enjoins on all, of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "204 SESSION XXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "whatsoever grade, dignity, and condition they may be, under pain of anathema to be ipso facto incurred, that they put no constraint,* in any way whatever, either directly or indirectly, on those subject to them, or any others whomsoever, so as to hinder them from freely contracting marriage."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": "X",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER X."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The solemnities of marriage are prohibited at certain times."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod enjoins that the ancient prohibitions of solemn nuptials be carefully observed by all, from the Advent of our Lord Jesus Christ until the day of the Epiphany, and from Ash-Wednesday until the octave of Easter inclusively; but at other times It allows marriages to be solemnly celebrated; and the bishops shall take care that they be conducted with becoming modesty and propriety: for marriage is a holy thing, and is to be treated in a holy manner."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE ON REFORMATION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The same sacred and holy Synod, prosecuting the subject of Reformation, ordains that the things following be established in the present Session."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": "I",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tlie manner of proceeding to the creation of Bishops and Cardinals."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If, as regards all manner of degrees in the Church, a provident and enlightened care is to be taken, that in the house of the Lord there be nothing disorderly, nothing unseemly; much more ought we to strive that no error be committed in the election of him who is constituted above all those degrees."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Ne cogant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 205"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the state and order of the whole household of the Lord will totter, if what is required in the body be not found in the head. For which cause, although the holy Synod has elsewhere usefully ordained certain things touching those who are to be promoted to cathedral and superior churches, yet doth it account this office to be of such a nature, as that were it to be pondered upon in proportion to its greatness, there would never seem to have been caution enough taken. Wherefore It ordains that, as soon as a church shall become vacant, processions and prayers shall be made in public and private; and such shall be enjoined, by the Chapter, throughout the city and diocese; that thereby both clergy and people may be enabled to obtain from God a good pastor. And as regards all and each of those who have, in any way, any right from the Apostolic See, or who otherwise have a part, in the promotion of those to be set over the churches; the holy Synod — without making any change herein, from a consideration of the circumstances of the present time — exhorts and admonishes them, that they above all things bear in mind that they cannot do anything more conducive to the glory of God, and the salvation of the people, than to study to promote good pastors, and such as are capable of governing a church; and that they sin mortally, becoming partakers in others' sins, unless they carefully endeavour that those be promoted whom they themselves judge the most worthy* of and useful to the church, not guided by entreaties, or human affection, or the solicitations of pretenders,! but by what the merits of the individuals require at their hands; and seeing that they be persons whom they know to have been born iq/^ lawful wedlock, and who, by their life, learning, and in all other qualifications, are such as are required by the sacred canons, and by the decrees of this Synod of Trent. And forasmuch, as, by reason of the diversity of nations, peoples, and customs, a uniform system cannot be followed everywhere, in receiving the grave and competent testimony of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Digniores. t Ambientium, canvassers."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "206 SESSION XXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "good and learned men on the subject of the aforesaid qualifications, the holy Synod ordains that, in a provincial Synod, to be held by the metropolitan, there shall be prescribed for each place and province a proper* form of examination, scrutiny, or information, such as shall seem to be most useful and suitable for the said places, which form is to be submitted to the approval of the most holy Roman Pontiff; yet so, however, that, after that this examination, or scrutiny, as regards the person to be promoted, shall have been completed, it shall, after being reduced into the form of a public document, be necessarily transmitted, as soon as possible, with all the attestations and with the profession of faith made by the individual to be promoted, to the most holy Roman Pontiff, in order that the said Sovereign Pontiff, having a full knowledge of the whole matter and of the persons, may, for the advantage of the Lord's flock, in a most useful manner provide those churches therewith, if they shall have been found, by the examination or scrutiny, suitable persons.f And all the scrutinies, informations, attestations, and proofs of whatsoever kind, and by whomsoever made, even though in the Roman Court, touching the qualifications of the person to be promoted, shall be carefully examined\" by a cardinal — who shall report thereon to the consistory — aided therein by three other cardinals; and the said report shall be authenticated by the signature of the cardinal who drew up the report, and of the three other cardinals; and therein each of the four cardinals shall make affirmation that, after giving exact attention thereto, he has found the persons to be promoted endowed with the qualifications required by law and by this holy Synod, and that, at the peril of his eternal salvation, he doth certainly think them fit to be placed over the churches: in such wise that, after the report has been made in one consistory, the sentence shall be deferred until another consistory, in order that the said inquiry may be more maturely looked into in the meantime — unless the most blessed Pontiff shall judge it expedient to act otherwise."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Propria. t The pass^e may also be translated: \" may, in a more useful manner, provide for those churches, for the advantage of the Lord's flock,\" &c."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 207"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And the Synod ordains, that all and singular the particulars which have been elsewhere ordained, in the same Synod, touching the life, age, learning, and the other qualifications of those who are to be appointed bishops, the same are also to be required inthe creation of cardinals — even though they be deacons — of the holy Roman Church; whom the most holy Roman Pontiff shall, as far as it can be conveniently done, select out of all the nations of Christendom, as he shall find persons suitable. Finally, the same holy Synod, moved by the so many most grievous afflictions of the Church, cannot avoid recording that nothing is more necessary for the Church of God than that the most blessed Roman Pontiff apply, especially here, that solicitude which, by the duty of his office, he owes to the universal Church — that he take unto himself, to wit as cardinals, persons the most select only, and that he appoint over each church, above all things, good and fit pastors; and this the more, for that our Lord Jesus Christ will require at his hands the blood* of those sheep of Christ which shall perish through the evil government of pastors who are negligent, and forgetful of their office."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": "II",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER II."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Provincial Synod to be celebrated every third year, a Diocesan Synod every year: who are to convoke, and who to be present thereat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Provincial councils, wheresoever they have been omitted, shall be renewed, for the regulating of morals, the correcting of excesses, the composing of controversies, and for the other purposes allowed of by the sacred canons. Therefore, the metropolitans in person, or if they be lawfully hindered, the oldest suffragan bishop shall not fail to assemble a Synod, each in his own province, within a year at latest from the termination of the present council, and afterwards, at least every third year."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Ezech. iii. 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "208 SESSION XXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "either after the octave of the Resurrection of our Lord Jesus Christ, or at some other more convenient time, according to the custom of the province; at which council all the bishops and others who, by right or custom, ought to be present thereat, shall be absolutely bound to assemble — those excepted who would have to cross the sea at their imminent peril. The bishops of the province shall not for the future be compelled, under the pretext of any custom whatsoever, to repair against their will to the metropolitan church. Those bishops likewise who are not subject to any archbishop, shall, once for all, make choice of some neighbouring metropolitan, at whose provincial Synod they shall be bound* to be present with the other bishops, and shall observe, and cause to be observed, whatsoever shall be therein ordained. In all other respects, their exemption and privileges shall remain whole and entire. Diocesan Synods also shall be celebrated every year, to which all those even who are exempted, but who would otherwise, that exemption ceasing, have to attend, and who are not subject to general Chapters, shall be bound to come; understanding, however, that on account of parochial or other Secular churches, even though annexed, those who have charge thereof must needs,! whosoever they may be, be present at the said Synod. But if any, whether metropolitans or bishops, or the others above named, shall be negligent in these matters, they shall incur the penalties enacted by the sacred canons."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": "III",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER III."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In what manner Prelates are to make their visitation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Patriarchs, primates, metropolitans, and bishops shall not fail to visit their respective dioceses, either personally, or, if they be lawfully hindered, by their vicar-general or visitor; if they shall not be able, on account of its extent, to rpake the visitation of the whole annually, they shall visit at least the greater part thereof, so that the whole shall be completed in two years."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "^^\"^^\"tt Debeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 2O9"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "either by themselves or by their visitors. Metropolitans, however, even after having made a complete visitation of their own proper diocese, shall not visit the cathedral churches, or the dioceses of the bishops of their province, except for a cause taken cognisance and approved of in the provincial Council. But archdeacons, deans, and other inferiors, who have been hitherto accustomed lawfully to exercise (the power of) visitation in certain churches, shall henceforth visit those same places, but by themselves only, with the consent of the bishop, and assisted bya notary. The visitors also who may be deputed by a Chapter, where the Chapter has the right of visitation, shall be first approved of by the bishop; but the bishop, or, if he be hindered, his visitor, shall not thereby be prevented from visiting those same churches apart from those deputies; and the said archdeacons, and other inferiors, shall be bound to give the bishop an account, within a month, of the visitation that has been made, and to show him the depositions of witnesses, and the proceedings in their entire form; any custom, even though immemorial, and any exemptions and privileges whatsoever notwithstanding. But the principal object of all these visitations shall be to lead to sound and orthodox doctrine, by banishing heresies; to maintain good morals, and to correct such as are evil; to animate the people, by exhortations and admonitions, to religion, peacefulness, and innocence; and to establish such other things as to the prudence of the visitors shall seem for the profit of the faithful, according as time, place, and opportunity shall allow. And to the end that all this may have a more easy and prosperous issue, all and each of the aforesaid, to whom the right of visitation belongs, are admonished to treat all persons with fatherly love and Christian zeal; and with this view being content with a modest train of servants and horses, they shall endeavour to complete the said visitation as speedily as possible, though with due carefulness. And during it they shall be careful not to be troublesome or burthensome to anyone by any useless expenses; and neither they, nor any of theirs, shall, by way of agency fee for the visitation, or, on account of wills made for pious uses — except that which is of right due to themFF out of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "2IO SESSION XXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "pious bequests — or under any other name whatsoever, receive anything, be it money, or present, of whatsoever kind, or in whatsoever way offered; any custom, even though immemorial, to the contrary notwithstanding; with the exception, however, of food,* which shall be furnished frugally and in moderation to them and theirs, only during the time necessary for the visitation, and no longer. It shall, however, be at the option of those who are visited, to pay, if they prefer it, in money, according to a fixed assessment, what they have been accustomed heretofore to disburse, or to furnish the foodf as aforesaid; saving also the right of ancient conventions entered into with monasteries, or other pious places, or churches not parochial, which right shall remain inviolate. But in those places or provinces where it is the custom that neither food, money, nor anything else be received by the visitors, but that all be done gratuitously, the same shall be retained there. But if anyone, which God forbid, shall presume to receive anything more than is prescribed in any of the cases above named; besides the restitution of double the amount, which is to be made within a month, he shall also be subjected, without any hope of pardon, to the other penalties contained in the constitution ofthe general Council of Lyons, which begins Exigit; as also to the other penalties (which shall be enacted) in the provincial Synod, at the discretion of that Synod. As regards patrons, they shall not presume in any way to interfere in those things which regard the administration of the sacraments; neither shall they meddle with the visitation of the ornaments of the church, or its revenues arising from landed property,:): or from buildings, excepting so far as they are competent to do this by the institution or foundation; but the bishops themselves shall attend to these things, and shall take care that the revenues of those buildings be expended upon purposes necessary and useful for the church, as to them shall seem most expedient."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Victualibus. f Victualia. X Bona stabilia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 211"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": "IV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By whom, and when, the office of preaching is to be discharged: the Parish Church to be frequented in order to hear the word of God. No one shall preach in opposition to the will of the Bishop."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod, desirous that the office of preaching, which peculiarly belongs to bishops,* may be exercised as frequently as possible, for the welfare of the faithful; and accommodating more aptly to the use of the present times the canons elsewhere set forth on this subject, under Paul III., of happy memory; ordains that the bishops shall themselves in person, each in his own church, announce the sacred Scriptures and the divine law, or, if lawfully hindered, it shall be done by those whom they shall appoint to the office of preaching; and in the other churches by the parish priests, or, if they be hindered, by others to be deputed by the bishop, whether it be in the city, or in any other part whatsoever of the diocese wherein they shall judge such preaching expedient, at the charge of those who are bound, or who are accustomed to defray it, and this at least on all Lord's days and solemn festivals: but, during the season of the fasts, of Lent, and of the Advent of the Lord, daily, or at least on three days in the week, if the said bishop shall deem it needful; and at other times, as often as they shall judge that it can be opportunely done. And the bishop shall diligently admonish the people, that each one is bound to be present at his own parish church, where it can be conveniently done, to hear the word of God. But no one, whether Secular or Regular, shall presume to preach, even in churches of his own order, in opposition to the will of the bishop. The said bishops shall also take care that, at least on the Lord's days and other festivals, the children in every parish be carefully taught the rudiments of the faith, and obedience towards"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Praedicationis munus, quod episcoporum prsecipuum est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "212 SESSION XXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "God and their parents, by those whose duty it is, and who shall be constrained thereunto by their bishops, if need be, even by ecclesiastical censures; any privileges and customs notwithstanding. In other respects, those things decreed, under the said Paul III., concerning the oiifice of preaching, shall have their full force."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": "V",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER V."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In criminal causes against Bishops, the greater cazises shall be taken cognisance of by the Sovereign Pontiff only, the less by the Provincial Council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The more grave criminal causes against bishops, even of heresy — which may God forefend — which merit deposition or deprivation, shall be taken cognisance of and decided by the Sovereign Roman Pontiff himself only. But if the cause shall be of such a nature that it must necessarily be committed out of the Roman Court, it shall not be committed to any others soever, but metropolitans, or bishops, to be chosen by the most blessed Pope. And this commission shall both be special, and shall be signed by the most holy Pontiff's own hand; nor shall he ever grant more to those commissioners than this — that they take information only of the fact, and draw up the process, which they shall immediately transmit to the Roman Pontiff; the definitive sentence being reserved to the said most holy Pontiff. The other things hereupon elsewhere decreed, under Julius III., of happy memory, as also the constitution published in a general Council under Innocent III., which begins Qualiter et quando, which constitution the holy Synod renews in this present decree, shall be observed by all. But the less criminal causes of bishops shall be taken cognisance of and decided in the provincial Council only, or by persons deputed thereunto by the provincial Council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 213"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": "VI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When and how the Bishop may absolve from crime, and dispense in cases of irregularity and suspension."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It shall be lawful for the bishop to dispense in all manner of irregularities and suspensions, arising from a crime that is secret — except that proceeding from wilful homicide, and those crimes which have been already carried before a legal tribunal; — and (it shall be lawful for them), in their own diocese, either by themselves, or by a vicar to be deputed especially for that purpose, to absolve gratuitously, as far as the tribunal of the conscience is concerned,* after imposing a salutary penance, all delinquents whatsoever their subjects, in all cases whatsoever that are secret, even though reserved to the Apostolic See. The same also, as regards the crime of heresy, shall be permitted them in the said court of conscience, but to them only, and not to their vicars."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": "VII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The virtue of the Sacraments shall, before being administered to the people, be explained by Bishops and Parish Priests; during the solemnisation of mass, the sacred oracles shall be explained."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that the faithful people may approach to the reception of the sacraments with greater reverence and devotion of mind, the holy Synod enjoins on all bishops, that, not only when they are themselves about to administer them to the people, they shall first explain, in a manner suited to the capacity of those who receive them, the efficacy and use of those sacraments, but shall endeavour that the same be done piously and prudently"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In foro conscientiffi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "2 14 SESSION XXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "by every parish priest; and this even in the vernacular tongue, if need be, and it can be conveniently done; and in accordance with the form which will be prescribed for each of the sacraments, by the holy Synod, in a catechism which the bishops shall take care to have faithfully translated into the vulgar tongue, and to have expounded to the people by all parish priests; as also that, during the solemnisation of mass,* or the celebration of the divine offices, they explain, in the said vulgar tongue, on all festivals or solemnities, the sacred oracles and the maxims of salvation; and that, setting aside all unprofitable questions, they endeavour to impress them on the hearts of all, and to instruct them in the law of the Lord."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": "VIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On public sinners a public penance shall be imposed, unless the Bishop sliall determine otlierwise; a Penitentiary to be instituted in Cathedral Churches."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Apostle admonishes that those who sin publicly are to be reproved openly.f When, therefore, anyone has, publicly and in the sight of many, committed a crime, whereby there is no doubt that others have been offended and scandalised; there must needs be publicly imposed upon him a penance suitable to the measure of his guilt; that so those whom he has allured to evil manners by his example, he may bring back to an upright life by the testimony of his amendment. The bishop, however, may, when he judges it more expedient, commute this kind of public penance into one that is secret. Likewise, in all cathedral churches, where it can be conveniently done, the bishop shall appoint a penitentiary, annexing thereto the prebend that shall next become vacant, which penitentiary shall be a master, or doctor, or licentiate in theology or in canon law, and forty years of age, or otherwise one who shall be found more suitable"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inter missarum solemnia. | I -rim. v. 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 215"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "considering the character of the place; and, whilst hearing confessions in the church, he shall be meanwhile reputed as present in the choir."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": "IX",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IX."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By whom Secular Churches, not of any diocese, are to be visited."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those things which have elsewhere been established by this same Council, under Paul III., of happy memory, and lately under our most blessed lord Pius IV., touching the diligence to be used by the Ordinaries in visiting the benefices, even though exempted, the same shall also be observed in regard of those Secular churches which are said to be in no one's diocese; to wit, they shall be visited by the bishop — as the delegate of the Apostolic See — whose cathedral church is the nearest, if he be able to do so; otherwise, by him whom the prelate of the said place has once for all selected in. the provincial Council — any privileges and customs whatsoever, even though immemorial, to the contrary notwithstanding."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": "X",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER X."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Where visitation and correction of morals are concerned, no suspension of decrees is allowed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops, that they may be the better able to keep the people whom they rule in duty and obedience, shall, in all those things which regard visitation and correction of manners, have the right and power, even as delegates of the Apostolic See, of ordaining, regulating, correcting, and executing, in accordance with the enactments of the canons, those things which, in their prudence, shall seem to them necessary for the amendment of their subjects, and for the good of their respective dioceses. Nor herein, when visitation and correction of manners are concerned, shall any exemption, or any inhibition, or appeal, or complaint, even though interposed to the Apostolic See, in any way hinder or suspend the execution of those things which shall have been by them enjoined, decreed, or adjudged."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2l6 SESSION XXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": "XI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Honorary titles, or particular privileges, sJiall not derogate in any way from tJie right of bishops."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Forasmuch as the privileges and exemptions which, under various titles, are granted to very many persons, are clearly seen to raise, in these days, confusion in the jurisdiction of bishops, and to give occasion to those exempted to lead a more relaxed life; the holy Synod ordains that if at any time it be thought proper, for just, weighty, and well-nigh compulsory causes, that certain persons be distinguished by the honorary titles of Protonotary, Acolyte, Count Palatine, Royal Chaplain, or other such titles of distinction, whether in the Roman Court or elsewhere; as also that others be admitted into monasteries as Oblates, or as attached thereunto in some other way, or under the name of servants to military orders, monasteries, hospitals, colleges, or under any other title whatsoever; nothing is to be understood as being, by these privileges, taken away from the Ordinaries, so as to prevent those persons, unto whom those privileges have already been granted, or to whom they may be hereafter conceded, from being fully subject in all things to the said Ordinaries, as delegates of the Apostolic See, and this as regards Royal Chaplains, in accordance with the constitution of Innocent III., which begins Cum Capella: those persons, however, being excepted, who are engaged in actual service in the aforesaid places, or in military orders, and who reside within their enclosures and houses, and live under obedience to them; as also those who have made their profession lawfully and according to the rules of the said military orders, whereof the Ordinary must be certified: notwithstanding any privileges whatsoever, even those of the order of Saint John of Jerusalem, and of other military orders. But as regards those privileges which, by virtue of the constitution of Eugenius, those are accustomed to enjoy who reside in the Roman Court, or who are in the household of cardinals, such privileges shall in no wise be understood to apply to those who hold ecclesiastical benefices, in so"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 21'"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "far as those benefices are concerned; but such shall continue subject to the jurisdiction of the Ordinary; any inhibitions to the contrary notwithstanding."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": "XII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "What manner of persons those ought to be who are to be promoted to the dignities and canonries of Cathedral Churches: and what those so promoted are bound to perform."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whereas dignities, especially in cathedral churches, were established to preserve and increase ecclesiastical discipline, with the view that those who should obtain them might be pre-eminent in piety, be an example to others, and aid the bishop by their exertions and services; it is but right that those who are called unto those dignities should be such as to be able to answer the purposes of their office. Wherefore, no one shall henceforth be promoted to any dignities whatsoever, to which the cure of souls is attached, who has not attained at least to the twenty -fifth year of his age, and, having been exercised* for some time in the clerical order, is recommended by the learning necessary for the discharge of his office, and by integrity of morals, conformably to the constitution of Alexander III., promulgated in the Council of Lateran, which begins Cum in cunctis. In like manner archdeacons, who are called the eyes of the bishop, shall, in all churches where it is possible, be masters in theology, or doctors or licentiates in canon law. But, to the other dignities or personates, to which no cure of souls is attached, clerics shall be promoted, who are in other respects qualified, and who are not less than twenty-two years of age. Those also who are promoted to any benefices whatsoever having cure of souls, shall, within two months at the latest from the day of obtaining possession, be bound to make a public profession of their orthodox faith in the presencef of the bishop"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "' Versatus. + I\" manibus, lit., in the hands."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2l8 SESSION X\\IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "himself, or, if he be hindered, before his vicar-general or offi. cial; and shall promise and swear that they will continue in obedience to the Roman Church. But those who are promoted to canonries and dignities in cathedral churches shall be bound to do this, not only before the bishop or his official, but also in the Chapter; otherwise all those promoted as aforesaid shall not render the fruits theirs, nor shall possession avail them anything. No one shall henceforth be received to a dignity, canonry, or portion, but one who has either already been admitted to that sacred order which that dignity, prebend, or portion requires, or is of such an age as to be capable of being admitted to that order within the time prescribed by law and_ by this holy Synod. As regards all cathedral churches, all canonries and portions shall be attached to the order of the priesthood, deaconship, or sub-deaconship; and the bishop, with the advice of the Chapter, shall designate and apportion, as he shall judge expedient, to which thereof each of those respective sacred orders is for the future to be annexed; in such wise, however, that one-half at least shall be priests and the rest deacons or sub-deacons; but where the more praiseworthy custom requires that the greater part or that all be priests, it shall be by all means retained. Moreover, the holy Synod exhorts that, in provinces where it can conveniently be done, all the dignities, and one-half at least of the canonries, in cathedral and eminent collegiate churches, be conferred only on masters, or doctors, or even on licentiates in theology or canon law. Furthermore, it shall not be lawful, by virtue of any manner of statute or custom whatsoever, for those who possess, in the said cathedral or collegiate churches, any dignities, canonries, prebends, or portions, to be absent from those churches above three months in each year — saving, however, the constitutions of those churches which require a longer term of service — otherwise every offender shall, for the first year, be deprived of one-half of the fruits which he has made his own by reason even of his prebend and residence. But, if he be again guilty of the same negligence, he shall be deprived of all the fruits which he may have acquired during that same year; and the contumacy increasing, they shall be proceeded against according to the con-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 2ig"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "stitutions of the sacred canons. As regards the distributions; those who have been present at the stated hours shall receive them; all others shall, all collusion and remission set aside, forfeit them, pursuant to the decree of Boniface VI 1 1., which begins Consuetudinem, which the holy Synod brings again into use; any statutes or customs whatsoever to the contrary notwithstanding. And all shall be obliged to perform the divine offices in person, and not by substitutes; as also to attend on and serve the bishop when celebrating (mass), or performing any other pontifical functions; and reverently, distinctly, and devoutly to praise the name of God, in hymns and canticles, in the choir appointed for psalmody. They shall, moreover, at all times wear a becoming dress, both in and out of church; shall abstain from unlawful hunting, hawking, dancing, taverns, and games; and be distinguished for such integrity of manners, as that they may with justice be called the senate of the Church. As to other matters, regarding the suitable manner of conducting the divine offices, the proper way of singing or chanting therein, the specific regulations for assembling in choir and for remaining there, as also such things as may be necessary in regard of all those who minister in the church, and any other things of the like kind; the provincial Synod shall prescribe a fixed form on each head, having regard to the utility and habits of each province. But, in the meantime, the bishop, assisted by not less than two canons, one of whom shall be chosen by the bishop and the other by the Chapter, shall have power to provide herein as may be judged expedient."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": "XIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In what manner provision is to be made for the more slightly endowed Cathedral and Parish Churches: Parishes are to be distinguished by certain boundaries."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Forasmuch as very many cathedral churches have so slight a revenue, and are so small that they by no means correspond with the episcopal dignity, nor suffice for the necessities of the churches; the provincial Council, having summoned those whose"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "220 SESSION XXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "interests are concerned, shall examine and weigh with care what churches it may be expedient, on account of their small extent, and their poverty, to unite to others in the neighbourhood, or to augment with fresh revenues; and shall send the documents prepared in regard thereof to the Sovereign Roman Pontiff; who, being thereby made acquainted with the matter, shall, of his own prudence, as he may judge expedient, either unite together the slightly provided churches, or improve them by some augmentation derived from the fruits. But, in the meantime, until the things aforesaid are carried into effect, the Sovereign Pontiff may provide, out of certain benefices, for those bishops who, on account of the poverty of their dioceses, stand in need of being aided by certain fruits; provided however those benefices be not cures, nor dignities, canonries, prebends, nor monasteries wherein regular observance is in force, or which are subject to general Chapters, or to certain visitors. In parish churches also, the fruits of which are in like manner so slight that they are not sufficient to meet the necessary charges, the bishop — if unable to provide for the exigency by a union of benefices, not however those belonging to Regulars — shall make it his care that, by the assignment of first fruits, or tithes, or by the contributions and collections of the parishioners, or in some other way that shall seem to him more suitable, as much be amassed as may decently suffice for the necessities of the rector and of the parish. But in whatsoever unions may have to be made, whether for the causes aforesaid or for others, parish churches shall not be united to any monasteries whatever, or abbeys, or dignities, or prebends of a cathedral or collegiate church, or to any other simple benefices, hospitals, or military orders; and those so united shall be again taken cognisance of by the Ordinaries, pursuant to the decree already made in this same Synod, under Paul III., of happy memory, which shall also be equally observed inregard of those unions that have been made from that time forth to the present; notwithstanding whatsoever form of words may have been used therein, which shall be accounted as bemg sufficiently expressed here. Furthermore, all those cathedral churches, the revenue of which,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 22 1"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "in rear annual value, does not exceed the sum of one thousand ducats, and those parish churches where it does not exceed the sum of one hunch-ed ducats, shall not for the future be burthened with any manner of pensions, or reservations of fruits, Also^ in those cities and plaees where the parish churches have not any certain boundaries, neither have the rectors there of their own proper people to govern, but administer the sacraments to all indiscriminately who desire them, the holy Synod enjoins on bishops, that for the greater security of the salvation of the souls committed to their charge, having divided the people into fixed and proper parishes, they shall assign to each parish its own perpetual and peculiar parish priest, who may know his own parishioners, and from whom alone they may licitly receive the sacraments; or the bishops shall make such other provision as may be more beneficial, according' as the character of the place may require. They shall also take care that the same be done as soon as possible, in those cities and places where there arc no parish churches;;uiy privilej^es and customs, even though immemorial, to the contrary notwithstanding."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c:hapter XIV. In promotions to bciicjitrs, or in ddiiiissioiis into possession of the saiih\\ 0)iY licditctioHS from the fruits^ not cippUcd to pious usi's, are pro/tibited. In many churches, as well cathedral as collegiate and parochial, itis understood to be the practice, derived either from the constitutions thereof or from an evil custom, that upon any election, presentuti<in, institution, confirmation, collation, or other provision, or upon achnission to the possession of any cathedral church, benefice, canonries, or prebends, or to a participation inthe revenues or the daily distributions, there are introduced certain conditions, or deductions from the fruits, certain paj'mcnts, promises, unlawful compensations, as also the profits which are in some churches called Turnorum lucra;* and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* IVr(i\\iisUos arising rion\\ pivscnlulions nttaehetl U) the \"Turnus,'' oiolTice of lU'liiloiunilniiiis (Turimriua)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "222 SESSION XXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "whereas the holy Synod detests these practices, It enjoins on bishops that they suffer not anything of the kind to be done, unless the proceeds be converted to pious uses, nor permit any of those modes of entering (on benefices) which carry with them a suspicion of a simoniacal taint, or of sordid avarice; and they shall themselves carefully take cognisance of their constitutions or customs in the above regards; and, those only being retained which they shall approve of as laudable, the rest they shall reject and abolish as corrupt and scandalous. And It decrees that those who act in any way contrary to the things comprised in this present decree incur the penalties set forth against simoniacs by the sacred canons, and divers constitutions ofthe Sovereign Pontiffs, all of which this Synod renews; any statutes, constitutions, customs, even though immemorial, even though confirmed by apostolic authority, to the contrary notwithstanding; the bishop, as the delegate of the Apostolic See, having power to take cognisance of any surreption, obreption, or defect of intention in regard thereof"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": "XV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Method of increasing the slight prebends of Cathedral and of eminent Collegiate Churches."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In cathedral and eminent collegiate churches, where the prebends are numerous, and so small that, even with the daily distributions, they are not sufficient for the decent maintenance of the rank of the canons, according to the character of the place and of the persons, it shall be lawful for the bishop, with the consent of the Chapter, either to unite thereunto certain simple benefices, not however such as belong to Regulars, or, if a provision cannot be made in this way, they may reduce those prebends to a less number, by suppressing some of them —with the consent of the patron, if the right of patronage belong to laymen— the fruits and proceeds of which shall be applied towards the daily distributions of the remaining prebends;yet so, however, that such a number shall be left as may conveniently serve for the celebration of divine worship,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "and be suitable to the dignity of the church; any constitutions and privileges whatsoever, or any reservation (whether general or special), or any application whatever, to the contrary notwithstanding nor; shall the aforesaid unions or suppressions be set aside or hindered by any manner of provision whatsoever, not even by virtue of any resignation,or by any other derogations or suspensions whatever."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": "XVI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XVI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "What duty devolves on the Chapter during the vacancy of a See."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When a See is vacant, the Chapter, in those places where the duty of receiving the fruits devolves upon it, shall appoint one or more faithful and diligent stewards to take care of the property and revenues of the church, of which they shall afterwards give an account to him whom it may regard. It shall also be absolutely bound, within eight days after the decease of the bishop, to appoint an official,* or vicar, or to confirm the one who fills that office; who shall at least be a doctor or a licentiate ofcanon law, or otherwise as competent a person as can be procured: if anything be done contrary hereto, the appointment aforesaid shall devolve on the metropolitan. And if the church be itself the metropolitan, or exempted, and the Chapter shall be, as has been said above, negligent, then shall the oldest of the suffragan bishops in that metropolitan church, and the nearest bishop in regard of that church that is exempted, have power to appoint a competent steward and vicar. And the bishop who is promoted to the said vacant church shall demand, from the said steward, vicar, and all other officers and administrators, who, during the vacancy of the See, were, by the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Chapter or others, appointed in his room— even though they"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "should belong to the Chapter itself — an account of those things which concern him, of their functions, jurisdiction, administration, or of any other their charge whatsoever; and shall have"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "• Officialem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "224 SESSION XXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "power to punish those who have been guilty of any delinquency in their office or administration, even though the officers aforesaid, having given in their accounts, may have ordained a quittance or discharge from the Chapter, or those deputed thereby. The Chapter shall also be bound to render an account to the said bishop of any papers belonging to the church, if any such have come into the possession thereof"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": "XVII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XVII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In zvhat case it is lawful to confer more than one benefice upon bne individual; and for him to retain the same."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whereas ecclesiastical order is perverted when one cleric fills the offices of several, the sacred canons have holily provided that no one ought to be enrolled in two churches. But, seeing that many, through the passion of ungodly covetousness deceiving themselves, not God, are not ashamed to elude, by various artifices, what has been so excellently ordained, and to hold several benefices at the same time; the holy Synod, desiring to restore the discipline required for the government of the Church, doth by this present decree — which It orders to be observed in regard of all persons whatsoever, by whatsoever title distinguished, even though it be by the dignity of the Cardinalate — ordain that, for the future, one ecclesiastical benefice only shall be conferred on one and the same person. If indeed that benefice be not sufficient to afford a decent livelihood to the person on whom it is conferred, it shall then be lawful to bestow on him some other simple benefice that may be sufficient; provided that both do not require personal residence. And the above shall apply not only to cathedral churches, but also to all other benefices whatsoever, whether Secular or Regular, even to those held in commendam, of whatsoever title or quality they may be. But they who at present hold several parochial churches, or one cathedral and one parochial church, shall be absolutely obliged — all dispensations and unions for life whatsoever to the contrary notwithstanding — retaining one parochial church only, or the cathedral church alone, to resign the other parochial"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 225"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "churches within the space of six months; otherwise, as well the parish churches, as also all the benefices which they hold, shall be accounted ipso jure void, and as void shall be freely conferred on other competent persons; nor shall they who previously held them be able to retain the fruits thereof, with a safe conscience, after the said time. But the holy Synod desires that a provision be made in some suitable manner, as may seem fit to the Sovereign Pontiff, for the necessities of those who resign."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": "XVIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XVIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Upon a Parish Church becoming vacant, a Vicar is to be deputed thereunto by the Bishop, until it be provided with a Parish Priest: in what manner and by whom those nominated to Parochial Churches ought to be examined."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is most highly expedient for the salvation of souls that they be governed by worthy and competent parish priests. To the end that this may with greater care and effect be accomplished, the holy Synod ordains that when a vacancy occurs in a parish church, whether by death or by resignation, even in the Roman Court, or in any other manner whatsoever, though it may be alleged that the charge thereof devolves on the church (itself), or on the bishop, and though it may be served by one or more priests — and this not excepting even those churches called patrimonial or receptive,* wherein the bishop has been accustomed to assign the cure of souls to one or more (priests), all of whom, as this Synod ordains, must be subjected to the examination herein prescribed later — even though, moreover, the said parish chifrch may be reserved, or appropriated, whether generally or specially, by virtue even of an indult, or privilege granted in favour of cardinals of the holy Roman Church, or of certain abbots or chapters; it shall be the duty of the bishop at once, upon obtaining information of the vacancy of the church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Receptivis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "GG"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "226 SESSION XXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "to appoint, if need be, a competent vicar to the same — with a suitable assignment, at his own discretion, of a portion of the fruits thereof — to support the duties of the said church, until it shall be provided with a rector. Moreover, the bishop, and he who has the' right of patronage, shall, within ten days, or such other term as the bishop shall prescribe, nominate, in the presence of those who shall be deputed as examiners, certain clerics as capable of governing the said church. It shall, nevertheless, be free for others also, who may know any that are fit for the office, to give in their names, that a diligent scrutiny may be afterwards made as to the age, morals, and sufficiency of each. And even — if the bishop, or the provincial Synod shall, considering the custom of the country, judge this more expedient — those who may wish to be examined may be summoned by a public notice. When the time appointed has transpired, all those whose names have been entered shall be examined by the bishop, or — if he be hindered — by his vicar-general, and by the other examiners, who shall not be fewer than three; to whose votes, if they should be equal, or given to distinct individuals, the bishop or his vicar may add theirs in favour of whomsoever they shall think most fit. And as regards the examiners, six at least shall be annually proposed by the bishop, or by his vicar, in the diocesan Synod; who shall be such as shall satisfy and shall be approved of by the said Synod. And upon any vacancy occurring in any church, the bishop shall select three out of that number to make the examination with him; and afterwards, upon another vacancy following, he shall select, out of the six aforesaid, the same, or three others whom he may prefer. But the said examiners shall be masters, or doctors, or licentiates in theology or in"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": "l",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "canon law, or such other clerics, whether Regulars — even of the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "order of Mendicants — or Seculars, as shall seem best adapted thereunto; and they shall all swear on the holy Gospels of God, that they will, setting aside every human aflTection, faithfully perform their duty. And they shall beware of receiving anything whatever, either before or after, on account of this examination;otherwise both the receivers and the givers will incur the guilt of simony, from which they shall not be capable of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 2 27"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "being absolved until after they have resigned the benefices which they were possessed of in any manner whatsoever, even before this act; and they shall be rendered incapable of any others for the time to come. And in regard of all these matters, they shall be bound to render an account not only to God, but also, if need be, to the provincial Synod, which shall have power to punish them severely, at Its discretion, if it be ascertained that they have done anything contrary to their duty. Then, after the examination is completed, a report shall be made of all those who shall have been judged, by the said examiners, fitby age, morals, learning, prudence, and other suitable qualifications, to govern the vacant church; and out of these the bishop shall select him whom he shall judge the most fitx5f all; and to him, and to none other, shall the church be collated by him unto whom it belongs to collate thereunto. But, if the church be under ecclesiastical patronage, and the institution thereunto belongs to the bishop, and to none else, whomsoever the patron shall judge the most worthy from amongst those who have been approved of by the examiners, him he shall be bound to present to the bishop, that he may receive institution from him: but when the institution is to proceed from any other than the bishop, then the bishop alone shall select the worthiest from amdngst the worthy, and him the patron shall present to him unto whom the institution belongs. But if it be under lay patronage, the individual who shall be presented by the patron must be examined, as above, by those deputed thereunto, and not be admitted unless he be found fit. And, in all the abovementioned cases, to none other but to one of those who have been examined as aforesaid, and have been approved of by the examiners, according to the rule prescribed above, shall the church be committed, nor shall any devolution, or appeal, interposed even before the Apostolic See, or the legates, vice-legates, or nuncios of that see, or before any bishops, or metropolitans, primates, or patriarchs, hinder or suspend the report' of the aforesaid examiners from being carried into execution; for the rest, the vicar whom the bishop has, at his own discretion, already depqted for the time being to the vacant church, or whom he may afterwards happen to depute"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "228 SESSION XXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "thereunto, shall not be removed from the charge and administration of the said church until it be provided for, either by the appointment of the vicar himself, or of some other person, who has been approved of and elected as above: and all provisions and institutions made otherwise than according to the abovenamed form shall be accounted surreptitious; any exemptions, indults, privileges, preventions, appropriations, new provisions, indults granted to any university whatsoever, even for a certain sum, and any other impediments whatsoever, in opposition to this decree, notwithstanding. If, however, the said parish churches should possess so slight a revenue as not to allow of the trouble of all this examination; or should no one seek to undergo this examination; or if, by reason of the open factions or dissensions which are met with in some places, more grievous quarrels and tumults may easily be excited thereby; the Ordinary may, omitting this formality, have recourse to a private examination, if, in his conscience, with the advice of the (examiners) deputed, he shall judge this expedient; observing, however, the other things as prescribed above. It shall also be lawful for the provincial Synod, if It shall judge that there are any particulars which ought to be added to or retrenched from the above regulations, concerning the form of examination, to provide accordingly."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": "XIX",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XIX."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mandates ''de providendo,\" Expectatives, and other things of the like kind are abrogated. /"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod ordains that mandates for contingent promotions,* and those graces which are called expectant.f shall not any more be granted to anyone, not even to colleges, universities, senates, or to any individuals whatsoever, even"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Mandata de providendo; papal mandates to bishops, enjoining them to promote a given individual to a certain vacant benefice. / t Expectativre; directions to promote a given individual to 'the first vacant benefice.,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 229"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "though under the name of an indult, or up to a certain sum, or under any other colourable title; nor shall it be lawful for any one to make use of such as have been heretofore granted. So, neither shall any mental reservations,* nor any other graces whatsoever in regard of future vacancies in benefices, nor indults which apply to churches belonging to others, or to monasteries, be granted to any, not even cardinals of the holy Roman Church; and those hitherto granted shall be looked upon as abrogated."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": "XX",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XX."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The manner of conducting causes appertaining to the Ecclesiastical court is prescribed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All causes belonging in any way whatever to the ecclesiastical court, even though they may relate to benefices, shall be taken cognisance of, in the first instance, before the Ordinaries of the places only; and shall be completely terminated within two years at the latest from the time that the suit was instituted; otherwise, at the expiration of that period, it shall be free for ' the parties, or for either of them, to have recourse to superior, but otherwise competent, judges, who shall take up the cause as it shall then stand, and shall take care that it be terminated with all possible despatch; nor, before that period, shall the causes be committed to any others (than the Ordinaries), nor be transferred therefrom; nor shall any appeals interposed by those parties be received by any superior judges whatsoever; nor shall any commission or inhibition be issued by them, except upon a definitive sentence, or one that has the force thereof, and the grievance arising from which cannot be redressed by an appeal from that definitive sentence. From the above are to be excepted those causes, which, pursuant to the appointments of the canons, are to be tried before the Apostolic See, or those which the Sovereign Roman Pontiff shall, for an urgent and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Reservationes mentales: when no individual was named in the order for promotion to the first vacant benefice, the commissions were called mental reservations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "230 SESSION XXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "reasonable cause, judge fit to appoint, or to avocate, for his own hearing, by a special rescript under the signature of his Holiness, signed with his own hand. Furthermore, matrimonial and criminal causes shall not be left to the judgment of deans, archdeacons, and other inferiors, even when on their course of visitation, but shall be reserved for the examination and jurisdiction of the bishop only; even though there should be, at this present moment, a suit pending, in whatsoever stage of the proceedings it may be, between any bishop and the dean or archdeacon touching the cognisance of this class of causes; and if, in any said matrimonial cause, one of the parties shall truly prove his poverty in the presence of the bishop, he shall not be compelled to plead out of the province, either in the second or third stage of the suit,* unless the other party will provide for his maintenance, and also bear the expenses of the suit. Legates also, even though de latere, nuncios, ecclesiastical governors, or others, shall not only not presume, by virtue of any powers whatsoever, to impede bishops in the causes aforesaid, or in any wise to take from them,-|or to disturb their jurisdiction, but they shall not even proceed against clerics, or other ecclesiastical persons, until the bishop has been first applied to, and has shown himself negligent; otherwise their proceedings and ordinances shall be of no force, and they shall be bound to make satisfaction to the parties for the damages which they may have sustained. Furthermore, should any individual appeal in those cases allowed of by law, or lodge a complaint touching any grievance, or have recourse, as aforesaid, to a judge, on account of two years having elapsed, he shall be bound to transfer, at his own expense, to the judge of appeal, all the acts of the proceedings that have taken placebefore the bishop, having given, however, notice thereof previously to the said bishop; that so, if it seem fit to him to communicate any information on the suit, he may acquaint the judge of appeal therewith. But if the appellee"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Nee in secunda, nee in tertia instantia. t Prsripere, to forcstaU."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 23 1"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "shall appear, then shall he also be bound to bear his proportion of the costs of transferring those acts, provided that he wishes to make use thereof; unless it be the custom of the place to act otherwise, to wit, that the entire costs have to be borne by the appellant. Moreover, the notary shall be bound to furnish the appellant, upon payment of the suitable fee, with a copy of the proceedings as soon as may be, and within a month at the furthest. And should that notary be guilty of any fraud in delaying the giving such copy, he shall be suspended from the exercise of his office, at the discretion of the Ordinary, and be condemned to pay double the costs of the suit, which shall be divided between the appellant and the poor of the place. But if the judge also should himself ibe cognisant of and an accomplice in this delay, or if he shall in any other way raise obstacles against the entire proceedings being delivered over to the appellant within the term aforesaid, he shall be subjected to the same penalty of paying double the costs, as above: notwithstanding, as regards all the aforesaid matters, any privileges, indults, covenants, which only bind the authors thereof, and any other customs whatsoever to the contrary."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": "XXI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XXI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is declared that, by certain words used previously, the usual manner of treating business in General Councils is not changed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod — being desirous that no occasion of doubting may, at any future period, arise out of the decrees which It has published — in explanation of the words contained in a decree published in the first Session under our most blessed lord, Pius IV., to wit, \" which the legates and presidents proposing, shall to the said holy Synod appear suitable and proper for assuaging the calamities of these times, terminating the controversies concerning religion, restraining deceitful tongues, correcting the abuses of depraved manners, and procuring for the Church a true and Christian peace,\" declares that it was not Its"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "232 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "intention that, by the foregoing words, the usual manner of treating matters in general Councils should be in any respect changed; or that anything new, besides that which has been heretofore established by the sacred canons, or by the form of general Councils, should be added to or taken from any one."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDICTION OF THE NEXT SESSION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, the same sacred and holy Synod ordains and decrees that the next ensuing Session be held on the Thursday after the Conception of the Blessed Virgin Mary, which will be the ninth day of December next, with the power also of abridging that term. In which 'Session there will be treated of the sixth chapter,* which is now deferred till then, and the remaining chapters on Reformation which have been already set forth, and other matters which relate thereunto. And if it shall seem advisable, and the time will allow thereof, certain dogmas may also be treated of, as in their proper season they shall be proposed in the congregations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The term fixed for the Session was abridged."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "trent-session-25",
      "council": 19,
      "title": "Session 25: Purgatory, Saints, Relics, Images, Religious Life, Indulgences and the Conclusion",
      "type": "Session: doctrinal, disciplinary and procedural decrees",
      "date": "1545-1563",
      "languages": {
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.documentacatholicaomnia.eu/04z/z_1545-1563__Concilium_Tridentinum__Canones_et_Decreta__LT.pdf.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/concilium-tridentinum-canones-et-decreta-latin.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3-4 dec. 1563 [Decretum de Purgatorio]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum Catholica Ecclesia Spiritu Sancto edocta ex sacris litteris et antiqua patrum traditione in sacris conciliis et novissime in hac oecumenica Synodo docuerit purgatorium esse animas que ibi detentas fidelium suffragiis potissimum vero acceptabili altaris sacrificio iuvari: praecipit sancta Synodus episcopis ut sanam de purgatorio doctrinam a sanctis patribus et sacris conciliis traditam a christifidelibus credi teneri doceri et ubique praedicari diligenter studeant. Apud rudem vero plebem difficiliores ac subtiliores quaestiones quaeque ad aedificationem non faciunt et ex quibus plerumque nulla fit pietatis accessio a popularibus concionibus secludantur. Incerta item vel quae specie falsi laborant evulgari ac tractari non permittant. Ea vero quae ad curiositatem quandam aut superstitionem spectant vel turpe lucrum sapiunt tamquam scandala et fidelium offendicula prohibeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Curent autem episcopi ut fidelium vivorum suffragia Missarum scilicet sacrificia orationes eleemosynae alia que pietatis opera quae a fidelibus pro aliis fidelibus defunctis fieri consueverunt secundum Ecclesiae instituta pie et devote fiant et quae pro illis ex testatorum fundationibus vel alia ratione debentur non perfunctorie sed a sacerdotibus et Ecclesiae ministris et aliis qui hoc praestare tenentur diligenter et accurate persolvantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[De invocatione, veneratione et reliquiis sanctorum et de sacris imaginibus]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mandat sancta Synodus omnibus episcopis et ceteris docendi munus curam que sustinentibus ut iuxta catholicae et apostolicae Ecclesiae usum a primaevis christianae religionis temporibus receptum sanctorum que patrum consensionem et sacrorum conciliorum decreta: in primis de sanctorum intercessione invocatione reliquiarum honore et legitimo imaginum usu fideles diligenter instruant docentes eos sanctos una cum Christo regantes orationes suas pro hominibus Deo offerre; bonum atque utile esse suppliciter eos invocare et ob beneficia impetranda a Deo per filium eius Iesum Christum dominum nostrum qui solus noster redemptor et salvator est ad eorum orationes opem auxilium que confugere; illos vero qui negant sanctos aeterna felicitate in coelo fruentes invocandos esse; aut qui asserunt vel illos pro hominibus non orare vel eorum ut pro nobis etiam singulis orent invocationem esse idolatriam vel pugnare cum verbo Dei adversari que honori unius mediatoris Dei et hominum Iesu Christi; vel stultum esse in coelo regnatibus voce vel mente supplicare: impie sentire. Sanctorum quoque martyrum et aliorum cum Christo viventium sancta corpora quae viva membra fuerunt Christi et templum Spiritus Sancti ab ipso ad aeternam vitam suscitanda et glorificanda a fidelibus veneranda esse per quae multa beneficia a Deo hominibus praestantur: ita ut affirmantes sanctorum reliquiis venerationem atque honorem non deberi vel eas alia que sacra monumenta a fidelibus inutiliter honorari atque eorum opis impetrandae causa sanctorum memorias frustra frequentari: omnino damnandos esse prout iampridem eos damnavit et nunc etiam damnat Ecclesia. Imagines porro Christi deiparae virginis et aliorum sanctorum in templis praesertim habendas et retinendas eis que debitum honorem et venerationem impertiendam non quod credatur inesse aliqua in iis divinitas vel virtus propter quam sint colendae vel quod ab eis sit aliquid petendum vel quod fiducia in imaginibus sit figenda veluti olim fiebat a gentibus quae in idolis spem suam collocabant: sed quoniam honos qui eis exhibetur refertur ad prototypa quae illae repraesentant: ita ut per imagines quas osculamur et coram quibus caput aperimus et procumbimus Christum adoremus et sanctos quorum illae similitudinem gerunt veneremur. Id quod conciliorum praesertim vero secundae Nicaenae synodi decretis contra imaginum oppugnatores est sancitum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Illud vero diligenter doceant episcopi per historias mysteriorum nostrae redemptionis picturis vel aliis similitudinibus expressas erudiri et confirmari populum in articulis fidei commemorandis et assidue recolendis; tum vero ex omnibus sacris imaginibus magnum fructum percipi non solum quia admonetur populus beneficiorum et munerum quae a Christo sibi collata sunt sed etiam quia Dei per sanctos miracula et salutaria exempla oculis fidelium subiiciuntur ut pro iis Deo gratias agant ad sanctorum que imitationem vitam mores que suos componant excitentur que ad adorandum ac diligendum Deum et ad pietatem colendam. Si quis autem his decretis contraria docuerit aut senserit: a[nathema] s[it]. In has autem sanctas et salutares observationes si qui abusus irrepserint: eos prorsus aboleri sancta Synodus vehementer cupit ita ut nullae falsi dogmatis imagines et rudibus periculosi erroris occasionem praebentes statuantur. Quodsi aliquando historias et narrationes Sacrae Scripturae cum id indoctae plebi expediet exprimi et figurari contigerit: doceatur populus non propterea divinitatem figurari quasi corporeis oculis conspici vel coloribus aut figuris exprimi possit. Omnis porro superstitio in sanctorum invocatione reliquiarum veneratione et imaginum sacro usu tollatur omnis turpis quaestus eliminetur omnis denique lascivia vitetur ita ut procaci venustate imagines non pingantur nec ornentur; et sanctorum celebratione ac reliquiarum visitatione homines ad commessationes atque ebrietates non abutantur quasi festi dies in honorem sanctorum per luxum ac lasciviam agantur. Postremo tanta circa haec diligentia et cura ab episcopis adhibeatur ut nihil inordinatum aut praepostere et tumultuarie accommodatum nihil profanum nihil que inhonestum appareat cum domum Dei deceat sanctitudo. Haec ut fidelius observentur statuit sancta Synodus nemini licere ullo in loco vel Ecclesia etiam quomodolibet exempta ullam insolitam ponere vel ponendam curare imaginem nisi ab episcopo approbata fuerit. Nulla etiam admittenda esse nova miracula nec novas reliquias recipiendas nisi eodem recognoscente et approbante episcopo. Qui simulatque de his aliquid compertum habuerit adhibitis in consilium theologis et aliis piis viris ea faciat quae veritati et pietati consentanea iudicaverit. Quodsi aliquis dubius aut difficilis abusus sit exstirpandus vel omnino aliqua de his rebus gravior quaestio incidat: episcopus antequam controversiam dirimat metropolitani et comprovincialium episcoporum in concilio provinciali sententiam exspectet ita tamen ut nihil inconsulto sanctissimo Romano Pontifice novum aut in Ecclesia hactenus inusitatum decernatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum de Regularibus et Monialibus]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput I]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eadem sacrosancta Synodus reformationem prosequens ea quae sequuntur statuenda esse censuit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quoniam non ignorat sancta Synodus quantum ex monasteriis pie institutis et recte administratis in Ecclesia Dei splendoris atque utilitatis oriatur: necessarium esse censuit quo facilius ac maturius ubi collapsa est vetus et regularis disciplina instauretur et constantius ubi conservata est perseveret praecipere prout hoc decreto praecipit ut omnes regulares tam viri quam mulieres ad regulae quam professi sunt praescriptum vitam instituant et componant atque in primis qua ad suae professionis perfectionem ut obedientiae paupertatis et castitatis ac si quae alia sunt alicuius regulae et ordinis peculiaria vota et praecepta ad eorum respective essentiam necnon ad communem vitam victum et vestitum conservanda pertinentia fideliter observent omnis que cura et diligentia a superioribus adhibeatur tam in capitulis generalibus et provincialibus quam in eorum visitationibus quae suis temporibus facere non praetermittant: ut ab illis non recedatur cum compertum sit ab eis non posse ea quae ad substantiam regularis vitae pertinent relaxari. Si enim illa quae bases sunt et fundamenta totius regularis disciplinae exacte non fuerint conservata: totum corruat aedificium necesse est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput II]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nemini igitur regularium tam virorum quam mulierum liceat bona immobilia vel mobilia cuiuscumque qualitatis fuerint etiam quovis modo ab eis acquisita tamquam propria aut etiam nomine conventus possidere vel tenere sed statim ea superiori tradantur conventui que incorporentur. Nec deinceps liceat superioribus bona stabilia alicui regulari concedere etiam ad usumfructum vel usum administrationem aut commendam. Administratio autem bonorum monasteriorum seu conventuum ad solos officiales eorundem ad nutum superiorum amovibiles pertineat. Mobilium vero usum ita superiores permittant ut eorum supellex statui paupertatis quam professi sunt conveniat nihil que superflui in ea sit nihil etiam quod sit necessarium eis denegetur. Quodsi quis aliter quidquam tenere deprehensus aut convictus fuerit: is biennio activa et passiva voce privatus sit atque etiam iuxta suae regulae et ordinis constitutiones puniatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput III]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concedit sancta Synodus omnibus monasteriis et domibus tam virorum quam mulierum et mendicantium (exceptis domibus fratrum sancti Francisci cappucinorum et eorum qui minorum de observantia vocantur) etiam quibus aut ex constitutionibus suis erat prohibitum aut ex privilegio apostolico non erat concessum: ut deinceps bona immobilia eis possidere liceat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quodsi aliqua loca ex praedictis quibus auctoritate apostolica similia bona possidere permissum erat eis spoliata sint: eadem omnia illis restituenda esse decernit. In praedictis autem monasteriis et domibus tam virorum quam mulierum bona immobilia possidentibus vel non possidentibus is tantum numerus constituatur ac in posterum conservetur qui vel ex reditibus propriis monasteriorum vel ex consuetis eleemosynis commode possit sustentari. Nec de cetero similia loca erigantur sine episcopi in cuius dioecesi erigenda sunt licentia prius obtenta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput IV]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prohibet sancta Synodus ne quis regularis sine sui superioris licentia praedicationis vel lectionis aut cuiusvis pii operis praetextu subiiciat se obsequio alicuius praelati principis vel universitatis vel communitatis aut alterius cuiuscumque personae seu loci; neque ei aliquod privilegium aut facultas ab aliis super iis obtenta suffragetur. Quodsi contrafecerit tamquam inobediens arbitrio superioris puniatur. Nec liceat regularibus a suis conventibus recedere etiam praetextu ad superiores suos accedendi nisi ab eisdem missi aut vocati fuerint. Qui vero sine praedicto mandato in scriptis obtento repertus fuerit ab ordinariis locorum tamquam desertor sui instituti puniatur. Illi autem qui studiorum causa ad universitates mittuntur in conventibus tantum habitent; alioquin ab ordinariis contra eos procedatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput V]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bonifatii VIII constitutionem quae incipit periculoso renovans sancta Synodus universis episcopis sub obtestatione divini iudicii et interminatione maledictionis aeternae praecipit ut in omnibus monasteriis sibi subiectis ordinaria in aliis vero Sedis Apostolicae auctoritate clausuram sanctimonialium ubi violata fuerit diligenter restitui et ubi inviolata est conservari maxime procurent inobedientes atque contradictores per censuras ecclesiasticas alias que poenas quacumque appellatione postposita compescentes invocato etiam ad hoc si opus fuerit auxilio brachii saecularis. Quod auxilium ut praebeatur omnes christianos principes hortatur sancta Synodus et sub excommunicationis poena ipso facto incurrenda omnibus magistratibus saecularibus iniungit. Nemini autem sanctimonialium liceat post professionem exire a monasterio etiam ad breve tempus quocumque praetextu nisi ex aliqua legitima causa ab episcopo approbanda indultis quibuscumque et privilegiis non obstantibus. Ingredi autem intra saepta monasterii nemini liceat cuiuscumque generis aut conditionis sexus vel aetatis fuerit sine episcopi vel superioris licentia in scriptis obtenta sub excommunicationis poena ipso facto incurrenda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dare autem tantum episcopus vel superior licentiam debet in casibus necessariis neque alius ullo modo possit etiam vigore cuiuscumque facultatis vel indulti hactenus concessi vel in posterum concedendi. Et quia monasteria sanctimonialium extra moenia urbis vel oppidi constituta malorum hominum praedae et aliis facinoribus sine ulla saepe custodia sunt exposita: curent episcopi et alii superiores si ita videbitur expedire ut sanctimoniales ex eis ad nova vel antiqua monasteria intra urbes vel oppida frequentia reducantur invocato etiam auxilio si opus fuerit brachii saecularis. Impedientes vero vel non obedientes per censuras ecclesiasticas parere compellant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In electione quorumcumque superiorum abbatum temporalium et aliorum officialium ac generalium et abbatissarum atque aliarum praepositarum quo omnia recte et sine ulla fraude fiant: in primis sancta Synodus districte praecipit omnes supradictos eligi debere per vota secreta ita ut singulorum eligentium nomina numquam publicentur. Nec in posterum liceat provinciales aut abbates priores aut alios quoscumque titulares ad effectum electionis faciendae constituere aut voces et suffragia absentium supplere. Si vero contra huius decreti constitutionem aliquis electus fuerit electio irrita sit et is qui ad hunc effectum se in provincialem abbatem aut priorem creari permiserit deinceps ad omnia officia in religione obtinenda inhabilis exsistat facultates que super his concessae eo ipso abrogatae censeantur et si in posterum aliae concedantur tamquam subreptitiae habeantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Abbatissa et priorissa et quocumque alio nomine praefecta vel praeposita appelletur eligatur non minor annis quadraginta et quae octo annis post expressam professionem laudabiliter vixerit. Quodsi his qualitatibus non reperiatur in eodem monasterio ex alio eiusdem ordinis eligi possit. Si hoc etiam incommodum superiori qui electioni praeest videatur ex iis quae in eodem monasterio annum trigesimum excesserint et quinque saltem annis post professionem recte vixerint episcopo vel alio superiore consentiente eligatur. Duobus vero monasteriis nulla praeficiatur et si qua duo vel plura quocumque modo obtinet cogatur uno excepto intra sex menses cetera resignare. Post id vero tempus nisi resignaverit omnia ipso iure vacent. Is vero qui electioni praeest episcopus sive alius superior claustra monasterii non ingrediatur sed ante cancellorum fenestellam vota singularum audiat vel accipiat. In reliquis serventur singulorum ordinum vel monasteriorum constitutiones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VIII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Monasteria omnia quae generalibus capitulis aut episcopis non subsunt nec suos habent ordinarios regulares visitatores sed sub immediata Sedis Apostolicae protectione ac directione regi consueverunt: teneantur infra annum a fine praesentis concilii et deinde quolibet triennio sese in congregationes redigere iuxta formam constitutionis Innocentii III in concilio generali quae incipit in singulis ibi que certas regulares personas deputare quae de modo et ordine de praedictis congregationibus erigendis ac statutis in eis exsequendis deliberent et statuant. Quodsi in his negligentes fuerint liceat metropolitano in cuius provincia praedicta monasteria sunt tamquam Sedis Apostolicae delegato eos pro praedictis causis convocare. Quodsi infra limites unius provinciae non sit sufficiens talium monasteriorum numerus ad erigendam congregationem possint duarum vel trium provinciarum monasteria unam facere congregationem. Ipsis autem congregationibus constitutis illarum generalia capitula et ab illis electi praesides vel visitatores eandem habeant auctoritatem in suae congregationis monasteria ac regulares in eis commorantes quam alii praesides ac visitatores in ceteris habent ordinibus. Teneantur que suae congregationis monasteria frequenter visitare et illorum reformationi incumbere et ea observare quae in sacris canonibus et in hoc sacro concilio sunt decreta. Quodsi etiam metropolitano instante praedicta exsequi non curaverint episcopis in quorum dioecesibus loca praedicta sita sunt tamquam Sedis Apostolicae delegatis subdantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput IX]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Monasteria sanctimonialium sanctae Sedi Apostolicae immediate subiecta etiam sub nomine capitulorum s(ancti) Petri vel s(ancti) Ioannis vel alias quomodocumque nuncupentur ab episcopis tamquam dictae sedis delegatis gubernentur non obstantibus quibuscumque. Quae vero a deputatis in capitulis generalibus vel ab aliis regularibus reguntur sub eorum cura et custodia relinquantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput X]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Attendant diligenter episcopi et ceteri superiores monasteriorum sanctimonialium ut in constitutionibus earum admoneantur sanctimoniales ut saltem semel singulis mensibus confessionem peccatorum faciant et sacrosanctam Eucharistiam suscipiant ut eo se salutari praesidio muniant ad omnes oppugnationes daemonis fortiter superandas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeter ordinarium autem confessorem alius extraordinarius ab episcopo et aliis superioribus bis aut ter in anno offeratur qui omnium confessiones audire debeat quod vero sanctissimum Christi corpus intra chorum vel saepta monasterii et non in publica Ecclesia conservetur: prohibet sancta Synodus non obstante quocumque indulto aut privilegio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In monasteriis seu domibus virorum seu mulierum quibus imminet animarum cura personarum saecularium praeter eas quae sunt de illorum monasteriorum seu locorum familia: personae tam regulares quam saeculares huiusmodi curam exercentes subsint immediate in iis quae ad dictam curam et sacramentorum administrationem pertinent iurisdictioni visitationi et correctioni episcopi in cuius dioecesi sunt sita nec ibi aliqui etiam ad nutum amovibiles deputentur nisi de eiusdem consensu ac praevio examine per eum aut eius vicarium faciendo; excepto monasterio Cluniacensi cum suis limitibus et exceptis etiam iis monasteriis seu locis in quibus abbates generales aut alii regularium superiores iuridictionem episcopalem et temporalem in parochos et parochianos exercent salvo tamen eorum episcoporum iure qui maiorem in praedicta loca vel personas iurisdictionem exercent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Censurae et interdicta nedum a Sede Apostolica emanata sed etiam ab ordinariis promulgata mandante episcopo a regularibus in eorum ecclesiis publicentur atque serventur. Dies etiam festi quos in dioecesi sua servandos idem episcopus praeceperit ab exemptis omnibus etiam regularibus serventur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XIII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Controversias omnes de praecedentia quae persaepe maximo cum scandalo oriuntur inter ecclesiasticas personas tam saeculares quam regulares cum in processionibus publicis tum in his quae fiunt in tumulandis defunctorum corporibus et in deferenda umbella et aliis similibus: episcopus amota omni appellatione et non obstantibus quibuscumque componat. Exempti autem omnes tam clerici saeculares quam regulares quicumque etiam monachi ad publicas processiones vocati accedere compellantur iis tantum exceptis qui in strictiori clausura perpetuo vivunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XIV]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Regularis non subditus episcopo qui intra claustra monasterii degit et extra ea ita notorie deliquerit ut populo scandalo sit episcopo instante a suo superiore intra tempus ab episcopo praefigendum severe puniatur ac de punitione episcopum certiorem faciat; sin minus a suo superiore officio privetur et delinquens ab episcopo puniri possit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XV]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In quacumque religione tam virorum quam mulierum professio non fiat ante sextum decimum annum expletum nec qui minori tempore quam per annum post susceptum habitum in probatione steterit ad professionem admittatur. Professio autem antea facta sit nulla nullam que inducat obligationem ad alicuius regulae vel religionis vel ordinis observationem aut ad alios quoscumque effectus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XVI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nulla quoque renuntiatio aut obligatio antea facta etiam cum iuramento vel in favorem cuiuscumque causae piae valeat nisi cum licentia episcopi sive eius vicarii fiat intra duos menses proximos ante professionem ac non alias intelligatur effectum suum sortiri nisi secuta professione; aliter vero facta etiamsi cum huius favoris expressa renuntiatione etiam iurata sit irrita et nullius effectus. Finito tempore novitiatus superiores novitios quos habiles invenerint ad profitendum admittant aut e monasterio eos eiiciant. Per haec tamen sancta Synodus non intendit aliquid innovare aut prohibere quin religio clericorum societatis Iesu iuxta pium eorum institutum a sancta Sede Apostolica approbatum Domino et eius Ecclesiae inservire possint. Sed neque ante professionem excepto victu et vestitu novitii vel novitiae illius temporis quo in probatione est quocumque praetextu a parentibus vel propinquis aut curatoribus eius monasterio aliquid ex bonis eiusdem tribuatur ne hac occasione discedere nequeat quod totam vel maiorem partem substantiae suae monasterium possideat nec facile si discesserit id recuperare possit. Quin potius praecipit sancta Synodus sub anathematis poena dantibus et recipientibus ne hoc ullo modo fiat et ut abeuntibus ante professionem omnia restituantur quae sua erant. Quod ut recte fiat episcopus etiam per censura ecclesiasticas si opus fuerit compellat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XVII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Libertati professionis virginum Deo dicandarum prospiciens sancta Synodus statuit atque decernit ut si puella quae habitum regularem suscipere voluerit maior duodecim annis sit non ante eum suscipiat nec postea ipsa vel alia professionem emittat quam exploraverit episcopus vel eo absente vel impedito eius vicarius aut aliquis eorum sumptibus ab eis deputatus virginis voluntatem diligenter an coacta an seducta sit an sciat quid agat; et si voluntas eius pia ac libera cognita fuerit habuerit que conditiones requisitas iuxta monasterii illius et ordinis regulam necnon monasterium fuerit idoneum: libere ei profiteri liceat; cuius professionis tempus ne episcopus ignoret teneatur praefecta monasterio eum ante mensem certiorem facere. Quod si praefecta certiorem episcopum non fecerit quamdiu episcopo videbitur ab officio suspensa sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XVIII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anathemati sancta Synodus subiicit omnes et singulas personas cuiuscumque qualitatis vel conditionis fuerint tam clericos quam laicos saeculares vel regulares atque etiam qualibet dignitate fungentes si quomodocumque coegerint aliquam virginem vel viduam aut aliam quamcumque mulierem invitam praeterquam in casibus in iure expressis ad ingrediendum monasterium vel ad suscipiendum habitum cuiuscumque religionis vel ad emittendam professionem; qui que consilium auxilium vel favorem dederint qui que scientes eam non sponte ingredi monasterium aut habitum suscipere aut professionem emittere: quoquo modo eidem actui vel praesentiam vel consensum vel auctoritatem interposuerint. Simili quoque anathemati subiicit eos qui sanctam virginum vel aliarum mulierum voluntatem vel accipiendi vel voti emittendi quoquo modo sine iusta causa impedierint. Ea que omnia et singula quae ante professionem vel in ipsa professione fieri oportet serventur non solum in monasteriis subiectis episcopo sed et in aliis quibuscumque. Ab his tamen excipiuntur mulieres quae poenitentes aut convertitae appellantur in quibus constitutiones earum serventur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XIX]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quicumque regularis praetendat se per vim et metum ingressum esse religionem aut etiam dicat ante aetatem debitam professum fuisse aut quid simile velit que habitum dimittere quacumque de causa aut etiam cum habitu discedere sine licentia superiorum: non audiatur nisi intra quinquennium tantum a die professionis et tunc non aliter nisi causas quas praetenderit deduxerit coram superiore suo et ordinario."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quod si ante habitum sponte dimiserit nullatenus ad allegandum quamcumque causam admittatur sed ad monasterium redire cogatur et tamquam apostata puniatur; interim vero nullo privilegio suae religionis iuvetur. Nemo etiam regularis cuiuscumque facultatis vigore transferatur ad laxiorem religionem nec detur licentia cuiquam regulari occulte ferendi habitum suae religionis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XX]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Abbates qui sunt ordinum capita ac ceteri praedictorum ordinum superiores episcopis non subiecti quibus est in alia inferiora monasteria prioratus ve legitima iurisdictio: eadem illa sibi subdita monasteria et prioratus suo quisque loco atque ordine ex officio visitent etiam si commendata exsistant; quae cum ordinum suorum capitibus subsint declarat sancta Synodus in iis quae alias de visitatione monasteriorum commendatorum definita sunt non esse comprehensa teneantur que quicumque praedictorum ordinum monasteriis praesunt praedictos visitatores recipere et illorum ordinationes exsequi. Ipsa quoque monasteria quae sunt ordinum capita iuxta sanctae Sedis Apostolicae et cuiusque ordinis constitutiones visitentur et quamdiu durabunt huiusmodi commendae priores claustrales aut in prioratibus conventum habentibus subpriores qui correctiones et spirituale regimen exercent a capitulis generalibus vel ipsorum ordinum visitatoribus instituantur. In ceteris omnibus praefatorum ordinum privilegia et facultates quae ipsorum personas loca et iura concernunt firma sint et illaesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XXI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum pleraque monasteria etiam abbatiae prioratus et praepositurae ex mala eorum quibus commissa fuerunt administratione non levia passa fuerint tam in spiritualibus quam temporalibus detrimenta: cupit sancta Synodus ea ad congruam monasticae vitae disciplinam omnino revocare. Verum adeo dura difficilis que est praesentium temporum conditio ut nec statim omnibus nec commune ubique quod optaret remedium possit adhiberi. Ut tamen nihil praetermittat unde praedictis salubriter aliquando provideri possit: primum quidem confidit summum Romanum Pontificem pro sua pietate et prudentia curaturum quantum haec tempora ferre posse viderit ut iis quae nunc commendata reperiuntur et quae suos conventus habent regulares personae eiusdem ordinis expresse professae et quae gregi praeire et praeesse possint praeficiantur. Quae vero in posterum vacabunt non nisi regularibus spectatae virtutis et sanctitatis conferantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quo ad eo vero monasteria quae capita sunt ac primates ordinum sive abbatiae sive prioratus filiae illorum capitum nuncupantur: teneantur illi qui in praesenti ea in commendam obtinent nisi sit eis de regulari successore provisum infra sex menses religionem illorum ordinum propriam solemniter profiteri aut iis cedere; alias commendae praedictae ipso iure vacare censeantur. Ne autem in praedictis omnibus et singulis fraus aliqua adhiberi possit: mandat sancta Synodus ut in provisionibus dictorum monasteriorum qualitas singulorum nominatim exprimatur aliter que facta provisio subreptitia esse censeatur nulla que subsequenti possessione etiam triennali adiuvetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XXII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec omnia et singula in superioribus decretis contenta observari sancta Synodus praecipit in omnibus coenobiis ac monasteriis collegiis ac domibus quorumcumque monachorum ac regularium necnon quarumcumque sanctimonialium virginum ac viduarum etiam si illae sub gubernio militiarum etiam Hierosolymitanae vivant et quocumque nomine appellentur sub quacumque regula vel constitutionibus et sub custodia vel gubernatione vel quavis subiectione aut annexione vel dependentia cuiuscumque ordinis mendicantium vel non mendicantium vel aliorum regularium monachorum aut canonicorum quorumcumque; non obstantibus eorum omnium et singulorum privilegiis sub quibuscumque formulis verborum conceptis ac mare magnum appellatis etiam in fundatione obtentis necnon constitutionibus et regulis etiam iuratis atque etiam consuetudinibus vel praescriptionibus etiam immemorabilibus. Si qui vero regulares tam viri quam mulieres sunt qui sub arctiori regula vel statutis vivunt (excepta facultate habendi bona stabilia in communi): eos ab eorum instituto et observantia sancta Synodus amovere non intendit. Et quia sancta Synodus desiderat ut omnia et singula supradicta quamprimum exsecutioni demandentur: praecipit omnibus episcopis in monasteriis sibi subiectis et in omnibus aliis ipsis in superioribus decretis specialiter commissis atque omnibus abbatibus ac generalibus et aliis superioribus ordinum supradictorum: ut statim praedicta exsequantur; et si quid exsecutioni mandatum non sit episcoporum negligentiam concilia provincialia suppleant et coerceant. Regularium vero capitula provincialia et generalia et in defectum capitulorum generalium concilia provincialia per deputationem aliquorum eiusdem ordinis provideant. Hortatur etiam sancta Synodus omnes reges principes res publicas et magistratus et in virtute sanctae obedientiae praecipit ut velint praedictis episcopis abbatibus ac generalibus et ceteris praefectis in superius contentae reformationis exsecutione suum auxilium et auctoritatem interponere quoties fuerint requisiti ut sine ullo impedimento praemissa recte exsequantur ad laudem Dei omnipotentis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum de reformatione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput I]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Optandum est ut ii qui episcopale ministerium suscipiunt quae suae sint partes agnoscant ac se non ad propria commoda non ad divitias aut luxum sed ad labores et sollicitudines pro Dei gloria vocatos esse intelligant. Nec enim dubitandum est et fideles reliquos ad religionem innocentiam que facilius inflammandos si praepositos suos viderint non ea quae mundi sunt sed animarum salutem ac coelestem patriam cogitantes. Haec cum ad restituendam ecclesiasticam disciplinam praecipua esse sancta Synodus animadvertat: admonet episcopos omnes ut se cum ea saepe meditantes factis etiam ipsis ac vitae actionibus quod est veluti perpetuum quoddam praedicandi genus se muneri suo conformes ostendant. In primis vero ita mores suos omnes componant ut reliqui ab eis frugalitatis modestiae continentiae ac quae nos tantopere commendat Deo sanctae humilitatis exempla petere possint. Quapropter exemplo patrum nostrorum in concilio Carthaginensi non solum iubet ut episcopi modesta suppellectili et mensa ac frugali victu contenti sint verum etiam in reliquo vitae genere ac tota eius domo caveant ne quid appareat quod a sancto hoc instituto sit alienum quodque non simplicitatem Dei zelum ac vanitatum contemptum prae se ferat. Omnino vero eis interdicit ne ex reditibus Ecclesiae consanguineos familiares ve suos augere studeant cum et apostolorum canones prohibeant ne res ecclesiasticas quae Dei sunt consanguineis donent sed si pauperes sint iis ut pauperibus distribuant eas autem non distrahant nec dissipent illorum causa. Immo quam maxime potest eos sancta Synodus monet ut omnem humanum hunc erga fratres nepotes propinquos que carnis affectum unde multorum malorum in Ecclesia seminarium exstat penitus deponant. Quae vero de episcopis dicta sunt eadem non solum in quibuscumque beneficia ecclesiastica tam saecularia quam regularia obtinentibus pro gradus sui conditione observari sed et ad sanctae Romanae Ecclesiae cardinales pertinere decernit quorum consilio apud sanctissimum Romanum Pontificem cum universalis Ecclesiae administratio nitatur nefas videri potest non iis etiam virtutum insignibus ac vivendi disciplina eos fulgere quae merito omnium in se oculos convertant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput II]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cogit temporum calamitas et invalescentium haeresum malitia ut nihil sit praetermittendum quod ad populorum aedificationem et catholicae fidei praesidium videatur posse pertinere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praecipit igitur sancta Synodus patriarchis primatibus archiepiscopis episcopis et omnibus aliis qui de iure vel consuetudine in concilio provinciali interesse debent ut in ipsa prima synodo provinciali post finem praesentis concilii habenda ea omnia et singula quae ab hac sancta Synodo diffinita et statuta sunt palam recipiant necnon veram obedientiam summo Romano Pontifici spondeant et profiteantur simul que haereses omnes a sacris canonibus et generalibus conciliis praesertim que ab hac eadem synodo damnatas publice detestentur et anathematizent. Idem que in posterum quicumque in patriarchas primates archiepiscopos episcopos que promovendi in prima synodo provinciali in qua ipsi interfuerint omnino observent. Quod si quis ex supradictis omnibus quod absit renuerit episcopi comprovinciales statim summum Romanum Pontificem admonere sub poena divinae indignationis teneantur. Interim que ab eiusdem communione abstineant. Ceteri vero omnes sive in praesenti sive in futurum beneficia ecclesiastica habituri et qui in synodo dioecesana convenire debent: idem ut supra in ea synodo quae primo quoque tempore celebrabitur faciant et observent; alias secundum formam sacrorum canonum puniantur. Ad haec omnes ii ad quos universitatum et studiorum generalium cura visitatio et reformatio pertinet diligenter curent ut ab eisdem universitatibus canones et decreta huius sanctae Synodi integre recipiantur ad eorum que normam magistri doctores et alii in eisdem universitatibus ea quae catholicae fidei sunt doceant et interpretentur se que ad hoc institutum initio cuiuslibet anni solemni iuramento obstringant; sed et si aliqua alia in praedictis universitatibus correctione et reformatione digna fuerint ab eisdem ad quos spectat pro religionis et disciplinae ecclesiasticae augmento emendentur et statuantur. Quae vero universitates immediate summi Romani Pontificis protectioni et visitationi sunt subiectae has sua beatitudo per eius delegatos eadem qua supra ratione et prout ei utilius visum fuerit salubriter visitari et reformari curabit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput III]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quamvis excommunicationis gladius nervus sit ecclesiasticae disciplinae et ad continendos in officio populos valde salutaris: sobrie tamen magna que circumspectione exercendus est cum experientia doceat si temere aut levibus ex rebus incutiatur magis contemni quam formidari et perniciem potius parere quam salutem. Quapropter excommunicationes illae quae monitionibus praemissis ad finem revelationis ut aiunt aut pro deperditis seu subtractis rebus ferri solent a nemine prorsus praeterquam ab episcopo decernantur et tunc non alias quam ex re non vulgari causa que diligenter ac magna maturitate per episcopum examinata quae eius animum moveat; nec ad eas concedendas cuiusvis saecularis etiam magistratus auctoritate adducatur sed totum hoc in eius arbitrio et conscientia sit positum quando ipse pro re loco persona aut tempore eas decernendas esse iudicaverit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In causis vero iudicialibus mandatur omnibus iudicibus ecclesiasticis cuiuscumque dignitatis exsistant ut quandocumque exsecutio realis vel personalis in qualibet parte iudicii propria auctoritate ab ipsis fieri poterit abstineant se tam in procedendo quam definiendo a censuris ecclesiasticis seu interdicto; sed liceat eis si expedire videbitur in causis civilibus ad forum ecclesiasticum quomodolibet pertinentibus contra quoscumque etiam laicos per mulctas pecuniarias quae locis piis ibi exsistentibus eo ipso quod exactae fuerint assignentur seu per captionem pignorum personarum que districtionem per suos proprios aut alienos exsecutores faciendam sive etiam per privationem beneficiorum alia que iuris remedia procedere et causas diffinire. Quodsi exsecutio realis vel personalis adversus reos hac ratione fieri non poterit sit que erga iudicem contumacia: tunc eos etiam anathematis mucrone arbitrio suo praeter alias poenas ferire poterit. In causis quoque criminalibus ubi exsecutio realis vel personalis ut supra fieri poterit erit a censuris abstinendum; sed si dictae exsecutioni facile locus esse non possit licebit iudici hoc spirituali gladio in delinquentes uti si tamen delicti qualitas praecedente bina saltem monitione etiam per edictum id postulet. Nefas autem sit saeculari cuilibet magistratui prohibere ecclesiastico iudici ne quem excommunicet aut mandare ut latam excommunicationem revocet sub praetextu quod contenta in praesenti decreto non sint observata: cum non ad saeculares sed ad ecclesiasticos haec cognitio pertineat. Excommunicatus vero quicumque si post legitimas monitiones non resipuerit non solum ad sacramenta et communionem fidelium ac familiaritatem non recipiatur sed si obdurato animo censuris annexus in illis per annum insorduerit etiam contra eum tamquam de haeresi suspectum procedi possit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput IV]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Contingit saepe in quibusdam ecclesiis vel tam magnum Missarum celebrandarum numerum ex variis defunctorum relictis impositum esse ut illis pro singulis diebus a testatoribus praescriptis nequeat satisfieri; vel eleemosynam huiusmodi pro illis celebrandis adeo tenuem esse ut non facile inveniatur qui velit huic se muneri subiicere unde depereunt piae testantium voluntates et eorum conscientias ad quos praedicta spectant onerandi occasio datur. Sancta Synodus cupiens haec ad pios usus relicta quo plenius et utilius potest impleri: facultatem dat episcopis ut in synodo dioecesana item que abbatibus et generalibus ordinum ut in suis capitulis generalibus re diligenter perspecta possint pro sua conscientia in praedictis ecclesiis quas hac provisione indigere cognoverint statuere circa haec quidquid magis ad Dei honorem et cultum atque ecclesiarum utilitatem viderint expedire ita tamen ut eorum semper defunctorum commemoratio fiat qui pro suarum animarum salute legata ea ad pios usus reliquerunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput V]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ratio postulat ut illis quae bene constituta sunt contrariis ordinationibus non detrahatur. Quando igitur ex beneficiorum quorumcumque erectione seu fundatione aut aliis constitutionibus qualitates aliquae requiruntur seu certa illis onera sunt iniuncta: in beneficiorum quorumcumque collatione seu in quacumque alia dispositione eis non derogetur. Idem in praebendis theologalibus magistralibus doctoralibus aut presbyteralibus diaconalibus ac subdiaconalibus quandocumque ita constituta fuerint observetur ut eorum qualitatibus vel ordinibus nihil in ulla provisione detrahetur; et aliter facta provisio subreptitia censeatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Statuit sancta Synodus ut in omnibus ecclesiis cathedralibus et collegiatis"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "decretum sub felicis recordationis Paulo III quod incipit capitula cathedralium"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "observetur non solum quando episcopus visitaverit sed et quoties ex officio vel ad petitionem alicuius contra aliquem ex contentis in dicto decreto procedat ita tamen ut cum extra visitationem processerit infrascripta omnia locum habeant videlicet: ut capitulum initio cuiuslibet anni eligat ex capitulo duos de quorum consilio et assensu episcopus vel eius vicarius tam in formando processum quam in ceteris omnibus actibus usque ad finem causae inclusive coram notario tamen ipsius episcopi et in eius domo aut consueto tribunali procedere teneatur. Unum autem tantum sit utriusque votum possit que alter episcopo accedere. Quodsi ambo ab episcopo discordes in aliquo actu seu interlocutoria vel diffinitiva sententia fuerint: tunc intra sex dierum spatium cum episcopo tertium eligant et si in electione tertii etiam discordent ad viciniorem episcopum electio devolvatur et iuxta eam partem cum qua tertius conveniet articulus in quo erat discordia terminetur; alias processus et inde secuta nulla sint nullos que producant iuris effectus. In criminibus tamen ex incontinentia provenientibus de qua in decreto de concubinariis et in atrocioribus delictis depositionem aut degradationem requirentibus ubi de fuga timetur ne iudicium eludatur et ideo opus sit personali detentione: possit initio solus episcopus ad summariam informationem et necessariam detentionem procedere servato tamen in reliquis ordine praemisso. In omnibus autem casibus ea ratio habeatur ut iuxta qualitatem delicti ac personarum delinquentes ipsi in loco decenti custodiantur. Episcopis praeterea ubique is honor tribuatur qui eorum dignitati par est eis que in choro et in capitulo in processionibus et aliis actibus publicis sit prima sedes et locus quem ipsi elegerint et praecipua omnium rerum agendarum auctoritas. Qui si aliquid canonicis ad deliberandum proponant nec de re ad suum vel suorum commodum spectante agatur: episcopi ipsi capitulum convocent vota exquirant et iuxta ea concludant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Absente vero episcopo omnino hoc ab his de capitulo ad quos de iure vel consuetudine spectat perficiatur nec ad id vicarius episcopi admittatur. Ceteris autem in rebus capituli iurisdictio et potestas si qua eis competit et bonorum administratio salva et intacta omnino relinquantur. Qui vero non obtinent dignitates nec sunt de capitulo hi omnes in causis ecclesiasticis episcopo subiiciantur. Non obstantibus quo ad supradicta privilegiis etiam ex fundatione competentibus necnon consuetudinibus etiam immemorabilibus sententiis iuramentis concordiis quae tantum suos obligent auctores; salvis tamen in omnibus privilegiis quae universitatibus studiorum generalium seu earum personis sunt concessa. Haec autem omnia et singula in iis ecclesiis locum non habeant in quibus episcopi aut eorum vicarii ex constitutionibus vel privilegiis aut consuetudinibus sive concordiis seu quocumque alio iure maiorem habent potestatem auctoritatem ac iurisdictionem quam praesenti decreto sit comprehensum; quibus sancta Synodus derogare non intendit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum in beneficiis ecclesiasticis ea quae haereditariae successionis imaginem referunt sacris constitutionibus sint odiosa et patrum decretis contraria: nemini in posterum accessus aut regressus etiam de consensu ad beneficium ecclesiasticum cuiuscumque qualitatis concedatur nec hactenus concessi suspendantur extendantur aut transferantur. Hoc que decretum in quibuscumque beneficiis ecclesiasticis ac etiam cathedralibus ecclesiis ac in quibuscumque personis etiam cardinalatus honore fulgentibus locum habeat. In coadiutoriis quoque cum futura successione idem posthac observetur ut nemini in quibuscumque beneficiis ecclesiasticis permittantur. Quodsi quando Ecclesiae cathedralis aut monasterii urgens necessitas aut evidens utilitas postulet praelato dari coadiutorem: is non alias cum futura successione detur quam haec causa prius diligenter a sanctissimo Romano Pontifice cognita et qualitates omnes in illo concurrere certum sit quae a iure et decretis huius sanctae Synodi in episcopis et praelatis requiruntur; alias concessiones super his factae surreptitiae esse censeantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput VIII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Admonet sancta Synodus quoscumque ecclesiastica beneficia saecularia seu regularia obtinentes ut hospitalitatis officium a sanctis patribus frequenter commendatum quantum per eorum proventus licebit prompte benigne que exercere assuescant memores eos qui hospitalitatem amant Christum in hospitibus recipere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Illis vero qui hospitalia vulgo nuncupata seu alia pia loca ad peregrinorum infirmorum senum pauperum ve usum praecipue instituta in commendam administrationem aut quemcumque titulum aut etiam ecclesiis suis unita obtinent vel si Ecclesiae parochiales hospitalibus forte unitae aut in hospitalia erectae earum que patronis in administrationem concessae sint: praecipit omnino ut impositum illis onus officium ve administrent atque hospitalitatem quam debent ex fructibus ad id deputatis actu exerceant iuxta constitutionem concilii Viennensis alias in hac eadem synodo sub felicis recordationis Paulo III innovatam quae incipit quia contingit. Quodsi hospitalia haec ad certum peregrinorum aut infirmorum aut aliarum personarum genus suscipiendum fuerint instituta nec in loco ubi sunt dicta hospitalia similes personae aut perpaucae reperiantur: mandat adhuc ut fructus illorum in alium pium usum qui eorum institutioni proximior sit ac pro loco et tempore utilior convertantur prout ordinario cum duobus de capitulo qui rerum usu peritiores sint per ipsum deligendis magis expedire visum fuerit nisi aliter forte etiam in hunc eventum in eorum fundatione aut institutione fuerit expressum quo casu quod ordinatum fuit observari curet episcopus aut si id non possit ipse prout supra utiliter provideat. Itaque si praedicti omnes et singuli cuiuscumque ordinis vel religionis et dignitatis etiam si laici fuerint qui administrationem hospitalium habent non tamen regularibus subiecti ubi viget regularis observantia: ab Ordinario moniti hospitalitatis munus adhibitis omnibus ad quae tenentur necessariis re ipsa obire cessaverint: non solum per ecclesiasticas censuras et alia iuris remedia ad id compelli possint se etiam hospitalis ipsius administratione cura ve perpetuo privari possint alii que eorum loco ab his ad quos spectabit substituantur et praedicti nihilominus etiam ad fructuum restitutionem quos contra ipsorum hospitalium institutionem perceperunt quae nulla eis remissione aut compositione indulgeatur in foro conscientiae teneantur. Nec administratio seu gubernatio huiusmodi locorum uni et eidem personae ultra triennium deinceps committatur nisi aliter in fundatione cautum reperiatur. Non obstante quoad omnia supradicta quacumque unione exemptione et consuetudine in contrarium etiam immemorabili seu privilegiis aut indultis quibuscumque."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput IX]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sicuti legitima patronatuum iura tollere pias que fidelium voluntates in eorum institutione violare aequum non est: sic etiam ut hoc colore beneficia ecclesiastica in servitutem quod a multis impudenter fit redigantur non est permittendum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut igitur debita in omnibus ratio observetur decernit sancta Synodus ut titulus iuris patronatus sit ex fundatione vel dotatione qui ex authentico documento et aliis iure requisitis ostendatur sive etiam ex multiplicatis praesentationibus per antiquissimum temporis cursum qui hominum memoriam excedat alias ve secundum iuris dispositionem; in iis vero personis seu communitatibus vel universitatibus in quibus id ius plerumque ex usurpatione potius quaesitum praesumi solet plenior et exactior probatio ad docendum verum titulum requiratur nec immemorabilis temporis probatio aliter eis suffragetur quam si praeter reliqua ad eam necessaria praesentationes etiam continuatae non minori saltem quam quinquaginta annorum spatio quae omnes effectum sortitae sint authenticis scripturis probentur. Reliqui patronatus omnes in beneficiis tam saecularibus quam regularibus seu parochialibus vel dignitatibus aut quibuscumque aliis beneficiis in cathedrali vel collegiata Ecclesia seu facultates et privilegia concessa tam in vim patronatus quam alio quocumque iure nominandi eligendi praesentandi ad ea cum vacant (exceptis patronatibus super cathedralibus ecclesiis competentibus et exceptis aliis quae ad imperatorem et reges seu regna possidentes alios que sublimes ac supremos principes iura imperii in dominiis suis habentes pertinent et quae in favorem studiorum generalium concessa sunt): in totum prorsus abrogata et irrita cum quasi possessione inde secuta intelligantur; beneficia que huiusmodi tamquam libera a suis collatoribus conferantur ac provisiones huiusmodi plenum effectum consequantur. Ad haec liceat episcopo praesentatos a patronis si idonei non fuerint repellere. Quodsi ad inferiores institutio pertineat: ab episcopo tamen iuxta alias statuta ab hac sancta Synodo examinentur; alioquin institutio ab inferioribus facta irrita sit et inanis. Patroni autem beneficiorum cuiuscumque ordinis et dignitatis etiam si communitates universitates collegia quaecumque clericorum vel laicorum exsistant in perceptione fructuum proventuum obventionum quorumcumque beneficiorum etiam si vere de iure patronatus ipsorum ex fundatione et dotatione essent nullatenus nulla ve causa vel occasione se ingerant sed illos libere rectori seu beneficiato non obstante etiam quacumque consuetudine distribuendos dimittant; nec dictum ius patronatus venditionis aut alio quocumque titulo in alios contra canonicas sanctiones transferre praesumant; si secus fecerint excommunicationis et interdicti poenis subiiciantur et dicto iure patronatus ipso iure privati exsistant. Insuper accessiones per viam unionis factae de beneficiis liberis ad ecclesias iuris patronatui etiam laicorum subiectas tam ad parochiales quam ad alia quaecumque beneficia etiam simplicia seu dignitates vel hospitalia ita ut praedicta beneficia libera eiusdem naturae cum iis quibus cum uniuntur efficiantur atque sub iure patronatus constituantur: hae si nondum plenarium sortitae sunt effectum vel deinceps ad cuiusvis instantiam fient quacumque auctoritate etiam apostolica concessae fuerint: simul cum unionibus ipsis per subreptionem obtentae intelligantur non obstante quacumque in iis verborum forma seu derogatione quae habeatur pro expressa; nec exsecutioni amplius demandentur sed beneficia ipsa unita cum vacaverint libere ut antea conferantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae vero a quadraginta annis citra factae effectum et plenam incorporationem sunt consecutae: hae nihilominus ab ordinariis tamquam a Sede Apostolica delegatis revideantur et examinentur ac quae per subreptionem vel obreptionem obtentae fuerint simul cum unionibus irritae declarentur ac beneficia ipsa separentur et aliis conferantur. Similiter quoque patronatus quicumque in ecclesiis et quibuscumque aliis beneficiis etiam dignitatibus antea liberis acquisiti a quadraginta annis citra et in futurum acquirendi seu ex augmento dotis seu ex nova constructione vel alia simili causa: etiam auctoritate Sedis Apostolicae ab eisdem ordinariis uti delegatis ut supra qui nullius in his facultatibus aut privilegiis impediantur diligenter cognoscantur; et quos non repererint ob maxime evidentem Ecclesiae vel beneficii seu dignitatis necessitatem legitime constitutos esse: in totum revocent atque beneficia huiusmodi sine damno illa possidentium et restituto patronis eo quod ab eis idcirco datum est in pristinum libertatis statum reducant non obstantibus privilegiis constitutionibus et consuetudinibus etiam immemorabilibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput X]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quoniam ob malitiosam petentium suggestionem et quandoque ob locorum longinquitatem personarum notitia quibus causae mandantur usque adeo haberi non potest hinc que interdum iudicibus non undequaque idoneis causae in partibus delegantur: statuit sancta Synodus in singulis conciliis provincialibus aut dioecesanis aliquot personas quae qualitates habeant iuxta constitutionem Bonifatii VIII quae incipit statutum et alioquin ad id aptas designari ut praeter ordinarios locorum iis etiam posthac causae ecclesiasticae ac spirituales et ad forum ecclesiasticum pertinentes in partibus delegandae committantur. Et si aliquem interim ex designatis mori contigerit substituat ordinarius loci cum consilio capituli alium in eius locum usque ad futuram provincialem aut dioecesanam synodum ita ut habeat quaeque dioecesis quatuor saltem aut etiam plures probatas personas ac ut supra qualificatas quibus huiusmodi causae a quolibet legato vel nuntio atque etiam a Sede Apostolica committantur; alioquin post designationem factam quam statim episcopi ad summum Romanum Pontificem transmittant delegationes quaecumque aliorum iudicum aliis quam his factae surreptitiae censeantur. Admonet dehinc sancta Synodus tam ordinarios quam alios quoscumque iudices ut terminandis causis quanta fieri poterit brevitate studeant ac litigatorum artibus seu in litis contestatione seu alia parte iudicii differenda modis omnibus: aut termini praefixione aut competenti alia ratione occurrant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Magnam ecclesiis perniciem afferre solet cum earum bona repraesentata pecunia in successorum praeiudicium aliis locantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnes igitur hae locationes si anticipatis solutionibus fient nullatenus in praeiudicium successorum validae intelligantur quocumque indulto aut privilegio non obstante. Nec huiusmodi locationes in Romana curia vel extra eam confirmentur. Non liceat etiam iurisdictiones ecclesiasticas seu facultates nominandi aut deputandi vicarios in spiritualibus locare nec conductoribus per se aut alios ea exercere; aliter que concessiones etiam a Sede Apostolica factae surreptitiae censeantur. Locationes vero rerum ecclesiasticarum etiam auctoritate apostolica confirmatas sancta Synodus irritas decernit quas a triginta annis citra ad longum tempus seu ut in nonnullis partibus ad viginti novem seu bis viginti novem annos vocant factas: synodus provincialis vel deputandi ab ea in damnum Ecclesiae et contra canonicas sanctiones contractas fuisse iudicabunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non sunt ferendi qui variis artibus decimas ecclesiis obvenientes subtrahere moliuntur aut qui ab aliis solvendas temere occupant et in rem suam vertunt cum decimarum solutio debita sit Deo et qui eas dare noluerint aut dantes impediunt res alienas invadant. Praecipit igitur sancta Synodus omnibus cuiuscumque gradus et conditionis sint ad quos decimarum solutio spectat ut eas ad quas de iure tenentur in posterum cathedrali aut quibuscumque aliis ecclesiis vel personis quibus legitime debentur integre persolvant. Qui vero eas aut subtrahunt aut impediunt excommunicentur nec ab hoc crimine nisi plena restitutione secuta absolvantur. Hortatur dehinc omnes et singulos pro christiana charitate debito que erga pastores suos munere ut de bonis sibi a Deo collatis episcopis et parochis qui tenuioribus praesunt ecclesiis large subvenire ad Dei laudem atque ad pastorum suorum qui pro eis invigilant dignitatem tuendam non graventur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XIII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Decernit sancta Synodus ut quibuscumque in locis iam ante annos quadraginta quarta quae funeralium dicitur cathedrali aut parochiali Ecclesiae solita esset persolvi ac postea fuerit ex quocumque privilegio aliis monasteriis hospitalibus aut quibuscumque locis piis concessa: eadem posthac integro iure et eadem portione quae antea solebat cathedrali seu parochiali Ecclesiae persolvatur; non obstantibus concessionibus gratiis privilegiis etiam mari magno nuncupatis aut aliis quibuscumque."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XIV]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quam turpe ac clericorum nomine qui se divino cultui addixerunt sit indignum impudicitiae sordibus immundo que concubinatu versari: satis res ipsa communi fidelium omnium offensione summo que clericalis militiae dedecore testatur. Ut igitur ad eam quam decet continentiam ac vitae integritatem ministri Ecclesiae revocentur populus que hinc eos magis discat revereri quo illos vita honestiores cognoverit: prohibet sancta Synodus quibuscumque clericis ne concubinas aut alias mulieres de quibus possit haberi suspicio in domo vel extra detinere aut cum iis ullam consuetudinem habere audeant. Alioquin poenis a sacris canonibus vel statutis ecclesiarum impositis puniantur. Quodsi a superioribus moniti ab iis se non abstinuerint: tertia parte fructuum obventionum ac proventuum beneficiorum suorum quorumcumque et pensionum ipso facto sint privati quae fabricae Ecclesiae aut alteri pio loco arbitrio episcopi applicetur. Sin vero in delicto eodem cum eadem vel alia femina perseverantes secundae monitioni adhuc non paruerint: non tantum fructus omnes ac proventus suorum beneficiorum et pensiones eo ipso amittant qui praedictis locis applicentur sed etiam a beneficiorum ipsorum administratione quoad ordinarius etiam uti Sedis Apostolicae delegatus arbitrabitur suspendantur. Et si ita suspensi nihilominus eas non expellant aut cum iis etiam versentur: tunc beneficiis portionibus ac officiis et pensionibus quibuscumque ecclesiasticis perpetuo priventur atque inhabiles ac indigni quibuscumque honoribus dignitatibus beneficiis ac officiis in posterum reddantur donec post manifestam vitae emendationem ab eorum superioribus cum iis ex causa visum fuerit dispensandum. Sed si postquam eas semel dimiserint intermissum consortium repetere aut alias huiusmodi scandalosas mulieres sibi adiungere ausi fuerint: praeter praedictas poenas excommunicationis gladio plectantur nec quaevis appellatio aut exemptio praedictam exsecutionem impediat aut suspendat. Supradictorum que omnium cognitio non ad archidiaconos nec decanos aut alios inferiores sed ad episcopos ipsos pertineat qui sine strepitu et figura iudicii et sola facti veritate inspecta procedere possint. Clerici vero beneficia ecclesiastica aut pensiones non habentes iuxta delicti et contumaciae perseverantiam et qualitatem ab ipso episcopo carceris poena suspensione ab ordine ac inhabilitate ad beneficia obtinenda aliis ve modis iuxta sacros canones puniantur. Episcopi quoque (quod absit) si ab huiusmodi crimine non abstinuerint et a synodo provinciali admoniti se non emendaverint: ipso facto sint suspensi et si perseverent etiam ad sanctissimum Romanum Pontificem ab eadem synodo deferantur qui pro qualitate culpae etiam per privationem si opus erit in eos animadvertat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XV]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut paternae incontinentiae memoria a locis Deo consecratis quos maxime puritas sanctitas que decet longissime arceatur: non liceat filiis clericorum qui non ex legitimo nati sunt matrimonio in ecclesiis ubi eorum patres beneficium aliquod ecclesiasticum habent aut habuerunt quodcumque etiam dissimile beneficium obtinere nec in dictis ecclesiis quoquo modo ministrate nec pensiones super fructibus beneficiorum quae parentes eorum obtinent vel alias obtinuerunt habere. Quodsi in praesenti pater et filius in eadem Ecclesia beneficia obtinere reperiantur: cogatur filius suum beneficium resignare aut cum alio permutare extra Ecclesiam intra trium mensium spatium; alias ipso iure privatus exsistat et super iis quaecumque dispensatio surreptitia censeatur. Ad haec reciprocae resignationes si quae posthac a parentibus clericis in favorem filiorum fient ut alter alterius beneficium consequatur in fraudem huius decreti et canonicarum sanctionum factae omnino censeantur nec collationes secutae vigore huiusmodi resignationum seu aliarum quarumcumque quae in fraudem factae fuerint ipsis clericorum filiis suffragentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XVI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Statuit sancta Synodus ut ecclesiastica beneficia saecularia quocumque nomine appellentur quae curam animarum ex primaeva eorum institutione aut aliter quomodocumque retinent illa deinceps in simplex beneficium etiam assignata vicario perpetuo congrua portione non convertantur. In iis vero in quibus contra earum institutionem seu fundationem cura animarum in vicarium perpetuum translata est etiam si in hoc statu ab immemorabili tempore reperiantur si congrua portio fructuum vicario Ecclesiae quocumque nomine is appelletur non fuerit assignata: ea quamprimum et ad minus intra annum a fine praesentis concilii arbitrio ordinarii iuxta formam decreti sub felicis recordationis Paulo III assignetur. Quodsi id commode fieri non possit aut intra dictum terminum factum non erit: cum primum per cessum vel decessum vicarii seu rectoris aut quomodolibet alterum eorum vacaverit: beneficium curam animarum recipiat ac vicariae nomen cesset et in antiquum statum restituatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XVII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non potest sancta Synodus non graviter dolere audiens episcopos aliquos sui status oblitos pontificiam dignitatem non leviter dehonestare qui cum regum ministris regulis et baronibus in Ecclesia et extra indecenti quadam demissione se gerunt et veluti inferiores ministri altaris nimis indigne non solum loco cedunt sed etiam personaliter illis inserviunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quare haec et similia detestans sancta Synodus sacros canones omnes concilia que generalia atque alias apostolicas sanctiones ad dignitatis episcopalis decorum et gravitatem pertinentes renovando praecipit ut ab huiusmodi in posterum episcopi se abstineant mandans eisdem ut tam in Ecclesia quam foris suum gradum et ordinem prae oculis habentes ubique se patres et pastores esse meminerint; reliquis vero tam principibus quam ceteris omnibus ut eos paterno honore ac debita reverentia prosequantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XVIII]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sicuti publice expedit legis vinculum quandoque relaxare ut plenius evenientibus casibus et necessitatibus pro communi utilitate satisfiat: sic frequentius legem solvere exemplo que potius quam certo personarum rerum que delectu petentibus indulgere nihil aliud est quam unicuique ad leges transgrediendas aditum aperire. Quapropter sciant universi sacratissimos canones exacte ab omnibus et quoad eius fieri poterit indistincte observandos. Quodsi urgens iusta que ratio et maior quandoque utilitas postulaverit cum aliquibus dispensandum esse: id causa cognita ac summa maturitate atque gratis a quibuscumque ad quos dispensatio pertinebit erit praestandum; aliter que facta dispensatio surreptitia censeatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XIX]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Detestabilis duellorum usus fabricante diabolo introductus ut cruenta corporum morte animarum etiam perniciem lucretur: ex christiano orbe penitus exterminetur. Imperator reges duces principes marchiones comites et quocumque alio nomine domini temporales qui locum ad monomachiam in terris suis inter christianos concesserint: ex ipso sint excommunicati ac iurisdictione et dominio civitatis castri aut loci in quo vel apud quem duellum fieri permiserint quod ab Ecclesia obtinent privati intelligantur et si feudalia sint directis dominis statim acquirantur. Qui vero pugnam commiserint et qui eorum patrini vocantur: excommunicationis ac omnium bonorum suorum proscriptionis ac perpetuae infamiae poenam incurrant et ut homicidae iuxta sacros canones puniri debeant et si in ipso conflictu decesserint perpetuo careant ecclesiastica sepultura. Illi etiam qui consilium in causa duelli tam in iure quam facto dederint aut alia quacumque ratione ad id quemquam suaserint necnon spectatores excommunicationis ac perpetuae maledictionis vinculo teneantur. Non obstante quocumque privilegio seu prava consuetudine etiam immemorabili."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XX]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cupiens sancta Synodus ecclesiasticam disciplinam in christiano populo non solum restitui sed etiam perpetuo sarctam tectam a quibuscumque impedimentis conservari: praeter ea quae de ecclesiasticis personis constituit saeculares quoque principes officii sui admonendos esse censuit confidens eos ut catholicos quos Deus sanctae fidei Ecclesiae que protectores esse voluit ius suum Ecclesiae restitui non tantum esse concessuros sed etiam subditos suos omnes ad debitam erga clerum parochos et superiores ordines reverentiam revocaturos nec permissuros ut officiales aut inferiores magistratus Ecclesiae et personarum ecclesiasticarum immunitatem Dei ordinatione et canonicis sanctionibus constitutam aliquo cupiditatis studio seu inconsideratione aliqua violent sed una cum ipsis principibus debitam sacris summorum pontificum et conciliorum constitutionibus observantiam praestent. Decernit itaque et praecipit sacros canones et concilia generalia omnia necnon alias apostolicas sanctiones in favorem ecclesiasticarum personarum libertatis ecclesiasticae et contra eius violatores editas quae omnia praesenti etiam decreto innovat exacte ab omnibus observari debere. Propterea que admonet imperatorem reges res publicas principes et omnes et singulos cuiuscumque status et dignitatis exstiterint ut quo largius bonis temporalibus atque in alios potestate sunt ornati eo sanctius quae ecclesiastici iuris sunt tamquam Dei praecipua eius que patrocinio tecta venerentur nec ab ullis baronibus domicellis rectoribus aliis ve dominis temporalibus seu magistratibus maxime que ministris ipsorum principum laedi patiantur sed severe in eos qui illius libertatem immunitatem atque iurisdictionem impediunt animadvertant; quibus etiam ipsimet exemplo ad pietatem religionem ecclesiarum que protectionem exsistant imitantes anteriores optimos religiosissimos que principes qui res Ecclesiae sua in primis auctoritate ac munificentia auxerunt nedum ab aliorum iniuria vindicarunt. Adeo que ea in re quisque officium suum sedulo praestet quo cultus divinus devote exerceri et praelati ceteri que clerici in residentiis et officiis suis quieti et sine impedimentis cum fructu et aedificatione populi permanere valeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Caput XXI]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Postremo sancta Synodus omnia et singula sub quibuscumque clausulis et verbis quae de morum reformatione atque ecclesiastica disciplina tam sub felicis recordationis Paulo III ac Iulio III quam sub sanctissimo pio IV pontificibus maximis in hoc sacro concilio statuta sunt declarat ita decreta fuisse ut in his salva semper auctoritas Sedis Apostolicae et sit et esse intelligatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum de continuanda Sessione]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum ea omnia quae in praesenti sessione tractanda erant quia hora tarda est commode expediri non possint propterea iuxta id quod in generali congregatione a patribus statutum fuit ea quae supersunt in diem crastinam hanc eandem sessionem continuando differuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "[DECRETA PUBLICATA DIE SECUNDA SESSIONIS]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum de indulgentiis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum potestas conferendi indulgentias a Christo Ecclesiae concessa sit atque huiusmodi potestate divinitus sibi tradita antiquissimis etiam temporibus illa usa fuerit: sacrosancta Synodus indulgentiarum usum christiano populo maxime salutarem et sacrorum conciliorum auctoritate probatum in Ecclesia retinendum esse docet et praecipit eos que anathemate damnat qui aut inutiles esse asserunt vel eas concedendi in Ecclesia potestatem esse negant. In his tamen concedendis moderationem iuxta veterem et probatam in Ecclesia consuetudinem adhiberi cupit ne nimia facilitate ecclesiastica disciplina enervetur. Abusus vero qui in his irrepserunt et quorum occasione insigne hoc indulgentiarum nomen ab haereticis blasphematur emendatos et correctos cupiens: praesenti decreto generaliter statuit pravos quaestus omnes pro his consequendis unde plurima in christiano populo abusuum causa fluxit omnino abolendos esse. Ceteros vero qui ex superstitione ignorantia irreverentia aut aliunde quomodocumque provenerunt cum ob multiplices locorum et provinciarum apud quas hi committuntur corruptelas commode nequeant specialiter prohiberi: mandat omnibus episcopis ut diligenter quisque huiusmodi abusus Ecclesiae suae colligat eos que in prima synodo provinciali referat ut aliorum quoque episcoporum sententia cogniti statim ad summum Romanum Pontificem deferantur cuius auctoritate et prudentia quod universali Ecclesiae expediet statuatur ut ita sanctarum indulgentiarum munus pie et sancte et incorrupte omnibus fidelibus dispensetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[De delectu ciborum, ieiuniis et diebus festis]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insuper hortatur sancta Synodus et per sanctissimum domini nostri atque salvatoris adventum pastores omnes obtestatur ut tamquam boni milites illa omnia quae sancta Romana Ecclesia omnium ecclesiarum mater et magistra statuit nec non ea quae tam in hoc concilio quam in aliis oecumenicis statuta sunt quibuscumque fidelibus sedulo commendent omni que diligentia utantur ut illis omnibus et iis praecipue sint obsequentes quae ad mortificandam carnem conducunt ut ciborum delectus et ieiunia vel etiam quae faciunt ad pietatem augendam ut dierum festorum devota et religiosa celebratio: admonentes populos crebro obedire praepositis suis quos qui audiunt Deum remuneratorem audient; qui vero contemnunt Deum ipsum ultorem sentient."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[De indice librorum, et Cathechismo, Breviario, et Missali]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosancta Synodus in secunda sessione sub sanctissimo domino nostro Pio IV celebrata delectis quibusdam patribus commisit ut de variis censuris ac libris vel suspectis vel perniciosis quid facto opus esset considerarent atque ad ipsam sanctam Synodum referrent; audiens nunc huic operi ab eis extremam manum impositam esse nec tamen ob librorum varietatem et multitudinem distincte et commode possit a sancta Synodo diiudicari: praecipit ut quidquid ab illis praestitum est sanctissimo Romano Pontifici exhibeatur ut eius iudicio atque auctoritate terminetur et evulgetur. Idem que de catechismo a patribus quibus illud mandatum fuerat et de Missali et breviario fieri mandat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[De loco Oratorum]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Declarat sancta Synodus ex loco assignato oratoribus tam ecclesiasticis quam saecularibus in sedendo incedendo aut quibuscumque aliis actibus nullum cuiquam eorum factum fuisse praeiudicium sed omnia illorum et imperatoris regum rerum publicarum ac principum suorum iura et praerogativas illaesas et salvas esse in eodem que statu permanere prout ante praesens concilium reperiebantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[De recipiendis et observandis decretis Concilii]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tanta fuit horum temporum calamitas et haereticorum inveterata malitia ut nihil tam clarum in fide nostra asserenda umquam fuerit aut tam certo statutum quod non humani generis hoste suadente illi errore aliquo contaminaverint. Eapropter sancta Synodus id potissimum curavit ut praecipuos haereticorum nostri temporis errores damnaret et anathematizaret veram que et catholicam doctrinam traderet et doceret prout damnavit anathematizavit et definivit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum que tam diu tot episcopi ex variis christiani orbis provinciis evocati sine magna gregis sibi commissi iactura et universali periculo ab ecclesiis abesse non possint nec ulla spes restet haereticos toties fide etiam publica quam desiderarunt invitatos et tam diu exspectatos huc amplius adventuros ideo que tandem huic sacro concilio finem imponere necesse sit: superest nunc ut principes omnes quod facit in Domino moneat ad operam suam ita praestandam ut quae ab ea decreta sunt ab haereticis depravari aut violari non permittant sed ab his et omnibus devote recipiantur et fideliter observentur. Quodsi in his recipiendis aliqua difficultas oriatur aut aliqua inciderint quae declarationem quod non credit aut definitionem postulent: praeter alia remedia in hoc concilio instituta confidit sancta Synodus beatissimum Romanum Pontificem curaturum ut vel evocatis ex illis praesertim provinciis unde difficultas orta fuerit iis quos eidem negotio tractando viderit expedire vel etiam concilii generalis celebratione si necessarium iudicaverit vel commodiore quacumque ratione ei visum fuerit provinciarum necessitatibus pro Dei floria et Ecclesiae tranquillitate consulatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum super recitandis et legendis in hac sessione decretis publicatis in hoc eodem Concilio sub Paulo III et Iulio III summis pontificibus]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quoniam diversis temporibus tam sub felicis recordationis Paulo III quam Iulio III multa in hoc sacro concilio quoad dogmata ac morum reformationem statuta et definita sunt: vult sancta Synodus ut illa nunc recitentur et legantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[Decretum super fine Concilii et confirmatione a Summo Pontifice petenda]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Illustrissimi domini reverendissimi que patres placet ne vobis ut ad laudem Dei omnipotentis huic sacrae oecumenicae Synodo finis imponatur et omnium et singulorum quae tam sub felicis recordationis Paulo III et Iulio III quam sub sanctissimo domino nostro Pio IV Romanis pontificibus in ea decreta et definita sunt confirmatio nomine sanctae huius synodi per Apostolicae Sedis legatos et praesidentes a beatissimo Romano Pontifice petatur? [Responderunt: placet]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ACCLAMATIONES PATRVM IN FINE CONCILII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[...omissis...]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CONFIRMATIO CONCILII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[...omissis...]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bvlla S. D. N. Pii papae IV, super confirmatione Concilii"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[...omissis...]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "NVMERVS PRAELATORVM QVI AD SYNODVM CONVENERE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[...omissis...]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "http://www.internetsv.info"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "email@internetsv.info"
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/cu31924029369760",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/trent/council-of-trent-waterworth-english-1848.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Begun on the third and terminated on the fourth day of December, MDLXIII., being the ninth and last under the Sovereign Pontiff, Phis IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE CONCERNING PURGATORY."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whereas the Catholic Church, instructed by the Holy Ghost, has, from the sacred writings, and the ancient tradition of the Fathers, taught, in sacred Councils, and very recentlyf in this oecumenical Synod, that there is a Piirpratnry. and that the souls, there detained are helpedj by the suffrages of the faithful."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* On Exemptions of Chapters. + See Sess. VI., can. 30; Sess. XXII. cap. 2, 3. J Juvari, relieved."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE INVOCATION OF SAINTS, ETC. 233"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "but principally by the acceptable sacrifice of the altar; the holy Synod enjoins on bishops that they diligently endeavour that the sound doctrine concerning Purgatory, transmitted by the holy Fathers and sacred Councils, be believed, maintained, taught, and everywhere proclaimed by the faithful of Christ. But let the more difficult and subtle questions, and which tend not to edification, and from which for the most part there is no increase of piety, be excluded from popular discourses before the uneducated* multitude. In like manner, such things as are uncertain, or which labour under an appearance of error,f let them not allow to be made public and treated of While those things which tend to a certain kind of curiosity or superstition, or which savour of filthy lucre, let them prohibit as scandals and stumbling-blocks of the faithful. But let the bishops take care that the suffrages of the faithful who are living, to wit, the sacrifices of masses, prayers, alms, and other works of piety, which have been wont to be performed by the faithful for the other faithful departed, be piously and devoutly performed in accordance with the institutes of the Church; and that whatsoever is due on their behalf, from the endowments of testators or in other way, be discharged, not in a perfunctory manner, but diligently and accurately, by the priests and ministers of the church, and others who are bound to render this (service)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE INVOCATION, VENERATION, AND RELICS OF SAINTS,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "AND ON SACRED IMAGES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod enjoins on all bishops, and others who sustain the office and charge of teaching, that, agreeably to the usage of the Catholic and Apostolic Church, received from the primitive times of the Christian religion, and agreeably to the consent of the holy Fathers, and to the decrees of sacred Councils, they especially instruct the faithful diligently concerning the intercession and invocation of saints; the honour (paid) to"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rudem. t Specie falsi laborant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "234 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "relics; and the legitimate use of images: teaching them that the saints,iaLO^reisOLJogetheLwith_Xhrist, offer up their own prayers to God for men; that it is good and useful suppliantly to invoke them, and to have recourse to their prayers, aid, (and) help* for obtaining benefits from God, through His Son, Jesus Christ our Lord, who is our alone Redeemer and Saviour: but that they think impiously who deny that the saints, who enjoy eternal happiness in heaven, are to be invocated; or who assert either that they do not pray for men; or that the invocation of them to pray for each of us even in particular is idolatry; or that it is repugnant to the word of God, and is opposed to the honour of the one mediator of God and men, Christ Jesus;\\ or that it is foolish to supplicate, vocally or mentally,J those who reign in heaven. Also, that the holy bodies of holy martyrs, and of others now living with Christ — which bodies were the living members of Christ, and the temple of the Holy G/tost^ and which are by Him to be raised unto eternal life, and to be glorified — are to be venerated by the faithful, through which (bodies) many benefits are bestowed by God on men: so that they who affirm that veneration and honour are not due to the relics of saints; or that these and other sacred monuments are uselessly honoured by the faithful; and that the places dedicated to the memories of the saints are in vain visited with the view of obtaining their aid; are wholly to be condemned, as the Church has already long since condemned, and now also condemns them. Moreover, that the images of Christ, of the Virgin Mother of God, and of the other saints, are to be had|| and retained particularly intemples, and that due honour and veneration are to be given them; not that any divinity or virtue is believed to be in them, on account of which they are to be worshipped;ir or that anything is to be asked of them; or that trust is to be reposed in images, as was of old done by the Gentiles who placed"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Ad eonim, orationes, opem, auxilium confugere. + I Tim. ii. 5. * Voce, vel mente. § i Cor. iii. 6. Habendas. IT Colendoe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE INVOCATION OF SAINTS, ETC. 235"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "their hope in idols; but because the honour which is shown them is referred to the prototypes which those images represent;in such wise that by* the images which we kiss, and before which we uncover the head, and prostrate ourselves, we adore Christ; and we venerate the saints, whose similitude they bear: as, by the decrees of Councils, and especially of the second Synod of Nicsea, has been defined against the opponents of images. And the bishops shall carefully teach this — that by means of the histories of the mysteries of our Redemption, portrayed by paintings or other representations, the people is instructed, and confirmed in (the habit of) remembering, and continually revolving in mind the articles of faith; as also that great profit is derived from all sacred images, not only because the people are thereby admonished of the benefits and gifts bestowed upon them by Christ, but also because the miracles which God has performed by means of the saints, and their salutary examples are set before the eyes of the faithful: that so they may give God thanks for those things; may order their own lives and manners in imitation of the saints; and may be excited to adore and love God, and to cultivate piety. But if anyone shall teach or entertain sentiments contrary to these decrees; let him be anathema. And if any abuses have crept in amongst these holy and salutary observances, the holy Syn od ardently desires that they be utterly abolished; in such wise that no images, (suggestive) of false doctrine, and furnishing occasion of dangerous error to the uneducated, be set up. And if at times, when expedient for the unlettered people, f it happen that the facts and narratives of sacred Scripture are portrayed and represented, the people shall be taught that not thereby is the Divinity represented, as though it could be seen by the eyes of the body, or be portrayed by colours or figures. Moreov er, in the invocation of saints, the veneration of relics, and the sacred use of images, every superstition shall be removed, all filthy lucre be abolished; finally, all lasciviousness be"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Per. t Indoitse plebi, an unlearned multitude."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "236 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "avoided; in such wise that figures shall not be painted or adorned with a beauty exciting to lust; nor the celebration of the saints, and the visitation of relics be by any perverted into revellings and drunkenness: as if festivals are celebrated to the honour of the saints by luxury and wantonness. In fine, let so great care and diligence be used herein by bishops, as that there be nothing seen that is disorderly, or that is unbecomingly or confusedly arranged, nothing that is profane, nothing indecorous, seeing that holiness becometh the house of God* And that these things may be the more faithfully observedi the holy Synod ordains that no one be allowed to place, or cause to be placed, any unusual image, in any place or church, howsoever exempted, except that image have been approved of by the bishop; also, that no new miracles are to be acknowledged or new relics recognised, unless the said bishop has taken cognisance and approved thereof; who, as soon as he has obtained some certain information in regard of these matters, shall, after having taken the advice of theologians, and of other pious men, act therein as he shall judge to be consonant with truth and piety. But if any doubtful or difficult abuse has to be extirpated, or, in fine, if any more grave question shall arise touching these matters, the bishop, before deciding the controversy, shall await the sentence of the metropolitan and of the bishops of the province, in a provincial Council; yet so, that nothing new, or that previously has not been usual in the Church, shall be resolved on, without having first consulted the most holy Roman Pontiff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REGULARS AND NUNS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The same sacred and holy Synod, prosecuting the subject of reformation, has thought fit that the things following be ordained."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ps. xcii. 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION, 237"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": "I",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All Regulars shall order their lives in accordance with what is prescribed by the rule which they have professed; Superiors shall sedulously provide that this be done. Forasmuch as the holy Synod is not ignorant how much splendour and utility accrue to the Church of God from monasteries piously instituted and rightly administered, It has — to the end that the ancient and regular discipline may be the more easily and promptly restored, where it has fallen away, and may be the more firmly maintained, where it has been preserved — thought it necessary to enjoin, as by this decree It doth enjoin, that all Regulars, as well men as women, shall order and regulate their lives in accordance with the requirements of the rule which they have professed; and, above all, that they shall faithfully observe whatsoever belongs to the perfection of their profession, such as the vows of obedience, poverty, and chastity, as also all other vows and precepts that may be peculiar to any rule or order respectively appertaining to the essential character of each, and which regard the observance of a common* mode of living, food, and dress. And all care and diligence shall be used by the Superiors, both in the general and in the provincial Chapters, and in their visitations, which they shall not omit to make in their proper seasons, that these things be not departed from; it being certain that those things which belong to the substance of a regular life cannot be by them relaxed. For if those things which are the basis and the foundation of all regular discipline be not strictly preserved, the whole edifice must needs fall."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": "II",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER II."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Property is wholly prohibited to Regulars. For no Regular, therefore, whether man or woman, shall it be lawful to possess, or hold as his own, or even in the name of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Communem vitam, living in common."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "238 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "of what the convent, any property movable or immovable, nature soever it may be, or in what way soever acquir ed; but y delive red up to the Superi or, the same shall be immediatel shall it hencef orth be and be incorporated with the convent. Nor lawful for Superiors to allow any real property* to any Regular, not even by way of having the interest,! or theadmini use, the administration thereof, or in commendam. But the stration of the property of monasteries, or of conven ts, shall belong to the officers thereof only, remova ble at the will of their Superi ors. The Superiors shall allow the use of movables, in such manner as that the furniture of their body shall be suitable to the state of poverty which they have professed; and there shall be nothing therein superfluous, but at the same time nothing shall be refused which is necessary for them. But should any one be discovered, or be proved, to possess anything in any other manner, he shall be deprived during two years of his active and passive voice, and also be punished in accordance with the constitutions of his own rule and order."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": "III",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER III."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All Monasteries, save those herein excepted, shall be able to possess real property: the number of persons therein to be determined bythe amount of Income, or of Alms. No Monasteries to be erected without the Bishop's leave. The holy Synod permits that henceforth real property! may be possessed by all monasteries and houses, both of men and women, and of mendicants, even by those who were forbidden by their constitutions to possess it, or who had not received permission to that effect by apostolic privilege — with the exception, however, of the houses of the brethren of St. Francis (called) Capuchins, and those called Minor Observants: and if any of the aforesaid places, to which it has been granted by apostolic"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Bona stabilia. f Usumfructum. } Bona immobilia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 239"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "authority to possess such property, have been stripped thereof, It ordains that the same shall be wholly restored unto them. But, in the aforesaid monasteries and houses, as well of men as of women, whether they possess, or do not possess, real property, such a number of inmates only shall be fixed upon and be for the future retained as can be conveniently supported, either out of the proper revenues of those monasteries or out of the customary alms; nor shall any such places be henceforth erected without the permission of the bishop, in whose diocese they are to be erected, being first obtained."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": "IV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Regular shall not, without the permission of his Superior, either place himself at the service of another or retire from his Monastery: when sent to a University for study he shall reside in a Monastery."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod forbids that any Regular, under the pretext of preaching, or lecturing, or of any other pious work, place himself at the service of any prelate, prince, university, community, or of any other person or place whatsoever, without permission from his own Superior; nor shall any privilege or faculty, obtained from others in regard hereof, avail him anything. But should anyone act contrary hereto, he shall be punished as disobedient, at the discretion of his Superior. Nor shall it be lawful for Regulars to withdraw from their own convents, even under the pretext of repairing to their own Superiors; unless they have been sent or summoned by them. And whoever shall be found to be without the order aforesaid in writing, shall be punished as a deserter from his Institute by the Ordinaries of the places. As to those who are sent to the universities for the sake of their studies, they shall dwell in convents only; otherwise they shall be proceeded against by the Ordinaries."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "240 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": "V",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER V."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Provision is made for the enclosure and safety of Nuns."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod, renewing the constitution of Boniface VIII., which begins Periculoso, enjoins on all bishops, by the judgment of God to which It appeals, and under pain of eternal malediction, that, by their ordinary authority in all monasteries subject to them, and in others by the authority of the Apostolic See, they make it their especial care that the enclosure of nuns be carefully restored wheresoever it has been violated, and that it be preserved wheresoever it has not been violated; repressing, by ecclesiastical censures and other penalties, without regarding any appeal whatsoever, the disobedient and gainsayers, and calling in for this end, if need be, the aid of the Secular arm. The holy Synod exhorts Christian princes to furnish this aid, and enjoins, under pain of excommunication to be ipso facto incurred, that it be rendered by all civil magistrates. But for no nun, after her profession, shall it be lawful to go out of her convent, even for a brief period, under any pretext whatever, except for some lawful cause, which is to be approved of by the bishop; any indults and privileges whatsoever notwithstanding. And it shall not be lawful for anyone, of whatsoever birth or condition, sex or age, to enter within the enclosure of a nunnery, without the permission of the bishop or of the Superior, obtained in writing, under the pain of excommunication to be ipso facto incurred. But the bishop or the Superior ought to grant this permission in necessary cases only; nor shall any other person be able by any means to grant it, even by virtue of any faculty or indult already granted, or that may hereafter be granted. And forasmuch as those convents of nuns which are established outside the walls of a city or town are exposed, often without any protection, to the robberies and other crimes of wicked men, the bishops and other Superiors shall, if they think it expedient, make it their care that the nuns be removed from those places to new or old convents within cities or popu-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 24 1"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "lous towns, calling in even, if need be, the aid of the Secular arm. As to those who hinder them or disobey, they shall by ecclesiastical censures compel them to submit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": "VI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Manner ofchoosing Regular Superiors."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that everything may be conducted uprightly and without fraud, in the. election of all manner of superiors, temporary abbots, and other officers, and generals, and abbesses> and other superioresses, the holy Synod above all things strictly enjoins that all the aforesaid ought to* be chosen by secret voting, in such wise as that the names of the respective voters shall never be made known. Neither shall it, for the future, be lawful to appoint provincials, abbots, priors, or any other titularies whatsoever, for the purposes of an election that is to take place; nor to supply the place of the voices and suffrages of those who are absent. But should anyone be elected contrary to the appointment of this decree, such election shall be invalid; and he who shall have allowed himself, for this object, to be created provincial, abbot, or prior, shall be from that time forth incapable of holding any offices whatsoever in that order; and any faculties that have been granted in this matter shall be looked upon as hereby abrogated; and should any others be granted for the time to come, they shall be regarded as surreptitious."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": "VII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In what way, and what manner of persons, are to be chosen as Abbesses, or Superioresses by whatsoever other name; no one shall be appointed over two Nunneries."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No one shall be elected as abbess or prioress — or by whatsoever other name she who is appointed and placed over the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Debere, must needs be."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "HH"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "242 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "rest may be called — who is less than forty years of age, and who has not passed eight of those years in a praiseworthy manner, after having made her profession. But should no one be found in the same convent with these qualifications, one may be elected out of another convent of the same order. But if the superior who presides over the election shall deem even this an inconvenience, with the consent of the bishop or other superior, there may be one chosen from amongst those in the same convent who are beyond their thirtieth year, and who have since their profession passed at least five of those years in an upright manner. But no individual shall be set over two convents; and if anyone is, in any way, in possession of two or more, she shall, retaining one, be compelled to resign the rest within six months: but after that period, if she have not resigned, they shall be all ipso jure vacant. And he who presides at the election, whether it be the bishop, or other superior, shall not enter the enclosure of the monastery, but shall listen to or receive the votes of each at the little window in the gates.* In other particulars, the constitution of each order or convent shall be observed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": "VIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In what manner tlie regulation of Monasteries, which have not ordinary Regular visitors, is to be proceeded with."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All monasteries which are not subject to general Chapters, or to bishops, and which have not their own ordinary Regular visitors, but have been accustomed to be governed under the immediate protection and direction of the Apostolic See^ shall be bound, within a year from the end of the present Council, and thenceforth every third year, to form themselves into congregations, according to the form of the constitution of Innocent III., beginning In singulis, published in a general Council;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Ante cancellorum fenestellam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 243"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "and shall there depute certain Regulars to deliberate and ordain as to the mode and order of establishing the congregations aforesaid, and touching the statutes to be therein observed. But should they be negligent in these matters, it shall be lawful for the metropolitan, in whose province the aforesaid monasteries are situated, to convoke them for the abovenamed purposes, as the delegate of the Apostolic See. But if there be not a sufficient number of monasteries within the limits of one province for the establishing of such congregation, the monasteries of two or three provinces may form one congregation. And when the said congregations have been established, the general Chapters thereof, and the presidents and visitors elected thereby, shall have the same authority over the monasteries of their own congregation, and over the Regulars dwelling therein, as other presidents and visitors have in other orders; and they shall be bound to visit frequently the monasteries of their own congregation, and to apply themselves to the reformation thereof; and to observe whatsoever things have been decreed in the sacred canons, and in this sacred Council. Also, if, at the instance of the metropolitan, they shall not take measures to execute the above, they shall be subjected to the bishops, in whose dioceses the places aforesaid are situated, as the delegates of the Apostolic See."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": "IX",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IX."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Convents of Nuns immediately subject to the Apostolic See shall be governed by the Bishops; but others, by those deputed in the General Chapters, or by other Regulars."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those convents of nuns which are immediately subject to the Apostolic See, even those which are called by the name of Chapters of St. Peter, or of St. John, or by whatsoever other name they may be designated, shall be governed by the bishops, as the delegates of the Apostolic See; anything to the contrary notwithstanding. But those which are governed by persons deputed in general Chapters, or.by other Regulars, shall be left under their care and conduct."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "244 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": "X",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER X."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nuns shall confess and communicate once a month: an extraordinary Confessor shall be assigned them by the Bishop. The Eucharist shall not be reserved within the enclosure of the Convent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops, and other superiors of convertts of nuns, shall take particular care that the nuns be admonished in their constitutions, to confess their sins, and to receive the most holy Eucharist, at least once a month, that so they may fortify themselves by that salutary safeguard, resolutely to overcome all the assaults of the Devil. But, besides the ordinary confessor, the bishop and other superiors shall, twice or thrice a year, offer them an extraordinary one, whose duty it shall be* to hear the confessions of all the nuns. But, that the most holy body of Christ be kept within the choir, or the enclosure of the convent, and not in the public church, the holy Synod forbids it; any privilege or indult whatsoever notwithstanding."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": "XI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Monasteries which are charged with the cure of the souls of laymen, they who exercise that cure shall be subject to the Bishop, and be by him previously examined, with certain exceptions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In monasteries or houses, whether of men or of women, which are charged with the cure of souls of other Secular persons besides those who belong to the household of those monasteries or places, the individuals, whether Regulars or Seculars, who exercise that cure, shall be immediately subject, in what-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Debeat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 245"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "soever pertains to the said cure and the administration of the sacraments, to the jurisdiction, visitation, and correction of the bishop in whose diocese those places are situated; nor shall any, not even such as are removable at pleasure, be deputed thereunto, save with the consent of the said bishop, and after having been previously examined by him, or by his vicar; the monastery of Cluny with its limits being excepted; and excepting also monasteries or places in which abbots, generals, or the heads of orders have their usual principal residence; as also the other monasteries or houses in which the abbots, or other Superiors of Regulars, exercise episcopal and temporary jurisdiction over the parish priests and their parishioners; saving, however, the right of those bishops who exercise a greater jurisdiction over the places or persons above named."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": "XII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopal censures, and festivals appointed in the diocese, shall be observed even by Regulars."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Censures and interdicts — not only those emanating from the Apostolic See, but also those promulgated by the Ordinaries — shall, upon the bishop's mandate, be published and observed by Regulars in their churches. The festival days also which the said bishop shall order to be observed in his own diocese, shall be kept by all exempted persons, even though Regulars."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": "XIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Bishop shall settle disputes about precedency. Exempted persons, not living in the more strict enclosures, are obliged to attend at public Processions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All disputes about precedence, which very often, with very great scandal, arise between ecclesiastics, both Secular and Regular, as well at public processions^ as at those which take"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "24.6 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "place in burying the dead, or carrying the canopy, and on other such occasions, the bishop shall settle, without regarding any exappeal; anything to the contrary notwithstanding. And all empted persons whatsoever, as well Secular as Regular clerics, and even monks, on being summoned to public processions, shall be obliged to attend; those only being excepted who always live in more strict enclosure."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": "XIV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By whom punishment is to be inflicted on a Regular who sins publicly."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Regular who, not being subject to the bishop, and residing within the enclosure of a monastery, has out of that enclosure transgressed so notoriously as to be a scandal to the people, shall, at the instance of the bishop, be severely punished by his own Superior, within such time as the bishop shall appoint; and the Superior shall certify to the bishop that the punishment has been inflicted: otherwise he shall be himself deprived of his office by his own Superior, and the delinquent may be punished by the bishop."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": "XV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Profession shall not be made except after a year's probation, and at the age of sixteen years completed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In no religious order whatever shall the profession, whether of men or women, be made before the age of sixteen years is completed; nor shall anyone be admitted to profession who has been less than a year under probation from the time of taking the habit. And any profession made sooner than this shall be null; and shall not superinduce any obligation to the observance of any rule, or of any religious body, or order; or entail any other effects whatsoever."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": "XVI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XVI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Any renunciations made, or obligation entered into, previous to the two months' nearest Profession, shall be null The probation ended, the Novices shall either be professed or dismissed. In the Religious Order of Clerks of the Society of fesus nothing is innovated. No part of the property of a Novice shall be given to a Monastery before Profession."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Further, no renunciation made, or obligation entered into, sooner than this, even though upon oath, or in favour of any pious object whatsoever, shall be valid, unless it be made with permission of the bishop, or of his vicar, within the two months immediately preceding profession; and it shall not otherwise be understood as obtaining effect, unless the profession have followed thereupon: but if made in any other manner, even though with the express renunciation, even upon oath, of this privilege, it shall be invalid and of no effect. When the period of the novitiate is ended, the Superiors shall admit those novices whom they have found qualified to profession, or they shall dismiss them from the monastery. By these things, however, the Synod does not intend to make any innovation or prohibition,* so as to hinder the Religious Order of Clerks of the Society of Jesus from being able to serve God and His Church in accordance with their pious institute, approved of by the holy Apostolic See. Also, before the profession of a novice, whether male or female, nothing shall be given to the monastery out of the property of the same, either by parents, relatives, or guardians, under any, pretext whatever, except for food and clothing for"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* As these words are variously punctuated, I will give the passage as translated byPallavicini: \" Per queste cose tuttavia il concilio non intende d'innovare 6 di proibire niente onde la Religione de'Cherici della Compagnia di Giesu non possa vivere e servire alia chiesa secondo il pio suo Istituto approvato dalla sede Apostolica.\" — Vol. ii. p. loii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "248 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "the time that they are under probation; lest the said novice may be unable to leave on this account — that the monastery is in possession of the whole, or of the greater part of his sub-; stance and he may not easily be able to recover it, if he should leave. Yea rather the holy Synod enjoins, under the pain of anathema on the givers and receivers, that this be nowise done; and that, to those who leave before their profession, everything that was theirs be restored to them. And the bishop shall, if need be, enforce by ecclesiastical censures that this be performed in a proper manner."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": "XVII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XVII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If a girl, who is more than twelve years of age, wishes to take the Regular Habit, she shall be questioned by the Ordinary, and again before Profession."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod, having in view the freedom of the profession"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "on the part of virgins who are to be dedicated to God, ordains"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "and decrees that if a girl, being more than twelve years of age, desires to take the religious habit, she shall not take that habit, neither shall she, nor any other at a later period, make her profession, until the bishop — of if he be absent or hindered, his vicar, or someone deputed thereunto by them, and at their expense— has carefully examined into the inclination of the virgin, whether she has been compelled or enticed thereunto, or knows what she is doing; and if her will be found to be pious and free, and she have the qualifications required by the rule of that convent and order; and if al.so the convent be a suitable one; it shall be free for her to make her profession. And that the bishop may not be in ignorance as to the time of profession, the Superioress of the convent shall be bound to give him notice thereof a month beforehand; but if she do not acquaint him therewith, she shall be suspended from her office for as long a period as the bishop shall think fit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "bN REFORMATION. 249"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": "XVIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XVIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No one shall, except in the cases by law expressed, compel a woman to enter a Monastery; or prevent her, if she desires to enter. The constitutions of the Penitents, or Convertites, shall be preserved."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod places under anathema all and singular those persons, of what quality or condition soever they may be, whether clerics or laymen. Seculars or Regulars, or with whatsoever dignity invested, who shall, in any way whatever, force any virgin, or widow, or any other woman whatsoever — except in the cases provided for by law — to enter a convent against her will, or to take the habit of any religious order, or to make her profession; as also all those who lend their counsel, aid, or countenance thereunto; and those also who, knowing that she does not enter into the convent voluntarily, or voluntarily take the habit, or make her profession, shall, in any way, interfere in that act, by their presence, or consent, or authority. It also subjects to a like anathema those who shall, in any way, without a just cause, hinder the holy wish of virgins, or other women, to take the veil, or make their vows. And all and singular those things which ought to be done before profession, or at the profession itself, shall be observed not only in convents subject to the bishop, but also in all others whatsoever. From the above, however, are excepted those women who are called penitents, or con\\^ertites;* in whose regard their constitutions shall be observed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": "XIX",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XIX."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "How to proceed in cases of pretended invalidity ofprofession."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No Regular soever, who shall pretend that he entered into a religious order through compulsion or fear; or shall even allege"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* ConVertite."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "2 50 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "that he made his profession before the proper age; or the like; and would fain lay aside his habit, be the cause what it may; or would even withdraw with his habit without the permission of his superior; shall be listened to, unless it be within five years only from the day of his profession, and not then either, unless he has produced before his own superior, and the Ordinary, the reasons which he alleges. But if, before doing this, he has of his own accord laid aside his habit, he shall in no wise be admitted to allege any cause whatever; but shall be compelled to return to his monastery, and be punished as an apostate; and meanwhile he shall not have the benefit of any privilege of his order. Also, no Regular shall, by virtue of any manner of faculty, be transferred to an order less rigid; nor shall permission be granted to any Regular to wear in secret the habit of his order."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": "XX",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XX."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Superiors of orders not subject to bishops shall visit and correct inferior Monasteries, even though held in commendam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Abbots, who are heads of orders, and the other Superiors of the aforesaid orders, who are not subject to bishops, but have a lawful jurisdiction over other inferior monasteries or priories, shall, each in his own place and order, visit officially the said monasteries and priories that are subject to them, even though held in commendam: which, forasmuch as they are subject to the heads of their own orders, the holy Synod declares that they are not to be included in what has been elsewhere decreed relative to the visitation of monasteries held in commendam; and those who preside over monasteries of the orders aforesaid shall be bound to receive the abovenamed visitors, and to execute their orders. Also, those monasteries themselves which are the heads of orders, shall be visited conformably to the constitutions of the holy Apostolic See, and of each several order. And so long as the said commendatary monasteries shall continue, there shall be appointed, by the general Chapters, or by the visitors of the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 25 I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "said orders, priors claustral, or sub-priors in those priories that are conventual, who shall exercise spiritual authority and correction. Inall other things the privileges and faculties of the abovenamed orders, as regards the persons, places, and rights thereof, shall remain firm and inviolate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": "XXI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XXI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Over Monasteries, Religious of that same order shall be appointed-. Whereas very many monasteries, even abbeys, priories, and provostries, have suffered no slight injury, both in spirituals and temporals, through the mal-administration of those to whom they have been entrusted, the holy Synod would fain by every means restore them to a discipline suitable to a monastic life. But the present state of the times is so fraught with hindrances and difficulties that a remedy can neither be applied at once to all, nor common to all places, as It could desire; nevertheless, that It may not omit anything which may in time be used, in wholesomely providing against the evils aforesaid. It trusts in the first place, that the most holy Roman Pontiff will, of his piety and prudence, make it his care — as far as he sees that the times will permit — that over those monasteries which are at present held in commendam, and which are conventual, there be appointed Regulars, expressly professed of the same order, and capable of guiding and governing the flock. And as to such as shall become vacant hereafter, they shall be conferred solely on Regulars of distinguished virtue and holiness. But as regards those monasteries which are the heads and chiefs* of orders, be the filiations thereof called abbeys or priories,f those who hold them at present in commendam shall be bound — unless provision be made for a Regular successor thereunto —"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Primates. t Pallav. translates somewhat differently; 6 le Badie e i Priorati che si chiamano figliuoli di tali capi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "252 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "either to make, within six months, a solemn profession of the religious life which is peculiar to the said orders, or to resign; otherwise the places aforesaid held in conimendam shall be accounted ipso jure vacant. But, lest any fraud may be used as regards all and singular the aforesaid matters, the holy Synod ordains that in the appointments to the said monasteries the quality of each individual be specifically expressed; and any appointment made otherwise shall be accounted surreptitious, and shall not be rendered valid by any subsequent possession, even though extending over three years."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": "XXII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XXII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Decrees touching the Reformation of Regulars shall be carried into execution at once by all."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod enjoins that all and singular the matters contained in the foregoing decrees be observed in all convents and monEisteries, colleges, and houses of all monks and religious whatsoever, as also of all religious virgins and widows soever, even though living under the conduct of the military orders, of the order even (of Saint John) of Jerusalem, and by what name soever they may be designated, under whatsoever rule or constitutions they may be, or under the care or government of, or in subjection to, union with, or dependence on, any order whatsoever, whether of mendicants, or not mendicants, or of other Regular monks, or canons of whatsoever kind: any privileges whatsoever of all and each of the above named, under whatsoever form of words expressed, even those called mare magnum, even those obtained at their foundation, as also any constitutions and rules whatsoever, even though sworn to, and any customs or prescriptions whatsoever, even though immemorial, to the contrary notwithstanding. But, if there be any Regulars, whether men or women, who are living under stricter rule or statutes, the holy Synod does not intend to withdraw them from their institute and observance, except as to the power of possessing real property in common. And forasmuch as the holy"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 253"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "' Synod desires that all and singular the things aforesaid be put in execution as soon as possible, It enjoins on all bishops that, in the monasteries which are subject to them, as also in all the' rest specially committed to them in the preceding decrees;and on all abbots, and generals, and other superiors of the abovenamed orders; that they forthwith put in execution the matters aforesaid, and if there be anything which is not carried into execution, the provincial Councils shall remedy, and punish the negligence of the bishops; and that of Regulars, their provincial and general Chapters; and, in default of general Chapters, the provincial Councils shall, by deputing certain persons belonging to the same order, provide herein. The holy Synod also exhorts all kings, princes, republics, and magistrates, and by virtue of holy obedience commands them, to vouchsafe to interpose, as often as requested, their help and authority in support of the aforesaid bishops, abbots, generals, and other superiors in the execution of the things comprised above; that so they may, without any hindrance,' rightly execute the preceding matters to the praise of Almighty God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE ON REFORMATION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": "I",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cardinals and all Prelates of the churches shall be content with modest furniture and a frugal table: they shall not enrich their relatives or domestics out of the property of the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is to be wished that those who undertake the office of a bishop should understand what their portion is; and comprehend that they are called, not to their own convenience,* not to riches or luxury, but to labours and cares for the glory of God. For it is not to be doubted, that the rest of the faithful"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Commoda, advantage, or interests."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "254 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "also will be more easily excited to religion and innocence, if they shall see those who are set over them not fixing their thoughts on the things of this world, but on the salvation of souls, and on their heavenly country. Wherefore the holy Synod, being minded that these things are of the greatest importance towards restoring ecclesiastical discipline, admonishes all bishops that, often meditating thereon, they show themselves conformable to their office, by their actual deeds and the actions \\ of their lives; which is a kind of perpetual sermon; but above all that they so order their whole conversation, as that others may thence be able to derive examples of frugality, modesty, continency, and of that holy humility which so much recommends us to God. Wherefore, after the example of our fathers in the Council of Carthage, It not only orders that bishops be content with modest furniture, and a frugal table and diet, but that they also give heed that in the rest of their manner of living, and in their whole house, there be nothing seen that is alien from this holy institution, and which does not manifest simplicity, zeal towards God, and a contempt of vanities. Also, It wholly forbids them to strive to enrich their own kindred or domestics out of the revenues of the church: seeing that even the canons of the Apostles forbid them to give to their kindred the property of the church, which belongs to God; but if their kindred be poor, let them distribute to them thereof as poor, but not misapply or waste it for their sakes: yea, the holy Synod, with the utmost earnestness, admonishes them completely to lay aside all this human and carnal affection towards brothers, nephews, and kindred, which is the seed-plot of many evils in the church. And what has been said of bishops, the same is not only to be observed by all who hold ecclesiastical benefices, whether Secular or Regular, each according to the nature of his rank, but the Synod decrees that it also regards the cardinals of the holy Roman Church; for whereas, upon their advice to the most holy Roman Pontiff, the administration of the universal Church depends, it would seem to be a shame if they did not at the same time shine so pre-eminent in virtue, and in the discipline of their lives, as deservedly to draw upon themselves the eyes of all men."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 255"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": "II",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER II."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By whom individually the Decrees of the Council are to be solemnly received; and by whom a profession of faith is to be made. * The calamitousness of the times, and the malignity of the increasing heresies, demand that nothing be left undone which may seem in anywise capable of tending to the edification of the people, and to the defence of the Catholic faith. Wherefore the holy Synod enjoins on patriarchs, primates, archbishops, bishops, and all others, who, of right or custom, ought to be present at the provincial Council, that in the very first provincial Synod that shall be held after the close of this Council they publicly receive all and singular the things that have been defined and ordained by this holy Synod; as also that they promise and profess true obedience to the Sovereign Roman Pontiff; and at the same time publicly express their detestation of and anathematise all the heresies that have been condemned by the sacred canons and general Councils, and especially by this same Synod. And, henceforth, all those who shall be promoted to be patriarchs, primates, archbishops, and bishops, shall strictly observe the same in the first provincial Synod at which they shall be present. And should any one of all the aforesaid refuse — which God forbid — the bishops of the same province shall be bound, under pain of the divine indignation, at once to give notice thereof to the Sovereign Roman Pontiff, and shall meanwhile abstain from communion with that person. And all others who now hold, or shall hereafter hold, ecclesiastical benefices, and whose duty it is to be present at the' diocesan Synod, shall do and observe the same, as above set dojvn, on the very first occasion that the Synod shall be held, otherwise they shall be punished according to the form of the sacred canons. Moreover, all those to whom belong the charge, visitation, and reformation of universities and of (places of) general studies, shall diligently take care that the canons and decrees of this holy Synod be, by the said universities, wholly"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "256 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "received; and that the masters, doctors, and others in the said universities interpret and teach those things which are of Catholic faith, in conformity ^therewith; and that at the beginning of each year they bind themselves by solemn oath to this procedure. And also if there be any other things that need correction and reformation in the universities aforesaid, they shall be reformed and regulated by those whom it regards, for the advancement of religion and of ecclesiastical discipline. But as regards those universities which are immediately under the protection of the Sovereign Pontiff, and are subject to his visitation, his Blessedness will take care that they be, by his delegates, wholesomely visited and reformed in the manner aforesaid, and as shall seem to him most advantageous."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": "III",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER III."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sword of excommunication is not to be rashly used: when an execution can be viade on property or person, censures are to be abstained from: the civil magistrates shalk not interfere herein."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although the sword of excommunication is the very sinews of ecclesiastical discipline, and very salutary for keeping the people in their duty, yet is it to be used with sobriety and great circumspection; seeing that experience teaches that if it be rashly or for slight causes wielded, it is more despised than feared, and produces ruin rather than safety. Wherefore, those excommunications which, after certain admonitions, are wont to be issued with the view, as it is termed, of causing a revelation, or on account of things that have been lost or stolen, shall be issued by no one whomsoever but the bishop; and not then, othenvise than on account of some circumstance of no common kind which moves the mind of the bishop thereunto, after the cause has been by him diligently and very maturely weighed; nor shall he be induced to grant the said excommunK:ations by the authority of any Secular person whatever, even though a magistrate; but the whole shall be left to his own judgment and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 257"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "conscience when, considering the circumstances, the place, the person, or the time, he shall himself judge that such are to be resolved on. As regards judicial causes, it is enjoined on all ecclesiastical judges, of whatsoever dignity they may be, that, both during the proceedings and in giving judgment, they abstain from ecclesiastical censures, or interdict, as often as an execution on the person or property can, in each stage of the process, be effected by them of their own proper authority; but in civil causes, which in any way belong to the ecclesiastical court, it shall be lawful for them, if they judge it expedient, to proceed against all persons whatsoever, even laymen, and to terminate suits, by means of pecuniary fines, which, by the very fact of being levied, shall be assigned to the pious places there existing; or by distress upon the goods or arrest of the person, to be made either by their own or other officers; or even by deprivation of beneHces, and other remedies at law. But if the execution cannot be made in this way, either upon the person or goods of the guilty, and there be contumacy towards the judge, he may then, in addition to the other penalties, smite them also with the sword of anathema, ifhe think fit. In like manner in criminal causes, wherein an execution can, as above, be effected upon the person or goods, the judge shall abstain from censures; but, if that execution cannot easily be made, it shall be lawful for the judge to employ the said spiritual sword against delinquents; provided, however, the character of the offence so require, and after two monitions at least, and this by public notice.* And it shall not be lawfulf for any civil magistrate to prohibit an ecclesiastical judge from excommunicating any individual; or to command that he revoke an excommunication that has been issued; under pretext that the things contained in the present decree have not been observed; whereas the cognisance hereof does not appertain to Seculars, but to ecclesiastics. And every excommunicated person, who, after the lawful monitions, does not repent, shall not only not be received to the sacraments, and to communion, and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Etiam per edictum, also, or, even by an edict. t IINefas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "258 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "intercourse* with the faithful; but if, being bound with censures, he shall, with obdurate heart, remain for a year in the defilement thereof, he may even be proceeded against as suspected of heresy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": "IV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Where the number of Masses to be celebrated is excessive, Bishops, Abbots, and Generals shall make such regulation as shall seem to tliem expedient."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It frequently happens, in divers churches, either that so great a number of masses is required to be celebrated on account of various legacies from persons deceased, that it is not possible to comply therewith on the particular days prescribed by the testators; or that the alms left ' for the celebration thereof is so slight that it is not easy to find anyone willing to undertake the duty; whereby the pious intentions of the testators are frustrated, and occasion is given for burthening the consciences of those who are concerned in the aforesaid obligations. The holy Synod, being desirous that these legacies for pious uses be satisfied in the most complete and useful manner possible, empowers bishops in diocesan Synod, and likewise abbots and generals of orders in their general Chapters, to ordain, in regard hereof, whatsoever in their consciences they shall, upon a diligent examination of the circumstances, judge to be most expedient, for God's honour and worship and the good of the churches, in those churches aforesaid which they shall find stand in need of some regulation in this matter, in such wise, however, that a commemoration be always made of the departed, who, for the welfare of their souls, have left the said legacies for pious uses."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Familiaritatem, familiarity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": "V",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER V."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The conditions and obligations imposed on Benefices shall be observed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reason requires that, in regulations which have been well established, no alteration be^ade by any ordinances to the contrary. Whenever, therefore, by virtue of the erection or foundation of any benefices, or in consequence of other regulations, certain qualifications are required, or certain obligations are attached thereunto, they shall not be derogated from in the collation, or in any other arrangement whatsoever in regard of the said benefices. The same also shall be observed as to prebends assigned to teachers of theology, masters, doctors,* priests, deacons, or sub-deacons, whenever such prebends have been established in this manner, in such sort that, in no provision whatever shall anything be altered in regard of the said qualifications and. orders; and any provision made otherwise shall be accounted surreptitious."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": "VI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In what manner the Bishop ought to act in regard of the visitation of exempted Chapters."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod ordains that the decree made under Paul HI., of happy memory, beginning Capitida Cathedralium, shall be observed in all cathedral and collegiate churches, not only when the bishop makes his visitation, but also as often as he proceeds ex officio, or at the petition of another, against any one of those who are comprised in the said decree; yet so, however, that whenever he institutes proceedings out of visitation, all the particulars subjoined shall have place: to wit, that the Chapter shall, at the beginning of each year, select two individuals belong-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Pr^bendis theologalibus, magistralibus, doctoralibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26o SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ing to the Chapter, with whose counsel and consent the bishop, or his vicar, shall be bound to proceed, both in instituting the process, and in all the other acts thereof until the end of the cause inclusiveh'— in the presence, nevertheless, of the notary of the said bishop, and in the bishop's house, or his ordinary court of justice. The two deputies shall, however, have but one vote; but either of them may give his vote in unison with that of the bishop. But if, as regards any proceeding, or as regards any interlocutory or definitive sentence, they shall both differ from the bishop, they shall in this case choose, in conjunction with the bishop, a third person, within the term of six days: and should they also not agree in the election of that third person, the choice shall devolve on the nearest bishop; and the point whereon they differed shall be decided in accordance with the opinion which that third person sides with; otherwise, the proceedings, and what follows thereupon, shall be null, and of no effect in law. Nevertheless, in crimes arising from incontinency, whereof mention has been made in the decree concerning concubinaries, as also in the more heinous crimes which require deposition or degradation; where flight is apprehended, and where, that judgment may not be eluded, it is necessary to secure the person, the bishop may at first proceed singly to a summary information, and to the necessary detention of the person; observing, however, in the rest of the proceedings, the order named above. But in all cases regard is to be paid to this, that the delinquents be kept in custody in a suitable place, according to the quality of the crime and of the persons. Moreover, there shall everywhere be rendered to bishops that honour which comports with their dignity; and in choir, in the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "chapter, in processions, and other public functions,* they shall"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "have the first seat, and the place which they shall themselves make choice of, and theirs shall be the chief authority in everything that is to be done. If the bishops shall propose anything to the canons to be deliberated on, and the matter treated of be not one which"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Actibus publicis, public actions or proceedings. Pallav. funzioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 26 1"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "regards any benefit to them or theirs, they shall themselves convoke the Chapter, take the votes,* and decide according to them. But, in the absence of the bishop, this shall be wholly done by those of the Chapter to whom of right or custom it appertains, nor shall the bishop's vicar be allowed to do it. But in all other things the jurisdiction and power of the Chapter, if any there be belonging thereunto, as also the administration of their property, shall be left wholly unimpaired and untouched. As regards those who do not possess any dignities, and are not of the Chapter, they shall all be subject to the bishop in causes ecclesiastical; notwithstanding, as regards the things aforesaid, any privileges accruing even from any foundation; as also any customs, even though immemorial; any sentences, oaths, concordates, which bind the authors thereof only; saving, however, in all things those privileges which have been granted to universities forgeneral studies, or to the persons who belong thereunto. But all and singular these things shall not have effect in those churches wherein the bishops, or their vicars, by virtue of constitutions, privileges, customs, concordates, or by any other right whatsoever, have a power, authority, and jurisdiction greater than that which is included in the present decree; from which (powers) the holy Synod does not intend to derogate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": "VII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Access and Regress in regard of Benefices are done away with; in what manner, to whom, and for what cause a Coadjutor isto be granted. Whereas, as regards ecclesiastical benefices, whatsoever carries with it the appearance of hereditary succession is a thing odious to the sacred constitutions, and contrary to the decrees of the Fathers; no Access or Regress^ in regard of any ecclesiastical benefice of whatsoever quality, shall, even though by con-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Vota exquirat, demand their opinions or votes. \\ Access, right of accession to a benefice at some future period; regress, right of returning to a benefice vacated, in case of the death, &c., of the actual incumbent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "262 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "sent, be henceforth granted to any individual; nor shall those already granted be suspended, extended, or transferred. And this decree shall have effect in regard of all ecclesiastical benefices whatsoever, and even in cathedral churches, and as regards all manner of persons soever, even though distinguished with the honour of the cardinalate. In like manner, as regards coadjutorships with future succession, the same shall henceforth be observed; (to wit) that they shall not be permitted to anyone in regard of any ecclesiastical benefices whatsoever. But if at any time the urgent necessity, or the evident advantage of a cathedral church, or of a monastery, demands that a coadjutor be granted to a prelate, such coadjutor with (the right of) future succession shall not otherwise be granted but after the said cause has been first diligently taken cognisance of by the most holy Roman Pontiff; and it is certain that all those qualifications which, by law and by the decrees of this holy Synod, are required in bishops and prelates, are reunited in his person; otherwise, the concessions made herein shall be accounted surreptitious."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": "VIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER VIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "WAat is to be observed in regard of Hospitals. By whom and in what manner the negligence of administrators is to be punished."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod admonishes all who hold any ecclesiastical benefices, whether Secular or Regular, to accustom themselves, as far as their revenues will allow, to exercise with alacrity and kindliness the office of hospitality, so frequently commended by the holy Fathers; being mindful that those who cherish hospitality receive Christ in (the person of) their guests. But as regards those who hold in commendam, or by way of administration, or under any other title whatsoever, or have even united to their own churches the places commonly called hospitals, or other pious places instituted especially for the use of pilgrims, of the infirm, the aged, or the poor; or if the parish churches should happen to be united to hospitals, or have been turned"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 263"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "into hospitals, and have been granted to the patrons thereof to be by them administered, the Synod strictly commands that they execute the charge and duty imposed upon them, and that they actually exercise that hospitality, which is due at their hands, out of the fruits devoted to that purpose, pursuant to the constitution of the Council of Vienne, renewed elsewhere by this same holy Synod under Paul III., of happy memory, and which begins Quia contingit. But if these hospitals were instituted to receive a certain class of pilgrims, or of infirm persons, or of others; and in the place where the said hospitals are situated there are no such persons, or very few, to be found. It doth further command, that the fruits thereof be converted to some other pious use, the nearest that may be to their original destination, and the most useful for that time and place, as shall seem to be the most expedient to the Ordinary, aided by two of the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Chapter, experienced in matters of business, to be chosen by"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "him; unless it be that the contrary happen to be expressed, to meet even this case, in the foundation or institution thereof; in which event, the bishop shall take care that what is ordained be observed, or, if that be not possible, he shall, as above, regulate the matter in a useful manner. Wherefore, if all and singular the persons aforesaid, of whatsoever order, and religious body, and dignity they may be, be they even laymen, who have the administration of hospitals — provided, however, they be not subject to Regulars where\" regular observance is in force — shall, after having been admonished by the Ordinary, have ceased really to discharge the duty of hospitality, complying with all the necessary conditions to which they are bound, they may be compelled thereunto not only by ecclesiastical censures, and other remedies at law, but may also even be deprived for ever of the administration and care of the ■ hospital itself; and others shall be substituted in their place, by those to whom this may belong. And the persons aforesaid shall, this notwithstanding, be bound in conscience to make restitution of the fruits which they have received contrary to the institution of the said hospitals; which restitution shall not be pardoned them by any remission or composition; nor shall the administration or government of such places be henceforth en-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "264 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "trusted to one and the same person longer than for three years, unless it be otherwise provided in the foundation thereof; notwithstanding, as regards all the abovenamed particulars, any union, exemption, and custom, even from time immemorial, to the contrary, or any privileges, or indults of whatever kind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": "IX",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER IX."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In what manner a right of patronage is to be proved, and to whom granted; wttat is not lawful for patrons. Unions of free benefices, to chirches under right of patronage, prohibited. patronage, not legitimately obtained, are to be revoked. of Rights"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Even as it is not just to take away the legitimate rights of patronage, and to violate the pious intentions of the faithful in the institution thereof, so also neither is it to be suffered, that, under this pretext, ecclesiastical benefices be reduced to a state of servitude, as by many is impudently done. In order, therefore, that what reason requires may be observed in all things, the holy Synod ordains that the title to the right of patronage shall be (derived) from a foundation, or an endowment; which (title) shall be shown from an authentic document, and the other (proofs) required by law; or, also, by repeated presentations during a period of time so remote that it exceeds the memory of man; or, otherwise, according as the law directs. But as regards those persons, or communities, or universities, by which that right is for the most part presumed to have been obtained by usurpation rather than otherwise, a more full and exact proof shall be required to establish a true title; nor shall the proof derived from time immemorial be otherwise of avail •n their regard, unless — besides other things necessary for that proof — presentations, even continuous, during the space of not less than fifty years, at the least, all of which presentations have been carried into effect, shall be proved from authentic writings. All other rights of patronage, in regard of benefices, as well Secular as Regular, or parochial, or in regard of dignities, or any other benefices whatsoever, in a cathedral or col-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 265"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "legiate church; as also all _^ faculties and privileges, whether granted so as to have the force of patronage, or, by virtue of any other right whatsoever, to nominate, elect, present to the said benefices when they become vacant, excepting the rights of patronage belong to cathedral churches, and excepting such other (rights of patronage) as belong to the emperor, to kings, or to those who possess kingdoms, and to other high and supreme prince's who have the rights of sovereignty within their own dominions, as also those (rights of patronage) which have been bestowed in favour of (places of) general studies, shall be understood to be wholly abrogated and made void, together with the quasi-possession which has followed thereupon. And benefices of this kind shall be conferred, as being free, by those who collate thereunto; and such appointment shall have full effect. Furthermore, it shall be lawful for the bishop to reject the persons whom the patrons have presented, if they be not fit. But if the institution belong to inferior (ecclesiastics), they (the presentees) shall nevertheless be examined by the bishop, pursuant to what has been elsewhere ordained by this holy Synod; otherwise the institution made by those inferiors shall be null and void. But the patrons of benefices, of whatsoever order and dignity they may be, be they (the patrons) even communities, universities, or any colleges whatsoever, whether of clerics or laymen, shall not in any way, nor for any manner of cause or occasion, meddle with the receiving of the fruits, rents, or revenues of any benefices whatsoever, even though those benefices be truly, by foundation or endowment, under their right of patronage; but shall leave them to the free disposal of the rector, or of the beneficiary, any custom whatsoever to the contrary notwithstanding. Nor shall they presume to transfer to others, contrary to the decrees of the canons, the said right of patronage, by sale, or under any other title whatsoever: if they act otherwise, they shall be subjected to the penalties of excommunication and interdict, and shall be ipso jure deprived of the aforesaid right itself of patronage. Moreover, those accessions* made"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Accessiones, augmentations, -amalgamations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "266 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "by way of union of free benefices with churches that are subject to the right of patronage, evert of laymen, whether those churches be parochial, or benefices of any other kind whatsoever, even such as are simple, or are dignities, or hospitals, in such wise that the free benefices aforesaid are made to be of the same nature as those unto which they are united, and are placed under the (same) right of patronage; such (accessions), if they have not as yet been carried into full effect, as also such as shall henceforth be made, at the instance of any person whatsoever, by whatsoever authority, be it even apostolic, shall, together with the said unions themselves, be regarded as having been obtained surreptitiously; notwithstanding any form of words therein employed, or any derogation which may be held as equivalent to being expressed; nor shall such unions be any more carried into execution, but the benefices themselves so united shall, when vacant, be freely conferred as previously. As regards those augmentations, which, having been made within the last forty years, have obtained their effect and a complete incorporation; such shall nevertheless be reviewed and examined by the Ordinaries, as the delegates of the Apostolic See; and those which shall be found to have been obtained by surreption or obreption shall, together with the unions, be declared invalid, and the benefices themselves shall be separated, and be conferred upon other persons. In like manner also whatsoever rights of patronage — over churches, and any other benefices of whatsoever kind, even dignities which were previously free — which have been acquired within the last forty years, or that may henceforth be acquired, whether through an increase of the endowment, or in consequence of erecting the building afresh,* or from some other like cause, even though with the authority of the Apostolic See, shall be carefully taken cognisance of by the said Ordinaries, as delegates as aforesaid; and they shall not be hindered by the faculties or privileges of any individual in regard thereof; but they shall \\\\holly revoke such rights of patronage as they"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ex nova constructione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 267"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "shall find not to have been legitimately established on account of some most evident necessity of the church, or benefice, or dignity; and they shall restore benefices of this kind to their former state of liberty; without injury however to the incumbents thereof, and after having restored to the patrons whatsoever they may have given on this score; any privileges, constitutions, and customs, even though immemorial, notwithstanding."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": "X",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER X."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Judges, unto whom causes may be committed by the Apostolic See, are to be nominated by the Synod: all judges shall terminate causes speedily."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Forasmuch as on account of the malicious suggestions of suitors, and at times also by reason of the distance of places, a knowledge of the persons to whom causes are committed cannot be perfectly obtained; and hence causes are sometimes referred to judges on the spot who are not altogether fit; the holy Synod ordains that, in each provincial or diocesan Synod, there shall be designated certain persons who have the qualifications required by the constitution of Boniface VIII., which begins Statutum, and who are otherwise suited thereunto; that, to them also, besides the Ordinaries of the places, may henceforth be committed those ecclesiastical and spiritual causes, belonging to the ecclesiastical court, which may have to be delegated to their districts. And if one of these so designated shall happen to die in the interim, the Ordinary of the place, with the advice of the Chapter, shall substitute another in his stead, until the next provincial or diocesan Synod; in such sort that each diocese shall have at least four, or even more, persons approved of and qualified as above, to whom causes of this nature may be committed by any legate, or nuncio, and even by the Apostolic See: otherwise, after the said designation has been made, which the bishops shall forthwith transmit to the Sovereign Roman Pontiff, any delegations whatsoever of other"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "268 SESSION XXV,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "judges, made to any others but the above, shall be regarded as surreptitious. The holy Synod furthermore admonishes both the Ordinaries and all other judges whatsoever to endeavour to terminate causes in as brief a period as possible; and to meet in every way, either by prescribing a given term, or by some other available method, the artifices of lawyers, whether in delaying the trial of the suit, or any other part of the judicial process."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": "XI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certain leases of Ecclesiastical Property or rights are prohibited; certain other such leases are annulled."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It ordinarily brings great ruin upon churches, when the property thereof is, to the prejudice of those who succeed, leased out to others upon the present payment of a sum of money. Wherefore, all leases of this kind, if made for payments in advance, shall be in nowise considered valid to the prejudice of those who succeed; any indult or privilege whatsoever notwithstandingnor; shall such leases be confirmed in the Roman Court, or elsewhere. Neither shall it be lawful to farm out ecclesiastical jurisdictions, or the faculties of nominating, or of deputing vicars in spirituals; nor for the lessees to exercise the above in person or by others; and any grants to the contrary, even though made by the Apostolic See, shall be esteemed surreptitious. As to leases of ecclesiastical things, even though confirmed by apostolical authority, the holy Synod declares those to be invalid, which, having been made within the last thirty years, for a long term, or as they are designated in some districts, for twentynine, or for twice twenty-nine years, shall be judged by the provincial Synod, or by the deputies thereof, to have been contracted to the injury of the church, and contrary to the ordinances of the canons."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 269"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": "XII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tithes to be paid in full: those withholding, or hindering, the payment thereof are to be excommunicated: the Rectors of Poor Churches are to be piously relieved."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those are not to be borne who, by various artifices, endeavour to withhold the tithes accruing to the churches; nor those who rashly take possession of, and apply to their own use, the tithes which have to be paid by others; whereas the payment of tithes is due to God, and they who refuse to pay them, or hinder those who give them, usurp* the property of another. Wherefore, the holy Synod enjoins on all, of whatsoever rank and condition they be, to whom it belongs to pay tithes, that they henceforth pay in full the tithes to which they are bound in law, to the cathedral church, or to whatsoever other churches or persons they are lawfully due. And they who either withhold them, or hinder them (from being paid) shall be excommunicated;nor be absolved from this crime, until after full restitution has been made. It further exhorts all and each, that, of their Christian charity, and the duty which they owe to their own pastors, they grudge not, out of the good things that are given them by God, to assist bountifully those bishops and parish priests who preside over the poorer churches; to the praise of God, and to maintain the dignity of their own pastors who watch for them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": "XIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The fourth of Funeral (dues) shall be paid to the Cathedral or Parish Churches."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod ordains that in whatsoever places, forty years ago, a fourth, as it is called, of funerals, was accustomed"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Invadunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 27 1"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "other woman, they shall not even yet have obeyed upon a second admonition, not only shall they thereupon forfeit all the fruits and proceeds of their benefices and pensions, which shall be applied to the places aforesaid, but they shall also be suspended from the administration of the benefices themselves for as long a period as shall seem fit to the Ordinary, even as the delegate of the Apostolic See. And if, having been thus suspended, they nevertheless shall not put away those women, or even if they shall have intercourse with them, then shall they be for ever deprived of their ecclesiastical benefices, portions, offices, and pensions of whatsoever kind, and be rendered thenceforth incapable and unworthy of any manner of honours, dignities, benefices, and oflfices, until, after a manifest amendment of life, it shall seem good to their superiors, for a cause, to grant them a dispensation. But if, after having once put them away, they shall have dared to renew the interrupted connection, or to take to themselves other scandalous women of this sort, they shall, in addition to the penalties aforesaid, be smitten with the sword of excommunication. Nor shall any appeal or exemption hinder or suspend the execution of the aforesaid; and the cognisance of all the matters above named shall not belong to archdeacons, or deans, or other inferiors, but to the bishops themselves, who may proceed without the noise and the formalities ofjustice, and by the sole investigation of the truth of the fact. As regards clerics who have not ecclesiastical benefices or pensio ns, they shall, according to the quahty of their crime and contumacy, and their persistence therein, be punished by the bishop himself, with imprisonment, suspension from their order, inability to obtain benefices, or in other ways, conformably with the sacred canons. Bishops also, if— which God forbid — they abstain not from crime of this nature, and, upon being admonished by the provincial Synod, they do not amend, shall be ipso facto suspended;i and if they persist therein, they shall be reported by the said Synod to the most holy Roman Pontiff, who shall punish them according to the nature of their guilt, even with deprivation, if need be."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "0)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "O)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(0 (0"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "272 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": "XV",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The illegitimate Sons of Clerics are excluded from certain Benefices and Pensions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That the memory of paternal incontinency may be banished as far as possible from places consecrated to God, where purity and holiness are most especially beseeming; it shall not be lawful for the sons of clerics, not born in lawful wedlock, to hold, in those churches wherein their fathers have, or had, an ecclesiastical benefice, any benefice whatsoever, even though a different one; nor to minister in any way in the said churches; nor to have pensions out of the revenues of benefices which their fathers hold, or have aforetime held. And if a father and son shall be found, at this present time, to hold benefices in the same church, the son shall be compelled to resign his benefice, or to exchange it for another out of that church, within the space of three months, otherwise he shall be ipso jure deprived thereof; and any dispensation in regard of the aforesaid shall be accounted surreptitious. Moreover, any reciprocal resigflations which shall from this time forth be made by fathers who are clerics in favour of their sons, that one may obtain the benefice of the other, shall be wholly regarded as made in fraudulent evasion of this decree, and of the ordinances of the canons; nor shall the collations that may have followed, by virtue of resignations of this kind, or of any others whatsoever made fraudulently, be of avail to the said sons of clerics."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": "XVI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XVI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Benefices with cure shall not be converted into simple Benefices: a suitable portion of the fruits sliall, be assigned to the Vicar who exercises the cure of souls."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod ordains that those Secular ecclesiastical benefices, by whatsoever name they may be called, which, by"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 273"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "their original institution, or in any other way whatever, have the cure of souls, shall not henceforth be converted into a simple benefice,^ even though a suitable portion be assigned to a perpetual vicar; notwithstanding any graces whatsoever which have not obtained their full effect. But, as regards those benefices wherein, contrary to the institution or foundation thereof, the cure of souls has been transferred to a perpetual vicar, even though they be found to have been in this state from time immemorial, ifa suitable portion of the fruits have not been assigned to the vicar of the church, by what name soever.he may be designated, the same shall be assigned as soon as possible, and within a year at the furthest from the end of the present Council, at the discretion of the Ordinary; pursuant to the form of the decree made under Paul III., of happy memory. But if this cannot conveniently be done, or if it be not done within the said term, as soon as the benefice shall be vacant, either by the resignation or death of the vicar or rector, or in whatsoever way either of the above shall vacate it, it shall receive again the cure of souls; the name of vicarage cease; and it shall be restored to its ancient state."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": "XVII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XVII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops shall maintain their dignity; nor conduct themselves with unworthy servility toivards the Ministers of Kings, towards Lords, or Barons."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod cannot but sorely grieve at hearing that certain bishops, forgetful of their own estate, do in no slight manner disgrace the pontifical dignity; comporting themselves with an unseemly kind of servility, both in church and out of it, before the ministers of kings, nobles,* and barons; and, as if they were inferior ministers of the altar, not only most unworthily give them place, but even serve them in person.l Wherefore the holy Synod, detesting this and the like behaviour, doth, by renewing all the sacred canons, the general Councils, and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Regulis. KK"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "274 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "other apostolical ordinances, which relate to the decorum and authority* of the episcopal dignity, enjoin that henceforth bishops abstain from the like; charging them that, both in church and out of it, having before their eyes their own rank and order, they everywhere bear in mind that they are fathers and pastors; charging also others, as well princes as all persons whatsoever, to pay them paternal honour and due reverence."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": "XVIII",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XVIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Canons shall be exactly observed: if, at any time, a dispensation isto be granted in regard thereof, it shall be done ivitli the most matJtre deliberation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As it is expedient, for the public good, to relax at times the restraint of the law, thereby more completely to meet, for the common advantage, the cases and necessities which arise; even so, to dispense too often with the law, and to yield to petitioners on account of precedent rather than upon any certain discrimination in regard of persons and circumstances, is nothing else but to open a way for each one to transgress the laws. Wherefore, be it known to all men, that the most sacred canons are to be exactly observed by all, and, as far as this is possible, without distinction. But if any urgent and just reason, and at times a greater good, shall require that some be dispensed with; this shall be granted, after the cause has been taken cognisance of, and after the most mature deliberation, and gratuitously, by all those soever to whom that dispensation appertains; and any dispensation granted otherwise shall be esteemed surreptitious."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": "XIX",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XIX."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Duelling is prohibited under the most severe penalties."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The detestable custom of duelling, introduced by the contrivance of the Devil, that by the bloody death of the body he"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Decorem et gravitatcm."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "may accomplish the ruin of the soul, shall be utterly exterminated from the Christian world. Any emperor, kings, dukes, princes, marquises, counts, and temporal lords, by whatsoever other name entitled, who shall grant a place within their territories for single combat between Christians, shall be thereupon* excommunicated, and shall be understood to be deprived of jurisdiction and dominion over any city, castle, or place, in or at which they have permitted the duel to take place, which they hold of the Church; and if those places be held as a fief they shall forthwith escheat to their direct lords. As to the persons who have fought, and those who are called their seconds (sponsors), they shall incur the penalty of excommunication, and the confiscation! of ^^1 their property, and of perpetual infamy, and are to be punished as homicides, according to the sacred canons; and if they have perished in the conflict itself, they shall be for ever deprived of ecclesiastical sepulture. Those also who have given counsel in the case of a duel, whether for the question of right or fact, or have in any other way whatever persuaded anyone thereunto, as also the spectators thereof, shall be subjected to the bond of excommunication, and of a perpetual malediction; any privilege soever, or evil custom, though immemorial, notwithstanding."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": "XX",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XX."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Immunities, Liberty, and other Rights of the Church are recommended to Secular Princes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod being desirous that ecclesiastical discipline may not only be restored amongst the Christian people, but that it also may be for ever preserved sound and safe from all manner of adverse attempts; besides those things which It has ordained touching ecclesiastical persons, has thought fit that Secular princes also be admonished of their duty; trusting that they — as Catholics, whom God hath willed to be the protectors"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eo ipso, by the act itself. t Proscriptionis, forfeiture."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "276 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "of holy faith and Church— will not only grant that to the Church her own right be restored, but will also recall all their owm^soBjects tojiue-reyerence towards the clergy, parisK'pHests, and the-Superior orders; noT^permit that their officers, or inferior magistrates, through any spirit of covetousness or any heedlessness, violate that immunity of the Church and of ecclesiastical persons, which, by the ordinance of God and by the appointments of the canons has been established; but (see) that they render, conjointly with the princes themselves, due observance to the sacred constitutions of Sovereign Pontiffs and of Councils. It ordains, therefore, and enjoins that the sacred canons and all the general Councils, as also all other apostolic ordinances published in favour of ecclesiastical persons, of the liberty of the Church, and against the violators thereof— all which It also renews by this present decree — be exactly observed by all men. And for this caUse It admonishes the emperor, kings, republics, princes, and all and each of whatsoever state and dignity they be, that the more bountifully they are adorned with temporal goods, and with power over others, the more religiously should they respect whatsoever is of ecclesiastical right, as belonging especially to God, and as being under the cover of His protection;and that they suffer not such to be injured by any barons, nobles,* governors, or other temporal lords, and above all by their own immediate officers; but punish those severely who obstruct her liberty, immunity, and jurisdiction; being themselves an example to them in regard of piety, religion, and the protection of the churches, in imitation of those most excellent and religious princes their predecessors, who not only defended from all injury from others, but, by their authority and munificence, in a special manner advanced the interests of their own church. Wherefore let each one herein discharge his duty carefully; that so the divine worship may be devoutly celebrated, and prelates and other clerics remain, quietly and without hindrances, in their own residences and in the discharge of their duties, to the profit and edification of the people. * Domicellis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON REFORMATION. 277"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": "XXI",
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CHAPTER XXI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In all things the authority of the Apostolic See shall remain untouched."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lastly, the holy Synod declares that all and singfllar the things which, under whatsoever clauses and words, have been ordained in this sacred Council, in the matter of reformation of morals and ecclesiastical discipline, as well under the Sovereign Pontiffs, Paul III. and Julius III., of happy memory, as under the most blessed Pius IV., have been so decreed as that the authority of the Apostolic See both is, and is understood to be, untouched thereby."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE FOR CONTINUING THE SESSION ON THE FOLLOWING"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DAY."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whereas all those things which had to be treated of in the present Session cannot, because of the lateness of the hour, be conveniently despatched; therefore, according as was resolved on by the Fathers in general congregation, the things which remain are deferred till to-morrow, in continviation of this same Session."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CONTINUATION OF THE SESSION,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the fourth day of December."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DECREE CONCERNING INDULGENCES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whereas the power of conferring Indulgences was granted by Christ to the Church; and she has, even in the most ancient times, used the said power,* delivered unto her of God; the sacred holy Synod teaches and enjoins that the use of Indulgenc es, for the Christian people most salutary, and approved of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hujusmodi potestate, this kind of power."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "278 SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "by the authority of sacred Councils, is to be retained in the Church; and It condemns with anathema those who either assert that they are useless, or M^ho deny that there is in the Church the power of granting them. In granting them, however. It desires that, in accordance with the ancient and approved custom in the Church, moderation be observed; lest, by excessive facility, ecclesiastical discipline be enervated. And being desirous that the abuses which have crept therein, and by occasion of which this honourable* name of Indulgences is blasphemed by heretics, be amended and corrected. It ordains generally by this decree, that all evil gains for the obtaining thereof — whence a most prolific cause of abuses amongst the Christian people has been derived — be wholly abolished. But as regards the other abuses which have proceeded from superstition, ignorance, irreverence, or from whatsoever other source, since, by reason of the manifold corruptions in the places and provinces where the said abuses are committed, they cannot conveniently be specially prohibited; It commands all bishops diligently to collect, each in his own church, all abuses of this nature, and to report them in the first provincial Synod; that, after having been reviewed by the opinions of the other bishops also, they may forthwith be referred to the Sovereign Roman Pontiff, by whose authority and prudence that which may be expedient for the universal Church will be ordained; that thus the gift of holy Indulgences may be dispensed to all the faithful, piously, holily, and incorrupt! y."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON CHOICE OF MEATS ; ON FASTS AND FESTIVAL DAYS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod furthermore exhorts, and, by the most holy advent of our Lord and Saviour, conjures all pastors that, like good soldiers, they sedulously recommend to all the faithful all those things which the holy Roman Church, Ae mother and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Insigne, excellent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE INDEX OF BOOKS, ETC. 279"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "mistress of all churches, has ordained, as also those things which, as well in this Council as in the other oecumenical Councils, have been ordained, and to use all diligence that they be observant of all thereof, and especially of those which tend to mortify the flesh, such as the choice of meats, and fasts; as also those which serve to. promote piety, such as the devout and religious celebration of festival days; often admonishing the people to obey those set over them (Heb. xiii. 17), whom they who hear shall hear God as a rewarder, whereas they who contemn them shall feel God Himself as an avenger."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE INDEX OF BOOKS ; ON THE CATECHISM, BREVIARY,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "AND MISSAL."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred and holy Synod, in the second Session celebrated under our most holy lord, Pius IV., commissioned certain chosen Fathers to consider what ought to be done touching various censures, and books either suspected or pernicious, and to report thereon to the said holy Synod; hearing now that the finishing hand has been put to that labour by those Fathers; which, however, by reason of the variety and multitude of books cannot be distinctly and conveniently judged of by the holy Synod; It enjoins that whatsoever has been by them done shall be laid before the most holy Roman Pontiff, that it may be by his judgment and authority terminated and made public. And it commands that the same be done in regard of the Catechism, by the Fathers to whom that work was consigned, and as regards the missal and breviary."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE PLACE OF AMBASSADORS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy Synod declares that by the place assigned to ambas adors, as well Ecclesiastics as Seculars, whether in Session, procession, or in any other acts whatsoever, no prejudice has been created in regard of any amongst them; but that all their"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28o SESSION XXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "own rights and prerogatives, and those of their own emperor, kings, republics, and princes are uninjured and untouched, and continue in the same state as they were before the present Council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON RECEIVING AND OBSERVING THE DECREES OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE COUNCIL."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So great has been the calamitousness of these times, and such the inveterate malice of the heretics, that there has been nothing ever so clear in our statement of faith, nothing so surely settled, which they, at the instigation of the enemy of the human race, have not defiled by some sort of error. For which cause the holy Synod hath made it Its especial care to condemn and anathematise the principal errors of the heretics of our time, and to deliver and teach the true and Catholic doctrine; even as It has condemned, and anathematised, and decreed. And whereas so many bishops, summoned from the various provinces of the Christian world, cannot be absent for so long a time without great loss to the flock entrusted to them, and without universal danger; and whereas no hope remains that the heretics, after being so often invited, even with the public faith which they desired, and after being so long expected, will come hither later; and it is therefore necessary to put an end at length to the sacred Council: it now remains for It to admonish in the Lord all princes, as It hereby does, so to afford their assistance as not to permit the things which It has decreed to be corrupted or violated by heretics; but that they be by them and all others devoutly received and faithfully observed. And should any diificulty arise in regard of receiving those decrees, or should anything be met with which it does not believe, requiring explanation or definition, the holy Synod trusts that, besides the other remedies appointed in this Council, the most blessed Roman Pontiff will make it his care that, for the glory of God and the tranquillity of the Church, the necessities of the provinces be provided for, either by summoning, particularly out of the provinces where the difficulties shall have arisen, those"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE CLOSE OF THE COUNCIL. 28 1"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "persons whom he shall deem it expedient (to employ) in treating of the said matters; or even by the celebration of a general Council, if he judge it necessary; or in such other way as shall seem to him most suitable."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON RECITING, IN SESSION, THE DECREES OF THE COUNCIL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "UNDER PAUL IIL AND JULIUS IH."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Forasmuch as, at divers times, as well under Paul III. as under Julius III., of happy memory, many things have, in this, sacred Council, been ordained and defined touching dogmas and reformation of manners; the holy Synod wills that they be now recited and read."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They were recited."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ON THE CLOSE OF THE COUNCIL, AND ON SUING FOR CONFIR-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "MATION FROM OUR MOST HOLY LORD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Most illustrious lords and most reverend Fathers, doth it please you, that, to the praise of Almighty God, an end be put to this sacred oecumenical Synod? and that the'confirmation of all and singular the things which have therein been decreed and defined, as well under the Roman Pontiffs, Paul III. and Julius III., of happy memory, as under our most holy lord Pius IV., be requested, in the name of this holy Synod, by the presidents, and the Legates of the Apostolic See, from the most blessed Roman Pontiff? They answered: It pleaseth us. •Afterwards, the most illustrious and most reverend Cardinal Morone, the first Legate and President, blessing the holy Synod said: After having given thanks to God, most reverend Fathers, go in peace. They answered: Amen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "282 ACCLAMATIONS OF THE FATHERS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "ACCLAMATIONS OF THE FATHERS AT THE CLOSE OF THE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "COUNCIL."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Cardinal of Lorraine. To the most blessed Pius, Pope, and our lord, pontiff of the holy and universal Church, many years and eternal memory. Answer of tJie Fathers. O Lord God, do Thou very long preserve the most holy Father to Thy Church: for many years. The Cardinal. To the souls of the most blessed Sovereign Pontiffs, Paul III. and Julius III., by whose authority this sacred general Council was begun, peace from the Lord, and eternal glory, and happiness in the light of the saints. Answer. Be their memory in benediction. The Cardinal. Of the Emperor Charles the Fifth, and of the most serene kings, who have promoted and protected this universal Council, be the memory in benediction. Answer. Amen, Amen. The Cardinal. To the most serene Emperor Ferdinand, ever august, orthodox, and pacific, and to all our kings, republics, and princes, many years. Answer. Preserve, O Lord, the pious and Christian emperor: Oh, Heavenly Emperor, protect earthly kings, the preservers of the right faith. The Cardinal To the Legates of the Apostolic Roman See, and presidents in this Synod, many thanks and many years. Answer. Many thanks; the Lord reward them. Tlie Cardinal. To the most reverend cardinals, and most illustrious ambassadors. Answer. Many thanks: many years. Tlu Cardinal To the most holy bishops, life, and a happy return to their own churches. Answer. To the heralds of truth perpetual memory; to the orthodox senate many years. TJie Cardinal The sacred and holy cecumenical Synod of Trent: let us confess the faith thereof, let us ever keep the decrees thereof. Answer. Ever let us confess, ever keep."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CONFIRMATION OF THE COUNCIL. 283"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Cardinal. We all thus believe; we all think the very same; we all, consenting and embracing (them), subscribe. This is the faith of blessed Peter, and of the Apostles: this is the faith of the Fathers: This is the faith of the Orthodox. Answer. Thus we believe; thus we think; thus we subscribe. The'Cardinal. To these decrees adhering may we be made worthy of the mercies and grace of the first and great supreme priest, Jesus Christ God; our inviolate Lady, the holy mother of God, also interceding, and all the saints. Answer. So be it: so be it. Amen, Amen Cardinal. Anathema to all heretics. Answer. Anathema, anathema. After this, it was enjoined on all the Fathers, by the Legates and presidents, under pain of excommunication, that, before departing from the city of Trent, they should subscribe with their own hand the decrees of the Council, or approve thereof by some public instrument; all of whom subsequently subscribed, and they were in number CCLV.; to wit, four legates, two cardinals, three patriarchs, twenty-five archbishops, one hundred and sixty-eight bishops, seven abbots, thirty-nine proctors of absent (prelates) with lawful commission, seven generals. Praise be to God. It agrees with the original: in faith whereof we have subscribed: I, Angelus Massarelli, bishop of Telesia, secretary of the sacred Council of Trent. I, Marcus Antonius Peregrinus, of Como, notary of the said Council. I, Cynthius Pamphilus, clerk of the diocese of Camerino, notary of the said Council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CONFIRMATION OF THE COUNCIL."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We, Alexander di Farnese, cardinal-deacon of Saint Lawrence in Damaso, vice-chancellor of the holy Roman Churchi"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "284 CONFIRMATION OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "do certify and attest, that, on this day, being Wednesday, the twenty-sixth of January, MDLXIV, in the fifth year of the pon-of tificate of our most holy lord Pius IV., by the providence God, Pope, the most reverend my lords, the Cardinals Morone and Simonetta, lately returned from the sacred Council of Trent, whereat they had presided as Legates of the Apostolic See, did, in a secret consistory, held at St. Peter's, petition our said most holy lord as follows: Most blessed Father; in a decree, concerning the closing of the oecumenical Council of Trent, published the day before the nones of December last,* it was ordained that, through the presidents and Legates of your Holiness, and of the holy Apostolic See, confirmation should be requested from your' Holiness, in the name of the said Council, of all and singular the things which were therein decreed and defined, as well under Paul HI. and Julius HI., of happy memory, as under your Holiness. Wherefore we, John, Cardinal Morone, and Louis, Cardinal Simonetta, who were then Legates and presidents, wishing to execute what was appointed in that decree, do humbly petition in the name of the said cecumenical Council of Trent, that your Holiness would vouchsafe to confirm all and singular the things which have therein been decreed and defined, as well under Paul HI. and Julius HI., of happy memory, as under your Holiness. Upon hearing which, his Holiness, having looked at and read the tenor of the said decree, and having taken the advice of the most reverend lords the cardinals, replied in these words; Acceding to the petition made to us, by the Legates aforesaid, in the name of the cEcumenical Council of Trent, touching the confirmation thereof. We, with apostolic authority, and with the advice and assent of our venerable brethren the cardinals, having previously had a mature deliberation with them, do confirm all and singular the things which have been decreed and defined in the said Council, as well under Paul HI. and Julius HI., of happy memory, as during the time of our pontificate; and we"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* December 4th."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE COUNCIL. 285"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "command that the same be received and inviolably observed by all the faithful of Christ; In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen. So it is. A. Cardinal Farnese, Vice- Chancellor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "BULL OF OUR MOST HOLY LORD PIUS IV., BY THE PROVIDENCE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "OF GOD, POPE, TOUCHING THE CONFIRMATION OF THE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "(ECUMENICAL (AND) GENERAL COUNCIL OF TRENT."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pius, bishop, servant of the servants of God, for the perpetual memory hereof Blessed be the God, and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of mercies, and the God of all comfort,* who hath vouchsafed to look down upon His holy Church, agitated and tossed by so many storms and tempests, and, whilst it was day by day more sorely distressed, hath at length brought relief thereunto by a suitable and wished-for remedy. To extirpate very many and most pernicious heresies, to correct manners, and to restore ecclesiastical discipline, to procure the peace and concord of the Christian people, an oecumenical and general Council had been, a long time previously, indicted by our predecessor, Paul HI., of pious memory, and had been begun by holding several Sessions. Having been, by his successor, recalled to the same city, the Council, after several Sessions had been celebrated, could not, on account of various impediments and difficulties which supervened, be even then brought to a conclusion: it was, therefore, for a long time interrupted, not without the greatest grief on the part of all persons of piety, whilst the Church daily more and more implored that remedy. But we, upon having entered upon the government of the Apostolic See, undertook to accomplish so necessary and salutary a work, even as our pastoral solicitude admonished us;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2 Cor. i. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "286 CONFIRMATION OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "trusting in the divine mercy, and aided by the pious zeal of our most beloved son in Christ, Ferdinand, Emperor elect of the Romans, and by that of other Christian kings, republics, and princes, we have at length attained to that which we have not ceased to labour after by daily and nightly watchfulness, and which we have assiduously besought of the Father of lights* For whereas a most numerous assembly of bishops and of other distinguished prelates, and one worthy of an oecumenical Council, had, upon being convoked by our letters, and impelled also by their own piety, been gathered together from all sides out of the nations of Christendom, at the said city; together with whom were very many other persons of piety, pre-eminent for skill in sacred letters, and knowledge of divine and human law; the Legates of the Apostolic See presiding in the said Synod; ourselves so favourable to the liberty of the Council, as even to Jiave, by letters written to our Legates, voluntarily left the said Council free to determine concerning matters properly reserved to the Apostolic See; such things as remained to be treated of, defined, and ordained, touching the sacraments and other matters, which seemed to be necessary for confuting heresies, removing abuses, and amending morals, were by the sacred and holy Synod, with the most perfect liberty and diligence, treated of, and accurately and most deliberately defined, explained, and ordained, which being completed, the Council was brought to a close with so great unanimity on the part of all who assisted thereat, that it was plain that such agreement was the Lord's doing, and it was very wonderful in our eyes, and those of all.t For which so singular a bounty. We at once appointed solemn processions in this good city, which were assisted at with great piety by the clergy and people; and We made it our care that the thanksgivings so justly due should be paid to the divine majesty forasmuch: as the issue of that Council has brought with it a great and well-nigh assured hope that greater fruits will day by day be derived unto the Church from the decrees and constitutions thereof"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cxvii. 3. * James i. 17. f ps_"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE COUNCIL. 287"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And whereas the said holy Synod, in its reverence towards the Apostolic See, and following also in the traces of the ancient Councils, has, in a decree made thereon in public Session, requested of us the confirmation of all Its decrees, passed in our time and that of our predecessors; We, being made acquainted with the request of the said Synod, first by the letters of our Legates, then, upon their return, by what they diligently reported in the name of the Synod; after mature deliberation had thereon with our venerable brethren the cardinals of the holy Roman Church, and, above all, having invoked the assistance of the Holy Spirit; after that we had ascertained that all those decrees were Catholic, and useful and salutary to the Christian people. We, to the praise of Almighty God, with the advice and assent of our brethren aforesaid, have this day, in our secret consistory, confirmed by Apostolic authority all and singular those decrees, and have ordained that the same be received and observed by all the faithful of Christ; as also, for the clearer information of all men. We do, by the tenor of this letter, confirm them, and ordain that they be received and observed. And, in virtue of holy obedience, and under the penalties by the sacred canons appointed, and others more grievous, even those of deprivation, to be inflicted at our discretion. We do also command all and each of our venerable brethren, the patriarchs, archbishops, bishops, and all other prelates whatsoever of the churches, of what estate, grade, order, and dignity soever they may be, even though distinguished with the honour of the cardinalate, diligently to observe the said decrees and statutes in their own churches, cities, and dioceses, both in their courts of justice and elsewhere, and to cause the same to be inviolably observed, each by his own subjects, in so far as they are in any way concerned therein; silencing gainsayers, and the refractory, by means of judicial sentences, and by the censures also and ecclesiastical penalties contained in the said decrees; calling in also, if need be, the help of the secular arm. And, by the bowels of the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ, We admonish and conjure our said most beloved son the emperor elect, and the Christian kings, republics, and princes, with that piety with which they assisted, by their ambassadors, at the Council, with"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "288 CONFIRMATION OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "the same piety and equal zeal, for the sake of God's honour, and the salvation of their people, in reverence also towards the Apostolic See and the sacred Synod, to support, when needful, with their assistance and countenance, the prelates in executing and observing the decrees of the said Council; and not to permit opinions adverse to the sound and salutary doctrine of the Council to be received by the people who are under their sway, but utterly to interdict such. Furthermore, in order to avoid the perversion and confusion which might arise, if each one were allowed, as he might think fit, to publish his own commentaries and interpretations on the decrees of the Council; We, by apostolic authority, forbid all men, as well ecclesiastics, of whatsoever order, condition, and rank they may be, as also laymen, with whatsoever honour and power invested; prelates, to wit, under pain of being interdicted from entering the church, and all others whomsoever they be, under pain of excommunication incurred by the fact, to presume, without our authority, to publish, in any form, any commentaries, glosses, annotations, scholia, or any kind of interpretation whatsoever of the decrees of the said Council; or to settle anything in regard thereof, under any plea whatsoever, even under the pretext of greater corroboration of the decrees, or the more perfect execution thereof, or under any other colour whatsoever. But if anything therein shall seem to anyone to have been expressed and ordained in an obscure manner, and it shall appear to stand in need on that account of an interpretation or decision, let him Go up to the place which the Lord hath chosen;* to wit, to the Apostolic See, the mistress of all the faithful, whose authority the holy Synod also has so reverently acknowledged. For, if any difficulties and controversies shall arise in regard of the said decrees. We reserve them to be by Us cleared up and decided, even as the holy Synod has Itself in like manner decreed; being prepared, as that Synod has justly expressed Its confidence in regard of Us, to provide for the necessities of all the provinces, in such manner as shall"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Deut. xvii. 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "OF THE COUNCIL. 289"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "seem to Us most suitable; declaring that whatsoever may be attempted to the contrary in this matter, whether wittingly or unwittingly, by anyone, by what authority soever, is, notwithstanding, null and void. And that these things may come to the knowledge of all men, and that no one may use the excuse of ignorance; We will and ordain, that, in the Vatican Basilica of the prince of the Apostles, and in the Lateran church, at the time when the people is wont to assemble there to be present at the solemnisation of masses, this letter be publicly read in a loud voice by certain officers of our court; and that, after having been read, it be affixed to the doors of those churches, and also to the gates of the Apostolic Chancery, and to the usual place in the Campo di Fiore; and be there left for some time, to be read by and to come to the knowledge of all men. And when removed thence, copies being, according to custom, left in those same places, it shall be committed to the press in our good city, that so it may be more conveniently made known throughout the provinces and kingdoms of the Christian name. And We ordain and decree, that, without any doubt, faith be given to copies thereof written or subscribed by the hand of a public notary, and guaranteed by the seal and signature of some person constituted in ecclesiastical dignity. Let no one, therefore infringe this our letter of confirmation, monition, inhibition, reservation, will, mandate, and decree, or with rash daring go contrary thereunto. But if anyone shall presume to attempt this, let him know that he will incur the indignation of Almighty God, and of His blessed Apostles, Peter and Paul. Given at Rome, at Saint Peter's, in the year of the Lord's Incarnation One thousand five hundred and sixty-four, on the seventh of the calends of February,* in the fifth year of our pontificate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "January 26th."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE NAMES,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "SURNAMES, COUNTRY, AND DIGNITY,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Of the Legates, and other Fathers, as also of the Ambassadors and Theologians, who were present at all, or any of, the first ten Sessions, held under Paul III., from the 13th of December, 1545, to the 2nd of June, 1547. (From Le Plat's edition of the Council of Trent, pp. 89—102. Antwer. 1779.)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacri concilii pratidentes S. R.E. cardinales et apostolici de latere legati. Rmus. et Illmus. D. Joannes Maria, tiff. Aprilis, 9 1555. Sub MarcelH II. episcopus Pntnestinus de monte Aretinomine. Obiit Romse, 30 Aprilis, isSSJ nus. Prius archiep. Sipontinuset gubersepult. est apud S. Petrum. nator urbis. Interf. con. Lateran. Sub Rmus. et Illmus. D. Reginaldus Polus, Leone X. Summus Pontifex sub Julii III. Anglus, tituli S. Marise in Cosmedin dianomine 8 Feb. 1550. Obiit Romse, 23 conus. Dein lit. S. Priscne presb. card., Martii, 1555; sepult. est in Vatic. legatus apost. Angliae, archiep. Cantuar. Rmus. et Illmus. D, Marcellus, tituli S. Recessit ante quintam sess. Obiit 15 Crucis in Jerusalem presbyter, Cervinus: Decemb. 1558, post 16 horas ab obitu Politianus. Ep. Eugubiensis, elect Pon- Marioe reginse, ejus affinis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cardinales non legati. Rmus. et Illmus. D. Christophorus Ma- Rmus. et Illmus. D. Petrus Pacecus, drucius, Tridentinus, tit. S. Csesarei in Hispanus, sanctK Romanze ecclesise prespalatio presbyter cardinalis, et episcopus byter cardinalis, et episcopus Giennensis. Tridentinus et administrator Brixiensis. Card, creatus ante 2 sess., 16 Decemb. Cardin. creatus 31 Mali, 1542, proclama- 1545. Tridenti semper praesens. Fuit tus i9Decemb.'i544,Deinepisc. Albanus, episcopus Seguntinus, Mindoniensis, Sabinensis, Pnenestinus ac Portuensis. Civitatensis, Pampeloniensis. Tandem Post quintam session, non comparuit in piorex Neapolitanus pro Carolo V. Imconcilio. Dein Tiburt. episc. Obiit perat. et Phillipo II. ejus filio, 1554. 5 Julii, 1578; sepult. est Romce in sa- Obiit Romse, 4 Mart. 1560. cello gentilitio S. Onuphrii. Fuerat pro Carolo V. Imperat. vicar, gen. ducatus Mediolanensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oratores Caroli V. Ccesaris, Hisfaniarum regis, &'c. lUust. D. Didacus Hurtadus de Men- Illust. D. Franciscus Alvarez de Toledo, doza, Hispanus. Fuit in quarta sess. tan- Hispanus. Fuit in tertia et quarta sess. tum. Obiit 1575. Oratores regis Christianissimi. 111. D. Claudius Durfe, Callus, Foren- D. Petrus Danes, Parisiensis. Suzensium prsefectus. narum propositus: principis Delphini D. Jacobus de Ligneris, Callus. Tertia Francisci II. postea prseceptor ac episc. inquisitoriarum senat. Paris, classium Vaurensis. prjeses, postea infiilatus prseses ibid. Obiit Paris, i Aug. 1556."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "NAMES OF PRELATES, ETC., PRESENT AT THE COUNCIL. 29 1"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Orateres Ferdinandi, Rom. Bohemia et Hungaria regis. III. D. Franciscus a Castelalto, Gerque ad tertiam orationem inclusive. raanus. 111. D. Wolfgangus comes de Salm, MagnificusD. Antonius Queta, J.V.D., Germanus, episcopus Passaviensis. A Tridentinus. Hi fuerunt prEesentes us- Spondano notatus. Archiepiscopi. R. D. Andreas Cornelius, Venetus, et Acheruntinus. Elect. 3 Jul. 1531. archiepiscopus Spalatrensis. Fuit Andr. Obiit card, episc. Sabinensis 27 Apr. 1563. arch. Spalatrensis nepos: 23 ann. natus R. D. Franciscus Bandinus, Senensis, Brixise administer 3 Maii, 1532. Obiit archiepiscopus Senensis. Elect. 7 April. RomEe, 1551, cardin. tit. S. Theodori. 1529. Obiit 1558. R. D. Antonius Sitholi de Genaco, R. D. Sebastianus Lecavela, Groecus, Gallus, archiepiscopus Aquensis. Fuerat archiep. Naxiensis et Pariensis. Elect. coadjutor Petri patrui 1532. Acta con- 1540. Obiit IS Novemb. 1566; setat. 55. cilii coUegit usque ad obitum Pauli III. R. D. Olaus Magnus, Gothus, archi- Electus 1541. Obiit 2 Decemb. 1550. episcopus Upsalensis. R. D. Salvator Alexius Sassarus, His- R. D. Petrus Tagliavia, Siculus, archipanus, archiepiscopus Turritanus. episcopus Panormitanus. Obiit Panormi, R. D. Ludovicus Chieregatus, Vicenti- 5 August. 1558. nus, archiepiscopus Antibarensis. R. D. Robertus Vaucop, Scotus, archi- R. D. Jacobus Cauchus, Venetus, archi- Obiit 1551. episcopus Armachanus., Elect. 1541. episcopus Corcyrensis. Elect. 7 April. 1529^ Obiit 156a R. D. Julius Contarenus, archiepisco R. D. Joannes Michael Sarracenus, pus S. Severini. Neapolitanus, archiepiscopus Materanus Episcopi. R. D. Marcus Vigerius Savonensisj sis, episcopus Acciensis. Ord. Praedicat. episcopus Senogalliensis. Electus 1513. S. Theol. profess. 16 Octob. 1521, gub. Obiit 1555. Interf. cone. Lateran. sub Fani 1522. Asculi 1536: suffrag. card. Leone X. Fuer. gub. Piceni, Bonon., Campeg. Bonon. 1530. Suae ecclesiae Anconeus., Parm., Placent. nunt. apost. cessit 26 Aug. 1545. Vicar, gener. ad reg. Portug. Brixiens. 1552. R. D. Philes Rovefella, Ferrariensis, R. D. Quintus de Rusticis, Romanus, episcopus Asculanus. Elect. 3 Sept. 1518. episcopus Miletensis. Elect. 17 Jul. Obiit Romae 1550. Nunt. apost. ad 1523. Cessit 1541, dein regressus obiit plerosq. principes. R. D. Philibertus Ferrerius, Hippore- R. D. Ferdinandus Pandolphinus, 1562. giensis, episcopus Hipporegiensis. Florentinus, episcopus Trojanus. R. D. Thomas de S. Felicio, Neapoli- R. D. Alexander Campegius, Bononitanus, episcopus Cavensis. Electus 14 ensis, episcopus Bononiensis. Elect. 31 Mart. 1520. Obiit episcop. Nemausinus Jul. 1S41. Obiit 20 Sept. 1554; astat. 6 Martii, 1585; setat. 96. Fuerat orator 48. Card. 1 55 1. patriae ad summ. pontif. R. D. Cathalanus Trivultius, Medio- R. D. Christophorus de Spiritibus, lanensis, episcopus Placentinus. Elect. Viterbiensis, episcopus Casenatensis. 3 Maii, 1525. Obiit ISS9- R. D. Jacobus Ponzetus, Neapolitanus, R. D. Robertus de Croy, Belga, episepiscopus Malfactensis. 28 Maii, coadcopus Cameracensis. Elect. 1519. Obiit jutor-episc. 1528. Ecclesise thesauro in 3lAug. 1556; sepult.ante altar. B.Mariae. redimendis captivis usus est 1533. Epis- Erat frater Guil. de Croy cardin. Tolet. copat. abdicavit 1553. et Caroli Tornac. episc. Interfuit con- R. D. Campegius, Bononiensis, episventui pro pace Carolum V. inter et copus Feltrensis. Elect. 27 Maii, 1520. Franciscum I. Edidit const, synodales Obiit Romae 2 Januar. 1 564; aetat. 72. R. D. Benedictus de Nobilibus, Lucen- 1550-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "292 NAMES OF PRELATES, ETC.,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "R. D. Antonius de Numai, Forolivi- R. D. Henricus Soffredus, Neapolitaensis, episcopus iEserniensis. Elect. 24 nus, episcopus Caputaquensis. Eiectus Decemb. 1524. Obiit 1568. 18 Decemb. cilio, 1547. 1531. Obiit Trid. in con- R. D. Leo Ursinus, Romanus, episcopus Forliviensis. Elect. 1539. Obiit R. D. Hieronymus Vida, Cremonen- 2 Mail, 1564. sis, episcopus Albensis. Elect. 6 Febr. R. D. Hieronymus Fuscherus, Vene- 1532. Obiit 27 Sept. 1566. tus, episcopus Torcellanus. Elect. 16 R. D. Lelius Baruffus de Piis, Brito- Maii, 1528. Obiit2jun. 1563; JEtat. 57. riensis, episcopus Sarsinatensis. Elect. R. D. Marcus Antonius Crucius, Ti- 9 Decemb. 1530. burtinus, episcopus Tiburtinus. Elect. R. D. Joannes Baptista Campegius, 17 Januar. 1528. Obiit 1561. Bononiensis, episcopus Majoncensis. R. D. Lucius Staphyleus, Illyricus, Elect. 6 Febr. 1532. Obiit 7 Apr. 1583; episcopus Sibinicensis. Elect. 1528. aetat. 76. Komre avunculo monumentum erexit in R. D. Thaddeus de Pepulis, Bononieccles. S. Trinitatis. Ex ejus stiipe extat ensis, episcopus Carinensis. Jo. Staphyljeus, unicus historicus Dalma- R. D. Petrus Vorstius, Belga, episcotiae et Croatia. pus Aquensis. Elect. 12 Mart. 1534. R. D. Alexander Piccolomineus,.Se- Obiit 6 Febr. 1549. nensis, episcopus Pientinus. Eiectus 29 R. D. Eliseus Theodinus, Arpinas, Nov. 1528. Obiit 1563. episcopus Soranus. Elect. 24 Apr. 1534. R. D. Claudius Dodeus, Gallus, epis- Obiit post 1561. copus Rhedonensis. R. D. Jacobus Cortesius a Prato, Ro- R. D. Gulielmus a Prato, Gallus, epismanus, episcopus Vasionensis. Elect. copus Claromontanus. Elect. 16 Febr. 1535. ann. 1570. Obiit patriarcha Alexandr. post 1528. Obiit 1561. Filius Antonii Cancell. Gallise, ubi Jesuitis a se introductis R. D. Hieronymus de Theodolis, Fovaria collegia extruxit, statuta Synodalia roliviensis, episcopus Gaditanus. Elect. publicavit. Sepult. in coenobio Minim- 1 527. Floret ejus familia, tit. marchionaorum de Beauceregard, a se fundato. tus S. Viti exomata. R. D. Aloysius Pisanus, Venetus, R. D. Petrus Franciscus Ferrerius, episcopus Patavinus. Elect. 1528. Obiit Hipporegiensis, episcopus Vercellensis. 31 Maii, 1570. S. R. E. cardin. creatus Eiectus 20 Decemb. 1536. Obiit S. R. E. a Pic IV. Nepos card. Pisani (Francisci) card. 12 Nov. 1566; aetat. 54. fundavit monast. virginum S. Marci. R. D. Georgius Cornelius, Venetus, R. D. Marcus Antonius Camp^us, episcopus Tarvisinus. Bononiensis, episcopus, Grossetanus. R. D. Baltassar Limpus, Portugal- Elect. 1527. Obiit 6 Maii, 1553. liensis, episcopus Porluensis. Ordinis R. D. Dionysius Zannetinus, Graecus, Carraelit. Obiit archiep. Braccarensis episcopus Chironensis et Melipotamenus. 1558. Ordin. Minor, de observ. Elect. 27 Aug. R. D. Balthasar de Hseredia, Sardus, 1529. episcopus Bosanensis. Ordinis Praedic. R. D. Marcus Aligerius de Columna, Elect. 1536. Dein 1550. Archiep. Cala- Reatincnsis, episcopus Reatinensis. Elect. rit. Obiit 1560. 27 Aug. 1529. Obiit 6 Octob. 1555; R. D. Alexander de Ursis, Venetus, aetat. 63. Fuit gub. Ancon., Picen., Boepiscopus ^moniensis. Elect. 1532. non., Placent., Perusiieque. Obiit Romae 21 Julii, 1561. Episc. Jus- R. D. Braccius Martellus, Florentinus, tinopol. episcopus Fesularum. Elect. 20 Jun. R. D. Bernardus Bonjoannes, Roma- I S30. Obiit episc. Lyciensis, 1 564; aetat. nus, episcopus Camerinensis. Elect. 5 98. Ejus duae sententise, de Prsdic. re- Mart. 1537. Obiit 12 Sept. 1574. gula non habenda sine licentia episcop., R. D. Angelas Paschalis, Dalmata, et de episcoporum residentia. episcopus Motulanus. Ordin. Praedic R. D. Coriolanus Martyranus, Neapo- Elect. 5 Mart. 1557. Obiit. Neapoli, litanus, episcopus S. Marci. Elect. 3 sepult. in ecclesia S. Cathar. de Formello. Jun. 1530. Obiit 1557. Nonnullas ediderat tragaedias: habuit orat. in concilio R. D. Joannes Fonseca, Hispanus,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "de corruptis moribus et ofTensa relig. episcopus Castellamaris. Elect. 14 Mar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "PRESENT AT THE COUNCIL."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1537. Obiit 1562. Xenodochiam incuorator regis ad regem Lusitaniffi et ad rabilium Neapoli instituit haeredem. summ. pontificem. R. D. Petrus Bertonus, Mutinensis, R. D. Fabius Mignanellus, Senensis, episcopus Fanensis. Ord. Prsedic. Elect. episcopus Lucerinus. Elect. 15 Nov. 28 Nov. 1537. Obiit Romse 8 Mart. 1540: dein 1553, episc. Grossetanus. 1558; ifitat. 57. Ann. 1555. S. R. E. S. R. E. card. 20 Decemb. 1551. Obiit card, instante Carolo V., ad quem Romte 10 Aug. 1557; setat. 67. I|Iunt. Apost. Sepultus est in eccles. S. R. D. Joannes de Salazar de Bur- Sabinse. go, Hispanus, episcopus Lancianensis. R. D. Joannes Campegius, Bononi- Elect. 12 Sept.30 1555. Apr. 1540. Obiit in Hispan. ensis. episcopus Parentinus. Electus i8 Maii, 1537. Dein 1553 episc. Bonon. R. D. Hieronymus de Bononia, Sicu- Obiit 7 Sept. 1563. Fuit prolegatus et lus, episcopus Syracusanus. Obiit in gub. Picen. 1560. patria 16 Julii, 1560. R. D. Ludovicus Simonetta, Medio- R. D. ^gidius Falsetta, Cingulanus, lanensis, episcopus Pisauriensis. Elect. episcopus Caprulanus. Elect 11 Mart. 1536. Dein episc. Laudensis et card, 1541: dein 1563, episc. Bretinoriensis. creatus 1560. Fuit gub. Genuae. Obiit i Julii, 1565. R. D. Augustinus Steneus, Eugubi- R. D. Richardus Patus, Anglus, nus, episcopus Chissamensis. S. R. E. episcopus Obiit 1559. Vigorniensis. Elect. 1534. biblioth. 1538 can. reg. S. Salvat. Obiit Eugubii in eccles. S. Ambrosii. R. D. Petrus Ghinutius, Senensis, R. D. Tiberius de Mutis, Romanus, episcopus Cavellicensis. Electus 20 Jul. episcopus Hieracisensis. Elect. 20 Febr. 1541. Frater German, card. S. Cle- 1530. Olim canon, basil. S. Petri, dein mentis, rector ecclesiae S. Marise de assistens 9 Mart. 1552. Obiit 1562. Montemauro, dioecesis S. Papuli. R. D. Georgius Andreaccius, Man- R. D. Cornelius Mussus, Placentinus, tuanus, episcopus Rhegiensis. Elect. 7 episcopus Bituntinus. Ordin. minor, April. 1544. Olim Clusin. 1538. Legat. convent. Elect. 1541. Obiit Romse 9 Carol. V. ad Clement VII. Obiit Man- Jan. 1574; setat. 63. tua 1549. R. D. Marcus Maliperius, Venetus, R. D. Lipomanus, Venetus, episcoepiscopus Corsulanus. Elect. 1540. pus Methonensis, coadjutor Veronensis. R. D. Jacobus Jacobellus, Romanus, Elect. 28 Sept. 1538. Dein episc. Veepiscopus Bellicastrensis Elect. 5 Maii, ronensis. 1542. Obiit post 1252. R. D. Philippus Archintus, Medio- R. D. Franciscus de Navarra, Hislanensis, episcopus Salutiarum. Electus panus, episcopus Pacensis. Elect. 1541. 24 Mart. 1539. Obiit archiep. Medio- Obiit archiep. Valentinus 16 April. lan. Bergami 18 Jun. 1558; aetat. 62. 1563. Fuit Pampilon. inquisitor, Caroli Sepult. est Mediolani in Metropolit. V. consiliarius. Fuerat vicar. S. D. N. in urbe. R. D. Didacus de Alava, Hispanus, R. D. Vincentius de Durantibus, episcopus Asturicensis. Dein Abulensis Brixiensis, episcopus, Thermularum. ac Cordubensis episc. Obiit Cordubse Elect. 4 Jul. 1539. Obiit Brixize 1570; 17 Mart. 1562. setat. 61. Olim datarius. R. D. Alvarus della Quadra, Ros- R. D. Andreas Senttanus, Venetus, sanensis. episcopus Venusinus. Ordin. episcopus Nemosiensis. Prsedic. Elect. 11 Decemb. 1542, episc. R. D. Joannes Petrus Ferretus, Ra- S. Leonis. Obiit episc. Cavensis Romje vennatensis, episcopus Miletensis. Elect. 9 Mart. 1571; setat. 70. Sepult. ad S. 4 Febr. 1541: dein 1549, episc. Lavel- Mariam supra Minervam. lensis. Obiit Ravennse 7 Maii, 1557. R. D. Julius Contarenus, Venetus, R. D. Claudius de la Guische, Calepiscopus Bellunensis. Elect. 11 Sept. lus, episcopus Agathensis. Electus 1540. 1542. Obiit 1575. Dein 7 Aug. 1547, episc. Mirapincensis. R. D. Galeatius Florimontius, Sues- Obiit Romae regis Christian, orator sanus, episcopus Aquinatensis. Elect. 1556. Erat filius Petri Tornini de la 27 Apr. 1543. Dein 22 Octob. 1 55 1,.Guische et de Chaumont, reg. Cambelepisc. Suessanus. Obiit 1597; aatat. 89. lani, pronepos Georg. card, de Ambasia, R. D. Petrus de Augustinis His-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "294 NAMES OF PRELATES, ETC.,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "panus, episcopus Oscensis. Elect. i6 R. D. Camillus Peruscus, Romanus, Aug. 1543. episcopus Alatrinus 22 Apr. 1547, cleric R. D. Philippus Bonus, Venetus, miles S. Petri. Obiit 1573. Scripsit de episcopus Famaugustensis. Elect. 29 divitiis et paupertate librum Romae Octob. 1543. Papoe notarius et famieditum 1556. liaris. R. D. Antonius de Cruce, Hispanus, R. D. Joannes Baptista Cicada, Jaepiscopus Canariensis. nuensis, episcopus Albiganensis. Elect. R. D. Camillus Mentuatus, Placen- 1538. Obiit Romx cardin. S. Sabinae 8 tinus, episcopus.Satrianensis. Elect. 14 April. 1570. Nov. 1544. Olim guber. Kani 154-, R. D. Thomas Stella, Venetus, epis- Bon. 1547, proleg. Macer. 1554, gub. copus Salpensis. Ordin. Prsedic. Elect. Piceni 1556. Obiit 1560. 9 Mart. 1544. Dein 1547, episc. Laval- R. D. Sebastianus Pighinus, Rhegilensis, et 1549, Justinopolit. Obiit 1566. ensis, episcopus AUiphanus. Elect. 22 R. D. Joannes Bernardus Diaz, His- Aug. 1546. panus, episcopus Calaguritanus. Elect. R. D. Ambrosius Catherinus Politus, 1544. Obiit 1556. Senensis episcopus Minoricensis. Ordin. R. D. Jacobus Nadantes, Florenti- Prffldicat. Elect. 27 Aug. 1546. Oliiit nus, episcopus Clodiensis. Obiit Clodii archiep. Comps. Neapoli 8 Nov. 1553; 24 April. 1569. iEtat. 70. R. D. Victor Superantius, Venetus, R. D. Pompejus de Zambeccaris, episcopus Bergomensis. Cubicul. seer. Boniensis, episcopus Sulmonensis. Elect. dementis VII. 8 Julii, 1544. Dein 9 1546. Obiit 8 Aug. 1571. Fuit pronol. Aug. 1547, coadjut. card. Bembi. Inapost. commendac hospital. S. Spiriteriit in patria 26 Decemb. 1572. tus, nunt. apost. ad regem Portugallia) R. D. Berengarius Gombau, Hispanus, episcopus Calvensis. Elect. 27 R. D. Peregrinus Fabius, Bononien- 1560. Octob. 1544, Cant. Valent. Obiit 1551. sis, episcopus Viestensis. R. D. Franciscus Galeanus, Floren- R. D. Antonius de Camera, episcotinus, episcopus Pistoriensis. pus Belliciensis. Elect. 20 Nov. 1538. R. D. Gregorius Castagnola, Graecus, Obiit 1576. episcopus Miletensis. Elect. 6 Nov. R. D. Georgius Cosella, Graecus, epis- 1545. Ord. Prsedic. S. T. professor. 6 Nov. copus Miletensis. Ord. Praedic. Elect. 1545. Recessit ex Bonon. iturus Romam 10 Mali, 1549. R. D. Jacobus Spiphame, Gallus, R. D. Petrus Donatus Csesius, De episcopus Nivemensis. Elect. 5 Mail, Caesis, episcopus Namiensis. Elect. 21 1546. Hie ann. 1559, ducta concubina Jun. 1546. Obiit Romce 28 Sept. 1586; ad haereticos Genevenses transfugit, ibiq. £etat. 65. S. R. E. cardin. tanquam explorator capite truncatus est R. D. Philippus Roccabella, Recana- 25 Mart. 1565. tensis. episcopus Mauratensis. Elect. 27 Jan. 1546. Obiit 1565. Procuratores Absentium Episcoporum. R. D. Michael Aldinus, Germanus, Trevirensis, S. R. J. electoris. Obiit episcopus Sidoniensis. Suffragan et Treviris, 1557. procur. lUust. D. Robert!, tit. S. Petri R. P. Jayus, Sabaudus. Soc. Jes. ad vincula presb. S. R. E. cardin. procurat. reverendiss. et illust. D. Ottoarchiep. Moguntini, S. R. J. electoris. nis Truchses, S. R. J. cardin. et episc. R. P. Ambrosius Pelargus, Germa- Augustensis. Obiit Viennae Austrize nus. Ordin. Praedic. procurat reveren- 6 Aug. 1552. diss. D. Joann. ab. Isemberg, archiep. AbbcUes. R. D. Isidorus Clarus, Brixiensis, Calaber, abbas S. Trinit. de Cajeta. abbas Pontida: Bergomensis. Obiit Ful- Obiit 21 Octob. 1575. giniae 18 Mart. 1555, sepulL ibid, in R. D. Lucianus de Othonibus, Mancathedrali. tuanus, abbas Pomposiae Ferrariensis. R. D. Chrysostomus Gimilianensis,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "PRESENT AT THE COUNCIL. 295"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Generates Ordinum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-324",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "R. P. Franciscus Romjeus, Aretinus, S. Augustini. Elect. Neapoli 24 Maii, generalis ordinis Prtedicatorum. Gene- IS39- Dien 1554 archiep. Salernitanus, ralis 45, elect. Romse 1546. Obiit et 26 Feb. 15618. R. E. cardin. presb. ibidem 20 Julii, 1552, setat. 61. Cone. Trid. sub Pio IV. prases, legatus R. P. Joannes Calvus, Corsus, genea latere. Obiit Trid. 17 Mart. 1563, et ralis ord. Minorum de observ. Elect. ibi sepult. in eccles. S. Marci, ordin. 1541. Obiit Trid. 2 Jan. 1547, sepult. F. F. Eremit. S. Augustini. in eccles. S. Bernardini. R. P. Nicolaus Audetus, Cyprius, R. P. Bonaventura Pius, Costacciageneralis ord. Carmelitarum. Rexit rius, generalis ord. Minorum Convenann. 38. Obiit Florentise 7 Decemb. tualium. Elect. 1543. Anconae obiit 1562. episc. Aquensis 1558. R. P. Augustinus Bonucius, Aretinus, R. P. Hieronyraus Seripandus, Neageneralis ord. S. Marise Servorum. politanus, generalis ord. Eremitarum"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Theologi et Juris Doctores a Paulo III. missi. D. Sebastianus Pighinus, Rhegiensis, auditor rotae. Post, 21 Aug. 1551 episc. auditor rotse. Post, episc. Alyphan. et Montis-Phisconensis. Obiit Romse 8 archiep. Sipontinus, ann. 1551, praeses Aug. 1558, sepult. ad S. Mariam trans Cone. Trid., S. R. E. cardin. 30 Maii, Tyberim. 1552. Obiit I Decemb. 1553; setat. 53. Alphonsus Salmeron, Hispanus, pres- D. Hugo Boncompagnus, Bononienbyter Soc. Jesu. Qbiit Neapoli 15 Febr. sis, abbreviator. Post, S. R. E. cardin. 1585; uetat. 69. et pont. max. sub. Gregorii XIII. nomine. Jacobus Laynez, Hispanus, Soc. Jesu. Obiit 10 Apr. 1585. Post, prseposit. gener. Societ. Obiit D. Achilles de Grassis, Bononiensis, Romse 19 Jan. 1565."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-326",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Theologi a Ccesare missi, Dominicus Soto, Hispanus, ord. Praead PP. Trident. Dom. 1 quadrag. die. Carolo V. a confessionibus. 1546. F. Bartholomaeus Carranza, Hispanus, F. Alphonsus a Castro, ordinis Minoordinis Praedicatorum. Post, 1557, ^^\"\"^ de Observantia. Fuit lector Salaarchiep. Toletanus. Obiit Romae 2 mantinus. Obiit Bruxellis 3 Febr. 1558; Maii, 1576; setat. 73. Habuit concion. aetat. 63."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "TTieologi missi a Rege Hisfania. D. Martinus Perez de Ayala, His- D. Hieronjnnus de Velasco, Hispapanus. Aim. 1548, episc. Goadinensis; nus. Doct. Theol. Complutensis, regiae ann. 1560, ' episc. Segobiensis. Obiit cancell. Vallisolet. auditor. Ann. 1565, archiep. Valentinus, 5 Aug. 1566. Anno episc. Ovetensis. Obiit 1566. 1546, interfuit concilio ut doctor: anno D. Franciscus Horrera, Hispanus. 1562, sedit. ut episc. Segobiensis int. PP. Trident. Theologi missi a Rege Portugallia. F. Hieronymus ab Oleastro, Lusita- Tridentini Dom. i Quadr. 1547. Fuit nus, ordin. Praedicat. S. Theol. Doctor. postea inquisitor Ulisippopnesis. Recessit e Bononia, 1549. Obiit 1563. F. Gaspar de Regibus, Lusitanus, F. Georgius a S. Jacobo, Lusitanus, ordin. Prasdic. S. Theologi^ Doctor, ordinis Praedicatorum. Recessit e Bo- Postea episc. titular Tripolitanus et nonia, 12 Sept. 1549. Habuit orat. suffraganeus cardin. archiep. Ebrocensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "296 NAMES OF PRELATES, ETC.,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-329",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Theologus missus ai Ottone Truchses, Principe el Episcopo Augmlensi. Petrus Canisius, Belga, presbyter, Ejus opera enumerat Philipp. Alle- Societ. Jesu. Fuit primus e Germanis gambe. Obiit Friburgi Helvetiorum in Soc. Jesu adscriptus: in Gennania 21 Decemb. 1597; aetat. 77. provincialis prsepositusa. S. Ignatio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Theologi Seculares, vel Juris Canonici Doctores. D. Franciscus Vargas, Hispanus. D. Joannes Morelli, Hispanus. Mexise audit, fiscus Castellse, dein orator D. Gentius Hervetus, Gallus. S. Caroli V. imperat. ad Venetos, et Phi- Theol. Doctor, dein Canonicus Remenlippi II. ad Pium IV. Scripsit de sis. Obiit Remis 12 Sept. 1595. jurisdict. episcop. et pontif. auctorit. D. Petrus Sarra, Hispanus. D. Alphonsus Zorilla, Hispanus. D. Antonius Felicius, Hispanus. Secret. Didaci de Hurtado de Men- D. Joannes Sarravia, Hispanus. doza: dein ordin. S. Augustini frater. D. Melchior de Bosmediano, Hispa- Obiit 1580. nus. D. Petrus Naja, Hispanus. D. Franciscus Sonnius, Brabantus, D. Joannes Quintana, Hispanus. S. T. D. D. Joannes Velascus, Hispanus. Theologi Regulares Ordinis S. Dominici. F. Bartholnmaeus Miranda, Hispanus. F. Hieronymus, Genuensis. F. Marcus Laureus, TrophEeensis. F. Vincentius, Leonius. Dein ann. 1560, episc. Campaniensis. F. Dominicus de S. Cruce, Hispanus. Obiit 1 57 1. F. Hieronymus Muzrerellis, Genu- F. Joannes de Utino, Italus, prior ensis. Ann. 155°) prior et inquisit. Tridentinus. Bonon. S. palat. Apost. magister, ac F. Georgius de Senis, Senensis, Priann. 1553, archiep. Compsensis, et ad marius Franc. Bandini archiep. Senensis Carolum V. legatus Julii HI. Obiit theologus. Postea orator patriae ad Salerni 1 561. Julium III. Obiit in patrise 1578; F. Ludovicus de Catania, Siculus, aetat. 88. cum R. D. Panormitano. Obiit episc. F. Petrus de Alvarado, Hispanus. Agrigentinus 29 Sept. 1569; aetat. 84."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Theologi Ordinis Mitiorum, de Observantia, F. Vincentius Lunellus, Hispanus. F. Thomas Hasaert, Flander. F. Andreas de Vega, Hispanus, sacrae F. Ludovicus Carvajalus, Hispanus, theol. doctor. Fuit lector Salmaticenphilos. ac theol. doctor Paris. Habuit sis, laudatus a multis, non a Bellarmino, orationem ad PP. Dom. III. quadrag. cui Waddingus respondet. 1547. F. Hieronymus Lombardellus, Brix- F. Ludovicus Vitrarius, Veronensis. iensis, custos provincia; Brixiensis. F. Franciscus Salazar, Hispanus. F. Clemens, Januensis. F. Clemens de Monilia, Genuensis,, F. Joannes Consilius, Gallus, sacrae custos provinciae Bononiensis. theol. doctor. F. Silvester de Cremona, Cremo- F. Richardus Cenomannus, Camonensis. tensis, sacrae theol. doctor Paris. Scrip- F. Antonius Duglioa, Hispanus. serat nonnuUa opera, relata a Gonzaga. F. Joannes Baptista Castillo, Medio- F. Joannes Malieti, Flander. lanensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-332",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Theologi Ordinis Mitwrum Conventualium. F. Franciscus de Pattis, Panormi- F. Joannes Jacobus de Monte Falcotanus. nis, minister Romandiolae. F. Sigismundus de Ruta (alit. Di- F. Franciscus Vicedominus, Fenanita). riensis. Obiit Bonon. 29 Octob.;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-333",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "PRESENT AT THE COUNCIL."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "jetat. 59, sepult. ibid, apud suos. Ha- F. Joannes Bernerius, de Corrigio, buit orationem Neapoli in funere Marise regens Bononiensis. RegiiiEe Anglise, 1559: item ad synod. F. Angelus Vigerius, de Adrio, regens Trident. Dom. XXV. post pentec, Neapoli. 22 Nov. 1562, de duplici mysterio, F. Hieronymus Girellus, Brixiensis. abominationis uno, desolationis altero. Obiit in'^patria 1573; aetat. 83. F. Joannes de Corrigia, Italus. Pat- F. Bernardinus de Costacciario, Cosruus Card. Hieronymi Bernerii. tacciarius. F. Laurentius Fulgineus de Rovigo, F. Philippus Brachus, Faventinus, provinc. provincjE S. Antonii de Padua. lector Patavinus. F. Aloysius Pignismus de Columnia. F. Dominicus de Cruce. F. Petrus Paulus Cuporella de Po- F. Bonaventura de Castro-Franco. tentia. Dein 26 Sept. 1552, episc. F. Valerius de Vicentia. Cotronensis. Obiit 1556. F. Ludovicus Athesinus. F. Sebastianus de Castello, Castella- F. Julius de Placentia. nus. F. Petrus Paulus Picentinus. F. Joannes Baptista Monclavo. F. Franciscus Vita, Pactensis Siculus, F. Antonius Firsius, de Ponarolo, theologus archiep. Panormitani. regens Perusii. F. Jacobus de Randazo, Siculus. Obiit Padua; 1548."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-335",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Theologi Ordinis Eremitarum S. Augustini. F. Gregorius Perfectus, Patavinus, S. script, profess. Piombinensis. Obiit sacrae theol. doct. Socius Seripandi, post ann. 1561. tunc generalis ordin. sui. Obiit Romse F. Constantius de Monte. 27 Aug. 1555. F. Joannes Lochel, Gallus. F. Andreas Patavinus, provincialis F. Adrianus Messus, Rotomagensis. in Tarviso. F. Stephanus de Sestino. F. Silvester Vicentius. F. Stephanus Consettes. F. Dionysius Sigillensis, regens F. Joannes Franciscus, Brixiensis. Paduae. F. Aurelius de Contrata, Tervisinus. F. Caspar Venturius, Siculus. F. Marianus Rocha, Feltrensis. F. Aurelius Patavinus, De Roca-Con- F. Ambrosius de Verona. trata, S. theol. doct. prior provinc. F. Omnibonus, Veronensis. terrae S. F. Caspar, Syracusanus, sacras theol. F. Paulus Senensis, sacrae theol. doctor, cum episcopo Syracusano. doctor. Postea provinc. Senensis et"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-336",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Theologi Ordinis Carmelitarum. F. Antonius Marinarius, Apulus, F. Nicolaus Trecensis, Apulus. S. T. D. et provincialis Apuliae. F. Cornelius de Sanizar, Gallus. F. Joannes Stephanus Facmus, Cre- F. Gulielmus Prot. Gallus. monensis. F. Joannes Maria, Tridentinus. F. Martinus Vastalla, Parmensis, F. Antonius de Rovereto. provincialis Romandiolae. F. Martinus de Costello, Romandio- F. Vicentius de Leoniis, Siculus, lus, sacrEE theol. doctor. vicarius Panormitanus. F. jEgidius Chard, Belga Ganden- F. Bartholomaeus de Rovereto. sis, sacrae theol. doctor. In Sap. Rom. F. Pontius Politus, Cremonensis, remuseo public, profess. Prior gener. gens Paduae, sacrae theol. doctor. Obiit confirmatus 1532, onem 1539. Habuit oratiinpatria i Apr. 1 571. Fuit Lombardiae coram Paulo III. prassul 25 ann. F. Antonius Riccius a Novoelaria. F. Albertus Vicentinus, regens Vene- Ter vicar, gener. congreg. MantuK, tiarum. nempe 1537, iS43. 1549- F. Angelus Ambrosianus, Vicentinus. F. Stephanus, Panormitanus. F. Franciscus Vita, Senensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-337",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "298 NAMES OF PRELATES, ETC.,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-338",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Theologi Ordinis Servorum B. Maria. r. Laurentius, De Castro Franco, F. Lucas, Faventinus. sacrae theoL doctor, cum suo generali. F. Julius, Ferrariensis. Fuit doctor Paris, pcenitent. apost. per F. Thaddeus, Florentinus. Galliam. Obiit in patria 8 Sept. 1560; F. Rodulfus, Florentinus. aetat. 70. F. Laurentius Maschochius. F. Zacharias de Florentia. F. Ambrosius de Platina. F. Franciscus, Senensis. F. Marianus de Verona. F. Hieronymus de summa Ripa. F. Stephanus de Aretio. F. Joannes Paulus, Mediolanensis. F. Joannes Antonius, Faventinus. F. Hieronymus, Bononiensis. F. Athanasius de Pursibus, Fotoli- F. Lanfranchinus, Mediolanensis. viensis. F. Deodatus, Mediolanensis. F. Joannes Baptista de Urbe Veteri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-339",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Officiales S. Concilii. — Commissarii Apostolici. R. D. Thomas Campegius, Bononien- Nov. 1560. Illustri stemmate est a consis, episcopus Feltrensis. cilio nobilitatus, flamma egrediente ex R. D. Philibertus Ferrerius, Pededuabus manibus complexis, cum inscripmontanus, episcopus Hipporegiensis. tione: fides, quse per caritatem opera- R. D. Thomas de S. Felicio, Neapotur. litanus, episcopus Cavensis. F. Franciscus Forerius, Lusitanus, F. Dominicus Soto, Segobiensis, ord. ordinis Prjedicatorum. Prsedic. vicar, gener. locum tenens, Antonius Bergomas. ordin. Caroli V. a confess. Obiit 15 Secretarius S. Concilii. R. D. Angelus Massarellus, Sansecreat. episc. Thelesinus. verinus. Postea, 15 Decemb. 1557. Promotor S. Concilii. D. Hercules Severolus, Faventinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-340",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Magistri Caremoniarum. D. Pompeius de Spiritibus, Spole- D. Ludovicus Bondonus de Firmanis, tinus. Maceratensis. Notarii. D. Claudius de la Case, Lotharingus. D. Nicolaus Driel, Germanus. Cursores. Joannes Roliard, Lotharingus. Mathurin. Menard, Callus. Cantores. Ivo Baril, Callus. Petrus Ordonnes, Hispanus. Joannes le Comte Belga. Joannes de Monte, Germanus. Antonius Rojal, Callus. Bartoline, &c. Capitaneus ad Custodiam S. Concilii. ^\\ D. Nicolaus Madrutius, Germalongitudinis canns unius, et post eum nus, baro liber Tridentinus. Cum copia hastarii multi. nobilium deferentium faculum rubeum lAicum tenens. 111. D. Sigismundus, comes arcis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "PRESENT AT THE COUNCIL. 299"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-342",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE NAMES,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "SURNAMES, COUNTRY, AND DIGNITY,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-344",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Of the Legates, and other Fathers, as also of the Ambassadors and Theologians, who were present at all, or any of, the nine Sessions of the Council of Trent, held under Pius IV., from the i8th of January, 1562, to the 3rd and 4th of December, 1563."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-345",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "TTie Presidents of the Sacred Council, Cardinals of the holy Roman Church, and Apostolic Legates a latere. Hercules Gonzaga, S. R. E. presbyt. poenitentiarius major. Obiit Capranicse, card, tituli Sanctse Mariffi Novee, Man- 1579, 5 Augusti; sepultus Romee in. tuanus. Obiit Tridenti, die secimda sede Sanctse Mariffi trans Tiberim. Martii, 1563, et sepultus est Mantus. Ludovicus Simonetta S. R. E. presb. Hieronymus Seripandus, S, R. E. card. tit. S. Syriaci in Thermis, Mediopresb. card, tituli Sanctss Susannae, lanens, episcopus Pisaurensis. Obiit Neapo\\itanus, archiepiscopus Salernita- Romae 1563, 30 Apr.; sepultus in aede nus. Obiit Tridenti, die 17 Martii, 1563, Sanct^ Mariae Angelorum. et ibi sepultus in ecclesia S. Marci, Marcus Siticus de Altaemps, S. R. E. ordinis fratrum Eremitarum S. Angusdiaconus cardinal, basilicas SS. duodetini, cujus olim fuerat generalis. cim Apostolorum, Germanus, episcopus, Joannes Moronus, S. R. E. card. Constantiensis. Obiit Romae, 1595, 15 episcopus Praenestinus, postea Ostiensis, Febr.; sepultus in aede Sanctse Mariae et sacri CoUegii decanus, Mediolanensis, trans Tiberim. in demortui card, de Mantua locum Bernardus Navagerius, S. R. E. presb. suffectus. Obiit 1580, i Decembris; card. tit. S. Nicolai inter Imagines, sepultus in sede Sanctce Marice super episc. Veronens. Venetus, in demortui Minervam. cardinalis Seripandi locum missus. Obiit Stanislaus Hosius, S. R. E. presb. Veronje, 1565, 27 Mali; sepultus in card. tit. S. Laurentii in pane et perna, • ecclesia cathedrali. civis et episcopus Warmiensis, postea Cardinales non Legati."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-346",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Carolus a Lotharingia, S. R. E. Ludovicus Madrutius, S. R. E. diapresb. card. tit. S. Apollinaris, princeps conus card. tit. S. Onuphrii, civis et et archiepiscopus Rhemensis, abbas electus episcopus Tridentinus, postea Cluniaci, Gallus. Obiit Aveiiione, 1574, episcopus Tusculanus. Obiit Romae 1600 26 Decem.; sepultus Rhemis in ecclesia 2 Aprilis; sepultus in sacello familiari metropolitana. S. Onuphrii. Oratores ecclesiastici sedebant a manu dextra Legatorum, videlicet; Antonius de Muglitio, Moravus, ar- Valentinus Herbotus, Polonus, epischiepiscopus Pragensis, orator Caesareus. copus Premisliensis, orator serenissimi Georgius Drascovitius, Croatus, episregis Poloniae. copus. Quinque Ecclesiensis, orator Marcus Antonius Bobba, Casalensis, Caesareus pro regno Hungariae, postea episcopus Augustens. in Pedemontio, archiep. Colossensis, et cardinalis. Obiit excellentissimi ducis Sabaudije orator, 1587; sepultus in cathedrali Javarini postea cardinalis. Obiit 1575; sepultus ecclesia. Romae in templo S. Mariae Angelorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-347",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "NAMES OF PRELATES, ETC.,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-348",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hieronymus de Gaddis, Florentinus, Frater Martinus Rojas Portanibio, episcopus Cortonensis, orator excellen- Hispanus, orator Religionis Hierosolytissimi ducis Florentiae, missus in locum mitanee. Joannis Strozzii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-349",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oratores saculares sedebant a manu sinistra Legatorum. Sigismundis a Tuun, Tridentinus, Melchior Lussi, eques auratus, orator orator Oesareus. septem Cantonum Helvetiorum. Ludovicus de Sancto Gelasio, domi- Augustinus Baumgartner, I. V. D. nus de Lansac. Monacensis, orator excellentissimi Al- Amaldus du Ferrier, praesidens in berti ducis Bavarise. parlamento Parisiensi, et Claudius Fernandez Vegil de Qui- Guido du Faur, dominus de Pibrac. nones, comes Lunse, oratore regis judex major Tolosre, postea advocatus Catholici in locum illustrissimi Ferdiregius, dcmum prxses in suprema curia nandi d'Avalos marchionis Pescarioe Parisiensi. Obiit Parisiis 1584; oramissus. Obiit Tridentini die 18 Decemtores Christianissimi Galliarum r^is. bria, 1563, post finem Concilii, ibique Ferdinandus Martineus Mazcarenius, sepultus est. Hie separatim ab aliis orator serenissimi regis Portugalliae. oratoribus sedebat apud reverendissi- Nicolaus de Ponte, doctor, et eques, mum Thelesinum, secretarium sancta; et Synodi, ob contentionem super prasce- MatthjEus Dandulus, eques: oratores dentia ortam inter ipsum et oratores sereniss, dominii Venetorum. regis Christianissimi. Patriarche."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-350",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Antonius Helius, Justinopolitanus, patriarc. Aquilejensis. patriarcha Hierosolymitanus. Joannes Hieronymus Trivisanus, Daniel Barbarus, Venetus, electus Venetus, patriarcha Venetiarum. Archiepiscopi Pauli III. Ferdinandus Annius, Neapolitanus, Praed. archiepiscopus Naxiensis, postea archiepiscopus Amalphitan, postea episepiscopus Litteranensis. copus Bovinensis. Petrus Guerrero, Hispanus, archi- Petrus Landus, Venetus, archiepisc. episcopus Granatensis. Cretensis. Antonius Altovilia, Florentinus, archi- Petrus Antonius de Capua, Neapoliepisc. Florentinus. Obiit 1589. tanus, archiepisc. Hydruntinus. Caesar Cibo, Genuensis, archiepisco- Marcus Cornelius, Venetus, electus pus Taurinensis. Obiit Tridenti, die archiepiscopus Spalatrensis. 26 Decembris, 1562. Sebastianus Leccavella, Graecus, ord."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-351",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Archiepiscopi Julii III. Paulus /Emilius Verallus, Romanus, nus, archiepiscopus Rossanens. postea archiepiscopus Rossanens. postea epis- S. R. E. presb. cardinalis, tit. Sancti copus Caputaquens. Marcelli, Bononiae legatus, ac tandem Joannes Brunus de Olchinio, Macedo, pontif. max. dictus Urbanus VH. Vixit regni Servias primas, archiepiscopus in pontif. dies xii. Antibarens. Joannes Baptista Ursinus, Romanus, Joaimes Baptista Castaneus, Romaarchiepiscopus Sanctae Severinse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Archiepiscopi Pauli IV. Ludovicus Beccatellus, Bononiensis, Mutius Calinius, Brixiensis, archiaichiepisc. Ragusinus. episcopus Jadrensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-353",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "PRESENT AT THE COUNCIL. 3OI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-354",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sigismundus Saracenus, Neapolita- Bartholomoeus de Martyribus, Lusinus, archiepisc. Matheranus. tanus, ord. Praed. archiepiscopus Braca- Antonius Parragues de Castillegio, rensis. Hispanus, archiepisc. Calaritanus. Augustinus Salvage, Genuensis, ord. Julius Pavesiits, Brixiensis, ord. Prsed. archiepiscopus Genuensis. Praad. archiepisc. Surrentinus. Archiepiscopi Pit IV. Philippus Mocenicus, Venetus, regni Maximus de Maximis, Romanus, Cypri primas, et legatus natus, archiarchiepiscopus Amalphitanus. episc. Nicosiens. Caspar Cervantes de Gaeta, Hispa- Gulielmus d'Avansnn, Callus, archinus, archiepiscopus Messanensis, postea episc. Ebrodunens. et abbas Montis Salernitanus, et cardinalis. Majoris prope Arelatem. Leonardus Marinus, Genuensis, ord. Antonius Caucus, Venetus, archi- Prsed. archiepisc. Lancianens. episcopus Corcyrensis. Octavianus Prasconius, Siculus Mes- Germanicus Bandinus,.Senensis, elecsanensis, ord. Min. convent. S. Frantus archiepisc. Senarum. cisci, archiepisc. Panormitan. Obiit Marcus Antonius Columna, Romanus, Panormi 1568, 18 Julii; sepultus in sede archiepisc. Tarentinus, postea cardinalis Majori. et archiepiscopus Salernitanus. Obiit Nicolaus de Pelleve, Callus, archi- Zagorolse 1597; sepultus ibidem in episc. Senonensis, postea cardinalis et monasterio S. Marise ordinis S. Franarchiepiscopus Rhemensis. Obiit Paricisci. ' siis 1594. Caspar de Fosso, Consentinus, Cala- Antonius Justinianus, Crsecus, Chiber, ord. Sancti Francisci de Paula, ensis, ord. Prsed. archiepiscopus Naxarchiepisc. Rheginus. iens. Antonius de Muglitio, Moravus, orator Antonius Puteus, Niciens. archiepis- Csesareus, archiepiscopus Pragensis. copus Barensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-355",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi Leonis X. Vincentius Nicosantius de Fano, Joannes Thomas de Sancto Felicio, episcopus Arbensis. Neapolitan. episcopus Cavensis se- Joannes Franciscus de Flisco, Genunior. ensis, episcopus Andriensis. Episcopus Adriani VI. Quintius de Rusticis, Romanus, episcopus Miletens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-356",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi dementis VII. Lucas Bisantius de Catharo, episco- Dionysius Zannetinus, Graecus, ord. pus Catharens. Min. Sancti Francisci de Observant. Aloysius Pisanus, Venetus, episcopus episc. Melopotamens. senior. Patavinus, postea cardinalis. Obiit Gabriel le Veneur, Gallus, episcopus 1570, ult. Mail. Ebroicensis. Alexander Piccolomineus, Senens. Guillelmus Barton de Montbas, Galepiscopus Pientin. lus, episcopus Lectorens. Episcopi Pauli III. Antonius de Camera, Sabaudus, epis- Fabius Mirtus, Neapolitaniis, ep. copus Bellicens. Cajacensis. Nicolaus Maria Caracciolus, Neapo- Scipio Bongallus, Romanus, episcolitanus, episcopus Cataniensis. pus civitatis Castellanse. Bemardus Bonjoannes, Romanus, Georgius Cornelius, Venetus, episcoepiscopus Camerinensis. pus Tarvisinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-357",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "NAMES OF PRELATES, ETC.,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-358",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vincentius de Durabus, Brixiensis, Obiit 1586; sepultus in ecclesia Ceneepiscopus Thermulanim. tensi. Mauritius de Petra, Papiens, episco- Pompejus Zambeccarius, Bononien, pus Viglovanens. episc. Sulmonens. Maitius de Martiis de Medicis, Flo- Joannes Beroaldus, Panormitanus, rentinus, episcopus Marsicens. episcopus Sanctse Agathse Joannes Vincentius Michaelius, Baro- Antonius Scarampus, Aquensis, epis litanus, episc. Minerbinens. copus Nolanus, Gabriel de Bouveri, Gallus, episcopus Antonius ex comitibus a Cuturno, Andegavens. Genuens. ord. Prsedic. episc. Brugna Leonardus Haller, Germanus, epistens. copus Philadelphien. Caesar Foggia, Rossanens. episc. Um Ludovicus Vanninus de Theodolis, Fobriaticens. roliviens. episcopus Britonoriensis. Obiit Csesar comes de Gambara, Brixiens. Tridenti, die ii mensis Januarii, 1563. episcopus Tortonensis. ^gidius Falcetta Cingulanus, episc. Jo. Baptista de Bemardis, Lucens. Caprulanus, postea Britonoriensis. episcopus Adjacens. Julius Contarenus, Venetus, episco- Martinus Perezius de Ayala, HiS' pus civitatis Bellunens. panus, episc. Segobiensis. Thomas Casellus, Rossanens. ord. Nicolaus Psalmeus, Gallus, episc Pnedict. episcopus Caven. junior. Verdunens. Hippolytus Arivabenus, Mantuanus, Alphonsus Rosettus, Ferrarien. episc, episcopus Hieiapetrens. Comacluens. postea Ferrariens. Hieronymus Machabseus, Romanus, Julius Parisianus, de Tolentino, episc, episcopus Castrensis. Ariminens. Petrus Augustinus, Hispanus, episc. Bartholomseus Sebastianus, Hispanus, Oscen. et lacensis. episc. Pacten. Jacobus Naclantus, Florentinus, ord. Franciscus Lambertus, Sabaudus, Praed. episcopus Clodiens. episc. Niciens. Bartholomseus Sirgo, Cretens. Grx- Maximilianus Doria, Genuens. episc, cus, episcopus Castellanetens. Naulens. Thomas Stella, Venetus, ord. Praed. Eustachius du Bellay, Gallus, episc. episcopus Justinopolitan. Parisiens. Petrus de Val, Gallus, Parisinus, Bartholomseus de Capranica, Roma episcopus Sagiensis. Obiit Vicennis nus, episc. Carinensis. 1564. Ennius Massarius de Narnia episco. Joannes Antonius Pantusa, Consenpus Feretranus. tinus, episcopus Literensis. Obiit Tri- Achilles Brancia, Neapol. episc. Bo denti, die 26 Octob. 1562. vens. Joannes Baptista de Grossis. Mantua- Jo. Franciscus Verdura, Messanens, nus, episcopus Regiensis. episcopus Chironens. Joannes Soarez, Lusitanus, ord. Albertus Duimius de Gliricis, Catha- Sancti Augustini, episcopus Conimrensis, ord. Prsedic. episcopus Veglien bricens. sis. Philippus Riccabella, Recanaten. Joannes Antolinez de Bricianos de episcopus RecanaterL la Ribera, Hispanus, episcopus Juve Jo. Jacobus Barba, Neapolitan, ord. nacens. S. Augustini, episcopus Interamnens. Tristanus de Bizet, ord. Cisterciensis, Michael a Turre, Utinens. episc. Gallus, episc. Xantonens. et abbas Cenetens. postea presbyter cardinalis. Sancti Nicolai, in Bosco."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-359",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi Julii III. Ascanius Gherardinus de Amelia, Petrus Franciscus Pallavicinus, Geepiscopus Catacen. nuens. episcopus Aleriens. Marcus Gonzaga, Mantuanus, episc. iEgidius Fuscherarius, Bononien. or- Auxerens. dinis Praedicat. episcop. Mutineus. Balduinus de Baldovinis, Pisanus, Timotheus Justinianus de Chio, Graeepisc Aversanens, cus, ord. Prsed. episc. Calamonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-360",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "PRESENT AT THE COUNCIL. 303"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-361",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Didacus de Almansa, Hispanus, episc. Jacobus Silvestrius Piccolomineus Cauriens. de Cselano, episc. Aprutinus. Lactantius Roverella, Ferrariens. Ludovicus de Brez^, Callus, episc. episc. Asculanus. Meldens. Ambrosius Monticula, Lunensis, Sar- Jacobus Mignanellus, Senens. episc. zanensis, episc. Signinus. Grossetan. Sebastianus Gualterius, Urbevetanus, Jo. Andreas Crucius Tiburtinus, ep. episcopus Viterbiens. Tiburtinus; Honoratus Fascius Tello, monachus Franciscus Richardotus, Burgundus, Casinensis, ord. S. Benedicti, Neapoliordinis Eremitarum S. Augustini, epistanus, episcopus Insulanus. Obiit Romse copus Atrebatens. Obiit 1574, 26 mense Martio 1564. Petrus Camajanus, Aretinus, ep. Carolus Cicada, Genuens. episcopus Fesularum. Albinganneus. Julii. Franciscus Maria Piccolomineus, Horatius, Grsecus, de Troja, Apulus, episcopus Lesinens. Senens. episcopus Ilcinens. Fabius Cuppalata, Placentinus, episc. Arisclus Moya de Contreras, Hispa- Laquedoniensis. nus, episQ. Vicen. Caspar de Casal, Lusitanus. ord. S. Galeatius Roscius de Interamna, Augustini, episc. Leirien. postea Coepiscopus Assisiensis. Obiit Tridenti nimbricensis. 16 Octobris, 1563. Bemardinus de Cuppis, Romanus, Jacobus Maria Sala, Bononien. episc. episc. Auximanus. Vivariens. Joannes de Morvilliers, Glesensis, Gabriel de Monte S. Sabini, ep. ^sinus. Callus, episc. Aurelian. Julius Gentilis, Tortonen. episcopus Marianus Sabellus, Romanus, episc. Vulturariens. Eugubinus. Adrianus Fusconius, Romanus, epis- Agapitus Belhomo, Romanus, episc. Casertanus. copus Aquinat. Antonius a S. Michaele, Hispanus, Julius Cananus, Ferrariens. ep. Hadordin. S. Francisci de Observantia, riensis, postea presb. cardinalis tit. episc. Montis Marani. Sancti Eusebii, et episcopus Mutinen- Hieronymus Melchiorius, Recanasis. Obiit Ferrarise 1592; sepultus in tens. episc. Maceratens. ecclesia S. Dominici. Petrus de Petris de Monte, Aretinus, Julius Gallettus, Pisanus, episc. Alessanens. episc. Lucerinus. Caesar Jacomellus, Romanus, episc. Hieronymus Dubourg, Callus, episc. Bellicastrens. Catalaunen. et abbas S. Petri de Monte. Obiit 1573. Petrus Grittus, Venetus, episc. Parentinus. Episcopi Pauli IV. Scipio Estensis, Ferrarien. episc. Ca- Marcus Laureus, Tropiensis, ordin salens. Prjedic. episcopus Campaniens. Didacus Sarmiento de Sotomayor, Franciscus de Beaucaire, Peguillon, Hispanus, episc. Asturicens. dominus, de la Creste et Chommieres, Thomas Goduelus, Anglus, episc. baro Sancti Desiderati, Callus, episc. Asaphens. Metensis, postea abbas S. Germani An- Faustus CafFarellus, Romanus, episc. tissiodorensis, Regniaci, et S. Sygirani. Fundanus. Obiit 1 59 1,, 14 Febr. Belisarius Balduinus, Neapolitanus, Jo. Franciscus Commendonus, Veneepisc. Larinens. nalis.tus, episcopus Zacynthen. postea cardi- Urbanus Vigerius de Ruvere, Genuens. episc. Senogalliens. Carolus de Grassis, Bononien. ep. Montis Falisci, postea cardinalis. Jacobus \" Suretus, lopotamens, junior. Grascus, episc. Mi- Arias Gallego, Hispanus, episc. Gerundens. Jo. Baptista Osius, Romanus episc. Reatinus. Obiit 12 Novembris, 1562."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-362",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "304 NAMES OF THE PRELATES, ETC.,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-363",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hieronymus Gallego, Hispanus, episc. dinalis. Vide supra inter oratores ec Ovetens. clesiasticos. Hercules Rettinger, Gennanus, episc. Franciscus de Aguirre, Hispanus, Laventinus. episcopus Crotonens. Julius de Rubeis, Polian. episc. S. Andreas de Cuesta, Hispanus, epis Leonis. Obiit Romx mense Martio, copus Legionens. 1564. Antonius Corrionero, Hispanus, episc. Joannes de Munatones, Hispanus, Almeriens. ordinis S. Augustini, episc. Segobricens. Antonius Augustinus, Hispanus, episc Franciscus Blanco, Hispanus, epis- Ilerdens. postea archiep. Tarracon. copus Auriensis. Angelus Masserellus, Sansaverinus, Vincentius de Luchis. Bononiens. episc. Thelesinus. episc. Anconitanus. Antonius Ciurelia, Barensis, ep. Bu Pompejus Piccolomineus de Aragonia, duensis. episc. Tropien. Dominicus Casablanca, Messanens, Petrus Barbaricus, Venetus, ep. Curord. Prasd. episc. Vicensis. solen. Petrus Faunus Costacciarus, ep, Franciscus Bachodius, subaudien. episc. Gebennen. Aquens. Jo. Carolus Bovius, Bononiens. episc. Carolus d'Angennes a Rambouillet, Astuneens. postea archiepisc. Brundu Gallus, episcopus Cenomanens. postea sinus. cardinalis. Obiit Corneti in Etruria Hugo Boncompagnus, Bononiens. 1587, 23 Martii. episc. Vestanus, postea card. tit. S. Sixti Hieronymus de Nichisola, Veronens, et Pont. max. dictus Gregorius XHI. ordin. Prsed. episc. Theanen. Salvator Pacinus de Colle, episc. Marcus Antonius Bobba, Cassalens. Clusinus. episc. Augustens. postea cardinalis. Lupus Martinez, Hispanus, episc. Vide supra inter eratores ecclesiasticos. Elnens. Jacobus Lomellinus. Messanens. Carolus d'Espinay, Gallus, electus episc. Mazariens. episc. Dolens. Obiit 1591. Donatus de Laurentiis, de Asculo, i^igidius Spifame, Gallus, episc. Ni Apulus, episc. Arianens. vern. et abbas 8. Pauli Senon. Obiit Petrus Contarenus, Venetus, ep. Lutetix 1578. Paphens. Antonius.Sebastianus Minturnus, de Petrus Danes, Gallus, episc. Vauren Traject. episc. Uxentin. Obiit 1577. Bernardus del Bene, Florentinus, Hieronymus.Savorgnanus, Foroju episc. Nemausen. lien, episcopus Sibinicen. Dominicus BoUanus, Venetus, episc. Philippus du Bee. Gallus, episc. Brixiens. Venetens. postea Nannetens. deinde Jo. Antonius Vulpius, Comens. episc, archiepisc. Rhemensis. Obiit 1605. Comens. Carolus de Roussy, Gallus, episc. Philippus Maria Campegius, Bono- Suessiun. niens. episcopus Feltrens. Georgius Drasconicius, Croatus, epis Joannes de Quinones, Hispanus, copus Quinque Ecclesiens. postea car episcopus Calaguritan. Episcopi Pii IV. Didacus Covarruvias de Le)na, His Bononiens. episc. Neocastren. postea panus, Toletanus, episc. civitatis Rode patriarcha Hierosolymitan. S. R. E. rici, postea Segoviensis; demum Con presb. card. tit. SS. Quatuor Coronachae designatus. Obiit Madriti 1577 torum, ac tandem pontiff, max dictus 27 Septem.; sepultus Segovise. Innocentius IX. Vixit in pontif. menses LudoWcus de Genoillac, Gallus duos. episcopus Tutelensis, et abbas S. Ro Hippolytus Capilupus, Mantuanus, mani de Blavia. Obiit Burdigalae, 1583 episc. Fanenis. Philippus Gerius, Pistoriens. ep. Is- Joannes Fabricius Severinus, Neapoclanens. postea Assisiens. litanus, episc. Acerrens. Jo. Antonius Fachinettus de Nuce, Martinus Balduini Rithovius, Bra-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-364",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "PRESENT AT THE COUNCIL. 305"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-365",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "bantus, primus episc. Iprens. Obiit Julius Magnanus, Placentinus, ordin. Audomari, 1583. Min. convent. S. Francisci, episcop. Antonius Havetius, Flander, ord. Calven. Prffid. primus episcopus Namurcens. Valentinus, Herbotus, Polonus, episc. Obiit 1578. Premislien. orator regis Polonise. Constantinius Bonellus, Feretran. Simon Aleotus, Forojuliens. Obiit episc. civitatis Castelli. Tridenti 20 Augusti, 1562. Julius Superchius, Mantuanus, ord. Petrus de Xaque, Hispanus, ord. Carmelitarum, episc. Acciens. postea Praedic. episc. Niochens. Caprulan. Prosper Rebiba, Messanen. episc. Matthceus de Concinis, Florentinus, Trojanus, postea patriarcha Constantiepisc. Cortonens. nopolit. Nicolaus Sfrondatus, Mediolanens. Melchior de Vosmediano, Hispanus, episcopus Cremonens. postea presb. episcopus Guadixen. card. tit. S. Csecili^ demum pont. Hippolytus de Rubeis. Parmensis, max. dictus Gregorius XIV. Vixit in episcopus Papiensis, postea S. R. E. pontificatu menses 10, dies lo. presb. cardinalis tit. S. Marias in Portic. Ventura Bufalinus, Tiphernas, episc. deinde S. Blasii de Annulo. Obiit Massanens. Romae 1591, 28 April; sepultus in Ludovicus de Bueil, Callus, ep. Sancti Blasii. Venciens. Didacus de Leon, Hispanus, ord. Hieronymus Galleratus, Mediolanens. Carmelitarum, episc. Columbrien. episc. Sutrinus. Annibal Saracenus, Neapolit. episc. Jo. Petrus Dalphinus, Venetus, ord. Licien. Canonicorum regularium, ep. Zacynthi, Paulus Jovius, Coraensis electus et Cephalonix secundus. episcopus Nucerien. Jo. Andreas Bellonius, Messanens. Hieronymus Trivisanus, Venetus, ord. episc. Massalubren. Prasd. episc. Veronen. Obiit Tridenti Georgius Zifchouid, Hungarus, ordin. die 9 Septembris, 1 562. Min. S. Francisci de Observ. episc. Hieronymus Ragazzonus, Venetus, Signien. episc. Nazianzenus, et coadjutor Fa- Fridericus Cornelius, Venetus, ordin. maugustan. postea episc. Bergomensis. Romulus de Valentibus, de Trebia, S. Joannis Hierosolymitani, episc. Bergomens. postea Patavinus, et S. R. E. episc. Conversan. presbyt. cardinalis tit. S. Stephani. Lucius Maranta, Venusinus, episc. Obiit Rorate 1590; sepultus Patavii in Lavellensis. eccles. cathedrali. Simon de Nigris, Genuens. episc. Stephanus Boucher, Gallus, ep. Co- Sarzanen. risopiten. Theophilus Galluppus. Tropien. episc. Jo. Paulus Amanius, Cremen. episc. Anglonen. Oppiden. Julius Simonetta, Mediolanen. epis- Alexander Sfortia, ex comitibus S. copus Pisauren. Florae, episc. Parmens. postea card. tit. Petrus d'Albret, Navarrus, episc. S. Maris in Via. Obiit Maceratse 1581; Convenarum. sepultus Romse in ecclesia Sanctee Jacobus Guidius, Volaterranus, episc. MariEE Majoris. Pennen. et Adriens. ] Antonius le Cirier, Gallus, ep. Abrin- Didacus Ramirez, Hisp. episcopus cens. Pamphilonens. Andreas Mocenicus, Venetus, episc. Franciscus Delgado, Hispanus, episc. Nimosiens. Lucensis. Benedictus Salinus, Firmanus, episc. Joannes Clausse, Gallus, episc. Sani- Verulanus. ciensis. Guillelmus Cassador, Hispanus, episc. Jacobus Gilbertus de Nogueras, His- Barcinonen. panus, episc. Aliphan. Petrus Gonzalez de Mendoza, His- Joannes Annius, Neapolitanus, episc. panus, episcopus Salamenticen. Hipponen. et coadjutor Bovinus. Martinus de Corduba de Mendoza, Antonius Maria Salviati, Romanus, Hispanus, ord. Prsed. episc. Dertusen. episcopus S. Pauli, postea S. R. E."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-366",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "NAMES OF PRELATES, ETC.,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-367",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3o6 presb. cardinalis tit. S. Marise in Aquiro, Donaldus Magongail, Hibernus, episc. et Bononise legatus. Obiit Romse 1602, Rapoten. 26 Aprilis; sepultus ante summam Guido Ferrerius, Pedemontanus, civis aram in S. Jacobi. et episc. Vercellen. postea S. R. E. Matthaeus PriuUus, Venetus, episc. presb. cardinalis tit. SanctK Euphemia:, ^monien. postea Vicentinus. deinde SS. Viti et Modesti martyrum Thomas Lilius, Bononien. episcopus in Marcello, et marchio Komagnani. Soranus. Obiit 1585, 26 Maii; sepultus in S.inctK Franciscus Guarinus, Feretranus, Marife Majoris. episcopus Imolen. Jo. Baptista Sighicellius, Bononien. Thomas Ohierllanthe, Hibernus, episepisc. Faventinus. copus Rossen. Sebastianus Vantius, de Arimino, Franciscus de la Valette, Gallus, episcopus Urbevetanus. episcop. Vabren. Jo. Baptista Lomellinus, Messanen. Fabius Pignatellus, Neapolitanus, episc. Gardien. episcopus Monopolitan. Jo. Baptista Milanesius, Florentinus, Carolus Visconti Mediolanen. episcoepisc. Marsican. pus Vintimilien. postea cardin. tit. SS. Augustinus MoUignanus, VercellenSis, Martyrum Viti et Modesti in Marcello. episc. Trivicanen. Obiit Romx 1565, 13 Novembris; se- Carolus Grimaldus, Genuen. episc. pultus in ecclesia sui tituli. Sagonen. Joannes Coloswarinus, Hungarus, Fabricius Landrianus, Mediolanen. ord. Freed, episcopus Canadiensis. Obiit episc. S. Marci. Tridenti 14 Novembris, 1562. Bartholomseus Farratinus, civis et Andreas Duditius Sbardellatus, Hunepiscopus Amerinus. garus, episc. Thinien. postea Quinque Petrus Fragus, Hispanus, episcopus Ecclesien. Usellen. postea Algarensis. Spinellus Bencius, Politianus, epis- Hieronymus Gaddus, Florentinus, copus Montispolitiani. episc. Cortonen. Franciscus Abondius, Castilioneus, Franciscus Contarenus, Venetus, Mediolanensis, episc. Bobien. postea episcopus Paphens. S. R. E. presbyt. cardinalis tit. S. Joannes Delphinus, Venetus, episc. Nicolai inter Imagines. Obiit 1568, Torcellanus. 24 Novembris; sepultus Roma; in eccle- Alexander Molus, Comen. episcopus sia.SancL-u Marise de Populo. Minoren. Stanislaus Faleschi, Polonus, episc. Hieronymus Vielmius, Venetus, ord. Theodosien. Prsed. episc. Argolicen. Eugenius Oharet, Hibernus, ord. Franciscus Raguseus, ordin. S. Fran- Pradic. episcopus yEgaden. cisci de Observantia, episc. Marcanens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-368",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Abbates."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-369",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ludovicus de Bessay, abbas generalis S. Mariee Gratianim, Placentin. dioec. Cistercii. congregationis Cassinen. Hieronymus de la Souchiere, Gallus, Augustinus Loscus, Hispanus, abbas Campanus, monachus ordinis Cisterci- Sancti Benedicti de Ferraria, congreensis, abbas Clarae Vallis, postea abbas gationis Cassinen. generalis Cistercii, demum S. R. E. Eutychius de Cordes, Antwerpiens. presbyt. cardinalis tit. S. Matthaei in abb. Sancti Fortunati de Bassano, con- Merulana. Obiit Romse 1571, 9 Nov.; gregation. Cassinen. Obiit 1582, mense sepultus in ecclesia S. Crucis in Jeru- Sept.; sepultus in monasterio S. Justinaa salem. de Padua. Simplicianus, abb. S. Salvatoris Pa- Claudius Sainctes, Gallus, abbas Lunevillan. piae, de Vultulino, congregationis Cassinen. Cosmas Damianus, Hortulan. Hisp. Stephanus Catanius, Novarien. abb. abbas Villsbertrandi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-370",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "PRESENT AT THE COUNCIL. 307"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-371",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Generales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-372",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vicentius Justinianiis, Genuen. generalis. ord. Eremitarum S. Augustini. Obiit 1569. ralis ord. Prsedicatorum, postea cardinalis tit. S. Nicolai inter Imagines, Joannes Baptista, Migliavacca, Asten. deinde S. Sabinee. Obiit RomjE 1582, generalis ord. Sanctse Marias Servorum. 28 Octobr.; sepultus in ecclesia Sanctee Stephanus Fazinus, Cremonen. pro- Marise super Minervam. vincialis Lombardiae, pro generali Car- Franciscus a Zamnra, Hispanus, Conmelitaram. chensis, generalis ordinis Minorum de Jacobus Lainez, Hispanus, ex oppido Observantia. Obiit 1571. Castellse Almazan, praspositus generalis Antonius de Sapientibus, Augustasocietatis Jesu. Obiit Romse 1565, nus, generalis ordin. Min, Conventualium. 19 Thomas Januarii. Tifernas, civitatis de Cas- Christophorus Patavin. prior genetello in Umbria, generalis Capucinbrum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-373",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doctores legum pro sacro Concilio. Gabriel Paleotta, Bononien, auditor Scipio Lancellottus, Romanus, advo- Rotee, postea S. R. E. diaconus cardicatus consistorialis, postea auditor Rotae, nalis tit. SS. Nerei et Achillei, mox SS. et S. R. E. presbyt. cardinalis tit. S. Si- Joannis et Pauli, et episcopus Bononien, meonis. Obiit Romas 1598, 2 Junii; deinde tit. S. Martini in Montibus, et sepultus in S. Joannes Lateranensis. primus Bononiae archiepiscopus, demum Jo. Baptista Castellius, Bononien. tit. S. Laurentii in Lucina, ac episc. promoter, postea episcopus Ariminens. Albanus; postremo episc. cardinalis Michael Thomasius, Majoricen. doc- Sabinus. Obiit Romse 1597, 22,Julii, tor decretorum,^ postea episcopus Ilersepultus Bononiae in ecclesia metropolidensis. tana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-374",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Theologi a summo Pontifice missi. Frater Petrus de Soto, Hispanus, or- Antonius Solisius, Hispanus, doctor dinis Prsedicatorum. Obiit Tridenti, theol. mense Aprilis, 1563. Frater Camillus Campegius, Papiens. Alphonsus Salmeron. Hispanus, Toinquis. Ferrarias, ordinis Praed. letanus. Societ. Jesu. Obiit Neapoli, Frater Hieronymus Bravo, Hispanus, 15 Febr. 1585. ordin. Praed. Franciscus Turrianus, Legionensis, Frater Adrianus Valentinus, Venetus, %i5panus, doctor theologus, postea Soord. Praed. in demortui F. Petri de Soto ciet. Jesu. Obiit Romse, 1584, ipso die locum missus; postea dominii Veneti festo praesentationis B. Virginis, quem inquisit. gener. ex breviario expunctum Ecclesiae CatholicEe restituti procuraverat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-375",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doctores theologi facultatis Parisiensis missi a Carolo Nono, Galliarum rege Christianiss. Nicolaus Maillard, decanus facultatis Parisiensis, postea archiep. Narbonensis. Parisiensis. Richardus du Pre. Joannes Pelletier, praefect. collegio Natalis Paillet. Obiit Tridenti, 25, Navarrae. Novembris, 1562. Antonius Demochares, Ressonaeus. Robertus Foamier. Nicolaus de Bris. Antonius Coquier. F. Jacobus Hugonis. Franciscanus, Lazarus Broychot. idem etiam procurator reverendiss. Jo- Claudius de Saintes, canonicus reguannis Ursini, episc. Trecorensis. laris Sancti Augustini, postea episc. Simon Vigor, Normannus, canonicus Ebroicensis. Obiit an. 1590."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-376",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "NAMES OF PRELATES, ETC.,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-377",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3o8"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-378",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Theologi missi a Philippo Secundo, rege CathoHco.* Cosmos Damianus, Hortulan. electus Cosmus Palma Fonteyus, sacrse theoabb. Villsebertrandi. logiae doctor, Hispanus, socius Hortu- Ferdinandus Tritius, doctor theololani abbatis. gus, canonic. Caurien. Frater Joannes Gallo, Hispanus, ord. Ferdinan. Vellosillus, doctor theolo- Prsed. Frater Petnis Fernandez, Hispanus, gus, canonicus Seguntinus, postea episordin. Prsed. socius Joannis Gallo. copus Lucensis. Frater Desiderius de S. Martino, Thomas,Dassio. I. V. D. canonicus Valentinus. Panorm. ord. Carmelitani. Licentiat. Antonius Covarruvias, Di- Michael Baius Hanno, Athensis, sacrE daci frater, auditor Granaten. theologiae doctor, postea decanus ec- Ferdinandus Minchaca, decretor. clesise coUegiata; S. Petri Lovanii, Acadoctor. demije cancellarius, et ejusdem conserv. Frater Joannes Ramirez, Hispanus, Obiit Lovanii 1589, 16 Sept. ibique minister provincialis S. Jacobi. sepultus in sacello coUegii pontificii. FratL-r Alphonsus Contreras, commis- Joannes Hessels, Brabantus, Lovanisarius ord: Minorum in curia regis. ensis, sacrse theologio? doctor. Obiit Misp. Lovanii 1576, 7 Novembris. Frater Michael de Medina, Hispanus, Cornelius Jansenius, Flander, Hulordinis Minor. sacriE theologioe doctor. stensis, sacr£E theologise doctor, postea Obiit Toleti. primus episcopus Gandensis. Obiit Frater Joannes Lobera, Hispan. sacrx Gand. 1576, 11 Aprilis. theologise lector Salmanticse, socius ministri provincialis S. Jacobi. Theologi missi a Rege Portugalia. Frater Franciscus Forerius Lusit Melchior Cornelius, decretorum docnus, ord. Prsed. tor, senator, regis Portugalise. Didacus Payva doctor, theol. d'Andrada Lusitanus, Ab excellentissimo duce Bavarim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-379",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Joannes Covillonius, Flander, Insulensis, ex soc. Jesu. Obiit Romse 1581"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-380",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prociiraiores Episcoporum Absentium. Marchantus, doctor theologus, pro canonicus Malacitanus, pro reverendisillustriss. cardinale de Mendoza, epissimo Malacitano. copo Burgens. Joannes Delgadus, doctor theologus, Jo. Gothardius, cleric, ssecul. Gercanonicus Tudensis, pro D. Joanne de manus, pro episcopo Ratisbonen. S. iEmiliano episc. Indensi. Georgius Hochenuarter, cleric, ssecul. Caspar Cardillus, Villalpandeus, Sedoctor theologus, suffraganeus, pro episgob. copo Basiliensi. lensi. doctor theologus, pro episc. Abu- Frater Felicianus Ninguarda a Mor- Frater Joannes de Ludena, doctor binio, ord. Prsed. pro illustrissimo theologus, ordin. Prx-d. pro episcopo domino Salisburgen. orator. Seguntino. Petrus Cumelius, doctor theologus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-381",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\" Observa decreto superhone hac theologorum re sancito in ordinem a librariis fine sessionis inductum, secund^E, hie denonlocoimmutari, et decreto oratorumsalvo sub tamen finem sessionis vigesim^e quintae, Quin et diversum plane ordinem nonnulli servavere: inter quos Gentianus Hervetus, Aurelianensis, vir clarissimus, qui et ipse Concilio inter theologos interfuit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-382",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "PRESENT AT THE COUNCIL."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-383",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Frater Franciscus Orantes, lector Cjesar Ferrantius, Suessanus, doctor Vallisoletti, ordin. Minorum pro epistheologus, pro episc. Suessano apud copo Palentino. reverendissimum Ilerdensem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-384",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Procuratores ordinum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-385",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Joannes Cotignon, doct. Gallus, promonasterii de Recluso, procurator genecurator ord. Cluniacensis, postea prior ral, ordinis Cistercien. postea ejusdem major. Obiit 1572, 21 Aprilis; sepultus ordinis Martiniaci. 12 Martii.abbas ' generalis. Obiit 1 586, Nicolaus Bocherat, Gallus, prior"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-386",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Theologi sceculares et doctores juris canonici. Georgius Girard, Gallus, doctor theo- Petrus Fontidonius, Segoviensis, calogus, cum reverendiss. Andegavensi. nonicus Salmantinus, doctor theolog. Gentianus Hervetus, Gallus, Aureliacum reverend. Salmantino. nensis, cum illustriss. reverendiss. cardi- Joannes Villeta, doctor theologus, nale a Lotharingia. Fuit postea canoncum reverend. Barcinonensi. icus Rhemensis. Obiit Rhemis 1584, Joannes Fonseca, doctor theologus, 12 Septembris. cum reverend archiepisc. Granaten. Franciscus Sancius, decanus facultatis Michael Oroncuspe, doct. theol. cum theologise, et canonicus Salmanticen. reverend episc. Pampilonen. cum reverend. Salmanticensi. Alphonsus Fernandez de la Guerra, Matthfeus Guerra, Consentinus, Cala- Hispanus, doctor theologus, cum reveber, prEesb. SEecularis, cum epis. S. Marci. rend. Guadixiensi. Fredericus Pendasius, cum illustriss. Michael Ytero D. V. I. cum episc. card, de Mantua, legato sacri Concilii. Pampilonensi. Joan. Franciscus.Lombardus, cum Josephus Puebla, doctor theolog. cum illustris. card. Seripando, legato sacri episcopo Civitatensi. • Concilii. Joannes Chacon, doctor juris canonici, Petrus Mercaddo, theologus, cum cum episc. Almeriensi. reverendiss. episc. Vicensi. Antonius Garsias, doctor theolog. cum Franciscus de Truxillo, doctor theol. episcopo Oveten. canonicus Legionen, cum reverend. Benedictus Arias Montanus, ord. S. Legionensi. Jacobi, doctor theologus, cum reverend. Sobannus; doctor theologus, cum reverend Legionensi. Segobiensi. Joannes Barcellona, theologus, cum Antonius Bitonius, doctor theol. cum episc. Uscellensi. reverend. Conimbricensi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-387",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doctores Galli ordinis S. Benedicti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-388",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Joannes de Chartougne, doctor theo- Joannes de Verdun, doctor theologus. logus. Theologi ordinis Fralrum Pradicatorum. Angelus Ciosius, Florentinus, cum Bernardus Berardi, Gallus, inquisitor illustriss. card. Mantuano, legato sacri Avenion. vicarius cong. Francise, cum Concilii. reverend. Nemausensi. Seraphinus de Caballis, Brixiensis, Joannes Matthseus Valdina, cum reveprovincialis Terrfe SanctEe cum suo generend. Tarentino. rali, postea ord. generalis. Obiit Hispali Petrus Martyr Coma, Hisp. cum reve- 1578, 21 Novemb. rendiss. Gerundensi. Heliseus Capys, Venetus, theologus, Petrus Zatores, Hisp. cum rever. Dercum archiepisc. Pragensi. tusensi. Petrus Aridiensis, Gallus, cum reve- Antonius de Grosupto, cum reverendiss. rend. Cenomanensi. Viglevanensi;-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-389",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "NAMES OF PRELATES, ETC.,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-390",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "3IO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-391",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aurelius de Chio, cum reverend. Spala- Constantinus Coccianus Isorella, cum trensi. reverend. Montispolitiani. Adrianus Valenticus, Venetus, cum Henricus de S. Hieronymo, cum revereverend. Nicosiensi. rend. Braccarensi. Marcus Medices, Veronens. cum reve- Ludovicus de Sotomayor, Lusitanus, rend. Cenetensi. cum rever. Georgio Tudensi. Benedictus Herba, Mantuanus, cum Baptista de Lugo, cum reverend. Vereverend. Brixiensi. ronensi. Michael de Ast, Genuensis, prior S. Hieronymus Barolus, Papien. Laurentii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-392",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Theologi ordin. Miiwrum de Observantia. Aloysius de Burgo Novo, Italus, sacriE Angelus de Petriolo, Italus, lector sacra; theologire lector Bononiae, commissarius theologize Perusias. generalis, postea ordin. generalis. Angelus Justinianus, Italus, lector Thomas de Sogliano, Italus, prov. sacrae theologiae Genua;. Bononiae minister. Vincentius de Messina, Italus, sacrse Antonius de Padua, Lusitanus, ordin. theologiae lector Neapoli. secretarius. Julius Passiranus, Orseanus, Italus, Bonifacius de Ragusio, apostolic, praesacrae theologiae lector Bergomi. dicator, Terrx' S. gubernator, postea Jacobus Alani, Gallus, theologus, cum episcopus de Stagno in Dalmatia. episc. Venetensi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-393",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Theologi erdinis Fratrum Alinorum comiattiialium. Marcus Antonius Gambaronus a Lugo, orator pro religione, et inquisitor Paduae, socius religionis. postea episcopus Clodiensis. Bartholomaeus Golphus de Pergula. Octavianus Charus, de Neapoli, regens Joannes Tertius, Bergomens. lector S. Laurentii de Neapoli. theologiae publicus in gymnasio Papi- Antonius Posius de Monte Ilcino, ensi. regens in conventu duodecim Apostolo- Clemens Thomasinus de Florentia, rum Romae. Obiit Monteilcini 1580. regens in conventu.S. Crucis de Florentia. Bonaventura Meldulen. regens in con- Augustinus Balbus a Lugo. ventu Parmae. Joannes Baptista Ghisulphus, ordinis Martialis Peregrinus, Calaber, regens scriba. in conventu Ferrarise. Antonius de Guignano, regens S. An- Antonius a Cubalo, Feltrens. tonii de Patavio. Andreas Schynopius de Amandula, Lucius Augusiola, Placentinus, regens cum reverendissimo Catacensi. S. Francisci Bononiae. Balthassar Gryspus, Neapolitanus, cum Maximilianus, Benjaminus, Cremens, reverendissimo Tropien."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-394",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tlieologi ordinis Fratrum Eremitarum Sandi Augustini, Thadoeus Perusinus, cum reverend. Joannes Baptista Burgos, Hispanus, Salviato, postea praepos. gener. Valentinus. Joannes Paulus Recanatensis, cum Antonius Mondulphensis, cum revereverendissimo Quinque Ecclesiens. orarend. Pragens. oratore. tore pro regno Hungariae. /Egidius Volaterranus, cum episcopo Simon Florentinus, cum illustriss. card. Thiniens. Seripando legato. Eugenius Pisaurensis, Concilii praedi- Cherubinus Lavosius de Cassia, cum cator, post«a episcopus Smyrnensis, et reverend. Vercellens. Velitemorum propraesul, apud quos obiit Gabriel Verratellus, Anconitanus. 1580, 21 Jan. Ambrosius Veronensis, prior conventus Adamus Florentinus, cum illustriss. S. Marci in urbe Tridentina. cardin. Madrutio, orationem habuit no-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-395",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "PRESENT AT THE COUNCIL."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-396",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "mine oratoris VII. pagorum Helveticorum Christophorus de Sanctoris, Hisp. Bur- Catholicorum. Obiit Romte 1581, 17 Januarii. Simon de Brazzolatis, Patavinus. gensis. Aurelius Coronaltensis, cum oratore Angelus Ferus, Venetus, cum reveren- Helvetiorum. diss. de Osma. Obiit Barii in Apulia Balthazar Messanus, cum episcopo prtefectus provincialis. Catanien..Petrus Lusitanus, cum reverendiss. Sebastiamis Fanensis, ordinis scriba. Leiriensi. 3\" Theologi ordinis Fratrum Camielitan. Jo. Jacobus Cheregatus, Vincentinus, Lucretius Asolanus, cum reverend, provincialis Venetiarum, postea proc. patriarcha Venetiar. gener. ord. Nicolaus Callus, cum R. patre generali. Theodorus Masius, Mantuan. cum Eraldus Gallus, cum R. patre. generali. reverendiss. Cremonensi. Laurentius Lauretus, Venetus, cum R. Silvester, confessarius illustriss. card. patre generali. Mantuani. Angelus Ambrosianus, Venetus. Theolo^ orciiKis Fratrum Servonim B. Maria. Stephanus Bonucius, Tuscus, Aretinus, 2 Januarii, in collegio sui ordin. ibique postea episcopus Alatrinus, deinde Aretisepultus. nus, et S. R. E. presb. cardinalis tit. SS. Amans, pro congregatione Servorum, Petri et Marcellini. Obiit Romte 1589, cum reverendiss. Sibinicens. Officiales sacri Concilii Tridentini. Episcopus Cavensis, commissarius. Ludovicus Bondonius, magist. 1 Episcopus Thelesinus, secretarius. moniarum. Antonius Manellus, depositarius. Cantores sacri Concilii. Simon Bartholinus, Perusinus. \"Franciscus Bustamente, Hispan. Joannes Aloysius de Episcopis, Nea- Joannes Antonius Latinus, Beneventan. Franciscus Druda, Galliensis. polit. Bartholomaaus le Comte, Gallus. Lucas Longinquus, Gisonensis. Matthias Albo, de Fulgineo. Petrus Scorteccius, Aretinus. Notarii. Mar. Ant. Peregrinus, et Cynthius Hieronymus Gambarus, Brixiensis Fo- Pamphilus, de Sancto Severino. rensis. Cursores sanctiss. D. N. et sacrii Concilii. Nicolaus de Matthaeis,187et Jacobus Carra, AUobroges."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-397",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Numeras Pralatorum cujuscumque nationis qui ad cecumenicam Tridentinam Synodumconvenere. Prjelati Itali, per procuratores. I. Prselati Galli, 26 Prselati Germani, 2 per procuratorem per procuratores, 2. PrEElati Hispani, per procuratores. Preelati Lusitani, 3 Pr^lati Graeci, 6 Prselati Poloni, 2 Prselati Hungari. Prajlati Angli, Preelati Hiberni, 3 Praelati Flandri, 2 Prselati Croati, Praelati Moravi, Praelati lUyrici, 3"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-398",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDEX"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-399",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "TO THE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-400",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-401",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE COUNCIL OF TRENT."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-402",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "tered, loi, 109, 213: minister of, 100, log: in cases of usurpation of ecclesi- Abbess, how and at what age to be astical property and rights, 168-9. chosen, 241-2: not to preside over two Abuses to be corrected, 29, 151, 235: convents, 242: duty of at the profession especially such as may be found in the of a nun, 248. manner of celebrating mass, 160- 1: in Abbey commendatary to be visited by preaching, 233: in the honour paid to the bishop, 150: on whom that which is saints and images, 235: and in indulthe head of an order is to be confergences, 278. red, 251: obligation of in regard of the Access and regress prohibited, 261-2. Diocesan seminary, 189. Acclamations of the Fathers, 282-3. Abbot, how to he chosen, 241: have Acolyth, 216. when the monastery is the head of an Adam's sin propagated, 22: injured order, 251: has the right of visitation, the whole human race, 22: how done 250: can confer the tonsure and minor away with, 23. orders, 182: to choose a lecturer on S. Administration of monastic property, Scripture, 26: mitred abbot, when to act as a substitute for a bishop in the degra- Administrators of pious places to 237-8. dation of clerics, 87; shall see to the whom to render an account, 167-8; of execution of the decrees of Trent in reepiscopal revenues, 223-4. gard of his own order, 252-3: privileges Adultery, punishment of, 202-3: does abolishefl, 182, 225. not dissolve marriage, 195. Abduction, 201, 202. Adults, justification of, 32-3. Al»ence when, and how long permit- Affinity, contracted by fornication, ted to a bishop, and how to he punished, 200: spiritual, how created and be- 175-7: to be reported to R. Pontiff, 51; tween whom, igg, 200. absence of inferior clerics who have cure Age required for canonries and other of souls, 177: of canons and others, such dignities, 217: for orders, 183-4: 218: short absence not -regarded, 176. for lienefices, 180: for entering into an Absence even affected or designed Eccles. seminary, 187. does not dissolve the bond of marriage, Alexander III., constitution of, 59, 147. 194. Alienation of property when forbid- Absolution sacerdotal, 100: is a juden to clerics, 146. dicial act, 100: when null, loi: of a Alms, for the dead, 233: not to be impublic sin when not permitted, 88: of portunately demanded as an honoragrievous sins by whom to be adminisrium, 160. Quaestors of, see Qiucslors."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-403",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDEX TO THE CANONS AND DECREES. 313"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-404",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Altar called table by St. Paul, 154. the sole remembrance thereof neither Ambassadors, place of in the council, remits nor lessens sin, 57: is lawful at 279. all ages and times, 57: relationship Anathemas on heresies in regard of created by, 199: those baptised are original sin, 22-4: Justification, 44-9: bound to observe the whole law of the Sacraments, 54-6: Baptism, 56-7; Christ, 56: grace of, may be forfeited Confirmation, 58: Holy Eucharist, 82-4: by sin, 56: sponsor or sponsors required, Penance, 107-10: Extreme Unction, 199. lio-ll: Holy Orders, 173-4: Matri- Banns, when and how to be published, mony, 194-6: Communion in one kind, 197. 143-4: the Sacrifice of the Mass, 158-9. Benefices, why established, 146: on Annexed benefices to be visited anwhom to be conferred, 180: age renually bythe bishop, 61-2. quired for, 180, 217: not to become Antiquity not to be condemned, 143. hereditary, 261: obligations attached Apostasy, punishment of, 250: what to, when not to be derogated from, 259: gives occasion to in monks, 119. to be kept free, 264: dress of laenefi- Apostles instituted priests at the last ciaries, 180; unions of benefices, by supper, 153, 158: the power of consewhom to be visited, 61: even if exemptcrating given to them and their succesed, 62, 215, 250: benefices with cure sors, 171: and of forgiving and retaining not to be changed into.simple, 272-3: sins, 93. when may become cures, 273; those of Appeal, why instituted, 85: when to Regulars, on whom to be conferred, 119: be disregarded, 28, 168, 178, 215, 227, Secular benefices not to be conferred on 229, 240, 246, 271: when to be allowed, Regulars, 119: must be possessed in 115: when to be made to the metropolitan order to have the privileges of the eccleor nearest bishop, 86: to whom allowed, siastical court, 180: benefices of one S6, 229-31: how to be conducted, 229diocese not to be united to those of another, 1 18-9: unions of to be examined - 31Appellant when, and what, to pay for into, 61: benefices under right of patronthe papers relative to a suit, 86, 230. age, 120, 226, 264, et seq.: plurality of Arbitrator between the bishop and condemned, 59, 224: in what cases conservator, 116. allowed, 224: deprivation of, 148-9, 177, p Archbishop, see Metropolitan. 257, 271: requisite orders for to be re- Archdeacon, the eye of the bishop, ceived within a year, 165. 217: who to be appointed, 217: who Bible, Latin vulgate approved of, 19: have the right of visitation, and have to regulations in regard of printing the, 20. exercise it, 209: not to interfere in matri- Bishops placed to rule the Church of monial and other causes, 230, 271. God, 50, 173: successors of the apostles, Archpriest when bound to preach, 27. 173: are superior to priests, 173-4, 260: See Parish Priest. fathers and pastors, 274: ministers of Attrition, meaning of, 96. the sacrament of Confirmation, 58, 173- Authority of the Apostolic See, 51, 4: of Holy Orders, ib.: are above all 69, 127: is untouched by any of the other grades, 204: to be honoured by all decrees of Trent, 58, 205, 277. men, 273-4: to be assisted by dignitaries, 217: the first seat and place theirs, 260, B. 274: and theirs the foremost authority, 260: who to be chosen, 49, 58, 163, 204- Baptism, the sacrament of faith, 35: 7: within what time they are bound to not to be reiterated, 57: is necessary be consecrated, 62, 178: those created for salvation, 34-5, 56: effects of, 56-7: by the Roman Pontiff are true bishops, natural water necessary for, 56: essen- 174: examination and testimonials of, tial form of, 56: imprints a character 206-7 '■ what should be their life and conin the soul, 55: difference between bapversation, 14, 84-5, 253-4: what the tism and penance, 41, 94: does not irricharacter of their household, 14: their tate vows made subsequently to it, 57: table and furniture, 14, 254: what is of infants, 23, 57: baptised in the faith required of them, 14, 253-4: duties of, of the Church by heretics, 56: of formidable even to angels, 49: their John, 56: true doctrine thereon in the principal duty is preaching, 27, 175, Roman Church, 56: canons on, 56-7: 21 1: to be employed in praising God, 14:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-405",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "314 INDEX TO THE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-406",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "in offering sacrifice, 14: in explaining of orders, 113: how and when to punish the use and efficacy of the sacraments, exempted clerics and Regulars, 52, 114, 213-14: are to have the Scriptures read 116-17, 149, 150, 246: when to degrade at table, 14: to be watchful, to labour, them, 87: to punish those who abandon and to fulfil their ministry, 50: to retheir cure, 186: and concubinaries and side in their own churches, 50, 175: to concubines, 202-3: and those who come live soberly and with moderation, 14, not to the synod, 208: to deprive those 253-4: to g'vs good example to those living shamefully of their benefices, under them, 254: to lay aside all car- 148-9: to remove administrators of nal affection for relatives, 254: not to hospitals who neglect hospitality, 262-3: act as servants to princes, 274: to select to deprive of the right of patronage a lecturer on S. Scripture, 25: and a those who exercise it contrary to the master to teach grammar, 25: to procanons, 265; to remedy the negligence ceed against preachers of unsound of abbots, 26: and of the chapter of a"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-407",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "doctrine, 29: to provide in case of metropolitan church, 223: when to act"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-408",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "pluralities, 60-1: in what manner for if the oldest suffragan, instead of the vacant parish churches, 225-6: to apmetropolitan, 176, 207: when to de point additional priest to populous nounce the metropolitan to the R. Ponparishes, 147: to create new parishes, tiff, 51: to grant rights of patronage, 147, 219-20: and to fix the boundaries 120: to reject unsuitable presentees, thereof, 220: to attend to whatsoever 265: to regulate the daily distributions, regards the divine worship, 150, 167, 146: and the apportionment of canon 219: to govern hospitals carefully, 65, ries, 218: for what causes to unite bene- 262-4: to see that the youth be taught fices, 148, 189, 220, 222: when to religion, 211-12: that sound doctrine examine into, and to dissolve, united be taught concerning purgatory, 233: benefices, 61, 220, 265-6: to issue and on the invocation of saints, and on monition to effect a discovery, 256: images, 233-4: that mass be reverently when may transfer benefices, 149: to celebrated, ^159-61: to correct the vices visit united benefices with cure, 61: of those subject to them, 52, 84-6, 1 1 1 and exempted churches, ib.: as also all 12, 114; but to love them as sons and commendatory benefices, and monasbrethren, 84: and to bear in mind that teries even though exempted, 150: they are pastors and not strikers, ib.: hospitals, confraternities, and moftts-dethey are to have a paternal care of the pi'et'e, and all pious places, 167: and poor and wretched, 175: to offer an exhow their own dioceses, 208-9: and traordinary confessor to nuns, 244: to secular churches of no diocese, 215: settle disputes about precedency, 245: to examine causes assigned for absence, to inquire into the real wish of virgins 176: to constrain non-residents, even about to be consecrated to God, 248: by deprivation, 177: to take cognisance to execute the decrees of Trent in reof dispensations, 165-6: to dispense in gard of Regulars, 252-3: to see that the cases of ordination, per saltum, 185:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-409",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "decree on matrimony is published, 199: to grant permission to marry vagrants,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-410",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "that marriage be celebrated with pro- 202: to dispense in cases of suspension priety, 204: must be present at the proand irregularity, 213: to absolve even vincial council, 207: on what days in cases reserved to the Apostolic especially they are to remain in their See, 213: to commute public penown churches, 177: to confer orders in ances, 214: to take cognisance of person, 179: to charge their clergy, iii: causes in the first instance, 229: when to give them good example, 175: not to to govern convents, 243: to restore proadmit graces obtained surreptitiously, perty to those who leave monasteries 88: to absolve from certain reserved before being professed, 248: to approve cases, loi, 109: to abolish abuses in of confessors, 185: to execute last wills, the manner of celebrating mass, 161: 167: to exact an account from admito give confirmation, 173: and to confer nistrators of pious places, 168: as also orders, 173, 181: and to perform other from stewards appointed during the things which inferior clerics cannot, vacancy of the see, 223: and from visi- 173: are to decide on new miracles, tors, 209: to prohibit incompetent or 236: when to suspend from the exercise delinquent notaries from practising,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-411",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CANONS AND DECREES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-412",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "168: when may ordain one of his Business, Secular, to be avoided by household, though not his own subject, clerics, 162. 181 -2: to restore the functions of the minor orders, ^6-7: to regulate the ecclesiastical seminary, 187-92: to receive an annual account of the expen- C. whence derived,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-413",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Canon of the mass,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-414",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "diture,_ 191; rights of bishops in regard 155-60. of visitation and correction, 215; and Canon of Scripture, 18, 19. as regards protonotaries and other ex- Canons Apostolic cited, 254. empted persons, 216: when to proceed Canons to be observed by all, 274. as delegates of the Apostolic See, 26, Canons revived, 162, 273, 276. 29, 52, 88, 114, 146, 147, 148, 149, 161, Canons, who to be appointed, 217; 164, 166, 167, 215, -2i5, 222, 240, 243 in what orders they are to be, 218: are bis, 266, 271: when to be summoned to the senate of the church, 219: what appear in person, 88-9: who are to be should be their life and conversation, admitted as witnesses against them, 89: 219: when they have not a voice in the their causes are to be taken cognisance Chapter, 165: how their income is to be of by the R. Pontiff, 89, 212: or increased, 222: their duties in choirs, by the provincial council, 212: their 219: when the bishop celebrates, 219: negligence to be remedied by the mein regard of residence, 146, 164, 218: tropolitan, 190: and sometimes by the in benefices with cure, 164: absence provincial synod, 191, 253: when a not to exceed three months, 218: to be coadjutor is to be allowed them, 262: present at ordinations, 181: to assist at to be punished, if not consecrated withthe divine offices in person, 219: to be in three months, 178: if careless in coremployed to publish indulgences, 151: recting their subjects, 50, 162: if nonto organise the seminary, i8g: to audit resident, 50, 176-7: if they are negligent the accounts, 191: to assist in regulatin regard of the seminary, 190-1: if ing the church service, 219; in conthey neglect to be at the provincial ducting certain proceedings at law, 259: synod, 208, 255: if they receive anyin converting certain institutions to pious thing on account of visitation, 209: if uses, 263: canons Regular, passing to they keep a concubine, 271: not to another order, not to hold Secular perform any pontifical function in the benefices, 1,19: to serve the bishop, diocese of another, 53, 112-13 = not to 219: to be subject to his correction, ordain the subject of another, 53, 113, 52: when and how, 259: before whom 181: nor to punish him, 118: wherein to make profession of faith, 217. to act with the advice of the Chapter or Canonries, on whom to be conferred, canons, 25, 151, 189, 191, 2i8, 219, and to what orders assigned, 217. 222, 259-60, 263, 267: titular bishops, Candles at mass, 161. restrained, 112-13. 1 Capuchins not to possess real pro- Blessing, nuptial, approved of, 198: perty,, 238. to be received in the church from the Cardinals, who to be appointed, 204: parish priest, ih. administration of the church rests much Boniface VIII., constitution of, 240. with them, 254: their life and conver- Books on sacred subjects, how to be sation, 254: are bound to reside, 175: edited, 20: canon of sacred Scripture, to be consecrated within three months 18-19 = vulgate edition approved of, 19: after appointment to a cathedral church, index of prohibited books, 279: fathers 178: indults of, 225: access and regress deputed to prepare it, 133-4. prohibited, 261: and plurality of bene- Breviary, reformation of, 279. fices, 224: four cardinals to testify in Bridegroom and bride, regulations to favour of anyone to be promoted to be observed by, 197-8. their college, 206. Brothers of St. John of Jerusalem, Cardinal Morone, as first legate, immunities & privileges of, 190, 216, 252. blesses the fathers, 128. Bull of indiction, i; of translation to Carthage, Council of, 254. Bologna, 67; for resuming the Council Catechism to be explained to the under Julius III., 71: for celebrating it people, 213: catechetical work to be under Pius IV., 128: of confirmation, 285. prepared for general use, and to be"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-415",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDEX TO THE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-416",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3^6 translated into the vulgar tongue, 214, to render an account to the bishop, 223; 279. in what cases their privileges are sus- Cases, reservation of, loi, 109. pended, 225. See also Canons. Catechumen, 35. Chapter of St. Peter and of St. John, Cathedral and parish church not to 243be held by the same person, 224-5: Chapters, general, duty of, in choosvifho to be placed over, 49, $8, 163, ing masters, 25; in the appointment of 204-7: how to be provided for when priors and officers, 250; in fulfilling poor, 222: when not to be burthened pious bequests, 258; in preserving Rewith pensions, 223: penitentiary to be gular discipline, 237; when their negliappointed therein, 214: plurality of gence is to be remedied by the provincial synod, 253. cathedral churches prohibited, 59: prayers during the vacancy of, 205. Character, nature of a, 55; what Causes, matrimonial, belong to ecclesacraments imprint it, 55; cannot be siastical judges, 196; but not to deans effaced, 55, 172. or other inferior clerics, 230: in case of Chastity, vow of, 195; gift of not poverty, how to be taken cognisance denied to prayer, 195. of, 230: causes ecclesiastical to be Children, little, not obliged to comexpedited, 231, 268: to be consigned municate, 142; baptism of, 22, 57. in the first instance to the ordinaries, Choice of meats, 278. Chrism sacred, 58. 229: to whom to be deputed, 267; causes touching wages and the poor, Christ, the true light, 14: the sun of 64, 116: of exempted persons, 64: justice, 30: the author of our faith, 30: civil and criminal causes; see Civil and our propitiator, 31: our saviour and Criminal. redeemer, 32 et passim: the fountain of Censures affect Regulars, 244; when justice, 33: cause of everlasting salvato Ije inflicted, 256. tion, 39: lawgiver, 47: author of holi- Ceremonies and rites, why instituted ness, 78: priest according to the order in the mass, 156, 159; in ordinations, of Melchisedech, 153; the supreme 174; at marriage, 196; in the adminishigh priest, 273; the head of the memtration of the sacraments, 55; those bers, 43; the fountain and author of all approved of by the Church to be used graces, 143; the mediator between God at mass, 160. and men, 234; promised to the fathers, Chalice, use of, whether to be allowed, 31; the author and finisher of the sacra- 144. ments, 54, 193; died for all men, 31; Chaplains, royal, privileges of limited, and for our salvation, 82; is contained 216. in the Eucharist, 76; is received entire"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-417",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Chapter, visitors from, to be approved under either species, 78, 82-3, 140-I ;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-418",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "of by the bishop, 209; duty of, sede merited justification for us, 31, 34, 43vacante, 223; when may grant letters 4; has promised to the Church a mouth dimissory, 62: when to appoint a stewand wisdom, 133; in Him we have reard during the vacancy of the see, 223; demption and remission of sins, 33; advice of the Chapter to be taken in through Him satisfaction is made, 103; the choice of a lecturer and teacher, 25; they who love Him keep His commandin assigning canonries to various orders, ments, 38; advent of, 31; His merits, 218; in regulating the divine service, 22, 31, 35.43; His fast, 74; divinity, 219; and the seminary, 189, 191; in 78; love towards us, 82, 153; the woraugmentations of poor prebends, 222; ship of latria due to Him, 79, 83. in all that does not concern the bishop's Christians, when bound to communior their own advantage, 260-1; in the cate, 83; what should be the works of, substitution of a delegated judge, 267; revenues of Chapter, 189; rights, juris- 13.Christian 38-9life, ought to be a perpetual diction, and administration of in tempenance, 104. porals to remain untouched, 261; Church, the pillar of truth, 76; a Chapters of cathedrals subject to epispious mother, 156; taught by Christ copal visitation, 52; how and when, and His apostles, 75; and by the Holy 259-61; limitation of their privileges Ghost, 75, 232: the house of God and in regard of conservators, 115; wherein of prayer, 161; the common mother,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-419",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CANONS AND DECREES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-420",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "134; purchased by the blood of Christ, Clerks of the Society of Jesus, 247. 50; His beloved spouse, 153; does not Cloistered monks, their lectures on S. judge of what is hidden, 197; on whom Scripture not subject to episcopal examishe exercises judgment, 94; invites herenation, 26. tics to the Council, 134; hopes for their Cluny, privileges of, 245. conversion, 122, 126; for just causes she Coadjutors, when to be assigned, 148; communicates the laity under one kind, and how, 262. 141-2; it is hers to judge of the true 262.Coadjutorships with future succession, sense of Scripture, ig; she dispenses in certain impediments to marriage, 194; Collation of orders to be gratuitous, he does not deserve her mercy who des- 144; see Orders. pises her commands, 201. Colleges, privileges of, 64, 116; not to Church Catholic, the rites of to be hinder the jurisdiction of the bishop, 216; observed, 55; power of the, 141, 277. to be visited by the bishop, 167; may Church Roman, the mother and not grant dimissory letters, 182; students mistress of all churches, 56, 107, 157, in, how exempted, 216; colleges for 278-9. youth, how to be instituted, 187-92. Churches patrimonial, 225; receptive, Collegiate church, how to provide for 225; those of no diocese by whom to be a lecture on S. Scripture, 25. visited, 215; decayed to be restored or Commandments of the gospel and of transferred, 62, 149-50; of two dioceses the decalogue to be observed, 38, 46; not to be united, 118. are not impossible, 46. Churches, the government of formid- Commemoration of the dead, 259. able even to angels, 49; to whom to be Commendatary monasteries to be visientrusted, 49, 58, 163, 204-5; plurality ted, 150. of prohibited, 59, 224; usurpers of Commendam benefices held in perchurch property, 168-9; revenues of, how petual, 69. to be spent, 169. Communion, for whom and when Church hierarchy, how ordered, 1 70-1. necessary, 83, 143; by whom to be Church liberty and immunity of, 272. frequently received, 183; preparation Circumstances of sins, 98. for, 80; therein, under one species, the Citation of a bishop, 88. whole Christ is received, 78, 82. Civil causes, how to proceed in, 64; Commutations of last wills, how and how judgment is to be enforced, 257. when to be permitted, 166, 258. Clandestine marriages, decree concern- Composition for fruits unlawfully reing, 196-9. ceived, prohibited, 177. Clerics, their vocation, 162; what Computation, ecclesiastical, to be they are to avoid, iii, 162, 270; who taught in seminaries, 188. enjoy the privileges of the ecclesias- Concubinage, sin of, 202. tical court, 180; of what importance Concubinaries, punishment of, 202, their example is, 162, 270; dress of, 270-1; when to obtain dispensation, 271. 116, 162; demeanour and conversa- Concupiscence remains in the baptised, tion, lb.; method of life, iii, 162; 24. even if exempted may be punished Conditions to be abolished in promoby the bishop, 52, 1 14; delinquents tions to benefices, 221-2. may be imprisoned, 271; forbidden to Confession is necessary of divine right, marry, 195; not to beg, and how to 97, 108; is a part of penance, 95; how be provided for, 145; how scandalous to be made and of what sins, 97-8, 109; livers are to be punished, 148, 270; when especially to be made, and to how those who seize on ecclesiastical whom, 99, 109; not impossible, 98, 109; property, 168-9! ^°^ those guilty of when necessary for the participation of homicide, r 17; degradation and depothe Eucharist, 80; secret confession, 99, sition of, 87, 260; immunities and 109; the minister of, 99, 100. privileges of renewed, 272-3; signs of Confessor of nuns to be at times virtue in, 183; a wandering priest not changed, 244; duty of, in enjoining to be allowed to say mass, 160, 186; penances, 104. is a sacrament, 58; the married clerics, ministry of, 186; their Confirmation privileges, 180; dice, banquetings, &c., ordinary minister thereof, the bishop, prohibited, 162-3. 58, 173-4; required before receiving"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-421",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDEX TO THE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-422",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3i8 the tonsure, 179; imprints a character, in their favour, 276; decree on residence 55, 172: between whom it creates a to be published, 178; and on matrispiritual affinity, 199. mony, 198-9. Confraternities to be visited, 167. Degradation, actual, when to be in- Consecration of bishops, where to be flicted, 87. performed, 178; to be received within Degrees of affinity and consanguinity, a fixed time, 62, 178. Consecration of the bread and wine, 194. 199, 201. verbal, 87. Deposition efficacy of, 78. Dignities, ecclesiastical, why institu- Conservatory letters, to whom and ted, 217; on whom to be conferred, when available, 115- 217; what the penalty on those digni- Consistory, cathedral church, when taries that do not serve, 164. vacant, to be provided for therein, 206. Dioceses, why distinguished, 118. Constance, Council of, 125, 137. Diocesan synod to be celebrated an- Constitutions of churches approved nually, 208: who are to be present of, 146, 164, 218, 259; of Regulars, 237 thereat, 208, 255: what to be transacted el «!/.; abolished, 221. therein, 255, 267. Continency of deacons and sub-dea- Discipline necessary for the people, cons, 184. 85; ecclesiastical to be preserved and Contrition, what, 95; part of penance, restored, 275: monastic, 251; and Re- 95, 108; necessary, 95; a voluntary act, gular, 237. 97; when imperfect is called attrition, Dispensations matrimonial, when, 96; how produced and effects of, 96, how, and to whom to be granted, 201: 108. in cases of homicide, 117, 213; to be Contumacy severely punished, 51, ordained by any prelate, 63; when of 147, 164, 178, 218, 258. avail in regard of residence, 5 1; when to Convent, see Monastery. be granted in cases of irregularity, 213; Convertites, or penitent women, 249. to be exhibited when in favour of plu- Corpus Christi, festival of. See Fesrality -with cure, 60; those called graces tival. when of avail, 165-6, 274: how and Court, ecclesiastical, by whom causes when to be granted, 117, 165-61-201, to be heard in, 229; who enjoy the pri- 213, 271, 274; to be consigned to the vileges of, 180. ordinaries when given out of the Roman Criminal causes, by whom to be heard, Court, 165-6. 229, 270-1; when an appeal is allowed, Distributions daily how to be orgaand to whom, 86; how to proceed therenised, or increased, 146, 164, 222; how in, 86; how an execution is to be levied, to be apportioned, 146, 164; by whom 256, 260; against bishops, 212. to be received, 218. Cure of souls not to be neglected, 49, Divine offices to be arranged by the 51, 60-2, 150, 233. provincial synod, 219. Curate, see Parish Priest. Divorce as regards bed and board, 195. Custom of places, 25, 52, i68, 228, Doctors to be placed over cathedral 261; when to be regarded as law, 142; churches, 163; as vicars to bishops, when confers jurisdiction, 164; empow- 223; to be deputed as examiners, 226; ers to sit in council, 72, 130, et alib. to be appointed to the scholasterise, 191; D. as penitentiaries, 214; as archdeacons, 217; as dignitaries, 218; what their Deacons, institution; and mention of duties, and what to promise in univerin S. Scripture, 186; age required for, sities, 256. See also Lecturer. 183; continency of, 184. Dowery in cases of abduction, 202. Deans, visitation by, 209; what causes Dress of clerics, 11 6-7; by whom to not to be examined by, 230. be worn, 180, 187; habit does not make Decrees of Trent to be accepted in the monk, 116; not to be laid aside if provincial and diocesan synod, 255; by borne during five years, 250: not to \\x whom especially to be received, 255-6; worn secretly, 250."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-423",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "on the life and conversation of clerics Duelling prohibited, and penalties of,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-424",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "to be observed, 162; and those relative 274-5; advisers and witnesses, &c., to lie to the episcopal dignity, 273; and those punished, 275."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-425",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CANONS AND DECREES. 319"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-426",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Excommunicated, those who enter the enclosure of nuns, 240; the abduc- Easter Communion, 83; old and new tors of virgins, and those who counpassover, 153-4tenance abduction, 201-2; clerics who: Elect of God cannot be known but by keep concubines, 202-3 > those who: special revelation, 39-40. seize on the property of the Church, Electfon of prelates and parish priests, 168-9 > who force a virgin or widow to and others, 205, 217-8; of Regular Suenter a convent, 249; who force those periors, 241; of unworthy persons to be subject to them to marry against their annulled, 59; to benefices, 217-8, 225will, 203-4; those who fight a duel, coun- 8, 259; to benefices under right of pasel, or witness it, 274-5. tronage, 120, 225-6, 264; who to be Execution, how to be levied, 257. elected, 49, 64, 163, 217, 225-6: age Executors of last wills, 167. required, 180, 217; examination ordered, Exempted persons, causes affecting, 64, 226-7. 64. Emperor and kings to preserve the Exemptions, limitation of, 216. immunities and liberties of the Church, Exorcist, order of, 171. 275; those usurping the goods of the Expectatives abolished, 228. Church are excommunicated, 168-9 > as Extreme Unction, see Unction. also those who grant a place for duelling, ^74-5-. Inquiry into the life and conversation of those to be promoted to cathedral Fabric of the Church, administrators churches; the same in regard of cardiof to give an account to the bishop, 167nals, 205-6. 8; revenues of benefices held by con- Enclosure of nuns to be preserved, or cubinaries to be applied thereunto, 270; restored, 240. and of non-resident bishops, 177. Eucharist, the symbol of unity, 75, of Faculties avail, 63. de non-promovendo, when 77, 81; pledge of future glory, 77; spiritual food of the soul, 77; antidote Faith, the beginning of salvation and i against faults and sin, 77; symbol of a root of justification, 36; faith alone, sacred thing and the visible form of an what, 35, 38-9, 46, 55; without penance invisible grace, 77; life of the soul and bestows not forgiveness of sins, 100- 1; perpetual health of the mind, 82; bread why dead without works, 35, 38-9; of angels, 82; why carried in procession, effects of, 36; its accompaniments, 37; 79; not to be kept within the enclosure is not lost by every mortal sin, 42. For or in the choir of convents, 244; how to the rest see Sess. VI., deer, et can. be received and preparation required, Faith, profession of, by whom to be 80, 84; institution of the sacrament, 76made, 206, 217; rudiments of to be 7; excellency of, 77; cult and venerataught to children, 211. ■ tion of, 79, 82-3; effects of, 77, 83; to Fasting, flesh, 279. efficacy of, 74; mortifies the be adored, 83; decrees and canons on, 82-4; to be reserved and carried to the Festivals of the saints, how to be sick, 80, 83; Christ is truly and really celebrated, 236; those appointed by the contained therein, 76, 82. bishop to be observed by Regulars, 245; Eugenius, constitution of, avails not the faithful are to repair thereon to their those who have the cure of souls, parish church, 161; pastors not to be against the bishop, 178; nor the houseabsent on the greater festivals, 177; hold of cardinals, 216. festival of Corpus Christi, 79, 83, 177. Examination of those to be ordained, Fallen, method of reparation of, 41. 64, 179-80, 184-5; and of those to be Fee for visitation prohibited, 209-10. chosen for benefices, 226-7. Fieft, when to escheat to their direct Excommunication the sinews of ecclelords, 275; ecclesiastical usurpers of siastical discipline, 256; when to be inexcommunicated, 169. flicted, 256-7. Fines, pecuniary, to be assigned to Excommunicated persons to be refused 257; or to the fabric of the the sacraments and familiarity with the Church,places, pious 177,270. faithful, 257-8; if not repentant to be Form,' required in the celebration of suspected of heresy, 258. marriage, 197-8; in promotion to a"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-427",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDEX TO THE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-428",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "bishopric, 205-6; in proving legitimate liberty, 193-4: are anathematised, 283; causes of non-residence, 176-7. foolish security of, 36. Fornication, affinity contracted by, Hierarchy, ecclesiastical, 172, 174. 200. Holy things manner, 155. to be treated in a holy Fruits, sequestration of, 150, 178; by whom cannot be retained with a safe Hospitals to be visited, 167; carefully conscience, 177, 263. governed, 65; the administrators of to Funeral dues, 269-70. exercise hospitality, 262-3! no' to hold Furniture of bishops, 254; and of office during more than three years, 264; Regulars, 238. hospitals granted «'« titulutn,'\\'&<), 262; privileges of, 116. 83. Hosts reserved,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-429",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "G."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-430",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Generals of orders, how to be chosen,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-431",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "24J."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-432",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Germany once second to no other Illiterate parish priests I. to have assiscountry in faith and obedience to the tants, 148. K. Pontiff, 71; safe-conduct given to Images to be had in churches, 234; Protestants of, 91, 122, 135; bishops of doctrine on, 234-6. at the C. of Trent, 74; their departure, Immunity, ecclesiastical, to be restored 127. and preserved, 275. (iod, the father of mercies, 31; the Impediments to marriage, 194, 199, author of both the Old and New Testa- 200. ment, iS; commands not impossibilities, Index of prohibited books, 133, 279. 38; works in us to will and to do, 40; Indulgences most salutary, 277; heaforsakes not the justified, unless forsaken venly treasures of the Church, 151; not by them, 38; l)estows chastity on those to be conferred for gain, 151; power to who ask for it rightly, 195. grant them given by Christ, 277; how Gospel, fountain of truth, 18. to be published, 151: how to be granted, Governors of churches, into what not 278; abuses therein to be abolished, 278. to obtrude themselves, 230. Indults, when of no avail, 225, 229. Grace prevenient, 32-3, 44; not from Infamous, who toie accounted, 275. works, 36; how lost by sin, 42; is l)e- Infidelity, faith and grace lost by, 42. stowed through the sacraments, 55; Inhibition, when not to be granted, possibility of knowing if it have been 229; when to be disregarded, 86, 166, obtained, 36-7. 178, 215. Graces abolished, 228-9 • when have Institution of the Sacrament of the effect, 63, 87, 1 12-13, 165, 181,261. Eucharist, 77; of marriage, 193; of (Grammar, master of, to be appointed order, 171; of confession, 97, 108; of in certain churches, 27. penance, 92-3; of extreme unction, 105. Gregory X., 59-60. Institution to benefices under right of H. patronage, 120, 227. Interdict ordained by the ordinaries to be observed by Regulars, 245. Hell, fear of, 45. Irregularity, when and how to be dis- Heads of orders, 245, 251. pensed with, 213. Hereditary succession to benefices prohibited, 261. Heresy, who is to absolve from, 213; does not dissolve the bond of marriage, Janitor, 171. 194; who to be suspected of, 258; here- Jesus, clerks of the Society of, 247. sies in r^ard of the sacraments, 54 et John, baptism of, 56. seq., %2etseq., 107 et seq., 143, 158-9, Judges, ecclesiastical, take cognisance 172-4, 194-6; anathematised, 255, 280, of matrimonial causes, 196; must refrain 283; evils of, 54, 255. from ecclesiastical censures, 256-7; must Heretics invited to the Council, 134, terminate causes expeditiously, 268; how 280; called innovators, 104; under preto enforce their sentence, 257-8. text of the Gospel they introduce carnal Judges, secular, not to hinder ecclesi-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-433",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "J-"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-434",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CANONS AND DECREES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-435",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "astical judges, 257; penalties on judges bishops, 223; as examiners, 226; peniwho throw obstacles in the way of an aptentiaries, 214; archdeacons, 217; to the pellant, 231; delegated judges how to be scholasterise, 191;^ to dignities, 218. chosen, 267-8. Lord's day, the people to be instructed Jurisdiction of ordinaries not to be hinon, 27; and to come to their parish dered,-229-31; of chapters wherein left church, i6i. 321 untouched, 261; not lawful to farm out Life eternal, how acquired, 35; to be ecclesiastical, 268. expected by the good, 38-9, 42-3, 47; Just fall at times into venial sins, 38, who are excluded from, 42..47- Justification, causes of, 34-6; effects of, ib.; fruits of, 42-4; increase of, 37; pre- M. paration for, 33, 45; canons on, 44-9; 228.Mandates de providendo abolished, of adults, 32; of the impious, 32; why said to be by faith, 36; and gratuitously, Mare magnum of the Regulars not to 36; by Christ, 31-2; inability of nature hinder the execution of the decrees of Trent, 253. and of the law to justify, 30-1. Justice, infusion of the justice of God, Mary, Blessed Virgin, free from venial 43-S-. sin, 47; conception of the, 24. Justice, public, impediment to matri- Mass a true sacrifice, 152, 158; promony from, 200. pitiatory, 154, 159; a tremendous mystery, 160; to be piously and purely K. celebrated, ib.; how much and whom it profits, 154, 159-60, 233; what to be Keys, power of the, 93, 97, 103, no. avoided in the celebration of, 14, 159; Knowledge required in a bishop, 163. contains important instructions, 157; L. not to be celebrated indiscriminately in the vulgar tongue, ib.; in memory of the saints, 155, 159; to be celebrated at a Lateran, great Council of, 58, 99; last proper hour, 161; not in private houses, Council of, 20. 1 60- 1; approved of though the priest Latria, worship of to be given to Christ alone communicate, 1 56; for the dead, in the Eucharist, 79, 83. 258; benefits those who dying in Christ Laymen receive communion from are not fully purified, 155, 159, 233; priests, 81; are not obliged to receive new masses, 160; to be frequently celeunder both kinds, 140. brated, 185; in whose presence, where, Lector, order of, 171. and by whom not to be celebrated, 1 60- 1, Lecture on S. Scripture, where to be 186; the honorarium for the celebration established, 24-7. of mass not to be importunately de- Lecturer, stipend of, 25; privilege of, manded, 160. 26-7. Masters of grammar, where to be ap- Legacies for pious uses, 258. pointed, 25-6. Legates a latere, wherein not to inter- Masters in theology to be selected for fere, 230; how to proceed in appeals and cathedral churches, 163; for the schoinhibitions, 166. lasteriae, 191; for archdeaconries, 217; ■ Lent an acceptable time, 99. for dignities, 218; for penitentiaries, Letters conservatory, 115; commen- 214 26-7.; for examiners, 226; privileges of, datory, 113, 186; testimonial, 144, 180; dimissory, 62, 113, 144; to be granted Matrimony, a great sacrament, adds gratis, 144; and by whom, 62, 144. grace to ancient wedlock, 193; institu- Liberty, ecclesiastical, not to be vioted by Christ, it confers grace, 193-4; lated, 275-6; of virgins to be dedicated is holy, and to be treated in a holy manto God to be preserved, 248. ner, 204; should be entered into volun- Licence to preach to be granted gratis, tarily, 196; and with the consent of 29; also to withdraw from a benefice, parents, though that consent is not neces- 177; for non-residence, by whom to be sary, ib.; to be preceded by banns, ib.; examined and approved of, 176. to be celebrated in the face of the church, Licentiates to be placed over cathethe parish priest asking the necessary drals, 163; to be appointed vicars to questions in a given form of words,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-436",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "NN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-437",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDEX TO THE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-438",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "197-8; two or three witnesses required, 243: to have a lecturer on sacred Scripa.; the blessing to be received from ture, 26: what property they may posthe parish priest, 198; to be preceded sess, 237-8: not to be built without the by confession and 'communion, ib.; the bishop's consent, 239: not to have an praiseworthy customs of each province unusual number of inmates, ib.; conin r^ard thereof to be preserved, ib.; gregations of,242-3. impediments to, 194, 200-1; when not Monastic life, discipline of, to be revalid, 197: how dissolved, 195: separastored, 252. tion from bed and board, ib.; vagrants Monitions, when two are to precede to be married with caution, 202: clansentence, 256, 27 1: to be given to exdestine marriage abhorred by the Church, communicated persons, 257: when to 196-7: liberty of, not to be restrained, be issued for the sake of causing a 203-4: ceremonies used at, not to be discovery, 256. despised, 196: solemnisation of prohi- Monts-de-pi^t^ to be visited, 168. bited at certain times, 195-6: matrimonial causes belong to ecclesiastics, 196. N. Merit of the passion of Christ, 3i-S> 43: of men the gift of God, 43-4: of good Notaries, what, and when may be works, 42-3. paid for letters dimissory, 145: when Metropolitan, o6Gce of, in choosing incompetent, or guilty of any delinlecturers, 25: to denounce non-resident quency, how to be punished, 168: within bishops to the Pope, 51: to examine the what time to fiimish copies of proceedcauses assigned for absence, 176: to ings, 231. heresy, 93. punish bishops who are negligent in Novatian establishing a seminary, 1 90: to remedy Novices, when to be admitted to prothe negligence of Regulars, 28, 243: and fession, 246. of the chapter during the vacancy of the Nuncios apostolic, in what cases not see, 223: to visit his own diocese, 208: to interfere, 230: how to proceed in and when the churches of the bishop of appeals and inhibitions, 166. the province, 209: to convoke the pro- Nuns, when to confess and to comvincial synod, 207: to establish colleges, municate, 244: neither to be constrained 191: to judge of certain matters with to enter, nor prevented from entering, a the help of the provincial synod, 176, convent, 249: property of, 237-8: not 236 (see Provincial Council): to erect to leave their convent, 239: within what congregations of monasteries, 243: is time, how, and at what age, profession bound to personal residence, 50, 175-6: to be made, 247. See Monastery, if non-resident, is to be denounced by the oldest suffragan, 50: who is to ap- O. prove of his reasons for absence, 176: if negligent in establishing a seminary, Oratories, the bishop to grant permisto be reproved by the provincial synod, sion for, and to visit, 161. 1 90: punishment of, if he neglect to Ordained are to serve in their own convoke the provincial synod at the apchurch, 164, 180: penalties on those not pointed time, 208. ordained by their own bishops, 53, 62, Military order of St. John of Jerusa- 114, 181: and on those ordained by em, immunities of, 190: regulations in licence during the vacancy of the ^'see, regard thereof, 216, 252. 63: by the secular power, 173-4. Ministers of the sacraments, 55, 100, Order sacred, one of the seven sacra- 106, 109. ments, 172, 174: confers grace, ib.: Miracles, how to be admitted, 236. and the power of absolving, 185: im- Missal, reformation of the, 279. prints a character, 55, 172. Monasteries, even though subject to Orders, greater and minor, 171, 174, the Apostolic See, to be visited, and how, 183-4: duties of, to be revived, 186-7: 243: also those held in commendam, the requisite orders, when to be received 1 50: even though they be heads of vrithinayear, 165: the interstitia to he orders, and how, 250: how abbots to be observed, 183: minor orders, on whom chosen for, 251-2: those that have the to be conferred, ib.; are a step to the cure of souls, to whom subject, 244-5: higher orders, 174, 183. when and how subject to the bishop. Ordinary, see Bishop."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-439",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CANONS AND DECREES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-440",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ordination to be conferred by the to receive the decrees of Trent, to probishop, 173-4: and by each one's own mise obedience thereto, and to anathebishop, 53, 62, 114, 181: instituted by matise heresies, 254: to be hospitable, Christ, 173: how, when, and where to 262: how to be aided when poor, 147, be conferred, 181: at what age, 183-4 269: when ignorant, 148. See also Cleric. to be administered gratuitously, 144-5 and after examination, 64, 179, 184. Parishioners to hear the virord of God with what ceremonies, 174: of those in their own parish churches, 211: to guilty of homicide, 117; not to be' conreceive the sacraments there, 221: when ferred on those who have not a benefice, to assist their parish priests, 147, 220. or whereon to live, 145: to be preceded Patriarch, see Metropolitan. by confirmation, 179: by a knowledge Patrimony, when not to be alienated, of the rudiments of the faith, &c., ib.; 146. and a proper age, 183-4: good testimo- Patronage, right of, how acquired, nials required, 179-81, 184: and expe- 120, 264: how to be proved, 264: not rience in previous orders, 183; to be to be transferred, 265: election and inconferred only on those useful or necesstitution tobenefices under, 227, 265: sary for the churches of their own bishop, in what cases it is abrogated, 265. 186: evils of the ordination of unsuit- Penance, what, 93: before the coming able persons, 114. of Christ not a sacrament ib.; called Original sin, 2\\, et seq. a second plank after shipwreck, 41, 107: P. what it comprises, 41, 95, 107: why, when, and by whom instituted, 92-3, Parish churches with slight revenues, 107: in what it differs from baptism, how to be provided for, 219-20: vrith 41, 94, 107: its utility and parts, 95, 107: what not to be united, 220: when not fruits of, 95, 102-3. to be burthened with pensions and re- Penance, public, when to be imposed, servations, 221: when vacant, 225: when to be repaired or transferred, 147: Penitentiary to be appointed in catheto be created in certain cities, 221: the dral churches, 214. word of God to be heard therein, 211: Pensions, when not to be done away 214.' and there the sacraments to be received, with, 145-6: on what churches not to 221. be imposed, 22i_: to whom not allowed, Parishes, why divided, 118: when fresh parishes are to be erected, 147: 272.Perseverance, gift of, 40, 46. or subdivided, 221. Peter, prince of the apostles, 39. Parish pxiest, duty of, to preach, 27, Pictures, instruction from, and of 175, 211: to explain the mass, 158: what character to be, 235-6. the decrees on matrimony, 199: to teach Pius IV. indicts the Council, 128: children obedience, and the rudiments and confirms it, 285, et seq. of the faith, 211: to explain the efficacy Plurality of benefices and churches and use of the sacraments, 213: and prohibited, 59, 224. the sacred oracles and the maxims of Pontiff, Sovereign, vicar on earth of salvation, 214: to recommend the ob- God, 49: his supreme authority, 51, servance of the fasts and festivals, 279: loi; remains untouched by anything to know his people, and to offer sacriin the decrees of, Trent, 58, 277: profice for them, to administer to them the vides the churches with pastors, 49: has sacraments, and to give them good exto ordain in regard of impediments to ample, 175: to celebrate mass fremarriage and to dispense therein, 194quently, 185: to have a fatherly care of 5: indicts General Councils, 71: and the poor and distressed, 175: to reside confirms the decrees thereof, 281: has at his own church, y., 17S: to observe to clear up any doubts therein, 280: to the decrees on marriage, 198: to bless approve of the form for the examination nuptials, ib.; to keep a register of bapof bishops, 206: to consult for the good tisms, 199: and marriages, 198: to be of the Church, 280-1: and his the solicipresent at the diocesan synod, 208, 255: tude thereof, 207: has to create cardito observe certain things in regard of nals, ib.; and bishops, 49, 174: to prothose to be baptised, 199: to lay aside vide for the necessities of those who all carnal afifection for relatives, 254: resign, 225: and for unprovided churches,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-441",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDEX TO THE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-442",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "220: to see to the reformation of studies, Priories to be visited by the bishop, 256: to arrange in r^ard of coadjutors, 262: to correct abuses touching Indul- ISO-Priors and prioresses, election of, 241. gences, 278: to punish non-resident Privileges, the cause of much conbishops, 51: and concubinaries, 271: to fusion, 271: when of no avail in vacant terminate graver causes affecting bishops, parochial churches, 225: not to reside 89, 212: and to examine into the causes are abolished, 51, 218, et passim. of their non-residence, 176: to be re- Profession, how and when to be made, ferred to r^arding those who attend not 246-7. at the provincial synod, 255: employs Proposing clause explained, 231-2. the advice of cardinals in the adminis- Protonotary, 216. tration of the universal Church, 254: Provincials, when not to be appointed, was justified in reserving to himself 241-Publication of decrees on residence, absolution from the more heinous crimes, loi: his to absolve those who have usurped ecclesiastical property, 169: can Purgatory, 48, 155: doctrine of, 232-3. 178. consign causes out of the Roman court, 212, 267: and how, 229: without consulting him, nothing unusual, in matters of importance, to be determined on, Quaestors of alms, forbidden to preach, 236: obedience to be rendered him by 29: their very name to be utterly abolall, 255. ished, 151. Pontifical functions not to be exer- R. cised by one bishop in the diocese of another, 53. Reatus of eternal punishment, how Poor to be taught gratuitously, 25: done away with, 48: that of temporal to be selected for the Seminary, 188: punishment may still remain, ib. care of them on the part of the bishop, Rector, see Parish Priest. Q- 167. Regress abolished, 261. Poverty, vow of, 237. Regulars not to preach without the Preaching, the main office of bishops, bishop's licence, 28: especially against 27, 175, 211 ■ not permitted to all perthe will of the bishop, 211; not to hear sons, 28-9, 21 1: especially without a confessions vdthout being previously licence, 28-9. examined, 185: not to possess property, Prebendaries, on whom to be con- 237-8: not to subject themselves ferred, 218: and how, 259: poor, how to any without permission from their to be augmented, 219: residence resuperior, 239: nor without that perquired, 218. mission to leave their monasteries, ib.; Presentation, right of belongs to nor to cease to wear their religious bishops, 120. dress, 250: not to wear it in secret, ib.; Presbyters, why so called, 103, III: not to pass to a less rigid order, ib.; age required, 184: who are to be orhow to be ordained, 182: how to regudained, 184: when to celebrate mass, late their lives, 237: to live in a monas- 185. tery even when absent on account of Prestimonies, 25, 118, 190. their studies, 238: what orders of the Priests, the vicars of Christ, 97: prebbhop they are bound to comply with, sidents and judges, 97, too: the minis- 24S: are to assist at public processions, ters of the sacraments, 55, 97, 105-6, ib.; within what time they are to make 109: theirs the ministry of the keys, 97, their profession, 246-7: those living out 109: are to preach, 172: by whom of their monastery, when to be allowed instituted, 1 58: communicate themselves, to preach, 29: may be corrected by the 81, 84: when may celebrate without Ordinary, 52,64: when, 150; sometimes confession, 81: cannot become laymen, also even when living within their mo- 172: dignity and jwwer of, 97, 100, 103, nastery, 246; benefices of, on whom to 105-6, 158: effect of their example, be conferred, 119. 162, 185, 254: power of priests in mor- Regular discipline to be restored, 237. tal sin, 100. Regular superiors, how to be ap- Primate, see Metropolitan ^sA Bishop. pointed, 241."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-443",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CANONS AND DECREES. 325"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-444",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious, see Clerics, Regulars. Singing in church, character of, 219: Relics of martyrs and of saints, 234-5. what kind prohibited at mass, 161. Renunciation of property before pro- Sins, mortal, to be confessed, 97-8, fession, when null and void, 247. 108-9 '■ also the circumstances that Rescripts, when of effect, 88, 113, 165, change the species of, 98, 108: how 181, 274. remitted, 36: and by whom, 93, 100, Reservations, mental, prohibited, 229. 103. 107, 109, 171, 173: venial, com- Reserved cases, loi. mitted bythe just, 38, 47: need not be Residence, primates, patriarchs, and confessed, 98: temporal punishment of metropolitan bound to, 50, 175: also sin not always remitted with the guilt, cardinals, 175: as also all holding benefices requiring it by divine or human 41,Sixtus 48. IV., constitution of, in regard right, 51: those having dignities, perof the 24. Mary, Conception of the Blessed Virgin sonates, and offices, 146, 164: or canonries, prebends, or portions, 146: sin and Society of Jesus, see Jesus. punishment of non-residents, 50-1, 146, Sponsors in baptism, 199, 200. 164, 177-8, 218-9. Spirit, Holy, operation of, 34, 44. Resignation of benefices, when pro- Sub-deacons, ordination of, 183-4 '■ hibited, 145, 190, 272: when obligatory, age required for, ib.: to communicate &c., see Benefices. at least vals, 184.on Sundays and solemn festi- Rites of the Church to be observed, S5-6, 156, 159. Sub-deaconship, ranks amongst the greater orders, 171. Sub-priors, by whom to be appointed, Sacrament, what, 77. Successor to a benefice not bound by 251- Sacraments, seven, 54: instituted by certain acts of his predecessor, 268. Christ, ib.: contain grace, 55: one more Suffrages of the faithful for the souls of excellent than another, 54: intention rethe departed, 232. quired in the minister of the, 55: differ Suspension from orders and rank, not from those of the Old Law, 54: their to be removed against the will of the utility, ib.: necessity of, ib.: essentials bishop, 112. of, 55: ministers of the, ib. -. those which Symbol of faith, 15-6. imprint a character, ib. Synod, diocesan, to be celebrated Sacrament of baptism, see Baptism, annually, 208: what to be done therein, &c. 178, 255, 258. 267- Sacrifice of the mass, what it contains, and the effects of, 154: by whom instituted, 171. See Mass. Saints, invocation of, 233-6. Testaments, bishops are executors of, Satisfaction, part of penance, 95: how 167: the pious bequests in, to be commade, 41, 104, iio: available through plied with, 233. Christ, 103: what to be enjoined the Testators, last intentions of, to be obpenitent, 103: fruits of, 102: works of, served, 258: when and wherefore such 104. are to be changed, 166: and how to be Scriptures, Sacred, canon of, 17-9: carried into effect, 258. lectureship of, where to be established, Testimonial letters, 144, 180. 24-6: to.be read at the table of bishops, Tithes due to God, 269: payment of 14: what interpretation thereof prohinot to be hindered, and to be made in bited, 19-20: the words of not to be full, &c., 36. turned to profane and irreverent uses, Titular bishops, licence of restrained, 1 12-3. 201: approved edition of, 19. See Bible. Tonsure, on whom to be conferred, Seminary, ecclesiastical, 180, 187-92. 179: who enjoy the privileges attached Sequestration of fruits, 149, 178. to the, 180. Simony, all that savours of, prohibited, Transfer of simple benefices, 149. 145, 221, 226. Transubstantiation, 78, 82."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-445",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "INDEX TO THE CANONS AND DECREES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-446",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "U."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-447",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unction extreme, what, and why in- Vicar of the bishop to be a doctor or stituted, 104: and by whom, 105, IIO: licentiate, 223: his duty in collating is a true sacrament, ib.: the matter and to benefices, 226-7. form of, 105: effects of, ib.: minister Vicars, when and what to be deputed of, 106: is called the sacrament of the to benefices, 52, 60, 148, 225, 273. departing, 106: how assailed by here- Vicarages, when and how to be aboltics, ib.: when to be administered, ib.: ished, 272-3. may be repeated, ib. Virginity, state of, more blessed than Unction holy, in ordination, 174. that of marriage, 195. Unions of benefices for life, abrt^ated, Visitation, benefices with cure sub- 60, 224; those formed within forty ject to, 61: also all churches, even those years to be examined into, 61, 220, exempted, 62, 150: and Secular churches 265-6: when to be revoked, 61, 265-6: of no diocese, 215: all benefices and how to be formed, 61: and when, 148, monasteries held in commendam, and 190, 220, 222: and of what benefices even though exempted, 150: of monas or churches, 148, 220, 222: not to have teries that are the heads of their order, effect in churches of different dioceses, 250: hospitals, confraternities, monls- 118: nor in case of dignities and the de-pieti, and all charitable places, 167 like, 220. of dioceses by their respective bishops, United benefices to be visited, 6l. 208: of clerics both Secular and Regu- Universities, privileges of, 64, 261: lar, 52, 114: how to be performed, what to be done by the reformers of, 208-10: power of bishops therein, 215, 255- 259-61: when appeal allowed, 86: ob Usurpers of ecclesiastical property ject of, 61-2, 150, 209. excommunicated, 168-9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-448",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cornell Catholic Union Library."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-449",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE END."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "dei-filius",
      "council": 20,
      "title": "Dei Filius",
      "type": "Dogmatic constitution",
      "date": "1870-04-24",
      "languages": {
        "it": {
          "code": "it",
          "label": "Italiano",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/i-vatican-council/documents/vat-i_const_18700424_dei-filius_it.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vat-i-dei-filius-it.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "COSTITUZIONE DOGMATICA DEI FILIUS* DEL SOMMO PONTEFICE PIO IX"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Vescovo Pio, servo dei servi di Dio, con l’approvazione del Sacro Concilio. A perpetua memoria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Figlio di Dio e Redentore del genere umano, il Signore Nostro Gesù Cristo, accingendosi a ritornare al Padre celeste, promise che sarebbe rimasto con la sua Chiesa militante sulla terra, tutti i giorni, fino alla consumazione dei secoli. Pertanto Egli, in nessun tempo, mai tralasciò di essere sollecito ad aiutare la sua sposa diletta, di assisterla nell’insegnamento, di benedirla nelle sue opere, di soccorrerla nei pericoli. Questa sua salutare Provvidenza, come apparve di continuo da altri innumerevoli benefici, così si manifestò grandissima in quei frutti che pervennero a tutto l’Orbe cristiano dai vari Concili Ecumenici e segnatamente da quello di Trento, quantunque sia stato celebrato in tempi malagevoli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da questo Concilio infatti furono più espressamente definiti e più ampiamente esposti i dogmi santissimi della Religione, con la condanna e la repressione degli errori. Da tale Concilio venne reintegrata la disciplina ecclesiastica e più saldamente rinsaldata; fu promosso nel Clero l’amore della scienza e della pietà; furono preparati i collegi per educare gli adolescenti alla milizia sacerdotale; infine, furono restaurati i costumi del popolo cristiano con una più diligente istruzione dei fedeli e con l’uso più frequente dei Sacramenti. Ne derivò inoltre una maggiore comunione delle membra col Capo visibile, e si aggiunse maggior vigore a tutto il Corpo mistico di Cristo; si moltiplicarono gli ordini religiosi e gli altri istituti di pietà cristiana, e sorse quell’ardore assiduo e costante nel propagare largamente per il mondo il regno di Cristo, fino allo spargimento del sangue."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma mentre, con animo grato, rammentiamo doverosamente questi ed altri benefici che la divina clemenza ha elargito alla Chiesa, specialmente per mezzo dell’ultimo Sinodo ecumenico, non possiamo comprimere l’acerbo dolore causato principalmente dal fatto che o cadde in disprezzo presso moltissimi l’autorità del predetto santo Concilio, o perché si trascurarono i suoi sapientissimi decreti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certamente nessuno ignora che le eresie, già condannate dai Padri del Concilio Tridentino, si divisero in varie sette in conseguenza del rigetto che si faceva del divino magistero della Chiesa e con il lasciare in balìa del giudizio di ciascuno le verità relative alla religione; e queste sette, discordando tra loro e combattendosi, fecero venir meno in molti ogni fede in Cristo. Così le stesse Sacre Scritture, che prima erano proclamate come la sola fonte della verità e il codice unico della dottrina cristiana, finirono coll’essere ritenute non più libri divini, fino ad essere annoverate fra i racconti mitici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Allora nacque e si diffuse ampiamente quella dottrina del razionalismo, o naturalismo, che combattendo in tutto la religione cristiana appunto perché di istituzione soprannaturale, con ogni sforzo si adopera di ottenere che, bandito il Cristo (il solo Signore e Salvatore nostro) sia dalla mente degli uomini, sia dalla vita e dai costumi dei popoli, si potesse instaurare il regno – come dicono – della pura ragione e della natura. Abbandonata poi e rigettata la religione cristiana, rinnegato il vero Dio e il suo Cristo, alla fine molti precipitarono nel baratro del panteismo, del materialismo, dell’ateismo, cosicché, negando la stessa natura razionale e ogni norma di giustizia e di rettitudine, arrivano ad abbattere i fondamenti essenziali della società umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Imperversando poi dovunque questa empietà, accadde miserabilmente che molti, pure figli della Chiesa cattolica, si smarrirono dalla via della vera pietà, ed oscurandosi in loro a poco a poco le verità, si attenuò anche il sentire cattolico. Trasportati da queste instabili e speciose dottrine, confondendo malamente la natura con la grazia, la scienza umana con la fede divina, arrivano a corrompere il senso genuino dei dogmi professati dalla Santa Madre Chiesa e mettono in pericolo l’integrità e la sincerità della fede."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In considerazione di tutte queste cose, come non possono commuoversi le intime viscere della Chiesa? Poiché, come Dio vuole che tutti gli uomini siano salvi e giungano a conoscere la verità; come Cristo venne per salvare ciò che era perduto a congregare in uno i figli che erano dispersi, così la Chiesa, costituita da Dio Madre e Maestra dei popoli, ben sa di essere debitrice a tutti: pertanto è sempre pronta a sollevare i caduti, a sostenere i vacillanti, ad abbracciare quelli che ritornano, a confermare i buoni e ad indirizzarli verso le cose migliori."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò in nessun tempo essa può astenersi dall’attestare e predicare la verità di Dio che risana ogni cosa, non ignorando quello che a lei è stato detto: “Lo Spirito mio che è in te, e le mie parole che posi sulla tua bocca, non si allontaneranno dalla tua bocca né ora, né mai” (Is 49,21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Noi dunque, seguendo le orme dei Nostri Predecessori, in virtù del Nostro Apostolico mandato, non cessiamo mai d’insegnare e difendere la verità cattolica e di condannare le dottrine perverse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ora poi essendo qui uniti con Noi, deliberanti, tutti i Vescovi del mondo cattolico, dalla Nostra autorità congregati nello Spirito Santo in questo Concilio Ecumenico, fondandoci sulla parola di Dio, contenuta nella Scrittura e nella Tradizione, come l’abbiamo ricevuta, santamente custodita e genuinamente interpretata dalla Chiesa cattolica, determinammo di professare e dichiarare al cospetto di tutti, da questa Cattedra di Pietro, con la potestà a Noi trasmessa da Dio, la salutare dottrina di Cristo, proscrivendo e condannando gli errori ad essa contrari."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capitolo I - Dio creatore di tutte le cose"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Santa Chiesa Cattolica Apostolica Romana crede e confessa che uno solo è il Dio vivo e vero, Creatore e Signore del cielo e della terra, onnipotente, eterno, immenso, incomprensibile, infinito per intelletto, volontà e per ogni perfezione, il quale essendo unica singolare, assolutamente semplice ed immutabile sostanza spirituale deve essere predicato realmente e per essenza, distinto dal mondo, in sé e per sé beatissimo, ineffabilmente eccelso sopra tutte le cose che sono e che si possono concepire fuori di Lui."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo solo vero Dio, per la Sua bontà e per la Sua onnipotente virtù, non già per accrescere od acquistare la Sua beatitudine, ma per manifestare la Sua perfezione attraverso i beni che dona alle Sue creature, con liberissima decisione fin dal principio del tempo produsse dal nulla l’una e l’altra creatura contemporaneamente, la spirituale e la corporale, cioè l’angelica e la terrena, e quindi l’umana, costituita in comune di spirito e di corpo [Conc. Later. IV, c. 1, Firmiter]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Iddio, con la Sua provvidenza, conserva e governa tutte le cose che Egli ha creato, estendendosi da un confine all’altro con forza, e disponendo soavemente ogni cosa (Sap 8,1). Infatti, tutte le cose sono nude e scoperte ai Suoi occhi (cf. Eb 4,13), anche quelle che per libera scelta delle creature saranno in avvenire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capitolo II - La Rivelazione"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La medesima Santa Madre Chiesa professa ed insegna che Dio, principio e fine di tutte le cose, può essere conosciuto con certezza al lume naturale della ragione umana attraverso le cose create; infatti, le cose invisibili di Lui vengono conosciute dall’intelligenza della creatura umana attraverso le cose che furono fatte (Rm 1,20). Tuttavia piacque alla Sua bontà e alla Sua sapienza rivelare se stesso e i decreti della Sua volontà al genere umano attraverso un’altra via, la soprannaturale, secondo il detto dell’Apostolo: “Dio, che molte volte e in vari modi parlò un tempo ai padri attraverso i Profeti, recentemente, in codesti giorni, ha parlato a noi attraverso il Figlio” (Eb 1,1-2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si deve a questa divina Rivelazione se tutto ciò che delle cose divine non è di per sé assolutamente inaccessibile alla ragione umana, anche nella presente condizione del genere umano può facilmente essere conosciuto da tutti con certezza e senza alcun pericolo di errore. Tuttavia non per questo motivo deve dirsi assolutamente necessaria la Rivelazione, ma perché nella Sua infinita bontà Dio destinò l’uomo ad un fine soprannaturale, cioè alla partecipazione dei beni divini, che superano totalmente l’intelligenza della mente umana; infatti Dio ha preparato per coloro che Lo amano quelle cose che nessun occhio vide, nessun orecchio mai udì, nessun cuore umano conobbe (1Cor 2,9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questa Rivelazione soprannaturale, secondo la fede della Chiesa universale, proclamata anche dal santo Concilio Tridentino, è contenuta nei libri scritti e nelle tradizioni non scritte ricevute dagli Apostoli dalla stessa bocca di Cristo o dagli Apostoli dalla stessa bocca di Cristo o dagli Apostoli, ispirati dallo Spirito Santo, tramandate di generazione in generazione fino a noi [Conc. Trid., Sess. IV, Decr. De Can. Script.]. Ora questi libri, sia del Vecchio che del Nuovo Testamento, integri in tutte le loro parti, come sono numerati nel decreto del medesimo Concilio e come si trovano tradotti nell’antica edizione latina, devono ritenersi per sacri e canonici. La Chiesa li considera sacri e canonici non perché, composti da opera umana, siano poi stati approvati dalla sua autorità, e neppure perché contengono la Rivelazione divina senza errore, ma perché, essendo stati scritti sotto l’ispirazione dello Spirito Santo, hanno Dio come autore e come tali sono stati affidati alla Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché quelle cose che il santo Concilio Tridentino decretò per porre conveniente freno alle menti presuntuose sono state interpretate in modo malvagio da taluni, Noi rinnoviamo il medesimo decreto e dichiariamo che questo è il suo significato: nelle cose della fede e dei costumi appartenenti alla edificazione della dottrina Cristiana deve essere tenuto per vero quel senso della sacra Scrittura che ha sempre tenuto e tiene la Santa Madre Chiesa, alla cui autorità spetta giudicare del vero pensiero e della vera interpretazione delle sante Scritture; perciò a nessuno deve essere lecito interpretare tale Scrittura contro questo intendimento o anche contro l’unanime giudizio dei Padri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capitolo III - La Fede"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Essendo l’uomo, in tutto il suo essere, dipendente da Dio, suo Creatore e Signore, ed essendo la ragione creata completamente soggetta alla Verità increata, noi siamo tenuti a prestare con la fede il nostro pieno ossequio di mente e di volontà a Dio rivelante. La Chiesa cattolica professa che questa fede, che è l’inizio della salvezza dell’uomo, è una virtù soprannaturale, con la quale, sotto l’ispirazione e la grazia di Dio, crediamo che le cose da Lui rivelate sono vere, non per la loro intrinseca verità individuata col lume naturale della ragione, ma per l’autorità dello stesso Dio rivelante, il quale né può ingannarsi, né può ingannare. La fede è, per testimonianza dell’Apostolo, sostanza delle cose sperate, argomento delle non apparenti (Eb 11,1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma affinché l’ossequio della nostra fede fosse conforme alla ragione, Dio ha voluto che agli aiuti interiori dello Spirito Santo, si unissero gli argomenti esterni della sua Rivelazione, cioè gli interventi divini, come sono principalmente i miracoli e le profezie che dimostrano luminosamente l’onnipotenza e la scienza infinita di Dio e sono segni certissimi della divina Rivelazione e adatti all’intelligenza di tutti. Per questo Mosè e i profeti, ma specialmente Cristo Signore fecero molti e chiari miracoli e profezie; e degli Apostoli leggiamo: “Essi poi partirono e predicarono dappertutto, cooperando il Signore e confermando la loro predicazione con prodigi che li accompagnavano” (Mc 16,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sta pure scritto: “Abbiamo il linguaggio profetico più sicuro, che fate bene ad osservare, come lampada che splende in un luogo oscuro” [2Pt 1,19]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Benché, dunque, l’assenso alla fede non sia un cieco impulso dell’anima, tuttavia nessuno riesce ad aderire alla verità del Vangelo nel modo necessario per il conseguimento dell’eterna salvezza, senza l’illustrazione e l’ispirazione dello Spirito Santo, il quale dà a tutti soavità nel consentire e credere alla verità [Syn. Araus., II, can. 7]. Pertanto la stessa fede, anche quando non opera per la carità, è dono di Dio, e il suo atto è opera ordinata alla salvezza, con cui l’uomo presta a Dio libera obbedienza, cooperando e consentendo alla Sua grazia, alla quale però può sempre resistere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quindi si devono credere con fede divina e cattolica tutte quelle cose che sono contenute nella parola di Dio, scritta o trasmessa per tradizione, e che vengono proposte dalla Chiesa, o con solenne definizione, o con il magistero ordinario e universale, come divinamente ispirate, e pertanto da credersi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché senza la fede è impossibile piacere a Dio e giungere all’unione con i suoi figli, così senza di essa nessuno potrà mai essere assoluto, come pure nessuno conseguirà la vita eterna senza aver perseverato in essa sino alla fine. Affinché poi potessimo adempiere il dovere di abbracciare la vera fede e perseverare costantemente in essa, Dio, mediante il Suo Figlio Unigenito, istituì la Chiesa e la insignì di così chiare note perché potesse essere conosciuta da tutti come custode e maestra della parola rivelata. Infatti alla sola Chiesa cattolica appartengono tutte quelle cose così ricche e così meravigliose che sono state divinamente predisposte per la credibilità della fede cristiana. Anzi, la Chiesa, per se stessa, cioè per la sua ammirevole propagazione nel mondo, per la sua esimia santità e per l’inesausta fecondità di tutti i suoi beni, per la sua unità, per l’invitta solidità è un grande e perenne motivo di credibilità, una testimonianza irrefragabile della sua istituzione divina."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Onde avviene che essa, come vessillo levato fra le genti (Is 11,12), invita continuamente a sé quelli che non credono, e assicura i suoi figli che la fede da loro professata poggia su solidissimo fondamento. A questa testimonianza proviene un efficacissimo aiuto dalla suprema virtù. Infatti il misericordioso Signore eccita gli erranti, e li aiuta con la sua grazia affinché possano giungere a conoscere la verità; conferma con la stessa grazia coloro che trasse dalle tenebre nella sua mirabile luce, affinché perseverino nella stessa luce: non abbandona mai nessuno se non è abbandonato. Conseguentemente, non è pari la condizione di coloro che con il celeste dono della fede aderirono alla verità cattolica e la condizione di coloro che, guidati da opinioni umane, seguono una falsa religione. Infatti, quelli che sotto il magistero della Chiesa hanno ricevuto la fede, non possono avere alcun giusto motivo per cambiare o mettere in dubbio la loro fede. Stando così le cose, rendendo grazie a Dio Padre, il quale ci ha fatti degni di partecipare nella luce alla sorte dei santi, non trascuriamo tanta salvezza, ma guardando all’autore e perfezionatore della fede, Gesù, manteniamo immutata la confessione della nostra speranza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capitolo IV - Della Fede e della Ragione"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’ininterrotto pensiero della Chiesa cattolica sostenne e sostiene che esiste un duplice ordine di cognizioni, distinto non solo quanto al principio, ma anche riguardo all’oggetto; quanto al principio, perché in uno conosciamo con la ragione naturale, nell’altro con la fede divina; quanto all’oggetto perché, oltre le cose a cui la ragione naturale potrebbe arrivare, ci viene proposto di credere misteri nascosti in Dio: misteri che non possono essere conosciuti senza la rivelazione divina. Per questo l’Apostolo, il quale asserisce che Dio è conosciuto dalle genti attraverso le cose che sono state create, trattando poi della grazia e della verità che ci sono venute da Gesù Cristo (Gv 1,17), afferma: “Noi parliamo di una sapienza di Dio, misteriosa, che è nascosta: di una sapienza che Dio ha ordinato prima dei secoli per la nostra gloria, e che nessuno dei principi di questa terra ha conosciuto. A noi è stata rivelata da Dio per mezzo del Suo Spirito: quello Spirito infatti scruta ogni cosa, anche le cose profonde di Dio (1Cor 2,7-9). Lo stesso Figlio Unigenito ringrazia il Padre di aver tenuto nascoste queste cose ai sapienti e di averle rivelate ai pargoli” (Mt 11,25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per la verità, la ragione, quando è illuminata dalla fede e cerca diligentemente, piamente e con amore, ottiene, con l’aiuto di Dio, una certa comprensione dei misteri, già preziosa per sé, sia per l’analogia con le cose che già conosce naturalmente, sia per la connessione degli stessi misteri fra di loro relativamente al fine ultimo dell’uomo. Essa, però, non è mai in grado di comprendere tali misteri allo stesso modo delle verità che costituiscono l’oggetto naturale delle proprie capacità conoscitive. Infatti, i misteri di Dio trascendono per loro natura in modo così elevato l’intelletto creato, che anche se insegnati dalla Rivelazione e accolti con fede, restano tuttavia coperti dal velo della stessa fede e quasi avvolti nell’oscurità finché in questa vita mortale noi pellegriniamo lontani dal Signore: giacché noi camminiamo per fede e non per conoscenza (2Cor 5,7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma sebbene la fede sia superiore alla ragione, pure non vi può essere nessun vero dissenso fra la fede e la ragione, poiché il Dio che rivela i misteri della fede e la infonde in noi è lo stesso che ha infuso il lume della ragione nell’animo umano; Dio non può quindi negare se stesso, né la verità contraddire la verità. La vana apparenza di queste contraddizioni nasce soprattutto o perché i dogmi della fede non sono stati compresi ed esposti secondo la mente della Chiesa, o perché false opinioni sono state considerate verità dettate dalla ragione. Stabiliamo pertanto che ogni asserzione contraria alla verità della fede illuminata è totalmente falsa [Conc. Lat. V, Bulla Apostolici regiminis]. La Chiesa, poi, che insieme con l’ufficio apostolico d’insegnare ha ricevuto pure il mandato di custodire il deposito della fede, ha da Dio anche il diritto e il dovere di proscrivere la falsa scienza, affinché nessuno sia ingannato da una filosofia vana e fallace (Col 2,8). Conseguentemente non solo è vietato a tutti i fedeli cristiani di difendere come legittime conclusioni della scienza tali opinioni che sono contrarie alla dottrina della fede, specialmente quando sono state riprovate dalla Chiesa, ma gli stessi cristiani sono assolutamente tenuti a considerarle come errori che hanno ingannevole parvenza di verità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La fede e la ragione non solo non possono essere mai in contrasto fra loro, ma anzi si aiutano vicendevolmente in modo che la retta ragione dimostri i fondamenti della fede e, illuminata da questa, coltivi la scienza delle cose divine, e la fede, dal canto suo, renda la ragione libera da errori, arricchendola di numerose cognizioni. Pertanto, non è affatto vero che la Chiesa si opponga alla cultura delle arti e delle discipline umane; anzi, le coltiva e le favorisce in molti modi. Essa non ignora né disprezza i vantaggi che da esse provengono alla vita umana; anzi dichiara che esse, dato che derivano da Dio, Signore delle scienze, conducono l’uomo a Dio, con l’aiuto della Sua grazia, qualora siano debitamente coltivate. La Chiesa non vieta certamente che le diverse discipline si valgano dei propri principi e del proprio metodo, ciascuna nel proprio ambito, ma mentre riconosce questa giusta libertà, vigila attentamente che esse non accolgano nel proprio interno errori contrari alla divina dottrina, oppure che, travalicando i propri confini, non occupino né sconvolgano le materie appartenenti alla fede."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La dottrina della fede che Dio rivelò non è proposta alle menti umane come una invenzione filosofica da perfezionare, ma è stata consegnata alla Sposa di Cristo come divino deposito perché la custodisca fedelmente e la insegni con magistero infallibile. Quindi deve essere approvato in perpetuo quel significato dei sacri dogmi che la Santa Madre Chiesa ha dichiarato, né mai si deve recedere da quel significato con il pretesto o con le apparenze di una più completa intelligenza. Crescano dunque e gagliardamente progrediscano, lungo il corso delle età e dei secoli, l’intelligenza e la sapienza, sia dei secoli, sia degli uomini, come di tutta la Chiesa, ma nel proprio settore soltanto, cioè nel medesimo dogma, nel medesimo significato, nella medesima affermazione [Vinc. Lir. Common., n. 28]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CANONI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I - Di Dio creatore di tutte le cose"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno negherà l’unico vero Dio Creatore e Signore di tutte le cose visibili ed invisibili: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno non arrossirà affermando che nulla esiste all’infuori della materia: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno dirà che unica e identica è la sostanza, o l’essenza, di Dio e di tutte le cose: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno dirà che le cose finite, sia materiali, sia spirituali, o almeno le spirituali, sono emanate dalla sostanza divina; ovvero che la divina essenza per la sua manifestazione ed evoluzione diventa ogni cosa; ovvero infine che Dio è ente universale od indefinito, il quale determinando se stesso costituisce l’universo delle cose, distinto in generi, specie ed individui: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno non dichiara che il mondo e tutte le cose che in esso sono contenute, sia spirituali, sia materiali, secondo tutta la loro sostanza, sono stati da Dio prodotti dal nulla; o dirà che Dio non per volontà libera da ogni necessità, ma tanto necessariamente creò, quanto necessariamente ama se stesso; o negherà che il mondo sia stato creato a gloria di Dio: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II - Della Rivelazione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno dirà che l’unico vero Dio, nostro Creatore e Signore, non può essere conosciuto con certezza dal lume naturale della ragione umana, attraverso le cose che da Lui sono state fatte: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno dirà che non è possibile o spiegabile che l’uomo, attraverso la divina Rivelazione, sia ammaestrato e illuminato su Dio e sul culto che Gli si deve prestare: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno dirà che l’uomo non può essere divinamente elevato ad una conoscenza e ad una perfezione che superino quelle naturali, ma che può e deve da se stesso arrivare al possesso di ogni verità e di ogni bene in un continuo progresso: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno non accetterà come sacri e canonici i libri interi della sacra Scrittura, in tutte le loro parti, come li ha accreditati il santo Concilio Tridentino, o negherà che siano divinamente ispirati: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III - Della Fede"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno dirà che la ragione umana è così indipendente che Dio non le può comandare la fede: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno dirà che la fede divina non si distingue dalla conoscenza naturale di Dio e delle cose morali, e che perciò non si richiede alla fede divina che la verità rivelata sia creduta per l’autorità di Dio rivelante: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno dirà che la Rivelazione divina non può rendersi credibile per segni esterni, e che perciò gli uomini devono procedere verso la fede solo attraverso l’interiore esperienza o l’ispirazione privata di ciascuno: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno dirà che i miracoli sono impossibili e che quindi la loro narrazione, anche se contenuta nella sacra Scrittura, sia da relegare tra le favole e i miti; ovvero che i miracoli non si possono mai conoscere con certezza, né per mezzo di essi si può conoscere e provare sufficientemente la divina origine della religione cristiana: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno dirà che l’assenso alla fede cristiana non è libero, ma che si produce necessariamente dagli argomenti della ragione umana; ovvero che la grazia di Dio è necessaria alla sola fede viva che opera per la carità: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno dirà che la condizione dei fedeli e quella di coloro che ancora non sono arrivati all’unica vera fede sono pari, così che i cattolici possono avere giusto motivo per mettere in dubbio la fede che già ricevettero sotto il magistero della Chiesa, sospendendone l’assenso finché non abbiano compiuto la dimostrazione scientifica della credibilità e della verità della loro fede: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV - Fede e Ragione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno dirà che nella rivelazione divina non è contenuto alcun mistero vero e propriamente detto, ma che tutti i dogmi della fede possono essere compresi e dimostrati dalla ragione debitamente coltivata per mezzo dei principi naturali: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno dirà che le discipline umane devono essere trattate con tale libertà che le loro asserzioni, anche se contrarie alla dottrina rivelata, possono essere ritenute vere e non possono essere condannate dalla Chiesa: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno dirà che può accadere che ai dogmi della Chiesa si possa un giorno – nel continuo progresso della scienza – attribuire un senso diverso da quello che ha inteso e intende dare la Chiesa: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* * *"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertanto, eseguendo il dovere del Nostro supremo ufficio pastorale, per le viscere di Gesù Cristo scongiuriamo tutti i fedeli di Cristo, specialmente coloro che presiedono o hanno l’ufficio d’insegnare, anzi comandiamo loro, con l’autorità dello stesso Dio e Salvatore nostro, che dedichino il loro studio e la loro opera per allontanare ed eliminare questi errori dalla Santa Chiesa e spandere la luce della purissima fede."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E poiché non basta evitare gli errori dell’eresia, se non si fuggono diligentemente anche tutti gli altri errori che più o meno ad essa si avvicinano, richiamiamo tutti al dovere di osservare anche le Costituzioni e i Decreti con i quali furono condannate e proibite da questa Santa Sede tutte le false dottrine e opinioni di questo genere che qui non sono esplicitamente indicate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dato a Roma, nella pubblica Sessione solennemente celebrata nella Basilica Vaticana l’anno dell’Incarnazione del Signore 1870, il 24 aprile, nell’anno ventiquattresimo del Nostro Pontificato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "--------------------------------------------------"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "*U. Bellocchi (a cura di), Tutte le encicliche e i principali documenti pontifici emanati dal 1740, vol. IV: Pio IX (1846-1878), pp. 319-329, 1995, Libreria Editrice Vaticana, Città del Vaticano."
            }
          ]
        },
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/i-vatican-council/documents/vat-i_const_18700424_dei-filius_la.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vat-i-dei-filius-la.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PIUS EPISCOPUS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DEI FILIUS*"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SERVUS SERVORUM DEI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SACRO APPROBANTE CONCILIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad perpetuam rei memoriam"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dei Filius et generis humani Redemptor Dominus Noster Iesus Christus, ad Patrem caelestem rediturus, cum Ecclesia sua in terris militante, omnibus diebus usque ad consummationem saeculi futurum se esse promisit. Quare dilectae sponsae praesto esse, adsistere docenti, operanti benedicere, perìclitanti opem ferre nullo unquam tempore destitit. Haec vero salutaris eius providentia, cum ex aliis beneficiis innumeris continenter apparuit, tum iis manifestissime comperta est fructibus, qui orbi christiano e Conciliis oecumenicis ac nominatim e Tridentino, iniquis licet temporibus celebrato, amplissimi provenerunt. Hinc enim sanctissima religionis dogmata pressius definita uberiusque exposita, errores damnati atque cohibiti; hinc ecclesiastica disciplina restituta firmiusque sancita, promotum in Clero scientiae et pietatis studium, parata adolescentibus ad sacram militiam educandis collegia, christiani denique populi mores et accuratiore fidelium eruditione et frequentiore sacramentorum usu instaurati. Hinc praeterea arctior membrorum cum visibili Capite communio, universoque corpori Christi mystico additus vigor; hinc religiosae multiplicatae familiae, aliaque christianae pietatis instituta; hinc ille etiam assiduus et usque ad sanguinis effusionem constans ardor in Christi regno late per orbem propagando."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Verumtamen haec aliaque insignia emolumenta, quae per ultimam maxime oecumenicam Synodum divina clementia Ecclesiae largita est, dum grato, quo par est, animo recolimus; acerbum compescere haud possumus dolorem ob mala gravissima, inde potissimum orta, quod eiusdem sacrosanctae Synodi apud permultos vel auctoritas contempta, vel sapientissima neglecta fuere Decreta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nemo enim ignorat, haereses, quas Tridentini Patres proscripserunt, dum, reiecto divino Ecclesiae magisterio, res ad religionem spectantes privati cuiusvis iudicio permitterentur, in sectas paullatim dissolutas esse multiplices, quibus inter se dissentientibus et concertantibus, omnis tandem in Christum fides apud non paucos labefactata est. Itaque ipsa sacra Biblia, quae antea christianae doctrinae unicus fons et iudex asserebantur, iam non pro divinis haberi, imo mythicis commentis accenseri coeperunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tum nata est et late nimis per orbem vagata illa rationalismi seu naturalismi doctrina, quae religioni christianae utpote supernaturali instituto per omnia adversans, summo studio molitur, ut Christo, qui solus Dominus et Salvator noster est, a mentibus humanis, a vita et moribus populorum excluso, merae quod vocant rationis vel naturae regnum stabiliatur. Relicta autem proiectaque christiana religione, negato vero Deo et Christo eius, prolapsa tandem est multorum mens in pantheismi, materialismi, atheismi barathrum, ut iam ipsam rationalem naturam, omnemque iusti rectique normam negantes, ima humanae societatis fundamenta diruere connitantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hac porro impietate circum quaque grassante, infeliciter contigit, ut plures etiam e catholicae Ecclesiae filiis a via verae pietatis aberrarent, in iisque, diminutis paullatim veritatibus, sensus catholicus attenuaretur. Variis enim ac peregrinis doctrinis abducti, naturam et gratiam, scientiam humanam et fidem divinam perperam commiscentes, genuinum sensum dogmatum, quem tenet ac docet Sancta Mater Ecclesia, depravare, ihtegritatemque et sinceritatem fidei in periculum adducere comperiuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quibus omnibus perspectis, fieri qui potest, ut non commoveantur intima Ecclesiae viscera? Quemadmodum enim Deus vult omnes homines salvos fieri, et ad agnitionem veritatis venire; quemadmodum Christus venit, ut salvum faceret, quod perierat, et filios Dei, qui erant dispersi, congregaret in unum: ita Ecclesia, a Deo populorum mater et magistra constituta, omnibus debitricem se novit, ac lapsos erigere, labantes sustinere, revertentes amplecti, confirmare bonos et ad meliora provehere parata semper et intenta est. Quapropter nullo tempore a Dei veritate, quae sanat omnia, testanda et praedicanda quiescere potest, sibi dictum esse non ignorans: Spiritus meus, qui est in te, et verba mea, quae posui in ore tuo, non recedent de ore tuo amodo et usque in sempiternum (Is. LIX, 21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nos itaque, inhaerentes Praedecessorum Nostrorum vestigiis, pro supremo Nostro Apostolico munere veritatem catholicam docere ac tueri, perversasque doctrinas reprobare numquam intermisimus. Nunc autem sedentibus Nobiscum et iudicantibus universi orbis Episcopis, in hanc oecumenicam Synodum auctoritate Nostra in Spiritu sancto congregatis, innixi Dei verbo scripto et tradito, prout ab Ecclesia catholica sancte custoditum et genuine expositum accepimus, ex hac Petri Cathedra in conspectu omnium salutarem Christi doctrinam profiteri et declarare constituimus, adversis erroribus potestate nobis a Deo tradita proscriptis atque dammatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE DEO RERUM OMNIUM CREATORE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sancta Catholica Apostolica Romana Ecclesia credit et confitetur, unum esse Deum verum et vivum, Creatorem ac Dominum caeli et terrae, omnipotentem, aeternum, immensum, in comprehensibilem, intellectu ac voluntate omnique perfectione infinitum: qui cum sit una singularis, simplex omnino et incommutabilis substantia spiritualis, praedicandus est re et essentia a mundo distinctus, in se et ex se beatissimus, et super omnia quae praeter ipsum sunt et concipi possunt, ineffabiliter excelsus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hic solus verus Deus bonitate sua et omnipotenti virtute non ad augendam suam beatitudinem, nec ad acquirendam, sed ad manifestandam perfectionem suam per bona, quae creaturis impertitur, liberrimo consilio simul ab initio temporis utramque de nihilo condidit creaturam, spiritualem et corporalem, angelicam videlicet et mundanam, ac deinde humanam quasi communem ex spiritu et corpore constitutam (Conc. Later. IV c. Firmiter)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Universa vero, quae condidit, Deus providentia sua tuetur atque gubernat, attingens a fine usque ad finem fortiter, et dissponens omnia suaviter (Sap. VIII, 1). Omnia enim nuda et aperta sunt oculis eius (Cf. Hebr. IV, 13), ea etiam, quae libera creaturarum actione futura sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE REVELATIONE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eadem Sancta Mater Ecclesia tenet et docet, Deum, rerum omnium principium et finem, naturali humanae rationis lumine e rebus creatis certo cognosci posse; invisibilia enim ipsius, a creatura mundi, per ea quae facta sunt, intellecta, conspiciuntur (Rom. I.): attamen placuisse eius sapientiae et bonitati, alia, eaque supernaturali via se ipsum ac aeterna voluntatis suae decreta humanp generi revelare, dicente Apostolo: Multifariam, multisque modis olim Deus loquens patribus in Prophetis: novissime, diebus istis locutus est nobis in Filio (Hebr. I, 1-2). Huic divinae revelationi tribuendum quidem est, ut ea, quae in rebus divinis humanae rationi per se impervia non sunt, in praesenti quoque generis humani conditione ab omnibus expedite, firma certitudine et nullo admisto errore cognosci possint. Non hac tamen de causa revelatio absolute necessaria dicenda est, sed quia Deus ex infinita bonitate sua ordinavit hominem ad finem supernaturalem, ad participanda scilicet bona divina, quae humanae mentis intelligentiam omnino superant; siquidem oculus non vidit, nec auris audivit, nec in cor hominis ascendit, quae praeparavit Deus iis, qui diligunt illum (1 Cor. II, 9). Haec porro supernaturalis revelatio, secundum universalis Ecclesiae fidem, a sancta Tridentina Synodo declaratam, continetur in libris scriptis et sine scripto traditionibus, quae ipsius Christi ore ab Apostolis acceptae, aut ab ipsis Apostolis Spiritu sancto dictante quasi per manus traditae, ad nos usque pervenerunt (Conc. Trid. sess. IV Decr. de Can. Script. ). Qui quidem veteris et novi Testamenti libri integri cum omnibus suis partibus, prout in eiusdem Concilii Decreto recensentur, et in veteri vulgata latina editione habentur, pro sacris et canonicis suscipiendi sunt. Eos vero Ecclesia pro sacris et canonicis habet, non ideo quod sola humana industria concinnati, sua deinde auctoritate sint approbati; nec ideo dumtaxat, quod revelationem sine errore contineant; sed propterea quod Spiritu Sancto inspirante conscripti Deum habent auctorem, atque ut tales ipsi Ecclesiae traditi sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quoniam vero, quae sancta Tridentina Synodus de interpretatione divinae Scripturae ad coercenda petulantia ingenia salubriter decrevit, a quibusdam hominibus prave exponuntur, Nos, idem Decretum renovantes, hanc illius mentem esse declaramus, ut in rebus fidei et morum, ad aedificationem doctrinae Christianae pertinentium, is pro vero sensu sacrae Scripturae habendus sit, quem tenuit ac tenet Sancta Mater Ecclesia, cuius est iudicare de vero sensu et interpretatione Scripturarum sanctarum; atque ideo nemini licere contra hunc sensum, aut etiam contra unanimem consensum Patrum ipsam Scripturam sacram interpretari."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE FIDE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quum homo a Deo tamquam Creatore et Domino suo totus dependeat, et ratio creata increatae Veritati penitus subiecta sit, plenum revelanti Deo intellectus et voluntatis obsequium fide praestare tenemur. Hanc vero fidem, quae humanae salutis initium est, Ecclesia catholica profitetur, virtutem esse supernaturalem, qua, Dei aspirante et adiuvante gratia, ab eo revelata vera esse credimus, non propter intrinsecam rerum veritatem naturali rationis lumine perspectam, sed propter auctoritatem psius Dei revelantis, qui nec falli nec fallere potest. Est enim fides, testante Apostolo, sperandarum substantia rerum, argumentum non apparentium (Hebr. XI, 1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut nihilominus fidei nostrae obsequium rationi consentaneum esset, voluit Deus cum internis Spiritus Sancti auxiliis externa iungi revelationis suae argumenta, facta scilicet divina, atque imprimis miracula et prophetias, quae cum Dei omnipotentiarn et infinitam scientiam luculenter commonstrent, divinae revelationis signa sunt certissima et omnium intelligentiae accommodata. Quare tum Moyses et Prophetae, tum ipse maxime Christus Dominus multa et manifestissima miracula et prophetias ediderunt; et de Apostolis legimus: Illi autem profecti praedicaverunt ubique, domino cooperante, et sermonem confirmante, sequentibus signis (Mare. XVI, 20). Et rursum scriptum est: Habemus firmiorem propheticum sermonem, cui bene facitis attendentes quasi lucernae lucenti in caliginoso loco (2 Petr. I, 19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Licet autem fidei assensus nequaquam sit motus animi caecus: nemo tamen evangelicae praedicationi consentire potest, sicut oportet ad salutem consequendam, absque illuminatione et inspiratione Spiritus sancti, qui dat omnibus suavitatem in consentiendo et credendo veritati (Syn. Arans. I pag. 7). Quare fides ipsa in se, etiamsi per charitatem non operetur, donum Dei est, et actus eius est opus ad salutem pertinens, quo homo liberam praestat ipsi Deo obedientiam, gratiae eius, cui resistere posset, consentiendo et cooperando."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porro fide divina et catholica ea omnia credenda sunt, quae in verbo Dei scripto vel tradito continentur, et ab Ecclesia sive solemni iudicio sive ordinario et universali magisterio tamquam divinitus revelata credenda proponuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quoniam vero sine fide impossibile est placere Deo, et ad filiorum eius consortium pervenire; ideo nemini umquam sine illa contigit iustificatio, nec ullus, nisi in ea perseveraverit usque in finem, vitam aeternam assequetur. Ut autem officium veram fidem amplectendi, in eaque constanter perseverandi satisfacere possemus, Deus per Filium suum unigenitum Ecclesiam instituit, suaeque institutionis manifestis notis instruxit, ut ea tamquam custos et magistra verbi revelati ab omnibus posset agnosci. Ad solam enim catholicam Ecclesiam ea pertinent omnia, quae ad evidentem fidei christianae credibilitatem tam multa et tam mira divinitus sunt disposita. Quin etiam Ecclesia per se ipsa, ob suam nempe admirabilem propagationem, eximiam sanctitatem et inexhaustam in omnibus bonis fecunditatem, ob catholicam unitatem, invictamque stabilitatem, magnum quoddam et perpetuum est motivum credibilitatis et divinae suae legationis testimonium irrefragabile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quo fit, ut ipsa veluti signum levatum in nationes (Is. XI, 12), et ad se invitet, qui nondum crediderunt, et filios suos certiores faciat, firmissimo niti fundamento fidem, quam profitentur. Cui quidem testimonio efficax subsidium accedit ex superna virtute. Etenim benignissimus Dominus et errantes gratia sua excitat atque adiuvat, ut ad agnitionem veritatis venire possint; et eos, quos de tenebris transtulit in admirabile lumen suum, in hoc eodem lumine ut perseverent, gratia sua confirmat, non deserens, nisi deseratur. Quocirca minime par est conditio eorum, qui per caeleste fidei donum catholicae veritati adhaeserunt, atque eorum, qui ducti opinionibus humanis, falsam religionem sectantur; illi enim, qui fidem sub Ecclesiae magisterio susceperunt, nullam umquam habere possunt iustam causam mutandi, aut in dubium idem eandem revocandi. Quae cum ita sint, gratias agentes Deo Patri, qui dignos nos fecit in partem sortis sanctorum in lumine, tantam ne negligamus salutem, sed aspicientes in auctorem fidei et consummatorem Iesum, teneamus spei nostrae confessionem indeclinabilem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE FIDE ET RATIONE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoc quoque perpetuus Ecclesiae catholicae consensus tenuit et tenet, duplicem esse ordinem cognitionis, non solum principio, sed obiecto etiam distinctum: principio quidem, quia in altero naturali ratione, in altero fide divina cognoscimus; obiecto autem, quia praeter ea, ad quae naturalis ratio pertingere potest, credenda nobis proponuntur mysteria in Deo abscondita, quae nisi revelata divinitus, innotescere non possunt. Quocirca Apostolus, qui a gentibus Deum per ea, quae facta sunt, cognitum esse testatur, disserens tamen de gratia et veritate, quae per Iesum Christum facta est (Ioan. I, 17), pronuntiat: Loquimur Dei sapientiam in mysterio, quae abscondita est, quam praedestinavit Deus ante saecula in gloriam nostram, quam meno principum huius saeculi cognovit: nobis autem revelavit Deus per Spiritum suum: Spiritus enim omnia scrutatur, atiam profunda Dei (1 Cor. II, 7-9). Et ipse Unigenitus confitetur Patri, quia abscondit haec a sapientibus, et prudentibus, et revelavit ea parvulis (Matth. XI)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ac ratio quidem, fide illustrata, cum sedulo, pie et sobrie quaerit, aliquam, Deo dante, mysteriorum intelligentiam eamque fructuosissimam assequitur, tum ex eorum, quae naturaliter cognoscit, analogia, tum e mysteriorum ipsorum nexu inter se et cum fine hominis ultimo, numquam tamen idonea redditur ad ea perspicienda instar veritatum, quae proprium ipsius obiectum constituunt. Divina enim mysteria suapte natura intellectum creatum sic excedunt, ut etiam revelatione tradita et fide suscepta ipsius tamen fidei velamine contecta et quadam quasi caligine obvoluta maneant, quamdiu in hac mortali vita peregrinamur a Domino: per fidem enim ambulamus, et non per speciem (2 Cor. V, 7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Verum etsi fides sit supra rationem, nulla tamen umquam inter fidem et rationem vera dissensio esse potest: cum idem Deus, qui mysteria revelat et fidem infundit, animo humano rationis lumen indiderit; Deus autem negare seipsum non possit, nec verum vero umquam contradicere. Inanis autem huius contraditionis species inde potissimum oritur, quod vel fidei dogmata ad mentem Ecclesiae intellecta et exposita non fuerint, vel opinionum commenta pro rationis effatis habeantur. Omnem igitur assertionem veritati iiluminatae fidei contrariam ommino falsam esse definimus (Conc. Lat. V Bulla Apostolici regimis). Porro Ecclesia, quae una cum apostolico munere docendi, mandatum accepit, fidei depositum custodiendi, ius etiam et officium divinitus habet falsi nominis scientiam proscribendi, ne quis decipiatur per philosophiam, et inanem fallaciam (Coloss. II, 8). Quapropter omnes christiani fideles huiusmodi opiniones, quae fidei doctrinae contrariae esse cognoscuntur, maxime si ab Ecclesia reprobatae fuerint, non solum prohibentur tamquam legitimas scientiae conclusiones defendere, sed pro erroribus potius, qui fallacem veritatis speciem prae se ferant, habere tenentur omnino."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Neque solum fides et ratio inter se dissidere nunquam possunt, sed opem quoque sibi mutuam ferunt, cum recta ratio fidei fundamenta demonstret, eiusque lumine illustrata rerum divinarum scientiam excolat; fides vero rationem ab erroribus liberet ac tueatur, eamque multiplici cognitione instruat. Quapropter tantum abest, ut Ecclesia humanarum artium et disciplinarum culturae obsistat, ut hanc multis modis iuvet atque promoveat. Non enim commoda ab iis ad hominum vitam dimanantia aut ignorat aut despicit; fatetur imo, eas, quemadmodum a Deo scientiarum Domino profectae sunt, ita si rite pertractentur, ad Deum, iuvante eius gratia, perducere. Nec sane ipsa vetat, ne huiusmodi disciplinae in suo quaeque ambitu propriis utantur principiis et propria methodo; sed iustam hanc libertatem agnoscens, id sedulo cavet, ne divinae doctrinae repugnando errores in se suscipiant, aut fines proprios transgressae, ea, quae sunt fidei, occupent et perturbent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Neque enim fidei doctrina, quam Deus revelavit, velut philosophicum inventum proposita est humanis ingeniis perficienda, sed tamquam divinum depositum Christi Sponsae tradita, fideliter custodienda et infallibiliter declaranda. Hinc sacrorum quoque dogmatum is sensus perpetuo est retinendus, quem semel declaravit Sancta Mater Ecclesia, nec umquam ab eo sensu, altior intelligentiae specie et nomine, recedendum. Crescat igitur et multum vehementerque proficiat, tam singulorum, quam omnium, tam unius hominis, quam totius Ecclesiae, aetatum ac saeculorum gradibus, intelligentia, scientia, sapientia; sed in suo dumtaxat genere, in eodem scilicet dogmate, eodem sensu, eademque sententia (Vine. Lir. Common, n. 28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CANONES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. DE DEO RERUM OMNIUM CREATORE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis unum verum Deum visibilium et invisibilium Creatorem et Dominum negaverit; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis praeter materiam nihil esse affirmare non erubuerit; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis dixerit, unam eandemque esse Dei et rerum omnium substantiam vel essentiam; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis dixerit, res finitas, tum corporeas tum spirituales, aut saltem spirituales, e divina substantia emanasse; aut divinam essentiam sui manifestatione vel evolutione fieri omnia; aut denique Deum esse ens universale seu indefinitum, quod sese determinando constituat rerum universitatem in genera, species et individua distinctam; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis non confiteatur, mundum, resque omnes, quae in eo continentur, et spirituales et materiales, secundum totam suam substantiam a Deo ex nihilo esse productas; aut Deum dixerit non voluntate ab omni necessitate libera, sed tam necessario creasse, quam necessario amat seipsum; aut mundum ad Dei gloriam conditum esse negaverit anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. DE REVELATIONE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis dixerit, Deum unum et verum, Creatorem et Dominum nostrum, per ea, quae facta sunt, naturali rationis humanae lumine certo cognosci non posse; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis dixerit, fieri non posse, aut non expedire, ut per revelationem divinam homo de Deo, cultuque ei exhibendo edoceatur; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis dixerit, hominem ad cognitionem et perfectionem, quae naturalem superet, divinitus evelli non posse, sed ex seipso ad omnis tandem veri et boni possessionem iugi profectu pertingere posse et debere; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis sacrae Scripturae libros integros cum omnibus suis partibus, prout illos sancta Tridentina Synodus recensuit, pro sacris et canonicis non susceperit, aut eos divinitus inspíralos esse negaverit; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. DE FIDE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis dixerit, rationem humanam ita independentem esse, ut fides ei a Deo imperari non possit; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis dixerit, fidem divinam a naturali de Deo et rebus moralibus scientia non distingui, ac propterea ad fidem divinam non requiri, ut revelata veritas propter auctoritatem Dei revelantis credatur; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis dixerit, revelationem divinam externis signis credibilem fieri non posse, ideoque sola interna cuiusque experientia aut inspiratione privata homines ad fidem moveri debere; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis dixerit, miracula nulla fieri posse, proindeque omnes de iis narrationes, etiam in sacra Scriptura contentas, inter fabulas vel mythos ablegandas esse: aut miracula certo cognosci numquam posse, nec iis divinam religionis christianae originem rite probari; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis dixerit, assensum fidei christianae non esse liberum, sed argumentis humanae rationis necessario produci; aut ad solam fidem vivam, quae per charitatem operatur, gratiam Dei necessariam esse; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis dixerit, parem esse conditionem fidelium atque eorum, qui ad fidem unice veram nondum pervenerunt, ita ut catholici iustam causam habere possint, fidem, quam sub Ecclesiae magisterio iam susceperunt, assensu suspenso in dubium vocandi, donec demonstrationem scientificam credibilitatis et veritatis fidei suae absolverint; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV. DE FIDE ET RATIONE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis dixerit, in revelatione divina nulla vera et proprie dicta mysteria contineri, sed universa fidei dogmata posse per rationem rite excultam e naturalibus principiis intelligi et demonstrari; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis dixerit, disciplinas humanas ea cum libertate tractandas esse, ut earum assertiones, etsi doctrinae revelatae adversentur tamquam verae retineri, neque ab Ecclesia proscribi possint; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis dixerit, fieri posse, ut dogmatibus ab Ecclesia propositis, aliquando secundum progressum scientiae sensus tribuendus sit alius ab eo, quem intellexit et intelligit Ecclesia; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Itaque supremi pastoralis Nostri officii debitum exsequentes, omnes Christi fideles, maxime vero eos, qui praesunt vel docendi munere funguntur, per viscera Iesu Christi obtestamur, nec non eiusdem Dei et Salvatoris nostri auctoritate iubemus, ut ad hos errores a Sancta Ecclesia arcendos et eliminandos, atque purissimae fidei lucem pandendam studium et operam conferant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quoniam vero satis non est, haereticam pravitatem devitare, nisi ii quoque errores diligenter fugiantur, qui ad illam plus minusve accedunt; omnes officii monemus, servandi etiam Constitutiones et Decreta, quibus pravae eiusmodi opiniones, quae istic diserte non enumerantur, ab hac Sancta Sede proscriptae et prohibitae sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "------------------------------------------"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "*ASS, vol. V (1869-1870), pp. 481- 493."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/decreesofvatican00vaticuoft",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/vatican-i/vatican-council-decrees-mcnabb-english-1907.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "DOGMATIC CONSTITUTION ON"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CATHOLIC FAITH"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promulgated in the yd Session of the Holy (Ecumenical Vatican Council"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "PIUS, BISHOP,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the Sacted Council, for Perpetual Remembrance LORD JESUS CHRIST, the Son of GOD, and OUR Redeemer of mankind, before returning to His Heavenly Father, promised that He would be with the Church Militant on earth all days, even to the consummation of the world. Therefore he has never ceased to be present with His beloved Spouse, to assist her when teaching, to bless her when at work,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "and to aid her when in danger. And this His salutary providence, which has been constantly displayed by other innumerable benefits, has been most manifestly"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "proved by the abundant good results which Christen dom has derived from (Ecumenical Councils, and particularly from that of Trent, although it was held in evil times. For, as a consequence, the sacred doc trines of the Faith have been defined more closely and set forth more fully; errors have been condemned and restrained; ecclesiastical discipline has been re stored and more firmly secured; the love of learning and of piety has been promoted among the clergy; colleges have been established to educate youth for"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "1 6 THE DECREES OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "the sacred warfare; and the morals of the Christian world have been renewed by the more accurate train ing of the faithful and by the more frequent use of the sacraments. Moreover, there has resulted a closer communion of the members with the visible head and an increase of vigour in the whole mystical body of CHRIST; the multiplication of religious congrega tions and of other institutions of Christian piety; and such ardour in extending the kingdom of CHRIST throughout the world, as constantly endures, even to the sacrifice of life itself. But while we recall with due thankfulness these and other signal benefits which the divine mercy has bestowed on the Church, especially by the last CEcumenical Council, we cannot restrain our bitter sorrow for the grave evils which are due principally to the fact that the authority of that sacred Synod has been contemned, or its wise decrees neglected, by many. No one is ignorant that the heresies proscribed by the Fathers of Trent, by which the divine teaching"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(magisterium) of the Church was rejected, and all mat ters regarding religion were surrendered to the judge ment of each individual, gradually became dissolved into many sects, which disagreed and contended with one another, until at length not a few lost all faith in CHRIST. Even the Holy Scriptures, which had pre viously been declared the sole source and j udge of Chris tian doctrine, began to be held no longer as divine, but to be ranked among the fictions of mythology. Then there arose, and too widely overspread the world, that doctrine of rationalism, or naturalism,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE VATICAN COUNCIL 17"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "which opposes itself in every way to the Christian religion as a supernatural institution, and works with the utmost zeal in order that, after CHRIST, our sole LORD and SAVIOUR, has been excluded from the minds of men, and from the life and moral ads of nations, the reign of what they call pure reason or nature may be established. And after forsaking and rejecting the Christian religion, and denying the true GOD and His CHRIST, the minds of many have sunk into the abyss of Pantheism, Materialism and Atheism, until, deny ing rational nature itself, and every sound rule of right, they labour to destroy the deepest foundations of human society. Unhappily, it has yet further come to pass that, while this impiety prevailed on every side, many, even of the children of the Catholic Church, have strayed from the path of true piety; and by the gradual dimi nution of the truths they held, the Catholic sense has become weakened in them. For led away by various and strange doctrines, wrongly confusing nature and grace, human science and divine faith, they are found to deprave the true sense of the doctrines which our"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "holy Mother Church holds and teaches, and to en danger the integrity and the soundness of the faith. Considering these things, how can the Church fail to be deeply stirred? For, even as GOD wills all men to be saved, and to arrive at the knowledge of the truth; even as CHRIST came to save what had perished and to gather together the children of GOD who had been dispersed, so the Church, constituted by GOD the mother and teacher of all nations, knows its own"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "1 8 THE DECREES OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "office as debtor to all, and is ever ready and watchful to raise the fallen, to support those who are falling, to embrace those who return, to confirm the good and to carry them on to better things. Hence it can never forbear from witnessing to and proclaiming the truth of GOD, which heals all things, knowing the words addressed to it: &quot;My Spirit that is in thee, and My words that I have put in thy mouth, shall not depart out of thy mouth, from henceforth and for ever.&quot;* We, therefore, following the footsteps of our pre decessors, have never ceased, as becomes our supreme apostolic office, from teaching and defending Catholic truth, and condemning doctrines of error. And now, with the Bishops of the whole world assembled round us and judging with us, congregated by our authority and in the Holy Spirit in this QEcumenical Council, We, supported by the Word of GOD written and handed down, as We have received it from the Catholic Church, preserved with sacredness and set forth according to truth, have determined to profess and declare the salutary teaching of CHRIST from this Chair of Peter, and in sight of all, proscribing and condemning, by the power given to Us by GOD, all errors contrary thereto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Of God the (Creator of all things Catholic, Apostolic, Roman Church be THE Holy is one, true and lieves and confesses that there"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "living GOD, Creator and Lord of heaven and earth, * Isa. lix, 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE VATICAN COUNCIL 1"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "almighty, eternal, immense, incomprehensible, infi"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "nite in intelligence, in will and in all perfection, who, as being one, sole, absolutely simple and immutable"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "spiritual substance, is to be declared as really and essentially distinct from the world, of supreme beati tude in and from Himself, and ineffably exalted above all things beside Himself which exist or are con ceivable. This one, only, true GOD, of His own goodness and almighty power, not for the increase of His own hap piness, nor to acquire but to manifest His perfection by the blessings which He bestows on creatures, with absolute freedom of counsel, created out of nothing, from the beginning of time, both the spiritual and corporeal creature, to wit, the angelic and the mun dane; and afterwards the human creature, as partaking, * in a sense, of both, consisting of spirit and of body. GOD protects and governs by His providence all things which He hath made, &quot;reaching from end to end mightily, and ordering all things sweetly.&quot; f For &quot;all things are bare and open to His eyes,&quot; J even those which are yet to be by the free action of creatures."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Of Revelation same holy Mother Church holds and teaches"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE GOD,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "that the beginning and end of all things, may be certainly known by the natural light of human reason by means of created things &quot;for the invisible * Fourth Lateran Council, cap. i, 4e Fide Catholua, t Wisdom viii, I. \\ Heb. iv, 13. 2d"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "20 THE DECREES OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "things of Him from the creation of the world arc clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made&quot;;* but that it pleased His wisdom and bounty to reveal Himself, and the eternal decrees of His will to man kind by another and supernatural way, as the Apostle says: &quot;Goo, having spoken on divers occasions and in many ways in times past to the fathers by the pro phets, last of all, in these days, hath spoken to us by His Son/ f It is to be ascribed to this divine revelation that such truths among things divine as of themselves are not beyond human reason can, even in the present con dition ot mankind, be known by every one with faci"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "lity, with firm assurance, and with no admixture of error. J This, however, is not the reason why revela tion to be called absolutely necessary; but because is"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "GOD, of His infinite goodness, has ordained man to a supernatural end, viz., to be a sharer of divine bles o which utterly sings / exceed the intelligence of the human mind; for &quot;eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither hath it entered into the heart of man, what"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "things GOD hath prepared for them that love Him.&quot; Further, this supernatural revelation, according to the universal belief of the Church, declared by the sacred Synod of Trent, is contained in the written books and unwritten traditions which, received by the Apostles from the mouth of CHRIST Himself, or by the Apostles themselves, from the dictation of the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Holy Spirit, transmitted, as it were, from hand to Rom.ms i, 20. t Heb. i, &quot;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "I, 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ISumma Theol. 2* 20?, ii, +. $ i Cor. ii, 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE VATICAN COUNCIL 21"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "hand, have come down even to us.* And these books of the Old and New Testaments are to be received as sacred and canonical in their integrity, with all their"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "parts, as they are enumerated in the decree of the said Council, and are contained in the ancient Latin edi tion of the Vulgate. These the Church holds to be sacred and canonical; not because, having been care"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "fully composed by mere human industry, they were afterwards approved by her authority; not because"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "they contain revelation, with no admixture of error; but because, having been written by the inspiration of the HOLY GHOST, they have GOD for their author, and have been delivered as such to the Church itself. And as the things which, in order to curb rebellious holy Synod of Trent decreed for the good spirits, the of souls concerning the interpretation of divine Scrip ture have been wrongly explained by some, We, re"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "newing the said decree, declare this to be its meaning: that, inmatters of faith and morals, appertaining to the building up of Christian doctrine, that is to be held as the true sense of Holy Scripture which our"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "holy Mother Church hath held and holds, to whom it belongs to judge of the true sense and interpretation of the Holy Scriptures; and, therefore, that it is per mitted to no one to interpret the Sacred Scripture con trary to this sense or likewise contrary to the unani mous consent of the Fathers. * Council of Trent, sess. iv, dt Can. Script."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "22 THE DECREES OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Of Faith being wholly dependent upon GOD, as upon MAN his Creator and LORD, and created reason being absolutely subject to uncreated truth, we are bound to yield to GOD, by faith in His revelation, the full obedience of our intelligence and will. And the Ca tholic Church teaches that this faith, which is the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "beginning of man s salvation, is a supernatural virtue, whereby, inspired and assisted by the grace of GOD, we believe that the things which He has revealed are true; not because the intrinsic truth of the things is plainly perceived by the natural light of reason, but because of the authority of GOD Himself, who reveals them, and who can neither be deceived nor deceive. For faith, as the Apostle testifies, is &quot;the substance of things hoped for, the conviction of things that appear not.&quot;*"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nevertheless, in order that the obedience of our faith might be in harmony with reason, GOD willed"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "that to the interior help of the Holy Spirit there should be joined exterior proofs of His revelation, to wit, divine facts, and especially miracles and prophecies,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "which, as they manifestly display the omnipotence and infinite knowledge of GOD, are most certain proofs of His divine revelation adapted to the intelligence of men. Wherefore, both Moses and the prophets, and all"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "most especially CHRIST our LORD Himself, showed * Hebrews xi, I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE VATICAN COUNCIL 23"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "forth many and most evident miracles and prophecies, and of the Apostles we read: &quot;But they, going forth, preached everywhere, the LORD working withal, and confirming the word with signs that followed.&quot;* And again it is written: &quot;We have the more firm propheti cal word, whereunto you do well to attend, as to a"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "light shining in a dark place.&quot; f But though the assent of faith is by no means a blind action of the mind, still no man can assent to the Gospel teaching, as is necessary to obtain salvation, without the illumination and inspiration of the Holy Spirit, who gives to all men sweetness in assenting to and believing in the truth. Wherefore faith itself, even when it does not work by charity, is in itself a gift of GOD, and the act of faith is a work appertaining to salvation, by which man yields voluntary obedience to GOD Himself, by assenting to and co-operating with His grace, which he is able to resist. Further, all those things are to be believed with divine and Catholic faith which are contained in the Word of GOD, written or handed down, and which the Church, either by a so lemn judgement or by her ordinary and universal teaching (magisterium\\ proposes for belief as having been divinely revealed. And since without faith it is impossible to please GOD, and to attain to the fellowship of His children, therefore without faith no one has ever attained justi- * Mark xvi, 20. t 2 Peter i, 19. I Second Council of Orange, confirmed by Pope Boniface II A.D. 529, against the Semipelagians, can. vii. See Denzinger s Enchiri dion Symbolorum,^. 50, Wurzburg, 1854."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "24 THE DECREES OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "fication; nor will anyone obtain eternal life, unless he shall have persevered in faith unto the end. And that we may be able to satisfy the obligation of embracing the true faith and of constantly persevering in it, GOD has instituted the Church through his His only-begot ten Son, and has bestowed on it manifest marks of that institution, that it may be recognized by all men as the guardian and teacher of the revealed Word; for to the Catholic Church alone belong all those many and admirable tokens which have been divinely esta blished for the evident credibility of the Christian Faith. Nay, more, the Church itself, by reason of its marvellous extension, its eminent holiness and its in exhaustible fruitfulness in every good thing, its Catho unity and its invincible stability, is a great and perpetual motive of credibility, and an irrefutable witness of its own divine mission. And thus, like a standard set up unto the nations,* it both invites to itself those who do not yet believe, and assures its children that the faith which they pro fess rests on the most firm foundation. And its testi"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "mony is efficaciously supported by a power from on high. For our most merciful LORD gives His grace to stir up and to aid those who are astray, that they may"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "come to a knowledge of the truth; and to those whom He has brought out of darkness into His own admi rable light, He gives His grace to strengthen them to"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "persevere in that light, deserting none who desert not Him. Therefore there is no parity between the con dition of those who have adhered to the Catholic truth * Isaias xi, 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE VATICAN COUNCIL 25"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "by the heavenly gift of faith, and of those who, led by human opinions, follow a false religion; for those who have received the faith under the teaching (magisterio) of the Church can never have any just cause for chang ing or doubting that faith. Therefore give thanks to GOD the Father, who has made us worthy to be par takers of the lot of the saints in light; let us not neg lect so great a salvation, but with our eyes fixed on JESUS, the author and finisher of our faith, let us hold fast the confession of our hope without wavering.*"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Of Faith and Reason Catholic Church with one consent has also THE ever held, and does hold, that there is a twofold order of knowledge, distinct both in principle and in"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "object: in principle, because our knowledge in the one is by natural reason, and in the other by divine faith; in object, because, besides those things to which natu ral reason can attain, there are proposed to our belief"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "mysteries hidden in GOD, which, unless divinely re vealed, cannot be known. Wherefore the Apostle, who testifies that GOD is known by the Gentiles through created things, still, when discoursing of the grace and truth which come by JESUS CHRISTY)&quot; says: &quot;We speak the wisdom of GOD in a mystery, a wisdom which is hidden, which GOD ordained before the world unto our glory; which none of the princes of this world knew;... but to us GOD hath revealed them by His * Hebrews xii, 2; x, 23. t John i, 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "26 THE DECREES OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Spirit. For the Spirit searcheth all things, yea, the deep things of GOD.&quot;* And the Only-begotten Son Himself gives thanks to the Father, because He has hid these things from the wise and prudent, and has revealed them to little ones.f Reason, indeed, enlightened by faith, when it seeks earnestly, piously and calmly, attains by a gift from GOD some, and that a very fruitful, understanding of mysteries; partly from the analogy of those things which it naturally knows, partly from the relations which the mysteries bear to one another and to the last end of man but reason never becomes: capable of apprehending mysteries as it does those truths which constitute its proper object. For the divine mysteries"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "by their own nature so far transcend the created in telligence that, even when delivered by revelation and received by faith, they remain covered with a veil of faith itself, and shrouded in a certain degree of dark ness, so long as we are pilgrims in this mortal life, not yet with GOD: &quot;for we walk by faith, and not by"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But although faith is above reason, there can never be any real discrepancy between faith and reason; since the same GOD who reveals mysteries and infuses faith has bestowed the light of reason on the human mind, and GOD cannot deny Himself, nor can truth ever contradict truth. The false appearance of such a con tradiction is mainly due, either to the dogmas of faith not having been understood and expounded according to the mind of the Church, or to the inventions of f"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "i Cor. ii, 7-10. t Matt, xi, 25. %z Cor. v, 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE VATICAN COUNCIL 27"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "opinion having been taken for the verdicts of reason. We define, therefore, that every assertion contrary to a truth of enlightened faith is utterly false.* Further, the Church, which, together with the apostolic office of teaching, has received a charge to guard, the depo sit of faith, derives from GOD the right and the duty of proscribing false science, lest any should be deceived by philosophy and vain fallacy. f Therefore all faith ful Christians are not only forbidden to defend as"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "legitimate conclusions of science such opinions as are known to be contrary to the doctrines of faith, espe cially if they have been condemned by the Church, but are altogether bound to account them as errors which put on the fallacious appearance of truth. And not only can faith and reason never be opposed to one another, but they are of mutual aid one to the other: for right reason demonstrates the foundations of faith, and, enlightened by its light, cultivates the science of things divine; while faith frees and guards reason from errors, and furnishes it with manifold"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "knowledge. So far, therefore, is the Church from op posing the cultivation of human arts and sciences, that it in many -ways helps and promotes it. For the Church neither ignores nor despises the benefits to human life which result from the arts and sciences, but con"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "fesses that, as they came from GOD, the LORD of all science, so, if they be rightly used, they lead to GOD * From the Bull of Pope Leo X, &quot;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apostolici regiminis,&quot; read in Session VIII of the Fifth Lateran Council, A.D. 1513. See Labbe s Councils, vol. xix, p. 842. Venice, 1732. tCol. ii, 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "28 THE DECREES OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "by the help of His grace. Nor does the Church forbid that each of these sciences in its sphere should make use of its own principles and its own method; but, while recognizing this just liberty, it stands watch"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "fully on guard, lest sciences, setting themselves against the divine teaching, or transgressing their own limits, should invade and disturb the domain of faith. For the doctrine of faith which GOD has revealed has not been proposed, like a philosophical invention, to be perfected by human ingenuity; but has been delivered as a divine deposit to the Spouse of CHRIST, to be faithfully kept and infallibly declared. Hence,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "also, that meaning of the sacred dogmas is perpetually to be retained which our holy Mother the Church has once declared; nor is that meaning ever to be de"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "parted from, under the pretence or pretext of a deeper comprehension of them. Let then the intelligence, science and wisdom of each and all, of individuals and of the whole Church, in all ages and all times, increase and flourish in abundance and vigour; but simply in its own proper kind, that is to say, in one and the same doctrine, one and the same judgement.*"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CANONS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Of God the Creator of all things 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "i. IF anyone shall deny One true GOD, Creator and Lord of things visible and invisible, let him be anathema. 2. If anyone shall not be ashamed to affirm that,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "except matter, nothing exists, let him be anathema. * Vincent of Lerins, Common, n. 2%."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE VATICAN COUNCIL 29"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. If anyone shall say that the substance and essence of GOD and of all things is one and the same, let him be anathema. 4. If anyone shall say that finite things, both cor poreal and spiritual, or at least spiritual, have ema nated from the divine substance; or that the divine essence by the manifestation and evolution of itself becomes all things; or, lastly, that GOD is universal or indefinite being, which by determining itself con stitutes the universality of things, distinct according to kinds (genera), species and individuals; let him be anathema. If anyone confess not that the world, and all 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "things which are contained in it, both spiritual and material, have been, in their whole substance, pro duced by GOD out of nothing; or shall say that GOD created, not by His will, free from all necessity, but by a necessity equal to the necessity whereby He loves Himself; or shall deny that the world was made for the glory of GOD; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Of Revelation i. IF anyone shall say that the One true GOD, our Creator and LORD, cannot be certainly known by the natural light of human reason through created things; let him be anathema. If anyone shall say that it is impossible or in 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "expedient that man should be taught by the divine revelation concerning GOD and the worship to be paid"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "by him; let him be anathema,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "30 THE DECREES OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3. If anyone shall say that man cannot be raised"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "by divine power to a higher than naturalknowledge and perfection, but can and ought, by a continuous progress, to arrive at length of himself to the posses sion of all that is true and good; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4. If anyone shall not receive as sacred and canoni cal the books of Holy Scripture, entire with all their parts, as the holy Synod of Trent has enumerated them, or shall deny that they have been divinely in spired; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Of Faith i. IF anyone shall say that human reason is so inde"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "pendent that faith cannot be enjoined upon it by GOD; let him be anathema. 2. If say that divine faith is not dis anyone shall tinguished from natural knowledge of GOD and of moral truths, and therefore that it is not requisite for divine faith that revealed truth be believed because of the authority of GOD who reveals it; let him be anathema. 3. If anyone shall say that divine revelation cannot be made credible by outward signs, and therefore that men ought to be moved to faith solely by the internal experience of each, or by private inspiration; let him be anathema. 4. If anyone shall say that miracles are impossible, and therefore that all the accounts regarding them, even those contained in Holy Scripture, are to be dis missed as fabulous or mythical; or that miracles can"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "VATICAN COUNCIL 31"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "never be known with certainty, and that the divine origin of Christianity is not rightly proved by them;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "let him be anathema. If anyone shall say that the assent of Christian 5. faith is not a free act, but necessarily produced by the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "arguments of human reason; or that the grace of GOD is necessary for that living faith only which worketh"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "by charity; let him be anathema. 6. If anyone shall say that the condition of the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "faithful and of those who have not yet attained to the only true faith is on a par, so that Catholics may have just cause for doubting, with suspended assent, the faith which they have already received under the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "teaching (magisterio) of the Church, until they shall have obtained a scientific demonstration of the credi bility and truth of their faith; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV. Of Faith and Reason i. IF anyone shall say that in divine revelation there are no mysteries, truly and properly so called, but that all the doctrines of faith can be understood and de monstrated from natural principles by properly culti vated reason; let him be anathema. 2. If anyone shall say that human sciences are to be so freely treated, that their assertions, although opposed to revealed doctrine, can be held as true, and cannot be condemned by the Church; let him be ana thema. 3. If anyone shall assert it to be possible that some"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "times, according to the progress of science, a sense is to be given to doctrines propounded the Church by"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "32 THE VATICAN COUNCIL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "different from that which the Church has understood and understands; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, fulfilling the duty of Our supreme pasto ral office by the mercies of JESUS CHRIST, We entreat, and by the authority of the same Our GOD and SAVIOUR We command, all the faithful of CHRIST, and especially those who are set over others or are charged with the office of instruction, that they earnestly and diligently"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "apply themselves to ward off and eliminate these errors from Holy Church, and to spread the light of pure faith."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And since it is not sufficient to shun heretical pravity, unless those errors also be diligently avoided which more or less nearly approach it, We admonish all men of the further duty of observing the Consti tutions and Decrees by which such erroneous opinions as are not here expressly enumerated have been pro scribed and condemned by the Holy See. Given at Rome in public session, solemnly held in the Vatican Basilica in the year of our LORD one thousand eight hundred and seventy, on the twentyfourth day of April, in the twenty-fourth year of Our Pontificate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In conformity with the original."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "JOSEPH, BISHOP OF ST POLTEN,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Secretary to the Vatican Council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "First Dogmatic Constitution on the Church of Christ"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en",
        "it"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en",
        "it"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en",
        "it"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "pastor-aeternus",
      "council": 20,
      "title": "Pastor aeternus",
      "type": "Dogmatic constitution",
      "date": "1870-07-18",
      "languages": {
        "it": {
          "code": "it",
          "label": "Italiano",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/i-vatican-council/documents/vat-i_const_18700718_pastor-aeternus_it.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vat-i-pastor-aeternus-it.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "COSTITUZIONE DOGMATICA PASTOR AETERNUS* DEL SOMMO PONTEFICE PIO IX"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Vescovo Pio, servo dei servi di Dio, con l’approvazione del Sacro Concilio. A perpetua memoria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Pastore eterno e Vescovo delle nostre anime, per rendere perenne la salutare opera della Redenzione, decise di istituire la santa Chiesa, nella quale, come nella casa del Dio vivente, tutti i fedeli si ritrovassero uniti nel vincolo di una sola fede e della carità. Per questo, prima di essere glorificato, pregò il Padre non solo per gli Apostoli, ma anche per tutti coloro che avrebbero creduto in Lui attraverso la loro parola, affinché fossero tutti una cosa sola, come lo stesso Figlio e il Padre sono una cosa sola. Così dunque inviò gli Apostoli, che aveva scelto dal mondo, nello stesso modo in cui Egli stesso era stato inviato dal Padre: volle quindi che nella sua Chiesa i Pastori e i Dottori fossero presenti fino alla fine dei secoli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perché poi lo stesso Episcopato fosse uno ed indiviso e l’intera moltitudine dei credenti, per mezzo dei sacerdoti strettamente uniti fra di loro, si conservasse nell’unità della fede e della comunione, anteponendo agli altri Apostoli il Beato Pietro, in lui volle fondato l’intramontabile principio e il visibile fondamento della duplice unità: sulla sua forza doveva essere innalzato il tempio eterno, e la grandezza della Chiesa, nell’immutabilità della fede, avrebbe potuto ergersi fino al cielo [S. Leo M., Serm. IV al. III, cap. 2 in diem Natalis sui]. E poiché le porte dell’inferno si accaniscono sempre più contro il suo fondamento, voluto da Dio, quasi volessero, se fosse possibile, distruggere la Chiesa, Noi riteniamo necessario, per la custodia, l’incolumità e la crescita del gregge cattolico, con l’approvazione del Sacro Concilio, proporre la dottrina relativa all’istituzione, alla perennità e alla natura del sacro Primato Apostolico, sul quale si fondano la forza e la solidità di tutta la Chiesa, come verità di fede da abbracciare e da difendere da parte di tutti i fedeli, secondo l’antica e costante credenza della Chiesa universale, e respingere e condannare gli errori contrari, tanto pericolosi per il gregge del Signore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capitolo I - Istituzione del Primato Apostolico nel Beato Pietro"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proclamiamo dunque ed affermiamo, sulla scorta delle testimonianze del Vangelo, che il primato di giurisdizione sull’intera Chiesa di Dio è stato promesso e conferito al beato Apostolo Pietro da Cristo Signore in modo immediato e diretto. Solamente a Simone, infatti, al quale già si era rivolto: “Tu sarai chiamato Cefa” (Gv 1,42), dopo che ebbe pronunciata quella sua confessione: “Tu sei il Cristo, il Figlio del Dio vivo”, il Signore indirizzò queste solenni parole: “Beato sei tu, Simone Bariona; perché non la carne e il sangue te l’hanno rivelato, ma il Padre mio che è nei cieli: e io ti dico che tu sei Pietro, e su questa pietra io edificherò la mia Chiesa, e le porte dell’inferno non prevarranno contro di essa. A te darò le chiavi del regno dei cieli: qualunque cosa avrai legato sulla terra, sarà legata anche nei cieli, e qualunque cosa avrai sciolto sulla terra, sarà sciolta anche nei cieli” (Mt 16,16-19). E al solo Simon Pietro, dopo la sua risurrezione, Gesù conferì la giurisdizione di sommo pastore e di guida su tutto il suo ovile con le parole: “Pasci i miei agnelli, pasci le mie pecore” (Gv 21,15-17). A questa chiara dottrina delle sacre Scritture, come è sempre stata interpretata dalla Chiesa cattolica, si oppongono senza mezzi termini le malvagie opinioni di coloro che, stravolgendo la forma di governo decisa da Cristo Signore nella sua Chiesa, negano che Cristo abbia investito il solo Pietro del vero e proprio primato di giurisdizione che lo antepone agli altri Apostoli, sia presi individualmente, sia nel loro insieme, o di coloro che sostengono un primato non affidato in modo diretto e immediato al beato Pietro, ma alla Chiesa e, tramite questa, all’Apostolo come ministro della stessa Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno dunque affermerà che il beato Pietro Apostolo non è stato costituito da Cristo Signore Principe di tutti gli Apostoli e capo visibile di tutta la Chiesa militante, o che non abbia ricevuto dallo stesso Signore Nostro Gesù Cristo un vero e proprio primato di giurisdizione, ma soltanto di onore: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capitolo II - Perpetuità del Primato del Beato Pietro nei Romani Pontefici"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ciò che dunque il Principe dei pastori, e grande pastore di tutte le pecore, il Signore Gesù Cristo, ha istituito nel beato Apostolo Pietro per rendere continua la salvezza e perenne il bene della Chiesa, è necessario, per volere di chi l’ha istituita, che duri per sempre nella Chiesa la quale, fondata sulla pietra, si manterrà salda fino alla fine dei secoli. Nessuno può nutrire dubbi, anzi è cosa risaputa in tutte le epoche, che il santo e beatissimo Pietro, Principe e capo degli Apostoli, colonna della fede e fondamento della Chiesa cattolica, ricevette le chiavi del regno da Nostro Signore Gesù Cristo, Salvatore e Redentore del genere umano: Egli, fino al presente e sempre, vive, presiede e giudica nei suoi successori, i vescovi della santa Sede Romana, da lui fondata e consacrata con il suo sangue [Cf. Ephesini Concilii, Act. III]. Ne consegue che chiunque succede a Pietro in questa Cattedra, in forza dell’istituzione dello stesso Cristo, ottiene il Primato di Pietro su tutta la Chiesa. Non tramonta dunque ciò che la verità ha disposto, e il beato Pietro, perseverando nella forza che ha ricevuto, di pietra inoppugnabile, non ha mai distolto la sua mano dal timone della Chiesa [S. Leo M., Serm. III al. II, cap. 3]. È questo dunque il motivo per cui le altre Chiese, cioè tutti i fedeli di ogni parte del mondo, dovevano far capo alla Chiesa di Roma, per la sua posizione di autorevole preminenza, affinché in tale Sede, dalla quale si riversano su tutti i diritti della divina comunione, si articolassero, come membra raccordate alla testa, in un unico corpo [S. Iren., Adv. haer., I, III, c. 3 et Conc. Aquilei. a. 381 inter epp. S. Ambros., ep. XI]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno dunque affermerà che non è per disposizione dello stesso Cristo Signore, cioè per diritto divino, che il beato Pietro abbia per sempre successori nel Primato sulla Chiesa universale, o che il Romano Pontefice non sia il successore del beato Pietro nello stesso Primato: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capitolo III - Della Forza e della Natura del Primato del Romano Pontefice"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sostenuti dunque dalle inequivocabili testimonianze delle sacre lettere e in piena sintonia con i decreti, chiari ed esaurienti, sia dei Romani Pontefici Nostri Predecessori, sia dei Concili generali, ribadiamo la definizione del Concilio Ecumenico Fiorentino che impone a tutti i credenti in Cristo, come verità di fede, che la Santa Sede Apostolica e il Romano Pontefice detengono il Primato su tutta la terra, e che lo stesso Romano Pontefice è il successore del beato Pietro, Principe degli Apostoli, il vero Vicario di Cristo, il capo di tutta la Chiesa, il padre e il maestro di tutti i cristiani; a lui, nella persona del beato Pietro, è stato affidato, da nostro Signore Gesù Cristo, il pieno potere di guidare, reggere e governare la Chiesa universale. Tutto questo è contenuto anche negli atti dei Concili ecumenici e nei sacri canoni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proclamiamo quindi e dichiariamo che la Chiesa Romana, per disposizione del Signore, detiene il primato del potere ordinario su tutte le altre, e che questo potere di giurisdizione del Romano Pontefice, vero potere episcopale, è immediato: tutti, pastori e fedeli, di qualsivoglia rito e dignità, sono vincolati, nei suoi confronti, dall’obbligo della subordinazione gerarchica e della vera obbedienza, non solo nelle cose che appartengono alla fede e ai costumi, ma anche in quelle relative alla disciplina e al governo della Chiesa, in tutto il mondo. In questo modo, avendo salvaguardato l’unità della comunione e della professione della stessa fede con il Romano Pontefice, la Chiesa di Cristo sarà un solo gregge sotto un solo sommo pastore. Questa è la dottrina della verità cattolica, dalla quale nessuno può allontanarsi senza perdita della fede e pericolo della salvezza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo potere del Sommo Pontefice non pregiudica in alcun modo quello episcopale di giurisdizione, ordinario e immediato, con il quale i Vescovi, insediati dallo Spirito Santo al posto degli Apostoli, come loro successori, guidano e reggono, da veri pastori, il gregge assegnato a ciascuno di loro, anzi viene confermato, rafforzato e difeso dal Pastore supremo ed universale, come afferma solennemente San Gregorio Magno: “Il mio onore è quello della Chiesa universale. Il mio onore è la solida forza dei miei fratelli. Io mi sento veramente onorato, quando a ciascuno di loro non viene negato il dovuto onore” [Ep. ad Eulog. Alexandrin., I, VIII, ep. XXX]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dal supremo potere del Romano Pontefice di governare tutta la Chiesa, deriva allo stesso anche il diritto di comunicare liberamente, nell’esercizio di questo suo ufficio, con i pastori e con i greggi della Chiesa intera, per poterli ammaestrare e indirizzare nella via della salvezza. Condanniamo quindi e respingiamo le affermazioni di coloro che ritengono lecito impedire questo rapporto di comunicazione del capo supremo con i pastori e con i greggi, o lo vogliono asservire al potere civile, poiché sostengono che le decisioni prese dalla Sede Apostolica, o per suo volere, per il governo della Chiesa, non possono avere forza e valore se non vengono confermate dal potere civile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E poiché per il diritto divino del Primato Apostolico il Romano Pontefice è posto a capo di tutta la Chiesa, proclamiamo anche ed affermiamo che egli è il supremo giudice dei fedeli [Pii VI, Breve Super soliditate, d. 28 Nov. 1786] e che in ogni controversia spettante all’esame della Chiesa, si può ricorrere al suo giudizio [Conc. Oecum. Lugdun. II]. È evidente che il giudizio della Sede Apostolica, che detiene la più alta autorità, non può essere rimesso in questione da alcuno né sottoposto ad esame da parte di chicchessia [Ep. Nicolai I ad Michaelem Imperatorem]. Si discosta quindi dal retto sentiero della verità chi afferma che è possibile fare ricorso al Concilio Ecumenico, come se fosse investito di un potere superiore, contro le sentenze dei Romani Pontefici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dunque se qualcuno affermerà che il Romano Pontefice ha semplicemente un compito ispettivo o direttivo, e non il pieno e supremo potere di giurisdizione su tutta la Chiesa, non solo per quanto riguarda la fede e i costumi, ma anche per ciò che concerne la disciplina e il governo della Chiesa diffusa su tutta la terra; o che è investito soltanto del ruolo principale e non di tutta la pienezza di questo supremo potere; o che questo suo potere non è ordinario e diretto sia su tutte e singole le Chiese, sia su tutti e su ciascun fedele e pastore: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capitolo IV - Del Magistero Infallibile del Romano Pontefice"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questa Santa Sede ha sempre ritenuto che nello stesso Primato Apostolico, posseduto dal Romano Pontefice come successore del beato Pietro Principe degli Apostoli, è contenuto anche il supremo potere di magistero. Lo conferma la costante tradizione della Chiesa; lo dichiararono gli stessi Concili Ecumenici e, in modo particolare, quelli nei quali l’Oriente si accordava con l’Occidente nel vincolo della fede e della carità. Proprio i Padri del quarto Concilio di Costantinopoli, ricalcando le orme dei loro antenati, emanarono questa solenne professione: “La salvezza consiste anzitutto nel custodire le norme della retta fede. E poiché non è possibile ignorare la volontà di nostro Signore Gesù Cristo che proclama: “Tu sei Pietro, e su questa pietra edificherò la mia Chiesa”, queste parole trovano conferma nella realtà delle cose, perché nella Sede Apostolica è sempre stata conservata pura la religione cattolica, e professata la santa dottrina. Non volendo quindi, in alcun modo, essere separati da questa fede e da questa dottrina, nutriamo la speranza di poterci mantenere nell’unica comunione predicata dalla Sede Apostolica, perché in lei si trova tutta la vera solidità della religione cristiana” [Ex formula S. Hormisdae Papae, prout ab Hadriano II Patribus Concilii Oecumenici VIII, Constantinopolitani IV, proposita et ab iisdem subscripta est]. Nel momento in cui si approvava il secondo Concilio di Lione, i Greci dichiararono: “La Santa Chiesa Romana è insignita del pieno e sommo Primato e Principato sull’intera Chiesa Cattolica e, con tutta sincerità ed umiltà, si riconosce che lo ha ricevuto, con la pienezza del potere, dallo stesso Signore nella persona del beato Pietro, Principe e capo degli Apostoli, di cui il Romano Pontefice è successore, e poiché spetta a lei, prima di ogni altra, il compito di difendere la verità della fede, qualora sorgessero questioni in materia di fede, tocca a lei definirle con una sua sentenza”. Da ultimo il Concilio Fiorentino emanò questa definizione: “Il Pontefice Romano, vero Vicario di Cristo, è il capo di tutta la Chiesa, il padre e il maestro di tutti i Cristiani: a lui, nella persona del beato Pietro, è stato affidato, da nostro Signore Gesù Cristo, il supremo potere di reggere e di governare tutta la Chiesa”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Allo scopo di adempiere questo compito pastorale, i Nostri Predecessori rivolsero sempre ogni loro preoccupazione a diffondere la salutare dottrina di Cristo fra tutti i popoli della terra, e con pari dedizione vigilarono perché si mantenesse genuina e pura come era stata loro affidata. È per questo che i Vescovi di tutto il mondo, ora singolarmente ora riuniti in Sinodo, tenendo fede alla lunga consuetudine delle Chiese e salvaguardando l’iter dell’antica regola, specie quando si affacciavano pericoli in ordine alla fede, ricorrevano a questa Sede Apostolica, dove la fede non può venir meno, perché procedesse in prima persona a riparare i danni [Cf. S. Bern. Epist. CXC]. Gli stessi Romani Pontefici, come richiedeva la situazione del momento, ora con la convocazione di Concili Ecumenici o con un sondaggio per accertarsi del pensiero della Chiesa sparsa nel mondo, ora con Sinodi particolari o con altri mezzi messi a disposizione dalla divina Provvidenza, definirono che doveva essere mantenuto ciò che, con l’aiuto di Dio, avevano riconosciuto conforme alle sacre Scritture e alle tradizioni Apostoliche. Lo Spirito Santo infatti, non è stato promesso ai successori di Pietro per rivelare, con la sua ispirazione, una nuova dottrina, ma per custodire con scrupolo e per far conoscere con fedeltà, con la sua assistenza, la rivelazione trasmessa dagli Apostoli, cioè il deposito della fede. Fu proprio questa dottrina apostolica che tutti i venerabili Padri abbracciarono e i santi Dottori ortodossi venerarono e seguirono, ben sapendo che questa Sede di San Pietro si mantiene sempre immune da ogni errore in forza della divina promessa fatta dal Signore, nostro Salvatore, al Principe dei suoi discepoli: “Io ho pregato per te, perché non venga meno la tua fede, e tu, una volta convertito, conferma i tuoi fratelli”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo indefettibile carisma di verità e di fede fu dunque divinamente conferito a Pietro e ai suoi successori in questa Cattedra, perché esercitassero il loro eccelso ufficio per la salvezza di tutti, perché l’intero gregge di Cristo, distolto dai velenosi pascoli dell’errore, si alimentasse con il cibo della celeste dottrina e perché, dopo aver eliminato ciò che porta allo scisma, tutta la Chiesa si mantenesse una e, appoggiata sul suo fondamento, resistesse incrollabile contro le porte dell’inferno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma poiché proprio in questo tempo, nel quale si sente particolarmente il bisogno della salutare presenza del ministero Apostolico, si trovano parecchie persone che si oppongono al suo potere, riteniamo veramente necessario proclamare, in modo solenne, la prerogativa che l’unigenito Figlio di Dio si è degnato di legare al supremo ufficio pastorale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò Noi, mantenendoci fedeli alla tradizione ricevuta dai primordi della fede cristiana, per la gloria di Dio nostro Salvatore, per l’esaltazione della religione Cattolica e per la salvezza dei popoli cristiani, con l’approvazione del sacro Concilio proclamiamo e definiamo dogma rivelato da Dio che il Romano Pontefice, quando parla ex cathedra, cioè quando esercita il suo supremo ufficio di Pastore e di Dottore di tutti i cristiani, e in forza del suo supremo potere Apostolico definisce una dottrina circa la fede e i costumi, vincola tutta la Chiesa, per la divina assistenza a lui promessa nella persona del beato Pietro, gode di quell’infallibilità con cui il divino Redentore volle fosse corredata la sua Chiesa nel definire la dottrina intorno alla fede e ai costumi: pertanto tali definizioni del Romano Pontefice sono immutabili per se stesse, e non per il consenso della Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se qualcuno quindi avrà la presunzione di opporsi a questa Nostra definizione, Dio non voglia!: sia anatema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dato a Roma, nella pubblica sessione celebrata solennemente nella Basilica Vaticana, nell’anno 1870 dell’Incarnazione del Signore, il 18 luglio, venticinquesimo anno del Nostro Pontificato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "-----------------------------------------------------------------"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "*U. Bellocchi (a cura di), Tutte le Encicliche e i principali documenti pontifici emanati dal 1740, vol. IV: Pio IX (1846-1878), pp. 334-340, 1995, Libreria Editrice Vaticana, Città del Vaticano."
            }
          ]
        },
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/i-vatican-council/documents/vat-i_const_18700718_pastor-aeternus_la.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vat-i-pastor-aeternus-la.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONSTITUTIO DOGMATICA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PASTOR AETERNUS*"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PIUS EPISCOPUS SERVUS SERVORUM DEI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SACRO APPROBANTE CONCILIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad perpetuam rei memoriam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pastor aeternus et episcopus animarum nostrarum, ut salutiferum redemptionis opus perenne redderet, sanctam aedificare Ecclesiam decrevit, in qua veluti in domo Dei viventis fideles omnes unius fidei et charitatis vinculo contuerentur. Quapropter, priusquam clarificaretur, rogavit Patrem non pro Apostolis tantum, sed et pro eis, qui credituri erant per verbum eorum in ipsum, ut omnes unum essent, sicut ipse Filius et Pater unum sunt. Quemadmodum igitur Apostolos, quos sibi de mundo elegerat, misit, sicut ipse missus erat a Patre: ita in Ecclesia sua Pastores et Doctores usque ad consummationem saeculi esse voluit. Ut vero episcopatus ipse unus et indivisus esset, et per cohaerentes sibi invicem sacerdotes credentium multitudo universa in fidei et communionis unitate conservaretur, beatum Petrum ceteris Apostolis praeponens in ipso instituit perpetuum utriusque unitatis principium ac visibile fundamentum, super cuius fortitudinem aeternum exstrueretur templum, et Ecclesiae coelo inferenda sublimitas in huius fidei firmitate consurgeret (S. Leo M. serm. IV (al. III) cap. 2 in diem Natalis sui). Et quoniam portae inferi ad evertendam, si fieri posset, Ecclesiam contra eius fundamentum divinitus positum maiori in dies odio undique insurgunt; Nos ad catholici gregis custodiam, incolumitatem, augmentum, necessarium esse iudicamus, sacro approbante Concilio, doctrinam de institutione, perpetuitate, ac natura sacri Apostolici primatus, in quo totius Ecclesiae vis ac soliditas consistit, cunctis fidelibus credendam et tenendam, secundum antiquam atque constantem universalis Ecclesiae fidem, proponere, atque contrarios, dominico gregi adeo perniciosos errores proscribere et condemnare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE APOSTOLICI PRIMATUS IN BEATO PETRO INSTITUTIONE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Docemus itaque et declaramus, iuxta Evangelii testimonia primatum iurisdictionis in universam Dei Ecclesiam immediate ct directe beato Petro Apostolo promissum atque collatum a Christo Domino fuisse. Unum enim Simonem, cui iam pridem dixerat: Tu vocaberis Cephas (Ioan. I, 42), postquam ille suam edidit confessionem inquiens Tu es Christus, Filius Dei vivi, solemnibus his verbis allocutus est Dominus: Beatus es Simon Bar-Iona; quia caro, et sanguis non revelavit tibi, sed Pater meus, qui in cöelis est: et ego dico tibi, quia tu es Petrus, et super hanc petram aedificabo Ecclesiam meam, et portae inferi non praevalebunt adversus eam: et tibi dabo claves regni coelorum: et quodcumque ligaveris super terram erit ligatum et in coelis: et quodcumque solveris super terram, erit solutum et in coelis (Matth. XVI, 16-19). Atque uni Simoni Petro contulit Iesus post suam resurrectionem summi pastoris et rectoris iurisdictionem in totum suum ovile, dicens: Pasce agnos meos: Pasce oves meas (Ioan. XXI, 15-17). Huic tam manifestae sacrarum Scripturarum doctrinae, ut ab Ecclesia catholica semper intellecta est, aperte opponuntur pravae eorum sententiae, qui constitutam a Christo Domino in sua Ecclesia regiminis formam pervertentes negant, solum Petrum prae ceteris Apostolis, sive seorsum singulis sive omnibus simul, vero proprioque iurisdictionis primatu fuisse a Christo instructum; aut qui affirmant, eundem primatum non immediate, directeque ipsi beato Petro, sed Ecclesiae, et per hanc illi ut ipsius Ecclesiae ministro delatum fuisse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis igitur dixerit, beatum Petrum Apostolum non esse a Christo Domino constitutum Apostolorum omnium principem et totius Ecclesiae militantis visibile caput; vel eundem honoris tantum, non autem verae propriaeque iurisdictionis primatum ab eodem Domino nostro Iesu Christo directe et immediate accepisse; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE PERPETUITATE PRIMATUS BEATI PETRI IN ROMANIS PONTIFICIBUS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quod autem in beato Apostolo Petro princeps pastorum et pastor magnus ovium Dominus Christus Iesus in perpetuam salutem ac perenne bonum Ecclesiae instituit, id eodem auctore in Ecclesia, quae fundata super petram ad finem saeculorum usque firma stabit, iugiter durare necesse est. Nulli sane dubium, imo saeculis omnibus notum est, quod sanctus beatissimusque Petrus, Apostolorum princeps et caput, fideique columna et Ecclesiae catholicae fundamentum, a Domino nostro Iesu Christo, Salvatore humani generis ac Redemptore, claves regni accepit: qui ad hoc usque tempus et semper in suis successoribus, episcopis sanctae Romanae Sedis, ab ipso fundatae, eiusque consecratae sanguine, vivit et praesidet et iudicium exercet (Cf. Ephesini Concilii Act. III). Unde quicumque in hac Cathedra Petro succedit, is secundum Christi ipsius institutionem primatum Petri in universam Ecclesiam obtinet. Manet ergo dispositio veritatis, et beatus Petrus in accepta fortitudine petrae perseverans suscepta Ecclesiae gubernacula non reliquit (S. Leo M. Serra. III (al. II) cap. 3). Hac de causa ad Romanam Ecclesiam propter potentiorem principalitatem necesse semper fuit omnem convenire Ecclesiam, hoc est, eos, qui sunt undique fideles, ut in ea Sede, e qua venerandae communionis iura in omnes dimanant, tamquam membra in capite consociata, in unam corporis compagem coalesceret (S. Iren. Adv. haer. I. III c. 3, et Conc. Aquiiei. a. 381 inter opp. S. Ambr. ep. XL)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis ergo dixerit, non esse ex ipsius Christi Domini institutione seu iure divino, ut beatus Petrus in primatu super universam Ecclesiam habeat perpetuos successores; aut Romanum Pontificem non esse beati Petri in eodem primatu successorem; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE VI ET RATIONE PRIMATUS ROMANI PONTIFICIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter apertis innixi sacrarum litterarum testimoniis, et inhaerentes tum Praedecessorum Nostrorum, Romanorum Pontificum, tum Conciliorum generalium disertis, perspicuisque decretis, innovamus oecumenici Concilii Florentini definitionem, qua credendum ab omnibus Christi fidelibus est, sanctam Apostolicam Sedem, et Romanum Pontificem in universum orbem tenere primatum, et ipsum Pontificem Romanum successorem esse beati Petri principis Apostolorum, et verum Christi Vicarium, totiusque Ecclesiae caput, et omnium Christianorum patrem ac doctorem existere; et ipsi in beato Petro pascendi, regendi ac gubernandi universalem Ecclesiam a Domino nostro Iesu Christo plenam potestatem traditam esse; quemadmodum etiam in gestis oecumenicorum Conciliorum et in sacris canonibus continetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Docemus proinde et declaramus, Ecclesiam Romanam, disponente Domino, super omnes alias ordinariae potestatis obtinere principatum, et hanc Romani Pontificis iurisdictionis potestatem, quae vere episcopalis est, immediatam esse: erga quam cuiuscumque ritus et dignitatis pastores atque fideles, tam seorsum singuli quam simul omnes, officio hierarchicae subordinationis, veraeque obedientiae obstringuntur, non solum in rebus, quae ad fidem et mores, sed etiam in iis, quae ad disciplinam et regimen ecclesiae per totum orbem diffusae pertinent; ita ut custodita cum Romano Pontifice tam communionis, quam eiusdem fidei professionis unitate, Ecclesia Christi sit unus grex sub uno summo pastore. Haec est catholicae veritatis doctrina, a qua deviare salva fide atque salute nemo potest."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tantum autem abest, ut haec Summi Pontificis potestas officiat ordinariae ac immediatae illi episcopalis iurisdictionis potestati, qua Episcopi, qui positi a Spiritu Sancto in Apostolorum locum successerunt, tamquam veri pastores assignatos sibi greges, num Pontificem non esse beati Petri in eodem primatu successorem; anathema sit singuli singulos, pascunt et regunt, ut eadem a supremo et universali Pastore asseratur, roboretur ac vindicetur, secundum illud sancti Gregorii Magni: meus honor est honor universalis Ecclesiae. Meus honor est fratrum meorum solidus vigor. Tum ego vere honoratus sum, cum singulis quibusque honor debitus non negatur (Ep. ad Eulog. Alexandrin. I. VIII ep. XXX)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porro ex suprema illa Romani Pontificis potestate gubernandi universam Ecclesiam ius eidem esse consequitur, in huius sui muneris exercitio libere communicandi cum pastoribus et gregibus totius Ecclesiae, ut iidem ab ipso in via salutis doceri ac regi possint. Quare damnamus ac reprobamus illorum sententias, qui hanc supremi capitis cum pastoribus et gregibus communicationem licite impediri posse dicunt, aut eandem reddunt saeculari potestati obnoxiam, ita ut contendant, quae ab Apostolica Sede vel eius auctoritate ad regimen Ecclesiae eonstituuntur, vim ac valorem non habere, nisi potestatis saecularis placito confirmentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Et quoniam divino Apostolici primatus iure Romanus Pontifex universae Ecclesiae praeest, docemus etiam et declaramus, eum esse iudicem supremum fidelium (Pii PP. VI Breve, Super soliditate d. 28 Nov. 1786), et in omnibus causis ad examen ecclesiasticum spectantibus ad ipsius posse iudicium recurri (Concil. Oecum. Lugdun. II); Sedis vero Apostolicae, cuius auctoritate maior non est, iudicium a nemine fore retractandum, neque cuiquam de eius licere iudicare iudicio (Ep. Nicolai 1 ad Michaelem Imporatorem). Quare a recto veritatis tramite aberrant, qui affirmant, licere ab iudiciis Romanorum Pontificum ad oecumenicum Concilium tamquam ad auctoritatem Romano Pontifice superiorem appellare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis itaque dixerit, Romanum Pontificem habere tantummodo officium inspectionis vel directionis, non autem plenam et supremam potestatem iurisdictionis in universam Ecclesiam, non solum in rebus, quae ad fidem et mores, sed etiam in iis, quae ad disciplinam et regimen Ecclesiae per totum orbem diffusae pertinent; aut eum habere tantum potiores partes, non vero totam plenitudinem huius supremae potestatis; aut hanc eius potestatem non esse ordinariam et immediatam sive in omnes ac singulas ecclesias, sive in omnes et singulos pastores et fideles; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE ROMANI PONTIFICIS INFALLIBILI MAGISTERIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ipso autem Apostolico primatu, quem Romanus Pontifex tamquam Petri principis Apostolorum successor in universam Ecclesiam obtinet, supremam quoque magisterii potestatem comprehendi, haec Sancta Sedes semper tenuit, perpetuus Ecclesiae usus comprobat, ipsaque oecumenica Concilia, ea imprimis, in quibus Oriens cum Occidente in fidei charitatisque unionem conveniebat, declaraverunt. Patres enim Concilii Constantinopolitani quarti, maiorum vestigiis inhaerentes, hanc solemnem ediderunt professionem: prima salus est, rectae fidei regulam custodire. Et quia non potest Domini nostri Iesu Christi praetermitti sententia dicentis: Tu es Petrus, et super hanc petram aedificabo Ecclesiam meam, haec, quae dicta sunt, rerum probantur effectibus, quia in Sede Apostolica immaculata est semper catholica reservata religio, et sancta celebrata doctrina. Ab huius ergo fide et doctrina separari minime cupientes, speramus, ut in una communione, quam Sedes Apostolica praedicat, esse mereamur, in qua est integra et vera Christianae religionis soliditas (Ex formula S. Hormisdae Papae prout ab Hadriano II Patribus Concili Oecumenici Constantinopolitani IV proposita et ab iisdem subscripta est). Approbante vero Lugdunensi Concilio secundo, Graeci professi sunt: Sanctam Romanam Ecclesiam summum et plenum primatum et principatum super universam Ecclesiam catholicam obtinere, quem se ab ipso Domino in beato Petro Apostolorum principe sive vertice, cuius Romanus Pontifex est successor, cum potestatis plenitudine recepisse veraciter et humiliter recognoscit; et sicut prae ceteris tenetur fidei veritatem defendere, sic et, si quae de fide subortae fuerint quaestiones, suo debent iudicio definiri. Florentinum denique Concilium definivit: Pontificem Romanum, verum Christi Vicarium, totiusque Ecclesiae caput et omnium Christianorum patrem ac doctorem existere; et ipsi in beato Petro pascendi, regendi ac gubernandi universalem Ecclesiam a Domino nostro Iesu Christo plenam potestatem traditam esse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Huic pastorali muneri ut satisfacerent, Praedecessores Nostri indefessam semper operam dederunt, ut salutaris Christi doctrina apud omnes terrae populos propagaretur, parique cura vigilarunt, ut, ubi recepta esset, sincera et pura conservaretur. Quocirca totius orbis Antistites nunc singuli, nunc in Synodis congregati, longam ecclesiarum consuetudinem et antiquae regulae formam sequentes, ea praesertim pericula, quae in negotiis fidei emergebant, ad hanc Sedem Apostolicam retulerunt, ut ibi potissimum resarcirentur damna fidei, ubi fides non potest sentire defectum (Cf. S. Bern. Epist. CXC). Romani autem Pontifices, prout temporum et rerum conditio suadebat, nunc convocatis oecumenicis Conciliis aut explorata Ecclesiae per orbem dispersae sententia, nunc per Synodos particulares, nunc aliis, quae divina suppeditabat providentia, adhibitis auxiliis, ea tenenda definierunt, quae sacris Scripturis et apostolicis Traditionibus consentanea Deo adiutore cognoverant. Neque enim Petri successoribus Spiritus Sanctus promissus est, ut eo revelante novam doctrinam patefacerent, sed ut eo assistente traditam per Apostolos revelationem seu fidei depositum sancte custodirent et fideliter exponerent. Quorum quidem apostolicam doctrinam omnes venerabiles Patres amplexi et sancti Doctores orthodoxi venerati atque secuti sunt; plenissime scientes, hanc sancti Petri Sedem ab omni semper errore illibatam permanere, secundum Domini Salvatoris nostri divinam pollicitationem discipulorum suorum principi factam: Ego rogavi pro te, ut non deficiat fides tua, et tu aliquando conversus confirma fratres tuos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoc igitur veritatis et fidei numquam deficientis charisma Petro eiusque in hac Cathedra successoribus divinitus collatum est, ut excelso suo munere in omnium salutem fungerentur, ut universus Christi grex per eos ab erroris venenosa esca aversus, coelestis doctrinae pabulo nutriretur, ut sublata schismatis occasione Ecclesia tota una conservaretur, atque suo fundamento innixa firma adversus inferi portas consisteret."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At vero cum hac ipsa aetate, qua salutifera Apostolici muneris efficacia vel maxime requiritur, non pauci inveniantur, qui illius auctoritati obtrectant; necessarium omnino esse censemus, praerogativam, quam unigenitus Dei Filius cum summo pastorali officio coniungere dignatus est, solemniter asserere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Itaque Nos traditioni a fidei Christianae exordio perceptae fideliter inhaerendo, ad Dei Salvatoris nostri gloriam, religionis Catholicae exaltationem et Christianorum populorum salutem, sacro approbante Concilio, docemus et divinitus revelatum dogma esse definimus: Romanum Pontificem, cum ex Cathedra loquitur, id est, cum omnium Christianorum Pastoris et Doctoris munere fungens, pro suprema sua Apostolica auctoritate doctrinam de fide vel moribus ab universa Ecclesia tenendam definit, per assistentiam divinam, ipsi in beato Petro promissam, ea infallibilitate pollere, qua divinus Redemptor Ecclesiam suam in definienda doctrina de fide vel moribus instructam esse voluit; ideoque eiusmodi Romani Pontificis definitiones ex sese, non autem ex consensu Ecclesiae irreformabiles esse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis autem huic Nostrae definitioni contradicere, quod Deus avertat, praesumpserit; anathema sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "--------------------------------------------------------"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "*ASS, vol. VI (1870-1871), pp. 40-47."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://archive.org/details/decreesofvatican00vaticuoft",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/vatican-i/vatican-council-decrees-mcnabb-english-1907.pdf",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-1",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "FIRST DOGMATIC CONSTITUTION ON"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE CHURCH OF CHRIST"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promulgated in the \\th Session of the Holy (Ecu menical Vatican (Council"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "PIUS, BISHOP,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Servant of the servants of God, with the approval of the Sacred (Council for Perpetual Remembrance Eternal Pastor and Bishop of our souls, in THE order to continue for all time the life-giving work of His Redemption, determined to build up the Holy Church, wherein, as in the house of the living GOD, all who believe might be united in the bond of one Wherefore, before He entered faith and one charity. into His glory, He prayed unto the Father, not for the Apostles only, but for those also who through their"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "preaching should come to believe in Him, that all might be one, even as He the Son and the Father are one.* As thenHe sent the Apostles whom He had chosen to Himself from the world, as He Himself had been sent by the Father; so He willed that there should ever be pastors and teachers in His Church to the end of the world. And in order that the Episco"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "pate also might be one and undivided, and that by means of a closely united priesthood the multitude of the faithful might be kept secure in the oneness of faith and communion, He set Blessed Peter over the *"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "John xvii, 2 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "36 THE DECREES OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "rest of the Apostles, and fixed in him the abiding prin ciple of this twofold unity and its visible foundation, in the strength of which the temple should everlasting arise, and the Church in the firmness of that faith should lift her majestic front to heaven.* And seeing that the gates of hell with daily increase of hatred are"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "gathering their strength on every side to upheave the foundation laid by GOD S own hand, and so, if that might be, to overthrow the Church: We, therefore, for the preservation, safe keeping, and increase of the Catholic flock, with the approval of the Sacred Council, do judge it to be necessary to propose to the belief and acceptance of all the faithful, in accordance with the ancient and constant faith of the universal Church, the doctrine touching the institution, perpetuity and nature of the sacred Apostolic Primacy, in which is found the strength and solidity of the entire Church; and at the same time to proscribe and condemn the contrary errors so hurtful to the flock of CHRIST."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the Institution of the Apostolic Primacy in"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Blessed Peter"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "WE therefore teach and declare that, according to the testimony of the Gospel, the primacy of Church of GOD was jurisdiction over the universal immediately and directly promised and given to Blessed Peter the Apostle by CHRIST the LORD. For * From Sermon iv, chap, ii, of St Leo the Great, A.D. 440, vol. i, 17, of edition of Ballerini, Venice, 1753; read in the eighth p. ledion on the feast of St Peter s Chair at Antioch, February 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE VATICAN COUNCIL 37"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "it was to Simon alone, to whom He had already said:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "&quot;Thou shalt be called Cephas,&quot;* that the LORD, after the confession made by him, saying, &quot;Thou art the CHRIST, the Son of the living GOD,&quot; addressed these solemn words, &quot;Blessed art thou, Simon, Bar-Jona, because flesh and blood have not revealed it to thee, but My Father, who is in heaven. And I say to thee that thou art Peter, and upon this rock I will build"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "My Church; and the gates of hell shall not prevail against And I will give to thee the keys of the it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "kingdom of heaven. And whatsoever thou shalt bind upon earth, it shall be bound also in heaven; and whatsoever thou shalt loose on earth, it shall be loosed also in heaven. &quot;f And it was upon Simon alone that JESUS after His resurrection bestowed the jurisdiction of Chief Pastor and Ruler over all His fold in the words, &quot;Feed My lambs, feed sheep.&quot; J At open vari My ance with this clear doctrine of Holy Scripture, as it has ever been understood by the Catholic Church, are the perverse opinions of those who, while they dis tort the form of government established by CHRIST the LORD in His Church, deny that Peter in his simple"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "person preferably to all the other Apostles, whether taken separately or together, was endowed by CHRIST with a true and proper primacy of jurisdiction; or of those who assert that the same primacy was not be stowed immediately and directly upon Blessed Peter himself,but upon the Church, and through the Church on Peter as her minister. *John 1,42. t Matthew xvi, 16, 19. t John xxi, 15, 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "38 THE DECREES OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If anyone, therefore, shall say that Blessed Peter the Apostle was not appointed the Prince of the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apostles and the visible head of the whole Church militant, or that the same directly and immediately received from the same our LORD JESUS CHRIST a"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "primacy of honour only, and not of true and proper jurisdiction; let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the Perpetuity of the Primacy of Blessed feter"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "in the Roman Pontiffs which the Prince of Shepherds and great"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THAT"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "shepherd of the sheep, JESUS CHRIST our LORD, established in the person of the Blessed Apostle Peter to secure the perpetual welfare and lasting good of the Church, must, by the same institution, necessarily remain unceasingly in the Church, which, being founded upon the Rock, will stand firm to the end of the world. For none can doubt, and it is known to all ages, that the holy and Blessed Peter, the Prince and chief of the Apostles, the pillar of the faith and foundation of the Catholic Church, received the keys of the kingdom from our LORD JESUS CHRIST, the Saviour and Redeemer of mankind, and lives,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "presides, and judges to this day, always in his succes sors the Bishops of the Holy See of Rome, which was founded by Him and consecrated by His Blood.* * From the Acts (session third) of the Third General Council, namely, that of Ephesus, A.D. 431, Labbe s Councils, vol. vm, p. 154, Venice edition of 1728. See also letter of St Peter Chrysologus to Eutyches, in life prefixed to his works, p. i 3, Venice, 1750."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE VATICAN COUNCIL 39"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whence, whosoever succeeds to Peter in this See does by the institution of CHRIST Himself obtain the primacy of Peter over the whole Church. The dispo sition made by Incarnate Truth (dispositio veritatis] therefore remains, and Blessed Peter, abiding in the rock s strength which he received (in accepta fortitudine perse^erans]^ has not abandoned the di petr&amp;lt;e"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "rection of the Church.* Wherefore it has at all times been necessary that every particular Church- -that is to say, the faithful throughout the world should come to the Church of Rome on account of the greater princedom so that in this See, whence it has received;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "the rights of venerable communion spread to all, they"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "might as members joined together in their head grow closely into one body.f If, then, anyone shall say that it is not by the institution of CHRIST the LORD, or by divine right, that Blessed Peter has a perpetual line of successors in the primacy over the universal Church or that the Roman Pontiff is not the succes;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "sor of Blessed Peter in this primacy let him be ana;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "thema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "On the Power and Nature of the Primacy of the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roman Pontiff resting on plain testimonies of WHEREFORE, the Sacred Writings, and adhering to the plain and express decrees both of Our predecessors the Ro~ * From Sermon in, chap, iii, ofSt Leo the Great, vol. i, p. 12. fFrom St Irenaeus against Heresies, book in, cap. iii, p. 175, Benedicline edition, Venice, 1734; and Acts of Synod of Aquileia, A.D. 381, Labbe s Councils, vol. n, p. 1185, Venice, 1721."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4o THE DECREES OF man Pontiffs, and of the General Councils, We renew the definition of the CEcumenical Council of Florence,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "by which all the faithful of CHRIST must believe that the Holy Apostolic See and the Roman Pontiff possesses the primacy over the whole world; and that the Ro man Pontiff is the successor of Blessed Peter, Prince of the Apostles, and is true Vicar of CHRIST, and Head of the whole Church, and Father and teacher of all Christians; and that full power was given to him in Blessed Peter, by JESUS CHRIST our LORD, to rule, feed and govern the universal Church: as is also con tained in the Acts of the CEcumenical Councils and in the Sacred Canons. Hence We teach and declare that by the appoint ment of our LORD the Roman Church possesses a sove reignty of ordinary power over all other Churches, and that this power of jurisdiction of the Roman Pon tiff,which is truly episcopal, is immediate; to which all, of whatsoever rite and dignity, both pastors and faithful, both individually and collectively, are bound,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "by their duty of hierarchical subordination and true obedience, to submit, not only in matters which belong to faith and morals, but also in those that appertain to the discipline and government of the Church"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "throughout the world so that the Church of CHRIST;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "may be one flock under one supreme Pastor, through the preservation of unity, both of communion and of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "profession of the same faith, with the Roman Pontiff. This is the teaching of Catholic truth, from which no one can deviate without loss of faith and of salvation. But so far is this power of the Supreme Pontiff from"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE VATICAN COUNCIL 41"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "being any prejudice to that ordinary and immediate power of episcopal jurisdiction, by which bishops, who have been set by the HOLY GHOST to succeed and hold the place of the Apostles,* feed and govern each his own flock, as true pastors, that this same power is really asserted, strengthened and protected by the su"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "preme and universal Pastor; in accordance with the words of St Gregory the Great, My honour is the &quot;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "honour of the whole Church. My honour is the firm strength of my brethren. Then am I truly honoured, when the honour due to each and all is not with held.&quot; f Further, from this supreme power possessed by the Roman Pontiff of governing the universal Church, it follows that, in the exercise of this office, he has the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "right of free communication with the pastors of the whole Church, and with their flocks, that they may be taught and ruled by him in the way of salvation. Wherefore We condemn and reprobate the opinions of those who hold that the communication between the supreme Head and the pastors and their flocks can lawfully be impeded; or who make this com munication subject to the will of the secular power, so as to maintain that whatever is done by the Apo stolic See, or by its authority, for the government of the Church, cannot have force or value unless it be confirmed by the assent of the secular power."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "*From chap, iv of thirty-third session of Council of Trent, &quot;Of the Ecclesiastical Hierarchy.&quot; t From the Letters ofSt Gregory the Great, book vm, 30, vol. n, p. 919, Benedidline edition, Paris, 1705."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "42 THE DECREES OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And since, by the divine right of apostolic primacy, one Roman Pontiffis placed over the universal Church, We further teach and declare that he is the supreme"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "judge of the faithful,* and that in all causes the decision of which belongs to the Church recourse may be had to his tribunal,f but that none may reopen the judge ment of the Apostolic See, than whose authority there isno greater, nor can any lawfully review its judgement.J Wherefore they err from the right path of truth who assert that it is lawful to appeal from the judge ments of the Roman Pontiffs to an QEcumenical Council, as to an authority higher than that of the Roman Pontiff. If then any shall say that the Roman Pontiff has the officemerely of inspection or direction, and not full and supreme power of jurisdiction over the universal Church, not only in things which belong to faith and morals, but also in those things which relate to the discipline and government of the Church spread throughout the world; or assert that he possesses merely the principal part, and not all the fullness of this supreme power; or that this power which he enjoys is not ordinary and immediate, both over each and all the Churches and over each and all the pastors of the faith ful; let him be anathema. * From a Brief of Pius VI, Super soliditate, of November 28, 1786. t From the A6ts of the Fourteenth General Council (Second of Lyons), A.D. 1274. Labbe s Councils, vol. iv, p. 512. t From Letter vm of Pope Nicholas I, A.D. 858, to the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Emperor Michael, in Labbe s Councils, vol. ix, pp. 1339 and 1570."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE VATICAN COUNCIL 43"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concerning the Infallible Teaching of the Roman Pontiff that the supreme power of teaching"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "MOREOVER, also included (magisterii) is in the apostolic"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "primacy, which the Roman Pontiff, as the successor of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Peter, Prince of the Apostles, possesses over the whole Church, this Holy See has always held, the perpetual practice of the Church confirms, and CEcumenical Councils also have declared, especially those in which the East with the West met in the union of faith and"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "charity. For the Fathers of the Fourth Council of Con"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "stantinople, following in the footsteps of their prede"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cessors, gaveforth this solemn profession: &quot;The first condition of salvation is to keep the rule of the true And because the sentence of our LORD JESUS faith."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHRIST cannot be passed by, who said, Thou art"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Peter, and upon this rock I will build Church, My these things which have been said are proved by events, because in the Apostolic See the Catholic religion has always been kept undefiled, and her well-known doctrine has been kept holy. Desiring, therefore, not to be in the least degree separated from the faith and doctrine of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "hope that we may deserve to be in the this See, we one communion, which the Apostolic See preaches, in * Matthew xvi, 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "44 THE DECREES OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "which is the entire and true solidity of the Christian"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "religion.&quot;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And, with the approval of the Second Council of Lyons, the Greeks professed that: &quot;the holy Roman Church enjoys supreme and full primacy and prince dom over the whole Catholic Church, which it truly and humbly acknowledges that it has received with the plenitude of power from our LORD Himself in the person of Blessed Peter, Prince and Head of the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apostles, whose successor the Roman Pontiff is; and as the Apostolic See is bound before all others to de fend the truth of faith, so also, if any questions regard ing faith shall arise, they must be defined by its judge ment, &quot;f"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, the Council of Florence defined that:J &quot;the Roman Pontiff is the true Vicar of CHRIST, and the head of the whole Church and the father and teacher of all Christians and that to him in Blessed Peter was;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "delivered by our LORD JESUS CHRIST the full power of &quot;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "feeding, ruling and governing the whole Church. To satisfy this pastoral duty, our predecessors ever made unwearied efforts that the salutary doctrine of CHRIST might be propagated among all the nations of the earth, and with equal care watched that it might * From the Formula of St Hormisdas, subscribed by the Fathers of the Eighth General Council (Fourth of Constantinople), A.D. 869. Labbe s Councils, vol. v, pp. 583, 622. t From the A6h of the Fourteenth General Council (Second of Lyons), A.D. 1274. Labbe, vol. xiv, p. 512. t From the A6ts of the Seventeenth General Council (that of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Florence), A.D. 1438; Labbe, vol. xvm, p. 526. John xxi, 15-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE VATICAN COUNCIL 45"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "be preserved genuine and pure where it. had been received. Therefore the bishops of the whole world, now singly, now assembled in synod, following the long established custom of Churches* and the form of the ancient rule,f sent word to this Apostolic See of those dangers especially which sprang up in matters of faith, that there the losses of faith might be most effectually repaired where the faith cannot fail.J And the Roman Pontiffs, according to the exigencies of times and circumstances, sometimes assembling QEcumenical Councils, or asking for the mind of the Church scattered throughout the world, sometimes by parti cular synods, sometimes using other helps which divine Providence supplied, defined as to be held those things which with the help of GOD they had re"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cognized as conformable with the sacred Scriptures and apostolic traditions. For the Holy Spirit was not promised to the successors of Peter, that by His re velation they might make known new doctrine, but that by His assistance they might inviolably keep and or deposit of faith faithfully expound the revelation delivered through the Apostles. And indeed all the venerable Fathers have embraced and the holy ortho dox Doctors have venerated and followed their apo stolic doctrine; knowing most fully that this See of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* From a letter of St Cyril of Alexandria to Pope St Celestine I, A.D. 422, vol. vi, Paris edition of 1638."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "t From a Rescript of St Innocent I to the Council of Milevis, A.D. 402. Labbe, vol. in, p. 47. I From a letter of St Bernard to Pope Innocent II, A.D. 1 130; Epist. 191, vol. iv, p. 433, Paris edition of 1742."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "46 THE DECREES OF"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Saint Peter remains ever free from all blemish of error,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "according to the divine promise of the LORD our SAVIOUR made to the Prince of His disciples: I have &quot;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "prayed for thee that thy faith fail not; and when thou art converted, confirm thy brethren.&quot;* This gift, then, of truth and never-failing faith was conferred by heaven upon Peter and his successors in Chair, that they might perform their high this office for the salvation of all; that the whole flock of"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHRIST, kept away by them from the poisonous food of error, might be nourished with the pasture of heavenly doctrine; that, the occasion of schism being removed, the whole Church might be kept one, and resting in its foundation, might stand firm against the gates of hell. But since in this very age, in which the salutary efficacy of the Apostolic office is most of all required, not a few are found who take away from its authority, We judge it altogether necessary solemnly to assert the prerogative which the Only-begotten Son of GOD vouchsafed to join with the supreme pastoral office. Therefore, faithfully adhering to the tradition re ceived from the beginning of the Christian faith, for the glory of GOD our SAVIOUR, the exaltation of the Catholic religion, and the salvation of Christian"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "people, with the approval of the Sacred Council, We teach and define that it is a dogma divinely revealed: that the Roman Pontiff, when he speaks ex cathedra^ that is, when in discharge of the office of Pastor and * Luke xxii, 32. See also the Ads of the Sixth General Council, A.D. 680 Labbe, vol. vn, p. 659.;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "THE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "VATICAN COUNCIL 47"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Teacher of all Christians, by virtue of his supreme Apostolic authority, he defines a doctrine regarding faith or morals to be held by the universal Church, is, by the divine assistance promised to him in Blessed"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Peter, possessed of that infallibility with which the divine Redeemer willed that His Church should be endowed in defining doctrine regarding faith or morals; and that, therefore, such definitions of the Roman Pontiff are of themselves, and not from the consent of the Church, irreformable.* But if anyone which may GOD avert! presume to contradict this our definition, let him be anathema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Given at Rome in public session, solemnly held"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "year of our LORD one in the Vatican Basilica in the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "thousand eight hundred and seventy, on the eigh teenth day of July, in the twenty-fifth year of our Pontificate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In conformity with the original."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "JOSEPH, BISHOP OF ST POLTEN,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Secretary to the Vatican Council. * In the words used by Pope Nicholas I, note 13, and in the"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Synod of Quedlinburg, A.D. 1085, &quot;It is allowed to none to revise its judgement, and to sit in judgement upon what it has judged.&quot; Labbe, vol. xn, p. 679."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "BX 830 1869 .A3 M35 1907"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "SMC"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vat ican Counc i ( 1st 1:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1869-1870) The decrees of the Vat ican Counc / i 1"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "AZJ-4997 (mcab)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "&amp;gt;!"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "1S6"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en",
        "it"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en",
        "it"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "en",
        "it"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "ad-gentes",
      "council": 21,
      "title": "Ad gentes",
      "type": "Decree",
      "date": "1965-12-07",
      "languages": {
        "de": {
          "code": "de",
          "label": "Deutsch",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651207_ad-gentes_ge.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-184-vat-ii_decree_19651207_ad-gentes_ge.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DEKRET ÜBER DIE MISSIONSTÄTIGKEIT DER KIRCHE AD GENTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zur Völkerwelt von Gott gesandt, soll die Kirche “das allumfassende Sakrament des Heils” (1) sein. So müht sie sich gemäß dem innersten Anspruch ihrer eigenen Katholizität und im Gehorsam gegen den Auftrag ihres Stifters (2), das Evangelium allen Menschen zu verkünden. Denn auch die Apostel, auf die die Kirche gegründet worden ist, haben, den Spuren Christi folgend, “das Wort der Wahrheit verkündet und Kirchen gezeugt” (3) . Pflicht ihrer Nachfolger ist es, diesem Werk Dauer zu verleihen, “damit das Wort Gottes seinen Lauf nehme und verherrlicht werde” (2 Thess 3,1) und die Herrschaft Gottes überall auf Erden angekündigt und aufgerichtet werde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In der gegenwärtigen Weltlage, aus der für die Menschheit eine neue Situation entsteht, ist die Kirche, die da ist Salz der Erde und Licht der Welt (4), mit verstärkter Dringlichkeit gerufen, dem Heil und der Erneuerung aller Kreatur zu dienen, damit alles in Christus zusammengefaßt werde und in ihm die Menschen eine einzige Familie und ein einziges Gottesvolk bilden. Im Dank gegen Gott ob der trefflichen Arbeit, die durch den hochherzigen Einsatz der ganzen Kirche bislang vollbracht wurde, will diese Heilige Synode deshalb die Grundsätze der missionarischen Tätigkeit umreißen und die Kräfte aller Gläubigen sammeln, damit das Volk Gottes, auf dem schmalen Weg des Kreuzes voranschreitend, die Herrschaft Christi des Herrn, vor dessen Augen die Jahrhunderte stehen (5), ausbreite und seiner Ankunft die Wege bahne."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Theologische Grundlegung"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die pilgernde Kirche ist ihrem Wesen nach “missionarisch” (d. h. als Gesandte unterwegs), da sie selbst ihren Ursprung aus der Sendung des Sohnes und der Sendung des Heiligen Geistes herleitet gemäß dem Plan Gottes des Vaters (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieser Plan entspringt der “quellhaften Liebe”, dem Liebeswollen Gottes des Vaters. Er, der ursprungslose Ursprung, aus dem der Sohn gezeugt wird und der Heilige Geist durch den Sohn hervorgeht, hat uns in seiner übergroßen Barmherzigkeit und Güte aus freien Stücken geschaffen und überdies gnadenweise gerufen, Gemeinschaft zu haben mit ihm in Leben und Herrlichkeit. Er hat die göttliche Güte freigebig ausgegossen und gießt sie immerfort aus, so daß er, der Schöpfer von allem, endlich “alles in allem” (1 Kor 15,28) sein wird, indem er zugleich seine Herrlichkeit und unsere Seligkeit bewirkt. Es hat aber Gott gefallen, die Menschen nicht bloß als einzelne, ohne jede gegenseitige Verbindung, zur Teilhabe an seinem Leben zu rufen, sondern sie zu einem Volk zu bilden, in dem seine Kinder, die verstreut waren, in eins versammelt werden sollen (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieser umfassende Plan Gottes für das Heil des Menschengeschlechtes wird nicht allein auf eine gleichsam in der Innerlichkeit des Menschen verborgene Weise verwirklicht, ebenso nicht bloß durch Bemühungen, auch religiöser Art, mit denen die Menschen Gott auf vielfältige Weise suchen, “ob sie ihn vielleicht berühren oder finden möchten, wiewohl er nicht ferne ist von einem jeden von uns” (vgl. Apg 17,27). Diese Bemühungen bedürfen nämlich der Erleuchtung und Heilung, wenn sie auch aufgrund des gnädigen Ratschlusses des vorsorgenden Gottes zuweilen als Hinführung zum wahren Gott oder als Bereitung für das Evangelium gelten können (8). Gott hat vielmehr beschlossen, auf eine neue und endgültige Weise in die Geschichte der Menschen einzutreten; so wollte er Frieden und Gemeinschaft mit sich herstellen und brüderliche Verbundenheit unter den Menschen, die doch Sünder sind, stiften. Darum sandte er seinen Sohn in unserem Fleisch, damit er durch ihn die Menschen der Gewalt der Finsternis und Satans entreiße (9) und in ihm die Welt sich versöhne (10). Ihn also, durch den er auch die Welten erschuf (11), bestimmte er zum Erben des Alls, daß er alles in ihm erneuerte (12). Denn Christus Jesus ist in die Welt gesandt worden als wahrer Mittler Gottes und der Menschen. Da er Gott ist, “wohnt in ihm leibhaftig die ganze Fülle der Gottheit” (Kol 2,9); der menschlichen Natur nach aber ist er, “voll Gnade und Wahrheit” (Joh 1,14), als neuer Adam zum Haupt der erneuerten Menschheit bestellt. So hat der Sohn Gottes die Wege wirklicher Fleischwerdung beschritten, um die Menschen der göttlichen Natur teilhaft zu machen; unseretwegen ist er arm geworden, da er doch reich war, damit wir durch seine Armut reich würden (13). Der Menschensohn kam nicht, um sich bedienen zu lassen, sondern um zu dienen und sein Leben als Lösegeld hinzugeben für die vielen, das heißt für alle (14). Die heiligen Väter verkünden beständig, daß nicht geheilt ist, was nicht von Christus angenommen ist (15). Er hat aber, ausgenommen die Sünde, die volle Menschennatur angenommen, wie sie sich bei uns findet, die wir elend und arm sind (16). Christus, “den der Vater geheiligt und in die Welt gesandt hat” (Joh 10,36), hat nämlich von sich selbst gesagt: “Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn er hat mich gesalbt, frohe Botschaft den Armen zu künden; er hat mich gesandt, zu heilen, die zertretenen Herzens sind, den Gefangenen Freilassung anzukündigen und den Blinden das Augenlicht” (Lk 4,18). Und an anderer Stelle: “Der Menschensohn ist gekommen, zu suchen und heil zu machen, was verloren war” (Lk 19,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Was aber vom Herrn ein für allemal verkündet oder in ihm für das Heil des Menschengeschlechts getan worden ist, muß ausgerufen und ausgesät werden bis ans Ende der Erde (17) , beginnend von Jerusalem aus (18) . So soll, was einmal für alle zum Heil vollzogen worden ist, in allen im Ablauf der Zeiten seine Wirkung erlangen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um dies zu vollenden, hat Christus vom Vater her den Heiligen Geist gesandt, der sein Heilswerk von innen her wirken und die Kirche zu ihrer eigenen Ausbreitung bewegen soll. Ohne Zweifel wirkte der Heilige Geist schon in der Welt, ehe Christus verherrlicht wurde (19). Am Pfingsttage jedoch ist er auf die Jünger herabgekommen, um auf immer bei ihnen zu bleiben (20). Die Kirche wurde vor der Menge öffentlich bekanntgemacht, die Ausbreitung des Evangeliums unter den Heiden durch die Verkündigung nahm ihren Anfang, und endlich wurde die Vereinigung der Völker in der Katholizität des Glaubens vorausbezeichnet, die sich durch die Kirche des Neuen Bundes vollziehen soll, welche in allen Sprachen spricht, in der Liebe alle Sprachen versteht und umfängt und so die babylonische Zerstreuung überwindet (21). Mit Pfingsten begann “die Geschichte der Apostel”, so wie durch die Herabkunft des Heiligen Geistes auf die Jungfrau Maria Christus empfangen worden war und wie Christus selbst dem Werk seines Dienstes zugeführt wurde, als der nämliche Heilige Geist beim Gebet auf ihn niederstieg (22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Herr Jesus selbst aber hat, ehe er sein Leben freiwillig für die Welt hingab, den apostolischen Dienst so geordnet und die Sendung des Heiligen Geistes verheißen, daß beide sich darin zusammenfinden, das Werk des Heiles immer und überall zur Fruchtbarkeit zu bringen (23). Der Heilige Geist eint die ganze Kirche alle Zeiten hindurch “in Gemeinschaft und Dienstleistung, stattet sie mit den verschiedenen hierarchischen und charismatischen Gaben aus” (24), wobei er die kirchlichen Einrichtungen gleichsam als Seele belebt (25), und senkt den gleichen Geist der Sendung, von dem Christus getrieben war, in die Herzen der Gläubigen ein. Bisweilen geht er sogar sichtbar der apostolischen Tätigkeit voran (26), wie er sie auch auf verschiedene Weisen unablässig begleitet und lenkt (27)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Herr Jesus rief von Anfang an “die zu sich, die er wollte, ... und bestellte Zwölf, damit sie bei ihm seien und er sie sende, zu verkündigen” (Mk 3,13) (28). So bildeten die Apostel die Keime des neuen Israel und zugleich den Ursprung der heiligen Hierarchie. Als er dann ein für allemal durch seinen Tod und seine Auferstehung in sich selbst die Geheimnisse unseres Heils und der Erneuerung von allem vollzogen hatte, gründete er, dem alle Gewalt im Himmel und auf Erden gegeben ist (29), vor der Aufnahme in den Himmel (30) seine Kirche als Sakrament des Heils, sandte die Apostel in alle Welt, so wie er selbst vom Vater gesandt worden war (31) , und trug ihnen auf: “Geht also hin, und macht alle Völker zu Jüngern, indem ihr sie tauft auf den Namen des Vaters und des Sohnes und des Heiligen Geistes und sie alles halten lehrt, was ich euch geboten habe” (Mt 28,19f.) “Geht in die ganze Welt, und verkündet das Evangelium aller Kreatur. Wer glaubt und sich taufen läßt, wird gerettet werden; wer aber nicht glaubt, wird verdammt werden” (Mk 16,15). So liegt auf der Kirche die Pflicht, den Glauben und das Heil Christi auszubreiten, und zwar sowohl aufgrund des ausdrücklichen Auftrags, der von den Aposteln her dem Bischofskollegium, dem die Presbyter zur Seite stehen, in Einheit mit dem Nachfolger Petri und obersten Hirten der Kirche überkommen ist, wie auch aufgrund des Lebens, das Christus in seine Glieder einströmen läßt. “Von ihm aus wird der ganze Leib zusammengefügt und zusammengehalten durch jedes Band der Dienstleistung gemäß dem Wirken nach dem Maß eines jeden Gliedes. So geschieht das Wachstum des Leibes zum Aufbau seiner selbst in Liebe” (Eph 4,16). Die Sendung der Kirche vollzieht sich mithin durch das Wirken, kraft dessen sie im Gehorsam gegen Christi Gebot und getrieben von der Gnade und Liebe des Heiligen Geistes allen Menschen und Völkern in voller Wirklichkeit gegenwärtig wird, um sie durch das Zeugnis des Lebens, die Verkündigung, die Sakramente und die übrigen Mitteilungsweisen der Gnade zum Glauben, zur Freiheit und zum Frieden Christi zu führen: So soll ihnen der freie und sichere Weg zur vollen Teilhabe am Christusgeheimnis eröffnet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In dieser Sendung setzt die Kirche die Sendung Christi selbst fort, der den Armen frohe Botschaft zu bringen gesandt war, und entfaltet sie die Geschichte hindurch. Deshalb muß sie unter Führung des Geistes Christi denselben Weg gehen, den Christus gegangen ist, nämlich den Weg der Armut, des Gehorsams, des Dienens und des Selbstopfers bis zum Tode hin, aus dem er dann durch seine Auferstehung als Sieger hervorging. Denn solchermaßen sind alle Apostel in der Hoffnung gewandelt, sie, die in vielerlei Trübsal und Leiden ausfüllten, was an den Leiden Christi noch fehlt für seinen Leib, der da ist die Kirche (32). Oft auch erwies sich das Blut der Christen als Same (33) ."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Aufgabe, welche das Bischofskollegium mit dem Nachfolger Petri an der Spitze unter dem Beten und Mitwirken der ganzen Kirche zu erfüllen hat, ist überall und in jeder Lage ein und dieselbe, auch wenn sie, je nach Umständen, nicht in der gleichen Weise ausgeübt wird. Folglich kommen die Unterschiede, die innerhalb dieser Tätigkeit der Kirche anzuerkennen sind, nicht aus dem inneren Wesen der Sendung selbst, sondern aus den Bedingungen, unter denen diese Sendung vollzogen wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Bedingungen hängen entweder von der Kirche oder von den Völkern, den Gemeinschaften und den Menschen ab, an die sich die Sendung richtet. Obgleich nämlich die Kirche von sich aus die Gesamtheit oder die Fülle der Heilsmittel umgreift, wirkt sie doch nicht immer und nicht sogleich im vollen Umfang und kann dies auch nicht. Vielmehr kennt sie Anfänge und Stufen in ihrer Tätigkeit, mit der sie den Plan Gottes zu verwirklichen sucht. Ja bisweilen ist sie genötigt, nach glücklich begonnenem Voranschreiten abermals einen Rückschritt zu beklagen, oder sie verbleibt doch wenigstens in einem gewissen Zustand der Unvollständigkeit und Unzulänglichkeit. Was aber die Menschen, Gemeinschaften und Völker anlangt, so berührt und durchdringt sie diese nur schrittweise, und nimmt sie so in die katholische Fülle auf. Jeder der genannten Bedingungen bzw. Stadien müssen eigene Wirkformen und geeignete Mittel entsprechen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gemeinhin heißen “Missionen” die speziellen Unternehmungen, wodurch die von der Kirche gesandten Boten des Evangeliums in die ganze Welt ziehen und die Aufgabe wahrnehmen, bei denVölkern oder Gruppen, die noch nicht an Christus glauben, das Evangelium zu predigen und die Kirche selbst einzupflanzen. Sie werden durch die missionarische Tätigkeit verwirklicht und meist in bestimmten, vom Heiligen Stuhl bestätigten Gebieten ausgeübt. Das eigentliche Ziel dieser missionarischen Tätigkeit ist die Evangelisierung und die Einpflanzung der Kirche bei den Völkern und Gemeinschaften, bei denen sie noch nicht Wurzel gefaßt hat (34). So sollen aus dem Samen des Gotteswortes überall auf der Welt wohlbegründete einheimische Teilkirchen heranwachsen, die mit eigener Kraft und Reife begabt sind. Sie sollen eine eigene Hierarchie in Einheit mit dem gläubigen Volk sowie die zum vollen Vollzug christlichen Lebens gehörigen Mittel in einer der eigenen Art gemäßen Weise besitzen und so ihren Teil zum Wohl der Gesamtkirche beitragen. Das hauptsächliche Mittel dieser Einpflanzung ist die Verkündigung der Frohbotschaft von Jesus Christus, die auszurufen der Herr seine Jünger in die ganze Welt gesandt hat, damit die Menschen, wiedergeboren durch das Wort Gottes (35), mittels der Taufe der Kirche eingegliedert werden, die als Leib des fleischgewordenen Wortes vom Wort Gottes und vom eucharistischen Brot genährt wird und lebt (36)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei dieser missionarischen Tätigkeit der Kirche treten verschiedene Bedingungen zuweilen nebeneinander auf: zunächst solche des Neubeginns oder Pflanzens, dann solche der Neuheit oder Jugend. Sind diese vorüber, so endigt dennoch die missionarische Tätigkeit der Kirche nicht. Vielmehr obliegt den inzwischen konstituierten Teilkirchen die Pflicht, sie fortzusetzen und das Evangelium den einzelnen zu verkündigen, die noch draußen stehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Überdies ändern sich die Gemeinschaften, innerhalb deren die Kirche besteht, aus verschiedenen Ursachen nicht selten von Grund auf, so daß völlig neue Bedingungen auftreten können. Dann muß die Kirche erwägen, ob diese Bedingungen ihre missionarische Tätigkeit neuerdings erfordern. Außerdem sind die Verhältnisse manchmal von der Art, daß für bestimmte Zeit die Möglichkeit fehlt, die Botschaft des Evangeliums direkt und sofort vorzulegen. Dann können und müssen die Missionare geduldig, klug und zugleich mit großem Vertrauen wenigstens Zeugnis ablegen für die Liebe und Güte Christi und so dem Herrn die Wege bereiten und ihn in gewissem Sinn gegenwärtig werden lassen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So wird deutlich, daß die missionarische Tätigkeit zuinnerst aus dem Wesen der Kirche hervorquillt. Sie breitet ihren heilschaffenden Glauben aus, verwirklicht in der Ausbreitung ihre katholische Einheit und wird von ihrer Apostolizität gehalten. Sie ist Vollzug der kollegialen Gesinnung ihrer Hierarchie und bezeugt, verbreitet und fördert ihre Heiligkeit. Mithin unterscheidet sich die missionarische Tätigkeit unter den Heiden sowohl von der pastoralen Tätigkeit, die den Gläubigen gegenüber auszuüben ist, als auch von den Bemühungen, die zur Wiederherstellung der christlichen Einheit unternommen werden. Gleichwohl sind diese beiden mit dem missionarischen Wirken der Kirche aufs engste verbunden (37); denn Spaltung der Christen “ist ein Schaden für die heilige Sache der Verkündigung des Evangeliums vor allen Geschöpfen” (38) und verschließt vielen den Zugang zum Glauben. Mithin sind von der Notwendigkeit der Mission her alle Gläubigen dazu gerufen, daß sie in einer Herde vereint werden und so vor den Völkern von Christus, ihrem Herrn, einmütig Zeugnis ablegen können. Wenn sie aber den einen Glauben noch nicht voll zu bezeugen vermögen, so müssen sie sich dennoch von gegenseitiger Wertschätzung und Liebe beseelen lassen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Grund dieser missionarischen Tätigkeit ergibt sich aus dem Plan Gottes, der “will, daß alle Menschen heil werden und zur Erkenntnis der Wahrheit gelangen. Denn es ist nur ein Gott und nur ein Mittler zwischen Gott und den Menschen, der Mensch Christus Jesus, der sich selbst als Lösegeld für alle hingegeben hat” (1 Tim 2,4-6), “und in keinem andern ist Heil” (Apg 4,12). So ist es nötig, daß sich alle zu ihm, der durch die Verkündigung der Kirche erkannt wird, bekehren sowie ihm und seinem Leib, der Kirche, durch die Taufe eingegliedert werden. Christus selbst hat nämlich “mit ausdrücklichen Worten die Notwendigkeit des Glaubens und der Taufe betont (39) und damit zugleich die Notwendigkeit der Kirche, in die die Menschen durch die Taufe wie durch eine Tür eintreten, bekräftigt. Darum könnten jene Menschen nicht gerettet werden, die um die katholische Kirche und ihre von Gott durch Christus gestiftete Heilsnotwendigkeit wissen, in sie aber nicht eintreten oder in ihr nicht ausharren wollten” (40). Wenngleich Gott Menschen, die das Evangelium ohne ihre Schuld nicht kennen, auf Wegen, die er weiß, zum Glauben führen kann, ohne den es unmöglich ist, ihm zu gefallen (41), so liegt also doch auf der Kirche die Notwendigkeit (42) und zugleich das heilige Recht der Evangeliumsverkündigung. Deshalb behält heute und immer die missionarische Tätigkeit ihre ungeschmälerte Bedeutung und Notwendigkeit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Durch sie sammelt und ordnet der mystische Christusleib immerfort Kräfte zum eigenen Wachstum (43). Ihr nachzugehen werden die Glieder der Kirche durch die Liebe getrieben, mit der sie Gott lieben und durch die sie mit allen Menschen in den geistlichen Gütern des gegenwärtigen wie des künftigen Lebens Gemeinschaft zu haben verlangen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Endlich gehört diese missionarische Tätigkeit zur vollen Verherrlichung Gottes, indem die Menschen sein Heilswerk, das er in Christus vollzogen hat, bewußt und in seiner Ganzheit annehmen. So wird durch sie der Plan Gottes erfüllt, dem Christus gehorsam und liebend gedient hat zur Herrlichkeit des Vaters, der ihn dazu gesandt hat (44), daß das ganze Menschengeschlecht ein Volk Gottes bilde, in den einen Leib Christi zusammenwachse und zu dem einen Tempel des Heiligen Geistes aufgebaut werde. Das entspricht, da es die brüderliche Eintracht zum Ausdruck bringt, ganz den innersten Wünschen aller Menschen. So wird endlich der Ratschluß des Schöpfers, der den Menschen nach seinem Bild und Gleichnis geschaffen, wahrhaft erfüllt, wenn alle, die an der menschlichen Natur teilhaben, in Christus durch den Heiligen Geist wiedergeboren, in einmütigem Schauen der Herrlichkeit Gottes sagen können: “Vater unser” (45)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auch zu der menschlichen Natur und ihren Strebungen steht die missionarische Tätigkeit in enger Verbindung. Eben dadurch nämlich, daß sie Christus verkündet, offenbart die Kirche zugleich dem Menschen die ursprüngliche Wahrheit dessen, was es um ihn ist und worin seine volle Berufung liegt. Christus ist ja Ursprung und Urbild jener erneuerten, von brüderlicher Liebe, Lauterkeit und Friedensgeist durchdrungenen Menschheit, nach der alle verlangen. Christus und die Kirche, die von ihm durch die Predigt des Evangeliums Zeugnis gibt, überschreiten alle Besonderheit der Rasse oder der Nation und können deshalb von niemand und nirgendwo als fremd erachtet werden (46) . Christus selbst ist die Wahrheit und der Weg, welche die Predigt des Evangeliums allen zugänglich macht, indem sie an die Ohren aller die Worte eben dieses Christus heranträgt: “Tut Buße, und glaubt dem Evangelium” (Mk 1,15). Da aber, wer nicht glaubt, schon gerichtet ist (47), so sind die Worte Christi zugleich Worte des Gerichts und der Gnade, des Todes und des Lebens; denn wir können zum neuen Leben nur hinzutreten, indem wir das alte in den Tod hineingeben. Das gilt zunächst von den Personen, dann aber auch von den verschiedenen Gütern dieser Welt, die zugleich von der Sünde des Menschen und von der Segnung Gottes gezeichnet sind: “Alle haben nämlich gesündigt und ermangeln der Herrlichkeit Gottes” (Röm 3,23). Niemand wird durch sich selbst und aus eigener Kraft von der Sünde erlöst und über sich hinausgehoben, niemand vollends von seiner Schwachheit, Einsamkeit oder Knechtschaft frei gemacht (48), vielmehr brauchen alle Christus als Beispiel, Lehrer, Befreier, Heilbringer, Lebensspender. In der Tat war das Evangelium in der Geschichte, auch der profanen, den Menschen ein Ferment der Freiheit und des Fortschritts und bietet sich immerfort als Ferment der Brüderlichkeit, der Einheit und des Friedens dar. Nicht ohne Grund wird Christus von den Gläubigen gefeiert als die “Erwartung der Völker und ihr Erlöser” (49)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Zeit der missionarischen Tätigkeit liegt also zwischen der ersten Ankunft des Herrn und seiner Wiederkunft, bei der die Kirche von den vier Winden her wie die Ernte in die Herrschaft Gottes gesammelt wird (50). Bevor nämlich der Herr kommt, muß allen Völkern die frohe Botschaft verkündigt werden (51)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Missionarische Tätigkeit ist nichts anderes und nichts weniger als Kundgabe oder Epiphanie und Erfüllung des Planes Gottes in der Welt und ihrer Geschichte, in der Gott durch die Mission die Heilsgeschichte sichtbar vollzieht. Durch das Wort der Verkündigung und die Feier der Sakramente, deren Mitte und Höhepunkt die heilige Eucharistie darstellt, läßt sie Christus, den Urheber des Heils, gegenwärtig werden. Was immer aber an Wahrheit und Gnade schon bei den Heiden sich durch eine Art von verborgener Gegenwart Gottes findet, befreit sie von der Ansteckung durch das Böse und gibt es ihrem Urheber Christus zurück, der die Herrschaft des Teufels zerschlägt und die vielfältige Bosheit üblen Tuns in Schranken hält. Was an Gutem in Herz und Sinn der Menschen oder auch in den jeweiligen Riten und Kulturen der Völker keimhaft angelegt sich findet, wird folglich nicht bloß nicht zerstört, sondern gesund gemacht, über sich hinausgehoben und vollendet zur Herrlichkeit Gottes, zur Beschämung des Satans und zur Seligkeit des Menschen (52). So strebt die missionarische Tätigkeit auf die eschatologische Fülle hin (53), denn durch sie wird bis zu dem Maß und der Zeit, die der Vater in seiner Vollmacht festgesetzt hat (54), das Volk Gottes ausgebreitet, dem prophetisch gesagt ist: “Erweitere deines Zeltes Raum, und deine Zelttücher spanne aus! Spare nicht!” (Jes 54,2.) (55) So entfaltet sich der mystische Leib bis zum Maß des Vollalters Christi (56), und der geistliche Tempel, worin Gott angebetet wird in Geist und Wahrheit (57), wächst und wird aufgebaut “auf dem Fundament der Apostel und Propheten, während Christus selbst der Eckstein ist” (Eph 2,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die eigentliche Missionsarbeit"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche ist von Christus gesandt, die Liebe Gottes allen Menschen und Völkern zu verkünden und mitzuteilen; sie ist sich bewußt, daß noch eine ungeheure missionarische Aufgabe vor ihr liegt. Es gibt zwei Milliarden Menschen - und ihre Zahl nimmt täglich zu -, die große, festumrissene Gemeinschaften bilden, die durch dauerhafte kulturelle Bande, durch alte religiöse Traditionen, durch feste gesellschaftliche Strukturen zusammengehalten sind und die das Evangelium noch nicht oder doch kaum vernommen haben. Die einen gehören einer der Weltreligionen an, andere bleiben ohne Kenntnis Gottes, andere leugnen seine Existenz ausdrücklich oder bekämpfen sie sogar. Um allen Menschen das Geheimnis des Heils und das von Gott kommende Leben anbieten zu können, muß sich die Kirche all diesen Gruppen einpflanzen, und zwar mit dem gleichen Antrieb, wie sich Christus selbst in der Menschwerdung von der konkreten sozialen und kulturellen Welt der Menschen einschließen ließ, unter denen er lebte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Artikel 1: Das christliche Zeugnis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diesen menschlichen Gruppen also muß die Kirche gegenwärtig sein durch ihre Kinder, die unter ihnen wohnen oder zu ihnen gesandt werden. Denn alle Christgläubigen, wo immer sie leben, müssen durch das Beispiel ihres Lebens und durch das Zeugnis des Wortes den neuen Menschen, den sie durch die Taufe angezogen haben, und die Kraft des Heiligen Geistes, der sie durch die Firmung gestärkt hat, so offenbaren, daß die anderen Menschen ihre guten Werke sehen, den Vater preisen (1) und an ihnen den wahren Sinn des menschlichen Lebens und das alle umfassende Band der menschlichen Gemeinschaft vollkommener wahrnehmen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um dieses Zeugnis Christi mit Frucht geben zu können, müssen sie diesen Menschen in Achtung und Liebe verbunden sein. Sie müssen sich als Glieder der Menschengruppe, in der sie leben, betrachten; durch die verschiedenen Beziehungen und Geschäfte des menschlichen Lebens müssen sie an den kulturellen und sozialen Angelegenheiten teilnehmen. Sie müssen auch mit ihren nationalen und religiösen Traditionen vertraut sein; mit Freude und Ehrfurcht sollen sie die Saatkörner des Wortes aufspüren, die in ihnen verborgen sind. Sie sollen aber auch den tiefgreifenden Wandlungsprozeß wahrnehmen, der sich in diesen Völkern vollzieht. Sie sollen dahin zu wirken suchen, daß die Menschen unserer Zeit, allzusehr auf Naturwissenschaft und Technologie der modernen Welt bedacht, sich nicht den göttlichen Dingen entfremden, sondern im Gegenteil zu einem stärkeren Verlangen nach der Wahrheit und Liebe, die Gott uns geoffenbart hat, erwachen. Wie Christus selbst das Herz der Menschen durchschaut und sie durch echt menschliches Gespräch zum göttlichen Licht geführt hat, so sollen auch seine Jünger, ganz von Christi Geist erfüllt, die Menschen, unter denen sie leben und mit denen sie umgehen, kennen; in aufrichtigem und geduldigem Zwiegespräch sollen sie lernen, was für Reichtümer der freigebige Gott unter den Völkern verteilt hat; zugleich aber sollen sie sich bemühen, diese Reichtümer durch das Licht des Evangeliums zu erhellen, zu befreien und unter die Herrschaft Gottes, des Erlösers, zu bringen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Anwesenheit der Christen in den menschlichen Gemeinschaften muß von jener Liebe beseelt sein, mit der Gott uns geliebt hat, der will, daß wir einander mit derselben Liebe begegnen (2) . Die christliche Liebe erstreckt sich auf alle, ohne Unterschied von Rasse, gesellschaftlicher Stufe oder Religion; sie erwartet nicht Gewinn oder Dankbarkeit; denn wie Gott sich uns mit ungeschuldeter Liebe zugewandt hat, so sind auch die Gläubigen in ihrer Liebe auf den Menschen selbst bedacht und lieben ihn mit der gleichen Zuwendung, mit der Gott den Menschen gesucht hat. Wie also Christus durch die Städte und Dörfer zog, jederlei Krankheit und Gebrechen heilend zum Zeichen der kommenden Gottesherrschaft (3) so ist auch die Kirche durch ihre Kinder mit Menschen jeden Standes verbunden, besonders aber mit den Armen und Leidenden, und gibt sich mit Freuden für sie hin (4). Sie nimmt an ihren Freuden und Schmerzen teil; sie weiß um die Erwartungen und die Rätsel des Lebens, sie leidet mit in den Ängsten des Todes. Denen, die Frieden suchen, bemüht sie sich in brüderlichem Gespräch zu antworten, indem sie ihnen Frieden und Licht aus dem Evangelium anbietet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei der Aufrichtung einer gesunden Wirtschafts- und Sozialordnung sollen die Christgläubigen ihre Arbeit einsetzen und mit allen anderen zusammenarbeiten. Mit besonderer Sorge mögen sie sich der Erziehung der Kinder und der heranwachsenden Jugend durch Schulen verschiedener Typen annehmen; diese Schulen soll man nicht bloß als ein hervorragendes Mittel zur Bildung und zum Aufstieg der christlichen Jugend betrachten, sondern gleichzeitig als äußerst wertvollen Dienst an den Menschen, besonders an den Entwicklungsvölkern, um die menschliche Würde zu höherer Geltung zu bringen und um bessere menschliche Lebensbedingungen vorzubereiten. Ferner sollen sie sich an den Anstrengungen der Völker beteiligen, die sich bemühen, im Kampf gegen Hunger, Unwissenheit und Krankheit bessere Lebensverhältnisse zu schaffen und den Frieden in der Welt zu festigen. Es soll der Wunsch der Gläubigen sein, bei dieser Tätigkeit in kluger Weise bei den Vorhaben mitzuarbeiten, die von privaten sowie öffentlichen Institutionen, von Regierungen, internationalen Organen, von den verschiedenen christlichen Gemeinschaften und auch von den nichtchristlichen Religionen unternommen werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dabei will sich die Kirche auf keine Weise in die Leitung des irdischen Staatswesens einmischen. Sie beansprucht kein anderes Recht, als mit Gottes Hilfe in Liebe und treuer Bereitschaft den Menschen zu dienen (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Jünger Christi hoffen, durch die enge Verbindung mit den Menschen in ihrem Leben und Arbeiten ein wahres Zeugnis abzulegen und auch da zu deren Heil beizutragen, wo sie Christus nicht ganz verkünden können. Sie suchen ja nicht den rein materiellen Fortschritt und Wohlstand der Menschen, sondern sie fördern ihre Würde und ihre brüderliche Gemeinschaft, indem sie religiöse und sittliche Wahrheiten vermitteln, die Christus mit seinem eigenen Licht erhellt hat; auf diese Weise öffnen sie langsam einen volleren Zugang zu Gott. So wird den Menschen in der Erlangung des Heils durch die Liebe zu Gott und zum Nächsten geholfen; das Geheimnis Christi beginnt aufzuleuchten, in dem der neue Mensch erschienen ist, der nach Gott erschaffen wurde 6 , in dem Gottes Liebe sich geoffenbart hat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Artikel 2: Die Verkündigung des Evangeliums und die Sammlung des Gottesvolkes"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Überall, wo Gott eine Tür für das Wort auftut, das Geheimnis Christi zu verkünden (7), da muß allen Menschen (8) mit Freimut und Festigkeit (9) der lebendige Gott verkündet werden (10) und der, den er zum Heil aller gesandt hat, Jesus Christus (11), auf daß die Nichtchristen glaubend, mit einem Herzen, das ihnen der Heilige Geist geöffnet hat (12), sich frei zum Herrn bekehren und ihm aufrichtig anhangen, da er als “der Weg, die Wahrheit und das Leben” (Joh 14,6) all ihr geistliches Sehnen erfüllt, ja es unendlich überragt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Bekehrung muß man gewiß notwendig als anfanghaft auffassen, aber doch als ausreichend, damit der Mensch verstehe, daß er, der Sünde entrissen, in das Geheimnis der Liebe Gottes eingeführt werde, der ihn zu seiner persönlichen Gemeinschaft in Christus ruft; denn unter dem Einfluß der Gnade beginnt der Neubekehrte seinen geistlichen Weg, auf dem er, durch den Glauben schon mit dem Geheimnis des Todes und der Auferstehung verbunden, vom alten Menschen hinüberschreitet zum neuen Menschen, der in Christus vollendet ist (13). Dieser Übergang bringt einen fortschreitenden Wandel seines Empfindens und Verhaltens mit sich; er muß sich in seinen sozialen Auswirkungen kundtun und sich während des Katechumenates langsam entwickeln. Da der Herr, dem er glaubt, ein Zeichen des Widerspruchs ist (14), muß der Neubekehrte oft Bruch und Trennung erleben, aber auch Freuden, die Gott nicht nach Maß austeilt (15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche verbietet streng, daß jemand zur Annahme des Glaubens gezwungen oder durch ungehörige Mittel beeinflußt oder angelockt werde, wie sie umgekehrt auch mit Nachdruck für das Recht eintritt, daß niemand durch üble Druckmittel vom Glauben abgehalten werde (16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nach uraltem kirchlichem Brauch sollen die Motive der Bekehrung erkundet und wenn nötig gereinigt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wer den Glauben an Christus von Gott durch die Kirche empfangen hat (17), soll durch liturgische Zeremonien zum Katechumenat zugelassen werden. Dieses besteht nicht in einer bloßen Erläuterung von Lehren und Geboten, sondern in der Einführung und genügend langen Einübung im ganzen christlichen Leben, wodurch die Jünger mit Christus, ihrem Meister, verbunden werden. Die Katechumenen müssen also in passender Weise in das Geheimnis des Heils eingeweiht werden; durch die Übung eines Lebenswandels nach dem Evangelium und durch eine Folge von heiligen Riten (18) soll man sie stufenweise in das Leben des Glaubens, der Liturgie und der liebenden Gemeinschaft des Gottesvolkes einführen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Endlich werden sie durch die Sakramente der christlichen Initiation von der Macht der Finsternis befreit (19); mit Christus sterben sie, werden sie begraben und erstehen sie (20); sie empfangen den Geist der Kindschaft (21) und feiern das Gedächtnis des Todes und der Auferstehung des Herrn mit dem ganzen Gottesvolk."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist zu wünschen, daß die Fasten- und Osterliturgie so erneuert werde, daß sie die Katechumenen zur Feier des österlichen Geheimnisses bereitet, bei deren festlicher Begehung sie durch die Taufe für Christus wiedergeboren werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um diese christliche Initiation im Katechumenat sollen sich aber nicht bloß Katechisten und Priester kümmern, sondern die ganze Gemeinde der Gläubigen, besonders aber die Taufpaten, so daß den Katechumenen von Anfang an zum Bewußtsein kommt, daß sie zum Gottesvolk gehören. Da das Leben der Kirche apostolisch ist, sollen die Katechumenen lernen, durch das Zeugnis des Lebens und das Bekenntnis des Glaubens zur Verkündigung des Evangeliums und zum Aufbau der Kirche wirksam mitzuarbeiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Rechtsstellung der Katechumenen schließlich soll im neuen Gesetzbuch der Kirche klar umschrieben werden; denn sie sind schon mit der Kirche verbunden (22), sie gehören schon zum Hause Christi (23), und nicht selten führen sie schon ein Leben des Glaubens, der Hoffnung und der Liebe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Artikel 3: Der Aufbau der christlichen Gemeinschaft"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Heilige Geist ruft alle Menschen durch die Saat des Wortes und die Predigt des Evangeliums zu Christus; wenn er die an Christus Glaubenden im Schoß des Taufbrunnens zu neuem Leben gebiert, dann sammelt er sie zu dem einen Gottesvolk, das “ein auserwähltes Geschlecht, eine königliche Priesterschaft, ein heiliger Stamm, ein Volk von ihm zu eigen genommen ist” (1 Petr 2,9) (24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Als Mitarbeiter Gottes (25) sollen die Missionare solche Gemeinden von Gläubigen erwecken, die würdig der Berufung, die sie empfangen haben (26), die Ämter, die Gott ihnen anvertraut hat, ausüben: das priesterliche, das prophetische und das königliche Amt. Auf diese Weise wird die christliche Gemeinschaft zum Zeichen der Gegenwart Gottes in der Welt. Sie ist ja selbst ständig im eucharistischen Opfer mit Christus auf dem Weg hinüber zum Vater (27); unablässig aus dem Wort Gottes genährt (28), gibt sie Zeugnis für Christus (29); sie wandelt in der Liebe und glüht von apostolischem Eifer (30)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Von Anfang an soll die christliche Gemeinschaft so aufgebaut werden, daß sie, soweit möglich, für ihre eigenen Bedürfnisse aufkommen kann."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Gemeinschaft der Gläubigen soll durch ihre Ausstattung mit den kulturellen Reichtümern der eigenen Heimat tief im Volk verwurzelt sein: Die Familien sollen blühen im Geist des Evangeliums (31), geeignete Schulen sollen ihnen helfen. Durch die Errichtung von Vereinigungen und Gruppen soll das Apostolat der Laien die ganze Gesellschaft mit evangelischem Geist durchdringen; die Liebe zwischen Katholiken verschiedener Riten soll hell leuchten (32)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter den Neuchristen soll der ökumenische Geist gepflegt werden. Sie sollen alle, die an Christus glauben, auch wirklich als Christi Jünger anerkennen, die in der Taufe wiedergeboren sind und an sehr vielen Gütern des Gottesvolkes teilhaben. Den religiösen Verhältnissen entsprechend soll man die ökumenische Bewegung so fördern, daß die Katholiken mit den von ihnen getrennten Brüdern, gemäß den Richtlinien des Dekretes über die Ökumenismus, brüderlich zusammenarbeiten im gemeinsamen Bekenntnis des Glaubens an Gott und an Jesus Christus vor den Heiden, soweit dieses vorhanden ist, ebenso im Zusammenwirken in sozialen und technischen sowie kulturellen und religiösen Dingen, wobei man jeden Anschein von Indifferentismus und Verwischung sowie ungesunder Rivalität vermeiden muß. Der Grund für diese Zusammenarbeit sei vor allem Christus, ihr gemeinsamer Herr. Sein Name möge sie zueinanderbringen! Diese Zusammenarbeit soll nicht nur zwischen Privatpersonen stattfinden, sondern nach dem Urteil des Ortsordinarius auch zwischen den Kirchen oder Kirchengemeinschaften und ihren Unternehmungen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die aus allen Völkern in der Kirche versammelten Christgläubigen unterscheiden sich nicht von den übrigen Menschen durch Staatsform, Sprache oder Gesellschaftsordnung (33). Darum sollen sie in den ehrbaren Lebensgewohnheiten ihres Volkes für Gott und Christus leben. Als gute Bürger sollen sie die Vaterlandsliebe wahrhaft und tatkräftig üben. Mißachtung fremder Rassen und übersteigerten Nationalismus aber sollen sie gänzlich meiden und die alle Menschen umfassende Liebe pflegen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um all das zu verwirklichen, sind die Laien, also die Christgläubigen, die Christus durch die Taufe eingegliedert sind und in der Welt leben, von größter Bedeutung und verdienen besondere Sorge. Denn es ist ihre eigentliche Aufgabe, vom Geist Christi erfüllt, gleichsam als Sauerteig die zeitlichen Dinge so von innen her zu beseelen und zu ordnen, daß sie immer mehr Christus gemäß werden (34)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aber es ist nicht genug, daß das christliche Volk anwesend ist und in einem Volk Fuß gefaßt hat; es ist auch nicht genug, daß es das Apostolat des Beispiels ausübt. Dazu ist es gegründet und dazu ist es da, um den nichtchristlichen Mitbürgern in Wort und Werk Christus zu verkünden und ihnen zur vollen Annahme Christi zu helfen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zur Einpflanzung der Kirche und zum Wachstum der christlichen Gemeinschaft aber sind verschiedene Dienste notwendig; durch göttliche Berufung werden sie in der Gemeinde der Gläubigen selbst geweckt, und sie müssen von allen sorgfältig gefördert und gepflegt werden. Dazu gehören das Amt des Priesters, des Diakons, des Katechisten und die Katholische Aktion. Ebenso leisten Ordensmänner und Ordensfrauen zur Verwurzelung und Festigung der Herrschaft Christi in den Seelen und zu ihrer Ausbreitung durch ihr Gebet und ihr Wirken einen unentbehrlichen Dienst."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit großer Freude dankt die Kirche für das unschätzbare Geschenk des Priesterberufes, das Gott so vielen jungen Menschen austeilt unter Völkern, die sich erst zu Christus bekehrt haben; denn die Kirche schlägt in einer menschlichen Gemeinschaft tiefere Wurzeln, wenn die verschiedenen Gemeinden der Gläubigen aus ihren Reihen ihre eigenen Diener des Heiles erhalten, die als Bischöfe, Priester und Diakone ihren Brüdern dienen, so daß die jungen Kirchen langsam diözesanen Aufbau mit eigenem Klerus erlangen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Was dieses Konzil über priesterliche Berufung und Ausbildung festgesetzt hat, soll man da, wo die Kirche erst gepflanzt wird, und in den jungen Kirchen treu wahren. Besonders soll man beachten, was gesagt ist über die enge Verbindung der spirituellen mit der wissenschaftlichen und pastoralen Ausbildung, über die Lebensweise nach dem Evangelium, ohne Rücksicht auf eigenen Nutzen oder Familieninteressen, über die Pflege eines tiefen Verständnisses für das Geheimnis der Kirche. Daraus wird es ihnen wunderbar aufgehen, was es heißt, sich selbst ganz dem Dienst des Leibes Christi in der Arbeit für das Evangelium zu weihen, mit dem Bischof als treue Mitarbeiter verbunden zu sein und ihre Arbeit in Gemeinschaft mit ihren Mitbrüdern zu tun (35)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um dieses umfassende Ziel zu erreichen, muß die ganze Ausbildung der Alumnen im Licht des Heilsgeheimnisses geplant werden, wie es in der Schrift enthalten ist. Sie müssen lernen, dieses Geheimnis Christi und des menschlichen Heils in der Liturgie gegenwärtig zu finden und in ihrem Leben zu verwirklichen (36)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese allgemeinen Erfordernisse der priesterlichen Ausbildung, auch nach der pastoralen und praktischen Seite, müssen nach den Richtlinien des Konzils (37) mit dem Bemühen verbunden werden, den besonderen Formen des Denkens und Handelns des eigenen Volkes entgegenzukommen. Der Geist der Alumnen muß also geöffnet und geschärft werden, damit sie sich ein gutes Wissen und ein rechtes Urteil über die Kultur des eigenen Volkes erwerben können. In den philosophischen und theologischen Disziplinen sollen sie die Beziehungen verstehen, die zwischen ihrer heimatlichen Überlieferung und Religion und der christlichen Religion bestehen (38). Ebenso muß die Priesterbildung die pastoralen Bedürfnisse des Landes berücksichtigen. Die Alumnen sollen Geschichte, Zweck und Methode der missionarischen Tätigkeit der Kirche kennenlernen, ebenso die besonderen sozialen, wirtschaftlichen und kulturellen Verhältnisse des eigenen Volkes. Sie sollen im Geist des Ökumenismus erzogen und zum brüderlichen Dialog mit den Nichtchristen gut vorbereitet werden (39). All das verlangt, daß die Studien bis zum Priestertum soweit wie möglich im Zusammenleben mit dem eigenen Volk und seinen Lebensgewohnheiten durchgeführt werden (40). Endlich soll man auch für die Ausbildung in der geordneten kirchlichen Verwaltung sorgen, ja sogar auf wirtschaftlichem Gebiet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Darüber hinaus soll man geeignete Priester auswählen, die sich nach einiger pastoraler Praxis in höheren Studien an auswärtigen Universitäten, vor allem in Rom, und an anderen wissenschaftlichen Instituten weiterbilden sollen, so daß den jungen Kirchen erfahrene Fachleute aus dem eigenen Klerus für die schwierigeren Aufgaben zur Verfügung stehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wo die Bischofskonferenzen es für gut halten, soll der Diakonat als fester Lebensstand wieder eingeführt werden, entsprechend den Normen der Konstitution über die Kirche (41); denn es ist angebracht, daß Männer, die tatsächlich einen diakonalen Dienst ausüben, sei es als Katechisten in der Verkündigung des Gotteswortes, sei es in der Leitung abgelegener christlicher Gemeinden im Namen des Pfarrers und des Bischofs, sei es in der Ausübung sozialer oder caritativer Werke, durch die von den Aposteln her überlieferte Handauflegung gestärkt und dem Altare enger verbunden werden, damit sie ihren Dienst mit Hilfe der sakramentalen Diakonatsgnade wirksamer erfüllen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ebenso verdient die Schar der Katechisten Anerkennung, Männer wie Frauen, die so große Verdienste um das Werk der Heidenmission haben. Erfüllt von apostolischer Gesinnung, leisten sie mit vielen Mühen ihren einzigartigen und unersetzlichen Beitrag zur Verbreitung des Glaubens und der Kirche."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Amt der Katechisten hat in unseren Tagen, da es für die Glaubensunterweisung solcher Massen und den Seelsorgedienst nur wenige Kleriker gibt, allergrößte Bedeutung. Deshalb muß ihre Ausbildung so vervollkommnet und dem kulturellen Fortschritt angepaßt werden, daß sie ihr Amt, das durch neue und ausgedehntere Aufgaben erschwert wird, als fähige Mitarbeiter der Priester möglichst gut ausüben können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Man muß deshalb die diözesanen und regionalen Schulen vermehren, in denen die zukünftigen Katechisten die katholische Lehre, mit besonderer Betonung von Schrift und Liturgie, sowie die katechetischen Methoden und die pastorale Praxis erlernen und sich in stetiger Übung von Frömmigkeit und sittlichem Leben zu einem christlichen Verhalten bilden (42). Zusammenkünfte und Kurse soll man ferner veranstalten, durch die die Katechisten in den Fächern und Fertigkeiten, die zu ihrem Dienst gehören, zu bestimmten Zeiten Auffrischung erhalten und ihr geistliches Leben genährt und gestärkt wird. Außerdem muß man denen, die sich hauptamtlich dieser Arbeit widmen, durch gerechte Vergütung einen gebührenden Lebensstandard und soziale Sicherheit gewährleisten (43)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es besteht der Wunsch des Konzils, daß durch besondere Mittel der Heiligen Kongregation zur Verbreitung des Glaubens für Ausbildung und Unterhalt der Katechisten gesorgt werde. Wenn es für nötig und zweckmäßig gehalten wird, möge ein eigenes Werk für Katechisten gegründet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirchen werden auch dankbar die hochherzige Arbeit der Hilfskatechisten anerkennen, deren Mitwirkung sie brauchen. Sie leiten in ihren Gemeinden die Gebete und geben den Unterricht. Für ihre wissensmäßige und geistliche Bildung soll ordnungsgemäß gesorgt werden. Es ist außerdem zu wünschen, daß den entsprechend ausgebildeten Katechisten, wo es angezeigt erscheint, die kanonische Sendung in einer öffentlichen liturgischen Feier gegeben werde, damit sie beim Volk in Glaubensfragen größere Autorität genießen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Schon von der Pflanzung der Kirche an soll das Ordensleben eifrig gefördert werden, das nicht nur für die missionarische Tätigkeit wertvolle und unbedingt notwendige Dienste leistet, sondern auch durch die in der Kirche vollzogene, innigere Weihe an Gott lichtvoll das innerste Wesen der christlichen Berufung offenbart und darstellt (44)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die religiösen Genossenschaften, die bei der Pflanzung der Kirche mitarbeiten, sollen von den geistlichen Reichtümern ganz durchdrungen sein, die die Ordenstradition der Kirche auszeichnen, und sie dem Geist und der Anlage eines jeden Volkes entsprechend auszudrücken und weiterzugeben suchen. Sie sollen sorgfältig überlegen, wie die Tradition des asketischen und beschaulichen Lebens, deren Keime manchmal alten Kulturen schon vor der Verkündigung des Evangeliums von Gott eingesenkt wurden, in ein christliches Ordensleben aufgenommen werden können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In den jungen Kirchen sollen verschiedene Formen des Ordenslebens entwickelt werden, um die verschiedenen Aspekte der Sendung Christi und des Lebens der Kirche auszudrücken; sie sollen sich verschiedenen pastoralen Arbeiten widmen und ihre Mitglieder für sie ordnungsgemäß vorbereiten. Doch sollen die Bischöfe in ihrer Konferenz darauf achten, daß nicht Kongregationen mit dem gleichen apostolischen Zweck vervielfacht werden, zum Schaden des Ordenslebens und des Apostolates."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Besondere Erwähnung verdienen die verschiedenen Unternehmungen, die das beschauliche Leben verwurzeln sollen; die einen behalten die wesentlichen Elemente der monastischen Lebensform bei und versuchen, die reiche Tradition ihres Ordens zu verpflanzen. Andere kehren zu den einfacheren Formen des altkirchlichen Mönchswesens zurück. Alle aber sollen sich um eine echte Anpassung an die lokalen Verhältnisse bemühen. Das beschauliche Leben gehört eben zur vollen Anwesenheit der Kirche und muß deshalb überall bei den jungen Kirchen Eingang finden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Teilkirchen"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Einpflanzung der Kirche in eine bestimmte Gesellschaft erreicht einen gewissen Abschluß, wenn die Gemeinschaft der Gläubigen im gesellschaftlichen Leben verwurzelt und der örtlichen Kultur in etwa angepaßt ist und so schon Stetigkeit und Festigkeit besitzt. Das heißt: es steht ihr schon eine wenn auch noch nicht genügend große Zahl von einheimischen Priestern sowie von Ordensleuten und Laien zur Verfügung, und sie ist mit den Ämtern und Einrichtungen ausgestattet, die notwendig sind, um unter der Leitung des Bischofs das Leben des Gottesvolkes zu führen und auszubreiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In diesen jungen Kirchen muß das Leben des Gottesvolkes auf allen Gebieten des christlichen Lebens reifen, das nach den Richtlinien dieses Konzils zu erneuern ist. Die Gemeinden der Gläubigen werden immer mehr zu bewußt-lebendigen Gemeinschaften des Glaubens, der Liturgie und der Liebe; die Laien bemühen sich in ihrer weltlichen und apostolischen Tätigkeit, eine Ordnung der Liebe und der Gerechtigkeit im Staatswesen aufzubauen; man benützt die publizistischen Mittel nach Tunlichkeit und mit Klugheit; durch ein wahrhaft christliches Leben werden die Familien zu Pflanzstätten des Laienapostolates, sowie für Priester- und Ordensberufe. Der Glaube wird in angepaßter Katechese gelehrt, in einer dem Volkscharakter harmonierenden Liturgie gefeiert und findet durch entsprechende kirchliche Gesetzgebung Eingang in die wertvollen Einrichtungen und Gepflogenheiten des Landes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Bischöfe aber sollen zusammen mit ihrem Priesterkollegium, mehr und mehr durchdrungen vom Geist Christi und der Kirche, in Verbindung mit der Gesamtkirche denken und leben. Die Gemeinschaft der jungen Kirchen mit der ganzen Kirche muß sehr eng bleiben; deren Traditionselemente sollen sie mit der eigenen Kultur verbinden, um durch den gegenseitigen Austausch von Kräften das Leben des mystischen Leibes zu entfalten (1). Man soll deshalb die theologischen, psychologischen und menschlichen Ansätze auswerten, die dazu beitragen können, den Sinn für die Gemeinschaft mit der Gesamtkirche zu entwickeln."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Kirchen sind jedoch häufig in den ärmeren Gebieten der Erde gelegen und leiden meist noch schwer unter Priestermangel und materieller Not. Sie sind deshalb sehr darauf angewiesen, daß die fortgesetzte Missionstätigkeit der ganzen Kirche ihnen die Hilfe bringt, die vor allem dem Wachstum und der Reifung des christlichen Lebens der Ortskirche dienen soll. Diese Missionstätigkeit soll auch den schon lange gegründeten Kirchen, die sich in einem Zustand des Rückschritts oder der Schwäche befinden, Hilfe bringen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indes sollen diese Kirchen ein gemeinsames pastorales Programm und geeignete Unternehmen einleiten, durch die die Berufe zum Diözesanklerus und zu den Orden zahlenmäßig vermehrt, sorgfältiger ausgewählt und wirksamer gepflegt werden (2), so daß sie allmählich für sich selber sorgen und anderen Hilfe bringen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da die Teilkirche ein getreues Abbild der Gesamtkirche sein muß, soll sie sich auch ihrer Sendung an diejenigen, die mit ihr im gleichen Raum leben und noch nicht an Christus glauben, wohl bewußt sein, damit sie durch das Zeugnis des Lebens, der einzelnen sowohl wie der ganzen Gemeinde, ein Zeichen sei, das auf Christus hinweist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Darüber hinaus ist der Dienst des Wortes notwendig, damit das Evangelium alle erreiche. Vor allem muß der Bischof Verkünder des Glaubens sein, der neue Jünger Christus zuführen soll (3). Um diese hohe Aufgabe richtig zu erfüllen, muß er sowohl die Situation seiner Herde genau kennen als auch die Vorstellungen, die seine Landsleute sich zuinnerst von Gott gebildet haben. Dabei muß er auch auf die Wandlungen sorgfältig achthaben, die die Verstädterung, die Wanderung der Bevölkerung und der religiöse Indifferentismus bewirken."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die einheimischen Priester sollen in den jungen Kirchen mit Eifer das Werk der Glaubensverkündigung in Angriff nehmen; dabei sollen sie mit den auswärtigen Missionaren zusammenarbeiten, mit denen sie, geeint unter der Autorität des Bischofs, eine einzige Priesterschaft bilden, und zwar nicht nur zur Betreuung der Gläubigen und zur Feier des Gottesdienstes, sondern auch zur Predigt des Evangeliums denen, die draußen sind. Sie sollen bereit sein, sich bei gegebener Gelegenheit sogar frohgemut ihrem Bischof zur Verfügung zu stellen, um die Missionsarbeit in entlegenen und vernachlässigten Distrikten der eigenen Diözese oder auch in anderen Diözesen aufzunehmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit gleichem Eifer sollen sich die Ordensmänner und Ordensfrauen und ebenso die Laien für ihre Mitbürger, zumal die ärmeren, einsetzen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Bischofskonferenzen sollen dafür sorgen, daß in bestimmten Zeitabständen Kurse zur exegetischen, theologischen, spirituellen und pastoralen Auffrischung stattfinden, damit der Klerus bei der Vielfalt und dem Wechsel der Verhältnisse eine vollere Kenntnis der theologischen Wissenschaften und der pastoralen Methoden erhalte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im übrigen soll man treu befolgen, was dieses Konzil vor allem im Dekret über den Dienst und das Leben der Priester festgesetzt hat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um diese Missionsarbeit der Teilkirche auszuführen, sind geeignete Helfer erforderlich, und sie sind rechtzeitig in einer Weise vorzubereiten, die der Situation der einzelnen Kirche entspricht. Da aber die Menschen mehr und mehr zu Gruppen zusammenwachsen, ist es sehr angebracht, wenn sich die Bischofskonferenzen gemeinsam über den Dialog mit diesen Gruppen beraten. Wenn sich aber in manchen Gegenden Gruppen von Menschen finden, die von der Annahme des katholischen Glaubens dadurch abgehalten werden, daß sie sich der besonderen Erscheinungsweise der Kirche in ihrer Gegend nicht anpassen können, so wird vorgeschlagen, daß für eine solche Situation in besonderer Weise (4) Sorge getragen werde, bis alle Christen in einer Gemeinschaft vereint werden können. Wenn der Apostolische Stuhl zu diesem Zweck Missionare zur Verfügung haben sollte, mögen die betreffenden Bischöfe sie in ihre Diözesen rufen oder sie gern aufnehmen und ihre Bemühungen tatkräftig unterstützen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit dieser missionarische Eifer bei den eigenen Landsleuten blühe, ist es sehr nützlich, daß die jungen Kirchen sobald wie möglich an dem gesamten Missionswerk der Kirche aktiven Anteil nehmen, indem sie selbst Missionare ausschicken, die überall in der Welt das Evangelium verkünden sollen, auch wenn sie selbst an Priestermangel leiden; denn die Gemeinschaft mit der Gesamtkirche findet gleichsam ihre Krönung, wenn sie selbst an der Missionsarbeit bei anderen Völkern tätig teilnehmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche ist nicht wirklich gegründet, hat noch nicht ihr volles Leben, ist noch nicht ganz das Zeichen Christi unter den Menschen, wenn nicht mit der Hierarchie auch ein wahrer Laienstand da ist und arbeitet; denn das Evangelium kann nicht in Geist, Leben und Arbeit eines Volkes tief Wurzel schlagen ohne die tätige Anwesenheit der Laien. Deshalb muß schon bei der Gründung der Kirche auf die Entwicklung eines reifen christlichen Laienstandes geachtet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Denn die gläubigen Laien gehören gleichzeitig ganz zum Gottesvolk und ganz zur bürgerlichen Gesellschaft: Zu ihrem Volk gehören sie, in dem sie geboren wurden, an dessen Kulturgütern sie durch die Erziehung teilzunehmen begonnen haben, mit dessen Leben sie durch viele gesellschaftliche Bande verbunden sind, an dessen Aufstieg sie durch ihre eigenen Anstrengungen in ihrem Beruf mitarbeiten, dessen Probleme sie als ihre eigenen empfinden und zu lösen suchen. Sie gehören ebenso Christus an, da sie in der Kirche wiedergeboren sind durch Glaube und Taufe, damit sie in der Neuheit des Lebens und Arbeitens Christus zu eigen seien (5) und damit in Christus alles Gott unterworfen werde und endlich Gott sei alles in allem (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hauptaufgabe der Laien, der Männer und der Frauen, ist das Christuszeugnis, das sie durch Leben und Wort in ihrer Familie, in ihrer Gesellschaftsschicht und im Bereich ihrer Berufsarbeit geben müssen. Denn es muß in ihnen der neue Mensch erscheinen, der nach Gottes Bild in wahrer Gerechtigkeit und Heiligkeit geschaffen ist (7). Diese Neuheit des Lebens aber müssen sie im Bereich der heimatlichen Gesellschaft und Kultur ausdrücken, den Traditionen des eigenen Volkes entsprechend. Sie selbst müssen diese Kultur kennen, sie heilen und bewahren, sie müssen sie im Zug der modernen Entwicklung entfalten und endlich in Christus vollenden, so daß der Christusglaube und das Leben der Kirche der Gesellschaft, in der sie leben, nicht mehr äußerlich sei, sondern sie zu durchdringen und zu verwandeln beginne. Ihren Mitbürgern seien sie in aufrichtiger Liebe verbunden, so daß in ihrem Umgang das neue Band der Einheit und der universalen Solidarität sichtbar werde, die aus dem Geheimnis Christi stammt. Auch sollen sie den Glauben an Christus unter denen verbreiten, mit denen sie durch Bande des täglichen Lebens und des Berufes verbunden sind. Diese Pflicht ist um so dringender, weil die meisten Menschen nur durch benachbarte Laien das Evangelium hören und Christus kennenlernen können. Ja, wo es möglich ist, sollen Laien bereit sein, in noch unmittelbarerer Zusammenarbeit mit der Hierarchie die besondere Sendung zu erfüllen: das Evangelium zu verkünden und christlichen Unterricht zu erteilen, um der werdenden Kirche die Kraft zu vermehren."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Diener der Kirche sollen das Apostolat der Laien hoch bewerten. Sie sollen die Laien formen, daß sie sich als Glieder Christi ihrer Verantwortung für alle Menschen bewußt werden; sie sollen ihnen das Geheimnis Christi tief erschließen, sie sollen sie auch in die methodische Arbeit einführen und ihnen in Schwierigkeiten zur Seite stehen, im Geiste der Konstitution über die Kirche und des Dekrets über das Laienapostolat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hirten und Laien haben also ihre besonderen Aufgaben und ihre eigene Verantwortung, und so soll die ganze junge Kirche ein einziges Zeugnis Christi geben, lebendig und stark, auf daß sie ein leuchtendes Zeichen des Heils sei, das in Christus zu uns gekommen ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Saatkorn, das heißt das Wort Gottes, sprießt aus guter, von himmlischem Tau befeuchteter Erde, zieht aus ihr den Saft, verwandelt ihn und assimiliert ihn sich, um viele Frucht zu bringen. In der Tat nehmen die jungen Kirchen, verwurzelt in Christus, gebaut auf das Fundament der Apostel, nach Art der Heilsordnung der Fleischwerdung in diesen wunderbaren Tausch alle Schätze der Völker hinein, die Christus zum Erbe gegeben sind (8). Aus Brauchtum und Tradition ihrer Völker, aus Weisheit und Wissen, aus Kunststil und Fertigkeit entlehnen sie alles, was beitragen kann, die Ehre des Schöpfers zu preisen, die Gnade des Erlösers zu verherrlichen, das Christenleben recht zu gestalten (9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um dieses Ziel zu verwirklichen, muß in jedem sozio-kulturellen Großraum die theologische Besinnung angespornt werden, die im Licht der Tradition der Gesamtkirche die von Gott geoffenbarten Taten und Worte, die in der Heiligen Schrift aufgezeichnet sind und von Kirchenvätern und Lehramt erläutert werden, aufs neue durchforscht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So wird man klarer erfassen, auf welchen Wegen der Glaube, unter Benutzung der Philosophie und Weisheit der Völker, dem Verstehen näherkommen kann und auf welche Weise die Gepflogenheiten, die Lebensauffassung und die soziale Ordnung mit dem durch die göttliche Offenbarung bezeichneten Ethos in Einklang gebracht werden können. Von da öffnen sich Wege zu einer tieferen Anpassung im Gesamtbereich des christlichen Lebens. Wenn man so vorangeht, wird jeder Anschein von Synkretismus und falschem Partikularismus ausgeschlossen; das christliche Leben wird dem Geist und der Eigenart einer jeden Kultur angepaßt (10); die besonderen Traditionen, zusammen mit den vom Evangelium erleuchteten Gaben der verschiedenen Völkerfamilien, werden in die katholische Einheit hineingenommen. So haben schließlich die jungen Teilkirchen mit dem ganzen Reichtum ihrer Überlieferung ihren Platz in der kirchlichen Gemeinschaft, unter voller Wahrung des Primates des Stuhles Petri, der in der ganzen Gemeinschaft der Liebe den Vorsitz führt (11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist zu wünschen, ja überaus angebracht, daß die Bischofskonferenzen innerhalb der sozio-kulturellen Großräume unter sich Verbindung aufnehmen, damit sie in gemeinsamer Überlegung einmütig dieses Ziel der Anpassung verfolgen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 4"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Missionare"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obwohl jedem Jünger Christi die Pflicht obliegt, nach seinem Teil den Glauben auszusäen1, beruft Christus der Herr aus der Schar der Jünger immer wieder solche, die er selbst will, damit sie bei ihm seien und er sie zur Verkündigung bei den Völkern aussende (2). Deshalb regt er durch den Heiligen Geist, der seine Gnadengaben, wie er will, zum allgemeinen Nutzen austeilt (3), im Herzen einzelner die Berufung zum Missionar an und erweckt gleichzeitig in der Kirche Institute (4), welche die Pflicht der Evangeliumsverkündigung, die der gesamten Kirche obliegt, gewissermaßen als ihre ureigene Aufgabe auf sich nehmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Denn durch eine besondere Berufung sind diejenigen gezeichnet, die, im Besitz der erforderlichen natürlichen Anlagen, nach Begabung und Charakter geeignet sind, die Missionsarbeit auf sich zu nehmen (5), seien es Einheimische oder Auswärtige: Priester, Ordensleute oder Laien. Ausgesondert zu dem Werk, zu dem sie berufen sind (6), gehen sie, von der rechtmäßige Autorität gesandt, in gläubigem Gehorsam hinaus zu jenen, die fern von Christus sind - Diener des Evangeliums, “damit die Heiden als Opfergabe wohlgefällig werden, geheiligt durch den Heiligen Geist” (Röm 15,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn Gott ruft, muß der Mensch Antwort geben, und zwar so, daß er nicht Fleisch und Blut zu Rate zieht (7), sondern sich ganz dem Dienst am Evangelium verschreibt. Eine solche Antwort kann der Mensch nur geben, wenn der Heilige Geist ihn treibt und ihm Kraft gibt. Tritt doch der Gesandte in das Leben und die Sendung dessen ein, der “sich selbst entäußert und Knechtsgestalt angenommen hat” (Phil 2,7). So muß der Missionar bereit sein, sein Leben hindurch zu dem an ihn ergangenen Ruf zu stehen, sich selbst und allem, was er bislang als sein angesehen hat, zu entsagen, um allen alles zu werden (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn er den Völkern die frohe Botschaft verkündet, mache er mit Freimut das Geheimnis Christi, an dessen Stelle er steht, kund. Deshalb habe er in ihm den Mut, so wie es seine Pflicht ist, zu reden (9) und sich des Ärgernisses des Kreuzes nicht zu schämen. In der Nachfolge seines Meisters, der sanft und von Herzen demütig war, mache er begreiflich, daß sein Joch nicht drückt und seine Bürde nicht lastet (10). Durch ein Leben ganz nach den Evangelium (11), in großer Geduld, in Langmut und Güte und in aufrichtiger Liebe (12) lege er Zeugnis ab für seinen Herrn, wenn es sein muß bis zur Hingabe des Lebens. Die Kraft und Tapferkeit dazu wird er im Gebet von Gott erlangen, und so wird er erfahren, daß aus aller Prüfung durch Trübsal und bitterste Armut übergroße Freude strömt (13). Er sei überzeugt, daß der Gehorsam die besondere Tugend des Dieners Christi ist, der durch seinen Gehorsam das Menschengeschlecht erlöst hat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit die Herolde der Frohbotschaft die Gnade, die ihnen geworden ist, nicht geringachten, sollen sie sich täglich im Geist erneuern (14). Die Ordinarien und die Oberen aber sollen die Missionare in bestimmten Zeitabständen versammeln, damit sie durch die Hoffnung ihrer Berufung gefestigt und im apostolischen Dienst neu ausgerichtet werden, gegebenenfalls in eigens dazu gegründeten Häusern."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auf seine so hohe Aufgabe muß der künftige Missionar durch eine besondere geistliche und sittliche Formung vorbereitet werden (15). Der Missionar muß initiativfreudig sein, beharrlich in der Durchführung von Unternehmen und ausdauernd in Schwierigkeiten. Geduldig und starkmütig muß er Einsamkeit, Ermüdung und Mißerfolge tragen lernen. In geistiger Aufgeschlossenheit und Offenheit des Herzens muß er auf die Menschen zugehen können. Aufgaben, die ihm übertragen werden, wird er bereitwillig annehmen. Selbst fremd anmutenden Bräuchen des Volkes muß er sich ebenso wie neu entstehenden Situationen bereitwilligst anzupassen wissen. In aller Eintracht und in gegenseitiger Liebe wird er mit seinen Mitbrüdern und allen, die sich der gleichen hohen Aufgabe widmen, im Team zusammenarbeiten. So werden sie zusammen mit den Gläubigen ein Abbild der apostolischen Gemeinde bieten und ein Herz und eine Seele sein (16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eine solche Geisteshaltung muß schon in der Zeit der Vorbereitung eifrigst eingeübt und gepflegt und im geistlichen Leben aufbereitet und genährt werden. Von lebendigem Glauben und unerschütterlicher Hoffnung durchdrungen, muß der Missionar ein Mann des Gebetes sein. Er erglühe vom Geist der Kraft, der Liebe und der Besonnenheit (17); er lerne, mit seinen Verhältnissen zufrieden zu sein (18). In Opfergesinnung trage er an seinem Leibe das Todesleiden Jesu, damit das Leben Jesu in denen wirksam werde, zu denen er gesandt ist (19). Im Eifer für die Seelen bringe er gern Opfer, ja opfere er sich selbst für die Seelen auf (20). So wird er “durch seine tägliche Pflichterfüllung in der Liebe zu Gott und zum Nächsten wachsen” (21). Auf diese Weise führt er, mit Christus dem Willen des Vaters gehorchend, die Sendung Jesu im Gehorsam gegen die kirchliche Autorität weiter und wirkt am Geheimnis des Heils mit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die zu den verschiedenen Völkern ausgesandt werden, sollen “durch die Worte des Glaubens und der guten Lehre zu tüchtigen Dienern Christi herangebildet werden” (1 Tim 4,6). Sie schöpfen sie vor allem aus der Heiligen Schrift, indem sie tief in das Geheimnis Christi einzudringen versuchen, dessen Herolde und Zeugen sie sein sollen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deshalb sind alle Missionare - Priester, Brüder, Schwestern und Laien - entsprechend ihrem Stand vorzubereiten und auszubilden, damit sie den Anforderungen ihrer künftigen Arbeit gerecht werden können (22). Ihre wissenschaftliche Ausbildung soll gleich von Anfang an sowohl der Universalität der Kirche als auch der Andersartigkeit der Völker Rechnung tragen. Dieser Grundsatz gilt für alle Disziplinen, die sie auf ihren künftigen Dienst vorbereiten; er gilt aber auch für die übrigen Wissenschaften, in denen sie nutzbringend unterrichtet werden, um eine allgemeine Kenntnis der Völker, ihrer Kulturen und Religionen zu besitzen, die nicht nur die Vergangenheit, sondern auch die Gegenwart berücksichtigt. Denn wer sich zu einem anderen Volk begeben will, muß dessen Erbe, Sprache und Brauchtum hochachten. Vor allem soll der künftige Missionar sich mit missionswissenschaftlichen Studien befassen, das heißt, er soll die Lehre und die Grundsätze der Kirche bezüglich der Missionstätigkeit kennen; er soll wissen, welche Wege die Boten des Evangeliums im Lauf der Jahrhunderte gegangen sind; er soll die gegenwärtige Missionssituation kennen und die Methoden, die heutzutage als besonders erfolgreich gelten (23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn auch diese gesamte Ausbildung vom Geist pastoraler Sorge durchdrungen sein muß, so soll dennoch eine eigene und planmäßige Anleitung zum Apostolat geboten werden, sowohl in der Theorie wie durch praktische Übungen (24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Von den Brüdern und Schwestern sollen möglichst viele katechetisch geschult und gut ausgebildet werden, damit sie noch besser im Apostolat mitwirken können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auch wer auf Zeit Aufgaben der Missionsarbeit übernimmt, soll unbedingt eine entsprechende Vorbildung erwerben. Diese Ausbildungsfächer sollen in den Ländern, in welche die Missionare gesandt werden, so ergänzt werden, daß sie ausführlicher die Geschichte, das gesellschaftliche Gefüge und das Brauchtum der Völker kennenlernen und tieferen Einblick gewinnen in die sittliche Ordnung, die religiösen Vorschriften und die Vorstellungen, die sie sich nach den ihnen heiligen Überlieferungen über Gott, Welt und Mensch zuinnerst gebildet haben (25). Ihre Sprachen sollen sie so gründlich erlernen, daß sie sich fließend und gewandt ihrer bedienen können und dadurch leichteren Zugang zu Geist und Herz der Menschen finden (26). Außerdem müssen sie in die besonderen pastoralen Erfordernisse gut eingeführt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Einige aber sollen an missionswissenschaftlichen Instituten oder sonstigen Fakultäten und Universitäten eine gründlichere Ausbildung erhalten, damit sie Spezialaufgaben wirksamer wahrnehmen (27) und den übrigen Missionaren durch ihr Fachwissen Hilfe in der Missionsarbeit leisten können, die zumal in unserer Zeit so viele Schwierigkeiten und Möglichkeiten bietet. Außerdem wäre sehr zu wünschen, daß die regionalen Bischofskonferenzen genügend viele solcher Fachleute zur Verfügung hätten und sich ihres Wissens und ihrer Erfahrung in den schwer zu lösenden Aufgaben ihres Amtes mit Gewinn bedienen könnten. Auch sollte es nicht an Spezialisten fehlen, die die Hilfsmittel der Technik und der Publizistik, deren Bedeutung niemand unterschätzen sollte, vollendet zu handhaben verstehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn auch dies alles für jeden, der zu den Völkern gesandt wird, unbedingt notwendig ist, kann es doch kaum wirklich von einzelnen erreicht werden. Da auch die Missionsarbeit, wie die Erfahrung beweist, von einzelnen nicht geleistet werden kann, hat die gemeinsame Berufung die einzelnen zu Gemeinschaften vereinigt, in denen sie mit vereinten Kräften zweckentsprechend ausgebildet werden sollen und das Missionswerk im Auftrag der Kirche und auf Geheiß der hierarchischen Autorität durchführen wollen. Diese Institute haben sich ganz oder mit einem Teil ihrer Mitglieder der Missionsarbeit geweiht und seit Jahrhunderten Last und Hitze des Tages getragen. Oft sind ihnen vom Heiligen Stuhl weite Gebiete zur Evangelisation übertragen worden, in denen sie Gott ein neues Volk gesammelt haben: die Ortskirche, die um ihre eigenen Hirten geschart ist. Diesen Kirchen, die sie mit ihrem Schweiß, oft sogar mit ihrem Blut gegründet haben, werden die Institute mit ihrem Eifer und ihrer Erfahrung weiterhin zu Diensten sein und in brüderlicher Zusammenarbeit Seelsorge ausüben oder Sonderaufgaben zum allgemeinen Wohl ausführen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Manchmal werden sie im Bereich einer ganzen Region dringlichere Aufgaben übernehmen, wie z. B. die Verkündigung des Evangeliums bei Gruppen oder Völkerschaften, die aus bestimmten Gründen die Frohbotschaft noch nicht gehört oder ihr bislang widerstanden haben (28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wo es nötig ist, werden sie bereit sein, jene, die sich auf Zeit der Missionstätigkeit widmen wollen, durch ihre Erfahrung vorzubereiten und ihnen zu helfen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aus all diesen Gründen und weil es noch viele Völker gibt, die zu Christus geführt werden müssen, bleiben die Institute vollauf unentbehrlich."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Ordnung der missionarischen Tätigkeit"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da die Christgläubigen verschiedenartige Gnadengeschenke haben (1), soll ein jeder nach Gelegenheit, Fähigkeit, Gnadengabe und Amt (2) am Evangelium mitwirken; alle, die säen und ernten (3), die pflanzen und begießen, sollen eins sein (4), damit sie “auf dasselbe Ziel hin sich frei und in geordneter Weise zusammentun” (5) und eines Sinnes ihre Kräfte einsetzen zur Auferbauung der Kirche."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aus diesem Grunde ist es notwendig, die Arbeiten der Künder der Frohbotschaft und die Hilfeleistungen der übrigen Christgläubigen so zu lenken und zusammenzufassen, daß in sämtlichen Bereichen der Missionsarbeit und der Missionshilfe “alles in der rechten Ordnung geschehe” (1 Kor 14,40)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da die Sorge für die weltweite Verkündigung des Evangeliums besonders bei der Gemeinschaft der Bischöfe liegt (6), möge die Bischofssynode oder “der beständige, für die ganze Kirche zuständige Rat der Bischöfe” (7) unter den Obliegenheiten von allgemeiner Bedeutung (8) der missionarischen Tätigkeit als der wichtigsten und heiligsten Aufgabe der Kirche (9) besondere Aufmerksamkeit zuwenden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Für alle Missionen und die gesamte missionarische Tätigkeit soll nur eine einzige Kongregation zuständig sein, nämlich die “Zur Verbreitung des Glaubens”; ihr steht es zu, die missionarischen Belange auf der ganzen Welt, die Missionsarbeit und die Missionshilfe, zu leiten und zu koordinieren, unbeschadet jedoch des Rechtes der Orientalischen Kirchen (10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn der Heilige Geist auch auf vielfache Weise den Missionsgeist in der Kirche Gottes weckt und nicht selten der Tätigkeit derer, die das Leben der Kirche zu leiten haben, vorauseilt, so soll diese Kongregation doch ihrerseits die missionarische Berufung und Spiritualität, den Eifer und das Gebet für. die Missionen sowie eine zuverlässige und ausreichende Nachrichtenvermittlung über sie fördern; sie soll sich um Missionare bemühen und sie entsprechend der Vordringlichkeit der Bedürfnisse in den einzelnen Gebieten verteilen. Von ihr sollen ein geplantes Arbeitsprogramm entworfen, angepaßte Direktiven und Prinzipien für die Evangelisierung erarbeitet, Impulse gegeben werden. Von ihr soll die wirksame Beschaffung der materiellen Hilfsmittel angeregt und koordiniert werden, die dann unter Berücksichtigung der Notwendigkeit oder Nützlichkeit, nach der Größe der kirchlichen Distrikte, nach der Zahl der Gläubigen und Ungläubigen, der Werke und Institute, der Helfer und Missionare verteilt werden sollen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gemeinsam mit dem Sekretariat zur Förderung der Einheit der Christen suche sie Wege und Mittel, um eine brüderliche Zusammenarbeit mit den Missionsunternehmungen anderer christlicher Gemeinschaften zu ermöglichen und zu ordnen, damit man so miteinander leben könne, daß das Ärgernis der Spaltung soweit wie möglich beseitigt werde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deshalb ist es nötig, daß diese Kongregation sowohl ein Instrument der Verwaltung als auch ein Organ dynamischer Steuerung sei, das sich wissenschaftlicher Methoden und zeitgemäßer Arbeitsinstrumente bedient und dabei den heutigen theologischen, methodologischen und missionspastoralen Forschungsergebnissen Rechnung trägt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "An der Leitung dieser Kongregation sollen ausgewählte Vertreter all derer wirksamen Anteil mit entscheidender Stimme haben, die am Missionswerk mitarbeiten: Bischöfe aus der ganzen Welt, nach Anhören der Bischofskonferenzen, wie auch Leiter der Institute und der Päpstlichen Missionswerke. Verfahrensweise und Verfassung werden vom Papst festgelegt. Sie alle sind in bestimmten Zeitabständen zusammenzurufen, um unter der Autorität des Papstes die oberste Leitung des gesamten Missionswerkes auszuüben. Der Kongregation soll ein ständiger Kreis fachmännischer Berater von bewährter Kenntnis und Erfahrung zur Verfügung stehen. Ihre Aufgabe wird unter anderem darin bestehen, über die besonderen Verhältnisse der verschiedenen Gebiete und die geistige Orientierung der verschiedenen Menschengruppen sowie auch über die anzuwendenden Evangelisierungsmethoden brauchbare Informationen zu sammeln und wissenschaftlich begründete Folgerungen für die Missionsarbeit und die Missionshilfe vorzulegen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Schwesterngenossenschaften, die regionalen Missionswerke wie auch die Laienorganisationen - zumal die internationalen - seien in einer angemessenen Weise vertreten."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um das Ziel der Missionsarbeit tatsächlich zu erreichen, sollen alle, die im Missionsdienst tätig sind, “ein Herz und eine Seele” (Apg 4,32) sein."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obliegenheit des Bischofs als des Leiters und des einigenden Zentrums im diözesanen Apostolat ist es, die missionarische Tätigkeit voranzutreiben, zu lenken und zu koordinieren, so jedoch, daß die spontane Initiative derer, die am Werk beteiligt sind, erhalten und gefördert werde. Ihm sind alle Missionare, auch die exemten Religiosen, bei den verschiedenen Arbeiten unterstellt, die zur Ausübung des Apostolates gehören (11). Zur besseren Koordinierung schaffe der Bischof nach Möglichkeit einen Seelsorgerat, in welchem die Kleriker, Religiosen und Laien durch ausgewählte Delegierte vertreten seien. Überdies möge er Sorge tragen, daß die apostolische Tätigkeit nicht auf die schon Bekehrten beschränkt bleibe, daß vielmehr ein angemessener Anteil der Mitarbeiter und der Mittel für die Evangelisierung der Nichtchristen bestimmt werde."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Bischofskonferenzen mögen schwerwiegendere Fragen und dringende Probleme in gemeinsamer Beratung behandeln, ohne jedoch örtlich gegebene Unterschiede unbeachtet zu lassen (12). Damit die unzureichende Zahl der Kräfte und Mittel nicht zersplittert und die Unternehmungen nicht unnötigerweise vervielfältigt werden, wird empfohlen, Werke, die dem Wohl aller dienen, mit vereinten Kräften zu gründen, wie z. B. Seminarien, höhere und technische Schulen, Zentren für Pastoral, Katechetik, Liturgik und Publizistik."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn zweckmäßig, möge eine derartige Zusammenarbeit auch zwischen verschiedenen Bischofskonferenzen aufgenommen werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wünschenswert ist ebenfalls eine Koordinierung der von den Instituten und kirchlichen Vereinigungen ausgeübten apostolischen Tätigkeit. Sie alle, gleich welcher Art sie sind, sollen sich in allem, was die missionarische Tätigkeit betrifft, dem Ortsordinarius zur Verfügung halten. Deswegen wird es von großem Nutzen sein, besondere Übereinkünfte zu treffen, wodurch die Beziehungen zwischen dem Ortsordinarius und dem Leiter des Instituts geregelt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn einem Institut ein Territorium anvertraut wurde, mögen der kirchliche Obere und das Institut es sich angelegen sein lassen, alles daraufhin anzulegen, daß die neue christliche Gemeinschaft zur Ortskirche heranwachse, die zu gegebener Zeit von einem eigenen Hirten mit seinem eigenen Klerus geleitet werde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hört die Überlassung eines Gebietes auf, entsteht eine neue Situation. Die Bischofskonferenzen und die Institute sollen in gemeinsamen Überlegungen die Richtlinien festlegen, die die Beziehungen zwischen den Ortsordinarien und den Instituten regeln (13). Sache des Heiligen Stuhles aber wird es sein, allgemeine Grundsätze zu umreißen, nach denen regionale oder auch partikulare Übereinkünfte getroffen werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obwohl die Institute bereit sein werden, das begonnene Werk durch Mitwirken in der ordentlichen Seelsorge fortzusetzen, soll doch bei Zunahme des Ortsklerus Vorsorge getroffen werden, daß die Institute, sofern dies ihren Zielen entspricht, der Diözese treu bleiben und großzügig besondere Aufgaben oder einen bestimmten Gebietsteil in ihr übernehmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Institute, die in dem gleichen Territorium missionarisch tätig sind, mögen auf Wege und Mittel bedacht sein, ihre Arbeiten zu koordinieren. Deshalb sind Religiosenkonferenzen und Vereinigungen der weiblichen Ordensgemeinschaften, in denen alle Institute derselben Nation oder Region vertreten sind, von größtem Nutzen. Diese Konferenzen sollen überlegen, was in gemeinsamem Bemühen durchgeführt werden kann, und enge Verbindung mit den Bischofskonferenzen halten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dies alles wäre in gleicher Weise auch auf die Zusammenarbeit der Missionsinstitute in der Heimat auszudehnen, so daß die Fragen und Aufgaben, die allen gemeinsam sind, leichter und mit geringeren Ausgaben gelöst und durchgeführt werden können, wie zum Beispiel die wissenschaftliche Ausbildung der zukünftigen Missionare, Kurse für Missionare, Beziehungen zu den öffentlichen Behörden oder zu den internationalen und übernationalen Organisationen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eine sach- und ordnungsgemäße Ausübung der missionarischen Tätigkeit verlangt eine wissenschaftliche Vorbereitung der Missionare auf ihre Aufgaben, vor allem auf den Dialog mit den nichtchristlichen Religionen und Kulturen. Diese wird ihnen bei der tatsächlichen Durchführung ihrer Arbeit eine wirksame Hilfe bedeuten. Darum ist es wünschenswert, daß wissenschaftliche Institute, die Missiologie und andere den Missionen dienliche Fachgebiete und Wissenschaften, wie Ethnologie und Sprachkunde, Religionsgeschichte und Religionswissenschaft, Soziologie, Pastoralwissenschaft und ähnliches, betreiben, zum Wohl der Missionen untereinander brüderlich und großzügig zusammenarbeiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die gesamtkirchliche Missionshilfe"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da die ganze Kirche missionarisch und das Werk der Evangelisation eine Grundpflicht des Gottesvolkes ist, lädt die Heilige Synode alle zu einer tiefgreifenden, inneren Erneuerung ein, damit sie im lebendigen Bewußtsein der eigenen Verantwortung um die Ausbreitung des Evangeliums ihren Anteil am Missionswerk bei den Völkern übernehmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Als Glieder des lebendigen Christus, durch Taufe, Firmung und Eucharistie ihm eingegliedert und gleichgestaltet, ist allen Gläubigen die Pflicht auferlegt, an der Entfaltung und an dem Wachstum seines Leibes mitzuwirken, damit dieser so bald wie möglich zur Vollgestalt gelange (1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deshalb mögen alle Kinder der Kirche ein lebendiges Verantwortungsbewußtsein gegenüber der Welt besitzen, eine wahrhaft katholische Gesinnung in sich hegen und ihre Kräfte für das Werk der Evangelisierung einsetzen. Doch seien alle eingedenk, daß die erste und wichtigste Verpflichtung bei der Ausbreitung des Glaubens darin besteht, ein tiefchristliches Leben zu führen. Ihr Eifer im Dienste Gottes und ihre Liebe zum Nächsten werden der ganzen Kirche neuen geistlichen Antrieb verleihen, so daß sie als Zeichen erscheint, aufgerichtet unter den Völkern (2), als “Licht der Welt” (Mt 5,14) und als “Salz der Erde” (Mt 5,13). Dieses Zeugnis des Lebens wird eher seine Wirkung hervorbringen, wenn es - nach den Richtlinien des Dekrets über den Ökumenismus (3) - zusammen mit anderen christlichen Gruppen abgelegt wird. Aus diesem erneuerten Geiste werden spontan Gebete und Bußwerke Gott dargebracht werden, damit seine Gnade die Arbeit der Missionare befruchte; Missionsberufe werden erstehen und die den Missionen notwendigen Mittel gespendet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit aber die Christgläubigen, einzeln und insgesamt, über die gegenwärtige Situation der Kirche in der Welt gut unterrichtet sind und die Stimme der Scharen hören, die da rufen: “Hilf uns” (4), sollen ihnen die Nachrichten über die Missionen, auch durch Einsatz der modernen publizistischen Mittel, so dargeboten werden, daß sie die missionarische Aufgabe als ihre eigene erfassen, für die unermeßlichen und tiefen Nöte der Menschen ihre Herzen öffnen und sich gedrängt fühlen, ihnen zu Hilfe zu kommen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Von Wichtigkeit ist auch die Koordinierung der Nachrichten und die Zusammenarbeit mit den nationalen und internationalen Organen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da das Volk Gottes in Gemeinschaften lebt, besonders in der Diözesan- und Pfarrgemeinschaft, und in ihnen gewissermaßen seine Sichtbarkeit erfährt, fällt es auch diesen zu, Christus vor den Völkern zu bezeugen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Gnade der Erneuerung kann in den Gemeinschaften nicht wachsen, wenn nicht eine jede den Raum ihrer Liebe bis zu den Grenzen der Erde hin ausweitet und eine ähnliche Sorge für jene trägt, die in der Ferne leben, wie für jene, die ihre eigenen Mitglieder sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So betet die ganze Gemeinschaft und wirkt mit und übt unter den Völkern ihre Tätigkeit aus durch ihre Kinder, die Gott für diese erhabene Aufgabe erwählt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Von sehr großem Nutzen wäre es, sofern darüber nur das universale Missionswerk nicht vernachlässigt wird, Verbindung mit den aus der Gemeinde selbst hervorgegangenen Missionaren oder mit irgendeiner Pfarrei oder Diözese in den Missionen zu pflegen, damit so die Verbundenheit der Gemeinschaften sichtbar werde und dem gegenseitigen inneren Aufbau diene."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle Bischöfe haben als Glieder des in der Nachfolge des Apostelkollegiums stehenden Episkopates nicht nur für eine bestimmte Diözese, sondern für das Heil der ganzen Welt die Weihe empfangen. Der Auftrag Christi, aller Kreatur das Evangelium zu predigen (5) , gilt mit und unter Petrus zuerst und unmittelbar ihnen. Daraus erwächst jene Gemeinschaft und Zusammenarbeit der Kirchen, die für die Fortführung des Werkes der Evangelisierung heute so notwendig ist. Kraft dieser Gemeinschaft tragen die einzelnen Kirchen auch für alle anderen Sorge, sie erschließen einander ihre Nöte und treten miteinander in Austausch, da ja das Wachstum des Leibes Christi Aufgabe des gesamten Bischofskollegiums ist (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indem der Bischof in seiner Diözese, mit der er eine Einheit bildet, das Missionswerk anregt, fördert und leitet, läßt er den missionarischen Geist und Eifer des Gottesvolkes gegenwärtig und gleichsam sichtbar werden, so daß die ganze Diözese missionarisch wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aufgabe des Bischofs wird es sein, in seinem Volk, besonders unter den Kranken und Notleidenden, Seelen zu erwecken, die Gott mit bereitem Herzen Gebete und Bußwerke für die Evangelisierung der Welt darbringen; Berufungen von Jugendlichen und Klerikern für die Missionsinstitute bereitwillig zu fördern und es dankbaren Sinnes anzunehmen, wenn Gott einige erwählt, um sie der aktiven Missionsarbeit der Kirche einzugliedern; die Kongregationen diözesanen Rechts zu einem eigenen Beitrag am Missionswerk zu ermuntern und ihnen dabei zu helfen; die Werke der Missionsinstitute, vor allem freilich die Päpstlichen Missionswerke, bei den Gläubigen zu fördern. Letzteren gebührt mit Recht der erste Platz, da sie Mittel darstellen, die Katholiken von Kindheit an mit einer wahrhaft universalen und missionarischen Gesinnung zu erfüllen und zur tatkräftigen Sammlung von Hilfsmitteln zum Wohl aller Missionen gemäß den jeweiligen Bedürfnissen anzueifern (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Weil aber der Bedarf an Arbeitern für den Weinberg des Herrn immer weiter wächst und die Diözesanpriester auch ihrerseits einen immer größeren Anteil an der Evangelisierung der Welt haben möchten, wünscht die Heilige Synode, daß die Bischöfe in Anbetracht des großen Mangels an Priestern, durch den die Evangelisierung vieler Gebiete gehemmt wird, einige ihrer besten Priester, die sich für das Missionswerk anbieten, nach entsprechender Vorbereitung in Diözesen schicken, denen es an Klerus fehlt, wo sie wenigstens für einige Zeit im Geiste des Dienstes das missionarische Amt ausüben mögen (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit jedoch die missionarische Tätigkeit der Bischöfe sich wirksamer gestalten könne, ist es angebracht, daß die Bischofskonferenzen sich der Angelegenheiten annehmen, die die geordnete Missionshilfe des eigenen Gebietes betreffen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Bischöfe sollen in ihren Konferenzen handeln über die Priester des Diözesanklerus, die sich der Evangelisierung der Heiden widmen wollen; über den bestimmten Geldbetrag, den eine jede Diözese in entsprechendem Verhältnis zu den eigenen Einkünften jährlich für das Missionswerk abtreten soll (9); über die verschiedenen direkten Hilfsmaßnahmen zugunsten der Missionen und deren Leitung und Organisation; über die Unterstützung der Missionsinstitute und der Seminare des Diözesanklerus für die Missionen und nötigenfalls deren Gründung; über die Pflege eines engeren Kontaktes zwischen eben diesen Instituten und den Diözesen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zu den Aufgaben der Bischofskonferenzen gehört es gleichfalls, Werke einzurichten und zu fördern, in denen jene, die aufgrund von Arbeiten oder zum Zwecke des Studiums aus den Missionsgebieten einreisen, brüderlich Aufnahme finden und angemessene pastorale Betreuung erhalten. Durch sie werden uns die fernen Völker gewissermaßen zu Nachbarn und wird den von alters her christlichen Gemeinschaften die beste Gelegenheit geboten, mit Nationen ins Gespräch zu kommen, die das Evangelium noch nicht vernommen haben, und ihnen in dem ureigenen Dienst der Liebe und des Beistandes das wahre Antlitz Christi zu zeigen (10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Priester sind Stellvertreter Christi und Mitarbeiter der Bischöfe in dem dreifachen heiligen Amt, das seiner Natur nach auf die Sendung der Kirche ausgerichtet ist (11). Sie mögen sich also zutiefst bewußt sein, daß ihr Leben auch dem Dienst an den Missionen geweiht ist. Da sie aber aufgrund ihres eigenen Amtes - das vorzugsweise im Vollzug der die Kirche vollendenden Eucharistie besteht - mit Christus als dem Haupte in Gemeinschaft stehen und andere zu dieser Gemeinschaft hinführen, können sie unmöglich übersehen, wieviel noch an der Vollgestalt des Leibes fehlt und wieviel deshalb noch zu tun ist, damit er immer weiter wachse. Sie mögen darum die Seelsorge so ausrichten, daß sie der Ausbreitung des Evangeliums unter den Nichtchristen dient."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Priester sollen in der Seelsorge den Eifer für die Evangelisierung der Welt unter den Gläubigen anfachen und bewahren. In Katechese und Predigt sollen sie über die Aufgabe der Kirche, Christus den Völkern zu verkünden, unterrichten; sie sollen den christlichen Familien die Notwendigkeit und die Ehre vor Augen stellen, missionarische Berufungen in ihren Söhnen und Töchtern zu pflegen; sie sollen unter den Jugendlichen in den Schulen und katholischen Vereinigungen den Missionseifer mehren, so daß aus ihnen zukünftige Boten des Evangeliums hervorgehen. Sie mögen die Gläubigen lehren, für die Missionen zu beten, und sich nicht schämen, von ihnen Gaben zu erbitten und so gleichsam Bettler zu werden für Christus und das Heil der Seelen (12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Professoren der Seminare und Universitäten werden den Jugendlichen die wahre Situation der Welt und der Kirche darlegen, damit die Notwendigkeit einer intensiveren Evangelisierung der Nichtchristen ihnen deutlich werde und ihren Eifer anfache. In der Darstellung der dogmatischen, biblischen, moraltheologischen und historischen Disziplinen werden sie die in jenen enthaltenen missionarischen Aspekte ins Licht rücken, damit auf diese Weise in den zukünftigen Priestern ein missionarisches Bewußtsein gebildet werde."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die religiösen Institute des kontemplativen und aktiven Lebens hatten und haben bisher den größten Anteil an der Evangelisierung der Welt. Ihre Verdienste erkennt die Heilige Synode gern an und sagt Gott Dank für so viele zu seiner Ehre und im Dienst an den Seelen aufgewandte Mühen. Sie ermuntert sie, unverdrossen mit dem begonnenen Werk fortzufahren und sich bewußt zu bleiben, daß die Kraft der Liebe, die sie aufgrund ihrer Berufung vollkommen üben müssen, sie zu wahrhaft katholischem Geist und Werk antreibt und verpflichtet (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Institute des kontemplativen Lebens sind durch ihre Gebete, Bußwerke und Entsagungen von größter Bedeutung für die Bekehrung der Seelen, da Gott es ist, der auf die Bitte hin Arbeiter in seine Ernte schickt (14), die Nichtchristen für die Botschaft des Evangeliums öffnet (15) und das Wort des Heiles in ihren Herzen Frucht bringen läßt (16). Ja, diese Institute werden gebeten, Niederlassungen in den Missionsgebieten zu gründen, wie das nicht wenige schon getan haben, damit sie dort in einer den echten religiösen Überlieferungen des Volkes angepaßten Weise ihr Leben führen und so dem Zeugnis der Herrlichkeit und Liebe Gottes und der Einheit in Christus unter den Nichtchristen Leuchtkraft verleihen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Institute des aktiven Lebens aber - sei ihre Zielsetzung ausgesprochen missionarisch oder nicht - mögen sich aufrichtig vor Gott fragen, ob sie in der Lage sind, ihre Tätigkeit zugunsten der Ausbreitung der Gottesherrschaft unter den Heiden auszuweiten; ob sie irgendwelche Aufgaben anderen überlassen können, um so die eigenen Kräfte für die Missionen einzusetzen; ob es ihnen möglich ist, in die Missionsarbeit einzutreten, notfalls durch entsprechende Anpassung ihrer Konstitutionen, freilich im Geiste des Stifters; ob sich ihre Mitglieder nach Kräften am Missionswerk beteiligen; ob ihre Lebensweise ein der Eigenart und den Verhältnissen des Volkes gemäßes Zeugnis für das Evangelium ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da durch die Eingebung des Heiligen Geistes die Säkularinstitute in der Kirche ständig zunehmen, kann auch ihr Wirken, in Unterordnung unter die Autorität des Bischofs, auf vielfache Weise in den Missionen fruchtbar sein als ein Zeichen der vollkommenen Hingabe für die Evangelisierung der Welt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Laien wirken am Evangelisierungswerk der Kirche mit und haben als Zeugen ebenso wie als lebendige Werkzeuge Anteil an ihrer heilbringenden Sendung (17), besonders wenn sie, von Gott berufen, durch die Bischöfe zu diesem Werk herangezogen werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In den schon christlichen Ländern arbeiten die Laien am Werk der Evangelisierung mit, indem sie Kenntnis und Liebe der Missionen bei sich und bei anderen pflegen, Berufe in der eigenen Familie, in den katholischen Vereinigungen und in den Schulen wecken und Unterstützung jeglicher Art anbieten, auf daß sie das Geschenk des Glaubens, das sie umsonst empfingen, anderen weiterschenken."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In den Missionsländern mögen die Laien - seien sie von auswärts oder aus dem Lande - in den Schulen unterrichten, sich der weltlichen Angelegenheiten annehmen, im Pfarr- und Diözesanleben mithelfen wie auch die verschiedenen Formen des Laienapostolates einrichten und fördern, damit die Gläubigen der jungen Kirchen so bald wie möglich ihre eigene Rolle im kirchlichen Leben übernehmen können (18)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Endlich mögen die Laien den auf dem Wege der Entwicklung befindlichen Völkern bereitwillig wirtschaftliche und soziale Zusammenarbeit anbieten. Diese Hilfe ist um so mehr zu loben, wenn sie die Gründung solcher Einrichtungen zum Gegenstand hat, die es mit den Grundstrukturen des sozialen Lebens zu tun haben oder die für die Ausbildung derjenigen bestimmt sind, welche Verantwortung im öffentlichen Leben tragen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Besonderen Lobes wert sind jene Laien, die an Universitäten oder wissenschaftlichen Instituten durch ihre geschichtlichen oder religionswissenschaftlichen Forschungen die Kenntnis über die Völker und Religionen vertiefen und dadurch den Boten des Evangeliums helfen und den Dialog mit den Nichtchristen vorbereiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im Geiste der Brüderlichkeit mögen sie mit den anderen Christen, den Nichtchristen und besonders mit den Mitgliedern der internationalen Verbände zusammenarbeiten und immer dabei im Auge behalten, daß “der Aufbau des irdischen Gemeinwesens im Herrn gegründet und auf ihn hin ausgerichtet werde” (19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um all diesen Aufgaben gewachsen zu sein, ist für die Laien eine technische und geistliche Vorbereitung unerläßlich, die in dazu bestimmten Instituten vermittelt werden soll, damit ihr Leben unter den Nichtchristen zum Zeugnis für Christus werde nach dem Wort des Apostels: “Gebt kein Ärgernis, weder Juden noch Heiden, noch der Kirche Gottes, so wie auch ich allen in allem zu Gefallen bin und nicht meinen Vorteil, sondern den Nutzen der vielen suche, damit sie gerettet werden” (1 Kor 10,32-33)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Schluß"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im Wissen um ihre überaus ernste Pflicht, die Gottesherrschaft überall auszubreiten, grüßen die Konzilsväter, gemeinsam mit dem römischen Oberhirten, aus ganzem Herzen alle Boten des Evangeliums, besonders jene, die um des Namens Christi willen Verfolgung leiden, und machen sich zu Gefährten ihres Leidens (20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Von derselben Liebe, von der Christus zu den Menschen entflammt war, erglühen auch sie. Eingedenk jedoch, daß Gott es ist, der den Anbruch seiner Herrschaft auf Erden bewirkt, beten sie inständig mit allen Christgläubigen, daß auf die Fürbitte der Jungfrau Maria, der Königin der Apostel, die Völker baldmöglichst zur Erkenntnis der Wahrheit geführt werden (21) und die Herrlichkeit Gottes, die im Antlitz Christi erstrahlt, durch den Heiligen Geist allen aufleuchte (22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anmerkungen:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Einleitung/Kapitel 1:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 48: AAS 57 (1965) 53."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. Mk 16,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Augustinus, Enarr. in ps. 44, 23: PL 36, 508; CChr 38,150."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Vgl. Mt 5,13-14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Vgl. Sir 36,19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 2: AAS 57 (1965) 5f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Vgl. Joh 11,52."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Vgl. Irenäus, Adv. Hær. III., 18, 1: “Das Wort, welches bei Gott ist, durch das alles gemacht worden ist und das immer dem Menschengeschlecht zugegen war ...”: PG 7, 932; Adv. Hær. IV, 6, 7: “Der Sohn, der von Anfang an seinem Gebilde zur Seite stand, offenbart den Vater allen, wem, wann und wie der Vater will”: ebd. 990; vgl. IV, 20, 6 u. 7: ebd. 1037; Demonstratio 34: Patr. Or. XII 773; Sources Chrét. 62 (Paris 1958) 87; Clemens v. Alexandrien, Protr. 112, 1: GCS Clemens I, 79; Strom. VI 6, 44, 1: GCS Clemens II, 453; 13, 106, 3 u. 4: ebd. 485. Zur Lehre selbst vgl. Pius XII., Radiobotschaft, 31.Dez. 1952; II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 16: AAS 57 (1965) 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Vgl. Kol 1,13; Apg 10,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Vgl. 2 Kor 5,19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Vgl. Hebr 1,2; Joh 1,3.10; 1 Kor 8,6; Kol 1,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Vgl. Eph 1,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Vgl. 2 Kor 8,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Vgl. Mk 10,45."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Vgl. Athanasius, Ep. ad Epictetum 7: PG 26, 1060; Cyrill v. Jerusalem, Catech. 4, 9: PG 33, 465; Marius Victorinus, Adv. Arium 3, 3: PL 8, 1101; Basilius, Ep. 261, 2: PG 32, 969; Gregor v. Nazianz, Ep. 101: PG 37, 181; Gregor v. Nyssa, Antirrheticus, Adv. Apollin. 17: PG 45, 1156; Ambrosius, Ep. 48, 5: PL 16, 1153; Augustinus, In Ioann. Ev. tr. 23, 6: PL 35, 1585; CChr 36, 236. Er zeigt überdies von da aus, daß der Heilige Geist uns nicht erlöst hat, weil er nicht Fleisch angenommen hat: De Agone Christ. 22, 24: PL 40, 302; Cyrill v. Alexandrien, Adv. Nest. I, 1: PG 76, 20; Fulgentius, Ep. 17, 3, 5: PL65, 454; Ad Trasimundum III., 21: PL 65, 284 (über Traurigkeit und Furcht)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Vgl. Hebr 4,15; 9,28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Vgl. Apg 1,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Vgl. Lk 24,47."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Der Geist ist es, der durch die Propheten gesprochen hat: Symb. Constantinopol.: Denz.-Schönmetzer 150; Leo d. Gr., Sermo 76: “Als am Pfingsttag der Heilige Geist des Herrn die Jünger erfüllte, war dies nicht der Anfang des Geschenks, sondern die Hinzufügung der Fülle, denn auch die Patriarchen, Propheten, Priester und alle Heiligen der vorangegangenen Zeiten wurden durch des gleichen Geistes Heiligung belebt ... wenn auch nicht dasselbe Maß der Gaben war”: PL 54, 450-406. Auch Sermo 77, 1: PL 54, 412; Leo XIII., Enz. Divinum illud, 9. Mai 1897: ASS 29 (1897) 650-651. Auch Joh. Chrysostomus, obgleich er auf der Neuheit der Geistsendung am Pfingsttag insistiert: In Eph. c. 4 Hom. 10, 1: PG 62, 75."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Vgl. Joh 14,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Über Babel und Pfingsten sprechen die Väter oft: Origenes, In Gen. c. 1: PG 12, 112; Gregor v. Nazianz, Oratio 41, 16: PG 36, 449; Joh. Chrysostomus, Hom. 2 in Pentec. 2: PG 50, 467; In Act. Apost.: PG 60, 44; Augustinus, Enarr. in ps. 54, 11: PL 36, 636; CChr 39, 664f.; Sermo 271: PL 38, 1245; Cyrill v. Alexandrien, Glaphyra in Genesim II: PG 69, 79; Gregor d. Gr., Hom. in Evang. Buch II, Hom. 30, 4: PL 76, 1222; Beda, In Hexæm. Buch III: PL 91, 125. Siehe überdies das Bild im Atrium der Markusbasilika in Venedig. Die Kirche spricht alle Sprachen und sammelt so alle in der Katholizität des Glaubens: Augustinus, Sermones 266.267.268.269: PL 38, 1225-1237; Sermo 175, 3: PL 38, 946; Joh. Chrysostomus, In Ep. I ad Cor., Hom. 35: PG 61, 296; Cyrill v. Alexandrien, Fragm. in Act.: PG 74, 758; Fulgentius, Sermo 8, 2-3: PL 65, 743-744. Über Pfingsten als Konsekration der Apostel zur Mission vgl. J. A. Cramer, Catena in Acta SS. Apostolorum (Oxford 1838) 24f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Vgl. Lk 3,22; 4,1; Apg 10,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Vgl. Joh 14-17; Paul VI. Ansprache im Konzil, 14.9.1964: AAS 56 (1964) 807."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 4: AAS 57 (1965) 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Augustinus, Sermo 267, 4: “Der Heilige Geist wirkt das in der ganzen Kirche, was die Seele in allen Gliedern eines Leibes tut”: PL 38, 1231. Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 7 (mit Anm. 8): AAS 57 (1965) 11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Vgl. Apg 10,44-47; 11,15; 15,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Vgl. Apg 4,8; 5,32; 8,26.29.39; 9,31; 10; 11,24-28; 13,2.4.9; 16,6-7; 20,22-23; 21,11 usw."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Vgl. auch Mt 10,1-42."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Vgl. Mt 28,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Vgl. Apg 1,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Vgl. Joh 20,21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) Vgl. Kol 1,24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) Tertullian, Apologeticum 50, 13: PL 1, 534; CChr I, 171."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Schon Thomas v. Aquin spricht von der apostolischen Aufgabe, die Kirche zu pflanzen: vgl. Sent. Lib. I, dist. 16, q. 1, a. 2, ad 2 u.4; a. 3, sol.; Summa Theol. I, q. 43, a. 7, ad 6; I-II., q. 106, a. 4, ad 4. Vgl. Benedikt XV., Enz. Maximum illud, 30. Nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919) 445 u. 453; Pius XI., Enz. Rerum Ecclesiæ, 28. Febr. 1926: AAS 18 (1926) 74; Pius XII., Ansprache an die Direktoren der Päpstlichen Missionswerke, 30. Apr. 1939; ders., Ansprache an die Direktoren der Päpstlichen Missionswerke, 24. Juni 1944: AAS 36 (1944) 210, wieder AAS 42 (1950) 727 u. 43 (1951) 508; ders., Ansprache an den einheimischen Klerus, 29. Juni 1948: AAS 40 (1948) 374; ders., Enz. Evangelii Præcones, 2. Juni 1951: AAS 43 (1951) 507; ders., Enz. Fidei donum, 15. Jan. 1957: AAS 49 (1957) 236; Johannes XXIII., Enz. Princeps Pastorum, 28. Nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959) 835; Paul VI., Hom., 18. Okt. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 911. Sowohl die Päpste wie Kirchenväter und scholastische Theologen sprechen oft von der “Ausbreitung” der Kirche: Thomas v. Aquin, Matthäuskomm. 16, 28; Leo XIII., Enz. Sancta Dei Civitas, 3. Dez. 1880: ASS 13 (1880) 241; Benedikt XV., Enz. Maximum illud, 30. Nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919) 442; Pius XI., Enz. Rerum Ecclesiæ, 28. Febr. 1926: AAS 18 (1926) 65."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(35) Vgl. 1 Petr 1,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(36) Vgl. Apg 2,42."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(37) Es ist klar, daß in dieser Bestimmung der missionarischen Tätigkeit der Sache nach auch jene Gebiete Lateinamerikas eingeschlossen sind, in denen weder eine eigene Hierarchie noch ein Reifestand christlichen Lebens, noch eine ausreichende Evangeliumsverkündigung gegeben ist. Ob aber diese Gebiete vom Heiligen Stuhl tatsächlich als Missionsgebiete anerkannt werden, hängt nicht vom Konzil ab. Deshalb wird bezüglich der Verknüpfung zwischen dem Begriff der missionarischen Tätigkeit und bestimmten Gebieten absichtlich gesagt, diese Tätigkeit werde “meist” in bestimmten, vom Heiligen Stuhl bestätigten Gebieten ausgeübt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(38) Vgl. lI. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über den Ökumenismus Unitatis redintegratio, Nr. 1: AAS 57 (1965) 90."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(39) Vgl. Mk 16,16; Joh 3,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(40) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 14: AAS 57 (1965) 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(41) Vgl. Hebr 11,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(42) Vgl. 1 Kor 9,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(43) Vgl. Eph 4,11-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(44) Vgl. Joh 7,18; 8,30.44; 8,50; 17,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(45) Zu dieser Synthese vgl. die Rekapitulationstheologie des heiligen Irenäus. Vgl. auch Hippolyt, De Antichristo 3: “Alle begehrt er, alle möchte er retten, alle will er zu Kindern Gottes machen, und alle Geheiligten beruft er zu dem einen vollkommenen Menschen”: PG 10, 732; GCS Hippolyt I, 2, S. 6; Benedictiones Jacob 7: TU 38, 1, S. 18, Z. 4f.; Origenes, In Ioann. I, 16: “Dann wird das Gott erkennen derer, die, geleitet von dem Wort, das bei Gott ist, zu Gott gelangt sein werden, eine einzige Handlung sein, daß so, in der Erkenntnis des Vaters gebildet, wie jetzt nur der Sohn den Vater erkennt, alle wahrhaft Söhne seien”: PG 14, 49; GCS Origenes IV, 20; Augustinus, De sermone Domini in monte I, 41: “Wir wollen lieben, was mit uns zu jenem Reich kommen kann, wo niemand sagt: Mein Vater, sondern alle zu dem einen Gott sagen: Vater unser”: PL 34, 1250; Cyrill v. Alex., In Ioann. I: “Wir sind nämlich alle in Christus, und die gemeinsame Person der Menschheit findet in ihm neues Leben. Deshalb trägt er ja auch den Namen 'letzter Adam' ... Unter uns hat er nämlich gewohnt, der von Natur aus Sohn ist und Gott; darum rufen wir in seinem Geiste: Abba, Vater! Es wohnt aber das Wort in allen als in einem einzigen Tempel, den es unseretwegen und aus uns angenommen hat, um, alle in sich tragend, alle in dem einen Leib, wie Paulus sagt, den Vater zu versöhnen”: PG 73, 161-164."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(46) Benedikt XV., Enz. Maximum illud, 30. Nov. 1919: “Denn als Kirche Gottes ist sie katholisch und für kein Volk und keine Nation fremd ...”: AAS 11 (1919) 445. Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra: “Von göttlichem Recht her gehört sie zu allen Völkern ... Wenn die Kirche sozusagen in die Adern irgendeines Volkes ihre Lebenskraft einbringt, ist sie deshalb nicht irgendeine Institution, die diesem Volk von außen her aufgestülpt wird, und sie versteht sich auch selbst nicht so ... Und deshalb unterstützen und vollenden sie (d. h. die in Christus Wiedergeborenen), was immer ihnen gut und wertvoll erscheint”, 25. Mai 1961: AAS 53 (1961) 444."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(47) Vgl. Joh 3,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(48) Vgl. Irenäus, Adv. Hær. III., 15, 3: “Sie waren Verkünder der Wahrheit und Apostel der Freiheit”: PG 7, 919."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(49) O-Antiphon der Vesper am 23. Dezember im römischen Brevier."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(50) Vgl. Mt 24,31; Didache 10, 5: ed. Funk I, 32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(51) Vgl. Mk 13,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(52) II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 17: AAS 57 (1965) 20-21; Augustinus, De Civ. Dei 19, 17: PL 41, 646; Instructio der Kongregation für die Glaubensverbreitung: Collectanea I, n. 135, S. 42."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(53) Nach Origenes muß das Evangelium vor der Vollendung der Welt verkündet werden: Hom. in Lc. 21: GCS Orig. IX, 136, 21f.; In Matth. comm. ser. 39: ebd. XI., 75, 25f.; 76, 4f; Hom. in Jer. 3, 2: ebd. VIII., 308, 29f.; Thomas v. Aquin, Summa Theol. I-II., q. 106, a. 4, ad 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(54) Vgl. Apg 1,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(55) Hilarius v. Poitiers, In ps. 14: PL 9, 301; Eusebius v. Cæsarea, In Is. 54, 2-3: PG 24, 462-463; Cyrill v. Alexandrien, In Is. V, cap. 54, 1-3: PG 70, 1193."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(56) Vgl. Eph 4,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(57) Vgl. Joh 4,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 2:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. Mt 5,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. 1 Joh 4,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Vgl. Mt 9,35ff.; Apg 10,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Vgl. 2 Kor 12,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Vgl. Mt 20,26: 23,11; Ansprache Pauls VI. im Konzil, 21. Nov. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 1013."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Vgl. Eph 4,24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Vgl. Kol 4,3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Vgl. Mk 16,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Vgl. Apg 4,13.29.31; 9,27-28; 13,46; 14,3; 19,8; 26,26; 28,31; 1 Thess 2,2; 2 Kor 3,12; 7,4; Phil 1,20; Eph 3,12; 6,19.20"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Vgl. 1 Kor 9,15; Röm 10,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Vgl. 1 Thess 1,9-10; 1 Kor 1,18-21; Gal 1,31; Apg 14,15-17; 17,22-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Vgl. Apg 16,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Vgl. Kol 3,5-10; Eph 4,20-24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Vgl. Lk 2,34; Mt 10,34-39."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Vgl. 1 Thess 1,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Erklärung über die Religionsfreiheit Dignitatis humanæ, Nr. 2.4.10; Pastorale Konst. über die Kirche in der heutigen Welt Gaudium et spes, Nr. 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 17: AAS 57 (1965) 20-21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Konst. über die heilige Liturgie Sacrosanctum Concilium, Nr. 64-65: AAS 56 (1964) 117."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Vgl. Kol 1,13. Über diese Befreiung von der Knechtschaft Satans und der Finsternis im Evangelium vgl. Mt 12,28; Joh 8,44; 12,31 (vgl. 1 Joh 3,8; Eph 2,1-2). In der Taufliturgie vgl. das römische Rituale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Vgl. Röm 6,4-11; Kol 2,12-13; 1 Petr 3,21-22; Mk 16,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Vgl. 1 Thess 3,5-7; Apg 8,14-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 14: AAS 57 (1965) 19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Vgl. Augustinus, Tract. in Ioann. 11, 4: PL 35, 1476."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) VgL II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 9: AAS 57 (1965) 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Vgl. 1 Kor 3,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Vgl. Eph 4,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 10.11.34: AAS 57 (1965) 10-17.39-40."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die göttliche Offenbarung Dei verbum, Nr. 21: AAS 58 (1966) 827."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 12.35: AAS 57 (1965) 16.40-41."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Vgl. ebd. Nr. 23.36: AAS 57 (1965) 28.41-42."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Vgl. ebd. Nr. 11.35.41: AAS 57 (1965) 15-16.40-41.47."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die katholischen Ostkirchen Orientalium Ecclesiarum, Nr. 4: AAS 57 (1965) 77-78."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) Brief an Diognet 5: PG 2, 1173; vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 38: AAS 57 (1965) 43."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 32: AAS 57 (1965) 38; Dekret über das Laienapostolat Apostolicam actuositatem, Nr. 5-7: AAS 58 (1966) 842-844."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(35) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die Ausbildung der Priester Optatam totius, Nr. 4.8.9: AAS 58 (1966) 716.718.719."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(36) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Konst. über die heilige Liturgie Sacrosanctum Concilium, Nr. 17: AAS 56 (1964) 105."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(37) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die Ausbildung der Priester Optatam totius, Nr. 1: AAS 58 (1966) 713."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(38) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Princeps Pastorum, 28. Nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959) 843-844."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(39) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über den Ökumenismus Unitatis redintegratio, Nr. 4: AAS 57 (1965) 94-96."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(40) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Princeps Pastorum, 28. Nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959) 842."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(41) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 29: AAS 57 (1965) 36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(42) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Princeps Pastorum, 28. Nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959) 855."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(43) Es handelt sich um hauptamtliche Katechisten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(44) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 31.44: AAS 57 (1965) 37.50-51."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 3:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Princeps Pastorum, 28. Nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959) 838."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über Dienst und Leben der Priester Presbyterorum ordinis, Nr. 11: AAS 58 (1966) 1008; Dekret über die Ausbildung der Priester Optatam totius, Nr. 2: AAS 58 (1966) 714-715."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 25: AAS 57 (1965) 29."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über Dienst und Leben der Priester Presbyterorum ordinis, Nr. 10. Dort ist, soweit es zur richtigen Ausübung des Apostolates nötig ist, die Errichtung personaler Prälaturen vorgesehen, um die besondere pastorale Betreuung verschiedener gesellschaftlicher Gruppen zu erleichtern: AAS 58 (1966) 1007."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Vgl. 1 Kor 15,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Vgl. 1 Kor 15,28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Vgl. Eph 4,24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Vgl. Ps 2,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 13: AAS 57 (1965) 17-18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Vgl. Paul VI., Ansprache bei der Kanonisation der Martyrer von Uganda, 18. Okt. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 908."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 13: AAS 57 (1965) 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 4:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 17: AAS 57 (1965) 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. Mk 3,13f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Vgl. 1 Kor 12,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Unter “Instituten” werden hier Orden, Kongregationen, Institute und Vereinigungen, die in den Missionen arbeiten, verstanden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Rerum Ecclesiæ, 28. Febr. 1926: AAS 18 (1926) 69-71; Pius XII., Enz. Sæculo exeunte, 13. Juni 1940: AAS 32 (1940) 256; ders., Enz. Evangelii Præcones, 2. Juni 1951: AAS 43 (1951) 506."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Vgl. Apg 13,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Vgl. Gal 1,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Vgl. 1 Kor 9,22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Vgl. Eph 6,19f.; Apg 4,31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Vgl. Mt 11,29f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Vgl. Benedikt XV., Enz. Maximum illud, 30. Nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919) 449-450."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Vgl. 2 Kor 6,4f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Vgl. 2 Kor 8,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Vgl. 1 Tim 4,14; Eph 4,23; 2 Kor 4,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Vgl. Benedikt XV., Enz. Maximum illud, 30. Nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919) 448-449; Pius XII., Enz. Evangelii Præcones, 2. Juni 1951: AAS 43 (1951) 507. Bei der Vorbereitung der Priestermissionare ist auch zu beachten, was im Dekret über die Ausbildung der Priester Optatam totius des II. Vat. Konzils festgesetzt worden ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Vgl. Apg 2,42; 4,32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Vgl. 2 Tim 1,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Vgl. Phil 4,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Vgl. 2 Kor 4,10ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Vgl. 2 Kor 12,15f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 41: AAS 57 (1965) 46."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Vgl. Benedikt XV., Enz. Maximum illud, 30. Nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919) 440; Pius XII., Enz Evangelii Præcones, 2. Juni 1951: AAS 43 (1951) 507."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Benedikt XV., Enz. Maximum illud, 30. Nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919) 448; Dekret der Kongregation für die Glaubensverbreitung, 20. Mai 1923: AAS 15 (1923) 369-370; Pius XII., Enz. Sæculo exeunte, 2. Juni 1940: AAS 32 (1940) 256; Enz. Evangelii Præcones, 2. Juni 1951: AAS 43 (1951) 507; Johannes XXIII., Enz. Princeps Pastorum, 28. Nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959) 843-844."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über Dienst und Leben der Priester Optatam totius, Nr. 19-21: AAS 58 (1966) 725-726; Const. Apost. Sedes Sapientiæ mit den allgemeinen Festlegungen, 31. Mai 1956: AAS 48 (1956) 354-365."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Pius XII., Enz. Evangelii Præcones, 2. Juni 1951: AAS 43 (1951) 523-524."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Benedikt XV., Enz. Maximum illud, 30. Nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919) 449; Pius XII., Enz. Evangelii Præcones, 2. Juni 1951: AAS 43 (1951) 507."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Fidei donum, 15. Juni 1957: AAS 49 (1957) 234."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über Dienst und Leben der Priester Presbyterorum ordinis, Nr. 10, wo von Personaldiözesen und -prälaturen und dergleichen gehandelt wird: AAS 58 (1966) 1007."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 5:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. Röm 12,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. 1 Kor 3,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Vgl. Joh 4,37."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Vgl. 1 Kor 3,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 18: AAS 57 (1965) 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Vgl. ebd. Nr. 23: AAS 57 (1965) 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-324",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Vgl. Motupr. Apostolica sollicitudo, 15. Sept. 1965: AAS 57 (1965) 776."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Vgl. Paul VI., Ansprache im Konzil, 21. Nov. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 1011."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-326",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Vgl. Benedikt XV., Enz. Maximum illud, 30. Nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919) 440."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Wo aus besonderen Umständen vorübergehend noch einige Missionen anderen Kongregationen unterstellt sind, mögen diese mit der Heiligen Kongregation für die Verbreitung des Glaubens Kontakt halten, damit die Leitung und Lenkung aller Missionen in wirklich beständiger und einheitlicher Weise geschehen könne."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die Hirtenaufgabe der Bischöfe in der Kirche Christus Dominus, Nr. 35, 4: AAS 58 (1966) 691."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-329",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Vgl. ebd. Nr. 36-38: AAS 58 (1966) 692-693."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Vgl. ebd. Nr. 35, -6: AAS 58 (1966) 692."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 6 und Schluß:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-332",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. Eph 4,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-333",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. Jes 11,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über den Ökumenismus Unitatis redintegratio,. Nr. 12: AAS 57 (1965) 99."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-335",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Vgl. Apg 16,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-336",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Vgl. Mk 16,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-337",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 23 bis 24: AAS 57 (1965) 27-29."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-338",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Vgl. Benedikt XV., Enz. Maximum illud, 30. Nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919) 453 bis 454; Pius XI., Enz. Rerum Ecclesiæ, 28. Febr.1926: AAS 18 (1926) 71-73; Pius XII., Enz. Evangelii Præcones, 2. Juni 1951: AAS 43 (1951) 525-526; ders., Enz. Fidei donum, 15. Jan. 1957: AAS 49 (1957) 241."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-339",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Fidei donum, 15. Jan. 1957: AAS 49 (1957) 245-246."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-340",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die Hirtenaufgabe der Bischöfe in der Kirche Christus Dominus, Nr. 6: AAS 58 (1966) 675-676."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Fidei donum, 15. Jan. 1957: AAS 49 (1957) 245."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-342",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 28: AAS 57 (1965) 34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Rerum Ecclesiæ, 28. Febr. 1926: AAS 18 (1926) 72."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-344",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 44: AAS 57 (1965) 50."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-345",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Vgl. Mt 9,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-346",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Vgl. Apg 16,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-347",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Vgl. 1 Kor 3,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-348",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Vgl. ebd. Nr. 33.35: AAS 57 (1965) 39.40-41."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-349",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Evangelii Præcones, 2. Juni 1951: AAS 43 (1951) 510-514; Johannes XXIII., Enz. Princeps Pastorum, 28. Nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959) 851-852."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-350",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 46: AAS 57 (1965) 52."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-351",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Evangelii Præcones, 2. Juni 1951: AAS 43 (1951) 527; Johannes XXIII., Enz. Princeps Pastorum, 28. Nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959) 864."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Vgl. 1 Tim 2,4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-353",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Vgl. 2 Kor 4,6."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651207_ad-gentes_en.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-182-vat-ii_decree_19651207_ad-gentes_en.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECREE AD GENTES ON THE MISSION ACTIVITY OF THE CHURCH"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Divinely sent to the nations of the world to be unto them \"a universal sacrament of salvation,\"(1) the Church, driven by the inner necessity of her own catholicity, and obeying the mandate of her Founder (cf. Mark 16:16), strives ever to proclaim the Gospel to all men. The Apostles themselves, on whom the Church was founded, following in the footsteps of Christ, \"preached the word of truth and begot churches.\"(2) It is the duty of their successors to make this task endure \"so that the word of God may run and be glorified (2 Thess. 3:1) and the kingdom of God be proclaimed and established throughout the world."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the present state of affairs, out of which there is arising a new situation for mankind, the Church, being the salt of the earth and the light of the world (cf. Matt. 5:13-14), is more urgently called upon to save and renew every creature, that all things may be restored in Christ and all men may constitute one family in Him and one people of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, this sacred synod, while rendering thanks to God for the excellent results that have been achieved through the whole Church's great - hearted endeavor, desires to sketch the principles of missionary activity and to rally the forces of all the faithful in order that the people of God, marching along the narrow way of the Cross, may spread everywhere the reign of Christ, Lord and overseer: of the ages (cf. Ecc. 36:19), and may prepare the way for his coming."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRINCIPLES OF DOCTRINE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The pilgrim Church is missionary by her very nature, since it is from the mission of the Son and the mission of the Holy Spirit that she draws her origin, in accordance with the decree of God the Father.(1)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This decree, however, flows from the \"fount - like love\" or charity of God the Father who, being the \"principle without principle\" from whom the Son is begotten and Holy Spirit proceeds through the Son, freely creating us on account of His surpassing and merciful kindness and graciously calling us moreover to share with Him His life and His cry, has generously poured out, and does not cease to pour out still, His divine goodness. Thus He who created all things may at last be \"all in all\" (1 Cor. 15:28), bringing about at one and the same time His own glory and our happiness. But it pleased God to call men to share His life, not just singly, apart from any mutual bond, but rather to mold them into a people in which His sons, once scattered abroad might be gathered together (cf. John 11:52)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This universal design of God for the salvation of the human race is carried out not only, as it were, secretly in the soul of a man, or by the attempts (even religious ones by which in diverse ways it seeks after God) if perchance it may contact Him or find Him, though He be not far from anyone of us (cf. Acts 17:27). For these attempts need to be enlightened and healed; even though, through the kindly workings of Divine Providence, they may sometimes serve as leading strings toward God, or as a preparation for the Gospel.(2) Now God, in order to establish peace or the communion of sinful human beings with Himself, as well as to fashion them into a fraternal community, did ordain to intervene in human history in a way both new and finally sending His Son, clothed in our flesh, in order that through Him He might snatch men from the power of darkness and Satan (cf. Col. 1:13; Acts 10:38) and reconcile the world to Himself in Him (cf. 2 Cor. 5:19). Him, then, by whom He made the world,(3) He appointed heir of all things, that in Him He might restore all (cf. Eph. 1:10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For Jesus Christ was sent into the world as a real mediator between God and men. Since He is God, all divine fullness dwells bodily in Him (Gal. 2:9). According to His human nature, on the other hand, He is the new Adam, made head of a renewed humanity, and full of grace and of truth (John 1:14). Therefore the Son of God walked the ways of a true Incarnation that He might make men sharers in the nature of God: made poor for our sakes, though He had been rich, in order that His poverty might enrich us (2 Cor. 8:9). The Son of Man came not that He might be served, but that He might be a servant, and give His life as a ransom for the many - that is, for all (cf. Mark 10:45). The Fathers of the Church proclaim without hesitation that what has not been taken up by Christ is not made whole.(4) Now, what He took up was our entire human nature such as it is found among us poor wretches, save only sin (cf. Heb. 4:15; 9.28). For Christ said concerning Himself, He whom the Father sanctified and sent into the world (cf. John 10:36): the Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He anointed me; to bring good news to the poor He sent me, to heal the broken - hearted, to proclaim to the captives release, and sight to the blind\" (Luke 4:18). And again: \"The Son of Man has come to seek and to save what was lost\" (Luke 19:10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But what the Lord preached that one time, or what was wrought in Him for the saving of the human race, must be spread abroad and published to the ends of the earth (Acts 1:8), beginning from Jerusalem (cf. Luke 24:27), so that what He accomplished at that one time for the salvation of all, may in the course of time come to achieve its effect in all."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To accomplish this, Christ sent from the Father His Holy Spirit, who was to carry on inwardly His saving work and prompt the Church to spread out. Doubtless, the Holy Spirit was already at work in the world before Christ was glorified.(5) Yet on the day of Pentecost, He came down upon the disciples to remain with them forever (cf. John 14:16). The Church was publicly displayed to the multitude, the Gospel began to spread among the nations by means of preaching, and there was presaged that union of all peoples in the catholicity of the faith by means of the Church of the New Covenant, a Church which speaks all tongues, understands and accepts all tongues in her love, and so supersedes the divisiveness of Babel.(6) For it was from Pentecost that the \"Acts of the Apostles\" took again, just as Christ was - conceived when the Holy Spirit came upon the Virgin Mary, and just as Christ was impelled to the work of His ministry by the same Holy Spirit descending upon Him while He prayed.(7)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Now, the Lord Jesus, before freely giving His life for the world, did so arrange the Apostles' ministry and promise to send the Holy Spirit that both they and the Spirit might be associated in effecting the work of salvation always and everywhere.(8) Throughout all ages, the Holy Spirit makes the entire Church \"one in communion and in ministering; He equips her with various gifts of a hierarchical and charismatic nature,\" a giving life, soul - like, to ecclesiastical institutions(10) and instilling into the hearts of the faithful the same mission spirit which impelled Christ Himself. Sometimes He even visibly anticipates the Apostles' acting,(11) just as He unceasingly accompanies and directs it in different ways.(12)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "From the very beginning, the Lord Jesus \"called to Himself those whom He wished; and He caused twelve of them to be with Him, and to be sent out preaching (Mark 3:13; cf. Matt. 10:1-42). Thus the Apostles were the first budding - forth of the New Israel, and at the same time the beginning of the sacred hierarchy. Then, when He had by His death and His resurrection completed once for all in Himself the mysteries of our salvation and the renewal of all things, the Lord, having now received all power in heaven and on earth (cf. Matt. 28 18), before He was taken up into heaven (cf. Acts 1:11), founded His Church as the sacrament of salvation and sent His Apostles into all the world just as He Himself had been sent by His Father (cf. John 20:21), commanding them: \"Go, therefore, and make disciples of a nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit; teaching them to observe all that I have commanded you\" (Matt. 28:19 ff.). \"Go into the whole world, preach the Gospel to every creature. He who believes and is baptized shall be saved; but he who does not believe, shall be condemned\" (Mark 16:15ff.). Whence the duty that lies on the Church of spreading the faith and the salvation of Christ, not only in virtue of the express command which was inherited from the Apostles by the order of bishops, assisted by the priests, together with the successor of Peter and supreme shepherd of the Church, but also in virtue of that life which flows from Christ into His members; \"From Him the whole body, being closely joined and knit together through every joint of the system, according to the functioning in due measure of each single part, derives its increase to the building up of itself in love\" (Eph. 4:16). The mission of the Church, therefore, is fulfilled by that activity which makes her, obeying the command of Christ and influenced by the grace and love of the Holy Spirit, fully present to all men or nations, in order that, by the example of her life and by her preaching, by the sacraments and other means of grace, she may lead them to the faith, the freedom and the peace of Christ; that thus there may lie open before them a firm and free road to full participation in the mystery of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since this mission goes on and in the course of history unfolds the mission of Christ Himself, who was sent to preach the Gospel to the poor, the Church, prompted by the Holy Spirit, must walk in the same path on which Christ walked: a path of poverty and obedience, of service and self - sacrifice to the death, from which death He came forth a victor by His resurrection. For thus did all the Apostles walk in hope, and by many trials and sufferings they filled up those things wanting to the Passion of Christ for His body which is the Church (cf. Col. 1:24). For often, the blood of Christians was like a seed.(13)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This duty, to be fulfilled by the order of bishops, under the successor of Peter and with the prayers and help of the whole Church, is one and the same everywhere and in every condition, even though it may be carried out differently according to circumstances. Hence, the differences recognizable in this, the Church's activity, are not due to the inner nature of the mission itself, but rather to the circumstances in which this mission is exercised."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These circumstances in turn depend sometimes on the Church, sometimes on the peoples or groups or men to whom the mission is directed. For the Church, although of itself including the totality or fullness of the means of salvation, does not and cannot always and instantly bring them all into action. Rather, she experiences beginnings and degrees in that action by which she strives to make God's plan a reality. In fact, there are times when, after a happy beginning, she must again lament a setback, or at least must linger in a certain state of unfinished insufficiency. As for the men, groups and peoples concerned, only by degrees does she touch and pervade them, and thus take them up into full catholicity. The right sort of means and actions must be suited to any state or situation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Missions\" is the term usually given to those particular undertakings by which the heralds of the Gospel, sent out by the Church and going forth into the whole world, carry out the task of preaching the Gospel and planting the Church among peoples or groups who do not yet believe in Christ. These undertakings are brought to completion by missionary activity and are mostly exercised in certain territories recognized by the Holy See. The proper purpose of this missionary activity is evangelization, and the planting of the Church among those peoples and groups where it has not yet taken root.(14) Thus from the seed which is the word of God, particular autochthonous churches should be sufficiently established and should grow up all over the world, endowed with their own maturity and vital forces. Under a hierarchy of their own, together with the faithful people, and adequately fitted out with requisites for living a full Christian life, they should make their contribution to the good of the whole Church. The chief means of the planting referred to is the preaching of the Gospel of Jesus Christ. To preach this Gospel the Lord sent forth His disciples into the whole world, that being reborn by the word of God (cf. 1 Peter 1:23), men might be joined to the Church through baptism - that Church which, as the body of the Word Incarnate, is nourished and lives by the word of God and by the eucharistic bread (cf. Acts 2:43)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In this missionary activity of the Church various stages sometimes are found side by side: first, that of the beginning or planting, then that of newness or youth. When these have passed, the Church's missionary activity does not cease, but there lies upon the particular churches already set up the duty of continuing this activity and of preaching the Gospel to those still outside."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, the groups among which the Church dwells are often radically changed, for one reason or other, so that an entirely new set of circumstances may arise. Then the Church must deliberate whether these conditions might again call for her missionary activity. Besides, circumstances are sometimes such that, for the time being, there is no possibility of expounding the Gospel directly and forthwith. Then, of course, missionaries can and must at least bear witness to Christ by charity and by works of mercy, with all patience, prudence and great confidence. Thus they will prepare the way for the Lord and make Him somehow present."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus it is plain that missionary activity wells up from the Church's inner nature and spreads abroad her saving Faith. It perfects her Catholic unity by this expansion. It is sustained by her apostolicity. It exercises the collegial spirit of her hierarchy. It bears witness to her sanctity while spreading and promoting it. Thus, missionary activity among the nations differs from pastoral activity exercised among the faithful as well as from undertakings aimed at restoring unity among Christians. And yet these two ends are most closely connected with the missionary zeal(15) because the division among Christians damages the most holy cause of preaching the Gospel to every creature(16) and blocks the way to the faith for many. Hence, by the very necessity of mission, all the baptized are called to gather into one flock, and thus they will be able to bear unanimous witness before the nations to Christ their Lord. And if they are not yet capable of bearing witness to the same faith, they should at least be animated by mutual love and esteem."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This missionary activity derives its reason from the will of God, \"who wishes all men to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth. For there is one God, and one mediator between God and men, Himself a man, Jesus Christ, who gave Himself as a ransom for all\" (1 Tim. 2:45), \"neither is there salvation in any other\" (Acts 4:12). Therefore, all must be converted to Him, made known by the Church's preaching, and all must be incorporated into Him by baptism and into the Church which is His body. For Christ Himself \"by stressing in express language the necessity of faith and baptism (cf. Mark 16:16; John 3:5), at the same time confirmed the necessity of the Church, into which men enter by baptism, as by a door. Therefore those men cannot be saved, who though aware that God, through Jesus Christ founded the Church as something necessary, still do not wish to enter into it, or to persevere in it.\"(17) Therefore though God in ways known to Himself can lead those inculpably ignorant of the Gospel to find that faith without which it is impossible to please Him (Heb. 11:6), yet a necessity lies upon the Church (1 Cor. 9:16), and at the same time a sacred duty, to preach the Gospel. And hence missionary activity today as always retains its power and necessity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By means of this activity, the Mystical Body of Christ unceasingly gathers and directs its forces toward its own growth (cf. Eph. 4:11-16). The members of the Church are impelled to carry on such missionary activity by reason of the love with which they love God and by which they desire to share with all men the spiritual goods of both its life and the life to come."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, by means of this missionary activity, God is fully glorified, provided that men fully and consciously accept His work of salvation, which He has accomplished in Christ. In this way and by this means, the plan of God is fulfilled - that plan to which Christ conformed with loving obedience for the glory of the Father who sent Him,(18) that the whole human race might form one people of God and be built up into one temple of the Holy Spirit which, being the expression of brotherly harmony, corresponds with the inmost wishes of all men. And so at last, there will be realized the plan of our Creator who formed man to His own image and likeness, when all who share one human nature, regenerated in Christ through the Holy Spirit and beholding the glory of God, will be able to say with one accord: \"Our Father.\"(19)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Missionary activity is closely bound up even with human nature itself and its aspirations. For by manifesting Christ the Church reveals to men the real truth about their condition and their whole calling, since Christ is the source and model of that redeemed humanity, imbued with brotherly love, sincerity and a peaceful spirit, to which they all aspire. Christ and the Church, which bears witness to Him by preaching the Gospel, transcend every peculiarity of race or nation and therefore cannot be considered foreign anywhere or to anybody.(20) Christ Himself is the way and the truth, which the preaching of the Gospel opens to all in proclaiming in the hearing of all these words of Christ: \"Repent, and believe the Gospel\" (Mark 1:15). Now, since he who does not believe is already judged (cf. John 3:18), the words of Christ are at one and the same time words of judgment and of grace, of death and of life. For it is only by putting to death what is old that we are able to approach the newness of life. This is true first of all about persons, but it holds also for the various goods of this world which bear the mark both of man's sin and of God's blessing: \"For all have sinned and have need of the glory of God\" (Rom. 3:23). No one is freed from sin by himself and by his own power, no one is raised above himself, no one is completely rid of his sickness or his solitude or his servitude.(21) On the contrary, all stand in need of Christ, their model, their mentor, their liberator, their Savior, their source of life. The Gospel has truly been a leaven of liberty and progress in human history, even in the temporal sphere, and always proves itself a leaven of brotherhood, of unity and of peace. Not without cause is Christ hailed by the faithful as \"the expected of the nations, and their Savior.\"(22)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And so the time for missionary activity extends between the first coming of the Lord and the second, in which latter the Church will be gathered from the four winds like a harvest into the kingdom of God.(23) For the Gospel must be preached to all nations before the Lord shall come (cf. Mark 13:10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Missionary activity is nothing else and nothing less than an epiphany, or a manifesting of God's decree, and its fulfillment in the world and in world history, in the course of which God, by means of mission, manifestly works out the history of salvation. By the preaching of the word and by the celebration of the sacraments, the center and summit of which is the most holy Eucharist, He brings about the presence of Christ, the author of salvation. But whatever truth and grace are to be found among the nations, as a sort of secret presence of God, He frees from all taint of evil and restores to Christ its maker, who overthrows the devil's domain and wards off the manifold malice of vice. And so, whatever good is found to be sown in the hearts and minds of men, or in the rites and cultures peculiar to various peoples, not only is not lost, but is healed, uplifted, and perfected for the glory of God, the shame of the demon, and the bliss of men.(24) Thus, missionary activity tends toward eschatological fullness.(25) For by it the people of God is increased to that measure and time which the Father has fixed in His power(cf. Acts 1:7). To this people it was said in prophecy: \"Enlarge the space for your tent, and spread out your tent cloths unsparingly\" (Is. 54:2).(26) By missionary activity, the mystical body grows to the mature measure of the fullness of Christ (cf. Eph. 4:13); and the spiritual temple, where God is adored in spirit and in truth (cf. John 4:23), grows and is built up upon the foundation of the Apostles and prophets, Christ Jesus Himself being the supreme corner stone (Eph. 2:20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "MISSION WORK ITSELF"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church, sent by Christ to reveal and to communicate the love of God to all men and nations, is aware that there still remains a gigantic missionary task for her to accomplish. For the Gospel message has not yet, or hardly yet, been heard by two million human beings (and their number is increasing daily), who are formed into large and distinct groups by permanent cultural ties, by ancient religious traditions, and by firm bonds of social necessity. Some of these men are followers of one of the great religions, but others remain strangers to the very knowledge of God, while still others expressly deny His existence, and sometimes even attack it. The Church, in order to be able to offer all of them the mystery of salvation and the life brought by God, must implant herself into these groups for the same motive which led Christ to bind Himself, in virtue of His Incarnation, to certain social and cultural conditions of those human beings among whom He dwelt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ARTICLE 1: Christian Witness"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church must be present in these groups through her children, who dwell among them or who are sent to them. For all Christians, wherever they live, are bound to show forth, by the example of their lives and by the witness of the word, that new man put on at baptism and that power of the Holy Spirit by which they have been strengthened at Conformation. Thus other men, observing their good works, can glorify the Father (cf. Matt. ES:16) and can perceive more fully the real meaning of human life and the universal bond of the community of mankind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that they may be able to bear more fruitful witness to Christ, let them be joined to those men by esteem and love; let them acknowledge themselves to be members of the group of men among whom they live; let them share in cultural and social life by the various. undertakings and enterprises of human living; let them be familiar with their national and religious traditions; let them gladly and reverently lay bare the seeds of the Word which lie hidden among their fellows. At the same time, however, let them look to the: profound changes which are taking place among nations, and let them exert themselves to keep modern man, intent as he is on the science and technology of today's world from becoming a stranger to things divine; rather, let them awaken in him a yearning for that truth and:charity which God has revealed. Even as Christ Himself searched the hearts of men, and led them to divine light, so also His disciples, profoundly penetrated by the Spirit of Christ, should show the people among whom they live, and should converse with them, that they themselves may learn by sincere and patient dialogue what treasures a generous God has distributed among the nations of the earth. But at the same time, let them try to furbish these treasures, set them free, and bring them under the dominion of God their Savior."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The presence of the Christian faithful in these human groups should be inspired by that charity with which God has loved us, and with which He wills that we should love one another (cf. 1 John 4:11). Christian charity truly extends to all, without distinction of race, creed, or social condition: it looks for neither gain nor gratitude. For as God loved us with an unselfish love, so also the faithful should in their charity care for the human person himself, loving him with the same affection with which God sought out man. Just as Christ, then, went about all the towns and villages, curing every kind of disease and infirmity as a sign that the kingdom of God had come (cf. Matt. 9:35ff; Acts 10:38), so also the Church, through her children, is one with men of every condition, but especially with the poor and the afflicted. For them, she gladly spends and is spent (cf. 2 Cor. 12:15), sharing in their joys and sorrows, knowing of their longings and problems, suffering with them in death's anxieties. To those in quest of peace, she wishes to answer in fraternal dialogue, bearing them the peace and the light of the Gospel."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let Christians labor and collaborate with others in rightly regulating the affairs of social and economic life. With special care, let them devote themselves to the education of children and young people by means of different kinds of schools, which should be considered not only as the most excellent means of forming and developing Christian youth, but also as a valuable public service, especially in the developing nations, working toward the uplifting of human dignity, and toward better living conditions. Furthermore, let them take part in the strivings of those peoples who, waging war on famine, ignorance, and disease, are struggling to better their way of life and to secure peace in the world. In this activity, the faithful should be eager to offer prudent aid to projects sponsored by public and private organizations, by governments, by various Christian communities, and even by non - Christian religions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "However, the Church has no desire at all to intrude itself into the government of the earthly city. It claims no other authority than that of ministering to men with the help of God, in a spirit of charity and faithful service (cf. Matt. 20:26; 23:11).(1)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Closely united with men in their life and work, Christ's disciples hope to render to others true witness of Christ, and to work for their salvation, even where they are not able to announce Christ fully. For they are not seeking a mere material progress and prosperity for men, but are promoting their dignity and brotherly union, teaching those religious and moral truths which Christ illumined with His light; and in this way, they are gradually opening up a fuller approach to God. Thus they help men to attain to salvation by love for God and neighbor, and the mystery of Christ begins to shine forth, in which there appears the new man, created according to God (cf. Eph. 4:24), and in which the charity of God is revealed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ARTICLE 2: Preaching the Gospel and Gathering together the People of God"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wherever God opens a door of speech for proclaiming the mystery of Christ (cf. Col. 4:3), there is announced to all men (cf. Mark 16:15; 1 Cor. 9:15; Rom. 10:14) with confidence and constancy (cf. Acts 4:13, 29, 31; 9:27, 28; 13:46; 14:3; 19:8; 26:26; 28:31; 1 Thess. 2:2; 2 Cor. 3:12; 7:4; Phil. 1:20; Eph. 3:12; 6:19, 20) the living God, and He Whom He has sent for the salvation of all, Jesus Christ (cf. 1 Thess. 1:9-10; 1 Cor. 1:18-21; Gal. 1:31; Acts 14:15-17, 17:22-31), in order that non - Christians, when the Holy Spirit opens their heart (cf. Acts 16:14), may believe and be freely converted to the Lord, that they may cleave sincerely to Him Who, being the \"way, the truth, and the life\" (John 14:6), fulfills all their spiritual expectations, and even infinitely surpasses them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This conversion must be taken as an initial one, yet sufficient to make a man realize that he has been snatched away from sin and led into the mystery of God's love, who called him to enter into a personal relationship with Him in Christ. For, by the workings of divine grace, the new convert sets out on a spiritual journey, by means of which, already sharing through faith in the mystery of Christ's Death and Resurrection, he passes from the old man to the new one, perfected in Christ (cf. Col. 3:5-10; Eph. 4:20-24). This bringing with it a progressive change of outlook and morals, must become evident with its social consequences, and must be gradually developed during the time of the catechumenate. Since the Lord he believes in is a sign of contradiction (cf. Luke 2:34; Matt. 10:34-39), the convert often experiences an abrupt breaking off of human ties, but he also tastes the joy which God gives without measure (cf. 1 Thess. 1:6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church strictly forbids forcing anyone to embrace the Faith, or alluring or enticing people by worrisome wiles. By the same token, she also strongly insists on this right, that no one be frightened away from the Faith by unjust vexations on the part of others.(2)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In accord with the Church's ancient custom, the convert's motives should be looked into, and if necessary, purified."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those who, through the Church, have accepted from God a belief in Christ(3) are admitted to the catechumenate by liturgical rites. The catechumenate is not a mere expounding of doctrines and precepts, but a training period in the whole Christian life, and an apprenticeship duty drawn out, during which disciples are joined to Christ their Teacher. Therefore, catechumens should be properly instructed in the mystery of salvation and in the practice of Gospel morality, and by sacred rites which are to be held at successive intervals,(4) they should be introduced into the life of faith, of liturgy, and of love, which is led by the People of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Then, when the sacraments of Christian initiation have freed them from the power of darkness (cf. Col. 1:13),(5) having died with Christ been buried with Him and risen together with Him (cf. Rom. 6:4-11; Col. 2:12-13; 1 Peter 3:21-22; Mark 16:16), they receive the Spirit (cf. 1 Thess. 3:5-7; Acts 8:14-17) of adoption of sons and celebrate the remembrance of the Lord's death and resurrection together with the whole People of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is to be desired that the liturgy of the Lenten and Paschal seasons should be restored in such a way as to dispose the hearts of the catechumens to celebrate the Easter mystery at whose solemn ceremonies they are reborn to Christ through baptism."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But this Christian initiation in the catechumenate should be taken care of not only by catechists or priests, but by the entire community of the faithful, so that right from the outset the catechumens may feel that they belong to the people of God. And since the life of the Church is an apostolic one, the catechumens also should learn to cooperate wholeheartedly, by the witness of their lives and by the profession of their faith, in the spread of the Gospel and in the building up of the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, the juridic status of catechumens should be clearly defined in the new code of Canon law. For since they are joined to the Church, they are already of the household of Christ,(7) and not seldom they are already leading a life of faith, hope, and charity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ARTICLE 3: Forming a Christian Community"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Holy Spirit, who calls all men to Christ by the seeds of the Lord and by the preaching of the Gospel, stirs up in their: hearts a submission to the faith Who in the womb of the baptismal font, He begets to a new life those who believe in Christ, He gathers them into the one People of God which is \"a chosen race, a royal priesthood, a holy nation, a purchased people\" (1 Peter 2:9).(8)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, let the missionaries, God's coworkers, ( cf. 1 Cor. 3:9), raise up congregations of the faithful such that, walking worthy of the vocation to which they have been called (cf. Eph. 4:1), they may exercise the priestly, prophetic, and royal office which God has entrusted to them. In this way, the Christian community will be a sign of God's presence in the world: for by reason of the eucharistic sacrifice, this community is ceaselessly on the way with Christ to the Father;(9) carefully nourished on the word of God(10) it bears witness to Christ;(11) and finally, it walks in charity and is fervent with the apostolic spirit.(12)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Christian community should from the very start be so formed that it call provide nor its necessities insofar as this is possible."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This congregation of the faithful, endowed with the riches of its own nation's culture, should be deeply rooted in the people. Let families flourish which are imbued with the spirit of the Gospel(13) and let them be assisted by good schools; let associations and groups be organized by means of which the lay apostolate will be able to permeate the whole of society with the spirit of the Gospel. Lastly, let charity shine out between Catholics of different rites.(14)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The ecumenical spirit should be nurtured in the neophytes, who should take into account that the brethren who believe in Christ are Christ's disciples, reborn in baptism, sharers with the People of God in very many good things. Insofar as religious conditions allow, ecumenical activity - should be furthered in such a way that, excluding any appearance of indifference or confusion on the one hand, or of unhealthy rivalry on the other, Catholics should cooperate in a brotherly spirit with their separated brethren, among to the norms of the Decree on Ecumenism, making before the nations a common profession of faith, insofar as their beliefs are common, in God and in Jesus Christ, and cooperating in social and in technical projects as well as in cultural and religious ones. Let them cooperate especially for the sake of Christ, their common Lord: let His Name be the bond that unites them! This cooperation should be undertaken not only among private persons, but also, subject to approval by the local Ordinary, among churches or ecclesial communities and their works."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Christian faithful gathered together out of all nations into the Church \"are not marked off from the rest of men by their government, nor by their language, nor by their political institutions,\"(15) and so they should live for God and Christ in a respectable way of their own national life. As good citizens, they should be true and effective patriots, all together avoiding racial prejudice and hypernationalism, and should foster a universal love for man."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To obtain all these things, the most important and therefore worthy of special attention are the Christian laity: namely, those who have been incorporated into Christ and live in the world. For it is up to them, imbued with the spirit of Christ, to be a leaven working on the temporal order from within, to dispose it always in accordance with Christ.(16)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But it is not enough that the Christian people be present and be organized in a given nation, nor is it enough to carry out an apostolate by way of example. They are organized for this purpose, they are present for this, to announce Christ to their non - Christian fellow - citizens by word and example, and to aid them toward the full reception of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Now, in order to plant the Church and to make the Christian community grow, various ministries are needed, which are raised up by divine calling from the midst of the faithful congregation, and are to be carefully fostered and tended to by all. Among these are the offices of priests, of deacons, and of catechists, and Catholic action. Religious men and women likewise, by their prayers and by their active work, play an indispensable role in rooting and strengthening the Kingdom of Christ in souls, and in causing it to be spread."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Joyfully the Church gives thanks for the priceless gift of the priestly calling which God has granted to so many youths among those nations but recently converted to Christ. For the Church drives deeper roots in any given sector of the human family when the various faithful communities all have, from among their members, their own ministers of salvation in the order of bishops, priests, and deacons, serving their own brethren, so that the young churches gradually acquire a diocesan structure with their own clergy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "What this council has decreed concerning priestly vocations and formation, should be religiously observed where the Church is first planted, and among the young churches. Of great importance are the things which are said about closely joining spiritual formation with the doctrinal and pastoral; about living a life patterned after the Gospel without looking out for ones own comfort or that of one's family; about cultivating a deep appreciation of the mystery of the Church. From all this, they will be well taught to dedicate themselves wholly to the service of the Body of Christ and to the work of the Gospel, to cleave to their own bishop as his faithful co - workers, and to cooperate with their colleagues.(17)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To attain this general end, the whole training of the students should be planned in the light of the mystery of salvation as it is revealed in the Scriptures. This mystery of Christ and of man's salvation they can discover and live in the liturgy.(18)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These common requirements of priestly training, including the pastoral and practical ones prescribed by the council(19) should be combined with an attempt to make contact with their own particular national way of thinking and acting. Therefore, let the minds of the students be kept open and attuned to an acquaintance and an appreciation of their own nation's culture. In their philosophical and theological studies, let them consider the points of contact which mediate between the traditions and religion of their homeland on the one hand and the Christian religion on the other.(20) Likewise, priestly training should have an eye to the pastoral needs of that region; and the students should learn the history, aim, and method of the Church's missionary activity, and the special social, economic, and cultural conditions of their own people. Let them be educated in the ecumenical spirit, and duly prepared for fraternal dialogue with non - Christians.(21) All this demands that studies for the priesthood be undertaken, so far as possible, in association and living together with their own people.(22) Finally, let care be taken that students are trained in ordinary ecclesiastical and financial administration."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, suitable priests should be chosen, after a little pastoral practice, to pursue higher studies in universities, even abroad and especially in Rome as well as in other institutes of learning. In this way the young churches will have at hand men from among the local clergy equipped with the learning and skill needed for discharging more difficult ecclesiastical duties."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Where episcopal conferences deem it opportune, the order of the diaconate should be restored as a permanent state of life according to the norms of the Constitution \"De Ecclesia.\"(23) For there are men who actually carry out the functions of the deacon's office, either preaching the word of God as catechists, or presiding over scattered Christian communities in the name of the pastor and the bishop, or practicing charity in social or relief work. It is only right to strengthen them by the imposition of hands which has come down from the Apostles, and to bind them more closely to the altar, that they may carry out their ministry more effectively because of the sacramental grace of the diaconate."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Likewise worthy of praise are the ranks of men and women catechists, well deserving of missionary work to the nations. Imbued with the apostolic spirit, they labor much to make an outstanding and altogether necessary contribution to the spread of the Faith and of the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In our time, when there are so few clerics to preach the Gospel to such great numbers and to exercise the pastoral ministry, the position of catechists is of great importance. Therefore their training must be so accomplished and so adapted to advances on the cultural level that as reliable coworkers of the priestly order, they may perform their task well, though it be weighed down with new and greater burdens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There should therefore be an increase in the number of schools, both on the diocesan and on the regional levels, wherein future catechists may study Catholic doctrine, especially in the fields of Scripture and the liturgy, as well as catechetical method and pastoral practice; schools wherein they can develop in themselves a Christian character, and wherein they can devote themselves tirelessly to cultivating piety and sanctity of life. Moreover, conventions or courses should be held in which at certain times catechists could he refreshed in the disciplines and skills useful for their ministry and in which their spiritual life could be nourished and strengthened. In addition, for those who devote themselves entirely to this work, a decent standard of living should be provided, and social security, by paying them a just wage.(24)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It would be desirable for the Sacred Congregation for the Propagation of the Faith to provide special funds for the due training and support of catechists. If it seems necessary and fitting, let a special \"Opus pro Catechists\" be founded."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, the churches should gratefully acknowledge the noble work being done by auxiliary catechists, whose help they will need. These preside over the prayers in their communities and teach sacred doctrine. Something suitable should be done for their doctrinal and spiritual training. Besides, it is to be hoped that, where it seems opportune, catechists who are duly trained should receive a \"missio canonica\" in a publicly celebrated liturgical ceremony, so that in the eyes of the people they may serve the Faith with greater authority."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Right from the planting stage of the Church, the religious life should be carefully fostered. This not only offers precious and absolutely necessary assistance to missionary activity, but by a more inward consecration made to God in the Church, it also clearly manifests and signifies the inner nature of the Christian calling.(25)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious institutes, working to plant the Church, and thoroughly Imbued with mystic treasures with which the Church's religious tradition is adorned, should strive to give expression to them and to hand them on, according to the nature and the genius of each nation. Let them reflect attentively on how Christian religious life might be able to assimilate the ascetic and contemplative traditions, whose seeds were sometimes planted by God in ancient cultures already prior to the preaching of the Gospel."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Various forms of religious life are to be cultivated in the young churches, in order that they may display various aspects of the mission of Christ and of the life of the Church, and may devote themselves to various pastoral works, and prepare their members to exercise them rightly. On the other hand, the bishops in their conference should see to it that congregations pursuing the same apostolic aims are not multiplied to the detriment of the religious life and of the apostolate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Worthy of special mention are the various projects for causing the contemplative life to take root. There are those who in such an attempt have kept the essential element of a monastic institution, and are bent on implanting the rich tradition of their order; there are others again who are returning to the simpler forms of ancient monasticism. But all are studiously looking for a genuine adaptation to local conditions. Since the contemplative life belongs to the fullness of the Church's presence, let it be put into effect everywhere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PARTICULAR CHURCHES"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The work of planting the Church in a given human community reaches a certain goal when the congregation of the faithful already rooted in social life and somewhat conformed to the local culture, enjoys a certain firmness and stability. That is to say, it is already equipped with its own supple (perhaps still insufficient) of local priests, Religious, and lay men, and is endowed with these institutions and ministries which are necessary for leading and expanding the life of the people of God under the guidance of their own bishop."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In such new churches, the life of the People of God must mature in all those fields of Christian life which are to be reformed by the norms of this council. The congregations of the faithful become daily more aware of their status as communities of faith, liturgy, and love. The laity strive by their civic and apostolic activity to set up a public order based on justice and love. The means of social communication are put to wise use at the opportune time. By a truly Christian life, families become seedbeds of the lay apostolate and of vocations to the priesthood and the Religious life. Finally, the Faith is taught by an adequate catechesis; it is celebrated in a liturgy in harmony with the genius of the people, and by suitable canonical legislation, it is introduced into upright institutions and local customs."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The bishops, in turn, each one together with his own college of priests, being more and more imbued with the mind of Christ and of the Church, feel and live along with the universal Church. Let the young church keep up an intimate communion with the whole Church, whose tradition they should link to their own culture, in order to increase, by a certain mutual exchange of forces, the life of the Mystical Body.(1) Hence, stress should be laid on those theological, psychological, and human elements which can contribute to fostering this sense of communion with the universal Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But these churches, very often located in the poorer portions of the globe, are mostly suffering from a very serious lack of priests and of material support. Therefore, they are badly in need of the continued missionary activity of the whole Church to furnish them with those subsidies which serve for the growth of the local Church, and above all for the maturity of Christian life. This mission action should also furnish help to those churches, founded long since, which are in a certain state of regression or weakness."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yet these churches should launch a common pastoral effort and suitable works to increase the number of vocations to the diocesan clergy and to religious institutes, to discern them more readily, and to train them more efficiently,(2) so that little by little these churches may be able to provide for themselves and to bring aid to others."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the particular church is bound to represent the universal Church as perfectly as possible, let it realize that it has been sent to those also who are living in the same territory with it, and who do not yet believe in Christ. By the life witness of each one of the faithful and of the whole community, let the particular church be a sign which points out Christ to others."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore, there is need of the ministry of the word, so that the Gospel may reach all. The bishop should be first and foremost a herald of the Faith, who leads new disciples to Christ.(3) In order that he may properly fulfill this noble task, let him thoroughly study both the conditions of his flock, and the private opinions of his countrymen concerning God, taking careful note also of those changes which urbanization, migrations, and religious indifferentism have introduced."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The local priests in the young churches should zealously address themselves to the work of spreading the Gospel, and join forces with the foreign missionaries who form with them one college of priests, united under the authority of the bishop. They should do this, not only with a view to the feeding the faithful flock, and to the celebrating of divine worship, but also to the preaching of the Gospel to those outside, let them show themselves ready, and when the occasion presents itself, let them with a willing heart offer the bishop their services for missionary work in distant and forsaken areas of their own diocese or of other dioceses."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let religious men and women, and the laity too, show the same fervent zeal toward their countrymen, especially toward the poor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopal conferences should see to it that biblical, theological, spiritual and pastoral refresher courses are held at stated intervals with this intention, that amid all vicissitudes and changes the clergy may acquire a fuller knowledge of the theological sciences and of pastoral methods."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the rest, those things which this council has laid down, particularly in the Decree on the Life and Work of Priests, should be religiously observed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that this missionary work of the particular church may be performed, there is need of qualified ministers, who are to be prepared in due time in a way suited to the conditions of each church. Now since men are more and more banding together into associations, it is very fitting that episcopal conferences should form a common plan concerning the dialogue to be held with such associations. But if perchance in certain regions, groups of men are to be found who are kept away from embracing the Catholic Faith because they cannot adapt themselves to the peculiar form which the church has taken in there, it is hoped that this condition will be provided for in a special way,(4) until such time as all Christians can gather together in one community. Let..individual bishops call to their dioceses the missionaries whom the Holy See may have on hand for this purpose; or let them receive such missionaries glad]y, and support their undertakings effectively."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that this missionary zeal may flourish among those in their own homeland, it is very fitting that the young churches should participate as soon as possible in the universal missionary work of the Church, and send their own missionaries to proclaim the Gospel all over the world, even though they themselves are suffering from a shortage of clergy. For their communion with the universal Church will be somehow brought to perfection when they themselves take an active part in missionary zeal toward other nations."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The church has not been really founded, and is not yet fully alive, nor is it a perfect sign of Christ among men, unless there is a laity worthy of the name working along with the hierarchy. For the Gospel cannot be deeply grounded in the abilities, life and work of any people without the active presence of laymen. Therefore, even at the very founding of a Church, great attention is to be paid to establishing a mature, Christian laity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the lay faithful fully belong at one and the same time both to the People of God and to civil society: they belong to the nation in which they were born; they have begun to share in its cultural treasures by means of their education; they are joined to its life by manifold social ties; they are cooperating in its progress by their efforts, each in his own profession; they feel its problems to be their very own, and they are trying to solve them. They also belong to Christ, because they were regenerated in the Church by faith and by baptism, so that they are Christ's in newness of life and work (cf. 1 Cor. 15:23), in order that in Christ, all things may be made subject to God, and finally God will be all in all (cf. Cor. 15:28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Their main duty, whether they are men or women, is the witness which they are bound to bear to Christ by their life and works in the home, in their social milieu, and in their own professional circle. In them, there must appear the new man created according to God in justice and true holiness (cf. Eph. 4:24). But they must give expression to this newness of life in the social and cultural framework of their own homeland, according to their own national traditions. They must be acquainted with this culture; they must heal it and preserve it; they must develop it in accordance with modern conditions, and finally perfect it in Christ, so that the Faith of Christ and the life of the Church are no longer foreign to the society in which they live, but begin to permeate and to transform it. Let them be one with their fellow countrymen in sincere charity, so that there appears in their way of life a new bond of unity and of universal solidarity, which is drawn from the mystery of Christ. Let them also spread the Faith of Christ among those with whom they live or have professional connections - an obligation which is all the more urgent, because very many men can hear of Christ and of the Gospel only by means of the laity who are their neighbors. In fact, wherever possible, the laity should be prepared, in more immediate cooperation with the hierarchy, to fulfill a special mission of proclaiming the Gospel and communicating Christian teachings, so that they may add vigor to the nascent Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let the clergy highly esteem the arduous apostolate of the laity. Let them train the laity to become conscious of the responsibility which they as members of Christ have for all men; let them instruct them deeply in the mystery of Christ, introduce them to practical methods, and be at their side in difficulties, according to the tenor of the Constitution Lumen Gentium and the Decree Apostolicam Actuositatem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "While pastors and laymen, then, retain each their own state of life and their own responsibilities, let the whole young church render one firm and vital witness to Christ, and become a shining beacon of the salvation which comes to us in Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The seed which is the word of God, watered by divine dew, sprouts from the good ground and draws from thence its moisture, which it transforms and assimilates into itself, and finally bears much fruit. In harmony with the economy of the Incarnation, the young churches, rooted in Christ and built up on the foundation of the Apostles, take to themselves in a wonderful exchange all the riches of the nations which were given to Christ as an inheritance (cf Ps. 2:8). They borrow from the customs and traditions of their people, from their wisdom and their learning, from their arts and disciplines, all those things which can contribute to the glory of their Creator, or enhance the grace of their Savior, or dispose Christian life the way it should be.(5)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To achieve this goal, it is necessary that in each major socio - cultural area, such theological speculation should be encouraged, in the light of the universal Church's tradition, as may submit to a new scrutiny the words and deeds which God has revealed, and which have been set down in Sacred Scripture and explained by the Fathers and by the magisterium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus it will be more clearly seen in what ways faith may seek for understanding, with due regard for the philosophy and wisdom of these peoples; it will be seen in what ways their customs, views on life, and social order, can be reconciled with the manner of living taught by divine revelation. From here the way will be opened to a more profound adaptation in the whole area of Christian life. By this manner of acting, every appearance of syncretism and of false particularism will be excluded, and Christian life will be accommodated to the genius and the dispositions of each culture.(6) Particular traditions, together with the peculiar patrimony of each family of nations, illumined by the light of the Gospel, can then be taken up into Catholic unity. Finally, the young particular churches, adorned with their own traditions, will have their own place in the ecclesiastical communion, saving always the primacy of Peter's See, which presides over the entire assembly of charity.(7)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And so, it is to be hoped that episcopal conferences within the limits of each major socio - cultural territory will so coordinate their efforts that they may be able to pursue this proposal of adaptation with one mind and with a common plan."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "MISSIONARIES"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although every disciple of Christ, as far in him lies, has the duty of spreading the Faith,(1) Christ the Lord always calls whomever He will from among the number of His disciples, to be with Him and to be sent by Him to preach to the nations (cf. Mark 3:13). Therefore, by the Holy Spirit, who distributes the charismata as He wills for the common good (1 Cor. 12:11), He inspires the missionary vocation in the hearts of individuals, and at the same time He raises up in the Church certain institutes(2) which take as their own special task the duty of preaching the Gospel, a duty belonging to the whole Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They are assigned with a special vocation who, being endowed with a suitable natural temperament, and being fit as regards talent and other qualities, have been trained to undertake mission work;(3) or be they autochthonous or be they foreigners: priests, Religious, or laymen. Sent by legitimate authority, they go out in faith and obedience to those who are far from Christ. They are set apart for the work for which they have been taken up (cf. Acts 13:2), as ministers of the Gospel, \"that the offering up of the Gentiles may become acceptable, being sanctified by the Holy Spirit\" (Rom. 15:16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yet man must respond to God Who calls, and that in such a way, that without taking counsel with flesh and blood (Gal. 1:16), he devotes himself wholly to the work of the Gospel. This response, however can only be given when the Holy Spirit gives His inspiration and His power. For he who is sent enters upon the life and mission of Him Who \"emptied Himself, taking the nature of a slave\" (Phil. 2:7). Therefore, he must be ready to stay at his vocation for an entire lifetime, and to renounce himself and all those whom he thus far considered as his own, and instead to \"make himself all things to all men\" (1 Cor. 9:22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Announcing the Gospel to all nations, he confidently makes known the mystery of Christ, whose ambassador he is, so that in him he dares to speak as he ought (cf. Eph. 6:19; Acts 4:31), not being ashamed of the scandal of the Cross. Following in his Master's footsteps, meek and humble of heart, he proves that His yoke is easy and His burden light (Matt. 11:29ff.) By a truly evangelical life,(4) in much patience, in long - suffering, in kindness, in unaffected love (cf. 2 Cor. 6:4ff.), he bears witness to his Lord, if need be to the shedding of his blood. He will ask of God the power and strength, that he may know that there is an overflowing of joy amid much testing of tribulation and deep poverty (2 Cor. 8:2). Let him be convinced that obedience is the hallmark of the servant of Christ, who redeemed the human race by His obedience."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The heralds of the Gospel lest they neglect the grace which is in them, should be renewed day by day in the spirit of their mind (cf. 1 Tim. 4:14; Eph. 4:23; 2 Cor. 4:16). Their Ordinaries and superiors should gather the missionaries together from time to time, that they be strengthened in the hope of their calling and may be renewed in the apostolic ministry, even in houses expressly set up for this purpose."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For such an exalted task, the future missionary is to be prepared by a special spiritual and moral training.(5) For he must have the spirit of initiative in beginning, as well as that of constancy in carrying through what he has begun; he must be persevering in difficulties, patient and strong of heart in bearing with solitude, fatigue, and fruitless labor. He will encounter men with an open mind and a wide heart; he will gladly take up the duties which are entrusted to him; he will with a noble spirit adapt himself to the people's foreign way of doing things and to changing circumstances; while in the spirit of harmony and mutual charity, he will cooperate with his brethren and all who dedicate themselves to the same task, so that together with the faithful, they will be one heart and one soul (cf. Acts 2:42; 4:32)(7) in imitation of the apostolic community."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These habits of mind should be earnestly exercised already in his time of training; they should be cultivated, and should be uplifted and nourished by the spiritual life. Imbued with a living faith and a hope that never fails, the missionary should be a man of prayer. Let him have an ardent spirit of power and of love and of prudence (cf. 2 Tim. 1:7). Let him learn to be self - sufficing in whatever circumstances (Phil. 4:11); always bearing about in himself the dying of Jesus, so that the life of Jesus may work in those to whom he is sent (2 Cor. 4:10ff.), out of zeal of souls, let him gladly spend all and be spent himself for souls (cf. 2 Cor. 12:15ff.), so that \"by the daily practice of his duty he may grow in the love of God and neighbor.\"(8) Thus obedient to the will of the Father together with Christ, he will continue His mission under the hierarchical authority of the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those who are sent to different nations in order to be good ministers of Christ, should he nourished with the \"words of faith and with good doctrine\" (1 Tim. 4:6), which they should draw principally from the Sacred Scriptures, studying the mystery of Christ, whose heralds and witnesses they will be."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, all missionaries - priests, Brothers, Sisters, and lay folk - each according to their own state, should be prepared and trained, lest they be found unequal to the demands of their future work.(9) From the very beginning, their doctrinal training should be so planned that it takes in both the universality of the Church and the diversity of the world's nations. This holds for all of their studies by which they are prepared for the exercise of the ministry, as also for the other studies which it would be useful for them to learn, that they may have a general knowledge of the peoples, cultures, and religions; not only a knowledge that looks to the past, but one that considers the present time. For anyone who is going to encounter another people should have a great esteem for their patrimony and their language and their customs. It is very necessary for the future missionary to devote himself to missiological studies: that is, to know the teachings and norms of the Church concerning missionary activity, to know along what roads the heralds of the Gospel have run in the course of the centuries, and also what is the present condition of the missions, and what methods are considered more effective at the present time.(8)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But even though this entire training program is imbued with pastoral solicitude, a special and organized apostolic training ought to be given, by means of both teaching and practical exercises.(9)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Brothers and Sisters, in great numbers, should be well instructed and prepared in the catechetical art, that they may collaborate still better in the apostolate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Even those who take part in missionary activity only for a time have to be given a training which is suited to their condition."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All these different kinds of formation should be completed in the lands to which they are sent, so that the missionaries may have a more thorough knowledge of the history, social structures, and customs of the people; that they may have an insight into their moral order and their religious precepts, and into the secret notions which, according to their sacred tradition, they have formed concerning God, the world and man.(10) Let the missionaries learn the languages to such a degree that they can use them in a fluent and polished manner, and so find more easy access to the minds and the hearts of men. (11) Furthermore, they should be properly introduced into special pastoral problems."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Some should be more thoroughly prepared in missiological institutes or in other faculties or universities, so that they may be able to discharge special duties more effectively(12) and be a help, by their learning, to other missionaries in carrying on the mission work, which especially in our time presents so many difficulties and opportunities. It is moreover highly desirable that the regional episcopal conferences should have available an abundance of such experts, and that they should make fruitful use of their knowledge and experience in the necessities of their office. Nor should there be wanting some who are perfectly skilled in the use of practical instruments and the means of social communication, the importance of which should be highly appreciated by all."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All these things, though necessary for everyone who is sent to the nations, can scarcely be attained to in reality by individual missionaries. Since even mission work itself, as experience teaches, cannot be accomplished by lone individuals, a common calling has gathered these individuals together into institutes, in which, with united efforts, they are properly trained and might carry out this work in the name of the Church and under the direction of the hierarchy. For many centuries, these institutes have borne the burden of the day and the heat, devoting themselves to missionary labor either entirely or in part. Often vast territories were committed to them by the Holy See for evangelization, and there they gathered together a new people for God, a local church clinging to their own shepherds. With their zeal and experience, they will serve, by fraternal cooperation either in the care of souls or in rendering special services for the common good, those churches which were founded at the cost of their sweat and even of their blood."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sometimes, throughout the entire extent of some region, they will take certain tasks upon themselves; e.g., the evangelization of groups of peoples who perhaps for special reasons have not yet accepted the Gospel message, or who have thus far resisted it.(13)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If need be, let them be on hand to help and train, out of their own experience, those who will devote themselves to missionary activity for a time."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For these reasons, and since there are still many nations to be led to Christ, the institutes remain extremely necessary."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PLANNING MISSIONARY ACTIVITY"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Christian faithful, having different gifts (cf. Rom. 12:6), according to each one's opportunity, ability, charisms and ministry (cf. 1 Cor. 3:10) must all cooperate in the Gospel. Hence all alike, those who sow and those who reap (cf. John 4:37), those who plant and those who irrigate, must be one (cf. 1 Cor. 3:8), so that \"in a free and orderly fashion cooperating toward the same end,\"(1) they may spend their forces harmoniously for the building up of the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wherefore, the labors of the Gospel heralds and the help given by the rest of the Christian faithful must be so directed and intertwined that \"all may be done in order\" (1 Cor. 14:40) in all fields of missionary activity and cooperation."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the charge of proclaiming the Gospel in the whole world falls primarily on the body of bishops,(2) the synod of bishops or that \"stable Council of bishops for the entire Church,\"(3) among the affairs of general concern,(4) should give special consideration to missionary activity, which is the greatest and holiest task of the Church.(5)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For all missions and for the whole of missionary activity there should be only one competent office, namely that of the \"Propagation of the Faith,\" which should direct and coordinate, throughout the world, both missionary work itself and missionary cooperation. However, the law of the Oriental Churches is to remain untouched.(6)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although the Holy Spirit in diverse manners arouses the mission spirit in the Church of God, and oft times anticipates the action of those whose task it is to rule the life of the Church, yet for its part, this office should promote missionary vocations and missionary spirituality, zeal and prayer for the missions, and should put out authentic and adequate reports about them. Let it raise up missionaries and distribute them according to the more urgent needs of various areas. Let it arrange for an orderly plan of action, issue directives and principles adapted to evangelization, and give the impetus. Let it take care of stimulating and coordinating an effective collection of funds, which are to be distributed according to reasons of necessity and usefulness, the extent of the territory in question, the number of believers and non - believers, of undertakings and institutes, of ministers and missionaries."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In coordination with the Secretariat for Promoting Christian Unity, let it search out ways and means for bringing about and directing fraternal cooperation as well as harmonious living with missionary undertaking of other Christian communities, that as far as possible the scandal of division may be removed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, this office must be both an instrument of administration and an organ of dynamic direction, which makes use of scientific methods and means suited to the conditions of modern times, always taking into consideration present - day research in matters of theology, of methodology and missionary pastoral procedure."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the direction of this office, an active role with a deliberative vote should be had by selected representatives of all those who cooperate in missionary work: that is, the bishops of the whole world (the episcopal conferences should be heard from in this regard), as well as the moderators of pontifical institutes and works, in ways and under conditions to be fixed by the Roman Pontiff. All these, being called together at stated times, will exercise supreme control of all mission work under the authority of the Supreme Pontiff. This office should have available a permanent group of expert consultors, of proven knowledge and experience, whose duty it will be, among other things to gather pertinent information about local conditions in various regions, and about the thinking of various groups of men) as well as about the means of evangelization to be used. They will then propose scientifically based conclusions for mission work and cooperation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Institutes of religious women, regional undertakings for the mission cause, and organizations of laymen (especially international ones) should be suitably represented."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that the proper goals and results may be obtained, all missionary workers should have but \"one heart and one soul\" (Acts 4:32) in the actual carrying out of mission work itself."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is the bishop's role, as the ruler and center of unity in the diocesan apostolate, to promote missionary activity, to direct it and to coordinate it but always in such a way that the zeal and spontaneity of those who share in the work may be preserved and fostered. All missionaries, even exempt Religious, are subject to his power in the various works which refer to the exercise of the sacred apostolate.(7) To improve coordination, let the bishop set up, insofar as possible, a pastoral council, in which clergy, Religious, and laity may have a part, through the medium of selected delegates. Moreover let them take care that apostolic activity be not limited to those only who have already been converted. A fair proportion of personnel and funds should be assigned to the evangelization of non - Christians."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopal conferences should take common counsel to deal with weightier questions and urgent problems, without however neglecting local differences.(8) Lest the already insufficient supply of men and means be further dissipated, or lest projects be multiplied without necessity, it is recommended that they pool their resources to found projects which will serve the good of all as for instance, seminaries; technical schools and schools of higher learning; pastoral, catechetical, and liturgical centers; as well as the means of social communication."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Such cooperation, when indicated, should also be initiated between several different episcopal conferences."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It would also be good to coordinate the activities which are being carried on by ecclesiastical institutes and associations. All these, of whatever kind, should defer to the local Ordinary in all that concerns missionary activity itself. Therefore, it will be very helpful to, draw up contracts to regulate relations between local Ordinaries and the moderator of the institute."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When a territory has been committed to a certain institute, both the ecclesiastical superior and the institute will be concerned to direct everything to this end, that the new Christian community may grow into a local church, which in due time will be governed by its own pastor with his clergy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When the commission of a certain territory expires, a new state of affairs begins. Then the episcopal conference and the institutes in joint deliberation should lay down norms governing the relations between local Ordinaries and the institutes.(9) It will be the role of Holy See to outline the general principles according to which regional and even particular contracts are to be drawn up."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although the institutes will be prepared to continue the work which they have begun, cooperating in the ordinary ministry of the care of souls, yet when the local clergy grows numerous, it will be provided that the institute, insofar as this is in agreement with its purpose, should remain faithful to the diocese, generously taking over special works or some area in it."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The institutes engaged in missionary activity in the same territory should find ways and means of coordinating their work. Therefore, it will be very useful to have conferences of Religious men and unions of Religious women, in which institutes of the same country or region should take part. These conferences should ask what things can be done by combined efforts, and they should be in close touch with the episcopal conferences."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All these things, with equal reason, should be extended to include the cooperation of missionary institutes in the home lands, so that questions and joint projects can be settled with less expense, as for instance the formation of future missionaries, as well as courses for missionaries, relations with public authorities and with international or supranational organizations."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the right and methodical exercise of missionary activity requires that those who labor for the Gospel should be scientifically prepared for their task, and especially for dialogue with non - Christian religions and cultures, and also that they should be effectively assisted in the carrying out of this task, it is desired that, for the sake of the missions, there should be fraternal and generous collaboration on the part of scientific institutes which specialize in missiology and in other arts and disciplines useful for the missions, such as ethnology and linguistics, the history and science of religions, sociology, pastoral skills and the like."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "COOPERATION"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the whole Church is missionary, and the work of evangelization is a basic duty of the People of God, this sacred synod invites all to a deep interior renewal; so that, having a vivid awareness of their own responsibility for spreading the Gospel, they may do their share in missionary work among the nations."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As members of the living Christ, incorporated into Him and made like unto Him through baptism and through confirmation and the Eucharist, all the faithful are duty - bound to cooperate in the expansion and spreading out of His Body, to bring it to fullness as soon as may be (Eph. 4:13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, all sons of the Church should have a lively awareness of their responsibility to the world; they should foster in themselves a truly catholic spirit; they should spend their forces in the work of evangelization. And yet, let everyone know that their first and most important obligation for the spread of the Faith is this: to lead a profoundly Christian life. For their fervor in the service of God and their charity toward others will cause a new spiritual wind to blow for the whole Church, which will then appear as a sign lifted up among the nations (cf. Is. 11:12), \"the light of the world\" (Matt. 5:14) and \"the salt of the earth\" (Matt. 5:13). This testimony of a good life will more easily have its effect if it is given in unison with other Christian communities, according to the norms of the Decree on Ecumenism, 12.(1) From this renewed spirit, prayer and works of penance will be spontaneously offered to God that He may fructify the missionaries' work with His grace; and then there will be missionary vocations, and the material subsidies which the missions need will be forthcoming."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But in order that each and every one of the Christian faithful may he fully acquainted with the present condition of the Church in the world, and may hear the voice of the multitudes who cry \"Help us!\" (cf. Acts 16:9), modern means of social communication should be used to furnish such mission information that the faithful may feel this mission work to be their very own, and may open their hearts to such vast and profound human needs, and may come to their assistance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is also necessary to coordinate the information, and to cooperate with national and international agencies."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But since the People of God lives in communities, especially in dioceses and parishes, and becomes somehow visible in them, it is also up to these to witness Christ before the nations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The grace of renewal cannot grow in communities unless each of these extends the range of its charity to the ends of the earth, and devotes the same care to those afar off as it does to those who are its own members."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus the whole community prays, works together, and exercises its activity among the nations through those of its sons whom God has chosen for this most excellent task."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It will be very useful, provided the universal scope of mission work is not thereby neglected, to keep in contact with missionaries who are from one's own community, or with some parish or diocese in the missions, so that the communion between the communities may be made visible, and serve for their mutual edification."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All bishops, as members of the body of bishops succeeding to the College of Apostles, are consecrated not just for some one diocese, but or the salvation of the entire world. The mandate of Christ to preach the Gospel to every creature (Mark 16:15) primarily and immediately concerns them, with Peter and under Peter. Whence there arises that communion and cooperation of churches which is so necessary today for carrying on the work of evangelization. In virtue of this communion, the individual churches bear the burden of care for them all, and make their necessities known to one another, and exchange mutual communications regarding their affairs, since the extension of the Body of Christ is the duty of the whole College of Bishops.(2)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In his own diocese, with which he constitutes one unit the bishop, stimulating, promoting and directing the work for the missions, makes the mission spirit and zeal of the People of God present and as it were visible, so that the whole diocese becomes missionary."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It will be the bishop's task to raise up from among his own people, especially the sick and those oppressed by hardship, some souls to offer prayers and penance to God with a wide - open heart for the evangelization of the world. The bishop will also gladly encourage youths and clerics who have vocations to mission institutes, accepting it with a grateful spirit if God should call some of them to be employed in the missionary activity of the Church. The bishop will exhort and help the diocesan congregations to play a role of their own in the missions; he will promote the works of mission institutes among his own faithful, but most especially the papal mission works. For it is only right to give these works pride of place, since they are the means of imbuing Catholics from their very infancy with a real universal and missionary outlook; and they are also the means of making an effective collection of funds to subsidize all missions, each according to its needs.(3)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But since the need for workers in the vineyard of the Lord is growing from day to day, and diocesan priests have expressed the wish to play an ever greater part in the evangelization of the world, this sacred synod desires that the bishops considering the very serious dearth of priests which is hindering the evangelization of many areas, should send some of their better priests, who offer themselves for mission work and have received a suitable preparation, to those dioceses which are lacking in clergy, where at least for a time they will exercise their missionary ministry in a spirit of service.(4)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But in order that the missionary activity of the bishops may be exercised more effectively for the good of the whole Church, it would be expedient for the episcopal conferences to take charge of those affairs which concern the orderly cooperation of their own region."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In their own conference, the bishops should deliberate about dedicating to the evangelization of the nations some priests from among the diocesan clergy; they should decide what definite offering each diocese should be obliged to set aside annually for the work of the missions, in proportion to its own budget;(5) they should consider how to direct and control the ways and means by which the missions receive direct help; they should deal with assisting and if need be, founding, missionary institutes and seminaries for diocesan mission clergy, and the promoting of closer relations between such institutes and the dioceses."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It also pertains to the episcopal conferences to found and promote works for the brotherly reception and due pastoral care of those who immigrate from mission lands for the sake of studying or finding work. For through them, far - away peoples are sometimes made near; and an excellent opportunity is offered to communities which have long been Christian to converse with nations which have not yet heard the Gospel, and to show them in their own dutiful love and aid, the genuine face of Christ.(6)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priests personally represent Christ, and are collaborators of the order of bishops in that threefold sacred task which by its very nature belongs to the mission of the Church.(7) Therefore, they should fully understand that their life is also consecrated to the service of the missions. Now because by means of their own ministry - which consists principally in the Eucharist which perfects the Church - they are in communion with Christ the Head and are leading others to this communion, they cannot help but feel how much is yet wanting to the fullness of that Body, and how much therefore must be done that it may grow from day to day. They shall therefore plan their pastoral care in such a way that it will serve to spread the Gospel among non - Christians."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In their pastoral activities, priests should stir up and preserve amid the faithful a zeal for the evangelization of the world, by instructing them in sermons and in Christian doctrine courses about the Church's task of announcing Christ to all nations; by enlightening Christian families about the necessity and the honor of fostering missionary vocations among their own sons and daughters, by promoting mission fervor in young people from the schools and Catholic associations so that among them there may arise future heralds of the Gospel. Let priests teach the faithful to pray for the missions, and let them not be ashamed to ask alms of them for this purpose, becoming like beggars for Christ and for the salvation of souls."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Professors in seminaries and universities will teach young people the true state of the world and of the Church, so that the necessity of a more intense evangelization of non - Christians will become clear to them and will nurture their zeal. In teaching the dogmatic, biblical, moral, and historical branches, they should focus attention on the missionary elements therein contained, so that in this way a missionary, awareness may be formed in future priests."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious institutes of the contemplative and of the active life have so far played, and still do play, the main role in the evangelization of the world. This sacred synod gladly acknowledges their merits and thanks God for all that they have expended for the glory of God and the service of souls while exhorting them to go on untiringly in the work which they have begun, since they know that the virtue of charity, which by reason of their vocation they are bound to practice with greater perfection, obliges and impels them to a truly catholic spirit and work.(9)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Institutes of the contemplative life, by their prayers, sufferings, and works of penance have a very great importance in the conversion of souls, because it is God who sends workers into His harvest when He is asked to do so (cf. Matt. 9:38) God who opens the minds of non - Christians to hear the Gospel (cf. Acts 16:14), and God who fructifies the word of salvation in their hearts (cf. 1 C,or. 3:7). In fact, these institutes are asked to found houses in mission areas, as not a few of them have already done, so that there, living out their lives in a way accommodated to the truly religious traditions of the people, they can bear excellent witness among non - Christians to the majesty and love of God, as well as to our union in Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Institutes of the active life, whether they pursue a strictly mission ideal or not, should ask themselves sincerely in the presence of God, whether they would not be able to extend their activity for the expansion of the Kingdom of God among the nations; whether they could possibly leave certain ministries to others so that they themselves could expend their forces for the missions, whether they could possibly undertake activity in the missions, adapting their constitutions if necessary, but according to the spirit of their founder; whether their members are involved as totally as possible in the mission effort; and whether their type of life is a witness to the Gospel accommodated to the character and condition of the people."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Now since, under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, secular institutes are daily increasing in the Church, their activity, under the authority of the bishop, could be fruitful in the missions in many ways as a sign of complete dedication to the evangelization of the world."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laymen cooperate in the Church's work of evangelization; as witnesses and at the same time as living instruments, they share in her saving mission;(10) especially if they have been called by God and have been accepted by the bishop for this work."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In those lands which are already Christian, laymen cooperate in the work of evangelization by nurturing in themselves and in others a knowledge and love of the missions; by stimulating vocations in their own family, in Catholic associations, and in the schools; by offering subsidies of every kind, that they may offer to others that gift of Faith which they have received gratis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But in mission lands, let laymen, whether foreigners or autochthonous, teach in schools, administer temporal goods cooperate in parish and diocesan activities, and organize and promote various forms of the lay apostolate, in order that the faithful of the young churches may be able to take part as soon as possible in the life of the Church.(11)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lastly, let laymen gladly offer socio - economic cooperation to peoples on the way of development. This cooperation is all the more to be praised, the more it concerns itself with founding institutes which touch on the basic structures of social life, or which are oriented to the training of those who bear the responsibility for the government."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Worthy of special praise are those laymen who, in universities or in scientific institutes, promote by their historical and scientific religious research the knowledge of peoples and of religions; thus helping the heralds of the Gospel, and preparing for the dialogue with non - Chistians."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They should cooperate in a brotherly spirit with other Christians, with non - Christians, and with members of international organizations, aways having before their eyes the fact that \"the building up of the earthly city should have its foundation in the Lord, and should be directed towards Him.\"(12)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To be equal to all these tasks, laymen need the necessary technical and spiritual preparation, which should be given in institutes destined for this; so that their lives may be a witness for Christ among non - Christians, according to the words of the Apostle: \"Do not be a stumbling - block to Jews and Greeks and to the Church of God, even as I myself in all things please all men, not seeking what is profitable to myself but to the many, that they may be saved.\" (1 Cor. 10:32-33)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSION"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The council Fathers together with the Roman Pontiff, feeling deeply their duty to spread everywhere the Kingdom of God, lovingly salute all heralds of the Gospel, and especially those who suffer persecution for the name of Christ, being made partakers of their sufferings.(13)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They are afire with that same love with which Christ burned toward men. But aware that it is God who brings it about that His Kingdom should come on earth, they pour forth their prayers together with all the Christian faithful, that through the intercession of the Virgin Mary, Queen of the Apostles, the nations may soon be led to the knowledge of the truth (1 Tim. 2:4) and the glory of God which shines on the face of Jesus Christ may shine upon all men through the Holy Spirit (2 Cor. 4:6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ENDNOTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PREFACE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dogmatic Constitution \"Lumen Gentium,\" 48."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "St. Augustine, \"Exposition on Psalm 44,\" 23 (PL 36, 508; CChr 38, 510)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPTER 1"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. St. Irenaeus, \"Against Heretics,\" III, 18, 1: \"The word existing in the presence of God, through whom all things were made, and who always is present to the human race...\" (PG 7 932)- id. IV, 6, 7: \"From the beginning even the Son, assisting at His own creation, reveals the Father to all to whom He wills, and when He wills, and insofar as the Father wills it.\" (ib. 990); cf. IV, 20, 6 and 7 (ib. 1037); Demonstration No. 34 (Eastern Fathers, XII, 773, \"Sources Chretiennes,\" 62, Paris, 1958, p. 87)Clement of Alexandria, \"Protrept.\" 112, 1 (GCS Clement I, 79), \"Strom.' VI, 6, 44, 1 (GCS Clement II, 453); 13, 106, 3 and 4 (ib. 485). For the doctrine itself, cf. Pius XII, radio messages, Dec. 31, 1952; Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Hebrews 1:2; John 1:3 and 10, 1 Cor. 8:6; Col. 1:16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. St. Athanasius, \"Letter to Epictetus,\" 7 (PG 26, 1060); St. Cyril of Jerusalem, \"Catech.\" 4, 9 (PG 33, 465); Marius Victorinus, \"Against Arius,\" 3, 3 (PL 8, 1101); St. Basil, Letter 26], 2 (PG 32, 969); St. Gregory Nazianzen, Letter 101 (PG 37, 181); St. Gregory of Nyssa, \"Antirrheticus, Against Apollin.,\" 17 (PG 45, 1156); St. Ambrose Letter 48, 5 (PL 16, 1153); St. Augustine, \"On John's Gospel\" tract XXIII, 6 (PL 35, 1585; CChr 36, 236); above all in this way it is evident that the Holy Spirit has not redeemed us, since He has not become flesh: \"On the Agony of Christ,\" 22, 24 (PL 40, 302); St. Cyril of Alexandria, \"Against Nestorian,\" I, 1 (PG 76, 20); St. Fulgentius, Letter 17, 3, 5 (PL 65, 454); \"Ad Trasimundum,\" III, 21 (PL 65, 284: on sorrow and fear)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is the Spirit who has spoken through the Prophets; Creed of Constantinople (Denzinger-Shoenmetzer, 150); St. Leo the Great, Sermon 76 (PL 54, 405-406). \"When on the day of Pentecost the Holy Spirit filled the disciples of the Lord, it was not so much the beginning of a gift as it was the completion of one already bountifully possessed: because the patriarchs, the prophets, the priests and all the holy men who preceded them were already quickened by the life of the same Spirit. . . although they did not possess his gifts to the same degree.\" Also Sermon 77, 1, (PL 54 412)- Leo XIII, encyclical, \"Divinum Illud\" (AAS 1897, 650-651). Also St. John Chrysostom, where he insists on the newness of the Holy Spirit's mission on Pentecost; \"On Eph.\" c. 4, Homily 10, 1 (PG 62, 75)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Holy Fathers often speak of Babel and Pentecost; Origen, \"On Genesis,\" c. 1 (PG 12, 112); St. Gregory Naz., Oration 41, 16 (PG 36, 449); St. John Chrysostom, Homily 2 on Pentecost, 2 (PG 50, 467); \"On the Acts of the Apostles\" (PG, 44); St. Augustine, \"Narration on Psalm 54,\" 11 (PL 36, 636; CChr 39, 664 ff.); Sermon 271 (PL 38, 1245); St. Cyril of Alexandria, Glaphyra on Genesis II (PG 69, 79); St. Gregory the Great, \"Homily on the Gospels,\" Book 2, Homily 30, 4 (PL 76, 1222); St. Bede, \"On Hexaeum,\" Book 3 (PL 91, 125). See above all the images in St. Mark's basilica in Venice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church speaks all languages, and thus gathers all in the catholicity of the faith: St. Augustine, Sermons 267, 268, 269 (PL 38, 1225,1237)- Sermon 175, 3 (PL 38 946); St. John Chrysostom, \"On the First Epistle to the Corinthians,\" Homily 35 (PG 61, 296); St. Cyril of Alexandria, fragment on the Acts (PG 74, 758); St. Fulgentius, Sermon 8, 2-3 (PL 65, 743-744)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concerning Pentecost as the consecration of the Apostles to their mission, cf. J.A. Cramer, \"Catena on the Acts of the Apostles,\" Oxford, 1838, p. 24 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Luke 3:22; 4:1; Acts 10:38."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John c. 14-17; Paul VI, allocution during the council, Sept. 14, 1964 (AAS 1964, 807)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic constitution \"Lumen Gentium,\" 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "St. Augustine, Sermo 267, 4 (PL 38, 1231): \"The Holy Spirit does in the whole Church what the soul does in all the members of one body.\" Cf. Const. Dogm. Lumen Gentium, 7 (together with note 8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Acts 10:44-47; 11:15; 15:8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Acts 4:8; 5:32; 8:26, 29, 39; 9:31; 10; 11:24-28; 13:2, 4, 9; 16:6-7; 20:22-23; 21:11; etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tertullian, \"Apologeticum,\" 50, 13 (PL 1, 534; CChr. 1, 171."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Already St. Thomas Aquinas speaks of the apostolic duty of \"planting\" the Church; cf. \"Sent.\" Book I, Dist. 16, q. 1, 2 ad 2 and ad 4 a. 3 sol., \"Summa Theol.\" 1.q.43, a. 7 ad 6, I, II q. 106 A. 4 AD 4. Cf. Benedict XV, \"Maximum Illud\" Nov. 30, 1919 (AAS 1919, 445 and 453); Pius XI, \"Rerum Ecclesiae,\" Feb. 28, 1926 (AAS 1926, 74); Pius XII, April 30, 1939, to the directors of the Pontifical Missionary Societies; id., June 24, 1944, to the directors of the Pontifical Missionary Societies (AAS 1944, 210, again in AAS 1950, 727, and 1951 508), id., June 29, 1948, to the native clergy (AAS 1948, 374); id., \"Evangelii Praecones,\" June 2, 1951 (AAS 1951, 507); id., \"Fidei Donum,\" Jan. 15, 1957 (AAS 1957, 236); John XXIII, \"Princeps Pastorum,\" Nov. 28, 1959 (AAS, 1959, 835), Paul VI, homily Oct. 18, 1964 (AAS 1964, 911)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Both the supreme pontiffs and the Fathers and scholastics have spoken of the expansion of the Church: St. Thomas Aquinas, commentary on Matt. 16:28; Leo XIII, encyclical \"Sancta Dei Civitas\" (AAS, 1880, 241); Benedict XV, encyclical, \"Maximum Illud\" (AAS 1919, 442); Pius XI, encyclical, \"Rerum Ecclesiae\" (AAS, 1926, 65)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In this notion of missionary activity, as is evident, according to the circumstances, even those parts of Latin America are included in which there is neither a hierarchy proper to the region, nor maturity of Christian life, nor sufficient preaching of the Gospel. Whether or not such territory de facto is recognized as missionary by the Holy See does not depend on this council. Therefore, regarding the connection between the notion of missionary activity and a certain territory, it is wise to say that this activity \"in the majority of cases\" is exercised in certain territories recognized by the Holy See."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Decree \"Unitates Redintegratio\" 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium\" 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John 7:18; 8:30 and 44; 8:50; 17:1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On this synthetic idea, see the teaching of St. Irenaeus de Recaptiulatione. Cf. also Hippolytus, De Antichristo, 3: \"Wishing all, and desiring to save all, wishing all the excellence of God's children and calling all the saints in one perfect man. . . \" (PG 10, 732; GCS Hippolyt I 2 p. 6); Benedictiones Iacob, 7 (T.U., 38-1 p. 18, 1 in 4 ss.), Origen, In Ioann. Tom. I, n. 16: \"Then there will be one action of knowing God on the part of all those who have attained to God, under the leadership of the Word who is with God, that thus all sons may be correctly instructed in the knowledge of the Father, as now only the Son knows the Father.\" (PG 14, 49, GCS Orig. IV 20)- St. Augustine, De Sermone Domini in monte, I 41; \"Let us love what can lead us to that kingdom where no one says, 'My Father,' but all say to the one God: 'Our Father'.\" (PL 34, 1250), St. Cyril Alex. In Joann. I: \"For we are all in Christ, and the common person of humanity comes back to life in him. That is why he is also called the New Adam.... For he dwelt among us, who by nature is the Son of God; and therefore in his Spirit we cry out: Abba, Father But the Word dwells in all, in one temple, namely that which he assumed for us and from us, that having us, ail in himself, he might say, as Paul says, reconcile all in one body to the Father\" (PG 73, 161-164)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Benedict XV, Maximum Illud (AAS 1919, 445): \"For as the Church of God is Catholic and is foreign to no people or nation...\" Cf. John XXIII, Mater et Magistra: \"By divine right the Church belongs to all nations . . . since she has as it were transfused her energy into the veins of a people, she neither is nor considers herself an institution imposed on that people from without.... And hence whatever seems to her good and noble that they confirm and perfect\" (namely those reborn in Christ) (AAS 1961, 444)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Iraeneus, \"Against Heretics\" III, 15, n. 3 (PG 7, 919): \"They were preachers of truth and apostles of liberty.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Antiphon O for Dec. 23."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Matt. 24:31, Didache, 10, 5 (Funk I, p. 32)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 17. St. Augustine 7, \"City of God,\" 1917 (PL 41, 646). Instr. S.C.P.F. (Collectanea I, n. 35, p. 42)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "According to Origen, the Gospel must be preached before the end of this world: Homily on Luke XXI (GCS, Origen IX, 136, 21 ff.); \"Comm. Ser. On Matthew\" 39 (XI 75, 25 ff; 76, 4 ff.); Homily on Jeremiah III, 2 (VIII 308, 29 ff.), St. Thomas \"Summa Theol.\" Ia, IIae q. 106, a.4, ad 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hilary Pict. \"On the Psalms\" 14 (PL 9, 301); Eusebius of Caesarea, \"On Isaiah\" 54, 2-3 (PG 24, 462-463), Cyril of Alexandria, \"On Isaiah V,\" chapter 54 1-3 (PG 70, 1193)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPTER II"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Allocution of Paul VI of Nov. 21, 1964 in council (AAS 1964, 1013)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Declaration on \"Religious Liberty\" 2, 4, 10; constitution, \"The Church in the Modern World.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Constitution, \"On Sacred Liturgy,\" 64-65."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concerning this liberation from demons and the powers of darkness, in the Gospel, cf. Matt. 12:28; John 8:44; 12:31 (Cf. I John 3:8; Eph. 2:1-2). In Liturgy of Baptism cf. Roman Ritual."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. St. Augustine, \"Tract on John\" 11, 4 (PL 35, 1476)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 10, 11, 34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10 Cf. Dogmatic constitution, \"On Divine Revelation,\" 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11 Cf. Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 12, 35."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Ib., 23, 3ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Ib., 11, 35, 41."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14 Cf. decree, \"On Oriental Churches\" 30."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15 Epistle to Diognetus, 5 (PG 2, 1173); Cf. Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 38."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 32; Decree \"On Lay Apostolate.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Decree \"On Priestly Training,\" 4, 8, 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Constitution, \"On Sacred Liturgy,\" 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Decree, \"On Priestly Training,\" 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, \"Princeps Pastorum\" (AAS 1959, 843-844)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21 Cf Decree, \"On Ecumenism,\" 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22 Cf John XXIII, \"Princeps Pastorum\" (AAS 1959, 842)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 29."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII\" Princeps Pastorum\" (AAS 1959, 855)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The reference is to expressions of this kind: \"catechistes a plein temps,n \"full time catechists.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 31, 44."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPTER III"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, \"Princeps Pastorum\" (AAS 1959, 838)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Decree, \"On Priestly Ministry and Life,\" 11; Decree, \"On Priestly Training,\" 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 25."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Decree, \"On Priestly Ministry and Life,\" 10, where in order to render particular pastoral labors easier for various social groups, provision is made for the establishment of personal prelacies, insofar as needs of the apostolate demand it."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Allocution of Paul VI at the canonization of the Uganda Martyrs (AAS 1964, 908)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPTER IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Institutes\" refer to orders, congregations, institutions and associations which work in the missions."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI, \"Rerum Ecclesiae\" (AAS 1926, 69-7); Pius XII, \"Saeculo Exeunte\" (AAS 1940, 256); \"Evangelii Praecones\" (AAS 1951, 506)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4 Cf Benedict XV, \"Maximum Illud\" (AAS 1919, 449-450)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5 Cf Benedict XV, \"Maximum Illud\" (AAS 1919, 448-449); Pius XII, \"Evangelii Praecones,\" (AAS 1951, 507). In the formation of priests to be missionaries consideration is to be given to those things established by statute in the decree \"On Priestly Training\" of the Second Vatican Council."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 41."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Benedict XV, \"Maximum Illud\" (AAS 1919 440); Pius XII, \"Evangelii Praecones\" (AAS 1951, 507)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Benedict XV, \"Maximum Illud\" (AAS 1919, 448); Decree S.C.P.F., May 20, 1923 (AAS 1923, 369-370); Pius XII \"Saeculo Exeunte\" (AAS 1940, 256), \"Evangelii Praecones\" (AAS 1951, 507)- John XXIII, \"Princeps Pastorum\" (AAS 1959, 843-844)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Decree \"On Priestly Training,\" 19-21; Apostolic constitution \"Sedes Sapientiae,\" with general statutes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pius XII, \"Evangelii Praecones\" (AAS 1951, 523-524)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Benedict XV, \"Maximum Illud\" (AAS 1919, 448); Pius XII, \"Evangelii Praecones\" (AAS 1951, 507)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XII, \"Fidei Donum\" (AAS 1957, 234)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. \"On Priestly Ministry and Life,\" 10, refers to dioceses and personal prelatures and the like."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPTER V"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 23."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Motu proprio, \"Apostolica Sollicitudo,\" Sept. 15, 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Paul VI, allocution Nov. 21, 1964, in council (AAS 1964)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Benedict XV, \"Maximum Illud\" (AAS 1019, 39-40)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If these missions for special reasons are made subject to other ecclesiastical jurisdictions for a time, it is fitting that this ecclesiastic jurisdiction establish relations with the Sacred Congregation for the Propagation of the Faith so that in ordering and directing all these missions, a regular and uniform pattern can be realized."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Decree, \"Pastoral Duties of Bishops in the Church,\" 35, 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Decree \"Pastoral Duties of Bishops in the Church,\" 36-38."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Decree \"Pastoral Duties of Bishops in the Church\" 35, 5-6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPTER VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Decree, \"On Ecumenism,\" 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 23-24."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Benedict XV, \"Maximum Illud\" (AAS 1919, 453-454); Pius XI, \"Rerum Ecclesiae\" (AAS 1926, 71-73); Pius XII, \"Evangelii Praecones\" (AAS 1951, 525-526); Id. \"Fidei Donum\" (AAS 1957, 241.)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XII, \"Fidei Donum\" (AAS 1957, 245-246)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Decree \"Pastoral Duties of Bishops,\" 6."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf . Pius XII, \"Fidei Donum\" (AAS 1957, 245) ."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI, \"Rerum Ecclesiae\" (AAS 1926, 72)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic constitution \"Lumen Gentium,\" 44."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Ibid. 33, 35."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XII, \"Evangelii Praecones\" (AAS 1951, 510, 514)John XXIII, \"Princeps Pastorum\" (AAS 1959, 851-852)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic constitution, \"Lumen Gentium,\" 46."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XII, \"Evangelii Praecones\" (AAS 1951, 527)John XXIII, \"Princeps Pastorum\" ( AAS 1959, 864 )."
            }
          ]
        },
        "es": {
          "code": "es",
          "label": "Español",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651207_ad-gentes_sp.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-190-vat-ii_decree_19651207_ad-gentes_sp.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO AD GENTES SOBRE LA ACTIVIDAD MISIONERA DE LA IGLESIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proemio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia, enviada por Dios a las gentes para ser \"el sacramento universal de la salvación\", obedeciendo el mandato de su Fundador (Cf. Mc, 16,15), por exigencias íntimas de su misma catolicidad, se esfuerza en anunciar el Evangelio a todos los hombres. Porque los Apóstoles mismos, en quienes está fundada la Iglesia, siguiendo las huellas de Cristo, \"predicaron la palabra de la verdad y engendraron las Iglesias\". Obligación de sus sucesores es dar perpetuidad a esta obra para que \"la palabra de Dios sea difundida y glorificada\" (2 Tes, 3,1), y se anuncie y establezca el reino de Dios en toda la tierra. Mas en el presente orden de cosas, del que surge una nueva condición de la humanidad, la Iglesia, sal de la tierra y luz del mundo (Cf. Mt, 5,13-14), se siente llamada con más urgencia a salvar y renovar a toda criatura para que todo se instaure en Cristo y todos los hombres constituyan en El una única familia y un solo Pueblo de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo cual este Santo Concilio, mientras da gracias a Dios por las obras realizadas por el generoso esfuerzo de toda la Iglesia, desea delinear los principios de la actividad misional y reunir las fuerzas de todos los fieles para que el Pueblo de Dios, caminando por la estrecha senda de la cruz, difunda por todas partes el reino de Cristo, Señor que preside de los siglos (Cf. Eccli., 36,19), y prepara los caminos a su venida."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRINCIPIOS DOCTRINALES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Designio del Padre"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia peregrinante es misionera por su naturaleza, puesto que toma su origen de la misión del Hijo y del Espíritu Santo, según el designio de Dios Padre. pero este designio dimana del \"amor fontal\" o de la caridad de Dios Padre, que, siendo Principio sin principio, engendra al Hijo, y a través del Hijo procede el Espíritu Santo, por su excesiva y misericordiosa benignidad, creándonos libremente y llamándonos además sin interés alguno a participar con El en la vida y en la gloria, difundió con liberalidad la bondad divina y no cesa de difundirla, de forma que el que es Creador del universo, se haga por fin \"todo en todas las cosas\" (1 Cor, 15,28), procurando a un tiempo su gloria y nuestra felicidad. Pero plugo a Dios llamar a los hombres a la participación de su vida no sólo en particular, excluido cualquier género de conexión mutua, sino constituirlos en pueblo, en el que sus hijos que estaban dispersos se congreguen en unidad (Cf. Jn, 11,52)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Misión del Hijo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este designio universal de Dios en pro de la salvación del género humano no se realiza solamente de un modo secreto en la mente de los hombres, o por los esfuerzos, incluso de tipo religioso, con los que los hombres buscan de muchas maneras a Dios, para ver si a tientas le pueden encontrar; aunque no está lejos de cada uno de nosotros (Cf. Act., 17,27), porque estos esfuerzos necesitan ser iluminados y sanados, aunque, por benigna determinación del Dios providente, pueden tenerse alguna vez como pedagogía hacia el Dios verdadero o como preparación evangélica. Dios, para establecer la paz o comunión con El y armonizar la sociedad fraterna entre los hombres, pecadores, decretó entrar en la historia de la humanidad de un modo nuevo y definitivo enviando a su Hijo en nuestra carne para arrancar por su medio a los hombres del poder de las tinieblas y de Satanás (Cf. Col., 1,13; Act., 10,38), y en El reconciliar consigo al mundo (Cf. 2 Cor., 5,19). A El, por quien hizo el mundo, lo constituyó heredero de todo a fin de instaurarlo todo en El (Cf. Ef., 1,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo Jesús fue enviado al mundo como verdadero mediador entre Dios y los hombres. Por ser Dios habita en El corporalmente toda la plenitud de la divinidad (Cf. Col., 2,9); según la naturaleza humana, nuevo Adán, lleno de gracia y de verdad (Cf. Jn., 1,14), es constituido cabeza de la humanidad renovada. Así, pues, el Hijo de Dios siguió los caminos de la Encarnación verdadera: para hacer a los hombres partícipes de la naturaleza divina; se hizo pobre por nosotros, siendo rico, para que nosotros fuésemos ricos por su pobreza (2 Cor., 8,9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Hijo del Hombre no vino a ser servido, sino a servir y a dar su vida para redención de muchos, es decir, de todos (Cf. Mc., 10,45). Los Santos Padres proclaman constantemente que no está sanado lo que no ha sido asumido por Cristo. Pero tomó la naturaleza humana íntegra, cual se encuentra en nosotros miserables y pobres, a excepción del pecado (Cf. Heb., 4,15); 9,28). De sí mismo afirmó Cristo, a quien el Padre santificó y envió al mundo (Cf. Jn., 10,36): \"El Espíritu del Señor está sobre mí, porque me ungió, y me envió a evangelizar a los pobres, a sanar a los contritos de corazón, a predicar a los cautivos la libertad y a los ciegos la recuperación de la vista\" (Lc., 4,18), y de nuevo: \"El Hijo del Hombre ha venido a buscar y a salvar lo que estaba perdido\" (Lc., 19,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas lo que el Señor ha predicado una vez o lo que en El se ha obrado para la salvación del género humano hay que proclamarlo y difundirlo hasta los confines de la tierra (Cf. Act., 1,8), comenzando por Jerusalén (Cf. Lc., 24,47), de suerte que lo que ha efectuado una vez para la salvación de todos consiga su efecto en la sucesión de los tiempos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Misión del Espíritu Santo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Y para conseguir esto envió Cristo al Espíritu Santo de parte del Padre, para que realizara interiormente su obra salvífica e impulsara a la Iglesia hacia su propia dilatación. Sin duda, el Espíritu Santo obraba ya en el mundo antes de la glorificación de Cristo. Sin embargo, descendió sobre los discípulos en el día de Pentecostés, para permanecer con ellos eternamente (Cf. Jn., 14,16), la Iglesia se manifestó públicamente delante de la multitud, empezó la difusión del Evangelio entre las gentes por la predicación, y por fin quedó prefigurada la unión de los pueblos en la catolicidad de la fe por la Iglesia de la Nueva Alianza, que en todas las lenguas se expresa, las entiende y abraza en la caridad y supera de esta forma la dispersión de Babel. Fue en Pentecostés cuando empezaron \"los hechos de los Apóstoles\", como había sido concebido Cristo al venir al Espíritu Santo sobre la Virgen María, y Cristo había sido impulsado a la obra de su ministerio, bajando el mismo Espíritu Santo sobre Él mientras oraba."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas el mismo Señor Jesús, antes de entregar libremente suvida por el mundo, ordenó de tal suerte el ministerio apostólico y prometió el Espíritu Santo que había de enviar, que ambos quedaron asociados en la realización de la obra de la salud en todas partes y para siempre. El Espíritu Santo \"unifica en la comunión y en el servicio y provee de diversos dones jerárquicos y carismáticos\", a toda la Iglesia a través de los tiempos, vivificando las instituciones eclesiásticas como alma de ellas e infundiendo en los corazones de los fieles el mismo impulso de misión del que había sido llevado el mismo Cristo. Alguna vez también se anticipa visiblemente a la acción apostólica, lo mismo que la acompaña y dirige incesantemente de varios modos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia, enviada por Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Señor Jesús, ya desde el principio \"llamó a sí a los que El quiso, y designó a doce para que lo acompañaran y para enviarlos a predicar\" (Mc., 3,13; Cf. Mt., 10,1-42). De esta forma los Apóstoles fueron los gérmenes del nuevo Israel y al mismo tiempo origen de la sagrada Jerarquía. Después el Señor, una vez que hubo completado en sí mismo con su muerte y resurrección los misterios de nuestra salvación y de la renovación de todas las cosas, recibió todo poder en el cielo y en la tierra (Cf. Mt., 28,18), antes de subir al cielo (Cf. Act., 1,4-8), fundó su Iglesia como sacramento de salvación, y envió a los Apóstoles a todo el mundo, como El había sido enviado por el Padre (Cf. Jn., 20,21), ordenándoles: \"Id, pues, enseñad a todas las gentes, bautizándolas en el nombre del Padre y del Hijo y del Espíritu Santo: enseñándoles a observar todo cuanto yo os he mandado\" (Mt., 28,19s)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Id por todo el mundo y predicad el Evangelio a toda criatura. El que creyere y fuere bautizado se salvará, mas el que no creyere se condenará\" (Mc., 16,15-16). Por ello incumbe a la Iglesia el deber de propagar la fe y la salvación de Cristo, tanto en virtud del mandato expreso, que de los Apóstoles heredó el orden de los Obispos con la cooperación de los presbíteros, juntamente con el sucesor de Pedro, Sumo Pastor de la Iglesia, como en virtud de la vida que Cristo infundió en sus miembros \"de quien todo el cuerpo, coordinado y unido por los ligamentos en virtud del apoyo, según la actividad propia de cada miembro y obra el crecimiento del cuerpo en orden a su edificación en el amor\" (Ef., 4,16). La misión, pues, de la Iglesia se realiza mediante la actividad por la cual, obediente al mandato de Cristo y movida por la caridad del Espíritu Santo, se hace plena y actualmente presente a todos los hombres y pueblos para conducirlos a la fe, la libertad y a la paz de Cristo por el ejemplo de la vida y de la predicación, por los sacramentos y demás medios de la gracia, de forma que se les descubra el camino libre y seguro para la plena participación del misterio de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siendo así que esta misión continúa y desarrolla a lolargo de la historia la misión del mismo Cristo, que fue enviado a evangelizar a los pobres, la Iglesia debe caminar, por moción del Espíritu Santo, por el mismo camino que Cristo siguió, es decir, por el camino de la pobreza, de la obediencia, del servicio, y de la inmolación de sí mismo hasta la muerte, de la que salió victorioso por su resurrección. pues así caminaron en la esperanza todos los Apóstoles, que con muchas tribulaciones y sufrimientos completaron lo que falta a la pasión de Cristo en provecho de su Cuerpo, que es la Iglesia. Semilla fue también, muchas veces, la sangre de los cristianos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Actividad misionera"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este deber que tiene que cumplir el Orden de los Obispos, presidio por el sucesor de Pedro, con la oración y cooperación de toda la Iglesia, es único e idéntico en todas partes y en todas las condiciones, aunque no se realice del mismo modo según las circunstancias. Por consiguiente, las diferencias que hay que reconocer en esta actividad de la Iglesia no proceden de la naturaleza misma de la misión, sino de las circunstancias en que esta misión se ejerce."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estas condiciones dependen, a veces, de la Iglesia, y a veces también, de los pueblos, de los grupos o de los hombres a los que la misión se dirige. Pues, aunque la Iglesia contenga en sí la totalidad o la plenitud de los medios de salvación, ni siempre ni en un momento obra ni puede obrar con todos sus recursos, sino que, partiendo de modestos comienzos, avanza gradualmente en su esforzada actividad por realizar el designio de Dios; más aún, en ocasiones, después de haber incoado felizmente el avance, se ve obligada a deplorar de nuevo un regreso, o a lo menos se detiene en un estado de semiplenitud y de insuficiencia. pero en cuanto se refiere a los hombres, a los grupos y a los pueblos, tan sólo gradualmente, establece contacto y se adentra en ellos, y de esta forma los trae a la plenitud católica. Pero a cualquier condición o situación deben corresponder acciones propias y medios adecuados. Las empresas peculiares con que los heraldos del Evangelio, enviados por la Iglesia, yendo a todo el mundo, realizan el encargo de predicar el Evangelio y de implantar la Iglesia misma entre los pueblos o grupos que todavía no creen en Cristo, comúnmente se llaman \"misiones\", que se llevan a cabo por la actividad misional, y se desarrollan, de ordinario, en ciertos territorios reconocidos por la Santa Sede."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El fin propio de esta actividad misional es la evangelización e implantación de la Iglesia en los pueblos o grupos en que todavía no ha arraigado. De suerte que de lasemilla de la palabra de Dios crezcan las Iglesias autóctonas particulares en todo el mundo suficientemente organizadas y dotadas de energías propias y de madurez, las cuales, provistas convenientemente de su propia Jerarquía unida al pueblo fiel y de medios connaturales al plano desarrollo de la vida cristiana, aportes su cooperación al bien de toda la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El medio principal de esta implantación es la predicación del Evangelio de Jesucristo, para cuyo anuncio envió el Señor a sus discípulos a todo el mundo, para que los hombres regenerados se agreguen por el Bautismo a la Iglesia que como Cuerpo del Verbo Encarnado se nutre y vive de la palabra de Dios y del pan eucarístico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es esta actividad misional de la Iglesia se entrecruzan, a veces, diversas condiciones: en primer lugar de comienzo y de plantación, y luego de novedad o de juventud. La acción misional de la Iglesia no cesa después de llenar esas etapas, sino que, constituidas ya las Iglesias particulares, pesa sobre ellas el deber de continuar y de predicar el Evangelio a cuantos permanecen fuera."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Además, los grupos en que vive la Iglesia cambian completamente con frecuencia por varias causas, de forma que pueden originarse condiciones enteramente nuevas. Entonces la Iglesia tiene que ponderar si estas condiciones exigen de nuevo su actividad misional. Además en ocasiones, se dan tales circunstancias que no permiten, por algún tiempo, proponer directa e inmediatamente el mensaje del Evangelio; entonces las misiones pueden y deben dar testimonio al menos de la caridad y bondad de Cristo con paciencia, prudencia y mucha confianza, preparando así los caminos del Señor y hacerlo presente de algún modo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Así es manifiesto que la actividad misional fluye íntimamente de la naturaleza misma de la Iglesia, cuya fe salvífica propaga, cuya unidad católica realiza dilatándola, sobre cuya apostolicidad se sostiene, cuyo afecto colegial de Jerarquía ejercita, cuya santidad testifica, difunde y promueve."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por ello la actividad misional entre las gentes se diferencia tanto de la actividad pastoral que hay que desarrollar con los fieles, cuanto de los medios que hay que usar para conseguir la unidad de los cristianos. Ambas actividades, sin embargo, están muy estrechamente relacionadas con la acción misional de la Iglesia. Pero la división de los cristianos perjudica a la santa causa de la predicación del Evangelio a toda criatura, y cierra a muchos la puerta de la fe. Por lo cual la causa de la actividad misional y la del restablecimiento de la unidad de los cristianos están estrechamente unidas: la necesidad de la misión exige a todos los bautizados reunirse en una sola grey, para poder dar, de esta forma, testimonio unánime de Cristo, su Señor, delante de todas las gentes. pero si todavía no pudieron dar plenamente testimonio de una sola fe, es necesario, por lo menos, que se vean animados de mutuo aprecio y caridad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Causas y necesidad de la actividad misionera"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La razón de esta actividad misional se basa en la voluntad de Dios, que \"quiere que todos los hombres sean salvos y vengas al conocimiento de la verdad. porque uno es Dios, uno también el mediador entre Dios y los hombres, el Hombre Cristo Jesús, que se entregó a sí mismo para redención de todos\", \"y en ningún otro hay salvación\". Es, pues, necesario que todos se conviertan a El, una vez conocido por la predicación del Evangelio, y a El y a la Iglesia, que es su Cuerpo, se incorporen por el bautismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porque Cristo mismo, \"inculcando expresamente por su palabra la necesidad de la fe y del bautismo, confirmó, al mismo tiempo, la necesidad de la Iglesia, en la que entran los hombres por la puerta del bautismo. Por lo cual no podrían salvarse aquellos que, no ignorando que Dios fundó, por medio de Jesucristo, la Iglesia Católica como necesaria, con todo no hayan querido entrar o perseverar en ella\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pues aunque el Señor puede conducir por caminos que El sabe a los hombres, que ignoran el Evangelio inculpablemente, a la fe, sin la cual es imposible agradarle, la Iglesia tiene el deber, a la par que el derecho sagrado de evangelizar, y, por tanto, la actividad misional conserva íntegra, hoy como siempre, su eficacia y su necesidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por ella el Cuerpo místico de Cristo reúne y ordena indefectiblemente sus energías para su propio crecimiento. Los miembros de la Iglesia son impulsados para su consecución por la caridad con que aman a Dios, y con la que desean comunicar con todos los hombres en los bienes espirituales propios, tanto de la vida presente como de la venidera."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Y por fin, por esta actividad misional se glorifica a Dios plenamente, al recibir los hombres, deliberada y cumplidamente, su obra de salvación, que completó en Cristo. Así se realiza por ella el designio de Dios, al que sirvió Cristo con obediencia y amor para gloria del Padre que lo envió, para que todo el género humano forme un solo Pueblo de Dios, se constituya en Cuerpo de Cristo, se estructure en un templo del Espíritu Santo; lo cual, como expresión de la concordia fraterna, responde, ciertamente, al anhelo íntimo de todos los hombres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Y así por fin, se cumple verdaderamente el designio del Creador, al hacer al hombre a su imagen y semejanza, cuando todos los que participan de la naturaleza humana, regenerados en Cristo por el Espíritu Santo, contemplando unánimes la gloria de Dios, puedan decir: \"Padre nuestro\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Actividad misionera en la vida y en la historia humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La actividad misional tiene también una conexión íntima con la misma naturaleza humana y sus aspiraciones. Porque manifestando a Cristo, la Iglesia descubre a los hombres la verdad genuina de su condición y de su vocación total, porque Cristo es el principio y el modelo de esta humanidad renovada, llena de amor fraterno, de sinceridad y de espíritu pacífico, a la que todos aspiran. Cristo y la Iglesia, que da testimonio de El por la predicación evangélica, trascienden toda particularidad de raza y de nación, y por tanto nadie y en ninguna parte puede ser tenido como extraño."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El mismo Cristo es la verdad y el camino manifiesto a todos por la predicción evangélica, cuando hace resonar en todos los oídos estas palabras del mismo Cristo: \"Haced penitencia y creed en el Evangelio\". Y como el que no cree ya está juzgado, las palabras de Cristo son, a un tiempo, palabras de condenación y de gracia, de muerte y de vida. Pues sólo podemos acercarnos a la novedad de la vida exterminando todo lo antiguo: cosa que en primer lugar se aplica a las personas, pero también puede decirse de los diversos bienes de este mundo, marcados a un tiempo con el pecado del hombre y con la bendición de Dios: \"Pues todos pecaron y todos están privados de la gloria de Dios\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nadie por sí y sus propias fuerzas se libra del pecado, ni se eleva sobre sí mismo; nadie se ve enteramente libre de su debilidad, de su soledad y de su servidumbre, sino que todos tienen necesidad de Cristo modelo, maestro, liberador, salvador y vivificador. En realidad, el Evangelio fue el fermento de la libertad y del progreso en la historia humana, incluso temporal, y se presenta constantemente como germen de fraternidad, de unidad y de paz. No carece, pues, de motivo el que los fieles celebren a Cristo como esperanza de las gentes y salvador de ellas\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Carácter escatológico de la actividad misionera"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El tiempo de la actividad misional discurre entre la primer ay la segunda venida del Señor, en que la Iglesia, como la mies, será recogida de los cuatro vientos en el Reino de Dios. Es, pues, necesario predicar el Evangelio a todas las gentes antes que venga el Señor (Cf. Mc., 13,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La actividad misional es nada más y nada menos que la manifestación o epifanía del designio de Dios y su cumplimiento en el mundo y en su historia, en la que Diosrealiza abiertamente, por la misión, la historia de la salud. Por la palabra de la predicación y por la celebración de los sacramentos, cuyo centro y cumbre es la Sagrada Eucaristía, la actividad misionera hace presente a Cristo autor de la salvación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Libera de contactos malignos todo cuanto de verdad y de gracia se hallaba entre las gentes como presencia velada de Dios y lo restituye a su Autor, Cristo, que derroca el imperio del diablo y aparta la multiforme malicia de los pecadores. Así, pues, todo lo bueno que se halla sembrado en el corazón y en la mente de los hombres, en los propios ritos y en las culturas de los pueblos, no solamente no perece, sino que es purificado, elevado y consumado para gloria de Dios, confusión del demonio y felicidad del hombre. Así la actividad misional tiende a la plenitud escatológica: pues por ella se dilata el Pueblo de Dios, hasta la medida y el tiempo que el Padre ha fijado en virtud de su poder, pueblo al que se ha dicho proféticamente: \"Amplía el lugar de tu tiempo y extiende las pieles que te cubren. ¡No temas!\", se aumenta el Cuerpo místico hasta la medida de la plenitud de Cristo, y el tiempo espiritual en que se adora a Dios en espíritu y en verdad, se amplía y se edifica sobre el fundamento de los Apóstoles y de los profetas siendo piedra angular el mismo Cristo Jesús (Cf. Ef., 2,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA OBRA MISIONERA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introducción"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia, enviada por Cristo para manifestar y comunicar la caridad de Dios a todos los hombres y pueblos, sabe que le queda por hacer todavía una obra misionera ingente. Pues los dos mil millones de hombre, cuyo número aumenta sin cesar, que se reúnen en grandes y determinados grupos con lazos estables de vida cultural, con las antiguas tradiciones religiosas, con los fuertes vínculos de las relaciones sociales, todavía nada o muy poco oyeron del Evangelio; de ellos unos siguen alguna de las grandes religiones, otras permanecen ajenos al conocimiento del mismo Dios, otros niegan expresamente su existencia e incluso a veces lo persiguen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia, para poder ofrecer a todos el misterio de la salvación y la vida traída por Dios, debe insertarse en todos estos grupos con el mismo afecto con que Cristo se unió por su encarnación a determinadas condiciones sociales y culturalesde los hombres con quienes convivió."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ART. 1. EL TESTIMONIO CRISTIANO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Testimonio y diálogo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es necesario que la Iglesia esté presente en estos grupos humanos por medio de sus hijos, que viven entre ellos o que a ellos son enviados. Porque todos los fieles cristianos, dondequiera que vivan, están obligados a manifestar con el ejemplo de su vida y el testimonio de la palabra el nombre nuevo de que se revistieron por el bautismo, y la virtud del Espíritu Santo, por quien han sido fortalecidos con la confirmación, de tal forma que, todos los demás, al contemplar sus buenas obras, glorifiquen al Padre y perciban, cabalmente, el sentido auténtico de la vid y el vínculo universal de la unión de los hombres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que los mismos fieles puedan dar fructuosamente este testimonio de Cristo, reúnanse con aquellos hombres por el aprecio y la caridad, reconózcanse como miembros del grupo humano en que viven, y tomen parte en la vida cultural y social por las diversas relaciones y negocios de la vida humana; estén familiarizados con sus tradiciones nacionales y religiosas, descubran con gozo y respeto las semillas de la Palabra que en ellas laten; pero atiendan, al propio tiempo, a la profunda transformación que se realiza entre las gentes y trabajen para que los hombres de nuestro tiempo, demasiado entregados a la ciencia y a la tecnología del mundo moderno, no se alejen de las cosas divinas, más todavía, para que despierten a un deseo más vehemente de la verdad y de la caridad revelada por Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como el mismo Cristo escudriñó el corazón de los hombres y los ha conducido con un coloquio verdaderamente humano a la luz divina, así sus discípulos, inundados profundamente por el espíritu de Cristo, deben conocer a los hombres entre los que viven, y tratar con ellos, para advertir en diálogo sincero y paciente las riquezas que Dios generoso ha distribuido a las gentes; y, al mismo tiempo, esfuércense en examinar sus riquezas con la luz evangélica, liberarlas y reducirlas al dominio de Dios Salvador."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presencia de la caridad"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La presencia de los fieles cristianos en los grupos humanos ha de estar animada por la caridad con que Dios nos amó, que quiere que también nosotros nos amemos unos a otros. En efecto, la caridad cristiana se extiende a todos sin distinción de raza, condición social o religión; no espera lucro o agradecimiento alguno; pues como Dios nos amó con amor gratuito, así los fieles han de vivir preocupados por el hombre mismo, amándolo con el mismo sentimiento con que Dios lo buscó. Pues como Cristo recorría las ciudades y las aldeas curando todos los males y enfermedades, en prueba de la llegada del Reino de Dios, así la Iglesia se une, por medio de sus hijos, a los hombres de cualquier condición, pero especialmente con los pobres y los afligidos, ya ellos se consagra gozosa. Participa en sus gozos y en sus dolores, conoce los anhelos y los enigmas de la vida, y sufre con ellos en las angustias de la muerte. A los que buscan la paz desea responderles en diálogo fraterno ofreciéndoles la paz y la luz que brotan del Evangelio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Trabajen los cristianos y colaboren con los demás hombres en la recta ordenación de los asuntos económicos y sociales. Entréguense con especial cuidado a la educación de los niños y de los adolescentes por medio de las escuelas de todo género, que hay que considerar no sólo como medio excelente para formar y atender a la juventud cristiana, sino como servicio de gran valor a los hombres, sobre todo de las naciones en vías de desarrollo, para elevar la dignidad humana y para preparar unas condiciones de vida más favorables. Tomen parte, además, los fieles cristianos en los esfuerzos de aquellos pueblos que, luchando con el hambre, la ignorancia y las enfermedades, se esfuerzan en conseguir mejores condiciones de vida y en afirmar la paz en el mundo. Gusten los fieles de cooperar prudentemente a este respecto con los trabajos emprendidos por instituciones privadas y públicas, por los gobiernos, por los organismos internacionales, por diversas comunidades cristianas y por las religiones no cristianas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia, con todo, no pretende mezclarse de ninguna forma en el régimen de la comunidad terrena. No reivindica para sí otra autoridad que la de servir, con el favor de Dios, a los hombres con amor y fidelidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los discípulos de Cristo, unidos íntimamente en su vida y en su trabajo con los hombres, esperan poder ofrecerles el verdadero testimonio de Cristo, y trabajar por su salvación, incluso donde no pueden anunciar a Cristo plenamente. Porque no buscan el progreso y la prosperidad meramente material de los hombres, sino que promueven su dignidad y unión fraterna, enseñando las verdades religiosas y morales, que Cristo esclareció con su luz, y con ello preparan gradualmente un acceso más amplio hacia Dios. Con esto se ayuda a los hombres en la consecución de la salvación por el amor a Dios y al prójimo y empieza a esclarecerse el misterio de Cristo, en quien apareció el hombre nuevo, creado según Dios (Cf. Ef.,4,24), y en quien se revela el amor divino."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ART. 2. PREDICACIÓN DEL EVANGELIO Y REUNIÓN DEL PUEBLO DE DIOS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Evangelización y conversión"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dondequiera que Dios abre la puerta de la palabra para anunciar el misterio de Cristo a todos los hombres, confiada y constantemente hay que anunciar al Dios vivo y a Jesucristo enviado por El para salvar a todos, a fin de que los no cristianos abriéndoles el corazón el Espíritu Santo, creyendo se conviertan libremente al Señor y se unan a El con sinceridad, quien por ser \"camino, verdad y vida\" satisface todas sus exigencias espirituales, más aún, las colma hasta el infinito."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta conversión hay que considerarla ciertamente inicial, pero suficiente para que el hombre perciba que, arrancado del pecado, entra en el misterio del amor de Dios, que lo llama a iniciar una comunicación personal consigo mismo en Cristo. Puesto que, por la gracia de Dios, el nuevo convertido emprende un camino espiritual por el que, participando ya por la fe del misterio de la Muerte y de la Resurrección, pasa del hombre viejo al nuevo hombre perfecto según Cristo. Trayendo consigo este tránsito un cambio progresivo de sentimientos y de costumbres, debe manifestarse con sus consecuencias sociales y desarrollarse poco a poco durante el catecumenado. Siendo el Señor, al que se confía, blanco de contradicción, el nuevo convertido sentirá con frecuencia rupturas y separaciones, pero también gozos que Dios concede sin medida. La Iglesia prohíbe severamente que a nadie se obligue, o se induzca o se atraiga por medios indiscretos a abrazar la fe, lo mismo que vindica enérgicamente el derecho a que nadie sea apartado de ella con vejaciones inicuas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Investíguense los motivos de la conversión, y si es necesario purifíquense, según la antiquísima costumbre de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Catecumenado e iniciación cristiana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los que han recibido de Dios, por medio de la Iglesia, la fe en Cristo, sean admitidos con ceremonias religiosas alcatecumenado; que no es una mera exposición de dogmas y preceptos, sino una formación y noviciado convenientemente prolongado de la vida cristiana, en que los discípulos se unen con Cristo su Maestro. Iníciense, pues, los catecúmenos convenientemente en el misterio de la salvación, en el ejercicio de las costumbres evangélicas y en los ritos sagrados que han de celebrarse en los tiempos sucesivos, introdúzcanse en la vida de fe, de la liturgia y de la caridad del Pueblo de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Libres luego de los Sacramentos de la iniciación cristiana del poder de las tinieblas, muertos, sepultados y resucitados con Cristo, reciben el Espíritu de hijos de adopción y asisten con todo el Pueblo de Dios al memorial de la muerte y de la resurrección del Señor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es de desear que la liturgia del tiempo cuaresmal y pascual se restaure de forma que prepare las almas de los catecúmenos para la celebración del misterio pascual en cuyas solemnidades se regeneran para Cristo por medio del bautismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero esta iniciación cristiana durante el catecumenado no deben procurarla solamente los catequistas y sacerdotes, sino toda la comunidad de los fieles, y en modo especial los padrinos, de suerte que sientan los catecúmenos, ya desde el principio, que pertenecen al Pueblo de Dios. Y como la vida de la Iglesia es apostólica, los catecúmenos han de aprender también a cooperar activamente en la evangelización y edificación de la Iglesia con el testimonio de la vida y la profesión de la fe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Expóngase por fin, claramente, en el nuevo Código, el estado jurídico de los catecúmenos. Porque ya están vinculados a la Iglesia, ya son de la casa de Cristo y, con frecuencia, ya viven una vida de fe, de esperanza y de caridad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ART. 3. FORMACIÓN DE LA COMUNIDAD CRISTIANA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Comunidad cristiana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Espíritu Santo, que llama a todos los hombres a Cristo, por la siembra de la palabra y proclamación del Evangelio, y suscita el homenaje de la fe en los corazones, cuando engendra para una nueva vida en el seno de la fuente bautismal a los que creen en Cristo, los congrega en el único Pueblo de Dios que es \"linaje escogido, sacerdocio real, nación santa, pueblo de adquisición\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los misioneros, por consiguiente, cooperadores de Dios, susciten tales comunidades de fieles que, viviendo conforme a la vocación a la que han sido llamados, ejerciten las funciones que Dios les ha confiado, sacerdotal, profética y real. De esta forma, la comunidad cristiana se hace signo de la presencia de Dios en el mundo; porque ella, por el sacrificio eucarístico, incesantemente pasa con Cristo al Padre, nutrida cuidadosamente con la palabra de Dios da testimonio de Cristo y, por fin, anda en la caridad y se inflama de espíritu apostólico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La comunidad cristiana ha de establecerse, desde el principio de tal forma que, en lo posible, sea capaz de satisfacer por sí misma sus propias necesidades."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta comunidad de fieles, dotada de las riquezas de la cultura de su nación, ha de arraigar profundamente en el pueblo; florezcan las familias henchidas de espíritu evangélico y ayúdeseles con escuelas convenientes; eríjanse asociaciones y grupos por los que el apostolado seglar llene toda la sociedad de espíritu evangélico. Brille, por fin, la caridad entre los católicos de los diversos ritos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cultívese el espíritu ecuménico entre los neófitos para que aprecien debidamente que los hermanos en la fe son discípulos de Cristo, regenerados por el bautismo, partícipes con ellos de los innumerables bienes del Pueblo de Dios. En cuanto lo permitan las condiciones religiosas, promuévase la acción ecuménica de forma que, excluido todo indiferentismo y confusionismo como emulación insensata, los católicos colaboren fraternalmente con los hermanos separados, según las normas del Decreto sobre el Ecumenismo, en la común profesión de la fe en Dios y en Jesucristo delante de las naciones -en cuanto sea posible- y en la cooperación en asuntos sociales y técnicos, culturales y religiosos colaboren, por la causa de Cristo, su común Señor: ¡que su nombre los junte! Esta colaboración hay que establecerla no sólo entre las personas privadas, sino también, a juicio del ordinario del lugar, entre las Iglesias o comunidades eclesiales y sus obras."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los fieles cristianos, congregados de entre todas las gentes en la Iglesia, \"no son distintos de los demás hombres ni por el régimen, ni por la lengua, ni por las instituciones políticas de la vida, por tanto, vivan para Dios y para Cristo según las costumbres honestas de su pueblo; cultiven como buenos ciudadanos verdadera y eficazmente el amor a la Patria, evitando enteramente el desprecio de las otras razas y el nacionalismo exagerado, y promoviendo el amor universal de los hombres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para conseguir todo esto son de grandísimo valor y dignos de especial atención los laicos, es decir, los fieles cristianos que, incorporados a Cristo por el bautismo, viven en medio del mundo. Es muy propio de ellos, imbuidos del Espíritu Santo, el convertirse en constante fermento para animar y ordenar los asuntos temporales según el Evangelio de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sin embargo, no basta que el pueblo cristiano esté presente y establecido en un pueblo, ni que desarrolle el apostolado del ejemplo; se establece y está presente para anunciar con su palabra y con su trabajo a Cristo a sus conciudadanos no cristianos y ayudarles a la recepción plena de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ahora bien, para la implantación de la Iglesia y el desarrollo de la comunidad cristiana son necesarios varios ministerios que todos deben favorecer y cultivas diligentemente, con la vocación de una suscitada de entre la misma congregación de los fieles, entre los que se cuentan las funciones de los sacerdotes, de los diáconos y de los catequistas y la Acción Católica. Prestan, asimismo, un servicio indispensable los religiosos y religiosas con su oración y trabajo diligente, para enraizar y asegurar en las almas el Reino de Cristo y ensancharlo más y más."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Constitución del clero local"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia da gracias, con mucha alegría, por la merced inestimable de la vocación sacerdotal que Dios ha concedido a tantos jóvenes de entre los pueblos convertidos recientemente a Cristo. Pues la Iglesia profundiza sus más firmes raíces en cada grupo humano, cuando las varias comunidades de fieles tienen de entre sus miembros los propios ministros de la salvación en el Orden de los Obispos, de los presbíteros y diáconos, que sirven a sus hermanos, de suerte que las nuevas Iglesias consigan, paso a paso con su clero la estructura diocesana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todo lo que ha establecido este Concilio sobre la vocación y formación sacerdotal, obsérvese cuidadosamente en donde la Iglesia se establece por primera vez y en las nuevas Iglesias. Hay que tener particularmente en cuenta lo que se dice sobre la necesidad de armonizar íntimamente la formación espiritual con la doctrinal y la pastoral, sobre la vida que hay que llevar según el modelo del Evangelio, sin consideración del provecho propio o familiar, sobre el cultivo del sentimiento íntimo del misterio de la Iglesia. Con ello aprenderán maravillosamente a entregarse por entero al servicio del Cuerpo de Cristo y a la obra del Evangelio, a unirse con su propio Obispo como fieles cooperadores y a colaborar con sus hermanos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para lograr este fin general hay que ordenar toda la formación de los alumnos a la luz del misterio de la salvación como se presenta en la Escritura. Descubran y vivan este misterio de Cristo y de la Salvación humana presente a la Liturgia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Armonícese, según las normas del Concilio, estasexigencias comunes de la formación sacerdotal, incluso pastoral y práctica, con el deseo de acomodarse al modo peculiar de pensar y de proceder del propio país. Abranse, pues, y avívense las mentes de los alumnos para que conozcan bien y puedan juzgar la cultura de su pueblo; conozcan claramente en las disciplinas filosóficas y teológicas las diferencias y semejanzas que hay entre las tradiciones, la religión patria y la religión cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Atienda también la formación sacerdotal a las necesidades pastorales de la región; aprendan los alumnos la historia, el fin y el método, de la acción misional de la Iglesia, y las especiales condiciones sociales, económicas y culturales de su pueblo. Edúquense en el espíritu del ecumenismo y prepárense convenientemente para el diálogo fraterno con los no cristianos. Todo esto exige que los estudios para el sacerdocio se hagan, en cuanto sea posible, en comunicación y convivencia con su propio pueblo. Cuídense también la formación en la buena administración eclesiástica e incluso económica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Elíjanse, además, sacerdotes idóneos que, después de alguna experiencia pastoral, realicen estudios superiores en las universidades incluso extranjeras, sobre todo de Roma, y otros Institutos científicos, para que las Iglesias jóvenes puedan contar con elementos del clero local dotados de ciencia y de experiencia convenientes para desempeñar cargos eclesiásticos de mayor responsabilidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Restáurese el Orden del Diaconado como estado permanente de vida según la norma de la Constitución \"De Ecclesia\", donde lo crean oportuno las Conferencias episcopales. Pues parece bien que aquellos hombres que desempeñan un ministerio verdaderamente diaconal, o que predican la palabra divina como catequistas, o que dirigen en nombre del párroco o del Obispo comunidades cristianas distantes, o que practican la caridad en obras sociales y caritativas sean fortalecidos y unidos más estrechamente al servicio del altar por la imposición de las manos, transmitida ya desde los Apóstoles, para que cumplan más eficazmente su ministerio por la gracia sacramental del diaconado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formación de los catequistas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Digna de alabanza es también esa legión tan benemérita de la obra de las misiones entre los gentiles, es decir, los catequistas, hombres y mujeres, que llenos de espíritu apostólico, prestan con grandes sacrificios una ayuda singular y enteramente necesaria para la propagación de la fe y de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En nuestros días, el oficio de los catequistas tiene unaimportancia extraordinaria porque resultan escasos los clérigos para evangelizar tantas multitudes y para ejercer el ministerio pastoral. Su educación, por consiguiente debe efectuarse y acomodarse al progreso cultural de tal forma que puedan desarrollar lo mejor posible su cometido agravado con nuevas y mayores obligaciones, como cooperadores eficaces del orden sacerdotal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Multiplíquense, pues, las escuelas diocesanas y regionales en que los futuros catequistas estudien la doctrina católica, sobre todo en su aspecto bíblico y litúrgico, y el método catequético, con la práctica pastoral, y se formen en la moral cristiana, procurando practicar sin cesar la piedad y la santidad de vida."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay que tener, además, reuniones o cursos en tiempos determinados, en los que los catequistas se renueven en la ciencia y en las artes convenientes para su ministerio y se nutra y robustezca su vida espiritual. Además, hay que procurar a quienes se entregan por entero a esta obra una condición de vida decente y la seguridad social por medio de una justa remuneración."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es de desear que se provea de un modo congruo a la formación y sustento de los catequistas con subsidios especiales de la Sagrada Congregación de Propaganda Fide. Si pareciere necesario y oportuno, fúndese una Obra para los catequistas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Además, las Iglesias reconocerán, agradecidas, la obra generosa de los catequistas auxiliares, de cuya ayuda necesitarán. Ellos presiden la oración y enseñan en sus comunidades. Hay que atender convenientemente a su formación doctrinal y espiritual. E incluso es de desear que, donde parezca oportuno, se confiere a los catequistas debidamente formados misión canónica en la celebración pública de la acción litúrgica, para que sirvan a la fe con más autoridad delante del pueblo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promoción de la vida religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promuévase diligentemente la vida religiosa desde el momento de la implantación de la Iglesia, que no solamente proporciona a la actividad misional ayudas preciosas y enteramente necesarias, sino que por una más íntima consagración a Dios, hecha en la Iglesia, indica claramente también la naturaleza íntima de la vocación cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esfuércense los Institutos religiosos, que trabajan en la implantación de la Iglesia, en exponer y comunicar, según el carácter y la idiosincrasia de cada pueblo, las riquezas místicas de que están totalmente llenos, y que distinguen latradición religiosa de la Iglesia. Consideren atentamente el modo de aplicar a la vida religiosa cristiana las tradiciones ascéticas y contemplativas, cuyas semillas había Dios esparcido con frecuencia en las antiguas culturas antes de la proclamación del Evangelio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En las iglesias jóvenes hay que cultivar diversas formas de vida religiosa que presenten los diversos aspectos de la misión de Cristo y de la vida de la Iglesia, y se entreguen a variadas obras pastorales y preparen convenientemente a sus miembros para cumplirlas. Con todo, procuren los Obispos en la Conferencia que las Congregaciones, que tienen los mismos fines apostólicos, no se multipliquen, con detrimento de la vida religiosa y del apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Son signos de especial mención los varios esfuerzos realizados para arraigar la vida contemplativa, por los que unos, reteniendo los elementos esenciales de la institución monástica, se esfuerzan en implantar la riquísima tradición de su Orden, y otros, vuelven a las formas más sencillas del antiguo monacato. Procuren todos, sin embargo, buscar la adaptación oportuna a las condiciones locales. Conviene establecer por todas partes en las iglesias nuevas la vida contemplativa porque pertenece a la plenitud de la presencia de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO III LAS IGLESIAS PARTICULARES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Incremento de las Iglesias jóvenes"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La obra de implantación de la Iglesia en un determinado grupo de hombres consigue su objetivo determinado cuando la congregación de los fieles, arraigada ya en la vida social y conformada de alguna manera a la cultura del ambiente, disfruta de cierta estabilidad y firmeza; es decir, está provista de cierto número, aunque insuficiente, de sacerdotes nativos, de religiosos y seglares, se ve dotada de los ministerios e instituciones necesarias para vivir, y dilatar la vida del Pueblo de Dios bajo la guía del Obispo propio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En estas Iglesias jóvenes la vida del Pueblo de Dios debe ir madurando por todos los campos de la vida cristiana, que hay que renovar según las normas de este Concilio: las congregaciones de fieles, con mayor conciencia cada día, se hacen comunidades vivas de la fe, de la liturgia y de la caridad; los laicos, con su actuación civil y apostólica, se esfuerzan en establecer en la sociedad el orden de la caridady de la justicia; se aplican oportuna y prudentemente los medios de comunicación social; las familias, por su vida verdaderamente cristiana, se convierten en semilleros de apostolado seglar y de vocaciones sacerdotales y religiosas. Finalmente, la fe se enseña mediante una catequesis apropiada, se manifiesta en la liturgia desarrollada conforme al carácter del pueblo y por una legislación canónica oportuna se introduce en las buenas instituciones y costumbres locales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Obispos, juntamente con su presbiterio, imbuidos más y más del sentir de Cristo y de la Iglesia, procuran sentir y vivir con toda la Iglesia. Consérvese la íntima unión de las Iglesias jóvenes con toda la Iglesia, cuyos elementos tradicionales deben asociar a la propia cultura, para aumentar con efluvio mutuo de fuerzas de vida del Cuerpo místico. Por ello, cultívense los elementos teológicos, psicológicos y humanos que puedan conducir al fomento de este sentido de comunión con la Iglesia universal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero estas Iglesias, situadas con frecuencia en las regiones más pobres del orbe, se ven todavía muchas veces en gravísima penuria de sacerdotes y en la escasez de recursos materiales. Por ello, tienen suma necesidad de que la continua acción misional de toda la Iglesia les suministre los socorros que sirvan, sobre todo, para el desarrollo de la Iglesia local y para la madurez de la vida cristiana. Ayude también la acción misional a las Iglesias, fundadas hace tiempo, que se encuentran en cierto estado de retroceso o debilitamiento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estas Iglesias, con todo, organicen un plan común de acción pastoral y las obras oportunas, para aumentar en número, juzgar con mayor seguridad y cultivar con más eficacia las vocaciones para el clero diocesano y los institutos religiosos, de forma que puedan proveerse a sí mismas, poco a poco, y ayudar a otras."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Actividad misionera de las Iglesias particulares"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como la Iglesia particular debe representar lo mejor que pueda a la Iglesia universal, conozca muy bien que ha sido enviada también a aquellos que no creen en Cristo y que viven en el mismo territorio, para servirles de orientación hacia Cristo con el testimonio de la vida de cada uno de los fieles y de toda la comunidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se requiere, además, el ministerio de la palabra, para que llegue a todos el Evangelio, El Obispo, en primer lugar, debe ser el heraldo de la fe que lleve nuevos discípulos a Cristo. para cumplir debidamente este sublime encargo, conozca íntegramente las condiciones de su grey y las íntimas opiniones de sus conciudadanos acerca de Dios, advirtiendo también cuidadosamente los cambios que han introducido las urbanizaciones, las migraciones y el indiferentismo religioso."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Emprendan fervorosamente los sacerdotes nativos la obra de la evangelización en las Iglesias jóvenes, trabajando a una son los misioneros extranjeros, con los que forman un presbiterio aunando bajo la autoridad del Obispo, no sólo para apacentar a los fieles y celebrar el culto divino, sino también para predicar el Evangelio a los infieles. Estén dispuestos y cuando se presente la ocasión ofrézcanse con valentía a su Obispo para emprender la obra misionera en las regiones apartadas o abandonadas de la propia diócesis o en otras diócesis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inflámense en el mismo celo los religiosos y religiosas e incluso los laicos para con sus conciudadanos, sobre todo los más pobres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Preocúpense las Conferencias Episcopales de que en tiempos determinados se organicen cursos de renovación bíblica, teológica, espiritual y pastoral, para que el clero, entre las variedades y cambios de vida, adquiera un conocimiento más completo de la teología y de los métodos pastorales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo demás, obsérvese reverentemente todo lo que ha establecido este Concilio, sobre todo en el Decreto del \"ministerio y de la vida de los presbíteros\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para llevar a cabo esta obra misional de la Iglesia particular se requieren ministros idóneos, que hay que preparar a su tiempo de modo conveniente a las condiciones de cada Iglesia. pero como los hombres tienden, cada vez más, a reunirse en Episcopales establezcan las normas comunes para entablar diálogo con estos grupos. Y si en algunas regiones se hallan grupos de hombres que se resisten a abrazar la fe católica porque no pueden acomodarse a la forma especial que haya tomado allí la Iglesia, se desea que se les atienda particularmente, hasta que puedan juntarse en una comunidad todos los cristianos. cada Obispo llame a su diócesis a los misioneros que la Sede Apostólica pueda tener preparados para este fin o recíbalos de buen grado y promueva eficazmente sus empresas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que este celo misional florezca entre los nativos del lugar es muy conveniente que las Iglesias jóvenes participen cuanto antes activamente en la misión universal de la Iglesia, enviando también ellos misioneros que anuncien el Evangelio por toda la tierra, aunque sufran escasez de clero. Porque la comunión con la Iglesia universal se completará de alguna forma cuando también ellas participen activamente del esfuerzo misional para con otros pueblos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fomento del apostolado seglar"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia no está verdaderamente fundada, ni vive plenamente, ni es signo perfecto de Cristo entre las gentes, mientras no exista y trabaje con la Jerarquía un laicado propiamente dicho. Porque el Evangelio no puede penetrar profundamente en la mentalidad, en la vida y en el trabajo de un pueblo sin la presencia activa de los laicos. Por tanto, desde la fundación de la Iglesia hay que atender, sobre todo, a la constitución de un laicado cristiano maduro."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pues los fieles seglares pertenecen plenamente al mismo tiempo, al Pueblo de Dios y a la sociedad civil: pertenecen al pueblo en que han nacido, de cuyos tesoros culturales empezaron a participar por la educación, a cuya vida están unidos por variados vínculos sociales, a cuyo progreso cooperan con su esfuerzo en sus profesiones, cuyos problemas sienten ellos como propios y trabajan por solucionar, y pertenecen también a Cristo, porque han sido regenerados en la Iglesia por la fe y por el bautismo, para ser de Cristo por la renovación de la vida y de las obras, para que todo se someta a Dios en Cristo y, por fin, sea Dios todo en todas las cosas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La obligación principal de éstos, hombres y mujeres, es el testimonio de Cristo, que deben dar con la vida y con la palabra en la familia, en el grupo social y en el ámbito de su profesión. Debe manifestarse en ellos el hombre nuevo creado según Dios en justicia y santidad verdaderas. Han de reflejar esta renovación de la vida en el ambiente de la sociedad y de la cultura patria, según las tradiciones de su nación. Ellos tienen que conocer esta cultura, restaurarla y conservarla, desarrollarla según las nuevas condiciones y, por fin perfeccionarla en Cristo, para que la fe de Cristo y la vida de la Iglesia no sea ya extraña a la sociedad en que viven, sino que empiece a penetrarla y transformarla."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Únanse a sus conciudadanos con verdadera caridad, a fin de que en su trato aparezca el nuevo vínculo de unidad y de solidaridad universal, que fluye del misterio de Cristo. Siembren también la fe de Cristo entre sus compañeros de vida y de trabajo, obligación que urge más, porque muchos hombres no pueden oír hablar del Evangelio ni conocer a Cristo más que por sus vecinos seglares. Más aún, donde sea posible, estén preparados los laicos a cumplir la misión especial de anunciar el Evangelio y de comunicar la doctrina cristiana, en una cooperación más inmediata con la Jerarquía para dar vigor a la Iglesia naciente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los ministros de la Iglesia, por su parte, aprecien grandemente el laborioso apostolado activo de los laicos. Fórmenlos para que, como miembros de Cristo, sean conscientes de su responsabilidad en favor de todos los hombres; intrúyanlos profundamente en el misterio de Cristo, inícienlos en métodos prácticos y asístanles en las dificultades, según la constitución Lumen Gentium y el decreto Apostolicam Actuositatem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Observando, pues, las funciones y responsabilidades propias de los pastores y de los laicos, toda Iglesia joven dé testimonio vivo y firme de Cristo para convertirse en signo brillante de la salvación, que nos vino a través de El."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diversidad en la unidad"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La semilla, que es la palabra de Dios, al germinar absorbe el jugo de la tierra buena, regada con el rocío celestial, y lo transforma y lo asimila para dar al fin fruto abundante. Ciertamente, a semejanza del plan de la Encarnación, las Iglesias jóvenes, radicadas en Cristo y edificadas sobre el fundamento de los Apóstoles, toman, en intercambio admirable, todas las riquezas de las naciones que han sido dadas a Cristo en herencia (Cf. Sal., 2,8). Ellas reciben de las costumbres y tradiciones, de la sabiduría y doctrina, de las artes e instituciones de los pueblos todo lo que puede servir para expresar la gloria del Creador, para explicar la gracia del Salvador y para ordenar debidamente la vida cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para conseguir este propósito es necesario que en cada gran territorio sociocultural se promuevan los estudios teológicos por los que se sometan a nueva investigación, a la luz de la tradición de la Iglesia universal, los hechos y las palabras reveladas por Dios, consignadas en las Sagradas Escrituras y explicadas por los Padres y el Magisterio de la Iglesia. Así aparecerá más claramente por qué caminos puede llegar la fe a la inteligencia, teniendo en cuenta la filosofía y la sabiduría de los pueblos, y de qué forma pueden compaginarse las costumbres, el sentido de la vida y el orden social con las costumbres manifestadas por la divina revelación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con ello se descubrirán los caminos para una acomodación más profunda en todo el ámbito de la vida cristiana. Con este modo de proceder se excluirá toda clase de sincretismo y de falso particularismo, se acomodarán la vida cristiana a la índole y al carácter de cualquier cultura, y serán asumidas en la unidad católica las tradiciones particulares, con las cualidades propias de cada raza, ilustradas con la luz del Evangelio. Por fin, las Iglesias particulares jóvenes, adornadas con sus tradiciones, tendrán su lugar en la comunión eclesiástica, permaneciendo íntegro el primado de la cátedra de Pedro, que preside a la asamblea universal de la caridad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es, por tanto, conveniente que las Conferencias Episcopales se unan entre sí dentro de los límites de cada uno de los grandes territorios socioculturales, de suerte que puedan conseguir de común cuerdo este objetivo de la adaptación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO IV LOS MISIONEROS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vocación misionera"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aunque a todo discípulo de Cristo incumbe el deber de propagar la fe según su condición, Cristo Señor, de entre los discípulos, llama siempre a los que quiere para que lo acompañen y los envía a predicar a las gentes. Por lo cual, por medio del Espíritu Santo, que distribuye los carismas según quiere para común utilidad, inspira la vocación misionera en el corazón de cada uno y suscita al mismo tiempo en la Iglesia institutos, que reciben como misión propia el deber de la evangelización, que pertenece a toda la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porque son sellados con una vocación especial los que, dotados de un carácter natural conveniente, idóneos por sus buenas dotes e ingenio, están dispuestos a emprender la obra misional, sean nativos del lugar o extranjeros: sacerdotes, religiosos o laicos. Enviados por la autoridad legítima, se dirigen con fe y obediencia a los que están lejos de Cristo, segregados para la obra a que han sido llamados (Cf. Act., 13,2), como ministros del Evangelio, \"para que la oblación de los gentiles sea aceptada y santificada por el Espíritu Santo\" (Rom. 15,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Espiritualidad misionera"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El hombre debe responder al llamamiento de Dios, de suerte que no asintiendo a la carne ni a la sangre, se entregue totalmente a la obra del Evangelio. pero no puede dar esta respuesta, si no le mueve y fortalece el Espíritu Santo. El enviado entra en la vida y en la misión de Aquel que \"se anonadó tomando la forma de siervo\". Por eso debe estar dispuesto a permanecer durante toda su vida en la vocación, a renunciarse a sí mismo y a todo lo que poseía y a \"hacerse todo a todos\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El que anuncia el Evangelio entre los gentiles dé a conocer con confianza el misterio de Cristo, cuyo legado es, de suerte que se atreva a hablar de El como conviene, no avergonzándose del escándalo de la cruz. Siguiendo las huellas de su Maestro, manso y humilde de corazón, manifieste que su yugo es suave y su carga ligera. Dé testimonio de su Señor con su vida enteramente evangélica, con mucha paciencia, con longanimidad, con suavidad, con caridad sincera, y si es necesario, hasta con la propia sangre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dios le concederá valor y fortaleza para que vea la abundancia de gozo que se encierra en la experiencia intensa de la tribulación y de la absoluta pobreza. Esté convencido de que la obediencia es la virtud característica del ministro de Cristo, que redimió al mundo con su obediencia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A fin de no descuidar la gracia que poseen, los heraldos del Evangelio han de renovar su espíritu constantemente. Los ordinarios y superiores reúnan en tiempos determinados a los misioneros para que se tonifiquen en la esperanza de la vocación y se renueven en el ministerio apostólico, estableciendo incluso algunas casas apropiadas para ello."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formación espiritual y moral"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El futuro misionero ha de prepararse con una especial formación espiritual y moral para un empeño tan elevado. Debe ser capaz de iniciativas constantes para continuar los trabajos hasta el fin, perseverante en las dificultades, paciente y fuerte en sobrellevar la soledad, el cansancio y el trabajo infructuoso. Se presentará a los hombres con mente abierta y corazón dilatado; recibirán con gusto los cargos que se le confíen; se acomodará generosamente a las costumbres ajenas y a las cambiantes condiciones de los pueblos, ayudará a sus hermanos y a todos los que se dedican a la misma obra con espíritu de concordia y de caridad mutua, de suerte que imitando, juntamente con los fieles, la comunidad apostólica, constituyan un solo corazón y una sola alma (Cf. Act., 2,42; 4,32)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ejercítense, cultívense y nútranse cuidadosamente de vida espiritual estas disposiciones de alma ya desde el tiempo de la formación. Lleno de fe viva y de esperanza firme, el misionero sea hombre de oración: inflámese en el espíritu de fortaleza, de amor y de templanza; aprenda a contentarse con lo que tiene; lleve en sí mismo con espíritu de sacrificio la muerte de Jesús, para que la vida de Jesús obre en aquellos a los que es enviado; llevado del celo por las almas gástelo todo y sacrifíquese a sí mismo por ellas, de forma que crezca \" en el amor de Dios y del prójimo con el cumplimiento diario de su ministerio\". Cumpliendo así con Cristo la voluntad del Padre continuará su misión bajo la autoridad jerárquica de la Iglesia y cooperará al misterio de la salvación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formación doctrinal y apostólica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los que hayan de ser enviados a los diversos pueblos como buenos ministros de Jesucristo, estén nutridos \"con las palabras de la fe y de la buena doctrina\", que tomarán ante todo, de la Sagrada Escritura, estudiando a fondo el Misterio de Cristo, cuyos heraldos y testigos han de ser."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo cual todos los misioneros - sacerdotes, hermanos, hermanas, laicos, cada uno según su condición- han de prepararse y formarse para que no se vean incapaces ante las exigencias de su labor futura. Dispóngase ya desde el principio su formación doctrinal de suerte que abarque la universalidad de la Iglesia y la diversidad de los pueblos. Esto se refiere a todas las disciplinas, con las que se preparan para el cumplimiento de su ministerio, y las otras ciencias, que aprenden útilmente para alcanzar los conocimientos ordinarios sobre pueblos, culturas y religiones, con miras no sólo al pasado, sino también a la época actual. El que haya de ir a un pueblo extranjero aprecie debidamente su patrimonio, su lengua y sus costumbres. Es necesario, sobre todo, al futuro misionero dedicarse a los estudios misionológicos; es decir, conocer la doctrina y las disposiciones de la Iglesia sobre la actividad misional, saber qué cambios han recorrido los mensajeros. del Evangelio en el decurso de los siglos, la situación actual de las misiones y también los métodos considerados hoy como más eficaces."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aunque toda esta formación ha de estar llena de solicitud pastoral, ha de darse, sin embargo, una especial y ordenada formación apostólica, teórica y práctica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aprendan bien y prepárense en catequética el mayor número posible de hermanos y de hermanas para que puedan colaborar mejor en el apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es necesario también que los que se dedican por un tiempo determinado a la actividad misionera adquieran una formación apropiada a su condición."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero esta diversa formación ha de completarse en la región a la que serán enviados, de suerte que los misioneros conozcan ampliamente la historia, las estructuras sociales y las costumbres de los pueblos, estén bien enterados del orden moral, de los preceptos religiosos y de su mentalidad acerca de Dios, del mundo y del hombre, conforme a sus sagradas tradiciones. Aprendan las lenguas hasta el punto de poder usarlas con soltura y elegancia, y encontrar en ello una más fácil penetración en las mentes y en los corazones de los hombres. Han de ser iniciados, como es debido, en las necesidades pastorales características de cada pueblo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Algunos han de prepararse también de un modo más profundo en los Institutos misionológicos u otras Facultades o Universidades para desempeñar más eficazmente cargos especiales y poder ayudar con sus conocimientos a los demás misioneros en la realización de su labor, que presenta tantas dificultades y oportunidades, sobre todo en nuestro tiempo. Es muy de desear, además que las Conferencias regionales de los Obispos tengan a su disposición buen número de peritos y usen de su saber y experiencia en las necesidades de su cargo. Y no falten tampoco quienes sepan usar perfectamente los instrumentos técnicos y de comunicación social, cuya importancia han de apreciar todos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Institutos que trabajan en las misiones"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aunque todo esto es enteramente necesario para cada uno de los misioneros, sin embargo, es difícil que puedan conseguirlo aisladamente. No pudiéndose satisfacer la obra misional individualmente, como demuestra la experiencia, la vocación común congregó a los individuos en Institutos, en los que, reunidas las fuerzas, se formen convenientemente y cumplan esa obra en nombre de la Iglesia y a disposición de la autoridad jerárquica. Estos Institutos sobrellevaron desde hace muchos siglos el peso del día y del calor, entregados a la obra misional ya enteramente, ya sólo en parte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Muchas veces la Santa Sede les ha confiado evangelizar vastos territorios en que reunieron un pueblo nuevo para Dios, una iglesia local unida y sus pastores. Fundadas las iglesias con su sudor y a veces con su sangre, servirán con celo y experiencia, en fraterna cooperación, o ejerciendo la cura de almas, o cumpliendo cargos especiales para el bien común."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A veces asumirán trabajos más urgentes en todo el ámbito de alguna región; por ejemplo, la evangelización de grupos o de pueblos que quizá no recibieron el mensaje del Evangelio por razones especiales o lo rechazaron hasta el momento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si es necesario, están dispuestos a formar y a ayudar con su experiencia a los que se ofrecen por tiempo determinado a la labor misional."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por estas causas y porque aún hay que llevar muchas gentes a Cristo, continúan siendo muy necesarios los Institutos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO V ORDENACIÓN DE LA ACTIVIDAD MISIONAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puesto que los fieles cristianos tienen dones diferentes, deben colaborar en el Evangelio cada uno según su oportunidad, facultad, carisma y ministerio; todos, por consiguiente, los que siembran y los que siegan, los que plantan y los que riegan, es necesario que sean una sola cosa, a fin de que \"buscando unidos el tiempo fin\" dediquen sus esfuerzos unánimes a la edificación de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo cual los trabajos de los heraldos del Evangelio y los auxilios de los demás cristianos hay que dirigirlos y aunarlos de forma que \"todo se haga con orden\", en todos los campos de la actividad y de la cooperación misional."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ordenación general"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perteneciendo, ante todo, al cuerpo de los Obispos la preocupación de anunciar el Evangelio en todo el mundo, el sínodo de los Obispos, o sea \"el Consejo estable de Obispos para la Iglesia universal\", entre los negocios de importancia general, considere especialmente la actividad misional deber supremo y santísimo de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es necesario que haya un solo dicasterio competente, a saber: \"De propaganda Fide\", para todas las misiones y para toda la actividad misional, salvo, sin embargo, el derecho de las Iglesias orientales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aunque el Espíritu Santo suscita de muchas maneras el espíritu misional en la Iglesia de Dios, y no pocas veces se anticipa a la acción de quienes gobiernan la vida de la Iglesia, con todo, este dicasterio, en cuanto le corresponde, promueva también la vocación y la espiritualidad misionera, el celo y la oración por las misiones y difunda las noticias auténticas y convenientes sobre las misiones; suscite y distribuya los misioneros según las necesidades más urgentes de los países. A ella compete dictar normas directivas y principios acomodados a la evangelización y darles impulsos. Promueva y coordine eficazmente la colecta de ayudas materiales, que ha de distribuirse a razón de la necesidad o de la utilidad, y de la extensión del territorio, del número de fieles y de infieles, de las obras y de las Instituciones, de los auxiliares y de los misioneros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Juntamente con el Secretario, para promover la unión de los cristianos, busque las formas y los medios de procurar y orientar la colaboración fraterna y la pacífica convivencia con las empresas misionales de otras comunidades cristianas para evitar en lo posible el escándalo de la división."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Así, pues, es necesario que este dicasterio sea a la vez instrumento de administración y órgano de dirección dinámica que emplee medios científicos e instrumentos acomodados a las condiciones de este tiempo, teniendo en cuenta las investigaciones actuales de la teología, de la metodología y de la pastoral misionera."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tengan parte activa y voto deliberativo en la dirección de este dicasterio representantes elegidos de entre todos los que colaboran en la Obra misional: Obispos de todo el orbe, según el parecer de las Conferencias Episcopales, y superiores de los institutos y directores de las Obras Pontificias, según normas y criterios que tenga a bien establecer el Romano Pontífice. Todos ellos, que han de ser convocados periódicamente, ejerzan, bajo la autoridad del Sumo Pontífice, la dirección suprema de toda la obra misional."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tenga a su disposición este dicasterio un Cuerpo permanente de consultores peritos, de ciencia o experiencia comprobada, a los que competirá, entre otras cosas, el recoger la necesaria información, tanto sobre la situación local de los diversos países y de la mentalidad, modo de pensar de los diferentes grupos humanos, como sobre los métodos de evangelizar que hay que emplear, y proponer conclusiones científicamente documentadas para la obra y la cooperación misional."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Han de verse representados convenientemente los Institutos de religiosas, las obras regionales en favor de las misiones y las organizaciones de seglares, sobre todo internacionales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ordenación local de las misiones"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que en el ejercicio de la obra misional se consigan los fines y los efectos propuestos, tengan todos los misioneros \"un solo corazón y una sola alma\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es deber del Obispo, como rector y centro de unidad en el apostolado diocesano, promover, dirigir y coordinar la actividad misionera, pero de modo que se respete y favorezca la actividad espontánea de quienes toman parte en la obra. Todos los misioneros, incluso los religiosos exentos, están sometidos al Obispo en las diversas obras que se refieren al ejercicio del sagrado apostolado. para lograr una coordinación mejor, establezca el Obispo, en cuanto le sea posible, un Consejo pastoral en que tomen parte clérigos, religiosos y seglares por medio de delegados escogidos. Procure, además, que la actividad apostólica no se limite tan sólo a los convertidos, sino que ha de destinar una parte conveniente de operarios y de recursos a la evangelización de los no cristianos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coordinación regional"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Traten las Conferencias Episcopales de común acuerdo los puntos y los problemas más urgentes, sin descuidar las diferencias locales. Para que no se malogren los escasos recursos de personas y de medios materiales, ni se multipliquen los trabajos sin necesidad, se recomiendo que, uniendo las fuerzas, establezcan obras que sirvan para el bien de todos, como, por ejemplo, seminarios, escuelas superiores y técnicas, centros pastorales, catequísticos, litúrgicos y de medios de comunicación social."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Establézcase también una cooperación semejante, si es oportuno, entre las diversas Conferencias Episcopales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ordenación de la actividad de los Institutos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es también conveniente coordinar las actividades que desarrollan los Institutos o Asociaciones eclesiásticas. Todos ellos, de cualquier condición que sean, secunden al ordinario del lugar en todo lo que se refiere a la actividad misional. Por lo cual será muy provechoso establecer bases particulares que regulen las relaciones entre los ordinarios del lugar y el superior del Instituto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cuando a un Instituto se le ha encomendado un territorio, el superior eclesiástico y el Instituto procuren, de corazón, dirigirlo todo para que la comunidad cristiana se desarrolle en iglesia local, que a su debido tiempo sea dirigida por su propio pastor con su clero."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Al cesar la encomienda del territorio se crea una nueva situación. Establezcan entonces, de común acuerdo, las Conferencias Episcopales y los Institutos, normas que regulen las relaciones entre los ordinarios del lugar y los Institutos. La Santa Sede establecerá los principios generales que han de regular las bases de los contratos regionales o particulares."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si bien los Institutos están preparados para continuar la obra empezada, colaborando en el ministerio ordinario de la cura de las almas, sin embargo, al aumentar el clero nativo, habrá que procurar que los mismos Institutos, de acuerdo con su propio fin, permanezcan fieles a la misma diócesis encargándose generosamente en obras particulares o de alguna región."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coordinación entre Institutos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Institutos que se dedican a la actividad misional en el mismo territorio conviene que encuentren un buen sistema de coordinar sus trabajos. para ello son muy útiles las Conferencias de religiosos y las reuniones de religiosas, en que tomen parte todos los Institutos de la misma nación o región. Examinen estas Conferencias qué puede hacerse con el esfuerzo común y mantengan estrechas relaciones con las Conferencias Episcopales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todo lo cual, y por idéntico motivo, conviene extenderlo a la colaboración de los Institutos misioneros en la tierra patria, de suerte que puedan resolverse los problemas y empresas comunes con más facilidad y menores gastos, como, por ejemplo, la formación doctrinal de los futuros misioneros, los cursos para los mismos, las relaciones con las autoridades públicas o con los órganos internacionales o supranacionales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coordinación entre los Institutos científicos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Requiriendo el recto y ordenado ejercicio de la actividad misionera que los operarios evangélicos se preparen científicamente para su trabajos, sobre todo para el diálogo con las religiones y culturas no cristianas, y reciban ayuda eficaz en su ejecución, se desea que colaboren entre sí fraternal y generosamente en favor de las misiones todos los Institutos científicos que cultivan la misionología y otras ciencias o artes útiles a las misiones, como la etnología y la lingüística, la historia y la ciencia de las religiones, la sociología, el arte pastoral y otras semejantes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO VI LA COOPERACIÓN"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puesto que toda la Iglesia es misionera y la obra de la evangelización es deber fundamental del Pueblo de Dios, el Santo Concilio invita a todos a una profunda renovación interior a fin de que, teniendo viva conciencia de la propia responsabilidad en la difusión del Evangelio, acepten su cometido en la obra misional entre los gentiles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deber misionero de todo el Pueblo de Dios"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos los fieles, como miembros de Cristo viviente, incorporados y asemejados a El por el bautismo, por la confirmación y por la Eucaristía, tienen el deber de cooperar a la expansión y dilatación de su Cuerpo para llevarlo cuanto antes a la plenitud (Cf. Ef., 4,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo cual todos los hijos de la Iglesia han de tener viva conciencia de su responsabilidad para con el mundo, han de fomentar en sí mismos el espíritu verdaderamente católico y consagrar sus fuerzas a la obra de la evangelización. Conozcan todos, sin embargo, que su primera y principal obligación por la difusión de la fe es vivir profundamente la vida cristiana. Pues su fervor en el servicio de Dios y su caridad para con los demás aportarán nuevo aliento espiritual a toda la Iglesia, que aparecerá como estandarte levantado entre las naciones (Cf. Is., 11,12) \"luz del mundo\" (Mt. 5,14) y \"sal de la tierra\" (Mt., 5,13). Este testimonio de la vida producirá más fácilmente su efecto si se da juntamente con otros grupos cristianos según las normas del decreto sobre el ecumenismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De la renovación de este espíritu se elevarán espontáneamente hacia Dios plegarias y obras de penitencia para que fecunde con su gracia la obra de los misioneros, surgirán vocaciones misioneras y brotarán los recursos necesarios para las misiones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero para que todos y cada uno de los fieles cristianos conozcan puntualmente el estado actual de la Iglesia en el mundo y escuchen la voz de los que claman : \"ayúdanos\" (Cf. Act., 16,9), facilítense noticias misionales, incluso sirviéndose de los medios modernos de comunicación social, que los cristianos, haciéndose cargo de su responsabilidad en la actividad misional, abran los corazones a las inmensas y profundas necesidades de los hombres y puedan socorrerlos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se impone también la coordinación de noticias y la cooperación con los órganos nacionales e internacionales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deber misionero de las comunidades cristianas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Viviendo el Pueblo de Dios en comunidades, sobre todo diocesanas y parroquiales, en las que de algún modo se hace visible, a ellas pertenece también dar testimonio de Cristo delante de las gentes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La gracia de la renovación en las comunidades no puede crecer si no expande cada una los campos de la caridad hasta los confines de la tierra, y no tiene, de los que están lejos, una preocupación semejante a la que siente por sus propios miembros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De esta forma, toda la comunidad ruega, coopera y actúa entre las gentes por medio de sus hijos, que Dios elige para esta empresa altísima."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Será muy útil, a condición de no olvidar la obra misional universal, mantener comunicación con los misioneros salidos de la misma comunidad, o con alguna parroquia o diócesis de las misiones para que se haga visible la unión entre las comunidades y redunde en edificación mutua."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deber misionero de los Obispos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos los Obispos, como miembros del cuerpo episcopal, sucesor del Colegio de los Apóstoles, están consagrados no sólo para una diócesis, sino para la salvación de todo el mundo. A ellos afecta primaria e inmediatamente, con Pedro y bajo la autoridad de Pedro, el mandato de Cristo de predicar el Evangelio a toda criatura. De ahí procede aquella comunicación y cooperación de las Iglesias, tan necesaria hoy para proseguir la obra de evangelización. En virtud de esta comunión, cada una de las Iglesias, siente la solicitud de todas las obras, se manifiestan mutuamente sus propias necesidades, se comunican entre si sus bienes, puesto que la dilatación del cuerpo de Cristo es deber de todo el Colegio episcopal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Suscitando, promoviendo y dirigiendo el Obispo la obra misional en su diócesis, con la que forma una sola cosa, hace presente y como visible el espíritu y el celo misional del Pueblo de Dios, de suerte que toda la diócesis se hace misionera."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Obispo deberá suscitar en su pueblo, sobre todo entre los enfermos y oprimidos por las calamidades, almas que ofrezcan a dios oraciones y penitencias con generosidad de corazón por la evangelización del mundo; fomentar gustosos las vocaciones de los jóvenes y de los clérigos a los Institutos misioneros, complaciéndose de que Dios elija algunos para que se consagren a la actividad misional de la Iglesia; exhortar y aconsejar a las congregaciones diocesanas para que asuman su parte en las misiones; promover entre sus fieles las obras de Institutos misioneros, de manera especial las obras pontificias misionales. Estas obras deben ocupar el primer lugar, ya que son los medios de infundir en los católicos, desde la infancia, el sentido verdaderamente universal y misionero, y de recoger eficazmente los subsidios para bien de todas las misiones, según las necesidades de cada una."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero creciendo cada vez más la necesidad de operarios en la viña del Señor y deseando los sacerdotes diocesanos, participar cada vez más en la evangelización del mundo, el Sagrado Concilio desea que los Obispos, considerando la gravísima penuria de sacerdotes que impide la evangelización de muchas regiones, envíen algunos de sus mejores sacerdotes que se ofrezcan a la obra misional, debidamente preparados, a las diócesis que carecen de clero, donde desarrollen, al menos temporalmente, el ministerio misional con espíritu de servicio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Y para que la actividad misional de los Obispos en bien de toda la Iglesia pueda ejercerse con más eficacia, conviene que las Conferencias Episcopales dirijan los asuntos referentes a la cooperación organizada del propio país. Traten los Obispos en sus Conferencias; del clero diocesano que se ha de consagrar a la evangelización de los gentiles; de la tasa determinada que cada diócesis debe entregar todos los años, según sus ingresos para la obra de las misiones; de dirigir y ordenar las formas y medios con que se ayude directamente a las mismas; de ayudar y, si es necesario, fundar Institutos misioneros y seminarios del clero diocesano para las misiones; de la manera de fomentar estrechas relaciones entre estos Institutos y las diócesis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es propio de las Conferencias Episcopales establecer y promover obras en que sean recibidos fraternalmente y ayudados con cuidado pastoral conveniente los que inmigran de tierras de misiones para trabajar y estudiar. Porque por ellos se acercan de alguna manera los pueblos lejanos y se ofrece a las comunidades ya cristianas desde tiempos remotos una ocasión magnífica de dialogar con los que no oyeron todavía el Evangelio y de manifestarles con servicio de amor y de asistencia la imagen auténtica de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deber misionero de los sacerdotes"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los presbíteros representan la persona de Cristo y son cooperadores del orden episcopal, en su triple función sagrada que se ordena a las misiones por su propia naturaleza. Estén profundamente convencidos que su vida fue consagrada también al servicio de las misiones. Y porque, comunicando con Cristo Cabeza, por su propio ministerio, centrado esencialmente en la Eucaristía - que perfecciona la Iglesia -, y conduciendo a otros a la misma comunicación, no pueden dejar de sentir lo mucho que les falta para la plenitud del Cuerpo, y cuánto por ende hay que trabajar para que vaya creciendo cada día. Por consiguiente, organizarán el cuidado pastoral de forma que sea útil a la dilatación de Evangelio entre los no cristianos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los presbíteros, en el cuidado pastoral, excitarán y mantendrán entre los fieles el celo por la evangelización del mundo, instruyéndolos con la catequesis y la predicación sobre el deber de la Iglesia de anunciar a Cristo a los gentiles; enseñando a las familias cristianas la necesidad y el honor de cultivar las vocaciones misioneras entre los propios hijos; fomentando el fervor misionero en los jóvenes de las escuelas y de las asociaciones católicas de forma que salgan de entre ellos futuros heraldos del Evangelio. Enseñen a los fieles a orar por las misiones y no se avergüencen de pedirles limosna, haciéndose mendigos por Cristo y por la salvación de las almas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los profesores de los seminarios y de las universidades expondrán a los jóvenes la verdadera situación del mundo y de la Iglesia para que comprendan claramente la necesidad de una más esforzada evangelización de los no cristianos. En las enseñanzas de las disciplinas dogmáticas, bíblicas, morales e históricas hagan notar los motivos misionales, que en ellas se contienen, para ir formando de este modo la conciencia misionera en los futuros sacerdotes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deber misionero de los Institutos de perfección"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Institutos religiosos de vida contemplativa y activa tuvieron hasta ahora, y siguen teniendo, la mayor parte en la evangelización del mundo. El Sagrado Concilio reconoce gustoso sus méritos, y da gracias a Dios por tantos servicios prestados a la gloria de Dios y al bien de las almas, y les exhorta a que sigan sin desfallecer en la obra comenzada, sabiendo, como saben, que la virtud de la caridad, que deben cultivar perfectamente por exigencias de su vocación, les impulsa y obliga al espíritu y al trabajo verdaderamente católico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Institutos de vida contemplativa tienen una importancia singular en la conversión de las almas por sus oraciones, obras de penitencia y tribulaciones, porque es Dios quien, por medio de la oración, envía obreros a su mies, abre las almas de los nos cristianos, para escuchar el Evangelio y fecunda la palabra de salvación en sus corazones. Más aún: se ruega a estos Institutos que funden casas en los países de misiones, como ya lo han hecho algunos, para que, viviendo allí de una forma acomodada a las tradiciones genuinamente religiosas de los pueblos, den su precioso testimonio entre los no cristianos de la majestad y de la caridad de Dios, y de la unión en Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Institutos de vida activa, por su parte, persigan o no un fin estrictamente misional, pregúntense sinceramente delante de Dios si pueden extender su actividad para la expansión del Reino de Dios entre los gentiles; si pueden dejar a otros algunos ministerios, de suerte que dediquen también sus fuerzas a las misiones; si pueden comenzar su actividad en las misiones, adaptando, si es preciso, sus Constituciones, fieles siempre a la mente del Fundador; si sus miembros participan según sus posibilidades, en la acción misional; si su género de vida es un testimonio acomodado al espíritu del Evangelio y a la condición del pueblo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Creciendo cada día en la Iglesia, por inspiración del Espíritu Santo, los Institutos seculares, su trabajo, bajo la autoridad del Obispo, puede resultar fructuoso en las misiones de muchas maneras, como señal de entrega plena a la evangelización del mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deber misionero de los laicos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los laicos cooperan a la obra de evangelización de la Iglesia y participan de su misión salvífica a la vez como testigos y como instrumentos vivos, sobre todo si, llamados por Dios, son destinados por los Obispos a esta obra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En las tierras ya cristianas, los laicos cooperan a la obra de evangelización, fomentando en sí mismos y en los otros el conocimiento y el amor de las misiones, suscitando las vocaciones en la propia familia, en las asociaciones católicas y en las escuelas, ofreciendo ayudas de cualquier género, para dar a otros el don de la fe, que ellos recibieron gratuitamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En las tierras de misiones, los laicos, sean extranjeros o nativos, enseñen en las escuelas, administren los bienes temporales, colaboren en la actividad parroquial y diocesana, establezcan y promuevan diversas formas de apostolado seglar para que los fieles de las Iglesias jóvenes puedan, cuanto antes, asumir su propio papel en la vida de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los laicos, por fin, presten de buen grado su cooperación económico - social a los pueblos en vías de desarrollo; cooperación que es tanto más de alabar, cuanto más se relacione con la creación de aquellas instituciones que atañen a las estructuras fundamentales de la vida social, y se ordenan a la formación de quienes tienen la responsabilidad de la nación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Son signos de elogio especial los seglares que, con sus investigaciones históricas o científicas - religiosas promueven el conocimiento de los pueblos y de las religiones en las universidades o institutos científicos, ayudando así a los heraldos del Evangelio y preparando el diálogo con los no cristianos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Colaboren fraternalmente con otros cristianos, y con los no cristianos, sobre todo con los miembros de asociaciones internacionales, teniendo siempre presente que \"la edificación de la ciudad terrena se funda en el Señor y a El se dirige\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para cumplir todos estos cometidos, los laicos necesitan preparación técnica y espiritual, que debe darse en institutos destinados a este fin, para que su vida sea testimonio de Jesucristo entre los no cristianos según la frase del Apóstol: \"No seáis objeto de escándalo ni para Judíos, ni para Gentiles, ni para la Iglesia de Dios, lo mismo que yo procuro agradar a todos en todo, no buscando mi conveniencia, sino la de todos para que se salven\" (1Cor., 10,32-33)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSIÓN"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Padres del Concilio, juntamente con el Romano Pontífice, sintiendo vivamente la obligación de difundir en todas partes el Reino de Dios, saludan con gran amor a todos los heraldos del Evangelio, sobre todo a los que padecen persecución por el nombre de Cristo, hechos partícipes de sus sufrimientos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ellos se encienden en el mismo amor en que ardía Cristo por los hombres. Pero, sabedores de que es Dios quien hace que su Reino venga a la tierra, ruegan juntamente con todos los fieles cristianos que, por intercesión de la Virgen María, Reina de los Apóstoles, sean atraídos los gentiles cuanto antes al conocimiento de la verdad (Cf. 1 Tim., 2,4), y la claridad de Dios que resplandece en el rostro de Cristo Jesús, brille para todos por el Espíritu Santo (Cf. 2 Cor., 4,6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todas y cada una de las cosas contenidas en este Decreto han obtenido el beneplácito de los Padres del Sacrosanto Concilio. Y Nos, en virtud de la potestad apostólica recibida de Cristo, juntamente con los Venerables Padres, las aprobamos, decretamos y establecemos en el Espíritu Santo, y mandamos que lo así decidido conciliarmente sea promulgado para gloria de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, en San Pedro, 7 de diciembre de 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yo, PABLO, Obispo de la Iglesia católica."
            }
          ]
        },
        "fr": {
          "code": "fr",
          "label": "Français",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651207_ad-gentes_fr.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-183-vat-ii_decree_19651207_ad-gentes_fr.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAUL, ÉVÊQUE, SERVITEUR DES SERVITEURS DE DIEU, AVEC LES PÈRES DU SAINT CONCILE, POUR QUE LE SOUVENIR S'EN MAINTIENNE À JAMAIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DÉCRET SUR L'ACTIVITÉ MISSIONNAIRE DE L'ÉGLISE AD GENTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Préambule"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Envoyée par Dieu aux nations pour être « le sacrement universel du salut [1] », l’Église, en vertu des exigences intimes de sa propre catholicité et obéissant au commandement de son fondateur (cf. Mc 16, 16), est tendue de tout son effort vers la prédication de l’Évangile à tous les hommes. Les Apôtres eux-mêmes, en effet, sur lesquels l’Église a été fondée ont suivi les traces du Christ, « ont prêché la parole de vérité et engendré des Églises [2] ». Le devoir de leurs successeurs est de perpétuer cette œuvre, afin que, « la Parole de Dieu soit divulguée et glorifiée » (2 Th 3, 1), le Royaume de Dieu annoncé et instauré dans le monde entier."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais dans l’ordre actuel des choses, dont découlent de nouvelles conditions pour l’humanité, l’Église, sel de la terre et lumière du monde (cf. Mt 5, 13-14), est appelée de façon plus pressante à sauver et à rénover toute créature, afin que tout soit restauré dans le Christ, et qu’en lui les hommes constituent une seule famille et un seul Peuple de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aussi le saint Concile, tout en rendant grâce à Dieu pour les œuvres magnifiques accomplies par le zèle généreux de l’Église tout entière, désire-t-il esquisser les principes de l’activité missionnaire et rassembler les forces de tous les fidèles pour que le Peuple de Dieu, s’avançant sur la voie étroite de la croix, étende partout le règne du Christ Seigneur qui embrasse les siècles de son regard (cf. Si 36, 19), et qu’il prépare les voies à son avènement."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE PREMIER : Principes doctrinaux"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le dessein du Père"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par nature, l’Église, durant son pèlerinage sur terre, est missionnaire, puisqu’elle-même tire son origine de la mission du Fils et de la mission du Saint-Esprit, selon le dessein de Dieu le Père [3]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce dessein découle de « l’amour dans sa source », autrement dit de la charité de Dieu le Père qui, étant le principe sans principe, de qui le Fils est engendré, de qui le Saint- Esprit procède par le Fils, nous a créés librement dans sa surabondante bonté et miséricorde, et nous a de plus appelés gracieusement à partager avec lui sa vie et sa gloire ; qui a répandu sur nous sans compter sa miséricorde et ne cesse de la répandre, en sorte que lui, qui est le créateur de toutes choses, devienne enfin « tout en tous » (1 Co 15, 28) en procurant à la fois sa gloire et notre bonheur. Il a plu à Dieu d’appeler les hommes à participer à sa vie, non pas seulement de façon individuelle sans aucun lien les uns avec les autres, mais de les constituer en un peuple dans lequel ses enfants, qui étaient dispersés, seraient rassemblés dans l’unité (cf. Jn 11, 52)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La mission du Fils"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce dessein universel de Dieu pour le salut du genre humain ne se réalise pas seulement d’une manière pour ainsi dire secrète dans l’âme des hommes, ou encore par des initiatives même religieuses, grâce auxquelles ils cherchent Dieu de bien des manières « pour l’atteindre si possible et le trouver ; aussi bien n’est-il pas loin de chacun de nous » (cf. Ac 17, 27) ; car ces initiatives ont besoin d’être éclairées et redressées, bien que, de par un dessein bienveillant de la Providence divine, on puisse parfois les considérer comme une orientation vers le vrai Dieu ou une préparation à l’Évangile [4]. Pour affermir la paix, autrement dit la communion avec lui, et pour établir la fraternité entre les hommes, – les hommes qui sont pécheurs – il décida de s’engager dans l’histoire humaine d’une façon nouvelle et définitive, en envoyant son Fils dans notre chair, afin d’arracher par lui les hommes à l’empire des ténèbres et de Satan (cf. Col 1, 13 ; Ac 10, 38), et de se réconcilier en lui le monde (cf. 2 Co 5, 19). Son Fils, par qui aussi il a fait les siècles [5], il l’a établi héritier de toutes choses, afin de tout restaurer en lui (cf. Ep 1, 10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Car le Christ Jésus a été envoyé dans le monde comme le véritable médiateur entre Dieu et les hommes. Puisqu’il est Dieu, « toute la plénitude de la divinité habite en lui corporellement » (Col 2, 9) ; dans sa nature humaine, il est le nouvel Adam, il est constitué Tête de l’humanité renouvelée, il est rempli de grâce et de vérité (Jn 1, 14). Aussi par les voies d’une incarnation véritable, le Fils de Dieu est-il venu pour faire participer les hommes à la nature divine ; il s’est fait pauvre alors qu’il était riche afin de nous enrichir par sa pauvreté (2 Co 8, 9). Le Fils de l’Homme n’est pas venu pour être servi, mais pour servir lui-même et donner sa vie en rançon pour beaucoup, c’est-à-dire pour tous (cf. Mc 10, 45). Les saints Pères proclament sans cesse que n’est pas guéri ce qui n’a pas été assumé par le Christ [6]. Mais il a assumé la nature humaine dans toute sa réalité, telle qu’on la trouve chez nous, malheureux et pauvres, mais elle est chez lui sans péché (cf. He 4, 15 ; 9, 28). Parlant de lui-même, le Christ, que le Père a consacré et envoyé dans le monde (cf. Jn 10, 36), a dit ces paroles : « L’Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, parce qu’il m’a consacré par son onction ; il m’a envoyé porter la bonne nouvelle aux pauvres, annoncer aux captifs la délivrance et aux aveugles le retour à la vue » (Lc 4, 18) ; et encore : « Le Fils de l’Homme est venu chercher et sauver ce qui était perdu » (Lc 19, 10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce qui a été une fois proclamé par le Seigneur ou accompli en lui pour le salut du genre humain doit être proclamé et répandu jusqu’aux extrémités de la terre (Ac 1, 8), en commençant par Jérusalem (cf. Lc 24, 47), de sorte que ce qui a été accompli une fois pour toutes en vue du salut de tous, produise ses effets chez tous au cours des âges."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La mission du Saint-Esprit"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais pour obtenir pleinement le résultat, le Christ a envoyé d’auprès du Père le Saint Esprit, qui accomplirait son œuvre de salut à l’intérieur des âmes et pousserait l’Église à s’étendre. Sans l’ombre d’un doute le Saint-Esprit était déjà à l’œuvre avant la glorification du Christ [7]. Pourtant, le jour de la Pentecôte, il descendit sur les disciples pour demeurer avec eux à jamais (cf. Jn 14, 16) ; l’Église se manifesta publiquement devant la multitude, la diffusion de l’Évangile parmi les nations commença avec la prédication ; enfin fut préfigurée l’union des peuples dans la catholicité de la foi, par l’Église de la Nouvelle Alliance, qui parle toutes les langues, comprend et embrasse dans sa charité toutes les langues, et triomphe ainsi de la dispersion de Babel [8]. Car c’est à la Pentecôte que commencèrent « les Actes des Apôtres », tout comme c’est lorsque le Saint-Esprit vint sur la Vierge Marie que le Christ fut conçu, et lorsque le même Esprit Saint descendit sur le Christ pendant sa prière que le Christ fut poussé à commencer son ministère [9]. Le Christ Jésus lui-même, avant de donner librement sa vie pour le monde, a de telle sorte organisé le ministère apostolique et promis d’envoyer le Saint-Esprit, que ce ministère et cette mission sont tous deux associés pour mener à bien, toujours et partout, l’œuvre du salut [10]. À travers toutes les époques, c’est le Saint-Esprit qui « unifie l’Église tout entière dans la communion et le ministère, qui la munit des divers dons hiérarchiques et charismatiques [11] », vivifiant à la façon d’une âme [12] les institutions ecclésiastiques et insufflant dans le cœur des fidèles le même esprit missionnaire, qui avait poussé le Christ lui-même. Parfois même il devance visiblement l’action apostolique [13], tout comme il ne cesse de l’accompagner et de la diriger de diverses manières [14]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église envoyée par le Christ"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dès le début de son ministère, le Seigneur Jésus « appela à lui ceux qu’il voulut, et en institua douze pour être ses compagnons et pour les envoyer prêcher » (Mc 3, 13 ; cf. Mt 10, 1-42). Les Apôtres furent ainsi les germes du Nouvel Israël et en même temps l’origine de la hiérarchie sacrée. Puis, une fois qu’il eut par sa mort et sa résurrection accompli en lui-même les mystères de notre salut et de la rénovation de toutes choses, le Seigneur, qui avait reçu tout pouvoir au ciel et sur la terre (cf. Mt 28, 18), fonda son Église comme sacrement du salut, avant d’être enlevé au ciel (cf. Ac 1, 11) ; tout comme il avait été lui-même envoyé par le Père (cf. Jn 20, 21), il envoya ses Apôtres dans le monde entier en leur donnant cet ordre : « Allez donc, de toutes les nations faites des disciples, les baptisant au nom du Père et du Fils et du Saint-Esprit, et leur apprenant à observer tout ce que je vous ai prescrit » (Mt 28, 19 s.) ; « Allez par le monde entier proclamer la bonne nouvelle à toute la création. Celui qui croira et sera baptisé sera sauvé, celui qui ne croira pas sera condamné » (Mc 16, 15 s.). C’est de là que découle pour l’Église le devoir de propager la foi et le salut apportés par le Christ, d’une part en vertu du mandat exprès qu’a hérité des Apôtres l’ordre des évêques, assisté par les prêtres en union avec le successeur de Pierre, pasteur suprême de l’Église, et d’autre part en vertu de l’influx vital que le Christ communique à ses membres : le Christ « dont le Corps tout entier reçoit concorde et cohésion, par toutes sortes de jointures qui le nourrissent et l’actionnent selon le rôle de chaque partie, opérant ainsi sa croissance et se construisant lui-même dans la charité » (Ep 4, 16). La mission de l’Église s’accomplit donc par l’opération au moyen de laquelle, obéissant à l’ordre du Christ et mue par la grâce de l’Esprit Saint et la charité, elle devient effectivement présente à tous les hommes et à tous les peuples, pour les amener par l’exemple de sa vie, par la prédication, par les sacrements et les autres moyens de grâce, à la foi, à la liberté, à la paix du Christ, de telle sorte qu’elle leur soit ouverte comme la voie libre et sûre pour participer pleinement au mystère du Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette mission continue et déploie au cours de l’histoire la mission du Christ lui-même, qui fut envoyé pour annoncer aux pauvres la bonne nouvelle ; c’est donc par la même voie qu’a suivie le Christ lui-même que, sous la poussée de l’Esprit du Christ, l’Église doit marcher, c’est-à-dire par la voie de la pauvreté, de l’obéissance, du service et de l’immolation de soi jusqu’à la mort, dont il est sorti victorieux par sa résurrection. Car c’est ainsi dans l’espérance qu’ont marché tous les apôtres, qui ont achevé par leurs multiples tribulations et souffrances ce qui manque à la passion du Christ au profit de son Corps, l’Église (cf. Col 1, 24) ; souvent aussi le sang des chrétiens fut une semence [15]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’activité missionnaire"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette tâche, c’est par l’ordre des évêques, à la tête duquel se trouve le successeur de Pierre, qu’elle doit être accomplie, avec la prière et la collaboration de toute l’Église ; elle est unique et la même, partout, en toute situation, bien qu’elle ne soit pas menée de la même manière du fait des circonstances. Par conséquent, les différences qu’il faut reconnaître dans cette activité de l’Église ne découlent pas de la nature intime de la mission mais des conditions dans lesquelles elle est accomplie. Ces conditions dépendent soit de l’Église, soit même des peuples, des groupes humains ou des hommes à qui s’adresse la mission. Car l’Église, bien que de soi elle possède la totalité ou la plénitude des moyens de salut, n’agit pas ni ne peut agir toujours et immédiatement selon tous ses moyens ; elle connaît des commencements et des degrés dans l’action par laquelle elle s’efforce de conduire à sa réalisation le dessein de Dieu ; bien plus, elle est parfois contrainte, après des débuts heureux, de déplorer de nouveau un recul, ou tout au moins de demeurer dans un état d’incomplétude et d’insuffisance. En ce qui concerne les hommes, les groupes humains et les peuples, elle ne les atteint et ne les pénètre que progressivement, et les assume ainsi dans la plénitude catholique. Les actes propres, les moyens adaptés doivent s’accorder avec chaque condition ou état."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les initiatives particulières par lesquelles les prédicateurs de l’Évangile envoyés par l’Église et allant dans le monde entier s’acquittent de la tâche d’annoncer l’Évangile et d’implanter l’Église parmi les peuples ou les groupes humains qui ne croient pas encore au Christ, sont communément appelées « missions » ; elles s’accomplissent par l’activité missionnaire et sont menées d’ordinaire dans des territoires déterminés reconnus par le Saint-Siège. La fin propre de cette activité missionnaire est l’évangélisation et la plantation de l’Église dans les peuples ou les groupes humains dans lesquels elle n’a pas encore été enracinée [16]. Il faut que, nées de la Parole de Dieu, des Églises autochtones particulières, suffisamment établies, croissent partout dans le monde, jouissent de leurs ressources propres et d’une certaine maturité ; il faut que, pourvues de leur hiérarchie propre unie à un peuple fidèle et des moyens accordés à leur génie, nécessaires pour mener une vie pleinement chrétienne, elles contribuent au bien de toute l’Église. Mais le moyen principal de cette implantation, est la proclamation de l’Évangile de Jésus Christ ; c’est pour annoncer l’Évangile que le Seigneur a envoyé ses disciples dans le monde entier, afin que les hommes, ayant acquis une nouvelle naissance par la Parole de Dieu (cf. 1 P 1, 23), soient agrégés par le baptême à l’Église qui, en tant que Corps du Verbe incarné, est nourrie et vit de la Parole de Dieu et du pain eucharistique (cf. Ac 2, 42)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour cette activité missionnaire de l’Église, diverses situations se présentent parfois mêlées les unes aux autres : situation d’abord de début ou de plantation, puis de nouveauté ou de jeunesse. Quand tout cela est accompli, l’action missionnaire de l’Église ne cesse pas pour autant : le devoir incombe aux Églises particulières déjà formées de la continuer et de prêcher l’Évangile à tous ceux qui sont encore au-dehors."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, il n’est pas rare que les groupes humains au sein desquels l’Église existe, ne soient complètement transformés pour des raisons diverses ; des situations nouvelles peuvent en résulter. L’Église doit alors examiner si ces situations exigent de nouveau une activité missionnaire. De plus les circonstances sont parfois telles que manque pour un temps la possibilité de proposer directement et immédiatement le message évangélique ; c’est alors que les missionnaires peuvent et doivent donner avec patience et prudence, avec une grande confiance en même temps, au moins le témoignage de la charité et de la bienfaisance du Christ, préparer ainsi les voies au Seigneur et le rendre présent d’une certaine manière."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi il est clair que l’activité missionnaire découle profondément de la nature même de l’Église ; elle en propage la foi qui sauve, elle en réalise l’unité catholique en la répandant, elle reçoit sa force de son apostolicité, elle met en œuvre le sens collégial de sa hiérarchie, elle en atteste, répand et développe la sainteté. Ainsi l’activité missionnaire parmi les nations diffère tant de l’activité pastorale à déployer à l’égard des fidèles que des initiatives à prendre pour rétablir l’unité des chrétiens. Cependant ces deux domaines sont très étroitement liés à l’activité missionnaire de l’Église [17] : la division des chrétiens, en effet, nuit [18] à la cause très sacrée de l’annonce de l’Évangile à toute créature, et pour beaucoup elle ferme l’accès à la foi. Ainsi de par la nécessité de la mission, tous les baptisés sont appelés à s’assembler en un seul troupeau, afin de pouvoir ainsi de façon unanime rendre témoignage du Christ leur Seigneur devant les nations. S’ils sont encore incapables de donner le témoignage d’une foi unique, il faut au moins qu’ils soient animés par une estime et une charité réciproques."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Raison et nécessité de l’activité missionnaire"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La raison de cette activité missionnaire découle de la volonté de Dieu, qui « veut que tous les hommes soient sauvés et parviennent à la connaissance de la vérité. Car il n’y a qu’un seul Dieu, et un seul médiateur entre Dieu et les hommes, l’homme Jésus Christ, qui s’est livré en rançon pour tous » (1 Tm 2, 4-5) ; « et il n’existe de salut en aucun autre » (Ac 4, 12). Il faut donc que tous se convertissent au Christ, connu par la prédication de l’Église, et qu’ils soient eux aussi incorporés par le baptême à l’Église, qui est son Corps. Car le Christ lui-même, « en enseignant en termes formels la nécessité de la foi et du baptême (cf. Mc 16, 16 ; Jn 3, 5), a du même coup confirmé la nécessité de l’Église dans laquelle les hommes entrent par le baptême comme par une porte. C’est pourquoi les hommes ne peuvent être sauvés qui, n’ignorant pas que l’Église a été fondée comme nécessaire par Dieu par l’intermédiaire de Jésus Christ, n’auront cependant pas voulu y entrer ou y persévérer [19] ». Bien que Dieu puisse par des voies connues de lui amener à la foi sans laquelle il est impossible de plaire à Dieu (He 11, 6) des hommes qui, sans faute de leur part, ignorent l’Évangile, la nécessité incombe cependant à l’Église (cf. 1 Co 9, 16) – et en même temps elle en a le droit sacré – d’évangéliser, et par conséquent son activité missionnaire garde, aujourd’hui comme toujours, toute sa force et sa nécessité."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est par elle que le Corps mystique du Christ rassemble et ordonne sans cesse ses forces en vue de son propre accroissement (cf. Ep 4, 11-16). C’est pour mener à bien cette activité que les membres de l’Église sont poussés par la charité, qui les fait aimer Dieu, et les fait désirer partager avec tous les hommes les biens spirituels de la vie future comme ceux de la vie présente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par cette activité missionnaire enfin, Dieu est pleinement glorifié, du moment que les hommes accueillent consciemment et pleinement son œuvre salutaire qu’il a réalisée dans le Christ. C’est ainsi que par elle se réalise le dessein de Dieu, que le Christ a servi par obéissance et par amour pour la gloire du Père qui l’a envoyé [20] : que le genre humain tout entier constitue un seul Peuple de Dieu, se rassemble dans le corps unique du Christ, soit construit en un seul temple du Saint-Esprit ; ce qui, en exprimant la concorde fraternelle, répond au désir intime de tous les hommes. C’est ainsi qu’enfin s’accomplit vraiment le dessein du Créateur formant l’homme à son image et à sa ressemblance, quand tous ceux qui participent à la nature humaine, une fois qu’ils auront été régénérés dans le Christ par le Saint-Esprit, refléteront ensemble la gloire de Dieu (cf. 2 Co 3, 18) et pourront dire : « Notre Père [21] »."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’activité missionnaire dans la vie et l’histoire humaine"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’activité missionnaire possède un lien intime avec la nature humaine elle-même et ses aspirations. Car en manifestant le Christ, l’Église révèle aux hommes par le fait même la vérité authentique de leur condition et de leur vocation intégrale, le Christ étant le principe et le modèle de cette humanité rénovée, pénétrée d’amour fraternel, de sincérité, d’esprit pacifique, à laquelle tous aspirent. Le Christ, et l’Église qui rend témoignage à son sujet par la prédication évangélique, transcendent tout particularisme de race ou de nation, et par conséquent ils ne peuvent jamais être considérés, ni lui ni elle, comme étrangers nulle part ni à l’égard de qui que ce soit [22]. Le Christ lui-même est la vérité et la voie dont la prédication évangélique ouvre l’accès à tous, en portant aux oreilles de tous ces paroles du même Christ : « Faites pénitence et croyez à l’évangile » (Mc 1, 15). Puisque celui qui ne croit pas est déjà jugé (cf. Jn 3, 18), les paroles du Christ sont des paroles à la fois de jugement et de grâce, de mort et de vie. Car c’est seulement en faisant mourir ce qui est vieux que nous pouvons parvenir à la nouveauté de vie : cela vaut d’abord des personnes ; mais cela vaut aussi des divers biens de ce monde, qui sont marqués en même temps par le péché de l’homme et la bénédiction de Dieu : « Car tous ont péché et sont privés de la gloire de Dieu » (Rm 3, 23). Personne n’est délivré du péché ni élevé au-dessus de lui-même par lui-même et ou par ses propres efforts, personne n’est entièrement libéré de sa faiblesse ni de sa solitude ni de son esclavage [23], mais tous ont besoin du Christ le modèle, le maître, le libérateur, le sauveur, celui qui donne la vie. En toute vérité, dans l’histoire humaine, même au point de vue temporel, l’Évangile a été un ferment de liberté et de progrès, et il se présente toujours comme un ferment de fraternité, d’unité et de paix. Ce n’est donc pas sans raison que le Christ est honoré par les fidèles comme « l’attente des nations et leur Sauveur [24]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caractère eschatologique de l’activité missionnaire"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aussi le temps de l’activité missionnaire se situe-t-il entre le premier avènement du Seigneur et le second, lors duquel, des quatre vents, telle une moisson, l’Église sera rassemblée dans le Royaume de Dieu [25]. Car avant la venue du Seigneur, il faut que l’Évangile soit proclamé parmi toutes les nations (cf. Mc 13, 10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’activité missionnaire n’est rien d’autre et rien de moins que la manifestation du dessein de Dieu, son épiphanie et sa réalisation dans le monde et son histoire, dans laquelle Dieu conduit clairement à son terme, par la mission, l’histoire du salut. Par la parole de la prédication et par la célébration des sacrements, dont la sainte Eucharistie est le centre et le sommet, elle rend présent le Christ, auteur du salut. Tout ce qui se trouvait déjà de vérité et de grâce chez les nations comme par une secrète présence de Dieu, elle le libère des influences mauvaises et le rend au Christ son auteur, qui détruit l’empire du diable et arrête la malice infiniment diverse du crime. Aussi tout ce qu’on découvre de bon semé dans le cœur et l’esprit des hommes ou dans les rites particuliers et les cultures particulières des peuples, non seulement ne périt pas, mais est purifié, élevé et porté à son achèvement pour la gloire de Dieu, la confusion du démon et le bonheur de l’homme [26]. Ainsi l’activité missionnaire tend à la plénitude eschatologique [27]: c’est par elle en effet que jusqu’à la mesure et à l’époque que le Père a fixées dans sa puissance (cf. Ac 1, 7), se développe le Peuple de Dieu, auquel s’adresse la parole prophétique : « Élargis l’espace de la tente, déploie les tentures sans contrainte » (Is 54, 2) [28]; c’est par elle que s’accroît le Corps mystique jusqu’à la mesure de l’âge de la plénitude du Christ (cf. Ep 4, 13), et que le temple spirituel où Dieu est adoré en esprit et en vérité (cf. Jn 4, 23), grandit et s’édifie sur le fondement des Apôtres et des prophètes, le Christ Jésus étant lui-même la pierre d’angle (Ep 2, 20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE II : L’œuvre missionnaire elle-même"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église, envoyée par le Christ pour manifester et communiquer la charité de Dieu à tous les hommes et à toutes les nations, a conscience qu’elle a à faire une œuvre missionnaire énorme. Car deux milliards d’hommes, dont le nombre s’accroît de jour en jour, qui sont rassemblés en des groupements importants et déterminés par les liens stables de la vie culturelle, par les antiques traditions religieuses, par les liaisons solides des relations sociales, n’ont pas encore entendu le message évangélique ou l’ont à peine entendu ; les uns suivent l’une des grandes religions, les autres demeurent étrangers à la connaissance de Dieu lui-même, d’autres nient expressément son existence, parfois même la combattent. L’Église, afin de pouvoir présenter à tous le mystère du salut et la vie apportée par Dieu, doit s’insérer dans tous ces groupes humains du même mouvement dont le Christ lui-même, par son incarnation, s’est lié aux conditions sociales et culturelles déterminées des hommes avec lesquels il a vécu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 1 : Le témoignage chrétien"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le témoignage de la vie et le dialogue"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il faut que l’Église soit présente dans ces groupes humains par ses enfants, qui y vivent ou sont envoyés vers eux. Car tous les fidèles, partout où ils vivent, sont tenus de manifester, par l’exemple de leur vie et le témoignage de leur parole, l’homme nouveau qu’ils ont revêtu par le baptême et la force du Saint-Esprit qui les a fortifiés par la confirmation, afin que les autres, considérant leurs bonnes œuvres, glorifient le Père (cf. Mt 5, 16) et perçoivent plus pleinement le sens authentique de la vie humaine et le lien universel de communion entre les hommes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour qu’ils puissent donner avec fruit ce témoignage au Christ, ils doivent se joindre à ces hommes dans l’estime et la charité, se reconnaître comme des membres du groupe humain dans lequel ils vivent, avoir part à la vie culturelle et sociale au moyen des diverses relations et des diverses affaires humaines ; ils doivent être familiers avec leurs traditions nationales et religieuses, découvrir avec joie et respect les semences du Verbe qui s’y trouvent cachées ; ils doivent en même temps être attentifs à la transformation profonde qui s’opère parmi les nations, et travailler à ce que les hommes de notre temps, trop appliqués à la science et à la technique du monde moderne, ne soient pas détournés des choses divines ; bien au contraire, à ce qu’ils soient éveillés à un désir plus ardent de la vérité et de la charité révélées par Dieu. Le Christ lui-même a scruté le cœur des hommes et les a amenés par un dialogue vraiment humain à la lumière divine ; de même ses disciples, profondément pénétrés de l’Esprit du Christ, doivent connaître les hommes au milieu desquels ils vivent, engager conversation avec eux, afin qu’eux aussi apprennent dans un dialogue sincère et patient, quelles richesses Dieu, dans sa munificence, a dispensées aux nations ; ils doivent en même temps s’efforcer d’éclairer ces richesses de la lumière évangélique, de les libérer, de les ramener sous la Seigneurie du Dieu Sauveur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Présence de la charité"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La présence des chrétiens dans les groupes humains doit être animée de cette charité dont nous a aimés Dieu, qui veut que nous aussi nous nous aimions mutuellement de la même charité (cf. 1 Jn 4, 11). La charité chrétienne s’étend véritablement à tous les hommes, sans aucune distinction de race, de condition sociale ou de religion ; elle n’attend aucun profit ni aucune reconnaissance. Dieu nous a aimés d’un amour gratuit ; de même, que les fidèles soient préoccupés dans leur charité de l’homme lui-même, en l’aimant du même mouvement dont Dieu nous a cherchés. Le Christ parcourait toutes les villes et bourgades en guérissant toutes les maladies et infirmités, en signe de l’avènement du Règne de Dieu (cf. Mt 9, 35 s. ; Ac 10, 38) ; de même l’Église est par ses fils en liaison avec les hommes de quelque condition qu’ils soient ; elle l’est surtout avec les pauvres et ceux qui souffrent et de tout son cœur elle se dépense pour eux (cf. 2 Co 12, 15). Elle participe à leurs joies et à leurs souffrances, elle connaît les aspirations et les problèmes de leur vie, elle souffre avec eux dans les angoisses de la mort. À ceux qui cherchent la paix, elle désire répondre dans un dialogue fraternel, en leur apportant la paix et la lumière qui viennent de l’Évangile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les chrétiens doivent donc travailler, en collaboration avec tous les autres, à organiser de manière droite les affaires économiques et sociales. Ils doivent se dévouer avec un soin spécial à l’éducation des enfants et des jeunes au moyen des écoles de toute sorte, qu’il faut considérer non seulement comme un moyen privilégié pour former et faire progresser la jeunesse chrétienne, mais en même temps comme un service de très haute valeur pour les hommes, surtout pour les nations en voie de développement, pour promouvoir la dignité humaine et préparer des conditions plus humaines. Ils doivent en outre prendre leur part dans les efforts de ces peuples qui, en faisant la guerre à la faim, à l’ignorance et aux maladies, s’appliquent à améliorer les conditions de la vie et à affermir la paix dans le monde. Dans cette activité, les fidèles doivent souhaiter ardemment apporter, de façon prudente, leur contribution aux initiatives lancées par les institutions privées et publiques, par les gouvernements, par les organismes internationaux, par les diverses communautés chrétiennes et par les religions non chrétiennes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais l’Église ne veut en aucune manière s’ingérer dans le gouvernement de la cité terrestre. Elle ne revendique pour elle-même d’autre titre que celui d’être au service des hommes, Dieu aidant, par sa charité et son dévouement fidèle (cf. Mt 20, 26 ; 23, 11) [29]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans leur vie et leur activité, les disciples du Christ, étroitement unis aux hommes, espèrent leur présenter le vrai témoignage du Christ et travailler en vue de leur salut, même là où ils ne peuvent annoncer pleinement le Christ. Car ils ne recherchent pas le progrès et la prospérité purement matériels des hommes ; mais ils entendent promouvoir leur dignité et leur union fraternelle, en enseignant les vérités religieuses et morales que le Christ a éclairées de sa lumière ; et ainsi, ils ouvrent pas à pas un chemin plus parfait vers Dieu. C’est ainsi que les hommes sont aidés dans l’obtention de leur salut par la charité envers Dieu et le prochain ; c’est ainsi que commence à luire le mystère du Christ, en qui est apparu l’homme nouveau, créé selon Dieu (cf. Ep 4, 24), en qui la charité de Dieu se révèle."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 2 : La prédication de l’Évangile et le rassemblement du Peuple de Dieu"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Évangélisation et conversion"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Partout où Dieu ouvre un champ libre à la prédication pour proclamer le mystère du Christ (cf. Col 4, 3), on doit annoncer (cf. 1 Co 9, 16 ; Rm 10, 14) à tous les hommes (cf. Mc 16, 15) avec assurance et persévérance (cf. Ac 4, 13.29.31 ; Ac 9, 27-28 ; Ac 13, 46 ; Ac 14, 3 ; Ac 19, 8 ; Ac 26, 26 ; Ac 28, 31 ; 1 Th 2, 2 ; 2 Co 3, 12 ; 2 Co 7, 4 ; Phm 1, 20 ; Ep 3, 12 ; Ep 6, 19-20) le Dieu vivant, et celui qu’il a envoyé pour le salut de tous, Jésus Christ (cf. 1 Th 1, 9-10 ; 1 Co 1, 18-21 ; Ga 3, 13-14 ; Ac 14, 15-17 ; Ac 17, 22-31), pour que les non-chrétiens, le Saint-Esprit ouvrant leur cœur (cf. Ac 16, 14), croient, se convertissent librement au Seigneur et s’attachent loyalement à lui qui, étant « la voie, la vérité et la vie » (Jn 14, 6), comble toutes leurs attentes spirituelles, bien plus, les dépasse de façon infinie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bien sûr, cette conversion est à comprendre comme une conversion initiale ; elle est suffisante cependant pour que l’homme se rende compte que, détourné du péché, il est introduit dans le mystère de l’amour de Dieu, qui l’appelle à nouer des rapports personnels avec lui dans le Christ. En effet, sous l’action de la grâce de Dieu, le nouveau converti entreprend un itinéraire spirituel par lequel, communiant déjà par la foi au mystère de la mort et de la résurrection, il passe du vieil homme au nouvel homme qui a sa perfection dans le Christ (cf. Col 3, 5-10 ; Ep 4, 20-24). Ce passage, qui entraîne avec lui un changement progressif de la mentalité et des mœurs, doit devenir manifeste avec ses conséquences sociales et se développer peu à peu pendant le temps du catéchuménat. Comme le Seigneur en qui il croit est un signe de contradiction (cf. Lc 2, 34 ; Mt 10, 34-39), il n’est pas rare que le converti fasse l’expérience de ruptures et de séparations, mais aussi connaisse les joies que Dieu donne sans les mesurer (cf. 1 Th 1, 6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église interdit sévèrement de forcer qui que ce soit à embrasser la foi, ou de l’y amener ou attirer par des pratiques indiscrètes, tout comme elle revendique avec force le droit pour qui que ce soit de n’être pas détourné de la foi par des vexations injustes [30]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Selon la très antique coutume de l’Église, on doit examiner avec soin les motifs de la conversion et, s’il est nécessaire, les purifier."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Catéchuménat et initiation chrétienne"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ceux qui ont reçu de Dieu, par l’intermédiaire de l’Église, la foi au Christ [31], doivent être admis au catéchuménat par des cérémonies liturgiques. Le catéchuménat n’est point un simple exposé des dogmes et des préceptes, mais une formation à la vie chrétienne intégrale et un apprentissage par lesquels les disciples sont unis au Christ leur Maître. Les catéchumènes doivent donc être initiés, de façon appropriée, au mystère du salut et à la pratique des mœurs évangéliques, et introduits, par des rites sacrés, à célébrer à des époques successives [32], dans la vie de la foi, de la liturgie et de la charité du Peuple de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ensuite, délivrés de la puissance des ténèbres (cf. Col 1, 13) [33], par les sacrements de l’initiation chrétienne, morts avec le Christ, ensevelis avec lui et ressuscités avec lui (cf. Rm 6, 4-11 ; Col 2, 12-13 ; 1 P 3, 21-22 ; Mc 16, 16), ils reçoivent l’Esprit d’adoption filiale (cf. 1 Th 3, 5-7 ; Ac 8, 14-17) et célèbrent avec tout le Peuple de Dieu le mémorial de la mort et de la résurrection du Seigneur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il faut souhaiter que la liturgie du temps du Carême et du temps de Pâques soit restaurée de telle manière qu’elle prépare l’âme des catéchumènes à la célébration du mystère pascal, pendant les solennités duquel ils sont régénérés par le baptême dans le Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette initiation chrétienne au cours du catéchuménat doit être l’œuvre non pas des seuls catéchistes ou des seuls prêtres, mais celle de toute la communauté des fidèles, spécialement celle des parrains, en sorte que dès le début les catéchumènes sentent qu’ils appartiennent au Peuple de Dieu. La vie de l’Église étant apostolique, les catéchumènes doivent de même apprendre à coopérer activement par le témoignage de leur vie et la profession de leur foi à l’évangélisation et à l’édification de l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfin le statut juridique des catéchumènes doit être fixé clairement dans le nouveau Code ; ils sont déjà unis à l’Église [34], ils sont déjà de la maison du Christ [35], et il n’est pas rare qu’ils mènent une vie de foi, d’espérance et de charité."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 3 : La formation de la communauté chrétienne"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formation de la communauté chrétienne"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quand l’Esprit Saint, qui appelle tous les hommes au Christ par les semences du Verbe et la prédication de l’Évangile, et suscite dans les cœurs l’obéissance de la foi, engendre à une nouvelle vie dans le sein de la fontaine baptismale ceux qui croient au Christ, il les rassemble en un seul Peuple de Dieu qui est « race élue, sacerdoce royal, nation sainte, peuple acquis » (1 P 2, 9) [36]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les missionnaires donc, collaborateurs de Dieu (cf. 1 Co 3, 9), doivent faire naître des assemblées de fidèles qui, menant une vie digne de l’appel qu’elles ont reçu (cf. Ep 4, 1), soient telles qu’elles puissent exercer les fonctions à elles confiées par Dieu : sacerdotale, prophétique, royale. C’est de cette manière qu’une communauté chrétienne devient signe de la présence de Dieu dans le monde : par le sacrifice eucharistique, en effet, elle passe au Père avec le Christ [37]; nourrie [38] avec soin de la Parole de Dieu, elle présente le témoignage du Christ [39]; elle marche enfin dans la charité et est enflammée d’esprit apostolique [40]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Une communauté chrétienne doit dès le début être constituée de telle manière qu’elle puisse, dans la mesure du possible, pourvoir elle-même à ses besoins. Ce rassemblement de fidèles, doté des richesses culturelles de sa propre nation, doit être profondément enraciné dans le peuple : les familles doivent s’y épanouir, pénétrées de l’esprit évangélique [41] et y être aidées par des écoles valables ; on doit y organiser des associations et des groupes grâce auxquels l’apostolat des laïcs pourra pénétrer de l’esprit évangélique toute la société. La charité enfin doit y briller de tout son éclat entre les catholiques de rites différents [42]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’esprit œcuménique doit aussi être nourri parmi les néophytes, qui doivent reconnaître honnêtement que des frères qui croient au Christ sont des disciples du Christ, régénérés par le baptême, ayant part à de nombreux biens du Peuple de Dieu. Autant que le permettent les situations religieuses, une action œcuménique doit être menée de telle sorte que, étant bannie toute apparence d’indifférentisme, de confusionnisme ou d’odieuse rivalité, les catholiques collaborent avec les frères séparés, selon les dispositions du décret sur l’œcuménisme, dans une commune profession de foi en Dieu et en Jésus Christ devant les nations, dans la mesure du possible, et dans la coopération en matière sociale et technique, culturelle et religieuse ; qu’ils collaborent surtout à la cause du Christ leur Seigneur commun : que son Nom les unisse! Cette collaboration doit être établie non seulement entre les personnes privées, mais aussi, au jugement de l’Ordinaire du lieu, entre les Églises ou communautés ecclésiales, et entre leurs œuvres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les chrétiens, venus de tous les peuples et rassemblés dans l’Église « ne se distinguent des autres hommes ni par le gouvernement, ni par la langue, ni par les institutions de la vie de la cité [43] » ; aussi doivent-ils vivre pour Dieu et le Christ selon les usages de leur pays, pour cultiver vraiment et efficacement en bons citoyens l’amour de la patrie, en évitant cependant de manière absolue le mépris à l’égard des races étrangères, le nationalisme exacerbé, et en promouvant l’amour universel des hommes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans l’obtention de ces résultats, ont une très grande importance et sont dignes d’un intérêt particulier les laïcs, c’est-à-dire les fidèles qui, incorporés au Christ par le baptême, vivent dans le monde. C’est leur rôle propre, quand ils sont pénétrés de l’Esprit du Christ, d’animer de l’intérieur, à la façon d’un ferment, les réalités temporelles, et de les disposer pour qu’elles soient toujours selon le Christ [44]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il ne suffit point cependant que le peuple chrétien soit présent et établi dans un pays ; il ne suffit point non plus qu’il exerce l’apostolat de l’exemple ; il est établi, il est présent dans ce but : annoncer le Christ aux concitoyens non chrétiens par la parole et par l’action, et les aider à accueillir pleinement le Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, pour la plantation de l’Église et le développement de la communauté chrétienne, sont nécessaires des ministères divers, qui, suscités par l’appel divin du sein même de l’assemblée des fidèles, doivent être encouragés et soutenus par tous avec un soin empressé : parmi eux, il y a les fonctions des prêtres, des diacres et des catéchistes, et l’action catholique. De même les religieux et les religieuses remplissent, par leur prière, ou par leur dévouement actif, une tâche indispensable pour enraciner dans les cœurs le règne du Christ, l’y fortifier et l’étendre plus au loin."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Établissement du clergé local"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Avec une immense joie, l’Église rend grâces pour le don inappréciable de la vocation sacerdotale que Dieu a accordé à un si grand nombre de jeunes parmi les peuples récemment convertis au Christ. L’Église, en effet, enfonce des racines plus vigoureuses en chaque groupe humain, quand les diverses communautés de fidèles possèdent, tirés de leurs membres, leurs propres ministres du salut, dans l’ordre des évêques, des prêtres et des diacres, qui sont au service de leurs frères, en sorte que les jeunes Églises acquièrent peu à peu une structure diocésaine avec un clergé propre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce qui a été décidé par le Concile à propos de la vocation et de la formation sacerdotales, doit être observé consciencieusement dès que l’Église commence à s’implanter, et aussi dans les jeunes Églises. Il faut faire très grand cas de ce qui est dit de la formation spirituelle à joindre étroitement à la formation doctrinale et pastorale, de la vie à mener en conformité avec l’Évangile sans considération de l’avantage personnel ou de l’intérêt familial, du sens intime du mystère de l’Église à développer. Ils apprendront ainsi de façon merveilleuse à se consacrer tout entiers au service du Corps du Christ et à l’œuvre de l’Évangile, à s’attacher à leur propre évêque comme de fidèles collaborateurs, et à apporter un concours loyal à leurs confrères [45]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour arriver à cette fin générale, toute la formation des élèves doit être organisée à la lumière du mystère du salut comme il est exposé dans les Écritures ; qu’ils découvrent et vivent ce mystère du Christ et du salut des hommes présent dans la liturgie [46]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ces exigences communes de la formation sacerdotale, même pastorale et pratique, selon les dispositions du Concile [47], doivent se combiner avec le zèle à prendre en considération le mode particulier de penser et d’agir de son propre peuple. Les esprits des élèves doivent donc être ouverts et rendus pénétrants pour bien connaître et pouvoir juger la culture de leur pays ; dans les disciplines philosophiques et théologiques, ils doivent saisir les raisons qui créent un désaccord entre les traditions et la religion nationales, et la religion chrétienne [48]. De même, la formation sacerdotale doit tenir compte des nécessités pastorales de la région ; les élèves doivent apprendre l’histoire, le but et la méthode de l’action missionnaire de l’Église, et les conditions particulières d’ordre social, économique, culturel de leur propre peuple. Ils doivent être éduqués dans un esprit d’œcuménisme et préparés comme il convient au dialogue fraternel avec les non-chrétiens [49]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout cela demande que les études conduisant au sacerdoce soient menées, autant que faire se peut, en pratiquant les coutumes et en partageant le mode de vie de leur propre peuple [50] . Qu’on veille enfin à donner une formation à une administration ecclésiastique bien organisée, et même une formation économique. On devra aussi choisir des prêtres capables qui, après une pratique pastorale d’une certaine durée, pourront mener à bon terme des études supérieures dans des universités même étrangères, surtout à Rome, et dans d’autres instituts scientifiques, en sorte que les jeunes Églises aient à leur disposition des prêtres venant du clergé local, dotés d’une science et d’une expérience convenables, pour remplir les fonctions ecclésiastiques plus ardues."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Là où les Conférences épiscopales le jugeront opportun, l’ordre du diaconat devra être rétabli comme état de vie permanent, selon les dispositions de la Constitution sur l’Église [51]. Il est utile en effet que les hommes qui accomplissent un ministère vraiment diaconal, ou en prêchant la Parole de Dieu, ou en gouvernant au nom du curé et de l’évêque les communautés chrétiennes éloignées, ou en exerçant la charité dans les œuvres sociales ou caritatives, soient fortifiés par l’imposition des mains transmise depuis les Apôtres et plus étroitement unis à l’autel, pour qu’ils s’acquittent de leur ministère plus efficacement, au moyen de la grâce sacramentelle du diaconat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formation des catéchistes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De même elle est digne d’éloge cette armée, qui a si magnifiquement mérité de l’œuvre des missions auprès des nations, l’armée des catéchistes hommes et femmes qui, pénétrés d’esprit apostolique, apportent par leurs labeurs considérables une aide singulière et absolument nécessaire à l’expansion de la foi et de l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De nos jours, du fait du petit nombre de clercs pour évangéliser de si grandes multitudes et accomplir le ministère pastoral, la fonction des catéchistes a une très grande importance. Leur formation doit donc être améliorée et adaptée au progrès culturel de façon à ce qu’ils puissent remplir le plus parfaitement possible leur fonction en collaborateurs efficaces de l’ordre sacerdotal, – fonction qui se complique de charges nouvelles et plus amples."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il faut donc multiplier les écoles diocésaines et régionales dans lesquelles les futurs catéchistes étudieront avec soin la doctrine catholique, surtout en matière biblique et liturgique, et aussi la méthode catéchétique et la pratique pastorale, se formeront aux mœurs des chrétiens [52], s’appliquant sans arrêt à cultiver la piété et la sainteté de vie. De plus on devra établir des sessions ou des cours qui permettront aux catéchistes de se renouveler, à périodes fixes, dans les disciplines et les techniques utiles à leur ministère, de nourrir et de fortifier leur vie spirituelle. En outre, à ceux qui se dévouent entièrement à cette besogne, on devra procurer par une juste rémunération un état de vie décent et la sécurité sociale [53]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On souhaite qu’il soit pourvu d’une manière convenable à la formation et à l’entretien des catéchistes par des subsides spéciaux du S. Dicastère de la Propagation de la foi. Si cela apparaît nécessaire et indiqué, on fondera une œuvre pour les catéchistes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De plus, les Églises apprécieront avec reconnaissance le labeur généreux des catéchistes auxiliaires, dont l’aide leur sera indispensable. Ils président les prières dans leurs communautés et enseignent la doctrine. Il faut donc se préoccuper comme il convient de leur formation doctrinale et spirituelle. En outre, il est souhaitable que, là où cela paraîtra opportun, la mission canonique soit confiée publiquement, au cours d’une action liturgique, aux catéchistes qui auront reçu une formation suffisante, afin qu’ils soient au service de la foi auprès du peuple avec une plus grande autorité."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promouvoir la vie religieuse"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dès la période de la plantation de l’Église, on doit prendre soin d’introduire la vie religieuse : non seulement elle apporte une aide précieuse et absolument nécessaire à l’activité missionnaire, mais par la consécration plus intime faite à Dieu dans l’Église, elle manifeste aussi avec éclat et fait comprendre la nature intime de la vocation chrétienne [54]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les instituts religieux qui travaillent à la plantation de l’Église, profondément imprégnés des richesses mystiques qui sont la gloire de la tradition religieuse de l’Église, doivent s’efforcer de les exprimer et de les transmettre selon le génie et le caractère de chaque peuple. Ils doivent examiner comment les traditions ascétiques et contemplatives, dont les germes ont été quelquefois répandus par Dieu dans les civilisations antiques avant la prédication de l’Évangile, peuvent être assumées dans la vie religieuse chrétienne."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans les jeunes Églises, les diverses formes de vie religieuse doivent être cultivées avec soin, afin de montrer les divers aspects de la mission du Christ et de la vie de l’Église, d’apporter un dévouement aux diverses œuvres pastorales et de préparer comme il le faut leurs membres à les accomplir. Cependant, que les évêques veillent dans leurs conférences à ce que des Congrégations poursuivant la même fin apostolique ne se multiplient pas au détriment de la vie religieuse et de l’apostolat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sont dignes d’une mention spéciale les diverses initiatives en vue de l’enracinement de la vie contemplative : certains instituts, gardant les éléments essentiels de l’institution monastique, travaillent à implanter la très riche tradition de leur ordre ; d’autres reviennent aux formes plus simples du monachisme antique ; tous cependant doivent chercher une authentique adaptation aux conditions locales. La vie contemplative, relevant du développement complet de la présence de l’Église, doit être instaurée partout dans les jeunes Églises."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE III : Les Églises particulières"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le progrès des jeunes Églises"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quand l’assemblée des fidèles est déjà enracinée dans la vie sociale et a épousé jusqu’à un certain point la culture locale, qu’elle jouit d’une certaine stabilité et solidité, l’œuvre de plantation de l’Église dans ce groupe humain déterminé atteint dans une certaine mesure son terme ; ayant ses ressources propres, fussent-elles insuffisantes, en clergé local, en religieux et en laïcs, elle est enrichie de ces ministères et institutions qui sont nécessaires pour diriger et développer la vie du Peuple de Dieu sous la conduite de l’évêque."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans ces jeunes Églises, la vie du Peuple de Dieu doit acquérir sa maturité dans tous les domaines de la vie chrétienne, qui doit être renouvelée selon les dispositions de ce Concile ; les assemblées de fidèles deviennent de jour en jour plus consciemment des communautés de foi, de liturgie et de charité ; par leur activité civile et apostolique les laïcs travaillent à instaurer dans la cité un ordre de charité et de justice ; les moyens de communication sociale sont employés de manière opportune et prudente ; grâce à une vie vraiment chrétienne, les familles deviennent des séminaires d’apostolat des laïcs et de vocations sacerdotales et religieuses. La foi enfin est enseignée selon une catéchèse adaptée, elle est célébrée dans une liturgie conforme au génie du peuple, et, par une législation canonique appropriée, elle passe dans les institutions honorables et dans les coutumes locales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques, chacun avec son presbyterium, de plus en plus pénétrés du sens du Christ et de l’Église, doivent sentir et vivre avec l’Église universelle. Intime doit demeurer la communion des jeunes Églises avec l’Église tout entière ; elles doivent en joindre les éléments traditionnels à leur culture propre, pour accroître la vie du Corps mystique par des échanges mutuels [55]. On doit donc cultiver les éléments théologiques, psychologiques et humains qui peuvent contribuer à favoriser ce sens de la communion avec l’Église universelle."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ces Églises, situées très souvent dans des contrées plus pauvres du globe, souffrent encore d’une pénurie, d’ordinaire très grave, de prêtres, et d’un manque de subsides matériels. Aussi ont-elles un très grand besoin que l’action missionnaire incessante de l’Église tout entière leur procure les secours qui servent tout d’abord au développement de l’Église locale et à la maturation de la vie chrétienne. Cette action missionnaire doit aussi apporter son aide à des Églises, fondées de longue date, qui se trouvent dans un certain état de régression et de faiblesse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cependant ces Églises doivent renouveler leur zèle pastoral commun et les œuvres adaptées qui permettent que les vocations pour le clergé diocésain et les instituts religieux s’accroissent en nombre, soient discernées avec plus de sûreté et cultivées avec un soin plus efficace [56], en sorte que peu à peu ces Églises puissent pourvoir à leurs propres besoins et apporter de l’aide aux autres."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’activité missionnaire des Églises particulières"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église particulière étant tenue de représenter le plus parfaitement possible l’Église universelle, elle doit savoir nettement qu’elle a été envoyée aussi à ceux, qui ne croyant pas au Christ, demeurent avec elle sur le même territoire, afin d’être, par le témoignage de la vie de chacun des fidèles et de toute la communauté, un signe qui leur montre le Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De plus, le ministère de la parole est indispensable pour que l’Évangile parvienne à tous. Il faut donc qu’avant tout l’évêque soit un prédicateur de la foi, qui amène au Christ de nouveaux disciples [57]. Pour s’acquitter comme il faut de cette noble tâche, il doit connaître à fond la situation de son troupeau, les opinions intimes sur Dieu de ses concitoyens, en tenant soigneusement compte des changements introduits par l’urbanisation, les migrations et l’indifférentisme religieux."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans les jeunes Églises, les prêtres locaux doivent entreprendre avec ardeur l’œuvre de l’évangélisation, organisant une action commune avec les missionnaires étrangers avec lesquels ils forment un seul presbyterium parfaitement uni sous l’autorité de l’évêque, non seulement pour paître les fidèles et célébrer le culte divin, mais aussi pour annoncer l’évangile à ceux qui sont au-dehors. Ils doivent se montrer prêts, et à l’occasion s’offrir d’un cœur ardent à l’évêque, pour entreprendre le travail missionnaire dans les régions éloignées et délaissées de leur propre diocèse ou en d’autres diocèses."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Du même zèle doivent brûler les religieux et les religieuses, et de même les laïcs à l’égard de leurs concitoyens, de ceux surtout qui sont plus pauvres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les conférences épiscopales doivent veiller à ce que, à des dates fixes, soient organisés des cours de renouvellement biblique, théologique, spirituel et pastoral dans l’intention suivante : que parmi les bouleversements et les changements, le clergé acquière une connaissance plus pleine de la science théologique et des méthodes pastorales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour le reste, que soit observé consciencieusement ce que le Concile a décidé, spécialement dans le décret sur le ministère et la vie des prêtres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour que cette œuvre missionnaire d’une Église particulière puisse être menée à bien, il faut avoir des ministres capables, qu’on préparera à temps de la manière qui convient à la situation de chaque Église. Les hommes se réunissant de plus en plus en groupes, il convient tout à fait que les conférences épiscopales aient des échanges sur le dialogue à instaurer avec ces groupes. Si en certaines régions il se rencontre des groupes d’hommes qui sont détournés d’embrasser la foi catholique, du fait qu’ils ne peuvent s’adapter à la forme particulière que l’Église y a revêtue, il est souhaitable qu’on pourvoie de façon spéciale [58] à une telle situation, jusqu’à ce que tous les chrétiens puissent être rassemblés en une seule communauté. Les évêques doivent appeler dans leur diocèse ou recevoir volontiers les missionnaires dont le Siège apostolique pourrait disposer dans ce but, et favoriser efficacement leurs initiatives."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour que ce zèle missionnaire commence à fleurir chez les frères de la même patrie, il convient tout à fait que les jeunes Églises participent effectivement à la mission universelle de l’Église en envoyant elles aussi des missionnaires qui pourront annoncer l’Évangile par toute la terre, bien qu’elles souffrent d’une pénurie de clergé. La communion avec l’Église universelle sera d’une certaine manière consommée lorsque, elles aussi, participeront activement à l’action missionnaire auprès d’autres nations."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promouvoir l’apostolat des laïcs"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église n’est pas fondée vraiment, elle ne vit pas pleinement, elle n’est pas le signe parfait du Christ parmi les hommes si un laïcat authentique n’existe pas et ne travaille pas avec la hiérarchie. L’Évangile ne peut s’enraciner profondément dans les esprits, la vie, et le travail d’un peuple, sans la présence active des laïcs. Par conséquent, faut-il dès la fondation d’une Église, apporter une très grande attention à constituer un laïcat chrétien qui atteigne sa maturité."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les fidèles laïcs, appartiennent à la fois au Peuple de Dieu et à la société civile ; ils appartiennent à leur peuple, ils y sont nés ; ils ont commencé à avoir part par l’éducation à ses trésors culturels, ils sont liés à sa vie par des liens sociaux de forme multiple ; ils sentent ses problèmes comme étant les leurs propres, et ils s’appliquent à les résoudre ; ils appartiennent aussi au Christ, parce qu’ils ont été régénérés dans l’Église par la foi et le baptême afin d’être au Christ (cf. 1 Co 15, 23) par la nouveauté de leur vie et leur action, afin aussi que dans le Christ tout soit soumis à Dieu, et qu’enfin Dieu soit tout en tous (cf. 1 Co 15, 28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leur principal devoir à eux, hommes et femmes, c’est le témoignage du Christ, qu’ils doivent rendre par leur vie et leurs paroles, dans leur famille, dans leur groupe social, dans leur milieu professionnel. Il faut donc qu’apparaisse en eux l’homme nouveau créé selon Dieu dans la justice et la sainteté véritable (cf. Ep 4, 24). Ils doivent exprimer cette nouveauté de vie dans le milieu social et culturel de leur patrie, selon les traditions nationales. Ils doivent connaître cette culture, la purifier, la conserver, la développer selon les situations récentes, enfin lui donner sa perfection dans le Christ, afin que la foi au Christ et la vie de l’Église ne soient plus étrangères à la société dans laquelle ils vivent, mais commencent à la pénétrer et à la transformer. Ils doivent être unis à leurs concitoyens par une charité sincère, afin que dans leur comportement apparaisse un nouveau lien d’unité et de solidarité universelle, puisées dans le mystère du Christ. Ils doivent aussi répandre la foi au Christ parmi ceux auxquels ils sont liés par la vie et la profession ; cette obligation s’impose d’autant plus que la plupart des hommes ne peuvent entendre l’Évangile et connaître le Christ que par les laïcs proches d’eux. Bien plus, là ou c’est possible, les laïcs doivent être prêts, en une collaboration plus immédiate avec la hiérarchie, à remplir une mission spéciale pour annoncer l’Évangile et communiquer la doctrine chrétienne, afin de rendre plus vigoureuse l’Église naissante."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les ministres de l’Église doivent tenir en grande estime l’apostolat difficile des laïcs ; ils doivent former les laïcs pour que, comme membres du Christ, ils prennent conscience de leur responsabilité à l’égard de tous les hommes ; ils doivent les instruire profondément dans le mystère du Christ, les initier aux méthodes pratiques, être avec eux dans les difficultés, selon la pensée de la Constitution Lumen gentium et du Décret Apostolicam actuositatem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les fonctions et les responsabilités propres des pasteurs étant bien respectées, la jeune Église tout entière doit rendre un seul témoignage vivant et ferme au Christ, afin de devenir un signe éclatant du salut qui nous arrive dans le Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diversité dans l’unité"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La semence, qu’est la Parole de Dieu, venant à germer dans une bonne terre arrosée de la rosée divine, y puise la sève, la transforme et l’assimile pour porter enfin un fruit abondant. Certes à l’instar de l’économie de l’Incarnation, les jeunes Églises enracinées dans le Christ et édifiées sur le fondement des Apôtres, assument pour un merveilleux échange toutes les richesses des nations qui ont été données au Christ en héritage (cf. Ps 2, 8). Elles empruntent aux coutumes et aux traditions de leurs peuples, à leur sagesse, à leur science, à leurs arts, à leurs disciplines, tout ce qui peut contribuer à confesser la gloire du Créateur, mettre en lumière la grâce du Sauveur, et ordonner comme il le faut la vie chrétienne [59]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour réaliser ce dessein, il est nécessaire que dans chaque grand territoire socioculturel, comme on dit, une réflexion théologique soit encouragée, par laquelle, à la lumière de la Tradition de l’Église universelle, les faits et les paroles révélés par Dieu, consignés dans les Saintes Écritures, expliqués par les Pères de l’Église et le magistère, seront soumis à un nouvel examen. Ainsi on saisira plus nettement par quelles voies la foi, compte tenu de la philosophie et de la sagesse des peuples, peut « chercher l’intelligence », et de quelles manières les coutumes, le sens de la vie, l’ordre social peuvent s’accorder avec les mœurs que fait connaître la révélation divine. Ainsi apparaîtront des voies vers une plus profonde adaptation dans toute l’étendue de la vie chrétienne. De cette manière, toute apparence de syncrétisme et de faux particularisme sera écartée, la vie chrétienne sera ajustée au génie et au caractère de chaque culture [60], les traditions particulières avec les qualités propres, éclairées par la lumière de l’Évangile, de chaque famille des peuples, seront assumées dans l’unité catholique. Enfin les nouvelles Églises particulières, enrichies de leurs traditions, auront leur place dans la communion ecclésiale, la primauté de la Chaire de Pierre, qui préside l’universelle assemblée de la charité [61], demeurant intacte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il faut donc souhaiter, – bien plus, il convient tout à fait –, que les conférences épiscopales, dans le cadre de chaque grand territoire socioculturel, s’unissent de telle manière qu’elles puissent, en plein accord et en mettant en commun leurs avis, poursuivre ce propos d’adaptation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE IV : Les missionnaires"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vocation missionnaire"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bien qu’à tout disciple du Christ incombe pour sa part la charge de répandre la foi [62], le Christ Seigneur appelle toujours parmi ses disciples ceux qu’il veut pour qu’ils soient avec lui et pour les envoyer prêcher aux nations (cf. Mc 3, 13 s.). Aussi par l’Esprit Saint, qui répartit comme il lui plaît les charismes pour le bien de l’Église (1 Co 12, 11), inspire-t- il la vocation missionnaire dans le cœur d’individus et suscite-t-il en même temps dans l’Église des instituts [63], qui se chargent comme d’un devoir propre de la mission d’évangélisation qui appartient à toute l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ils sont en effet marqués d’une vocation spéciale, ceux qui, doués d’un caractère naturel approprié, ayant les aptitudes requises en raison de leurs qualités et de leur intelligence, sont prêts à assumer [64] l’œuvre missionnaire, qu’ils soient autochtones ou étrangers : prêtres, religieux, laïcs. Envoyés par l’autorité légitime, ils partent, dans la foi et l’obéissance, vers ceux qui sont loin du Christ, mis à part pour l’œuvre en vue de laquelle ils ont été choisis (cf. Ac 13, 2), comme ministres de l’Évangile « pour que l’offrande des païens soit agréée, étant sanctifiée par l’Esprit Saint » (Rm 15, 16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La spiritualité missionnaire"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais au vrai Dieu qui l’appelle, l’homme doit répondre d’une manière telle que, sans consulter la chair ni le sang (cf. Ga 1, 16), il s’attache tout entier à l’œuvre de l’Évangile. Mais cette réponse ne peut être donnée qu’à l’invitation et avec la force de l’Esprit Saint. L’envoyé entre, en effet, dans la vie et la mission de Celui qui « s’est anéanti en prenant la forme d’esclave » (Ph 2, 7). Il doit donc être prêt à rester fidèle à sa vocation pendant toute sa vie, à renoncer à lui-même et à tout ce qu’il a possédé jusque-là, et à « se faire tout à tous » (1 Co 9, 22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Annonçant l’Évangile parmi les nations, il doit faire connaître avec assurance le mystère du Christ, dont il est l’ambassadeur, de telle manière qu’en Lui il ait l’audace de parler comme il le faut (cf. Ep 6, 19 s. ; Ac 4, 31) sans rougir du scandale de la croix. Suivant les traces de son Maître qui était doux et humble de cœur, il doit montrer que son joug est doux et son fardeau léger (Mt 11, 29 s.). Par une vie véritablement évangélique [65], par une grande constance, par la longanimité, par la douceur, par une charité non feinte (cf. 2 Co 6, 4 s.), il doit rendre témoignage à son Seigneur et même, si c’est nécessaire, jusqu’à l’effusion du sang. Il obtiendra de Dieu courage et force pour reconnaître que, dans les multiples tribulations et la très profonde pauvreté qu’il expérimente, se trouve une abondance de joie (cf. 2 Co 8, 2). Il doit être persuadé que l’obéissance est la vertu spécifique du ministre du Christ, qui a racheté le genre humain par son obéissance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les prédicateurs de l’Évangile doivent se garder de négliger la grâce qui est en eux ; ils doivent se renouveler de jour en jour par une transformation spirituelle (cf. 1 Tm 4, 14 ; Ep 4, 23 ; 2 Co 4, 16). Les Ordinaires et les supérieurs devront à dates fixes réunir les missionnaires pour qu’ils soient fortifiés dans l’espérance de leur vocation et renouvelés dans leur ministère apostolique ; des maisons adaptées pourront même être organisées dans ce but."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formation spirituelle et morale"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le futur missionnaire doit être préparé à une si noble tâche par une formation spirituelle et morale spéciale [66]. Il doit être prompt à prendre des initiatives, avoir de la constance pour mener à leur terme ses œuvres, être persévérant dans les difficultés ; il doit supporter patiemment, courageusement, la solitude, la fatigue, le travail stérile. Il ira au-devant des hommes avec largeur d’esprit et ouverture de cœur ; il entreprendra volontiers les tâches qui lui auront été confiées ; il s’adaptera généreusement aux mœurs étrangères des peuples, aux situations changeantes ; en plein accord avec eux, avec une charité réciproque, il apportera son travail et son aide à ses frères et à tous ceux qui se consacrent à la même besogne, en sorte qu’ils soient ensemble avec les fidèles, à l’imitation de la communauté apostolique, un seul cœur et une seule âme (cf. Ac 2, 42 ; Ac 4, 32)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Déjà pendant le temps de la formation, ces dispositions d’âme doivent être mises en œuvre, cultivées, approfondies et nourries par la vie spirituelle. Pénétré d’une foi vive et d’une espérance inébranlable, le missionnaire doit être un homme de prière ; il doit être enflammé d’un esprit de force, d’amour, de maîtrise de soi (cf. 2 Tm 1, 7) ; il doit apprendre à se suffire en toute occasion (cf. Ph 4, 11) ; dans un esprit de sacrifice, il doit porter en lui l’état de mort de Jésus, afin que la vie de Jésus opère en ceux à qui il est envoyé (cf. 2 Co 4, 10 s.) ; par zèle des âmes, il doit de tout cœur tout dépenser et en outre se dépenser lui-même pour les âmes (cf. 2 Co 12, 15 s.), au point que « par l’exercice quotidien de sa tâche, il grandisse dans l’amour de Dieu et du prochain [67] ». C’est ainsi que, obéissant à la volonté du Père avec le Christ, il continuera la mission du Christ sous l’autorité hiérarchique de l’Église, et collaborera au mystère du salut."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formation doctrinale et apostolique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ceux qui seront envoyés vers les diverses nations, doivent être comme de bons ministres du Christ nourris « des enseignements de la foi et de la bonne doctrine » (1 Tm 4, 6), qu’ils puiseront avant tout dans les Saintes Écritures, approfondissant le mystère du Christ dont ils seront les hérauts et les témoins."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi tous les missionnaires – prêtres, frères, sœurs, laïcs – doivent être préparés et formés, chacun selon sa condition, afin d’être à la hauteur des exigences de leur future tâche [68]. Dès le début déjà, leur formation doctrinale doit être organisée de telle manière qu’elle embrasse l’universalité de l’Église et la diversité des peuples. Cela vaut pour toutes les disciplines par lesquelles ils sont préparés à exercer leur ministère, et des autres sciences dont ils seront utilement instruits, afin qu’ils aient une connaissance générale des peuples, des cultures, des religions, tournée non seulement vers le passé, mais aussi vers le présent. Quiconque en effet doit aborder un autre peuple, doit tenir en estime son patrimoine, ses langues, ses mœurs. Il est donc absolument nécessaire au futur missionnaire de s’adonner aux études missiologiques, c’est-à-dire de connaître la doctrine et les règles de l’Église concernant l’activité missionnaire, de savoir quels chemins les messagers de l’Évangile ont parcourus au cœurs des siècles, ainsi que la situation actuelle des missions, en même temps que les méthodes jugées actuellement les plus efficaces [69]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bien que cette formation tout entière doive être pénétrée de sollicitude pastorale, une formation apostolique particulière, bien structurée, doit être proposée, tant par des cours que par des exercices pratiques [70]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le plus grand nombre possible de frères et de sœurs doivent être instruits convenablement de l’art de la catéchèse, y être préparés, afin de pouvoir collaborer davantage encore à l’apostolat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Même ceux qui assument pour une période seulement un rôle dans l’activité missionnaire, il est nécessaire qu’ils acquièrent une formation appropriée à leur condition."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ces diverses sortes de formation doivent être complétées dans les pays auxquels ils sont envoyés, de sorte que les missionnaires connaissent de manière plus étendue l’histoire, les structures sociales, les coutumes des peuples, qu’ils aient des idées plus précises sur l’ordre moral, les préceptes religieux ainsi que les convictions intimes qu’ils ont acquises selon leurs traditions sacrées sur Dieu, le monde et l’homme [71]. Ils doivent apprendre les langues jusqu’à pouvoir les utiliser aisément et correctement, et trouver ainsi un accès plus facile à l’esprit et au cœur des hommes [72]. En outre, ils doivent être initiés aux besoins pastoraux particuliers du pays."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quelques-uns des missionnaires devront être préparés d’une manière plus approfondie auprès des instituts de missiologies, ou d’autres facultés ou universités, afin de pouvoir s’acquitter plus efficacement de certaines tâches spéciales [73] et rendre service par leur science aux autres missionnaires dans l’exercice de leur activité missionnaire qui, de nos jours surtout, présente tant de difficultés et tant d’opportunités. Il est en outre tout à fait souhaitable que les conférences épiscopales régionales aient à leur disposition un bon nombre d’experts de ce genre, et qu’elles usent avec fruit de leur science et de leur expérience dans les difficultés que rencontre leur tâche. On ne doit pas non plus manquer de personnes qui sachent utiliser les instruments techniques et les moyens de communication sociale, dont tous doivent apprécier hautement l’importance."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les instituts qui travaillent dans les missions"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout cela, nécessaire pourtant de façon absolue à quiconque est envoyé aux nations, peut à peine être vraiment réalisé par des individus. L’œuvre missionnaire elle-même, au témoignage de l’expérience, ne pouvant non plus être accomplie par des isolés, une vocation commune a rassemblé des personnes en des instituts dans lesquels, en mettant en commun leurs forces, elles pourront recevoir une formation adaptée et s’acquitter de cette œuvre au nom de l’Église et selon la volonté de l’autorité hiérarchique. Depuis de nombreux siècles, ces instituts ont porté le poids du jour et de la chaleur, soit qu’ils se vouent totalement au labeur missionnaire, soit que cette activité absorbe une partie seulement de leurs efforts. Souvent d’immenses territoires leur ont été confiés par le Saint Siège pour être évangélisés ; ils y ont rassemblé pour Dieu un nouveau peuple, une Église locale attachée à ses propres pasteurs. Les Églises qu’ils ont fondées par leur sueur, bien plus encore par leur sang, ils seront à leur service par leur zèle et leur expérience en une collaboration fraternelle, ou en prenant la charge des âmes, ou en s’acquittant de fonctions spéciales en vue du bien commun."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parfois, pour toute l’étendue d’une région, ils assumeront certaines tâches plus urgentes, par exemple l’évangélisation de groupes humains ou de peuples qui n’auraient pas encore, pour diverses raisons, reçu le message évangélique, ou qui jusqu’ici lui ont résisté [74]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si besoin est, ils doivent être prêts à former et à aider de leur expérience ceux qui se consacrent pour un temps à l’activité missionnaire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour ces raisons, et du fait qu’il existe encore des peuples nombreux qu’il faut amener au Christ, les instituts demeurent absolument nécessaires."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE V : L’organisation de l’activité missionnaire"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les chrétiens, puisqu’ils ont des charismes différents (cf. Rm 12, 6), doivent collaborer à l’œuvre de l’Évangile, chacun selon ses possibilités, son aptitude, son charisme et son ministère (cf. 1 Co 3, 10) ; tous par conséquent, ceux qui sèment et ceux qui moissonnent (cf. Jn 4, 37), ceux qui plantent et ceux qui arrosent, il faut qu’ils soient un (cf. 1 Co 3, 8), afin que, tendant tous librement et de manière ordonnée à la même fin [75] », ils dépensent leurs forces d’un même cœur pour l’édification de l’Église. C’est pourquoi les travaux des prédicateurs de l’Évangile et l’aide des autres chrétiens doivent être dirigés et coordonnés de telle manière que « tout se fasse selon l’ordre » (1 Co 14, 40) dans tous les domaines de l’activité et de la coopération missionnaires."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Organisation générale"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La charge d’annoncer l’Évangile par toute la terre étant en premier lieu l’affaire du corps épiscopal [76], le synode des évêques ou « conseil stable d’évêques pour l’Église universelle [77] » doit avoir, parmi les affaires d’importance générale [78], un souci spécial de l’activité missionnaire, qui est une charge très importante et très sacrée de l’Église [79]. Pour toutes les missions et pour toute l’activité missionnaire, il faut qu’il n’y ait qu’un seul dicastère compétent, celui de la « Propagation de la foi », par lequel doivent être dirigées et coordonnées par toute la terre l’œuvre missionnaire et la coopération missionnaire cependant le droit des Églises orientales, étant sauf [80]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bien que l’Esprit Saint suscite de diverses manières l’esprit missionnaire dans l’Église de Dieu, bien qu’il ne soit pas rare que l’action de l’Esprit devance l’action de ceux à qui il appartient de gouverner la vie de l’Église, ce dicastère doit cependant, pour sa part, promouvoir la vocation et la spiritualité missionnaires, le zèle et la prière pour les missions, et publier à leur sujet des informations authentiques et valables. C’est par lui que doivent être suscités et répartis, selon les besoins plus urgents des régions, les missionnaires. C’est par lui que doit être établi un plan rationnel d’action ; c’est de lui que doivent provenir les normes directrices et les principes adaptés pour l’évangélisation ; c’est par lui que doivent être données les impulsions. C’est par lui que doit être lancée et coordonnée une collecte efficace de ressources qui seront distribuées en tenant compte de la nécessité ou de l’utilité et de l’étendue des territoires, du nombre des fidèles et des infidèles, des œuvres et des instituts, des ministres et des missionnaires."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En union avec le Secrétariat pour favoriser l’unité des chrétiens, ce dicastère doit chercher les moyens de procurer et d’organiser la collaboration fraternelle ainsi que la bonne entente avec les initiatives missionnaires d’autres communautés chrétiennes, afin que le scandale de la division soit supprimé dans la mesure du possible."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aussi est-il nécessaire que ce dicastère soit autant un instrument d’administration qu’un organe de direction dynamique, qui use de méthodes scientifiques et de moyens adaptés aux conditions de notre temps, c’est-à-dire en tenant compte de la recherche actuelle en théologie, en méthodologie et en pastorale missionnaire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans la direction de ce dicastère doivent avoir une part active, avec voix délibérative, des représentants choisis de tous ceux qui collaborent à l’œuvre missionnaire : des évêques du monde entier, après consultation des conférences épiscopales ; des directeurs des instituts et des œuvres pontificales, selon des modes et des méthodes à établir par le Pontife romain. Tous ces représentants, qui seront convoqués à dates fixes, doivent assurer, sous l’autorité du Souverain Pontife, l’organisation suprême de toute l’œuvre missionnaire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Un groupe permanent d’experts consulteurs, de science ou d’expérience éprouvées, à qui il appartiendra entre autres choses de recueillir des nouvelles opportunes sur la situation locale des diverses régions et la mentalité des divers groupes humains, sur les méthodes d’évangélisation à employer, – et de proposer des conclusions scientifiquement fondées pour l’œuvre et la coopération missionnaires – doit être à la disposition de ce dicastère."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les instituts de religieuses, les œuvres régionales pour les missions, les organisations de laïcs, particulièrement les organisations internationales, doivent être représentées de la manière qui convient."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Organisation locale dans les missions"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour que dans l’exercice de l’œuvre missionnaire elle-même les buts soient atteints et les résultats obtenus, tous ceux qui travaillent à la mission doivent avoir « un seul cœur et une seule âme » (Ac 4, 32)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est le rôle de l’évêque, comme directeur et centre de l’unité dans l’apostolat diocésain, de promouvoir l’activité missionnaire, de la diriger, de la coordonner, de telle manière pourtant que soit sauvegardée et encouragée la spontanéité de ceux qui ont une part dans cette œuvre. Tous les missionnaires, même les religieux exempts, sont soumis à son autorité dans les diverses œuvres qui regardent l’exercice de l’apostolat sacré [81]. En vue d’une meilleure coordination, l’évêque doit constituer, dans la mesure du possible, un conseil pastoral, dans lequel les clercs, les religieux et les laïcs auront leur part par l’intermédiaire de délégués choisis. L’évêque doit veiller en outre à ce que l’activité apostolique ne soit pas limitée aux seuls convertis, mais à ce qu’une part égale d’ouvriers et de subsides soit destinée à l’évangélisation des non-chrétiens."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coordination régionale"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les conférences épiscopales doivent traiter par des délibérations communes des questions plus graves et des problèmes plus urgents, sans négliger cependant les différences locales [82]. Pour qu’on ne disperse pas les ressources insuffisantes en personnes et en ressources ; pour qu’on ne multiplie pas sans nécessité les initiatives, il est recommandé de fonder, en mettant en commun les forces, des œuvres qui serviront au bien de tous, par exemple des séminaires, des écoles supérieures et techniques, des centres pastoraux, catéchétiques, liturgiques ainsi que des centres de moyens de communication sociale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Une coopération de ce genre doit être établie, selon l’opportunité, même entre diverses conférences épiscopales."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Organisation de l’activité des instituts"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il est utile aussi de coordonner les activités menées par les instituts ou les associations ecclésiastiques. Tous, de quelque genre qu’ils soient, en tout ce qui regarde l’activité missionnaire elle-même, doivent obéir à l’Ordinaire du lieu. Aussi sera-t-il très utile de conclure des conventions particulières, qui régleront les rapports entre l’Ordinaire du lieu et le directeur de l’institut."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quand un territoire a été confié à un institut, le supérieur ecclésiastique et l’institut auront à cœur de tout mettre en œuvre pour ce but : que la nouvelle communauté chrétienne grandisse et devienne une Église locale qui, en temps opportun, sera gouvernée par son propre pasteur avec son clergé."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quand cesse le mandat sur un territoire, naît une nouvelle situation. Alors les conférences épiscopales et les instituts doivent établir, par délibération commune, les règles qui doivent régir les rapports entre les Ordinaires des lieux et les instituts [83]. Il appartient au Saint-Siège d’esquisser les principes généraux selon lesquels les conventions régionales ou même particulières doivent être conclues."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Même si les instituts sont prêts à continuer l’œuvre commencée, en collaborant au ministère ordinaire du soin des âmes, cependant, à mesure que croîtra le clergé local, il faudra veiller à ce que les instituts, dans la mesure compatible avec leur but, demeurent fidèles au diocèse lui-même, en y assumant généreusement des œuvres spéciales ou une région déterminée."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coordination entre les instituts"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il faut que les instituts, qui dans le même territoire s’appliquent à l’activité missionnaire, trouvent les voies et les modes selon lesquels leurs œuvres seront coordonnées. C’est pourquoi sont de très grande utilité les conférences de religieux et les unions de religieuses, dans lesquelles tous les instituts d’une même nation ou d’une même région ont leur part. Ces conférences doivent rechercher ce qui peut être fait en mettant en commun les efforts ; elles doivent entretenir d’étroites relations avec les conférences épiscopales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout cela, il convient de l’étendre pour une raison semblable à la collaboration des instituts missionnaires dans le pays dont ils sont originaires, en sorte que les questions et les initiatives communes puissent être résolues plus facilement et à moindre frais, comme la formation doctrinale des futurs missionnaires, les cours pour les missionnaires, les rapports à envoyer aux autorités publiques ou aux organes internationaux et supranationaux."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coordination entre les instituts scientifiques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’exercice régulier et ordonné de l’activité missionnaire exigeant que les ouvriers évangéliques soient préparés scientifiquement à leur mission, particulièrement au dialogue avec les religions et les cultures non chrétiennes, – et que dans l’exécution elle-même ils soient aidés efficacement, on désire que, en faveur des missions, collaborent fraternellement et généreusement entre eux les divers instituts scientifiques qui cultivent la missiologie et d’autres disciplines ou techniques utiles aux missions, comme l’ethnologie et la linguistique, l’histoire et la science des religions, la sociologie, les techniques pastorales, et autres choses semblables."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE VI : La coopération"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église étant tout entière missionnaire, et l’œuvre de l’évangélisation étant un devoir fondamental du Peuple de Dieu, le saint Concile invite tous les chrétiens à une profonde rénovation intérieure, afin qu’ayant une conscience vive de leur propre responsabilité dans la diffusion de l’Évangile, ils assument leur part dans l’œuvre missionnaire auprès des nations."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devoir missionnaire du Peuple de Dieu tout entier"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comme membres du Christ vivant, auquel ils ont été incorporés et configurés par le baptême ainsi que par la confirmation et l’Eucharistie, tous les fidèles sont tenus de coopérer à l’expansion et au développement de son Corps, pour l’amener le plus vite possible à sa plénitude (Ep 4, 13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi tous les fils de l’Église doivent avoir une vive conscience de leur responsabilité à l’égard du monde, nourrir en eux un esprit véritablement catholique et dépenser leurs forces pour l’œuvre de l’évangélisation. Cependant, que tous le sachent, leur premier et leur plus important devoir pour la diffusion de la foi, c’est de vivre profondément leur vie chrétienne. Car leur ferveur au service de Dieu, leur charité à l’égard des autres apporteront un nouveau souffle spirituel à l’Église tout entière, qui apparaîtra comme un signal levé sur les nations (cf. Is 11, 12), « lumière du monde » (Mt 5, 14) et « sel de la terre » (Mt 5, 13). Ce témoignage de la vie obtiendra plus facilement son effet s’il est rendu avec d’autres groupes chrétiens, selon les normes du décret sur l’œcuménisme [84]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cet esprit renouvelé amènera à offrir spontanément à Dieu des prières et des œuvres de pénitence pour qu’il féconde de sa grâce l’œuvre des missionnaires ; il amènera l’éclosion de vocations missionnaires, et l’afflux des ressources dont les missions ont besoin."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour que tous et chacun des chrétiens connaissent exactement la situation présente de l’Église dans le monde, et qu’ils entendent la voix des multitudes qui crient : « Viens à notre aide » (cf. Ac 16, 9), on donnera, en employant les moyens modernes de communication sociale, des nouvelles missionnaires telles que, prenant conscience de ce que l’activité missionnaire est la leur, ils ouvrent leur cœur aux besoins si immenses et si profonds des hommes et puissent leur venir en aide."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nécessaire aussi est la coordination des informations et la coopération avec les organes nationaux et internationaux."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devoir missionnaire des communautés chrétiennes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puisque le Peuple de Dieu vit dans des communautés, diocésaines et paroissiales surtout, et que c’est dans ces communautés que d’une certaine manière il se montre visible, c’est aussi aux communautés qu’il appartient de rendre témoignage au Christ devant les nations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La grâce de la rénovation ne peut croître dans des communautés à moins que chacune d’entre elles n’étende le rayon de sa charité jusqu’aux extrémités de la terre, et qu’elle n’ait, pour ceux qui sont loin, une sollicitude semblable à celle qu’elle a pour ceux qui sont ses propres membres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est ainsi que la communauté tout entière prie, coopère, exerce une activité parmi les nations, par l’intermédiaire de ses fils que Dieu choisit pour une tâche si magnifique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il serait très utile, pourvu qu’on ne laisse pas de côté l’œuvre missionnaire universelle, de garder contact avec les missionnaires issus de la communauté elle-même, ou avec une paroisse ou un diocèse des missions, afin que devienne visible la communion entre les communautés, et que cela tourne à l’édification mutuelle."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devoir missionnaire des évêques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tous les évêques, en tant que membres du corps épiscopal qui succède au collège des Apôtres, ont été consacrés non seulement pour un diocèse déterminé, mais pour le salut du monde entier. Le commandement du Christ de prêcher l’Évangile à toute créature (Mc 16, 15) les atteint en premier lieu et directement, en union avec Pierre et sous l’autorité de Pierre. De là naît cette communion et coopération entre Églises aujourd’hui si nécessaire pour continuer l’œuvre de l’évangélisation. En vertu de cette communion, chacune des Églises porte la sollicitude de toutes les autres ; les Églises se font connaître réciproquement leurs propres besoins ; elles se communiquent mutuellement leurs biens, puisque l’extension du Corps du Christ est la charge du collège épiscopal tout entier [85]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans son diocèse, avec lequel il ne fait qu’un, l’évêque, quand il anime, fait avancer, dirige l’œuvre missionnaire, rend présents et pour ainsi dire visibles l’esprit et l’ardeur missionnaires du Peuple de Dieu, en sorte que le diocèse tout entier devient missionnaire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il appartiendra à l’évêque d’éveiller dans son peuple, surtout parmi les infirmes et les affligés, des âmes qui offrent à Dieu, de tout leur cœur, pour l’évangélisation du monde, prières et œuvres de pénitence ; d’encourager volontiers les vocations de jeunes et de clercs pour les instituts missionnaires, acceptant avec reconnaissance que Dieu en choisisse quelques-uns qui entreront dans l’activité missionnaire de l’Église ; d’exhorter et d’aider les congrégations diocésaines à assumer leur part propre dans les missions ; de promouvoir auprès de ses fidèles les œuvres des instituts missionnaires, mais particulièrement les Œuvres pontificales missionnaires. Car c’est à ces œuvres qu’à bon droit doit être attribuée la première place, puisqu’elles sont des moyens pour pénétrer les catholiques, dès leur enfance, d’un esprit vraiment universel et missionnaire, et pour provoquer une collecte efficace de fonds au profit de toutes les missions, selon les besoins de chacune [86]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puisque de jour en jour augmente le besoin d’ouvriers pour la vigne du Seigneur, et que des prêtres diocésains désirent avoir eux aussi un rôle toujours plus grand dans l’évangélisation du monde, le saint Concile souhaite vivement que les évêques, réfléchissant à la très grave pénurie de prêtres qui empêche l’évangélisation de nombreuses régions, envoient à des diocèses manquant de clergé quelques-uns de leurs meilleurs prêtres qui se proposent pour l’œuvre missionnaire, et leur fassent donner la préparation nécessaire ; ces prêtres y accompliront en esprit de service, au moins pour une période, le ministère des missions [87]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour que l’activité missionnaire des évêques puisse s’exercer plus efficacement au profit de l’Église tout entière, il est utile que les conférences épiscopales règlent les affaires qui ont trait à la coopération bien organisée de leur propre région."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans leurs conférences, que les évêques traitent des prêtres du clergé diocésain à consacrer à l’évangélisation des nations ; de la somme déterminée, proportionnée à ses propres revenus, que chaque diocèse est tenu de verser chaque année pour l’œuvre des missions [88]; de la réglementation et de l’organisation des modes et des moyens qui viennent directement en aide aux missions ; de l’aide à apporter aux instituts missionnaires et aux séminaires de clergé diocésain pour les missions, et, si besoin est, de leur fondation ; de l’encouragement à donner à des liens plus étroits entre des instituts de ce genre et les diocèses."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il appartient de même aux conférences épiscopales d’établir et de promouvoir les œuvres qui permettent de recevoir fraternellement et d’entourer d’un soin pastoral convenable, ceux qui pour cause de travail et d’étude quittent les territoires de mission pour vivre à l’étranger. C’est par ces immigrants que les peuples éloignés deviennent proches d’une certaine manière, et qu’aux communautés qui sont chrétiennes de longue date, est offerte l’occasion d’entreprendre le dialogue avec les nations qui n’ont pas encore entendu l’Évangile, et de leur montrer, dans le service d’amour et d’aide qui leur est propre, l’authentique visage du Christ [89]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devoir missionnaire des prêtres"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les prêtres représentent le Christ et sont les collaborateurs de l’ordre épiscopal dans la triple fonction sacrée qui, par sa nature même, a trait à la mission de l’Église [90]. Ils doivent donc comprendre à fond que leur vie a été consacrée aussi au service des missions. Puisque par leur ministère propre – qui consiste principalement dans l’Eucharistie, laquelle donne à l’Église sa perfection – ils sont en communion avec le Christ Tête et amènent d’autres êtres à cette communion, ils ne peuvent pas ne pas sentir combien il manque encore à la plénitude du Corps, et par conséquent tout ce qu’il faudrait faire pour qu’il s’accroisse de jour en jour. Ils ordonneront donc leur sollicitude pastorale de manière qu’elle soit utile à l’expansion de l’Évangile chez les non-chrétiens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans leur charge pastorale, les prêtres stimuleront et entretiendront parmi les fidèles le zèle pour l’évangélisation du monde, en les instruisant par la catéchèse et la prédication de la charge qu’a l’Église d’annoncer le Christ aux nations ; en enseignant aux familles chrétiennes la nécessité et l’honneur de cultiver des vocations missionnaires parmi leurs propres fils et filles ; en encourageant chez les jeunes des écoles et des associations catholiques la ferveur missionnaire, en sorte que de futurs prédicateurs de l’Évangile sortent de ce milieu. Ils doivent apprendre aux fidèles à prier pour les missions ; ne pas rougir de leur demander des aumônes pour les missions, se faisant comme des mendiants pour le Christ et le salut des âmes [91]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les professeurs des séminaires et des universités enseigneront aux jeunes la véritable situation du monde et de l’Église, pour que la nécessité d’une évangélisation plus poussée des non-chrétiens ressorte mieux à leurs yeux et nourrisse leur zèle. Dans l’enseignement des disciplines dogmatiques, bibliques, morales et historiques, ils devront mettre en lumière les aspects missionnaires qui y sont contenus, afin que de cette manière la conscience missionnaire se forme chez les futurs prêtres."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devoir missionnaire des instituts de perfection"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les instituts religieux, de vie contemplative et active, ont eu jusqu’ici et ont une très grande part dans l’évangélisation du monde. Leurs mérites, le saint Concile les reconnaît de grand cœur, et rend grâces à Dieu pour tant de sacrifies acceptés pour la gloire de Dieu et le service des âmes ; il les exhorte à persévérer sans défaillance dans l’œuvre commencée, puisqu’ils savent que la vertu de charité, qu’ils sont tenus de pratiquer de façon plus parfaite du fait de leur vocation, les pousse et les oblige à un esprit et à un travail vraiment catholiques [92]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les instituts de vie contemplative, par leurs prières, leurs œuvres de pénitence, leurs épreuves, ont une très grande importance dans la conversion des âmes, puisque c’est Dieu qui envoie à notre prière, des ouvriers dans sa moisson (cf. Mt 9, 38), ouvre les cœurs des non-chrétiens pour qu’ils écoutent l’Évangile (cf. Ac 16, 14) et rend féconde dans leurs cœurs la parole du salut (cf. 1 Co 3, 7). Bien plus, ces instituts sont invités à fonder des maisons dans les territoires des missions, comme un certain nombre l’ont fait déjà, afin que, y menant leur vie d’une manière adaptée aux traditions authentiquement religieuses des peuples, ils rendent parmi les non-chrétiens un magnifique témoignage de la majesté et de la charité de Dieu, et de l’union dans le Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les instituts de vie active, qu’ils poursuivent ou non une fin strictement missionnaire, doivent se poser sincèrement devant Dieu la question de savoir s’ils peuvent étendre leur activité en vue de l’expansion du règne de Dieu parmi les nations ; s’ils peuvent laisser à d’autres certains ministères, de façon à dépenser leurs forces pour les missions ; s’ils peuvent entreprendre une activité dans les missions, en adaptant, si c’est nécessaire, leurs constitutions, mais cependant selon l’esprit du fondateur ; si leurs membres prennent part selon leurs forces à l’activité missionnaire ; si leur façon habituelle de vivre est un témoignage de l’Évangile, vraiment adapté au caractère et à la situation du peuple."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puisque, sous l’inspiration du Saint-Esprit, s’accroissent de jour en jour dans l’Église les instituts séculiers, leur aide, sous l’autorité de l’évêque, peut être fructueuse dans les missions à des titres multiples, comme signe d’un don plénier à l’évangélisation du monde."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devoir missionnaire des laïcs"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les laïcs coopèrent à l’œuvre d’évangélisation de l’Église et participent à titre de témoins, et en même temps d’instruments vivants à sa mission salvifique [93], surtout si, appelés par Dieu, ils sont affectés par les évêques à cette œuvre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans les terres déjà chrétiennes, les laïcs coopèrent à l’œuvre de l’évangélisation en développant en eux-mêmes et chez les autres la connaissance et l’amour des missions, en suscitant des vocations dans leur propre famille, dans les associations catholiques et les écoles, en offrant des subsides de toute sorte, afin que le don de la foi qu’ils ont reçu gratuitement puisse être aussi transmis à d’autres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans les territoires des missions, les laïcs, soit étrangers soit autochtones, doivent enseigner dans les écoles, avoir la gestion des affaires temporelles, collaborer à l’activité paroissiale et diocésaine, établir et promouvoir les diverses formes de l’apostolat des laïcs, pour que les fidèles des jeunes Églises puissent assurer le plus vite possible leur propre part dans la vie de l’Église [94]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfin les laïcs doivent apporter volontiers leur coopération économico-sociale aux peuples en voie de développement ; cette coopération est d’autant plus à louer qu’elle vise à fonder des instituts qui atteignent les structures fondamentales de la vie sociale, ou sont destinés à la formation de ceux qui ont la responsabilité de la chose publique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sont dignes d’une louange spéciale ceux qui, dans les universités ou les instituts scientifiques, font avancer, par leurs recherches historiques ou scientifico-religieuses, la connaissance des peuples et des religions, aidant les prédicateurs de l’Évangile et préparant le dialogue avec les non-chrétiens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Avec les autres chrétiens, avec les non-chrétiens, particulièrement avec les membres des associations internationales, ils doivent collaborer fraternellement, ayant toujours devant les yeux que « la construction de la cité terrestre doit être fondée sur le Seigneur et orientée vers lui [95] »."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour s’acquitter de toutes ces tâches, les laïcs ont besoin d’une indispensable préparation technique et spirituelle, qui doit être donnée dans des instituts spécialisés, pour que leur vie soit un témoignage pour le Christ parmi les non-chrétiens selon ce mot de l’apôtre : « Ne donnez scandale ni aux Juifs ni aux Grecs ni à l’Église de Dieu, tout comme moi je m’efforce de plaire à tous en tout, ne cherchant pas mon propre intérêt, mais celui du plus grand nombre, afin qu’ils soient sauvés » (1 Co 10, 32-33)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSION"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les Pères du Concile, en union avec le Pontife romain, sentant très profondément le devoir d’étendre partout le règne de Dieu, saluent avec toute leur affection tous les messagers de l’Évangile, ceux surtout qui pour le nom du Christ souffrent la persécution, et ils s’associent à leurs souffrances [96]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ils sont enflammés eux aussi du même amour dont le Christ a brûlé pour les hommes. Conscients que c’est Dieu qui fait que son règne advienne sur la terre, ils répandent leurs prières avec tous les fidèles du Christ pour que, par l’intercession de la Vierge Marie, Reine des Apôtres, les nations soient amenées le plus tôt possible à la connaissance de la vérité (1 Tm 2, 4), et que la gloire de Dieu qui resplendit sur la face du Christ commence à luire pour tous par le Saint-Esprit (2 Co 4, 6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout l’ensemble et chacun des points qui ont été édictés dans ce décret ont plu aux Pères du Concile. Et Nous, en vertu du pouvoir apostolique que Nous tenons du Christ, en union avec les vénérables Pères, Nous les approuvons, arrêtons et décrétons dans le Saint-Esprit, et Nous ordonnons que ce qui a été établi en Concile soit promulgué pour la gloire de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rome, à Saint-Pierre, le 7 décembre 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, Paul, évêque de l’Église catholique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Suivent les signatures des Pères)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Signatures des Pères"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, PAUL, évêque de l’Église catholique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Ioannis et Pauli Presbyter Cardinalis SPELLMAN, Archiepiscopus Neo-Eboracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo Ss. Bonifacii et Alexii Presbyter Cardinalis DE BARROS CÂMARA, Archiepiscopus S. Sebastiani Fluminis Ianuarii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis ante Portam Latinam Presbyter Cardinalis FRINGS, Archiepiscopus Coloniensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS titulo S. Sabinae Presbyter Cardinalis RUFFINI, Archiepiscopus Panormitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Panisperna Presbyter Cardinalis CAGGIANO, Archiepiscopus Bonaërensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PETRUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis CIRIACI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo S. Mariae de Pace Presbyter Cardinalis FELTIN, Archiepiscopus Parisiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Mariae de Victoria Presbyter Cardinalis SIRI, Archiepiscopus Ianuensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS titulo S. Mariae Trans Tiberim Presbyter Cardinalis WYSZYNSKI, Archiepiscopus Gnesnensis et Varsaviensis, Primas Poloniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENIAMINUS titulo S. Vitalis Presbyter Cardinalis DE ARRIBA Y CASTRO, Archiepiscopus Tarraconensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Augustini Presbyter Cardinalis QUIROGA Y PALACIOS, Archiepiscopus Compostellanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS AEMILIUS titulo S. Mariae Angelorum in Thermis Presbyter Cardinalis LEGER, Archiepiscopus Marianopolitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS HUMBERTUS titulo Ss. Andreae et Gregorii ad Clivum Scauri Presbyter Cardinalis QUINTERO, Archiepiscopus Caracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Mariae Novae Presbyter Cardinalis CONCHA, Archiepiscopus Bogotensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Priscae Presbyter Cardinalis DA COSTA NUNES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego HILDEBRANDUS titulo S. Sebastiani ad Catacumbas Presbyter Cardinalis ANTONIUTTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego EPHRAEM titulo S. Crucis in Hierusalem Presbyter Cardinalis FORNI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Mariae de Aracoeli Presbyter Cardinalis LANDAZURI RICKETTS, Archiepiscopus Limanus, Primas Peruviae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RADULFUS titulo S. Bernardi ad Thermas Presbyter Cardinalis SILVA HENRIQUEZ, Archiepiscopus S. Iacobi in Chile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO IOSEPHUS titulo S. Petri ad Vincula Presbyter Cardinalis SUENENS, Archiepiscopus Mechliniensis-Bruxellensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Athanasii Presbyter Cardinalis SLIPYI, Archiepiscopus Maior Ucrainorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS titulo S. Leonis I Presbyter Cardinalis JAEGER, Archiepiscopus Paderbornensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Crucis in via Flaminia Presbyter Cardinalis BERAN, Archiepiscopus Pragensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo D.nae N.ae de SS. Sacramento et Martyrum Canadensium Presbyter Cardinalis ROY, Archiepiscopus Quebecensis, Primas Canadiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Teresiae Presbyter Cardinalis MARTIN, Archiepiscopus Rothomagensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AUDOËNUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis MCCANN, Archiepiscopus Civitatis Capitis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO STEPHANUS titulo S. Balbinae Presbyter Cardinalis DUVAL, Archiepiscopus Algeriensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERMENEGILDUS titulo Reginae Apostolorum Presbyter Cardinalis FLORIT, Archiepiscopus Florentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Petri et Pauli in via Ostiensi Presbyter Cardinalis ŠEPER, Archiepiscopus Zagrabiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS S. Mariae in Porticu Diaconus Cardinalis JOURNET."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALBERTUS GORI, Patriarcha Hierosolymitanus Latinorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS II CHEIKHO, Patriarcha Babylonensis Chaldaeorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS PETRUS XVI BATANIAN, Patriarcha Ciliciae Armenorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS VIEIRA ALVERNAZ, Patriarcha Indiarum Orientalium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES CAROLUS MCQUAID, Archiepiscopus Dublinensis, Primas Hiberniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS ROHRACHER, Archiepiscopus Salisburgensis, Primas Germaniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego DEMETRIUS MOSCATO, Archiepiscopus Primas Salernitanus et Administrator Perpetuus Acernensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUGO CAMOZZO, Archiepiscopus Pisanus et Primas Sardiniae et Corsicae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALEXANDER TOKI , Archiepiscopus Antibarensis et Primas Serbiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS SENA DE OLIVEIRA, Archiepiscopus Conimbricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis † Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius † Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium : AAS 48 (1965), p. 53."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2] Saint Augustin, Enarr. in Ps. 44, 23 : PL 36, 508 ; CChr 38, 510."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3] Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium : AAS 2 (1965), p. 5-6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4] Saint Irénée, Adv. Haer., III, 18, 1 : « Le Verbe existant auprès de Dieu, par qui tout a été fait, et qui était toujours présent dans le genre humain » : PG 7, 932. – Idem, IV, 6, 7 : « Depuis le début le Fils, présent dans sa création, révèle le Père à tous ceux à qui le veut, quand le veut et comme le veut le Père » : PG 7, 990. – Idem, IV, 20, 6 et 7 : PG 7, 1037. – Idem, Demonstration, n. 34 : PO XII, 773 ; Sources chr. 62, Paris, 1958, p. 87. – Clément d’Alexandrie, Protreptique, 112, 1 : GCS Clemens, I, 79. – Idem Stromates, VI, 6, 44, 1 : GCS Clemens, II, 453, VI ; 13, 106, 3-4 ; idem, 485. – Sur la doctrine elle-même, cf. Pie XII, Message radiophonique du 31 décembre 1952. – Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium : AAS 16 (1965), p. 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5] He 1, 2 ; Jn 1, 3.10 ; 1 Co 8, 6 ; Col 1, 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6] Saint Athanase, Lettre à Épictète, 7 : PG 26, 1060. – Saint Cyrille de Jérusalem, Catech. 4, 9 (PG 33, 465). – Marius Victorinus, Adv. Arium 3, 3 : PL 8, 1101. – Saint Basile, Lettre 261, 2 : PG 32, 969. – Saint Grégoire de Naziance, Lettre 101 : PG 37, 181. – Saint Grégoire de Nysse, Antirrheticus, Adv. Apolin. 17 : PG 45, 1156. – Saint Ambroise, Lettre 48, 5 : PL 16, 1153. – Saint Augustin, Tract. in Io., tr. 23, 6 : PL 35, 1585 ; CChr 36, 236. – En outre, c’est cet argument qui lui sert à démontrer que le Saint Esprit ne nous a pas rachetés puisqu’il ne s’est pas incarné : De Agone Christ. 22, 24 : PL 40, 302. – Saint Cyrille d’Alexandrie, Adv. Nestor. I, 1 : PG 76, 20. – Saint Fulgence, Épître 17, 3, 5 : PL 65, 454. – Idem, Ad Trasimundum III, 21 : PL 65, 284 : De tristitia et timore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7] C’est l’Esprit Saint qui a parlé par les prophètes : Symb. de Constantinople : Denz. 150, 86. – Saint Léon le Grand, Sermon 76 : PL 54, 405-406 : « Quand au jour de la Pentecôte l’Esprit Saint remplit les disciples du Seigneur, ce ne fut pas le début d’un don mais une largesse surajoutée à d’autres : les patriarches, les prophètes, les prêtres, les saints qui vécurent aux temps anciens ont été nourris du même Esprit sanctifiant... bien que la mesure des dons ait été différente ». De même le Sermon 77, 1 : PL 54, 412. – Léon XIII, Divinum illud : AAS (1897), p. 650-651. De même Saint Jean Chrysostome, bien qu’il insiste sur la nouveauté de la mission du Saint-Esprit au jour de la Pentecôte : In Eph. c. 4, hom. 10, 1 : PG 62, 75."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8] Les saints Pères parlent souvent de Babel et de la Pentecôte : Origène, In Genesim, c. 1 (PG 12, 112) ; Saint Grégoire de Naziance, Oratio 41, 16 : PG 26, 449 ; Saint Jean Chrysostome, Hom. 2 pour la Pentecôte 2 : PG 50, 467 ; In Acta Apost. : PG 60, 44 ; Saint Augustin, Enar. in Ps. 54, 11 : PL 36, 636 ; CChr 39, 664 s. ; Sermon 271 : PL 38, 1245 ; Saint Cyrille d’Alexandrie, Glaphyra in Genesim II : PG 699, 79 ; Saint Grégoire le Grand, Hom. in Evang., lib. II, Hom. 30, 4 : PL 76, 1222 ; Saint Bède, In Hexaemer., liv. III : PL 91, 125. Voir aussi la représentation dans l’atrium de la basilique Saint-Marc à Venise. L’Église parle toutes les langues et ainsi rassemble tous les hommes dans la catholicité de la foi : Saint Augustin, Sermons 266, 267, 268, 269 : PL 65, 743-744, Sermon 175, 3 : PL 38, 946 ; Saint Jean Chrysostome, In Epist. 1 ad Cor., hom. 35 : PG 61, 296 ; Saint Cyrille d’Alexandrie, Fragm. in Acta : PG 74, 758 ; Saint Fulgence, Sermon 8, 2-3 : PL 65, 743-744. Sur la Pentecôte comme consécration des Apôtres à la mission, cf. J. A. Cramer, Catena in Acta SS. Apostolorum, Oxford, 1838, p. 24 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[9] Lc 3, 22 ; 4, 1 ; Ac 10, 38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[10] Jn 14-17 ; Paul VI, Discours prononcé au Concile, le 14 septembre 1964 : AAS (1964), p. 807."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[11] Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 4 : AAS (1965), p. 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[12] Saint Augustin, Sermon 267, 4 : PL 38, 1231 : « Ce que fait l’âme dans tous les membres d’un même corps, le Saint-Esprit le fait dans l’Église tout entière. » – Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium, n. 7 avec la note 8 : AAS (1965), p. 11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[13] Ac 10, 44-47 ; 11, 15 ; 15, 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[14] Ac 4, 8 ; 5, 32 ; 8, 26.29.39 ; 9, 31 ; 10 ; 11, 24.28 ; 13, 2.4.9 ; 16, 6-7 ; 20, 22-23 ; 21, 11, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[15] Tertullien, Apologeticum, 50, 13 : PL 1, 534 ; CChr 1, 171."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[16] Déjà Saint Thomas parle de la charge apostolique de planter l’Église : cf. Sent., liv. I, dist. 16, q. 1, a. 2, ad 2 et 4 ; a. 3 sol. ; Somme théologique I, q. 43, a. 7 ad 6 ; I-II, q. 106, a. 4, ad 4. – Cf. Benoît XV, Maximum illud, 30 novembre 1919 : AAS (1919), p. 445 et 453. – Pie XI, Rerum Ecclesiae : AAS 18 (1926), p. 74). – Pie XII, 30 avril 1939, aux direct. des Œuvres Pontif. Missionnaires ; id., 24 juin 1944, aux direct. des Œuvres Pontif. Missionnaires : AAS 38 (1944), p. 210 ; de nouveau : AAS 42 (1950), p. 727, et 43 (1951), p. 508 ; id., 29 juin 1948 au clergé indigène : AAS 40 (1948), p. 374 ; id., Evangelii Praecones : AAS 43 (1951), p. 507 ; id., Fidei donum, 15 janvier 1957 : AAS 49 (1957), p. 236. – Jean XXIII, Princeps pastorum, 28 novembre 1959 : AAS 56 (1959), p. 835. – Paul VI, homélie du 18 octobre 1964 : AAS 56 (1964), p. 911. Les papes aussi bien que les Pères et les scolastiques parlent souvent de l’expansion de l’Église : Saint Thomas, Comment. sur Matt. 16, 28 ; Léon XIII, Sancta Dei Civitas : ASS (1880), p. 241 ; Benoît XV, Encycl. Maximum illud : AAS 11 (1919), p. 442 ; Pie XI, Rerum Ecclesiae : AAS 18 (1926), p. 65."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[17] Dans cette notion de l’activité missionnaire sont incluses en toute réalité, comme il est évident, même ces parties de l’Amérique latine dans lesquelles n’existe pas de hiérarchie propre, et où ne se trouvent ni une maturité de vie chrétienne ni une prédication suffisante de l’Évangile. La question de savoir si ces territoires sont reconnus de fait par le Saint-Siège comme des territoires missionnaires n’est pas du ressort du Concile. C’est pourquoi relativement au lien entre la notion de l’activité missionnaire et certains territoires déterminés, on dit à juste titre que cette activité s’exerce « d’ordinaire » dans des territoires déterminés reconnus par le Saint-Siège."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[18] Conc. Vat. II, Unitatis Redintegratio : AAS 1 (1965), p. 90."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[19] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS 14 (1965), p. 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[20] Jn 7, 18 ; 8, 30.44 ; 8, 50 ; 17, 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[21] Sur cette idée synthétique voir la doctrine de saint Irénée sur la récapitulation. Cf. aussi Hippolyte, De Antichristo, 3 : « Aimant tous les hommes et désirant les sauver tous, voulant les rendre tous fils de Dieu et appelant tous les saints à former un seul homme parfait... » : PG 10, 732 ; GCS Hippolyte I, 2, p. 6 ; Benedictiones Jacob, 7 : TU 38-1, p. 18, lin. 4 s. ; Origène, In Io., I, 16 : « Il n’y aura alors qu’un seul acte de connaître Dieu chez ceux qui seront arrivés à Dieu, sous la conduite de ce Verbe qui est chez Dieu ; en sorte que tous soient formés avec soin pour connaître le Père comme des enfants, comme le Fils est maintenant seul à connaître le Père » : PG 14, 49 ; GCS Orig. IV, 20 ; Saint Augustin, De Sermone Domini in monte, I, 41 : « Aimons ce qui peut être mené jusqu’à ces Royaumes où personne ne dit : mon Père, mais où tous disent à un seul Dieu : notre Père » : PL 34, 1250 ; Saint Cyrille d’Alexandrie, In Io, I : « Car nous sommes tous dans le Christ et la nature commune de notre humanité reprend vie [65]a href=\"#_ftn65\" name=\"_ftnref65\" title>65] lui. C’est pour cela qu’il a été appelé le nouvel Adam... Il a habité parmi nous, celui qui par nature est Fils et Dieu ; aussi nous écrions-nous dans son Esprit : Abba, Père! Le Verbe habite en tous en un seul temple, c’est-à-dire dans ce temple qu’il a pris pour nous et qu’il a emprunté, afin qu’ayant en lui tous les hommes, il réconciliât au Père tous les hommes dans un seul corps, comme le dit Paul » : PG 73, 161-164."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[22] Benoît XV, Encycl. Maximum illud : AAS (1919), p. 445 : « Car de même que l’Église de Dieu est catholique et qu’elle n’est étrangère en aucune race ni aucune nation... » ; cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra : « De droit divin l’Église s’étend à toutes les nations... lorsqu’elle a injecté dans ce qu’on peut appeler les veines d’un peuple sa puissance, elle n’est pas, elle ne se considère pas une institution quelconque, imposée de l’extérieur à ce peuple... Aussi, tout ce qui lui paraît bon et honnête, ils (c’est-àdire ceux qui sont renés dans le Christ) le confirment et le mènent à la perfection » : AAS 53 (1961), p. 444."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[23] Saint Irénée, Adv. Haer., III, 15, 3 : PG 7, p. 919 : « Ils furent les prédicateurs de la vérité et les apôtres de la liberté. »"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[24] Bréviaire romain, antienne O aux vêpres du 23 décembre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[25] Cf. Mt 24, 31. – Didachè, 10, 5 : Funk I, 32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[26] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium, 17 : AAS (1965), p. 20-21. – Saint Augustin, La Cité de Dieu, 19, 17 : PL 41, 646. – Instr. de la Sainte Congr. de la Propagation de la foi (Collectanea I, n. 135, p. 42)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[27] Selon Origène, l’Évangile doit être prêché avant la consommation de ce monde : Hom. sur saint Luc, XXI (GCS Orig. IX, 136, 21 s. – Comm. sur saint Matth., 39 (ibid., XI, 75, 25 s. ; 76, 4 s. – Hom. sur Jérémie, III, 2 (ibid., VIII, 308, 29 s.). – Saint Thomas, Somme théologique, I-II, q. 106, a. 4 ad 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[28] Saint Hilaire de Poitiers, Sur le psaume 14 : PL 9, 301 ; Eusèbe de Césarée, Sur Isaïe, 54, 2-3 : PG 24, 462-463 ; Saint Cyrille d’Alexandrie, Sur Isaïe, V, chap. 54, 1-3 : PG 70, 1193."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[29] Paul VI, allocution au Concile le 21 novembre 1964 : AAS 56 (1964), p. 1013."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[30] Conc. Vat. II, Dignitatis Humanae : AAS 2, 4, 10 (1966), p. 930-933, 936 ; Id., Gaudium et Spes : AAS 21 (1966), p. 1040-1042."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[31] Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium : AAS 17 (1965), p. 20-21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[32] Conc. Vat. II, Const. Sacrosanctum concilium : AAS 64-65 (1964), p. 117."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[33] Sur la libération de l’esclavage du démon et des ténèbres dans l’Évangile : cf. Mt 12, 28 ; Jn 8, 44 ; 12, 31 (cf. 1 Jn 3, 8 ; Ep 2, 1-2). – Dans la liturgie du baptême : cf. le Rituel romain."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[34] Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium : AAS 14 (1965), p. 19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[35] Saint Augustin, Tract. in Io., 11, 4 : PL 35, 1476."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[36] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS 9 (1965), p. 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[37] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS 10, 11, 34 (1965), p. 14-16, 39-40."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[38] Conc. Vat. II, Dei Verbum : AAS 21 (1965), p. 24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[39] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS 12, 35 (1965), p. 16, 40-41."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[40] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS 23, 26 (1965), p. 28, 41-42."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[41] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS 11, 35, 41 (1965), p. 15-16, 40-41, 47."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[42] Conc. Vat. II, décret Orientalium Ecclesiarum : AAS 30 (1965), p. 77-78."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[43] Épître à Diognète, 5 : PG 2, 1173. – Cf. Conc.Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium : AAS 38 (1965), p. 43."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[44] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS 32 (1965), p. 38. – Id., Apostolicam actuositatem : AAS 5-7 (1966), p. 842-844."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[45] Conc. Vat. II, Optatam totius : AAS 4, 8, 9 (1966), p. 716, 718-719."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[46] Conc. Vat. II, Sacrosanctum concilium : AAS 17 (1964), p. 105."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[47] Conc. Vat. II, Optatam totius : AAS 1 (1966), p. 713-714."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[48] Jean XXIII, Encycl. Princeps pastorum : AAS 51 (1959), p. 843-844."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[49] Conc. Vat. II, Unitatis redintegratio : AAS 4 (1965), p. 94-96."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[50] Jean XXIII, Princeps pastorum : AAS 51 (1959), p. 842."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[51] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS 29 (1965), p. 36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[52] Jean XXIII, Encycl. Princeps pastorum : AAS 51 (1959), p. 855."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[53] Il s’agit de ce qu’on appelle « catéchistes à plein temps »."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[54] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS 31, 44 (1965), p. 37, 50-51."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[55] Jean XXIII, Encycl. Princeps Pastorum : AAS 51 (1959), p. 838."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[56] Conc. Vat. II, décret De Presbyterorum Ordinis : AAS 11 (1966), p. 1008 ; Optatam totius : AAS 2 (1966), p. 714-715."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[57] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS 25 (1965), p. 29."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[58] Conc. Vat. II, De Presbyterorum Ordinis, 10, où, en vue de faciliter la pastorale pour divers groupes sociaux, on prévoit l’établissement de prélatures personnelles dans la mesure où l’organisation parfaite de l’apostolat l’exigera : AAS (1966), p. 1007."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[59] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS 13 (1965), p. 17-18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[60] Paul VI, Alloc. à la canonisation des Martyrs de l’Ouganda : AAS 56 (1964), p. 908."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[61] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS 13 (1965), p. 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[62] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS 17 (1965) p. 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[63] Sous le nom d’instituts sont compris les ordres, les congrégations, les instituts, les associations qui travaillent dans les missions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[64] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Rerum Ecclesiae : AAS 18 (1926), p. 69-71. – Pie XII, Encycl. Saeculo exeunte : AAS 32 (1940), p. 256. – Id., Encycl. Evangelii praecones : AAS 43 (1951), p. 506."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[65] Benoît XV, Encycl. Maximum illud : AAS 11 (1919), p. 449-450."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-324",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[66] Benoît XV, Encycl. Maximum illud : AAS (1919), p. 448-449. – Pie XII, Encycl. Evangelii Praecones : AAS 43 (1951), p. 507. – Dans la formation des prêtres missionnaires, il faut tenir compte aussi de ce qui est décidé au Conc. Vat. II, dans le décret Optatam totius, supra p. 492 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[67] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS 41 (1965), p. 46."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-326",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[68] Benoît XV, Encycl. Maximum illud : AAS 11 (1919), p. 440. – Pie XII, Encycl. Evangelii Praecones : AAS 43 (1951), p. 507."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[69] Benoît XV, Encycl. Maximum illud : AAS 11 (1919), p. 448 ; Décret de la S. C. de la Propagation de la foi, 20 mai 1923 : AAS 15 (1923), p. 369-370). – Pie XII, Encycl. Saeculo exeunte : AAS 32 (1940), p. 256. – Id., Evangelii Praecones : AAS 43 (1951), p. 507. – Jean XXIII, Encycl. Princeps Pastorum : AAS 51 (1959), p. 843-844."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[70] Conc. Vat. II, Optatam totius : AAS 19-21 (1966), p. 725-726. – Pie XII, Const. apost. Sedes Sapientiae avec les Statuts généraux : AAS (1956), p. 354-365."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-329",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[71] Pie XII, Encycl. Evangelii Praecones : AAS 43 (1951), p. 523-524."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[72] Benoît XV, Encycl. Maximum illud : AAS 11 (1919), p. 448. – Pie XII, Encycl. Evangelii Praecones : AAS 43 (1951), p. 507."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[73] Pie XII, Encycl. Fidei donum : AAS 49 (1957), p. 234."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-332",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[74] Conc. Vat. II, Presbyterorum Ordinis, 10, où il est question des diocèses et des prélatures personnels et autres de ce genre : AAS (1966), p. 1007."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-333",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[75] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS 18 (1965), p. 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[76] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS 23 (1965), p. 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-335",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[77] Paul VI, motu proprio Apostolica Sollicitudo, 15 septembre 1965 : AAS (1965), p. 776."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-336",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[78] Paul VI, Alloc. au Concile le 21 novembre 1964 : AAS 56 (1964), p. 1011."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-337",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[79] Benoît XV, Encycl. Maximum illud : AAS 11 (1919), p. 39-40."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-338",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[80] Si, pour des raisons diverses, des missions sont encore pour un temps soumises à d’autres dicastères, il est utile que ces dicastères aient des rapports avec la S. C. de la Propagation de la foi, pour que dans l’organisation et la direction de toutes les missions, une méthode et une norme absolument constantes et uniformes puissent exister."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-339",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[81] Conc. Vat. II, Christus Dominus : AAS 35, 4 (1966), p. 691."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-340",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[82] Conc. Vat. II, Christus Dominus : AAS 36-38 (1966), p. 692-693."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[83] Conc. Vat. II, Christus Dominus : AAS 35, 5-6 (1966), p. 692."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-342",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[84] Conc. Vat. II, Unitatis redintegratio : AAS 12 (1965), p. 99."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[85] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS 23-24 (1965), p. 27-29."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-344",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[86] Benoît XV, Encycl. Maximum illud : AAS 11 (1919), p. 453-454. – Pie XI, Encycl. Rerum Ecclesia : AAS 18 (1926), p. 71-73. – Pie XII, Encycl. Evangelii Praecones : AAS 49 (1951), p. 525-526.– Id., Encycl. Fidei donum : AAS 49 (1957), p. 241."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-345",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[87] Pie XII, Encycl. Fidei donum : AAS 49 (1957), p. 245-246."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-346",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[88] Conc. Vat. II, Christus Dominus : AAS 6 (1966), p. 675-676."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-347",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[89] Pie XII, Encycl. Fidei donum : AAS 49 (1957), p. 245."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-348",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[90] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS (1965), p. 34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-349",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[91] Pie XI, Encycl. Rerum Ecclesiae : AAS 18 (1926), p. 72."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-350",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[92] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS 44 (1965), p. 50."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-351",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[93] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS 33, 35 (1965), p. 39, 40-41."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[94] Pie XII, Encycl. Evangelii Praecones : AAS 43 (1951), p. 510-514. – Jean XXIII, Encycl. Princeps pastorum : AAS 51 (1959), p. 851-852."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-353",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[95] Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : AAS 46 (1965), p. 52."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-354",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[96] Pie XII, Encycl. Evangelii praecones : AAS 43 (1951), p. 527. – Jean XXIII, Encycl. Princeps Pastorum : AAS 51 (1959), p. 864."
            }
          ]
        },
        "it": {
          "code": "it",
          "label": "Italiano",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651207_ad-gentes_it.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-186-vat-ii_decree_19651207_ad-gentes_it.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAOLO VESCOVO SERVO DEI SERVI DI DIO UNITAMENTE AI PADRI DEL SACRO CONCILIO A PERPETUA MEMORIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO SULL’ATTIVITA MISSIONARIA DELLA CHIESA AD GENTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inviata per mandato divino alle genti per essere « sacramento universale di salvezza » (1) la Chiesa, rispondendo a un tempo alle esigenze più profonde della sua cattolicità ed all'ordine specifico del suo fondatore (2), si sforza di portare l'annuncio del Vangelo a tutti gli uomini. Ed infatti gli stessi apostoli, sui quali la Chiesa fu fondata, seguendo l'esempio del Cristo, « predicarono la parola della verità e generarono le Chiese» (3). È pertanto compito dei loro successori perpetuare quest'opera, perché « la parola di Dio corra e sia glorificata » (2 Ts 3,1) ed il regno di Dio sia annunciato e stabilito su tutta quanta la terra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "D'altra parte, nella situazione attuale delle cose, in cui va profilandosi una nuova condizione per l'umanità, la Chiesa, sale della terra e luce del mondo (4), avverte in maniera più urgente la propria vocazione di salvare e di rinnovare ogni creatura, affinché tutto sia restaurato in Cristo e gli uomini costituiscano in lui una sola famiglia ed un solo popolo di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertanto questo santo Sinodo, nel rendere grazie a Dio per il lavoro meraviglioso svolto da tutta la Chiesa con zelo e generosità, desidera esporre i principi dell'attività missionaria e raccogliere le forze di tutti i fedeli, perché il popolo di Dio, attraverso la via stretta della croce possa dovunque diffondere il regno di Cristo Signore che abbraccia i secoli col suo sguardo (5), e preparare la strada alla sua venuta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRINCIPI DOTTRINALI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il piano divino di salvezza"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa durante il suo pellegrinaggio sulla terra è per sua natura missionaria, in quanto è dalla missione del Figlio e dalla missione dello Spirito Santo che essa, secondo il piano di Dio Padre, deriva la propria origine (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo piano scaturisce dall'amore nella sua fonte, cioè dalla carità di Dio Padre. Questi essendo il principio senza principio da cui il Figlio è generato e lo Spirito Santo attraverso il Figlio procede, per la sua immensa e misericordiosa benevolenza liberatrice ci crea ed inoltre per grazia ci chiama a partecipa re alla sua vita e alla sua gloria; egli per pura generosità ha effuso e continua ad effondere la sua divina bontà, in modo che, come di tutti è il creatore, così possa essere anche «tutto in tutti» (1 Cor 15,28), procurando insieme la sua gloria e la nostra felicità. Ma piacque a Dio chiamare gli uomini a questa partecipazione della sua stessa vita non tanto in modo individuale e quasi senza alcun legame gli uni con gli altri, ma di riunirli in un popolo, nel quale i suoi figli dispersi si raccogliessero nell'unità (7)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La missione del Figlio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo piano universale di Dio per la salvezza del genere umano non si attua soltanto in una maniera per così dire segreta nell'animo degli uomini, o mediante quelle iniziative anche religiose, con cui essi variamente cercano Dio, nello sforzo di raggiungerlo magari a tastoni e di trovarlo, quantunque egli non sia lontano da ciascuno di noi (cfr. At 17,27): tali iniziative infatti devono essere illuminate e raddrizzate, anche se per benigna disposizione della divina Provvidenza possono costituire in qualche caso un avviamento pedagogicamente valido verso il vero Dio o una preparazione al Vangelo (8). Ma Dio, al fine di stabilire la pace, cioè la comunione con sé, e di realizzare tra gli uomini stessi - che sono peccatori - una unione fraterna, decise di entrare in maniera nuova e definitiva nella storia umana, inviando il suo Figlio a noi con un corpo simile al nostro, per sottrarre a suo mezzo gli uomini dal potere delle tenebre e del demonio (9) ed in lui riconciliare a sé il mondo (10) . Colui dunque, per opera del quale aveva creato anche l'universo (11) Dio lo costituì erede di tutte quante le cose, per restaurare tutto in lui (12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ed in effetti Cristo Gesù fu inviato nel mondo quale autentico mediatore tra Dio e gli uomini. Poiché è Dio, in lui abita corporalmente tutta la pienezza della divinità (Col 2,9); nella natura umana, invece, egli è il nuovo Adamo, è riempito di grazia e di verità (cfr. Gv 1,14) ed è costituito capo dell'umanità nuova. Pertanto il Figlio di Dio ha percorso la via di una reale incarnazione per rendere gli uomini partecipi della natura divina; per noi egli si è fatto povero, pur essendo ricco, per arricchire noi con la sua povertà (13). Il Figlio dell'uomo non è venuto per essere servito, ma per servire e per dare la sua vita in riscatto dei molti, cioè di tutti (14). I santi Padri affermano costantemente che non fu redento quel che da Cristo non fu assunto (15). Ora egli assunse la natura umana completa, quale essa esiste in noi, infelici e poveri, ma una natura che in lui è senza peccato (16) . Di se stesso infatti il Cristo, dal Padre consacrato ed inviato nel mondo (cfr. Gv 10,36), affermò: « Lo Spirito del Signore è su di me, per questo egli mi ha consacrato con la sua unzione, mi ha inviato a portare la buona novella ai poveri, a guarire quelli che hanno il cuore contrito, ad annunziare ai prigionieri la libertà ed a restituire ai ciechi la vista » (Lc 4,18); ed ancora: « Il Figlio dell'uomo è venuto a cercare e a salvare quello che era perduto» (Lc 19,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ora tutto quanto il Signore ha una volta predicato o in lui si è compiuto per la salvezza del genere umano, deve essere annunziato e diffuso fino all'estremità della terra (17), a cominciare da Gerusalemme (18). In tal modo quanto una volta è stato operato per la salvezza di tutti, si realizza compiutamente in tutti nel corso dei secoli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La missione dello Spirito Santo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per il raggiungimento di questo scopo, Cristo inviò da parte del Padre lo Spirito Santo, perché compisse dal di dentro la sua opera di salvezza e stimolasse la Chiesa a estendersi. Indubbiamente lo Spirito Santo operava nel mondo prima ancora che Cristo fosse glorificato (19). Ma fu nel giorno della Pentecoste che esso si effuse sui discepoli, per rimanere con loro in eterno (20); la Chiesa apparve ufficialmente di fronte alla moltitudine ed ebbe inizio attraverso la predicazione la diffusione del Vangelo in mezzo ai pagani; infine fu prefigurata l'unione dei popoli nell'universalità della fede attraverso la Chiesa della Nuova Alleanza, che in tutte le lingue si esprime e tutte le lingue nell'amore intende e abbraccia, vincendo così la dispersione babelica (21). Fu dalla Pentecoste infatti che cominciarono gli « atti degli apostoli », allo stesso modo che per l'opera dello Spirito Santo nella vergine Maria Cristo era stato concepito, e per la discesa ancora dello Spirito Santo sul Cristo che pregava questi era stato spinto a cominciare il suo ministero (22). E lo stesso Signore Gesù, prima di immolare in assoluta libertà la sua vita per il mondo, organizzò il ministero apostolico e promise l'invio dello Spirito Santo, in modo che entrambi collaborassero, sempre e dovunque, nella realizzazione dell'opera della salvezza (23). Ed è ancora lo Spirito Santo che in tutti i tempi « unifica la Chiesa tutta intera nella comunione e nel ministero e la fornisce dei diversi doni gerarchici e carismatici» (24) vivificando - come loro anima - le istituzioni ecclesiastiche (25) ed infondendo nel cuore dei fedeli quello spirito missionario da cui era stato spinto Gesù stesso. Talvolta anzi previene visibilmente l'azione apostolica (26), come incessantemente, sebbene in varia maniera, l'accompagna e la dirige (27)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La missione della Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Signore Gesù, fin dall'inizio « chiamò presso di sé quelli che voleva e ne costituì dodici che stessero con lui e li mandò a predicare» (Mc 3,13; cfr. Mt 10,1-42) (28). Gli apostoli furono dunque ad un tempo il seme del nuovo Israele e l'origine della sacra gerarchia. In seguito, una volta completati in se stesso con la sua morte e risurrezione i misteri della nostra salvezza e dell'universale restaurazione, il Signore, a cui competeva ogni potere in cielo ed in terra (29), prima di salire al cielo (30), fondò la sua Chiesa come sacramento di salvezza ed inviò i suoi apostoli nel mondo intero, come egli a sua volta era stato inviato dal Padre (31) e comandò loro: «Andate dunque e fate miei discepoli tutti i popoli, battezzandoli nel nome del Padre e del Figlio e dello Spirito Santo, insegnando loro ad osservare tutte le cose che io vi ho comandato» (Mt 28,19-20); «Andate per tutto il mondo, predicate il Vangelo ad ogni creatura. Chi crederà e sarà battezzato, sarà salvo; chi invece non crederà, sarà condannato » (Mc 16,15). Da qui deriva alla Chiesa l'impegno di diffondere la fede e la salvezza del Cristo, sia in forza dell'esplicito mandato che l'ordine episcopale, coadiuvato dai sacerdoti ed unito al successore di Pietro, supremo pastore della Chiesa, ha ereditato dagli apostoli, sia in forza di quell'influsso vitale che Cristo comunica alle sue membra: « Da lui infatti tutto quanto il corpo, connesso e compaginato per ogni congiuntura e legame, secondo l'attività propria di ciascuno dei suoi organi cresce e si autocostruisce nella carità» (Ef 4,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertanto la missione della Chiesa si esplica attraverso un'azione tale, per cui essa, in adesione all'ordine di Cristo e sotto l'influsso della grazia e della carità dello Spirito Santo, si fa pienamente ed attualmente presente a tutti gli uomini e popoli, per condurli con l'esempio della vita, con la predicazione, con i sacramenti e con i mezzi della grazia, alla fede, alla libertà ed alla pace di Cristo, rendendo loro facile e sicura la possibilità di partecipare pienamente al mistero di Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questa missione continua, sviluppando nel corso della storia la missione del Cristo, inviato appunto a portare la buona novella ai poveri; per questo è necessario che la Chiesa, sempre sotto l'influsso dello Spirito di Cristo, segua la stessa strada seguita da questi, la strada cioè della povertà, dell'obbedienza, del servizio e del sacrificio di se stesso fino alla morte, da cui poi, risorgendo, egli uscì vincitore. Proprio con questa speranza procedettero tutti gli apostoli, che con le loro molteplici tribolazioni e sofferenze completarono quanto mancava ai patimenti di Cristo a vantaggio del suo corpo, la Chiesa (32). E spesso anche il sangue dei cristiani fu seme fecondo (33)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'attività missionaria della Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo compito, che l'ordine episcopale, a capo del quale si trova il successore di Pietro, deve realizzare con la collaborazione e la preghiera di tutta la Chiesa, è uno ed immutabile in ogni luogo ed in ogni situazione, anche se in base al variare delle circostanze non si esplica allo stesso modo. Le differenze quindi, che pur vanno tenute presenti in questa attività della Chiesa, non nascono dalla natura intrinseca della sua missione, ma solo dalle circostanze in cui la missione stessa si esplica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tali condizioni dipendono sia dalla Chiesa, sia dai popoli, dai gruppi umani o dagli uomini, a cui la missione è indirizzata. Difatti la Chiesa, pur possedendo in forma piena e totale i mezzi atti alla salvezza, né sempre né subito agisce o può agire in maniera completa: nella sua azione, tendente alla realizzazione del piano divino, essa conosce inizi e gradi; anzi talvolta, dopo inizi felici, deve registrare dolorosamente un regresso, o almeno si viene a trovare in uno stadio di inadeguatezza e di insufficienza. Per quanto riguarda poi gli uomini, i gruppi e i popoli, solo gradatamente essa può raggiungerli e conquistarli, assumendoli così nella pienezza cattolica. A qualsiasi condizione o stato devono poi corrispondere atti appropriati e strumenti adeguati."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le iniziative principali con cui i divulgatori del Vangelo, andando nel mondo intero, svolgono il compito di predicarlo e di fondare la Chiesa in mezzo ai popoli ed ai gruppi umani che ancora non credono in Cristo, sono chiamate comunemente « missioni »: esse si realizzano appunto con l'attività missionaria e si svolgono per lo più in determinati territori riconosciuti dalla santa Sede. Fine specifico di questa attività missionaria è la evangelizzazione e la fondazione della Chiesa in seno a quei popoli e gruppi umani in cui ancora non è radicata (34). Così è necessario che dal seme della parola di Dio si sviluppino Chiese particolari autoctone, fondate dovunque nel mondo in numero sufficiente. Chiese che, ricche di forze proprie e di una propria maturità e fornite adeguatamente di una gerarchia propria, unita al popolo fedele, nonché di mezzi consoni al loro genio per viver bene la vita cristiana, portino il loro contributo a vantaggio di tutta quanta la Chiesa. Il mezzo principale per questa fondazione è la predicazione del Vangelo di Gesù Cristo, per il cui annunzio il Signore inviò nel mondo intero i suoi discepoli, affinché gli uomini, rinati mediante la parola di Dio (35), siano con il battesimo aggregati alla Chiesa, la quale, in quanto corpo del Verbo incarnato, riceve nutrimento e vita dalla parola di Dio e dal pane eucaristico (36)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In questa attività missionaria della Chiesa si verificano a volte condizioni diverse e mescolate le une alle altre: prima c'è l'inizio o la fondazione, poi il nuovo sviluppo o periodo giovanile. Ma, anche terminate queste fasi, non cessa l'azione missionaria della Chiesa: tocca anzi alle Chiese particolari già organizzate continuarla, predicando il Vangelo a tutti quelli che sono ancora al di fuori."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre i gruppi umani in mezzo ai quali si trova la Chiesa spesso per varie ragioni cambiano radicalmente, donde possono scaturire situazioni del tutto nuove. In questo caso la Chiesa deve valutare se esse sono tali da richiedere di nuovo la sua azione missionaria. Ed ancora, si danno a volte delle circostanze che, almeno temporaneamente, rendono impossibile l'annunzio diretto ed immediato del messaggio evangelico. In questo caso i missionari possono e debbono con pazienza e prudenza, e nello stesso tempo con grande fiducia, offrire almeno la testimonianza della carità e della bontà di Cristo, preparando così le vie del Signore e rendendolo in qualche modo presente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È evidente quindi che l'attività missionaria scaturisce direttamente dalla natura stessa della Chiesa essa ne diffonde la fede salvatrice, ne realizza l'unità cattolica diffondendola, si regge sulla sua apostolicità, mette in opera il senso collegiale della sua gerarchia, testimonia infine, diffonde e promuove la sua santità. Così l'attività missionaria tra i pagani differisce sia dalla attività pastorale che viene svolta in mezzo ai fedeli, sia dalle iniziative da prendere per ristabilire l'unità dei cristiani. Tuttavia queste due forme di attività si ricongiungono saldamente con l'attività missionaria della Chiesa (37) la divisione dei cristiani è infatti di grave pregiudizio alla santa causa della predicazione del Vangelo a tutti gli uomini (38) ed impedisce a molti di abbracciare la fede. Così la necessità della missione chiama tutti i battezzati a radunarsi in un solo gregge ed a rendere testimonianza in modo unanime a Cristo, loro Signore, di fronte alle nazioni. Essi, se ancora non possono testimoniare pienamente l'unità di fede, debbono almeno essere animati da reciproca stima e amore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ragioni dell'attività missionaria"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La ragione dell'attività missionaria discende dalla volontà di Dio, il quale « vuole che tutti gli uomini siano salvi e giungano alla conoscenza della verità. Vi è infatti un solo Dio, ed un solo mediatore tra Dio e gli uomini, Gesù Cristo, uomo anche lui, che ha dato se stesso in riscatto per tutti» (1 Tm 2,4-6), «e non esiste in nessun altro salvezza» (At 4,12). È dunque necessario che tutti si convertano al Cristo conosciuto attraverso la predicazione della Chiesa, ed a lui e alla Chiesa, suo corpo, siano incorporati attraverso il battesimo (39). Cristo stesso infatti, « ribadendo espressamente la necessità della fede e del battesimo (cfr. Mc 16,16; Gv 3,5), ha confermato simultaneamente la necessità della Chiesa, nella quale gli uomini entrano, per così dire, attraverso la porta del battesimo. Per questo non possono salvarsi quegli uomini i quali, pur sapendo che la Chiesa cattolica è stata stabilita da Dio per mezzo di Gesù Cristo come istituzione necessaria, tuttavia rifiutano o di entrare o di rimanere in essa » (40). Benché quindi Dio, attraverso vie che lui solo conosce, possa portare gli uomini che senza loro colpa ignorano il Vangelo a quella fede « senza la quale è impossibile piacergli» (41), è tuttavia compito imprescindibile della Chiesa (42), ed insieme suo sacrosanto diritto, diffondere il Vangelo; di conseguenza l'attività missionaria conserva in pieno - oggi come sempre - la sua validità e necessità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Grazie ad essa il corpo mistico di Cristo raccoglie e dirige ininterrottamente le sue forze per promuovere il proprio sviluppo (43). A svolgere questa attività le membra della Chiesa sono sollecitate da quella carità con cui amano Dio e con cui desiderano condividere con tutti gli uomini i beni spirituali della vita presente e della vita futura."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Grazie a questa attività missionaria, infine, Dio è pienamente glorificato, nel senso che gli uomini accolgono in forma consapevole e completa la sua opera salvatrice, che egli ha compiuto nel Cristo. Sempre grazie ad essa si realizza il piano di Dio, a cui Cristo in spirito di obbedienza e di amore si consacrò per la gloria del Padre che l'aveva mandato (44) che tutto il genere umano costituisca un solo popolo di Dio, si riunisca nell'unico corpo di Cristo, sia edificato in un solo tempio dello Spirito Santo; tutto ciò, mentre favorisce la concordia fraterna, risponde all'intimo desiderio di tutti gli uomini. Così finalmente si compie davvero il disegno del Creatore, che creò l'uomo a sua immagine e somiglianza, quando tutti quelli che sono partecipi della natura umana, rigenerati in Cristo per mezzo dello Spirito Santo, riflettendo insieme la gloria di Dio, potranno dire: « Padre nostro » (45)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'attività missionaria nella vita e nella storia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'attività missionaria è anche intimamente congiunta con la natura umana e con le sue aspirazioni. Difatti la Chiesa, per il fatto stesso che annuncia loro il Cristo, rivela agli uomini in maniera genuina la verità intorno alla loro condizione e alla loro vocazione integrale, poiché è Cristo il principio e il modello dell'umanità nuova, cioè di quell'umanità permeata di amore fraterno, di sincerità, di spirito di pace, che tutti vivamente desiderano. Cristo e la Chiesa, che a lui con la sua predicazione evangelica rende testimonianza, superano i particolarismi di razza e di nazionalità, sicché a nessuno e in nessun luogo possono apparire estranei (46). Il Cristo è la verità e la via, che la predicazione evangelica a tutti svela, facendo loro intendere le parole da lui stesso pronunciate: «Convertitevi e credete al Vangelo» (Mc 1,15). E poiché chi non crede è già condannato (47), è evidente che le parole di Cristo sono insieme parole di condanna e di grazia, di morte e di vita. Soltanto facendo morire ciò che è vecchio possiamo pervenire al rinnovamento della vita: e questo vale anzitutto per le persone, ma vale anche per i vari beni di questo mondo, contrassegnati insieme dal peccato dell'uomo e dalla benedizione di Dio: «tutti infatti hanno peccato e sono privi della gloria di Dio» (Rm 3,23). Ora nessuno di per se stesso e con le sue forze riesce a liberarsi dal peccato e ad elevarsi in alto, nessuno è in grado di affrancarsi dalla sua debolezza, dalla sua solitudine o dalla sua schiavitù (48) tutti han bisogno del Cristo come di un esempio, di un maestro, di un liberatore, di un salvatore, come di colui che dona la vita. Ed effettivamente nella storia umana, anche dal punto di vista temporale, il Vangelo ha sempre rappresentato un fermento di libertà e di progresso, e si presenta sempre come fermento di fraternità, di umiltà e di pace. Ben a ragione, dunque, Cristo viene esaltato dai fedeli come «l'atteso delle genti ed il loro salvatore » (49)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Carattere escatologico dell'attività missionaria"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertanto, il periodo dell'attività missionaria si colloca tra la prima e la seconda venuta di Cristo, in cui la Chiesa, qual messe, sarà raccolta dai quattro venti nel regno di Dio (50). Prima appunto della venuta del Signore, il Vangelo deve essere annunziato a tutte le nazioni (51)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'attività missionaria non è altro che la manifestazione, cioè l'epifania e la realizzazione, del piano divino nel mondo e nella storia: con essa Dio conduce chiaramente a termine la storia della salvezza. Con la parola della predicazione e con la celebrazione dei sacramenti, di cui è centro e vertice la santa eucaristia, essa rende presente il Cristo, autore della salvezza. Purifica dalle scorie del male ogni elemento di verità e di grazia presente e riscontrabile in mezzo ai pagani per una segreta presenza di Dio e lo restituisce al suo autore, cioè a Cristo, che distrugge il regno del demonio e arresta la multiforme malizia del peccato. Perciò ogni elemento di bene presente e riscontrabile nel cuore e nell'anima umana o negli usi e civiltà particolari dei popoli, non solo non va perduto, ma viene sanato, elevato e perfezionato per la gloria di Dio, la confusione del demonio e la felicità dell'uomo (52). Così l'attività missionaria tende alla sua pienezza escatologica (53) grazie ad essa, infatti, secondo il modo e il tempo che il Padre ha riservato al suo potere (54), si estende il popolo di Dio, in vista del quale è stato detto in maniera profetica: «Allarga lo spazio della tua tenda, distendi i teli dei tuoi padiglioni! Non accorciare! » (Is 54,2) (55), grazie ad essa cresce il corpo mistico fino alla misura dell'età della pienezza di Cristo (56); grazie ad essa il tempio spirituale, in cui si adora Dio in spirito e verità (57), si amplia e si edifica sopra il fondamento degli apostoli e dei profeti, mentre ne è pietra angolare lo stesso Cristo Gesù (cfr. Ef 2,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'OPERA MISSIONARIA IN SE STESSA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introduzione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa, che da Cristo è stata inviata a rivelare ed a comunicare la carità di Dio a tutti gli uomini ed a tutti i popoli, comprende che le resta ancora da svolgere un'opera missionaria ingente. Ben due miliardi di uomini infatti - ed il loro numero cresce di giorno in giorno - uniti in grandi raggruppamenti e determinati da vincoli culturali stabili, da tradizioni religiose antiche o da salde relazioni sociali, o non hanno ancora o hanno appena ascoltato il messaggio evangelico. Di essi alcuni seguono una delle grandi religioni, altri restano ancora estranei all'idea stessa di Dio, altri ne negano dichiaratamente l'esistenza, anzi talvolta l'avversano. La Chiesa quindi, per essere in grado di offrire a tutti il mistero della salvezza e la vita che Dio ha portato all'uomo, deve cercare di inserirsi in tutti questi raggruppamenti con lo stesso movimento con cui Cristo stesso, attraverso la sua incarnazione, si legò a quel certo ambiente socio-culturale degli uomini in mezzo ai quali visse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Art. 1 - La testimonianza cristiana"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Testimonianza di vita e dialogo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È necessario che la Chiesa sia presente in questi raggruppamenti umani attraverso i suo}figli, che vivono in mezzo ad essi o ad essi sono inviati. Tutti i cristiani infatti, dovunque vivano, sono tenuti a manifestare con l'esempio della loro vita e con la testimonianza della loro parola l'uomo nuovo, di cui sono stati rivestiti nel battesimo, e la forza dello Spirito Santo, da cui sono stati rinvigoriti nella cresima; sicché gli altri, vedendone le buone opere, glorifichino Dio Padre (58) e comprendano più pienamente il significato genuino della vita umana e l'universale legame di solidarietà degli uomini tra loro."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma perché essi possano dare utilmente questa testimonianza, debbono stringere rapporti di stima e di amore con questi uomini, riconoscersi come membra di quel gruppo umano in mezzo a cui vivono, e prender parte, attraverso il complesso delle relazioni e degli affari dell'umana esistenza, alla vita culturale e sociale. Così debbono conoscere bene le tradizioni nazionali e religiose degli altri, lieti di scoprire e pronti a rispettare quei germi del Verbo che vi si trovano nascosti; debbono seguire attentamente la trasformazione profonda che si verifica in mezzo ai popoli, e sforzarsi perché gli uomini di oggi, troppo presi da interessi scientifici e tecnologici, non perdano il contatto con le realtà divine, ma anzi si aprano ed intensamente anelino a quella verità e carità rivelata da Dio. Come Cristo stesso penetrò nel cuore degli uomini per portarli attraverso un contatto veramente umano alla luce divina, così i suoi discepoli, animati intimamente dallo Spirito di Cristo, debbono conoscere gli uomini in mezzo ai quali vivono ed improntare le relazioni con essi ad un dialogo sincero e comprensivo, affinché questi apprendano quali ricchezze Dio nella sua munificenza ha dato ai popoli; ed insieme devono tentare di illuminare queste ricchezze alla luce del Vangelo, di liberarle e di ricondurle sotto l'autorità di Dio salvatore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presenza della carità"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La presenza dei cristiani nei gruppi umani deve essere animata da quella carità con la quale Dio ci ha amato: egli vuole appunto che anche noi reciprocamente ci amiamo con la stessa carità (59). Ed effettivamente la carità cristiana si estende a tutti, senza discriminazioni razziali, sociali o religiose, senza prospettive di guadagno o di gratitudine. Come Dio ci ha amato con amore disinteressato, così anche i fedeli con la loro carità debbono preoccuparsi dell'uomo, amandolo con lo stesso moto con cui Dio ha cercato l'uomo. Come quindi Cristo percorreva tutte le città e i villaggi, sanando ogni malattia ed infermità come segno dell'avvento del regno di Dio (60), così anche la Chiesa attraverso i suoi figli si unisce a tutti gli uomini di qualsiasi condizione, ma soprattutto ai poveri ed ai sofferenti, prodigandosi volentieri per loro (61). Essa infatti condivide le loro gioie ed i loro dolori, conosce le aspirazioni e i problemi della vita, soffre con essi nell'angoscia della morte. A quanti cercano la pace, essa desidera rispondere con il dialogo fraterno, portando loro la pace e la luce che vengono dal Vangelo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I fedeli debbono impegnarsi, collaborando con tutti gli altri, alla giusta composizione delle questioni economiche e sociali. Si applichino con particolare cura all'educazione dei fanciulli e dei giovani nei vari ordini di scuole, che vanno considerate non semplicemente come un mezzo privilegiato per la formazione e lo sviluppo della gioventù cristiana, ma insieme come un servizio di primaria importanza per gli uomini e specialmente per le nazioni in via di sviluppo, in ordine all'elevazione della dignità umana ed alla preparazione di condizioni più umane. Portino ancora i cristiani il loro contributo ai tentativi di quei popoli che, lottando contro la fame, l'ignoranza e le malattie, si sforzano per creare migliori condizioni di vita e per stabilire la pace nel mondo. In questa attività ambiscano i fedeli di collaborare intelligentemente alle iniziative promosse dagli istituti privati e pubblici, dai governi, dagli organismi internazionali, dalle varie comunità cristiane e dalle religioni non cristiane."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa tuttavia, non desidera affatto intromettersi nel governo della città terrena. Essa non rivendica a se stessa altra sfera di competenza, se non quella di servire gli uomini amorevolmente e fedelmente, con l'aiuto di Dio (62)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I discepoli di Cristo, mantenendosi in stretto contatto con gli uomini nella vita e nell'attività, si ripromettono così di offrir loro un'autentica testimonianza cristiana e di lavorare alla loro salvezza, anche là dove non possono annunciare pienamente il Cristo. Essi infatti non cercano il progresso e la prosperità puramente materiale degli uomini, ma intendono promuovere la loro dignità e la loro unione fraterna, insegnando le verità religiose e morali che Cristo ha illuminato con la sua luce, e così gradualmente aprire una via sempre più perfetta verso il Signore. In tal modo gli uomini vengono aiutati a raggiungere la salvezza attraverso la carità verso Dio e verso il prossimo; comincia allora a risplendere il mistero del Cristo, in cui appare l'uomo nuovo, creato ad immagine di Dio (63), ed in cui si rivela la carità di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Art. 2 - La predicazione del Vangelo e la riunione del popolo di Dio"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Evangelizzazione e conversione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ovunque Dio apre una porta della parola per parlare del mistero del Cristo (64), ivi a tutti gli uomini (65), con franchezza (66) e con perseveranza deve essere annunziato (67) il Dio vivente e colui che egli ha inviato per la salvezza di tutti, Gesù Cristo (68). Solo così i non cristiani, a cui aprirà il cuore lo Spirito Santo (69), crederanno e liberamente si convertiranno al Signore, e sinceramente aderiranno a colui che, essendo « la via, la verità e la vita» (Gv 14,6), risponde a tutte le attese del loro spirito, anzi le supera infinitamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Una tale conversione va certo intesa come un inizio: eppure è sufficiente perché l'uomo avverta che, staccato dal peccato, viene introdotto nel mistero dell'amore di Dio, che lo chiama a stringere nel Cristo una relazione personale con lui. Difatti, sotto l'azione della grazia di Dio, il neo-convertito inizia un itinerario spirituale in cui, trovandosi già per la fede in contatto con il mistero della morte e della risurrezione, passa dall'uomo vecchio all'uomo nuovo che in Cristo trova la sua perfezione (70). Questo passaggio, che implica un progressivo cambiamento di mentalità e di costumi, deve manifestarsi nelle sue conseguenze di ordine sociale e svilupparsi progressivamente nel tempo del catecumenato. E poiché il Signore in cui si crede è segno di contraddizione (71), non di rado chi si è convertito va incontro a rotture e a distacchi, ma anche a gioie, che Dio generosamente concede (72)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa proibisce severamente di costringere o di indurre e attirare alcuno con inopportuni raggiri ad abbracciare la fede, allo stesso modo in cui rivendica energicamente il diritto che nessuno con ingiuste vessazioni sia distolto dalla fede stessa (73)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Secondo una prassi antichissima nella Chiesa, i motivi della conversione vanno bene esaminati, e, se è necessario, purificati."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Catecumenato e iniziazione cristiana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coloro che da Dio, tramite la Chiesa, hanno ricevuto il dono della fede in Cristo (74), siano ammessi nel corso di cerimonie liturgiche al catecumenato. Questo, lungi dall'essere una semplice esposizione di verità dogmatiche e di norme morali, costituisce una vera scuola di formazione, debitamente estesa nel tempo, alla vita cristiana, in cui appunto i discepoli vengono in contatto con Cristo, loro maestro. Perciò i catecumeni siano convenientemente iniziati al mistero della salvezza ed alla pratica della morale evangelica, e mediante dei riti sacri, da celebrare successivamente (75), siano introdotti nella vita religiosa, liturgica e caritativa del popolo di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In seguito, liberati grazie ai sacramenti dell'iniziazione cristiana dal potere delle tenebre (76), morti e sepolti e risorti insieme con il Cristo (77), ricevono lo Spirito di adozione a figli (78) e celebrano il memoriale della morte e della resurrezione del Signore con tutto il popolo di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È auspicabile una riforma della liturgia del tempo quaresimale e pasquale, perché sia in grado di preparare l'anima dei catecumeni alla celebrazione del mistero pasquale, durante le cui feste essi per mezzo del battesimo rinascono in Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questa iniziazione cristiana nel corso del catecumenato non deve essere soltanto opera dei catechisti o dei sacerdoti, ma di tutta la comunità dei fedeli, soprattutto dei padrini, in modo che i catecumeni avvertano immediatamente di appartenere al popolo di Dio. Essendo la vita della Chiesa apostolica, è necessario che essi imparino a cooperare attivamente all'evangelizzazione ed alla edificazione della Chiesa con la testimonianza della vita e con la professione della fede."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infine, nel nuovo Codice dovrà essere più esattamente definito lo stato giuridico dei catecumeni. Essi infatti sono già uniti alla Chiesa (79), appartengono già alla famiglia del Cristo (80), e non è raro che conducano già una vita ispirata alla fede, alla speranza ed alla carità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Art. 3 - La formazione della comunità cristiana"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La comunità cristiana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lo Spirito Santo, che mediante il seme della parola e la predicazione del Vangelo chiama tutti gli uomini a Cristo e suscita nei loro cuori l'adesione alla fede, allorché rigenera a nuova vita in seno al fonte battesimale i credenti in Cristo, li raccoglie nell'unico popolo di Dio, che è « stirpe eletta, sacerdozio regale, nazione sacra, popolo di redenti » (81)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò i missionari, come cooperatori di Dio (82), devono dar vita a comunità di fedeli che, seguendo una condotta degna della vocazione alla quale sono state chiamate (83), siano tali da esercitare quella triplice funzione sacerdotale, profetica e regale che Dio ha loro affidata. In questo modo la comunità cristiana diventa segno della presenza divina nel mondo: nel sacrificio eucaristico, infatti, essa passa incessantemente al Padre in unione con il Cristo (84), zelantemente alimentata con la parola di Dio (85) rende testimonianza al Cristo (86) e segue la via della carità, ricca com'è di spirito apostolico (87)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fin dall'inizio la comunità cristiana deve essere formata in modo che possa provvedere da sola, per quanto è possibile, alle proprie necessità. Un tal gruppo di fedeli, in possesso del patrimonio culturale della nazione cui appartiene, deve mettere profonde radici nel popolo: da esso germoglino famiglie dotate di spirito evangelico (88) e sostenute da scuole appropriate; si costituiscano associazioni e organismi, per mezzo dei quali l'apostolato dei laici sia in grado di permeare di spirito evangelico l'intera società. Risplenda infine la carità tra cattolici appartenenti a diversi riti (89)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anche lo spirito ecumenico deve essere favorito tra i neofiti, nella chiara convinzione che i fratelli che credono in Cristo sono suoi discepoli, rigenerati nel battesimo e compartecipi di moltissimi tesori del popolo di Dio. Nella misura in cui lo permette la situazione religiosa, va promossa un'azione ecumenica tale che i cattolici, esclusa ogni forma di indifferentismo, di sincretismo e di sconsiderata concorrenza, attraverso una professione di fede - per quanto possibile comune - in Dio ed in Gesù Cristo di fronte ai non credenti, attraverso la cooperazione nel campo tecnico e sociale come in quello religioso e culturale, collaborino fraternamente con i fratelli separati, secondo le norme del decreto sull'ecumenismo. Collaborino soprattutto per la causa di Cristo, che è il loro comune Signore: sia il suo nome il vincolo che li unisce! Questa collaborazione va stabilita non solo tra persone private, ma anche, secondo il giudizio dell'ordinario del luogo, a livello delle Chiese o comunità ecclesiali, e delle loro opere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I fedeli, che da tutti i popoli sono riuniti nella Chiesa, «non si distinguono dagli altri uomini né per territorio né per lingua né per istituzioni politiche» (90) perciò debbono vivere per Iddio e per il Cristo secondo le usanze e il comportamento del loro paese: come buoni cittadini essi debbono coltivare un sincero e fattivo amor di patria, evitare ogni forma di razzismo e di nazionalismo esagerato e promuovere l'amore universale tra i popoli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Grande importanza hanno per il raggiungimento di questi obiettivi, e perciò vanno particolarmente curati, i laici, cioè i fedeli che, incorporati per il battesimo a Cristo, vivono nel mondo. Tocca proprio a loro, penetrati dello Spirito di Cristo, agire come un fermento nelle realtà terrene, animandole dall'interno ed ordinandole in modo che siano sempre secondo il Cristo (91)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non basta però che il popolo cristiano sia presente ed organizzato nell'ambito di una nazione; non basta che faccia dell'apostolato con l'esempio: esso è costituito ed è presente per annunziare il Cristo con la parola e con l'opera ai propri connazionali non cristiani e per aiutarli ad accoglierlo nella forma più piena."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre, per la costituzione della Chiesa e lo sviluppo della comunità cristiana, sono necessari vari tipi di ministero, che, suscitati nell'ambito stesso dei fedeli da una aspirazione divina, tutti debbono diligentemente promuovere e rispettare: tra essi sono da annoverare i compiti dei sacerdoti, dei diaconi e dei catechisti, e l'Azione cattolica. Parimenti i religiosi e le religiose, per stabilire e rafforzare il regno di Cristo nelle anime, come anche per estenderlo ulteriormente, svolgono un compito indispensabile sia con la preghiera, sia con l'attività esterna."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il clero indigeno"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa si rallegra vivamente e ringrazia per il dono inestimabile della vocazione sacerdotale che Dio ha concesso a tanti giovani in mezzo a popoli convertiti di recente al cristianesimo. È indubbio che la Chiesa mette più profonde radici in un gruppo umano qualsiasi, quando le varie comunità di fedeli traggono dai propri membri i ministri della salvezza, che nell'ordine dei vescovi, dei sacerdoti e dei diaconi servono ai loro fratelli, sicché le nuove Chiese acquistano a poco a poco la struttura di diocesi, fornite di clero proprio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto dunque questo Concilio ha deciso intorno alla vocazione ed alla formazione sacerdotale, deve essere religiosamente osservato dove la Chiesa viene stabilita per la prima volta e nelle giovani Chiese. Soprattutto va tenuto presente quel che è stato affermato a proposito della formazione spirituale e della sua stretta coordinazione con quella dottrinale e pastorale, della vita da condurre secondo l'ideale evangelico senza riguardo all'interesse proprio o familiare, nonché della necessità di approfondire il senso del mistero della Chiesa. Da questi principi i sacerdoti impareranno magnificamente a dedicarsi senza riserve al servizio del corpo di Cristo ed al lavoro evangelico, a restare uniti come cooperatori fedeli al proprio vescovo, ad offrire la propria collaborazione ai confratelli (92)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per il raggiungimento di questo fine generale, l'intero ciclo di formazione degli alunni deve essere ordinato alla luce del mistero della salvezza come è presentato nella sacra Scrittura. Essi devono scoprire questo mistero del Cristo e della salvezza umana presente nella liturgia e viverlo (93)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tali esigenze comuni della preparazione sacerdotale, anche di ordine pastorale e pratico, indicate dal Concilio (94), vanno armonizzate con la preoccupazione di adeguarsi al particolare modo di pensare e di agire della propria nazione. Bisogna dunque aprire ed affinare lo spirito degli alunni, perché conoscano bene e possano valutare la cultura del loro paese; nello studio delle discipline filosofiche e teologiche essi debbono scoprire quali rapporti intercorrono tra tradizioni e religione nazionale e la religione cristiana (95). Analogamente, la preparazione al sacerdozio deve tenere presenti le necessità pastorali della regione: gli alunni devono apprendere la storia, la finalità e il metodo dell'azione missionaria della Chiesa, nonché le particolari condizioni sociali, economiche e culturali del proprio popolo. Vanno anche educati allo spirito ecumenico e preparati al dialogo fraterno con i non cristiani (96). Tutto questo suppone che gli studi preparatori al sacerdozio si compiano, per quanto è possibile, mantenendo ciascuno il più stretto contatto con la propria nazione (97). E si abbia anche cura di formare alla esatta amministrazione ecclesiastica, anche in senso economico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si devono scegliere inoltre dei sacerdoti capaci, perché dopo un certo periodo di pratica pastorale, perfezionino i loro studi superiori nelle università anche straniere, specie in quelle di Roma, ed in altri istituti scientifici, di modo che, come elementi del clero locale con dottrina ed esperienza congrue possano aiutare efficacemente le nuove Chiese nell'adempimento delle funzioni ecclesiastiche più alte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laddove le conferenze episcopali lo riterranno opportuno, si restauri l'ordine diaconale come stato permanente, secondo le disposizioni della costituzione sulla Chiesa (98). È bene infatti che gli uomini, i quali di fatto esercitano il ministero di diacono, o perché come catechisti predicano la parola di Dio, o perché a nome del parroco e del vescovo sono a capo di comunità cristiane lontane, o perché esercitano la carità attraverso opere sociali e caritative, siano fortificati dall'imposizione delle mani, che è trasmessa fin dagli apostoli, e siano più saldamente congiunti all'altare per poter esplicare più fruttuosamente il loro ministero con l'aiuto della grazia sacramentale del diaconato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Catechisti"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Degna di lode è anche quella schiera, tanto benemerita dell'opera missionaria tra i pagani, che è costituita dai catechisti, sia uomini che donne. Essi, animati da spirito apostolico e facendo grandi sacrifici, danno un contributo singolare ed insostituibile alla propagazione della fede e della Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nel nostro tempo poi, in cui il clero è insufficiente per l'evangelizzazione di tante moltitudini e per l'esercizio del ministero pastorale, il compito del catechista è della massima importanza. Pertanto è necessario che la loro formazione sia perfezionata e adeguata al progresso culturale, in modo che, come validi cooperatori dell'ordine sacerdotale, possano svolgere nella maniera migliore il loro compito, che si va facendo sempre più vasto e impegnativo. Si devono quindi moltiplicare le scuole diocesane e regionali nelle quali i futuri catechisti apprendano sia la dottrina cattolica - specialmente quella che ha per oggetto la Bibbia e la liturgia -, sia anche il metodo catechetico e la tecnica pastorale, e ricevano un'autentica formazione morale cristiana (99) in uno sforzo costante per coltivare la pietà e la santità della vita . Si tengano inoltre dei convegni o corsi periodici per aggiornare i catechisti nelle discipline e tecniche utili al loro ministero e per alimentare e rinvigorire la loro vita spirituale. Inoltre, a quelli che si dedicano completamente a quest'opera bisogna garantire un decoroso tenore di vita e la sicurezza sociale, corrispondendo loro un giusto compenso (100)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È desiderabile che alla formazione ed al sostentamento dei catechisti si provveda convenientemente con sussidi speciali della sacra Congregazione di Propaganda Fide. Se apparirà necessario ed opportuno, si fondi un'opera per i catechisti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Chiese inoltre devono sentire e dimostrare gratitudine per l'opera generosa dei catechisti ausiliari, il cui aiuto sarà loro indispensabile. Sono essi che nelle loro comunità presiedono alla preghiera ed impartiscono l'insegnamento. Ci si deve debitamente preoccupare anche della loro formazione dottrinale e spirituale. È altresì auspicabile che ai catechisti convenientemente formati sia conferita, riconoscendosene l'opportunità, la missione canonica nella pubblica celebrazione della liturgia, perché siano al servizio della fede con maggiore autorità agli occhi del popolo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promozione della vita religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vita religiosa deve essere curata e promossa fin dal periodo iniziale della fondazione della Chiesa, perché essa non solo è fonte di aiuti preziosi e indispensabili per l'attività missionaria, ma attraverso una più intima consacrazione a Dio fatta nella Chiesa manifesta anche chiaramente e fa comprendere l'intima natura della vocazione cristiana (101)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli istituti religiosi che lavorano alla fondazione della Chiesa, impregnati dei mistici tesori di cui è ricca la tradizione religiosa ecclesiale, devono sforzarsi di metterli in luce e di trasmetterli secondo il genio e il carattere di ciascuna nazione. E devono anche considerare attentamente in che modo le tradizioni di vita ascetica e contemplativa, i cui germi talvolta Dio ha immesso nelle antiche culture prima della predicazione del Vangelo, possano essere utilizzate per la vita religiosa cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nelle giovani Chiese bisogna promuovere la vita religiosa nelle sue varie forme, perché essa mostri i diversi aspetti della missione di Cristo e della vita ecclesiale, si consacri alle varie attività pastorali e prepari i propri membri ad esplicarle come si conviene. I vescovi tuttavia in sede di conferenza episcopale facciano attenzione perché non si moltiplichino, danneggiando la vita religiosa e l'apostolato, le congregazioni aventi identica finalità apostolica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Meritano speciale considerazione le varie iniziative destinate a stabilire la vita contemplativa. Certi istituti, mantenendo gli elementi essenziali della istituzione monastica, tendono a impiantare la ricchissima tradizione del proprio ordine; altri cercano di ritornare alla semplicità delle forme del monachesimo primitivo. Tutti comunque devono cercare un reale adattamento alle condizioni locali. Poiché la vita contemplativa interessa la presenza ecclesiale nella sua forma più piena, è necessario che essa sia costituita dappertutto nelle giovani Chiese."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LE CHIESE PARTICOLARI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il progresso delle giovani Chiese"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'opera di costituzione della Chiesa in un determinato raggruppamento umano raggiunge in certa misura il suo termine, allorché la comunità dei fedeli, inserita ormai profondamente nella vita sociale e in qualche modo modellata sulla cultura locale, gode di una salda stabilità: fornita cioè di una sua schiera, anche se insufficiente, di clero locale, di religiosi e di laici, essa viene arricchendosi di quelle funzioni ed istituzioni che sono necessarie perché il popolo di Dio, sotto la guida di un proprio vescovo, conduca e sviluppi la sua vita."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In queste giovani Chiese appunto la vita del popolo di Dio deve giungere a maturità in tutti i campi della vita cristiana, che deve essere rinnovata secondo le norme di questo Concilio: ed ecco i gruppi di fedeli con crescente consapevolezza si fanno comunità viventi della fede, della liturgia e della carità; i laici, con la loro attività, che è a un tempo civica ed apostolica, si sforzano di instaurare nella città terrena un ordine di giustizia e di carità; l'uso dei mezzi di comunicazione sociale è ispirato a criteri di opportunità e prudenza; le famiglie, praticando la vera vita cristiana, diventano fonte dell'apostolato dei laici e vivaio di vocazioni sacerdotali e religiose. La fede infine è oggetto di insegnamento catechistico appropriato, trova la sua espressione in una liturgia rispondente all'indole del popolo, e viene introdotta, grazie ad un'adeguata legislazione canonica, nelle sane istituzioni umane e nelle consuetudini locali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I vescovi poi, ciascuno con il proprio presbiterio, approfondendo sempre meglio in se stessi il senso di Cristo e della Chiesa, devono essere in unità di pensieri e di vita con la Chiesa universale. Ed intima resti la comunione delle giovani Chiese con tutta quanta la Chiesa, la cui tradizione esse devono saper collegare in tutti i suoi elementi con la propria cultura, sicché ne risulti, come per uno scambio reciproco di energie, una crescita nella vita del corpo mistico (102). Siano pertanto curati quegli elementi teologici, psicologici ed umani che si rivelano atti ed efficaci per lo sviluppo di questo senso di comunione con la Chiesa universale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Queste stesse Chiese, che si trovano quasi sempre nelle regioni economicamente depresse del mondo, soffrono per lo più per grave scarsezza di sacerdoti e per mancanza di mezzi materiali. È quindi assolutamente indispensabile che l'azione missionaria continua di tutta la Chiesa fornisca loro quegli aiuti che servano soprattutto allo sviluppo della Chiesa locale e alla maturità della vita cristiana. Questa azione missionaria deve estendere il soccorso anche a quelle Chiese che, pur esistendo da antica data, si trovano, per così dire, in fase di regresso o in uno stato di debolezza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tuttavia queste Chiese devono organizzare il lavoro pastorale comune creando opere adatte perché le vocazioni che interessano il clero diocesano o gli istituti religiosi crescano di numero, vengano vagliate con maggiore sicurezza e coltivate con migliore riuscita (103) così, a poco a poco, saranno in grado di provvedere a se stesse e di portare aiuto alle altre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'attività missionaria delle Chiese particolari"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa particolare, dovendo riprodurre il più perfettamente possibile la Chiesa universale, abbia la piena coscienza di essere inviata anche a coloro che non credono in Cristo e vivono nel suo stesso territorio, al fine di costituire, con la testimonianza di vita dei singoli fedeli e della comunità tutta, il segno che addita loro il Cristo (104)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È inoltre necessario il ministero della parola, perché il messaggio evangelico giunga a tutti. Il vescovo deve essere essenzialmente il messaggero di fede che porta nuovi discepoli a Cristo. Per rispondere bene a questo nobilissimo compito deve conoscere a fondo sia le condizioni del suo gregge, sia la concezione che di Dio hanno i suoi concittadini, tenendo conto esattamente anche dei mutamenti introdotti dalla cosiddetta urbanizzazione, dal fenomeno della emigrazione e dall'indifferentismo religioso."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I sacerdoti locali attendano con molto zelo all'opera di evangelizzazione nelle giovani Chiese, collaborando attivamente con i missionari di origine straniera, con i quali costituiscono un unico corpo sacerdotale riunito sotto l'autorità del vescovo: ciò non solo per pascere i propri fedeli e per celebrare il culto divino, ma anche per predicare il Vangelo a coloro che stanno fuori. Perciò dimostrino prontezza e, all'occasione, si offrano generosamente al proprio vescovo per iniziare l'attività missionaria nelle zone più lontane ed abbandonate della propria diocesi o anche di altre diocesi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dello stesso zelo siano animati i religiosi e le religiose, ed anche i laici verso i propri concittadini, specie quelli più poveri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le conferenze episcopali procurino che periodicamente si tengano corsi di aggiornamento biblico, teologico, spirituale e pastorale, allo scopo di consentire al clero, di fronte al variare incessante delle situazioni, di approfondire la conoscenza della teologia e dei metodi pastorali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto al resto, si osservino religiosamente tutte le disposizioni che questo Concilio ha emanato, specialmente quelle del decreto relativo al ministero ed alla vita sacerdotale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Una Chiesa particolare, per poter realizzare la propria opera missionaria, ha bisogno di ministri adatti, che vanno preparati tempestivamente in maniera rispondente alle condizioni di ciascuna di esse. E poiché gli uomini tendono sempre più a riunirsi in gruppi, è sommamente conveniente che le conferenze episcopali concordino una comune linea di azione, in ordine al dialogo da stabilire con tali gruppi. Se però in certe regioni esistono dei gruppi di uomini, che sono distolti dall'abbracciare la fede cattolica dall'incapacità di adattarsi a quella forma particolare che la Chiesa ha assunto in mezzo a loro, è senz'altro desiderabile che si provveda ad una tale situazione con misure particolari (105) finché non si arrivi a riunire tutti i cristiani in un'unica comunità. Se poi la santa Sede dispone di missionari preparati a questo scopo, pensino i singoli vescovi a chiamarli nelle proprie diocesi o li accolgano ben volentieri, favorendo efficacemente le loro iniziative."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perché questo zelo missionario fiorisca nei membri della loro patria, è altresì conveniente che le giovani Chiese partecipino quanto prima effettivamente alla missione universale della Chiesa, inviando anch'esse dei missionari a predicare il Vangelo dappertutto nel mondo, anche se soffrono di scarsezza di clero. La comunione con la Chiesa universale raggiungerà in un certo senso la sua perfezione solo quando anch'esse prenderanno parte attiva allo sforzo missionario diretto verso le altre nazioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'apostolato dei laici"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa non si può considerare realmente fondata, non vive in maniera piena, non è segno perfetto della presenza di Cristo tra gli uomini, se alla gerarchia non si affianca e collabora un laicato autentico. Non può infatti il Vangelo penetrare ben addentro nella mentalità, nel costume, nell'attività di un popolo, se manca la presenza dinamica dei laici. Perciò, fin dal periodo di fondazione di una Chiesa, bisogna dedicare ogni cura alla formazione di un maturo laicato cristiano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La ragione è che i fedeli laici appartengono insieme al popolo di Dio e alla società civile. Appartengono anzitutto alla propria nazione, perché vi son nati, perché con la educazione han cominciato a partecipare al suo patrimonio culturale, perché alla sua vita si rannodano nella trama multiforme delle relazioni sociali, perché al suo sviluppo cooperano e danno un personale contributo con la loro professione, perché i suoi problemi essi sentono come loro problemi e come tali si sforzano di risolverli. Ma essi appartengono anche a Cristo, in quanto nella Chiesa sono stati rigenerati attraverso la fede e il battesimo, affinché, rinnovati nella vita e nell'opera, siano di Cristo (106), ed in Cristo tutto a Dio sia sottoposto, e finalmente Dio sia tutto in tutti (107)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Principale loro compito, siano essi uomini o donne, è la testimonianza a Cristo, che devono rendere, con la vita e con la parola, nella famiglia, nel gruppo sociale cui appartengono e nell'ambito della professione che esercitano. In essi deve realmente apparire l'uomo nuovo, che è stato creato secondo Dio in giustizia e santità della verità (108). Questa vita nuova debbono esprimerla nell'ambito della società e della cultura della propria patria, e nel rispetto delle tradizioni nazionali. Debbono perciò conoscere questa cultura, purificarla, conservarla e svilupparla in armonia con le nuove condizioni, e infine perfezionarla in Cristo, affinché la fede di Cristo e la vita della Chiesa non siano già elementi estranei alla società in cui vivono, ma comincino a penetrarla ed a trasformarla. I laici si sentano uniti ai loro concittadini da sincero amore, rivelando con il loro comportamento quel vincolo assolutamente nuovo di unità e di solidarietà universale, che attingono dal mistero del Cristo. Diffondano anche la fede di Cristo tra coloro a cui li legano vincoli sociali e professionali: questo obbligo è reso più urgente dal fatto che moltissimi uomini non possono né ascoltare il Vangelo né conoscere Cristo se non per mezzo di laici che siano loro vicini. Anzi, laddove è possibile, i laici siano pronti a cooperare ancora più direttamente con la gerarchia, svolgendo missioni speciali per annunziare il Vangelo e divulgare l'insegnamento cristiano: daranno così vigore alla Chiesa che nasce."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I ministri della Chiesa da parte loro abbiano grande stima dell'attività apostolica dei laici: li educhino a quel senso di responsabilità che li impegna, in quanto membra di Cristo, dinanzi a tutti gli uomini; diano loro una conoscenza approfondita del mistero del Cristo, insegnino loro i metodi di azione pastorale e li aiutino nelle difficoltà, secondo lo spirito della costituzione Lumen gentium e del decreto Apostolicam actuositatem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nel pieno rispetto dunque delle funzioni e responsabilità specifiche dei pastori e dei laici, la giovane Chiesa tutta intera renda a Cristo una testimonianza unanime, viva e ferma, divenendo così segno luminoso di quella salvezza che a noi è venuta nel Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tradizioni particolari nell'unità ecclesiale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il seme, cioè la parola di Dio, germogliando nel buon terreno irrigato dalla rugiada divina, assorbe la linfa vitale, la trasforma e l'assimila per produrre finalmente un frutto abbondante. Indubbiamente, come si verifica nell'economia dell'incarnazione, le giovani Chiese, che han messo radici in Cristo e son costruite sopra il fondamento degli apostoli, hanno la capacità meravigliosa di assorbire tutte le ricchezze delle nazioni, che appunto a Cristo sono state assegnate in eredità (109). Esse traggono dalle consuetudini e dalle tradizioni, dal sapere e dalla cultura, dalle arti e dalle scienze dei loro popoli tutti gli elementi che valgono a render gloria al Creatore, a mettere in luce la grazia del Salvatore e a ben organizzare la vita cristiana (110)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per raggiungere questo scopo è necessario che, nell'ambito di ogni vasto territorio socio-culturale, come comunemente si dice, venga promossa una ricerca teologica di tal natura per cui, alla luce della tradizione della Chiesa universale, siano riesaminati fatti e parole oggetto della Rivelazione divina, consegnati nella sacra Scrittura e spiegati dai Padri e dal magistero ecclesiatico. Si comprenderà meglio allora secondo quali criteri la fede, tenendo conto della filosofia e del sapere, può incontrarsi con la ragione, ed in quali modi le consuetudini, la concezione della vita e la struttura sociale possono essere conciliati con il costume espresso nella Rivelazione divina. Ne risulteranno quindi chiari i criteri da seguire per un più accurato adattamento della vita cristiana nel suo complesso. Così facendo sarà esclusa ogni forma di sincretismo e di particolarismo fittizio, la vita cristiana sarà commisurata al genio e al carattere di ciascuna cultura (111), e le tradizioni particolari insieme con le qualità specifiche di ciascuna comunità nazionale, illuminate dalla luce del Vangelo, saranno assorbite nell'unità cattolica. Infine le nuove Chiese particolari, conservando tutta la bellezza delle loro tradizioni, avranno il proprio posto nella comunione ecclesiale, lasciando intatto il primato della cattedra di Pietro, che presiede all'assemblea universale della carità (112)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È dunque desiderabile, per non dire sommamente conveniente, che le conferenze episcopali si riuniscano insieme nell'ambito di ogni vasto territorio socio-culturale, per poter realizzare, in piena armonia tra loro ed in uniformità di decisioni, questo piano di adattamento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I MISSIONARI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vocazione missionaria"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Benché l'impegno di diffondere la fede ricada su qualsiasi discepolo di Cristo in proporzione alle sue possibilità (113) Cristo Signore chiama sempre dalla moltitudine dei suoi discepoli quelli che egli vuole, per averli con sé e per inviarli a predicare alle genti (114). Perciò egli, per mezzo dello Spirito Santo, che distribuisce come vuole i suoi carismi per il bene delle anime (115), accende nel cuore dei singoli la vocazione missionaria e nello stesso tempo suscita in seno alla Chiesa quelle istituzioni (116) che si assumono come dovere specifico il compito della evangelizzazione che appartiene a tutta quanta la Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Difatti sono insigniti di una vocazione speciale coloro che, forniti di naturale attitudine e capaci per qualità ed ingegno, si sentono pronti a intraprendere l'attività missionaria (117), siano essi autoctoni o stranieri: sacerdoti, religiosi e laici. Essi, inviati dalla legittima autorità, si portano per spirito di fede e di obbedienza presso coloro che sono lontani da Cristo, riservandosi esclusivamente per quell'opera per la quale, come ministri del Vangelo, sono stati scelti (118), « affinché l'offerta dei pagani sia ben accolta e santificata per lo Spirito Santo » (Rm 15,16) ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Spiritualità missionaria"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Orbene, alla chiamata di Dio l'uomo deve rispondere in maniera tale da vincolarsi del tutto all'opera evangelica, « senza prender consiglio dalla carne e dal sangue » (119). Ed è impossibile dare una risposta a questa chiamata senza l'ispirazione e la forza dello Spirito Santo. Il missionario diventa infatti partecipe della vita e della missione di colui che «annientò se stesso, prendendo la natura di schiavo » (Fil 2,7); deve quindi esser pronto a mantenersi fedele per tutta la vita alla sua vocazione, a rinunciare a se stesso e a tutto quello che in precedenza possedeva in proprio, ed a « farsi tutto a tutti» (120)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Annunziando il Vangelo ai pagani, deve far conoscere con fiducia il mistero del Cristo, del quale è ambasciatore: è in suo nome che deve avere il coraggio di parlare come è necessario (121), senza arrossire dello scandalo della croce. Seguendo l'esempio del suo Maestro, mite e umile di cuore, deve dimostrare che il suo giogo è soave e il suo peso leggero (122). Vivendo autenticamente il Vangelo (123), con la pazienza, con la longanimità, con la benignità, con la carità sincera (124), egli deve rendere testimonianza al suo Signore fino a spargere, se necessario, il suo sangue per lui. Virtù e fortezza egli chiederà a Dio, per riconoscere che nella lunga prova della tribolazione e della povertà profonda risiede l'abbondanza della gioia (125). E sia ben persuaso che è l'obbedienza la virtù distintiva del ministro di Cristo, il quale appunto con la sua obbedienza riscattò il genere umano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I messaggeri del Vangelo, per non trascurare la grazia che è in loro, devono rinnovarsi di giorno in giorno interamente nel loro spirito (126). Gli ordinari ed i superiori da parte loro procurino di riunire in determinati periodi i missionari per rinvigorirli nella speranza della loro vocazione e per aggiornare il ministero apostolico, fondando anche delle case a questo scopo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formazione spirituale e morale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il futuro missionario deve ricevere una formazione spirituale e morale particolare per prepararsi a questo nobilissimo compito (127). Egli deve essere pronto a prendere iniziative, costante nel portarle a compimento, perseverante nelle difficoltà, paziente e forte nel sopportare la solitudine, la stanchezza, la sterilità nella propria fatica. Andrà incontro agli uomini francamente e con cuore aperto; accoglierà volentieri gli incarichi che gli vengono affidati; saprà adattarsi generosamente alla diversità di costume dei popoli ed al mutare delle situazioni; in piena armonia e con reciproca carità offrirà la sua collaborazione ai confratelli ed a tutti coloro che svolgono il suo stesso lavoro, in modo che tutti, compresi i fedeli, sull'esempio della prima comunità apostolica formino un cuore solo ed un'anima sola (128)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tali disposizioni interne devono essere diligente mente promosse e coltivate già fin dal tempo della formazione, nonché elevate e nutrite attraverso la vita spirituale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il missionario, animato da viva fede e da incrollabile speranza, sia uomo di preghiera; sia ardente per spirito di virtù, di amore e di sobrietà (129); impari ad essere contento delle condizioni in cui si trova (130); porti sempre la morte di Gesù nel suo cuore con spirito di sacrificio, affinché sia la vita di Gesù ad agire nel cuore di coloro a cui viene mandato (131); nel suo zelo per le anime spenda volentieri del suo e spenda anche tutto se stesso per la loro salvezza (132), sicché « nell'esercizio quotidiano del suo dovere cresca nell'amore di Dio e del prossimo » (133). Solo così, unito al Cristo nell'obbedienza alla volontà del Padre, potrà continuare la missione sotto l'autorità gerarchica della Chiesa e collaborare al mistero della salvezza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formazione dottrinale e apostolica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coloro che saranno inviati ai vari popoli pagani, se vogliono riuscire buoni ministri del Cristo, «siano nutriti dalle parole della fede e della buona dottrina» (1 Tm 4,6): essi le attingeranno soprattutto dalla sacra Scrittura, approfondendo quel mistero del Cristo di cui saranno poi messaggeri e testimoni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò tutti i missionari - sacerdoti, religiosi, suore e laici - debbono essere singolarmente preparati e formati, secondo la loro condizione, perché siano all'altezza del compito che dovranno svolgere (134). Fin dall'inizio la loro formazione dottrinale deve essere impostata in modo da non perdere di vista l'universalità della Chiesa e la diversità dei popoli. Ciò vale, sia per le discipline che servono a prepararli direttamente al ministero, sia per le altre scienze che possono loro riuscire utili per una conoscenza generale dei popoli, delle culture e delle religioni, orientata non soltanto verso il passato, ma soprattutto verso il presente. Chiunque infatti sta per recarsi presso un altro popolo, deve stimare molto il patrimonio, le lingue ed i costumi. È dunque indispensabile al futuro missionario attendere agli studi di missionologia, conoscere cioè la dottrina e le norme della Chiesa relative all'attività missionaria, sapere quali strade abbiano seguito nel corso dei secoli i messaggeri del Vangelo, essere al corrente della situazione missionaria attuale e dei metodi che si ritengono al giorno d'oggi più efficaci (135)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Benché questo ciclo integrale di insegnamento debba essere arricchito ed animato da zelo pastorale, bisogna dare tuttavia anche una speciale ed ordinata formazione apostolica, sia con la teoria che con le esercitazioni pratiche (136)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il maggior numero possibile di religiosi e di suore siano ben istruiti e preparati nell'arte catechistica, onde collaborino sempre più all'apostolato. È necessario che anche coloro, i quali si impegnano solo temporaneamente nell'attività missionaria, acquistino una formazione adeguata alla loro condizione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti questi tipi di formazione poi vanno completati nei paesi nei quali sono inviati, in maniera che i missionari conoscano a fondo la storia, le strutture sociali e le consuetudini dei vari popoli, approfondiscano l'ordine morale, le norme religiose e le idee più profonde che quelli, in base alle loro tradizioni, hanno già intorno a Dio, al mondo e all'uomo (137). Apprendano le lingue tanto bene da poterle usare con speditezza e proprietà: sarà questo il modo per arrivare più facilmente alla mente ed al cuore di quegli uomini (138). Siano inoltre debitamente preparati di fronte a necessità pastorali di carattere particolare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alcuni di essi poi devono ricevere una più accurata preparazione presso gli istituti di missionologia o presso altre facoltà o università, per poter svolgere con maggiore efficacia dei compiti speciali (139) ed aiutare con la loro cultura gli altri missionari nell'esercizio del lavoro missionario, che specialmente ai nostri tempi presenta tante difficoltà ed insieme tante occasioni favorevoli. È inoltre auspicabile che le conferenze episcopali regionali abbiano a disposizione un buon numero di questi esperti, ed utilizzino la loro scienza ed esperienza nelle necessità del loro ministero. Non devono poi mancare gli esperti nell'uso degli strumenti tecnici e della comunicazione sociale, la cui importanza tutti devono apprezzare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli istituti missionari"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutto questo, benché sia indispensabile a chiunque viene inviato alle genti, in realtà molto difficilmente può essere realizzato dai singoli. Appunto perché l'opera missionaria stessa, come conferma l'esperienza, non può essere compiuta dai singoli individui, una vocazione comune li ha riuniti in istituti dove, mettendo insieme le loro forze, possono ricevere una formazione adeguata, per eseguire quell'opera a nome della Chiesa e dietro comando dell'autorità gerarchica. Per molti secoli tali istituti han portato il peso del giorno e del calore, sia che al lavoro missionario si dedicassero totalmente, sia che vi si dedicassero soltanto in parte. Spesso la santa Sede affidò loro dei territori immensi da evangelizzare, nei quali seppero riunire, per il Signore, un nuovo popolo, cioè una Chiesa locale gerarchicamente unita ai propri pastori. A queste Chiese appunto, che han fondato con il loro sudore o piuttosto con il loro sangue, essi presteranno servizio con il proprio zelo e la propria esperienza in una collaborazione fraterna, sia che esercitino la cura delle anime, sia che svolgano funzioni speciali in vista del bene comune."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Talvolta si assumeranno dei compiti più urgenti in tutto l'ambito di una determinata regione: ad esempio, l'evangelizzazione di certe categorie o di popoli che, per ragioni particolari, non hanno forse ricevuto ancora il messaggio evangelico, o ad esso han fatto finora resistenza (140). In caso di necessità, essi devono esser pronti a formare e ad aiutare con la loro esperienza coloro che si consacrano all'attività missionaria solo temporaneamente. Per tutte queste ragioni, ed anche perché molti sono ancora i popoli da condurre a Cristo, questi istituti restano assolutamente necessari."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'ORGANIZZAZIONE DELL'ATTIVITÀ MISSIONARIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I cristiani, avendo carismi differenti (141), devono collaborare alla causa del Vangelo, ciascuno secondo le sue possibilità, i suoi mezzi, il suo carisma e il suo ministero (142). Tutti dunque, coloro che seminano e coloro che mietono (143), coloro che piantano e coloro che irrigano, devono formare una cosa sola (144), affinché « tendendo tutti in maniera libera e ordinata allo stesso scopo» indirizzino in piena unanimità le loro forze all'edificazione della Chiesa. Per tale ragione il lavoro dei messaggeri del Vangelo e l'aiuto degli altri cristiani vanno regolati e collegati in modo che « tutto avvenga in perfetto ordine » (145) in tutti i settori dell'attività e della cooperazione missionaria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Organizzazione generale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché il compito di annunciare dappertutto nel mondo il Vangelo riguarda primariamente il collegio episcopale (146) il sinodo dei vescovi, cioè «la commissione permanente dei vescovi per la Chiesa universale» (147), tra gli affari di importanza generale (148) deve seguire con particolare sollecitudine l'attività missionaria, che è il dovere più alto e più sacro della Chiesa (149)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per tutte le missioni e per tutta l'attività missionaria uno soltanto deve essere il dicastero competente, ossia quello di « Propaganda Fide », cui spetta di regolare e di coordinare in tutto quanto il mondo, sia l'opera missionaria in se stessa, sia la cooperazione missionaria, nel rispetto tuttavia del diritto delle Chiese orientali (150)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Benché lo Spirito Santo susciti in diverse maniere lo spirito missionario nella Chiesa di Dio, prevenendo sovente l'azione stessa di coloro cui tocca governare la vita della Chiesa, tuttavia questo dicastero da parte sua deve promuovere la vocazione e la spiritualità missionaria, lo zelo e la preghiera per le missioni, e fornire a loro riguardo informazioni autentiche e valide. È suo compito suscitare e distribuire i missionari, secondo i bisogni più urgenti delle regioni. È suo compito elaborare un piano organico di azione, emanare norme direttive e principi adeguati in ordine all'evangelizzazione e dare l'impulso iniziale. È suo compito promuovere e coordinare efficacemente la raccolta dei sussidi, che vanno poi distribuiti tenendo conto della necessità o della utilità, nonché dell'estensione del territorio, del numero dei fedeli e degli infedeli, delle opere e delle istituzioni, dei ministri e dei missionari."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esso, in collegamento con il segretariato per l'unità dei cristiani, deve ricercare i modi ed i mezzi con cui procurare ed organizzare la collaborazione fraterna e la buona intesa con le iniziative missionarie delle altre comunità cristiane, onde eliminare, per quanto è possibile, lo scandalo della divisione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È necessario pertanto che questo dicastero costituisca insieme uno strumento di amministrazione ed un organo di direzione dinamica, che faccia uso dei metodi scientifici e dei mezzi adatti alle condizioni del nostro tempo, tenga conto cioè delle ricerche attuali di teologia, di metodologia e di pastorale missionaria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella direzione di questo dicastero devono avere parte attiva, con voto deliberativo, dei rappresentanti scelti tra tutti coloro che collaborano all'attività missionaria: vescovi di tutto il mondo, su parere delle conferenze episcopali, e direttori degli istituti e delle opere pontificie, secondo le modalità ed i criteri che saranno stabiliti dal romano Pontefice. Tutti questi delegati verranno convocati periodicamente e reggeranno, sotto l'autorità del sommo Pontefice, la organizzazione suprema di tutta l'attività missionaria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lo stesso dicastero avrà a disposizione una commissione permanente di esperti consultori, veramente insigni per dottrina ed esperienza; tra le altre funzioni, essi avranno quella di raccogliere tutte le notizie utili, sia intorno alle situazioni locali delle varie regioni e alla mentalità propria dei diversi gruppi umani, sia intorno ai metodi di evangelizzazione da adottare, proponendo poi delle conclusioni scientificamente fondate per l'opera e la cooperazione missionaria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli istituti di suore, le opere regionali per le missioni, le organizzazioni dei laici, in specie quelle a carattere internazionale, devono essere debitamente rappresentate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Organizzazione locale nelle missioni"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perché nell'esercizio dell'attività missionaria si raggiungano quei risultati che ne costituiscono la finalità, tutti coloro che lavorano nelle missioni devono avere «un cuore solo ed un'anima sola» (At 4,32)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È compito del vescovo, come capo e centro unitario dell'apostolato diocesano, promuovere, dirigere e coordinare l'attività missionaria, in modo tale tuttavia che sia salvaguardata ed incoraggiata nella sua spontaneità l'iniziativa di coloro che all'opera stessa partecipano. Tutti i missionari, anche religiosi esenti, dipendono da lui nelle varie opere che riguardano l'esercizio dell'apostolato sacro (151). Al fine di meglio coordinare le iniziative, il vescovo costituisca, per quanto è possibile, un consiglio pastorale, di cui devono fare parte chierici, religiosi e laici attraverso delegati scelti. Provveda anche a che l'attività apostolica non resti limitata ai soli convertiti, ma che una giusta parte di operai e di sussidi sia destinata all'evangelizzazione dei non cristiani."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cooperazione stabilita dalle conferenze episcopali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le conferenze episcopali devono trattare in pieno accordo le questioni più gravi e i problemi più urgenti, senza trascurare però le differenze tra luogo e luogo (152) Perché poi non si utilizzino male persone e mezzi, già di per sé insufficienti, perché non si moltiplichino senza vera necessità le iniziative, si raccomanda di fondare, mettendo insieme le forze, delle opere che servano per il bene di tutti, quali ad esempio i seminari, le scuole superiori e tecniche, i centri pastorali, catechistici e liturgici, e quelli per i mezzi di comunicazione sociale. Una tale cooperazione va eventualmente instaurata anche tra diverse conferenze episcopali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coordinazione locale degli istituti"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conviene anche coordinare le attività svolte dagli istituti o dalle associazioni ecclesiatiche. Esse, di qualsiasi tipo siano, devono dipendere, per tutto quanto riguarda l'attività missionaria, dall'ordinario del luogo. A tal fine sarà utilissimo fissare delle convenzioni particolari, atte a regolare i rapporti tra l'ordinario del luogo e il superiore dell'istituto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Allorché ad un istituto viene affidato un territorio, sarà pensiero del superiore ecclesiatico e dell'istituto stesso di indirizzare tutto a questo fine: che la nuova comunità cristiana cresca e diventi una Chiesa locale, che poi, al momento opportuno, sarà retta da un proprio pastore con clero proprio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cessando il mandato su un territorio, si determina una nuova situazione. Allora le conferenze episcopali e gli istituti devono emanare di comune accordo le norme che regolino i rapporti tra gli ordinari dei luoghi e gli istituti (153). Tocca però alla santa Sede fissare i principi generali, in base ai quali devono essere concluse le convenzioni in sede regionale o anche quelle di carattere particolare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anche se gli istituti sono pronti a continuare l'opera iniziata, collaborando nel ministero ordinario della cura d'anime, bisognerà tuttavia provvedere, man mano che cresce il clero locale, a che gli istituti, compatibilmente con il loro scopo, rimangano fedeli alla diocesi stessa, impegnandosi generosamente in opere di carattere speciale o in una qualche regione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coordinazione tra gli istituti"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È poi necessario che gli istituti che attendono all'attività missionaria in uno stesso territorio trovino la giusta maniera per coordinare le loro opere. A questo proposito sono di grande utilità le conferenze di religiosi e le unioni di suore, di cui devono far parte tutti gli istituti della stessa nazione o regione. Queste conferenze devono ricercare quanto si può fare in comune, mettendo cioè insieme le forze, e mantenersi in stretto contatto con le conferenze episcopali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutto questo è bene sia esteso in forma analoga anche alla collaborazione tra istituti missionari nei paesi in cui hanno avuto origine, al fine di risolvere più facilmente e con minori spese tutte le questioni ed iniziative comuni: si pensi ad esempio alla formazione dottrinale dei futuri missionari, ai corsi per missionari, alle relazioni da inviare alle pubbliche autorità o agli organismi internazionali e soprannazionali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coordinazione tra gli istituti scientifici"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché il retto ed ordinato esercizio della attività missionaria esige che gli operai evangelici siano scientificamente preparati ai loro doveri, in specie al dialogo con le religioni e le civiltà non cristiane, e che nella fase di esecuzione siano efficacemente aiutati, si desidera che a favore delle missioni collaborino fraternamente e generosamente tra loro tutti gli istituti scientifici che coltivano la missionologia e le altre discipline o arti utili alle missioni, come l'etnologia e la linguistica, la storia e la scienza delle religioni, la sociologia, le tecniche pastorali e simili."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA COOPERAZIONE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Essendo la Chiesa tutta missionaria, ed essendo l'opera evangelizzatrice dovere fondamentale del popolo di Dio, il sacro Concilio invita tutti i fedeli ad un profondo rinnovamento interiore, affinché, avendo una viva coscienza della propria responsabilità in ordine alla diffusione del Vangelo, prendano la loro parte nell'opera missionaria presso i pagani."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti i fedeli devono cooperare all'apostolato missionario"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti i fedeli, quali membra del Cristo vivente, a cui sono stati incorporati ed assimilati mediante il battesimo, la cresima e l'eucaristia, hanno lo stretto obbligo di cooperare all'espansione e alla dilatazione del suo corpo, sì da portarlo il più presto possibile alla sua pienezza (154)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertanto tutti i figli della Chiesa devono avere la viva coscienza della loro responsabilità di fronte al mondo, devono coltivare in se stessi uno spirito veramente cattolico e devono spendere le loro forze nell'opera di evangelizzazione. Ma tutti sappiano che il primo e principale loro dovere in ordine alla diffusione della fede è quello di vivere una vita profondamente cristiana. Sarà appunto il loro fervore nel servizio di Dio, il loro amore verso il prossimo ad immettere come un soffio nuovo di spiritualità in tutta quanta la Chiesa, che apparirà allora come « un segno levato sulle nazioni » (155), come « la luce del mondo» (Mt 5,14) e «il sale della terra» (Mt 5,13). Una tale testimonianza di vita raggiungerà più facilmente il suo effetto se verrà data insieme con gli altri gruppi cristiani, secondo le norme contenute nel decreto relativo all'ecumenismo (156)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sarà questo rinnovamento spirituale a far salire spontaneamente preghiere ed opere di penitenza a Dio, perché fecondi con la sua grazia il lavoro dei missionari; da esso avranno origine le vocazioni missionarie; da esso deriveranno quegli aiuti di cui le missioni han bisogno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E perché tutti e singoli i fedeli conoscano adeguatamente la condizione attuale della Chiesa nel mondo e giunga loro la voce delle moltitudini che gridano: «Aiutateci» (157), bisogna offrir loro dei ragguagli di carattere missionario con l'ausilio anche dei mezzi di comunicazione sociale: sentiranno così come cosa propria l'attività missionaria, apriranno il cuore di fronte alle necessità tanto vaste e profonde degli uomini e potranno venir loro in aiuto. È necessario altresì coordinare queste notizie e cooperare con gli organismi nazionali e internazionali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La cooperazione delle comunità cristiane"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché il popolo di Dio vive nelle comunità, specialmente in quelle diocesane e parrocchiali, ed in esse in qualche modo appare in forma visibile, tocca anche a queste comunità render testimonianza a Cristo di fronte alle nazioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La grazia del rinnovamento non può avere sviluppo alcuno nelle comunità, se ciascuna di esse non allarga la vasta trama della sua carità sino ai confini della terra, dimostrando per quelli che sono lontani la stessa sollecitudine che ha per coloro che sono i suoi propri membri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È così che l'intera comunità prega, coopera, esercita una attività tra i popoli pagani attraverso quei suoi figli che Dio sceglie per questo nobilissimo compito."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sarà quindi utilissimo mantenere i contatti, senza tuttavia trascurare l'opera missionaria generale, con i missionari che in questa stessa comunità hanno avuto origine, o con una parrocchia o con una diocesi di missione, perché divenga visibile l'unione intima tra le comunità, con il vantaggio di una reciproca edificazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dovere missionario dei vescovi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti i vescovi, in quanto membri del corpo episcopale che succede al collegio apostolico, sono stati consacrati non soltanto per una diocesi, ma per la salvezza di tutto il mondo. Il comando di Cristo di predicare il Vangelo ad ogni creatura (158) riguarda innanzitutto e immediatamente proprio loro, insieme con Pietro e sotto la guida di Pietro. Da qui deriva quella comunione e cooperazione a livello delle Chiese, che oggi è così necessaria per svolgere l'opera di evangelizzazione. In forza di questa comunione, le singole Chiese sentono la preoccupazione per tutte le altre, si informano reciprocamente dei propri bisogni, si scambiano l'una con l'altra i propri beni, essendo l'estensione del corpo di Cristo dovere dell'intero collegio episcopale (159)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il vescovo, suscitando, promuovendo e dirigendo l'opera missionaria nella sua diocesi, con la quale forma un tutto uno, rende presente e, per così dire visibile lo spirito e l'ardore missionario del popolo di Dio, sicché la diocesi tutta si fa missionaria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È pure compito del vescovo suscitare nel suo popolo, specialmente in mezzo ai malati e ai sofferenti, delle anime che con cuore generoso sanno offrire a Dio le loro preghiere e penitenze per l'evangelizzazione del mondo; incoraggiare volentieri le vocazioni dei giovani e dei chierici per gli istituti missionari, accettando con riconoscenza che Dio ne scelga alcuni per inserirli nell'attività missionaria della Chiesa; spronare e sostenere le congregazioni diocesane perché si assumano la loro parte nelle missioni; promuovere le opere degli istituti missionari in seno ai suoi fedeli, specialmente le pontificie opere missionarie. A queste opere infatti deve essere giustamente riservato il primo posto, perché costituiscono altrettanti mezzi sia per infondere nei cattolici, fin dalla più tenera età, uno spirito veramente universale e missionario, sia per favorire una adeguata raccolta di sussidi a vantaggio di tutte le missioni e secondo le necessità di ciascuna (160)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E poiché si fa ogni giorno più urgente la necessità di operai nella vigna del Signore ed i sacerdoti diocesani desiderano avere anch'essi un ruolo sempre più importante nell'evangelizzazione del mondo, il santo Concilio auspica che i vescovi, considerando la grandissima scarsezza di sacerdoti che impedisce la evangelizzazione di molte regioni, mandino alle diocesi mancanti di clero, debitamente preparati, alcuni dei loro migliori sacerdoti, perché si consacrino all'opera missionaria: sarà qui che essi, almeno per un certo periodo, eserciteranno con spirito di servizio il ministero missionario (161)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma perché l'attività missionaria dei vescovi si risolva realmente a vantaggio di tutta la Chiesa, è bene che le conferenze episcopali regolino esse tutte le questioni che si riferiscono alla ordinata cooperazione nella propria regione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In sede di conferenza i vescovi devono trattare: dei sacerdoti del clero diocesano da consacrare alla evangelizzazione delle nazioni; del contributo finanziario che ciascuna diocesi, in proporzione del proprio reddito, deve versare annualmente per l'opera missionaria; della direzione e dell'organizzazione dei modi e dei mezzi ordinati al soccorso diretto delle missioni (162); dell'aiuto da offrire agli istituti missionari ed ai seminari di clero diocesano per le missioni e, se è necessario, della loro fondazione; della maniera di favorire rapporti sempre più stretti tra questi istituti e le diocesi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parimenti spetta alle conferenze episcopali fondare e promuovere delle opere che consentano di accogliere fraternamente e di seguire ed assistere pastoralmente coloro che, per ragioni di lavoro e di studio, emigrano dalle terre di missione. Grazie a questi immigrati infatti i popoli lontani diventano in qualche modo vicini, mentre alle comunità che sono cristiane da antica data si offre la magnifica occasione di aprire un dialogo con le nazioni che non hanno ancora ascoltato il Vangelo e di mostrare loro, nel servizio di amore e di aiuto che prestano, il volto genuino del Cristo (163)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dovere missionario dei sacerdoti"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I sacerdoti rappresentano il Cristo e sono i collaboratori dell'ordine episcopale nell'assolvimento di quella triplice funzione sacra che, per sua natura, si riferisce alla missione della Chiesa (164). Siano dunque profondamente convinti che la loro vita è stata consacrata anche per il servizio delle missioni. E poiché mediante il loro ministero - incentrato essenzialmente nell'eucaristia, la quale dà alla Chiesa la sua perfezione - essi entrano in comunione con Cristo capo ed a questa comunione conducono le anime, non possono non avvertire quanto ancora manchi alla pienezza del suo corpo e quanto quindi Sl debba compiere perché esso cresca sempre più. Essi pertanto organizzeranno la cura pastorale in modo tale che giovi alla espansione del Vangelo presso i non cristiani."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella loro cura pastorale i sacerdoti desteranno e conserveranno in mezzo ai fedeli lo zelo per l'evangelizzazione del mondo, istruendoli con la catechesi e la predicazione intorno al dovere che la Chiesa ha di annunziare il Cristo ai pagani; inculcando alle famiglie cristiane la necessità e l'onore di coltivare le vocazioni missionarie in mezzo ai loro figli e figlie; alimentando tra i giovani delle scuole e delle associazioni cattoliche il fervore missionario, sicché sorgano da essi dei futuri predicatori del Vangelo. Insegnino anche ai fedeli a pregare per le missioni e non arrossiscano di chieder loro elemosine, facendosi quasi mendicanti per il Cristo e la salvezza delle anime (165)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I professori dei seminari e delle università esporranno ai giovani la situazione reale del mondo e della Chiesa, perché sia chiara al loro spirito la necessità di una più intensa evangelizzazione dei non cristiani e ne tragga alimento il loro zelo. Nell'insegnamento poi delle discipline dogmatiche, bibliche, morali e storiche mettano bene in luce quegli aspetti missionari che vi sono contenuti, al fine di formare in questo modo una coscienza missionaria nei futuri sacerdoti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dovere missionario degli istituti religiosi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli istituti religiosi, di vita contemplativa ed attiva, hanno avuto fin qui ed hanno tuttora una parte importantissima nell'evangelizzazione del mondo. Il sacro Concilio ne riconosce di buon grado i meriti, rende grazie a Dio per i tanti sacrifici da loro affrontati per la gloria di Dio e il servizio delle anime, e li esorta a perseverare indefessamente nel lavoro intrapreso, consapevoli come sono che la virtù della carità, che devono coltivare in maniera più perfetta in forza della loro vocazione, li spinge e li obbliga ad uno spirito e ad un lavoro veramente cattolici (166)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli istituti di vita contemplativa con le loro preghiere, penitenze e tribolazioni, hanno la più grande importanza ai fini della conversione delle anime; perché è Dio che, in risposta alla preghiera, invia operai nella sua messe (167), apre lo spirito dei non cristiani perché ascoltino il Vangelo (168), e rende feconda nei loro cuori la parola della salvezza (169). Si invitano anzi gli istituti di questo tipo a fondare le loro case nelle terre di missione, come del resto non pochi han già fatto, affinché, vivendovi ed adattandosi alle tradizioni autenticamente religiose dei popoli, rendano tra i non cristiani una magnifica testimonianza alla maestà ed alla carità di Dio, come anche all'unione in Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli istituti di vita attiva, perseguano o no un fine strettamente missionario, devono in tutta sincerità domandarsi dinanzi a Dio se sono in grado di estendere la propria azione al fine di espandere il regno di Dio tra le nazioni; se possono lasciare ad altri alcune opere del loro ministero, per dedicare le loro forze alle missioni; se possono iniziare un'attività nelle missioni, adattando, se necessario, le loro costituzioni, secondo lo spirito del fondatore; se i loro membri prendono parte secondo le proprie forze all'attività missionaria; se il loro sistema di vita costituisce una testimonianza al Vangelo, ben rispondente al carattere ed alla condizione del popolo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché infine, sotto l'ispirazione dello Spirito Santo, si sviluppano sempre più nella Chiesa gli istituti secolari, la loro opera, guidata dall'autorità del vescovo, può riuscire sotto diversi aspetti utilissima nelle missioni, come segno di dedizione totale all'evangelizzazione del mondo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dovere missionario dei laici"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I laici cooperano all'opera evangelizzatrice della Chiesa partecipando insieme come testimoni e come vivi strumenti alla sua missione salvifica soprattutto quando, chiamati da Dio (170), vengono destinati dai vescovi a quest'opera."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nelle terre già cristiane i laici cooperano all'opera evangelizzatrice sviluppando in se stessi e negli altri la conoscenza e l'amore per le missioni, suscitando delle vocazioni nella propria famiglia, nelle associazioni cattoliche e nelle scuole, offrendo sussidi di qualsiasi specie, affinché il dono della fede, che han ricevuto gratuitamente, possa essere comunicato anche ad altri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nelle terre di missione invece, i laici, sia forestieri che autoctoni, devono insegnare nelle scuole, avere la gestione delle faccende temporali, collaborare alla attività parrocchiale e diocesana, stabilire e promuovere l'apostolato laicale nelle sue varie forme, affinché i fedeli delle giovani Chiese possano svolgere quanto prima la propria parte nella vita della Chiesa (171)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I laici infine devono offrire volentieri la loro collaborazione in campo economico-sociale ai popoli in via di sviluppo. Tale collaborazione è tanto più degna di lode quanto più direttamente riguarda la fondazione di istituti connessi con le strutture fondamentali della vita sociale, o destinati alla formazione di coloro che hanno responsabilità politiche."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Meritano una lode speciale quei laici che nelle università o negli istituti scientifici promuovono con le loro ricerche di carattere storico o scientifico religioso la conoscenza dei popoli e delle religioni, aiutando così i messaggeri del Vangelo e preparando i1 dialogo con i non cristiani."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Collaborino poi fraternamente con gli altri cristiani, con i non cristiani, specialmente con i membri delle associazioni internazionali, proponendosi costantemente come obiettivo che « la costruzione della città terrena sia fondata sul Signore ed a lui sia sempre diretta » (172)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Naturalmente per assolvere tutti questi compiti i laici han bisogno di un'indispensabile preparazione tecnica e spirituale, da impartire in istituti specializzati, affinché la loro vita costituisca tra i non cristiani una testimonianza a Cristo, secondo l'espressione dell'Apostolo: « Non date scandalo né ai Giudei né ai Gentili, né alla Chiesa di Dio, così come anch'io mi sforzo di piacere a tutti in ogni cosa, non cercando il mio vantaggio, ma quello del più gran numero, perché siano salvi» (1 Cor 10,32-33)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I Padri conciliari, in unione con il romano Pontefice, sentendo profondamente il dovere di diffondere dappertutto il regno di Dio, rivolgono un saluto affettuosissimo a tutti i messaggeri del Vangelo, a coloro specialmente che soffrono persecuzioni per il nome di Cristo, e si associano alle loro sofferenze (173)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sono anch'essi infiammati da quello stesso amore, di cui ardeva Cristo per gli uomini. Consapevoli che è Dio a far sì che venga il suo regno sulla terra, insieme con tutti i fedeli essi pregano perché, mediante l'intercessione della vergine Maria, degli apostoli, le nazioni siano quanto prima condotte alla conoscenza della verità (174) e la gloria di Dio, che rifulge sul volto di Cristo Gesù, cominci a brillare in tutti gli uomini per l'azione dello Spirito Santo (175)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutte e singole le cose stabilite in questo Decreto sono piaciute ai Padri del Sacro Concilio. E Noi, in virtù della potestà Apostolica conferitaci da Cristo, unitamente ai Venerabili Padri, nello Spirito Santo le approviamo, le decretiamo e le stabiliamo; e quanto è stato così sinodalmente deciso, comandiamo che sia promulgato a gloria di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, presso San Pietro 7 dicembre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Io PAOLO Vescovo della Chiesa Cattolica"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seguono le firme dei Padri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Firme dei Padri"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Ioannis et Pauli Presbyter Cardinalis SPELLMAN, Archiepiscopus Neo-Eboracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo Ss. Bonifacii et Alexii Presbyter Cardinalis DE BARROS CÂMARA, Archiepiscopus S. Sebastiani Fluminis Ianuarii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis ante Portam Latinam Presbyter Cardinalis FRINGS, Archiepiscopus Coloniensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS titulo S. Sabinae Presbyter Cardinalis RUFFINI, Archiepiscopus Panormitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Panisperna Presbyter Cardinalis CAGGIANO, Archiepiscopus Bonaërensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PETRUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis CIRIACI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo S. Mariae de Pace Presbyter Cardinalis FELTIN, Archiepiscopus Parisiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Mariae de Victoria Presbyter Cardinalis SIRI, Archiepiscopus Ianuensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS titulo S. Mariae Trans Tiberim Presbyter Cardinalis WYSZYNSKI, Archiepiscopus Gnesnensis et Varsaviensis, Primas Poloniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENIAMINUS titulo S. Vitalis Presbyter Cardinalis DE ARRIBA Y CASTRO, Archiepiscopus Tarraconensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Augustini Presbyter Cardinalis QUIROGA Y PALACIOS, Archiepiscopus Compostellanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS AEMILIUS titulo S. Mariae Angelorum in Thermis Presbyter Cardinalis LEGER, Archiepiscopus Marianopolitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS HUMBERTUS titulo Ss. Andreae et Gregorii ad Clivum Scauri Presbyter Cardinalis QUINTERO, Archiepiscopus Caracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Mariae Novae Presbyter Cardinalis CONCHA, Archiepiscopus Bogotensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Priscae Presbyter Cardinalis DA COSTA NUNES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego HILDEBRANDUS titulo S. Sebastiani ad Catacumbas Presbyter Cardinalis ANTONIUTTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego EPHRAEM titulo S. Crucis in Hierusalem Presbyter Cardinalis FORNI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Mariae de Aracoeli Presbyter Cardinalis LANDAZURI RICKETTS, Archiepiscopus Limanus, Primas Peruviae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RADULFUS titulo S. Bernardi ad Thermas Presbyter Cardinalis SILVA HENRIQUEZ, Archiepiscopus S. Iacobi in Chile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO IOSEPHUS titulo S. Petri ad Vincula Presbyter Cardinalis SUENENS, Archiepiscopus Mechliniensis-Bruxellensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Athanasii Presbyter Cardinalis SLIPYI, Archiepiscopus Maior Ucrainorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS titulo S. Leonis I Presbyter Cardinalis JAEGER, Archiepiscopus Paderbornensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Crucis in via Flaminia Presbyter Cardinalis BERAN, Archiepiscopus Pragensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo D.nae N.ae de SS. Sacramento et Martyrum Canadensium Presbyter Cardinalis ROY, Archiepiscopus Quebecensis, Primas Canadiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Teresiae Presbyter Cardinalis MARTIN, Archiepiscopus Rothomagensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AUDOËNUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis MCCANN, Archiepiscopus Civitatis Capitis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO STEPHANUS titulo S. Balbinae Presbyter Cardinalis DUVAL, Archiepiscopus Algeriensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERMENEGILDUS titulo Reginae Apostolorum Presbyter Cardinalis FLORIT, Archiepiscopus Florentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Petri et Pauli in via Ostiensi Presbyter Cardinalis ŠEPER, Archiepiscopus Zagrabiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS S. Mariae in Porticu Diaconus Cardinalis JOURNET."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALBERTUS GORI, Patriarcha Hierosolymitanus Latinorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS II CHEIKHO, Patriarcha Babylonensis Chaldaeorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS PETRUS XVI BATANIAN, Patriarcha Ciliciae Armenorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS VIEIRA ALVERNAZ, Patriarcha Indiarum Orientalium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES CAROLUS MCQUAID, Archiepiscopus Dublinensis, Primas Hiberniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS ROHRACHER, Archiepiscopus Salisburgensis, Primas Germaniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego DEMETRIUS MOSCATO, Archiepiscopus Primas Salernitanus et Administrator Perpetuus Acernensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUGO CAMOZZO, Archiepiscopus Pisanus et Primas Sardiniae et Corsicae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALEXANDER TOKI , Archiepiscopus Antibarensis et Primas Serbiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS SENA DE OLIVEIRA, Archiepiscopus Conimbricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis † Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius † Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 48: AAS 57 (1965), p. 53 [pag. 233ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cf. Mc 16,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) S. AGOSTINO, Enarr. in Ps. 44, 23: PL 36, 508; CChr 38,150."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Cf. Mt 5,13-14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cf. Sir 36,19Vlg."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 2: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 5-6 [pag. 115ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cf. Gv 11,52."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cf. S. IRENEO, Adv. Haer. III, 18, 1: \"Il Verbo, esistente presso Dio, per mezzo del quale sono state fatte tutte le cose, e che era sempre vicino al genere umano...\": PG 7, 932; id. IV, 6, 7: \"Infatti il Figlio, vicino fin dall’inizio alla sua creatura, rivela il Padre a tutti quelli che il Padre vuole, e quando vuole e come vuole\": ib. 990; cf. IV, 20, 6 e 7: ib. 1037; Dimostrazione n. 34: Patr. Or. XII, 773; Sources Chrét. 62, Paris 1958, p. 87; CLEMENTE D’ALESS., Protrept., 112, 1: GCS Clemens I, 79; Strom. VI, 6, 44, 1: GCS Clemens II, 453; 13, 106, 3 e 4: ibid. 485. Per la stessa dottrina cf. PIO XII, Messaggio radiofon., 31 dic. 1952; CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 16: AAS 57 (1965), p. 20 [pag. 151ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Cf. Col 1,13; At 10,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cf. 2 Cor 5,19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Cf. Col 1,13; At 10,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cf. Eb 1,2; Gv 1,3 e 10; 1 Cor 8,6; Col 1,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Cf. Ef 1,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Cf. Mc 10,45."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Cf. S. ATANASIO, Ep. ad Epictetum, 7: PG 26, 1060; S. CIRILLO DI GERUS., Catech. 4,9: PG 33, 465; MARIO VITTORINO, Adv. Arium, 3, 3,: PL 8, 1101; S. BASILIO, Epist. 261, 2: PG 32, 969; S. GREGORIO DI NAZ., Epist. 101: PG 37, 181; S. GREG. DI NISSA, Anthirreticus, Adv. Apollin., 17: PG 45, 1156; S. AMBROGIO, Epist. 48, 5: PL 16, 1153; S. AGOSTINO, In Ioan. Ev. tr. XXIII, 6: PL 35, 1585; C.Chr. 36, 236; inoltre in questo modo dimostra che lo Spirito Santo non ci ha redenti, perché non si incarnato: De Agone Christ. 22,24: PL 40, 302; S. CIRILLO DI ALESS., Adv. Nestor. I, 1: PG 76, 20; S. FULGENZIO, Epist. 17, 3, 5: PL 65, 454; Ad Trasimundum, III, 21: PL 65, 284: sulla tristezza e il timore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Cf. Eb 4,15; 9,28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Cf. At 1,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Cf. Lc 24,47."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) E lo Spirito che ha parlato per mezzo dei profeti: Symb. Constantinopol.: Dz 150 (86) [Collantes 0.509]; S. LEONE MAGNO, Sermo 76: PL 54, 405-406: “Quando il giorno di Pentecoste lo Spirito Santo riempì i discepoli del Signore, non fu l’inizio della missione, ma un aumento di liberalità: perché i patriarchi, i profeti, i sacerdoti e tutti i santi, che erano vissuti nei tempi precedenti, erano stati animati dalla santificazione dello stesso Spirito..., benché la misura dei doni non fosse la stessa”. Anche Sermo 77, 1: PL 54, 412; LEONE XIII, Encicl. Divinum illud, 9 maggio 1897: ASS 29 (1897), pp. 650-651 [Dz 3329]. Anche S. GIOVANNI CRISOSTOMO, sebbene insista sull’originalità della discesa dello Spirito Santo nel giorno di Pentecoste: In Ef. c. 4, Om 10,1: PG 62, 75."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Cf. Gv 14,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) I Ss. Padri parlano spesso della Babele e della Pentecoste: ORIGENE, In Genesim, c. 1: PG 12, 112; S. GREGORIO DI NAZ., Oratio 41, 16: PG 36, 449; S. GIOVANNI CRISOST., Hom. 2 in Pentec., 2: PG 50, 467; In Act. Apost.: PG 60,44; S. AGOSTINO, En. in Ps. 54, 11: PL 36, 636; CChr 39, 664s; Sermo 271: PL 38, 1245; S. CIRILLO DI ALESS., Glaphyra in Genesim II: PG 69, 79; S. GREGORIO MAGNO, Hom. in Evang., Lib. II, Om. 30, 4: PL 76, 1222; S. BEDA, In Hexaem., lib. III: PL 91, 125. Vedi anche il mosaico nell’atrio della Basilica di S. Marco a Venezia. La Chiesa parla tutte le lingue, e cos raccoglie tutti nella cattolicit della Fede: S. AGOSTINO, Sermones 266, 267, 268, 269: PL 38, 1225-1237; Sermo 175, 3: PL 38, 946; S. GIOVANNI CRISOST., In Ep. I ad Cor., Om. 35: PG 61, 296; S. CIRILLO DI ALESS. Fragm. in Act.: PG 74, 758; S. FULGENZIO, Sermo 8, 2-3: PL 65, 745-744. Sulla Pentecoste come consacrazione degli Apostoli alla missione cf. J.A. CRAMER, Catena in Acta SS. Apostolorum, Oxford 1838, p. 24s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Cf. Lc 3,22; 4,1; At 10,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Cf. Gv 14-17; PAOLO VI, Discorso tenuto in Concilio il 14 sett. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 807 [pag. 1215ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 4: AAS 57 (1965), p. 7 [pag. 119ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) S. AGOSTINO, Sermo 267, 4: PL 38, 1231: “Lo Spirito Santo adempie in tutta la Chiesa quello che adempie l’anima in tutte le membra di un solo corpo”. Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa, Lumen Gentium, n. 7 (con la nota 8): AAS 57 (1965), p. 11 [pag. 125ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Cf. At 10,44-47; 11,15; 15,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Cf. At 4,8; 5,32; 8,26.29.39; 9,31; 10; 11,24-28; 13,2.4.9; 16,6-7; 20,22-23; 21,11 ecc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Cf. anche Mt 10,1-42."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Cf. Mt 28,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Cf. At 1,4-8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Cf. Gv 20,21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) Cf. Col 1,24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) TERTULLIANO, Apologeticum, 50,13: PL 1, 534; CChr I, 171."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Già S. TOMMASO D’AQ. parla della missione apostolica di impiantare la Chiesa: cf. Sent. Lib. I, dist. 16, q. 1, a. 2 ad 2 e ad 4; a. 3 sol.; Summa Theol., I, q. 43, a. 7 ad 6; I-II, q. 106, a. 4 ad 4. Cf. BENEDETTO XV, Maximum illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), pp. 445 e 453; PIO XI, Rerum Ecclesiae, 28 feb. 1926: AAS 18 (1926), p. 74; PIO XII, 30 apr. 1939, ai Direttori delle PP. OO. MM.; ID., 24 giug. 1944, ai Direttori delle PP. OO. MM: AAS 36 (1944), p. 210; di nuovo in AAS 42 (1950), p. 727, e 43 (1951), p. 508; ID., 29 giu. 1948 al clero indigeno: AAS 40 (1948), p. 374; ID., Evangelii Praecones, 2 giu. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 507; ID., Fidei Donum, 15 genn. 1957: AAS 49 (1957), p. 236; GIOVANNI XXIII, Princeps Pastorum, 28 nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 835; PAOLO VI, Om., 18 ott. 1964: AAS 55 (1964), p. 911. Sia i Sommi Pontefici che i Padri e gli Scolastici parlano della dilatazione della Chiesa: S. TOMMASO D’AQ., Comm. in Matt., 16, 28; LEONE XIII, Enc. Sancta Dei Civitas, 3 dic. 1880: ASS 13 (1880), p. 241; BENEDETTO XV, Enc. Maximum illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), p. 442; PIO XI, Enc. Rerum Ecclesiae, 28 feb. 1926: AAS 18 (1926), p. 65."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(35) Cf. 1 Pt 1,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(36) Cf. At 2,42."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(37) Com’è evidente, in questa nozione di attività missionaria sono ovviamente incluse anche quelle parti dell’America Latina nelle quali non ci sono né una propria Gerarchia, né una maturità di vita cristiana, né una sufficiente predicazione del Vangelo. Che poi tali terre siano di fatto riconosciute come di missione dalla Santa Sede non dipende dal Concilio. Per questo, quanto alla connessione tra la nozione di attività missionaria e determinati territori è detto di proposito che questa attività viene svolta “per lo più” in certi territori riconosciuti dalla Santa Sede."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(38) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sull’Ecumenismo Unitatis redintegratio, n. 1: AAS 57 (1965), p. 90 [pag. 305ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(39) Cf. Mc 16,16; Gv 3,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(40) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 14: AAS 57 (1965), p. 18 [pag. 147ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(41) Cf. Eb 11,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(42) Cf. 1 Cor 9,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(43) Cf. Ef 4,11-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(44) Cf. Gv 7,18; 8,30 e 44; 8,50; 17,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(45) Su questa idea sintetica vedi la dottrina di sant’IRENEO sulla Ricapitolazione. Cf. anche IPPOLITO, De Antichristo, 3: “Volendo tutti e desiderando salvare tutti, volendo essere a capo di tutti i figli di Dio e chiamando tutti i santi in un solo uomo perfetto...”: PG 10, 732; GCS Ippolito I, 2, p. 6; Benedictiones Iacob, 7: T.U., 38-1, p. 18, lin. 4ss; ORIGENE, In Ioann., Tom. I, n. 16: “Unico sarà allora l’atto di conoscere Dio di coloro che sono giunti a Dio, guidati da quel Verbo che è presso Dio, perché così tutti i figli siano pienamente formati nella conoscenza del Padre, come ora il solo Figlio conosce il Padre”: PG 14, 49; GCS Orig. IV, 20; S. AGOSTINO, De sermone Domini in monte, I, 41: “Amiamo quello che con noi può condurre a quei regni, dove nessuno dice: Padre mio, ma tutti all’unico Dio: Padre nostro”: PL 34, 1250; S. CIRILLO D’ALESS., In Ioann. I: “Siamo tutti in Cristo e il carattere comune dell’umanità rivive in lui. Perciò viene detto anche nuovo Adamo... Abitò infatti in noi colui che per natura è Figlio e Dio, per questo gridiamo nel suo Spirito: Abbà, Padre! Il Verbo abita in tutti come in un solo tempio, cioè quello che ha assunto per noi e da noi, perché, avendo tutti in se stesso, ci riconciliasse tutti in un solo corpo, come dice Paolo”: PG 73, 161-164."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(46) BENEDETTO XV, Maximum illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), p. 445: “Come la Chiesa di Dio è cattolica e non è estranea a nessun popolo o nazione...”. Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Mater et Magistra: “La Chiesa è universale per diritto divino... Inserendosi nella vita dei popoli, non è né si sente mai una istituzione che venga imposta dal di fuori... E quanto in lui rappresenta un valore, qualunque ne sia la natura, viene riaffermato e nobilitato” (cioè, coloro che sono rinati in Cristo): 25 maggio 1961: AAS 53 (1961), p. 444."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(47) Cf. Gv 3,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(48) Cf. IRENEO, Adv. Haer., III, 15 n. 3: PG 7, 919: “Furono predicatori della verità e apostoli della libertà”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(49) Breviario romano, Ant. O [al Magnificat] ai vespri del 23 dicembre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(50) Cf. Mt 24,31; Didachè, 10,5: FUNK I, p. 32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(51) Cf. Mc 13,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(52) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 17: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 20-21 [pag. 153ss]; S. AGOSTINO, De Civitate Dei, 19, 17: PL 41, 646; Istr. della S. C. di P. F.: Collectanea I, n. 135, p. 42."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(53) Secondo Origene, il Vangelo dev’essere predicato prima della consumazione di questo mondo: Hom. in Luc. XXI: GCS Orig. IX, 136, 21s; In Matth. comm. ser., 39: XI, 75, 25s; Hom. in Ierem., III, 2: VIII, 308, 29s; S. TOMMASO, Summ. Theol., I-II, q. 106, a. 4, ad 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(54) Cf. At 1,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(55) ILARIO DI POIT., In Ps. 14: PL 9, 301; EUSEBIO DI CESAREA, In Isaiam 54, 2-3: PG 24, 462-463; CIRILLO D’ALESS., In Isaiam V, cap. 54, 1-3: PG 70, 1193."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(56) Cf. Ef 4,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(57) Cf. Gv 4,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(58) Cf. Mt 5,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(59) Cf. 1 Gv 4,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(60) Cf. Mt 9,35ss; At 10,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(61) Cf. 2 Cor 12,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(62) Cf. Mt 20,26; 23,11; Disc. di PAOLO VI pronunciato in Concilio il 21 nov. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 1013 [pag. 1255s]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(63) Cf. Ef 4,24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(64) Cf. Col 4,3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(65) Cf. Mc 16,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(66) Cf. At 4,13.29.31; 9,27-28; 13,46; 14,3; 19,8; 26,26; 28,31; 1 Ts 2,2; 2 Cor 3,12; 7,4; Fil 1,20; Ef 3,12; 6,19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(67) Cf. 1 Cor 9,15; Rm 10,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(68) Cf. 1 Ts 1,9-10; 1 Cor 1,18-21; Gal 3,1; At 14,15-17; 17,22-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-324",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(69) Cf. At 16,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(70) Cf. Col 3,5-10; Ef 4,20-24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-326",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(71) Cf. Lc 2,34; Mt 10,34-39."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(72) Cf. 1 Ts 1,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(73) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Dich. sulla Libertà Religiosa Dignitatis humanae, nn. 2, 4, 10 [pag. 627ss, 633, 641ss]; Cost. past. sulla Chiesa nel mondo contemporaneo Gaudium et spes, n. 21 [pag. 847]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-329",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(74) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium,, n. 17: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 20-21 [pag. 153ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(75) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. sulla Sacra Liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium, nn. 64-65: AAS 56 (1964), p. 117 [pag. 55]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(76) Cf. Col 1,13. Su questa libertà dalla schiavitù del demonio e delle tenebre nel Vangelo cf. Mt 12,28; Gv 8,44; 12,31 (cf. 1 Gv 3,8; Ef 2,1-2). Nella Liturgia del Battesimo cf. Rit. Rom."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-332",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(77) Cf. Rm 6,4-11; Col 2,12-13; 1 Pt 3,21-22; Mc 16,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-333",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(78) Cf. 1 Ts 3,5-7; At 8,14-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(79) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 14: AAS 57 (1965), p. 19 [pag. 147ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-335",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(80) Cf. S. AGOSTINO, Tract. in Ioann. 11,4: PL 35, 1476."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-336",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(81) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 9: AAS 57 (1965), p. 13 [pag. 133ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-337",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(82) Cf. 1 Cor 3,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-338",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(83) Cf. Ef 4,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-339",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(84) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, nn. 10, 11, 34: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 10-17, 39-40 [pag. 137ss, 199ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-340",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(85) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Divina Rivelazione Dei Verbum, n. 21: AAS 58 (1966), p. 827 [pag. 543ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(86) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, nn. 12, 35: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 16, 40-41 [pag. 141ss, 201ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-342",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(87) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium nn. 23, 36: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 28, 41-42 [pag. 169ss, 203ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(88) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, nn. 11, 35, 41: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 15-16, 40-41, 47 [pag. 139ss, 201ss, 213ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-344",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(89) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sulle Chiese Cattoliche Orientali, Orientalium Ecclesiarum, n. 4: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 77-78 [pag. 283ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-345",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(90) Epist. ad Diognetum, 5: PG 2, 1173; cf. Conc. Vat. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 38: AAS 57 (1965), p. 43 [pag. 209]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-346",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(91) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium n. 32: AAS 57 (1965), p. 38 [pag. 195ss]; Decr. sull’Apostolato dei Laici Apostolicam Actuositatem, nn. 5-7 [pag. 571ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-347",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(92) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sulla Formazione Sacerdotale Optatam totius, nn. 4, 8, 9 [pag. 447ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-348",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(93) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. sulla Sacra Liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium, n. 17: AAS 56 (1964), p. 105 [pag. 29]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-349",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(94) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sulla Formazione Sacerdotale Optatam totius, n. 1 [pag. 441]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-350",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(95) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Princeps Pastorum, 28 nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 843-844."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-351",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(96) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sull’Ecumenismo Unitatis redintegratio, n. 4: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 94-96 [pag. 315]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(97) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Princeps Pastorum, 28 nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 842."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-353",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(98) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 29: AAS 57 (1965), p. 36 [pag. 191ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-354",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(99) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Princeps Pastorum, 28 nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), pp. 855."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-355",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(100) Si tratta dei cosiddetti “catechisti a tempo pieno”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-356",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(101) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, nn. 31, 44: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 37, 50-51 [pag. 193ss, 227ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-357",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(102) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Princeps Pastorum, 28 nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 838."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-358",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(103) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sul Ministero e la Vita dei Presbiteri Presbyterorum Ordinis, n. 11 [pag. 803ss]; Decr. sulla Formazione Sacerdotale Optatam totius, n. 2 [pag. 441ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-359",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(104) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 25: AAS 57 (1965), p. 29 [pag. 191ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-360",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(105) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sul Ministero e la Vita dei Presbiteri Presbyterorum Ordinis, n. 10, dove per rendere più facili le opere pastorali particolari per le diverse classi sociali si prevede la costituzione di Prelature personali, in quanto il corretto esercizio dell’apostolato lo avrà richiesto [pag. 801ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-361",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(106) Cf. 1 Cor 15,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-362",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(107) Cf. 1 Cor 15,28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-363",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(108) Cf. Ef 4,24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-364",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(109) Cf. Sal 2,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-365",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(110) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 13: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 17-18 [pag. 143ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-366",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(111) Cf. Disc. di PAOLO VI nella Canon. dei Ss. Mart. dell’Uganda, 18 ott. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 908."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-367",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(112) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 13: AAS 57 (1965), p. 18 [pag. 143ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-368",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(113) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 17: AAS 57 (1965), p. 21 [pag. 153ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-369",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(114) Cf. Mc 3,13s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-370",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(115) Cf. 1 Cor 12,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-371",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(116) Con il termine “Istituti” si intendono gli Ordini, le Congregazioni, gli Istituti e le Associazioni che lavorano nelle Missioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-372",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(117) Cf. PIO XI, Rerum Ecclesiae, 28 feb. 1926: AAS 18 (1926), pp. 69-71; PIO XII, Saeculo exeunte, 13 giu. 1940: AAS 32 (1940), p. 256; Evangelii Praecones, 2 giu. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 506."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-373",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(118) Cf. At 13,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-374",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(119) Cf. Gal 1,16 Vlg."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-375",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(120) Cf. 1 Cor 9,22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-376",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(121) Cf. Ef 6,19s; At 4,31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-377",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(122) Cf. Mt 11,29s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-378",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(123) Cf. BENEDETTO XV, Maximum illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), pp. 449-450."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-379",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(124) Cf. 2 Cor 6,4s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-380",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(125) Cf. 2 Cor 8,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-381",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(126) Cf. 1 Tm 4,14; Ef 4,23; 2 Cor 4,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-382",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(127) Cf. BENEDETTO XV, Maximum illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), pp. 448-449; PIO XII, Evangelii Praecones, 2 giu. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 507. Nella formazione dei missionari sacerdoti occorre tener conto anche di quanto è stabilito dal CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sulla Formazione Sacerdotale Optatam totius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-383",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(128) Cf. At 2,42; 4,32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-384",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(129) Cf. 2 Tm 1,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-385",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(130) Cf. Fil 4,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-386",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(131) Cf. 2 Cor 4,10ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-387",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(132) Cf. 2 Cor 12,15s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-388",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(133) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 41: AAS 57 (1965), p. 46 [pag. 213ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-389",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(134) Cf. BENEDETTO XV, Maximum illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), p. 440; PIO XII, Evangelii Praecones, 2 giu. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 507."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-390",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(135) BENEDETTO XV, Maximum illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), p. 448; Decr. della S. C. DI P. F., 20 maggio 1923: AAS 15 (1923), pp. 369-370; PIO XII, Saeculo exeunte, 2 giu. 1940: AAS 32 (1940), p. 256; Evangelii Praecones, 2 giu. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 507; GIOVANNI XXIII, Princeps Pastorum, 28 nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), pp. 843-844."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-391",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(136) CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sulla Formazione Sacerdotale Optatam totius, nn. 19-21[pag. 469ss]. Cf. anche la Cost. Apost. Sedes Sapientiae con gli Statuti Generali, 31 maggio 1956: AAS 48 (1956), pp. 354-365."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-392",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(137) PIO XII, Evangelii Praecones, 2 giu. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), pp. 523-524."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-393",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(138) BENEDETTO XV, Maximum illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), p. 448; PIO XII, Evangelii Praecones, 2 giu. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 507."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-394",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(139) Cf. PIO XII, Fidei Donum, 15 giu. 1957: AAS 49 (1957), p. 234."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-395",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(140) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sul Ministero e la Vita dei Presbiteri, Presbyterorum Ordinis, n. 10, dove si tratta delle Diocesi e delle Prelature personali e di altri argomenti analoghi [pag. 801ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-396",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(141) Cf. Rm 12,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-397",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(142) Cf. 1 Cor 3,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-398",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(143) Cf. Gv 4,37."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-399",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(144) Cf. 1 Cor 3,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-400",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(145) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 18: AAS 57 (1965), p. 22 [pag. 155ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-401",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(146) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 23: AAS 57 (1965), p. 28 [pag. 169ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-402",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(147) Cf. PAOLO VI, Motu proprio Apostolica Sollicitudo, 15 sett. 1965: AAS 57 (1965), p. 776."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-403",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(148) Cf. PAOLO VI, Disc. tenuto in Concilio il 21 nov. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 1011 [pag. 1249ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-404",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(149) Cf. BENEDETTO XV, Maximum illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), pp. 440-445."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-405",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(150) Se per ragioni particolari alcune Missioni sono ancora temporaneamente soggette ad altri Dicasteri, è bene che quei Dicasteri siano in relazione con la Sacra Congregazione per la Propagazione della Fede, perché nell’organizzazione e nella direzione di tutte le Missioni si possano avere un’indirizzo e una norma perfettamente costanti e uniformi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-406",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(151) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sulla missione pastorale dei Vescovi nella Chiesa Christus Dominus, n. 35 [pag. 389ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-407",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(152) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sulla missione pastorale dei Vescovi nella Chiesa Christus Dominus, nn. 36-38[pag. 395ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-408",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(153) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sulla missione pastorale dei Vescovi nella Chiesa Christus Dominus, nn. 35,5-6 [pag. 393]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-409",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(154) Cf. Ef 4,13"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-410",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(155) Cf. Is 11,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-411",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(156).Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Decr. sull’Ecumenismo Unitatis Redintegratio, n. 12: AAS 57 (1965), p. 99 [pag. 327ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-412",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(157) Cf. At 16,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-413",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(158) Cf. Mc 16,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-414",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(159) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, nn. 23-24: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 27-29 [pag. 169ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-415",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(160) Cf. BENEDETTO XV, Maximum illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), pp. 453-454; PIO XI, Rerum Ecclesiae, 28 feb. 1926: AAS 18 (1926), pp. 71-73; PIO XII, Evangelii Praecones, 2 giu. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), pp. 525-526; ID., Fidei Donum, 15 gen. 1957: AAS 49 (1957), p. 241."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-416",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(161) Cf. PIO XII, Fidei Donum, 15 gen. 1957: AAS 49 (1957), p. 245-246."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-417",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(162) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sulla missione pastorale dei Vescovi nella Chiesa Christus Dominus, n. 6 [pag. 353]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-418",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(163) Cf. PIO XII, Fidei Donum, 15 gen. 1957: AAS 49 (1957), p. 245."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-419",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(164) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965), p. 34 [pag. 185ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-420",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(165) Cf. PIO XI, Rerum Ecclesiae, 28 feb. 1926: AAS 18 (1926), p. 72."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-421",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(166) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 44: AAS 57 (1965), p. 50 [pag. 227ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-422",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(167) Cf. Mt 9,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-423",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(168) Cf. At 16,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-424",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(169) Cf. 1 Cor 3,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-425",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(170) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, nn. 33, 35: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 39, 40-41 [pag. 197ss, 201ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-426",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(171) Cf. PIO XII, Evangelii Praecones, 2 giu. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), pp. 510-514; GIOVANNI XXIII, Princeps Pastorum, 28 nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), pp. 851-852."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-427",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(172) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 46: AAS 57 (1965), p. 52 [pag. 231ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-428",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(173) Cf. PIO XII, Evangelii Praecones, 2 giu. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 527; GIOVANNI XXIII, Princeps Pastorum, 28 nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 864."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-429",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(174) Cf. 1 Tm 2,4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-430",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(175) Cf. 2 Cor 4,6."
            }
          ]
        },
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651207_ad-gentes_lt.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-187-vat-ii_decree_19651207_ad-gentes_lt.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAULUS EPISCOPUS SERVUS SERVORUM DEI UNA CUM SACROSANCTI CONCILII PATRIBUS AD PERPETUAM REI MEMORIAM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETUM DE ACTIVITATE MISSIONALI ECCLESIAE AD GENTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In praesenti autem rerum ordine, ex quo nova exsurgit humanitatis condicio, Ecclesia, sal terrae et lux mundi,[4] urgentius vocatur ad omnem creaturam salvandam et renovandam, ut omnia in Christo instaurentur, et in Ipso homines unam familiam unumque populum Dei constituant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quare haec Sancta Synodus, dum ob praeclara opera per generosam totius Ecclesiae industriam peracta Deo gratias agit, missionalis activitatis principia delineare, et vires omnium fidelium colligere cupit, ut populus Dei, per angustam viam crucis procedens, regnum Christi, Domini et conspectoris saeculorum,[5] ubique diffundat eique advenienti vias paret."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De principiis doctrinalibus"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia peregrinans natura sua missionaria est, cum ipsa ex missione Filii missioneque Spiritus Sancti originem ducat secundum Propositum Dei Patris.[6]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoc autem Propositum ex «fontali amore» seu caritate Dei Patris profluit, qui, cum sit Principium sine Principio, ex quo Filius gignitur et Spiritus Sanctus per Filium procedit, ex nimia et misericordi benignitate sua libere creans et insuper gratiose vocans nos ad Secum communicandum in vita et gloria, bonitatem divinam liberaliter diffudit ac diffundere non desinit, ita ut qui conditor est omnium, tandem fiat «omnia in omnibus» (I Cor. 15,28), gloriam suam simul et beatitudinem nostram procurando. Placuit autem Deo homines non tantum singulatim, quavis mutua connexione seclusa, ad vitae Suae participationem vocare, sed eos in populum constituere, in quo filii sui, qui erant dispersi, in unum congregarentur.[7]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoc universale Dei propositum pro salute generis humani perficitur non solum modo quasi secreto in mente hominum vel per incepta, etiam religiosa, quibus ipsi multipliciter Deum quaerunt, «si forte attrectent eum aut inveniant quamvis non longe sit ab unoquoque nostrum» (Act. 17,27): haec enim incepta indigent illuminari et sanari, etsi, ex benigno consilio providentis Dei, aliquando pro paedagogia ad Deum verum vel praeparatione evangelica possint haberi.[8] Deus autem ad pacem seu communionem Secum stabiliendam fraternamque societatem inter homines, eosque peccatores, componendam, in historiam hominum novo et definitivo modo intrare decrevit mittendo Filium suum in carne nostra, ut homines per Illum eriperet de potestate tenebrarum ac Satanae[9] et in Eo mundum Sibi reconciliaret.[10] Illum ergo, per quem fecit et saecula,[11] constituit haeredem universorum, ut in Illo omnia instauraret.[12]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus enim Iesus missus est in mundum verus mediator Dei et hominum. Cum Deus sit, «in ipso inhabitat omnis plenitudo divinitatis corporaliter» (Col. 2,9); secundum humanam autem naturam, novus Adam, renovatae humanitatis caput constituitur, «plenus gratiae et veritatis» (Io. 1,14). Itaque per vias verae Incarnationis processit Filius Dei ut homines divinae naturae participes faceret, propter nos egenus factus cum esset dives, ut illius inopia nos divites essemus.[13] Filius Hominis non venit ut sibi ministraretur, sed ut ipse ministraret et daret animam suam redemptionem pro multis, id est pro omnibus.[14] Sancti Patres constanter proclamant non esse sanatum quod assumptum a Christo non fuerit.[15] Assumpsit vero integram humanam naturam qualis apud nos miseros et pauperes invenitur, absque tamen peccato.[16] De seipso enim dixit Christus, «quem Pater sanctificavit et misit in mundum» (Io. 10,36): «Spiritus Domini super me, propter quod unxit me, evangelizare pauperibus misit me, sanare contritos corde, praedicare captivis remissionem et caecis visum» (Lc. 4,18), et rursus: «Venit Filius hominis quaerere et salvum facere quod perierat» (Lc. 19,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quod autem semel a Domino praedicatum est vel in Ipso pro salute generis humani actum, usque ad ultimum terrae[17] proclamandum et disseminandum est, incipiendo ab Hierosolyma,[18] ita ut quod semel pro omnibus patratum fuit ad salutem, in universis decursu temporum effectum suum consequatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad hoc autem perficiendum misit Christus Spiritum Sanctum a Patre, qui salutiferum opus suum intus operaretur Ecclesiamque ad propriam dilatationem moveret. Procul dubio Spiritus Sanctus iam in mundo operabatur antequam Christus glorificaretur.[19]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die tamen Pentecostes in discipulos supervenit, ut cum eis maneret in aeternum,[20] Ecclesia coram multitudine publice manifestata est, diffusio Evangelii inter gentes per praedicationem exordium sumpsit, et tandem praesignata est unio populorum in fidei catholicitate, per Novi Foederis Ecclesiam, quae omnibus linguis loquitur, in caritate omnes linguas intelligit et amplectitur, et sic dispersionem Babelicam superat.[21] A Pentecoste enim inceperunt «actus Apostolorum», sicut superveniente Spiritu Sancto in Virginem Mariam conceptus fuerat Christus et eodem Spiritu Sancto in Ipsum orantem descendente Christus actus fuerat ad opus ministerii sui.[22] Ipse autem Dominus Iesus, priusquam vitam suam libere pro mundo poneret, ita apostolicum ministerium disposuit et Spiritum Sanctum mittendum promisit, ut ambo consociarentur in opere salutis ubique et semper ad effectum adducendo.[23] Spiritus Sanctus Ecclesiam totam per omnia tempora «in communione et ministratione unificat, diversis donis hierarchicis et charismaticis instruit»,[24] ecclesiastica instituta quasi anima eorum vivificando[25] et eundem missionis animum, quo ipse Christus actus fuerat, in cordibus fidelium instillando. Aliquando etiam actionem apostolicam visibiliter praevenit,[26] sicut eam variis modis indesinenter comitatur et dirigit.[27]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dominus Iesus, inde ab initio «vocavit ad Se quos voluit Ipse... et fecit ut essent duodecim cum Illo et ut mitteret eos praedicare» (Mc. 3,13).[28] Sic Apostoli fuerunt novi Israel germina simulque sacrae hierarchiae origo. Deinde, cum semel, morte et resurrectione sua, complevisset in seipso mysteria salutis nostrae et renovationis universorum, Dominus omnem potestatem adeptus in caelo et in terra,[29] priusquam assumeretur in caelum,[30] Ecclesiam suam ut sacramentum salutis fundavit, apostolosque in universum mundum misit sicut et ipse missus fuerat a Patre,[31] mandans eis: «Euntes ergo docete omnes gentes, baptizantes eos in nomine Patris, et Filii, et Spiritus Sancti, docentes eos servare omnia quaecumque mandavi vobis» (Mt. 28,19-20). «Euntes in mundum universum praedicate evangelium omni creaturae. Qui crediderit et baptizatus fuerit, salvus erit; qui vero non crediderit, condemnabitur» (Mc. 16,15). Inde Ecclesiae officium incumbit propagandi fidem salutemque Christi, tum virtute expressi mandati, quod ab Apostolis haereditavit Ordo Episcoporum cui assistunt Presbyteri, una cum Successore Petri Ecclesiaeque Summo Pastore, tum virtute vitae quam membris suis influit Christus, «ex quo totum corpus compactum et connexum per omnem iuncturam subministrationis, secundum operationem in mensuram uniuscuiusque membri, augmentum corporis facit in aedificationem sui in caritate» (Eph. 4,16). Missio ergo Ecclesiae adimpletur operatione qua, mandato Christi oboediens et Spiritus Sancti gratia caritateque mota, omnibus homibus vel gentibus pleno actu praesens fit, ut eos, exemplo vitae et praedicatione, sacramentis ceterisque gratiae mediis ad fidem, libertatem et pacem Christi adducat, ita ut eis via libera ac firma patefiat ad plene participandum mysterium Christi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum haec missio continuet et per decursum historiae explicet missionem ipsius Christi, qui evangelizare pauperibus missus est, eadem via, instigante Spiritu Christi, Ecclesia procedere debet ac ipse Christus processit, via nempe paupertatis, oboedientiae, servitii et sui ipsius immolationis usque ad mortem, ex qua per resurrectionem suam victor processit. Nam sic in spe ambulaverunt omnes Apostoli, qui tribulationibus multis et passionibus adimpleverunt ea quae desunt passionum Christi pro corpore eius quod est Ecclesia.[32] Saepe etiam semen fuit sanguis christianorum.[33]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoc munus, ab Ordine Episcoporum, cui praeest Successor Petri, orante et cooperante tota Ecclesia, adimplendum, unum idemque exsistit, ubique et in omni condicione, licet non eodem pro rerum condicione modo exerceatur. Differentiae proinde, quae in hac Ecclesiae activitate agnoscendae sunt, non sumuntur ex intima natura ipsius missionis, sed ex condicionibus in quibus missio haec exercetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dependent vero hae condiciones sive ab Ecclesia, sive etiam a populis, a coetibus vel ab hominibus ad quos missio dirigitur. Ecclesia enim, quamvis de se totalitatem seu plenitudinem mediorum salutis comprehendat, nec semper nec statim secundum omnia agit nec agere potest, sed initia et gradus in actione sua experitur, qua propositum Dei ad effectum adducere conatur; imo quandoque, post feliciter inchoatam progressionem, regressum iterum deplorare cogitur, vel saltem in quodam semiplenitudinis et insufficientiae statu moratur. Quod autem ad homines, coetus et populos attinet, eos gradatim tantum tangit ac penetrat, et sic eos in catholicam plenitudinem assumit. Cum qualibet autem condicione vel statu actus proprii seu apta instrumenta congruere debent. Incepta peculiaria quibus Evangelii praecones ab Ecclesia missi, euntes in mundum universum, munus Evangelium praedicandi et Ecclesiam ipsam implantandi inter populos vel coetus nondum in Christum credentes exsequuntur, communiter «missiones» nuncupantur, quae per activitatem missionalem perficiuntur, et plerumque exercentur in certis territoriis a Sancta Sede agnitis. Finis proprius activitatis huius missionalis est evangelizatio et plantatio Ecclesiae in populis vel coetibus in quibus nondum radicata est.[34] Ita ex semine verbi Dei, Ecclesiae autochtonae particulares ubique in mundo sufficienter conditae crescant, viribus quidem propriis ac maturitate praeditae, quae hierarchia propria cum populo fideli unita et mediis quasi affinibus christianae vitae plene ducendae sufficienter instructae, suam partem in utilitatem totius Ecclesiae afferant. Medium principale huius implantationis est praedicatio Evangelii Iesu Christi, ad quod annuntiandum Dominus discipulos suos misit in mundum universum, ut homines per verbum Dei renati[35] Ecclesiae per Baptismum aggregentur, quae ut Verbi incarnati corpus ex verbo Dei et pane eucharistico nutritur et vivit.[36]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In hac missionali activitate Ecclesiae, diversae condiciones aliquando permixtae occurrunt: inceptionis primum seu plantationis, deinde novitatis seu iuventutis. Quibus tamen expletis, actio missionalis Ecclesiae non desinit, sed Ecclesiis particularibus iam constitutis officium incumbit eam continuandi, et praedicandi Evangelium singulis, qui adhuc foris sunt. Coetus insuper, inter quos Ecclesia versatur, ob varias causas non raro funditus mutantur, ita ut condiciones omnino novae oriri possint. Ecclesia tunc debet perpendere, num hae condiciones activitatem eius missionalem denuo requirant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insuper, rerum adiuncta aliquando talia sunt ut possibilitas pro tempore desit praeconium evangelicum directe ac statim proponendi: tunc quidem missionarii possunt ac debent patienter, prudenter ac simul magna cum fiducia, saltem caritatis et beneficentiae testimonium Christi praebere et sic vias Domino praeparare et ipsum aliquo modo praesentem reddere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sic patet activitatem missionalem intime ex ipsa natura Ecclesiae profluere, cuius fidem salvificam propagat, cuius catholicam unitatem dilatando perficit, cuius apostolicitate sustentatur, cuius collegialem Hierarchiae affectum exercet, cuius sanctitatem testificatur, diffundit ac promovet. Ita differt activitas missionalis inter gentes tam ab activitate pastorali erga fideles exercenda, quam ab inceptis suscipiendis ad unitatem christianorum redintegrandam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Attamen duo haec cum missionali navitate Ecclesiae arctissime coniunguntur:[37] nam divisio christianorum sanctissimae causae praedicandi Evangelium omni creaturae detrimentum affert[38] et aditum ad fidem multis praecludit. Sic ex necessitate missionis omnes baptizati ad hoc vocantur, ut in uno grege coadunentur et ita coram gentibus de Christo, Domino suo, unanimiter testimonium reddere possint. Quod si unam fidem nondum plene testificari queant, mutua saltem aestimatione ac dilectione animentur oportet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ratio huius missionalis activitatis ex voluntate Dei sumitur, qui «omnes homines vult salvos fieri et ad agnitionem veritatis venire. Unus enim Deus, unus et mediator Dei et hominum, homo Christus Iesus, qui dedit redemptionem semetipsum pro omnibus» (I Tim. 2,4-6), «et non est in alio aliquo salus» (Act. 4,12). Oportet igitur ut ad Eum, per praedicationem Ecclesiae agnitum, omnes convertantur, et Ipsi et Ecclesiae, quae Corpus Eius est, per Baptismum incorporentur. Christus enim ipse «necessitatem fidei et baptismi expressis verbis inculcando,[39] necessitatem Ecclesiae, in quam homines per baptismum tamquam per ianuam intrant, simul confirmavit. Quare illi homines salvari non possent, qui Ecclesiam Catholicam a Deo per Iesum Christum ut necessariam esse conditam non ignorantes, tamen vel in eam intrare, vel in eadem perseverare noluerint».[40] Etsi ergo Deus viis sibi notis homines Evangelium sine eorum culpa ignorantes ad fidem adducere possit, sine qua impossibile est Ipsi placere,[41] Ecclesiae tamen necessitas incumbit,[42] simulque ius sacrum, evangelizandi, ac proinde missionalis activitas vim suam et necessitatem hodie sicut et semper integram servat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per eam Corpus Christi mysticum ad suum proprium incrementum vires indesinenter colligit et ordinat.[43] Ad eam persequendam impelluntur membra Ecclesiae caritate, qua Deum diligunt et qua cum omnibus hominibus cupiunt communicare in spiritualibus bonis tam praesentis quam futurae vitae. Per hanc activitatem missionalem denique Deus plene glorificatur, dum homines salutare Eius opus, quod in Christo perfecit, conscie et plene accipiunt. Sic per eam completur Dei propositum, cui Christus oboedienter et amanter inservit ad gloriam Patris qui misit eum,[44] ut universum genus humanum unum Populum efformet Dei, in unum corpus coalescat Christi, in unum coaedificetur templum Spiritus Sancti: quod sane, cum fraternam concordiam refert, intimo universorum hominum voto respondet. Sic tandem consilium Creatoris, hominem ad imaginem et similitudinem suam condentis, revera adimpletur, cum omnes qui humanam participant naturam, in Christo per Spiritum Sanctum regenerati, unanimiter gloriam Dei speculantes, dicere poterunt: «Pater noster».[45]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Etiam cum ipsa natura humana eiusque adspirationibus activitas missionalis intimam habet connexionem. Christum enim manifestando, eo ipso Ecclesia hominibus genuinam eorum condicionis atque integrae vocationis veritatem revelat, cum Christus principium sit et exemplar huius humanitatis renovatae, fraterno amore, sinceritate et pacifico spiritu imbutae, ad quam omnes adspirant. Christus, et Ecclesia quae de Ipso per evangelicam praedicationem dat testimonium, omnem peculiaritatem stirpis vel nationis transcendunt, ideoque nemini et nullibi ut extranei reputari possunt.[46] Ipse Christus est veritas atque via, quas evangelica praedicatio omnibus patefacit, dum ad aures omnium eiusdem Christi verba perfert: «Paenitemini et credite Evangelio» (Mc. 1,15). Cum autem, qui non credit, iam iudicatus sit,[47] verba Christi verba sunt simul iudicii et gratiae, mortis et vitae. Etenim solum vetustati mortem inferendo ad novitatem vitae accedere possumus: quod primo de personis valet, sed etiam de diversis bonis mundi huius, quae simul hominis peccato et Dei benedictione signantur: «Omnes enim peccaverunt et egent gloria Dei» (Rom. 3,23). Nemo per seipsum et suis viribus a peccato liberatur et supra seipsum elevatur, nemo penitus a sua infirmitate vel solitudine vel servitute solvitur,[48] omnes vero indigent Christo exemplari, magistro, liberatore, salvatore, vivificatore. Revera Evangelium in historia hominum, etiam temporali, fermentum libertatis ac progressus fuit seseque iugiter praebet fermentum fraternitatis, unitatis et pacis. Non ergo sine causa Christus a fidelibus celebratur ut «exspectatio gentium et Salvator earum».[49]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Itaque tempus activitatis missionalis est inter priorem adventum Domini et alterum, in quo Ecclesia a quatuor ventis sicut messis colligetur in regnum Dei.[50] Antequam enim Dominus veniet, in omnes gentes oportet praedicari evangelium.[51]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Activitas missionalis nihil aliud est et nihil minus quam propositi Dei manifestatio seu Epiphania et adimplementum in mundo et in eius historia, in qua Deus, per missionem, historiam salutis manifeste perficit. Per verbum praedicationis et per celebrationem sacramentorum, quorum centrum et culmen est Sanctissima Eucharistia, Christum salutis auctorem praesentem reddit. Quidquid autem veritatis et gratiae iam apud gentes quasi secreta Dei praesentia inveniebatur, a contagiis malignis liberat et Auctori suo Christo restituit, qui imperium diaboli evertit et multimodam scelerum malitiam arcet. Itaque quidquid boni in corde menteque hominum vel in propriis ritibus et culturis populorum seminatum invenitur, non tantum non perit, sed sanatur, elevatur et consummatur ad gloriam Dei, confusionem daemonis et beatitudinem hominis.[52] Sic activitas missionalis ad plenitudinem eschatologicam tendit:[53] per eam enim, usque ad mensuram et tempus quae Pater posuit in sua potestate,[54] dilatatur Populus Dei, cui prophetice dictum est: «Dilata locum tentorii tui, et pelles tabernaculorum tuorum extende! Ne parcas!» (Is. 54,2),[55] augetur Corpus mysticum usque ad mensuram aetatis plenitudinis Christi,[56] templumque spirituale, ubi Deus adoratur in spiritu et veritate,[57] crescit et superaedificatur «super fundamentum apostolorum et prophetarum, ipso summo angulari lapide Christo Iesu» (Eph. 2,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De ipso opere missionali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia, a Christo missa ad caritatem Dei omnibus hominibus et gentibus manifestandam et communicandam, opus missionale adhuc ingens sibi faciendum intelligit. Vicies enim milies centena milia hominum, quorum numerus in dies augetur, qui stabilibus vitae culturalis nexibus, antiquis religionis traditionibus, firmis socialium necessitudinum vinculis in magnos et determinatos coetus coalescunt, nuntium evangelicum nondum aut vix audierunt; quorum alii unam ex magnis religionibus sequuntur, alii vero notitiae ipsius Dei extranei manent, alii eius existentiam expresse negant, imo quandoque oppugnant. Ecclesia, ut omnibus mysterium salutis vitamque a Deo allatam offerre possit, sese omnibus his coetibus inserere debet eodem motu, quo ipse Christus incarnatione sua se obstrinxit certis socialibus et culturalibus conditionibus hominum cum quibus conversatus est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Art. 1:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE TESTIMONIO CHRISTIANO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia his coetibus humanis praesens sit oportet per suos filios, qui inter eos conversantur vel ad eos mittuntur. Omnes enim christifideles, ubicumque vivunt, exemplo vitae et testimonio verbi novum hominem, quem per baptismum induerunt, et virtutem Spiritus Sancti, a quo per confirmationem roborati sunt, ita manifestare tenentur, ut ceteri bona eorum opera considerantes glorificent Patrem[58] et genuinum vitae humanae sensum et communionis hominum universale vinculum plenius percipiant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut ipsi hoc testimonium Christi fructuose dare possint, cum illis hominibus aestimatione et caritate iungantur, se ut membra coetus hominum inter quos vivunt agnoscant, et in vita culturali et sociali partem habeant per varia humanae vitae commercia et negotia; familiares sint cum eorum traditionibus nationalibus et religiosis; laete et reverenter detegant semina Verbi in eis latentia; simul vero ad transformationem profundam attendant, quae inter gentes fit, et adlaborent ne homines nostrae aetatis scientiae et technologiae mundi moderni nimis intenti a rebus divinis alienentur, quinimmo ut ad impensius desiderium veritatis et caritatis divinitus revelatae expergefiant. Sicut ipse Christus cor hominum scrutatus est eosque colloquio vere humano ad lucem divinam perduxit, ita eius discipuli, Spiritu Christi profunde perfusi, cognoscant homines inter quos vivunt, et cum eis conversentur, ut ipsi dialogo sincero et patienti discant, quas divitias Deus munificus Gentibus dispensaverit; simul vero istas divitias luce evangelica collustrare, liberare, et in Dei Salvatoris dominium reducere conentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praesentia christifidelium in coetibus humanis illa caritate animetur, qua nos dilexit Deus, qui vult ut et nos nos invicem eadem caritate diligamus.[59]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caritas christiana revera ad omnes extenditur sine discrimine stirpis, condicionis socialis seu religionis; nullum exspectat lucrum seu gratitudinem. Sicut enim Deus dilexit nos amore gratuito, ita et fideles caritate sua ipsi homini solliciti sint diligendo eum eodem motu quo Deus hominem quaesivit. Sicut ergo Christus circuibat omnes civitates et castella curans omnem languorem et infirmitatem in sigum adventus Regni Dei,[60] ita et Ecclesia per filios suos iungitur cum hominibus cuiuscumque condicionis, maxime vero cum pauperibus et afflictis, atque libenter pro eis impenditur.[61] Participat enim eorum gaudia et dolores, novit vitae adspirationes et aenigmata, eis in anxietatibus mortis compatitur. Pacem quaerentibus respondere cupit fraterno dialogo, afferens eis pacem et lucem ex Evangelio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laborent christifideles et cum ceteris omnibus collaborent in rebus oeconomicis et socialibus recte ordinandis. Speciali cura sese devoveant educationi puerorum et adolescentium per scholas diversi generis, quae considerandae sunt non tantum tamquam medium eximium ad formandam et provehendam iuventutem christianam, sed simul ut servitium summi valoris hominibus, maxime vero Nationibus progredientibus, ad elevandam dignitatem humanam et ad conditiones humaniores praeparandas. Insuper partem assumant in conatibus eorum populorum qui, famem, ignorantiam et morbos debellando, meliores vitae condiciones condere et pacem in mundo firmare satagunt. In hac activitate fideles sociam operam suam prudenter praestare exoptent inceptis quae ab Institutis privatis et publicis, a guberniis, ab organis internationalibus, a diversis communitatibus christianis necnon a religionibus non-christianis promoventur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia vero nullo modo vult se in moderamen terrenae civitatis ingerere. Nullam aliam auctoritatem sibi vindicat nisi ut, Deo adiuvante, caritate et fideli servitio hominibus ministret.[62]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In sua vita et operatione intime cum hominibus coniuncti, Christi discipuli eis verum testimonium Christi se oblaturos, et in eorum salutem se operaturos sperant, etiam ubi Christum plene annuntiare nequeunt. Non enim quaerunt progressum et prosperitatem mere materialem hominum, sed eorum dignitatem et fraternam unionem promovent, docentes veritates religiosas et morales, quas Christus luce sua illustravit, sicque gradatim aditum pleniorem ad Deum aperiunt. Ita homines iuvantur in assequenda salute per caritatem erga Deum et proximum, et elucere incipit mysterium Christi, in quo novus homo apparuit, qui secundum Deum creatus est,[63] et in quo caritas Dei revelatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Art. 2: DE PRAEDICATIONE EVANGELII ET DE CONGREGANDO POPULO DEI"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ubicumque Deus aperit ostium sermonis ad loquendum mysterium Christi,[64] omnibus hominibus[65] fiducialiter et constanter[66] annuntietur[67] Deus vivus et, quem ad omnium salutem misit, Iesus Christus,[68] ut non-christiani, Spiritu Sancto cor ipsorum aperiente,[69] credentes ad Dominum libere convertantur, Eique sincere adhaereant qui, cum sit «via, veritas et vita» (Io. 14,6), omnes eorum exspectationes spirituales explet, imo infinite superat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae conversio sane initialis intelligenda est, sufficiens tamen ut homo percipiat se, avulsum a peccato, introduci in mysterium amoris Dei, qui eum vocat ad personale commercium cum Seipso in Christo ineundum. Etenim, gratia Dei operante, neoconversus spirituale iter aggreditur quo, fide iam communicans mysterio Mortis et Resurrectionis, transit a vetere homine ad novum hominem in Christo perfectum.[70] Hic transitus, secum trahens progressivam sensus et morum immutationem, cum suis socialibus consectariis manifestus fieri et tempore catechumenatus paulatim evolvi debet. Cum Dominus cui creditur, signum sit contradictionis,[71] homo conversus rupturas et separationes non raro experitur, sed etiam gaudia quae non ad mensuram dat Deus.[72]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia severe prohibet ne quis ad fidem amplectendam cogatur vel artibus importunis inducatur aut alliciatur, sicut et fortiter vindicat ius ne ullus iniquis vexationibus a fide deterreatur.[73]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Iuxta perantiquam Ecclesiae consuetudinem, motiva conversionis investigentur et, si necesse est, purificentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qui fidem in Christum a Deo per Ecclesiam acceperunt,[74] liturgicis caeremoniis admittantur ad catechumenatum; qui non est mera dogmatum praeceptorumque expositio, sed totius vitae christianae institutio et tirocinium debite protractum, quibus discipuli cum Christo suo Magistro coniunguntur. Catechumeni ergo apte initientur mysterio salutis et exercitio morum evangelicorum sacrisque ritibus, successivis temporibus celebrandis,[75] introducantur in vitam fidei, liturgiae et caritatis Populi Dei."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deinde per initiationis christianae sacramenta liberati a potestate tenebrarum,[76] Christo commortui, consepulti et conresuscitati,[77] Spiritum accipiunt[78] adoptionis filiorum, et memoriale mortis et resurrectionis Domini cum cuncto Populo Dei celebrant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Desiderandum est ut liturgia temporis quadragesimalis et paschalis ita restauretur ut animos catechumenorum componat ad celebrationem paschalis mysterii in cuius sollemnibus peragendis per baptismum Christo regenerantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Initiatio autem illa christiana in catechumenatu non a solis catechistis vel sacerdotibus, sed a tota communitate fidelium, speciali autem modo a patrinis, est procuranda, ita ut catechumeni inde ab initio sentiant se pertinere ad Populum Dei. Cumque vita Ecclesiae sit apostolica, catechumeni item discant testimonio vitae et fidei professione ad evangelizationem et Ecclesiae aedificationem actuose cooperari."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Status tandem iuridicus catechumenorum in novo Codice clare ponatur. Iam enim cum Ecclesia coniuncti sunt,[79] iam de domo sunt Christi[80] et non raro iam vitam agunt fidei, spei et caritatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Art. 3: DE COMMUNITATE CHRISTIANA EFFORMANDA"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Spiritus Sanctus, qui omnes homines per semina Verbi praedicationemque Evangelii ad Christum vocat et in cordibus obsequium fidei suscitat, cum credentes in Christum in baptismalis fontis sinu ad novam vitam generat, eos congregat in unum Populum Dei qui est «genus electum, regale sacerdotium, gens sancta, populus acquisitionis» (I Pt. 2, 9).[81]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Missionarii ergo, cooperatores Dei,[82] tales suscitent fidelium congregationes quae, digne ambulantes vocatione qua vocatae sunt[83] munera a Deo sibi concredita exerceant sacerdotale, propheticum et regale. Hoc modo communitas christiana signum fit praesentiae Dei in mundo: ipsa enim sacrificio eucharistico incessanter cum Christo ad Patrem transit,[84] verbo Dei sedulo enutrita[85] testimonium Christi praebet,[86] in caritate denique ambulat spirituque apostolico fervet.[87]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Communitas christiana inde ab initio ita efformari debet ut suis necessitatibus, quantum fieri potest, ipsa providere queat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec fidelium congregatio, divitiis culturae propriae gentis praedita, in populo profunde radicetur: efflorescant familiae spiritu evangelico imbutae[88] atque scholis idoneis iuventur; associationes et coetus erigantur per quos laicorum apostolatus totam societatem spiritu evangelico permeare valeat. Splendescat denique caritas inter catholicos diversi ritus.[89] Spiritus etiam oecumenicus nutriatur inter neophytos, qui probe aestiment fratres in Christum credentes esse Christi discipulos, baptismate regeneratos, perplurium bonorum Populi Dei consortes. Quantum sinunt condiciones religiosae, actio oecumenica ita promoveatur ut, seclusa omni tam indifferentismi et confusionismi quam insanae aemulationis specie, communi, pro quanto datur, professione fidei in Deum et in Iesum Christum coram Gentibus, atque cooperatione in re tam sociali et technica quam culturali et religiosa, catholici fraterne collaborent cum fratribus a se seiunctis ad normas Decreti de Oecumenismo. Collaborent praesertim propter Christum, suum Dominum communem: Eius Nomen eos colligat! Haec collaboratio instituatur non solum inter privatas personas, sed etiam, de iudicio Ordinarii loci, inter Ecclesias vel communitates ecclesiales earumque opera."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christifideles ex Gentibus cunctis in Ecclesia congregati, «neque regimine, neque sermone, neque politicis vitae institutis a ceteris hominibus sunt distincti»,[90] ideoque in honesta consuetudine vitae gentis suae Deo et Christo vivant; ut boni cives amorem Patriae vere et efficaciter colant, alienae tamen stirpis contemptum et nationalismum exacerbatum vitent omnino, amorem hominum universalem promoveant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad omnia haec obtinenda maximum momentum habent et speciali cura digni sunt laici, christifideles nempe qui, Christo per baptismum incorporati, in saeculo vivunt. Ipsorum enim proprium est, ut Spiritu Christi imbuti, fermenti instar, res temporales ab intra animent et ordinent, ut secundum Christum iugiter fiant.[91]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Attamen non sufficit ut populus christianus praesens sit et constitutus in aliqua gente, nec sufficit ut apostolatum exempli exerceat; ad hoc constituitur, ad hoc praesens est, ut concivibus non-christianis Christum verbo et opere annuntiet eosque iuvet ad plenam Christi receptionem. Iamvero, ad Ecclesiae plantationem et ad incrementum communitatis christianae necessaria sunt varia ministeria, quae vocatione divina ex ipsa fidelium congregatione suscitata, ab omnibus diligenti cura sunt fovenda atque colenda; inter quae habentur munera sacerdotum, diaconorum et catechistarum, atque actio catholica. Item Religiosi et Religiosae ad Regnum Christi in animis radicandum et corroborandum illudque ulterius dilatandum sive oratione, sive actuosa opera indispensabile praestant officium."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gaudio magno Ecclesia gratias agit pro inaestimabili vocationis sacerdotalis dono, quod inter Gentes ad Christum recenter conversas tot iuvenibus Deus elargitus est. Firmiores enim radices Ecclesia in unoquoque coetu humano figit, cum variae communitates fidelium ex suis membris proprios habent salutis ministros in ordine Episcoporum, Presbyterorum ac Diaconorum, fratribus suis inservientes, ita ut novellae Ecclesiae structuram dioecesanam cum proprio clero paulatim acquirant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae de sacerdotali vocatione et formatione ab hoc Concilio statuta sunt, sancte serventur ubi Ecclesia primo plantatur, et apud novellas Ecclesias. Maximi facienda sunt quae dicuntur de institutione spirituali cum doctrinali et pastorali arcte connectenda, de vita secundum formam Evangelii gerenda sine consideratione commodi proprii vel familialis, de intimo sensu mysterii Ecclesiae excolendo. Inde mirabiliter discent totos se ipsos in servitium Corporis Christi et ad opus Evangelii dedicare, proprio episcopo tanquam fidi cooperatores adhaerere et sociam confratribus operam praestare.[92]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad quem generalem finem assequendum, tota alumnorum formatio ordinetur sub luce mysterii salutis uti in Scripturis exhibetur. Hoc mysterium Christi et salutis humanae in Liturgia praesens inveniant et vivant.[93]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae exigentiae communes sacerdotalis institutionis, etiam pastoralis et practicae, ad normam Concilii,[94] componantur cum studio obviam eundi peculiari cogitandi agendique modo propriae gentis. Alumnorum mentes ergo aperiantur et exacuantur ut bene cognoscant et iudicare valeant suae gentis culturam; in disciplinis philosophicis et theologicis perspiciant rationes quae traditiones ac religionem patrias inter et religionem christianam intercedunt.[95] Item institutio sacerdotalis necessitates pastorales regionis respiciat: alumni discant historiam, finem et methodum actionis missionalis Ecclesiae, et speciales condiciones sociales, oeconomicas, culturales proprii populi. In spiritu oecumenismi educentur, et ad dialogum fraternum cum non-christianis rite praeparentur.[96] Haec omnia postulant, ut studia ad sacerdotium peragantur, quantum fieri potest, in consuetudine et convictu cum sua cuiusque gente.[97] Cura tandem habeatur de formatione in administratione ordinata ecclesiastica, imo etiam oeconomica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insuper idonei sacerdotes seligantur qui, post praxim aliquam pastoralem, in studiorum Universitatibus etiam exteris, maxime in Urbe, aliisque Institutis scientificis studia superiora perficiant, ita ut Ecclesiis novellis ex clero locali praesto sint ad magis ardua munera ecclesiastica implenda, congrua scientia et peritia praediti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ubi Conferentiis Episcoporum opportunum apparuerit, ordo diaconatus ut status vitae permanens restauretur ad normam Constitutionis De Ecclesia.[98] Iuvat enim viros, qui ministerio vere diaconali fungantur, vel verbum divinum tanquam catechistae praedicantes, vel nomine parochi et episcopi dissitas communitates christianas moderantes, vel caritatem exercentes in operibus socialibus seu caritativis, per impositionem manuum inde ab Apostolis traditam corroborari et altari arctius coniungi, ut ministerium suum per gratiam sacramentalem diaconatus efficacius expleant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Item laude dignum est agmen illud, de opere missionum ad Gentes tam optime meritum, catechistarum scilicet, tam virorum quam mulierum, qui spiritu apostolico imbuti, magnis laboribus singulare et omnino necessarium adiumentum conferunt ad dilatationem fidei et Ecclesiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nostris diebus, cum ad tot multitudines evangelizandas et ad ministerium pastorale exercendum pauci sint clerici, catechistarum officium maximum momentum habet. Eorum ergo institutio ita perfici debet et culturali progressui accommodari, ut tanquam validi cooperatores ordinis sacerdotalis quam optime exsequi possint munus suum novis et amplioribus oneribus ingravescens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Multiplicentur ergo scholae dioecesanae et regionales in quibus futuri catechistae cum doctrinam catholicam, praesertim in re biblica et liturgica, tum etiam methodum catecheticam praximque pastoralem excolant, seque ad mores hominum christianorum[99] forment, pietatem sanctitatemque vitae colere indesinenter satagentes. Insuper conventus vel cursus habeantur quibus catechistae in disciplinis et artibus suo ministerio utilibus certis temporibus renoventur et eorum vita spiritualis nutriatur et roboretur. Praeterea, iis qui totos huic operi se devovent, status vitae decens et securitas socialis procuretur per iustam remunerationem.[100] In voto est ut formationi et sustentationi catechistarum modo congruo provideatur subsidiis S. Dicasterii de Propaganda Fide specialibus. Si necessarium et aptum apparebit, Opus pro Catechistis fundetur. Insuper Ecclesiae grato animo agnoscent generosam operam catechistarum auxiliarium, quorum adiutorio indigebunt. Ipsi in suis communitatibus precibus praesunt et doctrinam tradunt. De eorum formatione doctrinali et spirituali rite curandum est. Praeterea optandum est ut, ubi opportunum videbitur, catechistis debite formatis missio canonica in actione liturgica publice celebranda conferatur, ut apud populum maiore auctoritate fidei deserviant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inde a periodo plantationis Ecclesiae vita religiosa sedulo promoveatur, quae non solum pretiosa omninoque necessaria auxilia activitati missionali affert, sed per intimiorem consecrationem Deo in Ecclesia factam lucide quoque manifestat et significat intimam vocationis christianae naturam.[101]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instituta religiosa, plantationi Ecclesiae adlaborantia, mysticis divitiis, quibus traditio religiosa Ecclesiae insignitur, penitus imbuta, eas pro cuiusque gentis ingenio et indole exprimere et tradere conentur. Attente considerent quomodo traditiones asceticae et contemplativae, quarum semina iam ante Evangelii praedicationem nonnunquam antiquis culturis a Deo indita sunt, in vitam religiosam christianam assumi possint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In novellis Ecclesiis variae formae vitae religiosae excolendae sunt, ut diversos aspectus missionis Christi et vitae Ecclesiae exhibeant, ac variis operibus pastoralibus se devoveant, suaque membra ad ea exercenda rite praeparent. Attamen Episcopi in Conferentia videant ne Congregationes eundem finem apostolicum prosequentes, multiplicentur cum detrimento vitae religiosae et apostolatus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Speciali mentione digna sunt varia ad vitam contemplativam radicandam incepta, quibus alii, essentialia Institutionis monasticae elementa retinentes, ditissimam traditionem sui Ordinis implantare satagunt, alii vero ad antiqui monachismi simpliciores formas redeunt: omnes tamen genuinam aptationem ad condiciones locales quaerere studeant. Cum enim vita contemplativa ad plenitudinem praesentiae Ecclesiae pertineat, oportet apud novellas Ecclesias ubique instauretur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De Ecclesiis particularibus"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Opus plantationis Ecclesiae in determinato hominum coetu certam attingit metam, cum congregatio fidelium, in sociali vita iam radicata culturaeque loci aliquatenus conformata, quadam stabilitate et firmitate fruitur: propria nempe, etsi insufficienti, instructa copia localium sacerdotum, religiosorum et laicorum, iis ministeriis et institutis ditatur quae ad vitam populi Dei sub ductu Episcopi proprii ducendam ac dilatandam necessaria sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In huiusmodi Ecclesiis novellis, vita Populi Dei maturescere debet per omnes campos vitae christianae ad normas huius Concilii renovandae: congregationes fidelium, magis in dies conscie, vivae efficiuntur communitates fidei, liturgiae et caritatis; laici per civilem et apostolicam operositatem ordinem caritatis et iustitiae in civitate instaurare nituntur; instrumenta communicationis socialis opportune et prudenter adhibentur; familiae per vitam vere christianam seminaria evadunt apostolatus laicorum necnon vocationum sacerdotalium et religiosarum. Fides denique per catechesim aptatam edocetur, in Liturgia ingenio populi consona celebratur, et per legislationem canonicam congruam inducitur in honesta instituta et consuetudines locales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi vero, una cum suo quisque presbyterio, sensu Christi et Ecclesiae magis magisque imbuti, cum universali Ecclesia sentiant atque vivant. Intima permaneat ecclesiarum novellarum communio cum tota Ecclesia, cuius traditionis elementa culturae propriae adiungant ad augendam, mutuo quodam virium effluvio, vitam Corporis Mystici.[102] Hinc colantur elementa theologica, psychologica et humana quae ad hunc sensum communionis cum Ecclesia universali fovendum afferre valeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hae vero Ecclesiae, saepissime in pauperioribus orbis partibus sitae, gravissima plerumque sacerdotum penuria et subsidiorum materialium inopia adhuc laborant. Quare summopere indigent ut continuata totius Ecclesiae actio missionalis ea subministret adminicula quae Ecclesiae localis incremento vitaeque christianae maturitati praeprimis inserviant. Quae actio missionalis opem etiam ferat iis Ecclesiis, diu fundatis, quae in quodam statu regressionis vel debilitatis versantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Attamen istae Ecclesiae commune pastorale studium aptaque opera instaurent, quibus vocationes ad clerum dioecesanum et ad Instituta religiosa numero augeantur, securius diiudicentur et efficacius excolantur,[103] ita ut paulatim sibimetipsis providere et aliis auxilium afferre valeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum Ecclesia particularis universalem Ecclesiam quam perfectissime repraesentare teneatur, probe noscat se ad eos quoque qui in Christum non credentes cum ipsa in eodem territorio commorantur esse missam ut, testimonio vitae singulorum fidelium et totius communitatis, signum sit Christum eis indicans."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Requiritur insuper ministerium verbi, ut Evangelium ad omnes perveniat. Episcopus imprimis fidei praeco sit oportet, qui novos discipulos ad Christum adducat.[104] Quod eximium munus ut rite adimpleat, penitus percipiat tum condiciones sui gregis tum intimas suorum concivium de Deo opiniones, sedulo quoque habita ratione illarum mutationum, quas urbanizationes uti dicunt, migrationes et indifferentismus religiosus introduxerint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presbyteri locales in novellis Ecclesiis opus evangelizationis ardenter aggrediantur, communem operam instituendo cum missionariis exteris, quibuscum unum efforment presbyterium, adunatum sub auctoritate Episcopi, non solum ad fideles pascendos et ad divinum cultum celebrandum, sed etiam ad Evangelium praedicandum iis qui foris sunt. Promptos se praebeant et, occasione data, alacri animo Episcopo suo sese offerant ad opus missionarium in dissitis et derelictis regionibus propriae dioeceseos vel in aliis dioecesibus incipiendum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eodem zelo fervescant religiosi et religiosae itemque laici erga suos concives, praesertim pauperiores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Curent Conferentiae Episcopales ut statis temporibus cursus renovationis biblicae, theologicae, spiritualis et pastoralis instituantur eo consilio, ut inter rerum varietates et mutationes clerus pleniorem cognitionem scientiae theologicae et methodorum pastoralium acquirat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De caetero, sancte serventur ea quae ab hoc Concilio, praesertim in Decreto De Presbyterorum Ministerio et Vita sancita sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut hoc opus missionale Ecclesiae particularis perfici possit, requiruntur ministri idonei, tempestive parandi modo condicionibus uniuscuiusque Ecclesiae congruenti. Cum autem homines magis magisque in coetus coalescant, maxime convenit Conferentias episcopales communia consilia inire de dialogo cum his coetibus instituendo. Si autem in quibusdam regionibus coetus hominum inveniuntur, qui a fide catholica amplectenda eo arceantur, quod formae peculiari quam Ecclesia ibi induerit, sese accommodare nequeant, in voto est ut tali condicioni speciali modo[105] provideatur, donec omnes christiani in unam communitatem congregari possint. Missionarios vero, si quos Apostolica Sedes ad hunc finem praesto habuerit, singuli Episcopi in suas dioeceses vocent vel libenter recipiant eorumque incepta efficaciter promoveant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut hic zelus missionarius apud domesticos patriae florescat, valde convenit ut Ecclesiae novellae quam primum Missioni universali Ecclesiae opere participent, mittendo et ipsae missionarios qui Evangelium ubique terrarum annuntient, etsi penuria cleri laborent. Communio enim cum Ecclesia universali quodammodo consummabitur cum et ipsae navitatem missionalem ad alias Gentes actuose participabunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia non vere fundata est, non plene vivit, nec perfectum Christi signum est inter homines, nisi, cum hierarchia, laicatus veri nominis exstet et laboret. Evangelium enim non potest profunde infigi in ingeniis, vita et labore alicuius populi sine actuosa praesentia laicorum. Ideo iam in fundatione Ecclesiae ad laicatum maturum christianum constituendum maxime attendendum est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laici enim fideles plene pertinent simul ad Populum Dei et ad societatem civilem: ad gentem suam pertinent in qua nati sunt, in cuius thesauris culturalibus per educationem participare coeperunt, cuius vitae per multiformia vincula socialia iunguntur, in cuius progressu proprio nisu in suis professionibus cooperantur, cuius problemata ipsi tamquam propria sentiunt et solvere conantur; pertinent etiam ad Christum, quia regenerati sunt in Ecclesia per fidem et baptismum ut, novitate vitae et operis, Christi sint,[106] ut in Christo omnia Deo subiciantur, et tandem sit Deus omnia in omnibus.[107]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praecipuum officium eorum, virorum et mulierum, est testimonium Christi, quod vita et verbo in familia, in suo coetu sociali, et in ambitu suae professionis reddere tenentur. Appareat enim in eis oportet novus homo qui secundum Deum creatus est in iustitia et sanctitate veritatis.[108] Debent vero hanc novitatem vitae exprimere in ambitus societatis et culturae patriae, secundum traditiones suae nationis. Ipsi cognoscere hanc culturam, eam sanare et servare, secundum condiciones recentes evolvere, et tandem in Christo perficere debent, ut fides Christi et vita Ecclesiae societati, in qua vivunt, iam non sit extranea, sed eam permeare et transformare incipiat. Iungantur concivibus suis sincera caritate, ut in eorum conversatione appareat novum vinculum unitatis et solidarietatis universalis, quae ex mysterio Christi hauritur. Disseminent etiam fidem Christi inter eos, quibus vitae et professionis vinculis nectuntur; quae obligatio eo magis urget, quod plurimi homines nonnisi per vicinos laicos Evangelium audire et Christum agnoscere possunt. Immo, ubi fieri potest, laici parati sint, in magis immediata cooperatione cum hierarchia, specialem missionem implere ad Evangelium annuntiandum et doctrinam christianam communicandam, ut nascenti Ecclesiae vigorem adiciant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ministri vero Ecclesiae operosum apostolatum laicorum magni habeant. Laicos forment ut tamquam membra Christi responsabilitatis suae pro omnibus hominibus conscii fiant; eos in mysterio Christi profunde instruant, in practicas methodos introducant ac eis in difficultatibus adsint, ad mentem Constitutionis De Ecclesia et Decreti De Apostolatu Laicorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Servatis ergo Pastorum et laicorum muneribus et responsabilitatibus propriis, tota Ecclesia novella unum testimonium Christi vivum et firmum reddat, ut lucidum signum fiat salutis, quae in Christo nobis advenit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Semen quod est verbum Dei, germinans ex terra bona, rore divino irrigata, succum trahit, illum transformat sibique assimilat ut denique fructum multum afferat. Equidem ad instar oeconomiae Incarnationis, Ecclesiae novellae in Christo radicatae Apostolorumque fundamento superaedificatae, in admirabile commercium assumunt omnes divitias nationum quae Christo datae sunt in haereditatem.[109] Ipsae e suorum populorum consuetudinibus et traditionibus, sapientia et doctrina, artibus et disciplinis, ea omnia mutuantur quae ad gloriam Creatoris confitendam, ad gratiam Salvatoris illustrandam et ad vitam christianam rite ordinandam conferre possunt.[110]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad hoc propositum assequendum necesse est, ut in unoquoque magno territorio socio-culturali, uti aiunt, ea consideratio theologica stimuletur qua, praelucente Traditione universalis Ecclesiae, facta et verba a Deo revelata, in Sacris Litteris consignata et ab Ecclesiae Patribus et Magisterio explicata, novae investigationi subiiciantur. Sic clarius percipietur quibus viis fides, ratione habita philosophiae vel sapientiae populorum, quaerere possit intellectum, et quibus modis consuetudines, vitae sensus et socialis ordo, cum moribus revelatione divina significatis componi queant. Inde patebunt viae ad profundiorem aptationem in toto ambitu vitae christianae. Hoc agendi modo omnis syncretismi et falsi particularismi species secludetur, vita christiana ingenio indolique cuiusque culturae accommodabitur,[111] traditiones particulares cum propriis cuiusque familiae gentium dotibus luce Evangelii illustratis, in unitatem catholicam assumentur. Novae denique Ecclesiae particulares, suis traditionibus exornatae, locum suum habebunt in ecclesiastica communione, integro manente Primatu Petri Cathedrae, quae universo caritatis coetui praesidet.[112]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Optandum est ergo, imo omnino convenit, ut Conferentiae Episcopales intra limites uniuscuiusque magni territorii socio-culturalis inter se ita coadunentur ut concordi animo communibusque consiliis hoc aptationis propositum prosequi valeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De missionariis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quamvis cuilibet discipulo Christi onus fidei disseminandae pro parte sua incumbat,[113] Christus Dominus semper e numero discipulorum vocat quos vult ipse, ut sint cum illo et ut mittat eos gentibus praedicare.[114] Quare per Spiritum Sanctum, qui charismata prout vult ad utilitatem dividit,[115] vocationem missionariam in cordibus singulorum inspirat simulque in Ecclesia suscitat Instituta,[116] quae munus evangelizationis ad totam Ecclesiam pertinens tamquam proprium officium suscipiant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Speciali enim vocatione signantur, qui congrua naturali indole praediti, dotibus et ingenio idonei, parati sunt ad opus missionale suscipiendum,[117] sive autochtoni sive exteri: sacerdotes, religiosi, laici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A legitima auctoritate missi, fide et oboedientia ad eos, qui longe sunt a Christo, exeunt, segregati in opus ad quod assumpti sunt[118] tamquam ministri Evangelii, «ut fiat oblatio gentium accepta et sanctificata in Spiritu Sancto» (Rom. 15,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At vero Deo vocanti homo respondere debet tali modo, ut carni et sanguini non acquiescens[119] totum sese devinciat operi Evangelii. Hoc autem responsum dari nequit nisi Spiritu Sancto incitante et roborante. Missus enim intrat in vitam et missionem Eius, qui «semet ipsum exinanivit formam servi accipiens» (Phil. 2,7). Ideo paratus esse debet ad vitam stare vocationi suae, renuntiare sibi et omnibus quae hucusque sua habuit, et omnibus omnia sese facere.[120]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Annuntians Evangelium in gentibus, cum fiducia notum faciat mysterium Christi, pro quo legatione fungitur, ita ut in Ipso audeat, prout oportet, loqui,[121] scandalum crucis non erubescens. Vestigia premens Magistri sui, mitis et humilis corde, manifestet iugum Eius suave esse et onus leve.[122] Vita revera evangelica,[123] in multa patientia, in longanimitate, in suavitate, in caritate non ficta[124] testimonium reddat Domino suo, si necesse est, usque ad sanguinis effusionem. Virtutem et fortitudinem a Deo impetrabit, ut cognoscat in multo experimento tribulationis et altissimae paupertatis abundantiam esse gaudii.[125] Persuasum habeat oboedientiam esse virtutem peculiarem ministri Christi, qui oboedientia Sua redemit genus humanum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Evangelii praecones, ne gratiam quae in eis est, neglegant, renoventur spiritu mentis de die in diem.[126] Ordinarii vero et Superiores statutis temporibus missionarios coadunent, ut spe vocationis roborentur et in ministerio apostolico innoventur, etiam institutis ad hoc aptis domibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad tam praeclarum opus, futurus missionarius speciali formatione spirituali et morali praeparandus est.[127] Debet enim esse promptus ad initia capienda, constans ad opera perficienda, perseverans in difficultatibus, patienti et forti animo ferens solitudinem, defatigationem, infructuosum laborem. Mente aperta et corde dilatato hominibus occurret; officia sibi commissa libenter suscipiet; alienis etiam populorum moribus et variantibus condicionibus generose se aptabit; concordi animo et mutua caritate sociam operam dabit fratribus et omnibus qui eidem operi sese dedicant, ita ut simul cum fidelibus, communitatem apostolicam imitantes, cor unum sint et anima una.[128] Hae animi habitudines iam tempore formationis sedulo exerceantur, excolantur et vita spirituali eleventur et nutriantur. Fide viva et spe indeficienti imbutus, missionarius sit vir orationis; ardeat spiritu virtutis et dilectionis et sobrietatis;[129] discat in quibus sit sufficiens esse;[130] spiritu sacrificii mortem Iesu in seipso circumferat, ut vita Iesu operetur in eis ad quos mittitur;[131] zelo animarum libenter omnia impendat et superimpendatur ipse pro animabus,[132] adeo ut «quotidiano officii sui exercitio in Dei proximique amore crescat».[133] Ita voluntati Patris oboediens cum Christo, missionem Eius sub auctoritate hierarchica Ecclesiae continuabit, et mysterio salutis cooperabitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qui vero ad varias gentes mittentur, ut boni ministri Christi, enutriti sint «verbis fidei et bonae doctrinae» (I Tim. 4,6), quae praeprimis ex Sacris Scripturis haurient, perscrutantes Mysterium Christi, cuius praecones et testes erunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quare omnes missionarii -sacerdotes, fratres, sorores, laici- pro sua quisque condicione praeparandi et efformandi sunt, ne exigentiis futuri operis impares inveniantur.[134] Ab ipsis iam initiis, formatio doctrinalis eorum ita instituatur, ut et universalitatem Ecclesiae et diversitatem gentium comprehendat. Quod de omnibus disciplinis valet, per quas ad ministerium obeundum parantur, necnon de aliis scientiis, quibus utiliter edocentur, ut communem habeant populorum, culturarum, religionum cognitionem, non tantum ad praeteritum, sed et ad praesens tempus spectantem. Quicumque nempe alium populum aditurus est, magni aestimet eius patrimonium et linguas et mores. Futuro missionario apprime necessarium est studiis missiologicis incumbere, id est cognoscere doctrinam et normas Ecclesiae circa activitatem missionalem, scire quas vias nuntii Evangelii decursu saeculorum percurrerint, necnon praesentem missionum condicionem simul ac methodos, quae nunc temporis efficaciores censentur.[135]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Etsi vero haec integra institutio pastorali sollicitudine imbuenda sit, peculiaris tamen et ordinata formatio apostolica praebeatur, tam doctrina quam practicis exercitationibus.[136]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fratres et sorores quamplurimi artem catecheticam bene edoceantur et praeparentur, ut magis adhuc in apostolatu collaborare possint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Etiam qui ad tempus in activitate missionali partes assumunt, formationem conditioni suae adaequatam acquirant necesse est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec vero formationis genera in terris ad quas mittentur ita compleantur, ut missionarii fusius cognoscant historiam, structuras sociales et consuetudines populorum, perspiciant ordinem moralem et praecepta religiosa necnon ideas intimas, quas ii secundum sacras sibi traditiones de Deo, de mundo et de homine efformaverint.[137] Linguas vero ediscant tali gradu, ut illis expedite et polite uti queant, et ita faciliorem ad hominum mentes et corda aditum inveniant.[138] Praeterea in peculiares necessitates pastorales rite introducantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aliqui vero profundiore ratione praeparentur apud Instituta Missiologica vel alias Facultates aut Universitates, ut efficacius specialibus muneribus fungi[139] et ceteris missionariis eruditione sua adiutorio esse possint in exercendo opere missionario quod nostris praesertim temporibus tot difficultates et opportunitates praebet. Valde insuper optandum, ut Conferentiae Regionales Episcoporum talium peritorum copiam praesto habeant, eorumque scientia et experientia fructuose utantur in sui muneris necessitatibus. Nec desint qui perfecte sciant uti instrumentis technicis et communicationis socialis, quorum momentum omnes magni faciant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae omnia, quamvis unicuique ad gentes misso omnino necessaria sint, ab individuis vix reapse attingi possunt. Cum etiam ipsum opus missionale, experientia teste, a singulis impleri nequeat, communis vocatio singulos ad Instituta congregavit, in quibus, collatis viribus, apte formarentur et illud opus nomine Ecclesiae et ad nutum hierarchicae auctoritatis exsequerentur. Quae Instituta multis abhinc saeculis pondus diei et aestus portaverunt, sive integre labori missionali sese devoverunt sive ex parte. Saepe vasta territoria illis evangelizanda a Sancta Sede commissa sunt, in quibus Deo novum populum coadunaverunt, Ecclesiam localem propriis pastoribus adhaerentem. Ecclesiis suo sudore, imo et sanguine suo fundatis, zelo atque experientia in servitium erunt fraterna cooperatione vel curam animarum gerendo vel munera specialia ad bonum commune persolvendo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aliquando pro toto alicuius regionis ambitu urgentiores quosdam labores in se sument, ex. gr. evangelizationem coetuum vel populorum qui forsan nuntium evangelicum ob peculiares rationes nondum acceperunt vel ei hucusque restiterunt.[140]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si opus est, illos qui activitati missionali ad tempus se devovent, experientia sua efformare et adiuvare praesto sint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "His de causis, et cum multae adhuc exstent gentes ad Christum adducendae, Instituta apprime necessaria manent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT V"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De ordinatione activitatis missionalis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christifideles, cum donationes habeant differentes,[141] pro sua quisque opportunitate, facultate, charismate ac ministerio,[142] in Evangelio collaborare debent; omnes proinde, qui seminant et qui metunt,[143] qui plantant et qui rigant, unum sint oportet,[144] ut «ad eundem finem libere et ordinatim conspirantes»,[145] unanimiter ad aedificationem Ecclesiae vires impendant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quamobrem Evangelii praeconum labores et auxilia ceterorum christifidelium ita dirigenda et colliganda sunt, ut «omnia secundum ordinem fiant» (I Cor. 14,40) in cunctis activitatis et cooperationis missionalis campis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum enim cura Evangelium ubique terrarum annuntiandi imprimis ad Corpus Episcoporum pertineat,[146] Synodus Episcoporum seu «stabile Episcoporum Consilium pro Ecclesia universa»,[147] inter generalis momenti negotia,[148] activitatis missionalis, maximi sanctissimique Ecclesiae muneris,[149] specialem habeat rationem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pro omnibus Missionibus et pro tota activitate missionali unum tantum sit oportet Dicasterium competens, nempe «De Propaganda Fide», a quo dirigantur necnon coordinentur ubique terrarum et ipsum opus missionale et cooperatio missionaria, salvo tamen iure Ecclesiarum Orientalium.[150]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Licet multiplici modo Spiritus Sanctus suscitet spiritum missionalem in Ecclesia Dei, et non raro actionem eorum quorum est moderari vitam Ecclesiae praeveniat, tamen pro sua parte etiam hoc Dicasterium promoveat vocationem et spiritualitatem missionariam, zelum et orationem pro missionibus, necnon de istis nuntia genuina et adaequata producat. Ab eo suscitentur et secundum urgentiores necessitates regionum distribuantur missionarii. Ab eo disponatur ordinata operandi ratio, profluant normae directivae et principia pro evangelizatione adaptata, dentur impulsus. Ab eo incitetur et coordinetur efficax collectio subsidiorum, quae distribuantur secundum rationes necessitatis vel utilitatis necnon extensionis dicionis, numeri fidelium et infidelium, operum et Institutorum, ministrorum et missionariorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Una cum Secretariatu ad unitatem Christianorum fovendam quaerat vias et media ad procurandam et ordinandam fraternam collaborationem necnon conviventiam cum incoeptis missionalibus aliarum communitatum christianarum, ut scandalum divisionis pro posse tollatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Itaque necesse est ut hoc Dicasterium sit tam instrumentum administrationis quam organum directionis dynamicae, quod utatur methodis scientificis et instrumentis huius temporis condicionibus adaptatis, ratione nempe habita hodiernae investigationis theologicae, methodologicae et pastoralis missionariae. In directione huius Dicasterii partem actuosam cum voto deliberativo habeant repraesentantes selecti omnium illorum qui in opere missionali collaborant: Episcopi ex toto orbe, auditis Conferentiis Episcopalibus, necnon moderatores Institutorum et Operum Pontificalium, modis et rationibus a Romano Pontifice statuendis. Hi omnes, statutis temporibus convocandi, sub auctoritate Summi Pontificis supremam ordinationem totius operis missionalis exerceant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Huic Dicasterio praesto sit permanens Coetus Consultorum peritorum, scientiae aut experientiae probatae, quorum inter alia erit cum de condicione variarum regionum locali et de modo cogitandi diversorum coetuum hominum, tum de methodis evangelizationis adhibendis opportunas notitias colligere et conclusiones scientifice fundatas pro opere et cooperatione missionali proponere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instituta religiosarum, opera regionalia pro Missionibus necnon organizationes laicorum, praesertim internationales, modo congruo repraesententur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut in ipso opere missionali exercendo fines et effectus attingantur, omnibus operariis missionalibus sit «cor unum et anima una» (Act. 4,32)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi est, uti rectoris et centri unitatis in apostolatu dioecesano, activitatem missionalem promovere, moderari et coordinare, ita tamen ut spontanea navitas eorum qui in opere partem habent, servetur et foveatur. Omnes missionarii, etiam religiosi exempti, eiusdem potestati subsunt in variis operibus, quae sacri apostolatus exercitium respiciunt.[151] Ad meliorem coordinationem, Episcopus constituat in quantum fieri potest Consilium pastorale, in quo clerici, religiosi et laici per delegatos selectos partem habeant. Curet insuper ne activitas apostolica ad solos iam conversos limitetur, sed aequa pars et operariorum et subsidiorum evangelizationi non-christianorum destinetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conferentiae Episcopales communi consilio graviores quaestiones et problemata urgentia tractent, quin tamen differentias locales negligant.[152] Ne insufficiens personarum et subsidiorum copia dissipetur, neve incepta sine necessitate multiplicentur, commendatur ut opera bono omnium inservientia collatis viribus condant, uti e. g. seminaria, scholas superiores et technicas, centra pastoralia, catechetica, liturgica necnon instrumentorum communicationis socialis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eiusmodi cooperatio pro opportunitate etiam inter diversas Conferentias episcopales instituatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Expedit quoque coordinare activitates quae ab Institutis vel Associationibus Ecclesiasticis exercentur. Quae omnia, cuiusvis sint generis, in universis quae ipsam activitatem missionalem spectant, obsecundent Ordinario loci. Quare multum proderit particulares inire conventiones, quibus relationes inter Ordinarium loci et Moderatorem Instituti regantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quando Instituto cuidam commissum fuit territorium, Superiori Ecclesiastico et Instituto cordi erit omnia ad hunc finem dirigere ut nova communitas christiana in Ecclesiam localem crescat, quae opportuno tempore a proprio Pastore cum suo clero regatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cessante territorii commissione nova oritur condicio. Tunc Conferentiae Episcoporum et Instituta, communi consilio statuant normas, quae relationes inter Ordinarios locorum et Instituta moderentur.[153] Sanctae Sedis autem erit principia generalia delineare iuxta quae conventiones regionales vel etiam particulares ineantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quamquam Instituta parata erunt continuare opus inceptum collaborando in ministerio ordinario curae animarum, tamen crescente clero locali, providendum erit ut Instituta, quantum eorum fini congruit, ipsi Dioecesi fidelia maneant, opera specialia vel aliquam regionem in ea generose assumendo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instituta vero, quae in eodem territorio activitati missionali incumbunt, vias et modos inveniant oportet, quibus opera coordinentur. Quare summae utilitatis sunt Conferentiae Religiosorum et Uniones Religiosarum, in quibus omnia eiusdem nationis vel regionis Instituta partes habeant. Hae Conferentiae inquirant, quaenam communi conatu peragi possint, et arcta relatione cum Conferentiis Episcopalibus connectantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae omnia pari ratione ad collaborationem Institutorum missionalium in terris patriis extendere convenit, ita ut quaestiones et incepta communia facilius et minoribus cum expensis solvi queant, ut puta formatio doctrinalis futurorum missionariorum, necnon cursus pro missionariis, relationes ad publicas auctoritates vel ad organa internationalia et supranationalia."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum rectum et ordinatum exercitium actuositatis missionariae requirat ut operarii evangelici ad munera sua, praesertim ad dialogum cum religionibus et culturis non-christianis, scientifice praeparentur, et in ipsa exsecutione efficaciter adiuventur, desideratur ut in favorem missionum inter se fraterne et generose collaborent quaelibet Instituta scientifica quae colunt missiologiam aliasque disciplinas vel artes missionibus utiles, uti ethnologiam et linguisticam, historiam et scientiam religionum, sociologiam, artes pastorales et similia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De cooperatione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum tota Ecclesia missionaria sit, et opus evangelizationis officium Populi Dei fundamentale, Sacra Synodus omnes ad profundam renovationem interiorem invitat, ut vivam conscientiam propriae responsabilitatis in Evangelii diffusione habentes, partes suas assumant in opere missionali apud Gentes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut membra viventis Christi, Ipsi per Baptismum necnon per Confirmationem et Eucharistiam incorporati et configurati, omnes fideles officio tenentur ad Eius Corporis expansionem et dilatationem cooperandi, ut quamprimum Illud ad plenitudinem adducant.[154]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quare omnes Ecclesiae filii vivam suae erga mundum responsabilitatis conscientiam habeant, spiritum vere catholicum in seipsis foveant, suasque vires in opus evangelizationis impendant. Attamen, sciant omnes, primum ac potissimum suum debitum pro fidei diffusione esse, vitam christianam profunde vivere. Eorum enim fervor in Dei servitio et erga alios caritas novum spiritualem afflatum toti Ecclesiae afferent, quae apparebit ut signum levatum in nationes,[155] «lux mundi» (Mt. 5,14) et «sal terrae» (Mt. 5,13). Hoc testimonium vitae facilius effectum suum obtinebit si una cum aliis coetibus christianis praestabitur, iuxta normas Decreti De Oecumenismo.[156]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ex hoc renovato spiritu preces et paenitentiae opera Deo sponte offerentur ut opus missionariorum sua foecundet gratia, vocationes missionariae ortum habebunt, opes quibus missiones indigent promanabunt. Ut autem omnes et singuli christifideles praesentem Ecclesiae in mundo condicionem plane noverint, et vocem audiant multitudinum clamantium: «Adiuva nos»,[157] notitiae missionales, modernis etiam instrumentis communicationis socialis adhibitis, tales praebeantur, ut activitatem missionalem suam sentientes, ad tam immensas et profundas hominum necessitates cor aperiant eisque subvenire valeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Necessaria quoque est coordinatio notitiarum et cooperatio cum organis nationalibus et internationalibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum autem Populus Dei in communitatibus, praesertim dioecesanis et paroecialibus vivat, et in ipsis quodammodo visibilis appareat, ad istas etiam pertinet Christum coram Gentibus testificari."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gratia renovationis in communitatibus crescere nequit nisi unaquaeque spatia caritatis ad terminos terrae dilatet, similemque curam habeat de iis qui longe ac de illis qui propria membra sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sic tota communitas precatur, cooperatur et activitatem inter gentes exercet per filios suos quos Deus ad hoc praestantissimum munus eligit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perutile erit, dummodo ne negligatur opus missionale universale, coniunctionem servare cum missionariis ex ipsa communitate ortis, vel cum paroecia aut dioecesi aliqua missionum, ut communio inter communitates visibilis fiat, et in mutuam cedat aedificationem."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi omnes, ut membra corporis Episcoporum Collegio Apostolorum succedentis, non solum pro aliqua dioecesi, sed pro totius mundi salute consecrati sunt. Mandatum Christi Evangelium praedicandi omni creaturae[158] eos, cum Petro et sub Petro, primo et immediate afficit. Inde oritur illa communio et cooperatio Ecclesiarum quae hodie tam necessaria est ad opus evangelizationis prosequendum. Vi istius communionis singulae Ecclesiae sollicitudinem omnium aliarum ferunt, proprias necessitates sibi invicem aperiunt, res suas mutuo communicant, cum dilatatio Corporis Christi munus totius Collegii Episcoporum sit.[159]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In sua dioecesi, cum qua unum constituit, Episcopus opus missionale suscitans, promovens, dirigens, spiritum et ardorem missionalem Populi Dei praesentem et quasi visibilem reddit, ita ut tota dioecesis missionaria evadat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi erit in suo populo, praesertim inter infirmos et aerumnis oppressos, animas suscitare quae orationes et paenitentiae opera Deo corde aperto pro mundi evangelizatione offerant; vocationes iuvenum et clericorum ad Instituta missionalia libenter fovere, gratoque animo ferre, si Deus quosdam eligat qui actuositati Ecclesiae missionali inserantur; Congregationes dioecesanas hortari et adiuvare ut propriam partem in missionibus assumant; opera Institutorum missionalium apud suos fideles promovere, sed praesertim Opera Pontificalia Missionalia. Istis enim Operibus iure primus locus tribui debet quippe quae media sunt tum ad catholicos inde ab infantia sensu vere universali et missionario imbuendos, tum ad excitandam efficacem collectionem subsidiorum in bonum omnium Missionum pro cuiuscumque necessitate.[160]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum vero in dies crescat necessitas operariorum in vinea Domini, et sacerdotes dioecesani desiderent et ipsi partes semper maiores in mundi evangelizatione habere, Sancta Synodus exoptat ut Episcopi, gravissimam considerantes penuriam sacerdotum qua evangelizatio multarum regionum impeditur, aliquos e melioribus suis sacerdotibus, qui se ad opus missionale offerant, debita praeparatione peracta, ad dioeceses clero carentes mittant, ubi saltem ad tempus ministerium missionale in spiritu servitii exerceant.[161]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut autem Episcoporum activitas missionalis in bonum totius Ecclesiae efficacius exerceri possit, expedit ut Conferentiae Episcopales negotia moderentur quae ad ordinatam cooperationem propriae regionis spectant. In suis Conferentiis agant Episcopi de sacerdotibus cleri dioecesani gentium evangelizationi devovendis; de certa stipe quam unaquaeque dioecesis propriis redditibus proportionatam quotannis pro opere missionum dare tenetur;[162] de modis et mediis quibus missiones directe subveniuntur dirigendis et ordinandis; de Institutis missionalibus et seminariis cleri dioecesani pro missionibus adiuvandis et, si opus est, fundandis; de arctioribus nexibus inter huiusmodi Instituta et dioeceses fovendis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad Conferentias episcopales pariter pertinet opera instituere et promovere quibus illi qui laboris et studii causa ex terris missionum immigrant fraterne excipiantur et congruenti pastorali cura adiuventur. Per eos enim populi longinqui vicini quodammodo fiunt et communitatibus antiquitus christianis optima occasio offertur cum nationibus quae Evangelium nondum audierunt colloquendi et eis in proprio officio amoris et adiumenti genuinum Christi vultum ostendendi.[163]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presbyteri personam Christi gerunt et cooperatores sunt ordinis episcopalis, in triplici sacro munere quod natura sua ad missionem Ecclesiae spectat.[164] Penitus ergo intelligant suam vitam etiam in servitium Missionum consecratam esse. Cum autem per proprium suum ministerium-quod praecipue in Eucharistia, quae Ecclesiam perficit, consistit-cum Christo Capite communicent et alios ad hanc communionem adducant, non possunt non sentire quantum adhuc ad plenitudinem Corporis desit, et quantum proinde praestandum sit ut in dies crescat. Curam ergo pastoralem ita ordinabunt, ut dilatationi Evangelii apud non-christianos prosit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presbyteri in cura pastorali zelum pro mundi evangelizatione inter fideles excitabunt et conservabunt, per catechesim et praedicationem eos instruendo de munere Ecclesiae Christum Gentibus annuntiandi; familias christianas edocendo de necessitate et honore vocationes missionales inter proprios filios et filias colendi; in iuvenibus scholarum et catholicarum associationum fervorem missionalem fovendo ita ut ex illis futuri Evangelii Praecones oriantur. Fideles doceant pro missionibus orare et ab eisdem eleemosynas quaerere ne erubescant, quasi mendici pro Christo animarumque salute facti.[165]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Professores Seminariorum et Universitatum iuvenes veram condicionem mundi et Ecclesiae docebunt, ut necessitas impensioris evangelizationis nonchristianorum eis appareat et eorum zelum nutriat. In tradendis vero disciplinis dogmaticis, biblicis, moralibus et historicis rationes missionales in illis contentas in lucem ponant, ut hoc modo conscientia missionaria in futuris sacerdotibus formetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instituta religiosa, vitae contemplativae et activae, maximam hucusque partem in mundi evangelizatione habuerunt et habent. Eorum merita Sacrosancta Synodus libenter agnoscit et Deo gratias agit pro tot impensis in Dei gloriam et in servitium animarum praestitis, eademque hortatur ut indefesse in opere incepto prosequantur, cum sciant virtutem caritatis, quam ex vocatione perfectius colere tenentur, ad spiritum et laborem vere catholicum se impellere et obligare.[166]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instituta vitae contemplativae per suas orationes, paenitentiae opera et tribulationes, maximum momentum habent in conversione animarum, cum Deus sit qui rogatus mittit operarios in messem suam,[167] animos non-christianorum ad audiendum Evangelium aperit,[168] et verbum salutis in eorum cordibus foecundat.[169] Imo rogantur haec Instituta ut domos in locis missionum condant, sicut non pauca iam fecerunt, ut ibi, modo traditionibus genuine religiosis populorum accommodato, vitam degentes, praeclarum testimonium maiestatis et caritatis Dei, necnon et unionis in Christo, inter non-christianos reddant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instituta vero vitae activae, sive finem stricte missionalem prosequantur sive non, sincere coram Deo sese interrogent utrum actuositatem suam in expansionem Regni Dei inter Gentes extendere valeant; utrum quaedam ministeria aliis relinquere possint, ita ut suas vires pro missionibus impendant; utrum activitatem in missionibus incipere possint, aptando, si necesse fuerit, suas Constitutiones, ad mentem tamen Fundatoris; utrum sodales sui pro viribus in activitate missionali participent; utrum eorum consuetudo vitae sit testimonium Evangelii indoli et condicioni populi accommodatum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum autem, Spiritu Sancto inspirante, in dies crescant in Ecclesia Instituta saecularia, eorum opera, sub auctoritate Episcopi, multiplici ratione in missionibus fructuosa esse potest, ut signum plenae deditionis ad evangelizationem mundi."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laici ad opus evangelizationis Ecclesiae cooperantur et tamquam testes simul et viva instrumenta missionem eius salvificam participant,[170] praesertim si a Deo vocati ab Episcopis ad hoc opus assumuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In terris iam christianis laici ad evangelizationis opus cooperantur, cognitionem et amorem erga missiones in seipsis et in aliis fovendo, vocationes in propria familia, in associationibus catholicis et in scholis excitando, subsidia cuiusque generis offerendo, ut donum fidei, quod gratis receperunt, aliis donari possit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In terris autem missionum, laici, sive advenae sive autochtoni, in scholis doceant, res temporales gerant, in activitate paroeciali et dioecesana collaborent, varias formas apostolatus laicorum instituant atque promoveant, ut fideles novellarum Ecclesiarum quamprimum propriam partem in vita Ecclesiae assumere possint.[171]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laici tandem cooperationem oeconomico-socialem populis in via evolutionis libenter praebeant; quae cooperatio eo magis laudanda est, quo magis ad ea instituta fundanda spectat, quae structuras fundamentales vitae socialis attingunt, vel ad formationem eorum ordinantur, qui responsabilitatem publicae rei habent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Peculiari laude digni sunti illi laici qui, in Universitatibus vel Institutis scientificis, suis investigationibus historicis vel scientifico-religiosis cognitionem populorum et religionum promovent, Evangelii praecones adiuvando, et dialogum cum non-christianis praeparando."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum aliis christianis, cum non-christianis, speciatim cum membris consociationum internationalium fraterno animo collaborent, semper id prae oculis habentes, ut «aedificatio terrenae civitatis in Domino fundetur ad Ipsumque dirigatur».[172]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad haec omnia munera obeunda, necessaria indigent laici praeparatione technica et spirituali, quae in Institutis ad hoc destinatis dari debet, ut eorum vita testimonium inter non-christianos pro Christo sit, secundum verbum Apostoli: «Sine offensione estote Iudaeis et Gentibus et Ecclesiae Dei; sicut et ego per omnia omnibus placeo, non quaerens quod mihi utile est, sed quod multis, ut salvi fiant» (I Cor. 10, 32-33)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Patres Concilii una cum Romano Pontifice, officium Regnum Dei ubique diffundendi gravissime sentientes, omnes Evangelii praecones peramanter salutant, eos praesertim qui pro Christi nomine persecutionem patiuntur, socii eorum passionum effecti.[173]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eodem amore quo Christus erga homines flagravit, et ipsi exardescunt. Conscii autem Deum esse qui efficit ut Regnum suum in terris adveniat, una cum omnibus christifidelibus preces effundunt, ut per intercessionem Virginis Mariae Reginae Apostolorum, gentes quamprimum ad agnitionem veritatis adducantur[174] et claritas Dei quae in facie Christi Iesu resplendet per Spiritum Sanctum omnibus illucescat.[175]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec omnia et singula quae in hoc Decreto edicta sunt, placuerunt Sacrosancti Concilii Patribus. et Nos, Apostolica a Christo Nobis tradita potestate, illa, una cum Venerabilibus Patribus, in Spiritu Sancto approbamus, decernimus ac statuimus et quae ita synodaliter statuta sunt ad Dei gloriam promulgari iubemus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec omnia et singula quae in hoc Decreto edicta sunt, placuerunt Sacrosancti Concilii Patribus. Et Nos, Apostolica a Christo Nobis tradita potestate, illa, una cum Venerabilibus Patribus, in Spiritu Sancto approbamus, decernimus ac statuimus et quae ita synodaliter statuta sunt ad Dei gloriam promulgari iubemus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Romae, apud S. Petrum die VII mensis decembris anno MCMLXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS Catholicae Ecclesiae Episcopus Sequuntur Patrum subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Patrum subsignationes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS Catholicae Ecclesiae Episcopus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EUGENIUS Episcopus Ostiensis ac Portuensis et S. Rufinae Cardinalis TISSERANT, Sacri Collegii Decanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus Albanensis Cardinalis PIZZARDO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENEDICTUS Episcopus Praenestinus Cardinalis ALOISI MASELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS Episcopus tit. Veliternus Cardinalis CENTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HAMLETUS IOANNES Episcopus tit. Tusculanus Cardinalis CICOGNANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus tit. Sabinensis et Mandelensis Cardinalis FERRETTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS GABRIEL Cardinalis TAPPOUNI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Syrorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAXIMUS IV Cardinalis SAIGH, Patriarcha Antiochenus Melkitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS PETRUS Cardinalis MEOUCHI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Maronitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS I Cardinalis SIDAROUSS, Patriarcha Alexandrinus Coptorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EMMANUEL TIT. Ss. Marcellini et Petri Presbyter Cardinalis GONÇALVES CEREJEIRA, Patriarcha Lisbonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ACHILLES titulo S. Sixti Presbyter Cardinalis LIÉNART, Episcopus Insulensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IACOBUS ALOISIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Damaso Presbyter Cardinalis COPELLO, S. R. E. Cancellarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GREGORIUS PETRUS titulo S. Bartholomaei in Insula Presbyter Cardinalis AGAGIANIAN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego VALERIANUS titulo S. Mariae in Via Lata Presbyter Cardinalis GRACIAS, Archiepiscopus Bombayensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Honuphrii in Ianiculo Presbyter Cardinalis GARIBI Y RIVERA, Archiepiscopus Guadalajarensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS titulo S. Agnetis extra moenia Presbyter Cardinalis CONFALONIERI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo Ss. Quirici et Iulittae Presbyter Cardinalis RICHAUD, Archiepiscopus Burdigalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS M. titulo Ss. Viti, Modesti et Crescentiae Presbyter Cardinalis BUENO Y MONREAL, Archiepiscopus Hispalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo S. Eusebii Presbyter Cardinalis KÖNIG, Archiepiscopus Vindobonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IULIUS titulo S. Mariae Scalaris Presbyter Cardinalis DÖPFNER, Archiepiscopus Monacensis et Frisingensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Andreae Apostoli de Hortis Presbyter Cardinalis MARELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUSTAVUS titulo S. Hieronymi Illyricorum Presbyter Cardinalis TESTA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Andreae de Valle Presbyter Cardinalis TRAGLIA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PETRUS TATSUO titulo S. Antonii Patavini de Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DOI, Archiepiscopus Tokiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis Baptistae Florentinorum Presbyter Cardinalis LEFEBVRE, Archiepiscopus Bituricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BERNARDUS titulo S. Ioachimi Presbyter Cardinalis ALFRINK, Archiepiscopus Ultraiectensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RUFINUS I. titulo S. Mariae ad Montes Presbyter Cardinalis SANTOS, Archiepiscopus Manilensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAUREANUS titulo S. Francisci Assisiensis ad Ripam Maiorem Presbyter Cardinalis RUGAMBWA, Episcopus Bukobaënsis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo Ssmi Redemptoris et S. Alfonsi in Exquiliis Presbyter Cardinalis RITTER, Archiepiscopus S. Ludovici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Silvestri in Capite Presbyter Cardinalis HEENAN, Archiepiscopus Vestmonasteriensis, Primas Angliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo Ssmae Trinitatis in Monte Pincio Presbyter Cardinalis VILLOT, Archiepiscopus Lugdunensis et Viennensis, Primas Galliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo S. Camilli de Lellis ad Hortos Sallustianos Presbyter Cardinalis ZOUNGRANA, Archiepiscopus Uagaduguensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HENRICUS titulo S. Agathae in Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DANTE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAESAR titulo D.nae N.ae a Sacro Corde in Circo Agonali Presbyter Cardinalis ZERBA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AGNELLUS titulo Praecelsae Dei Matris Presbyter Cardinalis ROSSI, Archiepiscopus S. Pauli in Brasilia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Martini in Montibus Presbyter Cardinalis COLOMBO, Archiepiscopus Mediolanensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS titulo S. Patricii ad Villam Ludovisi Presbyter Cardinalis CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, totius Hiberniae Primas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANGELUS titulo Sacri Cordis Beatae Mariae Virginis ad forum Euclidis Presbyter Cardinalis HERRERA, Episcopus Malacitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALAPHRIDUS S. Mariae in Domnica Protodiaconus Cardinalis OTTAVIANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALBERTUS S. Pudentianae Diaconus Cardinalis DI JORIO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS S. Mariae in Cosmedin Diaconus Cardinalis ROBERTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ARCADIUS SS. Blasii et Caroli ad Catinarios Diaconus Cardinalis LARRAONA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS SS. Cosmae et Damiani Diaconus Cardinalis MORANO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUILLELMUS THEODORUS S. Theodori in Palatio Cardinalis HEARD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego AUGUSTINUS S. Sabae Diaconus Cardinalis BEA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ANTONIUS S. Eugenii Diaconus Cardinalis BACCI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRATER MICHAEL S. Pauli in Arenula Diaconus Cardinalis BROWNE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRIDERICUS S. Ioannis Bosco in via Tusculana Diaconus Cardinalis Callori DI VIGNALE."
            }
          ]
        },
        "pt": {
          "code": "pt",
          "label": "Português",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651207_ad-gentes_po.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-189-vat-ii_decree_19651207_ad-gentes_po.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO AD GENTES SOBRE A ATIVIDADE MISSIONÁRIA DA IGREJA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROÉMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A vocação missionária da Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja, enviada por Deus a todas as gentes para ser «sacramento universal de salvação», (1) por íntima exigência da própria catolicidade, obedecendo a um mandato do seu fundador (2), procura incansàvelmente anunciar o Evangelho a todos os homens. Já os próprios Apóstolos em que a Igreja se alicerça, seguindo o exemplo de Cristo, «pregaram a palavra da verdade e geraram as igrejas» (3). Aos seus sucessores compete perpetuar esta obra, para que «a palavra de Deus se propague ràpidamente e seja glorificada (2 Tess. 3,1), e o reino de Deus seja pregado e estabelecido em toda a terra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No estado actual das coisas, de que surgem novas condições para a humanidade, a Igreja, que é sal da terra e luz do mundo (4), é com mais urgência chamada a salvar e a renovar toda a criatura, para que tudo seja instaurada em Cristo e n'Ele os homens constituam uma só família e um só Povo de Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, este sagrado Concílio, agradecendo a Deus a grandiosa obra já realizada pelo esforço generoso de toda a Igreja, deseja delinear os princípios da actividade missionária e reunir as forças de todos os fiéis, para que o Povo de Deus, continuando a seguir pelo caminho estreito da cruz, difunda por toda a parte o reino de Cristo, Senhor e perscrutador dos séculos (5), e prepare os caminhos para a sua vinda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRINCÍPIOS DOUTRINAIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Desígnio do Pai"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja peregrina é, por sua natureza, missionária, visto que tem a sua origem, segundo o desígnio de Deus Pai, na «missão» do Filho e do Espírito Santo (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este desígnio brota do «amor fontal», isto é, da caridade de Deus Pai, que, sendo o Princípio sem Princípio de quem é gerado o Filho e de quem procede o Espírito Santo pelo Filho, quis derramar e não cessa de derramar ainda a bondade divina, criando-nos livremente pela sua extraordinária e misericordiosa benignidade, e depois chamando-nos gratuitamente a partilhar da sua própria vida e glória. Quis ser, assim, não só criador de todas as coisas mas também «tudo em todas as coisas» (1 Cor. 15,28), conseguindo simultâneamente a sua glória e a nossa felicidade. Aprouve, porém, a Deus chamar os homens a esta participação na sua vida, não só de modo individual e sem qualquer solidariedade mútua, mas constituindo-os num Povo em que os seus filhos, que estavam dispersos, se congregassem em unidade (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Missão do Filho"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este desígnio universal de Deus para a salvação do género humano realiza-se não sòmente dum modo quase secreto na mente humana, ou por esforços, ainda que religiosos, pelos quais os homens de mil maneiras buscam. a Deus a ver se conseguem chegar até Ele ou encontrá-l'O, embora Ele não esteja longe de cada um de nós (cfr. Act. 17, 27); com efeito, estes esforços precisam de ser iluminados e purificados, embora, por benigna determinação da providência de Deus, possam algumas vezes ser considerados como pedagogia ou preparação evangélica para o Deus verdadeiro (8). Para estabelecer a paz ou a comunhão com Ele e uma sociedade fraterna entre os homens, apesar de pecadores, Deus determinou entrar de modo novo e definitivo na história dos homens, enviando o seu Filho na nossa carne para, por Ele, arrancar os homens ao poder das trevas e de satanás (9) e n'Ele reconciliar o mundo consigo (10). Constituiu, portanto, herdeiro de todas as coisas Aquele por quem fizera tudo(11), para n'Ele tudo restaurar (12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo Jesus, de facto, foi enviado ao mundo como verdadeiro mediador entre Deus e os homens. Como é Deus, n'Ele habita corporalmente toda a plenitude da divindade (Col. 2,9); e sendo o novo Adão pela sua natureza humana, é constituído cabeça da humanidade renovada, cheio de graça e de verdade (Jo. l,14). Assim, o Filho de Deus, pelo caminho duma verdadeira Incarnação, veio para fazer os homens participantes da sua natureza divina e, sendo rico, fez-se por nós necessitado para que nos tornássemos ricos da sua pobreza (13). O Filho do Homem não veio para que o servissem, mas para ser ele a servir e para dar até a sua vida em redenção por muitos, isto é, por todos (14). Os santos Padres constantemente proclamam nada estar remido que não tivesse sido primeiro assumido por Cristo (15). Ora ele assumiu por inteiro a natureza humana tal qual ela existe em nós, pobres e miseráveis, rejeitando dela apenas o pecado (16). De si mesmo disse Cristo, a quem o Pai santificou e enviou ao mundo (cfr. Jo. 10,36): «O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim; por isso me ungiu e me enviou a anunciar a boa nova aos pobres, a sarar os contritos de coração, a proclamar a libertação dos cativos e a restituir a vista aos cegos» (Lc. 4,18). E outra vez: «Veio o Filho do Homem para buscar e salvar o que estava perdido» (Lc. 19,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aquilo que uma vez foi pregado pelo Senhor ou aquilo que n'Ele se operou para salvação do género humano, deve ser proclamado e espalhado até aos confins da terra (17), começando por Jerusalém (18), de modo que tudo quanto foi feito uma vez por todas, pela salvação dos homens, alcance o seu efeito em todos, no decurso dos tempos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Missão do Espírito Santo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para isso, precisamente, enviou Cristo o Espírito Santo da parte do Pai, para realizar no interior das almas a sua obra salvadora e impelir a Igreja à sua própria dilatação. Não há dúvida de que o Espírito Santo já actuava no mundo antes de Cristo ser glorificado (19). Contudo, foi no dia de Pentecostes, em que desceu sobre os discípulos para ficar para sempre com eles (20), que a Igreja foi pùblicamente manifestada diante duma grande multidão, que a difusão do Evangelho entre os gentios por meio da pregação . teve o seu início, e que, finalmente, a união dos povos numa catolicidade de fé foi esboçada de antemão na Igreja da nova Aliança, a qual fala em todas as línguas e entende e abraça todas as línguas na sua caridade, superando assim a dispersão de Babel (21). Pelo Pentecostes começaram os «actos dos Apóstolos», como pela descida do Espírito Santo sobre Maria fora concebido Cristo, e como pela descida do mesmo Espírito Santo sobre Cristo, quando orava, fora o Senhor impelido à obra do seu ministério (22). O próprio Senhor Jesus, antes de dar livremente a sua vida pelo mundo, de tal maneira dispôs o ministério apostólico e de tal forma prometeu enviar o Espírito Santo, que a ambos associava na tarefa de levar a cabo sempre e em toda a parte a obra da salvação (23). O Espírito Santo é quem «unifica na comunhão e no ministério, e enriquece com diversos dons hierárquicos e carismáticos» (24) toda a Igreja através dos tempos, dando vida às instituições eclesiásticas (25), sendo como que a alma delas, e instilando nos corações dos fiéis aquele mesmo espírito de missão que animava o próprio Cristo. Por vezes precede visivelmente a acção apostólica (26), como também incessantemente a acompanha e dirige de vários modos (27)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja enviada de Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Senhor Jesus, logo desde o princípio «chamou a Si alguns a quem Ele quis, e escolheu doze para andarem com Ele e para -os mandar a pregar» (Mc. 3,13) (28). Os Apóstolos foram assim a semente do novo Israel e ao mesmo tempo a origem da sagrada Hierarquia. Depois, realizados já definitivamente em Si, pela sua morte e ressurreição, os mistérios da nossa salvação e da renovação do universo, o Senhor, com todo o poder que adquiriu no céu e na terra (29), antes de subir ao Céu (30) fundou a sua Igreja como sacramento de salvação e enviou os seus Apóstolos a todo o mundo tal qual Ele também tinha sido enviado pelo Pai (31), dando-lhes este mandato: «Ide, pois, fazei discípulos de todas as nações, baptizando-as em nome do Pai, do Filho e do Espírito Santo, ensinando-as a cumprir tudo quanto vos prescrevi» (Mt. 28, 19-20). «Ide por todo o mundo, proclamai a Boa Nova a toda a criatura. Quem acreditar e for baptizado, será salvo; mas quem não acreditar, será condenado» (Mc. 16,15 ss.). Daí vem à Igreja o dever de propagar a fé e a salvação de Cristo, tanto em virtude do expresso mandamento que dos Apóstolos herdou a Ordem dos Bispos ajudada pelos presbíteros em união com o sucessor de Pedro e sumo pastor da Igreja, como em virtude da vida comunicada aos seus membros por Cristo, «do qual o corpo todo inteiro bem ajustado e coeso por toda a espécie de junturas que o alimentam, com a acção proporcionada a cada membro, realiza o seu crescimento em ordem à própria edificação na caridade» (Ef. 4,16). A missão da Igreja realiza-se pois, mediante a actividade pela qual, obedecendo ao mandamento de Cristo e movida pela graça e pela caridade do Espírito Santo, ela se torna actual e plenamente presente a todos os homens ou povos para os conduzir à fé, liberdade e paz de Cristo, não só pelo exemplo de vida e pela pregação mas também pelos sacramentos e pelos restantes meios da graça, de tal forma que lhes fique bem aberto caminho livre e seguro para participarem plenamente no mistério de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Continuando esta missão e explicitando através da história a missão do próprio Cristo, que foi enviado a evangelizar os pobres, a Igreja, movida pelo Espírito Santo, deve seguir o mesmo caminho de Cristo: o caminho da pobreza, da obediência, do serviço e da imolação própria até à morte, morte de que Ele saiu vencedor pela sua ressurreição. Foi assim também que todos os Apóstolos caminharam na esperança completando com muitas tribulações e fadigas o que faltava aos trabalhos de Cristo pelo seu corpo, que é a Igreja (32). Muitas vezes, mesmo, a semente foi o sangue dos cristãos (33)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Actividade missionária da Igreja: seus diversos modos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta tarefa que deve ser levada a cabo pela Ordem dos Bispos presidida pelo sucessor de Pedro e com a oração e a cooperação de toda a Igreja, é uma e a mesma em toda a parte, sejam quais forem os condicionalismos, embora difira quanto ao exercício conforme as circunstâncias. Mas as diferenças que nesta actividade da Igreja se têm de reconhecer, não se originam na natureza íntima da «missão», mas nos condicionalismos em que essa «missão» se exerce."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esses condicionalismos tanto podem depender da Igreja como dos povos, dos agrupamentos ou até dos indivíduos a quem a «missão,, se dirige. A Igreja, de facto, embora de si possua a totalidade ou à plenitude dos meios de salvação, não actua nem pode actuar sempre e imediatamente com todos eles, mas vai por tentativas e por passos na sua acção e no seu esforço de levar a efeito os desígnios de Deus. As vezes até, depois dum avanço, felizmente lançado, vê-se infelizmente obrigada a deplorar de novo uma regressão, ou, pelo menos, a demorar-se num certo estádio de semi-vitalidade e insuficiência. Quanto aos indivíduos, agrupamentos e povos, a esses só gradualmente os atinge e os penetra, e só assim os traz à plenitude católica. A cada condicionalismo e a cada situação devem corresponder acções apropriadas ou meios aptos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O nome de «missões» dá-se geralmente àquelas actividades características com que os pregoeiros do Evangelho, indo pelo mundo inteiro enviados pela Igreja, realizam o encargo de pregar o Evangelho e de implantar a mesma Igreja entre os povos ou grupos que ainda não crêem em Cristo. Essas «missões» são levadas a efeito pela actividade missionária e exercem-se ordinàriamente em certos territórios reconhecidos pela Santa Sé. O fim próprio desta actividade missionária é a evangelização e a implantação da Igreja nos povos ou grupos em que ainda não está radicada (34). Assim, a partir da semente da palavra de Deus, é necessário que se desenvolvam por toda a parte igrejas autóctones particulares, dotadas de forças próprias e maturidade, com hierarquia própria unida ao povo fiel, suficientemente providas de meios proporcionados a uma vida cristã plena, contribuindo para o bem da Igreja universal. O meio principal desta implantação é a pregação do Evangelho de Jesus Cristo. Para o anunciar, enviou o Senhor pelo mundo inteiro os seus discípulos, a fim de que os homens, uma vez renascidos pela palavra de Deus, fossem agregados pelo Baptismo à Igreja, a qual, como corpo do Verbo encarnado, se nutre e vive da palavra de Deus e do pão eucarístico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nesta actividade missionária da Igreja dão-se, por vezes, simultâneamente, situações diversas: a de começo ou implantação, primeiro, e a de crescimento ou juventude, depois. Ultrapassadas estas etapas, não acaba, contudo, a acção missionária da Igreja, mas é às igrejas particulares já constituídas que incumbe o dever de a continuar pregando o Evangelho a todos aqueles que ainda tenham ficado de fora. Há a considerar também que as comunidades em que a Igreja vive, não raras vezes e por variadas causas mudam radicalmente, de maneira a poderem daí advir condições de todo novas. Então, deve a Igreja ponderar se tais condicionalismos não exigem de novo a sua actividade missionária."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais: por vezes, as circunstâncias são tais que não há possibilidades, por um tempo, de propor directa e imediatamente a mensagem evangélica: então é evidente que podem os missionários e até devem dar ao menos o testemunho da caridade e da beneficência de Cristo, pacientemente, com prudência e ao mesmo tempo grande confiança. Assim, não só prepararão os caminhos ao Senhor mas até o tornarão já de alguma maneira presente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É, pois, bem de ver como a actividade missionária dimana intimamente da própria natureza da Igreja, cuja fé salvífica propaga, cuja unidade católica dilatando aperfeiçoa, em cuja apostolicidade se apoia, cujo afecto colegial de sua hierarquia exercita, cuja santidade testemunha, difunde e promove. É bem de ver também que a actividade missionária entre gentios difere tanto da actividade pastoral que se exerce com os fiéis, como das iniciativas pela reunificação dos cristãos. Contudo, ambas estas actividades andam estreitamente ligadas à actividade missionária da Igreja (35): pois a divisão dos cristãos prejudica a santíssima causa de pregar o Evangelho a toda a criatura (36) e fecha a muitos o acesso à fé. Por isso, por uma necessidade missionária, todos os baptizados são chamados a unir-se num rebanho para assim poderem dar um testemunho unânime de Cristo, seu Senhor, perante os gentios. Mas se ainda não podem, de completo acordo, dar testemunho duma só fé, é preciso que, ao menos, estejam animados de mútua estima e caridade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Actividade missionária da Igreja: suas causas e necessidades"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A razão desta actividade missionária vem da vontade de Deus, que «quer que todos os homens sejam salvos e cheguem ao pleno conhecimento da verdade. Ora há um só Deus, e um só que é mediador de Deus e dos homens, o homem Cristo Jesus, que se deu a si mesmo como preço de resgate por todos» (l Tim. 2, 4-6), «e não há salvação em nenhum outro» (Act. 4,12). Portanto, é preciso que todos se convertam a Cristo conhecido pela pregação da Igreja e que sejam incorporados, pelo Baptismo, a Ele e à Igreja, seu corpo. O próprio Cristo, aliás, ao inculcar por palavras expressas a necessidade da fé e do Baptismo (37), confirmou também, por isso mesmo, a necessidade da Igreja, na qual os homens entram pelo Baptismo, que é como que a porta de entrada. Por isso, não se poderiam salvar aqueles que, não ignorando que Deus fundou por intermédio de Jesus Cristo a Igreja católica como necessária, não quisessem, apesar disso, entrar nela ou nela perseverar» (38). Por isso também, embora Deus, por caminhos que só Ele sabe, possa conduzir à fé, sem a qual é impossível ser-se-Lhe agradável (39), os homens que ignoram o Evangelho sem culpa sua, incumbem à Igreja, apesar de tudo, a obrigação (40) e o sagrado direito de evangelizar. Daí vem que a actividade missionária conserve ainda hoje e haja de conservar sempre toda a sua eficácia e a sua necessidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por ela incessantemente vai cobrando e organizando as forças para seu crescimento o Corpo místico de Cristo (41). Ao exercício desta actividade são impelidos, sem cessar, os membros da Igreja, pela caridade com que amam a Deus e com que desejam comunicar a todos os homens os bens espirituais tanto da vida presente como da futura."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, por esta actividade missionária é Deus plenamente glorificado enquanto os homens por ela recebem, plena e conscientemente, a obra de salvação que Ele em Cristo levou a cabo. E assim se realizam por ela os desígnios de Deus, aos quais Cristo serviu com obediência e amor para glória do Pai que o enviou (42), e para que todo o género humano forme um só Povo de Deus, se una num só corpo de Cristo, e se edifique num só templo do Espírito Santo: o qual, ao restabelecer a concórdia fraterna, vem precisamente ao encontro das aspirações mais íntimas de todos os homens. Finalmente, quando todos os que participam da natureza humana, uma vez regenerados em Cristo pelo Espírito Santo e já na visão unânime da glória de Deus Pai, puderem dizer: «Pai nosso» (43), então se há-de realizar deveras o intento do Criador ao fazer o homem à Sua imagem e semelhança."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Actividade missionária da Igreja na vida e na história humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Também com a própria natureza humana e suas aspirações tem íntima conexão a actividade missionária. Com efeito, ao dar a conhecer Cristo, a Igreja revela, por isso mesmo, aos homens a genuína verdade da sua condição e da sua integral vocação, pois Cristo é o princípio e o modelo da humanidade renovada e imbuída de fraterno amor, sinceridade e espírito de paz, à qual todos aspiram."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo e a Igreja que d'Ele dá testemunho pela pregação evangélica, transcendem todos os particularismos de estirpe ou de nação e, por isso, não podem ser considerados estranhos a ninguém e em nenhuma parte (44). É próprio Cristo é aquela verdade e aquele caminho que a pregação evangélica a todos abre ao levar aos ouvidos de todos as palavras que Ele mesmo disse: «Arrependei-vos e crede no Evangelho» (Mc. 1,15). Porém, como quem não crê já está julgado (45), as palavras de Cristo são, ao mesmo tempo, palavras de juízo e de graça, de morte e de vida. n que só infligindo a morte ao que é velho podemos ter acesso à novidade de vida: e isto, que vale, em primeiro lugar, das pessoas, vale também dos diversos bens deste mundo que estão marcados tanto pelo pecado do homem como pela bênção de Deus: «porque todos pecaram e todos estão privados da glória de Deus» (Rom. 3,23). Por si mesmo e por próprias forças não há ninguém que se liberte do pecado e se eleve acima de si mesmo, ninguém absolutamente que se liberte a si mesmo da sua enfermidade, da sua solidão ou da sua escravidão (46), mas todos precisam de Cristo como modelo, mestre, libertador, salvador, vivificador. De facto, na história humana, mesmo sob o ponto de vista temporal, o Evangelho foi um fermento de liberdade e de progresso e apresenta-se sempre como fermento de fraternidade, de unidade e de paz. Não é sem razão, por isso, que Cristo é celebrado pelos fiéis como «o esperado das nações e o seu salvador» (47)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Carácter escatológico da actividade missionária da Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A actividade missionária desenrola-se entre o primeiro e o segundo advento do Senhor, em que a Igreja há-de ser reunida dos quatro ventos como uma colheita, no reino de Deus (48). Mas antes de o Senhor vir, tem de ser pregado o Evangelho a todos os povos (49)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A actividade missionária não é outra coisa, nem mais nem menos, que a manifestação ou epifania dos desígnios de Deus e a sua realização no mundo e na sua história, na qual Deus, pela missão, manifestamente vai tecendo a história da salvação. Pela palavra da pregação e pela celebração dos sacramentos de que a Eucaristia é o centro e a máxima expressão, torna presente a Cristo, autor da salvação. Por outro lado, tudo o que de verdade e de graça se encontrava já entre os gentios como uma secreta presença de Deus, expurga-o de contaminações malignas e restitui-o ao seu autor, Cristo, que destrói o império do demónio e afasta toda a malícia dos pecados. O que de bom há no coração e no espírito dos homens ou nos ritos e culturas próprias dos povos, não só não se perde, mas é purificado, elevado e consumado para glória de Deus, confusão do demónio e felicidade do homem (50). A actividade missionária tende assim para a plenitude escatológica (51): por ela, com efeito, se estende, segundo as dimensões e os tempos que o Pai fixou com o seu próprio poder (52), o Povo de Deus a quem foi dito profèticamente: «Dilata o acampamento das tuas tendas e estende as telas das tuas barracas! Não te acanhes» (Is. 54,2) (53); por ela cresce o Corpo místico até constituir esse homem perfeito, na força da idade, que realiza a plenitude de Cristo (54); por ela se levanta e se vai edificando sobre os alicerces dos Apóstolos e dos profetas e com o próprio Cristo Jesus por pedra angular (Ef. 2,20), o templo espiritual onde Deus é adorado em espírito e verdade (55)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A OBRA MISSIONÁRIA EM SI MESMA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introdução: A actividade missionária da Igreja no mundo actual"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enviada por Cristo a manifestar e a comunicar a todos os homens e povos a caridade de Deus, a Igreja reconhece que tem de levar a cabo uma ingente obra missionária. É que, na verdade, dois biliões de homens, número que cresce de dia para dia, em grandes e determinados agrupamentos, unidos por laços estáveis de vida cultural, por antigas tradições religiosas, por estreitos vínculos de relações sociais, ou ainda não receberam a mensagem do Evangelho, ou mal ouviram falar dela; dentre eles, uns seguem alguma das grandes religiões, outros permanecem estranhos ao conhecimento de Deus, outros negam expressamente a sua existência, ou até mesmo a atacam. A fim de poder oferecer a todos o mistério de salvação e a vida trazida por Deus, a Igreja deve inserir-se em todos esses agrupamentos, impelida pelo mesmo movimento que levou o próprio Cristo, na incarnação, a sujeitar-se às condições sociais e culturais dos homens com quem conviveu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Art. 1"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O TESTEMUNHO CRISTÃO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Testemunho de vida e diálogo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja tem de estar presente a estes agrupamentos humanos por meio dos seus filhos que entre eles vivem ou a. eles são enviados. Com efeito, todos os fiéis cristãos, onde quer que vivam, têm obrigação de manifestar, pelo exemplo da vida e pelo testemunho da palavra, o homem novo de que se revestiram pelo Baptismo, e a virtude do Espírito Santo por quem na Confirmação foram robustecidos, de tal modo que os demais homens, ao verem as suas boas obras, glorifiquem o Pai (1) e compreendam, mais plenamente o sentido genuíno da vida humana e o vínculo universal da comunidade humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para poderem dar frutuosamente este testemunho de Cristo, unam-se a esses homens com estima e caridade, considerem-se a si mesmos como membros dos agrupamentos humanos em que vivem, e participem na vida cultural e social através dos vários intercâmbios e problemas da vida humana; familiarizem-se com as suas tradições nacionais e religiosas; façam assomar à luz, com alegria e respeito, as sementes do Verbo neles adormecidas; mas atendam, ao mesmo tempo, à transformação profunda que se opera entre os povos e trabalhem por que os homens do nosso tempo não dêem tanta importância à ciência e tecnologia do mundo moderno que se alheiem das coisas divinas, mas, antes pelo contrário, despertem para um desejo mais profundo da verdade e da caridade reveladas por Deus. Assim como o próprio Cristo perscrutou o coração dos homens e por meio da sua conversação verdadeiramente humana os conduziu à luz divina, assim os seus discípulos, profundamente imbuídos do Espírito de Cristo, tomem conhecimento dos homens no meio dos quais vivem, e conversem com eles, para que, através dum diálogo sincero e paciente, eles aprendam as riquezas que Deus liberalmente outorgou aos povos; mas esforcem-se também por iluminar estas riquezas com a luz evangélica, por libertá-las e restituí-las ao domínio de Deus Salvador."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presença da caridade"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A presença dos cristãos nos agrupamentos humanos seja animada daquela caridade com que Deus nos amou, e com a qual quer que também nós nos amemos uns aos outros (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Efectivamente, a caridade cristã a todos se estende sem discriminação de raça, condição social ou religião; não espera qualquer lucro ou agradecimento. Portanto, assim como Deus nos amou com um amor gratuito, assim também os fiéis, pela sua caridade, sejam solícitos pelos homens, amando-os com o mesmo zelo com que Deus veio procurá-los. E assim como Cristo percorria todas as cidades e aldeias, curando todas as doenças e todas as enfermidades, proclamando o advento do reino e Deus (3), do mesmo modo a Igreja, por meio dos seus filhos, estabelece relações com os homens de qualquer condição, de modo especial cm os pobres e aflitos, e de bom grado por eles gasta as forças (4). Participa nas suas alegrias e dores, conhece as suas aspirações e os problemas da sua vida e sofre com eles nas ansiedades da morte, trazendo-lhes a paz e a luz do Evangelho."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Trabalhem e colaborem os cristãos com todos os outros na recta ordenação dos problemas económicas e sociais. Dediquem-se, com cuidado especial, à educação das crianças e da juventude por meio das várias espécies de escolas, as quais hão-de ser consideradas não só como meio exímio de formação e promoção da juventude cristã, mas também, simultâneamente, como serviço da maior importância para os homens, e em particular para as nações em vias de desenvolvimento, a fim de elevar a dignidade do homem e preparar condições de vida mais humanas. Além disso, tomem parte nos esforços dos povos que, lutando contra a fome, a ignorância e a doença, se afadigam por melhorar as condições de vida e por assegurar a paz no mundo. Nesta actividade prestem os fiéis, com prudência, a sua colaboração efectiva às iniciativas promovidas pelas instituições particulares e públicas, pelos governos, pelos organismos internacionais, pelas diversas comunidades cristãs e religiões não-cristãs."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja, porém, não quer, de maneira nenhuma, imiscuir-se no governo da cidade terrena. Nenhuma outra autoridade reclama para si senão a de, com a ajuda de Deus, estar ao serviço dos homens pela caridade e pelo serviço fiel (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Intimamente unidos com os homens na vida e no trabalho, os discípulos de Cristo esperam oferecer-lhes o verdadeiro testemunho de Cristo e trabalhar na salvação deles, mesmo quando não podem anunciar plenamente a Cristo. Porque não procuram o progresso e a prosperidade material dos homens, mas promovem a sua dignidade e fraterna união, ensinando as verdades religiosas e morais, que Cristo esclareceu com a Sua luz. Deste modo, vão abrindo pouco a pouco o acesso mais pleno a Deus. Assim, os homens são auxiliados na aquisição da salvação pela caridade para com Deus e para com o próximo, e começa a brilhar o mistério de Cristo, no qual apareceu o homem novo que foi criado segundo Deus, (cfr. Ef. 4,24), e no qual se revela a caridade divina."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Art. 2"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A PREGAÇÃO DO EVANGELHO E A REUNIÃO DO POVO DE DEUS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Evangelização e conversão"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sempre que Deus abre a porta da palavra para anunciar o mistério de Cristo (7) a todos os homens (8), com confiança e constância (9) seja anunciado (10) o Deus vivo, e Aquele que Ele enviou para a salvação de todos, Jesus Cristo(11), para que os não-cristãos, sob a inspiração interior do Espírito Santo (12), se convertam livremente à fé no Senhor, e adiram sinceramente Aquele que, sendo «caminho, verdade e vida» (Jo. 14,6), cumula todas as suas esperanças espirituais, mais ainda, supera-as infinitamente. Esta conversão há-de considerar-se como inicial, mas suficiente para o homem cair na conta de que, arrancado ao pecado, é introduzido no mistério do amor de Deus, que o chama a entabular relações pessoais consigo em Cristo. Pois, sob a acção da graça de Deus, o neo-convertido inicia o caminho espiritual pelo qual, comungando já pela fé no mistério da morte e ressurreição, passa do homem velho ao homem novo que tem em Cristo a sua perfeita realização (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta passagem, que traz consigo uma mudança progressiva de mentalidade e de costumes, deve manifestar-se e desenvolver-se, com as suas consequências sociais, durante o tempo do catecumenado. Porque o Senhor em que acreditamos, é sinal de contradição (14), o homem convertido experimenta frequentemente rupturas e separações, mas também alegrias que Deus concede sem medida (15). A Igreja proíbe severamente obrigar quem quer que seja a abraçar a fé, ou induzi-lo e atraí-lo com processos indiscretos, do mesmo modo que reclama com vigor o direito de ninguém ser afastado da fé por meio de vexações iníquas (16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em conformidade com o antiquíssimo costume da Igreja, investiguem-se os motivos da conversão e, se for necessário, purifiquem-se."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Catecumenado e iniciação cristã"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aqueles que receberam de Deus por meio da Igreja a fé em Cristo (17), sejam admitidos ao catecumenado, mediante a celebração de cerimónias litúrgicas; o catecumenado não é mera exposição de dogmas e preceitos, mas uma formação e uma aprendizagem de toda a vida cristã; j prolongada de modo conveniente, por cujo meio os discípulos se unem comi Cristo seu mestre. Por conseguinte, sejam os catecúmenos conveniente: mente iniciados no mistério da salvação, na prática dos costumes evangélicos, e com ritos sagrados, a celebrar em tempo sucessivos (18), sejam introduzidos na vida da fé, da liturgia e da caridade do Povo de Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em seguida, libertos do poder das trevas pelos sacramentos da iniciação cristã (19), mortos com Cristo e com Ele sepultados e ressuscitados (20) recebem o Espírito (21) de adopção de filhos e celebram com todo o Povo de Deus o memorial da morte e ressurreição do Senhor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É de desejar que a liturgia do tempo quaresmal e pascal seja reformada de maneira a preparar os corações dos catecúmenos para a celebração do mistério pascal, durante cujas solenidades eles são regenerados para Cristo pelo Baptismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta iniciação cristã realizada no catecumenado deve ser obra não apenas dos catequistas ou sacerdotes, mas de toda a comunidade dos fiéis, especialmente dos padrinhos, de forma que desde o começo os catecúmenos sintam que pertencem ao Povo de Deus. Visto que a vida da Igreja é apostólica, os catecúmenos devem igualmente aprender a cooperar activamente; pelo testemunho da sua vida e a profissão da sua fé, na evangelização e na construção da Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfim, o estado jurídico dos catecúmenos deve ser fixado claramente no novo Código. Pois eles estão já unidos à Igreja (22), já são da casa de Cristo (23), e, não raro, eles levam já uma vida de fé, de esperança e de caridade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Art. 3"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A FORMAÇÃO DA COMUNIDADE CRISTÃ"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formação da comunidade cristã"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Espírito Santo, que chama todos os homens a Cristo pelas sementes do Verbo e pela pregação do Evangelho e suscita nos corações a homenagem da fé, quando gera no seio da fonte baptismal para uma nova vida os que crêem em Cristo, reune-os num só Povo de Deus que é graça escolhida, sacerdócio real, nação santa, povo adquirido»"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Portanto, os missionários, colaboradores de Deus (25), devem fazer nascer comunidades de fiéis que, levando uma vida digna da vocação que receberam (26), sejam tais que possam exercer as funções a elas confiadas por Deus: sacerdotal, profética e real. E deste modo que uma comunidade cristã se torna sinal da presença de Deus no mundo: pelo sacrifício eucarístico, com efeito, passa incessantemente com Cristo ao Pai (27), alimentada cuidadosamente pela palavra de Deus (28) dá testemunho de Cristo (29), caminha, enfim, na caridade e arde em espírito apostólico (30)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Uma comunidade cristã deve ser constituída desde o começo de tal maneira que possa, na medida do possível, prover por si mesma às suas necessidades. Esta comunidade de fiéis, dotada das riquezas culturais da sua própria nação, deve estar profundamente enraizada no povo: devem desabrochar as famílias penetradas do espírito evangélico (31) e ajudadas por escolas idóneas; devem organizar-se associações e agrupamentos por meio dos quais o apostolado dos leigos possa penetrar do espírito evangélico toda a sociedade. A caridade deve brilhar, enfim, entre os católicos de rito diferente (32)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deve também nutrir-se entre os néofitos o espírito ecuménico, pensando justamente que os irmãos que crêem em Cristo são discípulos de Cristo, regenerados pelo Baptismo, participantes de numerosos bens do Povo de Deus. Quanto o permitirem as condições religiosas, deve promover-se a acção ecuménica, de sorte que, banindo toda a aparência de indiferentismo, de confusionismo e odiosa rivalidade, os católicos colaborem com os irmãos separados, em conformidade com as disposições do decreto sobre o Ecumenismo, por meio da comum profissão de fé em Deus e em Jesus Cristo diante dos gentios, na medida do possível, e pela cooperação em questões sociais e técnicas, culturais e religiosas. Colaborem, sobretudo, por amor de Cristo, seu Senhor comum: que o Seu nome os una! Esta colaboração deve ser estabelecida não sòmente entre os indivíduos, mas também, a juízo do Ordinário do lugar, entre igrejas ou comunidades eclesiais e as suas obras."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os cristãos, provenientes de todos os povos e reunidos em Igreja, «não se distinguem dos outros homens nem pelo país, nem pela língua, nem pela organização política» (33); devem, por isso, viver para Deus e para Cristo segundo os usos do seu próprio povo; cultivem verdadeira e eficazmente, como bons cidadãos, o amor da pátria, mas evitem absolutamente o desprezo pelas outras raças, o nacionalismo exagerado, e promovam o amor universal dos homens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para conseguir estes resultados, têm grandíssima importância e são dignos de um interesse particular os leigos, isto é, os fiéis cristãos que, incorporados em Cristo pelo Baptismo, vivem no mundo. A eles pertence, depois de penetrados do Espírito de Cristo, animar interiormente, à maneira de fermento, as realidades temporais e dispô-las para que se realizem sempre segundo Cristo (34)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Não basta, porém, que o povo cristão esteja presente e estabelecido num país; não basta também que ele exerça o apostolado do exemplo; está estabelecido, está presente com esta finalidade: anunciar Cristo aos seus concidadãos não-cristãos pela palavra e pela acção, e ajudá-los a receber plenamente a Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ora bem: para a implantação da Igreja e para o desenvolvimento da comunidade cristã, são necessários ministérios diversos, que, suscitados pelo apelo divino no seio da mesma comunidade dos fiéis, devem ser encorajados e cultivados por todos com diligente cuidado; entre estes ministérios, há as funções dos sacerdotes, dos diáconos e dos catequistas, e a acção católica. De modo análogo, os religiosos e as religiosas desempenham, quer pela oração quer pela acção, um serviço indispensável para enraizar nos corações o reino de Cristo, fortificá-lo e estendê-lo mais ao longe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Constituição do clero local"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Com imensa alegria, a Igreja dá graças pelo dom inapreciável da vocação sacerdotal que Deus concedeu a tão avultado número de jovens entre os povos recentemente convertidos a Cristo. A Igreja, efectivamente, lança raízes mais vigorosas em cada agrupamento humano, quando as várias comunidades de fiéis tiram dentre os seus membros os próprios ministros da salvação na ordem dos Bispos, dos presbíteros e dos diáconos, que servem os seus irmãos, de tal sorte que as jovens igrejas adquirem a pouco e pouco a estrutura diocesana com clero próprio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aquilo que foi decidido por este Concílio a propósito da vocação e da formação sacerdotal, observe-se religiosamente nos lugares em que a Igreja começa a implantar-se e também nas novas igrejas. Preste-se muita atenção ao que foi dito sobre a formação espiritual intimamente unida à formação doutrinal e pastoral da vida vivida segundo o espírito do Evangelho, sem consideração de vantagem pessoal ou interesse familiar, e sobre a formação do sentido íntimo do mistério da Igreja. Assim aprenderão de maneira maravilhosa a consagrar-se inteiramente ao serviço do corpo de Cristo e à obra do Evangelho, a aderir ao próprio Bispo como fiéis colaboradores e a prestar leal colaboração aos seus irmãos (35)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para conseguir este fim geral, toda a formação dos alunos deve ser orientada à luz do mistério da salvação, como vem exposto na Escritura. Descubram e vivam este mistério de Cristo e da salvação dos homens presente na Liturgia (36)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estas exigências comuns da formação sacerdotal, que é também pastoral e prática, devem harmonizar-se, segundo as disposições do Concílio (37), com o desejo de ir ao encontro do modo particular de pensar e de agir da sua própria nação. Os espíritos dos alunos devem, pois, abrir-se e cultivar-se para bem conhecerem e poderem apreciar a cultura do seu país; nas disciplinas filosóficas e teológicas, devem tomar conhecimento das relações que há entre as tradições e as religiões nacionais e a religião cristã (38). Do mesmo modo, a formação sacerdotal deve ter em vista as necessidades pastorais da região: os alunos devem aprender a história, a finalidade e o método da acção missionária da Igreja, e as condições particulares, sociais, económicas e culturais do seu próprio povo. Devem ser educados no espírito de ecumenismo e convenientemente preparados para o diálogo fraterno com os não-cristãos (39). Tudo isto pede que os estudos para o sacerdócio sejam realizados, quanto possível, em ligação contínua e convivência com a gente do próprio país (40). Procure-se enfim, dar, uma formação que prepare para a ordenada administração eclesiástica, e até mesmo a económica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dever-se-á também escolher sacerdotes capazes que, depois de alguma experiência pastoral, realizem estudos superiores em Universidades, mesmo estrangeiras, sobretudo em Roma, e em outros Institutos científicos, de sorte que as igrejas jovens tenham à sua disposição sacerdotes do clero local, dotados de ciência e experiência convenientes, para desempenharem as funções eclesiásticas de maior responsabilidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nos lugares em que as Conferências episcopais julgarem oportuno, restabeleça-se a ordem do diaconado como estado de vida permanente, em conformidade com as normas da Constituição sobre a Igreja (41). É útil, com efeito, que para exercer um ministério verdadeiramente diaconal, quer pregando a palavra de Deus como catequistas, quer dirigindo em nome do pároco e do Bispo comunidades cristãs dispersas, quer exercendo a caridade em obras sociais ou caritativas, sejam fortificados pela imposição das mãos, transmitida desde o tempo dos Apóstolos, e mais estreitamente unidos ao altar, para que desempenhem o seu ministério mais eficazmente, por meio da graça sacramental do diaconado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formação dos catequistas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De modo semelhante, é digno de elogio aquele exército com tantos méritos na obra das missões entre pagãos, o exército dos catequistas, homens e mulheres, que, cheios do espírito apostólico, prestam com grandes trabalhos uma ajuda singular e absolutamente necessária à expansão da fé e da Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoje em dia, em razão da escassez de clero para evangelizar tão grandes multidões e exercer o ministério pastoral, o ofício dos catequistas tem muitíssima importância. A sua formação deve, portanto, fazer-se de maneira tão acomodada ao progresso cultural, que eles possam desempenhar o mais perfeitamente possível o seu múnus como colaboradores eficazes da ordem sacerdotal, múnus esse que se vai complicando com novas e maiores obrigações."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É preciso, portanto, multiplicar as escolas diocesanas e regionais, nas quais os futuros catequistas estudem cuidadosamente a doutrina católica, sobretudo em matéria bíblica e litúrgica, assim como o método catequético e a prática pastoral, e se formem na moral cristã (42), exercitando-se sem desfalecimentos na piedade e na santidade de vida. Além disso, devem organizar-se reuniões ou cursos de actualização nas disciplinas e nas artes úteis ao seu ministério, e de renovação e robustecimento da sua vida espiritual. Por outro lado, aos que se dedicam inteiramente a esta ocupação, dever-se-á proporcionar, por uma justa remuneração, conveniente nível de vida e segurança social (43)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É de desejar que se proveja, de maneira conveniente, à formação e sustentação dos catequistas, por meio de subsídios especiais da sagrada Congregação de «Propaganda Fide». Parecendo necessário e conveniente, funde-se uma Obra para os catequistas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, as igrejas serão reconhecidas ao trabalho generoso dos catequistas auxiliares, cuja ajuda lhes será indispensável. São eles que presidem às orações nas comunidades e ensinam a doutrina. É preciso, pois, tratar da sua conveniente formação doutrinal e espiritual. Por outro lado, é de desejar que, onde parecer oportuno, seja confiada pùblicamente, durante a celebração duma acção litúrgica, a missão canónica aos catequistas que tiverem recebido a devida formação, a fim de. estarem com maior autoridade ao serviço da fé junto do povo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promoção da vida religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Desde o período da implantação da Igreja, deve ter-se o cuidado de promover a vida religiosa; esta não sòmente presta ajuda preciosa e absolutamente necessária à actividade missionária, mas, por uma consagração mais íntima feita a Deus na Igreja, manifesta e significa com esplendor também a natureza íntima da vocação cristã. (44)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Institutos religiosos que trabalham na implantação da Igreja, profundamente impregnados das riquezas místicas que são a glória da tradição religiosa da Igreja, devem esforçar-se por as exprimir e as transmitir, segundo o génio e carácter de cada povo. Devem examinar como é que as tradições ascéticas e contemplativas, cujos germes foram, algumas vezes, espalhados por Deus nas civilizações antigas, antes da pregação do Evangelho, podem ser assumidas pela vida religiosa cristã."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devem cultivar-se nas igrejas jovens as diversas formas de vida religiosa para que mostrem os diversos aspectos da missão de Cristo e da vida da Igreja, e se dediquem às várias obras pastorais, e preparem convenientemente os seus membros para as desempenhar. No entanto, procurem os Bispos nas Conferências que não se multipliquem Congregações com o mesmo fim apostólico, com prejuízo da vida religiosa e do apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "São dignas de menção especial as diversas iniciativas em vista ao enraizamento da vida contemplativa; certos Institutos, guardando os elementos essenciais da instituição monástica, trabalham por implantar a riquíssima tradição da sua Ordem; outros voltam às formas mais simples do monaquismo antigo. Todos, no entanto, devem procurar uma autêntica adaptação às condições locais. Uma vez que a vida contemplativa pertence à plenitude da presença da Igreja, é preciso que ela seja instaurada por toda a parte nas novas igrejas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "AS IGREJAS PARTICULARES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Incremento das Igrejas jovens"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A obra de implantação da Igreja num determinado agrupamento humano atinge em certa medida o seu termo, quando a comunidade dos fiéis, enraizada já na vida social e adaptada à cultura local, goza de alguma estabilidade e firmeza: com recursos próprios, ainda que insuficientes, de clero local, de religiosos e de leigos; possui já os ministérios e instituições necessárias para viver e desenvolver a vida do Povo de Deus, sob a orientação do próprio Bispo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nestas igrejas jovens, a vida do Povo de Deus deve adquirir a maturidade em todos os sectores da vida cristã, renovada segundo as normas deste Concílio: os grupos de fiéis tornam-se de dia para dia mais conscientemente comunidades de fé, de liturgia e de caridade; pela sua actividade cívica e apostólica, os leigos trabalham por instaurar na sociedade uma ordem de caridade e de justiça; os meios de comuniçação social são empregados de maneira oportuna e prudente; graças a uma vida verdadeiramente cristã, as famílias tornam-se viveiros do apostolado dos leigos e das vocações sacerdotais e religiosas. A fé, enfim, é ensinada por meio duma catequese adaptada, é celebrada numa liturgia conforme ao génio do povo, e, por uma legislação canónica conveniente, passa para as instituições e para os costumes locais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Bispos, cada um com o seu presbitério, cada vez mais penetrados do sentido de Cristo e da Igreja, devem sentir e viver com a Igreja universal. Deve manter-se íntima a comunhão das igrejas jovens com a Igreja inteira, cujos elementos tradicionais elas devem juntar à sua cultura própria, para fazer crescer a vida do Corpo místico por meio de trocas mútuas(1). Por isso, devem cultivar-se os elementos teológicos, psicológicos e humanos que podem contribuir para fomentar este sentido de comunhão com a Igreja universal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estas igrejas, porém, não raro situadas nas regiões mais pobres do globo, vêem-se ainda a braços com insuficiência, ordinàriamente muito grave, de sacerdotes, e com falta de recursos materiais. Por isso, têm muitíssima necessidade de que a acção missionária continuada da Igreja inteira lhes subministre os socorros que sirvam, antes de mais, para o desenvolvimento da igreja local e para a maturidade da vida cristã. Esta acção missionária deve atender também às igrejas fundadas há longa data que se encontram em estado de retrocesso ou decadência."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estas igrejas, todavia, devem renovar o seu zelo pastoral comum e as obras oportunas para aumentar em número, discernir com mais segurança e cultivar com mais eficácia as vocações para o clero diocesano e para os Institutos religiosos (2), de maneira que, pouco a pouco, possam prover às suas próprias necessidades e auxiliar as outras."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A sua actividade missionária"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A igreja particular, pela obrigação que tem de representar o mais perfeitamente possível a Igreja universal, deve ter consciência que foi também enviada aos habitantes do mesmo território que não crêem em Cristo, a fim de ser, pelo testemunho da vida de cada um dos fiéis e de toda a comunidade, um sinal a mostrar-lhes Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, para o Evangelho chegar a todos, é indispensável o ministério da palavra. É preciso que o Bispo seja, antes de mais, um pregador da fé, que conduza a Cristo novos discípulos (3). Para se desempenhar, como convém, desta nobre incumbência, deve conhecer bem a situação do seu rebanho, as opiniões íntimas dos seus concidadãos a respeito de Deus, tomando cuidadosamente em linha de conta as mudanças introduzidas pela urbanização, migração e indiferentismo religioso."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nas igrejas jovens, os sacerdotes nativos empreendam com ardor a obra da evangelização, organizando uma acção comum com os missionários estrangeiros, com os quais formam um presbitério único, unido debaixo da autoridade do Bispo, não só para apascentar os fiéis e celebrar o culto divino, mas também para pregar o Evangelho àqueles que estão fora. Eles devem mostrar-se prontos e, havendo ocasião, oferecer-se com fervor ao Bispo para empreender o trabalho missionário nas regiões afastadas e abandonadas da sua própria diocese, ou em outras dioceses."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Do mesmo zelo em relação aos seus concidadãos, sobretudo os mais pobres, devem sentir-se animados os religiosos e as religiosas, bem como os leigos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As Conferências episcopais procurem organizar, em tempos. determinados, cursos de renovação bíblica, teológica, espiritual e pastoral, para que, na variedade e mudança de situações, o clero adquira um conhecimento mais pleno da ciência teológica e dos métodos pastorais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto ao mais, observe-se religiosamente o que este Concílio determinou, especialmente no decreto sobre o ministério e a vida dos sacerdotes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que esta obra missionária duma igreja particular possa ser levada a bom termo, é necessário que haja ministros capazes, oportunamente preparados em conformidade com o condicionalismo de cada igreja. Uma vez que os homens se reúnem cada vez mais em grupos, convém absolutamente que as Conferências episcopais tenham planos comuns sobre . o diálogo a instituir com esses grupos. Se em certas regiões se encontram grupos de homens, que são impedidos de abraçar a fé católica pelo facto de não poderem adaptar-se à forma particular que a Igreja aí tenha revestido, é de desejar que se proveja de maneira especial a essa situação (4), até que todos os cristãos possam ser congregados numa só comunidade. Os Bispos devem chamar para as suas dioceses ou receber de boa vontade os missionários de que a Sé Apostólica puder dispor para esta finalidade, e favorecer eficazmente as suas iniciativas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que este zelo missionário comece a florescer entre os naturais do país, convém absolutamente que as igrejas jovens participem efectivamente na missão universal da Igreja, enviando elas também missionários a anunciar o Evangelho por toda a terra, ainda que elas sofram de falta de clero. A comunhão com a Igreja inteira estará, de certo modo, consumada quando, também elas, tomarem parte activa na acção missionária junto de outros povos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promoção do apostolado dos leigos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja não está fundada verdadeiramente, nem vive plenamente, nem é o sinal perfeito de Cristo entre os homens se, com a Hierarquia, não existe e trabalha um laicado autêntico. De facto, sem a presença activa dos leigos, o Evangelho não pode gravar-se profundamente nos espíritos, na vida e no trabalho de um povo. Por isso, é necessário desde a fundação da Igreja prestar grande atenção à formação dum laicado cristão amadurecido."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os leigos pertencem, ao mesmo tempo, ao Povo de Deus e à sociedade civil: pertencem, por um lado, à nação em que nasceram, de cujos tesouros culturais participam pela educação, a cuja vida estão ligados por múltiplos laços sociais, para cujo progresso cooperam com o seu esforço nas suas profissões, cujos problemas sentem e procuram resolver como próprios; pertencem também a Cristo, porque foram regenerados na Igreja pela fé e pelo Baptismo, a fim de serem de Cristo(5) pela renovação da vida e acção, para que em Cristo tudo seja submetido a Deus, e, enfim, Deus seja tudo em todos (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O principal dever deles, homens e mulheres, é o testemunho de Cristo, que eles têm obrigação de dar, pela sua vida e palavras, na família, no grupo social, no meio profissional. É necessário que se manifeste neles o homem novo criado segundo Deus em justiça e santidade verdadeira (7). Devem exprimir esta novidade de vida no meio social e cultural da sua pátria, em conformidade com as tradições nacionais. Devem conhecer esta cultura, purificá-la, conservá-la, desenvolvê-la segundo as novas situações, enfim, dar-lhe a sua perfeição em Cristo, a fim que a fé em Cristo e a vida da Igreja deixem de ser estranhas à sociedade em que vivem mas comecem a penetrá-la e a transformá-la. Devem unir-se aos seus concidadãos com caridade sincera, a fim de que no seu comportamento apareça um novo laço de unidade e de solidariedade universal, haurida no mistério de Cristo. Devem transmitir a fé em Cristo também àqueles a quem estão ligados pela vida e profissão; esta obrigação impõe-se tanto mais quanto a maior parte dos homens não podem ouvir o Evangelho e conhecer a Cristo senão pelos seus vizinhos leigos. Mais ainda: onde for possível, devem os leigos estar prontos a cumprir, em colaboração mais imediata com a Hierarquia, a missão especial de anunciar o Evangelho e comunicar a doutrina cristã, a fim de tornarem mais vigorosa a Igreja nascente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os ministros da Igreja, por sua vez, devem ter em muito apreço o apostolado activo dos leigos. Devem formá-los para, como membros de Cristo, tomarem consciência da sua responsabilidade em relação aos outros homens; devem instruí-los profundamente no mistério de Cristo, iniciá-los nos métodos práticos, assistir-lhes nas dificuldades, em conformidade com o pensamento da Constituição sobre a Igreja e do decreto sobre o Apostolado dos leigos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bem respeitadas as funções e as responsabilidades próprias dos pastores e dos leigos, a jovem igreja toda inteira deve dar um único testemunho vivo e firme de Cristo, a fim de se tornar um sinal luminoso da salvação que em Cristo veio até nós."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diversidade na Unidade"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A semente da palavra de Deus, germinando em boa terra, regada pelo orvalho divino, absorve a seiva, transforma-a e assimila-a para produzir fruto abundante. Certamente, de modo análogo à economia da encarnação, as igrejas jovens, enraizadas em Cristo e construídas sobre o fundamento dos Apóstolos, recebem, por um maravilhoso intercâmbio, todas as riquezas das nações que foram dadas a Cristo em heranças. Recebem dos costumes e das tradições dos seus povos, da sabedoria e da doutrina, das artes e das disciplinas, tudo aquilo que pode contribuir para confessar a glória do criador, ilustrar a graça do Salvador, e ordenar, como convém, a vida cristã (9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para conseguir este objectivo, é necessário que em cada grande espaço socio-cultural, se estimule uma reflexão teológica tal que, à luz da tradição da Igreja universal, as acções e as palavras reveladas por Deus, consignadas na Sagrada Escritura, e explicadas pelos Padres da Igreja e pelo magistério, sejam sempre de novo investigadas. Assim se entenderá mais claramente o processo de tornar a fé inteligível, tendo em conta a filosofia ou a sabedoria dos povos, e a maneira de os costumes, o sentido da vida e a ordem social poderem concordar com a moral manifestada pela revelação divina. Deste modo se descobrirá o caminho para uma mais profunda adaptação em toda a extensão da vida cristã. Toda a aparência de sincretismo e de falso particularismo, será assim excluída, a vida cristã conformar-se-á bem ao génio de cada cultura (10), as tradições particulares e qualidades próprias de cada nação, esclarecidas pela luz do Evangelho, serão assumidas na unidade católica. Enfim, as novas igrejas particulares, enriquecidas pelas suas tradições, terão o seu lugar na comunhão eclesiástica, ficando intacto o primado da cátedra de Pedro, que preside a toda a assembleia da caridade (11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É, portanto, de desejar, ou antes, convém absolutamente que as Conferências episcopais, dentro dos limites de cada grande espaço socio-cultural, se unam entre si para, de ânimo concorde e pondo em comum os seus planos, conseguirem este objectivo da adaptação."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "OS MISSIONÁRIOS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A vocação missionária"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Embora a todo o discípulo de Cristo incumba a obrigação de difundir a fé conforme as suas possibilidades(1), Cristo Senhor chama sempre dentre os discípulos os que Ele quer para estarem com Ele e os enviar a evangelizar os povos (2). E assim, mediante o Espírito Santo, que para utilidade comum reparte os carismas como quer (3), inspira no coração de cada um a vocação missionária e ao mesmo tempo suscita na Igreja Institutos (4), que assumem, como tarefa própria, o dever de evangelizar, que pertence a toda a Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De facto, são marcados com vocação especial aqueles que, dotados de índole natural conveniente e das qualidades e talentos requeridos, estão prontos para empreender o trabalho missionário (5), quer sejam nativos quer estrangeiros: sacerdotes, religiosos e leigos. Enviados pela legítima autoridade, partem, movidos pela fé e obediência, para junto dos que estão longe de Cristo, escolhidos para uma obra à qual foram destinados (6) como ministros do Evangelho, «a fim de que a oblação dos gentios seja aceite e santificada no Espírito Santo» (Rom. 15,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Espiritualidade missionária"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porém, ao chamamento de Deus, o homem deve responder de forma tal que, sem se deixar guiar pela carne e sangue(7), todo ele se entregue à obra do Evangelho. Mas esta resposta não pode ser dada senão por impulso e virtude do Espírito Santo. O enviado entra, portanto, na vida e missão d'Aquele que «a si mesmo se aniquilou tomando a forma de servo» (Fil. 2,7). Por conseguinte, deve estar pronto a perseverar toda a vida na vocação, a renunciar a si e a todas as suas coisas, e a fazer-se tudo para todos (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anunciando o Evangelho aos povos, dê a conhecer confiadamente o mistério de Cristo, do qual é legado, de maneira que ouse falar d'Ele como convém (9), não se envergonhando do escândalo da cruz. Seguindo os passos do seu mestre, manso e humilde de coração, mostre que o Seu jugo é suave e leve a Sua carga (10). Mediante uma vida verdadeiramente evangélica (11), com muita paciência, longanimidade, suavidade, caridade sincera (12), dê testemunho do seu Senhor até à efusão do sangue, se for necessário. Alcançará de Deus virtude e força para descobrir a abundância de gozo que se encerra na grande prova da tribulação e da pobreza absoluta (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Persuada-se que a obediência é a virtude peculiar do ministro de Cristo que, pela Sua obediência, redimiu o género humano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os pregadores do Evangelho, para não negligenciar a graça que em si têm, renovem continuamente o seu espírito (14). Por sua vez, os Ordinários e os Superiores reunam os missionários em tempos determinados, a fim d.e mais se robustecerem na esperança da vocação e se renovarem no ministério apostólico, fundando até, para isso, casas apropriadas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formação espiritual e moral"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para tão sublime empresa, há-de o futuro missionário preparar-se com esmerada formação espiritual e moral (15). Deve, com efeito, ser capaz de tomar iniciativas, constante para levar a cabo as obras, perseverante nas dificuldades, suportando com paciência e fortaleza a solidão, a fadiga, o trabalho infrutuoso. Com espírito aberto e coração dilatado, irá ao encontro dos homens; abraçará de boa vontade os trabalhos que lhe confiarem; adaptar-se-á também generosamente aos diversos costumes e variadas condições dos povos; com ânimo concorde e mútua caridade colaborará com seus irmãos e com todos quantos se consagram à mesma empresa, de maneira que, juntamente com os fiéis, imitando a comunidade apostólica, tenham um só coração e uma só alma (16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estas disposições de espírito sejam diligentemente exercitadas, cuidadosamente cultivadas, elevadas e alimentadas com a vida espiritual, já desde o tempo da formação. Cheio de fé viva e esperança indefectível, o missionário seja homem de oração; arda no espírito de fortaleza, de caridade e de temperança (17); aprenda a bastar-se com o que tem (18); pelo espírito de sacrifício, leve em si o estado de morte de Jesus, a fim de que a vida de Jesus opere naqueles aos quais é enviado (19); com verdadeiro zelo gaste tudo e desgaste-se a si mesmo pelo bem das almas (20), de tal forma que «mediante o exercício diário do seu ministério, cresça no amor de Deus e do próximo» (21). Desta sorte, obedecendo com Cristo à vontade do Pai, continuará a Sua missão sob a autoridade hierárquica da Igreja, e cooperará no mistério da salvação."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formação doutrinal e apostólica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os que forem enviados aos diversos povos, como bons ministros de Cristo, devem ser alimentados «com a palavra da fé e da boa doutrina» (1 Tim. 4,6), a qual haurirão primeiramente na Sagrada Escritura, perscrutando o mistério de Cristo, de quem serão arautos e testemunhas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E assim, todos os missionários — sacerdotes, irmãos, irmãs, leigos — sejam preparados e formados, cada qual segundo a sua condição, de maneira a estarem à altura das exigências do trabalho futuro (22). Já desde o começo, de tal modo se processe a sua formação doutrinal, que abranja tanto a universalidade da Igreja como a diversidade das nações. E isto vale tanto de todas as disciplinas, em que se formam para o desempenho do ministério, como das disciplinas úteis para o conhecimento dos povos, das culturas, das religiões, com vistas não só ao passado mas também ao tempo presente. Aquele, pois, que é destinado a outra nação, tenha em grande apreço o seu património, língua e costumes. Ao futuro missionário importa sumamente que se aplique aos estudos missiológicos, isto é, a conhecer a doutrina e as normas da Igreja em matéria de actividade missionária, a informar-se sobre os caminhos percorridos pelos arautos do Evangelho, ao longo dos séculos, como também sobre a condição presente das missões e sobre os métodos considerados hoje mais eficazes (23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Embora toda a formação deva estar imbuída de solicitude pastoral, ministre-se-lhes, contudo, peculiar e bem orientada formação apostólica, quer teórica quer prática (24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Forme-se o maior número possível de irmãos e de irmãs em catequética, para darem maior colaboração no apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mesmo aqueles que se dedicam só por algum tempo à acção missionária, devem adquirir a formação adequada à sua condição."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estas diversas espécies de preparação, porém, devem ser completadas nas próprias terras de missão, de modo que os missionários adquiram mais profundo conhecimento da história, das estruturas sociais e dos costumes dos povos, e se inteirem da ordem moral e dos preceitos religiosos, bem como do verdadeiro pensamento que esses povos, conforme suas tradições sagradas, possuem acerca de Deus, do mundo e do homem (25). Quanto às línguas, aprendam-nas de modo a usá-las com facilidade e elegância, e terem, assim, mais fácil acesso à inteligência e ao coração dos homens (26). Finalmente, sejam devidamente iniciados nas necessidades pastorais características da terra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haja também pessoal preparado de modo mais profundo em Institutos missiológicos ou noutras Faculdades ou Universidades, que possa desempenhar cargos de maior responsabilidade (27), e, com a sua ciência, auxiliar os outros missionários no exercício da obra evangelizadora, que, na hora actual, apresenta tantas dificuldades e oportunidades. Além disso, é muito para desejar que as Conferências episcopais regionais tenham à sua disposição um bom número destes peritos e que, nas necessidades do próprio cargo, façam proveitoso uso do seu saber e experiência. Nem falte igualmente quem saiba usar com perícia os instrumentos técnicos e de comunicação social, cuja importância todos reconheçam devidamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Institutos missionários"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tudo isto, embora absolutamente necessário a cada um dos enviados ao campo do apostolado, na realidade, dificilmente pode ser conseguido pelos indivíduos isolados. Visto que a mesma obra missionária, como prova a experiência, não pode ser realizada pelos indivíduos isolados, a vocação comum reuniu-os em Institutos, nos quais, pelo esforço comum, se formassem convenientemente e executassem essa tarefa em nome da Igreja e segundo a vontade da autoridade hierárquica. Os Institutos, desde há muitos séculos que têm suportado o peso do dia e do calor, consagrando-se inteiramente ou em parte à empresa apostólica. Muitas vezes a Santa Sé confiou à sua evangelização vastos territórios, nos quais reuniram para Deus um novo povo, uma igreja local à volta dos seus próprios pastores. A essas igrejas, fundadas à custa do seu suor e até do seu sangue, prestarão serviço com zelo e experiência em fraterna cooperação, já na cura das almas, já em cargos especiais em função do bem comum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Algumas vezes, tomarão a seu cargo em toda uma região certos trabalhos mais urgentes, como por exemplo, a missionação de grupos ou de povos que, devido a especiais razões, ainda não receberam a boa nova do Evangelho, ou a ela resistiram até ao presente (28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se for preciso, dediquem-se a formar e ajudar com a sua experiência aqueles que se consagram por um tempo determinado à acção missionária."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por todos estes motivos, e porque há ainda numerosas gentes para conduzir a Cristo, os Institutos continuam a ser da máxima necessidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO V"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A ORGANIZAÇÃO DA ACTIVIDADE MISSIONÁRIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introdução: sua necessidade"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os fiéis, em virtude de possuirem dons diferentes (1), devem colaborar no Evangelho, cada um segundo as suas possibilidades, aptidões, carismas e ministérios (2); é ainda necessário que todos, os que semeiam e os que segam (3), sejam um só (4), a fim de que, «conspirando livre e ordenadamente para o mesmo fim» (5), empreguem unânimemente as suas forças na edificação da Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, os trabalhos dos arautos do Evangelho e os auxílios dos restantes fiéis devem ser orientados e unidos de modo a que tudo se faça com ordem (1 Cor. 14,40) em todas as actividades e esferas da cooperação missionária."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Organização geral"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O cuidado de anunciar o Evangelho em todas as partes da terra pertence, antes de mais, ao corpo episcopal (6); por isso, o Sínodo episcopal ou «Conselho permanente de Bispos para toda a Igreja» (7), entre os assuntos de importância geral (8), deve atender de modo especial à actividade missionária, que é a principal e a mais sagrada da Igreja (9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para todas as missões e para toda a actividade missionária, haja um só dicastério competente, a saber, a Congregação de «Propaganda Fide», que orientará e coordenará, em todo o mundo, tanto a actividade como a cooperação missionária, ressalvando-se, contudo, o direito das Igrejas orientais 1°."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Embora o Espírito Santo suscite, de muitos modos, na Igreja de Deus, o espírito missionário, e não poucas vezes se anteceda à acção dos que governam a vida da Igreja, este dicastério, contudo, deve promover, da sua parte, a vocação e a espiritualidade missionária, o zelo e a oração pelas missões, e uma exacta e adequada informação sobre elas. Suscite e distribua os missionários, segundo as necessidades mais urgentes das regiões. Organize um plano de acção; dele promanem as normas directivas, os princípios para a evangelização, e dele procedam os impulsos. Incite e coordene a recolha eficaz de subsídios, que devem distribuir-se segundo a medida da necessidade ou da utilidade, da extensão do território, do número de fiéis e infiéis, das obras e das instituições, dos auxiliares e dos missionários"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em união com o «Secretariado para a união dos cristãos», procure os meios de realizar e ordenar a colaboração fraterna e a convivência com as iniciativas missionárias doutras comunidades cristãs, a fim de se evitar, quanto possível, o escândalo da divisão."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, importa que este dicastério seja tanto instrumento de administração como órgão de direcção dinâmica, empregando os métodos científicos e os instrumentos adaptados às condições actuais, e tendo em conta a actual investigação da teologia, metodologia e pastoral missionária."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na direcção deste dicastério, tenham parte muito activa, com voto deliberativo, representantes escolhidos de todos aqueles que trabalham na obra missionária: os Bispos de todo o mundo, depois de ouvidas as Conferências episcopais, e os Superiores dos Institutos e das Obras pontifícias, segundo as normas e proporções que o Romano Pontífice estabelecer. Todos estes, que hão-de ser convocados em datas fixas, exerçam, sob a autoridade do Sumo Pontífice, a suprema orientação de toda a obra missionária."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esteja à disposição deste dicastério um grupo permanente de consultores peritos, de reconhecida ciência e experiência, aos quais pertence, entre outras coisas, reunir uma informação oportuna sobre as condições locais das várias regiões, a mentalidade dos diferentes grupos humanos, os métodos de evangelização a empregar, e propor conclusões cientificamente fundadas para a cooperação missionária."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estejam convenientemente representados os Institutos de religiosas, as obras regionais a favor das missões, e as organizações de leigos, sobretudo as internacionais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Organização local das missões"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que, no exercício da obra missionária, se atinjam os fins e os resultados, devem todos os operários missionários ter um «só coração e uma só alma» (Act. 4,32)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertence ao Bispo, como regra e centro de unidade no apostolado diocesano, promover, dirigir e coordenar a actividade missionária, mas de tal modo que se conserve e fomente a iniciativa espontânea dos que participam na obra. Todos os missionários, mesmo os religiosos isentos, estão sob a sua jurisdição nos vários trabalhos que dizem respeito ao exercício do apostolado (11). Para melhor coordenação, constitua o Bispo, na medida do possível, um Conselho pastoral, em que participem, por meio de delegados escolhidos, os clérigos, os religiosos e os leigos. Procure ainda que a acção apostólica não se limite aos convertidos, mas que os operários e os subsídios se destinem equitativamente à evangelização dos não-cristãos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Organização regional"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As Conferências episcopais resolvam, de comum acordo, as questões mais graves e os problemas mais urgentes, sem menosprezarem, contudo, as diferenças locais (12). Para não dissipar o número já insuficiente de pessoas e de subsídios e não multpilicar sem necessidade as iniciativas, recomenda-se a fundação de obras comuns que sirvam o bem de todos; por exemplo, seminários, escolas superiores e técnicas, centros de pastoral, catequética, liturgia e dos meios de comunicação social."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Organize-se igualmente uma oportuna cooperação entre as diversas Conferências episcopais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Actividade dos Institutos missionários"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E ainda da máxima importância coordenar as actividades exercidas pelos Institutos ou Associações eclesiásticas. Todos eles, seja qual for o seu género, devem secundar o Ordinário do lugar, em tudo o que se relaciona com a actividade missionária. Por isso, aproveitará muito realizar acordos particulares, em que se regulem as relações entre o Ordinário do lugar e o Superior do Instituto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quando a um Instituto for confiado um território, o Superior eclesiástico e o Instituto tenham muito a peito orientar tudo para que a nova comunidade cristã se transforme em igreja local, a qual, no momento oportuno, será governada por pastor próprio, com o seu clero."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ao acabar o encargo do território, surge uma nova condição. Então, as Conferências episcopais e os Institutos, de comum acordo, estabeleçam as normas que hão-de reger as relações entre os Ordinários de lugar e os Institutos (13). Contudo, pertence à Santa Sé estabelecer os princípios gerais, pelos quais se organizarão os acordos regionais ou até particulares."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Institutos devem estar prontos a continuar a obra começada, colaborando no ministério ordinário da cura de almas: mas, com o aumento do clero local, deve providenciar-se a que os Institutos, na medida em que for conforme à sua finalidade, se mantenham fiéis à própria diocese, encarregando-se generosamente de obras especiais ou de alguma região."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coordenação dos Institutos missionários"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os diversos Institutos que se dedicam à actividade missionária no mesmo território procurem os processos e os modos de coordenar as suas obras. Serão, portanto, de grande utilidade, as Conferências de religiosos e as Uniões de religiosas, em que participem todos os Institutos da mesma nação ou região. Vejam Conferências o que podem fazer com o esforço comum e mantenham estreitas relações com as Conferências episcopais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tudo isto, por igual motivo, convém estendê-lo à colaboração dos Institutos missionários na sua pátria de origem, de modo que mais facilmente e com menos despesas se possam resolver os assuntos e empreendimentos comuns, como, por exemplo, a formação doutrinal dos futuros missionários, os cursos para missionários, as relações para com as autoridades civis ou organismos nacionais e internacionais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coordenação dos Institutos científicos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como o recto e ordenado exercício da actividade missionária exige que os operários evangélicos se preparem cientificamente para a sua função, sobretudo para o diálogo com as religiões e culturas não-cristãs, e que sejam ajudados eficazmente na execução, é de desejar que colaborem entre si fraterna e generosamente a favor das missões todos os Institutos científicos que estudam missiologia e outras disciplinas ou artes úteis às missões, como a etnologia e a linguística, a história e a ciência das religiões, a sociologia, a pastoral e outras coisas semelhantes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A COOPERAÇÃO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introdução. Consciência da responsabilidade"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dado que a Igreja é toda ela missionária, e a obra da evangelização é um dever fundamental do Povo de Deus, o sagrado Concílio exorta todos a uma profunda renovação interior, para que tomem viva consciência das próprias responsabilidades na difusão do Evangelho e assumam a parte que lhes compete na obra missionária junto dos gentios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dever missionário de todo o povo de Deus"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como membros de Cristo vivo e a Ele incorporados e configurados não só pelo Baptismo mas também pela Confirmação e pela Eucaristia, todos os fiéis estão obrigados, por dever, a colaborar no crescimento e na expansão do Seu corpo para o levar a atingir, quanto antes, a sua plenitude(1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, todos os filhos da Igreja tenham consciência viva das suas responsabilidades para com o mundo, fomentem em si um espírito verdadeiramente católico, e ponham as suas forças ao serviço da obra da evangelização. Saibam todos, porém, que o primeiro e mais irrecusável contributo para a difusão da fé, é viver profundamente a vida cristã. Pois o seu fervor no serviço de Deus e a sua caridade para com os outros é que hão-de trazer a toda a Igreja o sopro de espírito novo que a fará aparecer como um sinal levantado entre as nações (2), como «luz do mundo» (Mt. 5,14) e «sal da terra» (Mt. 5,13). Este testemunho de vida produzirá mais facilmente o seu efeito, se for dado conjuntamente com as outras comunidades cristãs, segundo as normas do decreto sobre o ecumenismo (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deste espírito renovado brotará espontâneamente a oferta de orações e de obras de penitência a Deus, para que fecunde com a sua graça a acção dos missionários; dele nascerão vocações missionárias e sairão os recursos de que as missões necessitam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porém, para que todos e cada um dos fiéis conheçam plenamente o estado actual da Igreja no mundo e oiçam a voz das multidões que clamam: «Vem em nosso auxílio» (4) facilitem-se, até pelos meios modernos de comunicação social, notícias missionárias tais que os façam sensíveis à actividade missionária e lhes abram o coração a tão profundas e imensas necessidades dos homens par lhes poderem valer."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É também necessária uma coordenação das notícias e a cooperação com os organismos nacionais e internacionais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dever missionário das comunidades cristãs"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como o Povo de Deus vive em comunidades, sobretudo diocesanas e paroquiais, e é nelas que, de certo modo, se torna visível, pertence a estas dar também testemunho de Cristo perante as nações."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A graça da renovação não pode crescer nas comunidades, a não ser que cada uma dilate o campo da sua caridade até aos confins da terra e tenha igual solicitude pelos que são de longe como pelos que são seus próprios membros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Assim, toda a comunidade reza, coopera e exerce actividade entre os gentios, por meio dos seus filhos a quem Deus escolheu para este importantíssimo encargo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É muito útil que, contanto que não crie desinteresse pela obra missionária universal, manter relações com os missionários oriundos da própria comunidade ou com determinada paróquia ou diocese das missões, para tornar visível a comunhão entre as comunidades e contribuir para mútua edificação."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dever missionário dos Bispos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos os Bispos, como membros do corpo episcopal, sucessor do Colégio apostólico, são consagrados não só em benefício duma diocese mas para salvação de todo o mundo. O mandato de Cristo de pregar o Evangelho a toda a criatura (5) afecta-os, primária e imediatamente a eles, com Pedro e sob Pedro. Daí nascem aquela comunhão e cooperação das igrejas, hoje tão necessárias para levar a cabo a obra da evangelização. Em virtude desta comunhão, cada uma das igrejas leva em si a solicitude por todas as outras, manifestam umas às outras as próprias necessidades, comunicam entre si as suas coisas, pois a dilatação do corpo de Cristo é dever de todo o Colégio episcopal (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na sua diocese, o Bispo, que forma uma só coisa com ela, ao suscitar, promover e dirigir a obra missionária, torna presentes e como que palpáveis o espírito e o ardor missionário do Povo de Deus, de maneira que toda a diocese se torna missionária. É da responsabilidade do Bispo suscitar no seu povo e sobretudo entre os doentes e os oprimidos, almas que ofereçam a Deus, de todo o coração, orações e penitências pela evangelização do mundo; favorecer de bom grado as vocações de jovens e até de clérigos para os Institutos missionários, aceitando reconhecido que Deus escolha alguns para a actividade missionária da Igreja; exortar e ajudar as Congregações diocesanas para que assumam a sua parte nas missões; promover junto dos seus fiéis as obras dos Institutos missionários, mas sobretudo as Obras missionárias pontifícias. Com todo o direito se deve dar o primeiro lugar a estas Obras, uma vez que são meios quer para dar aos católicos um sentido verdadeiramente universal e missionário logo desde a infância, quer para promover colectas eficazes de subsídios para bem de todas as missões segundo as necessidades de cada uma (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como cresce de dia para dia a necessidade de operários na vinha do Senhor e os sacerdotes diocesanos desejam, eles também, ter parte cada vez maior na evangelização do mundo, o sagrado Concílio deseja que os Bispos, ponderando a gravíssima penúria de sacerdotes que impede a evangelização de muitas regiões, enviem, depois da devida preparação, alguns dos seus melhores sacerdotes que se ofereçam para as missões, para as dioceses mais carecidas de clero, com o fim de exercerem aí o ministério missionário em espírito de serviço, pelo menos durante um tempo determinado (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas, para que a actividade missionária dos Bispos a bem de toda a Igreja se possa exercer mais eficazmente, convém que as Conferências episcopais tomem a direcção de todos os assuntos que dizem respeito a uma ordenada cooperação da própria região."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nas suas Conferências tratem os Bispos dos sacerdotes do clero diocesano que devem dedicar à evangelização dos gentios; da contribuição fixa que cada diocese, em proporção com os seus recursos, deve oferecer todos os anos para a obra das missões (9); da direcção e organização das formas e dos meios de ajudar directamente as missões; do auxílio e, se for preciso, até da fundação de Institutos missionários e seminários do clero diocesano para as missões; do estreitamento dos laços entre estes Institutos e as dioceses."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Às Conferências episcopais pertence também fundar e promover instituições que fraternalmente recebam e ajudem, com o devido interesse pastoral, os que, por razões de estudo ou de trabalho, emigram das terras de missão. Por eles, com efeito, povos longínquos tornam-se em certo modo vizinhos, e às comunidades cristãs mais antigas oferece-se uma óptima ocasião de dialogar com nações que ainda não ouviram pregar o Evangelho e de lhes mostrar no próprio exercício do amor e da ajuda, o genuíno rosto de Cristo (10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dever missionário dos sacerdotes"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os sacerdotes representam a pessoa de Cristo e são cooperadores da ordem episcopal, na tríplice função sagrada, que por sua natureza tem relação com a missão da Igreja (11). Entendam, pois, muito bem que a sua vida foi consagrada também ao serviço das missões. Uma vez que pelo seu mesmo ministério — que consiste principalmente na Eucaristia, que aperfeiçoa a Igreja — estão em comunhão com Cristo cabeça e trazem os outros a essa comunhão, não podem deixar de sentir quanto falta ainda para o pleno crescimento do corpo e quanto há que fazer, portanto, para que vá crescendo cada vez mais. Organizarão, pois, de tal maneira o trabalho pastoral que contribua para a dilatação do Evangelho entre os não-cristãos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os sacerdotes, no trabalho pastoral, farão por excitar e alimentar entre os fiéis o zelo pela evangelização do mundo, instruindo-os com a catequese e a pregação sobre o dever que a Igreja tem de anunciar Cristo aos gentios; persuadindo as famílias cristãs da necessidade e da honra de cultivar as vocações missionárias entre os próprios filhos e filhas; fomentando o fervor missionário entre os jovens das escolas e associações católicas, de maneira a sairem dentre eles futuros arautos do Evangelho. Ensinem os fiéis a orar pelas missões e não tenham vergonha de lhes pedir esmolas, feitos como que mendigos por Cristo e pela salvação das almas (12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os professores dos Seminários e Universidades elucidarão os alunos sobre a verdadeira situação do mundo e da Igreja, para que abram os olhos à necessidade duma evangelização mais intensa dos não-cristãos e o seu zelo se acenda. E ao ensinar as questões dogmáticas, bíblicas, morais e históricas, chamem a atenção para os aspectos missionários nelas contidos, para desse modo se ir formando a consciência missionária dos futuros sacerdotes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dever missionário dos Institutos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Institutos religiosos de vida contemplativa e activa tiveram até agora e continuam a ter a maior parte na evangelização do mundo. O sagrado Concílio reconhece gostosamente os seus méritos e dá graças a Deus por tantos esforços prestados à causa da glória de Deus e do serviço das almas e exorta-os a prosseguir incansàvelmente na obra começada, sabendo, como sabem, que a virtude da caridade, que por vocação têm de cultivar com mais perfeição, impele e obriga a um espírito e a um trabalho verdadeiramente católicos (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Institutos de vida contemplativa, pelas suas orações, penitências e tribulações, têm uma importância máxima na conversão das almas, visto que é Deus quem pelas nossas orações envia operários para a Sua messe (14), abre as almas dos não-cristãos para ouvir o Evangelho (15), e fecunda nos seus corações a palavra da salvação (16). Pede-se até a esses Institutos que fundem casas nas terras de missão como já bastantes fizeram, para que, levando aí uma vida acomodada às genuínas tradições religiosas dos povos, dêem entre os não-cristãos um testemunho brilhante tanto da majestade e da caridade de Deus como da sua união em Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por seu lado, os Institutos de vida activa, quer tenham um fim estritamente missionário quer não, examinem sinceramente diante de Deus se podem alargar mais a sua actividade em ordem à expansão do reino de Deus entre os gentios; se podem deixar a outros, certos ministérios, para dedicar às missões as suas forças; se podem começar a ter actividades nas missões, adaptando, se for preciso, as suas Constituições, embora segundo a mente do fundador; se os seus membros participam quanto podem na actividade missionária; se o seu modo de viver é um testemunho do Evangelho adaptado à índole e às condições do povo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Uma vez que, sob a inspiração do Espírito Santo, crescem de dia para dia na Igreja os Institutos seculares, a sua ajuda, sob a autoridade do Bispo, pode ser a muitos títulos proveitosa para as missões, como sinal duma entrega plena à evangelização do mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dever missionário dos leigos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os leigos colaboram na obra de evangelização da Igreja e participam da sua missão salvífica (17), ao mesmo tempo como testemunhas e como instrumentos vivos sobretudo se, depois de chamados por Deus, são incorporados pelos Bispos nesta empresa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nas terras já cristãs, os leigos concorrem para a obra de evangelização, fomentando em si e nos outros o conhecimento e o amor pelas missões, suscitando vocações na própria família, nas associações católicas e nas escolas, oferecendo auxílios de toda a espécie para que o dom da fé, que eles receberam de graça, possa ser também oferecido a outros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nas terras de missão, os leigos, quer estrangeiros quer nativos, exerçam o ensino nas escolas, administrem as coisas temporais, colaborem na actividade paroquial e diocesana, iniciem e promovam as várias formas de apostolado dos leigos, para que os fiéis das igrejas jovens possam assumir quanto antes a sua parte na vida da Igreja (18)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, prestem os leigos, de bom grado, colaboração económico-social aos povos em vias de desenvolvimento; essa colaboração será tanto mais de louvar, quanto mais se relaciona com a criação daquelas instituições que atingem as estruturas fundamentais da vida social ou se ordenam à formação daqueles que têm responsabilidade de governo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "São dignos de particular louvor aqueles leigos que nas Universidades ou em Institutos científicos promovem, com as suas investigações históricas ou científico-religiosas, o conhecimento dos povos e das religiões, ajudando assim os pregadores do Evangelho e preparando o diálogo com os não-cristãos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Colaborem fraternalmente com os outros cristãos, com os não-cristãos, sobretudo com os membros das organizações internacionais, tendo sempre diante dos olhos e preocupação de que «a edificação da cidade terrena se alicerce no Senhor e para Ele se oriente»(19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para desempenhar todas estas funções, precisam os leigos da necessária preparação técnica e espiritual, que se deve dar em Institutos a isso destinados, para que a sua vida seja entre os não-cristãos um testemunho de Cristo, segundo a palavra do Apóstolo: «Não deis ocasião de escândalo nem a judeus nem a gentios nem à Igreja de Deus, como também eu em tudo procuro agradar a todos, não buscando a minha própria utilidade, mas a dos outros, a fim de que sejam salvos» (1Cor. 10, 32-33)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSÃO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Padres do Concílio, em união com o Romano Pontífice, sentindo vivamente a obrigação de difundir por toda a parte o reino de. Deus, saudam muito afectuosamente todos os pregadores do Evangelho, sobretudo aqueles que sofrem perseguição pelo nome de Cristo, e associam-se aos seus sofrimentos (20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Também eles se sentem inflamados do mesmo amor em que Cristo ardia pelos homens. Mas, conscientes de que Deus é quem faz com que o seu reino venha ao mundo, unem as suas preces às de todos os cristãos para que, por intercessão da Virgem Maria, Rainha dos Apóstolos, as nações sejam quanto antes conduzidas ao conhecimento da verdade (21) e a glória de Deus, que resplandece no rosto de Jesus Cristo, comece a brilhar para todos pelo Espírito Santo (22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, 7 de Dezembro de 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAPA PAULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notas"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proémio e Capítulo I"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen Gentium, 48: AAS 57 (1965), p. 53."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mc. 16,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Agostinho, Enarr. in Ps. 44, 23: PL 36, 508; CChr. 38, 150."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 5, 13-14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Eccli. 36,19."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vatic. II Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen Gentium, n. 2: AAS 57 (1965), p. 5-6."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 11,52."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Ireneu, Adv. Haer. III, 18, 10 «O Verbo que existe junto de Deus, por quem foram feitas todas as coisas, e que sempre estava presente ao género humano...»: PG 7, 932; id. IV, 6, 7: «Com efeito, o Filho, presente desde a primeira hora à sua obra, a todos vai revelando o Pai, a quantos, quando e do modo que o Pai quer» (ibid. 990); cfr. IV, 20, 6 e 7 (ib. 1037); Demonstratio n, 34: Patr. Or., XII, 773; Sources Chrét., 62, Paris 1958, p. 87; S. Clemente de Alexandria, Protrept. 112 1: GCS Clemens I, 79; Strom. VI, 6, 44, 1: GCS Clemens II, 453; 13, 106, 3 e 4 (ibid. 485). Para a mesma doutrina, cfr. Pio XII: Radiomensagem, 31 dez. ]952; Cone. Vat. II Const. dogm. De Ecclesia Lumen Gentium, n.° 16: AAS 57 (1965), p. 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Col. 1,13; Act. 10,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 5,19."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Hebr. 1,2; Jo. 1, 3 e 10; 1 Cor. 8,6; Col. 1,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 1,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 8,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mc. 10,45."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Atanásio, Ep. ad Epictetum 7: PG 26, 1060; S. Cirilo de Jerusalém, Catech. 4, 9: PG 33, 465; Mário Victorino, Adv. Arium, 3, 3: PL, 8, 1101; S. Basílio, Epist. 261, 2: PG 32, 969; S. Gregório Nazianzeno, Epist. 101: PG 37, 181; S. Gregório Nisseno, Antirrheticus; Adv. Apollin. 17: PG 45, 1156; S. Ambrósio, Epist. 48, 5: PL, 16, 1153; S. Agostinho, In Joahn. Ev. tratado XXIII, 6: PL 35, 1585; CChr 36, 236; além disso, mostra deste modo como não foi o Espírito Santo que nos redimiu, visto que não incarnou: De Agone Christ. 22, 24: PL 40, 302; S. Cirilo de Alexandria, Adv. Nestor, 1, 1: PG 76, 20; S. Fulgéncio, Epist. 17, 3, 5: PL 65, 454; Ad Trasimundum III, 21: PL 65, 284: da tristeza e do temor."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Heb. 4,15; 9,28."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 1,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Lc. 24,47."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Foi o Espírito que falou pelos Profetas; Symbol. Constantinopol. Denz.-Schoenmetzer, 150; S. Leão Magno, Sermo 76: PL 54, 405-406: «Quando o Espírito Santo encheu os discípulos do Senhor no dia de Pentecostes, não foi então o começo da sua missão, mas um acréscimo de largueza: porque já os patriarcas, os profetas, os sacerdotes, e todos os santos que houve antigamente, foram robustecidos pela santificação do mesmo Espírito,... embora não fosse a mesma a medida dos dons». Também Sermo 77, 1: PL 54, 412; Leão XIII, Encícl. Divinum illud: ASS (1897), 650-651. Também S. João Crisóstomo, ainda que insista na novidade da missão do Espírito Santo no dia de Pentecostes: In Eph. c. 4, Hom. 10, 1: PG 62, 75."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 14,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De Babel e do Pentecostes falam muitas vezes os Santos Padres: Origenes, In Genesim, c. 1: PG 12, 112; S. Gregório Nazianzeno, Oratio 41, 16: PG 36, 449; S. João Crisóstomo, Hom. 2 in Pentec., 2: PG 50, 467; In Act. Apost.: PG 60, 44; S. Agostinho, En. in Ps. 54, 11: PL 36, 636; CChr. 39, 664 s.; Sermo 271: PL 38, 1245; S. Cirilo de Alexandria, Glaphyra in Genesim II: PG 69, 79; S. Gregório Magno, Hom. in Evang., Lib. II, Hom. 30, 4: PL 76, 1222; S. Beda, in Hexaem., Lib. III: PL 91, 125. Veja-se também a imagem que existe no átrio da Basilica de S. Marcos de Veneza. A Igreja fala todas as línguas, e assim a todos acolhe na catolicidade da fé: S. Agostinho, Sermones 266, 267, 268, 269: PL 38, 1225-1237; Sermo 175, 3: PG 38, 946; S. João Crisóstomo, In Epist. I ad Cor., Homil. 35: PG 61, 296; S. Cirilo de Alexandria, Fragm. in Act.: PG 74, 758; S. Fulgêncio, Sermo 8, 2-3: PL 65, 743-744. Acerca do Pentecostes como consagração dos Apóstolos para a missão, cfr. J. A. Cramer, Catena in Acta SS. Apostolorum, Oxford, 1838, pg. 24 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Lc. 3,22; 4,1; Act. 10,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 14-17; Paulo VI, Alocução proferida no Concílio no dia 14 de Setembro de 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 807."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen Gentium, 4: AAS 57."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Agostinho, Sermo 267, 4: PL 38, 1231: a0 Espírito Santo faz em toda a Igreja o que a alma em todos os membros dum mesmo corpo». Cfr. Const. dogm. De Ecclesia Lumen Gentium, 7 (com a nota 8): AAS 57 (1965), p. 11."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 10, 44-47; 11,15; 15,8"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 4,8; 5,32; 8,26. 39; 9,31; 10; 11, 24. 28; 13, 2. 4. 9; 16, 6-7; 20, 22-23; 21, 11, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. também Mt. 10, 1-42."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 28,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 1, 4-8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 20,21."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Col. 1,24."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tertuliano, Apologeticum, 50, 13: PL 1,534; CChr. I, 171."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Já S. Tomás de Aquino fala da função apostólica de implantar a Igreja: efr. Sent. Lib. I, dist. 16, q. 1, a. 2 ad 2 e ad 4; a. 3 sol.; Summa Theol. I, q. 43, a. 7 ad 6; I-II, q. 106, a. 4 ad 4. Cfr. Bento XV, Maximum illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), 445 e 453; Pio XI, Rerum Ecclesiae, 28 fev. 1926: AAS 18 (1926), 74; Pio XII, 30 abr. 1939 aos Directores das 00. MM. PP.: AAS 36 ID. 24 jun. 1944 aos Directores das OO. MM. PP.: AAS 36 (1944), 210; de novo em AAS 42 1950, 727, e 43 (1951), 508; ID. 29 jun. 1948 ao clero indígena: AAS (1944), 210; 374; ID. Evangelii Praecones, 2 jun. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), 507; ID. Fidei Donum, 15 jan. 1957: AAS 49 (1957), 236; João XXIII, Princeps Pastorum, 28 nov. 1959: AAS 51, (1959), 835; Paulo VI, Hom. 18 out. 1964: AAS 55 (1964), 911. Tanto os Sumos Pontífices como os Santos Padres e os Escolásticos falam muitas vezes da dilatação da Igreja: S. Tomás de Aquino, Comm. in Math. 16,28; Leão XIII, Encicl. Sancta Dei Civitas, 3 dez. 1880: ASS 55 (1880), 241 Bento XV, Encícl. Maximum Illud, 30 nov. 1919 AAS 11 (1919), 442; Pio XI, Encicl. Rerum Ecclesiae, 28 fev. 1926: AAS 18 (1926), 65."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nesta noção de actividade missionária, como se vê, incluem-se também, quanto à substância, aquelas regiões da América Latina, nas quais nem Hierarquia própria, nem maturidade da vida cristã, nem uma pregação suficiente do Evangelho se dão ainda. Se, porém, estes territórios são de jacto tidos pela S. Sé como missionários, isso não depende do Concilio. É por isso que, a propósito da conexão entre a noção de actividade missionária e certos territórios, se diz muito intencionalmente que esta actividade se exerce «geralmente» (plerumque) em certos territórios como tais reconhecidos pela S. Sé."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Vat. II, Decr. De Oecumenismo, Unitatis Redintegratio, n. 1: AAS 57 (1965), p. 90."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mc. 16,16; Jo. 3,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecelesia Lumen Gentium, n.° 14: AAS 57 (1965), p. 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Hebr. 11,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 9,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 4, 11-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 7,18; 8, 30 e 44; 8,50; 17,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Acerca desta ideia sintética, ver a doutrina de S. Ireneu sobre a Recapitulação. Cfr. também Hipólito, De Antichristo, 3: «Querendo a todos e desejando salvar a todos, querendo fazer a todos filhos de Deus e chamando todos os santos a formar um só homem perfeito...» PG 10, 732; GCS Hippolyt I, 2 p. 6; Benedictiones Jacob, 7: T. U., 38-1 pg. 18, linha 4 ss.; Origenes, In Joann. Tom. I, n. 16: «Então, sim, a única ocupação daqueles que chegarem até Deus será a de conhecer a Deus, presididos por aquele Verbo que está junto de Deus; para que assim todos os filhos sejam cuidadosamente formados no conhecimento do Pai, como o Filho que agora é o único que conhece o Pai»: PG, 14, 49; GCS Orig. IV, 20; S. Agostinho, De Sermone Domini in monte, I, 41: «Estimemos tudo aquilo que pode ser conduzido connosco àquele reino, onde ninguém diz: meu Pai, mas todos dizem a um só Deus: Pai nosso»: PL 34, 1250; S. Cirilo de Alexandria, in Joann. I: «Todos estamos em Cristo e nele revive a natureza comum da Humanidade. Pois, por isso mesmo, foi chamado o novo Adão... Com efeito, habitou entre nós aquele que por natureza é o Filho e Deus; por isso, no seu Espírito podemos chamar: Abba, Pai! Habita, de facto, o Verbo entre nós num templo único, que precisamente quis construir para si de algo nosso e por causa de nós, para que tendo-nos a todos em si mesmo, num só corpo, nos reconciliasse a todos com o Pai, como diz Paulo: PG 73, 161-164."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bento XV, Maximum Illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), p. 445: «Porque sendo a Igreja de Deus católica e não estrangeira para nenhum povo ou nação...» Cfr. João XXIII, Encícl. Mater et Magistra: «A Igreja, por direito divino, pertence a todas as nações... por isso, uma vez que inseriu a sua força, como que nas veias de algum povo, já não é nem se julga como uma instituição qualquer, imposta de fora a esse povo... E, por isso, tudo aquilo que lhes parece bom e honesto, apoiam-no e completam-no» (subentenda-se: aqueles que renasceram em Cristo); 25 maio 1961 AAS 1961, 444."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 3,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Ireneu, Adv. Haer. III, 15, n. 3: PG 7, 919: «Foram pregadores da verdade e apóstolos da liberdade»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Breviarium Romanum, Ant. O, Vésperas do dia 23 de Dez."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 24,31; Didachè, 10,5: Funk I, p. 32."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Me. 13,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cone. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia Lumen Gentium, 17: AAS 57 (1965) p. 20-21. S. Agostinho, De Civitate Dei, 19,17: PL 41, 646; Instr. da S. Congregação «de Propaganda Fide» : Collectanea I, n, 135, p. 42."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Segundo Orígenes, o Evangelho deve ser pregado antes da consumação deste mundo: Hom. in Lc. XXI: GCS, Orig. IX, 136, 21 ss.; In Matth. comm. ser. 39: X, 75, 25 ss.; 76, 4 ss.; Hom. in lerem. III, 2: VII, 308, 29 ss.; S. Tomás, Summa Theol. I-II, q. 106, a. 4, ad 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 1,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hilário de Poitiers, In Ps. 14: PL 9, 301; Eusébio de Cesareia, In Isaiam 54, 2-3: PG 24, 462-463; Cirilo de Alexandria, In Isaiam V, cap. 54, 1-3: PG 70, 1193."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 4,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 4,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo II"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 5,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Jo. 4,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 9,35 ss.; Act. 10,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 12,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 20,26; 23,11; alocução de Paulo VI, no dia 21 nov. 1964, na aula conciliar: AAS 56 (1964), 1013."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Col. 4,3."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 4, 13. 29. 31; 9, 27-28; 13,46; 14,3; 19,8; 26,26; 28,31; 1 Tess. 2,2; 2 Cor. 3,12; 7,4; Fil. 1,20; Ef. 3,12; 6, 19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 9,15; Rom. 10,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Tess. 1, 9-10; 1 Cor. 1, 18-21; Gál. 1,31; Act. 14, 15-17; 7, 22-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 16,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Col. 3, 5-10; Ef. 4, 20-24."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Lc. 2,34; Mt. 10, 34-39."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Tess. 1,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Declaração De Libertate religiosa, Dignitatis humanae, 2, 4, 10; Const. past. De Ecclesia in mundo huius temporis, Gaudium et spes, n.° 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17 Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const, dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, 17: AAS 57 (1965), p. 20-21."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Const. De sacra liturgia, Sacrosanctum Concilium, 64-65: AAS 56 (1964), 117."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Col. 1,13. Desta libertação da escravidão do demónio e das trevas, cfr. Mt. 12,28; Jo. 8,44; 12,31 (cfr. 1 Jo. 3,8; EL 2, 1-2). Cfr. no Ritual romano, Liturgia do Baptismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 6, 4-11; Col. 2, 12-13; 1 Ped. 3, 21-22; Mc. 16,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Tess. 3, 5-7; Act. 8, 14-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Concilio Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 14: AAS 57 (1965), p. 19."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Agostinho, Tract. in Joann. 11, 4: PL 35, 1476."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n.° 9: AAS 57 (1965), p. 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 3,9"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 4,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 10. 11. 34: AAS 57 (1965), p. 10-17; 39-40."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De divina Revelatione, Dei Verbum, n.o 21: AAS 57 (1965), p. 24."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 12. 35: AAS 57 (1965), P. 16; 40-41."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ibid., n. 23, 36: AAS 57 (1965), p. 28: 41-42."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ibid., 12, 11, 35, 41: AAS 57 (1965), p. 15-16; 40-41, 47."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decreto De Ecclesiis orientalibus, Orientalium Ecclesiarum, n. 4: AAS 57 (1965), P- 77-78."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Carta a Diogneto, 5: PG 2, 1173; cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 38: AAS 57 (1965), p. 43."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 32: AAS 57 (1965), p. 38; Cone. Vat. II, Decreto De apostolatu laicorum, Apostolicam Actuositatem, n. 5-7."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decreto De institutione sacerdotali, Optatam totius, n. 4, 8, 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. De sacra liturgia, Sacrosanctum concilium, n. 17: AAS 56 (1964), p. 105."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decreto De institutione sacerdotali, Optatam totius, n. 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Enc. Princeps Pastorum, 28 nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), 843-844."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decreto De Oecumenismo, Unitatis Redintegratio, n. 4: AAS 57 (1965), p. 94-96."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Enc. Princeps Pastorum, 28 nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), 842."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 29: AAS 57 (1965), p. 36."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Enc. Princeps Pastorum, 28 nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 855."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Trata-se dos chamados « catechistes à plein temps», «full time catechists»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 31, 44: AAS 57 (1965), p. 37, 50-51."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo III"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Enc. Princeps Pastorum, 28 nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959) 838."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decreto De ministerio et vita sacerdotali, Presbyterorum Ordinis, n. 11; Decreto De institutione sacerdotali, Optatam totius, n. 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, 25: AAS 57 (1965), p. 29."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decreto De ministerio et vita praesbyterorum, Presbyterorum Ordinis, 10, onde, para tornar mais fáceis as obras Pastorais a favor dos diversos agrupamentos sociais, se prevê a constituição de Prelaturas pessoais, na medida em que o ordenado exercício do apostolado o exigir."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 15,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 15,28."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 4,24."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Salmo 2,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 13: AAS 57 (1965), p. 17-18."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Aloc. de Paulo VI na canon. dos Mártires de Uganda, 18 out. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 908."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Eeclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 13: AAS 57 (1965), p. 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-335",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Vat. 11, Const. dogm. De Ecelesia Lumen gentium, n. 17: AAS 57 (1965), p. 26."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mc. 3,13 ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 12,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por «Institutos» entendem-se as Ordens, Congregações, Institutos e Associações que trabalham nas Missões."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Rerum Ecclesiae, 28 fev. 1926: AAS 18 (1926), p. 69-71; Pio XII, Saeculo exeunte, 13 jun. 1940: AAS 32 (1940) p. 256; Evangelii Praecones, 2 jun. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 506."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 13,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Gál. 1,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 9,22."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 6,19 ss.; Act. 4,31."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 11,29 ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Bento XV, Maximum Illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), p. 449-450."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 6,4 ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 8,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Tim. 4,14; Ef. 4,23; 2 Cor. 4,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Bento XV, Maximum Illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), p. 448-449; Pio XII, Evangelii Praecones, 2 jun. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 507. Na formação dos missionários sacerdotes deve ter-se também em conta o que se prescreve no Conc. Vat. II, Decreto De Institutione sacerdotali, Optatam totius."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 2,42; 4,32."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Tim. 1,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Fil. 4,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 4,10 ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 12,15 ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Cone. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecelesia, Lumen gentium, n. 41: AAS 57 (1965), p. 46."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Bento XV, Maximum illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), p. 440; Pio XII, Evangelii Praecones, 2 jun. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 507."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bento XV, Maximum illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), p. 448; Decr. da S. C. P. F., 20 maio 1923: AAS 15 (1923), p. 369-370; Pio XII, Saeculo exeunte, 2 jun. 1940: AAS 32 (1940), p. 256; Evangelii Praecones, 2 jun. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 507; João XXIII, Princeps Pastorum, 28 nov. 1959: AA.S 51 (1959), p. 843-844."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decr, De Institutione sacerdotali, Optatam totius, n. 19-21; Cfr. também Const. Apost. Sedes Sapientiae, com os Estatutos gerais, 31 maio 1956: AAS 48 (1956), p. 354-365."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pio XII, Evangelii Praecones, 2 jun. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 523-524."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-361",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26 Cfr. Bento XV, Maximum illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), p. 448; Pio XII, Evangelii Praecones, 2 jun. ].951: AAS 48 (1951), p. 507."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-362",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27 Cfr. Pio XII, Fidei donum, 15 jun. 1957: AAS 49 (1957), p. 234."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-363",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28 Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decr. De ministerio et vita presbyterorum, Presbyterorum Ordinis, n.° 10, onde se trata das dioceses, prelaturas pessoais e coisas parecidas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-364",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo V"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 12,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 3,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 4,37."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 3,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 18: AAS 57 (1965), p. 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, ibid., n. 23: AAS 57 (1965), p. 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Motu proprio Apostolica Sollicitudo, 15 set. 1955: AAS 57 (1965), p. 776."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Paulo VI, Aloc. ao Concílio, 21 nov. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 1011."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bento XV, Maximum illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), p. 39-40."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se algumas Missões, por razões particulares, estão sob a jurisdição de outros Dicastérios, importa que estes estejam em comunicação com a S. Congregação De Propaganda Fide, para que possa haver uma regra e norma constante e uniforme, na ordenação e direcção de todas as Missões."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decr. De pastorali Episcoporum munere in Ecclesia, Christus Dominus, n:° 35,4."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, ibid., n.° 36-38."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decr. De pastorali Episcoporum munere in Ecclesia, n.° 35, 5-6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-378",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Is. 11,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decreto De Oecumenismo, Unitatis Redintegratio, n.° 12: AAS 57 (1965), p. 99."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 16,9"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecelesia, Lumen gentium, n. 23-24: AAS 57 (1965), p. 27-29."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Bento XV, Maximum illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), p. 453-454; Pio XI, Rerum Ecclesiae, 28 fev. 1926: AAS 18 (1926), p. 71-73; Pio XII, Evangelii Praecones, 2 jun. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 525-526; ID., Fidei Donum, 15 jan. 1957: AAS 49 (1957), 241."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Fidei Donum, 15 jan. 1957: AAS 49 (1957), 245-246."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decreto De pastorali Episcoporum munere, Christus Dominus, n. 6."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Fidei Donum, 15 jan. 1957: AAS 49 (1957), 245."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965), 34."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Rerum Ecclesiae, 28 fev. 1926: AAS 28 (1926), 72."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 44: AAS 57 (1965), p. 50."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 9,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 3,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogmática De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n.° 33. 35: AAS 57 (1965), p. 39. 40-41."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Evangelii Praecones, 2 jun. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 510-514; João XXIII, Princeps Pastorum, 28 nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 851-,852."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 46: AAS 57 (1965), p. 52."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Evangelii Praecones, 2 jun. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 527; João XXIII, Princeps Pastorum, 28 nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 864."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Tim. 2,4."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 4,6."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "apostolicam-actuositatem",
      "council": 21,
      "title": "Apostolicam actuositatem",
      "type": "Decree",
      "date": "1965-11-18",
      "languages": {
        "de": {
          "code": "de",
          "label": "Deutsch",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651118_apostolicam-actuositatem_ge.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-172-vat-ii_decree_19651118_apostolicam-actuositatem_ge.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DEKRET APOSTOLICAM ACTUOSITATEM ÜBER DAS LAIENAPOSTOLAT"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EINLEITUNG"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um dem apostolischen Wirken des Gottesvolkes mehr Gewicht zu verleihen (1), wendet sich die Heilige Synode nunmehr eindringlich an die Laienchristen, von deren spezifischem und in jeder Hinsicht notwendigem Anteil an der Sendung der Kirche sie schon andernorts gesprochen hat (2). Denn das Apostolat der Laien, das in deren christlicher Berufung selbst seinen Ursprung hat, kann in der Kirche niemals fehlen. Wie spontan und fruchtbar dieses Wirken in der Frühzeit der Kirche war, zeigt klar die Heilige Schrift selbst (vgl. Apg 11,19-21; 18,26; Röm 16,1-16; Phil 4,3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unsere Zeit aber erfordert keinen geringeren Einsatz der Laien, im Gegenteil: die gegenwärtigen Verhältnisse verlangen von ihnen ein durchaus intensiveres und weiteres Apostolat. Das dauernde Anwachsen der Menschheit, der Fortschritt von Wissenschaft und Technik, das engere Netz der gegenseitigen menschlichen Beziehungen haben nicht nur die Räume des Apostolats der Laien, die großenteils nur ihnen offenstehen, ins unermeßliche erweitert; sie haben darüber hinaus auch neue Probleme hervorgerufen, die das eifrige Bemühen sachkundiger Laien erfordern."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieses Apostolat wird um so dringlicher, als die Autonomie vieler Bereiche des menschlichen Lebens - und zwar mit vollem Recht - sehr gewachsen ist, wenngleich dieses Wachstum bisweilen mit einer gewissen Entfremdung von der ethischen und religiösen Ordnung und mit einer schweren Krise des christlichen Lebens verbunden ist. Zudem könnte die Kirche in vielen Gebieten, in denen es nur ganz wenige Priester gibt oder diese, wie es öfters der Fall ist, der für ihren Dienst notwendigen Freiheit beraubt sind, ohne die Arbeit der Laien kaum präsent und wirksam sein. Ein Hinweis auf diese vielfältige und dringende Notwendigkeit des Laienapostolats liegt auch in dem unverkennbaren Wirken des Heiligen Geistes, der den Laien heute mehr und mehr das Bewußtsein der ihnen eigentümlichen Verantwortung schenkt und sie allenthalben zum Dienst für Christus und seine Kirche aufruft (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In diesem Dekret möchte nun das Konzil Natur, Eigenart und Vielgestaltigkeit des Laienapostolates erläutern, zugleich aber auch grundlegende Prinzipien vorlegen und pastorale Weisungen geben, die zu seiner wirksameren Betätigung helfen sollen. Dies alles soll dann auch bei der Revision des kanonischen Rechts, soweit es das Laienapostolat betrifft, als Norm gelten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE BERUFUNG DER LAIEN ZUM APOSTOLAT"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Beteiligung der Laien am Sendungsauftrag der Kirche"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dazu ist die Kirche ins Leben getreten: sie soll zur Ehre Gottes des Vaters die Herrschaft Christi über die ganze Erde ausbreiten und so alle Menschen der heilbringenden Erlösung teilhaftig machen (1), und durch diese Menschen soll die gesamte Welt in Wahrheit auf Christus hingeordnet werden. Jede Tätigkeit des mystischen Leibes, die auf dieses Ziel gerichtet ist, wird Apostolat genannt; die Kirche verwirklicht es, wenn auch auf verschiedene Weise, durch alle ihre Glieder; denn die christliche Berufung ist ihrer Natur nach auch Berufung zum Apostolat. Wie sich im Gefüge eines lebendigen Leibes ein Glied nicht nur passiv verhält, sondern zugleich mit dem Leben des Leibes auch an seinem Tun teilnimmt, so bewirkt auch im Leib Christi, der die Kirche ist, der ganze Leib \"gemäß der jedem einzelnen Glied zugemessenen Wirkkraft das Wachstum des Leibes\" (Eph 4,16). Ja so stark ist in diesem Leib die Verbindung und der Zusammenhalt der Glieder (vgl. Eph 4,16), daß man von einem Glied, das nicht nach seinem Maß zum Wachstum des Leibes beiträgt, sagen muß, es nütze weder der Kirche noch sich selber."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es besteht in der Kirche eine Verschiedenheit des Dienstes, aber eine Einheit der Sendung. Den Aposteln und ihren Nachfolgern wurde von Christus das Amt übertragen, in seinem Namen und in seiner Vollmacht zu lehren, zu heiligen und zu leiten. Die Laien hingegen, die auch am priesterlichen, prophetischen und königlichen Amt Christi teilhaben, verwirklichen in Kirche und Welt ihren eigenen Anteil an der Sendung des ganzen Volkes Gottes (2). Durch ihr Bemühen um die Evangelisierung und Heiligung der Menschen und um die Durchdringung und Vervollkommnung der zeitlichen Ordnung mit dem Geist des Evangeliums üben sie tatsächlich ein Apostolat aus. So legt ihr Tun in dieser Ordnung offen für Christus Zeugnis ab und dient dem Heil der Menschen. Da es aber dem Stand der Laien eigen ist, inmitten der Welt und der weltlichen Aufgaben zu leben, sind sie von Gott berufen, vom Geist Christi beseelt nach Art des Sauerteigs ihr Apostolat in der Welt auszuüben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Fundamente des Laienapostolates"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pflicht und Recht zum Apostolat haben die Laien kraft ihrer Vereinigung mit Christus, dem Haupt. Denn durch die Taufe dem mystischen Leib Christi eingegliedert und durch die Firmung mit der Kraft des Heiligen Geistes gestärkt, werden sie vom Herrn selbst mit dem Apostolat betraut. Sie werden zu einer königlichen Priesterschaft und zu einem heiligen Volk (vgl. 1 Petr 2,4-10) geweiht, damit sie durch alle ihre Werke geistliche Opfergaben darbringen und überall auf Erden Zeugnis für Christus ablegen. Durch die Sakramente, vor allem die heilige Eucharistie, wird jene Liebe mitgeteilt und genährt, die sozusagen die Seele des gesamten Apostolates ist (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Apostolat verwirklicht sich in Glaube, Hoffnung und Liebe, die der Heilige Geist in den Herzen aller Glieder der Kirche ausgießt. Ja das Gebot der Liebe, das der große Auftrag des Herrn ist, drängt alle Christen, für die Ehre Gottes, die durch das Kommen seines Reiches offenbar wird, und für das ewige Leben aller Menschen zu wirken, damit sie den einzigen wahren Gott erkennen und den, den er gesandt hat, Jesus Christus (vgl. Joh 17,3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Allen Christen ist also die ehrenvolle Last auferlegt, mitzuwirken, daß die göttliche Heilsbotschaft überall auf Erden von allen Menschen erkannt und angenommen wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zum Vollzug dieses Apostolates schenkt der Heilige Geist, der ja durch den Dienst des Amtes und durch die Sakramente die Heiligung des Volkes Gottes wirkt, den Gläubigen auch noch besondere Gaben (vgl. 1 Kor 12,7); \"einem jeden teilt er sie zu, wie er will\" (1 Kor 12,11), damit \"alle, wie ein jeder die Gnadengabe empfangen hat, mit dieser einander helfen\" und so auch selbst \"wie gute Verwalter der mannigfachen Gnade Gottes\" seien (1 Petr 4,10) zum Aufbau des ganzen Leibes in der Liebe (vgl. Eph 4,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aus dem Empfang dieser Charismen, auch der schlichteren, erwächst jedem Glaubenden das Recht und die Pflicht, sie in Kirche und Welt zum Wohl der Menschen und zum Aufbau der Kirche zu gebrauchen. Das soll gewiß mit der Freiheit des Heiligen Geistes geschehen, der \"weht, wo er will\" (Joh 3,8), aber auch in Gemeinschaft mit den Brüdern in Christus, besonders mit ihren Hirten. Ihnen steht es zu, über Echtheit und geordneten Gebrauch der Charismen zu urteilen, natürlich nicht um den Geist auszulöschen, sondern um alles zu prüfen und, was gut ist, zu behalten (vgl. 1 Thess 5,12.19.21)4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Spiritualität der Laien gemäß des Apostolates"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da Christus, vom Vater gesandt, Quell und Ursprung des gesamten Apostolates der Kirche ist, kann es nicht anders sein, als daß die Fruchtbarkeit des Apostolates der Laien von ihrer lebendigen Vereinigung mit Christus abhängt; sagt doch der Herr: \"Wer in mir bleibt und in wem ich bleibe, der bringt viele Frucht; denn ohne mich könnt ihr nichts tun\" (Joh 15,5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieses Leben innigster Vereinigung mit Christus in der Kirche nähren die gleichen geistlichen Hilfen, die allen Gläubigen zu Gebote stehen, vor allem die tätige Teilnahme an der heiligen Liturgie (5). Dieser Hilfen müssen sich die Laien so bedienen, daß sie bei der rechten Erfüllung ihrer weltlichen Pflichten in den gewöhnlichen Lebensverhältnissen die Vereinigung mit Christus nicht von ihrem Leben abspalten, vielmehr in dieser Vereinigung dadurch noch wachsen, daß sie ihre Arbeit gemäß dem Willen Gottes leisten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das ist der Weg, auf dem die Laien mit freudig-bereitem Herzen zu immer höherer Heiligkeit fortschreiten müssen; Schwierigkeiten sollen sie mit Klugheit und Geduld zu überwinden versuchen (6). Weder die häuslichen Sorgen noch die anderen Aufgaben, die das Leben in der Welt stellt, dürfen außerhalb des Bereiches ihres geistlichen Lebens stehen gemäß dem Wort des Apostels: \"Was ihr auch tut in Wort und Werk, tut alles im Namen des Herrn Jesus Christus, und sagt Dank Gott und dem Vater durch ihn\" (Kol 3,17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ein solches Leben fordert einen ständigen Vollzug von Glaube, Hoffnung und Liebe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nur im Licht des Glaubens und in der betenden Versenkung in Gottes Wort wird es möglich, immer und überall Gott zu erkennen, in dem \"wir leben, uns bewegen und sind\" (Apg 17,28), in allem Geschehen seinen Willen zu suchen, in allen Menschen, ob sie uns nun nahe- oder fernstehen, Christus zu sehen und richtig zu beurteilen, welche Bedeutung und welchen Wert die zeitlichen Dinge in sich selbst und in Hinordnung auf das Ziel des Menschen haben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die diesen Glauben haben, leben in der Hoffnung auf das Offenbarwerden der Söhne und Töchter Gottes, da sie des Kreuzes und der Auferstehung des Herrn eingedenk bleiben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit Christus noch in Gott verborgen, frei von der Sklaverei des Reichtums und auf jene Güter bedacht, die ewig währen, weihen sie sich während der Pilgerschaft dieses Lebens großmütig der Aufgabe, die Herrschaft Gottes auszubreiten und die zeitliche Ordnung mit dem Geist Christi zu durchdringen und zu vervollkommnen. Inmitten der Widrigkeiten dieses Lebens finden sie Kraft in der Hoffnung, sind sie doch überzeugt, daß \"die Leiden dieser Zeit in keinem Verhältnis zu der kommenden Herrlichkeit stehen, die in uns offenbar werden wird\" (Röm 8,18)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Angetrieben durch die Liebe, die aus Gott stammt, tun sie allen Gutes, zumal denen, die uns im Glauben verbunden sind (vgl. Gal 6,10); \"alle Bosheit und Tücke, alle Heuchelei und Mißgunst und alle üble Nachrede legen sie ab\" (1 Petr 2,1) und ziehen so die Menschen zu Christus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Liebe Gottes aber, die \"in unseren Herzen ausgegossen ist durch den Heiligen Geist, der uns gegeben ist\" (Röm 5,5), befähigt die Laien, den Geist der Seligpreisungen in ihrem Leben wirklich zum Ausdruck zu bringen. Da sie Jesus auch in seiner Armut nachfolgen wollen, werden sie weder durch den Mangel an zeitlichen Gütern niedergedrückt noch durch deren Fülle aufgebläht. In Nachahmung des erniedrigten Christus sind sie nicht auf eitle Ehre aus (vgl. Gal 5,26), sondern suchen mehr Gott zu gefallen als den Menschen, immer bereit, um Christi willen alles zu verlassen (vgl. Lk 14,26) und Verfolgung zu leiden um der Gerechtigkeit willen (vgl. Mt 5,10), eingedenk des Herrenwortes: \"Wenn einer mir nachfolgen will, gebe er sich selbst auf, nehme sein Kreuz auf sich und folge mir\" (Mt 16,24). Sie pflegen untereinander die Freundschaft der Christen und helfen einander in jeglicher Not."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieses geistliche Leben der Laien muß vom Stand der Ehe und der Familie, der Ehelosigkeit oder Witwenschaft, aus der Situation einer Krankheit, vom beruflichen oder gesellschaftlichen Wirken her ein besonderes Gepräge annehmen. Die Laien mögen darum nicht aufhören, jene ihnen verliehenen Eigenschaften und Gaben mit Bedacht auszubilden, die diesen Lebenslagen entsprechen, und auch die ihnen je eigenen Gnadengaben zu gebrauchen, die sie vom Heiligen Geist empfangen haben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Außerdem sollen sich die Laien, die ihrer Berufung gemäß einer der von der Kirche approbierten Vereinigungen oder Institute beigetreten sind, die diesen eigentümliche, besondere Ausprägung des geistlichen Lebens getreu anzueignen suchen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hochschätzen mögen sie auch berufliche Sachkenntnis, familiären und mitbürgerlichen Sinn und alle jene Tugendhaltungen, die sich auf den mitmenschlichen Umgang beziehen, wie Rechtschaffenheit, Sinn für Gerechtigkeit, Aufrichtigkeit, Menschlichkeit, Starkmut, ohne die auch ein wahrhaft christliches Leben nicht bestehen kann."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ein vollendetes Vorbild eines solchen geistlichen und apostolischen Lebens ist die seligste Jungfrau Maria, die Königin der Apostel. Während sie auf Erden ein Leben wie jeder andere verbrachte, voll von Sorge um die Familie und von Arbeit, war sie doch immer innigst mit ihrem Sohn verbunden und arbeitete auf ganz einzigartige Weise am Werk des Erlösers mit; jetzt aber, in den Himmel aufgenommen, \"sorgt sie in ihrer mütterlichen Liebe für die Brüder ihres Sohnes, die noch auf der Pilgerschaft sind und in Gefahren und Bedrängnissen weilen, bis sie zur seligen Heimat gelangen\" (7). Alle sollen sie innig verehren und ihr Leben und ihr Apostolat ihrer mütterlichen Sorge empfehlen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE ZIELE DES LAIENAPOSTOLATES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Einleitung"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Erlösungswerk Christi zielt an sich auf das Heil der Menschen, es umfaßt aber auch den Aufbau der gesamten zeitlichen Ordnung. Darum besteht die Sendung der Kirche nicht nur darin, die Botschaft und Gnade Christi den Menschen nahezubringen, sondern auch darin, die zeitliche Ordnung mit dem Geist des Evangeliums zu durchdringen und zu vervollkommnen. Die Laien, die diese Sendung der Kirche vollziehen, üben also ihr Apostolat in der Kirche wie in der Welt, in der geistlichen wie in der weltlichen Ordnung aus. Beide Ordnungen, die man gewiß unterscheiden muß, sind in dem einzigen Plan Gottes so verbunden, daß Gott selbst in Christus die ganze Welt als neue Schöpfung wieder aufnehmen will, im Keim hier auf Erden, vollendet am Ende der Tage. In beiden Ordnungen muß sich der Laie, der zugleich Christ ist und Bürger dieser Welt, unablässig von dem einen christlichen Gewissen leiten lassen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Apostolates der Evangelisierung und der Heiligung"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Sendung der Kirche geht auf das Heil der Menschen, das im Glauben an Christus und in seiner Gnade erlangt wird. Das Apostolat der Kirche und aller ihrer Glieder ist darum vor allem darauf gerichtet, die Botschaft Christi der Welt durch Wort und Tat bekanntzumachen und ihr seine Gnade zu vermitteln. Das geschieht vorzüglich durch den Dienst des Wortes und der Sakramente. Dieser ist zwar in besonderer Weise dem Klerus anvertraut, an ihm haben aber auch die Laien ihren bedeutsamen Anteil zu erfüllen, damit sie \"Mitarbeiter der Wahrheit\" (3 Joh 8) seien. Vornehmlich in dieser Ordnung ergänzen einander das Apostolat der Laien und der Dienst der Hirten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unzählige Gelegenheiten zur Ausübung des Apostolates der Evangelisierung und Heiligung stehen den Laien offen. Das Zeugnis des christlichen Lebens selbst und die guten in übernatürlichem Geist vollbrachten Werke haben die Kraft, Menschen zum Glauben und zu Gott zu führen; sagt doch der Herr: \"So leuchte euer Licht vor den Menschen, damit sie eure guten Werke sehen und euren Vater preisen, der im Himmel ist\" (Mt 5,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dennoch besteht dieses Apostolat nicht nur im Zeugnis des Lebens. Ein wahrer Apostel sucht nach Gelegenheiten, Christus auch mit seinem Wort zu verkünden, sei es den Nichtgläubigen, um sie zum Glauben zu führen, sei es den Gläubigen, um sie zu unterweisen, zu stärken und sie zu einem einsatzfreudigen Leben zu erwecken; \"denn die Liebe Christi drängt uns\" (2 Kor 5,14), und im Herzen aller sollten jene Worte des Apostels ein Echo finden: \"Weh mir, wenn ich die gute Botschaft nicht verkünden wollte\" (1 Kor 9,16)1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da sich aber in dieser unserer Zeit neue Fragen erheben und schwerste Irrtümer verbreitet werden, die die Religion, die sittliche Ordnung, ja die menschliche Gesellschaft selbst von Grund aus zu verkehren trachten, ist es dieser Heiligen Synode ein ernstes Anliegen, die Laien, jeden nach seiner Begabung und Bildung, zu ermutigen, im Geist der Kirche noch eifriger bei der Herausarbeitung, Verteidigung und entsprechenden Anwendung der christlichen Grundsätze auf die Probleme unserer Zeit ihren Beitrag zu leisten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die christliche Aufbauung der zeitlichen Ordnung"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das ist der Plan Gottes hinsichtlich der Welt, daß die Menschen die zeitliche Ordnung einträchtig miteinander aufbauen und immer mehr vervollkommnen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alles, was die zeitliche Ordnung ausmacht, die Güter des Lebens und der Familie, Kultur, Wirtschaft, Kunst, berufliches Schaffen, die Einrichtungen der politischen Gemeinschaft, die internationalen Beziehungen und ähnliches mehr, sowie die Entwicklung und der Fortschritt von alldem sind nicht nur Hilfsmittel zur Erreichung des letzten Zieles des Menschen, sondern haben ihren Eigenwert, den Gott in sie gelegt hat, ob man sie nun einzeln in sich selbst betrachtet oder als Teile der gesamten zeitlichen Ordnung: \"Und Gott sah alles, was er geschaffen hatte, und es war sehr gut\" (Gen 1,31). Diese natürliche Gutheit von alldem erhält eine spezifische Würde durch die Beziehung dieser Dinge zur menschlichen Person, zu deren Dienst sie geschaffen sind. Endlich hat es Gott gefallen, alles, das Natürliche und das Übernatürliche, in Christus Jesus zu einer Einheit zusammenzufassen, \"so daß er selbst in allem den ersten Rang hat\" (Kol 1,18). Dennoch nimmt diese Bestimmung der zeitlichen Ordnung in keiner Weise ihre Autonomie, ihre eigenen Ziele, Gesetze, Methoden und ihre eigene Bedeutung für das Wohl der Menschen. Sie vollendet sie vielmehr in ihrer Bedeutsamkeit und ihrem Eigenwert. Zugleich richtet sie sie auf die volle Berufung des Menschen auf Erden aus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im Lauf der Geschichte wurden die zeitlichen Dinge durch schwere Mißbräuche entstellt. Die Menschen, von der Erbschuld belastet, erlagen oft mannigfachen Irrtümern über das wahre Wesen Gottes, die Natur des Menschen und die Grundforderungen des Sittengesetzes. Das führte zu einem Verfall der Sitten und der menschlichen Einrichtungen, ja die menschliche Person selbst wurde nicht selten mit Füßen getreten. Auch in unseren Tagen setzen nicht wenige ein allzu großes Vertrauen auf den Fortschritt der Naturwissenschaften und der Technik und neigen zu einer gewissen Vergötzung der zeitlichen Dinge, mehr deren Sklaven als deren Herren."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aufgabe der ganzen Kirche ist es, daran zu arbeiten, daß die Menschen fähig werden, die gesamte zeitliche Ordnung richtig aufzubauen und durch Christus auf Gott hinzuordnen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Den Hirten obliegt es, die Grundsätze über das Ziel der Schöpfung und über den Gebrauch der Welt klar zu verkünden, sittliche und geistliche Hilfen zu gewähren, damit die zeitliche Ordnung auf Christus ausgerichtet werde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Laien aber müssen den Aufbau der zeitlichen Ordnung als die gerade ihnen zukommende Aufgabe auf sich nehmen und dabei, vom Licht des Evangeliums und vom Geist der Kirche geleitet sowie von christlicher Liebe gedrängt, unmittelbar und entschieden handeln. Sie sollen aus ihrer spezifischen Sachkenntnis heraus und in eigener Verantwortung als Bürger mit ihren Mitbürgern zusammenarbeiten und überall und in allem die Gerechtigkeit des Reiches Gottes suchen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die zeitliche Ordnung ist so auszurichten, daß sie, unter völliger Wahrung der ihr eigentümlichen Gesetze, den höheren Grundsätzen des christlichen Lebens entsprechend gestaltet, dabei jedoch den verschiedenen Situationen der Orte, Zeiten und Völker angepaßt wird. Unter den Werken dieses Apostolates ist die soziale Tätigkeit der Christen von besonderer Bedeutung, und zwar wünscht die Heilige Synode, daß sie sich heute auf den ganzen zeitlichen Bereich, auch auf den kulturellen, erstrecke (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das caritative Wirken"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alles apostolische Wirken muß seinen Ursprung und seine Kraft von der Liebe herleiten. Einige Werke sind jedoch schon ihrer Natur nach geeignet, die Liebe lebendig zum Ausdruck zu bringen. Sie sollten, so wollte es Christus der Herr, Zeichen seiner messianischen Sendung sein (vgl. Mt 11,4-5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das größte Gebot im Gesetz ist, Gott aus ganzem Herzen zu lieben und seinen Nächsten wie sich selbst (vgl. Mt 22,37-40). Dieses Gebot der Nächstenliebe machte Christus zu seinem charakteristischen Gebot und gab ihm eine neue, reichere Bedeutung: Er selbst wollte gleichsam derselbe Gegenstand der Liebe sein wie die Brüder, als er sagte: \"Wann ihr etwas auch nur einem von diesen meinen geringsten Brüdern getan habt, habt ihr es mir getan\" (Mt 25,40). Er selbst hat ja, als er die menschliche Natur annahm, die ganze Menschheit in einer übernatürlichen Solidarität zu einer Familie zusammengefaßt und an sich gebunden, und er hat die Liebe zum Zeichen seiner Jünger bestimmt mit den Worten: \"Daran werden alle erkennen, daß ihr meine Jünger seid, wenn ihr Liebe zueinander habt\" (Joh 13,35)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wie darum die heilige Kirche schon in ihrer Frühzeit die Feier der Agape mit dem eucharistischen Mahl verband und so, als ganze durch das Band der Liebe um Christus geeint, in Erscheinung trat, wird sie zu allen Zeiten an diesem Zeichen der Liebe erkannt. Wenn sie sich auch über alles freut, was andere in dieser Hinsicht tun, nimmt sie doch die Werke der Liebe als ihre eigene Pflicht und ihr unveräußerliches Recht in Anspruch. Der barmherzige Sinn für die Armen und Kranken und die sogenannten caritativen Werke, die gegenseitige Hilfe zur Erleichterung aller menschlichen Nöte, stehen deshalb in der Kirche besonders in Ehren3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Heute, da die Kommunikationsmittel immer vollkommener arbeiten, die Entfernungen unter den Menschen sozusagen überwunden sind und die Bewohner der ganzen Erde gleichsam zu Gliedern einer einzigen Familie wurden, sind jene Tätigkeiten und Werke viel dringlicher und umfassender geworden. Das caritative Tun kann und muß heute alle Menschen und Nöte umfassen. Wo immer Menschen leben, denen es an Speise und Trank, an Kleidung, Wohnung, Medikamenten, Arbeit, Unterweisung, notwendigen Mitteln zu einem menschenwürdigen Leben fehlt, wo Menschen von Drangsal und Krankheit gequält werden, Verbannung und Haft erdulden müssen, muß die christliche Hilfe sie suchen und finden, alle Sorgen für sie aufwenden, um sie zu trösten und mit tätiger Hilfe ihr Los zu erleichtern. Diese Verpflichtung obliegt in erster Linie den einzelnen Menschen wie den Völkern, die in Wohlstand leben (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit die Übung dieser Liebe über jeden Verdacht erhaben sei und als solche auch in Erscheinung trete, muß man im Nächsten das Bild Gottes sehen, nach dem er geschaffen ist, und Christus den Herrn, dem in Wahrheit all das dargeboten wird, was einem Bedürftigen gegeben wird. Man muß auch in tiefer Menschlichkeit auf die personale Freiheit und Würde dessen Rücksicht nehmen, der die Hilfe empfängt. Weder das Suchen des eigenen Vorteils noch Herrschsucht dürfen die Reinheit der Absicht beflecken (5). Zuerst muß man den Forderungen der Gerechtigkeit Genüge tun, und man darf nicht als Liebesgabe anbieten, was schon aus Gerechtigkeit geschuldet ist. Man muß die Ursachen der Übel beseitigen, nicht nur die Wirkungen. Die Hilfeleistung sollte so geordnet sein, daß sich die Empfänger, allmählich von äußerer Abhängigkeit befreit, auf die Dauer selbst helfen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Laien mögen also die Werke der Liebe und die Unternehmungen der sozialen Hilfe, private oder öffentliche, auch die internationalen Hilfswerke hochschätzen und nach Kräften fördern. Durch sie wird einzelnen Menschen und ganzen Völkern in ihrer Not wirklich geholfen. Dabei sollen die christlichen Laien mit allen Menschen guten Willens zusammenarbeiten (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VERSCHIEDENE BEREICHE DES LAIENAPOSTOLATES"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Laien betätigen ihr vielfältiges Apostolat sowohl in der Kirche als auch in der Welt. In jeder dieser beiden Ordnungen tun sich verschiedene Bereiche apostolischen Wirkens auf. Die wichtigeren sollen hier erwähnt werden: die kirchlichen Gemeinschaften im engeren Sinn, die Familie, die Jugend, die sozialen Milieus, das nationale und internationale Leben. Da heute die Frauen eine immer aktivere Funktion im ganzen Leben der Gesellschaft ausüben, ist es von großer Wichtigkeit, daß sie auch an den verschiedenen Bereichen des Apostolates der Kirche wachsenden Anteil nehmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die kirchlichen Gemeinschaften"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Als Teilnehmer am Amt Christi, des Priesters, Propheten und Königs, haben die Laien ihren aktiven Anteil am Leben und Tun der Kirche. Innerhalb der Gemeinschaften der Kirche ist ihr Tun so notwendig, daß ohne dieses auch das Apostolat der Hirten meist nicht zu seiner vollen Wirkung kommen kann. Denn wie jene Männer und Frauen, die Paulus in der Verkündigung des Evangeliums unterstützt haben (vgl. Apg 18,18.26; Röm 16,3), ergänzen Laien von wahrhaft apostolischer Einstellung, was ihren Brüdern fehlt; sie stärken geistig die Hirten und das übrige gläubige Volk (vgl. 1 Kor 16,17-18). Durch tätige Teilnahme am liturgischen Leben ihrer Gemeinschaft genährt, nehmen sie ja angelegentlich an deren apostolischen Werken teil. Menschen, die vielleicht weit abseits stehen, führen sie der Kirche zu. Angestrengt arbeiten sie an der Weitergabe des Wortes Gottes mit, vor allem durch katechetische Unterweisung. Durch ihre Sachkenntnis machen sie die Seelsorge und die Verwaltung der kirchlichen Güter wirksamer."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Pfarrei bietet ein augenscheinliches Beispiel für das gemeinschaftliche Apostolat; was immer sie in ihrem Raum an menschlichen Unterschiedlichkeiten vorfindet, schließt sie zusammen und fügt es dem Ganzen der Kirche ein1. Die Laien mögen sich daran gewöhnen, aufs engste mit ihren Priestern vereint in der Pfarrei zu arbeiten2; die eigenen Probleme und die der Welt, sowie die Fragen, die das Heil der Menschen angehen, in die Gemeinschaft der Kirche einzubringen, um sie dann in gemeinsamer Beratung zu prüfen und zu lösen; endlich jede apostolische und missionarische Initiative der eigenen kirchlichen Familie nach Kräften zu unterstützen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Stets mögen sie den Sinn für das ganze Bistum pflegen, dessen Zelle gleichsam die Pfarrei ist, immer bereit, auf Einladung ihres Bischofs auch für die diözesanen Unternehmungen ihre Kräfte einzusetzen. Ja um den Bedürfnissen von Stadt und Land3 zu entsprechen, mögen sie ihre Mitarbeit nicht auf die engen Grenzen ihrer Pfarrei oder ihres Bistums beschränken, sondern sie auf den zwischenpfarrlichen, interdiözesanen, nationalen und internationalen Bereich auszudehnen bestrebt sein; dies um so mehr, als die von Tag zu Tag zunehmende Wanderung der Menschen und Völker, die Zunahme der gegenseitigen Verbundenheit und die Leichtigkeit des Nachrichtenaustausches nicht mehr zulassen, daß irgendein Teil der Gesellschaft in sich abgeschlossen weiterlebt. So sollen sie sich um die Nöte des über den ganzen Erdkreis verstreuten Volkes Gottes kümmern. Vor allem sollen sie die Missionswerke zu ihrem eigenen Anliegen machen und ihnen materielle, aber auch personelle Hilfe leisten. Es ist ja Pflicht und Ehre der Christen, Gott einen Teil der Güter zurückzugeben, die sie von ihm empfangen haben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Familie"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Schöpfer aller Dinge hat die eheliche Gemeinschaft zum Ursprung und Fundament der menschlichen Gesellschaft bestimmt und durch seine Gnade zu einem großen Geheimnis in Christus und seiner Kirche (vgl. Eph 5,32) gemacht. Darum hat das Apostolat der Eheleute und Familien eine einzigartige Bedeutung für die Kirche wie für die menschliche Gesellschaft."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die christlichen Eheleute sind füreinander, für ihre Kinder und die übrigen Familienangehörigen Mitarbeiter der Gnade und Zeugen des Glaubens. Ihren Kindern sind sie die ersten Künder und Erzieher des Glaubens. Durch Wort und Beispiel bilden sie diese zu einem christlichen und apostolischen Leben heran, helfen ihnen klug in der Wahl ihres Berufes und pflegen mit aller Sorgfalt eine vielleicht in ihnen sich zeigende Berufung zum Priester- und Ordensstand."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Schon immer war es Pflicht der Gatten, heute aber ist es ein hochbedeutsamer Teil ihres Apostolates geworden:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) die Unauflöslichkeit und Heiligkeit des ehelichen Bandes durch ihr Leben sichtbar zu machen und zu erweisen,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Recht und Pflicht der Eltern und Vormünder zur christlichen Erziehung ihrer Kinder entschlossen zu vertreten sowie"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) die Würde und das rechtmäßige Eigenleben der Familie zu verteidigen. Sie, wie auch alle übrigen Christen, mögen mit allen Menschen guten Willens daraufhin zusammenarbeiten, daß diese Rechte in der bürgerlichen Gesetzgebung gesichert bleiben. Die Führung des Gemeinwesens soll den Bedürfnissen der Familien hinsichtlich Wohnung, Kindererziehung, Arbeitsbedingungen, sozialer Sicherheit und Steuern Rechnung tragen. In der Organisation des Aus- und Einwanderungswesens soll das Zusammenleben der Familie in jeder Weise sichergestellt sein4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Familie selbst empfing von Gott die Sendung, Grund und Lebenszelle der Gesellschaft zu sein. Diese Sendung wird sie erfüllen, wenn sie sich in der gegenseitigen Liebe ihrer Glieder und im gemeinsamen Gebet vor Gott als häusliches Heiligtum der Kirche erweist; wenn sich die ganze Familie in den liturgischen Gottesdienst der Kirche eingliedert; wenn schließlich die Familie zu echter Gastfreundschaft bereit ist, Gerechtigkeit und andere gute Werke zum Dienst aller notleidenden Brüder fördert."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter den verschiedenen Werken des Familienapostolates seien folgende genannt: verlassene Kinder an Kindes Statt annehmen, Fremde freundlich aufnehmen, bei der Gestaltung des Schullebens helfend mitwirken, Heranwachsenden mit Rat und Tat zur Seite stehen, Brautleuten zu einer besseren Ehevorbereitung helfen, in der Katechese mitarbeiten, Eheleute und Familien in materieller und sittlicher Not stützen, alte Menschen nicht nur mit dem Notwendigen versehen, sondern ihnen auch einen angemessenen Anteil am wirtschaftlichen Fortschritt zukommen lassen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Immer und überall, besonders aber in den Gegenden, in denen der Same des Evangeliums zum erstenmal ausgestreut wird, die Kirche erst in ihren Anfängen steht oder sich in einer irgendwie bedrohlichen Lage befindet, legen christliche Familien vor der Welt ein überaus kostbares Zeugnis für Christus ab, wenn sie durch ihr ganzes Leben dem Evangelium verbunden sind und das Beispiel einer christlichen Ehe geben (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um die Ziele ihres Apostolates leichter erreichen zu können, kann es zweckmäßig sein, daß sich die Familien zu Gruppen zusammenschließen (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Jugendlichen"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Jugend hat in der heutigen Gesellschaft einen sehr bedeutsamen Einfluß (7). Dabei sind ihre Lebensverhältnisse, ihre Geisteshaltung und die Bindungen zur eigenen Familie weitgehend geändert. Oft wechseln die Jugendlichen viel zu schnell in eine neue gesellschaftliche und wirtschaftliche Situation hinein. Während aber ihre soziale und auch ihre politische Bedeutung von Tag zu Tag wächst, scheinen sie für eine entsprechende Übernahme der neuen Belastungen nicht gerüstet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese ihre gesteigerte Gewichtigkeit in der Gesellschaft fordert von ihnen ein ähnlich gesteigertes apostolisches Wirken. Ihre eigene natürliche Art macht sie dazu ja auch geeignet. Im wachsenden Bewußtsein der eigenen Persönlichkeit, getrieben von vitaler Begeisterung und überschäumendem Tatendrang, übernehmen sie eigene Verantwortung, begehren sie ihren Anteil am sozialen und kulturellen Leben: Wenn dieser Eifer vom Geist Christi, von Gehorsam und Liebe gegenüber den Hirten der Kirche erfüllt ist, kann man davon überreiche Frucht erhoffen. Junge Menschen selbst müssen die ersten und unmittelbaren Apostel der Jugend werden und in eigener Verantwortung unter ihresgleichen apostolisch wirken, immer unter Berücksichtigung des sozialen Milieus, in dem sie leben (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Erwachsenen mögen dafür Sorge tragen, mit den Jugendlichen in ein freundschaftliches Gespräch zu kommen, das beiden Teilen erlaubt, den Altersabstand zu überwinden, sich gegenseitig kennenzulernen und die je eigenen reichen Werte einander mitzuteilen. Die Erwachsenen mögen die Jugend zunächst durch ihr Beispiel, bei gegebener Gelegenheit auch durch klugen Rat und tatkräftige Hilfe zum Apostolat anregen. Die Jugendlichen mögen sich um Achtung und Vertrauen gegenüber den Erwachsenen bemühen; und wenn sie auch von Natur aus dem jeweils Neuen zuneigen, mögen sie doch auch lobenswerte Überlieferungen geziemend achten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auch die Kinder haben schon eine ihnen eigentümliche apostolische Betätigung. Ihren Kräften entsprechend sind sie wahre Zeugen für Christus unter ihren Kameraden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das soziale Umfeld"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Apostolat im sozialen Milieu, nämlich das Bemühen, Mentalität und Sitte, Gesetz und Strukturen der Gemeinschaft, in der jemand lebt, im Geist Christi zu gestalten, ist so sehr Aufgabe und Pflicht der Laien, daß sie durch andere niemals entsprechend erfüllt werden kann. In diesem Bereich können die Laien ein Apostolat unter ihresgleichen ausüben. Hier ergänzen sie das Zeugnis des Lebens durch das Zeugnis des Wortes (9). Hier im Bereich der Arbeit, des Berufes, des Studiums, der Wohnstätte, der Freizeit, des kameradschaftlichen Zusammenseins, sind sie eher imstande, ihren Brüdern zu helfen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Sendung der Kirche in der Welt erfüllen die Laien vor allem durch"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) jene Einheit von Leben und Glauben, durch die sie zum Licht der Welt werden; durch die Rechtschaffenheit in all ihrem Tun, in der sie alle für die Liebe zum Wahren und Guten und schließlich für Christus und die Kirche gewinnen;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) durch eine brüderliche Liebe, die sie am Leben, Arbeiten, Leiden und Sehnen ihrer Brüder teilnehmen läßt und in der sie die Herzen aller allmählich und unaufdringlich für das Wirken der Heilsgnade vorbereiten;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) endlich durch jenes volle Bewußtsein ihres Anteils am Aufbau der Gesellschaft, in dem sie ihre häusliche, gesellschaftliche und berufliche Tätigkeit mit christlichem Großmut auszuüben trachten. So durchdringt ihre Art zu handeln allmählich das ganze Lebens- und Arbeitsmilieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieses Apostolat muß alle umfassen, die in jenem Milieu leben. Es darf auch kein erreichbares geistliches oder zeitliches Gut ausschließen. Aber die wahren Apostel begnügen sich nicht mit solchem Tun; sie sind darüber hinaus bestrebt, Christus auch durch ihr Wort ihren Nächsten zu verkünden. Viele Menschen kommen ja nur durch ihnen nahestehende Laien dazu, das Evangelium zu hören und Christus zu erkennen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die nationale und internationale Ordnung"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ein unermeßliches Feld des Apostolates tut sich im nationalen und internationalen Bereich auf, wo vor allem die Laien Mitarbeiter der christlichen Weisheit sind. In Liebe gegenüber ihrer Nation und in treuer Erfüllung ihrer bürgerlichen Aufgaben sollen die Katholiken sich verpflichtet wissen, das wahre Gemeinwohl zu fördern und das Gewicht ihrer Meinung stark zu machen, damit die staatliche Gewalt gerecht ausgeübt wird und die Gesetze der sittlichen Ordnung und dem Gemeinwohl entsprechen. Katholiken, die in öffentlichen Fragen sachverständig und in Glauben und christlicher Lehre entsprechend gefestigt sind, mögen sich der Übernahme öffentlicher Aufgaben nicht versagen. Durch deren gute Erfüllung dienen sie dem Gemeinwohl und können zugleich dem Evangelium einen Weg bahnen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Katholiken seien bestrebt, mit allen Menschen guten Willens zusammenzuarbeiten zur Förderung alles dessen, was wahr, gerecht, heilig und liebenswert ist (vgl. Phil 4,8). Sie mögen mit ihnen im Gespräch bleiben, sie an Kenntnis und Menschlichkeit übertreffen und nachforschen, wie man die gesellschaftlichen und öffentlichen Einrichtungen im Geist des Evangeliums vervollkommnen kann."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter den charakteristischen Zeichen unserer Zeit verdient der wachsende und unwiderstehliche Sinn für die Solidarität aller Völker besondere Beachtung; ihn sorgsam zu fördern und in eine reine und wahre Leidenschaft der Brüderlichkeit zu läutern ist eine Aufgabe des Laienapostolates. Zudem müssen die Laien den internationalen Bereich mit all den theoretischen und praktischen Fragen und Lösungen im Auge behalten, die darin anstehen, vor allem im Hinblick auf die Völker in den Entwicklungsländern (10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle, die in fremden Nationen arbeiten oder helfen, sollen bedenken, daß die Beziehungen zwischen den Völkern ein wirklich brüderlicher Austausch sein müssen, bei dem beide Teile zugleich geben und empfangen. Wer aber auf Reisen ist mögen internationale Angelegenheiten, wirtschaftliche Interessen oder Freizeit der Anlaß dazu sein -, soll bedenken, daß er überall auch wandernder Bote Christi ist; er soll sich als solcher auch in der Tat verhalten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VERSCHIEDENE FORMEN DES APOSTOLATES"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Laien können ihre apostolische Tätigkeit als einzelne ausüben; sie können sich dabei aber auch zu verschiedenen Gemeinschaften oder Vereinigungen zusammenschließen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bedeutung und Vielfalt des persönlichen Apostolates"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das von jedem einzelnen zu übende Apostolat, das überreich aus einem wahrhaft christlichen Leben strömt (vgl. Joh 4,14), ist Ursprung und Voraussetzung jedes Apostolates der Laien, auch des gemeinschaftlichen. Es kann durch nichts ersetzt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zu diesem immer und überall fruchtbringenden, aber unter bestimmten Umständen einzig entsprechenden und möglichen Apostolat sind alle Laien, wo immer sie stehen, gerufen und verpflichtet, auch wenn ihnen Gelegenheit oder Möglichkeit fehlt, in Vereinigungen mit anderen zusammenzuarbeiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es gibt viele Formen des Apostolates, durch die die Laien die Kirche aufbauen, die Welt heiligen und in Christus beleben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eine besondere Form des Apostolates und ein auch unseren Zeiten höchst gemäßes Zeichen, Christus, der in seinen Gläubigen lebt, sichtbar zu machen, ist das Zeugnis des ganzen Lebens eines Laien, das aus Glaube, Hoffnung und Liebe entspringt. Im Apostolat des Wortes dagegen, das in gewissen Situationen unbedingt notwendig ist, verkünden die Laien Christus, stellen sie den Kern seiner Lehre heraus, verbreiten diese, wie es der Stellung und Sachkundigkeit eines jeden entspricht, und bekennen sie treu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Als Mitarbeiter beim Aufbau und in der Gestaltung der zeitlichen Ordnung - sind sie doch Bürger dieser Welt - müssen die Laien überdies für ihr Leben in Familie, Beruf, Kultur und Gesellschaft höhere Grundsätze des Handelns im Licht des Glaubens zu finden suchen und anderen bei gegebener Gelegenheit aufzeigen. Sie dürfen dabei das Bewußtsein haben, daß sie so Mitarbeiter Gottes des Schöpfers, Erlösers und Heiligmachers werden und ihm Rühmung erweisen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Endlich mögen die Laien ihr Leben durch die Liebe beleben und dies möglichst durch die Tat zum Ausdruck bringen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle seien eingedenk, daß ihr öffentlicher Gottesdienst, ihr Gebet, ihre Buße und die freie Annahme der Mühen und Drangsale des Lebens, durch die sie dem leidenden Christus gleichförmig werden (vgl. 2 Kor 4,10; Kol 1,24), alle Menschen erreichen und zum Heil der ganzen Welt beitragen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das persönliche Apostolat unter besonderen Umständen"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Von größter und dringender Notwendigkeit ist dieses persönliche Apostolat dort, wo die Freiheit der Kirche schwer behindert ist. In diesen schwierigsten Verhältnissen treten die Laien, soweit es ihnen möglich ist, an die Stelle der Priester. Sie setzen oft ihre eigene Freiheit, bisweilen auch ihr Leben aufs Spiel, lehren die Menschen ihrer Umgebung die Lehre Christi, unterweisen sie im religiösen Leben und im katholischen Denken und leiten sie zu häufigem Empfang der Sakramente und vor allem zur Pflege der eucharistischen Frömmigkeit an (1). Die Heilige Synode dankt aus ganzem Herzen Gott, der auch in unserer Zeit nicht aufhört, inmitten der Verfolgungen Laien von heroischer Tapferkeit zu wecken, und versichert sie ihrer väterlichen Liebe und Dankbarkeit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das persönliche Apostolat hat ein besonderes Wirkungsfeld in den Ländern, in denen die Katholiken eine Minderheit bilden und in der Diaspora leben. Hier kann es nützlich sein, wenn Laien, die nur als einzelne apostolisch tätig sind, sei es aus den oben erwähnten, sei es aus besonderen, auch in der eigenen beruflichen Tätigkeit liegenden Gründen, sich doch in kleineren Gruppen, ohne strengere institutionelle oder organisatorische Form, zum Gespräch zusammenfinden, jedoch so, daß immer das Zeichen der Gemeinschaft der Kirche vor den anderen als ein wahres Zeugnis der Liebe in Erscheinung tritt. So helfen sie durch Freundschaft und Erfahrungsaustausch geistlich einander, gewinnen Kraft zur Überwindung der Unannehmlichkeiten eines allzu isolierten Lebens und Tuns, und dadurch bringt auch ihr Apostolat reichere Frucht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bedeutung des in Gemeinschaft vollzogenen Apostolates"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Gläubigen sind gewiß als einzelne zur Verwirklichung des Apostolates in ihren verschiedenen Lebenslagen berufen; dennoch mögen sie bedenken, daß der Mensch seiner Natur nach ein gesellschaftliches Wesen ist und daß es Gott gefallen hat, die an Christus Glaubenden zu einem Volk Gottes (vgl. 1 Petr 2,5-10) und zu einem Leib zu vereinigen (vgl. 1 Kor 12,12). Das in Gemeinschaft geübte Apostolat der Gläubigen entspricht also in glücklicher Weise ebenso einem menschlichen wie einem christlichen Bedürfnis. Es stellt zugleich ein Zeichen der Gemeinschaft und der Einheit der Kirche in Christus dar, der gesagt hat: \"Wo zwei oder drei in meinem Namen versammelt sind, da bin ich mitten unter ihnen\" (Mt 18,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Darum mögen die Gläubigen in einmütigem Zusammenwirken apostolisch tätig sein (2). Sie seien Apostel in ihrer Familiengemeinschaft wie in Pfarrei und Bistum, die selbst ein Ausdruck des Gemeinschaftscharakters des Apostolates sind, aber auch in freien Gruppierungen, zu denen sie sich zusammenschließen wollen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das in Gemeinschaft vollzogene Apostolat ist auch deshalb von großer Bedeutung, weil das Apostolat sowohl in den Gemeinschaften der Kirche als auch in den verschiedenen Milieus oft ein gemeinsames Vorgehen verlangt. Die für gemeinsame apostolische Betätigung errichteten Vereinigungen geben nämlich ihren Mitgliedern Halt, bilden sie für das Apostolat aus, ordnen und leiten ihre apostolische Tätigkeit, so daß man viel reichere Frucht erwarten kann, als wenn jeder einzeln für sich handelt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In der gegenwärtigen Situation aber ist es geradezu unerläßlich, daß man im Bereich der Tätigkeit der Laien die gemeinschaftliche und organisierte Form des Apostolates stärkt; denn ein enges Verbundensein der Kräfte ist allein imstande, alle Ziele des heutigen Apostolates voll zu erreichen und seine Werte wirksam zu verteidigen (3). Dabei ist es von besonderer Wichtigkeit, daß sich das Apostolat auch mit der gemeinsamen geistigen Einstellung und mit der sozialen Situation derer befaßt, an die es sich wendet. Sonst werden diese oft dem Druck der öffentlichen Meinung und der Institutionen nicht gewachsen sein."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vielfalt der Vereinigungen des Apostolates"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei den Vereinigungen des Apostolates finden wir eine große Verschiedenheit (4). Einige nehmen sich das allgemeine apostolische Ziel der Kirche vor, andere verfolgen nur die Teilziele der Evangelisierung und Heiligung, andere die Ziele der christlichen Beseelung der zeitlichen Ordnung, andere wieder legen in besonderer Weise durch Werke der Barmherzigkeit und der Liebe Zeugnis für Christus ab."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter diesen Vereinigungen sind vor allem jene beachtenswert, die eine innigere Einheit zwischen dem praktischen Leben ihrer Mitglieder und ihrem Glauben fördern und betonen. Die Vereinigungen sind sich nicht selbst Zweck, sollen vielmehr der Erfüllung der Sendung der Kirche an der Welt dienen. Ihre apostolische Kraft hängt von ihrer Gleichförmigkeit mit den Zielen der Kirche ab sowie vom christlichen Zeugnis und vom evangelischen Geist ihrer einzelnen Mitglieder und der ganzen Vereinigung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die universale Aufgabe der Sendung der Kirche erfordert aber angesichts der fortschreitenden Institutionalisierung und der unerhörten Entwicklung der heutigen Gesellschaft, daß die apostolischen Initiativen der Katholiken immer vollkommenere Formen auf internationaler Ebene entwickeln. Die internationalen katholischen Organisationen werden ihr Ziel besser erreichen, wenn die Gruppen, die in ihnen zusammengefaßt sind, und deren Mitglieder enger mit ihnen verbunden werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter Wahrung der erforderlichen Verbundenheit mit der kirchlichen Autorität (5) haben die Laien das Recht, Vereinigungen zu gründen (6), zu leiten und den gegründeten beizutreten. Doch ist dabei eine Zersplitterung der Kräfte zu vermeiden. Diese tritt dann ein, wenn man ohne ausreichenden Grund neue Vereinigungen und Werke fördert oder an veralteten Vereinigungen und Methoden festhält, die keinen Nutzen mehr bringen. Es ist auch nicht immer zweckmäßig, Formen, die in einer Nation eingerichtet sind, unterschiedslos auf andere zu übertragen (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Katholische Aktion"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In mehreren Nationen haben sich seit einigen Jahrzehnten Laien, die sich immer intensiver dem Apostolat widmeten, zu verschiedenen Formen von Aktionen und Vereinigungen zusammengeschlossen, die in engerer Verbindung mit der Hierarchie die im eigentlichen Sinn apostolischen Ziele verfolgten und noch verfolgen. Unter diesen oder auch ähnlichen älteren Einrichtungen sind vor allem die zu erwähnen, die, wenn auch mit verschiedenen Methoden, reichste Frucht für die Herrschaft Christi hervorgebracht haben, von den Päpsten und vielen Bischöfen mit Recht empfohlen und gefördert wurden und von ihnen den Namen Katholische Aktion erhalten haben. Sie wurden wiederholt als Mitarbeit der Laien am hierarchischen Apostolat beschrieben (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Formen des Apostolates, ob sie nun den Namen Katholische Aktion führen oder einen anderen, die in unserer Zeit ein Apostolat von hohem Wert ausüben, sind dadurch gekennzeichnet, daß bei ihnen folgende Merkmale zusammentreffen und zusammen bejaht werden:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Das unmittelbare Ziel dieser Organisationen ist das apostolische Ziel der Kirche, nämlich in Hinordnung auf die Evangelisierung und Heiligung der Menschen sowie auf die christliche Bildung ihres Gewissens, so daß sie die verschiedenen Gemeinschaften und Milieus mit dem Geist des Evangeliums durchdringen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Die Laien arbeiten in der ihnen eigentümlichen Weise mit der Hierarchie zusammen, tragen ihre eigene Erfahrung bei und übernehmen Verantwortung in der Leitung dieser Organisationen, in der Beurteilung der Verhältnisse, unter denen die pastorale Tätigkeit der Kirche auszuüben ist, und in der Planung und Durchführung des Aktionsprogramms."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Die Laien handeln vereint nach Art einer organischen Körperschaft, so daß die Gemeinschaft der Kirche deutlicher zum Ausdruck gebracht und so das Apostolat wirksamer wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) Die Laien, die sich freiwillig anbieten oder zum Wirken und zur direkten Mitarbeit mit dem hierarchischen Apostolat eingeladen werden, handeln unter der Oberleitung der Hierarchie selbst. Diese kann die Mitarbeit auch durch ein ausdrückliches Mandat bestätigen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Organisationen, in denen sich diese Merkmale nach dem Urteil der Hierarchie zusammen vorfinden, sind als Katholische Aktion anzusehen, wenn sie auch wegen der lokalen und nationalen Erfordernisse verschiedene Formen und Namen annehmen. Das Heilige Konzil empfiehlt nachdrücklich diese Einrichtungen, die zweifellos den Notwendigkeiten des Apostolates der Kirche bei vielen Völkern entsprechen. Es lädt die Priester und Laien, die in ihnen mitarbeiten, ein, die oben erwähnten Merkmale mehr und mehr zu verwirklichen und mit allen anderen Formen des Apostolates immer brüderlich in der Kirche zusammenzuarbeiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wertschätzung der Vereinigungen"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle apostolischen Vereinigungen sind gebührend zu schätzen. Die aber, die die Hierarchie entsprechend den zeitlichen und örtlichen Notwendigkeiten lobt oder empfiehlt oder deren Errichtung sie als besonders dringlich erklärt, sind von Priestern, Ordensleuten und Laien besonders hochzuschätzen und nach den Möglichkeiten eines jeden zu fördern. Zu ihnen gehören heute vor allem die internationalen Vereinigungen und Zusammenschlüsse der Katholiken."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Laien in besonderem Dienst der Kirche"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Besondere Ehre und Empfehlung verdienen in der Kirche jene Laien, die, ehelos oder verheiratet, sich selbst für immer oder auf Zeit mit ihrem Fachwissen dem Dienst an den kirchlichen Institutionen und an deren Werken hingeben. Es gereicht ihr zur großen Freude, daß die Zahl der Laien von Tag zu Tag wächst, die den ihnen eigentümlichen Dienst den apostolischen Vereinbarungen und Werken anbieten, sei es innerhalb der Grenzen ihres eigenen Volkes, sei es auf internationaler Ebene, sei es vor allem in den katholischen Gemeinschaften der Mission und der jungen Kirchen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Hirten der Kirche sollen diese Laien gern und dankbar aufnehmen und dafür sorgen, daß die Bedingungen, unter denen sie leben, den Erfordernissen der Gerechtigkeit, der Billigkeit und der Liebe möglichst entsprechen. Das gilt vor allem vom standesgemäßen Unterhalt dieser Laien und ihrer Familien. Dazu sollten sich die Laien immer der nötigen Unterweisung, der geistlichen Stützung und Ermunterung erfreuen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE ORDNUNG"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Apostolat der Laien muß, ob es nun vom Einzelnen oder in Gemeinschaft ausgeübt wird, in rechter Weise in das Apostolat der Gesamtkirche eingeordnet sein. Ja die Verbindung mit denen, die der Heilige Geist dazu bestellt hat, die Kirche Gottes zu leiten (vgl. Apg 20,28), ist ein wesentliches Element des christlichen Apostolates. Nicht weniger notwendig ist die Zusammenarbeit der verschiedenen apostolischen Werke. Sie ist von der Hierarchie entsprechend zu ordnen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um den Geist der Einheit zu fördern, im ganzen Apostolat der Kirche die brüderliche Liebe aufleuchten zu lassen, die gemeinsamen Ziele zu erreichen und verderbliche Eifersüchteleien zu vermeiden, ist die gegenseitige Hochschätzung aller Formen des Apostolates in der Kirche und - unter Wahrung der Eigenart einer jeden einzelnen - ihre angemessene Koordinierung nötig (1). Das gilt vor allem, wenn eine besondere Aktion in der Kirche Einmütigkeit und apostolische Zusammenarbeit von Welt- und Ordensklerus, Ordensleuten und Laien verlangt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Beziehungen zur Hierarchie"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist die Aufgabe der Hierarchie, das Apostolat der Laien zu fördern, Grundsätze und geistliche Hilfen zu geben, seine Ausübung auf das kirchliche Gemeinwohl hinzuordnen und darüber zu wachen, daß Lehre und Ordnung gewahrt bleiben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Freilich läßt das Apostolat der Laien, je nach seinen verschiedenen Formen und Inhalten, verschiedenartige Beziehungen zur Hierarchie zu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In der Kirche gibt es nämlich sehr viele apostolische Werke, die durch freie Entschließung der Laien zustande kommen und auch nach ihrem klugen Urteil geleitet werden. Durch solche Werke kann die Sendung der Kirche unter bestimmten Umständen sogar besser erfüllt werden. Deshalb werden sie auch nicht selten von der Hierarchie gelobt und empfohlen (2). Kein Werk aber darf sich ohne Zustimmung der rechtmäßigen kirchlichen Autorität \"katholisch\" nennen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gewisse Formen des Apostolates der Laien werden, wenn auch in unterschiedlicher Weise, von der Hierarchie ausdrücklich anerkannt. Darüber hinaus kann die kirchliche Autorität mit Rücksicht auf die Erfordernisse des kirchlichen Gemeinwohls aus den apostolischen Vereinigungen und Werken, die unmittelbar ein geistliches Ziel anstreben, einige auswählen und in besonderer Weise fördern, in denen sie dann auch eine besondere Verantwortung auf sich nimmt. Die Hierarchie, die das Apostolat je nach den Umständen auf verschiedene Weise ordnet, verbindet so eine seiner Formen enger mit ihrem eigenen apostolischen Amt, freilich unter Wahrung der Natur und der Verschiedenheit beider und darum auch der notwendigen Möglichkeit der Laien, in eigener Verantwortung zu handeln. Dieser Akt der Hierarchie wird in verschiedenen kirchlichen Dokumenten Mandat genannt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Schließlich vertraut die Hierarchie den Laien auch gewisse Aufgaben an, die enger mit den Ämtern der Hirten verbunden sind, etwa bei der Unterweisung in der christlichen Lehre, bei gewissen liturgischen Handlungen und in der Seelsorge. Kraft dieser Sendung unterstehen dann die Laien bei der Ausübung ihres Amtes voll der höheren kirchlichen Leitung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hinsichtlich der Werke und Einrichtungen der zeitlichen Ordnung ist es Aufgabe der kirchlichen Hierarchie, die in den zeitlichen Dingen zu befolgenden sittlichen Grundsätze zu lehren und authentisch zu interpretieren. Ihr steht das Recht zu, nach gehöriger Überlegung und unter Beziehung der Hilfe von Sachverständigen über die Übereinstimmung solcher Werke und Einrichtungen mit den sittlichen Grundsätzen zu urteilen und darüber zu bestimmen, was zur Wahrung und Förderung der Güter der übernatürlichen Ordnung erforderlich ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Unterstützung des Laienapostolates durch den Klerus"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bischöfe und Pfarrer sowie die übrigen Priester des Welt- und Ordensklerus mögen sich vor Augen halten, daß das Recht und die Pflicht zur Ausübung des Apostolates allen Gläubigen, Klerikern und Laien, gemeinsam ist und daß auch die Laien bei der Auferbauung der Kirche eine ihnen eigentümliche Aufgabe haben (3). Darum mögen sie brüderlich mit den Laien in der Kirche und für die Kirche arbeiten und diesen in ihrem apostolischen Wirken besondere Sorge schenken (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zur Unterstützung der besonderen Formen des Laienapostolates sollen geeignete und wohlausgebildete Priester sorgfältig ausgewählt werden (5). Die sich aber diesem Dienst widmen, repräsentieren bei ihrem pastoralen Wirken die Hierarchie aufgrund der von ihr empfangenen Sendung. Dem Geist und der Lehre der Kirche stets treu, sollen sie ein gutes Verhältnis der Laien zur Hierarchie fördern. Für die Pflege des geistlichen Lebens und des apostolischen Sinnes der ihnen anvertrauten katholischen Vereinigungen mögen sie sich ganz einsetzen. Mit ihrem weisen Rat sollen sie der apostolischen Tätigkeit dieser Vereinigungen zur Seite stehen und ihre Initiativen fördern. In ständig mit den Laien geführtem Gespräch sollen sie aufmerksam die Formen suchen, die die apostolische Aktion fruchtbarer machen. Sie sollen den Geist der Einheit innerhalb der betreffenden Vereinigung und zwischen ihr und den übrigen Vereinigungen fördern."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Ordensleute endlich, Brüder oder Schwestern, sollen die apostolischen Werke der Laien schätzen und sich entsprechend dem Geist und den Bestimmungen der Institute gern der Förderung der Werke der Laien widmen (6). Sie sollen die priesterlichen Aufgaben zu stützen, zu fördern und zu ergänzen trachten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Einige Instrumente für die Zusammenarbeit"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In den Diözesen sollen nach Möglichkeit beratende Gremien eingerichtet werden, die die apostolische Tätigkeit der Kirche im Bereich der Evangelisierung und Heiligung, im caritativen und sozialen Bereich und in anderen Bereichen bei entsprechender Zusammenarbeit von Klerikern und Ordensleuten mit den Laien unterstützen. Unbeschadet des je eigenen Charakters und der Autonomie der verschiedenen Vereinigungen und Werke der Laien werden diese Beratungskörper deren gegenseitiger Koordinierung dienen können (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Solche Gremien sollten, soweit wie möglich, auch auf pfarrlicher, zwischenpfarrlicher und interdiözesaner Ebene, aber auch im nationalen und internationalen Bereich geschaffen werden (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Beim Heiligen Stuhl soll darüber hinaus ein besonderes Sekretariat zum Dienst und zur Anregung für das Laienapostolat errichtet werden; ein Zentrum, das mit geeigneten Mitteln Informationen über die verschiedenen apostolischen Unternehmungen der Laien vermitteln, Untersuchungen über die heute in diesem Bereich erwachsenden Fragen anstellen und mit seinem Rat der Hierarchie und den Laien in den apostolischen Werken zur Verfügung stehen soll. An diesem Sekretariat sollen die verschiedenen Bewegungen und Werke des Laienapostolates der ganzen Welt beteiligt sein. Dabei sollen auch Kleriker und Ordensleute mit den Laien zusammenarbeiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Zusammenarbeit mit anderen Christen und mit Nicht-Christen"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Evangelium, das uns wie ein gemeinsames väterliches Erbe miteinander verbindet, und die daraus sich ergebende gemeinsame Pflicht zum christlichen Zeugnis empfehlen, ja fordern oft genug die Zusammenarbeit der Katholiken mit anderen Christen, von den einzelnen und von den Gemeinschaften der Kirche, bei Einzelaktionen und in Vereinigungen, auf nationaler und internationaler Ebene (9). Die gemeinsamen menschlichen Werte verlangen darüber hinaus nicht selten eine ähnliche Zusammenarbeit der Christen, die apostolische Ziele verfolgen, mit Menschen, die sich zum christlichen Namen nicht bekennen, aber jene Werte anerkennen. Durch diese dynamische und kluge Zusammenarbeit (10), die für die Tätigkeiten im zeitlichen Bereich von großer Bedeutung ist, legen die Laien Zeugnis für Christus, den Erlöser der Welt, und für die Einheit der Menschheitsfamilie ab."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE BILDUNG ZUM APOSTOLAT"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notwendigkeit der Bildung zum Apostolat"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Apostolat kann seine volle Wirksamkeit nur unter Voraussetzung einer vielfältigen und umfassenden Bildung erreichen. Eine solche verlangen nicht nur der stetige geistliche und geistige Fortschritt des Laien selbst, sondern auch die verschiedenen Sachbereiche, Personen und Aufgaben, denen sich sein Wirken anpassen muß. Die Bildung zum Apostolat muß sich auf jene Grundlagen stützen, die dieses Konzil schon in anderen Dokumenten beschrieben und erläutert hat (1). Außer der allen Christen gemeinsamen Bildung fordern nicht wenige Formen des Apostolates wegen der Verschiedenheit der Personen und Umstände auch eine spezifische und gesonderte Bildung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bildungsprinzipien für das Laienapostolat"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da die Laien auf ihre Weise an der Sendung der Kirche teilnehmen, erhält ihre apostolische Bildung vom weltbezogenen Eigencharakter des Laientums selbst und von seiner Spiritualität eine besondere Prägung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Bildung zum Apostolat setzt eine gewisse, der Begabung und der Situation eines jeden gemäße gesamtmenschliche Bildung voraus. Der Laie muß nämlich die Welt dieser unserer Zeit gut kennen und darum ein Glied seiner eigenen Gesellschaft sein, das für deren Kultur aufgeschlossen ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vor allem aber muß der Laie lernen, die Sendung Christi und der Kirche zu erfüllen, indem er aus dem Glauben im göttlichen Mysterium der Schöpfung und Erlösung lebt, gedrängt vom Heiligen Geist, der das Volk Gottes belebt und alle Menschen bewegt, Gott den Vater zu lieben und Welt und Menschen in ihm. Diese Bildung ist als Fundament und Voraussetzung jedes fruchtbaren Apostolates anzusehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Außer der geistlichen Bildung ist eine gründliche theoretische Unterweisung erforderlich, und zwar eine theologische, ethische, philosophische, immer entsprechend der Verschiedenheit des Alters, der Stellung und Begabung. Auch die Bedeutung einer Allgemeinbildung, in der das praktische und technische Moment nicht fehlt, darf keineswegs geringgeschätzt werden. Zur Wahrung guter mitmenschlicher Beziehungen sind die wahrhaft menschlichen Werte zu pflegen, vor allem die Kunst brüderlichen Zusammenlebens, der Zusammenarbeit und des Gespräches."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Weil aber die Bildung zum Apostolat nicht in bloß theoretischer Unterweisung bestehen kann, möge der Laie, zwar stufenweise und klug, aber doch vom Anfang seiner Bildung an, lernen, alles im Licht des Glaubens zu betrachten, zu beurteilen und zu tun, durch sein Handeln sich selbst mit den anderen weiterzubilden und zu vervollkommnen und so in einen wirkungsreichen Dienst für die Kirche hineinzuwachsen (2). Diese Bildung, die immer mehr zu vervollkommnen ist, verlangt schon mit Rücksicht auf die wachsende Reife der Person und auf die immer neuen Probleme ein von Tag zu Tag tieferes Wissen und eine entsprechend angepaßte Tätigkeit. Um allen Bildungsansprüchen gerecht zu werden, ist immer die Einheit und Ganzheit der menschlichen Person im Auge zu halten, so daß ihre Harmonie und ihr Gleichgewicht gewahrt und gestärkt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So fügt sich der Laie selbst reif und geflissentlich in die Wirklichkeit der zeitlichen Ordnung ein und übernimmt erfolgreich seine Funktion bei ihrer Gestaltung. Zugleich macht er die Kirche als ihr lebendiges Glied und als ihr Zeuge inmitten der zeitlichen Dinge präsent und wirksam (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die zum Apostolat Erziehenden"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Bildung zum Apostolat muß mit der ersten Unterweisung in der Kindheit beginnen. Besonders aber sollen die Heranwachsenden und Jugendlichen in das Apostolat eingeführt und von seinem Geist durchdrungen werden. Diese Bildung ist, wie es neu übernommene Aufgaben jeweils erfordern, durch das ganze Leben hindurch zu vervollständigen. Darum kann es nicht anders sein, als daß den christlichen Erziehern auch die Pflicht der Bildung zum Apostolat obliegt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist Sache der Eltern, schon ihre Kinder in der Familie von klein auf dazu zu befähigen, daß sie die Liebe Gottes gegen alle Menschen immer mehr erkennen. Sie mögen sie stufenweise, vor allem durch ihr Beispiel, lehren, sich um die materiellen und geistigen Nöte ihres Nächsten zu kümmern. So soll die ganze Familie und ihr Gemeinschaftsleben geradezu eine Schule des Apostolates werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zudem müssen die Kinder dazu erzogen werden, über die Familie hinauszuwachsen und für die kirchlichen und weltlichen Gemeinschaften aufgeschlossen zu sein. In die örtliche Gemeinschaft der Pfarrei sollen sie so hineingenommen werden, daß sie in ihr das Bewußtsein gewinnen, schon lebendige und aktive Glieder des Volkes Gottes zu sein."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Priester aber mögen in der Katechese, im Dienst des Wortes, in der Seelenführung und bei anderen pastoralen Dienstleistungen die Bildung zum Apostolat im Auge behalten. Auch die Schulen, die Kollegien und andere katholische Bildungseinrichtungen haben die Aufgabe, bei den Jugendlichen katholisches Denken und apostolisches Tun zu fördern. Wenn diese Bildung fehlt, entweder weil die Jugendlichen solche Schulen nicht besuchen oder aus anderen Gründen, mögen die Eltern, die Seelsorger und apostolischen Vereinigungen um so mehr dafür Sorge tragen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Lehrer und Erzieher aber, die schon kraft ihrer Berufung und ihres Amtes eine hervorragende Form des Laienapostolates ausüben, sollen mit dem nötigen Wissen und dem entsprechenden pädagogischen Geschick ausgestattet sein, um diese Unterweisung wirksam geben zu können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ebenso sollen die Gruppen und Vereinigungen der Laien, ob sie nun das Apostolat oder andere übernatürliche Ziele anstreben, je nach ihrem Ziel und ihrer Weise die Bildung zum Apostolat fördern4. Sie sind oft sogar der normale Weg zu einer ausgewogenen apostolischen Bildung. In ihnen finden sich nämlich die theoretische, geistliche und praktische Bildung vereint. Ihre Mitglieder besprechen mit ihren Kameraden und Freunden in kleinen Gruppen Methoden und Ergebnisse ihrer apostolischen Tätigkeit und konfrontieren ihr tägliches Leben mit dem Evangelium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dabei ist diese Bildung so einzurichten, daß sie das ganze Laienapostolat berücksichtigt, das ja nicht nur innerhalb der Zusammenkünfte der einzelnen Vereinigungen selbst, sondern auch in allen Verhältnissen durch das ganze Leben hindurch zur Verwirklichung kommt, vor allem im beruflichen und gesellschaftlichen Leben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ja auch jeder einzelne muß sich selbst eifrig zum Apostolat vorbereiten; das gilt besonders für das Erwachsenenalter. Denn mit fortschreitendem Alter weitet sich der Geist; so kann jeder gründlicher die Talente entdecken, die Gott ihm geschenkt hat, und wirksamer jene Charismen einsetzen, die ihm der Heilige Geist zum Wohl seiner Brüder verliehen hat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anpassung der Bildung an die verschiedenen Formen des Apostolates"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die verschiedenen Formen des Apostolates erfordern auch eine jeweils angemessene Bildung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Was das Apostolat der Evangelisierung und Heiligung der Menschen angeht, sind die Laien besonders zum Gespräch mit anderen, Gläubigen und Ungläubigen, und zur Kundmachung der Botschaft Christi an alle zu bilden (5). Da aber der Materialismus in verschiedenster Ausprägung heute überall, auch unter den Katholiken, weit verbreitet ist, sollen die Laien nicht nur die katholischen Wahrheiten besser studieren, vor allem jene, die besonders umstritten sind, sondern sie sollen auch jeder Form von Materialismus das Zeugnis eines Lebens nach dem Evangelium entgegenstellen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Was die christliche Ausrichtung der zeitlichen Ordnung angeht, soll den Laien die Lehre von der wahren Bedeutung und dem Wert der zeitlichen Güter vermittelt werden: vom Wert, den sie in sich selbst wie auch im Zusammenhang mit dem Gesamtziel der menschlichen Person haben. Die Laien sollen sich im rechten Gebrauch der Dinge und in der Organisation von Einrichtungen üben, immer unter Bedachtnahme auf das Gemeinwohl gemäß den Grundsätzen der kirchlichen Sitten- und Soziallehre. Vor allem die Grundsätze der Soziallehre und deren Auswirkungen sollen sie so studieren, daß sie fähig werden, für ihren Teil am Fortschritt der Lehre wie an der rechten Anwendung derselben auf den einzelnen Fall mitzuwirken (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Da die Werke der Liebe und der Barmherzigkeit ein hervorragendes Zeugnis christlichen Lebens darstellen, muß die apostolische Bildung auch zur Ausübung dieser Werke anleiten, damit die Gläubigen schon von Kindheit an lernen, mit ihren Brüdern mitzuleiden und ihnen in der Not großmütig zu Hilfe zu kommen (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Hilfsmittel"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Den Laien, die sich dem Apostolat widmen, stehen schon viele Hilfsmittel zur Verfügung, wie Tagungen, Kongresse, Tage der Besinnung, geistliche Übungen, häufige Zusammenkünfte, Vorträge, Bücher, Handreichungen. Dadurch erlangen sie ein tieferes Verständnis der Heiligen Schrift und der katholischen Lehre, werden im geistlichen Leben gestärkt, lernen auch die Situation der Welt beurteilen und geeignete Methoden finden und erproben (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Hilfen zur Bildung nehmen auf die verschiedenen Formen des Milieuapostolates Rücksicht. Zum gleichen Zweck wurden auch Zentren und höhere Institute errichtet, die schon beste Erfolge verzeichnen. Das Heilige Konzil bringt seine Freude über alle diese Errichtungen zum Ausdruck, die schon in verschiedenen Gegenden in Blüte stehen, und wünscht sehr, daß sie überall, wo sie vonnöten sind, gefördert werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Darüber hinaus sollen Dokumentations- und Studienzentren für alle Bereiche des Apostolates errichtet werden, und zwar nicht nur in theologischer, sondern auch in anthropologischer, psychologischer, soziologischer und methodologischer Richtung, damit die Möglichkeiten und Fähigkeiten der Laien, der Männer und Frauen, der Jugendlichen und Erwachsenen, besser ausgewertet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Heilige Konzil beschwört also im Herrn inständig alle Laien, dem Ruf Christi, der sie in dieser Stunde noch eindringlicher einlädt, und dem Antrieb des Heiligen Geistes gern, großmütig und entschlossen zu antworten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In besonderer Weise möge die jüngere Generation diesen Anruf als an sich gerichtet betrachten und ihn mit Freude und Hochherzigkeit aufnehmen; denn der Herr selbst lädt durch diese Heilige Synode alle Laien noch einmal ein, sich von Tag zu Tag inniger mit ihm zu verbinden und sich in seiner heilbringenden Sendung zusammenzuschließen; dabei seien sie auf das, was sein ist, wie auf ihr eigenes bedacht (vgl. Phil 2,5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Von neuem sendet er sie in alle Städte und Ortschaften, in die er selbst kommen will (Lk 10,1), damit sie sich in den verschiedenen Formen und Weisen des einen Apostolates der Kirche, das dauernd den neuen Bedürfnissen der Zeiten anzupassen ist, als seine Mitarbeiter erweisen. So wirken sie allezeit und mit aller Kraft für das Werk des Herrn; dabei wissen sie wohl, daß ihre Mühe nicht vergebens ist im Herrn (vgl. 1 Kor 15,58)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "November 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ANMERKUNGEN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Einleitung:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Apost. Konst. Humanæ salutis, 25. Dez. 1961: AAS 54 (1962) 7-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Art. 33ff.: AAS 57 (1965) 39f.; vgl. auch Konst. über die heilige Liturgie Sacrosanctum Concilium, Art. 26-40: AAS 56 (1964) 107-111; vgl. Dekret über die sozialen Kommunikationsmittel Inter mirifica: AAS 56 (1964) 145-153; vgl. Dekret über den Ökumenismus Unitatis redintegratio: AAS 57 (1965) 90-107; vgl. Dekret über das Hirtenamt der Bischöfe ein der Kirche Christus Dominus, Art. 16.17.18; Erklärung über die christliche Erziehung Gravissimum educationis, Art. 3.5.7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Vgl. Pius XII., Ansprache an die Kardinäle, 20. Febr. 1946: AAS 38 (1946) 149f.; ders., Ansprache an die Teilnehmer des ersten Weltkongresses der christlichen Arbeiterjugend (J.O.C.), 25. Aug. 1957: AAS 49 (1957) 843."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 1:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Rerum Ecclesiæ: AAS 18 (1926) 65."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Art. 31: AAS 57 (1965) 37."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Vgl. ebd. Art. 33: AAS 57 (1965) 39; vgl. auch Art. 10, a. a. O. 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Vgl. ebd. Art. 12: AAS 57 (1965) 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Konst. über die heilige Liturgie Sacrosanctum Concilium, Art. 11: AAS 56 (1964) 102-103."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Art. 32: AAS 57 (1965) 38; vgl. auch 40-41, a. a. O. 45-47."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7) Vgl. ebd. Art. 62, a. a. O. 63; vgl. auch Art. 65, a. a. O. 64-65."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 2:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Ubi arcano, 23. Dez. 1922: AAS 14 (1922) 695; Pius XII., Enz. Summi Pontificatus, 20. Okt. 1939: AAS 31 (1939) 442-443."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Vgl. Leo XIII., Enz. Rerum novarum: ASS 23 (1890-91) 647; Pius XI., Enz. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931) 190; Pius XII., Rundfunkansprache, 1. Juni 1941: AAS 33 (1941) 207."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961) 402."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Vgl. ebd. 440-441."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Vgl. ebd. 442-443."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Vgl. Pius XII., Ansprache an die \"Pax Romana\" (M.I.I.C.), 25. März 1957: AAS 49 (1957) 298-299; und vor allem Johannes XXIII., Ansprache an den Kongreß des Rates der Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), 10. Nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959) 865-866."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 3:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Vgl. Pius X., Apost. Schreiben Creationis duarum novarum patœciarum, 1. Juni 1905: ASS 38 (1905) 65-67; Pius XII., Ansprache an die Gläubigen der Pfarrei S. Saba, 11. Jan. 1953: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XIV (1952-53) 449-454; Johannes XXIII., Ansprache an den Klerus und die Gläubigen des suburbikarischen Bistums Albano, 26. Aug. 1962: AAS 54 (1962) 656-660."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Vgl. Leo XIII., Ansprache, 28. Jan. 1894: Acta Leonis XIII Bd. XIV (1894) 424-42: 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Vgl. Pius XII., Ansprache an die Pfarrer usw., 6. Febr. 1951: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XII (1950-51) 437-443, 8. März 1952: ebd. (1952-53) 5-10, 27. März 1953: ebd. XV (1953-54) 27-35, 28. Febr. 1954: ebd. 585-590."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Casti connubii: AAS 22 (1930) 554; Pius XII., Rundfunkbotschaft, 1. Juni 1941: AAS 33 (1941) 203; ders., Ansprache an die Delegierten zum Kongreß der Internationalen Union der Vereinigungen zum Schutz der Familienrechte, 20. Sept. 1949: AAS 41 (1949) 552; ders., Ansprache an französische Familienväter anläßlich ihrer PiIgerfahrt nach Rom, 18. Sept. 1951: AAS 43 (1951) 731; ders., Rundfunkbotschaft zum Weihnachtstag 1952: AAS 45 (1953) 41; Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra, 15. Mai 1961: AAS 53 (1961) 429-439."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Evangelii Præcones, 2. Juni 1951: AAS (1951) 514."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Vgl. Pius XII., Ansprache an die Delegierten zum Kongreß der Internationalen Union der Vereinigungen zum Schutz der Familienrechte, 20. Sept. 1949: AAS 41 (1949) 552."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7) Vgl. Pius X., Ansprache an die Vereinigung der katholischen Jugend Frankreichs über Frömmigkeit, Wissen und Aktion, 25. Sept. 1904: ASS 37 (1904-05) 296-300"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8) Vgl. Pius XII., Brief Dans quelques semaines an den Erzbischof von Montreal über die Versammlungen der christlichen Arbeiterjugend Kanadas, 24. Mai 1947: AAS 39 (1947) 257; ders., Rundfunkbotschaft an die J.O.C. in Brüssel, 3. Sept. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 640-641."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9) Vgl. Pius Xl., Enz. Quadragesimo anno, 15. Mai 1931: AAS 23 (1931) 225-226."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra, 15. Mai 1961: AAS 53 (1961) 448-450."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 4:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Vgl. Pius XII., Ansprache an den ersten Weltkongreß für Laienapostolat, 14. Okt. 1951: AAS 43 (1951) 788."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Vgl. Pius XII., ebd.: 787-788."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Le pèlerinage de Lourdes, 2. Juli 1957: AAS 49 (1957) 615."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Vgl. Pius XII., Ansprache an den Rat des lnternationalen Verbandes katholischer Männer, 8. Dez. 1956: AAS 49 (1957) 26-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Vgl. unten 5. Kapitel, Art. 24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Vgl. Entscheidung der Konzilskongregation, Corrienten., 13. Nov. 1920: AAS 13 (1921) 139."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Princeps Pastorum, 10. Dez. 1959: AAS 51 (1959) 856."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8) Vgl. Pius XI., Brief Quæ nobis an Kardinal Bertram, 13. Nov. 1928: AAS 20 (1928) 385; vgl. auch Pius XII., Ansprache an die Katholische Aktion Italiens, 4. Sept. 1940: AAS 32 (1940) 362."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 5:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Vgl. Pius XI., Brief Quamvis Nostra, 27. Okt. 1935: AAS 28 (1936) 160-161."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Vgl. Entscheidung der Konzilskongregation, Corrienten., 13. Nov. 1920: AAS 13 (1921) 137-140."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Vgl. Pius XII., Ansprache an den zweiten Weltkongreß für Laienapostolat, 5. Okt. 1957: AAS 49 (1957) 927."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Art. 37: AAS 57 (1965) 42-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Vgl. Pius XII., Apost. Mahnschreiben Menti Nostræ, 23. Sept. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 660."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die zeitgemäße Erneuerung des Ordenslebens Perfectæ caritatis, Art. 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7) Vgl. Benedikt XIV., De Synodo Diœcesana l. III., c. IX, n. VII-VIII: Opera omnia in tomos XVII distributa, tom. XI (Prati 1844) 76-77."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8) Vgl. Pius XI., Brief Quamvis Nostra, 27. Okt. 1935: AAS 28 (1936) 160-161."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra, 15. Mai 1961: AAS 53 (1961) 456-457; vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über den Ökumenismus Unitatis redintegratio, Art. 12: AAS 57 (1965) 99-100."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über den Ökumenismus Unitatis redintegratio, Art. 12: AAS 57 (1965) 100; vgl. auch Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Art. 15: AAS 57 (1965) 19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 6:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Kap. II IV V: AAS 57 (1965) 12-21, 37-49; vgl. auch das Dekret über den Ökumenismus Unitatis redintegratio, Art. 4.6.7.12: AAS 57 (1965) 94.96.97.99.100; vgl. auch oben, Art. 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Vgl. Pius XII., Ansprache an die erste internationale Konferenz der Pfadfinder, 6. Juni 1952: AAS 44 (1952) 579-580; Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra, 15. Mai 1961: AAS 53 (1961) 456."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Art. 33: AAS 57 (1965) 39."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra, 15. Mai 1961: AAS 53 (1961) 455"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Sertum lætitiæ, 1. Nov. 1939: AAS 31 (1939) 636-644; vgl. ders., Ansprache an die Akademiker der italienischen Katholischen Aktion, 24. Mai 1953: AAS 45 (1953) 411-415."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Vgl. Pius XII., Ansprache an den Weltkongreß der Katholischen weiblichen Jugend, 18. Apr. 1952: AAS 44 (1952) 414-419; vgl. ders., Ansprache an die christliche Arbeitervereinigung Italiens (A.C.L.I.), 1. Mai 1955: AAS 47 (1955) 403-404."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7) Vgl. Pius XII., Ansprache an die Delegierten des Kongresses der Caritasverbände, 27. Apr. 1952: AAS (1952) 470-471."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra, 15. Mai 1961: AAS 53 (1961) 454."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651118_apostolicam-actuositatem_en.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-170-vat-ii_decree_19651118_apostolicam-actuositatem_en.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECREE ON THE APOSTOLATE OF THE LAITY APOSTOLICAM ACTUOSITATEM SOLEMNLY PROMULGATED BY HIS HOLINESS, POPE PAUL VI ON NOVEMBER 18, 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "INTRODUCTION"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To intensify the apostolic activity of the people of God,(1) the most holy synod earnestly addresses itself to the laity, whose proper and indispensable role in the mission of the Church has already been dealt with in other documents.(2) The apostolate of the laity derives from their Christian vocation and the Church can never be without it. Sacred Scripture clearly shows how spontaneous and fruitful such activity was at the very beginning of the Church (cf. Acts 11:19-21; 18:26; Rom. 16:1-16; Phil. 4:3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Our own times require of the laity no less zeal: in fact, modern conditions demand that their apostolate be broadened and intensified. With a constantly increasing population, continual progress in science and technology, and closer interpersonal relationships, the areas for the lay apostolate have been immensely widened particularly in fields that have been for the most part open to the laity alone. These factors have also occasioned new problems which demand their expert attention and study. This apostolate becomes more imperative in view of the fact that many areas of human life have become increasingly autonomous. This is as it should be, but it sometimes involves a degree of departure from the ethical and religious order and a serious danger to Christian life. Besides, in many places where priests are very few or, in some instances, deprived of due freedom for priestly work, the Church could scarcely exist and function without the activity of the laity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "An indication of this manifold and pressing need is the unmistakable work being done today by the Holy Spirit in making the laity ever more conscious of their own responsibility and encouraging them to serve Christ and the Church in all circumstances.(3)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In this decree the Council seeks to describe the nature, character, and diversity of the lay apostolate, to state its basic principles, and to give pastoral directives for its more effective exercise. All these should be regarded as norms when the canon law, as it pertains to the lay apostolate, is revised."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE VOCATION OF THE LAITY TO THE APOSTOLATE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church was founded for the purpose of spreading the kingdom of Christ throughout the earth for the glory of God the Father, to enable all men to share in His saving redemption,(1) and that through them the whole world might enter into a relationship with Christ. All activity of the Mystical Body directed to the attainment of this goal is called the apostolate, which the Church carries on in various ways through all her members. For the Christian vocation by its very nature is also a vocation to the apostolate. No part of the structure of a living body is merely passive but has a share in the functions as well as life of the body: so, too, in the body of Christ, which is the Church, \"the whole body . . . in keeping with the proper activity of each part, derives its increase from its own internal development\" (Eph. 4:16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indeed, the organic union in this body and the structure of the members are so compact that the member who fails to make his proper contribution to the development of the Church must be said to be useful neither to the Church nor to himself."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the Church there is a diversity of ministry but a oneness of mission. Christ conferred on the Apostles and their successors the duty of teaching, sanctifying, and ruling in His name and power. But the laity likewise share in the priestly, prophetic, and royal office of Christ and therefore have their own share in the mission of the whole people of God in the Church and in the world.(2)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They exercise the apostolate in fact by their activity directed to the evangelization and sanctification of men and to the penetrating and perfecting of the temporal order through the spirit of the Gospel. In this way, their temporal activity openly bears witness to Christ and promotes the salvation of men. Since the laity, in accordance with their state of life, live in the midst of the world and its concerns, they are called by God to exercise their apostolate in the world like leaven, with the ardor of the spirit of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The laity derive the right and duty to the apostolate from their union with Christ the head; incorporated into Christ's Mystical Body through Baptism and strengthened by the power of the Holy Spirit through Confirmation, they are assigned to the apostolate by the Lord Himself. They are consecrated for the royal priesthood and the holy people (cf. 1 Peter 2:4-10) not only that they may offer spiritual sacrifices in everything they do but also that they may witness to Christ throughout the world. The sacraments, however, especially the most holy Eucharist, communicate and nourish that charity which is the soul of the entire apostolate.(3)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "One engages in the apostolate through the faith, hope, and charity which the Holy Spirit diffuses in the hearts of all members of the Church. Indeed, by the precept of charity, which is the Lord's greatest commandment, all the faithful are impelled to promote the glory of God through the coming of His kingdom and to obtain eternal life for all men-that they may know the only true God and Him whom He sent, Jesus Christ (cf. John 17:3). On all Christians therefore is laid the preeminent responsibility of working to make the divine message of salvation known and accepted by all men throughout the world."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the exercise of this apostolate, the Holy Spirit Who sanctifies the people of God through ministry and the sacraments gives the faithful special gifts also (cf. 1 Cor. 12:7), \"allotting them to everyone according as He wills\" (1 Cor. 12:11) in order that individuals, administering grace to others just as they have received it, may also be \"good stewards of the manifold grace of God\" (1 Peter 4:10), to build up the whole body in charity (cf. Eph. 4:16). From the acceptance of these charisms, including those which are more elementary, there arise for each believer the right and duty to use them in the Church and in the world for the good of men and the building up of the Church, in the freedom of the Holy Spirit who \"breathes where He wills\" (John 3:8). This should be done by the laity in communion with their brothers in Christ, especially with their pastors who must make a judgment about the true nature and proper use of these gifts not to extinguish the Spirit but to test all things and hold for what is good (cf. 1 Thess. 5:12,19,21).(4)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since Christ, sent by the Father, is the source and origin of the whole apostolate of the Church, the success of the lay apostolate depends upon the laity's living union with Christ, in keeping with the Lord's words, \"He who abides in me, and I in him, bears much fruit, for without me you can do nothing\" (John 15:5). This life of intimate union with Christ in the Church is nourished by spiritual aids which are common to all the faithful, especially active participation in the sacred liturgy.(5) These are to be used by the laity in such a way that while correctly fulfilling their secular duties in the ordinary conditions of life, they do not separate union with Christ from their life but rather performing their work according to God's will they grow in that union. In this way the laity must make progress in holiness in a happy and ready spirit, trying prudently and patiently to overcome difficulties.(6) Neither family concerns nor other secular affairs should be irrelevant to their spiritual life, in keeping with the words of the Apostle, \"What-ever you do in word or work, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, giving thanks to God the Father through Him\" (Col. 3:17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Such a life requires a continual exercise of faith, hope, and charity. Only by the light of faith and by meditation on the word of God can one always and everywhere recognize God in Whom \"we live, and move, and have our being\" ( Acts 17:28), seek His will in every event, see Christ in everyone whether he be a relative or a stranger, and make correct judgments about the true meaning and value of temporal things both in themselves and in their relation to man's final goal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They who have this faith live in the hope of the revelation of the sons of God and keep in mind the cross and resurrection of the Lord. In the pilgrimage of this life, hidden with Christ in God and free from enslavement to wealth, they aspire to those riches which remain forever and generously dedicate themselves wholly to the advancement of the kingdom of God and to the reform and improvement of the temporal order in a Christian spirit. Among the trials of this life they find strength in hope, convinced that \"the sufferings of the present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory to come that will be revealed in us\" (Rom. 8:18)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Impelled by divine charity, they do good to all men, especially to those of the household of the faith (cf. Gal. 6:10), laying aside \"all malice and all deceit and pretense, and envy, and all slander\" (1 Peter 2:1), and thereby they draw men to Christ. This charity of God, \"which is poured forth in our hearts by the Holy Spirit who has been given to us\" (Rom. 5:5), enables the laity really to express the spirit of the beatitudes in their lives. Following Jesus in His poverty, they are neither depressed by the lack of temporal goods nor inflated by their abundance; imitating Christ in His humility, they have no obsession for empty honors (cf. Gal. 5:26) but seek to please God rather than men, ever ready to leave all things for Christ's sake (cf. Luke 14:26) and to suffer persecution for justice sake (cf. Matt. 5:10), as they remember the words of the Lord, \"If anyone wishes to come after me, let him deny himself and take up his cross and follow me\" (Matt. 16:24) . Promoting Christian friendship among themselves, they help one another in every need whatsoever."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This plan for the spiritual life of the laity should take its particular character from their married or family state or their single or widowed state, from their state of health, and from their professional and social activity. They should not cease to develop earnestly the qualities and talents bestowed on them in accord with these conditions of life, and they should make use of the gifts which they have received from the Holy Spirit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore, the laity who have followed their vocation and have become members of one of the associations or institutes approved by the Church try faithfully to adopt the special characteristics of the spiritual life which are proper to them as well. They should also hold in high esteem professional skill, family and civic spirit, and the virtues relating to social customs, namely, honesty, justice, sincerity, kindness, and courage, without which no true Christian life can exist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The perfect example of this type of spiritual and apostolic life is the most Blessed Virgin Mary, Queen of Apostles, who while leading the life common to all here on earth, one filled with family concerns and labors, was always intimately united with her Son and in an entirely unique way cooperated in the work of the Savior. Having now been assumed into heaven, with her maternal charity she cares for these brothers of her Son who are still on their earthly pilgrimage and remain involved in dangers and difficulties until they are led into the happy fatherland.(7) All should devoutly venerate her and commend their life and apostolate to her maternal care."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "OBJECTIVES"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christ's redemptive work, while essentially concerned with the salvation of men, includes also the renewal of the whole temporal order. Hence the mission of the Church is not only to bring the message and grace of Christ to men but also to penetrate and perfect the temporal order with the spirit of the Gospel. In fulfilling this mission of the Church, the Christian laity exercise their apostolate both in the Church and in the world, in both the spiritual and the temporal orders. These orders, although distinct, are so connected in the singular plan of God that He Himself intends to raise up the whole world again in Christ and to make it a new creation, initially on earth and completely on the last day. In both orders the layman, being simultaneously a believer and a citizen, should be continuously led by the same Christian conscience."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The mission of the Church pertains to the salvation of men, which is to be achieved by belief in Christ and by His grace. The apostolate of the Church and of all its members is primarily designed to manifest Christ's message by words and deeds and to communicate His grace to the world. This is done mainly through the ministry of the Word and the sacraments, entrusted in a special way to the clergy, wherein the laity also have their very important roles to fulfill if they are to be \"fellow workers for the truth\" (3 John 8). It is especially on this level that the apostolate of the laity and the pastoral ministry are mutually complementary."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There are innumerable opportunities open to the laity for the exercise of their apostolate of evangelization and sanctification. The very testimony of their Christian life and good works done in a supernatural spirit have the power to draw men to belief and to God; for the Lord says, \"Even so let your light shine before men in order that they may see your good works and give glory to your Father who is in heaven\" (Matt. 5:16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "However, an apostolate of this kind does not consist only in the witness of one's way of life; a true apostle looks for opportunities to announce Christ by words addressed either to non-believers with a view to leading them to faith, or to the faithful with a view to instructing, strengthening, and encouraging them to a more fervent life. \"For the charity of Christ impels us\" (2 Cor. 5:14). The words of the Apostle should echo in all hearts, \"Woe to me if I do not preach the Gospel\" (1 Cor. 9:16).(1)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since, in our own times, new problems are arising and very serious errors are circulating which tend to undermine the foundations of religion, the moral order, and human society itself, this sacred synod earnestly exhorts laymen-each according to his own gifts of intelligence and learning-to be more diligent in doing what they can to explain, defend, and properly apply Christian principles to the problems of our era in accordance with the mind of the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "God's plan for the world is that men should work together to renew and constantly perfect the temporal order."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All those things which make up the temporal order, namely, the good things of life and the prosperity of the family, culture, economic matters, the arts and professions, the laws of the political community, international relations, and other matters of this kind, as well as their development and progress, not only aid in the attainment of man's ultimate goal but also possess their own intrinsic value. This value has been established in them by God, whether they are considered in themselves or as parts of the whole temporal order. \"God saw that all He had made was very good\" (Gen. 1:31). This natural goodness of theirs takes on a special dignity as a result of their relation to the human person, for whose service they were created. It has pleased God to unite all things, both natural and supernatural, in Christ Jesus \"so that in all things He may have the first place\" (Col. 1:18). This destination, however, not only does not deprive the temporal order of its independence, its proper goals, laws, supports, and significance for human welfare but rather perfects the temporal order in its own intrinsic strength and worth and puts it on a level with man's whole vocation upon earth."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the course of history, the use of temporal things has been marred by serious vices. Affected by original sin, men have frequently fallen into many errors concerning the true God, the nature of man, and the principles of the moral law. This has led to the corruption of morals and human institutions and not rarely to contempt for the human person himself. In our own time, moreover, those who have trusted excessively in the progress of the natural sciences and the technical arts have fallen into an idolatry of temporal things and have become their slaves rather than their masters."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The whole Church must work vigorously in order that men may become capable of rectifying the distortion of the temporal order and directing it to God through Christ. Pastors must clearly state the principles concerning the purpose of creation and the use of temporal things and must offer the moral and spiritual aids by which the temporal order may be renewed in Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The laity must take up the renewal of the temporal order as their own special obligation. Led by the light of the Gospel and the mind of the Church and motivated by Christian charity, they must act directly and in a definite way in the temporal sphere. As citizens they must cooperate with other citizens with their own particular skill and on their own responsibility. Everywhere and in all things they must seek the justice of God's kingdom. The temporal order must be renewed in such a way that, without detriment to its own proper laws, it may be brought into conformity with the higher principles of the Christian life and adapted to the shifting circumstances of time, place, and peoples. Preeminent among the works of this type of apostolate is that of Christian social action which the sacred synod desires to see extended to the whole temporal sphere, including culture.(2)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "While every exercise of the apostolate should be motivated by charity, some works by their very nature can become specially vivid expressions of this charity. Christ the Lord wanted these works to be signs of His messianic mission (cf. Matt. 11:4-5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The greatest commandment in the law is to love God with one's whole heart and one's neighbor as oneself (cf. Matt. 22:37-40). Christ made this commandment of love of neighbor His own and enriched it with a new meaning. For He wanted to equate Himself with His brethren as the object of this love when He said, \"As long as you did it for one of these, the least of My brethren, you did it for Me\" (Matt. 25:40). Assuming human nature, He bound the whole human race to Himself as a family through a certain supernatural solidarity and established charity as the mark of His disciples, saying, \"By this will all men know that you are My disciples, if you have love for one another\" (John 13:35)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ln her very early days, the holy Church added the agape to the eucharistic supper and thus showed itself to be wholly united around Christ by the bond of charity. So, too, in every era it is recognized by this sign of love, and while it rejoices in the undertakings of others, it claims works of charity as its own inalienable duty and right. For this reason, pity for the needy and the sick and works of charity and mutual aid intended to relieve human needs of every kind are held in highest honor by the Church.(3)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At the present time, with the development of more rapid facilities for communication, with the barrier of distance separating men greatly reduced, with the inhabitants of the entire globe becoming one great family, these charitable activities and works have become more urgent and universal. These charitable enterprises can and should reach out to all persons and all needs. Wherever there are people in need of food and drink, clothing, housing, medicine, employment, education; wherever men lack the facilities necessary for living a truly human life or are afflicted with serious distress or illness or suffer exile or imprisonment, there Christian charity should seek them out and find them, console them with great solicitude, and help them with appropriate relief. This obligation is imposed above all upon every prosperous nation and person.(4)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that the exercise of charity on this scale may be unexceptionable in appearance as well as in fact, it is altogether necessary that one should consider in one's neighbor the image of God in which he has been created, and also Christ the Lord to Whom is really offered whatever is given to a needy person. It is imperative also that the freedom and dignity of the person being helped be respected with the utmost consideration, that the purity of one's charitable intentions be not stained by seeking one's own advantage or by striving for domination,(5) and especially that the demands of justice be satisfied lest the giving of what is due in justice be represented as the offering of a charitable gift. Not only the effects but also the causes of these ills must be removed and the help be given in such a way that the recipients may gradually be freed from dependence on outsiders and become self-sufficient."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, the laity should hold in high esteem and, according to their ability, aid the works of charity and projects for social assistance, whether public or private, including international programs whereby effective help is given to needy individuals and peoples. In so doing, they should cooperate with all men of good will.(6)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE VARIOUS FIELDS OF THE APOSTOLATE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The laity carry out their manifold apostolate both in the Church and in the world. In both areas there are various opportunities for apostolic activity. We wish to list here the more important fields of action, namely, church communities, the family, youth, the social milieu, and national and international levels. Since in our times women have an ever more active shale in the whole life of society, it is very important that they participate more widely also in the various fields of the Church's apostolate."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As sharers in the role of Christ as priest, prophet, and king, the laity have their work cut out for them in the life and activity of the Church. Their activity is so necessary within the Church communities that without it the apostolate of the pastors is often unable to achieve its full effectiveness. In the manner of the men and women who helped Paul in spreading the Gospel (cf. Acts 18:18, 26; Rom. 16:3) the laity with the right apostolic attitude supply what is lacking to their brethren and refresh the spirit of pastors and of the rest of the faithful (cf. 1 Cor. 16:17-18). Strengthened by active participation in the liturgical life of their community, they are eager to do their share of the apostolic works of that community. They bring to the Church people who perhaps are far removed from it, earnestly cooperate in presenting the word of God especially by means of catechetical instruction, and offer their special skills to make the care of souls and the administration of the temporalities of the Church more efficient and effective."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The parish offers an obvious example of the apostolate on the community level inasmuch as it brings together the many human differences within its boundaries and merges them into the universality of the Church.(1) The laity should accustom themselves to working in the parish in union with their priests,(2) bringing to the Church community their own and the world's problems as well as questions concerning human salvation, all of which they should examine and resolve by deliberating in common. As far as possible the laity ought to provide helpful collaboration for every apostolic and missionary undertaking sponsored by their local parish."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They should develop an ever-increasing appreciation of their own diocese, of which the parish is a kind of cell, ever ready at their pastor's invitation to participate in diocesan projects. Indeed, to fulfill the needs of cities and rural areas,(3) they should not limit their cooperation to the parochial or diocesan boundaries but strive to extend it to interparochial, interdiocesan, national, and international fields. This is constantly becoming all the more necessary because the daily increase in mobility of populations, reciprocal relationships, and means of communication no longer allow any sector of society to remain closed in upon itself. Thus they should be concerned about the needs of the people of God dispersed throughout the world. They should especially make missionary activity their own by giving material or even personal assistance. It is a duty and honor for Christians to return to God a part of the good things that they receive from Him."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the Creator of all things has established conjugal society as the beginning and basis of human society and, by His grace, has made it a great mystery in Christ and the Church (cf. Eph. 5:32), the apostolate of married persons and families is of unique importance for the Church and civil society."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christian husbands and wives are cooperators in grace and witnesses of faith for each other, their children, and all others in their household. They are the first to communicate the faith to their children and to educate them by word and example for the Christian and apostolic life. They prudently help them in the choice of their vocation and carefully promote any sacred vocation which they may discern in them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It has always been the duty of Christian married partners but today it is the greatest part of their apostolate to manifest and prove by their own way of life the indissolubility and sacredness of the marriage bond, strenuously to affirm the right and duty of parents and guardians to educate children in a Christian manner, and to defend the dignity and lawful autonomy of the family. They and the rest of the faithful, therefore, should cooperate with men of good will to ensure the preservation of these rights in civil legislation and to make sure that governments give due attention to the needs of the family regarding housing, the education of children, working conditions, social security, and taxes; and that in policy decisions affecting migrants their right to live together as a family should be safeguarded.(4)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This mission-to be the first and vital cell of society-the family has received from God. It will fulfill this mission if it appears as the domestic sanctuary of the Church by reason of the mutual affection of its members and the prayer that they offer to God in common, if the whole family makes itself a part of the liturgical worship of the Church, and if it provides active hospitality and promotes justice and other good works for the service of all the brethren in need. Among the various activities of the family apostolate may be enumerated the following: the adoption of abandoned infants, hospitality to strangers, assistance in the operation of schools, helpful advice and material assistance for adolescents, help to engaged couples in preparing themselves better for marriage, catechetical work, support of married couples and families involved in material and moral crises, help for the aged not only by providing them with the necessities of life but also by obtaining for them a fair share of the benefits of an expanding economy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At all times and places but particularly in areas where the first seeds of the Gospel are being sown, or where the Church is just beginning, or is involved in some serious difficulty, Christian families can give effective testimony to Christ before the world by remaining faithful to the Gospel and by providing a model of Christian marriage through their whole way of life.(5)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To facilitate the attainment of the goals of their apostolate, it can be useful for families to be brought together into groups.(6)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Young persons exert very important influence in modern society.(7) There has been a radical change in the circumstances of their lives, their mental attitudes, and their relationships with their own families. Frequently they move too quickly into a new social and economic status. While their social and even their political importance is growing from day to day, they seem to be unable to cope adequately with their new responsibilities."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Their heightened influence in society demands of them a proportionate apostolic activity, but their natural qualities also fit them for this activity. As they become more conscious of their own personalities, they are impelled by a zest for life and a ready eagerness to assume their own responsibility, and they yearn to play their part in social and cultural life. If this zeal is imbued with the spirit of Christ and is inspired by obedience and love for the Church, it can be expected to be very fruitful. They should become the first to carry on the apostolate directly to other young persons, concentrating their apostolic efforts within their own circle, according to the needs of the social environment in which they live.(8)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Adults ought to engage in such friendly discussion with young people that both age groups, overcoming the age barrier, may become better acquainted and share the special benefits each generation can offer the other. Adults should stimulate young persons first by good example to take part in the apostolate and, if the opportunity presents itself, by offering them effective advice and willing assistance. By the same token young people should cultivate toward adults respect and trust, and although they are naturally attracted to novelties, they should duly appreciate praiseworthy traditions."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The apostolate in the social milieu, that is, the effort to infuse a Christian spirit into the mentality, customs, laws, and structures of the community in which one lives, is so much the duty and responsibility of the laity that it can never be performed properly by others. In this area the laity can exercise the apostolate of like toward like. It is here that they complement the testimony of life with the testimony of the word.(9) It is here where they work or practice their profession or study or reside or spend their leisure time or have their companionship that they are more capable of helping their brethren."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The laity fulfill this mission of the Church in the world especially by conforming their lives to their faith so that they become the light of the world as well as by practicing honesty in all their dealings so that they attract all to the love of the true and the good and finally to the Church and to Christ. They fulfill their mission also by fraternal charity which presses them to share in the living conditions, labors, sorrows, and aspirations of their brethren with the result that the hearts of all about them are quietly prepared for the workings of saving grace. Another requisite for the accomplishment of their task is a full consciousness of their role in building up society whereby they strive to perform their domestic, social, and professional duties with such Christian generosity that their manner of acting should gradually penetrate the whole world of life and labor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This apostolate should reach out to all wherever they may be encountered; it should not exclude any spiritual or temporal benefit which they have the ability to confer. True apostles however, are not content with this activity alone but endeavor to announce Christ to their neighbors by means of the spoken word as well. For there are many persons who can hear the Gospel and recognize Christ only through the laity who live near them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Children also have their own apostolic work to do. According to their ability they are true living witnesses of Christ among their companions."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A vast field for the apostolate has opened up on the national and international levels where the laity especially assist with their Christian wisdom. In loyalty to their country and in faithful fulfillment of their civic obligations, Catholics should feel themselves obliged to promote the true common good. Thus they should make the weight of their opinion felt in order that the civil authority may act with justice and that legislation may conform to moral precepts and the common good. Catholics skilled in public affairs and adequately enlightened in faith and Christian doctrine should not refuse to administer public affairs since by doing this in a worthy manner they can both further the common good and at the same time prepare the way for the Gospel."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Catholics should try to cooperate with all men and women of good will to promote whatever is true, whatever just, whatever holy, whatever lovable (cf. Phil. 4:8). They should hold discussions with them, excel them in prudence and courtesy, and initiate research on social and public practices which should be improved in line with the spirit of the Gospel."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Among the signs of our times, the irresistibly increasing sense of the solidarity of all peoples is especially noteworthy. It is a function of the lay apostolate sedulously to promote this awareness and to transform it into a sincere and genuine love of brotherhood. Furthermore, the laity should be aware of the international field and of the questions and solutions, doctrinal as well as practical, which arise in this field, with special reverence to developing nations.(10)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All who work in or give help to foreign nations must remember that relations among peoples should be a genuine fraternal exchange in which each party is at the same time a giver and a receiver. Travelers, whether their interest is international affairs, business, or leisure, should remember that they are itinerant heralds of Christ wherever they go and should act accordingly."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE VARIOUS FORMS OF THE APOSTOLATE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The laity can engage in their apostolic activity either as individuals or together as members of various groups or associations."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The individual apostolate, flowing generously from its source in a truly Christian life (cf. John 4:14), is the origin and condition of the whole lay apostolate, even of the organized type, and it admits of no substitute."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Regardless of status, all lay persons (including those who have no opportunity or possibility for collaboration in associations) are called to this type of apostolate and obliged to engage in it. This type of apostolate is useful at all times and places, but in certain circumstances it is the only one appropriate and feasible."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There are many forms of the apostolate whereby the laity build up the Church, sanctify the world, and give it life in Christ. A particular form of the individual apostolate as well as a sign specially suited to our times is the testimony of the whole lay life arising from faith, hope, and charity. It manifests Christ living in those who believe in Him. Then by the apostolate the spoken and written word, which is utterly necessary under certain circumstances, lay people announce Christ, explain and spread His teaching in accordance with one's status and ability, and faithfully profess it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore, in collaborating as citizens of this world, in whatever pertains to the upbuilding and conducting of the temporal order, the laity must seek in the light of faith loftier motives of action in their family, professional, cultural, and social life and make them known to others when the occasion arises. Doing this, they should be aware of the fact that they are cooperating with God the creator, redeemer, and sanctifier and are giving praise to Him."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, the laity should vivify their life with charity and express it as best they can in their works."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They should all remember that they can reach all men and contribute to the salvation of the whole world by public worship and prayer as well as by penance and voluntary acceptance of the labors and hardships of life whereby they become like the suffering Christ (cf. 2 Cor. 4:10; Col. 1:24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There is a very urgent need for this individual apostolate in those regions where the freedom of the Church is seriously infringed. In these trying circumstances, the laity do what they can to take the place of priests, risking their freedom and sometimes their life to teach Christian doctrine to those around them, training them in a religious way of life and a Catholic way of thinking, leading them to receive the sacraments frequently and developing in them piety, especially Eucharistic devotion.(1) While the sacred synod heartily thanks God for continuing also in our times to raise up lay persons of heroic fortitude in the midst of persecutions, it embrace them with fatherly affection and gratitude."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The individual apostolate has a special field in areas where Catholics are few in number and widely dispersed. Here the laity who engage in the apostolate only as individuals, whether for the reasons already mentioned or for special reasons including those deriving also from their own professional activity, usefully gather into smaller groups for serious conversation without any more formal kind of establishment or organization, so that an indication of the community of the Church is always apparent to others as a true witness of love. In this way, by giving spiritual help to one another through friendship and the communicating of the benefit of their experience, they are trained to overcome the disadvantages of excessively isolated life and activity and to make their apostolate more productive."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The faithful are called to engage in the apostolate as individuals in the varying circumstances of their life. They should remember, nevertheless, that man is naturally social and that it has pleased God to unite those who believe in Christ into the people of God (cf. 1 Peter 2:5-10) and into one body (cf. 1 Cor. 12:12). The group apostolate of Christian believers then happily corresponds to a human and Christian need and at the same time signifies the communion and unity of the Church in Christ, who said, \"Where two or three are gathered together in my name, there am I in the midst of them\" (Matt. 18:20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For this reason the faithful should participate in the apostolate by way of united effort.(2) They should be apostles both in their family communities and in their parishes and dioceses, which themselves express the community nature of the apostolate, as well as in the informal groups which they decide to form among themselves."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The group apostolate is very important also because the apostolate must often be performed by way of common activity both the Church communities and the various spheres. For the associations established for carrying on the apostolate in common sustain their members, form them for the apostolate, and rightly organize and regulate their apostolic work so that much better results can be expected than if each member were to act on his own."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the present circumstances, it is quite necessary that, in the area of lay activity, the united and organized form of the apostolate be strengthened. In fact, only the pooling of resources is capable of fully achieving all the aims of the modern apostolate and firmly protecting its interests.(3) Here it is important that the apostolate encompass even the common attitudes and social conditions of those for whom it is designed. Otherwise those engaged in the apostolate are often unable to bear up under the pressure of public opinion or of social institutions."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There is a great variety of associations in the apostolate.(4) Some set before themselves the broad apostolic purpose of the Church; others aim to evangelize and sanctify in a special way. Some purpose to infuse a Christian spirit into the temporal order; others bear witness to Christ in a special way through works of mercy and charity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Among these associations, those which promote and encourage closer unity between the concrete life of the members and their faith must be given primary consideration. Associations are not ends unto themselves; rather they should serve the mission of the Church to the world. Their apostolic dynamism depends on their conformity with the goals of the Church as well as on the Christian witness and evangelical spirit of every member and of the whole association."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Now, in view of the progress of social institutions and the fast- moving pace of modern society, the global nature of the Church's mission requires that apostolic enterprises of Catholics should more and more develop organized forms in the international sphere. Catholic international organizations will more effectively achieve their purpose if the groups comprising them, as well as their members, are more closely united to these international organizations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maintaining the proper relationship to Church authorities,(5) the laity have the right to found and control such associations(6) and to join those already existing. Yet the dispersion of efforts must be avoided. This happens when new associations and projects are promoted without a sufficient reason, or if antiquated associations or methods are retained beyond their period of usefulness. Nor is it always fitting to transfer indiscriminately forms of the apostolates that have been used in one nation to other nations.(7)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Many decades ago the laity in many nations began to dedicate themselves increasingly to the apostolate. They grouped themselves into various kinds of activities and societies which, while maintaining a closer union with the hierarchy, pursued and continue to pursue goals which are properly apostolic. Of these associations, or even among similar and older institutions, those are specially noteworthy which followed different methods of operation and yet produced excellent results for Christ's kingdom. These societies were deservedly recommended and promoted by the popes and many bishops, from whom they received the title of \"Catholic Action,\" and were often described as the collaboration of the laity in the apostolate of the hierarchy.(8)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whether these forms of the apostolate have the name of \"Catholic Action\" or some other title, they exercise an apostolate of great value for our times and consist in the combination and simultaneous possession of the following characteristics:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) The immediate aim of organizations of this kind is the Church's apostolic aim, that is, the evangelization and sanctification of men and the formation of a Christian conscience among them so that they can infuse the spirit of the Gospel into various communities and departments of life."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b ) Cooperating with the hierarchy in their own way, the laity contribute the benefit of their experience to, and assume responsibility for the direction of these organizations, the consideration of the conditions in which the pastoral activity of the Church is to be conducted, and the elaboration and execution of the plan of things to be done."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) The laity act together in the manner of an organic body so that the community of the Church is more fittingly symbolized and the apostolate rendered more effective."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) Whether they offer themselves spontaneously or are invited to action and direct cooperation with the apostolate of the hierarchy, the laity function under the higher direction of the hierarchy itself, and the latter can sanction this cooperation by an explicit mandate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Organizations in which, in the opinion of the hierarchy, the ensemble of these characteristics is realized, must be considered to be Catholic Action even though they take on various forms and titles because of the needs of different regions and peoples."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The most holy council earnestly recommends these associations, which surely answer the needs of the apostolate of the Church among many peoples and countries, and invites the clergy and laity working in them to develop the above-mentioned characteristics to an ever greater degree and to cooperate at all times with all other forms of the apostolate in a fraternal manner in the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All associations of the apostolate must be given due appreciation. Those, however, which the hierarchy have praised or recommended as responsive to the needs of time and place, or have ordered to be established as particularly urgent, must be held in highest esteem by priests, Religious, and laity and promoted according to each one's ability. Among these associations, moreover, international associations or groups of Catholics must be specially appreciated at the present time."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deserving of special honor and commendation in the Church are those lay people, single or married, who devote themselves with professional experience, either permanently or temporarily, to the service of associations and their activities. There is a source of great joy for the Church in the fact that there is a daily increase in the number of lay persons who offer their personal service to apostolic associations and activities, either within the limits of their own nation or in the international field or especially in Catholic mission communities and in regions where the Church has only recently been implanted."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The pastors of the Church should gladly and gratefully welcome these lay persons and make sure that the demands of justice, equity, and charity relative to their status be satisfied to the fullest extent, particularly as regards proper support for them and their families. They should also take care to provide for these lay people the necessary formation, spiritual consolation, and incentive."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EXTERNAL RELATIONSHIPS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whether the lay apostolate is exercised by the faithful as individuals or as members of organizations, it should be incorporated into the apostolate of the whole Church according to a right system of relationships. Indeed, union with those whom the Holy Spirit has assigned to rule His Church (cf. Acts 20:28) is an essential element of the Christian apostolate. No less necessary is cooperation among various projects of the apostolate which must be suitably directed by the hierarchy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indeed, the spirit of unity should be promoted in order that fraternal charity may be resplendent in the whole apostolate of the Church, common goals may be attained, and destructive rivalries avoided. For this there is need for mutual esteem among all the forms of the apostolate in the Church and, with due respect for the particular character of each organization, proper coordination.(1) This is most fitting since a particular activity in the Church requires harmony and apostolic cooperation on the part of both branches of the clergy, the Religious, and the laity."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The hierarchy should promote the apostolate of the laity, provide it with spiritual principles and support, direct the conduct of this apostolate to the common good of the Church, and attend to the preservation of doctrine and order."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indeed, the lay apostolate admits of different types of relationships with the hierarchy in accordance with the various forms and objects of this apostolate. For in the Church there are many apostolic undertakings which are established by the free choice of the laity and regulated by their prudent judgment. The mission of the Church can be better accomplished in certain circumstances by undertakings of this kind, and therefore they are frequently praised or recommended by the hierarchy.(2) No project, however, may claim the name \"Catholic\" unless it has obtained the consent of the lawful Church authority."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certain forms of the apostolate of the laity are given explicit recognition by the hierarchy, though in various ways."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Because of the demands of the common good of the Church, moreover, ecclesiastical authority can select and promote in a particular way some of the apostolic associations and projects which have an immediately spiritual purpose, thereby assuming in them a special responsibility. Thus, making various dispositions of the apostolate according to circumstances, the hierarchy joins some particular form of it more closely with its own apostolic function. Yet the proper nature and distinctiveness of each apostolate must be preserved, and the laity must not be deprived of the possibility of acting on their own accord. In various Church documents this procedure of the hierarchy is called a mandate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, the hierarchy entrusts to the laity certain functions which are more closely connected with pastoral duties, such as the teaching of Christian doctrine, certain liturgical actions, and the care of souls. By virtue of this mission, the laity are fully subject to higher ecclesiastical control in the performance of this work."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As regards works and institutions in the temporal order, the role of the ecclesiastical hierarchy is to teach and authentically interpret the moral principles to be followed in temporal affairs. Furthermore, they have the right to judge, after careful consideration of all related matters and consultation with experts, whether or not such works and institutions conform to moral principles and the right to decide what is required for the protection and promotion of values of the supernatural order."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops, pastors of parishes, and other priests of both branches of the clergy should keep in mind that the right and duty to exercise this apostolate is common to all the faithful, both clergy and laity, and that the laity also have their own roles in building up the Church.(3) For this reason they should work fraternally with the laity in and for the Church and take special care of the lay persons in these apostolic works.(4)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Special care should be taken to select priests who are capable of promoting particular forms of the apostolate of the laity and are properly trained.(5) Those who are engaged in this ministry represent the hierarchy in their pastoral activity by virtue of the mission they receive from the hierarchy. Always adhering faithfully to the spirit and teaching of the Church, they should promote proper relations been laity and hierarchy. They should devote themselves to nourishing the spiritual life and an apostolic attitude in the Catholic societies entrusted to them; they should contribute their wise counsel to the apostolic activity of these associations and promote their undertakings. Through continuous dialogue with the laity, these priests should carefully investigate which forms make apostolic activity more fruitful. They should promote the spirit of unity within the association as well as between it and others."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, in keeping with the spirit and norms of their societies, Religious Brothers and Sisters should value the apostolic works of the laity and willingly devote themselves to promoting lay enterprises.(6) They should also strive to support, uphold, and fulfill priestly functions."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In dioceses, insofar as possible, there should be councils which assist the apostolic work of the Church either in the field of evangelization and sanctification or in the charitable, social, or other spheres, and here it is fitting that the clergy and Religious should cooperate with the laity. While preserving the proper character and autonomy of each organization, these councils will be able to promote the mutual coordination of various lay associations and enterprises.(7)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Councils of this type should be established as far as possible also on the parochial, interparochial, and interdiocesan level as well as in the national or international sphere.(8)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A special secretariat, moreover, should be established at the Holy See for the service and promotion of the lay apostolate. It can serve as a well-equipped center for communicating information about the various apostolic programs of the laity, promoting research into modern problems arising in this field, and assisting the hierarchy and laity in their apostolic works with its advice. The various movements and projects of the apostolate of the laity throughout the world should also be represented in this secretariat, and here clergy and Religious also are to cooperate with the laity."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The quasi-common heritage of the Gospel and the common duty of Christian witness resulting from it recommend and frequently require the cooperation of Catholics with other Christians, on the part of individuals and communities within the Church, either in activities or in associations, in the national or international field.(9)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Likewise, common human values not infrequently call for cooperation between Christians pursuing apostolic aims and those who do not profess Christ's name but acknowledge these values."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By this dynamic and prudent cooperation,(10) which is of special importance in temporal activities, the laity bear witness to Christ, the Savior of the world, as well as to the unity of the human family."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "FORMATION FOR THE APOSTOLATE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The apostolate can attain its maximum effectiveness only through a diversified and thorough formation. This is demanded not only by the continuous spiritual and doctrinal progress of the lay person himself but also by the accommodation of his activity to circumstances varying according to the affairs, persons, and duties involved. This formation for the apostolate should rest upon those bases which have been stated and proclaimed by this most holy council in other documents.(1) In addition to the formation which is common for all Christians, many forms of the apostolate demand also a specific and particular formation because of the variety of persons and circumstances."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the laity share in their own way in the mission of the Church, their apostolic formation is specially characterized by the distinctively secular and particular quality of the lay state and by its own form of the spiritual life."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The formation for the apostolate presupposes a certain human and well-rounded formation adapted to the natural abilities and conditions of each lay person. Well-informed about the modern world, the lay person should be a member of his own community and adjusted to its culture."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "However, the lay person should learn especially how to perform the mission of Christ and the Church by basing his life on belief in the divine mystery of creation and redemption and by being sensitive to the movement of the Holy Spirit who gives life to the people of God and who urges all to love God the Father as well as the world and men in Him. This formation should be deemed the basis and condition for every successful apostolate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In addition to spiritual formation, a solid doctrinal instruction in theology, ethics, and philosophy adjusted to differences of age, status, and natural talents, is required. The importance of general culture along with practical and technical formation should also be kept in mind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To cultivate good human relations, truly human values must be fostered, especially the art of living fraternally and cooperating with others and of striking up friendly conversation with them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since formation for the apostolate cannot consist in merely theoretical instruction, from the beginning of their formation the laity should gradually and prudently learn how to view, judge and do all things in the light of faith as well as to develop and improve themselves along with others through doing, thereby entering into active service to the Church.(2) This formation, always in need of improvement because of the increasing maturity of the human person and the proliferation of problems, requires an ever deeper knowledge and planned activity. In the fulfillment of all the demands of formation, the unity and integrity of the human person must be kept in mind at all times so that his harmony and balance may be safeguarded and enhanced."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In this way the lay person engages himself wholly and actively in the reality of the temporal order and effectively assumes his role in conducting the affairs of this order. At the same time, as a living member and witness of the Church, he renders the Church present and active in the midst of temporal affairs.(3)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The training for the apostolate should start with the children's earliest education. In a special way, however, adolescents and young persons should be initiated into the apostolate and imbued with its spirit. This formation must be perfected throughout their whole life in keeping with the demands of new responsibilities. It is evident, therefore, that those who have the obligation to provide a Christian education also have the duty of providing formation for the apostolate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the family parents have the task of training their children from childhood on to recognize God's love for all men. By example especially they should teach them little by little to be solicitous for the material and spiritual needs of their neighbor. The whole family in its common life, then, should be a sort of apprenticeship for the apostolate. Children must be educated, too, in such fashion that transcending the family circle, they may open their minds to both ecclesiastical and temporal communities. They should be so involved in the local community of the parish that they will acquire a consciousness of being living and active members of the people of God. Priests should focus their attention on the formation of the laity for the apostolate in their catechetics, their ministry of the word, their direction of souls, and in their other pastoral services."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Schools, colleges, and other Catholic educational institutions also have the duty to develop a Catholic sense and apostolic activity in young persons. If young people lack this formation either because they do not attend these schools or because of any other reason, all the more should parents, pastors of souls, and apostolic organizations attend to it. Teachers and educators on the other hand, who carry on a distinguished form of the apostolate of the laity by their vocation and office, should be equipped with that learning and pedagogical skill that are needed for imparting such education effectively."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Likewise, lay groups and associations dedicated to the apostolate or other supernatural goals, should carefully and assiduously promote formation for the apostolate in keeping with their purpose and condition.(4) Frequently these groups are the ordinary vehicle for harmonious formation for the apostolate inasmuch as they provide doctrinal, spiritual, and practical formation. Their members meet in small groups with their associates or friends, examine the methods and results of their apostolic activity, and compare their daily way of life with the Gospel."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formation of this type must be so organized that it takes into account the whole lay apostolate, which must be carried on not only among the organized groups themselves but also in all circumstances throughout one's whole life, especially one's professional and social life. Indeed, everyone should diligently prepare himself for the apostolate, this preparation being the more urgent in adulthood. For the advance of age brings with it a more open mind, enabling each person to detect more readily the talents with which God has enriched his soul and to exercise more effectively those charisms which the Holy Spirit has bestowed on him for the good of his brethren."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Various types of the apostolate demand also a specially suitable formation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) In regard to the apostolate for evangelizing and sanctifying men, the laity must be specially formed to engage in conversation with others, believers, or non-believers, in order to manifest Christ's message to all men.(5)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since in our times, different forms of materialism are spread far and wide even among Catholic, the laity should not only learn doctrine more diligently, especially those main points which are the subjects of controversy, but should also exhibit the witness of an evangelical life in contrast to all forms of materialism."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) In regard to the Christian renewal of the temporal order, the laity should be instructed in the true meaning and value of temporal things, both in themselves and in relation to all the aims of the human person. They should be trained in the right use of things and the organization of institutions, attentive always to the common good in line with the principles of the moral and social teaching of the Church. Laymen should above all learn the principles and conclusions of the social doctrine so as to become capable of working for the development of this doctrine to the best of their ability and of rightly applying these same principles and conclusions to individual cases.(6)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Since the works of charity and mercy express the most striking testimony of the Christian life, apostolic formation should lead also to the performance of these works so that the faithful may learn from childhood on to have compassion for their brethren and to be generous in helping those in need.(7)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There are many aids for lay persons devoted to the apostolate, namely, study sessions, congresses, periods of recollection, spiritual exercises, frequent meetings, conferences, books, and periodicals directed toward the acquisition of a deeper knowledge of sacred Scripture and Catholic doctrine, the nourishment.of spiritual life, the discernment of world conditions, and the discovery and development of suitable methods.(8)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These aids in formation take into consideration the various types of the apostolate in the milieu where it is exercised."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For this purpose also centers or higher institutes have been erected, and they have already proved highly successful."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The most holy council rejoices over projects of this kind which are already flourishing in certain areas, and it desires that they may be promoted also in other areas where they may be needed. Furthermore, centers of documentation and study not only in theology but also in anthropology, psychology, sociology, and methodology should be established for all fields of the apostolate for the better development of the natural capacities of the laity-men and women, young persons and adults."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The most holy council, then, earnestly entreats all the laity in the Lord to answer gladly, nobly, and promptly the more urgent invitation of Christ in this hour and the impulse of the Holy Spirit. Younger persons should feel that this call has been directed to them especially and they should respond to it eagerly and generously. Through this holy synod, the Lord renews His invitation to all the laity to come closer to Him every day, recognizing that what is His is also their own (Phil. 2:5), to associate themselves with Him in His saving mission. Once again He sends them into every town and place where He will come (cf. Luke 10:1) so that they may show that they are co-workers in the various forms and modes of the one apostolate of the Church, which must be constantly adapted to the new needs of our times. Ever productive as they should be in the work of the Lord, they know that their labor in Him is not in vain (cf. 1 Cor. 15:58)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introduction:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. John XXIII, apostolic constitution \"Humani Salutis,\" Dec. 25, 1961: A.A.S. 54 (1962) pp. 7-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Nature of the Church, nos. 33 ff.: A.A.S. 57 (1965) pp. 39 ff.; cf; also Constitution on the Liturgy, nos. 26-40; A.A.S. 56 (1964) pp. 107- 111; cf. Decree on Instruments of Social Communication: A.A.S. 56 (1964) pp. 145-158; cf. Decree on Ecumenism: A.A.S. 57 (1965) pp. 90-107; cf. Decree on Pastoral Duties of Bishops, nos. 16, 17, 18; cf. Declaration on Christian Education, nos. 3, 5, 7; cf. Decree on Missionary Activity of Church, nos. 15, 21, 41; cf. Decree on Priestly Life and Ministry, no. 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, allocution to cardinals, Feb. 18, 1946: A.A.S. 38 (1946) pp. 101-102; Idem., sermon to young Catholic workers, Aug. 25, 1957: A.A.S. 49 (1957) p. 843."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter 1 Article 2:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XI, encyclical \"Rerum Ecclesiae:\" A.A.S. 18 (1926) p. 65."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Nature of the Church, no. 31: A.A.S. 57 (1965) p. 37. Article 3:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. ibid., no. 33, p. 39; cf. also no. 10, ibid., p. 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. ibid., no. 12, p. 16. Article 4:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Vatican Council, Constitution on the Liturgy, Chap. 1, no. 11: A.A.S. 56 (1964) pp. 102-103."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Nature of the Church, no. 32: A.A.S. 57 (1965) p. 38; cf. also nos. 40-41: ibid., pp. 45-47."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ibid., no. 62, p. 63; cf. also no. 65. ibid., pp. 64-65. CHAPTER II Article 6:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XI, encyclical \"Ubi Arcano,\" Dec. 23, 1922: A.A.S. 14 (1922) p. 659; Pius XII, encyclical \"Summi Pontificatus,\" Oct. 20, 1939: A.A.S. 31 (1939) pp. 442-443. Article 7:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Leo XIII, encyclical \"Rerum Novarum:\" A.A.S. 23 (1890-91) p. 47; Pius XI encyclical \"Quadragesimo anno:\" A.A.S. 23 (1931) p 190; Pius XII, radio message of June 1, 1941: A.A.S. 33 (1941) p. 207. Article 8:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. John XXIII, encyclical \"Mater et Magistra:\" A.A.S. 53 (1961) p. 402."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. ibid., pp. 440-441."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. ibid., pp. 442-443."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, allocution to \"Pax Romana\" April 25, 1957: A.A.S. 49 (1957) pp. 298-299; and especially John XXIII, \"Ad Conventum Consilii\" Food and Agriculture Organization Nov. 10, 1959: A.A.S. 51 (1959) pp. 856-866."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter III Article 10:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. St. Pius X, apostolic letter \"Creationis Duarum Novarum Paroeciarum\" June 1, 1905: A.A.S. 38 (1905) pp. 65-67; Pius XII, allocution to faithful of parish of St. Saba, Jan. 11, 1953: Discourses and radio messages of His Holiness Pius XII, 14 (1952-53) pp. 449- 454; John XXIII allocution to clergy and faithful of suburbicarian diocese of Albano, \"Ad Arcem Gandulfi Habita,\" Aug. 26, 1962: A.A.S. 54 (1962) pp. 656-660."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Leo XIII, allocution Jan. 28, 1894: Acts, 14 (1894) pp. 424- 425."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, allocution to pastors, etc., Feb. 6, 1951: Discourses and Radio Messages of His Holiness Pius XII, 12 (1950-51) pp. 437- 443; 852: ibid, 14 (1952-53) pp. 5-10; March 27, 1953: ibid., 15 (1953-54) pp. 27-35; Feb. 28, 1954: ibid., pp. 585-590. Article 11:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XI, encyclical \"Casti Connubii:\" A.A.S. 22 (1930) p. 554; Pius XII, Radio Messages, Jan. 1, 1941: A.A.S. 33 (1941) p. 203; idem., to delegates of the convention of the members of the International Union to Protect the Rights of Families, Sept. 20, 1949; A.A.S. 41 (1949) p. 552; idem., to heads of families on pilgrimage from France to Rome, Sept. 18, 1951: A.A.S. 43 (1951) p. 731, idem., Christmas Radio Message of 1952: A.A.S. 45 (1953) p. 41; John XXIII, encyclical \"Mater et Magistra\" May 15, 1961: A.A.S. (1961) pp. 429, 439."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, encyclical \"Evangelii Praecones,\" June 2, 1951: A.A.S. 43 (1951) p. 514."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, to delegates to the convention of members of the International Union for the Defense of Family Rights, Sept. 20, 1949: A.A.S. 41 (1949) p. 552. Article 12:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. St. Pius X, allocution to Association of French Catholic Youth on piety, knowledge and action, Sept. 25, 1904: A.A.S. 37 (1904- 05) pp. 296-300."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, letter \"Dans Quelques Semaines\" to Archbishop of Montreal, Canada, to be relayed to the Assemblies of Canadian Young Christian Workers, May 24, 1947: A.A.S. 39 (1947) p. 257; radio message to Young Christian Workers, Brussels, Sept. 3, 1950: A.A.S. 42 (1950) pp. 640-641. Article 13:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XI, encyclical \"Quadragesimo Anno,\" May 15, 1931: A.A.S. 23 (1931) pp. 225-226. Article 14:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. John XXIII, encyclical \"Mater et Magistra\" May 15, 1961: A.A.S. 53 (1961) pp. 448-450."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter IV Article 17:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, allocution to the first convention of laymen representing all nations on the promotion of the apostolate, Oct. 15, 1951: A.A.S. 43 (1951) p. 788. Article 18:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, allocution to the first convention of laymen representing all nations on the promotion of the apostolate Oct. 15, 1951: A.A.S. 43 (1951) pp. 787-788."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, encyclical \"Le Pelerinage de Lourdes,\" July 2, 1957: A.A.S. 49 (1957) p. 615. Article 19:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, allocution to the assembly of the International Federation of Catholic Men, Dec. 8, 1956: A.A.S. 49 (1957) pp. 26- 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. in Chap. 5, no. 24."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Sacred Congregation of the Council, concerning the dissolution of the Corrientes diocese in Argentina, Nov. 13, 1920: A.A.S. 13 (1921) p. 139."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. John XXIII, encyclical \"Princeps Pastorum,\" Dec. 10, 1959: A.A.S. 51 (1959) p. 856. Article 20:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XI, letter \"Quae Nobis\" to Cardinal Bertram, Nov. 13, 1928: A.A.S. 20 (1928) p. 385. cf. also Pius XII, allocution to Italian Catholic Action, Sept. 4, 1940: A.A.S. 32 (1940) p. 362."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter V Article 23:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XI, encyclical \"Quamvis Nostra,\" April 30, 1936: A.A.S., 28 (1936) pp. 160-161. Article 24:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Sacred Congregation of the Council on the dissolution of the diocese of Corrientes, Argentina, Nov. 13, 1920; A.A.S. 13 (1921) pp. 137-140. Article 25:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, allocution to the second convention of laymen representing all nations on the promotion of the apostolate, Oct. 5 1957: A.A.S. 49 (1957) p. 927."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Nature of the Church, no. 37. A.A.S. 57 (1965) pp. 442-443."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, apostolic exhortation \"Menti Nostrae,\" Sept. 23 1950: A.A.S. 42 (1950) p. 660."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Vatican Council, Decree on the Renovation of Religious Life, no. 8. Article 26:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Benedict XIV, On the Diocesan Synod, I, 3, Chap. 9, no. 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XI, encyclical \"Quamvis Nostra,\" April 30, l936: A.A.S. 28 (1936) pp. 160-161. Article 27:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. John XXIII, encyclical \"Mater et Magistra,\" May 15, 1961: A.A.S. 53 (1961) pp. 456-457. cf. Second Vatican Council, Decree on Ecumenism, no. 12: A.A.S. 57 (1965) pp. 99-100."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Vatican Council, Decree on Ecumenism, no. 12: A.A.S. 57 (1965) p. 100. Also cf. Dogmatic Constitution on the Nature of the Church, no. 15: A.A.S. 57 (1965) pp. 19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPTER VI Article 28:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Nature of the Church, Chaps. 2, 4 and 5: A.A.S. 57 (1965) pp. 12- 21, 37-49; also cf. Decree on Ecumenism, nos. 4, 6, 7 and 12: A.A.S. 57 (1965) pp. 94, 96, 97, 99, 100; cf. also above, no. 4. Article 29:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, allocution to the first international Boy Scouts congress, June 6, 1952: A.A.S. 44 (1952) pp. 579-580; John XXIII, encyclical, \"Mater et Magistra,\" May 15, 1961: A.A.S. 53 (1961) p. 456."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Nature of the Church, p. 33: A.A.S. 57 (1965) p. 39. Article. 30:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. John XXIII, encyclical \"Mater et Magistra,\" May 15, 1961: A.A.S. 53 (1961) p. 455. Article 31:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, encyclical \"Sertum Laetitiae,\" Nov. 1, 1939: A.A.S. 31 (1939) pp. 653-654; cf. idem., to graduates of Italian Catholic Action, May 24, 1953."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, allocution to the universal congress of the World Federation of Young Catholic Women, April 18, 1952: A.A.S. 42 (1952) pp. 414-419. cf. idem., allocution to the Christian Association of Italian Workers, May 1, 1955: A.A.S. 47 (1955) pp. 403-404."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, to delegates of the Assembly of Charity Associations, April 27,1952: pp.470-471."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 32:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8 cf. John XXIII, encyclical \"Mater et Magistra,\" May 15 1961: A.A.S. 53 (1961) p. 454."
            }
          ]
        },
        "es": {
          "code": "es",
          "label": "Español",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651118_apostolicam-actuositatem_sp.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-178-vat-ii_decree_19651118_apostolicam-actuositatem_sp.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO APOSTOLICAM ACTUOSITATEM SOBRE EL APOSTOLADO DE LOS LAICOS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROEMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Queriendo intensificar más la actividad apostólica del Pueblo de Dios, el Santo Concilio se dirige solícitamente a los cristianos seglares, cuyo papel propio y enteramente necesario en la misión de la Iglesia ya ha mencionado en otros lugares. Porque el apostolado de los laicos, que surge de su misma vocación cristiana nunca puede faltar en la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cuán espontánea y cuán fructuosa fuera esta actividad en los orígenes de la Iglesia lo demuestran abundantemente las mismas Sagradas Escrituras (Cf. Act., 11,19-21; 18,26; Rom., 16,1-16; Fil., 4,3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nuestros tiempos no exigen menos celo en los laicos, sino que, por el contrario, las circunstancias actuales les piden un apostolado mucho más intenso y más amplio. Porque el número de los hombres, que aumenta de día en día, el progreso de las ciencias y de la técnica, las relaciones más estrechas entre los hombres no sólo han extendido hasta lo infinito los campos inmensos del apostolado de los laicos, en parte abiertos solamente a ellos, sino que también han suscitado nuevos problemas que exigen su cuidado y preocupación diligente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Y este apostolado se hace más urgente porque ha crecido muchísimo, como es justo, la autonomía de muchos sectores de la vida humana, y a veces con cierta separación del orden ético y religioso y con gran peligro de la vida cristiana. Además, en muchas regiones, en que los sacerdotes son muy escasos, o, como sucede con frecuencia, se ven privados de libertad en su ministerio, sin la ayuda de los laicos, la Iglesia a duras penas podría estar presente y trabajar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prueba de esta múltiple y urgente necesidad, y respuesta feliz al mismo tiempo, es la acción del Espíritu Santo, que impele hoy a los laicos más y más conscientes de su responsabilidad, y los inclina en todas partes al servicio de Cristo y de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Concilio en este decreto se propone explicar la naturaleza, el carácter y la variedad del apostolado seglar, exponer los principios fundamentales y dar las instrucciones pastorales para su mayor eficacia; todo lo cual ha de tenerse como norma en la revisión del derecho canónico, en cuanto se refiere el apostolado seglar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I VOCACIÓN DE LOS LAICOS AL APOSTOLADO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Participación de los laicos en la misión de la Iglesia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia ha nacido con el fin de que, por la propagación del Reino de Cristo en toda la tierra, para gloria de Dios Padre, todos los hombres sean partícipes de la redención salvadora, y por su medio se ordene realmente todo el mundo hacia Cristo. Toda la actividad del Cuerpo Místico, dirigida a este fin, se llama apostolado, que ejerce la Iglesia por todos sus miembros y de diversas maneras; porque la vocación cristiana, por su misma naturaleza, es también vocación al apostolado. Como en la complexión de un cuerpo vivo ningún miembro se comporta de una forma meramente pasiva, sino que participa también en la actividad y en la vida del cuerpo, así en el Cuerpo de Cristo, que es la Iglesia, \"todo el cuerpo crece según la operación propia, de cada uno de sus miembros\" (Ef., 4,16).Y por cierto, es tanta la conexión y trabazón de los miembros en este Cuerpo (Cf. Ef., 4,16), que el miembro que no contribuye según su propia capacidad al aumento del cuerpo debe reputarse como inútil para la Iglesia y para sí mismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En la Iglesia hay variedad de ministerios, pero unidad de misión. A los Apóstoles y a sus sucesores les confirió Cristo el encargo de enseñar, de santificar y de regir en su mismo nombre y autoridad. Mas también los laicos hechos partícipes del ministerio sacerdotal, profético y real de Cristo, cumplen su cometido en la misión de todo el pueblo de Dios en la Iglesia y en el mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En realidad, ejercen el apostolado con su trabajo para la evangelización y santificación de los hombres, y para la función y el desempeño de los negocios temporales, llevado a cabo con espíritu evangélico de forma que su laboriosidad en este aspecto sea un claro testimonio de Cristo y sirva para la salvación de los hombres. Pero siendo propio del estado de los laicos el vivir en medio del mundo y de los negocios temporales, ellos son llamados por Dios para que, fervientes en el espíritu cristiano, ejerzan su apostolado en el mundo a manera de fermento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fundamento del apostolado seglar"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los cristianos seglares obtienen el derecho y la obligación del apostolado por su unión con Cristo Cabeza. Ya que insertos en el bautismo en el Cuerpo Místico de Cristo, robustecidos por la Confirmación en la fortaleza del Espíritu Santo, son destinados al apostolado por el mismo Señor. Son consagrados como sacerdocio real y gente santa (Cf. 1 Pe., 2,4-10) para ofrecer hostias espirituales por medio de todas sus obras, y para dar testimonio de Cristo en todas las partes del mundo. La caridad, que es como el alma de todo apostolado, se comunica y mantiene con los Sacramentos, sobre todo de la Eucaristía."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El apostolado se ejerce en la fe, en la esperanza y en la caridad, que derrama el Espíritu Santo en los corazones de todos los miembros de la Iglesia. Más aún, el precepto de la caridad, que es el máximo mandamiento del Señor, urge a todos los cristianos a procurar la gloria de Dios por el advenimiento de su reino, y la vida eterna para todos los hombres: que conozcan al único Dios verdadero y a su enviado Jesucristo (Cf. Jn., 17,3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por consiguiente, se impone a todos los fieles cristianos la noble obligación de trabajar para que el mensaje divino de la salvación sea conocido y aceptado por todos los hombres de cualquier lugar de la tierra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para ejercer este apostolado, el Espíritu Santo, que produce la santificación del pueblo de Dios por el ministerio y por los Sacramentos, concede también dones peculiares a los fieles (Cf. 1 Cor., 12,7) \"distribuyéndolos a cada uno según quiere\" (1 Cor., 12,11), para que \"cada uno, según la gracia recibida, poniéndola al servicio de los otros\", sean también ellos \"administradores de la multiforme gracia de Dios\" (1 Pe., 4,10), para edificación de todo el cuerpo en la caridad (Cf. Ef., 4,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De la recepción de estos carismas, incluso de los más sencillos, procede a cada uno de los creyentes el derecho y la obligación de ejercitarlos para bien de los hombres y edificación de la Iglesia, ya en la Iglesia misma., ya en el mundo, en la libertad del Espíritu Santo, que \"sopla donde quiere\" (Jn., 3,8), y, al mismo tiempo, en unión con los hermanos en Cristo, sobre todo con sus pastores, a quienes pertenece el juzgar su genuina naturaleza y su debida aplicación, no por cierto para que apaguen el Espíritu, sino con el fin de que todo lo prueben y retengan lo que es bueno (Cf. 1 Tes., 5,12; 19,21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La espiritualidad seglar en orden al apostolado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siendo Cristo, enviado por el Padre, fuente y origen de todo el apostolado de la Iglesia, es evidente que la fecundidad del apostolado seglar depende de su unión vital con Cristo, porque dice el Señor: \"El que permanece en mí y yo en él, ése da mucho fruto, porque sin mí nada podéis hacer\" (Jn. 15,4-5). Esta vida de unión íntima con Cristo en la Iglesia se nutre de auxilios espirituales, que son comunes a todos los fieles, sobre todo por la participación activa en la Sagrada Liturgia, de tal forma los han de utilizar los fieles que, mientras cumplen debidamente las obligaciones del mundo en las circunstancias ordinarias de la vida, no separen la unión con Cristo de las actividades de su vida, sino que han de crecer en ella cumpliendo su deber según la voluntad de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es preciso que los seglares avancen en la santidad decididos y animosos por este camino, esforzándose en superar las dificultades con prudencia y paciencia. Nada en su vida debe ser ajeno a la orientación espiritual, ni las preocupaciones familiares, ni otros negocios temporales, según las palabras del Apóstol: \"Todo cuanto hacéis de palabra o de obra, hacedlo todo en el nombre del Señor Jesús, dando gracias a Dios Padre por El\" (Col., 3,17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero una vida así exige un ejercicio continuo de fe, esperanza y caridad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Solamente con la luz de la fe y la meditación de su palabra divina puede uno conocer siempre y en todo lugar a Dios, \"en quien vivimos, nos movemos y existimos\" (Act., 17,28), buscar su voluntad en todos los acontecimientos, contemplar a Cristo en todos los hombres, sean deudos o extraños, y juzgar rectamente sobre el sentido y el valor de las cosas materiales en sí mismas y en consideración al fin del hombre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los que poseen esta fe viven en la esperanza de la revelación de los hijos de Dios, acordándose de la cruz y de la resurrección del Señor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Escondidos con Cristo en Dios, durante la peregrinación de esta vida, y libres de la servidumbre de las riquezas, mientras se dirigen a los bienes imperecederos, se entregan gustosamente y por entero a la expansión del reino de Dios y a informar y perfeccionar el orden de las cosas temporales con el espíritu cristiano. En medio de las adversidades de este vida hallan la fortaleza de la esperanza, pensando que \"los padecimientos del tiempo presente no son nada en comparación con la gloria que ha de manifestarse en nosotros\" (Rom., 8,18)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Impulsados por la caridad que procede de Dios hacen el bien a todos, pero especialmente a los hermanos en la fe (Cf. Gál., 6,10), despojándose \"de toda maldad y de todo engaño, de hipocresías, envidias y maledicencias\" (1 Pe., 2,1), atrayendo de esta forma los hombres a Cristo. Mas la caridad de Dios que \"se ha derramado en nuestros corazones por virtud del Espíritu Santo, que nos ha sido dado\" (Rom., 5,5) hace a los seglares capaces de expresar realmente en su vida el espíritu de las Bienaventuranzas. Siguiendo a Cristo pobre, ni se abaten por la escasez ni se ensoberbece por la abundancia de los bienes temporales; imitando a Cristo humilde, no ambicionan la gloria vana (Cf. Gál., 5,26) sino que procuran agradar a Dios antes que a los hombres, preparados siempre a dejarlo todo por Cristo (Cf. Lc., 14,26), a padecer persecución por la justicia (Cf. Mt., 5,10), recordando las palabras del Señor: \"Si alguien quiere venir en pos de mí, niéguese a sí mismo, tome su cruz y sígame\" (Mt., 16,24). Cultivando entre sí la amistad cristiana, se ayudan mutuamente en cualquier necesidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La espiritualidad de los laicos debe tomar su nota característica del estado de matrimonio y de familia, de soltería o de viudez, de la condición de enfermedad, de la actividad profesional y social. No descuiden, pues, el cultivo asiduo de las cualidades y dotes convenientes para ello que se les ha dado y el uso de los propios dones recibidos del Espíritu Santo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Además, los laicos que, siguiendo su vocación, se han inscrito en alguna de las asociaciones o institutos aprobados por la Iglesia, han de esforzarse al mismo tiempo en asimilar fielmente la característica peculiar de la vida espiritual que les es propia. Aprecien también como es debido la pericia profesional, el sentimiento familiar y cívico y esas virtudes que exigen las costumbres sociales, como la honradez, el espíritu de justicia, la sinceridad, la delicadeza, la fortaleza de alma, sin las que no puede darse verdadera vida cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El modelo perfecto de esa vida espiritual y apostólica es la Santísima Virgen María, Reina de los Apóstoles, la cual, mientras llevaba en este mundo una vida igual que la de los demás, llena de preocupaciones familiares y de trabajos, estaba constantemente unida con su Hijo, cooperó de un modo singularísimo a la obra del Salvador; más ahora, asunta el cielo, \"cuida con amor maternal de los hermanos de su Hijo, que peregrinan todavía y se debaten entre peligros y angustias, hasta que sean conducidos a la patria feliz\". Hónrenla todos devotísimamente y encomienden su vida y apostolado a su solicitud de Madre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO II FINES QUE HAY QUE LOGRAR"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introducción"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La obra de la redención de Cristo, que de suyo tiende a salvar a los hombres, comprende también la restauración incluso de todo el orden temporal. Por tanto, la misión de la Iglesia no es sólo anunciar el mensaje de Cristo y su gracia a los hombres, sino también el impregnar y perfeccionar todo el orden temporal con el espíritu evangélico. Por consiguiente, los laicos, siguiendo esta misión, ejercitan su apostolado tanto en el mundo como en la Iglesia, lo mismo en el orden espiritual que en el temporal: órdenes que, por más que sean distintos, se compenetran de tal forma en el único designio de Dios, que el mismo Dios tiende a reasumir, en Cristo, todo el mundo en la nueva creación, incoactivamente en la tierra, plenamente en el último día. El laico, que es a un tiempo fiel y ciudadano, debe comportarse siempre en ambos órdenes con una conciencia cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El apostolado de la evangelización y santificación de los hombres"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La misión de la Iglesia tiende a la santificación de los hombres, que hay que conseguir con la fe en Cristo y con su gracia. El apostolado, pues, de la Iglesia y de todos sus miembros se ordena, ante todo, al mensaje de Cristo, que hay que revelar al mundo con las palabras y con las obras, y a comunicar su gracia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esto se realiza principalmente por el ministerio de la palabra y de los Sacramentos, encomendado especialmente al clero, en el que los laicos tienen que desempeñar también un papel importante, para ser \"cooperadores de la verdad\" incoactivamente aquí en la tierra, plenamente en el cielo(3 Jn., 8). En este orden sobre todo se completan mutuamente el apostolado de los laicos y el ministerio pastoral. A los laicos se les presentan innumerables ocasiones para el ejercicio del apostolado de la evangelización y de la santificación. El mismo testimonio de la vida cristiana y las obras buenas, realizadas con espíritu sobrenatural, tienen eficacia para atraer a los hombres hacia la fe y hacia Dios, pues dice el Señor: \"Así ha de lucir vuestra luz ante los hombres, para que viendo vuestras buenas obras glorifiquen a vuestro Padre que está en los cielos\" (Mt., 5,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero este apostolado no consiste sólo en el testimonio de la vida: el verdadero apóstol busca las ocasiones de anunciar a Cristo con la palabra, ya a los no creyentes para llevarlos a la fe; ya a los fieles para instruirlos, confirmarlos y estimularlos a una vida más fervorosa: \"la caridad de Cristo nos urge\" (2 Cor., 5,14), y en el corazón de todos deben resonar aquellas palabras del Apóstol: \"¡Ay de mí si no evangelizare\"! (1 Cor., 9,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas como en nuestros tiempos surgen nuevos problemas, y se multiplican los errores gravísimos que pretenden destruir desde sus cimientos todo el orden moral y la misma sociedad humana, este Sagrado Concilio exhorta cordialísimamente a los laicos, a cada uno según las dotes de su ingenio y según su saber, a que suplan diligentemente su cometido, conforme a la mente de la Iglesia, aclarando los principios cristianos, defendiéndolos y aplicándolos convenientemente a los problemas actuales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instauración cristiana del orden temporal"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este en el plan de Dios sobre el mundo, que los hombres restauren concordemente el orden de las cosas temporales y lo perfeccionen sin cesar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todo lo que constituye el orden temporal, a saber, los bienes de la vida y de la familia, la cultura, la economía, las artes y profesiones, las instituciones de la comunidad política, las relaciones internacionales, y otras cosas semejantes, y su evolución y progreso, no solamente son subsidios para el último fin del hombre, sino que tienen un valor propio, que Dios les ha dado, considerados en sí mismos, o como partes del orden temporal: \"Y vio Dios todo lo que había hecho y era muy bueno\" (Gén., 1,31). Esta bondad natural de las cosas recibe una cierta dignidad especial de su relación con la persona humana, para cuyo servicio fueron creadas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Plugo, por fin, a Dios el aunar todas las cosas, tanto naturales, como sobrenaturales, en Cristo Jesús \"para que tenga El la primacía sobre todas las cosas\" (Col., 1,18). No obstante, este destino no sólo no priva al orden temporal de su autonomía, de sus propios fines, leyes, ayudas e importancia para el bien de los hombres, sino que más bien lo perfecciona en su valor e importancia propia y, al mismo tiempo, lo equipara a la integra vocación del hombre sobre la tierra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En el decurso de la historia, el uso de los bienes temporales ha sido desfigurado con graves defectos, porque los hombres, afectados por el pecado original, cayeron frecuentemente en muchos errores acerca del verdadero Dios, de la naturaleza, del hombre y de los principios de la ley moral, de donde se siguió la corrupción de las costumbres e instituciones humanas y la no rara conculcación de la persona del hombre. Incluso en nuestros días, no pocos, confiando más de lo debido, en los progresos de las ciencias naturales y de la técnica, caen como en una idolatría de los bienes materiales, haciéndose más bien siervos que señores de ellos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es obligación de toda la Iglesia el trabajar para que los hombres se vuelvan capaces de restablecer rectamente el orden de los bienes temporales y de ordenarlos hacia Dios por Jesucristo. A los pastores atañe el manifestar claramente los principios sobre el fin de la creación y el uso del mundo, y prestar los auxilios morales y espirituales para instaurar en Cristo el orden de las cosas temporales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es preciso, con todo, que los laicos tomen como obligación suya la restauración del orden temporal, y que, conducidos por la luz del Evangelio y por la mente de la Iglesia, y movidos por la caridad cristiana, obren directamente y en forma concreta en dicho orden; que cooperen unos ciudadanos con otros, con sus conocimientos especiales y su responsabilidad propia; y que busquen en todas partes y en todo la justicia del reino de Dios. Hay que establecer el orden temporal de forma que, observando íntegramente sus propias leyes, esté conforme con los últimos principios de la vida cristiana, adaptándose a las variadas circunstancias de lugares, tiempos y pueblos. Entre las obras de este apostolado sobresale la acción social de los cristianos, que desea el Santo Concilio se extienda hoy a todo el ámbito temporal, incluso a la cultura."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La acción caritativa como distintivo del apostolado cristiano"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si bien todo el ejercicio del apostolado debe proceder y recibir su fuerza de la caridad, algunas obras, por su propia naturaleza, son aptas para convertirse en expresión viva de la misma caridad, que quiso Cristo Señor fuera prueba de su misión mesiánica (Cf. Mt., 11,4-5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El mandamiento supremo en la ley es amar a Dios de todo corazón y al prójimo como a sí mismo (Cf. Mt., 22,27-40). Ahora bien, Cristo hizo suyo este mandamiento de caridad para con el prójimo y lo enriqueció con un nuevo sentido, al querer hacerse El un mismo objeto de la caridad con los hermanos, diciendo: \"Cuantas veces hicisteis eso a uno de estos mis hermanos menores, a mí me lo hicisteis\" (Mt., 25,40). El, pues, tomando la naturaleza humana, se asoció familiarmente todo el género humano, con una cierta solidaridad sobrenatural, y constituyó la caridad como distintivo de sus discípulos con estas palabras: \"En esto conocerán todos que sois mis discípulos, si tenéis caridad unos con otros (Jn., 13,35)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como la santa Iglesia en sus principios, reuniendo el ágape de la Cena Eucarística, se manifestaba toda unida en torno de Cristo por el vínculo de la caridad, así en todo tiempo se reconoce siempre por este distintivo de amor, y al paso que se goza con las empresas de otros, reivindica las obras de caridad como deber y derecho suyo, que no puede enajenar. Por lo cual la misericordia para con los necesitados y enfermos, y las llamadas obras de caridad y de ayuda mutua para aliviar todas las necesidades humanas son consideradas por la Iglesia con un singular honor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estas actividades y estas obras se han hecho hoy mucho más urgentes y universales, porque los medios de comunicación son más expeditos, porque se han acortado las distancias entre los hombre y porque los habitantes de todo el mundo vienen a ser como los miembros de una familia. La acción caritativa puede y debe llegar hoy a todos los hombres y a todas las necesidades. Donde haya hombres que carecen de comida y bebida, de vestidos, de hogar, de medicinas, de trabajo, de instrucción, de los medios necesarios para llevar una vida verdaderamente humana, que se ven afligidos por las calamidades o por la falta de salud, que sufren en el destierro o en la cárcel, allí debe buscarlos y encontrarlos la caridad cristiana, consolarlos con cuidado diligente y ayudarlos con la prestación de auxilios. Esta obligación se impone, ante todo, a los hombres y a los pueblos que viven en la prosperidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que este ejercicio de la caridad sea verdaderamente extraordinario y aparezca como tal, es necesario que se vea en el prójimo la imagen de Dios según la cual ha sido creado, y a Cristo Señor a quien en realidad se ofrece lo que se da al necesitado; se considere como la máxima delicadeza la libertad y dignidad de la persona que recibe el auxilio; que no se manche la pureza de intención con ningún interés de la propia utilidad o por el deseo de dominar; se satisfaga ante todo a las exigencias de la justicia, y no se brinde como ofrenda de caridad lo que ya se debe por título de justicia; se quiten las causas de los males, no sólo los defectos, y se ordene el auxilio de forma que quienes lo reciben se vayan liberando poco a poco de la dependencia externa y se vayan bastando por sí mismos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aprecien, por consiguiente, en mucho los laicos y ayuden en la medida de sus posibilidades las obras de caridad y las organizaciones de asistencia social, sean privadas o públicas, o incluso internacionales, por las que se hace llegar a todos los hombres y pueblos necesitados un auxilio eficaz, cooperando en esto con todos los hombres de buena voluntad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO III VARIOS CAMPOS DE APOSTOLADO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los laicos ejercen un apostolado múltiple, tanto en la Iglesia como en el mundo. En ambos órdenes se abren varios campos de actividad apostólica, de los que queremos recordar aquí los principales, que son: las comunidades de la Iglesia, la familia, la juventud, el ámbito social, el orden nacional e internacional. Como en nuestros tiempos participan las mujeres cada vez más activamente en toda la vida social, es de sumo interés su mayor participación también en los campos del apostolado de la Iglesia. Las comunidades de la Iglesia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los laicos tienen su papel activo en la vida y en la acción de la Iglesia, como partícipes que son del oficio de Cristo Sacerdote, profeta y rey. Su acción dentro de las comunidades de la Iglesia es tan necesaria que sin ella el mismo apostolado de los pastores muchas veces no puede conseguir plenamente su efecto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pues los laicos de verdadero espíritu apostólico, a la manera de aquellos hombre y mujeres que ayudaban a Pablo en el Evangelio (Cf. Act., 18,18-26; Rom., 16,3), suplen lo que falta a sus hermanos y reaniman el espíritu tanto de los pastores como del resto del pueblo fiel (Cf. 1 Cor., 16,17-18)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porque nutridos ellos mismos con la participación activa en la vida litúrgica de su comunidad, cumplen solícitamente su cometido en las obras apostólicas de la misma; conducen hacia la Iglesia a los que quizá andaban alejados; cooperan resueltamente en la comunicación de la palabra de Dios, sobre todo con la instrucción catequética; con la ayuda de su pericia hacen más eficaz el cuidado de las almas e incluso la administración de los bienes de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La parroquia presenta el modelo clarísimo del apostolado comunitario, reduciendo a la unidad todas las diversidades humanas que en ella se encuentran e insertándolas en la Iglesia universal. Acostúmbrense los laicos a trabajar en la parroquia íntimamente unidos a sus sacerdotes; a presentar a la comunidad de la Iglesia los problemas propios y los del mundo, los asuntos que se refieren a la salvación de los hombres, para examinarlos y solucionarlos por medio de una discusión racional; y a ayudar según sus fuerzas a toda empresa apostólica y misionera de su familia eclesiástica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cultiven sin cesar el sentido de diócesis, de la que la parroquia es como una célula, siempre prontos a aplicar también sus esfuerzos en las obras diocesanas a la invitación de su Pastor. Más aún, para responder a las necesidades de las ciudades y de los sectores rurales, no limiten su cooperación dentro de los límites de la parroquia o de la diócesis, procuren más bien extenderla a campos interparroquiales, interdiocesanos, nacionales o internacionales, sobre todo porque, aumentando cada vez más la emigración de los pueblos, en el incremento de las relaciones mutuas y la facilidad de las comunicaciones, no permiten que esté encerrada en sí misma ninguna parte de la sociedad. Por tanto, vivan preocupados por las necesidades del pueblo de Dios, disperso en toda la tierra. Hagan sobre todo labor misionera, prestando auxilios materiales e incluso personales, puesto que es obligación honrosa de los cristianos devolver a Dios parte de los bienes que de El reciben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La familia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Habiendo establecido el Creador del mundo la sociedad conyugal como principio y fundamento de la sociedad humana, convirtiéndola por su gracia en sacramento grande... en Cristo y en la Iglesia (Cf. Ef., 5,32), el apostolado de los cónyuges y de las familias tiene una importancia trascendental tanto para la Iglesia como para la sociedad civil."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los cónyuges cristianos son mutuamente para sí, para sus hijos y demás familiares, cooperadores de la gracia y testigos de la fe. Ellos son para sus hijos los primeros predicadores de la fe y los primeros educadores; los forman con su palabra y con su ejemplo para la vida cristiana y apostólica, los ayudan con mucha prudencia en la elección de su vocación y cultivan con todo esmero la vocación sagrada que quizá han descubierto en ellos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siempre fue deber de los cónyuges y constituye hoy parte principalísima de su apostolado, manifestar y demostrar con su vida la indisolubilidad y la santidad del vínculo matrimonial; afirmar abiertamente el derecho y la obligación de educar cristianamente la prole, propio de los padres y tutores; defender la dignidad y legítima autonomía de la familia. Cooperen, por tanto, ellos y los demás cristianos con los hombres de buena voluntad a que se conserven incólumes estos derechos en la legislación civil; que en el gobierno de la sociedad se tengan en cuenta las necesidades familiares en cuanto se refiere a la habitación, educación de los niños, condición de trabajo, seguridad social y tributos; que se ponga enteramente a salvo la convivencia doméstica en la organización de emigraciones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta misión la ha recibido de Dios la familia misma para que sea la célula primera y vital de la sociedad. Cumplirá esta misión si, por la piedad mutua de sus miembros y la oración dirigida a Dios en común, se presenta como un santuario doméstico de la Iglesia; si la familia entera toma parte en el culto litúrgico de la Iglesia; si, por fin, la familia practica activamente la hospitalidad, promueve la justicia y demás obras buenas al servicio de todos los hermanos que padezcan necesidad. Entre las varias obras de apostolado familiar pueden recordarse las siguientes: adoptar como hijos a niños abandonados, recibir con gusto a los forasteros, prestar ayuda en el régimen de las escuelas, ayudar a los jóvenes con su consejo y medios económicos, ayudar a los novios a prepararse mejor para el matrimonio, prestar ayuda a la catequesis, sostener a los cónyuges y familias que están en peligro material o moral, proveer a los ancianos no sólo de los indispensable, sino procurarles los medios justos del progreso económico. Siempre y en todas partes, pero de una manera especial en las regiones en que se esparcen las primeras semillas del Evangelio, o la Iglesia está en sus principios, o se halla en algún peligro grave, las familias cristianas dan al mundo el testimonio preciosísimo de Cristo conformando toda su vida al Evangelio y dando ejemplo del matrimonio cristiano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para lograr más fácilmente los fines de su apostolado puede ser conveniente que las familias se reúnan por grupos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los jóvenes"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los jóvenes ejercen en la sociedad moderna un influjo de gran interés. Las circunstancias de su vida, el modo de pensar e incluso las mismas relaciones con la propia familia han cambiado mucho. Muchas veces pasan demasiado rápidamente a una nueva condición social y económica. Pero el paso que aumenta de día en día su influjo social, e incluso político, se ven como incapacitados para sobrellevar convenientemente esas nuevas cargas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este su influjo, acrecentado en la sociedad, exige de ellos una actividad apostólica semejante, pero su misma índole natural los dispone a ella. Madurando la conciencia de la propia personalidad, impulsados por el ardor de su vida y por su energía sobreabundante, asumen la propia responsabilidad y desean tomar parte en la vida social y cultural: celo, que si está lleno del espíritu de Cristo, y se ve animado por la obediencia y el amor hacía los pastores de la Iglesia, permite esperar frutos abundantes. (Ellos deben convertirse en los primeros e inmediatos apóstoles, de los jóvenes, ejerciendo el apostolado entre sí, teniendo en consideración el medio social en que viven)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Procuren los adultos entablar diálogo amigable con los jóvenes, que permita a unos y a otros, superada la distancia de edad, conocerse mutuamente y comunicarse entre sí lo bueno que cada uno tiene. Los adultos estimulen hacia el apostolado a la juventud, sobre todo en el ejemplo, y cuando haya oportunidad, con consejos prudentes y auxilios eficaces. Los jóvenes, por su parte, llénense de respeto y de confianza para con los adultos, y aunque, naturalmente, se sientan inclinados hacia las novedades, aprecien sin embargo como es debido las loables tradiciones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "También los niños tienen su actividad apostólica. Según su capacidad, son testigos vivientes de Cristo entre sus compañeros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El medio social"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El apostolado en el medio social, es decir, el esfuerzo por llenar de espíritu cristiano el pensamiento y las costumbres, las leyes, y las estructuras de la comunidad en que uno vive, hasta tal punto es deber y carga de los laicos, que nunca lo pueden realizar convenientemente otros. En este campo, los laicos pueden ejercer perfectamente el apostolado de igual a igual. En él cumplen el testimonio de la vida por el testimonio de la palabra. En el campo del trabajo, o de la profesión, o del estudio, o de la vivienda, o del descanso, o de la convivencia son muy aptos los laicos para ayudar a los hermanos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los laicos cumplen esta misión de la Iglesia en el mundo, ante todo, por aquella coherencia de la vida con la fe por la que se convierten en la luz del mundo; por su honradez en cualquier negocio, que atrae a todos hacia el amor de la verdad y del bien, y por fin a Cristo y a la Iglesia; por la caridad fraterna, por la que participan de las condiciones de la vida de los trabajos y de los sufrimientos y aspiraciones de los hermanos, y disponen insensiblemente los corazones de todos hacia la operación de la gracia salvadora; con la plena conciencia de su papel en la edificación de la sociedad, por la que se esfuerzan en saturar sus preocupaciones domésticas, sociales y profesionales de magnanimidad cristiana. De esta forma ese modo de proceder va penetrando poco a poco en el ambiente de la vida del trabajo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este apostolado debe abrazar a todos los que se encuentran junto a él, y no debe excluir ningún bien espiritual o material que pueda hacerles. Pero los verdaderos apóstoles, lejos de contentarse con esta actividad, ponen todo su empeño en anunciar a Cristo a sus prójimos, incluso de palabra. Porque muchos hombres no pueden escuchar el Evangelio ni conocer a Cristo más que por sus vecinos seglares."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Orden nacional e internacional"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El campo del apostolado se abre extensamente en el orden nacional e internacional, en que los laicos, sobre todo, son los dispensadores de la sabiduría cristiana. En el amor a la patria y en el fiel cumplimiento de los deberes civiles, siéntanse obligados los católicos a promover el verdadero bien común, y hagan pesar de esta forma su opinión para que el poder civil se ejerza justamente y las leyes respondan a los principios morales y al bien común. Los católicos peritos en los asuntos públicos, y firmes como es debido en la fe y en la doctrina católica, no rehúsen desempeñar cargos públicos, ya que por ellos, bien administrados, pueden procurar el bien común y preparar a un tiempo el camino al Evangelio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Procuren los católicos cooperar con todos los hombres de buena voluntad en promover cuanto hay de verdadero, de justo, de santo, de amable (Cf. Fil., 4,8). Dialoguen con ellos, superándolos en prudencia y humanidad, e investiguen acerca de las instituciones sociales y públicas, para perfeccionarlas según el espíritu del Evangelio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre las características de nuestro tiempo hay que contar, especialmente, con el creciente e inevitable sentimiento de solidaridad de todos los pueblos: el promoverlo solícitamente y convertirlo en sincero y verdadero afecto de fraternidad es deber del apostolado de los laicos. Los laicos, además, deben conocer el nuevo campo internacional y los problemas y soluciones ya doctrinales, ya prácticas que en él se originan, sobre todo respecto a los pueblos en vías de desarrollo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Piensen todos los que trabajan en naciones extrañas, o les ayudan, que las relaciones entre los pueblos deben ser una comunicación fraterna, en que ambas partes dan y reciben. Y los que viajan por motivos de obras internacionales, o de negocios, o de descanso, no olviden que son en todas partes también heraldos viajeros de Cristo, y han de portarse como tales con toda verdad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LAS VARIAS FORMAS DEL APOSTOLADO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los laicos pueden ejercitar su labor de apostolado o como individuos o reunidos en diversas comunidades o asociaciones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importancia y multiplicidad del apostolado individual"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El apostolado que se desarrolla individualmente, y que fluye con abundancia de la fuente de la vida verdaderamente cristiana (Cf. Jn., 4,14), es el principio y fundamento de todo apostolado seglar, incluso el asociado, y nada puede sustituirle."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos los laicos, de cualquier condición que sean son llamados y obligados a este apostolado, útil siempre y en todas partes, y en algunas circunstancias el único apto y posible, aunque no tengan ocasión o posibilidad para cooperar en asociaciones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay muchas formas de apostolado con que los laicos edifican a la Iglesia y santifican al mundo, animándolo en Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La forma peculiar del apostolado individual y, al mismo tiempo, signo muy en consonancia con nuestros tiempos, y que manifiesta a Cristo viviente en sus fieles, es el testimonio de toda la vida seglar que fluye de la fe, de la esperanza y de la caridad. Con el apostolado de la palabra, enteramente necesario en algunas circunstancias, anuncian los laicos a Cristo, explican su doctrina, la difunden cada uno según su condición y saber y la profesan fielmente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cooperando, además, como ciudadanos de este mundo, en lo que se refiere a la ordenación y dirección del orden temporal, conviene que los laicos busquen a la luz de la fe motivos más elevados de obrar en la vida familiar, profesional y social, y los manifiesten a los otros oportunamente, conscientes de que con ello se hacen cooperadores de Dios Creador, Redentor y Santificador y de que lo glorifican."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por fin vivifiquen los laicos su vida con la caridad y manifiéstenla en las obras como mejor puedan."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Piensen todos que con el culto público y la oración, con la penitencia y con la libre aceptación de los trabajos y calamidades de la vida, por la que se asemejan a Cristo paciente (Cf. 2 Cor., 4,10; Col., 1,24), pueden llegar a todos los hombres y ayudar a la salvación de todo el mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El apostolado individual en determinadas circunstancias"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este apostolado individual urge con gran apremio en aquellas regiones en que la persecución desencadenada impide gravemente la libertad de la Iglesia. Los laicos, supliendo en cuanto pueden a los sacerdotes en estas circunstancias difíciles, exponiendo su propia libertad y en ocasiones su vida, enseñan a los que están junto así a la doctrina cristiana, los instruyen en la vida religiosa y en el pensamiento católico, y los inducen a la frecuente recepción de los Sacramentos y a las prácticas de piedad, sobre todo eucarística. El Sacrosanto Concilio, al tiempo que da de todo corazón gracias a Dios, que no deja de suscitar laicos de fortaleza heroica en medio de las persecuciones, aun en nuestros días, los abraza con afecto paterno y con gratitud."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El apostolado individual tiene un campo propio en las regiones en que los católicos son pocos y están dispersos. Allí los laicos, que solamente ejercen el apostolado individual por las causas dichas, o por motivos especiales surgidos por la propia labor profesional, re reúnen a dialogar oportunamente en pequeños grupos, sin forma alguna estrictamente dicha de institución o de organización, de forma que aparezca siempre delante de los otros el signo de la comunidad de la Iglesia, como verdadero testimonio de amor. De este modo, ayudándose unos a otros espiritualmente por la amistad y la comunicación de experiencias, se preparan para superar las desventajas de una vida y de un trabajo demasiado aislado y para producir mayores frutos en el apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importancia de las formas asociadas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como los cristianos son llamados a ejercitar el apostolado individual en diversas circunstancias de la vida, no olviden, sin embargo, que el hombre es social por naturaleza y agrada a Dios el que los creyentes en Cristo se reúnan en Pueblo de Dios (Cf. 1 Pe., 2,5-10) y en un cuerpo (Cf. 1 Cor., 12,12). Por consiguiente, el apostolado asociado de los fieles responde muy bien a las exigencias humanas y cristianas, siendo el mismo tiempo expresión de la comunión y de la unidad de la Iglesia en Cristo, que dijo: \"Pues donde estén dos o tres congregados en mi nombre, allí estoy yo en medio de ellos\" (Mt., 18,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por tanto, los fieles han de ejercer su apostolado tendiendo a su mismo fin. Sean apóstoles lo mismo en sus comunidades familiares que en las parroquias y en las diócesis, que manifiestan el carácter comunitario del apostolado, y en los grupos espontáneos en que ellos se congreguen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El apostolado asociado es también muy importante porque muchas veces exhibe que se lleve a cabo en una acción común o en las comunidades de la Iglesia o en los diversos ambientes. Las asociaciones, erigidas para los actos comunes del apostolado, apoyan a sus miembros y los forman para el apostolado, y organizan y regulan convenientemente su obra apostólica, de forma que son de esperar frutos mucho más abundantes que si cada uno trabaja separadamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero en las circunstancias presentes es en absoluto necesario que en el ámbito de la cooperación de los seglares se robustezca la forma asociada y organizada del apostolado, puesto que solamente la estrecha unión de las fuerzas puede conseguir todos los fines del apostolado moderno y proteger eficazmente sus bienes. En lo cual interesa sobre manera que tal apostolado llegue hasta las inteligencias comunes y las condiciones sociales de aquellos a quienes se dirige; de otra suerte, resultarían muchas veces ineficaces, ante la presión de la opinión pública y de las instituciones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Variedad de formas del apostolado asociado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las asociaciones del apostolado son muy variadas; unas se proponen el fin general apostólico de la Iglesia; otras, buscan de un modo especial los fines de evangelización y de santificación; otras, persiguen la inspiración cristiana del orden social; otras, dan testimonio de Cristo, especialmente por las obras de misericordia y de caridad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre estas asociaciones hay que considerar primeramente las que favorecen y alientan una unidad más íntima entre la vida práctica de los miembros y su fe. Las asociaciones no se establecen para si mismas, sino que deben servir a la misión que la Iglesia tiene que realizar en el mundo; su fuerza apostólica depende de la conformidad con los fines de la Iglesia y del testimonio cristiano y espíritu evangélico de cada uno de sus miembros y de toda la asociación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El cometido universal de la misión de la Iglesia, considerando a un tiempo el progreso de los institutos y el avance arrollador de la sociedad actual, exige que las obras apostólicas de los católicos perfeccionen más y más las formas asociadas en el campo internacional. Las Organizaciones Internacionales conseguirán mejor su fin si los grupos que en ellas se juntan y sus miembros se unen a ellas más estrechamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Guardada la sumisión debida a la autoridad eclesiástica, pueden los laicos fundar y regir asociaciones, y una vez fundadas, darles un nombre. Hay, sin embargo, que evitar la dispersión de fuerzas que surge al promoverse, sin causa suficiente, nuevas asociaciones y trabajos, o si se mantienen más de lo conveniente asociaciones y métodos anticuados. No siempre será oportuno el aplicar sin discriminación a otras naciones las formas que se establecen en alguna de ellas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Acción Católica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hace algunos decenios los laicos, en muchas naciones, entregándose cada día más al apostolado, re reunían en varias formas de acciones y de asociaciones, que conservando muy estrecha unión con la jerarquía, perseguían y persiguen fines propiamente apostólicos. Entre estas y otras instituciones semejantes más antiguas hay que recordar, sobre todo, las que, aun con diversos sistemas de obrar, produjeron, sin embargo, ubérrimos frutos para el reino de Cristo, y que los Sumos Pontífices y muchos Obispos recomendaron y promovieron justamente y llamaron Acción Católica. La definían de ordinario como la cooperación de los laicos en el apostolado jerárquico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estas formas de apostolado, ya se llamen Acción Católica, ya con otro nombre, que desarrollan en nuestros tiempos un apostolado precioso, se constituyen por la acepción conjunta de todas las notas siguientes:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) El fin inmediato de estas organizaciones es el fin apostólico de la Iglesia, es decir, la evangelización y santificación de los hombres y la formación cristiana de sus conciencias, de suerte que puedan saturar del espíritu del Evangelio las diversas comunidades y los diversos ambientes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Los laicos, cooperando, según su condición, con la jerarquía, ofrecen su experiencia y asumen la responsabilidad en la dirección de estas organizaciones, en el examen diligente de las condiciones en que ha de ejercerse la acción pastoral de la Iglesia y en la elaboración y desarrollo del método de acción."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Los laicos trabajan unidos, a la manera de un cuerpo orgánico, de forma que se manifieste mejor la comunidad de la Iglesia y resulte más eficaz el apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) Los laicos, bien ofreciéndose espontáneamente o invitados a la acción y directa cooperación con el apostolado jerárquico, trabajan bajo la dirección superior de la misma jerarquía, que puede sancionar esta cooperación, incluso por un mandato explícito."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las organizaciones en que, a juicio de la jerarquía, se hallan todas estas notas a la vez han de entenderse como Acción Católica, aunque por exigencias de lugares y pueblos tomen varias formas y nombres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Sagrado Concilio recomienda con todo encarecimiento estas instituciones que responden ciertamente a las necesidades del apostolado entre muchas gentes, e invita a los sacerdotes y a los laicos a que trabajen en ellas, que cumplan más y más los requisitos antes recordados y cooperen siempre fraternalmente en la Iglesia con todas las otras formas de apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aprecio de las asociaciones"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay que apreciar debidamente todas las asociaciones del apostolado; pero, aquellas que la jerarquía ha alabado o recomendado, declarado y urgentes, según las necesidades de los tiempos y de los lugares, han de apreciarlas sobremanera los sacerdotes, los religiosos y los laicos y han de promoverlas cada cual a su modo. Entre ellas han de contarse, sobre todo hoy, las asociaciones o grupos internacionales católicos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laicos que se entregan con título especial al servicio de la Iglesia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignos de especial honor y recomendación en la Iglesia son los laicos, solteros o casados, que se consagran para siempre o temporalmente con su pericia profesional al servicio de esas instituciones y de sus obras. Sirve de gozo a la Iglesia el que cada día aumenta el número de los laicos que prestan el propio ministerio a las asociaciones y obras de apostolado o dentro de la nación, o en el ámbito internacional o, sobre todo, en las comunidades católicas de misiones y de Iglesias nuevas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reciban a estos laicos los Pastores de la Iglesia con gusto y gratitud, procuren satisfacer lo mejor posible las exigencias de la justicia, de la equidad y de la caridad, según su condición, sobre todo en cuanto al congruo sustento suyo y de sus familias, y ellos disfruten de la instrucción necesaria, del consuelo y del aliento espiritual."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO V"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ORDEN QUE HAY QUE OBSERVAR"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El apostolado de los laicos, ya se desarrolle individualmente, ya por fieles asociados, ha de ocupar su lugar correspondiente en el apostolado de toda la Iglesia; más aún, el elemento esencial del apostolado cristiano es la unión con quienes el Espíritu Santo puso para regir su Iglesia (Cf. Act., 20,28). No es menos necesaria la cooperación entre las varias formas de apostolado, que ha de ordenar la Jerarquía convenientemente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pues, a fin de promover el espíritu de unidad para que resplandezca en todo el apostolado de la Iglesia la caridad fraterna, para que se consigan los fines comunes y se eviten las emulaciones perniciosas, se requiere un mutuo aprecio de todas las formas de apostolado de la Iglesia y una coordinación conveniente, conservando el carácter propio de cada una."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cosa sumamente necesaria, porque la acción peculiar de la Iglesia requiere la armonía y la cooperación apostólica del clero secular y regular, de los religiosos y laicos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relaciones con la Jerarquía"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es deber de la Jerarquía promover el apostolado de los laicos, prestar los principios y subsidios espirituales, ordenar el ejercicio del apostolado al bien común de la Iglesia y vigilar para que se respeten la doctrina y el orden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El apostolado seglar admite varias formas de relaciones con la Jerarquía, según las varias maneras y objetos del mismo apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay en la Iglesia muchas obras apostólicas constituidas por la libre elección de los laicos y se rigen por su juicio y prudencia. En algunas circunstancias, la misión de la Iglesia puede cumplirse mejor por estas obras y por eso no es raro que la Jerarquía las alabe y recomiende. Ninguna obra, sin embargo, puede arrogarse el nombre de católica sin el asentimiento de la legítima autoridad eclesiástica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Jerarquía reconoce explícitamente, de varias formas, algunos otros sistemas del apostolado seglar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puede, además, la autoridad eclesiástica, por exigencias del bien común de la Iglesia, de entre las asociaciones y obras apostólicas, que tienden inmediatamente a un fin espiritual, elegir algunas y promoverlas de un modo peculiar en las que asume una responsabilidad especial. Así, la Jerarquía, ordenando el apostolado de diversas maneras, según las circunstancias, asocia más estrechamente alguna de sus formas a su propia misión apostólica, conservando, no obstante, la propia naturaleza y peculiaridad de cada una, sin privar por eso a los laicos de su necesaria facultad de obrar espontáneamente. Este acto de la Jerarquía en varios documentos eclesiásticos se llama mandato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, la Jerarquía encomienda a los laicos algunas funciones que están muy estrechamente unidas con los ministerios de los pastores, como en la explicación de la doctrina cristiana, en ciertos actos litúrgicos, en cura de almas. En virtud de esta misión, los laicos, en cuanto al ejercicio de su misión, están plenamente sometidos a la dirección superior de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En cuanto atañe a las obras e instituciones del orden temporal, el oficio de la Jerarquía eclesiástica es enseñar e interpretar auténticamente los principios morales que hay que seguir en los asuntos temporales; tiene también derecho, bien consideradas todas las cosas, y sirviéndose de la ayuda de los peritos, a discernir sobre la conformidad de tales obras e instituciones con los principios morales y decidir cuanto se requiere para salvaguardar y promover los bienes del orden sobrenatural."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ayuda que debe prestar el clero al apostolado de los laicos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tengan presente los Obispos, los párrocos y demás sacerdotes de uno y otro clero que el derecho y la obligación de ejercer el apostolado es común a todos los fieles, sean clérigos o seglares, y que éstos tienen también su cometido en la edificación de la Iglesia. Trabajen, pues, fraternalmente con los laicos en la Iglesia y por la Iglesia y tengan especial cuidado de los laicos en sus obras apostólicas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Elíjanse cuidadosamente sacerdotes idóneos y bien formados para ayudar a las formas especiales del apostolado de los laicos. Los que se dedican a este ministerio, en virtud de la misión recibida de la Jerarquía, la representan en su acción pastoral; fomenten las debidas relaciones de los laicos con la Jerarquía adhiriéndose fielmente al espíritu y a la doctrina de la Iglesia; esfuércense en alimentar la vida espiritual y el sentido apostólico de las asociaciones católicas que se les han encomendado; asistan con su prudente consejo a la labor apostólica de los laicos y estimulen sus empresas. En diálogo continuo con los laicos, averigüen cuidadosamente las formas más oportunas para hacer más fructífera la acción apostólica; promuevan el espíritu de unidad dentro de la asociación y en las relaciones de éstas con las otras."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por fin, los religiosos Hermanos o Hermanas aprecien las obras apostólicas de los laicos, entréguense gustosos a ayudarles en sus obras según el espíritu y las normas de sus Institutos; procuren sostener, ayudar y completar los ministerio sacerdotales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ciertos medios que sirven para la mutua cooperación"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En las diócesis, en cuanto sea posible, deben existir consejos que ayuden la obra apostólica de la Iglesia, ya en el campo de la evangelización y de la santificación, ya en el campo caritativo social, etcétera, cooperando convenientemente los clérigos y los religiosos con los laicos. Estos consejos podrán servir para la mutua coordinación de las varias asociaciones y empresas seglares, salva la índole propia y la autonomía de cada una. Estos consejos, si es posible, han de establecerse también en el ámbito parroquial o interparroquial, interdiocesano y en el orden nacional o internacional."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Establézcase, además en la Santa Sede, algún Secretario especial para servicio e impulso del apostolado seglar, como centro que, con medios aptos proporcione noticias de las diversas obras del apostolado de los laicos, fomente las investigaciones sobre los problemas que hoy surgen en estos campos y ayude con sus consejos a la Jerarquía y a los laicos en las obras apostólicas. En este Secretariado han de tomar parte también los diversos movimientos y empresas del apostolado seglar existentes en todo el mundo, cooperando también los clérigos y los religiosos con los seglares."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cooperación con otros cristianos y con los no cristianos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En común patrimonio evangélico y, en consecuencia, el común deber del testimonio cristiano recomiendan, y muchas veces exigen, la cooperación de los católicos con otros cristianos, que hay que realizar por individuos particulares y por comunidades de la Iglesia, ya en las acciones, ya en las asociaciones, en el campo nacional o internacional."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los valores comunes exigen también no rara vez una cooperación semejante de los cristianos que persiguen fines apostólicos con quienes no llevan el nombre cristiano, pero reconocen estos valores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con esta cooperación dinámica y prudente, que es de gran importancia en las actividades temporales, los laicos rinden testimonio a Cristo, Salvador del mundo, y a la unidad de la familia humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "FORMACIÓN PARA EL APOSTOLADO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Necesidad de la formación para el apostolado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El apostolado solamente puede conseguir plena eficacia con una formación multiforme y completa. La exigen no sólo el continuo progreso espiritual y doctrinal del mismo seglar, sino también las varias circunstancias de cosas, de personas y de deberes a que tiene que acomodar su actividad. Esta formación para el apostolado debe apoyarse en las bases que este Santo Concilio ha asentado y declarado en otros lugares. Además de la formación común a todos los cristianos, no pocas formas de apostolado, por la variedad de personas y de ambientes, requieren una formación específica y peculiar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Principios de la formación de los laicos para el apostolado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como los laicos participan, a su modo, de la misión de la Iglesia, su formación apostólica recibe una característica especial por su misma índole secular y propia del laicado y por el carácter espiritual de su vida."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La formación para el apostolado supone una cierta formación humana, íntegra, acomodada al ingenio y a las cualidades de cada uno. Porque el seglar, conociendo bien el mundo contemporáneo, debe ser un miembro acomodado a la sociedad de su tiempo y a la cultura de su condición."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ante todo, el seglar ha de aprender a cumplir la misión de Cristo y de la Iglesia, viviendo de la fe en el misterio divino de la creación y de la redención movido por el Espíritu Santo, que vivifica al Pueblo de Dios, que impulsa a todos los hombres a amar a Dios Padre, al mundo y a los hombres por El. Esta formación debe considerarse como fundamento y condición de todo apostolado fructuoso."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Además de la formación espiritual, se requiere una sólida instrucción doctrinal, incluso teológica, ético-social, filosófica, según la diversidad de edad, de condición y de ingenio. No se olvide tampoco la importancia de la cultura general, juntamente con la formación práctica y técnica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para cultivar las relaciones humanas es necesario que se acrecienten los valores verdaderamente humanos; sobre todo, el arte de la convivencia fraterna, de la cooperación y del diálogo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero ya que la formación para el apostolado no puede consistir en la mera instrucción teórica, aprendan poco a poco y con prudencia desde el principio de su formación, a verlo, juzgarlo y a hacerlo todo a la luz de la fe, a formarse y perfeccionarse a sí mismos por la acción con los otros y a entrar así en el servicio laborioso de la Iglesia. Esta formación, que hay que ir complementando constantemente, pide cada día un conocimiento más profundo y una acción más oportuna a causa de la madurez creciente de la persona humana y por la evolución de los problemas. En la satisfacción de todas las exigencias de la formación hay que tener siempre presente la unidad y la integridad de la persona humana, de forma que quede a salvo y se acreciente su armonía y su equilibrio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De esta forma el seglar se inserta profunda y cuidadosamente en la realidad misma del orden temporal y recibe eficazmente su parte en el desempeño de sus tareas, y al propio tiempo, como miembro vivo y testigo de la Iglesia, la hace presente y actuante en el seno de las cosas temporales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A quiénes pertenece formar a otros para el apostolado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La formación para el apostolado debe empezar desde la primera educación de los niños. Pero los adolescentes y los jóvenes han de iniciarse de una forma peculiar en el apostolado e imbuirse de este espíritu. Esta formación hay que ir completándola durante toda la vida, según lo exijan las nuevas empresas. Es claro, pues, que a quienes pertenece la educación cristiana están obligados también a dar la formación para el apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En la familia es obligación de los padres disponer a sus hijos desde la niñez para el conocimiento del amor de Dios hacia todos los hombres, enseñarles gradualmente, sobre todo con el ejemplo, la preocupación por las necesidades del prójimo, tanto de orden material como espiritual. Toda la familia y su vida común sea como una iniciación al apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es necesario, además, educar a los niños para que, rebasando los límites de la familia, abran su alma a las comunidades, tanto eclesiásticas como temporales. Sean recibidos en la comunidad local de la parroquia, de suerte que adquieran en ella conciencia de que son miembros activos del Pueblo de Dios. Los sacerdotes, en la catequesis y en el ministerio de la palabra, en la dirección de las almas y en otros ministerios pastorales, tengan presente la formación para el apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es deber también de las escuelas, de los colegios y de otras instituciones dedicadas a la educación, el fomentar en los niños los sentimientos católicos y la acción apostólica. Si falta esta formación porque los jóvenes no asisten a esas escuelas o por otra causa, razón de más para que la procuren los padres, los pastores de almas y las asociaciones apostólicas. Pero los maestros y educadores, que por su vocación y oficio ejercen una forma extraordinaria del apostolado seglar, han de estar formados en la doctrina necesaria y en la pedagogía para poder comunicar eficazmente esta educación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los equipos y asociaciones seglares, ya busquen el apostolado, ya otros fines sobrenaturales, deben fomentar cuidadosa y asiduamente, según su fin y carácter, la formación para el apostolado. Ellas constituyen muchas veces el camino ordinario de la formación conveniente para el apostolado, pues en ellas se da una formación doctrinal espiritual y práctica. Sus miembros revisan, en pequeños equipos con los socios y amigos, los métodos y los frutos de su esfuerzo apostólico y examinan a la luz del Evangelio su método de vida diaria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta formación hay que ordenarla de manera que se tenga en cuenta todo el apostolado seglar, que ha de desarrollarse no sólo dentro de los mismos grupos de las asociaciones, sino en todas las circunstancias y por toda la vida, sobre todo profesional y social. Más aún, cada uno debe prepararse diligentemente para el apostolado, obligación que es más urgente en la vida adulta, porque avanzando la edad, el alma se abre mejor y cada uno puede descubrir con más exactitud los talentos con que Dios enriqueció su alma y aplicar con más eficacia los carismas que en el Espíritu Santo le dio para el bien de sus hermanos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Adaptación de la formación a las varias formas de apostolado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las diversas formas de apostolado requieren también una formación conveniente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Con relación al apostolado de evangelizar y santificar a los hombres, los laicos han de formarse especialmente para entablar diálogo con los otros, creyentes o no creyentes, para manifestar directamente a todos el mensaje de Cristo. Pero como en estos tiempos se difunde ampliamente y en todas partes el materialismo de toda especie, incluso entre los católicos, los laicos no sólo deben aprender con más cuidado la doctrina católica, sobre todo en aquellos puntos en que se la ataca, sino que han de dar testimonio de la vida evangélica contra cualquiera de las formas del materialismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) En cuanto a la instauración cristiana del orden temporal, instrúyanse los laicos acerca del verdadero sentido y valor de los bienes materiales, tanto en sí mismos como en cuanto se refiere a todos los fines de la persona humana; ejercítense en el uso conveniente de los bienes y en la organización de las instituciones, atendiendo siempre al bien común, según los principios de la doctrina moral y social de la Iglesia. Aprendan los laicos, sobre todo, los principios y conclusiones de la doctrinal social, de forma que sean capaces de ayudar, por su parte, en el progreso de la doctrina y de aplicarla rectamente en cada caso particular."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Puesto que las obras de caridad y de misericordia ofrecen un testimonio magnífico de vida cristiana, la formación apostólica debe conducir también a practicarlas, para que los fieles aprendan desde niños a compadecerse de los hermanos y a ayudarlos generosamente cuando lo necesiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Medios de formación"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los laicos que se entregan al apostolado tienen muchos medios, tales como congresos, reuniones, ejercicios espirituales, asambleas numerosas, conferencias, libros, comentarios, para lograr un conocimiento más profundo de la Sagrada Escritura y de la doctrina católica, para nutrir su vida espiritual, para conocer las condiciones del mundo y encontrar y cultivas medios convenientes. Estos medios de formación tienen en cuenta el carácter de las diversas formas de apostolado en los ambientes en que se desarrolla."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con este fin se han erigido también centros e institutos superiores, que han dado ya frutos excelentes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Sagrado Concilio se congratula de estas empresas, florecientes en algunas partes, y desea que se promuevan en otros sitios donde sean necesarias."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Establézcanse, además, centros de documentación y de estudios, no sólo teológicos, sino también antropológicos, psicológicos, sociológicos y metodológicos, para fomentar más y mejor las facultades intelectuales de los laicos, hombres y mujeres, jóvenes y adultos, para todos los campos del apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EXHORTACIÓN"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por consiguiente, el Sagrado Concilio ruega encarecidamente en el Señor a todos los laicos, que respondan con gozo, con generosidad y corazón dispuesto a la voz de Cristo; que en esta hora invita con más insistencia y al impulso del Espíritu Santo, sientan los más jóvenes que esta llamada se hace de una manera especial a ellos; recíbanla, pues, con entusiasmo y magnanimidad. Pues el mismo Señor invita de nuevo a todos los laicos, por medio de este Santo Concilio, a que se unan cada vez más estrechamente, y sintiendo sus cosas como propias (Cf. Fil., 2,5), se asocien a su misión salvadora. De nuevo los envía a toda ciudad y lugar adonde El ha de ir (Cf. Lc., 10,1), para que con las diversas formas y modos del único apostolado de la Iglesia ellos se le ofrezcan como cooperadores aptos siempre para las nuevas necesidades de los tiempos, abundando siempre en la obra de Dios, teniendo presente que su trabajo no es vano delante del Señor (Cf. 1 Cor., 15,58)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todas y cada una de las cosas contenidas en este Decreto han obtenido el beneplácito de los Padres del Sacrosanto Concilio. Y Nos, en virtud de la potestad apostólica recibida de Cristo, juntamente con los venerables Padres, las aprobamos, decretamos y establecemos en el Espíritu Santo y mandamos que lo así decidido conciliarmente sea promulgado para gloria de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, en San Pedro, 18 de noviembre de 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yo, PABLO, Obispo de la Iglesia Católica."
            }
          ]
        },
        "fr": {
          "code": "fr",
          "label": "Français",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651118_apostolicam-actuositatem_fr.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-171-vat-ii_decree_19651118_apostolicam-actuositatem_fr.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAUL, ÉVÊQUE, SERVITEUR DES SERVITEURS DE DIEU, AVEC LES PÈRES DU SAINT CONCILE, POUR QUE LE SOUVENIR S'EN MAINTIENNE À JAMAIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DÉCRET SUR L'APOSTOLAT DES LAÏCS APOSTOLICAM ACTUOSITATEM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRÉAMBULE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le saint Concile, dans sa volonté de rendre plus intense l’activité apostolique du Peuple de Dieu [1], se tourne avec une grande attention vers les chrétiens laïcs, dont il a déjà rappelé en d’autres documents le rôle propre et absolument nécessaire dans la mission de l’Église [2]. L’apostolat des laïcs, en effet, ne peut jamais manquer à l’Église, car il est une conséquence de leur vocation chrétienne. L’Écriture elle-même montre parfaitement (cf. Ac 11, 19-21 ; 18, 26 ; Rm 16, 1-16 ; Ph 4, 3) combien cette activité se manifesta spontanément aux premiers jours de l’Église et combien elle fut féconde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notre temps n’exige pas un moindre zèle de la part des laïcs ; les circonstances actuelles réclament d’eux au contraire un apostolat toujours plus intense et plus étendu. En effet l’augmentation constante de la population, le progrès des sciences et des techniques, la solidarité plus étroite entre les hommes ont non seulement élargi à l’infini le champ de l’apostolat des laïcs, en grande partie ouvert à eux seuls, mais ils ont fait surgir de nouveaux problèmes, qui réclament de leur part une vigilance et une recherche toutes particulières. Cet apostolat devient d’autant plus urgent que s’est affirmée, comme c’est normal, l’autonomie de nombreux secteurs de la vie humaine, entraînant parfois un certain délaissement de l’ordre moral et religieux, au grand péril de la vie chrétienne. Il faut ajouter qu’en de nombreuses régions les prêtres sont très peu nombreux ou parfois privés de la liberté indispensable à leur ministère, de sorte que, sans le travail des laïcs, l’Église et son action ne pourraient que difficilement être présentes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le signe de cette urgente nécessité aux multiples aspects est l’action manifeste du Saint-Esprit qui rend aujourd’hui les laïcs de plus en plus conscients de leur propre responsabilité et les invite partout à servir le Christ et l’Église [3]. Dans ce décret le Concile se propose d’éclairer la nature de l’apostolat des laïcs, son caractère et sa variété, d’en énoncer les principes fondamentaux et de donner des directives pastorales pour qu’il s’exerce plus efficacement. La révision du droit canon concernant l’apostolat des laïcs devra prendre pour règle tout ce qui est contenu dans ce décret."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE PREMIER : Vocation des laïcs à l’apostolat"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Participation des laïcs à la mission de l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église est faite pour étendre le règne du Christ à toute la terre, pour la gloire de Dieu le Père ; elle fait ainsi participer tous les hommes à la rédemption et au salut [4]; par eux elle ordonne en vérité le monde entier au Christ. On appelle apostolat toute activité du Corps mystique qui tend vers ce but : l’Église l’exerce par tous ses membres, toutefois de diverses manières. En effet, la vocation chrétienne est aussi par nature vocation à l’apostolat. Dans l’organisme d’un corps vivant aucun membre ne se comporte de manière purement passive, mais participe à la vie et à l’activité générale du corps. Ainsi dans le Corps du Christ qui est l’Église, « tout le corps opère sa croissance selon le rôle de chaque partie » (Ep 4, 16). Bien plus, les membres de ce corps sont tellement unis et solidaires (cf. Ep 4, 16) qu’un membre qui ne travaille pas selon ses possibilités à la croissance du corps doit être réputé inutile à l’Église et à lui-même."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il y a dans l’Église diversité de ministères, mais unité de mission. Le Christ a confié aux apôtres et à leurs successeurs la charge d’enseigner, de sanctifier et de gouverner en son nom et par son pouvoir. Mais les laïcs rendus participants de la charge sacerdotale, prophétique et royale du Christ assument, dans l’Église et dans le monde, leur part dans ce qui est la mission du Peuple de Dieu tout entier [5]. Ils exercent concrètement leur apostolat en se dépensant à l’évangélisation et à la sanctification des hommes ; il en est de même quand ils s’efforcent de pénétrer l’ordre temporel d’esprit évangélique et travaillent à son progrès de telle manière que, en ce domaine, leur action rende clairement témoignage au Christ et serve au salut des hommes. Le propre de l’état des laïcs étant de mener leur vie au milieu du monde et des affaires profanes ; ils sont appelés par Dieu à exercer leur apostolat dans le monde à la manière d’un ferment, grâce à la vigueur de leur esprit chrétien."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fondements de l’apostolat des laïcs"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les laïcs tiennent de leur union même avec le Christ Chef le devoir et le droit d’être apôtres. Insérés qu’ils sont par le baptême dans le Corps mystique du Christ, fortifiés grâce à la confirmation par la puissance du Saint-Esprit, c’est le Seigneur lui-même qui les députe à l’apostolat. S’ils sont consacrés sacerdoce royal et nation sainte (cf. 1 P 2, 4-10), c’est pour faire de toutes leurs actions des offrandes spirituelles, et pour rendre témoignage au Christ sur toute la terre. Les sacrements et surtout la sainte Eucharistie leur communiquent et nourrissent en eux cette charité qui est comme l’âme de tout apostolat [6]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’apostolat se vit dans la foi, l’espérance et la charité que le Saint-Esprit répand dans les cœurs de tous les membres de l’Église. Bien plus, le précepte de la charité, qui est le plus grand commandement du Seigneur, presse tous les chrétiens de travailler à la gloire de Dieu par la venue de son règne et à la communication de la vie éternelle à tous les hommes : « Qu’ils connaissent le seul vrai Dieu et celui qu’il a envoyé, Jésus Christ » (cf. Jn 17, 3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À tous les chrétiens donc incombe la très belle tâche de travailler sans cesse pour faire connaître et accepter le message divin du salut par tous les hommes sur toute la terre. Pour l’exercice de cet apostolat, le Saint-Esprit qui sanctifie le Peuple de Dieu par les sacrements et le ministère accorde en outre aux fidèles des dons particuliers (cf. 1 Co 12, 7), les « répartissant à chacun comme il l’entend » (cf. 1 Co 12, 11) pour que tous et « chacun selon la grâce reçue se mettant au service des autres » soient eux-mêmes « comme de bons intendants de la grâce multiforme de Dieu » (1 P 4, 10), en vue de l’édification du Corps tout entier dans la charité (cf. Ep 4, 16). De la réception de ces charismes, même les plus simples, résulte pour chacun des croyants le droit et le devoir d’exercer ces dons dans l’Église et dans le monde, pour le bien des hommes et l’édification de l’Église, dans la liberté du Saint-Esprit qui « souffle où il veut » (Jn 3, 8), de même qu’en communion avec ses frères dans le Christ et très particulièrement avec ses pasteurs. C’est à eux qu’il appartient de porter un jugement sur l’authenticité et le bon usage de ces dons, non pas pour éteindre l’Esprit, mais pour éprouver tout et retenir ce qui est bon (cf. 1 Th 5, 12.19.21) [7]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De la spiritualité des laïcs dans l’ordre de l’apostolat"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Christ envoyé par le Père étant la source et l’origine de tout l’apostolat de l’Église, il est évident que la fécondité de l’apostolat des laïcs dépend de leur union vitale avec le Christ, selon cette parole du Seigneur : « Celui qui demeure en moi et moi en lui, celui-là porte beaucoup de fruits. Car sans moi vous ne pouvez rien faire » (Jn 15, 5). Cette vie d’intime union avec le Christ dans l’Église est alimentée par des nourritures spirituelles communes à tous les fidèles, en particulier par la participation active à la sainte liturgie [8]. Les laïcs doivent les employer de telle sorte que, remplissant parfaitement les obligations du monde dans les conditions ordinaires de l’existence, ils ne séparent pas l’union du Christ et leur vie, mais grandissent dans cette union en accomplissant leurs travaux selon la volonté de Dieu. De cette manière les laïcs progresseront en sainteté avec ardeur et joie, s’efforçant de surmonter les difficultés inévitables avec prudence et patience [9]. Ni le soin de leur famille ni les affaires temporelles ne doivent être étrangers à leur spiritualité, selon ce mot de l’Apôtre : « Tout ce que vous faites, en paroles ou en œuvres, faites-le au nom du Seigneur Jésus Christ, rendant grâces par lui à Dieu le Père » (Col 3, 17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Une telle vie exige un continuel exercice de la foi, de l’espérance et de la charité."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seules la lumière de la foi et la méditation de la Parole de Dieu peuvent permettre toujours et partout de reconnaître Dieu « en qui nous avons la vie, le mouvement et l’être » (Ac 17, 28) ; c’est ainsi seulement qu’on pourra chercher en tout sa volonté, discerner le Christ dans tous les hommes, proches ou étrangers, juger sainement du vrai sens et de la valeur des réalités temporelles, en elles-mêmes et par rapport à la fin de l’homme."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ceux qui ont cette foi vivent dans l’espérance de la révélation des fils de Dieu se souvenant de la croix et de la résurrection du Seigneur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans le pèlerinage qu’est cette vie, cachés en Dieu avec le Christ, délivrés de la servitude des richesses, à la recherche des biens qui demeurent éternellement, ils mettent généreusement en œuvre toutes leurs forces pour étendre le règne de Dieu, animer et parfaire les réalités temporelles selon l’esprit chrétien. Dans les difficultés de l’existence, ils puisent le courage dans l’espérance, estimant que « les souffrances de cette vie ne sont proportionnées à la gloire future qui doit se révéler en nous » (Rm 8, 18)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poussés par la charité qui vient de Dieu, ils pratiquent le bien à l’égard de tous, surtout de leurs frères dans la foi (cf. Ga 6, 10), rejetant « toute malice, toute fraude, hypocrisie, envie, toute médisance » (1 P 2, 1), entraînant ainsi les hommes vers le Christ. Or, la charité divine, qui « est répandue dans les cœurs par l’Esprit Saint qui nous a été donné » (Rm 5, 5), rend les laïcs capables d’exprimer concrètement dans leur vie l’esprit des Béatitudes. Suivant Jésus pauvre, ils ne connaissent ni dépression dans la privation, ni orgueil dans l’abondance ; imitant le Christ humble, ils ne deviennent pas avides d’une vaine gloire (cf. Ga 5, 26), mais ils s’efforcent de plaire à Dieu plutôt qu’aux hommes, toujours prêts à tout abandonner pour le Christ (cf. Lc 14, 26) et à souffrir persécution pour la justice (cf. Mt 5, 10) se souvenant de la parole du Seigneur : « Si quelqu’un veut venir à ma suite, qu’il se renie lui-même, qu’il se charge de sa croix et qu’il me suive » (Mt 16, 24). Entretenant entre eux une amitié chrétienne, ils se prêtent un mutuel appui en toutes nécessités."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette spiritualité des laïcs doit revêtir des caractéristiques particulières suivant les conditions de vie de chacun : vie conjugale et familiale, célibat et veuvage, état de maladie, activité professionnelle et sociale. Chacun doit donc développer sans cesse les qualités et les dons reçus et en particulier ceux qui sont adaptés à ses conditions de vie et se servir des dons personnels de l’Esprit Saint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfin les laïcs qui selon leur vocation particulière se sont agrégés à des associations ou instituts approuvés par l’Église doivent s’efforcer de toujours mieux réaliser les caractères de la spiritualité qui leur est propre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qu’ils estiment beaucoup la compétence professionnelle, le sens familial et civique, et les vertus qui regardent la vie sociale telles que la probité, l’esprit de justice, la sincérité, la délicatesse, la force d’âme : sans elles il n’y a pas de vraie vie chrétienne."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Bienheureuse Vierge Marie, Reine des Apôtres, est l’exemple parfait de cette vie spirituelle et apostolique. Tandis qu’elle menait sur terre une vie semblable à celle de tous, remplie par les soins et les labeurs familiaux, Marie demeurait toujours intimement unie à son Fils et coopérait à l’œuvre du Sauveur à un titre absolument unique. Aujourd’hui où elle est au ciel, « son amour maternel la rend attentive aux frères de son Fils dont le pèlerinage n’est pas achevé, et qui se trouvent engagés dans les peines et les épreuves jusqu’à ce qu’ils parviennent à la patrie bienheureuse [10] ». Tous doivent avoir envers elle une vraie dévotion et confier leur vie et leur apostolat à sa sollicitude maternelle."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE II : Les buts à atteindre"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’œuvre de rédemption du Christ, qui concerne essentiellement le salut des hommes, embrasse aussi le renouvellement de tout l’ordre temporel. La mission de l’Église, par conséquent, n’est pas seulement d’apporter aux hommes le message du Christ et sa grâce, mais aussi de pénétrer et de parfaire par l’esprit évangélique l’ordre temporel. Les fidèles laïcs accomplissant cette mission de l’Église, exercent donc leur apostolat aussi bien dans l’Église que dans le monde, dans l’ordre spirituel que dans l’ordre temporel. Bien que ces ordres soient distincts, ils sont liés dans l’unique dessein divin ; aussi Dieu lui-même veut-il, dans le Christ, réassumer le monde tout entier, pour en faire une nouvelle créature en commençant dès cette terre et en lui donnant sa plénitude au dernier jour. Le laïc, qui est tout ensemble membre du Peuple de Dieu et de la cité des hommes n’a qu’une conscience chrétienne. Celle-ci doit le guider sans cesse dans les deux domaines."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’apostolat destiné à évangéliser et sanctifier les hommes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La mission de l’Église concerne le salut des hommes, qui s’obtient par la foi au Christ et par sa grâce. Par son apostolat l’Église et tous ses membres doivent donc d’abord annoncer au monde le message du Christ par leurs paroles et leurs actes et lui communiquer sa grâce. Cela s’accomplit principalement par le ministère de la parole et des sacrements. Confié spécialement au clergé, il comporte pour des laïcs un rôle propre de grande importance, qui fait d’eux les « coopérateurs de la vérité » (3 Jn 8). Dans ce domaine surtout l’apostolat des laïcs et le ministère pastoral se complètent mutuellement."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les laïcs ont d’innombrables occasions d’exercer l’apostolat d’évangélisation et de sanctification. Le témoignage même de la vie chrétienne et les œuvres accomplies dans un esprit surnaturel sont puissants pour attirer les hommes à la foi et à Dieu ; le Seigneur dit en effet : « Que votre lumière brille devant les hommes pour qu’ils voient vos œuvres bonnes et glorifient votre Père qui est aux cieux » (Mt 5, 16). Cet apostolat cependant ne consiste pas dans le seul témoignage de la vie ; le véritable apôtre cherche les occasions d’annoncer le Christ par la parole, soit aux incroyants pour les aider à cheminer vers la foi, soit aux fidèles pour les instruire, les fortifier, les inciter à une vie plus fervente, « car la charité du Christ nous presse » (2 Co 5, 14). C’est dans les cœurs de tous que doivent résonner ces paroles de l’Apôtre : « Malheur à moi si je n’évangélise pas » (1 Co 9, 16) [11]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À une époque où se posent des questions nouvelles et où se répandent de très graves erreurs tendant à ruiner radicalement la religion, l’ordre moral et la société humaine elle-même, le Concile exhorte instamment les laïcs, chacun suivant ses talents et sa formation doctrinale, à prendre une part plus active selon l’esprit de l’Église, dans l’approfondissement et la défense des principes chrétiens comme dans leur application adaptée aux problèmes de notre temps."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le renouvellement chrétien de l’ordre temporel"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tel est le dessein de Dieu sur le monde : que les hommes, d’un commun accord, construisent l’ordre des réalités temporelles et le rendent sans cesse plus parfait. Tout ce qui compose l’ordre temporel : les biens de la vie et de la famille, la culture, les réalités économiques, les métiers et les professions, les institutions de la communauté politique, les relations internationales et les autres réalités du même genre, leur évolution et leur progrès, n’ont pas seulement valeur de moyen par rapport à la fin dernière de l’homme. Ils possèdent une valeur propre, mise en eux par Dieu lui-même, soit qu’on regarde chacun d’entre eux, soit qu’on les considère comme parties de l’ensemble de l’univers temporel : « Et Dieu vit tout ce qu’il avait fait et c’était très bon » (Gn 1, 31). Cette bonté naturelle qui est leur reçoit une dignité particulière en raison de leur relation avec la personne humaine au service de laquelle ils ont été créés. Enfin il a plu à Dieu de rassembler toutes les réalités, aussi bien naturelles que surnaturelles, en un seul tout dans le Christ « pour que celui-ci ait la primauté en tout » (Col 1, 18). Cette destination, loin de priver l’ordre naturel de son autonomie, de ses fins, de ses lois propres, de ses moyens, de son importance pour le bien des hommes, rend au contraire plus parfaites sa force et sa valeur propre ; elle le hausse en même temps au niveau de la vocation intégrale de l’homme ici-bas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Au cours de l’histoire, l’usage des choses temporelles a été souillé par de graves aberrations. Atteints par la faute originelle, les hommes sont tombés souvent en de nombreuses erreurs sur le vrai Dieu, la nature humaine et les principes de la loi morale : alors les mœurs et les institutions humaines s’en sont trouvées corrompues, la personne humaine elle-même bien souvent méprisée. De nos jours encore, certains, se fiant plus que de raison aux progrès de la science et de la technique, sont enclins à une sorte d’idolâtrie des choses temporelles : ils en deviennent les esclaves plutôt que les maîtres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est le travail de toute l’Église de rendre les hommes capables de bien construire l’ordre temporel et de l’orienter vers Dieu par le Christ. Il revient aux pasteurs d’énoncer clairement les principes concernant la fin de la création et l’usage du monde et d’apporter une aide morale et spirituelle pour que les réalités temporelles soient renouvelées dans le Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les laïcs doivent assumer comme leur tâche propre le renouvellement de l’ordre temporel. Éclairés par la lumière de l’Évangile, conduits par l’esprit de l’Église, entraînés par la charité chrétienne, ils doivent en ce domaine agir par eux-mêmes d’une manière bien déterminée. Membres de la cité, ils ont à coopérer avec les autres citoyens suivant leur compétence particulière en assumant leur propre responsabilité et à chercher partout et en tout la justice du Royaume de Dieu. L’ordre temporel est à renouveler de telle manière que, dans le respect de ses lois propres et en conformité avec elles, il devienne plus conforme aux principes supérieurs de la vie chrétienne et soit adapté aux conditions diverses des lieux, des temps et des peuples. Parmi les tâches de cet apostolat l’action sociale chrétienne a un rôle éminent à jouer. Le Concile désire le voir s’étendre aujourd’hui à tout le secteur temporel sans oublier le plan culturel [12]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’action caritative, sceau de l’apostolat chrétien"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout apostolat trouve dans la charité son origine et sa force, mais certaines œuvres sont par nature aptes à devenir une expression particulièrement parlante de cette charité : le Christ a voulu qu’elles soient le signe de sa mission messianique (cf. Mt 11, 4-5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le plus grand commandement de la loi est d’aimer Dieu de tout son cœur et le prochain comme soi-même (cf. Mt 22, 37-40). De cette loi de l’amour du prochain, le Christ a fait son commandement personnel. Il l’a enrichi d’un sens nouveau quand il voulut, s’identifiant à ses frères, être l’objet de cette charité disant : « Dans la mesure où vous l’avez fait à l’un de ces plus petits de mes frères, c’est à moi que vous l’avez fait » (Mt 25, 40). En assumant la nature humaine c’est toute l’humanité qu’il s’est unie par une solidarité surnaturelle qui en fait une seule famille ; il a fait de la charité le signe de ses disciples, par ces paroles : « À ceci tous vous reconnaîtront pour mes disciples : à cet amour que vous aurez les uns pour les autres » (Jn 13, 35)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En ses débuts, la sainte Église en joignant « l’agapè » à la Cène eucharistique la manifestait tout entière réunie autour du Christ par le lien de la charité, ainsi en tout temps elle se fait reconnaître à ce signe d’amour ; tout en se réjouissant des initiatives d’autrui, elle tient aux œuvres charitables comme à une partie de sa mission propre et comme à un droit inaliénable. C’est pourquoi la miséricorde envers les pauvres et les faibles, les œuvres dites de charité et de secours mutuel pour le soulagement de toutes les souffrances humaines sont particulièrement en honneur dans l’Église [13]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aujourd’hui ces activités et ces œuvres de charité sont beaucoup plus pressantes et doivent davantage prendre les dimensions de l’univers, car les moyens de communication sont plus aisés et plus rapides, la distance entre les hommes est pour ainsi dire vaincue, les habitants du monde entier deviennent comme les membres d’une seule famille. L’action de la charité peut et doit atteindre aujourd’hui tous les hommes et toutes les détresses. Partout où se trouvent ceux qui souffrent du manque de nourriture et de boisson, de vêtements, de logement, de remèdes, de travail, d’instruction, des moyens de mener une vie vraiment humaine, ceux qui sont tourmentés par les épreuves ou la maladie, ceux qui subissent l’exil ou la prison, la charité chrétienne doit les chercher et les découvrir, les réconforter avec un soin empressé, et les soulager par une aide adaptée. Cette obligation s’impose en tout premier lieu aux hommes et aux peuples qui sont les mieux pourvus [14]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour que cet exercice de la charité soit toujours au-dessus de toute critique et apparaisse comme tel, il faut voir dans le prochain l’image de Dieu selon laquelle il a été créé et le Christ notre Seigneur à qui est offert en réalité tout ce qui est donné au pauvre. La liberté et la dignité de la personne secourue doivent être respectées avec la plus grande délicatesse. La pureté d’intention ne doit être entachée d’aucune recherche d’intérêt propre ni d’aucun désir de domination [15]. Il faut satisfaire d’abord aux exigences de la justice de peur que l’on n’offre comme don de la charité ce qui est déjà dû en justice. Que disparaissent la cause des maux et pas seulement leurs effets et que l’aide apportée s’organise de telle sorte que les bénéficiaires se libèrent peu à peu de leur dépendance à l’égard d’autrui et deviennent capables de se suffire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les laïcs doivent donc estimer profondément et aider, selon leur pouvoir, les œuvres de charité et les initiatives concernant l’assistance sociale, qu’elles soient privées ou publiques, sans oublier les initiatives internationales ; par elles on apporte un secours efficace aux personnes et aux peuples qui souffrent. Qu’en cela ils collaborent avec tous les hommes de bonne volonté [16]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE III : Les divers champs d’apostolat"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les laïcs exercent leur apostolat multiforme tant dans l’Église que dans le monde. Dans l’un et l’autre cas leur sont ouverts divers champs d’action apostolique. Nous nous proposons de rappeler ici les principaux d’entre eux : les communautés ecclésiales, la famille, les jeunes, les milieux sociaux, les secteurs nationaux et internationaux. Comme de nos jours les femmes ont une part de plus en plus active dans toute la vie de la société, il est très important que grandisse aussi leur participation dans les divers secteurs de l’apostolat de l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les communautés ecclésiales"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Participant à la fonction du Christ Prêtre, Prophète et Roi, les laïcs ont leur part active dans la vie et l’action de l’Église. Dans les communautés ecclésiales, leur action est si nécessaire que sans elle l’apostolat des pasteurs ne peut, la plupart du temps, obtenir son plein effet. À l’image des hommes et des femmes qui aidaient Paul dans l’annonce de l’Évangile (cf. Ac 18, 18-26 ; Rm 16, 3), les laïcs qui ont vraiment l’esprit apostolique viennent, en effet, en aide à leurs frères, et réconfortent aussi bien les pasteurs que les autres membres du peuple fidèle (cf. 1 Co 16, 17-18). Nourris par leur participation active à la vie liturgique de leur communauté, ils s’emploient avec zèle à ses œuvres apostoliques ; ils acheminent vers l’Église des hommes qui en étaient peut-être fort éloignés ; ils collaborent avec ardeur à la diffusion de la Parole de Dieu, particulièrement par les catéchismes ; en apportant leur compétence ils rendent plus efficace le ministère auprès des âmes de même que l’administration des biens de l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La paroisse offre un exemple remarquable d’apostolat communautaire, car elle rassemble dans l’unité tout ce qui se trouve en elle de diversités humaines et elle les insère dans l’universalité de l’Église [17]. Que les laïcs prennent l’habitude de travailler dans la paroisse en étroite union avec leurs prêtres [18], d’apporter à la communauté de l’Église leurs propres problèmes, ceux du monde et les questions touchant le salut des hommes pour les examiner et les résoudre en tenant compte de l’avis de tous. Selon leurs possibilités, ils apporteront leur concours à toute entreprise apostolique et missionnaire de leur famille ecclésiale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les laïcs développeront sans cesse le sens du diocèse, dont la paroisse est comme une cellule ; ils seront toujours prompts à l’invitation de leur pasteur à participer aux initiatives du diocèse. De plus, pour répondre aux nécessités des villes et des régions rurales [19], ils ne borneront pas leur coopération aux limites de la paroisse ou du diocèse, mais ils s’efforceront de l’élargir au plan interparoissial, interdiocésain, national et international : d’autant plus que l’accroissement constant des migrations de population, la multiplication des liens mutuels, la facilité des communications ne permettent plus à une partie de la société de demeurer repliée sur elle-même. Les laïcs se préoccupent donc des exigences du Peuple de Dieu répandu sur toute la terre. Ils feront leurs en particulier les œuvres missionnaires en leur apportant une aide matérielle, voire même en concours personnel : c’est pour les chrétiens un devoir et un honneur que de restituer à Dieu une partie des biens qu’ils reçoivent de lui."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La famille"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Créateur a fait de la communauté conjugale l’origine et le fondement de la société humaine. Par sa grâce, il en a fait aussi un mystère d’une grande portée dans le Christ et dans l’Église (cf. Ep 5, 32). Aussi l’apostolat des époux et des familles a-t-il une singulière importance pour l’Église comme pour la société civile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les époux chrétiens sont l’un pour l’autre, pour leurs enfants et les autres membres de leur famille, les coopérateurs de la grâce et les témoins de la foi. Ils sont les premiers à transmettre la foi à leurs enfants et à en être auprès d’eux les éducateurs. Ils les forment par la parole et l’exemple à une vie chrétienne et apostolique ; ils les aident avec sagesse dans le choix de leur vocation et favorisent de leur mieux une vocation sacrée s’ils la découvrent en eux."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce fut toujours le devoir des époux, mais c’est aujourd’hui l’aspect le plus important de leur apostolat, de manifester et de prouver par toute leur vie l’indissolubilité et la sainteté du lien matrimonial ; d’affirmer avec vigueur le droit et le devoir assignés aux parents et aux tuteurs d’élever chrétiennement leurs enfants ; de défendre la dignité et l’autonomie de la famille. Ils doivent donc collaborer, eux et tous les fidèles, avec les hommes de bonne volonté, pour que ces droits soient parfaitement sauvegardés dans la législation civile ; pour qu’il soit tenu compte, dans le gouvernement du pays, des exigences des familles concernant l’habitation, l’éducation des enfants, les conditions de travail, la sécurité sociale et les impôts et que dans les migrations la vie commune de la famille soit parfaitement respectée [20]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette mission d’être la cellule première et vitale de la société, la famille elle-même l’a reçue de Dieu. Elle la remplira si par la piété de ses membres et la prière faite à Dieu en commun elle se présente comme un sanctuaire de l’Église à la maison ; si toute la famille s’insère dans le culte liturgique de l’Église ; si enfin elle pratique une hospitalité active et devient promotrice de la justice et de bons services à l’égard de tous les frères qui sont dans le besoin. Parmi les diverses œuvres d’apostolat familial, citons en particulier : adopter des enfants abandonnés, accueillir aimablement les étrangers, aider à la bonne marche des écoles, conseiller et aider les adolescents, aider les fiancés à se mieux préparer au mariage, donner son concours au catéchisme, soutenir époux et familles dans leurs difficultés matérielles ou morales, procurer aux vieillards non seulement l’indispensable mais les justes fruits du progrès économique. Toujours et partout mais spécialement dans les régions où commencent à se répandre les premières semences de l’Évangile, dans celles où l’Église en est à ses débuts, dans celles aussi où elle se heurte à de graves obstacles, les familles rendent au Christ un très précieux témoignage face au monde en s’attachant par toute leur vie à l’Église et en présentant l’exemple d’un foyer chrétien [21]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Afin d’atteindre plus facilement les buts de leur apostolat il peut être opportun pour les familles de se constituer en associations [22]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les jeunes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les jeunes représentent dans la société moderne une force de grande importance [23] . Les circonstances de leur vie, leurs habitudes d’esprit, les rapports avec leurs propres familles se sont complètement transformés. Ils accèdent souvent très rapidement à une nouvelle condition sociale et économique. Alors que grandit de jour en jour leur importance sociale et même politique, ils apparaissent assez peu préparés à porter convenablement le poids de ces charges nouvelles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cet accroissement de leur importance sociale exige d’eux une plus grande activité apostolique, et leur caractère naturel les y dispose. Lorsque mûrit la conscience de leur propre personnalité, poussés par leur ardeur naturelle et leur activité débordante, ils prennent leurs propres responsabilités et désirent être parties prenantes dans la vie sociale et culturelle ; si cet élan est pénétré de l’esprit du Christ, animé par le sens de l’obéissance et l’amour envers l’Église, on peut en espérer des fruits très riches. Les jeunes doivent devenir les premiers apôtres des jeunes, en contact direct avec eux, exerçant l’apostolat par eux-mêmes et entre eux, compte tenu du milieu social où ils vivent [24]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les adultes auront soin d’engager avec les jeunes des dialogues amicaux qui permettent aux uns et aux autres, en dépassant la différence d’âge, de se connaître mutuellement et de se communiquer leurs propres richesses. C’est par l’exemple d’abord, et, à l’occasion, par un avis judicieux et une aide efficace que les adultes pourront stimuler les jeunes à l’apostolat. De leur côté les jeunes sauront garder le respect et la confiance à l’égard des adultes, et dans leur désir naturel de renouvellement ils sauront apprécier comme elles le méritent les traditions estimables. Les enfants ont également une activité apostolique qui leur est propre. À la mesure de leurs possibilités ils sont les témoins vivants du Christ au milieu de leurs camarades."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le milieu social"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’apostolat dans le milieu social s’efforce de pénétrer d’esprit chrétien la mentalité et les mœurs, les lois et les structures de la communauté où chacun vit. Il est tellement le travail propre et la charge des laïcs que personne ne peut l’assumer comme il faut à leur place. Sur ce terrain, les laïcs peuvent mener l’apostolat du semblable envers le semblable. Là ils complètent le témoignage de la vie par celui de la parole [25]. C’est là qu’ils sont le plus aptes à aider leurs frères, dans leur milieu de travail, de profession, d’étude, d’habitation, de loisir, de collectivité locale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les laïcs accomplissent cette mission de l’Église dans le monde avant tout par cet accord de leur vie avec la foi qui fait d’eux la lumière du monde, et par cette honnêteté en toute activité capable d’éveiller en chaque homme l’amour du vrai et du bien, et de les inciter à aller un jour au Christ et à l’Église. Ils disposent insensiblement tous les cœurs à l’action de la grâce du salut par cette vie de charité fraternelle qui leur fait partager les conditions de vie et de travail, les souffrances et les aspirations de leurs frères. Enfin par cette pleine conscience de leur responsabilité propre dans la vie de la société, ils s’efforcent d’accomplir leurs devoirs familiaux, sociaux et professionnels avec une telle générosité chrétienne que leur manière d’agir pénètre peu à peu leur milieu de vie et de travail."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cet apostolat s’adresse à tous les hommes, aussi nombreux qu’ils soient, et n’a le droit d’exclure aucun bien spirituel ou temporel qu’il est possible de leur procurer. Mais les apôtres authentiques ne se contentent pas de cette seule action, ils ont le souci d’annoncer aussi le Christ par la parole à ceux qui les entourent. Beaucoup d’hommes en effet ne peuvent recevoir l’Évangile et reconnaître le Christ que par les laïcs qu’ils côtoient."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les secteurs national et international"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Immense est le champ d’apostolat, sur le plan national et international, où les laïcs surtout sont les intendants de la sagesse chrétienne. Dans le dévouement envers la nation, dans le fidèle accomplissement de leurs devoirs civiques les catholiques se sentiront tenus de promouvoir le vrai bien commun ; c’est ainsi qu’ils pourront amener le pouvoir civil à tenir compte de leur opinion afin qu’il s’exerce dans la justice et que les lois soient conformes aux exigences morales et au bien commun. Que les catholiques compétents en matière politique, affermis comme il convient dans la foi et la doctrine chrétienne, ne refusent pas la gestion des affaires publiques, car ils peuvent par une bonne administration travailler au bien commun et en même temps préparer la route à l’Évangile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les catholiques s’attacheront à collaborer avec tous les hommes de bonne volonté pour promouvoir tout ce qui est vrai, juste, saint, digne d’être aimé (cf. Ph 4, 8). Ils entreront en dialogue avec eux, allant à eux avec intelligence et délicatesse, et rechercheront comment améliorer les institutions sociales et publiques selon l’esprit de l’Évangile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parmi les signes de notre temps, il faut noter particulièrement ce sens toujours croissant et inéluctable de la solidarité de tous les peuples, que l’apostolat des laïcs doit développer et transformer en un désir sincère et effectif de fraternité. Enfin les laïcs doivent prendre conscience de l’existence du secteur international, des questions et des solutions doctrinales ou pratiques qui s’y font jour, en particulier en ce qui concerne les peuples qui font effort vers le progrès [26]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tous ceux qui travaillent dans des nations étrangères, ou leur apportent leur aide, se rappelleront que les relations entre peuples doivent être un véritable échange fraternel dans lequel les deux parties donnent et reçoivent à la fois. Ceux qui voyagent à l’étranger, pour raison d’affaires ou de loisir, doivent se rappeler qu’ils sont également partout les messagers itinérants du Christ et qu’ils ont à se conduire comme tels."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE IV : Les divers modes d’apostolat"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les laïcs peuvent exercer leur action apostolique soit individuellement, soit groupés en diverses communautés ou associations."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importance et multiplicité des formes de l’apostolat individuel"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’apostolat que chacun doit exercer personnellement et qui découle toujours d’une vie vraiment chrétienne (cf. Jn 4, 14) est le principe et la condition de tout apostolat des laïcs, même collectif, et rien ne peut le remplacer."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cet apostolat individuel est toujours et partout fécond ; il est en certaines circonstances le seul adapté et le seul possible. Tous les laïcs y sont appelés et en ont le devoir, quelle que soit leur condition, même s’ils n’ont pas l’occasion ou la possibilité de collaborer dans des mouvements."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En ce domaine il existe pour les laïcs de multiples manières de participer à l’édification de l’Église, à la sanctification du monde et à son animation dans le Christ. La forme particulière de l’apostolat individuel des laïcs est le témoignage de toute une vie de laïcs, inspirée par la foi, l’espérance et la charité : elle est d’ailleurs un signe très adapté à notre temps et manifeste le Christ vivant en ses fidèles. Par l’apostolat de la parole, absolument nécessaire en certaines circonstances, les laïcs annoncent le Christ. Par là ils expliquent et répandent sa doctrine chacun selon sa condition, sa compétence et la professent avec fidélité."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, parce qu’ils collaborent comme citoyens de ce monde à tout ce qui touche la construction et la gestion de l’ordre temporel, les laïcs doivent chercher à approfondir dans la vie familiale, professionnelle, culturelle et sociale, à la lumière de la foi leurs raisons d’agir et à l’occasion les révéler aux autres, conscients ainsi d’être les coopérateurs du Dieu créateur, rédempteur et sanctificateur, et de lui rendre gloire. Enfin les laïcs animeront leur vie par la charité et l’exprimeront concrètement à la mesure de leurs moyens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tous se souviendront que par le culte public et la prière personnelle, par la pénitence et la libre acceptation des travaux et des peines de la vie qui les conforme au Christ souffrant (cf. 2 Co 4, 10 ; Col 1, 24), ils peuvent atteindre tous les hommes et travailler au salut du monde entier."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’apostolat individuel en certaines circonstances"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cet apostolat individuel est particulièrement nécessaire et urgent dans les régions où la liberté de l’Église est gravement compromise. Dans ces circonstances très difficiles, les laïcs remplaçant les prêtres dans la mesure où ils le peuvent, exposant leur propre liberté et parfois leur vie, enseignent la doctrine chrétienne à ceux qui les entourent, les forment à la vie religieuse et à l’esprit catholique, les incitent à la réception fréquente des sacrements et à la piété surtout envers l’Eucharistie [27]. Le Concile du fond du cœur rend grâces à Dieu qui, encore aujourd’hui, ne cesse de susciter des laïcs au courage héroïque au milieu des persécutions ; il les entoure de sa paternelle affection et leur exprime sa reconnaissance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’apostolat individuel trouve une grande place là où les catholiques sont peu nombreux et dispersés. Dans ces circonstances, les laïcs qui n’exercent qu’un apostolat personnel, soit pour les raisons mentionnées plus haut, soit pour des motifs particuliers venant parfois de leur activité professionnelle, peuvent se rassembler utilement par petits groupes, sans aucune forme rigide d’institution ou d’organisation pourvu que le signe de la communauté de l’Église apparaisse toujours aux autres comme un témoignage authentique d’amour."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi, s’aidant mutuellement au plan spirituel par leur amitié et l’échange de leurs expériences, ils se préparent à surmonter les inconvénients d’une vie et d’une action trop isolées, et à produire des fruits apostoliques plus abondants."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importance de l’apostolat organisé"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les chrétiens sont donc appelés à exercer personnellement l’apostolat dans leurs diverses conditions de vie ; il ne faut cependant pas oublier que l’homme est social par nature et qu’il a plu à Dieu de rassembler ceux qui croient au Christ pour en faire le Peuple de Dieu (cf. 1 P 2, 5-10) et les unir en un seul corps (cf. 1 Co 12, 12). L’apostolat organisé correspond donc bien à la condition humaine et chrétienne des fidèles ; il présente en même temps le signe de la communion et de l’unité de l’Église dans le Christ qui a dit : « Là où deux ou trois sont réunis en mon nom, je suis au milieu d’eux » (Mt 18, 20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi les chrétiens exerceront leur apostolat en s’accordant sur un même but [28]. Qu’ils soient apôtres, tant dans leurs communautés familiales que dans les paroisses et les diocèses qui expriment en tant que tels le caractère communautaire de l’apostolat ; qu’ils le soient aussi dans les groupements libres dans lesquels ils auront choisi de se réunir."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’apostolat organisé est aussi très important parce que souvent, soit dans les communautés ecclésiales, soit dans les divers milieux de vie, l’apostolat requiert une action d’ensemble. Les organisations créées pour un apostolat collectif soutiennent leurs membres, les forment à l’apostolat, ordonnent et dirigent leur action apostolique de telle sorte qu’on puisse en espérer des résultats beaucoup plus importants que si chacun agissait isolément."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans la conjoncture actuelle il est souverainement nécessaire que là où s’exerce l’activité des laïcs se développe l’apostolat sous sa forme collective et organisée ; seule en effet cette étroite conjonction des efforts peut permettre d’atteindre complètement tous les buts de l’apostolat d’aujourd’hui et d’en protéger efficacement les fruits [29]. Dans cette perspective il est particulièrement important que l’apostolat atteigne les mentalités collectives et les conditions sociales de ceux dont il se préoccupe, sinon ceux-ci seront souvent incapables de résister à la pression de l’opinion publique ou des institutions."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les multiples formes de l’apostolat organisé"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il existe une grande variété dans les associations d’apostolat [30]. Les unes se proposent d’atteindre le but apostolique général de l’Église ; d’autres des buts d’évangélisation et de sanctification envisagés sous un angle particulier ; d’autres visent à l’animation chrétienne de l’ordre temporel ; d’autres rendent témoignage au Christ plus spécialement par les œuvres de miséricorde et de charité."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parmi ces groupements, il faut en premier lieu considérer ceux qui favorisent et mettent en valeur une union plus intime entre la vie concrète de leurs membres et leur foi. Les organisations ne sont pas des fins en soi, mais elles doivent servir la mission de l’Église envers le monde. Leur valeur apostolique dépend de leur conformité aux buts de l’Église, ainsi que de la qualité chrétienne de leur témoignage et de l’esprit évangélique de chacun de leurs membres et de l’association tout entière."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La mission universelle de l’Église, étant donné la mise en place progressive des structures et l’évolution de la société actuelle, requiert de plus en plus le développement des associations apostoliques des catholiques au plan international. Les organisations internationales catholiques atteindront mieux leur but, si les groupes qu’elles rassemblent et leurs membres leur sont plus étroitement unis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le lien nécessaire avec l’autorité ecclésiastique étant assuré [31], les laïcs ont le droit de fonder des associations [32], de les diriger et d’adhérer à celles qui existent. Il faut cependant éviter la dispersion des forces ; celle-ci se produirait si l’on fondait de nouvelles associations et œuvres sans raison suffisante, si l’on en conservait d’autres devenues inutiles, ou encore si l’on gardait des méthodes périmées ; enfin il ne sera pas toujours opportun de transplanter sans discernement dans un pays déterminé les formes d’apostolat organisé qui existent dans un autre [33]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Action catholique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Depuis quelques dizaines d’années, dans un grand nombre de pays, des laïcs adonnés de plus en plus à l’apostolat, se sont réunis en des formes diverses d’action et d’associations qui, en union particulièrement étroite avec la hiérarchie, ont poursuivi et poursuivent des buts proprement apostoliques. Parmi ces institutions, comme parmi d’autres semblables et plus anciennes, il faut mentionner en premier lieu celles qui, tout en suivant diverses méthodes, ont été très fécondes pour le règne du Christ : recommandées et favorisées à juste titre par les papes et de nombreux évêques, elles ont reçu d’eux le nom d’Action catholique ; elles ont été le plus souvent décrites comme une collaboration des laïcs à l’apostolat hiérarchique [34]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ces formes d’apostolat, qu’elles portent ou non le nom d’Action catholique, exercent aujourd’hui un apostolat précieux. Elles sont constituées par la réunion des éléments suivants qui les caractérisent :"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Le but immédiat des organisations de ce genre est le but apostolique de l’Église dans l’ordre de l’évangélisation, de la sanctification des hommes et de la formation chrétienne de leur conscience, afin qu’ils soient en mesure de pénétrer de l’esprit de l’Évangile les diverses communautés et les divers milieux."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Les laïcs collaborant, selon un mode qui leur est propre, avec la hiérarchie, apportent leur expérience et assument leur responsabilité dans la direction de ces organisations, dans la recherche des conditions de mise en œuvre de la pastorale de l’Église, dans l’élaboration et la poursuite de leur programme d’action."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Ces laïcs agissent unis à la manière d’un corps organisé, ce qui exprime de façon plus parlante la communauté ecclésiale et rend l’apostolat plus fécond."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) Ces laïcs, qu’ils soient venus à l’apostolat de leur propre mouvement ou en réponse à une invitation pour l’action et la coopération directe avec l’apostolat hiérarchique, agissent sous la haute direction de la hiérarchie elle-même, qui peut même authentifier cette collaboration par un mandat explicite."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les organisations qui, au jugement de la hiérarchie, vérifient l’ensemble de ces caractères, doivent être réputées comme étant d’Action catholique, même si elles ont des structures et des noms variés selon les exigences des lieux et des peuples."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le saint Concile recommande instamment ces institutions qui répondent certainement en beaucoup de pays aux nécessités de l’apostolat de l’Église, et il invite les prêtres et les laïcs qui y travaillent à réaliser de plus en plus les caractéristiques mentionnées plus haut et à coopérer toujours fraternellement dans l’Église avec toutes les autres formes de l’apostolat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estime des organisations"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Toutes les organisations d’apostolat sont à estimer comme il convient, mais celles que la hiérarchie, selon les besoins des temps et des lieux, aura louées, recommandées, décidé de fonder comme plus urgentes, doivent être mises en première place par les prêtres, les religieux et les laïcs, et développées par chacun suivant sa mission. Parmi ces groupements, il faut mentionner très spécialement aujourd’hui les associations ou groupes internationaux de catholiques."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les laïcs qui sont à un titre spécial au service de l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sont dignes d’un respect et d’une estime particulière dans l’Église les laïcs célibataires ou mariés qui de manière définitive ou pour un temps mettent leur personne, leur compétence professionnelle au service des institutions et de leurs activités. C’est une grande joie de voir s’augmenter de jour en jour le nombre des laïcs qui se consacrent aux associations et œuvres d’apostolat, soit à l’intérieur de leur pays, soit dans le secteur international, soit surtout dans des communautés catholiques des missions et des églises naissantes. Les pasteurs accueilleront ces laïcs avec joie et reconnaissance ; ils veilleront à ce que leur condition satisfasse aussi parfaitement que possible aux exigences de la justice, de l’équité et de la charité, surtout en ce qui concerne les ressources nécessaires à leur vie et à celles de leur famille ; ils feront en sorte que ces laïcs disposent des moyens nécessaires de formation, de soutien et de stimulant spirituels."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE V : Les dispositions à observer"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’apostolat des laïcs, individuel ou collectif, doit s’insérer à sa vraie place dans l’apostolat de toute l’Église. Qui plus est, son lien avec ceux que l’Esprit Saint a constitués pour paître l’Église de Dieu (cf. Ac 20, 28), est un élément essentiel de l ’apostolat chrétien. Non moins nécessaire est la collaboration entre les diverses initiatives apostoliques qu’il est du ressort de la hiérarchie d’organiser harmonieusement."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Une estime mutuelle et une bonne coordination de toutes les formes apostoliques de l’Église, respectant le caractère particulier de chacune sont en effet absolument nécessaires pour promouvoir l’esprit d’unité afin que la charité fraternelle éclate dans tout l’apostolat de l’Église, que les buts communs soient atteints et que les rivalités dommageables soient évitées [35]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cela apparaît surtout nécessaire quand une action particulière exige, dans l’Église, l’harmonie et la coopération apostolique des deux clergés, des religieux et des laïcs."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relations avec la hiérarchie"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il appartient à la hiérarchie de favoriser l’apostolat des laïcs, de lui donner principes et assistance spirituelle, d’ordonner son exercice au bien commun de l’Église, et de veiller à ce que la doctrine et les dispositions fondamentales soient respectées."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les liens de l’apostolat des laïcs avec la hiérarchie peuvent revêtir des modalités différentes selon la diversité des formes et des buts de cet apostolat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On trouve dans l’Église un certain nombre d’initiatives apostoliques qui doivent leur origine au libre choix des laïcs et dont la gestion relève de leur propre jugement prudentiel. De telles initiatives permettent à l’Église, en certaines circonstances, de mieux remplir sa mission ; aussi n’est-il pas rare que la hiérarchie les loue et les recommande [36], mais aucune initiative ne peut prétendre au nom de catholique, sans le consentement de l’autorité ecclésiastique légitime."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certaines formes de l’apostolat des laïcs sont reconnues explicitement par la hiérarchie sous une forme ou sous une autre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, eu égard aux exigences du bien commun de l’Église, l’autorité ecclésiastique peut choisir et promouvoir d’une façon spéciale certaines associations et institutions apostoliques, visant directement un but spirituel, et assumer à leur égard une responsabilité particulière. Ainsi la hiérarchie, organisant l’apostolat de diverses manières selon les circonstances, unit plus étroitement à sa propre charge apostolique telle forme d’apostolat sans toutefois altérer la nature propre et la distinction des deux tâches, et par conséquent sans enlever aux laïcs la nécessaire faculté d’agir de leur propre initiative. Cet acte de la hiérarchie a reçu le nom de « mandat » dans divers documents ecclésiastiques."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfin il arrive que la hiérarchie confie aux laïcs certaines charges touchant de plus près aux devoirs des pasteurs : dans l’enseignement de la doctrine chrétienne, par exemple, dans certains actes liturgiques et dans le soin des âmes. Par cette mission, les laïcs sont pleinement soumis à la direction du supérieur ecclésiastique pour l’exercice de ces charges."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En ce qui concerne les œuvres et institutions d’ordre temporel, le rôle de la hiérarchie ecclésiastique est d’enseigner et d’interpréter authentiquement les principes moraux à suivre en ce domaine. Il lui est également possible de juger, après mûre réflexion et consultation de personnes compétentes, de la conformité de telle œuvre ou institution avec ces principes moraux et de se prononcer à leur sujet sur ce qui est exigé pour la sauvegarde et la promotion des biens de l’ordre surnaturel."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aide à apporter par le clergé à l’apostolat des laïcs"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques, les curés, et les autres prêtres du clergé séculier et du clergé régulier se souviendront que le droit et le devoir d’exercer l’apostolat sont communs à tous les fidèles, clercs ou laïcs, et que dans l’édification de l’Église les laïcs ont aussi un rôle propre à jouer [37]. C’est pourquoi ils travailleront fraternellement avec les laïcs dans l’Église et pour l’Église et prendront spécialement à cœur le soutien des laïcs dans leurs œuvres d’apostolat [38]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques choisiront avec soin des prêtres capables et bien avertis pour s’occuper des formes particulières de l’apostolat des laïcs [39]. Ceux qui exercent ce ministère en vertu d’une mission reçue de la hiérarchie, la représentent dans son action pastorale : toujours attachés fidèlement à l’esprit et à la doctrine de l’Église, ils favoriseront entre les laïcs et la hiérarchie les relations convenables ; ils se dépenseront pour nourrir la vie spirituelle et le sens apostolique au sein des associations catholiques qui leur sont confiées ; ils seront présents à leur action apostolique par leurs avis judicieux et favoriseront leurs projets ; en dialogue constant avec les laïcs, ils rechercheront attentivement les formes les plus capables de rendre l’action apostolique plus fructueuse ; ils développeront l’esprit d’unité au sein même de l’association aussi bien qu’entre elle et les autres. Enfin les religieux, frères ou sœurs, estimeront l’action apostolique des laïcs, et, fidèles à l’esprit et aux règles de leur institut, ils se dépenseront volontiers à la développer [40]; ils s’appliqueront à soutenir, à aider et à compléter l’action du prêtre."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moyens utiles à la coopération mutuelle"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Au plan des diocèses il faudrait autant que possible qu’il y ait des conseils qui soutiennent le travail apostolique de l’Église tant sur le plan de l’évangélisation et de la sanctification que sur le plan caritatif, social et autre : les clercs et les religieux y collaboreront de manière appropriée avec les laïcs. Ces conseils pourront aider à la coordination mutuelle des diverses associations ou initiatives des laïcs en respectant la nature propre et l’autonomie de chacune [41] ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Des conseils semblables, autant que faire se peut, devraient être constitués au plan paroissial, interparoissial, interdiocésain, voire même au plan national et international [42]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il faut de plus constituer auprès du Saint-Siège un secrétariat spécial pour le service et la promotion de l’apostolat des laïcs. Ce secrétariat serait comme un centre doté de moyens adaptés pour fournir des informations au sujet des diverses initiatives apostoliques des laïcs. Il s’attacherait aux recherches sur les problèmes qui surgissent aujourd’hui dans ce domaine et assisterait de ses conseils la hiérarchie et les laïcs sur le plan des activités apostoliques. Les divers mouvements et organisations apostoliques des laïcs du monde entier devraient être parties prenantes de ce secrétariat où se retrouveraient aussi des clercs pour collaborer avec les laïcs."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coopération avec les autres chrétiens et les non-chrétiens"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le patrimoine évangélique commun, et le devoir commun qui en résulte de porter un témoignage chrétien, recommandent et souvent exigent la coopération de catholiques avec les autres chrétiens ; cette collaboration peut être le fait des individus et des communautés ecclésiales et concerner la participation soit à des activités, soit à des associations, sur le plan national ou international [43]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les valeurs humaines communes réclament aussi de la part des chrétiens qui poursuivent des fins apostoliques une coopération de ce genre avec ceux qui ne professent pas le christianisme mais reconnaissent ces valeurs."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par cette coopération dynamique et prudente [44], particulièrement importante dans les activités temporelles, les laïcs apportent un témoignage au Christ Sauveur du monde et à l’unité de la famille humaine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE VI : Formation à l’apostolat"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nécessité d’une formation à l’apostolat"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’apostolat ne peut atteindre une pleine efficacité que grâce à une formation à la fois différenciée et complète. C’est ce qu’exigent non seulement le constant progrès spirituel et doctrinal du laïc lui-même mais aussi diverses circonstances tenant aux réalités, aux personnes et aux obligations auxquelles son activité doit pouvoir s’adapter. Cette formation à l’apostolat s’appuiera comme sur des fondements sur les propositions et déclarations faites ailleurs par le Concile [45]. Un certain nombre de formes d’apostolat requièrent en plus de la formation commune à tous les chrétiens une formation spécifique et particulière en raison de la diversité des personnes et des circonstances."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Principes de la formation des laïcs à l’apostolat"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les laïcs ayant leur manière à eux de participer à la mission de l’Église, leur formation apostolique sera adaptée au caractère séculier propre au laïcat et à la vie spirituelle qui leur convient."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette formation à l’apostolat suppose une formation humaine conforme à la personnalité et aux conditions de la vie de chacun. Le laïc, en effet, grâce à une bonne connaissance du monde actuel, doit être un membre bien inséré dans son groupe social et dans la culture qui est la sienne."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais, en premier lieu, le laïc apprendra à accomplir la mission du Christ et de l’Église en vivant par la foi le mystère divin de la création et de la rédemption sous la motion de l’Esprit Saint qui anime le Peuple de Dieu et qui sollicite tous les hommes à aimer Dieu comme un père et à aimer le monde et les hommes. Cette formation doit être considérée comme le fondement et la condition même de tout apostolat fécond."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Outre la formation spirituelle, une solide connaissance doctrinale est requise en matière théologique, morale et philosophique ; cette connaissance devra être adaptée à l’âge, aux conditions de vie ainsi qu’aux aptitudes de chacun. De plus, il ne faut aucunement oublier l’importance d’une culture générale appropriée jointe à une formation pratique et technique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En vue de faciliter au mieux les « relations humaines », il convient aussi de favoriser le développement des valeurs authentiquement humaines, en particulier celles qui concernent l’art de vivre en esprit fraternel, de collaborer ainsi que de dialoguer avec les autres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parce que la formation à l’apostolat ne peut consister dans la seule instruction théorique, il faut apprendre graduellement et prudemment dès le début de cette formation, à voir toutes choses, à juger, à agir à la lumière de la foi, à se former et à se perfectionner soi-même avec les autres par l’action. C’est ainsi qu’on entrera activement dans le service de l’Église [46]. Cette formation est sans cesse à perfectionner à cause du développement progressif de la personne humaine et de l’évolution même des problèmes ; elle requiert une connaissance toujours plus profonde et une adaptation constante de l’action. Tout en cherchant à répondre à ses multiples exigences, on aura le souci constant de respecter l’unité et l’intégrité totale de la personne humaine afin d’en préserver et d’en intensifier l’harmonieux équilibre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De cette manière, le laïc peut s’insérer profondément et activement dans la réalité même de l’ordre temporel et prendre part efficacement à la marche des choses ; en même temps, comme membre vivant et témoin de l’Église, il rend celle-ci présente et agissante au cœur même des réalités temporelles [47]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ceux qui doivent former les autres à l’apostolat"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La formation à l’apostolat doit commencer dès la première éducation des enfants, mais ce sont plus spécialement les adolescents et les jeunes qui doivent être initiés à l’apostolat et marqués de son esprit. Cette formation sera d’ailleurs à poursuivre tout au long de la vie en fonction des exigences posées par de nouvelles tâches. Il est donc clair qu’il revient à ceux qui ont la charge de l’éducation chrétienne de s’attacher à cette éducation apostolique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est aux parents qu’il incombe, au sein même de la famille, de préparer leurs enfants dès leur jeune âge à découvrir l’amour de Dieu envers tous les hommes ; ils leur apprendront peu à peu – et surtout par leur exemple – à avoir le souci des besoins de leur prochain, tant au plan matériel que spirituel. C’est la famille tout entière, dans sa communauté de vie, qui doit réaliser ainsi le premier apprentissage de l’apostolat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais il est par ailleurs nécessaire de former les enfants de telle manière que, dépassant le cadre familial, ils ouvrent leur esprit à la vie des communautés, aussi bien ecclésiales que temporelles. Leur intégration à la communauté paroissiale locale doit être faite de telle manière qu’ils y prennent conscience d’être membres vivants et agissants du Peuple de Dieu. Les prêtres auront donc le souci constant de cette formation à l’apostolat : dans les catéchismes, les prédications, la direction des âmes ainsi que dans les diverses autres fonctions du ministère pastoral."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce sont également les écoles, les collèges et les diverses institutions catholiques consacrées à l’éducation qui doivent susciter chez les jeunes le sens catholique et l’action apostolique. Si ces moyens font défaut, soit que les jeunes ne fréquentent pas ces écoles, soit pour toute autre raison, que les parents et les pasteurs, ainsi que les mouvements d’apostolat, prennent d’autant plus soin d’y pourvoir. Quant aux maîtres et aux éducateurs, qui, par vocation et par devoir d’état, exercent une excellente forme de l’apostolat des laïcs, il importe qu’ils soient pénétrés de la doctrine et de la pédagogie nécessaires pour transmettre efficacement cette éducation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les groupements et associations diverses de laïcs qui se consacrent à l’apostolat ou à toute autre fin spirituelle doivent soigneusement et assidûment favoriser, selon leurs objectifs et leurs propres modalités, cette formation à l’apostolat [48]. Ces organismes constituent d’ailleurs souvent la voie ordinaire de cette formation à l’apostolat. On y trouve en effet la formation doctrinale, spirituelle et pratique. Leurs membres réunis en petits groupes avec leurs compagnons ou leur amis, examinent les méthodes et les résultats de leur action apostolique et cherchent ensemble dans l’Évangile à juger leur vie quotidienne."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette formation doit être poursuivie de façon telle qu’elle tienne compte de tout l’apostolat qui incombe aux laïcs, car celui-ci ne doit pas s’exercer seulement à l’intérieur des groupements et des associations mais dans toutes les circonstances de la vie, en particulier de la vie professionnelle et sociale. Bien plus, c’est chaque laïc qui doit se préparer lui-même activement à l’apostolat ; ceci est tout particulièrement vrai des adultes. En avançant en âge, en effet, l’esprit s’ouvre davantage, et chacun est donc plus capable de découvrir les talents qui lui ont été départis par Dieu et peut exercer plus efficacement les charismes que l’Esprit Saint lui a donnés pour le bien de ses frères."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Adaptation de la formation aux diverses formes d’apostolat"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les diverses formes d’apostolat nécessitent une formation particulièrement adaptée."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) En ce qui concerne l’apostolat d’évangélisation et de sanctification, les laïcs doivent être spécialement préparés à engager le dialogue avec les autres, croyants ou non-croyants, afin de manifester à tous le message du Chris [49]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais comme en notre temps le matérialisme sous des formes diverses se répand un peu partout, même parmi les catholiques, il est nécessaire que les laïcs non seulement étudient avec soin la doctrine, particulièrement les points remis en cause, mais qu’en face de toute forme de matérialisme ils donnent le témoignage d’une vie évangélique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) En ce qui concerne la transformation chrétienne de l’ordre temporel les laïcs doivent être instruits de la véritable signification et de la valeur des biens temporels considérés tant en eux-mêmes que dans leurs rapports avec toutes les fins de la personne humaine; ils doivent être entraînés à bien user des choses et acquérir l’expérience de l’organisation des institutions, en restant attentifs au bien commun suivant les principes de la doctrine morale et sociale de l’Église. Les laïcs doivent assimiler tout particulièrement les principes et les conclusions de cette doctrine sociale, de sorte qu’ils deviennent capables de travailler pour leur part à son développement aussi bien que de l’appliquer correctement aux cas particuliers [50]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Comme les œuvres de charité et de miséricorde présentent un excellent témoignage de vie chrétienne, la formation apostolique doit aussi inviter à les accomplir, en sorte que dès leur enfance les disciples du Christ apprennent à partager les souffrances de leurs frères et à pourvoir avec générosité à leurs besoins [51]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moyens à prendre"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les laïcs consacrés à l’apostolat disposent déjà de nombreux moyens de formation : sessions, congrès, récollections, exercices spirituels, rencontres fréquentes, conférences, livres et commentaires qui permettent d’approfondir la connaissance de l’Écriture sainte et de la doctrine catholique ainsi que de progresser dans la vie spirituelle, de connaître les conditions de vie du monde, de découvrir et d’utiliser les méthodes les plus aptes à l’apostolat [52]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ces moyens de formation sont fonction des diverses formes d’apostolat à mettre en œuvre selon les milieux à atteindre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans ce but ont même été créés des centres d’études ou des instituts supérieurs qui ont déjà donné d’excellents résultats."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Concile se réjouit des initiatives de ce genre et de leur rayonnement déjà florissant en certaines contrées et souhaite leur fondation là où la nécessité s’en fera sentir. De plus, il préconise la création de centres de documentation et d’études non seulement en matière théologique mais aussi pour les sciences humaines : anthropologie, psychologie, sociologie, méthodologie, afin de développer les aptitudes des laïcs, hommes, femmes, jeunes et adultes, pour tous les secteurs d’apostolat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EXHORTATION"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le saint Concile adjure donc avec force au nom du Seigneur tous les laïcs de répondre volontiers avec élan et générosité à l’appel du Christ qui, en ce moment même, les invite avec plus d’insistance, et à l’impulsion de l’Esprit Saint. Que les jeunes réalisent bien que cet appel s’adresse très particulièrement à eux, qu’ils le reçoivent avec joie et de grand cœur. C’est le Seigneur lui-même qui, par le Concile, presse à nouveau tous les laïcs de s’unir intimement à lui de jour en jour, et de prendre à cœur ses intérêts comme leur propre affaire (cf. Ph 2, 5), de s’associer à sa mission de Sauveur ; il les envoie encore une fois en toute ville et en tout lieu où il doit aller lui-même (cf. Lc 10, 1) ; ainsi à travers la variété des formes et des moyens du même et unique apostolat de l’Église, les laïcs se montreront ses collaborateurs, toujours au fait des exigences du moment présent, « se dépensant sans cesse au service du Seigneur, sachant qu’en lui leur travail ne saurait être vain » (cf. 1 Co 15, 58). Tout l’ensemble et chacun des points qui ont été édictés dans ce décret ont plu aux Pères du Concile. Et Nous, en vertu du pouvoir apostolique que Nous tenons du Christ, en union avec les vénérables Pères, Nous les approuvons, arrêtons et décrétons dans le Saint-Esprit, et Nous ordonnons que ce qui a été établi en Concile soit promulgué pour la gloire de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rome, à Saint-Pierre, le 18 novembre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, Paul, évêque de l’Église catholique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Suivent les signatures des Pères)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] Cf. Jean XXIII, Const. apost. Humanae Salutis, 25 décembre 1961 : AAS 54 (1962), p. 7-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 33 s. – Cf. aussi Const. Sacrosanctum concilium, n. 26-40. – Décret De instrumentis commun. socialis. – Décret Unitatis redintegratio. – Décret Christus Dominus, n. 16, 17, 18. Déclar. Gravissimum educationis n. 3, 5, 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3] Cf. Pie XII, Alloc. aux cardinaux, 18 février 1946 : AAS 38 (1946), p.101-102.-Idem, Sermo ad Iuvenes operarios catholicos, 25 août 1957 : AAS 49 (1957), p.843."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Rerum Ecclesiae : AAS 18 (1926), p. 65."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 33, cf. aussi n. 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7] Cf. Ibid., n. 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. Sacrosanctum concilium, n. 11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[9] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 32 ; cf. aussi n. 40-41."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[10] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 62 ; cf. aussi n. 65."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[11] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Ubi arcano, 23 décembre 1922 : AAS 14 (1922), p. 659. – Pie XII, Encycl. Summi Pontificatus, 20 octobre 1939 : AAS 31 (1939), p. 442-443."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[12] Cf. Léon XIII, Encycl. Rerum Novarum : AAS 23 (1890-1891), p. 647. – Pie XI, Encycl. Quadragesimo Anno : AAS 23 (1931), p. 190. – Pie XII, Message radioph. 1er juin 1941 : AAS 33 (1941), p. 207."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[13] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra : AAS 53 (1961), p. 402."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[14] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra : AAS 53 (1961), p. 440-441."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[15] Cf. Ibid., p. 442-443."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[16] Cf. Pie XII, Alloc. Ad « Pax Romana M.I.I.C. », 25 avril 1957 : AAS 49 (1957), p. 298-299 ; et surtout Jean XXIII, Ad Conventum Consilii « Food and Agriculture Organization (F.A.O.) », 10 novembre 1959 : AAS 51 (1951), p. 856, 866."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[17] Cf. Pie X, lettre apost. Creationis duarum novarum paroeciarum, 1er juin 1905 : AAS 38 (1905), p. 65-67. – Pie XII, Alloc. Aux fidèles de la paroisse Saint-Saba, 11 janvier 1953 : Discours et messages radioph. de Pie XII, 14 (1952-1953), p. 449-454. – Jean XXIII, Alloc. Clero et christifidelibus e dioecesi suburbicaria Albanensi, ad Arcem Gandulfi habita, 26 août 1962 : AAS 54 (1962), p. 565-660."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[18] Cf. Léon XIII, Alloc. du 28 janvier 1894, Acta 14 (1894), p. 424-425."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[19] Cf. Pie XII, Alloc. ad Parochos, etc., 6 février 1951, Discours et messages radioph. de Pie XII, 12 (1950- 1951), p. 437-443 ; 8 mars 1952 : ibid., 14 (1952-1953), p. 5-10 ; 27 mars 1953 : ibid., 15 (1953-1954), p. 27-35 ; 28 février 1954 : ibid., p. 585-590."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[20] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Casti connubii : AAS 22 (1930), p. 554. – Pie XII, Message radioph., 1er janvier 1941 : AAS 33 (1941), p. 203. Idem, Delegatis ad Conventum unionis intern. sodalitatum ad iura familiae tuenda, 20 septembre 1949 : AAS 41 (1949), p. 552. – Idem, Ad Patresfamilias e Gallia Romam peregrinantes, 18 septembre 1951 : AAS 43 (1951), p. 731. – Idem, Message radioph. de Noël, 1952 : AAS 45 (1953), p. 41. – Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra, 15 mai 1961 : AAS 53 (1961), p. 429, 439."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[21] 5. Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Evangelii Praecones, 2 juin 1951 : AAS 43 (1951), p. 514."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[22] Cf. Pie XII, Delegatis ad Conventum Unionis internationalis sodalitatum ad iura familiae tuenda, 20 septembre 1949 : AAS 41 (1949), p. 552."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[23] Cf. Pie X, Alloc. ad catholicam Associationem Iuventutis Gallicae de pietate, scientia et actione, 25 septembre 1904 : AAS 37 (1904-1905), p. 296-300."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[24] Cf. Pie XII, Épître Dans quelques semaines, ad Archiepiscopum Marianopolitanum, de conventibus a iuvenibus operariis christianis canadiensibus indictis, 24 mai 1947 : AAS 39 (1947), p. 257 ; Message radioph. à la j.o.c., Bruxelles, 3 septembre 1950 : AAS 42 (1950), p. 640-641."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[25] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Quadragesimo Anno, 15 mai 1931 ; AAS 23 (1931), p. 225-226."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[26] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra, 15 mai 1961 : AAS 53 (1961), p. 448-450. [27] Cf. Pie XII, Alloc. Ad I Conventum ex Omnibus Gentibus Laicorum Apostolatui provehendo, 15 octobre 1951 : AAS 43 (1951), p. 788."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[28] Cf. ibid., p. 787-788."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[29] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Le pèlerinage à Lourdes, 2 juillet 1957 : AAS 49 (1957), p. 615."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[30] Cf Pie XII, Alloc. ad Consilium Foederationis internationalis virorum catholicorum, 08 décembre 1956 : AAS 49 (1957), p. 26-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[31] Cf. infra chap.V, n. 24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[32] Cf. S.C. du Concile, résolution Corrienten., 13 novembre 1920 : AAS 13 (1921), p. 139."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[33] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Princeps Pastorum, 10 décembre 1959 : AAS 51 (1959), p. 856."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[34] Cf. Pie XI, épître Quae nobis, au card. Bertram, 13 novembre 1928 : AAS 20 (1928), p. 385. – Cf. aussi Pie XII, Alloc. Ad. A. C. Italicam, 4 septembre 1940 : AAS 32 (1940), p. 362."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[35] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Quamvis Nostra, 30 avril 1936 : AAS 28 (1936), p. 160-161."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[36] Cf. S. C. du Concile, résolution Corrienten., 13 novembre 1920 : AAS 13 (1921), p. 137-140."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[37] Cf. Pie XII, Alloc. Ad II Conventum ex Omnibus Gentibus Laicorum Apostolatui provehendo, 5 octobre 1957 : AAS 49 (1957), p. 927."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[38] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 37."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[39] Cf. Pie XII, exhort. apost. Menti Nostrae, 23 septembre 1950 : AAS 42 (1950), p. 660."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[40] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, décret Perfecta caritatis, n. 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[41] Cf. Benoît XIV, Du Synode diocésain, liv. III, c. IX, n. VII-VIII : Opera omnia in tomos XVII distributa, t. XI (Prati, 1844), p. 76-77."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[42] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Quamvis Nostra, 30 avril 1936 : AAS 28 (1936), p. 160-161."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[43] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra, 15 mai 1961 : AAS 53 (1961), p. 456-457. – Cf. Conc. Vat. II, décret Unitatis redintegratio, n. 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[44] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, décret Unitatis redintegratio, n. 12. Cf. aussi Const. dogm. Lumen gentium n. 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[45] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, chap. II, IV, V. – Cf. aussi décret Unitatis redintegratio, n. 4, 6, 7, 12. – Cf. aussi supra, n. 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[46] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium chap. II, IV, V. – Cf. aussi décret Unitatis redintegratio, n. 4, 6, 7, 12. – Cf. aussi supra, n. 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[47] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[48] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra, 15 mai 1961 : AAS 53 (1961), p. 455."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[49] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Sertum laetitiae, 1er novembre 1939 : AAS 31 (1939), p. 635-644. – Cf. Idem, Alloc. aux « laureati » de l’Action catholique italienne, 24 mai 1953 : AAS 45 (1953), p. 413-414."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[50] Cf. Pie XII, Alloc. Ad Congressum Universalem Foederationis Mundialis Iuventutis Feminae Cathol., 18 avril 1952 : AAS (1952), p. 414-419.- Idem, Alloc. Ad Associat. Christianam Operariorum Italiae (ACLI), 1er mai 1955 : AAS 47 (1955), p.470-471."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[51] Cf. Pie XII, Ad delegatos Conventus Sodalitatum Caritatis, 27 avril 1952, p. 470-471."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[52] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra, 15 mai 1961 : ASS 53 (1961), p. 454."
            }
          ]
        },
        "it": {
          "code": "it",
          "label": "Italiano",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651118_apostolicam-actuositatem_it.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-174-vat-ii_decree_19651118_apostolicam-actuositatem_it.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAOLO VESCOVO SERVO DEI SERVI DI DIO UNITAMENTE AI PADRI DEL SACRO CONCILIO A PERPETUA MEMORIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO SULL’APOSTOLATO DEI LAICI APOSTOLICAM ACTUOSITATEM"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il sacro Concilio, volendo rendere più intensa l'attività apostolica del popolo di Dio (1), con viva premura si rivolge ai fedeli laici, dei quali già altrove ha ricordato (2) il ruolo proprio e assolutamente necessario che essi svolgono nella missione della Chiesa. L'apostolato dei laici, infatti, derivando dalla loro stessa vocazione cristiana, non può mai venir meno nella Chiesa. La stessa sacra Scrittura mostra abbondantemente quanto spontanea e fruttuosa fosse tale attività ai primordi della Chiesa (cfr. At 11,19-21; 18,26; Rm 16,1-16; Fil 4,3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I nostri tempi poi non richiedono minore zelo da parte dei laici; anzi le circostanze odierne richiedono assolutamente che il loro apostolato sia più intenso e più esteso. Infatti l'aumento costante della popolazione, il progresso scientifico e tecnico, le relazioni umane che si fanno sempre più strette, non solo hanno allargato straordinariamente il campo dell'apostolato dei laici, in gran parte accessibile solo ad essi, ma hanno anche suscitato nuovi problemi, che richiedono il loro sollecito impegno e zelo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tale apostolato si è reso tanto più urgente, in quanto l'autonomia di molti settori della vita umana si è assai accresciuta, com'è giusto; ma talora ciò è avvenuto con un certo distacco dall'ordine etico e religioso e con grave pericolo della vita cristiana. Inoltre in molte regioni, in cui i sacerdoti sono assai pochi, oppure, come talvolta avviene, vengono privati della dovuta libertà di ministero, senza l'opera dei laici la Chiesa a stento potrebbe essere presente e operante. Il segno di questa molteplice e urgente necessità è l'evidente intervento dello Spirito Santo, il quale rende oggi sempre più consapevoli i laici della loro responsabilità e dovunque li stimola a mettersi a servizio di Cristo e della Chiesa (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con il presente decreto il Concilio vuole illustrare la natura, il carattere e la varietà dell'apostolato dei laici, enunciarne i principi fondamentali e dare delle direttive pastorali per un suo più efficace esercizio. Tutto questo dovrà servire di norma per la revisione del diritto canonico per quanto riguarda l'apostolato dei laici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA VOCAZIONE DEI LAICI ALL'APOSTOLATO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La partecipazione dei laici alla missione della Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo è il fine della Chiesa: con la diffusione del regno di Cristo su tutta la terra a gloria di Dio Padre, rendere partecipi (4) tutti gli uomini della salvezza operata dalla redenzione, e per mezzo di essi ordinare effettivamente il mondo intero a Cristo. Tutta l'attività del corpo mistico ordinata a questo fine si chiama « apostolato »; la Chiesa lo esercita mediante tutti i suoi membri, naturalmente in modi diversi; la vocazione cristiana infatti è per sua natura anche vocazione all'apostolato. Come nella compagine di un corpo vivente non vi è membro alcuno che si comporti in maniera del tutto passiva, ma unitamente alla vita partecipa anche alla sua attività, così nel corpo di Cristo, che è la Chiesa « tutto il corpo... secondo l'energia propria ad ogni singolo membro... contribuisce alla crescita del corpo stesso » (Ef 4,16). Anzi in questo corpo è tanta l'armonia e la compattezza delle membra (cfr. Ef 4,16), che un membro il quale non operasse per la crescita del corpo secondo la propria energia dovrebbe dirsi inutile per la Chiesa e per se stesso."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C'è nella Chiesa diversità di ministero ma unità di missione. Gli apostoli e i loro successori hanno avuto da Cristo l'ufficio di insegnare, reggere e santificare in suo nome e con la sua autorità. Ma anche i laici, essendo partecipi dell'ufficio sacerdotale, profetico e regale di Cristo, all'interno della missione di tutto il popolo di Dio hanno il proprio compito nella Chiesa e nel mondo (5). In realtà essi esercitano l'apostolato evangelizzando e santificando gli uomini, e animando e perfezionando con lo spirito evangelico l'ordine temporale, in modo che la loro attività in quest'ordine costituisca una chiara testimonianza a Cristo e serva alla salvezza degli uomini. Siccome è proprio dello stato dei laici che essi vivano nel mondo e in mezzo agli affari profani, sono chiamati da Dio affinché, ripieni di spirito cristiano, esercitino il loro apostolato nel mondo, a modo di fermento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I fondamenti dell'apostolato dei laici"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I laici derivano il dovere e il diritto all'apostolato dalla loro stessa unione con Cristo capo. Infatti, inseriti nel corpo mistico di Cristo per mezzo del battesimo, fortificati dalla virtù dello Spirito Santo per mezzo della cresima, sono deputati dal Signore stesso all'apostolato. Vengono consacrati per formare un sacerdozio regale e una nazione santa (cfr. 1 Pt 2,4-10), onde offrire sacrifici spirituali mediante ogni attività e testimoniare dappertutto il Cristo. Inoltre con i sacramenti, soprattutto con quello dell'eucaristia, viene comunicata e alimentata quella carità che è come l'anima di tutto l'apostolato (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'apostolato si esercita nella fede, nella speranza e nella carità: virtù che lo Spirito Santo diffonde nel cuore di tutti i membri della Chiesa. Anzi, in forza del precetto della carità, che è il più grande comando del Signore, ogni cristiano è sollecitato a procurare la gloria di Dio con l'avvento del suo regno e la vita eterna a tutti gli uomini: perché conoscano l'unico vero Dio e colui che egli ha mandato, Gesù Cristo (cfr. Gv 17,3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A tutti i cristiani quindi è imposto il nobile impegno di lavorare affinché il divino messaggio della salvezza sia conosciuto e accettato da tutti gli uomini, su tutta la terra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per l'esercizio di tale apostolato lo Spirito Santo che già santifica il popolo di Dio per mezzo del ministero e dei sacramenti, elargisce ai fedeli anche dei doni particolari (1 Cor 12,7) «distribuendoli a ciascuno come vuole» (1 Cor 12,11), affinché mettendo « ciascuno a servizio degli altri il suo dono al fine per cui l'ha ricevuto, contribuiscano anch'essi come buoni dispensatori delle diverse grazie ricevute da Dio» (1 Pt 4,10) alla edificazione di tutto il corpo nella carità (cfr. Ef 4,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dall'aver ricevuto questi carismi, anche i più semplici, sorge per ogni credente il diritto e il dovere di esercitarli per il bene degli uomini e a edificazione della Chiesa, sia nella Chiesa stessa che nel mondo con la libertà dello Spirito, il quale « spira dove vuole » (Gv 3,8) e al tempo stesso nella comunione con i fratelli in Cristo, soprattutto con i propri pastori essi hanno il compito di giudicare sulla loro genuinità e uso ordinato, non certo per estinguere lo Spirito ma per esaminare tutto e ritenere ciò che è buono (cfr. 1 Tes 5,12,19,21) (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La spiritualità dei laici in ordine all'apostolato"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siccome la fonte e l'origine di tutto l'apostolato della Chiesa è Cristo, mandato dal Padre, è evidente che la fecondità dell'apostolato dei laici dipende dalla loro unione vitale con Cristo, secondo il detto del Signore: « Chi rimane in me ed io in lui, questi produce molto frutto, perché senza di me non potete far niente » (Gv 15,5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questa vita d'intimità con Cristo viene alimentata nella Chiesa con gli aiuti spirituali comuni a tutti i fedeli, soprattutto con la partecipazione attiva alla sacra liturgia (8). I laici devono usare tali aiuti in modo che, mentre compiono con rettitudine i doveri del mondo nelle condizioni ordinarie di vita, non separino dalla propria vita l'unione con Cristo, ma crescano sempre più in essa compiendo la propria attività secondo il volere divino."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Su questa strada occorre che i laici progrediscano nella santità con ardore e gioia, cercando di superare le difficoltà con prudenza e pazienza (9). Né la cura della famiglia né gli altri impegni secolari devono essere estranei alla spiritualità della loro vita, secondo il detto dell'Apostolo: « Tutto quello che fate, in parole e in opere, fatelo nel nome del Signore Gesù, rendendo grazie a Dio e al Padre per mezzo di lui » (Col 3,17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tale vita richiede un continuo esercizio della fede, della speranza e della carità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Solo alla luce della fede e nella meditazione della parola di Dio è possibile, sempre e dovunque, riconoscere Dio nel quale « viviamo, ci muoviamo e siamo » (At 17,28), cercare in ogni avvenimento la sua volontà, vedere il Cristo in ogni uomo, vicino o estraneo, giudicare rettamente del vero senso e valore che le cose temporali hanno in se stesse e in ordine al fine dell'uomo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanti hanno tale fede vivono nella speranza della rivelazione dei figli di Dio, nel ricordo della croce e della risurrezione del Signore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nel pellegrinaggio della vita presente, nascosti con Cristo in Dio e liberi dalla schiavitù delle ricchezze, mentre mirano ai beni eterni, con animo generoso si dedicano totalmente ad estendere il regno di Dio e ad animare e perfezionare con lo spirito cristiano l'ordine delle realtà temporali. Nelle avversità della vita trovano la forza nella speranza, pensando che « le sofferenze del tempo presente non reggono il confronto con la gloria futura che si rivelerà in noi» (Rm 8,18)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Spinti dalla carità che viene da Dio, operano il bene verso tutti e in modo speciale verso i fratelli nella fede (cfr. Gal 6,10) «eliminando ogni malizia e ogni inganno, le ipocrisie e le invidie, e tutte le maldicenze » (1 Pt 2,1), attraendo così gli uomini a Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La carità di Dio, « diffusa nel nostro cuore per mezzo dello Spirito Santo che ci è stato dato » (Rm 5,5), rende capaci i laici di esprimere realmente nella loro vita lo spirito delle beatitudini. Seguendo Gesù povero, non si deprimono nella mancanza dei beni temporali, né si inorgogliscono nella abbondanza di essi; imitando Gesù umile, non diventano avidi di una gloria vana (cfr. Gal 5,26), ma cercano di piacere più a Dio che agli uomini, sempre pronti a lasciare tutto per Cristo (cfr. Lc 14,26) e a soffrire persecuzione per la giustizia (cfr. Mt 5,10), memori delle parole del Signore: « Se qualcuno vuole venire dietro a me rinneghi se stesso, prenda la sua croce e mi segua» (Mt 16,24). Coltivando l'amicizia cristiana tra loro si offrono vicendevolmente aiuto in qualsiasi necessità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questa spiritualità dei laici deve parimenti assumere una sua fisionomia particolare a seconda dello stato del matrimonio e della famiglia, del celibato o della vedovanza, della condizione di infermità, dell'attività professionale e sociale. I laici non tralascino dunque di coltivare costantemente le qualità e le doti ricevute, corrispondenti a tali condizioni, e di servirsi dei doni ottenuti dallo Spirito Santo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre, quei laici che, seguendo la propria particolare vocazione, sono iscritti a qualche associazione o istituto approvato dalla Chiesa, si sforzino di assimilare fedelmente la spiritualità peculiare dei medesimi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti i laici facciano pure gran conto della competenza professionale, del senso della famiglia, del senso civico e di quelle virtù che riguardano i rapporti sociali, come la correttezza, lo spirito di giustizia, la sincerità, la cortesia, la fortezza di animo: virtù senza le quali non ci può essere neanche una vera vita cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Modello perfetto di tale vita spirituale e apostolica è la beata vergine Maria, regina degli apostoli, la quale, mentre viveva sulla terra una vita comune a tutti, piena di sollecitudini familiari e di lavoro, era sempre intimamente unita al Figlio suo, e cooperava in modo del tutto singolare all'opera del Salvatore; ora poi assunta in cielo, « con la sua materna carità si prende cura dei fratelli del Figlio suo ancora peregrinanti e posti in mezzo ai pericoli e affanni fino a che non siano condotti nella patria beata» (10). La onorino tutti devotissimamente e affidino alla sua materna cura la propria vita e il proprio apostolato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPITOLO II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I FINI DELL'APOSTOLATO DEI LAICI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introduzione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'opera della redenzione di Cristo ha per natura sua come fine la salvezza degli uomini, però abbraccia pure il rinnovamento di tutto l'ordine temporale. Di conseguenza la missione della Chiesa non mira soltanto a portare il messaggio di Cristo e la sua grazia agli uomini, ma anche ad animare e perfezionare l'ordine temporale con lo spirito evangelico. I laici, dunque, svolgendo tale missione della Chiesa, esercitano il loro apostolato nella Chiesa e nel mondo, nell'ordine spirituale e in quello temporale. Questi ordini, sebbene siano distinti, tuttavia sono così legati nell'unico disegno divino, che Dio stesso intende ricapitolare in Cristo tutto il mondo per formare una creazione nuova: in modo iniziale sulla terra, in modo perfetto alla fine del tempo. Nell'uno e nell'altro ordine il laico, che è simultaneamente membro del popolo di Dio e della città degli uomini, deve continuamente farsi guidare dalla sua unica coscienza cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'apostolato di evangelizzazione e di santificazione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La missione della Chiesa ha come scopo la salvezza degli uomini, che si raggiunge con la fede in Cristo e con la sua grazia. Perciò l'apostolato della Chiesa e di tutti i suoi membri è diretto prima di tutto a manifestare al mondo il messaggio di Cristo con la parola e i fatti e a comunicare la sua grazia. Ciò viene effettuato soprattutto con il ministero della parola e dei sacramenti, affidato in modo speciale al clero, nel quale anche i laici hanno la loro parte molto importante da compiere « per essere anch'essi cooperatori della verità » (3 Gv 8). È specialmente in questo ordine che l'apostolato dei laici e il ministero pastorale si completano a vicenda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Molte sono le occasioni che si presentano ai laici per esercitare l'apostolato dell'evangelizzazione e della santificazione. La stessa testimonianza della vita cristiana e le opere buone compiute con spirito soprannaturale hanno la forza di attirare gli uomini alla fede e a Dio; il Signore dice infatti: « Così risplenda la vostra luce davanti agli uomini in modo che vedano le vostre opere buone e glorifichino il Padre vostro che è nei cieli» (Mt 5,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tuttavia tale apostolato non consiste soltanto nella testimonianza della vita; il vero apostolo cerca le occasioni per annunziare Cristo con la parola sia ai non credenti per condurli alla fede, sia ai fedeli per istruirli, confermarli ed indurli ad una vita più fervente; « poiché l'amore di Cristo ci sospinge » (2 Cor 5,14) e nel cuore di tutti devono echeggiare le parole dell'Apostolo: «Guai a me se non annunciassi il Vangelo » (1 Cor 9,16) (11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siccome m questo nostro tempo nascono nuove questioni e si diffondono gravissimi errori che cercano di abbattere dalle fondamenta la religione, l'ordine morale e la stessa società umana, questo sacro Concilio esorta vivamente tutti i laici, perché secondo la misura dei loro talenti e della loro formazione dottrinale, e seguendo il pensiero della Chiesa, adempiano con diligenza anche maggiore la parte loro spettante nell'enucleare, difendere e rettamente applicare i principi cristiani ai problemi attuali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'animazione cristiana dell'ordine temporale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto al mondo, è questo il disegno di Dio: che gli uomini, con animo concorde, instaurino e perfezionino sempre più l'ordine delle realtà temporali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutto ciò che compone l'ordine temporale, cioè i beni della vita e della famiglia, la cultura, l'economia, le arti e le professioni, le istituzioni della comunità politica, le relazioni internazionali e così via, la loro evoluzione e il loro progresso, non sono soltanto mezzi con cui l'uomo può raggiungere il suo fine ultimo, ma hanno un valore proprio, riposto in essi da Dio, sia considerati in se stessi, sia considerati come parti di tutto l'ordine temporale: « E Dio vide tutte le cose che aveva fatto, ed erano assai buone » (Gen 1,31). Questa loro bontà naturale riceve una speciale dignità dal rapporto che essi hanno con la persona umana a servizio della quale sono stati creati. Infine piacque a Dio unificare in Cristo Gesù tutte le cose naturali e soprannaturali, « affinché egli abbia il primato sopra tutte le cose» (Col 1,18). Questa destinazione, tuttavia, non solo non priva l'ordine delle realtà temporali della sua autonomia, dei suoi propri fini, delle sue proprie leggi, dei suoi propri mezzi, della sua importanza per il bene dell'uomo, ma anzi ne perfeziona la forza e il valore e nello stesso tempo lo adegua alla vocazione totale dell'uomo sulla terra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nel corso della storia, l'uso delle cose temporali è stato macchiato da gravi manchevolezze, perché gli uomini, in conseguenza del peccato originale, spesso sono caduti in moltissimi errori intorno al vero Dio, alla natura dell'uomo e ai principi della legge morale: allora i costumi e le istituzioni umane sono stati corrotti e non di rado conculcata la stessa persona umana. Anche ai nostri giorni, non pochi, ponendo un'eccessiva fiducia nel progresso delle scienze naturali e della tecnica inclinano verso una specie di idolatria delle cose temporali, fattisi piuttosto schiavi che padroni di esse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È compito di tutta la Chiesa aiutare gli uomini affinché siano resi capaci di ben costruire tutto l'ordine temporale e di ordinarlo a Dio per mezzo di Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È compito dei pastori enunciare con chiarezza i principi circa il fine della creazione e l'uso del mondo, dare gli aiuti morali e spirituali affinché l'ordine temporale venga instaurato in Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I laici devono assumere il rinnovamento dell'ordine temporale come compito proprio e in esso, guidati dalla luce del Vangelo e dal pensiero della Chiesa e mossi dalla carità cristiana, operare direttamente e in modo concreto; come cittadini devono cooperare con gli altri cittadini secondo la specifica competenza e sotto la propria responsabilità; dappertutto e in ogni cosa devono cercare la giustizia del regno di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'ordine temporale deve essere rinnovato in modo che, nel rispetto integrale delle leggi sue proprie, sia reso più conforme ai principi superiori della vita. cristiana e adattato alle svariate condizioni di luogo di tempo e di popoli. Tra le opere di simile apostolato si distingue eminentemente l'azione sociale dei cristiani. Il Concilio desidera oggi che essa si estenda a tutto l'ambito dell'ordine temporale, anche a quello della cultura (12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'azione caritativa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sebbene ogni esercizio di apostolato nasca e attinga il suo vigore dalla carità, tuttavia alcune opere per natura propria sono atte a diventare vivida espressione della stessa carità; e Cristo Signore volle che esse fossero segni della sua missione messianica (cfr. Mt 11,4-5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il più grande dei comandamenti della legge è amare Dio con tutto il cuore e il prossimo come se stessi (cfr. Mt 22,37-40). Cristo ha fatto proprio questo precetto della carità verso il prossimo e lo ha arricchito di un nuovo significato, avendo identificato se stesso con i fratelli come oggetto della carità e dicendo: « Ogni volta che voi avete fatto queste cose ad uno solo di questi miei fratelli più piccoli, l'avete fatto a me » (Mt 25,40). Egli infatti, assumendo la natura umana, ha legato a sé come sua famiglia tutto il genere umano in una solidarietà soprannaturale ed ha stabilito che la carità fosse il distintivo dei suoi discepoli con le parole: «Da questo conosceranno tutti che siete miei discepoli, se avrete amore gli uni verso gli altri » (Gv 13,35)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La santa Chiesa, come fin dalle sue prime origini, unendo insieme l'«agape» con la cena eucaristica, si manifestava tutta unita nel vincolo della carità attorno a Cristo, così, in ogni tempo, si riconosce da questo contrassegno della carità, e mentre gode delle iniziative altrui, rivendica le opere di carità come suo dovere e diritto inalienabile. Perciò la misericordia verso i poveri e gli infermi con le cosiddette opere caritative e di mutuo aiuto, destinate ad alleviare ogni umano bisogno, sono da essa tenute in particolare onore (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oggi che i mezzi di comunicazione sono divenuti più rapidi, le distanze tra gli uomini quasi eliminate e gli abitanti di tutto il mondo resi membri quasi di una unica famiglia, tali attività ed opere sono divenute molto più urgenti e devono prendere di più le dimensioni dell'universo. L'azione caritativa ora può e deve abbracciare tutti assolutamente gli uomini e tutte quante le necessità. Ovunque vi è chi manca di cibo, di bevanda, di vestito, di casa, di medicine, di lavoro, di istruzione, dei mezzi necessari per condurre una vita veramente umana, ovunque vi è chi afflitto da tribolazioni e da malferma salute, chi soffre l'esilio o il carcere, la carità cristiana deve cercarli e trovarli, consolarli con premurosa cura e sollevarli porgendo loro aiuto. E quest'obbligo si impone prima di tutto ai singoli uomini e popoli che vivono nella prosperità (14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Affinché tale esercizio di carità possa essere al di sopra di ogni critica e appaia come tale, si consideri nel prossimo l'immagine di Dio secondo cui è stato creato, e Cristo Signore, al quale veramente è donato quanto si dà al bisognoso; si abbia estremamente riguardo della libertà e della dignità della persona che riceve l'aiuto; la purità di intenzione non macchiata da ricerca alcuna della propria utilità o desiderio di dominio (15); siano anzitutto adempiuti gli obblighi di giustizia, perché non avvenga che offra come dono di carità ciò che è già dovuto a titolo di giustizia; si eliminino non soltanto gli effetti ma anche le cause dei mali; l'aiuto sia regolato in t modo che coloro i quali lo ricevono vengano, a poco a poco, liberati dalla dipendenza altrui e diventi sufficienti a se stessi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I laici dunque abbiano in grande stima e sostengano, nella misura delle proprie forze, le opere caritative e le iniziative di « assistenza sociale », private pubbliche, anche internazionali, con cui si porta aiuto efficace agli individui e ai popoli che si trovano nel bisogno, e in ciò collaborino con tutti gli uomini di buona volontà (16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VARI CAMPI DI APOSTOLATO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I laici esercitano il loro multiforme apostolato tanto nella Chiesa che nel mondo. Su questo duplice fronte si aprono svariati campi di attività apostolica di cui ricordiamo i principali. Essi sono: le comunità ecclesiali, la famiglia, i giovani, l'ambiente sociale, l'ordine nazionale e internazionale. Siccome poi ai nostri giorni le donne prendono parte sempre più attiva a tutta la vita sociale, è di grande importanza una loro più larga partecipazione anche nei vari campi dell'apostolato della Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le comunità ecclesiali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Come partecipi della missione di Cristo sacerdote, profeta e re, i laici hanno la loro parte attiva nella vita e nell'azione della Chiesa. All'interno delle comunità ecclesiali la loro azione è talmente necessaria che senza di essa lo stesso apostolato dei pastori non può per lo più ottenere il suo pieno effetto. Infatti i laici che hanno davvero spirito apostolico, ad esempio di quegli uomini e di quelle donne che aiutavano Paolo nella diffusione del Vangelo (cfr. At 18,18-26; Rm 16,3), suppliscono a quello che manca ai loro fratelli e confortano cosi sia i pastori, sia gli altri membri del popolo fedele (cfr. 1 Cor 16,17-18). Nutriti dall'attiva partecipazione alla vita liturgica della propria comunità, partecipano con sollecitudine alle sue opere apostoliche; conducono alla Chiesa gli uomini che forse ne vivono lontani; cooperano con dedizione generosa nel comunicare la parola di Dio, specialmente mediante l'insegnamento del catechismo; rendono più efficace la cura delle anime ed anche l'amministrazione dei beni della Chiesa, mettendo a disposizione la loro competenza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La parrocchia offre un luminoso esempio di apostolato comunitario, fondendo insieme tutte le diversità umane che vi si trovano e inserendole nell'universalità della Chiesa (17). I laici si abituino ad agire nella parrocchia in stretta unione con i loro sacerdoti (18) apportino alla comunità della Chiesa i propri problemi e quelli del mondo, nonché le questioni concernenti la salvezza degli uomini, perché siano esaminati e risolti con il concorso di tutti; diano, secondo le proprie possibilità, il loro contributo a ogni iniziativa apostolica e missionaria della propria famiglia ecclesiale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coltivino costantemente il senso della diocesi, di cui la parrocchia è come la cellula, pronti sempre, all'invito del loro pastore, ad unire le proprie forze alle iniziative diocesane. Anzi, per venire incontro alle necessità delle città e delle zone rurali (19) non limitino la propria cooperazione entro i confini della parrocchia e della diocesi, ma procurino di allargarla all'ambito interparrocchiale, interdiocesano, nazionale o internazionale, tanto più che il crescente spostamento delle popolazioni, lo sviluppo delle mutue relazioni, la facilità delle comunicazioni, non consentono più ad alcuna parte della società di rimanere chiusa in se stessa. Anzitutto facciano proprie le opere missionarie, fornendo aiuti materiali o anche personali. È infatti un dovere e un onore per i cristiani restituire a Dio parte dei beni da lui ricevuti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La famiglia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché il Creatore di tutte le cose ha costituito il matrimonio quale principio e fondamento dell'umana società e, con la sua grazia, l'ha reso sacramento grande in riferimento a Cristo e alla Chiesa (cfr. Ef 5,32), l'apostolato dei coniugi e delle famiglie acquista una singolare importanza sia per la Chiesa sia per la società civile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I coniugi cristiani sono cooperatori della grazia e testimoni della fede l'uno per l'altro, nei confronti dei figli e di tutti gli altri familiari. Sono essi i primi araldi della fede ed educatori dei loro figli; li formano alla vita cristiana e apostolica con la parola e con l'esempio, li aiutano con prudenza nella scelta della loro vocazione e favoriscono con ogni diligenza la sacra vocazione eventualmente in essi scoperta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sono sempre stati doveri dei coniugi, ed oggi sono la parte principale del loro apostolato:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) manifestare e comprovare, con l'esempio della propria vita, l'indissolubilità e la santità del vincolo matrimoniale;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) affermare con fortezza il diritto e il dovere che spetta per natura ai genitori e ai tutori di educare cristianamente la prole;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) difendere la dignità e la legittima autonomia della famiglia. Essi dunque e gli altri fedeli collaborino con gli uomini di buona volontà, affinché nella legislazione civile siano sanciti e difesi questi sacri diritti; perché nel governo della società si tenga conto delle esigenze familiari per quanto riguarda l'alloggio, l'educazione dei fanciulli, le condizioni di lavoro, la sicurezza sociale e gli oneri fiscali; nella regolamentazione dell'emigrazione si salvaguardi nel modo più assoluto la convivenza della famiglia (20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La famiglia ha ricevuto da Dio la missione di essere la cellula prima e vitale della società. E essa adempirà tale missione se, mediante il mutuo affetto dei membri e la preghiera elevata a Dio in comune, si mostrerà come il santuario domestico della Chiesa; se tutta la famiglia si inserirà nel culto liturgico della Chiesa; se infine praticherà una fattiva ospitalità e se promuoverà la giustizia e le buone opere a servizio di tutti i fratelli che si trovano in necessità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fra le svariate opere dell'apostolato familiare, ci sia concesso enumerare le seguenti: adottare come figli i bambini abbandonati, accogliere con benevolenza i forestieri, dare il proprio contributo nella direzione delle scuole, consigliare e aiutare gli adolescenti, aiutare i fidanzati a prepararsi meglio al matrimonio, collaborare alle opere catechistiche, sostenere i coniugi e le famiglie nelle loro difficoltà materiali e morali, provvedere ai vecchi non solo l'indispensabile, ma anche renderli partecipi equamente dei frutti del progresso economico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le famiglie cristiane le quali in tutta la loro vita si mostrano coerenti con il Vangelo e mostrano con l'esempio cosa sia il matrimonio cristiano, offrono al mondo una preziosissima testimonianza cristiana, sempre e dovunque, ma in modo speciale nelle regioni in cui viene annunziato per la prima volta il Vangelo, oppure la Chiesa si trova tuttora nei suoi inizi o urta contro gravi ostacoli (21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Affinché possano raggiungere più facilmente le finalità del loro apostolato, può essere opportuno che le famiglie si uniscano in qualche associazione (22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I giovani"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I giovani esercitano un influsso di somma importanza nella società odierna (23). Le circostanze della loro vita, la mentalità e gli stessi rapporti con la propria famiglia sono grandemente mutati. Essi passano spesso troppo rapidamente ad una nuova condizione sociale ed economica. Mentre cresce sempre più la loro importanza sociale ed anche politica, appaiono quasi impari ad affrontare adeguatamente i loro nuovi compiti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'accresciuto loro peso nella società esige da essi una corrispondente attività apostolica; del resto lo stesso carattere naturale li dispone a questo. Col maturare della coscienza della propria personalità, spinti dall'ardore della vita e dalla loro esuberanza, assumono le proprie responsabilità e desiderano prendere il loro posto nella vita sociale e culturale: zelo questo che, se è impregnato dallo spirito di Cristo e animato da obbedienza ed amore verso i pastori della Chiesa, fa sperare abbondantissimi frutti. I giovani debbono divenire i primi e immediati apostoli dei giovani, esercitando da loro stessi l'apostolato fra di loro, tenendo conto dell'ambiente sociale in cui vivono (24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli adulti procurino d'instaurare con i giovani un dialogo amichevole passando sopra la distanza dell'età, di conoscersi reciprocamente e di comunicarsi reciprocamente le proprie ricchezze interiori. Stimolino i giovani all'apostolato anzitutto con l'esempio, e, all occasione, con un prudente consiglio e con un valido aiuto. I giovani nutrano rispetto e fiducia verso gli adulti; quantunque siano inclinati naturalmente alle novità, apprezzino come meritano le buone tradizioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anche i fanciulli hanno la loro attività apostolica. Secondo le proprie forze sono veri testimoni viventi di Cristo tra i compagni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'ambiente sociale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'apostolato dell'ambiente sociale, cioè l'impegno nel permeare di spirito cristiano la mentalità e i costumi, le leggi e le strutture della comunità in cui uno vive, è un compito e un obbligo talmente proprio dei laici, che nessun altro può mai debitamente compierlo al loro posto. In questo campo i laici possono esercitare l'apostolato del simile verso il simile. Qui completano la testimonianza della vita con la testimonianza della parola (25). Qui nel campo del lavoro, della professione, dello studio, dell'abitazione, del tempo libero o delle associazioni sono i più adatti ad aiutare i propri fratelli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I laici adempiono tale missione della Chiesa nel mondo:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) anzitutto nella coerenza della vita con la fede, mediante la quale diventano luce del mondo, e con la loro onestà in qualsiasi affare, con la quale attraggono tutti all'amore del vero e del bene, e in definitiva a Cristo e alla Chiesa;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) con la carità fraterna, con cui diventano partecipi delle condizioni di vita, di lavoro, dei dolori e delle aspirazioni dei fratelli e dispongono a poco a poco il cuore di tutti alla salutare azione della grazia;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) con la piena coscienza della propria responsabilità nell'edificazione della società, per cui si sforzano di svolgere la propria attività domestica, sociale, professionale con cristiana magnanimità. Così il loro modo d'agire penetra un po' alla volta l'ambiente di vita e di lavoro."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo apostolato deve abbracciare tutti quelli che vivono nel proprio raggio di azione e non escludere alcun bene spirituale o temporale realizzabile. Ma i veri apostoli non si accontentano soltanto di questa azione, bensì cercano di annunziare Cristo al prossimo anche con la parola. Molti uomini non possono udire il Vangelo e conoscere Cristo, se non per mezzo dei laici che stan loro vicino."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'ordine nazionale e internazionale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Immenso è il campo di apostolato che si apre nell'ordine nazionale e internazionale, dove sono specialmente i laici a essere ministri della sapienza cristiana. Animati dall'amore di patria e nel fedele adempimento dei doveri civici, i cattolici si sentano obbligati a promuovere il vero bene comune e facciano valere il peso della propria opinione in maniera tale che il potere civile venga esercitato secondo giustizia e le leggi corrispondano ai precetti morali e al bene comune. I cattolici esperti in politica e, come è naturale, saldamente ancorati alla fede e alla dottrina cristiana, non ricusino le cariche pubbliche, potendo mediante una buona amministrazione provvedere al bene comune e al tempo stesso aprire la via al Vangelo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si sforzino i cattolici di collaborare con tutti gli uomini di buona volontà nel promuovere tutto ciò che è vero, tutto ciò che è giusto, tutto ciò che è santo, tutto ciò che è amabile (cfr. Fil 4,8). Entrino in dialogo con essi, andando loro incontro con prudenza e gentilezza e promuovano indagini circa le istituzioni sociali e pubbliche per portarle a perfezione secondo lo spirito del Vangelo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tra i segni del nostro tempo è degno di speciale menzione il crescente e inarrestabile senso di solidarietà di tutti i popoli, che è compito dell'apostolato dei laici promuovere con sollecitudine e trasformare in sincero e autentico affetto fraterno. I laici inoltre debbono prendere coscienza del campo internazionale e delle questioni e soluzioni sia dottrinali sia pratiche che sorgono in esso, specialmente per quanto riguarda i popoli in via di sviluppo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rammentino tutti coloro che lavorano in altre nazioni o danno ad esse aiuto, che le relazioni fra i popoli devono essere un vero scambio fraterno, in cui l'una e l'altra parte simultaneamente dà e riceve. Coloro poi che viaggiano per ragioni di impegni internazionali o di affari o di divertimento, si ricordino che essi sono dovunque anche degli araldi itineranti di Cristo, e come tali si comportino davvero (26)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VARI MODI DI APOSTOLATO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I laici possono esercitare l'attività apostolica o individualmente o uniti in varie comunità e associazioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importanza e molteplicità dell'apostolato individuale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'apostolato che ciascuno deve esercitare personalmente, sgorgando in misura abbondante dalla fonte di una vita veramente cristiana (Gv 4,14), è la prima forma e la condizione di ogni altro apostolato dei laici, anche di quello associato ed è insostituibile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A tale apostolato, sempre e dovunque proficuo, anzi in certe circostanze l'unico adatto e possibile, sono chiamati e obbligati tutti i laici, di qualsiasi condizione, ancorché non abbiano l'occasione o la possibilità di collaborare nelle associazioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Molte sono le forme di apostolato con cui i laici edificano la Chiesa e santificano il mondo animandolo in Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Una forma particolare di apostolato individuale e segno adattissimo anche ai nostri tempi a manifestare il Cristo vivente nei suoi fedeli, è la testimonianza di tutta la vita laicale, promanante dalla fede, dalla speranza e dalla carità. Con l'apostolato poi della parola, in alcuni casi del tutto necessario, i laici annunziano Cristo, spiegano e diffondono la sua dottrina secondo la propria condizione e capacità e fedelmente la professano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Collaborando inoltre, come cittadini di questo mondo, in ciò che riguarda la costruzione e la gestione dell'ordine temporale, i laici devono perseguire nella vita familiare, professionale, culturale e sociale, alla luce della fede, ancor più alti motivi dell'agire e, presentandosi l'occasione, farli conoscere agli altri, consapevoli di rendersi così collaboratori di Dio creatore, redentore e santificatore e di glorificarlo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infine i laici animino la propria vita con la carità e l'esprimano con le opere, secondo le proprie possibilità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si ricordino tutti che, con il culto pubblico e la preghiera, con la penitenza e la spontanea accettazione delle fatiche e delle pene della vita, con cui si conformano a Cristo sofferente (cfr. 2 Cor 4,10; Col 1,24), essi possono raggiungere tutti gli uomini e contribuire alla salvezza di tutto il mondo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'apostolato individuale in particolari circostanze"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo apostolato individuale è di grande necessità e urgenza in quelle regioni in cui la libertà della Chiesa è gravemente impedita. In tali difficilissime circostanze i laici, sostituendo come possono i sacerdoti, mettendo in pericolo la propria libertà e talvolta anche la vita, insegnano la dottrina cristiana a coloro cui vivono vicino, li formano alla vita religiosa e allo spirito cattolico, li inducono a ricevere con frequenza i sacramenti e a coltivare la pietà, soprattutto quella eucaristica (27). Il sacro Concilio, mentre di tutto cuore ringrazia Dio che anche nella nostra epoca, non manca di suscitare laici di eroica fortezza in mezzo alle persecuzioni, li abbraccia con paterno affetto e con riconoscenza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'apostolato individuale ha luogo particolarmente in quelle regioni dove i cattolici sono pochi e dispersi. Ivi i laici, che solo individualmente possono esercitare l'apostolato, sia per i motivi suddetti, sia per speciali ragioni derivanti anche dalla loro attività professionale, opportunamente a tempo e luogo si radunano insieme in piccoli gruppi per scambiarsi le idee senza alcuna rigida formula di istituzione od organizzazione, in maniera che questo apparisca sempre come segno della comunità della Chiesa di fronte agli altri e quale vera testimonianza di amore. In questo modo, con l'amicizia e lo scambio di esperienze, aiutandosi a vicenda spiritualmente, si fortificano per superare i disagi di una vita e di una attività troppo isolate e per produrre frutti sempre più abbondanti di apostolato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importanza dell'apostolato organizzato"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I fedeli sono dunque chiamati ad esercitare l'apostolato individuale nelle diverse condizioni della loro vita; tuttavia ricordino che l'uomo, per natura sua, è sociale e che piacque a Dio di riunire i credenti in Cristo per farne il popolo di Dio (cfr. 1 Pt 2,5-10) e un unico corpo (cfr. 1 Cor 12,12). Quindi l'apostolato associato corrisponde felicemente alle esigenze umane e cristiane dei fedeli e al tempo stesso si mostra come segno della comunione e dell'unità della Chiesa in Cristo che disse: « Dove sono due o tre riuniti in mio nome, io sono in mezzo a loro » (Mt 18,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò i fedeli esercitino il loro apostolato accordandosi su uno stesso fine (28). Siano apostoli tanto nelle proprie comunità familiari, quanto in quelle parrocchiali e diocesane, che già sono esse stesse espressione del carattere comunitario dell'apostolato, e in quelle libere istituzioni nelle quali si vorranno riunire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'apostolato associato è di grande importanza anche perché sia nelle comunità ecclesiali, sia nei vari ambienti, spesso richiede di essere esercitato con azione comune. Infatti le associazioni erette per un'attività apostolica in comune sono di sostegno ai propri membri e li formano all'apostolato, ordinano e guidano la loro azione apostolica, così che possono sperarsi frutti molto più abbondanti che non se i singoli operassero separatamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nelle attuali circostanze, poi, è assolutamente necessario che nell'ambiente di lavoro dei laici sia rafforzata la forma di apostolato associata e organizzata, poiché solo la stretta unione delle forze è in grado di raggiungere pienamente tutte le finalità dell'apostolato odierno e di difenderne validamente i frutti (29). In questo campo è cosa particolarmente importante che l'apostolato incida anche sulla mentalità generale e sulle condizioni sociali di coloro ai quali si rivolge; altrimenti i laici saranno spesso impari a sostenere la pressione sia della pubblica opinione sia delle istituzioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Molteplicità di forme dell'apostolato associato"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Grande è la varietà delle associazioni apostoliche alcune si propongono il fine apostolico generale della Chiesa (30); altre in particolare il fine dell'evangelizzazione e della santificazione; altre attendono ai fini dell'animazione cristiana dell'ordine delle realtà temporali; altre rendono in modo speciale testimonianza a Cristo con le opere di misericordia e di carità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tra queste associazioni vanno considerate in primo luogo quelle che favoriscono e rafforzano una più intima unità tra la vita pratica dei membri e la loro fede. Le associazioni non sono fine a se stesse, ma devono servire a compiere la missione della Chiesa nei riguardi del mondo: la loro incidenza apostolica dipende dalla conformità con le finalità della Chiesa, nonché dalla testimonianza cristiana e dallo spirito evangelico dei singoli membri e di tutta l'associazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre la missione universale della Chiesa, in considerazione del progresso delle istituzioni e sotto la spinta del rapido evolversi della società odierna, richiede che le iniziative apostoliche dei cattolici perfezionino sempre più le forme associate in campo internazionale. Le organizzazioni internazionali cattoliche raggiungono meglio il proprio fine, se le associazioni che ne fanno parte e i loro membri sono più intimamente uniti ad esse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Salvo il dovuto legame con l'autorità ecclesiastica (31) i laici hanno il diritto di creare associazioni e guidarle (32), e di aderire a quelle già esistenti. Occorre tuttavia evitare la dispersione delle forze che si ha allorché si promuovono nuove associazioni e opere senza motivo sufficiente, o si mantengono in vita, più del necessario, associazioni o metodi invecchiati; né sarà sempre opportuno che forme istituite in una nazione vengano portate indiscriminatamente in altre (33)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'Azione cattolica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da diversi decenni i laici sono andati consacrandosi sempre più all'apostolato in molte nazioni e si sono raccolti in forme varie di attività e di associazioni che, in unione particolarmente stretta con la gerarchia, si sono occupate e si occupano di fini propriamente apostolici. Tra queste o anche altre simili del passato, sono soprattutto da ricordare quelle che, pur seguendo diversi metodi, hanno prodotto abbondantissimi frutti nel regno di Cristo e, meritatamente raccomandate e promosse dai romani Pontefici e da molti vescovi, hanno avuto da essi il nome di Azione cattolica e spessissimo sono state descritte come collaborazione dei laici all'apostolato gerarchico (34)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Queste forme di apostolato, si chiamino esse Azione cattolica o con altro nome, esercitano oggi un apostolato prezioso. Esse sono costituite dal concorso delle seguenti note caratteristiche prese tutte insieme:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Fine immediato di tali organizzazioni è il fine apostolico della Chiesa, cioè l'evangelizzazione e la santificazione degli uomini e la formazione cristiana della loro coscienza, in modo che riescano ad impregnare dello spirito evangelico le varie comunità e i vari ambienti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) I laici, collaborando con la gerarchia secondo il modo loro proprio, portano la loro esperienza e assumono la loro responsabilità nel dirigere tali organizzazioni, nel ponderare le circostanze in cui si deve esercitare l'azione pastorale della Chiesa e nella elaborazione ed esecuzione del loro programma di azione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) I laici agiscono uniti a guisa di corpo organico, affinché sia meglio espressa la comunità della Chiesa e l'apostolato riesca più efficace."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) Questi laici, sia che si offrano spontaneamente, o siano invitati all'azione e alla cooperazione diretta con l'apostolato gerarchico, agiscono sotto la superiore direzione della gerarchia medesima, la quale può sancire tale cooperazione anche per mezzo di un « mandato » esplicito."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le organizzazioni in cui, a giudizio della gerarchia, si trovano tutte insieme queste note, si devono ritenere Azione cattolica, anche se, per esigenze di luoghi e di popoli, prendono varie forme e nomi. Il sacro Concilio raccomanda vivamente queste istituzioni, che certamente in molti paesi rispondono alle necessità dell'apostolato della Chiesa; invita i sacerdoti e i laici che lavorano in esse a tradurre sempre più in atto le note sopra ricordate e a cooperare sempre fraternamente nella Chiesa con tutte le altre forme di apostolato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Stima delle associazioni"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Occorre stimare nel modo giusto tutte le associazioni di apostolato; quelle poi che la gerarchia secondo le necessità dei tempi e dei luoghi, ha lodato o raccomandato o ha deciso di istituire come più urgenti, vanno tenute in somma considerazione da sacerdoti, dai religiosi e dai laici e promosse secondo la natura propria di ciascuna di esse. Tra queste, soprattutto oggi, vanno certamente annoverate le associazioni e i gruppi internazionali dei cattolici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I laici dediti al servizio della Chiesa a titolo speciale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella Chiesa sono degni di particolare onore e di raccomandazione quei laici, celibi o uniti in matrimonio, che si consacrano in perpetuo o temporaneamente al servizio delle istituzioni e delle loro opere con la propria competenza professionale. È per essa di grande gioia veder crescere sempre più il numero dei laici che offrono il proprio servizio alle associazioni e alle opere di apostolato, sia dentro i limiti della propria nazione, sia in campo internazionale, sia soprattutto nelle comunità cattoliche delle missioni e delle Chiese nascenti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I pastori della Chiesa accolgano volentieri e con animo grato tali laici, procurino che la loro condizione soddisfi nella misura migliore possibile alle esigenze della giustizia, dell'equità e della carità, soprattutto in merito all'onesto sostentamento loro e della famiglia, e che essi godano della necessaria formazione, di conforto e di stimoli spirituali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'ORDINE DA OSSERVARE NELL'APOSTOLATO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'apostolato dei laici, sia esso esercitato dai singoli che dai cristiani consociati, dev'essere inserito, con il debito ordine, nell'apostolato di tutta la Chiesa; anzi l'unione con coloro che lo Spirito Santo ha posto a reggere la Chiesa di Dio (cfr. At 20,28) è un elemento essenziale dell'apostolato cristiano. Non meno necessaria è la collaborazione tra le varie iniziative di apostolato, che deve essere convenientemente predisposta dalla gerarchia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infatti, per promuovere lo spirito di unione, affinché in tutto l'apostolato della Chiesa splenda la carità fraterna, si raggiungano le comuni finalità e siano evitate dannose rivalità, si richiede una stima vicendevole fra tutte le forme di apostolato nella Chiesa e un conveniente coordinamento, nel rispetto della natura propria di ciascuna (35). Ciò è sommamente conveniente quando una determinata attività nella Chiesa richiede l'armonia e la cooperazione apostolica dell'uno e dell'altro clero, dei religiosi e dei laici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rapporti con la gerarchia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Spetta alla gerarchia promuovere l'apostolato dei laici, fornire i principi e gli aiuti spirituali, ordinare l'esercizio dell'apostolato medesimo al bene comune della Chiesa, vigilare affinché la dottrina e le disposizioni fondamentali siano rispettate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'apostolato dei laici ammette certamente vari tipi di rapporti con la gerarchia, secondo le svariate forme e diversi scopi dell'apostolato stesso."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sono molte infatti le iniziative apostoliche che vengono prese dalla libera volontà dei laici e sono rette dal loro prudente criterio. Mediante queste iniziative, in certe circostanze la missione della Chiesa può essere meglio adempiuta; perciò esse vengono non di rado lodate o raccomandate dalla gerarchia (36). Ma nessuna iniziativa rivendichi a se stessa la denominazione di « cattolica », se non interviene il consenso della legittima autorità ecclesiastica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alcune forme di apostolato dei laici vengono espressamente riconosciute dalla gerarchia in maniere diverse. L'autorità ecclesiastica, per il bene comune della Chiesa, può inoltre scegliere e promuovere in modo particolare alcune associazioni e iniziative aventi finalità immediatamente spirituali, per le quali assume una speciale responsabilità. Così la gerarchia, ordinando in diverse maniere l'apostolato secondo le circostanze, unisce più strettamente alcune forme di esso alla sua missione apostolica, rispettando tuttavia la natura propria e la distinzione dell'una e dell'altra, senza per questo togliere ai laici la necessaria facoltà di agire di propria iniziativa. Questo atto della gerarchia prende in vari documenti ecclesiastici il nome di « mandato »."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infine la gerarchia affida ai laici alcuni compiti che sono più intimamente collegati con i doveri dei pastori, e ciò sia nell'esposizione della dottrina cristiana, sia in alcuni atti liturgici, sia nella cura delle anime. In forza di tale missione, i laici, nell'esercizio di questi compiti, sono pienamente soggetti alla direzione del superiore ecclesiastico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nei confronti delle opere e istituzioni di ordine temporale, il compito della gerarchia consiste nell'insegnare e interpretare autenticamente i principi dell'ordine morale che devono essere seguiti nelle cose temporali; inoltre è in suo potere giudicare, tutto ben considerato e servendosi dell'aiuto di esperti, della conformità di tali opere e istituzioni con i principi morali, e stabilire quali cose sono necessarie per custodire e promuovere i beni di ordine soprannaturale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'aiuto che il clero deve dare all'apostolato dei laici"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ricordino i vescovi, i parroci e gli altri sacerdoti dell'uno e dell'altro clero, che il diritto e il dovere di esercitare l'apostolato è comune a tutti i fedeli, sia chierici sia laici, e che anche i laici hanno compiti propri nell'edificazione della Chiesa (37). Perciò lavorino fraternamente con i laici nella Chiesa e per la Chiesa, ed abbiano una cura speciale dei laici nel loro lavoro apostolico (38)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si scelgano con diligenza sacerdoti dotati delle qualità necessarie e convenientemente formati per aiutare i laici in speciali forme di apostolato (39). Coloro che si dedicano a questo ministero, una volta ricevuta la missione dalla gerarchia, la rappresentano nella loro azione pastorale: favoriscano le opportune relazioni dei laici con la gerarchia stessa, sempre aderendo fedelmente allo spirito e alla dottrina della Chiesa; consacrino se stessi ad alimentare la vita spirituale e il senso apostolico delle associazioni cattoliche ad essi affidate; le assistano con il loro sapiente consiglio nella loro operosità apostolica e ne favoriscano le iniziative; instaurando un continuo dialogo con i laici, studino attentamente quali siano gli accorgimenti per rendere più fruttuosa la loro azione apostolica; (40)promuovano lo spirito d'unione nell'interno dell'associazione medesima, come pure fra essa e le altre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I religiosi, infine, sia i frati che le suore, abbiano stima delle opere apostoliche dei laici; secondo lo spirito e le regole dei loro istituti, si dedichino volentieri a promuovere le opere dei laici procurino di sostenere, aiutare, completare i compiti del sacerdote."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alcuni strumenti per la mutua collaborazione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nelle diocesi, per quanto è possibile, vi siano dei consigli che aiutino il lavoro apostolico della Chiesa, sia nel campo dell'evangelizzazione e della santificazione, sia in campo caritativo, sociale, ecc., nei quali devono convenientemente collaborare clero, religiosi e laici. Questi consigli potranno giovare alla mutua coordinazione delle varie associazioni e iniziative dei laici, nel rispetto dell'indole propria e dell'autonomia di ciascuna (41)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consigli di tal genere vi siano pure, per quanto è possibile, nell'ambito parrocchiale, interparrocchiale, interdiocesano, nonché a livello nazionale e internazionale (42)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sia costituito inoltre presso la santa Sede uno speciale segretariato per il servizio e l'impulso dell'apostolato dei laici, come centro che, con mezzi adatti fornisca notizie delle varie iniziative apostoliche dei laici, istituisca ricerche intorno ai problemi che sorgono in questo campo e assista con i suoi consigli la gerarchia e i laici nelle opere apostoliche. In questo segretariato abbiano la parte loro i movimenti e le iniziative dell'apostolato dei laici esistenti in tutto il mondo e, con i laici, vi lavorino anche dei chierici e dei religiosi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La collaborazione con gli altri cristiani e con i non cristiani"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il comune patrimonio evangelico, nonché il conseguente comune dovere della testimonianza cristiana, raccomandano e spesso esigono la collaborazione dei cattolici con gli altri cristiani, da attuarsi dai singoli e dalle comunità ecclesiali, sia in singole attività, sia in associazioni, nel campo nazionale e in quello internazionale (43). Anche i comuni valori umani richiedono non di rado una simile cooperazione dei cristiani che perseguono finalità apostoliche con coloro che non professano il cristianesimo, ma riconoscono tali valori. Con questa cooperazione (44) dinamica e prudente che è di grande importanza nelle attività temporali, i laici danno testimonianza a Cristo, salvatore del mondo, e all'unità della famiglia umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA FORMAZIONE ALL'APOSTOLATO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Necessità della formazione all'apostolato"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'apostolato può raggiungere piena efficacia soltanto mediante una multiforme e integrale formazione. Questa è richiesta non soltanto dal continuo progresso spirituale e dottrinale del laico, ma anche dalle varie circostanze di cose, di persone, di compiti a cui la sua attività deve adattarsi. Questa formazione all'apostolato deve poggiare su quei fondamenti che da questo sacro Concilio altrove sono stati affermati e dichiarati (45). Oltre la formazione comune a tutti i cristiani, non poche forme di apostolato esigono una formazione specifica e particolare, a causa della varietà delle persone e delle circostanze."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Principi per la formazione dei laici all'apostolato"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché i laici hanno un modo proprio di partecipare alla missione della Chiesa, la loro formazione apostolica presenta un carattere speciale a motivo dell'indole secolare propria del laicato e della sua particolare spiritualità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La formazione all'apostolato suppone che i laici siano integralmente formati dal punto di vista umano, secondo la personalità e le condizioni di vita di ciascuno. Il laico, infatti, oltre a conoscere bene il mondo contemporaneo, deve essere un membro ben inserito nel suo gruppo sociale e nella sua cultura."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In primo luogo il laico impari ad adempiere la missione di Cristo e della Chiesa vivendo anzitutto nella fede il divino mistero della creazione e della redenzione, mosso dallo Spirito Santo che vivifica il popolo di Dio e che spinge tutti gli uomini ad amare Dio Padre e in lui il mondo e gli uomini. Questa formazione deve essere considerata come fondamento e condizione di qualsiasi fruttuoso apostolato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oltre la formazione spirituale, è richiesta una solida preparazione dottrinale e cioè teologica, etica, filosofica, secondo la diversità dell'età, della condizione e delle attitudini. Né si trascuri l'importanza della cultura generale unitamente alla formazione pratica e tecnica. Per coltivare buone relazioni umane ne bisogna favorire i genuini valori umani, anzitutto l'arte del convivere e del cooperare fraternamente di instaurare il dialogo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma poiché la formazione all'apostolato non può consistere nella sola istruzione teorica, il laico, fin dall'inizio della sua formazione, impari gradualmente e prudentemente a vedere tutto, a giudicare e a agire nella luce della fede, a formare e a perfezionare se stesso con gli altri mediante l'azione e ad entrare così attivamente nel servizio della Chiesa (46). Questa formazione, che dev'essere sempre ulteriormente perfezionata per la crescente maturazione della persona umana e per l'evolversi dei problemi, richiede una conoscenza sempre più approfondita e un'azione sempre più idonea. Nel soddisfare a tutte le esigenze della formazione si abbia sempre dinanzi l'unità e l'integrità della persona umana, al fine di preservare e accrescere la sua armonia e il suo equilibrio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In questo modo il laico si inserisce a fondo e fattivamente nella stessa realtà dell'ordine temporale assume la sua parte in maniera efficace in tutte le attività; allo stesso tempo quale membro vivo e testimone della Chiesa, la rende presente ed operante in seno alle cose temporali (47) ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chi forma all'apostolato"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La formazione all'apostolato ha inizio con la prima educazione dei fanciulli. In modo speciale vengano iniziati all'apostolato gli adolescenti e i giovani e li si permei di spirito apostolico. La formazione deve essere perfezionata lungo tutta la vita a misura che lo richiedono i nuovi compiti che si assumono. È chiaro dunque che coloro ai quali spetta l'educazione cristiana sono anche tenuti al dovere della formazione all'apostolato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È compito dei genitori disporre nella famiglia i loro figli fin dalla fanciullezza a riconoscere l'amore di Dio verso tutti gli uomini. Insegnino loro gradualmente, specialmente con l'esempio, la sollecitudine verso le necessità sia materiali che spirituali del prossimo. Tutta la famiglia dunque, nella sua vita in comune, diventi quasi un tirocinio di apostolato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È necessario inoltre educare i fanciulli in modo che, oltrepassando i confini della famiglia, aprano il loro animo alla vita delle comunità sia ecclesiali che temporali. Vengano accolti nella locale comunità parrocchiale in maniera tale che acquistino in essa la coscienza d'essere membri vivi e attivi del popolo di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I sacerdoti poi, nella catechesi e nel ministero della parola, nella direzione delle anime, come negli altri ministeri pastorali, abbiano dinanzi agli occhi la formazione all'apostolato. Anche le scuole, i collegi e gli altri istituti cattolici di educazione devono promuovere nei giovani il senso cattolico e l'azione apostolica (48). Qualora questa formazione manchi, o perché i giovani non frequentano tali scuole o per altra causa, la curino con tanto maggiore impegno i genitori, i pastori d'anime e le associazioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli insegnanti, poi, e gli educatori i quali con la loro vocazione e il loro ufficio esercitano una eccellente forma di apostolato dei laici, siano provveduti della necessaria dottrina e dell'arte pedagogica con cui potranno impartire efficacemente questa formazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parimenti i gruppi e le associazioni di laici che abbiano per scopo l'apostolato in genere o altre finalità soprannaturali, secondo che il loro fine e la loro possibilità lo comportano, debbono diligentemente e assiduamente favorire la formazione all'apostolato. Essi sono spesso la via ordinaria di un'adeguata formazione all'apostolato. In essi infatti si dà simultaneamente una formazione dottrinale, spirituale e pratica. I loro membri, riuniti in piccoli gruppi con i compagni e con gli amici, valutano i metodi e i frutti della loro attività apostolica e confrontano con il Vangelo il loro modo di vivere quotidiano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tale formazione va organizzata in modo da tener conto di tutto l'apostolato dei laici, che deve essere esercitato non solo tra i gruppi stessi delle associazioni, ma in ogni circostanza per tutta la vita, specialmente professionale e sociale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anzi ognuno deve fattivamente prepararsi all'apostolato, cosa che urge maggiormente nell'età adulta. Infatti con il progredire dell'età, l'animo si apre meglio in modo che ciascuno può scoprire più accuratamente i talenti con cui Dio ha arricchito la sua anima, ed esercitare con maggiore efficacia quei carismi che gli sono stati concessi dallo Spirito Santo, a bene dei suoi fratelli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Adattare la formazione ai diversi tipi di apostolato"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le varie forme di apostolato richiedono pure una formazione particolare adeguata."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Quanto all'apostolato per l'evangelizzazione e la santificazione degli uomini, i laici debbono essere particolarmente formati a stabilire il dialogo con gli altri, credenti o non credenti, per annunziare a tutti il messaggio di Cristo (49). E poiché nel tempo nostro il materialismo di vario tipo sta diffondendosi largamente dovunque, anche in mezzo ai cattolici, i laici non soltanto imparino con maggior diligenza la dottrina cattolica, specialmente in quei punti nei quali la dottrina stessa viene messa in questione, ma contro ogni forma di materialismo offrano anche la testimonianza di una vita evangelica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Quanto alla trasformazione cristiana dell'ordine temporale, i laici siano istruiti sul vero significato e valore dei beni temporali in se stessi e rispetto a tutte le finalità della persona umana; si esercitino nel retto uso delle cose e dell'organizzazione delle istituzioni, avendo sempre di mira il bene comune secondo i principi della dottrina morale e sociale della Chiesa. Assimilino soprattutto i principi della dottrina sociale e le sue applicazioni, affinché si rendano capaci sia di collaborare, per quanto loro spetta, al progresso della dottrina stessa, sia di applicarla correttamente ai singoli casi (50)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Poiché le opere di carità e di misericordia offrono una splendida testimonianza di vita cristiana, la formazione apostolica deve portare pure all'esercizio di esse, affinché i fedeli, fin dalla fanciullezza, imparino a immedesimarsi nelle sofferenze dei fratelli e a soccorrerli generosamente quando versano in necessità (51)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I sussidi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I laici consacrati all'apostolato hanno già a disposizione molti sussidi, cioè convegni, congressi, ritiri, esercizi spirituali, incontri frequenti, conferenze, libri, riviste per una più profonda conoscenza della sacra Scrittura e della dottrina cattolica per nutrire la propria vita spirituale, per conoscere le condizioni del mondo e per scoprire e impiegare i metodi apostolici adatti (52)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I suddetti sussidi di formazione sono in funzione delle svariate forme di apostolato negli ambienti in cui essere vengono esercitate. A questo fine sono pure stati eretti centri o istituti superiori che hanno già recato ottimi frutti. Questo sacro Concilio si rallegra per simili iniziative già fiorenti in alcune parti è si augura che esse siano promosse pure in altri posti, dove risultassero necessarie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si erigano inoltre centri di documentazione e di studio, non solo in campo teologico, ma anche antropologico, psicologico, sociologico, metodologico, per meglio sviluppare le attitudini dei laici, uomini e donne, giovani e adulti, in tutti i campi di apostolato."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il sacro Concilio scongiura perciò nel Signore tutti i laici a rispondere volentieri, con generosità e con slancio alla voce di Cristo, che in quest'ora li invita con maggiore insistenza, e all'impulso dello Spirito Santo. In modo speciale sentano questo appello come rivolto a se stessi i più giovani e l'accolgano con gioia e magnanimità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È il Signore stesso infatti che ancora una volta per mezzo di questo santo Sinodo invita tutti i laici ad unirsi sempre più intimamente a lui e, sentendo come proprio tutto ciò che è di lui (cfr. Fil 2,5), si associno alla sua missione salvifica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È ancora lui che li manda in ogni città e in ogni luogo dove egli sta per venire (cfr. Lc 10,1), affinché gli si offrano come cooperatori nelle varie forme e modi dell'unico apostolato della Chiesa, che deve continuamente adattarsi alle nuove necessità dei tempi, lavorando sempre generosamente nell'opera del Signore, sapendo bene che faticando nel Signore non faticano invano (cfr. 1 Cor 15,58)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutte e singole le cose stabilite in questo Decreto sono piaciute ai Padri del Sacro Concilio. E Noi, in virtù della potestà Apostolica conferitaci da Cristo, unitamente ai Venerabili Padri, nello Spirito Santo le approviamo, le decretiamo e le stabiliamo; e quanto è stato così sinodalmente deciso, comandiamo che sia promulgato a gloria di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, presso San Pietro 18 novembre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Io PAOLO Vescovo della Chiesa Cattolica"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seguono le firme dei Padri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SOSPENSIONE DELLA LEGGE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Beatissimo Padre ha stabilito la dilazione della legge, quanto alle nuove leggi che sono contenute nel Decreto sull’Apostolato dei laici ora promulgato, fino al 29 giugno 1966, cioè fino alla festa dei Ss. Apostoli Pietro e Paolo dell’anno prossimo. Nel frattempo il Sommo Pontefice emanerà le norme per l’applicazione di dette leggi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† PERICLES FELICI Arcivescovo tit. di Samosata Segretario Generale del Ss. Concilio"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Firme dei Padri"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis ante Portam Latinam Presbyter Cardinalis FRINGS, Archiepiscopus Coloniensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS titulo S. Sabinae Presbyter Cardinalis RUFFINI, Archiepiscopus Panormitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Panisperna Presbyter Cardinalis CAGGIANO, Archiepiscopus Bonaërensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PETRUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis CIRIACI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo S. Mariae de Pace Presbyter Cardinalis FELTIN, Archiepiscopus Parisiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Mariae de Victoria Presbyter Cardinalis SIRI, Archiepiscopus Ianuensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo S. Mariae in Transpontina Presbyter Cardinalis LERCARO, Archiepiscopus Bononiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS titulo S. Mariae Trans Tiberim Presbyter Cardinalis WYSZYNSKI, Archiepiscopus Gnesnensis et Varsaviensis, Primas Poloniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENIAMINUS titulo S. Vitalis Presbyter Cardinalis DE ARRIBA Y CASTRO, Archiepiscopus Tarraconensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Augustini Presbyter Cardinalis QUIROGA Y PALACIOS, Archiepiscopus Compostellanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS AEMILIUS titulo S. Mariae Angelorum in Thermis Presbyter Cardinalis LEGER, Archiepiscopus Marianopolitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego VALERIANUS titulo S. Mariae in Via Lata Presbyter Cardinalis GRACIAS, Archiepiscopus Bombayensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Priscae Presbyter Cardinalis DA COSTA NUNES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego HILDEBRANDUS titulo S. Sebastiani ad Catacumbas Presbyter Cardinalis ANTONIUTTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego EPHRAEM titulo S. Crucis in Hierusalem Presbyter Cardinalis FORNI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Mariae de Aracoeli Presbyter Cardinalis LANDAZURI RICKETTS, Archiepiscopus Limanus, Primas Peruviae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RADULFUS titulo S. Bernardi ad Thermas Presbyter Cardinalis SILVA HENRIQUEZ, Archiepiscopus S. Iacobi in Chile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO IOSEPHUS titulo S. Petri ad Vincula Presbyter Cardinalis SUENENS, Archiepiscopus Mechliniensis-Bruxellensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Athanasii Presbyter Cardinalis SLIPYI, Archiepiscopus Maior Ucrainorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS titulo S. Leonis I Presbyter Cardinalis JAEGER, Archiepiscopus Paderbornensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Crucis in via Flaminia Presbyter Cardinalis BERAN, Archiepiscopus Pragensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo D.nae N.ae de SS. Sacramento et Martyrum Canadensium Presbyter Cardinalis ROY, Archiepiscopus Quebecensis, Primas Canadiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Teresiae Presbyter Cardinalis MARTIN, Archiepiscopus Rothomagensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AUDOËNUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis MCCANN, Archiepiscopus Civitatis Capitis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO STEPHANUS titulo S. Balbinae Presbyter Cardinalis DUVAL, Archiepiscopus Algeriensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERMENEGILDUS titulo Reginae Apostolorum Presbyter Cardinalis FLORIT, Archiepiscopus Florentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Petri et Pauli in via Ostiensi Presbyter Cardinalis ŠEPER, Archiepiscopus Zagrabiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Silvestri in Capite Presbyter Cardinalis HEENAN, Archiepiscopus Vestmonasteriensis, Primas Angliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo Ssmae Trinitatis in Monte Pincio Presbyter Cardinalis VILLOT, Archiepiscopus Lugdunensis et Viennensis, Primas Galliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALBERTUS GORI, Patriarcha Hierosolymitanus Latinorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego Paulus II Cheikho, Patriarcha Babylonensis Chaldaeorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS PETRUS XVI BATANIAN, Patriarcha Ciliciae Armenorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS VIEIRA ALVERNAZ, Patriarcha Indiarum Orientalium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES CAROLUS MCQUAID, Archiepiscopus Dublinensis, Primas Hiberniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS ROHRACHER, Archiepiscopus Salisburgensis, Primas Germaniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego DEMETRIUS MOSCATO, Archiepiscopus Primas Salernitanus et Administrator Perpetuus Acernensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUGO CAMOZZO, Archiepiscopus Pisanus et Primas Sardiniae et Corsicae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALEXANDER TOKI , Archiepiscopus Antibarensis et Primas Serbiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS CESARANO, Archiepiscopus Sipontinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis † Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius † Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Cost. Apost. Humanae Salutis, 25 dic. 1961: AAS 54 (1962), pp. 7-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, nn. 33ss: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 39s [pag. 197ss]; cf. anche la Cost. dogm. sulla Sacra Liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium, nn. 26-40: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 107-111 [pag. 33ss]; cf. Decr. sugli strumenti di comunicazione sociale Inter mirifica: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 145-153; cf. Decr. sull’Ecumenismo, Unitatis redintegratio: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 90-107; cf. Decr. sulla missione Pastorale dei Vescovi nella Chiesa, Christus Dominus, nn. 16, 17, 18 [pag. 365ss]; cf. Dichiarazione sull’Educazione cristiana, Gravissimum educationis, nn. 3, 5, 7 [pag. 485ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Cf. PIO XII, Disc. ai Cardinali, 18 febb. 1946: AAS 38 (1946), pp. 101-102; IDEM, Discorso ai Giovani Lavoratori Cattolici, 25 ag. 1957: AAS 49 (1957), p. 843."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Rerum Ecclesiae: AAS 18 (1926), p. 65."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa, Lumen Gentium, n. 31: AAS 57 (1965), p. 37 [pag. 193ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa, Lumen Gentium, n. 33, p. 39 [pag. 197ss]; cf. anche n. 10, p. 14 [pag. 137ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa, Lumen Gentium, n. 12, p. 16 [pag. 141ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Sacra Liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium, cap. I, n. 11: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 102-103 [pag. 25]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 32: AAS 57 (1965), p. 38 [pag. 195ss]; cf. anche nn. 40-41, pp. 45-47 [pag. 211ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa, Lumen Gentium, n. 62, p. 63 [pag. 257ss]; cf. anche n. 65, pp. 64-65 [pag. 261ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Ubi arcano, 23 dic. 1922: AAS 14 (1922), p. 659; PIO XII, Encicl. Summi Pontificatus, 20 ott. 1939: AAS 31 (1939), p. 442-443."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cf. LEONE XIII, Encicl. Rerum Novarum: ASS 23 (1890-91), p. 647; PIO XI, Encicl. Quadragesimo Anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 190 [in parte Dz 3725]; PIO XII, Messaggio radiofonico, 1° giugno 1941: AAS 33 (1941), p. 207."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 402."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 440-441."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 442-443."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Cf. PIO XII, Disc. alla “Pax Romana M. I. I. C.”, 25 apr. 1957: AAS 49 (1957), pp. 208-209, e soprattutto GIOVANNI XXIII, Disc. Ad Conventum Consilii “Food and Agriculture Organisation” (F.A.O.), 10 nov. 1959): AAS 51 (1959), pp. 856, 866."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Cf. S. PIO X, Lett. Apost. Creationis duarum novarum paroeciarum, 1° giugno 1905: ASS 38 (1905), pp. 65-67; PIO XII, Disc. ai fedeli della Parrocchia di S. Saba, 11 genn. 1953: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi di S. S. Pio XII, 14, 1952-1953, pp. 449-454; GIOVANNI XXIII, Disc. al Clero e ai fedeli della diocesi suburbicaria di Albano, pronunziato a Castelgandolfo, 26 ag. 1962: AAS 54 (1962), pp. 656-660."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Cf. LEONE XIII, Disc., 28 genn. 1894: Acta 14 (1894), pp. 424-425."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Cf. PIO XII, Disc. ai Parroci ecc., 6 febbr. 1951: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi di S. S. Pio XII, 12 (1950-1951), pp. 437-443; 8 marzo 1952: ibid., 14 (1952-1953), pp. 5-10; 27 marzo 1953: ibid. 15 (1953-1954), pp. 27-35; 28 febbr. 1954: ibid., pp. 585-590."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930), p. 554; PIO XII, Messaggio radiofonico, 1° giugno 1941: AAS 33 (1941), p. 203; IDEM, Ai Delegati al Congresso dell’Unione Internazionale per la tutela dei diritti della famiglia, 20 sett. 1949: AAS 41 (1949), p. 552; IDEM, Ai padri di famiglia pellegrini a Roma dalla Francia, 18 sett. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 731; IDEM, Messaggio radiofonico per il Natale 1952: AAS 45 (1953), p. 41; GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra, 15 maggio 1961: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 429, 439."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Evangelii Praecones, 2 giugno 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 514."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Cf. PIO XII, Ai delegati al Congresso dell’Unione Internazionale per la tutela dei diritti della famiglia, 20 sett. 1949: AAS 41 (1949), p. 552."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Cf. S. PIO X, Disc. all’Associazione cattolica della Gioventù Francese per la pietà, la scienza e l’azione, 25 sett. 1904: ASS 37 (1904-1905), pp. 296-300."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Cf. PIO XII, Lett. Dans quelques semaines, all’Arcivescovo di Montréal: sui congressi organizzati dai giovani operai cristiani canadesi, 24 maggio 1947: AAS 39 (1947), p. 257; Messaggio radiofonico alla J.O.C. di Bruxelles, 3 sett. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), pp. 640-641."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Quadragesimo Anno, 15 maggio 1931: AAS 23 (1931), pp. 225-226."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra, 15 maggio 1961: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 448-450."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Cf. PIO XII, Disc. al I Congresso Mondiale per l’Apostolato dei Laici, 14 ott. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 788."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Cf. PIO XII, Disc. al I Congresso Mondiale per l’Apostolato dei Laici, 14 ott. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), pp. 787-788."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Le pèlerinage de Lourdes, 2 luglio 1957: AAS 49 (1957), p. 615."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Cf. PIO XII, Disc. al Consiglio della Federazione Internazionale degli uomini cattolici, 8 dic. 1956: AAS 49 (1957), pp. 26-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Cf. sotto, cap. V, n. 24 [pag. 605s]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) Cf. S. C. DEL CONCILIO, Risoluzione Corrienten. 13 nov. 1920: AAS 13 (1921), p. 139."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Princeps Pastorum, 10 dic. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 856."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Cf. PIO XI, Lett. Quae nobis al Card. Bertram, 13 nov. 1928: AAS 20 (1928), p. 385. Cf. anche PIO XII, Disc. all’A.C. Italiana, 4 sett. 1940: AAS 32 (1940), p. 362."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(35) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Quamvis Nostra, 30 apr. 1936: AAS 28 (1936), pp. 160-161."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(36) Cf. S. C. DEL CONCILIO, Risoluzione Corrienten., 13 nov. 1920: AAS 13 (1921), pp. 137-140."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(37) Cf. PIO XII, Disc. al II Congresso Mondiale per l’Apostolato dei Laici, 5 ott. 1957: AAS 49 (1957), p. 927."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(38) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 37: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 42-43 [pag. 207ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(39) Cf. PIO XII, Esort. Apost. Menti Nostrae, 23 sett. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 660."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(40) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sul rinnovamento della vita religiosa, n. 8: [pag. 419ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(41) Cf. BENEDETTO XIV, De Synodo Dioecesana, l. III, c. IX, n. VII-VIII: Opera omnia in tomos XVII distributa, tom. XI (Prati, 1844), pp. 76-77."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(42) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Quamvis Nostra, 30 apr. 1936: AAS 28 (1936), pp. 160-161."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(43) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra, 15 maggio 1961: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 456-457. Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sull’Ecumenismo Unitatis redintegratio, n. 12: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 99-100 [pag. 327ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(44) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sull’Ecumenismo Unitatis redintegratio, n. 12: AAS 57 (1965), p. 100 [pag. 327ss]. Cf. anche la Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa, Lumen Gentium, n. 15: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 19-2"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(45) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. II, IV, V: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 12-23, 37-49 [pag. 133ss, 193ss]; cf. anche il Decr. sull’Ecumenismo Unitatis redintegratio, nn. 4, 6, 7, 12: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 94, 96, 97, 99, 100 [pag. 315ss, 321ss, 327ss]; cf. anche sopra, n. 4 [pag. 565ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(46) Cf. PIO XII, Disc. alla VI Conferenza internazionale dei “boyscouts”, 6 giugno 1952: AAS 44 (1952), pp. 579-580; GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra, 15 maggio 1961: AAS 53 (1961), p. 456."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(47) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 33: AAS 57 (1965), p. 39 [pag. 197ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(48) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra, 15 maggio 1961: AAS 53 (1961), p. 455."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(49) Cf. PIUS XII, Enc. Sertum laetitiae, 1 nov. 1939: AAS 31 (1939), pp. 635-644; cf. IDEM, Ai «laureati» Az. Cat. Ital. 24 maggio 1953."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(50) Cf. PIO XII, Disc. al Congresso Universale della Federazione Mondiale della Gioventù Femminile Cattolica, 18 apr. 1952: AAS 44 (1952), pp. 414-419. Cf. IDEM, Disc. all’Associazione Cristiana dei Lavoratori Italiani (A.C.L.I.), 1° maggio 1955: AAS 47 (1955), pp. 403-404."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(51) Cf. PIO XII, Ai Delegati del Congresso delle Associazioni di Carità, 27 apr. 1952: AAS 44 (1952), pp. 470-471."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(52) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra, 15 maggio 1961: AAS 53 (1961), p. 454."
            }
          ]
        },
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651118_apostolicam-actuositatem_lt.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-175-vat-ii_decree_19651118_apostolicam-actuositatem_lt.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAULUS EPISCOPUS SERVUS SERVORUM DEI UNA CUM SACROSANCTI CONCILII PATRIBUS AD PERPETUAM REI MEMORIAM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETUM DE APOSTOLATU LAICORUM APOSTOLICAM ACTUOSITATEM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prooemium"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "APOSTOLICAM ACTUOSITATEM populi Dei impensiorem reddere volens,[1] Sacrosancta Synodus sollicite se vertit ad christifideles laicos, quorum partes in missione Ecclesiae proprias et omnino necessarias iam aliis in locis commemoravit.[2] Apostolatus enim laicorum, ex ipsa eorum christiana vocatione promanans, numquam potest in Ecclesia deficere. Quam spontanea fuerit huiusmodi actuositas in primordiis Ecclesiae, quamque frugifera, ipsae Sacrae Litterae luculenter demonstrant (cf. Act. 11, 19-21; 18, 26; Rom. 16, 1-16; Phil. 4, 3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nostra autem tempora non minorem exigunt zelum laicorum, immo condiciones hodiernae omnino impensiorem et latiorem poscunt apostolatum eorum. Augescens enim in dies numerus hominum, scientiarum atque technicarum artium progressus, arctiores inter homines necessitudines non solum in immensum dilatarunt apostolatus laicorum spatia, magna ex parte ipsis tantum aperta, verum etiam nova suscitarunt problemata quae eorum sollertem curam studiumque expostulant. Eo urgentior huiusmodi apostolatus redditur quatenus autonomia multarum provinciarum vitae humanae plurimum, uti par est, succrevit, aliquando cum quadam abscessione ab ordine ethico ac religioso et gravi discrimine vitae christianae. Insuper multis in regionibus in quibus sacerdotes admodum pauci sunt vel, ut quandoque accidit, debita ministerii libertate privantur, sine laicorum opera Ecclesia vix posset praesens et actuosa esse. Huius multiplicis urgentisque necessitatis signum est evidens operatio Spiritus Sancti laicos hodie magis magisque propriae responsabilitatis conscios reddentis eosque ad servitium Christi et Ecclesiae ubique incitantis.[3]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoc in decreto Concilium apostolatus laicorum naturam, indolem et varietatem illustrare intendit, necnon principia fundamentalia enuntiare instructionesque pastorales tradere ad eiusdem efficacius exercitium; quae omnia tamquam normae habeantur in recognoscendo iure canonico quod ad laicorum apostolatum attinet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De vocatione laicorum ad apostolatum"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad hoc nata est Ecclesia ut regnum Christi ubique terrarum dilatando ad gloriam Dei Patris, omnes homines salutaris redemptionis participes efficiat,[4] et per eos mundus universus re vera ad Christum ordinetur. Omnis navitas Corporis Mystici hunc in finem directa apostolatus dicitur quem Ecclesia per omnia sua membra, variis quidem modis, exercet; vocatio enim christiana, natura sua, vocatio quoque est ad apostolatum. Sicut in viventis corporis compage, nullum membrum mere passive sese gerit, sed simul cum vita corporis eiusdem operositatem quoque participat, sic in corpore Christi, quod est Ecclesia, totum corpus «secundum operationem in mensuram uniuscuiusque membri, augmentum corporis facit» (Eph. 4, 16). Quinimmo tanta est in hoc corpore connexio et membrorum compactio (cf. Eph. 4, 16), ut membrum quod ad augmentum corporis secundum suam mensuram non operatur, nec Ecclesiae nec sibi prodesse dicendum sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Est in Ecclesia diversitas ministerii, sed unitas missionis. Apostolis eorumque successoribus a Christo collatum est munus in ipsius nomine et potestate docendi, sanctificandi et regendi. At laici, muneris sacerdotalis, prophetici et regalis Christi participes effecti, suas partes in missione totius populi Dei explent in Ecclesia et in mundo.[5] Apostolatum reapse exercent sua operositate ad evangelizationem ac sanctificationem hominum et ad rerum temporalium ordinem spiritu evangelico perfundendum ac perficiendum, ita ut eorum operositas in hoc ordine testimonium Christi manifeste perhibeat et ad salutem hominum inserviat. Cum vero laicorum statui hoc sit proprium ut in medio mundi negotiorumque saecularium vitam agant, ipsi a Deo vocantur ut, spiritu christiano ferventes, fermenti instar in mundo apostolatum suum exerceant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laici officium et ius ad apostolatum obtinent ex ipsa sua cum Christo Capite unione. Per Baptismum enim corpori Christi mystico inserti, per Confirmationem virtute Spiritus Sancti roborati, ad apostolatum ab ipso Domino deputantur. In regale sacerdotium et gentem sanctam (cf. I Pt. 2, 4-10) consecrantur, ut per omnia opera spirituales offerant hostias et ubique terrarum Christo testimonium perhibeant. Sacramentis autem, praesertim SS. Eucharistia, communicatur et alitur illa caritas quae veluti anima est totius apostolatus.[6]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apostolatus in fide, spe et caritate exercetur quas Spiritus Sanctus in cordibus omnium Ecclesiae membrorum diffundit. Immo praecepto caritatis, quod est maximum mandatum Domini, omnes christifideles urgentur ad procurandam gloriam Dei per adventum regni eius, et vitam aeternam omnibus hominibus ut cognoscant solum Deum verum et quem misit Iesum Christum (cf. Io. 17, 3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnibus igitur christifidelibus onus praeclarum imponitur adlaborandi ut divinum salutis nuntium ab universis hominibus ubique terrarum cognoscatur et accipiatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad hunc apostolatum exercendum Spiritus Sanctus, qui populi Dei sanctificationem per ministerium et sacramenta operatur, fidelibus peculiaria quoque tribuit dona (cf. I Cor. 12, 7), ea «dividens singulis prout vult» (I Cor. 12, 11), ut «unusquisque, sicut accepit gratiam, in alterutrum illam administrantes» sint et ipsi «sicut boni dispensatores multiformis gratiae Dei» (I Pt. 4, 10), in aedificationem totius corporis in caritate (cf. Eph. 4, 16). Ex horum charismatum, etiam simpliciorum, acceptione, pro unoquoque credentium ius et officium oritur eadem in bonum hominum et aedificationem Ecclesiae exercendi in Ecclesia et in mundo, in libertate Spiritus Sancti, qui «ubi vult spirat» (Io. 3, 8), et simul in communione cum fratribus in Christo, maxime cum pastoribus suis, quorum est de eorum germana natura et ordinato exercitio iudicium ferre, non quidem ut Spiritum extinguant sed ut omnia probent et quod bonum est teneant (cf. I Thess. 5, 12. 19. 21).[7]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum Christus missus a Patre totius apostolatus Ecclesiae fons et origo sit, patet fecunditatem apostolatus laicorum pendere ex ipsorum cum Christo vitali unione, dicente Domino: «Qui manet in me et ego in eo, hic fert fructum multum, quia sine me nihil potestis facere» (Io. 15, 5). Haec vita intimae unionis cum Christo in Ecclesia alitur subsidiis spiritualibus, quae omnibus fidelibus sunt communia, praesertim actuosa participatione Sacrae Liturgiae,[8] ita a laicis adhibenda ut hi, dum ipsa mundi officia in ordinariis vitae condicionibus recte adimplent, unionem cum Christo a vita sua non separent, sed suum opus iuxta voluntatem Dei exercentes in ipsa percrescant. Hac via laici alacri et laeto animo in sanctitate progrediantur oportet, difficultates in prudentia et patientia superare satagentes.[9] Neque curae familiares neque alia negotia saecularia extranea debent esse a spirituali vitae ratione, iuxta illud Apostoli: «Omne quodcumque facitis in verbo aut in opere, omnia in nomine Domini Iesu Christi, gratias agentes Deo et Patri per ipsum» (Col. 3, 17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Talis vita continuum exercitium fidei, spei et caritatis exposcit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lumine fidei et meditatione verbi Dei solum potest aliquis semper et ubique dignoscere Deum in quo «vivimus et movemur et sumus» (Act. 17, 28), in omni eventu quaerere eius voluntatem, Christum intueri in omnibus hominibus, sive propinqui sint sive extranei, de vera significatione et pretio rerum temporalium in seipsis et in ordine ad finem hominis recta iudicia ferre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qui hanc habent fidem, in spe revelationis filiorum Dei vivunt memores crucis et resurrectionis Domini."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In peregrinatione huius vitae, cum Christo in Deo absconditi et a servitute divitiarum liberi, dum ad illa bona quae in aeternum manent intendunt, generoso animo totos se dedicant ad regnum Dei dilatandum et ad ordinem rerum temporalium spiritu christiano informandum et perficiendum. Inter adversa huius vitae in spe fortitudinem inveniunt existimantes quod «non sunt condignae passiones huius temporis ad futuram gloriam, quae revelabitur in nobis» (Rom. 8, 18)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caritate quae ex Deo est impulsi, ad omnes, maxime autem ad domesticos fidei, bonum operantur (cf. Gal. 6, 10), deponentes «omnem malitiam et omnem dolum et simulationes et invidias et omnes detractiones» (I Pt. 2, 1) et sic ad Christum homines trahentes. Caritas autem Dei quae «diffusa est in cordibus nostris per Spiritum Sanctum, qui datus est nobis» (Rom. 5, 5), reddit laicos capaces spiritum Beatitudinum reapse exprimendi in vita sua. Iesum pauperem secuti, bonorum temporalium nec inopia deiciuntur nec copia inflantur; Christum humilem imitati, non efficiuntur inanis gloriae cupidi (cf. Gal. 5, 26), sed placere Deo magis quam hominibus student, semper parati propter Christum omnia relinquere (cf. Lc. 14, 26) et persecutionem pati propter iustitiam (cf. Mt. 5, 10), memores verbi Domini: «Si quis vult post me venire, abneget semetipsum et tollat crucem suam et sequatur me» (Mt. 16, 24). Christianam amicitiam inter se colentes, adiutorium in quacumque necessitate sibi invicem praebent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec laicorum spiritualis vitae ratio notam peculiarem assumere debet ex statu matrimonii et familiae, coelibatus vel viduitatis, ex condicione infirmitatis, ex activitate professionali et sociali. Ne desinant ergo qualitates et dotes his condicionibus congruentes sibi collatas assidue excolere, propriisque uti donis a Spiritu Sancto acceptis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeterea laici, qui suam vocationem secuti, nomen dederunt alicui ex associationibus vel institutis quae ab Ecclesia approbata sunt, pariter peculiarem notam vitae spiritualis ipsis propriam fideliter induere conantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Magni quoque faciant professionalem peritiam, sensum familiarem et civicum atque illas virtutes quae ad sociales consuetudines pertinent, scilicet probitatem, spiritum iustitiae, sinceritatem, humanitatem, animi fortitudinem, sine quibus nec vera vita christiana consistere potest."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Huiusmodi vitae spiritualis et apostolicae perfectum exemplar est Beatissima Virgo Maria, Regina Apostolorum, quae, dum in terris vitam ageret omnibus communem, familiari cura et laboribus plenam, intime semper cum Filio suo coniungebatur et operi Salvatoris singulari prorsus modo cooperata est; nunc autem in caelum assumpta «materna sua caritate de fratribus Filii sui adhuc peregrinantibus necnon in periculis et angustiis versantibus curat, donec ad felicem patriam perducantur».[10] Hanc devotissime colant omnes suamque vitam atque apostolatum eius maternae curae commendent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De finibus assequendis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Opus redemptionis Christi, dum homines salvandos de se spectat, totius quoque ordinis temporalis instaurationem complectitur. Unde Ecclesiae missio non solum est nuntium Christi et gratiam eius hominibus afferendi, sed et spiritu evangelico rerum temporalium ordinem perfundendi et perficiendi. Laici ergo, hanc Ecclesiae missionem exsequentes, apostolatum suum exercent tam in Ecclesia quam in mundo, tam in ordine spirituali quam in ordine temporali: qui ordines, etsi distinguuntur, in unico consilio Dei ita sunt connexi ut ipse Deus intendat, in Christo, totum mundum reassumere in novam creaturam, inchoative his in terris, plene in ultimo die. In utroque ordine laicus, qui est simul fidelis et civis, una conscientia christiana continenter duci debet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Missio Ecclesiae salutem hominum spectat, fide in Christum et gratia eius consequendam. Apostolatus ergo Ecclesiae, omniumque membrorum eius, imprimis dirigitur ad nuntium Christi verbis et factis mundo patefaciendum gratiamque eius communicandam. Hoc principaliter fit per ministerium verbi et sacramentorum, speciali modo clero commissum, in quo et laici habent suas magni momenti partes adimplendas, ut sint «cooperatores... veritatis» (3 Io. 8). Hoc potissimum in ordine apostolatus laicorum et ministerium pastorale mutuo se complent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Innumerae patent laicis occasiones ad apostolatum evangelizationis et sanctificationis exercendum. Ipsum testimonium vitae christianae et opera bona spiritu supernaturali exercita, vim habent attrahendi homines ad fidem et ad Deum; dicit enim Dominus: «Sic luceat lux vestra coram hominibus ut videant opera vestra bona et glorificent Patrem vestrum qui in caelis est» (Mt. 5, 16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apostolatus tamen huiusmodi non in solo vitae testimonio consistit; verus apostolus quaerit occasiones Christum verbis annuntiandi sive non credentibus ad eos adducendos ad fidem, sive fidelibus ad eos instruendos, confirmandos et ad fervidiorem vitam excitandos; «caritas enim Christi urget nos» (2 Cor. 5, 14), et in corde omnium debent resonare illa verba Apostoli: «Vae enim mihi est, si non evangelizavero» (I Cor. 9, 16).[11]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum autem hac nostra aetate novae quaestiones oriantur, et gravissimi grassentur errores qui religionem, ordinem moralem et ipsam societatem humanam funditus evertere nituntur, haec Sancta Synodus ex corde hortatur laicos, iuxta cuiusque ingenii dotes et doctrinam, ut secundum mentem Ecclesiae, suas diligentius expleant partes in principiis christianis enucleandis, defendendis et rite applicandis ad problemata huius aetatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Circa mundum vero consilium Dei est, ut homines concordi animo ordinem rerum temporalium instaurent iugiterque perficiant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnia quae efficiunt ordinem temporalem, videlicet bona vitae et familiae, cultura, res oeconomicae, artes et professiones, communitatis politicae instituta, relationes internationales et alia huiusmodi eorumque evolutio et progressus, non solum subsidia sunt ad finem ultimum hominis, sed et proprium habent valorem, a Deo eis insitum, sive in seipsis considerata, sive uti partes universi ordinis temporalis: «viditque Deus cuncta quae fecerat, et erant valde bona» (Gen. 1, 31). Haec eorum naturalis bonitas specialem quandam dignitatem accipit ex eorum relatione cum persona humana in cuius servitium sunt creata. Tandem placuit Deo omnia, tam naturalia quam supernaturalia, in Christo Iesu in unum colligere «ut sit in omnibus ipse primatum tenens» (Col. 1, 18). Haec tamen destinatio non modo non privat ordinem temporalem sua autonomia, suis propriis finibus, legibus, subsidiis, momento pro hominum bono, sed potius perficit in sua vi et praestantia propria simulque adaequat integrae vocationi hominis super terram."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Decursu historiae, rerum temporalium usus gravibus foedatus est vitiis, quia homines, originali labe affecti, in perplures saepe lapsi sunt errores circa verum Deum, naturam hominis et principia legis moralis: unde mores et institutiones humanae corruptae, et ipsa persona humana non raro conculcata. Nostris quoque diebus, non pauci, disciplinarum naturalium et technicarum artium progressibus plus aequo fidentes, in rerum temporalium veluti idololatriam declinant, potius earum servi effecti quam domini."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Totius Ecclesiae est ad hoc operam navare, ut homines capaces reddantur universum ordinem rerum temporalium recte instituendi et ad Deum per Christum ordinandi. Ad Pastores spectat principia circa finem creationis et usum mundi clare enuntiare, auxilia moralia et spiritualia praestare, ut ordo rerum temporalium in Christo instauretur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laicos autem oportet ordinis temporalis instaurationem tamquam proprium munus assumere et in eo, lumine Evangelii ac mente Ecclesiae ductos et caritate christiana actos, directo et modo definito agere; qua cives cum civibus, specifica peritia et propria responsabilitate cooperari; ubique et in omnibus iustitiam regni Dei quaerere. Ita instaurandus est ordo temporalis ut, propriis eiusdem legibus integre servatis, ulterioribus vitae christianae principiis conformis reddatur, variisque locorum, temporum et populorum, condicionibus aptatus. Inter opera huiusmodi apostolatus eminet actio socialis christianorum, quam hodie ad totam provinciam temporalem, etiam ad culturam, sese extendere cupit Sancta Synodus.[12]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dum omne exercitium apostolatus a caritate originem et vim ducere debet, aliqua opera natura sua apta sunt ut convertantur in ipsius caritatis vividam expressionem; quae Christus Dominus suae messianicae missionis signa esse voluit (cf. Mt. 11, 4-5)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maximum mandatum in lege est diligere Deum ex toto corde et proximum suum sicut seipsum (cf. Mt. 22, 37-40). Hoc vero mandatum caritatis erga proximum Christus proprium fecit novaque significatione ditavit, dum seipsum idem ac fratres tamquam obiectum caritatis esse voluit, dicens: «quamdiu fecistis uni ex his fratribus meis minimis, mihi fecistis» (Mt. 25, 40). Ipse enim, assumendo naturam humanam, totum genus humanum supernaturali quadam solidarietate in familiam sibi colligavit, et ut signum suorum discipulorum constituit caritatem his verbis: «In hoc cognoscent omnes quia discipuli mei estis, si dilectionem habueritis ad invicem» (Io. 13, 35)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At Sancta Ecclesia, sicut in suis primordiis Cenae Eucharisticae iungens «agapen» se totam caritatis vinculo circa Christum unitam manifestabat, sic omni tempore hoc dilectionis signo dignoscitur, et, dum gaudet de aliorum inceptis, caritatis opera ut suum officium et ius, quod abalienari nequit, vindicat. Quapropter misericordia erga egenos et infirmos atque sic dicta opera caritativa et mutui auxilii ad sublevandas omnimodas necessitates humanas, praecipuo in honore habentur ab Ecclesia.[13]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae actiones et opera praesenti tempore, communicationis instrumentis expeditioribus factis, distantia inter homines quodammodo evicta et mundi universi incolis quasi unius familiae membris redditis, multo urgentiora et universaliora facta sunt. Actio caritativa hodie omnes omnino homines et universas necessitates complecti potest et debet. Ubicumque versantur qui cibo potuque, vestitu, domo, medicinis, opere, instructione, facultatibus ad vitam vere humanam ducendam necessariis carent, aerumnis vel infirma valetudine cruciantur, exilium vel carcerem patiuntur, ibi eos christiana caritas debet quaerere et invenire, impensa cura solari et praestitis auxiliis sublevare. Quae obligatio praeprimis imponitur singulis hominibus et populis in rebus prosperis constitutis.[14]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quo huiusmodi caritatis exercitium omni exceptione maius sit et tale appareat: in proximo consideretur imago Dei ad quam creatus est, et Christus Dominus cui re vera offertur quidquid indigenti donatur; libertas et dignitas personae auxilium accipientis maxima humanitate respiciatur; puritas intentionis non maculetur ullo propriae utilitatis quaestu vel dominandi studio;[15] exigentiis iustitiae praeprimis satisfiat, ne tamquam caritatis dona offerantur quae iustitiae titulo iam debentur; causae malorum, non solum effectus, tollantur; ita ordinetur auxilium ut accipientes paulatim a dependentia externa liberentur sibique sufficientes evadant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laici ergo magni faciant et pro viribus adiuvent opera caritatis et incepta assistentiae socialis sive privata sive publica, etiam internationalia, quibus efficax auxilium singulis hominibus et populis in necessitate versantibus fertur, cooperantes in hoc cum omnibus bonae voluntatis hominibus.[16]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De variis apostolatus campis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laici suum exercent multiplicem apostolatum tam in Ecclesia quam in mundo. In utroque hoc ordine varii patent campi apostolicae actuositatis, quorum principaliores hic commemorare volumus; hi sunt: communitates Ecclesiae, familia, iuvenes, ambitus socialis, ordines nationalis et internationalis. Cum autem nostris diebus mulieres magis magisque partes activas habeant in tota societatis vita, magni momenti est amplior earum participatio etiam in variis campis apostolatus Ecclesiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Utpote participes muneris Christi sacerdotis, prophetae et regis, laici suas partes activas habent in Ecclesiae vita et actione. Intra communitates Ecclesiae eorum actio tam necessaria est ut sine ea ipse pastorum apostolatus plenum suum effectum assequi plerumque nequeat. Verae enim apostolicae mentis laici, ad modum illorum virorum et mulierum qui Paulum in Evangelio adiuvabant (cf. Act. 18, 18.26; Rom. 16, 3), supplent quod suis fratribus deest, et reficiunt spiritum tam pastorum quam reliqui populi fidelis (cf. I Cor. 16, 17-18). Ipsi enim, actuosa participatione vitae liturgicae suae communitatis nutriti, sollicite partes agunt in eiusdem operibus apostolicis; homines longe fortasse versantes, ad Ecclesiam adducunt; in verbo Dei tradendo, praesertim catechetica institutione, impense cooperantur; oblata sua peritia curam animarum et etiam administrationem bonorum Ecclesiae efficaciorem reddunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Paroecia exemplum perspicuum apostolatus communitarii praebet, omnes quotquot ibi invenit diversitates humanas in unum congregans et Ecclesiae universalitati inserens.[17] Assuescant laici intime cum sacerdotibus suis uniti in paroecia operari;[18] problemata propria ac mundi et quaestiones ad salutem hominum spectantes, collatis consiliis examinanda et solvenda, ad communitatem Ecclesiae afferre; omnique incepto apostolico et missionali suae familiae ecclesiasticae adiutricem operam pro viribus navare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Colant iugiter sensum dioecesis, cuius paroecia velut cellula est, prompti semper, ad invitationem Pastoris sui, suas quoque vires inceptis dioecesanis adicere. Immo, ut respondeant necessitatibus urbium et regionum ruralium,[19] suam cooperationem non intra fines paroeciae vel dioecesis circumscriptam retineant, sed ad campos interparoecialem, interdioecesanum, nationalem vel internationalem extendere satagant, eo vel magis quia crebrescens in dies migratio populorum, mutuae necessitudinis augmentatio et communicationum facilitas, iam non sinunt ullam partem societatis in se clausam manere. Ita de necessitatibus populi Dei in toto orbe terrarum dispersi solliciti sint. Imprimis sua reddant opera missionalia, auxilia materialia vel etiam personalia praestando. Officium et honor enim est christianorum Deo restituere partem bonorum quae ab Eo accipiunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum Conditor omnium constituerit coniugale consortium exordium et fundamentum societatis humanae, idque gratia sua reddiderit sacramentum magnum in Christo et in Ecclesia (cf. Eph. 5, 32), apostolatus coniugum et familiarum singulare habet momentum tam pro Ecclesia quam pro societate civili."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coniuges christiani sibi invicem, filiis suis ceterisque familiaribus, gratiae cooperatores sunt et fidei testes. Filiis suis ipsi sunt primi fidei praecones et educatores; verbo et exemplo eos ad vitam christianam et apostolicam formant, in eorum vocatione seligenda prudenter eos adiuvant et vocationem sacram, in eis forte detectam, omni cura fovent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coniugum semper officium fuit, hodie vero maxima apostolatus eorum pars est: indissolubilitatem et sanctitatem vinculi matrimonialis vita sua manifestare et probare; ius et officium prolem christiane educandi, genitoribus et tutoribus inditum, strenue affirmare; dignitatem et legitimam autonomiam familiae defendere. Cooperentur igitur ipsi ceterique christifideles, cum hominibus bonae voluntatis, ut in civili legislatione haec iura sarta serventur; in moderanda societate ratio habeatur necessitatum familiarum quod ad habitationem, educationem puerorum, condicionem laboris, securitatem socialem et tributa pertinet; in migrationibus ordinandis convictus domesticus omnino in tuto ponatur.[20]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hanc familia ipsa missionem divinitus accepit ut sit prima et vitalis cellula societatis. Quam missionem adimplebit, si per mutuam membrorum pietatem et orationem in communi Deo factam, tamquam domesticum sanctuarium Ecclesiae se exhibeat; si tota familia in cultum liturgicum Ecclesiae se inserat; si denique, familia actuosam hospitalitatem praestet, iustitiam aliaque bona opera in servitium omnium fratrum necessitate laborantium promoveat. Inter varia opera apostolatus familiaris sequentia enumerare licet: infantes derelictos in filios adoptare, advenas benigne excipere, scholis moderandis adiutricem operam navare, adolescentibus consilio et opibus adesse, sponsos ut melius sese ad matrimonium praeparent adiuvare, ad catechesim operam praestare, coniuges et familias in discrimine materiali vel morali versantes sustentare, senibus non solum necessaria providere, sed etiam progressus oeconomici aequos fructus procurare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Semper et ubique, sed peculiari modo in regionibus in quibus prima Evangelii sparguntur semina, vel Ecclesia in suis primordiis exsistit, vel in aliquo gravi discrimine versatur, familiae christianae, tota vita sua Evangelio cohaerentes ac matrimonii christiani exemplum praebentes, pretiosissimum Christi testimonium mundo perhibent.[21]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut fines sui apostolatus facilius attingere valeant, opportunum esse potest ut familiae in aliquos coetus congregentur.[22]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Iuvenes maximi momenti vim exercent in hodierna societate.[23] Eorum vitae adiuncta, habitus mentis necnon ipsae necessitudines cum propria familia sunt admodum mutata. Saepe ad novam condicionem socialem et oeconomicam nimis celeriter transeunt. Dum autem in dies momentum eorum sociale et etiam politicum crescit, quasi impares videntur oneribus novis apte suscipiendis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoc eorum adauctum in societate pondus consimilem ab eis exigit actuositatem apostolicam, sed et ipsa eorum naturalis indoles ad eandem eos disponit. Maturescente conscientia propriae personalitatis, ardore vitae atque profluente navitate impulsi, propriam responsabilitatem assumunt, in vita sociali et culturali suas partes agere cupiunt: qui zelus si spiritu Christi imbuitur ac obedientia et amore erga Ecclesiae pastores animatur, uberrimos exinde fructus sperari licet. Ipsi debent fieri primi et immediati apostoli iuvenum, apostolatum inter seipsos per seipsos exercentes, ratione habita ambitus socialis ubi vivunt.[24]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Curent adulti cum iuvenibus amicale colloquium instituere quod permittat utrique parti, aetatis distantia superata, mutuo sese cognoscere atque divitias cuique proprias invicem communicare. Exemplo primum et, data occasione, prudenti consilio validoque auxilio adulti iuventutem ad apostolatum stimulent. Iuvenes vero erga adultos reverentiam ac fiduciam nutriant; et, licet naturaliter sint ad novitates inclinati, laudabiles tamen traditiones debite aestiment."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pueri quoque propriam habent apostolicam actuositatem. Secundum vires suas veri sunt testes viventes Christi inter socios."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apostolatus in ambitu sociali, scilicet studium spiritu christiano informandi mentem et mores, leges et structuras communitatis in qua aliquis vivit, adeo laicorum munus onusque est ut ab aliis numquam debite expleri valeat. Hoc in campo laici possunt apostolatum similis erga similem exercere. Ibi vitae testimonium per verbi testimonium complent.[25] Ibi in campo vel laboris, vel professionis, vel studii, vel incolatus, vel otii, vel consortionis, fratribus adiuvandis aptiores exsistunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hanc Ecclesiae missionem in mundo laici adimplent ante omnia illa cohaerentia vitae cum fide qua lux mundi efficiuntur; probitate sua in quovis negotio, qua omnes ad amorem veri et boni, et tandem ad Christum et Ecclesiam alliciunt; caritate fraterna qua participes facti condicionum vitae, laborum, dolorum et aspirationum fratrum, omnium corda sensim sine sensu ad gratiae salutaris operationem disponunt; plena illa conscientia suarum partium in aedificanda societate, qua navitatem suam domesticam, socialem, professionalem, christiana magnanimitate adimplere satagunt. Ita ipsorum modus agendi paulatim penetrat ambitum vitae et laboris. Apostolatus hic omnes amplecti debet quotquot ibi inveniuntur, neque ullum excludere bonum spirituale vel temporale quod eis faciendi copia est. Sed veri apostoli, hac actione sola non contenti, animos intendunt ad Christum etiam verbis proximo annuntiandum. Multi enim homines nonnisi per vicinos laicos possunt Evangelium audire et Christum agnoscere."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Immensus patet apostolatus campus in ordine nationali et internationali, ubi laici potissimum sunt sapientiae christianae administri. In pietate erga nationem et in fideli impletione officiorum civilium catholici obligatos se sentiant ad verum bonum commune promovendum, et sic pondus suae opinionis valere faciant ut potestas civilis iuste exerceatur ac leges praeceptis moralibus bonoque communi respondeant. Catholici rerum publicarum periti et, uti par est, in fide et doctrina christiana firmati, ne recusent negotia publica gerere, cum per ea digne gesta bono communi consulere et simul Evangelio viam sternere possint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Studeant catholici cooperari cum omnibus bonae voluntatis hominibus ad promovenda quaecumque sunt vera, quaecumque iusta, quaecumque sancta, quaecumque amabilia (cf. Phil. 4, 8). Colloquium habeant cum eis, prudentia et humanitate eos praevenientes, investigationemque instituant circa instituta socialia et publica secundum Evangelii spiritum perficienda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inter signa nostri temporis speciali notatu dignus est crebrescens ille et ineluctabilis sensus solidarietatis omnium populorum, quem sollicite promovere et in sincerum et verum fraternitatis affectum convertere apostolatus laicorum munus est. Insuper laici conscii esse debent campi internationalis et quaestionum ac solutionum sive doctrinalium sive practicarum quae in illo oriuntur, praesertim quoad gentes ad progressum nitentes.[26]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Meminerint omnes qui in alienis nationibus laborant vel eis auxilium praestant, relationes inter populos verum commercium fraternum esse debere, in quo utraque pars dat simul et accipit. Qui vero operum internationalium causa vel negotii vel otii, iter faciunt, recordentur se esse ubique etiam praecones itinerantes Christi, et ut tales in veritate sese gerant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De variis apostolatus modis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laici suam actionem apostolicam exercere possunt vel ut singuli vel in variis communitatibus aut associationibus coadunati."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apostolatus a singulis peragendus, ex fonte vitae vere christianae abundanter profluens (cf. Io. 4, 14), primordium est et condicio omnis apostolatus laicorum, etiam consociati, nec quidquam pro eo substitui potest. Ad huiusmodi apostolatum, semper et ubique proficuum, sed in quibusdam adiunctis unice aptum et possibilem, omnes laici, cuiusvis condicionis, vocantur eoque obligantur, etsi deest eis occasio vel possibilitas in associationibus cooperandi. Multae sunt apostolatus formae quibus laici Ecclesiam aedificant atque mundum sanctificant et in Christo animant. Peculiaris forma apostolatus singulorum et signum nostris quoque temporibus accommodatissimum, Christum in fidelibus suis viventem manifestans, est testimonium totius vitae laicalis e fide, spe et caritate emanantis. Apostolatu verbi autem, in quibusdam adiunctis omnino necessario, laici Christum annuntiant, eiusdem doctrinam enucleant, diffundunt secundum suam cuiusque condicionem ac peritiam, et eam fideliter profitentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cooperantes insuper, utpote cives huius mundi in his quae ad ordinem temporalem aedificandum et gerendum pertinent, oportet ut laici in vita familiari, professionali, culturali et sociali rationes agendi altiores in lumine fidei quaerant aliisque, occasione data, patefaciant, conscii se sic Dei creatoris, redemptoris et sanctificatoris cooperatores fieri, laudemque Ei praestare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Denique laici suam vitam caritate vivificent et, pro facultate, operibus exprimant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Meminerint omnes, cultu publico et oratione, paenitentia et laborum aerumnarumque vitae libera acceptatione, qua Christo patienti conformes efficiuntur (cf. 2 Cor. 4, 10; Col. 1, 24), se omnes homines attingere et ad totius mundi salutem conferre posse."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Magna necessitate hic apostolatus singulorum urget in illis regionibus in quibus graviter impeditur libertas Ecclesiae. In his difficillimis adiunctis laici vicem, pro facultate, sacerdotum supplentes, ipsam suam libertatem et aliquando vitam in discrimen ponentes, eos qui circa ipsos sunt christianam docent doctrinam, ad vitam religiosam ac mentem catholicam instituunt, ad sacramenta frequenter suscipienda pietatemque praesertim eucharisticam colendam inducunt.[27] Sacrosancta Synodus, dum ex imo corde gratias agit Deo, qui, nostris etiam temporibus, heroicae fortitudinis laicos in medio persecutionum suscitare non desinit, eos paterno affectu ac grato animo complectitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apostolatus singulorum specialem habet campum in regionibus ubi catholici sunt pauci et dispersi. Ibi laici, qui solummodo ut singuli apostolatum exercent, sive ob causas supra dictas, sive ob rationes speciales etiam ex propria navitate professionali exortas, opportune tamen ad colloquium conveniunt in minoribus coetibus sine ulla strictiore institutionis vel organizationis forma, ita ut semper appareat signum communitatis Ecclesiae coram aliis, tamquam verum amoris testimonium. Hoc modo, per amicitiam et communicationem experientiae, sese mutuo spiritualiter adiuvantes confirmantur ad incommoda vitae et actionis nimis segregatae superanda atque ad fructus uberiores apostolatus ferendos."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christifideles ut singuli ad apostolatum exercendum in variis suae vitae condicionibus vocati sunt; meminerint tamen hominem natura sua socialem esse et Deo placuisse credentes in Christum in populum Dei (cf. I Pt. 2, 5-10) et in unum corpus coadunare (cf. I Cor. 12, 12). Apostolatus consociatus ergo exigentiae christifidelium tam humanae quam christianae feliciter respondet simulque signum prae se fert communionis et unitatis Ecclesiae in Christo qui dixit: «Ubi enim sunt duo vel tres congregati in nomine meo, ibi sum in medio eorum» (Mt. 18, 20). Quapropter christifideles apostolatum suum exerceant, in unum conspirantes.[28] Sint apostoli tam in suis communitatibus familiaribus, quam in paroeciis et dioecesibus, quae ipsae exprimunt indolem communitariam apostolatus, atque in liberis coetibus in quos se congregare statuerint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apostolatus consociatus magni momenti est etiam eo quod, sive in communitatibus Ecclesiae sive in variis ambitibus, apostolatus saepe postulat ut actione communi impleatur. Consociationes enim pro actionibus apostolatus communibus erectae sua membra fulciunt et ad apostolatum formant, eorumque operam apostolicam recte disponunt et moderantur, ut multo uberiores exinde sperari liceat fructus quam si singuli seiunctim agant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In praesentibus vero adiunctis, pernecesse est ut in ambitu navitatis laicorum consociata et organizata forma apostolatus roboretur; etenim arcta virium coniunctio sola valet et ad omnes apostolatus hodierni fines plene assequendos et eius bona valide defendenda.[29] Qua in re peculiari modo interest ut apostolatus etiam mentes communes et sociales condiciones eorum, ad quos convertitur, attingat; secus pressioni sive opinionis publicae sive institutionum saepe impares erunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Magna invenitur varietas in apostolatus consociationibus;[30] aliae finem generalem apostolicum Ecclesiae sibi proponunt; aliae modo particulari fines evangelizationis et sanctificationis; aliae fines animationis christianae ordinis temporalis persequuntur; aliae speciali modo per opera misericordiae et caritatis testimonium Christi praebent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inter has consociationes illae imprimis considerandae sunt quae intimiorem unitatem inter vitam practicam membrorum et eorum fidem fovent atque extollunt. Consociationes non sunt sibi ipsis finis, sed missioni Ecclesiae circa mundum adimplendae inservire debent; earum vis apostolica e conformitate cum finibus Ecclesiae pendet atque e singulorum membrorum totiusque associationis testimonio christiano et spiritu evangelico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Universale autem munus missionis Ecclesiae, spectato simul progressu institutorum et impellente cursu societatis hodiernae, requirit ut incepta apostolica catholicorum magis magisque perficiant formas consociatas in campo internationali. Organizationes Internationales Catholicae finem suum melius consequentur, si coetus qui in illis coadunantur eorumque membra intimius eisdem uniuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Debita cum auctoritate ecclesiastica relatione servata,[31] ius est laicis consociationes condere[32] et moderari conditisque nomen dare. Vitanda tamen est virium dispersio quae tunc contingit, si promoventur sine sufficienti ratione novae associationes et opera, vel si retinentur ultra vitam utilem associationes sive methodi obsoletae; nec semper opportunum erit formas quae in alia natione instituuntur, ad alias sine discrimine transferre.[33]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Abhinc non pauca decennia, pluribus in nationibus, laici, magis in dies apostolatui sese devoventes, in varias formas actionum et consociationum sese congregarunt quae, arctiorem cum Hierarchia servantes coniunctionem, fines proprie apostolicos persecutae sunt et persequuntur. Inter has vel etiam similes antiquiores institutiones eae praesertim commemorandae sunt quae, etsi diversas rationes operandi sequebantur, uberrimos tamen fructus regno Christi attulerunt, quaeque a Summis Pontificibus et a multis Episcopis merito commendatae atque promotae, ab eis nomen Actionis Catholicae acceperunt, et saepissime ut cooperatio laicorum in apostolatu hierarchico describebantur.[34]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hae apostolatus formae sive nomen Actionis Catholicae habeant sive aliud, quae nostris temporibus pretiosum apostolatum exercent, sequentium notarum concursu et cumulata acceptione constituuntur:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Finis immediatus huiusmodi organizationum finis apostolicus Ecclesiae est, scilicet in ordine ad homines evangelizandos et sanctificandos eorumque conscientiam christiane efformandam ita ut varias communitates variosque ambitus spiritu Evangelii imbuere valeant;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Laici, cooperantes iuxta modum proprium cum Hierarchia, suam experientiam afferunt et responsabilitatem assumunt in iis organizationibus moderandis, in condicionibus perpendendis in quibus actio pastoralis Ecclesiae exercenda sit, atque in elaboranda et exsequenda ratione rerum agendarum;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Laici agunt uniti ad instar organici corporis, ita ut aptius Ecclesiae communitas significetur et efficacior evadat apostolatus;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) Laici, sive sponte sese offerentes, sive invitati ad actionem et directam cooperationem cum apostolatu hierarchico, agunt sub superiore moderamine ipsius Hierarchiae, quae potest hanc cooperationem etiam per explicitum mandatum sancire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Organizationes in quibus hae notae simul sumptae iudicio Hierarchiae reperiuntur, Actio Catholica censendae sunt, etsi ob locorum ac populorum exigentias, varias formas et nomina assumunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosanctum Concilium has institutiones, quae necessitatibus apostolatus Ecclesiae, apud multas gentes, certe respondent, enixe commendat: sacerdotes et laicos qui in ipsis adlaborant invitat, ut notas supra commemoratas magis magisque ad effectum adducant et cum omnibus aliis apostolatus formis semper fraterne in Ecclesia cooperentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnes consociationes apostolatus recte aestimandae sunt; eae vero quas Hierarchia secundum temporum necnon locorum necessitates laudaverit vel commendaverit vel ut urgentiores instituendas decreverit, a sacerdotibus, religiosis et a laicis plurimi faciendae atque secundum modum uniuscuiusque promovendae sunt. Inter illas vero hodie praesertim recensendae sunt consociationes vel coetus internationales catholicorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Speciali honore et commendatione in Ecclesia digni sunt laici, sive caelibes sive matrimonio iuncti, qui perpetuo aut ad tempus servitio institutionum earumque operum seipsos, sua peritia professionali, devovent. Eidem magno gaudio est quod in dies numerus laicorum augetur, qui proprium ministerium praebent associationibus et operibus apostolatus, sive intra fines suae nationis sive in campo internationali sive praesertim in catholicis communitatibus missionum et ecclesiarum novellarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pastores Ecclesiae hos laicos libenter et grato animo recipiant, curent ut eorum condicio exigentiis iustitiae, aequitatis et caritatis quam maxime satisfaciat, praesertim quoad honestam eorum familiarumque sustentationem, ipsique necessaria institutione, spirituali solamine et incitamento gaudeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT V"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De ordine servando"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laicorum apostolatus, sive a singulis sive a consociatis christifidelibus exerceatur, recto ordine insertus esse debet in apostolatum totius Ecclesiae; immo coniunctio cum eis, quos Spiritus Sanctus posuit regere Ecclesiam Dei (cf. Act. 20, 28), elementum essentiale apostolatus christiani est. Non minus necessaria est cooperatio inter varia apostolatus incepta, congrue ab Hierarchia ordinanda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Etenim ad promovendum spiritum unitatis, ut in toto apostolatu Ecclesiae splendeat caritas fraternitatis, fines communes obtineantur ac perniciosae aemulationes vitentur, exigitur omnium formarum apostolatus in Ecclesia mutua aestimatio et -servata uniuscuiusque propria indole- apta coordinatio.[35] Quod maxime convenit, cum peculiaris actio in Ecclesia requirit harmoniam et cooperationem apostolicam utriusque cleri, religiosorum et laicorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hierarchiae est laicorum apostolatum fovere, principia et subsidia spiritualia praebere, eiusdem apostolatus exercitium ad bonum commune Ecclesiae ordinare atque, ut doctrina et ordo serventur, invigilare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Varios quidem modos relationum ad Hierarchiam apostolatus laicorum admittit secundum varias eiusdem apostolatus formas et obiecta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Plurima enim inveniuntur in Ecclesia incepta apostolica quae laicorum libera electione constituuntur et eorum prudenti iudicio reguntur. Huiusmodi inceptis in quibusdam adiunctis missio Ecclesiae melius impleri potest, et proinde ipsa non raro ab Hierarchia laudantur vel commendantur.[36] Nullum autem inceptum nomen catholicum sibi vindicet, nisi consensus accesserit legitimae auctoritatis ecclesiasticae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quaedam laicorum apostolatus formae, variis quidem modis, ab Hierarchia explicite agnoscuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Potest insuper ecclesiastica auctoritas, propter exigentias boni communis Ecclesiae, ex consociationibus et inceptis apostolicis immediate finem spiritualem intendentibus, aliqua eligere et particulari modo promovere in quibus specialem assumit responsabilitatem. Ita Hierarchia, apostolatum iuxta adiuncta diversimode ordinans, aliquam eius formam cum suo proprio munere apostolico arctius coniungit, servata tamen utriusque propria natura et distinctione, nec proinde laicorum ablata necessaria facultate sua sponte agendi. Qui actus Hierarchiae in variis documentis ecclesiasticis mandatum appellatur. Denique Hierarchia laicis munia quaedam committit, quae propius cum officiis pastorum coniuncta sunt, ut in propositione doctrinae christianae, in quibusdam actibus liturgicis, in cura animarum. Vi huius missionis laici quoad muneris exercitium plene subduntur superiori ecclesiasticae moderationi. Quod attinet ad opera et institutiones ordinis temporalis, munus ecclesiasticae Hierarchiae est docere et authentice interpretari principia moralia in rebus temporalibus sequenda; ipsi etiam fas est iudicare, omnibus rite perpensis et auxilio adhibito peritorum, de conformitate talium operum et institutionum cum principiis moralibus et decernere de eis quae ad ordinis supernaturalis bona custodienda et promovenda requiruntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prae oculis habeant Episcopi, parochi, ceterique sacerdotes utriusque cleri, ius et officium exercendi apostolatum esse commune omnibus fidelibus sive clericis sive laicis, et in aedificatione Ecclesiae etiam laicos proprias partes habere.[37] Quapropter fraterne cum laicis operentur in Ecclesia et pro Ecclesia, specialemque curam habeant laicorum in eorum operibus apostolicis.[38]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diligenter seligantur sacerdotes apostolatus laicorum specialibus formis iuvandis idonei et apte formati.[39] Qui vero huic ministerio vacant, missione accepta ab Hierarchia, hanc repraesentant in sua actione pastorali; congruas laicorum relationes cum ipsa foveant, semper spiritui et doctrinae Ecclesiae fideliter inhaerentes; seipsos in alenda vita spirituali et sensu apostolico consociationum catholicarum sibi commissarum impendant; earum apostolicae operositati sapienti suo consilio adsint atque incepta foveant. Continuo cum laicis instituto colloquio, attente inquirant quae sint formae ad magis frugiferam reddendam apostolicam actionem; spiritum unitatis intra ipsam consociationem et eam inter et ceteras promoveant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religiosi demum, sive fratres sive sorores, opera apostolica laicorum aestiment; secundum spiritum et normas suorum institutorum, operibus laicorum promovendis libenter se devoveant;[40] munera sacerdotalia sustinere, adiuvare, complere studeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In dioecesibus, in quantum fieri potest, habeantur consilia quae operam apostolicam Ecclesiae, sive in campo evangelizationis et sanctificationis sive in campo caritativo, sociali et aliis, adiuvent, cooperantibus convenienter clericis et religiosis cum laicis. Haec consilia poterunt variarum laicorum consociationum et inceptorum mutuae coordinationi inservire, salva uniuscuiusque indole propria et autonomia.[41]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Huiusmodi consilia habeantur, si fieri potest, etiam in ambitu paroeciali vel interparoeciali, interdioecesano, necnon in ordine nationali vel internationali.[42]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Constituatur insuper apud Sanctam Sedem peculiaris aliquis secretariatus in servitium et impulsum apostolatus laicorum, tamquam centrum, quod aptis instrumentis nuntia de variis inceptis apostolicis laicorum suppeditet, investigationibus de hodiernis quaestionibus in hoc campo orientibus studeat et suis consiliis Hierarchiae et laicis in operibus apostolicis adsistat. In hoc secretariatu varii motus et incepta apostolatus laicorum in universo mundo exsistentia suas partes habeant, cooperantibus cum laicis etiam clericis et religiosis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Commune veluti patrimonium evangelicum communeque inde consequens christiani testimonii officium commendant et saepe exigunt cooperationem catholicorum cum aliis christianis, a singulis et a communitatibus Ecclesiae exercendam, sive in actionibus sive in consociationibus, in campo nationali vel internationali.[43]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Communes valores humani similem quoque cooperationem christianorum, apostolicos fines prosequentium, cum eis haud raro postulant, qui nomen christianum non profitentur, sed hos valores agnoscunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hac cooperatione dynamica et prudenti,[44] quae magni momenti in activitatibus temporalibus est, laici testimonium praebent Christo, Salvatori mundi, et unitati familiae humanae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De formatione ad apostolatum"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apostolatus plenam efficaciam attingere potest solummodo multiformi et integra formatione; quam exigunt non solum continuus spiritualis et doctrinalis profectus ipsius laici, sed et varia adiuncta rerum, personarum et officiorum ad quae navitas eius accommodanda est. Haec formatio ad apostolatum iis fundamentis inniti debet quae ab hoc Sacrosancto Concilio in aliis locis asserta et declarata sunt.[45] Praeter formationem omnibus christianis communem, ob varietatem personarum et adiunctorum, non paucae apostolatus formae specificam quoque et peculiarem formationem requirunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum laici suo modo missionem Ecclesiae participent, formatio eorum apostolica ab ipsa indole saeculari et propria laicatus, eiusque spiritualis vitae ratione notam specialem accipit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formatio ad apostolatum formationem integram quandam humanam uniuscuiusque ingenio condicionibusque accommodatam supponit. Laicus enim, mundum huius temporis bene cognoscens, membrum propriae societatis eiusque culturae aptatum esse debet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Imprimis autem laicus discat implere Christi et Ecclesiae missionem, ex fide in divino mysterio creationis et redemptionis vivens, motus Spiritu Sancto populum Dei vivificante, qui omnes homines impellit ad Deum Patrem diligendum atque mundum et homines in Ipso. Quae formatio ut fundamentum et condicio cuiusvis apostolatus fructuosi considerari debet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeter formationem spiritualem, requiritur solida institutio doctrinalis, et quidem theologica, ethica, philosophica, secundum diversitatem aetatis, condicionis et ingenii. Momentum etiam culturae generalis una cum formatione practica et technica minime negligatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad bonas relationes humanas colendas oportet ut valores vere humani foveantur, imprimis ars fraterne convivendi atque cooperandi, necnon colloquium instituendi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quoniam vero formatio ad apostolatum non potest in sola instructione theoretica consistere, gradatim quidem et prudenter, laicus inde ab initio formationis suae discat omnia sub lumine fidei aspicere, iudicare et agere, per actionem seipsum cum aliis efformare ac perficere, et sic in operosum servitium Ecclesiae ingredi.[46] Quae formatio, semper perficienda propter personae humanae crescentem maturitatem et propter evolutionem problematum, altiorem in dies cognitionem et aptatam actionem postulat. In omnibus formationis exigentiis explendis semper unitas et integritas personae humanae prae oculis habenda est, ita ut eius harmonia et aequilibrium salvetur et augeatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoc modo laicus penitus et naviter sese inserit in ipsam realitatem ordinis temporalis suamque partem in eius gerendis rebus efficaciter suscipit, simulque tamquam vivum membrum et testis Ecclesiae eandem in sinu rerum temporalium praesentem et actuosam reddit.[47]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formatio ad apostolatum a prima puerorum institutione incipere debet. Peculiari autem modo initientur apostolatu adulescentes et iuvenes atque hoc spiritu imbuantur. Per totam vitam haec formatio perficienda est prout nova suscepta munera requirunt. Patet igitur eos ad quos spectat educatio christiana, officio quoque formationis ad apostolatum devinciri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parentum est in familia filios suos ab ipsa pueritia disponere ad agnoscendum amorem Dei erga universos homines, illosque gradatim, praesertim exemplo, docere sollicitudinem de proximi necessitatibus tam materialibus quam spiritualibus. Tota ergo familia eiusque communis vita quasi tirocinium apostolatus evadat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pueri insuper educandi sunt ut, fines familiae transcendentes, communitatibus tam ecclesiasticis quam temporalibus animum pandant. In locali communitate paroeciae ita assumantur, ut in ea conscientiam acquirant se viva et activa membra esse populi Dei. Sacerdotes autem in catechesi et ministerio verbi, in moderatione animarum, necnon in aliis ministeriis pastoralibus formationem ad apostolatum prae oculis habeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Scholarum quoque, collegiorum aliarumque institutionum catholicarum formationi inservientium est in iuvenibus sensum catholicum et actionem apostolicam fovere. Quae formatio si deficit, vel quia illas scholas iuvenes non frequentant, vel alia de causa, eo magis de ea curent parentes et animarum pastores et consociationes apostolicae. Magistri vero et educatores qui vocatione sua et officio formam egregiam apostolatus laicorum exercent, doctrina necessaria et arte paedagogica imbuti sint, quibus hanc institutionem efficaciter tradere valeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coetus et consociationes item laicorum, sive apostolatum sive alios fines supernaturales intendant, pro fine et modulo suo formationem ad apostolatum sedulo et assidue fovere debent.[48] Ipsae sunt saepe via ordinaria congruentis formationis ad apostolatum. In ipsis enim habetur formatio doctrinalis, spiritualis et practica. Sodales earum cum sociis vel amicis in parvis coetibus methodos et fructus suae navitatis apostolicae perpendunt et rationem vitae suae cotidianae cum Evangelio comparant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Huiusmodi formatio ita ordinanda est ut ratio habeatur totius apostolatus laicorum, qui non tantum inter coetus ipsos consociationum, sed in omnibus etiam adiunctis per totam vitam est exercendus, praesertim professionalem et socialem. Immo unusquisque ad apostolatum seipsum naviter praeparare debet, quod magis urget in adulta aetate. Progrediente enim aetate melius animus panditur atque ita unusquisque diligentius detegere potest talenta quibus Deus animam suam ditavit illaque charismata efficacius exercere quae ei a Spiritu Sancto in bonum fratrum suorum collata sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Variae formae apostolatus peculiariter congruentem formationem quoque expostulant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Quoad apostolatum ad homines evangelizandos et sanctificandos, laici specialiter formandi sunt ad colloquium instaurandum cum aliis, credentibus vel non credentibus, ad nuntium Christi omnibus manifestandum.[49]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum autem nostris temporibus diversi generis materialismus late ubique, etiam inter catholicos, diffundatur, laici non tantum diligentius doctrinam catholicam ediscant, ea peculiariter capita quae in controversiam vocantur, sed etiam contra quamlibet formam materialismi exhibeant testimonium vitae evangelicae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Quoad instaurationem christianam ordinis rerum temporalium, laici edoceantur de vera significatione et valore bonorum temporalium, tum in se ipsis, tum ad omnes fines personae humanae quod attinet; exerceantur in recto usu rerum et organizatione institutionum, semper attendentes ad bonum commune iuxta principia doctrinae moralis et socialis Ecclesiae. Socialis doctrinae imprimis principia eiusque conclusiones ita laici addiscant, ut capaces reddantur, tum ad operam pro parte sua praestandam doctrinae progressui, tum ad eadem singulis casibus rite applicanda.[50]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Cum caritatis et misericordiae opera praeclarissimum testimonium christianae vitae efferant, formatio apostolica ad haec quoque exercenda adducere debet, ut discant christifideles ab ipsa pueritia fratribus compati eiusque indigentibus generoso animo subvenire.[51]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laicis apostolatui deditis iam exstant multa subsidia, scilicet sessiones, congressus, recollectiones, exercitia spiritualia, frequentes conventus, conferentiae, libri, commentaria, ad altiorem cognitionem Sacrae Scripturae et doctrinae catholicae consequendam, ad vitam spiritualem alendam necnon ad mundi condiciones dignoscendas et aptas methodos inveniendas et excolendas.[52]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae formationis subsidia rationem habent variarum formarum apostolatus in ambitibus ubi exercetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hunc in finem etiam erecta sunt centra vel instituta superiora quae optimos fructus iam dederunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosanctum Concilium laetatur de huius generis inceptis iam in quibusdam partibus florentibus et exoptat ut aliis etiam in locis, ubi necessaria fuerint, promoveantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Centra insuper documentationis et studiorum non solum in re theologica, sed etiam in materia anthropologica, psychologica, sociologica, methodologica, quo melius foveantur laicorum ingenii facultates, virorum mulierumque, iuvenum et adultorum, pro omnibus apostolatus campis erigantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Adhortatio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosanctum igitur Concilium omnes laicos enixe in Domino obtestatur ut voci Christi, hac hora se instantius invitanti, et impulsui Spiritus Sancti libenter, generoso animo, prompto corde respondeant. Speciali modo hanc appellationem ad se directam esse sentiant iuniores, eamque accipiant cum alacritate et magnanimitate. Ipse enim Dominus omnes laicos per hanc Sanctam Synodum iterato invitat ut intimius in dies sibi iungantur et quae ipsius sunt, tamquam propria sentientes (cf. Phil. 2, 5), in eiusdem salvifica missione consocientur; eosque denuo mittit in omnem civitatem et locum quo ipse venturus est (cf. Lc. 10, 1); ut variis formis et modis unius apostolatus Ecclesiae, novis necessitatibus temporum continenter aptandi, cooperatores ei se exhibeant, abundantes in opere Domini semper, scientes quod labor eorum non est inanis in Domino (cf. I Cor. 15, 58)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec omnia et singula quae in hoc Decreto edicta sunt, placuerunt Sacrosancti Concilii Patribus. Et Nos, Apostolica a Christo Nobis tradita potestate, illa, una cum Venerabilibus Patribus, in Spiritu Sancto approbamus, decernimus ac statuimus et quae ita synodaliter statuta sunt ad Dei gloriam promulgari iubemus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Romae, apud S. Petrum die XVIII mensis novembris anno MCMCLV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS Catholicae Ecclesiae Episcopus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur Patrum subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VACATIO LEGIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Beatissimus Pater pro novis legibus quae in modo promulgato Decreto De Apostolatu laicorum continentur, statuit vacationem usque ad diem vigesimam nonam mensis iunii anni MCMLXVI, nempe usque ad festum Ss. Apostolorum Petri et Pauli proximi anni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Interea Summus Pontifex normas edet ad praedictas leges exsequendas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† PERICLES FELICI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Patrum subsignationes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EUGENIUS Episcopus Ostiensis ac Portuensis et S. Rufinae Cardinalis TISSERANT, Sacri Collegii Decanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus Albanensis Cardinalis PIZZARDO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENEDICTUS Episcopus Praenestinus Cardinalis ALOISI MASELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS Episcopus tit. Veliternus Cardinalis CENTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HAMLETUS IOANNES Episcopus tit. Tusculanus Cardinalis CICOGNANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus tit. Sabinensis et Mandelensis Cardinalis FERRETTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS GABRIEL Cardinalis TAPPOUNI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Syrorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAXIMUS IV Cardinalis SAIGH, Patriarcha Antiochenus Melkitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EMMANUEL TIT. Ss. Marcellini et Petri Presbyter Cardinalis GONÇALVES CEREJEIRA, Patriarcha Lisbonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ACHILLES titulo S. Sixti Presbyter Cardinalis LIÉNART, Episcopus Insulensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS ALOISIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Damaso Presbyter Cardinalis COPELLO, S. R. E. Cancellarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GREGORIUS PETRUS titulo S. Bartholomaei in Insula Presbyter Cardinalis AGAGIANIAN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Ioannis et Pauli Presbyter Cardinalis SPELLMAN, Archiepiscopus Neo-Eboracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo Ss. Bonifacii et Alexii Presbyter Cardinalis DE BARROS CÂMARA, Archiepiscopus S. Sebastiani Fluminis Ianuarii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Honuphrii in Ianiculo Presbyter Cardinalis GARIBI Y RIVERA, Archiepiscopus Guadalajarensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS MARIA titulo S. Chrysogoni Presbyter Cardinalis BARBIERI, Archiepiscopus Montisvidei."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS titulo S. Agnetis extra moenia Presbyter Cardinalis CONFALONIERI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo Ss. Quirici et Iulittae Presbyter Cardinalis RICHAUD, Archiepiscopus Burdigalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS M. titulo Ss. Viti, Modesti et Crescentiae Presbyter Cardinalis BUENO Y MONREAL, Archiepiscopus Hispalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo S. Eusebii Presbyter Cardinalis KÖNIG, Archiepiscopus Vindobonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IULIUS titulo S. Mariae Scalaris Presbyter Cardinalis DÖPFNER, Archiepiscopus Monacensis et Frisingensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Andreae Apostoli de Hortis Presbyter Cardinalis MARELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUSTAVUS titulo S. Hieronymi Illyricorum Presbyter Cardinalis TESTA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Andreae de Valle Presbyter Cardinalis TRAGLIA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PETRUS TATSUO titulo S. Antonii Patavini de Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DOI, Archiepiscopus Tokiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis Baptistae Florentinorum Presbyter Cardinalis LEFEBVRE, Archiepiscopus Bituricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BERNARDUS titulo S. Ioachimi Presbyter Cardinalis ALFRINK, Archiepiscopus Ultraiectensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RUFINUS I. titulo S. Mariae ad Montes Presbyter Cardinalis SANTOS, Archiepiscopus Manilensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAUREANUS titulo S. Francisci Assisiensis ad Ripam Maiorem Presbyter Cardinalis RUGAMBWA, Episcopus Bukobaënsis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo Ssmi Redemptoris et S. Alfonsi in Exquiliis Presbyter Cardinalis RITTER, Archiepiscopus S. Ludovici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS HUMBERTUS titulo Ss. Andreae et Gregorii ad Clivum Scauri Presbyter Cardinalis QUINTERO, Archiepiscopus Caracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo S. Camilli de Lellis ad Hortos Sallustianos Presbyter Cardinalis ZOUNGRANA, Archiepiscopus Uagaduguensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS I. titulo S. Clementis Presbyter Cardinalis SHEHAN, Archiepiscopus Baltimorensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HENRICUS titulo S. Agathae in Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DANTE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAESAR titulo D.nae N.ae a Sacro Corde in Circo Agonali Presbyter Cardinalis ZERBA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AGNELLUS titulo Praecelsae Dei Matris Presbyter Cardinalis ROSSI, Archiepiscopus S. Pauli in Brasilia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Martini in Montibus Presbyter Cardinalis COLOMBO, Archiepiscopus Mediolanensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS titulo S. Patricii ad Villam Ludovisi Presbyter Cardinalis CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, totius Hiberniae Primas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANGELUS titulo Sacri Cordis Beatae Mariae Virginis ad forum Euclidis Presbyter Cardinalis HERRERA, Episcopus Malacitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALAPHRIDUS S. Mariae in Domnica Protodiaconus Cardinalis OTTAVIANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALBERTUS S. Pudentianae Diaconus Cardinalis DI JORIO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS S. Mariae in Cosmedin Diaconus Cardinalis ROBERTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ARCADIUS SS. Blasii et Caroli ad Catinarios Diaconus Cardinalis LARRAONA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS SS. Cosmae et Damiani Diaconus Cardinalis MORANO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUILLELMUS THEODORUS S. Theodori in Palatio Diaconus Cardinalis HEARD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego AUGUSTINUS S. Sabae Diaconus Cardinalis BEA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRATER MICHAEL S. Pauli Apostoli in Arenula Diaconus Cardinalis BROWNE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOACHIM ANSELMUS S. Apollinaris Diaconus Cardinalis ALBAREDA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRIDERICUS S. Ioannis Bosco in via Tusculana Diaconus Cardinalis CALLORI DI VIGNALE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS S. Michaelis Archangeli Diaconus Cardinalis CARDIJN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS S. Mariae in Porticu Diaconus Cardinalis JOURNET."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EX ACTIS SS. OECUMENICI CONCILII VATICANI II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTIFICATIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Facta ab Exc.mo Secretario Generali Ss. Concilii in Congregatione Generali CLXXI diei XV nov. MCMLXV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quaesitum est quaenam esse debeat qualificatio theologica doctrinae, quae in Schemate Constitutionis dogmaticae de Divina Revelatione exponitur et suffragationi subicitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Huic quaesito Commissio de doctrina fidei et morum hanc dedit responsionem iuxta suam Declarationem diei 6 martii 1964:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Ratione habita moris conciliaris ac praesentis Concilii finis pastoralis, haec S. Synodus ea tantum de rebus fidei vel morum ab Ecclesia tenenda definit quae ut talia aperte ipsa declaraverit\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Cetera autem, quae S. Synodus proponit, utpote Supremi Ecclesiae Magisterii doctrinam, omnes ac singuli christifideles excipere et amplecti debent iuxta ipsius S. Synodi mentem, quae sive ex subiecta materia sive ex dicendi ratione innotescit, secundum normas theologicae interpretationis\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis"
            }
          ]
        },
        "pt": {
          "code": "pt",
          "label": "Português",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651118_apostolicam-actuositatem_po.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-177-vat-ii_decree_19651118_apostolicam-actuositatem_po.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO APOSTOLICAM ACTUOSITATEM SOBRE O APOSTOLADO DOS LEIGOS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROÉMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importância e actualidade do apostolado dos leigos na vida da Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio, desejando tornar mais intensa a actividade apostólica do Povo de Deus(1), volta-se com muito empenho para os cristãos leigos, cujas funções próprias e indispensáveis na missão da Igreja já em outros lugares recordou (2). Com efeito, o apostolado dos leigos, que deriva da própria vocação cristã, jamais poderá faltar na Igreja. A mesma Sagrada Escritura demonstra abundantemente como foi espontânea e frutuosa esta actividade no começo da Igreja (cfr. Act. 11, 19-21: 18, 26; Rom. 16, 1-16; Fil. 4, 3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os nossos tempos, porém, não exigem um menor zelo dos leigos; mais ainda, as condições actuais exigem deles absolutamente um apostolado cada vez mais intenso e mais universal. Com efeito, o aumento crescente da população, o progresso da ciência e da técnica, as relações mais estreitas entre os homens, não só dilataram imenso os campos do apostolado dos leigos, em grande parte acessíveis só a eles, mas também suscitaram novos problemas que reclamam a sua atenção interessada e o seu esforço. Este apostolado torna-se tanto mais urgente quanto a autonomia de muitos sectores da vida humana, como é justo, aumentou, por vezes com um certo afastamento da ordem ética e religiosa e com grave perigo para a vida cristã. Além disso, em muitas regiões onde os sacerdotes são demasiado poucos ou, como acontece por vezes, são privados da liberdade de ministério, a Igreja dificilmente poderia estar presente e activa sem o trabalho dós leigos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sinal desta multíplice e urgente necessidade é a evidente actuação do Espírito Santo que hoje torna os leigos cada vez mais conscientes da própria responsabilidade e por toda a parte os anima ao serviço de Cristo e da Igreja (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No presente Decreto, o Concílio entende ilustrar a natureza, a índole e a variedade do apostolado dos leigos, bem como enunciar os princípios fundamentais e dar as orientações pastorais para o seu mais eficaz exercício; tudo isto deverá servir de norma na revisão do Direito canónico na parte que diz respeito ao apostolado dos leigos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A VOCAÇÃO DOS LEIGOS AO APOSTOLADO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Participação dos leigos na missão da Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja nasceu para tornar todos os homens participantes da redenção salvadora (1) e, por eles, ordenar efectivamente a Cristo o universo inteiro, dilatando pelo mundo o seu reino para glória de Deus Pai. Toda a actividade do Corpo místico que a este fim se oriente, chama-se apostolado. A Igreja exerce-o de diversas maneiras, por meio de todos os seus membros, já que a vocação cristã é também, por sua própria natureza, vocação ao apostolado. Do mesmo modo que num corpo vivo nenhum membro tem um papel meramente passivo, mas antes, juntamente com a vida do corpo, também participa na sua actividade, assim também no Corpo de Cristo, que é a Igreja, todo o corpo «cresce segundo a operação própria de cada um dos seus membros» (Ef. 4, 16). Mais ainda: é tanta neste corpo a conexão e coesão dos membros (cfr. Ef. 4, 16), que se deve dizer que não aproveita nem à Igreja nem a si mesmo aquele membro que não trabalhar para o crescimento do corpo, segundo a própria capacidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Existe na Igreja diversidade de funções, mas unidade de missão. Aos Apóstolos e seus sucessores, confiou Cristo a missão de ensinar, santificar e governar em seu nome e com o seu poder. Mas os leigos, dado que são participantes do múnus sacerdotal, profético e real de Cristo, têm um papel próprio a desempenhar na missão do inteiro Povo de Deus, na Igreja e no mundo (2). Exercem, com efeito, apostolado com a sua acção para evangelizar e santificar os homens e para impregnar e aperfeiçoar a ordem temporal com o espírito do Evangelho; deste modo, a sua actividade nesta ordem dá claro testemunho de Cristo e contribui para a salvação dos homens. E sendo próprio do estado dos leigos viver no meio do mundo e das ocupações seculares, eles são chamados por Deus para, cheios de fervor cristão, exercerem como fermento o seu apostolado no meio do mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fundamentos do apostolado dos leigos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O dever e o direito ao apostolado advêm aos leigos da sua mesma união com Cristo cabeça. Com efeito, inseridos pelo Baptismo no Corpo místico de Cristo, e robustecidos pela Confirmação com a força do Espírito Santo, é pelo Senhor mesmo que são destinados ao apostolado. São consagrados em ordem a um sacerdócio real e um povo santo (cfr. 1 Ped. 2, 4-10) para que todas as suas actividades sejam oblações espirituais e por toda a terra dêem testemunho de Cristo. E os sacramentos, sobretudo a sagrada Eucaristia, comunicam e alimentam neles aquele amor que é a alma de todo o apostolado (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O apostolado exercita-se na fé, na esperança e na caridade, virtudes que o Espírito Santo derrama no coração de todos os membros da Igreja. Mais o preceito do amor, que é o maior mandamento do Senhor, estimula todos os fiéis a que procurem a glória de Deus, pelo advento do Seu reino, e a vida eterna para todos os homens, de modo que eles conheçam o único Deus verdadeiro e Jesus Cristo, seu enviado (cfr. Jo. 17, 3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A todos os fiéis incumbe, portanto, o glorioso encargo de trabalhar para que a mensagem divina da salvação seja conhecida e recebida por todos os homens em toda a terra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Espírito Santo - que opera a santificação do Povo de Deus por meio do ministério e dos sacramentos - concede também aos fiéis, para exercerem este apostolado, dons particulares (cfr. 1 Cor. 12, 7), «distribuindo-os por cada um conforme lhe apraz» (1 Cor. 12, 11), a fim de que «cada um ponha ao serviço dos outros a graça que recebeu» e todos actuem, «como bons administradores da multiforme graça de Deus» (1 Ped. 4, 10), para a edificação, no amor, do corpo todo (cfr. Ef. 4, 1). A recepção destes carismas, mesmo dos mais simples, confere a cada um dos fiéis o direito e o dever de os actuar na Igreja e no mundo, para bem dos homens e edificação da Igreja, na liberdade do Espírito Santo, que :(sopra onde quer» (Jo. 3, 8) e, simultâneamente, em comunhão com os outros irmãos em Cristo, sobretudo com os próprios pastores; a estes compete julgar da sua autenticidade e exercício ordenado, não de modo a apagarem o Espírito, mas para que tudo apreciem e retenham o que é bom (cfr. 1 Tess. 5, 12.19.21)(4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A espiritualidade dos leigos em ordem ao apostolado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A fonte e origem de todo o apostolado da Igreja é Cristo, enviado pelo Pai. Sendo assim, é evidente que a fecundidade do apostolado dos leigos depende da sua união vital com Cristo, segundo as palavras do Senhor: ,aquele que permanece em mim e em quem eu permaneço, esse produz muito fruto; pois, sem mim, nada podeis fazer» (Jo. 15, 5). Esta vida de íntima união com Cristo na Igreja é alimentada pelos auxílios espirituais comuns a todos os fiéis e, de modo especial, pela participação activa na sagrada Liturgia(5); e os leigos devem servir-se deles de tal modo que, desempenhando correctamente as diversas tarefas terrenas nas condições ordinárias da existência, não separem da própria vida a união com Cristo, mas antes, realizando a própria actividade segundo a vontade de Deus, nela cresçam. É por este caminho que os leigos devem avançar na santidade com entusiasmo e alegria, esforçando-se por superar as dificuldades com prudência e paciência (6). Nem os cuidados familiares nem outras ocupações profanas devem ser alheias à vida espiritual, conforme aquele ensinamento do Apóstolo: tudo o que fizerdes, por palavras ou por obras, tudo seja em nome do Senhor Jesus Cristo, dando por Ele graças a Deus Pai» (Col. 3, 17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta vida exige o exercício constante da fé, da esperança e da caridade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Só com a luz da fé e a meditação da palavra de Deus pode alguém reconhecer sempre e em toda a parte a Deus no qual «vivemos, nos inovemos e existimos» (Act. 17, 28), procurar em todas as circunstâncias a Sua vontade, ver Cristo em todos os homens, quer chegados quer estranhos, julgar rectamente do verdadeiro sentido e valor das realidades temporais, em si mesmas e em ordem ao fim do homem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aqueles que possuem tal fé, vivem na esperança da manifestação dos filhos de Deus, lembrados da cruz e da ressurreição do Senhor. Na peregrinação que é a presente vida, escondidos com Cristo em Deus e libertados da escravidão das riquezas, ao mesmo tempo que tendem para aqueles bens que permanecem eternamente, dedicam-se generosa e inteiramente a dilatar o reino de Deus e a informar e actuar com o espírito cristão a ordem temporal. No meio das adversidades desta vida, encontram força na esperança, sabendo que «os sofrimentos presentes não têm comparação com a glória futura que em nós se manifestará» (Rom. 8, 18)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Impelidos pela caridade que vem de Deus, praticam o bem com relação a todos, sobretudo para com os irmãos na fé (cfr. Gál. 6, 10), despojando-se «de toda a malícia e engano, hipocrisias, invejas e toda a espécie de maledicências» (1 Ped. 2, 1) e assim atraem a Cristo todos os homens. O amor de Deus que «foi derramado em nossos corações pelo Espírito Santo, que nos foi dado» (Rom. 5, 5), toma os leigos capazes de exprimir em verdade, na própria vida, o espírito das Bem-aventuranças. Seguindo a Cristo pobre, nem se deixam abater com a falta dos bens temporais nem se exaltam com a sua abundância; imitando a Cristo humilde, não são cobiçosos da glória vã (cfr. Gál. 5, 26), mas procuram mais agradar a Deus que aos homens, sempre dispostos a deixar tudo por Cristo (cfr. Lc. 14, 26) e a sofrer perseguição pela justiça (cfr. Mt. 5, 10), lembrados da palavra do Senhor: «se alguém quiser seguir-me, abnegue-se a si mesmo, tome a sua cruz e siga-me» (Mt. 16, 24). Finalmente, fomentando entre si a amizade cristã, prestam-se mútuamente ajuda em todas as necessidades."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta espiritualidade dos leigos deverá assumir características especiais, conforme o estado de matrimónio e familiar, de celibato ou viuvez, situação de enfermidade, actividade profissional e social. Não deixem, por isso, de cultivar assiduamente as qualidades e dotes condizentes a essas situações, e utilizar os dons por cada um recebidos do Espírito Santo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, aqueles leigos que, seguindo a própria vocação, se alistaram em alguma das associações ou institutos aprovados pela Igreja, devem de igual modo esforçar-se por assimilar as características da espiritualidade que lhes é própria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tenham também em muito apreço a competência profissional, o sentido de família e o sentido cívico e as virtudes próprias da convivência social, como a honradez, o espírito de justiça, a sinceridade, a amabilidade, a fortaleza de ânimo, sem as quais também se não pode dar uma vida cristã autêntica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O modelo perfeito desta vida espiritual e apostólica é a bem-aventurada Virgem Maria, rainha dos Apóstolos: levando, na terra, uma vida semelhante à a todo o momento se mantinha unida a seu Filho e de modo singular cooperou na obra do Salvador; agora, elevada ao céu, «cuida com amor materno dos irmãos de seu Filho que, entre perigos e angústias, peregrinam ainda na terra, até chegarem à pátria bem-aventurada» (7). Prestem-lhe todos um culto cheio de devoção e confiem à sua solicitude materna a própria vida e apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "OS FINS DO APOSTOLADO DOS LEIGOS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introdução: a obra de Cristo e da Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A obra redentora de Cristo, que por natureza visa salvar os homens, compreende também a restauração de toda a ordem temporal. Daí que a missão da Igreja consiste não só em levar aos homens a mensagem e a graça de Cristo, mas também em penetrar e actuar com o espírito do Evangelho as realidades temporais. Por este motivo, os leigos, realizando esta missão da Igreja, exercem o seu apostolado tanto na Igreja como no mundo, tanto na ordem espiritual como na temporal. Estas ordens, embora distintas, estão de tal modo unidas no único desígnio divino que o próprio Deus pretende reintegrar, em Cristo, o universo inteiro, numa nova criatura, dum modo incoativo na terra, plenamente no último dia. O leigo, que é simultâneamente fiel e cidadão, deve sempre guiar-se, em ambas as ordens, por uma única consciência, a cristã."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O apostolado para a evangelização e santificação do mundo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A missão da Igreja tem como fim a salvação dos homens, a alcançar pela fé em Cristo e pela sua graça. Por este motivo, o apostolado da Igreja e de todos os seus membros ordena-se, antes de mais, a manifestar ao mundo, por palavras e obras, a mensagem de Cristo, e a comunicar a sua graça. Isto realiza-se sobretudo por meio do ministério da palavra e dos sacramentos, especialmente confiado ao clero, no qual também os leigos têm grande papel a desempenhar, para se tornarem «cooperadores da verdade» (3 Jo. 8). É sobretudo nesta ordem que o apostolado dos leigos e o ministério pastoral se completam mùtuamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inúmeras oportunidades se oferecem aos leigos para exercerem o apostolado de evangelização e santificação. O próprio testemunho da vida cristã e as obras, feitas com espírito sobrenatural, têm eficácia para atrair os homens à fé e a Deus; diz o Senhor: «Assim brilhe a vossa luz diante dos homens, de modo que vejam as vossas boas obras e dêem glória ao vosso Pai que está nos céus» (Mt. 5, 16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este apostolado, contudo, não consiste apenas no testemunho da vida; o verdadeiro apóstolo busca ocasiões de anunciar Cristo por palavra, quer aos não crentes para os levar à fé, quer aos fiéis, para os instruir, confirmar e animar a uma vida fervorosa; «com efeito, o amor de Cristo estimula-nos» (2 Cor. 5, 14); e devem encontrar eco no coração de todos aquelas palavras do Apóstolo: «ai de mim, se não prego o Evangelho» (1 Cor. 9,16) (1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E dado que no nosso tempo surgem novos problemas e se difundem gravíssimos erros que ameaçam subverter a religião, a ordem moral e a própria sociedade humana, este sagrado Concílio exorta ardentemente os leigos a que, na medida da própria capacidade e conhecimentos, desempenhem com mais diligência a parte que lhes cabe na elucidação, defesa e recta aplicação dos princípios cristãos aos problemas d6 nosso tempo, segundo a mente da Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instauração cristã da ordem temporal"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A vontade de Deus com respeito ao mundo é que os homens, em boa harmonia, edifiquem a ordem temporal e a aperfeiçoem constantemente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todas as realidades que constituem a ordem temporal-os bens da vida e da família, a cultura, os bens económicos, as artes e profissões, as instituições políticas, as relações internacionais e outras semelhantes, bem como a sua evolução e progresso -não só são meios para o fim último do homem, mas possuem valor próprio, que lhes vem de Deus, quer consideradas em si mesmas, quer como partes da ordem temporal total: «e viu Deus todas as coisas que fizera, e eram todas muito boas» (Gén. 1, 31). Esta bondade natural das coisas adquire uma dignidade especial pela sua relação com a pessoa humana, para cujo serviço foram criadas. Finalmente, aprouve a Deus reunir todas as coisas em Cristo, quer as naturais quer as sobrenaturais, «de modo que em todas Ele tenha o primado» (Col. 1, 18). Mas este destino, não só não priva a ordem temporal da sua autonomia, dos seus fins próprios, das suas leis, dos seus recursos, do seu valor para bem dos homens, mas antes a aperfeiçoa na sua consistência e dignidade próprias, ao mesmo tempo que a ajusta à vocação integral do homem na terra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O uso das coisas temporais foi, no decurso da história, manchado com graves abusos. É que os homens, atingidos pelo pecado original, caíram muitas vezes em muitos erros acerca do verdadeiro Deus, .da natureza do homem e dos princípios da lei moral. Daí a corrupção dos costumes e das instituições humanas, daí a pessoa humana tantas vezes conculcada. Também em nossos dias, não poucos, confiando em excesso no progresso das ciências naturais e da técnica, caem numa espécie de idolatria das coisas materiais, das quais em vez de senhores se tornam escravos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Toda a Igreja deve trabalhar por tornar os homens capazes de edificar rectamente a ordem temporal e de a ordenar, por Cristo, para Deus. Aos pastores compete propor claramente os princípios relativos ao fim da criação e ao uso do mundo e proporcionar os auxílios morais e espirituais para que a ordem temporal se edifique em Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto aos leigos, devem eles assumir como encargo próprio seu essa edificação da ordem temporal e agir nela de modo directo e definido, guiados pela luz do Evangelho e a mente da Igreja e movidos pela caridade cristã; enquanto cidadãos, cooperar com os demais com a sua competência específica e a própria responsabilidade; buscando sempre e em todas as coisas a justiça do reino de Deus. A ordem temporal deve ser construída de tal modo que, respeitadas integralmente as suas leis próprias, se torne, para além disso, conforme aos princípios da vida cristã, de modo adaptado às diferentes condições de lugares, tempos e povos. Entre as actividades deste apostolado sobressai a acção social dos cristãos, a qual o sagrado Concílio deseja que hoje se estenda a todos os domínios temporais, sem exceptuar o da cultura (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A acção caritativa como distintivo do apostolado cristão"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Toda a actividade apostólica deve fluir e receber força da caridade; algumas obras, porém, prestam-se, por sua própria natureza, a tornarem-se viva expressão dessa caridade. Cristo quis que elas fossem sinais da sua missão messiânica (cfr. Mt. 11, 4-5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O maior mandamento da lei é amar a Deus de todo o coração, e ao próximo como a si mesmo (cfr. Mt. 22, 37-40). Cristo fez deste mandamento do amor para com o próximo o seu mandamento, e enriqueceu-o com novo significado, identificando-se aos irmãos como objecto da caridade, dizendo: «sempre que o fizestes a um destes meus irmãos mais pequeninos, a mim o fizestes» (Mt. 25, 40). Com efeito, assumindo a natureza humana, Ele uniu a si como família, por uma certa solidariedade sobrenatural, todos os homens e fez da caridade o sinal dos seus discípulos, com estas palavras: «nisto conhecerão todos que sois meus discípulos, se vos amardes uns aos outros» (Jo. 13, 35)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A santa Igreja, assim como nos seus primeiros tempos, juntando a «ágape» à Ceia eucarística, se mostrava toda unida à volta de Cristo pelo vínculo da caridade, assim em todos os tempos se pode reconhecer por este sinal do amor. E alegrando-se com as realizações alheias, ela reserva para si, como dever e direito próprios, que não pode alinear, as obras de caridade. Por isso, a misericórdia para com os pobres e enfermos e as chamadas obras de caridade e de mútuo auxílio para socorrer as múltiplas necessidades humanas são pela Igreja honradas de modo especial (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estas actividades e obras tornaram-se muito mais urgentes e universais no nosso tempo, em que os meios de comunicação são mais rápidos, em que quase se venceu a distância entre os homens e os habitantes de toda a terra se tornaram membros em certo modo duma só família. A actividade caritativa, hoje, pode e deve atingir as necessidades de todos os homens. Onde quer que se encontrem homens a quem faltam sustento, vestuário, casa, remédios, trabalho, instrução, meios necessários para levar uma vida verdadeiramente humana, afligidos pelas desgraças ou pela doença, sofrendo o exílio ou a prisão, aí os deve ir buscar e encontrar a caridade cristã, consolar com muita solicitude e ajudar com os auxílios prestados. Esta obrigação incumbe antes de mais aos homens e povos que disfrutam de condição próspera (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que este exercício da caridade seja e apareça acima de toda a suspeita, considere-se no próximo a imagem de Deus, para o qual foi criado, veja-se nele a Cristo, a quem realmente se oferece tudo o que ao indigente se dá; atenda-se com grande delicadeza à liberdade e dignidade da pessoa que recebe o auxílio; não se deixe manchar a pureza de intenção com qualquer busca do próprio interesse ou desejo de domínios (5); satisfaçam-se antes de mais as exigências da justiça, nem se ofereça como dom da caridade aquilo que já é devido a título de justiça; suprimam-se as causas dos males, e não apenas os seus efeitos; e de tal modo se preste a ajuda que os que a recebem se libertem a pouco e pouco da dependência alheia e se bastem a si mesmos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tenham, por isso, os leigos em grande apreço e ajudem quanto possam as obras caritativas e as iniciativas de assistência social, quer privadas quer públicas, e também internacionais, que levam auxílio eficaz aos indivíduos e aos povos necessitados, cooperando neste ponto com todos os homens de boa vontade (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "OS VÁRIOS CAMPOS DO APOSTOLADO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introdução: vários campos do apostolado dos leigos. A Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os leigos exercem o seu apostolado multiforme tanto na Igreja como no mundo. Em ambos os planos se abrem vários campos de actividade apostólica de que queremos aqui lembrar os principais. São: as comunidades eclesiais, a família, a juventude, o meio social, as ordens nacional e internacional. E como hoje a mulher tem cada vez mais parte activa em toda a vida social, é da maior importância que ela tome uma participação mais ampla também nos vários campos do apostolado da Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porque participam no múnus sacerdotal, profético e real de Cristo, têm os leigos parte activa na vida e acção da Igreja. A sua acção dentro das comunidades eclesiais é tão necessária que, sem ela, o próprio apostolado dos pastores não pode conseguir, a maior parte das vezes, todo o seu efeito. Porque os leigos com verdadeira mentalidade apostólica, à imagem daqueles homens e mulheres que ajudavam Paulo na propagação do Evangelho (cfr. Act. 18, 18, 20; Rom. 16, 3), suprem o que falta a seus irmãos e revigoram o espírito dos pastores e dos outros membros do povo fiel (cfr. 1 Cor. 16, 17-18). Pois eles, fortalecidos pela participação activa na vida litúrgica da comunidade, empenham-se nas obras apostólicas da mesma. Conduzem à Igreja os homens que porventura andem longe, cooperam intensamente na comunicação da palavra de Deus, sobretudo pela actividade catequética, e tornam mais eficaz, com o contributo da sua competência, a cura de almas e até a administração dos bens da Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A paróquia dá-nos um exemplo claro de apostolado comunitário porque congrega numa unidade toda a diversidade humana que aí se encontra e a insere na universalidade da Igreja (1). Acostumem-se os leigos a trabalhar na paróquia intimamente unidos aos seus sacerdotes (2), a trazer para a comunidade eclesial os próprios problemas e os do mundo e as questões que dizem respeito à salvação dos homens, para que se examinem e resolvam no confronto de vários pareceres. Acostumem-se, por fim, a prestar auxílio a toda a iniciativa apostólica e missionária da sua comunidade eclesial na medida das próprias forças."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cultivem o sentido de diocese, de que a paróquia é como que uma célula, e estejam sempre prontos, à voz do seu pastor, a somar as suas forças às iniciativas diocesanas. Mas, para responder às necessidades das cidades e das regiões rurais (3), não confinem a sua cooperação dentro dos limites da paróquia ou da diocese, mas esforcem-se por estendê-la aos campos interparoquial, interdiocesano, nacional ou internacional. Tanto mais que a crescente migração de povos, o incremento de relações mútuas e a facilidade de comunicações já não permitem que parte alguma da sociedade permaneça fechada em si. Assim devem interessar-se pelas necessidades do Povo de Deus disperso por toda a terra. Em primeiro lugar, façam suas as obras missionárias, prestando auxílios materiais ou mesmo pessoais. Pois é dever e honra dos cristãos restituir a Deus parte dos bens que d'Ele recebem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A família"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O criador de todas as coisas constituiu o vínculo conjugal princípio e fundamento da sociedade humana e fê-lo, por sua graça, sacramento grande em Cristo e na Igreja (cfr. Ef. 5, 32). Por isso, o apostolado conjugal e familiar tem singular importância tanto para a Igreja como para a sociedade civil."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os esposos cristãos são cooperadores da graça e testemunhas da fé um para com o outro, para com os filhos e demais familiares. Eles são os primeiros que anunciam aos filhos a fé e os educam. Formam-nos, pela palavra e pelo exemplo, para a vida cristã e apostólica. Ajudam-nos com prudência a escolher a sua vocação e fomentam com todo o cuidado a vocação de consagração porventura neles descoberta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Foi sempre dever dos esposos e hoje é a maior incumbência do seu apostolado: manifestar e demonstrar, pela sua vida, a indissolubilidade e a santidade do vínculo matrimonial; afirmar vigorosamente o direito e o dever próprio dos pais e tutores de educar cristãmente os filhos; defender a dignidade e legítima autonomia da família. Cooperem, pois, eles e os outros cristãos, com os homens de boa vontade para que estes direitos sejam integralmente assegurados na legislação civil. No governo da sociedade, tenham-se em conta as necessidades familiares quanto à habitação, educação dos filhos, condições de trabalho, seguros sociais e impostos. Ao regulamentar a migração salve-se sempre a convivência doméstica (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Foi a própria família que recebeu de Deus a missão de ser a primeira célula vital da sociedade. Cumprirá essa missão se se mostrar, pela piedade mútua dos seus membros e pela oração feita a Deus em comum, como que o santuário doméstico da Igreja; se toda a família se inserir no culto litúrgico da Igreja e, finalmente, se a família exercer uma hospitalidade actuante e promover a justiça e outras boas obras em serviço de todos os irmãos quê sofrem necessidade. Podem enumerar-se, entre as várias obras de apostolado familiar, as seguintes: adoptar por filhos crianças abandonadas, receber com benevolência estrangeiros, coadjuvar no regime das escolas, auxiliar os adolescentes com conselhos e meios materiais, ajudar os noivos a prepararem-se melhor para o matrimónio, colaborar na catequese, auxiliar os esposos e as famílias que se encontram em crise material ou moral, proporcionar aos velhos não só o necessário, mas também fazê-los participar, com equidade, dos frutos do progresso económico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As famílias cristãs, pela coerência de toda a sua vida com o Evangelho e pelo exemplo que mostram do matrimónio cristão, oferecem ao mundo um preciosíssimo testemunho de Cristo, sempre e em toda a parte, mas sobretudo naquelas regiões em que se lançam as primeiras sementes do Evangelho ou em que a Igreja está nos começos ou atravessa alguma crise grave (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pode ser oportuno que as famílias se, unam em certas associações para mais fàcilmente poderem atingir os fins do seu apostolado (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os jovens"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os jovens exercem na sociedade de hoje um influxo da maior importância (7). As condições em que vivem, os hábitos mentais e até as relações com a própria família estão profundamente mudadas. É frequente passarem com demasiada rapidez a uma condição social e económica nova. Por um lado, cresce cada vez mais a sua importância social e até política; por outro, parecem incapazes de assumir convenientemente as novas tarefas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este acréscimo de influência na sociedade exige deles uma actividade apostólica correspondente. Aliás, a sua própria índole natural os dispõe para ela. Com o amadurecimento da consciência da própria personalidade, estimulados pelo ardor da vida e pela actividade transbordante, assumem a própria responsabilidade e desejam tomar a parte activa que lhes compete na vida social e cultural. Se este zelo é penetrado pelo espírito de Cristo e animado pela obediência e pelo amor para com os pastores da Igreja, podemos esperar dele frutos muito abundantes. Eles mesmos devem ser os primeiros e imediatos apóstolos da juventude e exercer por si mesmos o apostolado entre eles, tendo em conta o meio social em que vivem (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os adultos procurem estabelecer com os jovens um diálogo amigo que permita a ambas as partes, superando a distância de idades, conhecerem-se mùtuamente e comunicarem uns aos outros as próprias riquezas. Estimulem os adultos a juventude ao apostolado, primeiro pelo exemplo e, dada a ocasião, por conselhos prudentes e ajuda eficaz. E os jovens mostrem para com os mais velhos respeito e confiança. E, ainda que por natureza são inclinados a novidades, tenham, contudo, na devida estima aquelas tradições que são válidas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Também as crianças têm a sua própria actuação apostólica. Segunda as suas forças, são em verdade testemunhos vivos de Cristo entre os companheiros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O apostolado social"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O apostolado no meio social, isto é, o empenho em informar de espírito cristão a mentalidade e os costumes, as leis e estruturas da comunidade em que se vive, são incumbência e encargo de tal modo próprios dos leigos que nunca poderão ser plenamente desempenhados por outros. Neste campo, podem os leigos exercer um apostolado de semelhante para com semelhante. Aí completam o testemunho da vida pelo testemunho da palavra (9). Nesse campo do trabalho, da profissão, do estudo, da residência, do tempo livre ou da associação, são eles os mais aptos para ajudar os seus irmãos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os leigos realizam esta missão da Igreja no mundo, antes de tudo, por aquela coerência da vida com a fé, pela qual se tornam luz do mundo; pela honestidade nos negócios, com a qual a todos atraem ao amor da verdade e do bem e, finalmente, a Cristo e à Igreja; pela caridade fraterna que, fazendo-os participar das condições de vida, dos trabalhos, dos sofrimentos e aspirações de seus irmãos, prepara insensivelmente todos os corações para a acção da graça salutar; por aquela plena consciência da participação que devem ter na construção da sociedade, a qual os leva a esforçarem-se por desempenhar com magnanimidade cristã a actividade doméstica, social e profissional. Assim, o seu modo de agir penetra pouco a pouco no meio de vida e de trabalho."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este apostolado deve abranger todos aqueles que aí se encontram e não excluir nenhum bem espiritual ou temporal que possam fazer. Mas os verdadeiros apóstolos não se contentam só com esta acção e esforçam-se por anunciar Cristo ao próximo também por meio da palavra. E que muitos homens só por meio de seus companheiros leigos podem ouvir o Evangelho e conhecer Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O apostolado na ordem nacional e internacional"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um imenso campo de apostolado se abre na ordem nacional e internacional, em que são sobretudo os leigos os administradores da sabedoria cristã. Os católicos sintam-se obrigados a promover o bem comum na dedicação à pátria e no fiel cumprimento dos deveres civis, e façam valer o peso da sua opinião de modo a que o poder civil se exerça com justiça e as leis correspondam aos preceitos morais e ao bem comum. Os católicos peritos nos negócios públicos e firmes, como devem ser, na fé e doutrina cristã, não recusem participar neles uma vez que, exercendo-os dignamente, podem atender ao bem comum e, ao mesmo tempo, abrir caminho ao . Evangelho."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Empenhem-se os católicos em cooperar. com todos os homens de boa vontade para promover tudo o que é verdadeiro, tudo o que é justo, tudo o que é santo, tudo o que é digno de ser amado (cfr. Fil. 4,8). Dialoguem com eles, indo ao seu encontro com prudência e bondade. E investiguem em conjunto o modo de organizar as instituições sociais e públicas segundo o espírito do Evangelho."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre os sinais do nosso tempo, é digno de especial menção aquele crescente e inelutável sentido de solidariedade entre todos os povos que o apostolado dos leigos tem por encargo promover activamente e converter em sincero e verdadeiro afecto fraternal. Além disso, devem os leigos ter consciência da realidade internacional e das questões e soluções, doutrinais ou práticas, que nela se originam, sobretudo quanto aos povos em desenvolvimento (10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lembrem-se todos aqueles que trabalham em nações estrangeiras ou lhes prestam auxílio, que as relações entre os povos devem ser um verdadeiro convívio fraterno em que ambas as partes simultânamente dão e recebem. Aqueles, porém, que viajam ou por causa de obras internacionais, ou por negócios ou por motivo de descanso, lembrem-se que são também, em toda a parte, pregoeiros itinerantes de Cristo e procedam como tais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "AS VÁRIAS FORMAS DO APOSTOLADO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introdução: apostolado individual ou associado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os leigos podem exercer a sua acção apostólica quer como indivíduos quer unidos em diversas comunidades e associações."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Necessidade e natureza do apostolado individual"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O apostolado individual que deriva com abundância da fonte de uma vida verdadeiramente cristã (cfr. Jo. 4,14), é origem e condição de todo o apostolado dos leigos, mesmo do associado, nem nada o pode substituir."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A este apostolado, sempre e em toda aparte proveitoso e em certas circunstâncias o único conveniente e possível, são chamados e, por isso, obrigados todos os leigos, de qualquer condição; ainda que não se lhes proporcione ocasião ou possibilidade de cooperar nas associações."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "São muitas as formas de apostolado pelas quais os leigos edificam a Igreja, santificam o mundo e o vivificam em Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A forma peculiar do apostolado individual, e sinal muito acomodado também aos nossos tempos, porque manifesta Cristo vivo nos seus fiéis, é o testemunho de toda a vida laical que flui da fé, esperança e caridade. Porém, pelo apostolado da palavra, em certas circunstâncias absolutamente necessário, os leigos anunciam a Cristo, expõem a sua doutrina, difundem-na segundo a sua própria condição e capacidade, e professam-na com fidelidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, como cidadãos deste mundo, os leigos, ao cooperarem na construção e governo da ordem temporal, devem, na vida familiar, profissional, cultural e social, buscar, à luz da fé, normas de acção mais elevadas e manifestá-las aos outros oportunamente, conscientes de que assim se tornam cooperadores de Deus criador, redentor e santificador, e Lhe dão glória."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, vivifiquem os leigos a sua vida com a caridade e mostrem-no por obras na medida do possível."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lembrem-se todos que pelo culto público e pela oração, pela penitencia, pelos trabalhos e livre aceitação das agruras da vida; pelas quais se conformam a Cristo paciente (cfr. 2 Cor. 4,10; Col. 1,24), podem atingir todos os homens e contribuir para a salvação de todo o mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O apostolado individual em circunstâncias especiais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este apostolado individual é urgentemente necessário naquelas regiões em que a liberdade da Igreja é gravemente impedida. Nestas circunstâncias dificílimas, os leigos, suprindo, na medida do possível, o sacerdote, põem em risco a própria liberdade e, às vezes, a vida. Ensinam aos que os cercam a doutrina cristã, formam-nos na vida religiosa e na mentalidade católica, induzem-nos a frequência dos sacramentos e fomentam a piedade, sobretudo a eucarística (1). O sagrado Concílio dá graças dc fundo do coração a Deus que não deixa de suscitar, também em nossos dias, leigos de fortaleza heróica no meio das perseguições, e abraça-os com afecto paterno e ânimo agradecido."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O apostolado individual tem especial campo de acção nas regiões onde os católicos são poucos e dispersos. Os leigos, que exercem nelas só apostolado individual pelas causas acima mencionadas ou por razões especiais, mesmo nascidas da própria actividade profissional, reunam-se oportunamente para dialogar em grupos menores, sem forma estrita de instituição ou organização, de modo que sempre se manifeste aos outros o sinal da comunidade da Igreja como verdadeiro testemunho de amor. Deste modo, pela amizade e pela comunicação de experiências e com a , ajuda espiritual mútua, fortalecem-se para superar as dificuldades da vida e da acção demasiado isolada e produzir mais abundantes frutos de apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importância das formas associadas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os fiéis são chamados a exercer o apostolado individual nas diversas condições da sua vida. Lembrem-se, contudo, que o homem é, por natureza, social, e que aprouve ao Senhor unir um Povo de Deus (cfr. 1 Ped. 2, 5-10) e num corpo (cfr. 1 Cor. 12,12) os que crêem em Cristo. Portanto, o apostolado em associação responde com fidelidade à exigência humana e cristã dos fiéis e é, ao mesmo tempo, sinal da comunhão e da unidade da Igreja em Cristo que disse: «Onde estão dois ou três reunidos em meu nome, aí estou eu no meio deles (Mt. 18,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os fiéis exerçam, por conseguinte, o seu apostolado trabalhando para um só fim (2). Sejam apóstolos assim nas suas comunidades familiares como nas paróquias e dioceses, as quais exprimem a índole comunitária do apostolado. Exerçam-no também nas associações livres que resolverem formar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O apostolado em associação é de grande importância também porque, nas comunidades eclesiais e nos vários meios, o apostolado exige com frequência ser realizado mediante a acção comum. As associações criadas para a acção apostólica comum fortalecem os seus membros e formam-nos para o apostolado. Além disso, distribuem ordenadamente e orientam o seu trabalho apostólico, de modo que se podem esperar daí frutos muito mais abundantes do que se agisse cada um por sua conta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nas circunstâncias presentes, porém, é absolutamente necessário que se robusteça a forma associada e organizada do apostolado no campo de actividade dos leigos. É que só a estreita união das forças é capaz de conseguir plenamente os fins do apostolado de hoje e de defender com eficácia os seus bens (3). Neste ponto é particularmente importante que o apostolado atinja também a mentalidade comum e as condições sociais daqueles a quem se dirige. Doutro modo, não poderão, muitas vezes, resistir à pressão da opinião pública ou das instituições."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Multiplicidade de formas do apostolado associado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Há uma grande variedade de associações de apostolado (4). Umas propõem-se o fim apostólico geral da Igreja. Outras, de modo particular, fins de evangelização e santificação. Outras, ainda, têm como fim animar cristãmente a ordem temporal. Finalmente, algumas dão testemunho de Cristo, de modo especial, pelas obras de misericórdia e de caridade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre estas associações são de considerar, antes de mais, aquelas que fomentam e promovem uma unidade mais íntima entre a vida prática dos membros e a sua fé. As associações não têm em si o seu fim, mas devem servir à missão que a Igreja tem de cumprir para com o mundo. A sua força apostólica depende da conformidade com os fins da Igreja e do testemunho cristão e espírito evangélico de cada um dos membros e de toda a associação."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O dever universal da missão da Igreja, dado o progresso das instituições e, ao mesmo tempo, o impulso do desenvolvimento da sociedade moderna, exige que as iniciativas apostólicas dos católicos aperfeiçoem cada vez mais as formas associadas no campo internacional. As Organizações Católicas Internacionais conseguirão melhor o seu fim se as associações que as formam e os seus membros a elas se unirem mais intimamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Respeitada a devida relação com a autoridade eclesiásticas (5), os leigos têm o direito de fundar associações (6), governá-las, e, uma vez fundadas, dar-lhes um nome. Deve-se, contudo, evitar a dispersão de forças que se verifica se se promovem, sem razão suficiente, novas associações e obras, ou se se mantêm, sem utilidade, associações ou métodos obsoletos. Nem sempre será oportuno que formas criadas numa nação sejam trasladadas, sem critério, para outras (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A acção católica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Há não poucos decénios, em muitas nações, os leigos, cada vez mais consagrados ao apostolado, uniram-se em várias formas de acção e associação que, em união mais estreita com a Hierarquia, se dedicaram e dedicam a fins especificamente apostólicos. Entre estas e outras instituições semelhantes mais antigas, merecem especial menção as que, seguindo embora diferentes métodos de acção, tendo sido justamente recomendadas e fomentadas pelos Sumos Pontífices e por muitos Bispos, receberam deles o nome de Acção Católica e, com muita frequência, foram declaradas como cooperação dos leigos no apostolado hierárquico(8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quer tenham o nome de Acção Católica quer outro, estas formas de apostolado que exercem em nossos dias uma valiosa acção apostólica são constituídas pelo conjunto das seguintes características:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) O fim imediato de tais organizações é o fim apostólico da Igreja, isto é, ordenam-se à evangelização e santificação dos homens e à formação cristã da sua consciência, de modo a poderem imbuir do espírito do evangelho as várias comunidades e os vários meios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Os leigos, cooperando a seu modo com a Hierarquia, contribuem com a sua experiência e assumem a sua responsabilidade no governo destas organizações, no estudo das condições em que a acção pastoral da Igreja se deve exercer e na elaboração e execução dos planos a realizar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Os leigos agem unidos como um corpo orgânico, para que se manifeste com maior evidência a comunidade da Igreja e o apostolado seja mais eficaz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) Os leigos, quer se ofereçam espontâneamente quer sejam convidados à acção e directa colaboração com o apostolado hierárquico, trabalham sob a superior orientação da mesma Hierarquia, a qual pode sancionar essa cooperação com um mandato explícito."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As organizações nas quais, a juízo da Hierarquia, se encontram estas características tomadas em conjunto, devem ser consideradas Acção Católica, ainda que, por exigências de lugar ou de povos, assumam formas e nomes diversos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio recomenda insistentemente estas instituições que correspondem, certamente, às necessidades do apostolado da Igreja em muitas nações. E convida os sacerdotes e leigos que nelas trabalham a tornarem cada vez mais realidade as características acima mencionadas e a cooperarem sempre fraternalmente, na Igreja, com as outras formas de apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apreço das associações"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tenham-se na devida estima todas as associações de apostolado. Mas aquelas que a Hierarquia, segundo as necessidades do tempo e do lugar, louvar, recomendar ou mandar instituir como mais urgentes, devem ser tidas em alto apreço e ser promovidas pelos sacerdotes, religiosos e leigos, segundo a maneira que lhes é própria. Entre elas, porém, devem-se hoje contar sobretudo as associações ou agrupamentos internacionais de católicos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leigos que se entregam com título especial ao serviço da Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "São dignos de especial honra e recomendação na Igreja aqueles leigos, solteiros ou casados, que se dedicam, perpétua ou temporàriamente, com a sua competência profissional, ao serviço das instituições e suas actividades. É de grande alegria para a Igreja que cresça cada vez mais o número de leigos que prestam o seu serviço às associações e obras de apostolado dentro da própria nação, ou no campo internacional ou, sobretudo, nas comunidades católicas das missões e das Igrejas mais recentes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recebam os pastores da Igreja estes leigos de bom grado e com ânimo reconhecido e esforcem-se por que a sua condição corresponda, quanto possível, às exigências da justiça, da equidade e da caridade, principalmente no que respeita ao seu honesto sustento e das suas famílias e por que recebam a necessária formação e sintam consolação e estímulo espiritual."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO V"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A ORDEM A GUARDAR NO APOSTOLADO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introdução: o apostolado hierárquico, necessário na Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O apostolado dos leigos, quer ele seja exercido pelos fiéis individualmente quer em associação, deve-se integrar ordenadamente no apostolado de toda a Igreja. Mais ainda, a união com aqueles que o Espírito Santo pôs à frente da Igreja de Deus (cfr. Act. 20, 28) constitui elemento essencial do apostolado cristão. E não é menos necessária a cooperação entre as diversas iniciativas apostólicas, que devem ser convenientemente dirigidas pela Hierarquia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Com efeito, para promover o espírito de união, que fará brilhar em todo o apostolado da Igreja a caridade fraterna e levará à consecução dos fins comuns evitando as emulações tão perniciosas, requere-se a estima recíproca de todas as formas de apostolado na Igreja, e a sua apta coordenação no respeito pela índole própria de cada uma (1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Isto é da máxima conveniência, quando uma determinada acção na Igreja requer a harmonia e cooperação apostólica de ambos os cleros, dos religiosos e dos leigos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relações com a Hierarquia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Compete à Hierarquia fomentar o apostolado dos leigos, fornecer os princípios e os auxílios espirituais, ordenar para bem comum da Igreja o exercício do mesmo apostolado, e vigiar para que se conservem a doutrina e a ordem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O apostolado dos leigos admite diversos modos de relação com a Hierarquia, segundo as suas várias formas e seus objectivos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Assim, existem na Igreja muitas iniciativas apostólicas nascidas da livre escolha dos leigos e dirigidas com o seu prudente critério. Em determinadas circunstâncias, a missão da Igreja pode realizar-se melhor por meio de tais iniciativas, e daí o serem com frequência louvadas e recomendadas pela Hierarquia (2). No entanto, nenhuma iniciativa apostólica se pode chamar católica se não tiver a aprovação da legítima autoridade eclesiástica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certas formas de apostolado dos leigos são expressamente reconhecidas pela Hierarquia, de diversos modos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, a autoridade eclesiástica, tendo em conta as exigências do bem comum da Igreja, pode escolher de entre as várias associações e iniciativas apostólicas com um fim directamente espiritual, algumas em particular, e promovê-las dum modo especial, assumindo sobre elas uma maior responsabilidade. Deste modo, a Hierarquia, ordenando o apostolado de diversas maneiras segundo as circunstâncias, vai unindo mais intimamente ao seu próprio múnus apostólico uma ou outra das suas formas, respeitando, porém, sempre a natureza e a distinção de ambas as partes, e sem com isso se tirar aos leigos a necessária liberdade de acção. Em vários documentos eclesiásticos se dá a este acto da Hierarquia o nome de mandato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, a Hierarquia confia aos leigos certas tarefas mais intimamente ligadas ao múnus pastoral, como exemplo, no ensino da doutrina cristã, nalguns actos litúrgicos e na cura de almas. Em virtude desta missão, os leigos ficam plenamente sujeitos à superior direcção eclesiástica, no respeitante ao desempenho desse encargo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto às obras e instituições da ordem temporal, pertence à Hierarquia eclesiástica ensinar e interpretar autênticamente os princípios morais que se devem aplicar nos assuntos temporais. Compete-lhe igualmente julgar, depois de bem considerar todas as coisas, e servindo-se do auxílio dos peritos, da conformidade de tais obras e instituições com os princípios morais e determinar o que for necessário para conservar e promover os bens de ordem sobrenatural."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ajuda que deve prestar o clero ao apostolado dos leigos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tanto os Bispos como os párocos e demais sacerdotes de ambos os cleros, devem ter presente que o direito e dever de exercer o apostolado são comuns a todos os fiéis, clérigos e leigos, e que também estes últimos têm um papel a desempenhar na edificação da Igreja (3). Tratem, pois, fraternalmente com os leigos na Igreja e para a Igreja, e tenham deles cuidado especial nas suas obras apostólicas (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para ajudar os leigos nas suas diversas formas de apostolado, escolham-se diligentemente sacerdotes idóneos e bem formados (5). Os que se consagram a este ministério, por missão recebida da Hierarquia, representam-na na sua acção pastoral. Fomentem, pois, as convenientes relações dos leigos com a mesma, permanecendo sempre fiéis ao espírito e doutrina da Igreja. Dediquem-se a fomentar a vida espiritual e o sentido apostólico das associações católicas que lhes foram confiadas. Assistam com prudente conselho as suas actividades apostólicas e favoreçam as suas iniciativas. Investiguem atentamente por meio do diálogo contínuo com os leigos quais as formas de tornar mais frutuosa a sua acção apostólica; e promovam o espírito de união dentro da mesma associação, e desta com as demais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, os religiosos e as religiosas tenham em apreço as obras apostólicas dos leigos; consagrem-se de boa vontade a promover as obras destes, segundo o espírito e normas dos próprios Institutos (6); e procurem apoiar, auxiliar, e completar as funções sacerdotais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certos meios que servem para a mútua cooperação"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enquanto for possível, haja em todas as dioceses conselhos que ajudem a obra apostólica da Igreja, quer no campo da evangelização e santificação quer no campo caritativo, social e outros, onde os clérigos e os religiosos colaborem dum modo conveniente com os leigos. Tais órgãos poderão servir para coordenar as diversas associações de leigos e suas iniciativas apostólicas, respeitando a índole e autonomia própria de cada uma (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se for possível, haja também organismos semelhantes no âmbito paroquial, interparoquial, interdiocesano, bem como no plano nacional ou internacional (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, crie-se junto da santa Sé algum Secretariado especial para ajudar e impulsionar o apostolado dos leigos, como centro que, por meios aptos, forneça informações sobre as várias iniciativas apostólicas dos leigos, se dedique a investigar os problemas actuais neste campo, e preste ajuda com o seu conselho à Hierarquia e aos leigos, nas suas obras de apostolado. Neste Secretariado deverão participar os diversos movimentos e iniciativas apostólicas de leigos existentes em todo o mundo, colaborando com os leigos também os clérigos e religiosos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cooperação com outros cristãos e não-cristãos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O comum património evangélico, e o dever comum do testemunho cristão que daí nasce, aconselham e com frequência exigem a colaboração dos católicos com os outros cristãos. Esta há-de exercer-se pelos indivíduos e pelas comunidades, em actuações singulares e em associações, tanto no plano nacional como no internacional (9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os valores humanos comuns pedem com frequência uma cooperação semelhante dos cristãos, que procuram fins apostólicos, com outros que, embora não professem a religião cristã, reconhecem, contudo, esses valores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por meio desta cooperação dinâmica e prudente (10), de grande importância nas actividades temporais, dão os leigos testemunho de Cristo, Salvador do mundo, e da unidade da família humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A FORMAÇÃO PARA O APOSTOLADO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Necessidade da formação para o apostolado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A plena eficácia do apostolado só se pode alcançar com uma formação multiforme e integral. Exigem-na tanto o contínuo progresso espiritual e doutrinal do próprio leigo, como as diversas circunstâncias de coisas, pessoas e encargos a que a sua actividade se deve acomodar. Esta formação deve-se apoiar sobre os fundamentos afirmados e expostos por este sagrado Concílio noutros lugares(1). Além da formação comum a todos os cristãos, não poucas formas de apostolado requerem uma formação peculiar e específica, por causa da diversidade de pessoas e circunstâncias."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Princípios da formação dos leigos para o apostolado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Uma vez que os leigos têm um modo próprio de participar na missão da Igreja, a sua formação apostólica recebe uma característica especial que lhe vem da mesma índole secular própria do laicado e da sua espiritualidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A preparação para o apostolado supõe uma formação humana completa e adaptada à maneira de ser e circunstâncias próprias de cada um. Com efeito, o leigo, conhecendo bem o mundo actual, deve ser um membro da sociedade em que vive e ao nível da sua cultura."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Primeiro que tudo, aprenda o leigo a realizar a missão de Cristo e da Igreja, vivendo da fé no mistério divino da criação e da redenção, guiado pelo Espírito Santo vivificador do Povo de Deus, que impele todos os homens a amar a Deus Pai, e n'Ele, o mundo e os homens. Esta formação deve ser considerada como fundamento e condição de todo e qualquer apostolado fecundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além da formação espiritual, requere-se uma sólida preparação doutrinal, teológica, ética e filosófica, de harmonia com a idade, condição e capacidade. Nem se descure de modo nenhum a importância da cultura geral e da formação prática e técnica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para cultivar as boas relações humanas, é necessário promover os valores verdadeiramente humanos, a começar pela arte de conviver e cooperar fraternalmente, bem como a de estabelecer diálogo com os outros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Visto que a formação para o apostolado não pode consistir ùnicamente na instrução teórica, devem ir aprendendo gradual e prudentemente, desde o começo da formação, a ver, julgar e agir todas as coisas à luz da fé, a formar-se e aperfeiçoar-se com os outros por meio da acção e a entrar assim ao serviço activo da Igreja (2). Esta formação, que deve aperfeiçoar-se continuamente por causa da crescente maturidade da pessoa humana e em razão da evolução dos problemas, exige um conhecimento cada vez mais profundo e uma acção adaptada. Ao realizar todas estas eigências da formação, devem ter-se sempre em conta a unidade e a integridade da pessoa humana, de tal modo que se ressalve e desenvolva a sua harmonia e equilíbrio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deste modo, o leigo insere-se profunda e activamente na própria ordem temporal, assumindo com eficiência a sua parte na solução dos seus problemas; ao mesmo tempo, como membro vivo e testemunha da Igreja, torna-a presente e activa no meio das coisas temporais (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A quem pertence formar para o apostolado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A formação para o apostolado deve começar desde os princípios da educação infantil. Sejam, porém, iniciados no apostolado e imbuídos deste espírito particularmente os adolescentes e os jovens. Esta formação deve ser aperfeiçoada durante toda a vida, de acordo com as exigências dos encargos assumidos. E claro, portanto, que aqueles a quem compete educar cristãmente têm igualmente o dever de formar em ordem ao apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertence aos pais ir dispondo os filhos, desde a infância, para conhecerem o amor de Deus por todos os homens, e ir-lhes inculcando pouco a pouco, sobretudo com o exemplo, a preocupação pelas necessidades materiais e espirituais do próximo. Que toda a família se torne, pois, na. sua vida íntima, como que um estágio do apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, as crianças devem ser educadas de tal modo que, transcendendo os limites da família, se abram tanto às comunidades eclesiais como às civis. Sejam de tal modo integradas na comunidade local da paróquia que nela possam tomar consciência da sua qualidade de membros vivos e activos do Povo de Deus. Os sacerdotes, porém, na catequese e na pregação, na direcção espiritual, bem como em outras actividades pastorais, tenham em conta a formação em ordem ao apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Compete também às escolas, colégios e outras instituições católicas destinadas à formação, fomentar nos jovens o sentido católico e a acção apostólica. No caso de faltar esta formação, quer seja porque os jovens não frequentam essas escolas, quer por outra causa, então cuidem mais dela os pais, os pastores de almas e as associações apostólicas. Os professores, porém, e os educadores, que, por vocação e ofício, exercem uma superior forma de apostolado dos leigos, estejam impregnados da ciência necessária e das técnicas pedagógicas, para poder realizar eficazmente essa educação."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Do mesmo modo, os grupos e as associações de leigos, quer se dediquem ao apostolado, quer a outros fins sobrenaturais, devem fomentar com diligência e assiduidade a formação para o apostolado, segundo o próprio fim e modalidades (4). São elas, muitas vezes, o caminho ordinário duma preparação conveniente em ordem ao apostolado. Com efeito, nelas se realiza uma formação doutrinal, espiritual e prática. Os seus membros, constituindo pequenos grupos com os companheiros e amigos, consideram os métodos e os frutos da sua actividade apostólica, e confrontam com o Evangelho a sua vida quotidiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deve-se orientar esta formação de modo a ter-se em conta todo o apostolado dos leigos, que deverá ser exercido não só entre os grupos das associações, mas também em todas as circunstâncias, através de toda a vida, sobretudo profissional e social. Mais ainda: cada um deve preparar-se activamente para o apostolado, o que se torna mais urgente na idade adulta. Com efeito, à medida que se avança na idade, revela-se mais cada um e assim pode descobrir melhor os talentos com que Deus enriqueceu a sua alma, e exercitar mais eficazmente os carismas que lhe foram dados pelo Espírito Santo para bem dos seus irmãos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formação específica para o apostolado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As diversas formas de apostolado exigem também uma preparação particularmente adequada."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Quanto ao apostolado em ordem à evangelização e santificação dos homens, devem os leigos receber uma formação especial para estabelecerem o diálogo com os outros, quer crentes quer não crentes, e comunicarem a todos a mensagem de Cristo(5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como, porém, em nossos dias se vão espalhando largamente por toda a parte várias formas de materialismo, até mesmo entre os católicos, convém que os leigos não só aprendam com maior diligência a doutrina católica, especialmente aqueles pontos que são objecto de controvérsia, mas também dêem testemunho de vida evangélica contra qualquer forma de materialismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Quanto à edificação cristã da ordem temporal, sejam os leigos bem instruídos sobre o verdadeiro significado e valor dos bens temporais, quer em si mesmos considerados, quer no que diz respeito a todos os fins da pessoa humana. Exercitem-se no recto uso das coisas e na organização das instituições, atendendo sempre ao bem comum segundo os princípios da doutrina moral e social da Igreja. Aprendam os leigos, antes de mais, os princípios da doutrina social e as suas conclusões, de modo a tornarem-se aptos quer para prestarem o seu contributo ao progresso da doutrina quer para aplicá-los convenientemente aos casos particulares (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Visto que as obras de caridade e misericórdia dão um esplêndido testemunho de vida cristã, deve também a formação apostólica levar ao seu exercício, para que os fiéis aprendam, logo desde a infância, a compadecer-se dos pobres e necessitados e a ajudá-los com generosidade(7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Meios de formação"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para os leigos consagrados ao apostolado, existem já muitos meios por exemplo, sessões, congressos, recolecções, exercícios espirituais, reuniões frequentes, conferências, livros, revistas para se conseguir um mais perfeito conhecimento da Sagrada Escritura e da doutrina católica, para alimentar a vida espiritual e ainda para conhecer o estado do mundo e para encontrar e cultivar métodos adaptados (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio alegra-se com essas iniciativas, já florescentes nos ambientes em que este se exerce."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para este fim foram também criados centros ou institutos superiores que já produziram óptimos frutos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio alegra-se com essas iniciativas, já florescentes em algumas partes, e deseja que se promovam noutros lugares onde forem necessárias."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Criem-se, além disso, centros de documentação e de estudo não só de teologia, mas também de antropologia, psicologia, sociologia, metodologia, para fomentar mais as qualidades dos leigos, homens e mulheres, jovens e adultos, em todos os campos do apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EXORTAÇÃO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exortação à generosidade"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, o sagrado Concílio pede instantemente no Senhor a todos os leigos que respondam com decisão de vontade, ânimo generoso e e disponibilidade de coração à voz de Cristo, que nesta hora os convida com maior insistência, e ao impulso do Espírito Santo. Os mais novos tomem como dirigido a si de modo particular este chamamento, e recebam-no com alegria e magnanimidade. Com efeito, é o próprio Senhor que, por meio deste sagrado Concílio, mais uma vez convida todos os leigos a que se unam a Ele cada vez mais intimamente, e sentindo como próprio o que é d'Ele (cfr. Fil. 2,5), se associem à Sua missão salvadora. É Ele quem de novo os envia a todas as cidades e lugares aonde há-de chegar (cfr. Lc. 10,1); para que, nas diversas formas e modalidades do apostolado único da Igreja, se tornem verdadeiros cooperadores de Cristo, trabalhando sempre na obra do Senhor com plena consciência de que o seu trabalho não é vão no Senhor (cfr. 1 Cor. 15,28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vaticano, 18 de Novembro de 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAPA PAULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notas"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proémio"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1.Cfr. João XXIII, Constituição apostólica Humanae salutis, 25 dez. 1961, AAS 54 (1962), p. 7-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Constituição dogmática De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 33 s.: AAS 57 (1965), p. 39 s.; cfr. também Const. De sacra Liturgia, Sacrosanctum concilium, n. 26-40: AAS 56 (1964), p. 107-111; cfr. Decr. De instrumentis communicationis socialis, Inter mirifica: AAS 56 (1964), p. 145-153; cfr. Decr. De Oecumenismo, Unitatis Redintegratio: AAS 57 (1965), p. 90-107; cfr. Decr. De pastorali Episcoporum munere in Ecclesia, Christus Dominus: n. 16, 17, 18; cfr. Declaração De educatione christiana Gravissimum educationis, n. 3, 5, 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Alocução aos Cardeais, 18 fev. 1946: AAS 38 (1946), p. 101-102; cfr. Pio XII, Discurso aos Jovens operários Católicos, 25 agosto 1957. AAS 49 (1957) p. 843."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo I"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encíclica Rerum Ecclesiae: AAS 18 (1926), p. 65."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Concílio Vaticano II, Constituição dogmática De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium; n. 31: AAS 57 (1965), p. 37."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ibid., n. 33, p. 39; cfr. também n, 10, p. 14"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ibid., n. 12, p. 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Concilio Vaticano II, Constituição dogmática De sacra Liturgia, Sacrosanctum concilium, cap. I, n. 11: AAS 56 (1964), p. 102-103."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Concílio Vaticano II, Constituição De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 32: AAS 57 (1965), p. 38; cfr. também n. 40-41; Ibid., p. 45-47."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ibid., n. 62, p. 63; cfr. também n. 65, p. 64-65."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo II"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encíclica Urbi arcano, 23 dez. 1922: AAS 14 (1922), p. 659; Pio XII, Encíclica Summi Pontificatus, 20 out. 1939: AAS 31 (1939), p. 442-443."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Leão XIII, Encíclica Rerum Novarum: ASS 23 (1890-1891), p, 647; Pio XI, Encíclica Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 190; Pio XII, Radiomensagem, 1 junho 1941: AAS 33 (1941), p. 207."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Encíclica Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 402."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ibid., p. 440-441."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ibid., p. 442-443."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Alocução ao movimento «Pax Romana», 25 abril 1957: AAS 49 (1967), p. 298-299; e sobretudo João XXIII, Alocução ao Congresso do F. A. O., 10 nov. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 856 e 866."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo III"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Pio X, Carta apost. Creationis duarum novarum paroeciarum, 1 junho 1905: ASS 38 (1905), p. 65-67; Pio XII, aloc. aos fiéis da paróquia de S. Sabas, 11 janeiro 1953: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi di S. Pio XII, 14 (1952 -1953), p. 449-454, João XXIII, Aloc. ao clero e aos fiéis da diocese suburbicária de Albano, em Castelgandolfo, 26 agosto de 1962: AAS 54 (1962), p. 656-660."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Leão XIII, aloc. 28 janeiro 1894: Acta, 14 (1894), p. 424-425."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, aloc. aos Párocos, etc., 6 fevereiro 1951: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi di S. S. Pio XII, 12 (1950-1951), p. 437-443; 8 março 1952: ibid., 14 (1952-1953), p. 5-10; 27 março 1953: ibid., 15 (1953-1954), p. 27-35; 28 fevereiro 1954: ibid., p. 585-590."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encíclica Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930), p. 554; Pio XII, Radiomensagem, 1 janeiro 1941: AAS 33 (1941), p. 203; Idem, alocução aos Delegados ao Congresso da União Internacional das Associações para defesa dos direitos da família, 20 set. 1949: AAS 41 (1949), p. 552; Idem, aloc. aos pais de família franceses em peregrinação a Roma; 18 set. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 731; Idem, radiomensagem no Natal de 1952: AAS 45 (1953), p. 41; João XXIII, Encíclica Mater et Magistra, 15 maio 1961: AAS 53 (1961), p. 429, 439."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Enciclica Evangelii praecones, 2 junho 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 514."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, aloc. aos Delegados ao Congresso da União internacional das Associações para defesa dos direitos da familia, 20 set. 1949: AAS 41 (1949), p. 552."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Pio X, aloc. à Associação católica da juventude francesa acerca da piedade, ciéncia e acção, 25 set. 1904: ASS 37 (1904-1905), p. 296-300."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, carta Das quelques semaines, ao Arcebispo de Marianópolis, acerca dos Congressos promovidos pelos Jovens operários cristãos do Canadá: 24 maio 1947: AAS 39 (1947), p. 257; Idem, Radiomensagem à J. O. C. de Bruxelas, 3 set. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 640-641."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Enciclica Quadragesimo anno, 15 maio 1931: AAS 23 (1931), p. 225-226."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Encíclica Mater et Magistra, 15 maio 1961: AAS 53 (1961), p. 448-450."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, aloc. ao I Congresso mundial do Apostolado dos leigos, 14, out. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 788."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, aloc. ao I Congresso mundial do Apostolado dos leigos, 15 out. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 787-788."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encíclica Le pèlerinage de Lourdes, 2 julho 1957: AAS 49 (1957), p. 615."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, aloc. ao Conselho da Federação internacional dos homens católicos, 8 dez. 1956: AAS 49 (1957), p. 26-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Cap. V, n. 24."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Sagrada Congregação do Concílio, resolução Corrienten., 13 nov. 1920: AAS 13 (1921), p. 139."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Encíclica Princeps pastorum, 10 dez. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 856."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, carta Quae nobis, ao Cardeal Bertram, 13 nov. 1928: AAS 20 (1928), p. 385. Cfr. também Pio XII, aloc. à Acção Católica italiana, 4 set. 1940: AAS 32 (1940), p. 362."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo V"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encíclica Quamvis nostrae, 30 abril 1936: AAS 28 (1936) p. 160-161."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Sagrada Congregação do Concílio, resolução Corrienten., 13, nov. 1920: AAS 13 (1921) p. 137-140."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Discurso ao II Congresso mundial do Apostolado dos leigos, 5 out. 1957: AAS 49 (1957) p. 927."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Concílio Vaticano II, Constituição dogmática De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 37: AAS 57 (1965), p. 42-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Exortação apostólica Menti nostrae, 23 set. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 660."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, decreto De accomodata renovatione vitae religiosae, n. 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Bento XIV, De Synodo dioecesano, 1. III, c. IX, n. VII-VIII: Opera omnia in tomos XVII distributa, tomo 11 (Prato, 1844), pg.76-77."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encíclica Quamvis nostra, 30 abril 1936: AAS 28 (1936), p. 160-161."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Encíclica Mater et Magistra, 15 maio 1961: AAS 53 (1961), p. 456-457; cfr. Concilio Vaticano II, Decreto De Oecumenismo, Unitatis Redintegratio, n. 12: AAS 57 (1965), p. 99-100."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Concilio Vaticano II, Decreto de Oecumenismo, Unitatis Redintegratio, n.12: AAS 57 (1965), p. 100; cfr. também a Constituição dogm. De Eeelesia, Lumen gentium, n.15: AAS 57 (1965), p. 19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Concílio Vaticano II, Constituição dogmática De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. II, IV, V: AAS 57 (1965), p. 12-21; 37-49; cfr. também Decreto De Oecumenismo, Unitatis Redintegratio, n. 4, 6, 7, 12: AAS 57 (1965), p. 94, 96, 97, 99, 100; cfr, também acima, n. 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, alocução à I Conferência internacional de escuteiros, 6 junho 1952: AAS 44 (1952), p. 579-580; João XXIII, Encíclica Mater et Magistra, 15 maio 1961; AAS 53 (1961), p. 456."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Concílio Vaticano II, Constituição dogmática De Ecclesia Lumen gentium, n. 33: AAS 57 (1965), p. 39."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Encíclica Mater et Magistra, 15 maio 1961; AAS 53 (1961), p. 455."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Carta encícl. Sertum laetitiae, 1 nov. 1939: AAS 31 (1939), p. 635-644; cfr. Idem, alocução aos laureados da Acção Católica Italiana, 24 maio 1953."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Discurso ao Congresso da Federação Mundial da JCF., 18 abril 1952: AAS 44 (1952), p. 414-419. Cfr. Idem, Discurso à Associação Cristã de Operários de Itália (A. C. L. L), 1 maio 1955: AAS 47,(1955), p. 403-404."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, alocução aos Delegados do Congresso das Associações de caridade, 27 abril 1952: AAS 44 (1952), p, 470-471,"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Encíclica Mater et Magistra, 15 maio 1961: AAS 53 (1961), p. 454."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "christus-dominus",
      "council": 21,
      "title": "Christus Dominus",
      "type": "Decree",
      "date": "1965-10-28",
      "languages": {
        "de": {
          "code": "de",
          "label": "Deutsch",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_christus-dominus_ge.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-135-vat-ii_decree_19651028_christus-dominus_ge.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DEKRET CHRISTUS DOMINUS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ÜBER DIE HIRTENAUFGABE DER BISCHÖFE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus der Herr, der Sohn des lebendigen Gottes, ist gekommen, sein Volk von den Sünden zu erlösen (1) und alle Menschen zu heiligen. Wie er selbst vom Vater gesandt worden ist, so sandte er seine Apostel (2). Darum heiligte er sie, indem er ihnen den Heiligen Geist gab, damit auch sie auf Erden den Vater verherrlichen und die Menschen retten, \"zum Aufbau des Leibes Christi\" (Eph 4,12), der die Kirche ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In dieser Kirche besitzt der römische Bischof als Nachfolger des Petrus, dem Christus seine Schafe und Lämmer zu weiden anvertraute, aufgrund göttlicher Einsetzung die höchste, volle, unmittelbare und universale Seelsorgsgewalt. Weil er also als Hirte aller Gläubigen gesandt ist, für das Gemeinwohl der ganzen Kirche und für das Wohl der einzelnen Kirchen zu sorgen, hat er den Vorrang der ordentlichen Gewalt über alle Kirchen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aber auch die Bischöfe sind vom Heiligen Geist eingesetzt und treten an die Stelle der Apostel als Hirten der Seelen (3). Gemeinsam mit dem Papst und unter seiner Autorität sind sie gesandt, das Werk Christi, des ewigen Hirten, durch alle Zeiten fortzusetzen (4). Christus hat nämlich den Aposteln und ihren Nachfolgern den Auftrag und die Vollmacht gegeben, alle Völker zu lehren, die Menschen in der Wahrheit zu heiligen und sie zu weiden. Daher sind die Bischöfe durch den Heiligen Geist, der ihnen mitgeteilt worden ist, wahre und authentische Lehrer des Glaubens, Priester und Hirten geworden (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Bischöfe haben Anteil an der Sorge für alle Kirchen; deshalb üben sie das bischöfliche Amt, das sie durch die Bischofsweihe empfangen haben (6), in der Gemeinschaft und unter der Autorität des Papstes im Hinblick auf die ganze Kirche Gottes aus, wenn sie, was die Lehrverkündigung und die Hirtenleitung angeht, alle im Bischofskollegium oder als Körperschaft vereint sind. Sie üben es einzeln für die ihnen zugewiesenen Teile der Herde des Herrn aus, indem jeder für die ihm anvertraute Teilkirche sorgt oder wenn mehrere zusammen bestimmte gemeinsame Anliegen verschiedener Kirchen besorgen. Daher beabsichtigt die Heilige Synode, auch im Hinblick auf die Lage der menschlichen Gesellschaft, die sich in dieser unserer Zeit auf dem Weg zu einer neuen Ordnung befindet (7), die Hirtenaufgabe der Bischöfe näher zu bestimmen. Sie hat darum folgende Anordnungen getroffen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE BISCHÖFE UND DIE GESAMTKIRCHE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Die Rolle der Bischöfe in der Gesamtkirche"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Bischöfe werden kraft der sakramentalen Weihe und durch die hierarchische Gemeinschaft mit dem Haupt und den Gliedern des Kollegiums zu Gliedern der Bischofskörperschaft (1). \"Die Ordnung der Bischöfe aber, die dem Kollegium der Apostel im Lehr- und Hirtenamt nachfolgt, ja, in welcher die Körperschaft der Apostel immerfort weiter besteht, ist gemeinsam mit ihrem Haupt, dem Bischof von Rom, und niemals ohne dieses Haupt gleichfalls Träger der höchsten und vollen Gewalt über die ganze Kirche. Diese Gewalt kann nur unter Zustimmung des Bischofs von Rom ausgeübt werden.\" (2) Diese Gewalt nun \"wird in feierlicher Weise im Ökumenischen Konzil ausgeübt\" (3). Daher beschließt die Heilige Synode, daß allen Bischöfen, die Glieder des Bischofskollegiums sind, das Recht zusteht, am Ökumenischen Konzil teilzunehmen. \"Die gleiche kollegiale Gewalt kann gemeinsam mit dem Papst von den in aller Welt lebenden Bischöfen ausgeübt werden, wofern nur das Haupt des Kollegiums sie zu einer kollegialen Handlung ruft oder wenigstens die gemeinsame Handlung der räumlich getrennten Bischöfe billigt oder frei annimmt, so daß ein eigentlich kollegialer Akt zustande kommt.\" (4)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aus den verschiedenen Gegenden der Erde ausgewählte Bischöfe leisten dem obersten Hirten der Kirche in einem Rat, der die Bezeichnung \"Bischofssynode\" trägt (5), einen wirksameren Beistand in der vom Papst bestimmten oder noch zu bestimmenden Art und Weise. Als Vertretung des gesamten katholischen Episkopates bringt diese Bischofssynode gleichzeitig zum Ausdruck, daß alle Bischöfe in der hierarchischen Gemeinschaft an der Sorge für die ganze Kirche teilhaben (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Als rechtmäßige Nachfolger der Apostel und Glieder des Bischofskollegiums sollen sich die Bischöfe immer einander verbunden wissen und sich für alle Kirchen besorgt zeigen. Durch göttliche Einsetzung und Vorschrift ist ja jeder einzelne gemeinsam mit den übrigen Bischöfen mitverantwortlich für die apostolische Aufgabe der Kirche (7), Vor allem seien sie besorgt um jene Gegenden der Erde, in denen das Wort Gottes noch nicht verkündet ist oder in denen die Gläubigen, besonders wegen der geringen Anzahl der Priester, in der Gefahr schweben, den Geboten des christlichen Lebens untreu zu werden, ja den Glauben selbst zu verlieren."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit allen Kräften seien sie deshalb bemüht, daß die Gläubigen die Werke der Verkündigung und des Apostolats freudig unterstützen und fördern. Weiter sollen sie mit Eifer dafür sorgen, daß geeignete Diener des Heiligtums sowie Helfer aus dem Ordens- und Laienstand für die Missionen und die priesterarmen Gegenden ausgebildet werden. Auch sollen sie, soweit möglich, dafür sorgen, daß einige ihrer Priester in die erwähnten Missionsgebiete oder Diözesen gehen, um dort den heiligen Dienst für immer oder wenigstens für eine bestimmte Zeit auszuüben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ferner sollen sich die Bischöfe vor Augen halten, daß sie beim Gebrauch des kirchlichen Vermögens nicht nur die eigene Diözese berücksichtigen dürfen, sondern auch der anderen Teilkirchen zu gedenken haben, die ja Teile der einen Kirche Christi sind. Schließlich mögen sie ihre Aufmerksamkeit darauf richten, die Notlage, unter der andere Diözesen oder Gegenden leiden, nach Kräften zu lindern."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vor allem sollen sie jenen Bischöfen, die um des Namens Christi willen von Not und Verleumdung bedrängt, in Gefängnissen festgehalten oder an der Ausübung ihres Amtes gehindert werden, in brüderlicher Gesinnung zugetan sein und ihnen ihre echte, tatkräftige Sorge widmen, damit deren Leiden durch das Gebet und die Unterstützung der Mitbrüder gelindert und erleichtert werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Die Bischöfe und der Apostolische Stuhl"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Als Nachfolgern der Apostel steht den Bischöfen in den ihnen anvertrauten Diözesen von selbst jede ordentliche, eigenständige und unmittelbare Gewalt zu, die zur Ausübung ihres Hirtenamtes erforderlich ist. Die Gewalt, die der Papst kraft seines Amtes hat, sich selbst oder einer anderen Obrigkeit Fälle vorzubehalten, bleibt dabei immer und in allem unangetastet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Den einzelnen Diözesanbischöfen wird die Vollmacht erteilt, die Gläubigen, über die sie nach Maßgabe des Rechtes ihre Gewalt ausüben, in einem besonderen Fall von einem allgemeinen Kirchengesetz zu dispensieren, sooft sie es für deren geistliches Wohl für nützlich erachten, wenn nicht von der höchsten Autorität der Kirche ein besonderer Vorbehalt gemacht wurde."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei der Ausübung der höchsten, vollen und unmittelbaren Gewalt über die Gesamtkirche bedient sich der Papst der Behörden der römischen Kurie. Diese versehen folglich ihr Amt in seinem Namen und mit seiner Vollmacht zum Wohle der Kirchen und als Dienst, den sie den geweihten Hirten leisten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Väter des Heiligen Konzils wünschen jedoch, daß diese Behörden, die zwar dem Papst und den Hirten der Kirche eine vorzügliche Hilfe geleistet haben, eine neue Ordnung erhalten, die den Erfordernissen der Zeit, der Gegenden und der Riten stärker angepaßt ist, besonders was ihre Zahl, Bezeichnung, Zuständigkeit, Verfahrensweise und die Koordinierung ihrer Arbeit angeht (8). Desgleichen wünschen sie, daß unter Berücksichtigung des den Bischöfen eigenen Hirtenamtes das Amt der päpstlichen Legaten genauer abgegrenzt werde."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Behörden sind zum Wohle der ganzen Kirche geschaffen. Daher wird weiter gewünscht, daß ihre Mitglieder, Beamten und Berater sowie die päpstlichen Legaten, soweit es geschehen kann, mehr aus den verschiedenen Gebieten der Kirche genommen werden, so daß die zentralen Behörden oder Organe der katholischen Kirche eine wahrhaft weltweite Prägung aufweisen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ferner ist zu wünschen, daß auch einige Bischöfe, vor allem Diözesanbischöfe, unter die Mitglieder der Behörden aufgenommen werden, damit sie die Ansichten, Wünsche und Anliegen aller Kirchen dem Papst ausführlicher unterbreiten können. Schließlich halten es die Konzilsväter für sehr nützlich, wenn diese Behörden Laien, die sich durch Tugend, Wissen und Erfahrung auszeichnen, mehr zu Rate ziehen. So erhalten auch diese in den Angelegenheiten der Kirche den ihnen gebührenden Anteil."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE BISCHÖFE UND DIE TEILKIRCHEN ODER DIÖZESEN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Die Diözesanbischöfe"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Diözese ist der Teil des Gottesvolkes, der dem Bischof in Zusammenarbeit mit dem Presbyterium zu weiden anvertraut wird. Indem sie ihrem Hirten anhängt und von ihm durch das Evangelium und die Eucharistie im Heiligen Geist zusammengeführt wird, bildet sie eine Teilkirche, in der die eine, heilige, katholische und apostolische Kirche wahrhaft wirkt und gegenwärtig ist. Die einzelnen Bischöfe, denen die Sorge für eine Teilkirche anvertraut ist, weiden unter der Autorität des Papstes als deren eigentliche, ordentliche und unmittelbare Hirten ihre Schafe im Namen des Herrn, indem sie ihre Aufgabe zu lehren, zu heiligen und zu leiten an ihnen ausüben. Sie selbst sollen jedoch die Rechte anerkennen, die den Patriarchen oder anderen hierarchischen Autoritäten rechtmäßig zustehen (1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ihrer apostolischen Aufgabe sollen sich die Bischöfe zuwenden als Zeugen Christi vor allen Menschen. Sie sollen sich nicht bloß um die kümmern, die schon dem obersten Hirten nachfolgen, sondern sich mit ganzem Herzen auch jenen widmen, die irgendwie vom Weg der Wahrheit abgewichen sind oder die Frohbotschaft Christi und sein heilbringendes Erbarmen nicht kennen, bis schließlich alle \"in lauter Güte und Gerechtigkeit und Wahrheit\" (Eph 5,9) wandeln."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei der Erfüllung ihrer Aufgabe zu lehren, sollen sie den Menschen die Frohbotschaft Christi verkünden; das hat den Vorrang unter den hauptsächlichen Aufgaben der Bischöfe (2). In der Kraft des Geistes sollen sie die Menschen zum Glauben rufen oder im lebendigen Glauben stärken. Das Geheimnis Christi sollen sie ihnen unverkürzt vorlegen, jene Wahrheiten nämlich, deren Unkenntnis gleichbedeutend ist mit der Unkenntnis Christi, desgleichen den Weg, den Gott geoffenbart hat, die Verherrlichung Gottes und damit zugleich die ewige Seligkeit zu erreichen (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ferner sollen sie aufzeigen, daß selbst die irdischen Dinge und die menschlichen Einrichtungen nach dem Plan des Schöpfergottes auf das Heil der Menschen hingeordnet sind und somit zum Aufbau des Leibes Christi nicht wenig beitragen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sie mögen also aufzeigen, wie sehr nach der Lehre der Kirche die menschliche Person zu achten ist, mit ihrer Freiheit und auch mit ihrem leiblichen Leben; ebenso die Familie, ihre Einheit und Festigkeit sowie die Zeugung und Erziehung der Nachkommenschaft; die weltliche Gesellschaft mit ihren Gesetzen und Berufsständen; die Arbeit und die Freizeit; die Künste und die technischen Erfindungen; die Armut und der Reichtum. Schließlich sollen sie die Grundsätze darlegen, nach denen die überaus schwierigen Fragen über Besitz, Vermehrung und rechte Verteilung der materiellen Güter, über Krieg und Frieden sowie über das brüderliche Zusammenleben aller Völker zu lösen sind (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die christliche Lehre sollen sie auf eine Weise vortragen, die den Erfordernissen der Zeit angepaßt ist, das heißt, die den Schwierigkeiten und Fragen, von denen die Menschen so sehr bedrängt und geängstigt werden, entspricht. Diese Lehre sollen sie auch schützen, indem sie die Gläubigen lehren, sie zu verteidigen und auszubreiten. Bei ihrer Verkündigung sollen sie die mütterliche Sorge der Kirche um alle Menschen, seien sie gläubig oder ungläubig, unter Beweis stellen und sich mit besonderer Sorge der Armen und Schwachen annehmen; ihnen die Frohbotschaft zu verkünden, hat der Herr sie gesandt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da es der Kirche aufgegeben ist, mit der menschlichen Gesellschaft, in der sie lebt, in ein Gespräch zu kommen (5), ist es in erster Linie Pflicht der Bischöfe, zu den Menschen zu gehen und das Gespräch mit ihnen zu suchen und zu fördern. Damit immer Wahrheit mit Liebe, Einsicht mit Güte gepaart sind, muß sich dieser Heilsdialog sowohl durch Klarheit der Rede als auch zugleich durch Demut und Sanftmut auszeichnen, ferner durch gebührende Klugheit, die jedoch mit Vertrauen verbunden sein muß, das ja die Freundschaft fördert und somit darauf hinwirkt, die Geister zu einen (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei der Verkündigung der christlichen Lehre seien sie bemüht, die verschiedenen Mittel anzuwenden, die in der heutigen Zeit zur Verfügung stehen, und zwar zunächst die Predigt und die katechetische Unterweisung, die ja immer den ersten Platz einnehmen, aber auch die Darlegung der Lehre in Schulen, Akademien, Konferenzen und Versammlungen jedweder Art sowie deren Verbreitung durch öffentliche Erklärungen bei bestimmten Anlässen, durch die Presse und die verschiedenen sozialen Kommunikationsmittel, die man zur Verkündigung des Evangeliums Christi unbedingt benützen muß (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die katechetische Unterweisung trachtet danach, daß in den Menschen der Glaube, durch die Lehre erleuchtet, lebendig wird, sich entfaltet und zu Taten führt. Die Bischöfe sollen darüber wachen, daß dieser Unterricht sowohl den Kindern und Heranwachsenden als auch den Jugendlichen und ebenso den Erwachsenen mit Eifer und Sorgfalt erteilt wird; daß bei dieser Unterweisung eine geeignete Ordnung und eine Methode eingehalten werden, die nicht nur dem zu behandelnden Stoff, sondern auch der Eigenart, den Fähigkeiten, dem Alter und den Lebensbedingungen der Zuhörer entsprechen; daß diese Unterweisung auf der Heiligen Schrift, der Überlieferung, der Liturgie, dem Lehramt und dem Leben der Kirche aufbaut. Ferner mögen sie dafür sorgen, daß die Katecheten für ihre Aufgabe gebührend vorbereitet werden, indem sie die Lehre der Kirche gründlich kennenlernen und auch die psychologischen Gesetze und pädagogischen Fächer theoretisch und praktisch erlernen. Sie seien auch bemüht, daß der Unterricht für erwachsene Katechumenen wieder eingeführt oder besser angepaßt wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei der Erfüllung ihrer Aufgabe zu heiligen sollen die Bischöfe bedenken, daß sie aus den Menschen genommen und für die Menschen bestellt sind in ihren Angelegenheiten bei Gott, um Gaben und Opfer für die Sünden darzubringen. Die Bischöfe erfreuen sich nämlich der Fülle des Weihesakramentes. Von ihnen hängen bei der Ausübung ihrer Gewalt sowohl die Priester ab, die ja, um sorgsame Mitarbeiter des Bischofsstandes zu sein, selbst zu wahren Priestern des Neuen Bundes geweiht sind, als auch die Diakone, die, zum Dienst geweiht, dem Gottesvolk in der Gemeinschaft mit dem Bischof und seinem Presbyterium dienen. Die Bischöfe selbst sind also die hauptsächlichen Ausspender der Geheimnisse Gottes, wie sie auch die Leitung, Förderung und Aufsicht des gesamten liturgischen Lebens in der ihnen anvertrauten Kirche innehaben (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unablässig sollen sie sich daher bemühen, daß die Gläubigen durch die Eucharistie das österliche Geheimnis tiefer erkennen und leben, so daß sie einen festgefügten Leib in der Einheit der Liebe Christi bilden (9). \"Dem Gebet und dem Dienst am Wort sollen sie obliegen\" (Apg 6,4) und sich darum bemühen, daß alle, die ihrer Sorge anvertraut sind, in einmütigem Gebet verharren (10), durch den Empfang der Sakramente in der Gnade wachsen und dem Herrn treue Zeugen sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Als Führer zur Vollkommenheit seien die Bischöfe darauf bedacht, die Heiligkeit der Kleriker, Ordensleute und Laien nach der Berufung eines jeden zu fördern (11). Dabei seien sie sich freilich bewußt, daß sie gehalten sind, das Beispiel der Heiligkeit in Liebe, Demut und Einfachheit des Lebens zu geben. Die ihnen anvertrauten Kirchen sollen sie so heiligen, daß in ihnen der Sinn für die ganze Kirche Christi voll aufleuchtet. Deswegen sollen sie die Priester- und Ordensberufe soviel wie möglich fördern und dabei den Missionsberufen besondere Sorgfalt widmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei der Erfüllung ihrer Vater- und Hirtenaufgabe seien die Bischöfe in der Mitte der Ihrigen wie Diener (12), gute Hirten, die ihre Schafe kennen und deren Schafe auch sie kennen, wahre Väter, die sich durch den Geist der Liebe und der Sorge für alle auszeichnen und deren von Gott verliehener Autorität sich alle bereitwillig unterwerfen. Die ganze Familie ihrer Herde sollen sie so zusammenführen und heranbilden, daß alle, ihrer Pflichten eingedenk, in der Gemeinschaft der Liebe leben und handeln."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um dies wirksam tun zu können, müssen die Bischöfe \"zu jedem guten Werk bereit\" (2 Tim 2,21) sein, \"alles um der Auserwählten willen ertragen\" (2 Tim 2,10) und ihr Leben so ordnen, daß es den Anforderungen der Zeit entspricht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit besonderer Liebe seien sie jederzeit den Priestern zugetan, die ja für ihren Teil die Aufgaben und Sorgen der Bischöfe übernehmen und in täglicher Mühewaltung so eifrig verwirklichen. Sie sollen sie als Söhne und Freunde betrachten (13). Deshalb sollen sie sie bereitwillig anhören und sich durch ein vertrauensvolles Verhältnis zu ihnen um den Fortschritt der gesamten Seelsorgsarbeit in der ganzen Diözese bemühen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sie sollen sich um deren geistliche, intellektuelle und wirtschaftliche Lage kümmern, damit sie heilig und fromm leben und ihren Dienst treu und fruchtbar verrichten können. Sie sollen daher Einrichtungen fördern und besondere Kurse veranstalten, in denen die Priester gelegentlich zusammenkommen, sowohl um an längeren geistlichen Übungen zur Erneuerung des Lebens teilzunehmen, als auch um tiefere Kenntnisse der kirchlichen Wissenschaften, besonders der Heiligen Schrift und der Theologie, der wichtigeren sozialen Fragen und der neuen Methoden der Seelsorgsarbeit zu erwerben. Mit tatkräftigem Erbarmen sollen sie jenen Priestern nachgehen, die irgendwie in Gefahr schweben oder sich in bestimmten Punkten verfehlt haben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit sie für das Wohl der Gläubigen, deren jeweiliger Lage entsprechend, besser sorgen können, seien sie bemüht, deren Bedürfnisse in Anbetracht der sozialen Verhältnisse, in denen sie leben, gebührend kennenzulernen. Dazu mögen sie geeignete Mittel, besonders das der soziologischen Untersuchung, anwenden. Um alle sollen sie sich besorgt zeigen, gleich welchen Alters, welchen Standes, welcher Nationalität sie sind, um die Einheimischen sowohl als auch um die Zugezogenen und die Fremden. Bei der Wahrnehmung dieser Hirtensorge mögen sie ihren Gläubigen in den Angelegenheiten der Kirche den ihnen gebührenden Anteil belassen und deren Pflicht und Recht anerkennen, aktiv am Aufbau des mystischen Leibes Christi mitzuwirken."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die getrennten Brüder sollen sie lieben und auch ihren Gläubigen empfehlen, jenen mit großer Freundlichkeit und Liebe zu begegnen, und auch den Ökumenismus, wie er von der Kirche verstanden wird, fördern (14). Auch die Nichtgetauften sollen ihnen am Herzen liegen, damit auch ihnen die Liebe Jesu Christi aufleuchte, dessen Zeugen die Bischöfe vor allen Menschen sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die verschiedenen Formen des Apostolates sollen gefördert werden wie auch, unter der Leitung des Bischofs, die Abstimmung aller Apostolatswerke aufeinander und ihre innige Verbindung in der ganzen Diözese oder in ihren besonderen Gebietsteilen. Dadurch werden alle Unternehmungen und Einrichtungen, ob sie nun die Katechese, die Missionen, die Caritas, die sozialen Fragen, die Familien, die Schulen oder irgendein anderes pastorales Ziel betreffen, zu einer einheitlichen Aktion zusammengefaßt. So tritt die Einheit der Diözese zugleich auch klarer in Erscheinung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit Nachdruck werde die Pflicht der Gläubigen hervorgehoben, je nach ihrem Stand und ihrer Fähigkeit das Apostolat auszuüben. Es werde ihnen empfohlen, an den verschiedenen Werken des Laienapostolates, besonders an der Katholischen Aktion, teilzunehmen und sie zu unterstützen. Es sollen auch Vereinigungen gefördert und gepflegt werden, die das übernatürliche Ziel unmittelbar oder mittelbar anstreben, indem sie sich zum Ziele gesetzt haben, ein vollkommeneres Leben zu führen, die Frohbotschaft Christi allen Menschen zu verkünden, die christliche Lehre oder die Ausbreitung des öffentlichen Kultes zu fördern, soziale Zielsetzungen zu verwirklichen oder Werke der Frömmigkeit und der Caritas zu üben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Formen des Apostolates sollen den heutigen Erfordernissen gebührend angepaßt werden. Man muß dabei nicht nur die geistlichen und moralischen, sondern auch die sozialen, demographischen und wirtschaftlichen Verhältnisse der Menschen berücksichtigen. Soziologische und religiöse Untersuchungen durch pastoralsoziologische Institute tragen sehr viel dazu bei, dieses Ziel wirksam und fruchtbar zu erreichen. Sie werden eindringlich empfohlen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eine besondere Sorge werde den Gläubigen gewidmet, die wegen ihrer Lebensbedingungen die allgemeine ordentliche Hirtensorge der Pfarrer nicht genügend in Anspruch nehmen können oder sie vollständig entbehren. Dazu gehören zahlreiche Auswanderer, Vertriebene und Flüchtlinge, Seeleute und Luftfahrer, Nomaden und ähnliche Gruppen. Geeignete Seelsorgsmethoden sollen entwickelt werden, um das geistliche Leben jener zu betreuen, die zur Erholung zeitweilig andere Gegenden aufsuchen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Bischofskonferenzen, besonders innerhalb eines Landes, sollen die dringlicheren Fragen, die jene Gruppen betreffen, gründlich untersuchen und mit geeigneten Mitteln und Einrichtungen einmütig alle Kraft aufbieten, um deren geistliche Betreuung zu fördern. Sie sollen dabei besonders die vom Apostolischen Stuhl erlassenen (15) oder noch zu erlassenden Normen beachten und sie an die Gegebenheiten der Zeit, des Ortes und der Personen entsprechend anpassen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei der Ausübung ihres apostolischen Amtes, das auf das Heil der Seelen ausgerichtet ist, erfreuen sich die Bischöfe der damit gegebenen vollen und uneingeschränkten Freiheit und Unabhängigkeit von jeglicher weltlicher Macht. Deshalb ist es nicht erlaubt, die Ausübung ihres kirchlichen Amtes direkt oder indirekt zu behindern oder ihnen zu verbieten, mit dem Apostolischen Stuhl und anderen kirchlichen Obrigkeiten wie auch mit ihren Untergebenen frei zu verkehren."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indem sich die geweihten Hirten die geistliche Betreuung ihrer Herde angelegen sein lassen, sorgen sie in der Tat auch für das staatsbürgerliche Wohl und den sozialen Fortschritt. Zu diesem Zweck leihen sie im Rahmen ihres Amtes und wie es Bischöfen geziemt den staatlichen Obrigkeiten ihre tatkräftige Unterstützung und leiten zum Gehorsam gegenüber den gerechten Gesetzen und zur Ehrfurcht gegenüber den rechtmäßig bestellten Gewalten an."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das apostolische Amt der Bischöfe ist von Christus dem Herrn eingesetzt und verfolgt ein geistliches und übernatürliches Ziel. Daher erklärt die Heilige Ökumenische Synode, daß es wesentliches, eigenständiges und an sich ausschließliches Recht der zuständigen kirchlichen Obrigkeiten ist, Bischöfe zu ernennen und einzusetzen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um daher die Freiheit der Kirche in rechter Weise zu schützen und das Wohl der Gläubigen besser und ungehinderter zu fördern, äußert das Heilige Konzil den Wunsch, daß in Zukunft staatlichen Obrigkeiten keine Rechte oder Privilegien mehr eingeräumt werden, Bischöfe zu wählen, zu ernennen, vorzuschlagen oder zu benennen. Die staatlichen Obrigkeiten aber, deren Wohlwollen gegenüber der Kirche die Heilige Synode dankbar anerkennt und hochschätzt, werden freundlichst gebeten, sie mögen auf die genannten Rechte oder Privilegien, die sie gegenwärtig durch Vertrag oder Gewohnheit genießen, nach Rücksprache mit dem Apostolischen Stuhl freiwillig verzichten."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Hirtenaufgabe der Bischöfe ist von großer Bedeutung und Wichtigkeit. Wenn daher Diözesanbischöfe oder die ihnen rechtlich gleichgestellten Prälaten wegen zunehmenden Alters oder aus einem anderen schwerwiegenden Grund nicht mehr recht in der Lage sind, ihr Amt zu versehen, werden sie inständig gebeten, von sich aus freiwillig oder auf Einladung der zuständigen Obrigkeit den Verzicht auf ihr Amt anzubieten. Wenn aber die zuständige Obrigkeit den Verzicht annimmt, wird sie auch für den standesgemäßen Unterhalt der aus dem Amte Scheidenden und für die besonderen Rechte, die ihnen zugebilligt werden sollen, Vorkehrungen treffen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Die Abgrenzung der Diözesen"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn die Diözese ihr eigentliches Ziel erreichen soll, muß im Gottesvolk, das zur Diözese gehört, das Wesen der Kirche deutlich sichtbar werden; ferner müssen die Bischöfe ihre Hirtenaufgaben in ihnen wirksam erfüllen können; und schließlich muß dem Heil des Gottesvolkes so vollkommen wie nur möglich gedient werden können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das erfordert aber sowohl eine entsprechende Abgrenzung der Diözesangebiete als auch eine vernünftige und auf die Bedürfnisse der Seelsorge abgestimmte Verteilung des Klerus und der finanziellen Mittel. Das alles gereicht nicht nur den Klerikern und den Gläubigen, die unmittelbar davon betroffen sind, sondern auch der ganzen katholischen Kirche zum Nutzen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Was nun die Abgrenzung der Diözesen angeht, so bestimmt die Heilige Synode, soweit das Heil der Seelen es verlangt, möglichst bald mit Umsicht eine entsprechende Überprüfung vorzunehmen. Dabei sollen Diözesen geteilt, abgetrennt oder zusammengelegt, ihre Grenzen geändert oder ein günstigerer Ort für die Bischofssitze bestimmt werden; schließlich sollen sie, besonders wenn es sich um Diözesen handelt, die aus größeren Städten bestehen, eine neue innere Organisation erhalten."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei der Überprüfung der Diözesanabgrenzungen soll vor allem die organische Einheit einer jeden Diözese hinsichtlich des Personals, der Ämter und der Einrichtungen sichergestellt werden, damit ein lebensfähiger Organismus entsteht. In den einzelnen Fällen wäge man alle Umstände genau ab und halte sich dabei folgende allgemeine Richtlinien vor Augen:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Bei der Abgrenzung des Diözesangebietes nehme man, soweit möglich, auf die verschiedenartige Zusammensetzung des Gottesvolkes Rücksicht, die viel dazu beitragen kann, die Seelsorge besser auszuüben. Gleichzeitig trage man dafür Sorge, daß demographische Zusammenfassungen der Bevölkerung mit den staatlichen Behörden und sozialen Einrichtungen, die ihre organische Struktur ausmachen, möglichst in ihrer Einheit gewahrt bleiben. Daher soll jede Diözese aus einem zusammenhängenden Gebiet bestehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gegebenenfalls achte man auch auf die Grenzen der staatlichen Bezirke und auf die besonderen Eigenheiten der Menschen und der Gegenden, z. B. psychologischer, wirtschaftlicher, geographischer oder geschichtlicher Art."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Die Größe des Diözesangebietes und die Zahl seiner Bewohner seien im allgemeinen derart, daß einerseits der Bischof selbst, wenn auch von anderen unterstützt, imstande ist, die bischöflichen Amtshandlungen und die Pastoralvisitationen gebührend vorzunehmen, die gesamte Seelsorgstätigkeit der Diözese in gehöriger Weise zu leiten und zu koordinieren, vor allem aber seine Priester kennenzulernen und auch die Ordensleute und Laien, die in der Diözesanarbeit tätig sind. Andererseits aber soll ein hinreichendes und geeignetes Arbeitsfeld zur Verfügung stehen, in dem sowohl der Bischof wie auch die Kleriker alle ihre Kräfte nutzbringend für den kirchlichen Dienst einsetzen können; dabei darf man die Erfordernisse der Gesamtkirche nicht übersehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Damit schließlich der Dienst am Heil in der Diözese besser ausgeübt werden kann, gelte als Regel, daß jeder Diözese nach Zahl und Eignung wenigstens genügend Kleriker zur Verfügung stehen, um das Gottesvolk recht zu betreuen. Die Ämter, Einrichtungen und Werke, die für die Teilkirche wesentlich und erfahrungsgemäß für ihre gehörige Leitung und die Seelsorgsarbeit notwendig sind, sollen nicht fehlen. Schließlich sollen die Mittel zum Unterhalt des Personals und der Einrichtungen entweder schon vorhanden sein oder wenigstens nach kluger Voraussicht doch späterhin nicht fehlen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zum gleichen Zweck sorge der Diözesanbischof da, wo Gläubige eines anderen Ritus wohnen, für deren geistliche Betreuung. Das kann er tun durch Priester oder Pfarreien dieses Ritus oder durch einen bischöflichen Vikar, der mit geeigneten Vollmachten ausgestattet ist und gegebenenfalls auch die Bischofsweihe empfangen hat. Er kann aber auch selbst das Amt des Oberhirten für die verschiedenen Riten ausüben. Wenn dies alles aus besonderen Gründen nach dem Urteil des Apostolischen Stuhles nicht möglich ist, werde für die verschiedenen Riten eine eigene Hierarchie errichtet (16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter ähnlichen Voraussetzungen werde ebenso für die Gläubigen einer anderen Muttersprache gesorgt, sei es durch Priester oder Pfarreien dieser Sprache, sei es durch einen bischöflichen Vikar, der diese Sprache beherrscht und gegebenenfalls auch mit der Bischofsweihe ausgestattet ist, sei es schließlich auf eine andere sachdienliche Weise."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei der Umgestaltung oder Neuerrichtung von Diözesen nach Maßgabe der Nr. 22 und 23 empfiehlt es sich, daß die zuständigen Bischofskonferenzen diese Angelegenheit für ihr jeweiliges Gebiet einer Prüfung unterziehen. Wenn es der Sache dient, mögen sie auch eine besondere Bischofskommission einsetzen und, nach Anhörung vor allem der Bischöfe der betroffenen Provinzen oder Regionen, ihre Vorschläge und Wünsche dem Apostolischen Stuhl unterbreiten. Die Rechtsordnung der Ostkirchen bleibt davon unberührt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Die Mitarbeit des Diözesanbischofs im Hirtendienst"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Die Koadjutoren und Weihbischöfe"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei der Leitung der Diözesen werde für den Hirtendienst der Bischöfe in einer Weise Vorsorge getroffen, daß das Wohl der Herde des Herrn immer oberster Grundsatz ist. Um dieses Wohl zu gewährleisten, werden nicht selten Weihbischöfe aufgestellt werden müssen, weil der Diözesanbischof wegen der zu großen Ausdehnung der Diözese oder der zu großen Zahl der Bewohner, wegen besonderer Seelsorgsbedingungen oder aus verschiedenartigen anderen Gründen nicht selbst allen bischöflichen Obliegenheiten nachkommen kann, wie es das Heil der Seelen erfordert. Ja zuweilen machen besondere Verhältnisse es erforderlich, daß zur Unterstützung des Diözesanbischofs ein Koadjutor bestellt werde. Diese Koadjutoren und Weihbischöfe sollen mit entsprechenden Vollmachten ausgestattet werden, so daß zwar die Einheit der Diözesanleitung und die Autorität des Diözesanbischofs immer gewahrt bleiben, aber ihre Tätigkeit wirksamer und die den Bischöfen eigene Würde sichergestellt werde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Weil also die Koadjutoren und Weihbischöfe zur Teilnahme an der Seelsorge des Diözesanbischofs berufen sind, sollen sie ihren Dienst so verrichten, daß sie in allen Angelegenheiten in voller Übereinstimmung mit diesem vorgehen. Außerdem sollen sie dem Diözesanbischof immer Gehorsam und Ehrfurcht erweisen, der seinerseits die Koadjutoren und Weihbischöfe brüderlich lieben und ihnen mit Hochachtung begegnen soll."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn das Heil der Seelen es erfordert, soll sich der Diözesanbischof nicht sträuben, von der zuständigen Obrigkeit einen oder mehrere Weihbischöfe zu erbitten. Sie werden ohne Recht der Nachfolge für die Diözese bestellt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn im Ernennungsschreiben nichts vorgesehen ist, bestelle der Diözesanbischof einen Weihbischof oder seine Weihbischöfe zu Generalvikaren oder wenigstens zu bischöflichen Vikaren, die nur von seiner Autorität abhängen. Bei der Beratung wichtiger Fragen, besonders pastoraler Art, möge er sie hinzuziehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wurde von der zuständigen Autorität nichts anderes bestimmt, erlöschen die Gewalten und Vollmachten, die die Weihbischöfe von Rechts wegen besitzen, nicht mit dem Amt des Diözesanbischofs. Es ist auch zu wünschen, daß bei der Sedisvakanz das Amt, die Diözese zu leiten, dem Weihbischof, oder, wo mehrere Weihbischöfe sind, einem von ihnen übertragen wird, sofern nicht schwerwiegende Gründe etwas anderes nahelegen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Koadjutor wird mit dem Recht der Nachfolge ernannt; er werde vom Diözesanbischof immer zum Generalvikar bestellt. In besonderen Fällen können ihm von der zuständigen Obrigkeit aber auch größere Vollmachten eingeräumt werden. Um das gegenwärtige und das zukünftige Wohl der Diözese möglichst stark zu fördern, sollen es der Diözesanbischof und sein Koadjutor nicht unterlassen, die wichtigeren Angelegenheiten miteinander zu beraten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Diözesankurie und Diözesanräte"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In der Diözesankurie ragt das Amt des Generalvikars hervor. Sooft aber die rechte Leitung der Diözese es erfordert, können vom Bischof ein oder mehrere bischöfliche Vikare bestellt werden. Sie besitzen von Rechts wegen in einem bestimmten Teil der Diözese oder in einem bestimmten Geschäftsbereich oder für die Gläubigen eines bestimmten Ritus jene Gewalt, die das allgemeine Recht dem Generalvikar zuerkennt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zu den Mitarbeitern des Bischofs in der Leitung der Diözese zählen auch jene Priester, die seinen Senat oder Rat bilden, wie z. B. das Domkapitel, der Kreis der Diözesankonsultoren und andere Beiräte, je nach den Verhältnissen und Gegebenheiten der verschiedenen Gegenden. Diese Einrichtungen, besonders die Domkapitel, sollen, soweit es nötig ist, eine den heutigen Erfordernissen angepaßte neue Ordnung erhalten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Priester und Laien, die zur Diözesankurie gehören, sollen wissen, daß sie dem Hirtenamt des Bischofs Hilfe und Unterstützung leisten. Die Diözesankurie soll so geordnet werden, daß sie für den Bischof ein geeignetes Mittel wird nicht nur für die Verwaltung der Diözese, sondern auch für die Ausübung des Apostolats."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist sehr zu wünschen, daß in jeder Diözese ein besonderer Seelsorgsrat eingesetzt wird, dem der Diözesanbischof selbst vorsteht und dem besonders ausgewählte Kleriker, Ordensleute und Laien angehören. Aufgabe dieses Rates wird es sein, alles, was die Seelsorgsarbeit betrifft, zu untersuchen, zu beraten und daraus praktische Folgerungen abzuleiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Der Diözesanklerus"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es haben zwar alle Priester, die Diözesan- wie die Ordensgeistlichen, mit dem Bischof an dem einen Priestertum Christi und dessen Ausübung Anteil und werden so zu umsichtigen Mitarbeitern des Bischofsstandes bestellt. In der Ausübung der Seelsorge jedoch nehmen die Diözesanpriester den ersten Platz ein. Sie sind ja einer Teilkirche inkardiniert oder zugewiesen und sollen sich ihrem Dienst ganz widmen, um einen Teil der Herde des Herrn zu weiden. Daher bilden sie ein einziges Presbyterium und eine einzige Familie, deren Vater der Bischof ist. Damit dieser die heiligen Dienste unter seinen Priestern besser und gerechter verteilen kann, muß er bei der Verteilung der Ämter und Benefizien die notwendige Freiheit besitzen; Rechte und Privilegien, die diese Freiheit irgendwie beschränken, werden daher abgeschafft."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Beziehungen zwischen dem Bischof und den Diözesanpriestern müssen vor allem auf den Banden der übernatürlichen Liebe aufbauen, und zwar so, daß die Einheit des Willens der Priester mit dem Willen des Bischofs ihre Seelsorgsarbeit fruchtbarer werden läßt. Um den Dienst an den Seelen mehr und mehr zu fördern, möge daher der Bischof die Priester, auch gemeinsam, zu Gesprächen, besonders über Seelsorgsfragen, einladen, nicht nur gelegentlich, sondern wenn möglich auch zu fest bestimmten Zeiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Außerdem sollen alle Diözesanpriester untereinander verbunden sein und so von der Sorge um das geistliche Wohl der ganzen Diözese gedrängt werden. Ferner sollen sie bedenken, daß das Vermögen, das sie sich anläßlich des kirchlichen Dienstes erwerben, mit ihrer heiligen Aufgabe zusammenhängt; sie sollen deshalb nach der Anordnung des Bischofs auch die materiellen Werke der Diözese nach Kräften freigiebig unterstützen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Engere Mitarbeiter des Bischofs sind auch jene Priester, denen er eine Seelsorgsaufgabe oder Apostolatswerke überpfarrlicher Art anvertraut, sei es für ein bestimmtes Gebiet der Diözese, sei es für besondere Gruppen der Gläubigen oder für einen eigenen Tätigkeitsbereich. Vortreffliche Hilfe und Unterstützung leisten auch jene Priester, denen der Bischof bestimmte Apostolatsaufgaben entweder in Schulen oder in anderen Einrichtungen oder Vereinen überträgt. Auch die Priester, die überdiözesanen Arbeiten obliegen, üben hervorragende Apostolatswerke aus und werden der besonderen Obhut vor allem desjenigen Bischofs empfohlen, in dessen Diözese sie sich aufhalten."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In vorzüglicher Weise sind aber die Pfarrer Mitarbeiter des Bischofs. Ihnen wird als eigentlichen Hirten die Seelsorge in einem bestimmten Teil der Diözese unter der Autorität des Bischofs anvertraut."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) In dieser Seelsorgsarbeit aber sollen die Pfarrer mit ihren Gehilfen den Dienst des Lehrens, der Heiligung und der Leitung so ausüben, daß die Gläubigen und die Pfarrgemeinden sich wirklich als Glieder sowohl der Diözese wie auch der ganzen Kirche fühlen. Deshalb sollen sie mit den anderen Pfarrern und mit den Priestern, die eine Hirtenaufgabe in ihrem Gebiet erfüllen (wie z. B. die Dekane) oder denen Arbeiten überpfarrlicher Art zugeteilt sind, zusammenarbeiten, damit die Seelsorgsarbeit in der Diözese nicht der Einheit entbehrt und wirksamer wird. Zudem sei die Seelsorge immer von missionarischem Geist beseelt, so daß sie sich in gehöriger Weise auf alle, die in der Pfarrei wohnen, erstreckt. Wenn aber die Pfarrer gewisse Personenkreise nicht erreichen können, sollen sie andere, auch Laien, zu Hilfe rufen, damit sie ihnen im Bereich des Apostolats Beistand leisten. Um aber diese Seelsorge wirksamer werden zu lassen, wird das gemeinschaftliche Leben der Priester, besonders wenn sie der gleichen Pfarrei zugeteilt sind, sehr empfohlen. Es kommt der apostolischen Tätigkeit zugute und bietet den Gläubigen ein Beispiel der Liebe und der Einheit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Ihr Auftrag zur Lehre fordert von den Pfarrern, daß sie allen Gläubigen das Wort Gottes verkündigen, damit diese, in Glaube, Hoffnung und Liebe verwurzelt, in Christus wachsen und die christliche Gemeinde jenes Zeugnis der Liebe gebe, das der Herr anempfohlen hat17. Auch obliegt es den Pfarrern, durch die katechetische Unterweisung die Gläubigen zur vollen, dem jeweiligen Alter angepaßten Kenntnis des Heilsgeheimnisses zu führen. Für diesen Unterricht aber sollen sie nicht nur die Hilfe der Ordensleute erbitten, sondern ebenso die Mitarbeit der Laien, indem sie auch die Bruderschaft von der christlichen Lehre errichten. Beim Vollzug des Werkes der Heiligung sollen die Pfarrer dafür sorgen, daß die Feier des eucharistischen Opfers Mitte und Höhepunkt des ganzen Lebens der christlichen Gemeinde ist. Ferner sollen sie darauf hinwirken, daß die Gläubigen durch den andächtigen und häufigen Empfang der Sakramente und durch die bewußte und tätige Teilnahme an der Liturgie mit geistlicher Speise genährt werden. Die Pfarrer sollen auch bedenken, daß das Bußsakrament sehr viel dazu beiträgt, das christliche Leben zu fördern. Deshalb seien sie gerne bereit, die Beichten der Gläubigen zu hören; wenn es nötig ist, sollen sie dazu auch andere Priester beiziehen, die der verschiedenen Sprachen mächtig sind. Bei der Erfüllung der Hirtenpflicht seien die Pfarrer vor allem bemüht, die eigene Herde kennenzulernen. Da sie aber Diener aller Schafe sind, sollen sie das Wachstum des christlichen Lebens sowohl in den einzelnen Gläubigen fördern als auch in den Familien und den Vereinigungen, besonders in jenen, die sich dem Apostolat widmen, und schließlich in der ganzen Pfarrgemeinde. Sie sollen also die Häuser und die Schulen besuchen, wie es die Hirtenaufgabe verlangt, sich eifrig um die Heranwachsenden und die Jugendlichen kümmern, den Armen und Kranken ihre väterliche Liebe schenken und schließlich ihre besondere Sorge den Werktätigen widmen. Auch mögen sie darauf hinwirken, daß die Gläubigen die Werke des Apostolats unterstützen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Die Pfarrvikare vollbringen als Mitarbeiter des Pfarrers täglich eine ausgezeichnete und tatkräftige Leistung für den Seelsorgsdienst, den sie unter der Autorität des Pfarrers verrichten. Deshalb soll zwischen dem Pfarrer und seinen Vikaren ein brüderliches Verhältnis bestehen und immer gegenseitige Liebe und Ehrfurcht herrschen; durch Rat, Hilfe und Beispiel sollen sie einander unterstützen und einmütig und mit gemeinsamem Eifer der Pfarrseelsorge obliegen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Beim Urteil über die Eignung eines Priesters, eine Pfarrei zu leiten, berücksichtige der Bischof nicht nur seine wissenschaftlichen Kenntnisse, sondern auch seine Frömmigkeit, seinen Seelsorgseifer und die übrigen Begabungen und Eigenschaften, die für die rechte Ausübung der Seelsorge erforderlich sind. Der einzige Sinn des pfarrlichen Dienstes besteht im Heil der Seelen. Damit nun der Bischof bei der Verleihung von Pfarreien leichter und angemessener vorgehen kann, sollen unter Wahrung des Rechtes der Ordensleute alle Vorschlags-, Ernennungs- und Vorbehaltsrechte sowie das Gesetz des allgemeinen oder des besonderen Pfarrkonkurses, wo es in Geltung ist, abgeschafft werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Pfarrer aber sollen sich in ihrer jeweiligen Pfarrei jener Festigkeit im Amt erfreuen, die das Seelenheil erfordert. Die Unterscheidung zwischen absetzbaren und unabsetzbaren Pfarrern wird daher abgeschafft, und die Verfahrensweise bei der Versetzung von Pfarrern soll überprüft und vereinfacht werden. So kann der Bischof besser den Erfordernissen des Seelenheiles Rechnung tragen, wobei er freilich die natürliche und die kanonische Billigkeit wahren muß. Pfarrer jedoch, die wegen zunehmenden Alters oder aus einem anderen schwerwiegenden Grund gehindert sind, ihr Amt vorschriftsmäßig und wirksam auszuüben, werden dringend gebeten, aus eigenem Antrieb oder dem Wunsch des Bischofs entsprechend auf ihr Amt zu verzichten. Der Bischof soll für einen angemessenen Unterhalt der aus dem Amte Scheidenden sorgen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Heil der Seelen soll endlich auch entscheidend sein für die Errichtung oder Aufhebung von Pfarreien wie auch für andere Neugestaltungen dieser Art, die der Bischof kraft eigener Vollmacht vornehmen kann."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Die Ordensleute"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle Ordensleute, zu denen im folgenden auch die Mitglieder der übrigen Institute zählen, die sich zu den evangelischen Räten bekennen, haben entsprechend der ihnen je eigenen Berufung die Pflicht, mit großem Eifer am Aufbau und Wachstum des ganzen mystischen Leibes Christi und am Wohl der Teilkirchen mitzuwirken."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Ziele aber müssen sie vor allem durch Gebet, Bußwerke und das Beispiel des eigenen Lebens anstreben, und diese Heilige Synode ermahnt sie inständig, in der Hochschätzung und im Eifer dafür immer mehr Fortschritte zu machen. Sie sollen sich jedoch auch stärker den äußeren Werken des Apostolats widmen, wobei die Eigenart eines jeden Verbandes zu berücksichtigen ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Ordensgeistlichen werden zum priesterlichen Dienst geweiht, damit auch sie umsichtige Mitarbeiter des Bischofsstandes sind. Sie können heute, angesichts der wachsenden Notlage der Seelen, den Bischöfen noch größere Hilfe leisten. Deshalb muß man sie in einem wahren Sinne als zum Klerus der Diözese gehörend betrachten, insofern sie unter der Autorität der geweihten Oberhirten Anteil an der Seelsorge und an den Werken des Apostolats haben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auch die anderen Ordensleute, Männer wie Frauen, gehören in einer besonderen Weise zur Familie der Diözese. Auch sie leisten der heiligen Hierarchie große Hilfe, und sie können und müssen diese Hilfe, weil die Anforderungen des Apostolats gewachsen sind, von Tag zu Tag mehr leisten."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit aber die Werke des Apostolats in den einzelnen Diözesen immer einmütig verwirklicht werden und die Einheit der Bistumsordnung gewahrt bleibt, werden folgende grundlegende Richtlinien erlassen:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Den Bischöfen als den Nachfolgern der Apostel sollen die Ordensleute immer ergebenen Gehorsam und Ehrfurcht erweisen. Zudem sind sie, sooft sie berechtigterweise zu Werken des Apostolats herangezogen werden, gehalten, ihre Aufgaben so zu erfüllen, daß sie den Bischöfen als Gehilfen beistehen und unterstehen (18). Mehr noch: die Ordensleute sollen den Gesuchen und Wünschen der Bischöfe, größeren Anteil am Dienst zum Heile der Menschen zu übernehmen, bereitwillig und treu nachkommen, unter Wahrung der Eigenart des Verbandes und nach Maßgabe der Konstitutionen, die nötigenfalls nach den Richtlinien dieses Konzilsdekretes zweckentsprechend angepaßt werden sollen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vor allem können die Ordensverbände, die sich nicht einem rein beschaulichen Leben widmen, angesichts der drängenden Notlage der Seelen und des Mangels an Diözesanklerus von den Bischöfen herangezogen werden, um in den verschiedenen Seelsorgediensten Hilfe zu leisten; dabei ist jedoch auf die Eigenart eines jeden Verbandes zu achten. Diese Hilfeleistung, die auch durch die zeitweilige Übernahme von Pfarreien erfolgen kann, mögen die Oberen nach Kräften fördern."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Diejenigen Ordensleute aber, die in das äußere Apostolat gesandt sind, müssen vom Geist des eigenen Ordens beseelt sein und der klösterlichen Observanz und der Unterwerfung unter ihre eigenen Oberen treu bleiben. Die Bischöfe sollen es nicht unterlassen, diese Pflicht einzuschärfen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Die Exemtion, durch die der Papst oder eine andere kirchliche Obrigkeit die Ordensleute an sich zieht und von der Jurisdiktion der Bischöfe ausnimmt, betrifft vor allem die innere Ordnung der Verbände. Dadurch soll erreicht werden, daß in ihnen alles besser aufeinander abgestimmt und verbunden ist und so für das Wachstum und den Fortschritt im klösterlichen Lebenswandel gesorgt ist (19); ferner, daß der Papst über sie zum Besten der gesamten Kirche verfügen kann (20), eine andere zuständige Obrigkeit jedoch zum Wohle der Kirchen des eigenen Jurisdiktionsbereiches. Diese Exemtion schließt jedoch nicht aus, daß die Ordensleute in den einzelnen Diözesen der Jurisdiktion der Bischöfe nach Maßgabe des Rechtes unterstehen, soweit die Verrichtung ihres Hirtendienstes und die geregelte Seelsorge dies verlangen (21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Alle Ordensleute, die exemten und die nichtexemten, unterstehen der Gewalt der Ortsoberhirten in den Dingen, die den öffentlichen Vollzug des Gottesdienstes betreffen, jedoch unter Wahrung der Verschiedenheit der Riten; ferner in bezug auf die Seelsorge, die heilige Predigt für das Volk, die religiöse und sittliche Unterweisung der Gläubigen, besonders der Kinder, den katechetischen Unterricht und die liturgische Bildung sowie die Würde des Klerikerstandes und endlich die verschiedenen Werke, insoweit sie die Ausübung des Apostolats betreffen. Auch die katholischen Schulen der Ordensleute unterstehen den Ortsoberhirten in bezug auf ihre allgemeine Ordnung und Aufsicht, wobei jedoch das Recht der Ordensleute hinsichtlich der Schulleitung erhalten bleibt. Die Ordensleute sind ebenfalls gehalten, alles zu beobachten, was die Bischofskonzilien oder -konferenzen rechtmäßig als für alle verbindlich anordnen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Unter den verschiedenen klösterlichen Verbänden sowie zwischen diesen und dem Diözesanklerus werde eine geordnete Zusammenarbeit gepflegt. Außerdem herrsche eine straffe Koordinierung aller apostolischen Werke und Initiativen, die entscheidend von einer übernatürlichen, in der Liebe verwurzelten und gegründeten Haltung der Seele und des Geistes abhängt. Diese Koordinierung herbeizuführen steht dem Apostolischen Stuhl für die Gesamtkirche zu, den geweihten Hirten aber für ihre jeweilige Diözese, den Patriarchalsynoden und den Bischofskonferenzen endlich für ihr eigenes Gebiet. Die Bischöfe oder Bischofskonferenzen und die Ordensoberen oder Vereinigungen der höheren Ordensoberen mögen im Interesse der Apostolatswerke, die von den Ordensleuten verrichtet werden, nach vorausgegangener gegenseitiger Beratung vorgehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Um einmütig und fruchtbar die gegenseitigen Beziehungen zwischen den Bischöfen und den Ordensleuten zu pflegen, mögen die Bischöfe und die Ordensoberen zu bestimmten Zeiten und sooft es nützlich erscheint zur Behandlung von Fragen zusammenkommen, die allgemein das Apostolat im Gebiet betreffen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE ZUSAMMENARBEIT DER BISCHÖFE ZUM GEMEINSAMEN WOHL MEHRERER KIRCHEN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Die Synoden, Konzilien und besonders die Bischofskonferenzen"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seit den ersten Jahrhunderten der Kirche wurden die Bischöfe, obwohl sie Teilkirchen vorstanden, von der Gemeinschaft der brüderlichen Liebe und vom Eifer für die den Aposteln aufgetragene allgemeine Sendung gedrängt, ihre Kräfte und ihren Willen zu vereinen, um sowohl das gemeinsame Wohl wie auch das Wohl der einzelnen Kirchen zu fördern. Aus diesem Grund wurden Synoden, Provinzialkonzilien und schließlich Plenarkonzilien abgehalten, in denen die Bischöfe sowohl in bezug auf die Verkündigung der Glaubenswahrheiten als auch auf die kirchliche Disziplin eine einheitliche Regelung für verschiedene Kirchen festlegten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Heilige Ökumenische Synode wünscht, daß die ehrwürdigen Einrichtungen der Synoden und Konzilien mit neuer Kraft aufblühen; dadurch soll besser und wirksamer für das Wachstum des Glaubens und die Erhaltung der Disziplin in den verschiedenen Kirchen, entsprechend den Gegebenheiten der Zeit, gesorgt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vor allem in der heutigen Zeit können die Bischöfe ihr Amt oft nur dann angemessen und fruchtbar ausüben, wenn sie ihr einträchtiges Wirken mit den anderen Bischöfen immer enger und straffer gestalten. Da nun die Bischofskonferenzen, die in mehreren Ländern schon errichtet sind, vorzügliche Beweise eines fruchtbaren Apostolats erbracht haben, hält es diese Heilige Synode für sehr angebracht, daß sich überall die Bischöfe desselben Landes oder Gebietes zu einem Gremium zusammenfinden. Sie sollen sich zu festgesetzten Zeiten treffen, damit durch den Austausch von Kenntnissen und Erfahrung und durch gegenseitige Beratung ein heiliges Zusammenwirken der Kräfte zum gemeinsamen Wohl der Kirchen zustande kommt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deshalb trifft das Konzil bezüglich der Bischofskonferenzen folgende Anordnungen:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Die Bischofskonferenz ist gleichsam ein Zusammenschluß, in dem die Bischöfe eines bestimmten Landes oder Gebietes ihren Hirtendienst gemeinsam ausüben, um das höhere Gut, das die Kirche den Menschen bietet, zu fördern, besonders durch Formen und Methoden des Apostolats, die auf die gegebenen Zeitumstände in geeigneter Weise abgestimmt sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Der Bischofskonferenz gehören alle Ortsoberhirten eines jeden Ritus mit Ausnahme der Generalvikare, die Koadjutoren, die Weihbischöfe und diejenigen anderen Titularbischöfe an, die ein besonderes vom Apostolischen Stuhl oder von den Bischofskonferenzen übertragenes Amt ausüben. Die übrigen Titularbischöfe sowie die päpstlichen Legaten aufgrund des besonderen Amtes, das sie im Gebiet bekleiden, sind nicht von Rechts wegen Mitglieder der Konferenz. Den Ortsoberhirten und den Koadjutoren kommt eine entscheidende Stimme zu. Für die Weihbischöfe und die anderen Bischöfe, die das Recht haben, an der Konferenz teilzunehmen, bestimmen die Statuten der Konferenz, ob sie entscheidende oder beratende Stimme besitzen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Jede Bischofskonferenz gebe sich Statuten, die vom Apostolischen Stuhl überprüft werden müssen. Darin sollen unter anderem Organe vorgesehen werden, die dem erstrebten Ziel wirksamer dienen, z. B. ein ständiger Bischofsrat, bischöfliche Kommissionen, ein Generalsekretariat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Beschlüsse der Bischofskonferenz, sofern sie rechtmäßig und wenigstens mit zwei Dritteln der Stimmen jener Prälaten, die Mitglieder mit entscheidendem Stimmrecht der Konferenz sind, gefaßt und vom Apostolischen Stuhl gutgeheißen wurden, besitzen verpflichtende Rechtskraft nur in den Fällen, in denen entweder das allgemeine Recht es vorschreibt oder eine besondere Anordnung, die der Apostolische Stuhl motu proprio oder auf Bitten der Konferenz erlassen hat, es bestimmt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Wo besondere Verhältnisse es erfordern, können die Bischöfe mehrerer Länder mit Zustimmung des Apostolischen Stuhles eine einzige Konferenz bilden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Darüber hinaus sollen die Beziehungen zwischen den Bischofskonferenzen verschiedener Länder gepflegt werden, um die höheren Ziele zu fördern und zu sichern."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Eindringlich wird empfohlen, daß die Prälaten der Ostkirchen, wenn sie die Disziplin ihrer eigenen Kirche in den Synoden fördern, um die Bemühungen zum Besten der Religion wirksamer zu gestalten, auch Rücksicht nehmen auf das Gemeinwohl des gesamten Gebietes, wo mehrere Kirchen verschiedener Riten bestehen. Entsprechend den Normen, die die zuständige Obrigkeit erläßt, möge man sich in interrituellen Zusammenkünften beraten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Die Abgrenzung der Kirchenprovinzen und die Errichtung von kirchlichen Regionen"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Heil der Seelen verlangt nicht nur eine geeignete Abgrenzung der Diözesen, sondern auch der Kirchenprovinzen und legt sogar die Errichtung von kirchlichen Regionen nahe. So kann für die Bedürfnisse der Seelsorge entsprechend den sozialen und örtlichen Verhältnissen besser gesorgt werden; auch können die Beziehungen der Bischöfe sowohl zueinander als auch zu den Metropoliten und den übrigen Bischöfen des gleichen Landes wie zu den weltlichen Obrigkeiten leichter und fruchtbarer gestaltet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Daher hat die Heilige Synode, um die erwähnten Ziele zu erreichen, folgende Beschlüsse gefaßt:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Die Abgrenzungen der Kirchenprovinzen sollen zweckmäßig überprüft und die Rechte und Privilegien der Metropoliten durch neue geeignete Normen festgelegt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Es gelte als Regel, daß alle Diözesen und andere Gebietsumschreibungen, die rechtlich den Diözesen gleichgestellt sind, einer Kirchenprovinz zugeteilt werden. Deshalb sollen Diözesen, die gegenwärtig dem Apostolischen Stuhl unmittelbar unterstellt und mit keiner anderen vereinigt sind, entweder, wenn möglich, zusammen zu einer neuen Kirchenprovinz vereinigt oder jener Kirchenprovinz angegliedert werden, die am nächsten oder am günstigsten gelegen ist. Sie sollen nach Maßgabe des allgemeinen Rechts dem Metropolitanrecht des Erzbischofs unterstellt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Wo es nützlich erscheint, sollen die Kirchenprovinzen zu kirchlichen Regionen zusammengeschlossen werden, deren Ordnung vom Recht festzulegen ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es empfiehlt sich, daß die zuständigen Bischofskonferenzen die Frage einer derartigen Abgrenzung der Kirchenprovinzen und Errichtung von Regionen prüfen, entsprechend den Normen, die in den Nr. 23 und 24 schon über die Abgrenzung der Diözesen aufgestellt wurden, und ihre Vorschläge und Wünsche dem Apostolischen Stuhl vorlegen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Bischöfe, die ein überdiözesanes Amt ausüben"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die pastoralen Bedürfnisse erfordern mehr und mehr, daß einige Seelsorgsaufgaben einheitlich geleitet und gefördert werden. Es ist daher von Nutzen, im Dienste aller oder mehrerer Diözesen eines bestimmten Gebietes oder Landes einige Ämter einzurichten, die auch Bischöfen übertragen werden können. Die Heilige Synode empfiehlt aber, daß zwischen den Prälaten oder Bischöfen, die diese Ämter bekleiden, und den Diözesanbischöfen und Bischofskonferenzen immer eine brüderliche Gemeinschaft und einmütiges Zusammenwirken in den Seelsorgsaufgaben bestehe, deren Richtlinien auch durch das allgemeine Recht festzulegen sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da auf die geistliche Betreuung der Soldaten wegen ihrer besonderen Lebensbedingungen eine außerordentliche Sorgfalt verwandt werden muß, werde nach Möglichkeit in jedem Land ein Militärvikariat errichtet. Sowohl der Militärbischof als auch die Militärpfarrer mögen sich in einträchtiger Zusammenarbeit mit den Diözesanbischöfen eifrig dieser schwierigen Arbeit widmen (1). Deshalb sollen die Diözesanbischöfe dem Militärbischof genügend Priester zur Verfügung stellen, die für diese schwere Aufgabe geeignet sind. Gleichzeitig seien sie allen Bemühungen, das geistliche Wohl der Soldaten zu fördern, gewogen (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Heilige Synode bestimmt, daß bei der Neubearbeitung des Codex Iuris Canonici geeignete Gesetze abgefaßt werden, die den Grundsätzen, die in diesem Dekret aufgestellt worden sind, entsprechen. Dabei sollen auch die Bemerkungen, die von den Kommissionen oder von den Konzilsvätern vorgebracht worden sind, in Erwägung gezogen werden. Ferner bestimmt die Heilige Synode, allgemeine Seelsorgsdirektorien zum Gebrauch der Bischöfe wie auch der Pfarrer auszuarbeiten, damit ihnen zuverlässige Richtlinien zur leichteren und besseren Ausübung ihres Hirtendienstes geboten werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es werde auch ein besonderes Direktorium für die seelsorgliche Betreuung besonderer Gruppen von Gläubigen entsprechend den unterschiedlichen Gegebenheiten in den einzelnen Ländern oder Gebieten herausgegeben, ebenso ein Direktorium für die katechetische Unterweisung des christlichen Volkes, in dem die grundlegenden Prinzipien und die Ordnung dieses Unterrichts sowie die Ausarbeitung einschlägiger Bücher behandelt werden sollen. Bei der Abfassung dieser Direktorien sollen ebenfalls die Anregungen, die von den Kommissionen oder von den Konzilsvätern vorgebracht wurden, berücksichtigt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oktober 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anmerkungen:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vorwort:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Vgl. Mt 1,21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Vgl. Joh 20,21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Vgl. I. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. De Ecclesia Christi, Pastor æternus: Denz. 1828 (3061)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Vgl. I. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. De Ecclesia Christi, Pastor æternus: Denz. 1821 (3050)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, 3. Kap., Nr. 21, 24, 25: AAS 57 (1965) 24-25, 29-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, 3. Kap., Nr. 21: AAS 57 (1965) 24-25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Apost. Konst. Humanæ salutis, 25. Dez. 1961: AAS 54 (1962) 6. 1 Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, 3. Kap., Nr. 22: AAS 57 (1965) 25-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 1:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, 3. Kap., Nr. 22: AAS 57 (1965) 25-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche, ebd."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche, ebd."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche, ebd."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Vgl. Paul VI., Motupr. Apostolica sollicitudo, 15. Sept. 1965: AAS 57 (1965) 775-780."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, 3. Kap., Nr. 23: AAS 57 (1965) 27-28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Fidei donum, 21. April 1957: AAS 49 (1957) 237: vgl. auch Benedikt XV., Apost. Brief Maximum illud, 30. Nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919) 440; Pius XI., Enz. Rerum Ecclesiæ, 28. Febr. 1926: AAS 18 (1926) 68ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8) Vgl. Paul VI., Ansprache an die Kardinäle, Bischöfe, Prälaten und übrigen Mitglieder der römischen Kurie, 21. September 1963: AAS (1963) 793ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 2:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die katholischen Ostkirchen Orientalium Ecclesiarum, Nr. 7-11: AAS 57 (1965) 79-80."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Vgl. Konzil von Trient, Sess. V, Dekret über die Reform, c. 2: Mansi 33, 30; Sess. XXIV, Dekret über die Reform, c. 4: Mansi 33, 159; vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, 3. Kap., Nr. 25: AAS 57 (1965) 29ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, 3. Kap., Nr. 25: AAS 57 (1965) 29-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Pacem in terris, 11. Apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 257-304."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Vgl. Paul VI., Enz. Ecclesiam suam, 6. Aug. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 639."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Vgl. Paul VI., Enz. Ecclesiam suam, 6. Aug. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 644-645."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die sozialen Kommunikationsmittel Inter mirifica: AAS 56 (1964) 145-153."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Konst. über die heilige Liturgie Sacrosanctum Concilium: AAS 56 (1964) 97ff.; Paul VI., Motupr. Sacram Liturgiam, 25. Jan. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 139ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Mediator Dei, 20. Nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947) 521ff.; Paul VI., Enz. Mysterium fidei, 3. Sept. 1965: AAS 57 (1965) 753-774."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10) Vgl. Apg 1,14; 2,46."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, 6. Kap., Nr. 44-45: AAS 57 (1965) 50-52."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12) Vgl. Lk 22,26-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13) Vgl. Joh 15,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über den Ökumenismus Unitatis redintegratio: AAS 57 (1965) 90-107."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15) Vgl. Pius X., Motupr. Iampridem, 14. März 1914: AAS 6 (1914) 174ff.; Pius XII., Apost. Konst. Exsul Familia, 1. Aug. 1952: AAS 44 (1952) 652ff.; Satzungen des Werkes für das Seeapostolat, im Auftrag Pius' XII. erlassen, 21. Nov. 1957: AAS 50 (1958) 375-383."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die katholischen Ostkirchen Orientalium Ecclesiarum, Nr. 4: AAS 57 (1965) 77."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17) Vgl. Joh 13,35."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18) Vgl. Pius XII., Ansprache, 8. Dez. 1950: AAS 43 (1951) 28; Paul VI., Ansprache, 23. Mai 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 571."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19) Vgl. Leo XIII., Apost. Konst. Romanos Pontifices, 8. Mai 1881: Acta Leonis XIII., Bd. II (1882) 234ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20) Vgl. Paul VI., Ansprache, 23. Mai 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 570-571."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21) Vgl. Pius XII., Ansprache, 8. Dez. 1950: a. a. O."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 3:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Vgl. S. C. Consistorialis, Instruktion über die Militärbischöfe, 23. Apr. 1951: AAS 43 (1951) 562-565; Formular für den Bericht über den Stand des Militärvikariats, 20. Oktober 1956: AAS 49 (1957) 150-163; Dekret über die Visitatio Liminum der Militärbischöfe, 28. Febr. 1959: AAS 51 (1959) 272-274; Dekret, Die Beichtvollmacht der Militärpfarrer wird ausgedehnt, 27. Nov. 1960: AAS 53 (1961) 49-50. - Vgl. auch S. C. de Religiosis, Instruktion über die Militärpfarrer aus dem Ordensstand, 2. Febr. 1955: AAS 47 (1955) 93-97."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Vgl. S. C. Consistorialis, Brief an die Kardinäle, Erzbischöfe, Bischöfe und die übrigen Oberhirten im spanischen Herrschaftsbereich, 21. Juni 1951: AAS 43 (1951) 566."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_christus-dominus_en.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-133-vat-ii_decree_19651028_christus-dominus_en.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECREE CONCERNING THE PASTORAL OFFICE OF BISHOPS IN THE CHURCH CHRISTUS DOMINUS PROCLAIMED BY HIS HOLINESS, POPE PAUL VI ON OCTOBER 28, 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christ the Lord, Son of the living God, came that He might save His people from their sins(1) and that all men might be sanctified. Just as He Himself was sent by the Father, so He also sent His Apostles.(2) Therefore, He sanctified them, conferring on them the Holy Spirit, so that they also might glorify the Father upon earth and save men, \"to the building up of the body of Christ\" (Eph. 4:12), which is the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In this Church of Christ the Roman pontiff, as the successor of Peter, to whom Christ entrusted the feeding of His sheep and lambs, enjoys supreme, full, immediate, and universal authority over the care of souls by divine institution. Therefore, as pastor of all the faithful, he is sent to provide for the common good of the universal Church and for the good of the individual churches. Hence, he holds a primacy of ordinary power over all the churches."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The bishops themselves, however, having been appointed by the Holy Spirit, are successors of the Apostles as pastors of souls.(3) Together with the supreme pontiff and under his authority they are sent to continue throughout the ages the work of Christ, the eternal pastor.(4) Christ gave the Apostles and their successors the command and the power to teach all nations, to hallow men in the truth, and to feed them. Bishops, therefore, have been made true and authentic teachers of the faith, pontiffs, and pastors through the Holy Spirit, who has been given to them.(5)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops, sharing in the solicitude for all the churches, exercise this episcopal office of theirs, which they have received through episcopal consecration,(6) in communion with and under the authority of the supreme pontiff. As far as their teaching authority and pastoral government are concerned, all are united in a college or body with respect to the universal Church of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They exercise this office individually in reference to the portions of the Lord's flock assigned to them, each one taking care of the particular church committed to him, or sometimes some of them jointly providing for certain common needs of various churches."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This sacred synod, therefore, attentive to the conditions of human association which have brought about a new order of things in our time,(7) intends to determine more exactly the pastoral office of bishops and, therefore, has decreed the things that follow."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE RELATIONSHIP OF BISHOPS TO THE UNIVERSAL CHURCH"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. The Role of the Bishops in the Universal Church"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By virtue of sacramental consecration and hierarchical communion with the head and members of the college, bishops are constituted as members of the episcopal body.(1) \"The order of bishops is the successor to the college of the apostles in teaching and pastoral direction, or rather, in the episcopal order, the apostolic body continues without a break. Together with its head, the Roman pontiff, and never without this head it exists as the subject of supreme, plenary power over the universal Church. But this power cannot be exercised except with the agreement of the Roman pontiff.\"(2) This power however, \"is exercised in a solemn manner in an ecumenical council.\"(3) Therefore, this sacred synod decrees that all bishops who are members of the episcopal college, have the right to be present at an ecumenical council."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"The exercise of this collegiate power in union with the pope is possible although the bishops are stationed all over the world, provided that the head of the college gives them a call to collegiate action, or, at least, gives the unified action of the dispersed bishops such approval, or such unconstrained acceptance, that it becomes truly collegiate action.\"(4)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops chosen from various parts of the world, in ways and manners established or to be established by the Roman pontiff, render more effective assistance to the supreme pastor of the Church in a deliberative body which will be called by the proper name of Synod of Bishops.(5) Since it shall be acting in the name of the entire Catholic episcopate, it will at the same time show that all the bishops in hierarchical communion partake of the solicitude for the universal Church.(6)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As legitimate successors of the Apostles and members of the episcopal college, bishops should realize that they are bound together and should manifest a concern for all the churches. For by divine institution and the rule of the apostolic office each one together with all the other bishops is responsible for the Church.(7) They should especially be concerned about those parts of the world where the word of God has not yet been proclaimed or where the faithful, particularly because of the small number of priests, are in danger of departing from the precepts of the Christian life, and even of losing the faith itself."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let bishops, therefore, make every effort to have the faithful actively support and promote works of evangelization and the apostolate. Let them strive, moreover, to see to it that suitable sacred ministers as well as auxiliaries, both religious and lay, be prepared for the missions and other areas suffering from a lack of clergy. They should also see to it, as much as possible, that some of their own priests go to the above-mentioned missions or dioceses to exercise the sacred ministry there either permanently or for a set period of time."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops should also be mindful, in administering ecclesiastical property, of the needs not only of their own dioceses but also of the other particular churches, for they are also a part of the one Church of Christ. Finally, they should direct their attention, according to their means, to the relief of disasters by which other dioceses and regions are affected."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let them especially embrace in brotherly affection those bishops who, for the sake of Christ, are plagued with slander and indigence, detained in prisons, or held back from their ministry. They should take an active brotherly interest in them so that their sufferings may be assuaged and alleviated through the prayers and good works of their confreres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Bishops and the Apostolic See"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(a) To bishops, as successors of the Apostles, in the dioceses entrusted to them, there belongs per se all the ordinary, proper, and immediate authority which is required for the exercise of their pastoral office. But this never in any way infringes upon the power which the Roman pontiff has, by virtue of his office, of reserving cases to himself or to some other authority."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(b) The general law of the Church grants the faculty to each diocesan bishop to dispense, in a particular case, the faithful over whom they legally exercise authority as often as they judge that it contributes to their spiritual welfare, except in those cases which have been especially reserved by the supreme authority of the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In exercising supreme, full, and immediate power in the universal Church, the Roman pontiff makes use of the departments of the Roman Curia which, therefore, perform their duties in his name and with his authority for the good of the churches and in the service of the sacred pastors."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The fathers of this sacred council, however, desire that these departments-which have furnished distinguished assistance to the Roman pontiff and the pastors of the Church-be reorganized and better adapted to the needs of the times, regions, and rites especially as regards their number, name, competence and peculiar method of' procedure, as well as the coordination of work among them.(8) The fathers also desire that, in view of the very nature of the pastoral office proper to the bishops, the office of legates of the Roman pontiff be more precisely determined."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore, since these departments are established for the good of the universal Church, it is desirable that their members, officials, and consultors as well as legates of the Roman pontiff be more widely taken from various regions of the Church, insofar as it is possible. In such a way the offices and central organs of the Catholic Church will exhibit a truly universal character."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is also desired that some bishops, too-especially diocesan bishops-will be chosen as members of the departments, for they will be able to report more fully to the supreme pontiff the thinking, the desires, and the needs of all the churches."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, the fathers of the council think it would be most advantageous if these same departments would listen more attentively to laymen who are outstanding for their virtue, knowledge, and experience. In such a way they will have an appropriate share in Church affairs."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "BISHOPS AND THEIR PARTICULAR CHURCHES OR DIOCESES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Diocesan Bishops"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A diocese is a portion of the people of God which is entrusted to a bishop to be shepherded by him with the cooperation of the presbytery. Thus by adhering to its pastor and gathered together by him through the Gospel and the Eucharist in the Holy Spirit, it constitutes a particular church in which the one, holy, catholic, and apostolic Church of Christ is truly present and operative."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Individual bishops who have been entrusted with the care of a particular church-under the authority of the supreme pontiff-feed their sheep in the name of the Lord as their own, ordinary, and immediate pastors, performing for them the office of teaching, sanctifying, and governing. Nevertheless, they should recognize the rights which legitimately belong to patriarchs or other hierarchical authorities.(1)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops should dedicate themselves to their apostolic office as witness of Christ before all men. They should not only look after those who already follow the Prince of Pastors but should also wholeheartedly devote themselves to those who have strayed in any way from the path of truth or are ignorant of the Gospel of Christ and His saving mercy until finally all men walk \"in all goodness and justice and truth\" (Eph. 5:9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In exercising their duty of teaching-which is conspicuous among the principal duties of bishops(2)-they should announce the Gospel of Christ to men, calling them to a faith in the power of the Spirit or confirming them in a living faith. They should expound the whole mystery of Christ to them, namely, those truths the ignorance of which is ignorance of Christ. At the same time they should point out the divinely revealed way to give glory to God and thereby to attain to eternal happiness.(3)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They should show, moreover, that earthly goods and human institutions according to the plan of God the Creator are also disposed for man's salvation and therefore can contribute much to the building up of the body of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, they should teach, according to the doctrine of the Church, the great value of these things: the human person with his freedom and bodily life, the family and its unity and stability, the procreation and education of children, civil society with its laws and professions, labor and leisure, the arts and technical inventions, poverty and affluence. Finally, they should set forth the ways by which are to be answered the most serious questions concerning the ownership, increase, and just distribution of material goods, peace and war, and brotherly relations among all countries.(4)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The bishops should present Christian doctrine in a manner adapted to the needs of the times, that is to say, in a manner that will respond to the difficulties and questions by which people are especially burdened and troubled. They should also guard that doctrine, teaching the faithful to defend and propagate it. In propounding this doctrine they should manifest the maternal solicitude of the Church toward all men whether they be believers or not. With a special affection they should attend upon the poor and the lower classes to whom the Lord sent them to preach the Gospel."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since it is the mission of the Church to converse with the human society in which it lives,(5) it is especially the duty of bishops to seek out men and both request and promote dialogue with them. These conversations on salvation ought to be noted for clarity of speech as well as humility and mildness in order that at all times truth may be joined to charity and understanding with love. Likewise they should be noted for due prudence joined with trust, which fosters friendship and thus is capable of bringing about a union of minds.(6)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They should also strive to make use of the various media at hand nowadays for proclaiming Christian doctrine, namely, first of all, preaching and catechetical instruction which always hold the first place, then the presentation of this doctrine in schools, academies, conferences, and meetings of every kind, and finally its dissemination through public statements at times of outstanding events as well as by the press and various other media of communication, which by all means ought to be used in proclaiming the Gospel of Christ.(7)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops should take pains that catechetical instruction-which is intended to make the faith, as illumined by teaching, a vital, explicit and effective force in the lives of men-be given with sedulous care to both children and adolescents, youths and adults. In this instruction a suitable arrangement should be observed as well as a method suited to the matter that is being treated and to the character, ability, age, and circumstances of the life of the students. Finally, they should see to it that this instruction is based on Sacred Scripture, tradition, the liturgy, magisterium, and life of the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, they should take care that catechists be properly trained for their function so that they will be thoroughly acquainted with the doctrine of the Church and will have both a theoretical and a practical knowledge of the laws of psychology and of pedagogical methods."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops should also strive to renew or at least adapt in a better way the instruction of adult catechumens."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In exercising their office of sanctifying, bishops should be mindful that they have been taken from among men and appointed their representative before God in order to offer gifts and sacrifices for sins. Bishops enjoy the fullness of the sacrament of orders and both presbyters and deacons are dependent upon them in the exercise of their authority. For the presbyters are the prudent fellow workers of the episcopal order and are themselves consecrated as true priests of the New Testament, just as deacons are ordained for the ministry and serve the people of God in communion with the bishop and his presbytery. Therefore bishops are the principal dispensers of the mysteries of God, as well as being the governors, promoters, and guardians of the entire liturgical life in the church committed to them.(8)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They should, therefore, constantly exert themselves to have the faithful know and live the paschal mystery more deeply through the Eucharist and thus become a firmly-knit body in the unity of the charity of Christ.(9) \"Intent upon prayer and the ministry of the word\" (Acts 6:4), they should devote their labor to this end that all those committed to their care may be of one mind in prayer(10) and through the reception of the sacraments may grow in grace and be faithful witnesses to the Lord."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As those who lead others to perfection, bishops should be diligent in fostering holiness among their clerics, religious, and laity according to the special vocation of each.(11) They should also be mindful of their obligation to give an example of holiness in charity, humility, and simplicity of life. Let them so hallow the churches entrusted to them that the feeling of the universal Church of Christ may shine forth fully in them. For that reason they should foster priestly and religious vocations as much as possible, and should take a special interest in missionary vocations."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In exercising their office of father and pastor, bishops should stand in the midst of their people as those who serve.(12) Let them be good shepherds who know their sheep and whose sheep know them. Let them be true fathers who excel in the spirit of love and solicitude for all and to whose divinely conferred authority all gratefully submit themselves. Let them so gather and mold the whole family of their flock that everyone, conscious of his own duties, may live and work in the communion of love."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order effectively to accomplish these things, bishops, \"ready for every good work\" (2 Tim. 2:21) and \"enduring all things for the sake of the chosen ones\" (2 Tim. 2:10), should arrange their life in such a way as to accommodate it to the needs of our times."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops should always embrace priests with a special love since the latter to the best of their ability assume the bishops' anxieties and carry them on day by day so zealously. They should regard the priests as sons and friends(13) and be ready to listen to them. Through their trusting familiarity with their priests they should strive to promote the whole pastoral work of the entire diocese."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They should be solicitous for the spiritual, intellectual and material welfare of the priests so that the latter can live holy and pious lives and fulfill their ministry faithfully and fruitfully. Therefore, they should encourage institutes and hold special meetings in which priests might gather from time to time both for the performance of longer exercises and the renewal of their spiritual life and for the acquisition of deeper subjects, especially Sacred Scripture and theology, the more important social questions, and the new methods of pastoral activity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With active mercy bishops should pursue priests who are involved in any danger or who have failed in certain respects."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order to be able to look more closely to the welfare of the faithful according to the condition of each one, bishops should strive to become duly acquainted with their needs in the social circumstances in which they live. Therefore, they ought to employ suitable methods, especially social research. They should manifest their concern for everyone, no matter what their age, condition, or nationality, be they natives, strangers, or foreigners. In exercising this pastoral care they should preserve for their faithful the share proper to them in Church affairs; they should also respect their duty and right of actively collaborating in the building up of the Mystical Body of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They should deal lovingly with the separated brethren, urging the faithful also to conduct themselves with great kindness and charity in their regard and fostering ecumenism as it is understood by the Church.(14) They should also have a place in their hearts for the non-baptized so that upon them too there may shine the charity of Christ Jesus, to whom the bishops are witnesses before all men."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Various forms of the apostolate should be encouraged, and in the whole diocese or in any particular areas of it the coordination and close connection of all apostolic works should be fostered under the direction of the bishop. Thus all undertakings and organizations, be they catechetical, missionary, charitable, social, familial, educational, or anything else pursuing a pastoral aim, should be directed toward harmonious action. Thus at the same time the unity of the diocese will also be made more evident."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The faithful should be earnestly urged to assume their duty of carrying on the apostolate, each according to his state in life and ability. They should be admonished to participate in and give aid to the various works of the apostolate of the laity, especially Catholic Action. Those associations should also be promoted and supported which either directly or indirectly pursue a supernatural objective, that is, either the attaining of a more perfect life, the spreading of the Gospel of Christ to all men, and the promoting of Christian doctrine or the increase of public worship, or the pursuing of social aims or the performing of works of piety and charity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The forms of the apostolate should be properly adapted to the needs of the present day with regard not only for man's spiritual and moral circumstances but also for his social, demographic, and economic conditions. Religious and social research, through offices of pastoral sociology, contributes much to the efficacious and fruitful attainment of that goal, and it is highly recommended."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Special concern should be shown for those among the faithful who, on account of their way of life, cannot sufficiently make use of the common and ordinary pastoral care of parish priests or are quite cut off from it. Among this group are the majority of migrants, exiles and refugees, seafarers, air-travelers, gypsies, and others of this kind. Suitable pastoral methods should also be promoted to sustain the spiritual life of those who go to other lands for a time for the sake of recreation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopal conferences, especially national ones, should pay special attention to the very pressing problems concerning the above-mentioned groups. Through voluntary agreement and united efforts, they should look to and promote their spiritual care by means of suitable methods and institutions. They should also bear in mind the special rules either already laid down or to be laid down by the Apostolic See(15) which can be wisely adapted to the circumstances of time, place, and persons."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In discharging their apostolic office, which concerns the salvation of souls, bishops per se enjoy full and perfect freedom and independence from any civil authority. Hence, the exercise of their ecclesiastical office may not be hindered, directly or indirectly, nor may they be forbidden to communicate freely with the Apostolic See, or ecclesiastical authorities, or their subjects."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Assuredly, while sacred pastors devote themselves to the spiritual care of their flock, they also in fact have regard for their social and civil progress and prosperity. According to the nature of their office and as behooves bishops, they collaborate actively with public authorities for this purpose and advocate obedience to just laws and reverence for legitimately constituted authorities."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the apostolic office of bishops was instituted by Christ the Lord and pursues a spiritual and supernatural purpose, this sacred ecumenical synod declares that the right of nominating and appointing bishops belongs properly, peculiarly, and per se exclusively to the competent ecclesiastical authority."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, for the purpose of duly protecting the freedom of the Church and of promoting more conveniently and efficiently the welfare of the faithful, this holy council desires that in future no more rights or privileges of election, nomination, presentation, or designation for the office of bishop be granted to civil authorities. The civil authorities, on the other hand, whose favorable attitude toward the Church the sacred synod gratefully acknowledges and highly appreciates, are most kindly requested voluntarily to renounce the above-mentioned rights and privileges which they presently enjoy by reason of a treaty or custom, after discussing the matter with the Apostolic See."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the pastoral office of bishops is so important and weighty, diocesan bishops and others regarded in law as their equals, who have become less capable of fulfilling their duties properly because of the increasing burden of age or some other serious reason, are earnestly requested to offer their resignation from office either at their own initiative or upon the invitation of the competent authority. If the competent authority should accept the resignation, it will make provision both for the suitable support of those who have resigned and for special rights to be accorded them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Diocesan Boundaries"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For a diocese to fulfill its purpose the nature of the Church must be clearly evident to the people of God who constitute that diocese. To this end also bishops must be able to carry out their pastoral duties effectively among their people. Finally, the welfare of the people of God must be served as perfectly as possible."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All this demands, then, a proper determination of the boundaries of dioceses and a distribution of clergy and resources that is reasonable and in keeping with the needs of the apostolate. All these things will benefit not only the clergy and Christian people involved, but also the entire Catholic Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concerning diocesan boundaries, therefore, this sacred synod decrees that, to the extent required by the good of souls, a fitting revision of diocesan boundaries be undertaken prudently and as soon as possible. This can be done by dividing dismembering or uniting them, or by changing their boundaries, or by determining a better place for the episcopal see or, finally, especially in the case of dioceses having larger cities, by providing them with a new internal organization."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In revising diocesan boundaries first place must be accorded to organic unity of each diocese, with due regard to the personnel, the offices and institutions, which form, as it were, a living body. In individual cases all circumstances should be carefully studied and the general criteria which follow should be kept in mind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1.) In determining a diocesan boundary, as far as possible consideration should be given the variety in composition of the people of God, for this can contribute greatly to a more effective exercise of the pastoral office. At the same time the natural population units of people, together with the civil jurisdictions and social institutions that compose their organic structure, should be preserved as far as possible as units. For this reason, obviously, the territory of each diocese should be continuous."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Attention should also be given, if necessary, to civil boundaries and the special characteristics of regions and peoples, such as their psychological, economic, geographic and historical backgrounds."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2.) The extent of the diocese and the number of its inhabitants should generally be such that, on the one hand, the bishop himself- even though assisted by others-can officiate at pontifical functions, make pastoral visitations, faithfully direct and coordinate all the works of the apostolate in the diocese and know well especially his priests, and also the religious and lay people who are engaged in diocesan projects. On the other hand, an adequate and suitable area should be provided so that bishop and clergy, mindful also of the needs of the universal Church, can usefully devote all their energies to the ministry."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3.) Finally, in order that the ministry of salvation be more effectively carried out in each diocese, it should be considered a general rule that each diocese have clergy, in number and qualifications at least sufficient, for the proper care of the people of God; also, there should be no lack of the offices, institutions and organizations which are proper to the particular church and which experience has shown necessary for its efficient government and apostolate; finally, resources for the support of personnel and institutions should be at hand or at least prudently foreseen in prospect."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For this same purpose, where there are faithful of a different rite, the diocesan bishop should provide for their spiritual needs either through priests or parishes of that rite or through an episcopal vicar endowed with the necessary faculties. Wherever it is fitting, the last named should also have episcopal rank. Otherwise the Ordinary himself may perform the office of an Ordinary of different rites. If for certain reasons, these prescriptions are not applicable in the judgment of the Apostolic See, then a proper hierarchy for the different rites is to be established.(16)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also, where similar situations exist, provision should be made for the faithful of different language groups, either through priests or parishes of the same language, or through an episcopal vicar well versed in the language-and if needs be having the episcopal dignity- or at least in some other more appropriate way."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order to bring about the changes and alterations of dioceses as set forth in numbers 22-23-and leaving untouched the discipline of the Oriental Churches-it is desirable that the competent episcopal conferences examine these matters each for its respective territory. If deemed opportune, they may employ a special episcopal commission for this purpose, but always taking into account the opinions of the bishops of the provinces or regions concerned. Finally, they are to propose their recommendations and desires to the Apostolic See."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Assistants in the Pastoral Office of the Diocesan Bishops"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coadjutor and auxiliary bishops"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The pastoral office of Bishops should be so constituted for the governing of dioceses that the good of the Lord's flock is always the supreme consideration. Rightly to achieve this goal, auxiliary bishops will frequently be appointed because the diocesan bishop cannot personally fulfill all his episcopal duties as the good of souls demands, either because of the vast extent of the diocese or the great number of its inhabitants, or because of the special nature of the apostolate or other reasons of a different nature. Sometimes, in fact, a particular need requires that a coadjutor bishop be appointed to assist the diocesan bishop. Coadjutor and auxiliary bishops should be granted those faculties necessary for rendering their work more effective and safeguarding the dignity proper to bishops. This, of course, should always be accomplished without detriment to the unity of the diocesan administration and the authority of the diocesan bishop."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore, coadjutor and auxiliary bishops, since they are called to share part of the burden of the diocesan bishops, so should exercise their office that they may proceed in all matters in single-minded agreement with him. In addition, they should always show respect and reverence for the diocesan bishop and he, in turn, should have a fraternal love for coadjutor and auxiliary bishops and hold them in esteem."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To the extent that the good of souls demands, the diocesan bishop should not hesitate to ask the competent authority for one or more auxiliaries who will be appointed for the diocese without the right of succession."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If there is no provision for it in the letter of nomination, the diocesan bishop is to appoint his auxiliary or auxiliaries as vicar generals or at least as episcopal vicars. They shall be dependent upon his authority only and he may wish to consult them in examining questions of major importance, especially of a pastoral nature."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unless competent authority has otherwise determined, the powers and faculties which auxiliary bishops have by law do not cease when the office of the diocesan bishop comes to an end. It is also desirable that when the See is vacant the office of ruling the diocese-unless some serious reasons persuade otherwise-should be committed to the auxiliary bishop or, when there are more than one, to one of the auxiliaries."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A coadjutor bishop, appointed with the right of succession, must always be named vicar general by the diocesan bishop. In particular cases the competent authority can grant him even more extensive faculties."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order to provide for the greatest possible present and future good of the diocese, the diocesan bishop and his coadjutor should not fail to consult with each other on matters of great importance."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The diocesan curia and commissions"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The most important office in the diocesan curia is that of vicar general. However, as often as the proper government of the diocese requires it, one or more episcopal vicars can be named by the bishop. These automatically enjoy the same authority which the common law grants the vicar general, but only for a certain part of the diocese, or for a determined type of transaction or for the faithful of a determined rite."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Among the collaborators of the bishop in the government of the diocese are numbered those presbyters who constitute his senate, or council, such as the cathedral chapter, the board of consultors or other committees according to the circumstances or nature of various localities. These institutions, especially the cathedral chapters, should be reorganized wherever necessary in keeping with present day needs."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priests and lay people who belong to the diocesan curia should realize that they are making a helpful contribution to the pastoral ministry of the bishop."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The diocesan curia should be so organized that it is an appropriate instrument for the bishop, not only for administering the diocese but also for carrying out the works of the apostolate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is greatly desired that in each diocese a pastoral commission will be established over which the diocesan bishop himself will preside and in which specially chosen clergy, religious and lay people will participate. The duty of this commission will be to investigate and weigh pastoral undertakings and to formulate practical conclusions regarding them."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The diocesan clergy"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All presbyters, both diocesan and religious, participate in and exercise with the bishop the one priesthood of Christ and are thereby constituted prudent cooperators of the episcopal order. In the care of souls, however, the first place is held by diocesan priests who are incardinated or attached to a particular church, for they have fully dedicated themselves in the service of caring for a single portion of the Lord's flock. In consequence, they form one presbytery and one family whose father is the bishop. In order to distribute more equitably and properly the sacred ministries among his priests, the bishop should possess a necessary freedom in bestowing offices and benefices. Therefore, rights or privileges which in any way limit this freedom are to be suppressed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The relationships between the bishop and the diocesan priests should rest most especially upon the bonds of supernatural charity so that the harmony of the will of the priests with that of their bishop will render their pastoral activity more fruitful. Wherefore, for the sake of greater service to souls, let the bishop call the priests into dialogue, especially about pastoral matters. This he should do not only on a given occasion but at regularly fixed intervals insofar as this is possible."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore all diocesan priests should be united among themselves and so should share a genuine concern for the spiritual welfare of the whole diocese. They should also be mindful that the benefits they receive by reason of their ecclesiastical office are closely bound up with their sacred work. Therefore they should contribute generously, as the bishop may direct and as their means permit, to the material needs of the diocese."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The closer collaborators of the bishop are those priests who are charged with a pastoral office or apostolic organizations of a supra-parochial nature, whether in a certain area of the diocese or among special groups of the faithful or with respect to a specific kind of activity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priests assigned by the bishop to various works of the apostolate, whether in schools or in other institutions or associations, contribute an exceedingly valuable assistance. Those priests also who are engaged in supra-diocesan works are commended to the special consideration of the bishop in whose diocese they reside, for they perform outstanding works of the apostolate."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pastors, however, are cooperators of the bishop in a very special way, for as pastors in their own name they are entrusted with the care of souls in a certain part of the diocese under the bishop's authority."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1.) In exercising this care of souls, pastors and their assistants should so fulfill their duty of teaching, sanctifying and governing that the faithful and the parish communities will truly realize that they are members both of the diocese and of the universal Church. For this reason, they should collaborate with other pastors and priests who exercise a pastoral office in the area (such as vicars forane and deans), as well as with those engaged in works of a supra-parochial nature. In this way the pastoral work in the diocese will be unified and made more effective."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, the care of souls should always be infused with a missionary spirit so that it reaches out as it should to everyone living within the parish boundaries. If the pastor cannot contact certain groups of people, he should seek the assistance of others, even laymen who can assist him in the apostolate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To render the care of souls more efficacious, community life for priests-especially those attached to the same parish-is highly recommended. This way of living, while it encourages apostolic action, also affords an example of charity and unity to the faithful."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2.) In the exercise of their teaching office it is the duty of pastors to preach God's word to all the Christian people so that, rooted in faith, hope and charity, they will grow in Christ, and as a Christian community bear witness to that charity which the Lord commended.(17) It is also the duty of pastors to bring the faithful to a full knowledge of the mystery of salvation through a catechetical instruction which is consonant with each one's age. In imparting this instruction they should seek not only the assistance of religious but also the cooperation of the laity, establishing also the Confraternity of Christian Doctrine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In discharging their duty of sanctifying their people, pastors should see to it that the celebration of the Eucharistic Sacrifice is the center and culmination of the whole life of the Christian community. They should labor without stint that the faithful are nourished with spiritual food through the devout and frequent reception of the Sacraments and through intelligent and active participation in the Liturgy. Pastors should also be mindful of how much the sacrament of Penance contributes to developing the Christian life and, therefore, should always make themselves available to hear the confessions of the faithful. If necessary, they should invite the assistance of priests who are experienced in various languages."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In fulfilling their office as shepherd, pastors should take pains to know their own flock. Since they are the servants of all the sheep, they should encourage a full Christian life among the individual faithful and also in families, in associations especially dedicated to the apostolate, and in the whole parish community. Therefore, they should visit homes and schools to the extent that their pastoral work demands. They should pay especial attention to adolescents and youth. They should devote themselves with a paternal love to the poor and the sick. They should have a particular concern for workingmen. Finally, they should encourage the faithful to assist in the works of the apostolate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3.) Assistant pastors, as cooperators with the pastor, make under the authority of the pastor an indispensable and active contribution to the pastoral ministry. Therefore, there should always be fraternal association, mutual charity and reverence between the pastor and his assistants. They should assist one another with counsel, help and example, providing a united will and common zeal in the service of the parish."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In forming a judgment on the suitability of a priest for the administration of any parish the bishop should take into consideration not only his knowledge of doctrine but also his piety, apostolic zeal and other gifts and qualities which are necessary for the proper exercise of the care of souls."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Now the parish exists solely for the good of souls. Wherefore, the bishop should be able to provide more easily and effectively for vacant pastorates. To this end all rights whatsoever of presentation, nomination, reservation, excepting the right of Religious-and where it exists, the law of concursus whether general or particular-are to be suppressed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pastors should enjoy in their respective parishes that stability of office which the good of souls demands. The distinction between removable and irremovable pastors is to be abrogated and the procedure for transferring and removing pastors is to be re-examined and simplified. In this way the bishop, while observing natural and canonical equity, can better provide for the needs of the good of souls."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pastors who are unable to fulfill their office properly and fruitfully because of the increasing burden of old age or some other serious reason are urgently requested to tender their resignation voluntarily upon the invitation of the bishop. The bishop should provide suitable support for those who have resigned."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, the same concern for souls should be the basis for determining or reconsidering the erection or suppression of parishes and any other changes of this kind which the bishop is empowered to undertake on his own authority."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(In all that follows with Religious are included also the members of other institutes who profess the evangelical counsels.) All Religious have the duty, each according to his proper vocation, of cooperating zealously and diligently in building up and increasing the whole Mystical Body of Christ and for the good of the particular churches."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is their first duty to foster these objectives by prayer, works of penance and the example of their own life for which this sacred synod strongly urges them to increase their esteem and zeal. With due consideration for the character proper to each religious community, they should also enter more vigorously into the external works of the apostolate."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious priests are by consecration assumed into the responsibilities of the presbyterate so as to become themselves the prudent cooperators of the episcopal order. Today they can be of even greater help to bishops in view of the greater needs of souls. Therefore, they can be said in a real sense to belong to the clergy of the diocese inasmuch as they share in the care of souls and in carrying out works of the apostolate under the authority of the prelates."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Other members of religious communities, both men and women, also belong in a special way to the diocesan family and offer great assistance to the sacred hierarchy. With the increasing demands of the apostolate they can and should offer that assistance even more and more."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that the works of the apostolate be carried out harmoniously in individual dioceses and that the unity of diocesan discipline be preserved intact, these principles are established as fundamental:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1.) All Religious should always look upon the bishops, as upon successors of the Apostles, with devoted respect and reverence. Whenever they are legitimately called upon to undertake works of the apostolate, they are obliged to discharge their duties as active and obedient helpers of the bishops.(18) Indeed, Religious should consider it an honor to respond promptly and faithfully to the requests and desires of the bishops and in such a way they may assume an even more ample role in the ministry of human salvation. This they should do with due respect for the character of their institute and in keeping with their constitutions which, if needs be, should be accommodated to this goal in accord with the principles of this conciliar decree."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Especially in view of the urgent need of souls and the scarcity of diocesan clergy, Religious communities which the not dedicated exclusively to the contemplative life can be called upon by the bishops to assist in various pastoral ministries. They should, however, keep in mind the particular character of each community. Superiors should encourage this work to the utmost, by accepting parishes, even on a temporary basis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2.) Religious engaged in the active apostolate, however, must always be imbued with the spirit of their Religious community, and remain faithful to the observance of their rule and spirit of submissiveness due to their own superiors. Bishops should not neglect to impress this obligation upon them."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": ") The institute of exemption, by which Religious are called to the service of the supreme pontiff or other ecclesiastical authority and withdrawn from the jurisdiction of bishops, refers chiefly to the internal order of their communities so that in them all things may be properly coordinated and the growth and perfection of the Religious common life promoted.(19) These communities are also exempt so that the supreme pontiff can dispose of them for the good of the universal Church(20) and any other competent authority for the good of the churches under its own jurisdiction."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This exemption, however, does not exclude Religious in individual dioceses from the jurisdiction of bishops in accordance with the norm of law, insofar as the performance of their pastoral office and the right ordering of the care of souls requires.(21)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4.) All Religious, exempt and non-exempt, are subject to the authority of the local Ordinaries in those things which pertain to the public exercise of divine worship-except where differences in rites are concerned-the care of souls, the sacred preaching intended for the people, the religious and moral education of the Christian faithful, especially of the children, catechetical instruction and liturgical formation. They are subject to the local Ordinary also in what pertains to the decorum proper to the clerical state as well as in the various works which concern the exercise of the sacred apostolate. Catholic schools conducted by Religious are also subject to the authority of the local Ordinaries for purposes of general policy- making and vigilance, but the right of Religious to direct them remains intact. Religious also are bound to observe all those things which councils or conferences of bishops shall legitimately prescribe for observance by all."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5.) A well-ordered cooperation is to be encouraged between various religious communities and between them and the diocesan clergy. There should also be a very close coordination of all apostolic works and activities which especially depend upon a supernatural attitude of hearts and minds, rooted in and founded upon charity. The Apostolic See is competent to supervise this coordination for the universal Church; sacred pastors are competent in their own respective dioceses: and patriarchal synods and episcopal conferences in their own territory."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For those works of the apostolate which Religious are to undertake, bishops or episcopal conferences, religious superiors or conferences of major religious superiors should take action only after mutual consultations."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": ") In order to foster harmonious and fruitful mutual relations between bishops and religious, at stated times and as often as it is deemed opportune, bishops and religious superiors should meet to discuss those affairs which pertain to the apostolate in their territory."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCERNING BISHOPS COOPERATING FOR THE COMMON GOOD OF MANY CHURCHES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Synods, Councils and especially Episcopal Conferences"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "From the very first centuries of the Church bishops, as rulers of individual churches, were deeply moved by the communion of fraternal charity and zeal for the universal mission entrusted to the Apostles. And so they pooled their abilities and their wills for the common good and for the welfare of the individual churches. Thus came into being synods, provincial councils and plenary councils in which bishops established for various churches the way to be followed in teaching the truths of faith and ordering ecclesiastical discipline."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This sacred ecumenical synod earnestly desires that the venerable institution of synods and councils flourish with fresh vigor. In such a way faith will be deepened and discipline preserved more fittingly and efficaciously in the various churches, as the needs of the times require."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In these days especially bishops frequently are unable to fulfill their office effectively and fruitfully unless they develop a common effort involving constant growth in harmony and closeness of ties with other bishops. Episcopal conferences already established in many nations-have furnished outstanding proofs of a more fruitful apostolate. Therefore, this sacred synod considers it to be supremely fitting that everywhere bishops belonging to the same nation or region form an association which would meet at fixed times. Thus, when the insights of prudence and experience have been shared and views exchanged, there will emerge a holy union of energies in the service of the common good of the churches."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wherefore, this sacred synod decrees the following concerning episcopal conferences:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1.) An episcopal conference is, as it were, a council in which the bishops of a given nation or territory jointly exercise their pastoral office to promote the greater good which the Church offers mankind, especially through the forms and methods of the apostolate fittingly adapted to the circumstances of the age."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": ") Members of the episcopal conference are all local Ordinaries of every rite-excluding vicar generals-and coadjutors, auxiliaries and other titular bishops who perform a special work entrusted to them by the Apostolic See or the episcopal conferences. Other titular bishops, legates of the Roman pontiff, because of their exceptional office in the territory are not de iure members of the conferences. Local Ordinaries and coadjutors hold a deliberative vote. Auxiliaries and other bishops who have a right to attend the conference will hold either a deliberative or a consultative vote, as the statutes of the conference determine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3.) Each episcopal conference is to draft its own statutes for recognition by the Apostolic See. In these statutes, among other things, offices should be established which will aid in achieving its purpose more efficaciously, for example, a permanent board of bishops, episcopal commissions and a general secretariat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4.) Decisions of the episcopal conference, provided they have been approved legitimately and by the votes of at least two-thirds of the prelates who have a deliberative vote in the conference, and have been recognized by the Apostolic See, are to have juridically binding force only in those cases prescribed by the common law or determined by a special mandate of the Apostolic See, given either spontaneously or in response to a petition of the conference itself."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5.) Wherever special circumstances require and with the approbation of the Apostolic See, bishops of many nations can establish a single conference."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Communications between episcopal conferences of different nations should be especially encouraged in order to promote and safeguard the common good."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6.) It is highly recommended that the prelates of the Oriental Churches, promoting the discipline of their own churches in synods and efficaciously fostering works for the good of religion, should take into account also the common good of the whole territory where many churches of different rites exist. They should exchange views at inter-ritual meetings in keeping with norms to be given by the competent authority."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. The. Boundaries of Ecclesiastical Provinces and the Erection of Ecclesiastical Regions"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The good of souls requires fitting boundaries not only for dioceses but also for ecclesiastical provinces; indeed it sometimes counsels the establishment of new ecclesiastical regions. Thus the needs of the apostolate will be better met in keeping with social and local circumstances. Thus, too, the relationships of the bishops with each other and with their metropolitans, and with other bishops of the same nation and even between bishops and civil authorities will be rendered easier and more fruitful."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, in order to accomplish these aims this sacred synod decrees as follows:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is fitting that the competent episcopal conferences examine the question of boundaries of such provinces and the establishment of regions in keeping with the norms given with respect to diocesan boundaries in numbers 23-24. They are then to submit their suggestions and desires to the Apostolic See."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Bishops Having an Inter-Diocesan Office"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since pastoral needs require more and more that some pastoral undertakings be directed and carried forward as joint projects, it is fitting that certain offices be created for the service of all or many dioceses of a determined region or nation. These offices can be filled by bishops."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This sacred synod recommends that between the prelates or bishops serving in these offices and the diocesan bishops and the episcopal conferences, there exist always fraternal association and harmonious cooperation in the expression of pastoral concern."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These relationships should also be clearly defined by common law."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since, because of the unique conditions of their way of life, the spiritual care of military personnel requires special consideration, there should be established in every nation, if possible, a military vicariate. Both the military vicar and the chaplains should devote themselves unsparingly to this difficult work in complete cooperation with the diocesan bishops.(1)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diocesan bishops should release to the military vicar a sufficient number of priests who are qualified for this serious work. At the same time they should promote all endeavors which will improve the spiritual welfare of military personnel.(2)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This sacred synod prescribes that in the revision of the code of canon law suitable laws be drawn up in keeping with the principles stated in this decree. Due consideration should also be given the observations made by the commissions and the council Fathers."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This sacred synod also prescribes that general directories be prepared treating of the care of souls for the use of both bishops and pastors. Thus they will be provided with certain methods which will help them to discharge their own pastoral office with greater ease and effectiveness."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There should be prepared also a particular directory concerning the pastoral care of special groups of the faithful as the different circumstances of individual nations or regions require. Another directory should be composed concerning the catechetical instruction of the Christian people; this directory will consider the fundamental principles of such instruction, its disposition and the composition of books on the subject. In preparing these directories, special attention should be given to the views which have been expressed both by the commissions and the council Fathers."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Preface"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Matt. 1:21."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. John 20:21."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. First Vatican Council, fourth session, part 1 of Dogmatic Constitution on the Church of Christ, c. 3, Denz. 1828 (3061)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. First Vatican Council, fourth session, Introduction to Dogmatic Constitution on the Church of Christ, Denz. 1821 (3050)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, chap. 3, nos. 21, 24 and 25: A.A.S. 57 (1965) pp. 24-25, 29-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, chap. 3, no. 21: A.A.S. 57 (1965) pp. 24-25."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. John XXIII's apostolic constitution, Humanae Salutis, Dec. 25, 1961: A.A.S. 54 (1962) p. 6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter I"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, chap. 3, no. 22: A.A.S. 57 (1965) pp. 25-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ibid."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Paul VI's motu proprio, Apostolica Sollicitudo, Sept. 15, 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, chap. 3, no. 23: A.A.S. 57 (1965) pp. 27-28."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII's encyclical letter, Fidei Donum, April 21, 1957: A.A.S. 49 (1957) p. 27 ff.; also cf. Benedict XV's apostolic letter, Maximum Illud, Nov. 30, 1919: A.A.S. 11 (1919) p. 440; Pius XI's encyclical letter, Rerum Ecclesiae, Feb. 28, 1926: A.A.S. 18 (1926) p.68."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Paul VI's allocution to the cardinals, prelates and various officials of the Roman curia, Sept. 21, 1963: A.A.S. 55 (1963) p. 793 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter II"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Vatican Council, Decree on Eastern Catholic Churches, Nov. 21, 1964, nos. 7-11 A.A.S. 57 (1965) p. 29 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Council of Trent, fifth session, Decree De Reform., c. 2, Mansi 33, 30: 24th session, Decree De Reform., c. Mansi 33, 159 [cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Church. chap. 3, no. 25: A.A.S. 57 (1965) p. 29 ff.]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, chap. 3, no. 25: A.A.S. 57 (1965) pp. 29-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. John XXIII's encyclical letter, Pacem in Terris, April 11, 1963, passim: A.A.S. 55 (1963) pp. 257-304."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Paul VI's encyclical letter, Ecclesiam Suam, April 6, 1964: A.A.S. 56 (1964) p. 639."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Paul VI's encyclical letter, Ecclesiam Suam, April 6, 1964: A.A.S. 56 (1964) pp. 644-645."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Vatican Council, Decree on Communications Media, Dec. 4, 1963: A.A.S. 56 (1964) pp. 145-153."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Vatican Council, Constitution on the Sacred Liturgy, Dec. 4, 1963: A.A.S. 56 (1964) p. 97 ff; Paul VI's motu proprio, Sacram Liturgiam, Jan. 25, 1964: A.A.S. 56 (1964) p. 139 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9.Pius XII's encyclical letter, Mediator Dei, Nov. 20, 1947: A.A.S. 39 (1947) p. 97 ff.; Paul VI's encyclical letter, Mysterium Fidei, Sept. 3, 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Acts 1:14 and 2:46."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, chap. 6, nos. 44 and 45: A.A.S. 57 (1965) pp. 50-52."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Luke 22:26-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. John 15:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Vatican Council, Decree on Ecumenism, Nov. 21 1964: A.A.S. 57 (1965) pp. 90-107."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. St. Pius X's motu proprio, Iampridem, March 19, 1914: A.A.S. 6 (1914) p. 174 ff.; Pius XII's apostolic constitution, Exul Familia, Aug. 1, 1952: A.A.S. 54 (1952) p. 652 ff.; Leges Operis Apostolatus Maris, compiled under the authority of Pius XII Nov. 21, 1957: A.A.S. 50 (1958) p. 375 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Vatican Council, Decree on Eastern Catholic Churches, Nov. 21, 1964, no. 4: A.A.S. 57 (1965) p. 77."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. John 13:35."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII's allocution of Dec. 8, 1950: A.A.S. 43 (1951) p. 28; also cf. Paul VI's allocution of May 23, 1964: A.A.S. 56 (1964) p. 571."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Leo XIII's apostolic constitution, Romanos Pontifices, May 8, 1881: Acta Leonis XIII, vol. 2, 1882, p. 234."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Paul VI's allocution of May 23, 1964: A.A.S. 56 (1965) pp. 570-571."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII's allocution of Dec. 8, 1950, 1. c."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPTER III"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Consistorial Congregation's Instruction to Military Ordinariates, April 23, 1951: A.A.S. 43 (1951) pp. 562-565; Formula Regarding the Conferring of the Status of Military Ordinariates, Oct. 20, 1956: A.A.S. 49 (1957) pp. 150-163; Decree on Ad Limina Visits of Military Ordinariates, Feb. 28, 1959: A.A.S. 51 (1959) pp. 272-274; Decree on the Granting of Faculties for Confessions to Military Chaplains, Nov. 27, 1960: A.A.S. 53 (1961) pp. 49-50. Also cf. Congregation of Religious' Instruction on Religious Military Chaplains, Feb. 2, 1955: A.A.S. 47 (1955) pp. 93-97."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Consistorial Congregation's letter to the cardinals, archbishops and bishops of Spanish-speaking nations, June 27, 1951: A.A.S. 43 (1951) p. 566."
            }
          ]
        },
        "es": {
          "code": "es",
          "label": "Español",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_christus-dominus_sp.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-141-vat-ii_decree_19651028_christus-dominus_sp.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO CHRISTUS DOMINUS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SOBRE EL MINISTERIO PASTORAL DE LOS OBISPOS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROEMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo Señor, Hijo de Dios vivo, que vino a salvar del pecado a su pueblo y a santificar a todos los hombres, como El fue enviado por el Padre, así también envió a sus Apóstoles, a quienes santificó, comunicándoles el Espíritu Santo, para que también ellos glorificaran al Padre sobre la tierra y salvaran a los hombres \"para la edificación del Cuerpo de Cristo\" (Ef., 4,12), que es la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En esta Iglesia de Cristo, el Romano Pontífice, como sucesor de Pedro, a quien confió Cristo el apacentar sus ovejas y sus corderos, goza por institución divina de potestad suprema, plena, inmediata y universal para el cuidado de las almas. El, por tanto, habiendo sido enviado como pastor de todos los fieles a procurar el bien común de la Iglesia universal y el de todas las iglesias particulares, tiene la supremacía de la potestad ordinaria sobre todas las Iglesias."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero también los Obispos, por su parte, puestos por el Espíritu Santo, ocupan el lugar de los Apóstoles como pastores de las almas, y juntamente con el Sumo Pontífice y bajo su autoridad, son enviados a actualizar perennemente la obra de Cristo, Pastor eterno. Ahora bien, Cristo dio a los Apóstoles y a sus sucesores el mandato y el poder de enseñar a todas las gentes y de santificar a los hombres en la verdad y de apacentarlos. Por consiguiente, los Obispos han sido constituidos por el Espíritu Santo, que se les ha dado, verdaderos y auténticos maestros de la fe, pontífices y pastores."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Obispos, partícipes de la preocupación de todas las Iglesias, desarrollan, en unión y bajo la autoridad del Sumo Pontífice, este su deber, recibido por la consagración episcopal, en lo que se refiere al magisterio y al régimen pastoral, todos unidos en colegio o corporación con respecto a la Iglesia universal de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E individualmente lo ejercen en cuanto a la parte del rebaño del Señor que se les ha confiado, teniendo cada uno el cuidado de la Iglesia particular que presiden, y en algunas ocasiones pueden los Obispos reunidos proveer a las Iglesias de ciertas necesidades comunes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por ello el sagrado Concilio, considerando también las condiciones de la sociedad humana, que en nuestros tiempos está abocada a un orden nuevo, intentando determinar más concretamente el ministerio pastoral del os Obispos, establece lo siguiente:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LOS OBISPOS CON RELACIÓN A TODA LA IGLESIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Papel que desempeñan los obispos con relación a la Iglesia universal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ejercicio de la potestad del Colegio de los Obispos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Obispos, por el hecho de su consagración sacramental y por la comunión jerárquica con la Cabeza y los miembros del Colegio, quedan constituidos miembros del Cuerpo Episcopal. \"Mas el orden de los Obispos, que sucede al Colegio de los Apóstoles en el magisterio y régimen pastoral, y en el cual se continúa el cuerpo apostólico, juntamente con su Cabeza, el Romano Pontífice, y nunca sin El, es también sujeto de suprema y plena potestad en toda la Iglesia, potestad que ciertamente no pueden ejercer sin el consentimiento del Romano Pontífice\". Este poder se ejerce \"de un modo solemne en el Concilio Ecuménico. Por tanto, determina el sagrado Concilio que todos los Obispos que sean miembros del Colegio Episcopal tienen derecho a asistir al Concilio Ecuménico\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"La misma potestad colegial pueden ejercerla juntamente con el Papa los Obispos dispersos en toda la tierra, con tal que la Cabeza del Colegio los convoque a una acción colegial o, a lo menos, apruebe o reciba libremente la acción unida de los Obispos dispersos, de forma que se constituya un verdadero acto colegial\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sínodo o Consejo de los Obispos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Obispos elegidos de entre las diversas regiones del mundo, en la forma y disposición que el Romano Pontífice ha establecido o tengan a bien establecer en lo sucesivo, prestan al Supremo Pastor de la Iglesia una ayuda más eficaz constituyendo un consejo que se designa con el nombre de sínodo episcopal, el cual, puesto que obra en nombre de todo el episcopado católico, manifiesta, al mismo tiempo, que todos los Obispos en comunión jerárquica son partícipes de la solicitud de toda la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Obispos, partícipes de la solicitud para todas las Iglesias"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Obispos, como legítimos sucesores de los Apóstoles y miembros del Colegio Episcopal, reconózcanse siempre unidos entre sí y muestren que son solícitos por todas las Iglesias, porque por institución de Dios y exigencias del ministerio apostólico, cada uno debe ser fiador de la Iglesia juntamente con los demás Obispos. Sientan, sobre todo, interés por las regiones del mundo en que todavía no se ha anunciado la palabra de Dios y por aquellas en que, por el escaso número de sacerdotes, están en peligro los fieles de apartarse de los mandamientos de la vida cristiana e incluso de perder la fe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo cual pongan todo su empeño en que los fieles sostengan y promuevan con ardor las obras de evangelización y apostolado. Procuren, además, preparar dignos ministros sagrados e incluso auxiliares, tanto religiosos como seglares, para las misiones y los territorios que sufren escasez de clero. Tengan también interés en que, en la medida de sus posibilidades, vayan algunos de sus sacerdotes a las referidas misiones o diócesis, para desarrollar allí su ministerio sagrado para siempre o, a lo menos, por algún tiempo determinado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No pierdan de vista, por otra parte, los Obispos, que, en el uso de los bienes eclesiásticos, tienen que tener también en consideración las necesidades no sólo de su diócesis, sino de las otras Iglesias particulares, puesto que son parte de la única Iglesia de Cristo. Atiendan, por fin, con todas sus fuerzas, al remedio de las calamidades que sufren otras diócesis o regiones."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Manifiesten un amor fraterno y ayuden con un sincero y eficaz cuidado, sobre todo, a los Obispos que se ven perseguidos con calumnias y vejámenes por el Nombre de Cristo, encerrados en las cárceles o impedidos de desarrollar su ministerio, para que sus penas se alivien y suavicen con las oraciones y la ayuda de los demás hermanos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Los Obispos y la Santa Sede."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Obispos en sus Diócesis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Los Obispos, como sucesores de los Apóstoles, tienen por sí, en las diócesis que se les ha confiado, toda la potestad ordinaria, propia e inmediata que se requiere para el ejercicio de su oficio pastoral, salvo en todo la potestad que, en virtud de su cargo, tiene el Romano Pontífice de reservarse a sí o a otra autoridad las causas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Todos los Obispos diocesanos tienen la facultad de dispensar, en caso particular, de una ley general de la Iglesia a los fieles sobre los que ejercen la autoridad según derecho, siempre que lo juzguen conveniente para el bien espiritual de ellos, mientras no se trate de algo que se haya reservado especialmente la Autoridad Suprema de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dicasterios de la Curia Romana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En el ejercicio supremo, pleno e inmediato de su poder sobre toda la Iglesia, el Romano Pontífice se sirve de los dicasterios de la Curia Romana, que, en consecuencia, realizan su labor en su nombre y bajo su autoridad, para bien de las Iglesias y servicio de los sagrados pastores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Desean, sin embargo, los Padres conciliares que estos dicasterios, que ciertamente han prestado al Romano Pontífice y a los pastores de la Iglesia un servicio excelente, sean reorganizados según las necesidades de los tiempos y con una mejor adaptación a las regiones y a los ritos, sobre todo en cuanto al número, nombre, competencia, modo de proceder y coordinación de trabajos. Desean, igualmente, que habida cuanta del ministerio pastoral propio de los Obispos, se concrete más detalladamente el cargo de los legados del Romano Pontífice."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puesto que estos dicasterios han sido creados para el bien de la Iglesia universal, se desea que sus miembros, oficiales y consultores e igualmente los legados del Romano Pontífice, en cuanto sea posible, sean tomados de las diversas regiones de la Iglesia, de manera que las oficinas u órganos centrales de la Iglesia católica presenten un aspecto verdaderamente universal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es también de desear que entre los miembros de los dicasterios se encuentren algunos Obispos, sobre todo diocesanos, que puedan comunicar con toda exactitud al Sumo Pontífice el pensamiento, los deseos y las necesidades de todas las Iglesias."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Juzgan, por fin, de suma utilidad los Padres del Concilio que estos dicasterios escuchen más a los seglares distinguidos por su piedad, su ciencia y experiencia, de forma que también ellos tengan su cometido conveniente en las cosas de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LOS OBISPOS CON RELACIÓN A LAS IGLESIAS PARTICULARES O DIÓCESIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Los Obispos diocesanos"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Noción de diócesis y oficio de los Obispos en ella"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La diócesis es una porción del Pueblo de Dios que se confía a un Obispo para que la apaciente con la cooperación del presbiterio, de forma que unida a su pastor y reunida por él en el Espíritu Santo por el Evangelio y la Eucaristía, constituye una Iglesia particular, en la que verdaderamente está y obra la Iglesia de Cristo, que es Una, Santa, Católica y Apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cada uno de los Obispos a los que se ha confiado el cuidado de cada Iglesia particular, bajo la autoridad del Sumo Pontífice, como sus pastores propios, ordinarios e inmediatos, apacienten sus ovejas en el Nombre del Señor, desarrollando en ellas su oficio de enseñar, de santificar y de regir. Ellos, sin embargo, deben reconocer los derechos que competen legítimamente a los patriarcas o a otras autoridades jerárquicas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Obispos deben dedicarse a su labor apostólica como testigos de Cristo delante de los hombres, interesándose no sólo por los que ya siguen al Príncipe de los Pastores, sino consagrándose totalmente a los que de alguna manera perdieron el camino de la verdad o desconocen el Evangelio y la misericordia salvadora de Cristo, para que todos caminen \"en toda bondad, justicia y verdad\" (Ef., 5,9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deber que tienen los Obispos de enseñar"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En el ejercicio de su ministerio de enseñar, anuncien a los hombres el Evangelio de Cristo, deber que sobresale entre los principales de los Obispos, llamándolos a la fe con la fortaleza del Espíritu o confirmándolos en la fe viva. Propónganles el misterio íntegro de Cristo, es decir, aquellas verdades cuyo desconocimiento es ignorancia de Cristo, e igualmente el camino que se ha revelado para la glorificación de Dios y por ello mismo para la consecución de la felicidad eterna."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Muéstrenles, asimismo, que las mismas cosas terrenas y las instituciones humanas, por la determinación de Dios Creador, se ordenan también a la salvación de los hombres y, por consiguiente, pueden contribuir mucho a la edificación del Cuerpo de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enséñenles, por consiguiente, cuánto hay que apreciar la persona humana, con su libertad y la misma vida del cuerpo, según la doctrina de la Iglesia; la familia y su unidad y estabilidad, la procreación y educación de los hijos; la sociedad civil, con sus leyes y profesiones; el trabajo y el descanso, las artes y los inventos técnicos; la pobreza y la abundancia, y expónganles, finalmente, los principios con los que hay que resolver los gravísimos problemas acerca de la posesión de los bienes materiales, de su incremento y recta distribución, acerca de la paz y de las guerras y de la vida hermanada de todos pueblos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Métodos de enseñar la doctrina cristiana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Expliquen la doctrina cristiana con métodos acomodados a las necesidades de los tiempos, es decir, que respondan a las dificultades y problemas que más preocupan y angustian a los hombres; defiendan también esta doctrina enseñando a los fieles a defenderla y propagarla. Demuestren en su enseñanza la materna solicitud de la Iglesia para con todos los hombres, sean fieles o infieles, teniendo un cuidado especial de los pobres y de los débiles, a los que el Señor les envió a evangelizar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siendo propio de la Iglesia el establecer diálogo con la sociedad humana dentro de la que vive, los Obispos tienen, ante todo, el deber de llegar a los hombres, buscar y promover el diálogo con ellos. Diálogos de salvación, que, como siempre hace la verdad, han de llevarse a cabo con caridad, compresión y amor; conviene que se distingan siempre por la claridad de su conversación, al mismo tiempo que por la humildad y la delicadeza, llenos siempre de prudencia y de confianza, puesto que han surgido para favorecer la amistad y acercar las almas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esfuércense en aprovechar la variedad de medios que hay en estos tiempos para anunciar la doctrina cristiana, sobre todo la predicación y la formación catequética, que ocupa siempre el primer lugar; la exposición de la doctrina en las escuelas, universidades, conferencias y asambleas de todo género, con declaraciones públicas, hechas con ocasión de algunos sucesos; con la Prensa y demás medios de comunicación social, que es necesario usar para anunciar el Evangelio de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instrucción catequética"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vigilen atentamente que se dé con todo cuidado a los niños, adolescentes, jóvenes e incluso a los adultos la instrucción catequética, que tiende a que la fe, ilustrada por la doctrina, se haga viva, explícita y activa en los hombres y que se enseñe con el orden debido y método conveniente, no sólo con respecto a la materia que se explica, sino también a la índole, facultades, edad y condiciones de vida de los oyentes, y que esta instrucción se fundamente en la Sagrada Escritura, Tradición, Liturgia, Magisterio y vida de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Procuren, además, que los catequistas se preparen debidamente para la enseñanza, de suerte que conozcan totalmente la doctrina de la Iglesia y aprendan teórica y prácticamente las leyes psicológicas y las disciplinas pedagógicas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esfuércense también en restablecer o mejorar la instrucción de los catecúmenos adultos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deber de santificar que tienen los Obispos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En el ejercicio de su deber de santificar, recuerden los Obispos que han sido tomados de entre los hombres, constituidos para los hombres en las cosas que se refieren a dios para ofrecer los dones y sacrificios por los pecados. Pues, los Obispos gozan de la plenitud del Sacramento del Orden y de ellos dependen en el ejercicio de su potestad los presbíteros, que, por cierto, también ellos han sido consagrados sacerdotes del Nuevo Testamento para ser próvidos cooperadores del orden episcopal, y los diáconos, que, ordenados para el ministerio, sirven al pueblo de Dios en unión con el Obispo y su presbiterio. Los Obispos, por consiguiente, son los principales dispensadores de los misterios de Dios, los moderadores, promotores y guardianes de toda la vida litúrgica en la Iglesia que se les ha confiado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Trabajen, pues, sin cesar para que los fieles conozcan plenamente y vivan el misterio pascual por la Eucaristía, de forma que constituyan un cuerpo único en la unidad de la caridad de Cristo, \"atendiendo a la oración y al ministerio de la palabra\" (Act., 6,4), procuren que todos los que están bajo su cuidado vivan unánimes en la oración y por la recepción de los Sacramentos crezcan en la gracia y sean fieles testigos del Señor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En cuanto santificadores, procuren los Obispos promover la santidad de sus clérigos, de sus religiosos y seglares, según la vocación peculiar de cada uno, y siéntanse obligados a dar ejemplo de santidad con la caridad, humildad y sencillez de vida. Santifiquen sus iglesias, de forma que en ellas se advierta el sentir de toda la Iglesia de Cristo. Por consiguiente, ayuden cuanto puedan a las vocaciones sacerdotales y religiosas, poniendo interés especial en las vocaciones misioneras."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deber que tienen los Obispos de regir y apacentar"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En el ejercicio de su ministerio de padre y pastor, compórtense los Obispos en medio de los suyos como los que sirven, pastores buenos que conocen a sus ovejas y son conocidos por ellas, verdaderos padres, que se distinguen por el espíritu de amor y preocupación para con todos, y a cuya autoridad, confiada por Dios, todos se someten gustosamente. Congreguen y formen a toda la familia de su grey, de modo que todos, conscientes de sus deberes, vivan y obren en unión de caridad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para realizar esto eficazmente los Obispos, \"dispuestos para toda buena obra\" (2 Tim., 2,21) y \"soportándose todo por el amor de los elegidos\" (2 Tim., 2,10), ordenen su vida y forma que responda a las necesidades de los tiempos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Traten siempre con caridad especial a los sacerdotes, puesto que reciben parte de sus obligaciones y cuidados y los realizan celosamente con el trabajo diario, considerándolos siempre como hijos y amigos, y, por tanto, estén siempre dispuestos a oírlos, y tratando confidencialmente con ellos, procuren promover la labor pastoral íntegra de toda la diócesis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vivan preocupados de su condición espiritual, intelectual y material, para que ellos puedan vivir santa y piadosamente, cumpliendo su ministerio con fidelidad y éxito. Por lo cual han de fomentar las instituciones y establecer reuniones especiales, de las que los sacerdotes participen algunas veces, bien para practicar algunos ejercicios espirituales más prolongados para la renovación de la vida, o bien para adquirir un conocimiento más profundo de las disciplinas eclesiásticas, sobre todo de la Sagrada Escritura y de la Teología, de las cuestiones sociales de mayor importancia, de los nuevos métodos de acción pastoral."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ayuden con activa misericordia a los sacerdotes que vean en cualquier peligro o que hubieran faltado en algo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para procurar mejor el bien de los fieles, según la condición de cada uno, esfuércense en conocer bien sus necesidades, las condiciones sociales en que viven, usando de medios oportunos, sobre todo de investigación social. Muéstrense interesados por todos, cualquiera que sea su edad, condición, nacionalidad, ya sean naturales del país, ya advenedizos, ya forasteros. En la aplicación de este cuidado pastoral por sus fieles guarden el papel reservado a ellos en las cosas de la Iglesia, reconociendo también la obligación y el derecho que ellos tienen de colaborar en la edificación del Cuerpo Místico de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Extiendan su amor a los hermanos separados, recomendando también a los fieles que se comporten con ellos con gran humildad y caridad, fomentando igualmente el ecumenismo, tal como la Iglesia lo entiende. Amen también a los no bautizados, para que germine en ellos la caridad de Jesucristo, de quien los Obispos deben ser testigos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formas especiales de apostolado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estimulen las varias formas de apostolado en toda la diócesis, o en algunas regiones especiales de ella, la coordinación y la íntima unión del apostolado en toda su amplitud, bajo la dirección del Obispo, para que todos los proyectos e instituciones catequéticas, misionales, caritativas, sociales, familiares, escolares y cualquiera otra que se ordene a un fin pastoral vayan de acuerdo, con lo que, al mismo tiempo, resalte más la unidad de la diócesis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Urjan cuidadosamente el deber que tienen los fieles de ejercer el apostolado, cada uno según su condición y aptitud, y recomiéndeles que tomen parte y ayuden en los diversos campos del apostolado seglar, sobre todo en la Acción Católica. Promuevan y favorezcan también las asociaciones que directa o indirectamente buscan el fin sobrenatural, esto es, conseguir una vida más perfecta, anunciar a todos el Evangelio de Cristo, promover la doctrina cristiana y el incremento del culto público, buscar los fines sociales o realizar obras de piedad y de caridad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las formas del apostolado han de acomodarse convenientemente a las necesidades actuales, atendiendo a las condiciones humanas, no sólo espirituales y morales, sino también sociales, demográficas y económicas. Para cuya eficacia y fructuosa consecución son muy útiles las investigaciones sociales y religiosas por medio de oficinas de sociología pastoral, que se recomiendan encarecidamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Preocupación especial por ciertos grupos de fieles"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tengan una preocupación especial por los fieles que, por su condición de vida, no pueden disfrutar convenientemente del cuidado pastoral ordinario de los párrocos o carecen totalmente de él, como son muchísimos emigrantes, desterrados y prófugos, marineros y aviadores, nómadas, etc. Promuevan métodos pastorales convenientes para ayudar la vida espiritual de los que temporalmente se trasladan a otras tierras para pasar las vacaciones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las conferencias episcopales, sobre todo nacionales, preocúpense celosamente de los problemas más urgentes entre los que acabamos de decir, y procuren ayudar acordes y unidos con medios e instituciones oportunas su bien espiritual, teniendo, ante todo, en cuenta las normas que la Sede Apostólica ha establecido o establecerá, acomodadas oportunamente a las condiciones de los tiempos lugares y las personas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Libertad de los Obispos y sus relaciones con la autoridad pública"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En el ejercicio de su ministerio, ordenado a la salvación de las almas, los Obispos de por sí gozan de plena y perfecta libertad e independencia de cualquier autoridad civil. Por lo cual no es lícito impedir, directa o indirectamente, el ejercicio de su cargo eclesiástico, ni prohibirles que se comuniquen libremente con la Sede Apostólica, con otras autoridades eclesiásticas y con sus súbditos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En realidad, los sagrados pastores, en cuanto se dedican al cuidado espiritual de su grey, de hecho atienden también al bien y a la prosperidad civil, uniendo su obra eficaz para ello con las autoridades públicas, en razón de su ministerio, y como conviene a los Obispos y aconsejando la obediencia a las leyes justas y el respeto a las autoridades legítimamente constituidas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Libertad en el nombramiento de los Obispos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puesto que el ministerio de los Obispos fue instituido por Cristo Señor y se ordena a un fin espiritual y sobrenatural, el sagrado Concilio Ecuménico declara que el derecho de nombrar y crear a los Obispos es propio, peculiar y de por sí exclusivo de la autoridad competente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo cual, para defender como conviene la libertad de la Iglesia y para promover mejor y más expeditamente el bien de los fieles, desea el sagrado Concilio que en lo sucesivo no se conceda más a las autoridades civiles ni derechos, ni privilegios de elección, nombramiento, presentación o designación para el ministerio episcopal; y a las autoridades civiles cuya dócil voluntad para con la Iglesia reconoce agradecido y aprecia este Concilio, se les ruega con toda delicadeza que se dignen renunciar por su propia voluntad, efectuados los convenientes tratados con la Sede Apostólica, a los derechos o privilegios referidos, de que disfrutan actualmente por convenio o por costumbre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Renuncia al ministerio episcopal"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siendo de tanta trascendencia y responsabilidad el ministerio pastoral de los Obispos, los Obispos diocesanos y los que en derecho se les equiparan, si por la edad avanzada o por otra causa grave se hacen menos aptos para el cumplimiento de su cargo, se les ruega encarecidamente que ellos espontáneamente o invitados por la autoridad competente presenten la renuncia de su cargo. Si la aceptare la autoridad competente, ella proveerá de la congrua sustentación de los renunciantes y del reconocimiento de los derechos especiales que les atañen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Circunscripción de las diócesis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Necesidad de revisar las circunscripciones de las diócesis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para conseguir el fin propio de la diócesis conviene que se manifieste claramente la naturaleza de la Iglesia en el Pueblo de Dios perteneciente a la misma diócesis; que los Obispos puedan cumplir en ellas con eficacia sus deberes pastorales; que se provea, por fin, lo más perfectamente que se pueda a la salvación del Pueblo de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esto exige, por una parte, la conveniente circunscripción de los límites territoriales de la diócesis, y, por otra, la distribución racional y acomodada a las exigencias del apostolado de los clérigos y de las disponibilidades. Todo ello redunda en bien no sólo de los clérigos y de los fieles, a los que directamente atañe, sino también de toda la Iglesia católica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Así, pues, en lo que se refiere a los límites de las diócesis, dispone el santo Concilio que, según las exigencias del bien de las almas, se revisen prudentemente cuanto antes, dividiéndolas o desmembrándolas, o uniéndolas, o cambiando sus límites, o eligiendo un lugar más conveniente para las sedes episcopales, o, por fin, disponiéndolas según una nueva ordenación, sobre todo tratándose de los que abarcan ciudades muy grandes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Normas que se han de observar"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En la revisión de las demarcaciones de las diócesis hay que asegurar, sobre todo, la unidad orgánica de cada diócesis, en cuanto a las personas, ministerios e instituciones, a la manera de un cuerpo viviente. En cada caso, bien observadas todas las circunstancias, ténganse presentes estos criterios generales:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) En la demarcación de la diócesis, en cuanto sea posible, téngase en cuanta la variedad de los componentes del Pueblo de Dios, que puede ayudar mucho para desarrollar mejor el deber pastoral, y, al mismo tiempo, procúrese que las conglomeraciones demográficas de este pueblo coincidan en lo posible con los servicios e instituciones sociales que constituyen la misma estructura orgánica. Por lo cual el territorio de cada diócesis ha e ser continuo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Atiéndase también, si es conveniente, a los límites de circunscripciones civiles y a las condiciones peculiares de las personas y de los lugares, por ejemplo, psicológicas, económicas, geográficas, históricas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) La extensión del territorio diocesano y el número de sus habitantes, comúnmente hablando, ha de ser tal que, por una parte, el mismo Obispo, aunque ayudado por otros, pueda cumplir sus deberes, hacer convenientemente las visitas pastorales, moderar comodamente y coordinar todas las obras de apostolado en la diócesis; sobre todo, conocer a sus sacerdotes y a los religiosos y seglares que tienen algún cometido en las obras diocesanas, y, por otra parte, se ofrezca un campo suficiente e idóneo, en el que tanto el Obispo como los clérigos puedan desarrollar útilmente todas sus fuerzas en el ministerio, teniendo en cuanta las necesidades de la Iglesia universal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Y, por fin, para cumplir mejor con el ministerio de la salvación en la diócesis, téngase por norma que en cada diócesis haya clérigos suficientes en número y preparación para apacentar debidamente el Pueblo de Dios; que no falten los servicios, instituciones y obras propias de la Iglesia particular y que son necesarias prácticamente para su apto gobierno y apostolado; que, por fin, se tengan o se provean prudentemente los medios necesarios para sustentar las personas y las instituciones que, por otra parte, no han de faltar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para este fin también donde haya fieles de diverso rito, provea el Obispo diocesano a sus necesidades espirituales por sacerdotes o parroquias del mismo rito o por un vicario episcopal, dotado de facultades convenientes y, si es necesario, dotado incluso del carácter episcopal o que desempeñe por el mismo el oficio de ordinario de los diversos ritos. Pero si todo esto no pudiera compaginarse, según parecer de la Sede Apostólica, establézcase una jerarquía propia según los diversos ritos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Asimismo, en circunstancias semejantes, háblese a cada grupo de fieles en diversa lengua, ya por medio de los sacerdotes o de las parroquias de la misma lengua o por el vicario episcopal, perito en la lengua, y, si es preciso, dotado del carácter episcopal; ya sea, finalmente, de otro modo oportuno."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En cuanto se refiere a los cambios o innovaciones de las diócesis, según los números 22-23, salva siempre la disciplina de las Iglesias orientales, es conveniente que las conferencias episcopales componentes examinen estos asuntos para su propio territorio -incluso con la ayuda de una comisión episcopal especial, si parece oportuno, pero, habiendo escuchado siempre, sobre todo, a los Obispos de las provincias o de las regiones interesadas- y propongan luego su parecer y sus deseos a la Sede Apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Cooperadores del Obispo diocesano en el cargo pastoral."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Normas para constituir los Obispos coadjutores y auxiliares."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En el gobierno de las diócesis provéase al deber pastoral de los Obispos de forma que se busque siempre el bien de la grey del Señor. Este bien, debidamente procurado, exigirá no rara vez que se constituyan Obispos auxiliares, porque el Obispo diocesano, o por la excesiva amplitud de la diócesis, o por el subido número de habitantes, o por circunstancias especiales del apostolado, o por otras causas de distinta índole no puede satisfacer por sí mismo todos los deberes episcopales, como lo exige el bien de las almas. Y más aún: alguna vez, una necesidad especial exige que se constituya un Obispo coadjutor para ayuda del propio Obispo diocesano. Estos Obispos coadjutores o auxiliares han de estar provistos de facultades convenientes, de forma que, salva siempre la unidad del régimen diocesano y la autoridad del Obispo propio, su labor resulte totalmente eficaz y se salvaguarde mejor la dignidad debida a los Obispos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ahora bien, los Obispos coadjutores y auxiliares, por lo mismo que son llamados a participar en la solicitud del Obispo diocesano, desarrollen su labor de forma que estén en todo de acuerdo con él; manifiéstenle, además, una reverencia obsequiosa y él ame y aprecie fraternalmente a los Obispos coadjutores y auxiliares."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Facultades de los Obispos auxiliares y coadjutores"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cuando el bien de las almas así lo exija, no dude el Obispo diocesano en pedir a la autoridad competente uno o más auxiliares, que son puestos en las diócesis sin derecho a sucesión."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si en las letras de nombramiento no se dijera nada, nombre el Obispo diocesano al auxiliar o auxiliares vicarios generales o, a lo menos, vicarios episcopales, dependientes tan sólo de su autoridad, a los que hará bien en consultar para la solución de los asuntos de mayor trascendencia, sobre todo de índole pastoral."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A no ser que la autoridad competente estableciere otra cosa, el poder y las facultades que tienen por derecho los Obispos auxiliares no expiran con la cesación en el cargo del Obispo diocesano. Es también de desear que al quedar vacante la sede se confiera al Obispo auxiliar, o si son varios,a uno de ellos, el cargo de regir la diócesis, a no aconsejar lo contrario razones graves."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Obispo coadjutor, es decir, el que se nombra con derecho a sucesión, siempre ha de ser nombrado por el Obispo diocesano vicario general. En casos particulares, la autoridad competente le podrá confiar mayores facultades."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para procurar en el presente y en el porvenir el mayor bien de la diócesis, el Obispo diocesano y el Obispo coadjutor no dejen de consultarse mutuamente en los asuntos de mayor importancia."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Organización de la curia diocesana e institución del consejo pastoral."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El cargo principal de la curia diocesana es el de vicario general. Pero siempre que lo requiera el régimen de las diócesis, el Obispo puede nombrar uno o más vicarios episcopales, que, en una parte determinada de la diócesis, o en cierta clase de asuntos, o con relación a los fieles de diverso rito, tienen de derecho la misma facultad que el derecho común confiere al vicario general."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre los cooperadores en el régimen de la diócesis se cuentan, asimismo, aquellos presbíteros que constituyen un senado o consejo, como el cabildo de la catedral, el grupo de consultores u otros consejos, según las circunstancias y condiciones de los diversos lugares. Estas instituciones, sobre todo los cabildos de la catedral, hay que reformarlos, en cuanto sea necesario, para acomodarlos a las necesidades actuales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los sacerdotes y seglares que pertenecen a la curia diocesana sepan que prestan su ayuda al ministerio pastoral del Obispo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay que ordenar la curia diocesana de forma que resulte un instrumento apto para el Obispo, no sólo en la administración de la diócesis, sino también en el ejercicio de las obras de apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es muy de desear que se establezca en la diócesis un consejo especial de pastoral, presidido por el Obispo diocesano, formado por clérigos, religiosos y seglares especialmente elegidos. El cometido de este consejo será investigar y justipreciar todo lo pertinente a las obras de pastoral y sacar de ello conclusiones prácticas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los sacerdotes diocesanos."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos los presbíteros, sean diocesanos, sean religiosos, participan y ejercen con el Obispo el único sacerdocio de Cristo; por consiguiente, quedan constituidos en asiduos cooperadores del orden episcopal. Pero en la cura de las almas son los sacerdotes diocesanos los primeros, puesto que estando incardinados o dedicados a una Iglesia particular, se consagran totalmente al servicio de la misma, para apacentar una porción del rebaño del Señor; por lo cual constituyen un presbiterio y una familia, cuyo padre es el Obispo. Para que éste pueda distribuir más apta y justamente los ministerios sagrados entre sus sacerdotes , debe tener la libertad necesaria en la colación de oficios y beneficios, quedando suprimidos, por ello, los derechos y privilegios que coarten de alguna manera esta libertad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las relaciones entre el Obispo y los sacerdotes diocesanos deben fundamentarse en la caridad, de manera que la unión de la voluntad de los sacerdotes con la del Obispo haga más provechosa la acción pastoral de todos. Por lo cual, para promover más y más el servicio de las almas, sírvase el Obispo entablar diálogo con los sacerdotes, aun en común, no sólo cuando se presente la ocasión, sino también en tiempos establecidos, en cuanto sea posible."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estén, por lo demás, unidos entre sí todos los sacerdotes diocesanos y estimúlense por el celo del bien espiritual de toda la diócesis; pensando, por otra parte, que los bienes adquiridos con ocasión del oficio eclesiástico están relacionados con el ministerio sagrado, generosamente, según sus medios, socorren las necesidades incluso materiales de la diócesis, conforme a la indicación del Obispo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los sacerdotes dedicados a obras supraparroquiales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cooperadores muy próximos del Obispo son también aquellos sacerdotes a quienes él les confía un cargo pastoral u obras de apostolado de carácter supraparroquial, ya sea para un territorio determinado en la diócesis, ya para grupos especiales de fieles, ya para un determinado género de acción."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "También prestan una obra extraordinaria los sacerdotes que reciben del Obispo diversos encargos de apostolado en las escuelas o en otros institutos similares o asociaciones. De igual modo, los sacerdotes dedicados a obras supradiocesanas, al realizar excelentes obras de apostolado, han de ser objeto de solicitud por parte del Obispo en cuya diócesis moran."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los párrocos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cooperadores muy especialmente del Obispo son los párrocos, a quienes se confía como a pastores propios el cuidado de las almas de una parte determinada de la diócesis, bajo la autoridad del Obispo:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) En el desempeño de este cuidado los párrocos con sus auxiliares cumplan su deber de enseñar, de santificar y de regir de tal forma que los fieles y las comunidades parroquiales se sientan, en realidad, miembros tanto de la diócesis, como de toda la Iglesia universal. por lo cual colaboren con otros párrocos y otros sacerdotes que ejercen en el territorio el oficio pastoral (como son, por ejemplo, los vicarios foráneos, deanes) o dedicados a las obras de índole supraparroquial, para que no falte unidad en la diócesis en el cuidado pastoral e incluso sea éste más eficaz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El cuidado de las almas ha de estar, además, informado por el espíritu misionero, de forma que llegue a todos los que viven en la parroquia. Pero si los párrocos no pueden llegar a algunos grupos de personas, reclamen la ayuda de otros, incluso seglares, para que los ayuden en lo que se refiere al apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para dar más eficacia al cuidado de las almas se recomienda vivamente la vida común de los sacerdotes, sobre todo de los adscritos a la misma parroquia, lo cual, al mismo tiempo que favorece la acción apostólica, da a los fieles ejemplo de caridad y de unidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) En el desempeño del deber del magisterio, es propio de los párrocos: predicar la palabra de Dios a todos los fieles, para que éstos, fundados en la fe, en la esperanza y en la caridad, crezcan en Cristo y la comunidad cristiana pueda dar el testimonio de caridad, que recomendó el Señor; igualmente, el comunicar a los fieles por la instrucción catequética el conocimiento pleno del misterio de la salvación, conforme a la edad de cada uno. Para dar esta instrucción, busque no sólo la ayuda de los religiosos, sino también la cooperación de los seglares, erigiendo también la Cofradía de la Doctrina Cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En llevar a cabo la obra de la santificación procuren los párrocos que la celebración del sacrificio eucarístico sea el centro y la cumbre de toda la vida de la comunidad cristiana, y procuren, además, que los fieles se nutran del alimento espiritual por la recepción frecuente de los sacramentos y por la participación consciente y activa en la liturgia. No olviden tampoco los párrocos que el sacramento de la penitencia, ayuda muchísimo para robustecer la vida cristiana, por lo cual han de estar siempre dispuestos a oír las confesiones de los fieles llamando también, si es preciso, otros sacerdotes que conozcan varias lenguas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El cumplimiento de su deber pastoral procuren, ante todo, los párrocos conocer su propio rebaño. Pero siendo servidores de todas las ovejas, incrementen la vida cristiana, tanto en cada uno en particular como en las familias y en las asociaciones, sobre todo en las dedicadas al apostolado, y en toda la comunidad parroquial. visiten, pues, las casas y las escuelas, según les exija su deber pastoral; atiendan cuidadosamente a los adolescentes y a los jóvenes; desplieguen la caridad paterna para con los pobres y los enfermos; tengan, finalmente, un cuidado especial con los obreros y esfuércense en conseguir que todos los fieles ayuden en las obras de apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Los vicarios parroquiales, como cooperadores del párroco, prestan diariamente un trabajo importante y activo en el ministerio parroquial, bajo la autoridad del párroco. Por lo cual, entre el párroco y sus vicarios ha de haber comunicación fraterna, caridad mutua y constante respeto; ayúdense mutuamente con consejos, ayudas y ejemplos, atendiendo a su deber parroquial con voluntad concorde y común esfuerzo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nombramiento, traslado, separación y renuncia de los párrocos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tengan en cuenta el Obispo, cuando trate de formarse el juicio sobre la idoneidad de un sacerdote para el régimen de alguna parroquia, no sólo su doctrina, sino también la piedad, el celo apostólico y demás dotes y cualidades que se requieren para cumplir debidamente con el cuidado de las almas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siendo, además, la razón del ministerio pastoral, el bien de las almas, con el fin de que el Obispo pueda proveer las parroquias más fácil y más convenientemente, suprímanse, salvo el derecho de los religiosos, cualquier derecho de presentación, de nombramiento o de reserva, y donde exista, la ley del concurso sea general o particular."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero cada párroco ha de tener en su parroquia la estabilidad que exija el bien de las almas. Por tanto, abrogada la distinción entre párrocos movibles e inamovibles, hay que revisar y simplificar el proceso en el traslado y separación de los párrocos, para que el Obispo, salva siempre la equidad natural y canónica, pueda proveer mejor a las exigencias del bien de las almas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A los párrocos, empero, que por lo avanzado de la edad o por cualquier otra causa se ven impedidos del desempeño conveniente y fructuosos de su oficio, se les ruega encarecidamente que renuncien a su cargo por propia iniciativa o si son invitados por el Obispo. El Obispo provea la congrua sustentación de los denunciantes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Erección y modificación de las parroquias"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La misma salvación de las almas ha de ser la causa que determine o enmiende la erección o supresión de parroquias o cualquier género de modificaciones que pueda hacer el Obispo con su autoridad propia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los religiosos y las obras de apostolado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos los religiosos, a quienes en todo cuanto sigue se unen los hermanos de las demás instituciones que profesan los consejos evangélicos, cada uno según su propia vocación, tienen el deber de cooperar diligentemente en la edificación e incremento de todo el Cuerpo Místico de Cristo para bien de las Iglesias particulares."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estos fines los han de procurar, sobre todo, con la oración, con obras de penitencia y con el ejemplo de vida. El sagrado Concilio los exhorta encarecidamente que aprecien estos ejercicios y crezcan en ellos sin cesar. peor según la índole propia de cada religión, dediquen también su mayor esfuerzo a los ejercicios externos del apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los religiosos, cooperadores del Obispo en el apostolado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los religiosos sacerdotes que se consagran al oficio del presbiterado para ser también prudentes cooperadores del orden episcopal, hoy, más que nunca, pueden ser una ayuda eficacísima del Obispo, dada la necesidad mayor de las almas. Por tanto, puede decirse, en cierto aspecto verdadero, que pertenecen al clero de la diócesis, en cuanto toman parte en el cuidado de las almas y en la realización de las obras de apostolado bajo la autoridad de los Obispos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "También los otros hermanos, sean hombres o mujeres, que pertenecen de una forma especial a la diócesis, prestan una grande ayuda a la sagrada jerarquía y pueden y deben aumentarla cada día, puesto que van creciendo las necesidades del apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Principios sobre el apostolado de los religiosos en la diócesis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que las obras de apostolado crezcan concordes en cada una de las diócesis y se conserve incólume la unidad de la disciplina diocesana, se establecen estos principios fundamentales:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Los religiosos reverencien siempre con devota delicadeza a los Obispos, como sucesores de los Apóstoles. Además, siempre que sean legítimamente llamados a las obras de apostolado, deben cumplir su encomienda de forma que sean auxiliares dispuestos y subordinados a los Obispos. Más aún, los religiosos deben secundar pronta y fielmente los ruegos y los deseos de los Obispos, para recibir cometidos más amplios en relación al ministerio de la salvación humana, salvo el carácter del Instituto y conforme a las constituciones, que, si es necesario, han de acomodarse a este fin, teniendo en cuanta los principios de este decreto del Concilio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sobre todo, atendiendo a las necesidades urgentes de las almas y la escasez del clero diocesano, los Institutos religiosos no dedicados a la mera contemplación pueden ser llamados por el Obispo para que ayuden en los varios ministerios pastorales, teniendo en cuenta, sin embargo, la índole propia de cada Instituto. Para prestar esta ayuda, los superiores han de estar dispuestos, según sus posibilidades, para recibir también el encargo parroquial, incluso temporalmente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Mas los religiosos, inmersos en el apostolado externo, estén llenos del espíritu propio de su religión y permanezcan fieles a la observancia regular y a la obediencia a sus propios superiores, obligación que no dejarán de urgirles los Obispos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) La exención, por la que los religiosos se relacionan directamente con el Sumo Pontífice o con otra autoridad eclesiástica y los aparta de la autoridad de los Obispos, se refiere, sobre todo, al orden interno de las instituciones, para que todo en ellas sea más apto y más conexo y se provea a la perfección de la vida religiosa, y para que pueda disponer de ellos el Sumo Pontífice para bien de la Iglesia universal, y la otra autoridad competente para el bien de las Iglesias de la propia jurisdicción."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero esta exención no impide que los religiosos estén subordinados a la jurisdicción de los Obispos en cada diócesis, según la norma del derecho, conforme lo exija el desempeño pastoral de éstos y el cuidado bien ordenado de las almas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Todos los religiosos, exentos y no exentos, están subordinados a la autoridad de los ordinarios del lugar en todo lo que atañe al ejercicio público del culto divino, salva la diversidad de ritos, a la cura de almas, a la predicación sagrada que hay que hacer al pueblo, a la educación religiosa y moral, instrucción catequética y formación litúrgica de los fieles, sobre todo de los niños, y al decoro del estado clerical, así como en cualquier obra en lo que se refiere al ejercicio del sagrado apostolado. las escuelas católicas de los religiosos están igualmente bajo la autoridad de los ordinarios del lugar en lo que se refiere a su ordenación y vigilancia general, quedando, sin embargo, firme el derecho de los religiosos en cuanto a su gobierno. Igualmente, los religiosos, están obligados a observar cuanto ordenen legítimamente los concilios o conferencias episcopales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Procúrese una ordenada cooperación entre los diversos Institutos religiosos y entre éstos y el clero diocesano. Téngase, además, una estrecha coordinación de todas las obras y empresas apostólicas, que depende, sobre todo, de una disposición sobrenatural de las almas y de las mentes, fundada y enraizada en la caridad. El procurar esta coordinación para la Iglesia universal compete a la Sede Apostólica, a cada Obispo en su diócesis, a los patriarcas, sínodos y conferencias episcopales en su propio territorio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tengan a bien los Obispos, o las conferencias episcopales y los superiores religiosos o las conferencias de los superiores mayores, proceder de mutuo acuerdo en las obras de apostolado que realizan los religiosos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Procuren los Obispos y superiores religiosos reunirse en tiempos determinados, y siempre que parezca oportuno, para tratar los asuntos que se refieren, en general, al apostolado en el territorio, para favorecer cordial y fraternalmente las mutuas relaciones entre los Obispos y los religiosos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LOS OBISPOS DE LAS DISTINTAS DIÓCESIS EN COLABORACIÓN PARA EL BIEN COMÚN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Sínodos, concilios y, en especial, las conferencias episcopales."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Desde los primeros siglos de la Iglesia los Obispos, puestos al frente de las Iglesias particulares, movidos por la comunión de la caridad fraterna y por amor a la misión universal conferida a los Apóstoles aunaron sus fuerzas y voluntades para procurar el bien común y el de las Iglesias particulares. Por este motivo se constituyeron los sínodos o concilios provinciales y, por fin, los concilios plenarios, en que los Obispos establecieron una norma común que se debía observar en todas las Iglesias, tanto en la enseñanza de las verdades de la fe como en la ordenación de la disciplina eclesiástica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Desea este santo Concilio que las venerables instituciones de los sínodos y de los concilios cobren nuevo vigor, para proveer mejor y con más eficacia al incremento de la fe y a la conservación de la disciplina en las diversas Iglesias, según los tiempos lo requieran."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importancia de las conferencias episcopales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En los tiempos actuales, sobre todo, no es raro que los Obispos no puedan cumplir su cometido oportuna y fructuosamente, si no estrechan cada día más su cooperación con otros Obispos. Y como las conferencias episcopales -establecidas ya en muchas naciones- han dado magníficos resultados de apostolado más fecundo, juzga este santo Concilio que es muy conveniente que en todo el mundo los Obispos de la misma nación o región re reúnan en una asamblea, coincidiendo todos en fechas prefijadas, para que, comunicándose las perspectivas de la prudencia y de la experiencia y contrastando los pareceres, se constituya una santa conspiración de fuerzas para el bien común de las Iglesias. Por ello establece lo siguiente sobre las conferencias episcopales:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Noción, estructura y competencia de las conferencias"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) La conferencia episcopal es como una asamblea en que los Obispos de cada nación o territorio ejercen unidos su cargo pastoral para conseguir el mayor bien que la Iglesia proporciona a los hombres, sobre todo por las formas y métodos del apostolado, aptamente acomodado a las circunstancias del tiempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Todos los ordinarios de lugar de cualquier rito -exceptuados los vicarios generales-, los Obispos coadjutores, auxiliares y los demás Obispos titulares que desempeñan un oficio por designación de la Sede Apostólica o de las conferencias episcopales, pertenecen a ellas. Los demás Obispos titulares y los nuncios del Romano Pontífice, por el especial oficio que desempeñan en el territorio, no son, por derecho, miembros de la conferencia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A los ordinarios del lugar y a los coadjutores compete el voto deliberativo. Los auxiliares y los otros Obispos, que tienen derecho a asistir a la conferencia, tendrán voto deliberativo o consultivo, según determinen los estatutos de la conferencia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Cada conferencia episcopal redacte sus propios estatutos, que ha de aprobar la Sede Apostólica, en los cuales - además de otros medios- ha de proveerse todo aquello que favorezca la más eficaz consecución de su fin, por ejemplo, un consejo permanente de Obispos, comisiones episcopales, el secretariado general."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Las decisiones de la conferencia episcopal, legítimamente adoptadas, con una mayoría de dos terceras partes de los votos de los Obispos que pertenecen a la conferencia con voto deliberativo y aprobadas por la Sede Apostólica, obligan jurídicamente tan sólo en los casos en que lo ordenare el derecho común o lo determinare una orden expresa de la Sede Apostólica, manifestada por propia voluntad o a petición de la misma conferencia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Donde las circunstancias especiales lo exijan, podrán constituir una sola conferencia los Obispos de varias naciones, con la aprobación de la Santa Sede."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Foméntense, además, las relaciones entre las conferencias episcopales de diversas naciones para suscitar y asegurar el mayor bien."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Se recomienda encarecidamente a los jerarcas de las Iglesias orientales que en la consecución de la disciplina de la propia Iglesia en los sínodos, y para ayudar con más eficacia al bien de la religión, tengan también en cuenta el bien común de todo el territorio donde hay varias Iglesias de diversos ritos, exponiendo los diversos pareceres en las asambleas interrituales, según las normas que dará la autoridad competente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Circunscripción de las provincias eclesiásticas, erección de las regiones eclesiásticas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El bien de las almas exige una demarcación conveniente no sólo de las diócesis, sino también de las provincias eclesiásticas, e incluso aconseja la erección de regiones eclesiásticas, para satisfacer mejor a las necesidades del apostolado, según las circunstancias sociales y locales, y para que se hagan más fáciles y fructíferas las comunicaciones de los Obispos, entre sí, con los metropolitanos y con los Obispos de la misma nación e incluso con las autoridades civiles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Normas que hay que observar"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para conseguir tales fines, el Santo Concilio determina lo siguiente:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Revísense oportunamente las demarcaciones de las provincias eclesiásticas y determínense con nuevas y claras normas los derechos y privilegios de los metropolitanos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Ténganse por norma el adscribir a alguna provincia eclesiástica todas las diócesis y demás circunscripciones territoriales equiparadas por el derecho a las diócesis. Por tanto, las diócesis que ahora dependen directamente de la Sede Apostólica, y que no están unidas a ninguna otra, hay que formar con ellas una nueva provincia, si es posible, o hay que agregarlas a la provincia más próxima o más conveniente, y hay que subordinarlas al derecho del metropolitano, según las normas del derecho común."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Donde sea útil organícense las provincias eclesiásticas en regiones, ordenación que ha de hacerse jurídicamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Conviene que las conferencias episcopales competentes examinen el problema de esta circunscripción de las provincias o de la erección de regiones, según las normas establecidas ya en los números 23 y 24 de la demarcación de las diócesis, y propongan sus determinaciones y pareceres a la Sede Apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Los Obispos que desempeñan un cargo interdiocesano."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exigiendo las necesidades pastorales cada vez más que ciertas funciones pastorales se administren y promuevan de acuerdo, conviene que se establezcan algunos organismos para el servicio de todas o de varias diócesis de alguna región determinada o nación, que también pueden confiarse a los Obispos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero el sagrado Concilio recomienda que entre los prelados y Obispos que desempeñan estas funciones y los Obispos diocesanos y las conferencias episcopales reine siempre la armonía y el anhelo común en la preocupación pastoral, cuyas formas conviene también que se determinen por el derecho común."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vicariatos castrenses"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exigiendo una atención especial el cuidado espiritual de los militares, por sus condiciones especiales de vida, constitúyase en cada nación, según sea posible, un vicariato castrense. Tanto el vicario como los capellanes han de consagrarse enteramente a este difícil ministerio, de acuerdo con los Obispos diocesanos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concedan para ellos los Obispos diocesanos al vicario castrense un número suficiente de sacerdotes aptos para esta grave tarea y ayuden, al mismo tiempo, a conseguir el bien espiritual de los militares."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DISPOSICIÓN GENERAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dispone el sagrado Concilio que en la revisión del Código de Derecho Canónico se definan las leyes, según la norma de los principios que se establecen en este decreto, teniendo también en cuenta las advertencias sugeridas por las comisiones o por los Padres conciliares."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dispone, además, el santo Concilio que se confeccionen directorios generales para el cuidado de las almas, para uso de los Obispos y de los párrocos, ofreciéndoles métodos seguros para el más fácil y acertado cumplimiento de su cargo pastoral."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hágase, además, un directorio especial sobre el cuidado pastoral de cada grupo de fieles, según la idiosincrasia de cada nación o región; otro directorio sobre la instrucción catequética del pueblo cristiano, en que se trate de los principios y prácticas fundamentales de dicha instrucción y de la elaboración de los libros que a ella se destinen. En la composición de estos directorios ténganse también en cuenta las sugerencias que han hecho tanto las comisiones como los Padres conciliares."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todas y cada una de las cosas contenidas en este Decreto han obtenido el beneplácito de los Padres del Sacrosanto Concilio. Y Nos, en virtud de la potestad apostólica recibida de Cristo, juntamente con los Venerables Padres, las aprobamos, decretamos y establecemos en el Espíritu Santo y mandamos que lo así decidido conciliarmente sea promulgado para gloria de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, en San Pedro, 28 de octubre de 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yo, PABLO, Obispo de la Iglesia Católica."
            }
          ]
        },
        "fr": {
          "code": "fr",
          "label": "Français",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_christus-dominus_fr.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-134-vat-ii_decree_19651028_christus-dominus_fr.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAUL, ÉVÊQUE, SERVITEUR DES SERVITEURS DE DIEU, AVEC LES PÈRES DU SAINT CONCILE, POUR QUE LE SOUVENIR S'EN MAINTIENNE À JAMAIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DÉCRET SUR LA CHARGE PASTORALE DES ÉVÊQUES DANS L'ÉGLISE CHRISTUS DOMINUS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRÉAMBULE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Christ Seigneur, Fils du Dieu vivant est venu pour sauver son peuple du péché [1] et pour sanctifier tous les hommes ; comme il fut lui-même envoyé par le Père, ainsi envoya-t-il ses Apôtres [2]; il les sanctifia, en leur donnant le Saint-Esprit, pour qu’eux aussi ils glorifient le Père sur la terre et fassent que les hommes soient sauvés « en vue de l’édification du Corps du Christ » (Ep 4, 12), qui est l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans cette Église du Christ, le Pontife romain, comme successeur de Pierre, à qui le Christ confia la mission de paître ses brebis et ses agneaux, jouit, par institution divine, du pouvoir suprême, plénier, immédiat, universel pour la charge des âmes. Aussi bien, en sa qualité de pasteur de tous les fidèles envoyé pour assurer le bien commun de l’Église universelle et le bien de chacune des Églises, il possède sur toutes les Églises la primauté du pouvoir ordinaire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques, eux aussi, établis par le Saint-Esprit, succèdent aux Apôtres, comme pasteurs des âmes [3] : ils ont été envoyés pour assurer, en union avec le Souverain Pontife et sous son autorité, la pérennité de l’œuvre du Christ, Pasteur éternel [4]. Car le Christ a donné aux Apôtres et à leurs successeurs l’ordre et le pouvoir d’enseigner toutes les nations, de sanctifier les hommes dans la vérité et de guider le troupeau. Aussi, par l’Esprit Saint qui leur a été donné, les évêques ont-ils été constitués de vrais et authentiques maîtres de la foi, pontifes et pasteurs [5]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette charge épiscopale, qui est la leur et qu’ils ont reçue par la consécration épiscopale [6], les évêques, participant à la sollicitude de toutes les Églises, l’exercent – pour ce qui est du Magistère et du gouvernement – à l’égard de l’Église universelle de Dieu, tous unis en un collège ou corps, en communion avec le Souverain Pontife et sous son autorité. Ils l’exercent individuellement à l’égard de la portion du troupeau remise à leurs soins, chacun prenant en charge l’Église particulière qui lui a été confiée ou plusieurs parfois, pourvoyant conjointement aux besoins communs de diverses Églises locales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi le saint Concile, tenant compte notamment des conditions de la communauté humaine en pleine évolution de nos jours [7], et voulant déterminer de manière plus précise la charge pastorale des évêques, a décidé ce qui suit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE PREMIER : Les évêques et l’Église universelle"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Rôle des évêques à l’égard de l’Église universelle"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exercice du pouvoir du collège des évêques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques, en vertu de leur consécration sacramentelle et par leur communion hiérarchique avec la Tête et les membres du collège, sont établis membres du corps épiscopal [8]. « L’ordre des évêques, qui succède au collège apostolique dans le Magistère et le gouvernement pastoral, bien mieux dans lequel le corps apostolique se perpétue sans interruption constitue, lui aussi, en union avec le Pontife romain, son chef, et jamais e n dehors de ce chef, le sujet du pouvoir suprême et plénier sur toute l’Église, pouvoir cependant qui ne peut s’exercer qu’avec le consentement du Pontife romain [9]. Ce pouvoir s’exerce « solennellement dans le Concile œcuménique » [10]; aussi le Concile décide-t-il que tous les évêques, en qualité de membres du collège épiscopal, ont le droit de participer au Concile œcuménique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "« Ce même pouvoir collégial peut être exercé en union avec le pape par les évêques résidant sur la surface de la terre, pourvu que le chef du collège les appelle à agir collégialement ou du moins qu’il donne à cette action commune des évêques dispersés son approbation ou sa libre acceptation pour en faire un véritable acte collégial » [11]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le conseil ou synode des évêques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Des évêques choisis dans les diverses régions du monde, selon des modes et des normes établis ou à établir par le Pontife romain, apportent au Pasteur suprême de l’Église une aide plus efficace au sein d’un conseil, qui a reçu le nom de Synode des évêques [12]. Et du fait qu’il travaille au nom de tout l’épiscopat catholique, ce Synode est en même temps le signe que tous les évêques participent en une communion hiérarchique au souci de l’Église universelle [13]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques participent au souci de toutes les Églises"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Successeurs légitimes des Apôtres et membres du collège épiscopal, les évêques doivent se savoir toujours unis entre eux et se montrer soucieux de toutes les Églises ; en vertu de l’institution divine et des devoirs de sa charge apostolique, chacun d’eux, en effet, est responsable de l’Église, ensemble avec les autres évêques [14]. Qu’ils aient en particulier le souci de ces régions du monde où la Parole de Dieu n’a pas encore été annoncée, ou dans lesquelles, en raison surtout du petit nombre de prêtres, les fidèles sont exposés au danger de s’éloigner des commandements de la vie chrétienne et plus encore de perdre la foi elle-même."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il leur faut donc travailler de toutes leurs forces à ce que les œuvres d’évangélisation et d’apostolat soient soutenues et développées avec ardeur par les fidèles. De plus, ils feront en sorte que soient préparés des ministres sacrés qualifiés, ainsi que des auxiliaires, religieux ou laïcs, pour les missions et les pays souffrant du manque de clergé. Ils auront également soin d’envoyer, dans la mesure du possible, certains de leurs prêtres, dans ces missions ou ces diocèses, pour y exercer le ministère sacré de façon durable ou transitoire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, dans l’usage des biens ecclésiastiques, les évêques doivent penser à tenir compte non seulement des besoins de leur propre diocèse, mais encore de ceux des autres Églises particulières, puisqu’elles sont des parties de l’unique Église du Christ. Qu’ils soient enfin attentifs à soulager, selon leurs possibilités, les malheurs dont d’autres diocèses ou d’autres régions ont à souffrir."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Charité active envers les évêques persécutés"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par-dessus tout qu’ils entourent d’un cœur fraternel ces prélats qui, pour le nom du Christ, sont victimes de calomnies et de tourments, détenus en prison ou empêchés d’exercer leur ministère ; qu’ils fassent preuve à leur égard d’un authentique et actif dévouement en vue d’adoucir et d’alléger leurs souffrances par la prière et le soutien de leurs confrères."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Les évêques et le Siège apostolique"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pouvoir des évêques dans leur propre diocèse"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Les évêques, en tant que successeurs des apôtres, ont de soi, dans les diocèses qui leur sont confiés, tout le pouvoir ordinaire, propre et immédiat, requis pour l’exercice de leur charge pastorale, étant sauf toujours et en toutes choses le pouvoir que le Pontife romain a, en vertu de sa charge, de se réserver des causes ou de les réserver à une autre autorité."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Chaque évêque diocésain a la faculté de dispenser de la loi générale de l’Église, en un cas particulier, les fidèles sur lesquels il exerce son autorité selon le droit, chaque fois qu’à son jugement la dispense profitera à leur bien spirituel, à moins qu’une réserve spéciale ait été faite par l’autorité suprême de l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les dicastères de la Curie romaine"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans l’exercice de son pouvoir suprême, plénier et immédiat sur l’Église universelle, le Pontife romain se sert des dicastères de la Curie romaine ; c’est donc en son nom et par son autorité que ceux-ci remplissent leur tâche pour le bien des Églises et le service des pasteurs sacrés."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les Pères du saint concile souhaitent que ces dicastères, qui certes ont apporté au Pontife romain et aux pasteurs de l’Église une aide magnifique, soient soumis à une nouvelle organisation plus en rapport avec les besoins des temps, des pays et des rites, notamment en ce qui concerne leur nombre, leur dénomination, leur compétence, leurs méthodes propres de travail et la coordination de leurs travaux [15]. Ils souhaitent également que, compte tenu de la propre charge pastorale des évêques, la fonction des légats du Pontife romain soit déterminée de façon plus précise."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les membres et les officiers des dicastères"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, du fait que ces dicastères ont été établis pour le bien de l’Église universelle, on souhaite que leurs membres, leur personnel et leurs consulteurs – et de même les légats du Pontife romain – soient, dans la mesure du possible, davantage choisis dans les diverses contrées de l’Église. C’est ainsi que les administrations ou organes centraux de l’Église catholique présenteront un caractère véritablement universel."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On forme également le vœu que, parmi les membres des dicastères, soient admis aussi quelques évêques, surtout diocésains, qui puissent présenter au Souverain Pontife, des rapports plus complets sur la mentalité, les désirs et les besoins de toutes les Églises."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfin, les Pères du Concile estiment très utile que ces mêmes dicastères entendent davantage des laïcs, réputés pour leurs qualités, leur science et leur expérience, en sorte que ces laïcs aussi jouent dans les affaires de l’Église le rôle qui leur revient."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE II : Les évêques et les Églises particulières ou diocèses"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Les évêques diocésains"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notions du diocèse et rôle des évêques dans leur diocèse"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Un diocèse est une portion du Peuple de Dieu confiée à un évêque pour qu’avec l’aide de son presbyterium, il en soit le pasteur : ainsi le diocèse, lié à son pasteur et par lui rassemblé dans le Saint-Esprit grâce à l’Évangile et à l’Eucharistie, constitue une Église particulière en laquelle est vraiment présente et agissante l’Église du Christ, une, sainte, catholique et apostolique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chaque évêque, à qui a été confié le soin d’une Église particulière paît ses brebis au nom du Seigneur, sous l’autorité du Souverain Pontife, à titre de pasteur propre, ordinaire et immédiat, exerçant à leur égard la charge d’enseigner, de sanctifier et de gouverner. Il doit cependant reconnaître les droits légitimes des patriarches ou des autres autorités hiérarchiques [16]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que les évêques s’appliquent à leur charge apostolique comme des témoins du Christ devant tous les hommes, non seulement prenant soin de ceux qui suivent déjà le Prince des pasteurs, mais se consacrant aussi de tout cœur à ceux qui se sont détournés en quelque manière du chemin de la vérité ou qui ignorent l’Évangile et la miséricorde salvatrice du Christ. Ainsi agiront-ils jusqu’au moment où tous enfin marcheront « en toute bonté, justice et vérité » (Ep 5, 9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La charge d’enseignement"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans l’exercice de leur charge d’enseigner, que les évêques annoncent aux hommes l’Évangile du Christ, – cette charge l’emporte sur les autres, si importantes soient-elles [17] – et, dans la force de l’Esprit, qu’ils les appellent à la foi ou les confirment dans la foi vivante ; qu’ils leur proposent le mystère intégral du Christ, c’est-à-dire ces vérités qu’on ne peut ignorer sans ignorer le Christ lui-même, et qu’ils leur montrent de même la voie divinement révélée pour rendre gloire à Dieu et par là même obtenir le bonheur éternel [18]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques doivent en outre montrer aux hommes que, selon le dessein de Dieu Créateur, les réalités terrestres elles-mêmes et les institutions humaines sont également ordonnées au salut des hommes, et qu’en conséquence elles peuvent contribuer d’une façon non négligeable à l’édification du Corps du Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ils enseigneront donc, selon la doctrine de l’Église, combien il faut estimer la personne humaine, sa liberté et sa vie corporelle elle-même ; la famille, son unité et sa stabilité, la procréation et l’éducation des enfants ; la société civile avec ses lois et ses professions ; le travail et le loisir, les arts et les inventions techniques ; la pauvreté et la richesse. Ils exposeront enfin comment résoudre les très graves questions concernant la possession des biens matériels, leur accroissement et leur juste distribution, la paix et la guerre, la communauté fraternelle de tous les peuples [19]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La manière de proposer la doctrine chrétienne"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques doivent proposer la doctrine chrétienne d’une façon adaptée aux nécessités du moment, c’est-à-dire en répondant aux difficultés et questions qui angoissent le plus les hommes ; il leur faut veiller sur cette doctrine, apprenant aux fidèles eux-mêmes à la défendre et à la répandre. Dans sa transmission, qu’ils manifestent la sollicitude maternelle de l’Église à l’égard de tous les hommes, fidèles ou non, et qu’ils accordent une particulière attention aux pauvres et aux petits, que le Seigneur les a envoyés évangéliser."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puisqu’il appartient à l’Église d’engager le dialogue avec la société humaine au sein de laquelle elle vit [20], c’est au premier chef la tâche des évêques d’aller aux hommes et de demander et promouvoir le dialogue avec eux. Ce dialogue de salut, si l’on veut qu’y soient toujours unies la vérité à la charité, l’intelligence à l’amour, il faut qu’il se distingue par la clarté du langage en même temps que par l’humilité et la bonté, par une prudence convenable alliée pourtant à la confiance : celle-ci, favorisant l’amitié, unit naturellement les esprits [21]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour annoncer la doctrine chrétienne, il faut user des moyens variés qui sont aujourd’hui à notre disposition : avant tout, la prédication et l’enseignement catéchétique qui tiennent toujours la première place ; également la présentation de la doctrine dans les écoles et les académies par des conférences et des réunions de tout genre ; enfin sa diffusion par des déclarations publiques faites à l’occasion de certains événements, ainsi que par la presse et les divers moyens de communication sociale qu’il importe absolument d’utiliser pour annoncer l’Évangile du Christ [22]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’enseignement catéchétique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques veilleront à ce que l’enseignement catéchétique, dont le but est de rendre chez les hommes la foi vivante, explicite et agissante, en l’éclairant par la doctrine, soit transmis avec un soin attentif aux enfants et aux adolescents, aux jeunes et même aux adultes. Dans cet enseignement, on adoptera l’ordre et la méthode qui conviennent non seulement à la matière dont il s’agit, mais encore au caractère, aux facultés, à l’âge et aux conditions de vie des auditeurs ; cet enseignement sera fondé sur la Sainte Écriture, la Tradition, la liturgie, le Magistère et la vie de l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, les évêques seront attentifs à ce que les catéchistes soient dûment préparés à leur tâche : ils devront bien connaître la doctrine de l’Église et apprendre, dans la théorie comme dans la pratique, les lois de la psychologie et les disciplines de la pédagogie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques doivent aussi s’efforcer de restaurer ou d’aménager le catéchuménat des adultes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La mission de sanctifier qu’ont les évêques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans l’exercice de leur charge de sanctification, les évêques se rappelleront qu’ils ont été pris d’entre les hommes et sont établis pour intervenir en faveur des hommes dans leurs relations avec Dieu, afin d’offrir des dons et des sacrifices pour les péchés. Les évêques jouissent, en effet, de la plénitude du sacrement de l’ordre ; c’est d’eux que, dans l’exercice de leur pouvoir, dépendent et les prêtres et les diacres : les premiers ont été, eux aussi, consacrés véritables prêtres du Nouveau Testament pour être des collaborateurs avisés de l’ordre épiscopal ; les seconds, ordonnés en vue du ministère, servent le Peuple de Dieu en communion avec l’évêque et son presbyterium. C’est pourquoi les évêques sont les principaux dispensateurs des mystères de Dieu, comme ils sont les organisateurs, les promoteurs et les gardiens de toute la vie liturgique dans l’Église qui leur est confiée [23]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques doivent donc s’appliquer à ce que les fidèles connaissent plus profondément le mystère pascal et en vivent davantage par l’Eucharistie, en sorte de former un seul Corps étroitement lié dans l’unité de la charité du Christ [24] ; « assidus à la prière et au ministère de la parole » (Ac 6, 4), les évêques travailleront à obtenir que tous ceux dont ils ont reçu la charge soient unanimes dans la prière [25], et que, par la réception des sacrements, ils croissent dans la grâce et soient pour le Seigneur des témoins fidèles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Guides vers la perfection, les évêques s’efforceront de faire progresser dans la sainteté leurs clercs, les religieux et les laïcs, chacun selon sa vocation particulière [26], se souvenant toutefois de leur propre devoir de montrer l’exemple de la sainteté, par leur charité, leur humilité et la simplicité de leur vie. Qu’ils sanctifient ainsi les Églises qui leur sont confiées, pour qu’en elles soit pleinement manifesté le sens de l’Église universelle du Christ. Dans cet esprit, ils favoriseront le plus possible les vocations sacerdotales et religieuses, et spécialement les vocations missionnaires."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La charge qui incombe aux évêques de gouverner et de paître"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans l’exercice de leur charge de père et de pasteur, que les évêques soient au milieu de leur peuple comme ceux qui servent [27], de bons pasteurs connaissant leurs brebis et que leurs brebis connaissent, de vrais pères qui s’imposent par leur esprit d’amour et de dévouement envers tous et dont l’autorité reçue d’en haut rencontre une adhésion unanime et reconnaissante. Ils rassembleront et formeront toute la grande famille de leur troupeau, en sorte que tous, conscients de leurs devoirs, vivent et agissent dans une communion de charité. Pour en devenir vraiment capables, les évêques « prêts à toute œuvre bonne » (2 Tm 2, 21) et « endurant tout pour les élus » (2 Tm 2, 10), doivent régler leur vie de manière à la faire correspondre aux nécessités de leur temps."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que les évêques entourent les prêtres d’une charité particulière, puisque ceux-ci assument pour une part leurs charges et leurs soucis et qu’ils s’y consacrent chaque jour avec tant de zèle ; il leur faut les traiter comme des fils et des amis [28], être prêts à les écouter, entretenir avec eux des relations confiantes et promouvoir ainsi la pastorale d’ensemble du diocèse tout entier."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques doivent se soucier de la situation spirituelle, intellectuelle et matérielle de leurs prêtres pour qu’ils aient les moyens de mener une vie sainte et pieuse et d’accomplir fidèlement et avec fruit leur ministère. C’est pourquoi les évêques encourageront des institutions et organiseront des rencontres particulières, en vue de permettre aux prêtres de se retrouver de temps en temps, soit pour des exercices spirituels prolongés propres à renouveler leur vie, soit pour l’approfondissement de leurs connaissances des disciplines ecclésiastiques, surtout de l’Écriture Sainte et de la théologie, des questions sociales plus importantes, et des nouvelles méthodes d’action pastorale. Les évêques doivent entourer d’une miséricorde active les prêtres qui se trouvent d’une façon ou d’une autre en danger ou qui ont défailli sur quelque point."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Afin d’être à même de pourvoir d’une manière plus adaptée au bien des fidèles, chacun selon sa condition, les évêques s’appliqueront à bien connaître leurs besoins dans le contexte social où ils vivent, et ils emploieront pour cela les méthodes appropriées, particulièrement l’enquête sociale. Ils se montreront attentifs à tous, quels que soient leur âge, leur condition, leur pays, qu’il s’agisse d’autochtones, d’émigrés, de gens de passage. Dans l’exercice de cette sollicitude pastorale, qu’ils réservent à leurs fidèles la part qui leur revient dans les affaires de l’Église, reconnaissant leur devoir et leur droit de travailler activement à l’édification du Corps mystique du Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques doivent entourer d’amour les frères séparés, recommandant aux fidèles de se comporter à leur égard avec beaucoup d’humanité et de charité, et encourageant aussi l’œcuménisme, tel que l’Église le comprend [29]. Les non-baptisés également leur seront chers, afin qu’à leurs yeux aussi resplendisse la charité du Christ Jésus, de qui les évêques sont, devant tous, les témoins."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formes particulières d’apostolat"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les diverses formes d’apostolat doivent être encouragées. En outre, dans l’ensemble d’un diocèse ou dans des secteurs particuliers de celui-ci, on favorisera, sous la direction de l’évêque, une étroite et profonde coordination de toutes les œuvres d’apostolat, grâce à quoi toutes les initiatives et institutions, – catéchétiques, missionnaires, charitables, sociales, familiales, scolaires et de quelque autre nature pastorale que ce soit – seront ramenées à une action concordante. Ainsi sera également manifestée plus clairement l’unité du diocèse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il faut souligner avec insistance le devoir des fidèles d’exercer l’apostolat chacun selon sa condition et ses aptitudes : on leur recommandera d’apporter leur participation ou leur aide aux œuvres diverses de l’apostolat des laïcs, et surtout à l’Action catholique. On doit aussi promouvoir ou encourager les associations qui se proposent directement ou indirectement une fin surnaturelle : la recherche d’une vie plus parfaite, l’annonce à tous de l’Évangile du Christ, la diffusion de la doctrine chrétienne, le développement du culte public, la poursuite d’objectifs sociaux, l’accomplissement d’œuvres de piété ou de charité."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les formes d’apostolat doivent être dûment adaptées aux nécessités actuelles, en tenant compte des conditions non seulement spirituelles et morales, mais aussi sociales, démographiques et économiques. Pour y parvenir efficacement et avec fruit, on utilisera beaucoup les enquêtes sociales et religieuses, réalisées par des instituts de sociologie pastorale, qui sont instamment recommandés."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sollicitude particulière pour certains groupes de fidèles"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il convient d’avoir une sollicitude particulière pour les fidèles qui, en raison de leur situation, ne peuvent bénéficier suffisamment du ministère pastoral commun et ordinaire des curés, ou en sont totalement privés : tels sont la plupart des migrants, des exilés, des réfugiés, des marins et des aviateurs, des nomades et autres catégories semblables. On devra aussi promouvoir des méthodes pastorales appropriées pour soutenir la vie spirituelle de ceux qui, pour motif de détente, gagnent pour un temps d’autres contrées."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les conférences épiscopales, surtout nationales, doivent étudier attentivement les questions les plus urgentes qui ont trait à ces diverses catégories de fidèles. Avec des méthodes et par des institutions appropriées, elles devront, grâce à l’union et à l’ effort de tous, pourvoir au mieux au soin spirituel de ces fidèles, en tenant compte d’abord des règles établies ou à établir par le Siège apostolique [30], tout en les adaptant convenablement aux conditions de temps, de lieux et de personnes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liberté des évêques ; leurs rapports avec les pouvoirs publics"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour s’acquitter de leur ministère apostolique, qui vise au salut des âmes, les évêques jouissent d’une liberté et d’une indépendance qui sont de soi pleines et entières à l’égard de tout pouvoir civil. Aussi n’est-il pas permis d’empêcher, directement ou indirectement, l’exercice de leur charge ecclésiastique ni de leur interdire de communiquer librement avec le Siège apostolique et d’autres autorités ecclésiastiques ainsi qu’avec leurs subordonnés."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certes, du seul fait qu’ils s’appliquent au soin spirituel de leur troupeau, les évêques travaillent aussi au progrès et au bonheur social et civil : c’est ainsi qu’ils concourent à ce dessein avec les autorités publiques en exerçant leur propre activité, au titre de leur charge et comme il convient à des évêques, et qu’ils recommandent l’obéissance aux lois justes et le respect à l’égard des pouvoirs légitimement établis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liberté dans la nomination des évêques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puisque la charge apostolique des évêques a été instituée par le Christ Seigneur et qu’elle poursuit une fin spirituelle et surnaturelle, le saint Concile œcuménique déclare que le droit de nommer et d’instituer les évêques est propre à l’autorité ecclésiastique compétente, et qu’il lui est particulier et de soi exclusif."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aussi, pour défendre dûment la liberté de l’Église, pour promouvoir le bien des fidèles d’une manière plus appropriée et plus aisée, c’est le vœu du Concile qu’à l’avenir ne soient plus accordés aux autorités civiles aucun droit ni aucun privilège d’élection, de nomination, de présentation ou de désignation en vue de la charge épiscopale. Les autorités civiles, dont le saint Concile reconnaît avec gratitude et estime les dispositions déférentes à l’égard de l’Église, sont très courtoisement priées de bien vouloir renoncer d’elles-mêmes, en accord avec le Siège apostolique, à ces droits et privilèges dont elles jouissent actuellement en vertu d’une convention ou d’une coutume."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Renonciation des évêques à leur charge"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puisque la charge pastorale des évêques est d’une si haute importance et d’une telle gravité, les évêques diocésains et tous les autres qui relèvent des mêmes dispositions du droit, sont instamment priés de donner leur démission, soit d’eux-mêmes, soit sur l’invitation de l’autorité compétente, si, du fait de leur âge avancé, ou pour toute autre raison grave, ils deviennent moins aptes à remplir leur tâche. L’autorité compétente, si elle accepte cette démission, veillera à assurer l’honnête entretien des dé missionnaires et à leur reconnaître les droits particuliers qui leur reviennent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. La délimitation des diocèses"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La nécessité de réviser les circonscriptions des diocèses"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour qu’un diocèse réalise sa fin propre, il faut premièrement que la nature de l’Église apparaisse avec évidence dans la portion du Peuple de Dieu qui compose ce diocèse ; deuxièmement que les évêques puissent s’y acquitter efficacement de leur charge pastorale ; troisièmement que le ministère en vue du salut du Peuple de Dieu y soit assuré de la manière la plus parfaite possible."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cela demande soit une délimitation convenable des frontières territoriales des diocèses, soit une répartition raisonnable des clercs et des ressources en rapport avec les exigences de l’apostolat. Toutes choses qui servent non seulement le bien des clercs et des fidèles directement intéressés, mais aussi celui de l’Église catholique tout entière."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi, en ce qui concerne les délimitations des diocèses, le saint Concile décrète que, dans la mesure où le bien des âmes l’exige, on procède avec prudence et au plus tôt à leur juste révision : par division, démembrement ou union, par modification des limites ou fixation d’un lieu plus approprié pour les sièges épiscopaux, enfin, surtout dans le cas de diocèses composés de grandes villes, par une organisation intérieure nouvelle."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les règles à suivre"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans la révision des circonscriptions diocésaines, on devra assurer avant tout l’unité organique de chaque diocèse, quant aux personnes, aux offices, aux institutions, à la façon d’un corps vivant. En chaque cas, après un examen attentif de toutes les circonstances, on considérera les critères plus généraux que voici :"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En délimitant une circonscription diocésaine, il faut tenir compte, autant que possible, des éléments variés du peuple de Dieu qui la composent : cela peut grandement contribuer à un meilleur exercice de la charge pastorale ; en même temps on veillera à conserver, autant que possible, l’unité entre les concentrations démographiques de ce peuple et les services civils et les institutions sociales qui en constituent la structure organique. C’est pourquoi le territoire de chaque diocèse ne doit être que d’un seul tenant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qu’on soit attentif, le cas échéant, aux limites des circonscriptions civiles ainsi qu’aux circonstances particulières de personnes ou de lieux, par exemple d’ordre psychologique, économique, géographique, historique."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’étendue du territoire diocésain ou le nombre de ses habitants doivent en général correspondre aux deux exigences suivantes. D’une part, l’évêque, même s’il est aidé par d’autres, doit pouvoir en personne accomplir les cérémonies pontificales, faire commodément les visites pastorales, diriger et coordonner comme il faut toutes les œuvres d’apostolat dans le diocèse, et surtout connaître ses prêtres, ainsi que les religieux et les laïcs qui ont une part dans les activités diocésaines. D’autre part, le champ d’action doit être suffisamment vaste et convenable pour que tant l’évêque que les clercs puissent y dépenser utilement toutes leurs forces pour le ministère, sans jamais perdre de vue les besoins de l’Église universelle."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfin, pour que le ministère du salut puisse s’exercer dans le diocèse d’une manière plus adaptée, les règles suivantes s’imposent: dans chaque diocèse, les clercs seront assez nombreux et qualifiés pour paître, comme il faut, le peuple de Dieu; on y disposera des services, institutions et œuvres qui sont propres à cette Église particulière et que l’usage a révélé nécessaires à son bon gouvernement et son apostolat; enfin, le diocèse possédera déjà les ressources nécessaires pour faire vivre les personnes et les institutions, ou du moins il aura par ailleurs la prudente assurance que, venant d’ailleurs, elles ne viendront pas à manquer."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans ce dessein également, là où se trouvent des fidèles de rites différents, l’évêque diocésain devra pourvoir à leurs besoins spirituels, soit par des prêtres ou des paroisses de même rite, soit par un vicaire épiscopal muni des pouvoirs appropriés et même, le cas échéant, revêtu du caractère épiscopal, soit par lui-même, en assumant la charge d’Ordinaire des divers rites. Si, pour des raisons particulières, au jugement du Siège apostolique, tout cela ne peut se faire, qu’une hiérarchie propre soit alors établie selon la diversité des rites [31]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De même, dans des circonstances semblables, on devra pourvoir au bien spirituel des fidèles d’une langue différente, soit par l’intermédiaire de prêtres ou de paroisses de leur langue, soit par l’intermédiaire d’un vicaire épiscopal possédant bien cette langue, qui soit même, le cas échéant, revêtu du caractère épiscopal, soit enfin selon une autre méthode plus appropriée."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vote de la conférence épiscopale à demander"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La discipline des Églises orientales demeurant sauve, il importe, en ce qui concerne les modifications des diocèses ou les innovations à introduire selon les règles des nos 22-23, que les conférences épiscopales compétentes examinent ces affaires chacune pour son territoire ; elles peuvent même, si cela paraît opportun, recourir à une commission épiscopale particulière, mais toujours après avoir entendu avant tout les évêques des provinces ou des régions intéressées ; ensuite, elles soumettront leurs avis et leurs vœux au Siège apostolique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Les coopérateurs de l’évêque diocésain dans la charge pastorale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques coadjuteurs et auxiliaires"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Règles à suivre pour établir des auxiliaires et des coadjuteurs"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans le gouvernement des diocèses, on doit pourvoir de telle façon à la charge pastorale des évêques que le bien du troupeau du Seigneur soit toujours la règle suprême. Pour que ce bien soit dûment procuré, il n’est pas rare que des évêques auxiliaires doivent être établis, du fait que l’évêque diocésain ne peut accomplir par lui-même toutes ses fonctions, comme l’exige le bien des âmes, à cause de la trop grande étendue du diocèse ou du trop grand nombre de ses habitants ou de circonstances spéciales d’apostolat, ou pour d’autres causes diverses. Bien plus, une nécessité particulière exige parfois que, pour seconder l’évêque diocésain, on établisse un évêque coadjuteur. Ces évêques coadjuteurs et auxiliaires doivent être pourvus de pouvoirs appropriés, de sorte que, tout en sauvegardant toujours l’unité de gouvernement du diocèse et l’autorité de l’évêque diocésain, leur action soit rendue plus efficace et la dignité propre aux évêques mieux assurée."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, comme les évêques coadjuteurs et auxiliaires ont été appelés à partager la sollicitude de l’évêque diocésain, ils exerceront leur charge de telle sorte qu’en toutes les affaires ils agissent en plein accord avec lui. De plus, ils feront toujours preuve de soumission et de respect envers l’évêque diocésain qui, en retour, aimera fraternellement les évêques coadjuteurs ou auxiliaires et leur accordera son estime."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pouvoirs des évêques auxiliaires et coadjuteurs"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quand le bien des âmes l’exige, l’évêque diocésain ne refusera pas de demander à l’autorité compétente un ou plusieurs évêques auxiliaires, c’est-à-dire qui sont établis pour le diocèse sans droit de succession."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si dans les lettres de nomination la chose n’a pas été prévue, que l’évêque diocésain établisse son ou ses auxiliaires vicaires généraux, ou au moins vicaires épiscopaux, et en dépendance de sa seule autorité ; qu’il veuille bien les consulter dans les questions plus importantes, surtout de caractère pastoral."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À moins qu’il n’en ait été décidé autrement par l’autorité compétente, les pouvoirs et facultés dont les évêques auxiliaires ont été munis par le droit n’expirent pas avec la charge de l’évêque diocésain. Il est également souhaitable, à moins que de graves raisons ne conseillent d’agir autrement, qu’à la vacance du siège, la charge de gouverner le diocèse soit confiée à l’évêque auxiliaire ou, s’il y en a plusieurs, à l’un des auxiliaires."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’évêque coadjuteur, c’est-à-dire qui est nommé avec droit de succession, doit toujours être établi vicaire général par l’évêque diocésain. Dans des cas particuliers, des facultés plus étendues pourront lui être accordées par l’autorité compétente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour que le bien présent et futur du diocèse soit assuré au mieux, l’évêque assisté d’un coadjuteur et l’évêque coadjuteur ne manqueront pas de se consulter mutuellement dans les questions plus importantes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La curie et les conseils diocésains"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Organisation de la curie diocésaine et création du conseil pastoral"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans la curie diocésaine, la fonction la plus éminente est celle de vicaire général. Mais chaque fois que le bon gouvernement du diocèse le demande, l’évêque peut établir un ou plusieurs vicaires épiscopaux, c’est-à-dire qui jouissent de plein droit, dans une partie déterminée du diocèse, ou pour un secteur déterminé d’activité, ou par rapport aux fidèles d’un rite déterminé, des pouvoirs que le droit commun accorde au vicaire général."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parmi les coopérateurs de l’évêque dans le gouvernement du diocèse, il faut aussi mentionner les prêtres qui constituent son sénat ou son conseil, comme c’est le cas du chapitre cathédrale, du groupe des consulteurs, ou d’autres conseils, selon les circonstances ou la diversité des lieux. Ces institutions, les chapitres cathédraux surtout, devront, autant qu’il est nécessaire, recevoir une nouvelle organisation, adaptée aux besoins d’aujourd’hui."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les prêtres et les laïcs qui appartiennent à la curie diocésaine doivent savoir que c’est au ministère pastoral de l’évêque qu’ils concourent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La curie diocésaine doit être organisée de telle façon qu’elle devienne pour l’évêque un instrument adapté, non seulement à l’administration du diocèse, mais aussi à l’exercice des œuvres d’apostolat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il est tout à fait souhaitable que, dans chaque diocèse, soit établi un conseil pastoral particulier, présidé par l’évêque diocésain lui-même et auquel participent des clercs, des religieux et des laïcs, spécialement choisis. À ce conseil il appartiendra de suivre attentivement ce qui se rapporte au travail pastoral, de l’examiner et d’en tirer des conclusions pratiques."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le clergé diocésain"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les prêtres diocésains"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tous les prêtres, tant diocésains que religieux, participent avec l’évêque à l’unique sacerdoce du Christ et l’exercent avec lui ; aussi sont-ils établis les coopérateurs avisés de l’ordre épiscopal. Dans le soin des âmes, les prêtres diocésains ont le premier rôle, puisque incardinés ou attachés à une Église particulière, ils se consacrent entièrement à son service pour paître une même portion du troupeau du Seigneur ; aussi forment-ils un seul presbyterium et une seule famille, dont l’évêque est le père. Pour répartir d’une façon plus appropriée et équitable les ministères sacrés entre ses prêtres, l’évêque doit jouir de la liberté nécessaire dans la collation des offices et des bénéfices ; ce qui entraîne la suppression des droits et des privilèges qui restreignent, de quelque manière que ce soit, cette liberté."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les relations entre l’évêque et les prêtres diocésains doivent être fondées en premier lieu sur les liens d’une charité surnaturelle : ainsi l’accord de la volonté des prêtres avec celle de l’évêque rendra plus fructueuse leur action pastorale. Que l’évêque veuille donc, pour promouvoir toujours davantage le service pastoral, appeler ses prêtres à un dialogue avec lui, et aussi en commun avec d’autres. Ce dialogue portera surtout sur la pastorale ; il aura lieu non seulement quand l’occasion s’en présente, mais, dans la mesure du possible, à des dates fixes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, que tous les prêtres diocésains soient unis entre eux et qu’ils soient poussés par le souci du bien spirituel de tout le diocèse. Bien plus, se rappelant que les biens qu’ils acquièrent à l’occasion de leur service d’Église, sont liés à leur fonction sacrée, ils subviendront aussi avec générosité et selon leurs moyens aux besoins matériels du diocèse, conformément aux dispositions de l’évêque."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les prêtres attachés aux œuvres supraparoissiales"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parmi les plus proches coopérateurs de l’évêque, citons également ces prêtres auxquels il confie une charge pastorale ou des œuvres d’apostolat de caractère supraparoissial ; elles concernent un territoire déterminé du diocèse, ou des groupes spéciaux de fidèles, ou encore un genre particulier d’action."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Précieuse aussi est l’aide apportée par les prêtres auxquels l’évêque confie diverses charges d’apostolat, soit dans les écoles, soit dans d’autres institutions ou associations. Enfin les prêtres qui sont affectés à des œuvres supradiocésaines méritent, en raison des œuvres d’apostolat qu’ils exercent, une particulière sollicitude, notamment de la part de l’évêque dans le diocèse duquel ils séjournent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les curés"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À un titre tout spécial, les curés sont les coopérateurs de l’évêque : c’est à eux qu’est confié, en qualité de pasteurs propres, le soin des âmes dans une partie déterminée du diocèse sous l’autorité de l’évêque."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans l’exercice de leur mission, les curés doivent, avec leurs auxiliaires, remplir la charge d’enseigner, de sanctifier et de gouverner d’une manière telle que les fidèles et les communautés paroissiales se sentent véritablement des membres du diocèse et de toute l’Église universelle. Aussi devront-ils collaborer avec les autres curés, avec les prêtres qui exercent une charge pastorale sur le territoire (par exemple, vicaires forains, doyens) ou avec ceux qui sont affectés à des œuvres de caractère supraparoissial, afin que la pastorale dans le diocèse ne manque pas d’unité et soit rendue plus efficace."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, la pastorale doit toujours être pénétrée d’esprit missionnaire en sorte de s’étendre, d’une façon adaptée, à tous ceux qui habitent la paroisse. Si les curés ne peuvent atteindre certains groupes de personnes, qu’ils fassent appel à d’autres concours, y compris laïcs, pour les aider dans leur apostolat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour donner à cette pastorale sa pleine efficacité, la vie commune des prêtres, de ceux surtout qui sont attachés à la même paroisse, est instamment recommandée ; elle favorise l’action apostolique et offre aux fidèles un exemple de charité et d’unité."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour remplir leur charge d’enseignement, les curés ont à annoncer la Parole de Dieu à tous les fidèles, pour qu’ils grandissent dans le Christ, enracinés dans la foi, l’espérance et la charité, et que la communauté chrétienne rende ce beau témoignage de la charité que nous recommande le Seigneur [32] ; ils doivent de même, par la catéchèse, conduire les fidèles à une pleine connaissance du mystère du salut, adaptée à chaque âge. Pour donner cet enseignement, qu’ils demandent non seulement le concours des religieux, mais également la coopération des laïcs, en érigeant aussi la confrérie de la doctrine chrétienne."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour accomplir leur tâche de sanctification, les curés veilleront à ce que la célébration du sacrifice eucharistique soit le centre et le sommet de toute la vie de la communauté chrétienne ; ils travailleront aussi à donner à leurs fidèles la nourriture spirituelle en les amenant à recevoir fréquemment et pieusement les sacrements, et à participer de façon consciente et active à la liturgie. Que les curés se rappellent également l’immense profit du sacrement de pénitence pour le progrès de la vie chrétienne ; aussi doivent-ils se montrer accessibles pour entendre les confessions des fidèles, faisant appel également, en cas de besoin, à d’autres prêtres, parlant différentes langues."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour bien faire leur devoir de pasteur, les curés devront avant tout se soucier de connaître leur troupeau. Comme ils sont les serviteurs de toutes les brebis, ils travailleront au développement de la vie chrétienne, tant en chacun des fidèles que dans les familles, dans les associations, celles surtout d’apostolat, et enfin dans toute la communauté paroissiale. Il leur faudra donc visiter les maisons et les écoles, comme l’exige leur charge pastorale ; s’intéresser avec zèle aux adolescents et aux jeunes ; entourer d’un amour paternel les pauvres et les malades ; avoir enfin un souci particulier des travailleurs, et engager les fidèles à apporter leur concours aux œuvres d’apostolat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les vicaires paroissiaux, qui sont les coopérateurs du curé, apportent chaque jour une aide précieuse et active à l’exercice du ministère paroissial sous l’autorité du curé. C’est pourquoi, entre le curé et ses vicaires, doivent exister des relations fraternelles, une charité et un respect mutuels toujours en éveil, une entraide réciproque par le conseil, la collaboration et l’exemple; ainsi serviront-ils la paroisse en plein accord de volonté et avec un même zèle."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nomination, transfert, déplacement et renonciation des curés"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour former son jugement sur la capacité d’un prêtre à prendre en charge telle paroisse, l’évêque doit tenir compte non seulement de sa doctrine, mais aussi de sa piété, de son zèle apostolique et des autres dons et qualités requis pour le bon exercice de la charge pastorale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, comme toute la raison d’être de la charge pastorale est le bien des âmes, il convient que l’évêque puisse pourvoir les paroisses plus facilement et de façon plus adéquate. Que l’on supprime donc – le droit des religieux demeurant sauf – tous droits de présentation, de nomination ou de réservation, et de même, là où elle existe, la loi du concours tant général que particulier."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans sa paroisse chaque curé doit jouir, en son office, de la stabilité que requiert le bien des âmes. En conséquence la distinction entre curés amovibles et curés inamovibles est abrogée et on révisera et simplifiera la manière de procéder à la translation et au déplacement des curés, afin que l’évêque puisse dans le respect de l’équité, aux sens naturel et canonique du terme, pourvoir plus commodément aux exigences du bien des âmes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les curés, qui du fait de leur âge avancé ou pour toute autre raison grave, se trouvent empêchés d’accomplir leur charge comme il convient et de façon fructueuse, sont instamment priés de renoncer à leur charge, spontanément ou sur l’invitation de l’évêque. Aux démissionnaires, l’évêque doit assurer des moyens de subsistance convenables."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Création de paroisses et innovations"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfin cette même raison du salut des âmes doit permettre de déterminer ou de réviser les érections ou les suppressions de paroisses, ou d’autres changements analogues ; l’évêque peut prendre ces mesures de sa propre autorité."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les religieux"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les religieux et les œuvres d’apostolat"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À tous les religieux (dans les dispositions suivantes, leur sont adjoints les membres des autres instituts faisant profession des conseils évangéliques, chacun selon sa propre vocation) incombe le devoir de collaborer de toutes leurs forces et avec zèle à l’édification et à la croissance de tout le Corps mystique du Christ et au bien des Églises particulières."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ils sont tenus de poursuivre ces fins d’abord par la prière, les œuvres de pénitence et l’exemple de leur propre vie ; le Concile les exhorte vivement à en développer sans cesse l’estime et la pratique. Mais, compte tenu du caractère propre de chaque institut, que les religieux s’adonnent aussi largement aux œuvres extérieures d’apostolat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les religieux coopérateurs de l’évêque dans les œuvres d’apostolat"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les religieux prêtres, consacrés pour le service presbytéral, afin d’être eux aussi les collaborateurs avisés de l’ordre épiscopal, peuvent aujourd’hui être pour les évêques d’un plus grand secours encore, du fait des besoins croissants des âmes. Aussi faut-il dire qu’à un certain titre, ils appartiennent vraiment au clergé du diocèse, en tant qu’ils participent au soin des âmes et aux œuvres d’apostolat sous l’autorité des évêques."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les autres membres d’instituts, hommes ou femmes, qui appartiennent eux aussi à un titre particulier à la famille diocésaine, apportent également une aide précieuse à la hiérarchie sacrée ; de jour en jour ils peuvent et ils doivent apporter davantage cette aide à mesure que s’accroissent les besoins de l’apostolat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Principes de l’apostolat des religieux dans les diocèses"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour que, dans chaque diocèse, les œuvres d’apostolat s’accomplissent toujours en plein accord et que l’unité de la discipline diocésaine demeure sauve, les principes de bases suivants sont établis :"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que tous les religieux fassent toujours preuve d’une soumission et d’un respect religieux envers les évêques, en leur qualité de successeurs des apôtres. Chaque fois qu’ils sont légitimement appelés à des œuvres d’apostolat, ils sont tenus d’exercer leurs fonctions comme des collaborateurs assidus et soumis des évêques [33]. Bien plus, les religieux doivent se prêter promptement et fidèlement aux requêtes et aux désirs des évêques leur demandant de prendre une part plus importante au ministère du salut des hommes; ils le feront toutefois dans le respect du caractère de leur institut et conformément à leurs constitutions qui, si nécessaire, seront adaptées à cette fin, d’après les principes du présent décret conciliaire. Étant donné les besoins urgents des âmes et la pénurie du clergé diocésain, les instituts religieux qui ne sont pas voués à la vie purement contemplative peuvent en particulier être appelés par les évêques à apporter leurs concours aux divers ministères pastoraux, compte tenu cependant du caractère propre de chaque institut ; pour apporter ce concours, les supérieurs doivent selon leurs moyens favoriser la prise en charge, même temporaire, de paroisses."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que les religieux envoyés pour exercer un apostolat extérieur soient pénétrés de l’esprit de leur propre institut et demeurent fidèles à l’observance régulière et à la soumission à leurs propres supérieurs; les évêques eux-mêmes ne manqueront pas d’insister sur cette obligation."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’exemption, selon laquelle les religieux sont rattachés au Souverain Pontife ou à une autre autorité ecclésiastique et soustraits à la juridiction des évêques, regarde surtout la structure interne des instituts: le but en est de mieux coordonner et harmoniser toutes choses dans l’existence des religieux et de veiller davantage au progrès et à la perfection de la vie commune religieuse [34]. L’exemption permet aussi au Souverain Pontife de disposer des religieux pour le bien de l’Église universelle [35] et à une autre autorité compétente d’en disposer pour le bien des églises de sa propre juridiction."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais cette exemption n’empêche pas les religieux d’être soumis dans chaque diocèse à la juridiction des évêques selon le droit, dans la mesure où le requièrent l’accomplissement de leur charge pastorale et la bonne organisation du ministère des âmes [36]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tous les religieux, exempts et non exempts, sont soumis au pouvoir des Ordinaires des lieux, pour ce qui concerne l’exercice public du culte divin (dans le respect toutefois de la diversité des rites), le soin des âmes, la sainte prédication à faire au peuple, l’éducation religieuse et morale des fidèles, surtout des enfants, l’enseignement catéchétique et la formation liturgique, la bonne tenue du clergé. Il en va de même pour les œuvres diverses en ce qui regarde l’exercice de l’apostolat. Les écoles catholiques tenues par des religieux sont aussi soumises aux Ordinaires des lieux, pour ce qui est de leur organisation générale et de leur surveillance, sans préjudice du droit des religieux à les gouverner. De même les religieux sont tenus d’observer tout ce dont les conciles ou conférences d’évêques auront légitimement prescrit l’observation par tous."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre les divers instituts religieux, ainsi qu’entre ceux-ci et le clergé diocésain, il faut encourager des structures de collaboration. En outre, une étroite coordination de toutes les œuvres et activités apostoliques est nécessaire: elle dépend surtout des dispositions surnaturelles des esprits et des cœurs, fondées et enracinées dans la charité. Cette coordination, il appartient au Siège apostolique de la réaliser pour l’Église universelle; aux pasteurs pour leur diocèse; enfin aux synodes patriarcaux et aux conférences épiscopales pour leur propre territoire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques ou les conférences épiscopales d’une part, les supérieurs religieux ou les conférences de supérieurs majeurs d’autre part, voudront bien procéder à la mise en commun de leurs projets pour les œuvres d’apostolat exercées par des religieux."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour favoriser entre les évêques et les religieux la concorde et l’efficacité des relations mutuelles, les évêques et les supérieurs religieux voudront bien se réunir, à dates fixes et chaque fois que cela paraîtra opportun, pour traiter les affaires regardant l’ensemble de l’apostolat dans le territoire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE III : Coopération des évêques au bien commun de plusieurs Églises"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Synodes, conciles et principalement conférences épiscopales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Synodes et conciles particuliers"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dès les premiers siècles de l’Église, la communion de la charité fraternelle et le souci de la mission universelle confiée aux Apôtres ont poussé les évêques, placés à la tête d’Églises particulières, à associer leurs forces et leur volonté en vue de promouvoir le bien commun de l’ensemble des Églises et de chacune d’entre elles. Pour cette raison, des synodes, des conciles provinciaux et enfin des conciles pléniers ont été réunis, où les évêques décrétèrent des normes identiques à observer dans les diverses Églises pour l’enseignement des vérités de la foi et l’organisation de la discipline ecclésiastique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce saint Concile œcuménique souhaite vivement que la véritable institution des synodes et des conciles connaisse une nouvelle vigueur afin de pourvoir, selon les circonstances, de façon plus adaptée et plus efficace, au progrès de la foi et au maintien de la discipline dans les diverses Églises."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importance des conférences épiscopales"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De notre temps surtout, il n’est pas rare que les évêques ne puissent accomplir leur charge convenablement et avec fruit, s’ils ne réalisent pas avec les autres évêques une concorde chaque jour plus étroite et une action plus coordonnée. Les conférences épiscopales, établies déjà dans plusieurs pays, ont donné des preuves remarquables de fécondité apostolique ; aussi le saint Concile estime-t-il tout à fait opportun qu’en tous lieux les évêques d’une même nation ou d’une même région constituent une seule assemblée et qu’ils se réunissent à dates fixes pour mettre en commun les lumières de leur prudente expérience. Ainsi la confrontation des idées permettra-t-elle de réaliser une sainte harmonie des forces en vue du bien commun des Églises."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi le Concile établit ce qui suit au sujet des conférences épiscopales."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notion, structures, compétence et collaboration des conférences"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Une conférence épiscopale est en quelque sorte une assemblée dans laquelle les prélats d’un pays ou d’un territoire exercent conjointement leur charge pastorale en vue de promouvoir davantage le bien que l’Église offre aux hommes, en particulier par des formes et méthodes d’apostolat convenablement adaptées aux circonstances présentes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tous les Ordinaires des lieux de quelque rite que ce soit (à l’exception des vicaires généraux), les coadjuteurs, les auxiliaires, et d’autres évêques titulaires exerçant une charge particulière à eux confiée par le Saint-Siège ou par les conférences épiscopales, font partie de la conférence épiscopale. Les autres évêques titulaires ne sont pas membres de droit de la conférence; les légats du Pontife romain ne le sont pas non plus, en raison de la mission spéciale qu’ils exercent sur le territoire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aux Ordinaires des lieux et aux coadjuteurs appartient une voix délibérative. Aux auxiliaires et autres évêques qui ont le droit de participer à la conférence, les statuts de la conférence accorderont voix délibérative ou voix consultative."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chaque conférence épiscopale rédigera ses statuts qui devront être reconnus par le Siège apostolique; on y prévoira, entre autres, les organes permettant de poursuivre plus efficacement l’objectif de la conférence, par exemple: un conseil permanent d’évêques, des commissions épiscopales, un secrétariat général."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les décisions de la conférence épiscopale, pourvu qu’elle aient été prises légitimement et par les deux tiers au moins des suffrages des prélats ayant voix délibérative à la conférence, et qu’elles aient été reconnues par le Siège apostolique, obligeront juridiquement, mais seulement dans les cas prescrits par le droit commun ou quand un ordre spécial du Siège apostolique, donné sur son initiative ou à la demande de la conférence elle-même, en aura ainsi disposé."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Là où des circonstances particulières le requièrent, les évêques de plusieurs pays pourront, avec l’approbation du Siège apostolique, constituer une seule conférence."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il faut au surplus encourager les relations entre les conférences épiscopales de divers pays, en vue de promouvoir et d’assurer un plus grand bien."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il est instamment recommandé aux prélats des églises orientales, réunies en synode pour promouvoir la discipline de leur propre église et encourager plus efficacement les œuvres destinées au bien de la religion, de tenir également compte du bien commun de l’ensemble du territoire, là où existent plusieurs églises de rites différents; ils provoqueront à cet effet des échanges au cours de réunions inter-rites, selon les règles à établir par l’autorité compétente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Délimitation des provinces ecclésiastiques et érection de régions ecclésiastiques"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Principe sur la révision des circonscriptions"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le bien des âmes réclame une délimitation appropriée, non seulement des diocèses, mais aussi des provinces ecclésiastiques. Bien plus, il recommande l’érection de régions ecclésiastiques, permettant de mieux pourvoir aux besoins de l’apostolat en fonction des conditions sociales et locales, et de rendre plus faciles et plus fructueuses les relations des évêques entre eux, avec les métropolitains et avec les autres évêques d’un même pays comme aussi les relations des évêques avec les autorités civiles."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Règles à observer"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi, afin d’obtenir ces résultats, le saint Concile décrète qu’on établisse les règles suivantes :"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les délimitations des provinces ecclésiastiques devront être révisées de façon opportune et les droits et privilèges des métropolitains définis par des normes nouvelles et appropriées."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On devra avoir pour règle que tous les diocèses, et les autres circonscriptions territoriales qui relèvent des mêmes dispositions du droit, soient rattachés à une province ecclésiastique. En conséquence, les diocèses qui actuellement sont soumis immédiatement au Saint-Siège et ne sont unis à aucun autre diocèse, ou bien doivent être réunis, si possible, en une nouvelle province ecclésiastique, ou bien doivent être rattachés à la province la plus proche ou la plus opportune et être soumis au droit métropolitain de l’archevêque selon les règles du droit commun."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Là où l’utilité le suggère, les provinces ecclésiastiques seront regroupées en régions ecclésiastiques, dont l’organisation est à fixer par le droit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vote des conférences épiscopales à demander"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il convient que les conférences épiscopales compétentes examinent cette question de la délimitation des provinces ou de l’érection des régions, selon les règles déjà fixées pour la circonscription des diocèses (n. 23 et 24), et qu’elles proposent leur avis et leurs vœux au Siège apostolique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Les évêques qui exercent des fonctions interdiocésaines"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Constitution d’offices particuliers et collaboration avec les évêques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comme les besoins pastoraux exigent de plus en plus que certaines tâches pastorales soient menées et développées d’un commun accord, il convient que, pour le service de tous les diocèses, ou de plusieurs diocèses d’une région ou d’un pays déterminés, soient établis un certain nombre d’organes qui peuvent être confiés même à des évêques."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le saint Concile recommande qu’entre les prélats ou évêques exerçant ces charges et les évêques diocésains et les conférences épiscopales existent toujours une union fraternelle et une communauté d’intentions pastorales, dont les principes directeurs doivent être définis par le droit commun."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le vicariat aux armées"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le soin spirituel des soldats, étant donné les conditions particulières de leur vie, mérite une attention toute spéciale ; qu’on érige donc dans chaque pays, selon ses moyens, un vicariat aux armées. Le vicaire et les aumôniers devront se dévouer sans compter à cette tâche difficile en pleine collaboration avec les évêques diocésains [37]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi les évêques diocésains devront accorder au vicaire aux armées en nombre suffisant des prêtres aptes à cette lourde charge, et ils favoriseront en même temps les initiatives destinées à promouvoir le bien spirituel des soldats [38]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRESCRIPTION GÉNÉRALE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le saint Concile décrète que, dans la révision du Code de Droit canonique, des lois opportunes soient établies conformément aux principes qui sont posés dans ce décret et en tenant compte aussi des observations exprimées par les commissions ou les Pères du Concile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le saint Concile décrète en outre que des directoires généraux sur la pastorale soient composés à l’usage des évêques et des curés, leur présentant des directives sûres pour remplir plus facilement et plus parfaitement leur charge pastorale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On élaborera aussi un directoire spécial sur l’activité pastorale auprès de catégories particulières de fidèles en rapport avec les situations diverses de chacun des pays ou régions ; et un directoire sur l’enseignement catéchétique du peuple chrétien, dans lequel on traitera des principes fondamentaux et de l’organisation de cet enseignement, ainsi que de l’élaboration de livres traitant de la question. Dans l’élaboration de ces directoires, on devra tenir compte également des observations présentées par les commissions ou par les Pères du Concile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "out l’ensemble et chacun des points qui ont été édictés dans cette déclaration ont plu aux Pères du Concile. Et Nous, en vertu du pouvoir apostolique que Nous tenons du Christ, en union avec les vénérables Pères, Nous les approuvons, arrêtons et décrétons dans le Saint-Esprit, et Nous ordonnons que ce qui a été ainsi établi en Concile soit promulgué pour la gloire de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rome, à Saint-Pierre, le 28 octobre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, Paul, évêque de l’Église catholique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Suivent les signatures des Pères)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Signatures des Pères"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, PAUL, évêque de l’Église catholique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Panisperna Presbyter Cardinalis GAGGIANO, Archiepiscopus Bonaërensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PETRUS titulo S. Laurentii in Lucina Presbyter Cardinalis CIRIACI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Mariae de Victoria Presbyter Cardinalis SIRI, Archiepiscopus Ianuensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo S. Mariae in Transpontina Presbyter Cardinalis LERCARO, Archiepiscopus Bononiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS titulo S. Mariae Trans Tiberim Presbyter Cardinalis WYSZYNSKI, Archiepiscopus Gnesnensis et Varsaviensis, Primas Poloniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENIAMINUS titulo S. Vitalis Presbyter Cardinalis DE ARRIBA Y CASTRO, Archiepiscopus Tarraconensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Augustini Presbyter Cardinalis QUIROGA Y PALACIOS, Archiepiscopus Compostellanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS AEMILIUS titulo S. Mariae Angelorum in Thermis Presbyter Cardinalis LEGER, Archiepiscopus Marianopolitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego VALERIANUS titulo S. Mariae in Via Lata Presbyter Cardinalis GRACIAS, Archiepiscopus Bombayensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Honuphrii in Ianiculo Presbyter Cardinalis GARIBI Y RIVERA, Archiepiscopus Guadalajarensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS MARIA titulo S Chrysogoni Presbyter Cardinalis BARBIERI, Archiepiscopus Montisvidei."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS titulo S. Agnetis extra moenia Presbyter Cardinalis CONFALONIERI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo Ss. Quirici et Iulittae Presbyter Cardinalis RICHAUD, Archiepiscopus Burdigalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS M. titulo Ss. Viti, Modesti et Crescentiae Presbyter Cardinalis BUENO Y MONREAL, Archiepiscopus Hispalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo S. Eusebii Presbyter Cardinalis KÖNIG, Archiepiscopus Vindobonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Athanasii Presbyter Cardinalis SLIPYI, Archiepiscopus Maior Ucrainorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS titulo S. Leonis I Presbyter Cardinalis JAEGER, Archiepiscopus Paderbornensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Crucis in via Flaminia Presbyter Cardinalis BERAN, Archiepiscopus Pragensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo D.nae N.ae de SS. Sacramento et Martyrum Canadensium Presbyter Cardinalis ROY, Archiepiscopus Quebecensis, Primas Canadiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Teresiae Presbyter Cardinalis MARTIN, Archiepiscopus Rothomagensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AUDOËNUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis MCCANN, Archiepiscopus Civitatis Capitis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO STEPHANUS titulo S. Balbinae Presbyter Cardinalis DUVAL, Archiepiscopus Algeriensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERMENEGILDUS titulo Reginae Apostolorum Presbyter Cardinalis FLORIT, Archiepiscopus Florentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Petri et Pauli in Via Ostiensi Presbyter Cardinalis ŠEPER, Archiepiscopus Zagrabiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Silvestri in Capite Presbyter Cardinalis HEENAN, Archiepiscopus Vestmonasteriensis, Primas Angliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo Ssmae Trinitatis in Monte Pincio Presbyter Cardinalis VILLOT, Archiepiscopus Lugdunensis et Viennensis, Primas Galliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo S. Camilli de Lellis ad Hortos Sallustianos Presbyter Cardinalis ZOUNGRANA, Archiepiscopus Uagaduguensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS I. titulo S. Clementis Presbyter Cardinalis SHEHAN, Archiepiscopus Baltimorensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HENRICUS titulo S. Agathae in Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DANTE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAESAR titulo D.nae N.ae a Sacro Corde in Circo Agonali Presbyter Cardinalis ZERBA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AGNELLUS titulo Praecelsae Dei Matris Presbyter Cardinalis ROSSI, Archiepiscopus S. Pauli in Brasilia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Martini in Montibus Presbyter Cardinalis COLOMBO, Archiepiscopus Mediolanensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS titulo S. Patricii ad Villam Ludovisi Presbyter Cardinalis CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, totius Hiberniae Primas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUMBERTUS MALCHIODI, Archiepiscopus Episcopus Placentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] Cf. Mt 1, 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2] Cf. Jn 20, 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3] Cf. Conc. Vat. I, sess. 4, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia Christi, c. 3 ; Denz. 1828 (3061)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4] Cf. Idem ; Denz. 1821 (3050)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 21, 24, 25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7] Cf. Jean XXIII, Humanae salutis, 25 décembre 1961 : AAS 54 (1962), p. 6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8] cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[9] Ibid."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[10] Ibid."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[11] Ibid."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[12] Cf. Paul VI, motu proprio Apostolica Sollicitudo, 15 septembre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[13] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. Lumen gentium, n. 23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[14] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Fidei donum, 21 avril 1957 : AAS 49 (1957), p. 237 s. – Cf. aussi : Benoît XV, Épître apost. Maximum illud, 30 novembre 1919 : AAS 11 (1919), p. 440. – Pie XI, Encycl. Rerum Ecclesiae, 28 février 1926 : AAS 18 (1926), p. 68."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[15] Cf. Paul VI, Alloc. Ad Em.mos Patres Cardinales, Exc.mos Praesules, Rev.mos Praelatos ceterosque Romanae curiae Officiales, 21 septembre 1963 : AAS 55 (1963), p. 793 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[16] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, décret de Ecclesiis Orientalibus Catholicis, n. 7-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[17] Cf. Conc. de Trente, sess. 5, décret De reform., c. 2 : Mansi 33, 30 ; sess. 24, décret De reform., c. Mansi 33, 159 (cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[18] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[19] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 avril 1963, AAS 55 (1963), p. 257-304."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[20] Cf. Paul VI, Encycl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 août 1964 : AAS 56 (1964), p. 639."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[21] Idem, p. 644-645."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[22] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, décret Inter mirifica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[23] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. Sacrosanctum concilium. – Paul VI, motu proprio Sacram Liturgiam, 25 janvier 1964, AAS 56 (1964), p. 139 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[24] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Mediator Dei, 20 novembre 1947, AAS 39 (1947), p. 251 s. – Paul VI, Encycl. Mysterium Fidei, 3 septembre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[25] Cf. Ac 1, 14 et 2, 46."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[26] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 44-45."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[27] Cf. Lc 22, 26-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[28] Cf. Jn 15, 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[29] Conc. Vat. II, décret Unitatis Redintegratio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[30] Cf. Pie X, motu proprio Iampridem, 19 mars 1914 : AAS 6 (1914), p. 174s. – Pie XII, Const. apost. Exsul Familia, 1er août 1952 : AAS 44 (1952), p. 652s. ; Leges Operis Apostolatus Maris, auctoritate Pii XII conditae, 21 novembre 1957 : AAS 50 (1958), p. 375s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[31] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, décret de Orientalium Ecclesiarum, n. 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[32] Cf. Jn 13, 35."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[33] Cf. Pie XII, Alloc. 8 décembre 1950 : AAS 43 (1951), p. 28.– Cf. aussi Paul VI, Alloc. 23 mai 1964 : AAS 56 (1964), p. 571."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[34] Cf. Léon XIII, Const. apost. Romanos Pontifices, 8 mai 1881 : Acta Leonis XIII, vol. II (1882), p. 234."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[35] Cf. Paul VI, Alloc. 23 mai 1964 : AAS 56 (1964), p. 570-571."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[36] Cf. Pie XII, Alloc. 8 décembre 1950 : l. c."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[37] Cf. S. C. de la Consistoriale, Instructio de Vicariis Castrensibus : 23 avril 1951 : AAS 43 (1951), p. 262. Formula servanda relatione de statu Vicariatus Castrensis conficienda, 20 octobre 1956 : AAS 49 (1957), p. 150-163 ; décret De Sacror. Liminum Visitatione a Vicariis Castrensibus peragenda, 28 février 1959 : AAS 51 (1959), p. 272 ; décret Facultas audiendi confess. militum Cappell. extenditur, 27 novembre 1960 ; AAS 53 (1961), p. 49-50.– Cf. aussi S. C. des Religieux, Instruc. De Cappellanis militum religiosis, 2 février 1955 : AAS 47 (1955), p. 93-97."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[38] Cf. S.C. Consistorialis, Epistula ad Em.mos p. DD. Cardinales atque Exc.mos p. DD. Archiepiscopos, Episcopos ceterosque Ordinarios Hispanicae Ditionis, 21 juin 1951 : AAS 43 (1951), p. 566."
            }
          ]
        },
        "it": {
          "code": "it",
          "label": "Italiano",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_christus-dominus_it.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-137-vat-ii_decree_19651028_christus-dominus_it.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAOLO VESCOVO SERVO DEI SERVI DI DIO UNITAMENTE AI PADRI DEL SACRO CONCILIO A PERPETUA MEMORIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO SULLA MISSIONE PASTORALE DEI VESCOVI NELLA CHIESA CHRISTUS DOMINUS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROEMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo Signore, Figlio di Dio vivo, è venuto per salvare il suo popolo dai peccati (1) e per santificare tutti gli uomini; com'egli era stato mandato dal Padre, così mandò i suoi apostoli (2) e li santificò dando loro lo Spirito Santo, affinché, a loro volta, glorificassero il Padre sopra la terra e salvassero gli uomini, « per l'edificazione del suo corpo » (Ef 4,12), che è la Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il papa e i vescovi perpetuano l'opera di Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In questa Chiesa di Cristo, il sommo Pontefice, come successore di Pietro, a cui Cristo affidò la missione di pascere le sue pecore ed i suoi agnelli, è per divina istituzione rivestito di una potestà suprema, piena, immediata, universale, a bene delle anime. Egli perciò, essendo stato costituito pastore di tutti i fedeli per promuovere sia il bene comune della Chiesa universale, sia il bene delle singole Chiese, detiene la suprema potestà ordinaria su tutte le Chiese."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anche i vescovi, posti dallo Spirito Santo, succedono agli apostoli come pastori delle anime (3) e, insieme col sommo Pontefice e sotto la sua autorità hanno la missione di perpetuare l'opera di Cristo, pastore eterno (4). Infatti Cristo diede agli apostoli ed ai loro successori il mandato e la potestà di ammaestrare tutte le genti, di santificare gli uomini nella verità e di guidarli. Perciò i vescovi, per virtù dello Spirito Santo che è stato loro dato, sono divenuti veri ed autentici maestri della fede, pontefici e pastori (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I vescovi, partecipi della sollecitudine per tutte le Chiese, esercitano il loro ufficio episcopale, ricevuto per mezzo della loro consacrazione episcopale (6), in comunione e sotto l'autorità del sommo Pontefice, in tutto ciò che riguarda il magistero ed il governo pastorale, uniti tutti in un collegio o corpo, rispetto a tutta la Chiesa di Dio. I singoli vescovi esercitano tale ministero nei riguardi della porzione del gregge del Signore che è stata loro assegnata, avendo ciascuno cura della Chiesa particolare affidatagli. Talvolta però alcuni vescovi possono congiuntamente provvedere ad alcune necessità comuni a diverse Chiese. Pertanto questo santo Concilio, considerate le condizioni dell'umana società, che ai nostri giorni sono in piena evoluzione (7) volendo determinare i doveri pastorali dei vescovi in maniera più particolareggiata, impartisce le seguenti disposizioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I VESCOVI E LA CHIESA UNIVERSALE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. La posizione dei vescovi riguardo alla Chiesa universale"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il collegio episcopale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I vescovi, in virtù della loro sacramentale consacrazione e in gerarchica comunione col capo e coi membri del collegio, sono costituiti membri del corpo episcopale (8). « L'ordine dei vescovi, che succede al collegio degli apostoli nel magistero e nel governo pastorale, ed è anzi l'ininterrotto prolungamento del corpo apostolico nel tempo, insieme col romano Pontefice, suo capo, è anche il soggetto di una suprema e piena potestà sulla Chiesa universale: potestà, tuttavia, che non si può esercitare senza il consenso del romano Pontefice » (9). Tale potestà invero « si esercita in modo solenne nel Concilio ecumenico» (10) perciò questo santo Sinodo dichiara che tutti i vescovi, che siano membri del collegio episcopale, hanno il diritto di intervenire al Concilio ecumenico. « La stessa potestà collegiale può essere esercitata, insieme col papa, dai vescovi sparsi nelle diverse parti del mondo, purché il capo del collegio li inviti ad una azione collegiale, o almeno approvi o liberamente accetti un'azione unitaria dei vescovi sparsi nel mondo, in modo che diventi un vero atto collegiale » (11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Sinodo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Una più efficace collaborazione al supremo pastore della Chiesa la possono prestare, nei modi dallo stesso romano Pontefice stabiliti o da stabilirsi, i vescovi scelti da diverse regioni del mondo, riuniti nel consiglio propriamente chiamato Sinodo dei vescovi (12). Tale Sinodo, rappresentando tutto l'episcopato cattolico, è un segno che tutti i vescovi sono partecipi in gerarchica comunione della sollecitudine della Chiesa universale (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I vescovi partecipano della sollecitudine per tutta la Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I vescovi, come legittimi successori degli apostoli e membri del collegio episcopale, sappiano essere sempre tra loro uniti e dimostrarsi solleciti di tutte le Chiese; per divina disposizione e comando del l'ufficio apostolico, ognuno di essi, insieme con gli altri vescovi, è infatti in certo qual modo responsabile della Chiesa (14). In modo particolare si dimostri no solleciti di quelle parti del mondo dove la parola di Dio non è ancora stata annunziata, o dove, a motivo dello scarso numero di sacerdoti, i fedeli sono in pericolo di allontanarsi dalla pratica della vita cristiana, anzi di perdere la fede stessa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si adoperino perciò a che i fedeli sostengano promuovano con ardore le opere di evangelizzazione e di apostolato. Cerchino inoltre di preparare degni sacerdoti, come anche degli ausiliari, religiosi e laici non solo per le missioni, ma anche per le regioni che hanno scarsezza di clero. Facciano ogni possibile sforzo, perché alcuni dei loro sacerdoti si rechino in terra di missione o nelle diocesi predette ad esercitarvi il sacro ministero, per tutta la loro vita o al meno per un determinato periodo di tempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ricordino i vescovi che anche nell'uso dei beni ecclesiastici devono essere tenute presenti le necessità non solo delle loro diocesi, ma anche di quelle di altre Chiese particolari, perché anche queste sono parti dell'unica Chiesa di Cristo. Ed infine rivolgano le loro cure, secondo le loro possibilità, ad alleviare le calamità da cui altre diocesi o altre regioni sono afflitte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ricordare i vescovi perseguitati"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Soprattutto i vescovi circondino col loro fraterno affetto e con la loro attiva premura quegli altri vescovi che, a motivo della loro fedeltà a Cristo, sono fatti bersaglio di calunnie e di persecuzioni, giacciono in carcere o sono impediti dall'esercitare il loro ministero. Mirino così, con la preghiera e con l'opera, a lenire e mitigare i dolori dei loro confratelli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. I vescovi e la santa Sede"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I vescovi nelle loro diocesi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Ai vescovi, quali successori degli apostoli, nelle diocesi loro affidate spetta di per sé la potestà ordinaria, propria e immediata, che è necessaria per l'esercizio del loro ministero pastorale, ferma sempre restando in ogni campo la potestà del romano Pontefice di riservare alcune cause a se stesso o ad altra autorità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Ai singoli vescovi diocesani viene data facoltà di dispensare in casi particolari da una legge generale della Chiesa i fedeli sui quali, a norma del diritto, esercitano la loro autorità, ogni qualvolta ritengano che ciò giovi al loro bene spirituale; a meno che la suprema autorità della Chiesa non avanzi qualche speciale riserva in proposito."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I dicasteri della curia romana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nell'esercizio della sua suprema, piena ed immediata potestà sopra tutta la Chiesa, il romano Pontefice si avvale dei dicasteri della curia romana, che perciò compiono il loro lavoro nel suo nome e nella sua autorità, a vantaggio delle Chiese e al servizio dei sacri pastori."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tuttavia i Padri del santo Concilio esprimono il desiderio che questi dicasteri, i quali hanno finora reso senza dubbio un prezioso aiuto al romano Pontefice ed ai pastori della Chiesa, vengano riorganizzati in modo nuovo e conforme alle necessità dei tempi, dei paesi e dei riti, specialmente per quanto riguarda il loro numero, il loro nome, le loro competenze, i loro metodi di lavoro ed il coordinamento delle loro attività (15). Come pure desiderano che, in considerazione del ministero pastorale dei vescovi, sia più esattamente definito l'ufficio dei legati del romano Pontefice."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché questi dicasteri sono stati costituiti per il bene della Chiesa universale, si esprime parimenti il desiderio che i loro membri, il loro personale e i loro consultori, come pure i legati del romano Pontefice, nei limiti del possibile, siano in più larga misura scelti dalle diverse regioni della Chiesa. Così gli uffici, ossia gli organi centrali della Chiesa cattolica, presenteranno un carattere veramente universale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Viene altresì auspicato che tra i membri dei dicasteri siano annoverati anche alcuni vescovi, specialmente diocesani, che possano in modo più compiuto rappresentare al sommo Pontefice la mentalità, i desideri e le necessità di tutte le Chiese. Da ultimo i Padri conciliari stimano che sia molto utile che i sacri dicasteri chiedano, più che in passato, il parere di laici che si distinguano per virtù, dottrina ed esperienza, affinché anch'essi svolgano nella vita della Chiesa il ruolo che loro conviene."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I VESCOVI E LE CHIESE PARTICOLARI O DIOCESI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. I vescovi diocesani"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La diocesi e il vescovo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La diocesi è una porzione del popolo di Dio affidata alle cure pastorali del vescovo, coadiuvato dal suo presbiterio, in modo che, aderendo al suo pastore, e da questi radunata nello Spirito Santo per mezzo del Vangelo e della eucaristia, costituisca una Chiesa particolare nella quale è presente e opera la Chiesa di Cristo, una, santa, cattolica e postolica. I singoli vescovi, ai quali è affidata la cura di una Chiesa particolare, sotto l'autorità del sommo Pontefice, pascono nel nome del Signore come pastori propri, ordinari ed immediati le loro pecorelle ed esercitano a loro vantaggio l'ufficio di insegnare, di santificare e di reggere. Essi però devono riconoscere i diritti che legittimamente competono sia ai patriarchi, sia alle altre autorità gerarchiche (16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I vescovi devono svolgere il loro ufficio apostolico come testimoni di Cristo al cospetto di tutti gli uomini, interessandosi non solo di coloro che già seguono il Principe dei pastori, ma dedicandosi anche con tutta l'anima a coloro che in qualsiasi maniera si sono allontanati dalla via della verità, oppure ignorano ancora il Vangelo di Cristo e la sua misericordia salvifica; così agiranno, fino a quando tutti quanti cammineranno « in ogni bontà, giustizia e verità » (Ef 5,9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il ministero di evangelizzare il popolo di Dio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nell'esercizio del loro ministero di insegnare annunzino agli uomini il Vangelo di Cristo, che uno dei principali doveri dei vescovi (17) e ciò faccia no, nella forza dello Spirito, invitando gli uomini al la fede o confermandoli nella fede viva. Propongano loro il mistero integrale di Cristo, ossia quelle verità che non si possono ignorare senza ignorare Cristo stesso; e additino contemporaneamente alle anime la via da Dio rivelata, che conduce gli uomini alla glorificazione del Signore e con ciò alla loro eterna felicità (18)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mostrino inoltre che, nei disegni di Dio, le stesse cose terrene e le umane istituzioni sono ordinate alla salvezza degli uomini e possono di conseguenza non poco contribuire all'edificazione del Corpo di Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insegnino pertanto quanto grande è, secondo la dottrina della Chiesa, il valore della persona umana, della sua libertà e della stessa vita fisica; il valore della famiglia, della sua unità e stabilità, della procreazione ed educazione della prole; il valore della società civile, con le sue leggi e con le varie professioni in essa esistenti; il valore del lavoro e del riposo, delle arti e della tecnica; il valore della povertà e dell'abbondanza dei beni materiali. E da ultimo espongano come debbano essere risolti i gravissimi problemi sollevati dal possesso dei beni materiali, dal loro sviluppo e dalla loro giusta distribuzione, dalla pace e dalla guerra, e dalla fraterna convivenza di tutti i popoli (19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I vescovi devono esporre la dottrina cristiana in modo consono alle necessità del tempo in cui viviamo: in un modo, cioè, che risponda alle difficoltà ed ai problemi, dai quali sono assillati ed angustiati gli uomini d'oggi. Inoltre non solo devono difenderla in prima persona, ma devono stimolare anche i fedeli a fare altrettanto ed a propagarla. Propongano poi tale insegnamento in maniera da dimostrare la materna sollecitudine della Chiesa verso tutti gli uomini, sia fedeli sia non fedeli; e concordino una particolare attenzione ai più poveri e ai più deboli, memori che a questi sono stati mandati dal Signore ad annunziare il Vangelo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E poiché la Chiesa non può non stabilire un colloquio con l'umana società (20) in seno alla quale vive, incombe in primo luogo ai vescovi il dovere di andare agli uomini e di sollecitare e promuovere un dialogo con essi. Ma perché in questi dialoghi di salvezza la verità vada sempre unita con la carità, e l'intelligenza con l'amore, è necessario non solo che essi si svolgano con chiarezza di linguaggio, con umiltà e con mitezza, ma anche che in essi ad un doverosa prudenza si accompagni una vicendevole fiducia; perché tale fiducia, favorendo l'amicizia, è destinata ad unire gli animi (21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per la diffusione della dottrina cristiana, ricorrano ai mezzi che oggi sono a disposizione: in primo luogo alla predicazione ed alla istruzione catechistica, che hanno sempre una capitale importanza; poi alla esposizione della stessa dottrina nelle scuole, nelle università, mediante conferenze e riunioni di ogni specie; infine a pubbliche dichiarazioni, in occasione di qualche speciale avvenimento, fatte per mezzo della stampa e dei vari mezzi di comunicazione sociale, dei quali è assolutamente opportuno servirsi per annunziare il Vangelo di Cristo (22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vigilino affinché con premuroso zelo, non solo ai fanciulli ed ai giovani, ma anche agli adulti sia insegnato il catechismo, che ha lo scopo di ravvivare tra gli uomini la fede e di renderla cosciente e attiva, per mezzo di un'opportuna istruzione. Abbiano cura che questo insegnamento sia fatto secondo un ordine ed un metodo che si addica, oltre che alla materia di cui si tratta, alla mentalità, alle capacità, all'età e alle condizioni di vita degli uditori, e sia basato sulla sacra Scrittura, sulla tradizione, sulla liturgia, sul magistero e sulla vita della Chiesa. Si adoperino inoltre perché i catechisti siano convenientemente preparati al loro compito, conoscano di conseguenza a fondo la dottrina della Chiesa e apprendano in teoria ed in pratica le leggi della psicologia e le materie pedagogiche. Abbiano anche cura di ripristinare o meglio adattare ai nostri tempi l'istituto dei catecumeni adulti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il ministero di santificare il popolo di Dio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nell'esercizio del loro ministero di santificazione, i vescovi si ricordino bene di essere stati scelti di mezzo agli uomini e di essere stati investiti della loro dignità per gli uomini in tutto ciò che si riferisce a Dio, affinché offrano doni e sacrifici per i peccati. Infatti i vescovi hanno la pienezza del sacramento dell'ordine; e da loro dipendono, nell'esercizio della loro potestà, sia i presbiteri, che sono stati anch'essi consacrati veri sacerdoti del Nuovo Testamento perché siano prudenti cooperatori dell'ordine episcopale, sia i diaconi, che in unione col vescovo ed al servizio del suo presbiterio sono destinati al ministero del popolo di Dio. I vescovi perciò sono i principali dispensatori dei misteri di Dio e nello stesso tempo organizzatori, promotori e custodi della vita liturgica nella Chiesa loro affidata (23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mettano perciò in opera ogni loro sforzo, perché i fedeli, per mezzo della eucaristia, conoscano sempre più profondamente e vivano il mistero pasquale, per formare un corpo più intimamente compatto, nell'unità della carità di Cristo (24). «Perseveranti nella preghiera e nel ministero della parola » (At 6,4) pongano ogni loro impegno, perché tutti quelli cl sono affidati alle loro cure siano concordi nel preghiera (25) e perché, ricevendo i sacramenti, crescano nella grazia e siano fedeli testimoni del Signore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella loro qualità di maestri di perfezione si studino di fare avanzare nella via della santità i loro sacerdoti, i religiosi e i laici, secondo la particolare vocazione di ciascuno (26) ricordino tuttavia di esse tenuti a dare essi per primi esempio di santità, nella carità, nell'umiltà e nella semplicità della vita. Conducano le Chiese loro affidate a tal punto di santi che in esse siano pienamente manifestati i sentimenti della Chiesa universale di Cristo. Di conseguenza cerchino di incrementare più che sia possibile le vocazioni sacerdotali e religiose, e in modo particolare quelle missionarie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il ministero di guidare il popolo di Dio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nell'esercizio del loro ufficio di padri e di pastori, i vescovi si comportino in mezzo ai loro fedeli come coloro che servono (27) come buoni pastori che conoscono le loro pecorelle e sono da esse conosciuti, come veri padri che eccellono per il loro spirito di carità e di zelo verso tutti e la cui autorità ricevuta da Dio incontra un'adesione unanime e riconoscente. Raccolgano intorno a sé l'intera famiglia del loro gregge e diano ad essa una tale formazione che tutti, consapevoli dei loro doveri, vivano ed operino in comunione di carità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per raggiungere simile intento i vescovi «disposti a qualsiasi opera buona» (2 Tm 2,21), e «sopportando tutto per amore degli eletti» (2 Tm 2,10), orientino la loro vita in modo che sia atta a rispondere alle esigenze dei nostri tempi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Trattino sempre con particolare carità i sacerdoti, perché essi si assumono una parte dei loro ministeri e delle loro preoccupazioni, e vi si consacrano nella vita quotidiana con tanto zelo. Li considerino come figli ed amici (28) e perciò siano disposti ad ascoltarli e a trattarli con fiducia e benevolenza, allo scopo di incrementare l'attività pastorale in tutta la diocesi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dimostrino il più premuroso interessamento per le loro condizioni spirituali, intellettuali e materiali, affinché essi, con una vita santa e pia, possano esercitare il loro ministero fedelmente e fruttuosamente. A tale scopo favoriscano istituzioni e organizzino particolari convegni nei quali i sacerdoti di tanto in tanto possano riunirsi, sia per la rinnovazione della loro vita in corsi più lunghi di esercizi spirituali, sia per l'approfondimento delle scienze ecclesiastiche, e specialmente della sacra Scrittura e della teologia, dei problemi sociali di maggiore importanza e dei nuovi metodi dell'attività pastorale. Seguano con misericordia attiva quei sacerdoti che, per qualsiasi ragione, si trovano in pericolo, o sono in qualche modo venuti meno ai loro doveri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per essere in grado di meglio provvedere al bene dei fedeli, secondo il bisogno di ciascuno, i vescovi cerchino di conoscere a fondo le loro necessità e le condizioni sociali nelle quali vivono, ricorrendo, tale scopo, a tutti i mezzi opportuni, e specialmente alle indagini sociologiche. Si dimostrino premurosi verso tutti: di qualsiasi età, condizione, nazionalità siano essi del paese, o di passaggio, o stranieri. Nell'esercizio di questa attività pastorale, rispettino compiti spettanti ai loro fedeli nelle cose di Chiesa, riconoscendo loro anche il dovere ed il diritto di collaborare attivamente all'edificazione del corpo mistico di Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Amino i fratelli separati e raccomandino ai lo fedeli di trattarli con grande umanità e carità, favorendo così l'ecumenismo, inteso nel senso insegnato dalla Chiesa (29). Estendano il loro zelo anche ai non battezzati, affinché pure ad essi si manifesti la carità di Cristo, di cui i vescovi sono testimoni davanti a tutti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Varie attività nell'apostolato"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si sviluppino le varie forme di apostolato. In tutta la diocesi e nei settori particolari queste opere di apostolato siano opportunamente coordinate ed intimamente unite tra di loro, sotto la guida del ve scovo. Grazie a ciò tutte le iniziative ed attività d, carattere catechistico, missionario, caritativo, socia le, familiare, scolastico, ed ogni altro lavoro mirante a fini pastorali, saranno ricondotte a un'azione con corde, dalla quale sia resa ancor più palese l'unità della diocesi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si inculchi insistentemente che tutti i fedeli, secondo la loro condizione e capacità, hanno il dovere di fare dell'apostolato; si raccomandi loro di partecipare e di sostenere le varie opere dell'apostolato dei laici, e specialmente l'Azione cattolica. Inoltre si incrementino e si favoriscano le associazioni che direttamente o indirettamente si propongono fini soprannaturali: ossia la ricerca di una vita più perfetta, o la propagazione del Vangelo di Cristo tra tutti gli uomini, o la diffusione della dottrina cristiana e lo sviluppo del culto pubblico, o scopi sociali, o il compimento di opere di pietà e di carità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tali forme di apostolato devono essere adattate alle necessità dei nostri giorni, tenendo presenti le varie esigenze degli uomini: non solo spirituali e morali, ma anche quelle sociali, demografiche ed economiche. E per raggiungere efficacemente ed utilmente tale scopo, si potrà trarre un notevolissimo vantaggio dalle indagini sociali e religiose, eseguite per mezzo degli uffici di sociologia pastorale, che sono da raccomandare con ogni premura."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si abbia un particolare interessamento per quei fedeli che, a motivo delle loro condizioni di vita, non possono godere dell'ordinario ministero dei parroci o sono privi di qualsiasi assistenza: tali sono i moltissimi emigranti, gli esuli, i profughi, i marittimi, gli addetti a trasporti aerei, i nomadi, ed altre simili categorie. Si adottino anche convenienti sistemi di assistenza spirituale per i turisti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le conferenze episcopali, e specialmente quelle nazionali, dedichino premurosa attenzione ai più urgenti problemi riguardanti le predette categorie di persone, e con opportuni mezzi e direttive, in concordia di intenti e di sforzi, provvedano adeguatamente alla loro assistenza religiosa, tenendo presenti in primo luogo le disposizioni date o da darsi dalla santa Sede (30) e adattandole convenientemente alle varie situazioni dei tempi, dei luoghi e delle persone."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I vescovi e l'autorità civile"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nell'esercizio del loro ministero apostolico mirante alla salute delle anime, i vescovi di per s godono di una piena e perfetta libertà e indipendenza da qualsiasi civile autorità. Perciò non è lecito ostacolare direttamente o indirettamente l'esercizio del loro ministero ecclesiastico, né impedire che essi possano liberamente comunicare con la santa Sede con le altre autorità ecclesiastiche e coi loro sudditi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I sacri pastori, mentre attendono al bene spirituale del loro gregge, ne favoriscono senza dubbio anche il progresso sociale e civile e la prosperità, armonizzando a tal fine--a titolo del loro ufficio e come si conviene a dei vescovi--la loro attività a quella delle pubbliche autorità, inculcando ai fedeli obbedienza alle leggi giuste e rispetto alle autorità legittimamente costituite."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché il ministero apostolico dei vescovi è stato istituito da Cristo Signore e mira ad un fine spirituale e soprannaturale, questo santo Sinodo ecumenico dichiara che il diritto di nominare e di costituire i vescovi è proprio, peculiare e di per sé esclusivo della competente autorità ecclesiastica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò, per difendere debitamente la libertà della Chiesa e per promuovere sempre più adeguatamente e speditamente il bene dei fedeli, questo santo Concilio fa voti che, per l'avvenire, alle autorità civili non siano più concessi diritti o privilegi di elezione, nomina, presentazione o designazione all'ufficio episcopale. A quelle autorità civili poi che ora, in virtù di una convenzione o di una consuetudine, godono dei suddetti diritti o privilegi, questo Sinodo, mentre esprime riconoscenza e sincero apprezzamento per l'ossequio da loro dimostrato verso la Chiesa, rivolge viva preghiera, affinché, previe intese con la santa Sede, ad essi vogliano spontaneamente rinunziare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rinuncia al ministero episcopale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché il ministero pastorale dei vescovi riveste tanta importanza e comporta gravi responsabilità, si rivolge una calda preghiera ai vescovi diocesani e a coloro che sono ad essi giuridicamente equiparati, perché, qualora per la loro troppa avanzata età o per altra grave ragione, diventassero meno capaci di adempiere il loro compito, spontaneamente o dietro invito della competente autorità rassegnino le dimissioni dal loro ufficio. Da parte sua, la competente autorità, se accetta le dimissioni, provvederà sia ad un conveniente sostentamento dei rinunziatari, sia a riconoscere loro particolari diritti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Delimitazione delle diocesi"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisione di confini e norme da seguirsi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perché si possa raggiungere il fine proprio della diocesi, è necessario che nel popolo di Dio ad essa appartenente si manifesti chiaramente la natura della Chiesa; in secondo luogo, che si possa il più perfettamente possibile provvedere all'assistenza spirituale del popolo di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ciò comporta non solo una conveniente determinazione dei confini territoriali delle diocesi, ma anche una razionale distribuzione del clero e dei beni, corrispondente alle esigenze dell'apostolato. Queste misure torneranno a vantaggio, oltre che dei sacerdoti e dei fedeli interessati, anche di tutta la Chiesa cattolica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertanto, in materia di circoscrizioni diocesane, il santo Sinodo dispone che, ove ciò sia richiesto dal bene delle anime, prudentemente si addivenga il più presto possibile ad una revisione dei confini delle diocesi: dividendole, smembrandole o unendole, cambiando i loro confini o trasferendo in luoghi più adatti le sedi episcopali, o infine, quando si tratti di diocesi formate da grandi città, dando ad esse una nuova regolamentazione interna."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella revisione delle circoscrizioni ecclesiatiche si abbia cura di salvaguardare in primo luogo l'unità organica della diocesi, riguardo alle persone, agli uffici, alle istituzioni, a somiglianza di un corpo vivo. Nei singoli casi poi, dopo aver esaminate attentamente tutte le circostanze, si osservino i seguenti criteri generali:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Nello stabilire una circoscrizione diocesana, si tenga presente per quanto è possibile la varia composizione del popolo di Dio, perché ciò può rendere più agevole l'esercizio dell'azione pastorale. Nello stesso tempo si faccia in modo che questi agglomerati demografici si mantengano possibilmente uniti agli uffici e alle istituzioni civili che ne costituiscono la struttura organica. Perciò il territorio di ogni diocesi deve sempre essere ininterrotto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se le circostanze lo permettono, si osservino i confini delle circoscrizioni civili e le particolari condizioni psicologiche, economiche, geografiche e storiche delle persone e dei luoghi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Generalmente l'estensione del territorio ed il numero degli abitanti sia tale che, da una parte, il vescovo, sebbene aiutato da altri, possa personalmente compiere le cerimonie pontificali, fare comodamente le visite pastorali, adeguatamente dirigere e coordinare tutte le opere di apostolato, e specialmente conoscere i sacerdoti, i religiosi e i laici che partecipano in qualche modo alle attività diocesane; dall'altra essi costituiscano un campo d'azione sufficientemente vasto e conveniente, nel quale sia il vescovo, sia i sacerdoti possano spendere in modo utile tutte le loro forze nel ministero, avendo presenti le necessità della Chiesa universale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Da ultimo, affinché nella diocesi si possa più convenientemente svolgere il ministero della salvezza, si segua la regola che in ogni diocesi vi siano sacerdoti sufficienti, per numero ed idoneità, ad un'appropriata cura spirituale del popolo di Dio; non manchino gli uffici, le istituzioni e le opere che sono proprie di ogni Chiesa particolare e che la pratica ha dimostrato necessarie sia al suo retto governo, sia all'esplicazione dell'apostolato; e infine o si abbiano già a disposizione o almeno prudentemente si preveda di poter da qualche parte procurare le risorse necessarie per sostenere le persone e le istituzioni diocesane."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A questo scopo, dove si trovano i fedeli di diverso rito, il vescovo deve provvedere alle loro necessità: sia per mezzo di sacerdoti o parrocchie dello stesso rito; sia per mezzo di un vicario vescovile, munito delle necessarie facoltà e, se opportuno, insignito anche del carattere episcopale; sia da se stesso, come ordinario di diversi riti. Ma se questo, secondo il giudizio della santa Sede, per varie ragioni non si può fare, si costituisca una gerarchia propria per ciascun rito (31)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In analoghe circostanze, ai fedeli di diversa lingua si provveda o per mezzo di sacerdoti e parrocchie della loro lingua; o per mezzo di un vicario vescovile che conosca bene tale lingua e sia anche, se necessario, insignito del carattere episcopale; o con altri opportuni sistemi."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prima che, riguardo alle diocesi si adottino i cambiamenti e le innovazioni di cui si tratta nei numeri 22-23, salva restando la prassi delle Chiese orientali, è conveniente che questi affari siano sottoposti all'esame delle Conferenze episcopali competenti per territorio; queste, se lo riterranno opportuno, si serviranno dell'aiuto di una particolare commissione episcopale e chiederanno sempre il parere dei vescovi delle province o delle regioni interessate. Dopo di ciò sottoporranno i loro pareri ed i loro voti alla santa Sede."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. I cooperatori del vescovo diocesano nel ministero pastorale"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Vescovi coadiutori e ausiliari"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nel governo delle diocesi si provveda al ministero dei vescovi in modo che sua suprema finalità sia il bene del gregge del Signore. Ora, per meglio raggiungere tale bene, non di rado si devono costituire dei vescovi ausiliari, perché il vescovo diocesano, sia per l'eccessiva vastità della diocesi o per l'eccessivo numero degli abitanti, sia a motivo di particolari circostanze di apostolato o di altre cause di diversa natura, non può personalmente compiere tutti i doveri del suo ministero, come esigerebbe il bene delle anime. Anzi talvolta particolari bisogni esigono che, per aiutare i1 vescovo diocesano, si stabilisca un vescovo coadiutore. Questi vescovi coadiutori e ausiliari devono essere muniti di opportune facoltà, affinché, salva restando la unità del governo diocesano e l'autorità del vescovo diocesano, la loro azione riesca più efficace e la loro dignità episcopale sia salvaguardata."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre i vescovi coadiutori e ausiliari, per il fatto che sono chiamati a partecipare alle sollecitudini del vescovo diocesano, devono esplicare il loro mandato in maniera che in tutti gli affari agiscano in piena armonia con lui. Devono sempre circondare il vescovo diocesano di obbedienza e di rispetto, mentre egli, da parte sua, deve amarli come fratelli e stimarli."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quando ciò fosse richiesto dal bene delle anime, il vescovo diocesano non abbia difficoltà a domandare alla competente autorità uno o più ausiliari, che sono costituiti per la diocesi, senza diritto di successione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se già ciò non è stato disposto nelle lettere di nomina, il vescovo diocesano costituisca tale ausiliare o ausiliari suoi vicari generali o almeno vicari vescovili, dipendenti soltanto dalla sua autorità, e li consulti quando dovrà esaminare i problemi di maggiore importanza, specialmente di carattere pastorale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se non è diversamente disposto dalla competente autorità, alla morte del vescovo diocesano non cessano i poteri e le facoltà dei vescovi ausiliari. Anzi è desiderabile che, durante la vacanza della sede, a meno che gravi motivi non consiglino di fare diversamente, l'incarico di reggere la diocesi sia affidato al vescovo ausiliare, o, se questi sono più di uno, ad uno di essi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il vescovo coadiutore, colui cioè che è nominato con diritto di successione dal vescovo diocesano, deve essere sempre costituito vicario generale. E ad esso possono dalla competente autorità essere concesse, in casi particolari, più ampie facoltà. Per il maggior bene presente e futuro della diocesi, il vescovo coadiuvato ed il coadiutore non manchino di consultarsi a vicenda nelle questioni più importanti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Curia e consigli diocesani"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella curia diocesana è preminente l'ufficio del vicario generale. Ma ogni qual volta lo richieda un saggio governo della diocesi, il vescovo può costituire uno o più vicari vescovili che, in forza del diritto, in una determinata parte della diocesi, o in un determinato settore di affari, o nei riguardi dei fedeli di un determinato rito, godano dello stesso potere che il diritto comune attribuisce al vicario generale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tra i collaboratori del vescovo nel governo della diocesi sono da annoverare anche i sacerdoti, che costituiscono il suo senato ed il suo consiglio: quali sono il capitolo cattedrale, il collegio dei consultori o altri consigli, secondo le circostanze ed il carattere dei diversi luoghi. A tali istituzioni, e specialmente ai capitoli cattedrali, si diano, quando è necessario, una nuova organizzazione, corrispondente alle esigenze dei nostri tempi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tanto i sacerdoti che i laici facenti parte della curia siano ben consapevoli che collaborano al ministero pastorale del vescovo. La curia diocesana sia ordinata in modo da diventare un mezzo idoneo, non solo per l'amministrazione della diocesi, ma anche per l'esercizio delle opere di apostolato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È grandemente desiderabile che in ogni diocesi si costituisca una commissione pastorale, che sia presieduta dal vescovo diocesano e della quale facciano parte sacerdoti, religiosi e laici, scelti con particolare cura. Sarà compito di tale commissione studiare ed esaminare tutto ciò che si riferisce alle opere di apostolato, per poi proporre conclusioni pratiche."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Clero diocesano"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti i sacerdoti, sia diocesani che religiosi, partecipano in unione col vescovo, all'unico sacerdozio di Cristo e lo esercitano con lui; pertanto essi sono costituiti provvidenziali cooperatori dell'ordine episcopale. Nell'esercizio del sacro ministero il ruolo principale spetta ai sacerdoti diocesani, perché, essendo essi incardinati o addetti ad una Chiesa particolare, si consacrano tutti al suo servizio, per la cura spirituale di una porzione del gregge del Signore. Perciò essi costituiscono un solo presbiterio ed una sola famiglia, di cui il vescovo è come il padre. Questi, per poter meglio e più giustamente distribuire i sacri ministeri tra i suoi sacerdoti, deve poter godere della necessaria libertà nel conferire gli uffici e i benefici; ciò comporta la soppressione dei diritti e dei privilegi che in qualsiasi modo limitino tale libertà."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le relazioni tra il vescovo e i sacerdoti diocesani devono poggiare principalmente sulla base di una carità soprannaturale, affinché l'unità di intenti tra i sacerdoti e il vescovo renda più fruttuosa la loro azione pastorale. A tale scopo, perché se ne avvantaggi sempre più il servizio delle anime, il vescovo chiami i sacerdoti a colloquio, anche in comune con altri, per trattare questioni pastorali; e ciò non solo occasionalmente, ma, per quanto è possibile, a date fisse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre tutti i sacerdoti diocesani devono essere uniti tra di loro e sentirsi corresponsabili del bene spirituale di tutta la diocesi. Ricordando altresì che i beni materiali, da loro acquisiti nell'esercizio del loro ufficio ecclesiastico, sono legati al loro sacro ministero, vengano in generoso soccorso delle necessità materiali della diocesi, secondo le disposizioni del vescovo e in misura delle loro possibilità."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sono da ritenere diretti collaboratori del vescovo anche quei sacerdoti ai quali egli affida un ufficio pastorale oppure opere di carattere superparrocchiale, sia riguardo ad un determinato territorio della diocesi, sia riguardo a speciali ceti di fedeli, sia riguardo ad una particolare forma di attività. Prestano anche una preziosa collaborazione quei sacerdoti ai quali il vescovo affida diversi incarichi di apostolato, sia nelle scuole, sia in istituti od associazioni. Anche i sacerdoti, che sono addetti ad opere sopradiocesane, meritano una particolare considerazione a motivo delle preziose opere di apostolato che esercitano, e ciò specialmente da parte del vescovo nel cui territorio hanno il domicilio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I parroci"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma i principali collaboratori del vescovo sono i parroci: ad essi, come a pastori propri, è affidata la cura delle anime in una determinata parte della diocesi, sotto l'autorità dello stesso vescovo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Nell'esercizio della loro missione i parroci con i loro cooperatori devono svolgere il compito di insegnare e di governare in modo che i fedeli e le comunità parrocchiali si sentano realmente membri non solo della diocesi, ma anche della Chiesa universale. Collaborino perciò sia con gli altri parroci, sia con i sacerdoti che esercitano il ministero parrocchiale in quel territorio (quali sono, per esempio, i vicari foranei e i decani) o sono addetti ad opere di carattere superparrocchiale affinché la cura pastorale abbia la dovuta unità e sia resa più efficace. La cura delle anime deve inoltre essere animata da spirito missionario, cosicché si estenda, nel modo dovuto, a tutti gli abitanti della parrocchia. Se i parroci non possono raggiungere alcuni ceti di persone, ricorrano all'opera di altri, anche laici, perché li aiutino nell'apostolato. Per rendere più efficace la cura delle anime va caldamente raccomandata la vita comune dei sacerdoti, specialmente di quelli addetti alla stessa parrocchia; essa, mentre giova all'attività apostolica, offre ai fedeli esempio di carità e di unità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Per quanto riguarda il ministero di insegnare, i parroci devono predicare la parola di Dio a tutti i fedeli, perché essi, radicati nella fede, nella speranza e nella carità, crescano in Cristo, e la comunità cristiana renda quella testimonianza di carità che il Signore ha raccomandato (32) inoltre, con un'istruzione catechistica appropriata all'età di ciascuno, devono condurre i fedeli alla piena conoscenza del mistero della salvezza. Nell'impartire questa istruzione si servano non solo dell'aiuto dei religiosi, ma anche della collaborazione dei laici, istituendo pure la confraternita della dottrina cristiana. Nel campo del ministero della santificazione, i parroci abbiano di mira che la santa messa diventi il centro ed il culmine di tutta la vita della comunità cristiana; si sforzino inoltre perché i fedeli alimentino la loro vita spirituale accostandosi devotamente e frequentemente ai santi sacramenti e partecipando consapevolmente ed attivamente alla liturgia. I parroci inoltre si ricordino che il sacramento della penitenza è di grandissimo giovamento per la vita cristiana; quindi Si mostrino sempre disposti e pronti ad ascoltare le confessioni dei fedeli, chiamando in aiuto, se occorra, anche altri sacerdoti che conoscano bene differenti lingue. Nel compiere il loro dovere di pastori, i parroci si studino di conoscere il loro gregge. E poiché sono i servitori di tutti i fedeli, si adoperino a sviluppare la vita cristiana in ogni fedele, sia nelle famiglie, sia nelle associazioni, soprattutto in quelle dedite all'apostolato, sia in tutta la comunità parrocchiale. Pertanto visitino le case e le scuole, secondo le esigenze del loro compito pastorale; provvedano con ogni premura agli adolescenti ed ai giovani; circondino di una carità paterna i poveri e gli ammalati; rivolgano una particolare cura agli operai e stimolino i fedeli a portare il loro concorso alle opere di apostolato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) I vicari parrocchiali, che sono i collaboratori del parroco, danno ogni giorno un prezioso ed attivo aiuto all'esercizio del ministero pastorale, sotto l'autorità del parroco. Perciò tra il parroco ed i suoi vicari vi siano sempre relazioni fraterne, carità e rispetto vicendevoli. Parroco e vicari si sorreggano a vicenda col consiglio, con l'aiuto e con l'esempio; ed insieme facciano fronte al lavoro parrocchiale con unità di intenti e concordia di sforzi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le parrocchie"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quando il vescovo deve giudicare della idoneità di un sacerdote a reggere una parrocchia, tenga presente non solo la sua dottrina, ma anche la sua pietà, il suo zelo apostolico e le altre doti e qualità necessarie al buon esercizio della cura delle anime. Inoltre, dato che lo scopo fondamentale del ministero parrocchiale è il bene delle anime, conviene che il vescovo possa procedere più facilmente e convenientemente a provvedere alle parrocchie. Si aboliscano, salvo il diritto dei religiosi, sia tutti i diritti di presentazione, di nomina, di riserva, sia, dove esiste, la legge del concorso, generale e particolare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I parroci nella loro parrocchia devono poter godere di quella stabilità di ufficio che il bene delle anime esige. Perciò, abrogata ogni distinzione tra i parroci amovibili e inamovibili, nel trasferire e nel rimuovere i parroci si adotti e si renda sempre più semplice il sistema secondo il quale il vescovo, nel rispetto dell'equità, nel senso naturale e in quello canonico del termine, possa più convenientemente provvedere al bene delle anime. I parroci poi, che o per la loro troppa avanzata età o per altra grave ragione, non possono più adempiere con frutto il loro ministero, sono pregati di voler essi stessi, spontaneamente o dietro invito del vescovo, rinunziare al loro ufficio. Il vescovo da parte sua provveda ai rinunziatari un congruo sostentamento."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infine, la salvezza della anime sia l'unica ragione in base alla quale sono decise o riconosciute le erezioni o le soppressioni di parrocchie, o altri cambiamenti analoghi, che il vescovo esegue in forza della sua autorità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) I religiosi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A tutti i religiosi--ai quali nelle materie seguenti sono equiparati i membri degli altri istituti, che professano i consigli evangelici--secondo la particolare vocazione di ciascun istituto, incombe l'obbligo di lavorare con ogni impegno e diligenza per l'edificazione e l'incremento del corpo mistico di Cristo e per il bene delle Chiese particolari."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E tale scopo essi sono tenuti a perseguire soprattutto con la preghiera, con le opere della penitenza e con l'esempio della loro vita: e questo santo Sinodo li esorta ad accrescere sempre più in loro stessi la stima e la pratica di tali elementi spirituali. Ma nello stesso tempo essi devono partecipare sempre più alacremente alle opere esterne di apostolato, tenuta presente la caratteristica propria di ogni istituto."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I religiosi sacerdoti, che sono rivestiti del carattere presbiterale, per essere anch'essi provvidenziali collaboratori dell'ordine episcopale, oggi più che in passato possono essere di valido aiuto ai vescovi, date le aumentate necessità delle anime. Perciò, per il fatto che partecipano alla cura delle anime ed alle opere di apostolato sotto l'autorità dei sacri pastori, essi sono da considerare come veramente appartenenti al clero diocesano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anche gli altri religiosi, tanto gli uomini come le donne, appartengono a titolo particolare alla famiglia diocesana, recano un notevole aiuto alla sacra gerarchia e, nelle accresciute necessità dell'apostolato, lo possono e lo devono recare in misura ancora maggiore per l'avvenire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I religiosi nella diocesi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Affinché però le opere dell'apostolato nelle singole diocesi siano sempre attuate nella concordia e sia salvaguardata l'unità della vita diocesana, si stabiliscono i seguenti principi fondamentali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) I religiosi tutti, considerando i vescovi come successori degli apostoli, li devono sempre circondare di rispetto e di riverenza. Inoltre, quando sono legittimamente incaricati di attività apostoliche, devono esercitare il loro compito in modo da divenire aiutanti dei vescovi (33). Anzi, i religiosi assecondino prontamente e fedelmente le richieste ed i desideri dei vescovi nell'assumere sempre maggiori responsabilità nel ministero delle anime, pur facendolo nel rispetto del carattere e delle costituzioni di ciascun istituto. Queste ultime, se necessario, siano adattate al fine suddetto, tenendo presenti i principi di questo decreto conciliare. Specialmente in vista delle urgenti necessità delle anime e della scarsità del clero diocesano, gli istituti religiosi, che non sono esclusivamente addetti alla vita contemplativa, possono essere invitati dai vescovi a collaborare nei vari ministeri pastorali, tenute tuttavia presenti le caratteristiche di ciascun istituto. E i superiori religiosi, per quanto possono, stimolino i loro dipendenti a prestare tale collaborazione, accettando il governo anche temporaneo di parrocchie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) I religiosi dediti all'apostolato esterno conservino lo spirito del loro istituto religioso e restino fedeli all'osservanza della loro regola e sottomessi a loro superiori. E i vescovi non manchino di ricordare ai religiosi questo loro obbligo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) L'esenzione, in virtù della quale i religiosi di pendono dal sommo Pontefice o da altra autorità ecclesiastica e sono esenti dalla giurisdizione dei ve scovi, riguarda principalmente l'ordine interno degli istituti: il loro fine è che in essi tutte le cose siano tra loro unite e ordinate e concorrano all'incremento ed al perfezionamento della vita religiosa (34). La medesima esenzione consente al sommo Pontefice di disporre dei religiosi, a bene della Chiesa universale (35) e alle altre competenti autorità di servirsi della loro opera a vantaggio delle Chiese sottoposte alla loro giurisdizione. Ma tale esenzione non impedisce che i religiosi nelle singole diocesi siano soggetti alla giurisdizione dei vescovi, a norma del diritto, come richiedono sia il ministero pastorale dei vescovi, sia un'appropriata organizzazione del ministero delle anime (36)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Tutti i religiosi, gli esenti e quelli non esenti sono soggetti all'autorità dei vescovi in tutto ciò che riguarda il pubblico esercizio del culto divino, salva la diversità dei riti; la cura delle anime; la predicazione al popolo; l'educazione religiosa e morale dei fedeli e specialmente dei fanciulli; l'istruzione catechistica e la formazione liturgica; il prestigio del loro stato clericale; ed infine, le varie opere relative all'esercizio del sacro apostolato. Anche le scuole cattoliche dei religiosi sono soggette all'ordinario del luogo in ciò che si riferisce al loro ordinamento generale ed alla loro vigilanza, fermo restando, tuttavia, il diritto dei religiosi circa la loro direzione. Parimenti i religiosi sono obbligati ad osservare tutte quelle disposizioni che i Concili o le conferenze episcopali legittimamente stabiliscono per tutti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Si favorisca tra i vari istituti religiosi, così come tra questi e il clero diocesano, un'ordinata collaborazione. Inoltre si faccia in modo che tutte le opere e attività apostoliche siano tra loro ben coordinate: ciò si ottiene soprattutto fomentando quella disposizione di menti e di cuori che è fondata e radicata nella carità. Il promuovere poi tale coordinazione spetta alla santa Sede per tutta la Chiesa, ai sacri pastori nelle singole diocesi, ai sinodi patriarcali ed alle conferenze dei vescovi nel loro territorio. Per quanto riguarda le opere di apostolato esercitate da religiosi, i vescovi o le conferenze episcopali da una parte, ed i superiori religiosi o le conferenze dei superiori maggiori dall'altra, vogliano procedere a mettere in comune i propri progetti, dopo essersi vicendevolmente consultati."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Per favorire concordi e fruttuose relazioni tra i vescovi ed i religiosi, sarà bene che i vescovi ed i superiori religiosi si radunino periodicamente o quando ciò è ritenuto opportuno, per trattare gli affari riguardanti l'insieme dell'apostolato nel territorio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "COOPERAZIONE DEI VESCOVI AL BENE COMUNE DI PIÙ DIOCESI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Sinodi, concili e specialmente conferenze episcopali,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I sinodi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fin dai primi secoli della Chiesa, i vescovi preposti a Chiese particolari, in unione di fraterna carità e mossi da amoroso impegno per l'universa missione affidata agli apostoli, unirono i loro sforzi ed i loro intenti per promuovere il bene comune e quello delle singole Chiese. A tale scopo furono istituiti sia sinodi, sia concili provinciali, sia finalmente concili plenari, nei quali i vescovi decisero norme comuni da adottare nell'insegnamento delle verità della fede e nel regolare la disciplina ecclesiastica. Ora questo santo Sinodo ecumenico, desidera vivamente che la veneranda istituzione dei sinodi e dei concili riprenda nuovo vigore, al fine di provvedere più adeguatamente e più efficacemente all'incremento della fede ed alla tutela della disciplina nelle varie Chiese, secondo le mutate circostanze de tempi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le conferenze episcopali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In specie ai nostri tempi, i vescovi spesso so no difficilmente in grado di svolgere in modo adeguato e con frutto il loro ministero, se non realizza no una cooperazione sempre più stretta e concorde con gli altri vescovi. E poiché le conferenze episcopali--in molte nazioni già costituite--hanno già dato prove notevoli di fecondità apostolica, questo santo Sinodo ritiene che sia sommamente utile che in tutto il mondo i vescovi della stessa nazione o regione si adunino periodicamente tra di loro, affinché da uno scambio di esperienze e di pareri sgorghi una santa armonia di forze, per il bene comune delle Chiese. Questo Concilio perciò, a proposito delle conferenze episcopali, stabilisce quanto segue."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) La conferenza episcopale è in qualche modo una assemblea in cui i sacri pastori di una determinata nazione o territorio esercitano congiuntamente il loro ministero pastorale, per l'incremento del bene che la Chiesa offre agli uomini, specialmente per mezzo di quelle forme di apostolato che sono appropriate alle circostanze presenti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Alla conferenza episcopale appartengono tutti gli ordinari dei luoghi di ciascun rito--ad eccezione dei vicari generali--i coadiutori, gli ausiliari e gli altri vescovi titolari, incaricati di uno speciale ufficio dalla santa Sede o dalla conferenza episcopale. Gli altri vescovi titolari e--in considerazione del particolare ufficio che esercitano nel territorio--i legati del romano Pontefice non sono, di diritto, membri della conferenza. Agli ordinari dei luoghi e ai coadiutori spetta, nella conferenza, voto deliberativo. Se agli ausiliari e agli altri vescovi che hanno diritto di intervenire alla conferenza spetti voto deliberativo o consultivo, sarà deciso dagli statuti della conferenza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Ogni conferenza episcopale rediga i suoi statuti, che saranno sottoposti alla revisione della santa Sede; in essi vengano stabiliti, tra gli altri, gli uffici che meglio rispondono allo scopo della conferenza: come, per esempio, il comitato permanente dei vescovi, le commissioni episcopali e il segretario generale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Le decisioni della conferenza episcopale, purché siano state prese legittimamente e con almeno due terzi dei suffragi dei presuli appartenenti alla conferenza con voto deliberativo e siano state sottoposte all'esame della santa Sede, obbligano giuridicamente, ma soltanto nei casi in cui ciò sia contenuto nel diritto comune, oppure ciò sia stabilito da una speciale prescrizione della santa Sede, impartita o per motu proprio o dietro domanda della stessa conferenza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Se particolari circostanze lo richiedono, i vescovi di più nazioni, coll'approvazione della santa Sede, possono costituire un'unica conferenza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si favoriscano altresì le relazioni tra le conferenze di diverse nazioni, per promuovere e assicurare un bene più grande."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Si raccomanda vivamente che i presuli delle Chiese orientali, nel promuovere la disciplina delle proprie Chiese in seno ai loro sinodi, e per favorire sempre più efficacemente le attività rivolte al bene della religione, abbiano presente anche il bene comune di tutto il territorio, là dove esistono più Chiese di diverso rito, confrontando i loro pareri in adunanze interrituali, secondo le norme che saranno stabilite dalla competente autorità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. La circoscrizione delle province ecclesiastiche e l'erezione delle regioni ecclesiastiche"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il bene delle anime esige una circoscrizione appropriata non solo delle diocesi, ma anche delle province ecclesiastiche; anzi, qualche volta consiglia l'erezione di regioni ecclesiastiche, per meglio provvedere alle necessità sociali e locali e per rendere più facili e più fruttuosi i contatti dei vescovi tra di loro, coi metropoliti, con gli altri vescovi della stessa nazione, come anche le relazioni dei vescovi con le autorità civili."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertanto questo santo Sinodo, perché si possano raggiungere gli scopi accennati, dispone quanto segue:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) È opportuno che siano sottoposte a nuovo esame le circoscrizioni delle province ecclesiastiche e si definiscano con nuove norme i diritti ed i privilegi dei metropoliti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Si tenga come regola che tutte le diocesi e le altre circoscrizioni territoriali equiparate alle diocesi siano assegnate a qualche provincia ecclesiastica. Perciò le diocesi che ora sono immediatamente soggette alla santa Sede e che non sono già unite ad altra diocesi, formino, se possibile, una nuova provincia ecclesiastica, o si aggreghino alla provincia più vicina o più comoda, e siano sottoposte al diritto metropolitico dell'arcivescovo, a norma del diritto comune."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Là dove l'utilità lo suggerisce, le province ecclesiastiche siano raggruppate in regioni ecclesiastiche, alle quali si darà un ordinamento giuridico."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È conveniente che le competenti conferenze episcopali prendano in esame le questioni relative alla circoscrizione delle province o all'erezione delle regioni, secondo le norme già stabilite ai nn. 23 e 24 per la circoscrizione delle diocesi, e sottopongano poi i loro pareri ed i loro voti alla santa Sede."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. I vescovi che hanno un incarico interdiocesano"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché le necessità pastorali esigono sempre più che alcuni incarichi pastorali abbiano unità di indirizzo e di governo, è opportuno che siano costituiti alcuni uffici che possono servire a tutte o a più diocesi di una determinata regione o nazione: uffici che possono essere affidati anche a vescovi. Ora questo santo Sinodo raccomanda che tra i prelati o i vescovi preposti a questi uffici e i vescovi diocesani e le conferenze episcopali regnino sempre unione di animi e concordi intese per l'azione pastorale, le cui condizioni devono essere definite dal diritto comune."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I vicari castrensi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché l'assistenza spirituale ai soldati, per le particolari condizioni della loro vita, richiede un premuroso interessamento, per quanto è possibile, in ogni nazione si eriga un vicariato castrense. Sia il vicario che i cappellani si dedichino con alacre zelo a questo difficile ministero, in concorde intesa coi vescovi diocesani (37). Perciò i vescovi diocesani concedano al vicario castrense un numero sufficiente di sacerdoti idonei a tale ufficio, e favoriscano le iniziative rivolte al bene spirituale dei soldati (38)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo santo Sinodo dispone che nella revisione del Codice di diritto canonico siano definite adeguate leggi a norma dei principi stabiliti in questo decreto, tenendo presenti anche le osservazioni avanzate dalle commissioni o dai padri conciliari. Questo santo Sinodo inoltre prescrive che siano redatti dei direttori generali circa la cura delle anime, ad uso sia dei vescovi sia dei parroci, nell'intento di fornire loro norme e metodi per esercitare più adeguatamente e più facilmente il loro ministero pastorale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si redigano altresì sia uno speciale direttorio per la cura pastorale di particolari ceti di fedeli, tenute presenti le diverse situazioni delle singole nazioni o regioni, sia un direttorio per l'istruzione catechistica del popolo, nel quale si tratti non solo dei principi fondamentali di questo insegnamento, ma anche dell'orientamento e della elaborazione dei libri relativi a questa materia. Anche nel redigere tali direttori si abbiano presenti le osservazioni formulate dalle commissioni e dai padri conciliari."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutte e singole le cose stabilite in questo Decreto, sono piaciute ai Padri del Sacro Concilio. E Noi, in virt della potest Apostolica conferitaci da Cristo, unitamente ai Venerabili Padri, nello Spirito Santo le approviamo, le decretiamo e le stabiliamo; e quanto stato cos sinodalmente deciso, comandiamo che sia promulgato a gloria di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, presso San Pietro, 28 ottobre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Io PAOLO Vescovo della Chiesa Cattolica"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Panisperna Presbyter Cardinalis GAGGIANO, Archiepiscopus Bonaërensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PETRUS titulo S. Laurentii in Lucina Presbyter Cardinalis CIRIACI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Mariae de Victoria Presbyter Cardinalis SIRI, Archiepiscopus Ianuensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo S. Mariae in Transpontina Presbyter Cardinalis LERCARO, Archiepiscopus Bononiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS titulo S. Mariae Trans Tiberim Presbyter Cardinalis WYSZYNSKI, Archiepiscopus Gnesnensis et Varsaviensis, Primas Poloniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENIAMINUS titulo S. Vitalis Presbyter Cardinalis DE ARRIBA Y CASTRO, Archiepiscopus Tarraconensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Augustini Presbyter Cardinalis QUIROGA Y PALACIOS, Archiepiscopus Compostellanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS AEMILIUS titulo S. Mariae Angelorum in Thermis Presbyter Cardinalis LEGER, Archiepiscopus Marianopolitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego VALERIANUS titulo S. Mariae in Via Lata Presbyter Cardinalis GRACIAS, Archiepiscopus Bombayensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Honuphrii in Ianiculo Presbyter Cardinalis GARIBI Y RIVERA, Archiepiscopus Guadalajarensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS MARIA titulo S Chrysogoni Presbyter Cardinalis BARBIERI, Archiepiscopus Montisvidei."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS titulo S. Agnetis extra moenia Presbyter Cardinalis CONFALONIERI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo Ss. Quirici et Iulittae Presbyter Cardinalis RICHAUD, Archiepiscopus Burdigalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS M. titulo Ss. Viti, Modesti et Crescentiae Presbyter Cardinalis BUENO Y MONREAL, Archiepiscopus Hispalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo S. Eusebii Presbyter Cardinalis KÖNIG, Archiepiscopus Vindobonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Athanasii Presbyter Cardinalis SLIPYI, Archiepiscopus Maior Ucrainorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS titulo S. Leonis I Presbyter Cardinalis JAEGER, Archiepiscopus Paderbornensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Crucis in via Flaminia Presbyter Cardinalis BERAN, Archiepiscopus Pragensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo D.nae N.ae de SS. Sacramento et Martyrum Canadensium Presbyter Cardinalis ROY, Archiepiscopus Quebecensis, Primas Canadiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Teresiae Presbyter Cardinalis MARTIN, Archiepiscopus Rothomagensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AUDOËNUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis MCCANN, Archiepiscopus Civitatis Capitis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO STEPHANUS titulo S. Balbinae Presbyter Cardinalis DUVAL, Archiepiscopus Algeriensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERMENEGILDUS titulo Reginae Apostolorum Presbyter Cardinalis FLORIT, Archiepiscopus Florentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Petri et Pauli in Via Ostiensi Presbyter Cardinalis ŠEPER, Archiepiscopus Zagrabiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Silvestri in Capite Presbyter Cardinalis HEENAN, Archiepiscopus Vestmonasteriensis, Primas Angliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo Ssmae Trinitatis in Monte Pincio Presbyter Cardinalis VILLOT, Archiepiscopus Lugdunensis et Viennensis, Primas Galliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo S. Camilli de Lellis ad Hortos Sallustianos Presbyter Cardinalis ZOUNGRANA, Archiepiscopus Uagaduguensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS I. titulo S. Clementis Presbyter Cardinalis SHEHAN, Archiepiscopus Baltimorensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HENRICUS titulo S. Agathae in Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DANTE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAESAR titulo D.nae N.ae a Sacro Corde in Circo Agonali Presbyter Cardinalis ZERBA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AGNELLUS titulo Praecelsae Dei Matris Presbyter Cardinalis ROSSI, Archiepiscopus S. Pauli in Brasilia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Martini in Montibus Presbyter Cardinalis COLOMBO, Archiepiscopus Mediolanensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS titulo S. Patricii ad Villam Ludovisi Presbyter Cardinalis CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, totius Hiberniae Primas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUMBERTUS MALCHIODI, Archiepiscopus Episcopus Placentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Cf. Mt 1,21"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cf. Gv 20,21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Cost. dogm. I sulla Chiesa di Cristo Pastor aeternus, cap. 3: Dz 828 (3061) [Collantes 7.186]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Cost. dogm. I sulla Chiesa di Cristo, Proem.: Dz 1821 (3050) [Collantes 7.176]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. III, nn. 21, 24, 25: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 24-25.29-31 [pag. 163ss, 173ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. III, n. 21: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 24-25 [pag. 163ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Cost. Apost. Humanae salutis, 25 dic. 1961: AAS 54 (1962), p. 6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. III, n. 22: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 25-27 [pag. 165ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. III, n. 22: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 25-27 [pag. 165ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. III, n. 22: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 25-27 [pag. 165ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. III, n. 22: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 25-27 [pag. 165ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cf. PAOLO VI, Motu proprio Apostolica Sollicitudo, 15 sett. 1965: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 775-780."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa, cap. III, n. 23: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 27-28 [pag. 169ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Fidei donum, 21 apr. 1957: AAS 49 (1957), p. 237; cf. anche: BENEDETTO XV, Lett. Ap. Maximum illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), p. 440; PIO XI, Encicl. Rerum Ecclesiae, 28 febbr. 1926: AAS 18 (1926), pp. 68ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Cf. PAOLO VI, Disc. agli Em.mi Padri Cardinali, Ecc.mi Vescovi, Rev.mi Prelati e agli altri ufficiali della Curia Romana, 21 sett. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 793ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sulle Chiese Orientali Cattoliche Orientalium Ecclesiarum, nn. 7-11: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 79-80 [pag. 287ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Cf. CONC. DI TRENTO, Sess. V, Decr. de reform., c. 2: MANSI 33,30; Sess. XXIV, Decr. de reform., c. 4: MANSI 33, 159; CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. III, n. 25: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 29ss [pag. 179ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. III, n. 25: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 29-31 [pag. 179ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Enc. Pacem in terris, 11 apr. 1963, passim: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 257-304 [Dz 3955-97]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Cf. PAOLO VI, Enc. Ecclesiam Suam, 6 ag. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 639."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Cf. PAOLO VI, Enc. Ecclesiam Suam, 6 ag. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 644-645."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sugli strumenti di comunicazione sociale Inter mirifica: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 145-153."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. sulla Sacra Liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 97ss; PAOLO VI, Motu proprio Sacram Liturgiam, 25 genn. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 139ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Cf. PIO XII, Enc. Mediator Dei, 20 nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947), p. 521ss; PAOLO VI, Enc. Mysterium Fidei, 3 sett. 1965; AAS 57 (1965), pp. 753-774."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Cf. At 1,14 e 2,46."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. VI, n. 44-45: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 50-52[pag. 227ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Cf. Lc 22,26-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Cf. Gv 15,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sull’Ecumenismo Unitatis redintegratio: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 90-107."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Cf. S. PIO X, Motu proprio Iampridem, 19 marzo 1914: AAS 6 (1914), p. 173ss; PIO XII, Cost. Ap. Exsul Familia, 1° ag. 1952: AAS 44 (1952), p. 649ss.; Leges operis Apostolatus Maris, fondata per incarico di Pio XII, 21 nov. 1957: AAS 50 (1958), pp. 375-383."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sulle Chiese Orientali Cattoliche Orientalium Ecclesiarum, n. 4: AAS 57 (1965), p. 77 [pag. 283ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) Cf. Gv 13,35."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) Cf. PIO XII, Discorso, 8 dic. 1950: AAS 43 (1951), p. 28; PAOLO VI, Discorso, 23 maggio 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 571."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Cf. LEONE XIII, Cost. Ap. Romanos Pontifices, 8 maggio 1881: Acta Leonis XIII, vol. II (1882), p. 234ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(35) Cf. PAOLO VI, Discorso, 23 maggio 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 570-571."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(36) Cf. PIO XII, Discorso, 8 dic. 1950: l.c. [nota 18]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(37) Cf. S. CONGR. C., Instructio de Vicariis Castrensibus, 23 apr. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), pp. 562-565; Formula servanda in relatione de statu Vicariatus Castrensis conficienda, 20 ott. 1956: AAS 49 (1957), pp. 150-163; Decr. De Sacrorum Liminum Visitatione a Vicariis Castrensibus peragenda, 28 febbr. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), pp. 272-274; Decr. Facultas audiendi confessiones militum Cappellanis extenditur, 27 nov. 1960: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 49-50. Cf. anche S. C. DEI RELIGIOSI: Instructio de Cappellanis militum religiosis, 2 febbr. 1955: AAS 47 (1955), pp. 93-97."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(38) Cf. S. C. CONCISTORIALE: Lettera agli Em.mi PP. SS. Cardinali ed Ecc.mi PP. SS. Arcivescovi, Vescovi ed altri Ordinari della Regione Spagnola, 21 giugno 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 566."
            }
          ]
        },
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_christus-dominus_lt.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-138-vat-ii_decree_19651028_christus-dominus_lt.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAULUS EPISCOPUS SERVUS SERVORUM DEI UNA CUM SACROSANCTI CONCILII PATRIBUS AD PERPETUAM REI MEMORIAM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETUM DE PASTORALI EPISCOPORUM MUNERE IN ECCLESIA CHRISTUS DOMINUS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prooemium"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHRISTUS DOMINUS, Filius Dei vivi, qui venit ut salvum faceret populum suum a peccatis[1] utque omnes homines sanctificarentur, sicut Ipse missus est a Patre, ita et misit Apostolos suos,[2] quos ideo sanctificavit, tradens eis Spiritum Sanctum, ut et ipsi glorificarent Patrem super terram et homines salvos facerent, «in aedificationem Corporis Christi» (Eph. 4, 12) quod est Ecclesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In hac Christi Ecclesia, Romanus Pontifex, ut successor Petri, cui oves et agnos suos pascendos Christus concredidit, suprema, plena, immediata et universali in curam animarum, ex divina institutione, gaudet potestate. Qui ideo, cum tamquam omnium fidelium pastor ad bonum commune Ecclesiae universae et ad bonum singularum Ecclesiarum procurandum missus sit, super omnes Ecclesias ordinariae potestatis obtinet principatum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi autem et ipsi, positi a Spiritu Sancto, in Apostolorum locum succedunt ut animarum pastores,[3] atque, una cum Summo Pontifice et sub Eiusdem auctoritate, ad Christi, aeterni Pastoris, opus perenne reddendum missi sunt.[4] Christus enim Apostolis eorumque successoribus dedit mandatum atque potestatem ut docerent omnes gentes, hominesque sanctificarent in veritate atque pascerent. Episcopi itaque, per Spiritum Sanctum qui datus est eis, veri et authentici effecti sunt fidei Magistri, Pontifices ac Pastores.[5]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoc suum episcopale munus, quod per consecrationem episcopalem susceperunt,[6] Episcopi, sollicitudinis omnium Ecclesiarum participes, in communione et sub auctoritate Summi Pontificis exercent, ad magisterium et regimen pastorale quod attinet, omnes uniti in Collegio seu corpore quoad universam Dei Ecclesiam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Illud exercent singuli quoad assignatas sibi dominici gregis partes, unusquisque Ecclesiae particularis sibi commissae curam gerens aut quandoque aliqui coniunctim necessitatibus quibusdam diversarum Ecclesiarum communibus providentes. Quare Sacrosancta Synodus, attentis etiam condicionibus hominum consociationis, quae nostra hac aetate, ad novum fertur rerum ordinem,[7] pressius determinare intendens pastorale Episcoporum munus, haec quae sequuntur statuit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De Episcopis quoad universam Ecclesiam"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Partes quas habent Episcopi quoad universam Ecclesiam"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi, vi sacramentalis consecrationis et hierarchica communione cum Collegii Capite atque membris, constituuntur membra Corporis episcopalis.[8] «Ordo autem Episcoporum, qui collegio Apostolorum in magisterio et regimine pastorali succedit, immo in quo corpus apostolicum continuo perseverat, una cum Capite suo Romano Pontifice, et numquam sine hoc Capite, subiectum quoque supremae ac plenae potestatis in universam Ecclesiam exsistit, quae quidem potestas nonnisi consentiente Romano Pontifice exerceri potest».[9] Haec vero potestas «sollemni modo in Concilio Oecumenico exercetur»:[10] ideo Sacrosancta Synodus decernit omnibus Episcopis, qui sint membra Collegii episcopalis, ius esse ut Concilio Oecumenico intersint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«Eadem potestas collegialis una cum Papa exerceri potest ab Episcopis in orbe terrarum degentibus, dummodo Caput Collegii eos ad actionem collegialem vocet, vel saltem Episcoporum dispersorum unitam actionem approbet vel libere recipiat, ita ut verus actus collegialis efficiatur».[11]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi e diversis orbis regionibus selecti, modis et rationibus a Romano Pontifice statutis vel statuendis, Supremo Ecclesiae Pastori validiorem praestant adiutricem operam in Consilio, quod proprio nomine Synodus Episcoporum[12] appellatur, quae quidem, utpote totius catholici Episcopatus partes agens, simul significat omnes Episcopos in hierarchica communione sollicitudinis universae Ecclesiae participes esse.[13]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi, qua legitimi Apostolorum successores et Collegii episcopalis membra, inter se coniunctos semper se sciant atque omnium Ecclesiarum sollicitos sese exhibeant, cum ex Dei institutione et praecepto apostolici muneris unusquisque Ecclesiae una cum ceteris Episcopis sponsor sit.[14] Praesertim solliciti sint de illis orbis terrarum regionibus in quibus verbum Dei nuntiatum nondum est aut in quibus, praecipue ob parvum sacerdotum numerum, christifideles in periculo versantur a vitae christianae mandatis discedendi, immo et ipsam fidem amittendi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quare omnibus viribus satagant ut evangelizationis et apostolatus opera a fidelibus alacriter sustineantur et promoveantur. Insuper curare studeant ut apti praeparentur sacrorum administri necnon auxiliares tum religiosi tum laici pro missionibus atque regionibus cleri penuria laborantibus. Curent etiam ut, quantum possibile sit, aliqui ex suis sacerdotibus praedictas missiones vel dioeceses adeant, ibidem sacrum ministerium in perpetuum aut saltem ad praefinitum tempus peracturi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prae oculis habeant praeterea Episcopi in usu bonorum ecclesiasticorum rationem quoque esse habendam necessitatum non tantum suae dioecesis sed et aliarum particularium Ecclesiarum, quippe quae unius Ecclesiae Christi sint partes. Attendant denique ad calamitates pro viribus sublevandas, quibus aliae dioeceses vel regiones laborant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maxime illos Sacrorum Antistites, qui propter nomen Christi calumniis et angustiis vexantur, in carceribus detinentur, vel suo ministerio prohibentur, fraterno amplectantur animo eosque germana actuosa cura prosequantur, ut eorum dolores precatione et opera Confratrum leniantur et mulceantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Episcopi et Apostolica Sedes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Episcopis, ut Apostolorum successoribus, in dioecesibus ipsis commissis per se omnis competit potestas ordinaria, propria ac immediata, quae ad exercitium eorum muneris pastoralis requiritur, firma semper in omnibus potestate quam, vi muneris sui, Romanus Pontifex habet sibi vel alii Auctoritati causas reservandi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Singulis Episcopis dioecesanis facultas fit a lege generali Ecclesiae in casu particulari dispensandi fideles in quos ad normam iuris exercent auctoritatem, quoties id ad eorum bonum spirituale conferre iudicent, nisi a Suprema Ecclesiae Auctoritate specialis reservatio facta fuerit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In exercenda suprema, plena et immediata potestate in universam Ecclesiam, Romanus Pontifex utitur Romanae Curiae Dicasteriis, quae proinde nomine et auctoritate illius munus suum explent in bonum Ecclesiarum et in servitium Sacrorum Pastorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exoptant autem Sacrosancti Concilii Patres ut haec Dicasteria, quae quidem Romano Pontifici atque Ecclesiae Pastoribus eximium praebuerunt auxilium, novae ordinationi, necessitatibus temporum, regionum ac Rituum magis aptatae, subiciantur, praesertim quod spectat eorundem numerum, nomen, competentiam propriamque procedendi rationem, atque inter se laborum coordinationem.[15] Exoptant pariter ut, ratione habita muneris pastoralis Episcoporum proprii, Legatorum Romani Pontificis officium pressius determinetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeterea cum eadem Dicasteria ad universalis Ecclesiae bonum sint constituta, optatur ut eorum Membra, Officiales et Consultores, necnon Legati Romani Pontificis, quantum fieri potest, ex diversis Ecclesiae regionibus magis assumantur, ita ut catholicae Ecclesiae officia seu organa centralia indolem vere universalem prae se ferant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In votis quoque est ut inter Dicasteriorum Membra cooptentur etiam aliqui Episcopi praesertim dioecesani, qui mentem, optata ac necessitates omnium Ecclesiarum Summo Pontifici plenius referre valeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Denique perutile esse censent Concilii Patres si eadem Dicasteria laicos, virtute, scientia et experientia praestantes, magis audiant, ita ut et ipsi in rebus Ecclesiae partes sibi congruentes habeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De Episcopis quoad Ecclesias particulares seu Dioeceses"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Episcopi Dioecesani"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dioecesis est Populi Dei portio, quae Episcopo cum cooperatione presbyterii pascenda concreditur, ita ut, pastori suo adhaerens ab eoque per Evangelium et Eucharistiam in Spiritu Sancto congregata, Ecclesiam particularem constituat, in qua vere inest et operatur Una Sancta Catholica et Apostolica Christi Ecclesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Singuli Episcopi, quibus Ecclesiae particularis cura commissa est, sub auctoritate Summi Pontificis, tamquam proprii, ordinarii et immediati earum pastores, oves suas in nomine Domini pascunt, munus docendi. sanctificandi et regendi in eas exercentes. Ipsi tamen agnoscant iura, quae sive Patriarchis sive aliis hierarchicis Auctoritatibus legitime competunt.[16]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad suum autem apostolicum munus intendant Episcopi ut Christi testes coram omnibus hominibus, non solum iis providentes qui iam Principem Pastorum sequuntur, sed iis quoque toto animo sese devoventes qui a via veritatis quoquo modo deflexerunt aut Christi Evangelium et misericordiam salutiferam ignorant, donec «in omni bonitate et iustitia et veritate» (Eph. 5, 9) tandem omnes ambulent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In exercendo suo munere docendi, Christi Evangelium hominibus annuntient, quod inter praecipua Episcoporum munera eminet,[17] eos in Spiritus fortitudine ad fidem vocantes aut in fide viva confirmantes; integrum Christi mysterium ipsis proponant, illas nempe veritates quarum ignorantia, Christi ignorantia est, itemque viam quae divinitus revelata est ad glorificationem Dei atque eo ipso ad beatitudinem aeternam consequendam.[18]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ostendant insuper res ipsas terrestres et humana instituta secundum Dei Creatoris consilium, ad hominum salutem quoque ordinari et ideo ad aedificationem Corporis Christi non parum conferre posse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Edoceant ideo quanti, iuxta doctrinam Ecclesiae, aestimanda sit persona humana, cum sua libertate et ipsa corporis vita; familia eiusque unitas et stabilitas, prolisque procreatio et educatio; civile consortium cum suis legibus et professionibus; labor et otia, artes et technica inventa; paupertas et opum affluentia; rationes denique exponant quibus solvendae sunt de bonorum materialium possessione, incremento ac recta distributione, de pace et bello, de fraterna omnium populorum conversatione gravissimae quaestiones.[19]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doctrinam christianam proponant ratione temporum necessitatibus aptata, quae scilicet respondeat difficultatibus et quaestionibus quibus maxime homines premuntur et anguntur; eandem doctrinam quoque tueantur, ipsos fideles docentes illam defendere et propagare. In eadem tradenda, maternam Ecclesiae sollicitudinem comprobent erga omnes homines, sive fideles sive non fideles, et peculiari cura prosequantur pauperes et tenuiores, quos evangelizare misit eos Dominus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum Ecclesiae sit cum humana societate, in qua vivit, ad colloquium venire,[20] Episcoporum imprimis est officium ut homines adeant et colloquia cum eisdem petant ac promoveant. Quae salutis colloquia, ut semper veritas cum caritate, intellegentia cum amore copulentur, perspicuitate sermonis simul ac humilitate et lenitate praestent oportet, itemque debita prudentia iuncta tamen cum fiducia, quippe quae amicitiam cum foveat animos coniungere nata sit.[21]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Varia media ad doctrinam christianam annuntiandam adhibere satagant in hodierno tempore quae praesto sunt, videlicet imprimis praedicationem atque catecheticam institutionem, quae quidem semper principem tenent locum, sed et propositionem doctrinae in scholis, in academiis, conferentiis et coadunationibus omnis generis, necnon eiusdem diffusionem declarationibus publicis occasione quorumdam eventuum factis, prelo variisque instrumentis communicationis socialis, quibus ad Christi Evangelium nuntiandum uti omnino oportet.[22]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Invigilent ut catechetica institutio, quae eo tendit ut in hominibus fides, per doctrinam illustrata, viva fiat atque explicita et operosa, tum pueris et adolescentibus, tum iuvenibus, tum etiam adultis sedula cura tradatur; ut in eadem tradenda serventur aptus ordo atque methodus conveniens non tantum materiae de qua agitur, sed et indoli, facultatibus et aetati necnon vitae condicionibus auditorum, ut eadem institutio innitatur Sacra Scriptura, Traditione, Liturgia, Magisterio vitaque Ecclesiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Curent praeterea ut catechetae ad munus suum rite praeparentur, ita ut Ecclesiae doctrinam plane cognoscant, necnon et leges psychologicas et disciplinas paedagogicas theoretice et practice addiscant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Satagant etiam ut institutio catechumenorum adultorum restituatur aut melius adaptetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In exercendo suo munere sanctificandi memores sint Episcopi se ex hominibus assumptos esse et pro hominibus constitui, in iis quae sunt ad Deum, ut offerant dona et sacrificia pro peccatis. Episcopi enim plenitudine Sacramenti Ordinis gaudent et ab ipsis in exercenda sua potestate pendent tum presbyteri, qui quidem, ut Ordinis episcopalis providi sint cooperatores, et ipsi consecrati sunt veri Novi Testamenti sacerdotes, tum diaconi, qui ad ministerium ordinati populo Dei in communione cum Episcopo eiusque presbyterio inserviunt; ipsi itaque Episcopi praecipui sunt dispensatores mysteriorum Dei, sicut et totius vitae liturgicae in Ecclesia sibi commissa moderatores, promotores atque custodes.[23]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Iugiter itaque adnitantur ut christifideles paschale mysterium penitius cognoscant et vivant, per Eucharistiam, ita ut unum arctissimum efficiant Corpus in unitate caritatis Christi;[24] «orationi et ministerio verbi instantes» (Act. 6, 4), laborem impendant ut omnes quorum cura sibi est commissa unanimi sint in oratione[25] utque Sacramentorum receptione in gratia crescant ac fideles Domino sint testes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qua perfectores, Episcopi clericorum suorum, religiosorum et laicorum sanctitatem, secundum suam cuiusque peculiarem vocationem, promovere studeant,[26] memores quidem se teneri ad exemplum sanctitatis praebendum, in caritate, humilitate et vitae simplicitate. Ita Ecclesias sibi concreditas sanctificent ut in eisdem universae Christi Ecclesiae sensus plene effulgeat. Idcirco vocationes sacerdotales ac religiosas quam maxime foveant, speciali cura vocationum missionalium adhibita."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In exercendo suo munere patris ac pastoris, sint Episcopi in medio suorum sicut qui ministrant,[27] boni pastores qui cognoscunt suas oves quosque et ipsae cognoscunt, veri patres qui spiritu dilectionis et sollicitudinis erga omnes praestant, quorumque auctoritati divinitus quidem collatae omnes grato animo sese subiciunt. Integram sui gregis familiam ita congregent atque efforment ut omnes, officiorum suorum conscii, in communione caritatis vivant et operentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae ut efficaciter facere valeant, Episcopi, «ad omne opus bonum parati» (2 Tim. 2, 21) et «omnia sustinentes propter electos» (2 Tim. 2, 10) vitam suam ita ordinent oportet, ut necessitatibus temporum accommodata sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacerdotes, quippe qui munera et sollicitudinem ipsorum pro parte suscipiant et cura cotidiana tam studiose exerceant, peculiari semper caritate amplectantur, eosdem ut filios et amicos habentes[28] ideoque ad eos audiendos parati atque confidenti cum eisdem consuetudine, integrum opus pastorale totius dioecesis promovere studeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Solliciti sint eorum condicionum spiritualium, intellectualium et materialium ut hi sancte pieque vivere atque ministerium suum fideliter ac fructuose adimplere valeant. Quare institutiones foveant et peculiares conventus instaurent, in quibus sacerdotes aliquoties congregentur tum ad longiora peragenda exercitia spiritualia in vitae suae renovationem tum ad altiorem acquirendam cognitionem ecclesiasticarum disciplinarum, praesertim Sacrae Scripturae et theologiae, socialium maioris momenti quaestionum, necnon novarum actionis pastoralis rationum. Operosa misericordia prosequantur sacerdotes qui in periculo quoquo modo versantur aut in quibusdam defecerunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fidelium bono ut pro sua cuiusque condicione aptius consulere queant, eorumdem necessitates, in socialibus in quibus vivunt adiunctis, rite cognoscere satagant, aptis ideo adhibitis instrumentis, praesertim investigationis socialis. Erga omnes sollicitos se praebeant cuiuscumque sunt aetatis, condicionis vel nationis, tum incolas, tum advenas et peregrinos. In hac pastorali sollicitudine exercenda fidelibus suis in rebus Ecclesiae partes ipsis congruentes servent, eorumdem officium et ius quoque agnoscentes active adlaborandi ad aedificationem mystici Corporis Christi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fratres seiunctos amore prosequantur, fidelibus etiam commendantes ut erga eos magna cum humanitate et caritate se gerant, oecumenismum quoque, ut ab Ecclesia intelligitur, foventes.[29] Etiam non baptizatos cordi habeant, ut et ipsis caritas eluceat Christi Iesu, Cuius coram omnibus testes sunt Episcopi."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Variae foveantur apostolatus rationes atque in universa dioecesi, vel in eiusdem peculiaribus regionibus, omnium operum apostolatus, sub moderamine Episcopi, coordinatio atque intima coniunctio, qua quidem omnia incepta atque instituta, catechetica, missionalia, caritativa, socialia, familiaria, scholastica atque quaelibet alia finem pastoralem persequentia, ad concordem redigantur actionem, qua simul clarius dioecesis unitas eluceat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sedulo urgeatur officium quo tenentur fideles ad apostolatum pro sua quisque condicione et aptitudine exercendum, atque ipsis commendetur ut varia opera laicorum apostolatus, et praesertim Actionem Catholicam, participent aut iuvent. Associationes quoque promoveantur vel foveantur quae finem supernaturalem directe aut indirecte prosequuntur, ad perfectiorem scilicet vitam assequendam, aut ad Christi Evangelium omnibus annuntiandum, aut ad doctrinam christianam vel incrementum cultus publici promovendum, aut ad fines sociales persequendos aut ad pietatis vel caritatis opera exercenda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apostolatus formae rite accommodentur necessitatibus hodiernis, attentis hominum condicionibus, non solum spiritualibus et moralibus, sed etiam socialibus, demographicis et oeconomicis. Ad quod efficaciter et fructuose assequendum, magnopere conferunt investigationes sociales et religiosae, per officia sociologiae pastoralis, quae enixe commendantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Peculiaris sollicitudo habeatur fidelium, qui ob vitae condicionem communi ordinaria parochorum cura pastorali non satis frui valent aut eadem penitus carent, uti sunt quamplurimi migrantes, exsules et profugi, maritimi sicut et aeronavigantes, nomades aliique id genus. Aptae methodi pastorales promoveantur ad vitam spiritualem fovendam eorum qui relaxationis causa ad tempus alias regiones petunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcoporum Conferentiae, praesertim Nationales, urgentioribus quaestionibus ad praedictos spectantibus sedulo studeant, et aptis instrumentis ac institutionibus spirituali eorum curae, concordi voluntate viribusque unitis consulant atque faveant, attentis in primis normis ab Apostolica Sede statutis[30] vel statuendis, temporum, locorum et personarum condicionibus apte accommodatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In suo apostolico munere obeundo, quod animarum salutem intendit, Episcopi per se plena ac perfecta gaudent libertate atque independentia a quacumque civili potestate. Quare non licet eorum muneris ecclesiastici exercitium directe vel indirecte impedire neve eos prohibere quominus cum Apostolica Sede aliisque Auctoritatibus ecclesiasticis et cum suis subditis libere communicent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Profecto Sacri Pastores, dum in spiritualem sui gregis curam incumbunt, reapse sociali quoque et civili profectui ac prosperitati consulunt, actuosam in hunc finem cum publicis auctoritatibus, pro sui officii ratione et sicut Episcopos decet, operam consociantes atque iustis legibus oboedientiam et legitime constitutis potestatibus reverentiam suadentes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum apostolicum Episcoporum munus sit a Christo Domino institutum atque spiritualem et supernaturalem finem prosequatur, Sacrosancta Oecumenica Synodus declarat ius nominandi et instituendi Episcopos esse competenti Auctoritati ecclesiasticae proprium, peculiare et per se exclusivum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter ad Ecclesiae libertatem rite tuendam et ad christifidelium bonum aptius et expeditius promovendum in votis est Sacrosancti Concilii ut in posterum nulla amplius civilibus Auctoritatibus concedantur iura aut privilegia electionis, nominationis, praesentationis vel designationis ad Episcopatus officium; civiles vero Auctoritates, quarum obsequentem erga Ecclesiam voluntatem Sacrosancta Synodus grato animo agnoscit plurimique facit, humanissime rogantur ut praedictis iuribus vel privilegiis, quibus in praesens pacto aut consuetutudine fruantur, consiliis cum Apostolica Sede initis, sua sponte renuntiare velint."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum igitur pastorale Episcoporum munus tanti sit momenti tantaeque gravitatis, Episcopi dioecesani aliique in iure ipsis aequiparati, si, ob ingravescentem aetatem aliamve gravem causam, implendo suo officio minus apti evaserint, enixe rogantur ut, vel sua ipsi sponte vel a competenti Auctoritate invitati, renuntiationem ab officio exhibeant. Competens autem Auctoritas, si illam acceptaverit, et de congruenti renuntiantium sustentatione et de peculiaribus iuribus iisdem recognoscendis providebit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Dioecesium Circumscriptio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad proprium dioecesis finem consequendum, oportet ut Ecclesiae natura in populo Dei ad ipsam dioecesim pertinente perspicue manifestetur; ut Episcopi munera sua pastoralia in iisdem efficaciter explere valeant; ut denique populi Dei saluti quam perfectissime fieri potest ministretur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Id autem postulat sive congruentem finium territorialium dioecesium circumscriptionem, sive clericorum opumque distributionem rationi consentaneam atque apostolatus exigentiis accommodatam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae omnia non solum clericorum et christifidelium, quorum directe interest, verum etiam et totius catholicae Ecclesiae in bonum cedunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Itaque, ad dioecesium circumscriptiones quod attinet, decernit Sacrosancta Synodus ut, quatenus animarum bonum id exigat, quamprimum ad congruam recognitionem prudenter deveniatur, eas dividendo vel dismembrando vel uniendo, aut ipsarum fines mutando vel episcopalium sedium aptiorem locum determinando, aut denique, praesertim si de dioecesibus agatur quae ex maioribus urbibus constant, eas nova interna ordinatione disponendo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In dioecesium circumscriptionibus recognoscendis in tuto ponatur praeprimis uniuscuiusque dioecesis unitas organica, quoad personas, officia, instituta, ad instar corporis apte viventis. Singulis vero in casibus, omnibus adiunctis accurate perpensis, prae oculis habeantur criteria generaliora quae sequuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) In circumscriptione dioecesana definienda ratio, quantum fieri poterit, habeatur varietatis compositionis populi Dei, quae multum conferre potest ad pastoralem curam aptius exercendam; simulque curetur ut huius populi conglobationes demographicae, cum civilibus officiis institutisque socialibus quae structuram ipsius organicam efficiunt, in unum, quantum fieri poterit, serventur. Qua de causa uniuscuiusque dioecesis territorium nonnisi continuum pateat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Attendatur etiam, si casus ferat, ad fines circumscriptionum civilium, atque ad peculiaria personarum locorumve adiuncta, v. g. psychologica, oeconomica, geographica, historica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Amplitudo territorii dioecesani eiusve incolarum numerus talis sit generatim ut, ex una parte, ipse Episcopus, licet ab aliis adiutus, pontificalia exercere visitationesque pastorales congrue peragere valeat, omnia apostolatus opera in dioecesi rite moderari atque coordinare, sacerdotes suos praesertim cognoscere, necnon et religiosos et laicos rationem aliquam in dioecesanis inceptis habentes; ex altera vero parte, sufficiens ac idoneus praebeatur campus in quo sive Episcopus sive clerici, omnes suas vires in ministerium, prae oculis habitis universalis Ecclesiae necessitatibus, utiliter impendere possint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Quo denique aptius salutis ministerium in dioecesi exerceri possit, pro regula habeatur ut unicuique dioecesi clerici, numero et idoneitate saltem sufficientes, praesto sint pro rite pascendo populo Dei; officia, instituta et opera ne desint quae Ecclesiae particularis propria sunt, quaeque pro eius apto regimine et apostolatu necessaria usu comprobantur; opes denique ad personas et instituta sustentanda aut iam adsint aut saltem prudenter praevideantur aliunde non defuturae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hunc quoque in finem, ubi sint fideles diversi Ritus, eorum spiritualibus [685] necessitatibus Episcopus dioecesanus provideat sive per sacerdotes aut paroecias eiusdem Ritus, sive per Vicarium Episcopalem aptis facultatibus instructum et, si casus ferat, etiam charactere episcopali ornatum, sive per seipsum diversorum Rituum Ordinarii munere fungentem. Quod si haec omnia, ob rationes peculiares, iudicio Apostolicae Sedis, fieri non possint, Hierarchia propria pro diversitate Rituum constituatur.[31]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Item, in similibus circumstantiis, diversi sermonis fidelibus provideatur sive per sacerdotes aut paroecias eiusdem sermonis, sive per Vicarium Episcopalem sermonem bene callentem et etiam, si casus ferat, charactere episcopali ornatum, sive denique alia opportuniore ratione."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad dioecesium immutationes aut innovationes ad normam nn. 22-23 inducendas quod attinet, salva disciplina Ecclesiarum Orientalium, expedit ut competentes Conferentiae Episcopales haec negotia pro suo quaeque territorio examini subiciant -ope etiam adhibita peculiaris Commissionis Episcopalis, si id opportunum videatur, at semper auditis praesertim Episcopis provinciarum vel regionum quarum interest- et deinde sua consilia et vota Apostolicae Sedi proponant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Episcopi Dioecesani in munere pastorali Cooperatores"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Episcopi Coadiutores et Auxiliares"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In regendis dioecesibus, pastorali Episcoporum muneri ita provideatur, ut bonum dominici gregis semper sit suprema ratio. Quod bonum ut debite procuretur, haud raro Episcopi Auxiliares constituendi sunt, eo quod Episcopus dioecesanus, vel ob nimiam dioecesis amplitudinem aut nimium incolarum numerum, vel ob peculiaria apostolatus adiuncta aut alias diversae naturae causas, nequit per semetipsum omnia episcopalia munia, sicut animarum exigit bonum, adimplere. Imo et aliquando peculiaris necessitas postulat ut in ipsius Episcopi dioecesani adiutorium constituatur Episcopus Coadiutor. Qui Episcopi Coadiutores et Auxiliares ita congruentibus facultatibus instruendi sunt, ut, salva semper unitate dioecesani regiminis necnon Episcopi dioecesani auctoritate, eorum actio efficacior reddatur et dignitas, Episcoporum propria, magis in tuto ponatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Iamvero Episcopi Coadiutores et Auxiliares, eo quod in partem sollicitudinis Episcopi dioecesani vocati sunt, ita munus suum exerceant, ut in omnibus negotiis unanima consensione cum ipso procedant. Praeterea obsequium et reverentiam semper exhibeant Episcopo dioecesano, qui et ipse Episcopos Coadiutores vel Auxiliares fraterne diligat atque existimatione prosequatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bono animarum id exigente, ne renuat Episcopus dioecesanus a competenti Auctoritate unum pluresve Auxiliares expostulare, qui nempe sine iure successionis pro dioecesi constituuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quodsi in Litteris nominationis provisum non fuerit, Episcopus dioecesanus Auxiliarem vel Auxiliares suos constituat Vicarios Generales vel saltem Vicarios Episcopales, a sua auctoritate dumtaxat dependentes quos ipse, in perpendendis causis maioris momenti praesertim indolis pastoralis, consulere velit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nisi aliud a competenti Auctoritate statutum fuerit, cum Episcopi dioecesani munere non exspirant potestates et facultates quibus Episcopi Auxiliares a iure instructi sunt. Optandum quoque est ut, sede vacante, munus dioecesim regendi, nisi aliud graves rationes suadeant, committatur Episcopo Auxiliari vel, ubi plures sunt, uni ex Auxiliaribus. Episcopus Coadiutor, qui nempe cum iure successionis nominatur, ab Episcopo dioecesano Vicarius Generalis semper constituatur. Eidem autem pleniores facultates in casibus particularibus a competenti Auctoritate concedi poterunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut quam maxime praesenti ac futuro dioecesis bono faveatur, Episcopus Coadiutus et Coadiutor in rebus maioris momenti mutuo se consulere ne omittant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Curia atque Consilia Dioecesana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eminens in Curia dioecesana est officium Vicarii Generalis. Quoties autem rectum dioecesis regimen id requirat, constitui possunt ab Episcopo unus aut plures Vicarii Episcopales, qui nempe ipso iure, in determinata dioecesis parte aut in certo negotiorum genere aut quoad fideles determinati Ritus, ea gaudent potestate, quam ius commune Vicario Generali tribuit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inter Episcopi cooperatores in regimine dioecesis, illi presbyteri quoque enumerantur qui eius senatum consiliumve constituunt, ut sunt capitulum cathedrale, consultorum coetus vel alia consilia, secundum diversorum locorum circumstantias vel indolem. Haec instituta, praesertim capitula cathedralia, novae ordinationi, quatenus opus sit, necessitatibus hodiernis aptatae, subiciantur. [687]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacerdotes et laici, qui ad Curiam dioecesanam pertinent, sciant se pastorali Episcopi ministerio adiutricem operam praestare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Curia dioecesana ita ordinetur ut aptum instrumentum Episcopo fiat, non tantum ad dioecesim administrandam, sed etiam ad opera apostolatus exercenda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Valde optandum est ut in unaquaque dioecesi peculiare instituatur Consilium pastorale, cui Episcopus dioecesanus ipse praesit et in quo clerici, religiosi et laici, specialiter delecti, partes habeant. Huius Consilii erit, ea quae ad pastoralia opera spectant investigare, perpendere atque de eis practicas expromere conclusiones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Clerus dioecesanus"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnes quidem presbyteri sive dioecesani sive religiosi, unum sacerdotium Christi cum Episcopo participant et exercent, ideoque Ordinis episcopalis providi cooperatores constituuntur. In animarum autem cura procuranda primas partes habent sacerdotes dioecesani, quippe qui, Ecclesiae particulari incardinati vel addicti, eiusdem servitio plene sese devoveant ad unam dominici gregis portionem pascendam; quare unum constituunt presbyterium atque unam familiam, cuius pater est Episcopus. Qui, ut ministeria sacra inter sacerdotes suos aptius et aequius disponere valeat, necessaria libertate gaudere debet in officiis vel beneficiis conferendis, suppressis proinde iuribus seu privilegiis, quae eamdem libertatem quoquo modo coarctent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Necessitudines Episcopum inter et sacerdotes dioecesanos vinculis potissimum supernaturalis caritatis inniti debent, ita quidem ut sacerdotum voluntatis consociatio cum Episcopi voluntate pastoralem eorumdem actionem reddat uberiorem. Quare, ut animarum servitium magis magisque promoveatur, Episcopus sacerdotes ad colloquium, commune quoque, de re praesertim pastorali, vocare velit, non tantum data occasione, sed etiam, quantum fieri possit, statis temporibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeterea, omnes sacerdotes dioecesani uniti inter se sint ideoque boni spiritualis universae dioecesis sollicitudine urgeantur; insuper, memores bona, quae occasione officii ecclesiastici sibi comparant, cum munere sacro cohaerere, necessitatibus materialibus quoque dioecesis, iuxta Episcopi ordinationem, pro viribus liberaliter subveniant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proximiores Episcopi cooperatores sunt illi etiam sacerdotes, quibus munus pastorale aut apostolatus opera indolis supraparoecialis [688] ab ipso committuntur, sive quoad determinatum dioecesis territorium, sive quoad speciales fidelium coetus, sive quoad peculiare actionis genus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eximiam quoque adiutricem operam praestant sacerdotes, quibus ab Episcopo diversa munera apostolatus, sive in scholis sive in aliis institutis aut associationibus, concreduntur. Etiam illi sacerdotes, qui operibus supradioecesanis sunt addicti, cum praeclara apostolatus opera exerceant, peculiari sollicitudini commendantur praesertim Episcopi in cuius dioecesi commorantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praecipua autem ratione Episcopi cooperatores sunt parochi, quibus, tamquam pastoribus propriis, animarum cura committitur in determinata dioecesis parte sub illius auctoritate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) In hac autem cura gerenda parochi, cum suis adiutoribus ita munus docendi, sanctificandi et regendi adimpleant, ut fideles atque communitates paroeciales, tum dioecesis tum totius Ecclesiae universalis membra revera se sentiant. Quapropter cum aliis parochis collaborent necnon cum sacerdotibus, qui munus pastorale in territorio exercent (uti sunt e. g. Vicarii Foranei, Decani), vel operibus indolis supraparoecialis sunt addicti, ut cura pastoralis in dioecesi unitate non careat atque efficacior reddatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeterea cura animarum spiritu missionali semper informetur, ita ut ad omnes in paroecia degentes, debito modo, se extendat. Quodsi parochi quosdam personarum coetus attingere nequeant, alios, etiam laicos, in proprium adiutorium vocent, qui sibi auxilium praestent in iis quae ad apostolatum spectant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad eamdem vero animarum curam efficaciorem reddendam, vita communis sacerdotum, praesertim eidem paroeciae addictorum, enixe commendatur, quae, dum actionem apostolicam fovet, caritatis et unitatis exemplum fidelibus praebet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) In exsequendo munere magisterii, parochorum est: verbum Dei praedicare omnibus christifidelibus, ut hi in fide, spe et caritate radicati, in Christo crescant et communitas christiana illud testimonium caritatis reddat, quod Dominus commendavit;[32] itemque catechetica instructione fideles ad plenam mysterii salutis cognitionem ducere, unicuique aetati accommodatam. Ad hanc autem instructionem tradendam non solum religiosorum auxilium quaerant, sed etiam laicorum cooperationem, erecta quoque Confraternitate Doctrinae Christianae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In perficiendo opere sanctificationis, curent parochi ut celebratio [689] Eucharistici Sacrificii centrum sit et culmen totius vitae communitatis christianae; itemque adlaborent ut fideles spirituali pabulo pascantur per devotam et frequentem Sacramentorum receptionem atque per consciam et actuosam in Liturgia participationem. Meminerint etiam parochi quam maxime sacramentum Poenitentiae ad vitam christianam fovendam conferre; quare faciles se praebeant ad fidelium confessiones audiendas, advocatis ad hoc, si opus fuerit, aliis etiam sacerdotibus, qui varias linguas calleant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In officio pastoris adimplendo, imprimis curent parochi proprium gregem cognoscere. Cum autem omnium ovium sint ministri, vitae christianae incrementum foveant tum in singulis fidelibus, tum in familiis, tum in associationibus praesertim apostolatui addictis, tum in universa communitate paroeciali. Domos igitur et scholas visitent, prout pastorale munus id exigat; adulescentibus et iuvenibus studiose prospiciant; pauperes et infirmos paterna caritate prosequantur; peculiarem denique curam de opificibus habeant atque adlaborent ut fideles operibus apostolatus auxilium praestent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Vicarii paroeciales tamquam parochi cooperatores, praestantem et actuosam operam quotidie impendunt in ministerio pastorali sub parochi auctoritate exercendo. Quare inter parochum eiusque vicarios fraterna habeatur conversatio, mutua caritas et reverentia semper vigeat iidemque consiliis, auxilio et exemplo sese invicem adiuvent, paroeciali curae concordi voluntate communique studio providentes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In iudicio efformando de sacerdotis idoneitate ad aliquam paroeciam regendam, Episcopus rationem habeat, non solum de illius doctrina, sed etiam de pietate, zelo apostolico, ceterisque dotibus ac qualitatibus, quae ad curam animarum rite exercendam requiruntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeterea cum muneris paroecialis tota ratio sit bonum animarum, quo facilius et aptius Episcopus ad provisionem paroeciarum procedere valeat, supprimantur, salvo iure Religiosorum, quaelibet iura praesentationis, nominationis vel reservationis, necnon, ubi exsistat, lex concursus, sive generalis sive particularis. Parochi vero in sua quisque paroecia ea gaudeant stabilitate in officio, quam animarum bonum requirat. Quare, abrogata distinctione inter parochos amovibiles et inamovibiles, recognoscatur et simplicior reddatur modus procedendi in translatione et amotione parochorum, quo Episcopus, servata quidem naturali et canonica aequitate, aptius necessitatibus boni animarum providere possit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parochi autem, qui ob ingravescentem aetatem aliamve gravem causam, ab officio rite et fructuose adimplendo impediuntur, enixe rogantur ut sua ipsi sponte, aut ab Episcopo invitati, officii renuntiationem faciant. Episcopus renuntiantibus congruam sustentationem provideat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eadem denique salus animarum causa sit, qua determinentur aut recognoscantur paroeciarum erectiones aut suppressiones, aliaeve huiusmodi innovationes, quas quidem Episcopus propria auctoritate peragere poterit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Religiosi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnibus Religiosis, quibus in iis quae sequuntur sodales accensentur ceterorum Institutorum consilia evangelica profitentes, iuxta propriam cuiusque vocationem, officium incumbit impense diligenterque adlaborandi ad aedificationem et incrementum totius mystici Corporis Christi et in bonum Ecclesiarum particularium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hos vero fines promovere tenentur imprimis oratione, poenitentiae operibus et propriae vitae exemplo, in quorum aestimatione et studio ut iugiter crescant, Sacrosancta haec Synodus eos magnopere hortatur. At, ratione habita indolis uniuscuiusque Religionis propriae, ad externa quoque apostolatus opera impensius accedant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religiosi sacerdotes, qui in presbyteratus officium consecrantur ut sint et ipsi providi cooperatores Ordinis episcopalis, hodie adhuc maiori auxilio Episcopis esse valent, pro ingravescente animarum necessitate. Ideo vera quadam ratione ad clerum dioecesis pertinere dicendi sunt, quatenus in cura animarum atque apostolatus operibus exercendis partem habent sub sacrorum Praesulum auctoritate. Etiam alii sodales, sive viri sint sive mulieres, qui et ipsi peculiari ratione ad familiam dioecesanam pertinent, magnum auxilium sacrae Hierarchiae afferunt, atque in dies, auctis apostolatus necessitatibus, magis magisque afferre possunt ac debent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad hoc autem ut apostolatus opera in singulis dioecesibus concorditer semper exerceantur atque unitas dioecesanae disciplinae sarta tecta servetur, haec principia fundamentalia statuuntur:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Episcopos, utpote Apostolorum successores, Religiosi omnes devoto semper obsequio ac reverentia prosequantur. Praeterea quoties ad apostolatus opera legitime vocantur ita munia sua exercere tenentur ut Episcopis auxiliatores adsint et subsint.[33] Quin immo Religiosi Episcoporum postulationibus votisque prompte ac fideliter obsecundent ut ampliores partes in salutis humanae ministerium suscipiant, salva Instituti indole et secundum Constitutiones, quae, si necesse sit, ad hunc finem accommodentur, inspectis huius Decreti Concilii principiis. Praesertim, attentis urgentibus animarum necessitatibus atque cleri dioecesani penuria, Instituta religiosa, quae vitae mere contemplativae non addicuntur, ab Episcopis advocari possunt ut in variis ministeriis pastoralibus operam adiutricem impendant, inspecta tamen propria cuiusque Instituti indole; quam operam ut praestent, in paroeciis quoque suscipiendis etiam ad tempus, Superiores pro viribus faveant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Religiosi autem, in externum apostolatum immissi, spiritu religionis propriae imbuti sint, atque fideles permaneant regulari observantiae et subiectioni erga proprios Superiores; quam obligationem ipsi Episcopi urgere ne omittant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Exemptio, qua Religiosi ad Summum Pontificem vel ad aliam ecclesiasticam Auctoritatem advocantur et ab Episcoporum iurisdictione subducuntur, ordinem Institutorum internum potissimum respicit, quo melius in iisdem omnia sint inter se apta et connexa atque incremento et perfectioni religiosae conversationis consulatur;[34] necnon ut de illis disponere possit Summus Pontifex in bonum Ecclesiae universae,[35] alia vero competens Auctoritas in bonum Ecclesiarum propriae iurisdictionis. Haec autem exemptio non impedit quominus Religiosi in singulis dioecesibus Episcoporum iurisdictioni subsint ad normam iuris, prout horum pastorale munus perfungendum et animarum rite ordinanda curatio requirunt.[36]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Omnes Religiosi, exempti et non exempti, Ordinariorum locorum potestati subsunt in iis quae ad publicum exercitium cultus divini, salva quidem Rituum diversitate, ad curam animarum, ad sacram praedicationem populo tradendam, ad christifidelium, praesertim puerorum, religiosam et moralem educationem, catecheticam institutionem et liturgicam efformationem atque ad status clericalis decorem spectant necnon ad varia opera in iis quae sacri apostolatus exercitium respiciunt. Religiosorum quoque scholae catholicae Ordinariis locorum subsunt ad earum generalem ordinationem et vigilantiam quod attinet, firmo tamen iure Religiosorum quoad earumdem moderamen. Pariter Religiosi tenentur servare ea omnia quae Episcoporum Concilia aut Conferentiae ab omnibus servanda legitime edixerint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Inter varia Instituta religiosa atque inter eadem et clerum dioecesanum, ordinata foveatur cooperatio. Arcta insuper habeatur omnium operum et actionum apostolicarum coordinatio, quae maxime pendet a supernaturali animorum et mentium habitu, in caritate radicato et fundato. Hanc autem coordinationem curare Apostolicae Sedi competit pro universa Ecclesia; sacris vero Pastoribus in sua cuiusque dioecesi; Patriarchalibus demum Synodis et Episcoporum Conferentiis in proprio territorio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi vel Episcoporum Conferentiae et Superiores religiosi vel Conferentiae Superiorum Maiorum, pro operibus apostolatus quae a Religiosis exercentur, praeviis consiliis mutuo inter se collatis procedere velint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Ad fovendas concorditer et fructuose mutuas relationes inter Episcopos et Religiosos, statis temporibus et quoties id opportunum videbitur, Episcopi et Superiores religiosi convenire velint ad negotia tractanda, quae universim ad apostolatum in territorio pertinent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De Episcopis in commune plurium Ecclesiarum bonum cooperantibus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Synodi, Concilia et praesertim Episcoporum Conferentiae"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inde a prioribus Ecclesiae saeculis Episcopi, peculiaribus quidem Ecclesiis praepositi, communione fraternae caritatis atque studio permoti universalis missionis Apostolis traditae, vires ac voluntates suas consociaverunt ad bonum tum commune tum singularum Ecclesiarum provehendum. Hac ratione sive Synodi, sive Concilia provincialia, sive demum Concilia plenaria constituta fuerunt in quibus Episcopi aequalem pro variis Ecclesiis statuerunt rationem servandam tum in fidei veritatibus docendis tum in disciplina ecclesiastica ordinanda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exoptat haec Sancta Oecumenica Synodus ut veneranda Synodorum et Conciliorum instituta novo vigeant robore, quo aptius et efficacius fidei incremento disciplinaeque conservationi in variis Ecclesiis, pro temporum adiunctis, provideatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hodiernis potissimum temporibus Episcopi haud raro munus suum apte ac fructuose adimplere non valent nisi cum aliis Episcopis arctiorem in dies suam concordem atque coniunctiorem operam efficiant. Cum autem Episcoporum Conferentiae -pluribus in nationibus iam constitutae- praeclara ediderint uberioris apostolatus argumenta, Sacrosancta haec Synodus summopere expedire censet, ut ubique terrarum eiusdem nationis seu regionis Episcopi in unum coetum confluant, statis temporibus simul convenientes, ut communicatis prudentiae et experientiae luminibus, collatisque consiliis sancta fiat ad commune Ecclesiarum bonum virium conspiratio. Propterea de Episcoporum Conferentiis haec quae sequuntur statuit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Est Episcoporum Conferentia veluti coetus in quo sacrorum Antistites cuiusdam nationis vel territorii munus suum pastorale coniunctim exercent ad maius bonum, quod hominibus praebet Ecclesia, provehendum, praesertim per apostolatus formas et rationes occurrentibus aetatis adiunctis apte compositas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Omnes Ordinarii locorum cuiuscumque ritus, Vicariis Generalibus exceptis, Coadiutores, Auxiliares aliique Episcopi titulares peculiari munere vel ab Apostolica Sede vel ab Episcoporum Conferentiis demandato fungentes ad Episcoporum Conferentiam pertinent. Ceteri Episcopi titulares necnon, ob singulare quod obeunt in territorio officium, Legati Romani Pontificis non sunt de iure membra Conferentiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ordinariis locorum necnon Coadiutoribus competit suffragium deliberativum. Auxiliaribus aliisque Episcopis, quibus ius est Conferentiae interesse, suffragium deliberativum aut consultivum decernent statuta Conferentiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Quaelibet Conferentia Episcoporum sua conficiat statuta, ab Apostolica Sede recognoscenda, in quibus -praeter alia media- officia provideantur quae fini consequendo efficacius consulant, e. g. Consilium permanens Episcoporum, Commissiones Episcopales, Secretariatus Generalis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Decisiones Conferentiae Episcoporum, dummodo legitime et per duas saltem ex tribus partibus suffragiorum Praesulum, qui voto deliberativo fruentes ad Conferentiam pertinent, prolatae fuerint et ab Apostolica Sede recognitae, vim habeant iuridice obligandi in casibus dumtaxat in quibus aut ius commune id praescripserit aut peculiare Apostolicae Sedis mandatum, motu proprio aut ad petitionem ipsius Conferentiae datum, id statuerit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Ubi peculiaria adiuncta id postulent, Episcopi plurium nationum, Apostolica Sede approbante, unam poterunt Conferentiam constituere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Foveantur insuper relationes inter Conferentias Episcopales diversarum nationum ad maius bonum promovendum ac tuendum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Enixe commendatur ut Praesules Orientalium Ecclesiarum, in disciplina propriae Ecclesiae in Synodis promovenda et ad opera in bonum religionis efficacius fovenda, rationem etiam habeant boni communis totius territorii, ubi plures Ecclesiae diversorum rituum exstant, consiliis in conventibus interritualibus collatis, iuxta normas a competenti Auctoritate statuendas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Provinciarum ecclesiasticarum circumscriptio et regionum ecclesiasticarum erectio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Animarum bonum non dioecesium tantum sed provinciarum quoque ecclesiasticarum aptam expostulat circumscriptionem, immo et regionum ecclesiasticarum suadet erectionem, ita ut apostolatus necessitatibus iuxta socialia et localia adiuncta melius provideatur, atque faciliores fructuosioresque reddantur Episcoporum relationes sive inter se sive cum Metropolitis et cum ceteris eiusdem nationis Episcopis, necnon et Episcoporum cum civilibus Auctoritatibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Itaque, ad memoratos fines consequendos, Sacrosancta Synodus haec statuenda decernit:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Provinciarum ecclesiasticarum circumscriptiones opportune recognoscantur et iura ac privilegia Metropolitarum novis aptisque normis definiantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Pro regula habeatur ut omnes dioeceses aliaeque territoriales circumscriptiones quae iure dioecesibus aequiparantur alicui provinciae ecclesiasticae adscribantur. Proinde dioeceses quae nunc Apostolicae Sedi immediate sint subiectae quaeque nulli alii uniantur, aut in novam provinciam ecclesiasticam, si id fieri possit, sunt simul componendae aut illi provinciae aggregandae, quae vicinior seu opportunior sit, et iuri metropolitico Archiepiscopi sunt subiciendae ad normam iuris communis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Ubi utilitas id suadet, provinciae ecclesiasticae in regiones ecclesiasticas componantur, quarum ordinatio iure est statuenda."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Expedit ut competentes Episcoporum Conferentiae quaestionem de huiusmodi provinciarum circumscriptione aut regionum erectione examini subiciant, iuxta normas iam de dioecesium circumscriptione in nn. 23 et 24 statutas, et consilia ac vota sua Apostolicae Sedi proponant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Episcopi munere interdioecesano fungentes"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum necessitates pastorales magis magisque requirant ut quaedam pastoralia munia concorditer regantur et promoveantur, expedit ut in servitium omnium vel plurium dioecesium alicuius determinatae regionis aut nationis nonnulla constituantur officia, quae etiam Episcopis committi possunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Commendat autem Sancta Synodus ut inter Praelatos seu Episcopos, his muneribus perfungentes, et Episcopos dioecesanos atque Conferentias Episcopales fraterna semper vigeat communio et animorum in sollicitudine pastorali conspiratio, cuius rationes etiam iure communi definiantur oportet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum spirituali militum curae, ob peculiares eorumdem vitae condiciones, eximia debeatur sollicitudo, in unaquaque natione erigatur, pro viribus, Vicariatus Castrensis. Tum Vicarius tum cappellani in concordi cum Episcopis dioecesanis cooperatione huic difficili operi impense se devoveant.[37]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quare Episcopi dioecesani Vicario Castrensi concedant numero sufficienti sacerdotes huic gravi muneri aptos simulque faveant inceptis ad bonum spirituale militum provehendum.[38]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Mandatum generale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Decernit Sacrosancta Synodus, ut in recognoscendo Codice Iuris Canonici aptae definiantur leges, ad normam principiorum quae in hoc Decreto statuuntur, perpensis etiam animadversionibus quae vel a Commissionibus vel a Patribus Conciliaribus prolatae sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Decernit insuper Sancta Synodus ut Directoria generalia de cura animarum conficiantur in usum tum Episcoporum tum parochorum, ut certae ipsis praebeantur rationes ad proprium munus pastorale facilius aptiusque obeundum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conficiantur etiam tum speciale Directorium de cura pastorali peculiarium fidelium coetuum pro diversis singularum nationum vel regionum adiuntis, tum Directorium de catechetica populi christiani institutione, in quo agatur de fundamentalibus eiusdem institutionis principiis et ordinatione deque elaboratione librorum ad rem pertinentium. In iis vero Directoriis conficiendis ratio item habeatur animadversionum quae sive a Commissionibus sive a Patribus Conciliaribus exhibitae sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec omnia et singula quae in hoc Decreto edicta sunt, placuerunt Sacrosancti Concilii Patribus. Et Nos, Apostolica a Christo Nobis tradita potestate, illa, una cum Venerabilibus Patribus, in Spiritu Sancto approbamus, decernimus ac statuimus et quae ita synodaliter statuta sunt ad Dei gloriam promulgari iubemus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Romae, apud S. Petrum die XXVIII mensis octobris anno MCMLXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS Catholicae Ecclesiae Episcopus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EUGENIUS Episcopus Ostiensis ac Portuensis et S. Rufinae Cardinalis TISSERANT, Sacri Collegii Decanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus Albanensis Cardinalis PIZZARDO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENEDICTUS Episcopus Praenestinus Cardinalis Aloisi MASELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS Episcopus tit. Veliternus Cardinalis CENTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HAMLETUS IOANNES Episcopus tit. Tusculanus Cardinalis CICOGNANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus tit. Sabinensis et Mandelensis Cardinalis FERRETTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS GABRIEL Cardinalis TAPPOUNI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Syrorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAXIMUS IV Cardinalis SAIGH, Patriarcha Antiochenus Melkitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS PETRUS Cardinalis MEOUCHI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Maronitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS I Cardinalis SIDAROUSS, Patriarcha Alexandrinus Coptorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EMMANUEL titulo Ss. Marcellini et Petri Presbyter Cardinalis GONÇALVES CEREJEIRA, Patriarcha Lisbonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ACHILLES titulo S. Sixti Presbyter Cardinalis LIÉNART, Episcopus Insulensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IACOBUS ALOISIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Damaso Presbyter Cardinalis COPELLO, S. R. E. Cancellarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GREGORIUS PETRUS titulo S. Bartholomaei in Insula Presbyter Cardinalis AGAGIANIAN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego NORMANNUS THOMAS titulo Ss. Quattuor Coronatorum Presbyter Cardinalis GILROY, Archiepiscopus Sydneyensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Ioannis et Pauli Presbyter Cardinalis SPELLMAN, Archiepiscopus Neo-Eboracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo Ss. Bonifacii et Alexii Presbyter Cardinalis DE BARROS CÂMARA, Archiepiscopus S. Sebastiani Fluminis Ianuarii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis ante Portam Latinam Presbyter Cardinalis FRINGS, Archiepiscopus Coloniensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS titulo S. Sabinae Presbyter Cardinalis RUFFINI, Archiepiscopus Panormitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IULIUS titulo S. Mariae Scalaris Presbyter Cardinalis DÖPFNER, Archiepiscopus Monacensis et Frisingensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Andreae Apostoli de Hortis Presbyter Cardinalis MARELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUSTAVUS titulo S. Hieronymi Illyricorum Presbyter Cardinalis TESTA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Andreae de Valle Presbyter Cardinalis TRAGLIA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PETRUS TATSUO titulo S. Antonii Patavini de Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DOI, Archiepiscopus Tokiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis Baptistae Florentinorum Presbyter Cardinalis LEFEBVRE, Archiepiscopus Bituricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BERNARDUS titulo S. Ioachimi Presbyter Cardinalis ALFRINK, Archiepiscopus Ultraiectensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RUFINUS I. titulo S. Mariae ad Montes Presbyter Cardinalis SANTOS, Archiepiscopus Manilensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAUREANUS titulo S. Francisci Assisiensis ad Ripam Maiorem Presbyter Cardinalis RUGAMBWA, Episcopus Bukobaënsis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS tituli Ssmi Redemptoris et S. Alfonsi in Exquiliis Presbyter Cardinalis RITTER, Archiepiscopus S. Ludovici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS HUMBERTUS titulo Ss. Andreae et Gregorii ad Clivum Scauri Presbyter Cardinalis QUINTERO, Archiepiscopus Caracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Priscae Presbyter Cardinalis DA COSTA NUNES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego HILDEBRANDUS titulo S. Sebastiani ad Catacumbas Presbyter Cardinalis ANTONIUTTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego EPHRAEM titulo S. Crucis in Hierusalem Presbyter Cardinalis FORNI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Mariae de Aracoeli Presbyter Cardinalis LANDAZURI RICKETTS, Archiepiscopus Limanus, Primas Peruviae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RADULFUS titulo S. Bernardi ad Thermas Presbyter Cardinalis SILVA HENRIQUEZ, Archiepiscopus S. Iacobi in Chile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO IOSEPHUS titulo S. Petri ad Vincula Presbyter Cardinalis SUENENS, Archiepiscopus Mechliniensis-Bruxellensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANGELUS titulo Sacri Cordis Beatae Mariae Virginis ad forum Euclidis Presbyter Cardinalis HERRERA, Episcopus Malacitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALAPHRIDUS S. Mariae in Domnica Protodiaconus Cardinalis OTTAVIANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS S. Mariae in Cosmedin Diaconus Cardinalis ROBERTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ARCADIUS SS. Blasii et Caroli ad Catinarios Diaconus Cardinalis LARRAONA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS SS. Cosmae et Damiani Diaconus Cardinalis MORANO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUILLELMUS THEODORUS S. Theodori in Palatio Diaconus Cardinalis HEARD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego AUGUSTINUS S. Sabae Diaconus Cardinalis BEA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRATER MICHAEL S. Pauli Apostoli in Arenula Diaconus Cardinalis BROWNE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOACHIM ANSELMUS S. Apollinaris Diaconus Cardinalis ALBAREDA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRIDERICUS S. Ioannis Bosco in via Tusculana Diaconus Cardinalis CALLORI DI VIGNALE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS S. Michaëlis Archangeli Diaconus Cardinalis CARDIJN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS S. Mariae in Porticu Diaconus Cardinalis JOURNET."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALBERTUS GORI, Patriarcha Hierosolymitanus Latinorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS PETRUS XVI BATANIAN, Patriarcha Ciliciae Armenorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS VIEIRA ALVERNAZ, Patriarcha Indiarum Orientalium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES CAROLUS MCQUAID, Archiepiscopus Dublinensis, Primas Hiberniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS ROHRACHER, Archiepiscopus Salisburgensis, Primas Germaniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego DEMETRIUS MOSCATO, Archiepiscopus Primas Salernitanus et Administrator Perpetuus Acernensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUGO CAMOZZO, Archiepiscopus Pisanus et Primas Sardiniae et Corsicae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALEXANDER TOKI , Archiepiscopus Antibarensis, Primas Serbiae."
            }
          ]
        },
        "pt": {
          "code": "pt",
          "label": "Português",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_christus-dominus_po.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-140-vat-ii_decree_19651028_christus-dominus_po.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO CHRISTUS DOMINUS SOBRE O MÚNUS PASTORAL DOS BISPOS NA IGREJA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROÉMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Apóstolos, continuadores da missão de Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo Senhor, Filho de Deus vivo, que veio salvar o seu povo dos pecados (1) e santificar todos os homens, assim como Ele foi enviado pelo pai, assim também enviou os seus Apóstolos (2), a quem santificou, dando-lhes o Espírito Santo, para que também eles glorificassem o Pai na terra e salvassem os homens, «para a edificação do corpo de Cristo» (Ef. 4, 12), que é a Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A sucessão de Pedro e dos Apóstolos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nesta Igreja de Cristo, o Romano Pontífice, como sucessor de Pedro, a quem o mesmo Cristo mandou que apascentasse as suas ovelhas e os seus cordeiros, está revestido, por instituição divina, de poder supremo, pleno, imediato e universal, em ordem à cura das almas. Por isso, tendo sido enviado como pastor de todos os fiéis para promover o bem comum da Igreja universal e o de cada uma das igrejas particulares, ele tem a supremacia do poder ordinário sobre todas as igrejas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por outro lado, porém, também os Bispos, constituídos pelo Espírito Santo, sucedem aos Apóstolos como pastores das almas, (3) e, juntamente com o Sumo Pontífice e sob a sua autoridade, foram enviados a perpetuar a obra de Cristo, pastor eterno.(4) Na verdade, Cristo deu aos Apóstolos e aos seus sucessores o mandato e o poder de ensinar todas as gentes, de santificar os homens na verdade e de os apascentar. Por isso, foram os Bispos constituídos, pelo Espírito Santo que lhes foi dado, verdadeiros e autênticos mestres, pontífices e pastores (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O ministério colegial e individual dos Bispos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Bispos, participando da solicitude por todas as igrejas, exercem este seu ministério, recebido pela sagração episcopal, (6) em união com o Sumo Pontífice e sob a sua autoridade, naquilo que se refere ao magistério e ao governo pastoral: todos unidos num colégio ou corpo a favor de toda a Igreja de Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Individualmente, exercem-no para com a porção do rebanho do Senhor a cada um assinalada, quando cada um cuida da igreja particular que lhe fora confiada, ou quando vários reunidos provêem a certas necessidades comuns a diversas igrejas. Por isso, o sagrado Concílio, tendo em conta as condições da sociedade humana, que em nossos dias está evoluindo para uma ordem nova, (7) e desejando determinar mais em particular o múnus pastoral dos Bispos, estabelece tudo quanto segue."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I OS BISPOS E A IGREJA UNIVERSAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I — O PAPEL DOS BISPOS NA IGREJA UNIVERSAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exercício do poder do Colégio Episcopal"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Bispos, em virtude da sua consagração sacramental e pela comunhão hierárquica com a cabeça e os membros do colégio, são constituídos membros do corpo episcopal (1). «A ordem dos Bispos, porém, que sucede ao colégio dos Apóstolos no magistério e no governo pastoral, e, mais ainda, na qual o corpo apostólico se continua perpètuamente, é também, juntamente com o Romano Pontífice, sua cabeça, e nunca sem a cabeça, sujeito do supremo e pleno poder sobre toda a Igreja, poder este que não se pode exercer senão com o consentimento do Romano Pontífice» (2). Este poder «exerce-se solenemente no Concílio Ecuménico»(3): por isso, determina o sagrado Concílio que todos os Bispos, membros do colégio episcopal, têm direito a tomar parte nos Concílios Ecuménicos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«O mesmo poder colegial pode ser exercido, juntamente com o Papa, pelos Bispos espalhados pelo mundo, contanto que a cabeça do colégio os chame a uma acção colegial ou, pelo menos, aprove ou aceite livremente a acção conjunta dos Bispos dispersos, de forma que haja verdadeiro acto colegial» (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Sínodo episcopal"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alguns Bispos das diversas regiões do mundo, escolhidos do modo e processo que o Romano Pontífice estabeleceu ou vier a estabelecer, colaboram mais eficazmente com o pastor supremo da Igreja formando um Conselho que recebe o nome de Sínodo Episcopal s. Este Sínodo, agindo em nome de todo o Episcopado católico, mostra ao mesmo tempo que todos os Bispos em comunhão hierárquica participam da solicitude por toda a Igreja (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Solicitude dos Bispos pela Igreja universal"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Bispos, como legítimos sucessores dos Apóstolos e membros do colégio episcopal, considerem-se unidos sempre entre si e mostrem-se solícitos de todas as igrejas, pois cada um, por instituição divina e por exigência do múnus apostólico, é responsável por toda a Igreja, juntamente com os outros Bispos (7). Interessem-se particularmente por aquelas regiões em que não foi ainda anunciada a palavra de Deus ou em que, sobretudo por causa da escassez de sacerdotes, os fiéis correm perigo de se afastarem da prática dos mandamentos e até de perderem a fé."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Assim, procurem com todas as forças que as obras de evangelização e apostolado sejam sustentadas e promovidas com alacridade pelos fiéis. Esforcem-se também por preparar ministros sagrados aptos, e auxiliares, tanto religiosos como leigos, para as missões e territórios que não têm clero. Cuidem igualmente, quanto for possível, que alguns dos seus sacerdotes vão para essas missões ou dioceses, para exercer aí o ministério sagrado definitivamente ou, pelo menos, durante algum tempo. Lembrem-se, além disso, os Bispos que, no uso dos bens eclesiásticos, devem ter em conta as necessidades não só das próprias dioceses mas também das outras igrejas particulares, que fazem parte da única Igreja de Cristo. Apliquem-se, finalmente, a aliviar, na medida do possível, as calamidades que afligem outras dioceses ou regiões."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caridade eficaz para com os Bispos perseguidos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Abracem com espírito fraternal e prestem ajuda sincera e eficaz sobretudo àqueles Bispos que, pelo nome de Cristo, são caluniados e perseguidos, se encontram encarcerados ou se vêem impedidos de exercer o seu ministério, para que as dores que eles sofrem, sejam aliviadas e suavizadas com a oração e a ajuda dos seus irmãos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II — OS BISPOS E A SÉ APOSTÓLICA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poder dos Bispos na sua própria diocese"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Aos Bispos, como sucessores dos Apóstolos, compete de direito, na diocese a cada um confiada, todo o poder ordinário, próprio e imediato, que é necessário para o exercício do seu cargo pastoral, salvaguardado sempre em tudo o poder que, em razão do seu múnus, o Romano Pontífice tem de reservar causas a si ou a outra autoridade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) A cada um dos Bispos diocesanos é dada a faculdade de, em casos particulares, dispensar da lei geral da Igreja os fiéis sobre quem exercem autoridade segundo o direito, todas as vezes que a dispensa pareça útil para bem espiritual dos mesmos, a não ser que a suprema autoridade da Igreja tenha estabelecido alguma reserva."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dicastérios da Cúria Romana; sua missão e renovação"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No exercício do poder supremo, pleno e imediato sobre a Igreja universal, o Romano Pontífice serve-se dos Dicastérios da Cúria romana, que, por isso, trabalham em seu nome e com a sua autoridade, para bem das igrejas e em serviço dos sagrados pastores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Desejam, todavia, os Padres do sagrado Concílio que estes Dicastérios, que prestaram, sem dúvida, precioso auxílio ao Romano Pontífice e aos pastores da Igreja, sejam reorganizados, segundo as necessidades dos tempos, das regiões e dos ritos, sobretudo quanto ao número, nome, competência e modo de proceder de cada um, bem como no que respeita à coordenação recíproca dos trabalhos. (8) Desejam também que, tendo em conta o múnus pastoral próprio dos Bispos, se determinem mais claramente as atribuições dos Núncios pontíficios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dicastérios da Cúria Romana: sua composição"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, tendo sido criados estes Dicastérios para bem da Igreja universal, deseja-se que os seus membros, oficiais e consultores, e do mesmo modo os Núncios do Romano Pontífice, provenham mais, quanto for possível, das diversas regiões -da Igreja, de maneira que os serviços ou órgãos centrais da Igreja católica tenham carácter verdadeiramente universal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fazem-se igualmente votos por que, entre os membros dos Dicastérios, se contem também alguns Bispos, sobretudo diocesanos, que possam manifestar mais plenamente ao Sumo Pontífice a mentalidade, os anseios e as necessidades de todas as igrejas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por último, os Padres conciliares julgam muito útil que estes Dicastérios ouçam mais os leigos que se distinguem pela virtude, ciência e experiência, para que também estes influam, quanto convém, nas coisas da Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO II OS BISPOS E AS IGREJAS PARTICULARES OU DIOCESES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1-OS BISPOS DIOCESANOS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Noção de diocese e ofício do Bispo na diocese"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diocese é a porção do Povo de Deus, que se confia a um Bispo para que a apascente com a colaboração do presbitério, de tal modo que, unida ao seu pastor e reunida por ele no Espírito Santo por meio do Evangelho e da Eucaristia, constitui uma Igreja particular, na qual está e opera a Igreja de Cristo, una, santa, católica e apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cada Bispo, a quem é confiada uma igreja particular, apascenta em nome do Senhor as suas ovelhas, sob a autoridade do Sumo Pontífice, como próprio, ordinário e imediato pastor, exercendo em favor das mesmas o múnus de ensinar, santificar e governar. Deve, porém, reconhecer os direitos que legitimamente competem quer aos Patriarcas quer a outras autoridades hierárquicas (1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apliquem-se os Bispos ao seu múnus apostólico como testemunhas de Cristo diante de todos os homens, interessando-se não só por aqueles que já seguem o Príncipe dos pastores, mas consagrando-se com toda a alma àqueles que de algum modo se transviaram do caminho da verdade ou ignoram o Evangelho e a misericórdia salvadora de Cristo, até conseguirem que todos caminhem «em toda a bondade, justiça e verdade» (Ef. 5, 9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dever de ensinar do Bispo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No exercício do seu múnus de ensinar, anunciem o Evangelho de Cristo aos homens, que é um dos principais deveres dos Bispos, (2) chamando-os à fé com a fortaleza do Espírito ou confirmando-os na fé viva. Proponham-lhes na sua integridade o mistério de Cristo, isto é, aquelas verdades que não se podem ignorar sem ignorar o mesmo Cristo. E ensinem-lhes o caminho que Deus revelou para ser glorificado pelos homens e estes conseguirem a bem-aventurança eterna (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mostrem, além disso, que as coisas terrestres e as instituições humanas no plano de Deus Criador se ordenam também para a salvação dos homens e podem, por conseguinte, contribuir não pouco para a edificação do Corpo de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ensinem, por isso, quanto, segundo a doutrina da Igreja, valem a pessoa humana, com a sua liberdade e a própria vida corpórea; a família e a sua unidade e estabilidade, a procriação e a educação dos filhos; a sociedade civil, com as suas leis e profissões; o trabalho e o descanso, as artes e a técnica; a pobreza e a riqueza. Exponham, por fim, os princípios com que se hão-de resolver os problemas gravíssimos da posse, do aumento e da justa distribuição dos bens materiais, da paz e da guerra, e da convivência fraterna de todos os povos (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Métodos de ensinar"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Expliquem a doutrina cristã com métodos apropriados às necessidades dos tempos, isto é, que respondam às dificuldades e problemas que mais preocupam e angustiam os homens; protejam também esta doutrina, ensinando os fiéis a defendê-la e a propagá-la. No modo de a ensinar, mostrem a solicitude maternal da Igreja para com todos os homens, quer fiéis quer infiéis, e tenham especial cuidado dos pobres e dos fracos, a quem o Senhor os mandou evangelizar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sendo dever da Igreja entrar em diálogo com a sociedade humana, no meio da qual vive (5), cabe primeiramente aos Bispos ir ter com os homens e provocar e fomentar o diálogo com eles. Mas, para que se alie sempre a verdade com a caridade, e a compreensão com o amor, convém que estes diálogos de salvação se imponham não só pela clareza da linguagem e pela humildade e mansidão, mas também pela devida prudência, aliada, porém, à confiança, porque esta, fomentando a amizade, une por sua natureza os espíritos (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para anunciar a doutrina cristã, esforcem-se por utilizar os vários meios de que dispomos actualmente: primeiramente, a pregação e a formação catequética, que sempre conservam o primeiro lugar; mas também a exposição da doutrina nas escolas e centros culturais, por meio de conferências e em reuniões de todo o género, feitas por ocasião de certos acontecimentos, por meio da imprensa e dos vários instrumentos de comunicação social, dos quais é necessário usar para anunciar o Evangelho de Cristo (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instrução catequética"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vigiem que a instrução catequética, que se orienta a fazer com que a fé, ilustrada pela doutrina, se torne viva, explícita e operosa nos homens, seja cuidadosamente ministrada quer às crianças e aos adolescentes, quer aos jovens, quer até aos adultos: procurem que esta instrução seja dada segundo a ordem e o método que mais convêm não só à matéria de que se trata mas também à índole, capacidade, idade e condições de vida dos ouvintes, e que se baseie na Sagrada Escritura, na Tradição, na Liturgia, no magistério e na vida da Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Procurem, além disso, que os catequistas se preparem devidamente, adquirindo perfeito conhecimento da doutrina da Igreja e aprendendo teórica e pràticamente as leis psicológicas e as ciências pedagógicas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esforcem-se também por estabelecer ou organizar melhor a formação dos catecúmenos adultos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dever de santificar do Bispo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No exercício do seu múnus de santificar, lembrem-se os Bispos que foram escolhidos dentre os homens e constituídos a favor dos homens nas coisas que se referem a Deus, para oferecerem dons e sacrifícios pelos pecados. Na verdade, os Bispos têm a plenitude do sacramento da Ordem, e deles dependem, no exercício do seu poder, quer os presbíteros — que são consagrados verdadeiros sacerdotes do Novo Testamento para serem cooperadores providentes da ordem episcopal — quer os diáconos, ordenados para servir o Povo de Deus em união com o Bispo e com o seu presbitério; os Bispos são, portanto, os principais dispensadores dos mistérios de Deus, como também ordenadores, promotores e guardas da vida litúrgica na igreja a si confiada (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Não se poupem, por isso, a esforços para que os fiéis, por meio da Eucaristia, conheçam e vivam cada vez mais perfeitamente o mistério pascal, de modo a formarem um corpo bem compacto na unidade da caridade de Cristo; (9) «insistindo na oração e no ministério da palavra» (Act. 6, 4) esforcem-se por que todos aqueles que estão entregues aos seus cuidados sejam unânimes na oração (10), e, por meio da recepção dos sacramentos, cresçam na graça e sejam testemunhas fiéis do Senhor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como santificadores, procurem os Bispos promover a santidade dos seus clérigos, dos religiosos e dos leigos, segundo a vocação de cada um (11), lembrando-se da obrigação que têm de dar exemplo de santidade pela caridade, humildade e simplicidade de vida. Santifiquem de tal modo as igrejas que lhes estão confiadas, que nelas brilhe plenamente o modo de sentir de toda a Igreja de Cristo. Por isso, promovam o mais possível as vocações sacerdotais e religiosas, e de modo particular as missionárias."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dever de reger e apascentar do Bispo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No exercício do seu múnus de pais e pastores, comportem-se os Bispos no meio dos seus como quem serve (12), como bons pastores que conhecem as suas ovelhas e por elas são conhecidos como verdadeiros pais que se distinguem pelo espírito de amor e de solicitude para com todos, de modo que todos se submetam fàcilmente à sua autoridade recebida de Deus. Reunam à sua volta a família inteira da sua grei e formem-na de tal modo que todos, conscientes dos seus deveres, vivam e operem em comunhão de caridade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para conseguirem este objectivo, os Bispos, «preparados para toda a obra boa» (2 Tim. 2,21) e «suportando tudo por amor dos eleitos» (2 Tim. 2,10), orientem a sua vida de maneira que ela corresponda às necessidades dos tempos"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Abracem sempre com especial caridade os sacerdotes, que compartilham das suas funções e solicitude, e tão zelosamente satisfazem esses deveres com o trabalho de cada dia, considerando-os como filhos e amigos (13), e, portanto, mostrando-se prontos a ouvi-los e tratando-os com confiança, procurem dar nova vida a toda a actividade pastoral da diocese inteira."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Preocupem-se com as condições espirituais, intelectuais e materiais dos mesmos, para que possam viver santa e piamente, e exercer com fidelidade e fruto o seu ministério. Com este fim, favoreçam as instituições e organizem reuniões espirituais, a que os sacerdotes acorram algumas vezes quer para fazer exercícios espirituais mais longos em ordem à renovação da vida, quer para se aperfeiçoarem nas ciências eclesiásticas, sobretudo na Sagrada Escritura e na teologia, nas questões sociais mais importantes, bem como nos novos métodos de acção pastoral. Tenham uma compaixão prática pelos sacerdotes que se encontram nalgum perigo ou faltaram já a alguns dos seus deveres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para poderem atender melhor ao bem dos fiéis, segundo a condição de cada um, procurem conhecer-lhes bem as necessidades, dentro das circunstâncias sociais em que vivem, recorrendo aos meios convenientes, sobretudo à investigação social. Mostrem interesse por todos, de qualquer idade, condição ou nacionalidade que sejam, quer pelos naturais da terra, quer pelos adventícios e peregrinos. No exercício desta solicitude pastoral, respeitem a parte que pertence aos seus fiéis em matéria eclesiástica, reconhecendo-lhes também a obrigação e o direito de colaborar activamente na edificação do Corpo místico de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estendam o seu amor aos irmãos separados, recomendando também aos fiéis que os tratem com grande delicadeza e caridade, e favorecendo o ecumenismo, como o entende a Igreja (14). Estimem igualmente os não baptizados, para que também a eles se revele a caridade de Jesus Cristo, de quem os Bispos são testemunhas diante de todos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formas especiais de apostolado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Favoreçam-se as várias formas de apostolado e, em toda a diocese e em cada uma das suas partes, a coordenação e a união de todas as obras apostólicas sob a direcção do Bispo, de maneira que todas as iniciativas e instituições de carácter catequético, missionário, caritativo, social, familiar e escolar, e qualquer outro trabalho com finalidade pastoral, tenham um desenvolvimento harmónico, o que ao mesmo tempo fará sobressair mais a unidade da diocese."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inculque-se com insistência a obrigação que todos os fiéis têm de exercer o apostolado, segundo a própria condição e capacidade; e recomende-se-lhes que dêem o seu nome e apoio às várias obras de apostolado dos leigos, sobretudo à Acção Católica. Promovam-se também e favoreçam-se as associações que têm em vista, directa ou indirectamente, um fim sobrenatural, isto é, a consecução de vida mais perfeita, a propagação do Evangelho de Cristo, a difusão da doutrina cristã, o incremento do culto público, a resolução de problemas sociais, ou ainda o exercício de obras de piedade ou caridade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os métodos de apostolado adaptem-se perfeitamente às necessidades actuais, tendo em vista as novas condições, não só espirituais e morais, mas também sociais, demográficas e económicas. Para se conseguir essa adaptação com eficácia e fruto, serão muito úteis os inquéritos sociais e religiosos, realizados por centros de sociologia pastoral que muito se recomendam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Solicitudes pastorais especiais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Atenda-se com especial solicitude àqueles fiéis que, pelas suas condições de vida, não podem beneficiar suficientemente do ministério pastoral ordinário dos párocos, ou se vêem dele completamente privados, como é o caso de muitíssimos emigrantes, exilados e refugiados, marinheiros e aviadores, nómadas, etc. Promovam-se métodos convenientes de assistência espiritual àqueles que se deslocam temporàriamente a outros lugares para passarem as férias."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As Conferências episcopais, sobretudo as nacionais, examinem atentamente os problemas mais urgentes relativos às sobreditas categorias de pessoas, e de comum acordo e em união de esforços, com meios e instituições adequadas, procurem favorecer a assistência religiosa das mesmas, tendo presentes as normas estabelecidas (15) ou a estabelecer pela Sé Apostólica, adaptadas às condições de tempos, lugares e pessoas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liberdade dos Bispos e suas relações com a autoridade civil"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No exercício do seu ministério apostólico, ordenado à salvação das almas, os Bispos têm de direito liberdade plena e perfeita, e independência de qualquer poder civil. Por isso, não é lícito impedir-lhes directa ou indirectamente o exercício do seu múnus eclesiástico nem proibir-lhes de comunicarem livremente com a Sé Apostólica, com as outras autoridades eclesiásticas e com os seus súbditos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sem dúvida, os sagrados pastores, quando atendem ao bem espiritual dos seus rebanhos, favorecem ao mesmo tempo o progresso social e civil, e fomentam a prosperidade, colaborando eficazmente para tal fim com as autoridades públicas — em virtude do seu ofício, e como convém a Bispos — e recomendando a obediência às leis justas e o respeito às autoridades legitimamente constituídas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liberdade na nomeação dos Bispos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tendo sido instituído por Cristo Senhor o múnus apostólico dos Bispos, e visando ele a uma finalidade espiritual e sobrenatural, o sagrado Concílio Ecuménico declara que o direito de nomear e criar os Bispos é próprio, peculiar e, por sua natureza, exclusivo da competente autoridade eclesiástica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, para defender devidamente a liberdade da Igreja e promover mais eficaz e prontamente o bem dos fiéis, o sagrado Concílio deseja que, de futuro, não se continuem a conceder às autoridades civis quaisquer direitos ou privilégios de eleição, nomeação, apresentação ou designação para o episcopado. As autoridades civis, porém, cuja deferência para com a Igreja o sagrado Concílio reconhece e aprecia com gratidão, pede-se com todo o respeito que, de acordo com a Sé Apostólica, renunciem espontâneamente aos sobreditos direitos ou privilégios de que gozem actualmente em virtude de concordata ou costume."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Renúncia do ministério Episcopal"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sendo o múnus pastoral dos Bispos de tanta importância e responsabilidade, pede-se instantemente aos Bispos diocesanos e aos outros a eles equiparados pelo direito que, vendo-se menos aptos para exercer o seu ministério por motivo de idade avançada ou por outra causa grave, apresentem a renúncia do seu cargo, ou espontâneamente ou a convite da autoridade competente. Por sua parte, esta autoridade competente, se a aceitar, providenciará para que não lhes falte a justa sustentação e lhes sejam reconhecidos peculiares direitos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II — OS LIMITES DAS DIOCESES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Necessidade de rever as circunscrições das dioceses"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para se conseguir a finalidade própria da diocese, é preciso que a natureza da Igreja se manifeste claramente no Povo de Deus que pertence à diocese; que os Bispos possam cumprir eficazmente nelas. os próprios deveres pastorais; e que, finalmente, se atenda, o mais perfeitamente possível, à salvação do Povo de Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Isto exige quer a conveniente delimitação territorial das dioceses, quer uma distribuição dos clérigos e dos recursos racional e correspondente às exigências do apostolado. Tudo isto reverte em benefício não só dos clérigos e dos fiéis directamente interessados mas também de toda a Igreja católica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Portanto, em matéria de limites das dioceses, o sagrado Concílio dispõe que, na medida em que o bem das almas o exigir, quanto antes se realize com prudência a conveniente revisão, dividindo ou desmembrando ou unindo dioceses, alterando limites ou transferindo para locais mais convenientes as sedes episcopais, ou, por fim, sobretudo quando se tratar de dioceses que compreendem grandes cidades, dando-lhes nova organização interna."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Normas gerais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na revisão dos limites das dioceses, salvaguarde-se, primeiro que tudo, a unidade orgânica de cada diocese quanto a pessoas, cargos e instituições, à semelhança dum corpo vivo. Em cada caso, depois de examinadas atentamente todas as circunstâncias, tenham-se presentes os critérios gerais seguintes:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Ao determinar os limites da diocese, atenda-se, quanto possível, à variedade da composição do Povo de Deus, o que muito pode concorrer para o melhor exercício da acção pastoral. Ao mesmo tempo, faça-se o possível por que os agrupamentos demográficos, com os organismos civis e as instituições sociais que constituem a sua estrutura orgânica, se conservem unidos quanto for possível. Por isso, o território de cada diocese deve apresentar-se contínuo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se o caso o permitir, atenda-se aos limites das circunscrições civis, e também às circunstâncias particulares de pessoas e lugares: psicológicas, económicas, geográficas, históricas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Geralmente, a extensão do território diocesano e o número dos seus habitantes sejam tais que, por um lado, o Bispo, embora ajudado por outros, possa exercer os seus deveres pontificais, fazer convenientemente as visitas pastorais, dirigir e coordenar todas as obras de apostolado, e, sobretudo, conhecer os seus sacerdotes e também os religiosos e os leigos que participam de algum modo nas actividades diocesanas; e, por outro lado, haja campo suficiente e capaz, no qual tanto o Bispo como os sacerdotes possam aplicar ùtilmente todas as suas forças no ministério, sem esquecer as necessidades da Igreja inteira."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Por último, para que na diocese se possa atender melhor ao ministério da salvação, tenha-se como regra que em cada diocese há-de haver clérigos, pelo menos suficientes em número e preparação, que se dediquem a cultivar devidamente o Povo de Deus; não faltem os serviços, instituições e obras que são próprios duma igreja particular e que se reconhecem necessários para o bom governo e apostolado; deve haver, finalmente, para a sustentação das pessoas e das instituições diocesanas, os meios necessários certos ou pelo menos a previsão prudente de que eles não hão-de faltar vindos doutras fontes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Também para este fim, onde há fiéis de rito diverso, proveja o Bispo diocesano às necessidades particulares deles, por meio de sacerdotes ou paróquias do mesmo rito, ou por meio dum Vigário episcopal munido das convenientes faculdades e, se for necessário, revestido de carácter episcopal - ou desempenhando o Bispo diocesano por si mesmo o múnus de Ordinário de ritos diversos. Mas, se nada disto, a juízo da Sé Apostólica, se puder realizar por motivos especiais, constitua-se então uma hierarquia própria para cada rito (16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em circunstâncias análogas, proveja-se à necessidade dos fiéis de língua diversa por meio de sacerdotes ou paróquias dessa língua, ou por meio dum Vigário episcopal que a conheça perfeitamente e possua, se necessário, o carácter episcopal, ou ainda doutro modo mais conveniente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consultas das Conferências episcopais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Antes de, segundo os números 22 e 23, se proceder a mudanças ou inovações nas dioceses, é recomendável que, salvaguardada a disciplina das Igrejas orientais, estes assuntos sejam examinados pelas Conferências episcopais competentes, cada uma em seu território; e recorra-se mesmo, se parecer conveniente, a uma Comissão especial constituída pelos Bispos das províncias ou das regiões interessadas no caso. Em seguida, comuniquem os pareceres e votos à Sé Apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III - COOPERADORES DO BISPO DIOCESANO NO MÚNUS PASTORAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bispos Coadjutores e Auxiliares"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Normas para a sua constituição"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No governo das dioceses, proveja-se de tal modo ao múnus pastoral dos Bispos que o bem do rebanho do Senhor seja sempre a regra suprema. Este bem, para ser devidamente atingido, exigirá não raro que se constituam Bispos Auxiliares, em virtude de o Bispo diocesano — pela excessiva extensão da diocese, pelo exagerado número de habitantes, por condições especiais do apostolado ou por outras causas várias — não poder cumprir por si mesmo todas as obrigações episcopais, segundo as exigências do bem das almas. As vezes, é uma necessidade especial que exige se dê ao Bispo diocesano um Bispo Coadjutor para o ajudar. Estes Bispos Coadjutores e Auxiliares devem receber as convenientes faculdades, para que, salvas sempre a unidade do governo diocesano e a autoridade do Bispo diocesano, a acção deles seja mais eficaz e a dignidade episcopal melhor se assegure."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ora, os Bispos Coadjutores e Auxiliares, uma vez que são chamados a participar da solicitude do Bispo diocesano, devem cumprir a sua missão de maneira que em tudo procedam de perfeita harmonia com ele. Mostrem também constante reverência e respeito ao Bispo diocesano, e este, por sua vez, ame fraternalmente e estime os Bispos Coadjutores e Auxiliares."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Suas faculdades"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quando o bem das almas o requerer, não tenha dificuldade o Bispo diocesano em pedir à autoridade competente um ou vários Auxiliares que são dados à diocese sem direito de sucessão."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se o documento de nomeação nada disser, o Bispo diocesano faça o seu Auxiliar Vigário Geral ou, se forem vários, Vigários Gerais ou, pelo menos, Vigários episcopais, só dependentes da sua autoridade. E queira consultá-los sobre os problemas de maior importância, principalmente de carácter pastoral."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A não ser que outra coisa seja determinada pela autoridade competente, os poderes e faculdades que por direito têm os Bispos Auxiliares, não expiram com a cessação no cargo do Bispo diocesano. E mesmo desejável que ao vagar a Sé, não havendo razões graves que aconselhem o contrário, o encargo de governar a diocese seja confiado ao Bispo Auxiliar, ou a um dos Auxiliares, se há vários."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Bispo Coadjutor, isto é, aquele que é nomeado com direito de sucessão, sempre há-de ser constituído Vigário Geral pelo Bispo diocesano. Em casos particulares, poderá a autoridade competente conceder-lhe faculdades mais amplas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para o maior bem presente e futuro da diocese, o Bispo coadjuvado e o Bispo Coadjutor não deixem de se consultar mùtuamente, nas questões de maior importância."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cúria e conselhos diocesanos"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Organização da cúria e dos conselhos diocesanos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O cargo principal da Cúria diocesana é o de Vigário Geral. Mas, sempre que o exija o bom governo da diocese, pode o Bispo nomear um ou vários Vigários episcopais, que, por direito, gozam do poder atribuído pelo direito comum ao Vigário Geral sobre uma determinada parte da diocese ou sobre um determinado género de assuntos ou sobre os fiéis dum determinado rito."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre os cooperadores do Bispo no governo da diocese, contam-se também os presbíteros que formam o seu senado ou conselho, como são os. membros do Cabido catedral, o grupo dos consultores ou outros conselhos, segundo as circunstâncias e a índole dos diversos lugares. Estas instituições, sobretudo os Cabidos catedrais, hão-de reorganizar-se, quanto for necessário, para que se acomodem às necessidades actuais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os sacerdotes e os leigos, que pertencem à Cúria diocesana, lembrem-se de que prestam auxílio ao ministério pastoral do Bispo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Organize-se a Cúria diocesana de modo que seja instrumento apto nas mãos do Bispo, não só para administrar a diocese mas também para fomentar as obras de apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É muito para desejar que se estabeleça em cada diocese um Conselho pastoral, a que presida o Bispo diocesano e do qual façam parte clérigos, religiosos e leigos bem escolhidos. Terá, como missão, investigar e apreciar tudo o que diz respeito às actividades pastorais e formular conclusões práticas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Clero diocesano"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacerdotes diocesanos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos os presbíteros, quer diocesanos quer religiosos, participam e exercem com o Bispo o sacerdócio único de Cristo; estão, pois, constituídos cooperadores providentes da ordem episcopal. Mas, na cura de almas, os primeiros são os sacerdotes diocesanos, porque eles, estando incardinados ou aplicados a uma igreja particular, consagram-se inteiramente ao serviço dela, a fim de pastorearem uma parte do rebanho do Senhor; constituem, por isso, um só presbitério e uma só família, de que o Bispo é o pai. Este, para poder distribuir com mais acerto e equidade os ministérios sagrados entre os seus sacerdotes, deve ter a liberdade necessária para conferir os ofícios e benefícios, ficando suprimidos os direitos ou privilégios que de algum modo coarctem essa liberdade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As relações entre os Bispos e os sacerdotes diocesanos hão-de fundar-se sobretudo nos vínculos de caridade sobrenatural, de maneira que a unidade de vontade entre os sacerdotes e o Bispo torne mais fecunda a actividade pastoral de todos. Por isso, a fim de se promover mais e mais o serviço das almas, não deixe o Bispo de chamar os sacerdotes para conversar com eles, mesmo com vários juntos, sobre assuntos pastorais; isto, não só ocasionalmente mas mesmo em tempos determinados, quanto for possível."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, mantenham-se unidos entre si todos os sacerdotes diocesanos, e sintam-se corresponsáveis pelo bem espiritual de toda a diocese; e lembrando-se que os bens materiais, adquiridos no exercício do ofício eclesiástico, estão intimamente ligados ao múnus sagrado, socorram generosamente as necessidades materiais da diocese, segundo as indicações do Bispo e as próprias disponibilidades."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacerdotes dedicados a obras supra-paroquiais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Muito próximos cooperadores do Bispo são também aqueles sacerdotes, a quem ele confia um cargo pastoral ou obras de apostolado de natureza supra-paroquial, seja num território determinado da diocese ou com grupos especiais de fiéis, seja ainda para o exercício duma forma particular de actividade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prestam igualmente colaboração preciosa aqueles sacerdotes, a quem o Bispo confia diversos cargos de apostolado quer nas escolas quer noutros institutos ou associações. Também os sacerdotes, dedicados a obras supra-diocesanas, uma vez que realizam excelente trabalho de apostolado, são dignos de particular consideração, sobretudo por parte do Bispo em cuja diocese vivem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Párocos e seus cooperadores"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os principais colaboradores do Bispo são, todavia, os párocos, a quem, como pastores próprios, é confiada, sob a autoridade do Bispo, a cura de almas numa parte determinada da diocese."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) No desempenho desta cura de almas, os párocos, com os seus coadjutores, exerçam de tal maneira o seu ministério de ensinar, santificar e governar, que os fiéis e as comunidades paroquiais se sintam de facto membros tanto da diocese como do todo que forma a Igreja universal. Colaborem, portanto, com outros párocos e com outros sacerdotes que ou exercem o múnus pastoral no território (como são, por exemplo, os vigários forâneos, os arciprestes) ou estão dedicados a obras de carácter supra-paroquial, para que na diocese não falte unidade ao ministério pastoral e este se torne até mais eficaz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, seja a cura de almas sempre penetrada de espírito missionário para abranger, como deve, todos os que vivem na paróquia. Mas, se os párocos não puderem atingir por si mesmos alguns grupos, recorram a outras pessoas, mesmo a leigos, que os auxiliem no apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que aumente a eficácia desta cura de almas, recomenda-se insistentemente a vida comum dos sacerdotes, sobretudo da mesma paróquia: ao mesmo tempo que facilita a actividade apostólica, dá aos fiéis o exemplo de caridade e união."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) No desempenho do múnus de ensinar, os párocos devem: pregar a palavra de Deus a todos os fiéis, para que estes, fundados na fé, na esperança e na caridade, cresçam em Cristo, e a comunidade cristã dê aquele testemunho de caridade que o Senhor recomendou (17); e, do mesmo modo, comunicar aos fiéis, pela instrução catequética, o conhecimento pleno do mistério da salvação, adaptado à idade de cada um. Para darem esta instrução, procurem não só o auxílio de religiosos mas igualmente a cooperação de leigos, erigindo a Confraria da Doutrina cristã."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para levarem, a cabo o trabalho de santificação, procurem os párocos que a celebração do sacrifício eucarístico seja o centro e o ponto culminante de toda a vida da comunidade cristã; e esforcem-se também por que os fiéis se alimentem no espírito, recebendo com devoção e frequência os sacramentos e tomando parte consciente e activa na Liturgia. Lembrem-se também os párocos que o sacramento da Penitência contribui muitíssimo para fomentar a vida cristã; mostrem, por isso, facilidade em ouvir confissões, chamando até, sendo necessário, outros sacerdotes que saibam diversas línguas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No cumprimento do dever pastoral, esforcem-se primeiramente os párocos por conhecer o próprio rebanho. E, como estão ao serviço de todas as ovelhas, promovam o progresso da vida cristã quer nos indivíduos, quer nas famílias, quer nas associações sobretudo de apostolado, quer ainda em toda a comunidade paroquial. Visitem, portanto, as casas e as escolas, segundo as exigências do múnus pastoral; atendam diligentemente à adolescência e juventude; amem paternalmente os pobres e os doentes; por fim, tenham especial cuidado dos operários e estimulem os fiéis a que auxiliem as obras de apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Os vigários paroquiais, sendo cooperadores do pároco, prestam diàriamente auxílio precioso e prático ao ministério pastoral exercido sob a autoridade do pároco. Haja, pois, entre este e os seus vigários, relações fraternais, caridade e reverência recíproca. Ajudem-se mùtuamente com conselhos, auxílios e exemplo. E realizem o trabalho paroquial com unidade de vontades e concordância de esforços."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nomeação, mudança e renúncia dos párocos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para ajuizar da idoneidade dum sacerdote para dirigir urna paróquia, tenha o Bispo em conta não só a ciência mas também a piedade, o zelo apostólico, e os outros dotes e qualidades que a boa cura de almas exige."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, uma vez que o ministério paroquial está todo em função do bem das almas, para que o Bispo proceda mais fácil e acertadamente à provisão das paróquias, suprimam-se, salvo o direito dos religiosos, quaisquer direitos de apresentação, nomeação e reserva, e, onde ela existia, a lei do concurso quer geral quer particular."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os párocos tenham nas suas paróquias a estabilidade que pede o bem das almas. Portanto, suprimida a distinção entre párocos amovíveis e inamovíveis, reveja-se e simplifique-se o modo de proceder na transferência e remoção dos párocos, para que o Bispo, observando a equidade natural e canónica, possa prover melhor às exigências do bem das almas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por outro lado, aos párocos que, em virtude da idade avançada ou por outras causas graves, já não podem desempenhar com perfeição e fruto os próprios deveres, pede-se instantemente que renunciem ao cargo espontâneamente ou a convite do Bispo. E este proveja para que não falte aos renunciantes o sustento conveniente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Erecção e modificações das paróquias"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por fim, seja a salvação das almas motivo para estabelecerem ou reverem erecções ou supressões de paróquias, ou quaisquer outras alterações que o Bispo poderá realizar por autoridade própria."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os religiosos"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os religiosos e as obras de apostolado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A todos os religiosos — aos quais em tudo quanto segue são equiparados os membros dos outros Institutos que professam os conselhos evangélicos — incumbe, segundo a vocação particular de cada Instituto, o dever de trabalharem com todo o empenho e diligência na edificação e crescimento de todo o Corpo Místico de Cristo e no bem das igrejas particulares."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devem atingir estes objectivos, primeiro com a oração, as obras de penitência e o exemplo de vida. Este sagrado Concílio exorta-os insistentemente a progredirem sempre na estima e consecução prática dos objectivos indicados. Mas devem, ao mesmo tempo, participar, cada vez com maior prontidão, segundo a índole de cada Instituto, nas obras exteriores de apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os religiosos cooperadores do Bispo no apostolado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os religiosos sacerdotes, que são consagrados presbíteros para serem cooperadores activos da ordem episcopal, podem prestar maior auxílio aos Bispos, hoje que são maiores as necessidades das almas. Deve, pois, dizer-se que pertencem verdadeiramente ao clero da diocese, uma vez que têm parte na cura de almas e no exercício das obras de apostolado sob a autoridade dos sagrados pastores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E os outros religiosos, quer homens quer mulheres, que pertencem também de modo especial à família diocesana, prestam grande auxílio à sagrada hierarquia, e podem e devem aumentá-lo cada dia, à medida que as necessidades do apostolado vão crescendo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Normas concretas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que as obras de apostolado em cada diocese se desenvolvam em concórdia e se mantenha a unidade na disciplina diocesana, estabelecem-se os princípios fundamentais seguintes:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Todos os religiosos, considerando os Bispos como sucessores dos Apóstolos, mostrem-lhes sempre respeito e reverência. Além disso, sempre que são encarregados legitimamente de obras de apostolado, devem cumprir essas missões de modo que sejam auxiliares subordinados aos Bispos (18). Mais: os religiosos anuam pronta e fielmente aos pedidos e desejos dos Bispos para assumirem maiores responsabilidades no ministério da salvação dos homens, respeitando-se, porém, a índole e as constituições de cada Instituto. Mas estas últimas, se for necessário, acomodem-se a este objectivo, segundo os princípios deste Decreto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sobretudo por causa das necessidades urgentes das almas e da escassez de clero diocesano, os Institutos religiosos não dedicados ùnicamente à vida contemplativa, podem ser chamados pelos Bispos para colaborar nos diversos ministérios pastorais, atendendo-se, contudo, à índole de cada um. E os Superiores religiosos favoreçam, quanto puderem, esta colaboração dos próprios súbditos, aceitando até paróquias mesmo só temporàriamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Os Religiosos, quando empregados no apostolado externo, mostrem-se penetrados do espírito do seu Instituto e conservem-se fiéis à observância regular e à obediência aos próprios Superiores; obrigação esta que mesmo os Bispos não deixarão de recomendar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) A isenção - em virtude da qual os religiosos são chamados a depender do Sumo Pontífice ou doutra autoridade eclesiástica, ficando subtraídos à jurisdição dos Bispos - diz sobretudo respeito à ordem interna dos Institutos, para que neles todas as coisas fiquem mais ajustadas e unidas, e melhor se atenda ao incremento e perfeição da vida religiosa (19); e também para que o Sumo Pontífice possa dispor deles para bem da Igreja universal (20), e as demais autoridades competentes para bem das igrejas a elas sujeitas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Contudo, esta isenção não impede que os religiosos estejam sujeitos à jurisdição dos Bispos em cada diocese, segundo a norma do direito, quando o exijam o ministério pastoral dos Bispos e a cura de almas bem ordenada (21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Todos os religiosos, tanto isentos como não isentos, estão sujeitos ao poder do Ordinário do lugar no que diz respeito ao culto divino público, salva a diversidade dos ritos; no que diz respeito à cura de almas, à pregração ao povo, à educação religiosa e moral, sobretudo das crianças, à instrução catequética, à formação litúrgica, ao decoro do estado clerical, e também às várias obras no que se refere ao apostolado. As escolas católicas dos religiosos estão também sujeitas ao Ordinário de lugar no que respeita em geral à organização e vigilância, mantendo-se, porém, o direito dos rellgiosos quanto à direcção. Do mesmo modo, estão os religiosos obrigados a observar todas as disposições que os Concílios ou as Conferências episcopais legitimamente estabelecerem para todos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Favoreça-se a cooperação ordenada entre os vários Institutos religiosos, e entre estes e o clero diocesano. Haja também íntima coordenação de todas as obras e actividades apostólicas, a qual resulta principalmente daquela disposição de corações e de espíritos que se radica e funda na caridade. Promover esta coordenação, compete, para a Igreja universal, à Sé Apostólica; em cada diocese, ao seu Bispo; e finalmente, no próprio território, aos Sínodos patriarcais e às Conferências episcopais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pelo que toca às obras de apostolado exercidas pelos religiosos, queiram os Bispos ou as Conferências episcopais, e os Superiores religiosos ou as Conferências dos Superiores apreciar em comum os planos préviamente apresentados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Para se fomentarem concordes e frutuosas relações mútuas entre os Bispos e os religiosos, queiram reunir-se, periòdicamente e sempre que pareça oportuno, os Bispos e os Superiores religiosos para tratar das questões que dizem respeito em geral ao apostolado no respectivo território."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO III OS BISPOS E O BEM COMUM DA IGREJA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I -SÍNODOS, CONCÍLIOS E SOBRETUDO CONFERÊNCIAS EPISCOPAIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sínodos e Concílios particulares"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Desde os primeiros séculos da Igreja que os Bispos, postos à frente das igrejas particulares, movidos pela caridade fraterna e pelo zelo da missão universal confiada aos Apóstolos, uniram as suas forças e vontades para promoverem o bem comum e o de cada uma das igrejas. Com este fim, foram instituídos quer os Sínodos, quer os Concílios provinciais, quer mesmo os Concílios plenários, em que os Bispos estabeleceram para diversas igrejas um sistema comum quanto ao ensino das verdades da fé e à ordenação da disciplina eclesiástica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este sagrado Concílio Ecuménico deseja que a veneranda instituição dos Sínodos e Concílios retome novo vigor, para se prover mais adequada e eficazmente ao incremento da fé e à conservação da disciplina nas várias igrejas, segundo as exigências dos tempos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importância das Conferências Episcopais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sobretudo nos nossos tempos, não é raro verem-se os Bispos impedidos de cumprir, de maneira apta e frutuosa, o seu múnus, se não tornam cada vez mais íntima e harmónica a colaboração com os outros Bispos. E como as Conferências episcopais — já constituídas em muitas nações — deram brilhantes provas de tornarem o apostolado mais fecundo, julga este sagrado Concílio que será muito conveniente que, em todo o mundo, os Bispos da mesma nação ou região se reunam periòdicamente em assembleia, para que, da comunicação de pareceres e experiências, e da troca de opiniões, resulte uma santa colaboração de esforços para bem comum das igrejas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, estabelece o seguinte a respeito das Conferências episcopais:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Noção, estrutura, competência e cooperação das Conferências episcopais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Conferência episcopal é uma espécie de assembleia em que os Bispos duma nação ou território exercem juntos o seu múnus pastoral, para conseguirem, por formas e métodos de apostolado conformes às circunstâncias do tempo, aquele bem maior que a Igreja oferece aos homens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) A Conferência episcopal pertencem todos os Ordinários de lugar de qualquer rito, com excepção dos Vigários Gerais, os Bispos Coadjutores, Auxiliares e outros que desempenham um cargo especial confiado pela Sé Apostólica ou pelas Conferências episcopais. Os restantes Bispos titulares, e também os Núncios do Romano Pontífice, só por causa do cargo que desempenham no território, não. são, de direito, membros da Conferência. O voto deliberativo pertence aos Ordinários de lugar e aos Coadjutores. Aos Auxiliares e outros Bispos, que têm o direito de tomar parte na Conferência, os estatutos desta atribuirão voto deliberativo ou só consultivo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Cada Conferência episcopal redige os próprios estatutos, que serão revistos pela Sé Apostólica. Neles, hão-de constar, além doutros meios em vista, os organismos de maior importância para a consecução do fim proposto, como são, por exemplo; o Conselho permanente dos Bispos, ás Comissões episcopais e o Secretariado geral."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) As decisões da Conferência episcopal, que forem legìtimamnte aprovadas com a maioria de pelo menos dois terços dos votos dos Prelados que fazem parte da Conferência com voto deliberativo, e revistas pela Sé Apostólica, tenham força para obrigar juridicamente nos casos em que o direito comum o prescrever ou uma ordem particular da Sé Apostólica, dada espontâneamente ou pedida pela mesma Conferência, o estabelecer."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Onde circunstâncias especiais o requeiram, poderão os Bispos de várias nações, com a aprovação da Sé Apostólica, constituir uma só Conferência. Favoreçam-se também relações entre as Conferências episcopais de nações diversas, para promover e defender um bem maior."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Recomenda-se encarecidamente aos Prelados das Igrejas orientais que, ao promoverem a disciplina da própria igreja nos Sínodos e ao fomentarem as actividades para bem da religião, tenham também em vista o bem comum do território todo onde se encontram várias igrejas de ritos diversos, e troquem também impressões em reuniões inter-rituais, segundo as normas que a autoridade competente vier a estabelecer."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II - DELIMITAÇÃO DAS PROVÍNCIAS ECLESIÁSTICAS E ERECÇÃO DE REGIÕES ECLESIÁSTICAS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Princípio para a revisão das delimitações"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O bem das almas exige a delimitação adequada não só das dioceses mas também das províncias eclesiásticas; sugere até a erecção de regiões eclesiásticas, para melhor se atender às necessidades do apostolado conforme as circunstâncias sociais e locais, e se tornarem mais fáceis e frutuosas as relações dos Bispos tanto entre si como com os Metropolitas e os outros Bispos da mesma nação, bem como dos Bispos com as autoridades civis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Portanto, a fim de se conseguirem os objectivos indicados, o sagrado Concílio dispõe o seguinte:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Revejam-se oportunamente os limites das províncias eclesiásticas e determinem-se, com novas e convenientes normas, os direitos e os privilégios dos Metropolitas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Tenha-se como regra que todas as dioceses, e as outras circunscrições territoriais equiparadas às dioceses, devem ser incluídas em alguma província eclesiástica. Por isso, as dioceses, agora sujeitas imediatamente à Sé Apostólica e não unidas a nenhuma outra, formem nova província eclesiástica, se possível, ou agreguem-se à província eclesiástica mais próxima ou àquela que mais convenha, e sejam submetidas ao direito do Arcebispo metropolitano, segundo o direito comum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Onde a utilidade o aconselhar, as províncias eclesiásticas disponham-se em regiões, a que se dará ordenação jurídica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consultas das Conferências Episcopais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Convém que as Conferências episcopais competentes examinem o assunto desta delimitação das províncias ou da erecção de regiões, segundo as normas já estabelecidas nos números 23 e 24 para a delimitação das dioceses, e proponham à Sé Apostólica as suas sugestões e desejos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III- OS BISPOS COM ENCARGO INTERDIOCESANO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Constituição dos seus ofícios especiais e cooperação com os Bispos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tornando-se cada vez mais necessário que os ministérios pastorais sejam dirigidos e promovidos de comum acordo, convém que, para serviço de todas ou de várias dioceses duma determinada região ou nação, se constituam alguns organismos, que podem ser confiados mesmo a Bispos. Recomenda, porém, o sagrado Concílio que, entre os Prelados ou Bispos, que desempenhem estes cargos, e os Bispos diocesanos e as Conferências episcopais, reinem sempre união e bom entendimento na acção pastoral, cujas linhas devem ser determinadas também pelo direito comum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vicariatos castrenses"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como a assistência espiritual aos soldados, por causa das condições particulares de vida que levam, exige grande cuidado, erija-se sendo possível, um vicariato castrense em cada nação. Tanto o Vigário como os capelães dediquem-se com zelo a este difícil apostolado, de acordo com os Bispos diocesanos (1). Para isso, os Bispos diocesanos concedam ao Vigário castrense o número suficiente de sacerdotes idóneos para este cargo, e favoreçam ao mesmo tempo as iniciativas para o bem espiritual dos soldados (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DISPOSIÇÃO GERAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisão do Código de Direito Canónico e preparação de Directórios"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dispõe o sagrado Concílio que, na revisão do Código de Direito Canónico, se estabeleçam leis adequadas, segundo os princípios contidos neste Decreto, tendo presentes as observações que foram apresentadas ou pelas Comissões ou pelos Padres conciliares."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dispõe também o sagrado Concílio que se redijam Directórios gerais para a cura de almas, tanto destinados aos Bispos como aos párocos, onde uns e outros encontrem métodos seguros para mais fácil e frutuoso desempenho das obrigações pastorais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Redijam-se ainda quer um Directório especial sobre a cura pastoral dos grupos particulares de fiéis, segundo as circunstâncias de cada nação ou região, quer um Directório sobre a formação catequética do povo cristão, que exponha os princípios fundamentais, a orientação e também o modo de elaborar os livros acerca desta matéria. Na elaboração destes Directórios tenham-se igualmente em conta as observações apresentadas tanto pelas Comissões como pelos Padres conciliares."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vaticano, 28 de Outubro de 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAPA PAULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notas"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proémio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 1,21."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 20,21."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. I De Ecclesia Christi, cap. 3: Denz. 1828 (3061)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia Christi, Proémio: Denz. 1821 (3050)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, cap. III, n° 21, 24, 25: AAS 57 (1965) p. 24-25, 29-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, cap. III, n° 21: AAS 57 (1965) p. 24-25."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Const. Apost. Humanae salutis, 25 dez. 1961: AAS 54 (1962) p. 6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo I"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, cap. III, n.° 22: AAS 57 (1965) p. 25-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, ibid."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Paulo VI, Motu próprio Apostolica Sollicitudo, 15 set. 1965: AAS 57 (1965), p. 775-780."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, cap. III, n.° 23: AAS 57 (1965) p. 27-28."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encícl. Fidei donum, 21 abril 1957: AAS 49 (1957) p. 237 s.; cfr. também: Bento XV, Carta Apost. Maximum illud, 30 nov. 1919: AAS 11 (1919) p. 440; Pio XI, Encícl. Rerum Ecclesiae, 28 fev. 1926: AAS 18 (1926) p. 68 ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Paulo VI, Alocução aos Emin. Cardeais, Ex.mos Bispos e Rev.mos Prelados e outros oficiais da Cúria romana, 21 set. 1963: AA8 55 (1963) p. 793 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo II"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decr. De Ecclesiis Orientalibus Catholicis, Orientalium Ecclesiarum, n. 7-11: AAS 57 (1965) p. 79-80."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Trid. Ses. V, De reform., c. 2: Mansi 33, 30; ses. XXIV, Decr. De reform. c. 4: Mansi 33, 159; Decr. Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. III, n. 25: AAS 57 (1965) p. 29"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. III, n. 25: AAS 57 (1965) p. 29-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris, 11 abril 1963, passim: AAS 55 (1963) p. 257-304."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Paulo VI, Encícl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 ago. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) p. 639."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Paulo VI, Encicl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 ago. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) p. 644-645."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decr. De instrumentis commmunicationis socialis, Inter mirifica: AAS 56 (1964) p. 145-153."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. De sacra Liturgia, Sacrosanctum Concilium: AAS 56 (1964) p. 97 s.; Paulo VI, Motu próprio Sacram Liturgiam, 25 jan. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) p. 139 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encícl. Mediator Dei, 20 nov, 1947: AAS 39 (1947), p. 521 ss.; Paulo VI, Encícl. Mysterium fidei, 3 set. 1965: AAS 57 (1965), p. 753-774."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 1,14 e 2,46."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. VI, n. 44-45: AAS 47 (1965) p. 50-52."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Luc. 22, 26-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 15,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decr. De Oecumenismo, Unitatis redintegratio: AAS 57 (1965) p. 90-107."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Pio X, Motu próprio Iampridem, 19 março, 1914: AAS 6 (1914) p. 173 s.; Pio XII, Const. Apost. Exsul Familia, 1 ago. 1952: AAS 54 (1952) p. 649 s.; Regulamento da obra do Apostolado do Mar, promulgado por Pio XII, 21 nov. 1957: AAS 50 (1958) p. 375-383."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decr. De Ecclesiis Orientalibus Catholicis, Orientalium Ecclesiarum, n. 4: AAS 57 (1865) p. 77."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 13,35."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Alocução, 8 dez. 1950: AAS 43 (1951) p. 28. Paulo VI, Alocução, 23 maio 1964: AAS 56 (1964) p. 571."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Leão XIII, Const. Apost. Romanos Pontifices, 8 maio 1881: Acta Leonis XIII, vol. II (1882), p. 234 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Paulo VI, Alocução, 23 maio 1964: AAS 56 (1964) p. 570-571. 21 Cfr. Pio XII, Alocução, 8 dez. 1950: 1. c."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo III"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. C. Consistorial: Instrução sobre os vigários castrenses: 23 abril 1951: AAS 43 (1951) p. 562-565; Fórmula a usar na relação a respeito do estado do Vicariato castrense, 20 out. 1956: AAS 49 (1957) p. 150-163; Decr. De Sacrorum Liminum visitatione a Vicariis Castrensibus peragenda, 28 fev. 1959: AAS 51 (1959) p. 272-274; Decr. Facultas audiendi confessiones militum Cappellanis extenditur, 27 nov. 1960: AAS 53 (1961) p. 49-50. Cfr. também S. C. dos Religiosos, Instrução sobre os capelães militares religiosos, 2 fev. 1955: AAS 47 (1955) p. 93-97."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. C. Consistorial: Carta aos Emin. Cardeais, Arcebispos, Bispos e restantes Ordinários de Espanha, 21 jun. 1951: AAS 43 (1951) p. 566."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "dei-verbum",
      "council": 21,
      "title": "Dei Verbum",
      "type": "Constitution",
      "date": "1965-11-18",
      "languages": {
        "de": {
          "code": "de",
          "label": "Deutsch",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19651118_dei-verbum_ge.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-32-vat-ii_const_19651118_dei-verbum_ge.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gottes Wort voll Ehrfurcht hörend und voll Zuversicht verkündigend, folgt die Heilige Synode den Worten des heiligen Johannes: \"Wir künden euch das ewige Leben, das beim Vater war und uns erschien. Was wir gesehen und gehört haben, künden wir euch, damit auch ihr Gemeinschaft habt mit uns und unsere Gemeinschaft. Gemeinschaft sei mit dem Vater und mit seinem Sohn Jesus Christus\" (1 Joh 1,2-3). Darum will die Synode in Nachfolge des Trienter und des Ersten Vatikanischen Konzils die echte Lehre über die göttliche Offenbarung und deren Weitergabe vorlegen, damit die ganze Welt im Hören auf die Botschaft des Heiles glaubt, im Glauben hofft und in der Hoffnung liebt (1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE OFFENBARUNG IN SICH"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gott hat in seiner Güte und Weisheit beschlossen, sich selbst zu offenbaren und das Geheimnis seines Willens kundzutun (vgl. Eph 1,9): daß die Menschen durch Christus, das fleischgewordene Wort, im Heiligen Geist Zugang zum Vater haben und teilhaftig werden der göttlichen Natur (vgl. Eph 2,18; 2 Petr 1,4). In dieser Offenbarung redet der unsichtbare Gott (vgl. Kol 1,15; 1 Tim 1,17) aus überströmender Liebe die Menschen an wie Freunde (vgl. Ex 33,11; Joh 15,14-15) und verkehrt mit ihnen (vgl. Bar 3,38), um sie in seine Gemeinschaft einzuladen und aufzunehmen. Das Offenbarungsgeschehen ereignet sich in Tat und Wort, die innerlich miteinander verknüpft sind: die Werke nämlich, die Gott im Verlauf der Heilsgeschichte wirkt, offenbaren und bekräftigen die Lehre und die durch die Worte bezeichneten Wirklichkeiten; die Worte verkündigen die Werke und lassen das Geheimnis, das sie enthalten, ans Licht treten. Die Tiefe der durch diese Offenbarung über Gott und über das Heil des Menschen erschlossenen Wahrheit leuchtet uns auf in Christus, der zugleich der Mittler und die Fülle der ganzen Offenbarung ist (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gott, der durch das Wort alles erschafft (vgl. Joh 1,3) und erhält, gibt den Menschen jederzeit in den geschaffenen Dingen Zeugnis von sich (vgl. Röm 1,19-20). Da er aber den Weg übernatürlichen Heiles eröffnen wollte, hat er darüber hinaus sich selbst schon am Anfang den Stammeltern kundgetan. Nach ihrem Fall hat er sie wiederaufgerichtet in Hoffnung auf das Heil, indem er die Erlösung versprach (vgl. Gen 3,15). Ohne Unterlaß hat er für das Menschengeschlecht gesorgt, um allen das ewige Leben zu geben, die das Heil suchen durch Ausdauer im guten Handeln (vgl. Röm 2,6-7). Später berief er Abraham, um ihn zu einem großen Volk zu machen (vgl. Gen 12,2), das er dann nach den Patriarchen durch Moses und die Propheten erzog, ihn allein als lebendigen und wahren Gott, als fürsorgenden Vater und gerechten Richter anzuerkennen und auf den versprochenen Erlöser zu harren. So hat er dem Evangelium den Weg durch die Zeiten bereitet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nachdem Gott viele Male und auf viele Weisen durch die Propheten gesprochen hatte, \"hat er zuletzt in diesen Tagen zu uns gesprochen im Sohn\" (Hebr 1,1-2). Er hat seinen Sohn, das ewige Wort, das Licht aller Menschen, gesandt, damit er unter den Menschen wohne und ihnen vom Innern Gottes Kunde bringe (vgl. Joh 1,1-18). Jesus Christus, das fleischgewordene Wort, als \"Mensch zu den Menschen\" gesandt (3), \"redet die Worte Gottes\" (Joh 3,34) und vollendet das Heilswerk, dessen Durchführung der Vater ihm aufgetragen hat (vgl. Joh 5,36; 17,4). Wer ihn sieht, sieht auch den Vater (vgl. Joh 14,9). Er ist es, der durch sein ganzes Dasein und seine ganze Erscheinung, durch Worte und Werke, durch Zeichen und Wunder, vor allem aber durch seinen Tod und seine herrliche Auferstehung von den Toten, schließlich durch die Sendung des Geistes der Wahrheit die Offenbarung erfüllt und abschließt und durch göttliches Zeugnis bekräftigt, daß Gott mit uns ist, um uns aus der Finsternis von Sünde und Tod zu befreien und zu ewigem Leben zu erwecken. Daher ist die christliche Heilsordnung, nämlich der neue und endgültige Bund, unüberholbar, und es ist keine neue öffentliche Offenbarung mehr zu erwarten vor der Erscheinung unseres Herrn Jesus Christus in Herrlichkeit (vgl. 1 Tim 6,14 und Tit 2,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dem offenbarenden Gott ist der \"Gehorsam des Glaubens\" (Röm 16,26; vgl. Röm 1,5; 2 Kor 10,5-6) zu leisten. Darin überantwortet sich der Mensch Gott als ganzer in Freiheit, indem er sich \"dem offenbarenden Gott mit Verstand und Willen voll unterwirft\" (4) und seiner Offenbarung willig zustimmt. Dieser Glaube kann nicht vollzogen werden ohne die zuvorkommende und helfende Gnade Gottes und ohne den inneren Beistand des Heiligen Geistes, der das Herz bewegen und Gott zuwenden, die Augen des Verstandes öffnen und \"es jedem leicht machen muß, der Wahrheit zuzustimmen und zu glauben\" (5). Dieser Geist vervollkommnet den Glauben ständig durch seine Gaben, um das Verständnis der Offenbarung mehr und mehr zu vertiefen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Durch seine Offenbarung wollte Gott sich selbst und die ewigen Entscheidungen seines Willens über das Heil der Menschen kundtun und mitteilen, \"um Anteil zu geben am göttlichen Reichtum, der die Fassungskraft des menschlichen Geistes schlechthin übersteigt\" (6). Die Heilige Synode bekennt, \"daß Gott, aller Dinge Ursprung und Ziel, mit dem natürlichen Licht der menschlichen Vernunft aus den geschaffenen Dingen sicher erkannt werden kann\" (vgl. Röm 1,20); doch lehrt sie, seiner Offenbarung sei es zuzuschreiben, \"daß, was im Bereich des Göttlichen der menschlichen Vernunft an sich nicht unzugänglich ist, auch in der gegenwärtigen Lage des Menschengeschlechtes von allen leicht, mit sicherer Gewißheit und ohne Beimischung von Irrtum erkannt werden kann\"(7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE WEITERGABE DER GÖTTLICHEN OFFENBARUNG"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Was Gott zum Heil aller Völker geoffenbart hatte, das sollte so hat er in Güte verfügt - für alle Zeiten unversehrt erhalten bleiben und allen Geschlechtern weitergegeben werden. Darum hat Christus der Herr, in dem die ganze Offenbarung des höchsten Gottes sich vollendet (vgl. 2 Kor 1,20; 3,16 - 4,6), den Aposteln geboten, das Evangelium, das er als die Erfüllung der früher ergangenen prophetischen Verheißung selbst gebracht und persönlich öffentlich verkündet hat, allen zu predigen als die Quelle jeglicher Heilswahrheit und Sittenlehre (1) und ihnen so göttliche Gaben mitzuteilen. Das ist treu ausgeführt worden, und zwar sowohl durch die Apostel, die durch mündliche Predigt, durch Beispiel und Einrichtungen weitergaben, was sie aus Christi Mund, im Umgang mit ihm und durch seine Werke empfangen oder was sie unter der Eingebung des Heiligen Geistes gelernt hatten, als auch durch jene Apostel und apostolischen Männer, die unter der Inspiration des gleichen Heiligen Geistes die Botschaft vom Heil niederschrieben (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit das Evangelium in der Kirche für immer unversehrt und lebendig bewahrt werde, haben die Apostel Bischöfe als ihre Nachfolger zurückgelassen und ihnen \"ihr eigenes Lehramt überliefert\" (3). Diese Heilige Überlieferung und die Heilige Schrift beider Testamente sind gleichsam ein Spiegel, in dem die Kirche Gott, von dem sie alles empfängt, auf ihrer irdischen Pilgerschaft anschaut, bis sie hingeführt wird, ihn von Angesicht zu Angesicht zu sehen, so wie er ist (vgl. 1 Joh 3,2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Daher mußte die apostolische Predigt, die in den inspirierten Büchern besonders deutlichen Ausdruck gefunden hat, in ununterbrochener Folge bis zur Vollendung der Zeiten bewahrt werden. Wenn die Apostel das, was auch sie empfangen haben, überliefern, mahnen sie die Gläubigen, die Überlieferungen, die sie in mündlicher Rede oder durch einen Brief gelernt haben (vgl. 2 Thess 2,15), festzuhalten und für den Glauben zu kämpfen, der ihnen ein für allemal überliefert wurde (vgl. Jud 3) (4). Was von den Aposteln überliefert wurde, umfaßt alles, was dem Volk Gottes hilft, ein heiliges Leben zu führen und den Glauben zu mehren. So führt die Kirche in Lehre, Leben und Kult durch die Zeiten weiter und übermittelt allen Geschlechtern alles, was sie selber ist, alles, was sie glaubt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese apostolische Überlieferung kennt in der Kirche unter dem Beistand des Heiligen Geistes einen Fortschritt (5): es wächst das Verständnis der überlieferten Dinge und Worte durch das Nachsinnen und Studium der Gläubigen, die sie in ihrem Herzen erwägen (vgl. Lk 2,19.51), durch innere Einsicht, die aus geistlicher Erfahrung stammt, durch die Verkündigung derer, die mit der Nachfolge im Bischofsamt das sichere Charisma der Wahrheit empfangen haben; denn die Kirche strebt im Gang der Jahrhunderte ständig der Fülle der göttlichen Wahrheit entgegen, bis an ihr sich Gottes Worte erfüllen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Aussagen der heiligen Väter bezeugen die lebenspendende Gegenwart dieser Überlieferung, deren Reichtümer sich in Tun und Leben der glaubenden und betenden Kirche ergießen. Durch dieselbe Überlieferung wird der Kirche der vollständige Kanon der Heiligen Bücher bekannt, in ihr werden die Heiligen Schriften selbst tiefer verstanden und unaufhörlich wirksam gemacht. So ist Gott, der einst gesprochen hat, ohne Unterlaß im Gespräch mit der Braut seines geliebten Sohnes, und der Heilige Geist, durch den die lebendige Stimme des Evangeliums in der Kirche und durch sie in der Welt widerhallt, führt die Gläubigen in alle Wahrheit ein und läßt das Wort Christi in Überfülle unter ihnen wohnen (vgl. Kol 3,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Heilige Überlieferung und die Heilige Schrift sind eng miteinander verbunden und haben aneinander Anteil. Demselben göttlichen Quell entspringend, fließen beide gewissermaßen in eins zusammen und streben demselben Ziel zu. Denn die Heilige Schrift ist Gottes Rede, insofern sie unter dem Anhauch des Heiligen Geistes schriftlich aufgezeichnet wurde. Die Heilige Überlieferung aber gibt das Wort Gottes, das von Christus dem Herrn und vom Heiligen Geist den Aposteln anvertraut wurde, unversehrt an deren Nachfolger weiter, damit sie es unter der erleuchtenden Führung des Geistes der Wahrheit in ihrer Verkündigung treu bewahren, erklären und ausbreiten. So ergibt sich, daß die Kirche ihre Gewißheit über alles Geoffenbarte nicht aus der Heiligen Schrift allein schöpft. Daher sollen beide mit gleicher Liebe und Achtung angenommen und verehrt werden6."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Heilige Überlieferung und die Heilige Schrift bilden den einen der Kirche überlassenen heiligen Schatz des Wortes Gottes. Voller Anhänglichkeit an ihn verharrt das ganze heilige Volk, mit seinen Hirten vereint, ständig in der Lehre und Gemeinschaft der Apostel, bei Brotbrechen und Gebet (vgl. Apg 8,42 griech.), so daß im Festhalten am überlieferten Glauben, in seiner Verwirklichung und seinem Bekenntnis ein einzigartiger Einklang herrscht zwischen Vorstehern und Gläubigen (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Aufgabe aber, das geschriebene oder überlieferte (8) Wort Gottes verbindlich zu erklären, ist nur dem lebendigen Lehramt der Kirche anvertraut (9), dessen Vollmacht im Namen Jesu Christi ausgeübt wird. Das Lehramt ist nicht über dem Wort Gottes, sondern dient ihm, indem es nichts lehrt, als was überliefert ist, weil es das Wort Gottes aus göttlichem Auftrag und mit dem Beistand des Heiligen Geistes voll Ehrfurcht hört, heilig bewahrt und treu auslegt und weil es alles, was es als von Gott geoffenbart zu glauben vorlegt, aus diesem einen Schatz des Glaubens schöpft."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es zeigt sich also, daß die Heilige Überlieferung, die Heilige Schrift und das Lehramt der Kirche gemäß dem weisen Ratschluß Gottes so miteinander verknüpft und einander zugesellt sind, daß keines ohne die anderen besteht und daß alle zusammen, jedes auf seine Art, durch das Tun des einen Heiligen Geistes wirksam dem Heil der Seelen dienen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE GÖTTLICHE INSPIRATION UND DIE AUSLEGUNG DER HEILIGEN SCHRIFT"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das von Gott Geoffenbarte, das in der Heiligen Schrift enthalten ist und vorliegt, ist unter dem Anhauch des Heiligen Geistes aufgezeichnet worden; denn aufgrund apostolischen Glaubens gelten unserer heiligen Mutter, der Kirche, die Bücher des Alten wie des Neuen Testamentes in ihrer Ganzheit mit allen ihren Teilen als heilig und kanonisch, weil sie, unter der Einwirkung des Heiligen Geistes geschrieben (vgl. Joh 20,31; 2 Tim 3,16; 2 Petr 1,19-21; 3,15-16), Gott zum Urheber haben und als solche der Kirche übergeben sind (1). Zur Abfassung der Heiligen Bücher hat Gott Menschen erwählt, die ihm durch den Gebrauch ihrer eigenen Fähigkeiten und Kräfte dazu dienen sollten (2), all das und nur das, was er - in ihnen und durch sie wirksam (3) - geschrieben haben wollte, als echte Verfasser schriftlich zu überliefern (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da also alles, was die inspirierten Verfasser oder Hagiographen aussagen, als vom Heiligen Geist ausgesagt zu gelten hat, ist von den Büchern der Schrift zu bekennen, daß sie sicher, getreu und ohne Irrtum die Wahrheit lehren, die Gott um unseres Heiles willen in heiligen Schriften aufgezeichnet haben wollte (5). Daher \"ist jede Schrift, von Gott eingegeben, auch nützlich zur Belehrung, zur Beweisführung, zur Zurechtweisung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, damit der Gott gehörige Mensch bereit sei, wohlgerüstet zu jedem guten Werk\" (2 Tim 3,16-17 griech.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da Gott in der Heiligen Schrift durch Menschen nach Menschenart gesprochen hat (6), muß der Schrifterklärer, um zu erfassen, was Gott uns mitteilen wollte, sorgfältig erforschen, was die heiligen Schriftsteller wirklich zu sagen beabsichtigten und was Gott mit ihren Worten kundtun wollte. Um die Aussageabsicht der Hagiographen zu ermitteln, ist neben anderem auf die literarischen Gattungen zu achten. Denn die Wahrheit wird je anders dargelegt und ausgedrückt in Texten von in verschiedenem Sinn geschichtlicher, prophetischer oder dichterischer Art, oder in anderen Redegattungen. Weiterhin hat der Erklärer nach dem Sinn zu forschen, wie ihn aus einer gegebenen Situation heraus der Hagiograph den Bedingungen seiner Zeit und Kultur entsprechend - mit Hilfe der damals üblichen literarischen Gattungen - hat ausdrücken wollen und wirklich zum Ausdruck gebracht hat (7). Will man richtig verstehen, was der heilige Verfasser in seiner Schrift aussagen wollte, so muß man schließlich genau auf die vorgegebenen umweltbedingten Denk-, Sprach- und Erzählformen achten, die zur Zeit des Verfassers herrschten, wie auf die Formen, die damals im menschlichen Alltagsverkehr üblich waren (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da die Heilige Schrift in dem Geist gelesen und ausgelegt werden muß, in dem sie geschrieben wurde (9), erfordert die rechte Ermittlung des Sinnes der heiligen Texte, daß man mit nicht geringerer Sorgfalt auf den Inhalt und die Einheit der ganzen Schrift achtet, unter Berücksichtigung der lebendigen Überlieferung der Gesamtkirche und der Analogie des Glaubens. Aufgabe der Exegeten ist es, nach diesen Regeln auf eine tiefere Erfassung und Auslegung des Sinnes der Heiligen Schrift hinzuarbeiten, damit so gleichsam auf Grund wissenschaftlicher Vorarbeit das Urteil der Kirche reift. Alles, was die Art der Schrifterklärung betrifft, untersteht letztlich dem Urteil der Kirche, deren gottergebener Auftrag und Dienst es ist, das Wort Gottes zu bewahren und auszulegen (10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In der Heiligen Schrift also offenbart sich, unbeschadet der Wahrheit und Heiligkeit Gottes, eine wunderbare Herablassung der ewigen Weisheit, \"damit wir die unsagbare Menschenfreundlichkeit Gottes kennenlernen und erfahren, wie sehr er sich aus Sorge für unser Geschlecht in seinem Wort herabgelassen hat\" (11). Denn Gottes Worte, durch Menschenzunge formuliert, sind menschlicher Rede ähnlich geworden, wie einst des ewigen Vaters Wort durch die Annahme menschlich-schwachen Fleisches den Menschen ähnlich geworden ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DAS ALTE TESTAMENT"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der liebende Gott, der um das Heil des ganzen Menschengeschlechtes besorgt war, bereitete es vor, indem er sich nach seinem besonderen Plan ein Volk erwählte, um ihm Verheißungen anzuvertrauen. Er schloß mit Abraham (vgl. Gen 15,8) und durch Moses mit dem Volke Israel (vgl. Ex 24,8) einen Bund. Dann hat er sich dem Volk, das er sich erworben hatte, durch Wort und Tat als einzigen, wahren und lebendigen Gott so geoffenbart, daß Israel Gottes Wege mit den Menschen an sich erfuhr, daß es sie durch Gottes Wort aus der Propheten Mund allmählich voller und klarer erkannte und sie unter den Völkern mehr und mehr sichtbar machte (vgl. Ps 21,28-29; 95,1-3; Jes 2,1-4; Jer 3,17). Die Geschichte des Heiles liegt, von heiligen Verfassern vorausverkündet, berichtet und gedeutet, als wahres Wort Gottes vor in den Büchern des Alten Bundes; darum behalten diese von Gott eingegebenen Schriften ihren unvergänglichen Wert: \"Alles nämlich, was geschrieben steht, ist zu unserer Unterweisung geschrieben, damit wir durch die Geduld und den Trost der Schriften Hoffnung haben\" (Röm 15,4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gottes Geschichtsplan im Alten Bund zielte vor allem darauf, das Kommen Christi, des Erlösers des Alls, und das Kommen des messianischen Reiches vorzubereiten, prophetisch anzukündigen (vgl. Lk 24,44; Joh 5,39; 1 Petr 1,10) und in verschiedenen Vorbildern anzuzeigen (vgl. 1 Kor 10,11). Die Bücher des Alten Bundes erschließen allen entsprechend der Lage, in der sich das Menschengeschlecht vor der Wiederherstellung des Heils in Christus befand, Wissen über Gott und Mensch und erschließen die Art und Weise, wie der gerechte und barmherzige Gott an den Menschen zu handeln pflegt. Obgleich diese Bücher auch Unvollkommenes und Zeitbedingtes enthalten, zeigen sie doch eine wahre göttliche Erziehungskunst (1). Ein lebendiger Sinn für Gott drückt sich in ihnen aus. Hohe Lehren über Gott, heilbringende menschliche Lebensweisheit, wunderbare Gebetsschätze sind in ihnen aufbewahrt. Schließlich ist das Geheimnis unseres Heiles in ihnen verborgen. Deshalb sollen diese Bücher von denen, die an Christus glauben, voll Ehrfurcht angenommen werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gott, der die Bücher beider Bünde inspiriert hat und ihr Urheber ist, wollte in Weisheit, daß der Neue im Alten verborgen und der Alte im Neuen erschlossen sei (2). Denn wenn auch Christus in seinem Blut einen Neuen Bund gestiftet hat (vgl. Lk 22,20; 1 Kor 11,25), erhalten und offenbaren die Bücher des Alten Bundes, die als Ganzes in die Verkündigung des Evangeliums aufgenommen wurden3, erst im Neuen Bund ihren vollen Sinn (vgl. Mt 5,17; Lk 24,27; Röm 16,25-26; 2 Kor 3,14-16), wie sie diesen wiederum beleuchten und deuten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DAS NEUE TESTAMENT"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Wort Gottes, Gottes Kraft zum Heil für jeden, der glaubt (vgl. Röm 1,16), kommt zu einzigartiger Darstellung und Kraftentfaltung in den Schriften des Neuen Bundes; denn als die Fülle der Zeit kam (vgl. Gal 4,4), ist das Wort Fleisch geworden und hat unter uns gewohnt, voll Gnade und Wahrheit (vgl. Joh 1,14). Christus hat das Reich Gottes auf Erden wiederhergestellt, in Tat und Wort seinen Vater und sich selbst geoffenbart und sein Werk durch Tod, Auferstehung, herrliche Himmelfahrt und Sendung des Heiligen Geistes vollendet. Von der Erde erhöht zieht er alle an sich (vgl. Joh 12,32 griech.); denn er allein hat Worte des ewigen Lebens (vgl. Joh 6,68). Anderen Geschlechtern ward dieses Geheimnis nicht kundgetan, wie es nun geoffenbart worden ist seinen heiligen Aposteln und Propheten im Heiligen Geist (vgl. Eph 3,4-6 griech.), damit sie das Evangelium verkünden, den Glauben an Jesus als Christus und Herrn wecken und die Kirche sammeln. Dafür sind die Schriften des Neuen Bundes das unvergängliche und göttliche Zeugnis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Niemandem kann es entgehen, daß unter allen Schriften, auch unter denen des Neuen Bundes, den Evangelien mit Recht ein Vorrang zukommt. Denn sie sind das Hauptzeugnis für Leben und Lehre des fleischgewordenen Wortes, unseres Erlösers. Am apostolischen Ursprung der vier Evangelien hat die Kirche immer und überall festgehalten und hält daran fest; denn was die Apostel nach Christi Gebot gepredigt haben, das haben später unter dem Anhauch des Heiligen Geistes sie selbst und Apostolische Männer uns als Fundament des Glaubens schriftlich überliefert: das viergestaltige Evangelium nach Matthäus, Markus, Lukas und Johannes (1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unsere heilige Mutter, die Kirche, hat entschieden und unentwegt daran festgehalten und hält daran fest, daß die vier genannten Evangelien, deren Geschichtlichkeit sie ohne Bedenken bejaht, zuverlässig überliefern, was Jesus, der Sohn Gottes, in seinem Leben unter den Menschen zu deren ewigem Heil wirklich getan und gelehrt hat bis zu dem Tag, da er aufgenommen wurde (vgl. Apg 1,1-2). Die Apostel haben nach der Auffahrt des Herrn das, was er selbst gesagt und getan hatte, ihren Hörern mit jenem volleren Verständnis überliefert, das ihnen aus der Erfahrung der Verherrlichung Christi und aus dem Licht des Geistes der Wahrheit (2) zufloß (3). Die biblischen Verfasser aber haben die vier Evangelien redigiert, indem sie einiges aus dem vielen auswählten, das mündlich oder auch schon schriftlich überliefert war, indem sie anderes zu Überblicken zusammenzogen oder im Hinblick auf die Lage in den Kirchen verdeutlichten, indem sie schließlich die Form der Verkündigung beibehielten, doch immer so, daß ihre Mitteilungen über Jesus wahr und ehrlich waren (4). Denn ob sie nun aus eigenem Gedächtnis und Erinnern schrieben oder auf Grund des Zeugnisses jener, \"die von Anfang an Augenzeugen und Diener des Wortes waren\", es ging ihnen immer darum, daß wir die, Wahrheit\" der Worte erkennen sollten, von denen wir Kunde erhalten haben (vgl. Lk 1,2-4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der neutestamentliche Kanon umfaßt außer den vier Evangelien auch die Briefe des heiligen Paulus und andere apostolische Schriften, die unter der Eingebung des Heiligen Geistes verfaßt sind. In ihnen wird nach Gottes weisem Ratschluß die Botschaft von Christus dem Herrn bestätigt, seine echte Lehre mehr und mehr erklärt, die heilbringende Kraft des göttlichen Werkes Christi verkündet; die Anfänge der Kirche und ihre wunderbare Ausbreitung werden erzählt und ihre herrliche Vollendung vorausverkündet. Denn der Herr Jesus ist bei seinen Aposteln geblieben, wie er verheißen hatte (vgl. Mt 28,20), und hat ihnen als Beistand den Geist gesandt, der sie in die Fülle der Wahrheit einführen sollte (vgl. Joh 16,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE HEILIGE SCHRIFT IM LEBEN DER KIRCHE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche hat die Heiligen Schriften immer verehrt wie den Herrenleib selbst, weil sie, vor allem in der heiligen Liturgie, vom Tisch des Wortes Gottes wie des Leibes Christi ohne Unterlaß das Brot des Lebens nimmt und den Gläubigen reicht. In ihnen zusammen mit der Heiligen Überlieferung sah sie immer und sieht sie die höchste Richtschnur ihres Glaubens, weil sie, von Gott eingegeben und ein für alle Male niedergeschrieben, das Wort Gottes selbst unwandelbar vermitteln und in den Worten der Propheten und der Apostel die Stimme des Heiligen Geistes vernehmen lassen. Wie die christliche Religion selbst, so muß auch jede kirchliche Verkündigung sich von der Heiligen Schrift nähren und sich an ihr orientieren. In den Heiligen Büchern kommt ja der Vater, der im Himmel ist, seinen Kindern in Liebe entgegen und nimmt mit ihnen das Gespräch auf. Und solche Gewalt und Kraft west im Worte Gottes, daß es für die Kirche Halt und Leben, für die Kinder der Kirche Glaubensstärke, Seelenspeise und reiner, unversieglicher Quell des geistlichen Lebens ist. Darum gelten von der Heiligen Schrift in besonderer Weise die Worte: \"Lebendig ist Gottes Rede und wirksam\" (Hebr 4,12), \"mächtig aufzubauen und das Erbe auszuteilen unter allen Geheiligten\" (Apg 20,32; vgl. 1 Thess 2,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Zugang zur Heiligen Schrift muß für die an Christus Glaubenden weit offenstehen. Darum hat die Kirche schon in ihren Anfängen die älteste Übersetzung des Alten Testamentes, die griechische, die nach den Siebzig (Septuaginta) benannt wird, als die ihre übernommen. Die anderen orientalischen und die lateinischen Übersetzungen, besonders die sogenannte Vulgata, hält sie immer in Ehren. Da aber das Wort Gottes allen Zeiten zur Verfügung stehen muß, bemüht sich die Kirche in mütterlicher Sorge, daß brauchbare und genaue Übersetzungen in die verschiedenen Sprachen erarbeitet werden, mit Vorrang aus dem Urtext der Heiligen Bücher. Wenn die Übersetzungen bei sich bietender Gelegenheit und mit Zustimmung der kirchlichen Autorität in Zusammenarbeit auch mit den getrennten Brüdern zustande kommen, dann können sie von allen Christen benutzt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Braut des fleischgewordenen Wortes, die Kirche, bemüht sich, vom Heiligen Geist belehrt, zu einem immer tieferen Verständnis der Heiligen Schriften vorzudringen, um ihre Kinder unablässig mit dem Worte Gottes zu nähren; darum fördert sie auch in gebührender Weise das Studium der Väter des Ostens wie des Westens und der heiligen Liturgien. Die katholischen Exegeten und die anderen Vertreter der theologischen Wissenschaft müssen in eifriger Zusammenarbeit sich darum mühen, unter Aufsicht des kirchlichen Lehramts mit passenden Methoden die göttlichen Schriften so zu erforschen und auszulegen, daß möglichst viele Diener des Wortes in den Stand gesetzt werden, dem Volke Gottes mit wirklichem Nutzen die Nahrung der Schriften zu reichen, die den Geist erleuchtet, den Willen stärkt und die Menschenherzen zur Gottesliebe entflammt (1). Die Heilige Synode ermutigt die Söhne der Kirche, die Bibelwissenschaft treiben, das glücklich begonnene Werk mit immer neuen Kräften und ganzer Hingabe im Geist der Kirche fortzuführen (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die heilige Theologie ruht auf dem geschriebenen Wort Gottes, zusammen mit der Heiligen Überlieferung, wie auf einem bleibenden Fundament. In ihm gewinnt sie sichere Kraft und verjüngt sich ständig, wenn sie alle im Geheimnis Christi beschlossene Wahrheit im Lichte des Glaubens durchforscht. Die Heiligen Schriften enthalten das Wort Gottes und, weil inspiriert, sind sie wahrhaft Wort Gottes: Deshalb sei das Studium des heiligen Buches gleichsam die Seele der heiligen Theologie (3). Auch der Dienst des Wortes, nämlich die seelsorgliche Verkündigung, die Katechese und alle christliche Unterweisung - in welcher die liturgische Homilie einen hervorragenden Platz haben muß - holt aus dem Wort der Schrift gesunde Nahrung und heilige Kraft."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Darum müssen alle Kleriker, besonders Christi Priester und die anderen, die sich als Diakone oder Katecheten ihrem Auftrag entsprechend dem Dienst des Wortes widmen, in beständiger heiliger Lesung und gründlichem Studium sich mit der Schrift befassen, damit keiner von ihnen werde zu \"einem hohlen und äußerlichen Prediger des Wortes Gottes, ohne dessen innerer Hörer zu sein\" (4), wo er doch die unübersehbaren Schätze des göttlichen Wortes, namentlich in der heiligen Liturgie, den ihm anvertrauten Gläubigen mitteilen soll. Ebenso ermahnt die Heilige Synode alle an Christus Glaubenden, zumal die Glieder religiöser Gemeinschaften, besonders eindringlich, durch häufige Lesung der Heiligen Schrift sich die \"alles übertreffende Erkenntnis Jesu Christi\" (Phil 3,8) anzueignen. \"Die Schrift nicht kennen heißt Christus nicht kennen.\" (5) Sie sollen deshalb gern an den heiligen Text selbst herantreten, einmal in der mit göttlichen Worten gesättigten heiligen Liturgie, dann in frommer Lesung oder auch durch geeignete Institutionen und andere Hilfsmittel, die heute mit Billigung und auf Veranlassung der Hirten der Kirche lobenswerterweise allenthalben verbreitet werden. Sie sollen daran denken, daß Gebet die Lesung der Heiligen Schrift begleiten muß, damit sie zu einem Gespräch werde zwischen Gott und Mensch; denn \"ihn reden wir an, wenn wir beten; ihn hören wir, wenn wir Gottes Weisungen lesen\" (6). Die kirchlichen Vorsteher, \"bei denen die Lehre der Apostel ist\" (7), sollen die ihnen anvertrauten Gläubigen zum rechten Gebrauch der Heiligen Bücher, namentlich des Neuen Testamentes und in erster Linie der Evangelien, in geeigneter Weise anleiten durch Übersetzungen der heiligen Texte, die mit den notwendigen und wirklich ausreichenden Erklärungen versehen sind, damit die Kinder der Kirche sicher und mit Nutzen mit den Heiligen Schriften umgehen und von ihrem Geist durchdrungen werden. Darüber hinaus sollen mit entsprechenden Anmerkungen versehene Ausgaben der Heiligen Schrift geschaffen werden, die auch Nichtchristen gebrauchen können und die ihren Verhältnissen angepaßt sind. Die Seelsorger und die Christen jeden Standes sollen auf jede Weise klug für ihre Verbreitung sorgen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So möge durch Lesung und Studium der Heiligen Bücher \"Gottes Wort seinen Lauf nehmen und verherrlicht werden\" (2 Thess 3,1). Der Schatz der Offenbarung, der Kirche anvertraut, erfülle mehr und mehr die Herzen der Menschen. Wie das Leben der Kirche sich mehrt durch die ständige Teilnahme am eucharistischen Geheimnis, so darf man neuen Antrieb für das geistliche Leben erhoffen aus der gesteigerten Verehrung des Wortes Gottes, welches \"bleibt in Ewigkeit\" (Jes 40,8; vgl. 1 Petr 1,23-25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "November 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ANMERKUNGEN:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vorwort/Kapitel 1:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. Augustinus, Büchlein vom ersten katechetischen Unterricht, 4: PL 40,316."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. Mt 11,27; Joh 1,14.17; 14,6; 17,1-3; 2 Kor 3,16; 4,6; Eph 1,3-14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Brief an Diognet VII., : F. X. Funk, Patres Apostolici I (Tübingen 1901) 403."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) I. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über den katholischen Glauben Dei Filius, Kap. 3: Denz. 1789 (3008)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) II. Konzil von Orange, can. 7: Denz. 180 (377); I. Vat. Konzil, a. a. O.: Denz. 1791 (3010)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) I. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über den katholischen Glauben Dei Filius, Kap. 2: Denz. 1786 (3005)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Ebd.: Denz. 1785 und 1786 (3004 und 3005)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 2:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. Mt 28,19-20 und Mk 16,15. Konzil von Trient, Dekret über die kanonischen Schriften: Denz. 783 (1501)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. Konzil von Trient, a. a. O.; I. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über den katholischen Glauben Dei Filius, Kap. 2: Denz. 1787 (3006)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Irenäus, Adv. Hær. III.,3, 1: PG 7, 848; Harvey 2,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Vgl. II. Konzil von Nicæa: Denz. 303 (602). IV. Konzil von Konstantinopel, Sess. X. can. 1: Denz. 336 (650-652)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Vgl. L Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über den katholischen Glauben Dei Filius, Kap. 4: Denz. 1800 (3020)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Vgl. Konzil von Trient, Dekret über die kanonischen Schriften: Denz. 783 (1501)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Vgl. Pius XII., Apost. Konst. Munificentissimus Deus, 1. Nov. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 756. Vgl. die Worte Cyprians: \"die Kirche, das mit dem Priester vereinte Volk und die ihrem Hirten anhängende Herde\", Ep. 66, 8: CSEL 3, 2, 733."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Vgl. I. Vat. KonziI., Dogm. Konst. über den katholischen Glauben Dei Filius, Kap. 3: Denz. 1792 (3011)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Humani generis, 12. Aug. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 568-569; Denz. 2314 (3886)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 3:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. I. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über den katholischen Glauben Dei Filius, Kap. 2: Denz. 1787 (3006); Bibelkommission, Dekret, 18. Juni 1915: Denz. 2180 (3629) und Ench. Bibl. 420; Hl. Officium, Brief, 22. Dez. 1923: Ench. Bibl. 499."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Divino afflante, 30. Sept. 1943: AAS 35 (1943) 314; Ench. Bibl. 556."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) In und durch den Menschen: vgl. Hebr 1,1; 4,7 (in); 2 Sam 23,2; Mt 1,22 und passim (durch); I. Vat. Konzil, Schema über die katholische Lehre, Note 9: Coll. Lac. VII., 522."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Leo XIII., Enz. Providentissimus Deus, 18. Nov. 1893: Denz. 1952 (3293); Ench. Bibl. 125."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Vgl. Augustinus, De Gen. ad litt. 2, 9, 20: PL 34, 270-271; CSEL 28, 1, 46-47 und Brief 82,3: PL 33,277; CSEL 34, 2, 354; Thomas v. Aquin, De ver. q. 12, a. 2, C; Konzil von Trient, Dekret über die kanonischen Schriften: Denz. 783 (1501); Leo XIII., Enz. Providentissimus Deus: Ench. Bibl. 121.124.126-127; Pius XII., Enz. Divino afflante: Ench. Bibl. 539."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Augustinus, De Civ. Dei XVII., 6, 2: PL 41, 537; CSEL 40, 2, 228."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Augustinus, De Doctr. Christ. III., 18, 26: I, L 34, 75-76; CSEL 80, 95."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Pius XII., a. a. O.: Denz. 2294 (3829-3830); Ench. Bibl. 557-562."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Vgl. Benedikt XV., Enz. Spiritus Paraclitus, 15. Sept. 1920: Ench. Bibl. 469; Hieronymus, In Gal. 19-21: PL 26, 417 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Vgl. I. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über den katholischen Glauben Dei Filius, Kap. 2: Denz. 1788 (3007)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Johannes Chrysostomus, ln Gen. 3,8 (hom. 17, 1): PG 53, 134: \"herabgelassen\", lateinisch \"attemperatio\", griechisch \"synkatábasis\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 4:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Pius XI., Enz. Mit brennender Sorge, 14. März 1937: AAS 29 (1937) 151."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Augustinus, Quæst. in Hept. 2, 73: PL 34, 623."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Irenäus, Adv, Hær. III., 21, 3: PG 7, 950 (- 25, 1: Harvey 2, 115); Cyrill von Jerusalem, Catech. 4, 35: PG 33, 497; Theodor von Mopsuestia, In Soph. 1, 4-6: PG 66, 452 D-453 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 5:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Irenäus, Adv. Hær. III., 11, 8: PG 7, 885; Ausg. Sagnard, 194."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. Joh 14,26; 16,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Vgl. Joh 2,22; 16,16; vgl. 14,26; 16,12-13; 7,39."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Vgl. die Instruktion Sancta Mater Ecclesia der Päpstlichen Bibelkommission: AAS 56 (1964) 715."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 6:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Divino afflante: Ench. Bibl. 551.553.567; Päpstl. Bibelkommission, Instruktion über die rechte Art, in Klerikalseminarien und Ordenskollegien über die Bibel zu dozieren, 30. Mai 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 495-505."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. Pius XII., ebd. 569."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Vgl. Leo XIII., Enz. Providentissimus Deus: Ench. Bibl. 114; Benedikt. XV., Enz. Spiritus Paraclitus: Ench. Bibl. 483."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Augustinus, Serm. 179, 1: PL 38, 966."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Hieronymus, Comm. in Jes., Prol.: PL 24, 17; vgl. Benedikt XV., Enz. Spiritus Paraclitus: Ench. Bibl. 475-480; Pius XII., Enz. Divino afflante: Ench. Bibl. 544."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Ambrosius, De officiis ministrorum I, 20, 88; PL 16, 50."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Irenäus, Adv. Hær. IV, 32, 1: PG 7, 1071 (= 49, 2: Harvey 2, 255)."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19651118_dei-verbum_en.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-30-vat-ii_const_19651118_dei-verbum_en.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hearing the word of God with reverence and proclaiming it with faith, the sacred synod takes its direction from these words of St. John: \"We announce to you the eternal life which dwelt with the Father and was made visible to us. What we have seen and heard we announce to you, so that you may have fellowship with us and our common fellowship be with the Father and His Son Jesus Christ\" (1 John 1:2-3). Therefore, following in the footsteps of the Council of Trent and of the First Vatican Council, this present council wishes to set forth authentic doctrine on divine revelation and how it is handed on, so that by hearing the message of salvation the whole world may believe, by believing it may hope, and by hoping it may love. (1)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "REVELATION ITSELF"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In His goodness and wisdom God chose to reveal Himself and to make known to us the hidden purpose of His will (see Eph. 1:9) by which through Christ, the Word made flesh, man might in the Holy Spirit have access to the Father and come to share in the divine nature (see Eph. 2:18; 2 Peter 1:4). Through this revelation, therefore, the invisible God (see Col. 1;15, 1 Tim. 1:17) out of the abundance of His love speaks to men as friends (see Ex. 33:11; John 15:14-15) and lives among them (see Bar. 3:38), so that He may invite and take them into fellowship with Himself. This plan of revelation is realized by deeds and words having an inner unity: the deeds wrought by God in the history of salvation manifest and confirm the teaching and realities signified by the words, while the words proclaim the deeds and clarify the mystery contained in them. By this revelation then, the deepest truth about God and the salvation of man shines out for our sake in Christ, who is both the mediator and the fullness of all revelation. (2)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "God, who through the Word creates all things (see John 1:3) and keeps them in existence, gives men an enduring witness to Himself in created realities (see Rom. 1:19-20). Planning to make known the way of heavenly salvation, He went further and from the start manifested Himself to our first parents. Then after their fall His promise of redemption aroused in them the hope of being saved (see Gen. 3:15) and from that time on He ceaselessly kept the human race in His care, to give eternal life to those who perseveringly do good in search of salvation (see Rom. 2:6-7). Then, at the time He had appointed He called Abraham in order to make of him a great nation (see Gen. 12:2). Through the patriarchs, and after them through Moses and the prophets, He taught this people to acknowledge Himself the one living and true God, provident father and just judge, and to wait for the Savior promised by Him, and in this manner prepared the way for the Gospel down through the centuries."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Then, after speaking in many and varied ways through the prophets, \"now at last in these days God has spoken to us in His Son\" (Heb. 1:1-2). For He sent His Son, the eternal Word, who enlightens all men, so that He might dwell among men and tell them of the innermost being of God (see John 1:1-18). Jesus Christ, therefore, the Word made flesh, was sent as \"a man to men.\" (3) He \"speaks the words of God\" (John 3;34), and completes the work of salvation which His Father gave Him to do (see John 5:36; John 17:4). To see Jesus is to see His Father (John 14:9). For this reason Jesus perfected revelation by fulfilling it through his whole work of making Himself present and manifesting Himself: through His words and deeds, His signs and wonders, but especially through His death and glorious resurrection from the dead and final sending of the Spirit of truth. Moreover He confirmed with divine testimony what revelation proclaimed, that God is with us to free us from the darkness of sin and death, and to raise us up to life eternal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Christian dispensation, therefore, as the new and definitive covenant, will never pass away and we now await no further new public revelation before the glorious manifestation of our Lord Jesus Christ (see 1 Tim. 6:14 and Tit. 2:13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"The obedience of faith\" (Rom. 16:26; see 1:5; 2 Cor 10:5-6) \"is to be given to God who reveals, an obedience by which man commits his whole self freely to God, offering the full submission of intellect and will to God who reveals,\" (4) and freely assenting to the truth revealed by Him. To make this act of faith, the grace of God and the interior help of the Holy Spirit must precede and assist, moving the heart and turning it to God, opening the eyes of the mind and giving \"joy and ease to everyone in assenting to the truth and believing it.\" (5) To bring about an ever deeper understanding of revelation the same Holy Spirit constantly brings faith to completion by His gifts."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Through divine revelation, God chose to show forth and communicate Himself and the eternal decisions of His will regarding the salvation of men. That is to say, He chose to share with them those divine treasures which totally transcend the understanding of the human mind. (6)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As a sacred synod has affirmed, God, the beginning and end of all things, can be known with certainty from created reality by the light of human reason (see Rom. 1:20); but teaches that it is through His revelation that those religious truths which are by their nature accessible to human reason can be known by all men with ease, with solid certitude and with no trace of error, even in this present state of the human race. (7)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "HANDING ON DIVINE REVELATION"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In His gracious goodness, God has seen to it that what He had revealed for the salvation of all nations would abide perpetually in its full integrity and be handed on to all generations. Therefore Christ the Lord in whom the full revelation of the supreme God is brought to completion (see 2 Cor. 1:20; 3:13; 4:6), commissioned the Apostles to preach to all men that Gospel which is the source of all saving truth and moral teaching, (1) and to impart to them heavenly gifts. This Gospel had been promised in former times through the prophets, and Christ Himself had fulfilled it and promulgated it with His lips. This commission was faithfully fulfilled by the Apostles who, by their oral preaching, by example, and by observances handed on what they had received from the lips of Christ, from living with Him, and from what He did, or what they had learned through the prompting of the Holy Spirit. The commission was fulfilled, too, by those Apostles and apostolic men who under the inspiration of the same Holy Spirit committed the message of salvation to writing. (2)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But in order to keep the Gospel forever whole and alive within the Church, the Apostles left bishops as their successors, \"handing over\" to them \"the authority to teach in their own place.\"(3) This sacred tradition, therefore, and Sacred Scripture of both the Old and New Testaments are like a mirror in which the pilgrim Church on earth looks at God, from whom she has received everything, until she is brought finally to see Him as He is, face to face (see 1 John 3:2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And so the apostolic preaching, which is expressed in a special way in the inspired books, was to be preserved by an unending succession of preachers until the end of time. Therefore the Apostles, handing on what they themselves had received, warn the faithful to hold fast to the traditions which they have learned either by word of mouth or by letter (see 2 Thess. 2:15), and to fight in defense of the faith handed on once and for all (see Jude 1:3) (4) Now what was handed on by the Apostles includes everything which contributes toward the holiness of life and increase in faith of the peoples of God; and so the Church, in her teaching, life and worship, perpetuates and hands on to all generations all that she herself is, all that she believes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This tradition which comes from the Apostles develops in the Church with the help of the Holy Spirit. (5) For there is a growth in the understanding of the realities and the words which have been handed down. This happens through the contemplation and study made by believers, who treasure these things in their hearts (see Luke, 2:19, 51) through a penetrating understanding of the spiritual realities which they experience, and through the preaching of those who have received through Episcopal succession the sure gift of truth. For as the centuries succeed one another, the Church constantly moves forward toward the fullness of divine truth until the words of God reach their complete fulfillment in her."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The words of the holy fathers witness to the presence of this living tradition, whose wealth is poured into the practice and life of the believing and praying Church. Through the same tradition the Church's full canon of the sacred books is known, and the sacred writings themselves are more profoundly understood and unceasingly made active in her; and thus God, who spoke of old, uninterruptedly converses with the bride of His beloved Son; and the Holy Spirit, through whom the living voice of the Gospel resounds in the Church, and through her, in the world, leads unto all truth those who believe and makes the word of Christ dwell abundantly in them (see Col. 3:16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hence there exists a close connection and communication between sacred tradition and Sacred Scripture. For both of them, flowing from the same divine wellspring, in a certain way merge into a unity and tend toward the same end. For Sacred Scripture is the word of God inasmuch as it is consigned to writing under the inspiration of the divine Spirit, while sacred tradition takes the word of God entrusted by Christ the Lord and the Holy Spirit to the Apostles, and hands it on to their successors in its full purity, so that led by the light of the Spirit of truth, they may in proclaiming it preserve this word of God faithfully, explain it, and make it more widely known. Consequently it is not from Sacred Scripture alone that the Church draws her certainty about everything which has been revealed. Therefore both sacred tradition and Sacred Scripture are to be accepted and venerated with the same sense of loyalty and reverence.(6)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacred tradition and Sacred Scripture form one sacred deposit of the word of God, committed to the Church. Holding fast to this deposit the entire holy people united with their shepherds remain always steadfast in the teaching of the Apostles, in the common life, in the breaking of the bread and in prayers (see Acts 2, 42, Greek text), so that holding to, practicing and professing the heritage of the faith, it becomes on the part of the bishops and faithful a single common effort. (7)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But the task of authentically interpreting the word of God, whether written or handed on, (8) has been entrusted exclusively to the living teaching office of the Church, (9) whose authority is exercised in the name of Jesus Christ. This teaching office is not above the word of God, but serves it, teaching only what has been handed on, listening to it devoutly, guarding it scrupulously and explaining it faithfully in accord with a divine commission and with the help of the Holy Spirit, it draws from this one deposit of faith everything which it presents for belief as divinely revealed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is clear, therefore, that sacred tradition, Sacred Scripture and the teaching authority of the Church, in accord with God's most wise design, are so linked and joined together that one cannot stand without the others, and that all together and each in its own way under the action of the one Holy Spirit contribute effectively to the salvation of souls."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SACRED SCRIPTURE, ITS DIVINE INSPIRATION AND INTERPRETATION"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those divinely revealed realities which are contained and presented in Sacred Scripture have been committed to writing under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit. For holy mother Church, relying on the belief of the Apostles (see John 20:31; 2 Tim. 3:16; 2 Peter 1:19-20, 3:15-16), holds that the books of both the Old and New Testaments in their entirety, with all their parts, are sacred and canonical because written under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, they have God as their author and have been handed on as such to the Church herself.(1) In composing the sacred books, God chose men and while employed by Him (2) they made use of their powers and abilities, so that with Him acting in them and through them, (3) they, as true authors, consigned to writing everything and only those things which He wanted. (4)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, since everything asserted by the inspired authors or sacred writers must be held to be asserted by the Holy Spirit, it follows that the books of Scripture must be acknowledged as teaching solidly, faithfully and without error that truth which God wanted put into sacred writings (5) for the sake of salvation. Therefore \"all Scripture is divinely inspired and has its use for teaching the truth and refuting error, for reformation of manners and discipline in right living, so that the man who belongs to God may be efficient and equipped for good work of every kind\" (2 Tim. 3:16-17, Greek text)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "However, since God speaks in Sacred Scripture through men in human fashion, (6) the interpreter of Sacred Scripture, in order to see clearly what God wanted to communicate to us, should carefully investigate what meaning the sacred writers really intended, and what God wanted to manifest by means of their words."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To search out the intention of the sacred writers, attention should be given, among other things, to \"literary forms.\" For truth is set forth and expressed differently in texts which are variously historical, prophetic, poetic, or of other forms of discourse. The interpreter must investigate what meaning the sacred writer intended to express and actually expressed in particular circumstances by using contemporary literary forms in accordance with the situation of his own time and culture. (7) For the correct understanding of what the sacred author wanted to assert, due attention must be paid to the customary and characteristic styles of feeling, speaking and narrating which prevailed at the time of the sacred writer, and to the patterns men normally employed at that period in their everyday dealings with one another. (8)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But, since Holy Scripture must be read and interpreted in the sacred spirit in which it was written, (9) no less serious attention must be given to the content and unity of the whole of Scripture if the meaning of the sacred texts is to be correctly worked out. The living tradition of the whole Church must be taken into account along with the harmony which exists between elements of the faith. It is the task of exegetes to work according to these rules toward a better understanding and explanation of the meaning of Sacred Scripture, so that through preparatory study the judgment of the Church may mature. For all of what has been said about the way of interpreting Scripture is subject finally to the judgment of the Church, which carries out the divine commission and ministry of guarding and interpreting the word of God. (10)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Sacred Scripture, therefore, while the truth and holiness of God always remains intact, the marvelous \"condescension\" of eternal wisdom is clearly shown, \"that we may learn the gentle kindness of God, which words cannot express, and how far He has gone in adapting His language with thoughtful concern for our weak human nature.\" (11) For the words of God, expressed in human language, have been made like human discourse, just as the word of the eternal Father, when He took to Himself the flesh of human weakness, was in every way made like men."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE OLD TESTAMENT"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In carefully planning and preparing the salvation of the whole human race the God of infinite love, by a special dispensation, chose for Himself a people to whom He would entrust His promises. First He entered into a covenant with Abraham (see Gen. 15:18) and, through Moses, with the people of Israel (see Ex. 24:8). To this people which He had acquired for Himself, He so manifested Himself through words and deeds as the one true and living God that Israel came to know by experience the ways of God with men. Then too, when God Himself spoke to them through the mouth of the prophets, Israel daily gained a deeper and clearer understanding of His ways and made them more widely known among the nations (see Ps. 21:29; 95:1-3; Is. 2:1-5; Jer. 3:17). The plan of salvation foretold by the sacred authors, recounted and explained by them, is found as the true word of God in the books of the Old Testament: these books, therefore, written under divine inspiration, remain permanently valuable. \"For all that was written for our instruction, so that by steadfastness and the encouragement of the Scriptures we might have hope\" (Rom. 15:4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The principal purpose to which the plan of the old covenant was directed was to prepare for the coming of Christ, the redeemer of all and of the messianic kingdom, to announce this coming by prophecy (see Luke 24:44; John 5:39; 1 Peter 1:10), and to indicate its meaning through various types (see 1 Cor. 10:12). Now the books of the Old Testament, in accordance with the state of mankind before the time of salvation established by Christ, reveal to all men the knowledge of God and of man and the ways in which God, just and merciful, deals with men. These books, though they also contain some things which are incomplete and temporary, nevertheless show us true divine pedagogy. (1) These same books, then, give expression to a lively sense of God, contain a store of sublime teachings about God, sound wisdom about human life, and a wonderful treasury of prayers, and in them the mystery of our salvation is present in a hidden way. Christians should receive them with reverence."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "God, the inspirer and author of both Testaments, wisely arranged that the New Testament be hidden in the Old and the Old be made manifest in the New. (2) For, though Christ established the new covenant in His blood (see Luke 22:20; 1 Cor. 11:25), still the books of the Old Testament with all their parts, caught up into the proclamation of the Gospel, (3) acquire and show forth their full meaning in the New Testament (see Matt. 5:17; Luke 24:27; Rom. 16:25-26; 2 Cor. 14:16) and in turn shed light on it and explain it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE NEW TESTAMENT"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The word of God, which is the power of God for the salvation of all who believe (see Rom. 1:16), is set forth and shows its power in a most excellent way in the writings of the New Testament. For when the fullness of time arrived (see Gal. 4:4), the Word was made flesh and dwelt among us in His fullness of graces and truth (see John 1:14). Christ established the kingdom of God on earth, manifested His Father and Himself by deeds and words, and completed His work by His death, resurrection and glorious Ascension and by the sending of the Holy Spirit. Having been lifted up from the earth, He draws all men to Himself (see John 12:32, Greek text), He who alone has the words of eternal life (see John 6:68). This mystery had not been manifested to other generations as it was now revealed to His holy Apostles and prophets in the Holy Spirit (see Eph. 3:4-6, Greek text), so that they might preach the Gospel, stir up faith in Jesus, Christ and Lord, and gather together the Church. Now the writings of the New Testament stand as a perpetual and divine witness to these realities."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is common knowledge that among all the Scriptures, even those of the New Testament, the Gospels have a special preeminence, and rightly so, for they are the principal witness for the life and teaching of the incarnate Word, our savior."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church has always and everywhere held and continues to hold that the four Gospels are of apostolic origin. For what the Apostles preached in fulfillment of the commission of Christ, afterwards they themselves and apostolic men, under the inspiration of the divine Spirit, handed on to us in writing: the foundation of faith, namely, the fourfold Gospel, according to Matthew, Mark, Luke and John.(1)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Holy Mother Church has firmly and with absolute constancy held, and continues to hold, that the four Gospels just named, whose historical character the Church unhesitatingly asserts, faithfully hand on what Jesus Christ, while living among men, really did and taught for their eternal salvation until the day He was taken up into heaven (see Acts 1:1). Indeed, after the Ascension of the Lord the Apostles handed on to their hearers what He had said and done. This they did with that clearer understanding which they enjoyed (3) after they had been instructed by the glorious events of Christ's life and taught by the light of the Spirit of truth. (2) The sacred authors wrote the four Gospels, selecting some things from the many which had been handed on by word of mouth or in writing, reducing some of them to a synthesis, explaining some things in view of the situation of their churches and preserving the form of proclamation but always in such fashion that they told us the honest truth about Jesus.(4) For their intention in writing was that either from their own memory and recollections, or from the witness of those who \"themselves from the beginning were eyewitnesses and ministers of the Word\" we might know \"the truth\" concerning those matters about which we have been instructed (see Luke 1:2-4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Besides the four Gospels, the canon of the New Testament also contains the epistles of St. Paul and other apostolic writings, composed under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, by which, according to the wise plan of God, those matters which concern Christ the Lord are confirmed, His true teaching is more and more fully stated, the saving power of the divine work of Christ is preached, the story is told of the beginnings of the Church and its marvelous growth, and its glorious fulfillment is foretold."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the Lord Jesus was with His apostles as He had promised (see Matt. 28:20) and sent them the advocate Spirit who would lead them into the fullness of truth (see John 16:13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SACRED SCRIPTURE IN THE LIFE OF THE CHURCH"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church has always venerated the divine Scriptures just as she venerates the body of the Lord, since, especially in the sacred liturgy, she unceasingly receives and offers to the faithful the bread of life from the table both of God's word and of Christ's body. She has always maintained them, and continues to do so, together with sacred tradition, as the supreme rule of faith, since, as inspired by God and committed once and for all to writing, they impart the word of God Himself without change, and make the voice of the Holy Spirit resound in the words of the prophets and Apostles. Therefore, like the Christian religion itself, all the preaching of the Church must be nourished and regulated by Sacred Scripture. For in the sacred books, the Father who is in heaven meets His children with great love and speaks with them; and the force and power in the word of God is so great that it stands as the support and energy of the Church, the strength of faith for her sons, the food of the soul, the pure and everlasting source of spiritual life. Consequently these words are perfectly applicable to Sacred Scripture: \"For the word of God is living and active\" (Heb. 4:12) and \"it has power to build you up and give you your heritage among all those who are sanctified\" (Acts 20:32; see 1 Thess. 2:13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Easy access to Sacred Scripture should be provided for all the Christian faithful. That is why the Church from the very beginning accepted as her own that very ancient Greek translation of the Old Testament which is called the septuagint; and she has always given a place of honor to other Eastern translations and Latin ones especially the Latin translation known as the vulgate. But since the word of God should be accessible at all times, the Church by her authority and with maternal concern sees to it that suitable and correct translations are made into different languages, especially from the original texts of the sacred books. And should the opportunity arise and the Church authorities approve, if these translations are produced in cooperation with the separated brethren as well, all Christians will be able to use them."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The bride of the incarnate Word, the Church taught by the Holy Spirit, is concerned to move ahead toward a deeper understanding of the Sacred Scriptures so that she may increasingly feed her sons with the divine words. Therefore, she also encourages the study of the holy Fathers of both East and West and of sacred liturgies. Catholic exegetes then and other students of sacred theology, working diligently together and using appropriate means, should devote their energies, under the watchful care of the sacred teaching office of the Church, to an exploration and exposition of the divine writings. This should be so done that as many ministers of the divine word as possible will be able effectively to provide the nourishment of the Scriptures for the people of God, to enlighten their minds, strengthen their wills, and set men's hearts on fire with the love of God. (1) The sacred synod encourages the sons of the Church and Biblical scholars to continue energetically, following the mind of the Church, with the work they have so well begun, with a constant renewal of vigor. (2)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacred theology rests on the written word of God, together with sacred tradition, as its primary and perpetual foundation. By scrutinizing in the light of faith all truth stored up in the mystery of Christ, theology is most powerfully strengthened and constantly rejuvenated by that word. For the Sacred Scriptures contain the word of God and since they are inspired, really are the word of God; and so the study of the sacred page is, as it were, the soul of sacred theology. (3) By the same word of Scripture the ministry of the word also, that is, pastoral preaching, catechetics and all Christian instruction, in which the liturgical homily must hold the foremost place, is nourished in a healthy way and flourishes in a holy way."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, all the clergy must hold fast to the Sacred Scriptures through diligent sacred reading and careful study, especially the priests of Christ and others, such as deacons and catechists who are legitimately active in the ministry of the word. This is to be done so that none of them will become \"an empty preacher of the word of God outwardly, who is not a listener to it inwardly\" (4) since they must share the abundant wealth of the divine word with the faithful committed to them, especially in the sacred liturgy. The sacred synod also earnestly and especially urges all the Christian faithful, especially Religious, to learn by frequent reading of the divine Scriptures the \"excellent knowledge of Jesus Christ\" (Phil. 3:8). \"For ignorance of the Scriptures is ignorance of Christ.\"(5) Therefore, they should gladly put themselves in touch with the sacred text itself, whether it be through the liturgy, rich in the divine word, or through devotional reading, or through instructions suitable for the purpose and other aids which, in our time, with approval and active support of the shepherds of the Church, are commendably spread everywhere. And let them remember that prayer should accompany the reading of Sacred Scripture, so that God and man may talk together; for \"we speak to Him when we pray; we hear Him when we read the divine saying.\" (6)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It devolves on sacred bishops \"who have the apostolic teaching\"(7) to give the faithful entrusted to them suitable instruction in the right use of the divine books, especially the New Testament and above all the Gospels. This can be done through translations of the sacred texts, which are to be provided with the necessary and really adequate explanations so that the children of the Church may safely and profitably become conversant with the Sacred Scriptures and be penetrated with their spirit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore, editions of the Sacred Scriptures, provided with suitable footnotes, should be prepared also for the use of non-Christians and adapted to their situation. Both pastors of souls and Christians generally should see to the wise distribution of these in one way or another."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In this way, therefore, through the reading and study of the sacred books \"the word of God may spread rapidly and be glorified\" (2 Thess. 3:1) and the treasure of revelation, entrusted to the Church, may more and more fill the hearts of men. Just as the life of the Church is strengthened through more frequent celebration of the Eucharistic mystery, similar we may hope for a new stimulus for the life of the Spirit from a growing reverence for the word of God, which \"lasts forever\" (Is. 40:8; see 1 Peter 1:23-25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Preface"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 1:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. St. Augustine, \"De Catechizandis Rudibus,\" C.IV 8: PL. 40, 316."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 2:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Matt. 11:27; John 1:14 and 17; 14:6; 17:1-3; 2 Cor 3:16 and 4, 6; Eph. 1, 3-14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 4:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Epistle to Diognetus, c. VII, 4: Funk, Apostolic Fathers, I, p. 403."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 5:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "First Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Catholic Faith, Chap. 3, \"On Faith:\" Denzinger 1789 (3008)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Second Council of Orange, Canon 7: Denzinger 180 (377); First Vatican Council, loc. cit.: Denzinger 1791 (3010)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 6:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "First Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Catholic Faith, Chap. 2, \"On Revelation:\" Denzinger 1786 (3005)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ibid: Denzinger 1785 and 1786 (3004 and 3005)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 7:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Matt. 28:19-20, and Mark 16:15; Council of Trent, session IV, Decree on Scriptural Canons: Denzinger 783 (1501)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Council of Trent, loc. cit.; First Vatican Council, session III, Dogmatic Constitution on the Catholic Faith, Chap. 2, \"On revelation:\" Denzinger 1787 (3005)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "St. Irenaeus, \"Against Heretics\" III, 3, 1: PG 7, 848; Harvey, 2, p. 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 8:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Second Council of Nicea: Denzinger 303 (602); Fourth Council of Constance, session X, Canon 1: Denzinger 336 (650-652)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. First Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Catholic Faith, Chap. 4, \"On Faith and Reason:\" Denzinger 1800 (3020)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 9:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Council of Trent, session IV, loc. cit.: Denzinger 783 (1501)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 10:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, apostolic constitution, \"Munificentissimus Deus,\" Nov. 1, 1950: A.A.S. 42 (1950) p. 756; Collected Writings of St. Cyprian, Letter 66, 8: Hartel, III, B, p. 733: \"The Church [is] people united with the priest and the pastor together with his flock.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. First Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Catholic Faith, Chap. 3 \"On Faith:\" Denzinger 1792 (3011)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, encyclical \"Humani Generis,\" Aug. 12, 1950: A.A.S. 42 (1950) pp. 568-69: Denzinger 2314 (3886)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 11:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. First Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Catholic Faith, Chap. 2 \"On Revelation:\" Denzinger 1787 (3006); Biblical Commission, Decree of June 18,1915: Denzinger 2180 (3629): EB 420; Holy Office, Epistle of Dec. 22, 1923: EB 499."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, encyclical \"Divino Afflante Spiritu,\" Sept. 30, 1943: A.A.S. 35 (1943) p. 314; Enchiridion Bible. (EB) 556."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"In\" and \"for\" man: cf. Heb. 1, and 4, 7; (\"in\"): 2 Sm. 23,2; Matt.1:22 and various places; (\"for\"): First Vatican Council, Schema on Catholic Doctrine, note 9: Coll. Lac. VII, 522."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leo XIII, encyclical \"Providentissimus Deus,\" Nov. 18, 1893: Denzinger 1952 (3293); EB 125."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. St. Augustine, \"Gen. ad Litt.\" 2, 9, 20:PL 34, 270-271; Epistle 82, 3: PL 33, 277: CSEL 34, 2, p. 354. St. Thomas, \"On Truth,\" Q. 12, A. 2, C.Council of Trent, session IV, Scriptural Canons: Denzinger 783 (1501). Leo XIII, encyclical \"Providentissimus Deus:\" EB 121, 124, 126-127. Pius XII, encyclical \"Divino Afflante Spiritu:\" EB 539."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 12:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "St. Augustine, \"City of God,\" XVII, 6, 2: PL 41, 537: CSEL. XL, 2, 228."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "St. Augustine, \"On Christian Doctrine\" III, 18, 26; PL 34, 75-76."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pius XII, loc. cit. Denziger 2294 (3829-3830); EB 557-562."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Benedict XV, encyclical \"Spiritus Paraclitus\" Sept. 15, 1920:EB 469. St. Jerome, \"In Galatians' 5, 19-20: PL 26, 417 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. First Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Catholic Faith, Chapter 2, \"On Revelation:\" Denziger 1788 (3007)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 13:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "St. John Chrysostom \"In Genesis\" 3, 8 (Homily l7, 1): PG 53, 134; \"Attemperatio\" [in English \"Suitable adjustment\"] in Greek \"synkatabasis.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 15:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pius XI, encyclical 'Mit Brennender Sorge,\" March 14, 1937: A.A.S. 29 (1937) p. 51."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 16:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "St. Augustine, \"Quest. in Hept.\" 2,73: PL 34,623."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "St. Irenaeus, \"Against Heretics\" III, 21,3: PG 7,950; (Same as 25,1: Harvey 2, p. 115). St. Cyril of Jerusalem, \"Catech.\" 4,35; PG 33,497. Theodore of Mopsuestia, \"In Soph.\" 1,4-6: PG 66, 452D-453A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter V"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 18:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. St. Irenaeus, \"Against Heretics\" III, 11; 8: PG 7,885, Sagnard Edition, p. 194."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 19:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Due to the necessities of translation, footnote 2 follows footnote 3 in text of Article 19.)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. John 14:26; 16:13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "John 2:22; 12:16; cf. 14:26; 16:12-13; 7:39."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. instruction \"Holy Mother Church\" edited by Pontifical Consilium for Promotion of Bible Studies; A.A.S. 56 (1964) p. 715."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 23:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, encyclical \"Divino Afflante Spiritu:\" EB 551, 553, 567. Pontifical Biblical Commission, Instruction on Proper Teaching of Sacred Scripture in Seminaries and Religious Colleges, May 13, 1950: A.A.S. 42 (1950) pp. 495-505."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Pius XII, ibid: EB 569."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 24:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "cf. Leo XIII, encyclical \"Providentissmus Deus:\" EB 114; Benedict XV, encyclical \"Spiritus Paraclitus:\" EB 483."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Article 25:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "St. Augustine Sermons, 179,1: PL 38,966."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "St. Jerome, Commentary on Isaiah, Prol.: PL 24,17. cf. Benedict XV, encyclical \"Spiritus Paraclitus:\" EB 475-480; Pius XII, encyclical \"Divino Afflante Spiritu:\" EB 544."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "St. Ambrose, On the Duties of Ministers I, 20,88: PL l6,50."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "St. Irenaeus, \"Against Heretics\" IV, 32,1: PG 7, 1071; (Same as 49,2) Harvey, 2, p. 255."
            }
          ]
        },
        "es": {
          "code": "es",
          "label": "Español",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19651118_dei-verbum_sp.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-39-vat-ii_const_19651118_dei-verbum_sp.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONSTITUCIÓN DOGMÁTICA DEI VERBUM SOBRE LA DIVINA REVELACIÓN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROEMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Santo Concilio, escuchando religiosamente la palabra de Dios y proclamándola confiadamente, hace cuya la frase de San Juan, cuando dice: \"Os anunciamos la vida eterna, que estaba en el Padre y se nos manifestó: lo que hemos visto y oído os lo anunciamos a vosotros, a fin de que viváis también en comunión con nosotros, y esta comunión nuestra sea con el Padre y con su Hijo Jesucristo\" (1 Jn., 1,2-3). Por tanto siguiendo las huellas de los Concilios Tridentino y Vaticano I, se propone exponer la doctrina genuina sobre la divina revelación y sobre su transmisión para que todo el mundo, oyendo, crea el anuncio de la salvación; creyendo, espere, y esperando, ame."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I LA REVELACIÓN EN SÍ MISMA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Naturaleza y objeto de la revelación"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dispuso Dios en su sabiduría revelarse a Sí mismo y dar a conocer el misterio de su voluntad, mediante el cual los hombres, por medio de Cristo, Verbo encarnado, tienen acceso al Padre en el Espíritu Santo y se hacen consortes de la naturaleza divina. En consecuencia, por esta revelación, Dios invisible habla a los hombres como amigos, movido por su gran amor y mora con ellos, para invitarlos a la comunicación consigo y recibirlos en su compañía. Este plan de la revelación se realiza con hechos y palabras intrínsecamente conexos entre sí, de forma que las obras realizadas por Dios en la historia de la salvación manifiestan y confirman la doctrina y los hechos significados por las palabras, y las palabras, por su parte, proclaman las obras y esclarecen el misterio contenido en ellas. Pero la verdad íntima acerca de Dios y acerca de la salvación humana se nos manifiesta por la revelación en Cristo, que es a un tiempo mediador y plenitud de toda la revelación"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Preparación de la revelación evangélica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dios, creándolo todo y conservándolo por su Verbo, da a los hombres testimonio perenne de sí en las cosas creadas, y, queriendo abrir el camino de la salvación sobrenatural, se manifestó, además, personalmente a nuestros primeros padres ya desde el principio. Después de su caída alentó en ellos la esperanza de la salvación, con la promesa de la redención, y tuvo incesante cuidado del género humano, para dar la vida eterna a todos los que buscan la salvación con la perseverancia en las buenas obras. En su tiempo llamó a Abraham para hacerlo padre de un gran pueblo, al que luego instruyó por los Patriarcas, por Moisés y por los Profetas para que lo reconocieran Dios único, vivo y verdadero, Padre providente y justo juez, y para que esperaran al Salvador prometido, y de esta forma, a través de los siglos, fue preparando el camino del Evangelio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En Cristo culmina la revelación"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Después que Dios habló muchas veces y de muchas maneras por los Profetas, \"últimamente, en estos días, nos habló por su Hijo\". Pues envió a su Hijo, es decir, al Verbo eterno, que ilumina a todos los hombres, para que viviera entre ellos y les manifestara los secretos de Dios; Jesucristo, pues, el Verbo hecho carne, \"hombre enviado, a los hombres\", \"habla palabras de Dios\" y lleva a cabo la obra de la salvación que el Padre le confió. Por tanto, Jesucristo -ver al cual es ver al Padre-, con su total presencia y manifestación personal, con palabras y obras, señales y milagros, y, sobre todo, con su muerte y resurrección gloriosa de entre los muertos; finalmente, con el envío del Espíritu de verdad, completa la revelación y confirma con el testimonio divino que vive en Dios con nosotros para librarnos de las tinieblas del pecado y de la muerte y resucitarnos a la vida eterna."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La economía cristiana, por tanto, como alianza nueva y definitiva, nunca cesará, y no hay que esperar ya ninguna revelación pública antes de la gloriosa manifestación de nuestro Señor Jesucristo (cf. 1 Tim., 6,14; Tit., 2,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La revelación hay que recibirla con fe"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cuando Dios revela hay que prestarle \"la obediencia de la fe\", por la que el hombre se confía libre y totalmente a Dios prestando \"a Dios revelador el homenaje del entendimiento y de la voluntad\", y asintiendo voluntariamente a la revelación hecha por El. Para profesar esta fe es necesaria la gracia de Dios, que proviene y ayuda, a los auxilios internos del Espíritu Santo, el cual mueve el corazón y lo convierte a Dios, abre los ojos de la mente y da \"a todos la suavidad en el aceptar y creer la verdad\". Y para que la inteligencia de la revelación sea más profunda, el mismo Espíritu Santo perfecciona constantemente la fe por medio de sus dones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las verdades reveladas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mediante la revelación divina quiso Dios manifestarse a Sí mismo y los eternos decretos de su voluntad acerca de la salvación de los hombres, \"para comunicarles los bienes divinos, que superan totalmente la comprensión de la inteligencia humana\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Confiesa el Santo Concilio \"que Dios, principio y fin de todas las cosas, puede ser conocido con seguridad por la luz natural de la razón humana, partiendo de las criaturas\"; pero enseña que hay que atribuir a Su revelación \"el que todo lo divino que por su naturaleza no sea inaccesible a la razón humana lo pueden conocer todos fácilmente, con certeza y sin error alguno, incluso en la condición presente del género humano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPITULO II TRANSMISIÓN DE LA REVELACIÓN DIVINA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Apóstoles y sus sucesores, heraldos del Evangelio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dispuso Dios benignamente que todo lo que había revelado para la salvación de los hombres permaneciera íntegro para siempre y se fuera transmitiendo a todas las generaciones. Por ello Cristo Señor, en quien se consuma la revelación total del Dios sumo, mandó a los Apóstoles que predicaran a todos los hombres el Evangelio, comunicándoles los dones divinos. Este Evangelio, prometido antes por los Profetas, lo completó El y lo promulgó con su propia boca, como fuente de toda la verdad salvadora y de la ordenación de las costumbres. Lo cual fue realizado fielmente, tanto por los Apóstoles, que en la predicación oral comunicaron con ejemplos e instituciones lo que habían recibido por la palabra, por la convivencia y por las obras de Cristo, o habían aprendido por la inspiración del Espíritu Santo, como por aquellos Apóstoles y varones apostólicos que, bajo la inspiración del mismo Espíritu, escribieron el mensaje de la salvación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas para que el Evangelio se conservara constantemente íntegro y vivo en la Iglesia, los Apóstoles dejaron como sucesores suyos a los Obispos, \"entregándoles su propio cargo del magisterio\". Por consiguiente, esta sagrada tradición y la Sagrada Escritura de ambos Testamentos son como un espejo en que la Iglesia peregrina en la tierra contempla a Dios, de quien todo lo recibe, hasta que le sea concedido el verbo cara a cara, tal como es (cf. 1 Jn., 3,2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Sagrada Tradición"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Así, pues, la predicación apostólica, que está expuesta de un modo especial en los libros inspirados, debía conservarse hasta el fin de los tiempos por una sucesión continua. De ahí que los Apóstoles, comunicando lo que de ellos mismos han recibido, amonestan a los fieles que conserven las tradiciones que han aprendido o de palabra o por escrito, y que sigan combatiendo por la fe que se les ha dado una vez para siempre. Ahora bien, lo que enseñaron los Apóstoles encierra todo lo necesario para que el Pueblo de Dios viva santamente y aumente su fe, y de esta forma la Iglesia, en su doctrina, en su vida y en su culto perpetúa y transmite a todas las generaciones todo lo que ella es, todo lo que cree."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta Tradición, que deriva de los Apóstoles, progresa en la Iglesia con la asistencia del Espíritu Santo: puesto que va creciendo en la comprensión de las cosas y de las palabras transmitidas, ya por la contemplación y el estudio de los creyentes, que las meditan en su corazón y, ya por la percepción íntima que experimentan de las cosas espirituales, ya por el anuncio de aquellos que con la sucesión del episcopado recibieron el carisma cierto de la verdad. Es decir, la Iglesia, en el decurso de los siglos, tiende constantemente a la plenitud de la verdad divina, hasta que en ella se cumplan las palabras de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las enseñanzas de los Santos Padres testifican la presencia viva de esta tradición, cuyos tesoros se comunican a la práctica y a la vida de la Iglesia creyente y orante. Por esta Tradición conoce la Iglesia el Canon íntegro de los libros sagrados, y la misma Sagrada Escritura se va conociendo en ella más a fondo y se hace incesantemente operativa, y de esta forma, Dios, que habló en otro tiempo, habla sin intermisión con la Esposa de su amado Hijo; y el Espíritu Santo, por quien la voz del Evangelio resuena viva en la Iglesia, y por ella en el mundo, va induciendo a los creyentes en la verdad entera, y hace que la palabra de Cristo habite en ellos abundantemente (cf. Col., 3,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mutua relación entre la Sagrada Tradición y la Sagrada Escritura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Así, pues, la Sagrada Tradición y la Sagrada Escritura están íntimamente unidas y compenetradas. Porque surgiendo ambas de la misma divina fuente, se funden en cierto modo y tienden a un mismo fin. Ya que la Sagrada Escritura es la palabra de Dios en cuanto se consigna por escrito bajo la inspiración del Espíritu Santo, y la Sagrada Tradición transmite íntegramente a los sucesores de los Apóstoles la palabra de Dios, a ellos confiada por Cristo Señor y por el Espíritu Santo para que, con la luz del Espíritu de la verdad la guarden fielmente, la expongan y la difundan con su predicación; de donde se sigue que la Iglesia no deriva solamente de la Sagrada Escritura su certeza acerca de todas las verdades reveladas. Por eso se han de recibir y venerar ambas con un mismo espíritu de piedad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relación de una y otra con toda la Iglesia y con el Magisterio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Sagrada Tradición, pues, y la Sagrada Escritura constituyen un solo depósito sagrado de la palabra de Dios, confiado a la Iglesia; fiel a este depósito todo el pueblo santo, unido con sus pastores en la doctrina de los Apóstoles y en la comunión, persevera constantemente en la fracción del pan y en la oración (cf. Hch 2,42), de suerte que prelados y fieles colaboran estrechamente en la conservación, en el ejercicio y en la profesión de la fe recibida."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero el oficio de interpretar auténticamente la palabra de Dios escrita o transmitida ha sido confiado únicamente al Magisterio vivo de la Iglesia, cuya autoridad se ejerce en el nombre de Jesucristo. Este Magisterio, evidentemente, no está sobre la palabra de Dios, sino que la sirve, enseñando solamente lo que le ha sido confiado, por mandato divino y con la asistencia del Espíritu Santo la oye con piedad, la guarda con exactitud y la expone con fidelidad, y de este único depósito de la fe saca todo lo que propone como verdad revelada por Dios que se ha de creer."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es evidente, por tanto, que la Sagrada Tradición, la Sagrada Escritura y el Magisterio de la Iglesia, según el designio sapientísimo de Dios, están entrelazados y unidos de tal forma que no tiene consistencia el uno sin el otro, y que, juntos, cada uno a su modo, bajo la acción del Espíritu Santo, contribuyen eficazmente a la salvación de las almas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO III INSPIRACIÓN DIVINA DE LA SAGRADA ESCRITURA Y SU INTERPRETACIÓN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se establece el hecho de la inspiración y de la verdad de la Sagrada Escritura 11. Las verdades reveladas por Dios, que se contienen y manifiestan en la Sagrada Escritura, se consignaron por inspiración del Espíritu Santo. la santa Madre Iglesia, según la fe apostólica, tiene por santos y canónicos los libros enteros del Antiguo y Nuevo Testamento con todas sus partes, porque, escritos bajo la inspiración del Espíritu Santo, tienen a Dios como autor y como tales se le han entregado a la misma Iglesia. Pero en la redacción de los libros sagrados, Dios eligió a hombres, que utilizó usando de sus propias facultades y medios, de forma que obrando El en ellos y por ellos, escribieron, como verdaderos autores, todo y sólo lo que El quería."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pues, como todo lo que los autores inspirados o hagiógrafos afirman, debe tenerse como afirmado por el Espíritu Santo, hay que confesar que los libros de la Escritura enseñan firmemente, con fidelidad y sin error, la verdad que Dios quiso consignar en las sagradas letras para nuestra salvación. Así, pues, \"toda la Escritura es divinamente inspirada y útil para enseñar, para argüir, para corregir, para educar en la justicia, a fin de que el hombre de Dios sea perfecto y equipado para toda obra buena\" (2 Tim., 3,16-17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cómo hay que interpretar la Sagrada Escritura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Habiendo, pues, hablando dios en la Sagrada Escritura por hombres y a la manera humana, para que el intérprete de la Sagrada Escritura comprenda lo que El quiso comunicarnos, debe investigar con atención lo que pretendieron expresar realmente los hagiógrafos y plugo a Dios manifestar con las palabras de ellos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para descubrir la intención de los hagiógrafos, entre otras cosas hay que atender a \"los géneros literarios\". Puesto que la verdad se propone y se expresa de maneras diversas en los textos de diverso género: histórico, profético, poético o en otros géneros literarios. Conviene, además, que el intérprete investigue el sentido que intentó expresar y expresó el hagiógrafo en cada circunstancia según la condición de su tiempo y de su cultura, según los géneros literarios usados en su época. Pues para entender rectamente lo que el autor sagrado quiso afirmar en sus escritos, hay que atender cuidadosamente tanto a las formas nativas usadas de pensar, de hablar o de narrar vigentes en los tiempos del hagiógrafo, como a las que en aquella época solían usarse en el trato mutuo de los hombres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Y como la Sagrada Escritura hay que leerla e interpretarla con el mismo Espíritu con que se escribió para sacar el sentido exacto de los textos sagrados, hay que atender no menos diligentemente al contenido y a la unidad de toda la Sagrada Escritura, teniendo en cuanta la Tradición viva de toda la Iglesia y la analogía de la fe. Es deber de los exegetas trabajar según estas reglas para entender y exponer totalmente el sentido de la Sagrada Escritura, para que, como en un estudio previo, vaya madurando el juicio de la Iglesia. Por que todo lo que se refiere a la interpretación de la Sagrada Escritura, está sometido en última instancia a la Iglesia, que tiene el mandato y el ministerio divino de conservar y de interpretar la palabra de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Condescendencia de Dios"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En la Sagrada Escritura, pues, se manifiesta, salva siempre la verdad y la santidad de Dios, la admirable \"condescendencia\" de la sabiduría eterna, \"para que conozcamos la inefable benignidad de Dios, y de cuánta adaptación de palabra ha uso teniendo providencia y cuidado de nuestra naturaleza\". Porque las palabras de Dios expresadas con lenguas humanas se han hecho semejantes al habla humana, como en otro tiempo el Verbo del Padre Eterno, tomada la carne de la debilidad humana, se hizo semejante a los hombres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO IV EL ANTIGUO TESTAMENTO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La historia de la salvación consignada en los libros del Antiguo Testamento"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dios amantísimo, buscando y preparando solícitamente la salvación de todo el género humano, con singular favor se eligió un pueblo, a quien confió sus promesas. Hecho, pues, el pacto con Abraham y con el pueblo de Israel por medio de Moisés, de tal forma se reveló con palabras y con obras a su pueblo elegido como el único Dios verdadero y vivo, que Israel experimentó cuáles eran los caminos de Dios con los hombres, y, hablando el mismo Dios por los Profetas, los entendió más hondamente y con más claridad de día en día, y los difundió ampliamente entre las gentes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La economía, pues, de la salvación preanunciada, narrada y explicada por los autores sagrados, se conserva como verdadera palabra de Dios en los libros del Antiguo Testamento; por lo cual estos libros inspirados por Dios conservan un valor perenne: \"Pues todo cuanto está escrito, para nuestra enseñanza, fue escrito, a fin de que por la paciencia y por la consolación de las Escrituras estemos firmes en la esperanza\" (Rom. 15,4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importancia del Antiguo Testamento para los cristianos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La economía del Antiguo Testamento estaba ordenada, sobre todo, para preparar, anunciar proféticamente y significar con diversas figuras la venida de Cristo redentor universal y la del Reino Mesiánico. mas los libros del Antiguo Testamento manifiestan a todos el conocimiento de Dios y del hombre, y las formas de obrar de Dios justo y misericordioso con los hombres, según la condición del género humano en los tiempos que precedieron a la salvación establecida por Cristo. Estos libros, aunque contengan también algunas cosas imperfectas y adaptadas a sus tiempos, demuestran, sin embargo, la verdadera pedagogía divina. Por tanto, los cristianos han de recibir devotamente estos libros, que expresan el sentimiento vivo de Dios, y en los que se encierran sublimes doctrinas acerca de Dios y una sabiduría salvadora sobre la vida del hombre, y tesoros admirables de oración, y en los que, por fin, está latente el misterio de nuestra salvación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unidad de ambos Testamentos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dios, pues, inspirador y autor de ambos Testamentos, dispuso las cosas tan sabiamente que el Nuevo Testamento está latente en el Antiguo y el Antiguo está patente en el Nuevo. Porque, aunque Cristo fundó el Nuevo Testamento en su sangre, no obstante los libros del Antiguo Testamento recibidos íntegramente en la proclamación evangélica, adquieren y manifiestan su plena significación en el Nuevo Testamento, ilustrándolo y explicándolo al mismo tiempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO V EL NUEVO TESTAMENTO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Excelencia del Nuevo Testamento"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La palabra divina que es poder de Dios para la salvación de todo el que cree, se presenta y manifiesta su vigor de manera especial en los escritos del Nuevo Testamento. Pues al llegar la plenitud de los tiempos el Verbo se hizo carne y habitó entre nosotros lleno de gracia y de verdad. Cristo instauró el Reino de Dios en la tierra, manifestó a su Padre y a Sí mismo con obras y palabras y completó su obra con la muerte, resurrección y gloriosa ascensión, y con la misión del Espíritu Santo. Levantado de la tierra, atrae a todos a Sí mismo, El, el único que tiene palabras de vida eterna. pero este misterio no fue descubierto a otras generaciones, como es revelado ahora a sus santos Apóstoles y Profetas en el Espíritu Santo, para que predicaran el Evangelio, suscitaran la fe en Jesús, Cristo y Señor, y congregaran la Iglesia. De todo lo cual los escritos del Nuevo Testamento son un testimonio perenne y divino."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Origen apostólico de los Evangelios"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nadie ignora que entre todas las Escrituras, incluso del Nuevo Testamento, los Evangelios ocupan, con razón, el lugar preeminente, puesto que son el testimonio principal de la vida y doctrina del Verbo Encarnado, nuestro Salvador."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia siempre ha defendido y defiende que los cuatro Evangelios tienen origen apostólico. Pues lo que los Apóstoles predicaron por mandato de Cristo, luego, bajo la inspiración del Espíritu Santo, ellos y los varones apostólicos nos lo transmitieron por escrito, fundamento de la fe, es decir, el Evangelio en cuatro redacciones, según Mateo, Marcos, Lucas y Juan."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Carácter histórico de los Evangelios"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Santa Madre Iglesia firme y constantemente ha creído y cree que los cuatro referidos Evangelios, cuya historicidad afirma sin vacilar, comunican fielmente lo que Jesús Hijo de Dios, viviendo entre los hombres, hizo y enseñó realmente para la salvación de ellos, hasta el día que fue levantado al cielo. Los Apóstoles, ciertamente, después de la ascensión del Señor, predicaron a sus oyentes lo que El había dicho y obrado, con aquella crecida inteligencia de que ellos gozaban, amaestrados por los acontecimientos gloriosos de Cristo y por la luz del Espíritu de verdad. Los autores sagrados escribieron los cuatro Evangelios escogiendo algunas cosas de las muchas que ya se trasmitían de palabra o por escrito, sintetizando otras, o explicándolas atendiendo a la condición de las Iglesias, reteniendo por fin la forma de proclamación de manera que siempre nos comunicaban la verdad sincera acerca de Jesús. Escribieron, pues, sacándolo ya de su memoria o recuerdos, ya del testimonio de quienes \"desde el principio fueron testigos oculares y ministros de la palabra\" para que conozcamos \"la verdad\" de las palabras que nos enseñan (cf. Lc., 1,2-4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los restantes escritos del Nuevo Testamento"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Canon del Nuevo Testamento, además de los cuatro Evangelios, contiene también las cartas de San Pablo y otros libros apostólicos escritos bajo la inspiración del Espíritu Santo, con los cuales, según la sabia disposición de Dios, se confirma todo lo que se refiere a Cristo Señor, se declara más y más su genuina doctrina, se manifiesta el poder salvador de la obra divina de Cristo, y se cuentan los principios de la Iglesia y su admirable difusión, y se anuncia su gloriosa consumación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Señor Jesús, pues, estuvo con los Apóstoles como había prometido y les envió el Espíritu Consolador, para que los introdujera en la verdad completa (cf. Jn., 16,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO VI LA SAGRADA ESCRITURA EN LA VIDA DE LA IGLESIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia venera las Sagradas Escrituras"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "la Iglesia ha venerado siempre las Sagradas Escrituras al igual que el mismo Cuerpo del Señor, no dejando de tomar de la mesa y de distribuir a los fieles el pan de vida, tanto de la palabra de Dios como del Cuerpo de Cristo, sobre todo en la Sagrada Liturgia. Siempre las ha considerado y considera, juntamente con la Sagrada Tradición, como la regla suprema de su fe, puesto que, inspiradas por Dios y escritas de una vez para siempre, comunican inmutablemente la palabra del mismo Dios, y hacen resonar la voz del Espíritu Santo en las palabras de los Profetas y de los Apóstoles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es necesario, por consiguiente, que toda la predicación eclesiástica, como la misma religión cristiana, se nutra de la Sagrada Escritura, y se rija por ella. Porque en los sagrados libros el Padre que está en los cielos se dirige con amor a sus hijos y habla con ellos; y es tanta la eficacia que radica en la palabra de Dios, que es, en verdad, apoyo y vigor de la Iglesia, y fortaleza de la fe para sus hijos, alimento del alma, fuente pura y perenne de la vida espiritual. Muy a propósito se aplican a la Sagrada Escritura estas palabras: \"Pues la palabra de Dios es viva y eficaz\", \"que puede edificar y dar la herencia a todos los que han sido santificados\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se recomiendan las traducciones bien cuidadas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es conveniente que los cristianos tengan amplio acceso ala Sagrada Escritura. Por ello la Iglesia ya desde sus principios, tomó como suya la antiquísima versión griega del Antiguo Testamento, llamada de los Setenta, y conserva siempre con honor otras traducciones orientales y latinas, sobre todo la que llaman Vulgata. Pero como la palabra de Dios debe estar siempre disponible, la Iglesia procura, con solicitud materna, que se redacten traducciones aptas y fieles en varias lenguas, sobre todo de los textos primitivos de los sagrados libros. Y si estas traducciones, oportunamente y con el beneplácito de la Autoridad de la Iglesia, se llevan a cabo incluso con la colaboración de los hermanos separados, podrán usarse por todos los cristianos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deber de los católicos doctos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La esposa del Verbo Encarnado, es decir, la Iglesia, enseñada por el Espíritu Santo, se esfuerza en acercarse, de día en día, a la más profunda inteligencia de las Sagradas Escrituras, para alimentar sin desfallecimiento a sus hijos con la divina enseñanzas; por lo cual fomenta también convenientemente el estudio de los Santos Padres, tanto del Oriente como del Occidente, y de las Sagradas Liturgias."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los exegetas católicos, y demás teólogos deben trabajar, aunando diligentemente sus fuerzas, para investigar y proponer las Letras divinas, bajo la vigilancia del Sagrado Magisterio, con los instrumentos oportunos, de forma que el mayor número posible de ministros de la palabra puedan repartir fructuosamente al Pueblo de Dios el alimento de las Escrituras, que ilumine la mente, robustezca las voluntades y encienda los corazones de los hombres en el amor de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Sagrado Concilio anima a los hijos de la Iglesia dedicados a los estudios bíblicos, para que la obra felizmente comenzada, renovando constantemente las fuerzas, la sigan realizando con todo celo, según el sentir de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importancia de la Sagrada Escritura para la Teología"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Sagrada Teología se apoya, como en cimientos perpetuos en la palabra escrita de Dios, al mismo tiempo que en la Sagrada Tradición, y con ella se robustece firmemente y se rejuvenece de continuo, investigando a la luz de la fe toda la verdad contenida en el misterio de Cristo. Las Sagradas Escrituras contienen la palabra de Dios y, por ser inspiradas, son en verdad la palabra de Dios; por consiguiente, el estudio de la Sagrada Escritura ha de ser como el alma de la Sagrada Teología. También el ministerio de la palabra, esto es, la predicación pastoral, la catequesis y toda instrucción cristiana, en que es preciso que ocupe un lugar importante la homilía litúrgica, se nutre saludablemente y se vigoriza santamente con la misma palabra de la Escritura."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se recomienda la lectura asidua de la Sagrada Escritura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es necesario, pues, que todos los clérigos, sobre todo los sacerdotes de Cristo y los demás que como los diáconos y catequistas se dedican legítimamente al ministerio de la palabra, se sumerjan en las Escrituras con asidua lectura y con estudio diligente, para que ninguno de ellos resulte \"predicador vacío y superfluo de la palabra de Dios que no la escucha en su interior\", puesto que debe comunicar a los fieles que se le han confiado, sobre todo en la Sagrada Liturgia, las inmensas riquezas de la palabra divina."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De igual forma el Santo Concilio exhorta con vehemencia a todos los cristianos en particular a los religiosos, a que aprendan \"el sublime conocimiento de Jesucristo\", con la lectura frecuente de las divinas Escrituras. \"Porque el desconocimiento de las Escrituras es desconocimiento de Cristo\". Lléguense, pues, gustosamente, al mismo sagrado texto, ya por la Sagrada Liturgia, llena del lenguaje de Dios, ya por la lectura espiritual, ya por instituciones aptas para ello, y por otros medios, que con la aprobación o el cuidado de los Pastores de la Iglesia se difunden ahora laudablemente por todas partes. Pero no olviden que debe acompañar la oración a la lectura de la Sagrada Escritura para que se entable diálogo entre Dios y el hombre; porque \"a El hablamos cuando oramos, y a El oímos cuando leemos las palabras divinas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Incumbe a los prelados, \"en quienes está la doctrina apostólica, instruir oportunamente a los fieles a ellos confiados, para que usen rectamente los libros sagrados, sobre todo el Nuevo Testamento, y especialmente los Evangelios por medio de traducciones de los sagrados textos, que estén provistas de las explicaciones necesarias y suficientes para que los hijos de la Iglesia se familiaricen sin peligro y provechosamente con las Sagradas Escrituras y se penetren de su espíritu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Háganse, además, ediciones de la Sagrada Escritura, provistas de notas convenientes, para uso también de los no cristianos, y acomodadas a sus condiciones, y procuren los pastores de las almas y los cristianos de cualquier estado divulgarlas como puedan con toda habilidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Epílogo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Así, pues, con la lectura y el estudio de los Libros Sagrados \"la palabra de Dios se difunda y resplandezca\" y el tesoro de la revelación, confiado a la Iglesia, llene más y más los corazones de los hombres. Como la vida de la Iglesia recibe su incremento de la renovación constante del misterio Eucarístico, así es de esperar un nuevo impulso de la vida espiritual de la acrecida veneración de la palabra de Dios que \"permanece para siempre\" (Is., 40,8; cf. 1 Pe., 1,23-25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todas y cada una de las cosas contenidas en esta Constitución Dogmática han obtenido el beneplácito de los Padres del Sacrosanto Concilio. Y Nos, en virtud de la potestad apostólica recibida de Cristo, juntamente con los Venerables Padres, las aprobamos, decretamos y establecemos en el Espíritu Santo, y mandamos que lo así decidido conciliarmente sea promulgado para gloria de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, en San Pedro, 18 de noviembre de 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yo, PABLO, Obispo de la Iglesia católica"
            }
          ]
        },
        "fr": {
          "code": "fr",
          "label": "Français",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19651118_dei-verbum_fr.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-31-vat-ii_const_19651118_dei-verbum_fr.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONSTITUTION DOGMATIQUE SUR LA RÉVÉLATION DIVINE DEI VERBUM"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Préambule"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En écoutant religieusement et proclamant avec assurance la Parole de Dieu, le saint Concile fait sienne cette parole de saint Jean : « Nous vous annonçons la vie éternelle, qui était auprès du Père et qui nous est apparue : ce que nous avons vu et entendu, nous vous l’annonçons, afin que vous soyez en communion avec nous et que notre communion soit avec le Père et avec son Fils Jésus Christ » (1 Jn 1, 2-3). C’est pourquoi, suivant la trace des Conciles de Trente et du Vatican I, il entend proposer la doctrine authentique sur la Révélation divine et sur sa transmission, afin que, en entendant l’annonce du salut, le monde entier y croie, qu’en croyant il espère, qu’en espérant il aime [1]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE PREMIER : La Révélation elle-même"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nature de la Révélation"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il a plu à Dieu dans sa bonté et sa sagesse de se révéler en personne et de faire connaître le mystère de sa volonté (cf. Ep 1, 9) grâce auquel les hommes, par le Christ, le Verbe fait chair, accèdent dans l’Esprit Saint, auprès du Père et sont rendus participants de la nature divine (cf. Ep 2, 18 ; 2 P 1, 4). Par cette révélation, le Dieu invisible (cf. Col 1, 15 ; 1 Tm 1, 17) s’adresse aux hommes en son surabondant amour comme à des amis (cf. Ex 33, 11 ; Jn 15, 14-15), il s’entretient avec eux (cf. Ba 3, 28) pour les inviter et les admettre à partager sa propre vie. Pareille économie de la Révélation comprend des actions et des paroles intimement liées entre elles, de sorte que les œuvres, accomplies par Dieu dans l’histoire du salut, attestent et corroborent et la doctrine et le sens indiqués par les paroles, tandis que les paroles proclament les œuvres et éclairent le mystère qu’elles contiennent. La profonde vérité que cette Révélation manifeste, sur Dieu et sur le salut de l’homme, resplendit pour nous dans le Christ, qui est à la fois le Médiateur et la plénitude de toute la Révélation [2]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Préparation de la Révélation évangélique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieu, qui crée (cf. Jn 1, 3) et conserve toutes choses par le Verbe, donne aux hommes dans les choses créées un témoignage incessant sur lui-même (cf. Rm 1, 19-20) ; voulant de plus ouvrir la voie du salut d’en haut, il s’est manifesté aussi lui-même, dès l’origine, à nos premiers parents. Après leur chute, par la promesse d’une rédemption, il les releva dans l’espérance du salut (cf. Gn 3, 15) ; il prit un soin constant du genre humain, pour donner la vie éternelle à tous ceux qui, par la constance dans le bien, recherchaient le salut (cf. Rm 2, 6-7). Au temps fixé, il appela Abraham pour faire de lui un grand peuple (cf. Gn 12, 2) ; après les patriarches, il forma ce peuple par l’intermédiaire de Moïse et par les prophètes, pour qu’il le reconnaisse comme le seul Dieu vivant et vrai, Père prévoyant et juste juge, et qu’il attende le Sauveur promis, préparant ainsi au cours des siècles la voie à l’Évangile."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Christ plénitude personnelle de la Révélation"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Après avoir, à bien des reprises et de bien des manières, parlé par les prophètes, Dieu « en ces jours qui sont les derniers, nous a parlé par son Fils » (He 1, 1-2). Il a envoyé en effet son Fils, le Verbe éternel qui éclaire tous les hommes, pour qu’il demeurât parmi eux et leur fît connaître les profondeurs de Dieu (cf. Jn 1, 1-18). Jésus Christ donc, le Verbe fait chair, « homme envoyé aux hommes [3] », « prononce les paroles de Dieu » (Jn 3, 34) et achève l’œuvre de salut que le Père lui a donnée à faire (cf. Jn 5, 36 ; 17, 4). C’est donc lui – le voir, c’est voir le Père (cf. Jn 14, 9) – qui, par toute sa présence et par la manifestation qu’il fait de lui-même par ses paroles et ses œuvres, par ses signes et ses miracles, et plus particulièrement par sa mort et sa résurrection glorieuse d’entre les morts, par l’envoi enfin de l’Esprit de vérité, achève en l’accomplissant la révélation, et la confirme encore en attestant divinement que Dieu lui-même est avec nous pour nous arracher aux ténèbres du péché et de la mort et nous ressusciter pour la vie éternelle."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’économie chrétienne, étant l’Alliance Nouvelle et définitive, ne passera donc jamais et aucune nouvelle révélation publique n’est dès lors à attendre avant la manifestation glorieuse de notre Seigneur Jésus Christ (cf. 1 Tm 6, 14 ; Tt 2, 13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Accueil de la Révélation par la foi"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À Dieu qui révèle est due « l’obéissance de la foi » (Rm 16, 26 ; cf. Rm 1, 5 ; 2 Co 10, 5- 6) , par laquelle l’homme s’en remet tout entier et librement à Dieu dans « un complet hommage d’intelligence et de volonté à Dieu qui révèle [4] » et dans un assentiment volontaire à la révélation qu’il fait. Pour exister, cette foi requiert la grâce prévenante et adjuvante de Dieu, ainsi que les secours intérieurs du Saint-Esprit qui touche le cœur et le tourne vers Dieu, ouvre les yeux de l’esprit et donne « à tous la douce joie de consentir et de croire à la vérité [5] ». Afin de rendre toujours plus profonde l’intelligence de cette Révélation, l’on ne cesse, par ses dons, de rendre la foi plus parfaite."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Révélation divine et connaissance naturelle de Dieu"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par la Révélation divine, Dieu a voulu se manifester et se communiquer lui-même ainsi que manifester et communiquer les décrets éternels de sa volonté concernant le salut des hommes, « à savoir de leur donner part aux biens divins qui dépassent toute pénétration humaine de l’esprit [6] »."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le saint Concile reconnaît que « Dieu, principe et fin de toutes choses, peut être connu avec certitude par la lumière naturelle de la raison humaine à partir des choses créées » (cf. Rm 1, 20) ; mais il enseigne qu’on doit attribuer à la Révélation « le fait que les choses qui dans l’ordre divin ne sont pas de soi inaccessibles à la raison humaine, peuvent aussi, dans la condition présente du genre humain, être connues de tous, facilement, avec une ferme certitude et sans aucun mélange d’erreur [7] »."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE II : La transmission de la Révélation divine"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les Apôtres et leurs successeurs, hérauts de l’Évangile"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette Révélation donnée pour le salut de toutes les nations, Dieu, avec la même bienveillance, a pris des dispositions pour qu’elle demeure toujours en son intégrité et qu’elle soit transmise à toutes les générations. C’est pourquoi le Christ Seigneur, en qui s’achève toute la Révélation du Dieu très haut (cf. 1 Co 1, 30 ; 3, 16-4, 6), ayant accompli lui-même et proclamé de sa propre bouche l’Évangile d’abord promis par les prophètes, ordonna à ses Apôtres de le prêcher à tous comme la source de toute vérité salutaire et de toute règle morale, en leur communiquant les dons divins [8]. Ce qui fut fidèlement exécuté, soit par les Apôtres, qui, par la prédication orale, par leurs exemples et des institutions, transmirent, ce qu’ils avaient appris de la bouche du Christ en vivant avec lui et en le voyant agir, ou ce qu’ils tenaient des suggestions du Saint-Esprit, soit par ces Apôtres et par des hommes de leur entourage, qui, sous l’inspiration du même Esprit Saint [9], consignèrent par écrit le message du salut."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais pour que l’Évangile fût toujours gardé intact et vivant dans l’Église, les Apôtres laissèrent pour successeurs des évêques, auxquels ils « remirent leur propre fonction d’enseignement [10] ». Cette sainte Tradition et la Sainte Écriture de l’un et l’autre Testament sont donc comme un miroir où l’Église en son cheminement terrestre contemple Dieu, dont elle reçoit tout jusqu’à ce qu’elle soit amenée à le voir face à face tel qu’il est (cf. 1 Jn 3, 2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La sainte Tradition"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi la prédication apostolique, qui se trouve spécialement exprimée dans les livres inspirés, devait être conservée par une succession ininterrompue jusqu’à la consommation des temps. Les Apôtres, transmettant donc ce qu’ils ont eux-mêmes reçu, exhortent les fidèles à garder fermement les traditions qu’ils ont apprises soit de vive voix soit par écrit (cf. 2 Th 2, 15) et à lutter pour la foi qui leur a été une fois pour toutes transmise (cf. Jude 3) [11]. Quant à la Tradition reçue des Apôtres, elle comprend tout ce qui contribue à conduire saintement la vie du peuple de Dieu et à en augmenter la foi ; ainsi l’Église perpétue dans sa doctrine, sa vie et son culte et elle transmet à chaque génération, tout ce qu’elle est elle-même, tout ce qu’elle croit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette Tradition qui vient des Apôtres progresse dans l’Église [12], sous l’assistance du Saint-Esprit ; en effet, la perception des réalités aussi bien que des paroles transmises s’accroît, soit par la contemplation et l’étude des croyants qui les méditent en leur cœur (cf. Lc 2, 19.51), soit par l’intelligence intérieure qu’ils éprouvent des réalités spirituelles, soit par la prédication de ceux qui, avec la succession épiscopale, ont reçu un charisme certain de vérité. Ainsi l’Église, tandis que les siècles s’écoulent, tend constamment vers la plénitude de la divine vérité, jusqu’à ce que soient accomplies en elle les paroles de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’enseignement des saints Pères atteste la présence vivifiante de cette Tradition, dont les richesses passent dans la pratique et dans la vie de l’Église qui croit et qui prie. C’est cette même tradition, qui fait connaître à l’Église le canon intégral des Livres Saints ; c’est elle aussi qui, dans l’Église, fait comprendre cette Écriture Sainte et la rend continuellement opérante. Ainsi Dieu, qui a parlé jadis, ne cesse de converser avec l’Épouse de son Fils bien-aimé, et l’Esprit Saint, par qui la voix vivante de l’Évangile retentit dans l’Église et, par l’Église, dans le monde, introduit les croyants dans la vérité tout entière et fait que la parole du Christ réside en eux avec toute sa richesse (cf. Col 3, 16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le rapport réciproque entre la Tradition et l’Écriture"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La sainte Tradition et la Sainte Écriture sont donc reliées et communiquent étroitement entre elles. Car toutes deux, jaillissant de la même source divine, ne forment pour ainsi dire qu’un tout et tendent à une même fin. En effet, la Sainte Écriture est la Parole de Dieu en tant que, sous l’inspiration de l’Esprit divin, elle est consignée par écrit ; quant à la sainte Tradition, elle porte la Parole de Dieu, confiée par le Christ Seigneur et par l’Esprit Saint aux Apôtres, et la transmet intégralement à leurs successeurs, pour que, illuminés par l’Esprit de vérité, en la prêchant, ils la gardent, l’exposent et la répandent avec fidélité : il en résulte que l’Église ne tire pas de la seule Écriture Sainte sa certitude sur tous les points de la Révélation. C’est pourquoi l’une et l’autre doivent être reçues et vénérées avec un égal sentiment d’amour et de respect [13]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tradition, Écriture, Peuple de Dieu et Magistère"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La sainte Tradition et la Sainte Écriture constituent un unique dépôt sacré de la Parole de Dieu, confié à l’Église ; en s’attachant à lui, le peuple saint tout entier uni à ses pasteurs reste assidûment fidèle à l’enseignement des Apôtres et à la communion fraternelle, à la fraction du pain et aux prières (cf. Ac 2, 42 grec), si bien que, pour le maintien, la pratique et la profession de la foi transmise, s’établit, entre pasteurs et fidèles, un remarquable accord [14]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La charge d’interpréter de façon authentique la Parole de Dieu, écrite ou transmise [15], a été confiée au seul Magistère vivant de l’Église [16] dont l’autorité s’exerce au nom de Jésus Christ. Pourtant, ce Magistère n’est pas au-dessus de la Parole de Dieu, mais il est à son service, n’enseignant que ce qui a été transmis, puisque par mandat de Dieu, avec l’assistance de l’Esprit Saint, il écoute cette Parole avec amour, la garde saintement et l’expose aussi avec fidélité, et puise en cet unique dépôt de la foi tout ce qu’il propose à croire comme étant révélé par Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il est donc clair que la sainte Tradition, la Sainte Écriture et le Magistère de l’Église, selon le très sage dessein de Dieu, sont tellement reliés et solidaires entre eux qu’aucune de ces réalités ne subsiste sans les autres, et que toutes ensemble, chacune à sa manière, sous l’action du seul Esprit Saint, elles contribuent efficacement au salut des âmes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE III : L’inspiration de la Sainte Écriture et son interprétation"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inspiration et vérité de la Sainte Écriture"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les réalités divinement révélées, que contiennent et présentent les livres de la Sainte Écriture, y ont été consignées sous l’inspiration de l’Esprit Saint. Notre sainte Mère l’Église, de par la foi apostolique, tient pour sacrés et canoniques tous les livres tant de l’Ancien que du Nouveau Testament, avec toutes leurs parties, puisque, rédigés sous l’inspiration de l’Esprit Saint (cf. Jn 20, 31 ; 2 Tm 3, 16 ; 2 P 1, 19-21 ; 3, 15-16), ils ont Dieu pour auteur et qu’ils ont été transmis comme tels à l’Église elle-même [17]. Pour composer ces livres sacrés, Dieu a choisi des hommes auxquels il a eu recours dans le plein usage de leurs facultés et de leurs moyens [18], pour que, lui-même agissant en eux et par eux [19], ils missent par écrit, en vrais auteurs, tout ce qui était conforme à son désir, et cela seulement [20]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dès lors, puisque toutes les assertions des auteurs inspirés ou hagiographes doivent être tenues pour assertions de l’Esprit Saint, il faut déclarer que les livres de l’Écriture enseignent fermement, fidèlement et sans erreur la vérité que Dieu a voulu voir consignée dans les Lettres sacrées pour notre salut [21]. C’est pourquoi « toute Écriture inspirée de Dieu est utile pour enseigner, réfuter, redresser, former à la justice, afin que l’homme de Dieu se trouve accompli, équipé pour toute œuvre bonne » (2 Tm 3, 16-17 grec)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comment interpréter l’Écriture"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cependant, puisque Dieu, dans la Sainte Écriture, a parlé par des hommes à la manière des hommes [22], il faut que l’interprète de la Sainte Écriture, pour voir clairement ce que Dieu lui-même a voulu nous communiquer, cherche avec attention ce que les hagiographes ont vraiment voulu dire et ce qu’il a plu à Dieu de faire passer par leurs paroles. Pour découvrir l’intention des hagiographes, on doit, entre autres choses, considérer aussi les « genres littéraires ». Car c’est de façon bien différente que la vérité se propose et s’exprime en des textes diversement historiques, ou prophétiques, ou poétiques, ou même en d’autres genres d’expression. Il faut, en conséquence, que l’interprète cherche le sens que l’hagiographe, en des circonstances déterminées, dans les conditions de son temps et de sa culture, employant les genres littéraires alors en usage, entendait exprimer et a, de fait, exprimé [23]. En effet, pour vraiment découvrir ce que l’auteur sacré a voulu affirmer par écrit, il faut faire minutieusement attention soit aux manières natives de sentir, de parler ou de raconter courantes au temps de l’hagiographe, soit à celles qu’on utilisait à cette époque dans les rapports humains [24]. Cependant, puisque la Sainte Écriture doit être lue et interprétée à la lumière du même Esprit que celui qui la fit rédiger [25], il ne faut pas, pour découvrir exactement le sens des textes sacrés, porter une moindre attention au contenu et à l’unité de toute l’Écriture, eu égard à la Tradition vivante de toute l’Église et à l’analogie de la foi. Il appartient aux exégètes de s’efforcer, suivant ces règles, de pénétrer et d’exposer plus profondément le sens de la Sainte Écriture, afin que, par leurs études en quelque sorte préalables, mûrisse le jugement de l’Église. Car tout ce qui concerne la manière d’interpréter l’Écriture est finalement soumis au jugement de l’Église, qui exerce le ministère et le mandat divinement reçus de garder la Parole de Dieu et de l’interpréter [26]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La condescendance de Dieu"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans la Sainte Écriture, la vérité et la sainteté de Dieu restant toujours sauves, se manifeste donc la « condescendance » merveilleuse de la Sagesse éternelle « pour que nous apprenions l’ineffable bienveillance de Dieu et à quel point aussi, dans ses soins prévenants pour notre nature, il a adapté son langage » [27]. En effet, les paroles de Dieu, passant par les langues humaines, sont devenues semblables au langage des hommes, de même que jadis le Verbe du Père éternel, ayant pris l’infirmité de notre chair, est devenu semblable aux hommes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE IV : L’Ancien Testament"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’histoire du salut dans les livres de l’Ancien Testament"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieu, projetant et préparant en la sollicitude de son amour extrême le salut de tout le genre humain, se choisit, selon une disposition particulière, un peuple auquel confier les promesses. En effet, une fois conclue l’Alliance avec Abraham (cf. Gn 15, 18) et, par Moïse, avec le peuple d’Israël (cf. Ex 24, 8), Dieu se révéla, en paroles et en actions, au peuple de son choix, comme l’unique Dieu véritable et vivant ; de ce fait, Israël fit l’expérience des « voies » de Dieu avec les hommes, et, Dieu lui-même parlant par les prophètes, il en acquit une intelligence de jour en jour plus profonde et plus claire, et en porta un témoignage grandissant parmi les nations (cf. Ps 21, 28-29 ; 95, 1-3 ; Is 2, 1- 4 ; Jr 3, 17). L’économie du salut, annoncée d’avance, racontée et expliquée par les auteurs sacrés, apparaît donc dans les livres de l’Ancien Testament comme la vraie Parole de Dieu ; c’est pourquoi ces livres divinement inspirés conservent une valeur impérissable : « Car tout ce qui a été écrit l’a été pour notre instruction, afin que par la patience et la consolation venant des Écritures, nous possédions l’espérance » (Rm 15, 4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importance de l’Ancien Testament pour les chrétiens"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’économie de l’Ancien Testament avait pour raison d’être majeure de préparer l’avènement du Christ Sauveur de tous, et de son Royaume messianique, d’annoncer prophétiquement cet avènement (cf. Lc 24, 44 ; Jn 5, 39 ; 1 P 1, 10) et de le signifier par diverses figures (cf. 1 Co 10, 11). Compte tenu de la situation humaine qui précède le salut instauré par le Christ, les livres de l’Ancien Testament permettent à tous de connaître qui est Dieu et qui est l’homme, non moins que la manière dont Dieu dans sa justice et sa miséricorde agit envers les hommes. Ces livres, bien qu’ils contiennent de l’imparfait et du caduc, sont pourtant les témoins d’une véritable pédagogie divine [28]. C’est pourquoi les fidèles du Christ doivent les accepter avec vénération : en eux s’exprime un vif sens de Dieu ; en eux se trouvent de sublimes enseignements sur Dieu, une sagesse salutaire au sujet de la vie humaine, d’admirables trésors de prières ; en eux enfin se tient caché le mystère de notre salut."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’unité des deux Testaments"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inspirateur et auteur des livres de l’un et l’autre Testament, Dieu les a en effet sagement disposés de telle sorte que le Nouveau soit caché dans l’Ancien et que, dans le Nouveau, l’Ancien soit dévoilé [29]. Car, même si le Christ a fondé dans son sang la Nouvelle Alliance (cf. Lc 22, 20 ; 1 Co 11, 25) , néanmoins les livres de l’Ancien Testament, intégralement repris dans le message évangélique [30], acquièrent et manifestent leur complète signification dans le Nouveau Testament (cf. Mt 5, 17 ; Lc 24, 27 ; Rm 16, 25-26 ; 2 Co 3, 14-16) , auquel ils apportent en retour lumière et explication."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE V : Le Nouveau Testament"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Excellence du Nouveau Testament"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Parole de Dieu, qui est une force divine pour le salut de tout croyant (cf. Rm 1, 16), se présente dans les écrits du Nouveau Testament et sa puissance s’y manifeste de façon singulière. Dès que fut venue, en effet, la plénitude des temps (cf. Ga 4, 4), le Verbe de Dieu s’est fait chair, et il a habité parmi nous, plein de grâce et de vérité (cf. Jn 1, 14). Le Christ a instauré le règne de Dieu sur terre ; par ses gestes et ses paroles, il a révélé et son Père et lui-même ; par sa mort, sa résurrection, son ascension glorieuse et par l’envoi de l’Esprit Saint, il a parachevé son œuvre. Élevé de terre, il attire à lui tous les hommes (cf. Jn 12, 32 grec), lui qui seul possède les paroles de la vie éternelle (cf. Jn 6, 68). Mais ce mystère n’a pas été dévoilé aux autres générations comme il l’a été désormais dans l’Esprit Saint à ses saints Apôtres et prophètes (cf. Ep 3, 4-6 grec), afin qu’ils proclament l’Évangile, qu’ils suscitent la foi en Jésus, Christ et Seigneur, et qu’ils rassemblent son Église. De ces réalités, les écrits du Nouveau Testament présentent un témoignage permanent et divin."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’origine apostolique des Évangiles"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il n’échappe à personne qu’entre toutes les Écritures, même celles du Nouveau Testament, les Évangiles possèdent une supériorité méritée, en tant qu’ils constituent le témoignage par excellence sur la vie et sur la doctrine du Verbe incarné, notre Sauveur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Toujours et partout l’Église a tenu et tient l’origine apostolique des quatre Évangiles. Ce que les Apôtres, en effet, sur l’ordre du Christ, ont prêché, eux-mêmes et des hommes de leur entourage nous l’ont, sous l’inspiration divine de l’Esprit, transmis dans des écrits qui sont le fondement de la foi, à savoir, l’Évangile quadriforme selon Matthieu, Marc, Luc et Jean [31]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leur caractère historique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La sainte Mère Église a tenu et tient fermement et, avec la plus grande constance, que ces quatre Évangiles, dont elle affirme sans hésiter l’historicité, transmettent fidèlement ce que Jésus, le Fils de Dieu, durant sa vie parmi les hommes, a réellement fait et enseigné pour leur salut éternel, jusqu’au jour où il fut enlevé au ciel (cf. Ac 1, 1- 2). En effet, ce que le Seigneur avait dit et fait, les Apôtres après son Ascension le transmirent à leurs auditeurs avec cette intelligence plus profonde des choses dont eux-mêmes, instruits par les événements glorieux du Christ et éclairés par la lumière de l’Esprit de vérité [32], jouissaient [33]. Les auteurs sacrés composèrent donc les quatre Évangiles, choisissant certains des nombreux éléments transmis soit oralement soit déjà par écrit, rédigeant un résumé des autres, ou les expliquant en fonction de la situation des Églises, gardant enfin la forme d’une prédication, de manière à nous livrer toujours sur Jésus des choses vraies et sincères [34]. Que ce soit, en effet, à partir de leur propre mémoire et de leurs souvenirs, ou à partir du témoignage de ceux qui « furent dès le début témoins oculaires et serviteurs de la Parole», ils composèrent leurs écrits dans le but de nous faire éprouver la « vérité » des enseignements que nous avons reçus (cf. Lc 1, 2-4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les autres écrits du Nouveau Testament"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le canon du Nouveau Testament, outre les quatre Évangiles, comprend aussi des épîtres de saint Paul et d’autres écrits apostoliques, composés sous l’inspiration de l’Esprit Saint ; ces écrits, selon les sages dispositions de Dieu, confirment ce qui touche au Christ Notre Seigneur, présentent sa doctrine authentique avec des précisions toujours plus grandes, font connaître aux hommes l’œuvre divine du Christ avec sa puissance de salut, racontent les débuts de l’Église et son admirable expansion, et annoncent par avance sa glorieuse consommation. Le Seigneur Jésus en effet, comme il l’avait promis, est resté présent auprès de ses Apôtres (cf. Mt 28, 20) et il leur envoya l’Esprit consolateur qui devait les introduire dans la plénitude de la vérité (cf. Jn 16, 13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE VI : La Sainte Écriture dans la vie de l'Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importance de la Sainte Écriture pour l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église a toujours vénéré les divines Écritures, comme elle le fait aussi pour le Corps même du Seigneur, elle qui ne cesse pas, surtout dans la sainte liturgie, de prendre le pain de vie sur la table de la Parole de Dieu et sur celle du Corps du Christ, pour l’offrir aux fidèles. Toujours elle eut et elle a pour règle suprême de sa foi les Écritures, conjointement avec la sainte Tradition, puisque, inspirées par Dieu et consignées une fois pour toutes par écrit, elles communiquent immuablement la Parole de Dieu lui-même et font résonner dans les paroles des prophètes et des Apôtres la voix de l’Esprit Saint. Il faut donc que toute la prédication ecclésiastique, comme la religion chrétienne elle-même, soit nourrie et guidée par la Sainte Écriture. Dans les Saints Livres, en effet, le Père qui est aux cieux vient avec tendresse au-devant de ses fils et entre en conversation avec eux ; or, la force et la puissance que recèle la Parole de Dieu sont si grandes qu’elles constituent, pour l’Église, son point d’appui et sa vigueur et, pour les enfants de l’Église, la solidité de leur foi, la nourriture de leur âme, la source pure et permanente de leur vie spirituelle. Dès lors ces mots s’appliquent parfaitement à la Sainte Écriture : « Elle est vivante donc et efficace la Parole de Dieu » (He 4, 12), « qui a le pouvoir d’édifier et de donner l’héritage à tous les sanctifiés » (Ac 20, 32 ; cf. 1 Th 2, 13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nécessité des différentes versions et traductions"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il faut que l’accès à la Sainte Écriture soit largement ouvert aux fidèles du Christ. Pour cette raison l’Église, dès le commencement, a fait sienne cette antique version grecque de l’Ancien Testament, appelée des Septante ; elle tient toujours en honneur les autres versions, orientales et latines, principalement celle qu’on nomme la Vulgate. Comme la Parole de Dieu doit être à la disposition de tous les temps, l’Église, avec une sollicitude maternelle, veille à ce que des traductions appropriées et exactes soient faites dans les diverses langues, de préférence à partir des textes originaux des Livres sacrés. S’il se trouve que pour une raison d’opportunité et avec l’approbation des autorités ecclésiastiques ces traductions soient le fruit d’une collaboration avec des frères séparés, elles pourront être utilisées par tous les chrétiens."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La tâche apostolique des théologiens catholiques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Épouse du Verbe incarné, l’Église, instruite par le Saint-Esprit, s’efforce d’acquérir une intelligence chaque jour plus profonde des Saintes Écritures, pour offrir continuellement à ses enfants la nourriture de la parole divine ; aussi favorise-t-elle également à bon droit l’étude des saints Pères, tant d’Orient que d’Occident, et celle des saintes liturgies. Il faut que les exégètes catholiques et tous ceux qui s’adonnent à la théologie sacrée, unissant activement leurs forces, s’appliquent, sous la vigilance du Magistère sacré, et en utilisant des moyens appropriés, à si bien scruter et à si bien présenter les divines Lettres, que le plus grand nombre possible de serviteurs de la parole divine soient à même de fournir utilement au peuple de Dieu l’aliment scripturaire, qui éclaire les esprits, affermit les volontés et embrase d’amour de Dieu le cœur des hommes [35]. Le saint Concile encourage fortement les fils de l’Église qui se consacrent aux études bibliques, à poursuivre jusqu’au bout le travail heureusement entrepris, avec une énergie chaque jour rénovée, une ardeur totale, et conformément au sens de l’Église [36]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Écriture Sainte et théologie"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La théologie sacrée s’appuie sur la Parole de Dieu écrite, inséparable de la sainte Tradition, comme sur un fondement permanent ; en elle aussi elle se fortifie, s’affermit et se rajeunit toujours, tandis qu’elle scrute, sous la lumière de la foi, toute la vérité qui se puise cachée dans le mystère du Christ. Les Saintes Écritures contiennent la Parole de Dieu et, puisqu’elles sont inspirées, elles sont vraiment cette Parole ; que l’étude de la Sainte Écriture soit donc pour la théologie sacrée comme son âme [37]. Que le ministère de la parole, qui comprend la prédication pastorale, la catéchèse, et toute l’instruction chrétienne, où l’homélie liturgique doit avoir une place de choix, trouve, lui aussi, dans cette même parole de l’Écriture, une saine nourriture et une sainte vigueur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recommandation de la lecture de l’Écriture Sainte"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi tous les clercs, en premier lieu les prêtres du Christ, et tous ceux qui s’adonnent légitimement, comme diacres ou catéchistes, au ministère de la parole, doivent, par une lecture sacrée assidue et par une étude approfondie, s’attacher aux Écritures, de peur que l’un d’eux ne devienne « un vain prédicateur de la Parole de Dieu au-dehors, lui qui ne l’écouterait pas au-dedans de lui [38] », alors qu’il doit faire part aux fidèles qui lui sont confiés, spécialement au cours de la sainte liturgie, des richesses sans mesure de la parole divine. De même le saint Concile exhorte de façon insistante et spéciale tous les fidèles du Christ, et notamment les membres des ordres religieux, à acquérir, par la lecture fréquente des divines Écritures, « la science éminente de Jésus Christ » (Ph 3, 8). « En effet, l’ignorance des Écritures, c’est l’ignorance du Christ [39] ». Que volontiers donc ils abordent le texte sacré lui-même, soit par la sainte liturgie imprégnée des paroles divines, soit par une pieuse lecture, soit par des cours appropriés et par d’autres moyens qui, avec l’approbation et par les soins des pasteurs de l’Église, se répandent partout de nos jours d’une manière digne d’éloges. Qu’ils se rappellent aussi que la prière doit aller de pair avec la lecture de la Sainte Écriture, pour que s’établisse un dialogue entre Dieu et l’homme, car « nous lui parlons quand nous prions, mais nous l’écoutons quand nous lisons les oracles divins [40] »."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il revient aux évêques « dépositaires de la doctrine apostolique [41] » d’apprendre de manière convenable aux fidèles qui leur sont confiés, à faire un usage correct des Livres divins, surtout du Nouveau Testament et en tout premier lieu des Évangiles, grâce à des traductions des textes sacrés ; celles-ci seront munies des explications nécessaires et vraiment suffisantes, afin que les fils de l’Église fréquentent les Écritures sacrées avec sécurité et profit, et s’imprègnent de leur esprit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De plus, que l’on fasse à l’usage des non-chrétiens eux-mêmes, des éditions de l’Écriture Sainte, annotées comme il faut et adaptées à la situation des destinataires ; que, de toute manière, pasteurs d’âmes et chrétiens, quel que soit leur état, veillent à les diffuser judicieusement."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Épilogue"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi donc, que par la lecture et l’étude des Livres saints « la Parole de Dieu accomplisse sa course et soit glorifiée » (2 Th 3, 1), et que le trésor de la Révélation confié à l’Église comble de plus en plus le cœur des hommes. De même que l’Église reçoit un accroissement de vie par la fréquentation assidue du mystère eucharistique, ainsi peut-on espérer qu’un renouveau de vie spirituelle jaillira d’une vénération croissante de la Parole de Dieu, qui « demeure à jamais » (Is 40, 8 ; cf. 1 P 23-25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout l’ensemble et chacun des points qui ont été édictés dans cette Constitution ont plu aux Pères du Concile. Et Nous, en vertu du pouvoir apostolique que Nous tenons du Christ, en union avec les vénérables Pères, Nous les approuvons, arrêtons et décrétons dans le Saint-Esprit, et Nous ordonnons que ce qui a été ainsi établi en Concile soit promulgué pour la gloire de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rome, à Saint-Pierre, le 18 novembre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, Paul, évêque de l’Église catholique,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Suivent les signatures des Pères)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] Cf. Saint Augustin, De cathechizandis rudibus, c. IV, 8 : PL 40, 316."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2] Cf. Mt 11, 27 ; Jn 1, 14.17 ; 14, 6 ; 17, 1-3 ; 2 Co 3, 16 et 4, 6 ; Ep 1, 3-14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3] Epist. ad Diognetum, 8, 4 ; Funk I, 403."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4] Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. De fide cath., chap. 3, sur la foi : Denz. 1789 (3008)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5] Conc. d’Orange II, can. 7 : Denz. 180 (377). – Conc. Vat. I, l. c. : Denz. 1791 (3010)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6] Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. De fide cath., chap. 2, Sur la révélation : Denz. 1786 (3005)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7] Ibid., Denz. 1785 et 1786 (3004 et 3005)., Denz. 1785 et 1786 (3004 et 3005)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8] Cf. Mt 28, 19-20 et Mc 16, 15. – Conc. de Trente, sess. 4, Décret De canonicis Scripturis : Denz. 783 (1501)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[9] Cf. Conc. de Trente, l. c. – Conc. Vat. I, sess. 3, Const. dogm. De fide cath. chap. 2, Sur la révélation : Denz. 1787 (3006)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[10] Saint Irénée, Adv. Haer, III, 1 : PG 7, 848 ; Harvey, 2, p. 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[11] Cf. Conc. de Nicée II : Denz. 303 (602). – Conc. Const. IV, sess. 10, can. 1 : Denz. 336 (650-652)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[12] Cf. Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. De fide cath., chap. 4, Sur la foi et la raison : Denz. 1800 (3020)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[13] Cf. Conc. de Trente, sess. 4, l. c. : Denz. 783 (1501)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[14] Cf. Pie XII, Const. apost. Munificent. Deus, 1-11-1950 : AAS 42 (1950), p. 756, collatis verbis Saint Cyprien, Épître 66, 8 : csel (Hartel) III B, p. 733 : « L’Église est un peuple uni au prêtre et un troupeau attaché à son pasteur.»"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[15] Cf. Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. De fide cath., chap. 3, Sur la foi : Denz. 1792 (3011)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[16] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Humani generis, 12 août 1950 : AAS 42 (1950), p. 568-569 ; Denz. 2314 (3886)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[17] Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. De fide cath. chap. 2, Sur la Révélation : Denz. 1787 (3006). – Comm. biblique, décret 18 juin 1915 : Denz. 2180 (3629) ; EB 420 (Enchir. Bibl.). – Sacrée Congrégation du Saint Office, Épître du 22 décembre 1923 : EB 499."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[18] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Divino afflante Spiritu, 30 septembre 1943 : AAS 35 (1943), p. 314 ; EB 556."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[19] « En et par l’homme », cf. He 1, 1 et 4, 7 (in) ; 2 S 23, 2 ; Mt 1, 22 et passim (per). – Conc. Vat. I : schéma de doctr. cath., n. 9, coll. Lac. VII, 522."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[20] Léon XIII, Encycl. Provident. Deus, 18 novembre 1893 ; Denz. 1952 (3293) ; EB 125."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[21] Cf. Saint Augustin, Gen. ad litt. 2, 9, 20 : PL 34 270 ; Épître 82, 3 : PL 33, 277 ; csel 34, 2, p. 354. – Saint Thomas, De Ver., q. 12, a. 2 c. – Conc. de Trente, sess. 4, De canonicis Scripturis : Denz. 783 (1501). – Léon XIII, Encycl. Provident. : EB 121, 124, 126-127. – Pie XII, Encycl. Divino afflante : EB 539."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[22] Saint Augustin, La Cité de Dieu, XVII, 6, 2 : PL 41 537 ; csel XL, 2, 228."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[23] Ibid., De Doctr. Christ., III, 18, 26 : PL 34, 75-76."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[24] Pie XII, l. c. : Denz. 2294 (3829-3830) ; EB 557-562."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[25] Saint Benoît XV, Encycl. Spiritus Paraclitus, 15 septembre 1920 : EB 469. – Saint Jérôme, In Gal. 5, 19-21 : PL 26, 417 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[26] Cf. Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. De fide cath., chap. 2, Sur la Révélation : Denz. 1788 (3007)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[27] Saint Jean Chrysostome, In Gen. 3, 8 (hom. 17,1) : PG 53, 134. « Attemperatio » graece synkatabasis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[28] Pie XI, Encycl. Mit brennender Sorge, 14 mars 1937 : AAS 29 (1937), p. 151."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[29] Saint Augustin, Quaest. in Hept. 2, 73 ; PL 34, 623."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[30] Saint Irénée, Adv. Haer. III, 21, 3 : PG 7, 950 (= 25, 1 : Harvey 2, p. 115). – Saint Cyrille de Jérusalem, Catéch. 4, 35 : PG 33, 497. – Théodore de Mopsueste, In Soph. 1, 4-6 : PG 66, 452 D-453 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[31] Cf. Saint Irénée, Adv. Haer. III, 11, 8 : PG 7, 885 ; Sagnard, p. 194."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[32] Cf. Jn 14, 26 ; 16, 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[33] Jn 2, 22 ; 12, 16 ; cf. 14,26 ; 16, 12-13 ; 7, 39."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[34] Cf. Instruction Sancta Mater Ecclesia a Pontificio Consilio Studiis Bibliorum provehendis edita : AAS 56 (1964), p. 715."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[35] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Divino afflante : EB 551, 553, 567. – Comm. biblique, Instruction S. Scriptura in Clericorum Seminariis et Religiosorum. Collegiis recte docenda, 13 mai 1950 : AAS 42 (1950), p.495-505."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[36] Cf. Pie XII, ibid. : EB 569."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[37] Cf. Léon XIII, Encycl. Providentissimus : EB 114. – Benoît XV, Encycl. Spiritus Paraclitus : EB 483."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[38] Saint Augustin, Sermon 179, 1 : PL 38, 966."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[39] Saint Jérôme, Comm. in Is., Prol. : PL 24, 17.–Cf. Benoît XV, Encycl. Spiritus Paraclitus : EB 475-480. – Pie XII, Encycl. Divino afflante : EB 544."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[40] Saint Ambroise, De officiis ministrorum I, 20, 88 : PL 16, 50."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[41] Saint Irénée, Adv. Haer. IV, 32, 1 : PG 7, 1071 (= 49, 2 Harvey, 2, p. 255)."
            }
          ]
        },
        "it": {
          "code": "it",
          "label": "Italiano",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19651118_dei-verbum_it.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-35-vat-ii_const_19651118_dei-verbum_it.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAOLO VESCOVO SERVO DEI SERVI DI DIO UNITAMENTE AI PADRI DEL SACRO CONCILIO A PERPETUA MEMORIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "COSTITUZIONE DOGMATICA SULLA DIVINA RIVELAZIONE DEI VERBUM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18 novembre 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In religioso ascolto della parola di Dio e proclamandola con ferma fiducia, il santo Concilio fa sue queste parole di san Giovanni: « Annunziamo a voi la vita eterna, che era presso il Padre e si manifestò a noi: vi annunziamo ciò che abbiamo veduto e udito, affinché anche voi siate in comunione con noi, e la nostra comunione sia col Padre e col Figlio suo Gesù Cristo » (1 Gv 1,2-3). Perciò seguendo le orme dei Concili Tridentino e Vaticano I, intende proporre la genuina dottrina sulla divina Rivelazione e la sua trasmissione, affinché per l'annunzio della salvezza il mondo intero ascoltando creda, credendo speri, sperando ami [1] ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA RIVELAZIONE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natura e oggetto della Rivelazione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Piacque a Dio nella sua bontà e sapienza rivelarsi in persona e manifestare il mistero della sua volontà (cfr. Ef 1,9), mediante il quale gli uomini per mezzo di Cristo, Verbo fatto carne, hanno accesso al Padre nello Spirito Santo e sono resi partecipi della divina natura (cfr. Ef 2,18; 2 Pt 1,4). Con questa Rivelazione infatti Dio invisibile (cfr. Col 1,15; 1 Tm 1,17) nel suo grande amore parla agli uomini come ad amici (cfr. Es 33,11; Gv 15,14-15) e si intrattiene con essi (cfr. Bar 3,38), per invitarli e ammetterli alla comunione con sé. Questa economia della Rivelazione comprende eventi e parole intimamente connessi, in modo che le opere, compiute da Dio nella storia della salvezza, manifestano e rafforzano la dottrina e le realtà significate dalle parole, mentre le parole proclamano le opere e illustrano il mistero in esse contenuto. La profonda verità, poi, che questa Rivelazione manifesta su Dio e sulla salvezza degli uomini, risplende per noi in Cristo, il quale è insieme il mediatore e la pienezza di tutta intera la Rivelazione [2]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Preparazione della Rivelazione evangelica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dio, il quale crea e conserva tutte le cose per mezzo del Verbo (cfr. Gv 1,3), offre agli uomini nelle cose create una perenne testimonianza di sé (cfr. Rm 1,19-20); inoltre, volendo aprire la via di una salvezza superiore, fin dal principio manifestò se stesso ai progenitori. Dopo la loro caduta, con la promessa della redenzione, li risollevò alla speranza della salvezza (cfr. Gn 3,15), ed ebbe assidua cura del genere umano, per dare la vita eterna a tutti coloro i quali cercano la salvezza con la perseveranza nella pratica del bene (cfr. Rm 2,6-7). A suo tempo chiamò Abramo, per fare di lui un gran popolo (cfr. Gn 12,2); dopo i patriarchi ammaestrò questo popolo per mezzo di Mosè e dei profeti, affinché lo riconoscesse come il solo Dio vivo e vero, Padre provvido e giusto giudice, e stesse in attesa del Salvatore promesso, preparando in tal modo lungo i secoli la via all'Evangelo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo completa la Rivelazione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dopo aver a più riprese e in più modi, parlato per mezzo dei profeti, Dio « alla fine, nei giorni nostri, ha parlato a noi per mezzo del Figlio» (Eb 1,1-2). Mandò infatti suo Figlio, cioè il Verbo eterno, che illumina tutti gli uomini, affinché dimorasse tra gli uomini e spiegasse loro i segreti di Dio (cfr. Gv 1,1-18). Gesù Cristo dunque, Verbo fatto carne, mandato come «uomo agli uomini » [3], « parla le parole di Dio » (Gv 3,34) e porta a compimento l'opera di salvezza affidatagli dal Padre (cfr. Gv 5,36; 17,4). Perciò egli, vedendo il quale si vede anche il Padre (cfr. Gv 14,9), col fatto stesso della sua presenza e con la manifestazione che fa di sé con le parole e con le opere, con i segni e con i miracoli, e specialmente con la sua morte e la sua risurrezione di tra i morti, e infine con l'invio dello Spirito di verità, compie e completa la Rivelazione e la corrobora con la testimonianza divina, che cioè Dio è con noi per liberarci dalle tenebre del peccato e della morte e risuscitarci per la vita eterna. L'economia cristiana dunque, in quanto è l'Alleanza nuova e definitiva, non passerà mai, e non è da aspettarsi alcun'altra Rivelazione pubblica prima della manifestazione gloriosa del Signore nostro Gesù Cristo (cfr. 1 Tm 6,14 e Tt 2,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Accogliere la Rivelazione con fede"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Dio che rivela è dovuta « l'obbedienza della fede» (Rm 16,26; cfr. Rm 1,5; 2 Cor 10,5-6), con la quale l'uomo gli si abbandona tutt'intero e liberamente prestandogli « il pieno ossequio dell'intelletto e della volontà » [4] e assentendo volontariamente alla Rivelazione che egli fa. Perché si possa prestare questa fede, sono necessari la grazia di Dio che previene e soccorre e gli aiuti interiori dello Spirito Santo, il quale muova il cuore e lo rivolga a Dio, apra gli occhi dello spirito e dia « a tutti dolcezza nel consentire e nel credere alla verità » [5]. Affinché poi l' intelligenza della Rivelazione diventi sempre più profonda, lo stesso Spirito Santo perfeziona continuamente la fede per mezzo dei suoi doni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le verità rivelate"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con la divina Rivelazione Dio volle manifestare e comunicare se stesso e i decreti eterni della sua volontà riguardo alla salvezza degli uomini, «per renderli cioè partecipi di quei beni divini, che trascendono la comprensione della mente umana » [6]. Il santo Concilio professa che « Dio, principio e fine di tutte le cose, può essere conosciuto con certezza con il lume naturale dell'umana ragione a partire dalle cose create» (cfr. Rm 1,20); ma insegna anche che è merito della Rivelazione divina se « tutto ciò che nelle cose divine non è di per sé inaccessibile alla umana ragione, può, anche nel presente stato del genere umano, essere conosciuto da tutti facilmente, con ferma certezza e senza mescolanza d'errore » [7]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA TRASMISSIONE DELLA DIVINA RIVELAZIONE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli apostoli e i loro successori, missionari del Vangelo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dio, con somma benignità, dispose che quanto egli aveva rivelato per la salvezza di tutte le genti, rimanesse per sempre integro e venisse trasmesso a tutte le generazioni. Perciò Cristo Signore, nel quale trova compimento tutta intera la Rivelazione di Dio altissimo, ordinò agli apostoli che l'Evangelo, prima promesso per mezzo dei profeti e da lui adempiuto e promulgato di persona venisse da loro predicato a tutti come la fonte di ogni verità salutare e di ogni regola morale [8], comunicando così ad essi i doni divini. Ciò venne fedelmente eseguito, tanto dagli apostoli, i quali nella predicazione orale, con gli esempi e le istituzioni trasmisero sia ciò che avevano ricevuto dalla bocca del Cristo vivendo con lui e guardandolo agire, sia ciò che avevano imparato dai suggerimenti dello spirito Santo, quanto da quegli apostoli e da uomini a loro cerchia, i quali, per ispirazione dello Spirito Santo, misero per scritto il messaggio della salvezza [9]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli apostoli poi, affinché l'Evangelo si conservasse sempre integro e vivo nella Chiesa, lasciarono come loro successori i vescovi, ad essi « affidando il loro proprio posto di maestri » [10]. Questa sacra Tradizione e la Scrittura sacra dell'uno e dell'altro Testamento sono dunque come uno specchio nel quale la Chiesa pellegrina in terra contempla Dio, dal quale tutto riceve, finché giunga a vederlo faccia a faccia, com'egli è (cfr. 1 Gv 3,2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La sacra tradizione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertanto la predicazione apostolica, che è espressa in modo speciale nei libri ispirati, doveva esser conservata con una successione ininterrotta fino alla fine dei tempi. Gli apostoli perciò, trasmettendo ciò che essi stessi avevano ricevuto, ammoniscono i fedeli ad attenersi alle tradizioni che avevano appreso sia a voce che per iscritto (cfr. 2 Ts 2,15), e di combattere per quella fede che era stata ad essi trasmessa una volta per sempre [11]. Ciò che fu trasmesso dagli apostoli, poi, comprende tutto quanto contribuisce alla condotta santa del popolo di Dio e all'incremento della fede; così la Chiesa nella sua dottrina, nella sua vita e nel suo culto, perpetua e trasmette a tutte le generazioni tutto ciò che essa è, tutto ciò che essa crede."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questa Tradizione di origine apostolica progredisce nella Chiesa con l'assistenza dello Spirito Santo [12]: cresce infatti la comprensione, tanto delle cose quanto delle parole trasmesse, sia con la contemplazione e lo studio dei credenti che le meditano in cuor loro (cfr. Lc 2,19 e 51), sia con la intelligenza data da una più profonda esperienza delle cose spirituali, sia per la predicazione di coloro i quali con la successione episcopale hanno ricevuto un carisma sicuro di verità. Così la Chiesa nel corso dei secoli tende incessantemente alla pienezza della verità divina, finché in essa vengano a compimento le parole di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le asserzioni dei santi Padri attestano la vivificante presenza di questa Tradizione, le cui ricchezze sono trasfuse nella pratica e nella vita della Chiesa che crede e che prega. È questa Tradizione che fa conoscere alla Chiesa l'intero canone dei libri sacri e nella Chiesa fa più profondamente comprendere e rende ininterrottamente operanti le stesse sacre Scritture. Così Dio, il quale ha parlato in passato non cessa di parlare con la sposa del suo Figlio diletto, e lo Spirito Santo, per mezzo del quale la viva voce dell'Evangelo risuona nella Chiesa e per mezzo di questa nel mondo, introduce i credenti alla verità intera e in essi fa risiedere la parola di Cristo in tutta la sua ricchezza (cfr. Col 3,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relazioni tra la Scrittura e la Tradizione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La sacra Tradizione dunque e la sacra Scrittura sono strettamente congiunte e comunicanti tra loro. Poiché ambedue scaturiscono dalla stessa divina sorgente, esse formano in certo qual modo un tutto e tendono allo stesso fine. Infatti la sacra Scrittura è parola di Dio in quanto consegnata per iscritto per ispirazione dello Spirito divino; quanto alla sacra Tradizione, essa trasmette integralmente la parola di Dio - affidata da Cristo Signore e dallo Spirito Santo agli apostoli - ai loro successori, affinché, illuminati dallo Spirito di verità, con la loro predicazione fedelmente la conservino, la espongano e la diffondano; ne risulta così che la Chiesa attinge la certezza su tutte le cose rivelate non dalla sola Scrittura e che di conseguenza l'una e l'altra devono essere accettate e venerate con pari sentimento di pietà e riverenza [13]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relazioni della Tradizione e della Scrittura con tutta la chiesa e con il magistero"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La sacra tradizione e la sacra Scrittura costituiscono un solo sacro deposito della parola di Dio affidato alla Chiesa; nell'adesione ad esso tutto il popolo santo, unito ai suoi Pastori, persevera assiduamente nell'insegnamento degli apostoli e nella comunione fraterna, nella frazione del pane e nelle orazioni (cfr. At 2,42 gr.), in modo che, nel ritenere, praticare e professare la fede trasmessa, si stabilisca tra pastori e fedeli una singolare unità di spirito [14]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'ufficio poi d'interpretare autenticamente la parola di Dio, scritta o trasmessa [15], è affidato al solo magistero vivo della Chiesa [16], la cui autorità è esercitata nel nome di Gesù Cristo. Il quale magistero però non è superiore alla parola di Dio ma la serve, insegnando soltanto ciò che è stato trasmesso, in quanto, per divino mandato e con l'assistenza dello Spirito Santo, piamente ascolta, santamente custodisce e fedelmente espone quella parola, e da questo unico deposito della fede attinge tutto ciò che propone a credere come rivelato da Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È chiaro dunque che la sacra Tradizione, la sacra Scrittura e il magistero della Chiesa, per sapientissima disposizione di Dio, sono tra loro talmente connessi e congiunti che nessuna di queste realtà sussiste senza le altre, e tutte insieme, ciascuna a modo proprio, sotto l'azione di un solo Spirito Santo, contribuiscono efficacemente alla salvezza delle anime."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'ISPIRAZIONE DIVINA E L'INTERPRETAZIONE DELLA SACRA SCRITTURA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ispirazione e verità della Scrittura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le verità divinamente rivelate, che sono contenute ed espresse nei libri della sacra Scrittura, furono scritte per ispirazione dello Spirito Santo La santa madre Chiesa, per fede apostolica, ritiene sacri e canonici tutti interi i libri sia del Vecchio che del Nuovo Testamento, con tutte le loro parti, perché scritti per ispirazione dello Spirito Santo (cfr. Gv 20,31; 2 Tm 3,16); hanno Dio per autore e come tali sono stati consegnati alla Chiesa [17] per la composizione dei libri sacri, Dio scelse e si servì di uomini nel possesso delle loro facoltà e capacità [18], affinché, agendo egli in essi e per loro mezzo [19], scrivessero come veri autori, tutte e soltanto quelle cose che egli voleva fossero scritte [20]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché dunque tutto ciò che gli autori ispirati o agiografi asseriscono è da ritenersi asserito dallo Spirito Santo, bisogna ritenere, per conseguenza, che i libri della Scrittura insegnano con certezza, fedelmente e senza errore la verità che Dio, per la nostra salvezza, volle fosse consegnata nelle sacre Scritture [21]. Pertanto «ogni Scrittura divinamente ispirata è anche utile per insegnare, per convincere, per correggere, per educare alla giustizia, affinché l'uomo di Dio sia perfetto, addestrato ad ogni opera buona»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Come deve essere interpretata la sacra Scrittura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché Dio nella sacra Scrittura ha parlato per mezzo di uomini alla maniera umana [22], l'interprete della sacra Scrittura, per capir bene ciò che egli ha voluto comunicarci, deve ricercare con attenzione che cosa gli agiografi abbiano veramente voluto dire e a Dio è piaciuto manifestare con le loro parole. Per ricavare l'intenzione degli agiografi, si deve tener conto fra l'altro anche dei generi letterari. La verità infatti viene diversamente proposta ed espressa in testi in vario modo storici, o profetici, o poetici, o anche in altri generi di espressione. È necessario adunque che l'interprete ricerchi il senso che l'agiografo in determinate circostanze, secondo la condizione del suo tempo e della sua cultura, per mezzo dei generi letterari allora in uso, intendeva esprimere ed ha di fatto espresso [23]. Per comprendere infatti in maniera esatta ciò che l'autore sacro volle asserire nello scrivere, si deve far debita attenzione sia agli abituali e originali modi di sentire, di esprimersi e di raccontare vigenti ai tempi dell'agiografo, sia a quelli che nei vari luoghi erano allora in uso nei rapporti umani [24]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò, dovendo la sacra Scrittura esser letta e interpretata alla luce dello stesso Spirito mediante il quale è stata scritta [25], per ricavare con esattezza il senso dei sacri testi, si deve badare con non minore diligenza al contenuto e all'unità di tutta la Scrittura, tenuto debito conto della viva tradizione di tutta la Chiesa e dell'analogia della fede. È compito degli esegeti contribuire, seguendo queste norme, alla più profonda intelligenza ed esposizione del senso della sacra Scrittura, affinché mediante i loro studi, in qualche modo preparatori, maturi il giudizio della Chiesa. Quanto, infatti, è stato qui detto sul modo di interpretare la Scrittura, è sottoposto in ultima istanza al giudizio della Chiesa, la quale adempie il divino mandato e ministero di conservare e interpretare la parola di Dio [26]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La « condiscendenza » della Sapienza divina"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella sacra Scrittura dunque, restando sempre intatta la verità e la santità di Dio, si manifesta l'ammirabile condiscendenza della eterna Sapienza, « affinché possiamo apprendere l'ineffabile benignità di Dio e a qual punto egli, sollecito e provvido nei riguardi della nostra natura, abbia adattato il suo parlare» [27]. Le parole di Dio infatti, espresse con lingue umane, si son fatte simili al parlare dell'uomo, come già il Verbo dell'eterno Padre, avendo assunto le debolezze dell'umana natura, si fece simile all'uomo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IL VECCHIO TESTAMENTO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La storia della salvezza nei libri del Vecchio Testamento"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Iddio, progettando e preparando nella sollecitudine del suo grande amore la salvezza del genere umano, si scelse con singolare disegno un popolo al quale affidare le promesse. Infatti, mediante l'alleanza stretta con Abramo (cfr. Gn 15,18), e per mezzo di Mosè col popolo d'Israele (cfr. Es 24,8), egli si rivelò, in parole e in atti, al popolo che così s'era acquistato come l'unico Dio vivo e vero, in modo tale che Israele sperimentasse quale fosse il piano di Dio con gli uomini e, parlando Dio stesso per bocca dei profeti, lo comprendesse con sempre maggiore profondità e chiarezza e lo facesse conoscere con maggiore ampiezza alle genti (cfr. Sal 21,28-29; 95,1-3; Is 2,1-4; Ger 3,17). L'economia della salvezza preannunziata, narrata e spiegata dai sacri autori, si trova in qualità di vera parola di Dio nei libri del Vecchio Testamento; perciò questi libri divinamente ispirati conservano valore perenne: « Quanto fu scritto, lo è stato per nostro ammaestramento, affinché mediante quella pazienza e quel conforto che vengono dalle Scritture possiamo ottenere la speranza » (Rm 15,4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importanza del Vecchio Testamento per i cristiani"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'economia del Vecchio Testamento era soprattutto ordinata a preparare, ad annunziare profeticamente (cfr. Lc 24,44; Gv 5,39; 1 Pt 1,10) e a significare con diverse figure (cfr. 1 Cor 10,11) l'avvento di Cristo redentore dell'universo e del regno messianico. I libri poi del Vecchio Testamento, tenuto conto della condizione del genere umano prima dei tempi della salvezza instaurata da Cristo, manifestano a tutti chi è Dio e chi è l'uomo e il modo con cui Dio giusto e misericordioso agisce con gli uomini. Questi libri, sebbene contengano cose imperfette e caduche, dimostrano tuttavia una vera pedagogia divina [28]. Quindi i cristiani devono ricevere con devozione questi libri: in essi si esprime un vivo senso di Dio; in essi sono racchiusi sublimi insegnamenti su Dio, una sapienza salutare per la vita dell'uomo e mirabili tesori di preghiere; in essi infine è nascosto il mistero della nostra salvezza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unità dei due Testamenti"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dio dunque, il quale ha ispirato i libri dell'uno e dell'altro Testamento e ne è l'autore, ha sapientemente disposto che il Nuovo fosse nascosto nel Vecchio e il Vecchio fosse svelato nel Nuovo [29]. Poiché, anche se Cristo ha fondato la Nuova Alleanza nel sangue suo (cfr. Lc 22,20; 1 Cor 11,25), tuttavia i libri del Vecchio Testamento, integralmente assunti nella predicazione evangelica [30], acquistano e manifestano il loro pieno significato nel Nuovo Testamento (cfr. Mt 5,17; Lc 24,27), che essi a loro volta illuminano e spiegano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IL NUOVO TESTAMENTO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eccellenza del Nuovo Testamento"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La parola di Dio, che è potenza divina per la salvezza di chiunque crede (cfr. Rm 1,16), si presenta e manifesta la sua forza in modo eminente negli scritti del Nuovo Testamento. Quando infatti venne la pienezza dei tempi (cfr. Gal 4,4), il Verbo si fece carne ed abitò tra noi pieno di grazia e di verità (cfr. Gv 1,14). Cristo stabilì il regno di Dio sulla terra, manifestò con opere e parole il Padre suo e se stesso e portò a compimento l'opera sua con la morte, la risurrezione e la gloriosa ascensione, nonché con l'invio dello Spirito Santo. Elevato da terra, attira tutti a sé (cfr. Gv 12,32 gr.), lui che solo ha parole di vita eterna (cfr. Gv 6,68). Ma questo mistero non fu palesato alle altre generazioni, come adesso è stato svelato ai santi apostoli suoi e ai profeti nello Spirito Santo (cfr. Ef 3,4-6, gr.), affinché predicassero l'Evangelo, suscitassero la fede in Gesù Cristo Signore e radunassero la Chiesa. Di tutto ciò gli scritti del Nuovo Testamento presentano una testimonianza perenne e divina."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Origine apostolica dei Vangeli"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A nessuno sfugge che tra tutte le Scritture, anche quelle del Nuovo Testamento, i Vangeli possiedono una superiorità meritata, in quanto costituiscono la principale testimonianza relativa alla vita e alla dottrina del Verbo incarnato, nostro Salvatore. La Chiesa ha sempre e in ogni luogo ritenuto e ritiene che i quattro Vangeli sono di origine apostolica. Infatti, ciò che gli apostoli per mandato di Cristo predicarono, in seguito, per ispirazione dello Spirito Santo, fu dagli stessi e da uomini della loro cerchia tramandato in scritti che sono il fondamento della fede, cioè l'Evangelo quadriforme secondo Matteo, Marco, Luca e Giovanni [31]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Carattere storico dei Vangeli"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La santa madre Chiesa ha ritenuto e ritiene con fermezza e con la più grande costanza che i quattro suindicati Vangeli, di cui afferma senza esitazione la storicità, trasmettono fedelmente quanto Gesù Figlio di Dio, durante la sua vita tra gli uomini, effettivamente operò e insegnò per la loro eterna salvezza, fino al giorno in cui fu assunto in cielo (cfr At 1,1-2). Gli apostoli poi, dopo l'Ascensione del Signore, trasmisero ai loro ascoltatori ciò che egli aveva detto e fatto, con quella più completa intelligenza delle cose, di cui essi, ammaestrati dagli eventi gloriosi di Cristo e illuminati dallo Spirito di verità [32], godevano [33]. E gli autori sacri scrissero i quattro Vangeli, scegliendo alcune cose tra le molte che erano tramandate a voce o già per iscritto, redigendo un riassunto di altre, o spiegandole con riguardo alla situazione delle Chiese, conservando infine il carattere di predicazione, sempre però in modo tale da riferire su Gesù cose vere e sincere [34]. Essi infatti, attingendo sia ai propri ricordi sia alla testimonianza di coloro i quali « fin dal principio furono testimoni oculari e ministri della parola », scrissero con l'intenzione di farci conoscere la « verità » (cfr. Lc 1,2-4) degli insegnamenti che abbiamo ricevuto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli altri scritti del Nuovo Testamento"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il canone del Nuovo Testamento, oltre i quattro Vangeli, contiene anche le lettere di san Paolo ed altri scritti apostolici, composti per ispirazione dello Spirito Santo; questi scritti, per sapiente disposizione di Dio, confermano tutto ciò che riguarda Cristo Signore, spiegano ulteriormente la sua dottrina autentica, fanno conoscere la potenza salvifica dell'opera divina di Cristo, narrano gli inizi della Chiesa e la sua mirabile diffusione nel mondo e preannunziano la sua gloriosa consumazione. Il Signore Gesù, infatti, assisté i suoi apostoli come aveva promesso (cfr. Mt 28,20) e inviò loro lo Spirito consolatore, il quale doveva introdurli nella pienezza della verità (cfr. Gv 16,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA SACRA SCRITTURA NELLA VITA DELLA CHIESA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importanza della sacra Scrittura per la Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa ha sempre venerato le divine Scritture come ha fatto per il Corpo stesso di Cristo, non mancando mai, soprattutto nella sacra liturgia, di nutrirsi del pane di vita dalla mensa sia della parola di Dio che del Corpo di Cristo, e di porgerlo ai fedeli. Insieme con la sacra Tradizione, ha sempre considerato e considera le divine Scritture come la regola suprema della propria fede; esse infatti, ispirate come sono da Dio e redatte una volta per sempre, comunicano immutabilmente la parola di Dio stesso e fanno risuonare nelle parole dei profeti e degli apostoli la voce dello Spirito Santo. È necessario dunque che la predicazione ecclesiastica, come la stessa religione cristiana, sia nutrita e regolata dalla sacra Scrittura. Nei libri sacri, infatti, il Padre che è nei cieli viene con molta amorevolezza incontro ai suoi figli ed entra in conversazione con essi; nella parola di Dio poi è insita tanta efficacia e potenza, da essere sostegno e vigore della Chiesa, e per i figli della Chiesa la forza della loro fede, il nutrimento dell'anima, la sorgente pura e perenne della vita spirituale. Perciò si deve riferire per eccellenza alla sacra Scrittura ciò che è stato detto: «viva ed efficace è la parola di Dio » (Eb 4,12), « che ha il potere di edificare e dare l'eredità con tutti i santificati» (At 20,32; cfr. 1 Ts 2,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Necessità di traduzioni appropriate e corrette"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È necessario che i fedeli abbiano largo accesso alla sacra Scrittura. Per questo motivo, la Chiesa fin dagli inizi fece sua l'antichissima traduzione greca del Vecchio Testamento detta dei Settanta, e ha sempre in onore le altre versioni orientali e le versioni latine, particolarmente quella che è detta Volgata. Poiché, però, la parola di Dio deve essere a disposizione di tutti in ogni tempo, la Chiesa cura con materna sollecitudine che si facciano traduzioni appropriate e corrette nelle varie lingue, di preferenza a partire dai testi originali dei sacri libri. Se, per una ragione di opportunità e col consenso dell'autorità della Chiesa, queste saranno fatte in collaborazione con i fratelli separati, potranno essere usate da tutti i cristiani."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Impegno apostolico degli studiosi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La sposa del Verbo incarnato, la Chiesa, ammaestrata dallo Spirito Santo, si preoccupa di raggiungere una intelligenza sempre più profonda delle sacre Scritture, per poter nutrire di continuo i suoi figli con le divine parole; perciò a ragione favorisce anche lo studio dei santi Padri d'Oriente e d'Occidente e delle sacre liturgie. Gli esegeti cattolici poi, e gli altri cultori di sacra teologia, collaborando insieme con zelo, si adoperino affinché, sotto la vigilanza del sacro magistero, studino e spieghino con gli opportuni sussidi le divine Lettere, in modo che il più gran numero possibile di ministri della divina parola siano in grado di offrire con frutto al popolo di Dio l'alimento delle Scritture, che illumina la mente, corrobora le volontà e accende i cuori degli uomini all'amore di Dio [35]. Il santo Concilio incoraggia i figli della Chiesa che coltivano le scienze bibliche, affinché, con energie sempre rinnovate, continuino fino in fondo il lavoro felicemente intrapreso con un ardore totale e secondo il senso della Chiesa [36]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importanza della sacra Scrittura per la teologia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La sacra teologia si basa come su un fondamento perenne sulla parola di Dio scritta, inseparabile dalla sacra Tradizione; in essa vigorosamente si consolida e si ringiovanisce sempre, scrutando alla luce della fede ogni verità racchiusa nel mistero di Cristo. Le sacre Scritture contengono la parola di Dio e, perché ispirate, sono veramente parola di Dio, sia dunque lo studio delle sacre pagine come l'anima della sacra teologia [37]. Anche il ministero della parola, cioè la predicazione pastorale, la catechesi e ogni tipo di istruzione cristiana, nella quale l'omelia liturgica deve avere un posto privilegiato, trova in questa stessa parola della Scrittura un sano nutrimento e un santo vigore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si raccomanda la lettura della sacra Scrittura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò è necessario che tutti i chierici, principalmente i sacerdoti e quanti, come i diaconi o i catechisti, attendono legittimamente al ministero della parola, conservino un contatto continuo con le Scritture mediante una lettura spirituale assidua e uno studio accurato, affinché non diventi « un vano predicatore della parola di Dio all'esterno colui che non l'ascolta dentro di sé» [38], mentre deve partecipare ai fedeli a lui affidati le sovrabbondanti ricchezze della parola divina, specialmente nella sacra liturgia. Parimenti il santo Concilio esorta con ardore e insistenza tutti i fedeli, soprattutto i religiosi, ad apprendere « la sublime scienza di Gesù Cristo » (Fil 3,8) con la frequente lettura delle divine Scritture. « L'ignoranza delle Scritture, infatti, è ignoranza di Cristo » [39]. Si accostino essi volentieri al sacro testo, sia per mezzo della sacra liturgia, che è impregnata di parole divine, sia mediante la pia lettura, sia per mezzo delle iniziative adatte a tale scopo e di altri sussidi, che con l'approvazione e a cura dei pastori della Chiesa, lodevolmente oggi si diffondono ovunque. Si ricordino però che la lettura della sacra Scrittura dev'essere accompagnata dalla preghiera, affinché si stabilisca il dialogo tra Dio e l'uomo; poiché «quando preghiamo, parliamo con lui; lui ascoltiamo, quando leggiamo gli oracoli divini » [40]. Compete ai vescovi, «depositari della dottrina apostolica » [41], ammaestrare opportunamente i fedeli loro affidati sul retto uso dei libri divini, in modo particolare del Nuovo Testamento e in primo luogo dei Vangeli, grazie a traduzioni dei sacri testi; queste devono essere corredate delle note necessarie e veramente sufficienti, affinché i figli della Chiesa si familiarizzino con sicurezza e profitto con le sacre Scritture e si imbevano del loro spirito. Inoltre, siano preparate edizioni della sacra Scrittura fornite di idonee annotazioni, ad uso anche dei non cristiani e adattate alla loro situazione; sia i pastori d'anime, sia i cristiani di qualsiasi stato avranno cura di diffonderle con zelo e prudenza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In tal modo dunque, con la lettura e lo studio dei sacri libri « la parola di Dio compia la sua corsa e sia glorificata» (2 Ts 3,1), e il tesoro della rivelazione, affidato alla Chiesa, riempia sempre più il cuore degli uomini. Come dall'assidua frequenza del mistero eucaristico si accresce la vita della Chiesa, così è lecito sperare nuovo impulso alla vita spirituale dall'accresciuta venerazione per la parola di Dio, che «permane in eterno» (Is 40,8; cfr. 1 Pt 1,23-25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] Cf. S. AGOSTINO, De catechizandis rudibus, 4,8: PL 40, 316."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2] Cf. Mt 11,27; Gv 1,14.17; 14,6; 17,1-3; 2 Cor 3,16; 4,6; Ef 1,3-14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3] Epist. ad Diognetum, 7,4: FUNK, Patres Apostolici, I, p. 403."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4] CONC. VAT. I, Cost. dogm. sulla fede cattolica Dei Filius, cap. 3: Dz 1789 (3008) [Collantes 1.067]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5] SIN. DI ORANGE II, can. 7: Dz 180 (377) [Collantes 8.035]; CONC. VAT. I, l.c.: Dz 1791 (3010) [Collantes 1.069]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6] CONC. VAT. I, Cost. dogm. sulla fede cattolica Dei Filius, cap. 2: Dz 1786 (3005) [Collantes 1.063]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7] CONC. VAT. I, Cost. dogm. sulla fede cattolica Dei Filius, cap. 2: Dz 1785 e 1786 (3004 e 3005) [Collantes 1.061-63]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8] Cf. Mt 28,19-20 e Mc 16,15. CONC. DI TRENTO, Decr. De canonicis Scripturis: Dz 783 (1501) [Collantes 2.006]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[9] Cf. CONC. DI TRENTO, l.c.; CONC. VAT. I, Cost. dogm. sulla fede cattolica Dei Filius, cap. 2: Dz 1787 (3006)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[10] S. IRENEO, Adv. Haer., III, 3, 1: PG 7, 848; HARVEY, 2, p. 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[11] Cf. CONC. DI NICEA II: DZ 303 (602). CONC. DI COSTANT. IV, Sess. X, can. 1: Dz 336 (650-52)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[12] Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Cost. dogm. sulla fede cattolica, Dei Filius, cap. 4: Dz 1800 (3020) [Collantes 1.085]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[13] Cf. CONC. DI TRENTO, Decr. De canonicis Scripturis: Dz 783 (1501) [Collantes 2.006]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[14] Cf. PIO XII, Cost. Apost. Munificentissimus Deus, 1° nov. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 756, che riporta le parole di S. CIPRIANO, Epist. 66, 8: CSEL 3, 2, 733: “La Chiesa è un popolo raccolto intorno al Sacerdote e un gregge unito al suo Pastore”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[15] Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Cost. dogm. sulla fede cattolica Dei Filius, cap. 3: Dz 1792 (3011) [Collantes 1.070]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[16] Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Humani Generis, 12 ag. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), pp. 568-569: Dz 2314 (3886) [Collantes 7.203-04]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[17] Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Cost. dogm. sulla fede cattolica Dei Filius, cap. 2: Dz 1787 (3006) [Collantes 2.015]. PONT. COMM. BIBLICA, Decr. 18 giugno 1915: Dz 2180 (3629); EB 420. S. S. C. del S. Uffizio, Lett. 22 dic. 1923: EB 499."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[18] Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Divino afflante, 30 sett. 1943: AAS 35 (1943), p. 314; EB 556."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[19] In e per l’uomo: cf. Eb 1,1 e 4,7 (in); 2 Sam 23,2; Mt 1,22 e passim (per); CONC. VAT. I, Schema de doctr. cath., nota 9: Coll. Lac. VII, 522."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[20] LEONE XIII, Encicl. Providentissimus Deus, 18 nov. 1893: Dz 1952 (3293); EB 556 [Collantes 2.028-30]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[21] Cf. S. AGOSTINO, De Gen. ad litt., 2, 9, 20: PL 34, 270-271; CSEL 28, 1, 46-47, e Epist. 82, 3: PL 33, 277: CSEL 34, 2, 354. - S. TOMMASO, De Ver., q. 12, a. 2, C. - CONC. DI TRENTO, decr. De canonicis Scripturis: Dz 783 (1501) [Collantes 2.006]. - LEONE XIII, Encicl. Providentissimus Deus: EB 121, 124, 126-127 [Dz 3291ss; Collantes 2.026ss]. - PIO XII, Encicl. Divino afflante: EB 539."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[22] Cf. S. AGOSTINO, De Civ. Dei, XVII, 6, 2: PL 41, 537; CSEL 40, 2,228."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[23] Cf. S. AGOSTINO, De Doctr. Christ., III, 18, 26: PL 34, 75-76; CSEL 80, 95."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[24] Cf. PIO XII, l.c. [nota 5]: Dz 2294 (3829-3830); EB 557-562 [in parte Collantes 2.069-71]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[25] Cf. BENEDETTO XV, Encicl. Spiritus Paraclitus, 15 sett. 1920: EB 469. S. GIROLAMO, In Gal. 5, 19-21: PL 26, 417A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[26] Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Cost. dogm. sulla fede cattolica Dei Filius, cap. 2: Dz 1788 (3007) [Collantes 2.016]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[27] S. GIOVANNI CRISOSTOMO, In Gen. 3,8 (om. 17,1): PG 53,134. “Attemperatio”, in greco synkatábasis"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[28] Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Mit brennender Sorge, 14 marzo 1937: AAS 29 (1937), p. 151."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[29] Cf. S. AGOSTINO, Quaest. in Hept., 2, 73: PL 34, 623."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[30] Cf. S. IRENEO, Adv. Haer., III, 21, 3: PG 7, 950 (= 25,1: HARVEY, 2, p. 115). S. CIRILLO DI GERUS., Catech., 4,35: PG 33, 497, TEODORO DI MOPS., In Soph., I, 4-6: PG 66, 452D-453A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[31] Cf. S. IRENEO, Adv. Haer., III, 11, 8: PG 7, 885; ed. SAGNARD, p. 194."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[32] Cf. Gv 14,26; 16,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[33] Cf. Gv 2,22; 12,6; da confr. con 14,26; 16,12-13; 7,39."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[34] Cf. Istruzione Sancta Mater Ecclesia emanata dal Pontificio Consiglio per la promozione degli Studi Biblici: AAS 56 (1964) p. 715."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[35] Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Divino afflante Spiritu, 30 sett. 1943: EB 551, 553, 567. PONT. COMM. BIBLICA, Instructio de S. Scriptura in Clericorum Seminariis et Religiosorum Collegiis recte docenda, 13 maggio 1950: AAS 42 (1950) pp. 495-505."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[36] Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Divino afflante Spiritu, 30 sett. 1943: EB 569."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[37] Cf. LEONE XIII, Encicl. Providentissimus Deus: EB 114; BENEDETTO XV, Encicl. Spiritus Paraclitus, 15 sett. 1920: EB 483."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[38] S. AGOSTINO, Serm. 179, 1: PL 38, 966."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[39] S. GIROLAMO, Comm. in Is., Prol.: PL 24, 17. - Cf. BENEDETTO XV, Encicl. Spiritus Paraclitus: EB 475-480. PIO XII, Encicl. Divino afflante: EB 544."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[40] S. AMBROGIO, De officiis ministrorum, I, 20, 88: PL 16, 50."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[41] S. IRENEO, Adv. Haer., IV, 32, 1: PG 7, 1071; (= 49,2) HARVEY, 2, p. 255."
            }
          ]
        },
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19651118_dei-verbum_lt.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-36-vat-ii_const_19651118_dei-verbum_lt.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAULUS EPISCOPUS SERVUS SERVORUM DEI UNA CUM SACROSANCTI CONCILII PATRIBUS AD PERPETUAM REI MEMORIAM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONSTITUTIO DOGMATICA DE DIVINA REVELATIONE DEI VERBUM"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dei verbum religiose audiens et fidenter proclamans, Sacrosancta Synodus verbis S. Ioannis obsequitur dicentis: \"Adnuntiamus vobis vitam aeternam, quae erat apud Patrem et apparuit nobis: quod vidimus et audivimus adnuntiamus vobis, ut et vos societatem habeatis nobiscum, et societas nostra sit cum Patre et cum Filio eius Iesu Christo\" (1 Io 1,2-3). Propterea, Conciliorum Tridentini et Vaticani I inhaerens vestigiis, genuinam de divina revelatione ac de eius transmissione doctrinam proponere intendit, ut salutis praeconio mundus universus audiendo credat, credendo speret, sperando amet (1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE IPSA REVELATIONE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Placuit Deo in sua bonitate et sapientia Seipsum revelare et notum facere sacramentum voluntatis suae (cf. Eph 1,9), quo homines per Christum, Verbum carnem factum, in Spiritu Sancto accessum habent ad Patrem et divinae naturae consortes efficiuntur (cf. Eph 2,18; 2 Petr 1,4). Hac itaque revelatione Deus invisibilis (cf. Col 1,15; 1 Tim 1,17) ex abundantia caritatis suae homines tamquam amicos alloquitur (cf. Ex 33,11; Io 15,14-15) et cum eis conversatur (cf. Bar 3,38), ut eos ad societatem Secum invitet in eamque suscipiat. Haec revelationis oeconomia fit gestis verbisque intrinsece inter se connexis, ita ut opera, in historia salutis a Deo patrata, doctrinam et res verbis significatas manifestent ac corroborent, verba autem opera proclament et mysterium in eis contentum elucident. Intima autem per hanc revelationem tam de Deo quam de hominis salute veritas nobis in Christo illucescit, qui mediator simul et plenitudo totius revelationis exsistit (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deus, per Verbum omnia creans (cf. Io 1,3) et conservans, in rebus creatis perenne sui testimonium hominibus praebet (cf. Rom 1,19-20) et, viam salutis supernae aperire intendens, insuper protoparentibus inde ab initio Semetipsum manifestavit. Post eorum autem lapsum eos, redemptione promissa, in spem salutis erexit (cf. Gen 3,15) et sine intermissione generis humani curam egit, ut omnibus qui secundum patientiam boni operis salutem quaerunt, vitam aeternam daret (cf. Rom 2,6-7). Suo autem tempore Abraham vocavit, ut faceret eum in gentem magnam (cf. Gen 12,2-3), quam post Patriarchas per Moysen et Prophetas erudivit ad se solum Deum vivum et verum, providum Patrem et iudicem iustum agnoscendum, et ad promissum Salvatorem expectandum, atque ita per saecula viam Evangelio praeparavit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Postquam vero multifariam multisque modis Deus locutus est in Prophetis, \"novissime diebus istis locutus est nobis in Filio\" (Hebr 1,1-2). Misit enim Filium suum, aeternum scilicet Verbum, qui omnes homines illuminat, ut inter homines habitaret iisque intima Dei enarraret (cf. Io 1,1-18). Iesus Christus ergo, Verbum caro factum, \"homo ad homines\" missus (3), \"verba Dei loquitur\" (Io 3,34), et opus salutare consummat quod dedit ei Pater faciendum (cf. Io 5,36; 17,4). Quapropter Ipse, quem qui videt, videt et Patrem (cf. Io 14,9), tota Suiipsius praesentia ac manifestatione, verbis et operibus, signis et miraculis, praesertim autem morte sua et gloriosa ex mortuis resurrectione, misso tandem Spiritu veritatis, revelationem complendo perficit ac testimonio divino confirmat, Deum nempe nobiscum esse ad nos ex peccati mortisque tenebris liberandos et in aeternam vitam resuscitandos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oeconomia ergo christiana, utpote foedus novum et definitivum, numquam praeteribit, et nulla iam nova revelatio publica expectanda est ante gloriosam manifestationem Domini nostri Iesu Christi (cf. 1 Tim 6,14 et Tit 2,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deo revelanti praestanda est oboeditio fidei (cf. Rom 16,26; coll. Rom 1,5; 2 Cor 10,5-6), qua homo se totum libere Deo committit \"plenum revelanti Deo intellectus et voluntatis obsequium\" praestando (4) et voluntarie revelationi ab Eo datae assentiendo. Quae fides ut praebeatur, opus est praeveniente et adiuvante gratia Dei et internis Spiritus Sancti auxiliis, qui cor moveat et in Deum convertat, mentis oculos aperiat, et det \"omnibus suavitatem in consentiendo et credendo veritati\"(5), Quo vero profundior usque evadat revelationis intelligentia, idem Spiritus Sanctus fidem iugiter per dona sua perficit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Divina revelatione Deus Seipsum atque aeterna voluntatis suae decreta circa hominum salutem manifestare ac communicare voluit, \"ad participanda scilicet bona divina, quae humanae mentis intelligentiam omnino superant\"(6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Confitetur Sacra Synodus, \"Deum, rerum omnium principium et finem, naturali humanae rationis lumine e rebus creatis certo cognosci posse\" (cf. Rom 1,20); eius vero revelationi tribuendum esse docet, \"ut ea, quae in rebus divinis humanae rationi per se impervia non sunt, in praesenti quoque generis humani conditione ab omnibus expedite, firma certitudine et nullo admixto errore cognosci possint\" (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE DIVINAE REVELATIONIS TRANSMISSIONE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae Deus ad salutem cunctarum gentium revelaverat, eadem benignissime disposuit ut in aevum integra permanerent omnibusque generationibus transmitterentur. Ideo Christus Dominus, in quo summi Dei tota revelatio consummatur (cf. 2 Cor 1,20 et 3,16 - 4,6), mandatum dedit Apostolis ut Evangelium, quod promissum ante per Prophetas Ipse adimplevit et proprio ore promulgavit, tamquam fontem omnis et salutaris veritatis et morum disciplinae omnibus praedicarent (8), eis dona divina communicantes. Quod quidem fideliter factum est, tum ab Apostolis, qui in praedicatione orali, exemplis et institutionibus ea tradiderunt quae sive ex ore, conversatione et operibus Christi acceperant, sive a Spiritu Sancto suggerente didicerant, tum ab illis Apostolis virisque apostolicis, qui, sub inspiratione eiusdem Spiritus Sancti, nuntium salutis scriptis mandaverunt (9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut autem Evangelium integrum et vivum iugiter in Ecclesia servaretur, Apostoli successores reliquerunt Episcopos, ipsis \"suum ipsorum locum magisterii tradentes\" (10). Haec igitur Sacra Traditio et Sacra utriusque Testamenti Scriptura veluti speculum sunt in quo Ecclesia in terris peregrinans contemplatur Deum, a quo omnia accipit, usquedum ad Eum videndum facie ad faciem sicuti est perducatur (cf. 1 Io 3,2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Itaque praedicatio apostolica, quae in inspiratis libris speciali modo exprimitur, continua successione usque ad consummationem temporum conservari debebat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unde Apostoli, tradentes quod et ipsi acceperunt, fideles monent ut teneant traditiones quas sive per sermonem sive per epistulam didicerint (cf. 2 Thess 2,15), utque pro semel sibi tradita fide decertent (cf. Iud 1,3) (11). Quod vero ab Apostolis traditum est, ea omnia complectitur quae ad Populi Dei vitam sancte ducendam fidemque augendam conferunt, sicque Ecclesia, in sua doctrina, vita et cultu, perpetuat cunctisque generationibus transmittit omne quod ipsa est, omne quod credit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec quae est ab Apostolis Traditio sub assistentia Spiritus Sancti in Ecclesia proficit (12): crescit enim tam rerum quam verborum traditorum perceptio, tum ex contemplatione et studio credentium, qui ea conferunt in corde suo (cf. Lc 2,19 et 51), tum ex intima spiritualium rerum quam experiuntur intelligentia, tum ex praeconio eorum qui cum episcopatus successione charisma veritatis certum acceperunt. Ecclesia scilicet, volventibus saeculis, ad plenitudinem divinae veritatis iugiter tendit, donec in ipsa consummentur verba Dei."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sanctorum Patrum dicta huius Traditionis vivificam testificantur praesentiam, cuius divitiae in praxim vitamque credentis et orantis Ecclesiae transfunduntur. Per eandem Traditionem integer Sacrorum Librorum canon Ecclesiae innotescit, ipsaeque Sacrae Litterae in ea penitius intelliguntur et indesinenter actuosae redduntur; sicque Deus, qui olim locutus est, sine intermissione cum dilecti Filii sui Sponsa colloquitur, et Spiritus Sanctus, per quem viva vox Evangelii in Ecclesia, et per ipsam in mundo resonat, credentes in omnem veritatem inducit, verbumque Christi in eis abundanter inhabitare facit (cf. Col 3,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacra Traditio ergo et Sacra Scriptura arcte inter se connectuntur atque communicant. Nam ambae, ex eadem divina scaturigine promanantes, in unum quodammodo coalescunt et in eundem finem tendunt. Etenim Sacra Scriptura est locutio Dei quatenus divino afflante Spiritu scripto consignatur; Sacra autem Traditio verbum Dei, a Christo Domino et a Spiritu Sancto Apostolis concreditum, successoribus eorum integre transmittit, ut illud, praelucente Spiritu veritatis, praeconio suo fideliter servent, exponant atque diffundant; quo fit ut Ecclesia certitudinem suam de omnibus revelatis non per solam Sacram Scripturam hauriat. Quapropter utraque pari pietatis affectu ac reverentia suscipienda et veneranda est (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10 Sacra Traditio et Sacra Scriptura unum verbi Dei sacrum depositum constituunt Ecclesiae commissum cui inhaerens tota plebs sancta Pastoribus suis adunata in doctrina Apostolorum et communione, fractione panis et orationibus iugiter perseverat (cf. Act 2,42 gr.), ita ut in tradita fide tenenda, exercenda profitendaque singularis fiat Antistitum et fidelium conspiratio (14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Munus autem authentice interpretandi verbum Dei scriptum vel traditum (15) soli vivo Ecclesiae Magisterio concreditum est (16), cuius auctoritas in nomine Iesu Christi exercetur. Quod quidem Magisterium non supra verbum Dei est, sed eidem ministrat, docens nonnisi quod traditum est, quatenus illud, ex divino mandato et Spiritu Sancto assistente, pie audit, sancte custodit et fideliter exponit, ac ea omnia ex hoc uno fidei deposito haurit quae tamquam divinitus revelata credenda proponit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Patet igitur Sacram Traditionem, Sacram Scripturam et Ecclesiae Magisterium, iuxta sapientissimum Dei consilium, ita inter se connecti et consociari, ut unum sine aliis non consistat, omniaque simul, singula suo modo sub actione unius Spiritus Sancti, ad animarum salutem efficaciter conferant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE SACRAE SCRIPTURAE DIVINA INSPIRATIONE ET DE EIUS INTERPRETATIONE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Divinitus revelata, quae in Sacra Scriptura litteris continentur et prostant, Spiritu Sancto afflante consignata sunt. Libros enim integros tam Veteris quam Novi Testamenti, cum omnibus eorum partibus, sancta Mater Ecclesia ex apostolica fide pro sacris et canonicis habet, propterea quod, Spiritu Sancto inspirante conscripti (cf. Io 20,31; 2 Tim 3,16; 2 Pt 1,19-21; 3,15-16), Deum habent auctorem, atque ut tales ipsi Ecclesiae traditi sunt (17). In sacris vero libris conficiendis Deus homines elegit, quos facultatibus ac viribus suis utentes adhibuit (18), ut Ipso in illis et per illos agente (19), ea omnia eaque sola, quae Ipse vellet, ut veri auctores scripto traderent (20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum ergo omne id, quod auctores inspirati seu hagiographi asserunt, retineri debeat assertum a Spiritu Sancto, inde Scripturae libri veritatem, quam Deus nostrae salutis causa Litteris Sacris consignari voluit, firmiter, fideliter et sine errore docere profitendi sunt (21). Itaque \"omnis Scriptura divinitus inspirata et utilis ad docendum, ad arguendum, ad corripiendum, ad erudiendum in iustitia: ut perfectus sit homo Dei, ad omne opus bonum instructus\" (2 Tim 3,16-17, gr.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum autem Deus in Sacra Scriptura per homines more hominum locutus sit (22), interpres Sacrae Scripturae, ut perspiciat, quid Ipse nobiscum communicare voluerit, attente investigare debet, quid hagiographi reapse significare intenderint et eorum verbis manifestare Deo placuerit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad hagiographorum intentionem eruendam inter alia etiam genera litteraria respicienda sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aliter enim atque aliter veritas in textibus vario modo historicis, vel propheticis, vel poeticis, vel in aliis dicendi generibus proponitur et exprimitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oportet porro ut interpres sensum inquirat, quem in determinatis adiunctis hagiographus, pro sui temporis et suae culturae condicione, ope generum litterariorum illo tempore adhibitorum exprimere intenderit et expresserit (23). Ad recte enim intelligendum id quod sacer auctor scripto asserere voluerit, rite attendendum est tum ad suetos illos nativos sentiendi, dicendi, narrandive modos, qui temporibus hagiographi vigebant, tum ad illos qui illo aevo in mutuo hominum commercio passim adhiberi solebant (24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sed, cum Sacra Scriptura eodem Spiritu quo scripta est etiam legenda et interpretanda sit (25), ad recte sacrorum textuum sensum eruendum, non minus diligenter respiciendum est ad contentum et unitatem totius Scripturae, ratione habita vivae totius Ecclesiae Traditionis et analogiae fidei. Exegetarum autem est secundum has regulas adlaborare ad Sacrae Scripturae sensum penitius intelligendum et exponendum, ut quasi praeparato studio, iudicium Ecclesiae maturetur. Cuncta enim haec, de ratione interpretandi Scripturam, Ecclesiae iudicio ultime subsunt, quae verbi Dei servandi et interpretandi divino fungitur mandato et ministerio (26)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Sacra Scriptura ergo manifestatur, salva semper Dei veritate et sanctitate, aeternae Sapientiae admirabilis condescensio, \"ut discamus ineffabilem Dei benignitatem, et quanta sermonis attemperatione usus sit, nostrae naturae providentiam et curam habens\" (27). Dei enim verba, humanis linguis expressa, humano sermoni assimilia facta sunt, sicut olim Aeterni Patris Verbum, humanae infirmitatis assumpta carne, hominibus simile factum est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE VETERE TESTAMENTO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Amantissimus Deus totius humani generis salutem sollicite intendens et praeparans, singulari dispensatione populum sibi elegit, cui promissiones concrederet. Foedere enim cum Abraham (cf. Gen 15,18) et cum plebe Israel per Moysen (cf. Ex 24,8) inito, populo sibi acquisito ita Se tamquam unicum Deum verum et vivum verbis ac gestis revelavit, ut Israel, quae divinae essent cum hominibus viae experiretur, easque, ipso Deo per os Prophetarum loquente, penitius et clarius in dies intelligeret atque latius in gentes exhiberet (cf. Ps 22,28-29; 96 1-3; Is 2,1-4; Ier 3,17). Oeconomia autem salutis ab auctoribus sacris praenuntiata, enarrata atque explicata, ut verum Dei verbum in libris Veteris Testamenti exstat; quapropter hi libri divinitus inspirati perennem valorem servant: \"Quaecumque enim scripta sunt, ad nostram doctrinam scripta sunt, ut per patientiam et consolationem Scripturarum spem habeamus\" (Rom 15,4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Veteris Testamenti oeconomia ad hoc potissimum disposita erat, ut Christi universorum redemptoris Regnique Messianici adventum praepararet, prophetice nuntiaret (cf. Lc 24,44; Io 5,39; 1 Pt 1,10) et variis typis significaret (cf. 1 Cor 10,11). Veteris autem Testamenti libri, pro condicione humani generis ante tempora instauratae a Christo salutis, Dei et hominis cognitionem ac modos quibus Deus iustus et misericors cum hominibus agit, omnibus manifestant. Qui libri, quamvis etiam imperfecta et temporaria contineant, veram tamen paedagogiam divinam demonstrant (28). Unde iidem libri, qui vivum sensum Dei exprimunt, in quibus sublimes de Deo doctrinae ac salutaris de vita hominis sapientia mirabilesque precum thesauri reconduntur, in quibus tandem latet mysterium salutis nostrae, a Christifidelibus devote accipiendi sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16 Deus igitur librorum utriusque Testamenti inspirator et auctor, ita sapienter disposuit, ut Novum in Vetere lateret et in Novo Vetus pateret (29). Nam, etsi Christus in sanguine suo Novum Foedus condidit (cf. Lc 22,20; 1 Cor 11,25), libri tamen Veteris Testamenti integri in praeconio evangelico assumpti (30), in Novo Testamento significationem suam completam acquirunt et ostendunt (cf. Mt 5,17; Lc 24,27; Rom 16,25-26; 2 Cor 3,14-16), illudque vicissim illuminant et explicant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput V"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE NOVO TESTAMENTO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Verbum Dei, quod virtus Dei est in salutem omni credenti (cf. Rom 1,16), in scriptis Novi Testamenti praecellenti modo praesentatur et vim suam exhibet. Ubi enim venit plenitudo temporis (cf. Gal 4,4), Verbum caro factum est et habitavit in nobis plenum gratiae et veritatis (cf. Io 1,14). Christus Regnum Dei in terris instauravit, factis et verbis Patrem suum ac Seipsum manifestavit, atque morte, resurrectione et gloriosa ascensione missioneque Spiritus Sancti opus suum complevit. Exaltatus a terra omnes ad Seipsum trahit (cf. Io 12,32, gr.), Ipse qui solus verba vitae aeternae habet (cf. Io 6,68). Hoc autem mysterium aliis generationibus non est patefactum, sicut nunc revelatum est sanctis Apostolis Eius et Prophetis in Spiritu Sancto (cf. Eph 3,4-6, gr.), ut Evangelium praedicarent, fidem in Iesum Christum ac Dominum excitarent et Ecclesiam congregarent. Quarum rerum scripta Novi Testamenti exstant testimonium perenne atque divinum."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Neminem fugit inter omnes, etiam Novi Testamenti Scripturas, Evangelia merito excellere, quippe quae praecipuum testimonium sint de Verbi Incarnati, Salvatoris nostri, vita atque doctrina."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quattuor Evangelia originem apostolicam habere Ecclesia semper et ubique tenuit ac tenet. Quae enim Apostoli ex mandato Christi praedicaverunt, postea divino afflante Spiritu, in scriptis, ipsi et apostolici viri nobis tradiderunt, fidei fundamentum, quadriforme nempe Evangelium, secundum Matthaeum, Marcum, Lucam et Ioannem (31)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sancta Mater Ecclesia firmiter et constantissime tenuit ac tenet quattuor recensita Evangelia, quorum historicitatem incunctanter affirmat, fideliter tradere quae Iesus Dei Filius, vitam inter homines degens, ad aeternam eorum salutem reapse fecit et docuit, usque in diem qua assumptus est (cf. Act 1,1-2). Apostoli quidem post ascensionem Domini, illa quae Ipse dixerat et fecerat, auditoribus ea pleniore intelligentia tradiderunt, qua ipsi, eventibus gloriosis Christi instructi et lumine Spiritus veritatis (32) edocti, fruebantur (33). Auctores autem sacri quattuor Evangelia conscripserunt, quaedam e multis aut ore aut iam scripto traditis seligentes, quaedam in synthesim redigentes, vel statui ecclesiarum attendendo explanantes, formam denique praeconii retinentes, ita semper ut vera et sincera de Iesu nobiscum communicarent (34). Illa enim intentione scripserunt, sive ex sua propria memoria et recordatione, sive ex testimonio illorum \"qui ab initio ipsi viderunt et ministri fuerunt sermonis\", ut cognoscamus eorum verborum de quibus eruditi sumus, \"veritatem\" (cf. Lc 1,2-4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Novi Testamenti canon praeter quattuor Evangelia etiam epistulas sancti Pauli aliaque scripta apostolica Spiritu Sancto inspirante exarata continet, quibus, ex sapienti Dei consilio, ea quae sunt de Christo Domino confirmantur, genuina Eius doctrina magis magisque declaratur, salutifera virtus divini operis Christi praedicatur, Ecclesiae initia ac admirabilis diffusio narrantur eiusque consummatio gloriosa praenuntiatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apostolis enim suis Dominus Iesus sicut promiserat affuit (cf. Mt 28,20) et iis Paraclitum Spiritum misit, qui eos in plenitudinem veritatis induceret (cf. Io 16,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE SACRA SCRIPTURA IN VITA ECCLESIAE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Divinas Scripturas sicut et ipsum Corpus dominicum semper venerata est Ecclesia, cum, maxime in sacra Liturgia, non desinat ex mensa tam verbi Dei quam Corporis Christi panem vitae sumere atque fidelibus porrigere. Eas una cum Sacra Traditione semper ut supremam fidei suae regulam habuit et habet, cum a Deo inspiratae et semel pro semper litteris consignatae, verbum ipsius Dei immutabiliter impertiant, atque in verbis Prophetarum Apostolorumque vocem Spiritus Sancti personare faciant. Omnis ergo praedicatio ecclesiastica sicut ipsa religio christiana Sacra Scriptura nutriatur et regatur oportet. In sacris enim libris Pater qui in caelis est filiis suis peramanter occurrit et cum eis sermonem confert; tanta autem verbo Dei vis ac virtus inest, ut Ecclesiae sustentaculum ac vigor, et Ecclesiae filiis fidei robur, animae cibus, vitae spiritualis fons purus et perennis exstet. Unde de Sacra Scriptura excellenter valent dicta: \"Vivus est enim sermo Dei et efficax\" (Hebr 4,12), \"qui potens est aedificare et dare hereditatem in sanctificatis omnibus\" (Act 20,32; cf. 1 Thess 2,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christifidelibus aditus ad Sacram Scripturam late pateat oportet. Qua de causa Ecclesia inde ab initiis graecam illam antiquissimam Veteris Testamenti versionem a LXX viris nuncupatam ut suam suscepit; alias vero versiones orientales et versiones latinas, praecipue illam quam Vulgatam vocant, semper in honore habet. Cum autem verbum Dei omnibus temporibus praesto esse debeat, Ecclesia materna sollicitudine curat, ut aptae ac rectae exarentur in varias linguas versiones, praesertim ex primigenis Sacrorum Librorum textibus. Quae si, data opportunitate et annuente Ecclesiae auctoritate, conficiantur communi etiam cum fratribus seiunctis nisu, ab omnibus christianis adhiberi poterunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Verbi incarnati Sponsa, Ecclesia nempe, a Sancto Spiritu edocta, ad profundiorem in dies Scripturarum Sacrarum intelligentiam assequendam accedere satagit, ut filios suos divinis eloquiis indesinenter pascat; quapropter etiam studium sanctorum Patrum tum Orientis tum Occidentis et sacrarum Liturgiarum rite fovet. Exegetae autem catholici, aliique Sacrae Theologiae cultores, collatis sedulo viribus, operam dent oportet, ut sub vigilantia Sacri Magisterii, aptis subsidiis divinas Litteras ita investigent et proponant, ut quam plurimi divini verbi administri possint plebi Dei Scripturarum pabulum fructuose suppeditare, quod mentem illuminet, firmet voluntates, hominum corda ad Dei amorem accendat (35). Sacra Synodus Ecclesiae filiis, biblicarum rerum cultoribus, animum addit, ut opus feliciter susceptum, renovatis in dies viribus, omni studio secundum sensum Ecclesiae exsequi pergant (36)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacra Theologia in verbo Dei scripto, una cum Sacra Traditione, tamquam in perenni fundamento innititur, in eoque ipsa firmissime roboratur semperque iuvenescit, omnem veritatem in mysterio Christi conditam sub lumine fidei perscrutando. Sacrae autem Scripturae verbum Dei continent et, quia inspiratae, vere verbum Dei sunt; ideoque Sacrae Paginae studium sit veluti anima Sacrae Theologiae (37). Eodem autem Scripturae verbo etiam ministerium verbi, pastoralis nempe praedicatio, catechesis omnisque instructio christiana, in qua homilia liturgica eximium locum habeat oportet, salubriter nutritur sancteque virescit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter clericos omnes, imprimis Christi sacerdotes ceterosque qui ut diaconi vel catechistae ministerio verbi legitime instant, assidua lectione sacra atque exquisito studio in Scripturis haerere necesse est, ne quis eorum fiat \"verbi Dei inanis forinsecus praedicator, qui non est intus auditor\" (38), dum verbi divini amplissimas divitias, speciatim in sacra Liturgia, cum fidelibus sibi commissis communicare debet. Pariter Sancta Synodus christifideles omnes, praesertim sodales religiosos, vehementer peculiariterque exhortatur, ut frequenti divinarum Scripturarum lectione \"eminentem scientiam Iesu Christi\" (Phil. 3, 8) ediscant. \"Ignoratio enim Scripturarum ignoratio Christi est\" (39). Libenter igitur ad sacrum textum ipsum accedant, sive per sacram Liturgiam divinis eloquiis confertam, sive per piam lectionem, sive per institutiones ad id aptas aliaque subsidia, quae approbantibus et curantibus Pastoribus Ecclesiae ubique nostro tempore laudabiliter diffunduntur. Meminerint autem orationem concomitari debere Sacrae Scripturae lectionem, ut fiat colloquium inter Deum et hominem; nam \"illum alloquimur, cum oramus; illum audimus, cum divina legimus oracula\" (40)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacris autem Antistitibus, \"apud quos est apostolica doctrina\" (41) fideles sibi commissos ad rectum divinorum librorum usum, praesertim Novi Testamenti et imprimis Evangeliorum, opportune instituere competit per sacrorum textuum versiones, quae necessariis et vere sufficientibus explicationibus instructae sint, ut tuto ac utiliter Ecclesiae filii cum Scripturis Sacris conversentur earumque spiritu imbuantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insuper editiones Sacrae Scripturae, aptis instructae adnotationibus, ad usum etiam non-christianorum eorundemque conditionibus accommodatae, conficiantur, quas quoquomodo sive animarum Pastores sive Christiani cuiuscumque status spargere sapienter curent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita ergo lectione et studio Sacrorum Librorum, \"sermo Dei currat et clarificetur\" (2 Thess 3,1), thesaurusque revelationis, Ecclesiae concreditus, magis magisque corda hominum impleat. Sicut ex assidua frequentatione mysterii Eucharistici Ecclesiae vita incrementum suscipit, ita novum spiritualis vitae impulsum sperare licet ex adaucta veneratione verbi Dei, quod \"manet in aeternum\" (Is 40,8; 1 Pt 1,23-25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec omnia et singula quae in hac Constitutione dogmatica edicta sunt, placuerunt Sacrostancti Concilii Patribus. Et Nos, Apostolica a Christo Nobis tradita potestate, illa, una cum Venerabilibus Patribus, in Spiritu Sancto approbamus, decernimus ac statuimus et quae ita synodaliter statuta sunt ad Dei gloriam promulgari iubemus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Romae, apud S. Petrum"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "die XVIII mensis novembris anno MCMLXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS Catholicae Ecclesiae Episcopus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EUGENIUS Episcopus Ostiensis ac Portuensis et S. Rufinae Cardinalis TISSERANT, Sacri Collegii Decanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus Albanensis Cardinalis PIZZARDO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENEDICTUS Episcopus Praenestinus Cardinalis ALOISI MASELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS Episcopus tit. Veliternus Cardinalis CENTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HAMLETUS IOANNES Episcopus tit. Tusculanus Cardinalis CICOGNANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus tit. Sabinensis et Mandelensis Cardinalis FERRETTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS GABRIEL Cardinalis TAPPOUNI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Syrorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAXIMUS IV Cardinalis SAIGH, Patriarcha Antiochenus Melkitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EMMANUEL TIT. Ss. Marcellini et Petri Presbyter Cardinalis GONÇALVES CEREJEIRA, Patriarcha Lisbonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ACHILLES titulo S. Sixti Presbyter Cardinalis LIÉNART, Episcopus Insulensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS ALOISIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Damaso Presbyter Cardinalis COPELLO, S. R. E. Cancellarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GREGORIUS PETRUS titulo S. Bartholomaei in Insula Presbyter Cardinalis AGAGIANIAN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Ioannis et Pauli Presbyter Cardinalis SPELLMAN, Archiepiscopus Neo-Eboracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo Ss. Bonifacii et Alexii Presbyter Cardinalis DE BARROS CÂMARA, Archiepiscopus S. Sebastiani Fluminis Ianuarii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Honuphrii in Ianiculo Presbyter Cardinalis GARIBI Y RIVERA, Archiepiscopus Guadalajarensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS MARIA titulo S. Chrysogoni Presbyter Cardinalis BARBIERI, Archiepiscopus Montisvidei."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS titulo S. Agnetis extra moenia Presbyter Cardinalis CONFALONIERI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo Ss. Quirici et Iulittae Presbyter Cardinalis RICHAUD, Archiepiscopus Burdigalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS M. titulo Ss. Viti, Modesti et Crescentiae Presbyter Cardinalis BUENO Y MONREAL, Archiepiscopus Hispalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo S. Eusebii Presbyter Cardinalis KÖNIG, Archiepiscopus Vindobonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IULIUS titulo S. Mariae Scalaris Presbyter Cardinalis DÖPFNER, Archiepiscopus Monacensis et Frisingensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Andreae Apostoli de Hortis Presbyter Cardinalis MARELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUSTAVUS titulo S. Hieronymi Illyricorum Presbyter Cardinalis TESTA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Andreae de Valle Presbyter Cardinalis TRAGLIA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PETRUS TATSUO titulo S. Antonii Patavini de Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DOI, Archiepiscopus Tokiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis Baptistae Florentinorum Presbyter Cardinalis LEFEBVRE, Archiepiscopus Bituricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BERNARDUS titulo S. Ioachimi Presbyter Cardinalis ALFRINK, Archiepiscopus Ultraiectensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RUFINUS I. titulo S. Mariae ad Montes Presbyter Cardinalis SANTOS, Archiepiscopus Manilensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAUREANUS titulo S. Francisci Assisiensis ad Ripam Maiorem Presbyter Cardinalis RUGAMBWA, Episcopus Bukobaënsis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo Ssmi Redemptoris et S. Alfonsi in Exquiliis Presbyter Cardinalis RITTER, Archiepiscopus S. Ludovici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS HUMBERTUS titulo Ss. Andreae et Gregorii ad Clivum Scauri Presbyter Cardinalis QUINTERO, Archiepiscopus Caracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo S. Camilli de Lellis ad Hortos Sallustianos Presbyter Cardinalis ZOUNGRANA, Archiepiscopus Uagaduguensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS I. titulo S. Clementis Presbyter Cardinalis SHEHAN, Archiepiscopus Baltimorensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HENRICUS titulo S. Agathae in Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DANTE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAESAR titulo D.nae N.ae a Sacro Corde in Circo Agonali Presbyter Cardinalis ZERBA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AGNELLUS titulo Praecelsae Dei Matris Presbyter Cardinalis ROSSI, Archiepiscopus S. Pauli in Brasilia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Martini in Montibus Presbyter Cardinalis COLOMBO, Archiepiscopus Mediolanensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS titulo S. Patricii ad Villam Ludovisi Presbyter Cardinalis CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, totius Hiberniae Primas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANGELUS titulo Sacri Cordis Beatae Mariae Virginis ad forum Euclidis Presbyter Cardinalis HERRERA, Episcopus Malacitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALAPHRIDUS S. Mariae in Domnica Protodiaconus Cardinalis OTTAVIANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALBERTUS S. Pudentianae Diaconus Cardinalis DI JORIO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS S. Mariae in Cosmedin Diaconus Cardinalis ROBERTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ARCADIUS SS. Blasii et Caroli ad Catinarios Diaconus Cardinalis LARRAONA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS SS. Cosmae et Damiani Diaconus Cardinalis MORANO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUILLELMUS THEODORUS S. Theodori in Palatio Diaconus Cardinalis HEARD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego AUGUSTINUS S. Sabae Diaconus Cardinalis BEA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRATER MICHAEL S. Pauli Apostoli in Arenula Diaconus Cardinalis BROWNE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOACHIM ANSELMUS S. Apollinaris Diaconus Cardinalis ALBAREDA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRIDERICUS S. Ioannis Bosco in via Tusculana Diaconus Cardinalis CALLORI DI VIGNALE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS S. Michaelis Archangeli Diaconus Cardinalis CARDIJN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS S. Mariae in Porticu Diaconus Cardinalis JOURNET."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EX ACTIS SS. OECUMENICI CONCILII VATICANI II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTIFICATIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Facta ab Exc.mo Secretario Generali Ss. Concilii"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "in Congregatione Generali CLXXI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "diei XV nov. MCMLXV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quaesitum est quaenam esse debeat qualificatio theologica doctrinae, quae in Schemate Constitutionis dogmaticae de Divina Revelatione exponitur et suffragationi subicitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Huic quaesito Commissio de doctrina fidei et morum hanc dedit responsionem iuxta suam Declarationem diei 6 martii 1964:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Ratione habita moris conciliaris ac praesentis Concilii finis pastoralis, haec S. Synodus ea tantum de rebus fidei vel morum ab Ecclesia tenenda definit quae ut talia aperte ipsa declaraverit\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Cetera autem, quae S. Synodus proponit, utpote Supremi Ecclesiae Magisterii doctrinam, omnes ac singuli christifideles excipere et amplecti debent iuxta ipsius S. Synodi mentem, quae sive ex subiecta materia sive ex dicendi ratione innotescit, secundum normas theologicae interpretationis\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† PERICLES FELICI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Cf. S. AUGUSTINUS, De catechizandis rudibus. 4, 8: PL 40, 316."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cf. Mt. II, 27; Io. 1, 14 et 17; 14, 6; 17, 1-3; 2 Cor. 3, 16 et 4, 6; Eph. 1, 3-14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Epist. ad Diognetum, 7, 4: FUNK, Patres Apostolici, I, p. 403."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) CONC. VAT. I, Const. dogm. de fide catholica, Dei Filius, cap. 3: DENZ. 1789 (3008)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) CONC. ARAUS. II, can. 7: DENZ. 180 (377); CONC. VAT. I, l. c.: DENZ. 1791 (3010)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) CONC. VAT. I, Const. dogm. de fide catholica, Dei Filius, cap. 2: DENZ. 1786 (3005)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) 7 Ibid.: DENZ. 1785 et 1786 (3004 et 3005)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cf. Mt. 28, 19-20 et Mc. 16, 15. CONC. TRID., Decr. De canonicis Scripturis: DENZ. 783 (1501)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Cf. CONC. TRID., l. c.; CONC. VAT. I, Const. dogm. de fide catholica, Dei Filius, cap. 2: DENZ. 1787 (3006)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) S. IRENAEUS, Adv. Haer., III, 3, 1: PG 7, 848; HARVEY, 2, p. 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Cf. CONC. NIC. II: DENZ. 303 (602). CONC. CONTANT. IV, Sess. X, can. I: DENZ. 336 (650-652)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Const. dogm. de fide catholica, Dei Filius, cap. 4: DENZ. 1800 (3020)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Cf. CONC. TRID., Decr. De canonicis Scripturis: DENZ. 783 (1501)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Cf. PIUS XII, Const. Apost. Munificentissimus Deus, 1 nov. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 756, collatis verbis S. CYPRIANI, Epist. 66, 8: CSEL 3, 2, 733: «Ecclesia plebs Sacerdoti adunata et Pastori suo grex adhaerens»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Const. dogm. de fide catholica, Dei Filius, cap. 3: DENZ. 1792 (3011)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Cf. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Humani Generis, 12 aug. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), pp. 568-569: DENZ. 2314 (3886)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Const. dogm. de fide catholica, Dei Filius, cap. 2: DENZ. 1787 (3006). PONT. COMM. BIBLICA, Decr. 18 iunii 1915: DENZ. 2180 (3629); EB 420. S. S. C. S. Officii, Epist. 22 dec. 1923: EB 499."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Cf. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Divino afflante, 30 sept. 1943: AAS 35 (1943), p. 314; EB 556."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) In et per hominem: cf. Heb. 1, 1 et 4, 7 (in): 2 Sam. 23, 2; Mt. 1, 22 et passim (per); CONC. VAT. I: Schema de doctr. cath., nota 9: Coll. Lac. VII, 522."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) LEO XIII, Litt. Encycl. Providentissimus Deus, 18 nov. 1893: DENZ. 1952 (3293); EB 125."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Cf. S. AUGUSTINUS, De Gen. ad litt., 2, 9, 20: PL 34, 270-271; CSEL 28, 1, 46-47 et Epist. 82, 3: PL 33, 277; CSEL 34, 2, 354.- S. THOMAS, De Ver., q. 12, a. 2, C.-CONC. TRID., Decr. De canonicis Scripturis: DENZ. 783 (1501) - LEO XIII, Litt. Encycl. Providentissimus Deus: EB 121, 124, 126-127.- PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Divino afflante: EB 539."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Cf. S. AUGUSTINUS, De Civ. Dei, XVII, 6, 2: PL 41, 537; CSEL 40, 2, 228."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Cf. S. AUGUSTINUS, De Doctr. Christ., III, 18, 26: PL 34, 75-76; CSEL 80,95."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Cf. PIUS XII, l. c.: DENZ. 2294 (3829-3830); EB 557-562."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Cf. BENEDICTUS XV, Litt. Encycl. Spiritus Paraclitus, 15 sept. 1920: EB 469. - S. HIERONYMUS, In Gal. 5, 19-21: PL 26, 417 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Const. dogm. de fide Catholica, Dei Filius, Cap. 2: DENZ. 1788 (3007)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) S. IOANNES CHRYSOSTOMUS, In Gen. 3, 8 (hom. 17, 1): PG 53, 134. «Attemperatio» graece synkatábasis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Mit brennender Sorge, 14 martii 1937: AAS 29 (1937), p. 151."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Cf. S. AUGUSTINUS, Quaest. in Hept. 2, 73: PL 34,623."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Cf. S. IRENAEUS, Adv. Haer., III, 21, 3: PG 7, 950; (= 25,1: HARVEY, 2, p. 115). S. CYRILLUS HIEROS., Catech., 4, 35: PG 33, 497. THEODORUS MOPS., In Soph., 1, 4-6: PG 66, 452D-453A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Cf. S. IRENAEUS, Adv. Haer., III, II, 8: PG 7, 885; ed. SAGNARD, p. 194."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) Cf. Io. 14, 26; 16, 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) Cf. Io. 2, 22; 12, 16; Coll. 14, 26; 16, 12-13; 7, 39."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Cf. Instructio Sancta Mater Ecclesia a Pontificio Consilio Studiis Bibliorum provehendis edita: AAS 56 (1964), p. 715."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(35) Cf. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Divino afflante, 30 sept. 1943: EB 551, 553, 567. PONT. COMM. BIBLICA, Instructio de S. Scriptura in Clericorum Seminariis et Religiosorum Collegiis recte docenda, 13 maii 1950: AAS 42 (1950), pp. 495-505."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(36) Cf. PIUS XII, ibidem: EB 569."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(37) Cf. LEO XIII, Litt. Encycl. Providentissimus Deus: EB 114; BENEDICTUS XV, Litt. Encycl. Spiritus Paraclitus, 15 sept. 1920: EB 483."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(38) S. AUGUSTINUS, Serm. 179, 1: PL 38, 966."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(39) S. HIERONYMUS, Comm. in Is., Prol.: PL 24, 17. - Cf. BENEDICTUS XV, Litt. Encycl. Spiritus Paraclitus: EB 475-480. PIUS XII, Litt. Enc. Divino afflante: EB 544."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(40) S. AMBROSIUS, De officiis ministrorum, I, 20, 88: PL 16, 50."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(41) 41 S. IRENAEUS, Adv. Haer., IV, 32, 1: PG 7, 1071; (= 49, 2) HARVEY, 2, p. 255."
            }
          ]
        },
        "pt": {
          "code": "pt",
          "label": "Português",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19651118_dei-verbum_po.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-38-vat-ii_const_19651118_dei-verbum_po.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONSTITUIÇÃO DOGMÁTICA DEI VERBUM SOBRE A REVELAÇÃO DIVINA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROÉMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Intenção do Concílio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concilio, ouvindo religiosamente a Palavra de Deus proclamando-a com confiança, faz suas as palavras de S. João: «anunciamo-vos a vida eterna, que estava junto do Pai e nos apareceu: anunciamo-vos o que vimos e ouvimos, para que também vós vivais em comunhão connosco, e a nossa comunhão seja com o Pai e com o seu Filho Jesus Cristo\" (1 Jo. 1, 2-3). Por isso, segundo os Concílios Tridentino e Vaticano I, entende propor a genuína doutrina sobre a Revelação divina e a sua transmissão, para que o mundo inteiro, ouvindo, acredite na mensagem da salvação, acreditando espere, e esperando ame (1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A REVELAÇÃO EM SI MESMA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natureza e objecto da revelação"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aprouve a Deus. na sua bondade e sabedoria, revelar-se a Si mesmo e dar a conhecer o mistério da sua vontade (cfr. Ef. 1,9), segundo o qual os homens, por meio de Cristo, Verbo encarnado, têm acesso ao Pai no Espírito Santo e se tornam participantes da natureza divina (cfr. Ef. 2,18; 2 Ped. 1,4). Em virtude desta revelação, Deus invisível (cfr. Col. 1,15; 1 Tim. 1,17), na riqueza do seu amor fala aos homens como amigos (cfr. Ex. 33, 11; Jo. 15,1415) e convive com eles (cfr. Bar. 3,38), para os convidar e admitir à comunhão com Ele. Esta «economia» da revelação realiza-se por meio de acções e palavras ìntimamente relacionadas entre si, de tal maneira que as obras, realizadas por Deus na história da salvação, manifestam e confirmam a doutrina e as realidades significadas pelas palavras; e as palavras, por sua vez, declaram as obras e esclarecem o mistério nelas contido. Porém, a verdade profunda tanto a respeito de Deus como a respeito da salvação dos homens, manifesta-se-nos, por esta revelação, em Cristo, que é, simultâneamente, o mediador e a plenitude de toda a revelação (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Preparação da revelação evangélica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deus, criando e conservando todas as coisas pelo Verbo (cfr. Jo. 1,3), oferece aos homens um testemunho perene de Si mesmo na criação (cfr. Rom. 1, 1-20) e, além disso, decidindo abrir o caminho da salvação sobrenatural, manifestou-se a Si mesmo, desde o princípio, aos nossos primeiros pais. Depois da sua queda, com a promessa de redenção, deu-lhes a esperança da salvação (cfr. Gén. 3,15), e cuidou contìnuamente do género humano, para dar a vida eterna a todos aqueles que, perseverando na prática das boas obras, procuram a salvação (cfr. Rom. 2, 6-7). No devido tempo chamou Abraão, para fazer dele pai dum grande povo (cfr. Gén. 12,2), povo que, depois dos patriarcas, ele instruiu, por meio de Moisés e dos profetas, para que o reconhecessem como único Deus vivo e verdadeiro, pai providente e juiz justo, e para que esperassem o Salvador prometido; assim preparou Deus através dos tempos o caminho ao Evangelho."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consumação e plenitude da revelação em Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Depois de ter falado muitas vezes e de muitos modos pelos profetas, falou-nos Deus nestes nossos dias, que são os últimos, através de Seu Filho (Heb. 1, 1-2). Com efeito, enviou o Seu Filho, isto é, o Verbo eterno, que ilumina todos os homens, para habitar entre os homens e manifestar-lhes a vida íntima de Deus (cfr. Jo. 1, 1-18). Jesus Cristo, Verbo feito carne, enviado «como homem para os homens» (3), «fala, portanto, as palavras de Deus» (Jo. 3,34) e consuma a obra de salvação que o Pai lhe mandou realizar (cfr. Jo. 5,36; 17,4). Por isso, Ele, vê-lo a Ele é ver o Pai (cfr. Jo. 14,9), com toda a sua presença e manifestação da sua pessoa, com palavras e obras, sinais e milagres, e sobretudo com a sua morte e gloriosa ressurreição, enfim, com o envio do Espírito de verdade, completa totalmente e confirma com o testemunho divino a revelação, a saber, que Deus está connosco para nos libertar das trevas do pecado e da morte e para nos ressuscitar para a vida eterna."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Portanto, a economia cristã, como nova e definitiva aliança, jamais passará, e não se há-de esperar nenhuma outra revelação pública antes da gloriosa manifestação de nosso Senhor Jesus Cristo (cfr. 1 Tim. 6,14; Tit. 2,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aceitação da revelação pela fé"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Deus que revela é devida a «obediência da fé» (Rom. 16,26; cfr. Rom. 1,5; 2 Cor. 10, 5-6); pela fé, o homem entrega-se total e livremente a Deus oferecendo «a Deus revelador o obséquio pleno da inteligência e da vontade» (4) e prestando voluntário assentimento à Sua revelação. Para prestar esta adesão da fé, são necessários a prévia e concomitante ajuda da graça divina e os interiores auxílios do Espírito Santo, o qual move e converte a Deus o coração, abre os olhos do entendimento, e dá «a todos a suavidade em aceitar e crer a verdade» (5). Para que a compreensão da revelação seja sempre mais profunda, o mesmo Espírito Santo aperfeiçoa sem cessar a fé mediante os seus dons"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Necessidade da revelação"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pela revelação divina quis Deus manifestar e comunicar-se a Si mesmo e os decretos eternos da Sua vontade a respeito da salvação dos homens, «para os fazer participar dos bens divinos, que superam absolutamente a capacidade da inteligência humana»(6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio professa que Deus, princípio e fim de todas as coisas, se pode conhecer com certeza pela luz natural da razão a partir das criaturas» (cfr. Rom. 1,20); mas ensina também que deve atribuir-se à Sua revelação «poderem todos os homens conhecer com facilidade, firme certeza e sem mistura de erro aquilo que nas coisas divinas não é inacessível à razão humana, mesmo na presente condição do género humano» (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A TRANSMISSÃO DA REVELAÇÃO DIVINA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os apóstolos e seus sucessores, transmissores do Evangelho"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deus dispôs amorosamente que permanecesse integro e fosse transmitido a todas as gerações tudo quanto tinha revelado para salvação de todos os povos. Por isso, Cristo Senhor, em quem toda a revelação do Deus altíssimo se consuma (cfr. 2 Cor. 1,20; 3,16-4,6), mandou aos Apóstolos que pregassem a todos, como fonte de toda a verdade salutar e de toda a disciplina de costumes, o Evangelho prometido antes pelos profetas e por Ele cumprido e promulgado pessoalmente (1), comunicando-lhes assim os dons divinos. Isto foi realizado com fidelidade, tanto pelos Apóstolos que, na sua pregação oral, exemplos e instituições, transmitiram aquilo que tinham recebido dos lábios, trato e obras de Cristo, e o que tinham aprendido por inspiração do Espírito Santo, como por aqueles Apóstolos e varões apostólicos que, sob a inspiração do mesmo Espírito Santo, escreveram a mensagem da salvação (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porém, para que o Evangelho fosse perenemente conservado integro e vivo na Igreja, os Apóstolos deixaram os Bispos como seus sucessores, «entregando lhes o seu próprio ofício de magistério» (3). Portanto, esta sagrada Tradição e a Sagrada Escritura dos dois Testamentos são como um espelho no qual a Igreja peregrina na terra contempla a Deus, de quem tudo recebe, até ser conduzida a vê-lo face a face tal qual Ele é (cfr. 1 Jo. 3,2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A sagrada Tradição"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E assim, a pregação apostólica, que se exprime de modo especial nos livros inspirados, devia conservar-se, por uma sucessão contínua, até à consumação dos tempos. Por isso, os Apóstolos, transmitindo o que eles mesmos receberam, advertem os fiéis a que observem as tradições que tinham aprendido quer por palavras quer por escrito (cfr. 2 Tess. 2,15), e a que lutem pela fé recebida dama vez para sempre (cfr. Jud. 3)(4). Ora, o que foi transmitido pelos Apóstolos, abrange tudo quanto contribui para a vida santa do Povo de Deus e para o aumento da sua fé; e assim a Igreja, na sua doutrina, vida e culto, perpetua e transmite a todas as gerações tudo aquilo que ela é e tudo quanto acredita."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta tradição apostólica progride na Igreja sob a assistência do Espírito Santo (5). Com efeito, progride a percepção tanto das coisas como das palavras transmitidas, quer mercê da contemplação e estudo dos crentes, que as meditam no seu coração (cfr. Lc. 2, 19. 51), quer mercê da íntima inteligência que experimentam das coisas espirituais, quer mercê da pregação daqueles que, com a sucessão do episcopado, receberam o carisma da verdade. Isto é, a Igreja, no decurso dos séculos, tende contìnuamente para a plenitude da verdade divina, até que nela se realizem as palavras de Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Afirmações dos santos Padres testemunham a presença vivificadora desta Tradição, cujas riquezas entram na prática e na vida da Igreja crente e orante. Mediante a mesma Tradição, conhece a Igreja o cânon inteiro dos livros sagrados, e a própria Sagrada Escritura entende-se nela mais profundamente e torna-se incessantemente operante; e assim, Deus, que outrora falou, dialoga sem interrupção com a esposa do seu amado Filho; e o Espírito Santo - por quem ressoa a voz do Evangelho na Igreja e, pela Igreja, no mundo - introduz os crentes na verdade plena e faz com que a palavra de Cristo neles habite em toda a sua riqueza (cfr. Col. 3,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relação entre a sagrada Tradição e a Sagrada Escritura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A sagrada Tradição, portanto, e a Sagrada Escritura estão ìntimamente unidas e compenetradas entre si. Com efeito, derivando ambas da mesma fonte divina, fazem como que uma coisa só e tendem ao mesmo fim. A Sagrada Escritura é a palavra de Deus enquanto foi escrita por inspiração do Espírito Santo; a sagrada Tradição, por sua vez, transmite integralmente aos sucessores dos Apóstolos a palavra de Deus confiada por Cristo Senhor e pelo Espírito Santo aos Apóstolos, para que eles, com a luz do Espírito de verdade, a conservem, a exponham e a difundam fielmente na sua pregação; donde resulta assim que a Igreja não tira só da Sagrada Escritura a sua certeza a respeito de todas as coisas reveladas. Por isso, ambas devem ser recebidas e veneradas com igual espírito de piedade e reverência (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relação de uma e outra com a Igreja e com o Magistério eclesiástico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A sagrada Tradição e a Sagrada Escritura constituem um só depósito sagrado da palavra de Deus, confiado à Igreja; aderindo a este, todo o Povo santo persevera unido aos seus pastores na doutrina dos Apóstolos e na comunhão, na fracção do pão e na oração (cfr. Act. 2,42 gr.), de tal modo que, na conservação, actuação e profissão da fé transmitida, haja uma especial concordância dos pastores e dos fiéis (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porém, o encargo de interpretar autênticamente a palavra de Deus escrita ou contida na Tradição (8), foi confiado só ao magistério vivo da Igreja (9), cuja autoridade é exercida em nome de Jesus Cristo. Este magistério não está acima da palavra de Deus, mas sim ao seu serviço, ensinando apenas o que foi transmitido, enquanto, por mandato divino e com a assistência do Espírito Santo, a ouve piamente, a guarda religiosamente e a expõe fielmente, haurindo deste depósito único da fé tudo quanto propõe à fé como divinamente revelado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É claro, portanto, que a sagrada Tradição, a sagrada Escritura e o magistério da Igreja, segundo o sapientíssimo desígnio de Deus, de tal maneira se unem e se associam que um sem os outros não se mantém, e todos juntos, cada um a seu modo, sob a acção do mesmo Espírito Santo, contribuem eficazmente para a salvação das almas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A INSPIRAÇÃO DIVINA DA SAGRADA ESCRITURA E A SUA INTERPRETAÇÃO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natureza da inspiração e verdade da Sagrada Escritura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As coisas reveladas por Deus, contidas e manifestadas na Sagrada Escritura, foram escritas por inspiração do Espírito Santo. Com efeito, a santa mãe Igreja, segundo a fé apostólica, considera como santos e canónicos os livros inteiros do Antigo e do Novo Testamento com todas as suas partes, porque, escritos por inspiração do Espírito Santo (cfr. Jo. 20,31; 2 Tim. 3,16; 2 Ped. 1, 19-21; 3, 15-16), têm Deus por autor, e como tais foram confiados à própria Igreja (1). Todavia, para escrever os livros sagrados, Deus escolheu e serviu-se de homens na posse das suas faculdades e capacidades (2), para que, agindo Ele neles e por eles (3), pusessem por escrito, como verdadeiros autores, tudo aquilo e só aquilo que Ele queria (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E assim, como tudo quanto afirmam os autores inspirados ou hagiógrafos deve ser tido como afirmado pelo Espírito Santo, por isso mesmo se deve acreditar que os livros da Escritura ensinam com certeza, fielmente e sem erro a verdade que Deus, para nossa salvação, quis que fosse consignada nas sagradas Letras (5). Por isso, «toda a Escritura é divinamente inspirada e útil para ensinar, para corrigir, para instruir na justiça: para que o homem de Deus seja perfeito, experimentado em todas as obras boas» ( Tim. 3, 7-17 gr.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Interpretação da Sagrada Escritura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como, porém, Deus na Sagrada Escritura falou por meio dos homens e à maneira humana (6), o intérprete da Sagrada Escritura, para saber o que Ele quis comunicar-nos, deve investigar com atenção o que os hagiógrafos realmente quiseram significar e que aprouve a Deus manifestar por meio das suas palavras."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para descobrir a intenção dos hagiógrafos, devem ser tidos também em conta, entre outras coisas, os «géneros literários». Com efeito, a verdade é proposta e expressa de modos diversos, segundo se trata de géneros histéricos, proféticos, poéticos ou outros. Importa, além disso, que o intérprete busque o sentido que o hagiógrafo em determinadas circunstâncias, segundo as condições do seu tempo e da sua cultura, pretendeu exprimir e de facto exprimiu servindo se os géneros literários então usados (7). Com efeito, para entender rectamente o que autor sagrado quis afirmar, deve atender-se convenientemente, quer aos modos nativos de sentir, dizer ou narrar em uso nos tempos do hagiógrafo, quer àqueles que costumavam empregar-se frequentemente nas relações entre os homens de então (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas, como a Sagrada Escritura deve ser lida e interpretada com o mesmo espírito com que foi escrita (9), não menos atenção se deve dar, na investigação do recto sentido dos textos sagrados, ao contexto e à unidade de toda a Escritura, tendo em conta a Tradição viva de toda a Igreja e a analogia da fé. Cabe aos exegetas trabalhar, de harmonia com estas regras, por entender e expor mais profundamente o sentido da Escritura, para que, mercê deste estudo de algum modo preparatório, amadureça o juízo da Igreja. Com efeito, tudo quanto diz respeito à interpretação da Escritura, está sujeito ao juízo último da Igreja, que tem o divino mandato e o ministério de guardar e interpretar a palavra de Deus (10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Condescendência de Deus"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Portanto, na Sagrada Escritura, salvas sempre a verdade e a santidade de Deus, manifesta-se a admirável «condescendência» da eterna sabedoria, «para conhecermos a inefável benignidade de Deus e com quanta acomodação Ele falou, tomando providência e cuidado da nossa natureza» (11). As palavras de Deus com efeito, expressas por línguas humanas, tornaram-se ìntimamente semelhantes à linguagem humana, como outrora o Verbo do eterno Pai se assemelhou aos homens tomando a carne da fraqueza humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O ANTIGO TESTAMENTO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A história da salvação consignada nos livros do Antigo Testamento"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deus amantíssimo, desejando e preparando com solicitude a salvação de todo o género humano, escolheu por especial providência um povo a quem confiar as suas promessas. Tendo estabelecido aliança com Abraão (cfr. Gén. 15,18), e com o povo de Israel por meio de Moisés (cfr. Ex. 24,8), revelou-se ao Povo escolhido como único Deus verdadeiro e vivo, em palavras e obras, de tal modo que Israel pudesse conhecer por experiência os planos de Deus sobre os homens, os compreendesse cada vez mais profunda e claramente, ouvindo o mesmo Deus falar por boca dos profetas, e os difundisse mais amplamente entre os homens (cfr. Salm. 21, 28-29; 95, 1-3; Is. 2, 1-4; Jer. 3,17). A «economia» da salvação de antemão anunciada, narrada e explicada pelos autores sagrados, encontra-se nos livros do Antigo Testamento como verdadeira palavra de Deus. Por isso, estes livros divinamente inspirados conservam um valor perene: «Tudo quanto está escrito, para nossa instrução está escrito, para que, por meio da paciência e consolação que nos vem da Escritura, tenhamos esperança» (Rom. 15,4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importância do Antigo Testamento para os cristãos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A «economia» do Antigo Testamento destinava-se sobretudo a preparar, a anunciar profèticamente (cfr. Lc. 24,44; Jo. 5,39; 1 Ped. 1,10) e a simbolizar com várias figuras (cfr. 1 Cor. 10,11) o advento de Cristo, redentor universal, e o do reino messiânico. Mas os livros do Antigo Testamento, segundo a condição do género humano antes do tempo da salvação estabelecida por Cristo, manifestam a todos o conhecimento de Deus e do homem, e o modo com que Deus justo e misericordioso trata os homens. Tais livros, apesar de conterem também coisas imperfeitas e transitórias, revelam, contudo, a verdadeira pedagogia divina (1). Por isso, os fieis devem receber com devoção estes livros que exprimem o vivo sentido de Deus, nos quais se encontram sublimes doutrinas a respeito de Deus, uma sabedoria salutar a respeito da vida humana, bem como admiráveis tesouros de preces, nos quais, finalmente, está latente o mistério da nossa salvação."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unidade de ambos ao Testamentos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Foi por isso que Deus, inspirador e autor dos livros dos dois Testamentos, dispôs tão sàbiamente as coisas, que o Novo Testamento está latente no Antigo, e o Antigo está patente no Novo (2). Pois, apesar de Cristo ter alicerçado à nova Aliança no seu sangue (cfr. Lc. 22,20; 1 Cor. 11,25), os livros do Antigo Testamento, ao serem integralmente assumidos na pregação evangélica (3) adquirem e manifestam a sua plena significação no Novo Testamento (cfr. Mt. 5,17; Lc. 24,27; Rom. 16, 25-26; 2 Cor. 3, 1416), que por sua vez iluminam e explicam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO V"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O NOVO TESTAMENTO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Excelência do Novo Testamento"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A palavra de Deus, que é virtude de Deus para a salvação de todos os crentes (cfr. Rom. 1,16), apresenta-se e manifesta o seu poder dum modo eminente nos escritos do Novo Testamento. Com efeito, quando chegou a plenitude dos tempos (cfr. Gál. 4,4), o Verbo fez-se carne e habitou entre nós cheio de graça e verdade (cfr. Jo. 1,14). Cristo estabeleceu o reino de Deus na terra, manifestou com obras e palavras o Pai e a Si mesmo, e levou a cabo a Sua obra com a Sua morte, ressurreição, e gloriosa ascensão, e com o envio do Espírito Santo. Sendo levantado da terra, atrai todos a si (cfr. Jo. 12,32 gr.), Ele que é o único que tem palavras de vida eterna (cfr. Jo. 6,68). Este mistério, porém, não foi descoberto a outras gerações como foi agora revelado aos seus santos Apóstolos e aos profetas no Espírito Santo (cfr. Ef. 3, 46 gr.) para que pregassem o Evangelho, e despertassem a fé em Jesus Cristo e Senhor, e congregassem a Igreja. Os escritos do Novo Testamento são um testemunho perene e divino de todas estas coisas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Origem apostólica dos Evangelhos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ninguém ignora que entre todas as Escrituras, mesmo do Novo Testamento, os Evangelhos têm o primeiro lugar, enquanto são o principal testemunho da vida e doutrina do Verbo encarnado, nosso salvador."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja defendeu e defende sempre e em toda a parte a origem apostólica dos quatro Evangelhos. Com efeito, aquelas coisas que os Apóstolos, por ordem de Cristo, pregaram, foram depois, por inspiração do Espírito Santo, transmitidas por escrito por eles mesmos e por varões apostólicos como fundamento da fé, ou seja, o Evangelho quadriforme, segundo Mateus, Marcos, Lucas e João (1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Carácter histórico dos Evangelhos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A santa mãe Igreja defendeu e defende firme e constantemente que estes quatro Evangelhos, cuja historicidade afirma sem hesitação, transmitem fielmente as coisas que Jesus, Filho de Deus. durante a sua vida terrena, realmente operou e ensinou para salvação eterna dos homens, até ao dia em que subiu ao céu (cfr. Act. 1. 1-2). Na verdade, após a ascensão do Senhor, os Apóstolos transmitiram aos seus ouvintes, com aquela compreensão mais plena de que eles, instruídos pelos acontecimentos gloriosos de Cristo e iluminados pelo Espírito de verdade (2) gozavam (3), as coisas que Ele tinha dito e feito. Os autores sagrados, porém, escreveram os quatro Evangelhos, escolhendo algumas coisas entre as muitas transmitidas por palavra ou por escrito, sintetizando umas, desenvolvendo outras, segundo o estado das igrejas, conservando, finalmente, o carácter de pregação, mas sempre de maneira a comunicar-nos coisas autênticas e verdadeiras acerca de Jesus (4). Com efeito, quer relatassem aquilo de que se lembravam e recordavam, quer se baseassem no testemunho daqueles «que desde o princípio foram testemunhas oculares e ministros da palavra», fizeram-no sempre com intenção de que conheçamos a «verdade» das coisas a respeito das quais fomos instruídos (cfr. Lc. 1, 2-4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os restantes escritos do Novo Testamento"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O cânon do Novo Testamento contém igualmente além dos quatro Evangelhos, as Epístolas de S. Paulo e outros escritos apostólicos redigidos por inspiração do Espírito Santo, com os quais, segundo o plano da sabedoria divina, é confirmado o que diz respeito a Cristo Senhor, é explicada mais e mais a sua genuína doutrina, é pregada a virtude salvadora da obra divina de Cristo, são narrados os começos da Igreja e a sua admirável difusão, e é anunciada a sua consumação gloriosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Com efeito, o Senhor Jesus assistiu os seus Apóstolos como tinha prometido (cfr. Mt. 28,20) e enviou-lhes o Espírito consolador que os devia introduzir na plenitude da verdade (cfr. Jo. 16,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A SAGRADA ESCRITURA NA VIDA DA IGREJA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja venera as Sagradas Escrituras"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja venerou sempre as divinas Escrituras como venera o próprio Corpo do Senhor, não deixando jamais, sobretudo na sagrada Liturgia, de tomar e distribuir aos fiéis o pão da vida, quer da mesa da palavra de Deus quer da do Corpo de Cristo. Sempre as considerou, e continua a considerar, juntamente com a sagrada Tradição, como regra suprema da sua fé; elas, com efeito, inspiradas como são por Deus, e exaradas por escrito duma vez para sempre, continuam a dar-nos imutàvelmente a palavra do próprio Deus, e fazem ouvir a voz do Espírito Santo através das palavras dos profetas e dos Apóstolos. É preciso, pois, que toda a pregação eclesiástica, assim como a própria religião cristã, seja alimentada e regida pela Sagrada Escritura. Com efeito, nos livros sagrados, o Pai que está nos céus vem amorosamente ao encontro de Seus filhos, a conversar com eles; e é tão grande a força e a virtude da palavra de Deus que se torna o apoio vigoroso da Igreja, solidez da fé para os filhos da Igreja, alimento da alma, fonte pura e perene de vida espiritual. Por isso se devem aplicar por excelência à Sagrada Escritura as palavras: «A palavra de Deus é viva e eficaz» (Hebr. 4,12), «capaz de edificar e dar a herança a todos os santificados», (Act. 20,32; cfr. 1 Tess. 2,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Traduções da Sagrada Escritura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É preciso que os fiéis tenham acesso patente à Sagrada Escritura. Por esta razão, a Igreja logo desde os seus começos fez sua aquela tradução grega antiquíssima do Antigo Testamento chamada dos Setenta; e sempre tem em grande apreço as outras traduções, quer orientais quer latinas, sobretudo a chamada Vulgata. Mas, visto que a palavra de Deus deve estar sempre acessível a todos, a Igreja procura com solicitude maternal que se façam traduções aptas e fiéis nas várias línguas, sobretudo a partir dos textos originais dos livros sagrados. Se porém, segundo a oportunidade e com a aprovação da autoridade da Igreja, essas traduções se fizerem em colaboração com os irmãos separados, poderão ser usadas por todos os cristãos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Investigação Bíblica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A esposa do Verbo encarnado, isto é, a Igreja, ensinada pelo Espírito Santo, esforça-se por conseguir uma inteligência cada vez mais profunda da Sagrada Escritura, para poder alimentar contìnuamente os seus filhos com os divinos ensinamentos; por isso, vai fomentando também convenientemente o estudo dos santos Padres do Oriente e do Ocidente, bem como das sagradas liturgias. É preciso, porém, que os exegetas católicos e os demais estudiosos da sagrada teologia, trabalhem em íntima colaboração de esforços, para que, sob a vigilância do sagrado magistério, lançando mão de meios aptos, estudem e expliquem as divinas Letras de modo que o maior número possível de ministros da palavra de Deus possa oferecer com fruto ao Povo de Deus o alimento das Escrituras, que ilumine o espírito, robusteça as vontades, e inflame os corações dos homens no amor de Deus (1). O sagrado Concilio encoraja os filhos da Igreja que cultivam as ciências bíblicas para que continuem a realizar com todo o empenho, segundo o sentir da Igreja, a empresa felizmente começada, renovando constantemente as suas forças (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importância da Sagrada Escritura para a Teologia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A sagrada Teologia apoia-se, como em seu fundamento perene, na palavra de Deus escrita e na sagrada Tradição, e nela se consolida firmemente e sem cessar se rejuvenesce, investigando, à luz da fé, toda a verdade contida no mistério de Cristo. As Sagradas Escrituras contêm a palavra de Deus, e, pelo facto de serem inspiradas, são verdadeiramente a palavra de Deus; e por isso, o estudo destes sagrados livros deve ser como que a alma da sagrada teologia (3). Também o ministério da palavra, isto é, a pregação pastoral, a catequese, e toda a espécie de instrução cristã, na qual a homilia litúrgica deve ter um lugar principal, com proveito se alimenta e santamente se revigora com a palavra da Escritura."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leitura da Sagrada Escritura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É necessário, por isso, que todos os clérigos e sobretudo os sacerdotes de Cristo e outros que, como os diáconos e os catequistas, se consagram legìtimamente ao ministério da palavra, mantenham um contacto íntimo com as Escrituras, mediante a leitura assídua e o estudo aturado, a fim de que nenhum deles se torne «pregador vão e superficial da palavra de Deus. por não a ouvir de dentro» (4), tendo, como têm, a obrigação de comunicar aos fiéis que lhes estão confiados as grandíssimas riquezas da palavra divina, sobretudo na sagrada Liturgia. Do mesmo modo, o sagrado Concílio exorta com ardor e insistência todos os fiéis, mormente os religiosos, a que aprendam «a sublime ciência de Jesus Cristo» (Fil. 3,8) com a leitura frequente das divinas Escrituras, porque «a ignorância das Escrituras é ignorância de Cristo» (5). Debrucem-se, pois, gostosamente sobre o texto sagrado, quer através da sagrada Liturgia, rica de palavras divinas, quer pela leitura espiritual, quer por outros meios que se vão espalhando tão louvàvelmente por toda a parte, com a aprovação e estímulo dos pastores da Igreja. Lembrem-se, porém, que a leitura da Sagrada Escritura deve ser acompanhada de oração para que seja possível o diálogo entre Deus e o homem; porque «a Ele falamos, quando rezamos, a Ele ouvimos, quando lemos os divinos oráculos» (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Compete aos sagrados pastores «depositários da doutrina apostólica» (7), ensinar oportunamente os fiéis que lhes foram confiados no uso recto dos livros divinos, de modo particular do Novo Testamento, e sobretudo dos Evangelhos. E isto por meio de traduções dos textos sagrados, que devem ser acompanhadas das explicações necessárias e verdadeiramente suficientes, para que os filhos da Igreja se familiarizem dum modo seguro e. útil com a Sagrada Escritura, e se penetrem do seu espírito."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, façam-se edições da Sagrada Escritura, munidas das convenientes anotações, para uso também dos não cristãos, e adaptadas às suas condições; e tanto os pastores de almas como os cristãos de qualquer estado procuram difundi-las com zelo e prudência."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Influência e importância da renovação escriturística"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deste modo, pois, com a leitura e estudo dos livros sagrados, «a palavra de Deus se difunda e resplandeça (2 Tess. 3,1), e o tesouro da revelação confiado à Igreja encha cada vez mais os corações dos homens. Assim como a vida da Igreja cresce com a assídua frequência do mistério eucarístico, assim também é lícito esperar um novo impulso de vida espiritual, se fizermos crescer a veneração pela palavra de Deus, que «permanece para sempre» (Is. 40,8; cfr. l Pedr. 1, 23-25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, 18 de Novembro de 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAPA PAULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Agostinho, De catechizandis rudibus, c. IV, 8: PL 40, 316."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 11,27; Jo. 1,14 e 17; 14,6; 17, 1-3; 2 Cor. 3,16 e 4,6; Ef. 1, 3-14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Epist. ad Diognetum, c. VII, 4: Funk, Patres Apostolici, I, p. 403."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogmatica De fide catholica, Dei Filius, cap. 3: Denz. 1789 (3008)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Araus. II, can. 7: Denz, 180 (377); Conc. Vat. I, 1. c.: Denz. 1791 (3010)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogmatica De fide catholica, Dei Filius, cap. 2 Denz. 1786 (3005)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ibid.: Denz. 1785 e 1786 (3004 e 3005)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo II"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 28, 19-20 e Mc. 16,15; Concilio Tridentino decr. De canonicis Scripturis: Denz. 783 (1501)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Concílio Tridentino, I. c.; Concílio Vat I, sess. III, Const. dogmatica De fide catholica, Dei Filius, cap. 2. Denz. 1787 (3006)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Ireneu, Adv. Haer. III, 3, 1: PG 7, 848: Harvey, 2, p. 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. II Concílio Niceno, Denz. 303 (602); IV Concilio Constantinopolitano, sess. X, can. 1: Denz. 336 (650-652)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Concílio Vat. I, Const. dogm. De fide catholica, Dei Filius, cap. 4: Denz. 1800 (3020)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Concílio Tridentino, Decr. De canonicis scripturis: Denz. 783 (1501)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Const. apost. Munificentissimus Deus, 1 nov. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 756; conforme as palavras de S. Cipriano, Epist. 66,8: CSEL, 3,2, 733: «A Igreja e o povo unido ao sacerdote e o rebanho unido ao seu pastor»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Concilio Vat. I, Const. dogmatica De fide catholica, Dei Filius, cap. 3: Denz. 1792 (3011)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Enciclica Humani generis, 12 ago. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 568-569: Denz. 2314 (3886)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo III"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. de fide cath., Dei Filius, cap. 2: Denz. 1787 (3006). Denz. da Comissão Biblica, 18 jun. 1915: Denz. 2180 (3629) ; EB 420. Santo Officio, Epist.; 22 dez. 1923: EB 499."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encíclica Divino afflante Spiritu, 30 set. 1944: AAS 35 (1943) 314; EB 556."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em o por o homem: cfr. Hebr. 1,1 e 4,7 (Em); 2 Sam. 23,2; Mt. 1,22 e passim (por); Conc. Vat. I: schema de doctr. cath., nota 9: Coll. Lac. VII, 522."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leão XIII, Encíclica Providentissimus Deus, 18 nov. 1893: Denz. 1952 (3293) EB 125."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Agostinho, De Gen. ad Litt. 2, 9, 20: PL 34, 270-271; CSEL 28, 1, 46-47 e Epist. 82, 3: PL 33, 277: CSEL 34, 2, p. 354.—S. Tomás, De Ver. q. 12, a. 2 c. —Conc. de Trento, decr. De canonicis Scripturis: Denz. 783 (1501) —Ledo XIII, Enc. Providentissimus: EB 121, 124, 126-127—Pio XII, Enc. Divino afflante Spiritu: EB 539."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Agostinho, De civ. Dei, XVII, 6, 2: PL 41, 537: CSEL XL 2, 228."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Agostinho, De doct. christ., III, 18, 26: PL 34, 75-76; CSEL 80, 95."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pio XII, 1. c.: Denz. 2294 (3829-3830); EB 557-562."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Bento XV, Enc. Spiritus Paraclitus, 15 set. 1920: EB 469.- S. Jerónimo, In Gal., 5, 19-21: PL 26, 417 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. De fide catholica, Dei Filius, cap. 2: Denz. 1788 (3007)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. João Crisóstomo, In Gen. 3,8 (hom. 17,1): PG 53, 134. «Acomodação», em grego synkatábasis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pio XI, Enc. Mit brennender Sorge, 14 mar. 1937: AAS 29 (1937) 151."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Agostinho, Quaest. in Hept. 2, 73: PL 34, 623."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Ireneu, Adv.: Haer. III, 21, 3: PG 7, 950: ( = 25, 1: Harvey 2, p. 115). S. Cirilo de Jerusalém, Caech. 4, 35: PG 33, 497, Teodoro de Mopsuesta, In Soph. 1, 4-6: PG 66, 452 D-453 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo V"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S, Ireneu, Adv. Haer. III, 11, 8: PG. 7, 885; ed. Sagnard, p. 194."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 14,26; 16,13,"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 2,22; 12,16; de acordo com 14,26; 16, 12-13; 7,39."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Instrução Sancta Mater Ecclesia, da Pontifícia Comissão Bíblica: AAS 56 (1964) 715."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Enc. Divino afflante, 30. set. 1943: EB 551, 553, 567. — Pontifícia Comissão Bíblica, Instructio de S. Scriptura in Clericorum seminariis et Religiosorum Collegiis recte docenda, 13 maio 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 495-505."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, 1. c.: EB 569."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Leão XIII, Enc. Providentissimus Deus: EB 114; Bento XV, Enc., Spiritus Paraclitus, 15. set. 1920: EB 483."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Agostinho, Serm. 179, 1: PL 38, 966."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Jerónimo, Comm. in Is. Prol.: PL 24, 17. — Cfr. Bento XV, Enc. Spiritus Paraclitus: EB 475-480; Pio XII, Enc. Divino afflante: EB 544."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Ambrósio, De officiis ministrorum I, 20, 88: PL 16, 50."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Ireneu, Adv. Haer. IV, 32, 1: PG 7, 1071; ( = 49, 2), Harvey, 2, p. 255."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "dignitatis-humanae",
      "council": 21,
      "title": "Dignitatis humanae",
      "type": "Declaration",
      "date": "1965-12-07",
      "languages": {
        "de": {
          "code": "de",
          "label": "Deutsch",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651207_dignitatis-humanae_ge.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-87-vat-ii_decl_19651207_dignitatis-humanae_ge.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ERKLÄRUNG DIGNITATIS HUMANAE ÜBER DIE RELIGIONSFREIHEIT"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VORWORT"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Würde der menschlichen Person kommt den Menschen unserer Zeit immer mehr zum Bewußtsein (1), und es wächst die Zahl derer, die den Anspruch erheben, daß die Menschen bei ihrem Tun ihr eigenes Urteil und eine verantwortliche Freiheit besitzen und davon Gebrauch machen sollen, nicht unter Zwang, sondern vom Bewußtsein der Pflicht geleitet. In gleicher Weise fordern sie eine rechtliche Einschränkung der öffentlichen Gewalt, damit die Grenzen einer ehrenhaften Freiheit der Person und auch der Gesellschaftsformen nicht zu eng umschrieben werden. Diese Forderung nach Freiheit in der menschlichen Gesellschaft bezieht sich besonders auf die geistigen Werte des Menschen und am meisten auf das, was zur freien Übung der Religion in der Gesellschaft gehört. Das Vatikanische Konzil wendet diesen Bestrebungen seine besondere Aufmerksamkeit zu in der Absicht, eine Erklärung darüber abzugeben, wie weit sie der Wahrheit und Gerechtigkeit entsprechen, und deshalb befragt es die heilige Tradition und die Lehre der Kirche, aus denen es immer Neues hervorholt, das mit dem Alten in Einklang steht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fürs erste bekennt die Heilige Synode: Gott selbst hat dem Menschengeschlecht Kenntnis gegeben von dem Weg, auf dem die Menschen, ihm dienend, in Christus erlöst und selig werden können. Diese einzige wahre Religion, so glauben wir, ist verwirklicht in der katholischen, apostolischen Kirche, die von Jesus dem Herrn den Auftrag erhalten hat, sie unter allen Menschen zu verbreiten. Er sprach ja zu den Aposteln: \"Gehet hin, und lehret alle Völker, taufet sie im Namen des Vaters und des Sohnes und des Heiligen Geistes, und lehret sie alles halten, was ich euch geboten habe\" (Mt 28,19-20). Alle Menschen sind ihrerseits verpflichtet, die Wahrheit, besonders in dem, was Gott und seine Kirche angeht, zu suchen und die erkannte Wahrheit aufzunehmen und zu bewahren."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In gleicher Weise bekennt sich das Konzil dazu, daß diese Pflichten die Menschen in ihrem Gewissen berühren und binden, und anders erhebt die Wahrheit nicht Anspruch als kraft der Wahrheit selbst, die sanft und zugleich stark den Geist durchdringt. Da nun die religiöse Freiheit, welche die Menschen zur Erfüllung der pflichtgemäßen Gottesverehrung beanspruchen, sich auf die Freiheit von Zwang in der staatlichen Gesellschaft bezieht, läßt sie die überlieferte katholische Lehre von der moralischen Pflicht der Menschen und der Gesellschaften gegenüber der wahren Religion und der einzigen Kirche Christi unangetastet. Bei der Behandlung dieser Religionsfreiheit beabsichtigt das Heilige Konzil, zugleich die Lehre der neueren Päpste über die unverletzlichen Rechte der menschlichen Person wie auch ihre Lehre von der rechtlichen Ordnung der Gesellschaft weiterzuführen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ALLGEMEINE GRUNDLEGUNG DER RELIGIONSFREIHEIT"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Vatikanische Konzil erklärt, daß die menschliche Person das Recht auf religiöse Freiheit hat. Diese Freiheit besteht darin, daß alle Menschen frei sein müssen von jedem Zwang sowohl von seiten Einzelner wie gesellschaftlicher Gruppen, wie jeglicher menschlichen Gewalt, so daß in religiösen Dingen niemand gezwungen wird, gegen sein Gewissen zu handeln, noch daran gehindert wird, privat und öffentlich, als einzelner oder in Verbindung mit anderen - innerhalb der gebührenden Grenzen - nach seinem Gewissen zu handeln. Ferner erklärt das Konzil, das Recht auf religiöse Freiheit sei in Wahrheit auf die Würde der menschlichen Person selbst gegründet, so wie sie durch das geoffenbarte Wort Gottes und durch die Vernunft selbst erkannt wird (2). Dieses Recht der menschlichen Person auf religiöse Freiheit muß in der rechtlichen Ordnung der Gesellschaft so anerkannt werden, daß es zum bürgerlichen Recht wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Weil die Menschen Personen sind, d.h. mit Vernunft und freiem Willen begabt und damit auch zu persönlicher Verantwortung erhoben, werden alle - ihrer Würde gemäß - von ihrem eigenen Wesen gedrängt und zugleich durch eine moralische Pflicht gehalten, die Wahrheit zu suchen, vor allem jene Wahrheit, welche die Religion betrifft. Sie sind auch dazu verpflichtet, an der erkannten Wahrheit festzuhalten und ihr ganzes Leben nach den Forderungen der Wahrheit zu ordnen. Der Mensch vermag aber dieser Verpflichtung auf die seinem eigenen Wesen entsprechende Weise nicht nachzukommen, wenn er nicht im Genuß der inneren, psychologischen Freiheit und zugleich der Freiheit von äußerem Zwang steht. Demnach ist das Recht auf religiöse Freiheit nicht in einer subjektiven Verfassung der Person, sondern in ihrem Wesen selbst begründet. So bleibt das Recht auf religiöse Freiheit auch denjenigen erhalten, die ihrer Pflicht, die Wahrheit zu suchen und daran festzuhalten, nicht nachkommen, und ihre Ausübung darf nicht gehemmt werden, wenn nur die gerechte öffentliche Ordnung gewahrt bleibt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dies tritt noch klarer zutage, wenn man erwägt, daß die höchste Norm des menschlichen Lebens das göttliche Gesetz selber ist, das ewige, objektive und universale, durch das Gott nach dem Ratschluß seiner Weisheit und Liebe die ganze Welt. und die Wege der Menschengemeinschaft ordnet, leitet und regiert. Gott macht den Menschen seines Gesetzes teilhaftig, so daß der Mensch unter der sanften Führung der göttlichen Vorsehung die unveränderliche Wahrheit mehr und mehr zu erkennen vermag (3). Deshalb hat ein jeder die Pflicht und also auch das Recht, die Wahrheit im Bereich der Religion zu suchen, um sich in Klugheit unter Anwendung geeigneter Mittel und Wege rechte und wahre Gewissensurteile zu bilden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Wahrheit muß aber auf eine Weise gesucht werden, die der Würde der menschlichen Person und ihrer Sozialnatur eigen ist, d.h. auf dem Wege der freien Forschung, mit Hilfe des Lehramtes oder der Unterweisung, des Gedankenaustauschs und des Dialogs, wodurch die Menschen einander die Wahrheit, die sie gefunden haben oder gefunden zu haben glauben, mitteilen, damit sie sich bei der Erforschung der Wahrheit gegenseitig zu Hilfe kommen; an der einmal erkannten Wahrheit jedoch muß man mit personaler Zustimmung festhalten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nun aber werden die Gebote des göttlichen Gesetzes vom Menschen durch die Vermittlung seines Gewissens erkannt und anerkannt; ihm muß er in seinem gesamten Tun in Treue folgen, damit er zu Gott, seinem Ziel, gelange. Er darf also nicht gezwungen werden, gegen sein Gewissen zu handeln. Er darf aber auch nicht daran gehindert werden, gemäß seinem Gewissen zu handeln, besonders im Bereiche der Religion. Denn die Verwirklichung und Ausübung der Religion besteht ihrem Wesen nach vor allem in inneren, willentlichen und freien Akten, durch die sich der Mensch unmittelbar auf Gott hinordnet; Akte dieser Art können von einer rein menschlichen Gewalt weder befohlen noch verhindert werden (4). Die Sozialnatur des Menschen erfordert aber, daß der Mensch innere Akte der Religion nach außen zum Ausdruck bringt, mit anderen in religiösen Dingen in Gemeinschaft steht und seine Religion gemeinschaftlich bekennt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es geschieht also ein Unrecht gegen die menschliche Person und gegen die Ordnung selbst, in die die Menschen von Gott hineingestellt sind, wenn jemandem die freie Verwirklichung der Religion in der Gesellschaft verweigert wird, vorausgesetzt, daß die gerechte öffentliche Ordnung gewahrt bleibt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hinzu kommt, daß die religiösen Akte, womit sich der Mensch privat und öffentlich aufgrund einer geistigen Entscheidung auf Gott hinordnet, ihrem Wesen nach die irdische und zeitliche Ordnung übersteigen. Demnach muß die staatliche Gewalt, deren Wesenszweck in der Sorge für das zeitliche Gemeinwohl besteht, das religiöse Leben der Bürger nur anerkennen und begünstigen, sie würde aber, wie hier betont werden muß, ihre Grenzen überschreiten, wenn sie so weit ginge, religiöse Akte zu bestimmen oder zu verhindern."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Freiheit als Freisein vom Zwang in religiösen Dingen, die den Einzelnen zukommt, muß ihnen auch zuerkannt werden, wenn sie in Gemeinschaft handeln. Denn die Sozialnatur des Menschen wie auch der Religion selbst verlangt religiöse Gemeinschaften."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deshalb steht diesen Gemeinschaften, wenn nur die gerechten Erfordernisse der öffentlichen Ordnung nicht verletzt werden, Rechtens die Freiheit zu, daß sie sich gemäß ihren eigenen Normen leiten, der Gottheit in öffentlichem Kult Ehre erweisen, ihren Gliedern in der Betätigung ihres religiösen Lebens beistehen, sie durch Unterricht unterstützen und jene Einrichtungen fördern, in denen die Glieder zusammenarbeiten, um das eigene Leben nach ihren religiösen Grundsätzen zu ordnen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In gleicher Weise steht den religiösen Gemeinschaften das Recht zu, daß sie nicht durch Mittel der Gesetzgebung oder durch verwaltungsrechtliche Maßnahmen der staatlichen Gewalt daran gehindert werden, ihre eigenen Amtsträger auszuwählen, zu erziehen, zu ernennen und zu versetzen, mit religiösen Autoritäten und Gemeinschaften in anderen Teilen der Erde in Verbindung zu treten, religiöse Gebäude zu errichten und zweckentsprechende Güter zu erwerben und zu gebrauchen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auch haben die religiösen Gemeinschaften das Recht, keine Behinderung bei der öffentlichen Lehre und Bezeugung ihres Glaubens in Wort und Schrift zu erfahren. Man muß sich jedoch bei der Verbreitung des religiösen Glaubens und bei der Einführung von Gebräuchen allzeit jeder Art der Betätigung enthalten, die den Anschein erweckt, als handle es sich um Zwang oder um unehrenhafte oder ungehörige Überredung, besonders wenn es weniger Gebildete oder Arme betrifft. Eine solche Handlungsweise muß als Mißbrauch des eigenen Rechtes und als Verletzung des Rechtes anderer betrachtet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es gehört außerdem zur religiösen Freiheit, daß die religiösen Gemeinschaften nicht daran gehindert werden, die besondere Fähigkeit ihrer Lehre zur Ordnung der Gesellschaft und zur Beseelung des ganzen menschlichen Tuns zu zeigen. Schließlich ist in der gesellschaftlichen Natur des Menschen und im Wesen der Religion selbst das Recht begründet, wonach Menschen aus ihrem eigenen religiösen Sinn sich frei versammeln oder Vereinigungen für Erziehung, Kultur, Caritas und soziales Leben schaffen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Einer jeden Familie, die ja eine Gesellschaft eigenen und ursprünglichen Rechtes ist, steht das Recht zu, ihr häusliches religiöses Leben unter der Leitung der Eltern in Freiheit zu ordnen. Die Eltern haben das Recht, die Art der religiösen Erziehung ihrer Kinder gemäß ihrer eigenen religiösen Überzeugung zu bestimmen. Daher muß von seiten der staatlichen Gewalt das Recht der Eltern anerkannt werden, in wahrer Freiheit Schulen und andere Erziehungseinrichtungen zu wählen, und aufgrund dieser Wahlfreiheit dürfen ihnen weder direkt noch indirekt irgendwelche ungerechten Lasten auferlegt werden. Außerdem werden die Rechte der Eltern verletzt, wenn die Kinder gezwungen werden, einen Schulunterricht zu besuchen, der der religiösen Überzeugung der Eltern nicht entspricht, oder wenn nur eine einzige Erziehungsform für alle verpflichtend gemacht wird, bei der die religiöse Ausbildung völlig ausgeschlossen ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Gemeinwohl der Gesellschaft besteht in der Gesamtheit jener Bedingungen des sozialen Lebens, unter denen die Menschen ihre eigene Vervollkommnung in größerer Fülle und Freiheit erlangen können; es besteht besonders in der Wahrung der Rechte und Pflichten der menschlichen Person (5). Somit obliegt die Sorge für das Recht auf religiöse Freiheit sowohl den Bürgern wie auch den sozialen Gruppen und den Staatsgewalten, der Kirche und den anderen religiösen Gemeinschaften, dies je nach ihrer eigenen Weise und je nach der Pflicht, die sie dem Gemeinwohl gegenüber haben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Schutz und die Förderung der unverletzlichen Menschenrechte gehört wesenhaft zu den Pflichten einer jeden staatlichen Gewalt (6). Die Staatsgewalt muß also durch gerechte Gesetze und durch andere geeignete Mittel den Schutz der religiösen Freiheit aller Bürger wirksam und tatkräftig übernehmen und für die Förderung des religiösen Lebens günstige Bedingungen schaffen, damit die Bürger auch wirklich in der Lage sind, ihre religiösen Rechte auszuüben und die religiösen Pflichten zu erfüllen, und damit der Gesellschaft selber die Werte der Gerechtigkeit und des Friedens zugute kommen, die aus der Treue der Menschen gegenüber Gott und seinem heiligen Willen hervorgehen (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn in Anbetracht besonderer Umstände in einem Volk einer einzigen religiösen Gemeinschaft in der Rechtsordnung des Staates eine spezielle bürgerliche Anerkennung gezollt wird, so ist es notwendig, daß zugleich das Recht auf Freiheit in religiösen Dingen für alle Bürger und religiösen Gemeinschaften anerkannt und gewahrt wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Endlich muß die Staatsgewalt dafür sorgen, daß die Gleichheit der Bürger vor dem Gesetz, die als solche zum Gemeinwohl der Gesellschaft gehört, niemals entweder offen oder auf verborgene Weise um der Religion willen verletzt wird und daß unter ihnen keine Diskriminierung geschieht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hieraus folgt, daß es für die öffentliche Gewalt ein Unrecht wäre, den Bürgern durch Zwang oder Furcht oder auf andere Weise das Bekenntnis oder die Verwerfung irgendeiner Religion aufzuerlegen oder jemand daran zu hindern, sich einer religiösen Gemeinschaft anzuschließen oder sie zu verlassen. Um so mehr wird gegen den Willen Gottes und gegen die geheiligten Rechte der Person und der Völkerfamilie gehandelt, wenn auf irgendeine Weise Gewalt angewendet wird zur Zerstörung oder Behinderung der Religion, sei es im ganzen Menschengeschlecht oder in irgendeinem Lande oder in einer bestimmten Gemeinschaft."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Recht auf Freiheit in religiösen Dingen wird innerhalb der menschlichen Gesellschaft verwirklicht, und deshalb ist ihre Ausübung gewissen umgrenzenden Normen unterworfen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Beim Gebrauch einer jeden Freiheit ist das sittliche Prinzip der personalen und sozialen Verantwortung zu beobachten: Die einzelnen Menschen und die sozialen Gruppen sind bei der Ausübung ihrer Rechte durch das Sittengesetz verpflichtet, sowohl die Rechte der andern wie auch die eigenen Pflichten den anderen und dem Gemeinwohl gegenüber zu beachten. Allen Menschen gegenüber muß man Gerechtigkeit und Menschlichkeit walten lassen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da die bürgerliche Gesellschaft außerdem das Recht hat, sich gegen Mißbräuche zu schützen, die unter dem Vorwand der Religionsfreiheit vorkommen können, so steht es besonders der Staatsgewalt zu, diesen Schutz zu gewähren; dies darf indessen nicht auf willkürliche Weise oder durch unbillige Begünstigung einer Partei geschehen, sondern nur nach rechtlichen Normen, die der objektiven sittlichen Ordnung entsprechen und wie sie für den wirksamen Rechtsschutz im Interesse aller Bürger und ihrer friedvollen Eintracht erforderlich sind, auch für die hinreichende Sorge um jenen ehrenhaften öffentlichen Frieden, der in einem geordneten Zusammenleben in wahrer Gerechtigkeit besteht, und schließlich für die pflichtgemäße Wahrung der öffentlichen Sittlichkeit. Dies alles gehört zum grundlegenden Wesensbestand des Gemeinwohls und fällt unter den Begriff der öffentlichen Ordnung. Im übrigen soll in der Gesellschaft eine ungeschmälerte Freiheit walten, wonach dem Menschen ein möglichst weiter Freiheitsraum zuerkannt werden muß, und sie darf nur eingeschränkt werden, wenn und soweit es notwendig ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In unserer Zeit stehen die Menschen unter vielfachem äußerem Druck und geraten dabei in Gefahr, die eigene Wahlfreiheit zu verlieren. Auf der anderen Seite zeigen manche die Neigung, unter dem Vorwand der Freiheit jederlei Unterordnung abzulehnen und den schuldigen Gehorsam geringzuschätzen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deshalb richtet das Vatikanische Konzil die Mahnung an alle, besonders aber an die, denen es obliegt, andere zu erziehen, daß sie danach streben, Menschen zu bilden, die der sittlichen Ordnung gemäß der gesetzlichen Autorität gehorchen und zugleich Liebhaber der echten Freiheit sind; Menschen, die die Dinge nach eigener Entscheidung im Licht der Wahrheit beurteilen, ihr Handeln verantwortungsbewußt ausrichten und bemüht sind, was immer wahr und gerecht ist, zu erstreben, wobei sie zu gemeinsamem Handeln sich gern mit anderen zusammenschließen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So muß denn die Religionsfreiheit auch dazu dienen und dahin geordnet werden, daß die Menschen bei der Erfüllung ihrer Pflichten im Leben der Gesellschaft mit Verantwortung handeln."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE RELIGIONSFREIHEIT IM LICHT DER OFFENBARUNG"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Was das Vatikanische Konzil über das Recht des Menschen auf religiöse Freiheit erklärt, hat seine Grundlage in der Würde der Person, deren Forderungen die menschliche Vernunft durch die Erfahrung der Jahrhunderte vollständiger erkannt hat. Jedoch hat diese Lehre von der Freiheit ihre Wurzeln in der göttlichen Offenbarung, weshalb sie von Christen um so gewissenhafter beobachtet werden muß. Denn obgleich die Offenbarung das Recht auf Freiheit von äußerem Zwang in religiösen Dingen nicht ausdrücklich lehrt, läßt sie doch die Würde der menschlichen Person in ihrem ganzen Umfang ans Licht treten; sie zeigt, wie Christus die Freiheit des Menschen in Erfüllung der Pflicht, dem Wort Gottes zu glauben, beachtet hat, und belehrt uns über den Geist, den die Jünger eines solchen Meisters anerkennen und dem sie in allem Folge leisten sollen. All dies verdeutlicht die allgemeinen Prinzipien, auf welche die Lehre dieser Erklärung über die Religionsfreiheit gegründet ist. Besonders ist die religiöse Freiheit in der Gesellschaft völlig im Einklang mit der Freiheit des christlichen Glaubensaktes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist ein Hauptbestandteil der katholischen Lehre, in Gottes Wort enthalten und von den Vätern ständig verkündet (8), daß der Mensch freiwillig durch seinen Glauben Gott antworten soll, daß dementsprechend niemand gegen seinen Willen zur Annahme des Glaubens gezwungen werden darf (9). Denn der Glaubensakt ist seiner Natur nach ein freier Akt, da der Mensch, von seinem Erlöser Christus losgekauft und zur Annahme an Sohnes Statt durch Jesus Christus berufen (10), dem sich offenbarenden Gott nicht anhangen könnte, wenn er nicht, indem der Vater ihn zieht (11), Gott einen vernunftgemäßen und freien Glaubensgehorsam leisten würde. Es entspricht also völlig der Wesensart des Glaubens, daß in religiösen Dingen jede Art von Zwang von seiten der Menschen ausgeschlossen ist. Und deshalb trägt der Grundsatz der Religionsfreiheit nicht wenig bei zur Begünstigung solcher Verhältnisse, unter denen die Menschen ungehindert die Einladung zum christlichen Glauben vernehmen, ihn freiwillig annehmen und in ihrer ganzen Lebensführung tatkräftig bekennen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gott ruft die Menschen zu seinem Dienst im Geiste und in der Wahrheit, und sie werden deshalb durch diesen Ruf im Gewissen verpflichtet, aber nicht gezwungen. Denn er nimmt Rücksicht auf die Würde der von ihm geschaffenen menschlichen Person, die nach eigener Entscheidung in Freiheit leben soll. Dies aber ist vollendet in Christus Jesus erschienen, in dem Gott sich selbst und seine Wege vollkommen kundgetan hat. Denn Christus, unser Meister und Herr (12) und zugleich sanft und demütig von Herzen (13), hat seine Jünger in Geduld zu gewinnen gesucht und eingeladen (14). Gewiß hat er seine Predigt mit Wundern unterstützt und bekräftigt, um den Glauben der Hörer anzuregen und zu bestätigen, nicht aber um einen Zwang auf sie auszuüben (15). Gewiß hat er den Unglauben seiner Hörer gescholten, aber so, daß er die Züchtigung Gottes für den Tag des Gerichtes zurückstellte (16). Bei der Aussendung der Apostel in die Welt sprach er zu ihnen: \"Wer glaubt und sich taufen läßt, wird selig werden; wer aber nicht glaubt, wird verdammt werden\" (Mk 16,16). Als er bemerkte, daß Unkraut zugleich mit dem Weizen gesät war, befahl er, daß man beides wachsen lasse bis zur Ernte, die am Ende der Weltzeit geschehen wird (17). Er lehnte es ab, ein politischer Messias zu sein, der äußere Machtmittel anwendet (18). Statt dessen zog er es vor, sich den Menschensohn zu nennen, der gekommen ist, \"um zu dienen und sein Leben hinzugeben als Lösegeld für die vielen\" (Mk 10,45). Er erwies sich als der vollkommene Gottesknecht (19), der \"das geknickte Rohr nicht zerbricht und den glimmenden Docht nicht auslöscht\" (Mt 12,20). Die staatliche Gewalt und ihre Rechte erkannte er an, als er befahl, dem Kaiser Steuer zu zahlen, mahnte aber deutlich, daß die höheren Rechte Gottes zu wahren seien: \"Gebt dem Kaiser, was des Kaisers ist, und Gott, was Gottes ist\" (Mt 22,21). Schließlich hat er durch das Erlösungswerk am Kreuz, um den Menschen das Heil und die wahre Freiheit zu erwerben, seine Offenbarung zur Vollendung gebracht. Er gab der Wahrheit Zeugnis (20), und dennoch wollte er sie denen, die ihr widersprachen, nicht mit Gewalt aufdrängen. Sein Reich wird ja nicht mit dem Schwert beschützt (21), sondern wird gefestigt im Bezeugen und Hören der Wahrheit und wächst in der Kraft der Liebe, in der Christus, am Kreuz erhöht, die Menschen an sich zieht (22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Apostel sind, belehrt durch das Wort und das Beispiel Christi, den gleichen Weg gegangen. Schon in den Anfängen der Kirche haben sich die Jünger Christi abgemüht, die Menschen zum Bekenntnis zu Christus dem Herrn zu bekehren, nicht durch Zwang und durch Kunstgriffe, die des Evangeliums nicht würdig sind, sondern vor allem in der Kraft des Wortes Gottes (23). Mit Festigkeit verkündigten sie allen den Ratschluß des Erlösergottes, der \"will, daß alle Menschen selig werden und zur Erkenntnis der Wahrheit gelangen\" (1 Tim 2,4); dabei aber nahmen sie Rücksicht auf die Schwachen, selbst wenn sie im Irrtum waren; so zeigten sie, wie \"jeder von uns Gott Rechenschaft für sich geben wird\" (Röm 14,12) (24) und dementsprechend zum Gehorsam in seinem Gewissen verpflichtet ist. Gleich wie Christus waren die Apostel allzeit bestrebt, der Wahrheit Gottes Zeugnis zu geben, und sie nahmen dabei in reichem Maße das Wagnis auf sich, vor dem Volk und seinen Vorstehern \"mit Freimut das Wort zu sagen\" (Apg 4,31) (25). Mit starkem Glauben hielten sie daran fest, daß das Evangelium wahrhaft eine Kraft Gottes zum Heil ist für jeden, der glaubt (26). So verschmähten sie alle \"fleischlichen Waffen\" (27). Dem Beispiel der Güte und Bescheidenheit Christi folgend, verkündeten sie das Wort Gottes, im vollen Vertrauen, daß die göttliche Kraft dieses Wortes imstande ist, die gottwidrigen Mächte zu zerstören (28) und die Menschen dahin zu führen, an Christus zu glauben und ihm zu gehorchen (29). Wie ihr Meister, so achteten auch die Apostel die legitime staatliche Autorität: \" Es gibt keine Gewalt, die nicht von Gott stammt\", lehrt der Apostel, und deshalb befiehlt er: \"Jedermann sei den obrigkeitlichen Gewalten untertan ...; wer sich der Gewalt widersetzt, widersteht der Anordnung Gottes\" (Röm 13,1-2) (30). Dabei scheuten sie sich nicht, der öffentlichen Gewalt zu widersprechen, wenn sie zu dem heiligen Willen Gottes in Gegensatz trat: \"Man muß Gott mehr gehorchen als den Menschen\" (Apg 5,29) (31). Märtyrer und Gläubige ohne Zahl sind zu allen Zeiten überall diesen Weg gegangen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Somit verfolgt die Kirche in Treue zur Wahrheit des Evangeliums den Weg Christi und der Apostel, wenn sie anerkennt und dafür eintritt, daß der Grundsatz der religiösen Freiheit der Würde des Menschen und der Offenbarung Gottes entspricht. Sie hat die Lehre, die sie von ihrem Meister und von den Aposteln empfangen hatte, im Laufe der Zeit bewahrt und weitergegeben. Gewiß ist bisweilen im Leben des Volkes Gottes auf seiner Pilgerfahrt - im Wechsel der menschlichen Geschichte - eine Weise des Handelns vorgekommen, die dem Geist des Evangeliums wenig entsprechend, ja sogar entgegengesetzt war; aber die Lehre der Kirche, daß niemand zum Glauben gezwungen werden darf, hat dennoch die Zeiten überdauert."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Sauerteig des Evangeliums hat sich so im Geist der Menschen schon lange ausgewirkt und hat viel dazu beigetragen, daß die Menschen im Laufe der Zeit die Würde ihrer Person besser erkannten und daß die Überzeugung heranreifte, in religiösen Dingen müsse sie in der bürgerlichen Gesellschaft vor jedem menschlichen Zwang geschützt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im Rahmen alles dessen, was zum Wohl der Kirche, ja auch zum Wohl der irdischen Gesellschaft selbst gehört und was immer und überall gewahrt und gegen alles Unrecht zu verteidigen ist, steht sicherlich mit an erster Stelle, daß die Kirche eine so große Handlungsfreiheit genießt, wie sie die Sorge für das Heil der Menschen erfordert (32). In der Tat ist sie etwas Heiliges, diese Freiheit, mit der der eingeborene Sohn Gottes die Kirche beschenkt hat, die er sich in seinem Blute erwarb. Sie gehört in Wahrheit der Kirche so sehr zu eigen, daß, wer immer gegen sie streitet, gegen den Willen Gottes handelt. Die Freiheit der Kirche ist das grundlegende Prinzip in den Beziehungen zwischen der Kirche und den öffentlichen Gewalten sowie der gesamten bürgerlichen Ordnung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In der menschlichen Gesellschaft und angesichts einer jeden öffentlichen Gewalt erhebt die Kirche Anspruch auf Freiheit als geistliche, von Christus dem Herrn gestiftete Autorität, die kraft göttlichen Auftrags die Pflicht hat, in die ganze Welt zu gehen, um das Evangelium allen Geschöpfen zu verkündigen (33). Ebenso fordert die Kirche Freiheit für sich, insofern sie auch eine Gesellschaft von Menschen ist, die das Recht besitzen, nach den Vorschriften des christlichen Glaubens in der bürgerlichen Gesellschaft zu leben (34)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn der Grundsatz der Religionsfreiheit nicht nur mit Worten proklamiert oder durch Gesetze festgelegt, sondern auch ernstlich in die Praxis übergeführt ist und in Geltung steht, dann erst erhält die Kirche rechtlich und tatsächlich die gefestigte Stellung, welche die Bedingung zu jener Unabhängigkeit darstellt, die für ihre göttliche Sendung nötig ist und wie sie die kirchlichen Autoritäten in der Gesellschaft mit immer größerem Nachdruck gefordert haben (35). Zugleich haben die Christen wie die übrigen Menschen das bürgerliche Recht, daß sie nach ihrem Gewissen leben dürfen und darin nicht gehindert werden. So steht also die Freiheit der Kirche im Einklang mit jener religiösen Freiheit, die für alle Menschen und Gemeinschaften als ein Recht anzuerkennen und in der juristischen Ordnung zu verankern ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit die katholische Kirche ihren göttlichen Auftrag: \"Lehret alle Völker (Mt 28,19-20), erfüllen kann, muß sie mit eifriger Hingabe dafür arbeiten, \"daß das Wort Gottes seinen Lauf nehme und verherrlicht werde\" (2 Thess 3,1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inständig bittet deshalb die Kirche ihre Söhne, daß \"an erster Stelle Bitten, Gebete, Fürbitten und Danksagungen für alle Menschen verrichtet werden ...; denn das ist gut und wohlgefällig vor Gott, vor unserm Erlöser, der will, daß alle Menschen gerettet werden und zur Erkenntnis der Wahrheit gelangen\" (1 Tim 2,1-4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei ihrer Gewissensbildung müssen jedoch die Christgläubigen die heilige und sichere Lehre der Kirche sorgfältig vor Augen haben36. Denn nach dem Willen Christi ist die katholische Kirche die Lehrerin der Wahrheit; ihre Aufgabe ist es, die Wahrheit, die Christus ist, zu verkündigen und authentisch zu lehren, zugleich auch die Prinzipien der sittlichen Ordnung, die aus dem Wesen des Menschen selbst hervorgehen, autoritativ zu erklären und zu bestätigen. Ferner sollen die Christen bemüht sein, in Weisheit wandelnd vor den Außenstehenden, \"im Heiligen Geist, in ungeheuchelter Liebe, im Wort der Wahrheit\" (2 Kor 6,6-7), mit der Tapferkeit der Apostel bis zur Hingabe des Blutes das Licht des Lebens mit allem Freimut zu verbreiten (37)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Denn der Jünger hat gegenüber Christus, dem Meister, die ernste Pflicht, die von ihm empfangene Wahrheit immer vollkommener kennenzulernen, in Treue zu verkünden und kraftvoll zu verteidigen unter Ausschluß aller Mittel, die dem Geist des Evangeliums entgegengesetzt sind. Zugleich wird er von der Liebe Christi gedrängt, den Menschen, die in Irrtum oder Unwissenheit in den Dingen des Glaubens befangen sind (38), in Liebe, Klugheit und Geduld zu begegnen. So ist Rücksicht zu nehmen sowohl auf die Pflichten gegenüber Christus, dem lebendigmachenden Wort, das es zu verkünden gilt, wie auch auf die Rechte der menschlichen Person und auf das Maß der Gnade, das von Gott durch Christus dem Menschen gewährt wird, an den sich die Einladung richtet, den Glauben freiwillig anzunehmen und zu bekennen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zweifellos verlangen die Menschen unseres Zeitalters danach, die Religion privat und öffentlich in Freiheit bekennen zu können; bekanntlich ist die Religionsfreiheit auch in den meisten Verfassungen schon zum bürgerlichen Recht erklärt (39), und sie wird in internationalen Dokumenten feierlich anerkannt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anderseits gibt es auch Regierungsformen, in denen die öffentlichen Gewalten trotz der Anerkennung der religiösen Kultusfreiheit durch ihre Verfassung doch den Versuch machen, die Bürger vom Bekenntnis der Religion abzubringen und den religiösen Gemeinschaften das Leben aufs äußerste zu erschweren und zu gefährden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indem das Konzil jene glückhaften Zeichen unserer Zeit mit Freude begrüßt, diese beklagenswerten Tatsachen jedoch mit großem Schmerz feststellt, richtet es die Mahnung an die Katholiken und die Bitte an alle Menschen, daß sie sich angelegentlich vor Augen stellen, wie notwendig die Religionsfreiheit ist, besonders in der gegenwärtigen Situation der Menschheitsfamilie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Denn es ist eine offene Tatsache, daß alle Völker immer mehr eine Einheit werden, daß Menschen verschiedener Kultur und Religion enger miteinander in Beziehung kommen und daß das Bewußtsein der eigenen Verantwortlichkeit im Wachsen begriffen ist. Damit nun friedliche Beziehungen und Eintracht in der Menschheit entstehen und gefestigt werden, ist es erforderlich, daß überall auf Erden die Religionsfreiheit einen wirksamen Rechtsschutz genießt und daß die höchsten Pflichten und Rechte des Menschen, ihr religiöses Leben in der Gesellschaft in Freiheit zu gestalten, wohl beachtet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gebe Gott, der Vater aller, daß die Menschheitsfamilie unter sorgsamer Wahrung des Grundsatzes der religiösen Freiheit in der Gesellschaft durch die Gnade Christi und die Kraft des Heiligen Geistes zu jener höchsten und ewigen herrlichen \"Freiheit der Söhne Gottes\" (Röm 8,21) geleitet werde."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dezember 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anmerkungen:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Pacem in terris, 11. Apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 279.265; Pius XII., Radiobotschaft, 24. Dez. 1944: AAS 37 (1945) 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Pacem in terris, 11. Apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 260f.; Pius XII., Radiobotschaft, 24. Dez. 1942: AAS 35 (1943) 19; Pius XI., Enz. Mit brennender Sorge, 14. März 1937: AAS 29 (1937) 160; Leo XIII., Enz. Libertas præstantissimum, 20.Juni 1888: Acta Leonis XIII., Bd. VIII (1888) 237f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Vgl. Thomas v. Aquin, Summa Theol. I-II., q. 91, a. 1; q. 93, a. 1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Pacem in terris, 11. Apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 270; Paul VI., Radiobotschaft, 22. Dez. 1964: AAS 57 (1965) 181f.; Thomas v. Aquin, Summa Theol. I-II., q. 91, a. 4c."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961) 417; ders., Enz. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963) 273."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963) 273f.; vgl. Pius XII., Radiobotschaft, 1. Juni 1941: AAS 33 (1941) 200."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7) Vgl. Leo XIII., Enz. Immortale Dei, 1. Nov. 1885: ASS 18 (1885) 161."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8) Vgl. Lactantius, Divinarum Institutionum V, 19: CSEL 19, 463f. 465; PL 6, 614 und 6, 616 (Kap. 20); Ambrosius, Ep. ad Valentinianum Imp., Ep. 21: PL 16, 1005; Augustinus, Contra litt. Petiliani II Kap. 83: CSEL 52, 112; PL 43, 315; vgl. C. 23 q. 5 c. 33 (ed. Friedberg 939); ders., Ep. 23: PL 33, 98; ders., Ep. 34; PL 33, 132; ders., Ep. 35: PL 33, 135; Gregor d. Gr., Ep. ad Virgilium et Theodorum Episcopos Massiliæ Galliarum, Registrum Epistolarum I 45: MGH Ep. 1, 72; PL 77, 510f. (I Ep. 47); ders., Ep. ad Joannem Episcopum Constantinopolitanum, Registrum Epistolarum III 52: MGH Ep. 1, 210; PL 77, 649 (III Ep. 53); vgl. D. 45, c. 1 (ed. Friedberg 160); IV. Konzil von Toledo, can. 57: Mansi 10, 633; vgl. D. 45, c. 5 (ed. Friedberg 161-162); Clemens III.: X., V 6, 9 (ed. Friedberg 774); Innozenz III., Ep. ad Arelatensem Archiepiscopum X., III 42, 3 (ed. Friedberg 646)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9) Vgl. CIC can. 1351; Pius XII., Anspr. an die Prälaten usw. des Gerichtshofes der Hl. Röm. Rota, 6. Okt. 1946: AAS 38 (1946) 394; ders., Enz. Mystici Corporis, 29.Juni 1943: AAS 35 (1943) 243."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10) Vgl. Eph 1,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11) Vgl. Joh 6,44."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12) Vgl. Joh 13,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13) Vgl. Mt 11,29."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14) Vgl. Mt 11,28-30; Joh 6,67f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15) Vgl. Mt 9,28-29; Mk 9,23-24; 6,5-6; vgl. Paul VI., Enz. Ecclesiam suam, 6. Aug. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 642f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16) Vgl. Mt 11,20-24; Röm 12,19-20; 2 Thess 1,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17) Vgl. Mt 13,30.40-42."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18) Vgl. Mt 4,8-10; Joh 6,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19) Vgl. Jes 42,1-4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20) Vgl. Joh 18,37."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21) Vgl. Mt 26,51-53; Joh 18,36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22) Vgl. Joh 12,32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23) Vgl. 1 Kor 2,3-5; 1 Thess 2,3-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24) Vgl. Röm 14,1-23; 1 Kor 8,9-13; 10,23-33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25) Vgl. Eph 6,19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26) Vgl. Röm 1,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27) Vgl. 2 Kor 10,4; 1 Thess 5,8-9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28) Vgl. Eph 6,11-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "29) Vgl. 2 Kor 10,3-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "30) Vgl. 1 Petr 2,13-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "31) Vgl. Apg 4,19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "32) Vgl. Leo XIII., Litt. Officio sanctissimo, 22. Dez. 1887: ASS 20 (1887) 269; ders., Litt. Ex litteris, 7. Apr. 1887: ASS 19 (1886-1887) 465."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "33) Vgl. Mk 16,15; Mt 28,18-20; Pius XII., Enz. Summi Pontificatus, 20. Okt. 1939: AAS 31 (1939) 445f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "34) Vgl. Pius Xl., Enz. Firmissimam constantiam, 28. März 1937: AAS 29 (1937) 196."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "35) Vgl. Pius XII., Ansprache Ciriesce, 6. Dez. 1953: AAS 45 (1953) 802."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "36) Vgl. Pius XII., Radioansprache, 23. März 1952: AAS 44 (1952) 270-278."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "37) Vgl. Apg 4,29."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "38) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Pacem in terris, 11. Apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 299f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "39) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Pacem in terris, 11. Apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 295f."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651207_dignitatis-humanae_en.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-85-vat-ii_decl_19651207_dignitatis-humanae_en.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECLARATION ON RELIGIOUS FREEDOM DIGNITATIS HUMANAE ON THE RIGHT OF THE PERSON AND OF COMMUNITIES TO SOCIAL AND CIVIL FREEDOM IN MATTERS RELIGIOUS PROMULGATED BY HIS HOLINESS POPE PAUL VI ON DECEMBER 7, 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A sense of the dignity of the human person has been impressing itself more and more deeply on the consciousness of contemporary man,(1) and the demand is increasingly made that men should act on their own judgment, enjoying and making use of a responsible freedom, not driven by coercion but motivated by a sense of duty. The demand is likewise made that constitutional limits should be set to the powers of government, in order that there may be no encroachment on the rightful freedom of the person and of associations. This demand for freedom in human society chiefly regards the quest for the values proper to the human spirit. It regards, in the first place, the free exercise of religion in society. This Vatican Council takes careful note of these desires in the minds of men. It proposes to declare them to be greatly in accord with truth and justice. To this end, it searches into the sacred tradition and doctrine of the Church-the treasury out of which the Church continually brings forth new things that are in harmony with the things that are old."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "First, the council professes its belief that God Himself has made known to mankind the way in which men are to serve Him, and thus be saved in Christ and come to blessedness. We believe that this one true religion subsists in the Catholic and Apostolic Church, to which the Lord Jesus committed the duty of spreading it abroad among all men. Thus He spoke to the Apostles: \"Go, therefore, and make disciples of all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have enjoined upon you\" (Matt. 28: 19-20). On their part, all men are bound to seek the truth, especially in what concerns God and His Church, and to embrace the truth they come to know, and to hold fast to it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This Vatican Council likewise professes its belief that it is upon the human conscience that these obligations fall and exert their binding force. The truth cannot impose itself except by virtue of its own truth, as it makes its entrance into the mind at once quietly and with power."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious freedom, in turn, which men demand as necessary to fulfill their duty to worship God, has to do with immunity from coercion in civil society. Therefore it leaves untouched traditional Catholic doctrine on the moral duty of men and societies toward the true religion and toward the one Church of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Over and above all this, the council intends to develop the doctrine of recent popes on the inviolable rights of the human person and the constitutional order of society."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This Vatican Council declares that the human person has a right to religious freedom. This freedom means that all men are to be immune from coercion on the part of individuals or of social groups and of any human power, in such wise that no one is to be forced to act in a manner contrary to his own beliefs, whether privately or publicly, whether alone or in association with others, within due limits."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The council further declares that the right to religious freedom has its foundation in the very dignity of the human person as this dignity is known through the revealed word of God and by reason itself.(2) This right of the human person to religious freedom is to be recognized in the constitutional law whereby society is governed and thus it is to become a civil right."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is in accordance with their dignity as persons-that is, beings endowed with reason and free will and therefore privileged to bear personal responsibility-that all men should be at once impelled by nature and also bound by a moral obligation to seek the truth, especially religious truth. They are also bound to adhere to the truth, once it is known, and to order their whole lives in accord with the demands of truth. However, men cannot discharge these obligations in a manner in keeping with their own nature unless they enjoy immunity from external coercion as well as psychological freedom. Therefore the right to religious freedom has its foundation not in the subjective disposition of the person, but in his very nature. In consequence, the right to this immunity continues to exist even in those who do not live up to their obligation of seeking the truth and adhering to it and the exercise of this right is not to be impeded, provided that just public order be observed."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Further light is shed on the subject if one considers that the highest norm of human life is the divine law-eternal, objective and universal-whereby God orders, directs and governs the entire universe and all the ways of the human community by a plan conceived in wisdom and love. Man has been made by God to participate in this law, with the result that, under the gentle disposition of divine Providence, he can come to perceive ever more fully the truth that is unchanging. Wherefore every man has the duty, and therefore the right, to seek the truth in matters religious in order that he may with prudence form for himself right and true judgments of conscience, under use of all suitable means."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Truth, however, is to be sought after in a manner proper to the dignity of the human person and his social nature. The inquiry is to be free, carried on with the aid of teaching or instruction, communication and dialogue, in the course of which men explain to one another the truth they have discovered, or think they have discovered, in order thus to assist one another in the quest for truth."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, as the truth is discovered, it is by a personal assent that men are to adhere to it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On his part, man perceives and acknowledges the imperatives of the divine law through the mediation of conscience. In all his activity a man is bound to follow his conscience in order that he may come to God, the end and purpose of life. It follows that he is not to be forced to act in a manner contrary to his conscience. Nor, on the other hand, is he to be restrained from acting in accordance with his conscience, especially in matters religious. The reason is that the exercise of religion, of its very nature, consists before all else in those internal, voluntary and free acts whereby man sets the course of his life directly toward God. No merely human power can either command or prohibit acts of this kind.(3) The social nature of man, however, itself requires that he should give external expression to his internal acts of religion: that he should share with others in matters religious; that he should profess his religion in community. Injury therefore is done to the human person and to the very order established by God for human life, if the free exercise of religion is denied in society, provided just public order is observed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There is a further consideration. The religious acts whereby men, in private and in public and out of a sense of personal conviction, direct their lives to God transcend by their very nature the order of terrestrial and temporal affairs. Government therefore ought indeed to take account of the religious life of the citizenry and show it favor, since the function of government is to make provision for the common welfare. However, it would clearly transgress the limits set to its power, were it to presume to command or inhibit acts that are religious."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The freedom or immunity from coercion in matters religious which is the endowment of persons as individuals is also to be recognized as their right when they act in community. Religious communities are a requirement of the social nature both of man and of religion itself."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Provided the just demands of public order are observed, religious communities rightfully claim freedom in order that they may govern themselves according to their own norms, honor the Supreme Being in public worship, assist their members in the practice of the religious life, strengthen them by instruction, and promote institutions in which they may join together for the purpose of ordering their own lives in accordance with their religious principles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious communities also have the right not to be hindered, either by legal measures or by administrative action on the part of government, in the selection, training, appointment, and transferral of their own ministers, in communicating with religious authorities and communities abroad, in erecting buildings for religious purposes, and in the acquisition and use of suitable funds or properties."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious communities also have the right not to be hindered in their public teaching and witness to their faith, whether by the spoken or by the written word. However, in spreading religious faith and in introducing religious practices everyone ought at all times to refrain from any manner of action which might seem to carry a hint of coercion or of a kind of persuasion that would be dishonorable or unworthy, especially when dealing with poor or uneducated people. Such a manner of action would have to be considered an abuse of one's right and a violation of the right of others."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In addition, it comes within the meaning of religious freedom that religious communities should not be prohibited from freely undertaking to show the special value of their doctrine in what concerns the organization of society and the inspiration of the whole of human activity. Finally, the social nature of man and the very nature of religion afford the foundation of the right of men freely to hold meetings and to establish educational, cultural, charitable and social organizations, under the impulse of their own religious sense."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The family, since it is a society in its own original right, has the right freely to live its own domestic religious life under the guidance of parents. Parents, moreover, have the right to determine, in accordance with their own religious beliefs, the kind of religious education that their children are to receive. Government, in consequence, must acknowledge the right of parents to make a genuinely free choice of schools and of other means of education, and the use of this freedom of choice is not to be made a reason for imposing unjust burdens on parents, whether directly or indirectly. Besides, the right of parents are violated, if their children are forced to attend lessons or instructions which are not in agreement with their religious beliefs, or if a single system of education, from which all religious formation is excluded, is imposed upon all."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the common welfare of society consists in the entirety of those conditions of social life under which men enjoy the possibility of achieving their own perfection in a certain fullness of measure and also with some relative ease, it chiefly consists in the protection of the rights, and in the performance of the duties, of the human person.(4) Therefore the care of the right to religious freedom devolves upon the whole citizenry, upon social groups, upon government, and upon the Church and other religious communities, in virtue of the duty of all toward the common welfare, and in the manner proper to each."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The protection and promotion of the inviolable rights of man ranks among the essential duties of government.(5) Therefore government is to assume the safeguard of the religious freedom of all its citizens, in an effective manner, by just laws and by other appropriate means."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Government is also to help create conditions favorable to the fostering of religious life, in order that the people may be truly enabled to exercise their religious rights and to fulfill their religious duties, and also in order that society itself may profit by the moral qualities of justice and peace which have their origin in men's faithfulness to God and to His holy will. (6)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If, in view of peculiar circumstances obtaining among peoples, special civil recognition is given to one religious community in the constitutional order of society, it is at the same time imperative that the right of all citizens and religious communities to religious freedom should be recognized and made effective in practice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, government is to see to it that equality of citizens before the law, which is itself an element of the common good, is never violated, whether openly or covertly, for religious reasons. Nor is there to be discrimination among citizens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It follows that a wrong is done when government imposes upon its people, by force or fear or other means, the profession or repudiation of any religion, or when it hinders men from joining or leaving a religious community. All the more is it a violation of the will of God and of the sacred rights of the person and the family of nations when force is brought to bear in any way in order to destroy or repress religion, either in the whole of mankind or in a particular country or in a definite community."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The right to religious freedom is exercised in human society: hence its exercise is subject to certain regulatory norms. In the use of all freedoms the moral principle of personal and social responsibility is to be observed. In the exercise of their rights, individual men and social groups are bound by the moral law to have respect both for the rights of others and for their own duties toward others and for the common welfare of all. Men are to deal with their fellows in justice and civility."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore, society has the right to defend itself against possible abuses committed on the pretext of freedom of religion. It is the special duty of government to provide this protection. However, government is not to act in an arbitrary fashion or in an unfair spirit of partisanship. Its action is to be controlled by juridical norms which are in conformity with the objective moral order. These norms arise out of the need for the effective safeguard of the rights of all citizens and for the peaceful settlement of conflicts of rights, also out of the need for an adequate care of genuine public peace, which comes about when men live together in good order and in true justice, and finally out of the need for a proper guardianship of public morality."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These matters constitute the basic component of the common welfare: they are what is meant by public order. For the rest, the usages of society are to be the usages of freedom in their full range: that is, the freedom of man is to be respected as far as possible and is not to be curtailed except when and insofar as necessary."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Many pressures are brought to bear upon the men of our day, to the point where the danger arises lest they lose the possibility of acting on their own judgment. On the other hand, not a few can be found who seem inclined to use the name of freedom as the pretext for refusing to submit to authority and for making light of the duty of obedience. Wherefore this Vatican Council urges everyone, especially those who are charged with the task of educating others, to do their utmost to form men who, on the one hand, will respect the moral order and be obedient to lawful authority, and on the other hand, will be lovers of true freedom-men, in other words, who will come to decisions on their own judgment and in the light of truth, govern their activities with a sense of responsibility, and strive after what is true and right, willing always to join with others in cooperative effort."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious freedom therefore ought to have this further purpose and aim, namely, that men may come to act with greater responsibility in fulfilling their duties in community life."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The declaration of this Vatican Council on the right of man to religious freedom has its foundation in the dignity of the person, whose exigencies have come to be are fully known to human reason through centuries of experience. What is more, this doctrine of freedom has roots in divine revelation, and for this reason Christians are bound to respect it all the more conscientiously. Revelation does not indeed affirm in so many words the right of man to immunity from external coercion in matters religious. It does, however, disclose the dignity of the human person in its full dimensions. It gives evidence of the respect which Christ showed toward the freedom with which man is to fulfill his duty of belief in the word of God and it gives us lessons in the spirit which disciples of such a Master ought to adopt and continually follow. Thus further light is cast upon the general principles upon which the doctrine of this declaration on religious freedom is based. In particular, religious freedom in society is entirely consonant with the freedom of the act of Christian faith."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is one of the major tenets of Catholic doctrine that man's response to God in faith must be free: no one therefore is to be forced to embrace the Christian faith against his own will.(8) This doctrine is contained in the word of God and it was constantly proclaimed by the Fathers of the Church.(7) The act of faith is of its very nature a free act. Man, redeemed by Christ the Savior and through Christ Jesus called to be God's adopted son,(9) cannot give his adherence to God revealing Himself unless, under the drawing of the Father,(10) he offers to God the reasonable and free submission of faith. It is therefore completely in accord with the nature of faith that in matters religious every manner of coercion on the part of men should be excluded. In consequence, the principle of religious freedom makes no small contribution to the creation of an environment in which men can without hindrance be invited to the Christian faith, embrace it of their own free will, and profess it effectively in their whole manner of life."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "God calls men to serve Him in spirit and in truth, hence they are bound in conscience but they stand under no compulsion. God has regard for the dignity of the human person whom He Himself created and man is to be guided by his own judgment and he is to enjoy freedom. This truth appears at its height in Christ Jesus, in whom God manifested Himself and His ways with men. Christ is at once our Master and our Lord(11) and also meek and humble of heart.(12) In attracting and inviting His disciples He used patience.(13) He wrought miracles to illuminate His teaching and to establish its truth, but His intention was to rouse faith in His hearers and to confirm them in faith, not to exert coercion upon them.(14) He did indeed denounce the unbelief of some who listened to Him, but He left vengeance to God in expectation of the day of judgment.(15) When He sent His Apostles into the world, He said to them: \"He who believes and is baptized will be saved. He who does not believe will be condemned\" (Mark 16:16). But He Himself, noting that the cockle had been sown amid the wheat, gave orders that both should be allowed to grow until the harvest time, which will come at the end of the world.(16) He refused to be a political messiah, ruling by force:(17) He preferred to call Himself the Son of Man, who came \"to serve and to give his life as a ransom for the many\" (Mark 10:45). He showed Himself the perfect servant of God,(18) who \"does not break the bruised reed nor extinguish the smoking flax\" (Matt. 12:20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "He acknowledged the power of government and its rights, when He commanded that tribute be given to Caesar: but He gave clear warning that the higher rights of God are to be kept inviolate: \"Render to Caesar the things that are Caesar's and to God the things that are God's\" (Matt. 22:21). In the end, when He completed on the cross the work of redemption whereby He achieved salvation and true freedom for men, He brought His revelation to completion. For He bore witness to the truth,(19) but He refused to impose the truth by force on those who spoke against it. Not by force of blows does His rule assert its claims.(20) It is established by witnessing to the truth and by hearing the truth, and it extends its dominion by the love whereby Christ, lifted up on the cross, draws all men to Himself.(21)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Taught by the word and example of Christ, the Apostles followed the same way. From the very origins of the Church the disciples of Christ strove to convert men to faith in Christ as the Lord; not, however, by the use of coercion or of devices unworthy of the Gospel, but by the power, above all, of the word of God.(22) Steadfastly they proclaimed to all the plan of God our Savior, \"who wills that all men should be saved and come to the acknowledgment of the truth\" (1 Tim. 2:4). At the same time, however, they showed respect for those of weaker stuff, even though they were in error, and thus they made it plain that \"each one of us is to render to God an account of himself\" (Romans 14:12),(23) and for that reason is bound to obey his conscience. Like Christ Himself, the Apostles were unceasingly bent upon bearing witness to the truth of God, and they showed the fullest measure of boldness in \"speaking the word with confidence\" (Acts 4:31) (24) before the people and their rulers. With a firm faith they held that the Gospel is indeed the power of God unto salvation for all who believe.(25) Therefore they rejected all \"carnal weapons:(26) they followed the example of the gentleness and respectfulness of Christ and they preached the word of God in the full confidence that there was resident in this word itself a divine power able to destroy all the forces arrayed against God(27) and bring men to faith in Christ and to His service.(28) As the Master, so too the Apostles recognized legitimate civil authority. \"For there is no power except from God\", the Apostle teaches, and thereafter commands: \"Let everyone be subject to higher authorities.... He who resists authority resists God's ordinance\" (Romans 13:1-5).(29) At the same time, however, they did not hesitate to speak out against governing powers which set themselves in opposition to the holy will of God: \"It is necessary to obey God rather than men\" (Acts 5:29).(30) This is the way along which the martyrs and other faithful have walked through all ages and over all the earth."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In faithfulness therefore to the truth of the Gospel, the Church is following the way of Christ and the apostles when she recognizes and gives support to the principle of religious freedom as befitting the dignity of man and as being in accord with divine revelation. Throughout the ages the Church has kept safe and handed on the doctrine received from the Master and from the apostles. In the life of the People of God, as it has made its pilgrim way through the vicissitudes of human history, there has at times appeared a way of acting that was hardly in accord with the spirit of the Gospel or even opposed to it. Nevertheless, the doctrine of the Church that no one is to be coerced into faith has always stood firm."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus the leaven of the Gospel has long been about its quiet work in the minds of men, and to it is due in great measure the fact that in the course of time men have come more widely to recognize their dignity as persons, and the conviction has grown stronger that the person in society is to be kept free from all manner of coercion in matters religious."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Among the things that concern the good of the Church and indeed the welfare of society here on earth-things therefore that are always and everywhere to be kept secure and defended against all injury-this certainly is preeminent, namely, that the Church should enjoy that full measure of freedom which her care for the salvation of men requires.(31) This is a sacred freedom, because the only-begotten Son endowed with it the Church which He purchased with His blood. Indeed it is so much the property of the Church that to act against it is to act against the will of God. The freedom of the Church is the fundamental principle in what concerns the relations between the Church and governments and the whole civil order."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In human society and in the face of government the Church claims freedom for herself in her character as a spiritual authority, established by Christ the Lord, upon which there rests, by divine mandate, the duty of going out into the whole world and preaching the Gospel to every creature.(32) The Church also claims freedom for herself in her character as a society of men who have the right to live in society in accordance with the precepts of the Christian faith.(33)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In turn, where the principle of religious freedom is not only proclaimed in words or simply incorporated in law but also given sincere and practical application, there the Church succeeds in achieving a stable situation of right as well as of fact and the independence which is necessary for the fulfillment of her divine mission."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This independence is precisely what the authorities of the Church claim in society.(34) At the same time, the Christian faithful, in common with all other men, possess the civil right not to be hindered in leading their lives in accordance with their consciences. Therefore, a harmony exists between the freedom of the Church and the religious freedom which is to be recognized as the right of all men and communities and sanctioned by constitutional law."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order to be faithful to the divine command, \"teach all nations\" (Matt. 28:19-20), the Catholic Church must work with all urgency and concern \"that the word of God be spread abroad and glorified\" (2 Thess. 3:1). Hence the Church earnestly begs of its children that, \"first of all, supplications, prayers, petitions, acts of thanksgiving be made for all men.... For this is good and agreeable in the sight of God our Savior, who wills that all men be saved and come to the knowledge of the truth\" (1 Tim. 2:1-4). In the formation of their consciences, the Christian faithful ought carefully to attend to the sacred and certain doctrine of the Church.(35) For the Church is, by the will of Christ, the teacher of the truth. It is her duty to give utterance to, and authoritatively to teach, that truth which is Christ Himself, and also to declare and confirm by her authority those principles of the moral order which have their origins in human nature itself. Furthermore, let Christians walk in wisdom in the face of those outside, \"in the Holy Spirit, in unaffected love, in the word of truth\" (2 Cor. 6:6-7), and let them be about their task of spreading the light of life with all confidence(36) and apostolic courage, even to the shedding of their blood."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The disciple is bound by a grave obligation toward Christ, his Master, ever more fully to understand the truth received from Him, faithfully to proclaim it, and vigorously to defend it, never-be it understood-having recourse to means that are incompatible with the spirit of the Gospel. At the same time, the charity of Christ urges him to love and have prudence and patience in his dealings with those who are in error or in ignorance with regard to the faith.(37) All is to be taken into account-the Christian duty to Christ, the life-giving word which must be proclaimed, the rights of the human person, and the measure of grace granted by God through Christ to men who are invited freely to accept and profess the faith."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The fact is that men of the present day want to be able freely to profess their religion in private and in public. Indeed, religious freedom has already been declared to be a civil right in most constitutions, and it is solemnly recognized in international documents.(38) The further fact is that forms of government still exist under which, even though freedom of religious worship receives constitutional recognition, the powers of government are engaged in the effort to deter citizens from the profession of religion and to make life very difficult and dangerous for religious communities."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This council greets with joy the first of these two facts as among the signs of the times. With sorrow, however, it denounces the other fact, as only to be deplored. The council exhorts Catholics, and it directs a plea to all men, most carefully to consider how greatly necessary religious freedom is, especially in the present condition of the human family. All nations are coming into even closer unity. Men of different cultures and religions are being brought together in closer relationships. There is a growing consciousness of the personal responsibility that every man has. All this is evident. Consequently, in order that relationships of peace and harmony be established and maintained within the whole of mankind, it is necessary that religious freedom be everywhere provided with an effective constitutional guarantee and that respect be shown for the high duty and right of man freely to lead his religious life in society."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "May the God and Father of all grant that the human family, through careful observance of the principle of religious freedom in society, may be brought by the grace of Christ and the power of the Holy Spirit to the sublime and unending and \"glorious freedom of the sons of God\" (Rom. 8:21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encycl. \"Pacem in Terris\", April 11, 1963: AAS 55 (1963) p. 279; ibid., p. 265; Pius XII, radio message, Dec. 24, 1944: AAS 37 (1945), p. 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encycL \"Pacem in Terris\", April 11, 1963: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 260-261; Pius XII, radio message, Dec. 24, 1942: AAS 35 (1943), p. 19; Pius XI, encycl. \"Mit Brennender Sorge\", March 14, 1937: AAS 29 (1937), p. 160; Leo XIII, encycl. \"Libertas Praestantissimum\", June 20, 1888: Acts of Leo XIII 8 (1888), p. 237-238."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encycl. \"Pacem in Terris\", April 11, 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 270; Paul VI, radio message, Dec. 22, 1964: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 181-182."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encycl. \"Mater et Magistra\", May 15, 1961: AAS 53 (1961), p. 417; idem, encycl. \"Pacem in Terris\", April 11, 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 273."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encycl. \"Pacem in Terris\", April 11, 1963: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 273-274; Pius XII, radio message, June 1 1941: AAS 33 (1941), p. 200."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Leo XIII, encycl. \"Immortale Dei\", Nov. 1, 1885: AAS 18 (1885) p. 161."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Lactantius \"Divinarum Institutionum\", Book V, 19: CSEL 19, pp. 463-464, 465: PL 6, 614 and 616 (ch. 20); St. Ambrose, \"Epistola ad Valentianum Imp.\", Letter 21: PL 16, 1005; St. Augustine, \"Contra Litteras Petiliani\", Book II, ch. 83: CSEL 52 p. 112: PL 43, 315; cf. C. 23, q. 5, c. 33, (ed. Friedberg, col. 939); idem, Letter 23: PL 33, 98, idem, Letter 34: PL 33, 132; idem, Letter 35: PL 33, 135; St. Gregory the Great, \"Epistola ad Virgilium et Theodorum Episcopos Massiliae Galliarum, Register of Letters I, 45: MGH Ep. 1, p. 72: PL 77, 510-511 (Book I, ep. 47); idem, \"Epistola ad Johannem Episcopum Constantinopolitanum\", Register of Letters, III, 52: MGH Letter 1, p. 210: PL 77, 649 (Book III, Letter 53); cf. D. 45, c. 1 (ed. Friedberg, col 160); Council of Toledo IV, c. 57: Mansi 10, 633; cf. D. 45, c. 5 (ed. Friedberg, col. 161-162); Clement III: X., V, 6, 9: ed. Friedberg, col. 774; Innocent III, \"Epistola ad Arelatensem Archiepiscopum\", X., III, 42, 3: Friedberg, col. 646."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. CIC, c. 1351; Pius XII, allocution to prelate auditors and other officials and administrators of the tribune of the Holy Roman Rota, Oct. 6, 1946: AAS 38 (1946), p. 394; idem. Encycl Mystici Corporis\", June 29, 1943: AAS (1943) p. 243."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph. 1:5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John 6:44."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John 13:13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Matt. 11:29."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Matt. 11:28-30; John 6:67-68."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Matt. 9:28-29; Mark 9:23-24; 6:5-6; Paul VI, encycl. \"Ecclesiam Suam\", Aug. 6, 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 642-643."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Matt. 11:20-24; Rom. 12:19-20; 2 Thess. 1:8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Matt. 13:30 and 40-42."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Matt. 4:8-10; John 6:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Is. 42:1-4."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John 18:37."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Matt. 26:51-53; John 18:36."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John 12:32."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Cor. 2:3-5; 1 Thess. 2:3-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom. 14:1-23; 1 Cor. 8:9-13; 10:23-33."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph. 6:19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom. 1:16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor. 10:4; 1 Thess. 5:8-9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph. 6:11-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor. 10:3-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Pet. 2:13-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Acts 4: 19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Leo XIII, letter \"Officio Sanctissimo\", Dec. 22 1887: AAS 20 (1887), p. 269; idem, letter \"Ex Litteris\", April 7 1887: AAS 19 (1886), p. 465."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Mark 16:15; Matt. 28:18-20, Pius XII, encycl. \"Summi Pontificatus\", Oct. 20, 1939: AAS 31 (1939). pp. 445-446."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI, letter \"Firmissiman Constantiam\", March 28, 1937: AAS 29 (1937), p. 196."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XII, allocution, \"Ci Riesce\", Dec. 6, 1953: AAS 45 (1953), p. 802."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XII, radio message, March 23, 1952: AAS 44 (1952) pp. 270-278."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Acts 4:29."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encycl. \"Pacem in Terris\", April 11, 1963:AAS 55 (1963), pp. 299-300."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encycl. \"Pacem in Terris\", April 11, 1963:AAS 55 (1963) pp. 295-296."
            }
          ]
        },
        "es": {
          "code": "es",
          "label": "Español",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651207_dignitatis-humanae_sp.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-93-vat-ii_decl_19651207_dignitatis-humanae_sp.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECLARACIÓN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIGNITATIS HUMANAE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SOBRE LA LIBERTAD RELIGIOSA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EL DERECHO DE LA PERSONA Y DE LAS COMUNIDADES A LA LIBERTAD SOCIAL Y CIVIL EN MATERIA RELIGIOSA"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los hombres de nuestro tiempo se hacen cada vez más conscientes de la dignidad de la persona humana, y aumenta el número de aquellos que exigen que los hombres en su actuación gocen y usen del propio criterio y libertad responsables, guiados por la conciencia del deber y no movidos por la coacción. Piden igualmente la delimitación jurídica del poder público, para que la amplitud de la justa libertad tanto de la persona como de las asociaciones no se restrinja demasiado. Esta exigencia de libertad en la sociedad humana se refiere sobre todo a los bienes del espíritu humano, principalmente a aquellos que pertenecen al libre ejercicio de la religión en la sociedad. Secundando con diligencia estos anhelos de los espíritus y proponiéndose declarar cuán conformes son con la verdad y con la justicia, este Concilio Vaticano estudia la sagrada tradición y la doctrina de la Iglesia, de las cuales saca a la luz cosas nuevas, de acuerdo siempre con las antiguas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En primer lugar, profesa el sagrado Concilio que Dios manifestó al género humano el camino por el que, sirviéndole, pueden los hombres salvarse y ser felices en Cristo. Creemos que esta única y verdadera religión subsiste en la Iglesia Católica y Apostólica, a la cual el Señor Jesús confió la misión de difundirla a todos los hombres, diciendo a los Apóstoles: \"Id, pues, y enseñad a todas las gentes, bautizándolas en el nombre del Padre y del Hijo y del Espíritu Santo, enseñándoles a observar todo cuanto yo os he mandado\" (Mt., 28, 19-20). Por su parte, todos los hombres están obligados a buscar la verdad, sobre todo en lo que se refiere a Dios y a su Iglesia, y, una vez conocida, a abrazarla y practicarla."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Confiesa asimismo el santo Concilio que estos deberes afectan y ligan la conciencia de los hombres, y que la verdad no se impone de otra manera, sino por la fuerza de la misma verdad, que penetra suave y fuertemente en las almas. Ahora bien, puesto que la libertad religiosa que exigen los hombres para el cumplimiento de su obligación de rendir culto a Dios, se refiere a la inmunidad de coacción en la sociedad civil, deja íntegra la doctrina tradicional católica acerca del deber moral de los hombres y de las sociedades para con la verdadera religión y la única Iglesia de Cristo. Se propone, además, el sagrado Concilio, al tratar de esta verdad religiosa, desarrollar la doctrina de los últimos Pontífices sobre los derechos inviolables de la persona humana y sobre el ordenamiento jurídico de la sociedad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I NOCIÓN GENERAL DE LA LIBERTAD RELIGIOSA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Objeto y fundamento de la libertad religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este Concilio Vaticano declara que la persona humana tiene derecho a la libertad religiosa. Esta libertad consiste en que todos los hombres han de estar inmunes de coacción, tanto por parte de individuos como de grupos sociales y de cualquier potestad humana, y esto de tal manera que, en materia religiosa, ni se obligue a nadie a obrar contra su conciencia, ni se le impida que actúe conforme a ella en privado y en público, sólo o asociado con otros, dentro de los límites debidos. Declara, además, que el derecho a la libertad religiosa está realmente fundado en la dignidad misma de la persona humana, tal como se la conoce por la palabra revelada de Dios y por la misma razón natural . Este derecho de la persona humana a la libertad religiosa ha de ser reconocido en el ordenamiento jurídico de la sociedad, de tal manera que llegue a convertirse en un derecho civil."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos los hombres, conforme a su dignidad, por ser personas, es decir, dotados de razón y de voluntad libre, y enriquecidos por tanto con una responsabilidad personal, están impulsados por su misma naturaleza y están obligados además moralmente a buscar la verdad, sobre todo la que se refiere a la religión. Están obligados, asimismo, a aceptar la verdad conocida y a disponer toda su vida según sus exigencias. Pero los hombres no pueden satisfacer esta obligación de forma adecuada a su propia naturaleza, si no gozan de libertad psicológica al mismo tiempo que de inmunidad de coacción externa. Por consiguiente, el derecho a la libertad religiosa no se funda en la disposición subjetiva de la persona, sino en su misma naturaleza. Por lo cual, el derecho a esta inmunidad permanece también en aquellos que no cumplen la obligación de buscar la verdad y de adherirse a ella, y su ejercicio, con tal de que se guarde el justo orden público, no puede ser impedido."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La libertad religiosa y la vinculación del hombre con Dios"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todo esto se hace más claro aún a quien considera que la norma suprema de la vida humana es la misma ley divina, eterna, objetiva y universal, por la que Dios ordena, dirige y gobierna el mundo y los caminos de la comunidad humana según el designio de su sabiduría y de su amor. Dios hace partícipe al hombre de esta su ley, de manera que el hombre, por suave disposición de la divina Providencia, puede conocer más y más la verdad inmutable. Por lo tanto, cada cual tiene la obligación y por consiguiente también el derecho de buscar la verdad en materia religiosa, a fin de que, utilizando los medios adecuados, se forme, con prudencia, rectos y verdaderos juicios de conciencia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ahora bien, la verdad debe buscarse de modo apropiado a la dignidad de la persona humana y a su naturaleza social, es decir, mediante una libre investigación, sirviéndose del magisterio o de la educación, de la comunicación y del diálogo, por medio de los cuales unos exponen a otros la verdad que han encontrado o creen haber encontrado, para ayudarse mutuamente en la búsqueda de la verdad; y una vez conocida ésta, hay que aceptarla firmemente con asentimiento personal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El hombre percibe y reconoce por medio de su conciencia los dictámenes de la ley divina; conciencia que tiene obligación de seguir fielmente, en toda su actividad, para llegar a Dios, que es su fin. Por tanto, no se le puede forzar a obrar contra su conciencia. Ni tampoco se le puede impedir que obre según su conciencia, principalmente en materia religiosa. Porque el ejercicio de la religión, por su propia índole, consiste, sobre todo, en los actos internos voluntarios y libres, por los que el hombre se relaciona directamente a Dios: actos de este género no pueden ser mandados ni prohibidos por una potestad meramente humana . Y la misma naturaleza social del hombre exige que éste manifieste externamente los actos internos de religión, que se comunique con otros en materia religiosa, que profese su religión de forma comunitaria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se hace, pues, injuria a la persona humana y al orden que Dios ha establecido para los hombres, si, quedando a salvo el justo orden público, se niega al hombre el libre ejercicio de la religión en la sociedad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Además, los actos religiosos con que los hombres, partiendo de su íntima convicción, se relacionan privada y públicamente con Dios, trascienden por su naturaleza el orden terrestre y temporal. Por consiguiente, la autoridad civil, cuyo fin propio es velar por el bien común temporal, debe reconocer y favorecer la vida religiosa de los ciudadanos; pero excede su competencia si pretende dirigir o impedir los actos religiosos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La libertad de las comunidades religiosas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La liberta o inmunidad de coacción en materia religiosa, que compete a las personas individualmente, ha de serles reconocida también cuando actúan en común. Porque la naturaleza social, tanto del hombre como de la religión misma, exige las comunidades religiosas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A estas comunidades, con tal que no se violen las justas exigencias del orden público, se les debe por derecho la inmunidad para regirse por sus propias normas, para honrar a la Divinidad con culto público, para ayudar a sus miembros en el ejercicio de la vida religiosa y sustentarlos con la doctrina, y para promover instituciones en las que colaboren los miembros con el fin de ordenar la propia vida según sus principios religiosos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A las comunidades religiosas les compete igualmente el derecho de que no se les impida por medios legales o por acción administrativa de la autoridad civil la elección, formación, nombramiento y traslado de sus propios ministros, la comunicación con las autoridades y comunidades religiosas que tienen su sede en otras partes del mundo, ni la erección de edificios religiosos y la adquisición y uso de los bienes convenientes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las comunidades religiosas tienen también el derecho de que no se les impida la enseñanza y la profesión pública, de palabra y por escrito, de su fe. Pero en la divulgación de la fe religiosa y en la introducción de costumbres hay que abstenerse siempre de cualquier clase de actos que puedan tener sabor a coacción o a persuasión inhonesta o menos recta, sobre todo cuando se trata de personas rudas o necesitadas. Tal comportamiento debe considerarse como abuso del derecho propio y lesión del derecho ajeno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Forma también parte de la libertad religiosa el que no se prohiba a las comunidades religiosas manifestar libremente el valor peculiar de su doctrina para la ordenación de la sociedad y para la vitalización de toda actividad humana. Finalmente, en la naturaleza social del hombre y en la misma índole de la religión se funda el derecho por el que los hombres, impulsados por su propio sentimiento religioso, pueden reunirse libremente o establecer asociaciones educativas, culturales, caritativas y sociales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La libertad religiosa de la familia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cada familia, en cuanto sociedad que goza de un derecho propio y primordial, tiene derecho a ordenar libremente su vida religiosa doméstica bajo la dirección de los padres. A éstos corresponde el derecho de determinar la forma de educación religiosa que se ha de dar a sus hijos, según sus propias convicciones religiosas. Así, pues, la autoridad civil debe reconocer el derecho de los padres a elegir con verdadera libertad las escuelas u otros medios de educación, sin imponerles ni directa ni indirectamente gravámenes injustos por esta libertad de elección. Se violan, además, los derechos de los padres, si se obliga a los hijos a asistir a lecciones escolares que no corresponden a la persuasión religiosa de los padres, o si se impone un único sistema de educación del que se excluye totalmente la formación religiosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La promoción de la libertad religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puesto que el bien común de la sociedad, que es el conjunto de las condiciones de la vida social mediante las cuales los hombres pueden conseguir con mayor plenitud y facilidad su propia perfección, se asienta sobre todo en la observancia de los derechos y deberes de la persona humana , la protección del derecho a la libertad religiosa concierne a los ciudadanos, a las autoridades civiles, a la Iglesia y demás comunidades religiosas, según la índole peculiar de cada una de ellas, teniendo en cuenta su respectiva obligación para con el bien común."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La protección y promoción de los derechos inviolables del hombre es un deber esencial de toda autoridad civil . Debe, pues, la potestad civil tomar eficazmente a su cargo la tutela de la libertad religiosa de todos los ciudadanos con leyes justas y otros medios aptos, y facilitar las condiciones propicias que favorezcan la vida religiosa, para que los ciudadanos puedan ejercer efectivamente los derechos de la religión y cumplir sus deberes, y la misma sociedad goce así de los bienes de la justicia y de la paz que dimanan de la fidelidad de los hombres para con Dios y para con su santa voluntad ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si, consideradas las circunstancias peculiares de los pueblos, se da a una comunidad religiosa un especial reconocimiento civil en la ordenación jurídica de la sociedad, es necesario que a la vez se reconozca y respete el derecho a la libertad en materia religiosa a todos los ciudadanos y comunidades religiosas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, la autoridad civil debe proveer a que la igualdad jurídica de los ciudadanos, que pertenece también al bien común de la sociedad, jamás, ni abierta ni ocultamente, sea lesionada por motivos religiosos, y a que no se haga discriminación entre ellos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De aquí se sigue que la autoridad pública no puede imponer a los ciudadanos, por la fuerza, o por miedo, o por otros recursos, la profesión o el abandono de cualquier religión, ni impedir que alguien ingrese en una comunidad religiosa o la abandona. Y tanto más se obra contra la voluntad de Dios y contra los sagrados derechos de la persona y de la familia humana, cuando la fuerza se aplica bajo cualquier forma, con el fin de eliminar o cohibir la religión, o en todo el género humano, o en alguna región, o en un determinado grupo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los límites de la libertad religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El derecho a la libertad religiosa se ejerce en la sociedad humana y, por ello, su uso está sujeto a ciertas normas que lo regulan."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En el uso de todas las libertades hay que observar el principio moral de la responsabilidad personal y social: en el ejercicio de sus derechos, cada uno de los hombres y grupos sociales están obligados por la ley moral a tener en cuenta los derechos de los otros, los propios deberes para con los demás y el bien común de todos. Con todos hay que obrar según justicia y humanidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Además, puesto que la sociedad civil tiene derecho a protegerse contra los abusos que puedan darse bajo pretexto de libertad religiosa, corresponde principalmente a la autoridad civil prestar esta protección. Sin embargo, esto no debe hacerse de forma arbitraria, o favoreciendo injustamente a una parte, sino según normas jurídicas conformes con el orden moral objetivo. Normas que son requeridas por la tutela eficaz de estos derechos en favor de todos los ciudadanos y por la pacífica composición de tales derechos, por la adecuada promoción de esta honesta paz pública, que es la ordenada convivencia en la verdadera justicia, y por la debida custodia de la moralidad pública. Todo esto constituye una parte fundamental del bien común y está comprendido en la noción de orden público. Por lo demás, se debe observar en la sociedad la norma de la libertad íntegra, según la cual, la libertad debe rconocerse al hombre lo más ampliamente posible y no debe restringirse sino cuando es necesario y en la medida en que lo sea. La educación para el ejercicio de la libertad"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los hombres de nuestro tiempo son presionados de distintas maneras y se encuentran en el pelibro de verse privados de su propia libertad de elección. Por otra parte, son no pocos los que se muestran propensos a rechazar toda subjección bajo pretexto de libertad y a tener en poco la debida obediencia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo cual, este Concilio Vaticano exhorta a todos, pero principalmente a aquellos que cuidan de la educación de otros, a que se esmeren en formar a los hombres de tal forma que, acatando el orden moral, obedezcan a la autoridad legítima y sean amantes de la genuina libertad; hombres que juzguen las cosas con criterio propio a la luz de la verdad, que ordenen sus actividades con sentido de responsabilidad, y que se esfuercen en secundar todo lo verdadero y lo justo, asociando gustosamente su acción con los demás."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo tanto, la libertad religiosa se debe también ordenar a contribuir a que los hombres actúen con mayor responsabilidad en el cumplimiento de sus propios deberes en la vida social."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA LIBERTAD RELIGIOSA A LA LUZ DE LA REVELACIÓN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La doctrina de la libertad religiosa ahonda sus raíces en la Revelación"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cuando este Concilio Vaticano declara acerca del derecho del hombre a la libertad religiosa, tiene su fundamento en la dignidad de la persona, cuyas exigencias se han ido haciendo más patentes cada vez a la razón humana a través de la experiencia de los siglos. Es más; esta doctrina de la libertad tiene sus raíces en la divina Revelación, por lo cual ha de ser tanto más religiosamente observada por los cristianos. Pues aunque la Revelación no afirme expresamente el derecho a la inmunidad de coacción externa en materia religiosa, sin embargo manifiesta la dignidad de la persona humana en toda su amplitud, demuestra el proceder de Cristo respecto a la libertad del hombre en el cumplimiento de la obligación de creer en la palabra de Dios, y nos enseña el espíritu que deben reconocer y seguir en todo los discípulos de tal Maestro. Todo esto aclara los principios generales sobre los que se funda la doctrina de esta Declaración acerca de la libertad religiosa. Sobre todo, la libertad religiosa en la sociedad está de acuerdo enteramente con la libertad del acto de fe cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La libertad del acto de fe"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es uno de los más importantes principios de la doctrina católica, contenido en la palabra de Dios y enseñado constantemente por los Padres, que el hombre, al creer, debe responder voluntariamente a Dios, y que, por tanto, nadie debe ser forzado a abrazar la fe contra su voluntad. Porque el acto de fe es voluntario por su propia naturaleza, ya que el hombre, redimido por Cristo Salvador y llamado por Jesucristo a la filiación adoptiva , no puede adherirse a Dios que se revela a sí mismo, a menos que, atraído por el Padre, rinda a Dios el obsequio racional y libre de la fe. Está por consiguiente en total acuerdo con la índole de la fe que quede excluido cualquier género de imposición por parte de los hombres en materia religiosa. Por consiguiente, un régimen de libertad religiosa contribuye no poco a favorecer aquel estado de cosas en que los hombres puedan ser invitados fácilmente a la fe cristiana, a abrazarla por su propia determinación y a profesarla activamente en toda la ordenación de la vida."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El comportamiento de Cristo y de los Apóstoles"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dios llama ciertamente a los hombres a servirle en espíritu y en verdad, y por eso éstos quedan obligados en conciencia, pero no coaccionados. Porque Dios tiene en cuenta la dignidad de la persona humana que El mismo ha creado, que debe regirse por su propia determinación y gozar de libertad. Esto se hizo patente sobre todo en Cristo Jesús, en quien Dios se manifestó perfectamente a sí mismo y descubrió sus caminos. En efecto, Cristo, que es Maestro y Señor nuestro , manso y humilde de corazón , atrajo pacientemente e invitó a los discípulos . Es verdad que apoyó y confirmó su predicación con milagros, para excitar y robustecer la fe de los oyentes, pero no para ejercer coacción sobre ellos . Reprobó ciertamente la incredulidad de los que le oían, pero dejando a Dios el castigo para el día del juicio . Al enviar a los Apóstoles al mundo les dijo: \"El que creyere y fuere bautizado se salvará; mas el que no creyere se condenará\" (Mc., 16, 16). Pero El, sabiendo que se había sembrado cizaña juntamente con el trigo, mandó que los dejaran crecer a ambos hasta el tiempo de la siega, que se efectuará al fin del mundo . Renunciando a ser Mesías político y dominador por la fuerza , prefirió llamarse Hijo del Hombre, que ha venido \"a servir y dar su vida para redención de muchos\" (Mc., 10, 45). Se manifestó como perfecto Siervo de Dios, que \"no rompe la caña quebrada y no extingue la mecha humeante\" (Mt., 12, 20). Reconoció la autoridad civil y sus derechos, mandando pagar el tributo al César, pero avisó claramente que había que guardar los derechos superiores de Dios: \"dad al César lo que es del César, y a Dios lo que es de Dios\" (Mt., 22, 21). Finalmente, al consumar en la cruz la obra de la redención, para adquirir la salvación y la verdadera libertad de los hombres, completó su revelación. Dio testimonio de la verdad , pero no quiso imponerla por la fuerza a los que le contradecían. Pues su reino no se defiende a golpes , sino que se establece dando testimonio de la verdad y prestándole oído, y crece por el amor con que Cristo, levantado en la cruz, atrae a los hombres a Sí mismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Apóstoles, enseñados por la palabra y por el ejemplo de Cristo, siguieron el mismo camino. Desde los primeros días de la Iglesia los discípulos de Cristo se esforzaron en inducir a los hombres a confesar Cristo Señor, no por acción coercitiva ni por artificios indignos del Evangelio, sino ante todo por la virtud de la palabra de Dios . Anunciaban a todos resueltamente el designio de Dios Salvador, \"que quiere que todos los hombres se salven, y lleguen al conocimiento de la verdad\" (1 Tim., 2, 4); pero al mismo tiempo respetaban a los débiles, aunque estuvieran en el error, manifestando de este modo cómo \"cada cual dará a Dios cuenta de sí\" (Rom., 14, 12) , debiendo obedecer entretanto a su conciencia. Lo mismo que Cristo, los Apóstoles estuvieron siempre empeñados en dar testimonio de la verdad de Dios, atreviéndose a proclamar cada vez con mayor abundancia, ante el pueblo y las autoridades, \"la palabra de Dios con confianza\" (Hech., 4, 31) . Pues creían con fe firme que el Evangelio mismo era verdaderamente la virtud de Dios para la salvación de todo el que cree . Despreciando, pues, todas \"las armas de la carne\" , y siguiendo el ejemplo de la mansedumbre y de la modestia de Cristo, predicaron la palabra de Dios confiando plenamente en la fuerza divina de esta palabra para destruir los poderes enemigos de Dios y llevar a los hombres a la fe y al acatamiento de Cristo. Los Apóstoles, como el Maestro, reconocieron la legítima autoridad civil: \"no hay autoridad que no provenga de Dios\", enseña el Apóstol, que en consecuencia manda: \"toda persona esté sometida a las potestades superiores...; quien resiste a la autoridad, resiste al orden establecido por Dios\" (Rom., 13, 1-2) . Y al mismo tiempo no tuvieron miedo de contradecir al poder público, cuando éste se oponía a la santa voluntad de Dios: \"hay que obedecer a Dios antes que a los hombres\" (Hech., 5, 29) . Este camino siguieron innumerables mártires y fieles a través de los siglos y en todo el mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia sigue los pasos de Cristo y de los Apóstoles"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia, por consiguiente, fiel a la verdad evangélica, sigue el camino de Cristo y de los Apóstoles cuando reconoce y promueve la libertad religiosa como conforme a la dignidad humana y a la revelación de Dios. Conservó y enseñó en el decurso de los tiempos la doctrina recibida del Maestro y de los Apóstoles. Aunque en la vida del Pueblo de Dios, peregrinó a través de las vicisitudes de la historia humana, se ha dado a veces un comportamiento menos conforme con el espíritu evangélico, e incluso contrario a él, no obstante, siempre se mantuvo la doctrina de la Iglesia de que nadie sea forzado a abrazar la fe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De este modo el fermento evangélico fue actuando durante largo tiempo en la mente de los hombres y contribuyó poderosamente a que éstos, en el decurso de los siglos, percibieran con más amplitud la dignidad de su persona y madurara la persuasión de que, en materia religiosa, esta dignidad debía conservarse dentro de la sociedad inmune de cualquier coacción humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La libertad de la Iglesia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre las cosas que pertenecen al bien de la Iglesia, más aún, al bien de la misma sociedad temporal, y que han de conservarse en todo tiempo y lugar y defenderse contra toda injusticia, es ciertamente importantísimo que la Iglesia disfrute de tanta libertad de acción, cuanta requiera el cuidado de la salvación de los hombres . Porque se trata de una libertad sagrada, con la que el Unigénito Hijo de Dios enriqueció a la Iglesia, adquirida con su sangre. Es en verdad tan propia de la Iglesia, que quienes la impugnan, obran contra la voluntad de Dios. La libertad de la Iglesia es un principio fundamental en las relaciones entre la Iglesia y los poderes públicos y todo el orden civil."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia vindica para sí la libertad en la sociedad humana y delante de cualquier autoridad pública, puesto que es una autoridad espiritual, constituida por Cristo Señor, a la que por divino mandato incumbe el deber de ir por todo el mundo y de predicar el Evangelio a toda criatura . Igualmente reivindica la Iglesia para sí la libertad, en cuanto es una sociedad de hombres, que tienen derecho a vivir en la sociedad civil según las normas de la fe cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ahora bien, donde vige como norma la libertad religiosa, no solamente proclamada con palabras, ni solamente sancionada con leyes, sino también llevada a la práctica con sinceridad, allí, en definitiva, logra la Iglesia la condición estable, de derecho y de hecho, para una necesaria independencia en el cumplimiento de la misión divina, independencia que han reivindicado con la mayor insistencia dentro de la sociedad las autoridades eclesiásticas . Y al mismo tiempo los fieles cristianos, como todos los demás hombres, gozan del derecho civil a que no se les impida vivir según su conciencia. Hay, pues, concordancia entre la libertad de la Iglesia y aquella libertad religiosa que debe reconocerse como un derecho a todos los hombres y comunidades y sancionarse en el ordenamiento jurídico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obligación de la Iglesia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia católica, para cumplir el mandato divino: \"enseñad a todas las gentes\" (Mt., 18, 19-20), debe emplearse denodadamente \"para que la palabra de Dios sea difundida y glorificada\" (2 Tes., 3, I)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ruega, pues, encarecidamente a todos sus hijos que ante todo eleven \"peticiones, súplicas, plegarias y acciones de gracias por todos los hombres... Porque esto es bueno y grato a Dios nuestro Salvador, el cual quiere que todos los hombres se salven y lleguen al conocimiento de la verdad\" (I Tim., 2, 1-4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por su parte, los fieles, en la formación de su conciencia, deben prestar diligente atención a la doctrina sagrada y cierta de la Iglesia . Pues por voluntad de Cristo la Iglesia católica es la maestra de la verdad, y su misión consiste en anunciar y enseñar auténticamente la verdad, que es Cristo, y al mismo tiempo declarar y confirmar con su autoridad los principios de orden moral que fluyen de la misma naturaleza humana. Procuren además los fieles cristianos, comportándose con sabiduría con los que no creen, difundir \"en el Espíritu Santo, en caridad no fingida, en palabras de verdad\" (2 Cor., 6, 6-7) la luz de la vida, con toda confianza y fortaleza apostólica, incluso hasta el derramamiento de sangre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porque el discípulo tiene la obligación grave para con Cristo Maestro de conocer cada día mejor la verdad que de El ha recibido, de anunciarla fielmente y de defenderla con valentía, excluyendo los medios contrarios al espíritu evangélico. Al mismo tiempo, sin embargo, la caridad de Cristo le acucia para que trate con amor, prudencia y paciencia a los hombres que viven en el error o en la ignorancia de la fe . Deben, pues, tenerse en cuenta tanto los deberes para con Cristo, el Verbo vivificante que hay que predicar, como los derechos de la persona humana y la medida de la gracia que Dios por Cristo ha concedido al hombre, que es invitado a recibir y profesar voluntariamente la fe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSIÓN"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es patente, pues, que los hombres de nuestro tiempo desean poder profesar libremente la religión en privado y en público; y aún más, que la libertad religiosa se declara como derecho civil en muchas Constituciones y se reconoce solemnemente en documentos internacionales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero no faltan regímenes en los que, si bien su Constitución reconoce la libertad de culto religioso, sin embargo, las mismas autoridades públicas se empeñan en apartar a los ciudadanos de profesar la religión y en hacer extremadamente difícil e insegura la vida de las comunidades religiosas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Saludando con alegría los venturosos signos de este tiempo, pero denunciando con dolor estos hechos deplorables, el sagrado Concilio exhorta a los católicos y ruega a todos los hombres que consideren con toda atención cuán necesaria es la libertad religiosa, sobre todo en las presentes condiciones de la familia humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es evidente que todos los pueblos se unen cada vez más, que los hombres de diversa cultura y religión se ligan con lazos más estrechos, y que se acrecienta la conciencia de la responsabilidad propia de cada uno. Por consiguiente, para que se establezcan y consoliden las relaciones pacíficas y la concordia en el género humano, se requiere que en todas las partes del mundo la libertad religiosa sea protegida por una eficaz tutela jurídica y que se respeten los supremos deberes y derechos de los hombres para desarrollar libremente la vida religiosa dentro de la sociedad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quiera Dios, Padre de todos, que la familia humana, mediante la diligente observancia de la libertad religiosa en la sociedad, por la gracia de Cristo y el poder del Espíritu Santo, llegue a la sublime e indefectible \"libertad de la gloria de los hijos de Dios\" (Rom., 8, 21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todas y cada una de las cosas de esta Declaración fueron del agrado a los Padres del Sacrosanto Concilio. Y Nos, con la Apostólica autoridad conferida por Cristo, juntamente con los Venerables Padres, en el Espíritu Santo, las aprobamos, decretamos y establecemos y mandamos que, decretadas sinodalmente, sean promulgadas para gloria de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, en San Pedro, día 7 de diciembre del año 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yo, PABLO, Obispo de la Iglesia Católica"
            }
          ]
        },
        "fr": {
          "code": "fr",
          "label": "Français",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651207_dignitatis-humanae_fr.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-86-vat-ii_decl_19651207_dignitatis-humanae_fr.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAUL, ÉVÊQUE, SERVITEUR DES SERVITEURS DE DIEU, AVEC LES PÈRES DU SAINT CONCILE, POUR QUE LE SOUVENIR S'EN MAINTIENNE À JAMAIS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DÉCLARATION SUR LA LIBERTÉ RELIGIEUSE DIGNITATIS HUMANAE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRÉAMBULE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La dignité de la personne humaine est, en notre temps, l’objet d’une conscience toujours plus vive [1] ; toujours plus nombreux sont ceux qui revendiquent pour l’homme la possibilité d’agir en vertu de ses propres options et en toute libre responsabilité ; non pas sous la pression d’une contrainte, mais guidé par la conscience de son devoir. De même requièrent-ils que soit juridiquement délimité l’exercice de l’autorité des pouvoirs publics, afin que le champ d’une honorable liberté, qu’il s’agisse des personnes ou des associations, ne soit pas trop étroitement circonscrit. Cette exigence de liberté dans la société humaine regarde principalement les biens spirituels de l’homme, et, au premier chef, ce qui concerne le libre exercice de la religion dans la société. Considérant avec diligence ces aspirations dans le but de déclarer à quel point elles sont conformes à la vérité et à la justice, ce saint Concile du Vatican scrute la sainte tradition et la doctrine de l’Église d’où il tire du neuf en constant accord avec le vieux."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi, tout d’abord, le saint Concile déclare que Dieu a lui-même fait connaître au genre humain la voie par laquelle, en le servant, les hommes peuvent obtenir le salut et le bonheur dans le Christ. Cette unique vraie religion, nous croyons qu’elle subsiste dans l’Église catholique et apostolique à laquelle le Seigneur Jésus a confié le mandat de la faire connaître à tous les hommes, lorsqu’il dit aux Apôtres : « Allez donc, de toutes les nations faites des disciples, les baptisant au nom du Père, et du Fils, et du Saint-Esprit, et leur apprenant à observer tout ce que je vous ai prescrit » (Mt 28, 19-20). Tous les hommes, d’autre part, sont tenus de chercher la vérité, surtout en ce qui concerne Dieu et son Église ; et, quand ils l’ont connue, de l’embrasser et de lui être fidèles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De même encore, le saint Concile déclare que ces devoirs concernent la conscience de l’homme et l’obligent, et que la vérité ne s’impose que par la force de la vérité elle-même qui pénètre l’esprit avec autant de douceur que de puissance. Or, puisque la liberté religieuse, que revendique l’homme dans l’accomplissement de son devoir de rendre un culte à Dieu, concerne l’exemption de contrainte dans la société civile, elle ne porte aucun préjudice à la doctrine catholique traditionnelle au sujet du devoir moral de l’homme et des sociétés à l’égard de la vraie religion et de l’unique Église du Christ. En outre, en traitant de cette liberté religieuse, le saint Concile entend développer la doctrine des Souverains Pontifes les plus récents sur les droits inviolables de la personne humaine et l’ordre juridique de la société."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE PREMIER : Doctrine générale sur la liberté religieuse"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Objet et fondement de la liberté religieuse"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce Concile du Vatican déclare que la personne humaine a droit à la liberté religieuse. Cette liberté consiste en ce que tous les hommes doivent être exempts de toute contrainte de la part tant des individus que des groupes sociaux et de quelque pouvoir humain que ce soit, de telle sorte qu’en matière religieuse nul ne soit forcé d’agir contre sa conscience ni empêché d’agir, dans de justes limites, selon sa conscience, en privé comme en public, seul ou associé à d’autres. Il déclare, en outre, que le droit à la liberté religieuse a son fondement réel dans la dignité même de la personne humaine telle que l’ont fait connaître la Parole de Dieu et la raison elle-même [2]. Ce droit de la personne humaine à la liberté religieuse dans l’ordre juridique de la société doit être reconnu de telle manière qu’il constitue un droit civil."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En vertu de leur dignité, tous les hommes, parce qu’ils sont des personnes, c’est-à-dire doués de raison et de volonté libre, et, par suite, pourvus d’une responsabilité personnelle, sont pressés, par leur nature même, et tenus, par obligation morale, à chercher la vérité, celle tout d’abord qui concerne la religion. Ils sont tenus aussi à adhérer à la vérité dès qu’ils la connaissent et à régler toute leur vie selon les exigences de cette vérité. Or, à cette obligation, les hommes ne peuvent satisfaire, d’une manière conforme à leur propre nature, que s’ils jouissent, outre de la liberté psychologique, de l’exemption de toute contrainte extérieure. Ce n’est donc pas sur une disposition subjective de la personne, mais sur sa nature même, qu’est fondé le droit à la liberté religieuse. C’est pourquoi le droit à cette exemption de toute contrainte persiste en ceux-là mêmes qui ne satisfont pas à l’obligation de chercher la vérité et d’y adhérer ; son exercice ne peut être entravé, dès lors que demeure sauf un ordre public juste."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liberté religieuse et relation de l’homme à Dieu"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout ceci est plus clairement manifeste encore si l’on considère que la norme suprême de la vie humaine est la loi divine elle-même, éternelle, objective et universelle, par laquelle Dieu, dans son dessein de sagesse et d’amour, règle, dirige et gouverne le monde entier, ainsi que les voies de la communauté humaine. De cette loi qui est sienne, Dieu rend l’homme participant de telle sorte que, par une heureuse disposition de la Providence divine, celui-ci puisse toujours davantage accéder à l’immuable vérité. C’est pourquoi chacun a le devoir et, par conséquent le droit, de chercher la vérité en matière religieuse, afin de se former prudemment un jugement de conscience droit et vrai, en employant les moyens appropriés."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais la vérité doit être cherchée selon la manière propre à la personne humaine et à sa nature sociale, à savoir par une libre recherche, par le moyen de l’enseignement ou de l’éducation, de l’échange et du dialogue grâce auxquels les hommes exposent les uns aux autres la vérité qu’ils ont trouvée ou pensent avoir trouvée, afin de s’aider mutuellement dans la quête de la vérité ; la vérité une fois connue, c’est par un assentiment personnel qu’il faut y adhérer fermement."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais c’est par sa conscience que l’homme perçoit et reconnaît les injonctions de la loi divine ; c’est elle qu’il est tenu de suivre fidèlement en toutes ses activités, pour parvenir à sa fin qui est Dieu. Il ne doit donc pas être contraint d’agir contre sa conscience. Mais il ne doit pas être empêché non plus d’agir selon sa conscience, surtout en matière religieuse. De par son caractère même, en effet, l’exercice de la religion consiste avant tout en des actes intérieurs, volontaires et libres, par lesquels l’homme s’ordonne directement à Dieu : de tels actes ne peuvent être ni imposés ni interdits par aucun pouvoir purement humain [3]. Mais la nature sociale de l’homme requiert elle-même qu’il exprime extérieurement ces actes intérieurs de religion, qu’en matière religieuse il ait des échanges avec d’autres, qu’il professe sa religion sous une forme communautaire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est donc faire injure à la personne humaine et à l’ordre même établi par Dieu pour les êtres humains que de refuser à l’homme le libre exercice de la religion dans la société, dès lors que l’ordre public juste est sauvegardé."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, par nature, les actes religieux par lesquels, en privé ou en public, l’homme s’ordonne à Dieu en vertu d’une décision intérieure, transcendent l’ordre terrestre et temporel des choses. Le pouvoir civil, dont la fin propre est de pourvoir au bien commun temporel, doit donc, certes, reconnaître et favoriser la vie religieuse des citoyens, mais il faut dire qu’il dépasse ses limites s’il s’arroge le droit de diriger ou d’empêcher les actes religieux."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liberté des groupes religieux"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La liberté ou absence de toute contrainte en matière religieuse qui revient aux individus doit aussi leur être reconnue lorsqu’ils agissent ensemble. Des communautés religieuses, en effet, sont requises par la nature sociale tant de l’homme que de la religion elle-même."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dès lors, donc, que les justes exigences de l’ordre public ne sont pas violées, ces communautés sont en droit de jouir de cette absence de contrainte afin de pouvoir se régir selon leurs propres normes, honorer d’un culte public la divinité suprême, aider leurs membres dans la pratique de leur vie religieuse et les sustenter par un enseignement, promouvoir enfin les institutions au sein desquelles leurs membres coopèrent à orienter leur vie propre selon leurs principes religieux."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les communautés religieuses ont également le droit de ne pas être empêchées, par les moyens législatifs ou par une action administrative du pouvoir civil, de choisir leurs propres ministres, de les former, de les nommer et de les déplacer, de communiquer avec les autorités ou communautés religieuses résidant dans d’autres parties du monde, de construire des édifices religieux, ainsi que d’acquérir et de gérer les biens dont ils ont besoin."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les communautés religieuses ont aussi le droit de ne pas être empêchées d’enseigner et de manifester leur foi publiquement, de vive voix et par écrit. Mais, dans la propagation de la foi et l’introduction des pratiques religieuses, on doit toujours s’abstenir de toute forme d’agissements ayant un relent de coercition, de persuasion malhonnête ou peu loyale, surtout s’il s’agit de gens sans culture ou sans ressources. Une telle manière d’agir doit être regardée comme un abus de son propre droit et une atteinte au droit des autres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La liberté religieuse demande, en outre, que les communautés ne soient pas empêchées de manifester librement l’efficacité singulière de leur doctrine pour organiser la société et vivifier toute l’activité humaine. La nature sociale de l’homme, enfin, ainsi que le caractère même de la religion, fondent le droit qu’ont les hommes, mus par leur sentiment religieux, de tenir librement des réunions ou de constituer des associations éducatives, culturelles, caritatives et sociales."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liberté religieuse de la famille"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chaque famille, en tant que société jouissant d’un droit propre et primordial, a le droit d’organiser librement sa vie religieuse à la maison, sous la direction des parents. À ceux-ci revient le droit de décider, selon leur propre conviction religieuse, de la formation religieuse à donner à leurs enfants. C’est pourquoi le pouvoir civil doit leur reconnaître le droit de choisir en toute liberté les écoles ou autres moyens d’éducation, et cette liberté de choix ne doit pas fournir prétexte à leur imposer, directement ou indirectement, d’injustes charges. En outre, les droits des parents se trouvent violés lorsque les enfants sont contraints de suivre des cours ne répondant pas à la conviction religieuse des parents ou lorsque est imposée une forme unique d’éducation d’où toute formation religieuse est exclue."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De la responsabilité à l’égard de la liberté religieuse"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le bien commun de la société – ensemble des conditions de vie sociale permettant à l’homme de parvenir plus pleinement et plus aisément à sa propre perfection – consistant au premier chef dans la sauvegarde des droits et des devoirs de la personne humaine [4], le soin de veiller au droit à la liberté religieuse incombe tant aux citoyens qu’aux groupes sociaux, aux pouvoirs civils, à l’Église et aux autres communautés religieuses, de la manière propre à chacun, en fonction de ses devoirs envers le bien commun."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pour tout pouvoir civil un devoir essentiel que de protéger et promouvoir les droits inviolables de l’homme [5]. Le pouvoir civil doit donc, par de justes lois et autres moyens appropriés, assumer efficacement la protection de la liberté religieuse, de tous les citoyens et assurer des conditions favorables au développement de la vie religieuse en sorte que les citoyens soient à même d’exercer effectivement leurs droits et de remplir leurs devoirs religieux, et que la société elle-même jouisse des biens de la justice et de la paix découlant de la fidélité des hommes envers Dieu et sa sainte volonté [6]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si, en raison des circonstances particulières dans lesquelles se trouvent certains peuples, une reconnaissance civile spéciale est accordée dans l’ordre juridique de la cité à une communauté religieuse donnée, il est nécessaire qu’en même temps, pour tous les citoyens et toutes les communautés religieuses, le droit à la liberté en matière religieuse soit reconnu et sauvegardé."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfin, le pouvoir civil doit veiller à ce que l’égalité juridique des citoyens, qui relève elle-même du bien commun de la société, ne soit jamais lésée, de manière ouverte ou occulte, pour des motifs religieux, et qu’entre eux aucune discrimination ne soit faite."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il s’ensuit qu’il n’est pas permis au pouvoir public, par force, intimidation ou autres moyens, d’imposer aux citoyens la profession ou le rejet de quelque religion que ce soit, ou d’empêcher quelqu’un de s’agréger à une communauté religieuse ou de la quitter. A fortiori, est-ce agir contre la volonté de Dieu et les droits sacrés de la personne et de la famille des peuples que d’employer la force, sous quelque forme que ce soit, pour détruire la religion ou lui faire obstacle, soit dans tout le genre humain, soit en quelque région, soit dans un groupe donné."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Limites de la liberté religieuse"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est dans la société humaine que s’exerce le droit à la liberté en matière religieuse, aussi son usage est-il soumis à certaines normes qui le règlent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans l’usage de toute liberté doit être observé le principe moral de la responsabilité personnelle et sociale : la loi morale oblige tout homme et groupe social à tenir compte, dans l’exercice de leurs droits, des droits d’autrui, de leurs devoirs envers les autres et du bien commun de tous. À l’égard de tous, il faut agir avec justice et humanité."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, comme la société civile a le droit de se protéger contre les abus qui pourraient naître sous prétexte de liberté religieuse, c’est surtout au pouvoir civil qu’il revient d’assurer cette protection ; ce qui ne doit pas se faire arbitrairement et en favorisant injustement l’une des parties, mais selon des normes juridiques, conformes à l’ordre moral objectif, qui sont requises par l’efficace sauvegarde des droits de tous les citoyens et l’harmonisation pacifique de ces droits, et par un souci adéquat de cette authentique paix publique qui consiste dans une vie vécue en commun sur la base d’une vraie justice, ainsi que par la protection due à la moralité publique. Tout cela constitue une part fondamentale du bien commun et entre dans la définition de l’ordre public. Au demeurant, il faut observer la règle générale de la pleine liberté dans la société, selon laquelle on doit reconnaître à l’homme le maximum de liberté et ne restreindre celle-ci que lorsque c’est nécessaire et dans la mesure où c’est nécessaire."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formation à l’usage de la liberté"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De nos jours, l’homme est exposé à toutes sortes de pressions et court le danger d’être privé de son libre jugement personnel. Mais nombreux sont, d’autre part, ceux qui, sous prétexte de liberté, rejettent toute sujétion et font peu de cas de l’obéissance requise."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi ce Concile du Vatican s’adresse à tous, mais tout particulièrement à ceux qui ont mission d’éduquer les autres, pour les exhorter à former des hommes qui, dans la soumission à l’ordre moral, sachent obéir à l’autorité légitime et aient à cœur la liberté authentique ; des hommes qui, à la lumière de la vérité, portent sur les choses un jugement personnel, agissent en esprit de responsabilité, et aspirent à tout ce qui est vrai et juste, en collaborant volontiers avec d’autres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est donc un des fruits et des buts de la liberté religieuse que d’aider les hommes à agir avec une plus grande responsabilité dans l’accomplissement de leurs devoirs au cœur de la vie sociale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE II : La liberté religieuse à la lumière de la Révélation"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La doctrine de la liberté religieuse a ses racines dans la Révélation"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce que ce Concile du Vatican déclare sur le droit de l’homme à la liberté religieuse a pour fondement la dignité de la personne, dont, au cours des temps, l’expérience a manifesté toujours plus pleinement les exigences à la raison humaine. Qui plus est, cette doctrine de la liberté a ses racines dans la Révélation divine, ce qui, pour les chrétiens, est un titre de plus à lui être saintement fidèles. En effet, bien que la Révélation n’affirme pas explicitement le droit à l’exemption de toute contrainte extérieure dans le domaine religieux, elle dévoile dans toute son ampleur la dignité de la personne humaine, elle montre en quel respect le Christ a tenu la liberté de l’homme dans l’accomplissement de son devoir de croire à la Parole de Dieu, et elle nous enseigne de quel esprit doivent se pénétrer dans leur action les disciples d’un tel Maître. Tout cela met bien en relief les principes généraux sur lesquels se fonde la doctrine de cette déclaration sur la liberté religieuse. Et tout d’abord, la liberté religieuse dans la société est en plein accord avec la liberté de l’acte de foi chrétienne."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liberté de l’acte de foi"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est un des points principaux de la doctrine catholique, contenu dans la Parole de Dieu et constamment enseigné par les Pères [7], que la réponse de foi donnée par l’homme à Dieu doit être libre ; en conséquence, personne ne doit être contraint à embrasser la foi malgré lui [8]. Par sa nature même, en effet, l’acte de foi a un caractère volontaire puisque l’homme, racheté par le Christ Sauveur et appelé par Jésus Christ à l’adoption filiale [9] , ne peut adhérer au Dieu révélé, que si, attiré par le Père [10], il met raisonnablement et librement sa foi en Dieu. Il est donc pleinement conforme au caractère propre de la foi qu’en matière religieuse soit exclue toute espèce de contrainte de la part des hommes. Partant, un régime de liberté religieuse contribue, d e façon notable, à favoriser un état de choses dans lequel l’homme peut être sans entrave invité à la foi chrétienne, peut l’embrasser de son plein gré et la confesser avec ferveur pendant toute sa vie."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Manière d’agir du Christ et des Apôtres"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieu, certes, appelle l’homme à le servir en esprit et en vérité ; si cet appel oblige l’homme en conscience, il ne le contraint donc pas. Dieu, en effet, tient compte de la dignité de la personne humaine qu’il a lui-même créée et qui doit se conduire selon son propre jugement et jouir de sa liberté. Cela est apparu au plus haut point dans le Christ Jésus, en qui Dieu s’est manifesté lui-même pleinement et a fait connaître ses voies. Le Christ, en effet, notre Maître et Seigneur [11] doux et humble de cœur [12] a invité et attiré ses disciples avec patience [13]. Certes, il a appuyé et confirmé sa prédication par des miracles, mais c’était pour susciter et fortifier la foi de ses auditeurs, non pour exercer sur eux une contrainte [14]. Il est vrai encore qu’il a reproché leur incrédulité à ceux qui l’entendaient, mais c’est en réservant à Dieu le châtiment au jour du jugement [15]. Lorsqu’il a envoyé ses Apôtres dans le monde, il leur a dit : « Celui qui aura cru et aura été baptisé sera sauvé ; mais celui qui n’aura pas cru sera condamné » (Mc 16, 16). Mais, reconnaissant que de l’ivraie avait été semée avec le froment, il ordonna de les laisser croître l’un et l’autre jusqu’à la moisson, qui aura lieu à la fin des temps [16]. Ne se voulant pas Messie politique dominant par la force [17], il préféra se dire Fils de l’Homme, venu « pour servir et donner sa vie en rançon pour une multitude » (Mc 10, 45). Il se montra le parfait Serviteur de Dieu [18] , qui « ne brise pas le roseau froissé et n’éteint pas la mèche qui fume encore » (Mt 12, 20). Il reconnut le pouvoir civil et ses droits, ordonnant de payer le tribut à César, mais en rappelant que les droits supérieurs de Dieu doivent être respectés : « Rendez à César ce qui est à César et à Dieu ce qui est à Dieu » (Mt 22, 21). Enfin, en achevant sur la croix l’œuvre de la rédemption qui devait valoir aux hommes le salut et la vraie liberté, il a parachevé sa révélation. Il a rendu témoignage à la vérité [19], mais il n’a pas voulu l’imposer par la force à ses contradicteurs. Son royaume, en effet, ne se défend pas par l’épée [20], mais il s’établit en écoutant la vérité et en lui rendant témoignage, il s’étend grâce à l’amour par lequel le Christ, élevé sur la croix, attire à lui tous les hommes [21]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instruits par la parole et l’exemple du Christ, les Apôtres suivirent la même voie. Aux origines de l’Église, ce n’est pas par la contrainte ni par des habilités indignes de l’Évangile que les disciples du Christ s’employèrent à amener les hommes à confesser le Christ comme Seigneur, mais avant tout par la puissance de la Parole de Dieu [22]. Avec courage, ils annonçaient à tous le dessein de Dieu Sauveur « qui veut que tous les hommes soient sauvés et parviennent à la connaissance de la vérité » (1 Tm 2, 4) ; mais en même temps, vis-à-vis des faibles, même vivant dans l’erreur, leur attitude était faite de respect, manifestant ainsi comment « chacun d’entre nous rendra compte à Dieu pour soi-même » (Rm 14, 12) [23] , et, pour autant, est tenu d’obéir à sa propre conscience. Comme le Christ, les Apôtres s’appliquèrent toujours à rendre témoignage à la vérité de Dieu, pleins d’audace pour « annoncer la Parole de Dieu avec assurance » (Ac 4, 31) [24] devant le peuple et ses chefs. Une foi inébranlable leur faisait en effet tenir l’Évangile comme étant en toute vérité une force de Dieu pour le salut de tous les croyants [25]. Rejetant donc toutes les « armes charnelles [26] », suivant l’exemple de douceur et de modestie donné par le Christ, ils proclamèrent la Parole de Dieu avec la pleine assurance qu’elle était une force divine capable de détruire les puissances opposées à Dieu [27] et d’amener les hommes à croire dans le Christ et à le servir [28]. Comme leur Maître, les Apôtres reconnurent, eux aussi, l’autorité civile légitime : « Il n’y a pas d’autorité qui ne vienne de Dieu », enseigne l’Apôtre, qui en conséquence ordonne : « Que chacun se soumette aux autorités en charge... Celui qui résiste à l’autorité se rebelle contre l’ordre établi par Dieu » (Rm 13, 1-2) [29]. Mais, en même temps, ils ne craignirent pas de contredire le pouvoir public qui s’opposait à la sainte volonté de Dieu : « Il faut obéir à Dieu plutôt qu’aux hommes » (Ac 5, 29) [30]. Cette voie, d’innombrables martyrs et fidèles l’ont suivie en tous temps et en tous lieux."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église marche sur les pas du Christ et des Apôtres"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église, donc, fidèle à la vérité de l’Évangile, suit la voie qu’ont suivie le Christ et les Apôtres lorsqu’elle reconnaît le principe de la liberté religieuse comme conforme à la dignité de l’homme et à la Révélation divine, et qu’elle encourage une telle liberté. Cette doctrine, reçue du Christ et des Apôtres, elle l’a, au cours des temps, gardée et transmise. Bien qu’il y ait eu parfois dans la vie du peuple de Dieu, cheminant à travers les vicissitudes de l’histoire humaine, des manières d’agir moins conformes, bien plus même contraires à l’esprit évangélique, l’Église a cependant toujours enseigné que personne ne peut être amené par contrainte à la foi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi, le ferment évangélique a-t-il longtemps agi dans l’esprit des hommes et beaucoup contribué à faire reconnaître plus largement, au cours des temps, la dignité de la personne humaine, et à faire mûrir la conviction qu’en matière religieuse cette personne doit, dans la cité, être exempte de toute contrainte humaine."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liberté de l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parmi les choses qui concernent le bien de l’Église, voire le bien de la cité terrestre elle-même, et qui, partout et toujours, doivent être sauvegardées et défendues contre toute atteinte, la plus importante est certainement que l’Église jouisse de toute la liberté d’action dont elle a besoin pour veiller au salut des hommes [31]. Elle est sacrée, en effet, cette liberté dont le Fils unique de Dieu a doté l’Église, qu’il a acquise de son sang. Elle est si propre à l’Église que ceux qui la combattent agissent contre la volonté de Dieu. La liberté de l’Église est un principe fondamental dans les relations de l’Église avec les pouvoirs publics et tout l’ordre civil."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans la société humaine et devant tout pouvoir public, l’Église revendique la liberté en tant qu’autorité spirituelle instituée par le Christ Seigneur et chargée par mandat divin d’aller par le monde entier prêcher l’Évangile à toute créature [32]. L’Église revendique également la liberté en tant qu’elle est aussi une association d’hommes ayant le droit de vivre dans la société civile selon les préceptes de la foi chrétienne [33]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dès lors, là où existe un régime de liberté religieuse, non seulement proclamée en paroles ou seulement sanctionnée par des lois, mais mise effectivement et sincèrement en pratique, là se trouvent enfin fermement assurées à l’Église les conditions, de droit et de fait, de l’indépendance nécessaire à l’accomplissement de sa divine mission, indépendance que les autorités ecclésiastiques ont revendiquée dans la société avec de plus en plus d’insistance [34]. En même temps, les fidèles du Christ, comme les autres hommes, jouissent, sur le plan civil, du droit de ne pas être empêchés de mener leur vie selon leur conscience. Il y a donc bon accord entre la liberté de l’Église et cette liberté religieuse qui, pour tous les hommes et toutes les communautés, doit être reconnue comme un droit et sanctionnée juridiquement."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fonction de l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour obéir au précepte divin : « Enseignez toutes les nations » (Mt 28, 19), l’Église catholique doit s’employer, sans mesurer sa peine, à ce « que la Parole de Dieu accomplisse sa course et soit glorifiée » (2 Th 3, 1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église demande donc expressément à ses fils « qu’avant tout se fassent des demandes, des prières, des supplications, des actions de grâces pour tous les hommes... Voilà ce qui est bon et ce qui plaît à Dieu, notre Sauveur, lui qui veut que tous les hommes soient sauvés et parviennent à la connaissance de la vérité » (1 Tm 2, 1-4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais les fidèles du Christ, pour se former la conscience, doivent prendre en sérieuse considération la doctrine sainte et certaine de l’Église [35]. De par la volonté du Christ, en effet, l’Église catholique est maîtresse de vérité ; sa fonction est d’exprimer et d’enseigner authentiquement la vérité qui est le Christ, en même temps que de déclarer et de confirmer, en vertu de son autorité, les principes de l’ordre moral découlant de la nature même de l’homme. En outre, les chrétiens doivent aller avec sagesse au-devant de ceux qui sont au-dehors, et s’efforcer « dans l’Esprit saint, avec une charité sans feinte, dans la parole de vérité » (2 Co 6, 6-7) de répandre la lumière de vie en toute assurance [36] et courage apostolique, jusqu’à l’effusion de leur sang."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Car le disciple a envers le Christ son maître le grave devoir de connaître toujours plus pleinement la vérité qu’il a reçue de lui, de l’annoncer fidèlement et de la défendre énergiquement, en s’interdisant tout moyen contraire à l’esprit de l’Évangile. Mais la charité du Christ le presse aussi d’agir avec amour, prudence, patience, envers ceux qui se trouvent dans l’erreur ou dans l’ignorance de la foi [37]. Il faut donc prendre en considération tant les devoirs envers le Christ, Verbe vivifiant, qui doit être annoncé, que les droits de la personne humaine et la mesure de grâce que Dieu, par le Christ, a accordée à l’homme, invité à accueillir et à professer la foi de son plein gré."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusion"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il est manifeste qu’aujourd’hui l’homme souhaite pouvoir librement professer sa religion, en privé et en public ; bien plus, que la liberté religieuse est maintenant proclamée dans la plupart des Constitutions comme un droit civil et qu’elle est solennellement reconnue par des documents internationaux [38]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais il est des régimes, où, bien que la liberté de culte religieux soit reconnue dans la Constitution, les pouvoirs publics eux-mêmes s’efforcent de détourner les citoyens de professer la religion et de rendre la vie des communautés religieuses difficile et précaire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Saluant avec joie les signes favorables qu’offre notre temps, mais dénonçant avec tristesse ces faits déplorables, le saint Concile demande aux catholiques, mais prie aussi instamment tous les hommes d’examiner avec le plus grand soin à quel point la liberté religieuse est nécessaire, surtout dans la condition présente de la famille humaine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il est, en effet, manifeste que les peuples sont aujourd’hui portés à s’unir toujours davantage ; que des relations plus étroites s’établissent entre populations de culture et de religion différentes ; que s’accroît la conscience prise par chacun de sa responsabilité personnelle. Pour que des relations pacifiques et la concorde s’instaurent et s’affermissent dans l’humanité, il est donc nécessaire qu’en tous lieux, la liberté religieuse soit sanctionnée par une garantie juridique efficace et que soient respectés les devoirs et les droits suprêmes qu’ont les hommes de mener librement leur vie religieuse dans la société."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fasse Dieu, Père de tous les hommes, que la famille humaine, à la faveur d’un régime assuré de liberté religieuse dans la société, par la grâce du Christ et la puissance de l’Esprit saint, parvienne à la sublime et éternelle « liberté de la gloire des fils de Dieu » (Rm 8, 21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout l’ensemble et chacun des points qui ont été édictés dans cette déclaration ont plu aux Pères du Concile. Et Nous, en vertu du pouvoir apostolique que Nous tenons du Christ, en union avec les vénérables Pères, Nous les approuvons, arrêtons et décrétons dans le Saint-Esprit, et Nous ordonnons que ce qui a été ainsi établi en Concile soit promulgué pour la gloire de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rome, à Saint-Pierre, le 7 décembre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, Paul, évêque de l’Église catholique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Suivent les signatures des Pères)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Signatures des Pères"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, PAUL, évêque de l’Église catholique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Ioannis et Pauli Presbyter Cardinalis SPELLMAN, Archiepiscopus Neo-Eboracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo Ss. Bonifacii et Alexii Presbyter Cardinalis DE BARROS CÂMARA, Archiepiscopus S. Sebastiani Fluminis Ianuarii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis ante Portam Latinam Presbyter Cardinalis FRINGS, Archiepiscopus Coloniensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS titulo S. Sabinae Presbyter Cardinalis RUFFINI, Archiepiscopus Panormitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Panisperna Presbyter Cardinalis CAGGIANO, Archiepiscopus Bonaërensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PETRUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis CIRIACI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo S. Mariae de Pace Presbyter Cardinalis FELTIN, Archiepiscopus Parisiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Mariae de Victoria Presbyter Cardinalis SIRI, Archiepiscopus Ianuensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS titulo S. Mariae Trans Tiberim Presbyter Cardinalis WYSZYNSKI, Archiepiscopus Gnesnensis et Varsaviensis, Primas Poloniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENIAMINUS titulo S. Vitalis Presbyter Cardinalis DE ARRIBA Y CASTRO, Archiepiscopus Tarraconensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Augustini Presbyter Cardinalis QUIROGA Y PALACIOS, Archiepiscopus Compostellanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS AEMILIUS titulo S. Mariae Angelorum in Thermis Presbyter Cardinalis LEGER, Archiepiscopus Marianopolitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS HUMBERTUS titulo Ss. Andreae et Gregorii ad Clivum Scauri Presbyter Cardinalis QUINTERO, Archiepiscopus Caracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Mariae Novae Presbyter Cardinalis CONCHA, Archiepiscopus Bogotensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Priscae Presbyter Cardinalis DA COSTA NUNES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego HILDEBRANDUS titulo S. Sebastiani ad Catacumbas Presbyter Cardinalis ANTONIUTTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego EPHRAEM titulo S. Crucis in Hierusalem Presbyter Cardinalis FORNI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Mariae de Aracoeli Presbyter Cardinalis LANDAZURI RICKETTS, Archiepiscopus Limanus, Primas Peruviae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RADULFUS titulo S. Bernardi ad Thermas Presbyter Cardinalis SILVA HENRIQUEZ, Archiepiscopus S. Iacobi in Chile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO IOSEPHUS titulo S. Petri ad Vincula Presbyter Cardinalis SUENENS, Archiepiscopus Mechliniensis-Bruxellensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Athanasii Presbyter Cardinalis SLIPYI, Archiepiscopus Maior Ucrainorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS titulo S. Leonis I Presbyter Cardinalis JAEGER, Archiepiscopus Paderbornensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Crucis in via Flaminia Presbyter Cardinalis BERAN, Archiepiscopus Pragensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo D.nae N.ae de SS. Sacramento et Martyrum Canadensium Presbyter Cardinalis ROY, Archiepiscopus Quebecensis, Primas Canadiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Teresiae Presbyter Cardinalis MARTIN, Archiepiscopus Rothomagensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AUDOËNUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis MCCANN, Archiepiscopus Civitatis Capitis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO STEPHANUS titulo S. Balbinae Presbyter Cardinalis DUVAL, Archiepiscopus Algeriensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERMENEGILDUS titulo Reginae Apostolorum Presbyter Cardinalis FLORIT, Archiepiscopus Florentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Petri et Pauli in via Ostiensi Presbyter Cardinalis ŠEPER, Archiepiscopus Zagrabiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS S. Mariae in Porticu Diaconus Cardinalis JOURNET."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALBERTUS GORI, Patriarcha Hierosolymitanus Latinorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS II CHEIKHO, Patriarcha Babylonensis Chaldaeorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS PETRUS XVI BATANIAN, Patriarcha Ciliciae Armenorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS VIEIRA ALVERNAZ, Patriarcha Indiarum Orientalium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES CAROLUS MCQUAID, Archiepiscopus Dublinensis, Primas Hiberniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS ROHRACHER, Archiepiscopus Salisburgensis, Primas Germaniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego DEMETRIUS MOSCATO, Archiepiscopus Primas Salernitanus et Administrator Perpetuus Acernensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUGO CAMOZZO, Archiepiscopus Pisanus et Primas Sardiniae et Corsicae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALEXANDER TOKI , Archiepiscopus Antibarensis et Primas Serbiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS SENA DE OLIVEIRA, Archiepiscopus Conimbricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis † Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius † Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] Jean XXIII, Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 avril 1963 : AAS 55 (1963), p. 279 ; ibid., p. 265. – Pie XII, message radioph., 24 décembre 1944 : AAS 37 (1945), p. 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2] Jean XXIII, Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 avril 1963 : AAS 55 (1963), p. 260-261. – Pie XII, Message radioph., 24 décembre 1942 : AAS 35 (1943), p. 19. – Pie XI, Encycl. Mit brennender Sorge, 14 mai 1937 : AAS 29 (1937), p. 160. – Léon XIII, encycl. Libertas praestantissimum, 20 juin 1888 : Acta Leonis XIII, 8 (1888), p. 237-238."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3] .Jean XXIII, Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 avril 1963 : AAS 55 (1963), p. 270. – Paul VI, Message radioph., 22 décembre 1964 : AAS 57 (1965), p. 181-182. – Saint Thomas, Somme théologique, Ia IIae, q. 91, a. 4 c."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4] Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra, 15 mai 1961 : AAS 53 (1961), p. 417. – Idem, Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 avril 1963 : AAS 55 (1963), p. 273."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5] Jean XXIII, Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11avril 1963 : AAS 55 (1963), p. 273-274. – Pie XII, Message radioph., 1er juin 1941 : AAS 33 (1941), p. 200."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6] Léon XIII, Encycl. Immortale Dei, 1er novembre 1885 : ASS 18 (1885), p. 161."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7] Lactance, Divinarum Institutionum, liv. V, 19 : csel 19, p. 463-465 ; PL 6, 614-616 (liv. II, chap. 20). – Saint Ambroise, Epistola ad Valentinianum Imp., Ep. 21 : PL 16, 1005. – Saint Augustin, Contra litteras Petiliani, 83 : csel 52, p. 112 ; PL 43, 315 ; cf. C. 23, q. 5, c. 33 (ed. Friedberg, col. 939). – Saint-Grégoire, Epistola ad Virgilium et Theodorum Episcopos Massiliae Galliarum, Registrum Epistolarum, I, 45 : MGH Ep. 1, p. 72 ; PL 77, 510-511 (liv. I, Ep. 47). – Idem, Epistola ad Ioannem Episcopum Constantinopolitanum, Registrum Epistolarum III, 52 : MGH Ep. 1, p. 210 ; PL 77, 649 (liv. III, Ep. 53) ; cf. D. 45, C. 1 (ed. Friedberg, col. 160). – Conc. Tolède. IV, c. 57 : Mansi 10, 633 ; cf. D. 45, c. 5 (ed. Friedberg, col. 161-162). – Clément III : X., V, 6, 9 (ed. Friedberg, col. 774). – Innocent III, Epistola ad Arelatensem Archiepiscopum, X., III, 42, 3 (ed. Friedberg, col. 646)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8] CIC, c. 1351. – Pie XII, allocution Ad Praelatos auditores caeterosque officiales et administros Tribunalis S. Romanae Rotae, 6 octobre 1946 : AAS 38 (1946), p. 394. – Idem, Encycl. Mystici Corporis, 29 juin 1943 : AAS 35 (1943), p. 243."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[9] Ep 1, 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[10] Jn 6, 44."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[11] Jn 13, 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[12] Mt 11, 29."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[13] Mt 11, 28-30 ; Jn 6, 67-68."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[14] Mt 9, 28-29 ; Mc 9, 23-24 ; 6, 5-6. – Paul VI, Encycl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 août 1964 : AAS 56 (1964), p. 642- 643."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[15] Mt 11, 20-24 ; Rm 12, 19-20 ; 2 Th 1, 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[16] Mt 13, 30.40-42."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[17] Mt 4, 8-10 ; Jn 6, 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[18] Is 42, 1-4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[19] Jn 18, 37."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[20] Mt 26, 51-53 ; Jn 18, 36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[21] Jn 12, 32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[22] 1 Co 2, 3-5 ; 1 Th 2, 3-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[23] Rm 14, 1-23 ; 1 Co 8, 9-13 ; 10, 23-33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[24] Ep 6, 19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[25] Rm 1, 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[26] 2 Co 10, 4 ; 1 Th 5, 8-9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[27] Ep 6, 11-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[28] 2 Co 10, 3-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[29] 1 P 2, 13-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[30] Ac 4, 19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[31] Léon XIII, lettre Officio sanctissimo, 22 décembre 1887 : AAS 20 (1887), p. 269. – Idem, lettre Ex litteris, 7 avril 1887 : AAS 19 (1886), p. 465."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[32] Mc 16, 15 ; Mt 28, 18-20. – Pie XII, Encycl. Summi Pontificatus, 20 octobre 1939 : AAS 31 (1939), p. 445- 446."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[33] Pie XI, lettre Firmissimam constantiam, 28 mars 1937 : AAS 29 (1937), p. 196."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[34] Pie XII, Allocution Ci riesce, 6 décembre 1953 : AAS 45 (1953), p. 802."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[35] Pie XII, Message radioph., 23 mars 1952 : AAS (1952), p. 270-278."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[36] Ac 4, 29."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[37] Jean XXIII, Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 avril 1963 : AAS 55 (1963), p. 299-300."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[38] Jean XXIII, Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 avril 1963 : AAS 55 (1963), p. 295-296."
            }
          ]
        },
        "it": {
          "code": "it",
          "label": "Italiano",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651207_dignitatis-humanae_it.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-89-vat-ii_decl_19651207_dignitatis-humanae_it.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAOLO VESCOVO SERVO DEI SERVI DI DIO UNITAMENTE AI PADRI DEL SACRO CONCILIO A PERPETUA MEMORIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DICHIARAZIONE SULLA LIBERTÀ RELIGIOSA DIGNITATIS HUMANAE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IL DIRITTO DELLA PERSONA UMANA E DELLE COMUNITÀ ALLA LIBERTÀ SOCIALE E CIVILE IN MATERIA DI RELIGIONE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nell'età contemporanea gli esseri umani divengono sempre più consapevoli della propria dignità di persone (1) e cresce il numero di coloro che esigono di agire di loro iniziativa, esercitando la propria responsabile libertà, mossi dalla coscienza del dovere e non pressati da misure coercitive. Parimenti, gli stessi esseri umani postulano una giuridica delimitazione del potere delle autorità pubbliche, affinché non siano troppo circoscritti i confini alla onesta libertà, tanto delle singole persone, quanto delle associazioni. Questa esigenza di libertà nella convivenza umana riguarda soprattutto i valori dello spirito, e in primo luogo il libero esercizio della religione nella società. Considerando diligentemente tali aspirazioni, e proponendosi di dichiarare quanto e come siano conformi alla verità e alla giustizia, questo Concilio Vaticano rimedita la tradizione sacra e la dottrina della Chiesa, dalle quali trae nuovi elementi in costante armonia con quelli già posseduti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anzitutto, il sacro Concilio professa che Dio stesso ha fatto conoscere al genere umano la via attraverso la quale gli uomini, servendolo, possono in Cristo trovare salvezza e pervenire alla beatitudine. Questa unica vera religione crediamo che sussista nella Chiesa cattolica e apostolica, alla quale il Signore Gesù ha affidato la missione di comunicarla a tutti gli uomini, dicendo agli apostoli: « Andate dunque, istruite tutte le genti battezzandole nel nome del Padre e del Figlio e dello Spirito Santo, insegnando loro a osservare tutto quello che io vi ho comandato » (Mt 28,19-20). E tutti gli esseri umani sono tenuti a cercare la verità, specialmente in ciò che concerne Dio e la sua Chiesa, e sono tenuti ad aderire alla verità man mano che la conoscono e a rimanerle fedeli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il sacro Concilio professa pure che questi doveri attingono e vincolano la coscienza degli uomini, e che la verità non si impone che per la forza della verità stessa, la quale si diffonde nelle menti soavemente e insieme con vigore. E poiché la libertà religiosa, che gli esseri umani esigono nell'adempiere il dovere di onorare Iddio, riguarda l'immunità dalla coercizione nella società civile, essa lascia intatta la dottrina tradizionale cattolica sul dovere morale dei singoli e delle società verso la vera religione e l'unica Chiesa di Cristo. Inoltre il sacro Concilio, trattando di questa libertà religiosa, si propone di sviluppare la dottrina dei sommi Pontefici più recenti intorno ai diritti inviolabili della persona umana e all'ordinamento giuridico della società."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ASPETTI GENERALI DELLA LIBERTÀ RELIGIOSA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oggetto e fondamento della libertà religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo Concilio Vaticano dichiara che la persona umana ha il diritto alla libertà religiosa. Il contenuto di una tale libertà è che gli esseri umani devono essere immuni dalla coercizione da parte dei singoli individui, di gruppi sociali e di qualsivoglia potere umano, così che in materia religiosa nessuno sia forzato ad agire contro la sua coscienza né sia impedito, entro debiti limiti, di agire in conformità ad essa: privatamente o pubblicamente, in forma individuale o associata. Inoltre dichiara che il diritto alla libertà religiosa si fonda realmente sulla stessa dignità della persona umana quale l'hanno fatta conoscere la parola di Dio rivelata e la stessa ragione (2). Questo diritto della persona umana alla libertà religiosa deve essere riconosciuto e sancito come diritto civile nell'ordinamento giuridico della società."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A motivo della loro dignità, tutti gli esseri umani, in quanto sono persone, dotate cioè di ragione e di libera volontà e perciò investiti di personale responsabilità, sono dalla loro stessa natura e per obbligo morale tenuti a cercare la verità, in primo luogo quella concernente la religione. E sono pure tenuti ad aderire alla verità una volta conosciuta e ad ordinare tutta la loro vita secondo le sue esigenze. Ad un tale obbligo, però, gli esseri umani non sono in grado di soddisfare, in modo rispondente alla loro natura, se non godono della libertà psicologica e nello stesso tempo dell'immunità dalla coercizione esterna. Il diritto alla libertà religiosa non si fonda quindi su una disposizione soggettiva della persona, ma sulla sua stessa natura. Per cui il diritto ad una tale immunità perdura anche in coloro che non soddisfano l'obbligo di cercare la verità e di aderire ad essa, e il suo esercizio, qualora sia rispettato l'ordine pubblico informato a giustizia, non può essere impedito."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Libertà religiosa e rapporto dell'uomo con Dio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto sopra esposto appare con maggiore chiarezza qualora si consideri che norma suprema della vita umana è la legge divina, eterna, oggettiva e universale, per mezzo della quale Dio con sapienza e amore ordina, dirige e governa l'universo e le vie della comunità umana. E Dio rende partecipe l'essere umano della sua legge, cosicché l'uomo, sotto la sua guida soavemente provvida, possa sempre meglio conoscere l'immutabile verità. Perciò ognuno ha il dovere e quindi il diritto di cercare la verità (3) in materia religiosa, utilizzando mezzi idonei per formarsi giudizi di coscienza retti e veri secondo prudenza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La verità, però, va cercata in modo rispondente alla dignità della persona umana e alla sua natura sociale: e cioè con una ricerca condotta liberamente, con l'aiuto dell'insegnamento o dell'educazione, per mezzo dello scambio e del dialogo con cui, allo scopo di aiutarsi vicendevolmente nella ricerca, gli uni rivelano agli altri la verità che hanno scoperta o che ritengono di avere scoperta; inoltre, una volta conosciuta la verità, occorre aderirvi fermamente con assenso personale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'uomo coglie e riconosce gli imperativi della legge divina attraverso la sua coscienza, che è tenuto a seguire fedelmente in ogni sua attività per raggiungere il suo fine che è Dio. Non si deve quindi costringerlo ad agire contro la sua coscienza. E non si deve neppure impedirgli di agire in conformità ad essa, soprattutto in campo religioso. Infatti l'esercizio della religione, per sua stessa natura, consiste anzitutto in atti interni volontari e liberi, con i quali l'essere umano si dirige immediatamente verso Dio: e tali atti da un'autorità meramente umana non possono essere né comandati, né proibiti (4). Però la stessa natura sociale dell'essere umano esige che egli esprima esternamente gli atti interni di religione, comunichi con altri in materia religiosa e professi la propria religione in modo comunitario."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si fa quindi ingiuria alla persona umana e allo stesso ordine stabilito da Dio per gli esseri umani, quando si nega ad essi il libero esercizio della religione nella società, una volta rispettato l'ordine pubblico informato a giustizia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre gli atti religiosi, con i quali in forma privata e pubblica gli esseri umani con decisione interiore si dirigono a Dio, trascendono per loro natura l'ordine terrestre e temporale delle cose. Quindi la potestà civile, il cui fine proprio è di attuare il bene comune temporale, deve certamente rispettare e favorire la vita religiosa dei cittadini, però evade dal campo della sua competenza se presume di dirigere o di impedire gli atti religiosi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La libertà dei gruppi religiosi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La libertà religiosa che compete alle singole persone, compete ovviamente ad esse anche quando agiscono in forma comunitaria. I gruppi religiosi, infatti, sono postulati dalla natura sociale tanto degli esseri umani, quanto della stessa religione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A tali gruppi, pertanto, posto che le giuste esigenze dell'ordine pubblico non siano violate, deve essere riconosciuto il diritto di essere immuni da ogni misura coercitiva nel reggersi secondo norme proprie, nel prestare alla suprema divinità il culto pubblico, nell'aiutare i propri membri ad esercitare la vita religiosa, nel sostenerli con il proprio insegnamento e nel promuovere quelle istituzioni nelle quali i loro membri cooperino gli uni con gli altri ad informare la vita secondo i principi della propria religione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parimenti ai gruppi religiosi compete il diritto di non essere impediti con leggi o con atti amministrativi del potere civile di scegliere, educare, nominare e trasferire i propri ministri, di comunicare con le autorità e con le comunità religiose che vivono in altre regioni della terra, di costruire edifici religiosi, di acquistare e di godere di beni adeguati."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I gruppi religiosi hanno anche il diritto di non essere impediti di insegnare e di testimoniare pubblicamente la propria fede, a voce e per scritto. Però, nel diffondere la fede religiosa e nell'introdurre pratiche religiose, si deve evitare ogni modo di procedere in cui ci siano spinte coercitive o sollecitazioni disoneste o stimoli meno retti, specialmente nei confronti di persone prive di cultura o senza risorse: un tale modo di agire va considerato come abuso del proprio diritto e come lesione del diritto altrui."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre la libertà religiosa comporta pure che i gruppi religiosi non siano impediti di manifestare liberamente la virtù singolare della propria dottrina nell'ordinare la società e nel vivificare ogni umana attività. Infine, nel carattere sociale della natura umana e della stessa religione si fonda il diritto in virtù del quale gli esseri umani, mossi dalla propria convinzione religiosa, possano liberamente riunirsi e dar vita ad associazioni educative, culturali, caritative e sociali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La libertà religiosa della famiglia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad ogni famiglia--società che gode di un diritto proprio e primordiale--compete il diritto di ordinare liberamente la propria vita religiosa domestica sotto la direzione dei genitori. A questi spetta il diritto di determinare l'educazione religiosa da impartire ai propri figli secondo la propria persuasione religiosa. Quindi deve essere dalla potestà civile riconosciuto ai genitori il diritto di scegliere, con vera libertà, le scuole e gli altri mezzi di educazione, e per una tale libertà di scelta non debbono essere gravati, né direttamente né indirettamente, da oneri ingiusti. Inoltre i diritti dei genitori sono violati se i figli sono costretti a frequentare lezioni scolastiche che non corrispondono alla persuasione religiosa dei genitori, o se viene imposta un'unica forma di educazione dalla quale sia esclusa ogni formazione religiosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cura della libertà religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché il bene comune della società--che si concreta nell'insieme delle condizioni sociali, grazie alle quali gli uomini possono perseguire il loro perfezionamento più riccamente o con maggiore facilità --consiste soprattutto nella salvaguardia dei diritti della persona umana e nell'adempimento dei rispettivi doveri (5), adoperarsi positivamente per il diritto alla libertà religiosa spetta tanto ai cittadini quanto ai gruppi sociali, ai poteri civili, alla Chiesa e agli altri gruppi religiosi: a ciascuno nel modo ad esso proprio, tenuto conto del loro specifico dovere verso il bene comune."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutelare e promuovere gli inviolabili diritti dell'uomo è dovere essenziale di ogni potere civile (6). Questo deve quindi assicurare a tutti i cittadini, con leggi giuste e con mezzi idonei, l'efficace tutela della libertà religiosa, e creare condizioni propizie allo sviluppo della vita religiosa, cosicché i cittadini siano realmente in grado di esercitare i loro diritti attinenti la religione e adempiere i rispettivi doveri, e la società goda dei beni di giustizia e di pace che provengono dalla fedeltà degli uomini verso Dio e verso la sua santa volontà (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se, considerate le circostanze peculiari dei popoli nell'ordinamento giuridico di una società viene attribuita ad un determinato gruppo religioso una speciale posizione civile, è necessario che nello stesso tempo a tutti i cittadini e a tutti i gruppi religiosi venga riconosciuto e sia rispettato il diritto alla libertà in materia religiosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infine il potere civile deve provvedere che l'eguaglianza giuridica dei cittadini, che appartiene essa pure al bene comune della società, per motivi religiosi non sia mai lesa, apertamente o in forma occulta, e che non si facciano fra essi discriminazioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da ciò segue che non è permesso al pubblico potere imporre ai cittadini con la violenza o con il timore o con altri mezzi la professione di una religione qualsivoglia oppure la sua negazione, o di impedire che aderiscano ad un gruppo religioso o che se ne allontanino. Tanto più poi si agisce contro la volontà di Dio e i sacri diritti della persona e il diritto delle genti quando si usa, in qualunque modo, la violenza per distruggere o per comprimere la stessa religione o in tutto il genere umano oppure in qualche regione o in un determinato gruppo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I limiti della libertà religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il diritto alla libertà in materia religiosa viene esercitato nella società umana; di conseguenza il suo esercizio è regolato da alcune norme."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nell'esercizio di ogni libertà si deve osservare il principio morale della responsabilità personale e sociale: nell'esercitare i propri diritti i singoli esseri umani e i gruppi sociali, in virtù della legge morale, sono tenuti ad avere riguardo tanto ai diritti altrui, quanto ai propri doveri verso gli altri e verso il bene comune. Con tutti si è tenuti ad agire secondo giustizia ed umanità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre, poiché la società civile ha il diritto di proteggersi contro i disordini che si possono verificare sotto pretesto della libertà religiosa, spetta soprattutto al potere civile prestare una tale protezione; ciò però va compiuto non in modo arbitrario o favorendo iniquamente una delle parti, ma secondo norme giuridiche, conformi all'ordine morale obiettivo: norme giuridiche postulate dall'efficace difesa dei diritti e dalla loro pacifica armonizzazione a vantaggio di tutti i cittadini, da una sufficiente tutela di quella autentica pace pubblica che consiste in una vita vissuta in comune sulla base di una onesta giustizia, nonché dalla debita custodia della pubblica moralità. Questi sono elementi che costituiscono la parte fondamentale del bene comune e sono compresi sotto il nome di ordine pubblico. Per il resto nella società va rispettata la norma secondo la quale agli esseri umani va riconosciuta la libertà più ampia possibile, e la loro libertà non deve essere limitata, se non quando e in quanto è necessario."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Educazione all'esercizio della libertà"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella nostra età gli esseri umani, a motivo di molteplici fattori, vivono in un'atmosfera di pressioni e corrono il pericolo di essere privati della facoltà di agire liberamente e responsabilmente. D'altra parte non sembrano pochi quelli che, sotto il pretesto della libertà, respingono ogni dipendenza e apprezzano poco la dovuta obbedienza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ragione per cui questo Concilio Vaticano esorta tutti, ma soprattutto coloro che sono impegnati in compiti educativi, ad adoperarsi per formare esseri umani i quali, nel pieno riconoscimento dell'ordine morale, sappiano obbedire alla legittima autorità e siano amanti della genuina libertà, esseri umani cioè che siano capaci di emettere giudizi personali nella luce della verità, di svolgere le proprie attività con senso di responsabilità, e che si impegnano a perseguire tutto ciò che è vero e buono, generosamente disposti a collaborare a tale scopo con gli altri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La libertà religiosa, quindi, deve pure essere ordinata e contribuire a che gli esseri umani adempiano con maggiore responsabilità i loro doveri nella vita sociale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA LIBERTÀ RELIGIOSA ALLA LUCE DELLA RIVELAZIONE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La dottrina della libertà religiosa affonda le radici nella Rivelazione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto questo Concilio Vaticano dichiara sul diritto degli esseri umani alla libertà religiosa ha il suo fondamento nella dignità della persona, le cui esigenze la ragione umana venne conoscendo sempre più chiaramente attraverso l'esperienza dei secoli. Anzi, una tale dottrina sulla libertà affonda le sue radici nella Rivelazione divina, per cui tanto più va rispettata con sacro impegno dai cristiani. Quantunque, infatti, la Rivelazione non affermi esplicitamente il diritto all'immunità dalla coercizione esterna in materia religiosa, fa tuttavia conoscere la dignità della persona umana in tutta la sua ampiezza, mostra il rispetto di Cristo verso la libertà umana degli esseri umani nell'adempimento del dovere di credere alla parola di Dio, e ci insegna lo spirito che i discepoli di una tale Maestro devono assimilare e manifestare in ogni loro azione. Tutto ciò illustra i principi generali sopra cui si fonda la dottrina della presente dichiarazione sulla libertà religiosa. E anzitutto, la libertà religiosa nella società è in piena rispondenza con la libertà propria dell'atto di fede cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Libertà dell'atto di fede"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Un elemento fondamentale della dottrina cattolica, contenuto nella parola di Dio e costantemente predicato dai Padri (8), è che gli esseri umani sono tenuti a rispondere a Dio credendo volontariamente; nessuno, quindi, può essere costretto ad abbracciare la fede contro la sua volontà (9). Infatti, l'atto di fede è per sua stessa natura un atto volontario, giacché gli essere umani, redenti da Cristo Salvatore e chiamati (10) in Cristo Gesù ad essere figli adottivi, non possono aderire a Dio che ad essi si rivela, se il Padre non li trae (11) e se non prestano a Dio un ossequio di fede ragionevole e libero. È quindi pienamente rispondente alla natura della fede che in materia religiosa si escluda ogni forma di coercizione da parte degli esseri umani. E perciò un regime di libertà religiosa contribuisce non poco a creare quell'ambiente sociale nel quale gli esseri umani possono essere invitati senza alcuna difficoltà alla fede cristiana, e possono abbracciarla liberamente e professarla con vigore in tutte le manifestazioni della vita."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Modo di agire di Cristo e degli apostoli"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dio chiama gli esseri umani al suo servizio in spirito e verità; per cui essi sono vincolati in coscienza a rispondere alla loro vocazione, ma non coartati. Egli, infatti, ha riguardo della dignità della persona umana da lui creata, che deve godere di libertà e agire con responsabilità. Ciò è apparso in grado sommo in Cristo Gesù, nel quale Dio ha manifestato se stesso e le sue vie in modo perfetto. Infatti Cristo, che è Maestro e Signore nostro (12), mite ed umile di cuore (13) ha invitato e attratto i discepoli pazientemente (14). Certo, ha sostenuto e confermato la sua predicazione con i miracoli per suscitare e confortare la fede negli uditori, ma senza esercitare su di essi alcuna coercizione (15). Ha pure rimproverato l'incredulità degli uditori, lasciando però la punizione a Dio nel giorno del giudizio (16). Mandando gli apostoli nel mondo, disse loro: « Chi avrà creduto e sarà battezzato, sarà salvo. Chi invece non avrà creduto sarà condannato » (Mc 16,16). ma conoscendo che la zizzania è stata seminata con il grano, comandò di lasciarli crescere tutti e due fino alla mietitura che avverrà alla fine del tempo (17). Non volendo essere un messia politico e dominatore con la forza (18) preferì essere chiamato Figlio dell'uomo che viene « per servire e dare la sua vita in redenzione di molti » (Mc 10,45). Si presentò come il perfetto servo di Dio (19) che « non rompe la canna incrinata e non smorza il lucignolo che fuma » (Mt 12,20). Riconobbe la potestà civile e i suoi diritti, comandando di versare il tributo a Cesare, ammonì però chiaramente di rispettare i superiori diritti di Dio: « Rendete a Cesare quello che è di Cesare, e a Dio quello che è di Dio » (Mt 22,21). Finalmente ha ultimato la sua rivelazione compiendo nella croce l'opera della redenzione, con cui ha acquistato agli esseri umani la salvezza e la vera libertà. Infatti rese testimonianza alla verità (20), però non volle imporla con la forza a coloro che la respingevano. Il suo regno non si erige con la spada (21) ma si costituisce ascoltando la verità e rendendo ad essa testimonianza, e cresce in virtù dell'amore con il quale Cristo esaltato in croce trae a sé gli esseri umani (22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli apostoli, istruiti dalla parola e dall'esempio di Cristo, hanno seguito la stessa via. Fin dal primo costituirsi della Chiesa i discepoli di Cristo si sono adoperati per convertire gli esseri umani a confessare Cristo Signore, non però con un'azione coercitiva né con artifizi indegni del Vangelo, ma anzitutto con la forza della parola di Dio (23), Con coraggio annunziavano a tutti il proposito di Dio salvatore, « il quale vuole che tutti gli uomini si salvino ed arrivino alla conoscenza della verità » (1 Tm 2,4); nello stesso tempo, però, avevano riguardo per i deboli, sebbene fossero nell'errore, mostrando in tal modo come «ognuno di noi renderà conto di sé a Dio» (Rm 14,12) (24) e sia tenuto ad obbedire soltanto alla propria coscienza. Come Cristo, gli apostoli hanno sempre cercato di rendere testimonianza alla verità di Dio, arditamente osando dinanzi al popolo e ai principi di « annunziare con fiducia la parola di Dio » (At 4,31) (25). Con ferma fede ritenevano che lo stesso Vangelo fosse realmente la forza di Dio per la salvezza di ogni credente (26). Sprezzando quindi tutte « le armi carnali » (27) seguendo l'esempio di mansuetudine e di modestia di Cristo, hanno predicato la parola di Dio (28) pienamente fiduciosi nella divina virtù di tale parola del distruggere le forze avverse a Dio e nell'avviare gli esseri umani alla fede e all'ossequio di Cristo (29), Come il Maestro, così anche gli apostoli hanno riconosciuto la legittima autorità civile: « Non vi è infatti potestà se non da Dio », insegna l'Apostolo, il quale perciò comanda: « Ognuno sia soggetto alle autorità in carica... Chi si oppone alla potestà, resiste all'ordine stabilito da Dio » (Rm 13,1-5) (30). Nello stesso tempo, però, non hanno avuto timore di resistere al pubblico potere che si opponeva alla santa volontà di Dio: « È necessario obbedire a Dio prima che agli uomini » (At 5,29) (31). La stessa via hanno seguito innumerevoli martiri e fedeli attraverso i secoli e in tutta la terra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa segue le tracce di Cristo e degli apostoli"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa pertanto, fedele alla verità evangelica, segue la via di Cristo e degli apostoli quando riconosce come rispondente alla dignità dell'uomo e alla rivelazione di Dio il principio della libertà religiosa e la favorisce. Essa ha custodito e tramandato nel decorso dei secoli la dottrina ricevuta da Cristo e dagli apostoli. E quantunque nella vita del popolo di Dio, pellegrinante attraverso le vicissitudini della storia umana, di quando in quando si siano avuti modi di agire meno conformi allo spirito evangelico, anzi ad esso contrari, tuttavia la dottrina della Chiesa, secondo la quale nessuno può essere costretto con la forza ad abbracciare la fede, non è mai venuta meno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il fermento evangelico ha pure lungamente operato nell'animo degli esseri umani e molto ha contribuito perché gli uomini lungo i tempi riconoscessero più largamente e meglio la dignità della propria persona e maturasse la convinzione che la persona nella società deve essere immune da ogni umana coercizione in materia religiosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La libertà della Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fra le cose che appartengono al bene della Chiesa, anzi al bene della stessa città terrena, e che vanno ovunque e sempre conservate e difese da ogni ingiuria, è certamente di altissimo valore la seguente: che la Chiesa nell'agire goda di tanta libertà quanta le è necessaria per provvedere alla salvezza degli esseri umani (32). È questa, infatti, la libertà sacra, di cui l'unigenito Figlio di Dio ha arricchito la Chiesa acquistata con il suo sangue. Ed è propria della Chiesa, tanto che quanti l'impugnano agiscono contro la volontà di Dio. La libertà della Chiesa è principio fondamentale nelle relazioni fra la Chiesa e i poteri pubblici e tutto l'ordinamento giuridico della società Civile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella società umana e dinanzi a qualsivoglia pubblico potere, la Chiesa rivendica a sé la libertà come autorità spirituale, fondata da Cristo Signore, alla quale per mandato divino incombe l'obbligo di andare nel mondo universo a predicare il Vangelo ad ogni creatura (33). Parimenti, la Chiesa rivendica a sé la libertà in quanto è una comunità di esseri umani che hanno il diritto di vivere nella società civile secondo i precetti della fede cristiana (34)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ora, se vige un regime di libertà religiosa non solo proclamato a parole né solo sancito nelle leggi, ma con sincerità tradotto realmente nella vita, in tal caso la Chiesa, di diritto e di fatto, usufruisce di una condizione stabile per l'indipendenza necessaria all'adempimento della sua divina missione: indipendenza nella società, che le autorità ecclesiastiche hanno sempre più vigorosamente rivendicato (35). Nello stesso tempo i cristiani, come gli altri uomini godono del diritto civile di non essere impediti di vivere secondo la propria coscienza. Vi è quindi concordia fra la libertà della Chiesa e la libertà religiosa che deve essere riconosciuta come un diritto a tutti gli esseri umani e a tutte le comunità e che deve essere sancita nell'ordinamento giuridico delle società civili."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La missione della Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa cattolica per obbedire al divino mandato: « Istruite tutte le genti (Mt 28,19), è tenuta ad operare instancabilmente «affinché la parola di Dio corra e sia glorificata» (2 Ts 3,1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa esorta quindi ardentemente i suoi figli affinché « anzitutto si facciano suppliche, orazioni, voti, ringraziamenti per tutti gli uomini... Ciò infatti è bene e gradito al cospetto del Salvatore e Dio nostro, il quale vuole che tutti gli uomini si salvino ed arrivino alla conoscenza della verità» (1 Tm 2, 1-4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I cristiani, però, nella formazione della loro coscienza, devono considerare diligentemente la dottrina sacra e certa della Chiesa (36). Infatti per volontà di Cristo la Chiesa cattolica è maestra di verità e sua missione è di annunziare e di insegnare autenticamente la verità che è Cristo, e nello stesso tempo di dichiarare e di confermare autoritativamente i principi dell'ordine morale che scaturiscono dalla stessa natura umana. Inoltre i cristiani, comportandosi sapientemente con coloro che non hanno la fede, s'adoperino a diffondere la luce della vita con ogni fiducia (37) e con fortezza apostolica, fino all'effusione del sangue, « nello Spirito Santo, con la carità non simulata, con la parola di verità» (2 Cor 6,6-7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infatti il discepolo ha verso Cristo Maestro il dovere grave di conoscere sempre meglio la verità da lui ricevuta, di annunciarla fedelmente e di difenderla con fierezza, non utilizzando mai mezzi contrari allo spirito evangelico. Nello stesso tempo, però, la carità di Cristo lo spinge a trattare con amore, con prudenza e con pazienza gli esseri umani che sono nell'errore o nell'ignoranza circa la fede (38). Si deve quindi aver riguardo sia ai doveri verso Cristo, il Verbo vivificante che deve essere annunciato, sia ai diritti della persona umana, sia alla misura secondo la quale Dio attraverso il Cristo distribuisce la sua grazia agli esseri umani che vengono invitati ad accettare e a professare la fede liberamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È manifesto che oggi gli esseri umani aspirano di poter professare liberamente la religione sia in forma privata che pubblica; anzi la libertà religiosa nella maggior parte delle costituzioni è già dichiarata diritto civile ed è solennemente proclamata in documenti internazionali (39)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non mancano però regimi i quali, anche se nelle loro costituzioni riconoscono la libertà del culto religioso, si sforzano di stornare i cittadini dalla professione della religione e di rendere assai difficile e pericolosa la vita alle comunità religiose."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il sacro Sinodo, mentre saluta con lieto animo quei segni propizi di questo tempo e denuncia con amarezza questi fatti deplorevoli, esorta i cattolici e invita tutti gli esseri umani a considerare con la più grande attenzione quanto la libertà religiosa sia necessaria, soprattutto nella presente situazione della famiglia umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È infatti manifesto che tutte le genti si vanno sempre più unificando, che si fanno sempre più stretti i rapporti fra gli esseri umani di cultura e religione diverse, mentre si fa ognora più viva in ognuno la coscienza della propria responsabilità personale. Per cui, affinché nella famiglia umana si instaurino e si consolidino relazioni di concordia e di pace, si richiede che ovunque la libertà religiosa sia munita di una efficace tutela giuridica e che siano osservati i doveri e i diritti supremi degli esseri umani attinenti la libera espressione della vita religiosa nella società."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Faccia Dio, Padre di tutti, che la famiglia umana, diligentemente elevando a metodo nei rapporti sociali l'esercizio della libertà religiosa, in virtù della grazia di Cristo e per l'azione dello Spirito Santo pervenga alla sublime e perenne « libertà della gloria dei figli di Dio» (Rm 8,21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7 dicembre 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutte e singole le cose stabilite in questo Decreto sono piaciute ai Padri del Sacro Concilio. E Noi, in virtù della potestà Apostolica conferitaci da Cristo, unitamente ai Venerabili Padri, nello Spirito Santo le approviamo, le decretiamo e le stabiliamo; e quanto stato così sinodalmente deciso, comandiamo che sia promulgato a gloria di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, presso San Pietro 7 dicembre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Io PAOLO Vescovo della Chiesa Cattolica"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Ioannis et Pauli Presbyter Cardinalis SPELLMAN, Archiepiscopus Neo-Eboracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo Ss. Bonifacii et Alexii Presbyter Cardinalis DE BARROS CÂMARA, Archiepiscopus S. Sebastiani Fluminis Ianuarii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis ante Portam Latinam Presbyter Cardinalis FRINGS, Archiepiscopus Coloniensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS titulo S. Sabinae Presbyter Cardinalis RUFFINI, Archiepiscopus Panormitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Panisperna Presbyter Cardinalis CAGGIANO, Archiepiscopus Bonaërensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PETRUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis CIRIACI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo S. Mariae de Pace Presbyter Cardinalis FELTIN, Archiepiscopus Parisiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Mariae de Victoria Presbyter Cardinalis SIRI, Archiepiscopus Ianuensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS titulo S. Mariae Trans Tiberim Presbyter Cardinalis WYSZYNSKI, Archiepiscopus Gnesnensis et Varsaviensis, Primas Poloniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENIAMINUS titulo S. Vitalis Presbyter Cardinalis DE ARRIBA Y CASTRO, Archiepiscopus Tarraconensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Augustini Presbyter Cardinalis QUIROGA Y PALACIOS, Archiepiscopus Compostellanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS AEMILIUS titulo S. Mariae Angelorum in Thermis Presbyter Cardinalis LEGER, Archiepiscopus Marianopolitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS HUMBERTUS titulo Ss. Andreae et Gregorii ad Clivum Scauri Presbyter Cardinalis QUINTERO, Archiepiscopus Caracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Mariae Novae Presbyter Cardinalis CONCHA, Archiepiscopus Bogotensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Priscae Presbyter Cardinalis DA COSTA NUNES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego HILDEBRANDUS titulo S. Sebastiani ad Catacumbas Presbyter Cardinalis ANTONIUTTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego EPHRAEM titulo S. Crucis in Hierusalem Presbyter Cardinalis FORNI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Mariae de Aracoeli Presbyter Cardinalis LANDAZURI RICKETTS, Archiepiscopus Limanus, Primas Peruviae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RADULFUS titulo S. Bernardi ad Thermas Presbyter Cardinalis SILVA HENRIQUEZ, Archiepiscopus S. Iacobi in Chile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO IOSEPHUS titulo S. Petri ad Vincula Presbyter Cardinalis SUENENS, Archiepiscopus Mechliniensis-Bruxellensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Athanasii Presbyter Cardinalis SLIPYI, Archiepiscopus Maior Ucrainorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS titulo S. Leonis I Presbyter Cardinalis JAEGER, Archiepiscopus Paderbornensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Crucis in via Flaminia Presbyter Cardinalis BERAN, Archiepiscopus Pragensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo D.nae N.ae de SS. Sacramento et Martyrum Canadensium Presbyter Cardinalis ROY, Archiepiscopus Quebecensis, Primas Canadiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Teresiae Presbyter Cardinalis MARTIN, Archiepiscopus Rothomagensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AUDOËNUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis MCCANN, Archiepiscopus Civitatis Capitis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO STEPHANUS titulo S. Balbinae Presbyter Cardinalis DUVAL, Archiepiscopus Algeriensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERMENEGILDUS titulo Reginae Apostolorum Presbyter Cardinalis FLORIT, Archiepiscopus Florentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Petri et Pauli in via Ostiensi Presbyter Cardinalis ŠEPER, Archiepiscopus Zagrabiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS S. Mariae in Porticu Diaconus Cardinalis JOURNET."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALBERTUS GORI, Patriarcha Hierosolymitanus Latinorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS II CHEIKHO, Patriarcha Babylonensis Chaldaeorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS PETRUS XVI BATANIAN, Patriarcha Ciliciae Armenorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS VIEIRA ALVERNAZ, Patriarcha Indiarum Orientalium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES CAROLUS MCQUAID, Archiepiscopus Dublinensis, Primas Hiberniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS ROHRACHER, Archiepiscopus Salisburgensis, Primas Germaniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego DEMETRIUS MOSCATO, Archiepiscopus Primas Salernitanus et Administrator Perpetuus Acernensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUGO CAMOZZO, Archiepiscopus Pisanus et Primas Sardiniae et Corsicae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALEXANDER TOKI , Archiepiscopus Antibarensis et Primas Serbiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS SENA DE OLIVEIRA, Archiepiscopus Conimbricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis † Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius † Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris, 11 aprile 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 279; ibid., p. 265; PIO XII, Messaggio radiofonico, 24 dic. 1944: AAS 37 (1945), p. 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris, 11 aprile 1963: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 260-261 [Dz 3961]; PIO XII, Messaggio radiofonico, Con sempre nuova freschezza, 24 dic. 1942: AAS 35 (1943), p. 19; PIO XI, Encicl. Mit brennender Sorge, 14 marzo 1937: AAS 29 (1937), p. 160; LEONE XIII, Encicl. Libertas praestantissimum, 20 giugno 1888: Acta Leonis XIII 8 (1888), pp. 237-238 [Dz 3250-51]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Cf. S. TOMMASO, Summa Theol., I-II, q. 91, a. 1; q. 93, a. 1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris, 11 aprile 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 270 [Dz 3980]; PAOLO VI, Messaggio radiofonico, 22 dic. 1964: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 181-182; S. TOMMASO, Summa Theol., I-II, q. 91, a. 4 c."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra, 15 maggio 1961: AAS 53 (1961), p. 417; IDEM., Encicl. Pacem in terris, 11 aprile 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 273 [Dz 3984]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris, 11 apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 273-274 [Dz 3985]; PIO XII, Messaggio radiofonico, 1° giugno 1942: AAS 33 (1941), p. 200."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cf. LEONE XIII, Encicl. Immortale Dei, 1o nov. 1885: ASS 18 (1885), p. 161."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cf. LATTANZIO, Divinarum Institutionum, Lib. V, 19: CSEL 19, pp. 463-464, 465; PL 6, 614 e 616 (capp. 20); S. AMBROGIO, Epistola ad Valentinianum Imp., Lett. 21: PL 16, 1005; S. AGOSTINO, Contra litteras Petiliani, lib. II, cap. 83: CSEL 52, p. 112; PL 43, 315; cf. C. 23, q. 5, c. 33 (ed. Friedberg, col. 939); IDEM, Ep. 23: PL 33, 98; IDEM, Ep. 34: PL 33,132; IDEM, Ep. 35: PL 33,135; S. GREGORIO MAGNO, Epistola ad Virgilium et Theodorum Episcopos Massiliae Galliarum, Registrum Epistolarum I, 45: MGH, Ep. I, p. 72; PL 77,510-511 (lib. I, ep. 47): IDEM, Epistola ad Iohannem Episcopum Constantinopolitanum, Registrum Epistolarum III, 52: MGH, Ep. I, p. 210; PL 77,649 (lib. III, ep. 53); cf. D. 45, c. 1 (ed. Friedberg, col. 160); SIN. DI TOLEDO IV, c. 57: MANSI 10, 633; cf. D. 45, c. 5 (ed. Friedberg, col. 161-162); CLEMENTE III: X, V, 6, 9: (ed. Friedberg, col. 774); INNOCENZO III, Epistola ad Arelatensem Archiepiscopum, X, III, 42, (ed. Friedberg, col. 646)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Cf. CIC, can. 1351 [nel nuovo Codice can. 748 § 2]: PIO XII, Discorso ai Prelati Uditori e agli altri ufficiali e impiegati del Tribunale della S. Romana Rota, 6 ott. 1946: AAS 38 (1946), p. 394; IDEM, Encicl. Mystici Corporis, 29 giugno 1943: AAS 35 (1943), p. 243 [Dz 3822]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cf. Ef 1,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Cf. Gv 6,44."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cf. Gv 13,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Cf. Mt 11,29."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Cf. Mt 11,28-30; Gv 6,67-68."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Cf. Mt 9,28-29; Mc 9,23-24; 6,5-6; PAOLO VI, Encicl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 ag. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 642-643."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Cf. Mt 11,20-24; Rm 12,19-20; 2 Ts 1,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Cf. Mt 13,30.40-42."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Cf. Mt 4,8-10; Gv 6,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Cf. Is 42,1-4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Cf. Gv 18,37."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Cf. Mt 26,51-53; Gv 18,36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Cf. Gv 12,32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Cf. 1 Cor 2,3-5; 1 Ts 2,3-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Cf. Rm 14,1-23; 1 Cor 8,9-13; 10,23-33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Cf. Ef 6,19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Cf. Rm 1,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Cf. 2 Cor 10,4; 1 Ts 5,8-9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Cf. Ef 6,11-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Cf. 2 Cor 10,3-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Cf. 1 Pt 2,13-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Cf. At 4,19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) Cf. LEONE XIII, Lettera Officio sanctissimo, 22 dic. 1887: ASS 20 (1887), p. 269; IDEM, Lettera Ex litteris, 7 aprile 1887: ASS 19 (1886), p. 465."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) Cf. Mc 16,15; Mt 28,18-20; PIO XII, Encicl. Summi Pontificatus, 20 ott. 1939: AAS 31 (1939), pp. 445-446."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Cf. PIO XI, Lettera Firmissimam constantiam, 28 marzo 1937: AAS 29 (1937), p. 196."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(35) Cf. PIO XII, Discorso Ci riesce, 6 dic. 1953: AAS 45 (1953), p. 802."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(36) Cf. PIO XII, Messaggio radiofonico, 23 marzo 1952: AAS 44 (1952), pp. 270-278."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(37) Cf. At 4,29."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(38) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris, 11 aprile 1963: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 299-300 [in parte Dz 3996]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(39) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris, 11 aprile 1963: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 295-296."
            }
          ]
        },
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651207_dignitatis-humanae_lt.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-90-vat-ii_decl_19651207_dignitatis-humanae_lt.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAULUS EPISCOPUS SERVUS SERVORUM DEI UNA CUM SACROSANCTI CONCILII PATRIBUS AD PERPETUAM REI MEMORIAM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECLARATIO DE LIBERTATE RELIGIOSA DIGNITATIS HUMANAE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignitatis humanae personae homines hac nostra aetate magis in dies conscii fiunt (1), atque numerus eorum crescit qui exigunt, ut in agendo homines proprio suo consilio et libertate responsabili fruantur et utantur, non coercitione commoti, sed officii conscientia ducti. Itemque postulant iuridicam delimitationem potestatis publicae, ne fines honestae libertatis et personae et associationum nimis circumscribantur. Quae libertatis exigentia in societate humana ea maxime respicit quae sunt animi humani bona, imprimis quidem ea quae liberum in societate religionis exercitium spectant. Ad has animorum appetitiones diligenter attendens, sibique proponens declarare quantum sint veritati et iustitiae conformes, haec Vaticana Synodus sacram Ecclesiae traditionem doctrinamque scrutatur, ex quibus nova semper cum veteribus congruentia profert."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Primum itaque profitetur Sacra Synodus Deum Ipsum viam generi humano notam fecisse per quam, Ipsi inserviendo, homines in Christo salvi et beati fieri possint. Hanc unicam veram Religionem subsistere credimus in catholica et apostolica Ecclesia, cui Dominus Iesus munus concredidit eam ad universos homines diffundendi, dicens Apostolis: \"Euntes ergo docete omnes gentes baptizantes eos in nomine Patris et Filii et Spiritus Sancti, docentes eos servare omnia quaecumque mandavi vobis\" (Mt 28,19-20). Homines vero cuncti tenentur veritatem, praesertim in iis quae Deum Eiusque Ecclesiam respiciunt, quaerere eamque cognitam amplecti ac servare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pariter vero profitetur Sacra Synodus officia haec hominum conscientiam tangere ac vincire, nec aliter veritatem sese imponere nisi vi ipsius veritatis, quae suaviter simul ac fortiter mentibus illabitur. Porro, quum libertas religiosa, quam homines in exsequendo officio Deum colendi exigunt, immunitatem a coercitione in societate civili respiciat, integram relinquit traditionalem doctrinam catholicam de morali hominum ac societatum officio erga veram religionem et unicam Christi Ecclesiam. Insuper, de hac libertate religiosa agens, Sacra Synodus recentiorum Summorum Pontificum doctrinam de inviolabilibus humanae personae iuribus necnon de iuridica ordinatione societatis evolvere intendit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Libertatis religiosae ratio generalis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec Vaticana Synodus declarat personam humanam ius habere ad libertatem religiosam. Huiusmodi libertas in eo consistit, quod omnes homines debent immunes esse a coercitione ex parte sive singulorum sive coetuum socialium et cuiusvis potestatis humanae, et ita quidem ut in re religiosa neque aliquis cogatur ad agendum contra suam conscientiam neque impediatur, quominus iuxta suam conscientiam agat privatim et publice, vel solus vel aliis consociatus, intra debitos limites. Insuper declarat ius ad libertatem religiosam esse revera fundatum in ipsa dignitate personae humanae, qualis et verbo Dei revelato et ipsa ratione cognoscitur (2). Hoc ius personae humanae ad libertatem religiosam in iuridica societatis ordinatione ita est agnoscendum, ut ius civile evadat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Secundum dignitatem suam homines cuncti, quia personae sunt, ratione scilicet et libera voluntate praediti ideoque personali responsabilitate aucti, sua ipsorum natura impelluntur necnon morali tenentur obligatione ad veritatem quaerendam, illam imprimis quae religionem spectat. Tenentur quoque veritati cognitae adhaerere atque totam vitam suam iuxta exigentias veritatis ordinare. Huic autem obligationi satisfacere homines, modo suae propriae naturae consentaneo, non possunt nisi libertate psychologica simul atque immunitate a coercitione externa fruantur. Non ergo in subiectiva personae dispositione, sed in ipsa eius natura ius ad libertatem religiosam fundatur. Quamobrem ius ad hanc immunitatem perseverat etiam in iis qui obligationi quaerendi veritatem eique adhaerendi non satisfaciunt; eiusque exercitium impediri nequit dummodo iustus ordo publicus servetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae clarius adhuc patent consideranti supremam humanae vitae normam esse ipsam legem divinam, aeternam, obiectivam atque universalem, qua Deus consilio sapientiae et dilectionis suae mundum universum viasque communitatis humanae ordinat, dirigit, gubernat. Huius suae legis Deus hominem participem reddit, ita ut homo, providentia divina suaviter disponente, veritatem incommutabilem magis magisque agnoscere possit (3). Quapropter unusquisque officium ideoque et ius habet veritatem in re religiosa quaerendi ut sibi, mediis adhibitis idoneis, recta et vera conscientiae iudicia prudenter efformet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Veritas autem inquirenda est modo dignitati humanae personae eiusque naturae sociali proprio, libera scilicet inquisitione, ope magisterii seu institutionis, communicationis atque dialogi, quibus alii aliis exponunt veritatem quam invenerunt vel invenisse putant, ut sese invicem in veritate inquirenda adiuvent; veritati autem cognitae firmiter adhaerendum est assensu personali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dictamina vero legis divinae homo percipit et agnoscit mediante conscientia sua; quam tenetur fideliter sequi in universa sua activitate, ut ad Deum, finem suum, perveniat. Non est ergo cogendus, ut contra suam conscientiam agat. Sed neque impediendus est, quominus iuxta suam conscientiam operetur, praesertim in re religiosa. Exercitium namque religionis, ex ipsa eius indole, consistit imprimis in actibus internis voluntariis et liberis, quibus homo sese ad Deum directe ordinat: huiusmodi actus a potestate mere humana nec imperari nec prohiberi possunt (4). Ipsa autem socialis hominis natura exigit, ut homo internos religionis actus externe exprimat, cum aliis in re religiosa communicet, suam religionem modo communitario profiteatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Iniuria ergo humanae personae et ipsi ordini hominibus a Deo statuto fit, si homini denegetur liberum in societate religionis exercitium, iusto ordine publico servato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeterea actus religiosi, quibus homines privatim et publice sese ad Deum ex animi sententia ordinant, natura sua terrestrem et temporalem rerum ordinem transcendunt. Potestas igitur civilis, cuius finis proprius est bonum commune temporale curare, religiosam quidem civium vitam agnoscere eique favere debet, sed limites suos excedere dicenda est, si actus religiosos dirigere vel impedire praesumat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Libertas seu immunitas a coercitione in re religiosa, quae singulis personis competit, etiam ipsis in communi agentibus agnoscenda est. Communitates enim religiosae a sociali natura tum hominis tum ipsius religionis requiruntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "His igitur communitatibus, dummodo iustae exigentiae ordinis publici non violentur, iure debetur immunitas, ut secundum proprias normas sese regant, Numen supremum cultu publico honorent, membra sua in vita religiosa exercenda adiuvent et doctrina sustentent atque eas institutiones promoveant, in quibus membra cooperentur ad vitam propriam secundum sua principia religiosa ordinandam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Communitatibus religiosis pariter competit ius, ne mediis legalibus vel actione administrativa potestatis civilis impediantur in suis propriis ministris seligendis, educandis, nominandis atque transferendis, in communicando cum auctoritatibus et communitatibus religiosis, quae in aliis orbis terrarum partibus degunt, in aedificiis religiosis erigendis, necnon in bonis congruis acquirendis et fruendis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Communitates religiosae ius etiam habent, ne impediantur in sua fide ore et scripto publice docenda atque testanda. In fide autem religiosa disseminanda et in usibus inducendis abstinendum semper est ab omni actionis genere, quod coercitionem vel suasionem inhonestam aut minus rectam sapere videatur, praesertim quando de rudioribus vel de egenis agitur. Talis modus agendi ut abusus iuris proprii et laesio iuris aliorum considerari debet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeterea ad libertatem religiosam spectat, quod communitates religiosae non prohibeantur libere ostendere singularem suae doctrinae virtutem in ordinanda societate ac tota vivificanda activitate humana. Tandem in sociali hominis natura atque in ipsa indole religionis fundatur ius quo homines, suo ipsorum sensu religioso moti, libere possunt conventus habere vel associationes educativas, culturales, caritativas, sociales constituere."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cuique familiae, utpote quae est societas proprio ac primordiali iure gaudens, competit ius ad libere ordinandam religiosam vitam suam domesticam sub moderatione parentum. His autem competit ius ad determinandam rationem institutionis religiosae suis liberis tradendae, iuxta suam propriam religiosam persuasionem. Itaque a civili potestate agnoscendum est ius parentum deligendi, vera cum libertate, scholas vel alia educationis media, neque ob hanc electionis libertatem sunt eis iniusta onera sive directe sive indirecte imponenda. Praeterea iura parentum violantur, si liberi ad frequentandas lectiones scholares cogantur quae parentum persuasioni religiosae non correspondeant, vel si unica imponatur educationis ratio, ex qua formatio religiosa omnino excludatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum societatis commune bonum, quod est summa earum vitae socialis condicionum, quibus homines suam ipsorum perfectionem possunt plenius atque expeditius consequi, maxime in humanae personae servatis iuribus et officiis consistat (5), cura iuris ad libertatem religiosam tum ad cives tum ad coetus sociales tum ad potestates civiles tum ad Ecclesiam aliasque communitates religiosas spectat, modo unicuique proprio, pro eorum erga bonum commune officio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inviolabilia hominis iura tueri ac promovere ad cuiusvis potestatis civilis officium essentialiter pertinet (6). Debet igitur potestas civilis per iustas leges et per alia media apta efficaciter suscipere tutelam libertatis religiosae omnium civium, ac propitias suppeditare condiciones ad vitam religiosam fovendam, ut cives revera religionis iura exercere eiusdemque officia adimplere valeant et ipsa societas fruatur bonis iustitiae et pacis, quae proveniunt ex fidelitate hominum erga Deum Eiusque sanctam voluntatem (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si attentis populorum circumstantiis peculiaribus uni communitati religiosae specialis civilis agnitio in iuridica civitatis ordinatione tribuitur, necesse est ut simul omnibus civibus et communitatibus religiosis ius ad libertatem in re religiosa agnoscatur et observetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Denique a potestate civili providendum est, ne civium aequalitas iuridica, quae ipsa ad commune societatis bonum pertinet, unquam sive aperte sive occulte laedatur propter rationes religiosas, neve inter eos discriminatio fiat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hinc sequitur nefas esse potestati publicae, per vim vel metum aut alia media civibus imponere professionem aut reiectionem cuiusvis religionis, vel impedire quominus quisquam communitatem religiosam aut ingrediatur aut relinquat. Eo magis contra voluntatem Dei et contra sacra personae et familiae gentium iura agitur, quando vis quocumque modo adhibeatur ad religionem delendam vel cohibendam sive in toto genere humano sive in aliqua regione sive in determinato coetu."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ius ad libertatem in re religiosa exercetur in societate humana, ideoque eius usus quibusdam normis moderantibus obnoxius est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In usu omnium libertatum observandum est principium morale responsabilitatis personalis et socialis: in iuribus suis exercendis singuli homines coetusque sociales lege morali obligantur rationem habere et iurium aliorum et suorum erga alios officiorum et boni omnium communis. Cum omnibus secundum iustitiam et humanitatem agendum est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeterea cum societas civilis ius habet sese protegendi contra abusus qui haberi possint sub praetextu libertatis religiosae, praecipue ad potestatem civilem pertinet huiusmodi protectionem praestare; quod tamen fieri debet non modo arbitrario aut uni parti inique favendo, sed secundum normas iuridicas, ordini morali obiectivo conformes, quae postulantur ab efficaci iurium tutela pro omnibus civibus eorumque pacifica compositione, et a sufficienti cura istius honestae pacis publicae quae est ordinata conviventia in vera iustitia, et a debita custodia publicae moralitatis. Haec omnia partem boni communis fundamentalem constituunt et sub ratione ordinis publici veniunt. Ceterum servanda est integrae libertatis consuetudo in societate, secundum quam libertas debet quam maxime homini agnosci, nec restringenda est nisi quando et prout est necessarium."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nostrae aetatis homines varia ratione premuntur et in periculum veniunt ne proprio libero consilio destituantur. Ex altera autem parte non pauci ita propensi videntur, ut specie libertatis omnem subiectionem reiciant ac debitam oboedientiam parvi faciant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter haec Vaticana Synodus omnes hortatur, praesertim vero eos qui curam habent alios educandi, ut homines formare satagant, qui ordini morali obsequentes legitimae auctoritati oboediant et genuinae libertatis amatores sint; homines nempe, qui proprio consilio res in luce veritatis diiudicent, activitates suas cum sensu responsabilitatis disponant, et quaecumque sunt vera atque iusta prosequi nitantur, operam suam libenter cum ceteris consociando."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religiosa igitur libertas etiam ad hoc inservire et ordinari debet, ut homines in suis ipsorum officiis adimplendis in vita sociali maiore cum responsabilitate agant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Libertas religiosa sub luce Revelationis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae de iure hominis ad libertatem religiosam declarat haec Vaticana Synodus, fundamentum habent in dignitate personae, cuius exigentiae rationi humanae plenius innotuerunt per saeculorum experientiam. Immo haec doctrina de libertate radices habet in divina Revelatione, quapropter eo magis a Christianis sancte servanda est. Quamvis enim Revelatio non expresse affirmet ius ad immunitatem ab externa coercitione in re religiosa, tamen humanae personae dignitatem in tota eius amplitudine patefacit, observantiam Christi erga hominis libertatem in exsequendo officio credendi verbo Dei demonstrat, atque de spiritu nos edocet, quem discipuli talis Magistri debent in omnibus agnoscere et sequi. Quibus omnibus principia generalia illustrantur super quae fundatur doctrina huius Declarationis de libertate religiosa. Praesertim libertas religiosa in societate plene est cum libertate actus fidei christianae congrua."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput est ex praecipuis doctrinae catholicae, in verbo Dei contentum et a Patribus constanter praedicatum (8), hominem debere Deo voluntarie respondere credendo; invitum proinde neminem esse cogendum ad amplectendam fidem (9). Etenim actus fidei ipsa sua natura voluntarius est, cum homo, a Christo Salvatore redemptus et in adoptionem filiorum per Iesum Christum vocatus (10), Deo Sese revelanti adhaerere non possit, nisi Patre eum trahente (11) rationabile liberumque Deo praestiterit fidei obsequium. Indoli ergo fidei plene consonum est ut, in re religiosa, quodvis genus coercitionis ex parte hominum excludatur. Ac proinde ratio libertatis religiosae haud parum confert ad illum rerum statum fovendum, in quo homines expedite possint invitari ad fidem christianam, illam sponte amplecti atque eam in tota vitae ratione actuose confiteri."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deus quidem homines ad inserviendum Sibi in spiritu et veritate vocat, unde ipsi in conscientia vinciuntur, non vero coercentur. Rationem enim habet dignitatis personae humanae ab Ipso conditae, quae proprio consilio duci et libertate frui debet. Hoc autem summe apparuit in Christo Iesu, in quo Deus Seipsum ac vias suas perfecte manifestavit. Etenim Christus, qui Magister et Dominus est noster (12), idemque mitis et humilis corde (13), discipulos patienter allexit et invitavit (14). Miraculis utique praedicationem suam suffulsit et confirmavit, ut fidem auditorum excitaret atque comprobaret, non ut in eos coercitionem exerceret (15). Incredulitatem audientium certe exprobravit, sed vindictam Deo in diem Iudicii relinquendo (16). Mittens Apostolos in mundum dixit eis: \"Qui crediderit et baptizatus fuerit salvus erit; qui vero non crediderit condemnabitur\" (Mc 16,16). Ipse vero, agnoscens zizaniam cum tritico seminatam, iussit sinere utraque crescere usque ad messem quae fiet in consummatione saeculi (17). Nolens esse Messias politicus et vi dominans (18), maluit se dicere Filium Hominis qui venit \"ut ministraret et daret animam suam redemptionem pro multis\" (Mc 10,45). Sese praebuit ut perfectum Servum Dei (19), qui \"harundinem quassatam non confringet et linum fumigans non extinguet\" (Mt 12,20). Potestatem civilem eiusque iura agnovit, iubens censum dari Caesari, clare autem monuit servanda esse iura superiora Dei: \"Reddite ergo quae sunt Caesaris Caesari, et quae sunt Dei Deo\" (Mt 22,21). Tandem in opere redemptionis in cruce complendo, quo salutem et veram libertatem hominibus acquireret, revelationem suam perfecit. Testimonium enim perhibuit veritati (20), eam tamen contradicentibus vi imponere noluit. Regnum enim eius non percutiendo vindicatur (21), sed stabilitur testificando et audiendo veritatem, crescit autem amore, quo Christus exaltatus in cruce homines ad Seipsum trahit (22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apostoli, Christi verbo et exemplo edocti, eamdem viam secuti sunt. Ab ipsis Ecclesiae exordiis discipuli Christi adlaborarunt, ut homines ad Christum Dominum confitendum converterent, non actione coercitiva neque artificiis Evangelio indignis, sed imprimis virtute verbi Dei (23). Fortiter omnibus nuntiabant propositum Salvatoris Dei, \"qui omnes homines vult salvos fieri et ad agnitionem veritatis venire\" (1 Tim 2,4); simul autem verebantur debiles etiamsi in errore versabantur, sic ostendentes quomodo \"unusquisque nostrum pro se rationem reddet Deo\" (Rom 14,12) (24) et in tantum teneatur conscientiae suae oboedire. Sicuti Christus, Apostoli intenti semper fuerunt ad testimonium reddendum veritati Dei, abundantius audentes coram populo et principibus loqui \"verbum Dei cum fiducia\" (Act 4,31) (25). Firma enim fide tenebant ipsum Evangelium revera esse virtutem Dei in salutem omni credenti (26). Omnibus ergo spretis \"armis carnalibus\" (27), exemplum mansuetudinis et modestiae Christi sequentes, verbum Dei praedicaverunt plene confisi divina huius verbi virtute ad potestates Deo adversas destruendas (28) atque homines ad fidem et obsequium Christi reducendos (29). Sicut Magister ita et Apostoli auctoritatem legitimam civilem agnoverunt: \"Non est enim potestas nisi a Deo\" docet Apostolus, qui exinde iubet: \"Omnis anima potestatibus sublimioribus subdita sit;... qui resistit potestati, Dei ordinationi resistit\" (Rom 13,1-2) (30). Simul autem non timuerunt contradicere potestati publicae se sanctae Dei voluntati opponenti: \"Oboedire oportet Deo magis quam hominibus\" (Act 5,29) (31). Hanc viam secuti sunt innumeri martyres et fideles per saecula et per orbem."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia igitur, evangelicae veritati fidelis, viam Christi et Apostolorum sequitur quando rationem libertatis religiosae tamquam dignitati hominis et Dei revelationi consonam agnoscit eamque fovet. Doctrinam a Magistro et ab Apostolis acceptam, decursu temporum, custodivit et tradidit. Etsi in vita Populi Dei, per vicissitudines historiae humanae peregrinantis, interdum exstitit modus agendi spiritui evangelico minus conformis, immo contrarius, semper tamen mansit Ecclesiae doctrina neminem esse ad fidem cogendum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Evangelicum fermentum in mentibus hominum sic diu est operatum atque multum contulit, ut homines temporum decursu latius agnoscerent dignitatem personae suae et maturesceret persuasio in re religiosa ipsam immunem servandam esse in civitate a quacumque humana coercitione."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inter ea quae ad bonum Ecclesiae, immo ad bonum ipsius terrenae civitatis spectant et ubique semperque servanda sunt atque ab omni iniuria defendenda, illud certe praestantissimum est, ut Ecclesia tanta perfruatur agendi libertate, quantam salus hominum curanda requirat (32). Haec enim libertas sacra est, qua Unigenitus Dei Filius ditavit Ecclesiam acquisitam sanguine suo. Ecclesiae sane adeo propria est, ut qui eam impugnant, iidem contra Dei voluntatem agant. Libertas Ecclesiae est principium fundamentale in relationibus inter Ecclesiam et potestates publicas totumque ordinem civilem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In societate humana et coram quavis potestate publica Ecclesia sibi vindicat libertatem, utpote auctoritas spiritualis, a Christo Domino constituta, cui ex divino mandato incumbit officium eundi in mundum universum et Evangelium praedicandi omni creaturae (33). Libertatem pariter sibi vindicat Ecclesia prout est etiam societas hominum qui iure gaudent vivendi in societate civili secundum fidei christianae praescripta (34)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Iamvero si viget ratio libertatis religiosae non solum verbis proclamata neque solum legibus sancita, sed etiam cum sinceritate in praxim deducta, tunc demum Ecclesia stabilem obtinet et iuris et facti condicionem ad necessariam in missione divina exsequenda independentiam, quam auctoritates ecclesiasticae in societate presse pressiusque vindicarunt (35). Simulque Christifideles, sicut et ceteri homines, iure civili gaudent ne impediantur in vita sua iuxta conscientiam agenda. Concordia igitur viget inter libertatem Ecclesiae et libertatem illam religiosam, quae omnibus hominibus et communitatibus est tanquam ius agnoscenda et in ordinatione iuridica sancienda."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia catholica, ut divino obtemperet mandato: \"docete omnes gentes\" (Mt 28,19), impensa cura adlaborare debet \"ut sermo Dei currat et clarificetur\" (2 Thess 3,1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enixe igitur rogat Ecclesia, ut a filiis suis primum omnium fiant \"obsecrationes, orationes, postulationes, gratiarum actiones pro omnibus hominibus... Hoc enim bonum est et acceptum coram Salvatore nostro Deo, qui omnes homines vult salvos fieri et ad agnitionem veritatis venire\" (1Tim 2,1-4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christifideles autem in sua efformanda conscientia diligenter attendere debent ad sacram certamque Ecclesiae doctrinam (36). Christi enim voluntate Ecclesia catholica magistra est veritatis, eiusque munus est, ut Veritatem quae Christus est enuntiet atque authentice doceat, simulque principia ordinis moralis, ex ipsa natura humana profluentia, auctoritate sua declaret atque confirmet. Insuper Christiani, in sapientia ambulantes ad eos qui foris sunt, \"in Spiritu Sancto, in caritate non ficta, in verbo veritatis\" (2 Cor 6,6-7), lumen vitae cum omni fiducia (37) et fortitudine apostolica, ad sanguinis usque effusionem, diffundere satagant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Etenim discipulus erga Christum Magistrum gravi adstringitur officio, veritatem ab Eo receptam plenius in dies cognoscendi, annuntiandi fideliter, strenueque defendendi, exclusis mediis spiritui evangelico contrariis. Simul tamen caritas Christi urget eum, ut amanter prudenter patienter agat cum hominibus, qui in errore vel ignorantia circa fidem versantur (38). Respiciendum igitur est tum ad officia erga Christum Verbum vivificans quod praedicandum est, tum ad humanae personae iura, tum ad mensuram gratiae a Deo per Christum tributam homini, qui ad fidem sponte accipiendam et profitendam invitatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Constat igitur praesentis aetatis homines optare ut libere possint religionem privatim publiceque profiteri, immo libertatem religiosam in plerisque Constitutionibus iam ut ius civile declarari et documentis internationalibus sollemniter agnosci (39)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At non desunt regimina in quibus, etsi in eorum Constitutione libertas cultus religiosi agnoscitur, tamen ipsae publicae potestates conantur cives a religione profitenda removere et communitatibus religiosis vitam perdifficilem ac periclitantem reddere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Illa fausta huius temporis signa laeto animo salutans, haec vero deploranda facta cum maerore denuntians, Sacra Synodus Catholicos hortatur, exorat autem homines universos, ut perattente considerent quantopere libertas religiosa necessaria sit in praesenti potissimum familiae humanae condicione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Manifestum est enim cunctas gentes magis in dies unum fieri, homines diversae culturae et religionis arctioribus inter se devinciri rationibus, augeri denique conscientiam propriae cuiusque responsabilitatis. Proinde ut pacificae relationes et concordia in genere humano instaurentur et firmentur, requiritur ut ubique terrarum libertas religiosa efficaci tutela iuridica muniatur atque observentur suprema hominum officia et iura ad vitam religiosam libere in societate ducendam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Faxit Deus et Pater omnium ut familia humana, diligenter servata libertatis religiosae ratione in societate, per gratiam Christi et virtutem Spiritus Sancti adducatur ad sublimem illam ac perennem \"libertatem gloriae filiorum Dei\" (Rom 8,21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec omnia et singula quae in hac Declaratione edicta sunt, placuerunt Sacrosancti Concilii Patribus. Et Nos, Apostolica a Christo Nobis tradita potestate, illa, una cum Venerabilibus Patribus, in Spiritu Sancto approbamus, decernimus ac statuimus et quae ita synodaliter statuta sunt ad Dei gloriam promulgari iubemus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Romae, apud S. Petrum die VII mensis decembris anno MCMLXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS Catholicae Ecclesiae Episcopus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EUGENIUS Episcopus Ostiensis ac Portuensis et S. Rufinae Cardinalis TISSERANT, Sacri Collegii Decanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus Albanensis Cardinalis PIZZARDO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENEDICTUS Episcopus Praenestinus Cardinalis ALOISI MASELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS Episcopus tit. Veliternus Cardinalis CENTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HAMLETUS IOANNES Episcopus tit. Tusculanus Cardinalis CICOGNANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus tit. Sabinensis et Mandelensis Cardinalis FERRETTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS GABRIEL Cardinalis TAPPOUNI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Syrorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAXIMUS IV Cardinalis SAIGH, Patriarcha Antiochenus Melkitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS PETRUS Cardinalis MEOUCHI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Maronitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS I Cardinalis SIDAROUSS, Patriarcha Alexandrinus Coptorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EMMANUEL TIT. Ss. Marcellini et Petri Presbyter Cardinalis GONÇALVES CEREJEIRA, Patriarcha Lisbonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ACHILLES titulo S. Sixti Presbyter Cardinalis LIÉNART, Episcopus Insulensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IACOBUS ALOISIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Damaso Presbyter Cardinalis COPELLO, S. R. E. Cancellarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GREGORIUS PETRUS titulo S. Bartholomaei in Insula Presbyter Cardinalis AGAGIANIAN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego VALERIANUS titulo S. Mariae in Via Lata Presbyter Cardinalis GRACIAS, Archiepiscopus Bombayensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Honuphrii in Ianiculo Presbyter Cardinalis GARIBI Y RIVERA, Archiepiscopus Guadalajarensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS titulo S. Agnetis extra moenia Presbyter Cardinalis CONFALONIERI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo Ss. Quirici et Iulittae Presbyter Cardinalis RICHAUD, Archiepiscopus Burdigalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS M. titulo Ss. Viti, Modesti et Crescentiae Presbyter Cardinalis BUENO Y MONREAL, Archiepiscopus Hispalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo S. Eusebii Presbyter Cardinalis KÖNIG, Archiepiscopus Vindobonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IULIUS titulo S. Mariae Scalaris Presbyter Cardinalis DÖPFNER, Archiepiscopus Monacensis et Frisingensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Andreae Apostoli de Hortis Presbyter Cardinalis MARELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUSTAVUS titulo S. Hieronymi Illyricorum Presbyter Cardinalis TESTA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Andreae de Valle Presbyter Cardinalis TRAGLIA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PETRUS TATSUO titulo S. Antonii Patavini de Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DOI, Archiepiscopus Tokiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis Baptistae Florentinorum Presbyter Cardinalis LEFEBVRE, Archiepiscopus Bituricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BERNARDUS titulo S. Ioachimi Presbyter Cardinalis ALFRINK, Archiepiscopus Ultraiectensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RUFINUS I. titulo S. Mariae ad Montes Presbyter Cardinalis SANTOS, Archiepiscopus Manilensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAUREANUS titulo S. Francisci Assisiensis ad Ripam Maiorem Presbyter Cardinalis RUGAMBWA, Episcopus Bukobaënsis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo Ssmi Redemptoris et S. Alfonsi in Exquiliis Presbyter Cardinalis RITTER, Archiepiscopus S. Ludovici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Silvestri in Capite Presbyter Cardinalis HEENAN, Archiepiscopus Vestmonasteriensis, Primas Angliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo Ssmae Trinitatis in Monte Pincio Presbyter Cardinalis VILLOT, Archiepiscopus Lugdunensis et Viennensis, Primas Galliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo S. Camilli de Lellis ad Hortos Sallustianos Presbyter Cardinalis ZOUNGRANA, Archiepiscopus Uagaduguensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HENRICUS titulo S. Agathae in Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DANTE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAESAR titulo D.nae N.ae a Sacro Corde in Circo Agonali Presbyter Cardinalis ZERBA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AGNELLUS titulo Praecelsae Dei Matris Presbyter Cardinalis ROSSI, Archiepiscopus S. Pauli in Brasilia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Martini in Montibus Presbyter Cardinalis COLOMBO, Archiepiscopus Mediolanensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS titulo S. Patricii ad Villam Ludovisi Presbyter Cardinalis CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, totius Hiberniae Primas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANGELUS titulo Sacri Cordis Beatae Mariae Virginis ad forum Euclidis Presbyter Cardinalis HERRERA, Episcopus Malacitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALAPHRIDUS S. Mariae in Domnica Protodiaconus Cardinalis OTTAVIANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALBERTUS S. Pudentianae Diaconus Cardinalis DI JORIO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS S. Mariae in Cosmedin Diaconus Cardinalis ROBERTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ARCADIUS SS. Blasii et Caroli ad Catinarios Diaconus Cardinalis LARRAONA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS SS. Cosmae et Damiani Diaconus Cardinalis MORANO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUILLELMUS THEODORUS S. Theodori in Palatio Cardinalis HEARD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego AUGUSTINUS S. Sabae Diaconus Cardinalis BEA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ANTONIUS S. Eugenii Diaconus Cardinalis BACCI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRATER MICHAEL S. Pauli in Arenula Diaconus Cardinalis BROWNE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRIDERICUS S. Ioannis Bosco in via Tusculana Diaconus Cardinalis Callori DI VIGNALE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 aprilis 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 279; ibid., p. 265; PIUS XII, Nuntius radiophonicus, 24 dec. 1944: AAS 37 (1945), p. 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 aprilis 1963: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 260-261; PIUS XII, Nuntius radiophonicus, 24 dec. 1942: AAS 35 (1943), P. 19; PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Mit brennender Sorge, 14 martii 1937: AAS 29 (1937), p. 160; LEO XIII, Litt. Encycl. Libertas praestantissimum, 20 iunii 1888: Acta Leonis XIII, 8 (1888), pp. 237-238."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Cf. S. THOMAS, Summa theologica, I-II, q. 91, a. 1; q. 93, a. 1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 aprilis 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 270; PAULUS VI, Nuntius radiophonicus, 22 dec. 1964: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 181-182; S. THOMAS, Summa theologica, I-II, q. 91, a. 4 c."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Mater et Magistra, 15 maii 1961: AAS 53 (1961), p. 417; IDEM, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 aprilis 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 273."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 aprilis 1963: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 273-274; PIUS XII, Nuntius radiophonicus, 1 iunii 1942: AAS 33 (1941), p. 200."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cf. LEO XIII, Litt. Encycl. Immortale Dei, 1 nov. 1885: ASS 18 (1885), p. 161."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cf. LACTANTIUS, Divinarum Institutionum, Lib. V, 19: CSEL 19, pp. 463-464, 465; PL 6, 614 et 616 (cap. 20); S. AMBROSIUS, Epistola ad Valentinianum Imp., Ep. 21: PL 16, 1005; S. AUGUSTINUS, Contra litteras Petiliani, Lib. II, cap. 83: CSEL 52, p. 112; PL 43, 315; cf C. 23, q. 5, c. 33 (ed. Friedberg, col. 939); IDEM, Ep. 23: PL 33, 98; IDEM, Ep. 34: PL 33, 132; IDEM, Ep. 35: PL 33, 135; S. GREGORIUS MAGNUS, Epistola ad Virgilium et Theodorum Episcopos Massiliae Galliarum, Registrum Epistolarum, I, 45: MGH Ep. 1, P. 72; PL 77, 510-511 (lib. I, ep. 47); IDEM, Epistola ad Iohannem Episcopum Constantinopolitanum, Registrum Epistolarum, III, 52: MGH Ep. I, p. 210; PL 77, 649 (lib. III, ep. 53); cf. D. 45, c. 1 (ed. Friedberg, col. 160); CONC. TOLET. IV, c. 57: MANSI 10, 633; cf. D. 45, c. 5 (ed. Friedberg, col. 161-162); CLEMENS III: X., V, 6, 9: ed. Friedberg, col. 774; INNOCENTIUS III, Epistola ad Arelatensem Archiepiscopum, X., III, 42, 3: ed. Friedberg, col. 646."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Cf. CIC, can. 1351; PIUS XII, Allocutio ad Praelatos Auditores caeterosque officiales et administros Tribunalis S. Romanae Rotae, 6 oct. 1946: AAS 38 (1946), p. 394; IDEM, Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis, 29 iunii 1943: AAS (1943), p. 243."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cf. Eph. 1, 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Cf. Io. 6, 44."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cf. Io. 13, 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Cf. Mt. 11, 29."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Cf. Mt. 11, 28-30; Io. 6, 67-68."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Cf. Mt. 9, 28-29; Mc. 9, 23-24; 6, 5-6; PAULUS VI, Litt. Encycl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 aug. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 642-643."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Cf. Mt. 11, 20-24; Rom. 12, 19-20; 2 Thess. 1, 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Cf. Mt. 13, 30. 40-42."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Cf. Mt. 4, 8-10; Io. 6, 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Cf. Is. 42, 1-4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Cf. Io. 18, 37."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Cf. Mt. 26, 51-53; Io. 18, 36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Cf. Io. 12, 32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Cf. I Cor. 2, 3-5; I Thess. 2, 3-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Cf. Rom. 14, 1-23; I Cor. 8, 9-13; 10, 23-33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Cf. Eph. 6, 19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Cf. Rom. 1, 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Cf. 2 Cor. 10, 4; I Thess. 5, 8-9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Cf. Eph. 6, 11-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Cf. 2 Cor. 10, 3-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Cf. I Pt. 2, 13-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Cf. Act. 4, 19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) Cf. LEO XIII, Litterae Officio sanctissimo, 22 dec. 1887: ASS 20 (1887), p. 269; IDEM, Litterae Ex litteris, 7 aprilis 1887: ASS 19 (1886), p. 465."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) Cf. Mc. 16, 15; Mt. 28, 18-20: PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Summi Pontificatus, 20 oct. 1939: AAS 31 (1939), pp. 445-446."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Cf. PIUS XI, Litterae Firmissimam constantiam, 28 martii 1937: AAS 29 (1937), p. 196."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(35) Cf. PIUS XII, Allocutio Ci riesce, 6 dec. 1953: AAS 45 (1953), p. 802."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(36) Cf. PIUS XII, Nuntius radiophonicus, 23 martii 1952: AAS 44 (1952), pp. 270-278."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(37) Cf. Act. 4, 29."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(38) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 aprilis 1963: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 299-300. (39) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 aprilis 1963: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 295-296."
            }
          ]
        },
        "pt": {
          "code": "pt",
          "label": "Português",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651207_dignitatis-humanae_po.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-92-vat-ii_decl_19651207_dignitatis-humanae_po.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECLARAÇÃO DIGNITATIS HUMANAE SOBRE A LIBERDADE RELIGIOSA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O PROBLEMA DA LIBERDADE RELIGIOSA NA ACTUALIDADE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os homens de hoje tornam-se cada vez mais conscientes da dignidade da pessoa humana e (1), cada vez em maior número, reivindicam a capacidade de agir segundo a própria convicção e com liberdade responsável, não forçados por coacção mas levados pela consciência do dever. Requerem também que o poder público seja delimitado juridicamente, a fim de que a honesta liberdade das pessoas e das associações não seja restringida mais do que é devido. Esta exigência de liberdade na sociedade humana diz respeito principalmente ao que é próprio do espírito, e, antes de mais, ao que se refere ao livre exercício da religião na sociedade. Considerando atentamente estas aspirações, e propondo-se declarar quanto são conformes à verdade e à justiça, este Concílio Vaticano investiga a sagrada tradição e doutrina da Igreja, das quais tira novos ensinamentos, sempre concordantes com os antigos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em primeiro lugar, pois, afirma o sagrado Concílio que o próprio Deus deu a conhecer ao género humano o caminho pelo qual, servindo-O, os homens se podem salvar e alcançar a felicidade em Cristo. Acreditamos que esta única religião verdadeira se encontra na Igreja católica e apostólica, à qual o Senhor Jesus confiou o encargo de a levar a todos os homens, dizendo aos Apóstolos: «Ide, pois, fazer discípulos de todas as nações, baptizando os em nome do Pai, do Filho e do Espírito Santo, ensinando-os a cumprir tudo quanto vos prescrevi» (Mt. 28, 19-20). Por sua parte, todos os homens têm o dever de buscar a verdade, sobretudo no que diz respeito a Deus e à sua Igreja e, uma vez conhecida, de a abraçar e guardar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio declara igualmente que tais deveres atingem e obrigam a consciência humana e que a verdade não se impõe de outro modo senão pela sua própria forca, que penetra nos espíritos de modo ao mesmo tempo suave e forte. Ora, visto que a liberdade religiosa, que os homens exigem no exercício do seu dever de prestar culto a Deus, diz respeito à imunidade de coacção na sociedade civil, em nada afecta a doutrina católica tradicional acerca do dever moral que os homens e as sociedades têm para com a verdadeira religião e a única Igreja de Cristo. Além disso, ao tratar desta liberdade religiosa, o sagrado Concílio tem a intenção de desenvolver a doutrina dos últimos Sumos Pontífices acerca dos direitos invioláveis da pessoa humana e da ordem jurídica da sociedade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. DOUTRINA GERAL ACERCA DA LIBERDADE RELIGIOSA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sujeito, objecto e fundamento da liberdade religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este Concílio Vaticano declara que a pessoa humana tem direito à liberdade religiosa. Esta liberdade consiste no seguinte: todos os homens devem estar livres de coacção, quer por parte dos indivíduos, quer dos grupos sociais ou qualquer autoridade humana; e de tal modo que, em matéria religiosa, ninguém seja forçado a agir contra a própria consciência, nem impedido de proceder segundo a mesma, em privado e em público, só ou associado com outros, dentro dos devidos limites. Declara, além disso, que o direito à liberdade religiosa se funda realmente na própria dignidade da pessoa humana, como a palavra revelada de Deus e a própria razão a dão a conhecer (2). Este direito da pessoa humana à liberdade religiosa na ordem jurídica da sociedade deve ser de tal modo reconhecido que se torne um direito civil."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De harmonia com própria dignidade, todos os homens, que são pessoas dotadas de razão e de vontade livre e por isso mesmo com responsabilidade pessoal, são levados pela própria natureza e também moralmente a procurar a verdade, antes de mais a que diz respeito à religião. Têm também a obrigação de aderir à verdade conhecida e de ordenar toda a sua vida segundo as suas exigências. Ora, os homens não podem satisfazer a esta obrigação de modo conforme com a própria natureza, a não ser que gozem ao mesmo tempo de liberdade psicológica e imunidade de coacção externa. O direito à liberdade religiosa não se funda, pois, na disposição subjectiva da pessoa, mas na sua própria natureza. Por esta razão, o direito a esta imunidade permanece ainda naqueles que não satisfazem à obrigação de buscar e aderir à verdade; e, desde que se guarde a justa ordem pública, o seu exercício não pode ser impedido."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A liberdade religiosa da pessoa e a vinculação do homem a Deus"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tudo isto aparece ainda mais claramente quando se considera que a suprema norma da vida humana é a própria lei divina, objectiva e universal, com a qual Deus, no desígnio da sua sabedoria e amor, ordena, dirige e governa o universo inteiro e os caminhos da comunidade humana. Desta sua lei, Deus torna o homem participante, de modo que este, segundo a suave disposição da divina providência, possa conhecer cada vez mais a verdade imutável (3). Por isso, cada um tem o dever e consequentemente o direito de procurar a verdade em matéria religiosa, de modo a formar, prudentemente, usando de meios apropriados, juízos de consciência rectos e verdadeiros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas a verdade deve ser buscada pelo modo que convém à dignidade da pessoa humana e da sua natureza social, isto é, por meio de uma busca livre, com a ajuda do magistério ou ensino, da comunicação e do diálogo, com os quais os homens dão a conhecer uns aos outros a verdade que encontraram ou julgam ter encontrado, a fim de se ajudarem mutuamente na inquirição da verdade; uma vez conhecida esta, deve-se aderir a ela com um firme assentimento pessoal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O homem ouve e reconhece os ditames da lei divina por meio da consciência, que ele deve seguir fielmente em toda a sua actividade, para chegar ao seu fim, que é Deus. Não deve, portanto, ser forçado a agir contra a própria consciência. Nem deve também ser impedido de actuar segundo ela, sobretudo em matéria religiosa. Com efeito, o exercício da religião, pela natureza desta, consiste primeiro que tudo em actos internos voluntários e livres, pelos quais o homem se ordena directamente para Deus; e tais actos não podem ser nem impostos nem impedidos por uma autoridade meramente humana (4). Por sua vez, a própria natureza social do homem exige que este exprima externamente os actos religiosos interiores, entre em comunicação com os demais em assuntos religiosos e professe de modo comunitário a própria religião."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É, portanto, uma injustiça contra a pessoa humana e contra a própria ordem estabelecida por Deus, negar ao homem o livre exercício da religião na sociedade, uma vez salvaguardada a justa ordem pública."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, os actos religiosos, pelos quais os homens, privada e publicamente, se orientam para Deus segundo própria convicção, transcendem por sua natureza a ordem terrena e temporal. Por este motivo, a autoridade civil, que tem como fim próprio olhar pelo bem comum temporal, deve, sim, reconhecer e favorecer a vida religiosa dos cidadãos, mas excede os seus limites quando presume dirigir ou impedir os actos religiosos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A liberdade religiosa das comunidades religiosas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A liberdade ou imunidade de coacção em matéria religiosa, que compete às pessoas tomadas individualmente, também lhes deve ser reconhecida quando actuam em conjunto. Com efeito, as comunidades religiosas são exigidas pela natureza social tanto do homem como da própria religião."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por conseguinte, desde que não se violem as justas exigências da ordem pública, deve-se em justiça a tais comunidades a imunidade que lhes permita regerem-se segundo as suas próprias normas, prestarem culto público ao Ser supremo, ajudarem os seus membros no exercício da vida religiosa e sustentarem-nos com o ensino e promoverem, enfim, instituições em que os membros cooperem na orientação da própria vida segundo os seus princípios religiosos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Também compete às comunidades religiosas o direito de não serem impedidas por meios legais ou pela acção administrativa do poder civil, de escolher, formar, nomear e transferir os próprios ministros, de comunicar com as autoridades e comunidades religiosas de outras partes da terra, de construir edifícios religiosos e de adquirir e usar os bens convenientes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os grupos religiosos têm ainda o direito de não serem impedidos de ensinar e testemunhar publicamente, por palavra e por escrito a sua fé. Porém, na difusão da fé religiosa e na introdução de novas práticas, deve sempre evitar-se todo o modo de agir que tenha visos de coacção, persuasão desonesta ou simplesmente menos leal, sobretudo quando se trata de gente rude ou sem recursos. Tal modo de agir deve ser considerado como um abuso do próprio direito e lesão do direito alheio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Também pertence à liberdade religiosa que os diferentes grupos religiosos não sejam impedidos de dar a conhecer livremente a eficácia especial da própria doutrina para ordenar a sociedade e vivificar toda a actividade humana. Finalmente, na natureza social do homem e na própria índole da religião se funda o direito que os homens têm de, levados pelas suas convicções religiosas, se reunirem livremente ou estabelecerem associações educativas, culturais, caritativas e sociais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A liberdade religiosa da família"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A cada família, pelo facto de ser uma sociedade de direito próprio e primordial, compete o direito de organizar livremente a própria vida religiosa, sob a orientação dos pais. A estes cabe o direito de determinar o método de formação religiosa a dar aos filhos, segundo as próprias convicções religiosas. E, assim, a autoridade civil deve reconhecer aos pais o direito de escolher com verdadeira liberdade as escolas e outros meio de educação; nem, como consequência desta escolha, se lhes devem impor directa ou indirectamente, injustos encargos. Além disso, violam-se os direitos dos pais quando os filhos são obrigados a frequentar aulas que não correspondem às convicções religiosas dos pais, ou quando se impõe um tipo único de educação, do qual se exclui totalmente a formação religiosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promoção da liberdade religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dado que o bem comum da sociedade - ou seja, o conjunto das condições que possibilitam aos homens alcançar mais plena e facilmente a própria perfeição - consiste sobretudo na salvaguarda dos direitos e deveres da pessoa humana (5), o cuidado pela liberdade religiosa incumbe tanto aos cidadãos como aos grupos sociais, aos poderes civis, à Igreja e às outras comunidades religiosas, segundo o modo próprio de cada uma, e de acordo com as suas obrigações para com o bem comum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertence essencialmente a qualquer autoridade civil tutelar e promover os direitos humanos invioláveis (6). Deve, por isso, o poder civil assegurar eficazmente, por meio de leis justas e outros meios convenientes, a tutela da liberdade religiosa de todos os cidadãos, e proporcionar condições favoráveis ao desenvolvimento da vida religiosa, de modo que os cidadãos possam realmente exercitar os seus direitos e cumprir os seus deveres, e a própria sociedade beneficie dos bens da justiça e da paz que derivam da fidelidade dos homens a Deus e à Sua santa vontade (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se, em razão das circunstâncias particulares dos diferentes povos, se atribui a determinado grupo religioso um reconhecimento civil especial na ordem jurídica, é necessário que, ao mesmo tempo, se reconheça e assegure a todos os cidadãos e comunidades religiosas o direito à liberdade em matéria religiosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, a autoridade civil deve tomar providências para que a igualdade jurídica dos cidadãos - a qual também pertence ao bem comum da sociedade nunca seja lesada, clara ou larvadamente, por motivos religiosos, nem entre eles se faça qualquer discriminação."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Daqui se conclui que não e lícito ao poder público impor aos cidadãos, por força, medo ou qualquer outro meio, que professem ou rejeitem determinada religião, ou impedir alguém de entrar numa comunidade religiosa ou dela sair. Muito mais é contra a vontade de Deus e os sagrados direitos da pessoa e da humanidade recorrer por qualquer modo à força para destruir ou dificultar a religião, quer em toda a terra quer em alguma região ou grupo determinado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os limites da liberdade religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É no seio da sociedade humana que se exerce o direito à liberdade em matéria religiosa; por isso, este exercício está sujeito a certas normas reguladoras."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No uso de qualquer liberdade deve respeitar-se o princípio moral da responsabilidade pessoal e social: cada homem e cada grupo social estão moralmente obrigados, no exercício dos próprios direitos, a ter em conta os direitos alheios e os seus próprios deveres para com os outros e o bem comum. Com todos se deve proceder com justiça e bondade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, uma vez que a sociedade civil tem o direito de se proteger contra os abusos que, sob pretexto de liberdade religiosa, se poderiam verificar, é sobretudo ao poder civil que pertence assegurar esta protecção. Isto, porém, não se deve fazer de modo arbitrário, ou favorecendo injustamente uma parte; mas segundo as normas jurídicas, conformes à ordem objectiva, postuladas pela tutela eficaz dos direitos de todos os cidadãos e sua pacífica harmonia, pelo suficiente cuidado da honesta paz pública que consiste na ordenada convivência sobre a base duma verdadeira justiça, e ainda pela guarda que se deve ter da moralidade pública. Todas estas coisas são parte fundamental do bem comum e pertencem à ordem pública. De resto, deve manter-se o princípio de assegurar a liberdade integral na sociedade, segundo o qual se há-de reconhecer ao homem o maior grau possível de liberdade, só restringindo esta quando e na medida em que for necessário."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A educação para o exercício da liberdade religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os homens de hoje estão sujeitos a pressões de toda a ordem e correm o perigo de se verem privados da própria liberdade. Por outro lado, não poucos mostram-se inclinados a rejeitar, sob pretexto de liberdade, toda e qualquer sujeição, ou a fazer pouco caso da devida obediência"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pelo que este Concílio Vaticano exorta a todos, mas sobretudo aos que têm a seu cargo educar outros, a que se esforcem por formar homens que, fiéis à ordem moral, obedeçam à autoridade legítima e amem a autêntica liberdade; isto é, homens que julguem as coisas por si mesmos e à luz da verdade, procedam com sentido de responsabilidade, e aspirem a tudo o que é verdadeiro e justo, sempre prontos para colaborar com os demais. A liberdade religiosa deve, portanto, também servir e orientar-se para que os homens procedam responsavelmente no desempenho dos seus deveres na vida social."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. A LIBERDADE RELIGIOSA À LUZ DA REVELAÇÃO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A liberdade religiosa tem as suas raízes na Revelação"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O que este Concilio Vaticano declara acerca do direito do homem à liberdade religiosa funda-se na dignidade da pessoa, cujas exigências foram aparecendo mais plenamente à razão humana com a experiência dos séculos. Mais ainda: esta doutrina sobre a liberdade tem raízes na Revelação divina, e por isso tanto mais fielmente deve ser respeitada pelos cristãos. Com efeito, embora a Revelação não afirme expressamente o direito à imunidade de coacção externa em matéria religiosa, no entanto ela manifesta em toda a sua amplidão a dignidade da pessoa humana, mostra o respeito de Cristo pela liberdade do homem no cumprimento do dever de crer na palavra de Deus, e ensinar-nos qual o espírito que os discípulos de um tal mestre devem admitir e seguir em tudo. Todas estas coisas iluminam os princípios gerais sobre que se funda a doutrina desta Declaração acerca da liberdade religiosa. A liberdade religiosa na sociedade é de modo especial plenamente consentânea com a liberdade do acto de fé cristã."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A liberdade religiosa está de acordo com a doutrina teológica sobre a fé"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um dos principais ensinamentos da doutrina católica, contido na palavra de Deus e constantemente pregado pelos santos Padres (8) é aquele que diz que o homem deve responder voluntariamente a Deus com a fé, e que, por isso, ninguém deve ser forçado a abraçar a fé contra vontade (9). Com efeito, o acto de fé é, por sua própria natureza, voluntário, já que o homem, remido por Cristo Salvador e chamado à adopção filial por Jesus Cristo (10), não pode aderir a Deus que Se revela a não ser que, atraído pelo Pai (11), preste ao Senhor o obséquio racional e livre da fé. Concorda portanto, plenamente com a índole da fé que em matéria religiosa se exclua qualquer espécie de coacção humana. E por isso o regime da liberdade religiosa contribui muito para promover aquele estado de coisas em que os homens podem sem impedimento ser convidados à fé cristã, abraçá-la livremente e confessá-la por obras em toda a sua vida."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A liberdade religiosa está de acordo com o comportamento de Cristo e dos Apóstolos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deus chama realmente os homens a servi-lo em espírito e verdade; eles ficam, por esse facto, moralmente obrigados, mas não coagidos. Pois Deus tem em conta a dignidade da pessoa humana, por Ele mesmo criada, a qual deve guiar-se pelo próprio juízo e agir como liberdade. Isto apareceu no mais alto grau em Jesus Cristo, no qual Deus Se manifestou perfeitamente, e deu a conhecer os seus desígnios. Com efeito, Cristo, nosso Mestre e Senhor (12), manso e humilde de coração (13), atraiu e convidou com muita paciência os seus discípulos (14). Apoiou e confirmou, sem dúvida, com milagres, a sua pregação; mas para despertar e confirmar a fé dos ouvintes, e não para exercer sobre eles qualquer coacção (15). Censurou, é verdade, a incredulidade dos ouvintes, mas reservando para Deus o castigo, no dia juízo (16). Ao enviar os Apóstolos pelo mundo, disse-lhes: «aquele que acreditar e for baptizado, será salvo; quem não acreditar, será condenado» (Marc. 16,16). Mas Ele próprio, sabendo que a cizânia tinha sido semeada juntamente com o trigo, mandou deixar que ambos crescessem até à ceifa que terá lugar no fim das tempos (17). Não querendo ser um Messias político e dominador pela força (18), preferiu chamar-se Filho do homem, que veio «para servir e dar a sua vida para redenção de muitos» (Marc. 10, 45). Apresentou-se como o perfeito Servo de Deus (19), que «não quebra a cana rachada, nem apaga a mecha fumegante» (Mat. 12, 20). Reconheceu a autoridade civil e seus direitos, mandando dar o tributo a César, mas lembrando claramente que se deviam observar os direitos superiores de Deus: «dai, pois, a César o que é de César, e a Deus o que é de Deus» (Mat. 22, 21). Finalmente, realizando na cruz a obra da redenção, com a qual alcançava para os homens a salvação e verdadeira liberdade, completou a sua revelação. Pois deu testemunho da verdade (20), mas não a quis impor pela força aos seus contraditores. O seu reino não se defende pela violência (21) mas implanta-se pelo testemunho e pela audição da verdade; e cresce pelo amor com que Cristo, elevado na cruz, a Si atrai todos os homens (22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Apóstolos, ensinados pela palavra e exemplo de Cristo, seguiram o mesmo caminho. Desde os começos da Igreja, os discípulos de Cristo esforçaram-se por converter os homens a Cristo Senhor, não com a coacção ou com artifícios indignos do Evangelho, mas primeiro que tudo com a força da palavra de Deus (23). A todos anunciavam com fortaleza a vontade de Deus Salvador «o qual quer que todos os homens se salvem e venham ao conhecimento da verdade» (1 Tim. 2, 4); ao mesmo tempo, respeitavam os fracos, mesmo que estivessem no erro, mostrando assim como «cada um de nós dará conta de si a Deus» (Rom. 14, 12) (24) e, nessa medida, tem obrigação de obedecer à própria consciência. Como Cristo, os Apóstolos sempre se dedicaram a dar testemunho da verdade de Deus, ousando proclamar diante do povo e dos chefes «com desassombro, a palavra de Deus» (Act. 4, 31) (25). Pois acreditavam firmemente que o Evangelho é a força de Deus, para salvação de todo o que acredita (26). E assim é que, desprezando todas as «armas carnais» (27), seguindo o exemplo de mansidão e humildade de Cristo, pregaram a palavra de Deus (28) com plena confiança na sua força para destruir os poderes opostos a Deus e para trazer os homens à fé e obediência a Cristo (29). Como o Mestre, também os Apóstolos reconheceram a legítima autoridade civil: «Não há nenhum poder que não venha de Deus», ensina o Apóstolo, que depois manda: «cada um se submeta às autoridades constituídas; ...quem resiste à autoridade, rebela-se contra a ordem estabelecida por Deus» (Rom. 13, 1-2) (30). Ao mesmo tempo, não temeram contradizer o poder público que se opunha à vontade sagrada de Deus: «deve-se obedecer antes a Deus do que aos homens» (Act. 5, 29) (31). Inúmeros mártires e fiéis seguiram, no decorrer dos séculos e por toda a terra, este mesmo caminho."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A doutrina da Igreja fiel à de Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, a Igreja, fiel à verdade evangélica, segue o caminho de Cristo e dos Apóstolos, quando reconhece e fomenta a liberdade religiosa como conforme à dignidade humana e à revelação de Deus. Conservou e transmitiu, no decurso dos tempos, esta doutrina, recebida do Mestre e dos Apóstolos. Ainda que na vida do Povo de Deus, que peregrina no meio das vicissitudes da história humana, houve por vezes modos de agir menos conformes e até contrários ao espírito evangélico, a Igreja manteve sempre a doutrina de que ninguém deve ser coagido a acreditar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O fermento evangélico trabalhou assim longamente o espírito dos homens e contribuiu muito para que eles, com o decorrer do tempo, reconhecessem mais plenamente a dignidade da sua pessoa e amadurecesse a convicção de que, em matéria religiosa, esta devia ficar imune de qualquer coacção humana na vida social."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A liberdade da Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre as coisas que dizem respeito ao bem da Igreja, e mesmo ao bem da própria sociedade terrena, coisas que sempre e em toda a parte se devem manter e defender de qualquer atentado, sobressai particularmente que a Igreja goze de toda a liberdade que o seu encargo de salvar os homens requer (32). É uma liberdade sagrada com que o Filho de Deus dotou a Igreja, adquirida com o seu próprio sangue. E é de tal modo própria da Igreja, que agem contra a vontade de Deus quantos a impugnam. A liberdade da Igreja é um princípio fundamental nas suas relações com os poderes públicos e toda a ordem civil."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na sociedade humana e perante qualquer poder público, a Igreja reivindica para si a liberdade; pois ela é uma autoridade espiritual, fundada por Cristo Senhor, a quem incumbe, por mandato divino, o dever de ir por todo o mundo pregar o Evangelho a todas as criaturas (33). A Igreja reivindica também a liberdade como sociedade que é formada por homens que têm o direito de viver na sociedade civil segundo os princípios da fé cristã (34)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E se a liberdade religiosa está em vigor, não apenas proclamada de palavra ou sancionada pelas leis, mas sinceramente praticada, então obtém a Igreja finalmente, de direito e de facto, o condicionalismo estável para a necessária independência no desempenho da sua missão divina, independência que as autoridades eclesiásticas com insistência crescente reivindicaram na sociedade civil (35). Por sua vez, os cristãos têm, como os demais homens, o direito civil de não serem impedidos de viver segundo a própria consciência. Existe, portanto, harmonia entre a liberdade da Igreja e aquela liberdade religiosa que a todos os homens e comunidades se deve reconhecer como direito e sancionar juridicamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obrigação da Igreja e dos cristãos de difundir a mensagem de Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para obedecer ao mandato divino «ensinai todas as gentes» (Mt. 28, 19), deve a Igreja Católica trabalhar com muita diligência «para que a palavra de Deus se propague rapidamente e seja glorificada» (2 Tess. 3, 1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja pede, por isso, com instância que, antes de mais, os seus filhos façam «preces, orações, súplicas, acções de graças por todos os homens... Pois é uma coisa boa e agradável a Deus nosso Salvador, que quer que todos os homens sejam salvos e cheguem ao conhecimento da verdade» (1 Tim. 2, 1-4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os fiéis, por sua vez, para formarem a sua própria consciência, devem atender diligentemente à doutrina sagrada e certa da Igreja (36). Pois, por vontade de Cristo, a Igreja Católica é mestra da verdade, e tem por encargo dar a conhecer e ensinar autenticamente a Verdade que é Cristo, e ao mesmo tempo declara e confirma, com a sua autoridade, os princípios de ordem moral que dimanam da natureza humana. Além disso, os cristãos, procedendo cordatamente com aqueles que estão fora da Igreja, procurem «no Espírito Santo, com uma caridade não fingida e com a palavra da verdade» (2 Cor. 6, 6-7), difundir com desassombro (37) e fortaleza apostólica a luz da vida, até à efusão do sangue."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Com efeito, o discípulo tem para com Cristo seu mestre o grave dever de conhecer cada vez mais plenamente a verdade d'Ele recebida, de a anunciar fielmente e defender corajosamente postos de parte os meios contrários ao espírito evangélico. Ao mesmo tempo, o amor de Cristo incita-o a agir com amor, prudência e paciência para com os homens que se encontram no erro ou na ignorância relativamente à fé (38). Deve-se, pois, atender quer aos deveres para com Cristo, Verbo vivificador, o qual deve ser anunciado, quer aos direitos da pessoa humana, quer à medida da graça que Deus, por meio de Cristo, concedeu ao homem, convidado a receber e a professar livremente a fé."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exortação e votos do Concílio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É, pois, manifesto que os homens de hoje desejam poder professar livremente a religião, em particular e em público; mais ainda, a liberdade religiosa é declarada direito civil na maior parte das Constituições, e solenemente reconhecida em documentos internacionais (39)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas não faltam regimes nos quais, embora a liberdade de culto religioso seja reconhecida na Constituição, no entanto os poderes públicos esforçam-se por afastar os cidadãos de professarem a religião e por tornar muito difícil e perigosa a vida às comunidades religiosas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Saudando alegremente aqueles propícios sinais do nosso tempo, e denunciando com dor estes factos deploráveis, o sagrado Concílio exorta os católicos e pede a todos os homens que considerem com muita atenção quão necessária é a liberdade religiosa, sobretudo nas actuais circunstâncias da família humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pois é patente que todos os povos se unem cada vez mais, que os homens de diferentes culturas e religiões estabelecem entre si relações mais estreitas, que, finalmente, aumenta a consciência da responsabilidade própria de cada um. Por isso, para que se estabeleçam e consolidem as relações pacíficas e a concórdia no género humano, é necessário que em toda a parte a liberdade religiosa tenha uma eficaz tutela jurídica e que se respeitem os supremos deveres e direitos dos homens de praticarem livremente a religião na sociedade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Queira Deus, Pai de todos os homens, que a família humana, beneficiando da salvaguarda da liberdade religiosa na sociedade, seja conduzida pela graça de Cristo e pela força do Espírito Santo à sublime e perene «liberdade da glória dos Filhos de Deus». (Rom. 8, 21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7 de Dezembro de 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAPA PAULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Encíclica Pacem in terris, 11 abril 1963: AAS 55 (1963), 279; ibid. p. 265; Pio XII, Radiomensagem, 24 dez. 1944: AAS 37 (1945), 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Encíclica Pacem in terris, 11 abril 1963: AAS 55 (1963), 260-261, Pio XII, Radiomensagem, 24 dez. 1942: AAS 35 (1943), 19; Pio XI, Encíclica Mit. brennender Sorge, 14 março 1937: AAS 29 (1937), 160; Leão XIII, Encíclica Libertas praestantissimum, 20 junho 1888: Acta Leonis XIII, 8 (1888), 237-238."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Tomás, Summa theologica, I-II, q. 91, a. 1; q. 93, a. 1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Encíclica Pacem in terris, 11 abril 1963: AAS 55 (1963), 270; Paulo VI, Radiomensagem, 22 dez. 1964: AAS 57 (1965), 181-182; S. Tomás, Summa Theologica, I--I, q. 91, a. 4 c."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Encíclica Mater et Magistra, 15 maio 1961: AAS 53 (1961), 417; Id., Encíclica Pacem in terris, 11 abril 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 273."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Encíclica Pacem in terris, 11 abril 1963: AAS 55 (1963), 273-274; Pio XII, Radiomensagem, 1 junho 1941: AAS 33 (1941); 200."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Leão XIII, Encíclica Imortale Dei, 1 nov. 1885: ASS 18 (1885), 161."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Lactâncio, Divinarum Institutionum, livro V, 19: CSEL 19, p. 463-464, 465; PL 6, 614 e 616 (cap. 20); S. Ambrósio, Epistola ad Valentinianum Imp., c. 21: PL 16, 1005; S. Agostinho, Contra litteras Petiliani, livro II, cap. 83: CSEL 52, p. 112; PL 43, 315; cfr. c. 23, q. 5, c. 33 (ed. Friedberg, col. 939); Id., Ep. 23: PL 33, 98; Id. Ep. 34: PL 33, 132; Id. Ep. 35: PL 33, 135; S. Gregório Magno, Epistola ad Virgilium et Theodorum Episcopos Massiliae Galliarum, Registrum Epistolarum, I, 45: MGH Ep. 1, p. 72: PL 77, 510-511 (livro I, Ep. 47); Id., Epistola ad Johannem Episcopum Constantinopolitanum, Registrum Epistolarum III, 52: MGH Ep. 1, p. 210; PL 77, 649 (livro III, Ep. 53); cfr. D. 45, c. 1 (ed. Friedberg, col. 160); IV Conc. Toledo, cânon 57: Mansi, 10, 633; cfr. D. 45, c. 5 (ed. Friedberg, col. 161-162) ; Clemente III: X, V, 6, 9: ed. Friedberg, col. 774; Inocêncio III, Epistola ad Arelatensem Archiepiscopum, X, III, 42, 3; ed. Friedberg, col. 646."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. CIC c. 1351; Pio XII, aloc. aos Prelados, auditores e restantes oficiais e servidores do Tribunal da S. Romana Rota, 6 out. 1946: AAS 38 (1946), 394; Id. Encíclica Mystici Corporis, 29 junho 1943: AAS 1943, 423."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 1,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 6,44."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 13,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mat. 11,29."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mat. 11, 28-30; Jo. 6, 67-68."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mat. 9, 28-29; Mc. 9, 23-24; 6, 5-6; Paulo VI, Encíclica Ecclesiam suam, 6 agosto 1964: AAS 56 (1964), 642-643 p. 642-643."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mat. 11, 20-24; Rom. 12, 19-24; 2 Tes. 1, 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mat. 13,30 e 40-42."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mat. 11, 8-10; Jo. 6,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Is. 42, 1-4."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 18.37."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mat. 26, 51-53; Jo. 18,36."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 12,32."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 2, 3-5; 1 Tes. 2, 3-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 14, 1-23; 1 Cor. 8, 9-13; 10, 23-33."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 6, 19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 1,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 10,4; 1 Tes., 5, 8-9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 6, 11-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 10, 3-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Ped. 2, 13-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 4, 19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Leão XIII, Carta Officio sanctissimo, 22 dez. 1887: ASS 20, (1887), 269; Id. Carta Ex litteris, 7 abril 1887: ASS 19 (1887) 465."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mc. 16,15; Mt. 28, 18-20; Pio XII, Carta enc. Summi Pontificatus, 20 out. 1939: AAS 31 (1939), 445-446."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. XI, Carta Firmissimam constantiam, 28 março 1937: 1937: AAS 29 (1937), 196."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Alocução Ci riesce, 6 dez. 1953: AAS 45 (1953), 802."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Radiomensagem, 23 março 1952: AAS 44 (1952), 270-278."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 4,29."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Encíclica Pacem in terris, 11 abril 1963: AAS 55 (1963), 299-300."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Encíclica Pacem in terris, 11 abril 1963: AAS 55 (1963), 295-296."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "gaudium-et-spes",
      "council": 21,
      "title": "Gaudium et spes",
      "type": "Constitution",
      "date": "1965-12-07",
      "languages": {
        "de": {
          "code": "de",
          "label": "Deutsch",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19651207_gaudium-et-spes_ge.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-46-vat-ii_const_19651207_gaudium-et-spes_ge.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PASTORALE KONSTITUTION GAUDIUM ET SPES ÜBER DIE KIRCHE IN DER WELT VON HEUTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VORWORT"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die engste Verbundenheit der Kirche mit der ganzen Menschheitsfamilie"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Freude und Hoffnung, Trauer und Angst der Menschen von heute, besonders der Armen und Bedrängten aller Art, sind auch Freude und Hoffnung, Trauer und Angst der Jünger Christi. Und es gibt nichts wahrhaft Menschliches, das nicht in ihren Herzen seinen Widerhall fände."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ist doch ihre eigene Gemeinschaft aus Menschen gebildet, die, in Christus geeint, vom Heiligen Geist auf ihrer Pilgerschaft zum Reich des Vaters geleitet werden und eine Heilsbotschaft empfangen haben, die allen auszurichten ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Darum erfährt diese Gemeinschaft sich mit der Menschheit und ihrer Geschichte wirklich engstens verbunden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wen das Konzil hier anspricht"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Daher wendet sich das Zweite Vatikanische Konzil nach einer tieferen Klärung des Geheimnisses der Kirche ohne Zaudern nicht mehr bloß an die Kinder der Kirche und an alle, die Christi Namen anrufen, sondern an alle Menschen schlechthin in der Absicht, allen darzulegen, wie es Gegenwart und Wirken der Kirche in der Welt von heute versteht. Vor seinen Augen steht also die Welt der Menschen, das heißt die ganze Menschheitsfamilie mit der Gesamtheit der Wirklichkeiten, in denen sie lebt; die Welt, der Schauplatz der Geschichte der Menschheit, von ihren Unternehmungen, Niederlagen und Siegen geprägt; die Welt, die nach dem Glauben der Christen durch die Liebe des Schöpfers begründet ist und erhalten wird; die unter die Knechtschaft der Sünde geraten, von Christus aber, dem Gekreuzigten und Auferstandenen, durch Brechung der Herrschaft des Bösen befreit wurde; bestimmt, umgestaltet zu werden nach Gottes Heilsratschluß und zur Vollendung zu kommen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Auftrag zum Dienst am Menschen"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gewiß ist die Menschheit in unseren Tagen voller Bewunderung für die eigenen Erfindungen und die eigene Macht; trotzdem wird sie oft ängstlich bedrückt durch die Fragen nach der heutigen Entwicklung der Welt, nach Stellung und Aufgabe des Menschen im Universum, nach dem Sinn seines individuellen und kollektiven Schaffens, schließlich nach dem letzten Ziel der Dinge und Menschen. Als Zeuge und Künder des Glaubens des gesamten in Christus geeinten Volkes Gottes kann daher das Konzil dessen Verbundenheit, Achtung und Liebe gegenüber der ganzen Menschheitsfamilie, der dieses ja selbst eingefügt ist, nicht beredter bekunden als dadurch, daß es mit ihr in einen Dialog eintritt über all diese verschiedenen Probleme; daß es das Licht des Evangeliums bringt und daß es dem Menschengeschlecht jene Heilskräfte bietet, die die Kirche selbst, vom Heiligen Geist geleitet, von ihrem Gründer empfängt. Es geht um die Rettung der menschlichen Person, es geht um den rechten Aufbau der menschlichen Gesellschaft."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Mensch also, der eine und ganze Mensch, mit Leib und Seele, Herz und Gewissen, Vernunft und Willen steht im Mittelpunkt unserer Ausführungen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Heilige Synode bekennt darum die hohe Berufung des Menschen, sie erklärt, daß etwas wie ein göttlicher Same in ihn eingesenkt ist, und bietet der Menschheit die aufrichtige Mitarbeit der Kirche an zur Errichtung jener brüderlichen Gemeinschaft aller, die dieser Berufung entspricht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dabei bestimmt die Kirche kein irdischer Machtwille, sondern nur dies eine: unter Führung des Geistes, des Trösters, das Werk Christi selbst weiterzuführen, der in die Welt kam, um der Wahrheit Zeugnis zu geben (1); zu retten, nicht zu richten; zu dienen, nicht sich bedienen zu lassen (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoffnung und Angst"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zur Erfüllung dieses ihres Auftrags obliegt der Kirche allzeit die Pflicht, nach den Zeichen der Zeit zu forschen und sie im Licht des Evangeliums zu deuten. So kann sie dann in einer jeweils einer Generation angemessenen Weise auf die bleibenden Fragen der Menschen nach dem Sinn des gegenwärtigen und des zukünftigen Lebens und nach dem Verhältnis beider zueinander Antwort geben. Es gilt also, die Welt, in der wir leben, ihre Erwartungen, Bestrebungen und ihren oft dramatischen Charakter zu erfassen und zu verstehen. Einige Hauptzüge der Welt von heute lassen sich folgendermaßen umschreiben. Heute steht die Menschheit in einer neuen Epoche ihrer Geschichte, in der tiefgehende und rasche Veränderungen Schritt um Schritt auf die ganze Welt übergreifen. Vom Menschen, seiner Vernunft und schöpferischen Gestaltungskraft gehen sie aus; sie wirken auf ihn wieder zurück, auf seine persönlichen und kollektiven Urteile und Wünsche, auf seine Art und Weise, die Dinge und die Menschen zu sehen und mit ihnen umzugehen. So kann man schon von einer wirklichen sozialen und kulturellen Umgestaltung sprechen, die sich auch auf das religiöse Leben auswirkt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wie es bei jeder Wachstumskrise geschieht, bringt auch diese Umgestaltung nicht geringe Schwierigkeiten mit sich."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So dehnt der Mensch seine Macht so weit aus und kann sie doch nicht immer so steuern, daß sie ihm wirklich dient. Er unternimmt es, in immer tiefere seelische Bereiche einzudringen, und scheint doch oft ratlos über sich selbst. Schritt für Schritt entdeckt er die Gesetze des gesellschaftlichen Lebens und weiß doch nicht, welche Ausrichtung er ihm geben soll. Noch niemals verfügte die Menschheit über soviel Reichtum, Möglichkeiten und wirtschaftliche Macht, und doch leidet noch ein ungeheurer Teil der Bewohner unserer Erde Hunger und Not, gibt es noch unzählige Analphabeten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Niemals hatten die Menschen einen so wachen Sinn für Freiheit wie heute, und gleichzeitig entstehen neue Formen von gesellschaftlicher und psychischer Knechtung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Welt spürt lebhaft ihre Einheit und die wechselseitige Abhängigkeit aller von allen in einer notwendigen Solidarität und wird doch zugleich heftig von einander widerstreitenden Kräften auseinandergerissen. Denn harte politische, soziale, wirtschaftliche, rassische und ideologische Spannungen dauern an; selbst die Gefahr eines Krieges besteht weiter, der alles bis zum Letzten zerstören würde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zwar nimmt der Meinungsaustausch zu; und doch erhalten die gleichen Worte, in denen sich gewichtige Auffassungen ausdrücken, in den verschiedenen Ideologien einen sehr unterschiedlichen Sinn."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Man strebt schließlich unverdrossen nach einer vollkommeneren Ordnung im irdischen Bereich, aber das geistliche Wachstum hält damit nicht gleichen Schritt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Betroffen von einer so komplexen Situation, tun sich viele unserer Zeitgenossen schwer, die ewigen Werte recht zu erkennen und mit dem Neuen, das aufkommt, zu einer richtigen Synthese zu bringen; so sind sie, zwischen Hoffnung und Angst hin und her getrieben, durch die Frage nach dem heutigen Lauf der Dinge zutiefst beunruhigt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieser verlangt eine Antwort vom Menschen. Ja er zwingt ihn dazu."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der tiefgehende Wandel der Situation"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die heute zu beobachtende Unruhe und der Wandel der Lebensbedingungen hängen mit einem umfassenden Wandel der Wirklichkeit zusammen, so daß im Bildungsbereich die mathematischen, naturwissenschaftlichen und anthropologischen Disziplinen, im praktischen Bereich die auf diesen Disziplinen aufbauende Technik ein wachsendes Gewicht erlangen. Diese positiv-wissenschaftliche Einstellung gibt der Kultur und dem Denken des Menschen ein neues Gepräge gegenüber früheren Zeiten. Schon geht die Technik so weit, daß sie das Antlitz der Erde selbst umformt, ja sie geht schon an die Bewältigung des planetarischen Raumes. Auch über die Zeit weitet der Geist des Menschen gewissermaßen seine Herrschaft aus; über die Vergangenheit mit Hilfe der Geschichtswissenschaft; über die Zukunft durch methodisch entwickelte Voraussicht und Planung. In ihrem Fortschritt geben Biologie, Psychologie und Sozialwissenschaften dem Menschen nicht nur ein besseres Wissen um sich selbst; sie helfen ihm auch, in methodisch gesteuerter Weise das gesellschaftliche Leben unmittelbar zu beeinflussen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gleichzeitig befaßt sich die Menschheit in immer steigendem Maß mit der Vorausberechnung und Steuerung ihres eigenen Bevölkerungswachstums. Der Gang der Geschichte selbst erfährt eine so rasche Beschleunigung, daß der Einzelne ihm schon kaum mehr zu folgen vermag. Das Schicksal der menschlichen Gemeinschaft wird eines und ist schon nicht mehr aufgespalten in verschiedene geschichtliche Abläufe. So vollzieht die Menschheit einen Übergang von einem mehr statischen Verständnis der Ordnung der Gesamtwirklichkeit zu einem mehr dynamischen und evolutiven Verständnis. Die Folge davon ist eine neue, denkbar große Komplexheit der Probleme, die wiederum nach neuen Analysen und Synthesen ruft."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wandlungen in der Gesellschaft"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit aber erfahren die überlieferten örtlichen Gemeinschaften, wie patriarchalische Familien, Clans, Stämme, Dörfer, die verschiedenen Gruppen und sozialen Verflochtenheiten einen immer tiefer greifenden Wandel. Es breitet sich allmählich der Typ der Industriegesellschaft aus; einige Nationen gelangen durch ihn zu wirtschaftlichem Wohlstand; zugleich gestaltet er in Jahrhunderten gewordene Denk- und Lebensformen der Gesellschaft völlig um. Entsprechend nimmt die Verstädterung zu, teils infolge des Wachstums der Städte und ihrer Einwohnerzahl, teils durch das Ausgreifen der städtischen Lebensart auf die Landbevölkerung. Die neuen und immer mehr vervollkommneten sozialen Kommunikationsmittel tragen dazu bei, daß man über das Zeitgeschehen informiert wird und daß sich Ansichten und Einstellungen rasch und weit verbreiten mit all den damit verbundenen Kettenreaktionen. Nicht zu unterschätzen ist die Bedeutung der Tatsache, daß Menschen, aus verschiedenen Gründen zur Wanderung veranlaßt, dadurch ihre Lebensart ändern. So nehmen unablässig die Verflechtungen der Menschen untereinander zu und führt die \"Sozialisation\" zu immer neuen Verflechtungen, ohne aber immer eine entsprechende Reifung der Person und wirklich personale Beziehungen (\"Personalisation\") zu fördern. Diese Entwicklung zeichnet sich klarer ab in den durch wirtschaftlichen und technischen Fortschritt begünstigten Nationen; sie ergreift aber auch die Entwicklungsländer, die auch für ihre Gegenden die Vorteile der Industrialisierung und städtischen Kultur erringen möchten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gleichzeitig erfahren diese Völker, besonders jene mit alten Überlieferungen, eine Bewegung hin zu einem entwickelteren und persönlicheren Vollzug der Freiheit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Psychologische, sittliche und religiöse Wandlungen"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Wandlungen von Denkweisen und Strukturen stellen häufig überkommene Werte in Frage, zumal bei der jüngeren Generation, die nicht selten ungeduldig, ja angsthaft rebellisch wird und im Bewußtsein der eigenen Bedeutung im gesellschaftlichen Leben rascher daran teilzuhaben beansprucht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Von daher erfahren Eltern und Erzieher bei der Erfüllung ihrer Aufgabe immer größere Schwierigkeiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die von früheren Generationen überkommenen Institutionen, Gesetze, Denk- und Auffassungsweisen scheinen aber den wirklichen Zuständen von heute nicht mehr in jedem Fall gut zu entsprechen. So kommt es zu schweren Störungen im Verhalten und sogar in den Verhaltensnormen. Die neuen Verhältnisse üben schließlich auch auf das religiöse Leben ihren Einfluß aus. Einerseits läutert der geschärfte kritische Sinn das religiöse Leben von einem magischen Weltverständnis und von noch vorhandenen abergläubischen Elementen und fordert mehr und mehr eine ausdrücklicher personal vollzogene Glaubensentscheidung, so daß nicht wenige zu einer lebendigeren Gotteserfahrung kommen. Andererseits geben breite Volksmassen das religiöse Leben praktisch auf. Anders als in früheren Zeiten sind die Leugnung Gottes oder der Religion oder die völlige Gleichgültigkeit ihnen gegenüber keine Ausnahme und keine Sache nur von Einzelnen mehr."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Heute wird eine solche Haltung gar nicht selten als Forderung des wissen schaftlichen Fortschritts und eines sogenannten neuen Humanismus ausgegeben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das alles findet sich in vielen Ländern nicht nur in Theorien von Philosophen, sondern bestimmt in größtem Ausmaß die Literatur, die Kunst, die Deutung der Wissenschaft und Geschichte und sogar das bürgerliche Recht. Die Verwirrung vieler ist die Folge."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Störungen des Gleichgewichts in der heutigen Welt"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ein so rascher Wandel der Zustände, der oft ordnungslos vor sich geht, und dazu ein schärferes Bewußtsein für die Spannungen in der Welt erzeugen oder vermehren Widersprüche und Störungen des Gleichgewichts. Schon in der Einzelperson entsteht öfters eine Störung des Gleichgewichts zwischen dem auf das Praktische gerichteten Bewußtsein von heute und einem theoretischen Denken, dem es nicht gelingt, die Menge der ihm angebotenen Erkenntnisse selber zu bewältigen und sie hinlänglich in Synthesen zu ordnen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eine ähnliche Störung des Gleichgewichts entsteht ferner zwischen dem entschlossenen Willen zu wirkmächtigem Handeln und den Forderungen des sittlichen Gewissens, aber oft auch zwischen den kollektiven Lebensbedingungen und den Voraussetzungen für ein persönliches Denken oder sogar eines besinnlichen Lebens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Endlich entsteht eine Störung des Gleichgewichts zwischen der Spezialisierung des menschlichen Tuns und einer umfassenden Weltanschauung. In der Familie entstehen Spannungen unter dem Druck der demographischen, wirtschaftlichen und sozialen Situation, aus den Konflikten zwischen den aufeinanderfolgenden Generationen, aus den neuen gesellschaftlichen Beziehungen zwischen Mann und Frau. Große Spannungen entstehen auch zwischen den Rassen, sogar zwischen den verschiedenartigen Gruppen einer Gesellschaft, zwischen reicheren und schwächeren oder notleidenden Völkern, schließlich zwischen den internationalen Institutionen, die aus der Friedenssehnsucht der Völker entstanden sind, und der rücksichtslosen Propaganda der eigenen Ideologie samt dem Kollektivegoismus in den Nationen und anderen Gruppen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Folge davon sind gegenseitiges Mißtrauen und Feindschaft, Konflikte und Notlagen. Ihre Ursache und ihr Opfer zugleich ist der Mensch."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das umfassendere Verlangen der Menschheit"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gleichzeitig wächst die Überzeugung, daß die Menschheit nicht nur ihre Herrschaft über die Schöpfung immer weiter verstärken kann und muß, sondern daß es auch ihre Aufgabe ist, eine politische, soziale und wirtschaftliche Ordnung zu schaffen, die immer besser im Dienst des Menschen steht und die dem Einzelnen wie den Gruppen dazu hilft, die ihnen eigene Würde zu behaupten und zu entfalten. Daher erheben sehr viele heftig Anspruch auf jene Güter, die ihnen nach ihrer tief empfundenen Überzeugung durch Ungerechtigkeit oder falsche Verteilung vorenthalten werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die aufsteigenden Völker, wie jene, die erst jüngst unabhängig geworden sind, verlangen ihren Anteil an den heutigen Kulturgütern nicht nur auf politischem, sondern auch auf wirtschaftlichem Gebiet und wollen frei ihre Rolle in der Welt spielen, während andererseits zugleich ihr Abstand und häufig auch ihre wirtschaftliche Abhängigkeit von den reicheren Völkern wächst, die sich schneller weiterentwickeln."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die vom Hunger heimgesuchten Völker fordern Rechenschaft von den reicheren Völkern."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Frauen verlangen für sich die rechtliche und faktische Gleichstellung mit den Männern, wo sie diese noch nicht erlangt haben. Die Arbeiter und Bauern wollen nicht bloß das zum Lebensunterhalt Notwendige erwerben können, sondern durch ihre Arbeit auch ihre Persönlichkeitswerte entfalten und überdies an der Gestaltung des wirtschaftlichen, gesellschaftlichen, politischen und kulturellen Lebens ihren Anteil haben. Zum erstenmal in der Geschichte der Menschheit haben alle Völker die Überzeugung, daß die Vorteile der Zivilisation auch wirklich allen zugute kommen können und müssen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hinter allen diesen Ansprüchen steht ein tieferes und umfassenderes Verlangen: die Einzelpersonen und die Gruppen begehren ein erfülltes und freies Leben, das des Menschen würdig ist, indem sie sich selber alles, was die heutige Welt ihnen so reich darzubieten vermag, dienstbar machen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Völker streben darüber hinaus immer stärker nach einer gewissen alle umfassenden Gemeinschaft."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter diesen Umständen zeigt sich die moderne Welt zugleich stark und schwach, in der Lage, das Beste oder das Schlimmste zu tun; für sie ist der Weg offen zu Freiheit oder Knechtschaft, Fortschritt oder Rückschritt, Brüderlichkeit oder Haß. Zudem wird nun der Mensch sich dessen bewußt, daß es seine eigene Aufgabe ist, jene Kräfte, die er selbst geweckt hat und die ihn zermalmen oder ihm dienen können, richtig zu lenken."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wonach er fragt, ist darum er selber."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die tieferen Fragen der Menschheit"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Wahrheit hängen die Störungen des Gleichgewichts, an denen die moderne Welt leidet, mit jener tiefer liegenden Störung des Gleichgewichts zusammen, die im Herzen des Menschen ihren Ursprung hat. Denn im Menschen selbst sind viele widersprüchliche Elemente gegeben. Einerseits erfährt er sich nämlich als Geschöpf vielfältig begrenzt, andererseits empfindet er sich in seinem Verlangen unbegrenzt und berufen zu einem Leben höherer Ordnung. Zwischen vielen Möglichkeiten, die ihn anrufen, muß er dauernd unweigerlich eine Wahl treffen und so auf dieses oder jenes verzichten. Als schwacher Mensch und Sünder tut er oft das, was er nicht will, und was er tun wollte, tut er nicht (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So leidet er an einer inneren Zwiespältigkeit, und daraus entstehen viele und schwere Zerwürfnisse auch in der Gesellschaft. Freilich werden viele durch eine praktisch materialistische Lebensführung von einer klaren Erfassung dieses dramatischen Zustandes abgelenkt oder vermögen unter dem Druck ihrer Verelendung sich nicht mit ihm zu beschäftigen. Viele glauben, in einer der vielen Weltdeutungen ihren Frieden zu finden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Andere wieder erwarten vom bloßen menschlichen Bemühen die wahre und volle Befreiung der Menschheit und sind davon überzeugt, daß die künftige Herrschaft des Menschen über die Erde alle Wünsche ihres Herzens erfüllen wird. Andere wieder preisen, am Sinn des Lebens verzweifelnd, den Mut derer, die in der Überzeugung von der absoluten Bedeutungslosigkeit der menschlichen Existenz versuchen, ihr nun die ganze Bedeutung ausschließlich aus autonomer Verfügung des Subjekts zu geben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dennoch wächst angesichts der heutigen Weltentwicklung die Zahl derer, die die Grundfragen stellen oder mit neuer Schärfe spüren: Was ist der Mensch?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Was ist der Sinn des Schmerzes, des Bösen, des Todes - alles Dinge, die trotz solchen Fortschritts noch immer weiterbestehen?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wozu diese Siege, wenn sie so teuer erkauft werden mußten?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Was kann der Mensch der Gesellschaft geben, was von ihr erwarten?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Was kommt nach diesem irdischen Leben?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche aber glaubt: Christus, der für alle starb und auferstand4, schenkt dem Menschen Licht und Kraft durch seinen Geist, damit er seiner höchsten Berufung nachkommen kann; es ist kein anderer Name unter dem Himmel den Menschen gegeben, in dem sie gerettet werden sollen (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sie glaubt ferner, daß in ihrem Herrn und Meister der Schlüssel, der Mittelpunkt und das Ziel der ganzen Menschheitsgeschichte gegeben ist. Die Kirche bekennt überdies, daß allen Wandlungen vieles Unwandelbare zugrunde liegt, was seinen letzten Grund in Christus hat, der derselbe ist gestern, heute und in Ewigkeit (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im Licht Christi also, des Bildes des unsichtbaren Gottes, des Erstgeborenen vor aller Schöpfung (7), will das Konzil alle Menschen ansprechen, um das Geheimnis des Menschen zu erhellen und mitzuwirken dabei, daß für die dringlichsten Fragen unserer Zeit eine Lösung gefunden wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. HAUPTTEIL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE KIRCHE UND DIE BERUFUNG DES MENSCHEN"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Antworten auf die Antriebe des Geistes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im Glauben daran, daß es vom Geist des Herrn geführt wird, der den Erdkreis erfüllt, bemüht sich das Volk Gottes, in den Ereignissen, Bedürfnissen und Wünschen, die es zusammen mit den übrigen Menschen unserer Zeit teilt, zu unterscheiden, was darin wahre Zeichen der Gegenwart oder der Absicht Gottes sind. Der Glaube erhellt nämlich alles mit einem neuen Licht, enthüllt den göttlichen Ratschluß hinsichtlich der integralen Berufung des Menschen und orientiert daher den Geist auf wirklich humane Lösungen hin."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Konzil beabsichtigt, vor allem jene Werte, die heute besonders in Geltung sind, in diesem Licht zu beurteilen und auf ihren göttlichen Ursprung zurückzuführen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insofern diese Werte nämlich aus der gottgegebenen Anlage des Menschen hervorgehen, sind sie gut. Infolge der Verderbtheit des menschlichen Herzens aber fehlt ihnen oft die notwendige letzte Ausrichtung, so daß sie einer Läuterung bedürfen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Was denkt die Kirche vom Menschen?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Welche Empfehlungen erscheinen zum Aufbau der heutigen Gesellschaft angebracht?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Was ist die letzte Bedeutung der menschlichen Tätigkeit in der gesamten Welt?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auf diese Fragen erwartet man Antwort. Von da wird klarer in Erscheinung treten, daß das Volk Gottes und die Menschheit, der es eingefügt ist, in gegenseitigem Dienst stehen, so daß die Sendung der Kirche sich als eine religiöse und gerade dadurch höchst humane erweist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE WÜRDE DER MENSCHLICHEN PERSON"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Mensch nach dem Bild Gottes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist fast einmütige Auffassung der Gläubigen und der Nichtgläubigen, daß alles auf Erden auf den Menschen als seinen Mittel- und Höhepunkt hinzuordnen ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Was ist aber der Mensch?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Viele verschiedene und auch gegensätzliche Auffassungen über sich selbst hat er vorgetragen und trägt er vor, in denen er sich oft entweder selbst zum höchsten Maßstab macht oder bis zur Hoffnungslosigkeit abwertet, und ist so unschlüssig und voll Angst."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In eigener Erfahrung dieser Nöte kann die Kirche doch, von der Offenbarung Gottes unterwiesen, für sie eine Antwort geben, um so die wahre Verfassung des Menschen zu umreißen und seine Schwäche zu erklären, zugleich aber auch die richtige Anerkennung seiner Würde und Berufung zu ermöglichen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Heilige Schrift lehrt nämlich, daß der Mensch \"nach dem Bild Gottes\" geschaffen ist, fähig, seinen Schöpfer zu erkennen und zu lieben, von ihm zum Herrn über alle irdischen Geschöpfe gesetzt (1), um sie in Verherrlichung Gottes zu beherrschen und zu nutzen (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Was ist der Mensch, daß du seiner gedenkst? Oder des Menschen Kind, daß du dich seiner annimmst?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenig geringer als Engel hast du ihn gemacht, mit Ehre und Herrlichkeit ihn gekrönt und ihn über die Werke deiner Hände gesetzt. Alles hast du ihm unter die Füße gelegt\" (Ps 8,5-7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aber Gott hat den Menschen nicht allein geschaffen: denn von Anfang an hat er ihn \"als Mann und Frau geschaffen\" (Gen 1,27); ihre Verbindung schafft die erste Form personaler Gemeinschaft."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Mensch ist nämlich aus seiner innersten Natur ein gesellschaftliches Wesen; ohne Beziehung zu den anderen kann er weder leben noch seine Anlagen zur Entfaltung bringen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gott sah also, wie wir wiederum in der Heiligen Schrift lesen, \"alles, was er gemacht hatte, und es war sehr gut\" (Gen 1,31)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Sünde"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obwohl in Gerechtigkeit von Gott begründet, hat der Mensch unter dem Einfluß des Bösen gleich von Anfang der Geschichte an durch Auflehnung gegen Gott und den Willen, sein Ziel außerhalb Gottes zu erreichen, seine Freiheit mißbraucht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Obwohl sie Gott erkannten, haben sie ihn nicht als Gott verherrlicht, sondern ihr unverständiges Herz wurde verfinstert, und sie dienten den Geschöpfen statt dem Schöpfer\" (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Was uns aus der Offenbarung Gottes bekannt ist, steht mit der Erfahrung in Einklang: der Mensch erfährt sich, wenn er in sein Herz schaut, auch zum Bösen geneigt und verstrickt in vielfältige Übel, die nicht von seinem guten Schöpfer herkommen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oft weigert er sich, Gott als seinen Ursprung anzuerkennen; er durchbricht dadurch auch die geschuldete Ausrichtung auf sein letztes Ziel, zugleich aber auch seine ganze Ordnung hinsichtlich seiner selbst wie hinsichtlich der anderen Menschen und der ganzen Schöpfung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So ist der Mensch in sich selbst zwiespältig."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deshalb stellt sich das ganze Leben der Menschen, das einzelne wie das kollektive, als Kampf dar, und zwar als einen dramatischen, zwischen Gut und Böse, zwischen Licht und Finsternis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ja, der Mensch findet sich unfähig, durch sich selbst die Angriffe des Bösen wirksam zu bekämpfen, so daß ein jeder sich wie in Ketten gefesselt fühlt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Herr selbst aber ist gekommen, um den Menschen zu befreien und zu stärken, indem er ihn innerlich erneuerte und \"den Fürsten dieser Welt\" (Joh 12,31) hinauswarf, der ihn in der Knechtschaft der Sünde festhielt (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Sünde mindert aber den Menschen selbst, weil sie ihn hindert, seine Erfüllung zu erlangen. Im Licht dieser Offenbarung finden zugleich die erhabene Berufung wie das tiefe Elend, die die Menschheit erfährt, ihre letzte Erklärung."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Wesensstand des Menschen"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Leib und Seele einer, vereint der Mensch durch seine Leiblichkeit die Elemente der stofflichen Welt in sich: Durch ihn erreichen diese die Höhe ihrer Bestimmung und erheben ihre Stimme zum freien Lob des Schöpfers (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das leibliche Leben darf also der Mensch nicht geringachten; er muß im Gegenteil seinen Leib als von Gott geschaffen und zur Auferweckung am Jüngsten Tage bestimmt für gut und der Ehre würdig halten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Durch die Sünde aber verwundet, erfährt er die Widerstände seiner Leiblichkeit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Daher verlangt die Würde des Menschen, daß er Gott in seinem Leibe verherrliche6 und ihn nicht den bösen Neigungen seines Herzens dienen lasse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Mensch irrt aber nicht, wenn er seinen Vorrang vor den körperlichen Dingen bejaht und sich selbst nicht nur als Teil der Natur oder als anonymes Element in der menschlichen Gesellschaft betrachtet, denn in seiner Innerlichkeit übersteigt er die Gesamtheit der Dinge."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In diese Tiefe geht er zurück, wenn er in sein Herz einkehrt, wo Gott ihn erwartet, der die Herzen durchforscht (7), und wo er selbst unter den Augen Gottes über sein eigenes Geschick entscheidet. Wenn er daher die Geistigkeit und Unsterblichkeit seiner Seele bejaht, wird er nicht zum Opfer einer trügerischen Einbildung, die sich von bloß physischen und gesellschaftlichen Voraussetzungen herleitet, sondern erreicht er im Gegenteil die tiefe Wahrheit der Wirklichkeit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Würde der Vernunft, die Wahrheit und die Weisheit"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Teilnahme am Licht des göttlichen Geistes urteilt der Mensch richtig, daß er durch seine Vernunft die Dingwelt überragt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In unermüdlicher Anwendung seiner Geistesanlagen hat er im Lauf der Zeit die empirischen Wissenschaften, die Technik und seine geistige und künstlerische Bildung sehr entwickelt. In unserer Zeit aber hat er mit ungewöhnlichem Erfolg besonders die materielle Welt erforscht und sich dienstbar gemacht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Immer jedoch suchte und fand er eine tiefere Wahrheit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Vernunft ist nämlich nicht auf die bloßen Phänomene eingeengt, sondern vermag geistig-tiefere Strukturen der Wirklichkeit mit wahrer Sicherheit zu erreichen, wenn sie auch infolge der Sünde zum Teil verdunkelt und geschwächt ist. Die zuerstrebende Vollendung der Vernunftnatur der menschlichen Person ist die Weisheit, die den Geist des Menschen sanft zur Suche und Liebe des Wahren und Guten hinzieht und den durch sie geleiteten Menschen vom Sichtbaren zum Unsichtbaren führt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unsere Zeit braucht mehr als die vergangenen Jahrhunderte diese Weisheit, damit humaner wird, was Neues vom Menschen entdeckt wird. Es gerät nämlich das künftige Geschick der Welt in Gefahr, wenn nicht weisere Menschen entstehen. Zudem ist zu bemerken, daß viele Nationen an wirtschaftlichen Gütern verhältnismäßig arm, an Weisheit aber reicher sind und den übrigen hervorragende Hilfe leisten können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dank der Gabe des Heiligen Geistes kommt der Mensch im Glauben zu Erkenntnis und innerem Einverständnis des Geheimnisses des göttlichen Ratschlusses (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Würde des sittlichen Gewissens"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im Innern seines Gewissens entdeckt der Mensch ein Gesetz, das er sich nicht selbst gibt, sondern dem er gehorchen muß und dessen Stimme ihn immer zur Liebe und zum Tun des Guten und zur Unterlassung des Bösen anruft und, wo nötig, in den Ohren des Herzens tönt: Tu dies, meide jenes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Denn der Mensch hat ein Gesetz, das von Gott seinem Herzen eingeschrieben ist, dem zu gehorchen eben seine Würde ist und gemäß dem er gerichtet werden wird (9). Das Gewissen ist die verborgenste Mitte und das Heiligtum im Menschen, wo er allein ist mit Gott, dessen Stimme in diesem seinem Innersten zu hören ist (10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im Gewissen erkennt man in wunderbarer Weise jenes Gesetz, das in der Liebe zu Gott und dem Nächsten seine Erfüllung hat (11). Durch die Treue zum Gewissen sind die Christen mit den übrigen Menschen verbunden im Suchen nach der Wahrheit und zur wahrheitsgemäßen Lösung all der vielen moralischen Probleme, die im Leben der Einzelnen wie im gesellschaftlichen Zusammenleben entstehen. Je mehr also das rechte Gewissen sich durchsetzt, desto mehr lassen die Personen und Gruppen von der blinden Willkür ab und suchen sich nach den objektiven Normen der Sittlichkeit zu richten. Nicht selten jedoch geschieht es, daß das Gewissen aus unüberwindlicher Unkenntnis irrt, ohne daß es dadurch seine Würde verliert."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das kann man aber nicht sagen, wenn der Mensch sich zuwenig darum müht, nach dem Wahren und Guten zu suchen, und das Gewissen durch Gewöhnung an die Sünde allmählich fast blind wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die hohe Bedeutung der Freiheit"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aber nur frei kann der Mensch sich zum Guten hinwenden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Und diese Freiheit schätzen unsere Zeitgenossen hoch und erstreben sie leidenschaftlich. Mit Recht. Oft jedoch vertreten sie sie in verkehrter Weise, als Berechtigung, alles zu tun, wenn es nur gefällt, auch das Böse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die wahre Freiheit aber ist ein erhabenes Kennzeichen des Bildes Gottes im Menschen: Gott wollte nämlich den Menschen \"in der Hand seines Entschlusses lassen\" (12), so daß er seinen Schöpfer aus eigenem Entscheid suche und frei zur vollen und seligen Vollendung in Einheit mit Gott gelange."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Würde des Menschen verlangt daher, daß er in bewußter und freier Wahl handle, das heißt personal, von innen her bewegt und geführt und nicht unter blindem innerem Drang oder unter bloßem äußerem Zwang. Eine solche Würde erwirbt der Mensch, wenn er sich aus aller Knechtschaft der Leidenschaften befreit und sein Ziel in freier Wahl des Guten verfolgt sowie sich die geeigneten Hilfsmittel wirksam und in angestrengtem Bemühen verschafft. Die Freiheit des Menschen, die durch die Sünde verwundet ist, kann nur mit Hilfe der Gnade Gottes die Hinordnung auf Gott zur vollen Wirksamkeit bringen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jeder aber muß vor dem Richterstuhl Gottes Rechenschaft geben von seinem eigenen Leben, so wie er selber Gutes oder Böses getan hat (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Geheimnis des Todes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Angesichts des Todes wird das Rätsel des menschlichen Daseins am größten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Mensch erfahrt nicht nur den Schmerz und den fortschreitenden Abbau des Leibes, sondern auch, ja noch mehr die Furcht vor immerwährendem Verlöschen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Er urteilt aber im Instinkt seines Herzens richtig, wenn er die völlige Zerstörung und den endgültigen Untergang seiner Person mit Entsetzen ablehnt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Keim der Ewigkeit im Menschen läßt sich nicht auf die bloße Materie zurückführen und wehrt sich gegen den Tod. Alle Maßnahmen der Technik, so nützlich sie sind, können aber die Angst des Menschen nicht beschwichtigen. Die Verlängerung der biologischen Lebensdauer kann jenem Verlangen nach einem weiteren Leben nicht genügen, das unüberwindlich in seinem Herzen lebt. Während vor dem Tod alle Träume nichtig werden, bekennt die Kirche, belehrt von der Offenbarung Gottes, daß der Mensch von Gott zu einem seligen Ziel jenseits des irdischen Elends geschaffen ist. Außerdem lehrt der christliche Glaube, daß der leibliche Tod, dem der Mensch, hätte er nicht gesündigt, entzogen gewesen wäre (14), besiegt wird, wenn dem Menschen sein Heil, das durch seine Schuld verlorenging, vom allmächtigen und barmherzigen Erlöser wiedergeschenkt wird. Gott rief und ruft nämlich den Menschen, daß er ihm in der ewigen Gemeinschaft unzerstörbaren göttlichen Lebens mit seinem ganzen Wesen anhange. Diesen Sieg hat Christus, da er den Menschen durch seinen Tod vom Tod befreite, in seiner Auferstehung zum Leben errungen (15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jedem also, der ernsthaft nachdenkt, bietet daher der Glaube, mit stichhaltiger Begründung vorgelegt, eine Antwort auf seine Angst vor der Zukunft an; und zugleich zeigt er die Möglichkeit, mit den geliebten Brüdern, die schon gestorben sind, in Christus Gemeinschaft zu haben in der Hoffnung, daß sie das wahre Leben bei Gott erlangt haben."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formen und Wurzeln des Atheismus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ein besonderer Wesenszug der Würde des Menschen liegt in seiner Berufung zur Gemeinschaft mit Gott."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zum Dialog mit Gott ist der Mensch schon von seinem Ursprung her aufgerufen: er existiert nämlich nur, weil er, von Gott aus Liebe geschaffen, immer aus Liebe erhalten wird; und er lebt nicht voll gemäß der Wahrheit, wenn er diese Liebe nicht frei anerkennt und sich seinem Schöpfer anheimgibt. Viele unserer Zeitgenossen erfassen aber diese innigste und lebensvolle Verbindung mit Gott gar nicht oder verwerfen sie ausdrücklich. So muß man den Atheismus zu den ernstesten Gegebenheiten dieser Zeit rechnen und aufs sorgfältigste prüfen. Mit dem Wort Atheismus werden voneinander sehr verschiedene Phänomene bezeichnet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Manche leugnen Gott ausdrücklich; andere meinen, der Mensch könne überhaupt nichts über ihn aussagen; wieder andere stellen die Frage nach Gott unter solchen methodischen Voraussetzungen, daß sie von vornherein sinnlos zu sein scheint. Viele überschreiten den Zuständigkeitsbereich der Erfahrungswissenschaften und erklären, alles sei nur Gegenstand solcher naturwissenschaftlicher Forschung, oder sie verwerfen umgekehrt jede Möglichkeit einer absoluten Wahrheit. Manche sind, wie es scheint, mehr interessiert an der Bejahung des Menschen als an der Leugnung Gottes, rühmen aber den Menschen so, daß ihr Glaube an Gott keine Lebensmacht mehr bleibt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Andere machen sich ein solches Bild von Gott, daß jenes Gebilde, das sie ablehnen, keineswegs der Gott des Evangeliums ist. Andere nehmen die Fragen nach Gott nicht einmal in Angriff, da sie keine Erfahrung der religiösen Unruhe zu machen scheinen und keinen Anlaß sehen, warum sie sich um Religion kümmern sollten. Der Atheismus entsteht außerdem nicht selten aus dem heftigen Protest gegen das Übel in der Welt oder aus der unberechtigten Übertragung des Begriffs des Absoluten auf gewisse menschliche Werte, so daß diese an Stelle Gottes treten. Auch die heutige Zivilisation kann oft, zwar nicht von ihrem Wesen her, aber durch ihre einseitige Zuwendung zu den irdischen Wirklichkeiten, den Zugang zu Gott erschweren."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gewiß sind die, die in Ungehorsam gegen den Spruch ihres Gewissens absichtlich Gott von ihrem Herzen fernzuhalten und religiöse Fragen zu vermeiden suchen, nicht ohne Schuld; aber auch die Gläubigen selbst tragen daran eine gewisse Verantwortung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Denn der Atheismus, allseitig betrachtet, ist nicht eine ursprüngliche und eigenständige Erscheinung; er entsteht vielmehr aus verschiedenen Ursachen, zu denen auch die kritische Reaktion gegen die Religionen, und zwar in einigen Ländern vor allem gegen die christliche Religion, zählt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deshalb können an dieser Entstehung des Atheismus die Gläubigen einen erheblichen Anteil haben, insofern man sagen muß, daß sie durch Vernachlässigung der Glaubenserziehung, durch mißverständliche Darstellung der Lehre oder auch durch die Mängel ihres religiösen, sittlichen und gesellschaftlichen Lebens das wahre Antlitz Gottes und der Religion eher verhüllen als offenbaren."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der systematische Atheismus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der moderne Atheismus stellt sich oft auch in systematischer Form dar, die, außer anderen Ursachen, das Streben nach menschlicher Autonomie so weit treibt, daß er Widerstände gegen jedwede Abhängigkeit von Gott schafft. Die Bekenner dieses Atheismus behaupten, die Freiheit bestehe darin, daß der Mensch sich selbst Ziel und einziger Gestalter und Schöpfer seiner eigenen Geschichte sei. Das aber, so behaupten sie, sei unvereinbar mit der Anerkennung des Herrn, des Urhebers und Ziels aller Wirklichkeit, oder mache wenigstens eine solche Bejahung völlig überflüssig."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Lehre kann begünstigt werden durch das Erlebnis der Macht, das der heutige technische Fortschritt dem Menschen gibt. Unter den Formen des heutigen Atheismus darf jene nicht übergangen werden, die die Befreiung des Menschen vor allem von seiner wirtschaftlichen und gesellschaftlichen Befreiung erwartet. Er behauptet, daß dieser Befreiung die Religion ihrer Natur nach im Wege stehe, insofern sie die Hoffnung des Menschen auf ein künftiges und trügerisches Leben richte und ihn dadurch vom Aufbau der irdischen Gesellschaft abschrecke."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Daher bekämpfen die Anhänger dieser Lehre, wo sie zur staatlichen Macht kommen, die Religion heftig und breiten den Atheismus aus, auch unter Verwendung, vor allem in der Erziehung der Jugend, jener Mittel der Pression, die der öffentlichen Gewalt zur Verfügung stehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Haltung der Kirche zum Atheismus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche kann, in Treue zu Gott wie zu den Menschen, nicht anders, als voll Schmerz jene verderblichen Lehren und Maßnahmen, die der Vernunft und der allgemein menschlichen Erfahrung widersprechen und den Menschen seiner angeborenen Größe entfremden, mit aller Festigkeit zu verurteilen, wie sie sie auch bisher verurteilt hat (16). Jedoch sucht die Kirche die tiefer in der atheistischen Mentalität liegenden Gründe für die Leugnung Gottes zu erfassen und ist im Bewußtsein vom Gewicht der Fragen, die der Atheismus aufgibt, wie auch um der Liebe zu allen Menschen willen der Meinung, daß diese Gründe ernst und gründlicher geprüft werden müssen. Die Kirche hält daran fest, daß die Anerkennung Gottes der Würde des Menschen keineswegs widerstreitet, da diese Würde eben in Gott selbst gründet und vollendet wird. Denn der Mensch ist vom Schöpfergott mit Vernunft und Freiheit als Wesen der Gemeinschaft geschaffen; vor allem aber ist er als dessen Kind zur eigentlichen Gemeinschaft mit Gott und zur Teilnahme an dessen eigener Seligkeit berufen. Außerdem lehrt die Kirche, daß durch die eschatologische Hoffnung die Bedeutung der irdischen Aufgaben nicht gemindert wird, daß vielmehr ihre Erfüllung durch neue Motive unterbaut wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn dagegen das göttliche Fundament und die Hoffnung auf das ewige Leben schwinden, wird die Würde des Menschen aufs schwerste verletzt, wie sich heute oft bestätigt, und die Rätsel von Leben und Tod, Schuld und Schmerz bleiben ohne Lösung, so daß die Menschen nicht selten in Verzweiflung stürzen. Jeder Mensch bleibt vorläufig sich selbst eine ungelöste Frage, die er dunkel spürt. Denn niemand kann in gewissen Augenblicken, besonders in den bedeutenderen Ereignissen des Lebens, diese Frage gänzlich verdrängen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auf diese Frage kann nur Gott die volle und ganz sichere Antwort geben; Gott, der den Menschen zu tieferem Nachdenken und demütigerem Suchen aufruft. Das Heilmittel gegen den Atheismus kann nur von einer situationsgerechten Darlegung der Lehre und vom integren Leben der Kirche und ihrer Glieder erwartet werden. Denn es ist Aufgabe der Kirche, Gott den Vater und seinen menschgewordenen Sohn präsent und sozusagen sichtbar zu machen, indem sie sich selbst unter der Führung des Heiligen Geistes unaufhörlich erneuert und läutert (17); das wird vor allem erreicht durch das Zeugnis eines lebendigen und gereiften Glaubens, der so weit herangebildet ist, daß er die Schwierigkeiten klar zu durchschauen und sie zu überwinden vermag."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ein leuchtendes Zeugnis dieses Glaubens gaben und geben die vielen Märtyrer."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieser Glaube muß seine Fruchtbarkeit bekunden, indem er das gesamte Leben der Gläubigen, auch das profane, durchdringt und sie zu Gerechtigkeit und Liebe, vor allem gegenüber den Armen, bewegt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dazu, daß Gott in seiner Gegenwärtigkeit offenbar werde, trägt schließlich besonders die Bruderliebe der Gläubigen bei, wenn sie in einmütiger Gesinnung zusammenarbeiten für den Glauben an das Evangelium18 und sich als Zeichen der Einheit erweisen. Wenn die Kirche auch den Atheismus eindeutig verwirft, so bekennt sie doch aufrichtig, daß alle Menschen, Glaubende und Nichtglaubende, zum richtigen Aufbau dieser Welt, in der sie gemeinsam leben, zusammenarbeiten müssen. Das kann gewiß nicht geschehen ohne einen aufrichtigen und klugen Dialog. Deshalb beklagt sie die Diskriminierung zwischen Glaubenden und Nichtglaubenden, die gewisse Staatslenker in Nichtachtung der Grundrechte der menschlichen Person ungerechterweise durchführen. Für die Glaubenden verlangt die Kirche Handlungsfreiheit, damit sie in dieser Welt auch den Tempel Gottes errichten können. Die Atheisten aber lädt sie schlicht ein, das Evangelium Christi unbefangen zu würdigen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Denn sehr genau weiß die Kirche, daß ihre Botschaft dann dem tiefsten Verlangen des menschlichen Herzens entspricht, wenn sie die Würde der menschlichen Berufung verteidigt und denen, die schon an ihrer höheren Bestimmung verzweifeln, die Hoffnung wiedergibt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ihre Botschaft mindert nicht nur den Menschen nicht, sondern verbreitet, um ihn zu fördern, Licht, Leben und Freiheit; und außer ihr vermag nichts dem Menschenherzen zu genügen: \"Du hast uns auf dich hin gemacht\", o Herr, \"und unruhig ist unser Herz, bis es Ruhe findet in dir\" (19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus, der neue Mensch"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tatsächlich klärt sich nur im Geheimnis des fleischgewordenen Wortes das Geheimnis des Menschen wahrhaft auf."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Denn Adam, der erste Mensch, war das Vorausbild des zukünftigen (20), nämlich Christi des Herrn."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus, der neue Adam, macht eben in der Offenbarung des Geheimnisses des Vaters und seiner Liebe dem Menschen den Menschen selbst voll kund und erschließt ihm seine höchste Berufung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist also nicht verwunderlich, daß in ihm die eben genannten Wahrheiten ihren Ursprung haben und ihren Gipfelpunkt erreichen. Der \"das Bild des unsichtbaren Gottes\" (Kol 1,15) (21) ist, er ist zugleich der vollkommene Mensch, der den Söhnen Adams die Gottebenbildlichkeit wiedergab, die von der ersten Sünde her verunstaltet war."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da in ihm die menschliche Natur angenommen wurde, ohne dabei verschlungen zu werden (22), ist sie dadurch auch schon in uns zu einer erhabenen Würde erhöht worden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Denn er, der Sohn Gottes, hat sich in seiner Menschwerdung gewissermaßen mit jedem Menschen vereinigt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit Menschenhänden hat er gearbeitet, mit menschlichem Geist gedacht, mit einem menschlichen Willen hat er gehandelt (23), mit einem menschlichen Herzen geliebt. Geboren aus Maria, der Jungfrau, ist er in Wahrheit einer aus uns geworden, in allem uns gleich außer der Sünde (24). Als unschuldiges Opferlamm hat er freiwillig sein Blut vergossen und uns Leben erworben. In ihm hat Gott uns mit sich und untereinander versöhnt (25) und der Knechtschaft des Teufels und der Sünde entrissen. So kann jeder von uns mit dem Apostel sagen: Der Sohn Gottes \"hat mich geliebt und sich selbst für mich dahingegeben\" (Gal 2,20). Durch sein Leiden für uns hat er uns nicht nur das Beispiel gegeben, daß wir seinen Spuren folgen (26), sondern er hat uns auch den Weg gebahnt, dem wir folgen müssen, damit Leben und Tod geheiligt werden und neue Bedeutung erhalten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der christliche Mensch empfängt, gleichförmig geworden dem Bild des Sohnes, der der Erstgeborene unter vielen Brüdern ist (27), \"die Erstlingsgaben des Geistes\" (Röm 8,23), durch die er fähig wird, das neue Gesetz der Liebe zu erfüllen (28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Durch diesen Geist, der das \"Unterpfand der Erbschaft\" (Eph 1,14) ist, wird der ganze Mensch innerlich erneuert bis zur \"Erlösung des Leibes\" (Röm 8,23): \"Wenn der Geist dessen, der Jesus von den Toten erweckt hat, in euch wohnt, wird er, der Jesus Christus von den Toten erweckt hat, auch eure sterblichen Leiber lebendig machen wegen des in euch wohnenden Geistes\" (Röm 8,11) (29)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auch auf dem Christen liegen ganz gewiß die Notwendigkeit und auch Pflicht, gegen das Böse durch viele Anfechtungen hindurch anzukämpfen und auch den Tod zu ertragen; aber dem österlichen Geheimnis verbunden und dem Tod Christi gleichgestaltet, geht er, durch Hoffnung gestärkt, der Auferstehung entgegen (30)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das gilt nicht nur für die Christgläubigen, sondern für alle Menschen guten Willens, in deren Herzen die Gnade unsichtbar wirkt (31). Da nämlich Christus für alle gestorben ist (32) und da es in Wahrheit nur eine letzte Berufung des Menschen gibt, die göttliche, müssen wir festhalten, daß der Heilige Geist allen die Möglichkeit anbietet, diesem österlichen Geheimnis in einer Gott bekannten Weise verbunden zu sein."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Solcher Art und so groß ist das Geheimnis des Menschen, das durch die christliche Offenbarung den Glaubenden aufleuchtet. Durch Christus und in Christus also wird das Rätsel von Schmerz und Tod hell, das außerhalb seines Evangeliums uns überwältigt. Christus ist auferstanden, hat durch seinen Tod den Tod vernichtet und uns das Leben geschenkt (33), auf daß wir, Söhne im Sohn, im Geist rufen: Abba, Vater! (34)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE MENSCHLICHE GEMEINSCHAFT"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Absicht des Konzils"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zu den charakteristischen Aspekten der heutigen Welt gehört die Zunahme der gegenseitigen Verflechtungen unter den Menschen, zu deren Entwicklung der heutige technische Fortschritt ungemein viel beiträgt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doch das brüderliche Gespräch der Menschen findet seine Vollendung nicht in diesen Fortschritten, sondern grundlegender in jener Gemeinschaft von Personen, die eine gegenseitige Achtung der allseits erfaßten geistigen Würde verlangt. Zur Förderung dieser Gemeinschaft der Personen bietet die christliche Offenbarung eine große Hilfe; gleichzeitig führt sie uns zu einem tieferen Verständnis der Gesetze des gesellschaftlichen Lebens, die der Schöpfer in die geistliche und sittliche Natur des Menschen eingeschrieben hat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da nun neuere Dokumente des kirchlichen Lehramts die christliche Lehre über die menschliche Gesellschaft ausführlich dargelegt haben (1), ruft das Konzil nur einige Hauptwahrheiten wieder in Erinnerung und trägt deren Grundlagen im Licht der Offenbarung vor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im Anschluß daran legt es Nachdruck auf einige Folgerungen, die in unseren Tagen von erhöhter Bedeutung sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Gemeinschaftscharakter der menschlichen Berufung im Ratschluß Gottes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gott, der väterlich für alle sorgt, wollte, daß alle Menschen eine Familie bilden und einander in brüderlicher Gesinnung begegnen. Alle sind ja geschaffen nach dem Bild Gottes, der \"aus einem alle Völker hervorgehen ließ, die das Antlitz der Erde bewohnen\" (Apg 17,26), und alle sind zu einem und demselben Ziel, d.h. zu Gott selbst, berufen. Daher ist die Liebe zu Gott und zum Nächsten das erste und größte Gebot. Von der Heiligen Schrift werden wir belehrt, daß die Liebe zu Gott nicht von der Liebe zum Nächsten getrennt werden kann: \"... und wenn es ein anderes Gebot gibt, so ist es in diesem Wort einbegriffen: Du sollst deinen Nächsten lieben wie dich selbst ... Demnach ist die Liebe die Fülle des Gesetzes\" (Röm 13,9-10; 1 Joh 4,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das ist offenkundig von höchster Bedeutung für die immer mehr voneinander abhängig werdenden Menschen und für eine immer stärker eins werdende Welt. Ja, wenn der Herr Jesus zum Vater betet, \"daß alle eins seien ... wie auch wir eins sind\" (Joh 17,20-22), und damit Horizonte aufreißt, die der menschlichen Vernunft unerreichbar sind, legt er eine gewisse Ähnlichkeit nahe zwischen der Einheit der göttlichen Personen und der Einheit der Kinder Gottes in der Wahrheit und der Liebe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieser Vergleich macht offenbar, daß der Mensch, der auf Erden die einzige von Gott um ihrer selbst willen gewollte Kreatur ist, sich selbst nur durch die aufrichtige Hingabe seiner selbst vollkommen finden kann (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die gegenseitige Abhängigkeit von menschlicher Person und menschlicher Gesellschaft"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aus der gesellschaftlichen Natur des Menschen geht hervor, daß der Fortschritt der menschlichen Person und das Wachsen der Gesellschaft als solcher sich gegenseitig bedingen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wurzelgrund nämlich, Träger und Ziel aller gesellschaftlichen Institutionen ist und muß auch sein die menschliche Person, die ja von ihrem Wesen selbst her des gesellschaftlichen Lebens durchaus bedarf (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da also das gesellschaftliche Leben für den Menschen nicht etwas äußerlich Hinzukommendes ist, wächst der Mensch nach allen seinen Anlagen und kann seiner Berufung entsprechen durch Begegnung mit anderen, durch gegenseitige Dienstbarkeit und durch den Dialog mit den Brüdern. Unter den gesellschaftlichen Bindungen, die für die Entwicklung des Menschen notwendig sind, hängen die einen, wie die Familie und die politische Gemeinschaft, unmittelbarer mit seinem innersten Wesen zusammen; andere hingegen gehen eher aus seiner freien Entscheidung hervor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In unserer gegenwärtigen Zeit mehren sich beständig aus verschiedenen Ursachen die gegenseitigen Verflechtungen und Abhängigkeiten, und so entstehen mannigfache Verbindungen und Institutionen öffentlichen oder privaten Rechts."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obschon dieser Vorgang, den man als \"Sozialisation\" bezeichnet, gewiß nicht ohne Gefahren ist, bringt er doch viele Vorteile für die Festigung und Förderung der Eigenschaften der menschlichen Person und für den Schutz ihrer Rechte mit sich (4). Wenn nun die menschliche Person zur Erfüllung ihrer Berufung, auch der religiösen, dem gesellschaftlichen Leben viel verdankt, so kann dennoch nicht geleugnet werden, daß die Menschen aus den gesellschaftlichen Verhältnissen heraus, in denen sie leben und in die sie von Kindheit an eingefangen sind, oft vom Tun des Guten abgelenkt und zum Bösen angetrieben werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ganz sicher stammen die so häufig in der gesellschaftlichen Ordnung vorkommenden Störungen zum Teil aus der Spannung in den wirtschaftlichen, politischen und gesellschaftlichen Gebilden selbst."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doch ihre tieferen Wurzeln sind Stolz und Egoismus der Menschen, die auch das gesellschaftliche Milieu verderben. Wenn aber einmal die objektiven Verhältnisse selbst von den Auswirkungen der Sünde betroffen sind, findet der mit Neigung zum Bösen geborene Mensch wieder neue Antriebe zur Sünde, die nur durch angestrengte Bemühung mit Hilfe der Gnade überwunden werden können."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Förderung des Gemeinwohls"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aus der immer engeren und allmählich die ganze Welt erfassenden gegenseitigen Abhängigkeit ergibt sich als Folge, daß das Gemeinwohl, d.h. die Gesamtheit jener Bedingungen des gesellschaftlichen Lebens, die sowohl den Gruppen als auch deren einzelnen Gliedern ein volleres und leichteres Erreichen der eigenen Vollendung ermöglichen, heute mehr und mehr einen weltweiten Umfang annimmt und deshalb auch Rechte und Pflichten in sich begreift, die die ganze Menschheit betreffen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jede Gruppe muß den Bedürfnissen und berechtigten Ansprüchen anderer Gruppen, ja dem Gemeinwohl der ganzen Menschheitsfamilie Rechnung tragen (5). Gleichzeitig wächst auch das Bewußtsein der erhabenen Würde, die der menschlichen Person zukommt, da sie die ganze Dingwelt überragt und Träger allgemeingültiger sowie unverletzlicher Rechte und Pflichten ist. Es muß also alles dem Menschen zugänglich gemacht werden, was er für ein wirklich menschliches Leben braucht, wie Nahrung, Kleidung und Wohnung, sodann das Recht auf eine freie Wahl des Lebensstandes und auf Familiengründung, auf Erziehung, Arbeit, guten Ruf, Ehre und auf geziemende Information; ferner das Recht zum Handeln nach der rechten Norm seines Gewissens, das Recht auf Schutz seiner privaten Sphäre und auf die rechte Freiheit auch in religiösen Dingen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die gesellschaftliche Ordnung und ihre Entwicklung müssen sich dauernd am Wohl der Personen orientieren; denn die Ordnung der Dinge muß der Ordnung der Personen dienstbar werden und nicht umgekehrt. So deutete der Herr selbst es an, als er sagte, der Sabbat sei um des Menschen willen da, nicht der Mensch um des Sabbats willen (6). Die gesellschaftliche Ordnung muß sich ständig weiterentwickeln, muß in Wahrheit gegründet, in Gerechtigkeit aufgebaut und von Liebe beseelt werden und muß in Freiheit ein immer humaneres Gleichgewicht finden (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um dies zu verwirklichen, sind Gesinnungswandel und weitreichende Änderungen in der Gesellschaft selbst notwendig. Der Geist Gottes, dessen wunderbare Vorsehung den Lauf der Zeiten leitet und das Antlitz der Erde erneuert, steht dieser Entwicklung bei."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Sauerteig des Evangeliums hat im Herzen des Menschen den unbezwingbaren Anspruch auf Würde erweckt und erweckt ihn auch weiter."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Achtung vor der menschlichen Person"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zu praktischen und dringlicheren Folgerungen übergehend, will das Konzil die Achtung vor dem Menschen einschärfen: alle müssen ihren Nächsten ohne Ausnahme als ein \"anderes Ich\" ansehen, vor allem auf sein Leben und die notwendigen Voraussetzungen eines menschenwürdigen Lebens bedacht (8). Sonst gleichen sie jenem Reichen, der sich um den armen Lazarus gar nicht kümmerte (9). Heute ganz besonders sind wir dringend verpflichtet, uns zum Nächsten schlechthin eines jeden Menschen zu machen und ihm, wo immer er uns begegnet, tatkräftig zu helfen, ob es sich nun um alte, von allen verlassene Leute handelt oder um einen Fremdarbeiter, der ungerechter Geringschätzung begegnet, um einen Heimatvertriebenen oder um ein uneheliches Kind, das unverdienterweise für eine von ihm nicht begangene Sünde leidet, oder um einen Hungernden, der unser Gewissen aufrüttelt durch die Erinnerung an das Wort des Herrn: \"Was ihr einem der Geringsten von diesen meinen Brüdern getan habt, das habt ihr mir getan\" (Mt 25,40). Was ferner zum Leben selbst in Gegensatz steht, wie jede Art Mord, Völkermord, Abtreibung, Euthanasie und auch der freiwillige Selbstmord; was immer die Unantastbarkeit der menschlichen Person verletzt, wie Verstümmelung, körperliche oder seelische Folter und der Versuch, psychischen Zwang auszuüben; was immer die menschliche Würde angreift, wie unmenschliche Lebensbedingungen, willkürliche Verhaftung, Verschleppung, Sklaverei, Prostitution, Mädchenhandel und Handel mit Jugendlichen, sodann auch unwürdige Arbeitsbedingungen, bei denen der Arbeiter als bloßes Erwerbsmittel und nicht als freie und verantwortliche Person behandelt wird: all diese und andere ähnliche Taten sind an sich schon eine Schande; sie sind eine Zersetzung der menschlichen Kultur, entwürdigen weit mehr jene, die das Unrecht tun, als jene, die es erleiden. Zugleich sind sie in höchstem Maße ein Widerspruch gegen die Ehre des Schöpfers."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Achtung und die Liebe gegenüber dem Gegner"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Achtung und Liebe sind auch denen zu gewähren, die in gesellschaftlichen, politischen oder auch religiösen Fragen anders denken oder handeln als wir. Je mehr wir in Menschlichkeit und Liebe inneres Verständnis für ihr Denken aufbringen, desto leichter wird es für uns, mit ihnen ins Gespräch zu kommen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Liebe und Güte dürfen uns aber keineswegs gegenüber der Wahrheit und dem Guten gleichgültig machen. Vielmehr drängt die Liebe selbst die Jünger Christi, allen Menschen die Heilswahrheit zu verkünden. Man muß jedoch unterscheiden zwischen dem Irrtum, der immer zu verwerfen ist, und dem Irrenden, der seine Würde als Person stets behält, auch wenn ihn falsche oder weniger richtige religiöse Auffassungen belasten (10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gott allein ist der Richter und Prüfer der Herzen; darum verbietet er uns, über die innere Schuld von irgend jemandem zu urteilen (11). Christi Lehre fordert auch, die Beleidigung zu verzeihen; sie dehnt das Gebot der Liebe als das Gebot des Neuen Bundes auf alle Feinde aus: \"Ihr habt gehört, daß gesagt wurde: Du sollst deinen Nächsten lieben und deinen Feind hassen. Ich aber sage euch: Liebet eure Feinde, tut Gutes denen, die euch hassen, und betet für eure Verfolger und Verleumder\" (Mt 5,43-44)12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die wesentliche Gleichheit aller Menschen und die soziale Gerechtigkeit"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da alle Menschen eine geistige Seele haben und nach Gottes Bild geschaffen sind, da sie dieselbe Natur und denselben Ursprung haben, da sie, als von Christus Erlöste, sich derselben göttlichen Berufung und Bestimmung erfreuen, darum muß die grundlegende Gleichheit aller Menschen immer mehr zur Anerkennung gebracht werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gewiß, was die verschiedenen physischen Fähigkeiten und die unterschiedlichen geistigen und sittlichen Kräfte angeht, stehen nicht alle Menschen auf gleicher Stufe. Doch jede Form einer Diskriminierung in den gesellschaftlichen und kulturellen Grundrechten der Person, sei es wegen des Geschlechts oder der Rasse, der Farbe, der gesellschaftlichen Stellung, der Sprache oder der Religion, muß überwunden und beseitigt werden, da sie dem Plan Gottes widerspricht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist eine beklagenswerte Tatsache, daß jene Grundrechte der Person noch immer nicht überall unverletzlich gelten; wenn man etwa der Frau das Recht der freien Wahl des Gatten und des Lebensstandes oder die gleiche Stufe der Bildungsmöglichkeit und Kultur, wie sie dem Mann zuerkannt wird, verweigert."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obschon zwischen den Menschen berechtigte Unterschiede bestehen, fordert ferner die Gleichheit der Personwürde doch, daß wir zu humaneren und der Billigkeit entsprechenden Lebensbedingungen kommen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Allzu große wirtschaftliche und gesellschaftliche Ungleichheiten zwischen den Gliedern oder Völkern in der einen Menschheitsfamilie erregen Ärgernis; sie widersprechen der sozialen Gerechtigkeit, der Billigkeit, der menschlichen Personwürde und dem gesellschaftlichen und internationalen Frieden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die privaten und öffentlichen menschlichen Institutionen sollen sich darum bemühen, der Würde und dem Ziel des Menschen zu dienen, indem sie gegen jedwede gesellschaftliche oder politische Verknechtung entschieden ankämpfen und die Wahrung der Grundrechte des Menschen unter jedem politischen Regime sichern."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ja die Institutionen dieser Art müssen allmählich ein entsprechendes Verhältnis finden auch zu den eigentlich geistigen Werten, die an Rang am höchsten stehen, auch wenn manchmal zur Erreichung des erstrebten Zieles eine ziemlich lange Zeit nötig sein wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Man muß über die individualistische Ethik hinausschreiten"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der tiefe und rasche Wandel der Verhältnisse stellt mit besonderer Dringlichkeit die Forderung, daß niemand durch mangelnde Beachtung der Entwicklung oder durch müde Trägheit einer rein individualistischen Ethik verhaftet bleibe. Die Pflicht der Gerechtigkeit und der Liebe wird immer mehr gerade dadurch erfüllt, daß jeder gemäß seinen eigenen Fähigkeiten und den Bedürfnissen der Mitmenschen zum Gemeinwohl beiträgt und auch die öffentlichen oder privaten Institutionen, die der Hebung der menschlichen Lebensverhältnisse dienen, fördert und unterstützt. Es gibt aber auch solche, die zwar großzügige und hochherzige Auffassungen im Munde führen, in Wirklichkeit jedoch immer so leben, als ob sie sich nicht um die Bedürfnisse der Gesellschaft zu kümmern brauchten, ja in verschiedenen Ländern beachten nicht wenige die sozialen Gesetze und Vorschriften so gut wie gar nicht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Viele scheuen sich nicht, durch Betrug und Schliche sich gerechten Steuern oder anderen der Gesellschaft geschuldeten Leistungen zu entziehen. Andere haben wenig Achtung vor gewissen Vorschriften des gesellschaftlichen Lebens, z.B. vor solchen, die zum Schutz der Gesundheit oder zur Verkehrsregelung aufgestellt wurden, und beachten nicht, daß sie durch diese Fahrlässigkeit ihr eigenes Leben und das der anderen gefährden. Allen sei es ein heiliges Gesetz, die Forderungen aus der gesellschaftlichen Verflochtenheit unter die Hauptpflichten des heutigen Menschen zu rechnen und sie als solche zu beobachten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Je mehr nämlich die Welt zusammenwächst, desto offenkundiger greifen die Aufgaben der Menschen über die Sondergruppen hinaus und erhalten allmählich eine Bedeutung für die Welt als ganze."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das wird nur dann zur Auswirkung kommen, wenn die Einzelnen und ihre Gruppen die sittlichen und gesellschaftlichen Tugenden bei sich selbst pflegen und in der Gesellschaft zur Geltung bringen; dann werden sie mit der notwendigen Hilfe der göttlichen Gnade wahrhaft neue Menschen und Erbauer einer neuen Menschheit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Verantwortung und die Beteiligung"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit die einzelnen Menschen ihre Gewissenspflicht sowohl gegenüber sich selbst als auch gegenüber den verschiedenen Gruppen, deren Glieder sie sind, genauer erfüllen, muß man darauf bedacht sein, sie mit den heute der Menschheit zur Verfügung stehenden reichen Hilfen zu einer umfassenderen Kultur des inneren Menschen zu erziehen. Vor allem ist die Erziehung der Jugendlichen jedweder gesellschaftlichen Herkunft so zu gestalten, daß Männer und Frauen werden, die nicht bloß intellektuell ausgezeichnet gebildet sind, sondern auch jenen hochherzigen Charakter besitzen, Menschen, wie sie unsere Zeit dringend fordert. Doch zu diesem Verantwortungsbewußtsein kommt der Mensch kaum, wenn die Lebensbedingungen ihn nicht zu einer Erfahrung seiner Würde und zur Erfüllung seiner Berufung durch die Hingabe seiner selbst für Gott und den Nächsten kommen lassen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die menschliche Freiheit ist oft eingeschränkt, wenn der Mensch in äußerster Armut lebt, wie sie umgekehrt verkommt, wenn der Mensch es sich im Leben zu bequem macht und sich in einer \"einsamen Selbstherrlichkeit\" verschanzt. Umgekehrt gewinnt sie an Kraft, wenn der Mensch die unvermeidlichen Notwendigkeiten des gesellschaftlichen Lebens auf sich nimmt, die vielfachen Forderungen des menschlichen Zusammenlebens bejaht und sich dem Dienst an der menschlichen Gemeinschaft verpflichtet weiß. Bei allen muß daher der Wille zur Mitwirkung an gemeinsamen Werken geweckt werden. Anerkennung verdient das Vorgehen jener Nationen, in denen ein möglichst großer Teil der Bürger in echter Freiheit am Gemeinwesen beteiligt ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zu berücksichtigen sind jedoch die konkrete Lage jedes einzelnen Volkes und die notwendige Stärke der öffentlichen Gewalt. Damit aber alle Bürger zur Beteiligung am Leben der verschiedenen Gruppen des Gesellschaftskörpers bereit seien, müssen sie auch in diesen Gruppen Werte finden, die sie anziehen und zum Dienst für andere willig machen. Mit Recht dürfen wir annehmen, daß das künftige Schicksal der Menschheit in den Händen jener ruht, die den kommenden Geschlechtern Triebkräfte des Lebens und der Hoffnung vermitteln können."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das menschgewordene Wort und die menschliche Solidarität"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So wie Gott die Menschen nicht zu einem Leben in Vereinzelung, sondern zum Zusammenschluß in gesellschaftlicher Einheit erschuf, hat es ihm ebenso \"gefallen, die Menschen nicht einzeln, unabhängig von aller wechselseitigen Verbindung, zu heiligen und zu retten, sondern sie zu einem Volke zu machen, das ihn in Wahrheit anerkennen und ihm in Heiligkeit dienen soll\" (13). Seit Beginn der Heilsgeschichte erwählte er Menschen nicht nur als Einzelwesen, sondern als Glieder einer bestimmten Gemeinschaft. Denn jene Erwählten, denen Gott seinen Heilsratschluß offenbarte, nannte er \"sein Volk\" (Ex 3,7-12); mit ihm schloß er dann den Sinaibund (14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieser Gemeinschaftscharakter wird im Werk Jesu Christi vollendet und erfüllt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Als fleischgewordenes Wort wollte er selbst in die menschliche Lebensgemeinschaft eingehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Er hat an einer Hochzeit in Kana teilgenommen, er ist in das Haus des Zachäus eingekehrt und hat mit Zöllnern und Sündern gegessen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit Hinweisen auf die allergewöhnlichsten gesellschaftlichen Verhältnisse und mit Redewendungen und Bildern aus dem Alltagsleben offenbarte er die Liebe des Vaters und die hohe Berufung der Menschen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die menschlichen, besonders die familiären Verflechtungen, den Anfang der Gesellschaftlichkeit überhaupt, hat er geheiligt; freiwillig war er den Gesetzen seines Heimatlandes untertan; er hat das Leben eines Arbeiters, wie es Zeit und Land eigen war, leben wollen. In seiner Verkündigung gab er den Kindern Gottes das klare Gebot, einander wie Brüder zu begegnen, und in seinem Gebet bat er darum, daß alle seine Jünger eins seien."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Er selbst hat sich als der Erlöser aller bis in den Tod hinein für alle dahingegeben. \"Eine größere Liebe hat niemand als der, der für seine Freunde sein Leben hergibt\" (Joh 15,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Den Aposteln befahl er, allen Völkern die Frohbotschaft zu verkünden, damit die Menschheit zur Familie Gottes werde, in der die Liebe die Fülle des Gesetzes sein soll. Erstgeborener unter vielen Brüdern, stiftete er nach seinem Tode und seiner Auferstehung unter allen, die ihn im Glauben und in der Liebe annehmen, durch das Geschenk seines Geistes eine neue brüderliche Gemeinschaft in seinem Leib, der Kirche, in dem alle einander Glieder sind und sich entsprechend der Verschiedenheit der empfangenen Gaben gegenseitig dienen sollen. Diese Solidarität muß stetig wachsen bis zu jenem Tag, an dem sie vollendet sein wird und die aus Gnade geretteten Menschen als eine von Gott und Christus, ihrem Bruder, geliebte Familie Gott vollkommen verherrlichen werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DAS MENSCHLICHE SCHAFFEN IN DER WELT"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Problem"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Durch Arbeit und Geisteskraft hat der Mensch immer versucht, sein Leben reicher zu entfalten. Heute jedoch hat er, vor allem mit den Mitteln der Wissenschaft und der Technik, seine Herrschaft über beinahe die gesamte Natur ausgebreitet und breitet sie beständig weiter aus. Vor allem dank den zwischen den Völkern zunehmenden Beziehungen der mannigfaltigsten Art erfährt und gestaltet sich die Menschheitsfamilie allmählich als eine die ganze Welt umfassende Gemeinschaft. Die Folge von alldem ist, daß sich der Mensch heute viele Güter, die er einst vor allem von höheren Mächten erwartete, durch seine eigene Tat beschafft."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Angesichts dieses unermeßlichen Unternehmens, das schon die ganze Menschheit erfaßt, stellen sich den Menschen viele Fragen: Was ist der Sinn und der Wert dieser angestrengten Tätigkeit?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wie sind all diese Güter zu nutzen? Was ist das Ziel dieses individuellen und kollektiven Bemühens?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche hütet das bei ihr hinterlegte Wort Gottes, aus dem die Grundsätze der religiösen und sittlichen Ordnung gewonnen werden, wenn sie auch nicht immer zu allen einzelnen Fragen eine fertige Antwort bereit hat; und so ist es ihr Wunsch, das Licht der Offenbarung mit der Sachkenntnis aller Menschen in Verbindung zu bringen, damit der Weg, den die Menschheit neuerdings nimmt, erhellt werde."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Wert des menschlichen Schaffens"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eines steht für die Glaubenden fest: das persönliche und gemeinsame menschliche Schaffen, dieses gewaltige Bemühen der Menschen im Lauf der Jahrhunderte, ihre Lebensbedingungen stets zu verbessern, entspricht als solches der Absicht Gottes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der nach Gottes Bild geschaffene Mensch hat ja den Auftrag erhalten, sich die Erde mit allem, was zu ihr gehört, zu unterwerfen, die Welt in Gerechtigkeit und Heiligkeit zu regieren (1) und durch die Anerkennung Gottes als des Schöpfers aller Dinge sich selbst und die Gesamtheit der Wirklichkeit auf Gott hinzuordnen, so daß alles dem Menschen unterworfen und Gottes Name wunderbar sei auf der ganzen Erde (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das gilt auch für das gewöhnliche alltägliche Tun; denn Männer und Frauen, die, etwa beim Erwerb des Lebensunterhalts für sich und ihre Familie, ihre Tätigkeit so ausüben, daß sie ein entsprechender Dienst für die Gemeinschaft ist, dürfen überzeugt sein, daß sie durch ihre Arbeit das Werk des Schöpfers weiterentwickeln, daß sie für die Wohlfahrt ihrer Brüder sorgen und durch ihre persönliche Bemühung zur geschichtlichen Erfüllung des göttlichen Plans beitragen (3). Den Christen liegt es deshalb fern, zu glauben, daß die von des Menschen Geist und Kraft geschaffenen Werke einen Gegensatz zu Gottes Macht bilden oder daß das mit Vernunft begabte Geschöpf sozusagen als Rivale dem Schöpfer gegenübertrete. Im Gegenteil, sie sind überzeugt, daß die Siege der Menschheit ein Zeichen der Größe Gottes und die Frucht seines unergründlichen Ratschlusses sind. Je mehr aber die Macht der Menschen wächst, desto mehr weitet sich ihre Verantwortung, sowohl die der Einzelnen wie die der Gemeinschaften."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Daraus wird klar, daß die christliche Botschaft die Menschen nicht vom Aufbau der Welt ablenkt noch zur Vernachlässigung des Wohls ihrer Mitmenschen hintreibt, sondern sie vielmehr strenger zur Bewältigung dieser Aufgaben verpflichtet (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Ordnung des menschlichen Schaffens"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So wie das menschliche Schaffen aus dem Menschen hervorgeht, so ist es auch auf den Menschen hingeordnet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Durch sein Werk formt der Mensch nämlich nicht nur die Dinge und die Gesellschaft um, sondern vervollkommnet er auch sich selbst. Er lernt vieles, entwickelt seine Fähigkeiten, überschreitet sich und wächst über sich empor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ein Wachstum dieser Art ist, richtig verstanden, mehr wert als zusammengeraffter äußerer Reichtum. Der Wert des Menschen liegt mehr in ihm selbst als in seinem Besitz (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ebenso ist alles, was die Menschen zur Erreichung einer größeren Gerechtigkeit, einer umfassenderen Brüderlichkeit und einer humaneren Ordnung der gesellschaftlichen Verflechtungen tun, wertvoller als der technische Fortschritt. Dieser technische Fortschritt kann nämlich gewissermaßen die Basis für den menschlichen Aufstieg bieten; den Aufstieg selbst wird er von sich allein aus keineswegs verwirklichen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Richtschnur für das menschliche Schaffen ist daher, daß es gemäß dem Plan und Willen Gottes mit dem echten Wohl der Menschheit übereinstimme und dem Menschen als Einzelwesen und als Glied der Gesellschaft gestatte, seiner ganzen Berufung nachzukommen und sie zu erfüllen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die richtige Autonomie der irdischen Wirklichkeiten"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nun scheinen viele unserer Zeitgenossen zu befürchten, daß durch eine engere Verbindung des menschlichen Schaffens mit der Religion die Autonomie des Menschen, der Gesellschaften und der Wissenschaften bedroht werde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn wir unter Autonomie der irdischen Wirklichkeiten verstehen, daß die geschaffenen Dinge und auch die Gesellschaften ihre eigenen Gesetze und Werte haben, die der Mensch schrittweise erkennen, gebrauchen und gestalten muß, dann ist es durchaus berechtigt, diese Autonomie zu fordern. Das ist nicht nur eine Forderung der Menschen unserer Zeit, sondern entspricht auch dem Willen des Schöpfers."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Durch ihr Geschaffensein selber nämlich haben alle Einzelwirklichkeiten ihren festen Eigenstand, ihre eigene Wahrheit, ihre eigene Gutheit sowie ihre Eigengesetzlichkeit und ihre eigenen Ordnungen, die der Mensch unter Anerkennung der den einzelnen Wissenschaften und Techniken eigenen Methode achten muß."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vorausgesetzt, daß die methodische Forschung in allen Wissensbereichen in einer wirklich wissenschaftlichen Weise und gemäß den Normen der Sittlichkeit vorgeht, wird sie niemals in einen echten Konflikt mit dem Glauben kommen, weil die Wirklichkeiten des profanen Bereichs und die des Glaubens in demselben Gott ihren Ursprung haben (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ja wer bescheiden und ausdauernd die Geheimnisse der Wirklichkeit zu erforschen versucht, wird, auch wenn er sich dessen nicht bewußt ist, von dem Gott an der Hand geführt, der alle Wirklichkeit trägt und sie in sein Eigensein einsetzt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deshalb sind gewisse Geisteshaltungen, die einst auch unter Christen wegen eines unzulänglichen Verständnisses für die legitime Autonomie der Wissenschaft vorkamen, zu bedauern. Durch die dadurch entfachten Streitigkeiten und Auseinandersetzungen schufen sie in der Mentalität vieler die Überzeugung von einem Widerspruch zwischen Glauben und Wissenschaft (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wird aber mit den Worten \"Autonomie der zeitlichen Dinge\" gemeint, daß die geschaffenen Dinge nicht von Gott abhängen und der Mensch sie ohne Bezug auf den Schöpfer gebrauchen könne, so spürt jeder, der Gott anerkennt, wie falsch eine solche Auffassung ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Denn das Geschöpf sinkt ohne den Schöpfer ins Nichts."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zudem haben alle Glaubenden, gleich, welcher Religion sie zugehören, die Stimme und Bekundung Gottes immer durch die Sprache der Geschöpfe vernommen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Überdies wird das Geschöpf selbst durch das Vergessen Gottes unverständlich."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das von der Sünde verderbte menschliche Schaffen"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Heilige Schrift aber, der die Erfahrung aller Zeiten zustimmt, belehrt die Menschheitsfamilie, daß der menschliche Fortschritt, der ein großes Gut für den Menschen ist, freilich auch eine große Versuchung mit sich bringt:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dadurch, daß die Wertordnung verzerrt und Böses mit Gutem vermengt wird, beachten die einzelnen Menschen und Gruppen nur das, was ihnen, nicht aber was den anderen zukommt. Daher ist die Welt nicht mehr der Raum der wahren Brüderlichkeit, sondern die gesteigerte Macht der Menschheit bedroht bereits diese selbst mit Vernichtung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die ganze Geschichte der Menschheit durchzieht ein harter Kampf gegen die Mächte der Finsternis, ein Kampf, der schon am Anfang der Welt begann und nach dem Wort des Herrn (8) bis zum letzten Tag andauern wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der einzelne Mensch muß, in diesen Streit hineingezogen, beständig kämpfen um seine Entscheidung für das Gute, und nur mit großer Anstrengung kann er in sich mit Gottes Gnadenhilfe seine eigene innere Einheit erreichen. Deshalb kann die Kirche Christi, obwohl sie im Vertrauen auf den Plan des Schöpfers anerkennt, daß der menschliche Fortschritt zum wahren Glück der Menschen zu dienen vermag, nicht davon absehen, das Wort des Apostels einzuschärfen: \"Macht euch nicht dieser Welt gleichförmig\" (Röm 12,2), das heißt, dem Geist des leeren Stolzes und der Bosheit, der das auf den Dienst Gottes und des Menschen hingeordnete menschliche Schaffen in ein Werkzeug der Sünde verkehrt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vor der Frage, wie dieses Elend überwunden werden kann, bekennen die Christen, daß alles Tun des Menschen, das durch Stolz und ungeordnete Selbstliebe täglich gefährdet ist, durch Christi Kreuz und Auferstehung gereinigt und zur Vollendung gebracht werden muß."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Als von Christus erlöst und im Heiligen Geist zu einem neuen Geschöpf gemacht, kann und muß der Mensch die von Gott geschaffenen Dinge lieben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Von Gott empfängt er sie, er betrachtet und schätzt sie als Gaben aus Gottes Hand."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Er dankt seinem Wohltäter für die Gaben; in Armut und Freiheit des Geistes gebraucht und genießt er das Geschaffene; so kommt er in den wahren Besitz der Welt als einer, der nichts hat und doch alles besitzt9. \"Alles gehört euch, ihr aber gehört Christus und Christus Gott\" (1 Kor 3,22-23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das im Ostergeheimnis zur Vollendung geführte menschliche Schaffen"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Wort Gottes, durch das alles geworden ist, ist selbst Fleisch geworden und ist, auf der Erde der Menschen wohnend (10), als wirklicher Mensch in die Geschichte der Welt eingetreten, hat sie sich zu eigen gemacht und in sich zusammengefaßt (11). Er offenbart uns, \"daß Gott die Liebe ist\" (1 Joh 4,8), und belehrt uns zugleich, daß das Grundgesetz der menschlichen Vervollkommnung und deshalb auch der Umwandlung der Welt das neue Gebot der Liebe ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Denen also, die der göttlichen Liebe glauben, gibt er die Sicherheit, daß allen Menschen der Weg der Liebe offensteht und daß der Versuch, eine allumfassende Brüderlichkeit herzustellen, nicht vergeblich ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zugleich mahnt er, dieser Liebe nicht nur in großen Dingen nachzustreben, sondern auch und besonders in den gewöhnlichen Lebensverhältnissen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Für uns Sünder alle nahm er den Tod auf sich (12) und belehrt uns so durch sein Beispiel, daß auch das Kreuz getragen werden muß, das Fleisch und Welt denen auf die Schultern legen, die Frieden und Gerechtigkeit suchen. Durch seine Auferstehung zum Herrn bestellt, wirkt Christus, dem alle Gewalt im Himmel und auf Erden gegeben ist (13), schon durch die Kraft seines Geistes in den Herzen der Menschen dadurch, daß er nicht nur das Verlangen nach der zukünftigen Welt in ihnen weckt, sondern eben dadurch auch jene selbstlosen Bestrebungen belebt, reinigt und stärkt, durch die die Menschheitsfamilie sich bemüht, ihr eigenes Leben humaner zu gestalten und die ganze Erde diesem Ziel dienstbar zu machen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Verschieden sind jedoch die Gaben des Geistes: die einen beruft er dazu, daß sie das Verlangen nach der Heimat bei Gott deutlich bezeugen und es in der Menschheitsfamilie lebendig erhalten; andere beruft er, damit sie im irdischen Bereich den Menschen hingebungsvoll dienen und so durch ihren Beruf die Voraussetzungen für das Himmelreich schaffen. Alle aber befreit er, damit sie durch Absage an ihren Egoismus und unter Dienstbarmachung aller Naturkräfte für das menschliche Leben nach jener Zukunft streben, in der die Menschheit selbst eine Gott angenehme Opfergabe wird (14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ein Angeld dieser Hoffnung und eine Wegzehrung hinterließ der Herr den Seinen in jenem Sakrament des Glaubens, in dem unter der Pflege des Menschen gewachsene Früchte der Natur in den Leib und das Blut des verherrlichten Herrn verwandelt werden zum Abendmahl brüderlicher Gemeinschaft und als Vorfeier des himmlischen Gastmahls."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die neue Erde und der neue Himmel"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Den Zeitpunkt der Vollendung der Erde und der Menschheit kennen wir nicht (15), und auch die Weise wissen wir nicht, wie das Universum umgestaltet werden soll. Es vergeht zwar die Gestalt dieser Welt, die durch die Sünde mißgestaltet ist (16), aber wir werden belehrt, daß Gott eine neue Wohnstätte und eine neue Erde bereitet, auf der die Gerechtigkeit wohnt (17), deren Seligkeit jede Sehnsucht nach Frieden in den Herzen der Menschen erfüllt und übertrifft (18)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Tod wird besiegt sein, die Kinder Gottes werden in Christus auferweckt werden, und was in Schwachheit und Verweslichkeit gesät wurde, wird sich mit Unverweslichkeit bekleiden (19). Die Liebe wird bleiben wie das, was sie einst getan hat (20), und die ganze Schöpfung, die Gott um des Menschen willen schuf, wird von der Knechtschaft der Vergänglichkeit befreit sein (21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zwar werden wir gemahnt, daß es dem Menschen nichts nützt, wenn er die ganze Welt gewinnt, sich selbst jedoch ins Verderben bringt (22); dennoch darf die Erwartung der neuen Erde die Sorge für die Gestaltung dieser Erde nicht abschwächen, auf der uns der wachsende Leib der neuen Menschenfamilie eine umrißhafte Vorstellung von der künftigen Welt geben kann, sondern muß sie im Gegenteil ermutigen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obschon der irdische Fortschritt eindeutig vom Wachstum des Reiches Christi zu unterscheiden ist, so hat er doch große Bedeutung für das Reich Gottes, insofern er zu einer besseren Ordnung der menschlichen Gesellschaft beitragen kann (23). Alle guten Erträgnisse der Natur und unserer Bemühungen nämlich, die Güter menschlicher Würde, brüderlicher Gemeinschaft und Freiheit, müssen im Geist des Herrn und gemäß seinem Gebot auf Erden gemehrt werden; dann werden wir sie wiederfinden, gereinigt von jedem Makel, lichtvoll und verklärt, dann nämlich, wenn Christus dem Vater \"ein ewiges, allumfassendes Reich übergeben wird: das Reich der Wahrheit und des Lebens, das Reich der Heiligkeit und der Gnade, das Reich der Gerechtigkeit, der Liebe und des Friedens\" (24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hier auf Erden ist das Reich schon im Geheimnis da; beim Kommen des Herrn erreicht es seine Vollendung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE AUFGABE DER KIRCHE IN DER WELT VON HEUTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die gegenseitige Beziehung von Kirche und Welt"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alles, was wir über die Würde der menschlichen Person, die menschliche Gemeinschaft und über den letzten Sinn des menschlichen Schaffens gesagt haben, bildet das Fundament für die Beziehung zwischen Kirche und Welt wie auch die Grundlage ihres gegenseitigen Dialogs (1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter Voraussetzung all der bisherigen Aussagen dieses Konzils über das Geheimnis der Kirche ist sie nun darzustellen, insofern sie gerade in dieser Welt besteht und mit ihr lebt und wirkt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hervorgegangen aus der Liebe des ewigen Vaters (2), in der Zeit gestiftet von Christus dem Erlöser, geeint im Heiligen Geist (3), hat die Kirche das endzeitliche Heil zum Ziel, das erst in der künftigen Weltzeit voll verwirklicht werden kann. Sie ist aber schon hier auf Erden anwesend, gesammelt aus Menschen, Gliedern des irdischen Gemeinwesens, die dazu berufen sind, schon in dieser geschichtlichen Zeit der Menschheit die Familie der Kinder Gottes zu bilden, die bis zur Ankunft des Herrn stetig wachsen soll. Der himmlischen Güter willen geeint und von ihnen erfüllt, ist diese Familie von Christus \"in dieser Welt als Gesellschaft verfaßt und geordnet\" (4) und \"mit geeigneten Mitteln sichtbarer und gesellschaftlicher Einheit\" (5) ausgerüstet. So geht denn diese Kirche, zugleich \"sichtbare Versammlung und geistliche Gemeinschaft\" (6), den Weg mit der ganzen Menschheit gemeinsam und erfährt das gleiche irdische Geschick mit der Welt und ist gewissermaßen der Sauerteig und die Seele der in Christus zu erneuernden und in die Familie Gottes umzugestaltenden menschlichen Gesellschaft (7). Dieses Ineinander des irdischen und himmlischen Gemeinwesens kann nur im Glauben begriffen werden, ja es bleibt ein Geheimnis der menschlichen Geschichte, die bis zur vollen Offenbarung der Herrlichkeit der Kinder Gottes durch die Sünde verwirrt ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Verfolgung ihrer eigenen Heilsabsicht vermittelt die Kirche nicht nur den Menschen das göttliche Leben, sondern läßt dessen Widerschein mehr oder weniger auf die ganze Welt fallen, vor allem durch die Heilung und Hebung der menschlichen Personwürde, durch die Festigung des menschlichen Gemeinschaftsgefüges, durch die Erfüllung des alltäglichen menschlichen Schaffens mit tieferer Sinnhaftigkeit und Bedeutung. So glaubt die Kirche durch ihre einzelnen Glieder und als ganze viel zu einer humaneren Gestaltung der Menschenfamilie und ihrer Geschichte beitragen zu können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unbefangen schätzt zudem die katholische Kirche all das hoch, was zur Erfüllung derselben Aufgabe die anderen christlichen Kirchen und kirchlichen Gemeinschaften in Zusammenarbeit beigetragen haben und noch beitragen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zugleich ist sie der festen Überzeugung, daß sie selbst von der Welt, sei es von einzelnen Menschen, sei es von der menschlichen Gesellschaft, durch deren Möglichkeiten und Bemühungen viele und mannigfache Hilfe zur Wegbereitung für das Evangelium erfahren kann. Zur sachgemäßen Förderung dieser gegenseitigen Beziehung und Hilfe in jenem Bereich, der Kirche und Welt gewissermaßen gemeinsam ist, werden hier einige allgemeinere Grundsätze vorgelegt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Hilfe, welche die Kirche den einzelnen Menschen leisten möchte"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der heutige Mensch ist unterwegs zur volleren Entwicklung seiner Persönlichkeit und zu einer immer tieferen Einsicht und Durchsetzung seiner Rechte. Da es aber der Kirche anvertraut ist, das Geheimnis Gottes, des letzten Zieles der Menschen, offenkundig zu machen, erschließt sie dem Menschen gleichzeitig das Verständnis seiner eigenen Existenz, das heißt die letzte Wahrheit über den Menschen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche weiß sehr wohl, daß Gott, dem sie dient, allein die Antwort ist auf das tiefste Sehnen des menschlichen Herzens, das an den Gaben der Erde nie voll sich sättigen kann."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sie weiß auch darum, daß der Mensch unter dem ständigen Antrieb des Geistes Gottes niemals dem Problem der Religion gegenüber ganz gleichgültig sein kann, wie es nicht nur die Erfahrung so vieler vergangener Jahrhunderte, sondern auch das vielfältige Zeugnis unserer Zeit beweist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Denn immer wird der Mensch wenigstens ahnungsweise Verlangen in sich tragen, zu wissen, was die Bedeutung seines Lebens, seines Schaffens und seines Todes ist. Schon das reine Dasein der Kirche als solches erinnert ihn an diese Probleme. Gott allein, der den Menschen nach seinem Bild geschaffen und von der Sünde erlöst hat, gibt auf diese Fragen die erschöpfende Antwort in seiner Offenbarung in seinem Sohn, der Mensch geworden ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wer Christus, dem vollkommenen Menschen, folgt, wird auch selbst mehr Mensch."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aus diesem Glauben heraus vermag die Kirche die Würde des menschlichen Wesens allen Meinungsschwankungen zu entziehen, die z.B. den menschlichen Leib zu sehr abwerten oder über das rechte Maß emporheben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Durch kein menschliches Gesetz können die personale Würde und die Freiheit des Menschen so wirksam geschützt werden wie durch das Evangelium Christi, das der Kirche anvertraut ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Frohbotschaft nämlich verkündet und proklamiert die Freiheit der Kinder Gottes; sie verwirft jede Art von Knechtschaft, die letztlich aus der Sünde stammt (8); sie respektiert sorgfältig die Würde des Gewissens und seiner freien Entscheidung; unablässig mahnt sie dazu, alle menschlichen Talente im Dienst Gottes und zum Wohl der Menschen Frucht bringen zu lassen; alle endlich empfiehlt sie der Liebe aller (9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dies entspricht dem grundlegenden Gesetz der christlichen Heilsordnung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn auch derselbe Gott Schöpfer und Erlöser ist, Herr der Profangeschichte und der Heilsgeschichte, so wird doch in eben dieser göttlichen Ordnung die richtige Autonomie der Schöpfung und besonders des Menschen nicht nur nicht aufgehoben, sondern vielmehr in ihre eigene Würde eingesetzt und in ihr befestigt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kraft des ihr anvertrauten Evangeliums verkündet also die Kirche die Rechte des Menschen, und sie anerkennt und schätzt die Dynamik der Gegenwart, die diese Rechte überall fördert."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Freilich muß diese Bewegung vom Geist des Evangeliums erfüllt und gegen jede Art falscher Autonomie geschützt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wir sind nämlich der Versuchung ausgesetzt, unsere persönlichen Rechte nur dann für voll gewahrt zu halten, wenn wir jeder Norm des göttlichen Gesetzes ledig wären."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auf diesem Wege aber geht die Würde der menschlichen Person, statt gewahrt zu werden, eher verloren."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Hilfe, welche die Kirche der menschlichen Gemeinschaft bringen möchte"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Einheit der menschlichen Familie wird durch die Einheit der Familie der Kinder Gottes, die in Christus begründet ist (10), in vieler Hinsicht gestärkt und erfüllt. Die ihr eigene Sendung, die Christus der Kirche übertragen hat, bezieht sich zwar nicht auf den politischen, wirtschaftlichen oder sozialen Bereich: das Ziel, das Christus ihr gesetzt hat, gehört ja der religiösen Ordnung an (11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doch fließen aus eben dieser religiösen Sendung Auftrag, Licht und Kraft, um der menschlichen Gemeinschaft zu Aufbau und Festigung nach göttlichem Gesetz behilflich zu sein."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ja wo es nötig ist, kann und muß sie selbst je nach den Umständen von Zeit und Ort Werke zum Dienst an allen, besonders an den Armen, in Gang bringen, wie z. B. Werke der Barmherzigkeit oder andere dieser Art."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche anerkennt weiterhin, was an Gutem in der heutigen gesellschaftlichen Dynamik vorhanden ist, besonders die Entwicklung hin zur Einheit, den Prozeß einer gesunden Sozialisation und Vergesellschaftung im bürgerlichen und wirtschaftlichen Bereich. Förderung von Einheit hängt ja mit der letzten Sendung der Kirche zusammen, da sie \"in Christus gleichsam das Sakrament, das heißt Zeichen und Werkzeug für die innigste Vereinigung mit Gott wie für die Einheit der ganzen Menschheit\" (12) ist. So zeigt sie der Welt, daß die wahre Einheit in der äußeren gesellschaftlichen Sphäre aus einer Einheit der Gesinnungen und Herzen erwächst, aus jenem Glauben und jener Liebe nämlich, auf denen im Heiligen Geist ihre unauflösliche Einheit beruht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kraft nämlich, die die Kirche der menschlichen Gesellschaft von heute mitzuteilen vermag, ist jener Glaube und jene Liebe, die sich in Tat und Wahrheit des Lebens auswirken, nicht aber irgendeine äußere, mit rein menschlichen Mitteln ausgeübte Herrschaft. Da sie weiterhin kraft ihrer Sendung und Natur an keine besondere Form menschlicher Kultur und an kein besonderes politisches, wirtschaftliches oder gesellschaftliches System gebunden ist, kann die Kirche kraft dieser ihrer Universalität ein ganz enges Band zwischen den verschiedenen menschlichen Gemeinschaften und Nationen bilden. Nur müssen diese ihr Vertrauen schenken und ihr wahre Freiheit zur Erfüllung dieser ihrer Sendung ehrlich zuerkennen. So mahnt denn die Kirche ihre Kinder, aber auch alle Menschen, sie sollen in diesem Familiengeist der Gotteskinder alle Zwistigkeiten zwischen den Nationen und den Rassen überwinden und von innen her den legitimen menschlichen Vergesellschaftungen Festigkeit verleihen. Mit großer Achtung blickt das Konzil auf alles Wahre, Gute und Gerechte, das sich die Menschheit in den verschiedenen Institutionen geschaffen hat und immer neu schafft. Es erklärt auch, daß die Kirche alle diese Einrichtungen unterstützen und fördern will, soweit es von ihr abhängt und sich mit ihrer Sendung vereinbaren läßt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sie selbst hat keinen dringlicheren Wunsch, als sich selbst im Dienst des Wohles aller frei entfalten zu können unter jeglicher Regierungsform, die die Grundrechte der Person und der Familie und die Erfordernisse des Gemeinwohls anerkennt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Hilfe, mit der die Kirche durch die Christen das menschliche Schaffen unterstützen möchte"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Konzil fordert die Christen, die Bürger beider Gemeinwesen, auf, nach treuer Erfüllung ihrer irdischen Pflichten zu streben, und dies im Geist des Evangeliums."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Wahrheit verfehlen die, die im Bewußtsein, hier keine bleibende Stätte zu haben, sondern die künftige zu suchen (13), darum meinen, sie könnten ihre irdischen Pflichten vernachlässigen, und so verkennen, daß sie, nach Maßgabe der jedem zuteil gewordenen Berufung, gerade durch den Glauben selbst um so mehr zu deren Erfüllung verpflichtet sind (14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im selben Grade aber irren die, die umgekehrt meinen, so im irdischen Tun und Treiben aufgehen zu können, als hätte das darum gar nichts mit dem religiösen Leben zu tun, weil dieses nach ihrer Meinung in bloßen Kultakten und in der Erfüllung gewisser moralischer Pflichten besteht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Spaltung bei vielen zwischen dem Glauben, den man bekennt, und dem täglichen Leben gehört zu den schweren Verirrungen unserer Zeit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieses Ärgernis haben schon die Propheten im Alten Bund heftig angegriffen (15), und noch viel strenger hat es Jesus Christus selbst im Neuen Bund mit schweren Strafen bedroht (16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Man darf keinen künstlichen Gegensatz zwischen beruflicher und gesellschaftlicher Tätigkeit auf der einen Seite und dem religiösen Leben auf der anderen konstruieren. Ein Christ, der seine irdischen Pflichten vernachlässigt, versäumt damit seine Pflichten gegenüber dem Nächsten, ja gegen Gott selbst und bringt sein ewiges Heil in Gefahr."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Christen sollen vielmehr froh sein, in der Nachfolge Christi, der als Handwerker gearbeitet hat, ihre ganze irdische Arbeit so leisten zu können, daß sie ihre menschlichen, häuslichen, beruflichen, wissenschaftlichen oder technischen Anstrengungen mit den religiösen Werten zu einer lebendigen Synthese verbinden; wenn diese Werte nämlich die letzte Sinngebung bestimmen, wird alles auf Gottes Ehre hingeordnet. Die Laien sind eigentlich, wenn auch nicht ausschließlich, zuständig für die weltlichen Aufgaben und Tätigkeiten. Wenn sie also, sei es als Einzelne, sei es in Gruppen, als Bürger dieser Welt handeln, so sollen sie nicht nur die jedem einzelnen Bereich eigenen Gesetze beobachten, sondern sich zugleich um gutes fachliches Wissen und Können in den einzelnen Sachgebieten bemühen. Sie sollen bereitwilligst mit denen, die die gleichen Aufgaben haben wie sie, zusammenarbeiten. In Anerkennung der Forderungen des Glaubens und in seiner Kraft sollen sie, wo es geboten ist, mit Entschlossenheit Neues planen und ausführen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aufgabe ihres dazu von vornherein richtig geschulten Gewissens ist es, das Gebot Gottes im Leben der profanen Gesellschaft zur Geltung zu bringen. Von den Priestern aber dürfen die Laien Licht und geistliche Kraft erwarten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sie mögen aber nicht meinen, ihre Seelsorger seien immer in dem Grade kompetent, daß sie in jeder, zuweilen auch schweren Frage, die gerade auftaucht, eine konkrete Lösung schon fertig haben könnten oder die Sendung dazu hätten. Die Laien selbst sollen vielmehr im Licht christlicher Weisheit und unter Berücksichtigung der Lehre des kirchlichen Lehramtes (17) darin ihre eigene Aufgabe wahrnehmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oftmals wird gerade eine christliche Schau der Dinge ihnen eine bestimmte Lösung in einer konkreten Situation nahelegen. Aber andere Christen werden vielleicht, wie es häufiger, und zwar legitim, der Fall ist, bei gleicher Gewissenhaftigkeit in der gleichen Frage zu einem anderen Urteil kommen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn dann die beiderseitigen Lösungen, auch gegen den Willen der Parteien, von vielen andern sehr leicht als eindeutige Folgerung aus der Botschaft des Evangeliums betrachtet werden, so müßte doch klar bleiben, daß in solchen Fällen niemand das Recht hat, die Autorität der Kirche ausschließlich für sich und seine eigene Meinung in Anspruch zu nehmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Immer aber sollen sie in einem offenen Dialog sich gegenseitig zur Klärung der Frage zu helfen suchen; dabei sollen sie die gegenseitige Liebe bewahren und vor allem auf das Gemeinwohl bedacht sein."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Laien aber, die am ganzen Leben der Kirche ihren tätigen Anteil haben, sind nicht nur gehalten, die Welt mit christlichem Geist zu durchdringen, sondern sie sind auch dazu berufen, überall, und zwar inmitten der menschlichen Schicksalsgemeinschaft, Christi Zeugen zu sein."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Bischöfe aber, denen das Amt, die Kirche Gottes zu leiten, anvertraut ist, sollen mit ihren Priestern die Botschaft Christi so verkündigen, daß alle irdischen Tätigkeiten der Gläubigen von dem Licht des Evangeliums erhellt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zudem sollen alle Seelsorger bemüht sein, in ihrer Lebensführung und ihrem Berufseifer (18) der Welt ein solches Antlitz der Kirche zu zeigen, daß die Menschen sich daran ein Urteil über die Kraft und Wahrheit der christlichen Botschaft bilden können. In Leben und Wort sollen sie zusammen mit den Ordensleuten und ihren Gläubigen beweisen, daß die Kirche mit all ihren Gütern schon durch ihre bloße Gegenwart eine unerschöpfliche Quelle jener sittlichen Kräfte ist, deren die heutige Welt so sehr bedarf."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Durch beharrliches Studium sollen sie sich fähig machen, zum Dialog mit der Welt und mit Menschen jedweder Weltanschauung ihren Beitrag zu leisten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Besonders aber sollen sie die Worte dieses Konzils beherzigen: \"Weil die Menschheit heute mehr und mehr zur Einheit im bürgerlichen, wirtschaftlichen und sozialen Bereich zusammenwächst, sollen die Priester um so mehr in vereinter Sorge und Arbeit unter Leitung der Bischöfe und des Papstes jede Art von Spaltung beseitigen, damit die ganze Menschheit der Einheit der Familie Gottes zugeführt werde.\" (19)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obwohl die Kirche in der Kraft des Heiligen Geistes die treue Braut des Herrn geblieben ist und niemals aufgehört hat, das Zeichen des Heils in der Welt zu sein, so weiß sie doch klar, daß unter ihren Gliedern (20), ob Klerikern oder Laien, im Lauf so vieler Jahrhunderte immer auch Untreue gegen den Geist Gottes sich fand,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auch in unserer Zeit weiß die Kirche, wie groß der Abstand ist zwischen der von ihr verkündeten Botschaft und der menschlichen Armseligkeit derer, denen das Evangelium anvertraut ist. Wie immer auch die Geschichte über all dies Versagen urteilen mag, wir selber dürfen dieses Versagen nicht vergessen, sondern müssen es unerbittlich bekämpfen, damit es der Verbreitung des Evangeliums nicht schade. Die Kirche weiß auch, wie sehr sie selbst in ihrer lebendigen Beziehung zur Welt an der Erfahrung der Geschichte immerfort reifen muß."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vom Heiligen Geist geführt, mahnt die Mutter Kirche unablässig ihre Kinder \"zur Läuterung und Erneuerung, damit das Zeichen Christi auf dem Antlitz der Kirche klarer erstrahle\" (21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Hilfe, welche die Kirche von der heutigen Welt erfährt"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wie es aber im Interesse der Welt liegt, die Kirche als gesellschaftliche Wirklichkeit der Geschichte und als deren Ferment anzuerkennen, so ist sich die Kirche auch darüber im klaren, wieviel sie selbst der Geschichte und Entwicklung der Menschheit verdankt. Die Erfahrung der geschichtlichen Vergangenheit, der Fortschritt der Wissenschaften, die Reichtümer, die in den verschiedenen Formen der menschlichen Kultur liegen, durch die die Menschennatur immer klarer zur Erscheinung kommt und neue Wege zur Wahrheit aufgetan werden, gereichen auch der Kirche zum Vorteil."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Von Beginn ihrer Geschichte an hat sie gelernt, die Botschaft Christi in der Vorstellungswelt und Sprache der verschiedenen Völker auszusagen und darüber hinaus diese Botschaft mit Hilfe der Weisheit der Philosophen zu verdeutlichen, um so das Evangelium sowohl dem Verständnis aller als auch berechtigten Ansprüchen der Gebildeten angemessen zu verkünden. Diese in diesem Sinne angepaßte Verkündigung des geoffenbarten Wortes muß ein Gesetz aller Evangelisation bleiben. Denn so wird in jedem Volk die Fähigkeit, die Botschaft Christi auf eigene Weise auszusagen, entwickelt und zugleich der lebhafte Austausch zwischen der Kirche und den verschiedenen nationalen Kulturen gefördert (22). Zur Steigerung dieses Austauschs bedarf die Kirche vor allem in unserer Zeit mit ihrem schnellen Wandel der Verhältnisse und der Vielfalt ihrer Denkweisen der besonderen Hilfe der in der Welt Stehenden, die eine wirkliche Kenntnis der verschiedenen Institutionen und Fachgebiete haben und die Mentalität, die in diesen am Werk ist, wirklich verstehen, gleichgültig, ob es sich um Gläubige oder Ungläubige handelt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist jedoch Aufgabe des ganzen Gottesvolkes, vor allem auch der Seelsorger und Theologen, unter dem Beistand des Heiligen Geistes auf die verschiedenen Sprachen unserer Zeit zu hören, sie zu unterscheiden, zu deuten und im Licht des Gotteswortes zu beurteilen, damit die geoffenbarte Wahrheit immer tiefer erfaßt, besser verstanden und passender verkündet werden kann."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da die Kirche eine sichtbare gesellschaftliche Struktur hat, das Zeichen ihrer Einheit in Christus, sind für sie auch Möglichkeit und Tatsache einer Bereicherung durch die Entwicklung des gesellschaftlichen Lebens gegeben, nicht als ob in ihrer von Christus gegebenen Verfassung etwas fehle, sondern weil sie so tiefer erkannt, besser zur Erscheinung gebracht und zeitgemäßer gestaltet werden kann."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche erfährt auch dankbar, daß sie sowohl als Gemeinschaft wie auch in ihren einzelnen Kindern mannigfaltigste Hilfe von Menschen aus allen Ständen und Verhältnissen empfängt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wer nämlich die menschliche Gemeinschaft auf der Ebene der Familie, der Kultur, des wirtschaftlichen und sozialen Lebens, der nationalen und internationalen Politik voranbringt, leistet nach dem Plan Gottes auch der kirchlichen Gemeinschaft, soweit diese von äußeren Bedingungen abhängt, eine nicht unbedeutende Hilfe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-324",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ja selbst die Feindschaft ihrer Gegner und Verfolger, so gesteht die Kirche, war für sie sehr nützlich und wird es bleiben (23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus, Alpha und Omega"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-326",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Während sie selbst der Welt hilft oder von dieser vieles empfängt, strebt die Kirche nach dem einen Ziel, nach der Ankunft des Reiches Gottes und der Verwirklichung des Heiles der ganzen Menschheit. Alles aber, was das Volk Gottes in der Zeit seiner irdischen Pilgerschaft der Menschenfamilie an Gutem mitteilen kann, kommt letztlich daher, daß die Kirche das \"allumfassende Sakrament des Heiles\" (24) ist, welches das Geheimnis der Liebe Gottes zu den Menschen zugleich offenbart und verwirklicht. Gottes Wort, durch das alles geschaffen ist, ist selbst Fleisch geworden, um in vollkommenem Menschsein alle zu retten und das All zusammenzufassen. Der Herr ist das Ziel der menschlichen Geschichte, der Punkt, auf den hin alle Bestrebungen der Geschichte und der Kultur konvergieren, der Mittelpunkt der Menschheit, die Freude aller Herzen und die Erfüllung ihrer Sehnsüchte (25). Ihn hat der Vater von den Toten auferweckt, erhöht und zu seiner Rechten gesetzt; ihn hat er zum Richter der Lebendigen und Toten bestellt. Von seinem Geist belebt und geeint, schreiten wir der Vollendung der menschlichen Geschichte entgegen, die mit dem Plan seiner Liebe zusammenfällt: \"alles in Christus dem Haupt zusammenzufassen, was im Himmel und was auf Erden ist\" (Eph 1,10). Der Herr selbst spricht: \" Sieh, ich komme bald, und mein Lohn ist mit mir, einem jeden zu vergelten nach seinen Werken. Ich bin das Alpha und das Omega, der Erste und der Letzte, Anfang und Ende\" (Offb 22,12-13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. HAUPTTEIL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "WICHTIGERE EINZELFRAGEN"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vorwort"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nachdem das Konzil die Würde der menschlichen Person und die Erfüllung der individuellen und gesellschaftlichen Aufgabe dieser Person kraft ihrer Berufung in der ganzen Welt dargelegt hat, lenkt das Konzil nun im Licht des Evangeliums und der menschlichen Erfahrung die Aufmerksamkeit aller auf bestimmte besonders schwere Nöte dieser Zeit hin, welche die Menschheit in hohem Maß bedrängen. Unter den vielen Problemen, die heute die Sorge aller wachrufen, sollen vor allem die folgenden behandelt werden: die Ehe und Familie, die Kultur, das wirtschaftliche, soziale und politische Leben, die Verbindung der Völkerfamilie und der Friede. Hinsichtlich dieser Einzelfragen sollen die lichtvollen Prinzipien, die von Christus herkommen, verdeutlicht werden, damit durch sie die Gläubigen geleitet werden und alle Menschen Klarheit finden bei der Suche nach der Lösung so vieler schwieriger Probleme."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "FÖRDERUNG DER WÜRDE DER EHE UND DER FAMILIE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ehe und Familie in der heutigen Welt"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-333",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Wohl der Person sowie der menschlichen und christlichen Gesellschaft ist zuinnerst mit einem Wohlergehen der Ehe- und Familiengemeinschaft verbunden. Darum begrüßen die Christen zusammen mit allen, welche diese Gemeinschaft hochschätzen, aufrichtig all die verschiedenen Hilfen, mittels derer man heute in der Förderung dieser Gemeinschaft der Liebe und im Schutz des Lebens vorwärtskommt und Gatten und Eltern bei ihrer großen Aufgabe unterstützt werden. Die Christen hoffen von daher auf noch bessere Resultate und suchen dazu beizutragen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jedoch nicht überall erscheint die Würde dieser Institution in gleicher Klarheit. Polygamie, um sich greifende Ehescheidung, sogenannte freie Liebe und andere Entartungen entstellen diese Würde. Darüber hinaus wird die eheliche Liebe öfters durch Egoismus, bloße Genußsucht und durch unerlaubte Praktiken gegen die Fruchtbarkeit der Ehe entweiht. Außerdem tragen die heutigen wirtschaftlichen, sozialpsychologischen und staatlichen Verhältnisse erhebliche Störungen in die Familie hinein. Schließlich werden in manchen Teilen der Welt die Probleme der Bevölkerungszunahme mit Besorgnis registriert. Durch all dies wird das Gewissen der Menschen beunruhigt. Andererseits zeigen sich Bedeutung und Stärke von Ehe und Familie als Institution gerade dadurch, daß sogar die tiefgreifenden Veränderungen der heutigen Gesellschaft trotz aller daraus entstehenden Schwierigkeiten sehr oft die wahre Eigenart dieser Institution in der verschiedensten Weise deutlich werden lassen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-335",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Darum will das Konzil durch besondere Hervorhebung bestimmter Hauptpunkte der kirchlichen Lehre die Christen und alle jene Menschen belehren und bestärken, die die ursprüngliche Würde der Ehe und ihren hohen und heiligen Wert zu schützen und zu fördern suchen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Heiligkeit von Ehe und Familie"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-337",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die innige Gemeinschaft des Lebens und der Liebe in der Ehe, vom Schöpfer begründet und mit eigenen Gesetzen geschützt, wird durch den Ehebund, d.h. durch ein unwiderrufliches personales Einverständnis, gestiftet. So entsteht durch den personal freien Akt, in dem sich die Eheleute gegenseitig schenken und annehmen, eine nach göttlicher Ordnung feste Institution, und zwar auch gegenüber der Gesellschaft. Dieses heilige Band unterliegt im Hinblick auf das Wohl der Gatten und der Nachkommenschaft sowie auf das Wohl der Gesellschaft nicht mehr menschlicher Willkür. Gott selbst ist Urheber der Ehe, die mit verschiedenen Gütern und Zielen ausgestattet ist (1); sie alle sind von größter Bedeutung für den Fortbestand der Menschheit, für den persönlichen Fortschritt der einzelnen Familienmitglieder und ihr ewiges Heil; für die Würde, die Festigkeit, den Frieden und das Wohlergehen der Familie selbst und der ganzen menschlichen Gesellschaft."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-338",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Durch ihre natürliche Eigenart sind die Institution der Ehe und die eheliche Liebe auf die Zeugung und Erziehung von Nachkommenschaft hingeordnet und finden darin gleichsam ihre Krönung. Darum gewähren sich Mann und Frau, die im Ehebund nicht mehr zwei sind, sondern ein Fleisch (Mt 19,6), in inniger Verbundenheit der Personen und ihres Tuns gegenseitige Hilfe und gegenseitigen Dienst und erfahren und vollziehen dadurch immer mehr und voller das eigentliche Wesen ihrer Einheit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-339",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese innige Vereinigung als gegenseitiges Sichschenken zweier Personen wie auch das Wohl der Kinder verlangen die unbedingte Treue der Gatten und fordern ihre unauflösliche Einheit (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-340",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus der Herr hat diese Liebe, die letztlich aus der göttlichen Liebe hervorgeht und nach dem Vorbild seiner Einheit mit der Kirche gebildet ist, unter ihren vielen Hinsichten in reichem Maße gesegnet. Wie nämlich Gott einst durch den Bund der Liebe und Treue seinem Volk entgegenkam (3), so begegnet nun der Erlöser der Menschen und der Bräutigam (4) der Kirche durch das Sakrament der Ehe den christlichen Gatten. Er bleibt fernerhin bei ihnen, damit die Gatten sich in gegenseitiger Hingabe und ständiger Treue lieben, so wie er selbst die Kirche geliebt und sich für sie hingegeben hat (5). Echte eheliche Liebe wird in die göttliche Liebe aufgenommen und durch die erlösende Kraft Christi und die Heilsvermittlung der Kirche gelenkt und bereichert, damit die Ehegatten wirksam zu Gott hingeführt werden und in ihrer hohen Aufgabe als Vater und Mutter unterstützt und gefestigt werden (6). So werden die christlichen Gatten in den Pflichten und der Würde ihres Standes durch ein eigenes Sakrament gestärkt und gleichsam geweiht (7). In der Kraft dieses Sakramentes erfüllen sie ihre Aufgabe in Ehe und Familie. Im Geist Christi, durch den ihr ganzes Leben mit Glaube, Hoffnung und Liebe durchdrungen wird, gelangen sie mehr und mehr zu ihrer eigenen Vervollkommnung, zur gegenseitigen Heiligung und so gemeinsam zur Verherrlichung Gottes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn somit die Eltern durch ihr Beispiel und ihr gemeinsames Gebet auf dem Weg vorausgehen, werden auch die Kinder und alle, die in der Familiengemeinschaft leben, leichter diesen Weg des echten Menschentums, des Heils und der Heiligkeit finden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-342",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Gatten aber müssen in ihrer Würde und Aufgabe als Vater und Mutter die Pflicht der Erziehung, vornehmlich der religiösen, die ihnen in ganz besonderer Weise zukommt, sorgfältig erfüllen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kinder als lebendige Glieder der Familie tragen auf ihre Weise zur Heiligung der Eltern bei. In Dankbarkeit, Ehrfurcht und Vertrauen müssen sie das erwidern, was die Eltern ihnen Gutes tun, und ihnen, wie es Kindern ziemt, im Unglück und in der Einsamkeit des Alters beistehen. Ein Leben, das nach dem Tod des einen Gatten als Fortführung der bisherigen ehelichen Berufung tapfer bejaht wird, soll von allen geachtet werden (8). Von einem reichen geistlichen Leben soll die Familie auch anderen Familien in hochherziger Weise mitgeben. Daher soll die christliche Familie - entsteht sie doch aus der Ehe, die das Bild und die Teilhabe an dem Liebesbund Christi und der Kirche ist (9) - die lebendige Gegenwart des Erlösers in der Welt und die wahre Natur der Kirche allen kundmachen, sowohl durch die Liebe der Gatten, in hochherziger Fruchtbarkeit, in Einheit und Treue als auch in der bereitwilligen Zusammenarbeit aller ihrer Glieder."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die eheliche Liebe"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-345",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mehrfach fordert Gottes Wort Braut- und Eheleute auf, in keuscher Liebe ihre Brautzeit zu gestalten und in ungeteilter Liebe ihre Ehe durchzuhalten und zu entfalten (10). Auch in unserer Zeit hat die wahre Liebe zwischen Mann und Frau in der Ehe, wie sie sich in verschiedener Weise je nach Volk und Zeit geziemend äußert, als hoher Wert Geltung. Diese eigentümlich menschliche Liebe geht in frei bejahter Neigung von Person zu Person, umgreift das Wohl der ganzen Person, vermag so den leib-seelischen Ausdrucksmöglichkeiten eine eigene Würde zu verleihen und sie als Elemente und besondere Zeichen der ehelichen Freundschaft zu adeln."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-346",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Liebe hat der Herr durch eine besondere Gabe seiner Gnade und Liebe geheilt, vollendet und erhöht. Eine solche Liebe, die Menschliches und Göttliches in sich eint, führt die Gatten zur freien gegenseitigen Übereignung ihrer selbst, die sich in zarter Zuneigung und in der Tat bewährt, und durchdringt ihr ganzes Leben (11); ja gerade durch ihre Selbstlosigkeit in Leben und Tun verwirklicht sie sich und wächst. Sie ist viel mehr als bloß eine erotische Anziehung, die, egoistisch gewollt, nur zu schnell wieder erbärmlich vergeht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-347",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Liebe wird durch den eigentlichen Vollzug der Ehe in besonderer Weise ausgedrückt und verwirklicht. Jene Akte also, durch die die Eheleute innigst und lauter eins werden, sind von sittlicher Würde; sie bringen, wenn sie human vollzogen werden, jenes gegenseitige Übereignetsein zum Ausdruck und vertiefen es, durch das sich die Gatten gegenseitig in Freude und Dankbarkeit reich machen. Diese Liebe, die auf gegenseitige Treue gegründet und in besonderer Weise durch Christi Sakrament geheiligt ist, bedeutet unlösliche Treue, die in Glück und Unglück Leib und Seele umfaßt und darum unvereinbar ist mit jedem Ehebruch und jeder Ehescheidung. Wenn wirklich durch die gegenseitige und bedingungslose Liebe die gleiche personale Würde sowohl der Frau wie des Mannes anerkannt wird, wird auch die vom Herrn bestätigte Einheit der Ehe deutlich."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-348",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um die Pflichten dieser christlichen Berufung beständig zu erfüllen, ist ungewöhnliche Tugend erforderlich. Von daher müssen die Gatten, durch die Gnade zu heiligem Leben gestärkt, Festigkeit in der Liebe, Seelengröße und Opfergeist pflegen und im Gebet erbitten. Die echte eheliche Liebe wird höher geschätzt werden, und es wird sich eine sachgerechte öffentliche Meinung über sie bilden, wenn die christlichen Gatten durch das Zeugnis der Treue und Harmonie in dieser Liebe und durch Sorge für die Kindererziehung sich hervortun und ihre Pflicht erfüllen bei einer notwendigen kulturellen, psychologischen und sozialen Erneuerung zugunsten von Ehe und Familie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-349",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jugendliche sollen über die Würde, die Aufgaben und den Vollzug der ehelichen Liebe am besten im Kreis der Familie selbst rechtzeitig in geeigneter Weise unterrichtet werden, damit sie, an keusche Zucht gewöhnt, im entsprechenden Alter nach einer sauberen Brautzeit in die Ehe eintreten können."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Fruchtbarkeit der Ehe"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-351",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ehe und eheliche Liebe sind ihrem Wesen nach auf die Zeugung und Erziehung von Nachkommenschaft ausgerichtet. Kinder sind gewiß die vorzüglichste Gabe für die Ehe und tragen zum Wohl der Eltern selbst sehr viel bei. Derselbe Gott, der gesagt hat: \"Es ist nicht gut, daß der Mensch allein sei\" (Gen 2,28), und der \"den Menschen von Anfang an als Mann und Frau schuf\" (Mt 19,14), wollte ihm eine besondere Teilnahme an seinem schöpferischen Wirken verleihen, segnete darum Mann und Frau und sprach: \"Wachset und mehret euch\" (Gen 1,28). Ohne Hintansetzung der übrigen Eheziele sind deshalb die echte Gestaltung der ehelichen Liebe und die ganze sich daraus ergebende Natur des Familienlebens dahin ausgerichtet, daß die Gatten von sich aus entschlossen bereit sind zur Mitwirkung mit der Liebe des Schöpfers und Erlösers, der durch sie seine eigene Familie immer mehr vergrößert und bereichert."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In ihrer Aufgabe, menschliches Leben weiterzugeben und zu erziehen, die als die nur ihnen zukommende Sendung zu betrachten ist, wissen sich die Eheleute als mitwirkend mit der Liebe Gottes des Schöpfers und gleichsam als Interpreten dieser Liebe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-353",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Daher müssen sie in menschlicher und christlicher Verantwortlichkeit ihre Aufgabe erfüllen und in einer auf Gott hinhörenden Ehrfurcht durch gemeinsame Überlegung versuchen, sich ein sachgerechtes Urteil zu bilden. Hierbei müssen sie auf ihr eigenes Wohl wie auf das ihrer Kinder - der schon geborenen oder zu erwartenden - achten; sie müssen die materiellen und geistigen Verhältnisse der Zeit und ihres Lebens zu erkennen suchen und schließlich auch das Wohl der Gesamtfamilie, der weltlichen Gesellschaft und der Kirche berücksichtigen. Dieses Urteil müssen im Angesicht Gottes die Eheleute letztlich selbst fällen. In ihrem ganzen Verhalten seien sich die christlichen Gatten bewußt, daß sie nicht nach eigener Willkür vorgehen können; sie müssen sich vielmehr leiten lassen von einem Gewissen, das sich auszurichten hat am göttlichen Gesetz; sie müssen hören auf das Lehramt der Kirche, das dieses göttliche Gesetz im Licht des Evangeliums authentisch auslegt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-354",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieses göttliche Gesetz zeigt die ganze Bedeutung der ehelichen Liebe, schützt sie und drängt zu ihrer wahrhaft menschlichen Vollendung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-355",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So verherrlichen christliche Eheleute in Vertrauen auf die göttliche Vorsehung und Opfergesinnung (12) den Schöpfer und streben zur Vollkommenheit in Christus, indem sie in hochherziger menschlicher und christlicher Verantwortlichkeit Kindern das Leben schenken."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-356",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter den Eheleuten, die diese ihnen von Gott aufgetragene Aufgabe erfüllen, sind besonders jene zu erwähnen, die in gemeinsamer kluger Beratung eine größere Zahl von Kindern, wenn diese entsprechend erzogen werden können, hochherzig auf sich nehmen (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-357",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Ehe ist aber nicht nur zur Zeugung von Kindern eingesetzt, sondern die Eigenart des unauflöslichen personalen Bundes und das Wohl der Kinder fordern, daß auch die gegenseitige Liebe der Ehegatten ihren gebührenden Platz behalte, wachse und reife. Wenn deshalb das - oft so erwünschte - Kind fehlt, bleibt die Ehe dennoch als volle Lebensgemeinschaft bestehen und behält ihren Wert sowie ihre Unauflöslichkeit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die eheliche Liebe und der Fortbestand des menschlichen Lebens"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-359",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Konzil weiß, daß die Gatten in ihrem Bemühen, das Eheleben harmonisch zu gestalten, oft durch mancherlei Lebensbedingungen der heutigen Zeit eingeengt sind und sich in einer Lage befinden, in der die Zahl der Kinder - mindestens zeitweise - nicht vermehrt werden kann und der Vollzug treuer Liebe und die volle Lebensgemeinschaft nur schwer gewahrt werden können. Wo nämlich das intime eheliche Leben unterlassen wird, kann nicht selten die Treue als Ehegut in Gefahr geraten und das Kind als Ehegut in Mitleidenschaft gezogen werden; denn dann werden die Erziehung der Kinder und auch die tapfere Bereitschaft zu weiteren Kindern gefährdet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-360",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Manche wagen es, für diese Schwierigkeiten unsittliche Lösungen anzubieten, ja sie scheuen selbst vor Tötung nicht zurück. Die Kirche aber erinnert daran, daß es keinen wahren Widerspruch geben kann zwischen den göttlichen Gesetzen hinsichtlich der Übermittlung des Lebens und dem, was echter ehelicher Liebe dient."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-361",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gott, der Herr des Lebens, hat nämlich den Menschen die hohe Aufgabe der Erhaltung des Lebens übertragen, die auf eine menschenwürdige Weise erfüllt werden muß. Das Leben ist daher von der Empfängnis an mit höchster Sorgfalt zu schützen. Abtreibung und Tötung des Kindes sind verabscheuenswürdige Verbrechen. Die geschlechtliche Anlage des Menschen und seine menschliche Zeugungsfähigkeit überragen in wunderbarer Weise all das, was es Entsprechendes auf niedrigeren Stufen des Lebens gibt. Deshalb sind auch die dem ehelichen Leben eigenen Akte, die entsprechend der wahren menschlichen Würde gestaltet sind, zu achten und zu ehren. Wo es sich um den Ausgleich zwischen ehelicher Liebe und verantwortlicher Weitergabe des Lebens handelt, hängt die sittliche Qualität der Handlungsweise nicht allein von der guten Absicht und Bewertung der Motive ab, sondern auch von objektiven Kriterien, die sich aus dem Wesen der menschlichen Person und ihrer Akte ergeben und die sowohl den vollen Sinn gegenseitiger Hingabe als auch den einer wirklich humanen Zeugung in wirklicher Liebe wahren. Das ist nicht möglich ohne aufrichtigen Willen zur Übung der Tugend ehelicher Keuschheit. Von diesen Prinzipien her ist es den Kindern der Kirche nicht erlaubt, in der Geburtenregelung Wege zu beschreiten, die das Lehramt in Auslegung des göttlichen Gesetzes verwirft (14). Mögen alle daran denken: Das menschliche Leben und die Aufgabe, es weiterzuvermitteln, haben nicht nur eine Bedeutung für diese Zeit und können deshalb auch nicht von daher allein bemessen und verstanden werden, sondern haben immer eine Beziehung zu der ewigen Bestimmung des Menschen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Sorge aller um die Förderung von Ehe und Familie"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-363",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Familie ist eine Art Schule reich entfalteter Humanität. Damit sie aber ihr Leben und ihre Sendung vollkommen verwirklichen kann, sind herzliche Seelengemeinschaft, gemeinsame Beratung der Gatten und sorgfältige Zusammenarbeit der Eltern bei der Erziehung der Kinder erforderlich. Zu ihrer Erziehung trägt die anteilnehmende Gegenwart des Vaters viel bei. Aber auch die häusliche Sorge der Mutter, deren besonders die jüngeren Kinder bedürfen, ist zu sichern, ohne daß eine berechtigte gesellschaftliche Hebung der Frau dadurch irgendwie beeinträchtigt wird. Die Kinder sollen so erzogen werden, daß sie erwachsen in vollem Verständnis für ihre Verantwortung ihrer Berufung, auch einer geistlichen, folgen und einen Lebensstand wählen können, in dem sie, wenn sie heiraten, eine eigene Familie gründen können, und dies unter günstigen sittlichen, gesellschaftlichen und wirtschaftlichen Vorraussetzungen. Es ist Aufgabe der Eltern oder Erzieher, die jungen Menschen bei der Gründung einer Familie mit klugem Rat, den sie gern hören sollen, anzuleiten. Doch sollen sie sich dabei hüten, sie mit direktem oder indirektem Zwang zum Eingehen einer Ehe oder zur Wahl des Partners zu bestimmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-364",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So ist die Familie, in der verschiedene Generationen zusammenleben und sich gegenseitig helfen, um zu größerer Weisheit zu gelangen und die Rechte der einzelnen Personen mit den anderen Notwendigkeiten des gesellschaftlichen Lebens zu vereinbaren, das Fundament der Gesellschaft. Deshalb müssen alle, die einen Einfluß auf Gemeinden und gesellschaftliche Gruppen haben, zur Förderung von Ehe und Familie wirksam beitragen. Die staatliche Gewalt möge es als ihre heilige Aufgabe betrachten, die wahre Eigenart von Ehe und Familie anzuerkennen, zu hüten und zu fördern, die öffentliche Sittlichkeit zu schützen und den häuslichen Wohlstand zu begünstigen. Das Recht der Eltern auf Zeugung der Nachkommenschaft und auf Erziehung in der Familie ist zu sichern. Durch umsichtige Gesetzgebung und andere Maßnahmen soll auch für diejenigen Sorge getragen und entsprechende Hilfe gegeben werden, die das Gut der Familie leider entbehren müssen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-365",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die christlichen Laien, die die Gegenwart auszukaufen (15) und das Ewige von den wandelbaren Formen zu unterscheiden haben, mögen die Werte der Ehe und Familie durch das Zeugnis ihres eigenen Lebens wie durch Zusammenarbeit mit den anderen Menschen guten Willens eifrig fördern, und so werden sie trotz aller Schwierigkeiten für die Familie das erreichen, was sie braucht, und auch das, was die moderne Zeit an Vorteilen bietet. Um dieses Ziel zu erreichen, sind die christliche Gesinnung der Gläubigen, das richtige sittliche Gewissen der Menschen und eine weise Erfahrung theologischer Fachleute von großem Nutzen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-366",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Fachleute in den Wissenschaften, besonders in Biologie, Medizin, Sozialwissenschaften und Psychologie, können dem Wohl von Ehe und Familie und dem Frieden des Gewissens sehr dienen, wenn sie durch ihre gemeinsame wissenschaftliche Arbeit die Voraussetzungen für eine sittlich einwandfreie Geburtenregelung genauer zu klären suchen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-367",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Seelsorger haben die Aufgabe, unter Voraussetzung einer genügenden Kenntnis des Familienproblems, mittels der verschiedenen pastoralen Hilfen, durch die Verkündigung des Wortes Gottes, durch die Feier der Liturgie und durch anderen geistlichen Beistand, die Berufung der Gatten in ihrem Ehe- und Familienleben zu fördern, sie menschlich und geduldig in Schwierigkeiten zu stützen und sie in der Liebe zu stärken, damit Familien von großer Ausstrahlungskraft entstehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-368",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mancherlei Einrichtungen, besonders Familienvereinigungen, mögen den Jugendlichen und den Eheleuten selbst, besonders den Jungverheirateten, durch Rat und Tat beistehen und helfen, sie zu einem Familienleben hinzuführen, das seiner gesellschaftlichen und apostolischen Aufgabe gerecht wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-369",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Ehegatten selber aber sollen, nach dem Bild des lebendigen Gottes geschaffen, in eine wahre personale Ordnung gestellt, eines Strebens, gleichen Sinnes und in gegenseitiger Heiligung vereint (16) sein, damit sie, Christus, dem Ursprung des Lebens (17), folgend, in den Freuden und Opfern ihrer Berufung durch ihre treue Liebe Zeugen jenes Liebesgeheimnisses werden, das der Herr durch seinen Tod und seine Auferstehung der Welt geoffenbart hat (18)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-370",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE RICHTIGE FÖRDERUNG DES KULTURELLEN FORTSCHRITTS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Einführung"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-372",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In der Person des Menschen selbst liegt es begründet, daß sie nur durch Kultur, das heißt durch die entfaltende Pflege der Güter und Werte der Natur, zur wahren und vollen Verwirklichung des menschlichen Wesens gelangt. Wo immer es daher um das menschliche Leben geht, hängen Natur und Kultur engstens zusammen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-373",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter Kultur im allgemeinen versteht man alles, wodurch der Mensch seine vielfältigen geistigen und körperlichen Anlagen ausbildet und entfaltet; wodurch er sich die ganze Welt in Erkenntnis und Arbeit zu unterwerfen sucht; wodurch er das gesellschaftliche Leben in der Familie und in der ganzen bürgerlichen Gesellschaft im moralischen und institutionellen Fortschritt menschlicher gestaltet; wodurch er endlich seine großen geistigen Erfahrungen und Strebungen im Lauf der Zeit in seinen Werken vergegenständlicht, mitteilt und ihnen Dauer verleiht zum Segen vieler, ja der ganzen Menschheit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-374",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Daraus folgt, daß die Kultur des Menschen notwendig eine geschichtliche und eine gesellschaftliche Seite hat und darum der Begriff der Kultur meist das Gesellschaftliche und das Völkische mitbezeichnet. In diesem Sinn spricht man von Kulturen im Plural. Denn aus der verschiedenen Weise des Gebrauchs der Sachen, der Arbeitsgestaltung, der Selbstdarstellung, der Religion und der Sittlichkeit, der Gesetzgebung und der rechtlichen Institution, der Entfaltung von Wissenschaft, Technik und Kunst entsteht eine Verschiedenheit der gemeinschaftlichen Lebensformen und der Gestalten, in denen die Lebenswerte zu einer Einheit zusammentreten. So bildet sich aus den überlieferten Einrichtungen ein jeder menschlichen Gemeinschaft eigentümliches Erbe. So entsteht für den Menschen jedweden Volkes und jeder Zeit auch eine abgegrenzte und geschichtliche Umwelt, in die er eingefügt bleibt und von der her er die Werte zur Weiterentwicklung der menschlichen und gesellschaftlichen Kultur empfängt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-375",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Erster Abschnitt: Die Situation der Kultur in der Welt von heute"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Neue Lebensformen"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-377",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Lebensbedingungen des modernen Menschen sind in gesellschaftlicher und kultureller Hinsicht zutiefst verändert, so daß man von einer neuen Epoche der Menschheitsgeschichte sprechen darf (1). Somit öffnen sich neue Wege zur Entwicklung und weiteren Ausbreitung der Kultur durch das unerhörte Wachstum der Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften, auch der Gesellschaftswissenschaften, die Ausweitung der Technik sowie den Fortschritt im Ausbau und in der guten Organisation der Kommunikationsmittel. Dementsprechend ist die heutige Kultur durch besondere Merkmale gekennzeichnet: die sogenannten exakten Wissenschaften bilden das kritische Urteilsvermögen besonders stark aus; die neueren Forschungen der Psychologie bieten eine tiefere Erklärung des menschlichen Tuns; die historischen Fächer tragen sehr dazu bei, die Dinge unter dem Gesichtspunkt ihrer Wandelbarkeit und Entwicklung zu sehen; der Lebensstil und die ethische Haltung werden immer einheitlicher; Industrialisierung, Verstädterung und andere Ursachen, die die Vergemeinschaftung des Lebens vorantreiben, schaffen neue Kulturformen (Massenkultur), aus denen ein neues Lebensgefühl, neue Weisen des Handelns und der Freizeitgestaltung erwachsen; zugleich macht der Austausch zwischen verschiedenen Völkern und gesellschaftlichen Gruppen die Schätze verschiedener Kulturformen der Masse und den Einzelnen immer mehr zugänglich. So bildet sich allmählich eine universalere Form der menschlichen Kultur, die die Einheit der Menschheit um so mehr fördert und zum Ausdruck bringt, je besser sie die Besonderheiten der verschiedenen Kulturen achtet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Mensch als Schöpfer der Kultur"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-379",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Immer größer wird die Zahl der Männer und Frauen jeder geselIschaftlichen Gruppe und Nation, die sich dessen bewußt sind, selbst Gestalter und Schöpfer der Kultur ihrer Gemeinschaft zu sein. Immer mehr wächst in der ganzen Welt der Sinn für Autonomie und zugleich für Verantwortlichkeit, was ohne Zweifel für die geistige und sittliche Reifung der Menschheit von größter Bedeutung ist. Diese tritt noch deutlicher in Erscheinung, wenn wir uns die Einswerdung der Welt und die uns auferlegte Aufgabe vor Augen stellen, eine bessere Welt in Wahrheit und Gerechtigkeit aufzubauen. So sind wir Zeugen der Geburt eines neuen Humanismus, in dem der Mensch sich vor allem von der Verantwortung für seine Brüder und die Geschichte her versteht."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Schwierigkeiten und Aufgaben"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-381",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In dieser Situation ist es nicht verwunderlich, daß der Mensch, der seine Verantwortung für den Fortschritt der Kultur erkennt, einerseits Größeres als je hofft, andererseits aber auch mit Angst auf die vielfältigen Antinomien blickt, die er selbst auflösen muß: Was ist zu tun, damit der zunehmende Austausch der Kulturen, der zu einem wahren und fruchtbaren Dialog unter den verschiedenen Gruppen und Nationen führen müßte, das Leben der Gemeinschaften nicht in Verwirrung bringt, die Weisheit der Vorfahren nicht verwirft, noch den je eigenen Volkscharakter gefährdet?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-382",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wie kann man für die Dynamik und Expansion der neuen Kultur eintreten, ohne daß die lebendige Treue zum überlieferten Erbe verlorengeht? Dies ist schon deshalb ein besonders drängendes Problem, weil die Kultur, die aus dem ungeheuren Fortschritt der Naturwissenschaft und der Technik entsteht, zur Einheit gefügt werden muß mit jener Geisteskultur, die von denjenigen Studien lebt, die entsprechend den verschiedenen Überlieferungen als klassisch gelten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-383",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wie kann eine so schnell voranschreitende Zersplitterung der Einzeldisziplinen mit der Notwendigkeit in Einklang gebracht werden, sie in eine Synthese zu bringen und dem Menschen die Fähigkeit zu jener Kontemplation und zu jenem Staunen zu wahren, die zur Weisheit führen?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-384",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Was ist zu tun, daß alle Menschen der kulturellen Güter in der Welt teilhaftig werden, wo doch zur gleichen Zeit die Kultur der Gebildeteren immer sublimer und komplexer wird?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-385",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wie kann man endlich die Autonomie als rechtmäßig anerkennen, die die Kultur für sich beansprucht, ohne daß man zu einem rein innerweltlichen, ja religionsfeindlichen Humanismus kommt?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-386",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inmitten all dieser Antinomien muß die menschliche Kultur heute so entwickelt werden, daß sie die volle menschliche Persönlichkeit harmonisch ausbildet und den Menschen bei den Aufgaben behilflich ist, zu deren Erfüllung alle, vor allem aber die Christen, in einer einzigen menschlichen Familie brüderlich vereint, berufen sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-387",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zweiter Abschnitt: Einige Prinzipien zur richtigen Förderung der Kultur"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Glaube und Kultur"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-389",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Christen müssen auf der Pilgerschaft zur himmlischen Vaterstadt suchen und sinnen, was oben ist (2); dadurch wird jedoch die Bedeutung ihrer Aufgabe, zusammen mit allen Menschen am Aufbau einer menschlicheren Welt mitzuarbeiten, nicht vermindert, sondern gemehrt. In der Tat bietet ihnen das Mysterium des christlichen Glaubens wirksame Antriebe und Hilfen, jene Aufgabe mit größerer Hingabe zu erfüllen und vor allem den vollen Sinn solchen Tuns zu entdecken, so daß die menschliche Kulturbemühung innerhalb der ganzen und einen Berufung des Menschen einen hervorragenden Platz erhält."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-390",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn nämlich der Mensch mit seiner Handarbeit oder mit Hilfe der Technik die Erde bebaut, damit sie Frucht bringe und eine würdige Wohnstätte für die gesamte menschliche Familie werde, und bewußt seinen Anteil nimmt an der Gestaltung des Lebens der gesellschaftlichen Gruppen, dann führt er den schon am Anfang der Zeiten kundgemachten Auftrag Gottes aus, sich die Erde untertan zu machen (3) und die Schöpfung zu vollenden, und entfaltet er sich selbst; zugleich befolgt er das große Gebot Christi, sich in den Dienst seiner Brüder zu stellen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-391",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn überdies der Mensch sich den verschiedenen Fächern, der Philosophie und Geschichte, der Mathematik und Naturwissenschaft, widmet und sich künstlerisch betätigt, dann kann er im höchsten Grad dazu beitragen, daß die menschliche Familie zu den höheren Prinzipien des Wahren, Guten und Schönen und zu einer umfassenden Weltanschauung kommt und so heller von jener wunderbaren Weisheit erleuchtet wird, die von Ewigkeit her bei Gott war, alles mit ihm ordnete, auf dem Erdkreis spielte und ihre Wonne darin findet, bei den Menschen zu sein (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-392",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ebendadurch kann sich der Geist des Menschen, von der Versklavung unter die Sachwelt befreit, ungehinderter zur Kontemplation und Anbetung des Schöpfers erheben. Ja unter dem Antrieb der Gnade wird er zur Erkenntnis des Wortes Gottes vorbereitet, das schon, bevor es Fleisch wurde, um alle zu retten und in sich als dem Haupt zusammenzufassen, \"in der Welt war\" als \"das wahre Licht, das jeden Menschen erleuchtet\" (Joh 1,9)5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-393",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Freilich kann der heutige Fortschritt der Naturwissenschaft und der Technik, die kraft ihrer Methode nicht zu den innersten Seinsgründen vordringen können, einen gewissen Phänomenalismus und Agnostizismus begünstigen, wenn die Forschungsmethode dieser Disziplinen unberechtigt als oberste Norm der Findung der Wahrheit schlechthin angesehen wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-394",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ja es besteht die Gefahr, daß der Mensch in allzu großem Vertrauen auf die heutigen Errungenschaften sich selbst zu genügen glaubt und darüber hinaus nicht mehr sucht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-395",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doch diese Fehlentwicklungen ergeben sich nicht zwangsläufig aus der heutigen Kultur, und sie dürfen uns nicht dazu verleiten, ihre positiven Werte zu verkennen. Unter diesen sind zu nennen: die Pflege der Naturwissenschaften, unbedingte Sachlichkeit gegenüber der Wahrheit bei der wissenschaftlichen Forschung, die heute gegebene Unerläßlichkeit der Zusammenarbeit mehrerer in dafür organisierten Teams, der Geist der internationalen Solidarität, das immer wacher werdende Bewußtsein von der Verantwortung der Fachleute für den Dienst am Menschen und dessen Schutz, der Wille zur Verbesserung der menschlichen Lebensbedingungen aller, besonders jener, die die Verantwortung für sich selbst nicht übernehmen können oder kulturell zurückgeblieben sind. Das alles kann für die Aufnahme der Botschaft des Evangeliums in gewissem Sinn eine Vorbereitung bedeuten, die durch die göttliche Liebe von dem beseelt wird, der gekommen ist, die Welt zu retten."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der vielfältige Zusammenhang zwischen der guten Botschaft Christi und der Kultur"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-397",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vielfache Beziehungen bestehen zwischen der Botschaft des Heils und der menschlichen Kultur. Denn Gott hat in der Offenbarung an sein Volk bis zu seiner vollen Selbstkundgabe im fleischgewordenen Sohn entsprechend der den verschiedenen Zeiten eigenen Kultur gesprochen. In gleicher Weise nimmt die Kirche, die im Lauf der Zeit in je verschiedener Umwelt lebt, die Errungenschaften der einzelnen Kulturen in Gebrauch, um die Botschaft Christi in ihrer Verkündigung bei allen Völkern zu verbreiten und zu erklären, um sie zu erforschen und tiefer zu verstehen, um sie in der liturgischen Feier und im Leben der vielgestaltigen Gemeinschaft der Gläubigen besser Gestalt werden zu lassen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-398",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zugleich ist die Kirche wohl zu allen Völkern, welcher Zeit und welchen Landes auch immer, gesandt, jedoch an keine Rasse oder Nation, an keine besondere Art der Sitte, an keinen alten oder neuen Brauch ausschließlich und unlösbar gebunden. Sie läßt zwar den Zusammenhang mit ihrer eigenen geschichtlichen Herkunft nicht abreißen, ist sich aber zugleich der Universalität ihrer Sendung bewußt und vermag so mit den verschiedenen Kulturformen eine Einheit einzugehen, zur Bereicherung sowohl der Kirche wie der verschiedenen Kulturen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-399",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die gute Botschaft Christi erneuert unausgesetzt Leben und Kultur des gefallenen Menschen und bekämpft und beseitigt Irrtümer und Übel, die aus der stets drohenden Verführung zur Sünde hervorgehen. Unablässig reinigt und hebt sie die Sitten der Völker. Die geistigen Vorzüge und Anlagen eines jeden Volkes oder einer jeden Zeit befruchtet sie sozusagen von innen her mit überirdischen Gaben, festigt, vollendet und erneuert sie in Christus6. Schon durch die Erfüllung der eigenen Aufgabe7 treibt die Kirche die menschliche und mitmenschliche Kultur voran und trägt zu ihr bei; durch ihr Wirken, auch durch ihre Liturgie, erzieht sie den Menschen zur inneren Freiheit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Verschiedene Gesichtspunkte für die rechte Pflege der Formen menschlicher Kultur"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-401",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aus den genannten Gründen erinnert die Kirche alle daran, daß die Kultur auf die Gesamtentfaltung der menschlichen Person und auf das Wohl der Gemeinschaft sowie auf das der ganzen menschlichen Gesellschaft auszurichten ist. Darum muß der menschliche Geist so gebildet werden, daß die Fähigkeit des Staunens, der eigentlichen Wesenserkenntnis, der Kontemplation, der persönlichen Urteilsbildung und das religiöse, sittliche und gesellschaftliche Bewußtsein gefördert werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-402",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da nämlich die Kultur unmittelbar aus der vernünftigen und gesellschaftlichen Anlage des Menschen hervorgeht, bedarf sie immer des ihr zustehenden Freiheitsraumes, um sich zu entfalten, und der legitimen Möglichkeit, den eigenen Prinzipien gemäß selbständig zu handeln. Sie hat also einen berechtigten Anspruch auf Anerkennung, und ihr eignet eine gewisse Unverletzlichkeit, freilich unter Wahrung der Rechte der Person und der Gemeinschaft, von der einzelnen bis zur universalen, und innerhalb der Grenzen des Gemeinwohls."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-403",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Heilige Synode macht sich daher die Lehre des Ersten Vatikanischen Konzils zu eigen, daß es \"zwei verschiedene Erkenntnisordnungen\" gibt, nämlich die des Glaubens und die der Vernunft, und daß die Kirche keineswegs verbietet, \"daß die menschlichen Künste und Wissenschaften bei ihrer Entfaltung, jede in ihrem Bereich, jede ihre eigenen Grundsätze und ihre eigene Methode gebrauchen\". Daher bejaht sie \"in Anerkennung dieser berechtigten Freiheit\" die rechtmäßige Eigengesetzlichkeit der Kultur und vor allem der Wissenschaften (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-404",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit ist auch gefordert, daß der Mensch unter Wahrung der sittlichen Ordnung und des Gemeinnutzes frei nach der Wahrheit forschen, seine Meinung äußern und verbreiten und die Kunst nach seiner Wahl pflegen kann; schließlich, daß er wahrheitsgemäß über öffentliche Vorgänge unterrichtet werde (9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-405",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aufgabe der öffentlichen Gewalt ist es nicht, die Kulturformen in ihrer besonderen Eigenart jeweils festzulegen, sondern günstige Voraussetzungen zu schaffen und entsprechende Hilfen zu gewähren, um das kulturelle Leben bei allen, auch bei nationalen Minderheiten, zu fördern10. Darum muß man vor allem verhindern, daß die Kultur ihrem eigenen Zweck entfremdet und politischen oder wirtschaftlichen Mächten zu dienen gezwungen wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-406",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dritter Abschnitt: Einige dringliche Aufgaben der Christen im Bereich der Kultur"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Anerkennung und Verwirklichung des Rechts aller auf die Wohltaten der Kultur"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-408",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da jetzt die Möglichkeit gegeben ist, die meisten Menschen aus dem Elend der Unwissenheit zu befreien, ist es heute eine höchst zeitgemäße Pflicht, vor allem für die Christen, tatkräftig darauf hinzuarbeiten, daß in der Wirtschaft wie in der Politik, auf nationaler wie auf internationaler Ebene Grundentscheidungen getroffen werden, durch die das Recht aller auf menschliche und mitmenschliche Kultur auf der ganzen Welt anerkannt wird und zur Verwirklichung kommt, ein Recht, das entsprechend der Würde der menschlichen Person allen ohne Unterschied der Rasse, des Geschlechts, der Nation, der Religion oder der sozialen Stellung zukommt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-409",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Daher ist dafür Sorge zu tragen, daß die Kulturgüter in ausreichendem Maße allen zugänglich sind, vor allem jene, die die sogenannte Grundkultur ausmachen, damit nicht weiterhin ein großer Teil der Menschheit durch Analphabetismus und Mangel an verantwortlicher Eigeninitiative von einer wahrhaft menschlichen Mitarbeit am Gemeinwohl ausgeschlossen wird. Ziel muß also sein, daß alle, die entsprechend begabt sind, zu höheren Studien aufsteigen können, und zwar so, daß sie, soweit es möglich ist, in der Gesellschaft jene Aufgaben, Ämter und Dienste erreichen, die ihrer Begabung und ihren Fachkenntnissen entsprechen (11). So werden jeder Einzelne und alle gesellschaftlichen Gruppen eines jeden Volkes zur vollen Entfaltung ihres kulturellen Lebens gelangen können, wie sie ihren Anlagen und Überlieferungen gemäß ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-410",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Darüber hinaus sind ernste Anstrengungen zu machen, daß sich alle des Rechtes auf Kultur bewußt werden und der Pflicht, sich selbst zu bilden und andere bei ihrer Bildung zu unterstützen; gibt es doch mitunter Lebens- und Arbeitsbedingungen, die die kulturellen Bemühungen der Menschen behindern und das Streben nach Kultur in ihnen ersticken. Das gilt in besonderer Weise für Landbevölkerung und Arbeiter; diesen müssen Arbeitsbedingungen geboten werden, die ihre menschliche Kultur nicht beeinträchtigen, sondern fördern. Die Frauen sind zwar schon in fast allen Lebensbereichen tätig, infolgedessen sollen sie aber auch in der Lage sein, die ihrer Eigenart angemessene Rolle voll zu übernehmen. Sache aller ist es, die je eigene und notwendige Teilnahme der Frau am kulturellen Leben anzuerkennen und zu fördern."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Erziehung zur menschlichen Gesamtkultur"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-412",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die verschiedenen Wissenschaften und Künste in eine Synthese zu bringen ist heute schwieriger als früher. Denn einerseits nimmt die Menge und Vielfalt der Elemente zu, die die Kultur ausmachen, andererseits verringert sich die Fähigkeit der Einzelnen, diese zu erfassen und organisch zu ordnen, so daß das Idealbild eines universal gebildeten Menschen immer mehr schwindet. Dennoch bleibt es Verpflichtung eines jeden, die Totalität der menschlichen Person zu wahren, die vor allem durch die Werte der Vernunft, des Willens, des Gewissens und der Brüderlichkeit bestimmt ist, Werte, die alle in Gott dem Schöpfer ihren Grund haben und in Christus wunderbar geheilt und erhoben sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-413",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insbesondere in der Familie, sozusagen der Mutter und Hüterin dieser Erziehung, lernen die Kinder, von Liebe umhegt, leichter die wahre Ordnung der Wirklichkeit; die erprobten Formen der menschlichen Kultur prägen sich gleichsam von selbst dem Geist der heranwachsenden Jugend ein."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-414",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Für eben diese Erziehung gibt es in der heutigen Gesellschaft günstige Möglichkeiten, besonders durch weitere Verbreitung von Büchern und die neuen kulturellen und sozialen Kommunikationsmittel, die einer Universalkultur förderlich sein können. Da nämlich die Arbeitszeit allenthalben verkürzt wird, nimmt die frei verfügbare Zeit für sehr viele ständig zu. Die Freizeit soll nun sinnvoll zur Entspannung und zur Kräftigung der geistigen und körperlichen Gesundheit verwendet werden: durch Beschäftigung nach eigener Wahl und Studien; durch Reisen in andere Länder (Tourismus), durch die der menschliche Geist weitergebildet wird, die Menschen aber auch durch gegenseitige Bekanntschaft bereichert werden; durch den Sport mit seinen Veranstaltungen, der zum psychischen Gleichgewicht des Einzelnen und der Gesellschaft sowie zur Anknüpfung brüderlicher Beziehungen zwischen Menschen aller Lebensverhältnisse, Nationen oder Rassen beiträgt. Die Christen sollen sich also an den kollektiven Veranstaltungen und Aktionen im kulturellen Bereich beteiligen, die unserer Zeit eigentümlich sind, damit sie mit humanem und christlichem Geist durchdrungen werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-415",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle diese offenen Möglichkeiten aber vermögen eine volle kulturelle Erziehung des Menschen nicht zu verwirklichen, wenn man sich nicht gleichzeitig gründlich mit der Bedeutung von Kultur und Wissenschaft für die menschliche Person befaßt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das rechte Verhältnis der menschlichen und mitmenschlichen Kultur zur christlichen Bildung"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-417",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wiewohl die Kirche zum kulturellen Fortschritt viel beigetragen hat, so steht doch durch Erfahrung fest, daß ein friedliches Verhältnis von Kultur und Christentum, wenn auch aus historisch bedingten Ursachen, sich nicht immer ohne Schwierigkeiten einstellt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-418",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Schwierigkeiten brauchen das Glaubensleben nicht notwendig zu schädigen, können vielmehr den Geist zu einem genaueren und tieferen Glaubensverständnis anregen. Denn die neuen Forschungen und Ergebnisse der Naturwissenschaften, aber auch der Geschichtswissenschaft und Philosophie stellen neue Fragen, die sogar für das Leben Konsequenzen haben und auch von den Theologen neue Untersuchungen verlangen. Außerdem sehen sich die Theologen veranlaßt, immer unter Wahrung der der Theologie eigenen Methoden und Erfordernisse nach einer geeigneteren Weise zu suchen, die Lehre des Glaubens den Menschen ihrer Zeit zu vermitteln. Denn die Glaubenshinterlage selbst, das heißt die Glaubenswahrheiten, darf nicht verwechselt werden mit ihrer Aussageweise, auch wenn diese immer den selben Sinn und Inhalt meint (12). In der Seelsorge sollen nicht nur die theologischen Prinzipien, sondern auch die Ergebnisse der profanen Wissenschaften, vor allem der Psychologie und der Soziologie, wirklich beachtet und angewendet werden, so daß auch die Laien zu einem reineren und reiferen Glaubensleben kommen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-419",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auf ihre Weise sind auch Literatur und Kunst für das Leben der Kirche von großer Bedeutung. Denn sie bemühen sich um das Verständnis des eigentümlichen Wesens des Menschen, seiner Probleme und seiner Erfahrungen bei dem Versuch, sich selbst und die Welt zu erkennen und zu vollenden; sie gehen darauf aus, die Situation des Menschen in Geschichte und Universum zu erhellen, sein Elend und seine Freude, seine Not und seine Kraft zu schildern und ein besseres Los des Menschen vorausahnen zu lassen. So dienen sie der Erhebung des Menschen in seinem Leben in vielfältigen Formen je nach Zeit und Land, das sie darstellen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-420",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Durch angestrengtes Bemühen soll erreicht werden, daß die Künstler das Bewußtsein haben können, in ihrem Schaffen von der Kirche anerkannt zu sein, und daß sie im Besitz der ihnen zustehenden Freiheit leichter zum Kontakt mit der christlichen Gemeinde kommen. Auch die neuen Formen der Kunst, die gemäß der Eigenart der verschiedenen Völker und Länder den Menschen unserer Zeit entsprechen, sollen von der Kirche anerkannt werden. In das Heiligtum aber sollen sie aufgenommen werden, wenn sie in einer dafür angepaßten Aussageweise den Erfordernissen der Liturgie entsprechen und den Geist zu Gott erheben (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-421",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So wird das Wissen um Gott besser verdeutlicht, die evangelische Botschaft wird dem Geist der Menschen zugänglicher und zeigt sich als etwas, was gewissermaßen ihrem Dasein schon immer eingestiftet war."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-422",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Gläubigen sollen also in engster Verbindung mit den anderen Menschen ihrer Zeit leben und sich bemühen, ihre Denk- und Urteilsweisen, die in der Geisteskultur zur Erscheinung kommen, vollkommen zu verstehen. Das Wissen um die neuen Wissenschaften, Anschauungen und Erfindungen sollen sie verbinden mit christlicher Sittlichkeit und mit ihrer Bildung in der christlichen Lehre, damit religiöses Leben und Rechtschaffenheit mit der wissenschaftlichen Erkenntnis und dem täglich wachsenden technischen Fortschritt bei ihnen Schritt halten und sie so alles aus einer umfassenden christlichen Haltung zu beurteilen und zu deuten vermögen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-423",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Vertreter der theologischen Disziplinen an den Seminarien und Universitäten sollen mit hervorragenden Vertretern anderer Wissenschaften in gemeinsamer Bemühung und Planung zusammenzuarbeiten suchen. Die theologische Forschung soll sich zugleich um eine tiefe Erkenntnis der geoffenbarten Wahrheit bemühen und die Verbindung mit der eigenen Zeit nicht vernachlässigen, um den in so verschiedenen Wissenszweigen gebildeten Menschen zu einem umfassenderen Glaubensverständnis verhelfen zu können. Dieses gemeinsame Bemühen wird auch für die Ausbildung der Seelsorger von größtem Nutzen sein, damit diese imstande sind, die Lehre der Kirche über Gott, den Menschen und die Welt den Menschen unserer Zeit in geeigneter Weise darzulegen, und so das Wort der Kirche von diesen auch bereitwilliger angenommen wird (14). Es ist sogar wünschenswert, daß einer großen Zahl von Laien eine hinreichende Bildung in der Theologie vermittelt werde und recht viele von ihnen die Theologie auch zum Hauptstudium machen und selber weiter fördern. Zur Ausführung dieser Aufgabe muß aber den Gläubigen, Klerikern wie Laien, die entsprechende Freiheit des Forschens, des Denkens sowie demütiger und entschiedener Meinungsäußerung zuerkannt werden in allen Bereichen ihrer Zuständigkeit (15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-424",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DAS WIRTSCHAFTSLEBEN"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zum Erscheinungsbild des Wirtschaftslebens"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-426",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auch im Wirtschaftsleben sind die Würde der menschlichen Person und ihre ungeschmälerte Berufung wie auch das Wohl der gesamten Gesellschaft zu achten und zu fördern, ist doch der Mensch Urheber, Mittelpunkt und Ziel aller Wirtschaft."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-427",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wie die andern Bereiche des gesellschaftlichen Lebens, so ist auch die heutige Wirtschaft geprägt durch die wachsende Herrschaft des Menschen über die Natur, durch die steigende Dichte und Gewichtigkeit der Beziehungen und wechselseitigen Abhängigkeit der Einzelnen, der Gruppen und der Völker sowie durch das immer häufigere Eingreifen der öffentlichen Gewalt. Zugleich haben die Fortschritte in der Produktionstechnik wie auch im Austausch von Gütern und Dienstleistungen die Wirtschaft in den Stand gesetzt, die gestiegenen Bedürfnisse der Menschheitsfamilie besser zu befriedigen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-428",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es fehlt aber auch nicht an Gründen zur Beunruhigung. Nicht wenige Menschen, namentlich in den wirtschaftlich fortgeschrittenen Ländern, sind von der Wirtschaft geradezu versklavt, so daß fast ihr ganzes persönliches und gesellschaftliches Leben von ausschließlich wirtschaftlichem Denken bestimmt ist, und dies ebenso in Ländern, die einer kollektivistischen Wirtschaftsweise zugetan sind, wie in anderen. Gerade zu der Zeit, da das Wachstum der Wirtschaft, vernünftig und human gelenkt und koordiniert, die sozialen Ungleichheiten mildern könnte, führt es allzu oft zu deren Verschärfung, hie und da sogar zur Verschlechterung der Lage der sozial Schwachen und zur Verachtung der Notleidenden. Während einer ungeheueren Masse immer noch das absolut Notwendige fehlt, leben einige auch in zurückgebliebenen Ländern - in Üppigkeit und treiben Verschwendung. Nebeneinander bestehen Luxus und Elend. Einige wenige erfreuen sich weitestgehender Entscheidungsfreiheit, während viele fast jeder Möglichkeit ermangeln, initiativ und eigenverantwortlich zu handeln, und sich oft in Lebens- und Arbeitsbedingungen befinden, die des Menschen unwürdig sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-429",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ähnliche Störungen des ökonomischen und sozialen Gleichgewichts bestehen zwischen Landwirtschaft, Industrie und Dienstleistungsgewerben wie auch zwischen verschiedenen Gebieten einer und derselben Nation. Zwischen den wirtschaftlich fortgeschrittenen Völkern und anderen bildet sich ein ständig sich verschärfender Gegensatz heraus, der sogar den Weltfrieden gefährden kann."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-430",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Gleichgewichtsstörungen werden von unseren Zeitgenossen mit um so wacherem Bewußtsein erlebt, als sie fest überzeugt sind, die gewaltigen technischen und ökonomischen Mittel, über die wir heute verfügen, machten es nicht nur möglich, sondern zur Pflicht, diesen unseligen Zustand zu überwinden. Daher werden vielfältige institutionelle Reformen in der Wirtschaft wie auch eine allgemeine Umstellung der Gesinnung und Verhaltensweise gefordert. Hierzu hat die Kirche Grundsätze der Gerechtigkeit und Billigkeit sowohl für das persönliche und das gesellschaftliche als auch für das internationale Leben, wie die rechte Vernunft sie fordert, im Lauf der Jahrhunderte unter dem Licht des Evangeliums erarbeitet und namentlich in jüngster Zeit vorgelegt. Das Heilige Konzil möchte diese Grundsätze der heutigen Lage entsprechend unterstreichen und vorzugsweise im Hinblick auf die Bedürfnisse einer im Fortschritt befindlichen Wirtschaft einige Orientierungen geben (1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-431",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Erster Abschnitt: Der wirtschaftliche Fortschritt"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wirtschaftlicher Fortschritt zum Dienst am Menschen"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-433",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Bemühen um vermehrte Erzeugung landwirtschaftlicher und industrieller Güter und um gesteigerte Darbietung von Dienstleistungen mit dem Ziel, den Bedürfnissen der wachsenden Menschenzahl gerecht zu werden und den immer höheren Ansprüchen der Menschen Genüge zu tun, erscheint heute mehr als je gerechtfertigt. Darum verdienen technischer Fortschritt, Aufgeschlossenheit für das Neue, die Bereitschaft, neue Unternehmen ins Leben zu rufen und bestehende zu erweitern, die Entwicklung geeigneter Produktionsverfahren, das ernsthafte Bemühen aller irgendwie am Produktionsprozeß Beteiligten, überhaupt alles, was zu diesem Fortschritt beiträgt, durchaus gefördert zu werden. Die fundamentale Zweckbestimmung dieses Produktionsprozesses besteht aber weder in der vermehrten Produktion als solcher noch in Erzielung von Gewinn oder Ausübung von Macht, sondern im Dienst am Menschen, und zwar am ganzen Menschen im Hinblick auf seine materiellen Bedürfnisse, aber ebenso auch auf das, was er für sein geistiges, sittliches, spirituelles und religiöses Leben benötigt. Das gilt ausdrücklich für alle Menschen und für jeden einzelnen, für jede Gruppe, für Menschen jeder Rasse und jeden Erdteils. Daraus folgt: Alle wirtschaftliche Tätigkeit ist - nach den ihr arteigenen Verfahrensweisen und Gesetzmäßigkeiten - immer im Rahmen der sittlichen Ordnung (2) so auszuüben, daß das verwirklicht wird, was Gott mit dem Menschen vorhat (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Mensch Herr des wirtschaftlichen Fortschritts"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-435",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Niemals darf der wirtschaftliche Fortschritt der Herrschaft des Menschen entgleiten; ebensowenig darf er der ausschließlichen Bestimmung durch wenige mit übergroßer wirtschaftlicher Macht ausgestattete Einzelmenschen oder Gruppen noch auch durch den Staat, noch durch einige übermächtige Nationen ausgeliefert sein. Im Gegenteil ist geboten, daß auf jeder Stufe möglichst viele Menschen und, soweit es sich um den zwischenstaatlichen Bereich handelt, alle Nationen an der Lenkung des wirtschaftlichen Fortschritts aktiv beteiligt seien. Gleicherweise bedarf es der rechten Zusammenordnung und des sachgerechten inneren Verbundes des der eigenen Initiative entspringenden Wirkens der Einzelnen und der freien Gruppen einerseits und der Maßnahmen öffentlicher Gewalten andererseits."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-436",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Wachstum ist weder ausschließlich dem Automatismus des Tuns und Lassens der einzelnen Wirtschaftssubjekte noch ausschließlich dem Machtgebot der öffentlichen Gewalt zu überantworten. Sowohl die Lehren, die unter Berufung auf eine mißverstandene Freiheit notwendigen Reformen den Weg verlegen, als auch solche, die um einer kollektivistischen Organisation des Produktionsprozesses willen grundlegende Rechte der Einzelpersonen und der Gruppen hintansetzen, sind daher gleicherweise als irrig abzulehnen (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-437",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Bürger sollen sich ihrer auch von der Staatsgewalt anzuerkennenden Berechtigung und Verpflichtung bewußt sein, nach Maßgabe ihrer Möglichkeiten zum wahren Fortschritt ihres Gemeinwesens beizutragen. Namentlich in den wirtschaftlich weniger entwickelten Ländern, wo alle verfügbaren Mittel dringend benötigt werden, heißt es das Gemeinwohl ernstlich gefährden, wenn man seine Mittel dem produktiven Einsatz vorenthält oder - unbeschadet des persönlichen Rechtes auszuwandern - seinem Gemeinwesen materielle und ideelle Hilfen, auf die es angewiesen ist, entzieht."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Abbau übergroßer sozialökonomischer Unterschiede"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-439",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um den Erfordernissen von Gerechtigkeit und Billigkeit Genüge zu tun, müssen ernsthafte Anstrengungen unternommen werden, um - unbeschadet der Rechte der menschlichen Person und der besonderen Veranlagung jedes einzelnen Volkes - die übergroßen und noch weiter zunehmenden Ungleichheiten der wirtschaftlichen Lage und die damit Hand in Hand gehende persönliche und soziale Diskriminierung möglichst rasch abzubauen. Desgleichen bedarf es in manchen Gegenden an gesichts der besonderen Schwierigkeiten, denen die Landwirtschaft in bezug auf Gewinnung und Absatz ihrer Erzeugnisse unterliegt, besonderer Maßnahmen zugunsten der Bauern mit dem Ziel, ihre Produktion zu erhöhen oder günstiger abzusetzen oder erforderliche Entwicklungen und Neugestaltungen in die Wege zu leiten oder ihr Einkommen auf eine angemessene Höhe zu bringen und so zu verhüten, daß sie, wie es öfters vorkommt, auf die Dauer über die Lage von Staatsbürgern zweiter Klasse nicht hinauskommen. Sache der Bauern selbst, vor allem der jungen Generation, ist es, sich angelegentlich darum zu bemühen, ihr berufliches Können zu steigern, ohne das es keinen Fortschritt in der Landwirtschaft geben kann (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-440",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gerechtigkeit und Billigkeit gebieten ferner, die für wirtschaftlichen Fortschritt unerläßliche Mobilität so zu regeln, daß das Leben der Einzelnen und der Familien nicht ungesichert oder gefährdet wird. Die aus anderen Völkern und Ländern herangezogenen Arbeiter, die durch ihre Arbeit zum wirtschaftlichen Aufstieg des Volkes oder Landes beitragen, dürfen, was Entlohnung und Arbeitsbedingungen angeht, in keiner Weise diskriminiert werden. Alle im Aufnahmeland, namentlich aber die öffentlichen Stellen, dürfen sie nicht als bloße Produktionsmittel behandeln, sondern haben ihnen als menschlichen Personen zu begegnen und sollen ihnen helfen, ihre Familien nachzuziehen und sich angemessene Wohngelegenheit zu verschaffen, sollen auch ihre Eingliederung in das gesellschaftliche Leben des Aufnahmelandes und seiner Bevölkerung begünstigen. Soweit wie möglich sollte man jedoch in ihren Heimatländern selbst Arbeitsgelegenheit schaffen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-441",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Angesichts der heute sich vollziehenden Umwälzungen im Wirtschaftsleben und des Gestaltwandels zur industriellen Gesellschaft, wo beispielsweise die Automation im Vormarsch ist, muß Sorge dafür getragen werden, daß ausreichende und für den Einzelnen passende Arbeitsgelegenheit, verbunden mit der Möglichkeit ausreichender technischer und fachlicher Ausbildung, bereitsteht und zugleich der Lebensunterhalt und die Menschenwürde namentlich derer gesichert sind, die wegen ihres gesundheitlichen Zustandes oder ihres Alters sich in besonders schwieriger Lage befinden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-442",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zweiter Abschnitt: Einige für das ganze sozialökonomische Leben verbindliche Grundsätze"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Arbeit, Arbeitsbedingungen, Freizeit"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-444",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die in der Gütererzeugung, der Güterverteilung und in den Dienstleistungsgewerben geleistete menschliche Arbeit hat den Vorrang vor allen anderen Faktoren des wirtschaftlichen Lebens, denn diese sind nur werkzeuglicher Art."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-445",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Arbeit nämlich, gleichviel, ob selbständig ausgeübt oder im Lohnarbeitsverhältnis stehend, ist unmittelbarer Ausfluß der Person, die den stofflichen Dingen ihren Stempel aufprägt und sie ihrem Willen dienstbar macht. Durch seine Arbeit erhält der Mensch sein und der Seinigen Leben, tritt in tätigen Verbund mit seinen Brüdern und dient ihnen; so kann er praktische Nächstenliebe üben und seinen Beitrag zur Vollendung des Schöpfungswerkes Gottes erbringen. Ja wir halten fest: Durch seine Gott dargebrachte Arbeit verbindet der Mensch sich mit dem Erlösungswerk Jesu Christi selbst, der, indem er in Nazareth mit eigenen Händen arbeitete, der Arbeit eine einzigartige Würde verliehen hat. Daraus ergibt sich für jeden Einzelnen sowohl die Verpflichtung zu gewissenhafter Arbeit wie auch das Recht auf Arbeit; Sache der Gesellschaft aber ist es, nach jeweiliger Lage der Dinge für ihren Teil behilflich zu sein, daß ihre Bürger Gelegenheit zu ausreichender Arbeit finden können. Schließlich ist die Arbeit so zu entlohnen, daß dem Arbeiter die Mittel zu Gebote stehen, um sein und der Seinigen materielles, soziales, kulturelles und spirituelles Dasein angemessen zu gestalten - gemäß der Funktion und Leistungsfähigkeit des Einzelnen, der Lage des Unternehmens und unter Rücksicht auf das Gemeinwohl (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-446",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da der Wirtschaftsprozeß im allgemeinen auf Arbeitsvereinigung beruht, ist es unbillig und menschenunwürdig, ihn so zu gestalten und zu lenken, daß irgendwelche Arbeitenden zu Schaden kommen. Nicht selten aber geschieht es auch heute noch, daß die Werktätigen geradezu zu Sklaven ihres eigenen Werkes werden. Das aber läßt sich auf keinen Fall durch sogenannte Gesetzmäßigkeiten des wirtschaftlichen Lebens rechtfertigen. Der ganze Vollzug werteschaffender Arbeit ist daher auf die Bedürfnisse der menschlichen Person und ihrer Lebensverhältnisse auszurichten, insbesondere auf die Bedürfnisse des häuslichen Lebens, dies namentlich bei den Familienmüttern, unter ständiger Rücksichtnahme auf Geschlecht und Alter. Überdies sollte der arbeitende Mensch in seiner Arbeit selbst Gelegenheit haben zur Entwicklung seiner Anlagen und Entfaltung seiner Personwerte. Alle aber, die ihre Zeit und Kraft mit gebührendem Verantwortungsbewußtsein der Arbeit widmen, sollten auch über ausreichende Ruhezeiten und Muße verfügen für das Leben mit ihren Familien, für ihr kulturelles, gesellschaftliches und religiöses Leben. Ja sie sollten auch die Möglichkeit haben, gerade diejenigen Anlagen und Fähigkeiten frei zu entwickeln, zu deren Entfaltung ihre berufliche Tätigkeit vielleicht nur wenig Gelegenheit bietet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Beteiligung in der Ordnung von Unternehmen und Gesamtwirtschaft; die Arbeitskämpfe"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-448",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In den wirtschaftlichen Unternehmen stehen Personen miteinander in Verbund, d.h. freie, selbstverantwortliche, nach Gottes Bild geschaffene Menschen. Darum sollte man unter Bedachtnahme auf die besonderen Funktionen der Einzelnen, sei es der Eigentümer, der Arbeitgeber, der leitenden oder der ausführenden Kräfte, und unbeschadet der erforderlichen einheitlichen Werkleitung die aktive Beteiligung aller an der Unternehmensgestaltung (7) voranbringen; die geeignete Art und Weise der Verwirklichung wäre näher zu bestimmen. In großem Umfang werden Entscheidungen über wirtschaftliche und soziale Angelegenheiten, die für das künftige Los der Arbeiter und ihrer Nachkommenschaft von Bedeutung sind, nicht so sehr in den einzelnen Unternehmen als vielmehr an höheren Stellen getroffen; darum sollten die Arbeiter auch daran beteiligt sein, sei es unmittelbar, sei es durch frei gewählte Abgesandte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-449",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eines der grundlegenden Rechte der menschlichen Person ist das Recht der im Arbeitsverhältnis stehenden Menschen, in voller Freiheit Organisationen zu gründen, die sie echt vertreten und imstande sind, zur rechten Gestaltung des Wirtschaftslebens einen wirksamen Beitrag zu leisten, wie auch in diesen Organisationen sich frei zu betätigen, ohne Gefahr zu laufen, deswegen irgendwelchen Nachteilen ausgesetzt zu sein. Durch eine solche geordnete Beteiligung, verbunden mit steigendem wirtschaftlichem und sozialem Bildungsstand, werden bei allen das Verständnis der eigenen Aufgabe und das Verantwortungsbewußtsein ständig zunehmen; das wird weiter dazu führen, alle - gemäß den Anlagen und Fähigkeiten eines jeden - ihrer Verbundenheit im gemeinsamen Bemühen um das allumfassende Werk des wirtschaftlichen und sozialen Fortschritts und um die allseitige Verwirklichung des Gemeinwohls inne werden zu lassen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-450",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wo der Gegensatz wirtschaftlicher oder sozialer Interessen zu kämpferischen Auseinandersetzungen zu führen droht, müssen alle Bemühungen dahin zielen, eine friedliche Lösung zu finden. An erster Stelle muß immer die ehrliche Aussprache der Beteiligten stehen. Nichtsdestoweniger wird auch unter den heutigen Verhältnissen der Streik, wenn auch nur als letzter Behelf, unentbehrlich bleiben, um Rechte der Arbeiter zu verteidigen oder berechtigte Forderungen durchzusetzen. So schnell als möglich muß dann aber versucht werden, den Weg zur Wiederaufnahme von Verhandlungen und gemeinsamen Überlegungen über eine Verständigung zu finden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Widmung der irdischen Güter an alle Menschen"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-452",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gott hat die Erde mit allem, was sie enthält, zum Nutzen aller Menschen und Völker bestimmt; darum müssen diese geschaffenen Güter in einem billigen Verhältnis allen zustatten kommen; dabei hat die Gerechtigkeit die Führung, Hand in Hand geht mit ihr die Liebe (8). Wie immer das Eigentum und seine nähere Ausgestaltung entsprechend den verschiedenartigen und wandelbaren Umständen in die rechtlichen Institutionen der Völker eingebaut sein mag, immer gilt es, achtzuhaben auf diese allgemeine Bestimmung der Güter. Darum soll der Mensch, der sich dieser Güter bedient, die äußeren Dinge, die er rechtmäßig besitzt, nicht nur als ihm persönlich zu eigen, sondern muß er sie zugleich auch als Gemeingut ansehen in dem Sinn, daß sie nicht ihm allein, sondern auch anderen von Nutzen sein können (9). Zudem steht allen das Recht zu, einen für sich selbst und ihre Familien ausreichenden Anteil an den Erdengütern zu haben. Das war die Meinung der Väter und Lehrer der Kirche, die sagen, es sei Pflicht, die Armen zu unterstützen, und zwar nicht nur vom Überfluß (10). Wer aber sich in äußerster Notlage befindet, hat das Recht, vom Reichtum anderer das Benötigte an sich zu bringen (11). Angesichts der großen Zahl derer, die in der Welt Hunger leiden, legt das Heilige Konzil sowohl den Einzelnen als auch den öffentlichen Gewalten dringend ans Herz, sie möchten doch eingedenk des Väterwortes: \"Speise den vor Hunger Sterbenden, denn ihn nicht speisen heißt ihn töten (12)\", jeder nach dem Maße dessen, was ihm möglich ist, Ernst damit machen, ihre Güter mitzuteilen und hinzugeben und dabei namentlich jene Hilfen zu gewähren, durch die sie, seien es Einzelne, seien es ganze Völker, sich selber helfen und entwickeln können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-453",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In den wirtschaftlich wenig entwickelten Gesellschaften wird der Gemeinwidmung der Güter zu einem Teil durch Gewohnheiten und Überlieferungen Rechnung getragen, die jedem Glied der Gemeinschaft das unbedingt Nötige sichern. Es muß aber vermieden werden, bestimmte Gewohnheiten als starr und unveränderlich anzusehen, wenn sie neuen Bedürfnissen der Gegenwart nicht mehr genügen, nicht minder aber auch, in unkluger Weise gegen an sich achtenswerte Gewohnheiten anzugehen, die bei geschickter Anpassung an die heutigen Verhältnisse auch weiterhin großen Nutzen stiften. In ähnlicher Weise kann in wirtschaftlich weit fortgeschrittenen Ländern eine Vielfalt von Einrichtungen sozialer Vorsorge und Sicherung zu ihrem Teil die Gemeinwidmung der Güter verwirklichen. Weiter auszubauen sind Familien- und Gemeinschaftsdienste, namentlich solche mit bildenden und erzieherischen Zielen. Bei allen Maßnahmen dieser Art gilt es aber darauf zu achten, daß die Staatsbürger nicht zu Passivität gegenüber der Gesellschaft verleitet werden, nicht der Erfüllung der ihnen obliegenden Pflichten aus dem Wege gehen oder ihre Dienstleistung verweigern."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-70",
              "number": "70",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Investitionen, Währung"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-455",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Investitionen ihrerseits müssen dahin zielen, in ausreichendem Maße Arbeits- und Verdienstgelegenheiten zu schaffen nicht allein für die gegenwärtige, sondern auch für die künftige Bevölkerung. Alle, die über diese Investitionen und über die Ausrichtung der Wirtschaft zu entscheiden haben, seien es Einzelne, Gruppen oder öffentliche Gewalten, sind gehalten, diese Zielsetzung vor Augen zu haben und ihrer strengen Verpflichtung eingedenk zu sein, einerseits den derzeitigen Bedarf menschenwürdiger Lebenshaltung sowohl der Einzelnen als auch des gesellschaftlichen Ganzen zu decken, andererseits den Blick auf die Zukunft zu richten und für ein ausgewogenes Verhältnis zu sorgen zwischen dem, was zur Deckung der derzeitigen privaten und öffentlichen Verbrauchsbedürfnisse bereitgestellt wird, und den notwendigen Investitionen zugunsten der nachfolgenden Generation. Auch die dringenden Bedürfnisse der wirtschaftlich weniger fortgeschrittenen Völker und Länder sind ständig im Auge zu halten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-456",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Sachen der Währung hüte man sich, dem wahren Wohl der eigenen oder fremder Nationen zuwiderzuhandeln. Darüber hinaus treffe man Vorsorge, daß die wirtschaftlich Schwachen nicht durch Änderungen des Geldwertes ungerecht geschädigt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-71",
              "number": "71",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Zugang zu Eigentum und privatem Vermögen; landwirtschaftlicher Großgrundbesitz"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-458",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eigentum und andere Formen privater Verfügung über äußere Güter tragen bei zur Selbstdarstellung der Person; überdies geben sie dem Menschen die Möglichkeit, seine Aufgabe in Gesellschaft und Wirtschaft zu erfüllen; darum liegt viel daran, den Zugang sowohl der Einzelnen als auch der Vergemeinschaftungen zu einem gewissen Maß von Verfügungsmacht über äußere Güter zu begünstigen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-459",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Privateigentum oder ein gewisses Maß an Verfügungsmacht über äußere Güter vermitteln den unbedingt nötigen Raum für eigenverantwortliche Gestaltung des persönlichen Lebens jedes Einzelnen und seiner Familie; sie müssen als eine Art Verlängerung der menschlichen Freiheit betrachtet werden; auch spornen sie an zur Übernahme von Aufgaben und Verantwortung; damit zählen sie zu den Voraussetzungen staatsbürgerlicher Freiheit (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-460",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Verfügungsmacht oder dieses Eigentum gibt es heute in vielerlei Gestalt; von Tag zu Tag werden sie noch vielgestaltiger. Alle behalten auch neben den Einrichtungen der sogenannten sozialen Sicherheit, neben den von der Gesellschaft gewährleisteten Rechtsansprüchen und Dienstleistungen ihre Bedeutung als nicht geringzuschätzende Daseinssicherung. Das gilt aber nicht allein vom materiellen, sondern auch vom immateriellen Eigentum, z.B. von beruflichen Fähigkeiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-461",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Recht auf Privateigentum schließt aber die Rechtmäßigkeit von Gemeineigentum in verschiedenen Formen nicht aus. Die Überführung von Gütern in Gemeineigentum kann nur von den zuständigen obrigkeitlichen Stellen entsprechend dem, was das Gemeinwohl fordert, und in dieser Begrenzung sowie gegen billige Entschädigung erfolgen. Sache der öffentlichen Gewalt ist es auch, Vorsorge zu treffen gegen einen Mißbrauch privaten Eigentums im Widerspruch zum Gemeinwohl (14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-462",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aber auch das Privateigentum selbst hat eine ihm wesentliche soziale Seite; sie hat ihre Grundlage in der Widmung der Erdengüter an alle (15). Bei Außerachtlassung dieser seiner sozialen Seite führt das Eigentum in großem Umfang zu Raffgier und schweren Verirrungen; das aber liefert seinen Gegnern den Vorwand, das Eigentumsrecht als solches in Frage zu stellen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-463",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In manchen wirtschaftlich weniger entwickelten Ländern besteht großer, ja riesengroßer Landbesitz, der nur schwach genutzt oder gar in spekulativer Absicht völlig ungenützt liegen gelassen wird, während die Mehrheit der Bevölkerung entweder überhaupt keinen Boden besitzt oder nur äußerst geringe landwirtschaftliche Nutzflächen in Bestellung hat, während auf der anderen Seite die Steigerung der landwirtschaftlichen Erträge unverkennbar dringlich ist. Nicht selten beziehen diejenigen, die von den Eigentümern als Arbeitskräfte gedungen werden oder Teile von deren Besitz als Pächter bewirtschaften, nur einen menschenunwürdigen Lohn oder Ertragsanteil, ermangeln angemessener Unterkunft und werden von Mittelspersonen ausgebeutet. Ohne jede Daseinssicherung leben sie in einer Dienstbarkeit, die ihnen nahezu jede Möglichkeit raubt, aus eigenem Antrieb und in eigener Verantwortung etwas zu unternehmen, ihnen jeden kulturellen Fortschritt und jede Beteiligung am gesellschaftlichen und politischen Leben versagt. Hier sind Reformen geboten mit dem Ziel, je nach Lage des Falles die Bezüge zu erhöhen, die Arbeitsbedingungen zu verbessern, das Beschäftigungsverhältnis zu sichern, Anreiz zu eigener Unternehmungslust zu bieten, schließlich auch die nicht hinreichend genutzten Besitzungen aufzuteilen unter diejenigen, die imstande sind, diese Flächen ertragbringend zu machen. In letzterem Falle müssen die nötigen Sachmittel und Hilfseinrichtungen beigestellt werden, insbesondere Ausbildungsbeihilfe und organisatorischer Verbund echt genossenschaftlicher Art. Wo das Gemeinwohl die Entziehung des Eigentums erfordert, ist die Entschädigung nach Billigkeit zu bemessen unter Abwägung aller einschlägigen Gesichtspunkte."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-72",
              "number": "72",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wirtschaft und Reich Christi"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-465",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wer als Christ am heutigen sozialökonomischen Fortschritt mitwirkt und dabei für Gerechtigkeit und Liebe eintritt, der möge überzeugt sein, er könne viel beitragen zum Wohl der Menschheit und zum Frieden auf dieser Welt. Bei all diesem seinem Wirken möge er, gleichviel, ob er als Einzelner oder im Verbund mit anderen tätig wird, leuchtendes Beispiel geben. Hat er sich erst einmal die unerläßliche Sachkenntnis und Erfahrung angeeignet, dann möge er unter den irdischen Betätigungen die rechte Ordnung innehalten, in Treue gegen Christus und seine frohe Botschaft, dergestalt, daß sein ganzes persönliches und gesellschaftliches Auftreten geprägt sei vom Geist der Bergpredigt, insbesondere von der Seligpreisung der Armut. Wer immer im Gehorsam gegen Christus zuerst das Reich Gottes sucht, der stärkt und läutert dadurch seine Liebesgesinnung, um allen seinen Brüdern zu helfen und unter dem Antrieb der göttlichen Liebe das, was die Gerechtigkeit verlangt, zur vollen Verwirklichung zu führen (16)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-466",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DAS LEBEN IN DER POLITISCHEN GEMEINSCHAFT"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-73",
              "number": "73",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das öffentliche Leben heute"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-468",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tiefgreifende Änderungen zeigen sich heute auch innerhalb der politischen Strukturen und Einrichtungen der Völker als Folge ihrer kulturellen, wirtschaftlichen und gesellschaftlichen Entwicklung. Diese Veränderungen haben großen Einfluß auf das Leben der politischen Gemeinschaft, vor allem hinsichtlich der Rechte und Pflichten aller bei der Ausübung der staatsbürgerlichen Freiheit, zur Verwirklichung des Gemeinwohls und bei der Ordnung der Beziehungen der Bürger untereinander und zur öffentlichen Gewalt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-469",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aus dem lebendigeren Bewußtsein der menschlichen Würde wächst ja in den verschiedenen Teilen der Welt das Bestreben, eine neue politisch-rechtliche Ordnung zu schaffen, in der die Rechte der menschlichen Person im öffentlichen Leben besser geschützt sind, etwa das Recht auf Versammlungs-, Vereinigungs- und Meinungsfreiheit und das Recht auf privates und öffentliches Bekenntnis der Religion."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-470",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Schutz dieser Personenrechte ist nämlich die notwendige Bedingung dafür, daß die Bürger einzeln oder im Verbund am Leben und der Leitung des Staates tätigen Anteil nehmen können. Parallel zu dem kulturellen, wirtschaftlichen und gesellschaftlichen Fortschritt wächst bei vielen das Verlangen nach mehr Anteil an der Gestaltung des Lebens der politischen Gemeinschaft."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-471",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im Bewußtsein vieler wächst das Verlangen, die Rechte der Minderheiten zu wahren, ohne daß deren Pflichten der politischen Gemeinschaft gegenüber außer acht gelassen werden; überdies nimmt die Achtung vor Menschen anderer Meinung oder Religion zu. Gleichzeitig bildet sich eine immer breitere Zusammenarbeit dafür heraus, daß alle Bürger, nicht nur einige privilegierte, wirklich in den Genuß ihrer persönlichen Rechte gelangen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-472",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Umgekehrt werden alle jene politischen Formen in manchen Ländern verworfen, die die staatsbürgerliche und religiöse Freiheit schmälern, die Zahl der Opfer politischer Leidenschaften und Verbrechen vermehren und die Ausübung der staatlichen Gewalt zum Eigennutz einer bestimmten Partei oder gar der Machthaber selbst und zum Schaden des Gemeinwohls mißbrauchen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-473",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Für den Aufbau eines wirklich menschenwürdigen politischen Lebens ist nichts so wichtig wie die Pflege der inneren Einstellung auf Gerechtigkeit, Wohlwollen und Dienst am Gemeinwohl sowie die Schaffung fester Grundüberzeugungen über das wahre Wesen politischer Gemeinschaft und über das Ziel, den rechten Gebrauch und die Grenzen der öffentlichen Gewalt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-74",
              "number": "74",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natur und Endzweck der politischen Gemeinschaft"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-475",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Einzelnen, die Familien und die verschiedenen Gruppen, aus denen sich die politische Gemeinschaft zusammensetzt, wissen, daß sie allein nicht imstande sind, alles das zu leisten, was zu einem in jeder Richtung menschlichen Leben gehört. Sie erfassen die Notwendigkeit einer umfassenderen Gesellschaft, in der alle täglich ihre eigenen Kräfte zusammen zur ständig besseren Verwirklichung des Gemeinwohls einsetzen (1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-476",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So begründen sie denn die politische Gemeinschaft in ihren verschiedenen Formen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-477",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die politische Gemeinschaft besteht also um dieses Gemeinwohls willen; in ihm hat sie ihre letztgültige Rechtfertigung und ihren Sinn, aus ihm leitet sie ihr ursprüngliches Eigenrecht ab."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-478",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Gemeinwohl aber begreift in sich die Summe aller jener Bedingungen gesellschaftlichen Lebens, die den Einzelnen, den Familien und gesellschaftlichen Gruppen ihre eigene Vervollkommnung voller und ungehinderter zu erreichen gestatten (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-479",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aber die Menschen, die zu einer politischen Gemeinschaft zusammenfinden, sind zahlreich und verschiedenartig. Sie können mit Recht verschiedene Meinungen haben. Damit nun der Staat nicht dadurch, daß jeder seiner eigenen Ansicht folgt, zerfällt, bedarf es einer Autorität, welche die Kräfte aller Bürger auf das Gemeinwohl lenkt, nicht bloß durch die Automatismen des Institutionellen oder durch brutale Gewalt, sondern vor allem als moralische Macht, die sich stützt auf die Freiheit und auf das Bewußtsein einer übernommenen Verantwortung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-480",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Offenkundig sind also die politische Gemeinschaft und die öffentliche Autorität in der menschlichen Natur begründet und gehören zu der von Gott vorgebildeten Ordnung, wenngleich die Bestimmung der Regierungsform und die Auswahl der Regierenden dem freien Willen der Staatsbürger überlassen bleiben (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-481",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ebenso ergibt sich, daß sich die Ausübung der politischen Gewalt in der Gemeinschaft als solcher oder in den für sie repräsentativen Institutionen immer nur im Rahmen der sittlichen Ordnung vollziehen darf, und zwar zur Verwirklichung des Gemeinwohls - dieses aber dynamisch verstanden - und entsprechend einer legitimen juridischen Ordnung, die bereits besteht oder noch geschaffen werden soll. Dann aber sind auch die Staatsbürger im Gewissen zum Gehorsam verpflichtet4. Daraus ergeben sich also die Verantwortlichkeit, Würde und Bedeutung der Regierenden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-482",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wo jedoch die Staatsbürger von einer öffentlichen Gewalt, die ihre Zuständigkeit überschreitet, bedrückt werden, sollen sie sich nicht weigern, das zu tun, was das Gemeinwohl objektiv verlangt. Sie haben jedoch das Recht, ihre und ihrer Mitbürger Rechte gegen den Mißbrauch der staatlichen Autorität zu verteidigen, freilich innerhalb der Grenzen des Naturrechts und des Evangeliums."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-483",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die konkrete Art und Weise, wie die politische Gemeinschaft ihre eigene Verfassung und die Ausübung der öffentlichen Gewalt ordnet, kann entsprechend der Eigenart der verschiedenen Völker und der geschichtlichen Entwicklung verschieden sein. Immer aber muß sie im Dienst der Formung eines gebildeten, friedliebenden und gegenüber allen anderen wohlwollenden Menschen stehen, zum Vorteil der gesamten Menschheitsfamilie."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-75",
              "number": "75",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Mitarbeit aller am öffentlichen Leben"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-485",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In vollem Einklang mit der menschlichen Natur steht die Entwicklung von rechtlichen und politischen Strukturen, die ohne jede Diskriminierung allen Staatsbürgern immer mehr die tatsächliche Möglichkeit gibt, frei und aktiv teilzuhaben an der rechtlichen Grundlegung ihrer politischen Gemeinschaft, an der Leitung des politischen Geschehens, an der Festlegung des Betätigungsbereichs und des Zwecks der verschiedenen Institutionen und an der Wahl der Regierenden (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-486",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle Staatsbürger aber sollen daran denken, von Recht und Pflicht der freien Wahl Gebrauch zu machen zur Förderung des Gemeinwohls."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-487",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche ihrerseits zollt der Arbeit jener, die sich zum Dienst an den Menschen für das Wohl des Staates einsetzen und die Lasten eines solchen Amtes tragen, Anerkennung und Achtung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-488",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Soll die verantwortungsbewußte Mitarbeit der Bürger im täglichen Leben des Staates den gewünschten Erfolg haben, so muß eine Ordnung des positiven Rechtes vorhanden sein, in der eine sinnvolle Aufteilung der Ämter und Institutionen der öffentlichen Gewalt in Verbindung mit einem wirksamen und nach allen Seiten hin unabhängigen Schutz der Rechte gegeben ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-489",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Rechte aller Personen, Familien und gesellschaftlichen Gruppen und deren Ausübung sollen anerkannt, geschützt und gefördert werden6 zusammen mit den Pflichten, die alle Staatsbürger binden. Unter diesen Pflichten muß ausdrücklich die Pflicht genannt werden, dem Staat jene materiellen und persönlichen Dienste zu leisten, die für das Gemeinwohl notwendig sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-490",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Regierenden sollen sich davor hüten, den Familien, gesellschaftlichen und kulturellen Gruppen, vorstaatlichen Körperschaften und Institutionen Hindernisse in den Weg zu legen oder ihnen den ihnen zustehenden freien Wirkungskreis zu nehmen; vielmehr sollen sie diese großzügig und geregelt fördern."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-491",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aber auch die Staatsbürger, einzeln oder in Gruppen, sollen der öffentlichen Autorität nicht eine zu umfangreiche Gewalt zugestehen noch von ihr ungebührlich große Zuwendungen und Begünstigungen fordern, so daß die Eigenverantwortung der Einzelnen, der Familien und gesellschaftlichen Gruppen gemindert wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-492",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die heutzutage stets verwickelter werdenden Verhältnisse zwingen die staatliche Autorität, häufiger in soziale, wirtschaftliche und kulturelle Angelegenheiten einzugreifen; sie will damit geeignetere Voraussetzungen dafür schaffen, daß die Staatsbürger und gesellschaftlichen Gruppen wirksamer in Freiheit das Wohl des Menschen in jeder Hinsicht verwirklichen können. Je nach der Verschiedenheit der Länder und der Entwicklung der Völker können jedoch die Beziehungen zwischen der Sozialisation (7) und der Autonomie sowie der Entfaltung der Person verschieden gedacht werden. Überall jedoch, wo die Ausübung von Rechten um des Gemeinwohls willen zeitweise beschränkt wird, muß die Freiheit, sobald die Voraussetzungen für diese Beschränkung wegfallen, unverzüglich wiederhergestellt werden. Unmenschlich ist es, wenn eine Regierung auf totalitäre oder diktatorische Formen verfällt, die die Rechte der Person und der gesellschaftlichen Gruppen verletzen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-493",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Staatsbürger sollen eine hochherzige und treue Vaterlandsliebe pflegen, freilich ohne geistige Enge, vielmehr so, daß sie dabei das Wohl der ganzen Menschheitsfamilie im Auge behalten, die ja durch die mannigfachen Bande zwischen den Rassen, Völkern und Nationen miteinander verbunden ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-494",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Christen sollen in der politischen Gemeinschaft jene Berufung beachten, die ihnen ganz besonders eigen ist. Sie sollen beispielgebend dafür sein, insofern sie pflichtbewußt handeln und sich für das Gemeinwohl einsetzen. Sie sollen durch ihre Tat zeigen, wie sich Autorität mit Freiheit, persönliche Initiative mit solidarischer Verbundenheit zum gemeinsamen Ganzen, gebotene Einheit mit fruchtbarer Vielfalt verbinden lassen. Berechtigte Meinungsverschiedenheiten in Fragen der Ordnung irdischer Dinge sollen sie anerkennen, und die anderen, die als Einzelne oder kollektiv solche Meinungen anständig vertreten, sollen sie achten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-495",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die politischer Parteien müssen das fördern, was ihres Erachtens nach vom Gemeinwohl gefordert wird; sie dürfen niemals ihre Sonderinteressen über dieses Gemeinwohl stellen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-496",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die heute dem Volk und besonders der Jugend so notwendige staatsbürgerliche und politische Erziehung ist eifrig zu pflegen, so daß alle Bürger am Leben der politischen Gemeinschaft aktiv teilnehmen können. Wer dazu geeignet ist oder sich dazu ausbilden kann, soll sich darauf vorbereiten, den schweren, aber zugleich ehrenvollen8 Beruf des Politikers auszuüben, und sich diesem Beruf unter Hintansetzung des eigenen Vorteils und materiellen Gewinns widmen. Sittlich integer und klug zugleich, soll er angehen gegen alles Unrecht und jede Unterdrückung, gegen Willkürherrschaft und Intoleranz eines Einzelnen oder einer politischen Partei. Redlich und gerecht, voll Liebe und politischen Muts soll er sich dem Wohl aller widmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-76",
              "number": "76",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Politische Gemeinschaft und Kirche"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-498",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sehr wichtig ist besonders in einer pluralistischen Gesellschaft, daß man das Verhältnis zwischen der politischen Gemeinschaft und der Kirche richtig sieht, so daß zwischen dem, was die Christen als Einzelne oder im Verbund im eigenen Namen als Staatsbürger, die von ihrem christlichen Gewissen geleitet werden, und dem, was sie im Namen der Kirche zusammen mit ihren Hirten tun, klar unterschieden wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-499",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche, die in keiner Weise hinsichtlich ihrer Aufgabe und Zuständigkeit mit der politischen Gemeinschaft verwechselt werden darf noch auch an irgendein politisches System gebunden ist, ist zugleich Zeichen und Schutz der Transzendenz der menschlichen Person."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-500",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die politische Gemeinschaft und die Kirche sind auf je ihrem Gebiet voneinander unabhängig und autonom. Beide aber dienen, wenn auch in verschiedener Begründung, der persönlichen und gesellschaftlichen Berufung der gleichen Menschen. Diesen Dienst können beide zum Wohl aller um so wirksamer leisten, je mehr und besser sie rechtes Zusammenwirken miteinander pflegen; dabei sind jeweils die Umstände von Ort und Zeit zu berücksichtigen. Der Mensch ist ja nicht auf die zeitliche Ordnung beschränkt, sondern inmitten der menschlichen Geschichte vollzieht er ungeschmälert seine ewige Berufung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-501",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche aber, in der Liebe des Erlösers begründet, trägt dazu bei, daß sich innerhalb der Grenzen einer Nation und im Verhältnis zwischen den Völkern Gerechtigkeit und Liebe entfalten. Indem sie nämlich die Wahrheit des Evangeliums verkündet und alle Bereiche menschlichen Handelns durch ihre Lehre und das Zeugnis der Christen erhellt, achtet und fördert sie auch die politische Freiheit der Bürger und ihre Verantwortlichkeit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-502",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn die Apostel und ihre Nachfolger mit ihren Mitarbeitern gesandt sind, den Menschen Christus als Erlöser der Welt zu verkünden, so stützen sie sich in ihrem Apostolat auf die Macht Gottes, der oft genug die Kraft des Evangeliums offenbar macht in der Schwäche der Zeugen. Wer sich dem Dienst am Wort Gottes weiht, muß sich der dem Evangelium eigenen Wege und Hilfsmittel bedienen, die weitgehend verschieden sind von den Hilfsmitteln der irdischen Gesellschaft."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-503",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Irdische und das, was am konkreten Menschen diese Welt übersteigt, sind miteinander eng verbunden, und die Kirche selbst bedient sich des Zeitlichen, soweit es ihre eigene Sendung erfordert. Doch setzt sie ihre Hoffnung nicht auf Privilegien, die ihr von der staatlichen Autorität angeboten werden. Sie wird sogar auf die Ausübung von legitim erworbenen Rechten verzichten, wenn feststeht, daß durch deren Inanspruchnahme die Lauterkeit ihres Zeugnisses in Frage gestellt ist, oder wenn veränderte Lebensverhältnisse eine andere Regelung fordern."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-504",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Immer und überall aber nimmt sie das Recht in Anspruch, in wahrer Freiheit den Glauben zu verkünden, ihre Soziallehre kundzumachen, ihren Auftrag unter den Menschen unbehindert zu erfüllen und auch politische Angelegenheiten einer sittlichen Beurteilung zu unterstellen, wenn die Grundrechte der menschlichen Person oder das Heil der Seelen es verlangen. Sie wendet dabei alle, aber auch nur jene Mittel an, welche dem Evangelium und dem Wohl aller je nach den verschiedenen Zeiten und Verhältnissen entsprechen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-505",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In der Treue zum Evangelium, gebunden an ihre Sendung in der Welt und entsprechend ihrem Auftrag, alles Wahre, Gute und Schöne in der menschlichen Gemeinschaft zu fördern (9) und zu überhöhen, festigt die Kirche zur Ehre Gottes den Frieden unter den Menschen (10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-506",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE FÖRDERUNG DES FRIEDENS UND DER AUFBAU DER VÖLKERGEMEINSCHAFT"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-508",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In unseren Jahren, in denen die Leiden und Ängste wütender oder drohender Kriege noch schwer auf den Menschen lasten, ist die gesamte Menschheitsfamilie in einer entscheidenden Stunde ihrer Entwicklung zur Reife angelangt. Allmählich ist sie sich untereinander nähergekommen, und überall ist sie sich schon klarer ihrer Einheit bewußt. Da kann sie ihre Aufgabe, die Welt für alle überall wirklich menschlicher zu gestalten, nur erfüllen, wenn alle sich in einer inneren Erneuerung dem wahren Frieden zuwenden. Dann strahlt unserer Zeit jene Botschaft des Evangeliums, die dem höchsten Sehnen und Bemühen der Menschheit entspricht, in neuem Licht auf, jene Botschaft, die die Friedensstifter seligpreist, \"denn sie werden Kinder Gottes heißen\" (Mt 5,9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-509",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Darum möchte das Konzil den wahren und hohen Begriff des Friedens klarlegen, die Unmenschlichkeit des Krieges verurteilen und mit allem Ernst einen Aufruf an alle Christen richten, mit Hilfe Christi, in dem der Friede gründet, mit allen Menschen zusammenzuarbeiten, um untereinander in Gerechtigkeit und Liebe den Frieden zu festigen und all das bereitzustellen, was dem Frieden dient."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-78",
              "number": "78",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vom Wesen des Friedens"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-511",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Friede besteht nicht darin, daß kein Krieg ist; er läßt sich auch nicht bloß durch das Gleichgewicht entgegengesetzter Kräfte sichern; er entspringt ferner nicht dem Machtgebot eines Starken; er heißt vielmehr mit Recht und eigentlich ein \"Werk der Gerechtigkeit\" (Jes 32,17). Er ist die Frucht der Ordnung, die ihr göttlicher Gründer selbst in die menschliche Gesellschaft eingestiftet hat und die von den Menschen durch stetes Streben nach immer vollkommenerer Gerechtigkeit verwirklicht werden muß. Zwar wird das Gemeinwohl des Menschengeschlechts grundlegend vom ewigen Gesetz Gottes bestimmt, aber in seinen konkreten Anforderungen unterliegt es dem ständigen Wandel der Zeiten; darum ist der Friede niemals endgültiger Besitz, sondern immer wieder neu zu erfüllende Aufgabe. Da zudem der menschliche Wille schwankend und von der Sünde verwundet ist, verlangt die Sorge um den Frieden, daß jeder dauernd seine Leidenschaft beherrscht und daß die rechtmäßige Obrigkeit wachsam ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-512",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dies alles genügt noch nicht. Dieser Friede kann auf Erden nicht erreicht werden ohne Sicherheit für das Wohl der Person und ohne daß die Menschen frei und vertrauensvoll die Reichtümer ihres Geistes und Herzens miteinander teilen. Der feste Wille, andere Menschen und Völker und ihre Würde zu achten, gepaart mit einsatzbereiter und tätiger Brüderlichkeit - das sind unerläßliche Voraussetzungen für den Aufbau des Friedens. So ist der Friede auch die Frucht der Liebe, die über das hinausgeht, was die Gerechtigkeit zu leisten vermag."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-513",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der irdische Friede, der seinen Ursprung in der Liebe zum Nächsten hat, ist aber auch Abbild und Wirkung des Friedens, den Christus gebracht hat und der von Gott dem Vater ausgeht. Dieser menschgewordene Sohn, der Friedensfürst, hat nämlich durch sein Kreuz alle Menschen mit Gott versöhnt und die Einheit aller in einem Volk und in einem Leib wiederhergestellt. Er hat den Haß an seinem eigenen Leib getötet (1), und durch seine Auferstehung erhöht, hat er den Geist der Liebe in die Herzen der Menschen ausgegossen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-514",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das ist ein eindringlicher Aufruf an alle Christen: \"die Wahrheit in Liebe zu tun\" (Eph 4,15) und sich mit allen wahrhaft friedliebenden Menschen zu vereinen, um den Frieden zu erbeten und aufzubauen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-515",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vom gleichen Geist bewegt, können wir denen unsere Anerkennung nicht versagen, die bei der Wahrung ihrer Rechte darauf verzichten, Gewalt anzuwenden, sich vielmehr auf Verteidigungsmittel beschränken, so wie sie auch den Schwächeren zur Verfügung stehen, vorausgesetzt, daß dies ohne Verletzung der Rechte und Pflichten anderer oder der Gemeinschaft möglich ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-516",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insofern die Menschen Sünder sind, droht ihnen die Gefahr des Krieges, und sie wird ihnen drohen bis zur Ankunft Christi. Soweit aber die Menschen sich in Liebe vereinen und so die Sünde überwinden, überwinden sie auch die Gewaltsamkeit, bis sich einmal die Worte erfüllen: \"Zu Pflügen schmieden sie ihre Schwerter um, zu Winzermessern ihre Lanzen. Kein Volk zückt mehr gegen das andere das Schwert. Das Kriegshandwerk gibt es nicht mehr\" (Jes 2,4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-517",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Erster Abschnitt: Von der Vermeidung des Krieges"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-79",
              "number": "79",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Unmenschlichkeit der Kriege Dämme setzen"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-519",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obwohl die jüngsten Kriege unserer Welt ungeheuren materiellen und moralischen Schaden zugefügt haben, setzt der Krieg doch jeden Tag in irgendeinem Teil der Welt seine Verwüstungen fort. Es droht sogar beim Gebrauch wissenschaftlicher Waffen, gleich welcher Art, eine Barbarei der Kriegführung, die die Kämpfenden zu Grausamkeiten verleitet, die die vergangener Zeiten weit übersteigt. Die Kompliziertheit der heutigen Lage und die Verflochtenheit der internationalen Beziehungen ermöglichen zudem neue hinterhältige und umstürzlerische Methoden, Kriege zu tarnen und in die Länge zu ziehen. In vielen Fällen gibt der Einsatz terroristischer Praktiken der Kriegführung eine neue Gestalt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-520",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diesen beklagenswerten Zustand der Menschheit vor Augen, möchte das Konzil vor allem an die bleibende Geltung des natürlichen Völkerrechts und seiner allgemeinen Prinzipien erinnern. Das Gewissen der gesamten Menschheit bekennt sich zu diesen Prinzipien mit wachsendem Nachdruck. Handlungen, die in bewußtem Widerspruch zu ihnen stehen, sind Verbrechen; ebenso Befehle, die solche Handlungen anordnen; auch die Berufung auf blinden Gehorsam kann den nicht entschuldigen, der sie ausführt. Zu diesen Handlungen muß man an erster Stelle rechnen: ein ganzes Volk, eine Nation oder eine völkische Minderheit aus welchem Grunde und mit welchen Mitteln auch immer auszurotten. Das sind furchtbare Verbrechen, die aufs schärfste zu verurteilen sind. Höchste Anerkennung verdient dagegen die Haltung derer, die sich solchen Befehlen furchtlos und offen widersetzen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-521",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Für den Kriegsfall bestehen verschiedene internationale Konventionen, von einer recht großen Anzahl von Ländern mit dem Ziel unterzeichnet, die Unmenschlichkeit von Kriegshandlungen und -folgen zu mindern, etwa die Konventionen zum Schutz der Verwundeten und Kriegsgefangenen und verschiedene ähnliche Abmachungen. Diese Verträge müssen gehalten werden. Außerdem müssen alle, insbesondere die Regierungen und die Sachverständigen, alles tun, um diese Abmachungen nach Möglichkeit zu verbessern und dadurch die Unmenschlichkeiten des Krieges besser und wirksamer einzudämmen. Ferner scheint es angebracht, daß Gesetze für die in humaner Weise Vorsorge treffen, die aus Gewissensgründen den Wehrdienst verweigern, vorausgesetzt, daß sie zu einer anderen Form des Dienstes an der menschlichen Gemeinschaft bereit sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-522",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Allerdings - der Krieg ist nicht aus der Welt geschafft. Solange die Gefahr von Krieg besteht und solange es noch keine zuständige internationale Autorität gibt, die mit entsprechenden Mitteln ausgestattet ist, kann man, wenn alle Möglichkeiten einer friedlichen Regelung erschöpft sind, einer Regierung das Recht auf sittlich erlaubte Verteidigung nicht absprechen. Die Regierenden und alle, die Verantwortung für den Staat tragen, sind verpflichtet, das Wohl der ihnen anvertrauten Völker zu schützen, und sie sollen diese ernste Sache ernst nehmen. Der Einsatz militärischer Mittel, um ein Volk rechtmäßig zu verteidigen, hat jedoch nichts zu tun mit dem Bestreben, andere Nationen zu unterjochen. Das Kriegspotential legitimiert auch nicht jeden militärischen oder politischen Gebrauch. Auch wird nicht deshalb, weil ein Krieg unglücklicherweise ausgebrochen ist, damit nun jedes Kampfmittel zwischen den gegnerischen Parteien erlaubt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-523",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wer als Soldat im Dienst des Vaterlandes steht, betrachte sich als Diener der Sicherheit und Freiheit der Völker. Indem er diese Aufgabe recht erfüllt, trägt er wahrhaft zur Festigung des Friedens bei."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-80",
              "number": "80",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der totale Krieg"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-525",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit der Fortentwicklung wissenschaftlicher Waffen wachsen der Schrecken und die Verwerflichkeit des Krieges ins Unermeßliche. Die Anwendung solcher Waffen im Krieg vermag ungeheure und unkontrollierbare Zerstörungen auszulösen, die die Grenzen einer gerechten Verteidigung weit überschreiten. Ja wenn man alle Mittel, die sich schon in den Waffenlagern der Großmächte befinden, voll einsetzen würde, würde sich daraus eine fast totale und gegenseitige Vernichtung des einen Gegners durch den anderen ergeben, abgesehen von den zahllosen Verwüstungen in der Welt, die dem Gebrauch solcher Waffen als verhängnisvolle Nachwirkungen folgen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-526",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All dies zwingt uns, die Frage des Krieges mit einer ganz neuen inneren Einstellung zu prüfen (2). Die Menschen unseres Zeitalters sollen wissen, daß sie über ihre kriegerischen Handlungen einmal schwere Rechenschaft abzulegen haben. Von ihren heutigen Entscheidungen hängt nämlich weitgehend der Lauf der Zukunft ab."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-527",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deshalb macht sich diese Heilige Synode die Verurteilung des totalen Krieges, wie sie schon von den letzten Päpsten ausgesprochen wurde (3), zu eigen und erklärt:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-528",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jede Kriegshandlung, die auf die Vernichtung ganzer Städte oder weiter Gebiete und ihrer Bevölkerung unterschiedslos abstellt, ist ein Verbrechen gegen Gott und gegen den Menschen, das fest und entschieden zu verwerfen ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-529",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die besondere Gefahr des modernen Krieges besteht darin, daß er sozusagen denen, die im Besitz neuerer wissenschaftlicher Waffen sind, die Gelegenheit schafft, solche Verbrechen zu begehen, und in einer Art unerbittlicher Verstrickung den Willen des Menschen zu den fürchterlichsten Entschlüssen treiben kann. Damit in Zukunft so etwas nie geschieht, beschwören die versammelten Bischöfe des ganzen Erdkreises alle, insbesondere die Regierenden und die militärischen Befehlshaber, sich jederzeit der großen Verantwortung bewußt zu sein, die sie vor Gott und der ganzen Menschheit tragen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-81",
              "number": "81",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Rüstungswettlauf"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-531",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die wissenschaftlichen Waffen werden nun aIlerdings nicht nur zum Einsatz im Kriegsfall angehäuft. Weil man meint, daß die Stärke der Verteidigung von der Fähigkeit abhänge, bei einem Angriff des Gegners blitzartig zurückzuschlagen, dient diese noch jährlich wachsende Anhäufung von Waffen dazu, auf diese ungewöhnliche Art mögliche Gegner abzuschrecken. Viele halten dies heute für das wirksamste Mittel, einen gewissen Frieden zwischen den Völkern zu sichern."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-532",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wie immer man auch zu dieser Methode der Abschreckung stehen mag - die Menschen sollten überzeugt sein, daß der Rüstungswettlauf, zu dem nicht wenige Nationen ihre Zuflucht nehmen, kein sicherer Weg ist, den Frieden zu sichern, und daß das daraus sich ergebende sogenannte Gleichgewicht kein sicherer und wirklicher Friede ist. Statt daß dieser die Ursachen des Krieges beseitigt, drohen diese dadurch sogar eher weiter zuzunehmen. Während man riesige Summen für die Herstellung immer neuer Waffen ausgibt, kann man nicht genügend Hilfsmittel bereitstellen zur Bekämpfung all des Elends in der heutigen Welt. Anstatt die Spannungen zwischen den Völkern wirklich und gründlich zu lösen, überträgt man sie noch auf andere Erdteile. Neue Wege, von einer inneren Wandlung aus beginnend, müssen gewählt werden, um dieses Ärgernis zu beseitigen, die Welt von der drückenden Angst zu befreien und ihr den wahren Frieden zu schenken."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-533",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Darum muß noch einmal erklärt werden: Der Rüstungswettlauf ist eine der schrecklichsten Wunden der Menschheit, er schädigt unerträglich die Armen. Wenn hier nicht Hilfe geschaffen wird, ist zu befürchten, daß er eines Tages all das tödliche Unheil bringt, wozu er schon jetzt die Mittel bereitstellt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-534",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gewarnt vor Katastrophen, die das Menschengeschlecht heute möglich macht, wollen wir die Frist, die uns noch von oben gewährt wurde, nützen, um mit geschärftem Verantwortungsbewußtsein Methoden zu finden, unsere Meinungsverschiedenheiten auf eine Art und Weise zu lösen, die des Menschen würdiger ist. Die göttliche Vorsehung fordert dringend von uns, daß wir uns von der alten Knechtschaft des Krieges befreien."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-535",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wohin uns der verhängnisvolle Weg, den wir beschritten haben, führen mag, falls wir nicht diesen Versuch zur Umkehr machen, das wissen wir nicht."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-82",
              "number": "82",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die absolute Ächtung des Krieges: eine weltweite Aktion, ihn zu verhindern"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-537",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist also deutlich, daß wir mit all unseren Kräften jene Zeit vorbereiten müssen, in der auf der Basis einer Übereinkunft zwischen allen Nationen jeglicher Krieg absolut geächtet werden kann. Das erfordert freilich, daß eine von allen anerkannte öffentliche Weltautorität eingesetzt wird, die über wirksame Macht verfügt, um für alle Sicherheit, Wahrung der Gerechtigkeit und Achtung der Rechte zu gewährleisten. Bevor aber diese wünschenswerte Autorität konstituiert werden kann, müssen die jetzigen internationalen höchsten Gremien sich intensiv um Mittel bemühen, die allgemeine Sicherheit besser zu gewährleisten. Da der Friede aus dem gegenseitigen Vertrauen der Völker erwachsen sollte, statt den Nationen durch den Schrecken der Waffen auferlegt zu werden, sollten alle sich bemühen, dem Wettrüsten ein Ende zu machen. Man soll wirklich mit der Abrüstung beginnen, nicht einseitig, sondern in vertraglich festgelegten gleichen Schritten und mit echten und wirksamen Sicherungen (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-538",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inzwischen sind Versuche, wie sie schon unternommen wurden und noch werden, die Gefahr des Krieges abzuwenden, keineswegs geringzuschätzen. Man sollte vielmehr den guten Willen der überaus vielen stützen, die, beladen durch ihr hohes Amt, aber zugleich im Gewissen bedrängt durch die Schwere ihrer Verantwortung, darauf hinwirken, daß der Krieg, den sie verabscheuen, aus der Welt geschafft werde, wenn sie auch nicht an der Kompliziertheit der faktischen Verhältnisse vorbeisehen können. Inständig muß man zu Gott beten, daß er ihnen die Kraft gibt, dieses hohe Werk der Liebe zu den Menschen, den kraftvollen Aufbau des Friedens immer wieder neu zu beginnen und tapfer durchzuhalten. Dies verlangt heute sicher von ihnen, daß sie mit Geist und Herz über die Grenzen ihrer eigenen Nation hinausschauen, daß sie auf nationalen Egoismus und den Ehrgeiz, andere Nationen zu beherrschen, verzichten, daß sie eine tiefe Ehrfurcht empfinden für die ganze Menschheit, die sich so mühsam schon auf eine größere Einheit hinbewegt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-539",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Über die Probleme des Friedens und der Abrüstung sind schon tiefe, mutige und unermüdliche Forschungen angestellt worden. Internationale Kongresse befaßten sich damit. Man sollte dies alles als erste Schritte zur Lösung dieser so schwierigen Fragen ansehen und für die Zukunft noch intensiver fördern, wenn man praktikable Ergebnisse erreichen will. Indessen soll man sich hüten, sich nur auf die Anstrengungen einiger zu verlassen, ohne die eigene Einstellung zu überprüfen. Denn die Staatsmänner, die das Gemeinwohl ihres eigenen Volkes zu verantworten und gleichzeitig das Wohl der gesamten Welt zu fördern haben, sind sehr abhängig von der öffentlichen Meinung und Einstellung der Massen. Nichts nützt ihnen ihr Bemühen, Frieden zu stiften, wenn Gefühle der Feindschaft, Verachtung, Mißtrauen, Rassenhaß und ideologische Verhärtung die Menschen trennen und zu Gegnern machen. Darum sind vor allem eine neue Erziehung und ein neuer Geist in der öffentlichen Meinung dringend notwendig. Wer sich der Aufgabe der Erziehung, vor allem der Jugend, widmet und wer die öffentliche Meinung mitformt, soll es als seine schwere Pflicht ansehen, in allen eine neue Friedensgesinnung zu wecken. Wir alle müssen uns wandeln in unserer Gesinnung und müssen die ganze Welt und jene Aufgaben in den Blick bekommen, die wir alle zusammen zum Fortschritt der Menschheit auf uns nehmen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-540",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Täuschen wir uns nicht durch eine falsche Hoffnung! Wenn Feindschaft und Haß nicht aufgegeben werden, wenn es nicht zum Abschluß fester und ehrenhafter Verträge kommt, die für die Zukunft einen allgemeinen Frieden sichern, dann geht die Menschheit, die jetzt schon in Gefahr schwebt, trotz all ihrer bewundernswürdigen Wissenschaft jener dunklen Stunde entgegen, wo sie keinen andern Frieden mehr spürt als die schaurige Ruhe des Todes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-541",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aber während die Kirche Christi mitten in den Ängsten dieser Zeit lebt und diese Worte ausspricht, hört sie nicht auf, zuversichtlich zu hoffen. Unserer Zeit will sie immer wieder - gelegen oder ungelegen - die apostolische Botschaft verkünden: \"Seht, jetzt ist die Zeit der Gnade\" zur Bekehrung der Herzen; \"jetzt ist der Tag des Heils\" (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-542",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zweiter Abschnitt: Der Aufbau der internationalen Gemeinschaft"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-83",
              "number": "83",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Ursachen der Zwietracht und ihre Heilmittel"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-544",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um den Frieden aufzubauen, müssen vor allem die Ursachen der Zwietracht in der Welt, die zum Krieg führen, beseitigt werden, an erster Stelle die Ungerechtigkeiten. Nicht wenige entspringen allzu großen wirtschaftlichen Ungleichheiten oder auch der Verzögerung der notwendigen Hilfe. Andere entstehen aus Herrschsucht und Mißachtung der Menschenwürde und, wenn wir nach den tieferen Gründen suchen, aus Neid, Mißtrauen, Hochmut und anderen egoistischen Leidenschaften. Da der Mensch so viel Unordnung nicht ertragen kann, folgt daraus, daß die Welt auch ohne das Wüten des Krieges dauernd von zwischenmenschlichen Spannungen und gewaltsamen Auseinandersetzungen vergiftet wird. Weil außerdem dieselben Übel auch in den Beziehungen unter den Völkern zu finden sind, müssen, will man sie überwinden oder verhüten und die zügellose Gewaltanwendung verhindern, die internationalen Institutionen besser und enger zusammenarbeiten und koordiniert werden; ebenso muß auf die Bildung neuer Organe für die Förderung des Friedens unermüdlich hingearbeitet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-84",
              "number": "84",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Völkergemeinschaft und die internationalen Institutionen"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-546",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um bei der wachsenden gegenseitigen engen Abhängigkeit aller Menschen und aller Völker auf dem ganzen Erdkreis das allgemeine Wohl der Menschheit auf geeignetem Weg zu suchen und in wirksamerer Weise zu erreichen, muß sich die Völkergemeinschaft eine Ordnung geben, die den heutigen Aufgaben entspricht, vor allem im Hinblick auf die zahlreichen Gebiete, die immer noch unerträgliche Not leiden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-547",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um diese Ziele zu erreichen, müssen die Institutionen der internationalen Gemeinschaft den verschiedenen Bedürfnissen der Menschen nach Kräften Rechnung tragen, und zwar sowohl in den Bereichen des sozialen Lebens, z.B. Ernährung, Gesundheit, Erziehung, Arbeit, als auch in besonderen Situationen, die hier und dort entstehen können, z.B. die allgemein bestehende Notwendigkeit, den Aufstieg der Entwicklungsländer zu fördern, die Leiden der Flüchtlinge in der ganzen Welt zu lindern oder auch Auswanderer und ihre Familien zu unterstützen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-548",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die bereits bestehenden internationalen Institutionen, sowohl auf weltweiter wie auf regionaler Ebene, machen sich ohne Zweifel um die Menschheit hoch verdient. Sie erscheinen als erste Versuche, eine internationale Grundlage für die Gemeinschaft der ganzen Menschheit zu schaffen, damit so die schweren Fragen unserer Zeit gelöst werden: den Fortschritt überall zu fördern und Kriege in jeder Form zu verhindern. Die Kirche freut sich über den Geist wahrer Brüderlichkeit zwischen Christen und Nichtchristen, der auf all diesen Gebieten zu immer größeren Anstrengungen drängt, um die ungeheuere Not zu lindern."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-85",
              "number": "85",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die internationale wirtschaftliche Zusammenarbeit"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-550",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die heutige enge Verbundenheit der Menschheit erfordert auch auf wirtschaftlichem Gebiet eine stärkere internationale Zusammenarbeit. Wenn auch fast alle Völker politische Unabhängigkeit erlangt haben, ist es doch noch lange nicht so weit, daß sie von allzu großen Ungleichheiten und jeder Form ungebührlicher Abhängigkeit frei und jeder Gefahr schwerer innerer Konflikte enthoben sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-551",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Entwicklung einer Nation hängt von menschlichen und finanziellen Hilfen ab. Die Bürger einer jeden Nation müssen durch Erziehung und Berufsausbildung für die verschiedenen Aufgaben in Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft vorbereitet werden. Dazu ist die Hilfe ausländischer Fachkräfte erforderlich, die bei ihrem Einsatz nicht als Herren auftreten dürfen, sondern Helfer und Mitarbeiter sein sollen. Materielle Hilfe wird den aufstrebenden Völkern nicht zuteil werden, wenn die Praktiken des heutigen Welthandels sich nicht von Grund auf ändern. Darüber hinaus müssen von den hochentwickelten Ländern Hilfen in Form von Zuschüssen, Krediten und Kapitalinvestitionen gewährt werden. Diese sollen von der einen Seite großherzig und ohne Profitsucht gewährt und von der anderen in ehrenhafter Haltung angenommen werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-552",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um zu einer echten weltumfassenden Wirtschaftsordnung zu kommen, muß auf übertriebenes Gewinnstreben, nationales Prestige, politische Herrschsucht, militaristische Überlegungen und Machenschaften zur zwangsweisen Verbreitung von Ideologien verzichtet werden. Viele wirtschaftliche und soziale Systeme werden vorgeschlagen. Es ist zu wünschen, daß Fachleute eine gemeinsame Grundlage für einen gesunden Welthandel finden können. Das wird leichter zu erreichen sein, wenn die Einzelnen ihre Vorurteile ablegen und zu einem aufrichtigen Dialog bereit sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-86",
              "number": "86",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Einige praktische Normen"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-554",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Für diese Zusammenarbeit scheinen folgende Normen nützlich zu sein:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-555",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Den Völkern der Entwicklungsländer muß sehr daran gelegen sein, als Ziel des Fortschritts ausdrücklich und entschieden die volle menschliche Entfaltung ihrer Bürger zu erstreben. Sie sollen daran denken, daß der Fortschritt vor allem aus der Arbeit und den Fähigkeiten der Völker selbst entspringt und sich steigert und sich nicht allein auf fremde Hilfe, sondern vor allem auf die volle Erschließung der eigenen Hilfsquellen und ihren Ausbau entsprechend den eigenen Fähigkeiten und Traditionen stützen muß. Hier sollen jene Völker mit gutem Beispiel vorangehen, die größeren Einfluß auf andere haben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-556",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Es ist eine schwere Verpflichtung der hochentwickelten Länder, den aufstrebenden Völkern bei der Erfüllung der genannten Aufgaben zu helfen. Darum sollen sie bei sich selbst die geistigen und materiellen Anpassungen durchführen, die zur Organisation dieser weltweiten Zusammenarbeit erforderlich sind. So sollen sie beim Handel mit den schwächeren und ärmeren Nationen deren Wohl bewußt berücksichtigen. Denn diese brauchen den Erlös aus dem Verkauf ihrer Erzeugnisse zum eigenen Unterhalt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-557",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Aufgabe der internationalen Gemeinschaft ist es, die wirtschaftliche Entwicklung zu ordnen und ihr Anreize zu geben, jedoch so, daß die dafür bestimmten Mittel so wirksam und gerecht wie möglich vergeben werden. Sache dieser Gemeinschaft ist es auch, unter Berücksichtigung des Subsidiaritätsprinzips die wirtschaftlichen Verhältnisse weltweit so zu ordnen, daß sie sich nach der Norm der Gerechtigkeit entwickeln."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-558",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es sollen geeignete Institutionen zur Förderung und Ordnung des internationalen Handels gegründet werden, vor allem mit den weniger entwickelten Nationen, und zwar zum Ausgleich der Unzuträglichkeit, die sich aus den allzu großen Machtunterschieden zwischen den Völkern ergeben. Solche ordnende Maßnahmen in Verbindung mit technischer, kultureller und finanzieller Unterstützung sollen den aufstrebenden Nationen die notwendigen Hilfen gewähren, damit sie ein entsprechendes Wachstum ihrer Wirtschaft erreichen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-559",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) In vielen Fällen besteht die Notwendigkeit, die wirtschaftliche und soziale Struktur zu überprüfen. Aber man muß sich hüten vor bloß organisatorischen, unausgereiften Lösungen, besonders vor solchen, die dem Menschen zwar materielle Erleichterungen bieten, seiner geistigen Anlage und Entwicklung aber schaden. Denn \"nicht vom Brot allein lebt der Mensch, sondern von jedem Wort, das aus dem Munde Gottes kommt\" (Mt 4,4). Jeder Teil der Menschheitsfamilie trägt in sich und in seinen besten Traditionen einen Teil des geistigen Erbes, das Gott der Menschheit anvertraut hat, wenn auch viele seine Herkunft nicht kennen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-87",
              "number": "87",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die internationale Zusammenarbeit im Hinblick auf das Bevölkerungswachstum"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-561",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Besonders drängend wird die internationale Zusammenarbeit im Hinblick auf jene Völker, die heute häufig neben vielen anderen Problemen vor allem durch jenes bedrängt werden, das aus dem raschen Bevölkerungswachstum entsteht. Es ist dringend erforderlich, daß alle Nationen, besonders die wohlhabenden, in umfassender und gründlicher Zusammenarbeit Wege suchen, wie die zum Lebensunterhalt und zur angemessenen Ausbildung nötigen Mittel bereitgestellt und der ganzen Menschheit zugänglich gemacht werden können. Manche Völker könnten ihre Lebensbedingungen sehr verbessern, wenn sie nach entsprechender Unterweisung von veralteten Methoden der landwirtschaftlichen Erzeugung zu neuen technischen Verfahren übergingen, die sie mit der notwendigen Klugheit ihren Verhältnissen anpassen müßten, und darüber hinaus eine bessere soziale Ordnung einführten sowie die Verteilung des Landbesitzes gerechter ordneten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-562",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Regierungen aber haben in bezug auf die Bevölkerungsprobleme in ihrem eigenen Land Rechte und Pflichten innerhalb der Grenzen ihrer Zuständigkeit, z.B. was die Sozial- und Familiengesetzgebung angeht, die Landflucht und die Information über den Zustand und die Bedürfnisse der Nation. Da die Menschen heute von diesem Problem so stark bewegt werden, ist auch zu wünschen, daß katholische Fachleute, vor allem an den Universitäten, die Forschung und die Versuche auf diesem Gebiet planmäßig weiterverfolgen und entwickeln."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-563",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vielfach wird die Behauptung aufgestellt, das Wachstum der Erdbevölkerung müsse, wenigstens in bestimmten Ländern, mit allen Mitteln, auch durch Eingriffe des Staates, gleich welcher Art, radikal gedrosselt werden. Das Konzil richtet deshalb an alle die Mahnung, sich vor öffentlich oder privat empfohlenen, manchmal auch aufgenötigten Lösungen zu hüten, die dem Sittengesetz widersprechen. Nach dem unveräußerlichen Menschenrecht auf Ehe und Kinderzeugung hängt die Entscheidung über die Zahl der Kinder vom rechten Urteil der Eltern ab und kann keinesfalls dem Urteil der staatlichen Autorität überlassen werden. Da aber das Urteil der Eltern ein richtig gebildetes Gewissen voraussetzt, ist es von großer Bedeutung, daß allen die Möglichkeit geboten wird, in sich die rechte und wahrhaft menschliche Verantwortlichkeit zu bilden, die sich am göttlichen Gesetz orientiert und die jeweiligen Verhältnisse berücksichtigt. Das erfordert aber, daß weithin die erzieherischen und sozialen Bedingungen verbessert werden und vor allem daß eine religiöse Bildung oder wenigstens eine umfassende sittliche Unterweisung geboten wird. Über die wissenschaftlichen Fortschritte in der Erforschung von sicheren und moralisch einwandfreien Methoden, die den Eheleuten bei der Regelung der Kinderzahl helfen können, sollen die Menschen in kluger Weise unterrichtet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-88",
              "number": "88",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Auftrag der Christen zur Hilfeleistung"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-565",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zum Aufbau einer internationalen Ordnung, in der die rechtmäßigen Freiheiten aller wirklich geachtet werden und wahre Brüderlichkeit bei allen herrscht, sollen die Christen gern und von Herzen mitarbeiten, und das um so mehr, als der größere Teil der Welt noch unter solcher Not leidet, daß Christus selbst in den Armen mit lauter Stimme seine Jünger zur Liebe aufruft. Das Ärgernis soll vermieden werden, daß einige Nationen, deren Bürger in überwältigender Mehrheit den Ehrennamen \"Christen\" tragen, Güter in Fülle besitzen, während andere nicht genug zum Leben haben und von Hunger, Krankheit und Elend aller Art gepeinigt werden. Denn der Geist der Armut und Liebe ist Ruhm und Zeugnis der Kirche Christi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-566",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lob und Unterstützung verdienen jene Christen, vor allem jene jungen Menschen, die freiwillig anderen Menschen und Völkern ihre persönliche Hilfe zur Verfügung stellen. Es ist jedoch Sache des ganzen Volkes Gottes, wobei die Bischöfe mit Wort und Beispiel vorangehen müssen, die Nöte unserer Zeit nach Kräften zu lindern, und zwar nach alter Tradition der Kirche nicht nur aus dem Überfluß, sondern auch von der Substanz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-567",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Sammeln und Verteilen von Mitteln muß, zwar ohne starre und einförmige Organisation, jedoch ordnungsgemäß, in den Diözesen, den Ländern und in der ganzen Welt durchgeführt werden, und das in Zusammenarbeit der Katholiken mit den übrigen Christen, wo immer es angebracht erscheint. Denn der Geist der Liebe verbietet durchaus nicht die wohlüberlegte und organisierte Durchführung einer sozialen und caritativen Aktion, sondern fordert sie sogar. Darum ist es auch notwendig, daß diejenigen, die sich dem Dienst in Entwicklungsländern widmen wollen, in geeigneten Instituten ausgebildet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-89",
              "number": "89",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die wirksame Präsenz der Kirche in der internationalen Gemeinschaft"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-569",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kraft ihrer göttlichen Sendung verkündet die Kirche allen Menschen das Evangelium und spendet ihnen die Schätze der Gnade. Dadurch leistet sie überall einen wichtigen Beitrag zur Festigung des Friedens und zur Schaffung einer soliden Grundlage der brüderlichen Gemeinschaft unter den Menschen und Völkern, nämlich die Kenntnis des göttlichen und natürlichen Sittengesetzes. Darum muß die Kirche in der Völkergemeinschaft präsent sein, um die Zusammenarbeit unter den Menschen zu fördern und anzuregen. Das geschieht sowohl durch ihre öffentlichen Institutionen wie durch die umfassende und aufrichtige Zusammenarbeit aller Christen, deren einziger Beweggrund der Wunsch ist, allen zu dienen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-570",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das wird um so eher gelingen, wenn alle Gläubigen im Bewußtsein ihrer menschlichen und christlichen Verantwortung in ihrem eigenen Lebensbereich daran mitwirken, den Wunsch zu tatkräftiger Zusammenarbeit mit der internationalen Gemeinschaft zu wecken. Besondere Sorgfalt ist dabei auf die Bildung der Jugend zu verwenden, vor allem in der religiösen und staatsbürgerlichen Erziehung."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-90",
              "number": "90",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Aufgabe der Christen in den internationalen Institutionen"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-572",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eine hervorragende Form des internationalen Wirkens der Christen ist zweifellos die Mitarbeit, die sie einzeln und organisiert in den vorhandenen oder zu gründenden Institutionen zur Förderung der Zusammenarbeit unter den Nationen leisten. Darüber hinaus können die verschiedenen katholischen internationalen Organisationen auf vielfache Weise zum Aufbau einer friedlichen und brüderlichen Völkergemeinschaft beitragen. Sie verdienen gestärkt zu werden durch erhöhten Einsatz gut vorgebildeter Mitarbeiter, durch Vermehrung der notwendigen Hilfsmittel und durch geeignete Koordinierung der Kräfte. Denn in unserer Zeit sind sowohl zum Erfolg von Aktionen als auch zu dem notwendig gewordenen Dialog gemeinsame Bemühungen erforderlich. Solche Vereinigungen tragen außerdem nicht wenig dazu bei, den Sinn für die Weltprobleme zu entwickeln, was den Katholiken gemäß ist, und das Bewußtsein wahrhaft weltweiter Solidarität und Verantwortung zu wecken."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-573",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Schließlich ist zu wünschen, daß die Katholiken zur rechten Erfüllung ihrer Aufgabe in der internationalen Gemeinschaft eine tatkräftige und positive Zusammenarbeit anstreben mit den getrennten Brüdern, die sich gemeinsam mit ihnen zur Liebe des Evangeliums bekennen, und mit allen Menschen, die den wahren Frieden ersehnen. Aber angesichts der zahllosen Drangsale, unter denen der größere Teil der Menschheit auch heute noch leidet, hält es das Konzil für sehr zweckmäßig, ein Organ der Gesamtkirche zu schaffen, um die Gerechtigkeit und Liebe Christi den Armen in aller Welt zuteil werden zu lassen. Seine Aufgabe soll es sein, die Gemeinschaft der Katholiken immer wieder anzuregen, den Aufstieg der notleidenden Gebiete und die soziale Gerechtigkeit unter den Völkern zu fördern."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-91",
              "number": "91",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Auftrag der einzelnen Gläubigen und der Teilkirchen"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-575",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Was diese HeiIige Synode aus dem Schatz der kirchlichen Lehre vorlegt, will allen Menschen unserer Zeit helfen, ob sie an Gott glauben oder ihn nicht ausdrücklich anerkennen, klarer ihre Berufung unter jeder Hinsicht zu erkennen, die Welt mehr entsprechend der hohen Würde des Menschen zu gestalten, eine weltweite und tiefer begründete Brüderlichkeit zu erstreben und aus dem Antrieb der Liebe in hochherzigem, gemeinsamem Bemühen den dringenden Erfordernissen unserer Zeit gerecht zu werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-576",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit Rücksicht auf die unabsehbare Differenzierung der Verhältnisse und der Kulturen in der Welt hat diese konziliare Erklärung in vielen Teilen mit Bedacht einen ganz allgemeinen Charakter; ja, obwohl sie eine Lehre vorträgt, die in der Kirche schon anerkannt ist, wird sie noch zu vervollkommnen und zu ergänzen sein, da oft von Dingen die Rede ist, die einer ständigen Entwicklung unterworfen sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-577",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wir sind aber von der festen Zuversicht erfüllt, daß vieles von dem, was wir, gestützt auf Gottes Wort und den Geist des Evangeliums, vorgetragen haben, allen eine gute Hilfe sein kann, zumal wenn es von den Gläubigen unter Leitung ihrer Hirten an die Situation und Denkweisen der einzelnen Völker angepaßt sein wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-92",
              "number": "92",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Dialog mit allen Menschen"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-579",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche wird kraft ihrer Sendung, die ganze Welt mit der Botschaft des Evangeliums zu erleuchten und alle Menschen aller Nationen, Rassen und Kulturen in einem Geist zu vereinigen, zum Zeichen jener Brüderlichkeit, die einen aufrichtigen Dialog ermöglicht und gedeihen läßt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-580",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das aber verlangt von uns, daß wir vor allem in der Kirche selbst, bei Anerkennung aller rechtmäßigen Verschiedenheit, gegenseitige Hochachtung, Ehrfurcht und Eintracht pflegen, um ein immer fruchtbareres Gespräch zwischen allen in Gang zu bringen, die das eine Volk Gottes bilden, Geistliche und Laien. Stärker ist, was die Gläubigen eint als was sie trennt. Es gelte im Notwendigen Einheit, im Zweifel Freiheit, in allem die Liebe (1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-581",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im Geist umarmen wir auch die Brüder, die noch nicht in voller Einheit mit uns leben, und ihre Gemeinschaften, mit denen wir aber im Bekenntnis des Vaters und des Sohnes und des Heiligen Geistes und durch das Band der Liebe verbunden sind. Dabei sind wir uns bewußt, daß heute auch von vielen Nichtchristen die Einheit der Christen erwartet und gewünscht wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-582",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Je mehr diese Einheit unter dem mächtigen Antrieb des Heiligen Geistes in Wahrheit und Liebe wächst, um so mehr wird sie für die ganze Welt eine Verheißung der Einheit und des Friedens sein. Darum müssen wir mit vereinten Kräften und in Formen, die zur wirksamen Erreichung dieses großen Zieles immer besser geeignet sind, in immer größerer Übereinstimmung mit dem Evangelium brüderlich zusammenarbeiten, um der Menschheitsfamilie zu dienen, die in Christus Jesus zur Familie der Gotteskinder berufen ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-583",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wir wenden uns dann auch allen zu, die Gott anerkennen und in ihren Traditionen wertvolle Elemente der Religion und Humanität bewahren, und wünschen, daß ein offener Dialog uns alle dazu bringt, die Anregungen des Geistes treulich aufzunehmen und mit Eifer zu erfüllen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-584",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Wunsch nach einem solchen Dialog, geführt einzig aus Liebe zur Wahrheit und unter Wahrung angemessener Diskretion, schließt unsererseits niemanden aus, weder jene, die hohe Güter der Humanität pflegen, deren Urheber aber noch nicht anerkennen, noch jene, die Gegner der Kirche sind und sie auf verschiedene Weise verfolgen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-585",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da Gott der Vater Ursprung und Ziel aller ist, sind wir alle dazu berufen, Brüder zu sein. Und darum können und müssen wir aus derselben menschlichen und göttlichen Berufung ohne Gewalt und ohne Hintergedanken zum Aufbau einer wahrhaft friedlichen Welt zusammenarbeiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-93",
              "number": "93",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Aufbau und die Vollendung der Welt"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-587",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Christen können, eingedenk des Wortes des Herrn: \"Daran werden alle erkennen, daß ihr meine Jünger seid, wenn ihr einander liebt\" (Joh 13,35), nichts sehnlicher wünschen, als den Menschen unserer Zeit immer großherziger und wirksamer zu dienen. Dem Evangelium gewissenhaft folgend und aus seinen Kräften lebend, verbunden mit allen, die die Gerechtigkeit lieben und pflegen, haben sie das große Werk, das sie hier auf Erden zu erfüllen haben, begonnen, über das sie ihm, der am Jüngsten Tag alle richten wird, Rechenschaft geben müssen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-588",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nicht alle, die sagen \"Herr, Herr\", werden ins Himmelreich eingehen, sondern die den Willen des Vaters tun (2) und tatkräftig ans Werk gehen. Der Vater will, daß wir in allen Menschen Christus als Bruder sehen und lieben in Wort und Tat und so der Wahrheit Zeugnis geben und anderen das Geheimnis der Liebe des himmlischen Vaters mitteilen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-589",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auf diese Weise wird in den Menschen überall in der Welt eine lebendige Hoffnung erweckt, die eine Gabe des Heiligen Geistes ist, daß sie am Ende in Frieden und vollkommenem Glück aufgenommen werden in das Vaterland, das von der Herrlichkeit des Herrn erfüllt ist. \"Dem aber, der Macht hat, gemäß der in uns wirkenden Kraft weitaus mehr zu tun als alles, was wir erbitten oder ersinnen, ihm sei Ehre in der Kirche und in Christus Jesus durch alle Geschlechter von Ewigkeit zu Ewigkeit. Amen\" (Eph 3,20-21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-590",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anmerkungen:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-591",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Die Pastoralkonstitution über die Kirche in der Welt von heute besteht zwar aus zwei Teilen, bildet jedoch ein Ganzes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-592",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sie wird \"pastoral\" genannt, weil sie, gestützt auf Prinzipien der Lehre, das Verhältnis der Kirche zur Welt und zu den Menschen von heute darzustellen beabsichtigt. So fehlt weder im ersten Teil die pastorale Zielsetzung noch im zweiten Teil die lehrhafte Zielsetzung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-593",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im ersten Teil entwickelt die Kirche ihre Lehre vom Menschen, von der Welt, in die der Mensch eingefügt ist, und von ihrem Verhältnis zu beiden. Im zweiten Teil betrachtet sie näher die verschiedenen Aspekte des heutigen Lebens und der menschlichen Gesellschaft, vor allem Fragen und Probleme, die dabei für unsere Gegenwart besonders dringlich erscheinen. Daher kommt es, daß in diesem zweiten Teil die Thematik zwar den Prinzipien der Lehre unterstellt bleibt, aber nicht nur unwandelbare, sondern auch geschichtlich bedingte Elemente enthält."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-594",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Konstitution ist also nach den allgemeinen theologischen Interpretationsregeln zu deuten, und zwar, besonders im zweiten Teil, unter Berücksichtigung des Wechsels der Umstände, der mit den Gegenständen dieser Thematik verbunden ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-595",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Anmerkung des Übersetzers. Die Titel der einzelnen Nummern gehören bei dieser Konstitution aufgrund einer eigenen Abstimmung zum verkündeten Konzilstext selbst.)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-596",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vorwort/Einführung:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-597",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. Joh 18,37."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-598",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. Joh 3,17; Mt 20,28; Mk 10,45."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-599",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Vgl. Röm 7,14ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-600",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Vgl. 2 Kor 5,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-601",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Vgl. Apg 4,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-602",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Vgl. Hebr 13,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-603",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Vgl. Kol 1,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-604",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Hauptteil: Kapitel 1:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-605",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. Gen 1,26: Weish 2,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-606",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. Sir 17,3-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-607",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Vgl. Röm 1,21-25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-608",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Vgl. Joh 8,34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-609",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Vgl. Dan 3,57-90."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-610",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Vgl. 1 Kor 6,13-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-611",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Vgl. 1 Kg 16,7; Jer 17,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-612",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Vgl. Sir 17,7-8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-613",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Vgl. Röm 2,14-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-614",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Vgl. Pius XII., Radiobotschaft über die rechte Ausbildung des christlichen Gewissens in den Jugendlichen, 23. März 1952: AAS 44 (1952) 271."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-615",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Vgl. Mt 22,37-40; Gal 5,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-616",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Vgl. Sir 15,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-617",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Vgl. 2 Kor 5,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-618",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Vgl. Weish 1,13; 2,23-24; Röm 5,21; 6,23; Jak 1,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-619",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Vgl. 1 Kor 15,56-57."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-620",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Divini Redemptoris, 19. März 1937: AAS 29 (1937) 65-106; Pius XIl., Enz. Ad Apostolorum Principis, 29. Juni 1958: AAS 50 (1958) 601-614; Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra, 15. Mai 1961: AAS 53 (1961) 451-453; Paul VI., Enz. Ecclesiam suam, 6. Aug. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 651-653."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-621",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, I. Kap., Nr. 8: AAS 57 (1965) 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-622",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Vgl. Phil 1,27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-623",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Augustinus, Bekenntnisse I,1: PL 32, 661."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-624",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Vgl. Röm 5,14. Vgl, Tertullian, De carnis resurr. 6: \"Was im Lehm geformt wurde, war auf Christus hin gedacht, den künftigen Menschen\": PL 2, 802 (848); CSEL 47, S. 33, Z. 12-13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-625",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Vgl. 2 Kor 4,4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-626",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Vgl. II. Konzil von Konstantinopel, Can. 7: \"Weder wurde das Wort (Gottes) in die Natur des Fleisches verwandelt, noch ging das Fleisch in die Natur des Wortes über\": Denz. 219 (428). - Vgl. auch III. Konzil von Konstantinopel: \"Wie nämlich sein heiligstes und unbeflecktes beseeltes Fleisch durch die Vergöttlichung nicht verschlungen, sondern in dem ihm eigenen Zustand und Wesen blieb\": Denz. 291 (556). Vgl. Konzil von Chalcedon: \"in beiden Naturen unvermischt, unverwandelt, ungetrennt, ungesondert\": Denz. 148 (302)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-627",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Vgl. III. Konzil von Konstantinopel: \"So ist auch sein menschlicher Wille durch die Vergöttlichung nicht zerstört worden\": Denz. 291 (556)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-628",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Vgl. Hebr 4,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-629",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Vgl. 2 Kor 5,18-19; Kol 1,20-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-630",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Vgl. 1 Petr 2,21; Mt 16,24; Lk 14,27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-631",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Vgl. Röm 8,29; Kol 3,10-14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-632",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Vgl. Röm 8,1-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-633",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Vgl. 2 Kor 4,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-634",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Vgl. Phil 3,10; Röm 8,17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-635",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, II. Kap., Nr. 16: AAS 57 (1965) 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-636",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) Vgl. Röm 8,32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-637",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) Vgl. die byzantinische Osterliturgie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-638",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Vgl. Röm 8,15; Gal 4,6; Joh 1,12 u. 1 Joh 3,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-639",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 2:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-640",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra, 15. Mai 1961: AAS 53 (1961) 401-404; ders., Enz. Pacem in terris, 11. Apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 257-304; Paul VI., Enz. Ecclesiam suam, 6. Aug. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 609-659."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-641",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. Lk 17,33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-642",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Vgl. Thomas v. Aquin, L. 1 zum I. Buch der Ethik."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-643",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961) 418; Pius XI., Enz. Quadragesimo anno, 15. Mai 1931: AAS 23 (1931) 222ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-644",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961) 417."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-645",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Vgl. Mk 2,27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-646",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Vgl. Johannes XXlII., Enz. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963) 266."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-647",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Vgl. Jak 2,15-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-648",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Vgl. Lk 16,19-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-649",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963) 299-300."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-650",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Vgl. Lk 6,37-38; Mt 7,1-2; Röm 2,1-11; 14,10-12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-651",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Vgl. Mt 5,45-47."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-652",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Kap. II, Nr. 9: AAS 57 (1965) 12-13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-653",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Vgl. Ex 24,1-8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-654",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 3:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-655",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. Gen 1,26-27; 9,3; Weish 9,3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-656",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. Ps 8,7.10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-657",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963) 297."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-658",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Vgl. Botschaft der Konzilsväter an alle Menschen zu Beginn des II. Vat. Konzils, 20. Okt. 1962: AAS 54 (1962) 822-823."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-659",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Vgl. Paul VI., Ansprache an das Diplomatische Korps, 7. Jan. 1965: AAS 57 (1965) 232."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-660",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Vgl. I. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über den katholischen Glauben Dei Filius, Kap. III: Denz. 1785-1786 (3004-3005)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-661",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Vgl. Pio Paschini, Vita e opere di Galileo Galilei, 2 Bde. (Päpstl. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Vatikanstadt 1964)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-662",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Vgl. Mt 24,13; 13,24-30.36-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-663",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Vgl. 2 Kor 6,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-664",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Vgl. Joh 1,3.14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-665",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Vgl. Eph 1,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-666",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Vgl. Joh 3,14-16; Röm 5,8-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-667",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Vgl. Apg 2,36; Mt 28,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-668",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Vgl. Röm 15,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-669",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Vgl. Apg 1,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-670",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Vgl. 1 Kor 7,31; Irenäus, Adv. Hær. V, 36: PG 7, 1222."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-671",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Vgl. 2 Kor 5,2; 2 Petr 3,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-672",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Vgl. 1 Kor 2,9; Offb 21,4-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-673",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Vgl. 1 Kor 15,42.53."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-674",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Vgl. 1 Kor 13,8; 3,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-675",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Vgl. Röm 8,19-21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-676",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Vgl. Lk 9,25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-677",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931) 207."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-678",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Missale Romanum, Präfation vom Christkönigsfest."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-679",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 4:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-680",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. Paul VI., Enz. Ecclesiam suam, III: AAS 56 (1964) 637-659."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-681",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. Tit 3,4: 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-682",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Vgl. Eph 1,3.5.6.13-14.23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-683",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Kap. I, Nr. 8: AAS 57 (1965) 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-684",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Ebd. Kap. II, Nr. 9: AAS 57 (1965) 14; vgl. Nr. 8: a. a. O. 11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-685",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Ebd. Kap. I, Nr. 8: AAS 57 (1965) 11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-686",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Ebd. Kap. IV, Nr. 38: AAS 57 (1965) 43, mit Anm. 120."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-687",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Vgl. Röm 8,14-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-688",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Vgl. Mt 22,39."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-689",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Kap. II, Nr. 9: AAS 57 (1965) 12-14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-690",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Vgl. Pius XII., Ansprache an Historiker und Archäologen, 9. März 1956: AAS 48 (1956) 212: \"Ihr göttlicher Stifter Jesus Christus gab ihr weder einen Auftrag noch eine Zielsetzung auf der Ebene der Kultur. Das Ziel, das Christus ihr anweist, ist streng religiös (...). Die Kirche muß die Menschen zu Gott führen, damit sie sich ihm vorbehaltlos hingeben (...). Die Kirche kann dieses streng religiöse und übernatürliche Ziel nie aus dem Auge verlieren. Der Sinn all ihrer Tätigkeiten, bis zum letzten Artikel ihres Rechtsbuches, kann nur der sein, direkt oder indirekt zu diesem Ziel beizutragen.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-691",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Kap. I, Nr. 1: AAS 57 (1965) 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-692",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Vgl. Hebr 13,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-693",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Vgl. 2 Thess 3,6-13; Eph 4,28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-694",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Vgl. Jes 58,1-12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-695",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Vgl. Mt 23,3-33; Mk 7,10-13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-696",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra, IV: AAS 53 (1961) 456-457, I: a. a. O. 407.410-411."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-697",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Kap. III., Nr. 28: AAS 57 (1965) 34-35."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-698",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Ebd. Nr. 28: AAS 57 (1965) 35-36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-699",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Vgl. Ambrosius, De Virginitate, Kap. VIII., Nr. 48: PL 16, 278."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-700",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Kap. II, Nr. 15: AAS 57 (1965) 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-701",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Kap. II, Nr. 13: AAS 57 (1965) 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-702",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Vgl. Justin, Dialogus cum Tryphone, Kap. 110: PG 6, 729: ed. Otto (1897) 391-393: \" ... je mehr aber solches uns zugefügt wird, um so mehr entstehen andere Gläubige und Fromme durch den Namen Jesu.\" Vgl. Tertullian, Apologeticus, Kap. 50, 13: PL 1, 534; CChr ser. lat. I, 171: \"Auch werden wir mehr, sooft wir von euch niedergemäht werden: der Samen ist das Blut der Christen!\" Vgl. Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Kap. II, Nr. 9: AAS 57 (1965) 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-703",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Kap. VII., Nr. 48: AAS 57 (1965) 53."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-704",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Vgl. Paul VI., Ansprache, 3. Febr. 1965: L,Osservatore Romano, 4. Febr. 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-705",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Hauptteil: Kapitel 1:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-706",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. Augustinus, De bono coniugali: PL 40, 375-376 u. 394; Thomas v. Aquin, Summa Theol., Suppl. q. 49, a. 3, ad 1; Decretum pro Armenis: Denz. 702 (1327); Pius XI., Enz. Casti connubii: AAS 22 (1930) 543-555; Denz. 2227-2238 (3703-3714)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-707",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Casti connubii: AAS 22 (1930) 546-547; Denz. 2231 (3706)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-708",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Vgl. Hos 2; Jer 3,6-13; Ez 16 u. 23; Jes 54."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-709",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Vgl. Mt 9,15; Mk 2,19-20; Lk 5,34-35; Joh 3,29; 2 Kor 11,2; Eph 5,27; Offb 19,7-8; 21,2.9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-710",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Vgl. Eph 5,25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-711",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium: AAS 57 (1965) 15-16.40-41.47."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-712",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Casti connubii: AAS 22 (1930) 583."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-713",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Vgl. 1 Tim 5,3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-714",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Vgl. Eph 5,32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-715",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Vgl. Gen 2,22-24; Spr 5,18-20; 31,10-31; Tob 8,4-8; Hld 1,1-3; 2,16; 4,16 - 5,1; 7,8-14; 1 Kor 7,3-6; Eph 5,25-33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-716",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Casti connubii: AAS 22 (1930) 547-548; Denz. 2232 (3707)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-717",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Vgl. 1 Kor 7,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-718",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Vgl. Pius XII., Ansprache \"Tra le visite\", 20. Jan. 1958: AAS 50 (1958) 91."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-719",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Casti connubii: AAS 22 (1930) 559-561; Denz.-Schönm. 3716-3718; Pius XII., Ansprache an die Hebammen, 29. Okt. 1951: AAS 43 (1951) 835-854; Paul VI., Ansprache an die Kardinäle, 23. Juni 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 581-589. Bestimmte Fragen, die noch anderer sorgfältiger Untersuchungen bedürfen, sind auf Anordnung des Heiligen Vaters der Kommission für das Studium des Bevölkerungswachstums, der Familie und der Geburtenhäufigkeit übergeben worden, damit, nachdem diese Kommission ihre Aufgabe erfüllt hat, der Papst eine Entscheidung treffe. Bei diesem Stand der Doktrin des Lehramtes beabsichtigt das Konzil nicht, konkrete Lösungen unmittelbar vorzulegen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-720",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Vgl. Eph 5,16; Kol 4,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-721",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Vgl. Sacramentarium Gregorianum: PL 78, 262."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-722",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Vgl. Röm 5,15.18; 6,5-11; Gal 2,20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-723",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Vgl. Eph 5,25-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-725",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. die Einführung dieser Konstitution, Nr. 4-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-726",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. Kol 3,1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-727",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Vgl. Gen 1,28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-728",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Vgl. Spr 8,30-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-729",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Vgl. Irenäus, Adv. Hær. III., 11,8: ed. Sagnard, S. 200: vgl. ebd. 16, 6, S. 290 bis 292; 21, 10-22, S. 370-372; 22, 3, S. 378 u. ö."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-730",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Vgl. Eph 1,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-731",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Vgl. die Worte Pius' XI. an M.-D. Roland-Gosselin: \"Nie darf man aus dem Blick verlieren, daß es das Ziel der Kirche ist, zu evangelisieren, und nicht, Kultur zu treiben. Wenn sie Kultur betreibt, dann durch Evangelisation\" (Semaine sociale de Versailles, 1936, 461-462)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-732",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) I. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über den kath. Glauben Dei Filius, Kap. IV: D 1795.1799 (3015.3019): Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931) 190."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-733",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963) 260."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-734",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Johannes XXlII., Enz. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963) 283; Pius XII., Radiobotschaft, 24. Dez. 1941: AAS 34 (1942) 16-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-735",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963) 260."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-736",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Rede zur Konzilseröffnung, 11. Okt. 1962: AAS 54 (1962) 792."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-737",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Konstitution über die heilige Liturgie Sacrosanctum Concilium, Nr. 123: AAS 56 (1964) 131; Paul VI., Ansprache an die römischen Künstler (\"Messa degli Artisti\"), 7. Mai 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 439-442."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-738",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die Ausbildung der Priester Optatam totius und Erklärung über die christliche Erziehung Gravissimum educationis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-739",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Kap. IV, Nr. 37: AAS 57 (1965) 42-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-741",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. Pius XII., Botschaft, 23. März 1952: AAS 44 (1952) 273; Johannes XXIII., Ansprache an die ACLI., 1. Mai 1959: AAS 51 (1959) 358."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-742",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931) 190ff.; Pius XII., Botschaft, 23. März 1952: AAS 44 (1952) 276ff.; Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961) 450; II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die sozialen Kommunikationsmittel Inter mirifica, Kap. I, Nr. 6: AAS 56 (1964) 147."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-743",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Vgl. Mt 16,26; Lk 16,1-31; Kol 3,17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-744",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Vgl. Leo XIII., Enz. Libertas præstantissimum, 20. Juni 1888: ASS 20 (1887-88) 597ff.; Pius XI., Enz. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931) 191ff.; ders., Divini Redemptoris: AAS 29 (1937) 65ff.; Pius XII., Weihnachtsbotschaft 1941: AAS 34 (1942) 10ff.; Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961) 401-464."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-745",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Zum Problem der Landwirtschaft vgl. vor allem Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961) 431ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-746",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Vgl. Leo XIII., Enz. Rerum novarum: ASS 23 (1890-91) 649-662: Pius XI., Enz. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931) 200-201; ders., Enz. Divini Redemptoris: AAS 29 (1937) 92; Pius XII., Radiobotschaft am Vorabend des Weihnachtsfestes 1942: AAS 35 (1943) 20; ders., Ansprache, 13. Juni 1943: AAS 35 (1943) 172; ders., Radiobotschaft an die Arbeiter Spaniens, 11. März 1951: AAS 43 (1951) 215; Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961) 419."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-747",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra: AAS (1961) 408.424.427; der Begriff \"curatio\" (Mitgestaltung) wurde dem lateinischen Text der Enz. Quadragesimo anno entnommen: AAS 23 (1931) 199. Für die Entwicklung dieses Problemkreises vgl. auch Pius XII., Ansprache, 3. Juni 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 485-488; Paul VI., Ansprache, 8. Juni 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 574-579."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-748",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Sertum Lætitiæ: AAS 31 (1939) 642; Johannes XXIII., Konsistorialrede: AAS 52 (1960) 5-11; ders., Enz. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961) 411."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-749",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Vgl. Thomas, Summa Theol. II-II., q. 32, a. 5, ad 2; q. 66, a. 2; vgl. die Erklärung dazu bei Leo XIII., Enz. Rerum novarum: ASS 23 (1890-91) 651; vgl. auch Pius XII., Ansprache, 1. Juni 1941: AAS 35 (1941) 199; ders., Radiobotschaft zum Weihnachtsfest 1954: AAS 47 (1955) 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-750",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Vgl. Basilius, Homilie zu Lukas Destruam horrea mea, Nr. 2: PG 31, 263; Lactantius, Divinarum Institutionum, 5. Buch: Über die Gerechtigkeit: PL 6, 565 B; Augustinus, In Ioannis Evang. tr. 50, N. 6: PL 35, 1760; ders., Enarratio in Ps 147,12: PL 37,1922; Gregor d. Gr., Homilien zu den Evangelien, hom. 20, 12: PL 76, 1165; ders., Regulæ Pastoralis liber, Pars III., c. 21: PL 77, 87; Bonaventura, In III Sent., d. 33, dub. 1: ed. Quaracchi III., 728; ders., In IV Sent., d. 15, p. 2, a. 2, q. 4: ed. cit. IV, 371b; q. de superfluo: ms. Assisi, Bibl. Commun. 186, fol. 112a-113a; Albertus Magnus, In III Sent., d. 33, a. 3, sol. 1: ed. Borgnet XXVIII., 611; ders., In IV Sent., d. 15, a. 16: ed. cit. XXlX, 494-497.Was die Bestimmung des \"superfluum\" für unsere Zeit angeht, vgl. Johannes XXIII., Radio- und Fernsehbotschaft, 11. Sept. 1962: AAS 54 (1962) 682: \"Pflicht eines jeden Menschen, drängende Pflicht des Christen ist es, den Überfluß am Maßstab der Not anderer zu betrachten und gut darüber zu wachen, daß die Verwaltung und Verteilung der geschaffenen Güter zum Vorteil aller erfolgt.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-751",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Für diesen Fall gilt das alte Prinzip: \"In äußerster Notlage ist alles gemeinsam, d. h. mitzuteilen.\" Andererseits vgl. für die Begründung, das Ausmaß und die Art und Weise, wie das Prinzip im vorliegenden Text angewendet wird, neben bewährten modernen Autoren schon Thomas, Summa Theol. II-II., q. 66, a. 7. Natürlich sind für die richtige Anwendung dieses Prinzips alle erforderlichen sittlichen Voraussetzungen zu erfüllen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-752",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Vgl. Gratiani Decretum, C. 21, dist. 86: ed. Friedberg I, 302. Dieser Satz findet sich schon in PL 54, 591 A und PL 56, 1132 B. Vgl. Antonianum 27 (1952) 349-366."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-753",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Vgl. Leo XIII., Enz. Rerum novarum: ASS 23 (1890-91) 643-646; Pius XI., Enz. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931) 191; Pius XII., Radiobotschaft, 1. Juni 1941: AAS 33 (1941) 199; ders., Radiobotschaft am Vorabend des Weihnachtsfestes 1942: AAS 35 (1943) 17: ders., Radiobotschaft. 1. Sept. 1944: A AS 36 (1944) 253: Johannes XXlII., Enz. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961) 428-429."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-754",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931) 214;Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961) 429."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-755",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Vgl. Pius XII., Radiobotschaft zum Pfingstfest 1941: AAS 33 (1941) 199; Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961) 430."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-756",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Zum rechten Gebrauch der Güter nach der Lehre des Neuen Testaments vgl. Lk 3,11; 10,30ff.; 11,41; 1 Petr 5,3; Mk 8,36; 12,29-31; Jak 5,1-6; 1 Tim 6,8; Eph 4,28; 2 Kor 8,13ff.; 1 Joh 3,17-18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-758",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961) 417."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-759",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. ders., ebd."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-760",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Vgl. Röm 13,1-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-761",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Vgl. Röm 13,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-762",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Vgl. Pius XII., Radiobotschaft, 24. Dez. 1942: AAS 35 (1943) 9-24; ders., Radiobotschaft, 24. Dez. 1944: AAS 37 (1945) 11-17; Johannes XXIII., Enz. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963) 263.272.277f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-763",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Vgl. Pius XII., Radiobotschaft, 1. Juni 1941: AAS 33 (1941) 200; Johannes XXIII., Enz. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963) 273f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-764",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961) 415-418."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-765",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Pius XI., Ansprache an die Leiter der \"Federazione Universitaria Cattolica\": Discorsi di Pio XI., Bd. I: ed. Bertetto (Turin 1960) 743."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-766",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 13: AAS 57 (1965) 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-767",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Vgl. Lk 2,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-768",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 5:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-769",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. Eph 2,16; Kol 1,20-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-770",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Pacem in terris, 11. April 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 291: \"Darum ist es in unserer Zeit, die sich des Besitzes der Atomkraft rühmt, sinnlos, den Krieg als geeignetes Mittel zur Wiederherstellung verletzter Rechte zu betrachten.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-771",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Vgl. Pius XII., Ansprache, 30. Sept. 1954: AAS 46 (1954) 589; ders., Radiobotschaft, 24. Dez. 1954: AAS 47 (1955) 15ff.; Johannes XXIII., Enz. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963) 286-291; Paul VI., Ansprache an die Vereinten Nationen, 4. Okt. 1965: AAS 57 (1965) 877-885."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-772",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Pacem in terris, wo von der Abrüstung die Rede ist: AAS 55 (1963) 287."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-773",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Vgl. 2 Kor 2,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-774",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 6:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-775",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Ad Petri Cathedram, 29. Juni 1959: AAS 51 (1959) 513."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-776",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. Mt 7,21."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19651207_gaudium-et-spes_en.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-44-vat-ii_const_19651207_gaudium-et-spes_en.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PASTORAL CONSTITUTION ON THE CHURCH IN THE MODERN WORLD GAUDIUM ET SPES PROMULGATED BY HIS HOLINESS, POPE PAUL VI ON DECEMBER 7, 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PREFACE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The joys and the hopes, the griefs and the anxieties of the men of this age, especially those who are poor or in any way afflicted, these are the joys and hopes, the griefs and anxieties of the followers of Christ. Indeed, nothing genuinely human fails to raise an echo in their hearts. For theirs is a community composed of men. United in Christ, they are led by the Holy Spirit in their journey to the Kingdom of their Father and they have welcomed the news of salvation which is meant for every man. That is why this community realizes that it is truly linked with mankind and its history by the deepest of bonds."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hence this Second Vatican Council, having probed more profoundly into the mystery of the Church, now addresses itself without hesitation, not only to the sons of the Church and to all who invoke the name of Christ, but to the whole of humanity. For the council yearns to explain to everyone how it conceives of the presence and activity of the Church in the world of today."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, the council focuses its attention on the world of men, the whole human family along with the sum of those realities in the midst of which it lives; that world which is the theater of man's history, and the heir of his energies, his tragedies and his triumphs; that world which the Christian sees as created and sustained by its Maker's love, fallen indeed into the bondage of sin, yet emancipated now by Christ, Who was crucified and rose again to break the strangle hold of personified evil, so that the world might be fashioned anew according to God's design and reach its fulfillment."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Though mankind is stricken with wonder at its own discoveries and its power, it often raises anxious questions about the current trend of the world, about the place and role of man in the universe, about the meaning of its individual and collective strivings, and about the ultimate destiny of reality and of humanity. Hence, giving witness and voice to the faith of the whole people of God gathered together by Christ, this council can provide no more eloquent proof of its solidarity with, as well as its respect and love for the entire human family with which it is bound up, than by engaging with it in conversation about these various problems. The council brings to mankind light kindled from the Gospel, and puts at its disposal those saving resources which the Church herself, under the guidance of the Holy Spirit, receives from her Founder. For the human person deserves to be preserved; human society deserves to be renewed. Hence the focal point of our total presentation will be man himself, whole and entire, body and soul, heart and conscience, mind and will."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, this sacred synod, proclaiming the noble destiny of man and championing the Godlike seed which has been sown in him, offers to mankind the honest assistance of the Church in fostering that brotherhood of all men which corresponds to this destiny of theirs. Inspired by no earthly ambition, the Church seeks but a solitary goal: to carry forward the work of Christ under the lead of the befriending Spirit. And Christ entered this world to give witness to the truth, to rescue and not to sit in judgment, to serve and not to be served.(2)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To carry out such a task, the Church has always had the duty of scrutinizing the signs of the times and of interpreting them in the light of the Gospel. Thus, in language intelligible to each generation, she can respond to the perennial questions which men ask about this present life and the life to come, and about the relationship of the one to the other. We must therefore recognize and understand the world in which we live, its explanations, its longings, and its often dramatic characteristics. Some of the main features of the modern world can be sketched as follows."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Today, the human race is involved in a new stage of history. Profound and rapid changes are spreading by degrees around the whole world. Triggered by the intelligence and creative energies of man, these changes recoil upon him, upon his decisions and desires, both individual and collective, and upon his manner of thinking and acting with respect to things and to people. Hence we can already speak of a true cultural and social transformation, one which has repercussions on man's religious life as well."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As happens in any crisis of growth, this transformation has brought serious difficulties in its wake. Thus while man extends his power in every direction, he does not always succeed in subjecting it to his own welfare. Striving to probe more profoundly into the deeper recesses of his own mind, he frequently appears more unsure of himself. Gradually and more precisely he lays bare the laws of society, only to be paralyzed by uncertainty about the direction to give it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Never has the human race enjoyed such an abundance of wealth, resources and economic power, and yet a huge proportion of the worlds citizens are still tormented by hunger and poverty, while countless numbers suffer from total illiteracy. Never before has man had so keen an understanding of freedom, yet at the same time new forms of social and psychological slavery make their appearance. Although the world of today has a very vivid awareness of its unity and of how one man depends on another in needful solidarity, it is most grievously torn into opposing camps by conflicting forces. For political, social, economic, racial and ideological disputes still continue bitterly, and with them the peril of a war which would reduce everything to ashes. True, there is a growing exchange of ideas, but the very words by which key concepts are expressed take on quite different meanings in diverse ideological systems. Finally, man painstakingly searches for a better world, without a corresponding spiritual advancement."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Influenced by such a variety of complexities, many of our contemporaries are kept from accurately identifying permanent values and adjusting them properly to fresh discoveries. As a result, buffeted between hope and anxiety and pressing one another with questions about the present course of events, they are burdened down with uneasiness. This same course of events leads men to look for answers; indeed, it forces them to do so."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Today's spiritual agitation and the changing conditions of life are part of a broader and deeper revolution. As a result of the latter, intellectual formation is ever increasingly based on the mathematical and natural sciences and on those dealing with man himself, while in the practical order the technology which stems from these sciences takes on mounting importance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This scientific spirit has a new kind of impact on the cultural sphere and on modes of thought. Technology is now transforming the face of the earth, and is already trying to master outer space. To a certain extent, the human intellect is also broadening its dominion over time: over the past by means of historical knowledge; over the future, by the art of projecting and by planning."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Advances in biology, psychology, and the social sciences not only bring men hope of improved self-knowledge; in conjunction with technical methods, they are helping men exert direct influence on the life of social groups."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At the same time, the human race is giving steadily-increasing thought to forecasting and regulating its own population growth. History itself speeds along on so rapid a course that an individual person can scarcely keep abreast of it. The destiny of the human community has become all of a piece, where once the various groups of men had a kind of private history of their own."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus, the human race has passed from a rather static concept of reality to a more dynamic, evolutionary one. In consequence there has arisen a new series of problems, a series as numerous as can be, calling for efforts of analysis and synthesis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By this very circumstance, the traditional local communities such as families, clans, tribes, villages, various groups and associations stemming from social contacts, experience more thorough changes every day."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The industrial type of society is gradually being spread, leading some nations to economic affluence, and radically transforming ideas and social conditions established for centuries."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Likewise, the cult and pursuit of city living has grown, either because of a multiplication of cities and their inhabitants, or by a transplantation of city life to rural settings."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "New and more efficient media of social communication are contributing to the knowledge of events; by setting off chain reactions they are giving the swiftest and widest possible circulation to styles of thought and feeling."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is also noteworthy how many men are being induced to migrate on various counts, and are thereby changing their manner of life. Thus a man's ties with his fellows are constantly being multiplied, and at the same time \"socialization\" brings further ties, without however always promoting appropriate personal development and truly personal relationships."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This kind of evolution can be seen more clearly in those nations which already enjoy the conveniences of economic and technological progress, though it is also astir among peoples still striving for such progress and eager to secure for themselves the advantages of an industrialized and urbanized society. These peoples, especially those among them who are attached to older traditions, are simultaneously undergoing a movement toward more mature and personal exercise of liberty."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A change in attitudes and in human structures frequently calls accepted values into question, especially among young people, who have grown impatient on more than one occasion, and indeed become rebels in their distress. Aware of their own influence in the life of society, they want a part in it sooner. This frequently causes parents and educators to experience greater difficulties day by day in discharging their tasks. The institutions, laws and modes of thinking and feeling as handed down from previous generations do not always seem to be well adapted to the contemporary state of affairs; hence arises an upheaval in the manner and even the norms of behavior."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, these new conditions have their impact on religion. On the one hand a more critical ability to distinguish religion from a magical view of the world and from the superstitions which still circulate purifies it and exacts day by day a more personal and explicit adherence to faith. As a result many persons are achieving a more vivid sense of God. On the other hand, growing numbers of people are abandoning religion in practice. Unlike former days, the denial of God or of religion, or the abandonment of them, are no longer unusual and individual occurrences. For today it is not rare for such things to be presented as requirements of scientific progress or of a certain new humanism. In numerous places these views are voiced not only in the teachings of philosophers, but on every side they influence literature, the arts, the interpretation of the humanities and of history and civil laws themselves. As a consequence, many people are shaken."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This development coming so rapidly and often in a disorderly fashion, combined with keener awareness itself of the inequalities in the world beget or intensify contradictions and imbalances."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Within the individual person there develops rather frequently an imbalance between an intellect which is modern in practical matters and a theoretical system of thought which can neither master the sum total of its ideas, nor arrange them adequately into a synthesis. Likewise an imbalance arises between a concern for practicality and efficiency, and the demands of moral conscience; also very often between the conditions of collective existence and the requisites of personal thought, and even of contemplation. At length there develops an imbalance between specialized human activity and a comprehensive view of reality."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As for the family, discord results from population, economic and social pressures, or from difficulties which arise between succeeding generations, or from new social relationships between men and women."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Differences crop up too between races and between various kinds of social orders; between wealthy nations and those which are less influential or are needy; finally, between international institutions born of the popular desire for peace, and the ambition to propagate one's own ideology, as well as collective greeds existing in nations or other groups."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "What results is mutual distrust, enmities, conflicts and hardships. Of such is man at once the cause and the victim."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Meanwhile the conviction grows not only that humanity can and should increasingly consolidate its control over creation, but even more, that it devolves on humanity to establish a political, social and economic order which will growingly serve man and help individuals as well as groups to affirm and develop the dignity proper to them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As a result many persons are quite aggressively demanding those benefits of which with vivid awareness they judge themselves to be deprived either through injustice or unequal distribution. Nations on the road to progress, like those recently made independent, desire to participate in the goods of modern civilization, not only in the political field but also economically, and to play their part freely on the world scene. Still they continually fall behind while very often their economic and other dependence on wealthier nations advances more rapidly."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "People hounded by hunger call upon those better off. Where they have not yet won it, women claim for themselves an equity with men before the law and in fact. Laborers and farmers seek not only to provide for the necessities of life, but to develop the gifts of their personality by their labors and indeed to take part in regulating economic, social, political and cultural life. Now, for the first time in human history all people are convinced that the benefits of culture ought to be and actually can be extended to everyone."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Still, beneath all these demands lies a deeper and more widespread longing: persons and societies thirst for a full and free life worthy of man; one in which they can subject to their own welfare all that the modern world can offer them so abundantly. In addition, nations try harder every day to bring about a kind of universal community."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since all these things are so, the modern world shows itself at once powerful and weak, capable of the noblest deeds or the foulest; before it lies the path to freedom or to slavery, to progress or retreat, to brotherhood or hatred. Moreover, man is becoming aware that it is his responsibility to guide aright the forces which he has unleashed and which can enslave him or minister to him. That is why he is putting questions to himself."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The truth is that the imbalances under which the modern world labors are linked with that more basic imbalance which is rooted in the heart of man. For in man himself many elements wrestle with one another. Thus, on the one hand, as a creature he experiences his limitations in a multitude of ways; on the other he feels himself to be boundless in his desires and summoned to a higher life. Pulled by manifold attractions he is constantly forced to choose among them and renounce some. Indeed, as a weak and sinful being, he often does what he would not, and fails to do what he would.(1) Hence he suffers from internal divisions, and from these flow so many and such great discords in society. No doubt many whose lives are infected with a practical materialism are blinded against any sharp insight into this kind of dramatic situation; or else, weighed down by unhappiness they are prevented from giving the matter any thought. Thinking they have found serenity in an interpretation of reality everywhere proposed these days, many look forward to a genuine and total emancipation of humanity wrought solely by human effort; they are convinced that the future rule of man over the earth will satisfy every desire of his heart. Nor are there lacking men who despair of any meaning to life and praise the boldness of those who think that human existence is devoid of any inherent significance and strive to confer a total meaning on it by their own ingenuity alone."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nevertheless, in the face of the modern development of the world, the number constantly swells of the people who raise the most basic questions or recognize them with a new sharpness: what is man? What is this sense of sorrow, of evil, of death, which continues to exist despite so much progress? What purpose have these victories purchased at so high a cost? What can man offer to society, what can he expect from it? What follows this earthly life?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church firmly believes that Christ, who died and was raised up for all,(2) can through His Spirit offer man the light and the strength to measure up to his supreme destiny. Nor has any other name under the heaven been given to man by which it is fitting for him to be saved.(3) She likewise holds that in her most benign Lord and Master can be found the key, the focal point and the goal of man, as well as of all human history. The Church also maintains that beneath all changes there are many realities which do not change and which have their ultimate foundation in Christ, Who is the same yesterday and today, yes and forever.(4) Hence under the light of Christ, the image of the unseen God, the firstborn of every creature,(5) the council wishes to speak to all men in order to shed light on the mystery of man and to cooperate in finding the solution to the outstanding problems of our time."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PART I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE CHURCH AND MAN'S CALLING"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The People of God believes that it is led by the Lord's Spirit, Who fills the earth. Motivated by this faith, it labors to decipher authentic signs of God's presence and purpose in the happenings, needs and desires in which this People has a part along with other men of our age. For faith throws a new light on everything, manifests God's design for man's total vocation, and thus directs the mind to solutions which are fully human."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This council, first of all, wishes to assess in this light those values which are most highly prized today and to relate them to their divine source. Insofar as they stem from endowments conferred by God on man, these values are exceedingly good. Yet they are often wrenched from their rightful function by the taint in man's heart, and hence stand in need of purification."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "What does the Church think of man? What needs to be recommended for the upbuilding of contemporary society? What is the ultimate significance of human activity throughout the world? People are waiting for an answer to these questions. From the answers it will be increasingly clear that the People of God and the human race in whose midst it lives render service to each other. Thus the mission of the Church will show its religious, and by that very fact, its supremely human character."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE DIGNITY OF THE HUMAN PERSON"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "According to the almost unanimous opinion of believers and unbelievers alike, all things on earth should be related to man as their center and crown."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But what is man? About himself he has expressed, and continues to express, many divergent and even contradictory opinions. In these he often exalts himself as the absolute measure of all things or debases himself to the point of despair. The result is doubt and anxiety. The Church certainly understands these problems. Endowed with light from God, she can offer solutions to them, so that man's true situation can be portrayed and his defects explained, while at the same time his dignity and destiny are justly acknowledged."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For Sacred Scripture teaches that man was created \"to the image of God,\" is capable of knowing and loving his Creator, and was appointed by Him as master of all earthly creatures(1) that he might subdue them and use them to God's glory.(2) \"What is man that you should care for him? You have made him little less than the angels, and crowned him with glory and honor. You have given him rule over the works of your hands, putting all things under his feet\" (Ps. 8:5-7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But God did not create man as a solitary, for from the beginning \"male and female he created them\" (Gen. 1:27). Their companionship produces the primary form of interpersonal communion. For by his innermost nature man is a social being, and unless he relates himself to others he can neither live nor develop his potential."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, as we read elsewhere in Holy Scripture God saw \"all that he had made, and it was very good\" (Gen. 1:31)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although he was made by God in a state of holiness, from the very onset of his history man abused his liberty, at the urging of the Evil One. Man set himself against God and sought to attain his goal apart from God. Although they knew God, they did not glorify Him as God, but their senseless minds were darkened and they served the creature rather than the Creator.(3) What divine revelation makes known to us agrees with experience. Examining his heart, man finds that he has inclinations toward evil too, and is engulfed by manifold ills which cannot come from his good Creator. Often refusing to acknowledge God as his beginning, man has disrupted also his proper relationship to his own ultimate goal as well as his whole relationship toward himself and others and all created things."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore man is split within himself. As a result, all of human life, whether individual or collective, shows itself to be a dramatic struggle between good and evil, between light and darkness. Indeed, man finds that by himself he is incapable of battling the assaults of evil successfully, so that everyone feels as though he is bound by chains. But the Lord Himself came to free and strengthen man, renewing him inwardly and casting out that \"prince of this world\" (John 12:31) who held him in the bondage of sin.(4) For sin has diminished man, blocking his path to fulfillment."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The call to grandeur and the depths of misery, both of which are a part of human experience, find their ultimate and simultaneous explanation in the light of this revelation."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Though made of body and soul, man is one. Through his bodily composition he gathers to himself the elements of the material world; thus they reach their crown through him, and through him raise their voice in free praise of the Creator.(6) For this reason man is not allowed to despise his bodily life, rather he is obliged to regard his body as good and honorable since God has created it and will raise it up on the last day. Nevertheless, wounded by sin, man experiences rebellious stirrings in his body. But the very dignity of man postulates that man glorify God in his body and forbid it to serve the evil inclinations of his heart."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Now, man is not wrong when he regards himself as superior to bodily concerns, and as more than a speck of nature or a nameless constituent of the city of man. For by his interior qualities he outstrips the whole sum of mere things. He plunges into the depths of reality whenever he enters into his own heart; God, Who probes the heart,(7) awaits him there; there he discerns his proper destiny beneath the eyes of God. Thus, when he recognizes in himself a spiritual and immortal soul, he is not being mocked by a fantasy born only of physical or social influences, but is rather laying hold of the proper truth of the matter."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Man judges rightly that by his intellect he surpasses the material universe, for he shares in the light of the divine mind. By relentlessly employing his talents through the ages he has indeed made progress in the practical sciences and in technology and the liberal arts. In our times he has won superlative victories, especially in his probing of the material world and in subjecting it to himself. Still he has always searched for more penetrating truths, and finds them. For his intelligence is not confined to observable data alone, but can with genuine certitude attain to reality itself as knowable, though in consequence of sin that certitude is partly obscured and weakened."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The intellectual nature of the human person is perfected by wisdom and needs to be, for wisdom gently attracts the mind of man to a quest and a love for what is true and good. Steeped in wisdom. man passes through visible realities to those which are unseen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Our era needs such wisdom more than bygone ages if the discoveries made by man are to be further humanized. For the future of the world stands in peril unless wiser men are forthcoming. It should also be pointed out that many nations, poorer in economic goods, are quite rich in wisdom and can offer noteworthy advantages to others."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is, finally, through the gift of the Holy Spirit that man comes by faith to the contemplation and appreciation of the divine plan.(8)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the depths of his conscience, man detects a law which he does not impose upon himself, but which holds him to obedience. Always summoning him to love good and avoid evil, the voice of conscience when necessary speaks to his heart: do this, shun that. For man has in his heart a law written by God; to obey it is the very dignity of man; according to it he will be judged.(9) Conscience is the most secret core and sanctuary of a man. There he is alone with God, Whose voice echoes in his depths.(10) In a wonderful manner conscience reveals that law which is fulfilled by love of God and neighbor.(11) In fidelity to conscience, Christians are joined with the rest of men in the search for truth, and for the genuine solution to the numerous problems which arise in the life of individuals from social relationships. Hence the more right conscience holds sway, the more persons and groups turn aside from blind choice and strive to be guided by the objective norms of morality. Conscience frequently errs from invincible ignorance without losing its dignity. The same cannot be said for a man who cares but little for truth and goodness, or for a conscience which by degrees grows practically sightless as a result of habitual sin."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Only in freedom can man direct himself toward goodness. Our contemporaries make much of this freedom and pursue it eagerly; and rightly to be sure. Often however they foster it perversely as a license for doing whatever pleases them, even if it is evil. For its part, authentic freedom is an exceptional sign of the divine image within man. For God has willed that man remain \"under the control of his own decisions,\"(12) so that he can seek his Creator spontaneously, and come freely to utter and blissful perfection through loyalty to Him. Hence man's dignity demands that he act according to a knowing and free choice that is personally motivated and prompted from within, not under blind internal impulse nor by mere external pressure. Man achieves such dignity when, emancipating himself from all captivity to passion, he pursues his goal in a spontaneous choice of what is good, and procures for himself through effective and skilful action, apt helps to that end. Since man's freedom has been damaged by sin, only by the aid of God's grace can he bring such a relationship with God into full flower. Before the judgement seat of God each man must render an account of his own life, whether he has done good or evil.(13)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is in the face of death that the riddle a human existence grows most acute. Not only is man tormented by pain and by the advancing deterioration of his body, but even more so by a dread of perpetual extinction. He rightly follows the intuition of his heart when he abhors and repudiates the utter ruin and total disappearance of his own person. He rebels against death because he bears in himself an eternal seed which cannot be reduced to sheer matter. All the endeavors of technology, though useful in the extreme, cannot calm his anxiety; for prolongation of biological life is unable to satisfy that desire for higher life which is inescapably lodged in his breast."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although the mystery of death utterly beggars the imagination, the Church has been taught by divine revelation and firmly teaches that man has been created by God for a blissful purpose beyond the reach of earthly misery. In addition, that bodily death from which man would have been immune had he not sinned(14) will be vanquished, according to the Christian faith, when man who was ruined by his own doing is restored to wholeness by an almighty and merciful Saviour. For God has called man and still calls him so that with his entire being he might be joined to Him in an endless sharing of a divine life beyond all corruption. Christ won this victory when He rose to life, for by His death He freed man from death. Hence to every thoughtful man a solidly established faith provides the answer to his anxiety about what the future holds for him. At the same time faith gives him the power to be united in Christ with his loved ones who have already been snatched away by death; faith arouses the hope that they have found true life with God."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The root reason for human dignity lies in man's call to communion with God. From the very circumstance of his origin man is already invited to converse with God. For man would not exist were he not created by Gods love and constantly preserved by it; and he cannot live fully according to truth unless he freely acknowledges that love and devotes himself to His Creator. Still, many of our contemporaries have never recognized this intimate and vital link with God, or have explicitly rejected it. Thus atheism must be accounted among the most serious problems of this age, and is deserving of closer examination."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The word atheism is applied to phenomena which are quite distinct from one another. For while God is expressly denied by some, others believe that man can assert absolutely nothing about Him. Still others use such a method to scrutinize the question of God as to make it seem devoid of meaning. Many, unduly transgressing the limits of the positive sciences, contend that everything can be explained by this kind of scientific reasoning alone, or by contrast, they altogether disallow that there is any absolute truth. Some laud man so extravagantly that their faith in God lapses into a kind of anemia, though they seem more inclined to affirm man than to deny God. Again some form for themselves such a fallacious idea of God that when they repudiate this figment they are by no means rejecting the God of the Gospel. Some never get to the point of raising questions about God, since they seem to experience no religious stirrings nor do they see why they should trouble themselves about religion. Moreover, atheism results not rarely from a violent protest against the evil in this world, or from the absolute character with which certain human values are unduly invested, and which thereby already accords them the stature of God. Modern civilization itself often complicates the approach to God not for any essential reason but because it is so heavily engrossed in earthly affairs."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Undeniably, those who willfully shut out God from their hearts and try to dodge religious questions are not following the dictates of their consciences, and hence are not free of blame; yet believers themselves frequently bear some responsibility for this situation. For, taken as a whole, atheism is not a spontaneous development but stems from a variety of causes, including a critical reaction against religious beliefs, and in some places against the Christian religion in particular. Hence believers can have more than a little to do with the birth of atheism. To the extent that they neglect their own training in the faith, or teach erroneous doctrine, or are deficient in their religious, moral or social life, they must be said to conceal rather than reveal the authentic face of God and religion."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Modern atheism often takes on a systematic expression which, in addition to other causes, stretches the desires for human independence to such a point that it poses difficulties against any kind of dependence on God. Those who profess atheism of this sort maintain that it gives man freedom to be an end unto himself, the sole artisan and creator of his own history. They claim that this freedom cannot be reconciled with the affirmation of a Lord Who is author and purpose of all things, or at least that this freedom makes such an affirmation altogether superfluous. Favoring this doctrine can be the sense of power which modern technical progress generates in man."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Not to be overlooked among the forms of modern atheism is that which anticipates the liberation of man especially through his economic and social emancipation. This form argues that by its nature religion thwarts this liberation by arousing man's hope for a deceptive future life, thereby diverting him from the constructing of the earthly city. Consequently when the proponents of this doctrine gain governmental power they vigorously fight against religion, and promote atheism by using, especially in the education of youth, those means of pressure which public power has at its disposal."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In her loyal devotion to God and men, the Church has already repudiated(16) and cannot cease repudiating, sorrowfully but as firmly as possible, those poisonous doctrines and actions which contradict reason and the common experience of humanity, and dethrone man from his native excellence."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Still, she strives to detect in the atheistic mind the hidden causes for the denial of God; conscious of how weighty are the questions which atheism raises, and motivated by love for all men, she believes these questions ought to be examined seriously and more profoundly."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church holds that the recognition of God is in no way hostile to man's dignity, since this dignity is rooted and perfected in God. For man was made an intelligent and free member of society by God Who created him, but even more important, he is called as a son to commune with God and share in His happiness. She further teaches that a hope related to the end of time does not diminish the importance of intervening duties but rather undergirds the acquittal of them with fresh incentives. By contrast, when a divine instruction and the hope of life eternal are wanting, man's dignity is most grievously lacerated, as current events often attest; riddles of life and death, of guilt and of grief go unsolved with the frequent result that men succumb to despair."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Meanwhile every man remains to himself an unsolved puzzle, however obscurely he may perceive it. For on certain occasions no one can entirely escape the kind of self-questioning mentioned earlier, especially when life's major events take place. To this questioning only God fully and most certainly provides an answer as He summons man to higher knowledge and humbler probing."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The remedy which must be applied to atheism, however, is to be sought in a proper presentation of the Church's teaching as well as in the integral life of the Church and her members. For it is the function of the Church, led by the Holy Spirit Who renews and purifies her ceaselessly,(17) to make God the Father and His Incarnate Son present and in a sense visible. This result is achieved chiefly by the witness of a living and mature faith, namely, one trained to see difficulties clearly and to master them. Many martyrs have given luminous witness to this faith and continue to do so. This faith needs to prove its fruitfulness by penetrating the believer's entire life, including its worldly dimensions, and by activating him toward justice and love, especially regarding the needy. What does the most reveal God's presence, however, is the brotherly charity of the faithful who are united in spirit as they work together for the faith of the Gospel(18) and who prove themselves a sign of unity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "While rejecting atheism, root and branch, the Church sincerely professes that all men, believers and unbelievers alike, ought to work for the rightful betterment of this world in which all alike live; such an ideal cannot be realized, however, apart from sincere and prudent dialogue. Hence the Church protests against the distinction which some state authorities make between believers and unbelievers, with prejudice to the fundamental rights of the human person. The Church calls for the active liberty of believers to build up in this world God's temple too. She courteously invites atheists to examine the Gospel of Christ with an open mind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Above all the Church knows that her message is in harmony with the most secret desires of the human heart when she champions the dignity of the human vocation, restoring hope to those who have already despaired of anything higher than their present lot. Far from diminishing man, her message brings to his development light, life and freedom. Apart from this message nothing will avail to fill up the heart of man: \"Thou hast made us for Thyself,\" O Lord, \"and our hearts are restless till they rest in Thee.\"(19)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The truth is that only in the mystery of the incarnate Word does the mystery of man take on light. For Adam, the first man, was a figure of Him Who was to come,(20) namely Christ the Lord. Christ, the final Adam, by the revelation of the mystery of the Father and His love, fully reveals man to man himself and makes his supreme calling clear. It is not surprising, then, that in Him all the aforementioned truths find their root and attain their crown."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "He Who is \"the image of the invisible God\" (Col. 1:15),(21) is Himself the perfect man. To the sons of Adam He restores the divine likeness which had been disfigured from the first sin onward. Since human nature as He assumed it was not annulled,(22) by that very fact it has been raised up to a divine dignity in our respect too. For by His incarnation the Son of God has united Himself in some fashion with every man. He worked with human hands, He thought with a human mind, acted by human choice(23) and loved with a human heart. Born of the Virgin Mary, He has truly been made one of us, like us in all things except sin.(24)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As an innocent lamb He merited for us life by the free shedding of His own blood. In Him God reconciled us(25) to Himself and among ourselves; from bondage to the devil and sin He delivered us, so that each one of us can say with the Apostle: The Son of God \"loved me and gave Himself up for me\" (Gal. 2:20). By suffering for us He not only provided us with an example for our imitation,(26) He blazed a trail, and if we follow it, life and death are made holy and take on a new meaning."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Christian man, conformed to the likeness of that Son Who is the firstborn of many brothers,(27) received \"the first-fruits of the Spirit\" (Rom. 8:23) by which he becomes capable of discharging the new law of love.(28) Through this Spirit, who is \"the pledge of our inheritance\" (Eph. 1:14), the whole man is renewed from within, even to the achievement of \"the redemption of the body\" (Rom. 8:23): \"If the Spirit of him who raised Jesus from the death dwells in you, then he who raised Jesus Christ from the dead will also bring to life your mortal bodies because of his Spirit who dwells in you\" (Rom. 8:11).(29) Pressing upon the Christian to be sure, are the need and the duty to battle against evil through manifold tribulations and even to suffer death. But, linked with the paschal mystery and patterned on the dying Christ, he will hasten forward to resurrection in the strength which comes from hope.(30)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All this holds true not only for Christians, but for all men of good will in whose hearts grace works in an unseen way.(31) For, since Christ died for all men,(32) and since the ultimate vocation of man is in fact one, and divine, we ought to believe that the Holy Spirit in a manner known only to God offers to every man the possibility of being associated with this paschal mystery."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Such is the mystery of man, and it is a great one, as seen by believers in the light of Christian revelation. Through Christ and in Christ, the riddles of sorrow and death grow meaningful. Apart from His Gospel, they overwhelm us. Christ has risen, destroying death by His death; He has lavished life upon us(33) so that, as sons in the Son, we can cry out in the Spirit; Abba, Father(34)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE COMMUNITY OF MANKIND"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "One of the salient features of the modern world is the growing interdependence of men one on the other, a development promoted chiefly by modern technical advances. Nevertheless brotherly dialogue among men does not reach its perfection on the level of technical progress, but on the deeper level of interpersonal relationships. These demand a mutual respect for the full spiritual dignity of the person. Christian revelation contributes greatly to the promotion of this communion between persons, and at the same time leads us to a deeper understanding of the laws of social life which the Creator has written into man's moral and spiritual nature."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since rather recent documents of the Church's teaching authority have dealt at considerable length with Christian doctrine about human society,(1) this council is merely going to call to mind some of the more basic truths, treating their foundations under the light of revelation. Then it will dwell more at length on certain of their implications having special significance for our day."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "God, Who has fatherly concern for everyone, has willed that all men should constitute one family and treat one another in a spirit of brotherhood. For having been created in the image of God, Who \"from one man has created the whole human race and made them live all over the face of the earth\" (Acts 17:26), all men are called to one and the same goal, namely God Himself."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For this reason, love for God and neighbor is the first and greatest commandment. Sacred Scripture, however, teaches us that the love of God cannot be separated from love of neighbor: \"If there is any other commandment, it is summed up in this saying: Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself.... Love therefore is the fulfillment of the Law\" (Rom. 13:9-10; cf. 1 John 4:20). To men growing daily more dependent on one another, and to a world becoming more unified every day, this truth proves to be of paramount importance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indeed, the Lord Jesus, when He prayed to the Father, \"that all may be one. . . as we are one\" (John 17:21-22) opened up vistas closed to human reason, for He implied a certain likeness between the union of the divine Persons, and the unity of God's sons in truth and charity. This likeness reveals that man, who is the only creature on earth which God willed for itself, cannot fully find himself except through a sincere gift of himself.(2)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Man's social nature makes it evident that the progress of the human person and the advance of society itself hinge on one another. For the beginning, the subject and the goal of all social institutions is and must be the human person which for its part and by its very nature stands completely in need of social life.(3) Since this social life is not something added on to man, through his dealings with others, through reciprocal duties, and through fraternal dialogue he develops all his gifts and is able to rise to his destiny."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Among those social ties which man needs for his development some, like the family and political community, relate with greater immediacy to his innermost nature; others originate rather from his free decision. In our era, for various reasons, reciprocal ties and mutual dependencies increase day by day and give rise to a variety of associations and organizations, both public and private. This development, which is called socialization, while certainly not without its dangers, brings with it many advantages with respect to consolidating and increasing the qualities of the human person, and safeguarding his rights.(4)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But if by this social life the human person is greatly aided in responding to his destiny, even in its religious dimensions, it cannot be denied that men are often diverted from doing good and spurred toward and by the social circumstances in which they live and are immersed from their birth. To be sure the disturbances which so frequently occur in the social order result in part from the natural tensions of economic, political and social forms. But at a deeper level they flow from man's pride and selfishness, which contaminate even the social sphere. When the structure of affairs is flawed by the consequences of sin, man, already born with a bent toward evil, finds there new inducements to sin, which cannot be overcome without strenuous efforts and the assistance of grace."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Every day human interdependence grows more tightly drawn and spreads by degrees over the whole world. As a result the common good, that is, the sum of those conditions of social life which allow social groups and their individual members relatively thorough and ready access to their own fulfillment, today takes on an increasingly universal complexion and consequently involves rights and duties with respect to the whole human race. Every social group must take account of the needs and legitimate aspirations of other groups, and even of the general welfare of the entire human family.(5)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At the same time, however, there is a growing awareness of the exalted dignity proper to the human person, since he stands above all things, and his rights and duties are universal and inviolable. Therefore, there must be made available to all men everything necessary for leading a life truly human, such as food, clothing, and shelter; the right to choose a state of life freely and to found a family, the right to education, to employment, to a good reputation, to respect, to appropriate information, to activity in accord with the upright norm of one's own conscience, to protection of privacy and rightful freedom even in matters religious."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hence, the social order and its development must invariably work to the benefit of the human person if the disposition of affairs is to be subordinate to the personal realm and not contrariwise, as the Lord indicated when He said that the Sabbath was made for man, and not man for the Sabbath.(6)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This social order requires constant improvement. It must be founded on truth, built on justice and animated by love; in freedom it should grow every day toward a more humane balance.(7) An improvement in attitudes and abundant changes in society will have to take place if these objectives are to be gained."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "God's Spirit, Who with a marvelous providence directs the unfolding of time and renews the face of the earth, is not absent from this development. The ferment of the Gospel too has aroused and continues to arouse in man's heart the irresistible requirements of his dignity."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coming down to practical and particularly urgent consequences, this council lays stress on reverence for man; everyone must consider his every neighbor without exception as another self, taking into account first of all His life and the means necessary to living it with dignity,(8) so as not to imitate the rich man who had no concern for the poor man Lazarus.(9)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In our times a special obligation binds us to make ourselves the neighbor of every person without exception and of actively helping him when he comes across our path, whether he be an old person abandoned by all, a foreign laborer unjustly looked down upon, a refugee, a child born of an unlawful union and wrongly suffering for a sin he did not commit, or a hungry person who disturbs our conscience by recalling the voice of the Lord, \"As long as you did it for one of these the least of my brethren, you did it for me\" (Matt. 25:40)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore, whatever is opposed to life itself, such as any type of murder, genocide, abortion, euthanasia or wilful self-destruction, whatever violates the integrity of the human person, such as mutilation, torments inflicted on body or mind, attempts to coerce the will itself; whatever insults human dignity, such as subhuman living conditions, arbitrary imprisonment, deportation, slavery, prostitution, the selling of women and children; as well as disgraceful working conditions, where men are treated as mere tools for profit, rather than as free and responsible persons; all these things and others of their like are infamies indeed. They poison human society, but they do more harm to those who practice them than those who suffer from the injury. Moreover, they are supreme dishonor to the Creator."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Respect and love ought to be extended also to those who think or act differently than we do in social, political and even religious matters. In fact, the more deeply we come to understand their ways of thinking through such courtesy and love, the more easily will we be able to enter into dialogue with them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This love and good will, to be sure, must in no way render us indifferent to truth and goodness. Indeed love itself impels the disciples of Christ to speak the saving truth to all men. But it is necessary to distinguish between error, which always merits repudiation, and the person in error, who never loses the dignity of being a person even when he is flawed by false or inadequate religious notions.(10) God alone is the judge and searcher of hearts, for that reason He forbids us to make judgments about the internal guilt of anyone.(11)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The teaching of Christ even requires that we forgive injuries,(12) and extends the law of love to include every enemy, according to the command of the New Law: \"You have heard that it was said: Thou shalt love thy neighbor and hate thy enemy. But I say to you: love your enemies, do good to those who hate you, and pray for those who persecute and calumniate you\" (Matt. 5:43-44)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since all men possess a rational soul and are created in God's likeness, since they have the same nature and origin, have been redeemed by Christ and enjoy the same divine calling and destiny, the basic equality of all must receive increasingly greater recognition."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "True, all men are not alike from the point of view of varying physical power and the diversity of intellectual and moral resources. Nevertheless, with respect to the fundamental rights of the person, every type of discrimination, whether social or cultural, whether based on sex, race, color, social condition, language or religion, is to be overcome and eradicated as contrary to God's intent. For in truth it must still be regretted that fundamental personal rights are still not being universally honored. Such is the case of a woman who is denied the right to choose a husband freely, to embrace a state of life or to acquire an education or cultural benefits equal to those recognized for men."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, although rightful differences exist between men, the equal dignity of persons demands that a more humane and just condition of life be brought about. For excessive economic and social differences between the members of the one human family or population groups cause scandal, and militate against social justice, equity, the dignity of the human person, as well as social and international peace."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Human institutions, both private and public, must labor to minister to the dignity and purpose of man. At the same time let them put up a stubborn fight against any kind of slavery, whether social or political, and safeguard the basic rights of man under every political system. Indeed human institutions themselves must be accommodated by degrees to the highest of all realities, spiritual ones, even though meanwhile, a long enough time will be required before they arrive at the desired goal."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Profound and rapid changes make it more necessary that no one ignoring the trend of events or drugged by laziness, content himself with a merely individualistic morality. It grows increasingly true that the obligations of justice and love are fulfilled only if each person, contributing to the common good, according to his own abilities and the needs of others, also promotes and assists the public and private institutions dedicated to bettering the conditions of human life. Yet there are those who, while possessing grand and rather noble sentiments, nevertheless in reality live always as if they cared nothing for the needs of society. Many in various places even make light of social laws and precepts, and do not hesitate to resort to various frauds and deceptions in avoiding just taxes or other debts due to society. Others think little of certain norms of social life, for example those designed for the protection of health, or laws establishing speed limits; they do not even avert to the fact that by such indifference they imperil their own life and that of others."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let everyone consider it his sacred obligation to esteem and observe social necessities as belonging to the primary duties of modern man. For the more unified the world becomes, the more plainly do the offices of men extend beyond particular groups and spread by degrees to the whole world. But this development cannot occur unless individual men and their associations cultivate in themselves the moral and social virtues, and promote them in society; thus, with the needed help of divine grace men who are truly new and artisans of a new humanity can be forthcoming"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order for individual men to discharge with greater exactness the obligations of their conscience toward themselves and the various group to which they belong, they must be carefully educated to a higher degree of culture through the use of the immense resources available today to the human race. Above all the education of youth from every social background has to be undertaken, so that there can be produced not only men and women of refined talents, but those great-souled persons who are so desperately required by our times."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Now a man can scarcely arrive at the needed sense of responsibility, unless his living conditions allow him to become conscious of his dignity, and to rise to his destiny by spending himself for God and for others. But human freedom is often crippled when a man encounters extreme poverty just as it withers when he indulges in too many of life's comforts and imprisons himself in a kind of splendid isolation. Freedom acquires new strength, by contrast, when a man consents to the unavoidable requirements of social life, takes on the manifold demands of human partnership, and commits himself to the service of the human community."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hence, the will to play one's role in common endeavors should be everywhere encouraged. Praise is due to those national procedures which allow the largest possible number of citizens to participate in public affairs with genuine freedom. Account must be taken, to be sure, of the actual conditions of each people and the decisiveness required by public authority. If every citizen is to feel inclined to take part in the activities of the various groups which make up the social body, these must offer advantages which will attract members and dispose them to serve others. We can justly consider that the future of humanity lies in the hands of those who are strong enough to provide coming generations with reasons for living and hoping."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As God did not create man for life in isolation, but for the formation of social unity, so also \"it has pleased God to make men holy and save them not merely as individuals, without bond or link between them, but by making them into a single people, a people which acknowledges Him in truth and serves Him in holiness.\"(13) So from the beginning of salvation history He has chosen men not just as individuals but as members of a certain community. Revealing His mind to them, God called these chosen ones \"His people\" (Ex. 3:7-12), and even made a covenant with them on Sinai.(14)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This communitarian character is developed and consummated in the work of Jesus Christ. For the very Word made flesh willed to share in the human fellowship. He was present at the wedding of Cana, visited the house of Zacchaeus, ate with publicans and sinners. He revealed the love of the Father and the sublime vocation of man in terms of the most common of social realities and by making use of the speech and the imagery of plain everyday life. Willingly obeying' the laws of his country He sanctified those human ties, especially family ones, which are the source of social structures. He chose to lead the life proper to an artisan of His time and place."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In His preaching He clearly taught the sons of God to treat one another as brothers. In His prayers He pleaded that all His disciples might be \"one.\" Indeed as the redeemer of all, He offered Himself for all even to point of death. \"Greater love than this no one has, that one lay down his life for his friends\" (John 15:13). He commanded His Apostles to preach to all peoples the Gospel's message that the human race was to become the Family of God, in which the fullness of the Law would be love."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As the firstborn of many brethren and by the giving of His Spirit, He founded after His death and resurrection a new brotherly community composed of all those who receive Him in faith and in love. This He did through His Body, which is the Church. There everyone, as members one of the other, would render mutual service according to the different gifts bestowed on each."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This solidarity must be constantly increased until that day on which it will be brought to perfection. Then, saved by grace, men will offer flawless glory to God as a family beloved of God and of Christ their Brother."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "MAN'S ACTIVITY THROUGHOUT THE WORLD"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Through his labors and his native endowments man has ceaselessly striven to better his life. Today, however, especially with the help of science and technology, he has extended his mastery over nearly the whole of nature and continues to do so. Thanks to increased opportunities for many kinds of social contact among nations, the human family is gradually recognizing that it comprises a single world community and is making itself so. Hence many benefits once looked for, especially from heavenly powers, man has now enterprisingly procured for himself."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the face of these immense efforts which already preoccupy the whole human race, men agitate numerous questions among themselves. What is the meaning and value of this feverish activity? How should all these things be used? To the achievement of what goal are the strivings of individuals and societies heading? The Church guards the heritage of God's word and draws from it moral and religious principles without always having at hand the solution to particular problems. As such she desires to add the light of revealed truth to mankind's store of experience, so that the path which humanity has taken in recent times will not be a dark one."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Throughout the course of the centuries, men have labored to better the circumstances of their lives through a monumental amount of individual and collective effort. To believers, this point is settled: considered in itself, this human activity accords with God's will. For man, created to God's image, received a mandate to subject to himself the earth and all it contains, and to govern the world with justice and holiness;(1) a mandate to relate himself and the totality of things to Him Who was to be acknowledged as the Lord and Creator of all. Thus, by the subjection of all things to man, the name of God would be wonderful in all the earth.(2)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This mandate concerns the whole of everyday activity as well. For while providing the substance of life for themselves and their families, men and women are performing their activities in a way which appropriately benefits society. They can justly consider that by their labor they are unfolding the Creator's work, consulting the advantages of their brother men, and are contributing by their personal industry to the realization in history of the divine plan.(3)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus, far from thinking that works produced by man's own talent and energy are in opposition to God's power, and that the rational creature exists as a kind of rival to the Creator, Christians are convinced that the triumphs of the human race are a sign of God's grace and the flowering of His own mysterious design. For the greater man's power becomes, the farther his individual and community responsibility extends. Hence it is clear that men are not deterred by the Christian message from building up the world, or impelled to neglect the welfare of their fellows, but that they are rather more stringently bound to do these very things.(4)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Human activity, to be sure, takes its significance from its relationship to man. Just as it proceeds from man, so it is ordered toward man. For when a man works he not only alters things and society, he develops himself as well. He learns much, he cultivates his resources, he goes outside of himself and beyond himself. Rightly understood this kind of growth is of greater value than any external riches which can be garnered. A man is more precious for what he is than for what he has.(5) Similarly, all that men do to obtain greater justice, wider brotherhood, a more humane disposition of social relationships has greater worth than technical advances. For these advances can supply the material for human progress, but of themselves alone they can never actually bring it about."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hence, the norm of human activity is this: that in accord with the divine plan and will, it harmonize with the genuine good of the human race, and that it allow men as individuals and as members of society to pursue their total vocation and fulfill it."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Now many of our contemporaries seem to fear that a closer bond between human activity and religion will work against the independence of men, of societies, or of the sciences."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If by the autonomy of earthly affairs we mean that created things and societies themselves enjoy their own laws and values which must be gradually deciphered, put to use, and regulated by men, then it is entirely right to demand that autonomy. Such is not merely required by modern man, but harmonizes also with the will of the Creator. For by the very circumstance of their having been created, all things are endowed with their own stability, truth, goodness, proper laws and order. Man must respect these as he isolates them by the appropriate methods of the individual sciences or arts. Therefore if methodical investigation within every branch of learning is carried out in a genuinely scientific manner and in accord with moral norms, it never truly conflicts with faith, for earthly matters and the concerns of faith derive from the same God. (6) Indeed whoever labors to penetrate the secrets of reality with a humble and steady mind, even though he is unaware of the fact, is nevertheless being led by the hand of God, who holds all things in existence, and gives them their identity. Consequently, we cannot but deplore certain habits of mind, which are sometimes found too among Christians, which do not sufficiently attend to the rightful independence of science and which, from the arguments and controversies they spark, lead many minds to conclude that faith and science are mutually opposed.(7)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But if the expression, the independence of temporal affairs, is taken to mean that created things do not depend on God, and that man can use them without any reference to their Creator, anyone who acknowledges God will see how false such a meaning is. For without the Creator the creature would disappear. For their part, however, all believers of whatever religion always hear His revealing voice in the discourse of creatures. When God is forgotten, however, the creature itself grows unintelligible."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacred Scripture teaches the human family what the experience of the ages confirms: that while human progress is a great advantage to man, it brings with it a strong temptation. For when the order of values is jumbled and bad is mixed with the good, individuals and groups pay heed solely to their own interests, and not to those of others. Thus it happens that the world ceases to be a place of true brotherhood. In our own day, the magnified power of humanity threatens to destroy the race itself."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For a monumental struggle against the powers of darkness pervades the whole history of man. The battle was joined from the very origins of the world and will continue until the last day, as the Lord has attested.(8) Caught in this conflict, man is obliged to wrestle constantly if he is to cling to what is good, nor can he achieve his own integrity without great efforts and the help of God's grace."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That is why Christ's Church, trusting in the design of the Creator, acknowledges that human progress can serve man's true happiness, yet she cannot help echoing the Apostle's warning: \"Be not conformed to this world\" (Rom. 12:2). Here by the world is meant that spirit of vanity and malice which transforms into an instrument of sin those human energies intended for the service of God and man."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hence if anyone wants to know how this unhappy situation can be overcome, Christians will tell him that all human activity, constantly imperiled by man's pride and deranged self-love, must be purified and perfected by the power of Christ's cross and resurrection. For redeemed by Christ and made a new creature in the Holy Spirit, man is able to love the things themselves created by God, and ought to do so. He can receive them from God and respect and reverence them as flowing constantly from the hand of God. Grateful to his Benefactor for these creatures, using and enjoying them in detachment and liberty of spirit, man is led forward into a true possession of them, as having nothing, yet possessing all things.(9) \"All are yours, and you are Christ's, and Christ is God's\" (1 Cor. 3:22-23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For God's Word, through Whom all things were made, was Himself made flesh and dwelt on the earth of men.(10) Thus He entered the world's history as a perfect man, taking that history up into Himself and summarizing it.(11) He Himself revealed to us that \"God is love\" (1 John 4:8) and at the same time taught us that the new command of love was the basic law of human perfection and hence of the worlds transformation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To those, therefore, who believe in divine love, He gives assurance that the way of love lies open to men and that the effort to establish a universal brotherhood is not a hopeless one. He cautions them at the same time that this charity is not something to be reserved for important matters, but must be pursued chiefly in the ordinary circumstances of life. Undergoing death itself for all of us sinners,(12) He taught us by example that we too must shoulder that cross which the world and the flesh inflict upon those who search after peace and justice. Appointed Lord by His resurrection and given plenary power in heaven and on earth,(13) Christ is now at work in the hearts of men through the energy of His Holy Spirit, arousing not only a desire for the age to come, but by that very fact animating, purifying and strengthening those noble longings too by which the human family makes its life more human and strives to render the whole earth submissive to this goal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Now, the gifts of the Spirit are diverse: while He calls some to give clear witness to the desire for a heavenly home and to keep that desire green among the human family, He summons others to dedicate themselves to the earthly service of men and to make ready the material of the celestial realm by this ministry of theirs. Yet He frees all of them so that by putting aside love of self and bringing all earthly resources into the service of human life they can devote themselves to that future when humanity itself will become an offering accepted by God.(14)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Lord left behind a pledge of this hope and strength for life's journey in that sacrament of faith where natural elements refined by man are gloriously changed into His Body and Blood, providing a meal of brotherly solidarity and a foretaste of the heavenly banquet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We do not know the time for the consummation of the earth and of humanity,(15) nor do we know how all things will be transformed. As deformed by sin, the shape of this world will pass away;(16) but we are taught that God is preparing a new dwelling place and a new earth where justice will abide,(17) and whose blessedness will answer and surpass all the longings for peace which spring up in the human heart.(18) Then, with death overcome, the sons of God will be raised up in Christ, and what was sown in weakness and corruption will be invested with incorruptibility.(19) Enduring with charity and its fruits,(20) all that creation(21) which God made on man's account will be unchained from the bondage of vanity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, while we are warned that it profits a man nothing if he gain the whole world and lose himself,(22) the expectation of a new earth must not weaken but rather stimulate our concern for cultivating this one. For here grows the body of a new human family, a body which even now is able to give some kind of foreshadowing of the new age."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hence, while earthly progress must be carefully distinguished from the growth of Christ's kingdom, to the extent that the former can contribute to the better ordering of human society, it is of vital concern to the Kingdom of God.(23)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For after we have obeyed the Lord, and in His Spirit nurtured on earth the values of human dignity, brotherhood and freedom, and indeed all the good fruits of our nature and enterprise, we will find them again, but freed of stain, burnished and transfigured, when Christ hands over to the Father: \"a kingdom eternal and universal, a kingdom of truth and life, of holiness and grace, of justice, love and peace.\"(24) On this earth that Kingdom is already present in mystery. When the Lord returns it will be brought into full flower."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Everything we have said about the dignity of the human person, and about the human community and the profound meaning of human activity, lays the foundation for the relationship between the Church and the world, and provides the basis for dialogue between them.(1) In this chapter, presupposing everything which has already been said by this council concerning the mystery of the Church, we must now consider this same Church inasmuch as she exists in the world, living and acting with it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coming forth from the eternal Father's love,(2) founded in time by Christ the Redeemer and made one in the Holy Spirit,(3) the Church has a saving and an eschatological purpose which can be fully attained only in the future world. But she is already present in this world, and is composed of men, that is, of members of the earthly city who have a call to form the family of God's children during the present history of the human race, and to keep increasing it until the Lord returns. United on behalf of heavenly values and enriched by them, this family has been \"constituted and structured as a society in this world\"(4) by Christ, and is equipped \"by appropriate means for visible and social union.\"(5) Thus the Church, at once \"a visible association and a spiritual community,\"(6) goes forward together with humanity and experiences the same earthly lot which the world does. She serves as a leaven and as a kind of soul for human society(7) as it is to be renewed in Christ and transformed into God's family."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That the earthly and the heavenly city penetrate each other is a fact accessible to faith alone; it remains a mystery of human history, which sin will keep in great disarray until the splendor of God's sons, is fully revealed. Pursuing the saving purpose which is proper to her, the Church does not only communicate divine life to men but in some way casts the reflected light of that life over the entire earth, most of all by its healing and elevating impact on the dignity of the person, by the way in which it strengthens the seams of human society and imbues the everyday activity of men with a deeper meaning and importance. Thus through her individual matters and her whole community, the Church believes she can contribute greatly toward making the family of man and its history more human."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In addition, the Catholic Church gladly holds in high esteem the things which other Christian Churches and ecclesial communities have done or are doing cooperatively by way of achieving the same goal. At the same time, she is convinced that she can be abundantly and variously helped by the world in the matter of preparing the ground for the Gospel. This help she gains from the talents and industry of individuals and from human society as a whole. The council now sets forth certain general principles for the proper fostering of this mutual exchange and assistance in concerns which are in some way common to the world and the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Modern man is on the road to a more thorough development of his own personality, and to a growing discovery and vindication of his own rights. Since it has been entrusted to the Church to reveal the mystery of God, Who is the ultimate goal of man, she opens up to man at the same time the meaning of his own existence, that is, the innermost truth about himself. The Church truly knows that only God, Whom she serves, meets the deepest longings of the human heart, which is never fully satisfied by what this world has to offer."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "She also knows that man is constantly worked upon by God's spirit, and hence can never be altogether indifferent to the problems of religion. The experience of past ages proves this, as do numerous indications in our own times. For man will always yearn to know, at least in an obscure way, what is the meaning of his life, of his activity, of his death. The very presence of the Church recalls these problems to his mind. But only God, Who created man to His own image and ransomed him from sin, provides the most adequate answer to the questions, and this He does through what He has revealed in Christ His Son, Who became man. Whoever follows after Christ, the perfect man, becomes himself more of a man. For by His incarnation the Father's Word assumed, and sanctified through His cross and resurrection, the whole of man, body and soul, and through that totality the whole of nature created by God for man's use."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thanks to this belief, the Church can anchor the dignity of human nature against all tides of opinion, for example those which undervalue the human body or idolize it. By no human law can the personal dignity and liberty of man be so aptly safeguarded as by the Gospel of Christ which has been entrusted to the Church. For this Gospel announces and proclaims the freedom of the sons of God, and repudiates all the bondage which ultimately results from sin.(8) (cf. Rom. 8:14-17); it has a sacred reverence for the dignity of conscience and its freedom of choice, constantly advises that all human talents be employed in God's service and men's, and, finally, commends all to the charity of all (cf. Matt. 22:39).(9)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This agrees with the basic law of the Christian dispensation. For though the same God is Savior and Creator, Lord of human history as well as of salvation history, in the divine arrangement itself, the rightful autonomy of the creature, and particularly of man is not withdrawn, but is rather re-established in its own dignity and strengthened in it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church, therefore, by virtue of the Gospel committed to her, proclaims the rights of man; she acknowledges and greatly esteems the dynamic movements of today by which these rights are everywhere fostered. Yet these movements must be penetrated by the spirit of the Gospel and protected against any kind of false autonomy. For we are tempted to think that our personal rights are fully ensured only when we are exempt from every requirement of divine law. But this way lies not the maintenance of the dignity of the human person, but its annihilation."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The union of the human family is greatly fortified and fulfilled by the unity, founded on Christ,(10) of the family of God's sons."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christ, to be sure, gave His Church no proper mission in the political, economic or social order. The purpose which He set before her is a religious one.(11) But out of this religious mission itself come a function, a light and an energy which can serve to structure and consolidate the human community according to the divine law. As a matter of fact, when circumstances of time and place produce the need, she can and indeed should initiate activities on behalf of all men, especially those designed for the needy, such as the works of mercy and similar undertakings."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church recognizes that worthy elements are found in today's social movements, especially an evolution toward unity, a process of wholesome socialization and of association in civic and economic realms. The promotion of unity belongs to the innermost nature of the Church, for she is, \"thanks to her relationship with Christ, a sacramental sign and an instrument of intimate union with God, and of the unity of the whole human race.\"(12) Thus she shows the world that an authentic union, social and external, results from a union of minds and hearts, namely from that faith and charity by which her own unity is unbreakably rooted in the Holy Spirit. For the force which the Church can inject into the modern society of man consists in that faith and charity put into vital practice, not in any external dominion exercised by merely human means."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, since in virtue of her mission and nature she is bound to no particular form of human culture, nor to any political, economic or social system, the Church by her very universality can be a very close bond between diverse human communities and nations, provided these trust her and truly acknowledge her right to true freedom in fulfilling her mission. For this reason, the Church admonishes her own sons, but also humanity as a whole, to overcome all strife between nations and race in this family spirit of God's children, an in the same way, to give internal strength to human associations which are just."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With great respect, therefore, this council regards all the true, good and just elements inherent in the very wide variety of institutions which the human race has established for itself and constantly continues to establish. The council affirms, moreover, that the Church is willing to assist and promote all these institutions to the extent that such a service depends on her and can be associated with her mission. She has no fiercer desire than that in pursuit of the welfare of all she may be able to develop herself freely under any kind of government which grants recognition to the basic rights of person and family, to the demands of the common good and to the free exercise of her own mission."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This council exhorts Christians, as citizens of two cities, to strive to discharge their earthly duties conscientiously and in response to the Gospel spirit. They are mistaken who, knowing that we have here no abiding city but seek one which is to come,(13) think that they may therefore shirk their earthly responsibilities. For they are forgetting that by the faith itself they are more obliged than ever to measure up to these duties, each according to his proper vocation.(14) Nor, on the contrary, are they any less wide of the mark who think that religion consists in acts of worship alone and in the discharge of certain moral obligations, and who imagine they can plunge themselves into earthly affairs in such a way as to imply that these are altogether divorced from the religious life. This split between the faith which many profess and their daily lives deserves to be counted among the more serious errors of our age. Long since, the Prophets of the Old Testament fought vehemently against this scandal(15) and even more so did Jesus Christ Himself in the New Testament threaten it with grave punishments.(16) Therefore, let there be no false opposition between professional and social activities on the one part, and religious life on the other. The Christian who neglects his temporal duties, neglects his duties toward his neighbor and even God, and jeopardizes his eternal salvation. Christians should rather rejoice that, following the example of Christ Who worked as an artisan, they are free to give proper exercise to all their earthly activities and to their humane, domestic, professional, social and technical enterprises by gathering them into one vital synthesis with religious values, under whose supreme direction all things are harmonized unto God's glory."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Secular duties and activities belong properly although not exclusively to laymen. Therefore acting as citizens in the world, whether individually or socially, they will keep the laws proper to each discipline, and labor to equip themselves with a genuine expertise in their various fields. They will gladly work with men seeking the same goals. Acknowledging the demands of faith and endowed with its force, they will unhesitatingly devise new enterprises, where they are appropriate, and put them into action. Laymen should also know that it is generally the function of their well-formed Christian conscience to see that the divine law is inscribed in the life of the earthly city; from priests they may look for spiritual light and nourishment. Let the layman not imagine that his pastors are always such experts, that to every problem which arises, however complicated, they can readily give him a concrete solution, or even that such is their mission. Rather, enlightened by Christian wisdom and giving close attention to the teaching authority of the Church,(17) let the layman take on his own distinctive role."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Often enough the Christian view of things will itself suggest some specific solution in certain circumstances. Yet it happens rather frequently, and legitimately so, that with equal sincerity some of the faithful will disagree with others on a given matter. Even against the intentions of their proponents, however, solutions proposed on one side or another may be easily confused by many people with the Gospel message. Hence it is necessary for people to remember that no one is allowed in the aforementioned situations to appropriate the Church's authority for his opinion. They should always try to enlighten one another through honest discussion, preserving mutual charity and caring above all for the common good."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since they have an active role to play in the whole life of the Church, laymen are not only bound to penetrate the world with a Christian spirit, but are also called to be witnesses to Christ in all things in the midst of human society."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops, to whom is assigned the task of ruling the Church of God, should, together with their priests, so preach the news of Christ that all the earthly activities of the faithful will be bathed in the light of the Gospel. All pastors should remember too that by their daily conduct and concern(18) they are revealing the face of the Church to the world, and men will judge the power and truth of the Christian message thereby. By their lives and speech, in union with Religious and their faithful, may they demonstrate that even now the Church by her presence alone and by all the gifts which she contains, is an unspent fountain of those virtues which the modern world needs the most."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By unremitting study they should fit themselves to do their part in establishing dialogue with the world and with men of all shades of opinion. Above all let them take to heart the words which this council has spoken: \"Since humanity today increasingly moves toward civil, economic and social unity, it is more than ever necessary that priests, with joint concern and energy, and under the guidance of the bishops and the supreme pontiff, erase every cause of division, so that the whole human race may be led to the unity of God's family.\"(19)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although by the power of the Holy Spirit the Church will remain the faithful spouse of her Lord and will never cease to be the sign of salvation on earth, still she is very well aware that among her members,(20) both clerical and lay, some have been unfaithful to the Spirit of God during the course of many centuries; in the present age, too, it does not escape the Church how great a distance lies between the message she offers and the human failings of those to whom the Gospel is entrusted. Whatever be the judgement of history on these defects, we ought to be conscious of them, and struggle against them energetically, lest they inflict harm on spread of the Gospel. The Church also realizes that in working out her relationship with the world she always has great need of the ripening which comes with the experience of the centuries. Led by the Holy Spirit, Mother Church unceasingly exhorts her sons \"to purify and renew themselves so that the sign of Christ can shine more brightly on the face of the Church.\"(21)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Just as it is in the world's interest to acknowledge the Church as an historical reality, and to recognize her good influence, so the Church herself knows how richly she has profited by the history and development of humanity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The experience of past ages, the progress of the sciences, and the treasures hidden in the various forms of human culture, by all of which the nature of man himself is more clearly revealed and new roads to truth are opened, these profit the Church, too. For, from the beginning of her history she has learned to express the message of Christ with the help of the ideas and terminology of various philosophers, and and has tried to clarify it with their wisdom, too. Her purpose has been to adapt the Gospel to the grasp of all as well as to the needs of the learned, insofar as such was appropriate. Indeed this accommodated preaching of the revealed word ought to remain the law of all evangelization. For thus the ability to express Christ's message in its own way is developed in each nation, and at the same time there is fostered a living exchange between the Church and the diverse cultures of people.(22) To promote such exchange, especially in our days, the Church requires the special help of those who live in the world, are versed in different institutions and specialties, and grasp their innermost significance in the eyes of both believers and unbelievers. With the help of the Holy Spirit, it is the task of the entire People of God, especially pastors and theologians, to hear, distinguish and interpret the many voices of our age, and to judge them in the light of the divine word, so that revealed truth can always be more deeply penetrated, better understood and set forth to greater advantage."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the Church has a visible and social structure as a sign of her unity in Christ, she can and ought to be enriched by the development of human social life, not that there is any lack in the constitution given her by Christ, but that she can understand it more penetratingly, express it better, and adjust it more successfully to our times. Moreover, she gratefully understands that in her community life no less than in her individual sons, she receives a variety of helps from men of every rank and condition, for whoever promotes the human community at the family level, culturally, in its economic, social and political dimensions, both nationally and internationally, such a one, according to God's design, is contributing greatly to the Church as well, to the extent that she depends on things outside herself. Indeed, the Church admits that she has greatly profited and still profits from the antagonism of those who oppose or who persecute her.(23)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "While helping the world and receiving many benefits from it, the Church has a single intention: that God's kingdom may come, and that the salvation of the whole human race may come to pass. For every benefit which the People of God during its earthly pilgrimage can offer to the human family stems from the fact that the Church is \"the universal sacrament of salvation\",(24) simultaneously manifesting and exercising the mystery of God's love."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For God's Word, by whom all things were made, was Himself made flesh so that as perfect man He might save all men and sum up all things in Himself. The Lord is the goal of human history, the focal point of the longings of history and of civilization, the center of the human race, the joy of every heart and the answer to all its yearnings.(25) He it is Whom the Father raised from the dead, lifted on high and stationed at His right hand, making Him judge of the living and the dead. Enlivened and united in His Spirit, we journey toward the consummation of human history, one which fully accords with the counsel of God's love: \"To reestablish all things in Christ, both those in the heavens and those on the earth\" (Eph. 11:10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Lord Himself speaks: \"Behold I come quickly! And my reward is with me, to render to each one according to his works. I am the Alpha and the Omega, the first and the last, the beginning and the end (Rev. 22:12-13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PART II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SOME PROBLEMS OF SPECIAL URGENCY"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This council has set forth the dignity of the human person, and the work which men have been destined to undertake throughout the world both as individuals and as members of society. There are a number of particularly urgent needs characterizing the present age, needs which go to the roots of the human race. To a consideration of these in the light of the Gospel and of human experience, the council would now direct the attention of all."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Of the many subjects arousing universal concern today, it may be helpful to concentrate on these: marriage and the family, human progress, life in its economic, social and political dimensions, the bonds between the family of nations, and peace. On each of these may there shine the radiant ideals proclaimed by Christ. By these ideals may Christians be led, and all mankind enlightened, as they search for answers to questions of such complexity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "FOSTERING THE NOBILITY OF MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The well-being of the individual person and of human and Christian society is intimately linked with the healthy condition of that community produced by marriage and family. Hence Christians and all men who hold this community in high esteem sincerely rejoice in the various ways by which men today find help in fostering this community of love and perfecting its life, and by which parents are assisted in their lofty calling. Those who rejoice in such aids look for additional benefits from them and labor to bring them about."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yet the excellence of this institution is not everywhere reflected with equal brilliance, since polygamy, the plague of divorce, so-called free love and other disfigurements have an obscuring effect. In addition, married love is too often profaned by excessive self-love, the worship of pleasure and illicit practices against human generation. Moreover, serious disturbances are caused in families by modern economic conditions, by influences at once social and psychological, and by the demands of civil society. Finally, in certain parts of the world problems resulting from population growth are generating concern."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All these situations have produced anxiety of consciences. Yet, the power and strength of the institution of marriage and family can also be seen in the fact that time and again, despite the difficulties produced, the profound changes in modern society reveal the true character of this institution in one way or another."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, by presenting certain key points of Church doctrine in a clearer light, this sacred synod wishes to offer guidance and support to those Christians and other men who are trying to preserve the holiness and to foster the natural dignity of the married state and its superlative value."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The intimate partnership of married life and love has been established by the Creator and qualified by His laws, and is rooted in the conjugal covenant of irrevocable personal consent. Hence by that human act whereby spouses mutually bestow and accept each other a relationship arises which by divine will and in the eyes of society too is a lasting one. For the good of the spouses and their off-springs as well as of society, the existence of the sacred bond no longer depends on human decisions alone. For, God Himself is the author of matrimony, endowed as it is with various benefits and purposes.(1) All of these have a very decisive bearing on the continuation of the human race, on the personal development and eternal destiny of the individual members of a family, and on the dignity, stability, peace and prosperity of the family itself and of human society as a whole. By their very nature, the institution of matrimony itself and conjugal love are ordained for the procreation and education of children, and find in them their ultimate crown. Thus a man and a woman, who by their compact of conjugal love \"are no longer two, but one flesh\" (Matt. 19:ff), render mutual help and service to each other through an intimate union of their persons and of their actions. Through this union they experience the meaning of their oneness and attain to it with growing perfection day by day. As a mutual gift of two persons, this intimate union and the good of the children impose total fidelity on the spouses and argue for an unbreakable oneness between them.(2)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christ the Lord abundantly blessed this many-faceted love, welling up as it does from the fountain of divine love and structured as it is on the model of His union with His Church. For as God of old made Himself present(3) to His people through a covenant of love and fidelity, so now the Savior of men and the Spouse(4) of the Church comes into the lives of married Christians through the sacrament of matrimony. He abides with them thereafter so that just as He loved the Church and handed Himself over on her behalf,(6) the spouses may love each other with perpetual fidelity through mutual self-bestowal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Authentic married love is caught up into divine love and is governed and enriched by Christ's redeeming power and the saving activity of the Church, so that this love may lead the spouses to God with powerful effect and may aid and strengthen them in sublime office of being a father or a mother.(6) For this reason Christian spouses have a special sacrament by which they are fortified and receive a kind of consecration in the duties and dignity of their state.(7) By virtue of this sacrament, as spouses fulfil their conjugal and family obligation, they are penetrated with the spirit of Christ, which suffuses their whole lives with faith, hope and charity. Thus they increasingly advance the perfection of their own personalities, as well as their mutual sanctification, and hence contribute jointly to the glory of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As a result, with their parents leading the way by example and family prayer, children and indeed everyone gathered around the family hearth will find a readier path to human maturity, salvation and holiness. Graced with the dignity and office of fatherhood and motherhood, parents will energetically acquit themselves of a duty which devolves primarily on them, namely education and especially religious education."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As living members of the family, children contribute in their own way to making their parents holy. For they will respond to the kindness of their parents with sentiments of gratitude, with love and trust. They will stand by them as children should when hardships overtake their parents and old age brings its loneliness. Widowhood, accepted bravely as a continuation of the marriage vocation, should be esteemed by all.(8) Families too will share their spiritual riches generously with other families. Thus the Christian family, which springs from marriage as a reflection of the loving covenant uniting Christ with the Church,(9) and as a participation in that covenant, will manifest to all men Christ's living presence in the world, and the genuine nature of the Church. This the family will do by the mutual love of the spouses, by their generous fruitfulness, their solidarity and faithfulness, and by the loving way in which all members of the family assist one another."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The biblical Word of God several times urges the betrothed and the married to nourish and develop their wedlock by pure conjugal love and undivided affection.(10) Many men of our own age also highly regard true love between husband and wife as it manifests itself in a variety of ways depending on the worthy customs of various peoples and times."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This love is an eminently human one since it is directed from one person to another through an affection of the will; it involves the good of the whole person, and therefore can enrich the expressions of body and mind with a unique dignity, ennobling these expressions as special ingredients and signs of the friendship distinctive of marriage. This love God has judged worthy of special gifts, healing, perfecting and exalting gifts of grace and of charity. Such love, merging the human with the divine, leads the spouses to a free and mutual gift of themselves, a gift providing itself by gentle affection and by deed, such love pervades the whole of their lives:(11) indeed by its busy generosity it grows better and grows greater. Therefore it far excels mere erotic inclination, which, selfishly pursued, soon enough fades wretchedly away."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This love is uniquely expressed and perfected through the appropriate enterprise of matrimony. The actions within marriage by which the couple are united intimately and chastely are noble and worthy ones. Expressed in a manner which is truly human, these actions promote that mutual self-giving by which spouses enrich each other with a joyful and a ready will. Sealed by mutual faithfulness and hallowed above all by Christ's sacrament, this love remains steadfastly true in body and in mind, in bright days or dark. It will never be profaned by adultery or divorce. Firmly established by the Lord, the unity of marriage will radiate from the equal personal dignity of wife and husband, a dignity acknowledged by mutual and total love. The constant fulfillment of the duties of this Christian vocation demands notable virtue. For this reason, strengthened by grace for holiness of life, the couple will painstakingly cultivate and pray for steadiness of love, large heartedness and the spirit of sacrifice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Authentic conjugal love will be more highly prized, and wholesome public opinion created about it if Christian couples give outstanding witness to faithfulness and harmony in their love, and to their concern for educating their children also, if they do their part in bringing about the needed cultural, psychological and social renewal on behalf of marriage and the family. Especially in the heart of their own families, young people should be aptly and seasonably instructed in the dignity, duty and work of married love. Trained thus in the cultivation of chastity, they will be able at a suitable age to enter a marriage of their own after an honorable courtship."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Marriage and conjugal love are by their nature ordained toward the begetting and educating of children. Children are really the supreme gift of marriage and contribute very substantially to the welfare of their parents. The God Himself Who said, \"it is not good for man to be alone\" (Gen. 2:18) and \"Who made man from the beginning male and female\" (Matt. 19:4), wishing to share with man a certain special participation in His own creative work, blessed male and female, saying: \"Increase and multiply\" (Gen. 1:28). Hence, while not making the other purposes of matrimony of less account, the true practice of conjugal love, and the whole meaning of the family life which results from it, have this aim: that the couple be ready with stout hearts to cooperate with the love of the Creator and the Savior. Who through them will enlarge and enrich His own family day by day."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parents should regard as their proper mission the task of transmitting human life and educating those to whom it has been transmitted. They should realize that they are thereby cooperators with the love of God the Creator, and are, so to speak, the interpreters of that love. Thus they will fulfil their task with human and Christian responsibility, and, with docile reverence toward God, will make decisions by common counsel and effort. Let them thoughtfully take into account both their own welfare and that of their children, those already born and those which the future may bring. For this accounting they need to reckon with both the material and the spiritual conditions of the times as well as of their state in life. Finally, they should consult the interests of the family group, of temporal society, and of the Church herself. The parents themselves and no one else should ultimately make this judgment in the sight of God. But in their manner of acting, spouses should be aware that they cannot proceed arbitrarily, but must always be governed according to a conscience dutifully conformed to the divine law itself, and should be submissive toward the Church's teaching office, which authentically interprets that law in the light of the Gospel. That divine law reveals and protects the integral meaning of conjugal love, and impels it toward a truly human fulfillment. Thus, trusting in divine Providence and refining the spirit of sacrifice,(12) married Christians glorify the Creator and strive toward fulfillment in Christ when with a generous human and Christian sense of responsibility they acquit themselves of the duty to procreate. Among the couples who fulfil their God-given task in this way, those merit special mention who with a gallant heart and with wise and common deliberation, undertake to bring up suitably even a relatively large family.(13)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Marriage to be sure is not instituted solely for procreation; rather, its very nature as an unbreakable compact between persons, and the welfare of the children, both demand that the mutual love of the spouses be embodied in a rightly ordered manner, that it grow and ripen. Therefore, marriage persists as a whole manner and communion of life, and maintains its value and indissolubility, even when despite the often intense desire of the couple, offspring are lacking."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This council realizes that certain modern conditions often keep couples from arranging their married lives harmoniously, and that they find themselves in circumstances where at least temporarily the size of their families should not be increased. As a result, the faithful exercise of love and the full intimacy of their lives is hard to maintain. But where the intimacy of married life is broken off, its faithfulness can sometimes be imperiled and its quality of fruitfulness ruined, for then the upbringing of the children and the courage to accept new ones are both endangered."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To these problems there are those who presume to offer dishonorable solutions indeed; they do not recoil even from the taking of life. But the Church issues the reminder that a true contradiction cannot exist between the divine laws pertaining to the transmission of life and those pertaining to authentic conjugal love."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For God, the Lord of life, has conferred on men the surpassing ministry of safeguarding life in a manner which is worthy of man. Therefore from the moment of its conception life must be guarded with the greatest care while abortion and infanticide are unspeakable crimes. The sexual characteristics of man and the human faculty of reproduction wonderfully exceed the dispositions of lower forms of life. Hence the acts themselves which are proper to conjugal love and which are exercised in accord with genuine human dignity must be honored with great reverence. Hence when there is question of harmonizing conjugal love with the responsible transmission of life, the moral aspects of any procedure does not depend solely on sincere intentions or on an evaluation of motives, but must be determined by objective standards. These, based on the nature of the human person and his acts, preserve the full sense of mutual self-giving and human procreation in the context of true love. Such a goal cannot be achieved unless the virtue of conjugal chastity is sincerely practiced. Relying on these principles, sons of the Church may not undertake methods of birth control which are found blameworthy by the teaching authority of the Church in its unfolding of the divine law.(14)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All should be persuaded that human life and the task of transmitting it are not realities bound up with this world alone. Hence they cannot be measured or perceived only in terms of it, but always have a bearing on the eternal destiny of men."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The family is a kind of school of deeper humanity. But if it is to achieve the full flowering of its life and mission, it needs the kindly communion of minds and the joint deliberation of spouses, as well as the painstaking cooperation of parents in the education of their children. The active presence of the father is highly beneficial to their formation. The children, especially the younger among them, need the care of their mother at home. This domestic role of hers must be safely preserved, though the legitimate social progress of women should not be underrated on that account."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Children should be so educated that as adults they can follow their vocation, including a religious one, with a mature sense of responsibility and can choose their state of life; if they marry, they can thereby establish their family in favorable moral, social and economic conditions. Parents or guardians should by prudent advice provide guidance to their young with respect to founding a family, and the young ought to listen gladly. At the same time no pressure, direct or indirect, should be put on the young to make them enter marriage or choose a specific partner."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus the family, in which the various generations come together and help one another grow wiser and harmonize personal rights with the other requirements of social life, is the foundation of society. All those, therefore, who exercise influence over communities and social groups should work efficiently for the welfare of marriage and the family. Public authority should regard it as a sacred duty to recognize, protect and promote their authentic nature, to shield public morality and to favor the prosperity of home life. The right of parents to beget and educate their children in the bosom of the family must be safeguarded. Children too who unhappily lack the blessing of a family should be protected by prudent legislation and various undertakings and assisted by the help they need."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christians, redeeming the present time(13) and distinguishing eternal realities from their changing expressions, should actively promote the values of marriage and the family, both by the examples of their own lives and by cooperation with other men of good will. Thus when difficulties arise, Christians will provide, on behalf of family life, those necessities and helps which are suitably modern. To this end, the Christian instincts of the faithful, the upright moral consciences of men, and the wisdom and experience of persons versed in the sacred sciences will have much to contribute."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those too who are skilled in other sciences, notably the medical, biological, social and psychological, can considerably advance the welfare of marriage and the family along with peace of conscience if by pooling their efforts they labor to explain more thoroughly the various conditions favoring a proper regulation of births."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It devolves on priests duly trained about family matters to nurture the vocation of spouses by a variety of pastoral means, by preaching God's word, by liturgical worship, and by other spiritual aids to conjugal and family life; to sustain them sympathetically and patiently in difficulties, and to make them courageous through love, so that families which are truly illustrious can be formed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Various organizations, especially family associations, should try by their programs of instruction and action to strengthen young people and spouses themselves, particularly those recently wed, and to train them for family, social and apostolic life."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, let the spouses themselves, made to the image of the living God and enjoying the authentic dignity of persons, be joined to one another(16) in equal affection, harmony of mind and the work of mutual sanctification. Thus, following Christ who is the principle of life,(17) by the sacrifices and joys of their vocation and through their faithful love, married people can become witnesses of the mystery of love which the Lord revealed to the world by His dying and His rising up to life again.(18)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE PROPER DEVELOPMENT OF CULTURE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Man comes to a true and full humanity only through culture, that is through the cultivation of the goods and values of nature. Wherever human life is involved, therefore, nature and culture are quite intimately connected one with the other."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The word \"culture\" in its general sense indicates everything whereby man develops and perfects his many bodily and spiritual qualities; he strives by his knowledge and his labor, to bring the world itself under his control. He renders social life more human both in the family and the civic community, through improvement of customs and institutions. Throughout the course of time he expresses, communicates and conserves in his works, great spiritual experiences and desires, that they might be of advantage to the progress of many, even of the whole human family."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thence it follows that human culture has necessarily a historical and social aspect and the word \"culture\" also often assumes a sociological and ethnological sense. According to this sense we speak of a plurality of cultures. Different styles of life and multiple scales of values arise from the diverse manner of using things, of laboring, of expressing oneself, of practicing religion, of forming customs, of establishing laws and juridic institutions, of cultivating the sciences, the arts and beauty. Thus the customs handed down to it form the patrimony proper to each human community. It is also in this way that there is formed the definite, historical milieu which enfolds the man of every nation and age and from which he draws the values which permit him to promote civilization."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SECTION 1 The Circumstances of Culture in the World Today"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The circumstances of the life of modern man have been so profoundly changed in their social and cultural aspects, that we can speak of a new age of human history.(1) New ways are open, therefore, for the perfection and the further extension of culture. These ways have been prepared by the enormous growth of natural, human and social sciences, by technical progress, and advances in developing and organizing means whereby men can communicate with one another. Hence the culture of today possesses particular characteristics: sciences which are called exact greatly develop critical judgment; the more recent psychological studies more profoundly explain human activity; historical studies make it much easier to see things in their mutable and evolutionary aspects, customs and usages are becoming more and more uniform; industrialization, urbanization, and other causes which promote community living create a mass-culture from which are born new ways of thinking, acting and making use of leisure. The increase of commerce between the various nations and human groups opens more widely to all the treasures of different civilizations and thus little by little, there develops a more universal form of human culture, which better promotes and expresses the unity of the human race to the degree that it preserves the particular aspects of the different civilizations."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "From day to day, in every group or nation, there is an increase in the number of men and women who are conscious that they themselves are the authors and the artisans of the culture of their community. Throughout the whole world there is a mounting increase in the sense of autonomy as well as of responsibility. This is of paramount importance for the spiritual and moral maturity of the human race. This becomes more clear if we consider the unification of the world and the duty which is imposed upon us, that we build a better world based upon truth and justice. Thus we are witnesses of the birth of a new humanism, one in which man is defined first of all by this responsibility to his brothers and to history."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In these conditions, it is no cause of wonder that man, who senses his responsibility for the progress of culture, nourishes a high hope but also looks with anxiety upon many contradictory things which he must resolve:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "What is to be done to prevent the increased exchanges between cultures, which should lead to a true and fruitful dialogue between groups and nations, from disturbing the life of communities, from destroying the wisdom received from ancestors, or from placing in danger the character proper to each people?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "How is the dynamism and expansion of a new culture to be fostered without losing a living fidelity to the heritage of tradition. This question is of particular urgency when a culture which arises from the enormous progress of science and technology must be harmonized with a culture nourished by classical studies according to various traditions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "How can we quickly and progressively harmonize the proliferation of particular branches of study with the necessity of forming a synthesis of them, and of preserving among men the faculties of contemplation and observation which lead to wisdom?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "What can be done to make all men partakers of cultural values in the world, when the human culture of those who are more competent is constantly becoming more refined and more complex?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally how is the autonomy which culture claims for itself to be recognized as legitimate without generating a notion of humanism which is merely terrestrial, and even contrary to religion itself."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the midst of these conflicting requirements, human culture must evolve today in such a way that it can both develop the whole human person and aid man in those duties to whose fulfillment all are called, especially Christians fraternally united in one human family."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SECTION 2 Some Principles for the Proper Development of Culture"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christians, on pilgrimage toward the heavenly city, should seek and think of these things which are above.(2) This duty in no way decreases, rather it increases, the importance of their obligation to work with all men in the building of a more human world. Indeed, the mystery of the Christian faith furnishes them with an excellent stimulant and aid to fulfill this duty more courageously and especially to uncover the full meaning of this activity, one which gives to human culture its eminent place in the integral vocation of man."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When man develops the earth by the work of his hands or with the aid of technology, in order that it might bear fruit and become a dwelling worthy of the whole human family and when he consciously takes part in the life of social groups, he carries out the design of God manifested at the beginning of time, that he should subdue the earth, perfect creation and develop himself. At the same time he obeys the commandment of Christ that he place himself at the service of his brethren."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore, when man gives himself to the various disciplines of philosophy, history and of mathematical and natural science, and when he cultivates the arts, he can do very much to elevate the human family to a more sublime understanding of truth, goodness, and beauty, and to the formation of considered opinions which have universal value. Thus mankind may be more clearly enlightened by that marvelous Wisdom which was with God from all eternity, composing all things with him, rejoicing in the earth, delighting in the sons of men.(4)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In this way, the human spirit, being less subjected to material things, can be more easily drawn to the worship and contemplation of the Creator. Moreover, by the impulse of grace, he is disposed to acknowledge the Word of God, Who before He became flesh in order to save all and to sum up all in Himself was already \"in the world\" as \"the true light which enlightens every man\" (John 1:9-10).(5)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indeed today's progress in science and technology can foster a certain exclusive emphasis on observable data, and an agnosticism about everything else. For the methods of investigation which these sciences use can be wrongly considered as the supreme rule of seeking the whole truth. By virtue of their methods these sciences cannot penetrate to the intimate notion of things. Indeed the danger is present that man, confiding too much in the discoveries of today, may think that he is sufficient unto himself and no longer seek the higher things."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those unfortunate results, however, do not necessarily follow from the culture of today, nor should they lead us into the temptation of not acknowledging its positive values. Among these values are included: scientific study and fidelity toward truth in scientific inquiries, the necessity of working together with others in technical groups, a sense of international solidarity, a clearer awareness of the responsibility of experts to aid and even to protect men, the desire to make the conditions of life more favorable for all, especially for those who are poor in culture or who are deprived of the opportunity to exercise responsibility. All of these provide some preparation for the acceptance of the message of the Gospel a preparation which can be animated by divine charity through Him Who has come to save the world."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There are many ties between the message of salvation and human culture. For God, revealing Himself to His people to the extent of a full manifestation of Himself in His Incarnate Son, has spoken according to the culture proper to each epoch."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Likewise the Church, living in various circumstances in the course of time, has used the discoveries of different cultures so that in her preaching she might spread and explain the message of Christ to all nations, that she might examine it and more deeply understand it, that she might give it better expression in liturgical celebration and in the varied life of the community of the faithful."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But at the same time, the Church, sent to all peoples of every time and place, is not bound exclusively and indissolubly to any race or nation, any particular way of life or any customary way of life recent or ancient. Faithful to her own tradition and at the same time conscious of her universal mission, she can enter into communion with the various civilizations, to their enrichment and the enrichment of the Church herself."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Gospel of Christ constantly renews the life and culture of fallen man, it combats and removes the errors and evils resulting from the permanent allurement of sin. It never eases to purify and elevate the morality of peoples. By riches coming from above, it makes fruitful, as it were from within, the spiritual qualities and traditions of every people of every age. It strengthens, perfects and restores(6) them in Christ. Thus the Church, in the very fulfillment of her own function,(7) stimulates and advances human and civic culture; by her action, also by her liturgy, she leads them toward interior liberty."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the above reasons, the Church recalls to the mind of all that culture is to be subordinated to the integral perfection of the human person, to the good of the community and of the whole society. Therefore it is necessary to develop the human faculties in such a way that there results a growth of the faculty of admiration, of intuition, of contemplation, of making personal judgment, of developing a religious, moral and social sense."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Culture, because it flows immediately from the spiritual and social character of man, has constant need of a just liberty in order to develop; it needs also the legitimate possibility of exercising its autonomy according to its own principles. It therefore rightly demands respect and enjoys a certain inviolability within the limits of the common good, as long, of course, as it preserves the rights of the individual and the community, whether particular or universal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This Sacred Synod, therefore, recalling the teaching of the first Vatican Council, declares that there are \"two orders of knowledge\" which are distinct, namely faith and reason; and that the Church does not forbid that \"the human arts and disciplines use their own principles and their proper method, each in its own domain\"; therefore \"acknowledging this just liberty,\" this Sacred Synod affirms the legitimate autonomy of human culture and especially of the sciences.(8)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All this supposes that, within the limits of morality and the common utility, man can freely search for the truth, express his opinion and publish it; that he can practice any art he chooses; that finally, he can avail himself of true information concerning events of a public nature.(9)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As for public authority, it is not its function to determine the character of the civilization, but rather to establish the conditions and to use the means which are capable of fostering the life of culture among all even within the minorities of a nation.(10) It is necessary to do everything possible to prevent culture from being turned away from its proper end and made to serve as an instrument of political or economic power."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SECTION 3 Some More Urgent Duties of Christians in Regard to Culture"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is now possible to free most of humanity from the misery of ignorance. Therefore the duty most consonant with our times, especially for Christians, is that of working diligently for fundamental decisions to be taken in economic and political affairs, both on the national and international level which will everywhere recognize and satisfy the right of all to a human and social culture in conformity with the dignity of the human person without any discrimination of race, sex, nation, religion or social condition. Therefore it is necessary to provide all with a sufficient quantity of cultural benefits, especially of those which constitute the so-called fundamental culture lest very many be prevented from cooperating in the promotion of the common good in a truly human manner because of illiteracy and a lack of responsible activity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We must strive to provide for those men who are gifted the possibility of pursuing higher studies; and in such a way that, as far as possible, they may occupy in society those duties, offices and services which are in harmony with their natural aptitude and the competence they have acquired.(11) Thus each man and the social groups of every people will be able to attain the full development of their culture in conformity with their qualities and traditions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Everything must be done to make everyone conscious of the right to culture and the duty he has of developing himself culturally and of helping others. Sometimes there exist conditions of life and of work which impede the cultural striving of men and destroy in them the eagerness for culture. This is especially true of farmers and workers. It is necessary to provide for them those working conditions which will not impede their human culture but rather favor it. Women now work in almost all spheres. It is fitting that they are able to assume their proper role in accordance with their own nature. It will belong to all to acknowledge and favor the proper and necessary participation of women in the cultural life."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Today it is more difficult to form a synthesis of the various disciplines of knowledge and the arts than it was formerly. For while the mass and the diversity of cultural factors are increasing, there is a decrease in each man's faculty of perceiving and unifying these things, so that the image of \"universal man\" is being lost sight of more and more. Nevertheless it remains each man's duty to retain an understanding of the whole human person in which the values of intellect, will, conscience and fraternity are preeminent. These values are all rooted in God the Creator and have been wonderfully restored and elevated in Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The family is, as it were, the primary mother and nurse of this education. There, the children, in an atmosphere of love, more easily learn the correct order of things, while proper forms of human culture impress themselves in an almost unconscious manner upon the mind of the developing adolescent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Opportunities for the same education are to be found also in the societies of today, due especially to the increased circulation of books and to the new means of cultural and social communication which can foster a universal culture. With the more or less generalized reduction of working hours, the leisure time of most men has increased. May this leisure be used properly to relax, to fortify the health of soul and body through spontaneous study and activity, through tourism which refines man's character and enriches him with understanding of others, through sports activity which helps to preserve equilibrium of spirit even in the community, and to establish fraternal relations among men of all conditions, nations and races. Let Christians cooperate so that the cultural manifestations and collective activity characteristic of our time may be imbued with a human and a Christian spirit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All these leisure activities however are not able to bring man to a full cultural development unless there is at the same time a profound inquiry into the meaning of culture and science for the human person."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although the Church has contributed much to the development of culture, experience shows that, for circumstantial reasons, it is sometimes difficult to harmonize culture with Christian teaching. These difficulties do not necessarily harm the life of faith, rather they can stimulate the mind to a deeper and more accurate understanding of the faith. The recent studies and findings of science, history and philosophy raise new questions which effect life and which demand new theological investigations. Furthermore, theologians, within the requirements and methods proper to theology, are invited to seek continually for more suitable ways of communicating doctrine to the men of their times; for the deposit of Faith or the truths are one thing and the manner in which they are enunciated, in the same meaning and understanding, is another.(12) In pastoral care, sufficient use must be made not only of theological principles, but also of the findings of the secular sciences, especially of psychology and sociology, so that the faithful may be brought to a more adequate and mature life of faith."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Literature and the arts are also, in their own way, of great importance to the life of the Church. They strive to make known the proper nature of man, his problems and his experiences in trying to know and perfect both himself and the world. They have much to do with revealing mans place in history and in the world; with illustrating the miseries and joys, the needs and strengths of man and with foreshadowing a better life for him. Thus they are able to elevate human life, expressed in multifold forms according to various times and regions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Efforts must be made so that those who foster these arts feel that the Church recognizes their activity and so that, enjoying orderly liberty, they may initiate more friendly relations with the Christian community. The Church acknowledges also new forms of art which are adapted to our age and are in keeping with the characteristics of various nations and regions. They may be brought into the sanctuary since they raise the mind to God, once the manner of expression is adapted and they are conformed to liturgical requirements.(13)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus the knowledge of God is better manifested and the preaching of the Gospel becomes clearer to human intelligence and shows itself to be relevant to man's actual conditions of life."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "May the faithful, therefore, live in very close union with the other men of their time and may they strive to understand perfectly their way of thinking and judging, as expressed in their culture. Let them blend new sciences and theories and the understanding of the most recent discoveries with Christian morality and the teaching of Christian doctrine, so that their religious culture and morality may keep pace with scientific knowledge and with the constantly progressing technology. Thus they will be able to interpret and evaluate all things in a truly Christian spirit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let those who teach theology in seminaries and universities strive to collaborate with men versed in the other sciences through a sharing of their resources and points of view. Theological inquiry should pursue a profound understanding of revealed truth; at the same time it should not neglect close contact with its own time that it may be able to help these men skilled in various disciplines to attain to a better understanding of the faith. This common effort will greatly aid the formation of priests, who will be able to present to our contemporaries the doctrine of the Church concerning God, man and the world, in a manner more adapted to them so that they may receive it more willingly.(14) Furthermore, it is to be hoped that many of the laity will receive a sufficient formation in the sacred sciences and that some will dedicate themselves professionally to these studies, developing and deepening them by their own labors. In order that they may fulfill their function, let it be recognized that all the faithful, whether clerics or laity, possess a lawful freedom of inquiry, freedom of thought and of expressing their mind with humility and fortitude in those matters on which they enjoy competence.(16)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL LIFE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the economic and social realms, too, the dignity and complete vocation of the human person and the welfare of society as a whole are to be respected and promoted. For man is the source, the center, and the purpose of all economic and social life."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Like other areas of social life, the economy of today is marked by man's increasing domination over nature, by closer and more intense relationships between citizens, groups, and countries and their mutual dependence, and by the increased intervention of the state. At the same time progress in the methods of production and in the exchange of goods and services has made the economy an instrument capable of better meeting the intensified needs of the human family."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reasons for anxiety, however, are not lacking. Many people, especially in economically advanced areas, seem, as it were, to be ruled by economics, so that almost their entire personal and social life is permeated with a certain economic way of thinking. Such is true both of nations that favor a collective economy and of others. At the very time when the development of economic life could mitigate social inequalities (provided that it be guided and coordinated in a reasonable and human way), it is often made to embitter them; or, in some places, it even results in a decline of the social status of the underprivileged and in contempt for the poor. While an immense number of people still lack the absolute necessities of life, some, even in less advanced areas, live in luxury or squander wealth. Extravagance and wretchedness exist side by side. While a few enjoy very great power of choice, the majority are deprived of almost all possibility of acting on their own initiative and responsibility, and often subsist in living and working conditions unworthy of the human person."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A similar lack of economic and social balance is to be noticed between agriculture, industry, and the services, and also between different parts of one and the same country. The contrast between the economically more advanced countries and other countries is becoming more serious day by day, and the very peace of the world can be jeopardized thereby."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Our contemporaries are coming to feel these inequalities with an ever sharper awareness, since they are thoroughly convinced that the ampler technical and economic possibilities which the world of today enjoys can and should correct this unhappy state of affairs. Hence, many reforms in the socioeconomic realm and a change of mentality and attitude are required of all. For this reason the Church down through the centuries and in the light of the Gospel has worked out the principles of justice and equity demanded by right reason both for individual and social life and for international life, and she has proclaimed them especially in recent times. This sacred council intends to strengthen these principles according to the circumstances of this age and to set forth certain guidelines, especially with regard to the requirements of economic development.(1)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SECTION 1 Economic Development"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Today more than ever before attention is rightly given to the increase of the production of agricultural and industrial goods and of the rendering of services, for the purpose of making provision for the growth of population and of satisfying the increasing desires of the human race. Therefore, technical progress, an inventive spirit, an eagerness to create and to expand enterprises, the application of methods of production, and the strenuous efforts of all who engage in production—in a word, all the elements making for such development—must be promoted. The fundamental finality of this production is not the mere increase of products nor profit or control but rather the service of man, and indeed of the whole man with regard for the full range of his material needs and the demands of his intellectual, moral, spiritual, and religious life; this applies to every man whatsoever and to every group of men, of every race and of every part of the world. Consequently, economic activity is to be carried on according to its own methods and laws within the limits of the moral order,\" so that God's plan for mankind may be realized.(3)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Economic development must remain under man's determination and must not be left to the judgment of a few men or groups possessing too much economic power or of the political community alone or of certain more powerful nations. It is necessary, on the contrary, that at every level the largest possible number of people and, when it is a question of international relations, all nations have an active share in directing that development. There is need as well of the coordination and fitting and harmonious combination of the spontaneous efforts of individuals and of free groups with the undertakings of public authorities."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Growth is not to be left solely to a kind of mechanical course of the economic activity of individuals, nor to the authority of government. For this reason, doctrines which obstruct the necessary reforms under the guise of a false liberty, and those which subordinate the basic rights of individual persons and groups to the collective organization of production must be shown to be erroneous.(4)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Citizens, on the other hand, should remember that it is their right and duty, which is also to be recognized by the civil authority, to contribute to the true progress of their own community according to their ability. Especially in underdeveloped areas, where all resources must urgently be employed, those who hold back their unproductive resources or who deprive their community of the material or spiritual aid that it needs—saving the personal right of migration—gravely endanger the common good."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To satisfy the demands of justice and equity, strenuous efforts must be made, without disregarding the rights of persons or the natural qualities of each country, to remove as quickly as possible the immense economic inequalities, which now exist and in many cases are growing and which are connected with individual and social discrimination. Likewise, in many areas, in view of the special difficulties of agriculture relative to the raising and selling of produce, country people must be helped both to increase and to market what they produce, and to introduce the necessary development and renewal and also obtain a fair income. Otherwise, as too often happens, they will remain in the condition of lower-class citizens. Let farmers themselves, especially young ones, apply themselves to perfecting their professional skill, for without it, there can be no agricultural advance.(5)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Justice and equity likewise require that the mobility, which is necessary in a developing economy, be regulated in such a way as to keep the life of individuals and their families from becoming insecure and precarious. When workers come from another country or district and contribute to the economic advancement of a nation or region by their labor, all discrimination as regards wages and working conditions must be carefully avoided. All the people, moreover, above all the public authorities, must treat them not as mere tools of production but as persons, and must help them to bring their families to live with them and to provide themselves with a decent dwelling; they must also see to it that these workers are incorporated into the social life of the country or region that receives them. Employment opportunities, however, should be created in their own areas as far as possible."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In economic affairs which today are subject to change, as in the new forms of industrial society in which automation, for example, is advancing, care must be taken that sufficient and suitable work and the possibility of the appropriate technical and professional formation are furnished. The livelihood and the human dignity especially of those who are in very difficult conditions because of illness or old age must be guaranteed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SECTION 2 Certain Principles Governing Socio-Economic Life as a Whole"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Human labor which is expended in the production and exchange of goods or in the performance of economic services is superior to the other elements of economic life, for the latter have only the nature of tools."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This labor, whether it is engaged in independently or hired by someone else, comes immediately from the person, who as it were stamps the things of nature with his seal and subdues them to his will. By his labor a man ordinarily supports himself and his family, is joined to his fellow men and serves them, and can exercise genuine charity and be a partner in the work of bringing divine creation to perfection. Indeed, we hold that through labor offered to God man is associated with the redemptive work of Jesus Christ, Who conferred an eminent dignity on labor when at Nazareth He worked with His own hands. From this there follows for every man the duty of working faithfully and also the right to work. It is the duty of society, moreover, according to the circumstances prevailing in it, and in keeping with its role, to help the citizens to find sufficient employment. Finally, remuneration for labor is to be such that man may be furnished the means to cultivate worthily his own material, social, cultural, and spiritual life and that of his dependents, in view of the function and productiveness of each one, the conditions of the factory or workshop, and the common good.(6)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since economic activity for the most part implies the associated work of human beings, any way of organizing and directing it which may be detrimental to any working men and women would be wrong and inhuman. It happens too often, however, even in our days, that workers are reduced to the level of being slaves to their own work. This is by no means justified by the so-called economic laws. The entire process of productive work, therefore, must be adapted to the needs of the person and to his way of life, above all to his domestic life, especially in respect to mothers of families, always with due regard for sex and age. The opportunity, moreover, should be granted to workers to unfold their own abilities and personality through the performance of their work. Applying their time and strength to their employment with a due sense of responsibility, they should also all enjoy sufficient rest and leisure to cultivate their familial, cultural, social and religious life. They should also have the opportunity freely to develop the energies and potentialities which perhaps they cannot bring to much fruition in their professional work."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In economic enterprises it is persons who are joined together, that is, free and independent human beings created to the image of God. Therefore, with attention to the functions of each—owners or employers, management or labor—and without doing harm to the necessary unity of management, the active sharing of all in the administration and profits of these enterprises in ways to be properly determined is to be promoted.(7) Since more often, however, decisions concerning economic and social conditions, on which the future lot of the workers and of their children depends, are made not within the business itself but by institutions on a higher level, the workers themselves should have a share also in determining these conditions—in person or through freely elected delegates."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Among the basic rights of the human person is to be numbered the right of freely founding unions for working people. These should be able truly to represent them and to contribute to the organizing of economic life in the right way. Included is the right of freely taking part in the activity of these unions without risk of reprisal. Through this orderly participation joined to progressive economic and social formation, all will grow day by day in the awareness of their own function and responsibility, and thus they will be brought to feel that they are comrades in the whole task of economic development and in the attainment of the universal common good according to their capacities and aptitudes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When, however, socio-economic disputes arise, efforts must be made to come to a peaceful settlement. Although recourse must always be had first to a sincere dialogue between the parties, a strike, nevertheless, can remain even in present-day circumstances a necessary, though ultimate, aid for the defense of the workers' own rights and the fulfillment of their just desires. As soon as possible, however, ways should be sought to resume negotiation and the discussion of reconciliation."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "God intended the earth with everything contained in it for the use of all human beings and peoples. Thus, under the leadership of justice and in the company of charity, created goods should be in abundance for all in like manner.(8) Whatever the forms of property may be, as adapted to the legitimate institutions of peoples, according to diverse and changeable circumstances, attention must always be paid to this universal destination of earthly goods. In using them, therefore, man should regard the external things that he legitimately possesses not only as his own but also as common in the sense that they should be able to benefit not only him but also others.(9) On the other hand, the right of having a share of earthly goods sufficient for oneself and one's family belongs to everyone. The Fathers and Doctors of the Church held this opinion, teaching that men are obliged to come to the relief of the poor and to do so not merely out of their superfluous goods.(10) If one is in extreme necessity, he has the right to procure for himself what he needs out of the riches of others.(11) Since there are so many people prostrate with hunger in the world, this sacred council urges all, both individuals and governments, to remember the aphorism of the Fathers, \"Feed the man dying of hunger, because if you have not fed him, you have killed him,\"(12) and really to share and employ their earthly goods, according to the ability of each, especially by supporting individuals or peoples with the aid by which they may be able to help and develop themselves."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In economically less advanced societies the common destination of earthly goods is partly satisfied by means of the customs and traditions proper to the community, by which the absolutely necessary things are furnished to each member. An effort must be made, however, to avoid regarding certain customs as altogether unchangeable, if they no longer answer the new needs of this age. On the other hand, imprudent action should not be taken against respectable customs which, provided they are suitably adapted to present-day circumstances, do not cease to be very useful. Similarly, in highly developed nations a body of social institutions dealing with protection and security can, for its own part, bring to reality the common destination of earthly goods. Family and social services, especially those that provide for culture and education, should be further promoted. When all these things are being organized, vigilance is necessary to present the citizens from being led into a certain inactivity vis-a-vis society or from rejecting the burden of taking up office or from refusing to serve."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-70",
              "number": "70",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Investments, for their part, must be directed toward procuring employment and sufficient income for the people both now and in the future. Whoever makes decisions concerning these investments and the planning of the economy—whether they be individuals or groups of public authorities—are bound to keep these objectives in mind and to recognize their serious obligation of watching, on the one hand, that provision be made for the necessities required for a decent life both of individuals and of the whole community and, on the other, of looking out for the future and of establishing a right balance between the needs of present-day consumption, both individual and collective, and the demands of investing for the generation to come. They should also always bear in mind the urgent needs of underdeveloped countries or regions. In monetary matters they should beware of hurting the welfare of their own country or of other countries. Care should also be taken lest the economically weak countries unjustly suffer any loss from a change in the value of money."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-71",
              "number": "71",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since property and other forms of private ownership of external goods contribute to the expression of the personality, and since, moreover, they furnish one an occasion to exercise his function in society and in the economy, it is very important that the access of both individuals and communities to some ownership of external goods be fostered"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Private property or some ownership of external goods confers on everyone a sphere wholly necessary for the autonomy of the person and the family, and it should be regarded as an extension of human freedom. Lastly, since it adds incentives for carrying on one's function and charge, it constitutes one of the conditions for civil liberties.(13)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The forms of such ownership or property are varied today and are becoming increasingly diversified. They all remain, however, a cause of security not to be underestimated, in spite of social funds, rights, and services provided by society. This is true not only of material property but also of immaterial things such as professional capacities."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The right of private ownership, however, is not opposed to the right inherent in various forms of public property. Goods can be transferred to the public domain only by the competent authority, according to the demands and within the limits of the common good, and with fair compensation. Furthermore, it is the right of public authority to prevent anyone from abusing his private property to the detriment of the common good.(14)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By its very nature private property has a social quality which is based on the law of the common destination of earthly goods.(15) If this social quality is overlooked, property often becomes an occasion of passionate desires for wealth and serious disturbances, so that a pretext is given to the attackers for calling the right itself into question."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In many underdeveloped regions there are large or even extensive rural estates which are only slightly cultivated or lie completely idle for the sake of profit, while the majority of the people either are without land or have only very small fields, and, on the other hand, it is evidently urgent to increase the productivity of the fields. Not infrequently those who are hired to work for the landowners or who till a portion of the land as tenants receive a wage or income unworthy of a human being, lack decent housing and are exploited by middlemen. Deprived of all security, they live under such personal servitude that almost every opportunity of acting on their own initiative and responsibility is denied to them and all advancement in human culture and all sharing in social and political life is forbidden to them. According to the different cases, therefore, reforms are necessary: that income may grow, working conditions should be improved, security in employment increased, and an incentive to working on one's own initiative given. Indeed, insufficiently cultivated estates should be distributed to those who can make these lands fruitful; in this case, the necessary things and means, especially educational aids and the right facilities for cooperative organization, must be supplied. Whenever, nevertheless, the common good requires expropriation, compensation must be reckoned in equity after all the circumstances have been weighed."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-72",
              "number": "72",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christians who take an active part in present-day socio-economic development and fight for justice and charity should be convinced that they can make a great contribution to the prosperity of mankind and to the peace of the world. In these activities let them, either as individuals or as members of groups, give a shining example. Having acquired the absolutely necessary skill and experience, they should observe the right order in their earthly activities in faithfulness to Christ and His Gospel. Thus their whole life, both individual and social, will be permeated with the spirit of the beatitudes, notably with a spirit of poverty."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whoever in obedience to Christ seeks first the Kingdom of God, takes therefrom a stronger and purer love for helping all his brethren and for perfecting the work of justice under the inspiration of charity.(16)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE LIFE OF THE POLITICAL COMMUNITY"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-73",
              "number": "73",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In our day, profound changes are apparent also in the structure and institutions of peoples. These result from their cultural, economic and social evolution. Such changes have a great influence on the life of the political community, especially regarding the rights and duties of all in the exercise of civil freedom and in the attainment of the common good, and in organizing the relations of citizens among themselves and with respect to public authority."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The present keener sense of human dignity has given rise in many parts of the world to attempts to bring about a politico-juridical order which will give better protection to the rights of the person in public life. These include the right freely to meet and form associations, the right to express one's own opinion and to profess one's religion both publicly and privately. The protection of the rights of a person is indeed a necessary condition so that citizens, individually or collectively, can take an active part in the life and government of the state."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Along with cultural, economic and social development, there is a growing desire among many people to play a greater part in organizing the life of the political community. In the conscience of many arises an increasing concern that the rights of minorities be recognized, without any neglect for their duties toward the political community. In addition, there is a steadily growing respect for men of other opinions or other religions. At the same time, there is wider cooperation to guarantee the actual exercise of personal rights to all citizens, and not only to a few privileged individuals."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "However, those political systems, prevailing in some parts of the world are to be reproved which hamper civic or religious freedom, victimize large numbers through avarice and political crimes, and divert the exercise of authority from the service of the common good to the interests of one or another faction or of the rulers themselves."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There is no better way to establish political life on a truly human basis than by fostering an inward sense of justice and kindliness, and of service to the common good, and by strengthening basic convictions as to the true nature of the political community and the aim, right exercise, and sphere of action of public authority."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-74",
              "number": "74",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Men, families and the various groups which make up the civil community are aware that they cannot achieve a truly human life by their own unaided efforts. They see the need for a wider community, within which each one makes his specific contribution every day toward an ever broader realization of the common good.(1) For this purpose they set up a political community according to various forms. The political community exists, consequently, for the sake of the common good, in which it finds its full justification and significance, and the source of its inherent legitimacy. Indeed, the common good embraces the sum of those conditions of the social life whereby men, families and associations more adequately and readily may attain their own perfection.(2)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yet the people who come together in the political community are many and diverse, and they have every right to prefer divergent solutions. If the political community is not to be torn apart while everyone follows his own opinion, there must be an authority to direct the energies of all citizens toward the common good, not in a mechanical or despotic fashion, but by acting above all as a moral force which appeals to each one's freedom and sense of responsibility."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is clear, therefore, that the political community and public authority are founded on human nature and hence belong to the order designed by God, even though the choice of a political regime and the appointment of rulers are left to the free will of citizens.(3)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It follows also that political authority, both in the community as such and in the representative bodies of the state, must always be exercised within the limits of the moral order and directed toward the common good—with a dynamic concept of that good—according to the juridical order legitimately established or due to be established. When authority is so exercised, citizens are bound in conscience to obey.(4) Accordingly, the responsibility, dignity and importance of leaders are indeed clear."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But where citizens are oppressed by a public authority overstepping its competence, they should not protest against those things which are objectively required for the common good; but it is legitimate for them to defend their own rights and the rights of their fellow citizens against the abuse of this authority, while keeping within those limits drawn by the natural law and the Gospels."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "According to the character of different peoples and their historic development, the political community can, however, adopt a variety of concrete solutions in its structures and the organization of public authority. For the benefit of the whole human family, these solutions must always contribute to the formation of a type of man who will be cultivated, peace-loving and well-disposed towards all his fellow men."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-75",
              "number": "75",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is in full conformity with human nature that there should be juridico-political structures providing all citizens in an ever better fashion and without any discrimination the practical possibility of freely and actively taking part in the establishment of the juridical foundations of the political community and in the direction of public affairs, in fixing the terms of reference of the various public bodies and in the election of political leaders.(5) All citizens, therefore, should be mindful of the right and also the duty to use their free vote to further the common good. The Church praises and esteems the work of those who for the good of men devote themselves to the service of the state and take on the burdens of this office."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If the citizens' responsible cooperation is to produce the good results which may be expected in the normal course of political life, there must be a statute of positive law providing for a suitable division of the functions and bodies of authority and an efficient and independent system for the protection of rights. The rights of all persons, families and groups, and their practical application, must be recognized, respected and furthered, together with the duties binding on all citizen.(6) Among the latter, it will be well to recall the duty of rendering the political community such material and personal service as are required by the common good. Rulers must be careful not to hamper the development of family, social or cultural groups, nor that of intermediate bodies or organizations, and not to deprive them of opportunities for legitimate and constructive activity; they should willingly seek rather to promote the orderly pursuit of such activity. Citizens, for their part, either individually or collectively, must be careful not to attribute excessive power to public authority, not to make exaggerated and untimely demands upon it in their own interests, lessening in this way the responsible role of persons, families and social groups."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The complex circumstances of our day make it necessary for public authority to intervene more often in social, economic and cultural matters in order to bring about favorable conditions which will give more effective help to citizens and groups in their free pursuit of man's total well-being. The relations, however, between socialization and the autonomy and development of the person can be understood in different ways according to various regions and the evolution of peoples. But when the exercise of rights is restricted temporarily for the common good, freedom should be restored immediately upon change of circumstances. Moreover, it is inhuman for public authority to fall back on dictatorial systems or totalitarian methods which violate the rights of the person or social groups."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Citizens must cultivate a generous and loyal spirit of patriotism, but without being narrow-minded. This means that they will always direct their attention to the good of the whole human family, united by the different ties which bind together races, people and nations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All Christians must be aware of their own specific vocation within the political community. It is for them to give an example by their sense of responsibility and their service of the common good. In this way they are to demonstrate concretely how authority can be compatible with freedom, personal initiative with the solidarity of the whole social organism, and the advantages of unity with fruitful diversity. They must recognize the legitimacy of different opinions with regard to temporal solutions, and respect citizens, who, even as a group, defend their points of view by honest methods. Political parties, for their part, must promote those things which in their judgement are required for the common good; it is never allowable to give their interests priority over the common good."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Great care must be taken about civic and political formation, which is of the utmost necessity today for the population as a whole, and especially for youth, so that all citizens can play their part in the life of the political community. Those who are suited or can become suited should prepare themselves for the difficult, but at the same time, the very noble art of politics,(8) and should seek to practice this art without regard for their own interests or for material advantages. With integrity and wisdom, they must take action against any form of injustice and tyranny, against arbitrary domination by an individual or a political party and any intolerance. They should dedicate themselves to the service of all with sincerity and fairness, indeed, with the charity and fortitude demanded by political life."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-76",
              "number": "76",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is very important, especially where a pluralistic society prevails, that there be a correct notion of the relationship between the political community and the Church, and a clear distinction between the tasks which Christians undertake, individually or as a group, on their own responsibility as citizens guided by the dictates of a Christian conscience, and the activities which, in union with their pastors, they carry out in the name of the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church, by reason of her role and competence, is not identified in any way with the political community nor bound to any political system. She is at once a sign and a safeguard of the transcendent character of the human person."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church and the political community in their own fields are autonomous and independent from each other. Yet both, under different titles, are devoted to the personal and social vocation of the same men. The more that both foster sounder cooperation between themselves with due consideration for the circumstances of time and place, the more effective will their service be exercised for the good of all. For man's horizons are not limited only to the temporal order; while living in the context of human history, he preserves intact his eternal vocation. The Church, for her part, founded on the love of the Redeemer, contributes toward the reign of justice and charity within the borders of a nation and between nations. By preaching the truths of the Gospel, and bringing to bear on all fields of human endeavor the light of her doctrine and of a Christian witness, she respects and fosters the political freedom and responsibility of citizens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Apostles, their successors and those who cooperate with them, are sent to announce to mankind Christ, the Savior. Their apostolate is based on the power of God, Who very often shows forth the strength of the Gospel on the weakness of its witnesses. All those dedicated to the ministry of God's Word must use the ways and means proper to the Gospel which in a great many respects differ from the means proper to the earthly city."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There are, indeed, close links between earthly things and those elements of man's condition which transcend the world. The Church herself makes use of temporal things insofar as her own mission requires it. She, for her part, does not place her trust in the privileges offered by civil authority. She will even give up the exercise of certain rights which have been legitimately acquired, if it becomes clear that their use will cast doubt on the sincerity of her witness or that new ways of life demand new methods. It is only right, however, that at all times and in all places, the Church should have true freedom to preach the faith, to teach her social doctrine, to exercise her role freely among men, and also to pass moral judgment in those matters which regard public order when the fundamental rights of a person or the salvation of souls require it. In this, she should make use of all the means—but only those—which accord with the Gospel and which correspond to the general good according to the diversity of times and circumstances."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "While faithfully adhering to the Gospel and fulfilling her mission to the world, the Church, whose duty it is to foster and elevate(9) all that is found to be true, good and beautiful in the human community, strengthens peace among men for the glory of God.(10)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE FOSTERING OF PEACE AND THE PROMOTION OF A COMMUNITY OF NATIONS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-77",
              "number": "77",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In our generation when men continue to be afflicted by acute hardships and anxieties arising from the ravages of war or the threat of it, the whole human family faces an hour of supreme crisis in its advance toward maturity. Moving gradually together and everywhere more conscious already of its unity, this family cannot accomplish its task of constructing for all men everywhere a world more genuinely human unless each person devotes himself to the cause of peace with renewed vigor. Thus it happens that the Gospel message, which is in harmony with the loftier strivings and aspirations of the human race, takes on a new luster in our day as it declares that the artisans of peace are blessed \"because they will be called the sons of God\" (Matt. 5:9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consequently, as it points out the authentic and noble meaning of peace and condemns the frightfulness of war, the Council wishes passionately to summon Christians to cooperate, under the help of Christ the author of peace, with all men in securing among themselves a peace based on justice and love and in setting up the instruments of peace."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-78",
              "number": "78",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Peace is not merely the absence of war; nor can it be reduced solely to the maintenance of a balance of power between enemies; nor is it brought about by dictatorship. Instead, it is rightly and appropriately called an enterprise of justice. Peace results from that order structured into human society by its divine Founder, and actualized by men as they thirst after ever greater justice. The common good of humanity finds its ultimate meaning in the eternal law. But since the concrete demands of this common good are constantly changing as time goes on, peace is never attained once and for all, but must be built up ceaselessly. Moreover, since the human will is unsteady and wounded by sin, the achievement of peace requires a constant mastering of passions and the vigilance of lawful authority."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But this is not enough. This peace on earth cannot be obtained unless personal well-being is safeguarded and men freely and trustingly share with one another the riches of their inner spirits and their talents. A firm determination to respect other men and peoples and their dignity, as well as the studied practice of brotherhood are absolutely necessary for the establishment of peace. Hence peace is likewise the fruit of love, which goes beyond what justice can provide."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That earthly peace which arises from love of neighbor symbolizes and results from the peace of Christ which radiates from God the Father. For by the cross the incarnate Son, the prince of peace reconciled all men with God. By thus restoring all men to the unity of one people and one body, He slew hatred in His own flesh; and, after being lifted on high by His resurrection, He poured forth the spirit of love into the hearts of men."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For this reason, all Christians are urgently summoned to do in love what the truth requires, and to join with all true peacemakers in pleading for peace and bringing it about."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Motivated by this same spirit, we cannot fail to praise those who renounce the use of violence in the vindication of their rights and who resort to methods of defense which are otherwise available to weaker parties too, provided this can be done without injury to the rights and duties of others or of the community itself."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insofar as men are sinful, the threat of war hangs over them, and hang over them it will until the return of Christ. But insofar as men vanquish sin by a union of love, they will vanquish violence as well and make these words come true: \"They shall turn their swords into plough-shares, and their spears into sickles. Nation shall not lift up sword against nation, neither shall they learn war any more\" (Isaiah 2:4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SECTION 1 The Avoidance of War"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-79",
              "number": "79",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Even though recent wars have wrought physical and moral havoc on our world, the devastation of battle still goes on day by day in some part of the world. Indeed, now that every kind of weapon produced by modern science is used in war, the fierce character of warfare threatens to lead the combatants to a savagery far surpassing that of the past. Furthermore, the complexity of the modern world and the intricacy of international relations allow guerrilla warfare to be drawn out by new methods of deceit and subversion. In many causes the use of terrorism is regarded as a new way to wage war."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Contemplating this melancholy state of humanity, the council wishes, above all things else, to recall the permanent binding force of universal natural law and its all-embracing principles. Man's conscience itself gives ever more emphatic voice to these principles. Therefore, actions which deliberately conflict with these same principles, as well as orders commanding such actions are criminal, and blind obedience cannot excuse those who yield to them. The most infamous among these are actions designed for the methodical extermination of an entire people, nation or ethnic minority. Such actions must be vehemently condemned as horrendous crimes. The courage of those who fearlessly and openly resist those who issue such commands merits supreme commendation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On the subject of war, quite a large number of nations have subscribed to international agreements aimed at making military activity and its consequences less inhuman. Their stipulations deal with such matters as the treatment of wounded soldiers and prisoners. Agreements of this sort must be honored. Indeed they should be improved upon so that the frightfulness of war can be better and more workably held in check. All men, especially government officials and experts in these matters, are bound to do everything they can to effect these improvements. Moreover, it seems right that laws make humane provisions for the case of those who for reasons of conscience refuse to bear arms, provided however, that they agree to serve the human community in some other way."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certainly, war has not been rooted out of human affairs. As long as the danger of war remains and there is no competent and sufficiently powerful authority at the international level, governments cannot be denied the right to legitimate defense once every means of peaceful settlement has been exhausted. State authorities and others who share public responsibility have the duty to conduct such grave matters soberly and to protect the welfare of the people entrusted to their care. But it is one thing to undertake military action for the just defense of the people, and something else again to seek the subjugation of other nations. Nor, by the same token, does the mere fact that war has unhappily begun mean that all is fair between the warring parties."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those too who devote themselves to the military service of their country should regard themselves as the agents of security and freedom of peoples. As long as they fulfill this role properly, they are making a genuine contribution to the establishment of peace."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-80",
              "number": "80",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The horror and perversity of war is immensely magnified by the addition of scientific weapons. For acts of war involving these weapons can inflict massive and indiscriminate destruction, thus going far beyond the bounds of legitimate defense. Indeed, if the kind of instruments which can now be found in the armories of the great nations were to be employed to their fullest, an almost total and altogether reciprocal slaughter of each side by the other would follow, not to mention the widespread devastation that would take place in the world and the deadly after effects that would be spawned by the use of weapons of this kind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All these considerations compel us to undertake an evaluation of war with an entirely new attitude.(1) The men of our time must realize that they will have to give a somber reckoning of their deeds of war for the course of the future will depend greatly on the decisions they make today."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With these truths in mind, this most holy synod makes its own the condemnations of total war already pronounced by recent popes,(2) and issues the following declaration."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Any act of war aimed indiscriminately at the destruction of entire cities of extensive areas along with their population is a crime against God and man himself. It merits unequivocal and unhesitating condemnation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The unique hazard of modern warfare consists in this: it provides those who possess modern scientific weapons with a kind of occasion for perpetrating just such abominations; moreover, through a certain inexorable chain of events, it can catapult men into the most atrocious decisions. That such may never truly happen in the future, the bishops of the whole world gathered together, beg all men, especially government officials and military leaders, to give unremitting thought to their gigantic responsibility before God and the entire human race."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-81",
              "number": "81",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To be sure, scientific weapons are not amassed solely for use in war. Since the defensive strength of any nation is considered to be dependent upon its capacity for immediate retaliation, this accumulation of arms, which increases each year, likewise serves, in a way heretofore unknown, as deterrent to possible enemy attack. Many regard this procedure as the most effective way by which peace of a sort can be maintained between nations at the present time."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whatever be the facts about this method of deterrence, men should be convinced that the arms race in which an already considerable number of countries are engaged is not a safe way to preserve a steady peace, nor is the so-called balance resulting from this race a sure and authentic peace. Rather than being eliminated thereby, the causes of war are in danger of being gradually aggravated. While extravagant sums are being spent for the furnishing of ever new weapons, an adequate remedy cannot be provided for the multiple miseries afflicting the whole modern world. Disagreements between nations are not really and radically healed; on the contrary, they spread the infection to other parts of the earth. New approaches based on reformed attitudes must be taken to remove this trap and to emancipate the world from its crushing anxiety through the restoration of genuine peace."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, we say it again: the arms race is an utterly treacherous trap for humanity, and one which ensnares the poor to an intolerable degree. It is much to be feared that if this race persists, it will eventually spawn all the lethal ruin whose path it is now making ready. Warned by the calamities which the human race has made possible, let us make use of the interlude granted us from above and for which we are thankful to become more conscious of our own responsibility and to find means for resolving our disputes in a manner more worthy of man. Divine Providence urgently demands of us that we free ourselves from the age-old slavery of war. If we refuse to make this effort, we do not know where we will be led by the evil road we have set upon."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is our clear duty, therefore, to strain every muscle in working for the time when all war can be completely outlawed by international consent. This goal undoubtedly requires the establishment of some universal public authority acknowledged as such by all and endowed with the power to safeguard on the behalf of all, security, regard for justice, and respect for rights. But before this hoped for authority can be set up, the highest existing international centers must devote themselves vigorously to the pursuit of better means for obtaining common security. Since peace must be born of mutual trust between nations and not be imposed on them through a fear of the available weapons, everyone must labor to put an end at last to the arms race, and to make a true beginning of disarmament, not unilaterally indeed, but proceeding at an equal pace according to agreement, and backed up by true and workable safeguards.(3)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-82",
              "number": "82",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the meantime, efforts which have already been made and are still underway to eliminate the danger of war are not to be underrated. On the contrary, support should be given to the good will of the very many leaders who work hard to do away with war, which they abominate. These men, although burdened by the extremely weighty preoccupations of their high office, are nonetheless moved by the very grave peacemaking task to which they are bound, even if they cannot ignore the complexity of matters as they stand. We should fervently ask God to give these men the strength to go forward perseveringly and to follow through courageously on this work of building peace with vigor. It is a work of supreme love for mankind. Today it certainly demands that they extend their thoughts and their spirit beyond the confines of their own nation, that they put aside national selfishness and ambition to dominate other nations, and that they nourish a profound reverence for the whole of humanity, which is already making its way so laboriously toward greater unity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-324",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The problems of peace and of disarmament have already been the subject of extensive, strenuous and constant examination. Together with international meetings dealing with these problems, such studies should be regarded as the first steps toward solving these serious questions, and should be promoted with even greater urgency by way of yielding concrete results in the future."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nevertheless, men should take heed not to entrust themselves only to the efforts of some, while not caring about their own attitudes. For government officials who must at one and the same time guarantee the good of their own people and promote the universal good are very greatly dependent on public opinion and feeling. It does them no good to work for peace as long as feelings of hostility, contempt and distrust, as well as racial hatred and unbending ideologies, continue to divide men and place them in opposing camps. Consequently there is above all a pressing need for a renewed education of attitudes and for new inspiration in public opinion. Those who are dedicated to the work of education, particularly of the young, or who mold public opinion, should consider it their most weighty task to instruct all in fresh sentiments of peace. Indeed, we all need a change of heart as we regard the entire world and those tasks which we can perform in unison for the betterment of our race."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-326",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But we should not let false hope deceive us. For unless enmities and hatred are put away and firm, honest agreements concerning world peace are reached in the future, humanity, which already is in the middle of a grave crisis, even though it is endowed with remarkable knowledge, will perhaps be brought to that dismal hour in which it will experience no peace other than the dreadful peace of death. But, while we say this, the Church of Christ, present in the midst of the anxiety of this age, does not cease to hope most firmly. She intends to propose to our age over and over again, in season and out of season, this apostolic message: \"Behold, now is the acceptable time for a change of heart; behold! now is the day of salvation.\"(4)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SECTION II Setting Up An International Community"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-83",
              "number": "83",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order to build up peace above all the causes of discord among men, especially injustice, which foment wars must be rooted out. Not a few of these causes come from excessive economic inequalities and from putting off the steps needed to remedy them. Other causes of discord, however, have their source in the desire to dominate and in a contempt for persons. And, if we look for deeper causes, we find them in human envy, distrust, pride, and other egotistical passions. Man cannot bear so many ruptures in the harmony of things. Consequently, the world is constantly beset by strife and violence between men, even when no war is being waged. Besides, since these same evils are present in the relations between various nations as well, in order to overcome or forestall them and to keep violence once unleashed within limits it is absolutely necessary for countries to cooperate more advantageously and more closely together and to organize together international bodies and to work tirelessly for the creation of organizations which will foster peace."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-84",
              "number": "84",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In view of the increasingly close ties of mutual dependence today between all the inhabitants and peoples of the earth, the apt pursuit and efficacious attainment of the universal common good now require of the community of nations that it organize itself in a manner suited to its present responsibilities, especially toward the many parts of the world which are still suffering from unbearable want."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To reach this goal, organizations of the international community, for their part, must make provision for men's different needs, both in the fields of social life—such as food supplies, health, education, labor and also in certain special circumstances which can crop up here and there, e.g., the need to promote the general improvement of developing countries, or to alleviate the distressing conditions in which refugees dispersed throughout the world find themselves, or also to assist migrants and their families."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Already existing international and regional organizations are certainly well-deserving of the human race. These are the first efforts at laying the foundations on an international level for a community of all men to work for the solution to the serious problems of our times, to encourage progress everywhere, and to obviate wars of whatever kind. In all of these activities the Church takes joy in the spirit of true brotherhood flourishing between Christians and non-Christians as it strives to make ever more strenuous efforts to relieve abundant misery."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-85",
              "number": "85",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The present solidarity of mankind also calls for a revival of greater international cooperation in the economic field. Although nearly all peoples have become autonomous, they are far from being free of every form of undue dependence, and far from escaping all danger of serious internal difficulties."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-333",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The development of a nation depends on human and financial aids. The citizens of each country must be prepared by education and professional training to discharge the various tasks of economic and social life. But this in turn requires the aid of foreign specialists who, when they give aid, will not act as overlords, but as helpers and fellow-workers. Developing nations will not be able to procure material assistance unless radical changes are made in the established procedures of modern world commerce. Other aid should be provided as well by advanced nations in the form of gifts, loans or financial investments. Such help should be accorded with generosity and without greed on the one side, and received with complete honesty on the other side."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If an authentic economic order is to be established on a world-wide basis, an end will have to be put to profiteering, to national ambitions, to the appetite for political supremacy, to militaristic calculations, and to machinations for the sake of spreading and imposing ideologies."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-86",
              "number": "86",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The following norms seem useful for such cooperation:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-336",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Developing nations should take great pains to seek as the object for progress to express and secure the total human fulfillment of their citizens. They should bear in mind that progress arises and grows above all out of the labor and genius of the nations themselves because it has to be based, not only on foreign aid, but especially on the full utilization of their own resources, and on the development of their own culture and traditions. Those who exert the greatest influence on others should be outstanding in this respect."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-337",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) On the other hand, it is a very important duty of the advanced nations to help the developing nations in discharging their above-mentioned responsibilities. They should therefore gladly carry out on their own home front those spiritual and material readjustments that are required for the realization of this universal cooperation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-338",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consequently, in business dealings with weaker and poorer nations, they should be careful to respect their profit, for these countries need the income they receive on the sale of their homemade products to support themselves."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-339",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) It is the role of the international community to coordinate and promote development, but in such a way that the resources earmarked for this purpose will be allocated as effectively as possible, and with complete equity. It is likewise this community's duty, with due regard for the principle of subsidiarity, so to regulate economic relations throughout the world that these will be carried out in accordance with the norms of justice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-340",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Suitable organizations should be set up to foster and regulate international business affairs, particularly with the underdeveloped countries, and to compensate for losses resulting from an excessive inequality of power among the various nations. This type of organization, in unison with technical cultural and financial aid, should provide the help which developing nations need so that they can advantageously pursue their own economic advancement."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) In many cases there is an urgent need to revamp economic and social structures. But one must guard against proposals of technical solutions that are untimely. This is particularly true of those solutions providing man with material conveniences, but nevertheless contrary to man's spiritual nature and advancement. For \"not by bread alone does man live, but by every word which proceeds from the mouth of God\" (Matt. 4:4). Every sector of the family of man carries within itself and in its best traditions some portion of the spiritual treasure entrusted by God to humanity, even though many may not be aware of the source from which it comes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-87",
              "number": "87",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "International cooperation is needed today especially for those peoples who, besides facing so many other difficulties, likewise undergo pressures due to a rapid increase in population. There is an urgent need to explore, with the full and intense cooperation of all, and especially of the wealthier nations, ways whereby the human necessities of food and a suitable education can be furnished and shared with the entire human community. But some peoples could greatly improve upon the conditions of their life if they would change over from antiquated methods of farming to the new technical methods, applying them with needed prudence according to their own circumstances. Their life would likewise be improved by the establishment of a better social order and by a fairer system for the distribution of land ownership."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Governments undoubtedly have rights and duties, within the limits of their proper competency, regarding the population problem in their respective countries, for instance, in the line of social and family life legislation, or regarding the migration of country-dwellers to the cities, or with respect to information concerning the condition and needs of the country. Since men today are giving thought to this problem and are so greatly disturbed over it, it is desirable in addition that Catholic specialists, especially in the universities, skillfully pursue and develop studies and projects on all these matters."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-344",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But there are many today who maintain that the increase in world population, or at least the population increase in some countries, must be radically curbed by every means possible and by any kind of intervention on the part of public authority. In view of this contention, the council urges everyone to guard against solutions, whether publicly or privately supported, or at times even imposed, which are contrary to the moral law. For in keeping with man's inalienable right to marry and generate children, a decision concerning the number of children they will have depends on the right judgment of the parents and it cannot in any way be left to the judgment of public authority. But since the judgment of the parents presupposes a rightly formed conscience, it is of the utmost importance that the way be open for everyone to develop a correct and genuinely human responsibility which respects the divine law and takes into consideration the circumstances of the situation and the time. But sometimes this requires an improvement in educational and social conditions, and, above all, formation in religion or at least a complete moral training. Men should discreetly be informed, furthermore, of scientific advances in exploring methods whereby spouses can be helped in regulating the number of their children and whose safeness has been well proven and whose harmony with the moral order has been ascertained."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-88",
              "number": "88",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christians should cooperate willingly and wholeheartedly in establishing an international order that includes a genuine respect for all freedoms and amicable brotherhood between all. This is all the more pressing since the greater part of the world is still suffering from so much poverty that it is as if Christ Himself were crying out in these poor to beg the charity of the disciples. Do not let men, then, be scandalized because some countries with a majority of citizens who are counted as Christians have an abundance of wealth, whereas others are deprived of the necessities of life and are tormented with hunger, disease, and every kind of misery. The spirit of poverty and charity are the glory and witness of the Church of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-346",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those Christians are to be praised and supported, therefore, who volunteer their services to help other men and nations. Indeed, it is the duty of the whole People of God, following the word and example of the bishops, to alleviate as far as they are able the sufferings of the modern age. They should do this too, as was the ancient custom in the Church, out of the substance of their goods, and not only out of what is superfluous."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-347",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The procedure of collecting and distributing aids, without being inflexible and completely uniform, should nevertheless be carried on in an orderly fashion in dioceses, nations, and throughout the entire world. Wherever it seems convenient, this activity of Catholics should be carried on in unison with other Christian brothers. For the spirit of charity does not forbid, but on the contrary commands that charitable activity be carried out in a careful and orderly manner. Therefore, it is essential for those who intend to dedicate themselves to the services of the developing nations to be properly trained in appropriate institutes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-89",
              "number": "89",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since, in virtue of her mission received from God, the Church preaches the Gospel to all men and dispenses the treasures of grace, she contributes to the ensuring of peace everywhere on earth and to the placing of the fraternal exchange between men on solid ground by imparting knowledge of the divine and natural law. Therefore, to encourage and stimulate cooperation among men, the Church must be clearly present in the midst of the community of nations both through her official channels and through the full and sincere collaboration of all Christians—a collaboration motivated solely by the desire to be of service to all."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-349",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This will come about more effectively if the faithful themselves, conscious of their responsibility as men and as Christians will exert their influence in their own milieu to arouse a ready willingness to cooperate with the international community. Special care must be given, in both religious and civil education, to the formation of youth in this regard."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-90",
              "number": "90",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "An outstanding form of international activity on the part of Christians is found in the joint efforts which, both as individuals and in groups, they contribute to institutes already established or to be established for the encouragement of cooperation among nations. There are also various Catholic associations on an international level which can contribute in many ways to the building up of a peaceful and fraternal community of nations. These should be strengthened by augmenting in them the number of well qualified collaborators, by increasing needed resources, and by advantageously fortifying the coordination of their energies. For today both effective action and the need for dialogue demand joint projects. Moreover, such associations contribute much to the development of a universal outlook—something certainly appropriate for Catholics. They also help to form an awareness of genuine universal solidarity and responsibility."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-351",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, it is very much to be desired that Catholics, in order to fulfill their role properly in the international community, will seek to cooperate actively and in a positive manner both with their separated brothers who together with them profess the Gospel of charity and with all men thirsting for true peace."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The council, considering the immensity of the hardships which still afflict the greater part of mankind today, regards it as most opportune that an organism of the universal Church be set up in order that both the justice and love of Christ toward the poor might be developed everywhere. The role of such an organism would be to stimulate the Catholic community to promote progress in needy regions and international social justice."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-91",
              "number": "91",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Drawn from the treasures of Church teaching, the proposals of this sacred synod look to the assistance of every man of our time, whether he believes in God, or does not explicitly recognize Him. If adopted, they will promote among men a sharper insight into their full destiny, and thereby lead them to fashion the world more to man's surpassing dignity, to search for a brotherhood which is universal and more deeply rooted, and to meet the urgencies of our ages with a gallant and unified effort born of love."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-354",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Undeniably this conciliar program is but a general one in several of its parts; and deliberately so, given the immense variety of situations and forms of human culture in the world. Indeed while it presents teaching already accepted in the Church, the program will have to be followed up and amplified since it sometimes deals with matters in a constant state of development. Still, we have relied on the word of God and the spirit of the Gospel. Hence we entertain the hope that many of our proposals will prove to be of substantial benefit to everyone, especially after they have been adapted to individual nations and mentalities by the faithful, under the guidance of their pastors."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-92",
              "number": "92",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By virtue of her mission to shed on the whole world the radiance of the Gospel message, and to unify under one Spirit all men of whatever nation, race or culture, the Church stands forth as a sign of that brotherhood which allows honest dialogue and gives it vigor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-356",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Such a mission requires in the first place that we foster within the Church herself mutual esteem, reverence and harmony, through the full recognition of lawful diversity. Thus all those who compose the one People of God, both pastors and the general faithful, can engage in dialogue with ever abounding fruitfulness. For the bonds which unite the faithful are mightier than anything dividing them. Hence, let there be unity in what is necessary; freedom in what is unsettled, and charity in any case."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-357",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Our hearts embrace also those brothers and communities not yet living with us in full communion; to them we are linked nonetheless by our profession of the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit, and by the bond of charity. We do not forget that the unity of Christians is today awaited and desired by many, too, who do not believe in Christ; for the farther it advances toward truth and love under the powerful impulse of the Holy Spirit, the more this unity will be a harbinger of unity and peace for the world at large. Therefore, by common effort and in ways which are today increasingly appropriate for seeking this splendid goal effectively, let us take pains to pattern ourselves after the Gospel more exactly every day, and thus work as brothers in rendering service to the human family. For, in Christ Jesus this family is called to the family of the sons of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-358",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We think cordially too of all who acknowledge God, and who preserve in their traditions precious elements of religion and humanity. We want frank conversation to compel us all to receive the impulses of the Spirit faithfully and to act on them energetically."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-359",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For our part, the desire for such dialogue, which can lead to truth through love alone, excludes no one, though an appropriate measure of prudence must undoubtedly be exercised. We include those who cultivate outstanding qualities of the human spirit, but do not yet acknowledge the Source of these qualities. We include those who oppress the Church and harass her in manifold ways. Since God the Father is the origin and purpose of all men, we are all called to be brothers. Therefore, if we have been summoned to the same destiny, human and divine, we can and we should work together without violence and deceit in order to build up the world in genuine peace."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-93",
              "number": "93",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mindful of the Lord's saying: \"by this will all men know that you are my disciples, if you have love for one another\" (John 13:35), Christians cannot yearn for anything more ardently than to serve the men of the modern world with mounting generosity and success. Therefore, by holding faithfully to the Gospel and benefiting from its resources, by joining with every man who loves and practices justice, Christians have shouldered a gigantic task for fulfillment in this world, a task concerning which they must give a reckoning to Him who will judge every man on the last of days."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-361",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Not everyone who cries, \"Lord, Lord,\" will enter into the kingdom of heaven, but those who do the Father's will by taking a strong grip on the work at hand. Now, the Father wills that in all men we recognize Christ our brother and love Him effectively, in word and in deed. By thus giving witness to the truth, we will share with others the mystery of the heavenly Father's love. As a consequence, men throughout the world will be aroused to a lively hope—the gift of the Holy Spirit—that some day at last they will be caught up in peace and utter happiness in that fatherland radiant with the glory of the Lord."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-362",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Now to Him who is able to accomplish all things in a measure far beyond what we ask or conceive, in keeping with the power that is at work in us—to Him be glory in the Church and in Christ Jesus, down through all the ages of time without end. Amen. (Eph. 3:20-21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-363",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-364",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Preface"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Pastoral Constitution \"De Ecclesia in Mundo Huius Temporis\" is made up of two parts; yet it constitutes an organic unity. By way of explanation: the constitution is called \"pastoral\" because, while resting on doctrinal principles, it seeks to express the relation of the Church to the world and modern mankind. The result is that, on the one hand, a pastoral slant is present in the first part, and, on the other hand, a doctrinal slant is present in the second part. In the first part, the Church develops her teaching on man, on the world which is the enveloping context of man's existence, and on man's relations to his fellow men. In part two, the Church gives closer consideration to various aspects of modern life and human society; special consideration is given to those questions and problems which, in this general area, seem to have a greater urgency in our day. As a result in part two the subject matter which is viewed in the light of doctrinal principles is made up of diverse elements. Some elements have a permanent value; others, only a transitory one. Consequently, the constitution must be interpreted according to the general norms of theological interpretation. Interpreters must bear in mind—especially in part two—the changeable circumstances which the subject matter, by its very nature, involves."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John 18:37; Matt. 20:28; Mark 10:45."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-367",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom. 7:14 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor. 5:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Acts 4:12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Heb. 13:8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Col. 1:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-374",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter I"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Gen. 1:26, Wis. 2:23."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Sir. 17:3-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom. 1:21-25."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John 8:34."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dan. 3:57-90."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Cor. 6:13-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Kings 16:7; Jer. 17:10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Sir. 17:7-8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom. 2:15-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XII, Radio address on the correct formation of a Christian conscience in the young, March 23, 1952: AAS (1952), p. 271."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Matt. 22:37-40; Gal. 5:14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Sir. 15:14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-387",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13 Cf. 2 Cor. 5:10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-388",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14 Cf. Wis. 1:13; 2:23-24; Rom. 5:21; 6:23; Jas. 1:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Cor. 15:56-57."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI, encyclical letter Divini Redemptoris, March 19, 1937: AAS 29 (1937), pp. 65-106; Pius XII, encyclical letter Ad Apostolorum Principis, June 29, 1958: AAS 50 (1958) pp. 601-614; John XXIII, encyclical letter Mater et Magistra May 15, 1961: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 451-453; Paul VI, Ecclesiam Suam, Aug. 6, 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 651-653."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, Chapter I, n. 8: AAS 57 (1965), p. 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-392",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18 Cf. Phil. 1:27."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "St. Augustine, Confessions I, 1: PL 32, 661."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom. 5: 14. Cf. Tertullian, De carnis resurrectione 6: \"The shape that the slime of the earth was given was intended with a view to Christ, the future man.\": P. 2, 282; CSEL 47, p. 33, 1. 12-13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor. 4:4."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Council of Constantinople, canon 7: \"The divine Word was not changed into a human nature, nor was a human nature absorbed by the Word.\" Denzinger 219 (428); Cf. also Third Council of Constantinople: \"For just as His most holy and immaculate human nature, though deified, was not destroyed (theotheisa ouk anerethe), but rather remained in its proper state and mode of being\": Denzinger 291 (556); Cf. Council of Chalcedon:\" to be acknowledged in two natures, without confusion change, division, or separation.\" Denzinger 148 (302)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Third Council of Constantinople: \"and so His human will, though deified, is not destroyed\": Denzinger 291 (556)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Heb. 4:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor. 5:18-19; Col. 1:20-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Pet. 2:21; Matt. 16:24; Luke 14:27."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom. 8:29; Col. 3:10-14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom. 8:1-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor. 4:14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Phil. 3:19; Rom. 8:17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, Chapter 2, n. 16: AAS 57 (1965), p. 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom. 8:32."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. The Byzantine Easter Liturgy."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom. 8:15 and Gal. 4:6; cf. also John 1:22 and John 3:1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-409",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter 2"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encyclical letter, Mater et Magistra, May 15, 1961: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 401-464, and encyclical letter Pacem in Terris, April 11, 1963: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 257-304; Paul VI encyclical letter Ecclesiam Suam, Aug. 6, 1964: AAS 54 (1864) pp. 609-659."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Luke 17:33."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. St. Thomas, 1 Ethica Lect. 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encyclical letter Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 418. Cf. also Pius XI, encyclical letter Quadragesimo Anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 222 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encyclical letter Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961) ."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Mark 2:27."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encyclical letter Pacem in Terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 266."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Jas. 2:15-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Luke 16:18-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encyclical letter Pacem in Terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 299 and 300."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Luke 6:37-38; Matt. 7:1-2; Rom. 2:1-11; 14:10, 14:10-12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Matt. 5:43-47."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, Chapter II, n. 9: AAS 57 (1965). pp. 12-13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Exodus 24:1-8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-424",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter 3"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Gen. 1:26-27; 9:3; Wis. 9:3."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Ps. 8:7 and 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encyclical letter Pacem in Terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 297."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Message to all mankind sent by the Fathers at the beginning of the Second Vatican Council, Oct. 20, 1962: AAS 54 (1962), p. 823."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Paul VI, Address to the diplomatic corps Jan 7 1965: AAS 57 (1965), p. 232."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. First Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Catholic Faith, Chapter III: Denz. 1785-1186 (3004-3005)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Msgr. Pio Paschini, Vita e opere di Galileo Galilei, 2 volumes, Vatican Press (1964)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Matt. 24:13; 13:24-30 and 36-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor. 6:10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John 1:3 and 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph. 1:10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John 3:16; Rom. 5:8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Acts 2:36; Matt. 28:18."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom. 15:16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Acts 1:7."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Cor. 7:31; St. Irenaeus, Adversus haereses, V, 36, PG, VIII, 1221."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor. 5:2; 2 Pet. 3:13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Cor. 2:9; Apoc. 21:4-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Cor. 15:42 and 53."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Cor. 13:8; 3:14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom. 8:19-21."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Luke 9:25."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI, encyclical letter Quadragesimo Anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 207."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Preface of the Feast of Christ the King."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-449",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter 4"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Paul VI, encyclical letter Ecclesiam Suam, III: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 637-659."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Titus 3:4: \"love of mankind.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph. 1:3; 5:6; 13-14, 23."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, Chapter I, n. 8: AAS 57 (1965), p. 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ibid., Chapter II, no. 9: AAS 57 (1965), p. 14; Cf. n. 8: AAS loc. cit., p. 11."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ibid., Chapter I, n. 8: AAS 57 (1965), p. 11."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. ibid., Chapter IV, n. 38: AAS 57 (1965), p. 43, with note 120."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom. 8:14-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Matt. 22:39."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, Chapter II, n. 9: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 12-14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XII, Address to the International Union of Institutes of Archeology, History and History of Art, March 9, 1956: AAS 48 (1965), p. 212: \"Its divine Founder, Jesus Christ, has not given it any mandate or fixed any end of the cultural order. The goal which Christ assigns to it is strictly religious. . . The Church must lead men to God, in order that they may be given over to him without reserve.... The Church can never lose sight of the strictly religious, supernatural goal. The meaning of all its activities, down to the last canon of its Code, can only cooperate directly or indirectly in this goal.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, Chapter I, n. 1: AAS 57 (1965), p. 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Heb. 13:14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Thess. 3:6-13; Eph. 4:28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-464",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15 Cf. Is. 58: 1-12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-465",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16 Cf. Matt. 23:3-23; Mark 7: 10-13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encyclical letter Mater et Magistra, IV: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 456-457; cf. I: AAS loc. cit., pp. 407, 410-411."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, Chapter III, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965), p. 35."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ibid., n. 28: AAS loc. cit. pp. 35-36."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. St. Ambrose, De virginitate, Chapter VIII, n. 48: ML 16, 278."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, Chapter II, n. 15: AAS 57 (1965) p. 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, Chapter II, n. 13: AAS 57 (1965), p. 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Justin, Dialogus cum Tryphene, Chapter 110; MG 6, 729 (ed. Otto), 1897, pp. 391-393: \". . .but the greater the number of persecutions which are inflicted upon us, so much the greater the number of other men who become devout believers through the name of Jesus.\" Cf. Tertullian, Apologeticus, Chapter L, 13: \"Every time you mow us down like grass, we increase in number: the blood of Christians is a seed!\" Cf. Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, Chapter II, no. 9: AAS 57 (1965), p. 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, Chapter II n. 15: AAS 57 (1965), p. 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Paul VI, address given on Feb. 3, 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-476",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter 1"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. St. Augustine, De Bene coniugali PL 40, 375-376 and 394, St. Thomas, Summa Theologica, Suppl. Quaest. 49, art. 3 ad 1, Decretum pro Armenis: Denz.-Schoen. 1327; Pius XI, encyclical letter Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930, pp. 547-548; Denz.-Schoen. 3703-3714."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI, encyclical letter Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930), pp. 546-547; Denz.-Schoen. 3706."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Hosea 2; Jer. 3:6-13; Ezech. 16 and 23; Is. 54."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Matt. 9:15; Mark 2:19-20; Luke 5:34-35; John 3:29; Cf. also 2 Cor. 11:2; Eph. 5:27; Rev. 19:7-8; 21:2 and 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph. 5:25."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Church: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 15-16; 40-41; 47."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pius XI, encyclical letter Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930), p. 583."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Tim. 5:3."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph. 5:32."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Gen. 2:22-24, Prov. 5:15-20; 31:10-31; Tob. 8:4-8; Cant. 1:2-3; 1:16; 4:16-5, 1; 7:8-14; 1 Cor. 7:3-6; Eph 5:25-33."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI, encyclical letter Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930), p. 547 and 548; Denz.-Schoen. 3707."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Cor. 7:5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XII, Address Tra le visite, Jan. 20, 1958: AAS 50 (1958), p. 91."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI, encyclical letter Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930): Denz.-Schoen. 3716-3718, Pius XII, Allocutio Conventui Unionis Italicae inter Obstetrices, Oct. 29, 1951: AAS 43 (1951), pp. 835-854, Paul VI, Address to a group of cardinals, June 23 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 581-589. Certain questions which need further and more careful investigation have been handed over, at the command of the Supreme Pontiff, to a commission for the study of population, family, and births, in order that, after it fulfills its function, the Supreme Pontiff may pass judgment. With the doctrine of the magisterium in this state, this holy synod does not intend to propose immediately concrete solutions."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph. 5:16; Col. 4:5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Sacramentarium Gregorianum: PL 78, 262."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom. 5:15 and 18; 6:5-11; Gal. 2:20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph. 5:25-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Introductory statement of this constitution, n. 4 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Col. 3:2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Gen. 1:28."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Prov. 8:30-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. St. Irenaeus, Adversus haereses, III, 11, 8 (ed. Sagnard p. 200; cf. ibid., 16, 6: pp. 290-292; 21, 10-22: pp. 370-372; 22 3: p. 378; etc.)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. the words of Pius XI to Father M. D. Roland-Gosselin \"It is necessary never to lose sight of the fact that the objective of the Church is to evangelize, not to civilize. If it civilizes, it is for the sake of evangelization.\" (Semaines sociales de France, Versailles, 1936, pp. 461-462)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "First Vatican Council, Constitution on the Catholic Faith: Denzinger 1795, 1799 (3015, 3019). Cf. Pius XI, encyclical letter Quadragesimo Anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 190."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encyclical letter Pacem in Terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 260."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encyclical letter Pacem in Terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 283; Pius XII, Radio address, Dec. 24, 1941: AAS 34 (1942), pp. 16-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "John XXIII, encyclical letter Pacem in Terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 260."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, prayer delivered on Oct. 11, 1962, at the beginning of the council: AAS 54 (1962), p. 792."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Constitution on the Sacred Liturgy, n. 123: AAS 56 (1964), p. 131; Paul VI, Discourse to the artists of Rome: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 439-442."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council, Decree on Priestly Training and Declaration on Christian Education."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, Chapter IV, n. 37: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 42-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XII, Address on March 23, 1952: AAS 44 (1953), p. 273; John XXIII, Allocution to the Catholic Association of Italian Workers, May 1, 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 358."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI, encyclical letter Quadragesimo Anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 190 ff; Pius XII, Address of March 23, 1952: AAS 44 (1952), p. 276 ff; John XXIII, encyclical letter Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (19ffl), p. 450; Vatican Council II, Decree on the Media of Social Communication, Chapter I, n. 6 AAS 56 (1964), p. 147."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Matt. 16:26, Luke 16:1-31, Col. 3:17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Leo XIII, encyclical letter Libertas, in Acta Leonis XIII, t. VIII, p. 220 ff; Pius XI, encyclical letter Quadragesimo Anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 191 ff; Pius XI, encyclical letter Divini Redemptoris: AAS 39 (1937), p. 65 ff; Pius XII, Nuntius natalicius 1941: AAS 34 (1942), p. 10 ff: John XXIII, encyclical letter Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 401-464."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In reference to agricultural problems cf. especially John XXIII, encyclical letter Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961),"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Leo XIII, encyclical letter Rerum Novarum: AAS 23 (1890-91), p. 649, p. 662; Pius XI, encyclical letter Quadragesimo Anno: AAS 23 (193-1), pp. 200-201; Pius XI, encyclical letter Divini Redemptoris: AAS 29 (1937), p. 92; Pius XII, Radio address on Christmas Eve 1942: AAS 35 (1943) p. 20; Pius XII, Allocution of June 13, 1943: AAS 35 (1943), p. 172; Pius XII, Radio address to the workers of Spain, March 11, 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 215; John XXIII, encyclical letter Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 419."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encyclical letter Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 408, 424, 427; however, the word \"curatione\" has been taken from the Latin text of the encyclical letter Quadragesimo Anno: AAS 23 (1931) p. 199. Under the aspect of the evolution of the question cf. also: Pius XII, Allocution of June 3, 1950: AAS 42 (1950) pp. 485-488; Paul VI, Allocution of June 8, 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 573-579."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XII, encyclical Sertum Laetitiae: AAS 31 (1939), p. 642, John XXIII, Consistorial allocution: AAS 52 (1960), pp. 5-11; John XXIII, encyclical letter Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 411."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. St. Thomas, Summa Theologica: II-II, q. 32, a. 5 ad 2; Ibid. q. 66, a. 2: cf. explanation in Leo XIII, encyclical letter Rerum Novarum: AAS 23 (1890-91) p. 651; cf. also Pius XII Allocution of June 1, 1941: AAS 33 (1941), p. 199; Pius XII, Birthday radio address 1954: AAS 47 (1955), p. 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. St. Basil, Hom. in illud Lucae \"Destruam horrea mea,\" n. 2 (PG 31, 263); Lactantius, Divinarum institutionum, lib. V. on justice (PL 6, 565 B); St. Augustine, In Ioann. Ev. tr. 50, n. 6 (PL 35, 1760); St. Augustine, Enarratio in Ps. CXLVII, 12 (PL 37, 192); St. Gregory the Great, Homiliae in Ev., hom. 20 (PL 76, 1165); St. Gregory the Great, Regulae Pastoralis liber, pars III c. 21 (PL 77 87); St. Bonaventure, In III Sent. d. 33, dub. 1 (ed Quacracchi, III, 728); St. Bonaventure, In IV Sent. d. 15, p. II, a. a q. 1 (ed. cit. IV, 371 b ); q. de superfluo (ms. Assisi Bibl. Comun. 186, ff. 112a-113a); St. Albert the Great, In III Sent., d. 33, a.3, sol. 1 (ed. Borgnet XXVIII, 611); Id. In IV Sent. d. 15, a. 1 (ed. cit. XXIX, 494-497). As for the determination of what is superfluous in our day and age, cf. John XXIII, Radio-television message of Sept. 11, 1962: AAS 54 (1962) p. 682: \"The obligation of every man, the urgent obligation of the Christian man, is to reckon what is superfluous by the measure of the needs of others, and to see to it that the administration and the distribution of created goods serve the common good.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In that case, the old principle holds true: \"In extreme necessity all goods are common, that is, all goods are to be shared.\" On the other hand, for the order, extension, and manner by which the principle is applied in the proposed text, besides the modern authors: cf. St. Thomas, Summa Theologica II-II, q. 66, a. 7. Obviously, for the correct application of the principle, all the conditions that are morally required must be met."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Gratiam, Decretum, C. 21, dist. LXXXVI (ed. Friedberg I, 302). This axiom is also found already in PL 54, 591 A (cf. in Antonianum 27 (1952) 349-366) i."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Leo XIII, encyclical letter Rerum Novarum: AAS 23 (1890-91) pp. 643-646, Pius XI, encyclical letter Quadragesimo Anno: AAS 23 (1931) p. 191; Pius XII, Radio message of June 1, 1941: AAS 33 (1941), p. 199; Pius XII, Radio message on Christmas Eve 1942: AAS 35 (1943), p. 17; Pius XII, Radio message of Sept. 1, 1944: AAS 36 (1944) p. 253; John XXIII, encyclical letter Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961) pp. 428-429."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI, encyclical letter Quadragesimo Anno: AAS 23 (1931) p. 214; John XXIII, encyclical letter Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 429."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XII, Radio message of Pentecost 1941: AAS 44 (1941) p. 199, John XXIII, encyclical letter Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961) p. 430."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the right use of goods according to the doctrine of the New Testament, cf. Luke 3:11, 10:30 ff; 11:41; 1 Pet. 5:3, Mark 8:36; 12:39-41; Jas. 5:1-6; 1 Tim. 6:8; Eph. 1:28; a Cor. 8:13; 1 John 3:17 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encyclical letter Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 417."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, ibid."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom. 13:1-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom. 13:5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XII, Radio message, Dec. 24, 1942: AAS 35 (1943) pp. 9-24; Dec. 24, 1944: AAS 37 (1945), pp. 11-17; John XXIII encyclical letter Pacem in Terris: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 263, 271 277 and 278."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XII, Radio message of June 7, 1941: AAS 33 (1941) p. 200: John XXIII, encyclical letter Pacem in Terris: 1.c., p. 273 and 274."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encyclical letter Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 416."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pius XI, Allocution \"Ai dirigenti della Federazione Universitaria Cattolica\". Discorsi di Pio XI (ed. Bertetto), Turin, vol. 1 (1960), p. 743."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, n. 13: AAS 57 (1965), p. 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Luke 2:14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-539",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter 5"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encyclical letter Pacem in Terris, April 11, 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 291; \"Therefore in this age of ours which prides itself on its atomic power, it is irrational to believe that war is still an apt means of vindicating violated rights.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XII, Allocution of Sept. 30, 1954: AAS 46 (1954) p. 589; Radio message of Dec. 24, 1954: AAS 47 (1955), pp. 15 ff, John XXIII, encyclical letter Pacem in Terris: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 286-291; Paul VI, Allocution to the United Nations, Oct. 4, 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encyclical letter Pacem in Terris, where reduction of arms is mentioned: AAS 55 (1963), p. 287."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor. 2:6."
            }
          ]
        },
        "es": {
          "code": "es",
          "label": "Español",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19651207_gaudium-et-spes_sp.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-52-vat-ii_const_19651207_gaudium-et-spes_sp.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONSTITUCIÓN PASTORAL GAUDIUM ET SPES SOBRE LA IGLESIA EN EL MUNDO ACTUAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROEMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unión íntima de la Iglesia con la familia humana universal"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los gozos y las esperanzas, las tristezas y las angustias de los hombres de nuestro tiempo, sobre todo de los pobres y de cuantos sufren, son a la vez gozos y esperanzas, tristezas y angustias de los discípulos de Cristo. Nada hay verdaderamente humano que no encuentre eco en su corazón. La comunidad cristiana está integrada por hombres que, reunidos en Cristo, son guiados por el Espíritu Santo en su peregrinar hacia el reino del Padre y han recibido la buena nueva de la salvación para comunicarla a todos. La Iglesia por ello se siente íntima y realmente solidaria del genero humano y de su historia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Destinatarios de la palabra conciliar"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por ello, el Concilio Vaticano II, tras haber profundizado en el misterio de la Iglesia, se dirige ahora no sólo a los hijos de la Iglesia católica y a cuantos invocan a Cristo, sino a todos los hombres, con el deseo de anunciar a todos cómo entiende la presencia y la acción de la Iglesia en el mundo actual."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tiene pues, ante sí la Iglesia al mundo, esto es, la entera familia humana con el conjunto universal de las realidades entre las que ésta vive; el mundo, teatro de la historia humana, con sus afanes, fracasos y victorias; el mundo, que los cristianos creen fundado y conservado por el amor del Creador, esclavizado bajo la servidumbre del pecado, pero liberado por Cristo, crucificado y resucitado, roto el poder del demonio, para que el mundo se transforme según el propósito divino y llegue a su consumación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Al servicio del hombre"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En nuestros días, el género humano, admirado de sus propios descubrimientos y de su propio poder, se formula con frecuencia preguntas angustiosas sobre la evolución presente del mundo, sobre el puesto y la misión del hombre en el universo, sobre el sentido de sus esfuerzos individuales y colectivos, sobre el destino último de las cosas y de la humanidad. El Concilio, testigo y expositor de la fe de todo el Pueblo de Dios congregado por Cristo, no puede dar prueba mayor de solidaridad, respeto y amor a toda la familia humana que la de dialogar con ella acerca de todos estos problemas, aclarárselos a la luz del Evangelio y poner a disposición del género humano el poder salvador que la Iglesia, conducida por el Espíritu Santo, ha recibido de su Fundador. Es la persona del hombre la que hay que salvar. Es la sociedad humana la que hay que renovar. Es, por consiguiente, el hombre; pero el hombre todo entero, cuerpo y alma, corazón y conciencia, inteligencia y voluntad, quien será el objeto central de las explicaciones que van a seguir."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Al proclamar el Concilio la altísima vocación del hombre y la divina semilla que en éste se oculta, ofrece al género humano la sincera colaboración de la Iglesia para lograr la fraternidad universal que responda a esa vocación. No impulsa a la Iglesia ambición terrena alguna. Sólo desea una cosa: continuar, bajo la guía del Espíritu, la obra misma de Cristo, quien vino al mundo para dar testimonio de la verdad, para salvar y no para juzgar, para servir y no para ser servido."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EXPOSICIÓN PRELIMINAR"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SITUACIÓN DEL HOMBRE EN EL MUNDO DE HOY"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esperanzas y temores"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para cumplir esta misión es deber permanente de la Iglesia escrutar a fondo los signos de la época e interpretarlos a la luz del Evangelio, de forma que, acomodándose a cada generación, pueda la Iglesia responder a los perennes interrogantes de la humanidad sobre el sentido de la vida presente y de la vida futura y sobre la mutua relación de ambas. Es necesario por ello conocer y comprender el mundo en que vivimos, sus esperanzas, sus aspiraciones y el sesgo dramático que con frecuencia le caracteriza. He aquí algunos rasgos fundamentales del mundo moderno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El género humano se halla en un período nuevo de su historia, caracterizado por cambios profundos y acelerados, que progresivamente se extienden al universo entero. Los provoca el hombre con su inteligencia y su dinamismo creador; pero recaen luego sobre el hombre, sobre sus juicios y deseos individuales y colectivos, sobre sus modos de pensar y sobre su comportamiento para con las realidades y los hombres con quienes convive. Tan es así esto, que se puede ya hablar de una verdadera metamorfosis social y cultural, que redunda también en la vida religiosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como ocurre en toda crisis de crecimiento, esta transformación trae consigo no leves dificultades. Así mientras el hombre amplía extraordinariamente su poder, no siempre consigue someterlo a su servicio. Quiere conocer con profundidad creciente su intimidad espiritual, y con frecuencia se siente más incierto que nunca de sí mismo. Descubre paulatinamente las leyes de la vida social, y duda sobre la orientación que a ésta se debe dar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jamás el género humano tuvo a su disposición tantas riquezas, tantas posibilidades, tanto poder económico. Y, sin embargo, una gran parte de la humanidad sufre hambre y miseria y son muchedumbre los que no saben leer ni escribir. Nunca ha tenido el hombre un sentido tan agudo de su libertad, y entretanto surgen nuevas formas de esclavitud social y psicológica. Mientras el mundo siente con tanta viveza su propia unidad y la mutua interdependencia en ineludible solidaridad, se ve, sin embargo, gravísimamente dividido por la presencia de fuerzas contrapuestas. Persisten, en efecto, todavía agudas tensiones políticas, sociales, económicas, raciales e ideológicas, y ni siquiera falta el peligro de una guerra que amenaza con destruirlo todo. Se aumenta la comunicación de las ideas; sin embargo, aun las palabras definidoras de los conceptos más fundamentales revisten sentidos harto diversos en las distintas ideologías. Por último, se busca con insistencia un orden temporal más perfecto, sin que avance paralelamente el mejoramiento de los espíritus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Afectados por tan compleja situación, muchos de nuestros contemporáneos difícilmente llegan a conocer los valores permanentes y a compaginarlos con exactitud al mismo tiempo con los nuevos descubrimientos. La inquietud los atormenta, y se preguntan, entre angustias y esperanzas, sobre la actual evolución del mundo. El curso de la historia presente en un desafío al hombre que le obliga a responder."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cambios profundos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La turbación actual de los espíritus y la transformación de las condiciones de vida están vinculadas a una revolución global más amplia, que da creciente importancia, en la formación del pensamiento, a las ciencias matemáticas y naturales y a las que tratan del propio hombre; y, en el orden práctico, a la técnica y a las ciencias de ella derivadas. El espíritu científico modifica profundamente el ambiente cultural y las maneras de pensar. La técnica con sus avances está transformando la faz de la tierra e intenta ya la conquista de los espacios interplanetarios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "También sobre el tiempo aumenta su imperio la inteligencia humana, ya en cuanto al pasado, por el conocimiento de la historia; ya en cuanto al futuro, por la técnica prospectiva y la planificación. Los progresos de las ciencias biológicas, psicológicas y sociales permiten al hombre no sólo conocerse mejor, sino aun influir directamente sobre la vida de las sociedades por medio de métodos técnicos. Al mismo tiempo, la humanidad presta cada vez mayor atención a la previsión y ordenación de la expansión demográfica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La propia historia está sometida a un proceso tal de aceleración, que apenas es posible al hombre seguirla. El género humano corre una misma suerte y no se diversifica ya en varias historias dispersas. La humanidad pasa así de una concepción más bien estática de la realidad a otra más dinámica y evolutiva, de donde surge un nuevo conjunto de problemas que exige nuevos análisis y nuevas síntesis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cambios en el orden social"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por todo ello, son cada día más profundos los cambios que experimentan las comunidades locales tradicionales, como la familia patriarcal, el clan, la tribu, la aldea, otros diferentes grupos, y las mismas relaciones de la convivencia social."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El tipo de sociedad industrial se extiende paulatinamente, llevando a algunos países a una economía de opulencia y transformando profundamente concepciones y condiciones milenarias de la vida social. La civilización urbana tiende a un predominio análogo por el aumento de las ciudades y de su población y por la tendencia a la urbanización, que se extiende a las zonas rurales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nuevos y mejores medios de comunicación social contribuyen al conocimiento de los hechos y a difundir con rapidez y expansión máximas los modos de pensar y de sentir, provocando con ello muchas repercusiones simultáneas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Y no debe subestimarse el que tantos hombres, obligados a emigrar por varios motivos, cambien su manera de vida."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De esta manera, las relaciones humanas se multiplican sin cesar y el mismo tiempo la propia socialización crea nuevas relaciones, sin que ello promueva siempre, sin embargo, el adecuado proceso de maduración de la persona y las relaciones auténticamente personales (personalización)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta evolución se manifiesta sobre todo en las naciones que se benefician ya de los progresos económicos y técnicos; pero también actúa en los pueblos en vías de desarrollo, que aspiran a obtener para sí las ventajas de la industrialización y de la urbanización. Estos últimos, sobre todo los que poseen tradiciones más antiguas, sienten también la tendencia a un ejercicio más perfecto y personal de la libertad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cambios psicológicos, morales y religiosos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El cambio de mentalidad y de estructuras somete con frecuencia a discusión las ideas recibidas. Esto se nota particularmente entre jóvenes, cuya impaciencia e incluso a veces angustia, les lleva a rebelarse. Conscientes de su propia función en la vida social, desean participar rápidamente en ella. Por lo cual no rara vez los padres y los educadores experimentan dificultades cada día mayores en el cumplimiento de sus tareas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las instituciones, las leyes, las maneras de pensar y de sentir, heredadas del pasado, no siempre se adaptan bien al estado actual de cosas. De ahí una grave perturbación en el comportamiento y aun en las mismas normas reguladoras de éste."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las nuevas condiciones ejercen influjo también sobre la vida religiosa. Por una parte, el espíritu crítico más agudizado la purifica de un concepto mágico del mundo y de residuos supersticiosos y exige cada vez más una adhesión verdaderamente personal y operante a la fe, lo cual hace que muchos alcancen un sentido más vivo de lo divino. Por otra parte, muchedumbres cada vez más numerosas se alejan prácticamente de la religión. La negación de Dios o de la religión no constituye, como en épocas pasadas, un hecho insólito e individual; hoy día, en efecto, se presenta no rara vez como exigencia del progreso científico y de un cierto humanismo nuevo. En muchas regiones esa negación se encuentra expresada no sólo en niveles filosóficos, sino que inspira ampliamente la literatura, el arte, la interpretación de las ciencias humanas y de la historia y la misma legislación civil. Es lo que explica la perturbación de muchos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los desequilibrios del mundo moderno"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Una tan rápida mutación, realizada con frecuencia bajo el signo del desorden, y la misma conciencia agudizada de las antinomias existentes hoy en el mundo, engendran o aumentan contradicciones y desequilibrios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Surgen muchas veces en el propio hombre el desequilibrio entre la inteligencia práctica moderna y una forma de conocimiento teórico que no llega a dominar y ordenar la suma de sus conocimientos en síntesis satisfactoria. Brota también el desequilibrio entre el afán por la eficacia práctica y las exigencias de la conciencia moral, y no pocas veces entre las condiciones de la vida colectiva y a las exigencias de un pensamiento personal y de la misma contemplación. Surge, finalmente, el desequilibrio entre la especialización profesional y la visión general de las cosas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aparecen discrepancias en la familia, debidas ya al peso de las condiciones demográficas, económicas y sociales, ya a los conflictos que surgen entre las generaciones que se van sucediendo, ya a las nuevas relaciones sociales entre los dos sexos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nacen también grandes discrepancias raciales y sociales de todo género. Discrepancias entre los países ricos, los menos ricos y los pobres. Discrepancias, por último, entre las instituciones internacionales, nacidas de la aspiración de los pueblos a la paz, y las ambiciones puestas al servicio de la expansión de la propia ideología o los egoísmos colectivos existentes en las naciones y en otras entidades sociales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todo ello alimenta la mutua desconfianza y la hostilidad, los conflictos y las desgracias, de los que el hombre es, a la vez, causa y víctima."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aspiraciones más universales de la humanidad"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre tanto, se afianza la convicción de que el género humano puede y debe no sólo perfeccionar su dominio sobre las cosas creadas, sino que le corresponde además establecer un orden político, económico y social que esté más al servicio del hombre y permita a cada uno y a cada grupo afirmar y cultivar su propia dignidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De aquí las instantes reivindicaciones económicas de muchísimos, que tienen viva conciencia de que la carencia de bienes que sufren se debe a la injusticia o a una no equitativa distribución. Las naciones en vía de desarrollo, como son las independizadas recientemente, desean participar en los bienes de la civilización moderna, no sólo en el plano político, sino también en el orden económico, y desempeñar libremente su función en el mundo. Sin embargo, está aumentando a diario la distancia que las separa de las naciones más ricas y la dependencia incluso económica que respecto de éstas padecen. Los pueblos hambrientos interpelan a los pueblos opulentos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La mujer, allí donde todavía no lo ha logrado, reclama la igualdad de derecho y de hecho con el hombre. Los trabajadores y los agricultores no sólo quieren ganarse lo necesario para la vida, sino que quieren también desarrollar por medio del trabajo sus dotes personales y participar activamente en la ordenación de la vida económica, social, política y cultural. Por primera vez en la historia, todos los pueblos están convencidos de que los beneficios de la cultura pueden y deben extenderse realmente a todas las naciones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero bajo todas estas reivindicaciones se oculta una aspiración más profunda y más universal: las personas y los grupos sociales están sedientos de una vida plena y de una vida libre, digna del hombre, poniendo a su servicio las inmensas posibilidades que les ofrece el mundo actual. Las naciones, por otra parte, se esfuerzan cada vez más por formar una comunidad universal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De esta forma, el mundo moderno aparece a la vez poderoso y débil, capaz de lo mejor y de lo peor, pues tiene abierto el camino para optar entre la libertad o la esclavitud, entre el progreso o el retroceso, entre la fraternidad o el odio. El hombre sabe muy bien que está en su mano el dirigir correctamente las fuerzas que él ha desencadenado, y que pueden aplastarle o servirle. Por ello se interroga a sí mismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los interrogantes más profundos del hombre"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En realidad de verdad, los desequilibrios que fatigan al mundo moderno están conectados con ese otro desequilibrio fundamental que hunde sus raíces en el corazón humano. Son muchos los elementos que se combaten en el propio interior del hombre. A fuer de criatura, el hombre experimenta múltiples limitaciones; se siente, sin embargo, ilimitado en sus deseos y llamado a una vida superior. Atraído por muchas solicitaciones, tiene que elegir y que renunciar. Más aún, como enfermo y pecador, no raramente hace lo que no quiere y deja de hacer lo que querría llevar a cabo. Por ello siente en sí mismo la división, que tantas y tan graves discordias provoca en la sociedad. Son muchísimos los que, tarados en su vida por el materialismo práctico, no quieren saber nada de la clara percepción de este dramático estado, o bien, oprimidos por la miseria, no tienen tiempo para ponerse a considerarlo. Otros esperan del solo esfuerzo humano la verdadera y plena liberación de la humanidad y abrigan el convencimiento de que el futuro del hombre sobre la tierra saciará plenamente todos sus deseos. Y no faltan, por otra parte, quienes, desesperando de poder dar a la vida un sentido exacto, alaban la insolencia de quienes piensan que la existencia carece de toda significación propia y se esfuerzan por darle un sentido puramente subjetivo. Sin embargo, ante la actual evolución del mundo, son cada día más numerosos los que se plantean o los que acometen con nueva penetración las cuestiones más fundamentales: ¿Qué es el hombre? ¿Cuál es el sentido del dolor, del mal, de la muerte, que, a pesar de tantos progresos hechos, subsisten todavía? ¿Qué valor tienen las victorias logradas a tan caro precio? ¿Qué puede dar el hombre a la sociedad? ¿Qué puede esperar de ella? ¿Qué hay después de esta vida temporal?."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cree la Iglesia que Cristo, muerto y resucitado por todos, da al hombre su luz y su fuerza por el Espíritu Santo a fin de que pueda responder a su máxima vocación y que no ha sido dado bajo el cielo a la humanidad otro nombre en el que sea necesario salvarse. Igualmente cree que la clave, el centro y el fin de toda la historia humana se halla en su Señor y Maestro. Afirma además la Iglesia que bajo la superficie de lo cambiante hay muchas cosas permanentes, que tienen su último fundamento en Cristo, quien existe ayer, hoy y para siempre. Bajo la luz de Cristo, imagen de Dios invisible, primogénito de toda la creación, el Concilio habla a todos para esclarecer el misterio del hombre y para cooperar en el hallazgo de soluciones que respondan a los principales problemas de nuestra época."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRIMERA PARTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA IGLESIA Y LA VOCACIÓN DEL HOMBRE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay que responder a las mociones del Espíritu"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Pueblo de Dios, movido por la fe, que le impulsa a creer que quien lo conduce es el Espíritu del Señor, que llena el universo, procura discernir en los acontecimientos, exigencias y deseos, de los cuales participa juntamente con sus contemporáneos, los signos verdaderos de la presencia o de los planes de Dios. La fe todo lo ilumina con nueva luz y manifiesta el plan divino sobre la entera vocación del hombre. Por ello orienta la menta hacia soluciones plenamente humanas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Concilio se propone, ante todo, juzgar bajo esta luz los valores que hoy disfrutan la máxima consideración y enlazarlos de nuevo con su fuente divina. Estos valores, por proceder de la inteligencia que Dios ha dado al hombre, poseen una bondad extraordinaria; pero, a causa de la corrupción del corazón humano, sufren con frecuencia desviaciones contrarias a su debida ordenación. Por ello necesitan purificación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "¿Qué piensa del hombre la Iglesia? ¿Qué criterios fundamentales deben recomendarse para levantar el edificio de la sociedad actual? ¿Qué sentido último tiene la acción humana en el universo? He aquí las preguntas que aguardan respuesta. Esta hará ver con claridad que el Pueblo de Dios y la humanidad, de la que aquél forma parte, se prestan mutuo servicio, lo cual demuestra que la misión de la Iglesia es religiosa y, por lo mismo, plenamente humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA DIGNIDAD DE LA PERSONA HUMANA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El hombre, imagen de Dios"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Creyentes y no creyentes están generalmente de acuerdo en este punto: todos los bienes de la tierra deben ordenarse en función del hombre, centro y cima de todos ellos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero, ¿qué es el hombre? Muchas son las opiniones que el hombre se ha dado y se da sobre sí mismo. Diversas e incluso contradictorias. Exaltándose a sí mismo como regla absoluta o hundiéndose hasta la desesperación. La duda y la ansiedad se siguen en consecuencia. La Iglesia siente profundamente estas dificultades, y, aleccionada por la Revelación divina, puede darles la respuesta que perfile la verdadera situación del hombre, dé explicación a sus enfermedades y permita conocer simultáneamente y con acierto la dignidad y la vocación propias del hombre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Biblia nos enseña que el hombre ha sido creado \"a imagen de Dios\", con capacidad para conocer y amar a su Creador, y que por Dios ha sido constituido señor de la entera creación visible para gobernarla y usarla glorificando a Dios. ¿Qué es el hombre para que tú te acuerdes de él? ¿O el hijo del hombre para que te cuides de él? Apenas lo has hecho inferior a los ángeles al coronarlo de gloria y esplendor. Tú lo pusiste sobre la obra de tus manos. Todo fue puesto por ti debajo de sus pies (Ps 8, 5-7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero Dios no creó al hombre en solitario. Desde el principio los hizo hombre y mujer (Gen l,27). Esta sociedad de hombre y mujer es la expresión primera de la comunión de personas humanas. El hombre es, en efecto, por su íntima naturaleza, un ser social, y no puede vivir ni desplegar sus cualidades sin relacionarse con los demás."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dios, pues, nos dice también la Biblia, miró cuanto había hecho, y lo juzgó muy bueno (Gen 1,31)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El pecado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Creado por Dios en la justicia, el hombre, sin embargo, por instigación del demonio, en el propio exordio de la historia, abusó de su libertad, levantándose contra Dios y pretendiendo alcanzar su propio fin al margen de Dios. Conocieron a Dios, pero no le glorificaron como a Dios. Obscurecieron su estúpido corazón y prefirieron servir a la criatura, no al Creador. Lo que la Revelación divina nos dice coincide con la experiencia. El hombre, en efecto, cuando examina su corazón, comprueba su inclinación al mal y se siente anegado por muchos males, que no pueden tener origen en su santo Creador. Al negarse con frecuencia a reconocer a Dios como su principio, rompe el hombre la debida subordinación a su fin último, y también toda su ordenación tanto por lo que toca a su propia persona como a las relaciones con los demás y con el resto de la creación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es esto lo que explica la división íntima del hombre. Toda la vida humana, la individual y la colectiva, se presenta como lucha, y por cierto dramática, entre el bien y el mal, entre la luz y las tinieblas. Más todavía, el hombre se nota incapaz de domeñar con eficacia por sí solo los ataques del mal, hasta el punto de sentirse como aherrojado entre cadenas. Pero el Señor vino en persona para liberar y vigorizar al hombre, renovándole interiormente y expulsando al príncipe de este mundo (cf. Io 12,31), que le retenía en la esclavitud del pecado. El pecado rebaja al hombre, impidiéndole lograr su propia plenitud."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A la luz de esta Revelación, la sublime vocación y la miseria profunda que el hombre experimenta hallan simultáneamente su última explicación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Constitución del hombre"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En la unidad de cuerpo y alma, el hombre, por su misma condición corporal, es una síntesis del universo material, el cual alcanza por medio del hombre su más alta cima y alza la voz para la libre alabanza del Creador. No debe, por tanto, despreciar la vida corporal, sino que, por el contrario, debe tener por bueno y honrar a su propio cuerpo, como criatura de Dios que ha de resucitar en el último día. Herido por el pecado, experimenta, sin embargo, la rebelión del cuerpo. La propia dignidad humana pide, pues, que glorifique a Dios en su cuerpo y no permita que lo esclavicen las inclinaciones depravadas de su corazón."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No se equivoca el hombre al afirmar su superioridad sobre el universo material y al considerarse no ya como partícula de la naturaleza o como elemento anónimo de la ciudad humana. Por su interioridad es, en efecto, superior al universo entero; a esta profunda interioridad retorna cuando entra dentro de su corazón, donde Dios le aguarda, escrutador de los corazones, y donde él personalmente, bajo la mirada de Dios, decide su propio destino. Al afirmar, por tanto, en sí mismo la espiritualidad y la inmortalidad de su alma, no es el hombre juguete de un espejismo ilusorio provocado solamente por las condiciones físicas y sociales exteriores, sino que toca, por el contrario, la verdad más profunda de la realidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignidad de la inteligencia, verdad y sabiduría"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tiene razón el hombre, participante de la luz de la inteligencia divina, cuando afirma que por virtud de su inteligencia es superior al universo material. Con el ejercicio infatigable de su ingenio a lo largo de los siglos, la humanidad ha realizado grandes avances en las ciencias positivas, en el campo de la técnica y en la esfera de las artes liberales. Pero en nuestra época ha obtenido éxitos extraordinarios en la investigación y en el dominio del mundo material. Siempre, sin embargo, ha buscado y ha encontrado una verdad más profunda. La inteligencia no se ciñe solamente a los fenómenos. Tiene capacidad para alcanzar la realidad inteligible con verdadera certeza, aunque a consecuencia del pecado esté parcialmente oscurecida y debilitada."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, la naturaleza intelectual de la persona humana se perfecciona y debe perfeccionarse por medio de la sabiduría, la cual atrae con suavidad la mente del hombre a la búsqueda y al amor de la verdad y del bien. Imbuido por ella, el hombre se alza por medio de lo visible hacia lo invisible."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nuestra época, más que ninguna otra, tiene necesidad de esta sabiduría para humanizar todos los nuevos descubrimientos de la humanidad. El destino futuro del mundo corre peligro si no forman hombres más instruidos en esta sabiduría. Debe advertirse a este respecto que muchas naciones económicamente pobres, pero ricas en esta sabiduría, pueden ofrecer a las demás una extraordinaria aportación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con el don del Espíritu Santo, el hombre llega por la fe a contemplar y saborear el misterio del plan divino."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignidad de la conciencia moral"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En lo más profundo de su conciencia descubre el hombre la existencia de una ley que él no se dicta a sí mismo, pero a la cual debe obedecer, y cuya voz resuena, cuando es necesario, en los oídos de su corazón, advirtiéndole que debe amar y practicar el bien y que debe evitar el mal: haz esto, evita aquello. Porque el hombre tiene una ley escrita por Dios en su corazón, en cuya obediencia consiste la dignidad humana y por la cual será juzgado personalmente. La conciencia es el núcleo más secreto y el sagrario del hombre, en el que éste se siente a solas con Dios, cuya voz resuena en el recinto más íntimo de aquélla. Es la conciencia la que de modo admirable da a conocer esa ley cuyo cumplimiento consiste en el amor de Dios y del prójimo. La fidelidad a esta conciencia une a los cristianos con los demás hombres para buscar la verdad y resolver con acierto los numerosos problemas morales que se presentan al individuo y a la sociedad. Cuanto mayor es el predominio de la recta conciencia, tanto mayor seguridad tienen las personas y las sociedades para apartarse del ciego capricho y para someterse a las normas objetivas de la moralidad. No rara vez, sin embargo, ocurre que yerra la conciencia por ignorancia invencible, sin que ello suponga la pérdida de su dignidad. Cosa que no puede afirmarse cuando el hombre se despreocupa de buscar la verdad y el bien y la conciencia se va progresivamente entenebreciendo por el hábito del pecado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Grandeza de la libertad"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La orientación del hombre hacia el bien sólo se logra con el uso de la libertad, la cual posee un valor que nuestros contemporáneos ensalzan con entusiasmo. Y con toda razón. Con frecuencia, sin embargo, la fomentan de forma depravada, como si fuera pura licencia para hacer cualquier cosa, con tal que deleite, aunque sea mala. La verdadera libertad es signo eminente de la imagen divina en el hombre. Dios ha querido dejar al hombre en manos de su propia decisión para que así busque espontáneamente a su Creador y, adhiriéndose libremente a éste, alcance la plena y bienaventurada perfección. La dignidad humana requiere, por tanto, que el hombre actúe según su conciencia y libre elección, es decir, movido e inducido por convicción interna personal y no bajo la presión de un ciego impulso interior o de la mera coacción externa. El hombre logra esta dignidad cuando, liberado totalmente de la cautividad de las pasiones, tiende a su fin con la libre elección del bien y se procura medios adecuados para ello con eficacia y esfuerzo crecientes. La libertad humana, herida por el pecado, para dar la máxima eficacia a esta ordenación a Dios, ha de apoyarse necesariamente en la gracia de Dios. Cada cual tendrá que dar cuanta de su vida ante el tribunal de Dios según la conducta buena o mala que haya observado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El misterio de la muerte"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El máximo enigma de la vida humana es la muerte. El hombre sufre con el dolor y con la disolución progresiva del cuerpo. Pero su máximo tormento es el temor por la desaparición perpetua. Juzga con instinto certero cuando se resiste a aceptar la perspectiva de la ruina total y del adiós definitivo. La semilla de eternidad que en sí lleva, por se irreducible a la sola materia, se levanta contra la muerte. Todos los esfuerzos de la técnica moderna, por muy útiles que sea, no pueden calmar esta ansiedad del hombre: la prórroga de la longevidad que hoy proporciona la biología no puede satisfacer ese deseo del más allá que surge ineluctablemente del corazón humano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mientras toda imaginación fracasa ante la muerte, la Iglesia, aleccionada por la Revelación divina, afirma que el hombre ha sido creado por Dios para un destino feliz situado más allá de las fronteras de la miseria terrestre. La fe cristiana enseña que la muerte corporal, que entró en la historia a consecuencia del pecado, será vencida cuando el omnipotente y misericordioso Salvador restituya al hombre en la salvación perdida por el pecado. Dios ha llamado y llama al hombre a adherirse a El con la total plenitud de su ser en la perpetua comunión de la incorruptible vida divina. Ha sido Cristo resucitado el que ha ganado esta victoria para el hombre, liberándolo de la muerte con su propia muerte. Para todo hombre que reflexione, la fe, apoyada en sólidos argumentos, responde satisfactoriamente al interrogante angustioso sobre el destino futuro del hombre y al mismo tiempo ofrece la posibilidad de una comunión con nuestros mismos queridos hermanos arrebatados por la muerte, dándonos la esperanza de que poseen ya en Dios la vida verdadera."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formas y raíces del ateísmo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La razón más alta de la dignidad humana consiste en la vocación del hombre a la unión con Dios. Desde su mismo nacimiento, el hombre es invitado al diálogo con Dios. Existe pura y simplemente por el amor de Dios, que lo creó, y por el amor de Dios, que lo conserva. Y sólo se puede decir que vive en la plenitud de la verdad cuando reconoce libremente ese amor y se confía por entero a su Creador. Muchos son, sin embargo, los que hoy día se desentienden del todo de esta íntima y vital unión con Dios o la niegan en forma explícita. Es este ateísmo uno de los fenómenos más graves de nuestro tiempo. Y debe ser examinado con toda atención."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La palabra \"ateísmo\" designa realidades muy diversas. Unos niegan a Dios expresamente. Otros afirman que nada puede decirse acerca de Dios. Los hay que someten la cuestión teológica a un análisis metodológico tal, que reputa como inútil el propio planteamiento de la cuestión. Muchos, rebasando indebidamente los límites sobre esta base puramente científica o, por el contrario, rechazan sin excepción toda verdad absoluta. Hay quienes exaltan tanto al hombre, que dejan sin contenido la fe en Dios, ya que les interesa más, a lo que parece, la afirmación del hombre que la negación de Dios. Hay quienes imaginan un Dios por ellos rechazado, que nada tiene que ver con el Dios del Evangelio. Otros ni siquiera se plantean la cuestión de la existencia de Dios, porque, al parecer, no sienten inquietud religiosa alguna y no perciben el motivo de preocuparse por el hecho religiosos. Además, el ateísmo nace a veces como violenta protesta contra la existencia del mal en el mundo o como adjudicación indebida del carácter absoluto a ciertos bienes humanos que son considerados prácticamente como sucedáneos de Dios. La misma civilización actual, no en sí misma, pero sí por su sobrecarga de apego a la tierra, puede dificultar en grado notable el acceso del hombre a Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quienes voluntariamente pretenden apartar de su corazón a Dios y soslayar las cuestiones religiosas, desoyen el dictamen de su conciencia y, por tanto, no carecen de culpa. Sin embargo, también los creyentes tienen en esto su parte de responsabilidad. Porque el ateísmo, considerado en su total integridad, no es un fenómeno originario, sino un fenómeno derivado de varias causas, entre las que se debe contar también la reacción crítica contra las religiones, y, ciertamente en algunas zonas del mundo, sobre todo contra la religión cristiana. Por lo cual, en esta génesis del ateísmo pueden tener parte no pequeña los propios creyentes, en cuanto que, con el descuido de la educación religiosa, o con la exposición inadecuada de la doctrina, o incluso con los defectos de su vida religiosa, moral y social, han velado más bien que revelado el genuino rostro de Dios y de la religión."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El ateísmo sistemático"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con frecuencia, el ateísmo moderno reviste también la forma sistemática, la cual, dejando ahora otras causas, lleva el afán de autonomía humana hasta negar toda dependencia del hombre respecto de Dios. Los que profesan este ateísmo afirman que la esencia de la libertad consiste en que el hombre es el fin de sí mismo, el único artífice y creador de su propia historia. Lo cual no puede conciliarse, según ellos, con el reconocimiento del Señor, autor y fin de todo, o por lo menos tal afirmación de Dios es completamente superflua. El sentido de poder que el progreso técnico actual da al hombre puede favorecer esta doctrina."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre las formas del ateísmo moderno debe mencionarse la que pone la liberación del hombre principalmente en su liberación económica y social. Pretende este ateísmo que la religión, por su propia naturaleza, es un obstáculo para esta liberación, porque, al orientar el espíritu humano hacia una vida futura ilusoria, apartaría al hombre del esfuerzo por levantar la ciudad temporal. Por eso, cuando los defensores de esta doctrina logran alcanzar el dominio político del Estado, atacan violentamente a la religión, difundiendo el ateísmo, sobre todo en materia educativa, con el uso de todos los medios de presión que tiene a su alcance el poder público."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Actitud de la Iglesia ante el ateísmo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia, fiel a Dios y fiel a los hombres, no puede dejar de reprobar con dolor, pero con firmeza, como hasta ahora ha reprobado, esas perniciosas doctrinas y conductas, que son contrarias a la razón y a la experiencia humana universal y privan al hombre de su innata grandeza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quiere, sin embargo, conocer las causas de la negación de Dios que se esconden en la mente del hombre ateo. Consciente de la gravedad de los problemas planteados por el ateísmo y movida por el amor que siente a todos los hombres, la Iglesia juzga que los motivos del ateísmo deben ser objeto de serio y más profundo examen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia afirma que el reconocimiento de Dios no se opone en modo alguno a la dignidad humana, ya que esta dignidad tiene en el mismo Dios su fundamento y perfección. Es Dios creador el que constituye al hombre inteligente y libre en la sociedad. Y, sobre todo, el hombre es llamado, como hijo, a la unión con Dios y a la participación de su felicidad. Enseña además la Iglesia que la esperanza escatológica no merma la importancia de las tareas temporales, sino que más bien proporciona nuevos motivos de apoyo para su ejercicio. Cuando, por el contrario, faltan ese fundamento divino y esa esperanza de la vida eterna, la dignidad humana sufre lesiones gravísimas -es lo que hoy con frecuencia sucede-, y los enigmas de la vida y de la muerte, de la culpa y del dolor, quedan sin solucionar, llevando no raramente al hombre a la desesperación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todo hombre resulta para sí mismo un problema no resuelto, percibido con cierta obscuridad. Nadie en ciertos momentos, sobre todo en los acontecimientos más importantes de la vida, puede huir del todo el interrogante referido. A este problema sólo Dios da respuesta plena y totalmente cierta; Dios, que llama al hombre a pensamientos más altos y a una búsqueda más humilde de la verdad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El remedio del ateísmo hay que buscarlo en la exposición adecuada de la doctrina y en la integridad de vida de la Iglesia y de sus miembros. A la Iglesia toca hacer presentes y como visibles a Dios Padre y a su Hijo encarnado con la continua renovación y purificación propias bajo la guía del Espíritu Santo. Esto se logra principalmente con el testimonio de una fe viva y adulta, educada para poder percibir con lucidez las dificultades y poderlas vencer. Numerosos mártires dieron y dan preclaro testimonio de esta fe, la cual debe manifestar su fecundidad imbuyendo toda la vida, incluso la profana, de los creyentes, e impulsándolos a la justicia y al amor, sobre todo respecto del necesitado. Mucho contribuye, finalmente, a esta afirmación de la presencia de Dios el amor fraterno de los fieles, que con espíritu unánime colaboran en la fe del Evangelio y se alzan como signo de unidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia, aunque rechaza en forma absoluta el ateísmo, reconoce sinceramente que todos los hombres, creyentes y no creyentes, deben colaborar en la edificación de este mundo, en el que viven en común. Esto no puede hacerse sin un prudente y sincero diálogo. Lamenta, pues, la Iglesia la discriminación entre creyentes y no creyentes que algunas autoridades políticas, negando los derechos fundamentales de la persona humana, establecen injustamente. Pide para los creyentes libertad activa para que puedan levantar en este mundo también un templo a Dios. E invita cortésmente a los ateos a que consideren sin prejuicios el Evangelio de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia sabe perfectamente que su mensaje está de acuerdo con los deseos más profundos del corazón humano cuando reivindica la dignidad de la vocación del hombre, devolviendo la esperanza a quienes desesperan ya de sus destinos más altos. Su mensaje, lejos de empequeñecer al hombre, difunde luz, vida y libertad para el progreso humano. Lo único que puede llenar el corazón del hombre es aquello que \"nos hiciste, Señor, para ti, y nuestro corazón está inquieto hasta que descanse en ti\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, el Hombre nuevo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En realidad, el misterio del hombre sólo se esclarece en el misterio del Verbo encarnado. Porque Adán, el primer hombre, era figura del que había de venir, es decir, Cristo nuestro Señor, Cristo, el nuevo Adán, en la misma revelación del misterio del Padre y de su amor, manifiesta plenamente el hombre al propio hombre y le descubre la sublimidad de su vocación. Nada extraño, pues, que todas las verdades hasta aquí expuestas encuentren en Cristo su fuente y su corona."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El que es imagen de Dios invisible (Col 1,15) es también el hombre perfecto, que ha devuelto a la descendencia de Adán la semejanza divina, deformada por el primer pecado. En él, la naturaleza humana asumida, no absorbida, ha sido elevada también en nosotros a dignidad sin igual. El Hijo de Dios con su encarnación se ha unido, en cierto modo, con todo hombre. Trabajó con manos de hombre, pensó con inteligencia de hombre, obró con voluntad de hombre, amó con corazón de hombre. Nacido de la Virgen María, se hizo verdaderamente uno de los nuestros, semejantes en todo a nosotros, excepto en el pecado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cordero inocente, con la entrega libérrima de su sangre nos mereció la vida. En El Dios nos reconcilió consigo y con nosotros y nos liberó de la esclavitud del diablo y del pecado, por lo que cualquiera de nosotros puede decir con el Apóstol: El Hijo de Dios me amó y se entregó a sí mismo por mí (Gal 2,20). Padeciendo por nosotros, nos dio ejemplo para seguir sus pasos y, además abrió el camino, con cuyo seguimiento la vida y la muerte se santifican y adquieren nuevo sentido."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El hombre cristiano, conformado con la imagen del Hijo, que es el Primogénito entre muchos hermanos, recibe las primicias del Espíritu (Rom 8,23), las cuales le capacitan para cumplir la ley nueva del amor. Por medio de este Espíritu, que es prenda de la herencia (Eph 1,14), se restaura internamente todo el hombre hasta que llegue la redención del cuerpo (Rom 8,23). Si el Espíritu de Aquel que resucitó a Jesús de entre los muertos habita en vosotros, el que resucitó a Cristo Jesús de entre los muertos dará también vida a vuestros cuerpos mortales por virtud de su Espíritu que habita en vosotros (Rom 8,11). Urgen al cristiano la necesidad y el deber de luchar, con muchas tribulaciones, contra el demonio, e incluso de padecer la muerte. Pero, asociado al misterio pascual, configurado con la muerte de Cristo, llegará, corroborado por la esperanza, a la resurrección."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esto vale no solamente para los cristianos, sino también para todos los hombres de buena voluntad, en cuyo corazón obra la gracia de modo invisible. Cristo murió por todos, y la vocación suprema del hombre en realidad es una sola, es decir, la divina. En consecuencia, debemos creer que el Espíritu Santo ofrece a todos la posibilidad de que, en la forma de sólo Dios conocida, se asocien a este misterio pascual."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este es el gran misterio del hombre que la Revelación cristiana esclarece a los fieles. Por Cristo y en Cristo se ilumina el enigma del dolor y de la muerte, que fuera del Evangelio nos envuelve en absoluta obscuridad. Cristo resucitó; con su muerte destruyó la muerte y nos dio la vida, para que, hijos en el Hijo, clamemos en el Espíritu: Abba!,¡Padre!"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA COMUNIDAD HUMANA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Propósito del Concilio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre los principales aspectos del mundo actual hay que señalar la multiplicación de las relaciones mutuas entre los hombres. Contribuye sobremanera a este desarrollo el moderno progreso técnico. Sin embargo, la perfección del coloquio fraterno no está en ese progreso, sino más hondamente en la comunidad que entre las personas se establece, la cual exige el mutuo respeto de su plena dignidad espiritual. La Revelación cristiana presta gran ayuda para fomentar esta comunión interpersonal y al mismo tiempo nos lleva a una más profunda comprensión de las leyes que regulan la vida social, y que el Creador grabó en la naturaleza espiritual y moral del hombre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como el Magisterio de la Iglesia en recientes documentos ha expuesto ampliamente la doctrina cristiana sobre la sociedad humana, el Concilio se limita a recordar tan sólo algunas verdades fundamentales y exponer sus fundamentos a la luz de la Revelación. A continuación subraya ciertas consecuencias que de aquéllas fluyen, y que tienen extraordinaria importancia en nuestros días."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Índole comunitaria de la vocación humana según el plan de Dios"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dios, que cuida de todos con paterna solicitud, ha querido que los hombres constituyan una sola familia y se traten entre sí con espíritu de hermanos. Todos han sido creados a imagen y semejanza de Dios, quien hizo de uno todo el linaje humano y para poblar toda la haz de la tierra (Act 17,26), y todos son llamados a un solo e idéntico fin, esto es, Dios mismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo cual, el amor de Dios y del prójimo es el primero y el mayor mandamiento. La Sagrada Escritura nos enseña que el amor de Dios no puede separarse del amor del prójimo: ... cualquier otro precepto en esta sentencia se resume : Amarás al prójimo como a ti mismo ... El amor es el cumplimiento de la ley (Rom 13,9-10; cf. 1 Io 4,20). Esta doctrina posee hoy extraordinaria importancia a causa de dos hechos: la creciente interdependencia mutua de los hombres y la unificación asimismo creciente del mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Más aún, el Señor, cuando ruega al Padre que todos sean uno, como nosotros también somos uno (Io 17,21-22), abriendo perspectivas cerradas a la razón humana, sugiere una cierta semejanza entre la unión de las personas divinas y la unión de los hijos de Dios en la verdad y en la caridad. Esta semejanza demuestra que el hombre, única criatura terrestre a la que Dios ha amado por sí mismo, no puede encontrar su propia plenitud si no es en la entrega sincera de sí mismo a los demás."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Interdependencia entre la persona humana y la sociedad"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La índole social del hombre demuestra que el desarrollo de la persona humana y el crecimiento de la propia sociedad están mutuamente condicionados. porque el principio, el sujeto y el fin de todas las instituciones sociales es y debe ser la persona humana, la cual, por su misma naturaleza, tiene absoluta necesidad de la vida social. La vida social no es, pues, para el hombre sobrecarga accidental. Por ello, a través del trato con los demás, de la reciprocidad de servicios, del diálogo con los hermanos, la vida social engrandece al hombre en todas sus cualidades y le capacita para responder a su vocación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De los vínculos sociales que son necesarios para el cultivo del hombre, unos, como la familia y la comunidad política, responden más inmediatamente a su naturaleza profunda; otros, proceden más bien de su libre voluntad. En nuestra época, por varias causas, se multiplican sin cesar las conexiones mutuas y las interdependencias; de aquí nacen diversas asociaciones e instituciones tanto de derecho público como de derecho privado. Este fenómeno, que recibe el nombre de socialización, aunque encierra algunos peligros, ofrece, sin embargo, muchas ventajas para consolidar y desarrollar las cualidades de la persona humana y para garantizar sus derechos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas si la persona humana, en lo tocante al cumplimiento de su vocación, incluida la religiosa, recibe mucho de esta vida en sociedad, no se puede, sin embargo, negar que las circunstancias sociales en que vive y en que está como inmersa desde su infancia, con frecuencia le apartan del bien y le inducen al mal. Es cierto que las perturbaciones que tan frecuentemente agitan la realidad social proceden en parte de las tensiones propias de las estructuras económicas, políticas y sociales. Pero proceden, sobre todo, de la soberbia y del egoísmo humanos, que trastornan también el ambiente social. Y cuando la realidad social se ve viciada por las consecuencias del pecado, el hombre, inclinado ya al mal desde su nacimiento, encuentra nuevos estímulos para el pecado, los cuales sólo pueden vencerse con denodado esfuerzo ayudado por la gracia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La promoción del bien común"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La interdependencia, cada vez más estrecha, y su progresiva universalización hacen que el bien común -esto es, el conjunto de condiciones de la vida social que hacen posible a las asociaciones y a cada uno de sus miembros el logro más pleno y más fácil de la propia perfección- se universalice cada vez más, e implique por ello derechos y obligaciones que miran a todo el género humano. Todo grupo social debe tener en cuenta las necesidades y las legítimas aspiraciones de los demás grupos; más aún, debe tener muy en cuenta el bien común de toda la familia humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Crece al mismo tiempo la conciencia de la excelsa dignidad de la persona humana, de su superioridad sobre las cosas y de sus derechos y deberes universales e inviolables. Es, pues, necesario que se facilite al hombre todo lo que éste necesita para vivir una vida verdaderamente humana, como son el alimento, el vestido, la vivienda, el derecho a la libre elección de estado ya fundar una familia, a la educación, al trabajo, a la buena fama, al respeto, a una adecuada información, a obrar de acuerdo con la norma recta de su conciencia, a la protección de la vida privada y a la justa libertad también en materia religiosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El orden social, pues, y su progresivo desarrollo deben en todo momento subordinarse al bien de la persona, ya que el orden real debe someterse al orden personal, y no al contrario. El propio Señor lo advirtió cuando dijo que el sábado había sido hecho para el hombre, y no el hombre para el sábado. El orden social hay que desarrollarlo a diario, fundarlo en la verdad, edificarlo sobre la justicia, vivificarlo por el amor. Pero debe encontrar en la libertad un equilibrio cada día más humano. Para cumplir todos estos objetivos hay que proceder a una renovación de los espíritus y a profundas reformas de la sociedad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Espíritu de Dios, que con admirable providencia guía el curso de los tiempos y renueva la faz de la tierra, no es ajeno a esta evolución. Y, por su parte, el fermento evangélico ha despertado y despierta en el corazón del hombre esta irrefrenable exigencia de la dignidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El respeto a la persona humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Descendiendo a consecuencias prácticas de máxima urgencia, el Concilio inculca el respeto al hombre, de forma de cada uno, sin excepción de nadie, debe considerar al prójimo como otro yo, cuidando en primer lugar de su vida y de los medios necesarios para vivirla dignamente, no sea que imitemos a aquel rico que se despreocupó por completo del pobre Lázaro."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En nuestra época principalmente urge la obligación de acercarnos a todos y de servirlos con eficacia cuando llegue el caso, ya se trate de ese anciano abandonado de todos, o de ese trabajador extranjero despreciado injustamente, o de ese desterrado, o de ese hijo ilegítimo que debe aguantar sin razón el pecado que él no cometió, o de ese hambriento que recrimina nuestra conciencia recordando la palabra del Señor: Cuantas veces hicisteis eso a uno de estos mis hermanos menores, a mi me lo hicisteis. (Mt 25,40)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No sólo esto. Cuanto atenta contra la vida -homicidios de cualquier clase, genocidios, aborto, eutanasia y el mismo suicidio deliberado-; cuanto viola la integridad de la persona humana, como, por ejemplo, las mutilaciones, las torturas morales o físicas, los conatos sistemáticos para dominar la mente ajena; cuanto ofende a la dignidad humana, como son las condiciones infrahumanas de vida, las detenciones arbitrarias, las deportaciones, la esclavitud, la prostitución, la trata de blancas y de jóvenes; o las condiciones laborales degradantes, que reducen al operario al rango de mero instrumento de lucro, sin respeto a la libertad y a la responsabilidad de la persona humana: todas estas prácticas y otras parecidas son en sí mismas infamantes, degradan la civilización humana, deshonran más a sus autores que a sus víctimas y son totalmente contrarias al honor debido al Creador."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Respeto y amor a los adversarios"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quienes sienten u obran de modo distinto al nuestro en materia social, política e incluso religiosa, deben ser también objeto de nuestro respeto y amor. Cuanto más humana y caritativa sea nuestra comprensión íntima de su manera de sentir, mayor será la facilidad para establecer con ellos el diálogo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta caridad y esta benignidad en modo alguno deben convertirse en indiferencia ante la verdad y el bien. Más aún, la propia caridad exige el anuncio a todos los hombres de la verdad saludable. Pero es necesario distinguir entre el error, que siempre debe ser rechazado, y el hombre que yerra, el cual conserva la dignidad de la persona incluso cuando está desviado por ideas falsas o insuficientes en materia religiosa. Dios es el único juez y escrutador del corazón humano. Por ello, nos prohíbe juzgar la culpabilidad interna de los demás."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La doctrina de Cristo pide también que perdonemos las injurias. El precepto del amor se extiende a todos los enemigos. Es el mandamiento de la Nueva Ley: «Habéis oído que se dijo: \"Amarás a tu prójimo y aborrecerás a tu enemigo\". Pero yo os digo : \"Amad a vuestros enemigos, haced el bien a los que os odian y orad por lo que os persiguen y calumnian\"» (Mt 5,43-44)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La igualdad esencial entre los hombres y la justicia social"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La igualdad fundamental entre todos los hombres exige un reconocimiento cada vez mayor. Porque todos ellos, dotados de alma racional y creados a imagen de Dios, tienen la misma naturaleza y el mismo origen. Y porque, redimidos por Cristo, disfrutan de la misma vocación y de idéntico destino."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es evidente que no todos los hombres son iguales en lo que toca a la capacidad física y a las cualidades intelectuales y morales. Sin embargo, toda forma de discriminación en los derechos fundamentales de la persona, ya sea social o cultural, por motivos de sexo, raza, color, condición social, lengua o religión, debe ser vencida y eliminada por ser contraria al plan divino. En verdad, es lamentable que los derechos fundamentales de la persona no estén todavía protegidos en la forma debida por todas partes. Es lo que sucede cuando se niega a la mujer el derecho de escoger libremente esposo y de abrazar el estado de vida que prefiera o se le impide tener acceso a una educación y a una cultura iguales a las que se conceden al hombre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Más aún, aunque existen desigualdades justas entre los hombres, sin embargo, la igual dignidad de la persona exige que se llegue a una situación social más humana y más justa. Resulta escandaloso el hecho de las excesivas desigualdades económicas y sociales que se dan entre los miembros y los pueblos de una misma familia humana. Son contrarias a la justicia social, a la equidad, a la dignidad de la persona humana y a la paz social e internacional."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las instituciones humanas, privadas o públicas, esfuércense por ponerse al servicio de la dignidad y del fin del hombre. Luchen con energía contra cualquier esclavitud social o política y respeten, bajo cualquier régimen político, los derechos fundamentales del hombre. Más aún, estas instituciones deben ir respondiendo cada vez más a las realidades espirituales, que son las más profundas de todas, aunque es necesario todavía largo plazo de tiempo para llegar al final deseado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay que superar la ética individualista"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La profunda y rápida transformación de la vida exige con suma urgencia que no haya nadie que, por despreocupación frente a la realidad o por pura inercia, se conforme con una ética meramente individualista. El deber de justicia y caridad se cumple cada vez más contribuyendo cada uno al bien común según la propia capacidad y la necesidad ajena, promoviendo y ayudando a las instituciones, así públicas como privadas, que sirven para mejorar las condiciones de vida del hombre. Hay quienes profesan amplias y generosas opiniones, pero en realidad viven siempre como si nunca tuvieran cuidado alguno de las necesidades sociales. No sólo esto; en varios países son muchos los que menosprecian las leyes y las normas sociales. No pocos, con diversos subterfugios y fraudes, no tienen reparo en soslayar los impuestos justos u otros deberes para con la sociedad. Algunos subestiman ciertas normas de la vida social; por ejemplo, las referentes a la higiene o las normas de la circulación, sin preocuparse de que su descuido pone en peligro la vida propia y la vida del prójimo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La aceptación de las relaciones sociales y su observancia deben ser consideradas por todos como uno de los principales deberes del hombre contemporáneo. Porque cuanto más se unifica el mundo, tanto más los deberes del hombre rebasan los límites de los grupos particulares y se extiende poco a poco al universo entero. Ello es imposible si los individuos y los grupos sociales no cultivan en sí mismo y difunden en la sociedad las virtudes morales y sociales, de forma que se conviertan verdaderamente en hombres nuevos y en creadores de una nueva humanidad con el auxilio necesario de la divina gracia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Responsabilidad y participación"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que cada uno pueda cultivar con mayor cuidado el sentido de su responsabilidad tanto respecto a sí mismo como de los varios grupos sociales de los que es miembro, hay que procurar con suma diligencia una más amplia cultura espiritual, valiéndose para ello de los extraordinarios medios de que el género humano dispone hoy día. Particularmente la educación de los jóvenes, sea el que sea el origen social de éstos, debe orientarse de tal modo, que forme hombres y mujeres que no sólo sean personas cultas, sino también de generoso corazón, de acuerdo con las exigencias perentorias de nuestra época."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero no puede llegarse a este sentido de la responsabilidad si no se facilitan al hombre condiciones de vida que le permitan tener conciencia de su propia dignidad y respondan a su vocación, entregándose a Dios ya los demás. La libertad humana con frecuencia se debilita cuando el hombre cae en extrema necesidad, de la misma manera que se envilece cuando el hombre, satisfecho por una vida demasiado fácil, se encierra como en una dorada soledad. Por el contrario, la libertad se vigoriza cuando el hombre acepta las inevitables obligaciones de la vida social, toma sobre sí las multiformes exigencias de la convivencia humana y se obliga al servicio de la comunidad en que vive."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es necesario por ello estimular en todos la voluntad de participar en los esfuerzos comunes. Merece alabanza la conducta de aquellas naciones en las que la mayor parte de los ciudadanos participa con verdadera libertad en la vida pública. Debe tenerse en cuenta, sin embargo, la situación real de cada país y el necesario vigor de la autoridad pública. Para que todos los ciudadanos se sientan impulsados a participar en la vida de los diferentes grupos de integran el cuerpo social, es necesario que encuentren en dichos grupos valores que los atraigan y los dispongan a ponerse al servicio de los demás. Se puede pensar con toda razón que el porvenir de la humanidad está en manos de quienes sepan dar a las generaciones venideras razones para vivir y razones para esperar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Verbo encarnado y la solidaridad humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dios creó al hombre no para vivir aisladamente, sino para formar sociedad. De la misma manera, Dios \"ha querido santificar y salvar a los hombres no aisladamente, sin conexión alguna de unos con otros, sino constituyendo un pueblo que le confesara en verdad y le sirviera santamente\". Desde el comienzo de la historia de la salvación, Dios ha elegido a los hombres no solamente en cuanto individuos, sino también a cuanto miembros de una determinada comunidad. A los que eligió Dios manifestando su propósito, denominó pueblo suyo (Ex 3,7-12), con el que además estableció un pacto en el monte Sinaí."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta índole comunitaria se perfecciona y se consuma en la obra de Jesucristo. El propio Verbo encarnado quiso participar de la vida social humana. Asistió a las bodas de Caná, bajó a la casa de Zaqueo, comió con publicanos y pecadores. Reveló el amor del Padre y la excelsa vocación del hombre evocando las relaciones más comunes de la vida social y sirviéndose del lenguaje y de las imágenes de la vida diaria corriente. Sometiéndose voluntariamente a las leyes de su patria, santificó los vínculos humanos, sobre todo los de la familia, fuente de la vida social. Eligió la vida propia de un trabajador de su tiempo y de su tierra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En su predicación mandó claramente a los hijos de Dios que se trataran como hermanos. Pidió en su oración que todos sus discípulos fuesen uno. Más todavía, se ofreció hasta la muerte por todos, como Redentor de todos. Nadie tiene mayor amor que este de dar uno la vida por sus amigos (Io 15,13). Y ordenó a los Apóstoles predicar a todas las gentes la nueva angélica, para que la humanidad se hiciera familia de Dios, en la que la plenitud de la ley sea el amor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Primogénito entre muchos hermanos, constituye, con el don de su Espíritu, una nueva comunidad fraterna entre todos los que con fe y caridad le reciben después de su muerte y resurrección, esto es, en su Cuerpo, que es la Iglesia, en la que todos, miembros los unos de los otros, deben ayudarse mutuamente según la variedad de dones que se les hayan conferido."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta solidaridad debe aumentarse siempre hasta aquel día en que llegue su consumación y en que los hombres, salvador por la gracia, como familia amada de Dios y de Cristo hermano, darán a Dios gloria perfecta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO III:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA ACTIVIDAD HUMANA EN EL MUNDO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Planteamiento del problema"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siempre se ha esforzado el hombre con su trabajo y con su ingenio en perfeccionar su vida; pero en nuestros días, gracias a la ciencia y la técnica, ha logrado dilatar y sigue dilatando el campo de su dominio sobre casi toda la naturaleza, y, con ayuda sobre todo el aumento experimentado por los diversos medios de intercambio entre las naciones, la familia humana se va sintiendo y haciendo una única comunidad en el mundo. De lo que resulta que gran número de bienes que antes el hombre esperaba alcanzar sobre todo de las fuerzas superiores, hoy los obtiene por sí mismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ante este gigantesco esfuerzo que afecta ya a todo el género humano, surgen entre los hombres muchas preguntas. ¿Qué sentido y valor tiene esa actividad? ¿Cuál es el uso que hay que hacer de todas estas cosas? ¿A qué fin deben tender los esfuerzos de individuos y colectividades? La Iglesia, custodio del depósito de la palabra de Dios, del que manan los principios en el orden religioso y moral, sin que siempre tenga a manos respuesta adecuada a cada cuestión, desea unir la luz de la Revelación al saber humano para iluminar el camino recientemente emprendido por la humanidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Valor de la actividad humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Una cosa hay cierta para los creyentes: la actividad humana individual y colectiva o el conjunto ingente de esfuerzos realizados por el hombre a lo largo de los siglos para lograr mejores condiciones de vida, considerado en sí mismo, responde a la voluntad de Dios. Creado el hombre a imagen de Dios, recibió el mandato de gobernar el mundo en justicia y santidad, sometiendo a sí la tierra y cuanto en ella se contiene, y de orientar a Dios la propia persona y el universo entero, reconociendo a Dios como Creador de todo, de modo que con el sometimiento de todas las cosas al hombre sea admirable el nombre de Dios en el mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta enseñanza vale igualmente para los quehaceres más ordinarios. Porque los hombres y mujeres que, mientras procuran el sustento para sí y su familia, realizan su trabajo de forma que resulte provechoso y en servicio de la sociedad, con razón pueden pensar que con su trabajo desarrollan la obra del Creador, sirven al bien de sus hermanos y contribuyen de modo personal a que se cumplan los designios de Dios en la historia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los cristianos, lejos de pensar que las conquistas logradas por el hombre se oponen al poder de Dios y que la criatura racional pretende rivalizar con el Creador, están, por el contrario, persuadidos de que las victorias del hombre son signo de la grandeza de Dios y consecuencia de su inefable designio. Cuanto más se acrecienta el poder del hombre, más amplia es su responsabilidad individual y colectiva. De donde se sigue que el mensaje cristiano no aparta a los hombres de la edificación del mundo si los lleva a despreocuparse del bien ajeno, sino que, al contrario, les impone como deber el hacerlo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ordenación de la actividad humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La actividad humana, así como procede del hombre, así también se ordena al hombre. Pues éste con su acción no sólo transforma las cosas y la sociedad, sino que se perfecciona a sí mismo. Aprende mucho, cultiva sus facultades, se supera y se trasciende. Tal superación, rectamente entendida, es más importante que las riquezas exteriores que puedan acumularse. El hombre vale más por lo que es que por lo que tiene. Asimismo, cuanto llevan a cabo los hombres para lograr más justicia, mayor fraternidad y un más humano planteamiento en los problemas sociales, vale más que los progresos técnicos. Pues dichos progresos pueden ofrecer, como si dijéramos, el material para la promoción humana, pero por sí solos no pueden llevarla a cabo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por tanto, está es la norma de la actividad humana: que, de acuerdo con los designios y voluntad divinos, sea conforme al auténtico bien del género humano y permita al hombre, como individuo y como miembro de la sociedad, cultivar y realizar íntegramente su plena vocación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La justa autonomía de la realidad terrena"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Muchos de nuestros contemporáneos parecen temer que, por una excesivamente estrecha vinculación entre la actividad humana y la religión, sufra trabas la autonomía del hombre, de la sociedad o de la ciencia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si por autonomía de la realidad se quiere decir que las cosas creadas y la sociedad misma gozan de propias leyes y valores, que el hombre ha de descubrir, emplear y ordenar poco a poco, es absolutamente legítima esta exigencia de autonomía. No es sólo que la reclamen imperiosamente los hombres de nuestro tiempo. Es que además responde a la voluntad del Creador. Pues, por la propia naturaleza de la creación, todas las cosas están dotadas de consistencia, verdad y bondad propias y de un propio orden regulado, que el hombre debe respetar con el reconocimiento de la metodología particular de cada ciencia o arte. Por ello, la investigación metódica en todos los campos del saber, si está realizada de una forma auténticamente científica y conforme a las normas morales, nunca será en realidad contraria a la fe, porque las realidades profanas y las de la fe tienen su origen en un mismo Dios. Más aún, quien con perseverancia y humildad se esfuerza por penetrar en los secretos de la realidad, está llevado, aun sin saberlo, como por la mano de Dios, quien, sosteniendo todas las cosas, da a todas ellas el ser. Son, a este respecto, de deplorar ciertas actitudes que, por no comprender bien el sentido de la legítima autonomía de la ciencia, se han dado algunas veces entre los propios cristianos; actitudes que, seguidas de agrias polémicas, indujeron a muchos a establecer una oposición entre la ciencia y la fe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero si autonomía de lo temporal quiere decir que la realidad creada es independiente de Dios y que los hombres pueden usarla sin referencia al Creador, no hay creyente alguno a quien se le oculte la falsedad envuelta en tales palabras. La criatura sin el Creador desaparece. Por lo demás, cuantos creen en Dios, sea cual fuere su religión, escucharon siempre la manifestación de la voz de Dios en el lenguaje de la creación. Más aún, por el olvido de Dios la propia criatura queda oscurecida."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deformación de la actividad humana por el pecado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Sagrada Escritura, con la que está de acuerdo la experiencia de los siglos, enseña a la familia humana que el progreso altamente beneficioso para el hombre también encierra, sin embargo, gran tentación, pues los individuos y las colectividades, subvertida la jerarquía de los valores y mezclado el bien con el mal, no miran más que a lo suyo, olvidando lo ajeno. Lo que hace que el mundo no sea ya ámbito de una auténtica fraternidad, mientras el poder acrecido de la humanidad está amenazando con destruir al propio género humano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A través de toda la historia humana existe una dura batalla contra el poder de las tinieblas, que, iniciada en los orígenes del mundo, durará, como dice el Señor, hasta el día final. Enzarzado en esta pelea, el hombre ha de luchar continuamente para acatar el bien, y sólo a costa de grandes esfuerzos, con la ayuda de la gracia de Dios, es capaz de establecer la unidad en sí mismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por ello, la Iglesia de Cristo, confiando en el designio del Creador, a la vez que reconoce que el progreso puede servir a la verdadera felicidad humana, no puede dejar de hacer oír la voz del Apóstol cuando dice: No queráis vivir conforme a este mundo (Rom 12,2); es decir, conforme a aquel espíritu de vanidad y de malicia que transforma en instrumento de pecado la actividad humana, ordenada al servicio de Dios y de los hombres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A la hora de saber cómo es posible superar tan deplorable miseria, la norma cristiana es que hay que purificar por la cruz y la resurrección de Cristo y encauzar por caminos de perfección todas las actividades humanas, las cuales, a causa de la soberbia y el egoísmo, corren diario peligro. El hombre, redimido por Cristo y hecho, en el Espíritu Santo, nueva criatura, puede y debe amar las cosas creadas por Dios. Pues de Dios las recibe y las mira y respeta como objetos salidos de las manos de Dios. Dándole gracias por ellas al Bienhechor y usando y gozando de las criaturas en pobreza y con libertad de espíritu, entra de veras en posesión del mundo como quien nada tiene y es dueño de todo: Todo es vuestro; vosotros sois de Cristo, y Cristo es de Dios (I Cor 3,22-23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perfección de la actividad humana en el misterio pascual"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Verbo de Dios, por quien fueron hechas todas las cosas, hecho El mismo carne y habitando en la tierra, entró como hombre perfecto en la historia del mundo, asumiéndola y recapitulándola en sí mismo. El es quien nos revela que Dios es amor (1 Io 4,8), a la vez que nos enseña que la ley fundamental de la perfección humana, es el mandamiento nuevo del amor. Así, pues, a los que creen en la caridad divina les da la certeza de que abrir a todos los hombres los caminos del amor y esforzarse por instaurar la fraternidad universal no son cosas inútiles. Al mismo tiempo advierte que esta caridad no hay que buscarla únicamente en los acontecimientos importantes, sino, ante todo, en la vida ordinaria. El, sufriendo la muerte por todos nosotros, pecadores, nos enseña con su ejemplo a llevar la cruz que la carne y el mundo echan sobre los hombros de los que buscan la paz y la justicia. Constituido Señor por su resurrección, Cristo, al que le ha sido dada toda potestad en el cielo y en la tierra, obra ya por la virtud de su Espíritu en el corazón del hombre, no sólo despertando el anhelo del siglo futuro, sino alentando, purificando y robusteciendo también con ese deseo aquellos generosos propósitos con los que la familia humana intenta hacer más llevadera su propia vida y someter la tierra a este fin. Mas los dones del Espíritu Santo son diversos: si a unos llama a dar testimonio manifiesto con el anhelo de la morada celestial y a mantenerlo vivo en la familia humana, a otros los llama para que se entreguen al servicio temporal de los hombres, y así preparen la materia del reino de los cielos. Pero a todos les libera, para que, con la abnegación propia y el empleo de todas las energías terrenas en pro de la vida, se proyecten hacia las realidades futuras, cuando la propia humanidad se convertirán en oblación acepta a Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Señor dejó a los suyos prenda de tal esperanza y alimento para el camino en aquel sacramento de la fe en el que los elementos de la naturaleza, cultivados por el hombre, se convierten en el cuerpo y sangre gloriosos con la cena de la comunión fraterna y la degustación del banquete celestial."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tierra nueva y cielo nuevo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ignoramos el tiempo en que se hará la consumación de la tierra y de la humanidad. Tampoco conocemos de qué manera se transformará el universo. La figura de este mundo, afeada por el pecado, pasa, pero Dios nos enseña que nos prepara una nueva morada y una nueva tierra donde habita la justicia, y cuya bienaventuranza es capaz de saciar y rebasar todos los anhelos de paz que surgen en el corazón humano. Entonces, vencida la muerte, los hijos de Dios resucitarán en Cristo, y lo que fue sembrado bajo el signo de la debilidad y de la corrupción, se revestirá de incorruptibilidad, y, permaneciendo la caridad y sus obras, se verán libres de la servidumbre de la vanidad todas las criaturas, que Dios creó pensando en el hombre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se nos advierte que de nada le sirve al hombre ganar todo el mundo si se pierde a sí mismo. No obstante, la espera de una tierra nueva no debe amortiguar, sino más bien avivar, la preocupación de perfeccionar esta tierra, donde crece el cuerpo de la nueva familia humana, el cual puede de alguna manera anticipar un vislumbre del siglo nuevo. Por ello, aunque hay que distinguir cuidadosamente progreso temporal y crecimiento del reino de Cristo, sin embargo, el primero, en cuanto puede contribuir a ordenar mejor la sociedad humana, interesa en gran medida al reino de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pues los bienes de la dignidad humana, la unión fraterna y la libertad; en una palabra, todos los frutos excelentes de la naturaleza y de nuestro esfuerzo, después de haberlos propagado por la tierra en el Espíritu del Señor y de acuerdo con su mandato, volveremos a encontrarlos limpios de toda mancha, iluminados y trasfigurados, cuando Cristo entregue al Padre el reino eterno y universal: \"reino de verdad y de vida; reino de santidad y gracia; reino de justicia, de amor y de paz\". El reino está ya misteriosamente presente en nuestra tierra; cuando venga el Señor, se consumará su perfección."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "MISIÓN DE LA IGLESIA EN EL MUNDO CONTEMPORÁNEO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relación mutua entre la Iglesia y el mundo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todo lo que llevamos dicho sobre la dignidad de la persona, sobre la comunidad humana, sobre el sentido profundo de la actividad del hombre, constituye el fundamento de la relación entre la Iglesia y el mundo, y también la base para el mutuo diálogo. Por tanto, en este capítulo, presupuesto todo lo que ya ha dicho el Concilio sobre el misterio de la Iglesia, va a ser objeto de consideración la misma Iglesia en cuanto que existe en este mundo y vive y actúa con él."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nacida del amor del Padre Eterno, fundada en el tiempo por Cristo Redentor, reunida en el Espíritu Santo, la Iglesia tiene una finalidad escatológica y de salvación, que sólo en el mundo futuro podrá alcanzar plenamente. Está presente ya aquí en la tierra, formada por hombres, es decir, por miembros de la ciudad terrena que tienen la vocación de formar en la propia historia del género humano la familia de los hijos de Dios, que ha de ir aumentando sin cesar hasta la venida del Señor. Unida ciertamente por razones de los bienes eternos y enriquecida por ellos, esta familia ha sido \"constituida y organizada por Cristo como sociedad en este mundo\" y está dotada de \"los medios adecuados propios de una unión visible y social\". De esta forma, la Iglesia, \"entidad social visible y comunidad espiritual\", avanza juntamente con toda la humanidad, experimenta la suerte terrena del mundo, y su razón de ser es actuar como fermento y como alma de la sociedad, que debe renovarse en Cristo y transformarse en familia de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta compenetración de la ciudad terrena y de la ciudad eterna sólo puede percibirse por la fe; más aún, es un misterio permanente de la historia humana que se ve perturbado por el pecado hasta la plena revelación de la claridad de los hijos de Dios. Al buscar su propio fin de salvación, la Iglesia no sólo comunica la vida divina al hombre, sino que además difunde sobre el universo mundo, en cierto modo, el reflejo de su luz, sobre todo curando y elevando la dignidad de la persona, consolidando la firmeza de la sociedad y dotando a la actividad diaria de la humanidad de un sentido y de una significación mucho más profundos. Cree la Iglesia que de esta manera, por medio de sus hijos y por medio de su entera comunidad, puede ofrecer gran ayuda para dar un sentido más humano al hombre a su historia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia católica de buen grado estima mucho todo lo que en este orden han hecho y hacen las demás Iglesias cristianas o comunidades eclesiásticas con su obra de colaboración. Tiene asimismo la firme persuasión de que el mundo, a través de las personas individuales y de toda la sociedad humana, con sus cualidades y actividades, puede ayudarla mucho y de múltiples maneras en la preparación del Evangelio. Expónense a continuación algunos principios generales para promover acertadamente este mutuo intercambio y esta mutua ayuda en todo aquello que en cierta manera es común a la Iglesia y al mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ayuda que la Iglesia procura prestar a cada hombre"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El hombre contemporáneo camina hoy hacia el desarrollo pleno de su personalidad y hacia el descubrimiento y afirmación crecientes de sus derechos. Como a la Iglesia se ha confiado la manifestación del misterio de Dios, que es el fin último del hombre, la Iglesia descubre con ello al hombre el sentido de la propia existencia, es decir, la verdad más profunda acerca del ser humano. Bien sabe la Iglesia que sólo Dios, al que ella sirve, responde a las aspiraciones más profundas del corazón humano, el cual nunca se sacia plenamente con solos los alimentos terrenos. Sabe también que el hombre, atraído sin cesar por el Espíritu de Dios, nunca jamás será del todo indiferente ante el problema religioso, como los prueban no sólo la experiencia de los siglos pasados, sino también múltiples testimonios de nuestra época. Siempre deseará el hombre saber, al menos confusamente, el sentido de su vida, de su acción y de su muerte. La presencia misma de la Iglesia le recuerda al hombre tales problemas; pero es sólo Dios, quien creó al hombre a su imagen y lo redimió del pecado, el que puede dar respuesta cabal a estas preguntas, y ello por medio de la Revelación en su Hijo, que se hizo hombre. El que sigue a Cristo, Hombre perfecto, se perfecciona cada vez más en su propia dignidad de hombre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apoyada en esta fe, la Iglesia puede rescatar la dignidad humana del incesante cambio de opiniones que, por ejemplo, deprimen excesivamente o exaltan sin moderación alguna el cuerpo humano. No hay ley humana que pueda garantizar la dignidad personal y la libertad del hombre con la seguridad que comunica el Evangelio de Cristo, confiado a la Iglesia. El Evangelio enuncia y proclama la libertad de los hijos de Dios, rechaza todas las esclavitudes, que derivan, en última instancia, del pecado; respeta santamente la dignidad de la conciencia y su libre decisión; advierte sin cesar que todo talento humano debe redundar en servicio de Dios y bien de la humanidad; encomienda, finalmente, a todos a la caridad de todos. Esto corresponde a la ley fundamental de la economía cristiana. Porque, aunque el mismo Dios es Salvador y Creador, e igualmente, también Señor de la historia humana y de la historia de la salvación, sin embargo, en esta misma ordenación divina, la justa autonomía de lo creado, y sobre todo del hombre, no se suprime, sino que más bien se restituye a su propia dignidad y se ve en ella consolidada."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia, pues, en virtud del Evangelio que se le ha confiado, proclama los derechos del hombre y reconoce y estima en mucho el dinamismo de la época actual, que está promoviendo por todas partes tales derechos. Debe, sin embargo, lograrse que este movimiento quede imbuido del espíritu evangélico y garantizado frente a cualquier apariencia de falsa autonomía. Acecha, en efecto, la tentación de juzgar que nuestros derechos personales solamente son salvados en su plenitud cuando nos vemos libres de toda norma divina. Por ese camino, la dignidad humano no se salva; por el contrario, perece."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ayuda que la Iglesia procura dar a la sociedad humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La unión de la familia humana cobra sumo vigor y se completa con la unidad, fundada en Cristo, de la familia constituida por los hijos de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La misión propia que Cristo confió a su Iglesia no es de orden político, económico o social. El fin que le asignó es de orden religioso. Pero precisamente de esta misma misión religiosa derivan funciones, luces y energías que pueden servir para establecer y consolidar la comunidad humana según la ley divina. Más aún, donde sea necesario, según las circunstancias de tiempo y de lugar, la misión de la Iglesia puede crear, mejor dicho, debe crear, obras al servicio de todos, particularmente de los necesitados, como son, por ejemplo, las obras de misericordia u otras semejantes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia reconoce, además, cuanto de bueno se halla en el actual dinamismo social: sobre todo la evolución hacia la unidad, el proceso de una sana socialización civil y económica. La promoción de la unidad concuerda con la misión íntima de la Iglesia, ya que ella es \"en Cristo como sacramento, o sea signo e instrumento de la unión íntima con Dios y de la unidad de todo el género humano\". Enseña así al mundo que la genuina unión social exterior procede de la unión de los espíritus y de los corazones, esto es, de la fe y de la caridad, que constituyen el fundamento indisoluble de su unidad en el Espíritu Santo. Las energías que la Iglesia puede comunicar a la actual sociedad humana radican en esa fe y en esa caridad aplicadas a la vida práctica. No radican en el mero dominio exterior ejercido con medios puramente humanos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como, por otra parte, en virtud de su misión y naturaleza, no está ligada a ninguna forma particular de civilización humana ni a sistema alguno político, económico y social, la Iglesia, por esta su universalidad, puede constituir un vínculo estrechísimo entre las diferentes naciones y comunidades humanas, con tal que éstas tengan confianza en ella y reconozcan efectivamente su verdadera libertad para cumplir tal misión. Por esto, la Iglesia advierte a sus hijos, y también a todos los hombres, a que con este familiar espíritu de hijos de Dios superen todas las desavenencias entre naciones y razas y den firmeza interna a las justas asociaciones humanas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Concilio aprecia con el mayor respeto cuanto de verdadero, de bueno y de justo se encuentra en las variadísimas instituciones fundadas ya o que incesantemente se fundan en la humanidad. Declara, además, que la Iglesia quiere ayudar y fomentar tales instituciones en lo que de ella dependa y puede conciliarse con su misión propia. Nada desea tanto como desarrollarse libremente, en servicio de todos, bajo cualquier régimen político que reconozca los derechos fundamentales de la persona y de la familia y los imperativos del bien común."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ayuda que la Iglesia, a través de sus hijos, procura prestar al dinamismo humano"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Concilio exhorta a los cristianos, ciudadanos de la ciudad temporal y de la ciudad eterna, a cumplir con fidelidad sus deberes temporales, guiados siempre por el espíritu evangélico. Se equivocan los cristianos que, pretextando que no tenemos aquí ciudad permanente, pues buscamos la futura, consideran que pueden descuidar las tareas temporales, sin darse cuanta que la propia fe es un motivo que les obliga al más perfecto cumplimiento de todas ellas según la vocación personal de cada uno. Pero no es menos grave el error de quienes, por el contrario, piensan que pueden entregarse totalmente del todo a la vida religiosa, pensando que ésta se reduce meramente a ciertos actos de culto y al cumplimiento de determinadas obligaciones morales. El divorcio entre la fe y la vida diaria de muchos debe ser considerado como uno de los más graves errores de nuestra época. Ya en el Antiguo Testamento los profetas reprendían con vehemencia semejante escándalo. Y en el Nuevo Testamento sobre todo, Jesucristo personalmente conminaba graves penas contra él. No se creen, por consiguiente, oposiciones artificiales entre las ocupaciones profesionales y sociales, por una parte, y la vida religiosa por otra. El cristiano que falta a sus obligaciones temporales, falta a sus deberes con el prójimo; falta, sobre todo, a sus obligaciones para con Dios y pone en peligro su eterna salvación. Siguiendo el ejemplo de Cristo, quien ejerció el artesanado, alégrense los cristianos de poder ejercer todas sus actividades temporales haciendo una síntesis vital del esfuerzo humano, familiar, profesional, científico o técnico, con los valores religiosos, bajo cuya altísima jerarquía todo coopera a la gloria de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Competen a los laicos propiamente, aunque no exclusivamente, las tareas y el dinamismo seculares. Cuando actúan, individual o colectivamente, como ciudadanos del mundo, no solamente deben cumplir las leyes propias de cada disciplina, sino que deben esforzarse por adquirir verdadera competencia en todos los campos. Gustosos colaboren con quienes buscan idénticos fines. Conscientes de las exigencias de la fe y vigorizados con sus energías, acometan sin vacilar, cuando sea necesario, nuevas iniciativas y llévenlas a buen término. A la conciencia bien formada del seglar toca lograr que la ley divina quede grabada en la ciudad terrena. De los sacerdotes, los laicos pueden esperar orientación e impulso espiritual,. Pero no piensen que sus pastores están siempre en condiciones de poderles dar inmediatamente solución concreta en todas las cuestiones, aun graves, que surjan. No es ésta su misión. Cumplen más bien los laicos su propia función con la luz de la sabiduría cristiana y con la observancia atenta de la doctrina del Magisterio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Muchas veces sucederá que la propia concepción cristiana de la vida les inclinará en ciertos casos a elegir una determinada solución. Pero podrá suceder, como sucede frecuentemente y con todo derecho, que otros fieles, guiados por una no menor sinceridad, juzguen del mismo asunto de distinta manera. En estos casos de soluciones divergentes aun al margen de la intención de ambas partes, muchos tienen fácilmente a vincular su solución con el mensaje evangélico. Entiendan todos que en tales casos a nadie le está permitido reivindicar en exclusiva a favor de su parecer la autoridad de la Iglesia. Procuren siempre hacerse luz mutuamente con un diálogo sincero, guardando la mutua caridad y la solicitud primordial pro el bien común."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los laicos, que desempeñan parte activa en toda la vida de la Iglesia, no solamente están obligados a cristianizar el mundo, sino que además su vocación se extiende a ser testigos de Cristo en todo momento en medio de la sociedad humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Obispos, que han recibido la misión de gobernar a la Iglesia de Dios, prediquen, juntamente con sus sacerdotes, el mensaje de Cristo, de tal manera que toda la actividad temporal de los fieles quede como inundada por la luz del Evangelio. Recuerden todos los pastores, además, que son ellos los que con su trato y su trabajo pastoral diario exponen al mundo el rostro de la Iglesia, que es el que sirve a los hombres para juzgar la verdadera eficacia del mensaje cristiano. Con su vida y con sus palabras, ayudados por los religiosos y por sus fieles, demuestren que la Iglesia, aun por su sola presencia, portadora de todos sus dones, es fuente inagotable de las virtudes de que tan necesitado anda el mundo de hoy. Capacítense con insistente afán para participar en el diálogo que hay que entablar con el mundo y con los hombres de cualquier opinión. Tengan sobre todo muy en el corazón las palabras del Concilio: \"Como el mundo entero tiende cada día más a la unidad civil, económica y social, conviene tanto más que los sacerdotes, uniendo sus esfuerzos y cuidados bajo la guía de los Obispos y del Sumo Pontífice, eviten toda causa de dispersión, para que todo el género humano venga a la unidad de la familia de Dios\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aunque la Iglesia, pro la virtud del Espíritu Santo, se ha mantenido como esposa fiel de su Señor y nunca ha cesado de ser signo de salvación en el mundo, sabe, sin embargo, muy bien que no siempre, a lo largo de su prolongada historia, fueron todos sus miembros, clérigos o laicos, fieles al espíritu de Dios. Sabe también la Iglesia que aún hoy día es mucha la distancia que se da entre el mensaje que ella anuncia y la fragilidad humana de los mensajeros a quienes está confiado el Evangelio. Dejando a un lado el juicio de la historia sobre estas deficiencias, debemos, sin embargo, tener conciencia de ellas y combatirlas con máxima energía para que no dañen a la difusión del Evangelio. De igual manera comprende la Iglesia cuánto le queda aún por madurar, por su experiencia de siglos, en la relación que debe mantener con el mundo. Dirigida por el Espíritu Santo, la Iglesia, como madre, no cesa de \"exhortar a sus hijos a la purificación y a la renovación para que brille con mayor claridad la señal de Cristo en el rostro de la Iglesia\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ayuda que la Iglesia recibe del mundo moderno"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Interesa al mundo reconocer a la Iglesia como realidad social y fermento de la historia. De igual manera, la Iglesia reconoce los muchos beneficios que ha recibido de la evolución histórica del género humano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La experiencia del pasado, el progreso científico, los tesoros escondidos en las diversas culturas, permiten conocer más a fondo la naturaleza humana, abren nuevos caminos para la verdad y aprovechan también a la Iglesia. Esta, desde el comienzo de su historia, aprendió a expresar el mensaje cristiano con los conceptos y en la lengua de cada pueblo y procuró ilustrarlo además con el saber filosófico. Procedió así a fin de adaptar el Evangelio a nivel del saber popular y a las exigencias de los sabios en cuanto era posible. Esta adaptación de la predicación de la palabra revelada debe mantenerse como ley de toda la evangelización. Porque así en todos los pueblos se hace posible expresar el mensaje cristiano de modo apropiado a cada uno de ellos y al mismo tiempo se fomenta un vivo intercambio entre la Iglesia y las diversas culturas. Para aumentar este trato sobre todo en tiempos como los nuestros, en que las cosas cambian tan rápidamente y tanto varían los modos de pensar, la Iglesia necesita de modo muy peculiar la ayuda de quienes por vivir en el mundo, sean o no sean creyentes, conocen a fondo las diversas instituciones y disciplinas y comprenden con claridad la razón íntima de todas ellas. Es propio de todo el Pueblo de Dios, pero principalmente de los pastores y de los teólogos, auscultar, discernir e interpretar, con la ayuda del Espíritu Santo, las múltiples voces de nuestro tiempo y valorarlas a la luz de la palabra divina, a fin de que la Verdad revelada pueda ser mejor percibida, mejor entendida y expresada en forma más adecuada."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia, por disponer de una estructura social visible, señal de su unidad en Cristo, puede enriquecerse, y de hecho se enriquece también, con la evolución de la vida social, no porque le falte en la constitución que Cristo le dio elemento alguno, sino para conocer con mayor profundidad esta misma constitución, para expresarla de forma más perfecta y para adaptarla con mayor acierto a nuestros tiempos. La Iglesia reconoce agradecida que tanto en el conjunto de su comunidad como en cada uno de sus hijos recibe ayuda variada de parte de los hombres de toda clase o condición. Porque todo el que promueve la comunidad humana en el orden de la familia, de la cultura, de la vida económico-social, de la vida política, así nacional como internacional, proporciona no pequeña ayuda, según el plan divino, también a la comunidad eclesial, ya que ésta depende asimismo de las realidades externas. Más aún, la Iglesia confiesa que le han sido de mucho provecho y le pueden ser todavía de provecho la oposición y aun la persecución de sus contrarios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, alfa y omega"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia, al prestar ayuda al mundo y al recibir del mundo múltiple ayuda, sólo pretende una cosa: el advenimiento del reino de Dios y la salvación de toda la humanidad. Todo el bien que el Pueblo de Dios puede dar a la familia humana al tiempo de su peregrinación en la tierra, deriva del hecho de que la Iglesia es \"sacramento universal de salvación\", que manifiesta y al mismo tiempo realiza el misterio del amor de Dios al hombre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Verbo de Dios, por quien todo fue hecho, se encarnó para que, Hombre perfecto, salvará a todos y recapitulara todas las cosas. El Señor es el fin de la historia humana, punto de convergencia hacia el cual tienden los deseos de la historia y de la civilización, centro de la humanidad, gozo del corazón humano y plenitud total de sus aspiraciones. El es aquel a quien el Padre resucitó, exaltó y colocó a su derecha, constituyéndolo juez de vivos y de muertos. Vivificados y reunidos en su Espíritu, caminamos como peregrinos hacia la consumación de la historia humana, la cual coincide plenamente con su amoroso designio: \"Restaurar en Cristo todo lo que hay en el cielo y en la tierra\" (Eph 1,10). He aquí que dice el Señor: \"Vengo presto, y conmigo mi recompensa, para dar a cada uno según sus obra. Yo soy el alfa y la omega, el primero y el último, el principio y el fin\" (Apoc 22,12-13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SEGUNDA PARTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ALGUNOS PROBLEMAS MÁS URGENTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introducción"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Después de haber expuesto la gran dignidad de la persona humana y la misión, tanto individual como social, a la que ha sido llamada en el mundo entero, el Concilio, a la luz del Evangelio y de la experiencia humana, llama ahora la atención de todos sobre algunos problemas actuales más urgentes que afectan profundamente al género humano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre las numerosas cuestiones que preocupan a todos, haya que mencionar principalmente las que siguen: el matrimonio y la familia, la cultura humana, la vida económico-social y política, la solidaridad de la familia de los pueblos y la paz. Sobre cada una de ellas debe resplandecer la luz de los principios que brota de Cristo, para guiar a los cristianos e iluminar a todos los hombres en la búsqueda de solución a tantos y tan complejos problemas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIGNIDAD DEL MATRIMONIO Y DE LA FAMILIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El matrimonio y la familia en el mundo actual"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El bienestar de la persona y de la sociedad humana y cristiana está estrechamente ligado a la prosperidad de la comunidad conyugal y familiar. Por eso los cristianos, junto con todos lo que tienen en gran estima a esta comunidad, se alegran sinceramente de los varios medios que permiten hoy a los hombres avanzar en el fomento de esta comunidad de amor y en el respeto a la vida y que ayudan a los esposos y padres en el cumplimiento de su excelsa misión; de ellos esperan, además, los mejores resultados y se afanan por promoverlos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sin embargo, la dignidad de esta institución no brilla en todas partes con el mismo esplendor, puesto que está oscurecida por la poligamia, la epidemia del divorcio, el llamado amor libre y otras deformaciones; es más, el amor matrimonial queda frecuentemente profanado por el egoísmo, el hedonismo y los usos ilícitos contra la generación. Por otra parte, la actual situación económico, social-psicológica y civil son origen de fuertes perturbaciones para la familia. En determinadas regiones del universo, finalmente, se observan con preocupación los problemas nacidos del incremento demográfico. Todo lo cual suscita angustia en las conciencias. Y, sin embargo, un hecho muestra bien el vigor y la solidez de la institución matrimonial y familiar: las profundas transformaciones de la sociedad contemporánea, a pesar de las dificultades a que han dado origen, con muchísima frecuencia manifiestan, de varios modos, la verdadera naturaleza de tal institución."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por tanto el Concilio, con la exposición más clara de algunos puntos capitales de la doctrina de la Iglesia, pretende iluminar y fortalecer a los cristianos y a todos los hombres que se esfuerzan por garantizar y promover la intrínseca dignidad del estado matrimonial y su valor eximio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El carácter sagrado del matrimonio y de la familia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fundada por el Creador y en posesión de sus propias leyes, la íntima comunidad conyugal de vida y amor se establece sobre la alianza de los cónyuges, es decir, sobre su consentimiento personal e irrevocable. Así, del acto humano por el cual los esposos se dan y se reciben mutuamente, nace, aun ante la sociedad, una institución confirmada por la ley divina. Este vínculo sagrado, en atención al bien tanto de los esposos y de la prole como de la sociedad, no depende de la decisión humana. Pues es el mismo Dios el autor del matrimonio, al cual ha dotado con bienes y fines varios, todo lo cual es de suma importancia para la continuación del género humano, para el provecho personal de cada miembro de la familia y su suerte eterna, para la dignidad, estabilidad, paz y prosperidad de la misma familia y de toda la sociedad humana. Por su índole natural, la institución del matrimonio y el amor conyugal están ordenados por sí mismos a la procreación y a la educación de la prole, con las que se ciñen como con su corona propia. De esta manera, el marido y la mujer, que por el pacto conyugal ya no son dos, sino una sola carne (Mt 19,6), con la unión íntima de sus personas y actividades se ayudan y se sostienen mutuamente, adquieren conciencia de su unidad y la logran cada vez más plenamente. Esta íntima unión, como mutua entrega de dos personas, lo mismo que el bien de los hijos, exigen plena fidelidad conyugal y urgen su indisoluble unidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo nuestro Señor bendijo abundantemente este amor multiforme, nacido de la fuente divina de la caridad y que está formado a semejanza de su unión con la Iglesia. Porque así como Dios antiguamente se adelantó a unirse a su pueblo por una alianza de amor y de fidelidad, así ahora el Salvador de los hombres y Esposo de la Iglesia sale al encuentro de los esposos cristianos por medio del sacramento del matrimonio. Además, permanece con ellos para que los esposos, con su mutua entrega, se amen con perpetua fidelidad, como El mismo amó a la Iglesia y se entregó por ella. El genuino amor conyugal es asumido en el amor divino y se rige y enriquece por la virtud redentora de Cristo y la acción salvífica de la Iglesia para conducir eficazmente a los cónyuges a Dios y ayudarlos y fortalecerlos en la sublime misión de la paternidad y la maternidad. Por ello los esposos cristianos, para cumplir dignamente sus deberes de estado, están fortificados y como consagrados por un sacramento especial, con cuya virtud, al cumplir su misión conyugal y familiar, imbuidos del espíritu de Cristo, que satura toda su vida de fe, esperanza y caridad, llegan cada vez más a su propia perfección y a su mutua santificación, y , por tanto, conjuntamente, a la glorificación de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gracias precisamente a los padres, que precederán con el ejemplo y la oración en familia, los hijos y aun los demás que viven en el círculo familiar encontrarán más fácilmente el camino del sentido humano, de la salvación y de la santidad. En cuanto a los esposos, ennoblecidos por la dignidad y la función de padre y de madre, realizarán concienzudamente el deber de la educación, principalmente religiosa, que a ellos, sobre todo, compete."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los hijos, como miembros vivos de la familia, contribuyen, a su manera, a la santificación de los padres. Pues con el agradecimiento, la piedad filial y la confianza corresponderán a los beneficios recibidos de sus padres y, como hijos, los asistirán en las dificultades de la existencia y en la soledad, aceptada con fortaleza de ánimo, será honrada por todos. La familia hará partícipes a otras familias, generosamente, de sus riquezas espirituales. Así es como la familia cristiana, cuyo origen está en el matrimonio, que es imagen y participación de la alianza de amor entre Cristo y la Iglesia, manifestará a todos la presencia viva del Salvador en el mundo y la auténtica naturaleza de la Iglesia, ya por el amor, la generosa fecundidad, la unidad y fidelidad de los esposos, ya por la cooperación amorosa de todos sus miembros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Del amor conyugal"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Muchas veces a los novios y a los casados les invita la palabra divina a que alimenten y fomenten el noviazgo con un casto afecto, y el matrimonio con un amor único. Muchos contemporáneos nuestros exaltan también el amor auténtico entre marido y mujer, manifestado de varias maneras según las costumbres honestas de los pueblos y las épocas. Este amor, por ser eminentemente humano, ya que va de persona a persona con el afecto de la voluntad, abarca el bien de toda la persona, y , por tanto, es capaz de enriquecer con una dignidad especial las expresiones del cuerpo y del espíritu y de ennoblecerlas como elementos y señales específicas de la amistad conyugal. El Señor se ha dignado sanar este amor, perfeccionarlo y elevarlo con el don especial de la gracia y la caridad. Un tal amor, asociando a la vez lo humano y lo divino, lleva a los esposos a un don libre y mutuo de sí mismos, comprobado por sentimientos y actos de ternura, e impregna toda su vida; más aún, por su misma generosa actividad crece y se perfecciona. Supera, por tanto, con mucho la inclinación puramente erótica, que, por ser cultivo del egoísmo, se desvanece rápida y lamentablemente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta amor se expresa y perfecciona singularmente con la acción propia del matrimonio. Por ello los actos con los que los esposos se unen íntima y castamente entre sí son honestos y dignos, y, ejecutados de manera verdaderamente humana, significan y favorecen el don recíproco, con el que se enriquecen mutuamente en un clima de gozosa gratitud. Este amor, ratificado por la mutua fidelidad y, sobre todo, por el sacramento de Cristo, es indisolublemente fiel, en cuerpo y mente, en la prosperidad y en la adversidad, y, por tanto, queda excluido de él todo adulterio y divorcio. El reconocimiento obligatorio de la igual dignidad personal del hombre y de la mujer en el mutuo y pleno amor evidencia también claramente la unidad del matrimonio confirmada por el Señor. Para hacer frente con constancia a las obligaciones de esta vocación cristiana se requiere una insigne virtud; por eso los esposos, vigorizados por la gracia para la vida de santidad, cultivarán la firmeza en el amor, la magnanimidad de corazón y el espíritu de sacrificio, pidiéndolos asiduamente en la oración."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se apreciará más hondamente el genuino amor conyugal y se formará una opinión pública sana acerca de él si los esposos cristianos sobresalen con el testimonio de su fidelidad y armonía en el mutuo amor y en el cuidado por la educación de sus hijos y si participan en la necesaria renovación cultural, psicológica y social en favor del matrimonio y de la familia. Hay que formar a los jóvenes, a tiempo y convenientemente, sobre la dignidad, función y ejercicio del amor conyugal, y esto preferentemente en el seno de la misma familia. Así, educados en el culto de la castidad, podrán pasar, a la edad conveniente, de un honesto noviazgo al matrimonio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fecundidad del matrimonio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El matrimonio y el amor conyugal están ordenados por su propia naturaleza a la procreación y educación de la prole. Los hijos son, sin duda, el don más excelente del matrimonio y contribuyen sobremanera al bien de los propios padres. El mismo Dios, que dijo: \"No es bueno que el hombre esté solo\" (Gen 2,18), y que \"desde el principio ... hizo al hombre varón y mujer\" (Mt 19,4), queriendo comunicarle una participación especial en su propia obra creadora, bendijo al varón y a la mujer diciendo: \"Creced y multiplicaos\" (Gen 1,28). De aquí que el cultivo auténtico del amor conyugal y toda la estructura de la vida familiar que de él deriva, sin dejar de lado los demás fines del matrimonio, tienden a capacitar a los esposos para cooperar con fortaleza de espíritu con el amor del Creador y del Salvador, quien por medio de ellos aumenta y enriquece diariamente a su propia familia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En el deber de transmitir la vida humana y de educarla, lo cual hay que considerar como su propia misión, los cónyuges saben que son cooperadores del amor de Dios Creador y como sus intérpretes. Por eso, con responsabilidad humana y cristiana cumplirán su misión y con dócil reverencia hacia Dios se esforzarán ambos, de común acuerdo y común esfuerzo, por formarse un juicio recto, atendiendo tanto a su propio bien personal como al bien de los hijos, ya nacidos o todavía por venir, discerniendo las circunstancias de los tiempos y del estado de vida tanto materiales como espirituales, y, finalmente, teniendo en cuanta el bien de la comunidad familiar, de la sociedad temporal y de la propia Iglesia. Este juicio, en último término, deben formarlo ante Dios los esposos personalmente. En su modo de obrar, los esposos cristianos sean conscientes de que no pueden proceder a su antojo, sino que siempre deben regirse por la conciencia, lo cual ha de ajustarse a la ley divina misma, dóciles al Magisterio de la Iglesia, que interpreta auténticamente esta ley a la luz del Evangelio. Dicha ley divina muestra el pleno sentido del amor conyugal, lo protege e impulsa a la perfección genuinamente humana del mismo. Así, los esposos cristianos, confiados en la divina Providencia cultivando el espíritu de sacrificio, glorifican al Creador y tienden a la perfección en Cristo cuando con generosa, humana y cristiana responsabilidad cumplen su misión procreadora. Entre los cónyuges que cumplen de este modo la misión que Dios les ha confiado, son dignos de mención muy especial los que de común acuerdo, bien ponderado, aceptan con magnanimidad una prole más numerosa para educarla dignamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero el matrimonio no ha sido instituido solamente para la procreación, sino que la propia naturaleza del vínculo indisoluble entre las personas y el bien de la prole requieren que también el amor mutuo de los esposos mismos se manifieste, progrese y vaya madurando ordenadamente. Por eso, aunque la descendencia, tan deseada muchas veces, falte, sigue en pie el matrimonio como intimidad y comunión total de la vida y conserva su valor e indisolubilidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El amor conyugal debe compaginarse con el respeto a la vida humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Concilio sabe que los esposos, al ordenar armoniosamente su vida conyugal, con frecuencia se encuentran impedidos por algunas circunstancias actuales de la vida, y pueden hallarse en situaciones en las que el número de hijos, al manos por ciento tiempo, no puede aumentarse, y el cultivo del amor fiel y la plena intimidad de vida tienen sus dificultades para mantenerse. Cuando la intimidad conyugal se interrumpe, puede no raras veces correr riesgos la fidelidad y quedar comprometido el bien de la prole, porque entonces la educación de los hijos y la fortaleza necesaria para aceptar los que vengan quedan en peligro."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay quienes se atreven a dar soluciones inmorales a estos problemas; más aún, ni siquiera retroceden ante el homicidio; la Iglesia, sin embargo, recuerda que no puede hacer contradicción verdadera entre las leyes divinas de la transmisión obligatoria de la vida y del fomento del genuino amor conyugal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pues Dios, Señor de la vida, ha confiado a los hombres la insigne misión de conservar la vida, misión que ha de llevarse a cabo de modo digno del hombre. Por tanto, la vida desde su concepción ha de ser salvaguardada con el máximo cuidado; el aborto y el infanticidio son crímenes abominables. La índole sexual del hombre y la facultad generativa humana superan admirablemente lo que de esto existe en los grados inferiores de vida; por tanto, los mismos actos propios de la vida conyugal, ordenados según la genuina dignidad humana, deben ser respetados con gran reverencia. Cuando se trata, pues, de conjugar el amor conyugal con la responsable transmisión de la vida, la índole moral de la conducta no depende solamente de la sincera intención y apreciación de los motivos, sino que debe determinarse con criterios objetivos tomados de la naturaleza de la persona y de sus actos, criterios que mantienen íntegro el sentido de la mutua entrega y de la humana procreación, entretejidos con el amor verdadero; esto es imposible sin cultivar sinceramente la virtud de la castidad conyugal. No es lícito a los hijos de la Iglesia, fundados en estos principios, ir por caminos que el Magisterio, al explicar la ley divina reprueba sobre la regulación de la natalidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tengan todos entendido que la vida de los hombres y la misión de transmitirla no se limita a este mundo, ni puede ser conmensurada y entendida a este solo nivel, sino que siempre mira el destino eterno de los hombres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El progreso del matrimonio y de la familia, obra de todos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La familia es escuela del más rico humanismo. Para que pueda lograr la plenitud de su vida y misión se requieren un clima de benévola comunicación y unión de propósitos entre los cónyuges y una cuidadosa cooperación de los padres en la educación de los hijos. La activa presencia del padre contribuye sobremanera a la formación de los hijos; pero también debe asegurarse el cuidado de la madre en el hogar, que necesitan principalmente los niños menores, sin dejar por eso a un lado la legítima promoción social de la mujer. La educación de los hijos ha de ser tal, que al llegar a la edad adulta puedan, con pleno sentido de la responsabilidad, seguir la vocación, aun la sagrada, y escoger estado de vida; y si éste es el matrimonio, puedan fundar una familia propia en condiciones morales, sociales y económicas adecuadas. Es propio de los padres o de los tutores guiar a los jóvenes con prudentes consejos, que ellos deben oír con gusto, al tratar de fundar una familia, evitando, sin embargo, toda coacción directa o indirecta que les lleve a casarse o a elegir determinada persona."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Así, la familia, en la que distintas generaciones coinciden y se ayudan mutuamente a lograr una mayor sabiduría y a armonizar los derechos de las personas con las demás exigencias de la vida social, constituye el fundamente de la sociedad. Por ello todos los que influyen en las comunidades y grupos sociales deben contribuir eficazmente al progreso del matrimonio y de la familia. El poder civil ha de considerar obligación suya sagrada reconocer la verdadera naturaleza del matrimonio y de la familia, protegerla y ayudarla, asegurar la moralidad pública y favorecer la prosperidad doméstica. Hay que salvaguardar el derecho de los padres a procrear y a educar en el seno de la familia a sus hijos. Se debe proteger con legislación adecuada y diversas instituciones y ayudar de forma suficiente a aquellos que desgraciadamente carecen del bien de una familia propia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los cristianos, rescatando el tiempo presente y distinguiendo lo eterno de lo pasajero, promuevan con diligencia los bienes del matrimonio y de la familia así con el testimonio de la propia vida como con la acción concorde con los hombres de buena voluntad, y de esta forma, suprimidas las dificultades, satisfarán las necesidades de la familia y las ventajas adecuadas a los nuevos tiempos. Para obtener este fin ayudarán mucho el sentido cristiano de los fieles, la recta conciencia moral de los hombres y la sabiduría y competencia de las personas versadas en las ciencias sagradas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los científicos, principalmente los biólogos, los médicos, los sociólogos y los psicólogos, pueden contribuir mucho al bien del matrimonio y de la familia y a la paz de las conciencias si se esfuerzan por aclarar más a fondo, con estudios convergentes, las diversas circunstancias favorables a la honesta ordenación de la procreación humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertenece a los sacerdotes, debidamente preparados en el tema de la familia, fomentar la vocación de los esposos en la vida conyugal y familiar con distintos medios pastorales, con la predicación de la palabra de Dios, con el culto litúrgico y otras ayudas espirituales; fortalecerlos humana y pacientemente en las dificultades y confortarlos en la caridad para que formen familias realmente espléndidas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las diversas obras, especialmente las asociaciones familiares, pondrán todo el empeño posible en instruir a los jóvenes y a los cónyuges mismos, principalmente a los recién casados, en la doctrina y en la acción y en formarlos para la vida familiar, social y apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los propios cónyuges, finalmente, hechos a imagen de Dios vivo y constituidos en el verdadero orden de personas, vivan unidos, con el mismo cariño, modo de pensar idéntico y mutua santidad, para que, habiendo seguido a Cristo, principio de vida, en los gozos y sacrificios de su vocación por medio de su fiel amor, sean testigos de aquel misterio de amor que el Señor con su muerte y resurrección reveló al mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EL SANO FOMENTO DEL PROGRESO CULTURAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es propio de la persona humana el no llegar a un nivel verdadera y plenamente humano si no es mediante la cultura, es decir, cultivando los bienes y los valores naturales. Siempre, pues, que se trata de la vida humana, naturaleza y cultura se hallen unidas estrechísimamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con la palabra cultura se indica, en sentido general, todo aquello con lo que el hombre afina y desarrolla sus innumerables cualidades espirituales y corporales; procura someter el mismo orbe terrestre con su conocimiento y trabajo; hace más humana la vida social, tanto en la familia como en toda la sociedad civil, mediante el progreso de las costumbres e instituciones; finalmente, a través del tiempo expresa, comunica y conserva en sus obras grandes experiencias espirituales y aspiraciones para que sirvan de provecho a muchos, e incluso a todo el género humano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De aquí se sigue que la cultura humana presenta necesariamente un aspecto histórico y social y que la palabra cultura asume con frecuencia un sentido sociológico y etnológico. En este sentido se habla de la pluralidad de culturas. Estilos de vida común diversos y escala de valor diferentes encuentran su origen en la distinta manera de servirse de las cosas, de trabajar, de expresarse, de practicar la religión, de comportarse, de establecer leyes e instituciones jurídicas, de desarrollar las ciencias, las artes y de cultivar la belleza. Así, las costumbres recibidas forman el patrimonio propio de cada comunidad humana. Así también es como se constituye un medio histórico determinado, en el cual se inserta el hombre de cada nación o tiempo y del que recibe los valores para promover la civilización humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sección I.- La situación de la cultura en el mundo actual"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nuevos estilos de vida"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las circunstancia de vida del hombre moderno en el aspecto social y cultural han cambiado profundamente, tanto que se puede hablar con razón de una nueva época de la historia humana. Por ello, nuevos caminos se han abierto para perfeccionar la cultura y darle una mayor expansión. Caminos que han sido preparados por el ingente progreso de las ciencias naturales y de las humanas, incluidas las sociales; por el desarrollo de la técnica, y también por los avances en el uso y recta organización de los medios que ponen al hombre en comunicación con los demás. De aquí provienen ciertas notas características de la cultura actual: Las ciencias exactas cultivan al máximo el juicio crítico; los más recientes estudios de la psicología explican con mayor profundidad la actividad humana; las ciencias históricas contribuyen mucho a que las cosas se vean bajo el aspecto de su mutabilidad y evolución; los hábitos de vid ay las costumbres tienden a uniformarse más y más; la industrialización, la urbanización y los demás agentes que promueven la vida comunitaria crean nuevas formas de cultura (cultura de masas), de las que nacen nuevos modos de sentir, actuar y descansar; al mismo tiempo, el creciente intercambio entre las diversas naciones y grupos sociales descubre a todos y a cada uno con creciente amplitud los tesoros de las diferentes formas de cultura, y así poco a poco se va gestando una forma más universal de cultura, que tanto más promueve y expresa la unidad del género humano cuanto mejor sabe respetar las particularidades de las diversas culturas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El hombre, autor de la cultura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cada día es mayor el número de los hombres y mujeres, de todo grupo o nación, que tienen conciencia de que son ellos los autores y promotores de la cultura de su comunidad. En todo el mundo crece más y más el sentido de la autonomía y al mismo tiempo de la responsabilidad, lo cual tiene enorme importancia para la madurez espiritual y moral del género humano. Esto se ve más claro si fijamos la mirada en la unificación del mundo y en la tarea que se nos impone de edificar un mundo mejor en la verdad y en la justicia. De esta manera somos testigos de que está naciendo un nuevo humanismo, en el que el hombre queda definido principalmente por la responsabilidad hacia sus hermanos y ante la historia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dificultades y tareas actuales en este campo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En esta situación no hay que extrañarse de que el hombre, que siente su responsabilidad en orden al progreso de la cultura, alimente una más profunda esperanza, pero al mismo tiempo note con ansiedad las múltiples antinomias existentes, que él mismo debe resolver:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "¿Qué debe hacerse para que la intensificación de las relaciones entre las culturas, que debería llevar a un verdadero y fructuoso diálogo entre los diferentes grupos y naciones, no perturbe la vida de las comunidades, no eche por tierra la sabiduría de los antepasados ni ponga en peligro el genio propio de los pueblos?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "¿De qué forma hay que favorecer el dinamismo y la expansión de la nueva cultura sin que perezca la fidelidad viva a la herencia de las tradiciones? Esto es especialmente urgente allí donde la cultura, nacida del enorme progreso de la ciencia y de la técnica se ha de compaginar con el cultivo del espíritu, que se alimenta, según diversas tradiciones, de los estudios clásicos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "¿Cómo la tan rápida y progresiva dispersión de las disciplinas científicas puede armonizarse con la necesidad de formar su síntesis y de conservar en los hombres la facultades de la contemplación y de la admiración, que llevan a la sabiduría?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "¿Qué hay que hacer para que todos los hombres participen de los bienes culturales en el mundo, si al mismo tiempo la cultura de los especialistas se hace cada vez más inaccesible y compleja?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "¿De qué manera, finalmente, hay que reconocer como legítima la autonomía que reclama para sí la cultura, sin llegar a un humanismo meramente terrestre o incluso contrario a la misma religión?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En medio de estas antinomias se ha de desarrollar hoy la cultura humana, de tal manera que cultive equilibradamente a la persona humana íntegra y ayude a los hombres en las tareas a cuyo cumplimiento todos, y de modo principal los cristianos, están llamados, unidos fraternalmente en una sola familia humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sección 2.- Algunos principios para la sana promoción de la cultura"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La fe y la cultura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los cristianos, en marcha hacia la ciudad celeste, deben buscar y gustar las cosas de arriba, lo cual en nada disminuye, antes por el contrario, aumenta, la importancia de la misión que les incumbe de trabajar con todos los hombres en la edificación de un mundo más humano. En realidad, el misterio de la fe cristiana ofrece a los cristianos valiosos estímulos y ayudas para cumplir con más intensidad su misión y, sobre todo, para descubrir el sentido pleno de esa actividad que sitúa a la cultura en el puesto eminente que le corresponde en la entera vocación del hombre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El hombre, en efecto, cuando con el trabajo de sus manos o con ayuda de los recursos técnicos cultiva la tierra para que produzca frutos y llegue a ser morada digna de toda la familia humana y cuando conscientemente asume su parte en la vida de los grupos sociales, cumple personalmente el plan mismo de Dios, manifestado a la humanidad al comienzo de los tiempos, de someter la tierra y perfeccionar la creación, y al mismo tiempo se perfecciona a sí mismo; más aún, obedece al gran mandamiento de Cristo de entregarse al servicio de los hermanos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Además, el hombre, cuando se entrega a las diferentes disciplinas de la filosofía, la historia, las matemáticas y las ciencias naturales y se dedica a las artes, puede contribuir sobremanera a que la familia humana se eleve a los conceptos más altos de la verdad, el bien y la belleza y al juicio del valor universal, y así sea iluminada mejor por la maravillosa Sabiduría, que desde siempre estaba con Dios disponiendo todas las cosas con El, jugando en el orbe de la tierra y encontrando sus delicias en estar entre los hijos de los hombres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con todo lo cual es espíritu humano, más libre de la esclavitud de las cosas, puede ser elevado con mayor facilidad al culto mismo y a la contemplación del Creador. Más todavía, con el impulso de la gracia se dispone a reconocer al Verbo de Dios, que antes de hacerse carne para salvarlo todo y recapitular todo en El, estaba en el mundo como luz verdadera que ilumina a todo hombre (Io 1,9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es cierto que el progreso actual de las ciencias y de la técnica, las cuales, debido a su método, no pueden penetrar hasta las íntimas esencias de las cosas, puede favorecer cierto fenomenismo y agnosticismo cuando el método de investigación usado por estas disciplinas se considera sin razón como la regla suprema para hallar toda la verdad. Es más, hay el peligro de que el hombre, confiado con exceso en los inventos actuales, crea que se basta a sí mismo y deje de buscar ya cosas más altas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sin embargo, estas lamentables consecuencias no son efectos necesarios de la cultura contemporánea ni deben hacernos caer en la tentación de no reconocer los valores positivos de ésta. Entre tales valores se cuentan: el estudio de las ciencias y la exacta fidelidad a la verdad en las investigaciones científicas, la necesidad de trabajar conjuntamente en equipos técnicos, el sentido de la solidaridad internacional, la conciencia cada vez más intensa de la responsabilidad de los peritos para la ayuda y la protección de los hombres, la voluntad de lograr condiciones de vida más aceptables para todos, singularmente para los que padecen privación de responsabilidad o indigencia cultural. Todo lo cual puede aportar alguna preparación para recibir el mensaje del Evangelio, la cual puede ser informada con la caridad divina por Aquel que vino a salvar el mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Múltiples conexiones entre la buena nueva de Cristo y la cultura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Múltiples son los vínculos que existen entre el mensaje de salvación y la cultura humana. Dios, en efecto, al revelarse a su pueblo hasta la plena manifestación de sí mismo en el Hijo encarnado, habló según los tipos de cultura propios de cada época."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De igual manera, la Iglesia, al vivir durante el transcurso de la historia en variedad de circunstancias, ha empleado los hallazgos de las diversas culturas para difundir y explicar el mensaje de Cristo en su predicación a todas las gentes, para investigarlo y comprenderlo con mayor profundidad, para expresarlo mejor en la celebración litúrgica y en la vida de la multiforme comunidad de los fieles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero al mismo tiempo, la Iglesia, enviada a todos los pueblos sin distinción de épocas y regiones, no está ligada de manera exclusiva e indisoluble a raza o nación alguna, a algún sistema particular de vida, a costumbre alguna antigua o reciente. Fiel a su propia tradición y consciente a la vez de la universalidad de su misión, puede entrar en comunión con las diversas formas de cultura; comunión que enriquece al mismo tiempo a la propia Iglesia y las diferentes culturas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La buena nueva de Cristo renueva constantemente la vida y la cultura del hombre, caído, combate y elimina los errores y males que provienen de la seducción permanente del pecado. Purifica y eleva incesantemente la moral de los pueblos. Con las riquezas de lo alto fecunda como desde sus entrañas las cualidades espirituales y las tradiciones de cada pueblo y de cada edad, las consolida, perfecciona y restaura en Cristo. Así, la Iglesia, cumpliendo su misión propia, contribuye, por lo mismo, a la cultura humana y la impulsa, y con su actividad, incluida la litúrgica, educa al hombre en la libertad interior."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay que armonizar diferentes valores en el seno de las culturas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por las razones expuestas, la Iglesia recuerda a todos que la cultura debe estar subordinada a la perfección integral de la persona humana, al bien de la comunidad y de la sociedad humana entera. Por lo cual es preciso cultivar el espíritu de tal manera que se promueva la capacidad de admiración, de intuición, de contemplación y de formarse un juicio personal, así como el poder cultivar el sentido religioso, moral y social."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porque la cultura, por dimanar inmediatamente de la naturaleza racional y social del hombre, tiene siempre necesidad de una justa libertad para desarrollarse y de una legítima autonomía en el obrar según sus propios principios. Tiene, por tanto, derecho al respeto y goza de una cierta inviolabilidad, quedando evidentemente a salvo los derechos de la persona y de la sociedad, particular o mundial, dentro de los límites del bien común."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El sagrado Sínodo, recordando lo que enseñó el Concilio Vaticano I, declara que \"existen dos órdenes de conocimiento\" distintos, el de la fe y el de la razón; y que la Iglesia no prohíbe que \"las artes y las disciplinas humanas gocen de sus propios principios y de su propio método..., cada una en su propio campo\", por lo cual, \"reconociendo esta justa libertad\", la Iglesia afirma la autonomía legítima de la cultura humana, y especialmente la de las ciencias."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todo esto pide también que el hombre, salvados el orden moral y la común utilidad, pueda investigar libremente la verdad y manifestar y propagar su opinión, lo mismo que practicar cualquier ocupación, y, por último, que se le informe verazmente acerca de los sucesos públicos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A la autoridad pública compete no el determinar el carácter propio de cada cultura, sino el fomentar las condiciones y los medios para promover la vida cultural entre todos aun dentro de las minorías de alguna nación. Por ello hay que insistir sobre todo en que la cultura, apartada de su propio fin, no sea forzada a servir al poder político o económico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sección 3.- Algunas obligaciones más urgentes de los cristianos respecto a la cultura"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El reconocimiento y ejercicio efectivo del derecho personal a la cultura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoy día es posible liberar a muchísimos hombres de la miseria de la ignorancia. Por ello, uno de los deberes más propios de nuestra época, sobre todo de los cristianos, es el de trabajar con ahínco para que tanto en la economía como en la política, así en el campo nacional como en el internacional, se den las normas fundamentales para que se reconozca en todas partes y se haga efectivo el derecho a todos a la cultura, exigido por la dignidad de la persona, sin distinción de raza, sexo, nacionalidad, religión o condición social. Es preciso, por lo mismo, procurar a todos una cantidad suficiente de bienes culturales, principalmente de los que constituyen la llamada cultura \"básica\", a fin de evitar que un gran número de hombres se vea impedido, por su ignorancia y por su falta de iniciativa, de prestar su cooperación auténticamente humana al bien común."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se debe tender a que quienes están bien dotados intelectualmente tengan la posibilidad de llegar a los estudios superiores; y ello de tal forma que, en la medida de lo posible, puedan desempeñar en la sociedad las funciones, tareas y servicios que correspondan a su aptitud natural y a la competencia adquirida. Así podrán todos los hombres y todos los grupos sociales de cada pueblo alcanzar el pleno desarrollo de su vida cultural de acuerdo con sus cualidades y sus propias tradiciones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es preciso, además, hacer todo lo posible para que cada cual adquiera conciencia del derecho que tiene a la cultura y del deber que sobre él pesa de cultivarse a sí mismo y de ayudar a los demás. Hay a veces situaciones en la vida laboral que impiden el esfuerzo de superación cultural del hombre y destruyen en éste el afán por la cultura. Esto se aplica de modo especial a los agricultores y a los obreros, a los cuales es preciso procurar tales condiciones de trabajo, que, lejos de impedir su cultura humana, la fomenten. Las mujeres ya actúan en casi todos los campos de la vida, pero es conveniente que puedan asumir con plenitud su papel según su propia naturaleza. Todos deben contribuir a que se reconozca y promueva la propia y necesaria participación de la mujer en la vida cultural."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La educación para la cultura íntegra del hombre"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoy día es más difícil que antes sintetizar las varias disciplinas y ramas del saber. Porque, al crecer el acervo y la diversidad de elementos que constituyen la cultura, disminuye al mismo tiempo la capacidad de cada hombre para captarlos y armonizarlos orgánicamente, de forma que cada vez se va desdibujando más la imagen del hombre universal. Sin embargo, queda en pie para cada hombre el deber de conservar la estructura de toda la persona humana, en la que destacan los valores de la inteligencia, voluntad, conciencia y fraternidad; todos los cuales se basan en Dios Creador y han sido sanados y elevados maravillosamente en Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La madre nutricia de esta educación es ante todo la familia: en ella los hijos, en un clima de amor, aprenden juntos con mayor facilidad la recta jerarquía de las cosas, al mismo tiempo que se imprimen de modo como natural en el alma de los adolescentes formas probadas de cultura a medida que van creciendo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para esta misma educación las sociedades contemporáneas disponen de recursos que pueden favorecer la cultura universal, sobre todo dada la creciente difusión del libro y los nuevos medios de comunicación cultural y social. Pues con la disminución ya generalizada del tiempo de trabajo aumentan para muchos hombres las posibilidades. Empléense los descansos oportunamente para distracción del ánimo y para consolidar la salud del espíritu y del cuerpo, ya sea entregándose a actividades o a estudios libres, ya a viajes por otras regiones (turismo), con los que se afina el espíritu y los hombres se enriquecen con el mutuo conocimiento; ya con ejercicios y manifestaciones deportivas, que ayudan a conservar el equilibrio espiritual, incluso en la comunidad, y a establecer relaciones fraternas entre los hombres de todas las clases, naciones y razas. Cooperen los cristianos también para que las manifestaciones y actividades culturales colectivas, propias de nuestro tiempo, se humanicen y se impregnen de espíritu cristiano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todas estas posibilidades no pueden llevar la educación del hombre al pleno desarrollo cultural de sí mismo, si al mismo tiempo se descuida el preguntarse a fondo por el sentido de la cultura y de la ciencia para la persona humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Acuerdo entre la cultura humana y la educación cristiana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aunque la Iglesia ha contribuido mucho al progreso de la cultura, consta, sin embargo, por experiencia que por causas contingentes no siempre se ve libre de dificultades al compaginar la cultura con la educación cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estas dificultades no dañan necesariamente a la vida de fe; por el contrario, pueden estimular la mente a una más cuidadosa y profunda inteligencia de aquélla. Puesto que los más recientes estudios y los nuevos hallazgos de las ciencias, de la historia y de la filosofía suscitan problemas nuevos que traen consigo consecuencias prácticas e incluso reclaman nuevas investigaciones teológicas. Por otra parte, los teólogos, guardando los métodos y las exigencias propias de la ciencia sagrada, están invitados a buscar siempre un modo más apropiado de comunicar la doctrina a los hombres de su época; porque una cosa es el depósito mismo de la fe, o sea, sus verdades, y otra cosa es el modo de formularlas conservando el mismo sentido y el mismo significado. Hay que reconocer y emplear suficientemente en el trabajo pastoral no sólo los principios teológicos, sino también los descubrimientos de las ciencias profanas, sobre todo en psicología y en sociología, llevando así a los fieles y una más pura y madura vida de fe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "También la literatura y el arte son, a su modo, de gran importancia para la vida de la Iglesia. En efecto, se proponen expresar la naturaleza propia del hombre, sus problemas y sus experiencias en el intento de conocerse mejor a sí mismo y al mundo y de superarse; se esfuerzan por descubrir la situación del hombre en la historia y en el universo, por presentar claramente las miserias y las alegrías de los hombres, sus necesidades y sus recurso, y por bosquejar un mejor porvenir a la humanidad. Así tienen el poder de elevar la vida humana en las múltiples formas que ésta reviste según los tiempos y las regiones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por tanto, hay que esforzarse para los artistas se sientan comprendidos por la Iglesia en sus actividades y, gozando de una ordenada libertad, establezcan contactos más fáciles con la comunidad cristiana. También las nuevas formas artísticas, que convienen a nuestros contemporáneos según la índole de cada nación o región, sean reconocidas por la Iglesia. Recíbanse en el santuario, cuando elevan la mente a Dios, con expresiones acomodadas y conforme a las exigencias de la liturgia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De esta forma, el conocimiento de Dios se manifiesta mejor y la predicación del Evangelio resulta más transparente a la inteligencia humana y aparece como embebida en las condiciones de su vida."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vivan los fieles en muy estrecha unión con los demás hombres de su tiempo y esfuércense por comprender su manera de pensar y de sentir, cuya expresión es la cultura. Compaginen los conocimientos de las nuevas ciencias y doctrinas y de los más recientes descubrimientos con la moral cristiana y con la enseñanza de la doctrina cristiana, para que la cultura religiosa y la rectitud de espíritu de las ciencias y de los diarios progresos de la técnica; así se capacitarán para examinar e interpretar todas las cosas con íntegro sentido cristiano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los que se dedican a las ciencias teológicas en los seminarios y universidades, empéñense en colaborar con los hombres versados en las otras materias, poniendo en común sus energías y puntos de vista. la investigación teológica siga profundizando en la verdad revelada sin perder contacto con su tiempo, a fin de facilitar a los hombres cultos en los diversos ramos del saber un más pleno conocimiento de la fe. Esta colaboración será muy provechosa para la formación de los ministros sagrados, quienes podrán presentar a nuestros contemporáneos la doctrina de la Iglesia acerca de Dios, del hombre y del mundo, de forma más adaptada al hombre contemporáneo y a la vez más gustosamente aceptable por parte de ellos. Más aún, es de desear que numerosos laicos reciban una buena formación en las ciencias sagradas, y que no pocos de ellos se dediquen ex profeso a estos estudios y profundicen en ellos. Pero para que puedan llevar a buen término su tarea debe reconocerse a los fieles, clérigos o laicos, la justa libertad de investigación, de pensamiento y de hacer conocer humilde y valerosamente su manera de ver en los ampos que son de su competencia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA VIDA ECONÓMICO-SOCIAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Algunos aspectos de la vida económica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "También en la vida económico-social deben respetarse y promoverse la dignidad de la persona humana, su entera vocación y el bien de toda la sociedad. Porque el hombre es el autor, el centro y el fin de toda la vida económico- social."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La economía moderna, como los restantes sectores de la vida social, se caracteriza por una creciente dominación del hombre sobre la naturaleza, por la multiplicación e intensificación de las relaciones sociales y por la interdependencia entre ciudadanos, asociaciones y pueblos, así como también por la cada vez más frecuente intervención del poder público. Por otra parte, el progreso en las técnicas de la producción y en la organización del comercio y de los servicios han convertido a la economía en instrumento capaz de satisfacer mejor las nuevas necesidades acrecentada de la familia humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sin embargo, no faltan motivos de inquietud. Muchos hombres, sobre todo en regiones económicamente desarrolladas, parecen garza por la economía, de tal manera que casi toda su vida personal y social está como teñida de cierto espíritu economista tanto en las naciones de economía colectivizada como en las otras. En un momento en que el desarrollo de la vida económica, con tal que se le dirija y ordene de manera racional y humana, podría mitigar las desigualdades sociales, con demasiada frecuencia trae consigo un endurecimiento de ellas y a veces hasta un retroceso en las condiciones de vida de los más débiles y un desprecio de los pobres. Mientras muchedumbres inmensas carecen de lo estrictamente necesario, algunos, aun en los países menos desarrollados, viven en la opulencia y malgastan sin consideración. El lujo pulula junto a la miseria. Y mientras unos pocos disponen de un poder amplísimo de decisión, muchos carecen de toda iniciativa y de toda responsabilidad, viviendo con frecuencia en condiciones de vida y de trabajo indignas de la persona humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tales desequilibrios económicos y sociales se producen tanto entre los sectores de la agricultura, la industria y los servicios, por un parte, como entre las diversas regiones dentro de un mismo país. Cada día se agudiza más la oposición entre las naciones económicamente desarrolladas y las restantes, lo cual puede poner en peligro la misma paz mundial."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los hombres de nuestro tiempo son cada día más sensibles a estas disparidades, porque están plenamente convencidos de que la amplitud de las posibilidades técnicas y económicas que tiene en sus manos el mundo moderno puede y debe corregir este lamentable estado de cosas. Por ello son necesarias muchas reformas en la vida económico-social y un cambio de mentalidad y de costumbres en todos. A este fin, la Iglesia, en el transcurso de los siglos, a la luz del Evangelio, ha concretado los principios de justicia y equidad, exigidos por la recta razón, tanto en orden a la vida individual y social como en orden a la vida internacional, y los ha manifestado especialmente en estos últimos tiempos. El Concilio quiere robustecer estos principios de acuerdo con las circunstancias actuales y dar algunas orientaciones, referentes sobre todo a las exigencias del desarrollo económico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sección I.- El desarrollo económico"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ley fundamental del desarrollo: el servicio del hombre"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoy más que nunca, para hacer frente al aumento de población y responder a las aspiraciones más amplias del género humano, se tiende con razón a un aumento en la producción agrícola e industrial y en la prestación de los servicios. Por ello hay que favorecer el progreso técnico, el espíritu de innovación, el afán por crear y ampliar nuevas empresas, la adaptación de los métodos productivos, el esfuerzo sostenido de cuantos participan en la producción; en una palabra, todo cuanto puede contribuir a dicho progreso. La finalidad fundamental de esta producción no es el mero incremento de los productos, ni el beneficio, ni el poder, sino el servicio del hombre, del hombre integral, teniendo en cuanta sus necesidades materiales y sus exigencias intelectuales, morales, espirituales y religiosas; de todo hombre, decimos, de todo grupo de hombres, sin distinción de raza o continente. De esta forma, la actividad económica debe ejercerse siguiendo sus métodos y leyes propias, dentro del ámbito del orden moral, para que se cumplan así los designios de Dios sobre el hombre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El desarrollo económico, bajo el control humano"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El desarrollo debe permanecer bajo el control del hombre. No debe quedar en manos de unos pocos o de grupos económicamente poderosos en exceso, ni tampoco en manos de una sola comunidad política o de ciertas naciones más poderosas. Es preciso, por el contrario, que en todo nivel, el mayor número posible de hombres, y en el plano internacional el conjunto de las naciones, puedan tomar parte activa en la dirección del desarrollo. Asimismo es necesario que las iniciativas espontáneas de los individuos y de sus asociaciones libres colaboren con los esfuerzos de las autoridades públicas y se coordinen con éstos de forma eficaz y coherente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No se puede confiar el desarrollo ni al solo proceso casi mecánico de la acción económica de los individuos ni a la sola decisión de la autoridad pública. Por este motivo hay que calificar de falsas tanto las doctrinas que se oponen a las reformas indispensables en nombre de una falsa libertad como las que sacrifican los derechos fundamentales de la persona y de los grupos en aras de la organización colectiva de la producción."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recuerden, por otra parte, todos los ciudadanos el deber y el derecho que tienen, y que el poder civil ha de reconocer, de contribuir, según sus posibilidades, al progreso de la propia comunidad. En los países menos desarrollados, donde se impone el empleo urgente de todos los recursos, ponen en grave peligro el bien común los que retienen sus riquezas improductivamente o los que -salvado el derecho personal de emigración- privan a su comunidad de los medios materiales y espirituales que ésta necesita."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Han de eliminarse las enormes desigualdades económico-sociales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para satisfacer las exigencias de la justicia y de la equidad hay que hacer todos los esfuerzos posibles para que, dentro del respeto a los derechos de las personas y a las características de cada pueblo, desaparezcan lo más rápidamente posible las enormes diferencias económicas que existen hoy, y frecuentemente aumentan, vinculadas a discriminaciones individuales y sociales. De igual manera, en muchas regiones, teniendo en cuanta las peculiares dificultades de la agricultura tanto en la producción como en la venta de sus bienes, hay que ayudar a los labradores para que aumenten su capacidad productiva y comercial, introduzcan los necesarios cambios e innovaciones, consigan una justa ganancia y no queden reducidos, como sucede con frecuencia, a la situación de ciudadanos de inferior categoría. Los propios agricultores, especialmente los jóvenes, aplíquense con afán a perfeccionar su técnica profesional, sin la que no puede darse el desarrollo de la agricultura."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La justicia y la equidad exigen también que la movilidad, la cual es necesaria en una economía progresiva, se ordene de manera que se eviten la inseguridad y la estrechez de vida del individuo y de su familia. Con respecto a los trabajadores que, procedentes de otros países o de otras regiones, cooperan en el crecimiento económico de una nación o de una provincia, se ha de evitar con sumo cuidado toda discriminación en materia de remuneración o de condiciones de trabajo. Además, la sociedad entera, en particular los poderes públicos, deben considerarlos como personas, no simplemente como meros instrumentos de producción; deben ayudarlos para que traigan junto a sí a sus familiares, se procuren un alojamiento decente, y a favorecer su incorporación a la vida social del país o de la región que los acoge. Sin embargo, en cuanto sea posible, deben crearse fuentes de trabajo en las propias regiones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En las economías en período de transición, como sucede en las formas nuevas de la sociedad industrial, en las que, v.gr., se desarrolla la autonomía, en necesario asegurar a cada uno empleo suficiente y adecuado: y al mismo tiempo la posibilidad de una formación técnica y profesional congruente. Débense garantizar la subsistencia y la dignidad humana de los que, sobre todo por razón de enfermedad o de edad, se ven aquejados por graves dificultades."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sección 2.- Algunos principios reguladores del conjunto de la vida económico-social Trabajo, condiciones de trabajo, descanso 67. El trabajo humano que se ejerce en la producción y en el comercio o en los servicios es muy superior a los restantes elementos de la vida económico, pues estos últimos no tienen otro papel que el de instrumentos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pues el trabajo humano, autónomo o dirigido, procede inmediatamente de la persona, la cual marca con su impronta la materia sobre la que trabaja y la somete a su voluntad. Es para el trabajador y para su familia el medio ordinario de subsistencia; por él el hombre se une a sus hermanos y les hace un servicio, puede practicar la verdadera caridad y cooperar al perfeccionamiento de la creación divina. No sólo esto. Sabemos que, con la oblación de su trabajo a Dios, los hombres se asocian a la propia obra redentora de Jesucristo, quien dio al trabajo una dignidad sobre eminente laborando con sus propias manos en Nazaret. De aquí se deriva para todo hombre el deber de trabajar fielmente, así como también el derecho al trabajo. Y es deber de la sociedad, por su parte, ayudar, según sus propias circunstancias, a los ciudadanos para que puedan encontrar la oportunidad de un trabajo suficiente. Por último, la remuneración del trabajo debe ser tal que permita al hombre y a su familia una vida digna en el plano material, social, cultural y espiritual, teniendo presentes el puesto de trabajo y la productividad de cada uno, así como las condiciones de la empresa y el bien común."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La actividad económica es de ordinario fruto del trabajo asociado de los hombres; por ello es injusto e inhumano organizarlo y regularlo con daño de algunos trabajadores. Es, sin embargo, demasiado frecuente también hoy día que los trabajadores resulten en cierto sentido esclavos de su propio trabajo. Lo cual de ningún modo está justificado por las llamadas leyes económicas. El conjunto del proceso de la producción debe, pues, ajustarse a las necesidades de la persona y a la manera de vida de cada uno en particular, de su vida familiar, principalmente por lo que toca a las madres de familia, teniendo siempre en cuanta el sexo y la edad. Ofrézcase, además, a los trabajadores la posibilidad de desarrollar sus cualidades y su personalidad en el ámbito mismo del trabajo. Al aplicar, con la debida responsabilidad, a este trabajo su tiempo y sus fuerzas, disfruten todos de un tiempo de reposo y descanso suficiente que les permita cultivar la vida familiar, cultural, social y religiosa. Más aún, tengan la posibilidad de desarrollar libremente las energías y las cualidades que tal vez en su trabajo profesional apenas pueden cultivar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Participación en la empresa y en la organización general de la economía. Conflictos laborales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En las empresas económicas son personas las que se asocian, es decir, hombres libres y autónomos, creados a imagen de Dios. Por ello, teniendo en cuanta las funciones de cada uno, propietarios, administradores, técnicos, trabajadores, y quedando a salvo la unidad necesaria en la dirección, se ha de promover la activa participación de todos en la gestión de la empresa, según formas que habrá que determinar con acierto. Con todo, como en muchos casos no es a nivel de empresa, sino en niveles institucionales superiores, donde se toman las decisiones económicas y sociales de las que depende el porvenir de los trabajadores y de sus hijos, deben los trabajadores participar también en semejantes decisiones por sí mismos o por medio de representantes libremente elegidos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre los derechos fundamentales de la persona humana debe contarse el derecho de los obreros a fundar libremente asociaciones que representen auténticamente al trabajador y puedan colaborar en la recta ordenación de la vida económica, así como también el derecho de participar libremente en las actividades de las asociaciones sin riesgo de represalias. Por medio de esta ordenada participación, que está unida al progreso en la formación económica y social, crecerá más y más entre todos el sentido de la responsabilidad propia, el cual les llevará a sentirse colaboradores, según sus medios y aptitudes propias, en la tarea total del desarrollo económico y social y del logro del bien común universal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-326",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En caso de conflictos económico-sociales, hay que esforzarse por encontrarles soluciones pacíficas. Aunque se ha de recurrir siempre primero a un sincero diálogo entre las partes, sin embargo, en la situación presente, la huelga puede seguir siendo medio necesario, aunque extremo, para la defensa de los derechos y el logro de las aspiraciones justas de los trabajadores. Búsquense, con todo, cuanto antes, caminos para negociar y para reanudar el diálogo conciliatorio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los bienes de la tierra están destinados a todos los hombres"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dios ha destinado la tierra y cuanto ella contiene para uso de todos los hombres y pueblos. En consecuencia, los bienes creados deben llegar a todos en forma equitativa bajo la égida de la justicia y con la compañía de la caridad. Sean las que sean las formas de la propiedad, adaptadas a las instituciones legítimas de los pueblos según las circunstancias diversas y variables, jamás debe perderse de vista este destino universal de los bienes. Por tanto, el hombre, al usarlos, no debe tener las cosas exteriores que legítimamente posee como exclusivamente suyas, sino también como comunes, en el sentido de que no le aprovechen a él solamente, sino también a los demás. Por lo demás, el derecho a poseer una parte de bienes suficiente para sí mismos y para sus familias es un derecho que a todos corresponde. Es éste el sentir de los Padres y de los doctores de la Iglesia, quienes enseñaron que los hombres están obligados a ayudar a los pobres, y por cierto no sólo con los bienes superfluos. Quien se halla en situación de necesidad extrema tiene derecho a tomar de la riqueza ajena lo necesario para sí. Habiendo como hay tantos oprimidos actualmente por el hambre en el mundo, el sacro Concilio urge a todos, particulares y autoridades, a que, acordándose de aquella frase de los Padres: Alimenta al que muere de hambre, porque, si no lo alimentas, lo matas, según las propias posibilidades, comuniquen y ofrezcan realmente sus bienes, ayudando en primer lugar a los pobres, tanto individuos como pueblos, a que puedan ayudarse y desarrollarse por sí mismos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-329",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En sociedades económicamente menos desarrolladas, el destino común de los bienes está a veces en parte logrado por un conjunto de costumbres y tradiciones comunitarias que aseguran a cada miembro los bienes absolutamente necesarios. Sin embargo, elimínese el criterio de considerar como en absoluto inmutables ciertas costumbres si no responden ya a las nuevas exigencias de la época presente; pero, por otra parte, conviene no atentar imprudentemente contra costumbres honestas que, adaptadas a las circunstancias actuales, pueden resultar muy útiles. De igual manera, en las naciones de economía muy desarrollada, el conjunto de instituciones consagradas a la previsión y a la seguridad social puede contribuir, por su parte, al destino común de los bienes. Es necesario también continuar el desarrollo de los servicios familiares y sociales, principalmente de los que tienen por fin la cultura y la educación. Al organizar todas estas instituciones debe cuidarse de que los ciudadanos no vayan cayendo en una actitud de pasividad con respecto a la sociedad o de irresponsabilidad y egoísmo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inversiones y política monetaria"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-70",
              "number": "70",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las inversiones deben orientarse a asegurar posibilidades de trabajo y beneficios suficientes a la población presente y futura. Los responsables de las inversiones y de la organización de la vida económica, tanto los particulares como los grupos o las autoridades públicas, deben tener muy presentes estos fines y reconocer su grave obligación de vigilar, por una parte, a fin de que se provea de lo necesario para una vida decente tanto a los individuos como a toda la comunidad, y, por otra parte, de prever el futuro y establecer un justo equilibrio entre las necesidades actuales del consumo individual y colectivo y las exigencias de inversión para la generación futura. Ténganse, además, siempre presentes las urgentes necesidades de las naciones o de las regiones menos desarrolladas económicamente. En materia de política monetaria cuídese no dañar al bien de la propia nación o de las ajenas. Tómense precauciones para que los económicamente débiles no queden afectados injustamente por los cambios de valor de la moneda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-332",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Acceso a la propiedad y dominio de los bienes. Problema de los latifundios"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-71",
              "number": "71",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La propiedad, como las demás formas de dominio privado sobre los bienes exteriores, contribuye a la expresión de la persona y le ofrece ocasión de ejercer su función responsable en la sociedad y en la economía. Es por ello muy importante fomentar el acceso de todos, individuos y comunidades, a algún dominio sobre los bienes externos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La propiedad privada o un cierto dominio sobre los bienes externos aseguran a cada cual una zona absolutamente necesaria para la autonomía personal y familiar y deben ser considerados como ampliación de la libertad humana. Por último, al estimular el ejercicio de la tarea y de la responsabilidad, constituyen una de las condiciones de las libertades civiles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-335",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las formas de este dominio o propiedad son hoy diversas y se diversifican cada día más. Todas ellas, sin embargo, continúan siendo elemento de seguridad no despreciable aun contando con los fondos sociales, derechos y servicios procurados por la sociedad. Esto debe afirmarse no sólo de las propiedades materiales, sino también de los bienes inmateriales, como es la capacidad profesional."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-336",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El derecho de propiedad privada no es incompatible con las diversas formas de propiedad pública existentes. El paso de bienes a la propiedad pública sólo puede ser hecha por la autoridad competente de acuerdo con las exigencias del bien común y dentro de los límites de este último, supuesta la compensación adecuada. A la autoridad pública toca, además, impedir que se abuse de la propiedad privada en contra del bien común."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-337",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La misma propiedad privada tiene también, por su misma naturaleza, una índole social, cuyo fundamento reside en el destino común de los bienes. Cuando esta índole social es descuidada, la propiedad muchas veces se convierte en ocasión de ambiciones y graves desórdenes, hasta el punto de que se da pretexto a sus impugnadores para negar el derecho mismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-338",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En muchas regiones económicamente menos desarrolladas existen posesiones rurales extensas y aun extensísimas mediocremente cultivadas o reservadas sin cultivo para especular con ellas, mientras la mayor parte de la población carece de tierras o posee sólo parcelas irrisorias y el desarrollo de la producción agrícola presenta caracteres de urgencia. No raras veces los braceros o los arrendatarios de alguna parte de esas posesiones reciben un salario o beneficio indigno del hombre, carecen de alojamiento decente y son explotados por los intermediarios. Viven en la más total inseguridad y en tal situación de inferioridad personal, que apenas tienen ocasión de actuar libre y responsablemente, de promover su nivel de vida y de participar en la vida social y política. Son, pues, necesarias las reformas que tengan por fin, según los casos, el incremento de las remuneraciones, la mejora de las condiciones laborales, el aumento de la seguridad en el empleo, el estímulo para la iniciativa en el trabajo; más todavía, el reparto de las propiedades insuficientemente cultivadas a favor de quienes sean capaces de hacerlas valer. En este caso deben asegurárseles los elementos y servicios indispensables, en particular los medios de educación y las posibilidades que ofrece una justa ordenación de tipo cooperativo. Siempre que el bien común exija una expropiación, debe valorarse la indemnización según equidad, teniendo en cuanta todo el conjunto de las circunstancias."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-339",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La actividad económico-social y el reino de Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-72",
              "number": "72",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los cristianos que toman parte activa en el movimiento económico-social de nuestro tiempo y luchan por la justicia y caridad, convénzanse de que pueden contribuir mucho al bienestar de la humanidad y a la paz del mundo. Individual y colectivamente den ejemplo en este campo. Adquirida la competencia profesional y la experiencia que son absolutamente necesarias, respeten en la acción temporal la justa jerarquía de valores, con fidelidad a Cristo y a su Evangelio, a fin de que toda su vida, así la individual como la social, quede saturada con el espíritu de las bienaventuranzas, y particularmente con el espíritu de la pobreza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quien con obediencia a Cristo busca ante todo el reino de Dios, encuentra en éste un amor más fuerte y más puro para ayudar a todos sus hermanos y para realizar la obra de la justicia bajo la inspiración de la caridad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA VIDA EN LA COMUNIDAD POLÍTICA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-344",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vida pública en nuestros días"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-73",
              "number": "73",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En nuestra época se advierten profundas transformaciones también en las estructuras y en las instituciones de los pueblos como consecuencia de la evolución cultural, económica y social de estos últimos. Estas transformaciones ejercen gran influjo en la vida de la comunidad política principalmente en lo que se refiere a los derechos y deberes de todos en el ejercicio de la libertad política y en el logro del bien común y en lo que toca a las relaciones de los ciudadanos entre sí y con la autoridad pública."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-346",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La conciencia más viva de la dignidad humana ha hecho que en diversas regiones del mundo surja el propósito de establecer un orden político-jurídico que proteja mejor en la vida pública los derechos de la persona, como son el derecho de libre reunión, de libre asociación, de expresar las propias opiniones y de profesar privada y públicamente la religión. Porque la garantía de los derechos de la persona es condición necesaria para que los ciudadanos, como individuos o como miembros de asociaciones, puedan participar activamente en la vida y en el gobierno de la cosa pública."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-347",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con el desarrollo cultural, económico y social se consolida en la mayoría el deseo de participar más plenamente en la ordenación de la comunidad política. En la conciencia de muchos se intensifica el afán por respetar los derechos de las minorías, sin descuidar los deberes de éstas para con la comunidad política; además crece por días el respeto hacia los hombres que profesan opinión o religión distintas; al mismo tiempos e establece una mayor colaboración a fin de que todos los ciudadanos, y no solamente algunos privilegiados, puedan hacer uso efectivo de los derechos personales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-348",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se reprueban también todas las formas políticas, vigentes en ciertas regiones, que obstaculizan la libertad civil o religiosa, multiplican las víctimas de las pasiones y de los crímenes políticos y desvían el ejercicio de la autoridad en la prosecución del bien común, para ponerla al servicio de un grupo o de los propios gobernantes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-349",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La mejor manera de llagar a una política auténticamente humana es fomentar el sentido interior de la justicia, de la benevolencia y del servicio al bien común y robustecer las convicciones fundamentales en lo que toca a la naturaleza verdadera de la comunidad política y al fin, recto ejercicio y límites de los poderes públicos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-350",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Naturaleza y fin de la comunidad política"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-74",
              "number": "74",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los hombres, las familias y los diversos grupos que constituyen la comunidad civil son conscientes de su propia insuficiencia para lograr una vida plenamente humana y perciben la necesidad de una comunidad más amplia, en la cual todos conjuguen a diario sus energías en orden a una mejor procuración del bien común. Por ello forman comunidad política según tipos institucionales varios. La comunidad política nace, pues, para buscar el bien común, en el que encuentra su justificación plena y su sentido y del que deriva su legitimidad primigenia y propia. El bien común abarca el conjunto de aquellas condiciones de vida social con las cuales los hombres, las familias y las asociaciones pueden lograr con mayor plenitud y facilidad su propia perfección."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero son muchos y diferentes los hombres que se encuentran en una comunidad política, y pueden con todo derecho inclinarse hacia soluciones diferentes. A fin de que, por la pluralidad de pareceres, no perezca la comunidad política, es indispensable una autoridad que dirija la acción de todos hacia el bien común no mecánica o despóticamente, sino obrando principalmente como una fuerza moral, que se basa en la libertad y en el sentido de responsabilidad de cada uno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-353",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es, pues, evidente que la comunidad política y la autoridad pública se fundan en la naturaleza humana, y, por lo mismo, pertenecen al orden previsto por Dios, aun cuando la determinación del régimen político y la designación de los gobernantes se dejen a la libre designación de los ciudadanos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-354",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Síguese también que el ejercicio de la autoridad política, así en la comunidad en cuanto tal como en las instituciones representativas, debe realizarse siempre dentro de los límites del orden moral para procurar el bien común -concebido dinámicamente- según el orden jurídico legítimamente establecido o por establecer. Es entonces cuando los ciudadanos están obligados en conciencia a obedecer. De todo lo cual se deducen la responsabilidad, la dignidad y la importancia de los gobernantes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-355",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero cuando la autoridad pública, rebasando su competencia, oprime a los ciudadanos, éstos no deben rehuir las exigencias objetivas del bien común; les es lícito, sin embargo, defender sus derechos y los de sus conciudadanos contra el abuso de tal autoridad, guardando los límites que señala la ley natural y evangélica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-356",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las modalidades concretas por las que la comunidad política organiza su estructura fundamental y el equilibrio de los poderes públicos pueden ser diferentes, según el genio de cada pueblo y la marcha de su historia. Pero deben tender siempre a formar un tipo de hombre culto, pacífico y benévolo respecto de los demás para provecho de toda la familia humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-357",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Colaboración de todos en la vida pública"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-75",
              "number": "75",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es perfectamente conforme con la naturaleza humana que se constituyan estructuras político-jurídicas que ofrezcan a todos los ciudadanos, sin discriminación alguna y con perfección creciente, posibilidades efectivas de tomar parte libre y activamente en la fijación de los fundamentos jurídicos de la comunidad política, en el gobierno de la cosa pública, en la determinación de los campos de acción y de los límites de las diferentes instituciones y en la elección de los gobernantes. Recuerden, por tanto, todos los ciudadanos el derecho y al mismo tiempo el deber que tienen de votar con libertad para promover el bien común. La Iglesia alaba y estima la labor de quienes, al servicio del hombre, se consagran al bien de la cosa pública y aceptan las cargas de este oficio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-359",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que la cooperación ciudadana responsable pueda lograr resultados felices en el curso diario de la vida pública, es necesario un orden jurídico positivo que establezca la adecuada división de las funciones institucionales de la autoridad política, así como también la protección eficaz e independiente de los derechos. Reconózcanse, respétense y promuévanse los derechos de las personas, de las familias y de las asociaciones, así como su ejercicio, no menos que los deberes cívicos de cada uno. Entre estos últimos es necesario mencionar el deber de aportar a la vida pública el concurso material y personal requerido por el bien común. Cuiden los gobernantes de no entorpecer las asociaciones familiares, sociales o culturales, los cuerpos o las instituciones intermedias, y de no privarlos de su legítima y constructiva acción, que más bien deben promover con libertad y de manera ordenada. Los ciudadanos por su parte, individual o colectivamente, eviten atribuir a la autoridad política todo poder excesivo y no pidan al Estado de manera inoportuna ventajas o favores excesivos, con riesgo de disminuir la responsabilidad de las personas, de las familias y de las agrupaciones sociales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-360",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A consecuencia de la complejidad de nuestra época, los poderes públicos se ven obligados a intervenir con más frecuencia en materia social, económica y cultural para crear condiciones más favorables, que ayuden con mayor eficacia a los ciudadanos y a los grupos en la búsqueda libre del bien completo del hombre. Según las diversas regiones y la evolución de los pueblos, pueden entenderse de diverso modo las relaciones entre la socialización y la autonomía y el desarrollo de la persona. Esto no obstante, allí donde por razones de bien común se restrinja temporalmente el ejercicio de los derechos, restablézcase la libertad cuanto antes una vez que hayan cambiado las circunstancias. De todos modos, es inhumano que la autoridad política caiga en formas totalitarias o en formas dictatoriales que lesionen los derechos de la persona o de los grupos sociales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-361",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cultiven los ciudadanos con magnanimidad y lealtad el amor a la patria, pero sin estrechez de espíritu, de suerte que miren siempre al mismo tiempo por el bien de toda la familia humana, unida por toda clase de vínculos entre las razas, pueblos y naciones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-362",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los cristianos todos deben tener conciencia de la vocación particular y propia que tienen en la comunidad política; en virtud de esta vocación están obligados a dar ejemplo de sentido de responsabilidad y de servicio al bien común, así demostrarán también con los hechos cómo pueden armonizarse la autoridad y la libertad, la iniciativa personal y la necesaria solidaridad del cuerpo social, las ventajas de la unidad combinada con la provechosa diversidad. El cristiano debe reconocer la legítima pluralidad de opiniones temporales discrepantes y debe respetar a los ciudadanos que, aun agrupados, defienden lealmente su manera de ver. Los partidos políticos deben promover todo lo que a su juicio exige el bien común; nunca, sin embargo, está permitido anteponer intereses propios al bien común."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-363",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay que prestar gran atención a la educación cívica y política, que hoy día es particularmente necesaria para el pueblo, y, sobre todo para la juventud, a fin de que todos los ciudadanos puedan cumplir su misión en la vida de la comunidad política. Quienes son o pueden llegar a ser capaces de ejercer este arte tan difícil y tan noble que es la política, prepárense para ella y procuren ejercitarla con olvido del propio interés y de toda ganancia venal. Luchen con integridad moral y con prudencia contra la injusticia y la opresión, contra la intolerancia y el absolutismo de un solo hombre o de un solo partido político; conságrense con sinceridad y rectitud, más aún, con caridad y fortaleza política, al servicio de todos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-364",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La comunidad política y la Iglesia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-76",
              "number": "76",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es de suma importancia, sobre todo allí donde existe una sociedad pluralística, tener un recto concepto de las relaciones entre la comunidad política y la Iglesia y distinguir netamente entre la acción que los cristianos, aislada o asociadamente, llevan a cabo a título personal, como ciudadanos de acuerdo con su conciencia cristiana, y la acción que realizan, en nombre de la Iglesia, en comunión con sus pastores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-366",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia, que por razón de su misión y de su competencia no se confunde en modo alguno con la comunidad política ni está ligada a sistema político alguno, es a la vez signo y salvaguardia del carácter trascendente de la persona humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-367",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La comunidad política y la Iglesia son independientes y autónomas, cada una en su propio terreno. Ambas, sin embargo, aunque por diverso título, están al servicio de la vocación personal y social del hombre. Este servicio lo realizarán con tanta mayor eficacia, para bien de todos, cuanto más sana y mejor sea la cooperación entre ellas, habida cuesta de las circunstancias de lugar y tiempo. El hombre, en efecto, no se limita al solo horizonte temporal, sino que, sujeto de la historia humana, mantiene íntegramente su vocación eterna. La Iglesia, por su parte, fundada en el amor del Redentor, contribuye a difundir cada vez más el reino de la justicia y de la caridad en el seno de cada nación y entre las naciones. Predicando la verdad evangélica e iluminando todos los sectores de la acción humana con su doctrina y con el testimonio de los cristianos, respeta y promueve también la libertad y la responsabilidad políticas del ciudadano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-368",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cuando los apóstoles y sus sucesores y los cooperadores de éstos son enviados para anunciar a los hombres a Cristo, Salvador del mundo, en el ejercicio de su apostolado se apoyan sobre el poder de Dios, el cual muchas veces manifiesta la fuerza del Evangelio en la debilidad de sus testigos. Es preciso que cuantos se consagran al ministerio de la palabra de Dios utilicen los caminos y medios propios del Evangelio, los cuales se diferencian en muchas cosas de los medios que la ciudad terrena utiliza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-369",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ciertamente, las realidades temporales y las realidades sobrenaturales están estrechamente unidas entre sí, y la misma Iglesia se sirve de medios temporales en cuanto su propia misión lo exige. No pone, sin embargo, su esperanza en privilegios dados por el poder civil; más aún, renunciará al ejercicio de ciertos derechos legítimamente adquiridos tan pronto como conste que su uso puede empañar la pureza de su testimonio o las nuevas condiciones de vida exijan otra disposición. Es de justicia que pueda la Iglesia en todo momento y en todas partes predicar la fe con auténtica libertad, enseñar su doctrina social, ejercer su misión entre los hombres sin traba alguna y dar su juicio moral, incluso sobre materias referentes al orden político, cuando lo exijan los derechos fundamentales de la persona o la salvación de las almas, utilizando todos y solos aquellos medios que sean conformes al Evangelio y al bien de todos según la diversidad de tiempos y de situaciones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-370",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con su fiel adhesión al Evangelio y el ejercicio de su misión en el mundo, la Iglesia, cuya misión es fomentar y elevar todo cuanto de verdadero, de bueno y de bello hay en la comunidad humana, consolida la paz en la humanidad para gloria de Dios"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-371",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO V"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-372",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EL FOMENTO DE LA PAZ Y LA PROMOCIÓN DE LA COMUNIDAD DE LOS PUEBLOS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-77",
              "number": "77",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En estos últimos años, en los que aún perduran entre los hombres la aflicción y las angustias nacidas de la realidad o de la amenaza de una guerra, la universal familia humana ha llegado en su proceso de madurez a un momento de suprema crisis. Unificada paulatinamente y ya más consciente en todo lugar de su unidad, no puede llevar a cabo la tarea que tiene ante sí, es decir, construir un mundo más humano para todos los hombres en toda la extensión de la tierra, sin que todos se conviertan con espíritu renovado a la verdad de la paz. De aquí proviene que el mensaje evangélico, coincidente con los más profundos anhelos y deseos del género humano, luzca en nuestros días con nuevo resplandor al proclamar bienaventurados a los constructores de la paz, porque serán llamados hijos de Dios (Mt 5,9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-375",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por esto el Concilio, al tratar de la nobilísima y auténtica noción de la paz, después de condenar la crueldad de la guerra, pretende hacer un ardiente llamamiento a los cristianos para que con el auxilio de Cristo, autor de la paz, cooperen con todos los hombres a cimentar la paz en la justicia y el amor y a aportar los medios de la paz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-376",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Naturaleza de la paz"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-78",
              "number": "78",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La paz no es la mera ausencia de la guerra, ni se reduce al solo equilibrio de las fuerzas adversarias, ni surge de una hegemonía despótica, sino que con toda exactitud y propiedad se llama obra de la justicia (Is 32, 7). Es el fruto del orden plantado en la sociedad humana por su divino Fundador, y que los hombres, sedientos siempre de una más perfecta justicia, han de llevar a cabo. El bien común del género humano se rige primariamente por la ley eterna, pero en sus exigencias concretas, durante el transcurso del tiempo, está cometido a continuos cambios; por eso la paz jamás es una cosa del todo hecha, sino un perpetuo quehacer. Dada la fragilidad de la voluntad humana, herida por el pecado, el cuidado por la paz reclama de cada uno constante dominio de sí mismo y vigilancia por parte de la autoridad legítima."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-378",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esto, sin embargo, no basta. Esta paz en la tierra no se puede lograr si no se asegura el bien de las personas y la comunicación espontánea entre los hombres de sus riquezas de orden intelectual y espiritual. Es absolutamente necesario el firme propósito de respetar a los demás hombres y pueblos, así como su dignidad, y el apasionado ejercicio de la fraternidad en orden a construir la paz. Así, la paz es también fruto del amor, el cual sobrepasa todo lo que la justicia puede realizar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-379",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La paz sobre la tierra, nacida del amor al prójimo, es imagen y efecto de la paz de Cristo, que procede de Dios Padre. En efecto, el propio Hijo encarnado, Príncipe de la paz, ha reconciliado con Dios a todos los hombres por medio de su cruz, y, reconstituyendo en un solo pueblo y en un solo cuerpo la unidad del género humano, ha dado muerte al odio en su propia carne y, después del triunfo de su resurrección, ha infundido el Espíritu de amor en el corazón de los hombres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-380",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo cual, se llama insistentemente la atención de todos los cristianos para que, viviendo con sinceridad en la caridad (Eph 4,15), se unan con los hombres realmente pacíficos para implorar y establecer la paz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-381",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Movidos por el mismo Espíritu, no podemos dejar de alabar a aquellos que, renunciando a la violencia en la exigencia de sus derechos, recurren a los medios de defensa, que, por otra parte, están al alcance incluso de los más débiles, con tal que esto sea posible sin lesión de los derechos y obligaciones de otros o de la sociedad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-382",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En la medida en que el hombre es pecador, amenaza y amenazará el peligro de guerra hasta el retorno de Cristo; pero en la medida en que los hombres, unidos por la caridad, triunfen del pecado, pueden también reportar la victoria sobre la violencia hasta la realización de aquella palabra: De sus espadas forjarán arados, y de sus lanzas hoces. Las naciones no levantarán ya más la espada una contra otra y jamás se llevará a cabo la guerra (Is 2,4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-383",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sección I.- Obligación de evitar la guerra"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-384",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay que frenar la crueldad de las guerras"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-79",
              "number": "79",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A pesar de que las guerras recientes han traído a nuestro mundo daños gravísimos materiales y morales, todavía a diario en algunas zonas del mundo la guerra continúa sus devastaciones. Es más, al emplear en la guerra armas científicas de todo género, su crueldad intrínseca amenaza llevar a los que luchan a tal barbarie, que supere, enormemente la de los tiempos pasados. La complejidad de la situación actual y el laberinto de las relaciones internaciones permiten prolongar guerras disfrazadas con nuevos métodos insidiosos y subversivos. En muchos casos se admite como nuevo sistema de guerra el uso de los métodos del terrorismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-386",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Teniendo presente esta postración de la humanidad el Concilio pretende recordar ante todo la vigencia permanente del derecho natural de gentes y de sus principios universales. La misma conciencia del género humano proclama con firmeza, cada vez más, estos principios. Los actos, pues, que se oponen deliberadamente a tales principios y las órdenes que mandan tales actos, son criminales y la obediencia ciega no puede excusar a quienes las acatan. Entre estos actos hay que enumerar ante todo aquellos con los que metódicamente se extermina a todo un pueblo, raza o minoría étnica: hay que condenar con energía tales actos como crímenes horrendos; se ha de encomiar, en cambio, al máximo la valentía de los que no temen oponerse abiertamente a los que ordenan semejantes cosas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-387",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Existen sobre la guerra y sus problemas varios tratados internacionales, suscritos por muchas naciones, para que las operaciones militares y sus consecuencias sean menos inhumanas; tales son los que tratan del destino de los combatientes heridos o prisioneros y otros por el estilo. Hay que cumplir estos tratados; es más, están obligados todos, especialmente las autoridades públicas y los técnicos en estas materias, a procurar cuanto puedan su perfeccionamiento, para que así se consiga mejor y más eficazmente atenuar la crueldad de las guerras. También parece razonable que las leyes tengan en cuenta, con sentido humano, el caso de los que se niegan a tomar las armas por motivo de conciencia y aceptan al mismo tiempo servir a la comunidad humana de otra forma."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-388",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Desde luego, la guerra no ha sido desarraigada de la humanidad. Mientras exista el riesgo de guerra y falte una autoridad internacional competente y provista de medios eficaces, una vez agotados todos los recursos pacíficos de la diplomacia, no se podrá negar el derecho de legítima defensa a los gobiernos. A los jefes de Estado y a cuantos participan en los cargos de gobierno les incumbe el deber de proteger la seguridad de los pueblos a ellos confiados, actuando con suma responsabilidad en asunto tan grave. Pero una cosa es utilizar la fuerza militar para defenderse con justicia y otra muy distinta querer someter a otras naciones. La potencia bélica no legitima cualquier uso militar o político de ella. Y una vez estallada lamentablemente la guerra, no por eso todo es lícito entre los beligerantes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-389",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los que, al servicio de la patria, se hallan en el ejercicio, considérense instrumentos de la seguridad y libertad de los pueblos, pues desempeñando bien esta función contribuyen realmente a estabilizar la paz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-390",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La guerra total"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-80",
              "number": "80",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El horror y la maldad de la guerra se acrecientan inmensamente con el incremento de las armas científicas. Con tales armas, las operaciones bélicas pueden producir destrucciones enormes e indiscriminadas, las cuales, por tanto, sobrepasan excesivamente los límites de la legítima defensa. Es más, si se empleasen a fondo estos medios, que ya se encuentran en los depósitos de armas de las grandes naciones, sobrevendría la matanza casi plena y totalmente recíproca de parte a parte enemiga, sin tener en cuanta las mil devastaciones que parecerían en el mundo y los perniciosos efectos nacidos del uso de tales armas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-392",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todo esto nos obliga a examinar la guerra con mentalidad totalmente nueva. Sepan los hombres de hoy que habrán de dar muy seria cuanta de sus acciones bélicas. Pues de sus determinaciones presentes dependerá en gran parte el curso de los tiempos venideros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-393",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Teniendo esto es cuenta, este Concilio, haciendo suyas las condenaciones de la guerra mundial expresadas por los últimos Sumos Pontífices, declara:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-394",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Toda acción bélica que tienda indiscriminadamente a la destrucción de ciudades enteras o de extensas regiones junto con sus habitantes, es un crimen contra Dios y la humanidad que hay que condenar con firmeza y sin vacilaciones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-395",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El riesgo característico de la guerra contemporánea está en que da ocasión a los que poseen las recientes armas científicas para cometer tales delitos y con cierta inexorable conexión puede empujar las voluntades humanas a determinaciones verdaderamente horribles. Para que esto jamás suceda en el futuro, los obispos de toda la tierra reunidos aquí piden con insistencia a todos, principalmente a los jefes de Estado y a los altos jefes del ejército, que consideren incesantemente tan gran responsabilidad ante Dios y ante toda la humanidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-396",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La carrera de armamentos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-81",
              "number": "81",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las armas científicas no se acumulan exclusivamente para el tiempo de guerra. Puesto que la seguridad de la defensa se juzga que depende de la capacidad fulminante de rechazar al adversario, esta acumulación de armas, que se agrava por años, sirve de manera insólita para aterrar a posibles adversarios. Muchos la consideran como el más eficaz de todos los medios para asentar firmemente la paz entre las naciones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-398",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sea lo que fuere de este sistema de disuasión, convénzanse los hombres de que la carrera de armamentos, a la que acuden tantas naciones, no es camino seguro para conservar firmemente la paz, y que el llamado equilibrio de que ella proviene no es la paz segura y auténtica. De ahí que no sólo no se eliminan las causas de conflicto, sino que más bien se corre el riesgo de agravarlas poco a poco. Al gastar inmensas cantidades en tener siempre a punto nuevas armas, no se pueden remediar suficientemente tantas miserias del mundo entero. En vez de restañar verdadera y radicalmente las disensiones entre las naciones, otras zonas del mundo quedan afectadas por ellas. Hay que elegir nuevas rutas que partan de una renovación de la mentalidad para eliminar este escándalo y poder restablecer la verdadera paz, quedando el mundo liberado de la ansiedad que le oprime."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-399",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo tanto, hay que declarar de nuevo: la carrera de armamentos es la plaga más grave de la humanidad y perjudica a los pobres de manera intolerable. Hay que temer seriamente que, si perdura, engendre todos los estragos funestos cuyos medios ya prepara."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-400",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Advertidos de las calamidades que el género humano ha hecho posibles, empleemos la pausa de que gozamos, concedida de lo Alto, para, con mayor conciencia de la propia responsabilidad, encontrar caminos que solucionen nuestras diferencias de un modo más digno del hombre. La Providencia divina nos pide insistentemente que nos liberemos de la antigua esclavitud de la guerra. Si renunciáramos a este intento, no sabemos a dónde nos llevará este mal camino por el que hemos entrado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-401",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prohibición absoluta de la guerra. La acción internacional para evitar la guerra"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-82",
              "number": "82",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bien claro queda, por tanto, que debemos procurar con todas nuestras fuerzas preparar un época en que, por acuerdo de las naciones, pueda ser absolutamente prohibida cualquier guerra. Esto requiere el establecimiento de una autoridad pública universal reconocida por todos, con poder eficaz para garantizar la seguridad, el cumplimiento de la justicia y el respeto de los derechos. Pero antes de que se pueda establecer tan deseada autoridad es necesario que las actuales asociaciones internacionales supremas se dediquen de lleno a estudiar los medios más aptos para la seguridad común. La paz ha de nacer de la mutua confianza de los pueblos y no debe ser impuesta a las naciones por el terror de las armas; por ello, todos han de trabajar para que la carrera de armamentos cese finalmente, para que comience ya en realidad la reducción de armamentos, no unilateral, sino simultánea, de mutuo acuerdo, con auténticas y eficaces garantías."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-403",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No hay que despreciar, entretanto, los intentos ya realizados y que aún se llevan a cabo para alejar el peligro de la guerra. Más bien hay que ayudar la buena voluntad de muchísimos que, aun agobiados por las enormes preocupaciones de sus altos cargos, movidos por el gravísimo deber que les acucia, se esfuerzan, por eliminar la guerra, que aborrecen, aunque no pueden prescindir de la complejidad inevitable de las cosas. Hay que pedir con insistencia a Dios que les dé fuerzas para perseverar en su intento y llevar a cabo con fortaleza esta tarea de sumo amor a los hombres, con la que se construye virilmente la paz. Lo cual hoy exige de ellos con toda certeza que amplíen su mente más allá de las fronteras de la propia nación, renuncien al egoísmo nacional ya a la ambición de dominar a otras naciones, alimenten un profundo respeto por toda la humanidad, que corre ya, aunque tan laboriosamente, hacia su mayor unidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-404",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Acerca de los problemas de la paz y del desarme, los sondeos y conversaciones diligente e ininterrumpidamente celebrados y los congresos internacionales que han tratado de este asunto deben ser considerados como los primeros pasos para solventar temas tan espinosos y serios, y hay que promoverlos con mayor urgencia en el futuro para obtener resultados prácticos. Sin embargo, hay que evitar el confiarse sólo en los conatos de unos pocos, sin preocuparse de la reforma en la propia mentalidad. Pues los que gobiernan a los pueblos, que son garantes del bien común de la propia nación y al mismo tiempo promotores del bien de todo el mundo, dependen enormemente de las opiniones y de los sentimientos de las multitudes. Nada les aprovecha trabajar en la construcción de la paz mientras los sentimientos de hostilidad, de menos precio y de desconfianza, los odios raciales y las ideologías obstinadas, dividen a los hombres y los enfrentan entre sí. Es de suma urgencia proceder a una renovación en la educación de la mentalidad y a una nueva orientación en la opinión pública. Los que se entregan a la tarea de la educación, principalmente de la juventud, o forman la opinión pública, tengan como gravísima obligación la preocupación de formar las mentes de todos en nuevos sentimientos pacíficos. Tenemos todos que cambiar nuestros corazones, con los ojos puestos en el orbe entero y en aquellos trabajos que toso juntos podemos llevar a cabo para que nuestra generación mejore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-405",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que no nos engañe una falsa esperanza. Pues, si no se establecen en el futuro tratados firmes y honestos sobre la paz universal una vez depuestos los odios y las enemistades, la humanidad, que ya está en grave peligro, aun a pesar de su ciencia admirable, quizá sea arrastrada funestamente a aquella hora en la que no habrá otra paz que la paz horrenda de la muerte. Pero, mientras dice todo esto, la Iglesia de Cristo, colocada en medio de la ansiedad de hoy, no cesa de esperar firmemente. A nuestra época, una y otra vez, oportuna e importunamente, quiere proponer el mensaje apostólico: Este es el tiempo aceptable para que cambien los corazones, éste es el día de la salvación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-406",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sección 2.- Edificar la comunidad internacional"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-407",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Causas y remedios de las discordias"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-83",
              "number": "83",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para edificar la paz se requiere ante todo que se desarraiguen las causas de discordia entre los hombres, que son las que alimentan las guerras. Entre esas causas deben desaparecer principalmente las injusticias. No pocas de éstas provienen de las excesivas desigualdades económicas y de la lentitud en la aplicación de las soluciones necesarias. Otras nacen del deseo de dominio y del desprecio por las personas, y, si ahondamos en los motivos más profundos, brotan de la envidia, de la desconfianza, de la soberbia y demás pasiones egoístas. Como el hombre no puede soportar tantas deficiencias en el orden, éstas hacen que, aun sin haber guerras, el mundo esté plagado sin cesar de luchas y violencias entre los hombres. Como, además, existen los mismos males en las relaciones internacionales, es totalmente necesario que, para vencer y prevenir semejantes males y para reprimir las violencias desenfrenadas, las instituciones internacionales cooperen y se coordinen mejor y más firmemente y se estimule sin descanso la creación de organismos que promuevan la paz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-409",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La comunidad de las naciones y las instituciones internacionales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-84",
              "number": "84",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dados los lazos tan estrechos y recientes de mutua dependencia que hoy se dan entre todos los ciudadanos y entre todos los pueblos de la tierra, la búsqueda certera y la realización eficaz del bien común universal exigen que la comunidad de las naciones se dé a sí misma un ordenamiento que responda a sus obligaciones actuales, teniendo particularmente en cuanta las numerosas regiones que se encuentran aún hoy en estado de miseria intolerable."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-411",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para lograr estos fines, las instituciones de la comunidad internacional deben, cada una por su parte, proveer a las diversas necesidades de los hombres tanto en el campo de la vida social, alimentación, higiene, educación, trabajo, como en múltiples circunstancias particulares que surgen acá y allá; por ejemplo, la necesidad general que las naciones en vías de desarrollo sienten de fomentar el progreso, de remediar en todo el mundo la triste situación de los refugiados o ayudar a los emigrantes y a sus familias."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-412",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las instituciones internacionales, mundiales o regionales ya existentes son beneméritas del género humano. Son los primeros conatos de echar los cimientos internaciones de toda la comunidad humana para solucionar los gravísimos problemas de hoy, señaladamente para promover el progreso en todas partes y evitar la guerra en cualquiera de sus formas. En todos estos campos, la Iglesia se goza del espíritu de auténtica fraternidad que actualmente florece entre los cristianos y los no cristianos, y que se esfuerza por intensificar continuamente los intentos de prestar ayuda para suprimir ingentes calamidades."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-413",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La cooperación internacional en el orden económico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-85",
              "number": "85",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La actual unión del género humano exige que se establezca también una mayor cooperación internacional en el orden económico. Pues la realidad es que, aunque casi todos los pueblos han alcanzado la independencia, distan mucho de verse libres de excesivas desigualdades y de toda suerte de inadmisibles dependencias, así como de alejar de sí el peligro de las dificultades internas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-415",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El progreso de un país depende de los medios humanos y financieros de que dispone. Los ciudadanos deben prepararse, pro medio de la educación y de la formación profesional, al ejercicio de las diversas funciones de la vida económica y social. Para esto se requiere la colaboración de expertos extranjeros que en su actuación se comporten no como dominadores, sino como auxiliares y cooperadores. La ayuda material a los países en vías de desarrollo no podrá prestarse si no se operan profundos cambios en las estructuras actuales del comercio mundial. Los países desarrollados deberán prestar otros tipos de ayuda, en forma de donativos, préstamos o inversión de capitales; todo lo cual ha de hacerse con generosidad y sin ambición por parte del que ayuda y con absoluta honradez por parte del que recibe tal ayuda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-416",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para establecer un auténtico orden económico universal hay que acabar con las pretensiones de lucro excesivo, las ambiciones nacionalistas, el afán de dominación política, los cálculos de carácter militarista y las maquinaciones para difundir e imponer las ideologías. Son muchos los sistemas económicos y sociales que hoy se proponen; es de desear que los expertos sepan encontrar en ellos los principios básicos comunes de un sano comercio mundial. Ello será fácil si todos y cada uno deponen sus prejuicios y se muestran dispuestos a un diálogo sincero."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-417",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Algunas normas oportunas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-86",
              "number": "86",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para esta cooperación parecen oportunas las normas siguientes: a) Los pueblos que están en vías de desarrollo entiendan bien que han de buscar expresa y firmemente, como fin propio del progreso, la plena perfección humana de sus ciudadanos. Tengan presente que el progreso surge y se acrecienta principalmente por medio del trabajo y la preparación de los propios pueblos, progreso que debe ser impulsado no sólo con las ayudas exteriores, sino ante todo con el desenvolvimiento de las propias fuerzas y el cultivo de las dotes y tradiciones propias. En esta tarea deben sobresalir quienes ejercen mayor influjo sobre sus conciudadanos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-419",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Por su parte, los pueblos ya desarrollados tienen la obligación gravísima de ayudar a los países en vías de desarrollo a cumplir tales cometidos. Por lo cual han de someterse a las reformas psicológicas y materiales que se requieren para crear esta cooperación internacional. Busquen así, con sumo cuidado en las relaciones comerciales con los países más débiles y pobres, el bien de estos últimos, porque tales pueblos necesitan para su propia sustentación los beneficios que logran con la venta de sus mercancías."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-420",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Es deber de la comunidad internacional regular y estimular el desarrollo de forma que los bienes a este fin destinados sean invertidos con la mayor eficacia y equidad. Pertenece también a dicha comunidad, salvado el principio de la acción subsidiaria, ordenar las relaciones económicas en todo el mundo para que se ajusten a la justicia. Fúndense instituciones capaces de promover y de ordenar el comercio internacional, en particular con las naciones menos desarrolladas, y de compensar los desequilibrios que proceden de la excesiva desigualdad de poder entre las naciones. Esta ordenación, unida a otras ayudas de tipo técnico, cultural o monetario, debe ofrecer los recursos necesarios a los países que caminan hacia el progreso, de forma que puedan lograr convenientemente el desarrollo de su propia economía."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-421",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) En muchas ocasiones urge la necesidad de revisar las estructuras económicas y sociales; pero hay que prevenirse frente a soluciones técnicas poco ponderadas y sobre todo aquellas que ofrecen al hombre ventajas materiales, pero se oponen a la naturaleza y al perfeccionamiento espiritual del hombre. Pues no sólo de pan vive el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale de la boca de Dios (Mt 4,4). Cualquier parcela de la familia humana, tanto en sí misma como en sus mejores tradiciones, lleva consigo algo del tesoro espiritual confiado por Dios a la humanidad, aunque muchos desconocen su origen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-422",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cooperación internacional en lo tocante al crecimiento demográfico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-87",
              "number": "87",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es sobremanera necesaria la cooperación internacional en favor de aquellos pueblos que actualmente con harta frecuencia, aparte de otras muchas dificultades, se ven agobiados por la que proviene del rápido aumento de su población. Urge la necesidad de que, por medio de una plena e intensa cooperación de todos los países, pero especialmente de los más ricos, se halle el modo de disponer y de facilitar a toda la comunidad humana aquellos bienes que son necesarios para el sustento y para la conveniente educación del hombre. Son varios los países que podrían mejorar mucho sus condiciones de vida si pasaran, dotados de la conveniente enseñanza, de métodos agrícolas arcaicos al empleo de las nuevas técnicas, aplicándolas con la debida prudencia a sus condiciones particulares una vez que se haya establecido un mejor orden social y se haya distribuido más equitativamente la propiedad de las tierras."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-424",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los gobiernos respectivos tienen derechos y obligaciones, en lo que toca a los problemas de su propia población, dentro de los límites de su específica competencia. Tales son, por ejemplo, la legislación social y la familiar, la emigración del campo a la ciudad, la información sobre la situación y necesidades del país. Como hoy la agitación que en torno a este problema sucede a los espíritus es tan intensa, es de desear que los católicos expertos en todas estas materias, particularmente en las universidades, continúen con intensidad los estudios comenzados y los desarrollen cada vez más."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-425",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dado que muchos afirman que el crecimiento de la población mundial, o al menos el de algunos países, debe frenarse por todos los medios y con cualquier tipo de intervención de la autoridad pública, el Concilio exhorta a todos a que se prevenga frente a las soluciones, propuestas en privado o en público y a veces impuestas, que contradicen a la moral. Porque, conforme al inalienable derecho del hombre al matrimonio y a la procreación, la decisión sobre el número de hijos depende del recto juicio de los padres, y de ningún modo puede someterse al criterio de la autoridad pública. Y como el juicio de los padres requiere como presupuesto una conciencia rectamente formada, es de gran importancia que todos puedan cultivar una recta y auténticamente humana responsabilidad que tenga en cuanta la ley divina, consideradas las circunstancias de la realidad y de la época. Pero esto exige que se mejoren en todas partes las condiciones pedagógicas y sociales y sobre todo que se dé una formación religiosa o, al menos, una íntegra educación moral. Dése al hombre también conocimiento sabiamente cierto de los progresos científicos con el estudio de los métodos que pueden ayudar a los cónyuges en la determinación del número de hijos, métodos cuya seguridad haya sido bien comprobada y cuya concordancia con el orden moral esté demostrada."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-426",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Misión de los cristianos en la cooperación internacional"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-88",
              "number": "88",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cooperen gustosamente y de corazón los cristianos en la edificación del orden internacional con la observancia auténtica de las legítimas libertades y la amistosa fraternidad con todos, tanto más cuanto que la mayor parte de la humanidad sufre todavía tan grandes necesidades, que con razón puede decirse que es el propio Cristo quien en los pobres levanta su voz para despertar la caridad de sus discípulos. Que no sirva de escándalo a la humanidad el que algunos países, generalmente los que tienen una población cristiana sensiblemente mayoritaria, disfrutan de la opulencia, mientras otros se ven privados de lo necesario para la vida y viven atormentados por el hambre, las enfermedades y toda clase de miserias. El espíritu de pobreza y de caridad son gloria y testimonio de la Iglesia de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-428",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Merecen, pues, alabanza y ayuda aquellos cristianos, en especial jóvenes, que se ofrecen voluntariamente para auxiliar a los demás hombres y pueblos. Más aún, es deber del Pueblo de Dios, y los primeros los Obispos, con su palabra y ejemplo, el socorrer, en la medida de sus fuerzas, las miserias de nuestro tiempo y hacerlo, como era ante costumbre en la Iglesia, no sólo con los bienes superfluos, sino también con los necesarios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-429",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El modo concreto de las colectas y de los repartos, sin que tenga que ser regulado de manera rígida y uniforme, ha de establecerse, sin embargo, de modo conveniente en los niveles diocesano, nacional y mundial, unida, siempre que parezca oportuno, la acción de los católicos con la de los demás hermanos cristianos. Porque el espíritu de caridad en modo alguno prohíbe el ejercicio fecundo y organizado de la acción social caritativa, sino que lo impone obligatoriamente. Por eso es necesario que quienes quieren consagrarse al servicio de los pueblos en vías de desarrollo se formen en instituciones adecuadas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-430",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presencia eficaz de la Iglesia en la comunidad internacional"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-89",
              "number": "89",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia, cuando predica, basada en su misión divina, el Evangelio a todos los hombres y ofrece los tesoros de la gracia, contribuye a la consolidación de la paz en todas partes y al establecimiento de la base firme de la convivencia fraterna entre los hombres y los pueblos, esto es, el conocimiento de la ley divina y natural. Es éste el motivo de la absolutamente necesaria presencia de la Iglesia en la comunidad de los pueblos para fomentar e incrementar la cooperación de todos, y ello tanto por sus instituciones públicas como por la plena y sincera colaboración de los cristianos, inspirada pura y exclusivamente por el deseo de servir a todos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-432",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este objetivo podrá alcanzarse con mayor eficacia si los fieles, conscientes de su responsabilidad humana y cristiana, se esfuerzan por despertar en su ámbito personal de vida la pronta voluntad de cooperar con la comunidad internacional. En esta materia préstese especial cuidado a la formación de la juventud tanto en la educación religiosa como en la civil."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-433",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Participación del cristiano en las instituciones internacionales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-90",
              "number": "90",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Forma excelente de la actividad internacional de los cristianos es, sin duda, la colaboración que individual o colectivamente prestan en las instituciones fundadas o por fundar para fomentar la cooperación entre las naciones. A la creación pacífica y fraterna de la comunidad de los pueblos pueden servir también de múltiples maneras las varias asociaciones católicas internacionales, que hay que consolidar aumentando el número de sus miembros bien formados, los medios que necesitan y la adecuada coordinación de energías. La eficacia en la acción y la necesidad del diálogo piden en nuestra época iniciativas de equipo. Estas asociaciones contribuyen además no poco al desarrollo del sentido universal, sin duda muy apropiado para el católico, y a la formación de una conciencia de la genuina solidaridad y responsabilidad universales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-435",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es de desear, finalmente, que los católicos, para ejercer como es debido su función en la comunidad internacional, procuren cooperar activa y positivamente con los hermanos separados que juntamente con ellos practican la caridad evangélica, y también con todos los hombres que tienen sed de auténtica paz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-436",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Concilio, considerando las inmensas calamidades que oprimen todavía a la mayoría de la humanidad, para fomentar en todas partes la obra de la justicia y el amor de Cristo a los pobres juzga muy oportuno que se cree un organismo universal de la Iglesia que tenga como función estimular a la comunidad católica para promover el desarrollo a los países pobres y la justicia social internacional."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-437",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSIÓN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-438",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tarea de cada fiel y de las Iglesias particulares"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-91",
              "number": "91",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todo lo que, extraído del tesoro doctrinal de la Iglesia, ha propuesto el Concilio, pretende ayudar a todos los hombres de nuestros días, a los que creen en Dios y a los que no creen en El de forma explícita, a fin de que, con la más clara percepción de su entera vocación, ajusten mejor el mundo a la superior dignidad del hombre, tiendan a una fraternidad universal más profundamente arraigada y, bajo el impulso del amor, con esfuerzo generoso y unido, respondan a las urgentes exigencias de nuestra edad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-440",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ante la inmensa diversidad de situaciones y de formas culturales que existen hoy en el mundo, esta exposición, en la mayoría de sus partes, presenta deliberadamente una forma genérica; más aún, aunque reitera la doctrina recibida en la Iglesia, como más de una vez trata de materias sometidas a incesante evolución, deberá ser continuada y aplicada en el futuro. Confiamos, sin embargo, que muchas de las cosas que hemos dicho, apoyados en la palabra de Dios y en el espíritu del Evangelio, podrán prestar a todos valiosa ayuda, sobre todo una vez que la adaptación a cada pueblo y a cada mentalidad haya sido llevada a cabo por los cristianos bajo la dirección de los pastores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-441",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El diálogo entre todos los hombres"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-92",
              "number": "92",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia, en virtud de la misión que tiene de iluminar a todo el orbe con el mensaje evangélico y de reunir en un solo Espíritu a todos los hombres de cualquier nación, raza o cultura, se convierte en señal de la fraternidad que permite y consolida el diálogo sincero."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-443",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lo cual requiere, en primer lugar, que se promueva en el seno de la Iglesia la mutua estima, respeto y concordia, reconociendo todas las legítimas diversidades, para abrir, con fecundidad siempre creciente, el diálogo entre todos los que integran el único Pueblo de Dios, tanto los pastores como los demás fieles. Los lazos de unión de los fieles son mucho más fuertes que los motivos de división entre ellos. Haya unidad en lo necesario, libertad en lo dudoso, caridad en todo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-444",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nuestro espíritu abraza al mismo tiempo a los hermanos que todavía no viven unidos a nosotros en la plenitud de comunión y abraza también a sus comunidades. Con todos ellos nos sentimos unidos por la confesión del Padre y del Hijo y del Espíritu Santo y por el vínculo de la caridad, conscientes de que la unidad de los cristianos es objeto de esperanzas y de deseos hoy incluso por muchos que no creen en Cristo. Los avances que esta unidad realice en la verdad y en la caridad bajo la poderosa virtud y la paz para el universo mundo. Por ello, con unión de energías y en formas cada vez más adecuadas para lograr hoy con eficacia este importante propósito, procuremos que, ajustándonos cada vez más al Evangelio, cooperemos fraternalmente para servir a la familia humana, que está llamada en Cristo Jesús a ser la familia de los hijos de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-445",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nos dirigimos también por la misma razón a todos los que creen en Dios y conservan en el legado de sus tradiciones preciados elementos religiosos y humanos, deseando que el coloquio abierto nos mueva a todos a recibir fielmente los impulsos del Espíritu y a ejecutarlos con ánimo alacre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-446",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El deseo de este coloquio, que se siente movido hacia la verdad por impulso exclusivo de la caridad, salvando siempre la necesaria prudencia, no excluye a nadie por parte nuestra, ni siquiera a los que cultivan los bienes esclarecidos del espíritu humano, pero no reconocen todavía al Autor de todos ellos. Ni tampoco excluye a aquellos que se oponen a la Iglesia y la persiguen de varias maneras. Dios Padre es el principio y el fin de todos. Por ello, todos estamos llamados a ser hermanos. En consecuencia, con esta común vocación humana y divina, podemos y debemos cooperar, sin violencias, sin engaños, en verdadera paz, a la edificación del mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-447",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Edificación del mundo y orientación de éste a Dios"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-93",
              "number": "93",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los cristianos recordando la palabra del Señor: En esto conocerán todos que sois mis discípulos, en el amor mutuo que os tengáis (Io 13,35), no pueden tener otro anhelo mayor que el de servir con creciente generosidad y con suma eficacia a los hombres de hoy. Por consiguiente, con la fiel adhesión al Evangelio y con el uso de las energías propias de éste, unidos a todos los que aman y practican la justicia, han tomado sobre sí una tarea ingente que han de cumplir en la tierra, y de la cual deberán responder ante Aquel que juzgará a todos en el último día. No todos los que dicen: \"¡Señor, Señor!\", entrarán en el reino de los cielos, sino aquellos que hacen la voluntad del Padre y ponen manos a la obra. Quiere el Padre que reconozcamos y amemos efectivamente a Cristo, nuestro hermano, en todos los hombres, con la palabra y con las obras, dando así testimonio de la Verdad, y que comuniquemos con los demás el misterio del amor del Padre celestial. Por esta vía, en todo el mundo los hombres se sentirán despertados a una viva esperanza, que es don del Espíritu Santo, para que, por fin, llegada la hora, sean recibidos en la paz y en la suma bienaventuranza en la patria que brillará con la gloria del Señor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-449",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Al que es poderoso para hacer que copiosamente abundemos más de lo que pedimos o pensamos, en virtud del poder que actúa en nosotros, a El sea la gloria en la Iglesia y en Cristo Jesús, en todas las generaciones, por los siglos de los siglos. Amén.\" (Eph 3,20-21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-450",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todas y cada una de las cosas que en esta Constitución pastoral se incluyen han obtenido el beneplácito de los Padres del sacrosanto Concilio. Y Nos, en virtud de la autoridad apostólica a Nos confiada por Cristo, todo ello, juntamente con los venerables Padres, lo aprobamos en el Espíritu Santo, decretamos y establecemos, y ordenamos que se promulgue, para gloria de Dios, todo los aprobado conciliarmente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-451",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, en San Pedro, 7 de diciembre de 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-452",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yo, PABLO, Obispo de la Iglesia católica."
            }
          ]
        },
        "fr": {
          "code": "fr",
          "label": "Français",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19651207_gaudium-et-spes_fr.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-45-vat-ii_const_19651207_gaudium-et-spes_fr.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAUL, ÉVÊQUE, SERVITEUR DES SERVITEURS DE DIEU, AVEC LES PÈRES DU SAINT CONCILE, POUR QUE LE SOUVENIR S'EN MAINTIENNE À JAMAIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONSTITUTION PASTORALE SUR L'ÉGLISE DANS LE MONDE DE CE TEMPS GAUDIUM ET SPES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "AVANT-PROPOS [1]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Étroite solidarité de l’Église avec l’ensemble de la famille humaine"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les joies et les espoirs, les tristesses et les angoisses des hommes de ce temps, des pauvres surtout et de tous ceux qui souffrent, sont aussi les joies et les espoirs, les tristesses et les angoisses des disciples du Christ, et il n’est rien de vraiment humain qui ne trouve écho dans leur cœur. Leur communauté, en effet, s’édifie avec des hommes, rassemblés dans le Christ, conduits par l’Esprit Saint dans leur marche vers le Royaume du Père, et porteurs d’un message de salut qu’il faut proposer à tous. La communauté des chrétiens se reconnaît donc réellement et intimement solidaire du genre humain et de son histoire."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À qui s’adresse le Concile"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi, après s’être efforcé de pénétrer plus avant dans le mystère de l’Église, le deuxième Concile du Vatican n’hésite pas à s’adresser maintenant, non plus aux seuls fils de l’Église et à tous ceux qui se réclament du Christ, mais à tous les hommes. À tous il veut exposer comment il envisage la présence et l’action de l’Église dans le monde d’aujourd’hui."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le monde qu’il a ainsi en vue est celui des hommes, la famille humaine tout entière avec l’univers au sein duquel elle vit. C’est le théâtre où se joue l’histoire du genre humain, le monde marqué par l’effort de l’homme, ses défaites et ses victoires. Pour la foi des chrétiens, ce monde a été fondé et demeure conservé par l’amour du Créateur ; il est tombé certes, sous l’esclavage du péché, mais le Christ, par la Croix et la Résurrection, a brisé le pouvoir du Malin et l’a libéré pour qu’il soit transformé selon le dessein de Dieu et qu’il parvienne ainsi à son accomplissement."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le service de l’homme"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De nos jours, saisi d’admiration devant ses propres découvertes et son propre pouvoir, le genre humain s’interroge cependant, souvent avec angoisse, sur l’évolution présente du monde, sur la place et le rôle de l’homme dans l’univers, sur le sens de ses efforts individuels et collectifs, enfin sur la destinée ultime des choses et de l’humanité. Aussi le Concile, témoin et guide de la foi de tout le Peuple de Dieu rassemblé par le Christ, ne saurait donner une preuve plus parlante de solidarité, de respect et d’amour à l’ensemble de la famille humaine, à laquelle ce peuple appartient, qu’en dialoguant avec elle sur ces différents problèmes, en les éclairant à la lumière de l’Évangile, et en mettant à la disposition du genre humain la puissance salvatrice que l’Église, conduite par l’Esprit Saint, reçoit de son Fondateur. C’est en effet l’homme qu’il s’agit de sauver, la société humaine qu’il faut renouveler. C’est donc l’homme, l’homme considéré dans son unité et sa totalité, l’homme, corps et âme, cœur et conscience, pensée et volonté, qui constituera l’axe de tout notre exposé."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Voilà pourquoi, en proclamant la très noble vocation de l’homme et en affirmant qu’un germe divin est déposé en lui, ce saint Synode offre au genre humain la collaboration sincère de l’Église pour l’instauration d’une fraternité universelle qui réponde à cette vocation. Aucune ambition terrestre ne pousse l’Église ; elle ne vise qu’un seul but : continuer, sous l’impulsion de l’Esprit consolateur, l’œuvre même du Christ, venu dans le monde pour rendre témoignage à la vérité, pour sauver, non pour condamner, pour servir, non pour être servi [2]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EXPOSÉ PRÉLIMINAIRE : La condition humaine dans le monde d’aujourd’hui"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Espoirs et angoisses"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour mener à bien cette tâche, l’Église a le devoir, à tout moment, de scruter les signes des temps et de les interpréter à la lumière de l’Évangile, de telle sorte qu’elle puisse répondre, d’une manière adaptée à chaque génération, aux questions éternelles des hommes sur le sens de la vie présente et future et sur leurs relations réciproques. Il importe donc de connaître et de comprendre ce monde dans lequel nous vivons, ses attentes, ses aspirations, son caractère souvent dramatique. Voici, tels qu’on peut les esquisser, quelques-uns des traits fondamentaux du monde actuel."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le genre humain vit aujourd’hui un âge nouveau de son histoire, caractérisé par des changements profonds et rapides qui s’étendent peu à peu à l’ensemble du globe. Provoqués par l’homme, par son intelligence et son activité créatrice, ils rejaillissent sur l’homme lui-même, sur ses jugements, sur ses désirs, individuels et collectifs, sur ses manières de penser et d’agir, tant à l’égard des choses qu’à l’égard de ses semblables. À tel point que l’on peut déjà parler d’une véritable métamorphose sociale et culturelle dont les effets se répercutent jusque sur la vie religieuse."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comme en toute crise de croissance, cette transformation ne va pas sans de sérieuses difficultés. Ainsi, tandis que l’homme étend si largement son pouvoir, il ne parvient pas toujours à s’en rendre maître. S’efforçant de pénétrer plus avant les ressorts les plus secrets de son être, il apparaît souvent plus incertain de lui-même. Il découvre peu à peu, et avec plus de clarté, les lois de la vie sociale, mais il hésite sur les orientations qu’il faut lui imprimer."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jamais le genre humain n’a regorgé de tant de richesses, de tant de possibilités, d’une telle puissance économique, et pourtant une part considérable des habitants du globe sont encore tourmentés par la faim et la misère, et des multitudes d’êtres humains ne savent ni lire ni écrire. Jamais les hommes n’ont eu comme aujourd’hui un sens aussi vif de la liberté, mais, au même moment, surgissent de nouvelles formes d’asservissement social et psychique. Alors que le monde prend une conscience si forte de son unité, de la dépendance réciproque de tous dans une nécessaire solidarité, le voici violemment écartelé par l’opposition de forces qui se combattent : d’âpres dissensions politiques, sociales, économiques, raciales et idéologiques persistent encore, et le danger demeure d’une guerre capable de tout anéantir. L’échange des idées s’accroît ; mais les mots mêmes qui servent à exprimer des concepts de grande importance revêtent des acceptions fort différentes suivant la diversité des idéologies. Enfin, on recherche avec soin une organisation temporelle plus parfaite, sans que ce progrès s’accompagne d’un égal essor spirituel."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Marqués par une situation si complexe, un très grand nombre de nos contemporains ont beaucoup de mal à discerner les valeurs permanentes ; en même temps, ils ne savent comment les harmoniser avec les découvertes récentes. Une inquiétude les saisit et ils s’interrogent avec un mélange d’espoir et d’angoisse sur l’évolution actuelle du monde. Celle-ci jette à l’homme un défi ; mieux, elle l’oblige à répondre."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Une mutation profonde"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’ébranlement actuel des esprits et la transformation des conditions de vies sont liés à une mutation d’ensemble qui tend à la prédominance, dans la formation de l’esprit, des sciences mathématiques, naturelles ou humaines et, dans l’action, de la technique, fille des sciences. Cet esprit scientifique a façonné d’une manière différente du passé l’état culturel et les modes de penser. Les progrès de la technique vont jusqu’à transformer la face de la terre et, déjà, se lancent à la conquête de l’espace."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sur le temps aussi, l’intelligence humaine étend en quelque sorte son empire : pour le passé, par la connaissance historique ; pour l’avenir, par la prospective et la planification. Les progrès des sciences biologiques, psychologiques et sociales ne permettent pas seulement à l’homme de se mieux connaître, mais lui fournissent aussi le moyen d’exercer une influence directe sur la vie des sociétés par l’emploi de techniques appropriées. En même temps, le genre humain se préoccupe, et de plus en plus, de prévoir désormais son propre développement démographique et de le contrôler."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le mouvement même de l’histoire devient si rapide que chacun a peine à le suivre. Le destin de la communauté humaine devient un, et il ne se diversifie plus comme en autant d’histoires séparées entre elles. Bref, le genre humain passe d’une notion plutôt statique de l’ordre des choses à une conception plus dynamique et évolutive : de là naît, immense, une problématique nouvelle, qui provoque à de nouvelles analyses et à de nouvelles synthèses."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Changements dans l’ordre social"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Du même coup, il se produit des changements, de jour en jour plus importants, dans les communautés locales traditionnelles (familles patriarcales, clans, tribus, villages), dans les différents groupes et les rapports sociaux."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Une société de type industriel s’étend peu à peu, amenant certains pays à une économie d’opulence et transformant radicalement les conceptions et les conditions séculaires de la vie en société. De la même façon, la civilisation urbaine et l’attirance qu’elle provoque s’intensifient, soit par la multiplication des villes et de leurs habitants, soit par l’expansion du mode de vie urbain au monde rural."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Des moyens de communication sociale nouveaux, et sans cesse plus perfectionnés, favorisent la connaissance des événements et la diffusion extrêmement rapide et universelle des idées et des sentiments, suscitant ainsi de nombreuses réactions en chaîne."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On ne doit pas négliger non plus le fait que tant d’hommes poussés par diverses raisons à émigrer sont amenés à changer de mode de vie."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En somme, les relations de l’homme avec ses semblables se multiplient sans cesse, tandis que la « socialisation » elle-même entraîne à son tour de nouveaux liens, sans favoriser toujours pour autant, comme il le faudrait, le plein développement de la personne et des relations vraiment personnelles, c’est-à-dire la « personnalisation »."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En vérité, cette évolution se manifeste surtout dans les nations qui bénéficient déjà des avantages du progrès économique et technique ; mais elle est aussi à l’œuvre chez les peuples en voie de développement qui souhaitent procurer à leurs pays les bienfaits de l’industrialisation et de l’urbanisation. Ces peuples, surtout s’ils sont attachés à des traditions plus anciennes, ressentent en même temps le besoin d’exercer leur liberté d’une façon plus adulte et plus personnelle."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Changements psychologiques, moraux, religieux"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La transformation des mentalités et des structures conduit souvent à une remise en question des valeurs reçues, tout particulièrement chez les jeunes : fréquemment, ils ne supportent pas leur état ; bien plus, l’inquiétude en fait des révoltés, tandis que, conscients de leur importance dans la vie sociale, ils désirent y prendre au plus tôt leurs responsabilités. C’est pourquoi il n’est pas rare que parents et éducateurs éprouvent des difficultés croissantes dans l’accomplissement de leur tâche."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les cadres de vie, les lois, les façons de penser et de sentir hérités du passé ne paraissent pas toujours adaptés à l’état actuel des choses : d’où le désarroi du comportement et même des règles de conduite."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les conditions nouvelles affectent enfin la vie religieuse elle-même. D’une part, l’essor de l’esprit critique la purifie d’une conception magique du monde et des survivances superstitieuses, et exige une adhésion de plus en plus personnelle et active à la foi, nombreux sont ainsi ceux qui parviennent à un sens plus vivant de Dieu. D’autre part, des multitudes sans cesse plus denses s’éloignent en pratique de la religion. Refuser Dieu ou la religion, ne pas s’en soucier, n’est plus, comme en d’autres temps, un fait exceptionnel, lot de quelques individus : aujourd’hui en effet on présente volontiers un tel comportement comme une exigence du progrès scientifique ou de quelque nouvel humanisme. En de nombreuses régions, cette négation ou cette indifférence ne s’expriment pas seulement au niveau philosophique ; elles affectent aussi, et très largement, la littérature, l’art, l’interprétation des sciences humaines et de l’histoire, la législation elle-même : d’où le désarroi d’un grand nombre."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les déséquilibres du monde moderne"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Une évolution aussi rapide, accomplie souvent sans ordre et, plus encore, la prise de conscience de plus en plus aiguë des écartèlements dont souffre le monde, engendrent ou accroissent contradictions et déséquilibres."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Au niveau de la personne elle-même, un déséquilibre se fait assez souvent jour entre l’intelligence pratique moderne et une pensée spéculative qui ne parvient pas à dominer la somme de ses connaissances ni à les ordonner en des synthèses satisfaisantes. Déséquilibre également entre la préoccupation de l’efficacité concrète et les exigences de la conscience morale, et, non moins fréquemment, entre les conditions collectives de l’existence et les requêtes d’une pensée personnelle, et aussi, de la contemplation. Déséquilibre enfin entre la spécialisation de l’activité humaine et une vue générale des choses."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tensions au sein de la famille, dues soit à la pesanteur des conditions démographiques, économiques et sociales, soit aux conflits des générations successives, soit aux nouveaux rapports sociaux qui s’établissent entre hommes et femmes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "D’importants déséquilibres naissent aussi entre les races, entre les diverses catégories sociales, entre pays riches, moins riches et pauvres ; enfin entre les institutions internationales nées de l’aspiration des peuples à la paix et les propagandes idéologiques ou les égoïsmes collectifs qui se manifestent au sein des nations et des autres groupes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Défiances et inimitiés mutuelles, conflits et calamités s’ensuivent, dont l’homme lui-même est à la fois cause et victime."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les aspirations de plus en plus universelles du genre humain"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pendant ce temps, la conviction grandit que le genre humain peut et doit non seulement renforcer sans cesse sa maîtrise sur la création, mais qu’il peut et doit en outre instituer un ordre politique, social et économique qui soit toujours plus au service de l’homme, et qui permette à chacun, à chaque groupe, d’affirmer sa dignité propre et de la développer."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "D’où les âpres revendications d’un grand nombre qui, prenant nettement conscience des injustices et de l’inégalité de la distribution des biens, s’estiment lésés. Les nations en voie de développement, comme celles qui furent récemment promues à l’indépendance, veulent participer aux bienfaits de la civilisation moderne tant au plan économique qu’au plan politique, et jouer librement leur rôle sur la scène du monde. Et pourtant, entre ces nations et les autres nations plus riches, dont le développement est plus rapide, l’écart ne fait que croître, et, en même temps, très souvent, la dépendance, y compris la dépendance économique. Les peuples de la faim interpellent les peuples de l’opulence. Les femmes, là où elles ne l’ont pas encore obtenue, réclament la parité de droit et de fait avec les hommes. Les travailleurs, ouvriers et paysans, veulent non seulement gagner leur vie, mais développer leur personnalité par leur travail, mieux, participer à l’organisation de la vie économique, sociale, politique et culturelle. Pour la première fois dans l’histoire, l’humanité entière n’hésite plus à penser que les bienfaits de la civilisation peuvent et doivent réellement s’étendre à tous les peuples."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais sous toutes ces revendications se cache une aspiration plus profonde et plus universelle : les personnes et les groupes ont soif d’une vie pleine et libre, d’une vie digne de l’homme, qui mette à leur propre service toutes les immenses possibilités que leur offre le monde actuel. Quant aux nations, elles ne cessent d’accomplir de courageux efforts pour parvenir à une certaine forme de communauté universelle."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi le monde moderne apparaît à la fois comme puissant et faible, capable du meilleur et du pire, et le chemin s’ouvre devant lui de la liberté ou de la servitude, du progrès ou de la régression, de la fraternité ou de la haine. D’autre part, l’homme prend conscience que de lui dépend la bonne orientation des forces qu’il a mises en mouvement et qui peuvent l’écraser ou le servir. C’est pourquoi il s’interroge lui-même."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les interrogations profondes du genre humain"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En vérité, les déséquilibres qui travaillent le monde moderne sont liés à un déséquilibre plus fondamental qui prend racine dans le cœur même de l’homme. C’est en l’homme lui-même, en effet, que de nombreux éléments se combattent. D’une part, comme créa ture, il fait l’expérience de ses multiples limites ; d’autre part, il se sent illimité dans ses désirs et appelé à une vie supérieure. Sollicité de tant de façons, il est sans cesse contraint de choisir et de renoncer. Pire : faible et pécheur, il accomplit souvent ce qu’il ne veut pas et n’accomplit point ce qu’il voudrait [3]. En somme, c’est en lui-même qu’il souffre division, et c’est de là que naissent au sein de la société tant et de si grandes discordes. Beaucoup, il est vrai, dont la vie est imprégnée de matérialisme pratique, sont détournés par là d’une claire perception de cette situation dramatique ; ou bien, accablés par la misère, ils se trouvent empêchés d’y prêter attention. D’autres, en grand nombre, pensent trouver leur tranquillité dans les diverses explications du monde qui leur sont proposées. Certains attendent du seul effort de l’homme la libération véritable et plénière du genre humain et ils se persuadent que le règne à venir de l’homme sur la terre comblera tous les vœux de son cœur. Il en est d’autres qui, désespérant du sens de la vie, exaltent les audacieux qui, jugeant l’existence humaine dénuée par elle-même de toute signification, tentent de lui donner, par leur seule inspiration, toute sa signification. Néanmoins, le nombre croît de ceux qui, face à l’évolution présente du monde, se posent les questions les plus fondamentales ou les perçoivent avec une acuité nouvelle. Qu’est-ce que l’homme ? Que signifient la souffrance, le mal, la mort, qui subsistent malgré tant de progrès ? À quoi bon ces victoires payées d’un si grand prix ? Que peut apporter l’homme à la société ? Que peut-il en attendre ? Qu’adviendra-t-il après cette vie ?"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église, quant à elle, croit que le Christ, mort et ressuscité pour tous [4], offre à l’homme, par son Esprit, lumière et forces pour lui permettre de répondre à sa très haute vocation. Elle croit qu’il n’est pas sous le ciel d’autre nom donné aux hommes par lequel ils doivent être sauvés [5]. Elle croit aussi que la clé, le centre et la fin de toute histoire humaine se trouve en son Seigneur et Maître. Elle affirme en outre que, sous tous les changements, bien des choses demeurent qui ont leur fondement ultime dans le Christ, le même hier, aujourd’hui et à jamais [6]. C’est pourquoi, sous la lumière du Christ, image du Dieu invisible, premier-né de toute créature [7], le Concile se propose de s’adresser à tous, pour éclairer le mystère de l’homme et pour aider le genre humain à découvrir la solution des problèmes majeurs de notre temps."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Première partie : L’Église et la vocation humaine"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Répondre aux appels de l’Esprit"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mû par la foi, se sachant conduit par l’Esprit du Seigneur qui remplit l’univers, le Peuple de Dieu s’efforce de discerner dans les événements, les exigences et les requêtes de notre temps, auxquels il participe avec les autres hommes, quels sont les signes véritables de la présence ou du dessein de Dieu. La foi, en effet, éclaire toutes choses d’une lumière nouvelle et nous fait connaître la volonté divine sur la vocation intégrale de l’homme, orientant ainsi l’esprit vers des solutions pleinement humaines."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Concile se propose avant tout de juger à cette lumière les valeurs les plus prisées par nos contemporains et de les relier à leur source divine. Car ces valeurs, dans la mesure où elles procèdent du génie humain, qui est un don de Dieu, sont fort bonnes ; mais il n’est pas rare que la corruption du cœur humain les détourne de l’ordre requis : c’est pourquoi elles ont besoin d’être purifiées."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que pense l’Église de l’homme ? Quelles orientations semblent devoir être proposées pour l’édification de la société contemporaine ? Quelle signification dernière donner à l’activité de l’homme dans l’univers ? Ces questions réclament une réponse. La réciprocité des services que sont appelés à se rendre le Peuple de Dieu et le genre humain, dans lequel ce peuple est inséré, apparaîtra alors avec plus de netteté : ainsi se manifestera le caractère religieux et, par le fait même, souverainement humain de la mission de l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE PREMIER : La dignité de la personne humaine"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’homme à l’image de Dieu"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Croyants et incroyants sont généralement d’accord sur ce point : tout sur terre doit être ordonné à l’homme comme à son centre et à son sommet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais qu’est-ce que l’homme ? Sur lui-même, il a proposé et propose encore des opinions multiples, diverses et même opposées, suivant lesquelles, souvent, ou bien il s’exalte lui-même comme une norme absolue, ou bien il se rabaisse jusqu’au désespoir : d’où ses doutes et ses angoisses. Ces difficultés, l’Église les ressent à fond. Instruite par la Révélation divine, elle peut y apporter une réponse, où se trouve dessinée la condition véritable de l’homme, où sont mises au clair ses faiblesses, mais où peuvent en même temps être justement reconnues sa dignité et sa vocation."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Bible, en effet, enseigne que l’homme a été créé « à l’image de Dieu », capable de connaître et d’aimer son Créateur, qu’il a été constitué seigneur de toutes les créatures terrestres [8] pour les dominer et pour s’en servir, en glorifiant Dieu [9]. « Qu’est-ce donc l’homme, pour que tu te souviennes de lui ? ou le fils de l’homme pour que tu te soucies de lui ? À peine le fis-tu moindre qu’un dieu, le couronnant de gloire et de splendeur : tu l’établis sur l’œuvre de tes mains, tout fut mis par toi sous ses pieds » (Ps 8, 5-7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais Dieu n’a pas créé l’homme solitaire : dès l’origine, « il les créa homme et femme » (Gn 1, 27). Cette société de l’homme et de la femme est l’expression première de la communion des personnes. Car l’homme, de par sa nature profonde, est un être social, et, sans relations avec autrui, il ne peut vivre ni épanouir ses qualités."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi Dieu, lisons-nous encore dans le Bible, « regarda tout ce qu’il avait fait et le jugea très bon » (Gn 1, 31)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le péché"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Établi par Dieu dans un état de justice, l’homme, séduit par le Malin, dès le début de l’histoire, a abusé de sa liberté, en se dressant contre Dieu et en désirant parvenir à sa fin hors de Dieu. Ayant connu Dieu, « ils ne lui ont pas rendu gloire comme à un Dieu (...) mais leur cœur inintelligent s’est enténébré », et ils ont servi la créature de préférence au Créateur [10]. Ce que la Révélation divine nous découvre ainsi, notre propre expérience le confirme. Car l’homme, s’il regarde au-dedans de son cœur, se découvre enclin aussi au mal, submergé de multiples maux qui ne peuvent provenir de son Créateur, qui est bon. Refusant souvent de reconnaître Dieu comme son principe, l’homme a, par le fait même, brisé l’ordre qui l’orientait à sa fin dernière, et, en même temps, il a rompu toute harmonie, soit par rapport à lui-même, soit par rapport aux autres hommes et à toute la création."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est donc en lui-même que l’homme est divisé. Voici que toute la vie des hommes, individuelle et collective, se manifeste comme une lutte, combien dramatique, entre le bien et le mal, entre la lumière et les ténèbres. Bien plus, voici que l’homme se découvre incapable par lui-même de vaincre effectivement les assauts du mal ; et ainsi chacun se sent comme chargé de chaînes. Mais le Seigneur en personne est venu pour restaurer l’homme dans sa liberté et sa force, le rénovant intérieurement et jetant dehors le prince de ce monde (cf. Jn 12, 31), qui le retenait dans l’esclavage du péché [11]. Quant au péché, il amoindrit l’homme lui-même en l’empêchant d’atteindre sa plénitude."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans la lumière de cette Révélation, la sublimité de la vocation humaine, comme la profonde misère de l’homme, dont tous font l’expérience, trouvent leur signification ultime."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Constitution de l’homme"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Corps et âme, mais vraiment un, l’homme est, dans sa condition corporelle même, un résumé de l’univers des choses qui trouvent ainsi, en lui, leur sommet, et peuvent librement louer leur Créateur [12]. Il est donc interdit à l’homme de dédaigner la vie corporelle. Mais, au contraire, il doit estimer et respecter son corps qui a été créé par Dieu et qui doit ressusciter au dernier jour. Toutefois, blessé par le péché, il ressent en lui les révoltes du corps. C’est donc la dignité même de l’homme qui exige de lui qu’il glorifie Dieu dans son corps [13], sans le laisser asservir aux mauvais penchants de son cœur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En vérité, l’homme ne se trompe pas lorsqu’il se reconnaît supérieur aux éléments matériels et qu’il se considère comme irréductible, soit à une simple parcelle de la nature, soit à un élément anonyme de la cité humaine. Par son intériorité, il dépasse en effet l’univers des choses : c’est à ces profondeurs qu’il revient lorsqu’il fait retour en lui-même où l’attend ce Dieu qui scrute les cœurs [14] et où il décide personnellement de son propre sort sous le regard de Dieu. Ainsi, lorsqu’il reconnaît en lui une âme spirituelle et immortelle, il n’est pas le jouet d’une création imaginaire qui s’expliquerait seulement par les conditions physiques et sociales ; bien au contraire, il atteint le tréfonds même de la réalité."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignité de l’intelligence, vérité et sagesse"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Participant à la lumière de l’intelligence divine, l’homme a raison de penser que, par sa propre intelligence, il dépasse l’univers des choses. Sans doute son génie au long des siècles, par une application laborieuse, a fait progresser les sciences empiriques, les techniques et les arts libéraux. De nos jours il a obtenu des victoires hors pair, notamment dans la découverte et la conquête du monde matériel. Toujours cependant il a cherché et trouvé une vérité plus profonde. Car l’intelligence ne se borne pas aux seuls phénomènes ; elle est capable d’atteindre, avec une authentique certitude, la réalité intelligible, en dépit de la part d’obscurité et de faiblesse que laisse en elle le péché."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfin, la nature intelligente de la personne trouve et doit trouver sa perfection dans la sagesse. Celle-ci attire avec force et douceur l’esprit de l’homme vers la recherche et l’amour du vrai et du bien ; l’homme qui s’en nourrit est conduit du monde visible à l’invisible."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Plus que toute autre, notre époque a besoin d’une telle sagesse, pour humaniser ses propres découvertes, quelles qu’elles soient. L’avenir du monde serait en péril si elle ne savait pas se donner des sages. Pourquoi ne pas ajouter cette remarque : de nombreux pays, pauvres en biens matériels, mais riches en sagesse, pourront puissamment aider les autres sur ce point."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par le don de l’Esprit, l’homme parvient, dans la foi, à contempler et à goûter le mystère de la volonté divine [15]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignité de la conscience morale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Au fond de sa conscience, l’homme découvre la présence d’une loi qu’il ne s’est pas donnée lui-même, mais à laquelle il est tenu d’obéir. Cette voix, qui ne cesse de le presser d’aimer et d’accomplir le bien et d’éviter le mal, au moment opportun résonne dans l’intimité de son cœur : « Fais ceci, évite cela ». Car c’est une loi inscrite par Dieu au cœur de l’homme ; sa dignité est de lui obéir, et c’est elle qui le jugera [16]. La conscience est le centre le plus secret de l’homme, le sanctuaire où il est seul avec Dieu et où sa voix se fait entendre [17]. C’est d’une manière admirable que se découvre à la conscience cette loi qui s’accomplit dans l’amour de Dieu et du prochain [18]. Par fidélité à la conscience, les chrétiens, unis aux autres hommes, doivent chercher ensemble la vérité et la solution juste de tant de problèmes moraux que soulèvent aussi bien la vie privée que la vie sociale. Plus la conscience droite l’emporte, plus les personnes et les groupes s’éloignent d’une décision aveugle et tendent à se conformer aux normes objectives de la moralité. Toutefois, il arrive souvent que la conscience s’égare, par suite d’une ignorance invincible, sans perdre pour autant sa dignité. Ce que l’on ne peut dire lorsque l’homme se soucie peu de rechercher le vrai et le bien et lorsque l’habitude du péché rend peu à peu sa conscience presque aveugle."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Grandeur de la liberté Mais c’est toujours librement que l’homme se tourne vers le bien. Cette liberté, nos contemporains l’estiment grandement et ils la poursuivent avec ardeur. Et ils ont raison. Souvent cependant ils la chérissent d’une manière qui n’est pas droite, comme la licence de faire n’importe quoi, pourvu que cela plaise, même le mal. Mais la vraie liberté est en l’homme un signe privilégié de l’image divine. Car Dieu a voulu le laisser à son propre conseil [19] pour qu’il puisse de lui-même chercher son Créateur et, en adhérant librement à lui, s’achever ainsi dans une bienheureuse plénitude. La dignité de l’homme exige donc de lui qu’il agisse selon un choix conscient et libre, mû et déterminé par une conviction personnelle et non sous le seul effet de poussées instinctives ou d’une contrainte extérieure. L’homme parvient à cette dignité lorsque, se délivrant de toute servitude des passions, par le choix libre du bien, il marche vers sa destinée et prend soin de s’en procurer réellement les moyens par son ingéniosité. Ce n’est toutefois que par le secours de la grâce divine que la liberté humaine, blessée par le péché, peut s’ordonner à Dieu d’une manière effective et intégrale. Et chacun devra rendre compte de sa propre vie devant le tribunal de Dieu, selon le bien ou le mal accompli [20]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le mystère de la mort"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est en face de la mort que l’énigme de la condition humaine atteint son sommet. L’homme n’est pas seulement tourmenté par la souffrance et la déchéance progressive de son corps, mais plus encore, par la peur d’une destruction définitive. Et c’est par une inspiration juste de son cœur qu’il rejette et refuse cette ruine totale et ce définitif échec de sa personne. Le germe d’éternité qu’il porte en lui, irréductible à la seule matière, s’insurge contre la mort. Toutes les tentatives de la technique, si utiles qu’elles soient, sont impuissantes à calmer son anxiété : car le prolongement de la vie que la biologie procure ne peut satisfaire ce désir d’une vie ultérieure, invinciblement ancré dans son cœur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais si toute imagination ici défaille, l’Église, instruite par la Révélation divine, affirme que Dieu a créé l’homme en vue d’une fin bienheureuse, au-delà des misères du temps présent. De plus, la foi chrétienne enseigne que cette mort corporelle, à laquelle l’homme aurait été soustrait s’il n’avait pas péché [21], sera un jour vaincue, lorsque le salut, perdu par la faute de l’homme, lui sera rendu par son tout-puissant et miséricordieux Sauveur. Car Dieu a appelé et appelle l’homme à adhérer à lui de tout son être, dans la communion éternelle d’une vie divine inaltérable. Cette victoire, le Christ l’a acquise en ressuscitant [22], libérant l’homme de la mort par sa propre mort. À partir des titres sérieux qu’elle offre à l’examen de tout homme, la foi est ainsi en mesure de répondre à son interrogation angoissée sur son propre avenir. Elle nous offre en même temps la possibilité d’une communion dans le Christ avec nos frères bien-aimés qui sont déjà morts, en nous donnant l’espérance qu’ils ont trouvé près de Dieu la véritable vie."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formes et racines de l’athéisme"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’aspect le plus sublime de la dignité humaine se trouve dans cette vocation de l’homme à communier avec Dieu. Cette invitation que Dieu adresse à l’homme de dialoguer avec Lui commence avec l’existence humaine. Car, si l’homme existe, c’est que Dieu l’a créé par amour et, par amour, ne cesse de lui donner l’être ; et l’homme ne vit pleinement selon la vérité que s’il reconnaît librement cet amour et s’abandonne à son Créateur. Mais beaucoup de nos contemporains ne perçoivent pas du tout ou même rejettent explicitement le rapport intime et vital qui unit l’homme à Dieu : à tel point que l’athéisme compte parmi les faits les plus graves de ce temps et doit être soumis à un examen très attentif."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On désigne sous le nom d’athéisme des phénomènes entre eux très divers. En effet, tandis que certains athées nient Dieu expressément, d’autres pensent que l’homme ne peut absolument rien affirmer de lui. D’autres encore traitent le problème de Dieu de telle façon que ce problème semble dénué de sens. Beaucoup outrepassant indûment les limites des sciences positives, ou bien prétendent que la seule raison scientifique explique tout, ou bien, à l’inverse, ne reconnaissent comme définitive absolument aucune vérité. Certains font un tel cas de l’homme que la foi en Dieu s’en trouve comme énervée, plus préoccupés qu’ils sont, semble-t-il, d’affirmer l’homme que de nier Dieu. D’autres se représentent Dieu sous un jour tel que, en le repoussant, ils refusent un Dieu qui n’est en aucune façon celui de l’Évangile. D’autres n’abordent même pas le problème de Dieu : ils paraissent étrangers à toute inquiétude religieuse et ne voient pas pourquoi ils se soucieraient encore de religion. L’athéisme, en outre, naît souvent, soit d’une protestation révoltée contre le mal dans le monde, soit du fait que l’on attribue à tort à certains idéaux humains un tel caractère d’absolu qu’on en vient à les prendre pour Dieu. La civilisation moderne elle-même, non certes par son essence même, mais parce qu’elle se trouve trop engagée dans les réalités terrestres, peut rendre souvent plus difficile l’approche de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certes, ceux qui délibérément s’efforcent d’éliminer Dieu de leur cœur et d’écarter les problèmes religieux, en ne suivant pas le « dictamen » de leur conscience, ne sont pas exempts de faute. Mais les croyants eux-mêmes portent souvent à cet égard une certaine responsabilité. Car l’athéisme, considéré dans son ensemble, ne trouve pas son origine en lui-même ; il la trouve en diverses causes, parmi lesquelles il faut compter une réaction critique en face des religions et spécialement, en certaines régions, en face de la religion chrétienne. C’est pourquoi, dans cette genèse de l’athéisme, les croyants peuvent avoir une part qui n’est pas mince, dans la mesure où, par la négligence dans l’éducation de leur foi, par des présentations trompeuses de la doctrine et aussi par des défaillances de leur vie religieuse, morale et sociale, on peut dire d’eux qu’ils voilent l’authentique visage de Dieu et de la religion plus qu’ils ne le révèlent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’athéisme systématique"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Souvent l’athéisme moderne présente aussi une forme systématique, qui, abstraction faite des autres causes, pousse le désir d’autonomie humaine à un point tel qu’il fait obstacle à toute dépendance à l’égard de Dieu. Ceux qui professent un athéisme de cette sorte soutiennent que la liberté consiste en ceci que l’homme est pour lui-même sa propre fin, le seul artisan et le démiurge de sa propre histoire. Ils prétendent que cette vue des choses est incompatible avec la reconnaissance d’un Seigneur, auteur et fin de toutes choses ou, au moins, qu’elle rend cette affirmation tout à fait superflue. Cette doctrine peut se trouver renforcée par le sentiment de puissance que le progrès technique actuel confère à l’homme."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parmi les formes de l’athéisme contemporain, on ne doit pas passer sous silence celle qui attend la libération de l’homme surtout de sa libération économique et sociale. À cette libération s’opposerait, par sa nature même, la religion, dans la mesure, où, érigeant l’espérance de l’homme sur le mirage d’une vie future, elle le détournerait d’édifier la cité terrestre. C’est pourquoi les tenants d’une telle doctrine, là où ils deviennent les maîtres du pouvoir, attaquent la religion avec violence, utilisant pour la diffusion de l’athéisme, surtout en ce qui regarde l’éducation de la jeunesse, tous les moyens de pression dont le pouvoir public dispose."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’attitude de l’Église en face de l’athéisme"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église, fidèle à la fois à Dieu et à l’homme, ne peut cesser de réprouver avec douleur et avec la plus grande fermeté, comme elle l’a fait dans le passé [23], ces doctrines et ces manières de faire funestes qui contredisent la raison et l’expérience commune et font déchoir l’homme de sa noblesse native."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Elle s’efforce cependant de saisir dans l’esprit des athées les causes cachées de la négation de Dieu et, bien consciente de la gravité des problèmes que l’athéisme soulève, poussée par son amour pour tous les hommes, elle estime qu’il lui faut soumettre ces motifs à un examen sérieux et approfondi."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église tient que la reconnaissance de Dieu ne s’oppose en aucune façon à la dignité de l’homme, puisque cette dignité trouve en Dieu lui-même ce qui la fonde et ce qui l’achève. Car l’homme a été établi en société, intelligent et libre, par Dieu son Créateur. Mais surtout, comme fils, il est appelé à l’intimité même de Dieu et au partage de son propre bonheur. L’Église enseigne, en outre, que l’espérance eschatologique ne diminue pas l’importance des tâches terrestres, mais en soutient bien plutôt l’accomplissement par de nouveaux motifs. À l’opposé, lorsque manquent le support divin et l’espérance de la vie éternelle, la dignité de l’homme subit une très grave blessure, comme on le voit souvent aujourd’hui, et l’énigme de la vie et de la mort, de la faute et de la souffrance reste sans solution : ainsi, trop souvent, les hommes s’abîment dans le désespoir."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pendant ce temps, tout homme demeure à ses propres yeux une question insoluble qu’il perçoit confusément. À certaines heures, en effet, principalement à l’occasion des grands événements de la vie, personne ne peut totalement éviter ce genre d’interrogation. Dieu seul peut pleinement y répondre et d’une manière irrécusable, lui qui nous invite à une réflexion plus profonde et à une recherche plus humble."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quant au remède à l’athéisme, on doit l’attendre d’une part d’une présentation adéquate de la doctrine, d’autre part de la pureté de vie de l’Église et de ses membres. C’est à l’Église qu’il revient en effet de rendre présents et comme visibles Dieu le Père et son Fils incarné, en se renouvelant et en se purifiant sans cesse [24], sous la conduite de l’Esprit Saint. Il y faut surtout le témoignage d’une foi vivante et adulte, c’est-à-dire d’une foi formée à reconnaître lucidement les difficultés et capable de les surmonter. D’une telle foi, de très nombreux martyrs ont rendu et continuent de rendre un éclatant témoignage. Sa fécondité doit se manifester en pénétrant toute la vie des croyants, y compris leur vie profane, et en les entraînant à la justice et à l’amour, surtout au bénéfice des déshérités. Enfin ce qui contribue le plus à révéler la présence de Dieu, c’est l’amour fraternel des fidèles qui travaillent d’un cœur unanime pour la foi de l’Évangile [25] et qui se présentent comme un signe d’unité."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église, tout en rejetant absolument l’athéisme, proclame toutefois, sans arrière-pensée, que tous les hommes, croyants et incroyants, doivent s’appliquer à la juste construction de ce monde, dans lequel ils vivent ensemble : ce qui, assurément, n’est possible que par un dialogue loyal et prudent. L’Église déplore donc les différences de traitement que certaines autorités civiles établissent injustement entre croyants et incroyants, au mépris des droits fondamentaux de la personne. Pour les croyants, elle réclame la liberté effective et la possibilité d’élever aussi dans ce monde le temple de Dieu. Quant aux athées, elle les invite avec humanité à examiner en toute objectivité l’Évangile du Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Car l’Église sait parfaitement que son message est en accord avec le fond secret du cœur humain quand elle défend la dignité de la vocation de l’homme, et rend ainsi l’espoir à ceux qui n’osent plus croire à la grandeur de leur destin. Ce message, loin de diminuer l’homme, sert à son progrès en répandant lumière, vie et liberté et, en dehors de lui, rien ne peut combler le cœur humain : « Tu nous as faits pour toi, Seigneur, et notre cœur ne connaît aucun répit jusqu’à ce qu’il trouve son repos en toi [26]. »"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Christ, homme nouveau"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En réalité, le mystère de l’homme ne s’éclaire vraiment que dans le mystère du Verbe incarné. Adam, en effet, le premier homme, était la figure de celui qui devait venir [27], le Christ Seigneur. Nouvel Adam, le Christ, dans la révélation même du mystère du Père et de son amour, manifeste pleinement l’homme à lui-même et lui découvre la sublimité de sa vocation. Il n’est donc pas surprenant que les vérités ci-dessus trouvent en lui leur source et atteignent en lui leur point culminant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "« Image du Dieu invisible » (Col 1, 15) [28], il est l’Homme parfait qui a restauré dans la descendance d’Adam la ressemblance divine, altérée dès le premier péché. Parce qu’en lui la nature humaine a été assumée, non absorbée [29], par le fait même, cette nature a été élevée en nous aussi à une dignité sans égale. Car, par son incarnation, le Fils de Dieu s’est en quelque sorte uni lui-même à tout homme. Il a travaillé avec des mains d’homme, il a pensé avec une intelligence d’homme, il a agi avec une volonté d’homme [30], il a aimé avec un cœur d’homme. Né de la Vierge Marie, il est vraiment devenu l’un de nous, en tout semblable à nous, hormis le péché [31]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Agneau innocent, par son sang librement répandu, il nous a mérité la vie ; et, en lui, Dieu nous a réconciliés avec lui-même et entre nous [32], nous arrachant à l’esclavage du diable et du péché. En sorte que chacun de nous peut dire avec l’Apôtre : le Fils de Dieu « m’a aimé et il s’est livré lui-même pour moi » (Ga 2, 20). En souffrant pour nous, il ne nous a pas simplement donné l’exemple, afin que nous marchions sur ses pas [33], mais il a ouvert une route nouvelle : si nous la suivons, la vie et la mort deviennent saintes et acquièrent un sens nouveau."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devenu conforme à l’image du Fils, premier-né d’une multitude de frères [34], le chrétien reçoit « les prémices de l’Esprit » (Rm 8, 23), qui le rendent capable d’accomplir la loi nouvelle de l’amour [35]. Par cet Esprit, « gage de l’héritage » (Ep 1, 14), c’est tout l’homme qui est intérieurement renouvelé, dans l’attente de « la rédemption du corps » (Rm 8, 23) : « Si l’Esprit de celui qui a ressuscité Jésus d’entre les morts demeure en vous, celui qui a ressuscité Jésus Christ d’entre les morts donnera aussi la vie à vos corps mortels, par son Esprit qui habite en vous (Rm 8, 11) [36]. Certes, pour un chrétien, c’est une nécessité et un devoir de combattre le mal au prix de nombreuses tribulations et de subir la mort. Mais, associé au mystère pascal, devenant conforme au Christ dans la mort, fortifié par l’espérance, il va au-devant de la résurrection [37]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Et cela ne vaut pas seulement pour ceux qui croient au Christ, mais bien pour tous les hommes de bonne volonté, dans le cœur desquels, invisiblement, agit la grâce [38]. En effet, puisque le Christ est mort pour tous [39] et que la vocation dernière de l’homme est réellement unique, à savoir divine, nous devons tenir que l’Esprit Saint offre à tous, d’une façon que Dieu connaît, la possibilité d’être associé au mystère pascal."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Telle est la qualité et la grandeur du mystère de l’homme, ce mystère que la Révélation chrétienne fait briller aux yeux des croyants. C’est donc par le Christ et dans le Christ que s’éclaire l’énigme de la douleur et de la mort qui, hors de son Évangile, nous écrase. Le Christ est ressuscité ; par sa mort, il a vaincu la mort, et il nous a abondamment donné la vie [40] pour que, devenus fils dans le Fils, nous clamions dans l’Esprit : Abba, Père [41]!"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE II : La communauté humaine"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But poursuivi par le Concile"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parmi les principaux aspects du monde d’aujourd’hui, il faut compter la multiplication des relations entre les hommes que les progrès techniques actuels contribuent largement à développer. Toutefois le dialogue fraternel des hommes ne trouve pas son achèvement à ce niveau, mais plus profondément dans la communauté des personnes et celle-ci exige le respect réciproque de leur pleine dignité spirituelle. La Révélation chrétienne favorise puissamment l’essor de cette communion des personnes entre elles ; en même temps elle nous conduit à une intelligence plus pénétrante des lois de la vie sociale, que le Créateur a inscrites dans la nature spirituelle et morale de l’homme."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais comme de récents documents du Magistère ont abondamment expliqué la doctrine chrétienne sur la société humaine [42], le Concile s’en tient au rappel de quelques vérités majeures dont il expose les fondements à la lumière de la Révélation. Il insiste ensuite sur quelques conséquences qui revêtent une importance particulière en notre temps."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caractère communautaire de la vocation humaine dans le plan de Dieu"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieu, qui veille paternellement sur tous, a voulu que tous les hommes constituent une seule famille et se traitent mutuellement comme des frères. Tous, en effet, ont été créés à l’image de Dieu, « qui a fait habiter sur toute la face de la terre tout le genre humain issu d’un principe unique » (Ac 17, 26), et tous sont appelés à une seule et même fin, qui est Dieu lui-même."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À cause de cela, l’amour de Dieu et du prochain est le premier et le plus grand commandement. L’Écriture, pour sa part, enseigne que l’amour de Dieu est inséparable de l’amour du prochain : « ... tout autre commandement se résume en cette parole : tu aimeras le prochain comme toi-même... La charité est donc la loi dans sa plénitude » (Rm 13, 9-10 ; cf. 1 Jn 4, 20). Il est bien évident que cela est d’une extrême importance pour des hommes de plus en plus dépendants les uns des autres et dans un monde sans cesse plus unifié."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Allons plus loin : quand le Seigneur Jésus prie le Père pour que « tous soient un..., comme nous nous sommes un » (Jn 17, 21-22), il ouvre des perspectives inaccessibles à la raison et il nous suggère qu’il y a une certaine ressemblance entre l’union des personnes divines et celle des fils de Dieu dans la vérité et dans l’amour. Cette ressemblance montre bien que l’homme, seule créature sur terre que Dieu a voulue pour elle-même, ne peut pleinement se trouver que par le don désintéressé de lui-même [43]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Interdépendance de la personne et de la société"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le caractère social de l’homme fait apparaître qu’il y a interdépendance entre l’essor de la personne et le développement de la société elle-même. En effet, la personne humaine qui, de par sa nature même, a absolument besoin d’une vie sociale [44], est et doit être le principe, le sujet et la fin de toutes les institutions. La vie sociale n’est donc pas pour l’homme quelque chose de surajouté ; aussi c’est par l’échange avec autrui, par la réciprocité des services, par le dialogue avec ses frères que l’homme grandit selon toutes ses capacités et peut répondre à sa vocation."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parmi les liens sociaux nécessaires à l’essor de l’homme, certains, comme la famille et la communauté politique, correspondent plus immédiatement à sa nature intime ; d’autres relèvent plutôt de sa libre volonté. De nos jours, sous l’influence de divers facteurs, les relations mutuelles et les interdépendances ne cessent de se multiplier : d’où des associations et des institutions variées, de droit public ou privé. Même si ce fait, qu’on nomme socialisation, n’est pas sans danger, il comporte cependant de nombreux avantages qui permettent d’affermir et d’accroître les qualités de la personne, et de garantir ses droits [45]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais si les personnes humaines reçoivent beaucoup de la vie sociale pour l’accomplissement de leur vocation, même religieuse, on ne peut cependant pas nier que les hommes, du fait des contextes sociaux dans lesquels ils vivent et baignent dès leur enfance, se trouvent souvent détournés du bien et portés au mal. Certes, les désordres, si souvent rencontrés dans l’ordre social, proviennent en partie des tensions existant au sein des structures économiques, politiques et sociales. Mais, plus radicalement, ils proviennent de l’orgueil et de l’égoïsme des hommes, qui pervertissent aussi le climat social. Là où l’ordre des choses a été vicié par les suites du péché, l’homme, déjà enclin au mal par naissance, éprouve de nouvelles incitations qui le poussent à pécher : sans efforts acharnés, sans l’aide de la grâce, il ne saurait les vaincre."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promouvoir le bien commun"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parce que les liens humains s’intensifient et s’étendent peu à peu à l’univers entier, le bien commun, c’est-à-dire cet ensemble de conditions sociales qui permettent, tant aux groupes qu’à chacun de leurs membres, d’atteindre leur perfection d’une façon plus totale et plus aisée, prend aujourd’hui une extension de plus en plus universelle, et par suite recouvre des droits et des devoirs qui concernent tout le genre humain. Tout groupe doit tenir compte des besoins et des légitimes aspirations des autres groupes, et plus encore du bien commun de l’ensemble de la famille humaine [46]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais en même temps grandit la conscience de l’éminente dignité de la personne humaine, supérieure à toutes choses et dont les droits et les devoirs sont universels et inviolables. Il faut donc rendre accessible à l’homme tout ce dont il a besoin pour mener une vie vraiment humaine, par exemple : nourriture, vêtement, habitat, droit de choisir librement son état de vie et de fonder une famille, droit à l’éducation, au travail, à la réputation, au respect, à une information convenable, droit d’agir selon la droite règle de sa conscience, droit à la sauvegarde de la vie privée et à une juste liberté, y compris en matière religieuse."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aussi l’ordre social et son progrès doivent-ils toujours tourner au bien des personnes, puisque l’ordre des choses doit être subordonné à l’ordre des personnes et non l’inverse. Le Seigneur lui-même le suggère lorsqu’il a dit : « Le sabbat a été fait pour l’homme et non l’homme pour le sabbat [47]. » Cet ordre doit sans cesse se développer, avoir pour base la vérité, s’édifier sur la justice, et être vivifié par l’amour ; il doit trouver dans la liberté un équilibre toujours plus humain [48]. Pour y parvenir, il faut travailler au renouvellement des mentalités et entreprendre de vastes transformations sociales."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Esprit de Dieu qui, par une providence admirable, conduit le cours des temps et rénove la face de la terre, est présent à cette évolution. Quant au ferment évangélique, c’est lui qui a suscité et suscite dans le cœur humain une exigence incoercible de dignité."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Respect de la personne humaine"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour en venir à des conséquences pratiques et qui présentent un caractère d’urgence particulière, le Concile insiste sur le respect de l’homme : que chacun considère son prochain, sans aucune exception, comme « un autre lui-même», tienne compte avant tout de son existence et des moyens qui lui sont nécessaires pour vivre dignement [49], et se garde d’imiter ce riche qui ne prit nul souci du pauvre Lazare [50]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De nos jours surtout, nous avons l’impérieux devoir de nous faire le prochain de n’importe quel homme et, s’il se présente à nous, de le servir activement : qu’il s’agisse de ce vieillard abandonné de tous, ou de ce travailleur étranger, méprisé sans raison, ou de cet exilé, ou de cet enfant né d’une union illégitime qui supporte injustement le poids d’une faute qu’il n’a pas commise, ou de cet affamé qui interpelle notre conscience en nous rappelant la parole du Seigneur : « Chaque fois que vous l’avez fait à l’un de ces plus petits de mes frères, c’est à moi que vous l’avez fait » (Mt 25, 40)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De plus, tout ce qui s’oppose à la vie elle-même, comme toute espèce d’homicide, le génocide, l’avortement, l’euthanasie et même le suicide délibéré ; tout ce qui constitue une violation de l’intégrité de la personne humaine, comme les mutilations, la torture physique ou morale, les contraintes psychologiques ; tout ce qui est offense à la dignité de l’homme, comme les conditions de vie sous-humaines, les emprisonnements arbitraires, les déportations, l’esclavage, la prostitution, le commerce des femmes et des jeunes ; ou encore les conditions de travail dégradantes qui réduisent les travailleurs au rang de purs instruments de rapport, sans égard pour leur personnalité libre et responsable : toutes ces pratiques et d’autres analogues sont, en vérité, infâmes. Tandis qu’elles corrompent la civilisation, elles déshonorent ceux qui s’y livrent plus encore que ceux qui les subissent et insultent gravement à l’honneur du Créateur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Respect et amour des adversaires"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le respect et l’amour doivent aussi s’étendre à ceux qui pensent ou agissent autrement que nous en matière sociale, politique ou religieuse. D’ailleurs, plus nous nous efforçons de pénétrer de l’intérieur, avec bienveillance et amour, leurs manières de voir, plus le dialogue avec eux deviendra aisé."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certes, cet amour et cette bienveillance ne doivent en aucune façon nous rendre indifférents à l’égard de la vérité et du bien. Mieux, c’est l’amour même qui pousse les disciples du Christ à annoncer à tous les hommes la vérité qui sauve. Mais on doit distinguer entre l’erreur, toujours à rejeter, et celui qui se trompe, qui garde toujours sa dignité de personne, même s’il se fourvoie dans des notions fausses ou insuffisantes en matière religieuse [51]. Dieu seul juge et scrute les cœurs ; il nous interdit donc de juger de la culpabilité interne de quiconque [52]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’enseignement du Christ va jusqu’à requérir le pardon des offenses [53] et étend le commandement de l’amour, qui est celui de la loi nouvelle, à tous nos ennemis : « Vous avez appris qu’il a été dit : tu aimeras ton prochain, tu haïras ton ennemi. Mais moi je vous dis : aimez vos ennemis, faites du bien à ceux qui vous haïssent et priez pour ceux qui vous persécutent et vous calomnient » (Mt 5, 43-44)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Égalité essentielle de tous les hommes entre eux et justice sociale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tous les hommes, doués d’une âme raisonnable et créés à l’image de Dieu, ont même nature et même origine ; tous, rachetés par le Christ, jouissent d’une même vocation et d’une même destinée divine : on doit donc, et toujours davantage, reconnaître leur égalité fondamentale."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Assurément, tous les hommes ne sont pas égaux quant à leur capacité physique qui est variée, ni quant à leurs forces intellectuelles et morales qui sont diverses. Mais toute forme de discrimination touchant les droits fondamentaux de la personne, qu’elle soit sociale ou culturelle, qu’elle soit fondée sur le sexe, la race, la couleur de la peau, la condition sociale, la langue ou la religion, doit être dépassée et éliminée, comme contraire au dessein de Dieu. En vérité, il est affligeant de constater que ces droits fondamentaux de la personne ne sont pas encore partout garantis. Il en est ainsi lorsque la femme est frustrée de la faculté de choisir librement son époux ou d’élire son état de vie, ou d’accéder à une éducation et une culture semblables à celles que l’on reconnaît à l’homme."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Au surplus, en dépit de légitimes différences entre les hommes, l’égale dignité des personnes exige que l’on parvienne à des conditions de vie justes et plus humaines. En effet, les inégalités économiques et sociales excessives entre les membres ou entre les peuples d’une seule famille humaine font scandale et font obstacle à la justice sociale, à l’équité, à la dignité de la personne humaine ainsi qu’à la paix sociale et internationale."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que les institutions privées ou publiques s’efforcent de se mettre au service de la dignité et de la destinée humaines. Qu’en même temps elles luttent activement contre toute forme d’esclavage, social ou politique ; et qu’elles garantissent les droits fondamentaux des hommes sous tout régime politique. Et même s’il faut un temps passablement long pour parvenir au but souhaité, toutes ces institutions humaines doivent peu à peu répondre aux réalités spirituelles qui, de toutes, sont les plus hautes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nécessité de dépasser une éthique individualiste"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’ampleur et la rapidité des transformations réclament d’une manière pressante que personne, par inattention à l’évolution des choses ou par inertie, ne se contente d’une éthique individualiste. Lorsque chacun, contribuant au bien commun selon ses capacités propres et en tenant compte des besoins d’autrui, se préoccupe aussi, et effectivement, de l’essor des institutions publiques ou privées qui servent à améliorer les conditions de vie humaines, c’est alors et de plus en plus qu’il accomplit son devoir de justice et de charité. Or il y a des gens qui, tout en professant des idées larges et généreuses, continuent à vivre en pratique comme s’ils n’avaient cure des solidarités sociales. Bien plus, dans certains pays, beaucoup font peu de cas des lois et des prescriptions sociales. Un grand nombre ne craignent pas de se soustraire, par divers subterfuges et fraudes, aux justes impôts et aux autres aspects de la dette sociale. D’autres négligent certaines règles de la vie en société, comme celles qui ont trait à la sauvegarde de la santé ou à la conduite des véhicules, sans même se rendre compte que, par une telle insouciance, ils mettent en danger leur propre vie et celle d’autrui."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que tous prennent très à cœur de compter les solidarités sociales parmi les principaux devoirs de l’homme d’aujourd’hui, et de les respecter. En effet, plus le monde s’unifie et plus il est manifeste que les obligations de l’homme dépassent les groupes particuliers pour s’étendre peu à peu à l’univers entier. Ce qui ne peut se faire que si les individus et les groupes cultivent en eux les valeurs morales et sociales et les répandent autour d’eux. Alors, avec le nécessaire secours de la grâce divine, surgiront des hommes vraiment nouveaux, artisans de l’humanité nouvelle."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Responsabilité et participation"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour que chacun soit mieux armé pour faire face à ses responsabilités, tant envers lui-même qu’envers les différents groupes dont il fait partie, on aura soin d’assurer un plus large développement culturel, en utilisant les moyens considérables dont le genre humain dispose aujourd’hui. Avant tout, l’éducation des jeunes, quelle que soit leur origine sociale, doit être ordonnée de telle façon qu’elle puisse susciter des hommes et des femmes qui ne soient pas seulement cultivés, mais qui aient aussi une forte personnalité, car notre temps en a le plus grand besoin."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais l’homme parvient très difficilement à un tel sens de la responsabilité si les conditions de vie ne lui permettent pas de prendre conscience de sa dignité et de répondre à sa vocation en se dépensant au service de Dieu et de ses semblables. Car souvent la liberté humaine s’étiole lorsque l’homme est dans un état d’extrême indigence, comme elle se dégrade lorsque, se laissant aller à une vie de trop grande facilité, il s’enferme en lui-même comme dans une tour d’ivoire. Elle se fortifie en revanche lorsque l ’homme accepte les inévitables contraintes de la vie sociale, assume les exigences multiples de la solidarité humaine et s’engage au service de la communauté des hommes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aussi faut-il stimuler chez tous la volonté de prendre part aux entreprises communes. Et il faut louer la façon d’agir des nations où, dans une authentique liberté, le plus grand nombre possible de citoyens participe aux affaires publiques. Il faut toutefois tenir compte des conditions concrètes de chaque peuple et de la nécessaire fermeté des pouvoirs publics. Mais pour que tous les citoyens soient poussés à participer à la vie des différents groupes qui constituent le corps social, il faut qu’ils trouvent en ceux-ci des valeurs qui les attirent et qui les disposent à se mettre au service de leurs semblables. On peut légitimement penser que l’avenir est entre les mains de ceux qui auront su donner aux générations de demain des raisons de vivre et d’espérer."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Verbe incarné et la solidarité humaine"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De même que Dieu a créé les hommes non pour vivre en solitaires, mais pour qu’ils s’unissent en société, de même il lui a plus aussi « de sanctifier et de sauver les hommes non pas isolément, hors de tout lien mutuel ; il a voulu au contraire en faire un peuple qui le connaîtrait selon la vérité et le servirait dans la sainteté [54] ». Aussi, dès le début de l’histoire du salut, a-t-il choisi des hommes non seulement à titre individuel, mais en tant que membres d’une communauté. Et ces élus, Dieu leur a manifesté son dessein et les a appelés « son peuple » (Ex. 3, 7-12). C’est avec ce peuple qu’il a, en outre, conclu l’Alliance du Sinaï [55]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce caractère communautaire se parfait et s’achève dans l’œuvre de Jésus Christ. Car le Verbe incarné en personne a voulu entrer dans le jeu de cette solidarité. Il a prit part aux noces de Cana, il s’est invité chez Zachée, il a mangé avec les publicains et les pécheurs. C’est en évoquant les réalités les plus ordinaires de la vie sociale, en se servant des mots et des images de l’existence la plus quotidienne, qu’il a révélé aux hommes l’amour du Père et la magnificence de leur vocation. Il a sanctifié les liens humains, notamment soumis aux lois de sa patrie. Il a voulu mener la vie même d’un artisan de son temps et de sa région."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans sa prédication, il a clairement affirmé que des fils de Dieu ont l’obligation de se comporter entre eux comme des frères. Dans sa prière, il a demandé que tous ses disciples soient « un». Bien plus, lui-même s’est offert pour tous jusqu’à la mort, lui, le rédempteur de tous. « Il n’y a pas de plus grand amour que de donner sa vie pour ses amis » (Jn 15, 13). Quant à ses Apôtres, il leur a ordonné d’annoncer à toutes les nations le message évangélique, pour faire du genre humain la famille de Dieu, dans laquelle la plénitude de la loi serait l’amour."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Premier-né parmi beaucoup de frères, après sa mort et sa résurrection, par le don de son Esprit il a institué, entre tous ceux qui l’accueillent par la foi et la charité, une nouvelle communion fraternelle : elle se réalise en son propre Corps, qui est l’Église. En ce Corps, tous, membres les uns des autres, doivent s’entraider mutuellement, selon la diversité des dons reçus."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette solidarité devra sans cesse croître, jusqu’au jour où elle trouvera son couronnement : ce jour-là, les hommes, sauvés par la grâce, famille bien-aimée de Dieu et du Christ leur frère, rendront à Dieu une gloire parfaite."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE III : L’activité humaine dans l’univers"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Position du problème"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par son travail et son génie, l’homme s’est toujours efforcé de donner un plus large développement à sa vie. Mais aujourd’hui, aidé par la science et la technique, il a étendu sa maîtrise sur presque toute la nature, et il ne cesse de l’étendre ; et, grâce notamment à la multiplication des moyens d’échange de toutes sortes entre les nations, la famille humaine se reconnaît et se constitue peu à peu comme une communauté une au sein de l’univers. Il en résulte que l’homme se procure désormais par sa propre industrie de nombreux biens qu’il attendait autrefois avant tout de forces supérieures."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devant cette immense entreprise, qui gagne déjà tout le genre humain, de nombreuses interrogations s’élèvent parmi les hommes : quels sont le sens et la valeur de cette laborieuse activité ? Quel usage faire de toutes ces richesses ? Quelle est la fin de ces efforts, individuels et collectifs ? L’Église, gardienne du dépôt de la parole divine, où elle puise les principes de l’ordre religieux et moral, n’a pas toujours, pour autant, une réponse immédiate à chacune de ces questions ; elle désire toutefois joindre la lumière de la Révélation à l’expérience de tous, pour éclairer le chemin où l’humanité vient de s’engager."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Valeur de l’activité humaine"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour les croyants, une chose est certaine : considérée en elle-même, l’activité humaine, individuelle et collective, ce gigantesque effort par lequel les hommes, tout au long des siècles, s’acharnent à améliorer leurs conditions de vie, correspond au dessein de Dieu. L’homme, créé à l’image de Dieu, a en effet reçu la mission de soumettre la terre et tout ce qu’elle contient, de gouverner le cosmos en sainteté et justice [56] et, en reconnaissant Dieu comme Créateur de toutes choses, de lui référer son être ainsi que l’univers : en sorte que, tout étant soumis à l’homme, le nom même de Dieu soit glorifié par toute la terre [57]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cet enseignement vaut aussi pour les activités les plus quotidiennes. Car ces hommes et ces femmes qui, tout en gagnant leur vie et celle de leur famille, mènent leurs activités de manière à bien servir la société, sont fondés à voir dans leur travail un prolongement de l’œuvre du Créateur, un service de leurs frères, un apport personnel à la réalisation du plan providentiel dans l’histoire [58]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Loin d’opposer les conquêtes du génie et du courage de l’homme à la puissance de Dieu et de considérer la créature raisonnable comme une sorte de rivale du Créateur, les chrétiens sont au contraire bien persuadés que les victoires du genre humain sont un signe de la grandeur divine et une conséquence de son dessein ineffable. Mais plus grandit le pouvoir de l’homme plus s’élargit le champ de ses responsabilités, personnelles et communautaires. On voit par là que le message chrétien ne détourne pas les hommes de la construction du monde et ne les incite pas à se désintéresser du sort de leurs semblables : il leur en fait au contraire un devoir plus pressant [59]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Normes de l’activité humaine"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De même qu’elle procède de l’homme, l’activité humaine lui est ordonnée. De fait, par son action, l’homme ne transforme pas seulement les choses et la société, il se parfait lui-même. Il apprend bien des choses, il développe ses facultés, il sort de lui-même et se dépasse. Cet essor, bien conduit, est d’un tout autre prix que l’accumulation possible de richesses extérieures. L’homme vaut plus par ce qu’il est que par ce qu’il a [60]. De même, tout ce que font les hommes pour faire régner plus de justice, une fraternité plus étendue, un ordre plus humain dans les rapports sociaux, dépasse en valeur les progrès techniques. Car ceux-ci peuvent bien fournir la base matérielle de la promotion humaine, mais ils sont tout à fait impuissants, par eux seuls, à la réaliser."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Voici donc la règle de l’activité humaine : qu’elle soit conforme au bien authentique de l’humanité, selon le dessein et la volonté de Dieu, et qu’elle permette à l’homme, considéré comme individu ou comme membre de la société, de s’épanouir selon la plénitude de sa vocation."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Juste autonomie des réalités terrestres"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pourtant, un grand nombre de nos contemporains semblent redouter un lien étroit entre l’activité concrète et la religion : ils y voient un danger pour l’autonomie des hommes, des sociétés et des sciences."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si, par autonomie des réalités terrestres, on veut dire que les choses créées et les sociétés elles-mêmes ont leurs lois et leurs valeurs propres, que l’homme doit peu à peu apprendre à connaître, à utiliser et à organiser, une telle exigence d’autonomie est pleinement légitime : non seulement elle est revendiquée par les hommes de notre temps, mais elle correspond à la volonté du Créateur. C’est en vertu de la création même que toutes choses sont établies selon leur consistance, leur vérité et leur excellence propres, avec leur ordonnance et leurs lois spécifiques. L’homme doit respecter tout cela et reconnaître les méthodes particulières à chacune des sciences et techniques. C’est pourquoi la recherche méthodique, dans tous les domaines du savoir, si elle est menée d’une manière vraiment scientifique et si elle suit les normes de la morale, ne sera jamais réellement opposée à la foi : les réalités profanes et celles de la foi trouvent leur origine dans le même Dieu [61]. Bien plus, celui qui s’efforce, avec persévérance et humilité, de pénétrer les secrets des choses, celui-là, même s’il n’en a pas conscience, est comme conduit par la main de Dieu, qui soutient tous les êtres et les fait ce qu’ils sont. À ce propos, qu’on nous permette de déplorer certaines attitudes qui ont existé parmi les chrétiens eux-mêmes, insuffisamment avertis de la légitime autonomie de la science. Sources de tensions et de conflits, elles ont conduit beaucoup d’esprits jusqu’à penser que science et foi s’opposaient [62]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais si, par « autonomie du temporel», on veut dire que les choses créées ne dépendent pas de Dieu et que l’homme peut en disposer sans référence au Créateur, la fausseté de tels propos ne peut échapper à quiconque reconnaît Dieu. En effet, la créature sans Créateur s’évanouit. Du reste, tous les croyants, à quelque religion qu’ils appartiennent, ont toujours entendu la voix de Dieu et sa manifestation, dans le langage des créatures. Et même, l’oubli de Dieu rend opaque la créature elle-même."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’activité humaine détériorée par le péché"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En accord avec l’expérience des siècles, l’Écriture enseigne à la famille humaine que le progrès, grand bien pour l’homme, entraîne aussi avec lui une sérieuse tentation. En effet, lorsque la hiérarchie des valeurs est troublée et que le mal et le bien s’entremêlent, les individus et groupes ne regardent plus que leurs intérêts propres et non ceux des autres. Aussi le monde ne se présente pas encore comme le lieu d’une réelle fraternité, tandis que le pouvoir accru de l’homme menace de détruire le genre humain lui-même."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Un dur combat contre les puissances des ténèbres passe à travers toute l’histoire des hommes ; commencé dès les origines, il durera, le Seigneur nous l’a dit [63] jusqu’au dernier jour. Engagé dans cette bataille, l’homme doit sans cesse combattre pour s’attacher au bien ; et ce n’est qu’au prix de grands efforts, avec la grâce de Dieu, qu’il parvient à réaliser son unité intérieure."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi l’Église du Christ reconnaît, certes, que le progrès humain peut servir au bonheur véritable des hommes, et elle fait ainsi confiance au dessein du Créateur ; mais elle ne peut pas cependant ne pas faire écho à la parole de l’Apôtre : « Ne vous modelez pas sur le monde présent » (Rm 12, 2), c’est-à-dire sur cet esprit de vanité et de malice qui change l’activité humaine, ordonnée au service de Dieu et de l’homme, en instrument de péché."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À qui demande comment une telle misère peut être surmontée, les chrétiens confessent que toutes les activités humaines, quotidiennement déviées par l’orgueil de l’homme et l’amour désordonné de soi, ont besoin d’être purifiées et amenées à leur perfection par la croix et la résurrection du Christ. Racheté par le Christ et devenu une nouvelle créature dans l’Esprit Saint, l’homme peut et doit, en effet, aimer ces choses que Dieu lui-même a créées. Car c’est de Dieu qu’il les reçoit : il les voit comme jaillissant de sa main et les respecte. Pour elles, il remercie son divin bienfaiteur, il en use et il en jouit dans un esprit de pauvreté et de liberté ; il est alors introduit dans la possession véritable du monde, comme quelqu’un qui n’a rien et qui possède tout [64]. « Car tout est à vous, mais vous êtes au Christ et le Christ est à Dieu » (1 Co 3, 22-23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’activité humaine et son achèvement dans le mystère pascal"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Verbe de Dieu, par qui tout a été fait, s’est lui-même fait chair et est venu habiter la terre des hommes [65]. Homme parfait, il est entré dans l’histoire du monde, l’assumant et la récapitulant en lui [66]. C’est lui qui nous révèle que « Dieu est charité » (cf. 1 Jn 4, 8) et qui nous enseigne en même temps que la loi fondamentale de la perfection humaine, et donc de la transformation du monde, est le commandement nouveau de l’amour. À ceux qui croient à la divine charité, il apporte ainsi la certitude que la voie de l’amour est ouverte à tous les hommes et que l’effort qui tend à instaurer une fraternité universelle n’est pas vain. Il nous avertit aussi que cette charité ne doit pas seulement s’exercer dans des actions d’éclat, mais, et avant tout, dans le quotidien de la vie. En acceptant de mourir pour nous tous, pécheurs [67], il nous apprend, par son exemple, que nous devons aussi porter cette croix que la chair et le monde font peser sur les épaules de ceux qui poursuivent la justice et la paix. Constitué Seigneur par sa résurrection, le Christ à qui tout pouvoir a été donné, au ciel et sur la terre [68] agit désormais dans le cœur des hommes par la puissance de son Esprit ; il anime aussi, purifie et fortifie ces aspirations généreuses qui poussent la famille humaine à améliorer ses conditions de vie et à soumettre à cette fin la terre entière. Assurément les dons de l’Esprit sont divers : tandis qu’il appelle certains à témoigner ouvertement du désir de la demeure céleste et à garder vivant ce témoignage dans la famille humaine, il appelle les autres à se vouer au service terrestre des hommes, préparant par ce ministère la matière du Royaume des cieux. Mais de tous il fait des hommes libres pour que, renonçant à l’amour-propre et rassemblant toutes les énergies terrestres pour la vie humaine, ils s’élancent vers l’avenir, vers ce temps où l’humanité elle-même deviendra une offrande agréable à Dieu [69]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Seigneur a laissé aux siens les arrhes de cette espérance et un aliment pour la route : le sacrement de la foi, dans lequel des éléments de la nature, cultivés par l’homme, sont changés en son Corps et en son Sang glorieux. C’est le repas de la communion fraternelle, une anticipation du banquet céleste."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Terre nouvelle et cieux nouveaux"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nous ignorons le temps de l’achèvement de la terre et de l’humanité [70], nous ne connaissons pas le mode de transformation du cosmos. Elle passe, certes, la figure de ce monde déformée par le péché [71]; mais, nous l’avons appris, Dieu nous prépare une nouvelle terre où régnera la justice [72] et dont la béatitude comblera et dépassera tous les désirs de paix qui montent au cœur de l’homme [73]. Alors, la mort vaincue, les fils de Dieu ressusciteront dans le Christ, et ce qui fut semé dans la faiblesse et la corruption revêtira l’incorruptibilité [74]. La charité et ses œuvres demeureront [75] et toute cette création que Dieu a faite pour l’homme sera délivrée de l’esclavage de la vanité [76]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certes, nous savons bien qu’il ne sert à rien à l’homme de gagner l’univers s’il vient à se perdre lui-même [77], mais l’attente de la nouvelle terre, loin d’affaiblir en nous le souci de cultiver cette terre, doit plutôt le réveiller : le corps de la nouvelle famille humaine y grandit, qui offre déjà quelque ébauche du siècle à venir. C’est pourquoi, s’il faut soigneusement distinguer le progrès terrestre de la croissance du règne du Christ, ce progrès a cependant beaucoup d’importance pour le Royaume de Dieu, dans la mesure où il peut contribuer à une meilleure organisation de la société humaine [78]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Car ces valeurs de dignité, de communion fraternelle et de liberté, tous ces fruits de notre nature et de notre industrie, que nous aurons propagés sur terre selon le commandement du Seigneur et dans son Esprit, nous les retrouverons plus tard, mais purifiés de toute souillure, illuminés, transfigurés, lorsque le Christ remettra à son Père « un Royaume éternel et universel : Royaume de vérité et de vie, Royaume de sainteté et de grâce, Royaume de justice, d’amour et de paix [79] ». Mystérieusement, le Royaume est déjà présent sur cette terre ; il atteindra sa perfection quand le Seigneur reviendra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE IV : Le rôle de l’Église dans le monde de ce temps"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rapports mutuels de l’Église et du monde"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout ce que nous avons dit sur la dignité de la personne humaine, sur la communauté des hommes, sur le sens profond de l’activité humaine, constitue le fondement du rapport qui existe entre l’Église et le monde, et la base de leur dialogue mutuel [80]. C’est pourquoi, en supposant acquis tout l’enseignement déjà fixé par le Concile sur le mystère de l’Église, ce chapitre va maintenant traiter de cette même Église en tant qu’elle est dans ce monde et qu’elle vit et agit avec lui."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Née de l’amour du Père éternel [81], fondée dans le temps par le Christ rédempteur, rassemblée dans l’Esprit Saint [82], l’Église poursuit une fin salvifique et eschatologique qui ne peut être pleinement atteinte que dans le siècle à venir. Mais, dès maintenant présente sur cette terre, elle se compose d’hommes, de membres de la cité terrestre, qui ont vocation de former, au sein même de l’histoire humaine, la famille des enfants de Dieu, qui doit croître sans cesse jusqu’à la venue du Seigneur. Unie en vue des biens célestes, riche de ces biens, cette famille « a été constituée et organisée en ce monde comme une société [83] » par le Christ, et elle a été dotée « de moyens capables d’assurer son union visible et sociale [84] ». À la fois « assemblée visible et communauté spirituelle [85] », l’Église fait ainsi route avec toute l’humanité et partage le sort terrestre du monde ; elle est comme le ferment et, pour ainsi dire, l’âme de la société humaine [86] appelée à être renouvelée dans le Christ et transformée en famille de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À vrai dire, cette compénétration de la cité terrestre et de la cité céleste ne peut être perçue que par la foi ; bien plus, elle demeure le mystère de l’histoire humaine qui, jusqu’à la pleine révélation de la gloire des fils de Dieu, sera troublée par le péché. Mais l’Église, en poursuivant la fin salvifique qui lui est propre, ne communique pas seulement à l’homme la vie divine ; elle répand aussi, et d’une certaine façon sur le monde entier, la lumière que cette vie divine irradie, notamment en guérissant et en élevant la dignité de la personne humaine, en affermissant la cohésion de la société et en procurant à l’activité quotidienne des hommes un sens plus profond, la pénétrant d’une signification plus haute. Ainsi, par chacun de ses membres comme par toute la communauté qu’elle forme, l’Église croit pouvoir largement contribuer à humaniser toujours plus la famille des hommes et son histoire."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, l’Église catholique fait grand cas de la contribution que les autres Églises chrétiennes ou communautés ecclésiales ont apportée et continuent d’apporter à la réalisation de ce même but ; et elle s’en réjouit. En même temps, elle est fermement convaincue que, pour préparer les voies à l’Évangile, le monde peut lui apporter une aide précieuse et diverse par les qualités et l’activité des individus ou des sociétés qui le composent. Voici quelques principes généraux concernant le bon développement des échanges entre l’Église et le monde et de leur aide mutuelle dans les domaines qui leur sont en quelque sorte communs."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aide que l’Église veut offrir à tout homme"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’homme moderne est en marche vers un développement plus complet de sa personnalité, vers une découverte et une affirmation toujours croissantes de ses droits. L’Église, pour sa part, qui a reçu la mission de manifester le mystère de Dieu, de ce Dieu qui est la fin ultime de l’homme, révèle en même temps à l’homme le sens de sa propre existence, c’est-à-dire sa vérité essentielle. L’Église sait parfaitement que Dieu seul, dont elle est la servante, répond aux plus profonds désirs du cœur humain que jamais ne rassasient pleinement les nourritures terrestres. Elle sait aussi que l’homme, sans cesse sollicité par l’Esprit de Dieu, ne sera jamais tout à fait indifférent au problème religieux, comme le prouvent non seulement l’expérience des siècles passés, mais de multiples témoignages de notre temps. L’homme voudra toujours connaître, ne serait-ce que confusément, la signification de sa vie, de ses activités et de sa mort. Ces problèmes, la présence même de l’Église les lui rappelle. Or Dieu seul, qui a créé l’homme à son image et l’a racheté du péché, peut répondre à ces questions en plénitude. Il le fait par la révélation dans son Fils, qui s’est fait homme. Quiconque suit le Christ, homme parfait, devient lui-même plus homme."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Appuyée sur cette foi, l’Église peut soustraire la dignité de la nature humaine à toutes les fluctuations des opinions qui, par exemple, rabaissent exagérément le corps humain, ou au contraire l’exaltent sans mesure. Aucune loi humaine ne peut assurer la dignité personnelle et la liberté de l’homme comme le fait l’Évangile du Christ, confié à l’Église. Cet Évangile annonce et proclame la liberté des enfants de Dieu, rejette tout esclavage qui enfin de compte provient du péché [87], respecte scrupuleusement la dignité de la conscience et son libre choix, enseigne sans relâche à faire fructifier tous les talents humains au service de Dieu et pour le bien des hommes, enfin confie chacun à l’amour de tous [88]. Tout cela correspond à la loi fondamentale de l’économie chrétienne. Car, si le même Dieu est à la fois Créateur et Sauveur, Seigneur et de l’histoire humaine et de l’histoire du salut, cet ordre divin lui-même, loin de supprimer la juste autonomie de la créature, et en particulier de l’homme, la rétablit et la confirme au contraire dans sa dignité."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi l’Église, en vertu de l’Évangile qui lui a été confié, proclame les droits des hommes, reconnaît et tient en grande estime le dynamisme de notre temps qui, partout, donne un nouvel élan à ces droits. Ce mouvement toutefois doit être imprégné de l’esprit de l’Évangile et garanti contre toute idée de fausse autonomie. Nous sommes, en effet, exposés à la tentation d’estimer que nos droits personnels ne sont pleinement maintenus que lorsque nous sommes dégagés de toute norme de la loi divine. Mais, en suivant cette voie, la dignité humaine, loin d’être sauvée, s’évanouit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aide que l’Église cherche à apporter à la société humaine"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’union de la famille humaine trouve une grande vigueur et son achèvement dans l’unité de la famille des fils de Dieu, fondée dans le Christ [89]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certes, la mission propre que le Christ a confiée à son Église n’est ni d’ordre politique, ni d’ordre économique ou social : le but qu’il lui a assigné est d’ordre religieux [90]. Mais, précisément, de cette mission religieuse découlent une fonction, des lumières et des forces qui peuvent servir à constituer et à affermir la communauté des hommes selon la loi divine. De même, lorsqu’il le faut et compte tenu des circonstances de temps et de lieu, l’Église peut elle-même, et elle le doit, susciter des œuvres destinées au service de tous, notamment des indigents, comme les œuvres charitables et autres du même genre."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église reconnaît aussi tout ce qui est bon dans le dynamisme social d’aujourd’hui, en particulier le mouvement vers l’unité, les progrès d’une saine socialisation et de la solidarité au plan civique et économique. En effet, promouvoir l’unité s’harmonise avec la mission profonde de l’Église, puisqu’elle est « dans le Christ, comme le sacrement, c’est-à-dire à la fois le signe et le moyen de l’union intime avec Dieu, et de l’unité de tout le genre humain [91]». Sa propre réalité manifeste ainsi au monde qu’une véritable union sociale visible découle de l’union des esprits et des cœurs, à savoir de cette foi et de cette charité, sur lesquelles, dans l’Esprit Saint, son unité est indissolublement fondée. Car l’énergie que l’Église est capable d’insuffler à la société moderne se trouve dans cette foi et dans cette charité effectivement vécues et ne s’appuie pas sur une souveraineté extérieure qui s’exercerait par des moyens purement humains."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comme de plus, de par sa mission et sa nature, l’Église n’est liée à aucune forme particulière de culture, ni à aucun système politique, économique ou social, par cette universalité même, l’Église peut être un lien très étroit entre les différentes communautés humaines et entre les différentes nations, pourvu qu’elles lui fassent confiance et lui reconnaissent en fait une authentique liberté pour l’accomplissement de sa mission. C’est pourquoi l’Église avertit ses fils, et même tous les hommes, qu’il leur faut dépasser, dans cet esprit de la famille des enfants de Dieu, toutes les dissensions entre nations et entre races et consolider de l’intérieur les légitimes associations humaines."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout ce qu’il y a de vrai, de bon, de juste, dans les institutions très variées que s’est données et que continue à se donner le genre humain, le Concile le considère donc avec un grand respect. Il déclare aussi que l’Église veut aider et promouvoir toutes ces institutions, pour autant qu’il dépend d’elle, et que cette tâche est compatible avec sa mission. Ce qu’elle désire par-dessus tout, c’est de pouvoir se développer librement, à l’avantage de tous, sous tout régime qui reconnaît les droits fondamentaux de la personne, de la famille, et les impératifs du bien commun."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aide que l’Église, par les chrétiens, cherche à apporter à l’activité humaine"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Concile exhorte les chrétiens, citoyens de l’une et de l’autre cité, à remplir avec zèle et fidélité leurs tâches terrestres, en se laissant conduire par l’esprit de l’Évangile. Ils s’éloignent de la vérité ceux qui, sachant que nous n’avons point ici-bas de cité permanente, mais que nous marchons vers la cité future [92] croient pouvoir, pour cela, négliger leurs tâches humaines, sans s’apercevoir que la foi même, compte tenu de la vocation de chacun, leur en fait un devoir plus pressant [93]. Mais ils ne se trompent pas moins ceux qui, à l’inverse, croient pouvoir se livrer entièrement à des activités terrestres en agissant comme si elles étaient tout à fait étrangères à leur vie religieuse – celle-ci se limitant alors pour eux à l’exercice du culte et à quelques obligations morales déterminées. Ce divorce entre la foi dont ils se réclament et le comportement quotidien d’un grand nombre est à compter parmi les plus graves erreurs de notre temps. Ce scandale, déjà dans l’Ancien Testament les prophètes le dénonçaient avec véhémence [94] et, dans le Nouveau Testament avec plus de force, Jésus Christ lui-même le menaçait de graves châtiments [95]. Que l’on ne crée donc pas d’opposition artificielle entre les activités professionnelles et sociales d’une part, la vie religieuse d’autre part. En manquant à ses obligations terrestres, le chrétien manque à ses obligations envers le prochain, bien plus, envers Dieu lui-même, et il met en danger son salut éternel. À l’exemple du Christ qui mena la vie d’un artisan, que les chrétiens se réjouissent plutôt de pouvoir mener toutes leurs activités terrestres en unissant dans une synthèse vitale tous les efforts humains, familiaux, professionnels, scientifiques, techniques, avec les valeurs religieuses, sous la souveraine ordonnance desquelles tout se trouve coordonné à la gloire de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aux laïcs reviennent en propre, quoique non exclusivement, les professions et les activités séculières. Lorsqu’ils agissent, soit individuellement, soit collectivement, comme citoyens du monde, ils auront donc à cœur, non seulement de respecter les lois propres à chaque discipline, mais d’y acquérir une véritable compétence. Ils aimeront collaborer avec ceux qui poursuivent les mêmes objectifs qu’eux. Conscients des exigences de leur foi et nourris de sa force, qu’ils n’hésitent pas, au moment opportun, à prendre de nouvelles initiatives et à en assurer la réalisation. C’est à leur conscience, préalablement formée, qu’il revient d’inscrire la loi divine dans la cité terrestre. Qu’ils attendent des prêtres lumières et forces spirituelles. Qu’ils ne pensent pas pour autant que leurs pasteurs aient une compétence telle qu’ils puissent leur fournir une solution concrète et immédiate à tout problème, même grave, qui se présente à eux, ou que telle soit leur mission. Mais plutôt, éclairés par la sagesse chrétienne, prêtant fidèlement attention à l’enseignement du Magistère [96], qu’ils prennent eux-mêmes leurs responsabilités."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fréquemment, c’est leur vision chrétienne des choses qui les inclinera à telle ou telle solution, selon les circonstances. Mais d’autres fidèles, avec une égale sincérité, pourront en juger autrement, comme il advient souvent et à bon droit. S’il arrive que beaucoup lient facilement, même contre la volonté des intéressés, les options des uns ou des autres avec le message évangélique, on se souviendra en pareil cas que personne n’a le droit de revendiquer d’une manière exclusive pour son opinion l’autorité de l’Église. Que toujours, dans un dialogue sincère, ils cherchent à s’éclairer mutuellement, qu’ils gardent entre eux la charité et qu’ils aient avant tout le souci du bien commun."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les laïcs, qui doivent activement participer à la vie totale de l’Église, ne doivent pas seulement s’en tenir à l’animation chrétienne du monde, mais ils sont aussi appelés à être, en toutes circonstances et au cœur même de la communauté humaine, les témoins du Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quant aux évêques, qui ont reçu la charge de diriger l’Église de Dieu, qu’ils prêchent avec leurs prêtres le message du Christ de telle façon que toutes les activités terrestres des fidèles puissent être baignées de la lumière de l’Évangile. En outre, que tous les pasteurs se souviennent que, par leur comportement quotidien et leur sollicitude [97], ils manifestent au monde un visage de l’Église d’après lequel les hommes jugent de la force et de la vérité du message chrétien. Par leur vie et par leur parole, unis aux religieux et à leurs fidèles, qu’ils fassent ainsi la preuve que l’Église, par sa seule présence, avec tous les dons qu’elle apporte, est une source inépuisable de ces énergies dont le monde d’aujourd’hui a le plus grand besoin. Qu’ils se mettent assidûment à l’étude, pour être capables d’assumer leurs responsabilités dans le dialogue avec le monde et avec des hommes de toute opinion. Mais surtout, qu’ils gardent dans leur cœur ces paroles du Concile : « Parce que le genre humain, aujourd’hui de plus en plus, tend à l’unité civile, économique et sociale, il est d’autant plus nécessaire que les prêtres, unissant leurs préoccupations et leurs moyens sous la conduite des évêques et du Souverain Pontife, écartent tout motif de dispersion pour amener l’humanité entière à l’unité de la famille de Dieu. [98] »"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bien que l’Église, par la vertu de l’Esprit Saint, soit restée l’épouse fidèle de son Seigneur et n’ait jamais cessé d’être dans le monde le signe du salut, elle sait fort bien toutefois que, au cours de sa longue histoire, parmi ses membres [99], clercs et laïcs, il n’en manque pas qui se sont montrés infidèles à l’Esprit de Dieu. De nos jours aussi, l’Église n’ignore pas quelle distance sépare le message qu’elle révèle et la faiblesse humaine de ceux auxquels cet Évangile est confié. Quel que soit le jugement de l’histoire sur ces défaillances, nous devons en être conscients et les combattre avec vigueur afin qu’elles ne nuisent pas à la diffusion de l’Évangile. Pour développer ses rapports avec le monde, l’Église sait également combien elle doit continuellement apprendre de l’expérience des siècles. Guidée par l’Esprit Saint, l’Église, notre Mère, ne cesse d’exhorter ses fils à se purifier et à se renouveler, « pour que le signe du Christ brille avec plus d’éclat sur le visage de l’Église [100] »."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aide que l’Église reçoit du monde d’aujourd’hui"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De même qu’il importe au monde de reconnaître l’Église comme une réalité sociale de l’histoire et comme son ferment, de même l’Église n’ignore pas tout ce qu’elle a reçu de l’histoire et de l’évolution du genre humain."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’expérience des siècles passés, le progrès des sciences, les richesses cachées dans les diverses cultures, qui permettent de mieux connaître l’homme lui-même et ouvrent de nouvelles voies à la vérité, sont également utiles à l’Église. En effet, dès les débuts de son histoire, elle a appris à exprimer le message du Christ en se servant des concepts et des langues des divers peuples et, de plus, elle s’est efforcée de le mettre en valeur par la sagesse des philosophes : ceci afin d’adapter l’Évangile, dans les limites convenables, et à la compréhension de tous et aux exigences des sages. À vrai dire, cette manière appropriée de proclamer la parole révélée doit demeurer la loi de toute évangélisation. C’est de cette façon, en effet, que l’on peut susciter en toute nation la possibilité d’exprimer le message chrétien selon le mode qui lui convient, et que l’on promeut en même temps un échange vivant entre l’Église et les diverses cultures [101]. Pour accroître de tels échanges, l’Église, surtout de nos jours où les choses vont si vite et où les façons de penser sont extrêmement variées, a particulièrement besoin de l’apport de ceux qui vivent dans le monde, et en épousent les formes mentales, qu’il s’agisse des croyants ou des incroyants. Il revient à tout le Peuple de Dieu, notamment aux pasteurs et aux théologiens, avec l’aide de l’Esprit Saint, de scruter, de discerner et d’interpréter les multiples langages de notre temps et de les juger à la lumière de la parole divine, pour que la vérité révélée puisse être sans cesse mieux perçue, mieux comprise et présentée sous une forme plus adaptée."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comme elle possède une structure sociale visible, signe de son unité dans le Christ, l’Église peut aussi être enrichie, et elle l’est effectivement, par le déroulement de la vie sociale : non pas comme s’il manquait quelque chose dans la constitution que le Christ lui a donnée, mais pour l’approfondir, la mieux exprimer et l’accommoder d’une manière plus heureuse à notre époque. L’Église constate avec reconnaissance qu’elle reçoit une aide variée de la part d’hommes de tout rang et de toute condition, aide qui profite aussi bien à la communauté qu’elle forme qu’à chacun de ses fils. En effet, tous ceux qui contribuent au développement de la communauté humaine au plan familial, culturel, économique et social, politique (tant au niveau national qu’au niveau international), apportent par le fait même, et en conformité avec le plan de Dieu, une aide non négligeable à la communauté ecclésiale, pour autant que celle-ci dépend du monde extérieur. Bien plus, l’Église reconnaît que, de l’opposition même de ses adversaires et de ses persécuteurs, elle a tiré de grands avantages et qu’elle peut continuer à le faire [102]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Christ, alpha et oméga"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qu’elle aide le monde ou qu’elle reçoive de lui, l’Église tend vers un but unique : que vienne le règne de Dieu et que s’établisse le salut du genre humain. D’ailleurs, tout le bien que le Peuple de Dieu, au temps de son pèlerinage terrestre, peut procurer à la famille humaine, découle de cette réalité que l’Église est « le sacrement universel du salut [103] » manifestant et actualisant tout à la fois le mystère de l’amour de Dieu pour l’homme."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Car le Verbe de Dieu, par qui tout a été fait, s’est lui-même fait chair, afin que, homme parfait, il sauve tous les hommes et récapitule toutes choses en lui. Le Seigneur est le terme de l’histoire humaine, le point vers lequel convergent les désirs de l’histoire et de la civilisation, le centre du genre humain, la joie de tous les cœurs et la plénitude de leurs aspirations [104]. C’est lui que le Père a ressuscité d’entre les morts, a exalté et à fait siéger à sa droite, le constituant juge des vivants et des morts. Vivifiés et rassemblés en son Esprit, nous marchons vers la consommation de l’histoire humaine qui correspond pleinement à son dessein d’amour : « ramener toutes choses sous un seul chef, le Christ, celles qui sont dans les cieux et celles qui sont sur la terre » (Ep 1, 10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est le Seigneur lui-même qui le dit : « Voici que je viens bientôt et ma rétribution est avec moi, pour rendre à chacun selon ses œuvres. Je suis l’alpha et l’oméga, le premier et le dernier, le commencement et la fin» (Ap 22, 12-13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deuxième partie : De quelques problèmes plus urgents"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Après avoir montré quelle est la dignité de la personne humaine et quel rôle individuel et social elle est appelée à remplir dans l’univers, le Concile, fort de la lumière de l’Évangile et de l’expérience humaine, attire maintenant l’attention de tous sur quelques questions particulièrement urgentes de ce temps qui affectent au plus haut point le genre humain."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parmi les nombreux sujets qui suscitent aujourd’hui l’intérêt général, il faut notamment retenir ceux-ci : le mariage et la famille, la culture, la vie économico-sociale, la vie politique, la solidarité des peuples et la paix. Sur chacun d’eux, il convient de projeter la lumière des principes qui nous viennent du Christ ; ainsi les chrétiens seront-ils guidés et tous les hommes éclairés dans la recherche des solutions que réclament des problèmes si nombreux et si complexes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE PREMIER : Dignité du mariage et de la famille"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le mariage et la famille dans le monde d’aujourd’hui"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La santé de la personne et de la société tant humaine que chrétienne est étroitement liée à la prospérité de la communauté conjugale et familiale. Aussi les chrétiens, en union avec tous ceux qui font grand cas de cette communauté, se réjouissent-ils sincèrement des soutiens divers qui font grandir aujourd’hui parmi les hommes l’estime de cette communauté d’amour et le respect de la vie, et qui aident les époux et les parents dans leur éminente mission. Ils en attendent en outre de meilleurs résultats et s’appliquent à les étendre."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La dignité de cette institution ne brille pourtant pas partout du même éclat puisqu’elle est ternie par la polygamie, l’épidémie du divorce, l’amour soi-disant libre, ou d’autres déformations. De plus, l’amour conjugal est trop souvent profané par l’égoïsme, l’hédonisme et par des pratiques illicites entravant la génération. Les conditions économiques, socio-psychologiques et civiles d’aujourd’hui introduisent aussi dans la famille de graves perturbations. Enfin, en certaines régions de l’univers, ce n’est pas sans inquiétude qu’on observe les problèmes posés par l’accroissement démographique. Tout cela angoisse les consciences. Et pourtant, un fait montre bien la vigueur et la solidité de l’institution matrimoniale et familiale : les transformations profondes de la société contemporaine, malgré les difficultés qu’elle provoquent, font très souvent apparaître, et de diverses façons, la nature véritable de cette institution."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi le Concile, en mettant en meilleure lumière certains points de la doctrine de l’Église, se propose d’éclairer et d’encourager les chrétiens, ainsi que tous ceux qui s’efforcent de sauvegarder et de promouvoir la dignité originelle et la valeur privilégiée et sacrée de l’état de mariage."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sainteté du mariage et de la famille"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La communauté profonde de vie et d’amour que forme le couple a été fondée et dotée de ses lois propres par le Créateur ; elle est établie sur l’alliance des conjoints, c’est-à-dire sur leur consentement personnel irrévocable. Une institution, que la loi divine confirme, naît ainsi, au regard même de la société, de l’acte humain par lequel les époux se donnent et se reçoivent mutuellement. En vue du bien des époux, des enfants et aussi de la société, ce lien sacré échappe à la fantaisie de l’homme. Car Dieu lui-même est l’auteur du mariage qui possède en propre des valeurs et des fins diverses [105] ; tout cela est d’une extrême importance pour la continuité du genre humain, pour le progrès personnel et le sort éternel de chacun des membres de la famille, pour la dignité, la stabilité, la paix et la prospérité de la famille et de la société humaine tout entière. Et c’est par sa nature même que l’institution du mariage et l’amour conjugal sont ordonnés à la procréation et à l’éducation qui, tel un sommet, en constituent le couronnement. Aussi l’homme et la femme qui, par l’alliance conjugale « ne sont plus deux, mais une seule chair » (Mt 19, 6), s’aident et se soutiennent mutuellement par l’union intime de leurs personnes et de leurs activités ; ils prennent ainsi conscience de leur unité et l’approfondissent sans cesse davantage. Cette union intime, don réciproque de deux personnes, non moins que le bien des enfants, exigent l’entière fidélité des époux et requièrent leur indissoluble unité [106]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Christ Seigneur a comblé de bénédictions cet amour aux multiples aspects, issu de la source divine de la charité, et constitué à l’image de son union avec l’Église. De même en effet que Dieu prit autrefois l’initiative d’une alliance d’amour et de fidélité avec son peuple [107], ainsi, maintenant, le Sauveur des hommes, Époux de l’Église [108], vient à la rencontre des époux chrétiens par le sacrement de mariage. Il continue de demeurer avec eux pour que les époux, par leur don mutuel, puissent s’aimer dans une fidélité perpétuelle, comme lui-même a aimé l’Église et s’est livré pour elle [109]. L’authentique amour conjugal est assumé dans l’amour divin et il est dirigé et enrichi par la puissance rédemptrice du Christ et l’action salvifique de l’Église, afin de conduire efficacement à Dieu les époux, de les aider et de les affermir dans leur mission sublime de père et de mère [110]. C’est pourquoi les époux chrétiens, pour accomplir dignement les devoirs de leur état, sont fortifiés et comme consacrés par un sacrement spécial [111]. En accomplissant leur mission conjugale et familiale avec la force de ce sacrement, pénétrés de l’Esprit du Christ qui imprègne toute leur vie de foi, d’espérance et de charité, ils parviennent de plus en plus à leur perfection personnelle et à leur sanctification mutuelle ; c’est ainsi qu’ensemble ils contribuent à la glorification de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Précédés par l’exemple et la prière commune de leurs parents, les enfants, et même tous ceux qui vivent dans le cercle familial, s’ouvriront ainsi plus facilement à des sentiments d’humanité et trouveront plus aisément le chemin du salut et de la sainteté. Quant aux époux, grandis par la dignité de leur rôle de père et de mère, ils accompliront avec conscience le devoir d’éducation qui leur revient au premier chef, notamment au plan religieux."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Membres vivants de la famille, les enfants concourent, à leur manière, à la sanctification des parents. Par leur reconnaissance, leur piété filiale et leur confiance, ils répondront assurément aux bienfaits de leurs parents et, en bons fils, ils les assisteront dans les difficultés de l’existence et dans la solitude de la vieillesse. Le veuvage, assumé avec courage dans le sillage de la vocation conjugale, sera honoré de tous [112]. Les familles se communiqueront aussi avec générosité leurs richesses spirituelles. Alors, la famille chrétienne, parce qu’elle est issue d’un mariage, sera image et participation de l’alliance d’amour qui unit le Christ et l’Église [113], manifestera à tous les hommes la présence vivante du Sauveur dans le monde et la véritable nature de l’Église, tant par l’amour des époux, leur fécondité généreuse, l’unité et la fidélité du foyer, que par la coopération amicale de tous ses membres."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’amour conjugal"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À plusieurs reprises, la Parole de Dieu a invité les fiancés à entretenir et soutenir leurs fiançailles par une affection chaste, et les époux leur union par un amour sans faille [114]. Beaucoup de nos contemporains exaltent aussi l’amour authentique entre mari et femme, manifesté de différentes manières, selon les saines coutumes des peuples et des âges. Éminemment humain puisqu’il va d’une personne vers une autre personne en vertu d’un sentiment volontaire, cet amour enveloppe le bien de la personne tout entière ; il peut donc enrichir d’une dignité particulière les expressions du corps et de la vie psychique et les valoriser comme les éléments et les signes spécifiques de l’amitié conjugale. Cet amour, par un don spécial de sa grâce et de sa charité, le Seigneur a daigné le guérir, le parfaire et l’élever. Associant l’humain et le divin, un tel amour conduit les époux à un don libre et mutuel d’eux-mêmes qui se manifeste par des sentiments et des gestes de tendresse et il imprègne toute leur vie [115] ; bien plus, il s’achève lui-même et grandit par son généreux exercice. Il dépasse donc de loin l’inclination simplement érotique qui, cultivée pour elle-même, s’évanouit vite et d’une façon pitoyable."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette affection a sa manière particulière de s’exprimer et de s’accomplir par l’œuvre propre du mariage. En conséquence, les actes qui réalisent l’union intime et chaste des époux sont des actes honnêtes et dignes. Vécus d’une manière vraiment humaine, ils signifient et favorisent le don réciproque par lequel les époux s’enrichissent tous les deux dans la joie et la reconnaissance. Cet amour, ratifié par un engagement mutuel, et par-dessus tout consacré par le sacrement du Christ, demeure indissolublement fidèle, de corps et de pensée, pour le meilleur et pour le pire ; il exclut donc tout adultère et tout divorce. De même, l’égale dignité personnelle qu’il faut reconnaître à la femme et à l’homme dans l’amour plénier qu’ils se portent l’un à l’autre fait clairement apparaître l’unité du mariage, confirmée par le Seigneur. Pour faire face avec persévérance aux obligations de cette vocation chrétienne, une vertu peu commune est requise : c’est pourquoi les époux, rendus capables par la grâce de mener une vie sainte, ne cesseront d’entretenir en eux un amour fort, magnanime, prompt au sacrifice, et ils le demanderont dans leur prière."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais le véritable amour conjugal sera tenu en plus haute estime, et une saine opinion publique se formera à son égard, si les époux chrétiens donnent ici un témoignage éminent de fidélité et d’harmonie, comme le dévouement dans l’éducation de leurs enfants, et s’ils prennent leurs responsabilités dans le nécessaire renouveau culturel, psychologique et social en faveur du mariage et de la famille. Il faut instruire à temps les jeunes, et de manière appropriée, de préférence au sein de la famille, sur la dignité de l’amour conjugal, sa fonction, son exercice : ainsi formés à la chasteté, ils pourront le moment venu, s’engager dans le mariage après des fiançailles vécues dans la dignité."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fécondité du mariage"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le mariage et l’amour conjugal sont d’eux-mêmes ordonnés à la procréation et à l’éducation. D’ailleurs, les enfants sont le don le plus excellent du mariage et ils contribuent grandement au bien des parents eux-mêmes. Dieu lui-même qui a dit : « Il n’est pas bon que l’homme soit seul» (Gn 2, 18) et qui dès l’origine a fait l’être humain homme et femme (Mt 19, 4), a voulu lui donner une participation spéciale dans son œuvre créatrice ; aussi a-t-il béni l’homme et la femme, disant : « Soyez féconds et multipliez-vous » (Gn 1, 28). Dès lors, un amour conjugal vrai et bien compris, comme toute la structure de la vie familiale qui en découle, tendent, sans sous-estimer pour autant les autres fins du mariage, à rendre les époux disponibles pour coopérer courageusement à l’amour du Créateur et du Sauveur qui, par eux, veut sans cesse agrandir et enrichir sa propre famille."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans le devoir qui leur incombe de transmettre la vie et d’être des éducateurs (ce qu’il faut considérer comme leur mission propre), les époux savent qu’ils sont les coopérateurs de l’amour du Dieu Créateur et comme ses interprètes. Ils s’acquitteront donc de leur charge en toute responsabilité humaine et chrétienne, et, dans un respect plein de docilité à l’égard de Dieu, d’un commun accord et d’un commun effort, ils se formeront un jugement droit : ils prendront en considération à la fois et leur bien et celui des enfants déjà nés ou à naître ; ils discerneront les conditions aussi bien matérielles que spirituelles de leur époque et de leur situation ; ils tiendront compte enfin du bien de la communauté familiale, des besoins de la société temporelle et de l’Église elle-même. Ce jugement, ce sont en dernier ressort les époux eux-mêmes qui doivent l’arrêter devant Dieu. Dans leur manière d’agir, que les époux chrétiens sachent bien qu’ils ne peuvent pas se conduire à leur guise, mais qu’ils ont l’obligation de toujours suivre leur conscience, une conscience qui doit se conformer à la loi divine ; et qu’ils demeurent dociles au Magistère de l’Église, interprète autorisé de cette loi à la lumière de l’Évangile. Cette loi divine manifeste la pleine signification de l’amour conjugal, elle le protège et le conduit à son achèvement vraiment humain. Ainsi, lorsque les époux chrétiens, se fiant à la Providence de Dieu et nourrissant en eux l’esprit de sacrifice [116] , assument leur rôle procréateur et prennent généreusement leurs responsabilités humaines et chrétiennes, ils rendent gloire au Créateur, et ils tendent, dans le Christ, à la perfection. Parmi ceux qui remplissent ainsi la tâche que Dieu leur a confiée, il faut accorder une mention spéciale à ceux qui, d’un commun accord et d’une manière réfléchie, acceptent de grand cœur d’élever dignement même un plus grand nombre d’enfants [117]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le mariage cependant n’est pas institué en vue de la seule procréation. Mais c’est le caractère même de l’alliance indissoluble qu’il établit entre les personnes, comme le bien des enfants, qui requiert que l’amour mutuel des époux s’exprime lui aussi dans sa rectitude, progresse et s’épanouisse. C’est pourquoi, même si, contrairement au vœu souvent très vif des époux, il n’y a pas d’enfant, le mariage, comme communauté et communion de toute la vie, demeure, et il garde sa valeur et son indissolubilité."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’amour conjugal et le respect de la vie humaine"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Concile ne l’ignore pas, les époux qui veulent conduire harmonieusement leur vie conjugale se heurtent souvent de nos jours à certaines conditions de vie et peuvent se trouver dans une situation où il ne leur est pas possible, au moins pour un temps, d’accroître le nombre de leurs enfants ; ce n’est point alors sans difficulté que sont maintenues la pratique d’un amour fidèle et la pleine communauté de vie. Là où l’intimité conjugale est interrompue, la fidélité peut courir des risques et le bien des enfants être compromis : car en ce cas sont mis en péril et l’éducation des enfants et le courage nécessaire pour en accepter d’autres ultérieurement."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il en est qui osent apporter des solutions malhonnêtes à ces problèmes et même qui ne reculent pas devant le meurtre. Mais l’Église rappelle qu’il ne peut y avoir de véritable contradiction entre les lois divines qui régissent la transmission de la vie et celles qui favorisent l’amour conjugal authentique."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En effet, Dieu, maître de la vie, a confié aux hommes le noble ministère de la vie, et l’homme doit s’en acquitter d’une manière digne de lui. La vie doit donc être sauvegardée avec un soin extrême dès la conception : l’avortement et l’infanticide sont des crimes abominables. La sexualité propre à l’homme, comme le pouvoir humain d’engendrer, l’emportent merveilleusement sur ce qui existe aux degrés inférieurs de la vie ; il s’ensuit que les actes spécifiques de la vie conjugale, accomplis selon l’authentique dignité humaine, doivent être eux-mêmes entourés d’un grand respect. Lorsqu’il s’agit de mettre en accord l’amour conjugal avec la transmission responsable de la vie, la moralité du comportement ne dépend donc pas de la seule sincérité de l’intention et de la seule appréciation des motifs ; mais elle doit être déterminée selon des critères objectifs, tirés de la nature même de la personne et de ses actes, critères qui respectent, dans un contexte d’amour véritable, la signification totale d’une donation réciproque et d’une procréation à la mesure de l’homme ; chose impossible si la vertu de chasteté conjugale n’est pas pratiquée d’un cœur loyal. En ce qui concerne la régulation des naissances, il n’est pas permis aux enfants de l’Église, fidèles à ces principes, d’emprunter des voies que le Magistère, dans l’explication de la loi divine, désapprouve [118]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par ailleurs, que tous sachent bien que la vie humaine et la charge de la transmettre ne se limitent pas aux horizons de ce monde et n’y trouvent ni leur pleine dimension, ni leur plein sens, mais qu’elles sont toujours à mettre en référence avec la destinée éternelle des hommes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La promotion du mariage et de la famille est le fait de tous"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La famille est en quelque sorte une école d’enrichissement humain. Mais, pour qu’elle puisse atteindre la plénitude de sa vie et de sa mission, elle exige une communion des âmes empreinte d’affection, une mise en commun des pensées entre les époux et aussi une attentive coopération des parents dans l’éducation des enfants. La présence agissante du père importe grandement à leur formation ; mais il faut aussi permettre à la mère, dont les enfants, surtout les plus jeunes, ont tant besoin, de prendre soin de son foyer sans toutefois négliger la légitime promotion sociale de la femme. Que les enfants soient éduqués de telle manière qu’une fois adultes, avec une entière conscience de leur responsabilité, ils puissent suivre leur vocation, y compris une vocation religieuse, et choisir leur état de vie, et que, s’ils se marient, ils puissent fonder leur propre famille dans des conditions morales, sociales et économiques favorables. Il appartient aux parents ou aux tuteurs de guider les jeunes par des avis prudents, dans la fondation d’un foyer ; volontiers écoutés des jeunes, ils veilleront toutefois à n’exercer aucune contrainte, directe ou indirecte, sur eux, soit pour les pousser au mariage, soit pour choisir leur conjoint."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi la famille, lieu de rencontre de plusieurs générations qui s’aident mutuellement à acquérir une sagesse plus étendue et à harmoniser les droits des personnes avec les autres exigences de la vie sociale, constitue-t-elle le fondement de la société. Voilà pourquoi tous ceux qui exercent une influence sur les communautés et les groupes sociaux doivent s’appliquer efficacement à promouvoir le mariage et la famille. Que le pouvoir civil considère comme un devoir sacré de reconnaître leur véritable nature, de les protéger et de les faire progresser, de défendre la moralité publique et de favoriser la prospérité des foyers. Il faut garantir le droit de procréation des parents et le droit d’élever leurs enfants au sein de la famille. Une législation prévoyante et des initiatives variées doivent également défendre et procurer l’aide qui convient à ceux qui, par malheur, sont privés d’une famille."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les chrétiens, tirant parti du temps présent [119], et discernant bien ce qui est éternel de ce qui change, devront activement promouvoir les valeurs du mariage et de la famille ; ils le feront et par le témoignage de leur vie personnelle et par une action concertée avec tous les hommes de bonne volonté. Ainsi, les difficultés écartées, ils pourvoiront aux besoins de la famille et lui assureront les avantages qui conviennent aux temps nouveaux. Pour y parvenir, le sens chrétien des fidèles, la droite conscience morale des hommes, comme la sagesse et la compétence de ceux qui s’appliquent aux sciences sacrées, seront d’un grand secours."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les spécialistes des sciences, notamment biologiques, médicales, sociales et psychologiques, peuvent beaucoup pour la cause du mariage et de la famille et la paix des consciences si, par l’apport convergent de leurs études, ils s’appliquent à tirer davantage au clair les diverses conditions favorisant une saine régulation de la procréation humaine."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il appartient aux prêtres, dûment informés en matière familiale, de soutenir la vocation des époux dans leur vie conjugale et familiale par les divers moyens de la pastorale, par la prédication de la parole divine, par le culte liturgique ou les autres secours spirituels, de les fortifier avec bonté et patience au milieu de leurs difficultés et de les réconforter avec charité pour qu’ils forment des familles vraiment rayonnantes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Des œuvres variées, notamment les associations familiales, s’efforceront par la doctrine et par l’action d’affermir les jeunes gens et les époux, surtout ceux qui sont récemment mariés, et de les former à la vie familiale, sociale et apostolique."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfin, que les époux eux-mêmes créés à l’image d’un Dieu vivant et établis dans un ordre authentique de personnes, soient unis dans une même affection, dans une même pensée et dans une mutuelle sainteté [120], en sorte que, à la suite du Christ, principe de vie [121], ils deviennent, à travers les joies et les sacrifices de leur vocation, par la fidélité de leur amour, les témoins de ce mystère de charité que le Seigneur a révélé au monde par sa mort et sa résurrection [122]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE II : L’essor de la culture"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est le propre de la personne humaine de n’accéder vraiment et pleinement à l’humanité que par la culture, c’est-à-dire en cultivant les biens et les valeurs de la nature. Toutes les fois qu’il est question de vie humaine, nature et culture sont aussi étroitement liées que possible."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Au sens large, le mot « culture » désigne tout ce par quoi l’homme affine et développe les multiples capacités de son esprit et de son corps ; s’efforce de soumettre l’univers par la connaissance et le travail ; humanise la vie sociale, aussi bien la vie familiale que l’ensemble de la vie civile, grâce au progrès des mœurs et des institutions ; traduit, communique et conserve enfin dans ses œuvres, au cours des temps, les grandes expériences spirituelles et les aspirations majeures de l’homme, afin qu’elles servent au progrès d’un grand nombre et même de tout le genre humain."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il en résulte que la culture humaine comporte nécessairement un aspect historique et social et que le mot « culture » prend souvent un sens sociologique et même ethnologique. En ce sens, on parlera de la pluralité des cultures. Car des styles de vie divers et des échelles de valeurs différentes trouvent leur source dans la façon particulière que l’on a de se servir des choses, de travailler, de s’exprimer, de pratiquer sa religion, de se conduire, de légiférer, d’établir des institutions juridiques, d’enrichir les sciences et les arts et de cultiver le beau. Ainsi, à partir des usages hérités, se forme un patrimoine propre à chaque communauté humaine. De même, par là se constitue un milieu déterminé et historique dans lequel tout homme est inséré, quels que soient sa nation ou son siècle, et d’où il tire les valeurs qui lui permettront de promouvoir la civilisation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Section 1. Situation de la culture dans le monde actuel"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nouveaux styles de vie"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les conditions de vie de l’homme moderne, au point de vue social et culturel, ont été profondément transformées, si bien que l’on peut parler d’un nouvel âge de l’histoire humaine [123]. Dès lors, des voies nouvelles s’ouvrent pour parfaire et étendre la culture. Elles ont été préparées par une poussée considérable des sciences naturelles, humaines et aussi sociales, par le développement des techniques et par l’essor et une meilleure organisation des moyens qui permettent aux hommes de communiquer entre eux. La culture moderne peut donc se caractériser ainsi : les sciences dites « exactes » développent au maximum le sens critique ; les recherches les plus récentes de la psychologie expliquent en profondeur l’activité humaine ; les disciplines historiques poussent fortement à envisager les choses sous leur aspect changeant et évolutif ; coutumes et manières de vivre tendent à s’uniformiser de plus en plus ; l’industrialisation, l’urbanisation et les autres causes qui favorisent la vie collective, créent de nouvelles formes de culture (culture de masse), d’où résultent des façons nouvelles de sentir, d’agir et d’utiliser ses loisirs. En même temps, l’accroissement des échanges entre les différentes nations et les groupes sociaux découvre plus largement à tous et à chacun les richesses des diverses cultures, et ainsi se prépare peu à peu un type de civilisation plus universel qui fait avancer l’unité du genre humain et l’exprime, dans la mesure même où il respecte mieux les particularités de chaque culture."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’homme, promoteur de la culture"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À quelque groupe ou nation qu’ils appartiennent, le nombre des hommes et des femmes qui prennent conscience d’être les artisans et les promoteurs de la culture de leur communauté croît sans cesse. Dans le monde entier progresse de plus en plus le sens de l’autonomie comme de la responsabilité ; ce qui, sans aucun doute, est de la plus haute importance pour la maturité spirituelle et morale du genre humain. On s’en aperçoit mieux encore si on ne perd pas de vue l’unification de l’univers et la mission qui nous est impartie de construire un monde meilleur dans la vérité et la justice. Nous sommes donc les témoins de la naissance d’un nouvel humanisme ; l’homme s’y définit avant tout par la responsabilité qu’il assume envers ses frères et devant l’histoire."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Difficultés et devoirs"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans de telles conditions, il n’est pas étonnant que l’homme, se sentant responsable du progrès culturel, soit animé d’un plus grand espoir, mais envisage aussi avec quelque anxiété les nombreuses antinomies qu’il lui faut résoudre."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que faut-il faire pour que la multiplication des échanges culturels, qui devraient aboutir à un dialogue vrai et fructueux entre les divers groupes et nations, ne bouleverse pas la vie des communautés, ne fasse pas échec à la sagesse ancestrale et ne mette pas en péril le génie propre de chaque peuple ?"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comment favoriser le dynamisme et l’expansion d’une culture nouvelle sans que disparaisse la fidélité vivante à l’héritage des traditions ? Cette question se pose avec une acuité particulière lorsqu’il s’agit d’harmoniser la culture, fruit du développement considérable des sciences et des techniques, avec la culture qui se nourrit d’études classiques, conformes aux différentes traditions."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comment l’émiettement si rapide et croissant des disciplines spécialisées peut-il se concilier avec la nécessité d’en faire la synthèse et avec le devoir de sauvegarder dans l’humanité les puissances de contemplation et d’admiration qui conduisent à la sagesse ?"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que faire pour permettre aux multitudes de participer aux bienfaits de la culture, alors que la culture des élites ne cesse de s’élever et de se compliquer toujours ?"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comment, enfin, reconnaître comme légitime l’autonomie que la culture réclame pour elle-même, sans pour autant en venir à un humanisme purement terrestre et même hostile à la religion ?"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est au cœur même de ces antinomies que la culture doit aujourd’hui progresser, de façon à épanouir intégralement et harmonieusement la personne humaine, de façon aussi à aider les hommes à accomplir les charges auxquelles tous sont appelés, et particulièrement les chrétiens, fraternellement unis au sein de l’unique famille humaine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Section 2. Quelques principes relatifs à la promotion culturelle"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Foi et culture"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les chrétiens, en marche vers la cité céleste, doivent rechercher et goûter les choses d’en haut [124], mais cela pourtant, loin de la diminuer, accroît plutôt la gravité de l’obligation qui est la leur de travailler avec tous les hommes à la construction d’un monde plus humain. Et, de fait, le mystère de la foi chrétienne leur fournit des stimulants et des soutiens inappréciables : ils leur permettent de s’adonner avec plus d’élan à cette tâche et surtout de découvrir l’entière signification des activités capables de donner à la culture sa place éminente dans la vocation intégrale de l’homme."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En effet, lorsqu’il cultive la terre de ses mains ou avec l’aide de moyens techniques, pour qu’elle produise des fruits et devienne une demeure digne de toute la famille humaine, et lorsqu’il prend part consciemment à la vie des groupes sociaux, l’homme réalise le plan de Dieu, manifesté au commencement des temps, de dominer la terre [125] et d’achever la création, et il se cultive lui-même. En même temps, il obéit au grand commandement du Christ de se dépenser au service de ses frères."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, en s’appliquant aux diverses disciplines, philosophie, histoire, mathématiques, sciences naturelles, et en cultivant les arts, l’homme peut grandement contribuer à ouvrir la famille humaine aux plus nobles valeurs du vrai, du bien et du beau, et à une vue des choses ayant valeur universelle : il reçoit ainsi des clartés nouvelles de cette admirable Sagesse qui depuis toujours était auprès de Dieu, disposant toutes choses avec lui, jouant sur le globe de la terre et trouvant ses délices parmi les enfants des hommes [126]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par le fait même, l’esprit humain, moins esclave des choses, peut plus facilement s’élever à l’adoration et à la contemplation du Créateur. Bien plus, il est préparé à reconnaître, sous l’impulsion de la grâce, le Verbe de Dieu qui, avant de se faire chair pour tout sauver et récapituler en lui, « était déjà dans le monde » comme la « vraie lumière qui éclaire tout homme » (Jn 1, 9-10) [127]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certes, le progrès actuel des sciences et des techniques qui, en vertu de leur méthode, ne sauraient parvenir jusqu’aux profondeurs de la réalité, peut avantager un certain phénoménisme et un certain agnosticisme, lorsque les méthodes de recherche propres à ces disciplines sont prises, à tort, comme règle suprême pour la découverte de toute vérité. Et même on peut craindre que l’homme se fiant trop aux découvertes actuelles, en vienne à penser qu’il se suffit à lui-même et qu’il n’a plus à chercher de valeurs plus hautes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cependant ces conséquences fâcheuses ne découlent pas nécessairement de la culture moderne et de doivent pas nous exposer à la tentation de méconnaître ses valeurs positives. Parmi celles-ci, il convient de signaler : le goût des sciences et la fidélité sans défaillance à la vérité dans les recherches scientifiques, la nécessité de travailler en équipe dans des groupes spécialisés, le sens de la solidarité internationale, la conscience de plus en plus nette de la responsabilité que les savants ont d’aider et même de protéger les hommes, la volonté de procurer à tous des conditions de vie plus favorables, à ceux-là surtout qui sont privés de responsabilité ou qui souffrent d’indigence culturelle. Dans toutes ces valeurs, l’accueil du message évangélique pourra trouver une sorte de préparation, et la charité divine de celui qui est venu pour sauver le monde la fera aboutir."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nombreux rapports entre la Bonne Nouvelle du Christ et la culture"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre le message de salut et la culture, il y a de multiples liens. Car Dieu, en se révélant à son peuple jusqu’à sa pleine manifestation dans son Fils incarné, a parlé selon des types de culture propres à chaque époque."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De la même façon, l’Église, qui a connu au cours des temps des conditions d’existence variées, a utilisé les ressources des diverses cultures pour répandre et exposer par sa prédication le message du Christ à toutes les nations, pour mieux le découvrir et mieux l’approfondir, pour l’exprimer plus parfaitement dans la célébration liturgique comme dans la vie multiforme de la communauté des fidèles."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais en même temps, l’Église, envoyée à tous les peuples de tous les temps et de tous les lieux, n’est liée d’une manière exclusive et indissoluble à aucune race ou nation, à aucun genre de vie particulier, à aucune coutume ancienne ou récente. Constamment fidèle à sa propre tradition et tout à la fois consciente de l’universalité de sa mission, elle peut entrer en communion avec les diverses civilisations : d’où l’enrichissement qui en résulte pour elle-même et pour les différentes cultures."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Bonne Nouvelle du Christ rénove constamment la vie et la culture de l’homme déchu ; elle combat et écarte les erreurs et les maux qui proviennent de la séduction permanente du péché. Elle ne cesse de purifier et d’élever la moralité des peuples. Par les richesses d’en haut, elle féconde comme de l’intérieur les qualités spirituelles et les dons propres à chaque peuple et à chaque âge, elle les fortifie, les parfait et les restaure dans le Christ [128]. Ainsi l’Église, en remplissant sa propre mission [129], concourt déjà, par là même, à l’œuvre civilisatrice et elle y pousse ; son action, même liturgique, contribue à former la liberté intérieure de l’homme."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Réaliser l’harmonie des différentes valeurs au sein des cultures"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour les raisons que l’on vient de dire, l’Église rappelle à tous que la culture doit être subordonnée au développement intégral de la personne, au bien de la communauté et à celui du genre humain tout entier. Aussi convient-il de cultiver l’esprit en vue de développer les puissances d’admiration, de contemplation, d’aboutir à la formation d’un jugement personnel et d’élever le sens religieux, moral et social."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La culture, en effet, puisqu’elle découle immédiatement du caractère raisonnable et social de l’homme, a sans cesse besoin d’une juste liberté pour s’épanouir et d’une légitime autonomie d’action, en conformité avec ses propres principes. Elle a donc droit au respect et jouit d’une certaine inviolabilité, à condition, évidemment, de sauvegarder les droits de la personne et de la société, particulière ou universelle, dans les limites du bien commun."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce saint Synode, reprenant à son compte l’enseignement du premier Concile du Vatican, déclare qu’il existe « deux ordres de savoir » distincts, celui de la foi et celui de la raison, et que l’Église ne s’oppose certes pas à ce que « les arts et les disciplines humaines jouissent de leurs propres principes et de leur méthode en leurs domaines respectifs » ; c’est pourquoi, « reconnaissant cette juste liberté», l’Église affirme l’autonomie légitime de la culture et particulièrement celle des sciences [130]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout ceci exige que, l’ordre moral et l’intérêt commun étant saufs, l’homme puisse librement chercher la vérité, faire connaître et divulguer ses opinions et s’adonner aux arts de son choix. Cela demande enfin qu’il soit informé impartialement des événements de la vie publique [131]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quant aux pouvoirs publics, il leur revient, non pas de déterminer le caractère propre de la civilisation, mais d’établir les conditions et de prendre les moyens susceptibles de favoriser la vie culturelle au bénéfice de tous, sans oublier les éléments minoritaires présents dans une nation [132]. Voilà pourquoi il faut éviter à tout prix que la culture, détournée de sa propre fin, soit asservie aux pouvoirs politiques et économiques."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Section 3. Quelques devoirs plus urgents des chrétiens par rapport à la culture"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La reconnaissance du droit de tous à la culture et sa réalisation pratique"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puisqu’on a maintenant la possibilité de délivrer la plupart des hommes du fléau de l’ignorance, il est un devoir qui convient au plus haut point à notre temps, surtout pour les chrétiens : celui de travailler avec acharnement à ce que, tant en matière économique qu’en matière politique, tant au plan national qu’au plan international, des décisions fondamentales soient prises de nature à faire reconnaître partout et pour tous, en harmonie avec la dignité de la personne humaine, sans distinction de race, de sexe, de nation, de religion ou de condition sociale, le droit à la culture et d’assurer sa réalisation. Il faut donc procurer à chacun une quantité suffisante de biens culturels, surtout de ceux qui constituent la culture dite « de base», pour qu’un très grand nombre ne soient pas empêchés, par l’analphabétisme et le manque d’initiative, de coopérer de manière vraiment humaine au bien commun."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En conséquence, il faut tendre à donner à ceux qui en sont capables la possibilité de poursuivre des études supérieures ; et de telle façon que, dans la mesure du possible, ils occupent des fonctions, jouent un rôle et rendent des services dans la vie sociale qui correspondent soit à leurs aptitudes, soit à la compétence qu’ils auront acquise [133]. Ainsi tout homme comme les groupes sociaux de chaque peuple pourront atteindre leur plein épanouissement culturel, conformément à leurs dons et à leurs traditions."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il faut en outre tout faire pour que chacun prenne conscience et du droit et du devoir qu’il a de se cultiver, non moins que de l’obligation qui lui incombe d’aider les autres à le faire. Il existe en effet, ici ou là, des conditions de vie et de travail qui contrarient les efforts des hommes vers la culture et qui en détruisent chez eux le goût. Ceci vaut à un titre spécial pour les agriculteurs et les ouvriers, auxquels il faut assurer des conditions de travail telles qu’elles ne les empêchent pas de se cultiver, mais bien plutôt les y poussent. Les femmes travaillent à présent dans presque tous les secteurs d’activité ; il convient cependant qu’elles puissent pleinement jouer leur rôle selon leurs aptitudes propres. Ce sera le devoir de tous de reconnaître la participation spécifique et nécessaire des femmes à la vie culturelle et de la promouvoir."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formation à une culture intégrale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De nos jours, plus que par le passé, la difficulté est grande d’opérer la synthèse entre les différentes disciplines et branches du savoir. En effet, tandis que s’accroissent la masse et la diversité des éléments culturels, dans le même temps s’amenuise la faculté pour chaque homme de les percevoir et de les harmoniser entre eux, si bien que l’image de « l’homme universel » s’évanouit de plus en plus. Cependant continue de s’imposer à chaque homme le devoir de sauvegarder l’intégralité de sa personnalité, en qui prédominent les valeurs d’intelligence, de volonté, de conscience et de fraternité, valeurs qui ont toutes leur fondement en Dieu Créateur et qui ont été guéries et élevées d’une manière admirable dans le Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La famille est au premier chef comme la mère nourricière de cette éducation : en elle, les enfants, enveloppés d’amour, découvrent plus aisément la hiérarchie des valeurs, tandis que des éléments d’une culture éprouvée s’impriment d’une manière presque inconsciente dans l’esprit des adolescents, au fur et à mesure qu’ils grandissent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour cette même éducation, les sociétés actuelles disposent, en particulier grâce à la diffusion croissante des livres et aux nouveaux moyens de communication culturelle et sociale, de ressources opportunes qui peuvent faciliter l’universalité de la culture. En effet, avec la diminution plus ou moins généralisée du temps de travail, les occasions de se cultiver se multiplient pour la plupart des hommes. Que les loisirs soient bien employés, pour se détendre et pour fortifier la santé de l’esprit et du corps : en se livrant à des activités libres et à des études désintéressées ; à l’occasion de voyages en d’autres régions (tourisme) qui affinent l’intelligence et qui, de surcroît, enrichissent chacun par la connaissance de l’autre ; également par des exercices physiques et des activités sportives qui aident à conserver un bon équilibre psychique, individuellement et aussi collectivement, et à établir des relations fraternelles entre les hommes de toutes conditions, de toutes nations ou de races différentes. Que les chrétiens collaborent donc aux manifestations et aux actions culturelles collectives qui sont de leur temps, qu’ils les humanisent et les imprègnent d’esprit chrétien."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cependant tous ces avantages ne sauraient parvenir à réaliser l’éducation culturelle intégrale de l’homme si, en même temps, on néglige de s’interroger sur la signification profonde de la culture et de la science pour la personne humaine."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Harmonie entre culture et christianisme"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bien que l’Église ait largement contribué au progrès de la culture, l’expérience montre toutefois que, pour des raisons contingentes, il n’est pas toujours facile de réaliser l’harmonie entre la culture et le christianisme."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ces difficultés ne portent pas nécessairement préjudice à la vitalité de la foi, et même elles peuvent inciter à une plus exacte et plus profonde intelligence de celle-ci. En effet, les plus récentes recherches et découvertes des sciences, ainsi que celles de l’histoire et de la philosophie, soulèvent de nouvelles questions qui comportent des conséquences pour la vie même, et exigent de nouvelles recherches de la part des théologiens eux-mêmes. Dès lors, tout en respectant les méthodes et les règles propres aux sciences théologiques, ils sont invités à chercher sans cesse la manière la plus apte de communiquer la doctrine aux hommes de leur temps : car autre chose est le dépôt même ou les vérités de la foi, autre chose la façon selon laquelle ces vérités sont exprimées à condition toutefois d’en sauvegarder le sens et la signification [134]. Que, dans la pastorale, on ait une connaissance suffisante non seulement des principes de la théologie, mais aussi des découvertes scientifiques profanes, notamment de la psychologie et de la sociologie, et qu’on en fasse usage : de la sorte, les fidèles à leur tour seront amenés à une plus grande pureté et maturité dans leur vie de foi."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À leur manière aussi, la littérature et les arts ont une grande importance pour la vie de l’Église. Ils s’efforcent en effet d’exprimer la nature propre de l’homme, ses problèmes, ses tentatives pour se connaître et se perfectionner lui-même ainsi que le monde. Ils s’appliquent à découvrir sa place dans l’histoire et dans l’univers, à mettre en lumière les misères et les joies, les besoins et les énergies des hommes et à présenter l’ébauche d’une destinée humaine plus heureuse. Ainsi sont-ils capables d’élever la vie humaine qu’ils expriment sous des formes multiples, selon les temps et les lieux."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il faut donc faire en sorte que ceux qui s’adonnent à ces arts se sentent compris par l’Église au sein même de leurs activités, et que, jouissant d’une liberté normale, ils établissent des échanges plus faciles avec la communauté chrétienne. Que les nouvelles formes d’art qui conviennent à nos contemporains, selon le génie des diverses nations et régions, soient aussi reconnues par l’Église. Et qu’on les accueille dans le sanctuaire lorsque, par des modes d’expression adaptés et conformes aux exigences de la liturgie, elles élèvent l’esprit vers Dieu [135]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi la gloire de Dieu éclate davantage ; la prédication de l’Évangile devient plus transparente à l’intelligence des hommes et apparaît comme connaturelle à leurs conditions d’existence."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que les croyants vivent donc en très étroite union avec les autres hommes de leur temps et qu’ils s’efforcent de comprendre à fond leurs façons de penser et de sentir, telles qu’elles s’expriment par la culture. Qu’ils marient la connaissance des sciences et des théories nouvelles, comme des découvertes les plus récentes, avec les mœurs et l’enseignement de la doctrine chrétienne, pour que le sens religieux et la rectitude morale marchent de pair chez eux avec la connaissance scientifique et les incessants progrès techniques ; ils pourront ainsi apprécier et interpréter toutes choses avec une sensibilité authentiquement chrétienne."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ceux qui s’appliquent aux sciences théologiques dans les séminaires et les universités aimeront collaborer avec les hommes versés dans les autres sciences, en mettant en commun leurs énergies et leurs points de vue. La recherche théologique, en même temps qu’elle approfondit la vérité révélée, ne doit pas perdre contact avec son temps, afin de faciliter une meilleure connaissance de la foi aux hommes cultivés dans les différentes branches du savoir. Cette bonne entente rendra les plus grands services à la formation des ministres sacrés : ils pourront présenter la doctrine de l’Église sur Dieu, l’homme et le monde d’une manière mieux adaptée à nos contemporains, qui accueilleront d’autant plus volontiers leur parole [136]. Bien plus, il faut souhaiter que de nombreux laïcs reçoivent une formation suffisante dans les sciences sacrées, et que plusieurs parmi eux se livrent à ces études ex professo et les approfondissent. Mais, pour qu’ils puissent mener leur tâche à bien, qu’on reconnaisse aux fidèles, aux clercs comme aux laïcs, une juste liberté de recherche et de pensée, comme une juste liberté de faire connaître humblement et courageusement leur manière de voir, dans le domaine de leur compétence [137]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE III : La vie économico-sociale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quelques traits de la vie économique"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans la vie économico-sociale aussi, il faut honorer et promouvoir la dignité de la personne humaine, sa vocation intégrale et le bien de toute la société. C’est l’homme en effet qui est l’auteur, le centre et le but de toute la vie économico-sociale."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comme tout autre domaine de la vie sociale, l’économie moderne se caractérise par une emprise croissante de l’homme sur la nature, la multiplication et l’intensification des relations et des interdépendances entre individus, groupes et peuples, et la fréquence accrue des interventions du pouvoir politique. En même temps, le progrès dans les modes de production et dans l’organisation des échanges de biens et de services a fait de l’économie un instrument apte à mieux satisfaire les besoins accrus de la famille humaine."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pourtant les sujets d’inquiétude ne manquent pas. Beaucoup d’hommes, surtout dans les régions du monde économiquement développées, apparaissent comme dominés par l’économique : presque toute leur existence personnelle et sociale est imbue d’un certain « économisme», et cela aussi bien dans les pays favorables à l’économie collectiviste que dans les autres. À un moment où le développement de l’économie, orienté et coordonné d’une manière rationnelle et humaine, permettrait d’atténuer les inégalités sociales, il conduit trop souvent à leur aggravation et même, ici ou là, à une régression de la condition sociale des faibles et au mépris des pauvres. Alors que des foules immenses manquent encore du strict nécessaire, certains, même dans les régions moins développées, vivent dans l’opulence ou gaspillent sans compter. Le luxe côtoie la misère. Tandis qu’un petit nombre d’hommes disposent d’un très ample pouvoir de décision, beaucoup sont privés de presque toute possibilité d’initiative personnelle et de responsabilité ; souvent même, ils sont placés dans des conditions de vie et de travail indignes de la personne humaine."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De semblables déséquilibres économiques et sociaux se produisent entre le secteur agricole, le secteur industriel et les services, comme aussi entre les diverses régions d’un seul et même pays. Entre les nations économiquement plus développées et les autres nations, une opposition de plus en plus aiguë se manifeste, capable de mettre en péril jusqu’à la paix du monde."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les hommes de notre temps prennent une conscience de plus en plus vive de ces disparités : ils sont profondément persuadés que les techniques nouvelles et les ressources économiques accrues dont dispose le monde pourraient et devraient corriger ce funeste état de choses. Mais pour cela de nombreuses réformes sont nécessaires dans la vie économico-sociale ; il y faut aussi, de la part de tous, une conversion des mentalités et des attitudes. Dans ce but, l’Église, au cours des siècles, a explicité à la lumière de l’Évangile des principes de justice et d’équité, demandés par la droite raison, tant pour la vie individuelle et sociale que pour la vie internationale ; et elle les a proclamés surtout ces derniers temps. Compte tenu de la situation présente, le Concile entend les confirmer et indiquer quelques orientations en prenant particulièrement en considération les exigences du développement économique [138]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Section 1. Le développement économique"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le développement économique au service de l’homme"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aujourd’hui plus que jamais, pour faire face à l’accroissement de la population et pour répondre aux aspirations plus vastes du genre humain, on s’efforce à bon droit d’élever le niveau de la production agricole et industrielle, ainsi que le volume des services offerts. C’est pourquoi il faut encourager le progrès technique, l’esprit d’innovation, la création et l’extension d’entreprises, l’adaptation des méthodes, les efforts soutenus de tous ceux qui participent à la production, en un mot tout ce qui peut contribuer à cet essor. Mais le but fondamental d’une telle production n’est pas la seule multiplication des biens produits, ni le profit ou la puissance ; c’est le service de l’homme : de l’homme tout entier, selon la hiérarchie de ses besoins matériels comme des exigences de sa vie intellectuelle, morale, spirituelle et religieuse ; de tout homme, disons-nous, de tout groupe d’hommes, sans distinction de race ou de continent. C’est pourquoi l’activité économique, conduite selon ses méthodes et ses lois propres, doit s’exercer dans les limites de l’ordre moral [139], afin de répondre au dessein de Dieu sur l’homme [140]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Contrôle de l’homme sur le développement économique"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le développement doit demeurer sous le contrôle de l’homme. Il ne doit pas être abandonné à la discrétion d’un petit nombre d’hommes ou de groupes jouissant d’une trop grande puissance économique, ni à celle de la communauté politique où à celle de quelques nations plus puissantes. Il convient au contraire que le plus grand nombre possible d’hommes, à tous les niveaux, et au plan international l’ensemble des nations, puissent prendre une part active à son orientation. Il faut de même que les initiatives spontanées des individus et de leurs libres associations soient coordonnées avec l’action des pouvoirs publics, et qu’elles soient ajustées et harmonisées entre elles."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le développement ne peut être laissé ni au seul jeu quasi automatique de l’activité économique des individus, ni à la seule puissance publique. Il faut donc dénoncer les erreurs aussi bien des doctrines qui s’opposent aux réformes indispensables au nom d’une fausse conception de la liberté, que des doctrines qui sacrifient les droits fondamentaux des personnes et des groupes à l’organisation collective de la production [141]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par ailleurs, les citoyens doivent se rappeler que c’est leur droit et leur devoir (et le pouvoir civil doit lui aussi le reconnaître) de contribuer selon leurs moyens au progrès véritable de la communauté à laquelle ils appartiennent. Dans les pays en voie de développement surtout, où l’emploi de toutes les disponibilités s’impose avec un caractère d’urgence, ceux qui gardent leurs ressources inemployées mettent gravement en péril le bien commun ; il en va de même de ceux qui privent leur communauté des moyens matériels et spirituels dont elle a besoin, le droit personnel de migration étant sauf."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il faut mettre un terme aux immenses disparités économico-sociales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour répondre aux exigences de la justice et de l’équité, il faut s’efforcer vigoureusement, dans le respect des droits personnels et du génie propre de chaque peuple, de faire disparaître le plus rapidement possible les énormes inégalités économiques qui s’accompagnent de discrimination individuelle et sociale ; de nos jours elles existent et souvent elles s’aggravent. De même, en bien des régions, étant donné les difficultés particulières de la production et de la commercialisation dans le secteur agricole, il faut aider les agriculteurs à accroître cette production et à la vendre, à réaliser les transformations et les innovations nécessaires, à obtenir enfin un revenu équitable ; sinon ils demeureront, comme il arrive trop souvent, des citoyens de seconde zone. De leur côté, les agriculteurs, les jeunes surtout, doivent s’appliquer avec énergie à améliorer leur compétence professionnelle, sans laquelle l’agriculture ne saurait progresser [142]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De même, la justice et l’équité exigent que la mobilité, nécessaire à des économies en progrès, soit aménagée de façon à éviter aux individus et à leurs familles des conditions de vie instables et précaires. À l’égard des travailleurs en provenance d’autres pays ou d’autres régions qui apportent leur concours à la croissance économique d’un peuple ou d’une province, on se gardera soigneusement de toute espèce de discrimination en matière de rémunération ou de conditions de travail. De plus, tous les membres de la société, en particulier les pouvoirs publics, doivent les traiter comme des personnes et non comme de simples instruments de production : faciliter la présence auprès d’eux de leur famille, les aider à se procurer un logement décent et favoriser leur insertion dans la vie sociale du pays ou de la région d’accueil. On doit cependant, dans la mesure du possible, créer des emplois dans leurs régions d’origine elles-mêmes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans les économies actuellement en transition comme dans les formes nouvelles de la société industrielle, marquées par exemple par le progrès de l’automation, il faut se préoccuper d’assurer à chacun un emploi suffisant et adapté, et la possibilité d’une formation technique et professionnelle adéquate. On doit aussi garantir les moyens d’existence et la dignité humaine de ceux qui, surtout en raison de la maladie ou de l’âge, se trouvent dans une situation plus difficile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Section 2. Principes directeurs de l’ensemble de la vie économico-sociale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Travail, conditions de travail, loisirs"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le travail des hommes, celui qui s’exerce dans la production et l’échange de biens ou dans la prestation de services économiques, passe avant les autres éléments de la vie économique, qui n’ont valeur que d’instruments."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce travail, en effet, qu’il soit entrepris de manière indépendante ou par contrat avec un employeur, procède immédiatement de la personne : celle-ci marque en quelque sorte la nature de son empreinte et la soumet à ses desseins. Par son travail, l’homme assure habituellement sa subsistance et celle de sa famille, s’associe à ses frères et leur rend service, peut pratiquer une vraie charité et coopérer à l’achèvement de la création divine. Bien plus, par l’hommage de son travail à Dieu, nous tenons que l’homme est associé à l’œuvre rédemptrice de Jésus Christ qui a donné au travail une dignité éminente en œuvrant de ses propres mains à Nazareth. De là découlent pour tout homme le devoir de travailler loyalement aussi bien que le droit au travail. En fonction des circonstances concrètes, la société doit, pour sa part, aider les citoyens en leur permettant de se procurer un emploi suffisant. Enfin, compte tenu des fonctions et de la productivité de chacun, de la situation de l’entreprise et du bien commun, la rémunération du travail doit assurer à l’homme des ressources qui lui permettent, à lui et à sa famille, une vie digne sur le plan matériel, social, culturel et spirituel [143]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comme l’activité économique est le plus souvent le fruit du travail associé des hommes, il est injuste et inhumain de l’organiser et de l’ordonner au détriment de quelque travailleur que ce soit. Or il est trop courant, même de nos jours, que ceux qui travaillent soient en quelque sorte asservis à leurs propres œuvres ; ce que de soi-disant lois économiques ne justifient en aucun façon. Il importe donc d’adapter tout le processus du travail productif aux besoins de la personne et aux modalités de son existence, en particulier de la vie du foyer (surtout en ce qui concerne les mères de famille), en tenant toujours compte du sexe et de l’âge. Les travailleurs doivent aussi avoir la possibilité de développer leurs qualités et leur personnalité dans l’exercice même de leur travail. Tout en y appliquant leur temps et leurs forces d’une manière consciencieuse, que tous jouissent par ailleurs d’un temps de repos et de loisir suffisant qui leur permette aussi d’entretenir une vie familiale, culturelle, sociale et religieuse. Bien plus, ils doivent avoir la possibilité de déployer librement des facultés et des capacités qu’ils ont peut-être peu l’occasion d’exercer dans leur travail professionnel."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Participation dans l’entreprise et dans l’organisation économique globale. Conflits du travail"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans les entreprises économiques, ce sont des personnes qui sont associées entre elles, c’est-à-dire des êtres libres et autonomes, créés à l’image de Dieu. Aussi, en prenant en considération les fonctions des uns et des autres, propriétaires, employeurs, cadres, ouvriers, et en sauvegardant la nécessaire unité de direction, il faut promouvoir, selon des modalités à déterminer au mieux, la participation active de tous à la gestion des entreprises [144]. Et comme, bien souvent, ce n’est déjà plus au niveau de l’entreprise, mais à des instances supérieures, que se prennent les décisions économiques et sociales dont dépend l’avenir des travailleurs et de leurs enfants, ceux-ci doivent également participer à ces décisions, soit par eux-mêmes, soit par leurs représentants librement choisis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il faut mettre au rang des droits fondamentaux de la personne le droit des travailleurs de fonder librement des associations capables de les représenter d’une façon valable et de collaborer à la bonne organisation de la vie économique, ainsi que le droit de prendre librement part aux activités de ces associations, sans courir le risque de représailles. Grâce à cette participation organisée, jointe à un progrès de la formation économique et sociale, le sens des responsabilités grandira de plus en plus chez tous : ils seront ainsi amenés à se sentir associés, selon leurs moyens et leurs aptitudes personnels, à l’ensemble du développement économique et social ainsi qu’à la réalisation du bien commun universel."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En cas de conflits économico-sociaux, on doit s’efforcer de parvenir à une solution pacifique. Mais, s’il faut toujours recourir d’abord au dialogue sincère entre les parties, la grève peut cependant, même dans les circonstances actuelles, demeurer un moyen nécessaire, bien qu’ultime, pour la défense des droits propres et la réalisation des justes aspirations des travailleurs. Que les voies de la négociation et du dialogue soient toutefois reprises, dès que possible, en vue d’un accord."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les biens de la terre sont destinés à tous les hommes"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieu a destiné la terre et tout ce qu’elle contient à l’usage de tous les hommes et de tous les peuples, en sorte que les biens de la création doivent équitablement affluer entre les mains de tous, selon la règle de la justice, inséparable de la charité [145]. Quelles que soient les formes de la propriété, adaptées aux légitimes institutions des peuples, selon des circonstances diverses et changeantes, on doit toujours tenir compte de cette destination universelle des biens. C’est pourquoi l’homme, dans l’usage qu’il en fait, ne doit jamais tenir les choses qu’il possède légitimement comme n’appartenant qu’à lui, mais les regarder aussi comme communes : en ce sens qu’elles puissent profiter non seulement à lui, mais aussi aux autres [146]. D’ailleurs, tous les hommes ont le droit d’avoir une part suffisante de biens pour eux-mêmes et leur famille. C’est ce qu’on pensé les Pères et les docteurs de l’Église qui enseignaient que l’on est tenu d’aider les pauvres, et pas seulement au moyen de son superflu [147]. Quant à celui qui se trouve dans l’extrême nécessité, il a le droit de se procurer l’indispensable à partir des richesses d’autrui [148]. Devant un si grand nombre d’affamés de par le monde, le Concile insiste auprès de tous et auprès des autorités pour qu’ils se souviennent de ce mot des Pères : « Donne à manger à celui qui meurt de faim car, si tu ne lui as pas donné à manger, tu l’as tué [149] » ; et pour que, selon les possibilités de chacun, ils partagent et emploient vraiment leurs biens en procurant avant tout aux individus et aux peuples les moyens qui leur permettront de s’aider eux-mêmes et de se développer."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fréquemment, dans des sociétés économiquement moins développées, la destination commune des biens est partiellement réalisée par des coutumes et des traditions communautaires, garantissant à chaque membre les biens les plus nécessaires. Certes, il faut éviter de considérer certaines coutumes comme tout à fait immuables, si elles ne répondent plus aux nouvelles exigences de ce temps ; mais, à l’inverse, il ne faut pas attenter imprudemment à ces coutumes honnêtes qui, sous réserve d’une saine modernisation, peuvent encore rendre de grands services. De même, dans les pays économiquement très développés, un réseau d’institutions sociales, d’assurance et de sécurité, peut réaliser en partie la destination commune des biens. Il importe de poursuivre le développement des services familiaux et sociaux, principalement de ceux qui contribuent à la culture et à l’éducation. Mais, dans l’aménagement de toutes ces institutions, il faut veiller à ce que le citoyen ne soit pas conduit à adopter vis-à-vis de la société une attitude de passivité, d’irresponsabilité ou de refus de service."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-70",
              "number": "70",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Investissements et question monétaire"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les investissements, de leur côté, doivent tendre à assurer des emplois et des revenus suffisants tant à la population active d’aujourd’hui qu’à celle de demain. Tous ceux qui décident de ces investissements, comme de l’organisation de la vie économique (individus, groupes, pouvoirs publics) doivent avoir ces buts à cœur et se montrer conscients de leurs graves obligations ; d’une part, prendre des dispositions pour faire face aux nécessités d’une vie décente, tant pour les individus que pour la communauté tout entière ; d’autre part, prévoir l’avenir et assurer un juste équilibre entre les besoins de la consommation actuelle, individuelle et collective, et les exigences d’investissement pour la génération qui vient. On doit également avoir toujours en vue les besoins pressants des nations et des régions économiquement moins avancées. Par ailleurs, en matière monétaire, il faut se garder d’attenter au bien de son propre pays ou à celui des autres nations. On doit s’assurer en outre que ceux qui sont économiquement faibles ne soient pas injustement lésés par des changements dans la valeur de la monnaie."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-71",
              "number": "71",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Accès à la propriété et au pouvoir privé sur les biens. Problème des latifundia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La propriété et les autres formes de pouvoir privé sur les biens extérieurs contribuent à l’expression de la personne et lui donnent l’occasion d’exercer sa responsabilité dans la société et l’économie. Il est donc très important de favoriser l’accession des individus et des groupes à un certain pouvoir sur les biens extérieurs."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La propriété privée ou un certain pouvoir sur les biens extérieurs assurent à chacun une zone indispensable d’autonomie personnelle et familiale ; il faut les regarder comme un prolongement de la liberté humaine. Enfin, en stimulant l’exercice de la responsabilité, ils constituent l’une des conditions des libertés civiles [150]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les formes d’un tel pouvoir ou propriété sont aujourd’hui variées ; et leur diversité ne cesse de s’amplifier. Toutes cependant demeurent, à côté des fonds sociaux, des droits et des services garantis par la société, une source de sécurité non négligeable. Et ceci n’est pas vrai des seules propriétés matérielles, mais aussi des biens immatériels, comme les capacités professionnelles."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La légitimité de la propriété privée ne fait toutefois pas obstacle à celle des divers modes de propriétés publiques, à condition que le transfert des biens au domaine public soit effectué par la seule autorité compétente, selon les exigences du bien commun, dans les limites de celui-ci et au prix d’une indemnisation équitable. L’État a, par ailleurs, compétence pour empêcher qu’on abuse de la propriété privée contrairement au bien commun [151]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De par sa nature même, la propriété privée a aussi un caractère social, fondé dans la loi de commune destination des biens [152]. Là où ce caractère social n’est pas respecté, la propriété peut devenir une occasion fréquente de convoitises et de graves désordres : prétexte est ainsi donné à ceux qui contestent le droit même de propriété."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans plusieurs régions économiquement moins développées, il existe des domaines ruraux étendus et même immenses, médiocrement cultivés ou mis en réserve à des fins de spéculation, alors que la majorité de la population est dépourvue de terres ou n’en détient qu’une quantité dérisoire et que, d’autre part, l’accroissement de la production agricole présente un caractère d’urgence évident. Souvent, ceux qui sont employés par les propriétaires de ces grands domaines, ou en cultivent des parcelles louées, ne reçoivent que des salaires ou des revenus indignes de l’homme ; ils ne disposent pas de logement décent et sont exploités par des intermédiaires. Dépourvus de toute sécurité, ils vivent dans une dépendance personnelle telle qu’elle leur interdit presque toute possibilité d’initiative et de responsabilité, toute promotion culturelle, toute participation à la vie sociale et politique. Des réformes s’imposent donc, visant, selon les cas, à accroître les revenus, à améliorer les conditions de travail et la sécurité de l’emploi, à favoriser l’initiative, et même à répartir les propriétés insuffisamment cultivées au bénéfice d’hommes capables de les faire valoir. En l’occurrence, les ressources et les instruments indispensables doivent leur être assurés, en particulier les moyens d’éducation et la possibilité d’une juste organisation de type coopératif. Chaque fois que le bien commun exigera l’expropriation, l’indemnisation devra s’apprécier selon l’équité, compte tenu de toutes les circonstances."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-72",
              "number": "72",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’activité économico-sociale et le Royaume du Christ"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les chrétiens actifs dans le développement économico-social et dans la lutte pour le progrès de la justice et de la charité doivent être persuadés qu’ils peuvent ainsi beaucoup pour la prospérité de l’humanité et la paix du monde. Dans ces diverses activités, qu’ils brillent par leur exemple, individuel et collectif. Tout en s’assurant la compétence et l’expérience absolument indispensables, qu’ils maintiennent, au milieu des activités terrestres, une juste hiérarchie des valeurs, fidèles au Christ et à son Évangile, pour que toute leur vie, tant individuelle que sociale, soit pénétrée de l’esprit des Béatitudes, et en particulier de l’esprit de pauvreté."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quiconque, suivant le Christ, cherche d’abord le Royaume de Dieu, y trouve un amour plus fort et plus pur pour aider tous ses frères et pour accomplir une œuvre de justice, sous l’impulsion de l’amour [153]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE IV : La vie de la communauté politique"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-73",
              "number": "73",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vie publique aujourd’hui"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De profondes transformations se remarquent aussi de nos jours dans les structures et dans les institutions des peuples ; elles accompagnent leur évolution culturelle, économique et sociale. Ces changements exercent une grande influence sur la vie de la communauté politique, notamment en ce qui concerne les droits et les devoirs de chacun dans l’exercice de la liberté civique et dans la poursuite du bien commun, comme pour ce qui regarde l’organisation des relations des citoyens entre eux et avec les pouvoirs publics."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La conscience de la dignité humaine est devenue plus vive. D’où, en diverses régions du monde, l’effort pour instaurer un ordre politico-juridique dans lequel les droits de la personne au sein de la vie publique soient mieux protégés : par exemple, les droits de libre réunion et d’association, le droit d’exprimer ses opinions personnelles et de professer sa religion en privé et en public. La garantie des droits de la personne est en effet une condition indispensable pour que les citoyens, individuellement ou en groupe, puissent participer activement à la vie et à la gestion des affaires publiques."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En étroite liaison avec le progrès culturel, économique et social, le désir s’affirme chez un grand nombre d’hommes de prendre davantage part à l’organisation de la communauté politique. Dans la conscience de beaucoup s’intensifie le souci de préserver les droits des minorités à l’intérieur d’une nation, sans négliger pour autant leurs obligations à l’égard de la communauté politique. De plus, le respect de ceux qui professent une opinion ou une religion différentes grandit de jour en jour. En même temps, une plus large collaboration s’établit, capable d’assurer à tous les citoyens, et non seulement à quelques privilégiés, la jouissance effective des droits attachés à la personne."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On rejette au contraire toutes les formes politiques, telles qu’elles existent en certaines régions, qui font obstacle à la liberté civile ou religieuse, multiplient les victimes des passions et des crimes politiques et détournent au profit de quelque faction ou des gouvernants eux-mêmes l’action de l’autorité au lieu de la faire servir au bien commun."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour instaurer une vie politique vraiment humaine, rien n’est plus important que de développer le sens intérieur de la justice, de la bonté, le dévouement au bien commun, et de renforcer les convictions fondamentales sur la nature véritable de la communauté politique, comme sur la fin, le bon exercice et les limites de l’autorité publique."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-74",
              "number": "74",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nature et fin de la communauté politique"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Individus, familles, groupements divers, tous ceux qui constituent la communauté civile, ont conscience de leur impuissance à réaliser seuls une vie pleinement humaine et perçoivent la nécessité d’une communauté plus vaste à l’intérieur de laquelle tous conjuguent quotidiennement leurs forces en vue d’une réalisation toujours plus parfaite du bien commun [154]. C’est pourquoi ils forment une communauté politique selon des types institutionnels variés. Celle-ci existe donc pour le bien commun ; elle trouve en lui sa pleine justification et sa signification et c’est de lui qu’elle tire l’origine de son droit propre. Quant au bien commun, il comprend l’ensemble des conditions de vie sociale qui permettent aux hommes, aux familles et aux groupements de s’accomplir plus complètement et plus facilement [155]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais les hommes qui se retrouvent dans la communauté politique sont nombreux, différents, et ils peuvent à bon droit incliner vers des opinions diverses. Aussi, pour empêcher que, chacun opinant dans son sens, la communauté politique ne se disloque, une autorité s’impose qui soit capable d’orienter vers le bien commun les énergies de tous, non d’une manière mécanique ou despotique, mais en agissant avant tout comme une force morale qui prend appui sur la liberté et le sens de la responsabilité."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De toute évidence, la communauté politique et l’autorité publique trouvent donc leur fondement dans la nature humaine et relèvent par là d’un ordre fixé par Dieu, encore que la détermination des régimes politiques, comme la désignation des dirigeants, soient laissées à la libre volonté des citoyens [156]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il s’ensuit également que l’exercice de l’autorité politique, soit à l’intérieur de la communauté comme telle, soit dans les organismes qui représentent l’État, doit toujours se déployer dans les limites de l’ordre moral, en vue du bien commun (mais conçu d’une manière dynamique), conformément à un ordre juridique légitimement établi ou à établir. Alors les citoyens sont en conscience tenus à l’obéissance [157]. D’où, assurément, la responsabilité, la dignité et l’importance du rôle de ceux qui gouvernent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si l’autorité publique, débordant sa compétence, opprime les citoyens, que ceux-ci ne refusent pas ce qui est objectivement requis par le bien commun ; mais qu’il leur soit cependant permis de défendre leurs droits et ceux de leurs concitoyens contre les abus du pouvoir, en respectant les limites tracées par la loi naturelle et la loi évangélique."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quant aux modalités concrètes par lesquelles une communauté politique se donne sa structure et organise le bon équilibre des pouvoirs publics, elles peuvent être diverses, selon le génie propre de chaque peuple et la marche de l’histoire. Mais elles doivent toujours servir à la formation d’un homme cultivé, pacifique, bienveillant à l’égard de tous, pour l’avantage de toute la famille humaine."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-75",
              "number": "75",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Collaboration de tous à la vie publique"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il est pleinement conforme à la nature de l’homme que l’on trouve des structures politico-juridiques qui offrent sans cesse davantage à tous les citoyens, sans aucune discrimination, la possibilité effective de prendre librement et activement part tant à l’établissement des fondements juridiques de la communauté politique qu’à la gestion des affaires publiques, à la détermination du champ d’action et des buts des différents organes, et à l’élection des gouvernants [158]. Que tous les citoyens se souviennent donc à la fois du droit et du devoir qu’ils ont d’user de leur libre suffrage, en vue du bien commun. L’Église tient en grande considération et estime l’activité de ceux qui se consacrent au bien de la chose publique et en assurent les charges pour le service de tous."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour que la coopération de citoyens responsables aboutisse à d’heureux résultats dans la vie politique de tous les jours, un statut de droit positif est nécessaire, qui organise une répartition convenable des fonctions et des organes du pouvoir ainsi qu’une protection efficace des droits, indépendante de quiconque. Que les droits de toutes les personnes, des familles et des groupes, ainsi que leur exercice, soient reconnus, respectés et valorisés [159], non moins que les devoirs civiques auxquels sont astreints tous les citoyens. Parmi ces derniers, il faut rappeler l’obligation de rendre à l’État les services matériels et personnels requis par le bien commun. Les gouvernants se garderont de faire obstacle aux associations familiales, sociales et culturelles, aux corps et institutions intermédiaires, ou d’empêcher leurs activités légitimes et efficaces ; qu’ils aiment plutôt les favoriser, dans l’ordre. Quant aux citoyens, individuellement ou en groupe, qu’ils évitent de conférer aux pouvoirs publics une trop grande puissance ; qu’ils ne s’adressent pas à eux d’une manière intempestive pour réclamer des secours et des avantages excessifs, au risque d’amoindrir la responsabilité des personnes, des familles et des groupes sociaux."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À notre époque, la complexité croissante des circonstances oblige les pouvoirs publics à intervenir plus fréquemment, en matière sociale, économique et culturelle, pour préparer des conditions plus favorables qui permettent aux citoyens et aux groupes de poursuivre d’une manière plus efficace la réalisation du bien complet de l’homme, dans la liberté. Assurément, selon les régions et selon l’évolution des peuples, les relations entre la socialisation [160] et l’autonomie ou de développement de la personne peuvent être comprises de divers façons. Mais si, en vue du bien commun, on restreint pour un temps l’exercice des droits, que l’on rétablisse au plus tôt la liberté quand les circonstances auront changé. Il est en tout cas inhumain que le gouvernement en vienne à des formes totalitaires ou à des formes dictatoriales qui lèsent gravement le droit des personnes ou des groupes sociaux."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que les citoyens cultivent avec magnanimité et loyauté l’amour de la patrie, mais sans étroitesse d’esprit, c’est-à-dire de telle façon qu’en même temps ils prennent toujours en considération le bien de toute la famille humaine qui rassemble races, peuples et nations, unis par toutes sortes de liens."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tous les chrétiens doivent prendre conscience du rôle particulier et propre qui leur échoit dans la communauté politique : ils sont tenus à donner l’exemple en développant en eux le sens des responsabilités et du dévouement au bien commun ; ils montreront ainsi par les faits comment on peut harmoniser l’autorité avec la liberté, l’initiative personnelle avec la solidarité et les exigences de tout le corps social, les avantages de l’unité avec les diversités fécondes. En ce qui concerne l’organisation des choses terrestres, qu’ils reconnaissent comme légitimes des manières de voir par ailleurs opposées entre elles et qu’ils respectent les citoyens qui, en groupe aussi, défendent honnêtement leur opinion. Quant aux partis politiques, ils ont le devoir de promouvoir ce qui, à leur jugement, est exigé par le bien commun ; mais il ne leur est jamais permis de préférer à celui-ci leur intérêt propre."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour que tous les citoyens soient en mesure de jouer leur rôle dans la vie de la communauté politique, on doit avoir un grand souci de l’éducation civique et politique ; elle est particulièrement nécessaire aujourd’hui, soit pour l’ensemble des peuples, soit, et surtout, pour les jeunes. Ceux qui sont, ou peuvent devenir, capables d’exercer l’art très difficile, mais aussi très noble [161] de la politique, doivent s’y préparer ; qu’ils s’y livrent avec zèle, sans se soucier de leur intérêt personnel ni des avantages matériels. Ils lutteront avec intégrité et prudence contre l’injustice et l’oppression, contre l’absolutisme et l’intolérance, qu’elles soient le fait d’un homme ou d’un parti politique ; et ils se dévoueront au bien de tous avec sincérité et droiture, bien plus, avec l’amour et le courage requis par la vie politique."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-76",
              "number": "76",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La communauté politique et l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Surtout là où existe une société de type pluraliste, il est d’une haute importance que l’on ait une vue juste des rapports entre la communauté politique et l’Église ; et que l’on distingue nettement entre les actions que les fidèles, isolément ou en groupe, posent en leur nom propre comme citoyens, guidés par leur conscience chrétienne, et les actions qu’ils mènent au nom de l’Église, en union avec leurs pasteurs."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église qui, en raison de sa charge et de sa compétence, ne se confond d’aucune manière avec la communauté politique et n’est liée à aucun système politique, est à la fois le signe et la sauvegarde du caractère transcendant de la personne humaine."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sur le terrain qui leur est propre, la communauté politique et l’Église sont indépendantes l’une de l’autre et autonomes. Mais toutes deux, quoique à des titres divers, sont au service de la vocation personnelle et sociale des mêmes hommes. Elles exerceront d’autant plus efficacement ce service pour le bien de tous qu’elles rechercheront davantage entre elles une saine coopération, en tenant également compte des circonstances de temps et de lieu. L’homme, en effet, n’est pas limité aux seuls horizons terrestres, mais, vivant dans l’histoire humaine, il conserve intégralement sa vocation éternelle. Quant à l’Église, fondée dans l’amour du Rédempteur, elle contribue à étendre le règne de la justice et de la charité à l’intérieur de chaque nation et entre les nations. En prêchant la vérité de l’Évangile, en éclairant tous les secteurs de l’activité humaine par sa doctrine et par le témoignage que rendent des chrétiens, l’Église respecte et promeut aussi la liberté politique et la responsabilité des citoyens."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lorsque les Apôtres, leurs successeurs et les coopérateurs de ceux-ci, sont envoyés pour annoncer aux hommes le Christ Sauveur du monde, leur apostolat prend appui sur la puissance de Dieu qui, très souvent, manifeste la force de l’Évangile dans la faiblesse des témoins. Il faut en effet que tous ceux qui se vouent au ministère de la parole divine utilisent les voies et les moyens propres à l’Évangile qui, sur bien des points, sont autres que ceux de la cité terrestre."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certes, les choses d’ici-bas et celles qui, dans la condition humaine, dépassent ce monde, sont étroitement liées, et l’Église elle-même se sert d’instruments temporels dans la mesure où sa propre mission le demande. Mais elle ne place pas son espoir dans les privilèges offerts par le pouvoir civil. Bien plus, elle renoncera à l’exercice de certains droits légitimement acquis, s’il est reconnu que leur usage peut faire douter de la pureté de son témoignage ou si des circonstances nouvelles exigent d’autres dispositions. Mais il'est juste qu’elle puisse partout et toujours prêcher la foi avec une authentique liberté, enseigner sa doctrine sociale, accomplir sans entraves sa mission parmi les hommes, porter un jugement moral, même en des matières qui touchent le domaine politique, quand les droits fondamentaux de la personne ou le salut des âmes l’exigent, en utilisant tous les moyens, et ceux-là seulement, qui sont conformes à l’Évangile et en harmonie avec le bien de tous, selon la diversité des temps et des situations."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par son attachement et sa fidélité à l’Évangile, par l’accomplissement de sa mission dans le monde, l’Église, à qui il appartient de favoriser et d’élever tout ce qui se trouve de vrai, de bon, de beau dans la communauté humaine [162], renforce la paix entre les hommes pour la gloire de Dieu [163]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-362",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE V : La sauvegarde de la paix et la construction de la communauté des nations"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En ces années mêmes, où les douleurs et les angoisses de guerres tantôt dévastatrices et tantôt menaçantes pèsent encore si lourdement sur nous, la famille humaine tout entière parvient à un moment décisif de son évolution. Peu à peu rassemblée, partout déjà plus consciente de son unité, elle doit entreprendre une œuvre qui ne peut être menée à bien que par la conversion renouvelée de tous à une paix véritable : édifier un monde qui soit vraiment plus humain pour tous et en tout lieu. Alors, le message de l’Évangile, rejoignant les aspirations et l’idéal le plus élevé de l’humanité, s’illuminera de nos jours d’une clarté nouvelle, lui qui proclame bienheureux les artisans de la paix, « car ils seront appelés fils de Dieu » (Mt 5, 9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi le Concile, après avoir mis en lumière la conception authentique et très noble de la paix et condamné la barbarie de la guerre, se propose de lancer un appel ardent aux chrétiens pour qu’avec l’aide du Christ, auteur de la paix, ils travaillent avec tous les hommes à consolider cette paix entre eux, dans la justice et l’amour, et à en préparer les moyens."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-78",
              "number": "78",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La nature de la paix"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La paix n’est pas une pure absence de guerre et elle ne se borne pas seulement à assurer l’équilibre de forces adverses ; elle ne provient pas non plus d’une domination despotique, mais c’est en toute vérité qu’on la définit « œuvre de justice » (Is 32, 17). Elle est le fruit d’un ordre inscrit dans la société humaine par son divin fondateur, et qui doit être réalisé par des hommes qui ne cessent d’aspirer à une justice plus parfaite. En effet, encore que le bien commun du genre humain soit assurément régi dans sa réalité fondamentale par la loi éternelle, dans ses exigences concrètes il est pourtant soumis à d’incessants changements avec la marche du temps : la paix n’est jamais chose acquise une fois pour toutes, mais sans cesse à construire. Comme de plus la volonté humaine est fragile et qu’elle est blessée par le péché, l’avènement de la paix exige de chacun le constant contrôle de ses passions et la vigilance de l’autorité légitime."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais ceci est encore insuffisant. La paix dont nous parlons ne peut s’obtenir sur terre sans la sauvegarde du bien des personnes, ni sans la libre et confiante communication entre les hommes des richesses de leur esprit et de leurs facultés créatrices. La ferme volonté de respecter les autres hommes et les autres peuples ainsi que leur dignité, la pratique assidue de la fraternité sont absolument indispensables à la construction de la paix. Ainsi la paix est-elle aussi le fruit de l’amour qui va bien au-delà de ce que la justice peut apporter."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La paix terrestre qui naît de l’amour du prochain est elle-même image et effet de la paix du Christ qui vient de Dieu le Père. Car le Fils incarné en personne, prince de la paix, a réconcilié tous les hommes avec Dieu par sa croix, rétablissant l’unité de tous en un seul peuple et un seul corps. Il a tué la haine dans sa propre chair [164] et, après le triomphe de sa résurrection, il a répandu l’Esprit de charité dans le cœur des hommes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi, accomplissant la vérité dans la charité (Ep 4, 15), tous les chrétiens sont appelés avec insistance à se joindre aux hommes véritablement pacifiques pour implorer et instaurer la paix."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poussés par le même esprit, nous ne pouvons pas ne pas louer ceux qui, renonçant à l’action violente pour la sauvegarde des droits, recourent à des moyens de défense qui, par ailleurs, sont à la portée même des plus faibles, pourvu que cela puisse se faire sans nuire aux droits et aux devoirs des autres ou de la communauté."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans la mesure où les hommes sont pécheurs, le danger de guerre menace, et il en sera ainsi jusqu’au retour du Christ. Mais dans la mesure où, unis dans l’amour, les hommes surmontent le péché, ils surmontent aussi la violence, jusqu’à l’accomplissement de cette parole : « De leurs épées ils forgeront des socs et de leurs lances des faucilles. Les nations ne tireront plus l’épée l’une contre l’autre et ne s’exerceront plus au combat » (Is 2, 4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-373",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Section 1. Éviter la guerre"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-79",
              "number": "79",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mettre un frein à l’inhumanité des guerres"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bien que les dernières guerres aient apporté à notre monde de terribles maux d’ordre matériel comme d’ordre moral, chaque jour encore la guerre poursuit ses ravages en quelque point du globe. Bien plus, étant donné qu’on emploie des armes scientifiques de tout genre pour faire la guerre, sa sauvagerie menace d’amener les combattants à une barbarie bien pire que celle d’autrefois. En outre, la complexité de la situation actuelle et l’enchevêtrement des relations internationales permettent que, par de nouvelles méthodes insidieuses et subversives, des guerres larvées traînent en longueur. Dans bien des cas, le recours aux procédés du terrorisme est regardé comme une nouvelle forme de guerre."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Considérant cet état lamentable de l’humanité, le Concile, avant tout, entend rappeler la valeur permanente du droit des gens et de ses principes universels. Ces principes, la conscience même du genre humain les proclame fermement et avec une vigueur croissante. Les actions qui leur sont délibérément contraires sont donc des crimes, comme les ordres qui commandent de telles actions ; et l’obéissance aveugle ne suffit pas à excuser ceux qui s’y soumettent. Parmi ces actions, il faut compter en tout premier lieu celles par lesquelles, pour quelque motif et par quelque moyen que ce soit, on extermine tout un peuple, une nation ou une minorité ethnique : ces actions doivent être condamnées comme des crimes affreux, et avec la dernière énergie. Et l’on ne saurait trop louer le courage de ceux qui ne craignent point de résister ouvertement aux individus qui ordonnent de tels forfaits."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il existe, pour tout ce qui concerne la guerre, diverses conventions internationales, qu’un assez grand nombre de pays ont signées en vue de rendre moins inhumaines les actions militaires et leurs conséquences. Telles sont les conventions relatives au sort des soldats blessés, à celui des prisonniers, et divers engagements de ce genre. Ces accords doivent être observés ; bien plus, tous, particulièrement les autorités publiques ainsi que les personnalités compétentes, doivent s’efforcer autant qu’ils le peuvent de les améliorer et de leur permettre ainsi de mieux contenir, et de façon plus efficace, l’inhumanité des guerres. Il semble en outre équitable que les lois pourvoient avec humanité au cas de ceux qui, pour des motifs de conscience, refusent l’emploi des armes, pourvu qu’ils acceptent cependant de servir sous une autre forme la communauté humaine."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La guerre, assurément, n’a pas disparu de l’horizon humain. Et aussi longtemps que le risque de guerre subsistera, qu’il n’y aura pas d’autorité internationale compétente et disposant de forces suffisantes, on ne saurait dénier aux gouvernements, une fois épuisées toutes les possibilités de règlement pacifique, le droit de légitime défense. Les chefs d’État et ceux qui partagent les responsabilités des affaires publiques ont donc le devoir d’assurer la sauvegarde des peuples dont ils ont la charge, en ne traitant pas à la légère des questions aussi sérieuses. Mais faire la guerre pour la juste défense des peuples est une chose, vouloir imposer son empire à d’autres nations en est une autre. La puissance des armes ne légitime pas tout usage de cette force à des fins politiques ou militaires. Et ce n’est pas parce que la guerre est malheureusement engagée que tout devient, par le fait même, licite entre parties adverses."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quant à ceux qui se vouent au service de la patrie dans la vie militaire, qu’ils se considèrent eux aussi comme les serviteurs de la sécurité et de la liberté des peuples ; s’ils s’acquittent correctement de cette tâche, ils concourent vraiment au maintien de la paix."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-80",
              "number": "80",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La guerre totale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le progrès de l’armement scientifique accroît démesurément l’horreur et la perversion de la guerre. Les actes belliqueux, lorsqu’on emploie de telles armes, peuvent en effet causer d’énormes destructions, faites sans discrimination, qui du coup vont très au-delà des limites d’une légitime défense. Qui plus est, si l’on utilisait complètement les moyens déjà stockés dans les arsenaux des grandes puissances, il n’en résulterait rien de moins que l’extermination presque totale et parfaitement réciproque de chacun des adversaires par l’autre, sans parler des nombreuses dévastations qui s’ensuivraient dans le monde et des effets funestes découlant de l’usage de ses armes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout cela nous force à reconsidérer la guerre dans un esprit entièrement nouveau [165]. Que les hommes d’aujourd’hui sachent qu’ils auront de lourds comptes à rendre de leurs actes de guerre. Car le cours des âges à venir dépendra pour beaucoup de leurs décisions d’aujourd’hui."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans une telle conjoncture, faisant siennes les condamnations de la guerre totale déjà prononcées par les derniers papes [166], ce saint Synode déclare :"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout acte de guerre qui tend indistinctement à la destruction de villes entières ou de vastes régions avec leurs habitants est un crime contre Dieu et contre l’homme lui-même, qui doit être condamné fermement et sans hésitation."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le risque particulier de la guerre moderne consiste en ce qu’elle fournit pour ainsi dire l’occasion à ceux qui possèdent des armes scientifiques plus récentes de commettre de tels crimes ; et, par un enchaînement en quelque sorte inexorable, elle peut pousser la volonté humaine aux plus atroces décisions. Pour que jamais plus ceci ne se produise, les évêques du monde entier, rassemblés et ne faisant qu’un, adjurent tous les hommes, tout particulièrement les chefs d’État et les autorités militaires, de peser à tout instant une responsabilité aussi immense devant Dieu et devant toute l’humanité."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-81",
              "number": "81",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La course aux armements"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-387",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les armes scientifiques, il est vrai, n’ont pas été accumulées dans la seule intention d’être employées en temps de guerre. En effet, comme on estime que la puissance défensive de chaque camp dépend de la capacité foudroyante d’exercer des représailles, cette accumulation d’armes, qui s’aggrave d’année en année, sert d’une manière paradoxale à détourner des adversaires éventuels. Beaucoup pensent que c’est là le plus efficace des moyens susceptibles d’assurer aujourd’hui une certaine paix entre les nations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-388",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quoi qu’il en soit de ce procédé de dissuasion, on doit néanmoins se convaincre que la course aux armements, à laquelle d’assez nombreuses nations s’en remettent, ne constitue pas une voie sûre pour le ferme maintien de la paix et que le soi-disant équilibre qui en résulte n’est ni une paix stable, ni une paix véritable. Bien loin d’éliminer ainsi les causes de guerre, on risque au contraire de les aggraver peu à peu. Tandis qu’on dépense des richesses fabuleuses dans la préparation d’armes toujours nouvelles, il devient impossible de porter suffisamment remède à tant de misères présentes de l’univers. Au lieu d’apaiser véritablement et radicalement les conflits entre nations, on en répand plutôt la contagion à d’autres parties du monde. Il faudra choisir des voies nouvelles en partant de la réforme des esprits pour en finir avec ce scandale et pour pouvoir ainsi libérer le monde de l’anxiété qui l’opprime et lui rendre une paix véritable."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-389",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi il faut derechef déclarer : la course aux armements est une plaie extrêmement grave de l’humanité et lèse les pauvres d’une manière intolérable. Et il est bien à craindre que, si elle persiste, elle n’enfante un jour les désastres mortels dont elle préparer déjà les moyens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-390",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Avertis des catastrophes que le genre humain a rendues possibles, mettons à profit le délai dont nous jouissons et qui nous est concédé d’en haut pour que, plus conscients de nos responsabilités personnelles, nous trouvions les méthodes qui nous permettront dérégler nos différents d’une manière plus digne de l’homme. La Providence divine requiert instamment de nous que nous nous libérions de l’antique servitude de la guerre. Où nous conduit la voie funeste sur laquelle nous nous sommes engagés si nous nous refusons à faire cet effort, nous l’ignorons."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-82",
              "number": "82",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vers l’absolue proscription de la guerre. L’action internationale pour éviter la guerre"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il est donc clair que nous devons tendre à préparer de toutes nos forces ce moment où, de l’assentiment général des nations, toute guerre pourra être absolument interdite. Ce qui assurément, requiert l’institution d’une autorité publique universelle, reconnue par tous, qui jouisse d’une puissance efficace, susceptible d’assurer à tous la sécurité, le respect de la justice et la garantie des droits. Mais, avant que cette autorité souhaitable puisse se constituer, il faut que les instances internationales suprêmes d’aujourd’hui s’appliquent avec énergie à l’étude des moyens les plus capables de procurer la sécurité commune. Comme la paix doit naître de la confiance mutuelle entre peuples au lieu d’être imposée aux nations par la terreur des armes, tous doivent travailler à mettre enfin un terme à la course aux armements. Pour que la réduction des armements commence à devenir une réalité, elle ne doit certes pas se faire d’une manière unilatérale, mais à la même cadence, en vertu d’accords, et être assortie de garanties véritables et efficaces [167]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En attendant, il ne faut pas sous-estimer les efforts qui ont déjà été faits et qui continuent de l’être en vue d’écarter le danger de la guerre. Il faut plutôt soutenir la bonne volonté de ceux qui, très nombreux, accablés par les soucis considérables de leurs hautes charges, mais poussés par la conscience de leurs très lourdes responsabilités, s’efforcent d’éliminer la guerre dont ils ont horreur, tout en ne pouvant cependant pas faire abstraction de la complexité des choses telles qu’elles sont. D’autre part, il faut instamment prier Dieu de leur donner l’énergie d’entreprendre avec persévérance et de poursuivre avec force cette œuvre d’immense amour des hommes qu’est la construction courageuse de la paix. De nos jours, ceci exige très certainement d’eux qu’ils ouvrent leur intelligence et leur cœur au-delà des frontières de leur propre pays, qu’ils renoncent à l’égoïsme national et au désir de dominer les autres nations, et qu’ils entretiennent un profond respect envers toute l’humanité, qui s’avance avec tant de difficultés vers une plus grande unité."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En ce qui regarde les problèmes de la paix et du désarmement, il faut tenir compte des études approfondies, courageuses et inlassables déjà effectuées et des congrès internationaux qui ont traité de ce sujet, et les regarder comme un premier pas vers la solution de si graves questions ; à l’avenir, il faut les poursuivre de façon encore plus vigoureuse si l’on veut obtenir des résultats pratiques. Que l’on prenne garde cependant de ne point s’en remettre aux seuls efforts de quelques-uns, sans se soucier de son état d’esprit personnel. Car les chefs d’État, qui sont les répondants du bien commun de leur propre nation et en même temps les promoteurs du bien universel, sont très dépendants des opinions et des sentiments de la multitude. Il leur est inutile de chercher à faire la paix tant que les sentiments d’hostilité, de mépris et de défiance, tant que les haines raciales et les partis pris idéologiques divisent les hommes et les opposent. D’où l’urgence et l’extrême nécessité d’un renouveau dans la formation des mentalités et d’un changement de ton dans l’opinion publique. Que ceux qui se consacrent à une œuvre d’éducation, en particulier auprès des jeunes, ou qui forment l’opinion publique, considèrent comme leur plus grave devoir celui d’inculquer à tous les esprits de nouveaux sentiments générateurs de paix. Nous avons tous assurément à changer notre cœur et à ouvrir les yeux sur le monde, comme sur les tâches que nous pouvons entreprendre tous ensemble pour le progrès du genre humain."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ne nous leurrons pas de fausses espérances. En effet, si, inimitiés et haines écartées, nous ne concluons pas des pactes solides et honnêtes assurant pour l’avenir une paix universelle, l’humanité, déjà en grand péril, risque d’en venir, malgré la possession d’une science admirable, à cette heure funeste où elle ne pourra plus connaître d’autre paix que la paix redoutable de la mort. Mais au moment même où l’Église du Christ, partageant les angoisses de ce temps, prononce de telles paroles, elle n’abandonne pas pour autant une très ferme espérance. Ce qu’elle veut, c’est encore et encore, à temps et à contretemps, présenter à notre époque le message qui lui vient des Apôtres : « Le voici maintenant le temps favorable » de la conversion des cœurs « le voici maintenant le jour du salut [168] »."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-396",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Section 2. La construction de la communauté internationale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-83",
              "number": "83",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les causes de discorde et leurs remèdes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-398",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour bâtir la paix, la toute première condition est l’élimination des causes de discorde entre les hommes : elles nourrissent les guerres, à commencer par les injustices. Nombre de celles-ci proviennent d’excessives inégalités d’ordre économique, ainsi que du retard à y apporter les remèdes nécessaires. D’autres naissent de l’esprit de domination, du mépris des personnes et, si nous allons aux causes plus profondes, de l’envie, de la méfiance, de l’orgueil et des autres passions égoïstes. Comme l’homme ne peut supporter tant de désordres, il s’ensuit que le monde, même lorsqu’il ne connaît pas les atrocités de la guerre, n’en est pas moins continuellement agité par des rivalités et des actes de violence. En outre, comme ces maux se retrouvent dans les rapports entre les nations elles-mêmes, il est absolument indispensable que, pour les vaincre ou les prévenir, et pour réprimer le déchaînement des violences, les institutions internationales développent et affermissent leur coopération et leur coordination ; et que l’on provoque sans se lasser la création d’organismes promoteurs de paix."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-84",
              "number": "84",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La communauté des nations et les institutions internationales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Au moment où se développent les liens d’une étroite dépendance entre tous les citoyens et tous les peuples de la terre, une recherche adéquate et une réalisation plus efficace du bien commun universel exigent dès maintenant que la communauté des nations s’organise selon un ordre qui corresponde aux tâches actuelles – principalement en ce qui concerne ces nombreuses régions souffrant encore d’une disette intolérable."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour atteindre ces fins, les institutions de la communauté internationale doivent, chacune pour sa part, pourvoir aux divers besoins des hommes aussi bien dans le domaine de la vie sociale (alimentation, santé, éducation, travail s’y rapportent), que pour faire face à maintes circonstances particulières qui peuvent surgir ici où là : par exemple, la nécessité d’aider la croissance générale des nations en voie de développement, celle de subvenir aux misères des réfugiés dispersés dans le monde entier, celle encore de fournir assistance aux émigrants et à leurs familles."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les institutions internationales déjà existantes, tant mondiales que régionales, ont certes bien mérité du genre humain. Elles apparaissent comme les premières esquisses des bases internationales de la communauté humaine tout entière pour résoudre les questions les plus importantes de notre époque : promouvoir le progrès en tout lieu de la terre et prévenir la guerre sous toutes ses formes. Dans tous ces domaines, l’Église se réjouit de l’esprit de fraternité véritable qui est en train de s’épanouir entre chrétiens et non-chrétiens et tend à intensifier sans cesse leurs efforts en vue de soulager l’immense misère."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-85",
              "number": "85",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La coopération internationale dans le domaine économique"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La solidarité actuelle du genre humain impose aussi l’établissement d’une coopération internationale plus poussée dans le domaine économique. En effet, bien que presque tous les peuples aient acquis leur indépendance politique, il s’en faut de beaucoup qu’ils soient déjà libérés d’excessives inégalités et de toute forme de dépendance abusive, et à l’abri de tout danger de graves difficultés intérieures."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La croissance d’un pays dépend de ses ressources en hommes et en argent. L’éducation et la formation professionnelle doivent préparer les citoyens de chaque nation à faire face aux diverses tâches de la vie économique et sociale. Ceci demande l’aide d’experts étrangers ; ceux qui l’apportent ne doivent pas se conduire en maîtres, mais en assistants et en collaborateurs. Quant à l’aide matérielle aux nations en voie de développement, on ne pourra la fournir sans de profondes modifications dans les coutumes actuelles du commerce mondial. D’autres ressources doivent en outre leur venir des nations évoluées, sous formes de dons, de prêts ou d’investissements financiers ; ces services doivent être rendus généreusement et sans cupidité d’un côté, reçus en toute honnêteté de l’autre."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour édifier un véritable ordre économique mondial, il faut en finir avec l’appétit de bénéfices excessifs, avec les ambitions nationales et les volontés de domination politique, avec les calculs des stratégies militaristes ainsi qu’avec les manœuvres dont le but est de propager ou d’imposer une idéologie. Une grande diversité des systèmes économiques et sociaux se présentent : il est à souhaiter que les hommes compétents puissent y trouver des bases communes pour un sain commerce mondial, ce qui sera bien facilité si chacun renonce à ses propres préjugés et se prête sans retard à un dialogue sincère."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-86",
              "number": "86",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quelques règles opportunes"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En vue de cette coopération, les règles suivantes paraissent opportunes :"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Les nations en voie de développement auront très à cœur d’assigner pour fin au progrès le plein épanouissement humain de leurs propres citoyens, et cela d’une manière explicite et non équivoque. Elles se souviendront que le progrès prend sa source et son dynamisme avant tout dans le travail et le savoir-faire des pays eux-mêmes ; car il doit s’appuyer non pas sur les seuls secours étrangers, mais en tout premier lieu sur la pleine mise en œuvre des ressources de ces pays ainsi que sur leur culture et leurs traditions propres. En cette matière, ceux qui exercent la plus grande influence sur les autres doivent donner l’exemple."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Les nations développées ont le très pressant devoir d’aider les nations en voie de développement à accomplir ces tâches. Qu’elles procèdent donc aux révisions internes, spirituelles et matérielles, requises pour l’établissement de cette coopération universelle."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi, dans les négociations avec les nations plus faibles et plus pauvres, elles devront scrupuleusement tenir compte du bien de celles-ci ; en effet, les revenus qu’elles tirent de la vente de leurs produits sont nécessaires à leur propre subsistance."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) C’est le rôle de la communauté internationale de coordonner et de stimuler le développement, en veillant cependant à distribuer les ressources prévues avec le maximum d’efficacité et d’équité. En tenant compte, assurément, du principe de subsidiarité, il lui revient aussi d’ordonner les rapports économiques mondiaux pour qu’ils s’effectuent selon les normes de la justice."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que l’on fonde des institutions capables de promouvoir et de régler le commerce international – en particulier avec les nations moins développées – en vue de compenser les inconvénients qui découlent d’une excessive inégalité de puissance entre les nations. Une telle normalisation, accompagnée d’une aide technique, culturelle et financière, doit mettre à la disposition des nations en voie de développement les moyens nécessaires pour poursuivre l’essor harmonieux de leur économie."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) Dans bien des cas il est urgent de procéder à une refonte des structures économiques et sociales. Mais il faut se garder des solutions techniques insuffisamment mûries, tout particulièrement de celles qui, tout en offrant à l’homme des avantages matériels, s’opposent à son caractère spirituel et à son épanouissement. Car « l’homme ne vit pas seulement de pain, mais aussi de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu » (Mt 4, 4). Et tout élément de la famille humaine porte, en lui-même et dans ses meilleures traditions, quelque élément de ce trésor spirituel que Dieu a confié à l’humanité, même si beaucoup en ignorent l’origine."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-87",
              "number": "87",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La coopération internationale et la croissance démographique"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La coopération internationale devient tout à fait indispensable lorsqu’il s’agit des peuples qui, assez souvent aujourd’hui, en plus de tant d’autres difficultés, souffrent particulièrement de celles qui proviennent de la croissance rapide de la population. Il est urgent de rechercher comment, grâce à la collaboration entière et assidue de tous, surtout des nations riches, on peut préparer ce qui est nécessaire à la subsistance et à l’instruction convenable des hommes, et en faire bénéficier l’ensemble de la communauté humaine. Bon nombre de peuples pourraient sérieusement améliorer leur niveau de vie si, instruits comme il convient, ils passaient de méthodes archaïques d’exploitation agricole à des techniques modernes et les appliquaient avec la prudence nécessaire à leur situation, tout en instaurant aussi un meilleur ordre social et en procédant à un partage plus équitable de la propriété terrienne."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En ce qui concerne les problèmes de la population dans chaque nation, les gouvernements, dans les limites de leurs compétences propres, ont assurément des droits et des devoirs : par exemple pour tout ce qui regarde la législation sociale et familiale, l’exode des populations rurales vers les villes, l’information relative à la situation et aux besoins du pays. Comme aujourd’hui les esprits se préoccupent si fort de ce problème, il faut aussi souhaiter que des catholiques compétents en toutes ces matières, dans les universités en particulier, poursuivent assidûment les études entreprises et leur donnent encore plus d’ampleur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puisque beaucoup affirment que l’accroissement démographique mondial, en tout cas celui de certaines nations, doit être freiné d’une manière radicale par tous les moyens et par n’importe quelle mesure de l’autorité publique, le Concile exhorte tous les hommes à se garder de solutions, préconisées en public ou en privé, et parfois imposées, qui sont en contradiction avec la loi morale. Car en vertu du droit inaliénable de l’homme au mariage et à la procréation, la décision relative au nombre d’enfants à mettre au monde dépend du jugement droit des parents et ne peut en aucune façon être laissée à la discrétion de l’autorité publique. Mais, comme le jugement des parents suppose une conscience bien formée, il est très important de permettre à tous d’accéder à un niveau de responsabilité conforme à la morale et vraiment humain qui, sans négliger l’ensemble des circonstances, tienne compte de la loi divine. Cela suppose, un peu partout, une amélioration des moyens pédagogiques et des conditions sociales et, en tout premier lieu, la possibilité d’une formation religieuse ou, à tout le moins, d’une éducation morale sans faille. Il faut, en outre, que les populations soient judicieusement informées des progrès scientifiques réalisés dans la recherche de méthodes qui peuvent aider les époux en matière de régulation des naissances, lorsque la valeur de ces méthodes est bien établie et leur accord avec la morale chose certaine."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-88",
              "number": "88",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le rôle des chrétiens dans l’entraide internationale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les chrétiens collaboreront de bon gré et de grand cœur à la construction de l’ordre international qui doit se faire dans un respect sincère des libertés légitimes et dans l’amicale fraternité de tous. Ils le feront d’autant plus volontiers que la plus grande partie du globe souffre encore d’une telle misère que le Christ lui-même, dans la personne des pauvres, réclame comme à haute voix la charité de ses disciples. Qu’on évite donc ce scandale : alors que certaines nations, dont assez souvent la majeure partie des habitants se parent du nom de chrétiens, jouissent d’une grande abondance de biens, d’autres sont privées du nécessaire et sont tourmentées par la faim, la maladie et toutes sortes de misères. L’Esprit de pauvreté et de charité est, en effet, la gloire et le signe de l’Église du Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il faut donc louer et encourager ces chrétiens, les jeunes en particulier, qui s’offrent spontanément à secourir d’autres hommes et d’autres peuples. Bien plus, il appartient à tout le Peuple de Dieu, entraîné par la parole et l’exemple des évêques, de soulager, dans la mesure de ses moyens, les misères de ce temps ; et cela, comme c’était l’antique usage de l’Église, en prenant non seulement sur ce qui est superflu, mais aussi sur ce qui est nécessaire."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sans être organisée d’une manière rigide et uniforme, la manière de collecter et de distribuer les secours doit être cependant bien conduite dans les diocèses, dans les nations et au plan mondial. Partout où la chose semble opportune, on conjuguera l’action des catholiques avec celle des autres frères chrétiens. En effet, l’esprit de charité, loin d’empêcher un exercice prévoyant et ordonné de l’action sociale et de l’action caritative, l’exige plutôt. C’est pourquoi il est nécessaire que ceux qui veulent s’engager au service des nations en voie de développement reçoivent une formation adéquate, et dans des instituts spécialisés."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-89",
              "number": "89",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Présence active de l’Église dans la communauté internationale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lorsque l’Église, en vertu de sa mission divine, prêche l’Évangile à tous les hommes et leur dispense les trésors de la grâce, c’est partout qu’elle contribue à affermir la paix et à établir entre les hommes et les peuples le fondement solide d’une communauté fraternelle : à savoir la connaissance de la loi divine et naturelle. Pour encourager et stimuler la coopération entre tous, il est donc tout à fait nécessaire que l’Église soit présente dans la communauté des nations ; et cela tant par ses organes officiels que par l’entière et loyale collaboration de tous les chrétiens – collaboration inspirée par le seul désir d’être utile à tous."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce résultat sera plus sûrement atteint si, déjà dans leur propre milieu, les fidèles eux-mêmes, conscients de leur responsabilité humaine et chrétienne, travaillent à susciter le désir d’une généreuse coopération avec la communauté internationale. À cet égard, tant dans l’éducation religieuse que dans l’éducation civique, on sera particulièrement attentif à la formation des jeunes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-90",
              "number": "90",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rôle des chrétiens dans les institutions internationales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour les chrétiens, une excellente forme d’activité internationale est assurément le concours qu’ils apportent, individuellement ou en groupe, aux institutions qui visent à étendre la collaboration internationale, que ces institutions existent ou qu’elles soient à créer. Les diverses associations catholiques internationales peuvent, en outre, rendre de multiples services pour l’édification d’une communauté mondiale pacifique et fraternelle. Il faut les consolider, en les dotant d’un personnel plus nombreux et bien formé, en augmentant les moyens matériels dont elles ont besoin, et en coordonnant harmonieusement leurs forces. De nos jours, en effet, l’efficacité de l’action et les nécessités du dialogue réclament des initiatives collectives. De plus, de telles associations contribuent largement à accroître le sens de l’universel, qui convient sans nul doute aux catholiques, et à donner naissance à la conscience d’une solidarité et d’une responsabilité vraiment mondiales."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfin, il faut souhaiter que les catholiques, pour bien remplir leur rôle dans la communauté internationale, recherchent une collaboration active et positive, soit avec leurs frères séparés qui, unis à eux, professent l’amour évangélique, soit avec tous les hommes en quête d’une paix véritable."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Considérant l’immense misère qui accable, aujourd’hui encore, la majeure partie du genre humain, pour favoriser partout la justice et en même temps pour allumer en tout lieu l’amour du Christ à l’endroit des pauvres, le Concile, pour sa part, estime très souhaitable la création d’un organisme de l’Église universelle, chargé d’inciter la communauté catholique à promouvoir l’essor des régions pauvres et la justice sociale entre les nations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-430",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSION"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-91",
              "number": "91",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rôle de chaque fidèle et des Eglises particulières"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tirées des trésors de la doctrine de l’Église, les propositions que ce saint Synode vient de formuler ont pour but d’aider tous les hommes de notre temps, qu’ils croient en Dieu ou qu’ils ne le reconnaissent pas explicitement, à percevoir avec une plus grande clarté la plénitude de leur vocation, à rendre le monde plus conforme à l’éminente dignité de l’homme, à rechercher une fraternité universelle, appuyée sur des fondements plus profonds, et, sous l’impulsion de l’amour, à répondre généreusement et d’un commun effort aux appels les plus pressants de notre époque."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certes, face à la variété extrême des situations et des civilisations, en de très nombreux points, et à dessein, cet exposé ne revêt qu’un caractère général. Bien plus, comme il s’agit assez souvent de questions sujettes à une incessante évolution, l’enseignement présenté ici – qui est en fait l’enseignement déjà reçu dans l’Église – devra encore être poursuivi et amplifié. Mais, nous en avons l’espoir, bien des choses que nous avons énoncées, en nous appuyant sur la Parole de Dieu et sur l’esprit de l’Évangile, pourront apporter à tous une aide valable ; surtout lorsque les fidèles, sous la conduite de leurs pasteurs, auront réalisé l’effort d’adaptation requis par la diversité des nations et des mentalités."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-92",
              "number": "92",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le dialogue entre tous les hommes"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En vertu de la mission qui est la sienne, d’éclairer l’univers entier par le message évangélique et de réunir en un seul Esprit tous les hommes, à quelque nation, race, ou culture qu’ils appartiennent, l’Église apparaît comme le signe de cette fraternité qui rend possible un dialogue loyal et le renforce."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cela exige en premier lieu qu’au sein même de l’Église nous fassions progresser l’estime, le respect et la concorde mutuels, dans la reconnaissance de toutes les diversités légitimes, et en vue d’établir un dialogue sans cesse plus fécond entre tous ceux qui constituent l’unique Peuple de Dieu, qu’il s’agisse des pasteurs ou des autres chrétiens. Ce qui unit en effet les fidèles est plus fort que tout ce qui les divise : unité dans le nécessaire, liberté dans le doute, en toutes choses la charité [169]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En même temps, notre pensée embrasse nos frères et leurs communautés, qui ne vivent pas encore en totale communion avec nous, mais auxquels nous sommes cependant unis par la confession du Père, du Fils et de l’Esprit Saint et par le lien de la charité. Nous nous souvenons aussi que l’unité des chrétiens est aujourd’hui attendue et désirée, même par un grand nombre de ceux qui ne croient pas au Christ. Plus en effet cette unité grandira dans la vérité et dans l’amour, sous l’action puissante de l’Esprit Saint, et plus elle deviendra un présage d’unité et de paix pour le monde entier. Unissons donc nos énergies et, sous des formes toujours mieux adaptées à la poursuite actuelle et effective de ce but, dans une fidélité sans cesse accrue à l’Évangile, collaborons avec empressement et fraternellement au service de la famille humaine, appelée à devenir dans le Christ Jésus la famille des enfants de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nous tournons donc aussi notre pensée vers tous ceux qui reconnaissent Dieu et dont les traditions recèlent de précieux éléments religieux et humains, en souhaitant qu’un dialogue confiant puisse nous conduire tous ensemble à accepter franchement les appels de l’Esprit et à les suivre avec ardeur. 5. En ce qui nous concerne, le désir d’un tel dialogue, conduit par le seul amour de la vérité et aussi avec la prudence requise, n’exclut personne : ni ceux qui honorent de hautes valeurs humaines, sans en reconnaître encore l’auteur, ni ceux qui s’opposent à l’Église et la persécutent de différentes façons. Puisque Dieu le Père est le principe et la fin de tous les hommes, nous sommes tous appelés à être frères. Et puisque nous sommes destinés à une seule et même vocation divine, nous pouvons aussi et nous devons coopérer, sans violence et sans arrière-pensée, à la construction du monde dans une paix véritable."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-93",
              "number": "93",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Un monde à construire et à conduire à sa fin"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se souvenant de la parole du Seigneur : « En ceci tous connaîtront que vous êtes mes disciples, si vous vous aimez les uns les autres » (Jn 13, 35) , les chrétiens ne peuvent pas former de souhait plus vif que celui de rendre service aux hommes de leur temps, avec une générosité toujours plus grande et plus efficace. Aussi, dociles à l’Évangile et bénéficiant de sa force, unis à tous ceux qui aiment et pratiquent la justice, ils ont à accomplir sur cette terre une tâche immense, dont ils devront rendre compte à celui qui jugera tous les hommes au dernier jour. Ce ne sont pas ceux qui disent « Seigneur, Seigneur! » qui entreront dans le Royaume des cieux, mais ceux qui font la volonté du Père [170] et qui, courageusement, agissent. Car la volonté du Père est qu’en tout homme nous reconnaissions le Christ notre frère et que nous nous aimions chacun pour de bon, en action et en parole, rendant ainsi témoignage à la vérité. Elle est aussi que nous partagions avec les autres le mystère d’amour du Père céleste. C’est de cette manière que les hommes répandus sur toute la terre seront provoqués à une ferme espérance, don de l’Esprit, afin d’être finalement admis dans la paix et le bonheur suprêmes, dans la patrie qui resplendit de la gloire du Seigneur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "« À celui qui, par la puissance qui agit en nous, est capable de tout faire, bien au-delà de ce que nous demandons et concevons, à lui la gloire dans l’Église et dans le Christ Jésus, pour tous les âges et tous les siècles. Amen » (Ep 3, 20-21) ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-442",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout l’ensemble et chacun des points qui ont été édictés dans cette déclaration ont plu aux Pères du Concile. Et Nous, en vertu du pouvoir apostolique que Nous tenons du Christ, en union avec les vénérables Pères, Nous les approuvons, arrêtons et décrétons dans le Saint-Esprit, et Nous ordonnons que ce qui a été ainsi établi en Concile soit promulgué pour la gloire de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-443",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rome, à Saint-Pierre, le 7 décembre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-444",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, Paul, évêque de l’Église catholique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-445",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Suivent les signatures des Pères)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-446",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Signatures des Pères"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-447",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS Catholicae Ecclesiae Episcopus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-448",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EUGENIUS Episcopus Ostiensis ac Portuensis et S. Rufinae Cardinalis TISSERANT, Sacri Collegii Decanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-449",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus Albanensis Cardinalis PIZZARDO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-450",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENEDICTUS Episcopus Praenestinus Cardinalis ALOISI MASELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-451",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS Episcopus tit. Veliternus Cardinalis CENTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-452",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HAMLETUS IOANNES Episcopus tit. Tusculanus Cardinalis CICOGNANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-453",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus tit. Sabinensis et Mandelensis Cardinalis FERRETTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-454",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS GABRIEL Cardinalis TAPPOUNI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Syrorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-455",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAXIMUS IV Cardinalis SAIGH, Patriarcha Antiochenus Melkitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-456",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS PETRUS Cardinalis MEOUCHI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Maronitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-457",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS I Cardinalis SIDAROUSS, Patriarcha Alexandrinus Coptorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-458",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EMMANUEL TIT. Ss. Marcellini et Petri Presbyter Cardinalis GONÇALVES CEREJEIRA, Patriarcha Lisbonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-459",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ACHILLES titulo S. Sixti Presbyter Cardinalis LIÉNART, Episcopus Insulensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-460",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IACOBUS ALOISIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Damaso Presbyter Cardinalis COPELLO, S. R. E. Cancellarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-461",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GREGORIUS PETRUS titulo S. Bartholomaei in Insula Presbyter Cardinalis AGAGIANIAN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-462",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego VALERIANUS titulo S. Mariae in Via Lata Presbyter Cardinalis GRACIAS, Archiepiscopus Bombayensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-463",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-464",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-465",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Honuphrii in Ianiculo Presbyter Cardinalis GARIBI Y RIVERA, Archiepiscopus Guadalajarensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-466",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS titulo S. Agnetis extra moenia Presbyter Cardinalis CONFALONIERI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-467",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo Ss. Quirici et Iulittae Presbyter Cardinalis RICHAUD, Archiepiscopus Burdigalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-468",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS M. titulo Ss. Viti, Modesti et Crescentiae Presbyter Cardinalis BUENO Y MONREAL, Archiepiscopus Hispalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-469",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo S. Eusebii Presbyter Cardinalis KÖNIG, Archiepiscopus Vindobonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-470",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IULIUS titulo S. Mariae Scalaris Presbyter Cardinalis DÖPFNER, Archiepiscopus Monacensis et Frisingensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-471",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Andreae Apostoli de Hortis Presbyter Cardinalis MARELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-472",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUSTAVUS titulo S. Hieronymi Illyricorum Presbyter Cardinalis TESTA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-473",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Andreae de Valle Presbyter Cardinalis TRAGLIA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-474",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PETRUS TATSUO titulo S. Antonii Patavini de Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DOI, Archiepiscopus Tokiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-475",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis Baptistae Florentinorum Presbyter Cardinalis LEFEBVRE, Archiepiscopus Bituricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-476",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BERNARDUS titulo S. Ioachimi Presbyter Cardinalis ALFRINK, Archiepiscopus Ultraiectensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-477",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RUFINUS I. titulo S. Mariae ad Montes Presbyter Cardinalis SANTOS, Archiepiscopus Manilensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-478",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAUREANUS titulo S. Francisci Assisiensis ad Ripam Maiorem Presbyter Cardinalis RUGAMBWA, Episcopus Bukobaënsis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-479",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo Ssmi Redemptoris et S. Alfonsi in Exquiliis Presbyter Cardinalis RITTER, Archiepiscopus S. Ludovici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-480",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Silvestri in Capite Presbyter Cardinalis HEENAN, Archiepiscopus Vestmonasteriensis, Primas Angliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-481",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo Ssmae Trinitatis in Monte Pincio Presbyter Cardinalis VILLOT, Archiepiscopus Lugdunensis et Viennensis, Primas Galliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-482",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo S. Camilli de Lellis ad Hortos Sallustianos Presbyter Cardinalis ZOUNGRANA, Archiepiscopus Uagaduguensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-483",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HENRICUS titulo S. Agathae in Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DANTE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-484",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAESAR titulo D.nae N.ae a Sacro Corde in Circo Agonali Presbyter Cardinalis ZERBA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-485",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AGNELLUS titulo Praecelsae Dei Matris Presbyter Cardinalis ROSSI, Archiepiscopus S. Pauli in Brasilia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-486",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Martini in Montibus Presbyter Cardinalis COLOMBO, Archiepiscopus Mediolanensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-487",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS titulo S. Patricii ad Villam Ludovisi Presbyter Cardinalis CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, totius Hiberniae Primas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-488",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANGELUS titulo Sacri Cordis Beatae Mariae Virginis ad forum Euclidis Presbyter Cardinalis HERRERA, Episcopus Malacitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-489",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALAPHRIDUS S. Mariae in Domnica Protodiaconus Cardinalis OTTAVIANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-490",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALBERTUS S. Pudentianae Diaconus Cardinalis DI JORIO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-491",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS S. Mariae in Cosmedin Diaconus Cardinalis ROBERTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-492",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ARCADIUS SS. Blasii et Caroli ad Catinarios Diaconus Cardinalis LARRAONA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-493",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS SS. Cosmae et Damiani Diaconus Cardinalis MORANO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-494",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUILLELMUS THEODORUS S. Theodori in Palatio Cardinalis HEARD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-495",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego AUGUSTINUS S. Sabae Diaconus Cardinalis BEA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-496",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ANTONIUS S. Eugenii Diaconus Cardinalis BACCI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-497",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRATER MICHAEL S. Pauli in Arenula Diaconus Cardinalis BROWNE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-498",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRIDERICUS S. Ioannis Bosco in via Tusculana Diaconus Cardinalis Callori DI VIGNALE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-499",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] La Constitution pastorale « L’Église dans le monde de ce temps », si elle comprend deux parties, constitue cependant un tout. On l’appelle Constitution « pastorale » parce que, s’appuyant sur des principes doctrinaux, elle entend exprimer les rapports de l’Église et du monde, de l’Église et des hommes d’aujourd’hui. Aussi l’intention pastorale n’est pas absente de la première partie, ni l’intention doctrinale de la seconde. Dans la première partie, l’Église expose sa doctrine sur l’homme, sur le monde dans lequel l’homme est placé et sur sa manière d’être par rapport à eux. Dans la seconde, elle envisage plus précisément certains aspects de la vie et de la société contemporaines et en particulier les questions et les problèmes qui paraissent, à cet égard, revêtir aujourd’hui une spéciale urgence. Il s’ensuit que, dans cette dernière partie, les sujets traités, régis par des principes doctrinaux, ne comprennent pas seulement des éléments permanents, mais aussi des éléments contingents. On doit donc interpréter cette Constitution d’après les normes générales de l’interprétation théologique, en tenant bien compte, surtout dans la seconde partie, des circonstances mouvantes qui, par nature, sont inséparables des thèmes développés."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-500",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2] Cf. Jn 3, 17 ; 18, 37 ; Mt 20, 28 ; Mc 10, 45."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-501",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3] Cf. Rm 7, 14s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-502",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4] Cf. 2 Co 5, 15. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-503",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5] Cf. Ac 4, 12. 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-504",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6] Cf. He 13, 8. 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-505",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7] Cf. Col 1, 15"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-506",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8] Cf. Gn 1, 26 ; Sg 2, 23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-507",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[9] Cf. Si 17, 3-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-508",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[10] Cf. Rm 1, 21-25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-509",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[11] Cf. Jn 8, 34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-510",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[12] Cf. Dn 3, 57-90."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-511",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[13] Cf. 1 Co 6, 13-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-512",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[14] Cf. 1 R 16, 7 ; Jr 17, 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-513",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[15] Cf. Si 17, 7-8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-514",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[16] Cf. Rm 2, 14-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-515",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[17] Cf. Pie XII, Message radioph. De conscientia christiana in iuvenibus recte efformanda, 23 mars 1952 : AAS 44, p. 271."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-516",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[18] Cf. Mt 22, 37-40 ; Ga 5, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-517",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[19] Cf. Si 15, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-518",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[20] Cf. 2 Co 5, 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-519",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[21] Cf. Sg 1, 13 ; 2, 23-24 ; Rm 5, 21 ; 6, 23 ; Jc 1, 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-520",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[22] Cf. 1 Co 15, 56-57."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-521",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[23] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Divini Redemptoris, 19 mars 1937 : AAS 29 (1937), p. 65-106. – Pie XII, Encycl. Ad Apostolorum Principis, 29 juin 1958 : AAS 50 (1958), p. 601-614. – Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra, 15 mai 1961 : AAS 53 (1961), p. 451-453. – Paul VI, Encycl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 août 1954 : AAS 56 (1964), p. 651- 653."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-522",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[24] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-523",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[25] Cf. Ph 1, 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-524",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[26] Saint Augustin, Confessions I, 1 : PL 32, 661."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-525",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[27] Cf. Rm 5, 14. Cf. Tertullien, De carnis resurr. 6 : « Tout ce que le limon [dont est formé Adam] exprimait, présageait l’homme qui devait venir, le Christ » ; PL 2, 802 (848) ; csel, 47, p. 33, 1. 12-13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-526",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[28] Cf. 2 Co 4, 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-527",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[29] Cf. Conc. de Constantinople II, can. 7 : « Sans que le Verbe soit transformé dans la nature de la chair, ni que la chair soit passée dans la nature du Verbe. » – Cf. aussi Conc. de Constantinople III : « Car de même que sa chair toute sainte, immaculée et animée, n’a pas été supprimée par la divinisation, mais qu’elle est demeurée dans son état et dans sa manière d’être. » – Cf. Conc. de Chalcédoine : « nous devons reconnaître en deux natures, sans confusion, sans changement, sans division, sans séparation » : Denz. 148 (302)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-528",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[30] Cf. Conc. de Constantinople III : « De même sa volonté humaine divinisée n’a pas été supprimée » : Denz. 291 (556)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-529",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[31] Cf. He 4, 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-530",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[32] Cf. 2 Co 5, 18-19 ; Col 1, 20-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-531",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[33] Cf. 1 P 2, 21 ; Mt 16, 24 ; Lc 14, 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-532",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[34] Cf. Rm 8, 29 ; Col 1, 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-533",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[35] Cf. Rm 8, 1-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-534",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[36] Cf. Co 4, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-535",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[37] Cf. Ph 3, 10 ; Rm 8, 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-536",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[38] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-537",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[39] Cf. Rm 8, 32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-538",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[40] Cf. Liturgie pascale byzantine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-539",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[41] Cf. Rm 8, 15 et Ga 4, 6 ; cf. aussi Jn 1, 12 et 1 Jn 3, 1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-540",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[42] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra, 15 mai 1961 : AAS 53 (1961), p. 401-464 ; et Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 avril 1963 : AAS 55 (1963), p. 257-304. – Paul VI, Encycl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 août 1964 : AAS 56 (1964), p. 609-659."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-541",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[43] Cf. Lc 17, 33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-542",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[44] Cf. Saint Thomas, 1 Ethic., lect. 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-543",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[45] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra : AAS 53 (1961), p. 418. – Cf. aussi Pie XI, Encycl. Quadragesimo anno, 15 mai 1931 : AAS 23 (1931), p. 222s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-544",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[46] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra : AAS 53 (1961), p. 417."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-545",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[47] Cf. Mc 2, 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-546",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[48] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Pacem in terris : AAS 55 (1963), p. 266."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-547",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[49] Cf. Jc 2, 15-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-548",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[50] Cf. Lc 16, 19-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-549",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[51] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Pacem in terris : AAS 55 (1963), p. 299 et 300."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-550",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[52] Cf. Lc 6, 37-38 ; Mt 7, 1-2 ; Rm 2, 1-11 ; 14, 10-12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-551",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[53] Cf. Mt 5, 43-47."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-552",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[54] Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-553",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[55] Cf. Ex 24, 1-8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-554",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[56] Cf. Gn 1, 26-27 ; 9, 2-3 ; Sg 9, 2-3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-555",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[57] Cf. Ps 8, 7 et 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-556",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[58] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Pacem in terris : AAS 55 (1963), p. 297."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-557",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[59] Cf. Nuntius ad universos homines a Patribus missus ineunte Concilio Vaticano II, octobre 1962 : AAS 54 (1962), p. 823."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-558",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[60] Cf. Paul VI, Alloc. au Corps diplomatique, 7 janvier 1965 : AAS 57 (1965), p. 232."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-559",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[61] Cf. Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. De fide cath., chap. III : Denz. 1785-1786 (3004-3005)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-560",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[62] Cf. Pie Paschini, Vita e opere di Galileo Galilei, 2 vol., Vatican, 1964."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-561",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[63] Cf. Mt 24, 13 ; 13, 24-30.36-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-562",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[64] Cf. 2 Co 6, 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-563",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[65] Cf. Jn 1, 3 et 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-564",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[66] Cf. Ep 1, 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-565",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[67] Cf. Jn 3, 16 ; Rm 5, 8-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-566",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[68] Cf. Ac 2, 36 ; Mt 28, 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-567",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[69] Cf. Rm 15, 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-568",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[70] Cf. Ac 1, 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-569",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[71] Cf. 1 Co 7, 31. – Saint Irénée, Adv. Haer. V, 36, 1 : PG 7, 1222."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-570",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[72] Cf. 2 Co 5, 2 ; 2 P 3, 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-571",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[73] Cf. 1 Co 2, 9 ; Ap 21, 4-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-572",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[74] Cf. 1 Co 15, 42.53."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-573",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[75] Cf. 1 Co 13, 8 ; 3, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-574",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[76] Cf. Rm 8, 19-21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-575",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[77] Cf. Lc 9, 25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-576",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[78] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Quadragesimo anno : AAS 23 (1931), p. 207."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-577",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[79] Préface pour la fête du Christ Roi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-578",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[80] Cf. Paul VI, Encycl. Ecclesiam suam, III : AAS 56 (1964), p. 637-659."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-579",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[81] Cf. Tt 3, 4 : Philanthropia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-580",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[82] Cf. Ep 1, 3.5-6. 13-14.23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-581",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[83] Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-582",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[84] Ibid., n. 9 ; cf. n. 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-583",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[85] Ibid., n. 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-584",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[86] Ibid., n. 38, et note 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-585",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[87] Cf. Rm 8, 14-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-586",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[88] Cf. Mt 22, 39."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-587",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[89] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-588",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[90] Cf. Pie XII, Alloc. ad cultores historiae et artis, 9 mars 1956 : AAS 48 (1956), p. 212 : « Son divin fondateur, Jésus Christ, ne lui a donné aucun mandat ni fixé aucune fin d’ordre culturel. Le but que le Christ lui assigne est strictement religieux (...). L’Église doit conduire les hommes à Dieu, afin qu’ils se livrent à lui sans réserve (...). L’Église ne peut jamais perdre de vue ce but strictement religieux, surnaturel. Le sens de toutes ses activités, jusqu’au dernier canon de son Code, ne peut être que d’y concourir directement ou indirectement. »"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-589",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[91] Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-590",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[92] Cf. He 13, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-591",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[93] Cf. 2 Th 3, 6-13 ; Ep 4, 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-592",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[94] Cf. Is 58, 1-12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-593",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[95] Cf. Mt 23, 3-33 ; Mc 7, 10-13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-594",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[96] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra, IV : AAS 53 (1961), p. 456-457 ; cf. I : AAS, l. c., p. 407, 410-411."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-595",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[97] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-596",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[98] Ibid., n. 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-597",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[99] Cf. Saint Ambroise, De virginitate, VIII, 48 : PL 16, 278."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-598",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[100] Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-599",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[101] Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-600",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[102] Cf. Justin, Dialogue avec Tryphon, 110 : PG 6, 729 ; éd. Otto, 1897, p. 391-393 : « ... au contraire, plus nous sommes persécutés, plus s’accroît le nombre de ceux que le nom du Christ amène à la foi et à la religion». – Cf. Tertullien, Apologeticus, chap. L, 13 : « Nous devenons même plus nombreux, chaque fois que vous nous moissonnez (= persécutez) : c’est une semence que le sang des chrétiens! » – Cf. Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-601",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[103] Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 48."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-602",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[104] Cf. Paul VI, Alloc. 3 février 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-603",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[105] Cf. Saint Augustin, De bono coniug. : PL 40, 375-376 et 394. – Saint Thomas, Somme théologique, suppl. q. 49, a. 3 à 1. – Decretum pro Armenis : Denz. 702 (1327). – Pie XI, Encycl., Casti Connubii : AAS 22 (1930), p. 543-555 ; Denz. 2227-2238 (3703-3714)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-604",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[106] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Casti Connubii : AAS 22 (1930), p. 546-547 ; Denz. 2231 (3706)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-605",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[107] Cf. Os 2 ; Jr 3, 6-13 ; Ez 16 et 23 ; Is 54."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-606",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[108] Cf. Mt 9, 15 ; Mc 2, 19-20 ; Lc 5, 34-35 ; Jn 3, 29 ; 2 Co 11, 2 ; Ep 5, 27 ; Ap 19, 7-8 ; 21, 2.9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-607",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[109] Cf. Ep 5, 25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-608",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[110] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium n. 11, 35, 41."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-609",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[111] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Casti Connubii : AAS 22 (1930), p. 583."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-610",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[112] Cf. 1 Tm 5, 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-611",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[113] Cf. Ep 5, 32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-612",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[114] Cf. Gn 2, 22-24 : Pr 5, 18-20 ; 31, 10-31 ; To 8, 4-8 ; Ct 1, 1-3 ; 2, 16 ; 7, 8-11 ; 1 Co 7, 3-6 ; Ep 5, 25-33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-613",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[115] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Casti Connubii : AAS 22 (1930), p. 547-548 ; Denz 2232 (3707)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-614",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[116] Cf. 1 Co 7, 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-615",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[117] Cf. Pie XII, Alloc. Tra le visite, 20 janvier 1958 : AAS 50 (1958), p. 91."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-616",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[118] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Casti Connubii : AAS 22 (1930), p. 559-561 ; Denz. 2239-2241 (3716-3718). – Pie XII, Alloc. Conventui Unionis Italicae inter Obstetrices, 29 octobre 1951 : AAS 43 (1951), p. 835-854. – Paul VI, Alloc. ad Em.mos Patres Purpuratos, 23 juin 1964 : AAS 56 (1964), p. 581-589. Par ordre du Souverain Pontife, certaines questions qui supposent d’autres recherches plus approfondies ont été confiées à une Commission pour les problèmes de la population, de la famille et de la natalité pour que, son rôle achevé, le Pape puisse se prononcer. L’enseignement du Magistère demeurant ainsi ce qu’il est, le Concile n’entend pas proposer immédiatement de solutions concrètes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-617",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[119] Cf. Ep 5, 16 ; Col 4, 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-618",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[120] Cf. Sacramentarium Gregorianum : PL 78, 262."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-619",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[121] Cf. Rm 5, 15 et 18 ; 6, 5-11 ; Ga 2, 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-620",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[122] Cf. Ep 5, 25-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-621",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[123] Cf. Exposé préliminaire de la présente Constitution, n. 4-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-622",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[124] Cf. Col 3, 1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-623",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[125] Cf. Gn 1, 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-624",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[126] Cf. Pr 8, 30-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-625",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[127] Cf. Saint Irénée, Adv. Haer. III, 11, 8 : Sagnard, Sources chr., p. 200 ; cf. ibid., 16, 6 : p. 290-292 ; 21, 10- 22 : p. 370-372 ; 22, 3 : p. 378, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-626",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[128] Cf. Ep 1, 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-627",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[129] Cf. Paroles de Pie XI au père M.-D. Roland-Gosselin : Semaines sociales de France, Versailles, 1936, p. 461-462."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-628",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[130] Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. De fide cath. chap. IV : Denz. 1795, 1799 (3015, 3019).– Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Quadragesimo anno : AAS 23 (1931), p. 190."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-629",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[131] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Pacem in terris : AAS 55 (1963), p. 260."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-630",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[132] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. 169]169]169]63_pacem_fr.html\">Pacem in terris : AAS 55 (1963), p. 283. – Pie XII, Message radioph. du 24 décembre 1941 : AAS 34 (1942), p. 16-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-631",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[133] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Pacem in terris : AAS 55 (1963), p. 260."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-632",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[134] Cf. Jean XXIII, discours du 11 octobre 1962 (discours tenu à l’ouverture du Concile) : AAS 54 (1962), p. 792."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-633",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[135] Cf. Const. de Sacrosanctum concilium n. 123. – Paul VI, discours aux artistes romains 7 mai 1964 : AAS 56 (1964), p. 439-442."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-634",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[136] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Décrets De institutione sacerdotali et De educatione christiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-635",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[137] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 37."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-636",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[138] Cf. Pie XII, message du 23 mars 1952 : AAS 44 (1952), p. 273. – Jean XXIII, Alloc. à A.C.L.I., 1er mai 1959 : AAS 51 (1959), p. 358."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-637",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[139] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Quadragesimo anno : AAS 23 (1931), p. 190s. – Pie XII, message du 23 mars 1952 : AAS 44 (1952), p. 276 s. – Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra : AAS 53 (1961), p. 450. – Conc. Vat. II, décret De Instrumentis communicationis socialis, n. 6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-638",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[140] Cf. Mt 16, 26 ; Lc 16, 1-31 ; Col 3, 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-639",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[141] Cf. Léon XIII, Encycl. Libertas praestantissimum, 20 juin 1888 : AAS 20 (1887-1888), p. 597 s. – Pie XI, Encycl. Quadragesimo anno : AAS 23 (1931), p. 191s. – Id., Divini Redemptoris : AAS 29 (1937), p. 65 s. – Pie XII, message de Noël 1941 : AAS 34 (1942), p. 10 s. – Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra : AAS 53 (1961), p. 401-464."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-640",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[142] Sur le problème de l’agriculture, voir en particulier Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra : AAS 53 (1961), p. 341 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-641",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[143] Cf. Léon XIII, Encycl. Rerum Novarum : AAS 23 (1890-1891), p. 649, 662. – Pie XI, Encycl. Quadragesimo anno : AAS 23 (1931), p. 200-201. – Id., Encycl. Divini Redemptoris AAS 29 (1937), p. 92. – Pie XII, Message radioph. de Noël 1942 : AAS 35 (1943), p. 20. – Id., Alloc. 13 juin 1943 : AAS 35 (1943), p. 172. – Id., Message radioph. oper. Hispaniae datus, 11 mars 1951 : AAS 43 (1951), p. 215. – Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra : AAS 53 (1961), p. 419."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-642",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[144] Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra : AAS 53 (1961), p. 408, 424, 427 ; le terme «curatio » a été pris du texte latin de l’encyclique Quadragesino anno : AAS 23 (1931), p. 199. – Sur l’évolution de cette question, voir aussi Pie XII, Alloc. du 3 juin 1950 : AAS 42 (1950), p. 485-488. – Paul VI, Alloc. du 8 juin 1964 : AAS (1964), p. 574-579."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-643",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[145] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Sertum laetitiae : AAS 31 (1939), p. 642. – Jean XXIII, Alloc. consist. AAS 52 (1960), p. 5-11. – Id., Encycl. Mater et Magistra : AAS 53 (1961), p. 411."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-644",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[146] Cf. Saint Thomas, Somme théologique IIe IIae, q. 32, a. 5 à 2. – Id. q. 66, a. 2 : cf. explic. de Léon XIII, Rerum Novarum : AAS 23 (1890-1891) p. 651.– Cf. aussi Pie XII, Alloc. du 1er juin 1941 : AAS 33 (1941), p. 199. – Id., Message radioph. de Noël 1954 : AAS 47 (1955), p. 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-645",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[147] Cf. Saint Basile, hom. in illud Lucae « Destruam horrea mea », n. 2 : PG 31, 263. – Lactance, Divinarum instit., liv. V, sur la justice : PL 6, 565 B. – Saint Augustin, In Io., tr.50, n. 6 : PL 35, 1760. – Id., Enarratio in Ps. CXLVII, 12 : PL 37, 1922. – Saint Grégoire le Grand, Hom. in Ev., Hom. 20 : PL 76, 1165. – Id., Regulae pastoralis liber, pars III, c. 21 : PL 77, 87s. – Saint Bonaventure, In III Sent., d. 33, dub. 1 : Quaracchi III, 728. – Id., In IV Sent., d. 15, p. II, a. 2, q. 1 : ed. cit.IV, 371 b. ; q. de superfluo : ms. Assisi, Bibl. comun. 186, ff. 112a-113a. – Saint Albert le Grand, In III Sent., d. 33, a. 3, sol. 1 : ed. Borgnet XXVIII, 611. – Id., In IV Sent., d. 15, a. 16 : ed. cit. XXIX, 494-497. En ce qui concerne la détermination du superflu de nos jours, cf. Jean XXIII, message radiotélév. du 11 septembre 1962 (AAS 54, p. 682) : « C’est le devoir de tout homme, le devoir impérieux du chrétien, d’apprécier le superflu à l’aune de la nécessité d’autrui, et de bien veiller à ce que l’administration et la distribution des biens créés se fasse au bénéfice de tous. »"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-646",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[148] Ici vaut l’ancien principe : « In extrema necessitate omnia sunt communia, id est communicanda. » D’autre part, en ce qui concerne l’étendue et les modalités selon lesquelles ce principe s’applique dans le texte, outre les auteurs modernes connus, cf. Saint Thomas, Somme théologique IIe IIae, q. 66, art. 7. Il est clair que, pour une application exacte de ce principe, toutes les conditions moralement requises doivent être remplies."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-647",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[149] Cf. Décret de Gratien, c. 21, dist. LXXXVI : Friedberg I, 302. Déjà dit dans PL 54, 591A et PL 56, 1132B : cf. Antonianum 27 (1952), p. 349-366."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-648",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[150] Cf. Léon XIII, Encycl. Rerum Novarum : AAS 23 (1890-1891), p. 643-646. – Pie XI, Encycl. Quadragesimo anno : AAS 23 (1931), p. 191. –Pie XII, Message radioph. du 1er juin 1941 : AAS 35 (1943), p. 17. – Id., Message radioph. du 1er septembre 1944 : AAS 36 (1944), p.253. – Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra : AAS 53 (1961), p. 428-429."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-649",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[151] Cf. Pie XI, encycl. Quadragesimo anno : AAS 23 (1931), p. 214. – Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra : AAS 53 (1961), p. 429."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-650",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[152] Cf. Pie XII, Message radioph. pour la Pentecôte 1941 : AAS 44 (1941), p. 199. – Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra : AAS 53 (1961), p. 430."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-651",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[153] Sur le bon usage des biens suivant la doctrine du Nouveau Testament, cf. Lc 3, 11 ; 10, 30 s. ; 11, 41 ; 1 P 5, 3 ; Mc 8, 36 ; 12, 29-31 ; Jc 5, 1-6 ; 1 Tm 6, 8 ; Ep 4, 28 ; 2 Co 8, 13s. 1 Jn 3, 17-18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-652",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[154] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra : AAS 53 (1961), p. 417."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-653",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[155] Cf. Id., ibid."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-654",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[156] Cf. Rm 13, 1-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-655",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[157] Cf. Rm 13, 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-656",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[158] Cf. Pie XII, Message radioph. du 24 décembre 1942 : AAS 35 (1943), p. 9-24 ; 24 décembre 1944 : AAS 37 (1945), p. 11-17. – Jean XXIII, Encycl. Pacem in terris : AAS 55 (1963), p. 263, 271, 277 et 278."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-657",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[159] Cf. Pie XII, Message radioph. du 1er juin 1941 : AAS 33 (1941), p. 200. – Jean XXIII, Encycl. Pacem in terris : loc. cit., p. 273 et 274."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-658",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[160] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra : AAS 53 (1961), p. 415-418."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-659",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[161] Cf. Pie XI, Alloc. « Aux dirigeants de la Fédération universitaire catholique » : Discours de Pie XI : éd. Bertetto, Turin, vol. 1 (1960), p. 743."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-660",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[162] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-661",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[163] Cf. Lc 2, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-662",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[164] Cf. Ep 2, 16 ; Col 1, 20-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-663",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[165] Cf. Jean XXIII, Pacem in terris, 11 avril 1963 : AAS 55 (1963), p. 291. « C’est pourquoi, en cette époque, la nôtre, qui se glorifie de la force atomique, il est déraisonnable de penser que la guerre est encore un moyen adapté pour obtenir justice de la violation des droits. »"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-664",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[166] Cf. Pie XII, Alloc. du 30 septembre 1954 : AAS 46 (1954), p. 589 ; Message radioph. du 24 décembre 1954 : AAS 47 (1955), p.15 s. – Jean XXIII, Pacem in terris : AAS 55 (1963), p. 286-291. – Paul VI, Alloc. au Conseil des Nations unies, 4 octobre 1965 : AAS 57 (1965), p. 877-885."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-665",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[167] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Pacem in terris (où il est question de la réduction des armements) : AAS 55 (1963), p. 287."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-666",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[168] Cf. 2 Co 6, 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-667",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[169] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Ad Petri Cathedram, 29 juin 1959 : AAS 55 (1959), p. 513."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-668",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[170] Cf. Mt 7, 21."
            }
          ]
        },
        "it": {
          "code": "it",
          "label": "Italiano",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19651207_gaudium-et-spes_it.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-48-vat-ii_const_19651207_gaudium-et-spes_it.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAOLO VESCOVO SERVO DEI SERVI DI DIO UNITAMENTE AI PADRI DEL SACRO CONCILIO A PERPETUA MEMORIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "COSTITUZIONE PASTORALE SULLA CHIESA NEL MONDO CONTEMPORANEO (1) GAUDIUM ET SPES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROEMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Intima unione della Chiesa con l'intera famiglia umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le gioie e le speranze, le tristezze e le angosce degli uomini d'oggi, dei poveri soprattutto e di tutti coloro che soffrono, sono pure le gioie e le speranze, le tristezze e le angosce dei discepoli di Cristo, e nulla Vi è di genuinamente umano che non trovi eco nel loro cuore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La loro comunità, infatti, è composta di uomini i quali, riuniti insieme nel Cristo, sono guidati dallo Spirito Santo nel loro pellegrinaggio verso il regno del Padre, ed hanno ricevuto un messaggio di salvezza da proporre a tutti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò la comunità dei cristiani si sente realmente e intimamente solidale con il genere umano e con la sua storia."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A chi si rivolge il Concilio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per questo il Concilio Vaticano II, avendo penetrato più a fondo il mistero della Chiesa, non esita ora a rivolgere la sua parola non più ai soli figli della Chiesa e a tutti coloro che invocano il nome di Cristo, ma a tutti gli uomini. A tutti vuol esporre come esso intende la presenza e l'azione della Chiesa nel mondo contemporaneo. Il mondo che esso ha presente è perciò quello degli uomini, ossia l'intera famiglia umana nel contesto di tutte quelle realtà entro le quali essa vive; il mondo che è teatro della storia del genere umano, e reca i segni degli sforzi dell'uomo, delle sue sconfitte e delle sue vittorie; il mondo che i cristiani credono creato e conservato in esistenza dall'amore del Creatore: esso è caduto, certo, sotto la schiavitù del peccato, ma il Cristo, con la croce e la risurrezione ha spezzato il potere del Maligno e l'ha liberato e destinato, secondo il proposito divino, a trasformarsi e a giungere al suo compimento."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A servizio dell'uomo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ai nostri giorni l'umanità, presa d'ammirazione per le proprie scoperte e la propria potenza, agita però spesso ansiose questioni sull'attuale evoluzione del mondo, sul posto e sul compito dell'uomo nell'universo, sul senso dei propri sforzi individuali e collettivi, e infine sul destino ultimo delle cose e degli uomini. Per questo il Concilio, testimoniando e proponendo la fede di tutto intero il popolo di Dio riunito dal Cristo, non potrebbe dare una dimostrazione più eloquente di solidarietà, di rispetto e d'amore verso l'intera famiglia umana, dentro la quale è inserito, che instaurando con questa un dialogo sui vari problemi sopra accennati, arrecando la luce che viene dal Vangelo, e mettendo a disposizione degli uomini le energie di salvezza che la Chiesa, sotto la guida dello Spirito Santo, riceve dal suo Fondatore. Si tratta di salvare l'uomo, si tratta di edificare l'umana società."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È l'uomo dunque, l'uomo considerato nella sua unità e nella sua totalità, corpo e anima, l'uomo cuore e coscienza, pensiero e volontà, che sarà il cardine di tutta la nostra esposizione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertanto il santo Concilio, proclamando la grandezza somma della vocazione dell'uomo e la presenza in lui di un germe divino, offre all'umanità la cooperazione sincera della Chiesa, al fine d'instaurare quella fraternità universale che corrisponda a tale vocazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nessuna ambizione terrena spinge la Chiesa; essa mira a questo solo: continuare, sotto la guida dello Spirito consolatore, l'opera stessa di Cristo, il quale è venuto nel mondo a rendere testimonianza alla verità (2), a salvare e non a condannare, a servire e non ad essere servito (3) ."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Speranze e angosce."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per svolgere questo compito, è dovere permanente della Chiesa di scrutare i segni dei tempi e di interpretarli alla luce del Vangelo, così che, in modo adatto a ciascuna generazione, possa rispondere ai perenni interrogativi degli uomini sul senso della vita presente e futura e sulle loro relazioni reciproche. Bisogna infatti conoscere e comprendere il mondo in cui viviamo, le sue attese, le sue aspirazioni e il suo carattere spesso drammatico. Ecco come si possono delineare le caratteristiche più rilevanti del mondo contemporaneo. L'umanità vive oggi un periodo nuovo della sua storia, caratterizzato da profondi e rapidi mutamenti che progressivamente si estendono all'insieme del globo. Provocati dall'intelligenza e dall'attività creativa dell'uomo, si ripercuotono sull'uomo stesso, sui suoi giudizi e sui desideri individuali e collettivi, sul suo modo di pensare e d'agire, sia nei confronti delle cose che degli uomini. Possiamo così parlare di una vera trasformazione sociale e culturale, i cui riflessi si ripercuotono anche sulla vita religiosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Come accade in ogni crisi di crescenza, questa trasformazione reca con sé non lievi difficoltà."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Così, mentre l'uomo tanto largamente estende la sua potenza, non sempre riesce però a porla a suo servizio. Si sforza di penetrare nel più intimo del suo essere, ma spesso appare più incerto di se stesso. Scopre man mano più chiaramente le leggi della vita sociale, ma resta poi esitante sulla direzione da imprimervi. Mai il genere umano ebbe a disposizione tante ricchezze, possibilità e potenza economica; e tuttavia una grande parte degli abitanti del globo è ancora tormentata dalla fame e dalla miseria, e intere moltitudini non sanno né leggere né scrivere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mai come oggi gli uomini hanno avuto un senso così acuto della libertà, e intanto sorgono nuove forme di schiavitù sociale e psichica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E mentre il mondo avverte così lucidamente la sua unità e la mutua interdipendenza dei singoli in una necessaria solidarietà, violentemente viene spinto in direzioni opposte da forze che si combattono; infatti, permangono ancora gravi contrasti politici, sociali, economici, razziali e ideologici, né è venuto meno il pericolo di una guerra capace di annientare ogni cosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aumenta lo scambio delle idee; ma le stesse parole con cui si esprimono i più importanti concetti, assumono nelle differenti ideologie significati assai diversi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infine, con ogni sforzo si vuol costruire un'organizzazione temporale più perfetta, senza che cammini di pari passo il progresso spirituale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Immersi in così contrastanti condizioni, moltissimi nostri contemporanei non sono in grado di identificare realmente i valori perenni e di armonizzarli dovutamente con le scoperte recenti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per questo sentono il peso della inquietudine, tormentati tra la speranza e l'angoscia, mentre si interrogano sull'attuale andamento del mondo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo sfida l'uomo, anzi lo costringe a darsi una risposta."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Profonde mutazioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il presente turbamento degli spiriti e la trasformazione delle condizioni di vita si collegano con un più radicale modificazione, che tende al predominio, nella formazione dello spirito, delle scienze matematiche, naturali e umane, mentre sul piano dell'azione Si affida alla tecnica, originata da quelle scienze. Questa mentalità scientifica modella in modo diverso da prima la cultura e il modo di pensare. La tecnica poi è tanto progredita, da trasformare la faccia della terra e da perseguire ormai la conquista dello spazio ultraterrestre. Anche sul tempo l'intelligenza umana accresce in certo senso il suo dominio: sul passato mediante l'indagine storica, sul futuro con la prospettiva e la pianificazione. Non solo il progresso delle scienze biologiche, psicologiche e sociali dà all'uomo la possibilità di una migliore conoscenza di sé, ma lo mette anche in condizioni di influire direttamente sulla vita delle società, mediante l'uso di tecniche appropriate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parimenti l'umanità sempre più si preoccupa di prevedere e controllare il proprio incremento demografico. Il movimento stesso della storia diventa così rapido, da poter difficilmente esser seguito dai singoli uomini. Unico diventa il destino della umana società o senza diversificarsi più in tante storie separate. Così il genere umano passa da una concezione piuttosto statica dell'ordine delle cose, a una concezione più dinamica ed evolutiva. Ciò favorisce il sorgere di un formidabile complesso di nuovi problemi, che stimola ad analisi e a sintesi nuove."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mutamenti nell'ordine sociale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In seguito a tutto questo, mutamenti sempre più profondi si verificano nelle comunità locali tradizionali famiglie patriarcali, clan, tribù, villaggi, nei differenti gruppi e nei rapporti della vita sociale. Si diffonde gradatamente il tipo di società industriale, che favorisce in alcune nazioni una economia dell'opulenza, e trasforma radicalmente concezioni e condizioni secolari di vita sociale. Parimenti la civilizzazione urbana e l'attrazione che essa provoca s'intensificano, sia per il moltiplicarsi delle città e dei loro abitanti, sia per la diffusione tra i rurali dei modelli di vita cittadina. Nuovi e migliori mezzi di comunicazione sociale favoriscono nel modo più largo e più rapido la conoscenza degli avvenimenti e la diffusione delle idee e dei sentimenti, suscitando così numerose reazioni a catena. Né va sottovalutato che moltissima gente, spinta per varie ragioni ad emigrare, cambia il suo modo di vivere. In tal modo, senza arresto si moltiplicano i rapporti dell'uomo coi suoi simili, mentre a sua volta questa « socializzazione » crea nuovi legami, senza tuttavia favorire sempre una corrispondente maturazione delle persone e rapporti veramente personali, cioè la « personalizzazione ». Un'evoluzione siffatta appare più manifesta nelle nazioni che già godono del progresso economico e tecnico; ma essa mette in movimento anche quei popoli ancora in via di sviluppo, che aspirano ad ottenere per i loro paesi i benefici della industrializzazione e dell'urbanizzazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questi popoli, specialmente se vincolati da più antiche tradizioni, sentono allo stesso tempo il bisogno di esercitare la loro libertà in modo più adulto e più personale."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mutamenti psicologici, morali e religiosi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il cambiamento di mentalità e di strutture spesso mette in causa i valori tradizionali, soprattutto tra i giovani: frequentemente impazienti, essi diventano ribelli per l'inquietudine; consci della loro importanza nella vita sociale, desiderano assumere al più presto le loro responsabilità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Spesso genitori ed educatori si trovano per questo ogni giorno in maggiori difficoltà nell'adempimento del loro compito."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le istituzioni, le leggi, i modi di pensare e di sentire ereditati dal passata non sempre si adattano bene alla situazione attuale; di qui un profondo disagio nel comportamento e nelle stesse norme di condotta. Anche la vita religiosa, infine, è sotto l'influsso delle nuove situazioni. Da un lato, un più acuto senso critico la purifica da ogni concezione magica nel mondo e dalle sopravvivenze superstiziose ed esige un adesione sempre più personale e attiva alla fede; numerosi sono perciò coloro che giungono a un più vivo senso di Dio. D'altro canto però, moltitudini crescenti praticamente si staccano dalla religione. A differenza dei tempi passati, negare Dio o la religione o farne praticamente a meno, non è più un fatto insolito e individuale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oggi infatti non raramente un tale comportamento viene presentato come esigenza del progresso scientifico o di un nuovo tipo di umanesimo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutto questo in molti paesi non si manifesta solo a livello filosofico, ma invade in misura notevolissima il campo delle lettere, delle arti, dell' interpretazione delle scienze umane e della storia, anzi la stessa legislazione: di qui il disorientamento di molti."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Squilibri nel mondo contemporaneo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Una così rapida evoluzione, spesso disordinatamente realizzata, e la stessa presa di coscienza sempre più acuta delle discrepanze esistenti nel mondo, generano o aumentano contraddizioni e squilibri. Anzitutto a livello della persona si nota molto spesso lo squilibrio tra una moderna intelligenza pratica e il modo di pensare speculativo, che non riesce a dominare né a ordinare in sintesi soddisfacenti l'insieme delle sue conoscenze."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Uno squilibrio si genera anche tra la preoccupazione dell'efficienza pratica e le esigenze della coscienza morale, nonché molte volte tra le condizioni della vita collettiva e le esigenze di un pensiero personale e della stessa contemplazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Di qui ne deriva infine lo squilibrio tra le specializzazioni dell'attività umana e una visione universale della realtà. Nella famiglia poi le tensioni nascono sia dalla pesantezza delle condizioni demografiche, economiche e sociali, sia dal conflitto tra le generazioni che si susseguono, sia dal nuovo tipo di rapporti sociali tra uomo e donna. Grandi contrasti sorgono anche tra le razze e le diverse categorie sociali; tra nazioni ricche e meno dotate e povere; infine tra le istituzioni internazionali nate dall'aspirazione dei popoli alla pace e l'ambizione di imporre la propria ideologia, nonché gli egoismi collettivi esistenti negli Stati o in altri gruppi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Di qui derivano diffidenze e inimicizie, conflitti ed amarezze di cui l'uomo è a un tempo causa e vittima."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le aspirazioni sempre più universali dell'umanità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cresce frattanto la convinzione che l'umanità non solo può e deve sempre più rafforzare il suo dominio sul creato, ma che le compete inoltre instaurare un ordine politico, sociale ed economico che sempre più e meglio serva l'uomo e aiuti i singoli e i gruppi ad affermare e sviluppare la propria dignità. Donde le aspre rivendicazioni di tanti che, prendendo nettamente coscienza, reputano di essere stati privati di quei beni per ingiustizia o per una non equa distribuzione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I paesi in via di sviluppo o appena giunti all'indipendenza desiderano partecipare ai benefici della civiltà moderna non solo sul piano politico ma anche economico, e liberamente compiere la loro parte nel mondo; invece cresce ogni giorno la loro distanza e spesso la dipendenza anche economica dalle altre nazioni più ricche, che progrediscono più rapidamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I popoli attanagliati dalla fame chiamano in causa i popoli più ricchi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le donne rivendicano, là dove ancora non l'hanno raggiunta, la parità con gli uomini, non solo di diritto, ma anche di fatto. Operai e contadini non vogliono solo guadagnarsi il necessario per vivere, ma sviluppare la loro personalità col lavoro, anzi partecipare all'organizzazione della vita economica, sociale, politica e culturale. Per la prima volta nella storia umana, i popoli sono oggi persuasi che i benefici della civiltà possono e debbono realmente estendersi a tutti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sotto tutte queste rivendicazioni si cela un'aspirazione più profonda e universale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I singoli e i gruppi organizzati anelano infatti a una vita piena e libera, degna dell'uomo, che metta al proprio servizio tutto quanto il mondo oggi offre loro così abbondantemente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anche le nazioni si sforzano sempre più di raggiungere una certa comunità universale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Stando così le cose, il mondo si presenta oggi potente a un tempo e debole, capace di operare il meglio e il peggio, mentre gli si apre dinanzi la strada della libertà o della schiavitù, del progresso o del regresso, della fraternità o dell'odio. Inoltre l'uomo prende coscienza che dipende da lui orientare bene le forze da lui stesso suscitate e che possono schiacciarlo o servirgli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per questo si pone degli interrogativi."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli interrogativi più profondi del genere umano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In verità gli squilibri di cui soffre il mondo contemporaneo si collegano con quel più profondo squilibrio che è radicato nel cuore dell'uomo. È proprio all'interno dell'uomo che molti elementi si combattono a vicenda. Da una parte infatti, come creatura, esperimenta in mille modi i suoi limiti; d'altra parte sente di essere senza confini nelle sue aspirazioni e chiamato ad una vita superiore. Sollecitato da molte attrattive, è costretto sempre a sceglierne qualcuna e a rinunziare alle altre. Inoltre, debole e peccatore, non di rado fa quello che non vorrebbe e non fa quello che vorrebbe (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per cui soffre in se stesso una divisione, dalla quale provengono anche tante e così gravi discordie nella società. Molti, è vero, la cui vita è impregnata di materialismo pratico, sono lungi dall'avere una chiara percezione di questo dramma; oppure, oppressi dalla miseria, non hanno modo di rifletterci. Altri, in gran numero, credono di trovare la loro tranquillità nelle diverse spiegazioni del mondo che sono loro proposte. Alcuni poi dai soli sforzi umani attendono una vera e piena liberazione dell'umanità, e sono persuasi che il futuro regno dell'uomo sulla terra appagherà tutti i desideri del suo cuore. Né manca chi, disperando di dare uno scopo alla vita, loda l'audacia di quanti, stimando l'esistenza umana vuota in se stessa di significato, si sforzano di darne una spiegazione completa mediante la loro sola ispirazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con tutto ciò, di fronte all'evoluzione attuale del mondo, diventano sempre più numerosi quelli che si pongono o sentono con nuova acutezza gli interrogativi più fondamentali: cos'è l'uomo?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qual è il significato del dolore, del male, della morte, che continuano a sussistere malgrado ogni progresso?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cosa valgono quelle conquiste pagate a così caro prezzo?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Che apporta l'uomo alla società, e cosa può attendersi da essa?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cosa ci sarà dopo questa vita?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecco: la Chiesa crede che Cristo, per tutti morto e risorto (5), dà sempre all'uomo, mediante il suo Spirito, luce e forza per rispondere alla sua altissima vocazione; né è dato in terra un altro Nome agli uomini, mediante il quale possono essere salvati (6). Essa crede anche di trovare nel suo Signore e Maestro la chiave, il centro e il fine di tutta la storia umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre la Chiesa afferma che al di là di tutto ciò che muta stanno realtà immutabili; esse trovano il loro ultimo fondamento in Cristo, che è sempre lo stesso: ieri, oggi e nei secoli (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Così nella luce di Cristo, immagine del Dio invisibile, primogenito di tutte le creature (8) il Concilio intende rivolgersi a tutti per illustrare il mistero dell'uomo e per cooperare nella ricerca di una soluzione ai principali problemi del nostro tempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PARTE I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA CHIESA E LA VOCAZIONE DELL'UOMO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rispondere agli impulsi dello Spirito."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il popolo di Dio, mosso dalla fede con cui crede di essere condotto dallo Spirito del Signore che riempie l'universo, cerca di discernere negli avvenimenti, nelle richieste e nelle aspirazioni, cui prende parte insieme con gli altri uomini del nostro tempo, quali siano i veri segni della presenza o del disegno di Dio. La fede infatti tutto rischiara di una luce nuova, e svela le intenzioni di Dio sulla vocazione integrale dell'uomo, orientando così lo spirito verso soluzioni pienamente umane."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In questa luce, il Concilio si propone innanzitutto di esprimere un giudizio su quei valori che oggi sono più stimati e di ricondurli alla loro divina sorgente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questi valori infatti, in quanto procedono dall'ingegno umano che all'uomo è stato dato da Dio, sono in sé ottimi ma per effetto della corruzione del cuore umano non raramente vengono distorti dall'ordine richiesto, per cui hanno bisogno di essere purificati."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Che pensa la Chiesa dell'uomo?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quali orientamenti sembra debbano essere proposti per la edificazione della società attuale?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qual è il significato ultimo della attività umana nell'universo?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Queste domande reclamano una riposta. In seguito, risulterà ancora più chiaramente che il popolo di Dio e l'umanità, entro la quale esso è inserito, si rendono reciproco servizio, così che la missione della Chiesa si mostra di natura religiosa e per ciò stesso profondamente umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA DIGNITÀ DELLA PERSONA UMANA"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'uomo ad immagine di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Credenti e non credenti sono generalmente d'accordo nel ritenere che tutto quanto esiste sulla terra deve essere riferito all'uomo, come a suo centro e a suo vertice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma che cos'è l'uomo?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Molte opinioni egli ha espresso ed esprime sul proprio conto, opinioni varie ed anche contrarie, secondo le quali spesso o si esalta così da fare di sé una regola assoluta, o si abbassa fino alla disperazione, finendo in tal modo nel dubbio e nell'angoscia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Queste difficoltà la Chiesa le sente profondamente e ad esse può dare una risposta che le viene dall'insegnamento della divina Rivelazione, risposta che descrive la vera condizione dell'uomo, dà una ragione delle sue miserie, ma in cui possono al tempo stesso essere giustamente riconosciute la sua dignità e vocazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Bibbia, infatti, insegna che l'uomo è stato creato « ad immagine di Dio » capace di conoscere e di amare il suo Creatore, e che fu costituito da lui sopra tutte le creature terrene (9) quale signore di esse, per governarle e servirsene a gloria di Dio (10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "« Che cosa è l'uomo, che tu ti ricordi di lui? o il figlio dell'uomo che tu ti prenda cura di lui?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'hai fatto di poco inferiore agli angeli, l'hai coronato di gloria e di onore, e l'hai costituito sopra le opere delle tue mani. Tutto hai sottoposto ai suoi piedi » (Sal8,5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma Dio non creò l'uomo lasciandolo solo: fin da principio « uomo e donna li creò » (Gen1,27) e la loro unione costituisce la prima forma di comunione di persone."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'uomo, infatti, per sua intima natura è un essere sociale, e senza i rapporti con gli altri non può vivere né esplicare le sue doti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò Iddio, ancora come si legge nella Bibbia, vide « tutte quante le cose che aveva fatte, ed erano buone assai» (Gen1,31)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il peccato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Costituito da Dio in uno stato di giustizia, l'uomo però, tentato dal Maligno, fin dagli inizi della storia abusò della libertà, erigendosi contro Dio e bramando di conseguire il suo fine al di fuori di lui."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pur avendo conosciuto Dio, gli uomini « non gli hanno reso l'onore dovuto... ma si è ottenebrato il loro cuore insipiente »... e preferirono servire la creatura piuttosto che il Creatore (11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quel che ci viene manifestato dalla rivelazione divina concorda con la stessa esperienza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infatti l'uomo, se guarda dentro al suo cuore, si scopre inclinato anche al male e immerso in tante miserie, che non possono certo derivare dal Creatore, che è buono."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Spesso, rifiutando di riconoscere Dio quale suo principio, l'uomo ha infranto il debito ordine in rapporto al suo fine ultimo, e al tempo stesso tutta l'armonia, sia in rapporto a se stesso, sia in rapporto agli altri uomini e a tutta la creazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Così l'uomo si trova diviso in se stesso."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per questo tutta la vita umana, sia individuale che collettiva, presenta i caratteri di una lotta drammatica tra il bene e il male, tra la luce e le tenebre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anzi l'uomo si trova incapace di superare efficacemente da sé medesimo gli assalti del male, così che ognuno si sente come incatenato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma il Signore stesso è venuto a liberare l'uomo e a dargli forza, rinnovandolo nell'intimo e scacciando fuori « il principe di questo mondo » (Gv12,31), che lo teneva schiavo del peccato (12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il peccato è, del resto, una diminuzione per l'uomo stesso, in quanto gli impedisce di conseguire la propria pienezza. Nella luce di questa Rivelazione trovano insieme la loro ragione ultima sia la sublime vocazione, sia la profonda miseria, di cui gli uomini fanno l'esperienza."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Costituzione dell'uomo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unità di anima e di corpo, l'uomo sintetizza in sé, per la stessa sua condizione corporale, gli elementi del mondo materiale, così che questi attraverso di lui toccano il loro vertice e prendono voce per lodare in libertà il Creatore (13). Non è lecito dunque disprezzare la vita corporale dell'uomo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Al contrario, questi è tenuto a considerare buono e degno di onore il proprio corpo, appunto perché creato da Dio e destinato alla risurrezione nell'ultimo giorno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E tuttavia, ferito dal peccato, l'uomo sperimenta le ribellioni del corpo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò è la dignità stessa dell'uomo che postula che egli glorifichi Dio nel proprio corpo (14) e che non permetta che esso si renda schiavo delle perverse inclinazioni del cuore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'uomo, in verità, non sbaglia a riconoscersi superiore alle cose corporali e a considerarsi più che soltanto una particella della natura o un elemento anonimo della città umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infatti, nella sua interiorità, egli trascende l'universo delle cose: in quelle profondità egli torna, quando fa ritorno a se stesso, là dove lo aspetta quel Dio che scruta i cuori (15) là dove sotto lo sguardo di Dio egli decide del suo destino. Perciò, riconoscendo di avere un'anima spirituale e immortale, non si lascia illudere da una creazione immaginaria che si spiegherebbe solamente mediante le condizioni fisiche e sociali, ma invece va a toccare in profondo la verità stessa delle cose."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignità dell'intelligenza, verità e saggezza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'uomo ha ragione di ritenersi superiore a tutto l'universo delle cose, a motivo della sua intelligenza, con cui partecipa della luce della mente di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con l'esercizio appassionato dell'ingegno lungo i secoli egli ha fatto certamente dei progressi nelle scienze empiriche, nelle tecniche e nelle discipline liberali Nell'epoca nostra, poi, ha conseguito successi notevoli particolarmente nella investigazione e nel dominio del mondo materiale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E tuttavia egli ha sempre cercato e trovato una verità più profonda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'intelligenza, infatti, non si restringe all'ambito dei soli fenomeni, ma può conquistare con vera certezza la realtà intelligibile, anche se, per conseguenza del peccato, si trova in parte oscurata e debilitata. Infine, la natura intelligente della persona umana può e deve raggiungere la perfezione. Questa mediante la sapienza attrae con dolcezza la mente a cercare e ad amare il vero e il bene; l'uomo che se ne nutre è condotto attraverso il visibile all'invisibile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'epoca nostra, più ancora che i secoli passati, ha bisogno di questa sapienza per umanizzare tutte le sue nuove scoperte. È in pericolo, di fatto, il futuro del mondo, a meno che non vengano suscitati uomini più saggi. Inoltre va notato come molte nazioni, economicamente più povere rispetto ad altre, ma più ricche di saggezza, potranno aiutare potentemente le altre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Col dono, poi, dello Spirito Santo, l'uomo può arrivare nella fede a contemplare e a gustare il mistero del piano divino (16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignità della coscienza morale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nell'intimo della coscienza l'uomo scopre una legge che non è lui a darsi, ma alla quale invece deve obbedire. Questa voce, che lo chiama sempre ad amare, a fare il bene e a fuggire il male, al momento opportuno risuona nell'intimità del cuore: fa questo, evita quest'altro."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'uomo ha in realtà una legge scritta da Dio dentro al cuore; obbedire è la dignità stessa dell'uomo, e secondo questa egli sarà giudicato (17). La coscienza è il nucleo più segreto e il sacrario dell'uomo, dove egli è solo con Dio, la cui voce risuona nell'intimità (18)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tramite la coscienza si fa conoscere in modo mirabile quella legge che trova il suo compimento nell'amore di Dio e del prossimo (19). Nella fedeltà alla coscienza i cristiani si uniscono agli altri uomini per cercare la verità e per risolvere secondo verità numerosi problemi morali, che sorgono tanto nella vita privata quanto in quella sociale. Quanto più, dunque, prevale la coscienza retta, tanto più le persone e i gruppi si allontanano dal cieco arbitrio e si sforzano di conformarsi alle norme oggettive della moralità. Tuttavia succede non di rado che la coscienza sia erronea per ignoranza invincibile, senza che per questo essa perda la sua dignità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma ciò non si può dire quando l'uomo poco si cura di cercare la verità e il bene, e quando la coscienza diventa quasi cieca in seguito all'abitudine del peccato."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Grandezza della libertà."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma l'uomo può volgersi al bene soltanto nella libertà."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I nostri contemporanei stimano grandemente e perseguono con ardore tale libertà, e a ragione. Spesso però la coltivano in modo sbagliato quasi sia lecito tutto quel che piace, compreso il male."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vera libertà, invece, è nell'uomo un segno privilegiato dell'immagine divina."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dio volle, infatti, lasciare l'uomo « in mano al suo consiglio » (20) che cerchi spontaneamente il suo Creatore e giunga liberamente, aderendo a lui, alla piena e beata perfezione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò la dignità dell'uomo richiede che egli agisca secondo scelte consapevoli e libere, mosso cioè e determinato da convinzioni personali, e non per un cieco impulso istintivo o per mera coazione esterna. L'uomo perviene a tale dignità quando, liberandosi da ogni schiavitù di passioni, tende al suo fine mediante la scelta libera del bene e se ne procura con la sua diligente iniziativa i mezzi convenienti. Questa ordinazione verso Dio, la libertà dell'uomo, realmente ferita dal peccato, non può renderla effettiva in pieno se non mediante l'aiuto della grazia divina."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ogni singolo uomo, poi, dovrà rendere conto della propria vita davanti al tribunale di Dio, per tutto quel che avrà fatto di bene e di male (21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il mistero della morte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In faccia alla morte l'enigma della condizione umana raggiunge il culmine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'uomo non è tormentato solo dalla sofferenza e dalla decadenza progressiva del corpo, ma anche, ed anzi, più ancora, dal timore di una distruzione definitiva."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma l'istinto del cuore lo fa giudicare rettamente, quando aborrisce e respinge l'idea di una totale rovina e di un annientamento definitivo della sua persona."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il germe dell'eternità che porta in sé, irriducibile com'è alla sola materia, insorge contro la morte. Tutti i tentativi della tecnica, per quanto utilissimi, non riescono a calmare le ansietà dell'uomo: il prolungamento di vita che procura la biologia non può soddisfare quel desiderio di vita ulteriore, invincibilmente ancorato nel suo cuore. Se qualsiasi immaginazione vien meno di fronte alla morte, la Chiesa invece, istruita dalla Rivelazione divina, afferma che l'uomo è stato creato da Dio per un fine di felicità oltre i confini delle miserie terrene. Inoltre la fede cristiana insegna che la morte corporale, dalla quale l'uomo sarebbe stato esentato se non avesse peccato (22), sarà vinta un giorno, quando l'onnipotenza e la misericordia del Salvatore restituiranno all'uomo la salvezza perduta per sua colpa. Dio infatti ha chiamato e chiama l'uomo ad aderire a lui con tutto il suo essere, in una comunione perpetua con la incorruttibile vita divina. Questa vittoria l'ha conquistata il Cristo risorgendo alla vita, liberando l'uomo dalla morte mediante la sua morte (23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertanto la fede, offrendosi con solidi argomenti a chiunque voglia riflettere, dà una risposta alle sue ansietà circa la sorte futura; e al tempo stesso dà la possibilità di una comunione nel Cristo con i propri cari già strappati dalla morte, dandoci la speranza che essi abbiano già raggiunto la vera vita presso Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Forme e radici dell'ateismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'aspetto più sublime della dignità dell'uomo consiste nella sua vocazione alla comunione con Dio. Fin dal suo nascere l'uomo è invitato al dialogo con Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se l'uomo esiste, infatti, è perché Dio lo ha creato per amore e, per amore, non cessa di dargli l'esistenza; e l'uomo non vive pienamente secondo verità se non riconosce liberamente quell'amore e se non si abbandona al suo Creatore. Molti nostri contemporanei, tuttavia, non percepiscono affatto o esplicitamente rigettano questo intimo e vitale legame con Dio: a tal punto che l'ateismo va annoverato fra le realtà più gravi del nostro tempo e va esaminato con diligenza ancor maggiore. Con il termine « ateismo » vengono designati fenomeni assai diversi tra loro."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alcuni atei, infatti, negano esplicitamente Dio; altri ritengono che l'uomo non possa dir niente di lui; altri poi prendono in esame i problemi relativi a Dio con un metodo tale che questi sembrano non aver senso. Molti, oltrepassando indebitamente i confini delle scienze positive, o pretendono di spiegare tutto solo da questo punto di vista scientifico, oppure al contrario non ammettono ormai più alcuna verità assoluta. Alcuni tanto esaltano l'uomo, che la fede in Dio ne risulta quasi snervata, inclini come sono, a quanto sembra, ad affermare l'uomo più che a negare Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Altri si creano una tale rappresentazione di Dio che, respingendolo, rifiutano un Dio che non è affatto quello del Vangelo. Altri nemmeno si pongono il problema di Dio: non sembrano sentire alcuna inquietudine religiosa, né riescono a capire perché dovrebbero interessarsi di religione. L'ateismo inoltre ha origine sovente, o dalla protesta violenta contro il male nel mondo, o dall'aver attribuito indebitamente i caratteri propri dell'assoluto a qualche valore umano, così che questo prende il posto di Dio. Perfino la civiltà moderna, non per sua essenza, ma in quanto troppo irretita nella realtà terrena, può rendere spesso più difficile l'accesso a Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Senza dubbio coloro che volontariamente cercano di tenere lontano Dio dal proprio cuore e di evitare i problemi religiosi, non seguendo l'imperativo della loro coscienza, non sono esenti da colpa; tuttavia in questo campo anche i credenti spesso hanno una certa responsabilità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infatti l'ateismo, considerato nel suo insieme, non è qualcosa di originario, bensì deriva da cause diverse, e tra queste va annoverata anche una reazione critica contro le religioni, anzi in alcune regioni, specialmente contro la religione cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per questo nella genesi dell'ateismo possono contribuire non poco i credenti, nella misura in cui, per aver trascurato di educare la propria fede, o per una presentazione ingannevole della dottrina, od anche per i difetti della propria vita religiosa, morale e sociale, si deve dire piuttosto che nascondono e non che manifestano il genuino volto di Dio e della religione."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'ateismo sistematico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'ateismo moderno si presenta spesso anche in una forma sistematica, secondo cui, oltre ad altre cause, l'aspirazione all'autonomia dell'uomo viene spinta a un tal punto, da far ostacolo a qualunque dipendenza da Dio. Quelli che professano un tale ateismo sostengono che la libertà consista nel fatto che l'uomo sia fine a se stesso, unico artefice e demiurgo della propria storia; cosa che non può comporsi, così essi pensano, con il riconoscimento di un Signore, autore e fine di tutte le cose, o che almeno rende semplicemente superflua tale affermazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Una tale dottrina può essere favorita da quel senso di potenza che l'odierno progresso tecnico ispira all uomo. Tra le forme dell'ateismo moderno non va trascurata quella che si aspetta la liberazione dell'uomo soprattutto dalla sua liberazione economica e sociale La religione sarebbe di ostacolo, per natura sua, a tale liberazione, in quanto, elevando la speranza dell'uomo verso il miraggio di una vita futura, la distoglierebbe dall'edificazione della città terrena."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò i fautori di tale dottrina, là dove accedono al potere, combattono con violenza la religione e diffondono l'ateismo anche ricorrendo agli strumenti di pressione di cui dispone il potere pubblico, specialmente nel campo dell'educazione dei giovani."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Atteggiamento della Chiesa di fronte all'ateismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa, fedele ai suoi doveri verso Dio e verso gli uomini, non può fare a meno di riprovare, come ha fatto in passato (24), con tutta fermezza e con dolore, quelle dottrine e quelle azioni funeste che contrastano con la ragione e con l'esperienza comune degli uomini e che degradano l'uomo dalla sua innata grandezza. Si sforza tuttavia di scoprire le ragioni della negazione di Dio che si nascondono nella mente degli atei e, consapevole della gravità delle questioni suscitate dall'ateismo, mossa dal suo amore verso tutti gli uomini, ritiene che esse debbano meritare un esame più serio e più profondo. La Chiesa crede che il riconoscimento di Dio non si oppone in alcun modo alla dignità dell'uomo, dato che questa dignità trova proprio in Dio il suo fondamento e la sua perfezione. L'uomo infatti riceve da Dio Creatore le doti di intelligenza e di libertà ed è costituito nella società; ma soprattutto è chiamato alla comunione con Dio stesso in qualità di figlio e a partecipare alla sua stessa felicità. Inoltre la Chiesa insegna che la speranza escatologica non diminuisce l'importanza degli impegni terreni, ma anzi dà nuovi motivi a sostegno dell'attuazione di essi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Al contrario, invece, se manca la base religiosa e la speranza della vita eterna, la dignità umana viene lesa in maniera assai grave, come si constata spesso al giorno d'oggi, e gli enigmi della vita e della morte, della colpa e del dolore rimangono senza soluzione, tanto che non di rado gli uomini sprofondano nella disperazione. E intanto ciascun uomo rimane ai suoi propri occhi un problema insoluto, confusamente percepito. Nessuno, infatti, in certe ore e particolarmente in occasione dei grandi avvenimenti della vita può evitare totalmente quel tipo di interrogativi sopra ricordato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A questi problemi soltanto Dio dà una risposta piena e certa, lui che chiama l'uomo a una riflessione più profonda e a una ricerca più umile. Quanto al rimedio all'ateismo, lo si deve attendere sia dall'esposizione adeguata della dottrina della Chiesa, sia dalla purezza della vita di essa e dei suoi membri. La Chiesa infatti ha il compito di rendere presenti e quasi visibili Dio Padre e il Figlio suo incarnato, rinnovando se stessa e purificandosi senza posa sotto la guida dello Spirito Santo (25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ciò si otterrà anzi tutto con la testimonianza di una fede viva e adulta, vale a dire opportunamente formata a riconoscere in maniera lucida le difficoltà e capace di superarle."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Di una fede simile han dato e danno testimonianza sublime moltissimi martiri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questa fede deve manifestare la sua fecondità, col penetrare l'intera vita dei credenti, compresa la loro vita profana, e col muoverli alla giustizia e all'amore, specialmente verso i bisognosi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ciò che contribuisce di più, infine, a rivelare la presenza di Dio, è la carità fraterna dei fedeli che unanimi nello spirito lavorano insieme per la fede del Vangelo (26) e si presentano quale segno di unità. La Chiesa, poi, pur respingendo in maniera assoluta l'ateismo, tuttavia riconosce sinceramente che tutti gli uomini, credenti e non credenti, devono contribuire alla giusta costruzione di questo mondo, entro il quale si trovano a vivere insieme: ciò, sicuramente, non può avvenire senza un leale e prudente dialogo. Essa pertanto deplora la discriminazione tra credenti e non credenti che alcune autorità civili ingiustamente introducono, a danno dei diritti fondamentali della persona umana. Rivendica poi, in favore dei credenti, una effettiva libertà, perché sia loro consentito di edificare in questo mondo anche il tempio di Dio. Quanto agli atei, essa li invita cortesemente a volere prendere in considerazione il Vangelo di Cristo con animo aperto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa sa perfettamente che il suo messaggio è in armonia con le aspirazioni più segrete del cuore umano quando essa difende la dignità della vocazione umana, e così ridona la speranza a quanti ormai non osano più credere alla grandezza del loro destino."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il suo messaggio non toglie alcunché all'uomo, infonde invece luce, vita e libertà per il suo progresso, e all'infuori di esso, niente può soddisfare il cuore dell'uomo: « Ci hai fatto per te », o Signore, «e il nostro cuore è senza pace finché non riposa in te» (27)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, l'uomo nuovo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In realtà solamente nel mistero del Verbo incarnato trova vera luce il mistero dell'uomo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Adamo, infatti, il primo uomo, era figura di quello futuro (28) (Rm5,14) e cioè di Cristo Signore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, che è il nuovo Adamo, proprio rivelando il mistero del Padre e del suo amore svela anche pienamente l'uomo a se stesso e gli manifesta la sua altissima vocazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nessuna meraviglia, quindi, che tutte le verità su esposte in lui trovino la loro sorgente e tocchino il loro vertice. Egli è « l'immagine dell'invisibile Iddio » (Col1,15) (29) è l'uomo perfetto che ha restituito ai figli di Adamo la somiglianza con Dio, resa deforme già subito agli inizi a causa del peccato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché in lui la natura umana è stata assunta, senza per questo venire annientata (30) per ciò stesso essa è stata anche in noi innalzata a una dignità sublime."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con l'incarnazione il Figlio di Dio si è unito in certo modo ad ogni uomo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ha lavorato con mani d'uomo, ha pensato con intelligenza d'uomo, ha agito con volontà d'uomo (31) ha amato con cuore d'uomo. Nascendo da Maria vergine, egli si è fatto veramente uno di noi, in tutto simile a noi fuorché il peccato (32). Agnello innocente, col suo sangue sparso liberamente ci ha meritato la vita; in lui Dio ci ha riconciliati con se stesso e tra noi (33) e ci ha strappati dalla schiavitù del diavolo e del peccato; così che ognuno di noi può dire con l'Apostolo: il Figlio di Dio « mi ha amato e ha sacrificato se stesso per me» (Gal2,20). Soffrendo per noi non ci ha dato semplicemente l'esempio perché seguiamo le sue orme (34) ma ci ha anche aperta la strada: se la seguiamo, la vita e la morte vengono santificate e acquistano nuovo significato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il cristiano poi, reso conforme all'immagine del Figlio che è il primogenito tra molti fratelli riceve «le primizie dello Spirito» (Rm8,23) (35) per cui diventa capace di adempiere la legge nuova dell'amore (36)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In virtù di questo Spirito, che è il «pegno della eredità» (Ef 1,14), tutto l'uomo viene interiormente rinnovato, nell'attesa della « redenzione del corpo » (Rm 8,23): « Se in voi dimora lo Spirito di colui che risuscitò Gesù da morte, egli che ha risuscitato Gesù Cristo da morte darà vita anche ai vostri corpi mortali, mediante il suo Spirito che abita in voi» (Rm8,11) (37)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il cristiano certamente è assillato dalla necessità e dal dovere di combattere contro il male attraverso molte tribolazioni, e di subire la morte; ma, associato al mistero pasquale, diventando conforme al Cristo nella morte, così anche andrà incontro alla risurrezione fortificato dalla speranza (38)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E ciò vale non solamente per i cristiani, ma anche per tutti gli uomini di buona volontà, nel cui cuore lavora invisibilmente la grazia (39). Cristo, infatti, è morto per tutti (40) e la vocazione ultima dell'uomo è effettivamente una sola, quella divina; perciò dobbiamo ritenere che lo Spirito Santo dia a tutti la possibilità di venire associati, nel modo che Dio conosce, al mistero pasquale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tale e così grande è il mistero dell'uomo, questo mistero che la Rivelazione cristiana fa brillare agli occhi dei credenti. Per Cristo e in Cristo riceve luce quell'enigma del dolore e della morte, che al di fuori del suo Vangelo ci opprime. Con la sua morte egli ha distrutto la morte, con la sua risurrezione ci ha fatto dono della vita (41), perché anche noi, diventando figli col Figlio, possiamo pregare esclamando nello Spirito: Abba, Padre! (42)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA COMUNITÀ DEGLI UOMINI"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Che cosa intende il Concilio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il moltiplicarsi delle relazioni tra gli uomini costituisce uno degli aspetti più importanti del mondo di oggi, al cui sviluppo molto contribuisce il progresso tecnico contemporaneo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tuttavia il fraterno dialogo tra gli uomini non trova il suo compimento in tale progresso, ma più profondamente nella comunità delle persone, e questa esige un reciproco rispetto della loro piena dignità spirituale. La Rivelazione cristiana dà grande aiuto alla promozione di questa comunione tra persone; nello stesso tempo ci guida ad un approfondimento delle leggi che regolano la vita sociale, scritte dal Creatore nella natura spirituale e morale dell'uomo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siccome documenti recenti del magistero della Chiesa hanno esposto diffusamente la dottrina cristiana circa l'umana società (43), il Concilio ricorda solo alcune verità più importanti e ne espone i fondamenti alla luce della Rivelazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insiste poi su certe conseguenze che sono particolarmente importanti per il nostro tempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'indole comunitaria dell'umana vocazione nel piano di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Iddio, che ha cura paterna di tutti, ha voluto che tutti gli uomini formassero una sola famiglia e si trattassero tra loro come fratelli. Tutti, infatti, creati ad immagine di Dio « che da un solo uomo ha prodotto l'intero genere umano affinché popolasse tutta la terra » (At17,26), sono chiamati al medesimo fine, che è Dio stesso. Perciò l'amor di Dio e del prossimo è il primo e più grande comandamento. La sacra Scrittura, da parte sua, insegna che l'amor di Dio non può essere disgiunto dall'amor del prossimo, «e tutti gli altri precetti sono compendiati in questa frase: amerai il prossimo tuo come te stesso. La pienezza perciò della legge è l'amore » (Rm13,9); (1Gv4,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È evidente che ciò è di grande importanza per degli uomini sempre più dipendenti gli uni dagli altri e per un mondo che va sempre più verso l'unificazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anzi, il Signore Gesù, quando prega il Padre perché « tutti siano una cosa sola, come io e tu siamo una cosa sola » (Gv17,21), aprendoci prospettive inaccessibili alla ragione umana, ci ha suggerito una certa similitudine tra l'unione delle Persone divine e l'unione dei figli di Dio nella verità e nell'amore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questa similitudine manifesta che l'uomo, il quale in terra è la sola creatura che Iddio abbia voluto per se stesso, non possa ritrovarsi pienamente se non attraverso un dono sincero di sé (44)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Interdipendenza della persona e della umana società."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dal carattere sociale dell'uomo appare evidente come il perfezionamento della persona umana e lo sviluppo della stessa società siano tra loro interdipendenti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infatti, la persona umana, che di natura sua ha assolutamente bisogno d'una vita sociale, è e deve essere principio, soggetto e fine di tutte le istituzioni sociali (45)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché la vita sociale non è qualcosa di esterno all'uomo, l'uomo cresce in tutte le sue capacità e può rispondere alla sua vocazione attraverso i rapporti con gli altri, la reciprocità dei servizi e il dialogo con i fratelli. Tra i vincoli sociali che sono necessari al perfezionamento dell'uomo, alcuni, come la famiglia e la comunità politica, sono più immediatamente rispondenti alla sua natura intima; altri procedono piuttosto dalla sua libera volontà."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In questo nostro tempo, per varie cause, si moltiplicano rapporti e interdipendenze, dalle quali nascono associazioni e istituzioni diverse di diritto pubblico o privato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo fatto, che viene chiamato socializzazione, sebbene non manchi di pericoli, tuttavia reca in sé molti vantaggi nel rafforzamento e accrescimento delle qualità della persona umana e nella tutela dei suoi diritti (46). Ma se le persone umane ricevono molto da tale vita sociale per assolvere alla propria vocazione, anche religiosa, non si può tuttavia negare che gli uomini dal contesto sociale nel quale vivono e sono immersi fin dalla infanzia, spesso sono sviati dal bene e spinti al male."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È certo che i perturbamenti, così frequenti nell'ordine sociale, provengono in parte dalla tensione che esiste in seno alle strutture economiche, politiche e sociali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma, più radicalmente, nascono dalla superbia e dall'egoismo umano, che pervertono anche l'ambiente sociale. Là dove l'ordine delle cose è turbato dalle conseguenze del peccato, l'uomo già dalla nascita incline al male, trova nuovi incitamenti al peccato, che non possono esser vinti senza grandi sforzi e senza l'aiuto della grazia."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promuovere il bene comune."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dall'interdipendenza sempre più stretta e piano piano estesa al mondo intero deriva che il bene comune - cioè l'insieme di quelle condizioni della vita sociale che permettono tanto ai gruppi quanto ai singoli membri di raggiungere la propria perfezione più pienamente e più speditamente - oggi vieppiù diventa universale, investendo diritti e doveri che riguardano l'intero genere umano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertanto ogni gruppo deve tener conto dei bisogni e delle legittime aspirazioni degli altri gruppi, anzi del bene comune dell'intera famiglia umana (47). Contemporaneamente cresce la coscienza dell'eminente dignità della persona umana, superiore a tutte le cose e i cui diritti e doveri sono universali e inviolabili. Occorre perciò che sia reso accessibile all'uomo tutto ciò di cui ha bisogno per condurre una vita veramente umana, come il vitto, il vestito, l'abitazione, il diritto a scegliersi liberamente lo stato di vita e a fondare una famiglia, il diritto all'educazione, al lavoro, alla reputazione, al rispetto, alla necessaria informazione, alla possibilità di agire secondo il retto dettato della sua coscienza, alla salvaguardia della vita privata e alla giusta libertà anche in campo religioso."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'ordine sociale pertanto e il suo progresso debbono sempre lasciar prevalere il bene delle persone, poiché l'ordine delle cose deve essere subordinato all'ordine delle persone e non l'inverso, secondo quanto suggerisce il Signore stesso quando dice che il sabato è fatto per l'uomo e non l'uomo per il sabato (48). Quell'ordine è da sviluppare sempre più, deve avere per base la verità, realizzarsi nella giustizia, essere vivificato dall'amore, deve trovare un equilibrio sempre più umano nella libertà (49)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per raggiungere tale scopo bisogna lavorare al rinnovamento della mentalità e intraprendere profondi mutamenti della società. Lo Spirito di Dio, che con mirabile provvidenza dirige il corso dei tempi e rinnova la faccia della terra, è presente a questa evoluzione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il fermento evangelico suscitò e suscita nel cuore dell'uomo questa irrefrenabile esigenza di dignità."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rispetto della persona umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Scendendo a conseguenze pratiche di maggiore urgenza, il Concilio inculca il rispetto verso l'uomo: ciascuno consideri il prossimo, nessuno eccettuato, come un altro « se stesso », tenendo conto della sua esistenza e dei mezzi necessari per viverla degnamente (50), per non imitare quel ricco che non ebbe nessuna cura del povero Lazzaro (51). Soprattutto oggi urge l'obbligo che diventiamo prossimi di ogni uomo e rendiamo servizio con i fatti a colui che ci passa accanto: vecchio abbandonato da tutti, o lavoratore straniero ingiustamente disprezzato, o esiliato, o fanciullo nato da un'unione illegittima, che patisce immeritatamente per un peccato da lui non commesso, o affamato che richiama la nostra coscienza, rievocando la voce del Signore: « Quanto avete fatto ad uno di questi minimi miei fratelli, l'avete fatto a me» (Mt25,40). Inoltre tutto ciò che è contro la vita stessa, come ogni specie di omicidio, il genocidio, l'aborto, l'eutanasia e lo stesso suicidio volontario; tutto ciò che viola l'integrità della persona umana, come le mutilazioni, le torture inflitte al corpo e alla mente, le costrizioni psicologiche; tutto ciò che offende la dignità umana, come le condizioni di vita subumana, le incarcerazioni arbitrarie, le deportazioni, la schiavitù, la prostituzione, il mercato delle donne e dei giovani, o ancora le ignominiose condizioni di lavoro, con le quali i lavoratori sono trattati come semplici strumenti di guadagno, e non come persone libere e responsabili: tutte queste cose, e altre simili, sono certamente vergognose. Mentre guastano la civiltà umana, disonorano coloro che così si comportano più ancora che quelli che le subiscono e ledono grandemente l'onore del Creatore."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il rispetto e l'amore per gli avversari."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il rispetto e l'amore deve estendersi pure a coloro che pensano od operano diversamente da noi nelle cose sociali, politiche e persino religiose, poiché con quanta maggiore umanità e amore penetreremo nei loro modi di vedere, tanto più facilmente potremo con loro iniziare un dialogo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certamente tale amore e amabilità non devono in alcun modo renderci indifferenti verso la verità e il bene. Anzi è l'amore stesso che spinge i discepoli di Cristo ad annunziare a tutti gli uomini la verità che salva. Ma occorre distinguere tra errore, sempre da rifiutarsi, ed errante, che conserva sempre la dignità di persona, anche quando è macchiato da false o insufficienti nozioni religiose (52)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Solo Dio è giudice e scrutatore dei cuori; perciò ci vieta di giudicare la colpevolezza interiore di chiunque (53). La dottrina del Cristo esige che noi perdoniamo anche le ingiurie (54) e il precetto dell'amore si estende a tutti i nemici; questo è il comandamento della nuova legge: «Udiste che fu detto: amerai il tuo prossimo e odierai il tuo nemico. Ma io vi dico: amate i vostri nemici e fate del bene a coloro che vi odiano e pregate per i vostri persecutori e calunniatori » (Mt5,43)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La fondamentale uguaglianza di tutti gli uomini e la giustizia sociale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti gli uomini, dotati di un'anima razionale e creati ad immagine di Dio, hanno la stessa natura e la medesima origine; tutti, redenti da Cristo godono della stessa vocazione e del medesimo destino divino: è necessario perciò riconoscere ognor più la fondamentale uguaglianza fra tutti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sicuramente, non tutti gli uomini sono uguali per la varia capacità fisica e per la diversità delle forze intellettuali e morali. Ma ogni genere di discriminazione circa i diritti fondamentali della persona, sia in campo sociale che culturale, in ragione del sesso, della razza, del colore, della condizione sociale, della lingua o religione, deve essere superato ed eliminato, come contrario al disegno di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Invero è doloroso constatare che quei diritti fondamentali della persona non sono ancora e dappertutto garantiti pienamente. Avviene così quando si nega alla donna la facoltà di scegliere liberamente il marito e di abbracciare un determinato stato di vita, oppure di accedere a un'educazione e a una cultura pari a quelle che si ammettono per l'uomo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In più, benché tra gli uomini vi siano giuste diversità, la uguale dignità delle persone richiede che si giunga a condizioni di vita più umane e giuste."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infatti le disuguaglianze economiche e sociali eccessive tra membri e tra popoli dell'unica famiglia umana, suscitano scandalo e sono contrarie alla giustizia sociale, all'equità, alla dignità della persona umana, nonché alla pace sociale e internazionale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le umane istituzioni, sia private che pubbliche, si sforzino di mettersi al servizio della dignità e del fine dell'uomo. Nello stesso tempo combattano strenuamente contro ogni forma di servitù sociale e politica, e garantiscano i fondamentali diritti degli uomini sotto qualsiasi regime politico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anzi, queste istituzioni si debbono a poco a poco accordare con le realtà spirituali, le più alte di tutte, anche se talora occorra un tempo piuttosto lungo per giungere al fine desiderato."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Occorre superare l'etica individualistica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La profonda e rapida trasformazione delle cose esige, con più urgenza, che non vi sia alcuno che, non prestando attenzione al corso delle cose e intorpidito dall'inerzia, si contenti di un'etica puramente individualistica. Il dovere della giustizia e dell'amore viene sempre più assolto per il fatto che ognuno, interessandosi al bene comune secondo le proprie capacità e le necessità degli altri, promuove e aiuta anche le istituzioni pubbliche e private che servono a migliorare le condizioni di vita degli uomini. Vi sono di quelli che, pur professando opinioni larghe e generose, tuttavia continuano a vivere in pratica come se non avessero alcuna cura delle necessità della società."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anzi molti, in certi paesi, tengono in poco conto le leggi e le prescrizioni sociali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non pochi non si vergognano di evadere, con vari sotterfugi e frodi, le giuste imposte o altri obblighi sociali. Altri trascurano certe norme della vita sociale, ad esempio ciò che concerne la salvaguardia della salute, o le norme stabilite per la guida dei veicoli, non rendendosi conto di metter in pericolo, con la loro incuria, la propria vita e quella degli altri. Che tutti prendano sommamente a cuore di annoverare le solidarietà sociali tra i principali doveri dell'uomo d'oggi, e di rispettarle."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infatti quanto più il mondo si unifica, tanto più apertamente gli obblighi degli uomini superano i gruppi particolari e si estendono a poco a poco al mondo intero."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E ciò non può avvenire se i singoli uomini e i gruppi non coltivano le virtù morali e sociali e le diffondono nella società, cosicché sorgano uomini nuovi, artefici di una umanità nuova, con il necessario aiuto della grazia divina."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Responsabilità e partecipazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Affinché i singoli uomini assolvano con maggiore cura il proprio dovere di coscienza verso se stessi e verso i vari gruppi di cui sono membri, occorre educarli con diligenza ad acquisire una più ampia cultura spirituale, utilizzando gli enormi mezzi che oggi sono a disposizione del genere umano. Innanzitutto l'educazione dei giovani, di qualsiasi origine sociale, deve essere impostata in modo da suscitare uomini e donne, non tanto raffinati intellettualmente, ma di forte personalità, come è richiesto fortemente dal nostro tempo. Ma a tale senso di responsabilità l'uomo giunge con difficoltà se le condizioni della vita non gli permettono di prender coscienza della propria dignità e di rispondere alla sua vocazione, prodigandosi per Dio e per gli altri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Invero la libertà umana spesso si indebolisce qualora l'uomo cada in estrema indigenza, come si degrada quando egli stesso, lasciandosi andare a una vita troppo facile, si chiude in una specie di aurea solitudine. Al contrario, essa si fortifica quando l'uomo accetta le inevitabili difficoltà della vita sociale, assume le molteplici esigenze dell'umana convivenza e si impegna al servizio della comunità umana. Perciò bisogna stimolare la volontà di tutti ad assumersi la propria parte nelle comuni imprese. È poi da lodarsi il modo di agire di quelle nazioni nelle quali la maggioranza dei cittadini è fatta partecipe degli affari pubblici, in una autentica libertà."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si deve tuttavia tener conto delle condizioni concrete di ciascun popolo e della necessaria solidità dei pubblici poteri. Affinché poi tutti i cittadini siano spinti a partecipare alla vita dei vari gruppi di cui si compone il corpo sociale, è necessario che trovino in essi dei valori capaci di attirarli e di disporli al servizio degli altri. Si può pensare legittimamente che il futuro dell'umanità sia riposto nelle mani di coloro che sono capaci di trasmettere alle generazioni di domani ragioni di vita e di speranza."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Verbo incarnato e la solidarietà umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Come Dio creò gli uomini non perché vivessero individualisticamente, ma perché si unissero in società, così a lui anche «... piacque santificare e salvare gli uomini non a uno a uno, fuori di ogni mutuo legame, ma volle costituirli in popolo, che lo conoscesse nella verità e santamente lo servisse » (55). Sin dall'inizio della storia della salvezza, egli stesso ha scelto degli uomini, non soltanto come individui ma come membri di una certa comunità Infatti questi eletti Dio, manifestando il suo disegno, chiamò a suo popolo» (Es3,7). Con questo popolo poi strinse il patto sul Sinai (56)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tale carattere comunitario è perfezionato e compiuto dall'opera di Cristo Gesù."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lo stesso Verbo incarnato volle essere partecipe della solidarietà umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prese parte alle nozze di Cana, entrò nella casa di Zaccheo, mangiò con i pubblicani e i peccatori."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ha rivelato l'amore del Padre e la magnifica vocazione degli uomini ricordando gli aspetti più ordinari della vita sociale e adoperando linguaggio e immagini della vita d'ogni giorno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Santificò le relazioni umane, innanzitutto quelle familiari, dalle quali trae origine la vita sociale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si sottomise volontariamente alle leggi della sua patria. Volle condurre la vita di un artigiano del suo tempo e della sua regione. Nella sua predicazione ha chiaramente affermato che i figli di Dio hanno l'obbligo di trattarsi vicendevolmente come fratelli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella sua preghiera chiese che tutti i suoi discepoli fossero una « cosa sola »."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anzi egli stesso si offrì per tutti fino alla morte, lui il redentore di tutti. « Nessuno ha maggior amore di chi sacrifica la propria vita per i suoi amici » (Gv15,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comandò inoltre agli apostoli di annunciare il messaggio evangelico a tutte le genti, perché il genere umano diventasse la famiglia di Dio, nella quale la pienezza della legge fosse l'amore. Primogenito tra molti fratelli, dopo la sua morte e risurrezione ha istituito attraverso il dono del suo Spirito una nuova comunione fraterna fra tutti coloro che l'accolgono con la fede e la carità: essa si realizza nel suo corpo, che è la Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In questo corpo tutti, membri tra di loro, si debbono prestare servizi reciproci, secondo i doni diversi loro concessi. Questa solidarietà dovrà sempre essere accresciuta, fino a quel giorno in cui sarà consumata; in quel giorno gli uomini, salvati dalla grazia, renderanno gloria perfetta a Dio, come famiglia amata da Dio e da Cristo, loro fratello."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'ATTIVITÀ UMANA NELL'UNIVERSO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il problema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Col suo lavoro e col suo ingegno l'uomo ha cercato sempre di sviluppare la propria vita; ma oggi, specialmente con l'aiuto della scienza e della tecnica, ha dilatato e continuamente dilata il suo dominio su quasi tutta la natura e, grazie soprattutto alla moltiplicazione di mezzi di scambio tra le nazioni, la famiglia umana a poco a poco è venuta a riconoscersi e a costituirsi come una comunità unitaria nel mondo intero. Ne deriva che molti beni, che un tempo l'uomo si aspettava dalle forze superiori, oggi se li procura con la sua iniziativa e con le sue forze."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Di fronte a questo immenso sforzo, che orrnai pervade tutto il genere umano, molti interrogativi sorgono tra gli uomini: qual è il senso e il valore della attività umana?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Come vanno usate queste realtà? A quale scopo tendono gli sforzi sia individuali che collettivi?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa, custode del deposito della parola di Dio, da cui vengono attinti i principi per l'ordine morale e religioso, anche se non ha sempre pronta la soluzione per ogni singola questione, desidera unire la luce della Rivelazione alla competenza di tutti allo scopo di illuminare la strada sulla quale si è messa da poco l'umanità."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il valore dell'attività umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per i credenti una cosa è certa: considerata in se stessa, l'attività umana individuale e collettiva, ossia quell'ingente sforzo col quale gli uomini nel corso dei secoli cercano di migliorare le proprie condizioni di vita, corrisponde alle intenzioni di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'uomo infatti, creato ad immagine di Dio, ha ricevuto il comando di sottomettere a sé la terra con tutto quanto essa contiene (57), e di governare il mondo nella giustizia e nella santità, e cosi pure di riferire a Dio il proprio essere e l'universo intero, riconoscendo in lui il Creatore di tutte le cose; in modo che, nella subordinazione di tutta la realtà all'uomo, sia glorificato il nome di Dio su tutta la terra (58). Ciò vale anche per gli ordinari lavori quotidiani."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli uomini e le donne, infatti, che per procurarsi il sostentamento per sé e per la famiglia esercitano il proprio lavoro in modo tale da prestare anche conveniente servizio alla società, possono a buon diritto ritenere che con il loro lavoro essi prolungano l'opera del Creatore, si rendono utili ai propri fratelli e donano un contributo personale alla realizzazione del piano provvidenziale di Dio nella storia (59). I cristiani, dunque, non si sognano nemmeno di contrapporre i prodotti dell'ingegno e del coraggio dell'uomo alla potenza di Dio, quasi che la creatura razionale sia rivale del Creatore; al contrario, sono persuasi piuttosto che le vittorie dell'umanità sono segno della grandezza di Dio e frutto del suo ineffabile disegno. Ma quanto più cresce la potenza degli uomini, tanto più si estende e si allarga la loro responsabilità, sia individuale che collettiva."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da ciò si vede come il messaggio cristiano, lungi dal distogliere gli uomini dal compito di edificare il mondo o dall'incitarli a disinteressarsi del bene dei propri simili, li impegna piuttosto a tutto ciò con un obbligo ancora più pressante (60)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Norme dell'attività umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'attività umana come deriva dall'uomo così è ordinata all'uomo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'uomo, infatti, quando lavora, non trasforma soltanto le cose e la società, ma perfeziona se stesso. Apprende molte cose, sviluppa le sue facoltà, esce da sé e si supera."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tale sviluppo, se è ben compreso, vale più delle ricchezze esteriori che si possono accumulare. L'uomo vale più per quello che « è » che per quello che «ha» (61)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parimenti tutto ciò che gli uomini compiono allo scopo di conseguire una maggiore giustizia, una più estesa fraternità e un ordine più umano dei rapporti sociali, ha più valore dei progressi in campo tecnico. Questi, infatti, possono fornire, per così dire, la base materiale della promozione umana, ma da soli non valgono in nessun modo a realizzarla."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertanto questa è la norma dell'attività umana: che secondo il disegno di Dio e la sua volontà essa corrisponda al vero bene dell'umanità, e che permetta all'uomo, considerato come individuo o come membro della società, di coltivare e di attuare la sua integrale vocazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La legittima autonomia delle realtà terrene."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Molti nostri contemporanei, però, sembrano temere che, se si fanno troppo stretti i legami tra attività umana e religione, venga impedita l'autonomia degli uomini, delle società, delle scienze."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se per autonomia delle realtà terrene si vuol dire che le cose create e le stesse società hanno leggi e valori propri, che l'uomo gradatamente deve scoprire, usare e ordinare, allora si tratta di una esigenza d'autonomia legittima: non solamente essa è rivendicata dagli uomini del nostro tempo, ma è anche conforme al volere del Creatore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infatti è dalla stessa loro condizione di creature che le cose tutte ricevono la loro propria consistenza, verità, bontà, le loro leggi proprie e il loro ordine; e tutto ciò l'uomo è tenuto a rispettare, riconoscendo le esigenze di metodo proprie di ogni singola scienza o tecnica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò la ricerca metodica di ogni disciplina, se procede in maniera veramente scientifica e secondo le norme morali, non sarà mai in reale contrasto con la fede, perché le realtà profane e le realtà della fede hanno origine dal medesimo Dio (62)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anzi, chi si sforza con umiltà e con perseveranza di scandagliare i segreti della realtà, anche senza prenderne coscienza, viene come condotto dalla mano di Dio, il quale, mantenendo in esistenza tutte le cose, fa che siano quello che sono."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A questo proposito ci sia concesso di deplorare certi atteggiamenti mentali, che talvolta non sono mancati nemmeno tra i cristiani, derivati dal non avere sufficientemente percepito la legittima autonomia della scienza, suscitando contese e controversie, essi trascinarono molti spiriti fino al punto da ritenere che scienza e fede si oppongano tra loro (63)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se invece con l'espressione « autonomia delle realtà temporali » si intende dire che le cose create non dipendono da Dio e che l'uomo può adoperarle senza riferirle al Creatore, allora a nessuno che creda in Dio sfugge quanto false siano tali opinioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La creatura, infatti, senza il Creatore svanisce."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Del resto tutti coloro che credono, a qualunque religione appartengano, hanno sempre inteso la voce e la manifestazione di Dio nel linguaggio delle creature."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anzi, l'oblio di Dio rende opaca la creatura stessa."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'attività umana corrotta dal peccato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La sacra Scrittura, però, con cui si accorda l'esperienza dei secoli, insegna agli uomini che il progresso umano, che pure è un grande bene dell'uomo, porta con sé una seria tentazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infatti, sconvolto l'ordine dei valori e mescolando il male col bene, gli individui e i gruppi guardano solamente agli interessi propri e non a quelli degli altri; cosi il mondo cessa di essere il campo di una genuina fraternità, mentre invece l'aumento della potenza umana minaccia di distruggere ormai lo stesso genere umano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutta intera la storia umana è infatti pervasa da una lotta tremenda contro le potenze delle tenebre; lotta cominciata fin dall'origine del mondo, destinata a durare, come dice il Signore, fino all'ultimo giorno (64)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inserito in questa battaglia, l'uomo deve combattere senza soste per poter restare unito al bene, né può conseguire la sua interiore unità se non a prezzo di grandi fatiche, con l'aiuto della grazia di Dio. Per questo la Chiesa di Cristo, fiduciosa nel piano provvidenziale del Creatore, mentre riconosce che il progresso umano può servire alla vera felicità degli uomini, non può tuttavia fare a meno di far risuonare il detto dell'Apostolo: « Non vogliate adattarvi allo stile di questo mondo » (Rm12,2) e cioè a quello spirito di vanità e di malizia che stravolge in strumento di peccato l'operosità umana, ordinata al servizio di Dio e dell'uomo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se dunque ci si chiede come può essere vinta tale miserevole situazione, i cristiani per risposta affermano che tutte le attività umane, che son messe in pericolo quotidianamente dalla superbia e dall'amore disordinato di se stessi, devono venir purificate e rese perfette per mezzo della croce e della risurrezione di Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Redento da Cristo e diventato nuova creatura nello Spirito Santo, l'uomo, infatti, può e deve amare anche le cose che Dio ha creato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da Dio le riceve: le vede come uscire dalle sue mani e le rispetta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Di esse ringrazia il divino benefattore e, usando e godendo delle creature in spirito di povertà e di libertà, viene introdotto nel vero possesso del mondo, come qualcuno che non ha niente e che possiede tutto (65): «Tutto, infatti, è vostro: ma voi siete di Cristo e il Cristo è di Dio » (1Cor3,22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'attività umana elevata a perfezione nel mistero pasquale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Verbo di Dio, per mezzo del quale tutto è stato creato, fattosi carne lui stesso e venuto ad abitare sulla terra degli uomini (66), entrò nella storia del mondo come uomo perfetto, assumendo questa e ricapitolandola in sé (67). Egli ci rivela « che Dio è carità » (1Gv4,8) e insieme ci insegna che la legge fondamentale della umana perfezione, e perciò anche della trasformazione del mondo, è il nuovo comandamento dell'amore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coloro pertanto che credono alla carità divina, sono da lui resi certi che la strada della carità è aperta a tutti gli uomini e che gli sforzi intesi a realizzare la fraternità universale non sono vani."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Così pure egli ammonisce a non camminare sulla strada della carità solamente nelle grandi cose, bensì e soprattutto nelle circostanze ordinarie della vita."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Accettando di morire per noi tutti peccatori (68), egli ci insegna con il suo esempio che è necessario anche portare quella croce che dalla carne e dal mondo viene messa sulle spalle di quanti cercano la pace e la giustizia. Con la sua risurrezione costituito Signore, egli, il Cristo cui è stato dato ogni potere in cielo e in terra (69), agisce ora nel cuore degli uomini con la virtù del suo Spirito; non solo suscita il desiderio del mondo futuro, ma con ciò stesso ispira anche, purifica e fortifica quei generosi propositi con i quali la famiglia degli uomini cerca di rendere più umana la propria vita e di sottomettere a questo fine tutta la terra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma i doni dello Spirito sono vari: alcuni li chiama a dare testimonianza manifesta al desiderio della dimora celeste, contribuendo così a mantenerlo vivo nell'umanità; altri li chiama a consacrarsi al servizio terreno degli uomini, così da preparare-attraverso tale loro ministero quasi la materia per il regno dei cieli. Di tutti, però, fa degli uomini liberi, in quanto nel rinnegamento dell'egoismo e convogliando tutte le forze terrene verso la vita umana, essi si proiettano nel futuro, quando l'umanità stessa diventerà offerta accetta a Dio (70)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Un pegno di questa speranza e un alimento per il cammino il Signore lo ha lasciato ai suoi in quel sacramento della fede nel quale degli elementi naturali coltivati dall'uomo vengono trasmutati nel Corpo e nel Sangue glorioso di lui, in un banchetto di comunione fraterna che è pregustazione del convito del cielo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Terra nuova e cielo nuovo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ignoriamo il tempo in cui avranno fine la terra e l'umanità (71) e non sappiamo in che modo sarà trasformato l'universo. Passa certamente l'aspetto di questo mondo, deformato dal peccato (72). Sappiamo però dalla Rivelazione che Dio prepara una nuova abitazione e una terra nuova, in cui abita la giustizia (73), e la cui felicità sazierà sovrabbondantemente tutti i desideri di pace che salgono nel cuore degli uomini (74)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Allora, vinta la morte, i figli di Dio saranno risuscitati in Cristo, e ciò che fu seminato in infermità e corruzione rivestirà l'incorruttibilità (75); resterà la carità coi suoi frutti (76), e sarà liberata dalla schiavitù della vanità (77) tutta quella realtà che Dio ha creato appunto per l'uomo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certo, siamo avvertiti che niente giova all'uomo se guadagna il mondo intero ma perde se stesso (78). Tuttavia l'attesa di una terra nuova non deve indebolire, bensì piuttosto stimolare la sollecitudine nel lavoro relativo alla terra presente, dove cresce quel corpo della umanità nuova che già riesce ad offrire una certa prefigurazione, che adombra il mondo nuovo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertanto, benché si debba accuratamente distinguere il progresso terreno dallo sviluppo del regno di Cristo, tuttavia, tale progresso, nella misura in cui può contribuire a meglio ordinare l'umana società, è di grande importanza per il regno di Dio (79). Ed infatti quei valori, quali la dignità dell'uomo, la comunione fraterna e la libertà, e cioè tutti i buoni frutti della natura e della nostra operosità, dopo che li avremo diffusi sulla terra nello Spirito del Signore e secondo il suo precetto, li ritroveremo poi di nuovo, ma purificati da ogni macchia, illuminati e trasfigurati, allorquando il Cristo rimetterà al Padre « il regno eterno ed universale: che è regno di verità e di vita, regno di santità e di grazia, regno di giustizia, di amore e di pace » (80)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qui sulla terra il regno è già presente, in mistero; ma con la venuta del Signore, giungerà a perfezione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA MISSIONE DELLA CHIESA NEL MONDO CONTEMPORANEO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mutua relazione tra Chiesa e mondo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutto quello che abbiamo detto a proposito della dignità della persona umana, della comunità degli uomini, del significato profondo della attività umana, costituisce il fondamento del rapporto tra Chiesa e mondo, come pure la base del dialogo fra loro (81)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In questo capitolo, pertanto, presupponendo tutto ciò che il Concilio ha già insegnato circa il mistero della Chiesa, si viene a prendere in considerazione la medesima Chiesa in quanto si trova nel mondo e insieme con esso vive ed agisce."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa, procedendo dall'amore dell'eterno Padre (82), fondata nel tempo dal Cristo redentore, radunata nello Spirito Santo (83), ha una finalità salvifica ed escatologica che non può essere raggiunta pienamente se non nel mondo futuro. Ma essa è già presente qui sulla terra, ed è composta da uomini, i quali appunto sono membri della città terrena chiamati a formare già nella storia dell'umanità la famiglia dei figli di Dio, che deve crescere costantemente fino all'avvento del Signore. Unita in vista dei beni celesti e da essi arricchita, tale famiglia fu da Cristo « costituita e ordinata come società in questo mondo » (84) e fornita di « mezzi capaci di assicurare la sua unione visibile e sociale » (85). Perciò la Chiesa, che è insieme « società visibile e comunità spirituale » (86) cammina insieme con l'umanità tutta e sperimenta assieme al mondo la medesima sorte terrena; essa è come il fermento e quasi l'anima della società umana (87), destinata a rinnovarsi in Cristo e a trasformarsi in famiglia di Dio. Tale compenetrazione di città terrena e città celeste non può certo essere percepita se non con la fede; resta, anzi, il mistero della storia umana, che è turbata dal peccato fino alla piena manifestazione dello splendore dei figli di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma la Chiesa, perseguendo il suo proprio fine di salvezza, non solo comunica all'uomo la vita divina; essa diffonde anche in qualche modo sopra tutto il mondo la luce che questa vita divina irradia, e lo fa specialmente per il fatto che risana ed eleva la dignità della persona umana, consolida la compagine della umana società e conferisce al lavoro quotidiano degli uomini un più profondo senso e significato. Così la Chiesa, con i singoli suoi membri e con tutta intera la sua comunità, crede di poter contribuire molto a umanizzare di più la famiglia degli uomini e la sua storia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre la Chiesa cattolica volentieri tiene in gran conto il contributo che, per realizzare il medesimo compito, han dato e danno, cooperando insieme, le altre Chiese o comunità ecclesiali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Al tempo stesso essa è persuasa che, per preparare le vie al Vangelo, il mondo può fornirle in vario modo un aiuto prezioso mediante le qualità e l'attività dei singoli o delle società che lo compongono. Allo scopo di promuovere debitamente tale mutuo scambio ed aiuto, nei campi che in qualche modo sono comuni alla Chiesa e al mondo, vengono qui esposti alcuni principi generali."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'aiuto che la Chiesa intende offrire agli individui."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'uomo d'oggi procede sulla strada di un più pieno sviluppo della sua personalità e di una progressiva scoperta e affermazione dei propri diritti. Poiché la Chiesa ha ricevuto la missione di manifestare il mistero di Dio, il quale è il fine ultimo dell'uomo, essa al tempo stesso svela all'uomo il senso della sua propria esistenza, vale a dire la verità profonda sull'uomo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Essa sa bene che soltanto Dio, al cui servizio è dedita, dà risposta ai più profondi desideri del cuore umano, che mai può essere pienamente saziato dagli elementi terreni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sa ancora che l'uomo, sollecitato incessantemente dallo Spirito di Dio, non potrà mai essere del tutto indifferente davanti al problema religioso, come dimostrano non solo l'esperienza dei secoli passati, ma anche molteplici testimonianze dei tempi nostri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'uomo, infatti, avrà sempre desiderio di sapere, almeno confusamente, quale sia il significato della sua vita, della sua attività e della sua morte. E la Chiesa, con la sua sola presenza nel mondo, gli richiama alla mente questi problemi. Ma soltanto Dio, che ha creato l'uomo a sua immagine e che lo ha redento dal peccato, può offrire a tali problemi una risposta pienamente adeguata; cose che egli fa per mezzo della rivelazione compiuta nel Cristo, Figlio suo, che si è fatto uomo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chiunque segue Cristo, l'uomo perfetto, diventa anch'egli più uomo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Partendo da questa fede, la Chiesa può sottrarre la dignità della natura umana al fluttuare di tutte le opinioni che, per esempio, abbassano troppo il corpo umano, oppure lo esaltano troppo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nessuna legge umana è in grado di assicurare la dignità personale e la libertà dell'uomo, quanto il Vangelo di Cristo, affidato alla Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo Vangelo, infatti, annunzia e proclama la libertà dei figli di Dio, respinge ogni schiavitù che deriva in ultima analisi dal peccato (88) onora come sacra la dignità della coscienza e la sua libera decisione, ammonisce senza posa a raddoppiare tutti i talenti umani a servizio di Dio e per il bene degli uomini, infine raccomanda tutti alla carità di tutti (89)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ciò corrisponde alla legge fondamentale della economia cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Benché, infatti, i1 Dio Salvatore e il Dio Creatore siano sempre lo stesso Dio, e così pure si identifichino il Signore della storia umana e il Signore della storia della salvezza, tuttavia in questo stesso ordine divino la giusta autonomia della creatura, specialmente dell'uomo, lungi dall'essere soppressa, viene piuttosto restituita alla sua dignità e in essa consolidata."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò la Chiesa, in forza del Vangelo affidatole, proclama i diritti umani, e riconosce e apprezza molto il dinamismo con cui ai giorni nostri tali diritti vengono promossi ovunque."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo movimento tuttavia deve essere impregnato dallo spirito del Vangelo e dev'essere protetto contro ogni specie di falsa autonomia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siamo, infatti, esposti alla tentazione di pensare che i nostri diritti personali sono pienamente salvi solo quando veniamo sciolti da ogni norma di legge divina."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma per questa strada la dignità della persona umana non si salva e va piuttosto perduta."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'aiuto che la Chiesa intende dare alla società umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'unione della famiglia umana viene molto rafforzata e completata dall'unità della famiglia dei figli di Dio, fondata sul Cristo (90). Certo, la missione propria che Cristo ha affidato alla sua Chiesa non è d'ordine politico, economico o sociale: il fine, infatti, che le ha prefisso è d'ordine religioso (91)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eppure proprio da questa missione religiosa scaturiscono compiti, luce e forze, che possono contribuire a costruire e a consolidare la comunità degli uomini secondo la legge divina."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Così pure, dove fosse necessario, a seconda delle circostanze di tempo e di luogo, anch'essa può, anzi deve suscitare opere destinate al servizio di tutti, ma specialmente dei bisognosi, come, per esempio, opere di misericordia e altre simili."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa, inoltre, riconosce tutto ciò che di buono si trova nel dinamismo sociale odierno, soprattutto il movimento verso l'unità, il progresso di una sana socializzazione e della solidarietà civile ed economica. Promuovere l'unità corrisponde infatti alla intima missione della Chiesa, la quale è appunto « in Cristo quasi un sacramento, ossia segno e strumento di intima unione con Dio e dell'unità di tutto il genere umano» (92). Così essa mostra al mondo che una vera unione sociale esteriore discende dalla unione delle menti e dei cuori, ossia da quella fede e da quella carità, con cui la sua unità è stata indissolubilmente fondata nello Spirito Santo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infatti, la forza che la Chiesa riesce a immettere nella società umana contemporanea consiste in quella fede e carità effettivamente vissute, e non in una qualche sovranità esteriore esercitata con mezzi puramente umani. Inoltre, siccome in forza della sua missione e della sua natura non è legata ad alcuna particolare forma di cultura umana o sistema politico, economico, o sociale, la Chiesa per questa sua universalità può costituire un legame strettissimo tra le diverse comunità umane e nazioni, purché queste abbiano fiducia in lei e le riconoscano di fatto una vera libertà per il compimento della sua missione. Per questo motivo la Chiesa esorta i suoi figli, come pure tutti gli uomini, a superare, in questo spirito di famiglia proprio dei figli di Dio, ogni dissenso tra nazioni e razze, e a consolidare interiormente le legittime associazioni umane. Il Concilio, dunque, considera con grande rispetto tutto ciò che di vero, di buono e di giusto si trova nelle istituzioni, pur così diverse, che la umanità si è creata e continua a crearsi. Dichiara inoltre che la Chiesa vuole aiutare e promuovere tutte queste istituzioni, per quanto ciò dipende da lei ed è compatibile con la sua missione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Niente le sta più a cuore che di servire al bene di tutti e di potersi liberamente sviluppare sotto qualsiasi regime che rispetti i diritti fondamentali della persona e della famiglia e riconosca le esigenze del bene comune."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'aiuto che la Chiesa intende dare all'attività umana per mezzo dei cristiani."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Concilio esorta i cristiani, cittadini dell'una e dell'altra città, di sforzarsi di compiere fedelmente i propri doveri terreni, facendosi guidare dallo spirito del Vangelo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sbagliano coloro che, sapendo che qui noi non abbiamo una cittadinanza stabile ma che cerchiamo quella futura (93), pensano che per questo possono trascurare i propri doveri terreni, e non riflettono che invece proprio la fede li obbliga ancora di più a compierli, secondo la vocazione di ciascuno (94)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A loro volta non sono meno in errore coloro che pensano di potersi immergere talmente nelle attività terrene, come se queste fossero del tutto estranee alla vita religiosa, la quale consisterebbe, secondo loro, esclusivamente in atti di culto e in alcuni doveri morali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La dissociazione, che si costata in molti, tra la fede che professano e la loro vita quotidiana, va annoverata tra i più gravi errori del nostro tempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Contro questo scandalo (95) già nell'Antico Testamento elevavano con veemenza i loro rimproveri i profeti e ancora di più Gesù Cristo stesso, nel Nuovo Testamento, minacciava gravi castighi (96)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non si crei perciò un'opposizione artificiale tra le attività professionali e sociali da una parte, e la vita religiosa dall'altra. Il cristiano che trascura i suoi impegni temporali, trascura i suoi doveri verso il prossimo, anzi verso Dio stesso, e mette in pericolo la propria salvezza eterna."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gioiscano piuttosto i cristiani, seguendo l'esempio di Cristo che fu un artigiano, di poter esplicare tutte le loro attività terrene unificando gli sforzi umani, domestici, professionali, scientifici e tecnici in una sola sintesi vitale insieme con i beni religiosi, sotto la cui altissima direzione tutto viene coordinato a gloria di Dio. Ai laici spettano propriamente, anche se non esclusivamente, gli impegni e le attività temporali. Quando essi, dunque, agiscono quali cittadini del mondo, sia individualmente sia associati, non solo rispetteranno le leggi proprie di ciascuna disciplina, ma si sforzeranno di acquistare una vera perizia in quei campi. Daranno volentieri la loro cooperazione a quanti mirano a identiche finalità. Nel rispetto delle esigenze della fede e ripieni della sua forza, escogitino senza tregua nuove iniziative, ove occorra, e ne assicurino la realizzazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Spetta alla loro coscienza, già convenientemente formata, di inscrivere la legge divina nella vita della città terrena. Dai sacerdoti i laici si aspettino luce e forza spirituale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non pensino però che i loro pastori siano sempre esperti a tal punto che, ad ogni nuovo problema che sorge, anche a quelli gravi, essi possano avere pronta una soluzione concreta, o che proprio a questo li chiami la loro missione; assumano invece essi, piuttosto, la propria responsabilità, alla luce della sapienza cristiana e facendo attenzione rispettosa alla dottrina del Magistero (97)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per lo più sarà la stessa visione cristiana della realtà che li orienterà, in certe circostanze, a una determinata soluzione. Tuttavia, altri fedeli altrettanto sinceramente potranno esprimere un giudizio diverso sulla medesima questione, come succede abbastanza spesso e legittimamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ché se le soluzioni proposte da un lato o dall'altro, anche oltre le intenzioni delle parti, vengono facilmente da molti collegate con il messaggio evangelico, in tali casi ricordino essi che nessuno ha il diritto di rivendicare esclusivamente in favore della propria opinione l'autorità della Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Invece cerchino sempre di illuminarsi vicendevolmente attraverso un dialogo sincero, mantenendo sempre la mutua carità e avendo cura in primo luogo del bene comune."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I laici, che hanno responsabilità attive dentro tutta la vita della Chiesa, non solo son tenuti a procurare l'animazione del mondo con lo spirito cristiano, ma sono chiamati anche ad essere testimoni di Cristo in ogni circostanza e anche in mezzo alla comunità umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I vescovi, poi, cui è affidato l'incarico di reggere la Chiesa di Dio, devono insieme con i loro preti predicare il messaggio di Cristo in modo tale che tutte le attività terrene dei fedeli siano pervase dalla luce del Vangelo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre i pastori tutti ricordino che essi con la loro quotidiana condotta e con la loro sollecitudine (98) mostrano al mondo un volto della Chiesa, in base al quale gli uomini si fanno un giudizio sulla efficacia e sulla verità del messaggio cristiano. Con la vita e con la parola, uniti ai religiosi e ai loro fedeli, dimostrino che la Chiesa, già con la sola sua presenza, con tutti i doni che contiene, è sorgente inesauribile di quelle forze di cui ha assoluto bisogno il mondo moderno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con lo studio assiduo si rendano capaci di assumere la propria responsabilità nel dialogo col mondo e con gli uomini di qualsiasi opinione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Soprattutto però abbiano in mente le parole di questo Concilio: « Siccome oggi l'umanità va sempre più organizzandosi in unità civile, economica e sociale, è tanto più necessario che i sacerdoti, unendo sforzi e mezzi sotto la guida dei vescovi e del sommo Pontefice, eliminino ogni motivo di dispersione, affinché tutto il genere umano sia ricondotto all'unità della famiglia di Dio » (99)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-324",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Benché la Chiesa, per la virtù dello Spirito Santo, sia rimasta la sposa fedele del suo Signore e non abbia mai cessato di essere segno di salvezza nel mondo, essa tuttavia non ignora affatto che tra i suoi membri sia chierici che laici (100), nel corso della sua lunga storia, non sono mancati di quelli che non furono fedeli allo Spirito di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E anche ai nostri giorni sa bene la Chiesa quanto distanti siano tra loro il messaggio ch'essa reca e l'umana debolezza di coloro cui è affidato il Vangelo. Qualunque sia il giudizio che la storia dà di tali difetti, noi dobbiamo esserne consapevoli e combatterli con forza, perché non ne abbia danno la diffusione del Vangelo. Così pure la Chiesa sa bene quanto essa debba continuamente maturare imparando dall'esperienza di secoli, nel modo di realizzare i suoi rapporti col mondo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-326",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Guidata dallo Spirito Santo, la madre Chiesa non si stancherà di «esortare i suoi figli a purificarsi e a rinnovarsi, perché il segno di Cristo risplenda ancor più chiaramente sul volto della Chiesa» (101)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'aiuto che la Chiesa riceve dal mondo contemporaneo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Come è importante per il mondo che esso riconosca la Chiesa quale realtà sociale della storia e suo fermento, così pure la Chiesa non ignora quanto essa abbia ricevuto dalla storia e dall'evoluzione del genere umano. L'esperienza dei secoli passati, il progresso della scienza, i tesori nascosti nelle varie forme di cultura umana, attraverso cui si svela più appieno la natura stessa dell'uomo e si aprono nuove vie verso la verità, tutto ciò è di vantaggio anche per la Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-329",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Essa, infatti, fin dagli inizi della sua storia, imparò ad esprimere il messaggio di Cristo ricorrendo ai concetti e alle lingue dei diversi popoli; inoltre si sforzò di illustrarlo con la sapienza dei filosofi: e ciò allo scopo di adattare il Vangelo, nei limiti convenienti, sia alla comprensione di tutti, sia alle esigenze dei sapienti. E tale adattamento della predicazione della parola rivelata deve rimanere la legge di ogni evangelizzazione. Così, infatti, viene sollecitata in ogni popolo la capacità di esprimere secondo il modo proprio il messaggio di Cristo, e al tempo stesso viene promosso uno scambio vitale tra la Chiesa e le diverse culture dei popoli (102). Allo scopo di accrescere tale scambio, oggi soprattutto, che i cambiamenti sono così rapidi e tanto vari i modi di pensare, la Chiesa ha bisogno particolare dell'apporto di coloro che, vivendo nel mondo, ne conoscono le diverse istituzioni e discipline e ne capiscono la mentalità, si tratti di credenti o di non credenti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È dovere di tutto il popolo di Dio, soprattutto dei pastori e dei teologi, con l'aiuto dello Spirito Santo, ascoltare attentamente, discernere e interpretare i vari linguaggi del nostro tempo, e saperli giudicare alla luce della parola di Dio, perché la verità rivelata sia capita sempre più a fondo, sia meglio compresa e possa venir presentata in forma più adatta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa, avendo una struttura sociale visibile, che è appunto segno della sua unità in Cristo, può essere arricchita, e lo è effettivamente, dallo sviluppo della vita sociale umana non perché manchi qualcosa nella costituzione datale da Cristo, ma per conoscere questa più profondamente, per meglio esprimerla e per adattarla con più successo ai nostri tempi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-332",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Essa sente con gratitudine di ricevere, nella sua comunità non meno che nei suoi figli singoli, vari aiuti dagli uomini di qualsiasi grado e condizione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-333",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chiunque promuove la comunità umana nell'ordine della famiglia, della cultura, della vita economica e sociale, come pure della politica, sia nazionale che internazionale, porta anche non poco aiuto, secondo il disegno di Dio, alla comunità della Chiesa, nella misura in cui questa dipende da fattori esterni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anzi, la Chiesa confessa che molto giovamento le è venuto e le può venire perfino dall'opposizione di quanti la avversano o la perseguitano (103)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, l'alfa e l'omega."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-336",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa, nel dare aiuto al mondo come nel ricevere molto da esso, ha di mira un solo fine: che venga il regno di Dio e si realizzi la salvezza dell'intera umanità. Tutto ciò che di bene il popolo di Dio può offrire all'umana famiglia, nel tempo del suo pellegrinaggio terreno, scaturisce dal fatto che la Chiesa è «l'universale sacramento della salvezza» (104) che svela e insieme realizza il mistero dell'amore di Dio verso l'uomo. Infatti il Verbo di Dio, per mezzo del quale tutto è stato creato, si è fatto egli stesso carne, per operare, lui, l'uomo perfetto, la salvezza di tutti e la ricapitolazione universale. Il Signore è il fine della storia umana, « il punto focale dei desideri della storia e della civiltà », il centro del genere umano, la gioia d'ogni cuore, la pienezza delle loro aspirazioni (105). Egli è colui che il Padre ha risuscitato da morte, ha esaltato e collocato alla sua destra, costituendolo giudice dei vivi e dei morti. Vivificati e radunati nel suo Spirito, come pellegrini andiamo incontro alla finale perfezione della storia umana, che corrisponde in pieno al disegno del suo amore: « Ricapitolare tutte le cose in Cristo, quelle del cielo come quelle della terra » (Ef 1,10). Dice il Signore stesso: « Ecco, io vengo presto, e porto con me il premio, per retribuire ciascuno secondo le opere sue. Io sono l'alfa e l'omega, il primo e l'ultimo, il principio e il fine» (Ap 22,12-13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-337",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PARTE II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-338",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ALCUNI PROBLEMI PIÙ URGENTI"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proemio"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-340",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dopo aver esposto di quale dignità è insignita la persona dell'uomo e quale compito, individuale e sociale, egli è chiamato ad adempiere sulla terra, il Concilio, alla luce del Vangelo e dell'esperienza umana, attira ora l'attenzione di tutti su alcuni problemi contemporanei particolarmente urgenti, che toccano in modo specialissimo il genere umano. Tra le numerose questioni che oggi destano l'interesse generale, queste meritano particolare menzione: il matrimonio e la famiglia, la cultura umana, la vita economico-sociale, la vita politica, la solidarietà tra le nazioni e la pace. Sopra ciascuna di esse risplendano i principi e la luce che provengono da Cristo; così i cristiani avranno una guida e tutti gli uomini potranno essere illuminati nella ricerca delle soluzioni di problemi tanto numerosi e complessi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIGNITÀ DEL MATRIMONIO E DELLA FAMIGLIA E SUA VALORIZZAZIONE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Matrimonio e famiglia nel mondo d'oggi"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il bene della persona e della società umana e cristiana è strettamente connesso con una felice situazione della comunità coniugale e familiare. Perciò i cristiani, assieme con quanti hanno alta stima di questa comunità, si rallegrano sinceramente dei vari sussidi, con i quali gli uomini favoriscono oggi la formazione di questa comunità di amore e la stima ed il rispetto della vita: sussidi che sono di aiuto a coniugi e genitori della loro eminente missione; da essi i cristiani attendono sempre migliori vantaggi e si sforzano di promuoverli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-344",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Però la dignità di questa istituzione non brilla dappertutto con identica chiarezza poiché è oscurata dalla poligamia, dalla piaga del divorzio, dal cosiddetto libero amore e da altre deformazioni. Per di più l'amore coniugale è molto spesso profanato dall'egoismo, dall'edonismo e da pratiche illecite contro la fecondità. Inoltre le odierne condizioni economiche, socio-psicologiche e civili portano turbamenti non lievi nella vita familiare. E per ultimo in determinate parti del mondo si avvertono non senza preoccupazioni i problemi posti dall'incremento demografico. Da tutto ciò sorgono difficoltà che angustiano la coscienza. Tuttavia il valore e la solidità dell'istituto matrimoniale e familiare prendono risalto dal fatto che le profonde mutazioni dell'odierna società, nonostante le difficoltà che ne scaturiscono, molto spesso rendono manifesta in maniere diverse la vera natura di questa istituzione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-345",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò il Concilio, mettendo in chiara luce alcuni punti capitali della dottrina della Chiesa, si propone di illuminare e incoraggiare i cristiani e tutti gli uomini che si sforzano di salvaguardare e promuovere la dignità naturale e l'altissimo valore sacro dello stato matrimoniale."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Santità del matrimonio e della famiglia"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-347",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'intima comunità di vita e d'amore coniugale, fondata dal Creatore e strutturata con leggi proprie, è stabilita dall'alleanza dei coniugi, vale a dire dall'irrevocabile consenso personale. E così, è dall'atto umano col quale i coniugi mutuamente si danno e si ricevono, che nasce, anche davanti alla società, l'istituzione del matrimonio, che ha stabilità per ordinamento divino. In vista del bene dei coniugi, della prole e anche della società, questo legame sacro non dipende dall'arbitrio dell'uomo . Perché è Dio stesso l'autore del matrimonio, dotato di molteplici valori e fini (106): tutto ciò è di somma importanza per la continuità del genere umano, il progresso personale e la sorte eterna di ciascuno dei membri della famiglia, per la dignità, la stabilità, la pace e la prosperità della stessa famiglia e di tutta la società umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-348",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per la sua stessa natura l'istituto del matrimonio e l'amore coniugale sono ordinati alla procreazione e alla educazione della prole e in queste trovano il loro coronamento. E così l'uomo e la donna, che per l'alleanza coniugale « non sono più due, ma una sola carne » (Mt 19,6), prestandosi un mutuo aiuto e servizio con l'intima unione delle persone e delle attività, esperimentano il senso della propria unità e sempre più pienamente la conseguono."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-349",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questa intima unione, in quanto mutua donazione di due persone, come pure il bene dei figli, esigono la piena fedeltà dei coniugi e ne reclamano l'indissolubile unità (107)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-350",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo Signore ha effuso l'abbondanza delle sue benedizioni su questo amore dai molteplici aspetti, sgorgato dalla fonte della divina carità e strutturato sul modello della sua unione con la Chiesa. Infatti, come un tempo Dio ha preso l'iniziativa di un'alleanza di amore e fedeltà (108) con il suo popolo cosi ora il Salvatore degli uomini e sposo della Chiesa (109) viene incontro ai coniugi cristiani attraverso il sacramento del matrimonio. Inoltre rimane con loro perché, come egli stesso ha amato la Chiesa e si è dato per essa (110) così anche i coniugi possano amarsi l'un l'altro fedelmente, per sempre, con mutua dedizione. L'autentico amore coniugale è assunto nell'amore divino ed è sostenuto e arricchito dalla forza redentiva del Cristo e dalla azione salvifica della Chiesa, perché i coniugi in maniera efficace siano condotti a Dio e siano aiutati e rafforzati nello svolgimento della sublime missione di padre e madre (111). Per questo motivo i coniugi cristiani sono fortificati e quasi consacrati da uno speciale sacramento (112) per i doveri e la dignità del loro stato. Ed essi, compiendo con la forza di tale sacramento il loro dovere coniugale e familiare, penetrati dello spirito di Cristo, per mezzo del quale tutta la loro vita è pervasa di fede, speranza e carità, tendono a raggiungere sempre più la propria perfezione e la mutua santificazione, ed assieme rendono gloria a Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-351",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prevenuti dall'esempio e dalla preghiera comune dei genitori, i figli, anzi tutti quelli che vivono insieme nell'ambito familiare, troveranno più facilmente la strada di una formazione veramente umana, della salvezza e della santità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto agli sposi, insigniti della dignità e responsabilità di padre e madre, adempiranno diligentemente il dovere dell'educazione, soprattutto religiosa, che spetta loro prima che a chiunque altro."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-353",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I figli, come membra vive della famiglia, contribuiscono pure in qualche modo alla santificazione dei genitori. Risponderanno, infatti, ai benefici ricevuti dai genitori con affetto riconoscente, con pietà filiale e fiducia; e li assisteranno, come si conviene a figli, nelle avversità della vita e nella solitudine della vecchiaia. La vedovanza, accettata con coraggio come continuazione della vocazione coniugale sia onorata da tutti (113). La famiglia metterà con generosità in comune con le altre famiglie le proprie ricchezze spirituali. Allora la famiglia cristiana che nasce dal matrimonio, come immagine e partecipazione dell'alleanza d'amore del Cristo e della Chiesa (114) renderà manifesta a tutti la viva presenza del Salvatore nel mondo e la genuina natura della Chiesa, sia con l'amore, la fecondità generosa, l'unità e la fedeltà degli sposi, che con l'amorevole cooperazione di tutti i suoi membri."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'amore coniugale"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-355",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I fidanzati sono ripetutamente invitati dalla parola di Dio a nutrire e potenziare il loro fidanzamento con un amore casto, e gli sposi la loro unione matrimoniale con un affetto senza incrinature (115). Anche molti nostri contemporanei annettono un grande valore al vero amore tra marito e moglie, che si manifesta in espressioni diverse a seconda dei sani costumi dei popoli e dei tempi. Proprio perché atto eminentemente umano, essendo diretto da persona a persona con un sentimento che nasce dalla volontà, quell'amore abbraccia il bene di tutta la persona; perciò ha la possibilità di arricchire di particolare dignità le espressioni del corpo e della vita psichica e di nobilitarle come elementi e segni speciali dell'amicizia coniugale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-356",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Signore si è degnato di sanare, perfezionare ed elevare questo amore con uno speciale dono di grazia e carità. Un tale amore, unendo assieme valori umani e divini, conduce gli sposi al libero e mutuo dono di se stessi, che si esprime mediante sentimenti e gesti di tenerezza e pervade tutta quanta la vita dei coniugi (116) anzi, diventa più perfetto e cresce proprio mediante il generoso suo esercizio. È ben superiore, perciò, alla pura attrattiva erotica che, egoisticamente coltivata, presto e miseramente svanisce."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-357",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo amore è espresso e sviluppato in maniera tutta particolare dall'esercizio degli atti che sono propri del matrimonio. Ne consegue che gli atti coi quali i coniugi si uniscono in casta intimità sono onesti e degni; compiuti in modo veramente umano, favoriscono la mutua donazione che essi significano ed arricchiscono vicendevolmente nella gioia e nella gratitudine gli sposi stessi. Quest'amore, ratificato da un impegno mutuo e soprattutto consacrato da un sacramento di Cristo, resta indissolubilmente fedele nella prospera e cattiva sorte, sul piano del corpo e dello spirito; di conseguenza esclude ogni adulterio e ogni divorzio. L'unità del matrimonio, confermata dal Signore, appare in maniera lampante anche dalla uguale dignità personale che bisogna riconoscere sia all'uomo che alla donna nel mutuo e pieno amore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-358",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per tener fede costantemente agli impegni di questa vocazione cristiana si richiede una virtù fuori del comune; è per questo che i coniugi, resi forti dalla grazia per una vita santa, coltiveranno assiduamente la fermezza dell'amore, la grandezza d'animo, lo spirito di sacrificio e li domanderanno nella loro preghiera. Ma l'autentico amore coniugale godrà più alta stima e si formerà al riguardo una sana opinione pubblica, se i coniugi cristiani danno testimonianza di fedeltà e di armonia nell'amore come anche di sollecitudine nell'educazione dei figli, e se assumono la loro responsabilità nel necessario rinnovamento culturale, psicologico e sociale a favore del matrimonio e della famiglia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-359",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I giovani siano adeguatamente istruiti, molto meglio se in seno alla propria famiglia, sulla dignità dell'amore coniugale, sulla sua funzione e le sue espressioni; così che, formati nella stima della castità, possano ad età conveniente passare da un onesto fidanzamento alle nozze."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La fecondità del matrimonio"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-361",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il matrimonio e l'amore coniugale sono ordinati per loro natura alla procreazione ed educazione della prole. I figli infatti sono il dono più eccellente del matrimonio e contribuiscono grandemente al bene dei genitori stessi. Dio che disse: « non è bene che l'uomo sia solo» (Gn 2,18) e «che creò all'inizio l'uomo maschio e femmina » (Mt 19,4), volendo comunicare all'uomo una speciale partecipazione nella sua opera creatrice, benedisse l'uomo e la donna, dicendo loro: «crescete e moltiplicatevi» (Gn 1,28). Di conseguenza un amore coniugale vero e ben compreso e tutta la struttura familiare che ne nasce tendono, senza trascurare gli altri fini del matrimonio, a rendere i coniugi disponibili a cooperare coraggiosamente con l'amore del Creatore e del Salvatore che attraverso di loro continuamente dilata e arricchisce la sua famiglia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-362",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I coniugi sappiano di essere cooperatori dell'amore di Dio Creatore e quasi suoi interpreti nel compito di trasmettere la vita umana e di educarla; ciò deve essere considerato come missione loro propria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-363",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E perciò adempiranno il loro dovere con umana e cristiana responsabilità e, con docile riverenza verso Dio, di comune accordo e con sforzo comune, si formeranno un retto giudizio: tenendo conto sia del proprio bene personale che di quello dei figli, tanto di quelli nati che di quelli che si prevede nasceranno; valutando le condizioni sia materiali che spirituali della loro epoca e del loro stato di vita; e, infine, tenendo conto del bene della comunità familiare, della società temporale e della Chiesa stessa. Questo giudizio in ultima analisi lo devono formulare, davanti a Dio, gli sposi stessi. Però nella loro linea di condotta i coniugi cristiani siano consapevoli che non possono procedere a loro arbitrio, ma devono sempre essere retti da una coscienza che sia con forme alla legge divina stessa; e siano docili al magistero della Chiesa, che interpreta in modo autentico quella legge alla luce del Vangelo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-364",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tale legge divina manifesta il significato pieno dell'amore coniugale, lo protegge e lo conduce verso la sua perfezione veramente umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-365",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Così quando gli sposi cristiani, fidando nella divina Provvidenza e coltivando lo spirito di sacrificio (117), svolgono il loro ruolo procreatore e si assumono generosamente le loro responsabilità umane e cristiane, glorificano il Creatore e tendono alla perfezione cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-366",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tra i coniugi che in tal modo adempiono la missione loro affidata da Dio, sono da ricordare in modo particolare quelli che, con decisione prudente e di comune accordo, accettano con grande animo anche un più grande numero di figli da educare convenientemente (118)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-367",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il matrimonio tuttavia non è stato istituito soltanto per la procreazione; il carattere stesso di alleanza indissolubile tra persone e il bene dei figli esigono che anche il mutuo amore dei coniugi abbia le sue giuste manifestazioni, si sviluppi e arrivi a maturità. E perciò anche se la prole, molto spesso tanto vivamente desiderata, non c'è, il matrimonio perdura come comunità e comunione di tutta la vita e conserva il suo valore e la sua indissolubilità."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Accordo dell'amore coniugale col rispetto della vita"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-369",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Concilio sa che spesso i coniugi, che vogliono condurre armoniosamente la loro vita coniugale, sono ostacolati da alcune condizioni della vita di oggi, e possono trovare circostanze nelle quali non si può aumentare, almeno per un certo tempo, il numero dei figli; non senza difficoltà allora si può conservare la pratica di un amore fedele e la piena comunità di vita. Là dove, infatti, è interrotta l'intimità della vita coniugale, non è raro che la fedeltà sia messa in pericolo e possa venir compromesso il bene dei figli: allora corrono pericolo anche l'educazione dei figli e il coraggio di accettarne altri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-370",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C'è chi presume portare a questi problemi soluzioni non oneste, anzi non rifugge neppure dall'uccisione delle nuove vite. La Chiesa ricorda, invece, che non può esserci vera contraddizione tra le leggi divine, che reggono la trasmissione della vita, e quelle che favoriscono l'autentico amore coniugale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-371",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infatti Dio, padrone della vita, ha affidato agli uomini l'altissima missione di proteggere la vita: missione che deve essere adempiuta in modo degno dell'uomo. Perciò la vita, una volta concepita, deve essere protetta con la massima cura; l'aborto e l'infanticidio sono delitti abominevoli. La sessualità propria dell'uomo e la facoltà umana di generare sono meravigliosamente superiori a quanto avviene negli stadi inferiori della vita; perciò anche gli atti specifici della vita coniugale, ordinati secondo la vera dignità umana, devono essere rispettati con grande stima. Perciò, quando si tratta di mettere d'accordo l'amore coniugale con la trasmissione responsabile della vita, il carattere morale del comportamento non dipende solo dalla sincera intenzione e dalla valutazione dei motivi, ma va determinato secondo criteri oggettivi, che hanno il loro fondamento nella dignità stessa della persona umana e dei suoi atti, criteri che rispettano, in un contesto di vero amore, il significato totale della mutua donazione e della procreazione umana; cosa che risulterà impossibile se non viene coltivata con sincero animo la virtù della castità coniugale. I figli della Chiesa, fondati su questi principi, nel regolare la procreazione, non potranno seguire strade che sono condannate dal Magistero nella spiegazione della legge divina (119). Del resto, tutti sappiamo che la vita dell'uomo e il compito di trasmetterla non sono limitati agli orizzonti di questo mondo e non vi trovano né la loro piena dimensione, né il loro pieno senso, ma riguardano il destino eterno degli uomini."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'impegno di tutti per il bene del matrimonio e della famiglia"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-373",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La famiglia è una scuola di arricchimento umano. Perché però possa attingere la pienezza della sua vita e del suo compimento, è necessaria una amorevole apertura vicendevole di animo tra i coniugi, e la consultazione reciproca e una continua collaborazione tra i genitori nella educazione dei figli. La presenza attiva del padre giova moltissimo alla loro formazione; ma bisogna anche permettere alla madre, di cui abbisognano specialmente i figli più piccoli, di prendersi cura del proprio focolare pur senza trascurare la legittima promozione sociale della donna. I figli poi, mediante l'educazione devono venire formati in modo che, giunti alla maturità, possano seguire con pieno senso di responsabilità la loro vocazione, compresa quella sacra; e se sceglieranno lo stato di vita coniugale, possano formare una propria famiglia in condizioni morali, sociali ed economiche favorevoli. È compito poi dei genitori o dei tutori guidare i più giovani nella formazione di una nuova famiglia con il consiglio prudente, presentato in modo che questi lo ascoltino volentieri; dovranno tuttavia evitare di esercitare forme di coercizione diretta o indiretta su di essi per spingerli al matrimonio o alla scelta di una determinata persona come coniuge."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-374",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In questo modo la famiglia, nella quale le diverse generazioni si incontrano e si aiutano vicendevolmente a raggiungere una saggezza umana più completa e ad armonizzare i diritti della persona con le altre esigenze della vita sociale, è veramente il fondamento della società. Tutti coloro che hanno influenza sulla società e sulle sue diverse categorie, quindi, devono collaborare efficacemente alla promozione del matrimonio e della famiglia; e le autorità civili dovranno considerare come un sacro dovere conoscere la loro vera natura, proteggerli e farli progredire, difendere la moralità pubblica e favorire la prosperità domestica. In particolare dovrà essere difeso il diritto dei genitori di generare la prole e di educarla in seno alla famiglia. Una provvida legislazione ed iniziative varie dovranno pure proteggere ed aiutare opportunamente coloro che sono purtroppo privi di una propria famiglia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-375",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I cristiani, bene utilizzando il tempo presente (120) e distinguendo le realtà permanenti dalle forme mutevoli, si adoperino per sviluppare diligentemente i valori del matrimonio e della famiglia; lo faranno tanto con la testimonianza della propria vita, quanto con un'azione concorde con gli uomini di buona volontà. Così, superando le difficoltà presenti, essi provvederanno ai bisogni e agli interessi della famiglia, in accordo con i tempi nuovi. A questo fine sono di grande aiuto il senso cristiano dei fedeli, la retta coscienza morale degli uomini, come pure la saggezza e la competenza di chi è versato nelle discipline sacre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-376",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli esperti nelle scienze, soprattutto biologiche, mediche, sociali e psicologiche, possono portare un grande contributo al bene del matrimonio e della famiglia e alla pace delle coscienze se, con l'apporto convergente dei loro studi, cercheranno di chiarire sempre più a fondo le diverse condizioni che favoriscono un'ordinata e onesta procreazione umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-377",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È compito dei sacerdoti, provvedendosi una necessaria competenza sui problemi della vita familiare, aiutare amorosamente la vocazione dei coniugi nella loro vita coniugale e familiare con i vari mezzi della pastorale, con la predicazione della parola di Dio, con il culto liturgico o altri aiuti spirituali, fortificarli con bontà e pazienza nelle loro difficoltà e confortarli con carità, perché si formino famiglie veramente serene."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-378",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le varie opere di apostolato, specialmente i movimenti familiari, si adopereranno a sostenere con la dottrina e con l'azione i giovani e gli stessi sposi, particolarmente le nuove famiglie, ed a formarli alla vita familiare, sociale ed apostolica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-379",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infine i coniugi stessi, creati ad immagine del Dio vivente e muniti di un'autentica dignità personale, siano uniti da un uguale mutuo affetto, dallo stesso modo di sentire, da comune santità (121), cosi che, seguendo Cristo principio di vita (122) nelle gioie e nei sacrifici della loro vocazione, attraverso il loro amore fedele possano diventare testimoni di quel mistero di amore che il Signore ha rivelato al mondo con la sua morte e la sua risurrezione (123)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-380",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA PROMOZIONE DELLA CULTURA"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introduzione"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-382",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È proprio della persona umana il non poter raggiungere un livello di vita veramente e pienamente umano se non mediante la cultura, coltivando cioè i beni e i valori della natura. Perciò, ogniqualvolta si tratta della vita umana, natura e cultura sono quanto mai strettamente connesse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-383",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con il termine generico di « cultura » si vogliono indicare tutti quei mezzi con i quali l'uomo affina e sviluppa le molteplici capacità della sua anima e del suo corpo; procura di ridurre in suo potere il cosmo stesso con la conoscenza e il lavoro; rende più umana la vita sociale, sia nella famiglia che in tutta la società civile, mediante il progresso del costume e delle istituzioni; infine, con l'andar del tempo, esprime, comunica e conserva nelle sue opere le grandi esperienze e aspirazioni spirituali, affinché possano servire al progresso di molti, anzi di tutto il genere umano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-384",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Di conseguenza la cultura presenta necessariamente un aspetto storico e sociale e la voce « cultura » assume spesso un significato sociologico ed etnologico. In questo senso si parla di pluralità delle culture. Infatti dal diverso modo di far uso delle cose, di lavorare, di esprimersi, di praticare la religione e di formare i costumi, di fare le leggi e creare gli istituti giuridici, di sviluppare le scienze e le arti e di coltivare il bello, hanno origine i diversi stili di vita e le diverse scale di valori. Cosi dalle usanze tradizionali si forma il patrimonio proprio di ciascun gruppo umano. Così pure si costituisce l'ambiente storicamente definito in cui ogni uomo, di qualsiasi stirpe ed epoca, si inserisce, e da cui attinge i beni che gli consentono di promuovere la civiltà."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-385",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sezione 1: La situazione della cultura nel mondo odierno"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nuovi stili di vita"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-387",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le condizioni di vita dell'uomo moderno, sotto l'aspetto sociale e culturale, sono profondamente cambiate, così che è lecito parlare di una nuova epoca della storia umana (124). Di qui si aprono nuove vie per perfezionare e diffondere più largamente la cultura. Esse sono state preparate da un grandioso sviluppo delle scienze naturali e umane, anche sociali, dal progresso delle tecniche, dallo sviluppo e dall'organizzazione degli strumenti di comunicazione sociale. Perciò la cultura odierna è caratterizzata da alcune note distintive: le scienze dette «esatte» affinano al massimo il senso critico; i più recenti studi di psicologia spiegano in profondità l'attività umana; le scienze storiche spingono fortemente a considerare le cose sotto l'aspetto della loro mutabilità ed evoluzione; i modi di vivere ed i costumi diventano sempre più uniformi; l'industrializzazione, l'urbanesimo e le altre cause che favoriscono la vita collettiva creano nuove forme di cultura (cultura di massa), da cui nascono nuovi modi di pensare, di agire, di impiegare il tempo libero; lo sviluppo dei rapporti fra le varie nazioni e le classi sociali rivela più ampiamente a tutti e a ciascuno i tesori delle diverse forme di cultura, e così poco a poco si prepara una forma di cultura umana più universale, la quale tanto più promuove ed esprime l'unità del genere umano, quanto meglio rispetta le particolarità delle diverse culture."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'uomo artefice della cultura"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-389",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cresce sempre più il numero degli uomini e delle donne di ogni gruppo o nazione che prendono coscienza di essere artefici e promotori della cultura della propria comunità. In tutto il mondo si sviluppa sempre più il senso dell'autonomia e della responsabilità, cosa che è di somma importanza per la maturità spirituale e morale dell'umanità. Ciò appare ancor più chiaramente se teniamo presente l'unificazione del mondo e il compito che ci si impone di costruire un mondo migliore nella verità e nella giustizia. In tal modo siamo testimoni della nascita d'un nuovo umanesimo, in cui l'uomo si definisce anzitutto per la sua responsabilità verso i suoi fratelli e verso la storia."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Difficoltà e compiti"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-391",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In queste condizioni non stupisce che l'uomo sentendosi responsabile del progresso della cultura, nutra grandi speranze, ma consideri pure con ansietà le molteplici antinomie esistenti ch'egli deve risolvere. Che cosa si deve fare affinché gli intensificati rapporti culturali, che dovrebbero condurre ad un vero e fruttuoso dialogo tra classi e nazioni diverse, non turbino la vita delle comunità, né sovvertano la sapienza dei padri, né mettano in pericolo il carattere proprio di ciascun popolo?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-392",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In qual modo promuovere il dinamismo e l'espansione della nuova cultura senza che si perda la viva fedeltà al patrimonio della tradizione? Questo problema si pone con particolare urgenza là dove la cultura, che nasce dal grande sviluppo scientifico e tecnico, si deve armonizzare con la cultura che, secondo le varie tradizioni, viene alimentata dagli studi classici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-393",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In qual maniera conciliare una così rapida e crescente diversificazione delle scienze specializzate, con la necessità di farne la sintesi e di mantenere nell'uomo le facoltà della contemplazione e dell'ammirazione che conducono alla sapienza?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-394",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Che cosa fare affinché le moltitudini siano rese partecipi dei beni della cultura, proprio quando la cultura degli specialisti diviene sempre più alta e complessa?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-395",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Come, infine, riconoscere come legittima l'autonomia che la cultura rivendica a se stessa, senza giungere a un umanesimo puramente terrestre, anzi avverso alla religione?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-396",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In mezzo a queste antinomie, la cultura umana va oggi sviluppata in modo da perfezionare con giusto ordine la persona umana nella sua integrità e da aiutare gli uomini nell'esplicazione di quei compiti, al cui adempimento tutti, ma specialmente i cristiani fraternamente uniti in seno all'unica famiglia umana, sono chiamati."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-397",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sezione 2: Alcuni principi riguardanti la retta promozione della cultura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fede e cultura"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-399",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I cristiani, in cammino verso la città celeste, devono ricercare e gustare le cose di lassù (125) questo tuttavia non diminuisce, anzi aumenta l'importanza del loro dovere di collaborare con tutti gli uomini per la costruzione di un mondo più umano. E in verità il mistero della fede cristiana offre loro eccellenti stimoli e aiuti per assolvere con maggiore impegno questo compito e specialmente per scoprire il pieno significato di quest'attività, mediante la quale la cultura umana acquista un posto importante nella vocazione integrale dell'uomo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-400",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'uomo infatti, quando coltiva la terra col lavoro delle sue braccia o con l'aiuto della tecnica, affinché essa produca frutto e diventi una dimora degna di tutta la famiglia umana, e quando partecipa consapevolmente alla vita dei gruppi sociali, attua il disegno di Dio, manifestato all'inizio dei tempi, di assoggettare la terra (126) e di perfezionare la creazione, e coltiva se stesso; nel medesimo tempo mette in pratica il grande comandamento di Cristo di prodigarsi al servizio dei fratelli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-401",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'uomo inoltre, applicandosi allo studio delle varie discipline, quali la filosofia, la storia, la matematica, le scienze naturali, e coltivando l'arte, può contribuire moltissimo ad elevare l'umana famiglia a più alti concetti del vero, del bene e del bello e a una visione delle cose di universale valore; in tal modo essa sarà più vivamente illuminata da quella mirabile Sapienza, che dall'eternità era con Dio, disponendo con lui ogni cosa, giocando sull'orbe terrestre e trovando le sue delizie nello stare con i figli degli uomini (127)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-402",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per ciò stesso lo spirito umano, più libero dalla schiavitù delle cose, può innalzarsi con maggiore speditezza al culto ed alla contemplazione del Creatore. Anzi, sotto l'impulso della grazia si dispone a riconoscere il Verbo di Dio che, prima di farsi carne per tutto salvare e ricapitolare in se stesso, già era « nel mondo » come « luce vera che illumina ogni uomo » (Gv 1,9) (128)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-403",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certo, l'odierno progresso delle scienze e della tecnica, che in forza del loro metodo non possono penetrare nelle intime ragioni delle cose, può favorire un certo fenomenismo e agnosticismo, quando il metodo di investigazione di cui fanno uso queste scienze viene a torto innalzato a norma suprema di ricerca della verità totale. Anzi, vi è il pericolo che l'uomo, fidandosi troppo delle odierne scoperte, pensi di bastare a se stesso e non cerchi più valori superiori."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-404",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questi fatti deplorevoli però non scaturiscono necessariamente dalla odierna cultura, né debbono indurci nella tentazione di non riconoscere i suoi valori positivi. Fra questi si annoverano: il gusto per le scienze e la rigorosa fedeltà al vero nella indagine scientifica, la necessità di collaborare con gli altri nei gruppi tecnici specializzati, il senso della solidarietà internazionale, la coscienza sempre più viva della responsabilità degli esperti nell'aiutare e proteggere gli uomini, la volontà di rendere più felici le condizioni di vita per tutti, specialmente per coloro che soffrono per la privazione della responsabilità personale o per la povertà culturale. Tutti questi valori possono essere in qualche modo una preparazione a ricevere l'annunzio del Vangelo; preparazione che potrà essere portata a compimento dalla divina carità di colui che è venuto a salvare il mondo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I molteplici rapporti fra il Vangelo di Cristo e la cultura"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-406",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fra il messaggio della salvezza e la cultura esistono molteplici rapporti. Dio infatti, rivelandosi al suo popolo fino alla piena manifestazione di sé nel Figlio incarnato, ha parlato secondo il tipo di cultura proprio delle diverse epoche storiche."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-407",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parimenti la Chiesa, che ha conosciuto nel corso dei secoli condizioni d'esistenza diverse, si è servita delle differenti culture per diffondere e spiegare nella sua predicazione il messaggio di Cristo a tutte le genti, per studiarlo ed approfondirlo, per meglio esprimerlo nella vita liturgica e nella vita della multiforme comunità dei fedeli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-408",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma nello stesso tempo, inviata a tutti i popoli di qualsiasi tempo e di qualsiasi luogo (129), non è legata in modo esclusivo e indissolubile a nessuna razza o nazione, a nessun particolare modo di vivere, a nessuna consuetudine antica o recente. Fedele alla propria tradizione e nello stesso tempo cosciente dell'universalità della sua missione (130), può entrare in comunione con le diverse forme di cultura; tale comunione arricchisce tanto la Chiesa stessa quanto le varie culture."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-409",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Vangelo di Cristo rinnova continuamente la vita e la cultura dell'uomo decaduto, combatte e rimuove gli errori e i mali derivanti dalla sempre minacciosa seduzione del peccato. Continuamente purifica ed eleva la moralità dei popoli. Con la ricchezza soprannaturale feconda dall'interno, fortifica, completa e restaura in Cristo le qualità spirituali e le doti di ciascun popolo. In tal modo la Chiesa, compiendo la sua missione già con questo stesso fatto stimola e dà il suo contributo alla cultura umana e civile e, mediante la sua azione, anche liturgica, educa l'uomo alla libertà interiore."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Armonizzazione dei diversi aspetti della cultura"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-411",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per i motivi suddetti la Chiesa ricorda a tutti che la cultura deve mirare alla perfezione integrale della persona umana, al bene della comunità e di tutta la società umana. Perciò è necessario coltivare lo spirito in modo che si sviluppino le facoltà dell'ammirazione, dell'intuizione, della contemplazione, e si diventi capaci di formarsi un giudizio personale e di coltivare il senso religioso, morale e sociale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-412",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infatti la cultura, scaturendo direttamente dalla natura ragionevole e sociale dell'uomo, ha un incessante bisogno della giusta libertà per svilupparsi e le si deve riconoscere la legittima possibilità di esercizio autonomo secondo i propri principi. A ragione dunque essa esige rispetto e gode di una certa inviolabilità, salvi evidentemente i diritti della persona e della comunità, sia particolare sia universale, entro i limiti del bene comune."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-413",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il sacro Concilio, richiamando ciò che insegnò il Concilio Vaticano I, dichiara che « esistono due ordini di conoscenza » distinti, cioè quello della fede e quello della ragione, e che la Chiesa non vieta che «le arti e le discipline umane (...) si servano, nell'ambito proprio a ciascuna, di propri principi e di un proprio metodo »; perciò, « riconoscendo questa giusta libertà », la Chiesa afferma la legittima autonomia della cultura e specialmente delle scienze (131)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-414",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutto questo esige pure che l'uomo, nel rispetto dell'ordine morale e della comune utilità, possa liberamente cercare la verità, manifestare e diffondere le sue opinioni, e coltivare qualsiasi arte; esige, infine, che sia informato secondo verità degli eventi della vita pubblica (132)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-415",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È compito dei pubblici poteri, non determinare il carattere proprio delle forme di cultura, ma assicurare le condizioni e i sussidi atti a promuovere la vita culturale fra tutti, anche fra le minoranze di una nazione (133). Perciò bisogna innanzi tutto esigere che la cultura, stornata dal proprio fine, non sia costretta a servire il potere politico o il potere economico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-416",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sezione 3: Alcuni doveri più urgenti per i cristiani circa la cultura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il riconoscimento del diritto di ciascuno alla cultura e sua attuazione"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-418",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché si offre ora la possibilità di liberare moltissimi uomini dal flagello dell'ignoranza, è compito sommamente confacente al nostro tempo, in specie per i cristiani, lavorare indefessamente perché tanto in campo economico quanto in campo politico, tanto sul piano nazionale quanto sul piano internazionale, siano prese le decisioni fondamentali, mediante le quali sia riconosciuto e attuato dovunque il diritto di tutti a una cultura umana conforme alla dignità della persona, senza distinzione di razza, di sesso, di nazione, di religione o di condizione sociale. Perciò è necessario procurare a tutti una quantità sufficiente di beni culturali, specialmente di quelli che costituiscono la cosiddetta cultura di base, affinché moltissimi non siano impediti, a causa dell'analfabetismo e della privazione di un'attività responsabile, di dare una collaborazione veramente umana al bene comune."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-419",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Occorre perciò fare ogni sforzo affinché quelli che ne sono capaci possano accedere agli studi superiori; ma in tale maniera che, per quanto è possibile, essi possano occuparsi nell'umana società di quelle funzioni, compiti e servizi che corrispondono alle loro attitudini naturali e alle competenze acquisite (134). Così ognuno e i gruppi sociali di ciascun popolo potranno raggiungere il pieno sviluppo della loro vita culturale, in conformità con le doti e tradizioni loro proprie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-420",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bisogna inoltre fare di tutto perché ciascuno prenda coscienza tanto del diritto alla cultura, quanto del dovere di coltivarsi e di aiutare gli altri. Vi sono talora condizioni di vita e di lavoro che impediscono lo sforzo culturale e perciò distruggono l'interesse per la cultura. Questo vale in modo speciale per gli agricoltori e gli operai, ai quali bisogna assicurare condizioni di lavoro tali che non impediscano, ma promuovano la loro vita culturale. Le donne lavorano già in quasi tutti i settori della vita; conviene però che esse possano svolgere pienamente i loro compiti secondo le attitudini loro proprie. Sarà dovere di tutti far si che la partecipazione propria e necessaria delle donne nella vita culturale sia riconosciuta e promossa."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'educazione ad una cultura integrale"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-422",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oggi vi è più difficoltà di un tempo di ridurre a sintesi le varie discipline e arti del sapere. Mentre infatti aumenta il volume e la diversità degli elementi che costituiscono la cultura, diminuisce nello stesso tempo la capacità per i singoli uomini di percepirli e di armonizzarli organicamente, cosicché l'immagine dell'«uomo universale» diviene sempre più evanescente. Tuttavia ogni uomo ha il dovere di tener fermo il concetto della persona umana integrale, in cui eccellono i valori della intelligenza, della volontà, della coscienza e della fraternità, che sono fondati tutti in Dio Creatore e sono stati mirabilmente sanati ed elevati in Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-423",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La famiglia anzitutto è come la madre e la nutrice di questa educazione; in essa i figli, vivendo in una atmosfera d'amore, apprendono più facilmente la gerarchia dei valori, mentre collaudate forme culturali vengono quasi naturalmente trasfuse nell'animo dell'adolescente, man mano che si sviluppa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-424",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per la medesima educazione nella società odierna vi sono opportunità derivanti specialmente dall'accresciuta diffusione del libro e dai nuovi strumenti di comunicazione culturale e sociale, che possono favorire la cultura universale. La diminuzione più o meno generalizzata del tempo dedicato al lavoro fa aumentare di giorno in giorno per molti uomini le possibilità di coltivarsi. Il tempo libero sia impiegato per distendere lo spirito, per fortificare la salute dell'anima e del corpo; mediante attività e studi di libera scelta; mediante viaggi in altri paesi (turismo), con i quali si affina lo spirito dell'uomo, e gli uomini si arricchiscono con la reciproca conoscenza; anche mediante esercizi e manifestazioni sportive, che giovano a mantenere l'equilibrio dello spirito, ed offrono un aiuto per stabilire fraterne relazioni fra gli uomini di tutte le condizioni, di nazioni o di razze diverse. I cristiani collaborino dunque affinché le manifestazioni e le attività culturali collettive, proprie della nostra epoca, siano impregnate di spirito umano e cristiano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-425",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tuttavia tutte queste facilitazioni non possono assicurare la piena ed integrale formazione culturale dell'uomo, se nello stesso tempo trascuriamo di interrogarci profondamente sul significato della cultura e della scienza per la persona umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Accordo fra cultura umana e insegnamento cristiano"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-427",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sebbene la Chiesa abbia grandemente contribuito al progresso della cultura, l'esperienza dimostra tuttavia che, per ragioni contingenti, l'accordo fra la cultura e la formazione cristiana non si realizza sempre senza difficoltà."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-428",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Queste difficoltà non necessariamente sono di danno alla fede; possono, anzi, stimolare lo spirito ad acquisirne una più accurata e profonda intelligenza. Infatti gli studi recenti e le nuove scoperte delle scienze, come pure quelle della storia e della filosofia, suscitano nuovi problemi che comportano conseguenze anche per la vita pratica ed esigono nuove indagini anche da parte dei teologi. Questi sono inoltre invitati, nel rispetto dei metodi e delle esigenze proprie della scienza teologica, a ricercare modi sempre più adatti di comunicare la dottrina cristiana agli uomini della loro epoca: altro è, infatti, il deposito o le verità della fede, altro è il modo con cui vengono espresse, a condizione tuttavia di salvaguardarne il significato e il senso profondo (135). Nella cura pastorale si conoscano sufficientemente e si faccia uso non soltanto dei principi della teologia, ma anche delle scoperte delle scienze profane, in primo luogo della psicologia e della sociologia, cosicché anche i fedeli siano condotti a una più pura e più matura vita di fede."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-429",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A modo loro, anche la letteratura e le arti sono di grande importanza per la vita della Chiesa. Esse cercano infatti di esprimere la natura propria dell'uomo, i suoi problemi e la sua esperienza nello sforzo di conoscere e perfezionare se stesso e il mondo; cercano di scoprire la sua situazione nella storia e nell'universo, di illustrare le sue miserie e le sue gioie, i suoi bisogni e le sue capacità, e di prospettare una sua migliore condizione. Così possono elevare la vita umana, che esprimono in molteplici forme, secondo i tempi e i luoghi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-430",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bisogna perciò impegnarsi affinché gli artisti si sentano compresi dalla Chiesa nella loro attività e, godendo di un'ordinata libertà, stabiliscano più facili rapporti con la comunità cristiana. Siano riconosciute dalla Chiesa le nuove tendenze artistiche adatte ai nostri tempi secondo l'indole delle diverse nazioni e regioni. Siano ammesse negli edifici del culto, quando, con modi d'espressione adatti e conformi alle esigenze liturgiche, innalzano lo spirito a Dio (136)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-431",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Così la conoscenza di Dio viene meglio manifestata e la predicazione evangelica si rende più trasparente all'intelligenza degli uomini e appare come connaturata con le loro condizioni d'esistenza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-432",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I fedeli dunque vivano in strettissima unione con gli uomini del loro tempo, e si sforzino di penetrare perfettamente il loro modo di pensare e di sentire, quali si esprimono mediante la cultura. Sappiano armonizzare la conoscenza delle nuove scienze, delle nuove dottrine e delle più recenti scoperte con la morale e il pensiero cristiano, affinché il senso religioso e la rettitudine morale procedano in essi di pari passo con la conoscenza scientifica e con il continuo progresso della tecnica; potranno così giudicare e interpretare tutte le cose con senso autenticamente cristiano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-433",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coloro che si applicano alle scienze teologiche nei seminari e nelle università si studino di collaborare con gli uomini che eccellono nelle altre scienze, mettendo in comune le loro forze e opinioni. La ricerca teologica, mentre persegue la conoscenza profonda della verità rivelata, non trascuri il contatto con il proprio tempo, per poter aiutare gli uomini competenti nelle varie branche del sapere ad acquistare una più piena conoscenza della fede. Questa collaborazione gioverà grandemente alla formazione dei sacri ministri, che potranno presentare ai nostri contemporanei la dottrina della Chiesa intorno a Dio, all'uomo e al mondo in maniera più adatta, così da farla anche da essi più volentieri accettare (137). È anzi desiderabile che molti laici acquistino una conveniente formazione nelle scienze sacre e che non pochi tra loro si diano di proposito a questi studi e li approfondiscano con mezzi scientifici adeguati. Ma affinché possano esercitare il loro compito, sia riconosciuta ai fedeli, tanto ecclesiastici che laici, una giusta libertà di ricercare, di pensare e di manifestare con umiltà e coraggio la propria opinione nel campo in cui sono competenti (138)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-434",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VITA ECONOMICO-SOCIALE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vita economica e alcuni aspetti caratteristici contemporanei"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-436",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anche nella vita economico-sociale sono da tenere in massimo rilievo e da promuovere la dignità della persona umana, la sua vocazione integrale e il bene dell'intera società. L'uomo infatti è l'autore, il centro e il fine di tutta la vita economico-sociale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-437",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'economia contemporanea, come ogni altro campo della vita sociale, è caratterizzata da un dominio crescente dell'uomo sulla natura, dalla moltiplicazione e dalla intensificazione dei rapporti e dalla interdipendenza tra cittadini, gruppi e popoli, come pure da un più intenso intervento dei pubblici poteri. Nello stesso tempo, il progresso nella efficienza produttiva e nella migliore organizzazione degli scambi e servizi hanno reso l'economia strumento adatto a meglio soddisfare i bisogni accresciuti della famiglia umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-438",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tuttavia non mancano motivi di preoccupazione. Molti uomini, soprattutto nelle regioni economicamente sviluppate, appaiono quasi unicamente retti dalle esigenze dell'economia, cosicché quasi tutta la loro vita personale e sociale viene permeata da una mentalità economicistica, e ciò si diffonde sia nei paesi ad economia collettivistica che negli altri. In un tempo in cui lo sviluppo della vita economica, orientata e coordinata in una maniera razionale e umana, potrebbe permettere una attenuazione delle disparità sociali, troppo spesso essa si tramuta in una causa del loro aggravamento o, in alcuni luoghi, perfino nel regresso delle condizioni sociali dei deboli e nel disprezzo dei poveri. Mentre folle immense mancano dello stretto necessario, alcuni, anche nei paesi meno sviluppati, vivono nell'opulenza o dissipano i beni. Il lusso si accompagna alla miseria. E, mentre pochi uomini dispongono di un assai ampio potere di decisione, molti mancano quasi totalmente della possibilità di agire di propria iniziativa o sotto la propria responsabilità, spesso permanendo in condizioni di vita e di lavoro indegne di una persona umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-439",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Simili squilibri economici e sociali si avvertono tra l'agricoltura, l'industria e il settore dei servizi, come pure tra le diverse regioni di uno stesso paese. Una contrapposizione, che può mettere in pericolo la pace del mondo intero, si fa ogni giorno più grave tra le nazioni economicamente più progredite e le altre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-440",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli uomini del nostro tempo reagiscono con coscienza sempre più sensibile di fronte a tali disparità: essi sono profondamente convinti che le più ampie possibilità tecniche ed economiche, proprie del mondo contemporaneo, potrebbero e dovrebbero correggere questo funesto stato di cose. Ma per questo si richiedono molte riforme nelle strutture della vita economico-sociale; è necessario anche da parte di tutti un mutamento di mentalità e di abitudini di vita. In vista di ciò la Chiesa, lungo lo svolgersi della storia, ha formulato nella luce del Vangelo e, soprattutto in questi ultimi tempi, ha largamente insegnato i principi di giustizia e di equità richiesti dalla retta ragione umana e validi sia per la vita individuale o sociale che per la vita internazionale. Il sacro Concilio, tenuto conto delle caratteristiche del tempo presente, intende riconfermare tali principi e formulare alcuni orientamenti, con particolare riguardo alle esigenze dello sviluppo economico (139)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-441",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sezione 1: Sviluppo economico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lo sviluppo economico a servizio dell'uomo"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-443",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oggi più che mai, per far fronte all'aumento della popolazione e per rispondere alle crescenti aspirazioni del genere umano, giustamente si tende ad incrementare la produzione di beni nell'agricoltura e nell'industria e la prestazione dei servizi. Perciò sono da favorire il progresso tecnico, lo spirito di innovazione, la creazione di nuove imprese e il loro ampliamento, l'adattamento nei metodi dell'attività produttiva e dello sforzo sostenuto da tutti quelli che partecipano alla produzione, in una parola tutto ciò che possa contribuire a questo sviluppo (140). Ma il fine ultimo e fondamentale di tale sviluppo non consiste nel solo aumento dei beni prodotti, né nella sola ricerca del profitto o del predominio economico, bensì nel servizio dell'uomo: dell'uomo integralmente considerato, tenendo cioè conto della gerarchia dei suoi bisogni materiali e delle esigenze della sua vita intellettuale, morale, spirituale e religiosa; di ogni uomo, diciamo, e di ogni gruppo umano, di qualsiasi razza o continente. Pertanto l'attività economica deve essere condotta secondo le leggi e i metodi propri dell'economia, ma nell'ambito dell'ordine morale (141), in modo che così risponda al disegno di Dio sull'uomo (142)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lo sviluppo economico sotto il controllo dell'uomo"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-445",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lo sviluppo economico deve rimanere sotto il controllo dell'uomo. Non deve essere abbandonato all'arbitrio di pochi uomini o gruppi che abbiano in mano un eccessivo potere economico, né della sola comunità politica, né di alcune nazioni più potenti. Conviene, al contrario, che il maggior numero possibile di uomini, a tutti i livelli e, quando si tratta dei rapporti internazionali, tutte le nazioni possano partecipare attivamente al suo orientamento. È necessario egualmente che le iniziative spontanee dei singoli e delle loro libere associazioni siano coordinate e armonizzate in modo conveniente ed organico con la molteplice azione delle pubbliche autorità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-446",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lo sviluppo economico non può essere abbandonato né al solo gioco quasi meccanico della attività economica dei singoli, né alla sola decisione della pubblica autorità. Per questo, bisogna denunciare gli errori tanto delle dottrine che, in nome di un falso concetto di libertà, si oppongono alle riforme necessarie, quanto delle dottrine che sacrificano i diritti fondamentali delle singole persone e dei gruppi all'organizzazione collettiva della produzione (143)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-447",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si ricordino, d'altra parte, tutti i cittadini che essi hanno il diritto e il dovere - e il potere civile lo deve riconoscere loro - di contribuire secondo le loro capacità al progresso della loro propria comunità. Specialmente nelle regioni economicamente meno progredite, dove si impone d'urgenza l'impiego di tutte le risorse ivi esistenti, danneggiano gravemente il bene comune coloro che tengono inutilizzate le proprie ricchezze o coloro che - salvo il diritto personale di migrazione - privano la propria comunità dei mezzi materiali e spirituali di cui essa ha bisogno."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ingenti disparità economico-sociali da far scomparire"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-449",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per rispondere alle esigenze della giustizia e dell'equità, occorre impegnarsi con ogni sforzo affinché, nel rispetto dei diritti personali e dell'indole propria di ciascun popolo, siano rimosse il più rapidamente possibile le ingenti disparità economiche che portano con sé discriminazioni nei diritti individuali e nelle condizioni sociali quali oggi si verificano e spesso si aggravano. Similmente, in molte zone, tenendo presenti le particolari difficoltà del settore agricolo quanto alla produzione e alla commercializzazione dei beni, gli addetti all'agricoltura vanno sostenuti per aumentare la produzione e garantirne la vendita, nonché per la realizzazione delle trasformazioni e innovazioni necessarie, come pure per raggiungere un livello equo di reddito; altrimenti rimarranno, come spesso avviene, in condizioni sociali di inferiorità. Da parte loro gli agricoltori, soprattutto i giovani, si impegnino con amore a migliorare la loro competenza professionale, senza la quale non si dà sviluppo dell'agricoltura (144)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-450",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La giustizia e l'equità richiedono similmente che la mobilità, assolutamente necessaria in una economia di sviluppo, sia regolata in modo da evitare che la vita dei singoli e delle loro famiglie si faccia incerta e precaria. Per quanto riguarda i lavoratori che, provenendo da altre nazioni o regioni, concorrono con il loro lavoro allo sviluppo economico di un popolo o di una zona, è da eliminare accuratamente ogni discriminazione nelle condizioni di rimunerazione o di lavoro. Inoltre tutti e in primo luogo i poteri pubblici, devono trattarli come persone, e non semplicemente come puri strumenti di produzione; devono aiutarli perché possano accogliere presso di sé le loro famiglie e procurarsi un alloggio decoroso, nonché favorire la loro integrazione nella vita sociale del popolo o della regione che li accoglie. Si creino tuttavia nella misura del possibile, posti di lavoro nelle regioni stesse d'origine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-451",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nelle economie attualmente in fase di ulteriore trasformazione, come nelle nuove forme della società industriale nelle quali, per esempio, si va largamente applicando l'automazione, si richiedono misure per assicurare a ciascuno un impiego sufficiente e adatto, insieme alla possibilità di una formazione tecnica e professionale adeguata; inoltre bisogna garantire la sussistenza e la dignità umana di coloro che, soprattutto per motivi di salute e di età, si trovano in particolari difficoltà."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-452",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sezione 2: Alcuni principi relativi all'insieme della vita economico-sociale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lavoro, condizione di lavoro e tempo libero"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-454",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il lavoro umano, con cui si producono e si scambiano beni o si prestano servizi economici, è di valore superiore agli altri elementi della vita economica, poiché questi hanno solo valore di strumento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-455",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tale lavoro, infatti, sia svolto in forma indipendente sia per contratto con un imprenditore, procede direttamente dalla persona, la quale imprime nella natura quasi il suo sigillo e la sottomette alla sua volontà. Con il lavoro, l'uomo provvede abitualmente al sostentamento proprio e dei suoi familiari, comunica con gli altri, rende un servizio agli uomini suoi fratelli e può praticare una vera carità e collaborare attivamente al completamento della divina creazione. Ancor più: sappiamo per fede che l'uomo, offrendo a Dio il proprio lavoro, si associa all'opera stessa redentiva di Cristo, il quale ha conferito al lavoro una elevatissima dignità, lavorando con le proprie mani a Nazareth. Di qui discendono, per ciascun uomo, il dovere di lavorare fedelmente, come pure il diritto al lavoro. Corrispondentemente è compito della società, in rapporto alle condizioni in essa esistenti, aiutare da parte sua i cittadini a trovare sufficiente occupazione. Infine il lavoro va rimunerato in modo tale da garantire i mezzi sufficienti per permettere al singolo e alla sua famiglia una vita dignitosa su un piano materiale, sociale, culturale e spirituale, tenuto conto del tipo di attività e grado di rendimento economico di ciascuno, nonché delle condizioni dell'impresa e del bene comune (145)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-456",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché l'attività economica è per lo più realizzata in gruppi produttivi in cui si uniscono molti uomini, è ingiusto ed inumano organizzarla con strutture ed ordinamenti che siano a danno di chi vi operi. Troppo spesso avviene invece, anche ai nostri giorni, che i lavoratori siano in un certo senso asserviti alle proprie opere. Ciò non trova assolutamente giustificazione nelle cosiddette leggi economiche. Occorre dunque adattare tutto il processo produttivo alle esigenze della persona e alle sue forme di vita, innanzitutto della sua vita domestica, particolarmente in relazione alle madri di famiglia, sempre tenendo conto del sesso e dell'età di ciascuno. Ai lavoratori va assicurata inoltre la possibilità di sviluppare le loro qualità e di esprimere la loro personalità nell'esercizio stesso del lavoro. Pur applicando a tale attività lavorativa, con doverosa responsabilità, tempo ed energie, tutti i lavoratori debbono però godere di sufficiente riposo e tempo libero, che permetta loro di curare la vita familiare, culturale, sociale e religiosa. Anzi, debbono avere la possibilità di dedicarsi ad attività libere che sviluppino quelle energie e capacità, che non hanno forse modo di coltivare nel loro lavoro professionale."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Partecipazione nell'impresa e nell'indirizzo economico generale; conflitti di lavoro"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-458",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nelle imprese economiche si uniscono delle persone, cioè uomini liberi ed autonomi, creati ad immagine di Dio. Perciò, prendendo in considerazione le funzioni di ciascuno - sia proprietari, sia imprenditori, sia dirigenti, sia operai - e salva la necessaria unità di direzione dell'impresa, va promossa, in forme da determinarsi in modo adeguato, la attiva partecipazione di tutti alla gestione dell'impresa (146). Poiché, tuttavia, in molti casi non è più a livello dell'impresa, ma a livello superiore in istituzioni di ordine più elevato, che si prendono le decisioni economiche e sociali da cui dipende l'avvenire dei lavoratori e dei loro figli, bisogna che essi siano parte attiva anche in tali decisioni, direttamente o per mezzo di rappresentanti liberamente eletti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-459",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tra i diritti fondamentali della persona umana bisogna annoverare il diritto dei lavoratori di fondare liberamente proprie associazioni, che possano veramente rappresentarli e contribuire ad organizzare rettamente la vita economica, nonché il diritto di partecipare liberamente alle attività di tali associazioni senza incorrere nel rischio di rappresaglie. Grazie a tale partecipazione organizzata, congiunta con una formazione economica e sociale crescente, andrà sempre più aumentando in tutti la coscienza della propria funzione e responsabilità: essi saranno così portati a sentirsi parte attiva, secondo le capacità e le attitudini di ciascuno, in tutta l'opera dello sviluppo economico e sociale e della realizzazione del bene comune universale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-460",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In caso di conflitti economico-sociali, si deve fare ogni sforzo per giungere a una soluzione pacifica. Benché sempre si debba ricorrere innanzitutto a un dialogo sincero tra le parti, lo sciopero può tuttavia rimanere anche nelle circostanze odierne un mezzo necessario, benché estremo, per la difesa dei propri diritti e la soddisfazione delle giuste aspirazioni dei lavoratori. Bisogna però cercare quanto prima le vie atte a riprendere il dialogo per le trattative e la conciliazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I beni della terra e loro destinazione a tutti gli uomini"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-462",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dio ha destinato la terra e tutto quello che essa contiene all'uso di tutti gli uomini e di tutti i popoli, e pertanto i beni creati debbono essere partecipati equamente a tutti, secondo la regola della giustizia, inseparabile dalla carità (147). Pertanto, quali che siano le forme della proprietà, adattate alle legittime istituzioni dei popoli secondo circostanze diverse e mutevoli, si deve sempre tener conto di questa destinazione universale dei beni. L'uomo, usando di questi beni, deve considerare le cose esteriori che legittimamente possiede non solo come proprie, ma anche come comuni, nel senso che possano giovare non unicamente a lui ma anche agli altri (148). Del resto, a tutti gli uomini spetta il diritto di avere una parte di beni sufficienti a sé e alla propria famiglia. Questo ritenevano giusto i Padri e dottori della Chiesa, i quali insegnavano che gli uomini hanno l'obbligo di aiutare i poveri, e non soltanto con il loro superfluo (149). Colui che si trova in estrema necessità, ha diritto di procurarsi il necessario dalle ricchezze altrui (150). Considerando il fatto del numero assai elevato di coloro che nel mondo intero sono oppressi dalla fame, il sacro Concilio richiama urgentemente tutti, sia singoli che autorità pubbliche, affinché - memori della sentenza dei Padri: « Dà da mangiare a colui che è moribondo per fame, perché se non gli avrai dato da mangiare, lo avrai ucciso » (151) realmente mettano a disposizione ed impieghino utilmente i propri beni, ciascuno secondo le proprie risorse, specialmente fornendo ai singoli e ai popoli i mezzi con cui essi possano provvedere a se stessi e svilupparsi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-463",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nelle società economicamente meno sviluppate, frequentemente la destinazione comune dei beni è in parte attuata mediante un insieme di consuetudini e di tradizioni comunitarie, che assicurano a ciascun membro i beni più necessari. Bisogna certo evitare che alcune consuetudini vengano considerate come assolutamente immutabili, se esse non rispondono più alle nuove esigenze del tempo presente; d'altra parte però, non si deve agire imprudentemente contro quelle oneste consuetudini che non cessano di essere assai utili, purché vengano opportunamente adattate alle odierne circostanze. Similmente, nelle nazioni economicamente molto sviluppate, una rete di istituzioni sociali per la previdenza e la sicurezza sociale può in parte contribuire a tradurre in atto la destinazione comune dei beni. Inoltre, è importante sviluppare ulteriormente i servizi familiari e sociali, specialmente quelli che provvedono agli aspetti culturali ed educativi. Ma nell'organizzare tutte queste istituzioni bisogna vegliare affinché i cittadini non siano indotti ad assumere di fronte alla società un atteggiamento di passività o di irresponsabilità nei compiti assunti o di rifiuto di servizio."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-70",
              "number": "70",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Investimenti e moneta"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-465",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli investimenti, da parte loro, devono contribuire ad assicurare possibilità di lavoro e reddito sufficiente tanto alla popolazione attiva di oggi, quanto a quella futura. Tutti i responsabili di tali investimenti e della organizzazione della vita economica globale - sia singoli che gruppi o pubbliche autorità - devono aver presenti questi fini e mostrarsi consapevoli del loro grave obbligo: da una parte di vigilare affinché si provveda ai beni necessari richiesti per una vita decorosa sia dei singoli che di tutta la comunità; d'altra parte di prevedere le situazioni future e di assicurare il giusto equilibrio tra i bisogni attuali di consumo, sia individuale che collettivo, e le esigenze di investimenti per la generazione successiva. Si abbiano ugualmente sempre presenti le urgenti necessità delle nazioni o regioni economicamente meno sviluppate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-466",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In campo monetario ci si guardi dal danneggiare il bene della propria nazione e delle altre. Si provveda inoltre affinché coloro che sono economicamente deboli non siano ingiustamente danneggiati dai mutamenti di valore della moneta."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-71",
              "number": "71",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Accesso alla proprietà e dominio privato dei beni; problemi dei latifondi Poiché la proprietà e le altre forme di potere privato sui beni esteriori contribuiscono alla espressione della persona e danno occasione all'uomo di esercitare il suo responsabile apporto nella società e nella economia, è di grande interesse favorire l'accesso degli individui o dei gruppi ad un certo potere sui beni esterni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-468",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La proprietà privata o un qualche potere sui beni esterni assicurano a ciascuno una zona indispensabile di autonomia personale e familiare e bisogna considerarli come un prolungamento della libertà umana. Infine, stimolando l'esercizio della responsabilità, essi costituiscono una delle condizioni delle libertà civili (152)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-469",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le forme di tale potere o di tale proprietà sono oggi varie e vanno modificandosi sempre di più di giorno in giorno. Nonostante i fondi sociali, i diritti e i servizi garantiti dalla società, le forme di tale potere o di tale proprietà restano tuttavia una fonte non trascurabile di sicurezza. Tutto ciò non va riferito soltanto alla proprietà dei beni materiali, ma altresì dei beni immateriali, come sono ad esempio le capacità professionali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-470",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La legittimità della proprietà privata non è in contrasto con quella delle varie forme di proprietà pubblica. Però i1 trasferimento dei beni in pubblica proprietà non può essere fatto che dalla autorità competente, secondo le esigenze ed entro i limiti del bene comune e con un equo indennizzo. Spetta inoltre alla pubblica autorità impedire che si abusi della proprietà privata agendo contro il bene comune (153)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-471",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ogni proprietà privata ha per sua natura anche un carattere sociale, che si fonda sulla comune destinazione dei beni (154). Se si trascura questo carattere sociale, la proprietà può diventare in molti modi occasione di cupidigia e di gravi disordini, così da offrire facile pretesto a quelli che contestano il diritto stesso di proprietà."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-472",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In molti paesi economicamente meno sviluppati esistono proprietà agricole estese od anche immense, scarsamente o anche per nulla coltivate per motivi di speculazione; mentre la maggioranza della popolazione è sprovvista di terreni da lavorare o fruisce soltanto di poderi troppo limitati, e d'altra parte, l'accrescimento della produzione agricola presenta un carattere di evidente urgenza. Non è raro che coloro che sono assunti come lavoratori dipendenti dai proprietari di tali vasti possedimenti, ovvero coloro che ne coltivano una parte a titolo di locazione, ricevono un salario o altre forme di remunerazione indegne di un uomo, non dispongono di una abitazione decorosa o sono sfruttati da intermediari. Mancando così ogni sicurezza, vivono in tale stato di dipendenza personale, che viene loro interdetta quasi ogni possibilità di iniziativa e di responsabilità e viene loro impedita ogni promozione culturale ed ogni partecipazione attiva nella vita sociale e politica. Si impongono pertanto, secondo le varie situazioni, delle riforme intese ad accrescere i redditi, a migliorare le condizioni di lavoro, ad aumentare la sicurezza dell'impiego e a favorire l'iniziativa personale; ed anche riforme che diano modo di distribuire le proprietà non sufficientemente coltivate a beneficio di coloro che siano capaci di farle fruttificare. In questo caso, devono essere loro assicurate le risorse e gli strumenti indispensabili, in particolare i mezzi di educazione e le possibilità di una giusta organizzazione cooperativa. Ogni volta che il bene comune esige l'espropriazione della proprietà, l'indennizzo va calcolato secondo equità, tenendo conto di tutte le circostanze."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-72",
              "number": "72",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'attività economico-sociale e il regno di Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-474",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I cristiani che partecipano attivamente allo sviluppo economico-sociale contemporaneo e alla lotta per la giustizia e la carità siano convinti di poter contribuire molto alla prosperità del genere umano e alla pace del mondo. In tali attività, sia che agiscano come singoli, sia come associati, brillino per il loro esempio. A tal fine è di grande importanza che, acquisite la competenza e l'esperienza assolutamente indispensabili, mentre svolgono le attività terrestri conservino una giusta gerarchia di valori, rimanendo fedeli a Cristo e al suo Vangelo, cosicché tutta la loro vita, individuale e sociale, sia compenetrata dello spirito delle beatitudini, specialmente dello spirito di povertà. Chi segue fedelmente Cristo cerca anzitutto il regno di Dio e vi trova un più valido e puro amore per aiutare i suoi fratelli e per realizzare, con l'ispirazione della carità, le opere della giustizia (155)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-475",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA VITA DELLA COMUNITÀ POLITICA"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-73",
              "number": "73",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vita pubblica contemporanea"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-477",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ai nostri giorni si notano profonde trasformazioni anche nelle strutture e nelle istituzioni dei popoli; tali trasformazioni sono conseguenza della evoluzione culturale, economica e sociale dei popoli. Esse esercitano una grande influenza, soprattutto nel campo che riguarda i diritti e i doveri di tutti nell'esercizio della libertà civile e nel conseguimento del bene comune, come pure in ciò che si riferisce alla regolazione dei rapporti dei cittadini tra di loro e con i pubblici poteri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-478",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da una coscienza più viva della dignità umana sorge, in diverse regioni del mondo, lo sforzo di instaurare un ordine politico-giuridico nel quale siano meglio tutelati nella vita pubblica i diritti della persona: ad esempio, il diritto di liberamente riunirsi, associarsi, esprimere le proprie opinioni e professare la religione in privato e in pubblico. La tutela, infatti dei diritti della persona è condizione necessaria perché i cittadini, individualmente o in gruppo, possano partecipare attivamente alla vita e al governo della cosa pubblica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-479",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Assieme al progresso culturale, economico e sociale, si rafforza in molti il desiderio di assumere maggiori responsabilità nell'organizzare la vita della comunità politica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-480",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella coscienza di molti aumenta la preoccupazione di salvaguardare i diritti delle minoranze di una nazione, senza che queste dimentichino il loro dovere verso la comunità politica. Cresce inoltre il rispetto verso le persone che hanno altre opinioni o professano religioni diverse. Contemporaneamente si instaura una più larga collaborazione, tesa a garantire a tutti i cittadini, e non solo a pochi privilegiati, l'effettivo godimento dei diritti personali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-481",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vengono condannate tutte quelle forme di regime politico, vigenti in alcune regioni, che impediscono la libertà civile o religiosa, moltiplicano le vittime delle passioni e dei crimini politici e distorcono l'esercizio dell'autorità dal bene comune per farlo servire all'interesse di una fazione o degli stessi governanti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-482",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per instaurare una vita politica veramente umana non c'è niente di meglio che coltivare il senso interiore della giustizia, dell'amore e del servizio al bene comune e rafforzare le convinzioni fondamentali sulla vera natura della comunità politica e sul fine, sul buon esercizio e sui limiti di competenza dell'autorità pubblica."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-74",
              "number": "74",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natura e fine della comunità politica"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-484",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli uomini, le famiglie e i diversi gruppi che formano la comunità civile sono consapevoli di non essere in grado, da soli, di costruire una vita capace di rispondere pienamente alle esigenze della natura umana e avvertono la necessità di una comunità più ampia, nella quale tutti rechino quotidianamente il contributo delle proprie capacità, allo scopo di raggiungere sempre meglio il bene comune (156)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-485",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per questo essi costituiscono, secondo vari tipi istituzionali, una comunità politica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-486",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La comunità politica esiste dunque in funzione di quel bene comune, nel quale essa trova significato e piena giustificazione e che costituisce la base originaria del suo diritto all'esistenza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-487",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il bene comune si concreta nell'insieme di quelle condizioni di vita sociale che consentono e facilitano agli esseri umani, alle famiglie e alle associazioni il conseguimento più pieno della loro perfezione (157)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-488",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma nella comunità politica si riuniscono insieme uomini numerosi e differenti, che legittimamente possono indirizzarsi verso decisioni diverse. Affinché la comunità politica non venga rovinata dal divergere di ciascuno verso la propria opinione, è necessaria un'autorità capace di dirigere le energie di tutti i cittadini verso il bene comune, non in forma meccanica o dispotica, ma prima di tutto come forza morale che si appoggia sulla libertà e sul senso di responsabilità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-489",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È dunque evidente che la comunità politica e l'autorità pubblica hanno il loro fondamento nella natura umana e perciò appartengono all'ordine fissato da Dio, anche se la determinazione dei regimi politici e la designazione dei governanti sono lasciate alla libera decisione dei cittadini (158)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-490",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ne segue parimenti che l'esercizio dell'autorità politica, sia da parte della comunità come tale, sia da parte degli organismi che rappresentano lo Stato, deve sempre svolgersi nell'ambito dell'ordine morale, per il conseguimento del bene comune (ma concepito in forma dinamica), secondo le norme di un ordine giuridico già definito o da definire. Allora i cittadini sono obbligati in coscienza ad obbedire (159). Da ciò risulta chiaramente la responsabilità, la dignità e 1 importanza del ruolo di coloro che governano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-491",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dove i cittadini sono oppressi da un'autorità pubblica che va al di là delle sue competenze, essi non rifiutino ciò che è oggettivamente richiesto dal bene comune; sia però lecito difendere i diritti propri e dei concittadini contro gli abusi dell'autorità, nel rispetto dei limiti dettati dalla legge naturale e dal Vangelo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-492",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le modalità concrete con le quali la comunità politica organizza le proprie strutture e l'equilibrio dei pubblici poteri possono variare, secondo l'indole dei diversi popoli e il cammino della storia; ma sempre devono mirare alla formazione di un uomo educato, pacifico e benevolo verso tutti, per il vantaggio di tutta la famiglia umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-75",
              "number": "75",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Collaborazione di tutti alla vita pubblica"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-494",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È pienamente conforme alla natura umana che si trovino strutture giuridico-politiche che sempre meglio offrano a tutti i cittadini, senza alcuna discriminazione, la possibilità effettiva di partecipare liberamente e attivamente sia alla elaborazione dei fondamenti giuridici della comunità politica, sia al governo degli affari pubblici, sia alla determinazione del campo d'azione e dei limiti dei differenti organismi, sia alla elezione dei governanti (160)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-495",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si ricordino perciò tutti i cittadini del diritto, che è anche dovere, di usare del proprio libero voto per la promozione del bene comune (161)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-496",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa stima degna di lode e di considerazione l'opera di coloro che, per servire gli uomini, si dedicano al bene della cosa pubblica e assumono il peso delle relative responsabilità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-497",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Affinché la collaborazione di cittadini responsabili possa ottenere felici risultati nella vita politica quotidiana, si richiede un ordinamento giuridico positivo, che organizzi una opportuna ripartizione delle funzioni e degli organi del potere, insieme ad una protezione efficace dei diritti, indipendente da chiunque."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-498",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I diritti delle persone, delle famiglie e dei gruppi e il loro esercizio devono essere riconosciuti, rispettati e promossi non meno dei doveri ai quali ogni cittadino è tenuto. Tra questi ultimi non sarà inutile ricordare il dovere di apportare allo Stato i servizi, materiali e personali, richiesti dal bene comune."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-499",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si guardino i governanti dall'ostacolare i gruppi familiari, sociali o culturali, i corpi o istituti intermedi, né li privino delle loro legittime ed efficaci attività, che al contrario devono volentieri e ordinatamente favorire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-500",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto ai cittadini, individualmente o in gruppo, evitino di attribuire un potere eccessivo all'autorità pubblica, né chiedano inopportunamente ad essa troppi servizi e troppi vantaggi, col rischio di diminuire così la responsabilità delle persone, delle famiglie e dei gruppi sociali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-501",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ai tempi nostri, la complessità dei problemi obbliga i pubblici poteri ad intervenire più frequentemente in materia sociale, economica e culturale, per determinare le condizioni più favorevoli che permettano ai cittadini e ai gruppi di perseguire più efficacemente, nella libertà, il bene completo dell'uomo. Il rapporto tra la socializzazione (162) l'autonomia e lo sviluppo della persona può essere concepito in modo differente nelle diverse regioni del mondo e in base alla evoluzione dei popoli. Ma dove l'esercizio dei diritti viene temporaneamente limitato in vista del bene comune, si ripristini al più presto possibile la libertà quando le circostanze sono cambiate. È in ogni caso inumano che l'autorità politica assuma forme totalitarie, oppure forme dittatoriali che ledano i diritti della persona o dei gruppi sociali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-502",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I cittadini coltivino con magnanimità e lealtà l'amore verso la patria, ma senza grettezza di spirito, cioè in modo tale da prendere anche contemporaneamente in considerazione il bene di tutta la famiglia umana, di tutte le razze, popoli e nazioni, che sono unite da innumerevoli legami."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-503",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti i cristiani devono prendere coscienza della propria speciale vocazione nella comunità politica; essi devono essere d'esempio, sviluppando in se stessi il senso della responsabilità e la dedizione al bene comune, così da mostrare con i fatti come possano armonizzarsi l'autorità e la libertà, l'iniziativa personale e la solidarietà di tutto il corpo sociale, la opportuna unità e la proficua diversità. In ciò che concerne l'organizzazione delle cose terrene, devono ammettere la legittima molteplicità e diversità delle opzioni temporali e rispettare i cittadini che, anche in gruppo, difendono in maniera onesta il loro punto di vista."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-504",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I partiti devono promuovere ciò che, a loro parere, è richiesto dal bene comune; mai però è lecito anteporre il proprio interesse a tale bene."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-505",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bisogna curare assiduamente la educazione civica e politica, oggi particolarmente necessaria, sia per l'insieme del popolo, sia soprattutto per i giovani, affinché tutti i cittadini possano svolgere il loro ruolo nella vita della comunità politica. Coloro che sono o possono diventare idonei per l'esercizio dell'arte politica, così difficile, ma insieme così nobile (163). Vi si preparino e si preoccupino di esercitarla senza badare al proprio interesse e a vantaggi materiali. Agiscono con integrità e saggezza contro l'ingiustizia e l'oppressione, l'assolutismo e l'intolleranza d'un solo uomo e d'un solo partito politico; si prodighino con sincerità ed equità al servizio di tutti, anzi con l'amore e la fortezza richiesti dalla vita politica."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-76",
              "number": "76",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La comunità politica e la Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-507",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È di grande importanza, soprattutto in una società pluralista, che si abbia una giusta visione dei rapporti tra la comunità politica e la Chiesa e che si faccia una chiara distinzione tra le azioni che i fedeli, individualmente o in gruppo, compiono in proprio nome, come cittadini, guidati dalla loro coscienza cristiana, e le azioni che essi compiono in nome della Chiesa in comunione con i loro pastori."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-508",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa che, in ragione del suo ufficio e della sua competenza, in nessuna maniera si confonde con la comunità politica e non è legata ad alcun sistema politico, è insieme il segno e la salvaguardia del carattere trascendente della persona umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-509",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La comunità politica e la Chiesa sono indipendenti e autonome l'una dall'altra nel proprio campo. Ma tutte e due, anche se a titolo diverso, sono a servizio della vocazione personale e sociale degli stessi uomini. Esse svolgeranno questo loro servizio a vantaggio di tutti in maniera tanto più efficace, quanto più coltiveranno una sana collaborazione tra di loro, secondo modalità adatte alle circostanze di luogo e di tempo. L'uomo infatti non è limitato al solo orizzonte temporale, ma, vivendo nella storia umana, conserva integralmente la sua vocazione eterna."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-510",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto alla Chiesa, fondata nell'amore del Redentore, essa contribuisce ad estendere il raggio d'azione della giustizia e dell'amore all'interno di ciascuna nazione e tra le nazioni. Predicando la verità evangelica e illuminando tutti i settori dell'attività umana con la sua dottrina e con la testimonianza resa dai cristiani, rispetta e promuove anche la libertà politica e la responsabilità dei cittadini."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-511",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli apostoli e i loro successori con i propri collaboratori, essendo inviati ad annunziare agli uomini il Cristo Salvatore del mondo, nell'esercizio del loro apostolato si appoggiano sulla potenza di Dio, che molto spesso manifesta la forza del Vangelo nella debolezza dei testimoni. Bisogna che tutti quelli che si dedicano al ministero della parola di Dio, utilizzino le vie e i mezzi propri del Vangelo, i quali differiscono in molti punti dai mezzi propri della città terrestre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-512",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certo, le cose terrene e quelle che, nella condizione umana, superano questo mondo, sono strettamente unite, e la Chiesa stessa si serve di strumenti temporali nella misura in cui la propria missione lo richiede. Tuttavia essa non pone la sua speranza nei privilegi offertigli dall'autorità civile. Anzi, essa rinunzierà all'esercizio di certi diritti legittimamente acquisiti, ove constatasse che il loro uso può far dubitare della sincerità della sua testimonianza o nuove circostanze esigessero altre disposizioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-513",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma sempre e dovunque, e con vera libertà, è suo diritto predicare la fede e insegnare la propria dottrina sociale, esercitare senza ostacoli la propria missione tra gli uomini e dare il proprio giudizio morale, anche su cose che riguardano l'ordine politico, quando ciò sia richiesto dai diritti fondamentali della persona e dalla salvezza delle anime. E farà questo utilizzando tutti e soli quei mezzi che sono conformi al Vangelo e in armonia col bene di tutti, secondo la diversità dei tempi e delle situazioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-514",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella fedeltà del Vangelo e nello svolgimento della sua missione nel mondo, la Chiesa, che ha come compito di promuovere ed elevare tutto quello che di vero, buono e bello si trova nella comunità umana (164) rafforza la pace tra gli uomini a gloria di Dio (165)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-515",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA PROMOZIONE DELLA PACE E LA COMUNITÀ DELLE NAZIONI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-517",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In questi nostri anni, nei quali permangono ancora gravissime tra gli uomini le afflizioni e le angustie derivanti da guerre ora imperversanti, ora incombenti, l'intera società umana è giunta ad un momento sommamente decisivo nel processo della sua maturazione. Mentre a poco a poco l'umanità va unificandosi e in ogni luogo diventa ormai più consapevole della propria unità, non potrà tuttavia portare a compimento l'opera che l'attende, di costruire cioè un mondo più umano per tutti gli uomini e su tutta la terra, se gli uomini non si volgeranno tutti con animo rinnovato alla vera pace. Per questo motivo il messaggio evangelico, in armonia con le aspirazioni e gli ideali più elevati del genere umano, risplende in questi nostri tempi di rinnovato fulgore quando proclama beati i promotori della pace, «perché saranno chiamati figli di Dio» (Mt 5,9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-518",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Illustrando pertanto la vera e nobilissima concezione della pace, il Concilio, condannata l'inumanità della guerra, intende rivolgere un ardente appello ai cristiani, affinché con l'aiuto di Cristo, autore della pace, collaborino con tutti per stabilire tra gli uomini una pace fondata sulla giustizia e sull'amore e per apprestare i mezzi necessari per il suo raggiungimento."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-78",
              "number": "78",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La natura della pace"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-520",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La pace non è la semplice assenza della guerra, né può ridursi unicamente a rendere stabile l'equilibrio delle forze avverse; essa non è effetto di una dispotica dominazione, ma viene con tutta esattezza definita a opera della giustizia » (Is 32,7). È il frutto dell'ordine impresso nella società umana dal suo divino Fondatore e che deve essere attuato dagli uomini che aspirano ardentemente ad una giustizia sempre più perfetta. Infatti il bene comune del genere umano è regolato, sì, nella sua sostanza, dalla legge eterna, ma nelle sue esigenze concrete è soggetto a continue variazioni lungo il corso del tempo; per questo la pace non è mai qualcosa di raggiunto una volta per tutte, ma è un edificio da costruirsi continuamente. Poiché inoltre la volontà umana è labile e ferita per di più dal peccato, l'acquisto della pace esige da ognuno il costante dominio delle passioni e la vigilanza della legittima autorità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-521",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tuttavia questo non basta. Tale pace non si può ottenere sulla terra se non è tutelato il bene delle persone e se gli uomini non possono scambiarsi con fiducia e liberamente le ricchezze del loro animo e del loro ingegno. La ferma volontà di rispettare gli altri uomini e gli altri popoli e la loro dignità, e l'assidua pratica della fratellanza umana sono assolutamente necessarie per la costruzione della pace. In tal modo la pace è frutto anche dell'amore, il quale va oltre quanto può apportare la semplice giustizia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-522",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La pace terrena, che nasce dall'amore del prossimo, è essa stessa immagine ed effetto della pace di Cristo che promana dal Padre. Il Figlio incarnato infatti, principe della pace, per mezzo della sua croce ha riconciliato tutti gli uomini con Dio; ristabilendo l'unità di tutti in un solo popolo e in un solo corpo, ha ucciso nella sua carne (166) l'odio e, nella gloria della sua risurrezione, ha diffuso lo Spirito di amore nel cuore degli uomini."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-523",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertanto tutti i cristiani sono chiamati con insistenza a praticare la verità nell'amore (Ef 4,15) e ad unirsi a tutti gli uomini sinceramente amanti della pace per implorarla dal cielo e per attuarla."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-524",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mossi dal medesimo spirito, noi non possiamo non lodare coloro che, rinunciando alla violenza nella rivendicazione dei loro diritti, ricorrono a quei mezzi di difesa che sono, del resto, alla portata anche dei più deboli, purché ciò si possa fare senza pregiudizio dei diritti e dei doveri degli altri o della comunità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-525",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli uomini, in quanto peccatori, sono e saranno sempre sotto la minaccia della guerra fino alla venuta di Cristo; ma in quanto riescono, uniti nell'amore, a vincere i1 peccato essi vincono anche la violenza, fino alla realizzazione di quella parola divina « Con le loro spade costruiranno aratri e falci con le loro lance; nessun popolo prenderà più le armi contro un altro popolo, né si eserciteranno più per la guerra» (Is 2,4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-526",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sezione 1: Necessità di evitare la guerra"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-79",
              "number": "79",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il dovere di mitigare l'inumanità della guerra"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-528",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sebbene le recenti guerre abbiano portato al nostro mondo gravissimi danni sia materiali che morali, ancora ogni giorno in qualche punto della terra la guerra continua a produrre le sue devastazioni. Anzi dal momento che in essa si fa uso di armi scientifiche di ogni genere, la sua atrocità minaccia di condurre i combattenti ad una barbarie di gran lunga superiore a quella dei tempi passati. La complessità inoltre delle odierne situazioni e la intricata rete delle relazioni internazionali fanno sì che vengano portate in lungo, con nuovi metodi insidiosi e sovversivi, guerre più o meno larvate. In molti casi il ricorso ai sistemi del terrorismo è considerato anch'esso una nuova forma di guerra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-529",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Davanti a questo stato di degradazione dell'umanità, il Concilio intende innanzi tutto richiamare alla mente il valore immutabile del diritto naturale delle genti e dei suoi principi universali. La stessa coscienza del genere umano proclama quei principi con sempre maggiore fermezza e vigore. Le azioni pertanto che deliberatamente si oppongono a quei principi e gli ordini che comandano tali azioni sono crimini, né l'ubbidienza cieca può scusare coloro che li eseguono. Tra queste azioni vanno innanzi tutto annoverati i metodi sistematici di sterminio di un intero popolo, di una nazione o di una minoranza etnica; orrendo delitto che va condannato con estremo rigore. Deve invece essere sostenuto il coraggio di coloro che non temono di opporsi apertamente a quelli che ordinano tali misfatti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-530",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esistono, in materia di guerra, varie convenzioni internazionali, che un gran numero di nazioni ha sottoscritto per rendere meno inumane le azioni militari e le loro conseguenze. Tali sono le convenzioni relative alla sorte dei militari feriti o prigionieri e molti impegni del genere. Tutte queste convenzioni dovranno essere osservate; anzi le pubbliche autorità e gli esperti in materia dovranno fare ogni sforzo, per quanto è loro possibile, affinché siano perfezionate, in modo da renderle capaci di porre un freno più adatto ed efficace alle atrocità della guerra. Sembra inoltre conforme ad equità che le leggi provvedano umanamente al caso di coloro che, per motivi di coscienza, ricusano l'uso delle armi, mentre tuttavia accettano qualche altra forma di servizio della comunità umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-531",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La guerra non è purtroppo estirpata dalla umana condizione. E fintantoché esisterà il pericolo della guerra e non ci sarà un'autorità internazionale competente, munita di forze efficaci, una volta esaurite tutte le possibilità di un pacifico accomodamento, non si potrà negare ai governi il diritto di una legittima difesa. I capi di Stato e coloro che condividono la responsabilità della cosa pubblica hanno dunque il dovere di tutelare la salvezza dei popoli che sono stati loro affidati, trattando con grave senso di responsabilità cose di così grande importanza. Ma una cosa è servirsi delle armi per difendere i giusti diritti dei popoli, ed altra cosa voler imporre il proprio dominio su altre nazioni. La potenza delle armi non rende legittimo ogni suo uso militare o politico. Né per il fatto che una guerra è ormai disgraziatamente scoppiata, diventa per questo lecita ogni cosa tra le parti in conflitto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-532",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coloro poi che al servizio della patria esercitano la loro professione nelle file dell'esercito, si considerino anch'essi come servitori della sicurezza e della libertà dei loro popoli; se rettamente adempiono il loro dovere, concorrono anch'essi veramente alla stabilità della pace."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-80",
              "number": "80",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La guerra totale"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-534",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il progresso delle armi scientifiche ha enormemente accresciuto l'orrore e l'atrocità della guerra. Le azioni militari, infatti, se condotte con questi mezzi, possono produrre distruzioni immani e indiscriminate, che superano pertanto di gran lunga i limiti di una legittima difesa. Anzi, se mezzi di tal genere, quali ormai si trovano negli arsenali delle grandi potenze, venissero pienamente utilizzati, si avrebbe la reciproca e pressoché totale distruzione delle parti contendenti, senza considerare le molte devastazioni che ne deriverebbero nel resto del mondo e gli effetti letali che sono la conseguenza dell'uso di queste armi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-535",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutte queste cose ci obbligano a considerare l'argomento della guerra con mentalità completamente nuova (167). Sappiano gli uomini di questa età che dovranno rendere severo conto dei loro atti di guerra, perché il corso dei tempi futuri dipenderà in gran parte dalle loro decisioni di oggi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-536",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Avendo ben considerato tutte queste cose, questo sacro Concilio, facendo proprie le condanne della guerra totale già pronunciate dai recenti sommi Pontefici dichiara (168):"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-537",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ogni atto di guerra, che mira indiscriminatamente alla distruzione di intere città o di vaste regioni e dei loro abitanti, è delitto contro Dio e contro la stessa umanità e va condannato con fermezza e senza esitazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-538",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il rischio caratteristico della guerra moderna consiste nel fatto che essa offre quasi l'occasione a coloro che posseggono le più moderne armi scientifiche di compiere tali delitti e, per una certa inesorabile concatenazione, può sospingere le volontà degli uomini alle più atroci decisioni. Affinché dunque non debba mai più accadere questo in futuro, i vescovi di tutto il mondo, ora riuniti, scongiurano tutti, in modo particolare i governanti e i supremi comandanti militari a voler continuamente considerare, davanti a Dio e davanti alla umanità intera, l'enorme peso della loro responsabilità."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-81",
              "number": "81",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La corsa agli armamenti"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-540",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le armi scientifiche, è vero, non vengono accumulate con l'unica intenzione di poterle usare in tempo di guerra. Poiché infatti si ritiene che la solidità della difesa di ciascuna parte dipenda dalla possibilità fulminea di rappresaglie, questo ammassamento di armi, che va aumentando di anno in anno, serve, in maniera certo paradossale, a dissuadere eventuali avversari dal compiere atti di guerra. E questo è ritenuto da molti il mezzo più efficace per assicurare oggi una certa pace tra le nazioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-541",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qualunque cosa si debba pensare di questo metodo dissuasivo, si convincano gli uomini che la corsa agli armamenti, alla quale si rivolgono molte nazioni, non è una via sicura per conservare saldamente la pace, né il cosiddetto equilibrio che ne risulta può essere considerato pace vera e stabile. Le cause di guerra, anziché venire eliminate da tale corsa, minacciano piuttosto di aggravarsi gradatamente. E mentre si spendono enormi ricchezze per la preparazione di armi sempre nuove, diventa poi impossibile arrecare sufficiente rimedio alle miserie così grandi del mondo presente. Anziché guarire veramente, nel profondo, i dissensi tra i popoli, si finisce per contagiare anche altre parti del mondo. Nuove strade converrà cercare partendo dalla riforma degli spiriti, perché possa essere rimosso questo scandalo e al mondo, liberato dall'ansietà che l'opprime, possa essere restituita una pace vera."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-542",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È necessario pertanto ancora una volta dichiarare: la corsa agli armamenti è una delle piaghe più gravi dell'umanità e danneggia in modo intollerabile i poveri; e c'è molto da temere che, se tale corsa continuerà, produrrà un giorno tutte le stragi, delle quali va già preparando i mezzi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-543",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ammoniti dalle calamità che il genere umano ha rese possibili, cerchiamo di approfittare della tregua di cui ora godiamo e che è stata a noi concessa dall'alto, per prendere maggiormente coscienza della nostra responsabilità e trovare delle vie per comporre in maniera più degna dell'uomo le nostre controversie. La Provvidenza divina esige da noi con insistenza che liberiamo noi stessi dall'antica schiavitù della guerra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-544",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se poi rifiuteremo di compiere tale sforzo non sappiamo dove ci condurrà la strada perversa per la quale ci siamo incamminati."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-82",
              "number": "82",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La condanna assoluta della guerra e l'azione internazionale per evitarla"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-546",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È chiaro pertanto che dobbiamo con ogni impegno sforzarci per preparare quel tempo nel quale, mediante l'accordo delle nazioni, si potrà interdire del tutto qualsiasi ricorso alla guerra. Questo naturalmente esige che venga istituita un'autorità pubblica universale, da tutti riconosciuta, la quale sia dotata di efficace potere per garantire a tutti i popoli sicurezza, osservanza della giustizia e rispetto dei diritti. Ma prima che questa auspicabile autorità possa essere costituita, è necessario che le attuali supreme istanze internazionali si dedichino con tutto l'impegno alla ricerca dei mezzi più idonei a procurare la sicurezza comune. La pace deve sgorgare spontanea dalla mutua fiducia delle nazioni, piuttosto che essere imposta ai popoli dal terrore delle armi. Pertanto tutti debbono impegnarsi con alacrità per far cessare finalmente la corsa agli armamenti. Perché la riduzione degli armamenti incominci realmente, non deve certo essere fatta in modo unilaterale, ma con uguale ritmo da una parte e dall'altra, in base ad accordi comuni e con l'adozione di efficaci garanzie (169)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-547",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non sono frattanto da sottovalutare gli sforzi già fatti e che si vanno tuttora facendo per allontanare il pericolo della guerra. Va piuttosto incoraggiata la buona volontà di tanti che pur gravati dalle ingenti preoccupazioni del loro altissimo ufficio, mossi dalla gravissima responsabilità da cui si sentono vincolati, si danno da fare in ogni modo per eliminare la guerra, di cui hanno orrore pur non potendo prescindere dalla complessa realtà delle situazioni. Bisogna rivolgere incessanti preghiere a Dio affinché dia loro la forza di intraprendere con perseveranza e condurre a termine con coraggio quest'opera del più grande amore per gli uomini, per mezzo della quale si costruisce virilmente l'edificio della pace. Tale opera esige oggi certamente che essi dilatino la loro mente e il loro cuore al di là dei confini della propria nazione, deponendo ogni egoismo nazionale ed ogni ambizione di supremazia su altre nazioni, e nutrendo invece un profondo rispetto verso tutta l'umanità, avviata ormai così faticosamente verso una maggiore unità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-548",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per ciò che riguarda i problemi della pace e del disarmo, bisogna tener conto degli studi approfonditi, già coraggiosamente e instancabilmente condotti e dei consessi internazionali che trattarono questi argomenti e considerarli come i primi passi verso la soluzione di problemi così gravi; con maggiore insistenza ed energia dovranno quindi essere promossi in avvenire, al fine di ottenere risultati concreti. Stiano tuttavia bene attenti gli uomini a non affidarsi esclusivamente agli sforzi di alcuni, senza preoccuparsi minimamente dei loro propri sentimenti. I capi di Stato, infatti, i quali sono mallevadori del bene comune delle proprie nazioni e fautori insieme del bene della umanità intera, dipendono in massima parte dalle opinioni e dai sentimenti delle moltitudini. È inutile infatti che essi si adoperino con tenacia a costruire la pace, finché sentimenti di ostilità, di disprezzo e di diffidenza, odi razziali e ostinate ideologie dividono gli uomini, ponendoli gli uni contro gli altri. Di qui la estrema, urgente necessità di una rinnovata educazione degli animi e di un nuovo orientamento nell'opinione pubblica. Coloro che si dedicano a un'opera di educazione, specie della gioventù, e coloro che contribuiscono alla formazione della pubblica opinione, considerino loro dovere gravissimo inculcare negli animi di tutti sentimenti nuovi, ispiratori di pace. E ciascuno di noi deve adoperarsi per mutare il suo cuore, aprendo gli occhi sul mondo intero e su tutte quelle cose che gli uomini possono compiere insieme per condurre l'umanità verso un migliore destino."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-549",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Né ci inganni una falsa speranza. Se non verranno in futuro conclusi stabili e onesti trattati di pace universale, rinunciando ad ogni odio e inimicizia, L'umanità che, pur avendo compiuto mirabili conquiste nel campo scientifico, si trova già in grave pericolo, sarà forse condotta funestamente a quell'ora, in cui non potrà sperimentare altra pace che la pace terribile della morte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-550",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa di Cristo nel momento in cui, posta in mezzo alle angosce del tempo presente, pronuncia tali parole, non cessa tuttavia di nutrire la più ferma speranza. Agli uomini della nostra età essa intende presentare con insistenza, sia che l'accolgano favorevolmente, o la respingano come importuna, il messaggio degli apostoli: a Ecco ora il tempo favorevole » per trasformare i cuori, «ecco ora i giorni della salvezza» (170)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-551",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sezione 2: La costruzione della comunità internazionale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-83",
              "number": "83",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le cause di discordia e i loro rimedi"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-553",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'edificazione della pace esige prima di tutto che, a cominciare dalle ingiustizie, si eliminino le cause di discordia che fomentano le guerre. Molte occasioni provengono dalle eccessive disparità economiche e dal ritardo con cui vi si porta il necessario rimedio. Altre nascono dallo spirito di dominio, dal disprezzo delle persone e, per accennare ai motivi più reconditi, dall'invidia, dalla diffidenza, dall'orgoglio e da altre passioni egoistiche. Poiché gli uomini non possono tollerare tanti disordini avviene che il mondo, anche quando non conosce le atrocità della guerra, resta tuttavia continuamente in balia di lotte e di violenze. I medesimi mali si riscontrano inoltre nei rapporti tra le nazioni. Quindi per vincere e per prevenire questi mali, per reprimere lo scatenamento della violenza, è assolutamente necessario che le istituzioni internazionali sviluppino e consolidino la loro cooperazione e la loro coordinazione e che, senza stancarsi, si stimoli la creazione di organismi idonei a promuovere la pace."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-84",
              "number": "84",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La comunità delle nazioni e le istituzioni internazionali"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-555",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dati i crescenti e stretti legami di mutua dipendenza esistenti oggi tra tutti gli abitanti e i popoli della terra, la ricerca adeguata e il raggiungimento efficace del bene comune richiedono che la comunità delle nazioni si dia un ordine che risponda ai suoi compiti attuali, tenendo particolarmente conto di quelle numerose regioni che ancor oggi si trovano in uno stato di intollerabile miseria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-556",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per conseguire questi fini, le istituzioni internazionali devono, ciascuna per la loro parte, provvedere ai diversi bisogni degli uomini, tanto nel campo della vita sociale (cui appartengono l'alimentazione, la salute, la educazione, il lavoro), quanto in alcune circostanze particolari che sorgono qua e là: per esempio, la necessità di aiutare la crescita generale delle nazioni in via di sviluppo, o ancora il sollievo alle necessità dei profughi in ogni parte del mondo, o degli emigrati e delle loro famiglie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-557",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le istituzioni internazionali, tanto universali che regionali già esistenti, si sono rese certamente benemerite del genere umano. Esse rappresentano i primi sforzi per gettare le fondamenta internazionali di tutta la comunità umana al fine di risolvere le più gravi questioni del nostro tempo: promuovere il progresso in ogni luogo della terra e prevenire la guerra sotto qualsiasi forma. In tutti questi campi, la Chiesa si rallegra dello spirito di vera fratellanza che fiorisce tra cristiani e non cristiani, e dello sforzo d'intensificare i tentativi intesi a sollevare l'immane miseria."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-85",
              "number": "85",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La cooperazione internazionale sul piano economico"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-559",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La solidarietà attuale del genere umano impone anche che si stabilisca una maggiore cooperazione internazionale in campo economico. Se infatti quasi tutti i popoli hanno acquisito l'indipendenza politica, si è tuttavia ancora lontani dal potere affermare che essi siano liberati da eccessive ineguaglianze e da ogni forma di dipendenza abusiva, e che sfuggano al pericolo di gravi difficoltà interne."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-560",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lo sviluppo d'un paese dipende dalle sue risorse in uomini e in denaro. Bisogna preparare i cittadini di ogni nazione, attraverso l'educazione e la formazione professionale, ad assumere i diversi incarichi della vita economica e sociale. A tal fine si richiede l'opera di esperti stranieri, i quali nel prestare la loro azione, si comportino non come padroni, ma come assistenti e cooperatori. Senza profonde modifiche nei metodi attuali del commercio mondiale, le nazioni in via di sviluppo non potranno ricevere i sussidi materiali di cui hanno bisogno. Inoltre, altre risorse devono essere loro date dalle nazioni progredite, sotto forma di dono, di prestiti e d'investimenti finanziari: ciò si faccia con generosità e senza cupidigia, da una parte, e si ricevano, dall'altra, con tutta onestà."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-561",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per instaurare un vero ordine economico mondiale, bisognerà rinunciare ai benefici esagerati, alle ambizioni nazionali, alla bramosia di dominazione politica, ai calcoli di natura militaristica e alle manovre tendenti a propagare e imporre ideologie. Vari sono i sistemi economici e sociali proposti; è desiderabile che gli esperti possano trovare in essi un fondamento comune per un sano commercio mondiale. Ciò sarà più facile se ciascuno, rinunciando ai propri pregiudizi, si dispone di buon grado a condurre un sincero dialogo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-86",
              "number": "86",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alcune norme opportune"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-563",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In vista di questa cooperazione, sembra utile proporre le norme seguenti:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-564",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Le nazioni in via di sviluppo tendano soprattutto ad assegnare, espressamente e senza equivoci, come fine del progresso la piena espansione umana dei cittadini. Si ricordino che questo progresso trova innanzi tutto la sua origine e il suo dinamismo nel lavoro e nella ingegnosità delle popolazioni stesse, visto che esso deve sl far leva sugli aiuti esterni, ma, prima di tutto, sulla valorizzazione delle proprie risorse nonché sulla propria cultura e tradizione. In questa materia, quelli che esercitano sugli altri maggiore influenza devono dare l'esempio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-565",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) È dovere gravissimo delle nazioni evolute di aiutare i popoli in via di sviluppo ad adempiere i compiti sopraddetti. Perciò esse procedano a quelle revisioni interne, spirituali e materiali, richieste da questa cooperazione universale. Così bisogna che negli scambi con le nazioni più deboli e meno fortunate abbiano riguardo al bene di quelle che hanno bisogno per la loro stessa sussistenza dei proventi ricavati dalla vendita dei propri prodotti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-566",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Spetta alla comunità internazionale coordinare e stimolare lo sviluppo, curando tuttavia di distribuire con la massima efficacia ed equità le risorse a ciò destinate. Salvo il principio di sussidiarietà, ad essa spetta anche di ordinare i rapporti economici mondiali secondo le norme della giustizia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-567",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si fondino istituti capaci di promuovere e di regolare il commercio internazionale, specialmente con le nazioni meno sviluppate, e destinati pure a compensare gli inconvenienti che derivano dall'eccessiva disuguaglianza di potere fra le nazioni. Accanto all'aiuto tecnico, culturale e finanziario, un simile ordinamento dovrebbe mettere a disposizione delle nazioni in via di sviluppo le risorse necessarie ad ottenere una crescita soddisfacente della loro economia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-568",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) In molti casi è urgente procedere a una revisione delle strutture economiche e sociali. Ma bisogna guardarsi dalle soluzioni tecniche premature, specialmente da quelle che, mentre offrono all'uomo certi vantaggi materiali, si oppongono al suo carattere spirituale e alla sua crescita. Poiché « non di solo pane vive l'uomo, ma di ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio » (Mt 4,4). Ogni parte della famiglia umana reca in sé e nelle sue migliori tradizioni qualcosa di quel tesoro spirituale che Dio ha affidato all'umanità, anche se molti ignorano da quale fonte provenga."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-87",
              "number": "87",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La cooperazione internazionale e l'accrescimento demografico"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-570",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La cooperazione internazionale è indispensabile soprattutto quando si tratta dei popoli che, fra le molte altre difficoltà, subiscono oggi in modo tutto speciale quelle derivanti da un rapido incremento demografico. È urgente e necessario ricercare come, con la cooperazione intera ed assidua di tutti, specie delle nazioni più favorite, si possa procurare e mettere a disposizione dell'intera comunità umana quei beni che sono necessari alla sussistenza e alla conveniente istruzione di ciascuno. Alcuni popoli potrebbero migliorare seriamente le loro condizioni di vita se, debitamente istruiti, passassero dai vecchi metodi di agricoltura ai nuovi procedimenti tecnici di produzione, applicandoli con la prudenza necessaria alla situazione propria e se instaurassero inoltre un migliore ordine sociale e attuassero una più giusta distribuzione della proprietà terriera."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-571",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nei limiti della loro competenza, i governi hanno diritti e doveri per ciò che concerne il problema demografico della nazione; come, ad esempio, per quanto riguarda la legislazione sociale e familiare, le migrazioni dalla campagna alle città, o quando si tratta dell'informazione relativa alla situazione e ai bisogni del paese. Oggi gli animi sono molto agitati da questi problemi. Si deve quindi sperare che cattolici competenti in tutte queste materie, in particolare nelle università, proseguano assiduamente gli studi già iniziati e li sviluppino maggiormente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-572",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché molti affermano che l'accrescimento demografico nel mondo, o almeno in alcune nazioni, debba essere frenato in maniera radicale con ogni mezzo e con non importa quale intervento dell'autorità pubblica, il Concilio esorta tutti ad astenersi da soluzioni contrarie alla legge morale, siano esse promosse o imposte pubblicamente o in privato. Infatti, in virtù del diritto inalienabile dell'uomo al matrimonio e alla generazione della prole, la decisione circa il numero dei figli da mettere al mondo dipende dal retto giudizio dei genitori e non può in nessun modo essere lasciata alla discrezione dell'autorità pubblica. Ma siccome questo giudizio dei genitori suppone una coscienza ben formata, è di grande importanza dare a tutti il modo di accedere a un livello di responsabilità conforme alla morale e veramente umano, nel rispetto della legge divina e tenendo conto delle circostanze. Tutto ciò esige un po' dappertutto un miglioramento dei mezzi pedagogici e delle condizioni sociali, soprattutto una formazione religiosa o almeno una solida formazione morale. Le popolazioni poi siano opportunamente informate sui progressi della scienza nella ricerca di quei metodi che potranno aiutare i coniugi in materia di regolamentazione delle nascite, una volta che sia ben accertato il valore di questi metodi e stabilito il loro accordo con la morale."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-88",
              "number": "88",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il compito dei cristiani nell'aiuto agli altri paesi"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-574",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I cristiani cooperino volentieri e con tutto il cuore all'edificazione dell'ordine internazionale, nel rispetto delle legittime libertà e in amichevole fraternità con tutti. Tanto più che la miseria della maggior parte del mondo è così grande che il Cristo stesso, nella persona dei poveri reclama come a voce alta la carità dei suoi discepoli. Si eviti questo scandalo: mentre alcune nazioni, i cui abitanti per la maggior parte si dicono cristiani, godono d'una grande abbondanza di beni, altre nazioni sono prive del necessario e sono afflitte dalla fame, dalla malattia e da ogni sorta di miserie. Lo spirito di povertà e d'amore è infatti la gloria e il segno della Chiesa di Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-575",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sono, pertanto, da lodare e da incoraggiare quei cristiani, specialmente i giovani, che spontaneamente si offrono a soccorrere gli altri uomini e le altre nazioni. Anzi spetta a tutto il popolo di Dio, dietro la parola e l'esempio dei suoi vescovi, sollevare, nella misura delle proprie forze, la miseria di questi tempi; e ciò, secondo l'antico uso della Chiesa, attingendo non solo dal superfluo, ma anche dal necessario."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-576",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le collette e la distribuzione dei soccorsi materiali, senza essere organizzate in una maniera troppo rigida e uniforme, devono farsi secondo un piano diocesano, nazionale e mondiale; ovunque la cosa sembri opportuna, si farà in azione congiunta tra cattolici e altri fratelli cristiani. Infatti lo spirito di carità non si oppone per nulla all'esercizio provvido e ordinato dell'azione sociale e caritativa; anzi l'esige. È perciò necessario che quelli che vogliono impegnarsi al servizio delle nazioni in via di sviluppo ricevano una formazione adeguata in istituti specializzati."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-89",
              "number": "89",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Efficace presenza della Chiesa nella comunità internazionale"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-578",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa, in virtù della sua missione divina, predica il Vangelo e largisce i tesori della grazia a tutte le genti. Contribuisce così a rafforzare la pace in ogni parte del mondo, ponendo la conoscenza della legge divina e naturale a solido fondamento della solidarietà fraterna tra gli uomini e tra le nazioni. Perciò la Chiesa dev'essere assolutamente presente nella stessa comunità delle nazioni, per incoraggiare e stimolare gli uomini alla cooperazione vicendevole. E ciò, sia attraverso le sue istituzioni pubbliche, sia con la piena e leale collaborazione di tutti i cristiani animata dall'unico desiderio di servire a tutti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-579",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per raggiungere questo fine in modo più efficace, i fedeli stessi, coscienti della loro responsabilità umana e cristiana, dovranno sforzarsi di risvegliare la volontà di pronta collaborazione con la comunità internazionale, a cominciare dal proprio ambiente di vita. Si abbia una cura particolare di formare in ciò i giovani, sia nell'educazione religiosa che in quella civile."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-90",
              "number": "90",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La partecipazione dei cristiani alle istituzioni internazionali"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-581",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indubbiamente una forma eccellente d'impegno per i cristiani in campo internazionale è l'opera che si presta, individualmente o associati, all'interno degli istituti già esistenti o da costituirsi, con il fine di promuovere la collaborazione tra le nazioni. Inoltre, le varie associazioni cattoliche internazionali possono servire in tanti modi all'edificazione della comunità dei popoli nella pace e nella fratellanza. Perciò bisognerà rafforzarle, aumentando il numero di cooperatori ben formati, con i necessari sussidi e mediante un adeguato coordinamento delle forze. Ai nostri giorni, infatti, efficacia d'azione e necessità di dialogo esigono iniziative collettive. Per di più simili associazioni giovano non poco a istillare quel senso universale, che tanto conviene ai cattolici, e a formare la coscienza di una responsabilità e di una solidarietà veramente universali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-582",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infine è auspicabile che i cattolici si studino di cooperare, in maniera fattiva ed efficace, sia con i fratelli separati, i quali pure fanno professione di carità evangelica, sia con tutti gli uomini desiderosi della pace vera. Adempiranno così debitamente al loro dovere in seno alla comunità internazionale. Il Concilio, poi, dinanzi alle immense sventure che ancora affliggono la maggior parte del genere umano, ritiene assai opportuna la creazione d'un organismo della Chiesa universale, al fine di fomentare dovunque la giustizia e l'amore di Cristo verso i poveri. Tale organismo avrà per scopo di stimolare la comunità cattolica a promuovere lo sviluppo delle regioni bisognose e la giustizia sociale tra le nazioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-91",
              "number": "91",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Compiti dei singoli fedeli e delle Chiese particolari"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-584",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto viene proposto da questo santo Sinodo fa parte del tesoro dottrinale della Chiesa e intende aiutare tutti gli uomini del nostro tempo--sia quelli che credono in Dio, sia quelli che esplicitamente non lo riconoscono - affinché, percependo più chiaramente la pienezza della loro vocazione, rendano il mondo più conforme all'eminente dignità dell'uomo, aspirino a una fratellanza universale poggiata su fondamenti più profondi, e possano rispondere, sotto l'impulso dell'amore, con uno sforzo generoso e congiunto agli appelli più pressanti della nostra epoca."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-585",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certo dinanzi alla immensa varietà delle situazioni e delle forme di civiltà, questa presentazione non ha volutamente, in numerosi punti, che un carattere del tutto generale; anzi, quantunque venga presentata una dottrina già comune nella Chiesa, siccome non raramente si tratta di realtà soggette a continua evoluzione, l'insegnamento presentato qui dovrà essere continuato ed ampliato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-586",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tuttavia confidiamo che le molte cose che abbiamo esposto, basandoci sulla parola di Dio e sullo spirito del Vangelo, possano portare un valido aiuto a tutti, soprattutto dopo che i cristiani, sotto la guida dei pastori, ne avranno portato a compimento l'adattamento ai singoli popoli e alle varie mentalità."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-92",
              "number": "92",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il dialogo fra tutti gli uomini"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-588",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa, in forza della missione che ha di illuminare tutto il mondo con il messaggio evangelico e di radunare in un solo Spirito tutti gli uomini di qualunque nazione, razza e civiltà, diventa segno di quella fraternità che permette e rafforza un sincero dialogo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-589",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ciò esige che innanzitutto nella stessa Chiesa promuoviamo la mutua stima, il rispetto e la concordia, riconoscendo ogni legittima diversità, per stabilire un dialogo sempre più fecondo fra tutti coloro che formano l'unico popolo di Dio, che si tratti dei pastori o degli altri fedeli cristiani. Sono più forti infatti le cose che uniscono i fedeli che quelle che li dividono; ci sia unità nelle cose necessarie, libertà nelle cose dubbie e in tutto carità (171)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-590",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il nostro pensiero si rivolge contemporaneamente ai fratelli e alle loro comunità, che non vivono ancora in piena comunione con noi, ma ai quali siamo uniti nella confessione del Padre, del Figlio e dello Spirito Santo e dal vincolo della carità, memori che l'unità dei cristiani è oggi attesa e desiderata anche da molti che non credono in Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-591",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto più, in effetti, questa unità crescerà nella verità e nell'amore, sotto la potente azione dello Spirito Santo, tanto più essa diverrà per il mondo intero un presagio di unità e di pace. Perciò, unendo le nostre energie ed utilizzando forme e metodi sempre più adeguati al conseguimento efficace di così alto fine, nel momento presente, cerchiamo di cooperare fraternamente, in una conformità al Vangelo ogni giorno maggiore, al servizio della famiglia umana che è chiamata a diventare in Cristo Gesù la famiglia dei figli di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-592",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rivolgiamo anche il nostro pensiero a tutti coloro che credono in Dio e che conservano nelle loro tradizioni preziosi elementi religiosi ed umani, augurandoci che un dialogo fiducioso possa condurre tutti noi ad accettare con fedeltà gli impulsi dello Spirito e a portarli a compimento con alacrità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-593",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per quanto ci riguarda, il desiderio di stabilire un dialogo che sia ispirato dal solo amore della verità e condotto con la opportuna prudenza, non esclude nessuno: né coloro che hanno il culto di alti valori umani, benché non ne riconoscano ancora l'autore, né coloro che si oppongono alla Chiesa e la perseguitano in diverse maniere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-594",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Essendo Dio Padre principio e fine di tutti, siamo tutti chiamati ad essere fratelli. E perciò, chiamati a una sola e identica vocazione umana e divina, senza violenza e senza inganno, possiamo e dobbiamo lavorare insieme alla costruzione del mondo nella vera pace."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-93",
              "number": "93",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Un mondo da costruire e da condurre al suo fine"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-596",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I cristiani, ricordando le parole del Signore: «in questo conosceranno tutti che siete i miei discepoli, se vi amerete gli uni gli altri» (Gv 13,35), niente possono desiderare più ardentemente che servire con maggiore generosità ed efficacia gli uomini del mondo contemporaneo. Perciò, aderendo fedelmente al Vangelo e beneficiando della sua forza, uniti con tutti coloro che amano e praticano la giustizia, hanno assunto un compito immenso da adempiere su questa terra: di esso dovranno rendere conto a colui che tutti giudicherà nell'ultimo giorno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-597",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non tutti infatti quelli che dicono: « Signore, Signore », entreranno nel regno dei cieli, ma quelli che fanno la volontà del Padre e coraggiosamente agiscono (172). Perché la volontà del Padre è che in tutti gli uomini noi riconosciamo ed efficacemente amiamo Cristo fratello, con la parola e con l'azione, rendendo così testimonianza alla verità, e comunichiamo agli altri il mistero dell'amore del Padre celeste."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-598",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Così facendo, risveglieremo in tutti gli uomini della terra una viva speranza, dono dello Spirito Santo, affinché alla fine essi vengano ammessi nella pace e felicità somma, nella patria che risplende della gloria del Signore. « A colui che, mediante la potenza che opera in noi, può compiere infinitamente di più di tutto ciò che noi possiamo domandare o pensare, a lui sia la gloria nella Chiesa e in Cristo Gesù, per tutte le generazioni nei secoli dei secoli. Amen» (Ef 3,20-21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-599",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutte e singole le cose stabilite in questo Decreto sono piaciute ai Padri del Sacro Concilio. E Noi, in virtù della potestà Apostolica conferitaci da Cristo, unitamente ai Venerabili Padri, nello Spirito Santo le approviamo, le decretiamo e le stabiliamo; e quanto stato così sinodalmente deciso comandiamo che sia promulgato a gloria di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-600",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, presso San Pietro"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-601",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7 dicembre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-602",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Io PAOLO Vescovo della Chiesa Cattolica"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-603",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seguono le firme dei Padri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-604",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SOSPENSIONE DELLA LEGGE PER I DECRETI PROMULGATI NELLA SESSIONE IX"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-605",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Beatissimo Padre ha stabilito la dilazione, quanto alle nuove leggi che sono contenute nei decreti ora promulgati, fino al 29 giugno 1966, cioè fino alla festa dei Ss. Apostoli Pietro e Paolo dell’anno prossimo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-606",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nel frattempo il Sommo Pontefice emanerà le norme per l’applicazione di dette leggi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-607",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Pericle Felici"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-608",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Arcivescovo tit. di Samosata"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-609",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Segretario Generale del Ss. Concilio"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-610",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Firme dei Padri"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-611",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS Catholicae Ecclesiae Episcopus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-612",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EUGENIUS Episcopus Ostiensis ac Portuensis et S. Rufinae Cardinalis TISSERANT, Sacri Collegii Decanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-613",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus Albanensis Cardinalis PIZZARDO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-614",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENEDICTUS Episcopus Praenestinus Cardinalis ALOISI MASELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-615",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS Episcopus tit. Veliternus Cardinalis CENTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-616",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HAMLETUS IOANNES Episcopus tit. Tusculanus Cardinalis CICOGNANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-617",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus tit. Sabinensis et Mandelensis Cardinalis FERRETTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-618",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS GABRIEL Cardinalis TAPPOUNI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Syrorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-619",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAXIMUS IV Cardinalis SAIGH, Patriarcha Antiochenus Melkitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-620",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS PETRUS Cardinalis MEOUCHI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Maronitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-621",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS I Cardinalis SIDAROUSS, Patriarcha Alexandrinus Coptorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-622",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EMMANUEL TIT. Ss. Marcellini et Petri Presbyter Cardinalis GONÇALVES CEREJEIRA, Patriarcha Lisbonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-623",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ACHILLES titulo S. Sixti Presbyter Cardinalis LIÉNART, Episcopus Insulensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-624",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IACOBUS ALOISIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Damaso Presbyter Cardinalis COPELLO, S. R. E. Cancellarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-625",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GREGORIUS PETRUS titulo S. Bartholomaei in Insula Presbyter Cardinalis AGAGIANIAN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-626",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego VALERIANUS titulo S. Mariae in Via Lata Presbyter Cardinalis GRACIAS, Archiepiscopus Bombayensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-627",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-628",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-629",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Honuphrii in Ianiculo Presbyter Cardinalis GARIBI Y RIVERA, Archiepiscopus Guadalajarensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-630",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS titulo S. Agnetis extra moenia Presbyter Cardinalis CONFALONIERI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-631",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo Ss. Quirici et Iulittae Presbyter Cardinalis RICHAUD, Archiepiscopus Burdigalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-632",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS M. titulo Ss. Viti, Modesti et Crescentiae Presbyter Cardinalis BUENO Y MONREAL, Archiepiscopus Hispalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-633",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo S. Eusebii Presbyter Cardinalis KÖNIG, Archiepiscopus Vindobonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-634",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IULIUS titulo S. Mariae Scalaris Presbyter Cardinalis DÖPFNER, Archiepiscopus Monacensis et Frisingensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-635",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Andreae Apostoli de Hortis Presbyter Cardinalis MARELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-636",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUSTAVUS titulo S. Hieronymi Illyricorum Presbyter Cardinalis TESTA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-637",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Andreae de Valle Presbyter Cardinalis TRAGLIA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-638",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PETRUS TATSUO titulo S. Antonii Patavini de Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DOI, Archiepiscopus Tokiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-639",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis Baptistae Florentinorum Presbyter Cardinalis LEFEBVRE, Archiepiscopus Bituricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-640",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BERNARDUS titulo S. Ioachimi Presbyter Cardinalis ALFRINK, Archiepiscopus Ultraiectensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-641",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RUFINUS I. titulo S. Mariae ad Montes Presbyter Cardinalis SANTOS, Archiepiscopus Manilensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-642",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAUREANUS titulo S. Francisci Assisiensis ad Ripam Maiorem Presbyter Cardinalis RUGAMBWA, Episcopus Bukobaënsis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-643",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo Ssmi Redemptoris et S. Alfonsi in Exquiliis Presbyter Cardinalis RITTER, Archiepiscopus S. Ludovici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-644",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Silvestri in Capite Presbyter Cardinalis HEENAN, Archiepiscopus Vestmonasteriensis, Primas Angliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-645",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo Ssmae Trinitatis in Monte Pincio Presbyter Cardinalis VILLOT, Archiepiscopus Lugdunensis et Viennensis, Primas Galliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-646",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo S. Camilli de Lellis ad Hortos Sallustianos Presbyter Cardinalis ZOUNGRANA, Archiepiscopus Uagaduguensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-647",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HENRICUS titulo S. Agathae in Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DANTE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-648",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAESAR titulo D.nae N.ae a Sacro Corde in Circo Agonali Presbyter Cardinalis ZERBA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-649",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AGNELLUS titulo Praecelsae Dei Matris Presbyter Cardinalis ROSSI, Archiepiscopus S. Pauli in Brasilia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-650",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Martini in Montibus Presbyter Cardinalis COLOMBO, Archiepiscopus Mediolanensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-651",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS titulo S. Patricii ad Villam Ludovisi Presbyter Cardinalis CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, totius Hiberniae Primas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-652",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANGELUS titulo Sacri Cordis Beatae Mariae Virginis ad forum Euclidis Presbyter Cardinalis HERRERA, Episcopus Malacitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-653",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALAPHRIDUS S. Mariae in Domnica Protodiaconus Cardinalis OTTAVIANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-654",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALBERTUS S. Pudentianae Diaconus Cardinalis DI JORIO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-655",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS S. Mariae in Cosmedin Diaconus Cardinalis ROBERTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-656",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ARCADIUS SS. Blasii et Caroli ad Catinarios Diaconus Cardinalis LARRAONA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-657",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS SS. Cosmae et Damiani Diaconus Cardinalis MORANO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-658",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUILLELMUS THEODORUS S. Theodori in Palatio Cardinalis HEARD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-659",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego AUGUSTINUS S. Sabae Diaconus Cardinalis BEA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-660",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ANTONIUS S. Eugenii Diaconus Cardinalis BACCI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-661",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRATER MICHAEL S. Pauli in Arenula Diaconus Cardinalis BROWNE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-662",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRIDERICUS S. Ioannis Bosco in via Tusculana Diaconus Cardinalis Callori DI VIGNALE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-663",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-664",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) La Costituzione Pastorale \"Sulla Chiesa nel mondo contemporaneo\" consta di due parti, ma un tutto unitario. La Costituzione detta \"Pastorale\" perché, basata sui principi dottrinali, intende esporre l’atteggiamento della Chiesa verso il mondo e gli uomini d’oggi. Non manca dunque né l’intento pastorale nella prima parte, né l’intento dottrinale nella seconda. Nella prima parte la Chiesa sviluppa la sua dottrina sull’uomo, sul mondo nel quale l’uomo inserito e sul suo rapporto con queste realtà . Nella seconda considera pi da vicino i diversi aspetti della vita odierna e della società umana, e precisamente in particolare le questioni e i problemi che ai nostri tempi sembrano pi urgenti in questo campo. Per cui in questa seconda parte la materia, soggetta ai principi dottrinali, consta di elementi non solo immutabili, ma anche contingenti. Perciò la Costituzione dev’essere interpretata secondo le norme generali dell’interpretazione teologica, e ciò tenendo conto, soprattutto nella sua seconda parte, delle mutevoli circostanze con le quali sono connessi, per loro natura, gli argomenti di cui si tratta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-665",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cf. Gv 18,37."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-666",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Cf. Gv 3,17; Mt 20,28; Mc 10,45."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-667",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Cf. Rm 7,14ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-668",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cf. 2 Cor 5,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-669",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cf. At 4,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-670",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cf. Eb 13,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-671",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cf. Col 1,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-672",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Cf. Gen 1,26; Sap 2,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-673",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cf. Sir 17,3-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-674",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Cf. Rm 1,21-25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-675",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cf. Gv 8,34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-676",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Cf. Dn 3,57-90."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-677",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Cf. 1 Cor 6,13-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-678",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Cf. 1 Sam 16,7; Ger 17,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-679",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Cf. Sir 17,7-8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-680",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Cf. Rm 2,14-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-681",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Cf. PIO XII, Messaggio radiofonico sulla retta formazione della coscienza cristiana nei giovani, La famiglia è la culla, 23 marzo 1952: AAS 44 (1952), p. 271."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-682",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Cf. Mt 22,37-40; Gal 5,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-683",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Cf. Sir 15,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-684",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Cf. 2 Cor 5,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-685",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Cf. Sap 1,13; 2,23-24; Rm 5,21; 6,23; Gc 1,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-686",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Cf. 1 Cor 15,56-57."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-687",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Divini Redemptoris, 19 marzo 1937: AAS 29 (1937), pp. 65-106 [in parte Dz 3771-74]; PIO XII, Encicl. Ad Apostolorum Principis, 29 giugno 1958: AAS 50 (1958), pp. 601-614; GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra, 15 maggio 1961: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 451-453; PAOLO VI, Encicl. Ecclesiam Suam, 6 ag. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 651-653."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-688",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. I, n. 8: AAS 57 (1965), p. 12 [pag. 129ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-689",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Cf. Fil 1,27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-690",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) S. AGOSTINO, Confess., I,1: PL 32, 661."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-691",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Cf. Rm 5,14. Cf. TERTULLIANO, De carnis resurr., 6: \"Tutto quello che il fango significava, si riferiva a Cristo, l’uomo futuro\": PL 2, 802 (848); CSEL 47, p. 33, l. 12-13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-692",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Cf. 2 Cor 4,4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-693",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Cf. CONCILIO DI COSTANTINOP. II, can. 7: \"Né il Verbo Dio passato nella natura della carne, né la carne si trasformata nella natura del Verbo\": Dz 219 (428) [Collantes 4.026]. - Cf. anche CONC. DI COSTANTINOP. III: \"Come la santissima, immacolata, animata sua carne deificata non fu distrutta ( theótheisa ouk anèrethè), ma rimase nel suo proprio stato e modo d’essere\": Dz 291 (556) [Collantes 4.071]. - Cf. CONC. DI CALCED.: \"Dev’essere riconosciuto inconfusamente, immutabilmente, senza divisione, inseparabilmente in due nature\": Dz 148 (302) [Collantes 4.012]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-694",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Cf. CONC. DI COSTANTINOP. III: \"Così non stata distrutta la sua volontà umana\": Dz 291 (556) [Collantes 4.071]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-695",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) Cf. Eb 4,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-696",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) Cf. 2 Cor 5,18-19; Col 1,20-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-697",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Cf. 1 Pt 2,21; Mt 16,24; Lc 14,27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-698",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(35) Cf. Rm 8,29; Col 1,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-699",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(36) Cf. Rm 8,1-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-700",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(37) Cf. 2 Cor 4,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-701",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(38) Cf. Fil 3,10; Rm 8,17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-702",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(39) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. II, n. 16: AAS 57 (1965), p. 20 [pag. 151ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-703",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(40) Cf. Rm 8,32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-704",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(41) Cf. Liturgia Paschalis Bizantina."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-705",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(42) Cf. Rm 8,15; Gal 4,6; Gv 1,12 e 1 Gv 3,1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-706",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(43) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra, 15 maggio 1961: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 401-464 [in parte Dz 3931-53], e Encicl. Pacem in terris, 11 apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 257-304 [in parte Dz 3955-97]; PAOLO VI, Encicl. Ecclesiam Suam, 6 ag. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 609-659."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-707",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(44) Cf. Lc 17,33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-708",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(45) Cf. S. TOMMASO, I Ethic., Lez. 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-709",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(46) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 418; PIO XI, Encicl. Quadragesimo anno, 15 maggio 1931: AAS 23 (1931), p. 222ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-710",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(47) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 417."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-711",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(48) Cf. Mc 2,27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-712",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(49) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 266."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-713",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(50) Cf. Gc 2,15-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-714",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(51) Cf. Lc 16,19-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-715",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(52) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 299-300 [in parte Dz 3996-97]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-716",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(53) Cf. Lc 6,37-38; Mt 7,1-2; Rm 2,1-11; 14,10-12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-717",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(54) Cf. Mt 5,45-47."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-718",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(55) CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, Cap. II, n. 9: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 12-13 [pag. 133ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-719",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(56) Cf. Es 24,1-8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-720",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(57) Cf. Gen 1,26-27; 9,2-3; Sap 9,2-3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-721",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(58) Cf. Sal 8,7 e 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-722",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(59) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 297."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-723",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(60) Cf. Messaggio a tutti gli uomini indirizzato dai Padri all’inizio del Concilio Vaticano II, 20 ott. 1962: AAS 54 (1962), pp. 822-823 [pag. 1113ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-724",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(61) Cf. PAOLO VI, Disc. al Corpo diplomatico, 7 genn. 1965: AAS 57 (1965), p. 232."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-725",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(62) Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Cost. dogm. sulla fede cattolica Dei Filius, cap. III. Dz 1785-86 (3004-05) [Collantes 1.061-63]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-726",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(63) Cf. PIO PASCHINI, Vita e opere di Galileo Galilei, 2 vol., Pont. Accademia delle Scienze, Città del Vatic. 1964."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-727",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(64) Cf. Mt 24,13; 13,24-30 e 36-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-728",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(65) Cf. 2 Cor 6,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-729",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(66) Cf. Gv 1,3 e 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-730",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(67) Cf. Ef 1,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-731",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(68) Cf. Gv 3,14-16; Rm 5,8-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-732",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(69) Cf. At 2,36; Mt 28,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-733",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(70) Cf. Rm 15,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-734",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(71) Cf. At 1,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-735",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(72) Cf. 1 Cor 7,31; S. IRENEO, Adversus Haereses, V, 36, 1: PG 7, 1222."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-736",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(73) Cf. 2 Cor 5,2; 2 Pt 3,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-737",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(74) Cf. 1 Cor 2,9; Ap 21,4-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-738",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(75) Cf. 1 Cor 15,42 e 53."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-739",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(76) Cf. 1 Cor 13,8; 3,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-740",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(77) Cf. Rm 8,19-21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-741",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(78) Cf. Lc 9,25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-742",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(79) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 207."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-743",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(80) Messale romano, prefazio della festa di Cristo Re."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-744",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(81) Cf. PAOLO VI, Encicl. Ecclesiam suam, III: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 637-659."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-745",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(82) Cf. Tt 3,4: «philanthropia»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-746",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(83) Cf. Ef 1,3.5-6.13-14.23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-747",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(84) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. I, n. 8: AAS 57 (1965), p. 12 [pag. 129ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-748",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(85) CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. II, n. 9: AAS 57 (1965), p. 14 [pag. 133ss]; cf. n. 8: AAS, l.c., p. 11 [pag. 129ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-749",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(86) CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. I, n. 8: AAS 57 (1965), p. 11 [pag. 129ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-750",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(87) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. IV, n. 38: AAS 57 (1965), p. 43 [pag. 209ss] con la nota 120."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-751",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(88) Cf. Rm 8,14-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-752",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(89) Cf. Mt 22,39."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-753",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(90) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. II, n. 9: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 12-14 [pag. 133ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-754",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(91) Cf. PIO XII, Discorso a cultori di storia e di arte, 9 marzo 1956: AAS 48 (1956), p. 212: “Il suo Divino Fondatore, Gesù Cristo, non le ha conferito nessun mandato né fissato alcun fine d’ordine culturale. Lo scopo che il Cristo le assegna è strettamente religioso (...). La Chiesa deve condurre gli uomini a Dio, perché si donino a lui senza riserva (...). La Chiesa non può perdere mai di vista questo fine strettamente religioso, soprannaturale. Il senso di ogni sua attività, fino all’ultimo canone del suo Codice, non può che riferirsi ad esso direttamente o indirettamente”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-755",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(92) CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. I, n. 1: AAS 57 (1965), p. 5 [pag. 115]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-756",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(93) Cf. Eb 13,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-757",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(94) Cf. 2 Ts 3,6-13; Ef 4,28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-758",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(95) Cf. Is 58,1-12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-759",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(96) Cf. Mt 23,3-33; Mc 7,10-13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-760",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(97) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra, IV: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 456-457 e I: l.c., pp. 407, 410-411."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-761",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(98) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. III, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 34-35 [pag. 185ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-762",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(99) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. III, n. 28: AAS, l.c., pp. 35-36 [pag. 185ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-763",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(100) Cf. S. AMBROGIO, De virginitate, cap. VIII, n. 48: PL 16, 278."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-764",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(101) CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. II, n. 15: AAS 57 (1965), p. 20 [pag. 149ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-765",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(102) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. II, n. 13: AAS 57 (1965), p. 17 [pag. 143ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-766",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(103) Cf. GIUSTINO, Dialogus cum Triphone, cap. 110: PG 6, 729; ed. Otto, 1897, pp. 391-393: “...ma quanto più ci vengono inflitte queste pene, tanto più altri diventano fedeli e pii per il nome di Gesù”. Cf. TERTULLIANO, Apologeticus, cap. L, 13: PL 1, 534; Corpus Christ., ser. lat. I, p. 171: “Diventiamo anzi sempre di più ogni volta che siamo mietuti da voi: il sangue dei Cristiani è seme!”). Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. II, n. 9: AAS 57 (1965), p. 14 [pag. 133ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-767",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(104) CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. VII, n. 48: AAS 57 (1965), p. 53 [pag. 233ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-768",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(105) Cf. PAOLO VI, Discorso pronunciato il 3 feb. 1965: L’Osservatore Romano, 4 febr. 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-769",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(106) Cf. S. AGOSTINO, De bono coniugali: PL 40, 375-376 e 394; S. TOMMASO, Summa Theol., Suppl. Quaest. 49, art. 3 ad 1; Decretum pro Armenis: Dz 702 (1327) [Collantes 9.343]; PIO XI, Encicl. Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930), pp. 543-555; Dz 2227-28 (3703-14) [in parte anche Collantes 9.381-86]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-770",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(107) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Casti Connubii AAS 22 (1930), pp. 546-547; Dz 2231 (3706) [Collantes 9.383]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-771",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(108) Cf. Os 2; Ger 3,6-13; Ez 16 e 23; Is 54."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-772",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(109) Cf. Mt 9,15; Mc 2,19-20; Lc 5,34-35; Gv 3,29; 2 Cor 11,2; Ef 5,27; Ap 19,7-8; 21,2 e 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-773",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(110) Cf. Ef 5,25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-774",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(111) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 15-16; 40-41; 47."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-775",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(112) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930), p. 583."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-776",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(113) Cf.1 Tm 5,3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-777",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(114) Cf. Ef 5,32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-778",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(115) Cf. Gen 2,22-24; Pr 5,18-20; 31,10-31; Tb 8,4-8; Ct 1,1-3; 2,16; 4,16-5,1; 7,8-11; 1 Cor 7,3-6; Ef 5,25-33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-779",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(116) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930), pp. 547-548; Dz 2232 (3707)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-780",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(117) Cf. 1 Cor 7,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-781",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(118) Cf. PIO XII, Discorso Tra le visite, 20 gen. 1958: AAS 50 (1958), p. 91."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-782",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(119) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930), pp. 559-561; Dz 3716-18 [in parte]; PIO XII, Discorso al Convegno dell’Unione Italiana Ostetriche 29 ott. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), pp. 835-854; PAOLO VI, Discorso agli Em.mi Padri Cardinali, 23 giugno 1964: AAS 56 (1964) pp. 581-589. Alcuni problemi, che hanno bisogno di analisi ulteriori e più approfondite, per ordine del Sommo Pontefice sono stati demandati alla Commissione per lo studio della popolazione, della famiglia e della natalità, perché il Sommo Pontefice dia il suo giudizio dopo che essa avrà concluso il suo compito. Stando a questo punto la dottrina del Magistero, il S. Concilio non intende proporre immediatamente soluzioni concrete."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-783",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(120) Cf. Ef 5,16; Col 4,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-784",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(121) Cf. Sacramentarium Gregorianum: PL 78, 262."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-785",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(122) Cf. Rm 5,15 e 18; 6,5-11; Gal 2,20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-786",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(123) Cf. Ef 5,25-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-787",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(124) Cf. Esposizione introduttiva di questa Costituzione, nn. 4-10 [pag. 849-863]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-788",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(125) Cf. Col 3,1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-789",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(126) Cf. Gen 1,28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-790",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(127) Cf. Pr 8,30-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-791",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(128) Cf. S. IRENEO, Adv. Haer., III, 11, 8: ed. Sagnard, p. 200; cf. Ib., 16, 6: pp. 290-292; 21, 10-22: pp. 370-372; 22, 3: p. 378; ecc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-792",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(129) Cf. Ef 1,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-793",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(130) Cf. le parole di PIO XI all’Ecc.mo Sig. Roland-Gosselin: “Non bisogna perdere mai di vista che l’obiettivo della Chiesa è di evangelizzare e non di civilizzare. Se essa civilizza, è per l’evangelizzazione” (Semaine Sociale de Versailles, 1936, pp. 461-462)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-794",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(131) Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Cost. dogm. sulla fede catt. Dei Filius, cap. IV: Dz 1795, 1799 (3015, 3019) [Collantes 1.080-84]. Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 190 [in parte Dz 3725)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-795",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(132) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 260 [Dz 3959]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-796",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(133) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 283 [Dz 3989]; PIO XII, Messaggio radiofon Nell'alba e nella luce., 24 dic. 1941: AAS 34 (1942), pp. 16-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-797",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(134) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 260 [Dz 3960]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-798",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(135) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Discorso tenuto all’inizio del Concilio l’11 ott. 1962: AAS 54 (1962), p. 792 [pag. 1103]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-799",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(136) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. sulla Sacra Liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium, n. 123: AAS 56 (1964), p. 131 [pag. 81ss]; PAOLO VI, Discorso agli artisti romani, 7 maggio 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 439-442."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-800",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(137) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sulla formazione sacerdotale Optatam totius: e Dich. sull’educazione cristiana Gravissimum educationis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-801",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(138) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. IV, n. 37: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 42-43 [pag. 207ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-802",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(139) Cf. PIO XII, Messaggio La famiglia è la culla, 23 marzo 1952: AAS 44 (1952), p. 273; GIOVANNI XXIII, Discorso alle A.C.L.I., 1° maggio 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 358."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-803",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(140) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 190ss [in parte Dz 3725ss]; PIO XII, Messaggio La famiglia è la culla, 23 marzo 1952: AAS 44 (1952), p. 276ss; GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 450; CONC. VAT. II, Decreto sugli strum. di comunic. sociale Inter mirifica, cap. I, n. 6: AAS 56 (1964), p. 147 [pag. 99]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-804",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(141) Cf. Mt 16,26; Lc 16,1-31; Col 3,17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-805",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(142) Cf. LEONE XIII, Encicl. Libertas praestantissimum, 20 giugno 1888: ASS 20 (1887-1888), pp. 597ss [in parte Dz 3252-53); PIO XI, Encicl. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 191ss.; ID., Divini Redemptoris: AAS 29 (1937), p. 65ss; PIO XII, Messaggio natalizio Nell'alba e nella luce 1941: AAS 34 (1942), p 10ss; GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 401-464 [in parte Dz 3935-53]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-806",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(143) Quanto al problema dell’agricoltura, cf. soprattutto GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 431ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-807",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(144) Cf. LEONE XIII, Encicl. Rerum Novarum: ASS 23 (1890-91), pp. 649-662 [in parte Dz 3268ss]; PIO XI, Encicl. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 200-201; ID, Encicl. Divini Redemptoris: AAS 29 (1937), p. 92 [Dz 3774]; PIO XII, Messaggio radiofonico nella vigilia del Natale del Signore 1942:Con sempre nuova freschezza AAS 35 (1943), p. 20; ID., Discorso 13 giugno 1943: AAS 35 (1943), p. 172; ID., Messaggio radiofonico diretto agli operai di Spagna, 11 marzo 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 215; GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 419 [Dz 3944]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-808",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(145) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 408, 424 [Dz 3948], 427; il termine “curatione” [=conduzione] è desunto dal testo latino dell’Encicl. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 199 [Dz 3733]. Riguardo all’evoluzione del problema cf. anche: PIO XII, Discorso 3 giugno 1950: AAS 42 (1950), pp. 485-488; PAOLO VI, Discorso, 8 giugno 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 574-579."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-809",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(146) Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Sertum laetitiae: AAS 31 (1939), p. 642; GIOVANNI XXIII, Discorso concistoriale: AAS 52 (1960), pp. 5-11; ID., Encicl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 411."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-810",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(147) Cf. S. TOMMASO, Summa Theol., II-II, q. 32, a. 5 ad 2; Ibid. q. 66, a. 2; cf. la spiegazione in LEONE XIII, Encicl. Rerum Novarum: ASS 23 (1890-1891), p. 651 [Dz 3267]; cf. anche PIO XII, Discorso 1° giugno 1941: AAS 23 (1941), p. 199; ID., Messaggio radiofonico natalizio Ecce ego declinabo 1954: AAS 47 (1955), p. 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-811",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(148) Cf. S. BASILIO, Hom. in illud Lucae: Destruam horrea mea, n. 2: PG 31, 263; LATTANZIO, Divinarum Institutionum, lib. V, sulla giustizia: PL 6: 565B; S. AGOSTINO, In Ioann. Ev., tr. 50, n. 6: PL 35, 1760; ID., Enarratio in Ps. CXLVII, 12: PL 37, 1922; S. GREGORIO M., Homiliae in Ev., om. 20, 12: PL 76, 1165; ID., Regulae Pastoralis liber, pars III, c. 21: PL 77, 87; S. BONAVENTURA, In III Sent., d. 33, dub. 1: ed. Quaracchi III, 728; ID., In IV Sent., d. 15, p. II, a. 2, q. 1: ibid., IV, 371b; Quaest. de superfluo: ms. Assisi, Bibl. comun. 186, ff. 112a-113a; S. ALBERTO M., In III Sent, d. 33, a. 3, sol. I: Ed. Borgnet XXVIII, 611; ID., In IV Sent., d. 15, a. 16: ibid., XXIX, 494-497. Quanto alla determinazione del superfluo ai nostri tempi, cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Messaggio radiotelevisivo 11 sett. 1962: AAS 54 (1962), p. 682: “Dovere di ogni uomo, dovere impellente del cristiano è di considerare il superfluo con la misura delle necessità altrui, e di ben vigilare perché l’amministrazione e la distribuzione dei beni creati venga posta a vantaggio di tutti”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-812",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(149) Vale in tal caso l’antico principio: “In estrema necessità tutto è in comune, cioè da comunicare”. D’altra parte, per il criterio, l’estensione e il modo con cui si applica il principio proposto nel testo, oltre ai sicuri autori moderni, cf. S. TOMMASO, Summa Theol., II-II, q. 66, a. 7. Com’è evidente, per una corretta applicazione del principio, si devono osservare tutte le condizioni moralmente richieste."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-813",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(150) Cf. Gratiani Decretum, c. 21, dist. LXXXVI: ed. Friedberg, I, 302. Questo detto si trova già in PL 54, 491A e in PL 56, 1132B. Cf. in Antonianum 27 (1952), pp. 349-366."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-814",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(151) Cf. LEONE XIII, Encicl. Rerum Novarum: ASS 23 (1890-91), pp. 643-646 [in parte Dz 3265-67]; PIO XI, Encicl. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 191; PIO XII, Messaggio radiofonico 1° giugno 1941: AAS 33 (1941), p. 199; ID., Messaggio radiofonico nella vigilia del Natale del Signore 1942 Con sempre nuova freschezza: AAS 35 (1943), p. 17; ID., Messaggio radiofonico, 1° set. 1944 Oggi al compiersi: AAS 36 (1944), p. 253; GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 428-429."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-815",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(152) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 214; GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 429."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-816",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(153) Cf. PIO XII, Messaggio radiofonico per la Pent. 1941: AAS 33 (1941), p. 199; GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 430 [Dz 3952]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-817",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(154) Per il giusto uso dei beni secondo la dottrina del Nuovo Testamento cf. Lc 3,11; 10,30ss; 11,41; 1 Pt 5,3; Mc 8,36; 12,29-31; Gc 5,1-6; 1Tm 6,8; Ef 4,28; 2 Cor 8,13ss; 1 Gv 3,17-18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-818",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(155) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 417."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-819",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(156) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 417."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-820",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(157) Cf. Rm 13,1-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-821",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(158) Cf. Rm 13,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-822",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(159) Cf. PIO XII, Messaggio radiof., 24 dic. 1942 Con sempre nuova freschezza: AAS 35 (1943), pp. 9-24; 24 dic. 1944: AAS 37 (1945), pp. 11-17; GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 263 [Dz 3968], 271, 277-278."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-823",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(160) Cf. PIO XII, Messaggio radiof., 1° giu. 1941: AAS 33 (1941), p. 200; GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris, l. c., pp. 273-274 [in parte Dz 3984-85]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-824",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(161) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Lett. Encicl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 415-418."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-825",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(162) Cf. PIO XI, Discorso Ai dirigenti della Federazione Universitaria cattolica: Discorsi di Pio XI: ed. Bertetto, Torino, vol. I, 1960, p. 743."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-826",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(163) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 13: AAS 57 (1965), p. 17 [pag. 143ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-827",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(164) Cf. Lc 2,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-828",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(165) Cf. Ef 2,16; Col 1,20-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-829",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(166) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris, 11 apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 291: “Perciò in questa nostra età, che si vanta della forza atomica, è contrario alla ragione essere sempre predisposti alla guerra per ricuperare i diritti violati”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-830",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(167) Cf. PIO XII, Discorso 30 set. 1954: AAS 46 (1954), p. 589; ID., Messaggio radiofonico, 24 dic. 1954 Ecce ego declinabo: AAS 47 (1955), pp. 15ss; GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 286-291 [in parte Dz 3991]; PAOLO VI, Discorso all’Assemblea delle Nazioni Unite, 4 ott. 1965: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 877-885."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-831",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(168) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris, dove si parla di disarmo: AAS 55 (1963), p. 287 [Dz 3991]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-832",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(169) Cf. 2 Cor 6,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-833",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(170) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Ad Petri Cathedram, 29 giugno 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 513."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-834",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(171) Cf. Mt 7,21."
            }
          ]
        },
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19651207_gaudium-et-spes_lt.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-49-vat-ii_const_19651207_gaudium-et-spes_lt.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAULUS EPISCOPUS SERVUS SERVORUM DEI UNA CUM SACROSANCTI CONCILII PATRIBUS AD PERPETUAM REI MEMORIAM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONSTITUTIO PASTORALIS DE ECCLESIA IN MUNDO HUIUS TEMPORIS (1) GAUDIUM ET SPES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROOEMIUM"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De intima coniunctione Ecclesiae cum tota familia gentium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gaudium et spes, luctus et angor hominum huius temporis, pauperum praesertim et quorumvis afflictorum, gaudium sunt et spes, luctus et angor etiam Christi discipulorum, nihilque vere humanum invenitur, quod in corde eorum non resonet. Ipsorum enim communitas ex hominibus coalescit, qui, in Christo coadunati, a Spiritu Sancto diriguntur in sua ad Regnum Patris peregrinatione et nuntium salutis omnibus proponendum acceperunt. Quapropter ipsa cum genere humano eiusque historia se revera intime coniunctam experitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad quosnam Concilium sermonem dirigat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ideo Concilium Vaticanum Secundum, mysterio Ecclesiae penitius investigato, iam non ad solos Ecclesiae filios omnesque Christi nomen invocantes, sed ad universos homines incunctanter sermonem convertit, omnibus exponere cupiens quomodo Ecclesiae praesentiam ac navitatem in mundo hodierno concipiat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mundum igitur hominum prae oculis habet seu universam familiam humanam cum universitate rerum inter quas vivit; mundum, theatrum historiae generis humani, eiusque industria, cladibus ac victoriis signatum; mundum, quem christifideles credunt ex amore Creatoris conditum et conservatum, sub peccati quidem servitute positum, sed a Christo crucifixo et resurgente, fracta potestate Maligni, liberatum, ut secundum propositum Dei transformetur et ad consummationem perveniat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De ministerio homini praebendo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nostris autem diebus, genus humanum, de propriis inventis propriaque potentia admiratione commotum, saepe tamen anxias agitat quaestiones de hodierna mundi evolutione, de loco et munere hominis in orbe universo, de sui individualis et collectivi conaminis sensu, denique de ultimo rerum hominumque fine. Quapropter Concilium, fidem universi populi Dei, a Christo congregati, testificans et exponens, ipsius coniunctionem, observantiam ac dilectionem erga totam hominum familiam, cui inseritur, eloquentius demonstrare non valet quam instituendo cum ea de variis illis problematibus colloquium, lumen afferendo ex Evangelio depromptum, atque humano generi salutares vires suppeditando, quas ipsa Ecclesia, Spiritu Sancto ducente, a Fundatore suo accipit. Hominis enim persona salvanda est humanaque societas instauranda. Homo igitur, et quidem unus ac totus, cum corpore et anima, corde et conscientia, mente et voluntate, totius nostrae explanationis cardo erit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ideo Sacra Synodus, altissimam vocationem hominis profitens et divinum quoddam semen in eo insertum asseverans, generi humano sinceram cooperationem Ecclesiae offert ad instituendam eam omnium fraternitatem quae huic vocationi respondeat. Nulla ambitione terrestri movetur Ecclesia, sed unum tantum intendit: nempe, Spiritus Paracliti ductu, opus ipsius continuare Christi, qui in mundum venit ut testimonium perhiberet veritati (2), ut salvaret, non ut iudicaret, ut ministraret, non ut sibi ministraretur (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EXPOSITIO INTRODUCTIVA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE HOMINIS CONDICIONE IN MUNDO HODIERNO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De spe et angore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad tale munus exsequendum, per omne tempus Ecclesiae officium incumbit signa temporum perscrutandi et sub Evangelii luce interpretandi; ita ut, modo unicuique generationi accommodato, ad perennes hominum interrogationes de sensu vitae praesentis et futurae deque earum mutua relatione respondere possit. Oportet itaque ut mundus in quo vivimus necnon eius exspectationes, appetitiones et indoles saepe dramatica cognoscantur et intelligantur. Quaedam autem principaliores mundi hodierni notae sequenti modo delineari possunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hodie genus humanum in nova historiae suae aetate versatur in qua profundae et celeres mutationes ad universum orbem gradatim extenduntur. Ab hominis intelligentia et creativa industria excitatae, in ipsum hominem recidunt, in eius iudicia et desideria individualia et collectiva, in eius modum cogitandi et agendi tum circa res tum circa homines. Ita iam de vera sociali et culturali transformatione loqui possumus, quae etiam in vitam religiosam redundat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut in quavis accretionis crisi contingit, haec transformatio non leves secumfert difficultates. Ita, dum homo potentiam suam tam late extendit, eam tamen non semper ad suum servitium redigere valet. Proprii animi intimiora altius penetrare satagens, saepe de seipso magis incertus apparet. Leges vitae socialis pedetentim clarius detegens, de directione ei imprimenda anceps haeret."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Numquam genus humanum tantis divitiis, facultatibus et potentia oeconomica abundavit, et tamen adhuc ingens pars incolarum orbis fame et egestate torquetur atque innumeri litterarum ignorantia plane laborant. Numquam homines tam acutum ut hodie sensum libertatis habuerunt, dum nova interea genera socialis et psychicae servitutis exsurgunt. Dum mundus suam unitatem necnon singulorum ab invicem dependentiam in necessaria solidarietate tam vivide persentit, viribus tamen inter se pugnantibus gravissime in opposita distrahitur; etenim acres dissensiones politicae, sociales, oeconomicae, raciales et ideologicae adhuc perseverant, nec periculum deest belli omnia usque ad ima destructuri. Dum idearum communicatio augetur, verba ipsa quibus magni momenti conceptus exprimuntur sensus sat diversos in distinctis ideologiis induunt. Tandem sedulo perfectior quaeritur temporalis ordinatio, quin spirituale incrementum pariter progrediatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tot implexis condicionibus affecti, plurimi coaevi nostri impediuntur quominus valores perennes vere dignoscant et simul cum noviter inventis rite componant; exinde, inter spem et angorem agitati, de praesenti rerum cursu sese interrogantes, inquietudine premuntur. Qui rerum cursus homines ad respondendum provocat, immo et constringit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De profunde mutatis condicionibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hodierna animorum commotio et in vitae condicionibus immutatio cum ampliori rerum transmutatione connectuntur, qua efficitur ut in mentibus efformandis scientiae mathematicae et naturales vel de ipso homine tractantes, in ordine vero agendi technicae artes ex illis scientiis profluentes, crescens pondus acquirant. Haec mens scientifica rationem culturalem modosque cogitandi aliter quam antea fingit. Technicae artes eo progrediuntur ut faciem terrae transforment et etiam spatium ultraterrestre subigere conentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Super tempora quoque humanus intellectus dominium suum quodammodo dilatat: in praeteritum ope cognitionis historicae, in futurum arte prospectiva et planificatione. Progredientes scientiae biologicae, psychologicae et sociales non solum homini ad meliorem sui cognitionem opem ferunt, sed ipsum etiam adiuvant ut, technicis methodis adhibitis, in vitam societatum directe influxum exerceat. Insimul genus humanum de proprio demographico incremento iam praevidendo et ordinando magis magisque cogitat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ipsa historia tam rapido cursu acceleratur ut singuli eam vix prosequi valeant. Consortionis humanae sors una efficitur et non amplius inter varias velut historias dispergitur. Ita genus humanum a notione magis statica ordinis rerum ad notionem magis dynamicam atque evolutivam transit, unde quam maxima nascitur problematum nova complexio, quae ad novas analyses et syntheses provocat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mutationes in ordine sociali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eo ipso communitates locales traditionales, uti sunt familiae patriarchales, \"clans\", tribus, pagi, varii coetus et consortionis socialis necessitudines, pleniores in dies immutationes experiuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Typus industrialis societatis paulatim diffunditur, quasdam nationes ad oeconomicam opulentiam adducens, et notiones et condiciones vitae socialis a saeculis constitutas penitus transformans. Similiter vitae urbanae cultus ac studium augentur sive per urbium earumque incolarum augmentum, sive per motum quo vita urbana ad ruricolas dilatatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nova et aptiora communicationis socialis instrumenta ad eventus cognoscendos et ad modos cogitandi et sentiendi quam citissime latissimeque diffundendos conferunt, plures connexas repercussiones excitando."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nec parvipendendum est quot homines, ex variis causis, ad migrandum inducti, vitae suae rationem immutent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sic necessitudines hominis cum similibus suis indesinenter multiplicantur ac simul ipsa socializatio novas necessitudines inducit, quin tamen congruentem personae maturationem et relationes vere personales (personalizationem) semper promoveat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Huiusmodi quidem evolutio clarius apparet in nationibus quae commodis progressus oeconomici et technici iam gaudent, sed populos quoque movet adhuc ad progressionem nitentes qui, pro suis regionibus, beneficia industrializationis et urbanizationis obtinere cupiunt. Qui populi, praesertim antiquioribus traditionibus addicti, simul motum experiuntur ad maturius magisque personale libertatis exercitium."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mutationes psychologicae, morales et religiosae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mutatio mentis et structurarum bona recepta frequenter in controversiam vocat, maxime apud iuvenes qui non semel impatientes, immo angore rebelles fiunt, et conscii de proprio momento in vita sociali, citius in eadem partes habere cupiunt. Exinde non raro parentes et educatores in muneribus suis adimplendis in dies maiores difficultates experiuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instituta vero, leges atque modi cogitandi et sentiendi a maioribus tradita non semper statui rerum hodierno bene aptari videntur; inde gravis perturbatio in modo et in ipsis agendi normis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ipsam denique vitam religiosam novae condiciones afficiunt. Ex una parte acrior diiudicandi facultas eam a magico mundi conceptu et a superstitionibus adhuc vagantibus purificat atque magis personalem et actuosam adhaesionem fidei in dies exigit; quo fit ut non pauci ad vividiorem Dei sensum accedant. Ex altera vero parte crebriores turbae a religione practice discedunt. Secus ac transactis temporibus, Deum religionemve negare, aut ab iisdem abstrahere, non amplius quid insolitum et individuale sunt: hodie enim non raro quasi exigentia progressus scientifici vel cuiusdam novi humanismi exhibentur. Haec omnia in pluribus regionibus non tantum in philosophorum placitis exprimuntur, sed latissime litteras, artes, scientiarum humanarum et historiae interpretationem, ipsasque leges civiles afficiunt ita ut exinde multi perturbentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De inaequilibriis in mundo hodierno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tam rapida rerum mutatio inordinate saepe progrediens, immo et ipsa discrepantiarum in mundo vigentium acrior conscientia, contradictiones et inaequilibria gignunt vel augent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In ipsa persona frequentius oritur inaequilibrium inter modernum intellectum practicum et theoreticam cogitandi rationem, quae summam cognitionum suarum neque sibi subigere neque in syntheses apte ordinare valet. Oritur pariter inaequilibrium inter sollicitudinem efficientiae practicae et exigentias conscientiae moralis, necnon multoties inter condiciones vitae collectivas et requisita cogitationis personalis, immo et contemplationis. Oritur tandem inaequilibrium inter activitatis humanae specializationem et universalem rerum visionem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In familia autem discrepantiae oriuntur, sive ex prementibus condicionibus demographicis, oeconomicis et socialibus, sive ex difficultatibus inter generationes quae sibi subsequuntur exsurgentibus, sive ex novis necessitudinibus socialibus inter viros ac mulieres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Magnae oriuntur etiam discrepantiae inter stirpes, immo inter varii generis societatis ordines; inter nationes opulentas et minus valentes egentesque; denique, inter instituta internationalia, ex pacis desiderio populorum exorta, et ambitionem propriae ideologiae disseminandae nec non cupiditates collectivas in nationibus aliisve coetibus exsistentes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inde mutuae diffidentiae et inimicitiae, conflictationes et aerumnae, quarum ipse homo simul causa est et victima."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De appetitionibus universalioribus generis humani."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Interea crescit persuasio genus humanum non tantum imperium suum super res creatas in dies magis roborare posse ac debere; sed insuper eius esse ordinem politicum, socialem et oeconomicum statuere qui in dies melius homini inserviat et singulos ac coetus adiuvet ad dignitatem sibi propriam affirmandam et excolendam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hinc plurimi acerrime exigunt illa bona quibus, per iniustitiam vel non aequam distributionem, orbatos se esse vivida conscientia iudicant. Nationes in via progressus sicut illae recenter sui iuris factae, bona civilizationis hodiernae non tantum in campo politico sed etiam oeconomico participare et libere partibus suis in mundo fungi cupiunt, dum tamen in dies augetur earumdem distantia simul ac persaepe dependentia etiam oeconomica ab aliis ditioribus nationibus citius progredientibus. Populi fame pressi populos opulentiores interpellant. Mulieres sibi vindicant, ubi eam nondum sunt consecutae, paritatem de iure et de facto cum viris. Opifices et ruricolae non solum victui necessaria comparare, sed laborando dotes suae personae excolere, immo in ordinanda vita oeconomica, sociali, politica et culturali suas partes agere volunt. Nunc primum in historia humana universi populi iam persuasum sibi habent culturae beneficia reapse ad cunctos extendi posse ac debere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sub omnibus autem istis exigentiis latet profundior et universalior appetitio: personae scilicet atque coetus plenam atque liberam vitam, homine dignam, sitiunt, omnia quae hodiernus mundus eis tam abundanter praebere potest proprio servitio subicientes. Nationes praeterea in dies fortius enituntur ut universalem quamdam communitatem assequantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae cum ita sint, mundus hodiernus simul potentem ac debilem se exhibet, capacem optima vel pessima patrandi, dum ipsi ad libertatem aut servitutem, ad progressum aut regressum, ad fraternitatem aut odium prostat via. Praeterea, homo conscius fit ipsius esse recte dirigere vires, quas ipse suscitavit et quae eum opprimere aut ei servire possunt. Unde seipsum interrogat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De profundioribus interrogationibus generis humani."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revera inaequilibria quibus laborat mundus hodiernus cum inaequilibrio illo fundamentaliori connectuntur, quod in hominis corde radicatur. In ipso enim homine plura elementa sibi invicem oppugnant. Dum enim una ex parte, utpote creatura, multipliciter sese limitatum experitur, ex altera vero in desideriis suis illimitatum et ad superiorem vitam vocatum se sentit. Multis sollicitationibus attractus, iugiter inter eas seligere et quibusdam renuntiare cogitur. Immo infirmus ac peccator, non raro illud quod non vult facit et illud quod facere vellet non facit (4). Unde in seipso divisionem patitur, ex qua etiam tot ac tantae discordiae in societate oriuntur. Plurimi sane, quorum vita materialismo practico inficitur, a clara huiusmodi dramatici status perceptione avertuntur, vel autem, miseria oppressi, impediuntur quominus illum considerent. Multi in interpretatione rerum multifarie proposita quietem se invenire existimant. Quidam vero a solo conatu humano veram plenamque generis humani liberationem exspectant, sibique persuasum habent futurum regnum hominis super terram omnia vota cordis eius expleturum esse. Nec desunt qui, de sensu vitae desperantes, audaciam laudant eorum qui, exsistentiam humanam omnis significationis propriae expertem existimantes, ei totam significationem ex solo proprio ingenio conferre nituntur. Attamen, coram hodierna mundi evolutione, in dies numerosiores fiunt qui quaestiones maxime fundamentales vel ponunt vel nova acuitate persentiunt: quid est homo? Quinam est sensus doloris, mali, mortis, quae, quamquam tantus progressus factus est, subsistere pergunt? Ad quid victoriae illae tanto pretio acquisitae? Quid societati homo afferre, quid ab ea exspectare potest? Quid post vitam hanc terrestrem subsequetur?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Credit autem Ecclesia Christum, pro omnibus mortuum et resuscitatum (5), homini lucem et vires per Spiritum suum praebere ut ille summae suae vocationi respondere possit; nec aliud nomen sub caelo datum esse hominibus, in quo oporteat eos salvos fieri (6). Similiter credit clavem, centrum et finem totius humanae historiae in Domino ac Magistro suo inveniri. Affirmat insuper Ecclesia omnibus mutationibus multa subesse quae non mutantur, quaeque fundamentum suum ultimum in Christo habent, qui est heri, hodie, Ipse et in saecula (7). Sub lumine ergo Christi, Imaginis Dei invisibilis, Primogeniti omnis creaturae (8), Concilium, ad mysterium hominis illustrandum atque ad cooperandum in solutionem praecipuarum quaestionum nostri temporis inveniendam, omnes alloqui intendit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PARS I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE ECCLESIA ET VOCATIONE HOMINIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Impulsionibus Spiritus respondendum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Populus Dei, fide motus, qua credit se a Spiritu Domini duci qui replet orbem terrarum, in eventibus, exigentiis atque optatis, quorum una cum ceteris nostrae aetatis hominibus partem habet, quaenam in illis sint vera signa praesentiae vel consilii Dei, discernere satagit. Fides enim omnia novo lumine illustrat et divinum propositum de integra hominis vocatione manifestat, ideoque ad solutiones plene humanas mentem dirigit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concilium imprimis illos valores, qui hodie maxime aestimantur, sub hoc lumine diiudicare et ad fontem suum divinum referre intendit. Hi enim valores, prout ex hominis ingenio eidem divinitus collato procedunt, valde boni sunt; sed ex corruptione humani cordis a sua debita ordinatione non raro detorquentur, ita ut purificatione indigeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quid Ecclesia de homine sentit? Quaenam ad societatem hodiernam aedificandam commendanda videntur? Quaenam est significatio ultima humanae navitatis in universo mundo? Ad has quaestiones responsio exspectatur. Exinde luculentius apparebit populum Dei et genus humanum, cui ille inseritur, servitium sibi mutuo praestare, ita ut Ecclesiae missio religiosam et ex hoc ipso summe humanam se exhibeat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE HUMANAE PERSONAE DIGNITATE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De homine ad imaginem Dei."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Secundum credentium et non credentium fere concordem sententiam, omnia quae in terra sunt ad hominem, tamquam ad centrum suum et culmen, ordinanda sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quid est autem homo? Multas opiniones de seipso protulit et profert, varias et etiam contrarias, quibus saepe vel se tamquam absolutam regulam exaltat vel usque ad desperationem deprimit, exinde anceps et anxius. Quas quidem difficultates Ecclesia persentiens, a Deo revelante instructa eisdem responsum afferre potest, quo vera hominis condicio delineetur, explanentur eius infirmitates, simulque eius dignitas et vocatio recte agnosci possint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrae enim Litterae docent hominem \"ad imaginem Dei\" creatum esse, capacem suum Creatorem cognoscendi et amandi, ab eo tamquam dominum super omnes creaturas terrenas constitutum (9), ut eas regeret, eisque uteretur, glorificans Deum (10). \"Quid est homo quod memor es eius? aut filius hominis, quoniam visitas eum? Minuisti eum paulo minus ab angelis, gloria et honore coronasti eum, et constituisti eum super opera manuum tuarum. Omnia subiecisti sub pedibus eius\" (Ps 8,5-7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At Deus non creavit hominem solum: nam inde a primordiis \"masculum et feminam creavit eos\" (Gen 1,27), quorum consociatio primam formam efficit communionis personarum. Homo etenim ex intima sua natura ens sociale est, atque sine relationibus cum aliis nec vivere nec suas dotes expandere potest."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deus igitur, sicut iterum in sacra Pagina legimus, vidit \"cuncta quae fecerat, et erant valde bona\" (Gen 1,31)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De peccato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In iustitia a Deo constitutus, homo tamen, suadente Maligno, inde ab exordio historiae, libertate sua abusus est, seipsum contra Deum erigens et finem suum extra Deum attingere cupiens. Cum cognovissent Deum, non sicut Deum glorificaverunt, sed obscuratum est insipiens cor eorum et servierunt creaturae potius quam Creatori (11). Quod Revelatione divina nobis innotescit, cum ipsa experientia concordat. Nam homo, cor suum inspiciens, etiam ad malum inclinatum se comperit et in multiplicibus malis demersum, quae a bono suo Creatore provenire non possunt. Deum tamquam principium suum saepe agnoscere renuens, etiam debitum ordinem ad finem suum ultimum, simul ac totam suam sive erga seipsum sive erga alios homines et omnes res creatas ordinationem disrupit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ideo in seipso divisus est homo. Quapropter tota vita hominum, sive singularis sive collectiva, ut luctationem et quidem dramaticam se exhibet inter bonum et malum, inter lucem et tenebras. Immo incapacem se invenit homo per seipsum mali impugnationes efficaciter debellandi, ita ut unusquisque se quasi catenis vinctum sentiat. At ipse Dominus venit ut hominem liberaret et confortaret, eum interius renovans ac principem huius mundi (cf. Io 12,31) foras eiiciens qui eum in servitute peccati retinebat (12). Peccatum autem minuit ipsum hominem, a plenitudine consequenda eum repellens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In lumine huius Revelationis simul sublimis vocatio et profunda miseria, quas homines experiuntur, rationem suam ultimam inveniunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De hominis constitutione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Corpore et anima unus, homo per ipsam suam corporalem condicionem elementa mundi materialis in se colligit, ita ut, per ipsum, fastigium suum attingant et ad liberam Creatoris laudem vocem attollant (13). Vitam ergo corporalem homini despicere non licet, sed e contra ipse corpus suum, utpote a Deo creatum et ultima die resuscitandum, bonum et honore dignum habere tenetur. Peccato tamen vulneratus, corporis rebelliones experitur. Ipsa igitur dignitas hominis postulat ut Deum glorificet in corpore suo (14), neve illud pravis cordis sui inclinationibus inservire sinat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Homo vero non fallitur, cum se rebus corporalibus superiorem agnoscit, et non tantum ut particulam naturae aut anonymum elementum civitatis humanae seipsum considerat. Interioritate enim sua universitatem rerum excedit: ad hanc profundam interioritatem redit, quando convertitur ad cor, ubi Deus eum exspectat, qui corda scrutatur (15), et ubi ipse sub oculis Dei de propria sorte decernit. Itaque, animam spiritualem et immortalem in seipso agnoscens, non fallaci figmento illuditur, a physicis tantum et socialibus condicionibus fluente, sed e contra ipsam profundam rei veritatem attingit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De dignitate intellectus, de veritate et de sapientia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recte iudicat homo, divinae mentis lumen participans, se intellectu suo universitatem rerum superare. Ingenium suum per saecula impigre exercendo ipse in scientiis empiricis, artibus technicis et liberalibus sane profecit. Nostris autem temporibus in mundo materiali praesertim investigando et sibi subiiciendo egregios obtinuit successus. Semper tamen profundiorem veritatem quaesivit et invenit. Intelligentia enim non ad sola phaenomena coarctatur, sed realitatem intelligibilem cum vera certitudine adipisci valet, etiamsi, ex sequela peccati, ex parte obscuratur et debilitatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Humanae tandem personae intellectualis natura per sapientiam perficitur et perficienda est, quae mentem hominis ad vera bonaque inquirenda ac diligenda suaviter attrahit, et qua imbutus homo per visibilia ad invisibilia adducitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aetas autem nostra, magis quam saecula anteacta, tali sapientia indiget ut humaniora fiant quaecumque nova ab homine deteguntur. Periclitatur enim sors futura mundi nisi sapientiores suscitentur homines. Insuper notandum est plures nationes, bonis quidem oeconomicis pauperiores, sapientia vero ditiores, ceteris eximium emolumentum praestare posse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Spiritus Sancti dono, homo ad mysterium consilii divini contemplandum et sapiendum fide accedit (16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De dignitate conscientiae moralis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In imo conscientiae legem homo detegit, quam ipse sibi non dat, sed cui obedire debet, et cuius vox, semper ad bonum amandum et faciendum ac malum vitandum eum advocans, ubi oportet auribus cordis sonat: fac hoc, illud devita. Nam homo legem in corde suo a Deo inscriptam habet, cui parere ipsa dignitas eius est et secundum quam ipse iudicabitur (17). Conscientia est nucleus secretissimus atque sacrarium hominis, in quo solus est cum Deo, cuius vox resonat in intimo eius (18). Conscientia modo mirabili illa lex innotescit, quae in Dei et proximi dilectione adimpletur (19). Fidelitate erga conscientiam christiani cum ceteris hominibus coniunguntur ad veritatem inquirendam et tot problemata moralia, quae tam in vita singulorum quam in sociali consortione exsurgunt, in veritate solvenda. Quo magis ergo conscientia recta praevalet, eo magis personae et coetus a caeco arbitrio recedunt et normis obiectivis moralitatis conformari satagunt. Non raro tamen evenit ex ignorantia invincibili conscientiam errare, quin inde suam dignitatem amittat. Quod autem dici nequit cum homo de vero ac bono inquirendo parum curat, et conscientia ex peccati consuetudine paulatim fere obcaecatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De praestantia libertatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At nonnisi libere homo ad bonum se convertere potest, quam libertatem coaevi nostri magni faciunt ardenterque prosequuntur: et recte sane. Saepe tamen eam pravo modo fovent, tamquam licentiam quidquid faciendi dummodo delectet, etiam malum. Vera autem libertas eximium est divinae imaginis in homine signum. Voluit enim Deus hominem relinquere in manu consilii sui (20), ita ut Creatorem suum sponte quaerat et libere ad plenam et beatam perfectionem ei inhaerendo perveniat. Dignitas igitur hominis requirit ut secundum consciam et liberam electionem agat, personaliter scilicet ab intra motus et inductus, et non sub caeco impulsu interno vel sub mera externa coactione. Talem vero dignitatem obtinet homo cum, sese ab omni passionum captivitate liberans, finem suum in boni libera electione persequitur et apta subsidia efficaciter ac sollerti industria sibi procurat. Quam ordinationem ad Deum libertas hominis, a peccato vulnerata, nonnisi gratia Dei adiuvante, plene actuosam efficere potest. Unicuique autem ante tribunal Dei propriae vitae ratio reddenda erit, prout ipse sive bonum sive malum gesserit (21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De mysterio mortis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coram morte aenigma condicionis humanae maximum evadit. Non tantum cruciatur homo dolore et corporis dissolutione progrediente, sed etiam, immo magis, perpetuae extinctionis timore. Recte autem instinctu cordis sui iudicat, cum totalem ruinam et definitivum exitum suae personae abhorret et respuit. Semen aeternitatis quod in se gerit, ad solam materiam cum irreductibile sit, contra mortem insurgit. Omnia technicae artis molimina, licet perutilia, anxietatem hominis sedare non valent: prorogata enim biologica longaevitas illi ulterioris vitae desiderio satisfacere nequit, quod cordi eius ineluctabiliter inest."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dum coram morte omnis imaginatio deficit, Ecclesia tamen, Revelatione divina edocta, hominem ad beatum finem, ultra terrestris miseriae limites, a Deo creatum esse affirmat. Mors insuper corporalis, a qua homo si non peccasset subtractus fuisset (22), fides christiana docet fore ut vincatur, cum homo in salutem, culpa sua perditam, ab omnipotente et miserante Salvatore restituetur. Deus enim hominem vocavit et vocat ut Ei in perpetua incorruptibilis vitae divinae communione tota sua natura adhaereat. Quam victoriam Christus, hominem a morte per mortem suam liberando, ad vitam resurgens adeptus est (23). Cuicumque igitur recogitanti homini, fides, cum solidis argumentis oblata, in eius anxietate de sorte futura responsum offert; simulque facultatem praebet cum dilectis fratribus iam morte praereptis in Christo communicandi, spem conferens eos veram vitam apud Deum adeptos esse."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De formis et radicibus atheismi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignitatis humanae eximia ratio in vocatione hominis ad communionem cum Deo consistit. Ad colloquium cum Deo iam inde ab ortu suo invitatur homo: non enim exsistit, nisi quia, a Deo ex amore creatus, semper ex amore conservatur; nec plene secundum veritatem vivit, nisi amorem illum libere agnoscat et Creatori suo se committat. Multi tamen ex coaevis nostris hanc intimam ac vitalem cum Deo coniunctionem nequaquam perspiciunt aut explicite reiiciunt, ita ut atheismus inter gravissimas huius temporis res adnumerandus sit ac diligentiori examini subiiciendus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Voce atheismi phaenomena inter se valde diversa designantur. Dum enim a quibusdam Deus expresse negatur, alii censent hominem nihil omnino de Eo asserere posse; alii vero quaestionem de Deo tali methodo examini subiiciunt, ut illa sensu carere videatur. Multi, scientiarum positivarum limites indebite praetergressi, aut omnia hac sola scientifica ratione explicari contendunt aut e contra nullam omnino veritatem absolutam iam admittunt. Quidam hominem tantopere exaltant, ut fides in Deum quasi enervis fiat, magis proclives, ut videntur, ad affirmationem hominis quam ad Dei negationem. Alii Deum sibi ita effingunt, ut illud figmentum, quod repudiant, nullo modo Deus sit Evangelii. Alii quaestiones de Deo ne aggrediuntur quidem, quippe qui inquietudinem religiosam non experiri videantur nec percipiant quare de religione iam sibi curandum sit. Atheismus praeterea non raro oritur sive ex violenta contra malum in mundo protestatione, sive ex nota ipsius absoluti quibusdam humanis bonis indebite adiudicata, ita ut ista iam loco Dei habeantur. Ipsa civilizatio hodierna, non ex se, sed utpote nimis rebus terrestribus intricata accessum ad Deum saepe difficiliorem reddere potest."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sane qui voluntarie Deum a corde suo arcere et quaestiones religiosas devitare conantur, dictamen conscientiae suae non secuti, culpae expertes non sunt; attamen et ipsi credentes quamdam de hoc responsabilitatem saepe ferunt. Atheismus enim, integre consideratus, non est quid originarium, sed potius ex diversis causis oritur, inter quas adnumeratur etiam reactio critica contra religiones et quidem, in nonnullis regionibus, praesertim contra religionem christianam. Quapropter in hac atheismi genesi partem non parvam habere possunt credentes, quatenus, neglecta fidei educatione, vel fallaci doctrinae expositione, vel etiam vitae suae religiosae, moralis ac socialis defectibus, Dei et religionis genuinum vultum potius velare quam revelare dicendi sint."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De atheismo systematico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Atheismus modernus formam etiam systematicam saepe praebet, quae, praeter alias causas, optatum autonomiae hominis eo usque perducit ut contra qualemcumque a Deo dependentiam difficultatem suscitet. Qui talem atheismum profitentur, libertatem in eo esse contendunt quod homo sibi ipse sit finis, propriae suae historiae solus artifex et demiurgus: quod componi non posse autumant cum agnitione Domini, omnium rerum auctoris et finis, vel saltem talem affirmationem plane superfluam reddere. Cui doctrinae favere potest sensus potentiae quem hodiernus progressus technicus homini confert."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inter formas hodierni atheismi illa non praetermittenda est, quae liberationem hominis praesertim ex eius liberatione oeconomica et sociali exspectat. Huic autem liberationi religionem natura sua obstare contendit, quatenus, in futuram fallacemque vitam spem hominis erigens, ipsum a civitatis terrestris aedificatione deterreret. Unde fautores talis doctrinae, ubi ad regimen reipublicae accedunt, religionem vehementer oppugnant, atheismum diffundentes etiam adhibitis, praesertim in iuvenum educatione, illis pressionis mediis, quibus potestas publica pollet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De habitudine Ecclesiae ad atheismum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia, fideliter tum Deo tum hominibus addicta, desistere non potest quin dolenter perniciosas illas doctrinas actionesque, quae rationi et communi experientiae humanae contradicunt hominemque ab innata eius excellentia deiiciunt, omni firmitate reprobet, sicut antehac reprobavit (24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Abditas tamen in atheorum mente negationis Dei causas deprehendere conatur et, de gravitate quaestionum quas atheismus excitat conscia necnon caritate erga omnes homines ducta, eas serio ac profundiori examini subiiciendas esse censet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tenet Ecclesia agnitionem Dei dignitati hominis nequaquam opponi, cum huiusmodi dignitas in ipso Deo fundetur et perficiatur: homo enim a Deo creante intelligens ac liber in societate constituitur; sed praesertim ad ipsam Dei communionem ut filius vocatur et ad Ipsius felicitatem participandam. Docet praeterea per spem eschatologicam momentum munerum terrestrium non minui, sed potius eorum adimpletionem novis motivis fulciri. Deficientibus e contra fundamento divino et spe vitae aeternae, hominis dignitas gravissime laeditur, ut saepe hodie constat, atque vitae et mortis, culpae et doloris aenigmata sine solutione manent, ita ut homines in desperationem non raro deiiciantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnis homo interea sibi ipsi remanet quaestio insoluta, subobscure percepta. Nemo enim quibusdam momentis, praecipue in maioribus vitae eventibus, praefatam interrogationem omnino effugere valet. Cui quaestioni solus Deus plene et omni certitudine responsum affert, qui ad altiorem cogitationem et humiliorem inquisitionem hominem vocat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Remedium autem atheismo afferendum, cum a doctrina apte exposita, tum ab integra Ecclesiae eiusque membrorum vita exspectandum est. Ecclesiae enim est Deum Patrem eiusque Filium incarnatum praesentem et quasi visibilem reddere, ductu Spiritus Sancti sese indesinenter renovando et purificando (25). Id imprimis obtinetur testimonio fidei vivae et maturae, ad hoc scilicet educatae ut difficultates lucide perspicere valeat easque superare. Huius fidei testimonium praeclarum plurimi martyres reddiderunt et reddunt. Quae fides suam fecunditatem manifestare debet, credentium integram vitam, etiam profanam, penetrando, eosque ad iustitiam et amorem, praesertim erga egentes, movendo. Ad praesentiam Dei manifestandam maxime denique confert caritas fraterna fidelium, qui spiritu unanimes collaborant fidei Evangelii (26), et signum unitatis se exhibent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia vero, etiamsi atheismum omnino reiicit, sincere tamen profitetur homines omnes, credentes et non credentes, ad hunc mundum, in quo communiter vivunt, recte aedificandum opem conferre debere: quod certe fieri non potest sine sincero et prudenti colloquio. Conqueritur igitur de discrimine inter credentes et non credentes, quod quidam civitatum rectores, personae humanae iura fundamentalia non agnoscentes, iniuste inducunt. Pro credentibus vero actuosam libertatem expostulat ut in hoc mundo etiam Dei templum exstruere sinantur. Atheos autem humaniter invitat ut Evangelium Christi corde aperto considerent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apprime etenim novit Ecclesia nuntium suum cum secretissimis humani cordis desideriis concordare, cum vocationis humanae dignitatem vindicat, illis qui iam de altiore sua sorte desperant spem restituens. Nuntium eius, nedum hominem minuat, lucem, vitam et libertatem ad eius profectum fundit; atque praeter illud nihil cordi hominis satisfacere valet: \"Fecisti nos ad Te\", Domine, \"et inquietum est cor nostrum, donec requiescat in Te\" (27)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De Christo Novo Homine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reapse nonnisi in mysterio Verbi incarnati mysterium hominis vere clarescit. Adam enim, primus homo, erat figura futuri (28), scilicet Christi Domini. Christus, novissimus Adam, in ipsa revelatione mysterii Patris Eiusque amoris, hominem ipsi homini plene manifestat eique altissimam eius vocationem patefacit. Nil igitur mirum in Eo praedictas veritates suum invenire fontem atque attingere fastigium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qui est \"imago Dei invisibilis\" (Col 1,15) (29), Ipse est homo perfectus, qui Adae filiis similitudinem divinam, inde a primo peccato deformatam, restituit. Cum in Eo natura humana assumpta, non perempta sit (30), eo ipso etiam in nobis ad sublimem dignitatem evecta est. Ipse enim, Filius Dei, incarnatione sua cum omni homine quodammodo Se univit. Humanis manibus opus fecit, humana mente cogitavit, humana voluntate egit (31), humano corde dilexit. Natus de Maria Virgine, vere unus ex nostris factus est, in omnibus nobis similis excepto peccato (32)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Agnus innocens, sanguine suo libere effuso, vitam nobis meruit, in Ipsoque Deus nos Sibi et inter nos reconciliavit (33) et a servitute diaboli ac peccati eripuit, ita ut unusquisque nostrum cum Apostolo dicere possit: Filius Dei \"dilexit me et tradidit semetipsum pro me\" (Gal 2,20). Pro nobis patiendo non solummodo exemplum praebuit ut sequamur vestigia Eius (34), sed et viam instauravit, quam dum sequimur, vita et mors sanctificantur novumque sensum accipiunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christianus autem homo, conformis imagini Filii factus qui est Primogenitus in multis fratribus (35), \"primitias Spiritus\" (Rom 8,23) accipit, quibus capax fit legem novam amoris adimplendi (36). Per hunc Spiritum, qui est \"pignus hereditatis\" (Eph 1,14), totus homo interius restauratur, usque ad \"redemptionem corporis\" (Rom 8,23): \"Si Spiritus Eius, qui suscitavit Iesum a mortuis, habitat in vobis: qui suscitavit Iesum Christum a mortuis, vivificabit et mortalia corpora vestra, propter inhabitantem Spiritum eius in vobis\" (Rom 8,11) (37). Christianum certe urgent necessitas et officium contra malum per multas tribulationes certandi necnon mortem patiendi; sed mysterio paschali consociatus, Christi morti configuratus, ad resurrectionem spe roboratus occurret (38)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quod non tantum pro christifidelibus valet, sed et pro omnibus hominibus bonae voluntatis in quorum corde gratia invisibili modo operatur (39). Cum enim pro omnibus mortuus sit Christus (40) cumque vocatio hominis ultima revera una sit, scilicet divina, tenere debemus Spiritum Sanctum cunctis possibilitatem offerre ut, modo Deo cognito, huic paschali mysterio consocientur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tale et tantum est hominis mysterium, quod per Revelationem christianam credentibus illucescit. Per Christum et in Christo, igitur, illuminatur aenigma doloris et mortis, quod extra Eius Evangelium nos obruit. Christus resurrexit, morte sua mortem destruens, vitamque nobis largitus est (41) ut, filii in Filio, clamemus in Spiritu: Abba, Pater! (42)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE HOMINUM COMMUNITATE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quid Concilium intendat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inter praecipuos mundi hodierni aspectus, mutuarum inter homines necessitudinum multiplicatio adnumeratur, ad quam evolvendam hodierni technici progressus plurimum conferunt. Tamen fraternum hominum colloquium non in istis progressibus, sed profundius in personarum communitate perficitur, quae mutuam reverentiam erga plenam earum dignitatem spiritualem exigit. Ad hanc vero communionem inter personas promovendam, Revelatio christiana magnum subsidium affert, simulque ad altiorem vitae socialis legum intelligentiam nos perducit quas Creator in natura spirituali ac morali hominis inscripsit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quoniam autem recentiora Ecclesiae Magisterii documenta christianam de societate humana doctrinam fusius exposuerunt (43), Concilium quasdam tantum principaliores veritates in memoriam revocat earum que fundamenta sub luce Revelationis exponit. Deinde in quaedam consectaria insistit quae nostris diebus maioris sunt momenti."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De indole communitaria vocationis humanae in consilio Dei."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deus, qui paternam curam omnium habet, voluit ut cuncti homines unam efficerent familiam fraternoque animo se invicem tractarent. Omnes enim creati ad imaginem Dei, qui fecit \"ex uno omne genus hominum inhabitare super universam faciem terrae\" (Act 17,26), ad unum eumdemque finem, id est ad Deum ipsum, vocantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter dilectio Dei et proximi primum et maximum mandatum est. A Sacra autem Scriptura docemur Dei amorem a proximi amore seiungi non posse: \"... si quod est aliud mandatum, in hoc verbo instauratur: Diliges proximum tuum sicut teipsum... Plenitudo ergo legis est dilectio\" (Rom 13,9-10; Cf 1 Io 4,20). Quod vero hominibus magis in dies ab invicem dependentibus atque mundo magis in dies unificato maximi comprobatur esse momenti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Immo Dominus Iesus, quando Patrem orat ut \"omnes unum sint..., sicut et nos unum sumus\" (Io 17,21-22), prospectus praebens humanae rationi impervios, aliquam similitudinem innuit inter unionem personarum divinarum et unionem filiorum Dei in veritate et caritate. Haec similitudo manifestat hominem, qui in terris sola creatura est quam Deus propter seipsam voluerit, plene seipsum invenire non posse nisi per sincerum sui ipsius donum (44)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De interdependentia humanae personae et humanae societatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ex sociali hominis indole apparet humanae personae profectum et ipsius societatis incrementum ab invicem pendere. Etenim principium, subiectum et finis omnium institutorum socialium est et esse debet humana persona, quippe quae, suapte natura, vita sociali omnino indigeat (45). Cum igitur vita socialis non sit homini quid adventicium, ideo commercio cum aliis, mutuis officiis, colloquio cum fratribus, quoad omnes suas dotes grandescit homo, et suae vocationi respondere potest."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ex socialibus vinculis, quae homini excolendo necessaria sunt, alia, uti familia et communitas politica, intimae eius naturae immediatius congruunt; alia potius ex eius libera voluntate procedunt. Nostra hac aetate, variis de causis, mutuae necessitudines et interdependentiae in dies multiplicantur; unde diversa oriuntur consociationes et instituta sive publici sive privati iuris. Hoc autem factum, quod socializatio nuncupatur, licet periculis sane non careat, multa tamen secum emolumenta affert ad confirmandas et augendas humanae personae qualitates eiusque iura tuenda (46)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sed si personae humanae ad suam vocationem adimplendam, etiam religiosam, ex hac vita sociali multum accipiunt, negari tamen nequit homines ex adiunctis socialibus in quibus vivunt et, inde ab infantia, immerguntur, saepe a bono faciendo averti et ad malum impelli. Certum est perturbationes, tam frequenter in ordine sociali occurrentes, ex ipsa formarum oeconomicarum, politicarum et socialium tensione pro parte provenire. Sed penitius ex hominum superbia et egoismo oriuntur, quae etiam ambitum socialem pervertunt. Ubi autem ordo rerum sequelis peccati afficitur, homo, proclivis ad malum natus, nova deinde ad peccatum incitamenta invenit, quae, sine strenuis gratia adiuvante conatibus, superari nequeunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De bono communi promovendo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ex interdependentia in dies strictiore et paulatim ad mundum universum diffusa sequitur bonum commune - seu summam eorum vitae socialis condicionum quae tum coetibus, tum singulis membris permittunt ut propriam perfectionem plenius atque expeditius consequantur - hodie magis magisque universale evadere, et exinde iura officiaque implicare, quae totum humanum genus respiciunt. Quilibet coetus necessitatum et legitimarum appetitionum aliorum coetuum, immo boni communis totius familiae humanae, rationem habere debet (47)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Simul vero conscientia crescit eximiae dignitatis quae personae humanae competit, cum ipsa rebus omnibus praestet, et eius iura officiaque universalia sint atque inviolabilia. Oportet ergo ut ea omnia homini pervia reddantur, quibus ad vitam vere humanam gerendam indiget, ut sunt victus, vestitus, habitatio, ius ad statum vitae libere eligendum et ad familiam condendam, ad educationem, ad laborem, ad bonam famam, ad reverentiam, ad congruam informationem, ad agendum iuxta rectam suae conscientiae normam, ad vitae privatae protectionem atque ad iustam libertatem etiam in re religiosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ordo socialis igitur eiusque progressus in bonum personarum indesinenter cedere debent, siquidem rerum ordinatio ordini personarum subiicienda est et non e converso, ipso Domino id innuente cum dixerit sabbatum (48) propter hominem factum esse et non hominem propter sabbatum. Ordo ille in dies evolvendus, in veritate fundandus, in iustitia aedificandus, amore vivificandus est; in libertate autem aequilibrium in dies humanius invenire debet (49). Ad haec autem implenda mentis renovatio atque amplae societatis immutationes inducendae sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Spiritus Dei, qui mirabili providentia temporum cursum dirigit et faciem terrae renovat, huic evolutioni adest. Evangelicum autem fermentum in corde hominis irrefrenabilem dignitatis exigentiam excitavit atque excitat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De reverentia erga personam humanam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad practica urgentioraque consectaria descendens, Concilium reverentiam inculcat erga hominem, ita ut singuli proximum, nullo excepto, tamquam alterum seipsum considerare debeant, de eius vita et de mediis ad illam digne degendam necessariis rationem imprimis habentes (50), ne divitem illum imitentur, qui pauperis Lazari nullam curam egit (51)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nostris praesertim diebus urget obligatio nosmetipsos cuiuslibet omnino hominis proximos efficiendi et illi occurrenti actuose inserviendi, sive sit senex ab omnibus derelictus, sive alienigena operarius iniuste despectus, sive exsul, sive infans ex illegitima unione natus, immerito patiens propter peccatum a se non commissum, vel esuriens qui conscientiam nostram interpellat Domini vocem revocans: \"Quamdiu fecistis uni ex his fratribus meis minimis, mihi fecistis\" (Mt 25,40)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quaecumque insuper ipsi vitae adversantur, ut cuiusvis generis homicidia, genocidia, abortus, euthanasia et ipsum voluntarium suicidium; quaecumque humanae personae integritatem violant, ut mutilationes, tormenta corpori mentive inflicta, conatus ipsos animos coërcendi; quaecumque humanam dignitatem offendunt, ut infrahumanae vivendi condiciones, arbitrariae incarcerationes, deportationes, servitus, prostitutio, mercatus mulierum et iuvenum; condiciones quoque laboris ignominiosae, quibus operarii ut mera quaestus instrumenta, non ut liberae et responsabiles personae tractantur: haec omnia et alia huiusmodi probra quidem sunt, ac dum civilizationem humanam inficiunt, magis eos inquinant qui sic se gerunt, quam eos qui iniuriam patiuntur et Creatoris honori maxime contradicunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De reverentia et amore erga adversarios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad illos etiam qui in rebus socialibus, politicis vel etiam religiosis aliter ac nos sentiunt aut faciunt, reverentia et caritas extendi debent; quo magis quidem humanitate et caritate modos sentiendi eorum intimius comprehendemus, eo facilius cum ipsis colloquium inire poterimus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec sane caritas et benignitas nequaquam indifferentes erga veritatem et bonum nos reddere debent. Immo caritas ipsa discipulos Christi urget ad veritatem salutarem omnibus hominibus annuntiandam. Sed distinguere oportet inter errorem, semper reiciendum, et errantem, qui dignitatem personae iugiter servat, etiam ubi falsis minusve accuratis notionibus religiosis inquinatur (52). Deus solus iudex est et scrutator cordium: unde nos vetat de interiore cuiusvis culpa iudicare (53)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doctrina Christi ut etiam iniuriis ignoscamus postulat praeceptumque amoris ad inimicos omnes extendit, quod est Novae Legis mandatum: \"Audistis quia dictum est: Diliges proximum tuum, et odio habebis inimicum tuum. Ego autem dico vobis: Diligite inimicos vestros, benefacite his qui oderunt vos: et orate pro persequentibus et calumniantibus vos\" (Mt 5,43-44) (54)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De essentiali inter omnes homines aequalitate et de iustitia sociali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum omnes homines, anima rationali pollentes et ad imaginem Dei creati, eamdem naturam eamdemque originem habeant, cumque, a Christo redempti, eadem vocatione et destinatione divina fruantur, fundamentalis aequalitas inter omnes magis magisque agnoscenda est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sane varia capacitate physica viriumque intellectualium et moralium diversitate non omnes homines aequiparantur. Omnis tamen discriminandi modus in iuribus personae fundamentalibus, sive socialis sive culturalis, ob sexum, stirpem, colorem, socialem condicionem, linguam aut religionem, superandus et removendus est, utpote Dei proposito contrarius. Vere enim dolendum est iura illa fundamentalia personae adhuc non ubique sarta tecta servari. Ut si mulieri denegetur facultas libere sponsum eligendi et vitae statum amplectendi, vel ad parem educationem et culturam quae viro agnoscitur accedendi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insuper, quamquam inter homines iustae diversitates adsunt, aequalis personarum dignitas postulat ut ad humaniorem et aequam vitae condicionem deveniatur. Etenim nimiae inter membra vel populos unius familiae humanae inaequalitates oeconomicae et sociales scandalum movent, atque iustitiae sociali, aequitati, personae humanae dignitati, necnon paci sociali et internationali adversantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Humanae autem institutiones, sive privatae sive publicae, dignitati ac fini hominis subservire nitantur, simul adversus quamlibet servitutem tum socialem tum politicam strenue decertantes, et iura hominum fundamentalia sub omni regimine politico servantes. Immo, huiusmodi institutiones spiritualibus rebus, omnium altissimis, paulatim congruant oportet, etiamsi interdum sat longo tempore opus sit ut ad optatum finem perveniant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quod ultra individualisticam ethicam progrediendum sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Profunda et velox rerum immutatio urgentius postulat ut nemo sit qui, ad rerum cursum non attendens vel inertia torpens, ethicae mere individualisticae indulgeat. Iustitiae ac caritatis officium magis ac magis adimpletur per hoc quod unusquisque, ad bonum commune iuxta proprias capacitates et aliorum necessitates conferens, etiam institutiones sive publicas sive privatas promovet et adiuvat quae hominum vitae condicionibus in melius mutandis inserviunt. Sunt autem qui, largas generosioresque opiniones profitentes, ita tamen semper reapse vivunt ac si nullam societatis necessitatum curam habeant. Immo, plures, in variis regionibus, leges et praescriptiones sociales minimi faciunt. Non pauci, variis fraudibus ac dolis, iusta vectigalia vel alia quae societati debentur effugere non verentur. Alii normas quasdam vitae socialis, e. gr., ad valetudinem tuendam, aut ad vehiculorum ductum moderandum statutas, parvi aestimant, non animadvertentes se tali incuria vitae suae et aliorum periculum inferre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sanctum sit omnibus necessitudines sociales inter praecipua hominis hodierni officia recensere easque observare. Quo magis enim mundus unitur, eo apertius hominum munera particulares coetus superant et ad universum mundum paulatim extenduntur. Quod fieri nequit nisi et singuli homines et ipsorum coetus virtutes morales et sociales in seipsis colant et in societate diffundant, ita ut vere novi homines et artifices novae humanitatis exsistant cum necessario auxilio divinae gratiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De responsabilitate et participatione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut singuli homines suum conscientiae officium accuratius impleant tum erga seipsos, tum erga varios coetus quorum membra sunt, diligenter ad ampliorem animi culturam educandi sunt, ingentibus adhibitis subsidiis quae hodie generi humano praesto sunt. Praeprimis educatio iuvenum cuiuslibet socialis originis ita instituenda est, ut viri mulieresque suscitentur qui non tantum exculti ingenii sed et magni animi sint, utpote qui a nostro tempore vehementer postulentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sed ad hunc responsabilitatis sensum homo vix pervenit, nisi vitae condiciones ei permittant ut suae dignitatis conscius fiat, et vocationi suae, seipsum pro Deo et pro aliis impendendo, respondeat. Humana vero libertas saepe debilior fit, ubi homo in extremam incidit egestatem, sicut vilescit, ubi ipse, nimiis vitae facilitatibus indulgens, in aurea veluti solitudine seipsum includit. E contra roboratur, cum homo inevitabiles vitae socialis necessitates accipit, multiformes exigentias humanae coniunctionis assumit atque humanae communitatis servitio se obstringit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ideo omnium exstimulanda est voluntas inceptorum communium suas partes assumendi. Laudanda est autem ratio agendi nationum, in quibus pars quam maxima civium in vera libertate rerum publicarum particeps fit. Ratio tamen habenda est condicionis realis uniuscuiusque gentis et necessarii vigoris publicae auctoritatis. Ut vero omnes cives proni sint ad participandam vitam variorum coetuum, quibus corpus sociale constat, necesse est ut his in coetibus bona inveniant, quae ipsos attrahant eosque ad aliorum servitium disponant. Iure arbitrari possumus futuram humanitatis sortem in illorum manibus reponi, qui posteris generationibus vivendi et sperandi rationes tradere valent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Verbum Incarnatum et solidarietas humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sicut Deus homines non ad singulatim vivendum, sed ad socialem unionem efformandam creavit, ita Ipsi etiam \"placuit... homines non singulatim, quavis mutua connexione seclusa, sanctificare et salvare, sed eos in populum constituere, qui in veritate Ipsum agnosceret Ipsique sancte serviret\" (55). Inde ab initio historiae salutis Ipse homines elegit non ut individuos tantum sed ut membra cuiusdam communitatis. Illos enim electos Deus, suum aperiens consilium, vocavit \"populum suum\" (Ex 3,7-12), quocum insuper in Sinai foedus pepigit (56)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae indoles communitaria opere Iesu Christi perficitur et consummatur. Ipsum enim Verbum incarnatum humanae consortionis particeps esse voluit. Canae nuptiis interfuit, in domum Zachaei descendit, cum publicanis et peccatoribus manducavit. Patris amorem hominumque eximiam vocationem, communissimas res sociales commemorando et locutiones figurasque vitae plane cotidianae adhibendo, revelavit. Necessitudines humanas, imprimis familiares, ex quibus rationes sociales oriuntur, sanctificavit, legibus suae patriae voluntarie subditus. Vitam opificis sui temporis et regionis propriam ducere voluit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In sua praedicatione clare mandavit filiis Dei ut tamquam fratres ad invicem se gererent. In sua oratione rogavit ut omnes discipuli sui unum essent. Immo Ipse usque ad mortem sese pro omnibus obtulit, omnium Redemptor. \"Maiorem hac dilectionem nemo habet, ut animam suam ponat quis pro amicis suis\" (Io 15,13). Apostolos autem iussit praedicare omnibus gentibus nuntium evangelicum ut genus humanum familia Dei fieret, in qua plenitudo legis esset dilectio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Primogenitus in multis fratribus, inter omnes qui Eum fide ac caritate recipiunt, post mortem et resurrectionem suam, dono sui Spiritus novam fraternam communionem instituit, in Corpore scilicet suo, quod est Ecclesia, in quo omnes, inter se invicem membra, secundum dona diversa concessa, mutua sibi praestarent servitia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae solidarietas semper augenda erit, usque ad illam diem qua consummabitur, et qua homines, gratia salvati, tamquam familia a Deo et Christo Fratre dilecta, perfectam gloriam Deo praestabunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE HUMANA NAVITATE IN UNIVERSO MUNDO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ponitur problema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Suo labore atque ingenio homo suam vitam amplius evolvere semper conatus est; hodie autem, praesertim ope scientiae et artis technicae, suum dominium in universam fere naturam dilatavit ac iugiter dilatat, et adiuvantibus imprimis auctis inter nationes multimodi commercii mediis, familia humana paulatim tamquam unam in universo mundo communitatem sese agnoscit atque constituit. Quo fit, ut multa bona, quae olim homo a supernis viribus praesertim exspectabat, hodie iam propria industria sibi procuret."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coram immenso hoc conamine, quod totum humanum genus iam pervadit, multae exsurgunt inter homines interrogationes. Quinam est illius operositatis sensus et valor? Quomodo omnibus his rebus utendum est? Ad quem finem assequendum nisus sive singulorum sive societatum tendunt? Ecclesia, quae depositum verbi Dei custodit, ex quo principia in ordine religioso et morali hauriuntur, quin semper de singulis quaestionibus responsum in promptu habeat, lumen revelationis cum omnium peritia coniungere cupit, ut iter illuminetur, quod humanitas nuper ingressa est."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De valore humanae navitatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoc credentibus ratum est, navitatem humanam individualem et collectivam, seu ingens illud conamen, quo homines decursu saeculorum suae vitae condiciones in melius mutare satagunt, in seipso consideratum, Dei proposito respondere. Homo enim, ad imaginem Dei creatus, mandatum accepit ut, terram cum omnibus quae in ea continentur sibi subiciens, mundum in iustitia et sanctitate regeret (57) utque, Deum omnium Creatorem agnoscens, seipsum ac rerum universitatem ad Ipsum referret, ita ut rebus omnibus homini subiectis, admirabile sit nomen Dei in universa terra (58)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quod etiam opera penitus quotidiana respicit. Viri namque et mulieres qui, dum vitae sustentationem sibi et familiae comparant, navitates suas ita exercent ut societati opportune ministrent, iure existimare possunt se suo labore opus Creatoris evolvere, commodis fratrum suorum consulere, et ad consilium divinum in historia adimplendum personali industria conferre (59)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christiani itaque, nedum arbitrentur opera, quae homines suo ingenio et virtute pepererunt, Dei potentiae opponi, creaturamque rationalem quasi aemulam Creatoris exsistere, potius persuasum habent humani generis victorias signum esse magnitudinis Dei et fructus ineffabilis Ipsius consilii. Quo magis vero hominum potentia crescit, eo latius ipsorum responsabilitas, sive singulorum sive communitatum extenditur. Unde apparet christiano nuntio homines ab exstruendo mundo non averti, nec ad bonum sui similium negligendum impelli, sed potius officio haec operandi arctius obstringi (60)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De humana navitate ordinanda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Humana vero navitas, sicut ex homine procedit, ita ad hominem ordinatur. Homo enim, cum operatur, non tantum res et societatem immutat, sed et seipsum perficit. Multa discit, facultates suas excolit, extra se et supra se procedit. Huiusmodi incrementum, si recte intelligatur, maioris pretii est quam externae quae colligi possunt divitiae. Magis valet homo propter id quod est quam propter id quod habet (61). Pariter, omnia quae homines, ad maiorem iustitiam, ampliorem fraternitatem, humanioremque ordinationem in socialibus necessitudinibus obtinendam agunt, plus quam progressus technici valent. Hi enim progressus quasi materiam humanae promotioni praebere possunt, illam autem per se solos ad actum nequaquam deducunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unde haec est humanae navitatis norma, quod iuxta consilium et voluntatem divinam cum genuino humani generis bono congruat, et homini individuo vel in societate posito integrae suae vocationis cultum et impletionem permittat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De iusta rerum terrenarum autonomia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Multi tamen coaevi nostri timere videntur, ne ex arctiore humanae navitatis et religionis coniunctione autonomia hominum vel societatum vel scientiarum impediatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si per terrenarum rerum autonomiam intelligimus res creatas et ipsas societates propriis legibus valoribusque gaudere, ab homine gradatim dignoscendis, adhibendis et ordinandis, eamdem exigere omnino fas est: quod non solum postulatur ab hominibus nostrae aetatis, sed etiam cum Creatoris voluntate congruit. Ex ipsa enim creationis condicione res universae propria firmitate, veritate, bonitate propriisque legibus ac ordine instruuntur, quae homo revereri debet, propriis singularum scientiarum artiumve methodis agnitis. Ideo inquisitio methodica in omnibus disciplinis, si modo vere scientifico et iuxta normas morales procedit, numquam fidei revera adversabitur, quia res profanae et res fidei ab eodem Deo originem ducunt (62). Immo, qui humili et constanti animo abscondita rerum perscrutari conatur, etsi inscius quasi manu Dei ducitur qui, res omnes sustinens, facit ut sint id quod sunt. Hinc deplorare liceat quosdam animi habitus, qui aliquando inter christianos ipsos, ob non satis perspectam legitimam scientiae autonomiam, non defuerunt et, contentionibus controversiisque exinde suscitatis, plurium animos eo perduxerunt ut fidem et scientiam inter se opponi censerent (63)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At si verbis rerum temporalium autonomia intelligitur res creatas a Deo non pendere, eisque hominem sic uti posse ut easdem ad Creatorem non referat, nemo qui Deum agnoscit non sentit quam falsa huiusmodi placita sint. Creatura enim sine Creatore evanescit. Ceterum, omnes credentes, cuiuscumque sint religionis, vocem et manifestationem Eius in creaturarum loquela semper audierunt. Immo, per oblivionem Dei ipsa creatura obscuratur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De humana navitate a peccato corrupta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacra vero Scriptura, cui saeculorum consentit experientia, humanam familiam edocet progressum humanum, qui magnum hominis bonum est, magnam tamen tentationem secumferre: ordine enim valorum turbato et malo cum bono permixto, singuli homines ac coetus solummodo quae propria sunt considerant, non vero aliorum. Quo fit ut mundus non iam spatium verae fraternitatis exsistat, dum aucta humanitatis potentia iam ipsum genus humanum destruere minatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Universam enim hominum historiam ardua colluctatio contra potestates tenebrarum pervadit, quae inde ab origine mundi incepta, usque ad ultimum diem, dicente Domino (64), perseverabit. In hanc pugnam insertus, homo ut bono adhaereat iugiter certare debet, nec sine magnis laboribus, Dei gratia adiuvante, in seipso unitatem obtinere valet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter Ecclesia Christi, Creatoris consilio fidens, dum agnoscit progressum humanum verae hominum felicitati inservire posse, non potest tamen quin illud Apostoli resonare faciat: \"Nolite conformari huic saeculo\" (Rom 12,2), illi scilicet vanitatis et malitiae spiritui qui humanam navitatem, ad servitium Dei et hominis ordinatam, in instrumentum peccati transmutat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si quis ergo quaerit, qua ratione miseria illa superari possit, christiani profitentur, omnes hominis navitates, quae per superbiam et inordinatum sui ipsius amorem cotidie in discrimine versantur, Christi cruce et resurrectione purificandas et ad perfectionem deducendas esse. A Christo enim redemptus et in Spiritu Sancto nova creatura effectus, homo ipsas res a Deo creatas amare potest et debet. A Deo enim illas accipit et quasi de manu Dei fluentes respicit et reveretur. Pro illis Benefactori gratias agens et in paupertate et libertate spiritus creaturis utens ac fruens, in veram mundi possessionem introducitur, tamquam nihil habens et omnia possidens (65). \"Omnia enim vestra sunt: vos autem Christi, Christus autem Dei\" (1 Cor 3,22-23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De humana navitate in paschali mysterio ad perfectionem adducta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Verbum enim Dei, per quod omnia facta sunt, Ipsum caro factum et in hominum terra habitans (66), perfectus homo in historiam mundi intravit, eam in Se assumens et recapitulans (67). Ipse nobis revelat, \"quoniam Deus caritas est\" (1 Io 4,8), simulque nos docet legem fundamentalem perfectionis humanae, ac proinde transformationis mundi, novum dilectionis esse mandatum. Eos igitur, qui divinae credunt caritati, certos facit, viam dilectionis omnibus hominibus aperiri et conamen fraternitatem universalem instaurandi non esse inane. Simul monet, hanc caritatem non in solis magnis rebus sectandam esse, sed et imprimis in ordinariis vitae adiunctis. Pro nobis omnibus peccatoribus mortem sustinens (68), suo exemplo nos docet crucem etiam baiulandam esse, quam caro et mundus pacem et iustitiam sectantium humeris imponunt. Sua resurrectione Dominus constitutus, Christus, cui omnis potestas in caelo et in terra data est (69), per virtutem Spiritus Sui in cordibus hominum iam operatur, non solum venturi saeculi desiderium suscitans, sed eo ipso illa etiam generosa vota animans, purificans et roborans, quibus familia humana suam ipsius vitam humaniorem reddere et totam terram huic fini subiicere satagit. Diversa autem sunt Spiritus dona: dum alios vocat ut caelestis habitationis desiderio manifestum testimonium reddant illudque in humana familia vividum conservent, alios vocat ut terreno hominum servitio se dedicent, hoc suo ministerio materiam regni caelestis parantes. Omnes tamen liberat ut, proprio amore abnegato omnibusque terrenis viribus in vitam humanam assumptis, ad futura se extendant, quando humanitas ipsa fiet oblatio accepta Deo (70)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cuius spei arrham et itineris viaticum Dominus suis reliquit in illo sacramento fidei, in quo naturae elementa, ab hominibus exculta, in Corpus et Sanguinem gloriosum convertuntur, coena communionis fraternae et caelestis convivii praelibatione."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Terra nova et caelum novum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Terrae ac humanitatis consummandae tempus ignoramus (71), nec universi transformandi modum novimus. Transit quidem figura huius mundi per peccatum deformata (72), sed docemur Deum novam habitationem novamque terram parare in qua iustitia habitat (73), et cuius beatitudo omnia pacis desideria, quae in cordibus hominum ascendunt, implebit ac superabit (74). Tunc, morte devicta, filii Dei in Christo resuscitabuntur, et id quod seminatum fuit in infirmitate ac corruptione, incorruptionem induet (75); et, manente caritate eiusque opere (76), a servitute vanitatis liberabitur tota creatura illa (77), quam Deus propter hominem creavit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Monemur sane nihil prodesse homini, si universum mundum lucretur, seipsum autem perdat (78). Exspectatio tamen novae terrae extenuare non debet, sed potius excitare, sollicitudinem hanc terram excolendi, ubi Corpus illud novae familiae humanae crescit quod aliqualem novi saeculi adumbrationem iam praebere valet. Ideo, licet progressus terrenus a Regni Christi augmento sedulo distinguendus sit, inquantum tamen ad societatem humanam melius ordinandam conferre potest, Regni Dei magnopere interest (79)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bona enim humanae dignitatis, communionis fraternae et libertatis, hos omnes scilicet bonos naturae ac industriae nostrae fructus, postquam in Spiritu Domini et iuxta Eius mandatum in terris propagaverimus, postea denuo inveniemus, mundata tamen ab omni sorde, illuminata ac transfigurata, cum Christus Patri reddet regnum aeternum et universale: \"regnum veritatis et vitae, regnum sanctitatis et gratiae, regnum iustitiae, amoris et pacis\" (80). His in terris Regnum iam in mysterio adest; adveniente autem Domino consummabitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE MUNERE ECCLESIAE IN MUNDO HUIUS TEMPORIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De Ecclesiae et mundi mutua relatione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnia quae a nobis dicta sunt de dignitate personae humanae, de hominum communitate, de profundo sensu navitatis humanae, fundamentum relationis Ecclesiam inter et mundum necnon basim eorum mutui dialogi (81) constituunt. Ideo in hoc capite, omnibus praesuppositis ab hoc Concilio de mysterio Ecclesiae iam edictis, eadem Ecclesia nunc consideranda venit prout ipsa, in hoc mundo exsistit et cum eo vivit atque agit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Procedens ex amore Patris aeterni (82), in tempore fundata a Christo Redemptore, coadunata in Spiritu Sancto (83), Ecclesia finem salutarem et eschatologicum habet, qui nonnisi in futuro saeculo plene attingi potest. Ipsa autem iam hic in terris adest, ex hominibus collecta, terrestris nempe civitatis membris quae ad hoc vocantur ut iam in generis humani historia familiam filiorum Dei, usque ad adventum Domini semper augendam, efforment. Unita quidem propter bona caelestia iisque ditata, haec familia a Christo \"in hoc mundo ut societas constituta et ordinata\" (84) est, atque \"aptis mediis unionis visibilis et socialis\" (85) instructa. Ita Ecclesia, insimul \"coetus adspectabilis et communitas spiritualis\" (86), una cum tota humanitate incedit eamdemque cum mundo sortem terrenam experitur, ac tamquam fermentum et veluti anima societatis humanae (87) in Christo renovandae et in familiam Dei transformandae exsistit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec quidem terrestris et caelestis civitatis compenetratio nonnisi fide percipi potest, immo mysterium manet historiae humanae, quae usque ad plenam revelationem claritatis filiorum Dei peccato perturbatur. Ecclesia quidem, proprium suum finem salutarem persequens, non solum vitam divinam cum homine communicat, sed etiam lumen eius repercussum quodammodo super universum mundum fundit, potissimum per hoc quod personae humanae dignitatem sanat et elevat, humanae societatis compaginem firmat, atque cotidianam hominum navitatem profundiori sensu et significatione imbuit. Ita Ecclesia per singula sua membra et totam suam communitatem multa se conferre posse credit ad hominum familiam eiusque historiam humaniorem reddendam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Libenter insuper Ecclesia Catholica ea magni aestimat quae ad idem munus adimplendum aliae Ecclesiae christianae vel communitates ecclesiasticae socia opera contulerunt ac conferunt. Simul sibi firmiter persuasum habet se multum varioque modo a mundo, sive a singulis hominibus sive ab humana societate, eorum dotibus ac navitate, in praeparatione Evangelii iuvari posse. Mutui huius commercii atque adiutorii, in illis quae Ecclesiae et mundo quodammodo sunt communia, rite promovendi, principia quaedam generalia exponuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De adiutorio quod Ecclesia singulis hominibus praestare satagit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Homo hodiernus in via est ad personalitatem suam plenius evolvendam iuraque sua in dies magis detegenda et affirmanda. Cum autem Ecclesiae concreditum sit manifestare mysterium Dei, qui est ultimus finis hominis, ipsa homini simul aperit sensum propriae eius exsistentiae, intimam scilicet de homine veritatem. Vere novit Ecclesia solum Deum cui ipsa inservit, profundissimis respondere desideriis humani cordis, quod nutrimentis terrestribus numquam plene satiatur. Novit praeterea hominem, incessanter a Spiritu Dei incitatum, numquam circa problema religionis prorsus indifferentem fore, sicut non solum experientia saeculorum anteactorum, sed multiplici etiam testimonio nostrorum temporum comprobatur. Semper enim homo scire desiderabit, saltem confuse, quae sit significatio suae vitae, suae navitatis ac suae mortis. Ipsa praesentia Ecclesiae haec problemata in eius mentem revocat. Solus autem Deus, qui hominem ad imaginem suam creavit atque a peccato redemit, his quaestionibus plenissimum responsum praebet, idque per revelationem in Filio suo qui homo factus est. Quicumque Christum sequitur, Hominem perfectum, et ipse magis homo fit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ex hac fide Ecclesia dignitatem naturae humanae omnibus opinionum mutationibus subtrahere potest, quae, exempli gratia, corpus humanum aut nimis deprimunt aut immoderate extollunt. Nulla lege humana personalis dignitas atque libertas hominis tam apte in tuto collocari possunt quam Evangelio Christi Ecclesiae concredito. Hoc enim Evangelium libertatem filiorum Dei annuntiat et proclamat, omnem servitutem ex peccato ultimatim fluentem respuit (88), dignitatem conscientiae eiusque liberam decisionem sancte veretur, omnia talenta humana in Dei servitium hominumque bonum reduplicare indesinenter monet, omnes denique omnium commendans caritati (89). Quod legi fundamentali oeconomiae christianae correspondet. Etsi enim idem Deus sit Salvator qui et Creator, idem quoque Dominus et historiae humanae et historiae salutis, tamen in hoc ipso ordine divino iusta creaturae autonomia et praesertim hominis nedum auferatur, potius in suam dignitatem restituitur atque in ipsa firmatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia ergo, vi Evangelii sibi concrediti, iura hominum proclamat et hodierni temporis dynamismum, quo haec iura undique promoventur, agnoscit et magni aestimat. Qui motus tamen spiritu Evangelii imbuendus et adversus omnem speciem falsae autonomiae tutandus est. Tentationi enim subiicimur, iudicandi nostra iura personalia tunc tantum plene servari, cum ab omni norma Legis divinae solvimur. Hac autem via, personae humanae dignitas, nedum salvetur, potius perit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De adiutorio quod Ecclesia societati humanae afferre satagit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unio familiae humanae unitate familiae filiorum Dei in Christo fundata (90) multum roboratur et completur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Missio quidem propria, quam Christus Ecclesiae suae concredidit, non est ordinis politici, oeconomici vel socialis: finis enim quem ei praefixit ordinis religiosi (91) est. At sane ex hac ipsa missione religiosa munus, lux et vires fluunt quae communitati hominum secundum Legem divinam constituendae et firmandae inservire possunt. Item, ubi opus fuerit, secundum temporum et locorum circumstantias, et ipsa suscitare potest, immo et debet, opera in servitium omnium, praesertim vero egentium destinata, uti opera misercordiae vel alia huiusmodi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia insuper agnoscit quidquid boni in dynamismo sociali hodierno invenitur: praesertim evolutionem versus unitatem, processum sanae socializationis et consociationis civilis et oeconomicae. Promotio enim unitatis cum intima Ecclesiae missione cohaeret, cum ipsa sit \"in Christo veluti sacramentum seu signum et instrumentum intimae cum Deo unionis totiusque generis humani unitatis\" (92). Ita ipsa mundo ostendit veram unionem socialem externam ex unione mentium et cordium fluere, ex illa scilicet fide et caritate, quibus in Spiritu Sancto eius unitas indissolubiliter condita est. Vis enim, quam Ecclesia hodiernae hominum societati iniicere valet, in illa fide et caritate, ad effectum vitae adductis, consistit, non autem in dominio aliquo externo mediis mere humanis exercendo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum insuper vi suae missionis et naturae ad nullam alligetur particularem culturae humanae formam aut systema politicum, oeconomicum vel sociale, Ecclesia ex hac sua universalitate ligamen arctissimum inter diversas hominum communitates et nationes exsistere potest, dummodo ipsae ei fidant eiusque veram libertatem ad hanc suam missionem adimplendam reapse agnoscant. Qua de causa Ecclesia filios suos, sed etiam omnes homines monet, ut in hoc familiali spiritu filiorum Dei, omnes dissensiones inter nationes et stirpes superent et iustis associationibus humanis internam firmitatem praebeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quaecumque igitur vera, bona, iustaque inveniuntur in diversissimis institutionibus, quae genus humanum sibi condidit incessanterque condit, eadem Concilium magna cum reverentia considerat. Declarat insuper Ecclesiam omnes tales institutiones adiuvare et promovere velle, quatenus hoc ab ea dependet et cum eius missione coniungi potest. Ipsa nihil ardentius desiderat quam ut omnium bono inserviens, se libere sub quovis regimine evolvere possit quod iura fundamentalia personae ac familiae et boni communis necessitates agnoscat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De adiutorio quod Ecclesia per christianos navitati humanae conferre satagit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concilium christianos, cives utriusque civitatis, adhortatur ut sua terrestria officia fideliter implere studeant, idque spiritu Evangelii ducti. A veritate discedunt qui, scientes nos non habere hic manentem civitatem sed futuram inquirere (93), putent se proinde officia sua terrestria negligere posse, non attendentes se per ipsam fidem ad eadem implenda magis teneri, secundum vocationem qua quisque vocatus est (94). At non minus errant qui, e contrario, opinentur se ita seipsos negotiis terrestribus immergere posse, quasi ista omnino aliena sint a vita religiosa, quippe quia ipsam in solius cultus actibus et officiis quibusdam moralibus implendis consistere arbitrentur. Discidium illud inter fidem quam profitentur et vitam quotidianam multorum, inter graviores nostri temporis errores recensendum est. Scandalum hoc iam in Vetere Testamento Prophetae vehementer redarguebant (95) et multo magis in Novo Testamento ipse Iesus Christus gravibus poenis minabatur (96). Ne igitur perperam inter se opponantur activitates professionales et sociales ex una parte, vita religiosa ex altera. Christianus, officia sua temporalia negligens, officia sua erga proximum, immo et ipsum Deum negligit suamque aeternam salutem in discrimen adducit. Gaudeant potius christiani, exemplum Christi secuti, qui fabrilem artem exercuit, se omnes suas navitates terrestres exercere posse, conatus humanos, domesticos, professionales, scientificos vel technicos in unam synthesim vitalem cum bonis religiosis colligendo, sub quorum altissima ordinatione omnia in Dei gloriam coordinantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laicis proprie, etsi non exclusive, saecularia officia et navitates competunt. Cum igitur, sive singuli sive consociati, ut cives mundi agunt, non solum leges proprias uniuscuiusque disciplinae servabunt, sed veram peritiam in illis campis sibi comparare studebunt. Libenter cum hominibus eosdem fines prosequentibus cooperabuntur. Agnoscentes exigentias fidei eiusque virtute praediti, incunctanter, ubi oportet, nova incepta excogitent atque ad effectum deducant. Ad ipsorum conscientiam iam apte formatam spectat, ut lex divina in civitatis terrenae vita inscribatur. A sacerdotibus vero laici lucem ac vim spiritualem exspectent. Neque tamen ipsi censeant pastores suos semper adeo peritos esse ut, in omni quaestione exsurgente, etiam gravi, solutionem concretam in promptu habere queant, aut illos ad hoc missos esse: ipsi potius, sapientia christiana illustrati et ad doctrinam Magisterii observanter attendentes (97), partes suas proprias assumant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pluries ipsa visio christiana rerum eos ad aliquam determinatam solutionem in quibusdam rerum adiunctis inclinabit. Alii tamen fideles, non minore sinceritate ducti, ut saepius et quidem legitime accidit, aliter de eadem re iudicabunt. Quodsi solutiones hinc inde propositae, etiam praeter partium intentionem, a multis facile connectantur cum nuntio evangelico, meminerint oportet nemini licere in praefatis casibus pro sua sententia auctoritatem Ecclesiae sibi exclusive vindicare. Semper autem colloquio sincero se invicem illuminare satagant, mutuam caritatem servantes et boni communis imprimis solliciti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laici vero, qui in tota vita Ecclesiae actuosas partes gerendas habent, non solum mundum spiritu christiano imbuere tenentur, sed etiam ad hoc vocantur ut in omnibus, in media quidem humana consortione, Christi sint testes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi vero, quibus munus moderandi Ecclesiam Dei commissum est, cum presbyteris suis nuntium Christi ita praedicent, ut omnes fidelium terrestres activitates Evangelii luce perfundantur. Insuper pastores omnes memores sint se sua cotidiana conversatione et sollicitudine (98) mundo faciem Ecclesiae exhibere, ex qua homines vim et veritatem nuntii christiani iudicant. Vita et verbo, una cum religiosis atque suis fidelibus, demonstrent Ecclesiam sola sua praesentia, cum omnibus quae continet donis, inexhaustum fontem esse illarum virtutum, quibus mundus hodiernus maxime indiget. Studiis assiduis se ita aptos reddant, ut in dialogo cum mundo et hominibus cuiuscumque opinionis instituendo partes suas agere possint. Imprimis vero in corde verba huius Concilii habeant: \"Quia genus humanum hodie magis magisque in unitatem civilem, oeconomicam et socialem coalescit, eo magis oportet ut Sacerdotes, coniuncta cura et ope sub ductu Episcoporum et Summi Pontificis, omnem rationem dispersionis elidant, ut in unitatem familiae Dei totum genus humanum adducatur\" (99)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quamvis Ecclesia ex virtute Spiritus Sancti fidelis sponsa Domini sui manserit et numquam cessaverit esse signum salutis in mundo, ipsa tamen minime ignorat inter membra sua (100), sive clericos sive laicos, decurrente multorum saeculorum serie, non defuisse qui Spiritui Dei infideles exstiterint. Etiam hac nostra aetate Ecclesiam non fugit, quantum inter se distent nuntius a se prolatus et humana debilitas eorum quibus Evangelium concreditur. Quidquid de istis defectibus historia iudicet, eorum conscii esse debemus eosdemque strenue impugnare, ne Evangelio diffundendo detrimentum afferant. Pariter novit Ecclesia quantopere ipsa, in sua cum mundo relatione excolenda, ex saeculorum experientia iugiter maturescere debeat. A Spiritu Sancto ducta, Ecclesia Mater indesinenter filios suos \"ad purificationem et renovationem exhortatur, ut signum Christi super faciem Ecclesiae clarius effulgeat\" (101)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De adiutorio quod Ecclesia a mundo hodierno accipit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sicut autem mundi interest Ecclesiam ut socialem realitatem historiae eiusque fermentum agnoscere, ita ipsa Ecclesia non ignorat, quantum ex humani generis historia et evolutione acceperit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeteritorum saeculorum experientia, scientiarum profectus, thesauri in variis culturae humanae formis absconditi, quibus ipsius hominis natura plenius manifestatur novaeque viae ad veritatem aperiuntur, Ecclesiae quoque prosunt. Ipsa enim, inde ab initio suae historiae, nuntium Christi, ope conceptuum et linguarum diversorum populorum exprimere didicit, eumdemque sapientia insuper philosophorum illustrare conata est: in hunc finem nempe ut Evangelium tum omnium captui tum sapientium exigentiis, in quantum par erat, aptaret. Quae quidem verbi revelati accommodata praedicatio lex omnis evangelizationis permanere debet. Ita enim in omni natione facultas nuntium Christi suo modo exprimendi excitatur simulque vivum commercium inter Ecclesiam et diversas populorum culturas promovetur (102). Ad tale commercium augendum Ecclesia, imprimis nostris temporibus, in quibus res celerrime mutantur et cogitandi modi valde variantur, peculiariter eorum auxilio indiget qui, viventes in mundo, varias institutiones et disciplinas callent earumque intimam mentem intelligunt, sive de credentibus sive de non credentibus agatur. Totius Populi Dei est, praesertim pastorum et theologorum, adiuvante Spiritu Sancto, varias loquelas nostri temporis auscultare, discernere et interpretari easque sub lumine verbi divini diiudicare, ut revelata Veritas semper penitius percipi, melius intelligi aptiusque proponi possit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia, cum visibilem structuram socialem habeat, signum quidem suae unitatis in Christo, etiam evolutione vitae socialis humanae ditari potest et ditatur, non quasi aliquid in constitutione a Christo sibi data deesset, sed ad eamdem profundius cognoscendam, melius exprimendam atque temporibus nostris felicius accommodandam. Ipsa grato animo percipit se, in sua communitate non minus quam in singulis suis filiis, varium adiutorium ab hominibus cuiusvis gradus vel condicionis accipere. Quicumque enim communitatem humanam in ordine familiae, culturae, vitae oeconomicae et socialis, necnon politicae tam nationalis quam internationalis, promovent, secundum consilium Dei communitati quoque ecclesiali, in quantum haec ab externis dependet, adiutorium non parvum afferunt. Immo Ecclesia, ex ipsa oppositione eorum qui ei adversantur vel eam persequuntur, se multum profecisse et proficere posse fatetur (103)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De Christo, alpha et omega."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia, dum ipsa mundum adiuvat et ab eo multa accipit, ad hoc unum tendit ut Regnum Dei adveniat et totius humani generis salus instauretur. Omne vero bonum, quod Populus Dei in suae peregrinationis terrestris tempore hominum familiae praebere potest, ex hoc profluit quod Ecclesia est \"universale salutis sacramentum\" (104), mysterium amoris Dei erga hominem manifestans simul et operans."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Verbum enim Dei, per quod omnia facta sunt, Ipsum caro factum est, ita ut, perfectus Homo, omnes salvaret et universa recapitularet. Dominus finis est humanae historiae, punctum in quod historiae et civilizationis desideria vergunt, humani generis centrum, omnium cordium gaudium eorumque appetitionum plenitudo (105). Ille est quem Pater a mortuis suscitavit, exaltavit et a dextris suis collocavit, Eum vivorum atque mortuorum iudicem constituens. In Eius Spiritu vivificati et coadunati, versus historiae humanae peregrinamur consummationem, quae cum consilio Eius dilectionis plene congruit: \"Instaurare omnia in Christo, quae in caelis et quae in terra sunt\" (Eph 1,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dicit Ipse Dominus: \"Ecce venio cito, et merces mea mecum est, reddere unicuique secundum opera sua. Ego sum alpha et omega, primus et novissimus, principium et finis\" (Apoc 22,12-13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PARS II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE QUIBUSDAM PROBLEMATIBUS URGENTIORIBUS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prooemium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concilium, postquam exposuit cuiusnam dignitatis sit persona hominis necnon ad quodnam munus, sive individuale sive sociale, in universo mundo adimplendum sit vocata, sub luce Evangelii et humanae experientiae omnium nunc animos ad quasdam urgentiores huius temporis necessitates convertit, quae maxime genus humanum afficiunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inter multa quae hodie sollicitudinem omnium excitant haec praesertim recolere iuvat: matrimonium et familiam, culturam humanam, vitam oeconomicam-socialem ac politicam, coniunctionem familiae populorum et pacem. Circa haec singula clarescant principia et lumina a Christo manantia, quibus christifideles ducantur omnesque homines illuminentur in tot implicatorum problematum solutione quaerenda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE DIGNITATE MATRIMONII ET FAMILIAE FOVENDA"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De matrimonio et familia in mundo hodierno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Salus personae et societatis humanae ac christianae arcte cum fausta condicione communitatis coniugalis et familiaris connectitur. Ideo christiani, una cum omnibus qui eandem communitatem magni aestimant, sincere gaudent de variis subsidiis quibus homines, in hac communitate amoris fovenda et in vita colenda, hodie progrediuntur, et coniuges atque parentes in praecellenti suo munere adiuvantur; meliora insuper exinde beneficia exspectant atque promovere student."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non ubique vero huius institutionis dignitas eadem claritate illucescit, siquidem polygamia, divortii lue, amore sic dicto libero, aliisve deformationibus obscuratur; insuper amor nuptialis saepius egoismo, hedonismo et illicitis usibus contra generationem profanatur. Praeterea hodiernae condiciones oeconomicae, socio-psychologicae et civiles non leves in familiam perturbationes inducunt. In certis denique orbis partibus non absque sollicitudine problemata ex incremento demographico exorta observantur. Quibus omnibus conscientiae anguntur. Verumtamen matrimonialis familiarisque instituti vis et robur ex eo quoque apparent, quod profundae immutationes societatis hodiernae, non obstantibus difficultatibus inde prorumpentibus, saepe saepius veram eiusdem instituti indolem vario modo manifestant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter Concilium, quaedam doctrinae Ecclesiae capita in clariorem lucem ponendo, christianos hominesque universos illuminare et confortare intendit, qui nativam status matrimonialis dignitatem eiusque eximium valorem sacrum tueri et promovere conantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De sanctitate matrimonii et familiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Intima communitas vitae et amoris coniugalis, a Creatore condita suisque legibus instructa, foedere coniugii seu irrevocabili consensu personali instauratur. Ita actu humano, quo coniuges sese mutuo tradunt atque accipiunt, institutum ordinatione divina firmum oritur, etiam coram societate; hoc vinculum sacrum intuitu boni, tum coniugum et prolis tum societatis, non ex humano arbitrio pendet. Ipse vero Deus est auctor matrimonii, variis bonis ac finibus praediti (106); quae omnia pro generis humani continuatione, pro singulorum familiae membrorum profectu personali ac sorte aeterna, pro dignitate, stabilitate, pace et prosperitate ipsius familiae totiusque humanae societatis maximi sunt momenti. Indole autem sua naturali, ipsum institutum matrimonii amorque coniugalis ad procreationem et educationem prolis ordinantur iisque veluti suo fastigio coronantur. Vir itaque et mulier, qui foedere coniugali \"iam non sunt duo, sed una caro\" (Mt 19,6), intima personarum atque operum coniunctione mutuum sibi adiutorium et servitium praestant, sensumque suae unitatis experiuntur et plenius in dies adipiscuntur. Quae intima unio, utpote mutua duarum personarum donatio, sicut et bonum liberorum, plenam coniugum fidem exigunt atque indissolubilem eorum unitatem urgent (107)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus Dominus huic multiformi dilectioni, e divino caritatis fonte exortae et ad exemplar suae cum Ecclesia unionis constitutae, abundanter benedixit. Sicut enim Deus olim foedere dilectionis et fidelitatis populo suo occurrit (108), ita nunc hominum Salvator Ecclesiaeque Sponsus (109), per sacramentum matrimonii christifidelibus coniugibus obviam venit. Manet porro cum eis, ut quemadmodum Ipse dilexit Ecclesiam et Semetipsum pro ea tradidit (110), ita et coniuges, mutua deditione, se invicem perpetua fidelitate diligant. Germanus amor coniugalis in divinum amorem assumitur atque virtute redemptiva Christi et salvifica actione Ecclesiae regitur ac ditatur, ut coniuges efficaciter ad Deum ducantur atque in sublimi munere patris et matris adiuventur et confortentur (111). Quapropter coniuges christiani ad sui status officia et dignitatem peculiari sacramento roborantur et veluti consecrantur (112); cuius virtute munus suum coniugale et familiare explentes, spiritu Christi imbuti, quo tota eorum vita, fide, spe et caritate pervaditur, magis ac magis ad propriam suam perfectionem mutuamque sanctificationem, ideoque communiter ad Dei glorificationem accedunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unde, ipsis parentibus exemplo et oratione familiari praegredientibus, filii, immo et omnes in familiae convictu degentes, humanitatis, salutis atque sanctitatis viam facilius invenient. Coniuges autem, dignitate ac munere paternitatis et maternitatis ornati, officium educationis praesertim religiosae, quod ad ipsos imprimis spectat, diligenter adimplebunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liberi, ut viva familiae membra, ad sanctificationem parentum suo modo conferunt. Gratae enim mentis affectu, pietate atque fiducia beneficiis parentum respondebunt ipsisque in rebus adversis necnon in senectutis solitudine filiorum more assistent. Viduitas, in continuitate vocationis coniugalis forti animo assumpta, ab omnibus honorabitur (113). Familia suas divitias spirituales cum aliis quoque familiis generose communicabit. Proinde familia christiana, cum e matrimonio, quod est imago et participatio foederis dilectionis Christi et Ecclesiae, exoriatur (114), vivam Salvatoris in mundo praesentiam atque germanam Ecclesiae naturam omnibus patefaciet, tum coniugum amore, generosa fecunditate, unitate atque fidelitate, tum amabili omnium membrorum cooperatione."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De amore coniugali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pluries verbo divino sponsi atque coniuges invitantur, ut casto amore sponsalia et indivisa dilectione coniugium nutriant atque foveant (115). Plures quoque nostrae aetatis homines verum amorem inter maritum et uxorem variis rationibus secundum honestos populorum et temporum mores manifestatum magni faciunt. Ille autem amor, utpote eminenter humanus, cum a persona in personam voluntatis affectu dirigatur, totius personae bonum complectitur ideoque corporis animique expressiones peculiari dignitate ditare easque tamquam elementa ac signa specialia coniugalis amicitiae nobilitare valet. Hunc amorem Dominus, speciali gratiae et caritatis dono, sanare, perficere et elevare dignatus est. Talis amor, humana simul et divina consocians, coniuges ad liberum et mutuum sui ipsius donum, tenero affectu et opere probatum, conducit totamque vitam eorum pervadit (116); immo ipse generosa sua operositate perficitur et crescit. Longe igitur exsuperat meram eroticam inclinationem, quae, egoistice exculta, citius et misere evanescit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec dilectio proprio matrimonii opere singulariter exprimitur et perficitur. Actus proinde, quibus coniuges intime et caste inter se uniuntur, honesti ac digni sunt et, modo vere humano exerciti, donationem mutuam significant et fovent, qua sese invicem laeto gratoque animo locupletant. Amor ille mutua fide ratus, et potissimum sacramento Christi sancitus, inter prospera et adversa corpore ac mente indissolubiliter fidelis est, et proinde ab omni adulterio et divortio alienus remanet. Aequali etiam dignitate personali cum mulieris tum viri agnoscenda in mutua atque plena dilectione, unitas matrimonii a Domino confirmata luculenter apparet. Ad officia autem huius vocationis christianae constanter exsequenda virtus insignis requiritur: quapropter coniuges, gratia ad vitam sanctam roborati, firmitatem amoris, magnitudinem animi et spiritum sacrificii assidue colent et oratione impetrabunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Germanus autem amor coniugalis altius aestimabitur atque sana circa eum opinio publica efformabitur, si coniuges christiani testimonio fidelitatis et harmoniae in eodem amore necnon sollicitudine in filiis educandis, eminent atque in necessaria renovatione culturali, psychologica et sociali in favorem matrimonii et familiae partes suas agunt. Iuvenes de amoris coniugalis dignitate, munere et opere, potissimum in sinu ipsius familiae, apte et tempestive instruendi sunt, ut, castitatis cultu instituti, convenienti aetate ab honestis sponsalibus ad nuptias transire possint."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De matrimonii fecunditate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Matrimonium et amor coniugalis indole sua ad prolem procreandam et educandam ordinantur. Filii sane sunt praestantissimum matrimonii donum et ad ipsorum parentum bonum maxime conferunt. Ipse Deus qui dixit: \"non est bonum esse hominem solum\" (Gen 2,18) et qui \"hominem ab initio masculum et feminam... fecit\" (Mt 19,4), volens ei participationem specialem quamdam in Suiipsius opere creativo communicare, viro et mulieri benedixit dicens: \"crescite et multiplicamini\" (Gen 1,28). Unde verus amoris coniugalis cultus totaque vitae familiaris ratio inde oriens, non posthabitis ceteris matrimonii finibus, eo tendunt ut coniuges forti animo dispositi sint ad cooperandum cum amore Creatoris atque Salvatoris, qui per eos Suam familiam in dies dilatat et ditat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In officio humanam vitam transmittendi atque educandi, quod tamquam propria eorum missio considerandum est, coniuges sciunt se cooperatores esse amoris Dei Creatoris eiusque veluti interpretes. Ideo humana et christiana responsabilitate suum munus adimplebunt ac docili erga Deum reverentia, communi consilio atque conatu, rectum iudicium sibi efformabunt, attendentes tum ad suum ipsorum bonum tum ad bonum liberorum, sive iam nati sint sive futuri praevideantur, dignoscentes temporum et status vitae condiciones tum materiales tum spirituales, ac denique rationem servantes boni communitatis familiaris, societatis temporalis ipsiusque Ecclesiae. Hoc iudicium ipsi ultimatim coniuges coram Deo ferre debent. In sua vero agendi ratione coniuges christiani conscii sint se non ad arbitrium suum procedere posse, sed semper regi debere conscientia ipsi legi divinae conformanda, dociles erga Ecclesiae Magisterium, quod illam sub luce Evangelii authentice interpretatur. Lex illa divina plenam amoris coniugalis significationem ostendit, illum protegit et ad eiusdem vere humanam perfectionem impellit. Ita coniuges christiani, divinae Providentiae confidentes et spiritum sacrificii excolentes (117), Creatorem glorificant atque ad perfectionem in Christo contendunt, cum procreandi munere generosa, humana atque christiana responsabilitate funguntur. Inter coniuges qui tali modo muneri sibi a Deo commisso satisfaciunt, peculiariter memorandi sunt illi qui, prudenti communique consilio, magno animo prolem congruenter educandam etiam numerosiorem suscipiunt (118)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Matrimonium vero, non est tantum ad procreationem institutum; sed ipsa indoles foederis inter personas indissolubilis atque bonum prolis exigunt, ut mutuus etiam coniugum amor recto ordine exhibeatur, proficiat et maturescat. Ideo etsi proles, saepius tam optata, deficit, matrimonium ut totius vitae consuetudo et communio perseverat, suumque valorem atque indissolubilitatem servat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De amore coniugali componendo cum observantia vitae humanae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concilium novit coniuges, in vita coniugali harmonice ordinanda, saepe quibusdam hodiernis vitae condicionibus praepediri atque in circumstantiis versari posse in quibus numerus prolis, saltem ad tempus, augeri nequit, et fidelis amoris cultus atque plena vitae consuetudo non sine difficultate conservantur. Ubi autem intima vita coniugalis abrumpitur, bonum fidei non raro in discrimen vocari et bonum prolis pessumdari possunt: tunc enim educatio liberorum necnon fortis animus ad prolem ulteriorem suscipiendam periclitantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sunt qui his problematibus solutiones inhonestas afferre praesumunt, immo ab occisione non abhorrent; at Ecclesia in memoriam revocat veram contradictionem inter divinas leges vitae transmittendae et germani amoris coniugalis fovendi adesse non posse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deus enim, Dominus vitae, praecellens servandi vitam ministerium hominibus commisit, modo homine digno adimplendum. Vita igitur inde a conceptione, maxima cura tuenda est; abortus necnon infanticidium nefanda sunt crimina. Indoles vero sexualis hominis necnon humana generandi facultas mirabiliter exsuperant ea quae in inferioribus vitae gradibus habentur; proinde ipsi actus vitae coniugali proprii, secundum germanam dignitatem humanam ordinati, magna observantia reverendi sunt. Moralis igitur indoles rationis agendi, ubi de componendo amore coniugali cum responsabili vitae transmissione agitur, non a sola sincera intentione et aestimatione motivorum pendet, sed obiectivis criteriis, ex personae eiusdemque actuum natura desumptis, determinari debet, quae integrum sensum mutuae donationis ac humanae procreationis in contextu veri amoris observant; quod fieri nequit nisi virtus castitatis coniugalis sincero animo colatur. Filiis Ecclesiae, his principiis innixis, in procreatione regulanda, vias inire non licet, quae a Magisterio, in lege divina explicanda, improbantur (119)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnibus vero compertum sit vitam hominum et munus eam transmittendi non ad hoc saeculum tantum restringi neque eo tantum commensurari et intelligi posse, sed ad aeternam hominum destinationem semper respicere."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De matrimonii et familiae promotione ab omnibus curanda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Familia schola quaedam uberioris humanitatis est. Ut autem vitae ac missionis suae plenitudinem attingere valeat, benevola animi communicatio communeque coniugum consilium necnon sedula parentum cooperatio in filiorum educatione requiruntur. Praesentia actuosa patris eorumdem efformationi magnopere prodest, sed et cura domestica matris, qua liberi praesertim iuniores indigent, in tuto ponenda est, quin legitima mulieris promotio socialis posthabeatur. Liberi ita educatione instruantur ut ad aetatem adultam provecti pleno responsabilitatis sensu vocationem etiam sacram sequi ac vitae statum eligere queant, in quo, si nuptiis iungantur, familiam propriam, in condicionibus moralibus, socialibus et oeconomicis eidem propitiis, condere possint. Parentum vel tutorum est se iunioribus, in fundanda familia, prudenti consilio, ab eis libenter audiendo, duces praebere, caventes tamen ne eos coactione directa vel indirecta ad matrimonium ineundum aut ad electionem compartis adigant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita familia, in qua diversae generationes conveniunt ac sese mutuo adiuvant ad pleniorem sapientiam acquirendam atque iura personarum cum aliis vitae socialis exigentiis componenda, fundamentum societatis constituit. Ideoque omnes qui influxum in communitates et coetus sociales exercent, ad promotionem matrimonii et familiae efficaciter conferre debent. Potestas civilis veram eorumdem indolem agnoscere, protegere et provehere, moralitatem publicam tueri atque prosperitati domesticae favere, ut sacrum suum munus consideret. Ius parentum prolem procreandi et in sinu familiae educandi tutandum est. Provida legislatione variisque inceptis etiam illi protegantur aptoque adiumento subleventur qui bono familiae infeliciter carent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christifideles, praesens tempus redimentes (120) atque aeterna a mutabilibus formis discernentes, bona matrimonii et familiae, tum propriae vitae testimonio tum concordi actione cum hominibus bonae voluntatis, diligenter promoveant, et sic, interceptis difficultatibus, providebunt familiae necessitatibus et commodis, quae novis temporibus conveniunt. Ad quem finem obtinendum sensus christianus fidelium, recta hominum conscientia moralis necnon sapientia ac peritia eorum qui in sacris disciplinis versati sunt, magno auxilio erunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qui scientiis, praecipue biologicis, medicis, socialibus et psychologicis eruditi sunt, multum bono matrimonii et familiae, pacique conscientiarum inservire possunt, si collatis studiis diversas condiciones honestae ordinationi procreationis humanae faventes, penitius elucidare conentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacerdotum est, debita de re familiari eruditione accepta, vocationem coniugum diversis mediis pastoralibus, verbi Dei praedicatione, cultu liturgico aliisve adiumentis spiritualibus in vita eorum coniugali et familiari fovere, eosque humaniter et patienter in difficultatibus roborare atque in caritate confortare ut vere radiosae familiae efformentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Varia opera, praesertim familiarum consociationes, iuvenes ipsosque coniuges, praecipue nuper iunctos, doctrina et actione confirmare eosque ad vitam familiarem, socialem et apostolicam formare satagent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ipsi denique coniuges, ad imaginem Dei vivi facti et in vero ordine personarum constituti, affectu compari, mente consimili et mutua sanctitate adunati sint (121), ut Christum, vitae principium (122) secuti, in gaudiis et sacrificiis vocationis suae, per suum fidelem amorem, illius testes fiant mysterii dilectionis, quod Dominus morte et resurrectione sua mundo revelavit (123)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE CULTURAE PROGRESSU RITE PROMOVENDO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introductio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad ipsam personam hominis pertinet ut nonnisi per culturam, hoc est bona naturae valoresque colendo, ad veram plenamque humanitatem accedat. Ubicumque ergo de vita humana agitur, natura et cultura quam intime connectuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Voce cultura sensu generali indicantur omnia quibus homo multifarias dotes animi corporisque perpolit atque explicat; ipsum orbem terrarum cognitione et labore in suam potestatem redigere studet; vitam socialem, tam in familia quam in tota consortione civili, progressu morum institutorumque humaniorem reddit; denique magnas experientias spirituales atque appetitiones decursu temporum in operibus suis exprimit, communicat atque conservat, ut ad profectum multorum, quinimmo totius generis humani, inserviant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inde sequitur culturam humanam aspectum historicum atque socialem necessario prae se ferre, atque vocem cultura saepe sensum sociologicum necnon ethnologicum assumere. Hoc autem sensu de culturarum pluralitate sermo fit. Ex diverso enim modo utendi rebus, laborem praestandi et sese exprimendi, religionem colendi moresque formandi, statuendi leges et iuridica instituta, augendi scientias et artes atque colendi pulchrum, diversae oriuntur communes vivendi condiciones et diversae formae bona vitae componendi. Ita ex traditis institutis efficitur patrimonium cuique humanae communitati proprium. Ita etiam constituitur ambitus definitus et historicus, in quem homo cuiusque gentis vel aetatis inseritur, et ex quo bona ad humanum civilemque cultum promovendum haurit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sectio I: De culturae condicionibus in mundo hodierno"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De novis vivendi formis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Condiciones vitae hominis moderni sub respectu sociali et culturali profunde immutatae sunt, ita ut de nova historiae humanae aetate loqui liceat (124). Exinde ad culturam perficiendam ampliusque spargendam novae patent viae. Quas paraverunt ingens augmentum scientiarum naturalium et humanarum, etiam socialium, incrementum technicarum artium, necnon progressus in excolendis et recte disponendis instrumentis quibus homines inter se communicant. Hinc cultura hodierna particularibus signatur notis: scientiae, quae exactae nuncupantur, iudicium criticum maxime excolunt; recentiora psychologiae studia humanam activitatem profundius explicant; disciplinae historicae valde conferunt ut res sub specie suae mutabilitatis atque evolutionis adspiciantur; vitae consuetudines et mores in dies magis uniformes efficiuntur; industrializatio, urbanizatio aliaeque causae quae vitam communitariam promovent, novas culturae formas creant (mass-culture), ex quibus novi modi sentiendi, agendi otioque utendi nascuntur; aucta simul inter varias gentes societatisque coetus commercia thesauros diversarum culturae formarum omnibus et singulis latius aperiunt, et sic paulatim universalior paratur culturae humanae forma, quae eo magis humani generis unitatem promovet ac exprimit, quo melius diversarum culturarum particularitates observat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Homo auctor culturae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maior in dies fit numerus virorum ac mulierum cuiusvis coetus vel nationis, qui conscii sunt suae communitatis culturae artifices se esse atque auctores. In universo mundo magis magisque crescit autonomiae simulque responsabilitatis sensus, quod pro spirituali ac morali maturitate generis humani maximi est momenti. Illud clarius apparet, si ante oculos unificationem mundi ponimus atque munus nobis impositum, ut in veritate et iustitia meliorem aedificemus mundum. Tali ergo modo testes sumus novum humanismum nasci, in quo homo imprimis sua responsabilitate erga suos fratres historiamque definitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Difficultates et munera."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quibus in condicionibus, non est mirandum, hominem, qui responsabilitatem suam sentit pro culturae progressu, altiorem spem nutrire, sed etiam anxio animo adspicere multiplices antinomias exsistentes, quas ipse resolvere debet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quid faciendum est, ne frequentiora culturarum commercia, quae inter diversos coetus et nationes ad verum et fructuosum dialogum adducere deberent, vitam communitatum perturbent, neve sapientiam maiorum evertant, neve propriam populorum indolem in discrimen adducant?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quomodo dynamismo atque expansioni novae culturae est favendum, quin fidelitas viva erga traditionum haereditatem pereat? Quod particulari modo urget ubi cultura, quae ex ingenti scientiarum artiumque technicarum progressu oritur, componenda est cum eo ingenii cultu qui studiis secundum varias traditiones classicis alitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quomodo tam velox atque progrediens disciplinarum particularium dispersio conformari potest cum necessitate formandi earum synthesim, necnon servandi apud homines facultates contemplationis ac admirationis, quae ad sapientiam adducunt?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quid faciendum est, ut universi homines bonorum culturalium participes fiant in mundo, cum insimul cultus humanus peritiorum semper sublimior atque complexior evadat?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quomodo denique prout legitima agnoscenda est autonomia, quam cultura sibi vindicat, quin ad humanismum mere terrestrem, immo ipsi religioni adversantem deveniatur?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In medio quidem illarum antinomiarum cultura humana ita hodie evolvatur oportet, ut integram personam humanam aequo ordine excolat atque homines iuvet in muneribus, ad quae adimplenda omnes, praecipue autem christifideles, in una familia humana fraterne uniti, vocantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sectio II: De quibusdam principiis ad culturam rite promovendam"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fides et cultura."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christifideles, ad civitatem caelestem peregrinantes, ea quae sursum sunt quaerere et sapere debent (125); quo tamen nedum minuatur, potius crescit momentum muneris eorum una cum omnibus hominibus adlaborandi ad aedificationem mundi humanius exstruendi. Et revera fidei christianae mysterium praestantia incitamenta et adiumenta eis praebet ad munus illud impensius adimplendum et praesertim ad plenum huiusmodi operis sensum detegendum, quo cultus humanus in integra hominis vocatione suum eximium obtineat locum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum enim homo opere manuum suarum vel ope technicarum artium terram excolit, ut fructum afferat et dignum universae familiae humanae habitaculum fiat, et cum conscie partes assumit in socialium coetuum vita, ipse exsequitur consilium Dei, initio temporum patefactum, terrae subiiciendae (126) creationisque perficiendae, atque seipsum excolit; insimul magnum Christi mandatum servat, sese in servitium fratrum impendendi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insuper homo cum in varias philosophiae, historiae atque scientiae mathematicae et naturalis disciplinas incumbit et artibus versatur, maxime conferre potest, ut familia humana ad sublimiores veri, boni et pulchri rationes atque ad iudicium universi valoris elevetur et sic clarius illuminetur mirabili Sapientia, quae ab aeterno cum Deo erat, cuncta cum Eo componens, ludens in orbe terrarum, esse cum filiis hominum in deliciis habens (127)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eo ipso animus hominis, a rerum servitute magis solutus, expeditius ad ipsum Creatoris cultum et contemplationem evehi potest. Immo impulsu gratiae ad agnoscendum Dei Verbum disponitur, quod, antequam caro fieret ad omnia salvanda et in Se recapitulanda, iam in mundo erat, tamquam \"lux vera quae illuminat omnem hominem\" (Io 1,9) (128)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sane hodiernus progressus scientiarum artiumque technicarum, quae vi methodi suae usque ad intimas rerum rationes penetrare nequeunt, cuidam phaenomenismo et agnosticismo favere potest, quando methodus investigandi, qua disciplinae istae utuntur, immerito pro suprema totius veritatis inveniendae regula habetur. Immo periculum adest, ne homo, inventis hodiernis nimis fidens, se sibi sufficere aestimet et altiora amplius iam non quaerat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec tamen infausta non necessario ex hodierna cultura sequuntur, nec nos in tentationem inducere debent, ne eius valores positivos non agnoscamus. Inter quos adnumerantur: scientiarum studium atque exacta fidelitas erga veritatem in inquisitionibus scientificis, necessitas laborandi una cum aliis in coetibus technicis, sensus solidarietatis internationalis, conscientia in dies vividior responsabilitatis peritorum erga homines adiuvandos immo et protegendos, voluntas faustiores reddendi vitae condiciones omnibus, praesertim illis qui vel responsabilitatis privatione vel culturae paupertate laborant. Haec omnia aliquam praeparationem ad nuntium Evangelii accipiendum afferre valent, quae informari potest caritate divina ab Eo qui venit ut mundum salvaret."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De multiplici inter bonum nuntium Christi et culturam humanam connexione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inter nuntium salutis et culturam humanam multiplices nexus inveniuntur. Nam Deus, populo suo sese revelans usque ad plenam sui manifestationem in Filio incarnato, locutus est secundum culturam diversis aetatibus propriam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pariter Ecclesia, decursu temporum variis in condicionibus vivens, diversarum culturarum inventa adhibuit, ut nuntium Christi in sua praedicatione ad omnes gentes diffundat et explicet, illud investiget et altius intelligat, in celebratione liturgica atque in vita multiformis communitatis fidelium melius exprimat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At simul, ad omnes populos cuiusvis aetatis et regionis missa, Ecclesia nulli stirpi aut nationi, nulli particulari morum rationi, nulli antiquae aut novae consuetudini exclusive et indissolubiliter nectitur. Propriae traditioni inhaerens et insimul missionis suae universalis conscia, communionem cum diversis culturae formis inire valet, qua tum ipsa Ecclesia tum variae culturae ditescunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bonum Christi nuntium hominis lapsi vitam et cultum continenter renovat, et errores ac mala, ex semper minaci peccati seductione manantia, impugnat et removet. Mores populorum indesinenter purificat et elevat. Animi ornamenta dotesque cuiuscumque populi vel aetatis supernis divitiis velut ab intra fecundat, communit, complet atque in Christo restaurat (129). Sic Ecclesia, proprium implendo munus (130), iam eo ipso ad humanum civilemque cultum impellit atque confert, et actione sua, etiam liturgica, hominem ad interiorem libertatem educat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De diversis rationibus in cultus humani formis rite componendis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Supradictis rationibus, Ecclesia in mentem omnium revocat culturam ad integram personae humanae perfectionem, ad bonum communitatis et totius humanae societatis esse referendam. Quare oportet animum ita excolere, ut promoveatur facultas admirandi, intus legendi, contemplandi atque efformandi iudicium personale et excolendi sensum religiosum, moralem ac socialem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cultura enim, cum ex hominis indole rationali et sociali immediate fluat, indesinenter indiget iusta libertate ad sese explicandam atque legitima, secundum propria principia, sui iuris agendi facultate. Iure merito ergo postulat reverentiam et quadam gaudet inviolabilitate, servatis utique iuribus personae et communitatis, sive particularis sive universalis, intra fines boni communis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacra Synodus, recolens ea quae Concilium Vaticanum Primum docuit, declarat \"duplicem esse ordinem cognitionis\" distinctum, nempe fidei et rationis, nec sane Ecclesiam vetare ne \"humanarum artium et disciplinarum culturae... in suo quaeque ambitu propriis utantur principiis et propria methodo\"; quare \"iustam hanc libertatem agnoscens\", cultus humani et praesertim scientiarum legitimam autonomiam affirmat (131)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec omnia postulant quoque ut homo, morali ordine communique utilitate servatis, libere possit verum inquirere et opinionem suam declarare ac vulgare, atque artem qualemcumque colere; ut denique secundum veritatem de publicis eventibus certior fiat (132)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad publicam vero auctoritatem pertinet, non propriam cultus humani formarum indolem determinare, sed condiciones et subsidia ad vitam culturalem inter omnes promovendam fovere, etiam intra minoritates alicuius nationis (133). Ideo praeprimis instandum est, ne cultura, a proprio fine aversa, potestatibus politicis vel oeconomicis servire cogatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sectio III: De quibusdam urgentioribus christianorum muneribus circa culturam"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ius ad culturae beneficia omnibus agnoscatur et in rem deducatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum nunc facultas praebeatur plurimos homines ab ignorantiae miseria liberandi, officium nostrae aetati maxime consentaneum est, praesertim pro christianis, strenue adlaborandi ut, tam in re oeconomica quam in re politica, tam in campo nationali quam internationali, ferantur iudicia fundamentalia, quibus ius omnium ad humanum civilemque cultum, personae dignitati congruum, sine discrimine stirpis, sexus, nationis, religionis aut socialis condicionis, ubique terrarum agnoscatur et ad rem deducatur. Ideo sufficiens bonorum culturalium copia omnibus providenda est, praesertim eorum quae constituunt culturam sic dictam fundamentalem, ne plurimi litterarum ignorantia responsabilisque actuositatis privatione a cooperatione vere humana ad bonum commune impediantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Contendendum est itaque ut homines, quorum ingenii vires id ferant, ad altiores studiorum ordines ascendere queant; ita quidem ut iidem, quoad fieri possit, in humana societate ad munera, officia et servitia emergant, tum suo ingenio, tum peritiae quam acquisierint consentanea (134). Sic quilibet homo et coetus sociales cuiuscumque populi ad plenam vitae suae culturalis explicationem, suis dotibus atque traditionibus congruam, pertingere valebunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enixe insuper adlaborandum est ut omnes conscii fiant tum iuris ad culturam, tum officii quo astringuntur sese excolendi aliosque adiuvandi. Condiciones enim vitae et laboris quandoque exstant, quae impediunt contentiones culturales hominum et in ipsis studium culturae destruunt. Res speciali ratione pro ruricolis et opificibus valet, quibus praebeantur oportet tales condiciones operam suam praestandi, quae humanam eorum culturam non praepediant sed promoveant. Mulieres in fere omnibus vitae campis iam adlaborant; convenit autem ut partes suas secundum propriam indolem plene assumere valeant. Omnium erit, ut mulierum propria necessariaque participatio vitae culturalis agnoscatur atque promoveatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De educatione ad hominis integrum cultum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maior hodie adest difficultas quam olim varias cognitionis disciplinas et artes in synthesim redigendi. Dum enim crescunt moles et diversitas elementorum, quae culturam constituunt, insimul minuitur facultas pro singulis hominibus eadem percipiendi et organice componendi, ita ut imago hominis universalis magis ac magis evanescat. Attamen unicuique homini remanet officium retinendi rationem totius personae humanae, in qua eminent intelligentiae, voluntatis, conscientiae et fraternitatis valores, qui omnes in Deo Creatore fundantur et in Christo mirabiliter sanati et elevati sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quasi mater et nutrix huius educationis est imprimis familia, in qua liberi, amore foti, rectum rerum ordinem facilius condiscunt, dum probatae cultus humani formae quasi naturaliter in progredientis adolescentiae animum transfunduntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pro eadem educatione in societatibus hodiernis exstant opportunitates, praesertim ex aucta librorum diffusione atque novis instrumentis communicationis culturalis et socialis, quae universali culturae favere possunt. Imminuto enim passim laboris spatio in dies augescunt pro pluribus hominibus commoda. Otia ad animum relaxandum et mentis ac corporis sanitatem roborandam rite insumantur, per liberas industrias et studia, versus alias regiones itinera (turismus), quibus ingenium hominis expolitur, sed et homines mutua cognitione locupletantur, per exercitationes quoque et manifestationes sportivas, quae ad animi aequilibrium, etiam in communitate, servandum necnon ad fraternas relationes inter homines omnium condicionum, nationum vel diversae stirpis statuendas, adiumentum praebent. Christifideles ergo cooperentur ut culturae manifestationes actionesque collectivae, quae nostrae aetatis sunt propriae, spiritu humano et christiano imbuantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec autem omnia commoda educationem hominis ad integrum sui cultum perficere non valent, si insimul profunda interrogatio de sensu culturae et scientiae pro persona humana negligitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De humano civilique cultu cum christiana institutione rite componendo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quamvis Ecclesia ad culturae progressum multum contulerit, experientia tamen constat compositionem culturae cum christiana institutione ex causis contingentibus non semper sine difficultatibus procedere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Istae difficultates non necessario vitae fidei damnum afferunt, immo ad accuratiorem et altiorem intelligentiam fidei mentem excitare possunt. Etenim scientiarum, necnon historiae ac philosophiae recentiora studia et inventa novas suscitant quaestiones, quae sequelas pro vita quoque secumferunt et etiam a theologis novas investigationes postulant. Praeterea theologi, servatis propriis scientiae theologicae methodis et exigentiis, invitantur ut aptiorem modum doctrinam cum hominibus sui temporis communicandi semper inquirant, quia aliud est ipsum depositum Fidei seu veritates, aliud modus secundum quem enuntiantur, eodem tamen sensu eademque sententia (135). In cura pastorali non tantum principia theologica, sed etiam inventa scientiarum profanarum, imprimis psychologiae et sociologiae, satis agnoscantur et adhibeantur, ita ut etiam fideles ad puriorem et maturiorem fidei vitam ducantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Suo quoque modo litterae et artes pro vita Ecclesiae magni sunt momenti. Indolem enim propriam hominis, eius problemata eiusque experientiam in conatu ad seipsum mundumque cognoscendum et perficiendum ediscere contendunt; situationem eius in historia et in universo mundo detegere necnon miserias et gaudia, necessitates et vires hominum illustrare atque sortem hominis meliorem adumbrare satagunt. Ita vitam humanam, multiplicibus formis secundum tempora et regiones expressam, elevare valent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exinde adlaborandum est ut artium illarum cultores se ab Ecclesia in sua navitate agnitos sentiant et, ordinata libertate fruentes, faciliora commercia cum communitate christiana instituant. Novae quoque formae artis, quae coaevis nostris aptantur iuxta variarum nationum et regionum indolem, ab Ecclesia agnoscantur. In sanctuario autem recipiantur, cum, modo dicendi accommodato et liturgiae exigentiis conformi, mentem ad Deum erigunt (136)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sic notitia Dei melius manifestatur ac praedicatio evangelica in intellectu hominum magis perspicua fit et eorum condicionibus quasi insita apparet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fideles ergo coniunctissime cum aliis suae aetatis hominibus vivant, et perfecte eorum cogitandi atque sentiendi modos, qui per ingenii cultum exprimuntur, percipere studeant. Novarum scientiarum et doctrinarum necnon novissimorum inventorum notitias cum christianis moribus christianaeque doctrinae institutione coniungant, ut religionis cultus animique probitas apud ipsos pari gressu procedant cum scientiarum cognitione et cotidie progredientibus technicorum artibus, et ideo ipsi valeant res omnes integro christiano sensu probare atque interpretari."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qui theologicis disciplinis in Seminariis et Studiorum Universitatibus incumbunt, cum hominibus qui in aliis scientiis excellunt, collatis viribus atque consiliis, cooperari studeant. Theologica inquisitio insimul profundam veritatis revelatae cognitionem prosequatur et coniunctionem cum proprio tempore ne negligat, ut homines variis disciplinis excultos ad pleniorem fidei scientiam iuvare possit. Haec socia opera plurimum proderit institutioni sacrorum ministrorum qui Ecclesiae doctrinam de Deo, de homine et de mundo aptius coaevis nostris explanare poterunt, ita ut verbum illud etiam libentius ab eis suscipiatur (137). Immo optandum ut plures laici congruam in disciplinis sacris institutionem adipiscantur, nec pauci inter eos haec studia, data opera, colant et altius producant. Ut vero munus suum exercere valeant, agnoscatur fidelibus, sive clericis sive laicis, iusta libertas inquirendi, cogitandi necnon mentem suam in humilitate et fortitudine aperiendi in iis in quibus peritia gaudent (138)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE VITA OECONOMICA-SOCIALI"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De quibusdam vitae oeconomicae aspectibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Etiam in vita oeconomica-sociali personae humanae dignitas eiusque integra vocatio, totiusque societatis bonum, honoranda atque promovenda sunt. Homo enim totius vitae oeconomicae-socialis auctor, centrum et finis est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oeconomia hodierna, non secus atque aliae vitae socialis provinciae, crescenti super naturam hominis dominatione notatur, densioribus impensioribusque relationibus atque mutua dependentia, inter cives, coetus et populos, necnon frequentiori politicae potestatis interventione. Insimul progressus in rationibus producendi atque in bonis ac servitiis commutandis, oeconomiam aptum effecerunt instrumentum, quo adauctis familiae humanae necessitatibus melius provideri possit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non desunt tamen rationes inquietudinis. Homines non pauci, praesertim in regionibus oeconomice progressis, re oeconomica quasi regi videntur, ita ut fere tota eorum vita personalis ac socialis spiritu quodam oeconomistico imbuatur, tam in nationibus quae oeconomiae collectivisticae favent quam in aliis. Eo temporis momento quo vitae oeconomicae incrementum, dummodo rationabiliter humaniterque dirigatur atque coordinetur, inaequalitates sociales mitigare posset, saepe saepius in earum exasperationem, vel etiam alic-ubi in regressum condicionis socialis debilium et in despectum pauperum vertitur. Dum rebus omnino necessariis ingens multitudo adhuc caret, aliqui, etiam in regionibus minus progressis, opulenter vivunt vel bona dissipant. Luxus et miseria simul exsistunt. Dum pauci maxima deliberandi potestate fruuntur, multi omni paene possibilitate carent propria initiativa ac responsabilitate agendi, saepe etiam in condicionibus vitae et laboris persona humana indignis versantes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Similes aequilibrii oeconomici socialisque defectus inter agriculturam, industriam ac servitia, sicut etiam inter diversas regiones unius eiusdemque nationis advertuntur. Inter nationes oeconomice magis progressas aliasque nationes gravior in dies oppositio fit, quae ipsam pacem mundi in discrimen vocare potest."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Has disparitates coaevi nostri conscientia in dies vividiore persentiunt, cum eis persuasissimum sit, ampliores technicas et oeconomicas facultates, quibus mundus hodiernus gaudet, hunc infaustum statum rerum corrigere posse atque debere. Inde autem reformationes multae in vita oeconomica-sociali atque mentis et habitudinis conversio ab omnibus requiruntur. Ad hoc Ecclesia iustitiae et aequitatis principia, tam pro vita individuali et sociali, quam pro vita internationali, a recta ratione postulata, in decursu saeculorum sub luce Evangelii exaravit atque his praesertim ultimis temporibus protulit. Sacrum Concilium haec principia secundum adiuncta huius aetatis roborare orientationesque quasdam proferre intendit, exigentias progressionis oeconomicae imprimis respiciens (139)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sectio I: De progressione oeconomica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De progressione oeconomica in hominis servitium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hodie, magis quam antea, ut augmento populi consulatur et crescentibus generis humani optatis satisfiat, incrementum productionis bonorum agriculturae et industriae necnon praestationis servitiorum iure intenditur. Ideo favendum est progressui technico, spiritui innovationis, studio inceptuum creandorum atque ampliandorum, methodis productionis aptandis, ac strenuis quorumcumque productionem exercentium conatibus: omnibus nempe elementis quae huic progressioni inserviunt. Huius autem productionis finalitas fundamentalis non est merum productorum incrementum, neque lucrum vel dominatus, sed hominis servitium, hominis quidem integri, attento ordine materialium eius necessitatum atque eius vitae intellectualis, moralis, spiritualis ac religiosae exigentiarum, hominis, dicimus, cuiuscumque, et cuiuscumque hominum coetus, cuiusvis stirpis vel mundi regionis. Itaque navitas oeconomica, secundum methodos et leges proprias, intra fines ordinis moralis (140) exercenda est ita ut Dei de homine consilium adimpleatur (141)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De progressione oeconomica sub consilio hominis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Progressio oeconomica sub hominis consilio manere debet; nec soli arbitrio paucorum hominum aut coetuum nimia potentia oeconomica pollentium, nec solius communitatis politicae, nec quarundam potentiorum nationum remittenda est. Oportet e contra ut, in quocumque gradu, homines quam plurimi atque, ubi de relationibus internationalibus agitur, omnes nationes in ea dirigenda activas partes habeant. Pariter opus est ut opera spontanea singulorum hominum liberorumque coetuum cum auctoritatum publicarum conatibus coordinentur atque apte et cohaerenter componantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Incrementum nec soli cursui quasi mechanico activitatis oeconomicae singulorum nec soli potestati auctoritatis publicae relinquendum est. Quare erroris arguendae sunt, tam doctrinae quae specie falsae libertatis reformationibus necessariis obstant, quam illae quae iura fundamentalia personarum singularum et coetuum organizationi productionis collectivae postponunt (142)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Meminerint ceterum cives suum esse ius et officium, etiam a potestate civili agnoscendum, ad verum propriae communitatis progressum pro sua possibilitate conferre. Praesertim in regionibus oeconomice minus progressis, ubi omnes opes urgenter adhibendae sunt, bonum commune graviter in discrimen vocant qui opes suas infructuosas retinent vel - salvo iure personali migrationis - communitatem suam subsidiis sive materialibus sive spiritualibus privant quibus illa eget."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De ingentibus differentiis oeconomicis-socialibus removendis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut exigentiis iustitiae et aequitatis satisfiat, strenue enitendum est ut, servatis iuribus personarum atque propria indole cuiusque populi, ingentes quae nunc sunt et saepe crescunt inaequalitates oeconomicae cum discriminatione individuali et sociali coniunctae, quam citius removeantur. Pariter, in pluribus regionibus, attentis peculiaribus agriculturae difficultatibus sive in gignendis sive in vendendis bonis, adiuvandi sunt ruricolae cum ad productionem augendam et vendendam, tum ad necessarias evolutiones ac innovationes inducendas, tum ad aequum redditum consequendum, ne, ut saepius accidit, in condicione civium inferioris ordinis maneant. Ipsi autem agricolae, praesertim iuvenes, sese sollerter applicent ad suam peritiam professionalem perficiendam, sine qua progressio agriculturae dari nequit (143)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Iustitia et aequitas item requirunt ut mobilitas, quae in progredientibus rebus oeconomicis necessaria est, ita ordinetur, ne vita hominum singulorum eorumque familiarum incerta et praecaria fiat. Erga opifices vero, qui ex alia natione vel regione oriundi, ad promotionem oeconomicam populi vel provinciae labore suo conferunt, quaevis discriminatio quoad condiciones remunerationis vel laboris sedulo vitanda est. Insuper universi, imprimis publicae potestates, illos non simpliciter veluti mera productionis instrumenta sed ut personas habere debent, eosque adiuvare ut familiam suam apud se arcessere et decentem habitationem sibi providere possint, atque eorum insertioni in vitam socialem populi vel regionis recipientis favere. Attamen, quantum fieri potest, in propriis regionibus fontes laboris creentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In rebus oeconomicis hodie mutationi obnoxiis uti in novis societatis industrialis formis in quibus e.g. automatio progreditur, curandum est ut labor sufficiens et unicuique conveniens simul ac possibilitas congruae formationis technicae et professionalis praebeatur, et in tuto collocentur victus atque dignitas humana eorum praesertim qui ob morbum vel aetatem gravioribus laborant difficultatibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sectio II: De quibusdam principiis totam vitam oeconomicam-socialem regentibus"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De labore eiusque condicionibus atque de otio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Labor humanus, qui in bonis gignendis ac commutandis vel in servitiis oeconomicis suppeditandis exercetur, ceteris elementis vitae oeconomicae praestat, quippe quae tantum rationem instrumentorum habeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-324",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hic enim labor, sive proprio marte assumatur sive ab alio conducatur, a persona immediate procedit, quae res naturae quasi suo sigillo signat easque suae voluntati submittit. Labore suo, homo ordinarie suam suorumque vitam sustentat, cum fratribus suis coniungitur eisque inservit, germanam caritatem exercere potest atque creationi divinae perficiendae sociam operam praebere. Immo, per laborem Deo oblatum, tenemus hominem ipsi redemptionis operi Iesu Christi consociari, qui praecellentem labori detulit dignitatem, cum in Nazareth propriis manibus operaretur. Exinde oritur pro unoquoque officium fideliter laborandi atque etiam ius ad laborem; societatis vero est, iuxta adiuncta in ea vigentia, pro sua parte cives adiuvare ut sufficientis laboris occasionem invenire possint. Denique ita remunerandus est labor ut homini facultates praebeantur suam suorumque vitam materialem, socialem, culturalem spiritualemque digne excolendi, spectatis uniuscuiusque munere et productivitate necnon officinae condicionibus et bono communi (144)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum navitas oeconomica plerumque consociato hominum labore fiat, iniquum et inhumanum est illam ita componere et ordinare ut quibusvis laborantibus detrimento sit. Saepius autem accidit, etiam nostris diebus, ut opus facientes quodammodo in servitutem proprii operis redigantur. Quod sic dictis legibus oeconomicis nequaquam iustificatur. Universus igitur fructuosi laboris processus necessitatibus personae eiusque vitae vivendi rationibus accommodandus est; imprimis eius vitae domesticae, praesertim quod ad matres familiae spectat, respectu semper habito et sexus et aetatis. Laborantibus praebeatur insuper facultas proprias qualitates personamque suam in ipso laboris exercitio explicandi. Huic exercitio tempus viresque suas debita cum responsabilitate applicantes, tamen ad vitam familiarem, culturalem, socialem et religiosam colendam etiam sufficienti quiete et otio omnes gaudeant. Immo opportunitatem habeant vires ac potentias libere evolvendi, quas fortasse in labore professionali parum excolere valent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De participatione in inceptis et in universa rei oeconomicae dispositione, et de conflictibus in labore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In inceptis oeconomicis personae consociantur, homines scilicet liberi et sui iuris, ad imaginem Dei creati. Ideo, attentis muneribus uniuscuiusque, sive proprietariorum, sive conductorum operis, sive dirigentium, sive operariorum, atque salva necessaria directionis operis unitate, promoveatur, modis apte determinandis, omnium actuosa participatio in inceptorum curatione (145). Cum autem saepius non iam in ipso incepto, sed altius a superioris ordinis institutis de oeconomicis et socialibus condicionibus decernatur, e quibus sors futura laborantium eorumque liberorum pendet, etiam in his statuendis partem habeant, et quidem per seipsos vel per delegatos libere electos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inter fundamentalia personae humanae iura adnumerandum est ius pro laborantibus consociationes libere condendi, quae eos vere repraesentare et ad vitam oeconomicam recto ordine disponendam conferre possint, necnon ius earum navitatem sine ultionis periculo libere participandi. Per huiusmodi ordinatam participationem, cum progrediente formatione oeconomica et sociali iunctam, in dies augebitur apud omnes proprii muneris onerisque conscientia, qua ipsi eo adducantur ut, secundum capacitates aptitudinesque sibi proprias, totius operis progressionis oeconomicae et socialis necnon universi boni communis procurandi socios se sentiant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-329",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum vero conflictus oeconomici-sociales oriuntur, ut ad pacificam eorum solutionem deveniatur enitendum est. Licet autem semper praeprimis ad sincerum inter partes colloquium sit recurrendum, operistitium tamen, et in hodiernis adiunctis, ad propria iura defendenda et ad iusta laborantium quaesita implenda, adiumentum necessarium, etsi ultimum, manere potest. Quamprimum vero viae ad negotiationem et conciliationis colloquium resumendum quaerantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De bonorum terrestrium ad universos homines destinatione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deus terram cum omnibus quae in ea continentur in usum universorum hominum et populorum destinavit, ita ut bona creata aequa ratione ad omnes affluere debeant, iustitia duce, caritate comite (146). Quaecumque formae proprietatis sint, legitimis institutis populorum accommodatae, secundum diversa atque mutabilia adiuncta, ad hanc bonorum universalem destinationem semper attendendum est. Quapropter homo, illis bonis utens, res exteriores quas legitime possidet non tantum tamquam sibi proprias, sed etiam tamquam communes habere debet, eo sensu ut non sibi tantum sed etiam aliis prodesse queant (147). Ceterum, ius habendi partem bonorum sibi suisque familiis sufficientem omnibus competit. Ita Patres Doctoresque Ecclesiae senserunt, docentes ad pauperes sublevandos homines obligari, et quidem, non tantum ex superfluis (148). Qui autem in extrema necessitate degit, ius habet ut ex aliorum divitiis necessaria sibi procuret (149). Cum tot sint in mundo fame oppressi, Sacrum Concilium omnes sive singulos sive auctoritates urget ut, illius sententiae Patrum memores: Pasce fame morientem, quia si non pavisti occidisti (150), pro uniuscuiusque facultate, bona sua revera communicent et impendant, praesertim illos, sive singulos sive populos, auxiliis muniendo, quibus ipsi sese adiuvare atque evolvere possint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-332",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In societatibus oeconomice minus progressis non raro destinationi communi bonorum ex parte per consuetudines et traditiones communitati proprias satis fit, quibus unicuique membro bona prorsus necessaria praebentur. Vitandum tamen est ne consuetudines quaedam ut omnino immutabiles habeantur, si novis exigentiis huius temporis non iam respondeant; altera vero parte, ne contra honestas consuetudines imprudenter agatur quae, dummodo hodiernis adiunctis apte accommodentur, perutiles esse non desinunt. Similiter in nationibus oeconomice valde progressis, corpus quoddam socialium institutionum, ad cautionem et securitatem spectantium, communem bonorum destinationem pro sua parte ad actum adducere potest. Ulterius promovenda sunt servitia familiaria et socialia, praesertim quae animi cultui atque educationi consulunt. In his omnibus instituendis, invigilandum tamen est ne cives ad quamdam erga societatem inertiam inducantur neve suscepti officii onus reiiciant et servitium repudient."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-70",
              "number": "70",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De bonorum collocationibus et de re nummaria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bonorum collocationes, ex sua parte, tendere debent ad occasiones laboris redditusque sufficientes tam populo hodierno quam futuro procurandos. Quicumque de his collocationibus et vitae oeconomicae ordinatione decernunt - sive singuli, sive coetus, sive auctoritates publicae -, hos fines prae oculis habere tenentur, atque gravem suam obligationem agnoscere ex una parte invigilandi, ut necessariis ad vitam decentem requisitis, sive singulorum sive totius communitatis, provideatur, ex altera parte futura praevidendi et iustum aequilibrium constituendi inter necessitates hodiernae consumptionis, sive individualis sive collectivae, et exigentias collocandi bona pro generatione ventura. Semper etiam prae oculis habeantur urgentes nationum vel regionum oeconomice minus progressarum necessitates. In re autem monetaria caveatur ne propriae nationis necnon aliarum nationum bono offendatur. Provideatur insuper ne oeconomice debiles ex valoris pecuniae immutatione iniuste detrimentum patiantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-71",
              "number": "71",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De accessione ad proprietatem et dominium privatum bonorum; et de latifundiis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-336",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum proprietas ac aliae in bona exteriora dominii privati formae ad expressionem personae conferant, cum insuper occasionem ei praebeant suum munus in societate et oeconomia exercendi, valde interest ut, sive singolorum sive communitatum, ad quoddam bonorum exteriorum dominium accessio foveatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-337",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proprietas privata aut dominium quoddam in bona exteriora spatium plane necessarium ad personalem et familiarem autonomiam unicuique conferunt, et velut libertatis humanae extensio considerari debent. Demum, quia ad munus onusque exercendum stimulos addunt, condicionem quamdam libertatum civilium constituunt (151)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-338",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formae talis dominii vel proprietatis sunt hodie diversae et in dies adhuc magis diversificantur. Omnes autem, non obstantibus fundis socialibus, iuribus et ministeriis a societate procuratis, causa non parvipendenda securitatis manent. Quod non tantum de proprietatibus materialibus dicendum est, sed etiam de immaterialibus bonis, uti sunt capacitates professionales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-339",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ius autem privati dominii illi iuri non obstant quod variis formis proprietatum publicarum inest. Translatio quidem bonorum in publicam proprietatem non nisi a competenti auctoritate, iuxta boni communis exigentias et intra eius limites, aequa compensatione oblata, fieri potest. Praeterea, ad publicam auctoritatem pertinet praecavere ne quis privata proprietate contra bonum commune abutatur (152)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-340",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ipsa autem proprietas privata et indolem socialem natura sua habet, quae in communis destinationis bonorum lege fundatur (153). Qua sociali indole neglecta, proprietas multoties occasio cupiditatum et gravium perturbationum fieri accidit, ita ut ad ipsum ius in discrimen vocandum impugnatoribus praetextus detur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In pluribus regionibus oeconomice minus progressis, magni vel etiam latissimi rustici fundi existunt, mediocriter exculti vel lucri causa sine ulla cultura manentes, dum maior pars populi vel terris caret vel minimis tantum agris gaudet, atque, ex altera parte, incrementum fructificationis agrorum evidenter urgens apparet. Non raro ii qui a dominis ad laborem conducuntur, vel qui partem illorum titulo locationis colunt, nonnisi stipendium vel proventum homine indignum recipiunt, decenti habitatione privantur, necnon a mediatoribus exspoliantur. Omni securitate carentes, sub tali personali famulatu vivunt, ut fere omnis facultas sponte et cum responsabilitate agendi eis tollatur, omnisque promotio in cultu humano et omnis pars in vita sociali et politica illis prohibeantur. Pro variis igitur casibus reformationes necessariae sunt: ut crescant reditus, emendentur condiciones laboris, augeatur securitas in conductione, deturque incitamentum ad sponte operandum; immo ut distribuantur fundi non satis exculti iis qui easdem terras fructuosas reddere valeant. Quo in casu suppeditanda sunt res et media necessaria, praesertim educationis subsidia et iustae ordinationis cooperativae facultates. Quoties autem proprietatis ademptionem bonum commune exegerit, compensatio ex aequitate, omnibus adiunctis perpensis, aestimanda est."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-72",
              "number": "72",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De navitate oeconomica-sociali et de Regno Christi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christiani qui activas partes in hodierna progressione oeconomica-sociali agunt et iustitiam caritatemque propugnant, persuasum sibi habeant se multum ad humanitatis prosperitatem et mundi pacem conferre posse. In his activitatibus sive singuli sive consociati exemplo fulgeant. Acquisitis quidem peritia experientiaque omnino necessariis, inter terrestres navitates rectum ordinem servent, in fidelitate erga Christum Eiusque Evangelium, ita ut integra eorum vita, tam individualis quam socialis, spiritu Beatitudinum, notabiliter paupertatis, imbuatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-344",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quicumque Christo obediens, primum quaerit Regnum Dei, inde validiorem ac puriorem amorem suscipit, ad omnes fratres suos adiuvandos et ad opus iustitiae, inspirante caritate, perficiendum (154)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-346",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE VITA COMMUNITATIS POLITICAE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-73",
              "number": "73",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De hodierna vita publica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-348",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nostris temporibus profundae advertuntur transformationes etiam in compage et institutionibus populorum, quae ipsorum evolutionem culturalem, oeconomicam ac socialem consequuntur; quae transformationes magnum influxum in communitatis politicae vitam exercent, praesertim quod attinet ad omnium iura et officia in libertatis civilis exercitio ac in bono communi attingendo et ad civium relationes inter se et cum publica auctoritate ordinandas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-349",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ex vividiore humanae dignitatis conscientia exoritur, in variis mundi regionibus, studium ordinem politicum-iuridicum instaurandi, in quo personae iura in vita publica melius protegantur, ut sunt iura libere sese coadunandi, consociandi, proprias opiniones exprimendi ac religionem privatim publiceque profitendi. Tutamen enim personae iurium condicio necessaria est ut cives, sive singuli sive consociati, in rei publicae vita et moderamine actuose participare possint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-350",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Una cum progressu culturali, oeconomico ac sociali apud plures roboratur desiderium assumendi maiorem partem in communitatis politicae vita ordinanda. In multorum conscientia studium augetur ut iura minorum alicuius nationis partium serventur, earum officiis erga communitatem politicam non neglectis; insuper reverentia in dies increscit erga homines aliam opinionem vel aliam religionem profitentes; simul latior instituitur cooperatio, ut omnes cives, et non tantum quidam privilegiis ornati, iuribus personalibus reapse frui possint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-351",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reprobantur autem quaecumque formae politicae, in aliquibus regionibus vigentes, quae libertatem civilem vel religiosam praepediunt, victimas cupiditatum et criminum politicorum multiplicant ac exercitium auctoritatis a bono communi ad commodum cuiusdam factionis vel ipsorum moderatorum detorquent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad vitam politicam vere humanam instaurandam nihil melius est quam interiorem iustitiae et benevolentiae ac servitii boni communis sensum fovere atque persuasiones fundamentales circa veram indolem communitatis politicae necnon circa finem, rectum exercitium et limites publicae auctoritatis corroborare."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-74",
              "number": "74",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De communitatis politicae natura et fine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-354",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Homines, familiae et varii coetus, qui communitatem civilem constituunt, propriae insufficientiae ad vitam plene humanam instituendam conscii sunt et necessitatem amplioris communitatis percipiunt, in qua omnes, ad commune bonum semper melius procurandum, cotidie proprias vires conferant (155). Quapropter communitatem politicam secundum varias formas constituunt. Communitas ergo politica propter illud commune bonum exsistit, in quo suam plenam iustificationem et sensum obtinet, et ex quo ius suum primigenum et proprium depromit. Bonum vero commune summam complectitur earum vitae socialis condicionum, quibus homines, familiae et consociationes, suam ipsorum perfectionem plenius atque expeditius consequi possint (156)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-355",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Multi autem et diversi sunt homines, qui in communitatem politicam conveniunt et legitime in diversa consilia declinare possunt. Ne igitur, unoquoque in suam sententiam abeunte, communitas politica distrahatur, auctoritas requiritur, quae omnium civium vires in bonum commune dirigat, non mechanice nec despotice, sed imprimis ut vis moralis, quae libertate et suscepti officii onerisque conscientia nititur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-356",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Patet ergo communitatem politicam et auctoritatem publicam in natura humana fundari ideoque ad ordinem a Deo praefinitum pertinere; etsi regiminis determinatio et moderatorum designatio liberae civium voluntati relinquantur (157)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-357",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequitur item auctoritatis politicae exercitium sive in communitate ut tali, sive in institutis rem publicam repraesentantibus, semper intra fines ordinis moralis ad effectum deducendum esse, ad commune bonum - et quidem dynamice conceptum - procurandum, secundum ordinem iuridicum legitime statutum vel statuendum. Tunc cives ad obedientiam praestandam ex conscientia obligantur (158). Exinde vero patet responsabilitas, dignitas et momentum eorum, qui praesunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-358",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ubi autem a publica auctoritate, suam competentiam excedente, cives premuntur, ipsi, quae a bono communi obiective postulantur, ne recusent; fas vero sit eis contra abusum huius auctoritatis sua conciviumque suorum iura defendere, illis servatis limitibus, quos lex naturalis et evangelica delineat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-359",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Modi vero concreti, quibus communitas politica propriam compagem et publicae auctoritatis temperationem ordinat, varii esse possunt secundum diversam populorum indolem et historiae progressum; semper autem ad hominem excultum, pacificum et erga omnes beneficum efformandum inservire debent, ad totius familiae humanae emolumentum."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-75",
              "number": "75",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De omnium in vita publica cooperatione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-361",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum humana natura plene congruit ut structurae politicae-iuridicae inveniantur, quae omnibus civibus semper melius ac sine ulla discriminatione possibilitatem effectivam praebeant libere et actuose participandi tum in fundamentis iuridicis communitatis politicae statuendis, tum in rei publicae moderamine et variorum institutorum campis et finibus determinandis, tum in moderatorum electione (159). Memores ergo omnes cives sint iuris simul et officii suo libero suffragio utendi ad bonum commune promovendum. Ecclesia laude et consideratione dignum opus illorum habet, qui in hominum servitium rei publicae bono se devovent et huius officii onera suscipiunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-362",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut civium cooperatio, cum officii conscientia coniuncta, in cotidiana publicae rei vita effectum suum felicem attingat, requiritur positivus ordo iuris, in quo conveniens divisio munerum et institutorum auctoritatis publicae atque simul efficax tuitio iurium, neminique obnoxia, instaurentur. Omnium personarum, familiarum ac coetuum iura eorumque exercitium agnoscantur, serventur et promoveantur (160), simul cum officiis, quibus cuncti cives obstringuntur. Inter quae officium meminisse oportet rei publicae materialia et personalia servitia praestandi, quae ad bonum commune requiruntur. Caveant moderatores ne coetus familiares, sociales aut culturales, corpora aut instituta intermedia, impediant, neve ea sua legitima et efficaci actione privent, quam potius libenter et ordinatim promovere satagant. Cives vero, sive singuli sive consociati, caveant ne nimiam potestatem publicae auctoritati tribuant, neve nimia commoda et utilitates ab ipsa inopportune postulent, ita ut personarum, familiarum necnon coetuum socialium officii onus imminuant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-363",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ab implicatioribus nostrae aetatis adiunctis publica auctoritas saepius in res sociales et oeconomicas atque culturales se interponere cogitur ad aptiores inducendas condiciones, quibus cives ac coetus ad integrum humanum bonum libere prosequendum efficacius iuventur. Secundum autem diversas regiones et populorum evolutionem diverso modo intellegi possunt relationes inter socializationem (161) et personae autonomiam ac progressum. Sed ubi exercitium iurium propter bonum commune ad tempus restringitur, libertas, circumstantiis mutatis, quam primum restituatur. At inhumanum est quod auctoritas politica incidat in formas totalitarias vel in formas dictatorias quae iura personae vel socialium coetuum laedant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-364",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cives pietatem erga patriam magnanimiter et fideliter excolant, sine tamen mentis angustia, ita scilicet ut ad bonum totius familiae humanae, quae variis nexibus inter stirpes, gentes ac nationes coniungitur, semper simul animum intendant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-365",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christifideles omnes in communitate politica specialem et propriam vocationem sentiant, qua exemplo praefulgere debent quatenus officii conscientia sunt adstricti et communi bono excolendo inserviunt, ita ut factis quoque commonstrent quomodo auctoritas cum libertate, inceptio personalis cum totius corporis socialis coniunctione ac necessitudine, unitas opportuna cum proficua diversitate componantur. Circa rem temporalem ordinandam legitimas, at inter se discrepantes, opiniones agnoscant, civesque, etiam consociatos, qui eas honeste defendunt, revereantur. Partes autem politicae ea promovere debent, quae earum iudicio ad bonum commune requiruntur; numquam vero propriam utilitatem communi bono praeponere licet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-366",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Educatio vero civilis et politica, hodie tum populo tum praesertim iuvenibus maxime necessaria, sedulo curanda est, ut omnes cives in communitatis politicae vita partes suas agere valeant. Qui idonei sunt aut fieri possunt ad artem politicam, difficilem simul et nobilissimam (162), sese praeparent et eam, proprii commodi et venalis beneficii immemores, exercere satagant. Contra iniuriam et oppressionem, unius hominis vel partis politicae arbitrarium dominatum et intolerantiam, integritate morum ac prudentia agant; sinceritate autem et aequitate, immo caritate et fortitudine politica, bono omnium se devoveant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-76",
              "number": "76",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Communitas politica et Ecclesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-368",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Magni momenti est, praesertim ubi societas pluralistica viget, ut rectus respectus relationis inter communitatem politicam et Ecclesiam habeatur, utque inter ea, quae christifideles, sive singuli sive consociati, suo nomine tamquam cives, christiana conscientia ducti, et ea, quae nomine Ecclesiae una cum pastoribus suis agunt, clare distinguatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-369",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia, quae, ratione sui muneris et competentiae, nullo modo cum communitate politica confunditur, neque ad ullum systema politicum alligatur, simul signum est et tutamentum transcendentiae humanae personae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-370",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Communitas politica et Ecclesia in proprio campo ab invicem sunt independentes et autonomae. Ambae autem, licet diverso titulo, eorumdem hominum vocationi personali et sociali inserviunt. Quod servitium eo efficacius in omnium bonum exercebunt, quo ambae melius sanam cooperationem inter se colunt, attentis quoque locorum temporumque adiunctis. Homo enim ad solum ordinem temporalem non coarctatur, sed in historia humana vivens aeternam suam vocationem integre servat. Ecclesia vero, in Redemptoris amore fundata, ad hoc confert ut intra nationis terminos et inter nationes iustitia et caritas latius vigeant. Evangelicam veritatem praedicando atque omnes navitatis humanae provincias, per suam doctrinam et testimonium a christifidelibus exhibitum, illuminando, etiam politicam civium libertatem et responsabilitatem reveretur atque promovet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-371",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apostoli ipsorumque successores et horum cooperatores, cum mittantur ut hominibus Christum mundi Salvatorem annuntient, in suo apostolatu exercendo Dei potentia innituntur, qui persaepe in testium infirmitate virtutem Evangelii manifestat. Quicumque enim Dei verbi ministerio se devovent, utantur oportet viis et subsidiis Evangelio propriis, quae in pluribus a terrenae civitatis subsidiis differunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-372",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Res quidem terrenae et ea, quae in hominum condicione hunc mundum exsuperant, arcte inter se iunguntur, et ipsa Ecclesia rebus temporalibus utitur quantum propria eius missio id postulat. Spem vero suam in privilegiis ab auctoritate civili oblatis non reponit; immo quorundam iurium legitime acquisitorum exercitio renuntiabit, ubi constiterit eorum usu sinceritatem sui testimonii vocari in dubium aut novas vitae condiciones aliam exigere ordinationem. Semper autem et ubique ei fas sit cum vera libertate fidem praedicare, socialem suam doctrinam docere, munus suum inter homines expedite exercere necnon iudicium morale ferre, etiam de rebus quae ordinem politicum respiciunt, quando personae iura fundamentalia aut animarum salus id exigant, omnia et sola subsidia adhibendo, quae Evangelio et omnium bono secundum temporum et condicionum diversitatem congruant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-373",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fideliter Evangelio adhaerens et suam missionem in mundo exercens, Ecclesia, cuius est, quidquid verum, bonum et pulchrum in communitate humana invenitur, fovere ac elevare (163), pacem inter homines ad Dei gloriam roborat (164)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-374",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput V"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-375",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE PACE FOVENDA ET DE COMMUNITATE GENTIUM PROMOVENDA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-377",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hisce nostris annis, quibus aerumnae et angustiae ex grassante vel impendente bello profluentes adhuc gravissimae inter homines perdurant, universa familia humana ad horam summi discriminis in suae maturitatis processu pervenit. In unum paulatim congregata atque ubivis suae unitatis melius iam conscia, opus quod ei incumbit, mundum scilicet pro omnibus hominibus ubique terrarum vere humaniorem aedificandi, peragere nequit nisi cuncti ad veritatem pacis renovato animo convertantur. Hinc fit ut evangelicum nuntium, cum altioribus generis humani studiis atque optatis congruens, nostris temporibus nova claritate elucescat dum pacis artifices beatos proclamat, \"quoniam filii Dei vocabuntur\" (Mt 5,9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-378",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ideo Concilium veram et nobilissimam pacis rationem illustrans, belli immanitate damnata, christianos ferventer evocare intendit ut, auxiliante Christo auctore pacis, cum omnibus hominibus ad pacem in iustitia et amore inter eos firmandam et ad instrumenta pacis apparanda cooperentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-78",
              "number": "78",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(De natura pacis). Pax non est mera absentia belli, neque ad solum adversarum virium aequilibrium stabiliendum reducitur neque ex imperioso dominatu oritur, sed recte proprieque dicitur \"opus iustitiae\" (Is 32,17). Fructus exsistit ordinis humanae societati a divino suo Fundatore insiti et ab hominibus perfectiorem semper iustitiam sitientibus in actum deducendi. Cum enim generis humani bonum commune primaria quidem sua ratione lege aeterna regatur, sed, quoad id quod concrete exigit, progrediente tempore incessantibus mutationibus subiciatur, numquam pax pro semper acquisita est, sed perpetuo aedificanda. Cum insuper labilis sit humana voluntas necnon peccato sauciata, procuratio pacis constantem uniuscuiusque exposcit passionum dominationem et legitimae auctoritatis invigilantiam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-380",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoc tamen non sufficit. Pax haec in terris obtineri non potest nisi bonum personarum in tuto collocetur et homines cum fiducia divitias sui animi atque ingenii inter se sponte communicent. Firma voluntas alios homines et populos eorumque dignitatem reverendi studiosumque fraternitatis exercitium ad pacem construendam omnino necessaria sunt. Ita pax fructus etiam amoris exsistit, qui ultra ea progreditur quae iustitia praestare valet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-381",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pax autem terrena, quae ex dilectione proximi oritur, figura et effectus est pacis Christi, a Deo Patre promanantis. Ipse enim Filius incarnatus, princeps pacis, per crucem suam omnes homines Deo reconciliavit ac, restituens omnium unitatem in uno Populo et uno Corpore, in propria sua carne occidit odium (165) et, resurrectione exaltatus, Spiritum caritatis in corda hominum diffudit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-382",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter omnes christiani enixe evocantur ut, \"veritatem facientes in caritate\" (Eph 4,15), cum hominibus vere pacificis sese uniant ad pacem implorandam et instaurandam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-383",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eodem spiritu moti, non possumus non laudare eos, qui in iuribus vindicandis actioni violentae renuntiantes, ad media defensionis recurrunt quae ceteroquin etiam debilioribus praesto sunt, dummodo hoc sine laesione iurium et obligationum aliorum vel communitatis fieri possit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-384",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quatenus homines peccatores sunt, eis imminet periculum belli, et usque ad adventum Christi imminebit; quatenus autem, caritate coniuncti, peccatum superant, superantur et violentiae, donec impleatur verbum: \"Conflabunt gladios suos in vomeres et lanceas suas in falces. Non levabit gens contra gentem gladium, nec exercebuntur ultra ad praelium\" (Is 2,4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-385",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sectio I: De bello vitando"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-79",
              "number": "79",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De bellorum immanitate refrenanda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-387",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quamvis recentia bella nostro mundo gravissima damna tum materialia tum moralia intulerint, adhuc cotidie in aliqua terrarum parte bellum suas vastationes persequitur. Immo, dum arma scientifica cuiuslibet generis in bello adhibentur, saeva eius indoles proeliantes ad barbariem adducere minatur quae illam anteactorum temporum longe superet. Porro condicionis hodiernae complexitas ac relationum inter nationes intricatio permittunt ut novis methodis, iisque insidiosis et subversivis, bella larvata protrahantur. In pluribus adiunctis usus methodorum terrorismi tamquam nova ratio bellandi habetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-388",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deiectum istum humanitatis statum prae oculis habens, Concilium ante omnia in memoriam revocare intendit permanentem vim iuris naturalis gentium eiusque principiorum universalium. Ipsa generis humani conscientia haec principia firmiter magis magisque proclamat. Actiones ergo quae iisdem deliberate adversantur necnon iussa quibus tales actiones praescribuntur scelesta sunt, nec caeca obedientia illos qui iis parent excusare valet. Inter has actiones illae ante omnia recensendae sunt quibus, ratione quadam et methodo, universa gens, natio aut minoritas ethnica exterminantur: quae tamquam crimina horrenda vehementer condemnandae sunt. Maxime vero probandus est animus illorum qui talia praecipientibus aperte resistere non timescunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-389",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exstant de rebus bellicis variae conventiones internationales quibus sat multae nationes subscripserunt, ut minus inhumanae efficiantur actiones militares earumque sequelae: huiusmodi sunt conventiones quae pertinent ad militum vulneratorum aut captivorum sortem, variaeque huius generis stipulationes. Quae pactiones servandae sunt; immo tenentur omnes, praesertim auctoritates publicae et de his rebus periti, quantum possunt conari ut illae perficiantur sicque melius et efficacius ad bellorum immanitatem refrenandam conducant. Insuper aequum videtur ut leges humaniter provideant pro casu illorum qui ex motivo conscientiae arma adhibere recusant, dum tamen aliam formam communitati hominum serviendi acceptant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-390",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Utique bellum non est e rebus humanis eradicatum. Quamdiu autem periculum belli aderit, auctoritasque internationalis competens congruisque viribus munita defuerit, tamdiu, exhaustis quidem omnibus pacificae tractationis subsidiis, ius legitimae defensionis guberniis denegari non poterit. Civitatum rectoribus aliisque qui rei publicae responsabilitatem participant, incumbit igitur officium ut populorum sibi commissorum salutem tueantur, res tam graves graviter gerentes. At aliud est res militares gerere ut populi iuste defendantur, aliud alias nationes subiugare velle. Nec potentia bellica omnem eiusdem militarem vel politicum usum legitimum facit. Nec bello infeliciter iam exorto, eo ipso omnia inter partes adversas licita fiunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-391",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qui vero, patriae servitio addicti, in exercitu versantur, et ipsi tamquam securitatis libertatisque populorum ministros sese habeant, et, dum hoc munere recte funguntur, vere ad pacem stabiliendam conferunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-80",
              "number": "80",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De bello totali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-393",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Horror pravitasque belli scientificorum armorum incremento in immensum augentur. Bellicae enim actiones, his armis adhibitis, ingentes indiscriminatasque inferre possunt destructiones quae proinde limites legitimae defensionis longe excedunt. Immo, si haec media, qualia iam in magnarum nationum armamentariis inveniuntur, penitus adhiberentur, ex eo internecio fere plena et omnino reciproca uniuscuiusque partis a parte adversa haberetur praetermissis multis vastationibus in mundo oboriundis et exitialibus effectibus ex usu huiusmodi armorum consequentibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-394",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae omnia nos cogunt ut de bello examen mente omnino nova instituamus (166). Sciant huius aetatis homines se de suis bellicis actionibus gravem rationem esse reddituros. Ab eorum enim hodiernis consiliis temporum futurorum decursus multum pendebit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-395",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "His attentis, haec Sacrosancta Synodus, suas faciens condemnationes belli totalis iam a recentibus Summis Pontificibus enuntiatas (167), declarat:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-396",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnis actio bellica quae in urbium integrarum vel amplarum regionum cum earum incolis destructionem indiscriminatim tendit, est crimen contra Deum et ipsum hominem, quod firmiter et incunctanter damnandum est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-397",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Singulare belli hodierni periculum in hoc consistit quod illis qui recentiora arma scientifica possident quasi occasionem praebet talia scelera perpetrandi et, connexione quadam inexorabili, hominum voluntates ad atrocissima consilia impellere potest. Ne vero hoc in futurum unquam eveniat, Episcopi totius orbis terrarum in unum congregati, omnes, nationum moderatores praesertim, necnon eos qui rei militari praesunt, obsecrant, ut tantam responsabilitatem coram Deo et coram universa humanitate incessanter perpendant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-81",
              "number": "81",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De cursu ad arma apparanda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-399",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Arma quidem scientifica non ad hoc unice accumulantur ut tempore belli adhibeantur. Cum enim firmitas uniuscuiusque partis defensionis a capacitate fulminea adversarium repercutiendi dependere aestimetur, haec armorum accumulatio, quae quotannis ingravescit, inconsueto quidem modo ad deterrendos adversarios forte insurgentes inservit. Quod a multis habetur tamquam omnium mediorum efficacissimum quibus nunc pax quaedam inter nationes in tuto poni possit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-400",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quidquid sit de illo dissuasionis modo, persuasum habeant homines cursum ad arma apparanda, ad quem sat multae nationes confugiunt, non securam esse viam ad pacem firmiter servandam, neque sic dictum aequilibrium ex illo manans certam ac veram esse pacem. Belli exinde causae quin eliminentur, potius paulatim aggravari minantur. Dum in arma semper nova apparanda perabundantes divitiae erogantur, tot miseriis hodiernis mundi universi remedium sufficiens praeberi non potest. Potius quam dissensiones inter nationes vere ac funditus sanentur, iisdem aliae mundi partes inficiuntur. Novae viae, ex reformato animo initium sumentes, eligendae erunt ut hoc scandalum removeatur et, mundo ab anxietate qua opprimitur liberato, vera pax restitui possit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-401",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter denuo declarandum est: cursum ad arma apparanda gravissimam plagam humanitatis esse, ac pauperes intolerabiliter laedere. Valde autem timendum est ne, si perduret, aliquando omnes exitiales clades pariat, quarum media iam praeparat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-402",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Calamitatibus commonefacti quas humanum genus possibiles effecit, moram, nobis desuper concessam, qua gaudemus, adhibeamus ut propriae responsabilitatis magis conscii, vias inveniamus quibus controversias nostras modo homine digniore componere possimus. Providentia divina a nobis instanter requirit ut nosmetipsos ab antiqua belli servitute liberemus. Quod si huiusmodi conamen facere renuerimus, quo ducamur in hac via mala quam ingressi sumus, nescimus."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-82",
              "number": "82",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De bello omnino interdicendo et actione internationali ad bellum vitandum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-404",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Patet ergo nobis enitendum esse ut viribus omnibus tempora praeparemus quibus, consentientibus nationibus, bellum quodlibet omnino interdici possit. Quod sane requirit ut quaedam publica auctoritas universalis, ab omnibus agnita, instituatur, quae efficaci potestate polleat ut pro omnibus tum securitas, tum iustitiae observantia, tum iurium reverentia in tuto ponantur. Antequam vero haec optanda auctoritas institui possit, opus est ut hodierna suprema gremia internationalia studiis mediorum ad securitatem communem procurandam aptiorum acriter se dedicent. Cum pax e mutua gentium fiducia nasci oporteat potius quam armorum terrore nationibus imponi, omnibus adlaborandum est ut cursus ad arma apparanda finem tandem habeat; ut diminutio armorum re incipiat, non unilateraliter quidem sed pari passu ex condicto progrediatur, veris efficacibusque cautionibus munita (168)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-405",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Interea non parvipendenda sunt conamina quae iam facta sunt et adhuc fiunt ut periculum belli amoveatur. Potius adiuvanda est bona voluntas permultorum qui, ingentibus suorum supremorum munerum curis onerati, gravissimo autem quo obstringuntur officio moti, bellum quod abhorrent eliminare satagunt, etiamsi a complexitate rerum quales sunt, praescindere non possunt. Deum autem enixe rogare oportet ut illis vim det perseveranter aggrediendi ac fortiter perficiendi hoc summi amoris hominum opus quo pax viriliter aedificatur. Quod hodie certissime ab eis exigit ut mentem et spiritum ultra fines propriae nationis extendant, egoismum nationalem atque ambitionem aliis nationibus dominandi deponant, profundamque reverentiam erga totam humanitatem nutriant, quae iam ad maiorem sui unitatem tam laboriose properat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-406",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Circa pacis et armorum depositionis problemata perscrutationes iam strenue et indesinenter protractae, internationalesque congressus, qui hac de re egerunt, tamquam primi passus ad solvendas tantopere graves quaestiones consideranda sunt atque urgentiori modo ad obtinendos effectus practicos in futurum promovenda. Nihilominus caveant homines ne solummodo conatibus quorumdam se committant quin de propriis mentibus curent. Nam populorum moderatores, qui boni communis propriae gentis sponsores sunt et simul boni universi orbis promotores, ex multitudinum opinionibus et animi sensibus quam maxime pendent. Nihil eis prodest ut paci aedificandae instent, quamdiu hostilitatis, contemptus et diffidentiae sensus, racialia odia necnon obstinatae ideologiae, homines dividunt atque inter se opponunt. Hinc maxima necessitas urget renovatae mentium educationis novaeque in publica opinione inspirationis. Qui operi educationis se devovent, praesertim iuvenum, aut opinionem publicam efformant, tamquam gravissimum officium reputent curam mentes omnium ad novos pacificos sensus instituendi. Nos omnes quidem commutare corda nostra oportet, universum orbem et illa munera prospicientes quae nos, una simul, agere possumus ut genus nostrum ad meliora proficiat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-407",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nec falsa spes nos decipiat. Nisi enim, dimissis inimicitiis et odiis, firma honestaque pacta de pace universali in futuro concludantur, humanitas quae iam in gravi discrimine versatur, quamvis scientia mirabili praedita, forsan funeste ad illam horam adducetur in qua non aliam pacem quam horrendam mortis pacem experiatur. Attamen, dum haec profert, Ecclesia Christi, in media anxietate huius temporis constituta, firmissime sperare non cessat. Aetati nostrae iterum iterumque, opportune importune, nuntium apostolicum proponere intendit: \"ecce nunc tempus acceptabile\" ut mutentur corda, \"ecce nunc dies salutis\" (169)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-408",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sectio II: De communitate internationali aedificanda"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-83",
              "number": "83",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De causis discordiarum earumque remediis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-410",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad pacem aedificandam ante omnia requiritur ut eradicentur causae discordiarum inter homines, quibus bella aluntur, praesertim iniustitiae. Non paucae earum ex nimiis inaequalitatibus oeconomicis proveniunt, necnon ex necessariis remediis retardatis. Aliae vero ex spiritu dominationis et personarum contemptu oriuntur et, si in causas profundiores inquirimus, ex humana invidia, diffidentia, superbia aliisque egoisticis passionibus. Cum tot ordinis defectus homo ferre non possit, ex iis consequitur ut, etiam bello non saeviente, mundus indesinenter contentionibus inter homines et violentiis inficiatur. Cum insuper eadem mala in relationibus inter ipsas nationes inveniantur, necessarium omnino est ut, ad illa vincenda vel praevenienda, et ad effrenatas violentias coercendas, melius et firmius cooperentur et coordinentur institutiones internationales necnon indefesse stimuletur creatio organismorum qui pacem promoveant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-84",
              "number": "84",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De communitate gentium et de institutionibus internationalibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-412",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut, crescentibus hoc tempore arctis mutuae necessitudinis nexibus inter omnes cives et omnes populos orbis terrarum, bonum commune universale apte quaeratur et efficacius obtineatur, iam necesse est communitatem gentium sibi constituere ordinem qui cum hodiernis muneribus congruat, praesertim relate ad illas numerosas regiones quae intolerabilem egestatem adhuc patiuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-413",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad hos fines assequendos, institutiones communitatis internationalis variis hominum necessitatibus pro sua parte providere debent, tam in vitae socialis campis ad quos pertinent victus, sanitas, educatio, labor, quam in nonnullis condicionibus particularibus quae alicubi oriri possunt, ut sunt necessitas generali nationum progredientium incremento fovendi, aerumnis profugorum per universum mundum dispersorum occurrendi, vel etiam migrantes eorumque familias adiuvandi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-414",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Institutiones internationales, universales vel regionales, quae iam exsistunt certe de genere humano bene merentur. Eaedem tamquam primi conatus apparent fundamenta internationalia totius communitatis humanae ponendi ut gravissimae nostrorum temporum quaestiones solvantur, et quidem ad progressum ubique terrarum promovendum et ad bella in quacumque forma praecavenda. In omnibus istis campis gaudet Ecclesia de spiritu verae fraternitatis inter christianos et non christianos florentis qui enititur ut conamina semper intensiora fiant ad ingentem miseriam sublevandam."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-85",
              "number": "85",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De cooperatione internationali in campo oeconomico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-416",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hodierna generis humani coniunctio etiam instaurationem maioris cooperationis internationalis in campo oeconomico expostulat. Etenim, etsi omnes fere populi sui iuris facti sunt, longe tamen abest ut a nimiis inaequalitatibus et ab omni indebitae dependentiae forma iam liberi sint omneque gravium difficultatum internarum periculum effugiant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-417",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Incrementum alicuius nationis ex adiumentis humanis et pecuniariis pendet. Cives uniuscuiusque nationis per educationem et formationem professionalem ad varia munera vitae oeconomicae et socialis obeunda praeparandi sunt. Ad hoc autem requiritur auxilium peritorum alienigenarum qui, dum opem ferunt, non ut dominatores se gerant sed ut adiutores et cooperatores. Auxilium materiale nationibus progredientibus non procurabitur, nisi consuetudines hodierni commercii in mundo profunde mutentur. Alia insuper auxilia a nationibus progressis praestanda sunt sub forma sive donorum sive mutuorum sive pecuniarum collocationum; quae praestentur cum generositate et sine cupiditate ex una parte, accipiantur cum omni honestate ex altera."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-418",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad verum ordinem oeconomicum universalem instaurandum abolenda sunt nimia lucrorum studia, ambitiones nationales, appetitus dominationis politicae, calculi ordinis militaristici necnon machinationes ad ideologias propagandas et imponendas. Plura oeconomica et socialia systemata proponuntur; optandum est ut in his periti communia fundamenta sani commercii mundialis inveniant; quod facilius continget si singuli propria praeiudicia abnuant et ad dialogum sincere gerendum promptos se praebeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-86",
              "number": "86",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De quibusdam opportunis normis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-420",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pro hac cooperatione sequentes normae opportunae videntur:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-421",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Gentes progredientes valde cordi habeant ut tamquam finem progressus expresse et firmiter plenam perfectionem humanam suorum civium appetant. Meminerint ex labore ante omnia et ingenio ipsarum gentium oriri et crescere progressum quippe qui non solis opibus alienis, sed propriis plene explicandis necnon ingenio et traditione propria colendis imprimis inniti debeat. Qua in re illi excellant oportet, qui maiorem influxum in alios exercent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-422",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Gentium autem progressarum officium gravissimum est progredientes populos ad supradicta munera implenda adiuvandi. Quapropter mentales et materiales accommodationes, quae ad hanc universalem cooperationem stabiliendam requiruntur, apud seipsas perficiant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-423",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita in negotiatione cum debilioribus et pauperioribus nationibus bonum illarum sedulo respiciant; nam hae proventibus quos ex venditione rerum a se productarum accipiunt, ad propriam suam sustentationem indigent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-424",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Communitatis vero internationalis est incrementum componere et stimulare, ita tamen ut de opibus ad hoc ordinatis quam efficacissime et plena cum aequitate disponatur. Ad hanc quoque communitatem pertinet, principio subsidiarietatis utique servato, rationes oeconomicas in toto mundo ordinare ut ad normam iustitiae explicentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-425",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Condantur instituta apta ad promovenda et ordinanda negotia internationalia, praesertim cum nationibus minus progressis et ad compensandos defectus qui ex nimia inaequalitate potentiae inter nationes manant. Huiusmodi ordinatio, cum adiumentis technicis, culturalibus et nummariis coniuncta, nationibus ad progressum intendentibus subsidia necessaria praestare debet ut incrementa oeconomiae suae convenienter consequi valeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-426",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) In multis casibus urget necessitas recognoscendi oeconomicas socialesque structuras; sed cavendum est a solutionibus technicis immature propositis, imprimis ab illis quae, dum homini commoda materialia praebent, eius spirituali indoli ac profectui adversantur. Nam \"non in solo pane vivit homo, sed in omni verbo quod procedit de ore Dei\" (Mt 4,4). Quaelibet autem humanae familiae pars in seipsa et in suis melioribus traditionibus aliquam partem thesauri spiritualis a Deo humanitati concrediti secumfert, etsi multi nesciunt ex qua origine procedat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-87",
              "number": "87",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De cooperatione internationali quoad incrementum incolarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-428",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maxime necessaria evadit cooperatio internationalis relate ad illos populos qui hodie sat frequenter, praeter tot alias difficultates, ea peculiariter premuntur quae ex rapido incremento populationis oritur. Urget necessitas ut per plenam et impensam cooperationem omnium, praesertim ditiorum nationum, exploretur quomodo ea quae ad victum et ad congruam instructionem hominum necessaria sunt, parari et cum tota communitate humana communicari possint. Nonnulli vero populi suae vitae condiciones multo meliores reddere possent si, debita instructione exculti, a methodis antiquis pro bonis agrariis gignendis ad novas artes technicas transirent, eas cum necessaria prudentia suis condicionibus applicantes, ordine sociali meliori insuper instaurato et terrarum possessionis distributione aequius ordinata."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-429",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gubernii quidem sunt iura et officia, problema populationis in sua natione quod attinet, intra propriae competentiae limites; ut puta in ordine ad legislationem socialem et ad familias respicientem, ad transitum ruricolarum ad urbes, ad informationes circa statum et necessitates nationis. Cum hodie mentes hominum de hoc problemate tam vehementer agitentur, optandum quoque est ut de his omnibus periti catholici, praesertim in Universitatibus, studia et incepta sollerter prosequantur et latius evolvant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-430",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum autem a multis affirmetur incolarum orbis incrementum, vel saltem quarumdam nationum, omnibus mediis et cuiusvis generis interventu auctoritatis publicae funditus omnino minuendum esse, Concilium omnes hortatur ut caveant a solutionibus publice vel privatim promotis et quandoque impositis, quae legi morali contradicunt. Nam iuxta inalienabile hominis ius ad matrimonium et generationem prolis, deliberatio circa numerum prolis gignendae a recto iudicio parentum pendet ac nullo modo auctoritatis publicae iudicio committi potest. Cum autem parentum iudicium conscientiam recte formatam supponat, magni momenti est ut omnibus aditus praebeatur ad colendam rectam et vere humanam responsabilitatem quae legem divinam, attentis adiunctis rerum et temporum, respiciat; hoc vero exigit ut passim condiciones paedagogicae et sociales in melius mutentur et imprimis ut formatio religiosa vel saltem integra moralis institutio praebeatur. De progressibus porro scientificis in explorandis methodis quibus coniuges iuvari possint in ordinando numero prolis, quarum firmitas bene probata est et congruentia cum ordine morali comperta habetur, homines sapienter certiores fiant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-88",
              "number": "88",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De munere christianorum in subsidiis praestandis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-432",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad ordinem internationalem cum vera observantia legitimarum libertatum et amica fraternitate omnium aedificandum, christiani libenter et toto corde cooperentur, idque eo magis quod maior pars mundi tanta adhuc egestate laborat ut in pauperibus Christus Ipse quasi alta voce caritatem suorum discipulorum evocet. Ne igitur scandalo sit hominibus aliquas nationes, quarum saepius maior numerus civium christiano nomine ornatur, bonorum copia abundare, dum aliae rebus ad vitam necessariis priventur ac fame, morbis omnimodaque miseria cruciantur. Sunt enim spiritus paupertatis et caritatis gloria et testimonium Ecclesiae Christi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-433",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laudandi igitur et adiuvandi sunt illi christiani, iuvenes praesertim, qui sponte seipsos ad aliis hominibus et populis auxilia praestanda offerunt. Immo totius Populi Dei est, Episcopis verbo et exemplo praeeuntibus, miserias huius temporis pro viribus sublevare, idque, ut antiquus mos ferebat Ecclesiae, non ex superfluis tantum, sed etiam ex substantia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-434",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Modus subsidia colligendi et distribuendi, quin sit rigide et uniformiter ordinatus, recto tamen ordine disponatur in dioecesibus, nationibus et in universo mundo, coniuncta, ubicumque opportunum videtur, actione catholicorum cum ceteris fratribus christianis. Spiritus enim caritatis providum ordinatumque actionis socialis et caritativae exercitium nedum prohibeat, potius id imponit. Quare necesse est eos qui se ad nationibus progredientibus inserviendum devovere intendunt, idoneis etiam institutis apte efformari."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-89",
              "number": "89",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De praesentia efficaci Ecclesiae in communitate internationali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-436",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia, cum, divina sua missione innixa, omnibus hominibus Evangelium praedicat et thesauros gratiae elargitur, ubique terrarum ad pacem firmandam et solidum fundamentum ponendum consortionis fraternae hominum et populorum confert: cognitionem scilicet legis divinae et naturalis. Quapropter Ecclesia in ipsa communitate gentium omnino praesens esse debet ad cooperationem inter homines fovendam et excitandam; et quidem tam per suas institutiones publicas quam per plenam ac sinceram collaborationem omnium christianorum, solo desiderio omnibus inserviendi inspiratam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-437",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quod efficacius attingetur si ipsi fideles, suae responsabilitatis humanae et christianae conscii, iam in proprio ambitu vitae voluntatem prompte cooperandi cum communitate internationali excitare satagunt. Cura peculiaris hac in re iuvenibus formandis impendatur, tam in educatione religiosa quam civili."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-90",
              "number": "90",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De partibus christianorum in institutionibus internationalibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-439",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praecellens quaedam forma navitatis internationalis christianorum absque dubio socia opera est quam, sive singuli sive consociati, in ipsis Institutis ad cooperationem inter nationes provehendam conditis vel condendis praestant. Communitati gentium in pace et fraternitate aedificandae insuper multipliciter inservire possunt variae consociationes catholicae internationales, quae roborandae sunt, auctis numero cooperatorum bene formatorum, subsidiis quibus indigent et apta virium coordinatione. Nostris enim temporibus et actionum efficacitas et colloquii necessitas consociata incepta postulant. Tales consociationes insuper haud parum conferunt ad universalem sensum excolendum, catholicis certe congruum, et ad formandam conscientiam vere universalis solidarietatis et responsabilitatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-440",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Optandum denique est ut catholici, ad munus suum in communitate internationali rite implendum, actuose et positive cooperare studeant sive cum fratribus seiunctis qui una cum eis evangelicam caritatem profitentur, sive cum omnibus hominibus veram pacem sitientibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-441",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concilium vero, ratione habita immensitatis aerumnarum quibus maior pars generis humani etiam nunc vexatur, et ad iustitiam simul ac amorem Christi erga pauperes ubique fovendum, valde opportunum aestimat creationem alicuius Ecclesiae universalis organismi, cuius sit catholicorum communitatem excitare ut progressus indigentium regionum necnon iustitia socialis inter nationes promoveantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-442",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-91",
              "number": "91",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De munere singulorum fidelium et Ecclesiarum particularium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-444",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ea quae ab hac Sacra Synodo ex thesauris doctrinae Ecclesiae proponuntur, omnes homines nostrorum temporum, sive in Deum credant sive Eum non explicite agnoscant, adiuvare intendunt ut, suam integram vocationem clarius percipientes, mundum praecellenti dignitati hominis magis conforment, universalem altiusque fundatam fraternitatem appetant atque, sub impulsu amoris, generoso atque consociato conamine, urgentibus nostrae aetatis postulationibus respondeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-445",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sane coram immensa diversitate tum rerum status tum culturae humanae formarum in mundo, propositio haec in compluribus suis partibus consulto nonnisi indolem generalem prae se fert: immo, licet doctrinam iam in Ecclesia receptam proferat, cum non raro de rebus incessanti evolutioni subiectis agatur, adhuc prosequenda et amplianda erit. Confidimus vero multa quae verbo Dei et spiritu Evangelii innixi protulimus, omnibus validum adiutorium conferre posse, praesertim postquam adaptatio ad singulas gentes et mentalitates a christifidelibus sub Pastorum moderamine ad actum deducta fuerit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-92",
              "number": "92",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De dialogo inter omnes homines."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-447",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia, vi suae missionis universum orbem nuntio evangelico illuminandi et omnes homines cuiusvis nationis, stirpis vel culturae in unum Spiritum coadunandi, signum evadit illius fraternitatis quae sincerum dialogum permittit atque roborat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-448",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quod autem requirit ut imprimis in ipsa Ecclesia mutuam aestimationem, reverentiam et concordiam promoveamus, omni legitima diversitate agnita, ad fructuosius semper colloquium inter omnes instituendum qui unum Populum Dei constituunt, sive pastores sive ceteri christifideles sint. Fortiora enim sunt ea quibus uniuntur fideles quam ea quibus dividuntur: sit in necessariis unitas, in dubiis libertas, in omnibus caritas (170)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-449",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Animus autem noster simul complectitur fratres nondum nobiscum in plena communione viventes eorumque communitates, quibus tamen coniungimur confessione Patris et Filii et Spiritus Sancti ac vinculo caritatis, memores scilicet christianorum unitatem hodie etiam a multis in Christum non credentibus exspectari et desiderari. Quo magis enim haec unitas, sub potenti virtute Spiritus Sancti, in veritate et caritate proficiet, eo magis universo mundo erit praesagium unitatis et pacis. Quare, unitis viribus et in formis huic praeclaro fini hodie efficaciter assequendo magis magisque aptatis, studeamus ut, Evangelio in dies melius conformati, fraterne cooperemur ad servitium familiae humanae praestandum quae, in Christo Iesu, in familiam filiorum Dei vocatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-450",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Animum nostrum proin etiam ad omnes convertimus qui Deum agnoscunt et in traditionibus suis pretiosa elementa religiosa et humana conservant, optantes ut apertum colloquium omnes nos adigat ad impulsiones Spiritus fideliter accipiendas et alacriter implendas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-451",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Desiderium talis colloquii, quod sola caritate erga veritatem ducatur, servata utique congrua prudentia, ex nostra parte neminem excludit, neque illos qui praeclara animi humani bona colunt, eorum vero Auctorem nondum agnoscunt, neque illos qui Ecclesiae opponuntur eamque variis modis persequuntur. Cum Deus Pater principium omnium exsistat et finis, omnes, ut fratres simus, vocamur. Et ideo, hac eadem humana et divina vocatione vocati, sine violentia, sine dolo ad aedificandum mundum in vera pace cooperari possumus et debemus."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-93",
              "number": "93",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De mundo aedificando et ad finem perducendo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-453",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christiani, memores verbi Domini \"in hoc cognoscent omnes quia discipuli mei estis, si dilectionem habueritis ad invicem\" (Io 13,35), nihil ardentius optare possunt quam ut hominibus mundi huius temporis semper generosius et efficacius inserviant. Itaque, Evangelio fideliter adhaerentes eiusque viribus fruentes, cum omnibus qui iustitiam diligunt et colunt coniuncti, ingens opus in his terris adimplendum susceperunt, de quo Ei, qui omnes iudicabit ultimo die, rationem reddere debent. Non omnes qui dicunt: \"Domine, Domine\", intrabunt in regnum caelorum, sed ii qui faciunt voluntatem Patris (171) validamque manum operi apponunt. Vult autem Pater ut in omnibus hominibus Christum fratrem agnoscamus et efficaciter diligamus, tam verbo quam opere, ita testimonium perhibentes Veritati, et cum aliis mysterium amoris Patris caelestis communicemus. Hac via in toto orbe terrarum homines ad vivam spem excitabuntur, quae Spiritus Sancti donum est, ut tandem aliquando in pace ac beatitudine summa suscipiantur, in patria quae gloria Domini effulget."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-454",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Ei autem qui potens est omnia facere superabundanter quam petimus aut intelligimus, secundum virtutem quae operatur in nobis, Ipsi gloria in Ecclesia et in Christo Iesu, in omnes generationes saeculorum. Amen\" (Eph 3, 20-21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-455",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec omnia et singula quae in hac Constitutione pastorali edicta sunt, placuerunt Sacrosancti Concilii Patribus. Et Nos, Apostolica a Christo Nobis tradita potestate, illa, una cum Venerabilibus Patribus, in Spiritu Sancto approbamus, decernimus ac statuimus et quae ita synodaliter statuta sunt ad Dei gloriam promulgari iubemus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-456",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Romae, apud S. Petrum"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-457",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "die VII mensis decembris anno MCMLXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-458",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS Catholicae Ecclesiae Episcopus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-459",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur Patrum subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-460",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VACATIO LEGIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-461",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRO DECRETIS PROMULGATIS IN SESSIONE IX"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-462",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Beatissimus Pater pro novis legibus, quae in modo promulgatis decretis continentur, statuit vacationem usque ad diem vigesimam nonam mensis iunii anni MCMLXVI, nempe usque ad festum Ss. Apostolorum Petri et Pauli proximi anni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-463",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Interea Summus Pontifex normas edet ad praedictas leges exsequendas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-464",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† PERICLES FELICI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-465",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-466",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-467",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Patrum subsignationes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-469",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EUGENIUS Episcopus Ostiensis ac Portuensis et S. Rufinae Cardinalis TISSERANT, Sacri Collegii Decanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-470",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus Albanensis Cardinalis PIZZARDO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-471",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENEDICTUS Episcopus Praenestinus Cardinalis ALOISI MASELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-472",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS Episcopus tit. Veliternus Cardinalis CENTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-473",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HAMLETUS IOANNES Episcopus tit. Tusculanus Cardinalis CICOGNANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-474",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus tit. Sabinensis et Mandelensis Cardinalis FERRETTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-475",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS GABRIEL Cardinalis TAPPOUNI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Syrorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-476",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAXIMUS IV Cardinalis SAIGH, Patriarcha Antiochenus Melkitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-477",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS PETRUS Cardinalis MEOUCHI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Maronitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-478",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS I Cardinalis SIDAROUSS, Patriarcha Alexandrinus Coptorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-479",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EMMANUEL TIT. Ss. Marcellini et Petri Presbyter Cardinalis GONÇALVES CEREJEIRA, Patriarcha Lisbonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-480",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ACHILLES titulo S. Sixti Presbyter Cardinalis LIÉNART, Episcopus Insulensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-481",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IACOBUS ALOISIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Damaso Presbyter Cardinalis COPELLO, S. R. E. Cancellarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-482",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GREGORIUS PETRUS titulo S. Bartholomaei in Insula Presbyter Cardinalis AGAGIANIAN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-483",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego VALERIANUS titulo S. Mariae in Via Lata Presbyter Cardinalis GRACIAS, Archiepiscopus Bombayensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-484",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-485",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-486",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Honuphrii in Ianiculo Presbyter Cardinalis GARIBI Y RIVERA, Archiepiscopus Guadalajarensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-487",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS titulo S. Agnetis extra moenia Presbyter Cardinalis CONFALONIERI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-488",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo Ss. Quirici et Iulittae Presbyter Cardinalis RICHAUD, Archiepiscopus Burdigalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-489",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS M. titulo Ss. Viti, Modesti et Crescentiae Presbyter Cardinalis BUENO Y MONREAL, Archiepiscopus Hispalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-490",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo S. Eusebii Presbyter Cardinalis KÖNIG, Archiepiscopus Vindobonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-491",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IULIUS titulo S. Mariae Scalaris Presbyter Cardinalis DÖPFNER, Archiepiscopus Monacensis et Frisingensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-492",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Andreae Apostoli de Hortis Presbyter Cardinalis MARELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-493",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUSTAVUS titulo S. Hieronymi Illyricorum Presbyter Cardinalis TESTA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-494",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Andreae de Valle Presbyter Cardinalis TRAGLIA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-495",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PETRUS TATSUO titulo S. Antonii Patavini de Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DOI, Archiepiscopus Tokiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-496",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis Baptistae Florentinorum Presbyter Cardinalis LEFEBVRE, Archiepiscopus Bituricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-497",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BERNARDUS titulo S. Ioachimi Presbyter Cardinalis ALFRINK, Archiepiscopus Ultraiectensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-498",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RUFINUS I. titulo S. Mariae ad Montes Presbyter Cardinalis SANTOS, Archiepiscopus Manilensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-499",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAUREANUS titulo S. Francisci Assisiensis ad Ripam Maiorem Presbyter Cardinalis RUGAMBWA, Episcopus Bukobaënsis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-500",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo Ssmi Redemptoris et S. Alfonsi in Exquiliis Presbyter Cardinalis RITTER, Archiepiscopus S. Ludovici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-501",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Silvestri in Capite Presbyter Cardinalis HEENAN, Archiepiscopus Vestmonasteriensis, Primas Angliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-502",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo Ssmae Trinitatis in Monte Pincio Presbyter Cardinalis VILLOT, Archiepiscopus Lugdunensis et Viennensis, Primas Galliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-503",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo S. Camilli de Lellis ad Hortos Sallustianos Presbyter Cardinalis ZOUNGRANA, Archiepiscopus Uagaduguensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-504",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HENRICUS titulo S. Agathae in Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DANTE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-505",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAESAR titulo D.nae N.ae a Sacro Corde in Circo Agonali Presbyter Cardinalis ZERBA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-506",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AGNELLUS titulo Praecelsae Dei Matris Presbyter Cardinalis ROSSI, Archiepiscopus S. Pauli in Brasilia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-507",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Martini in Montibus Presbyter Cardinalis COLOMBO, Archiepiscopus Mediolanensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-508",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS titulo S. Patricii ad Villam Ludovisi Presbyter Cardinalis CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, totius Hiberniae Primas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-509",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANGELUS titulo Sacri Cordis Beatae Mariae Virginis ad forum Euclidis Presbyter Cardinalis HERRERA, Episcopus Malacitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-510",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALAPHRIDUS S. Mariae in Domnica Protodiaconus Cardinalis OTTAVIANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-511",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALBERTUS S. Pudentianae Diaconus Cardinalis DI JORIO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-512",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS S. Mariae in Cosmedin Diaconus Cardinalis ROBERTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-513",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ARCADIUS SS. Blasii et Caroli ad Catinarios Diaconus Cardinalis LARRAONA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-514",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS SS. Cosmae et Damiani Diaconus Cardinalis MORANO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-515",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUILLELMUS THEODORUS S. Theodori in Palatio Cardinalis HEARD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-516",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego AUGUSTINUS S. Sabae Diaconus Cardinalis BEA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-517",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ANTONIUS S. Eugenii Diaconus Cardinalis BACCI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-518",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRATER MICHAEL S. Pauli in Arenula Diaconus Cardinalis BROWNE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-519",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRIDERICUS S. Ioannis Bosco in via Tusculana Diaconus Cardinalis Callori DI VIGNALE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-520",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Constitutio Pastoralis «De Ecclesia in mundo huius temporis» duabus partibus constans, unum quid tamen efficit. «Pastoralis» autem dicitur Constitutio ex eo quod, principiis doctrinalibus innixa, habitudinem Ecclesiae ad mundum et ad homines hodiernos exprimere intendit. Ideo nec in priori parte pastoralis deest intentio, nec vero in secunda intentio doctrinalis. In parte quidem priori, Ecclesia doctrinam suam evolvit de homine, de mundo in quem homo inseritur, et de habitudine sua ad ipsos. In secunda autem diversos aspectus hodiernae vitae et societatis humanae pressius considerat, et quidem speciatim quaestiones et problemata quae nostris temporibus hac in re urgentiora videntur. Unde fit ut, in hac posteriori parte, materia, principiis doctrinalibus subiecta, non tantum elementis permanentibus, sed etiam contingentibus constet. Interpretanda est igitur Constitutio iuxta normas generales theologicae interpretationis, et quidem ratione habita, praesertim in secunda eius parte, adiunctorum mutabilium cum quibus res de quibus agitur natura sua connectuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-521",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cf. Io. 18, 37."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-522",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Cf. Io. 3, 17; Mt. 20, 28; Mc. 10, 45."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-523",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Cf. Rom. 7, 14 ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-524",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cf. 2 Cor. 5, 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-525",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cf. Act. 4, 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-526",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cf. Hebr. 13, 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-527",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cf. Col. 1, 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-528",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Cf. Gen. 1, 26; Sap. 2, 23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-529",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cf. Eccli. 17, 3-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-530",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Cf. Rom. 1, 21-25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-531",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cf. Io. 8, 34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-532",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Cf. Dan. 3, 57-90."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-533",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Cf. I Cor. 6, 13-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-534",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Cf. I Reg. 16, 7; Ier. 17, 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-535",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Cf. Eccli. 17, 7-8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-536",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Cf. Rom. 2, 14-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-537",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Cf. PIUS XII, Nuntius radiophonicus de conscientia christiana in iuvenibus recte efformanda, 23 martii 1952: AAS 44 (1952), p. 271."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-538",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Cf Mt. 22, 37-40; Gal. 5, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-539",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Cf. Eccli. 15, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-540",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Cf. 2 Cor. 5, 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-541",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Cf. Sap. 1, 13; 2, 23-24; Rom. 5, 21; 6, 23; Iac. 1, 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-542",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Cf. I Cor. 15, 56-57."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-543",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Divini Redemptoris, 19 martii 1937: AAS 29 (1937), pp. 65-106; PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Ad Apostolorum Principis, 29 iunii 1958: AAS 50 (1958), pp. 601-614; IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Mater et Magistra, 15 maii 1961: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 451-453; PAULUS VI, Litt. Encycl. Ecclesiam Suam, 6 augusti 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 651-653."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-544",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. I, n. 8: AAS 57 (1965), p. 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-545",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Cf. Phil. 1, 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-546",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) S. AUGUSTINUS, Confess. I, 1: PL 32, 661."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-547",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Cf. Rom. 5, 14. Cf. TERTULLIANUS, De carnis resurr. 6: «Quodcumque enim limus exprimebatur, Christus cogitabatur homo futurus»: PL 2, 802 (848); CSEL, 47, p. 33, 1. 12-13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-548",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Cf. 2 Cor 4, 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-549",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Cf. CONC. CONSTANTINOP. II, can. 7: «Neque Deo Verbo in carnis naturam transmutato, neque Carne in Verbi naturam transducta»: DENZ. 219 (428). - Cf. etiam CONC. CONSTANTINOP. III: «Quemadmodum enim sanctissima atque immaculata animata eius caro deificata non est perempta ( theótheisa ouk anèrethè), sed in proprio sui statu et ratione permansit»: DENZ. 291 (556). - Cf. CONC. CHALCED.: «in duabus naturis inconfuse, immutabiliter, indivise, inseparabiliter agnoscendum»: DENZ. 148 (302)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-550",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Cf. CONC. CONSTANTINOP. III: «ita et humana eius voluntas deificata non est perempta»: DENZ. 291 (556)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-551",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) Cf. Heb. 4, 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-552",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) Cf. 2 Cor. 5, 18-19; Col. 1, 20-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-553",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Cf. I Pt. 2, 21; Mt. 16, 24; Lc. 14, 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-554",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(35) Cf. Rom. 8, 29; Col. 1, 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-555",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(36) Cf. Rom. 8, 1-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-556",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(37) Cf. 2 Cor. 4, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-557",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(38) Cf. Phil. 3, 10; Rom. 8, 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-558",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(39) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. II, n. 16: AAS 57 (1965), p. 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-559",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(40) Cf. Rom. 8, 32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-560",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(41) Cf. Liturgia Paschalis Byzantina."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-561",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(42) Cf. Rom. 8, 15; Gal. 4, 6; Io. 1, 12 et I Io. 3, 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-562",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(43) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Mater et Magistra, 15 maii 1961: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 401-464, et Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 aprilis 1963: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 257-304; PAULUS VI, Litt. Encycl. Ecclesiam Suam, 6 augusti 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 609-659."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-563",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(44) Cf. Lc. 17, 33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-564",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(45) Cf. S. THOMAS, I Ethic. Lect. I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-565",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(46) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 418; PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Quadragesimo anno, 15 maii 1931: AAS 23 (1931), p. 222 ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-566",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(47) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 417."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-567",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(48) Cf. Mc. 2, 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-568",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(49) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 266."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-569",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(50) Cf. Iac. 2, 15-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-570",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(51) Cf. Lc. 16, 19-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-571",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(52) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 299-300."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-572",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(53) Cf. Lc. 6, 37-38; Mt. 7, 1-2; Rom. 2, 1-11; 14, 10-12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-573",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(54) Cf. Mt. 5, 45-47."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-574",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(55) CONC. VAT. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. II, n. 9: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 12-13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-575",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(56) Cf. Ex. 24, 1-8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-576",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(57) Cf. Gen. 1, 26-27; 9, 2-3; Sap. 9, 2-3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-577",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(58) Cf. Ps. 8, 7 et 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-578",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(59) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 297."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-579",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(60) Cf. Nuntius ad universos homines a Patribus missus ineunte Concilio Vaticano II, oct. 1962: AAS 54 (1962), pp. 822-823."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-580",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(61) Cf. PAULUS VI, Alloc. ad Corpus diplomaticum, 7 ian. 65: AAS 57 (1965), p. 232."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-581",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(62) Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Const. dogm. De fide cath., Dei Filius, cap. III: DENZ. 1785-1786 (3004-3005)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-582",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(63) Cf. PIO PASCHINI, Vita e opere di Galileo Galilei, 2 vol., Pont. Accademia delle Scienze, Città del Vatic., 1964."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-583",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(64) Cf. Mt. 24, 13; 13, 24-30 et 36-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-584",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(65) Cf. 2 Cor. 6, 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-585",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(66) Cf. Io. 1, 3 et 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-586",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(67) Cf. Eph. 1, 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-587",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(68) Cf. Io. 3, 14-16; Rom. 5, 8-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-588",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(69) Cf. Act 2, 36; Mt 28, 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-589",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(70) Cf. Rom. 15, 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-590",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(71) Cf. Act. 1, 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-591",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(72) Cf. I Cor. 7, 31; S. IRENAEUS, Adversus haereses, V, 36, : PG 7, 1222."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-592",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(73) Cf. 2 Cor. 5, 2; 2 Petr. 3, 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-593",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(74) Cf. I Cor. 2, 9; Apoc. 21, 4-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-594",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(75) Cf. I Cor. 15, 42 et 53."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-595",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(76) Cf. I Cor. 13, 8; 3, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-596",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(77) Cf. Rom 8, 19-21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-597",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(78) Cf. Lc. 9, 25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-598",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "79) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 207."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-599",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(80) Missale romanum, praefatio festi Christi Regis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-600",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(81) Cf. PAULUS VI, Litt. Encycl. Ecclesiam suam, III: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 637-659."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-601",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(82) Cf. Tit. 3, 4: «philanthropia»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-602",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(83) Cf. Eph. 1, 3; 5-6; 13-14; 23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-603",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(84) CONC. VAT. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. I, n. 8: AAS 57 (1965), p. 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-604",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(85) Ibid., cap. II, n. 9: AAS 57 (1965), p. 14; cf. n. 8: AAS, l. c., p. 11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-605",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(86) Ibid., cap. I, n. 8: AAS 57 (1965), p. 11. (87) Cf. ibid., cap. IV, n. 38: AAS 57 (1965), p. 43, cum nota 120."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-606",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(88) Cf. Rom. 8, 14, 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-607",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(89) Cf. Mt. 22, 39."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-608",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(90) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. II, n. 9: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 12-14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-609",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(91) Cf. PIUS XII, Allocutio ad cultores historiae et artis, 9 martii 1956: AAS 48 (1956), p. 212: «Son Divin Fondateur, Jésus-Christ, ne lui a donné aucun mandat ni fixé aucune fin d'ordre culturel. Le but que le Christ lui assigne est strictement religieux (...). L'Eglise doit conduire les hommes à Dieu, afin qu'ils se livrent à lui sans réserve (...). L'Eglise ne peut jamais perdre de vue ce but strictement religieux, surnaturel. Le sens de toutes ses activités, jusqu'au dernier canon de son Code, ne peut être que d'y concourir directement ou indirectement»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-610",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(92) CONC. VAT. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. I, n. 1: AAS 57 (1965), p. 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-611",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(93) Cf. Hebr. 13, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-612",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(94) Cf. 2 Thess. 3, 6-13; Eph. 4, 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-613",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(95) Cf. Is. 58, 1-12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-614",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(96) Cf. Mt. 23, 3-33; Mc. 7, 10-13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-615",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(97) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Mater et Magistra, IV: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 456-457 et I: l. c., pp. 407, 410-411."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-616",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(98) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Const. dogm.. de Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. III, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 34-35."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-617",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(99) Ibid., n. 28: AAS l. c., pp. 35-36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-618",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(100) Cf. S. AMBROSIUS, De virginitate, cap. VIII, n. 48: PL 6, 278."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-619",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(101) CONC. VAT. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. II, n. 15: AAS 57 (1965), p. 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-620",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(102) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. II, n. 13: AAS 57 (1965), p. 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-621",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(103) Cf. IUSTINUS, Dialogus cum Tryphone, cap. 110: PG 6, 729; ed. Otto, 1897, pp. 391-393: «... sed quanto magis talia nobis infliguntur, tanto plures alii fideles et pii per nomen Iesu fiunt». Cf. TERTULLIANUS, Apologeticus, cap. L, 13: PL 1, 534; Corpus Christ., ser. lat. I, p. 171: «Etiam plures efficimur, quoties metimus a vobis: semen est sanguis Christianorum!». Cf. Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. II, n. 9: AAS 57 (1965), p. 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-622",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(104) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. VII, n. 48: AAS 57 (1965), p. 53."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-623",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(105) Cf. PAULUS VI, Allocutio die 3 feb. 1965 habita: L'Osservatore Romano, 4 febbraio 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-624",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(106) Cf. S. AUGUSTINUS, De bono coniugali, PL 40, 375-376 et 394; S. THOMAS, Summa Theol., Suppl. Quaest. 49, art. 3 ad 1; Decretum pro Armenis: DENZ. 702 (1327); PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930), pp. 543-555; DENZ. 2227-2238 (3703-3714)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-625",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(107) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930), pp. 546-547; DENZ. 2231 (3706)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-626",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(108) Cf. Os. 2; Ier. 3, 6-13; Ez. 16 et 23; Is. 54."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-627",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(109) Cf. Mt. 9, 15; Mc. 2, 19-20; Lc. 5, 34-35; Io. 3, 29; 2 Cor. 11, 2; Eph. 5, 27; Apoc. 19, 7-8; 21, 2 et 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-628",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(110) Cf. Eph. 5, 25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-629",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(111) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen gentium: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 15-16; 40-41; 47."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-630",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(112) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930), p. 583."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-631",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(113) Cf. I Tim. 5, 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-632",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(114) Cf. Eph. 5, 32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-633",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(115) Cf. Gen. 2, 22-24; Prov. 5, 18-20; 31, 10-31; Tob. 8, 4-8; Cant. 1, 1-3; 2, 16; 4,16-5,1; 7, 8-11; I Cor. 7, 3-6; Eph. 5, 25-33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-634",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(116) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930), pp. 547-548; DENZ. 2232 (3707)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-635",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(117) Cf. I Cor. 7, 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-636",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(118) Cf. PIUS XII, Allocutio Tra le visite, 20 ian. 1958: AAS 50 (1958), p. 91."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-637",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(119) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930), pp. 559-561; DENZ.-SCHÖN. 3716-3718; PIUS XII, Allocutio Conventui Unionis Italicae inter Obstetrices, 29 oct. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), pp. 835-854; PAULUS VI, Allocutio ad Em.mos Patres Purpuratos, 23 iunii 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 581-589. Quaedam quaestiones quae aliis ac diligentioribus investigationibus indigent, iussu Summi Pontificis, Commissioni pro studio populationis, familiae et natalitatis traditae sunt, ut postquam illa munus suum expleverit, Summus Pontifex iudicium ferat. Sic stante doctrina Magisterii, S. Synodus solutiones concretas immediate proponere non intendit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-638",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(120) Cf. Eph. 5, 16; Col. 4, 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-639",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(121) Cf. Sacramentarium gregorianum: PL 78, 262."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-640",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(122) Cf. Rom. 5, 15 et 18; 6, 5-11; Gal. 2, 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-641",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(123) Cf. Eph. 5, 25-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-642",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(124) Cf. Expositio introductoria huius Constitutionis, nn. 4-10, supra pp. 684-692."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-643",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(125) Cf. Col. 3, 1-2"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-644",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(126) Cf. Gen. 1, 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-645",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(127) Cf. Prov. 8, 30-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-646",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(128) Cf. S. IRENAEUS, Adv. Haer. III, 11, 8: ed. Sagnard, p. 200; Cf. ib., 16, 6: pp. 290-292; 21, 10-22: pp. 370-372; 22, 3: p. 378; etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-647",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(129) Cf. Eph. 1, 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-648",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(130) Cf. verba PII XI ad Exc.mum D.num Roland-Gosselin: «Il ne faut jamais perdre de vue que l'objectif de l'Eglise est d'evangéliser et non de civiliser. Si elle civilise, c'est par l'évangélisation» (Semaine Sociale de Versailles, 1936, pp. 461-462)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-649",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(131) CONC. VAT. I, Const. dogm. De fide cath., Dei Filius, cap. IV: DENZ. 1795, 1799 (3015, 1019). Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 190."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-650",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(132) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 260."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-651",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(133) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 283; PIUS XII, Nuntius radiophon., 24 dec. 1941: AAS 34 (1942), pp. 16-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-652",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(134) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 260."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-653",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(135) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Allocutio habita d. 11 oct. 1962, in initio Concilii: AAS 54 (1962), p. 792."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-654",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(136) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Const. de Sacra Liturgia, Sacrosanctum Concilium, n. 123 AAS 56 (1964), p. 131; PAULUS VI, Discorso agli artisti romani, 7 maii 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 439-442."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-655",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(137) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. de institutione sacerdotali, Optatam totius, et Decl. de educatione christiana, Gravissimum educationis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-656",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(138) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. IV, n. 37: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 42-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-657",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(139) Cf. PIUS XII, Nuntius 23 martii 1952: AAS 44 (1952), p. 273; IOANNES XXIII, Allocutio ad A.C.L.I., 1 maii 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 358."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-658",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(140) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 190 ss.; PIUS XII, Nuntius, 23 martii 1952: AAS 44 (1952), p. 276 ss.; IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 450; CONC. VAT. II, Decretum de instrum. communic. socialis, Inter mirifica, cap. I, n. 6: AAS 56 (1964), p. 147."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-659",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(141) Cf. Mt. 16, 26; Lc. 16, 1-31; Col. 3, 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-660",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(142) Cf. LEO XIII, Litt. Encycl. Libertas praestantissimum, 20 iunii 1888: ASS 20 (1887-88), pp. 597 ss.; PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 191 ss.; ID., Divini Redemptoris: AAS 29 (1937), p. 65 ss.; PIUS XII, Nuntius natalicius 1941: AAS 34 (1942), p. 10 ss.; IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 401-464."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-661",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(143) Quoad problema agriculturae cf. praesertim IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 341 ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-662",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(144) Cf. LEO XIII, Litt. Encycl. Rerum Novarum: ASS 23 (1890-91), pp. 649-662; PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), pp. 200-201; ID., Litt. Encycl. Divini Redemptoris: AAS 29 (1937), p. 92; PIUS XII, Nuntius radiophonicus in pervigilio Natalis Domini 1942: AAS 35 (1943), p. 20; ID., Allocutio 13 iunii 1943: AAS 35 (1943), p. 172; ID., Nuntius radiophonicus operariis Hispaniae datus, 11 martii 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 215; IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 419."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-663",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(145) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 408, 424, 427; verbum autem «curatione» desumptum est ex textu latino Litt. Encycl. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 199. Sub aspectu evolutionis quaestionis cf. etiam: PIUS XII, Allocutio 3 iunii 1950: AAS 42 (1950), pp. 485-488; PAULUS VI, Allocutio 8 iunii 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 574-579."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-664",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(146)Cf. PIUS XII, Epist. Encycl. Sertum laetitiae: AAS 31 (1939), p. 642; IOANNES XXIII, Allocutio concistorialis: AAS 52 (1960), pp. 5-11; ID., Litt. Encycl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 411."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-665",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(147) Cf. S. THOMAS, Summa Theol. II-II, q. 32, a. 5 ad 2; Ibid. q. 66, a. 2: cf. explicationem in LEO XIII, Litt. Encycl. Rerum Novarum: ASS 23 (1890-91), p. 651; cf. etiam PIUS XII, Allocutio 1 iunii 1941: AAS 33 (1941), p. 199; ID., Nuntius radiophonicus natalicius 1954: AAS 47 (1955), p. 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-666",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(148) Cf. S. BASILIUS, Hom. in illud Lucae «Destruam horrea mea», n. 2: PG 31, 263; LACTANTIUS, Divinarum Institutionum, lib. V, de iustitia: PL 6, 565 B; S. AUGUSTINUS, In Ioann. Ev. tr. 50, n. 6: PL 35, 1760; ID., Enarratio in Ps. CXLVII, 12: PL 37, 1922; S. GREGORIUS M., Homiliae in Ev., hom. 20, 12: PL 76, 1165: ID., Regulae Pastoralis liber, pars III, c. 21: PL 77, 87; S. BONAVENTURA, In III Sent. d. 33, dub. I: ed. Quaracchi III, 728; ID., In IV Sent. d. 15, p. II, a. 2, q. 1: ibid IV, 371 b; Quaest. de superfluo: ms. Assisi, Bibl. comun. 186, ff. 112ª-113ª; S. ALBERTUS M., In III Sent., d. 33, a. 3, sol. 1: ed. Borgnet XXVIII, 611; ID., In IV Sent. d. 15, a. 16: ibid. XXIX, 494-497. Quod autem ad determinationem superflui nostris temporibus: cf. IOANNES XXIII, Nuntius radiotelevisificus 11 sept. 1962: AAS 54 (1962), p. 682: «Dovere di ogni uomo, dovere impellente del cristiano è di considerare il superfluo con la misura delle necessità altrui, e di ben vigilare perché l'amministrazione e la distribuzione dei beni creati venga posta a vantaggio di tutti»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-667",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(149) Valet in illo casu antiquum principium: «in extrema necessitate omnia sunt communia, id est communicanda». Alia ex parte pro ratione, extensione et modo quo applicatur principium in textu proposito, praeter modernos probatos auctores: cf. S. THOMAS, Summa Theol. II-II, q. 66, a. 7. Ut patet, pro recta applicatione principii, omnes condiciones moraliter requisitae servandae sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-668",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(150) Cf. GRATIANI Decretum, c. 21, dist. LXXXVI: ed. Friedberg I, 302. Istud dictum invenitur iam in PL 54"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-669",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(151) Cf. LEO XIII, Litt. Encycl. Rerum Novarum: ASS 23 (1890-91), pp. 643-646; PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 191; PIUS XII, Nuntius radiophonicus 1 iunii 1941: AAS 33 (1941), p. 199; ID., Nuntius radiophonicus in pervigilio Natalis Domini 1942: AAS 35 (1943), p. 17; ID., Nuntius radiophonicus 1 sept. 1944: AAS 36 (1944), p. 253; IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 428-429."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-670",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(152) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 214; IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 429."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-671",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(153) Cf. PIUS XII, Nuntius Radiophonicus Pent. 1941: AAS 44 (1941), p. 199; IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961 ), p. 430."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-672",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(154) Pro recto usu bonorum iuxta doctrinam Novi Testamenti cf. Lc. 3, 11; 10, 30 ss.; 11, 41; I Pt. 5, 3; Mc. 8,36; 12, 29-31; Iac. 5, 1-6; I Tim. 6, 8; Eph. 4, 28; 2 Cor. 8, 13 ss.; I Io. 3, 17-18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-673",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(155) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 417."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-674",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(156) Cf. ID., ibid."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-675",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(157) Cf. Rom. 13, 1-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-676",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(158) Cf. Rom. 13, 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-677",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(159) Cf. PIUS XII, Nuntius radioph., 24 dec. 1942: AAS 35 (1943), pp. 9-24; 24 dec. 1944: AAS 37 (1945), pp. 11-17; IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris:: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 263, 271, 277-278."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-678",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(160) Cf. PIUS XII, Nuntius radioph., 1 iun. 1941: AAS 33 (1941), p. 200; IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris:: l. c., pp. 273-274."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-679",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(161) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 415-418."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-680",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(162) Cf. PIUS XI, Alloc. Ai dirigenti della Federazione Universitaria Cattolica: Discorsi di Pio XI: ed. Bertetto, Torino, vol. I (1960), p. 743."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-681",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(163) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 13: AAS 57 (1965), p 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-682",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(164) Cf. Lc. 2, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-683",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(165) Cf. Eph. 2, 16; Col. 1, 20-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-684",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(166) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 aprilis 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 291: «Quare aetate hac nostra, quae vi atomica gloriatur, alienum est a ratione, bellum iam aptum esse ad violata iura sarcienda»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-685",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(167) Cf. PIUS XII, Allocutio 30 sept. 1954: AAS 46 (1954), p. 589; Nuntius radiophonicus, 24 dec. 1954: AAS 47 (1955), pp. 15 ss.; IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 286-291; S. PAULUS VI, Allocutio in Consilio Nationum Unitarum 4 oct. 1965: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 877-885."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-686",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(168) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris, ubi de diminutione armorum sermo est: AAS 55 (1963), p. 287. 168 Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris, ubi de diminutione armorum sermo est: AAS 55 (1963), p. 287."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-687",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(169) Cf. 2 Cor. 6, 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-688",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(170) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Ad Petri Cathedram, 29 iunii 1959: AAS 55 (1959), p. 513."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-689",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(171) Cf. Mt. 7, 21."
            }
          ]
        },
        "pt": {
          "code": "pt",
          "label": "Português",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19651207_gaudium-et-spes_po.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-51-vat-ii_const_19651207_gaudium-et-spes_po.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONSTITUIÇÃO PASTORAL GAUDIUM ET SPES SOBRE A IGREJA NO MUNDO ACTUAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROÉMIO(1)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Íntima união da Igreja com toda a família humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As alegrias e as esperanças, as tristezas e as angústias dos homens de hoje, sobretudo dos pobres e de todos aqueles que sofrem, são também as alegrias e as esperanças, as tristezas e as angústias dos discípulos de Cristo; e não há realidade alguma verdadeiramente humana que não encontre eco no seu coração. Porque a sua comunidade é formada por homens, que, reunidos em Cristo, são guiados pelo Espírito Santo na sua peregrinação em demanda do reino do Pai, e receberam a mensagem da salvação para a comunicar a todos. Por este motivo, a Igreja sente-se real e intimamente ligada ao género humano e à sua história."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A quem se dirige o Concílio: todos os homens"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, o Concílio Vaticano II, tendo investigado mais profundamente o mistério da Igreja, não hesita agora em dirigir a sua palavra, não já apenas aos filhos da Igreja e a quantos invocam o nome de Cristo, mas a todos os homens. Deseja expor-lhes o seu modo de conceber a presença e actividade da Igreja no mundo de hoje."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tem, portanto, diante dos olhos o mundo dos homens, ou seja a inteira família humana, com todas as realidades no meio das quais vive; esse mundo que é teatro da história da humanidade, marcado pelo seu engenho, pelas suas derrotas e vitórias; mundo, que os cristãos acreditam ser criado e conservado pelo amor do Criador; caído, sem dúvida, sob a escravidão do pecado, mas libertado pela cruz e ressurreição de Cristo, vencedor do poder do maligno; mundo, finalmente, destinado, segundo o desígnio de Deus, a ser transformado e alcançar a própria realização."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para iluminar a problemática humana e salvar o homem"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nos nossos dias, a humanidade, cheia de admiração ante as próprias descobertas e poder, debate, porém, muitas vezes, com angústia, as questões relativas à evolução actual do mundo, ao lugar e missão do homem no universo, ao significado do seu esforço individual e colectivo, enfim, ao último destino das criaturas e do homem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, o Concílio, testemunhando e expondo a fé do Povo de Deus por Cristo congregado, não pode manifestar mais eloquentemente a sua solidariedade, respeito e amor para com a inteira família humana, na qual está inserido, do que estabelecendo com ela diálogo sobre esses vários problemas, aportando a luz do Evangelho e pondo à disposição do género humano as energias salvadoras que a Igreja, conduzida pelo Espírito Santo, recebe do seu Fundador. Trata-se, com efeito, de salvar a pessoa do homem e de restaurar a sociedade humana. Por isso, o homem será o fulcro de toda a nossa exposição: o homem na sua unidade e integridade: corpo e alma, coração e consciência, inteligência e vontade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eis a razão por que este sagrado Concílio, proclamando a sublime vocação do homem, e afirmando que nele está depositado um germe divino, oferece ao género humano a sincera cooperação da Igreja, a fim de instaurar a fraternidade universal que a esta vocação corresponde. Nenhuma ambição terrena move a Igreja, mas ùnicamente este objectivo: continuar, sob a direcção do Espírito Consolador, a obra de Cristo que veio ao mundo para dar testemunho da verdade (2), para salvar e não para julgar, para servir e não para ser servido (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "INTRODUÇÃO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A CONDIÇÃO DO HOMEM NO MUNDO ACTUAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esperanças e temores"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para levar a cabo esta missão, é dever da Igreja investigar a todo o momento os sinais dos tempos, e interpretá-los à luz do Evangelho; para que assim possa responder, de modo adaptado em cada geração, às eternas perguntas dos homens acerca do sentido da vida presente e da futura, e da relação entre ambas. É, por isso, necessário conhecer e compreender o mundo em que vivemos, as suas esperanças e aspirações, e o seu carácter tantas vezes dramático. Algumas das principais características do mundo actual podem delinear-se do seguinte modo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A humanidade vive hoje uma fase nova da sua história, na qual profundas e rápidas transformações se estendem progressivamente a toda a terra. Provocadas pela inteligência e actividade criadora do homem, elas reincidem sobre o mesmo homem, sobre os seus juízos e desejos individuais e colectivos, sobre os seus modos de pensar e agir, tanto em relação às coisas como às pessoas. De tal modo que podemos já falar duma verdadeira transformação social e cultural, que se reflecte também na vida religiosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como acontece em qualquer crise de crescimento, esta transformação traz consigo não pequenas dificuldades. Assim, o homem, que tão imensamente alarga o próprio poder, nem sempre é capaz de o pôr ao seu serviço. Ao procurar penetrar mais fundo no interior de si mesmo, aparece frequentemente mais incerto a seu próprio respeito. E, descobrindo gradualmente com maior clareza as leis da vida social, hesita quanto à direcção que a esta deve imprimir."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nunca o género humano teve ao seu dispor tão grande abundância de riquezas, possibilidades e poderio económico; e, no entanto, uma imensa parte dos habitantes da terra é atormentada pela fome e pela miséria, e inúmeros são ainda os analfabetos. Nunca os homens tiveram um tão vivo sentido da liberdade como hoje, em que surgem novas formas de servidão social e psicológica. Ao mesmo tempo que o mundo experimenta intensamente a própria unidade e a interdependência mútua dos seus membros na solidariedade necessária, ei-lo gravemente dilacerado por forças antagónicas; persistem ainda, com efeito, agudos conflitos políticos, sociais, económicos, «raciais» e ideológicos, nem está eliminado o perigo duma guerra que tudo subverta. Aumenta o intercâmbio das ideias; mas as próprias palavras com que se exprimem conceitos da maior importância assumem sentidos muito diferentes segundo as diversas ideologias. Finalmente, procura-se com todo o empenho uma ordem temporal mais perfeita, mas sem que a acompanhe um progresso espiritual proporcionado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Marcados por circunstâncias tão complexas, muitos dos nossos contemporâneos são incapazes de discernir os valores verdadeiramente permanentes e de os harmonizar com os novamente descobertos. Daí que, agitados entre a esperança e a angústia, sentem-se oprimidos pela inquietação, quando se interrogam acerca da evolução actual dos acontecimentos. Mas esta desafia o homem, força-o até a uma resposta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Evolução e domínio da técnica e da ciência"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A actual perturbação dos espíritos e a mudança das condições de vida, estão ligadas a uma transformação mais ampla, a qual tende a dar o predomínio, na formação do espírito, às ciências matemáticas e naturais, e, no plano da acção, às técnicas, fruto dessas ciências. Esta mentalidade científica modela a cultura e os modos de pensar duma maneira diferente do que no passado. A técnica progrediu tanto que transforma a face da terra e tenta já dominar o espaço."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Também sobre o tempo estende a inteligência humana o seu domínio: quanto ao passado, graças ao conhecimento histórico; relativamente ao futuro, com a prospectiva e a planificação. Os progressos das ciências biológicas, psicológicas e sociais não só ajudam o homem a conhecer-se melhor, mas ainda lhe permitem exercer, por meios técnicos, uma influência directa na vida das sociedades. Ao mesmo tempo, a humanidade preocupa-se cada vez mais com prever e ordenar o seu aumento demográfico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O próprio movimento da história torna-se tão rápido, que os indivíduos dificilmente o podem seguir. O destino da comunidade humana torna-se um só, e não já dividido entre histórias independentes. A humanidade passa, assim, duma concepção predominantemente estática da ordem das coisas para um outra, preferentemente dinâmica e evolutiva; daqui nasce uma nova e imensa problemática, a qual está a exigir novas análises e novas sínteses."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mudanças na ordem social"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pelo mesmo facto, verificam-se cada dia maiores transformações nas comunidades locais tradicionais, como são famílias patriarcais, as clãs, as tribos, aldeias e outros diferentes grupos, e nas relações da convivência social."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Difunde-se progressivamente a sociedade de tipo industrial, levando algumas nações à opulência económica e transformando radicalmente as concepções e as condições de vida social vigentes desde há séculos. Aumentam também a preferência e a busca da vida urbana, quer pelo aumento das cidades e do número de seus habitantes, quer pela difusão do género de vida urbana entre os camponeses."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Novos e mais perfeitos meios de comunicação social permitem o conhecimento dos acontecimentos e a rápida e vasta difusão dos modos de pensar e de sentir; o que, por sua vez, dá origem a. numerosas repercussões."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nem se deve minimizar o facto de muitos homens, levados por diversos motivos a emigrar, mudarem com isso o próprio modo de viver."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Multiplicam-se assim sem cessar as relações do homem com os seus semelhantes, ao mesmo tempo que a própria socialização introduz novas ligações, sem no entanto favorecer em todos os casos uma conveniente maturação das pessoas e relações verdadeiramente pessoais («personalização»)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É verdade que tal evolução aparece mais claramente nas nações que beneficiam já das vantagens do progresso económico e técnico, mas nota-se também entre os povos ainda em vias de desenvolvimento, que desejam alcançar para os seus países os benefícios da industrialização e da urbanização. Esses povos, sobretudo os que estão ligados a tradições mais antigas, sentem ao mesmo tempo a exigência dum exercício cada vez mais pessoal da liberdade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Transformações psicológicas, morais e religiosas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A transformação de mentalidade e de estruturas põe muitas vezes em questão os valores admitidos, sobretudo no caso dos jovens. Tornam-se frequentemente impacientes e mesmo, com a inquietação, rebeldes; conscientes da própria importância na vida social, aspiram a participar nela o mais depressa possível. Por este motivo, os pais e educadores encontram não raro crescentes dificuldades no desempenho da sua missão."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por sua vez, as instituições, as leis e a maneira de pensar e de sentir herdadas do passado nem sempre parecem adaptadas à situação actual; e daqui provém uma grave perturbação no comportamento e até nas próprias normas de acção."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por fim, as novas circunstâncias afectam a própria vida religiosa. Por um lado, um sentido crítico mais apurado purifica-a duma concepção mágica do mundo e de certas sobrevivências supersticiosas, e exige cada dia mais a adesão a uma fé pessoal e operante; desta maneira, muitos chegam a um mais vivo sentido de Deus. Mas, por outro lado, grandes massas afastam-se pràticamente da religião. Ao contrário do que sucedia em tempos passados, negar Deus ou a religião, ou prescindir deles já não é um facto individual e insólito: hoje, com efeito, isso é muitas vezes apresentado como exigência do progresso científico ou dum novo tipo de humanismo. Em muitas regiões, tudo isto não é apenas afirmado no meio filosófico, mas invade em larga escala a literatura, a arte, a interpretação das ciências do homem e da história e até as próprias leis civis; o que provoca a desorientação de muitos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Desequilíbrios pessoais familiares e sociais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Uma tão rápida evolução, muitas vezes processada desordenadamente e, sobretudo, a consciência mais aguda das desigualdades existentes no mundo, geram ou aumentam contradições e desequilíbrios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ao nível da própria pessoa, origina-se com frequência um desequilíbrio entre o saber prático moderno e o pensar teórico, que não consegue dominar o conjunto dos seus conhecimentos nem ordená-los em sínteses satisfatórias. Surge também desequilíbrio entre a preocupação da eficiência prática e as exigências da consciência moral; outras vezes, as condições colectivas da existência e as exigências do pensamento pessoal e até da contemplação. Gera-se, finalmente, o desequilíbrio entre a especialização da actividade humana e a visão global da realidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No seio da família, originam-se tensões, quer devido à pressão das condições demográficas, económicas e sociais, quer pelas dificuldades que surgem entre as diferentes gerações, quer pelo novo tipo de relações sociais entre homens e mulheres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Grandes discrepâncias surgem entre as raças e os diversos grupos sociais; entre as nações ricas, as menos prósperas e as pobres; finalmente, entre as instituições internacionais, nascidas do desejo de paz que os povos têm, e a ambição de propagar a própria ideologia ou os egoísmos colectivos existentes nas nações e em outros grupos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Daqui nascem desconfianças e inimizades mútuas, conflitos e desgraças, das quais o homem é simultâneamente causa e vítima."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aspirações mais universais do género humano"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entretanto, vai crescendo a convicção de que o género humano não só pode e deve aumentar cada vez mais o seu domínio sobre as coisas criadas, mas também lhe compete estabelecer uma ordem política, social e económica, que o sirva cada vez melhor e ajude indivíduos e grupos a afirmarem e desenvolverem a própria dignidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Daqui vem a insistência com que muitos reivindicam aqueles bens de que, com uma consciência muito viva, se julgam privados por injustiça ou por desigual distribuição. As nações em vias de desenvolvimento, e as de recente independência desejam participar dos bens da civilização, não só no campo político mas também no económico, e aspiram a desempenhar livre. mente o seu papel no plano mundial; e, no entanto, aumenta cada dia mais a sua distância, e muitas vezes, simultâneamente, a sua dependência mesmo económica com relação às outras nações mais ricas e de mais rápido progresso. Os povos oprimidos pela fome interpelam os povos mais ricos. As mulheres reivindicam, onde ainda a não alcançaram, a paridade de direito e de facto com os homens. Os operários e os camponeses querem não apenas ganhar o necessário para viver, mas desenvolver, graças ao trabalho, as próprias qualidades; mais ainda, querem participar na organização da vida económica, social, política e cultural. Pela primeira vez na história dos homens, todos os povos têm já a convicção de que os bens da cultura podem e devem estender-se efectivamente a todos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Subjacente a todas estas exigências, esconde-se, porém, uma aspiração mais profunda e universal: as pessoas e os grupos anelam por uma vida plena e livre, digna do homem, pondo ao próprio serviço tudo quanto o mundo de hoje lhes pode proporcionar em tanta abundância. E as nações fazem esforços cada dia maiores por chegar a uma certa comunidade universal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O mundo actual apresenta-se, assim, simultâneamente poderoso e débil, capaz do melhor e do pior, tendo patente diante de si o caminho da liberdade ou da servidão, do progresso ou da regressão, da fraternidade ou do ódio. E o homem torna-se consciente de que a ele compete dirigir as forças que suscitou, e que tanto o podem esmagar como servir. Por isso se interroga a si mesmo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jesus Cristo, resposta e solução da problemática humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na verdade, os desequilíbrios de que sofre o mundo actual estão ligados com aquele desequilíbrio fundamental que se radica no coração do homem. Porque no íntimo do próprio homem muitos elementos se com batem. Enquanto, por uma parte, ele se experimenta, como criatura que é, mùltiplamente limitado, por outra sente-se ilimitado nos seus desejos, e chamado a uma vida superior. Atraído por muitas solicitações, vê-se obrigado a escolher entre elas e a renunciar a algumas. Mais ainda, fraco e pecador, faz muitas vezes aquilo que não quer e não realiza o que desejaria fazer (4). Sofre assim em si mesmo a divisão, da qual tantas e tão grandes discórdias se originam para a sociedade. Muitos, sem dúvida, que levam uma vida impregnada de materialismo prático, não podem ter uma clara percepção desta situação dramática; ou, oprimidos pela miséria, não lhe podem prestar atenção. Outros pensam encontrar a paz nas diversas interpretações da realidade que lhes são propostas. Alguns só do esforço humano esperam a verdadeira e plena libertação do género humano, e estão convencidos que o futuro império do homem sobre a terra satisfará todas as aspirações do seu coração. E não faltam os que, desesperando de poder encontrar um sentido para a vida, louvam a coragem daqueles que, julgando a existência humana vazia de qualquer significado, se esforçam por lhe conferir, por si mesmos, todo o seu valor. Todavia, perante a evolução actual do mundo, cada dia são mais numerosos os que põem ou sentem com nova acuidade as questões fundamentais: Que é o homem? Qual o sentido da dor, do mal, e da morte, que, apesar do enorme progresso alcançado, continuam a existir? Para que servem essas vitórias, ganhas a tão grande preço? Que pode o homem dar à sociedade, e que coisas pode dela receber? Que há para além desta vida terrena?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja, por sua parte, acredita que Jesus Cristo, morto e ressuscitado por todos (5), oferece aos homens pelo seu Espírito a luz e a força para poderem corresponder à sua altíssima vocação; nem foi dado aos homens sob o céu outro nome, no qual devam ser salvos (6). Acredita também que a chave, o centro e o fim de toda a história humana se encontram no seu Senhor e mestre. E afirma, além disso, que, subjacentes a todas as transformações, há muitas coisas que não mudam, cujo último fundamento é Cristo, o mesmo ontem, hoje, e para sempre (7). Quer, portanto, o Concílio, à luz de Cristo, imagem de Deus invisível e primogénito de toda a criação (8), dirigir-se a todos, para iluminar o mistério do homem e cooperar na solução das principais questões do nosso tempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRIMEIRA PARTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A IGREJA E A VOCAÇÃO DO HOMEM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que pensa a Igreja sobre o homem"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Povo de Deus, movido pela fé com que acredita ser conduzido pelo Espírito do Senhor, o qual enche o universo, esforça-se por discernir nos acontecimentos, nas exigências e aspirações, em que participa juntamente com os homens de hoje, quais são os verdadeiros sinais da presença ou da vontade de Deus. Porque a fé ilumina todas as coisas com uma luz nova, e faz conhecer o desígnio divino acerca da vocação integral do homem e, dessa forma, orienta o espírito para soluções plenamente humanas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Concílio propõe-se, antes de mais, julgar a esta luz os valores que hoje são mais apreciados e pô-los em relação com a sua fonte divina. Tais valores, com efeito, na medida em que são fruto do engenho que Deus concedeu aos homens, são excelentes, mas, por causa da corrupção do coração humano, não raro são desviados da sua recta ordenação e precisam de ser purificados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que pensa a Igreja acerca do homem? Que recomendações parecem dever fazer-se, em ordem à construção da sociedade actual? Qual é o significado último da actividade humana no universo? Espera-se uma resposta para estas perguntas. Aparecerá então mais claramente que o Povo de Deus e o género humano, no qual aquele está inserido, se prestam mútuo serviço; manifestar-se-á assim o carácter religioso e, por isso mesmo, profundamente humano da missão da Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A DIGNIDADE DA PESSOA HUMANA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O homem criado à imagem de Deus"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tudo quanto existe sobre a terra deve ser ordenado em função do homem, como seu centro e seu termo: neste ponto existe um acordo quase geral entre crentes e não-crentes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas, que é o homem? Ele próprio já formulou, e continua a formular, acerca de si mesmo, inúmeras opiniões, diferentes entre si e até contraditórias. Segundo estas, muitas vezes se exalta até se constituir norma absoluta, outras se abate até ao desespero. Daí as suas dúvidas e angústias. A Igreja sente profundamente estas dificuldades e, instruída pela revelação de Deus, pode dar-lhes uma resposta que defina a verdadeira condição do homem, explique as suas fraquezas, ao mesmo tempo que permita conhecer com exactidão a sua dignidade e vocação."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Sagrada Escritura ensina que o homem foi criado «à imagem de Deus», capaz de conhecer e amar o seu Criador, e por este constituído senhor de todas as criaturas terrenas (1), para as dominar e delas se servir, dando glória a Deus (2). «Que é, pois, o homem, para que dele te lembres? ou o filho do homem, para que te preocupes com ele? Fizeste dele pouco menos que um anjo, coroando-o de glória e de esplendor. Estabeleceste-o sobre a obra de tuas mãos, tudo puseste sob os seus pés» (Salmo 8, 5-7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deus, porém, não criou o homem sòzinho: desde o princípio criou-os «varão e mulher (Gén. 1,27); e a sua união constitui a primeira forma de comunhão entre pessoas. Pois o homem, por sua própria natureza, é um ser social, que não pode viver nem desenvolver as suas qualidades sem entrar em relação com os outros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como também lemos na Sagrada Escritura, Deus viu «todas as coisas que fizera, e eram excelentes» (Gén. 1,31)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O pecado e suas consequências"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estabelecido por Deus num estado de santidade, o homem, seduzido pelo maligno, logo no começo da sua história abusou da própria liberdade, levantando-se contra Deus e desejando alcançar o seu fim fora d'Ele. Tendo conhecido a Deus, não lhe prestou a glória a Ele devida, mas o seu coração insensato obscureceu-se e ele serviu à criatura, preferindo-a ao Criador (3). E isto que a revelação divina nos dá a conhecer, concorda com os dados da experiência. Quando o homem olha para dentro do próprio coração, descobre-se inclinado também para o mal, e imerso em muitos males, que não podem provir de seu Criador, que é bom. Muitas vezes, recusando reconhecer Deus como seu princípio, perturbou também a devida orientação para o fim último e, ao mesmo tempo, toda a sua ordenação quer para si mesmo, quer para os demais homens e para toda a criação."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O homem encontra-se, pois, dividido em si mesmo. E assim, toda a vida humana, quer singular quer colectiva, apresenta-se como uma luta dramática entre o bem e o mal, entre a luz e as trevas. Mais: o homem descobre-se incapaz de repelir por si mesmo as arremetidas do inimigo: cada um sente-se como que preso com cadeias. Mas o Senhor em pessoa veio para libertar e fortalecer o homem, renovando-o interiormente e lançando fora o príncipe deste mundo (cfr. Jo. 12,31), que o mantinha na servidão do pecado (4). Porque o pecado diminui o homem, impedindo-o de atingir a sua plena realização."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A sublime vocação e a profunda miséria que os homens em si mesmos experimentam, encontram a sua explicação última à luz desta revelação."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Constituição do homem: sua natureza"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O homem, ser uno, composto de corpo e alma, sintetiza em si mesmo, pela sua natureza corporal, os elementos do mundo material, os quais, por meio dele, atingem a sua máxima elevação e louvam livremente o Criador (5). Não pode, portanto, desprezar a vida corporal; deve, pelo contrário, considerar o seu corpo como bom e digno de respeito, pois foi criado por Deus e há-de ressuscitar no último dia. Todavia, ferido pelo pecado, o homem experimenta as revoltas do corpo. É, pois, a própria dignidade humana que exige que o homem glorifique a Deus no seu corpo (6), não deixando que este se escravize às más inclinações do próprio coração. Não se engana o homem, quando se reconhece por superior às coisas materiais e se considera como algo mais do que simples parcela da natureza ou anónimo elemento da cidade dos homens. Pela sua interioridade, transcende o universo das coisas: tal é o conhecimento profundo que ele alcança quando reentra no seu interior, onde Deus, que perscruta os corações (7), o espera, e onde ele, sob o olhar do Senhor, decide da própria sorte. Ao reconhecer, pois, em si uma alma espiritual e imortal, não se ilude com uma enganosa criação imaginativa, mero resultado de condições físicas e sociais; atinge, pelo contrário, a verdade profunda das coisas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignidade do entendimento"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Participando da luz da inteligência divina, com razão pensa o homem que supera, pela inteligência, o universo. Exercitando incansàvelmente, no decurso dos séculos, o próprio engenho, conseguiu ele grandes progressos nas ciências empíricas, nas técnicas e nas artes liberais. Nos nossos dias, alcançou notáveis sucessos, sobretudo na investigação e conquista do mundo material. Mas buscou sempre, e encontrou, uma verdade mais profunda. Porque a inteligência não se limita ao domínio dos fenómenos; embora, em consequência do pecado, esteja parcialmente obscurecida e debilitada, ela é capaz de atingir com certeza a realidade inteligível."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, a natureza espiritual da pessoa humana encontra e deve encontrar a sua perfeição na sabedoria, que suavemente atrai o espírito do homem à busca e amor da verdade e do bem, e graças à qual ele é levado por meio das coisas visíveis até às invisíveis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais do que os séculos passados, o nosso tempo precisa de uma tal sabedoria, para que se humanizem as novas descobertas dos homens. Está ameaçado, com efeito, o destino do mundo, se não surgirem homens cheios de sabedoria. E é de notar que muitas nações, pobres em bens económicos, mas ricas em sabedoria, podem trazer às outras inapreciável contribuição."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pelo dom do Espírito Santo, o homem chega a contemplar e saborear, na fé, o mistério do plano divino (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignidade da consciência moral"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No fundo da própria consciência, o homem descobre uma lei que não se impôs a si mesmo, mas à qual deve obedecer; essa voz, que sempre o está a chamar ao amor do bem e fuga do mal, soa no momento oportuno, na intimidade do seu coração: faze isto, evita aquilo. O homem tem no coração uma lei escrita pelo próprio Deus; a sua dignidade está em obedecer-lhe, e por ela é que será julgado(9). A consciência é o centro mais secreto e o santuário do homem, no qual se encontra a sós com Deus, cuja voz se faz ouvir na intimidade do seu ser (10). Graças à consciência, revela-se de modo admirável aquela lei que se realiza no amor de Deus e do próximo (11). Pela fidelidade à voz da consciência, os cristãos estão unidos aos demais homens, no dever de buscar a verdade e de nela resolver tantos problemas morais que surgem na vida individual e social. Quanto mais, portanto, prevalecer a recta consciência, tanto mais as pessoas e os grupos estarão longe da arbitrariedade cega e procurarão conformar-se com as normas objectivas da moralidade. Não raro, porém, acontece que a consciência erra, por ignorância invencível, sem por isso perder a própria dignidade. Outro tanto não se pode dizer quando o homem se descuida de procurar a verdade e o bem e quando a consciência se vai progressivamente cegando, com o hábito do pecado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Grandeza da liberdade"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas é só na liberdade que o homem se pode converter ao bem. Os homens de hoje apreciam grandemente e procuram com ardor esta liberdade; e com toda a razão. Muitas vezes, porém, fomentam-na dum modo condenável, como se ela consistisse na licença de fazer seja o que for, mesmo o mal, contanto que agrade. A liberdade verdadeira é um sinal privilegiado da imagem divina no homem. Pois Deus quis «deixar o homem entregue à sua própria decisão» (12), para que busque por si mesmo o seu Criador e livremente chegue à total e beatífica perfeição, aderindo a Ele. Exige, portanto, a dignidade do homem que ele proceda segundo a própria consciência e por livre adesão, ou seja movido e induzido pessoalmente desde dentro e não levado por cegos impulsos interiores ou por mera coacção externa. O homem atinge esta dignidade quando, libertando-se da escravidão das paixões, tende para o fim pela livre escolha do bem e procura a sério e com diligente iniciativa os meios convenientes. A liberdade do homem, ferida pelo pecado, só com a ajuda da graça divina pode tornar plenamente efectiva esta orientação para Deus. E cada um deve dar conta da própria vida perante o tribunal de Deus, segundo o bem ou o mal que tiver praticado (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A imortalidade e o enigma da morte"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É em face da morte que o enigma da condição humana mais se adensa. Não é só a dor e a progressiva dissolução do corpo que atormentam o homem, mas também, e ainda mais, o temor de que tudo acabe para sempre. Mas a intuição do próprio coração fá-lo acertar, quando o leva a aborrecer e a recusar a ruína total e o desaparecimento definitivo da sua pessoa. O germe de eternidade que nele existe, irredutível à pura matéria, insurge-se contra a morte. Todas as tentativas da técnica, por muito úteis que sejam, não conseguem acalmar a ansiedade do homem: o prolongamento da longevidade biológica não pode satisfazer aquele desejo duma vida ulterior, invencìvelmente radicado no seu coração."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enquanto, diante da morte, qualquer imaginação se revela impotente, a Igreja, ensinada pela revelação divina, afirma que o homem foi criado por Deus para um fim feliz, para além dos limites da miséria terrena. A fé cristã ensina que a própria morte corporal, de que o homem seria isento se não tivesse pecado (14) - acabará por ser vencida, quando o homem for pelo omnipotente e misericordioso Salvador restituído à salvação que por sua culpa perdera. Com efeito, Deus chamou e chama o homem a unir-se a Ele com todo o seu ser na perpétua comunhão da incorruptível vida divina. Esta vitória, alcançou-a Cristo ressuscitado, libertando o homem da morte com a própria morte (15). Portanto, a fé, que se apresenta à reflexão do homem apoiada em sólidos argumentos, dá uma resposta à sua ansiedade acerca do seu destino futuro; e ao mesmo tempo oferece a possibilidade de comunicar em Cristo com os irmãos queridos que a morte já levou, fazendo esperar que eles alcançaram a verdadeira vida junto de Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formas e raízes do ateísmo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A razão mais sublime da dignidade do homem consiste na sua vocação à união com Deus. É desde o começo da sua existência que o homem é convidado a dialogar com Deus: pois, se existe, é só porque, criado por Deus por amor, é por Ele por amor constantemente conservado; nem pode viver plenamente segundo a verdade, se não reconhecer livremente esse amor e se entregar ao seu Criador. Porém, muitos dos nossos contemporâneos não atendem a esta íntima e vital ligação a Deus, ou até a rejeitam explicitamente; de tal maneira que o ateísmo deve ser considerado entre os factos mais graves do tempo actual e submetido a atento exame."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Com a palavra «ateísmo», designam-se fenómenos muito diversos entre si. Com efeito, enquanto alguns negam expressamente Deus, outros pensam que o homem não pode afirmar seja o que for a seu respeito; outros ainda, tratam o problema de Deus de tal maneira que ele parece não ter significado. Muitos, ultrapassando indevidamente os limites das ciências positivas, ou pretendem explicar todas as coisas só com os recursos da ciência, ou, pelo contrário, já não admitem nenhuma verdade absoluta. Alguns, exaltam de tal modo o homem, que a fé em Deus perde toda a força, e parecem mais inclinados a afirmar o homem do que a negar Deus. Outros, concebem Deus de uma tal maneira, que aquilo que rejeitam não é de modo algum o Deus do Evangelho. Outros há que nem sequer abordam o problema de Deus: parecem alheios a qualquer inquietação religiosa e não percebem por que se devem ainda preocupar com a religião. Além disso, o ateísmo nasce muitas vezes dum protesto violento contra o mal que existe no mundo, ou de se ter atribuído indevidamente o carácter de absoluto a certos valores humanos que passam a ocupar o lugar de Deus. A própria civilização actual, não por si mesma mas pelo facto de estar muito ligada com as realidades terrestres, torna muitas vezes mais difícil o acesso a Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sem dúvida que não estão imunes de culpa todos aqueles que procuram voluntàriamente expulsar Deus do seu coração e evitar os problemas religiosos, não seguindo o ditame da própria consciência; mas os próprios crentes, muitas vezes, têm responsabilidade neste ponto. Com efeito, o ateísmo, considerado no seu conjunto, não é um fenómeno originário, antes resulta de várias causas, entre as quais se conta também a reacção crítica contra as religiões e, nalguns países, principalmente contra a religião cristã. Pelo que os crentes podem ter tido parte não pequena na génese do ateísmo, na medida em que, pela negligência na educação da sua fé, ou por exposições falaciosas da doutrina, ou ainda pelas deficiências da sua vida religiosa, moral e social, se pode dizer que antes esconderam do que revelaram o autêntico rosto de Deus e da religião."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O ateísmo sistemático"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O ateísmo moderno apresenta muitas vezes uma forma sistemática, a qual, prescindindo de outros motivos, leva o desejo de autonomia do homem a um tal grau que constitui um obstáculo a qualquer dependência com relação a Deus. Os que professam tal ateísmo, pretendem que a liberdade consiste em ser o homem o seu próprio fim, autor único e demiurgo da sua história; e pensam que isso é incompatível com o reconhecimento de um Senhor, autor e fim de todas as coisas; ou que, pelo menos, torna tal afirmação plenamente supérflua. O sentimento de poder que os progressos técnicos hodiernos deram ao homem pode favorecer esta doutrina."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Não se deve passar em silêncio, entre as formas actuais de ateísmo, aquela que espera a libertação do homem sobretudo da sua libertação económica. A esta, dizem, opõe-se por sua natureza a religião, na medida em que, dando ao homem a esperança duma enganosa vida futura, o afasta da construção da cidade terrena. Por isso, os que professam esta doutrina, quando alcançam o poder, atacam violentamente a religião, difundindo o ateísmo também por aqueles meios de pressão de que dispõe o poder público, sobretudo na educação da juventude."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Atitude da Igreja perante o ateísmo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja, fiel a Deus e aos homens, não pode deixar de reprovar com dor e com toda a firmeza, como já o fez no passado (16), essas doutrinas e actividades perniciosas, contrárias à razão e à experiência comum dos homens, e que destronam o homem da sua inata dignidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Procura, no entanto, descobrir no espírito dos ateus as causas da sua negação de Deus, e, consciente da gravidade dos problemas levantados pelo ateísmo, e, levada pelo amor dos homens, entende que elas devem ser objecto de um exame sério e profundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja defende que o reconhecimento de Deus de modo algum se opõe à dignidade do homem, uma vez que esta dignidade se funda e se realiza no próprio Deus. Com efeito, o homem inteligente e livre, foi constituído em sociedade por Deus Criador; mas é sobretudo chamado a unir-se, como filho, a Deus e a participar na sua felicidade. Ensina, além disso, a Igreja que a importância das tarefas terrenas não é diminuída pela esperança escatológica, mas que esta antes reforça com novos motivos a sua execução. Pelo contrário, se faltam o fundamento divino e a esperança da vida eterna, a dignidade humana é gravemente lesada, como tantas vezes se verifica nos nossos dias, e os enigmas da vida e da morte, do pecado e da dor, ficam sem solução, o que frequentemente leva os homens ao desespero."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entretanto, cada homem permanece para si mesmo um problema insolúvel, apenas confusamente pressentido. Ninguém pode, na verdade, evitar inteiramente esta questão em certos momentos, e sobretudo nos acontecimentos mais importantes da vida. Só Deus pode responder plenamente e com toda a certeza, Ele que chama o homem a uma reflexão mais profunda e a uma busca mais humilde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto ao remédio para o ateísmo, ele há-de vir da conveniente exposição da doutrina e da vida íntegra da Igreja e dos seus membros. Pois a Igreja deve tornar presente e como que visível a Deus Pai e a seu Filho encarnado, renovando-se e purificando-se continuamente sob a direcção do Espírito Santo (17). Isto há-de alcançar-se, antes de mais, com o testemunho duma fé viva e adulta, educada de modo a poder perceber claramente e superar as dificuldades. Magnífico testemunho desta fé deram e continuam a dar inúmeros mártires. Ela deve manifestar a sua fecundidade, penetrando toda a vida dos fiéis, mesmo a profana, levando-os à justiça e ao amor, sobretudo para com os necessitados. Finalmente, o que contribui mais que tudo para manifestar a presença de Deus é a caridade fraterna dos fiéis que unânimemente colaboram com a fé do Evangelho (18) e se apresentam como sinal de unidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainda que rejeite inteiramente o ateísmo, todavia a Igreja proclama sinceramente que todos os homens, crentes e não-crentes, devem contribuir para a recta construção do mundo no qual vivem em comum. O que não é possível sem um prudente e sincero diálogo. Deplora, por isso, a discriminação que certos governantes introduzem entre crentes e não-crentes, com desconhecimento dos direitos fundamentais da pessoa humana. Para os crentes, reclama a liberdade efectiva, que lhes permita edificar neste mundo também o templo de Deus. Quanto aos ateus, convida-os cortêsmente a considerar com espírito aberto o Evangelho de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pois a Igreja sabe perfeitamente que, ao defender a dignidade da vocação do homem, restituindo a esperança àqueles que já desesperam do seu destino sublime, a sua mensagem está de acordo com os desejos mais profundos do coração humano. Longe de diminuir o homem, a sua mensagem contribui para o seu bem, difundindo luz, vida e liberdade; e, fora dela, nada pode satisfazer o coração humano: «fizeste-nos para Ti», Senhor, e o nosso coração está inquieto, enquanto não repousa em Ti» (19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, o homem novo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na realidade, o mistério do homem só no mistério do Verbo encarnado se esclarece verdadeiramente. Adão, o primeiro homem, era efectivamente figura do futuro (20), isto é, de Cristo Senhor. Cristo, novo Adão, na própria revelação do mistério do Pai e do seu amor, revela o homem a si mesmo e descobre-lhe a sua vocação sublime. Não é por isso de admirar que as verdades acima ditas tenham n'Ele a sua fonte e n'Ele atinjam a plenitude."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«Imagem de Deus invisível» (Col. 1,15) (21), Ele é o homem perfeito, que restitui aos filhos de Adão semelhança divina, deformada desde o primeiro pecado. Já que, n'Ele, a natureza humana foi assumida, e não destruída (22), por isso mesmo também em nós foi ela elevada a sublime dignidade. Porque, pela sua encarnação, Ele, o Filho de Deus, uniu-se de certo modo a cada homem. Trabalhou com mãos humanas, pensou com uma inteligência humana, agiu com uma vontade humana (23), amou com um coração humano. Nascido da Virgem Maria, tornou-se verdadeiramente um de nós, semelhante a nós em tudo, excepto no pecado (24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cordeiro inocente, mereceu-nos a vida com a livre efusão do seu sangue; n 'Ele nos reconciliou Deus consigo e uns com os outros (25) e nos arrancou da escravidão do demónio e do pecado. De maneira que cada um de nós pode dizer com o Apóstolo: o Filho de Deus «amou-me e entregou-se por mim» (Gál. 2,20). Sofrendo por nós, não só nos deu exemplo, para que sigamos os seus passos (26), mas também abriu um novo caminho, em que a vida e a morte são santificados e recebem um novo sentido."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O cristão, tornado conforme à imagem do Filho que é o primogénito entre a multidão dos irmãos (27), recebe «as primícias do Espírito» (Rom. 8,23), que o tornam capaz de cumprir a lei nova do amor (28). Por meio deste Espírito, «penhor da herança (Ef. 1,14), o homem todo é renovado interiormente, até à «redenção do corpo» (Rom. 8,23): «Se o Espírito d'Aquele que ressuscitou Jesus de entre os mortos habita em vós, Aquele que ressuscitou Jesus de entre os mortos dará também a vida aos vossos corpos mortais, pelo seu Espírito que em vós habita» (Rom. 8,11) (29). É verdade que para o cristão é uma necessidade e um dever lutar contra o mal através de muitas tribulações, e sofrer a morte; mas, associado ao mistério pascal, e configurado à morte de Cristo, vai ao encontro da ressurreição, fortalecido pela esperança (30)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E o que fica dito, vale não só dos cristãos, mas de todos os homens de boa vontade, em cujos corações a graça opera ocultamente (31). Com efeito, já que por todos morreu Cristo (32) e a vocação última de todos os homens é realmente uma só, a saber, a divina, devemos manter que o Espírito Santo a todos dá a possibilidade de se associarem a este mistério pascal por um modo só de Deus conhecido."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tal é, e tão grande, o mistério do homem, que a revelação cristã manifesta aos que crêem. E assim, por Cristo e em Cristo, esclarece-se o enigma da dor e da morte, o qual, fora do Seu Evangelho, nos esmaga. Cristo ressuscitou, destruindo a morte com a própria morte, e deu-nos a vida (33), para que, tornados filhos no Filho, exclamemos no Espírito: Abba, Pai (34)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A COMUNIDADE HUMANA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Propósito do Concílio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre os principais aspectos do mundo actual conta-se a multiplicação das relações entre os homens, cujo desenvolvimento é muito favorecido pelos progressos técnicos hodiernos. Todavia, o diálogo fraterno entre os homens não se realiza ao nível destes progressos, mas ao nível mais profundo da comunidade de pessoas, a qual exige o mútuo respeito da sua plena dignidade espiritual. A revelação cristã favorece poderosamente esta comunhão entre as pessoas, ao mesmo tempo que nós leva a uma compreensão mais profunda das leis da vida social que o Criador inscreveu na natureza espiritual e moral do homem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dado, porém, que recentes documentos do magistério eclesiástico expuseram a doutrina cristã acerca da sociedade humana (1), o Concílio limita-se a recordar algumas verdades mais importantes e a expor o seu fundamento à luz da revelação. Insiste, seguidamente, em algumas consequências de maior importância para o nosso tempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Índole comunitária da vocação humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deus, que por todos cuida com solicitude paternal, quis que os homens formassem uma só família, e se tratassem uns aos outros como irmãos. Criados todos à imagem e semelhança daquele Deus que «fez habitar sobre toda a face da terra o inteiro género humano, saído dum princípio único» (Act. 17,26), todos são chamados a um só e mesmo fim, que é o próprio Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E por isso, o amor de Deus e do próximo é o primeiro e maior de todos os mandamentos. Mas a Sagrada Escritura ensina-nos que o amor de Deus não se pode separar do amor do próximo, «...todos os outros mandamentos se resumem neste: amarás o próximo como a ti mesmo... A caridade é, pois, a lei na sua plenitude» (Rom. 13, 9-10; cfr. 1 Jo. 4,20). Isto revela-se como sendo da maior importância, hoje que os homens se tornam cada dia mais dependentes uns dos outros e o mundo se unifica cada vez mais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais ainda: quando o Senhor Jesus pede ao Pai «que todos sejam um..., como nós somos um» (Jo. 17, 21-22), sugere - abrindo perspectivas inacessíveis à razão humana - que dá uma certa analogia entre a união das pessoas divinas entre si e a união dos filhos de Deus na verdade e na caridade. Esta semelhança torna manifesto que o homem, única criatura sobre a terra a ser querida por Deus por si mesma, não se pode encontrar plenamente a não ser no sincero dom de si mesmo (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Interdependência da pessoa humana e da sociedade humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A natureza social do homem torna claro que o progresso da pessoa humana e o desenvolvimento da própria sociedade estão em mútua dependência. Com efeito, a pessoa humana, uma vez que, por sua natureza, necessita absolutamente da vida social (3), é e deve ser o princípio, o sujeito e o fim de todas as instituições sociais. Não sendo, portanto, a vida social algo de adventício ao homem, este cresce segundo todas as suas qualidades e torna-se capaz de responder à própria vocação, graças ao contacto com os demais, ao mútuo serviço e ao diálogo com seus irmãos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre os laços sociais, necessários para o desenvolvimento do homem, alguns, como a família e a sociedade política, correspondem mais imediatamente à sua natureza íntima; outros são antes fruto da sua livre vontade. No nosso tempo, devido a várias causas, as relações e interdependências mútuas multiplicam-se cada vez mais; o que dá origem a diversas associações e instituições, quer públicas quer privadas. Este facto, denominado socialização, embora não esteja isento de perigos, traz, todavia, consigo muitas vantagens, em ordem a confirmar e desenvolver as qualidades da pessoa humana e a proteger os seus direitos (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porém, se é verdade que as pessoas humanas recebem muito desta vida social, em ordem a realizar a própria vocação, mesmo a religiosa, também não se pode negar que os homens são muitas vezes afastados do bem ou impelidos ao mal pelas condições em que vivem e estão mergulhados desde a infância. É certo que as perturbações tão frequentes da ordem social vêm, em grande parte, das tensões existentes no seio das formas económicas, políticas e sociais. Mas, mais profundamente, nascem do egoísmo e do orgulho dos homens, os quais também pervertem o ambiente social. Onde a ordem das coisas se encontra viciada pelas consequências do pecado, o homem, nascido com uma inclinação para o mal, encontra novos incitamentos para o pecado, que não pode superar sem grandes esforços e ajudado pela graça."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promoção do bem-comum"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A interdependência, cada vez mais estreita e progressivamente estendida a todo o mundo, faz com que o bem comum - ou seja, o conjunto das condições da vida social que permitem, tanto aos grupos como a cada membro, alcançar mais plena e fàcilmente a própria perfeição - se torne hoje cada vez mais universal e que, por esse motivo, implique direitos e deveres que dizem respeito a todo o género humano. Cada grupo deve ter em conta as necessidades e legítimas aspirações dos outros grupos e mesmo o bem comum de toda a família humana (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Simultâneamente, aumenta a consciência da eminente dignidade da pessoa humana, por ser superior a todas as coisas e os seus direitos e deveres serem universais e invioláveis. É necessário, portanto, tornar acessíveis ao homem todas as coisas de que necessita para levar uma vida verdadeiramente humana: alimento, vestuário, casa, direito de escolher livremente o estado de vida e de constituir família, direito à educação, ao trabalho, à boa fama, ao respeito, à conveniente informação, direito de agir segundo as normas da própria consciência, direito à protecção da sua vida e à justa liberdade mesmo em matéria religiosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A ordem social e o seu progresso devem, pois, reverter sempre em bem das pessoas, já que a ordem das coisas deve estar subordinada à ordem das pessoas e não ao contrário; foi o próprio Senhor quem o insinuou ao dizer que o sábado fora feito para o homem, não o homem para o sábado (6). Essa ordem, fundada na verdade, construída sobre a justiça e vivificada pelo amor, deve ser cada vez mais desenvolvida e, na liberdade, deve encontrar um equilíbrio cada vez mais humano (7). Para o conseguir, será necessária a renovação da mentalidade e a introdução de amplas reformas sociais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Espírito de Deus, que dirige o curso dos tempos e renova a face da terra com admirável providência, está presente a esta evolução. E o fermento evangélico despertou e desperta no coração humano uma irreprimível exigência de dignidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Respeito da pessoa humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vindo a conclusões práticas e mais urgentes, o Concílio recomenda a reverência para com o homem, de maneira que cada um deve considerar o próximo, sem excepção, como um «outro eu», tendo em conta, antes de mais, a sua vida e os meios necessários para a levar dignamente (8), não imitando aquele homem rico que não fez caso algum do pobre Lázaro (9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sobretudo em nossos dias, urge a obrigação de nos tornarmos o próximo de todo e qualquer homem, e de o servir efectivamente quando vem ao nosso . encontro - quer seja o ancião, abandonado de todos, ou o operário estrangeiro injustamente desprezado, ou o exilado, ou o filho duma união ilegítima que sofre injustamente por causa dum pecado que não cometeu, ou o indigente que interpela a nossa consciência, recordando a palavra do Senhor: «todas as vezes que o fizestes a um destes meus irmãos mais pequeninos, a mim o fizestes» (Mt. 25,40)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, são infames as seguintes coisas: tudo quanto se opõe à vida, como seja toda a espécie de homicídio, genocídio, aborto, eutanásia e suicídio voluntário; tudo o que viola a integridade da pessoa humana, como as mutilações, os tormentos corporais e mentais e as tentativas para violentar as próprias consciências; tudo quanto ofende a dignidade da pessoa humana, como as condições de vida infra-humanas, as prisões arbitrárias, as deportações, a escravidão, a prostituição, o comércio de mulheres e jovens; e também as condições degradantes de trabalho; em que os operários são tratados como meros instrumentos de lucro e não como pessoas livres e responsáveis. Todas estas coisas e outras semelhantes são infamantes; ao mesmo tempo que corrompem a civilização humana, desonram mais aqueles que assim procedem, do que os que padecem injustamente; e ofendem gravemente a honra devida ao Criador."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Respeito e amor dos adversários"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O nosso respeito e amor devem estender-se também àqueles que pensam ou actuam diferentemente de nós em matéria social, política ou até religiosa. Aliás, quanto mais intimamente compreendermos, com delicadeza e caridade, a sua maneira de ver, tanto mais fàcilmente poderemos com eles dialogar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Evidentemente, este amor e benevolência de modo algum nos devem tornar indiferentes perante a verdade e o bem. Pelo contrário, é o próprio amor que incita os discípulos de Cristo a anunciar a todos a verdade salvadora. Mas deve distinguir-se entre o erro, sempre de rejeitar, e aquele que erra, o qual conserva sempre a dignidade própria de pessoas, mesmo quando está atingido por ideias religiosas falsas ou menos exactas (10). Só Deus é juiz e penetra os corações; por esse motivo, proibe-nos Ele de julgar da culpabilidade interna de qualquer pessoa (11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A doutrina de Cristo exige que também perdoemos as injúrias (12), e estende a todos os inimigos o preceito do amor, que é o mandamento da lei nova: «ouvistes que foi dito: amarás o teu próximo, e odiarás o teu inimigo. Mas eu digo-vos: amai os vossos inimigos, fazei bem aos que vos odeiam e orai pelos que vos perseguem e caluniam» (Mt. 5, 43-44)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Igualdade essencial entre todos os homens"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A igualdade fundamental entre todos os homens deve ser cada vez mais reconhecida, uma vez que, dotados de alma racional e criados à imagem de Deus, todos têm a mesma natureza e origem; e, remidos por Cristo, todos têm a mesma vocação e destino divinos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sem dúvida, os homens não são todos iguais quanto à capacidade física e forças intelectuais e morais, variadas e diferentes em cada um. Mas deve superar-se e eliminar-se, como contrária à vontade de Deus, qualquer forma social ou cultural de discriminação, quanto aos direitos fundamentais da pessoa, por razão do sexo, raça, cor, condição social, língua ou religião. É realmente de lamentar que esses direitos fundamentais da pessoa ainda não sejam respeitados em toda a parte. Por exemplo, quando se nega à mulher o poder de escolher livremente o esposo ou o estado de vida ou de conseguir uma educação e cultura iguais às do homem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, embora entre os homens haja justas diferenças, a igual dignidade pessoal postula, no entanto, que se chegue a condições de vida mais humanas e justas. Com efeito, as excessivas desigualdades económicas e sociais entre os membros e povos da única família humana provocam o escândalo e são obstáculo à justiça social, à equidade, à dignidade da pessoa humana e, finalmente, à paz social e internacional."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Procurem as instituições humanas, privadas ou públicas, servir a dignidade e o destino do homem, combatendo ao mesmo tempo valorosamente contra qualquer forma de sujeição política ou social e salvaguardando, sob qualquer regime político, os direitos humanos fundamentais. Mais ainda: é necessário que tais instituições se adaptem progressivamente às realidades espirituais, que são as mais elevadas de todas; embora por vezes se requeira um tempo razoàvelmente longo para chegar a esse desejado fim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Superação da ética individualista"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A profundidade e rapidez das transformações reclamam com maior urgência que ninguém se contente, por não atender à evolução das coisas ou por inércia, com uma ética puramente individualística. O dever de justiça e caridade cumpre-se cada vez mais com a contribuição de cada um em favor do bem comum, segundo as próprias possibilidades e as necessidades dos outros, promovendo instituições públicas ou privadas e ajudando as que servem para melhorar as condições de vida dos homens. Mas há pessoas que, fazendo profissão de ideias amplas e generosas, vivem sempre, no entanto, de tal modo como se nenhum caso fizessem das necessidades sociais. E até, em vários países, muitos desprezam as leis e prescrições sociais. Não poucos atrevem-se a eximir-se, com várias fraudes e enganos, aos impostos e outras obrigações sociais. Outros desprezam certas normas da vida social, como por exemplo as estabelecidas para defender a saúde ou para regularizar o trânsito de veículos, sem repararem que esse seu descuido põe em perigo a vida própria e alheia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos tomem a peito considerar e respeitar as relações sociais como um dos principais deveres do homem de hoje. Com efeito, quanto mais o mundo se unifica, tanto mais as obrigações dos homens transcendem os grupos particulares e se estendem progressivamente a todo o mundo. O que só se poderá fazer se os indivíduos e grupos cultivarem em si mesmos e difundirem na sociedade as virtudes morais e sociais, de maneira a tornarem-se realmente, com o necessário auxílio da graça divina, homens novos e construtores duma humanidade nova."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Responsabilidade e participação social"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que cada homem possa cumprir mais perfeitamente os seus deveres de consciência quer para consigo quer em relação aos vários grupos de que é membro, deve-se ter o cuidado de que todos recebam uma formação mais ampla, empregando-se para tal os consideráveis meios de que hoje dispõe a humanidade. Antes de mais, a educação dos jovens, de qualquer origem social, deve ser de tal maneira organizada que suscite homens e mulheres não apenas cultos mas também de forte personalidade, tão urgentemente exigidos pelo nosso tempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mal poderá, contudo, o homem chegar a este sentido de responsabilidade, se as condições de vida lhe não permitirem tornar-se consciente da própria dignidade e responder à sua vocação, empenhando-se no serviço de Deus e dos outros homens. Ora a liberdade humana com frequência se debilita quando o homem cai em extrema miséria, e degrada-se quando ele, cedendo às demasiadas facilidades da vida, se fecha numa espécie de solidão dourada. Pelo contrário, ela robustece-se quando o homem aceita as inevitáveis dificuldades da vida social, assume as multiformes exigências da vida em comum e se empenha no serviço da comunidade humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deve, por isso, estimular-se em todos a vontade de tomar parte nos empreendimentos comuns. E é de louvar o modo de agir das nações em que a maior parte dos cidadãos participa, com verdadeira liberdade, nos assuntos públicos. É preciso, porém, ter sempre em conta a. situação real de cada povo e o necessário vigor da autoridade pública. Mas para que todos os cidadãos se sintam inclinados a participar na vida dos vários grupos de que se forma o corpo social, é necessário que encontrem nesses grupos bens que os atraiam e os predisponham ao serviço dos outros. Podemos legitimamente pensar que o destino futuro da humanidade está nas mãos daqueles que souberem dar às gerações vindoiras razões de viver e de esperar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Verbo encarnado e a solidariedade humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Do mesmo modo que Deus não criou os homens para viverem isolados, mas para se unirem em sociedade, assim também Lhe «aprouve... santificar e salvar os homens não individualmente e com exclusão de qualquer ligação mútua, mas fazendo deles um povo que O reconhecesse em verdade e O servisse santamente» (13). Desde o começo da história da salvação, Ele escolheu os homens não só como indivíduos mas ainda como membros duma comunidade. Com efeito, manifestando o seu desígnio, chamou a esses escolhidos o «seu povo» (Ex. 3, 7-12), com o qual estabeleceu aliança no Sinai (14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta índole comunitária aperfeiçoa-se e completa-se com a obra de Jesus Cristo. Pois o próprio Verbo encarnado quis participar da vida social dos homens. Tomou parte nas bodas de Caná, entrou na casa de Zaqueu, comeu com os publicanos e pecadores. Revelou o amor do Pai e a sublime vocação dos homens, evocando realidades sociais comuns e servindo-se de modos de falar e de imagens da vida de todos os dias. Santificou os laços sociais e antes de mais os familiares, fonte da vida social; e submeteu-se livremente às leis do seu país. Quis levar a vida dum operário do seu tempo e da sua terra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na sua pregação claramente mandou aos filhos de Deus que se tratassem como irmãos. E na sua oração pediu que todos os seus discípulos fossem «um». Ele próprio se ofereceu à morte por todos, de todos feito Redentor. «Não há maior amor do que dar alguém a vida pelos seus amigos» (Jo. 15, 13). E mandou aos Apóstolos pregar a todos a mensagem evangélica para que a humanidade se tornasse a família de Deus, na qual o amor fosse toda a lei."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Primogénito entre muitos irmãos, estabeleceu, depois da sua morte e ressurreição, com o dom do seu Espírito, uma nova comunhão fraterna entre todos os que O recebem com fé e caridade, a saber, na Igreja, que é o seu corpo, no qual todos, membros uns dos outros, se prestam mùtuamente serviço segundo os diversos dons a cada um concedidos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta solidariedade deve crescer sem cessar, até se consumar naquele dia em que os homens, salvos pela graça, darão perfeita glória a Deus, como família amada do Senhor e de Cristo seu irmão."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A ACTIVIDADE HUMANA NO MUNDO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Problema do sentido da actividade humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sempre o homem procurou, com o seu trabalho e engenho, desenvolver mais a própria vida; hoje, porém, sobretudo graças à ciência e à técnica, estendeu o seu domínio à natureza inteira, e continuamente o aumenta; e a família humana, sobretudo devido ao aumento de múltiplos meios de comunicação entre as nações, vai-se descobrindo e organizando progressivamente como uma só comunidade espalhada pelo mundo inteiro. Acontece assim que muitos bens que o homem noutro tempo esperava sobretudo das forças superiores, os alcança hoje por seus próprios meios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Muitas são as questões que se levantam entre os homens, perante este imenso empreendimento, que já atingiu o inteiro género humano. Qual o sentido e valor desta actividade? Como se devem usar estes bens? Para que fim tendem os esforços dos indivíduos e das sociedades? Guarda do depósito da palavra divina, onde se vão buscar os princípios da ordem religiosa e moral, a Igreja, embora nem sempre tenha uma resposta já pronta para cada uma destas perguntas, deseja, no entanto, juntar a luz da revelação à competência de todos os homens, para que assim receba luz o caminho recentemente empreendido pela humanidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Valor da actividade humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Uma coisa é certa para os crentes: a actividade humana individual e colectiva, aquele imenso esforço com que os homens, no decurso dos séculos, tentaram melhorar as condições de vida, corresponde à vontade de Deus. Pois o homem, criado à imagem de Deus, recebeu o mandamento de dominar a terra com tudo o que ela contém e governar o mundo na justiça e na santidade(1) e, reconhecendo Deus como Criador universal, orientar-se a si e ao universo para Ele; de maneira que, estando todas as coisas sujeitas ao homem, seja glorificado em toda a terra o nome de Deus (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Isto aplica-se também às actividades de todos os dias. Assim, os homens e as mulheres que, ao ganhar o sustento para si e suas famílias, de tal modo exercem a própria actividade que prestam conveniente serviço à sociedade, com razão podem considerar que prolongam com o seu trabalho a obra do Criador, ajudam os seus irmãos e dão uma contribuição pessoal para a realização dos desígnios de Deus na história (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Longe de pensar que as obras do engenho e poder humano se opõem ao poder de Deus, ou de considerar a criatura racional como rival do Criador, os cristãos devem, pelo contrário, estar convencidos de que as vitórias do género humano manifestam a grandeza de Deus e são fruto do seu desígnio inefável. Mas, quanto mais aumenta o poder dos homens, tanto mais cresce a sua responsabilidade, pessoal e comunitária. Vê-se, portanto, que a mensagem cristã não afasta os homens da tarefa de construir o mundo, nem os leva a desatender o bem dos seus semelhantes, mas que, antes, os obriga ainda mais a realizar essas actividades (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ordenação da actividade humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A actividade humana, do mesmo modo que procede do homem, assim para ele se ordena. De facto, quando age, o homem não transforma apenas as coisas e a sociedade, mas realiza-se a si mesmo. Aprende muitas coisas, desenvolve as próprias faculdades, sai de si e eleva-se sobre si mesmo. Este desenvolvimento, bem compreendido, vale mais do que os bens externos que se possam conseguir. O homem vale mais por aquilo que é do que por aquilo que tem (5). Do mesmo modo, tudo o que o homem faz para conseguir mais justiça, mais fraternidade, uma organização mais humana das relações sociais, vale mais do que os progressos técnicos. Pois tais progressos podem proporcionar a base material para a promoção humana, mas, por si sós, são incapazes de a realizar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A norma da actividade humana é pois a seguinte: segundo o plano e vontade de Deus, ser conforme com o verdadeiro bem da humanidade e tornar possível ao homem, individualmente considerado ou em sociedade, cultivar e realizar a sua vocação integral."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Justa autonomia das realidades terrestres"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No entanto, muitos dos nossos contemporâneos parecem temer que a íntima ligação entre a actividade humana e a religião constitua um obstáculo para a autonomia dos homens, das sociedades ou das ciências. Se por autonomia das realidades terrenas se entende que as coisas criadas e as próprias sociedades têm leis e valores próprios, que o homem irá gradualmente descobrindo, utilizando e organizando, é perfeitamente legítimo exigir tal autonomia. Para além de ser uma exigência dos homens do nosso tempo, trata-se de algo inteiramente de acordo com a vontade do Criador. Pois, em virtude do próprio facto da criação, todas as coisas possuem consistência, verdade, bondade e leis próprias, que o homem deve respeitar, reconhecendo os métodos peculiares de cada ciência e arte. Por esta razão, a investigação metódica em todos os campos do saber, quando levada a cabo de um modo verdadeiramente científico e segundo as normas morais, nunca será realmente oposta à fé, já que as realidades profanas e as da fé têm origem no mesmo Deus (6). Antes, quem se esforça com humildade e constância por perscrutar os segredos da natureza, é, mesmo quando disso não tem consciência, como que conduzido pela mão de Deus, o qual sustenta as coisas e as faz ser o que são. Seja permitido, por isso, deplorar certas atitudes de espírito que não faltaram entre os mesmos cristãos, por não reconhecerem suficientemente a legítima autonomia da ciência e que, pelas disputas e controvérsias a que deram origem, levaram muitos espíritos a pensar que a fé e a ciência eram incompatíveis (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se, porém, com as palavras «autonomia das realidades temporais» se entende que as criaturas não dependem de Deus e que o homem pode usar delas sem as ordenar ao Criador, ninguém que acredite em Deus deixa de ver a falsidade de tais assertos. Pois, sem o Criador, a criatura não subsiste. De resto, todos os crentes, de qualquer religião, sempre souberam ouvir a sua voz e manifestação na linguagem das criaturas. Antes, se se esquece Deus, a própria criatura se obscurece."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A actividade humana viciada pelo pecado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Sagrada Escritura, confirmada pela experiência dos séculos, ensina à família humana que o progresso humano, tão grande bem para o homem, traz consigo também uma grande tentação: perturbada a ordem de valores e misturado o bem com o mal, os homens e os grupos consideram apenas o que é seu, esquecendo o dos outros. Deixa assim o mundo de ser um lugar de verdadeira fraternidade, enquanto que o acrescido dos homens ameaça já destruir o próprio género humano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um duro combate contra os poderes das trevas atravessa, com efeito. toda a história humana; começou no princípio do mundo e, segundo a palavra do Senhor (8), durará até ao último dia. Inserido nesta luta, o homem deve combater constantemente, se quer ser fiel ao bem; e só com grandes esforços e a ajuda da graça de Deus conseguirá realizar a sua própria unidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, a Igreja de Cristo, confiando no desígnio do Criador, ao mesmo tempo que reconhece que o progresso humano pode servir para a verdadeira felicidade dos homens, não pode deixar de repetir aquela palavra do Apóstolo: «não vos conformeis com este mundo» (Rom. 12, 2), isto é, com aquele espírito de vaidade e malícia que transforma a actividade humana, destinada ao serviço de Deus e do homem, em instrumento de pecado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E se alguém quer saber de que maneira se pode superar esta situação miserável, os cristãos professam que todas as actividades humanas, constantemente ameaçadas pela soberba e amor próprio desordenado, devem ser purificadas e levadas à perfeição pela cruz e ressurreição de Cristo. Porque, remido por Cristo e tornado nova criatura no Espírito Santo, o homem pode e deve amar até as coisas criadas por Deus. Pois recebeu-as de Deus e considera-as e respeita-as como vindas da mão do Senhor. Dando por elas graças ao benfeitor e usando e aproveitando as criaturas em pobreza e liberdade de espírito, é introduzido no verdadeiro senhorio do mundo, como quem nada tem e tudo possui (9). «Todas as coisas são vossas; mas vós sois de Cristo e Cristo é de Deus» (1 Cor. 3, 22-23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A actividade humana aperfeiçoada na Encarnação e no mistério pascal"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Verbo de Deus, pelo qual todas as coisas foram feitas, fazendo-se homem e vivendo na terra dos homens (10), entrou como homem perfeito na história do mundo, assumindo-a e recapitulando-a (11). Ele revela-nos que «Deus é amor» (1 Jo. 4, 8) e ensina-nos ao mesmo tempo que a lei fundamental da perfeição humana e, portanto, da transformação do mundo, é o novo mandamento do amor. Dá, assim, aos que acreditam no amor de Deus, a certeza de que o caminho do amor está aberto para todos e que o esforço por estabelecer a universal fraternidade não é vão. Adverte, ao mesmo tempo, que este amor não se deve exercitar apenas nas coisas grandes, mas, antes de mais, nas circunstâncias ordinárias da vida. Suportando a morte por todos nós pecadores (12), ensina-nos com o seu exemplo que também devemos levar a cruz que a carne e o mundo fazem pesar sobre os ombros daqueles que buscam a paz e a justiça. Constituído Senhor pela sua ressurreição, Cristo, a quem foi dado todo o poder no céu e na terra (13), actua já pela força do Espírito Santo nos corações dos homens; não suscita neles apenas o desejo da vida futura, mas, por isso mesmo, anima, purifica e fortalece também aquelas generosas aspirações que levam a humanidade a tentar tornar a vida mais humana e a submeter para esse fim toda a terra. Sem dúvida, os dons do Espírito são diversos: enquanto chama alguns a darem claro testemunho do desejo da pátria celeste e a conservarem-no vivo no seio da família humana, chama outros a dedicarem-se ao serviço terreno dos homens, preparando com esta sua actividade como que a matéria do reino dos céus. Liberta, porém, a todos, para que, deixando o amor próprio e empregando em favor da vida humana todas as energias terrenas, se lancem para o futuro, em que a humanidade se tornará oblação agradável a Deus (14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O penhor desta esperança e o viático para este caminho deixou-os o Senhor aos seus naquele sacramento da fé, em que os elementos naturais, cultivados pelo homem, se convertem no Corpo e Sangue gloriosos, na ceia da comunhão fraterna e na prelibação do banquete celeste."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A nova terra e o novo céu"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ignoramos o tempo em que a terra e a humanidade atingirão a sua plenitude (15), e também não sabemos que transformação sofrerá o universo. Porque a figura deste mundo, deformada pelo pecado, passa certamente (16), mas Deus ensina-nos que se prepara uma nova habitação e uma nova terra, na qual reina a justiça (17) e cuja felicidade satisfará e superará todos os desejos de paz que se levantam no coração dos homens (18). Então, vencida a morte, os filhos de Deus ressuscitarão em Cristo e aquilo que foi semeado na fraqueza e corrupção, revestir-se-á de incorruptibilidade (19); permanecendo a caridade e as suas obras (20), todas as criaturas que Deus criou para o homem serão libertadas da escravidão da vaidade (21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É certo que é-nos lembrado que de nada serve ao homem ganhar o mundo inteiro, se a si mesmo se vem a perder (22). A expectativa da nova terra não deve, porém, enfraquecer, mas antes activar a solicitude em ordem a desenvolver esta terra, onde cresce o corpo da nova família humana, que já consegue apresentar uma certa prefiguração do mundo futuro. Por conseguinte, embora o progresso terreno se deva cuidadosamente distinguir do crescimento do reino de Cristo, todavia, na medida em que pode contribuir para a melhor organização da sociedade humana, interessa muito ao reino de Deus (23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos estes valores da dignidade humana, da comunhão fraterna e da liberdade, fruto da natureza e do nosso trabalho, depois de os termos difundido na terra, no Espírito do Senhor e segundo o seu mandamento, voltaremos de novo a encontrá-los, mas então purificados de qualquer mancha, iluminados e transfigurados, quando Cristo entregar ao Pai o reino eterno e universal: «reino de verdade e de vida, reino de santidade e de graça, reino de justiça, de amor e de paz» (24). Sobre a terra, o reino já está misteriosamente presente; quando o Senhor vier, atingirá a perfeição."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A FUNÇÃO DA IGREJA NO MUNDO ACTUAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relação mútua entre a Igreja e o mundo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tudo quanto dissemos acerca da dignidade da pessoa humana, da comunidade dos homens, do significado profundo da actividade humana, constitui o fundamento das relações entre a Igreja e o mundo e a base do seu diálogo recíproco(1). Pelo que, no presente capítulo, pressupondo tudo o que o Concílio já declarou acerca do mistério da Igreja, considerar-se-á a mesma Igreja enquanto existe neste mundo e com ele vive e actua."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja, que tem a sua origem no amor do eterno Pai (2), foi fundada, no tempo, por Cristo Redentor, e reune-se no Espírito Santo (3), tem um fim salvador e escatológico, o qual só se poderá atingir plenamente no outro mundo. Mas ela existe já actualmente na terra, composta de homens que são membros da cidade terrena e chamados a formar já na história humana a família dos filhos de Deus, a qual deve crescer continuamente até à vinda do Senhor. Unida em vista dos bens celestes e com eles enriquecida, esta família foi por Cristo «constituída e organizada como sociedade neste mundo» (4), dispondo de «convenientes meios de unidade visível e social» (5). Deste modo, a Igreja, simultâneamente «agrupamento visível e comunidade espiritual» (6), caminha juntamente com toda a humanidade, participa da mesma sorte terrena do mundo e é como que o fermento e a alma da sociedade humana (7), a qual deve ser renovada em Cristo e transformada em família de Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta compenetração da cidade terrena com a celeste só pela fé se pode perceber; mais, ela permanece o mistério da história humana, sempre perturbada pelo pecado, enquanto não chega a plena manifestação da glória dos filhos de Deus. Procurando o seu fim salvífico, a Igreja não se limita a comunicar ao homem a vida divina; espalha sobre todo o mundo os reflexos da sua luz, sobretudo enquanto cura e eleva a dignidade da pessoa humana, consolida a coesão da sociedade e dá um sentido mais profundo à quotidiana actividade dos homens. A Igreja pensa, assim, que por meio de cada um dos seus membros e por toda a sua comunidade, muito pode ajudar para tornar mais humana a família dos homens e a sua história."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, a Igreja católica aprecia grandemente a contribuição que as outras igrejas cristãs ou comunidades eclesiais têm dado e continuam a dar para a consecução do mesmo fim. E está também firmemente persuadida de que pode receber muita ajuda, de vários modos, do mundo, pelas qualidades e acção dos indivíduos e das sociedades, na preparação do Evangelho. Expõem-se, a seguir, alguns princípios gerais para promover convenientemente o intercâmbio e ajuda recíproca entre a Igreja e o mundo, nos domínios que são de algum modo comuns a ambos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ajuda que a Igreja oferece ao homem"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O homem actual está a caminho de um desenvolvimento mais pleno da personalidade e uma maior descoberta e afirmação dos próprios direitos. Tendo a Igreja, por sua parte, a missão de manifestar o mistério de Deus, último fim do homem, ela descobre ao mesmo tempo ao homem o sentido da sua existência, a verdade profunda à cerca dele mesmo. A Igreja sabe muito bem que só Deus, a quem serve, pode responder às aspirações mais profundas do coração humano, que nunca plenamente se satisfaz com os alimentos terrestres. Sabe também que o homem, solicitado pelo Espírito de Deus, nunca será totalmente indiferente ao problema religioso, como o confirmam não só a experiência dos tempos passados, mas também inúmeros testemunhos do presente. Com efeito, o homem sempre desejará saber, ao menos confusamente, qual é o significado da sua vida, da sua actividade e da sua morte. E a própria presença da Igreja lhe traz à mente estes problemas. Mas só Deus, que criou o homem à sua imagem e o remiu, dá plena resposta a estas perguntas, pela revelação em Cristo seu Filho feito homem. Aquele que segue Cristo, o homem perfeito, torna-se mais homem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apoiada nesta fé, a Igreja pode subtrair a dignidade da natureza humana a quaisquer flutuações de opiniões, por exemplo, as que rebaixam exageradamente o corpo humano ou, pelo contrário, o exaltam sem medida. Nenhuma lei humana pode salvaguardar tão perfeitamente a dignidade pessoal e a liberdade do homem como o Evangelho de Cristo, confiado à Igreja. Pois este Evangelho anuncia e proclama a liberdade dos filhos de Deus; rejeita toda a espécie de servidão, a qual tem a sua última origem no pecado (8); respeita escrupulosamente a dignidade da consciência e a sua livre decisão; sem descanso recorda que todos os talentos humanos devem redundar em serviço de Deus e bem dos homens; e a todos recomenda, finalmente, a caridade (9). É o que corresponde à lei fundamental da economia cristã. Porque, embora seja o mesmo Deus o Criador e o Salvador, o senhor da história humana e o da história da salvação, todavia, segundo a ordenação divina, a justa autonomia das criaturas e sobretudo do homem, não só não é delimitada mas antes é restituída à sua dignidade e nela confirmada."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, a Igreja, em virtude do Evangelho que lhe foi confiado, proclama os direitos do homem e reconhece e tem em grande apreço o dinamismo do nosso tempo, que por toda a parte promove tais direitos. Este movimento, porém, deve ser penetrado pelo espírito do Evangelho, e defendido de qualquer espécie de falsa autonomia. Pois estamos sujeitos à tentação de julgar que os nossos direitos pessoais só são plenamente assegurados quando nos libertamos de toda a norma da lei divina. Enquanto que, por este caminho, a dignidade da pessoa humana, em vez de se salvar, perde-se."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ajuda que a Igreja oferece à sociedade"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A unidade da família humana recebe um grande reforço e encontra o seu acabamento na unidade da família dos filhos de Deus fundada em Cristo (10). Certamente, a missão própria confiada por Cristo à sua Igreja, não é de ordem política, económica ou social: o fim que lhe propôs é, com efeito, de ordem religiosa (11). Mas desta mesma missão religiosa deriva um encargo, uma luz e uma energia que podem servir para o estabelecimento e consolidação da comunidade humana segundo a lei divina. E também, quando for necessário, tendo em conta as circunstâncias de tempos e lugares, pode ela própria, e até deve, suscitar obras destinadas ao serviço de todos, sobretudo dos pobres, tais como obras caritativas e outras semelhantes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja reconhece, além disso, tudo o que há de bom no dinamismo social hodierno; sobretudo o movimento para a unidade, o processo duma sã socialização e associação civil e económica. Promover a unidade é, efectivamente, algo que se harmoniza com a missão essencial da Igreja, pois ela é, «em Cristo, como que o sacramento ou sinal e o instrumento da íntima união com Deus e da unidade de todo o género humano» (12). Ela própria manifesta assim ao mundo que a verdadeira união social eterna flui da união dos espíritos e dos corações, daquela fé e caridade em que indissolùvelmente se funda, no Espírito Santo, a sua própria unidade. Porque a energia que a Igreja pode insuflar à sociedade actual consiste nessa fé e caridade efectivamente vividas e não em qualquer domínio externo, actuado com meios puramente humanos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, dado que a Igreja não está ligada, por força da sua missão e natureza, a nenhuma forma particular de cultura ou sistema político, económico ou social, pode, graças a esta sua universalidade, constituir um laço muito estreito entre as diversas comunidades e nações, contanto que nela confiem e lhe reconheçam a verdadeira liberdade para cumprir esta sua missão. Por esta razão, a Igreja recomenda a todos os seus filhos, e também a todos os homens, que superem com este espírito de família próprio dos filhos de Deus, todos os conflitos entre nações e raças, e consolidem internamente as legítimas associações humanas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Concílio considera com muito respeito o que há de bom, verdadeiro e justo nas instituições tão diversas que o género humano criou e sem cessar continua a criar. E a Igreja declara querer ajudar e promover todas essas instituições, na medida em que isso dela dependa e seja compatível com a sua própria missão. Ela nada deseja mais ardentemente do que, servindo o bem de todos, poder desenvolver-se livremente sob qualquer regime que reconheça os direitos fundamentais da pessoa e da família e os imperativos do bem comum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ajuda que a Igreja oferece à atividade humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Concílio exorta os cristãos, cidadãos de ambas as cidades, a que procurem cumprir fielmente os seus deveres terrenos, guiados pelo espírito do Evangelho. Afastam-se da verdade os que, sabendo que não temos aqui na terra uma cidade permanente, mas que vamos em demanda da futura (13), pensam que podem por isso descuidar os seus deveres terrenos, sem atenderem a que a própria fé ainda os obriga mais a cumpri-los, segundo a vocação própria de cada um (14). Mas não menos erram os que, pelo contrário, opinam poder entregar-se às ocupações terrenas, como se estas fossem inteiramente alheias à vida religiosa, a qual pensam consistir apenas no cumprimento dos actos de culto e de certos deveres morais. Este divórcio entre a fé que professam e o comportamento quotidiano de muitos deve ser contado entre os mais graves erros do nosso tempo. Já no Antigo Testamento os profetas denunciam este escândalo (15); no Novo, Cristo ameaçou-o ainda mais veementemente com graves castigos (16). Não se oponham, pois, infundadamente, as actividades profissionais e sociais, por um lado, e a vida religiosa, por outro. O cristão que descuida os seus deveres temporais, falta aos seus deveres para com o próximo e até para com o próprio Deus, e põe em risco a sua salvação eterna. A exemplo de Cristo que exerceu um mister de operário, alegrem-se antes os cristãos por poderem exercer todas as actividades terrenas, unindo numa síntese vital todos os seus esforços humanos, domésticos, profissionais, científicos ou técnicos com os valores religiosos, sob cuja elevada ordenação, tudo se coordena para glória de Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As tarefas e actividades seculares competem como próprias, embora não exclusivamente, aos leigos. Por esta razão, sempre que, sós ou associados, actuam como cidadãos do mundo, não só devem respeitar as leis próprias de cada domínio, mas procurarão alcançar neles uma real competência. Cooperarão de boa vontade com os homens que prosseguem os mesmos fins. Reconhecendo quais são as exigências da fé, e por ela robustecidos, não hesitem, quando for oportuno, em idear novas iniciativas e levá-las a realização. Compete à sua consciência prèviamente bem formada, imprimir a lei divina na vida da cidade terrestre. Dos sacerdotes, esperem os leigos a luz e força espiritual. Mas não pensem que os seus pastores estão sempre de tal modo preparados que tenham uma solução pronta para qualquer questão, mesmo grave, que surja, ou que tal é a sua missão. Antes, esclarecidos pela sabedoria cristã, e atendendo à doutrina do magistério (17), tomem por si mesmos as próprias responsabilidades."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Muitas vezes, a concepção cristã da vida incliná-los-á para determinada solução, em certas circunstâncias concretas. Outros fiéis, porém, com não menos sinceridade, pensarão diferentemente acerca do mesmo assunto, como tantas vezes acontece, e legitimamente. Embora as soluções propostas por uma e outra parte, mesmo independentemente da sua intenção, sejam por muitos fàcilmente vinculadas à mensagem evangélica, devem, no entanto, lembrar-se de que a ninguém é permitido, em tais casos, invocar exclusivamente a favor da própria opinião a autoridade da Igreja. Mas procurem sempre esclarecer-se mutuamente, num diálogo sincero, salvaguardando a caridade recíproca e atendendo, antes de mais, ao bem comum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os leigos, que devem tomar parte activa em toda a vida da Igreja, não devem apenas impregnar o mundo com o espírito cristão, mas são também chamados a serem testemunhas de Cristo, em todas as circunstâncias, no seio da comunidade humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto aos Bispos, a quem está confiado o encargo de governar a Igreja de Deus, preguem juntamente com os seus sacerdotes a mensagem de Cristo de tal maneira que todas as actividades terrenas dos fiéis sejam penetradas pela luz do Evangelho. Lembrem-se, além disso, os pastores que, com o seu comportamento e solicitude quotidanos (18), manifestam ao mundo o rosto da Igreja com base no qual os homens julgam da força e da verdade da mensagem cristã. Com a sua vida e palavra, juntos com os religiosos e os seus fiéis, mostrem que a Igreja, com todos os dons que contém em si, é só pela sua simples presença uma fonte inexaurível daquelas virtudes de que tanto necessita o mundo de hoje. Por meio de assíduo estudo, tornem-se capazes de tomar parte no diálogo com o mundo e com os homens de qualquer opinião. Mas sobretudo, tenham no seu coração as palavras deste Concílio: «Dado que o género humano caminha hoje cada vez mais para a unidade civil, económica e social, tanto mais necessário é que os sacerdotes em conjunto e sob a direcção dos Bispos e do Sumo Pontífice, evitem todo o motivo de divisão, para que a humanidade toda seja conduzida à unidade da família de Deus» (19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainda que a Igreja, pela virtude do Espírito Santo, se tenha mantido esposa fiel do Senhor e nunca tenha deixado de ser um sinal de salvação no mundo, no entanto, ela não ignora que entre os seus membros (20), clérigos ou leigos, não faltaram, no decurso de tantos séculos, alguns que foram infiéis ao Espírito de Deus. E também nos nossos dias, a Igreja não deixa de ver quanta distância separa a mensagem por ela proclamada e a humana fraqueza daqueles a quem foi confiado o Evangelho. Seja qual for o juízo da história acerca destas deficiências, devemos delas ter consciência e combatê-las com vigor, para que não sejam obstáculo à difusão, do Evangelho. Também sabe a Igreja quanto deve aprender com a experiência dos séculos, no que se refere ao desenvolvimento das suas relações com o mundo. Conduzida pelo Espírito Santo, a Igreja mãe «exorta sem cessar os seus filhos a que se purifiquem e renovem, para que o sinal de Cristo brilhe mais claramente no rosto da Igreja» (21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ajuda que a Igreja recebe do mundo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Assim como é do interesse do mundo que ele reconheça a Igreja como realidade social da história e seu fermento, assim também a Igreja não ignora quanto recebeu da história e evolução do género humano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A experiência dos séculos passados, os progressos científicos, os tesoiros encerrados nas várias formas de cultura humana, os quais manifestam mais plenamente a natureza do homem e abrem novos caminhos para a verdade, aproveitam igualmente à Igreja. Ela aprendeu, desde os começos da sua história, a formular a mensagem de Cristo por meio dos conceitos e línguas dos diversos povos, e procurou ilustrá-la com o saber filosófico. Tudo isto com o fim de adaptar o Evangelho à capacidade de compreensão de todos e às exigências dos sábios. Esta maneira adaptada de pregar a palavra revelada deve permanecer a lei de toda a evangelização. Deste modo, com efeito, suscita-se em cada nação a possibilidade de exprimir a mensagem de Cristo segundo a sua maneira própria, ao mesmo tempo que se fomenta um intercâmbio vivo entre a Igreja e as diversas culturas dos diferentes povos (22). Para aumentar este intercâmbio, necessita especialmente a Igreja - sobretudo hoje, em que tudo muda tão ràpidamente e os modos de pensar variam tanto - da ajuda daqueles que, vivendo no mundo, conhecem bem o espírito e conteúdo das várias instituições e disciplinas, sejam eles crentes ou não. É dever de todo o Povo de Deus e sobretudo dos pastores e teólogos, com a ajuda do Espírito Santo, saber ouvir, discernir e interpretar as várias linguagens do nosso tempo, e julgá-las à luz da palavra de Deus, de modo que a verdade revelada possa ser cada vez mais intimamente percebida, melhor compreendida e apresentada de um modo conveniente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como a Igreja tem uma estrutura social visível, sinal da sua unidade em Cristo, pode também ser enriquecida, e de facto o é, com a evolução da vida social. Não porque falte algo na constituição que Cristo lhe deu, mas para mais profundamente a conhecer e melhor a exprimir e para a adaptar mais convenientemente aos nossos tempos. Ela verifica com gratidão que, tanto no seu conjunto como em cada um dos seus filhos, recebe variadas ajudas dos homens de toda a classe e condição. Na realidade, todos os que, de acordo com a vontade de Deus, promovem a comunidade humana no plano familiar, cultural, da vida económica e social e também política, seja nacional ou internacional, prestam não pequena ajuda à comunidade eclesial, na medida em que esta depende das realidades exteriores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais ainda, a Igreja reconhece que muito aproveitou e pode aproveitar da própria oposição daqueles que a hostilizam e perseguem (23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jesus Cristo Alfa e Omega"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ao ajudar o mundo e recebendo dele ao mesmo tempo muitas coisas, o único fim da Igreja é o advento do reino de Deus e o estabelecimento da salvação de todo o género humano. E todo o bem que o Povo de Deus pode prestar à família dos homens durante o tempo da sua peregrinação deriva do facto que a Igreja é o «sacramento universal da salvação» (24), manifestando e actuando simultâneamente o mistério do amor de Deus pelos homens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Com efeito, o próprio Verbo de Deus, por quem tudo foi feito, fez-se homem, para, homem perfeito, a todos salvar e tudo recapitular. O Senhor é o fim da história humana, o ponto para onde tendem os desejos da história e da civilização, o centro do género humano, a alegria de todos os corações e a plenitude das suas aspirações (25). Foi Ele que o Pai ressuscitou dos mortos, exaltou e colocou à sua direita, estabelecendo-o juiz dos vivos e dos mortos. Vivificados e reunidos no seu Espírito, caminhamos em direcção à consumação da história humana, a qual corresponde plenamente ao seu desígnio de amor: «recapitular todas as coisas em Cristo, tanto as do céu como as da terra» (Ef. 1,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O próprio Senhor o diz: «Eis que venho em breve, trazendo comigo a minha recompensa, para dar a cada um segundo as suas obras. Eu sou o alfa e o ómega, o primeiro e o último, o começo e o fim» (Apoc. 22, 12-13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II PARTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ALGUNS PROBLEMAS MAIS URGENTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Atitude do Concílio perante esses problemas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Depois de ter exposto a dignidade da pessoa humana, bem como a missão individual e social que está chamada a realizar no mundo, o Concílio dirige agora a atenção de todos, à luz do Evangelho e da experiência humana, para algumas necessidades mais urgentes do nosso tempo, que profundamente afectam a humanidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre as muitas questões que hoje a todos preocupam, importa relevar particularmente as seguintes: o matrimónio e a família, a cultura humana, a vida económico-social e política, a comunidade internacional e a paz. Sobre cada uma delas devem resplandecer os princípios e as luzes que provêm de Cristo e que dirigirão os cristãos e iluminarão todos os homens na busca da solução para tantos e tão complexos problemas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A PROMOÇÃO DA DIGNIDADE DO MATRIMÓNIO E DA FAMÍLIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O matrimónio e a família no mundo actual"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O bem-estar da pessoa e da sociedade humana e cristã está intimamente ligado com uma favorável situação da comunidade conjugal e familiar. Por esse motivo, os cristãos, juntamente com todos os que têm em grande apreço esta comunidade, alegram-se sinceramente com os vários factores que fazem aumentar entre os homens a estima desta comunidade de amor e o respeito pela vida e que auxiliam os cônjuges e os pais na sua sublime missão. Esperam daí ainda melhores resultados e esforçam-se por os ampliar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porém, a dignidade desta instituição não resplandece em toda a parte com igual brilho. Encontra-se obscurecida pela poligamia, pela epidemia do divórcio, pelo chamado amor livre e outras deformações. Além disso, o amor conjugal é muitas vezes profanado pelo egoísmo, amor do prazer e por práticas ilícitas contra a geração. E as actuais condições económicas, socio-psicológicas e civis introduzem ainda na família não pequenas perturbações. Finalmente, em certas partes do globo, verificam-se, com inquietação, os problemas postos pelo aumento demográfico. Com tudo isto, angustiam-se as consciências. Mas o vigor e a solidez da instituição matrimonial e familiar também nisto se manifestam: as profundas transformações da sociedade contemporânea, apesar das dificuldades a que dão origem, muito frequentemente revelam de diversos modos a verdadeira natureza de tal instituição."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por tal motivo, o Concílio, esclarecendo alguns pontos da doutrina da Igreja, deseja ilustrar e robustecer os cristãos e todos os homens que se esforçam por proteger e fomentar a nativa dignidade do estado matrimonial e o seu alto e sagrado valor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A santidade do matrimónio e da família"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A íntima comunidade da vida e do amor conjugal, fundada pelo Criador e dotada de leis próprias, é instituída por meio da aliança matrimonial, eu seja pelo irrevogável consentimento pessoal. Deste modo, por meio do acto humano com o qual os cônjuges mùtuamente se dão e recebem um ao outro, nasce uma instituição também à face da sociedade, confirmada pela lei divina. Em vista do bem tanto dos esposos e da prole como da sociedade, este sagrado vínculo não está ao arbítrio da vontade humana. O próprio Deus é o autor do matrimónio, o qual possui diversos bens e fins,(1) todos eles da máxima importância, quer para a propagação do género humano, quer para o proveito pessoal e sorte eterna de cada um dos membros da família, quer mesmo, finalmente, para a dignidade, estabilidade, paz e prosperidade de toda a família humana. Por sua própria índole, a instituição matrimonial e o amor conjugal estão ordenados para a procriação e educação da prole, que constituem como que a sua coroa. O homem e a mulher, que, pela aliança conjugal «já não são dois, mas uma só carne» (Mt. 19, 6), prestam-se recíproca ajuda e serviço com a íntima união das suas pessoas e actividades, tomam consciência da própria unidade e cada vez mais a realizam. Esta união íntima, já que é o dom recíproco de duas pessoas, exige, do mesmo modo que o bem dos filhos, a inteira fidelidade dos cônjuges e a indissolubilidade da sua união (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo Senhor abençoou copiosamente este amor de múltiplos aspectos, nascido da fonte divina da caridade e constituído à imagem da sua própria união com a Igreja. E assim como outrora Deus veio ao encontro do seu povo com uma aliança de amor e fidelidade (3), assim agora o Salvador dos homens e esposo da Igreja (4) vem ao encontro dos esposos cristãos com o sacramento do matrimónio. E permanece com eles, para que, assim como Ele amou a Igreja e se entregou por ela (5), de igual modo os cônjuges, dando-se um ao outro, se amem com perpétua fidelidade. O autêntico amor conjugal é assumido no amor divino, e dirigido e enriquecido pela força redentora de Cristo e pela acção salvadora da Igreja, para que, assim, os esposos caminhem eficazmente para Deus e sejam ajudados e fortalecidos na sua missão sublime de pai e mãe(6). Por este motivo, os esposos cristãos são fortalecidos e como que consagrados em ordem aos deveres do seu estado por meio de um sacramento especial (7); cumprindo, graças à força deste, a própria missão conjugal e familiar, penetrados do espírito de Cristo que impregna toda a sua vida de fé, esperança e caridade, avançam sempre mais na própria perfeição e mútua santificação e cooperam assim juntos para a glorificação de Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Precedidos assim pelo exemplo e oração familiar dos pais, tanto os filhos como todos os que vivem no círculo familiar encontrarão mais fàcilmente o caminho da existência humana, da salvação e da santidade. Quanto aos esposos, revestidos com a dignidade e o encargo da paternidade e maternidade, cumprirão diligentemente o seu dever de educação, sobretudo religiosa, que a eles cabe em primeiro lugar. Os filhos, como membros vivos dá família, contribuem a seu modo para a santificação dos pais. Corresponderão, com a sua gratidão, piedade filial e confiança aos benefícios recebidos dos pais e assisti-los-ão, como bons filhos, nas dificuldades e na solidão da velhice. A viuvez, corajosamente assumida na sequência da vocação conjugal, por todos deve ser respeitada (8). Cada família comunicará generosamente com as outras as próprias riquezas espirituais. Por isso, a família cristã, nascida de um matrimónio que é imagem e participação da aliança de amor entre Cristo e a Igreja (9), manifestará a todos a presença viva do Salvador no mundo e a autêntica natureza da Igreja, quer por meio do amor dos esposos, quer pela sua generosa fecundidade, unidade e fidelidade, quer pela amável cooperação de todos os seus membros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O amor conjugal"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Palavra de Deus convida repetidas vezes os noivos a alimentar e robustecer o seu noivado com um amor casto, e os esposos a sua união com um amor indiviso (10). E também muitos dos nossos contemporâneos têm em grande apreço o verdadeiro amor entre marido e mulher, manifestado de diversas maneiras, de acordo com os honestos costumes dos povos e dos tempos. Esse amor, dado que é eminentemente humano - pois vai de pessoa a pessoa com um afecto voluntário - compreende o bem de toda a pessoa e, por conseguinte, pode conferir especial dignidade às manifestações do corpo e do espírito, enobrecendo-as como elementos e sinais peculiares do amor conjugal. E o Senhor dignou-se sanar, aperfeiçoar e elevar este amor com um dom especial de graça e caridade. Unindo o humano e o divino, esse amor leva os esposos ao livre e recíproco dom de si mesmos, que se manifesta com a ternura do afecto e, com as obras, e penetra toda a sua vida (11); e aperfeiçoa-se e aumenta pela sua própria generosa actuação. Ele transcende, por isso, de longe a mera inclinação erótica, a qual, fomentada egoìsticamente, rápida e miseràvelmente se desvanece."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este amor tem a sua expressão e realização peculiar no acto próprio do matrimónio. São, portanto, honestos e dignos os actos pelos quais os esposos se unem em intimidade e pureza; realizados de modo autênticamente humano, exprimem e alimentam a mútua entrega pela qual se enriquecem um ao outro na alegria e gratidão. Esse amor, ratificado pela promessa de ambos e, sobretudo, sancionado pelo sacramento de Cristo, é indissolùvelmente fiel, de corpo e de espírito, na prosperidade e na adversidade; exclui, por isso, toda e qualquer espécie de adultério e divórcio. A unidade do matrimónio, confirmada pelo Senhor, manifesta-se também claramente na igual dignidade da mulher e do homem que se deve reconhecer no mútuo e pleno amor. Mas, para cumprir com perseverança os deveres desta vocação cristã, requere-se uma virtude notável; por este motivo, hão-de os esposos, fortalecidos pela graça para levarem uma vida de santidade, cultivar assiduamente e impetrar com a oração a fortaleza do próprio amor, a magnanimidade e o espírito de sacrifício."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O autêntico amor conjugal será mais apreciado, e formar-se-á a seu respeito uma sã opinião pública, se os esposos cristãos derem um testemunho eminente de fidelidade e harmonia e de solicitude na educação dos filhos e se participarem na necessária renovação cultural, psicológica e social em favor do casamento e da família. Os jovens devem ser conveniente e oportunamente instruídos, sobretudo no seio da própria família, acerca da dignidade, missão e exercício do amor conjugal. Deste modo, educados na castidade, poderão, chegada a idade conveniente, entrar no casamento depois dum noivado puro."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A fecundidade do matrimônio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O matrimónio e o amor conjugal ordenam-se por sua própria natureza à geração e educação da prole. Os filhos são, sem dúvida, o maior dom do matrimónio e contribuem muito para o bem dos próprios pais. O mesmo Deus que disse «não é bom que o homem esteja só» (Gén. 2,88) e que «desde a origem fez o homem varão e mulher» (Mt. 19,14), querendo comunicar-lhe uma participação especial na Sua obra criadora, abençoou o homem e a mulher dizendo: «sede fecundos e multiplicai-vos» (Gén. 1,28). Por isso, o autêntico cultivo do amor conjugal, e toda a vida familiar que dele nasce, sem pôr de lado os outros fins do matrimónio, tendem a que os esposos, com fortaleza de ânimo, estejam dispostos a colaborar com o amor do criador e salvador, que por meio deles aumenta cada dia mais e enriquece a sua família."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os esposos sabem que no dever de transmitir e educar a vida humana - dever que deve ser considerado como a sua missão específica - eles são os cooperadores do amor de Deus criador e como que os seus intérpretes. Desempenhar-se-ão, portanto, desta missão com a sua responsabilidade humana e cristã; com um respeito cheio de docilidade para com Deus, de comum acordo e com esforço comum, formarão rectamente a própria consciência, tendo em conta o seu bem próprio e o dos filhos já nascidos ou que prevêem virão a nascer, sabendo ver as condições de tempo e da própria situação e tendo, finalmente, em consideração o bem da comunidade familiar, da sociedade temporal e da própria Igreja. São os próprios esposos que, em última instância, devem diante de Deus tomar esta decisão. Mas, no seu modo de proceder, tenham os esposos consciência de que não podem agir arbitràriamente, mas que sempre se devem guiar pela consciência, que se deve conformar com a lei divina, e ser dóceis ao magistério dia Igreja, que autenticamente a interpreta à luz do Evangelho. Essa lei divina manifesta a plena significação do amor conjugal, protege-o e estimula-o para a sua perfeição autenticamente humana. Assim, os esposos cristãos, confiados na divina Providência e cultivando o espírito de sacrifício (12), dão glória ao Criador e caminham para a perfeição em Cristo quando se desempenham do seu dever de procriar com responsabilidade generosa, humana e cristã. Entre os esposos que deste modo satisfazem à missão que Deus lhes confiou, devem ser especialmente lembrados aqueles que, de comum acordo e com prudência, aceitam com grandeza de ânimo educar uma prole numerosa (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No entanto, o matrimónio não foi instituído só em ordem à procriação da prole. A própria natureza da aliança indissolúvel entre as pessoas e o bem da prole exigem que o mútuo amor dos esposos se exprima convenientemente, aumente e chegue à maturidade. E por isso, mesmo que faltem os filhos, tantas vezes ardentemente desejados, o matrimónio conserva o seu valor e indissolubilidade, como comunidade e comunhão de toda a vida."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O amor conjugal e o respeito pela vida humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Concílio não ignora que os esposos, na sua vontade de conduzir harmònicamente a própria vida conjugal, encontram frequentes dificuldades em certas circunstâncias da vida actual; que se podem encontrar em situações em que, pelo menos temporàriamente, não lhes é possível aumentar o número de filhos e em que só dificilmente se mantêm a fidelidade do amor e a plena comunidade de vida. Mas quando se suspende a intimidade da vida conjugal, não raro se põe em risco a fidelidade e se compromete o bem da prole; porque, nesse caso, ficam ameaçadas tanto a educação dos filhos como a coragem necessária para ter mais filhos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Não falta quem se atreva a dar soluções imorais a estes problemas, sem recuar sequer perante o homicídio. Mas a Igreja recorda que não pode haver verdadeira incompatibilidade entre as leis divinas que regem a transmissão da vida e o desenvolvimento do autêntico amor conjugal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Com efeito, Deus, senhor da vida, confiou aos homens, para que estes desempenhassem dum modo digno dos mesmos homens, o nobre encargo de conservar a vida. Esta deve, pois, ser salvaguardada, com extrema solicitude, desde o primeiro momento da concepção; o aborto e o infanticídio são crimes abomináveis. A índole sexual humana e o poder gerador do homem, eles superam de modo admirável o que se encontra nos graus inferiores da vida; daqui se segue que os mesmos actos específicos da vida conjugal, realizados segundo a autêntica dignidade humana, devem ser objecto de grande respeito. Quando se trata, portanto, de conciliar o amor conjugal com a transmissão responsável da vida, a moralidade do comportamento não depende apenas da sinceridade da intenção e da apreciação dos motivos; deve também determinar-se por critérios objectivos, tomados da natureza da pessoa e dos seus actos; critérios que respeitem, num contexto de autêntico amor, o sentido da mútua doação e da procriação humana. Tudo isto só é possível se se cultivar sinceramente a virtude da castidade conjugal. Segundo estes princípios, não é lícito aos filhos da Igreja adoptar, na regulação dos nascimentos, caminhos que o magistério, explicitando a lei divina, reprova (14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos, finalmente, tenham bem presente que a vida humana e a missão de a transmitir não se limitam a este mundo, nem podem ser medidas ou compreendidas ùnicamente em função dele, mas que estão sempre relacionadas com o eterno destino do homem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O progresso e a promoção do matrimónio e da família"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A família é como que uma escola de valorização humana. Para que esteja em condições de alcançar a plenitude da sua vida e missão, exige, porém, a benévola comunhão de almas e o comum acordo dos esposos, e a diligente cooperação dos pais na educação dos filhos. A presença activa do pai contribui poderosamente para a formação destes; mas é preciso assegurar também a assistência ao lar por parte da mãe, da qual os filhos, sobretudo os mais pequenos, têm tanta necessidade; sem descurar, aliás, a legítima promoção social da mulher. Os filhos sejam educados de tal modo que, chegados à idade adulta, sejam capazes de seguir com inteira responsabilidade a sua vocação, incluindo a sagrada, e escolher um estado de vida; e, se casarem, possam constituir uma família própria, em condições morais, sociais e económicas favoráveis. Compete aos pais ou tutores guiar os jovens na constituição da família com prudentes conselhos que eles devem ouvir de bom grado; mas evitem cuidadosamente forçá-los, directa ou indirectamente, a casar-se ou a escolher o cônjuge."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A família - na qual se congregam as diferentes gerações que reciprocamente se ajudam a alcançar uma sabedoria mais plena e a conciliar os direitos pessoais com as outras exigências da vida social - constitui assim o fundamento da sociedade. E por esta razão, todos aqueles que têm alguma influência nas comunidades e grupos sociais, devem contribuís eficazmente para a promoção do matrimónio e da família. A autoridade civil há-de considerar como um dever sagrado reconhecer, proteger e favorecer a sua verdadeira natureza, assegurar a moralidade pública e fomentar a prosperidade doméstica. Deve salvaguardar-se o direito de os pais gerarem e educarem os filhos no seio da família. Protejam-se também e ajudem-se convenientemente, por meio duma previdente legislação e com iniciativas várias, aqueles que por infelicidade não beneficiam duma família."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os cristãos, resgatando o tempo presente (15), e distinguindo o que é eterno das formas mutáveis, promovam com empenho o bem do matrimónio e da família, com o testemunho da própria vida e cooperando com os homens de boa vontade; deste modo, superando as dificuldades, proverão às necessidades e vantagens da família, de acordo com os novos tempos. Para alcançar este fim, muito ajudarão o sentir cristão dos fiéis, a rectidão de consciência moral dos homens, bem como o saber e competência dos que se dedicam às ciências sagradas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os cientistas, particularmente os especialistas nas ciências biológicas, médicas, sociais e psicológicas, podem prestar um grande serviço para bem do matrimónio e da família se, juntando os seus esforços, procurarem esclarecer mais profundamente as condições que favorecem a honesta regulação da procriação humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cabe aos sacerdotes, devidamente informados acerca das realidades familiares, auxiliar a vocação dos esposos na sua vida conjugal e familiar por vários meios pastorais, com a pregação da palavra de Deus, o culto litúrgico e outras ajudas espirituais; devem ainda fortalecê-los, com bondade e paciência, nas suas dificuldades e reconfortá-los com a caridade, para que assim se formem famílias verdadeiramente irradiantes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As diferentes obras, sobretudo as associações de famílias, procurem fortalecer com a doutrina e a acção os jovens e os esposos, especialmente os casados de há pouco, e formá-los para a vida familiar, social e apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, os próprios esposos, feitos à imagem de Deus e estabelecidos numa ordem verdadeiramente pessoal, estejam unidos em comunhão de afecto e de pensamento e com mútua santidade (16) de modo que, seguindo a Cristo, princípio da vida (17), se tornem, pela fidelidade do seu amor, através das alegrias e sacrifícios da sua vocação, testemunhas daquele mistério de amor que Deus revelou ao mundo com a sua morte e ressurreição (18)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A CONVENIENTE PROMOÇÃO DO PROGRESSO CULTURAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A cultura e a sua relação com o homem"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É próprio da pessoa humana necessitar da cultura, isto é, de desenvolver os bens e valores da natureza, para chegar a uma autêntica e plena realização. Por isso, sempre que se trata da vida humana, natureza e cultura encontram-se intimamente ligadas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A palavra «cultura» indica, em geral, todas as coisas por meio das quais o homem apura e desenvolve as múltiplas capacidades do seu espírito e do seu corpo; se esforça por dominar, pelo estudo e pelo trabalho, o próprio mundo; torna mais humana, com o progresso dos costumes e das instituições, a vida social, quer na família quer na comunidade civil; e, finalmente, no decorrer do tempo, exprime, comunica aos outros e conserva nas suas obras, para que sejam de proveito a muitos e até à inteira humanidade, as suas grandes experiências espirituais e as suas aspirações."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Daqui se segue que a cultura humana implica necessàriamente um aspecto histórico e social e que o termo «cultura» assume frequentemente um sentido sociológico e etnológico. É neste sentido que se fala da pluralidade das culturas. Com efeito, diferentes modos de usar das coisas, de trabalhar e de se exprimir, de praticar a religião e de formar os costumes, de estabelecer leis e instituições jurídicas, de desenvolver as ciências e as artes e de cultivar a beleza, dão origem a diferentes estilos de vida e diversas escalas de valores. E assim, a partir dos usos tradicionais, se constitui o património de cada comunidade humana. Define-se também por este modo o meio histórico determinado no qual se integra o homem raça ou época, e do qual tira os bens necessários para a promoção da civilização."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Secção 1"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONDIÇÕES DA CULTURA NO MUNDO ACTUAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Novos estilos de vida"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As condições de vida do homem moderno sofreram tão profunda transformação no campo social e cultural, que é lícito falar duma nova era da história humana (1). Novos caminhos se abrem assim ao progresso e difusão da cultura, preparados pelo imenso avanço das ciências naturais, humanas e sociais, pelo desenvolvimento das técnicas e pelo progresso no aperfeiçoamento e coordenação dos meios de comunicação. Daqui provêm algumas notas características da cultura actual: as chamadas ciências exactas desenvolvem grandemente o sentido crítico; as recentes investigações psicológicas explicam profundamente a actividade humana; as disciplinas históricas contribuem muito para considerar as coisas sob o seu aspecto mutável e evolutivo; as maneiras de viver e os costumes tornam-se cada vez mais uniformes; a industrialização, a urbanização e outras causas que favorecem a vida comunitária, criam novas formas de cultura de que resultam novas maneiras de sentir e de agir e de utilizar o tempo livre; o aumento de intercâmbio entre os vários povos e grupos sociais revela mais amplamente a todos e a cada um os tesouros das várias formas de cultura, preparando-se deste modo, progressivamente, um tipo mais universal de cultura humana, a qual tanto mais favorecerá e expressará a unidade do género humano, quanto melhor souber respeitar as peculiaridades das diversas culturas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O homem, autor da cultura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cresce cada vez mais o número dos homens e mulheres, de qualquer grupo ou nação, que têm consciência de serem os artífices e autores da cultura da própria comunidade. Aumenta também cada dia mais no mundo inteiro o sentido da autonomia e responsabilidade, o qual é de máxima importância para a maturidade espiritual e moral do género humano. O que aparece ainda mais claramente, se tivermos diante dos olhos a unificação do mundo e o encargo que nos incumbe de construirmos, na verdade e na justiça, um mundo melhor. Somos assim testemunhas do nascer de um novo humanismo, no qual o homem se define antes de mais pela sua responsabilidade com relação aos seus irmãos e à história."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Antinomias da cultura actual e actuação do homem"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nestas condições, não é de admirar que o homem, sentindo a responsabilidade que tem na promoção da cultura, alimente mais dilatadas esperanças, e ao mesmo tempo encare com inquietação as múltiplas antinomias existentes e que ele tem de resolver."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que se deve fazer para que os frequentes contactos entre culturas, que deveriam levar os diferentes grupos e culturas a um diálogo verdadeiro e fecundo, não perturbem a vida das comunidades, ou subvertam a sabedoria dos antigos, ou ponham em perigo o génio próprio de cada povo?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como fomentar o dinamismo e expansão da nova cultura, sem deixar perder a fidelidade viva à herança tradicional? Problema que se põe com particular acuidade quando se trata de harmonizar uma cultura nascida dum grande progresso das ciências e da técnica com a que se alimenta dos estudos clássicos das diversas tradições."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como conciliar a rápida e progressiva especialização das várias disciplinas com a necessidade de construir a sua síntese e ainda de conservar no homem as capacidades de contemplação e admiração que conduzem à sabedoria?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que fazer para que todos os homens participem dos bens culturais, uma vez que a cultura das elites é cada vez mais elevada e complexa? Enfim, como reconhecer a legitimidade da autonomia que a cultura reclama, sem cair num humanismo meramente terreno ou até hostil à religião?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É preciso, que, no meio de todas estas antinomias, a cultura humana progrida hoje de tal modo, que desenvolva harmónica e integralmente a pessoa humana e ajude os homens no desempenho das tarefas a que todos, e sobretudo os cristãos, estão chamados, fraternalmente unidos numa única família humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Secção 2"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ALGUNS PRINCÍPIOS PARA A CONVENIENTE PROMOÇÃO DA CULTURA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fé e cultura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os cristãos, peregrinos da cidade celestial, devem buscar e saborear as coisas do alto (2). Mas, com isso, de modo algum diminui, antes aumenta a importância do seu dever de colaborar com todos os outros homens na edificação dum mundo mais humano. E, na verdade, o mistério da fé cristã fornece-lhes valiosos estímulos e ajudas para cumprirem mais intensamente essa missão e sobretudo para descobrirem o pleno significado de tal actividade, assinalando assim o lugar privilegiado da cultura na vocação integral do homem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quando o homem, usando as suas mãos ou recorrendo à técnica, trabalha a terra para que ela produza frutos e se torne habitação digna para toda a humanidade, ou quando participa conscientemente na vida social dos diversos grupos, está a dar realização à vontade que Deus manifestou no começo dos tempos, de que dominasse a terra (3) e completasse a obra da criação, ao mesmo tempo que se vai aperfeiçoando a si mesmo; cumpre igualmente o mandamento de Cristo, de se consagrar ao serviço de seus irmãos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, dedicando-se às várias disciplinas da história, filosofia, ciências matemáticas e naturais, e cultivando as artes, pode o homem ajudar muito a família humana a elevar-se a concepções mais sublimes da verdade, do bem e da beleza e a um juízo de valor universal, e ser assim luminosamente esclarecida por aquela admirável sabedoria, que desde a eternidade estava junto de Deus, dispondo com Ele todas as coisas, e encontrando as suas delícias em estar com os filhos dos homens (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pelo mesmo facto, o espírito do homem, mais liberto da escravidão das coisas, pode mais fàcilmente levantar-se ao culto e contemplação do Criador. Mais ainda, dispõe-se assim, sob o impulso da graça, a reconhecer o Verbo de Deus, o qual antes de se fazer homem para tudo salvar e em si recapitular, já «estava no mundo», como «verdadeira luz que ilumina todo o homem» (Jo. 1, 9-10) (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O progresso hodierno das ciências e das técnicas que, em virtude do seu próprio método, não penetram até às causas últimas das coisas, pode sem dúvida dar aso a certo fenomenismo e agnosticismo, sempre que o método de investigação de que usam estas disciplinas se arvora indevidamente em norma suprema de toda a investigação da verdade. É mesmo de temer que o homem, fiando-se demasiadamente nas descobertas actuais, julgue que se basta a si mesmo e já não procure coisas mais altas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estas deploráveis manifestações não são, porém, consequências necessárias da cultura actual, nem nos devem fazer cair na tentação de desconhecer os seus valores positivos. Tais são, entre outros: o gosto das ciências e a exacta objectividade nas investigações científicas; a necessidade de colaborar com os outros nas equipas técnicas; o sentido de solidariedade internacional; a consciência cada vez mais nítida da responsabilidade que os sábios têm de ajudar e até de proteger os homens; a vontade de tornar as condições de vida melhores para todos e especialmente para aqueles que sofrem da privação de responsabilidade ou de pobreza cultural. Tudo isto pode constituir uma certa preparação para a recepção da mensagem evangélica, preparação que pode ser informada com a caridade divina por Aquele que veio para salvar o mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A mensagem de Cristo e a cultura humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Múltiplos laços existem entre a mensagem da salvação e a cultura humana. Deus, com efeito, revelando-se ao seu povo até à plena manifestação de Si mesmo no Filho encarnado, falou segundo a cultura própria de cada época."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Do mesmo modo, a Igreja, vivendo no decurso dos tempos em diversos condicionalismos, empregou os recursos das diversas culturas para fazer chegar a todas as gentes a mensagem de Cristo, para a explicar, investigar e penetrar mais profundamente e para lhe dar melhor expressão na celebração da Liturgia e na vida da multiforme comunidade dos fiéis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas, por outro lado, tendo sido enviada aos homens de todos os tempos e lugares, a Igreja não está exclusiva e indissolùvelmente ligada . a nenhuma raça ou nação, a nenhum género de vida particular, a nenhuma tradição, antiga ou moderna. Aderindo à própria tradição e, ao mesmo tempo, consciente da sua missão universal, é capaz de entrar em comunicação com as diversas formas de cultura, com o que se enriquecem tanto a própria Igreja como essas várias culturas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Evangelho de Cristo renova continuamente a vida e cultura do homem decaído, e combate e elimina os erros e males nascidos da permanente sedução e ameaça do pecado. Purifica sem cessar e eleva os costumes dos povos. Fecunda como que por dentro, com os tesouros do alto, as qualidades de espírito e os dotes de todos os povos e tempos; fortifica-os, aperfeiçoa-os e restaura-os em Cristo (6). Deste modo, a Igreja, só com realizar a própria missão (7), já com isso mesmo estimula e ajuda a civilização, e com a sua actividade, incluindo a litúrgica, educa a interior liberdade do homem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Harmonia entre as diversas ordens humanas e culturais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pelas razões aduzidas, a Igreja lembra a todos que a cultura deve orientar-se para a perfeição integral da pessoa humana, para o bem da comunidade e de toda a sociedade. Por isso, é necessário cultivar o espírito de modo a desenvolver-lhe a. capacidade de admirar, de intuir, de contemplar, de formar um juízo pessoal e de cultivar o sentido religioso, moral e social."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pois a cultura, uma vez que deriva imediatamente da natureza racional e social do homem, tem uma constante necessidade de justa liberdade e de legítima autonomia, de agir segundo os seus próprios princípios para se desenvolver. Com razão, pois, exige ser respeitada e goza duma certa inviolabilidade, salvaguardados, evidentemente, os direitos da pessoa e da comunidade, particular ou universal, dentro dos limites do bem comum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio, recordando o que ensinou o primeiro Concílio do Vaticano, declara que existem «duas ordens de conhecimento» distintas, a da fé e a da razão, e que a Igreja de modo algum proíbe que «as artes e disciplinas humanas usem de princípios e métodos próprios nos seus campos respectivos»; «reconhecendo esta justa liberdade», afirma por isso a legítima autonomia da cultura humana e sobretudo das ciências (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tudo isto requer também que, salvaguardados a ordem moral e o bem comum, o homem possa investigar livremente a verdade, expor e divulgar a sua opinião e dedicar-se a qualquer arte; isto postula, finalmente, que seja informado com verdade dos acontecimentos públicos (9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À autoridade pública pertence, não determinar o carácter próprio das formas de cultura mas favorecer as condições e as ajudas necessárias para o desenvolvimento cultural de todos, mesmo das minorias de alguma nação (10). Deve, por isso, insistir-se, antes de mais, para que a cultura, desviando-se do seu fim, não seja obrigada a servir as forças políticas ou económicas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Secção 3"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ALGUNS DEVERES MAIS URGENTES DOS CRISTÃOS COM RELAÇÃO À CULTURA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reconhecimento do direito do homem à cultura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dado que hoje há a possibilidade de libertar muitos homens da miséria da ignorância, é dever muito próprio do nosso tempo, principalmente para os cristãos, trabalhar enèrgicamente para que, tanto no campo económico como no político, no nacional como no internacional, se estabeleçam os princípios fundamentais segundo os quais se reconheça e se actue em toda a parte efectivamente o direito de todos à cultura correspondente à dignidade humana, sem discriminação de raça, sexo, nação, religião ou situação social. Pelo que a todos se deve suficiente abundância dos bens culturais, sobretudo daqueles que constituem a chamada educação de base, a fim de que muitos, por causa do analfabetismo e da privação duma actividade responsável, não se vejam impedidos de contribuir para o bem comum de modo verdadeiramente humano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deve tender-se, portanto, para que todos os que são disso capazes tenham a possibilidade de seguir estudos superiores; de modo que subam na sociedade às funções, cargos e serviços correspondentes às próprias aptidões ou à competência que adquirirem (11). Deste modo, todos os homens e todos os agrupamentos sociais poderão chegar ao pleno desenvolvimento da sua vida cultural, segundo as qualidades e tradições próprias de cada um."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É preciso, além disso, trabalhar muito para que todos tomem consciência, não só do direito à cultura, mas também do dever que têm de se cultivar e de ajudar os outros nesse campo. Existem, com efeito, por vezes, condições de vida e de trabalho que impedem as aspirações culturais dos povos e destroem neles o desejo da cultura. Isto vale especialmente para os camponeses e trabalhadores, aos quais se devem proporcionar condições de trabalho tais que não impeçam mas antes ajudem a sua cultura humana. As mulheres trabalham já em quase todos os sectores de actividade; mas convém que possam exercer plenamente a sua participação, segundo a própria índole. Será um dever para todos reconhecer e fomentar a necessária e específica participação das mulheres na vida cultural."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Educação cultural integral do homem"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É mais difícil hoje do que outrora fazer uma síntese dos vários ramos do saber e das artes. Porque ao mesmo tempo que aumenta a multidão e diversidade dos elementos que constituem a cultura, diminui para cada homem a possibilidade de os compreender e organizar; a figura do «homem universal» desaparece assim cada vez mais. No entanto, cada homem continua a ter o dever de salvaguardar a integridade da pessoa humana, na qual sobressaem os valores da inteligência, da vontade, da consciência e da fraternidade, valores que se fundam em Deus Criador e por Cristo foram admiràvelmente restaurados e elevados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A família é, prioritàriamente, como que a mãe e a fonte da educação: nela, os filhos, rodeados de amor, aprendem mais fàcilmente a recta ordem das coisas, enquanto que as formas aprovadas da cultura vão penetrando como que naturalmente na alma dos adolescentes, à medida que vão crescendo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para esta mesma educação existem nas sociedades hodiernas, sobretudo graças à crescente difusão de livros e aos novos meios de comunicação cultural e social, possibilidades que podem favorecer a universalização da cultura. Com efeito, com a diminuição generalizada do tempo de trabalho, crescem progressivamente para muitos homens as facilidades para tal. Os tempos livres sejam bem empregados, para descanso do espírito e saúde da alma e do corpo, ora com actividades e estudos livremente escolhidos, ora com viagens a outras regiões (turismo), com as quais sé educa o espírito e os homens se enriquecem com o conhecimento mútuo, ora também com exercícios e manifestações desportivas, que contribuem para manter o equilíbrio psíquico, mesmo na comunidade, e para estabelecer relações fraternas entre os homens de todas as condições e nações, ou de raças diversas . Colaborem, portanto, os cristãos, a fim de que as manifestações e actividades culturais colectivas, características do nosso tempo, sejam penetradas de espírito humano e cristão."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas todas estas vantagens não conseguirão levar o homem à educação cultural integral se, ao mesmo tempo, não se tiver o cuidado de investigar o significado profundo da cultura e da ciência para a pessoa humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Harmonia entre a cultura humana e a formação cristã"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainda que a Igreja muito tem contribuído para o progresso cultural, mostra, contudo, a experiência que, devido a causas contingentes, a harmonia da cultura com a doutrina nem sempre se realiza sem dificuldades."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tais dificuldades não são necessàriamente danosas para a vida da fé; antes, podem levar o espírito a uma compreensão mais exacta e mais profunda da mesma fé. Efectivamente, as recentes investigações e descobertas das ciências, da história e da filosofia, levantam novos problemas, que implicam consequências também para a vida e exigem dos teólogos novos estudos. Além disso, os teólogos são convidados a buscar constantemente, de acordo com os métodos e exigências próprias do conhecimento teológico, a forma mais adequada de comunicar a doutrina aos homens do seu tempo; porque uma coisa é o depósito da fé ou as suas verdades, outra o modo como elas se enunciam, sempre, porém, com o mesmo sentido e significado (12). Na actividade pastoral, conheçam-se e apliquem-se suficientemente, não apenas os princípios teológicos, mas também os dados das ciências profanas, principalmente da psicologia e sociologia, para que assim os fiéis sejam conduzidos a uma vida de fé mais pura e adulta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A literatura e as artes são também, segundo a maneira que lhes é própria, de grande importância para a vida da Igreja. Procuram elas dar expressão à natureza do homem, aos seus problemas e à experiência das suas tentativas para conhecer-se e aperfeiçoar-se a si mesmo e ao mundo; e tentam identificar a sua situação na história e no universo, dar a conhecer as suas misérias e alegrias, necessidades e energias, e desvendar um futuro melhor. Conseguem assim elevar a vida humana, que exprimem sob muito diferentes formas, segundo os tempos e lugares."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por conseguinte, deve trabalhar-se por que os artistas se sintam compreendidos, na sua actividade, pela Igreja e que, gozando duma conveniente liberdade, tenham mais facilidade de contactos com a comunidade cristã. A Igreja deve também reconhecer as novas formas artísticas, que segundo o génio próprio das várias nações e regiões se adaptam às exigências dos nossos contemporâneos. Sejam admitidas nos templos quando, com linguagem conveniente e conforme às exigências litúrgicas, levantam o espírito a Deus (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deste modo, o conhecimento de Deus é mais perfeitamente manifestado; a pregação evangélica torna-se mais compreensível ao espírito dos homens e aparece como integrada nas suas condições normais de vida."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vivam, pois, os fiéis em estreita união com os demais homens do seu tempo e procurem compreender perfeitamente o seu modo de pensar e sentir, qual se exprime pela cultura. Saibam conciliar os conhecimentos das novas ciências e doutrinas e últimas descobertas com os costumes e doutrina cristã, a fim de que a prática religiosa e a rectidão moral acompanhem neles o conhecimento científico e o progresso técnico e sejam capazes de apreciar e interpretar todas as coisas com autêntico sentido cristão."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os que se dedicam às ciências teológicas nos Seminários e Universidades, procurem colaborar com os especialistas doutros ramos do saber, pondo em comum trabalhos e conhecimentos. A investigação teológica deve simultâneamente procurar um profundo conhecimento da verdade revelada e não descurar a ligação com o seu tempo, para que assim possa ajudar os homens formados nas diversas matérias a alcançar um conhecimento mais completo da fé. Esta colaboração ajudará muitíssimo a formação dos ministros sagrados. Estes poderão assim expor de maneira mais adequada aos homens do nosso tempo a doutrina da Igreja acerca de Deus, do homem e do mundo; e a sua palavra por eles melhor acolhida (14). É, mesmo de desejar que muitos leigos adquiram uma conveniente formação nas disciplinas sagradas e que muitos deles se consagrem expressamente a cultivar e aprofundar estes estudos. E para que possam desempenhar bem a sua tarefa, deve reconhecer-se aos fiéis, clérigos ou leigos, uma justa liberdade de investigação, de pensamento e de expressão da própria opinião, com humildade e fortaleza, nos domínios da sua competência (15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A VIDA ECONÓMICO-SOCIAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alguns aspectos da vida económica actual"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Também na vida económica e social se devem respeitar e promover a dignidade e a vocação integral da pessoa humana e o bem de toda a sociedade. Com efeito, o homem é o protagonista, o centro e o fim de toda a vida económico-social."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A economia actual, de modo semelhante ao que sucede noutros campos da vida social, é caracterizada por um crescente domínio do homem sobre a natureza, pela multiplicação e intensificação das relações e mútua dependência entre os cidadãos, grupos e nações e, finalmente, por mais frequentes intervenções do poder político. Ao mesmo tempo, o progresso das técnicas de produção e do intercâmbio de bens e serviços fizeram da economia um instrumento capaz de prover mais satisfatòriamente às acrescidas necessidades da família humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas não faltam motivos de inquietação. Não poucos homens, com efeito, sobretudo nos países econòmicamente desenvolvidos, parecem dominados pela realidade económica; toda a sua vida está penetrada por um certo espírito economístico tanto nas nações favoráveis à economia colectiva como nas outras. No preciso momento em que o progresso da vida económica permite mitigar as desigualdades sociais, se for dirigido e organizado de modo racional e humano, vemo-lo muitas vezes levar ao agravamento das mesmas desigualdades e até em algumas partes a uma regressão dos socialmente débeis e ao desprezo dos pobres. Enquanto multidões imensas carecem ainda do estritamente necessário, alguns, mesmo nas regiões menos desenvolvidas, vivem na opulência e na dissipação. Coexistem o luxo e a miséria. Enquanto um pequeno número dispõe dum grande poder de decisão, muitos estão quase inteiramente privados da possibilidade de agir por própria iniciativa e responsabilidade, e vivem e trabalham em condições indignas da pessoa humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Semelhantes desequilíbrios se verificam tanto entre a agricultura, a indústria e os serviços como entre as diferentes regiões do mesmo país. A oposição entre as econòmicamente mais desenvolvidas e as outras torna-se cada vez mais grave e pode pôr em risco a própria paz mundial."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os nossos contemporâneos têm uma consciência cada vez mais viva destas desigualdades, pois estão convencidos de que as maiores possibilidades técnicas e económicas de que disfruta o mundo actual podem e devem corrigir este funesto estado de coisas. Mas, para tanto, requerem-se muitas reformas na vida económico-social. e uma mudança de mentalidade e de hábitos por parte de todos. Com esse fim, a Igreja, no decurso dos séculos e sobretudo nos últimos tempos, formulou e proclamou à luz do Evangelho os princípios de justiça e equidade, postulados pela recta razão tanto na vida individual e social como na internacional. O sagrado Concílio quer confirmar estes princípios, tendo em conta as condições actuais e dar algumas orientações, tendo presentes antes de mais as exigências do progresso económico(1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O DESENVOLVIMENTO ECONÓMICO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Desenvolvimento económico ao serviço do homem"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoje, mais do que nunca, para fazer frente ao aumento populacional e satisfazer às crescentes aspirações do género humano, com razão se faz um esforço por aumentar a produção agrícola e industrial e a prestação de serviços. Deve, por isso, favorecer-se o progresso técnico, o espírito de inventiva, a criação e ampliação dos empreendimentos, a adaptação dos métodos e os esforços valorosos de todos os que participam na produção; numa palavra, todos os factores que contribuem para tal desenvolvimento. Mas a finalidade fundamental da produção não é o mero aumento dos produtos, nem o lucro ou o poderio, mas o serviço do homem; do homem integral, isto é, tendo em conta a ordem das suas necessidades materiais e as exigências da sua vida intelectual, moral, espiritual e religiosa; de qualquer homem ou grupo de homens, de qualquer raça ou região do mundo. A actividade económica, regulando-se pelos métodos e leis próprias, deve, portanto, exercer-se dentro dos limites da ordem moral (2), para que assim se cumpra o desígnio de Deus sobre o homem (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O controle do desenvolvimento económico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O desenvolvimento económico deve permanecer sob a direcção do homem; nem se deve deixar entregue só ao arbítrio de alguns poucos indivíduos ou grupos economicamente mais fortes ou só da comunidade política ou de algumas nações mais poderosas. Pelo contrário, é necessário que, em todos os níveis, tenha parte na sua direcção o maior número possível de homens, ou todas as nações, se se trata de relações internacionais. De igual modo, é necessário que as iniciativas dos indivíduos e das associações livres sejam coordenadas e organizadas harmònicamente com a actividade dos poderes públicos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O desenvolvimento não se deve abandonar ao simples curso quase mecânico da actividade económica, ou à autoridade pública sòmente. Devem, por isso, denunciar-se como erróneas tanto as doutrinas que, a pretexto duma falsa liberdade, se opõem às necessárias reformas, como as que sacrificam os direitos fundamentais dos indivíduos e das associações à organização colectiva da produção (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lembrem-se, de resto, os cidadãos, ser direito e dever seu, que o poder civil deve reconhecer, contribuir, na medida das próprias possibilidades, para o verdadeiro desenvolvimento da sua comunidade. Sobretudo nas regiões economicamente menos desenvolvidas, onde é urgente o emprego de todos os recursos disponíveis, fazem correr grave risco ao bem comum todos aqueles que conservam improdutivas as suas riquezas ou, salvo o direito pessoal de emigração, privam a própria comunidade dos meios materiais ou espirituais de que necessita."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A remoção das desigualdades económico-sociais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para satisfazer às exigências da justiça e da equidade, é necessário esforçar-se enèrgicamente para que, respeitando os direitos das pessoas e a índole própria de cada povo, se eliminem o mais depressa possível as grandes e por vezes crescentes desigualdades económicas actualmente existentes, acompanhadas da discriminação individual e social. De igual modo, tendo em conta as especiais dificuldades da agricultura em muitas regiões, quer na produção quer na comercialização dos produtos, é preciso ajudar os agricultores no aumento e venda da produção, na introdução das necessárias transformações e inovações e na obtenção dum justo rendimento; para que não continuem a ser, como muitas vezes acontece, cidadãos de segunda categoria. Quanto aos agricultores, sobretudo os jovens, dediquem-se com empenho a desenvolver a própria competência profissional, sem a qual é impossível o progresso da agricultura (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É também exigência da justiça e da equidade que a mobilidade, necessária para o progresso económico, seja regulada de tal maneira que a vida dos indivíduos e das famílias não se torne insegura e precária. Deve, portanto, evitar-se cuidadosamente toda e qualquer espécie de discriminação quanto às condições de remuneração ou de trabalho com relação aos trabalhadores oriundos de outro país ou região, que contribuem com o seu trabalho para o desenvolvimento económico da nação ou da província. Além disso, todos, e antes de mais os poderes públicos, devem tratá-los como pessoas, e não como simples instrumentos de produção, ajudá-los para que possam trazer para junto de si a própria família e arranjar conveniente habitação, e favorecer a sua integração na vida social do povo ou da região que os acolhe. Todavia, na medida do possível, criem-se fontes de trabalho nas suas próprias regiões."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nas economias hoje em transformação, bem como nas novas formas de sociedade industrial, nas quais, por exemplo, a automação se vai impondo, deve ter-se o cuidado de que se proporcione a cada um trabalho suficiente e adaptado, juntamente com a possibilidade duma conveniente formação técnica e profissional; e garantam-se o sustento e a dignidade humana sobretudo àqueles que, por causa de doença ou de idade, têm maiores dificuldades."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ALGUNS PRINCÍPIOS ORIENTADORES DE TODA A VIDA ECONÓMICO-SOCIAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Trabalho, condições de trabalho, descanso"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O trabalho humano, que se exerce na produção e na troca dos bens económicos e na prestação de serviços, sobreleva aos demais factores da vida económica, que apenas têm valor de instrumentos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este trabalho, empreendido por conta própria ou ao serviço de outrem, procede imediatamente da pessoa, a qual como que marca com o seu zelo as coisas da natureza, e as sujeita ao seu domínio. É com o seu trabalho que o homem sustenta de ordinário a própria vida e a dos seus; por meio dele se une e serve aos seus irmãos, pode exercitar uma caridade autêntica e colaborar no acabamento da criação divina. Mais ainda: sabemos que, oferecendo a Deus o seu trabalho, o homem se associa à obra redentora de Cristo, o qual conferiu ao trabalho uma dignidade sublime, trabalhando com as suas próprias mãos em Nazaré. Daí nasce para cada um o dever de trabalhar fielmente, e também o direito ao trabalho; à sociedade cabe, por sua parte, ajudar em quanto possa, segundo as circunstâncias vigentes, os cidadãos para que possam encontrar oportunidade de trabalho suficiente. Finalmente, tendo em conta as funções e produtividade de cada um, bem como a situação da empresa e o bem comum, o trabalho deve ser remunerado de maneira a dar ao homem a possibilidade de cultivar dignamente a própria vida material, social, cultural e espiritual e a dos seus (6)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-326",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dado que a actividade económica é, na maior parte dos casos, fruto do trabalho associado dos homens, é injusto e desumano organizá-la e dispô-la de tal modo que isso resulte em prejuízo para qualquer dos que trabalham."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ora, é demasiado frequente, mesmo em nossos dias, que os trabalhadores estão de algum modo escravizados à própria actividade. Isto não encontra justificação alguma nas pretensas leis económicas. É preciso, portanto, adaptar todo o processo do trabalho produtivo às necessidades da pessoa e às formas de vida; primeiro que tudo da doméstica, especialmente no que se refere às mães, e tendo sempre em conta o sexo e a idade. Proporcione-se, além disso, aos trabalhadores a possibilidade de desenvolver, na execução do próprio trabalho, as suas qualidades e personalidade. Ao mesmo tempo que aplicam responsàvelmente a esta execução o seu tempo e forças, gozem, porém, todos de suficiente descanso e tempo livre para atender à vida familiar, cultural, social e religiosa. Tenham mesmo oportunidade de desenvolver livremente as energias e capacidades que talvez pouco possam exercitar no seu trabalho profissional."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Participação na empresa e no conjunto da economia. Conflitos de trabalho"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nas empresas económicas, são pessoas as que se associam, isto é homens livres e autónomos, criados à imagem de Deus. Por isso, tendo em conta as funções de cada um -proprietários, empresários, dirigentes ou operários - e salva a necessária unidade de direcção, promova-se, segundo modalidades a determinar convenientemente, a participação activa de todos na gestão das empresas (7). E dado que frequentemente não é ao nível da empresa mas num mais alto de instituições superiores que se tomam as decisões económicas e sociais de que depende o futuro dos trabalhadores e de seus filhos, eles devem participar também no estabelecimento dessas decisões, por si ou por delegados livremente eleitos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre os direitos fundamentais da pessoa humana deve contar-se o de os trabalhadores criarem livremente associações que os possam representar autênticamente e contribuir para a recta ordenação da vida económica; e ainda o direito de participar, livremente, sem risco de represálias, na actividade das mesmas. Graças a esta ordenada participação, junta com uma progressiva formação económica e social, aumentará cada vez mais em todos a consciência da própria função e dever; ela os levará a sentirem-se associados, segundo as próprias possibilidades e aptidões, a todo o trabalho de desenvolvimento económico e social e à realização do bem comum universal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quando, porém, surgem conflitos económico-sociais, devem fazer-se esforços para que se chegue a uma solução pacífica dos mesmos. Mas ainda que, antes de mais, se deva recorrer ao sincero diálogo entre as partes, toda via, a greve pode ainda constituir, mesmo nas actuais circunstâncias, um meio necessário, embora extremo, para defender os próprios direitos e alcançar as justas reivindicações dos trabalhadores. Mas procure-se retomar o mais depressa possível o caminho da negociação e do diálogo da conciliação."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-332",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os bens da terra, destinados a todos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deus destinou a terra com tudo o que ela contém para uso de todos os homens e povos; de modo que os bens criados devem chegar equitativamente às mãos de todos, segundo a justiça, secundada pela caridade (8). Sejam quais forem as formas de propriedade, conforme as legítimas instituições dos povos e segundo as diferentes e mutáveis circunstâncias, deve-se sempre atender a este destino universal dos bens. Por esta razão, quem usa desses bens, não deve considerar as coisas exteriores que legitimamente possui só como próprias, mas também como comuns, no sentido de que possam beneficiar não só a si mas também aos outros (9). De resto, todos têm o direito de ter uma parte de bens suficientes para si e suas famílias. Assim pensaram os Padres e Doutores da Igreja, ensinando que os homens têm obrigação de auxiliar os pobres e não apenas com os bens supérfluos (10). Aquele, porém, que se encontra em extrema necessidade, tem direito de tomar, dos bens dos outros, o que necessita (11). Sendo tão numerosos os que no mundo padecem fome, o sagrado Concílio insiste com todos, indivíduos e autoridades, para que, recordados daquela palavra dos Padres - «alimenta o que padece fome, porque, se o não alimentaste, mataste-o» (12) - repartam realmente e distribuam os seus bens, procurando sobretudo prover esses indivíduos e povos daqueles auxílios que lhes permitam ajudar-se e desenvolver-se a si mesmos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nas sociedades econòmicamente menos desenvolvidas, o destino comum dos bens é frequentes vezes parcialmente atendido graças a costumes e tradições próprias da comunidade, que asseguram a cada membro os bens indispensáveis. Mas deve evitar-se considerar certos costumes como absolutamente imutáveis, se já não correspondem às exigências do tempo actual; por outro lado, não se proceda imprudentemente contra os costumes honestos, que, uma vez convenientemente adaptados às circunstâncias actuais, continuam a ser muito úteis. De modo análogo, nas nações muito desenvolvidas econòmicamente, um conjunto de instituições sociais de previdência e seguro pode constituir uma realidade parcial do destino comum dos bens. Deve prosseguir-se o desenvolvimento dos serviços familiares e sociais, sobretudo daqueles que atendem à cultura e educação. Na organização de todas estas instituições, porém, deve atender-se a que os cidadãos não sejam levados a uma certa passividade com relação à sociedade ou à irresponsabilidade e recusa de serviço."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-335",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inversões e política monetária"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-70",
              "number": "70",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os investimentos, por sua parte, devem tender a assegurar suficientes empregos e rendimentos, tanto para a população actual como para a de amanhã. Todos os que decidem destes investimentos e da organização da vida económica - indivíduos, grupos ou poderes públicos - devem ter presentes estes fins e reconhecer a grave obrigação que têm de vigiar para que assegurem os requisitos necessários a uma vida digna dos indivíduos e de toda a comunidade; e, ainda, de prever o futuro e garantir um são equilíbrio entre as necessidades do consumo hodierno, individual e colectivo, e as exigências de investimentos para a geração futura. Tenham-se sempre também em conta as necessidades urgentes das nações ou regiões econòmicamente menos desenvolvidas. Em matéria de política monetária, evite-se prejudicar o bem quer da própria nação quer das outras. E tomem-se providências para que os econòmicamente débeis não sofram injusto prejuízo com a desvalorização da moeda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-337",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Acesso à propriedade e domínio privado. Problemas dos latifúndios"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-71",
              "number": "71",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dado que a propriedade e as outras formas de domínio privado dos bens externos contribuem para a expressão da pessoa e lhe dão ocasião de exercer a própria função na sociedade e na economia, é de grande importância que se fomente o acesso dos indivíduos e grupos a um certo domínio desses bens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-339",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A propriedade privada ou um certo domínio sobre os bens externos asseguram a cada um a indispensável esfera de autonomia pessoal e familiar, e devem ser considerados como que uma extensão da liberdade humana. Finalmente, como estimulam o exercício da responsabilidade, constituem uma das condições das liberdades civis (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-340",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As formas desse domínio ou propriedade são actualmente variadas e cada dia se diversificam mais. Mas todas continuam a ser, apesar dos fundos sociais e dos direitos e serviços assegurados pela sociedade, um factor não desprezível de segurança. O que se deve dizer não só dos bens materiais, mas também dos imateriais, como é a capacidade profissional."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No entanto, o direito à propriedade privada não é incompatível com as várias formas legítimas de direito de propriedade pública. Quanto à apropriação pública dos bens, ela só pode ser levada a cabo pela legítima autoridade, segundo as exigências e dentro dos limites do bem comum, e mediante uma compensação equitativa. Compete, além disso, à autoridade pública impedir o abuso da propriedade privada em detrimento do bem comum (14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-342",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De resto, a mesma propriedade privada é de índole social, fundada na lei do destino comum dos bens (15). O desprezo deste carácter social foi muitas vezes ocasião de cobiças e de graves desordens, chegando mesmo a fornecer um pretexto para os que contestam esse próprio direito."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em bastantes regiões econòmicamente pouco desenvolvidas, existem grandes e até vastíssimas propriedades rústicas, fracamente cultivadas ou até deixadas totalmente incultas com intentos lucrativos, enquanto a maior parte do povo não tem terras ou apenas possui pequenos campos e, por outro lado, o aumento da produção agrícola apresenta um evidente carácter de urgência. Não raro, os que são contratados a trabalhar pelos proprietários ou exploram, em regime de arrendamento, uma parte das propriedades, apenas recebem um salário ou um rendimento indigno de um homem, carecem de habitação decente e são explorados pelos intermediários. Desprovidos de qualquer segurança, vivem num tal regime de dependência pessoal que perdem quase por completo a capacidade de iniciativa e responsabilidade e lhes está vedada toda e qualquer promoção cultural ou participação na vida social e política. Impõem-se, portanto, reformas necessárias, segundo os vários casos: para aumentar os rendimentos, corrigir as condições de trabalho, reforçar a segurança do emprego, estimular a iniciativa e, mesmo, para distribuir terras não suficientemente cultivadas àqueles que as possam tornar produtivas. Neste último caso, devem assegurar-se os bens e meios necessários, sobretudo de educação e possibilidades duma adequada organização cooperativa. Sempre, porém, que o bem comum exigir a expropriação, a compensação deve ser equitativamente calculada, tendo em conta todas as circunstâncias."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-344",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A actividade económico-social e o reino de Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-72",
              "number": "72",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os cristãos que desempenham parte activa no actual desenvolvimento económico-social e lutam pela justiça e pela caridade, estejam convencidos de que podem contribuir muito para o bem da humanidade e paz dó mundo. Em todas estas actividades, quer sòzinhos quer associados, sejam exemplo para todos. Adquirindo a competência e experiência absolutamente indispensáveis, respeitem a devida hierarquia entre as actividades terrenas, fiéis a Cristo e ao seu Evangelho, de maneira que toda a sua vida, tanto individual como social, seja penetrada do espírito das bem-aventuranças, e especialmente do espírito de pobreza. Todo aquele que, obedecendo a Cristo, busca primeiramente o reino de Deus, recebe daí um amor mais forte e mais puro, para ajudar os seus irmãos e realizar, sob o impulso da caridade, a obra da justiça (16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-347",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A VIDA DA COMUNIDADE POLÍTICA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-348",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A vida política actual"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-73",
              "number": "73",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Profundas transformações se verificam nos nossos dias também nas estruturas e instituições dos povos, em consequência da sua evolução cultural, económica e social; pois todas estas transformações têm uma grande influência na vida da comunidade política, especialmente no que se refere aos direitos e deveres de cada um no exercício da liberdade cívica, na promoção do bem comum e na estruturação das relações dos cidadãos entre si e com o poder público."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-350",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A consciência mais sentida da dignidade humana dá origem em diversas regiões do mundo ao desejo de instaurar uma ordem político-jurídica em que os direitos da pessoa na vida pública sejam melhor assegurados, tais como os direitos de livre reunião e associação, de expressão das próprias opiniões e de profissão privada e pública da religião. A salvaguarda dos direitos da pessoa é, com efeito, uma condição necessária para que os cidadãos, quer individualmente quer em grupo, possam participar activamente na vida e gestão da coisa pública."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-351",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Paralelamente com o progresso cultural, económico e social, cresce em muitos o desejo de tomar maior parte na organização da comunidade política. Aumenta na consciência de muitos o empenho em assegurar os direitos das minorias, sem esquecer de resto os seus deveres para com a comunidade política; cresce, além disso, cada dia o respeito pelos homens que professam uma opinião ou religião diferente; e estabelece-se ao mesmo tempo uma colaboração mais ampla, a fim de que todos os cidadãos, e não apenas alguns privilegiados, possam gozar realmente dós direitos da pessoa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Condenam-se, pelo contrário, todas as formas políticas, existentes em algumas regiões, que impedem a liberdade civil ou religiosa, multiplicam as vítimas das paixões e dos crimes políticos e desviam do bem comum o exercício da autoridade, em benefício de alguma facção ou dos próprios governantes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-353",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para estabelecer uma vida política verdadeiramente humana, nada melhor do que fomentar sentimentos interiores de justiça e benevolência e serviço do bem comum e reforçar as convicções fundamentais acerca da verdadeira natureza da comunidade política, bem como do fim, recto exercício e limites da autoridade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-354",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natureza e fim da comunidade política"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-74",
              "number": "74",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os indivíduos, as famílias e os diferentes grupos que constituem a sociedade civil, têm consciência da própria insuficiência para realizar uma vida plenamente humana e percebem a necessidade duma comunidade mais ampla, no seio da qual todos conjuguem diàriamente as próprias forças para cada vez melhor promoverem o bem comum (1). E por esta razão constituem, segundo diversas formas, a comunidade política. A comunidade política existe, portanto, em vista do bem comum; nele encontra a sua completa justificação e significado e dele deriva o seu direito natural e próprio. Quanto ao bem comum, ele compreende o conjunto das condições de vida social que permitem aos indivíduos, famílias e associações alcançar mais plena e fàcilmente a própria perfeição (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-356",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porém, os homens que se reunem na comunidade política são muitos e diferentes, e podem legitimamente divergir de opinião. E assim, para impedir que a comunidade política se desagregue ao seguir cada um o próprio parecer, requere-se uma autoridade que faça convergir para o bem comum as energias de todos os cidadãos; não duma maneira mecânica ou despótica, mas sobretudo como força moral, que se apoia na liberdade e na consciência do próprio dever e sentido de responsabilidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-357",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Resulta, portanto, claro que a comunidade política e a autoridade pública se fundam na natureza humana e que, por conseguinte, pertencem à ordem estabelecida por Deus, embora a determinação do regime político e a designação dos governantes se deixem à livre vontade dos cidadãos (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-358",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Segue-se também que o exercício da autoridade política, seja na comunidade como tal, seja nos organismos representativos, se deve sempre desenvolver e actuar dentro dos limites da ordem. moral, em vista do bem comum, dinâmicamente concebido, de acordo com a ordem jurídica legitimamente estabelecida ou a estabelecer. Nestas condições, os cidadãos têm obrigação moral de obedecer (4). Daqui a responsabilidade, dignidade e importância dos que governam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-359",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas quando a autoridade pública, excedendo os limites da própria competência, oprime os cidadãos, estes não se recusem às exigências objectivas do bem comum; mas é-lhes lícito, dentro dos limites traçados pela lei natural e pelo Evangelho, defender os próprios direitos e os dos seus concidadãos, contra o abuso desta autoridade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-360",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os modos concretos como a comunidade política organiza a própria estrutura e o equilíbrio dos poderes públicos, podem variar, segundo a diferente índole e o progresso histórico dos povos; mas devem sempre ordenar-se à formação de homens cultos, pacíficos e benévolos para com todos, em proveito de toda a família humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-361",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A colaboração de todos na vida política"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-75",
              "number": "75",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É plenamente conforme com a natureza do homem que se encontrem estruturas jurídico-políticas nas quais todos os cidadãos tenham a possibilidade efectiva de participar livre e activamente, dum modo cada vez mais perfeito e sem qualquer discriminação, tanto no estabelecimento das bases jurídicas da comunidade política, como na gestão da coisa pública e na determinação do campo e fim das várias instituições e na escolha dos governantes (5). Todos os cidadãos se lembrem, portanto, do direito e simultâneamente do dever que têm de fazer uso do seu voto livre em vista da promoção do bem comum. A Igreja louva e aprecia o trabalho de quantos se dedicam ao bem da nação e tomam sobre si o peso de tal cargo, em serviço dos homens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-363",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que a cooperação responsável dos cidadãos leve a felizes resultados na vida pública de todos os dias, é necessário que haja uma ordem jurídica positiva, que estabeleça convenientemente divisão das funções e dos orgãos da autoridade pública e ao mesmo tempo protecção do direito eficaz e plenamente independente de quem quer que seja. Juntamente com os deveres a que todos os cidadãos estão obrigados, sejam reconhecidos, assegurados e fomentados os direitos das pessoas, famílias e grupos sociais, bem como o exercício dos mesmos. Entre aqueles, é preciso recordar o dever de prestar à nação os serviços materiais e pessoais que são requeridos pelo bem comum. Os governantes tenham o cuidado de não impedir as associações familiares, sociais ou culturais e os corpos ou organismos intermédios, nem os privem da sua actividade legítima e eficaz; pelo contrário, procurem de bom grado promovê-la ordenadamente. Evitem, por isso, os cidadãos quer individual quer associativamente, conceder à autoridade um poder excessivo, nem lhe peçam, de modo inoportuno, demasiadas vantagens e facilidades, de modo a que se diminua a responsabilidade das pessoas, famílias e grupos sociais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-364",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A crescente complexidade das actuais circunstâncias força com frequência o poder público a intervir nos assuntos sociais, económicos e culturais, com o fim de introduzir condições mais favoráveis em que os cidadãos e grupos possam livremente e com mais eficácia promover o bem humano integral. As relações entre a socialização (6) e a autonomia e desenvolvimento pessoais podem conceber-se diferentemente, conforme a diversidade das regiões e o grau de desenvolvimento dos povos. Mas quando, por exigência do bem comum, se limitar temporàriamente o exercício dos direitos, restabeleça-se quanto antes a liberdade, logo que mudem as circunstâncias. É, porém, desumano que a autoridade política assuma formas totalitárias ou ditatoriais, que lesam os direitos das pessoas ou dos grupos sociais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-365",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os cidadãos cultivem com magnanimidade e lealdade o amor da pátria, mas sem estreiteza de espírito, de maneira que, ao mesmo tempo, tenham sempre presente o bem de toda a família humana, que resulta das várias ligações entre as raças, povos e nações."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-366",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos os cristãos tenham consciência da sua vocação especial e própria na comunidade política; por ela são obrigados a dar exemplo de sentida responsabilidade e dedicação pelo bem comum, de maneira a mostrarem também com factos como se harmonizam a autoridade e a liberdade, a iniciativa pessoal e a solidariedade do inteiro corpo social, a oportuna unidade com a proveitosa diversidade. Reconheçam as legítimas opiniões, divergentes entre si, acerca da organização da ordem temporal, e respeitem os cidadãos e grupos que as defendem honestamente. Os partidos políticos devem promover o que julgam ser exigido pelo bem comum, sem que jamais seja lícito antepor o próprio interesse ao bem comum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-367",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deve atender-se cuidadosamente à educação cívica e política, hoje tão necessária à população e sobretudo aos jovens, para que todos os cidadãos possam participar na vida da comunidade política. Os que são ou podem tornar-se aptos para exercer a difícil e muito nobre (7) arte da política, preparem-se para ela; e procurem exercê-la sem pensar no interesse próprio ou em vantagens materiais. Procedam com inteireza e prudência contra a injustiça e a opressão, contra o arbitrário domínio de uma pessoa ou de um partido, e contra a intolerância. E dediquem-se com sinceridade e equidade, mais ainda, com caridade e fortaleza política, ao bem de todos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-368",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A comunidade política e a Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-76",
              "number": "76",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E de grande importância, sobretudo onde existe uma sociedade pluralística, que se tenha uma concepção exacta das relações entre a comunidade política e a Igreja, e, ainda, que se distingam claramente as actividades que os fiéis, isoladamente ou em grupo, desempenham em próprio nome como cidadãos guiados pela sua consciência de cristãos, e aquelas que exercitam em nome da Igreja e em união com os seus pastores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-370",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja que, em razão da sua missão e competência, de modo algum se confunde com a sociedade nem está ligada a qualquer sistema político determinado, é ao mesmo tempo o sinal e salvaguarda da transcendência da pessoa humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-371",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No domínio próprio de cada uma, comunidade política e Igreja são independentes e autónomas. Mas, embora por títulos diversos, ambas servem a vocação pessoal e social dos mesmos homens. E tanto mais eficazmente exercitarão este serviço para bem de todos, quanto melhor cultivarem entre si uma sã cooperação, tendo igualmente em conta as circunstâncias de lugar e tempo. Porque o homem não se limita à ordem temporal sòmente; vivendo na história humana, fundada sobre o amor do Redentor, ela contribui para que se difundam mais amplamente, nas nações e entre as nações, a justiça e a caridade. Pregando a verdade evangélica e iluminando com a sua doutrina e o testemunho dos cristãos todos os campos da actividade humana, ela respeita e promove também a liberdade e responsabilidade política dos cidadãos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-372",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Apóstolos e os sucessores dos mesmos, com os seus cooperadores, enviados para anunciar aos homens Cristo, salvador do mundo, têm por sustentáculo do seu apostolado o poder de Deus, o qual muitas vezes manifesta a força do Evangelho na fraqueza das suas testemunhas. É preciso, pois, que todos os que se consagram ao ministério da palavra de Deus utilizem os caminhos e meios próprios do Evangelho, tantas vezes diferentes dos meios da cidade terrena."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-373",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É certo que as coisas terrenas e as que, na condição humana, transcendem este mundo, se encontram intimamente ligadas; a própria Igreja usa das coisas temporais, na medida em que a sua missão o exige. Mas ela não coloca a sua esperança nos privilégios que lhe oferece a autoridade civil; mais ainda, ela renunciará ao exercício de alguns direitos legitimamente adquiridos, quando verificar que o seu uso põe em causa a sinceridade do seu testemunho ou que novas condições de vida exigem outras disposições. Porém, sempre lhe deve ser permitido pregar com verdadeira liberdade a fé; ensinar a sua doutrina acerca da sociedade; exercer sem entraves a própria missão entre os homens; e pronunciar o seu juízo moral mesmo acerca das realidades políticas, sempre que os direitos fundamentais da pessoa ou a salvação das almas o exigirem e utilizando todos e só aqueles meios que são conformes com o Evangelho e, segundo a variedade dos tempos e circunstâncias, são para o bem de todos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-374",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aderindo fielmente ao Evangelho e realizando a sua missão no mundo, a Igreja -a quem pertence fomentar e elevar tudo o que de verdadeiro, bom e belo se encontra na comunidade dos homens (8) - consolida, para glória de Deus, a paz entre os homens (9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-375",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO V"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-376",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A PROMOÇÃO DA PAZ E A COMUNIDADE INTERNACIONAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-377",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Necessidade e desejos actuais da paz"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-77",
              "number": "77",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nestes nossos tempos, em que as dores e angústias derivadas da guerra ou da sua ameaça ainda oprimem tão duramente os homens, a família humana chegou a uma hora decisiva no seu processo de maturação. Progressivamente unificada, e por toda a parte mais consciente da própria unidade, não pode levar a cabo a tarefa que lhe incumbe de construir um mundo mais humano para todos os homens, a não ser que todos se orientem com espírito renovado à verdadeira paz. A mensagem evangélica, tão em harmonia com os mais altos desejos e aspirações do género humano, brilha assim com novo esplendor nos tempos de hoje, ao proclamar felizes os construtores da paz «porque serão chamados filhos de Deus» (Mt. 5,9). Por isso, o Concílio, explicando a verdadeira e nobilíssima natureza da paz, e uma vez condenada a desumanidade da guerra, quer apelar ardentemente para que os cristãos, com a ajuda de Cristo, autor da paz, colaborem com todos os homens no estabelecimento da paz na justiça e no amor e na preparação dos instrumentos da mesma paz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-379",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natureza da paz e sua consecução"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-78",
              "number": "78",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A paz não é ausência de guerra; nem se reduz ao estabelecimento do equilíbrio entre as forças adversas, nem resulta duma dominação despótica. Com toda a exactidão e propriedade ela é chamada «obra da justiça» (Is. 32, 7). É um fruto da ordem que o divino Criador estabeleceu para a sociedade humana, e que deve ser realizada pelos homens, sempre anelantes por uma mais perfeita justiça. Com efeito, o bem comum do género humano é regido, primária e fundamentalmente, pela lei eterna; mas, quanto às suas exigências concretas, está sujeito a constantes mudanças, com o decorrer do tempo. Por esta razão, a paz nunca se alcança duma vez para sempre, antes deve estar constantemente a ser edificada. Além disso, como a vontade humana é fraca e ferida pelo pecado, a busca da paz exige o constante domínio das paixões de cada um e a vigilância da autoridade legítima. Mas tudo isto não basta. Esta paz não se pode alcançar na terra a não ser que se assegure o bem das pessoas e que os homens compartilhem entre si livre e confiadamente as riquezas do seu espírito criador. Absolutamente necessárias para a edificação da paz são ainda a vontade firme de respeitar a dignidade dos outros homens e povos e a prática assídua da fraternidade. A paz é assim também fruto do amor, o qual vai além do que a justiça consegue alcançar. A paz terrena, nascida do amor do próximo, é imagem e efeito da paz de Cristo, vinda do Pai. Pois o próprio Filho encarnado, príncipe da paz, reconciliou com Deus, pela cruz, todos os homens; restabelecendo a unidade de todos num só povo e num só corpo, extinguiu o ódio (1) e, exaltado na ressurreição, derramou nos corações o Espírito de amor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-381",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos os cristãos são, por isso, insistentemente chamados a que «praticando a verdade na caridade» (Ef. 4, 15), se unam com os homens verdadeiramente pacíficos para implorarem e edificarem a paz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-382",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Levados pelo mesmo espírito, não podemos deixar de louvar aqueles que, renunciando à violência na reivindicação dos próprios direitos, recorrem a meios de defesa que estão também ao alcance dos mais fracos — sempre que isto se possa fazer sem lesar os direitos e obrigações de outros ou da comunidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-383",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na medida em que os homens são pecadores, o perigo da guerra ameaça-os e continuará a ameaça-los até à vinda de Cristo; mas na medida em que, unidos em caridade, superam o pecado, superadas ficam também as lutas, até que se realize aquela palavra: «com as espadas forjarão arados e foices com as lanças. Nenhum povo levantará a espada contra outro e jamais se exercitarão para a guerra» (Is. 2, 4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-385",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EVITAR A GUERRA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-386",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Refrear a crueldade das guerras"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-79",
              "number": "79",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apesar de as últimas guerras terem trazido tão grandes danos materiais e morais, ainda todos os dias a guerra leva por diante as suas devastações em alguma parte da terra. Mais ainda, o emprego de armas científicas de todo o género para fazer a guerra, ameaça, dada a selvajaria daquelas, levar os combatentes a uma barbárie muito pior que a de outros tempos. Além disso, a complexidade da actual situação e o intrincado dos relações entre países tornam possível o prolongar-se de guerras mais ou menos larvadas, pelo recurso a novos métodos insidiosos e subversivos. Em muitos casos, o recurso aos métodos do terrorismo é considerado como uma nova forma de guerra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-388",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tendo diante dos olhos este estado de prostração da humanidade, o Concílio quer, antes de mais, recordar o valor permanente do direito natural internacional e dos seus princípios universais. A. própria consciência da humanidade afirma cada vez com maior força estes princípios. As acções que lhes são deliberadamente contrárias, bem como as ordens que as mandam executar, são portanto, criminosas; nem a obediência cega pode desculpar os que as cumprem. Entre tais actos devem-se contar, antes de mais, aqueles com que se leva metòdicamente a cabo o extermínio de toda uma raça, nação ou minoria étnica. Tais acções devem ser veementemente condenadas como horríveis crimes e louvada no mais alto grau a coragem de quantos não temem resistir abertamente aos que as querem impor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-389",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Existem diversas convenções internacionais relativas à guerra assinadas por bastantes nações, e que visam a tornar menos desumanas as actividades bélicas e suas consequências; tais, por exemplo, as que se referem à sorte dos soldados feridos ou prisioneiros, e outras semelhantes. Estes acordos devem ser observados. Mais ainda, todos, sobretudo os poderes públicos e os peritos nestas matérias, têm obrigação de procurar aperfeiçoa-los quanto lhes for"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-390",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "possível, de maneira a que sejam capazes de melhor e mais eficazmente refrearem a crueldade das guerras. Parece, além disso, justo que as leis tenham em conta com humanidade o caso daqueles que, por motivo de consciência, recusam combater, contanto que aceitem outra forma de servir a comunidade humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-391",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na realidade, a guerra não foi eliminada do mundo dos homens. E enquanto existir o perigo de guerra e não houver uma autoridade internacional competente e dotada dos convenientes meios, não se pode negar aos governos, depois de esgotados todos os recursos de negociações pacíficas, o direito de legítima defesa. Cabe assim aos governantes e aos demais que participam na responsabilidade dos negócios públicos, o dever de assegurar a defesa das populações que lhes estão confiadas, tratando com toda a seriedade um assunto tão sério. Mas uma coisa é utilizar a força militar para defender justamente as populações, outra coisa é querer subjugar as outras nações. O poderio bélico não legitima qualquer uso militar ou político que dele se faça. Nem, finalmente, uma vez começada lamentàvelmente a guerra, já tudo se torna lícito entre as partes beligerantes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-392",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aqueles que se dedicam ao serviço da pátria no exército, considerem-se servidores da segurança e da liberdade dos povos; na medida em que se desempenham como convém desta tarefa, contribuem verdadeiramente para o estabelecimento da paz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-393",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A guerra total"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-80",
              "number": "80",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Com o incremento das armas científicas, tem aumentado desmesuradamente o horror e maldade da guerra. Pois, com o emprego de tais armas, as acções bélicas podem causar enormes e indiscriminadas destruições, que desse modo já vão muito além dos limites da legítima defesa. Mais ainda: se se empregasse integralmente o material existente nos arsenais das grandes potências, resultaria daí o quase total e recíproco extermínio de ambos os adversários, sem falar nas inúmeras devastações provocadas no mundo e nos funestos efeitos que do uso de tais armas se seguiriam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-395",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tudo isto nos força a considerar a guerra com um espírito inteiramente novo (2). Saibam os homens de hoje que darão grave conta das suas actividades bélicas. Pois das suas decisões actuais dependerá em grande parte o curso dos tempos futuros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-396",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tendo em atenção todas estas coisas, e fazendo suas as condenações da guerra total já anteriormente pronunciadas pelos Sumos Pontífices (3), este sagrado Concílio declara:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-397",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Toda a acção bélica que tende indiscriminadamente à destruição de cidades inteiras ou vastas regiões e seus habitantes é um crime contra Deus e o próprio homem, que se deve condenar com firmeza e sem hesitação."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-398",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O perigo peculiar da guerra hodierna está em que ela fornece, por assim dizer, a oportunidade de cometer tais crimes àqueles que estão de posse das modernas armas científicas; e, por uma consequência quase fatal, pode impelir as vontades dos homens às mais atrozes decisões. Para que tal nunca venha a suceder, os Bispos de todo o mundo, reunidos, imploram a todos, sobretudo aos governantes e chefes militares, que ponderem sem cessar a sua tão grande responsabilidade perante Deus e a humanidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-399",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A corrida aos armamentos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-81",
              "number": "81",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É verdade que não se acumulam as armas científicas só com o fim de serem empregadas na guerra. Com efeito, dado que se pensa que a solidez defensiva de cada parte depende da sua capacidade de resposta fulminante, esta acumulação de armas, que aumenta de ano para ano, serve, paradoxalmente, para dissuadir possíveis inimigos. Muitos pensam que este é hoje o meio mais eficaz para assegurar uma certa paz entre as nações."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-401",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seja o que for deste meio de dissuasão, convençam-se os homens de que a corrida aos armamentos, a que se entregam muitas nações, não é caminho seguro para uma firme manutenção da paz; e de que o pretenso equilíbrio daí resultante não é uma paz segura nem verdadeira. Corre-se o perigo de que, com isso, em vez de se eliminarem as causas da guerra, antes se agravem progressivamente. E enquanto se dilapidam riquezas imensas no constante fabrico de novas armas, torna-se impossível dar remédio suficiente a tantas misérias de que sofre o mundo actualmente. Mais do que sanar verdadeiramente e plenamente as discórdias entre as nações, o que se consegue é contagiar com elas outras partes do mundo. É preciso escolher outros caminhos, partindo da reforma das mentalidades, para eliminar este escândalo e poder-se restituir ao mundo, liberto da angústia que o oprime, uma paz verdadeira."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-402",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por tal razão, de novo se deve declarar que a corrida aos armamentos é um terrível flagelo para a humanidade e prejudica os pobres dum modo intolerável. E é muito de temer, se ela continuar, que um dia provoque as exterminadoras calamidades de que já presentemente prepara os meios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-403",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Advertidos pelas calamidades que o género humano tornou possíveis, aproveitemos o tempo de que ainda dispomos para, tornados mais conscientes da própria responsabilidade, encontrarmos os caminhos que tornem possível resolver os nossos conflitos dum modo mais digno de homens. A providência divina instantemente nos pede que nos libertemos da antiga servidão da guerra. Se nos recusamos a fazer este esforço, não sabemos aonde nos levará o funesto caminho por onde enveredámos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-404",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proscrição total da guerra e acção internacional para a evitar"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-82",
              "number": "82",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É, portanto, claro, que nos devemos esforçar por todos os meios por preparar os tempos em que, por comum acordo das nações, se possa interditar absolutamente qualquer espécie de guerra. Isto exige, certamente, a criação duma autoridade pública mundial, por todos reconhecida e com poder suficiente para que fiquem garantidos a todos a segurança, o cumprimento da justiça e o respeito dos direitos. Porém, antes que esta desejável autoridade possa ser instituída, é necessário que os supremos organismos internacionais se dediquem com toda a energia a buscar os meios mais aptos para conseguir a segurança comum. Já que a paz deve antes nascer da confiança mútua do que ser imposta pelo terror das armas, todos devem trabalhar por que se ponha, finalmente, um termo à corrida aos armamentos e por que se inicie progressivamente e com garantias reais e eficazes, a redução dos mesmos armamentos, não unilateral evidentemente, mas simultânea e segundo o que for estatuído (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-406",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entretanto, não se devem subestimar as tentativas já feitas ou ainda em curso para afastar o perigo da guerra. Procure-se antes ajudar a boa vontade de muitos que, carregados com as ingentes preocupações dos seus altos ofícios, mas movidos do seriíssimo dever que os obriga, se esforçam por eliminar a guerra de que têm horror, embora não possam prescindir da complexidade objectiva das situações. E dirijam-se a Deus instantes preces, para que lhes dê a força necessária para empreender com perseverança e levar a cabo com fortaleza esta obra de imenso amor dos homens, de construir virilmente a paz. Hoje em dia, isto exige certamente deles que alarguem o espírito mais além das fronteiras da própria nação, deponham o egoísmo nacional e a ambição de dominar sobre os outros países, fomentem um grande respeito por toda a humanidade, que já avança tão laboriosamente para uma maior unidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-407",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As sondagens até agora diligente e incansàvelmente levadas a cabo acerca dos problemas da paz e desarmamento, e as reuniões internacionais que trataram deste assunto, devem ser consideradas como os primeiros passos para a solução de tão graves problemas e devem no futuro promover-se ainda com. mais empenho, para obter resultados práticos. No entanto, evitem os homens entregar-se apenas aos esforços de alguns, sem se preocuparem com a própria mentalidade. Pois os governantes, responsáveis pelo bem comum da própria nação e ao mesmo tempo promotores do bem de todo o mundo, dependem muito das opiniões e sentimentos das populações. Nada aproveitarão com dedicar-se à edificação da paz, enquanto os sentimentos de hostilidade, desprezo e desconfiança, os ódios raciais e os preconceitos ideológicos dividirem os homens e os opuserem uns aos outros. Daqui a enorme necessidade duma renovação na educação das mentalidades e na orientação da opinião publica. Aqueles que se consagram à obra de educação, sobretudo da juventude, ou que formam a opinião pública, considerem como gravíssimo dever o procurar formar as mentalidades de todos para novos sentimentos pacíficos. Todos nós temos, com efeito, de reformar o nosso coração, com os olhos postos no mundo inteiro e naquelas tarefas que podemos realizar juntos para o progresso da humanidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-408",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Não nos engane uma falsa esperança. A não ser que, pondo de parte inimizades e ódios, se celebrem no futuro pactos sólidos e honestos acerca dá paz universal, a humanidade, que já agora corre grave risco, chegará talvez desgraçadamente, apesar da sua admirável ciência, àquela hora em que não conhecerá outra paz além da horrível tranquilidade da morte. Mas, ao mesmo tempo que isto afirma, a Igreja de Cristo, no meio das angústias do tempo actual, não deixa de esperar firmemente. A nossa época quer ela propor, uma e outra vez, oportuna e importunamente, a mensagem do Apóstolo: «eis agora o tempo favorável» para a conversão dos corações, «eis agora os dias da salvação (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-410",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONSTRUÇÃO DA COMUNIDADE INTERNACIONAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-411",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Causas e remédios das discórdias"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-83",
              "number": "83",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para edificar a paz, é preciso, antes de mais, eliminar as causas das discórdias entre os homens, que são as que alimentam as guerras, sobretudo as injustiças. Muitas delas provêm das excessivas desigualdades económicas e do atraso em lhes dar remédios necessários. Outras, porém, nascem do espírito de dominação e do desprezo das pessoas; e, se buscamos causas mais profundas, da inveja, desconfiança e soberba humanas, bem como de outras paixões egoístas. Como o homem não pode suportar tantas desordens, delas provém que, mesmo sem haver guerra, o mundo está continuamente envenenado com as contendas e violências entre os homens. E como se verificam os mesmos males nas relações entre as nações, é absolutamente necessário, para os vencer ou prevenir, e para reprimir as violências desenfreadas, que os organismos internacionais cooperem e se coordenem melhor e que se fomentem incansàvelmente as organizações que promovem a paz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-413",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A comunidade das nações e instituições internacionais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-84",
              "number": "84",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que o bem comum universal se procure convenientemente e se alcance com eficácia, torna-se já necessário, dado o aumento crescente de estreitos laços de mútua dependência entre todos os cidadãos e entre todos os povos do mundo, que a comunidade dos povos se dê a si mesma uma estrutura à altura das tarefas actuais, sobretudo relativamente àquelas numerosas regiões que ainda padecem intolerável indigência."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-415",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para obter tais fins, as instituições da comunidade internacional devem prover, cada uma por sua parte, às diversas necessidades dos homens, no domínio da vida social - a que pertencem a alimentação, saúde, educação, trabalho - como em certas circunstâncias particulares, que podem surgir aqui ou ali, tais como a necessidade geral de favorecer o progresso das nações em vias de desenvolvimento, de obviar às necessidades dos refugiados dispersos por todo o mundo, ou ainda de ajudar os emigrantes e suas famílias."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-416",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As instituições internacionais, mundiais ou regionais, já existentes, são beneméritas do género humano. Aparecem como as primeiras tentativas para lançar os fundamentos internacionais da inteira comunidade humana, a fim de se resolverem os gravíssimos problemas dos nossos tempos, se promover o progresso em todo o mundo e se prevenir qualquer forma de guerra. A Igreja alegra-se com o espírito de verdadeira fraternidade que em todos estes campos floresce entre cristãos e não-cristãos, e tende a intensificar os esforços por remediar tão grande miséria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-417",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A cooperação internacional no campo económico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-85",
              "number": "85",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A unificação actual do género humano requer também uma cooperação internacional mais ampla no campo económico. Com efeito, embora quase todos os povos se tenham tornado independentes, estão ainda longe de se encontrarem livres de excessivas desigualdades ou de qualquer forma de dependência indevida, ou ao abrigo de graves dificuldades internas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-419",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O crescimento dum país depende dos recursos humanos e financeiros. Em cada nação, os cidadãos devem ser preparados pela educação e formação profissional, para desempenharem as diversas funções da vida económica e social. Para tal, requere-se a ajuda de peritos estrangeiros; estes, ao darem tal ajuda, não procedam como dominadores, mas como auxiliares e cooperadores. Não será possível prestar o auxílio material às nações em desenvolvimento, se não se mudarem profundamente no mundo as estruturas do comércio actual. Os países desenvolvidos prestar-lhes-ão ainda ajuda sob outras formas, tais como dons, empréstimos ou investimentos financeiros; os quais se devem prestar generosamente e sem cobiça, por uma das parte, e receber com inteira honestidade, pela outra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-420",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para se estabelecer uma autêntica ordem económica internacional, é preciso abolir o apetite de lucros excessivos, as ambições nacionais, o desejo de domínio político, os cálculos de ordem militar bem como as manobras para propagar e impor ideologias. Apresentam-se muitos sistemas económicos e sociais; é de desejar que os especialistas encontrem neles as bases comuns dum são comércio mundial; o que mais fàcilmente se conseguirá, se cada um renunciar aos próprios preconceitos e se mostrar disposto a um diálogo sincero."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-421",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Algumas normas oportunas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-86",
              "number": "86",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para tal cooperação, parecem oportunas as seguintes normas:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-423",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) As nações em desenvolvimento ponham todo o empenho em procurar firmemente que a finalidade expressa do seu progresso seja a plena perfeição humana dos cidadãos. Lembrem-se que o progresso se origina e cresce, antes de mais, com o trabalho e engenho das populações, pois deve apoiar-se não apenas nos auxílios estrangeiros, mas sobretudo no desenvolvimento dos próprios recursos e no cultivo das qualidades e tradições próprias. Neste ponto, devem sobressair aqueles que têm maior influência nos outros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-424",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) É dever muito grave dos povos desenvolvidos ajudar os que estão em vias de desenvolvimento a realizar as tarefas referidas. Levem, portanto, a cabo, em si mesmos, as adaptações psicológicas e materiais que são necessárias para estabelecer esta cooperação internacional. E assim, nas negociações com as nações mais fracas e pobres, atendam com muito cuidado ao bem das mesmas; pois elas necessitam, para seu sustento, dos lucros alcançados com a venda dos bens que produzem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-425",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Cabe à comunidade internacional coordenar e estimular o desenvolvimento de modo a que os recursos a isso destinados sejam utilizados com o máximo de eficácia e total equidade. Também a ela pertence, sempre dentro do respeito pelo princípio de subsidiariedade, regular as relações económicas no mundo inteiro de modo que se desenvolvam segundo a justiça."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-426",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Criem-se instituições aptas para promover e regular o comércio internacional, sobretudo com as nações menos desenvolvidas, e para compensar as deficiências que ainda perduram, nascidas da excessiva desigualdade de poder entre as nações. Esta ordenação, acompanhada de ajudas técnicas, culturais e financeiras, deve proporcionar às nações em vias de desenvolvimento os meios necessários para poderem conseguir convenientemente o progresso da própria economia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-427",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) Em muitos casos, é urgente necessidade rever as estruturas económicas e sociais. Mas evitem-se as soluções técnicas prematuramente propostas, sobretudo aquelas que, trazendo ao homem vantagens materiais, são opostas à sua natureza espiritual e ao seu progresso. Com efeito, «o homem não vive só de pão, mas também de toda a palavra que sai da boca de Deus» (Mt. 4, 4). E qualquer parcela da família humana leva em si mesma e nas suas melhores tradições uma parte do tesouro espiritual confiado por Deus à humanidade, mesmo que muitos desconheçam a origem donde procede."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-428",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A cooperação internacional no que se refere ao incremento demográfico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-87",
              "number": "87",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A cooperação internacional é especialmente necessária no caso, actualmente bastante frequente, daqueles povos que, além de muitas outras dificuldades, sofrem especialmente da que deriva dum rápido aumento da população. É urgentemente necessário que, por meio duma plena e intensa cooperação de todos, e sobretudo das nações mais ricas, se investigue o modo de tornar possível preparar e fazer chegar a toda a humanidade o que é preciso para a subsistência e conveniente educação dos homens. Mas alguns povos poderiam melhorar muito as suas condições de vida se, devidamente instruídos, passassem dos métodos arcaicos de exploração agrícola para as técnicas modernas, aplicando-as com a devida prudência à própria situação, instaurando, além disso, uma melhor ordem social e procedendo a uma distribuição mais justa da propriedade das terras."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-430",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Com relação ao problema da população, na própria nação e dentro dos limites da própria competência, tem o governo direitos e deveres; assim, por exemplo, no que se refere à legislação social e familiar, ao êxodo das populações agrícolas para as cidades, à informação acerca da situação e necessidades nacionais. Dado que hoje este problema preocupa intensamente os espíritos, é também de desejar que especialistas católicos, sobretudo nas Universidades, prossigam e ampliem diligentemente os estudos e iniciativas sobre estas matérias."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-431",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Visto que muitos afirmam que o aumento da população do globo, ou ao menos de algumas nações, deve ser absoluta e radicalmente diminuído por todos os meios e por qualquer espécie de intervenção da autoridade pública, o Concílio exorta todos a que evitem as soluções, promovidas privada ou pùblicamente ou até por vezes impostas, que sejam contrárias à lei moral. Porque, segundo o inalienável direito ao casamento e procriação da prole, a decisão acerca do número de filhos depende do recto juízo dos pais e de modo algum se pode entregar ao da autoridade pública. Mas como o juízo dos pais pressupõe uma consciência bem formada, é de grande importância que todos tenham a possibilidade de cultivar uma responsabilidade recta e autênticamente humana, que tenha em conta a lei divina, consideradas as circunstâncias objectivas e temporais; isto exige, porém, que por toda a parte melhorem as condições pedagógicas e sociais e, antes de mais, que seja dada uma formação religiosa ou, pelo menos, uma íntegra educação moral. Sejam também as populações judiciosamente informadas acerca dos progressos científicos alcançados na investigação dos métodos que ajudam os esposos na determinação do número de filhos, cuja segurança esteja bem comprovada e de que conste claramente a legitimidade moral."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-432",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O dever dos cristãos na ajuda internacional"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-88",
              "number": "88",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os cristãos cooperem de bom grado e de todo o coração na construção da ordem internacional com verdadeiro respeito pelas liberdades legítimas e na amigável fraternidade de todos; e tanto mais quanto é verdade que a maior parte do mundo ainda sofre tanta necessidade, de maneira que, nos pobres, o próprio Cristo como que apela em alta voz para a caridade dos seus discípulos. Não se dê aos homens o escândalo de haver algumas nações, geralmente de maioria cristã, na abundância, enquanto outras não têm sequer o necessário para viver e são atormentadas pela fome, pela doença e por toda a espécie de misérias. Pois o espírito de pobreza e de caridade são a glória e o testemunho da Igreja de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-434",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "São, por isso, de louvar e devem ser ajudados os cristãos, sobretudo jovens, que se oferecem espontâneamente para ir em ajuda dos outros homens e povos. Mais ainda: cabe a todo o Povo de Deus, precedido pela palavra e exemplo dos Bispos, aliviar, quanto lhe for possível, as misérias deste tempo; e isto, como era. o antigo uso da Igreja, não sòmente com o supérfluo, mas também com o necessário."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-435",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sem cair numa organização rígida e uniforme, deve, no entanto, o modo de recolher e distribuir estes socorros ser regulado com uma certa ordem, nas dioceses, nações e em todo o mundo; e onde parecer oportuno, conjugando a actividade dos católicos com a dos outros irmãos cristãos. Porque o espírito de caridade, longe de se opor a um exercício providente e ordenado da actividade social e caritativa, antes o exige. Pelo que é necessário que os que pretendem dedicar-se ao serviço das nações em vias de desenvolvimento, recebam conveniente formação em instituições adequadas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-436",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A presença eficaz da Igreja na comunidade internacional"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-89",
              "number": "89",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quando a Igreja, em virtude da sua missão divina, prega a todos os homens o Evangelho e lhes dispensa os tesouros da graça, contribui para a consolidação da paz em todo o mundo e para estabelecer um sólido fundamento para a fraterna comunidade dos homens e dos povos, a saber: o conhecimento da lei divina e natural. É, portanto, absolutamente necessário que a Igreja esteja presente na comunidade das nações, para fomentar e estimular a cooperação entre os homens; tanto por meio das suas instituições públicas como graças à inteira e sincera colaboração de todos os cristãos, inspirada apenas pelo desejo de servir a todos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-438",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O que se alcançará mais eficazmente se os fiéis, conscientes da própria responsabilidade humana e cristã, procurarem já no seu meio de vida despertar a vontade de cooperar prontamente com a comunidade internacional. Dedique-se especial cuidado em formar neste ponto a juventude, tanto na educação religiosa como na cívica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-439",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A cooperação dos cristãos nas instituições internacionais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-90",
              "number": "90",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Uma das melhores formas de actuação internacional dos cristãos consiste certamente na cooperação que, isoladamente ou em grupo, prestam nas próprias instituições criadas ou a criar para o desenvolvimento da cooperação entre as nações. Também podem contribuir muito para a edificação da comunidade dos povos, na paz e fraternidade, as várias associações católicas internacionais, as quais devem ser consolidadas, com o aumento de colaboradores bem formados, e dos meios de que necessitam e com uma conveniente coordenação de forças. Nos tempos actuais, com efeito, tanto a eficácia da acção como a necessidade do diálogo reclamam empreendimentos colectivos. Essas associações contribuem, além disso, não pouco também para desenvolver o sentido de universalidade, muito próprio dos católicos, e para formar a consciência da solidariedade e responsabilidade verdadeiramente universais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-441",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, é de desejar que os católicos, para bem cumprirem a sua missão na comunidade internacional, procurem cooperar activa e positivamente quer com os irmãos separados que com eles professam a caridade evangélica, quer com todos os homens que anelam verdadeiramente pela paz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-442",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perante as imensas desgraças que ainda hoje torturam a maior parte da humanidade, e para fomentar por toda a parte a justiça e ao mesmo tempo o amor de Cristo para com os pobres, o Concílio, por sua parte, julga muito oportuna a criação de algum organismo da Igreja universal, incumbido de estimular a comunidade católica na promoção do progresso das regiões necessitadas e da justiça social entre as nações."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-443",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSÃO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-444",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dever dos fiéis e das Igrejas particulares"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-91",
              "number": "91",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tudo o que, tirado dos tesouros da doutrina da Igreja, é proposto por este sagrado Concílio, pretende ajudar todos os homens do nosso tempo, quer acreditem em Deus, quer não O conheçam explicitamente, a que, conhecendo mais claramente a sua vocação integral, tornem o mundo mais conforme à sublime dignidade do homem, aspirem a uma fraternidade universal mais profundamente fundada e, impelidos pelo amor, correspondam com um esforço generoso e comum às urgentes exigências da nossa era."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-446",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certamente, perante a imensa diversidade de situações e de formas de cultura existentes no mundo, esta proposição de doutrina reveste intencionalmente, em muitos pontos, apenas um carácter genérico; mais ainda: embora formule uma doutrina aceite na Igreja, todavia, como se trata frequentemente de realidades sujeitas a constante transformação, deve ainda ser continuada e ampliada. Confiamos, porém, que muito do que enunciámos apoiados na palavra de Deus e no espírito do Evangelho, poderá proporcionar a todos uma ajuda válida, sobretudo depois de os cristãos terem levado a cabo, sob a direcção dos pastores, a adaptação a cada povo e mentalidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-447",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diálogo entre todos os homens"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-92",
              "number": "92",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em virtude da sua missão de iluminar o mundo inteiro com a mensagem de Cristo e de reunir sob um só Espírito todos os homens, de qualquer nação, raça ou cultura, a Igreja constitui um sinal daquela fraternidade que torna possível e fortalece o diálogo sincero."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-449",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Isto exige, em primeiro lugar, que, reconhecendo toda a legítima diversidade, promovamos na própria Igreja a mútua estima, respeito e concórdia, em ordem a estabelecer entre todos os que formam o Povo de Deus, pastores ou fiéis, um diálogo cada vez mais fecundo. Porque o que une entre si os fiéis é bem mais forte do que o que os divide: haja unidade no necessário, liberdade no que é duvidoso, e em tudo caridade(1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-450",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Abraçamos também em espírito os irmãos que ainda não vivem em plena comunhão connosco, e as suas comunidades, com os quais estamos unidos na confissão do Pai, Filho e Espírito Santo, e pelo vínculo da caridade, lembrados de que a unidade dos cristãos é hoje esperada e desejada mesmo por muitos que não crêem em Cristo. Com efeito, quanto mais esta unidade progredir na verdade e na caridade, pela poderosa acção do Espírito Santo, tanto mais será para o mundo um presságio de unidade e de paz. Unamos, pois, as nossas forças e, cada dia mais fiéis ao Evangelho, procuremos, por modos cada vez mais eficazes para alcançar este fim tão alto, cooperar fraternalmente no serviço da família humana, chamada, em Cristo, a tornar-se a família dos filhos de Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-451",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Voltamos também o nosso pensamento para todos os que reconhecem Deus e guardam nas suas tradições preciosos elementos religiosos e humanos, desejando que um diálogo franco nos leve a todos a receber com fidelidade os impulsos do Espírito e a segui-los com entusiasmo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-452",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por nossa parte, o desejo de um tal diálogo, guiado apenas pelo amor pela verdade e com a necessária prudência, não exclui ninguém; nem aqueles que cultivam os altos valores do espírito humano, sem ainda conhecerem o seu autor; nem aqueles que se opõem à Igreja, e de várias maneiras a perseguem. Como Deus Pai é o princípio e o fim de todos eles, todos somos chamados a ser irmãos. Por isso, chamados pela mesma vocação humana e divina, podemos e devemos cooperar pacificamente, sem violência nem engano, na edificação do mundo na verdadeira paz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-453",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A edificação do mundo e a sua orientação para Deus"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-93",
              "number": "93",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lembrados da palavra do Senhor: «nisto reconhecerão todos que sois meus discípulos, se vos amardes uns aos outros» (Jo. 13, 35), os cristãos nada podem desejar mais ardentemente do que servir sempre com maior generosidade e eficácia os homens do mundo de hoje. E assim, fiéis ao Evangelho e graças à sua força, unidos a quantos amam e promovem a justiça, têm a realizar aqui na terra uma obra imensa, da qual prestarão contas Aquele que a todos julgará no último dia. Nem todos os que dizem «Senhor, Senhor» entrarão no reino dos céus, mas aqueles que cumprem a vontade do Pai (2) e põem sèriamente mãos a obra. Ora, a vontade do Pai é que reconheçamos e amemos efectivamente em todos os homens a Cristo, por palavra e por obras, dando assim testemunho da verdade e comunicando aos outros o mistério do amor do Pai celeste. Deste modo, em toda a terra, os homens serão estimulados à esperança viva, dom do Espírito Santo, para que finalmente sejam recebidos na paz e felicidade infinitas, na pátria que refulge com a glória do Senhor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-455",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«Aquele que, em virtude do poder que actua em nós, é capaz de fazer que superabundemos para além do que pedimos ou pensamos, a Ele seja dada a glória na Igreja e em Cristo Jesus, por todos os séculos dos séculos. Amém» (Ef. 3, 20-21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-456",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, 7 de Dezembro de 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-457",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAPA PAULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-458",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notas"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-459",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proémio - Introdução"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Constituição pastoral «A Igreja no mundo actual», formada por duas partes, constitui um todo unitário. E chamada «pastoral», porque, apoiando-se em princípios doutrinais, pretende expor as relações da Igreja com o mundo e os homens de hoje. Assim, nem à primeira parte falta a intenção pastoral, nem à segunda a doutrinal. Na primeira parte, a Igreja expõe a sua própria doutrina acerca do homem, do mundo no qual o homem está integrado e da sua relação para com eles. Na segunda, considera mais expressamente vários aspectos da vida e da sociedade contemporâneas, e sobretudo as questões e os problemas que, nesses domínios, padecem hoje de maior urgência. Daqui resulta que, nesta segunda parte, a matéria, tratada à luz dos princípios doutrinais, não compreende apenas elementos imutáveis, mas também transitórios. A Constituição deve, pois, ser interpretada segundo as normas teológicas gerais, tendo em conta, especialmente na segunda parte, as circunstâncias mutáveis com que estão intrinsecamente ligados os assuntos em questão."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 18,37."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 3, 17; Mt. 20, 28; Mc. 10,45."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 7,14 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 5,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 4,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Hebr. 13,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Col. 1,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-469",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo I"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Gén. 1,26; Sab. 2,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ecli. 17, 3-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 1, 21-25."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 8,34."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Dan. 3, 57-90."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 6, 13-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Reis 16,7; Jer. 17.10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ecli. 17, 7-8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 2, 14-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, radiomensagem acerca da formação da consciência cristã nos jovens, 23 março 1952: AAS 44 (1952), p. 271."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 22, 37-40; Gál. 5,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-481",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12 Cfr. Ecli. 15,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 5,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Sab. 1,13; 2, 23-24; Rom. 5,21; 6,23; Tg. 1,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 15, 56-57."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Enc. Divini Redemptoris, 19 março 1937: AAS 29 (1937), p. 65-106; Pio XII, Enc. Ad Apostolorum Principis, 29 junho 1958: AAS 50 (1958), p. 601-614; João XXIII, Enc. Mater et Magistra, 15 maio 1961: AAS 53 (1961) p. 451-453; Paulo VI, Enc. Ecclesiam Suam, 6 agosto 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 651-653."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. I, n. 8: AAS 57 (1965), p. 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Fil. 1,27."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Agostinho, Confissões, I, 1: PL 32, 661."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 5,14. Cfr. Tertuliano, De carpis resurr. 6: «Quodcumque limus exprimebatur, Christus cogitabatur homo futurus»: PL 2, 802 (848); CSEL, 47, p. 33, 1. 12-13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 4,4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-491",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22.Cfr. Conc. Constant. II, can. 7: «Neque Deo Verbo in carpis naturam transmutato, neque carne in Verbi naturam transducta»: Denz. 219 (428). Cfr. também Conc. Constant. III: « Quemadmodum enim sanctissima ac immaculata animata eius caro deificata non est perempta (theôtheisa ouk anërethe), sed in próprio sui statu et ratione permansit»: Denz. 291 (556). Cfr. Conc. Calc.: «in duabus naturis inconfuse, immutabiliter, indivise, inseparabiliter agnoscentum»: Denz. 148 (302)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Constant. III: «ita et humana eius voluntas deificata non. est perempta»: Denz. 291 (556)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-493",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24 Cfr. Hebr. 4,15. 25 Cfr. 2"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2Cor. 5, 18-19; Col. 1, 20-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1Ped. 2, 2; Mt. 16,24; Lc. 14, 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 8, 29; Col. 1,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 8, 1-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 4,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Fil. 3,10; Rom. 8,17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. II, n. 16: AAS 57 (1965), p. 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 8,32."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Liturgia Pascal bizantina."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 8,15 e Gal. 4,6; Jo. 1,12 e Jo. 3, 1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-504",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo II"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Enc. Mater et Magistra, 15 maio 1961: AAS 53 (1961) p. 401-464; Enc. Pacem in terris, 11 abril 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 257-304; Paulo VI, Enc. Ecclesiam suam, 6 agosto 1964: AAS 54 (1964), p. 609-659."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Lc. 17,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Tomás, 1 Ethic. lect. 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Enc. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 418. Cfr. também Pio XI, Enc. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 222 ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Enc. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), P. 417."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mc. 2,27."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Enc. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 266."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Tg. 2, 15-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Lc. 16, 19-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Enc. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 299-300."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Lc. 6, 37-38; Mt. 7, 1-2; Rom. 2, 1-11; 14, 10-12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 5, 45-47."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr.. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. II, 9: AAS 57 (1965), p. 12-13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ex. 24, 1-8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-519",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo III"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Gén. 1, 26-27; 9, 2-3."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Salm. 8,7 e 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Enc. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 297."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mensagem enviada à humanidade pelos Padres Conciliares no início do Concílio Vaticano II, outubro 1962: AAS 54 (1962), p. 822-823."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Paulo VI, Alocução ao Corpo diplomático, 7 janeiro 1965: AAS 57 (1965), p. 232."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogma De fide cath., cap. III: Denz. 1785-1786 (3004-3005)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio Paschini, Vita e opere di Galileo Galilei, 2 vol. Academia Pontifícia de Ciências, cidade do Vaticano, 1964."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 24,13; 13, 24-30 e 36-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 6,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr, Jo. 1,3 e 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 1,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 3, 14-16; Rom. 5, 8-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 2,36; Mt. 28,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 15,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 1,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 7,31; S. Ireneu, Adversus Haereses, V, 36: PG VII, 1222."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 5,2; 2 Ped. 3,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 2,9; Apoc. 21, 4-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 15,42 e 53."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 13,8; 3,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 8, 19-21."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Lc. 9,25."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Enc. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 207."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Missal romano, Prefácio da festa de Cristo Rei."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-544",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Paulo VI, Enc. Ecclesiam suam, III: AAS 56 (1964), p. 637-659."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Tit. 3,4: « philanthropia»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 1,3. 5-6. 13-14. 23."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecelesia, Lumen gentium, cap. I, n. 8: AAS 57 (1965), p. 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ibid. cap. II, n. 9: AAS 57 (1965), p. 14; efr. n. 8: AAS 1. c., p. 11."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ibid. cap. I, n. 8: AAS (1965), p. 11."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ibid. cap. IV, n. 38: AAS 57 (1965), p. 43, com a nota 120."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 8, 14-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 22,39"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. II, n. 9: AAS 57 (1965), p. 12-14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Alocução aos cultores de história e de arte, 9 março 1956: AAS 48 (1956), p. 212: «O seu divino fundador, Jesus Cristo, não lhe deu nenhum mandato nem fixou nenhum fim de ordem cultural. O fim que Cristo lhe assinala é estritamente religioso (...) A Igreja deve conduzir os homens a Deus, para que eles se Lhe entreguem sem reservas (...) A Igreja jamais poderá perder de vista este fim estritamente religioso, sobrenatural. O sentido de todas as suas actividades, até ao último cánon do seu Direito, não pode ser outro senão concorrer para isso directa ou indirectamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. I, n. 1: AAS 57 (1965), p. 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Hebr. 13,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Tess. 3, 6-13; Ef. 4,28."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Is. 58, 1-12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 23, 3-33; Mc. 7, 10-13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII. Ene. Mater et Magistra, IV: AAS 53 (1961), p. 456-457; e I: 1. c., p. 407, 410-411."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Const. dogm. De Ecelesia, Lumen gentium, cap. III, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965), p. 34-35."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ibid. n. 28: AAS, 1, c., p. 35-36."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Ambrósio, De Virginitate, cap. VIII, n. 48: PL 16, 278."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. II, n. 15: AAS 57 (1965), p. 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. II, n. 13: AAS 57 (1965), p. 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Justino, Dialogus cum Tryphone, cap. 110: PG 6, 729 (ed. Otto), 1897, p. 391-393: «...sed quanto magis talia nobis infliguntur, tanto plures alii fideles et pii per nomen Jesu fiunt». Cfr. Tertuliano, Apologeticus, cap. 50, 13: PL 1,534; Cchr, ser. lat., I, p. 171: «Etiam plures efficimur, quotiens metimur a vobis: semen est sanguis christianorum», Cfr. Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. VII, n. 48: AAS 57 (1965), p. 53."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Const. dogm. Lumen Gentium c 2 n. 15: AAS 57 (1965), p. 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Paulo VI, Alocução, 3 fev. 1965: L'Osservatore Romano, 4 fev. 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Agostinho, De bono coniugali: PL 40, 375-376 e 394. S. Tomás, Summa Theol., Suppl. Quaest. 49 art. 3 ad 1; Decretum pro Armenis: Denz.-Schön. 702 (1327) ; Pio XI, Ene. Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930), p. 543-555, Denz.-Schön. 2227-2238."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-573",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2 Cfr. Pio XI, Enc. Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930), p. 546-547; Denz.-Schön. (3703-3714)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Os. 2; Jer. 3, 6-13; Ez. 16 e 23; Is. 54."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 9,15; Mc. 2, 19-20; Lc. 5, 34-35; Jo. 3,29; 2 Cor. 11,2; Ef. 5,27; Apoc. 19, 7-8; 21,2 e 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 5,25."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecelesia, Lumen gentium: AAS 57 (1965), p. 15-16; 40-41; 47."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pio XI, Enc. Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930), p. 583."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Tim. 5, 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 5, 32."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Gén. 2, 22. 24; Prov. 5, 18-20; 31, 10-31; Tob. 8,4-8; Cant. 1, 2-3; 2,16; 4,16-5,1; 7, 8-11; 1 Cor. 7, 3-6; Ef. 5, 25-33."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Enc. Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930), p. 547-548; Denz.-Schön. 2232 (3707)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 7,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Alocução Tra le visite, 20 janeiro 1958: AAS 50 (1958), p. 91."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Enc. Casti Connubii: AAS 22 (1930), p. 559-561: Denz.-Schön. 3716-3718; Pio XII, Alocução ao Congresso da União Italiana de parteiras, 29 de outubro 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 835-854; Paulo VI, Alocução ao Sacro Colégio, 23 junho 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 581-589. Certas questões que requerem outras investigações mais aprofundadas, foram confiadas, por mandato do Sumo Pontífice, a uma Comissão para o estudo da população, da família e da natalidade; uma vez terminados os seus trabalhos, o Sumo Pontífice pronunciará o seu juízo. No actual estado da doutrina do magistério, o sagrado Concílio não pretende propor imediatamente soluções concretas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 5,16; Col. 4,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Sacramentarium Gregorianum: PL 78, 262."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 5,15 e 18; 6 5-11; Gál. 2,20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 5, 25-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Introdução, n. 4-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2 Cfr. Col. 3, 1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Gén. 1,28."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Prov. 8, 30-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Ireneu, Adversus Haereses, III, 11, 8: ed. Sagnard, p. 200; cfr. ibid. 16,6: p. 290-292; 21, 10-22: p. 370-371; 22, 3; p. 378; etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Palavras de Pio XII ao R. P. M.-D. Roland-Gosselin: «É preciso não perder nunca de vista, que o objectivo da igreja é evangelizar e não civilizar. Se ela civiliza, é pela evangelização» (Semana social de Versailles, 1936, p. 461-462)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Vat. I, Const. Dei Filius, e. IV: Denz. 1795, 1799 (3015, 3019). Cfr. Pio XI, Enc. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 190."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Enc. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 260."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Enc. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 283; Pio XII, Radiomensagem, 24 dezembro 1941: AAS 34 (1942), p. 16-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Enc. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 260"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Discurso inaugural do Concílio, 11 outubro 1962: AAS 54 (1962), p. 792."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Const. De Sacra Liturgia, sacrosanctum concilium n. 123: AAS 56 (1964), p. 131; Paulo VI, Discurso aos artistas romanos: AAS 56 (1964), p. 439-442."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decreto De institutione sacerdotali, Optatam totius, e Declaração de educatione christiana, Gravissimum educationis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, cap. IV, n. 37: AAS 57 (1965), p. 42-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Mensagem, 23 março 1952; AAS 44 (1952), p.273; João XXIII, Alocução à A. C. Italiana, 1 maio 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 358."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Enc. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 190 s.; Pio XII, Mensagem, 23 março 1952:AAS 44 (1952), p. 276 s.; João XXIII, Enc. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 450; Conc. Vat. II, Decreto De instrumentis communicationis socialis, Inter mirifica, cap. I, n. 6: AAS 56 (1954), p. 147."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 16,26; Lc. 16 1-31; Col. 3,17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Leão XIII, Enc. Libertas praestantissimum, 20 jun. 1888: AAS 20 (1887-88), p. 597 s.; Pio XI, Enc. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 191 s.; ID., Enc. Divini Redemptoris: AAS 29 (1937), p. 65 s.; Pio XII, Mensagem natalícia 1941: AAS 34 (1942), p. 10 s.; João XXIII, Enc. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 401-464."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto ao problema da agricultura, cfr. sobretudo João XXIII, Enc. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 341 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Leão XIII, Enc. Rerum Novarum: ASS 23 (1890-1891), p. 649-662; Pio XI, Enc. Quadragesimo anno: A.AS 23 (1931), p. 200-201; ID., Enc. Divini Redemptoris: AAS 29 (1937), p. 92; Pio XII, Radiomensagem na vigília do Natal de 1942: AAS 35 (1943),.p. 20; ID., Alocução, 13 junho 1943: AAS 35 (1943), p. 172; ID:, Radiomensagem aos operários espanhóis, 11 março 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 215; João XXIII, Enc. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 419."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Enc. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 408, 424, 427; a palavra «curatione» foi tirada do texto latino da Enc. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 199. Sob o aspecto da evolução desta questão. cfr. também Pio XII, Alocução, 3 junho 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 485-488; Paulo VI, Alocução, 8 junho 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 574-579."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-614",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8 Cfr. Pio XII, Enc. Sertum laetitiae: AAS 31 (1939), p. 642; João XXIII, Alocução consistorial: AAS 52 (1960), p. 5-11; ID., Enc. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 411."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Tomás, Summa Theol. II-II, q. 32, a. 5 ad 2; Ibid. q. 66, a. 2; cfr. explicação em Leão XIII, Enc. Rerum Novarum: AAS 20 (1890-1891), p. 651; cfr. também Pio XII, Alocução, 1 junho 1941: AAS 33 (1941), p. 199; ID., Radiomensagem natalícia 1954: AAS 47 (1955), p. 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Basílio, Hom. in Mud Lucae «Destruam horrea mea», n. 2: PG 31, 263; Lactâncio, Divinarum institutionum, L. V., de iustitia: PL 6, 565 B; S. Agostinho, In Joann. Ev. tr. 50, n. 6: PL 35, 1760; ID., Enarratio in Ps. CXLVII, 12: PI: 37, 192; S. Gregório M., Homiliae in Ev., hom. 20: PL 76, 1165; ID., Regulae Pastoralis liber, parte III, cap. 21: PL 77, 87; S. Boaventura, In III Sent. d. 33, dub. 1 (ed. Quaracchi III, 728) ; ID. In IV Sent., d. 15, p. II, a. 2, q. 1 (ed. cit. IV, 371b) ; q. de superfluo (ms. da Bibl. mun. de Assis, 186, ff. 112ª-113ª; S. Alberto Magno, In III Sent., d. 33, a. 3. sol. 1 (ed. Borgnet XXVIII, 611) ; ID., In IV Sent., d. 15, a. 16 (ed. cit. XXIX, 494-497). Quanto à determinação do supérfluo actualmente, cfr. João XXIII, Mensagem radiotelevisiva, 11 setembro 1962. AAS 54 (1962), p. 682: «Dever de cada homem, dever urgente do cristão é considerar o supérfluo com a medida das necessidades alheias, e de vigiar que a administração e a distribuição dos bens criados sejam dispostas para vantagem de todos»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nesse caso, vale o antigo principio: «na necessidade extrema, todas as coisas são comuns, isto é, todas as coisas devem ser tornadas comuns». Por outro lado, segundo o modo, extensão e medida em que se aplica o principio no texto aduzido, além dos autores modernos aprovados: cfr. S. Tomás, Summa Theol. H-II, q. 66, a. 7. É claro que para a recta aplicação do princípio todas as condições moralmente exigidas devem ser respeitadas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Decr. Gratiani, C. 21, d. LXXXVI (ed. Friedberg I, 302). Este dito encontra-se já em PL 54, 491 A e PL 56, 1132 B. (cfr. Antonianum 27 (1952), p. 349-366)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Leão XIII, Enc. Rerum Novarum: AAS 20 (1890-1891), p. 643-646; Pio XI, Enc. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 191; Pio XII, Radiomensagem, 1 junho 1941: AAS 33 (1941), p. 199; ID., Radiomensagem na vigília de Natal 1942: AAS 35 (1943), p. 17; ID., Radiomensagem, 1 setembro 1944: AAS 36 (1944), p. 253; João XXIII, Enc. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 428-429."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Enc. Quadragesimo anno: AAS 23 (1931), p. 214; João XXIII, Enc. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 429."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Radiomensagem, Pentecostes 1941: AAS 44 (1941), p. 199. João XXIII, Enc. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 430."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para o recto uso dos bens segundo a doutrina do Novo Testamento, cfr. Lc. 3,11; 10,30 s.; 11,41; 1 Ped. 5,3; Mc. 8,36; 12, 30-31; Tg. 5, 1-6; 1 Tim. 6,8; Ef, 4,28; 2 Cor. 8,13; 1 Jo. 3, 17-18."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Enc. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 417."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. ID., ibid."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 13, 1-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 13,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Radiomensagem, 24 dezembro 1942: AAS 35 (1943), p. 9-24; 24 dezembro 1944: AAS 37 (1945), p. 11-17, João XXIII, Enc. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 263, 271, 277-278."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "João XXIII, Enc. Mater et Magistra: AAS 53 (1961), p. 415-418."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pio XI, Alocução aos dirigentes da federação Universitária Católica: Discorsi di Pio XI (ed. Bertetto), Turim, vol. 1 (1960), p. 743."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vaticano II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 13: A.AS 57 (1965), p. 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Lc. 2,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-633",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo V"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 2, 16; Col. 1, 20-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Enc. Pacem in terris, 11 abril 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 291: Por isso, nesta nossa idade, que se gloria da força atómica, é fora de razão pensar que a guerra é um meio apto para ressarcir os direitos violados»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Alocução, 30 setembro 1954: AAS 46 (1954), p. 589; Radiomensagem, 24 setembro 1954: AAS 47 (1955), p. 15 s.; João XXIII, Enc. Pacem in terris: AAS 55 (1963), p. 286-291; Paulo VI, Alocução na Assembleia das Nações Unidas, 4 outubro 196'5: AAS 57 (1965), p. 877-885."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Ene. Pacem in terris, onde se fala da diminuição dos armamentos: AAS 55 (1963), p. 287."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 6, 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-639",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusão"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Enc. Ad Petri Cathedram, 29 junho 1959: AAS 55 (1959), p. 513."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 7, 21."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "gravissimum-educationis",
      "council": 21,
      "title": "Gravissimum educationis",
      "type": "Declaration",
      "date": "1965-10-28",
      "languages": {
        "de": {
          "code": "de",
          "label": "Deutsch",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651028_gravissimum-educationis_ge.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-59-vat-ii_decl_19651028_gravissimum-educationis_ge.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ERKLÄRUNG GRAVISSIMUM EDUCATIONIS ÜBER DIE CHRISTLICHE ERZIEHUNG"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Über die entscheidende Bedeutung der Erziehung im menschlichen Leben und ihren ständig wachsenden Einfluß auf den gesellschaftlichen Fortschritt der Gegenwart hat das Heilige Ökumenische Konzil eingehende Erwägungen angestellt (1). Tatsächlich machen die Gegebenheiten unserer Zeit die Erziehung der Jugend, ja sogar eine stetige Erwachsenenbildung leichter und vor allem dringlicher. Denn die Menschen sind sich der eigenen Würde und Aufgabe voller bewußt und verlangen immer mehr nach einer aktiveren Teilnahme am gesellschaftlichen und besonders am wirtschaftlichen und politischen Leben (2). Die staunenswerten Fortschritte der Technik und wissenschaftlichen Forschung sowie die modernen Kommunikationsmittel der Gesellschaft geben den Menschen, die heute nicht selten über mehr Freizeit verfügen, die Möglichkeit, zum geistig-kulturellen Erbe einen leichteren Zugang zu finden und durch eine engere Verbindung zwischen den Gruppen und den Völkern selbst sich gegenseitig zu ergänzen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Daher werden überall Versuche unternommen, das Erziehungswerk mehr und mehr zu fördern. Die grundlegenden Menschenrechte, die sich mit der Erziehung befassen, insbesondere die der Kinder und der Eltern, stellt man klar heraus und legt sie in öffentlichen Erklärungen nieder (3). Um der schnell anwachsenden Schülerzahl gerecht zu werden, vermehrt und verbessert man auf breiter Basis die Schulen und gründet neue Erziehungsinstitute; neuartige Versuche wollen die Methoden von Erziehung und Unterricht vervollkommnen. Außerordentliche Anstrengungen werden unternommen, diese allen Menschen zugänglich zu machen, wenn auch bis jetzt einer großen Zahl von Kindern und Jugendlichen selbst der elementarste Unterricht noch versagt bleibt und so viele andere eine geeignete Erziehung entbehren müssen, bei der die Wahrheit und die Liebe zugleich gepflegt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In der Erfüllung des Auftrags ihres göttlichen Stifters soll die heilige Mutter Kirche das Heilsmysterium allen Menschen verkünden und alles in Christus erneuern. Ihrer Sorge ist daher auch das ganze irdische Leben des Menschen aufgegeben, insofern es mit der himmlischen Berufung im Zusammenhang steht (4); so hat sie auch bei der Förderung und Ausweitung der Erziehung ihre Aufgabe zu erfüllen. Darum legt das Heilige Konzil hinsichtlich der christlichen Erziehung, vor allem in den Schulen, einige grundlegende Richtlinien nieder, die dann durch eine besondere nachkonziliare Kommission weiter ausgearbeitet und durch die Bischofskonferenzen auf die unterschiedlichen Situationen ihrer Gebiete angewendet werden sollen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Recht jedes Menschen auf Bildung"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle Menschen, gleich welcher Herkunft, welchen Standes und Alters, haben kraft ihrer Personenwürde das unveräußerliche Recht auf eine Erziehung (5), die ihrem Lebensziel (6), ihrer Veranlagung, dem Unterschied der Geschlechter Rechnung trägt, der heimischen kulturellen Überlieferung angepaßt und zugleich der brüderlichen Partnerschaft mit anderen Völkern geöffnet ist, um der wahren Einheit und dem Frieden auf Erden zu dienen. Die wahre Erziehung erstrebt die Bildung der menschlichen Person in Hinordnung auf ihr letztes Ziel, zugleich aber auch auf das Wohl der Gemeinschaften, deren Glied der Mensch ist und an deren Aufgaben er als Erwachsener einmal Anteil erhalten soll."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter Verwertung der Fortschritte der psychologischen, der pädagogischen und der didaktischen Wissenschaft sollen also die Kinder und Jugendlichen in der harmonischen Entfaltung ihrer körperlichen, sittlichen und geistigen Anlagen so gefördert werden, daß sie allmählich ein tieferes Verantwortungsbewußtsein erwerben für ihr eigenes Leben und seine im steten Streben zu leistende Entfaltung und für das Wachsen in der wahren Freiheit, in der tapferen und beharrlichen Überwindung der widerstreitenden Kräfte. Nach den jeweiligen Altersstufen sollen sie durch eine positive und kluge Geschlechtserziehung unterwiesen werden. Außerdem müssen sie für die Teilnahme am gesellschaftlichen Leben so geformt werden, daß sie, versehen mit dem notwendigen und geeigneten Rüstzeug, sich in die verschiedenen Gruppen der menschlichen Gemeinschaft tätig einzugliedern vermögen, dem Gespräch mit anderen sich öffnen und bereitwillig für das Allgemeinwohl eintreten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ebenso erklärt die Heilige Synode: Die Kinder und Heranwachsenden haben ein Recht darauf, angeleitet zu werden, die sittlichen Werte mit richtigem Gewissen zu schätzen und sie in personaler Bindung zu erfassen und Gott immer vollkommener zu erkennen und zu lieben. Daher richtet sie an alle Staatenlenker und Erzieher die dringende Bitte, dafür zu sorgen, daß die Jugend niemals dieses heiligen Rechtes beraubt werde. Die Söhne der Kirche aber ermahnt sie zum hochherzigen Einsatz ihrer Kräfte im gesamten Bereich der Erziehung; vor allem sollen sie mitarbeiten, daß möglichst bald alle Menschen auf der ganzen Welt in den Genuß einer angemessenen Erziehung und Bildung gelangen können (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die christliche Erziehung"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle Christen, die, durch die Wiedergeburt aus dem Wasser und dem Heiligen Geist zu einer neuen Schöpfung geworden (8), Söhne Gottes heißen und es auch sind, haben das Recht auf eine christliche Erziehung. Diese erstrebt nicht nur die eben umrissene Reifung der menschlichen Person, sondern zielt hauptsächlich darauf ab, daß die Getauften, indem sie stufenweise in die Erkenntnis des Heilsmysteriums eingeführt werden, der empfangenen Gabe des Glaubens immer mehr bewußt werden. Sie sollen lernen, Gott den Vater im Geist und in der Wahrheit (vgl. Joh 4,23) vornehmlich durch die Mitfeier der Liturgie anzubeten und ihr eigenes Leben nach dem neuen Menschen in Gerechtigkeit und wahrer Heiligkeit (vgl. Eph 4,22-24) zu gestalten. So sollen sie zur Mannesreife gelangen, zum Vollmaß des Alters Christi (Eph 4,13), und so zum Aufbau des mystischen Leibes ihren Beitrag leisten. Überdies sollen sie sich im Bewußtsein ihrer Berufung darin einüben, Zeugnis abzulegen für die Hoffnung, die in ihnen ist (1 Petr 3,15), und an der christlichen Weltgestaltung mitzuhelfen; hierbei sollen ja die natürlichen Werte, die in die Gesamtschau des von Christus erlösten Menschen einbezogen sind, zum Wohl der ganzen Gesellschaft wirksam werden (9). Deshalb erinnert die Heilige Synode die Oberhirten an die schwere Verantwortung, alles daranzusetzen, daß alle Gläubigen diese christliche Erziehung genießen, vor allem die jungen Menschen, die die Hoffnung der Kirche sind (10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Eltern, die ersten Erzieher"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da die Eltern ihren Kindern das Leben schenkten, haben sie die überaus schwere Verpflichtung zur Kindererziehung (11). Daher müssen sie als die ersten und bevorzugten Erzieher ihrer Kinder anerkannt werden. Ihr Erziehungswirken ist so entscheidend, daß es dort, wo es fehlt, kaum zu ersetzen ist. Den Eltern obliegt es, die Familie derart zu einer Heimstätte der Frömmigkeit und Liebe zu Gott und den Menschen zu gestalten, daß die gesamte Erziehung der Kinder nach der persönlichen wie der gesellschaftlichen Seite hin davon getragen wird. So ist die Familie die erste Schule der sozialen Tugenden, deren kein gesellschaftliches Gebilde entraten kann. Besonders aber sollen in der christlichen Familie, die mit der Gnade und dem Auftrag des Ehesakramentes ausgestattet ist, die Kinder schon von den frühesten Jahren an angeleitet werden, gemäß dem in der Taufe empfangenen Glauben Gott zu erkennen und zu verehren und den Nächsten zu lieben. Was gesunde menschliche Gemeinschaft und was Kirche ist, erfahren die Kinder zum erstenmal in einer solchen christlichen Familie; durch sie werden sie auch allmählich in die weltliche Gemeinschaft und in das Volk Gottes eingeführt. Daher sollen die Eltern wohl bedenken, wie entscheidend die echt christliche Familie für das Leben und das Wachstum des Gottesvolkes ist (12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn auch die Erziehungsaufgabe in erster Linie der Familie zufällt, so bedarf diese doch der Hilfe der gesamten Gesellschaft. Neben den Rechten der Eltern und derer, denen diese einen Teil der Erziehungsaufgabe anvertrauen, stehen daher gewisse Rechte und Pflichten auch dem Staat zu, soweit dieser das zu ordnen hat, was das zeitliche Allgemeinwohl erfordert. Zu seinen Aufgaben gehört es, die Erziehung der Jugend in vielfacher Weise zu fördern; er hat die Pflichten und Rechte der Eltern und all derer, die an der Erziehungsaufgabe teilhaben, zu schützen und ihnen Hilfe zu leisten, und wenn die Initiativen der Eltern und anderer Gemeinschaften nicht genügen, kommt dem Subsidiaritätsprinzip entsprechend dem Staat die Pflicht zu, die Erziehung in die Hand zu nehmen, immer aber unter Beachtung des elterlichen Willens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Schließlich gehört es zu seinen Aufgaben, eigene Schulen und Institute zu gründen, soweit dies das Allgemeinwohl erfordert (13). Ein ganz besonderer Erziehungsauftrag ist der Kirche zu eigen, nicht nur weil auch sie als eine zur Erziehung fähige menschliche Gemeinschaft anzuerkennen ist, sondern vor allem deshalb, weil sie die Aufgabe hat, allen Menschen den Heilsweg zu verkünden, den Gläubigen das Leben Christi mitzuteilen und ihnen mit unablässiger Sorge zu helfen, daß sie zur Fülle dieses Lebens gelangen können (14). Diesen ihren Kindern hat daher die Kirche gleichsam als ihre Mutter jene Erziehung zu schenken, die ihr ganzes Leben mit dem Geiste Christi erfüllt; zugleich aber bietet sie ihre wirksame Hilfe allen Völkern an zur Vervollkommnung der menschlichen Persönlichkeit, zum Wohl der irdischen Gesellschaft und zum Aufbau einer Welt, die menschlicher gestaltet werden muß (15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die verschiedenen Hilfsmittel der christlichen Erziehung"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In der Erfüllung ihrer Erziehungsaufgabe ist die Kirche um alle geeigneten Hilfsmittel bemüht, besonders um jene, die ihr eigentümlich sind. Zu ihnen gehört als erstes die katechetische Unterweisung (16): sie erleuchtet den Glauben und stärkt ihn, sie nährt das Leben im Geiste Christi, führt zum bewußten und aktiven Mitvollzug des Mysteriums der Liturgie (17) und ermuntert zur apostolischen Tat. Aber auch die anderen zum gemeinsamen menschlichen Erbe gehörenden Hilfsmittel, die zur Bildung des Geistes und zur Formung des Menschen sehr viel beitragen, schätzt die Kirche hoch und sucht sie mit ihrem Geiste zu durchdringen und zu vervollkommnen; so etwa die Kommunikationsmittel der Gesellschaft (18), die verschiedenen der geistigen und körperlichen Ertüchtigung dienenden Vereinigungen, die Jugendgemeinschaften und vor allem die Schulen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Schule"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter allen Erziehungsmitteln hat die Schule eine ganz besondere Bedeutung (19), weil sie kraft ihrer Mission die geistigen Fähigkeiten in beharrlicher Mühe heranbildet, das rechte Urteilsvermögen entwickelt, in das von den vergangenen Generationen erworbene kulturelle Erbe einführt, den Sinn für die Werte erschließt und auf das Berufsleben vorbereitet. Zudem stiftet sie zwischen den Schülern verschiedener Anlagen und verschiedenen Standes ein freundschaftliches Zusammenleben und schafft so die Grundlage für ein gegenseitiges Verständnis. Darüber hinaus wird sie gleichsam zu einem Zentrum, an dessen Bestrebungen und Fortschritten zugleich teilnehmen sollen die Familien, die Lehrer, die verschiedenen Vereinigungen für das kulturelle, das bürgerliche und das religiöse Leben, die Gesellschaft, ja die gesamte Menschheitsfamilie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Schön, freilich auch schwer ist darum die Berufung all derer, die als Helfer der Eltern und Vertreter der menschlichen Gesellschaft in den Schulen die Erziehungsaufgabe übernehmen. Ihre Berufung erfordert besondere Gaben des Geistes und des Herzens, eine sehr sorgfältige Vorbereitung und die dauernde Bereitschaft zur Erneuerung und Anpassung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rechte und Pflichten der Eltern"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Eltern, die zuerst und unveräußerlich die Pflicht und das Recht haben, ihre Kinder zu erziehen, müssen in der Wahl der Schule wirklich frei sein. Die Staatsgewalt, deren Aufgabe es ist, die bürgerlichen Freiheiten zu schützen und zu verteidigen, muß zur Wahrung der \"austeilenden Gerechtigkeit\" darauf sehen, daß die öffentlichen Mittel so ausgegeben werden, daß die Eltern für ihre Kinder die Schulen nach ihrem Gewissen wirklich frei wählen können (20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im übrigen kommt es dem Staat zu, dafür zu sorgen, daß allen Bürgern eine entsprechende Teilnahme an der Kultur ermöglicht wird und sie auf die Übernahme der bürgerlichen Pflichten und Rechte gebührend vorbereitet werden. Der Staat muß daher das Recht der Kinder auf angemessene schulische Erziehung schützen, die Befähigung der Lehrer und die Qualität des Unterrichts überwachen, für die Gesundheit der Schüler Sorge tragen und im allgemeinen dem ganzen Schulwesen seine Förderung angedeihen lassen. Dabei soll er das Subsidiaritätsprinzip vor Augen haben, unter Ausschluß jeder Art von Schulmonopol, das den angeborenen Rechten der menschlichen Person widerstreitet, dem Fortschritt und der Ausbreitung der Kultur, dem friedlichen Zusammenleben der Bürger und dem in sehr vielen Staaten heute herrschenden Pluralismus widerspricht (21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "An die Gläubigen aber richtet die Heilige Synode die Mahnung, hilfsbereit mitzuwirken an der Erarbeitung guter Erziehungsmethoden und Unterrichtspläne sowie an der Ausbildung von Lehrern, die die Jugend recht zu erziehen vermögen. Zudem sollen sie, vor allem durch den Zusammenschluß in Elternvereinigungen, das gesamte Schulwesen unterstützen und insbesondere die dadurch zu vermittelnde sittliche Bildung mit ihren Hilfsmitteln fördern (22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die nichtkatholische Schule"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da die Kirche um ihre überaus schwere Pflicht weiß, für die sittliche und religiöse Erziehung aller ihrer Kinder zu sorgen, muß sie mit besonders liebevoller Hilfsbereitschaft der großen Zahl jener nahe sein, die ihre Ausbildung in nichtkatholischen Schulen erhalten: durch das lebendige Vorbild jener Katholiken, die sie dort lehren und leiten, durch das apostolische Wirken ihrer Mitschüler (23), vor allem aber durch den Dienst der Priester und Laien, die ihnen die Heilslehre in einer den Altersstufen und sonstigen Gegebenheiten angepaßten Weise vermitteln und ihnen geistige Hilfe leisten durch Einrichtungen, die den jeweiligen Umständen Rechnung tragen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Eltern aber erinnert die Kirche an die ihnen auferlegte schwere Verantwortung, alles zu veranlassen und auch zu fordern, daß ihre Kinder solcher Hilfeleistung teilhaftig werden und daß mit der profanen auch die christliche Ausbildung gleichen Schritt hält. Daher begrüßt die Kirche jene weltlichen Autoritäten und Gemeinwesen, die dem Pluralismus der heutigen Gesellschaft Rechnung tragen, für die gebührende religiöse Freiheit sorgen und so den Familien dazu verhelfen, daß ihren Kindern in allen Schulen eine Erziehung nach den sittlichen und religiösen Grundsätzen der Familien erteilt werden kann (24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die katholische Schule"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Präsenz der Kirche im schulischen Bereich zeigt sich in besonderer Weise durch die katholische Schule. Diese verfolgt nicht weniger als andere Schulen die Bildungsziele und die menschliche Formung der Jugend. Ihre besondere Aufgabe aber ist es, einen Lebensraum zu schaffen, in dem der Geist der Freiheit und der Liebe des Evangeliums lebendig ist. Sie hilft dem jungen Menschen, seine Persönlichkeit zu entfalten und zugleich der neuen Schöpfung nach zu wachsen, die er durch die Taufe geworden ist. Ferner richtet sie die gesamte menschliche Bildung auf die Heilsbotschaft aus, so daß die Erkenntnis, welche die Schüler stufenweise von der Welt, vom Leben und vom Menschen gewinnen, durch den Glauben erleuchtet wird (25). So erzieht die katholische Schule, indem sie sich den Anforderungen der Zeit gebührend aufschließt, ihre Schüler dazu, das Wohl der irdischen Gemeinschaft wirksam zu fördern, und bereitet sie zum Dienst an der Ausbreitung des Reiches Gottes, damit sie in einem vorbildhaften und apostolischen Leben gleichsam zum Sauerteig des Heils für die menschliche Gemeinschaft werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Weil die katholische Schule also dem Volk Gottes in der Erfüllung seines Auftrages so förderlich und dem Gespräch zwischen Kirche und menschlicher Gemeinschaft zu deren beiderseitigem Vorteil nützlich sein kann, behält sie auch in unserer heutigen Welt eine entscheidende Bedeutung. Deshalb verkündet die Heilige Synode von neuem das in zahlreichen Äußerungen des kirchlichen Lehramtes bereits niedergelegte Recht der Kirche (26), Schulen jeder Art und jeder Rangstufe frei zu gründen und zu leiten. Dabei erinnert sie daran, daß die Ausübung solchen Rechts auch der Gewissensfreiheit, dem Schutz des elterlichen Rechts und dem kulturellen Fortschritt selbst höchst zuträglich ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Lehrer aber seien sich bewußt, daß es in höchstem Maße von ihnen abhängt, wieweit die katholische Schule ihre Absichten und Initiativen verwirklichen kann (27). Darum sollen sie mit besonderer Sorgfalt ausgebildet werden, damit sie mit einem profanen wie auch religiösen Wissen ausgerüstet sind, das durch hinreichende Zeugnisse bestätigt ist, und über Erziehungsmethoden verfügen, die mit den Ergebnissen der weiterrückenden Zeit Schritt halten. In Liebe untereinander und mit den Schülern eng verbunden und von apostolischem Geist beseelt, sollen sie in Leben und Lehre für Christus, den einzigen Lehrer, Zeugnis ablegen. Besonders mit den Eltern sollen sie eng zusammenarbeiten; gemeinsam mit ihnen sollen sie in der gesamten Erziehung der Verschiedenheit der Geschlechter und der jedem der beiden Geschlechter in Familie und Gesellschaft eigenen, von der göttlichen Vorsehung bestimmten Zielsetzung Rechnung tragen; sie seien bestrebt, ihre Schüler zur Eigeninitiative anzueifern, und sie sollen nach Beendigung der Schulzeit fortfahren, um sie bemüht zu sein durch Rat und Freundschaft sowie durch die Gründung besonderer Vereinigungen, die von wahrem kirchlichem Geist beseelt sind. Die Heilige Synode erklärt: Der Dienst dieser Lehrer ist im wahren Sinn des Wortes Apostolat, er ist auch für unsere Zeit in höchstem Maße nützlich und notwendig und zugleich ein echter Dienst an der Gesellschaft. Die katholischen Eltern jedoch erinnert sie an ihre Pflicht, ihre Kinder, wann und wo sie die Möglichkeit haben, katholischen Schulen anzuvertrauen, diese nach Kräften zu unterstützen und mit ihnen zum Wohle ihrer Kinder zusammenzuarbeiten (28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Verschiedene Formen katholischer Schulen"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diesem Leitbild der katholischen Schule müssen alle von der Kirche in irgendeiner Weise abhängigen Schulen zu entsprechen suchen, wenn auch die katholische Schule, den örtlichen Verhältnissen angepaßt, verschiedene Formen annehmen kann (29). Als sehr wertvoll betrachtet die Kirche auch die katholischen Schulen, die besonders im Bereich der jungen Kirchen auch von nichtkatholischen Schülern besucht werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im übrigen ist bei der Gründung und Einrichtung katholischer Schulen den aus der Zeitentwicklung sich ergebenden Notwendigkeiten Rechnung zu tragen. Während deshalb Schulen der Grund- und Mittelstufe, die das Fundament der Bildung legen, weiterhin zu fördern sind, soll man sich auch um jene Schulen kümmern, die von den heutigen Lebensbedingungen in besonderer Weise gefordert sind, nämlich um die Berufsschulen (30) und die technischen Schulen, die Institute für Erwachsenenbildung und für soziale Berufe und auch für solche, die wegen anlagebedingter Mängel besonderer Sorge bedürfen, sowie Schulen, in denen Lehrer sowohl für die religiöse Unterweisung als auch für andere Unterrichtsfächer vorbereitet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Heilige Synode mahnt die Oberhirten und alle Gläubigen nachdrücklich, daß sie keine Opfer scheuen, um den katholischen Schulen zu helfen, ihre Aufgabe immer vollkommener zu erfüllen, und daß sie sich besonders derjenigen annehmen, die arm sind an zeitlichen Gütern, den Schutz und die Liebe der Familie entbehren müssen oder der Gnade des Glaubens fernstehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Hochschulen"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gleicherweise widmet die Kirche den Hochschulen, insbesondere den Universitäten und Fakultäten, ihre angelegentliche Sorge. In der Tat ist sie bei denen, die ihr unterstehen, naturgemäß bestrebt, daß die einzelnen Disziplinen mit den ihnen eigenen Prinzipien, mit ihrer eigenen Methode und mit einer der wissenschaftlichen Forschung eigenen Freiheit so gepflegt werden, daß sich in ihnen die Erkenntnisse mehr und mehr vertiefen, die neuen Fragen und Forschungsergebnisse der voranschreitenden Zeit sorgfältige Beachtung finden und so tiefer erfaßt wird, wie Glaube und Vernunft sich in der einen Wahrheit treffen. Dabei dienen die Kirchenlehrer, besonders der heilige Thomas von Aquin, als Vorbilder (31). So soll gleichsam der christliche Geist bei dem gesamten Bemühen um die Förderung einer höheren Kultur öffentlich, stets und universell präsent sein. Die Studenten dieser Anstalten sollen zu Menschen herangebildet werden, die in ihrer Wissenschaft bestens bewandert, wichtigen Aufgaben im öffentlichen Leben gewachsen und Zeugen des Glaubens in der Welt sind (32)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "An katholischen Universitäten, an denen keine theologische Fakultät besteht, werde ein Institut oder ein Lehrstuhl für Theologie unterhalten, an dem Vorlesungen gegeben werden sollen, die auch für Laienhörer geeignet sind. Weil die Wissenschaften hauptsächlich durch Spezialforschungen von hohem wissenschaftlichem Wert weiterentwickelt werden, sollen an den Universitäten und Fakultäten Institute sehr gefördert werden, die in erster Linie der wissenschaftlichen Forschung dienen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Heilige Synode empfiehlt sehr die Förderung der in angemessener Weise auf die verschiedenen Teile der Welt verteilten katholischen Universitäten und Fakultäten, jedoch so, daß sie nicht durch ihre Zahl, sondern durch ihre wissenschaftliche Leistung hervortreten. Sie sollen besonders den begabten Studenten offenstehen, auch wenn diese zu den Armen zählen, vor allem aber auch denen, die aus den jungen Völkern stammen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Weil das Schicksal der Gesellschaft und der Kirche selbst mit der Entwicklung der Hochschulstudenten sehr eng verbunden ist (33), sollen die Oberhirten der Kirche nicht nur für das geistliche Leben der Studenten an katholischen Universitäten Sorge tragen; sie sollen vielmehr, um die geistliche Bildung aller ihrer Söhne besorgt, nach sachdienlichen Beratungen der Bischöfe darauf achten, daß auch an nichtkatholischen Universitäten katholische Studentenheime und Universitätszentren errichtet werden, in denen sorgfältig ausgewählte und vorgebildete Priester, Ordensleute und Laien der studierenden Jugend dauernde geistliche und geistige Hilfe bieten. Besonders begabte Studenten katholischer oder anderer Universitäten, die zur Lehr- und Forschungstätigkeit befähigt erscheinen, sollen mit besonderer Sorgfalt ausgebildet und für die Übernahme des Lehramtes vorbereitet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die theologischen Fakultäten"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Von der Tätigkeit der theologischen Fakultäten erwartet die Kirche sehr viel (34). Ihnen nämlich vertraut sie die überaus wichtige Aufgabe an, ihre Studenten nicht nur auf den priesterlichen Dienst, sondern besonders für die Tätigkeit auf den Lehrstühlen der Theologie und auf eigenständige Weiterarbeit in der Wissenschaft oder auf schwierigere Aufgaben im geistigen Apostolat vorzubereiten. Ebenso ist es die Aufgabe der genannten Fakultäten, die verschiedenen Gebiete der Theologie gründlicher zu erforschen, so daß das Verständnis der göttlichen Offenbarung sich mehr und mehr vertieft, das von den Vätern überkommene Erbe christlicher Weisheit sich immer besser erschließt, das Gespräch mit den getrennten Brüdern und den Nichtchristen gepflegt wird und die durch den Fortschritt der Wissenschaft aufgeworfenen Fragen eine Antwort finden (35)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deshalb sollen die kirchlichen Fakultäten unter entsprechender Neugestaltung ihrer eigenen Gesetze die Theologie und die mit ihr zusammenhängenden Wissenschaften tatkräftig weiterentwickeln und durch Anwendung auch moderner Methoden und Hilfsmittel die Hörer zu tiefergehenden Studien anleiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Koordinierung katholischer Schulen"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Weil die Zusammenarbeit, die auf diözesaner, nationaler und internationaler Ebene mit jedem Tag dringender und stärker wird, auch im Schulwesen sich als höchst notwendig erweist, muß mit allen Mitteln danach gestrebt werden, daß zwischen den katholischen Schulen eine angemessene Koordinierung zustande kommt und zwischen ihnen und den übrigen Schulen jene Zusammenarbeit gefördert wird, die das Wohl der gesamten menschlichen Gesellschaft erfordert (36)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aus stärkerer Koordinierung und gemeinsamer Arbeit lassen sich besonders auf der Ebene der Hochschulen reichere Früchte erwarten. In jeder Universität sollen daher die Fakultäten, soweit ihr Gegenstand es zuläßt, sich gegenseitige Hilfe leisten. Auch die Universitäten selbst sollen in engere Zusammenarbeit treten, indem sie gemeinsam internationale Tagungen veranstalten, wissenschaftliche Forschungsgebiete unter sich aufteilen, Entdeckungen einander vorlegen, Professoren zeitweilig unter sich austauschen und alle Initiativen fördern, die zu stärkerer Hilfeleistung beitragen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Heilige Synode wendet sich mit der eindringlichen Mahnung an die Jugend, sich der überragenden Bedeutung der Erziehungsaufgaben bewußt zu werden und zu ihrer Übernahme sich großherzig bereit zu finden, besonders dort, wo Lehrermangel die Jugenderziehung in Frage stellt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Schließlich dankt die Heilige Synode all den Priestern, Ordensmännern, Schwestern und Laien, die im Geiste des Evangeliums sich für das einzigartige Werk der Erziehung und für die Schulen jedwelcher Art aufopfern. Sie ermuntert diese, in der übernommenen Aufgabe frohen Herzens auszuharren und in der Formung ihrer Schüler mit dem Geiste Christi, in der Kunst des rechten Erziehens und in der wissenschaftlichen Arbeit nach so guten Leistungen zu streben, daß sie nicht nur die innere Erneuerung der Kirche fördern, sondern auch deren segensreiche Präsenz in der heutigen Welt, besonders unter den Gebildeten, erhalten und vertiefen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oktober 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anmerkungen:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Von den zahlreichen Verlautbarungen, die die Bedeutung der Erziehung herausstellen, vgl. besonders: Benedikt XV., Ep. Apost. Communes Litteras, 10. Apr. 1919: AAS 11 (1919) 172; Pius XI., Enz. Divini Illius Magistri, 31. Dez. 1929: AAS (1930) 49-86; Pius XII., Ansprache an die Jugendlichen der A.C.I.: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi VIII., 53-57; ders., Ansprache an die Familienväter Frankreichs, 18. Sept. 1951: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XIII.,241-245; Johannes XXIII., Botschaft zum 30. Jahrestag des Erscheinens der Enz. Divini Illius Magistri, 30. Dez. 1959: AAS 52 (1960) 57-59; Paul VI., Ansprache an die Sodalen der F.I.D.A.E. (Federazione Istituti Dipendenti dall Autorità Ecclesiastica), 30. Dez. 1963: Encicliche e Discorsi di S.S. Paolo VI., I (Rom 1964) 601-603. Darüber hinaus vgl. die Acta et Documenta Concilio Œcumenico Vaticano II apparando, series I, Antepræparatoria, Bd. III.,363-364.370-371.373-374."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra, 15. Mai 1961: AAS 53 (1961) 413.415-417.424; ders., Enz. Pacem in terris, 11. Apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 278f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Vgl. die allgemeine Erklärung der Menschenrechte (Déclaration des droits de l'homme) durch die UN am 10. Dez. 1948; vgl. außerdem die Erklärung der Rechte des Kindes vom 20. Nov. 1959; Protocole additionnel à la convention de sauvegarde des droits de l'homme et des libertés fondamentales, Paris, 20. März 1952; über jene allgemeine Erklärung der Menschenrechte vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Pacem in terris, 11. Apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 295f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra, 15. Mai 1961: AAS 53 (1961) 402. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 17: AAS 57 (1965) 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Pius XII., Radiobotschaft, 24. Dez. 1942: AAS 35 (1943) 12.19; Johannes XXIII., Enz. Pacem in terris, 11. Apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 259f. Vgl. auch die in Anm. 3 genannten Erklärungen der Menschenrechte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Divini Illius Magistri, 31. Dez. 1929: AAS 22 (1930) 50f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7) Vgl. Johannes XXlII., Enz. Mater et Magistra, 15. Mai 1961: AAS 53 (1961) 441f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Divini Illius Magistri, a. a. O. 83."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 36: AAS 57 (1965) 41f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die Hirtenaufgabe der Bischöfe in der Kirche Christus Dominus, Nr. 12-14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Divini Illius Magistri, a. a. O. 59f.; ders., Enz. Mit brennender Sorge, 14. März 1937: AAS 29 (1937) 164f.; Pius XII., Ansprache an den ersten nationalen Kongreß der Vereinigung der katholischen Lehrer Italiens (A.I.M.C.), 8. Sept. 1946: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi VIII., 218."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 11 und 35: AAS 57 (1965) 16 und 40f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Divini Illius Magistri, a. a. O. 63f.; Pius XII., Radiobotschaft, 1. Juni 1941: AAS 33 (1941) 200; Ansprache an den ersten nationalen Kongreß der Vereinigung der katholischen Lehrer Italiens, 8. Sept. 1946: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi VIII.,218. Zum Subsidiaritätsprinzip vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Pacem in terris, 11. Apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 294."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Divini Illius Magistri, a. a. O. 53f. 56f.; ders., Enz. Non abbiamo bisogno, 29. Juni 1931: AAS 23 (1931) 311f.; Pius XII., Schreiben des Staatssekretariats zur 28. italienischen sozialen Woche, 20. Sept. 1955: L,Osservatore Romano, 29. Sept. 1955."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15) Die Kirche lobt jene zivilen, lokalen, nationalen und internationalen Autoritäten, die im Bewußtsein der vordringlichen Bedürfnisse der gegenwärtigen Zeit alle Kräfte aufbieten, um alle Völker an einer umfassenderen Erziehung und an der menschlichen Kultur teilnehmen zu lassen. Vgl. Paul VI., Ansprache vor der Vollversammlung der Vereinten Nationen, 4. Okt. 1965: AAS 57 (1965) 877-885."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16) Vgl. Pius XI., Motupr. Orbem catholicum, 29. Juni 1923: AAS 15 (1923) 327-329; ders., Dekret Provide sane, 12. Jan. 1935: AAS 27 (1935) 145-152; II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die Hirtenaufgabe der Bischöfe in der Kirche Christus Dominus, Nr. 13 und 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Konst. über die heilige Liturgie Sacrosanctum Concilium, Nr. 14: AAS 56 (1964) 104."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die sozialen Kommunikationsmittel Inter mirifica, Nr. 13 und 14: AAS 56 (1964) 149f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Divini Illius Magistri, a. a. O. 76; Pius XII., Ansprache an die Vereinigung der katholischen Lehrer Bayerns, 31. Dez. 1956: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XVIII., 746."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20) Vgl. Provinzialsynode von Cincinnati III (1861): Collectio Lacensis III.,1240, c/d; Pius XI., Enz. Divini Illius Magistri, a. a. O. 60.63f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Divini Illius Magistri, a. a. O. 63; ders., Enz. Non abbiamo bisogno, 29. Juni 1931: AAS 23 (1931) 305; Pius XII., Schreiben des Staatssekretariats an die 28. italienische soziale Woche, 20. Sept. 1955: L'Osservatore Romano, 29. Sept. 1955; Paul VI., Ansprache an die christliche Vereinigung der Arbeiter Italiens (A.C.L.I.), 6. Okt. 1963: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI., I (Rom 1964) 230."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Botschaft zum 30. Jahrestag des Erscheinens der Enzyklika Divini Illius Magistri, 30. Dez. 1959: AAS 52 (1960) 57."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23) Die Kirche schätzt das apostolische Wirken, das die katholischen Lehrer und Schüler auch in jenen Schulen auszuüben vermögen, sehr hoch."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24) Vgl. Pius XII., Anspr. an die Vereinigung der katholischen Lehrer Bayerns, 31. Dez. 1956: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XVIII.,745f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25) Vgl. Provinzialsynode von Westminster I (1852): Collectio Lacensis III.,1240, c/d; Pius XI., Enz. Divini Illius Magistri, a. a. O. 77f.; Pius XII., Ansprache an die Vereinigung der katholischen Lehrer Bayerns, 31. Dez. 1956: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XVIII.,746; Paul VI., Ansprache an die Sodalen der F.I.D.A.E. (Federazione Istituti Dipendenti dall Autorità Ecclesiastica), 30. Dez. 1963: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI., I (Rom 1964) 602f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26) Vgl. besonders die in Anm. 1 genannten Dokumente; dieses Recht der Kirche wird außerdem auf vielen Provinzialsynoden und in den jüngsten Erklärungen zahlreicher Bischofskonferenzen verkündet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Divini Illius Magistri, a. a. O. 80f.; Pius XII., Ansprache an die katholische Vereinigung der Lehrer Italiens an den Sekundarschulen (U.C. I.I.M.), 5. Jan. 1954: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XV,551-556; Johannes XXIII., Ansprache an den 6. Kongreß der Vereinigung der katholischen Lehrer Italiens (A.I.M.C.), 5. Sept. 1959: Discorsi, Messaggi, Colloqui I (Rom 1960) 427-431."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28) Vgl. Pius XII., Ansprache an die katholische Vereinigung der Lehrer Italiens an den Sekundarschulen (U.C.I.I.M.), 5. Jan. 1954, a. a. O. 555."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "29) Vgl. Paul VI., Ansprache an das internationale Werk katholischer Erziehung (O.I.E.C.), 25. Febr. 1964: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paulo VI., II (Rom 1964) 232."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "30) Vgl. Paul VI., Ansprache an die christliche Vereinigung der Arbeiter Italiens (A.C.L.I.), 6. Okt. 1963: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI., I (Rom 1964) 229."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "31) Vgl. Paul VI., Ansprache vor dem Sechsten Internationalen Thomistischen Kongreß, 10. Sept. 1965: AAS 57 (1965) 788-792."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "32) Vgl. Pius XII., Ansprache an die Professoren und Studenten der katholischen Hochschulen Frankreichs, 21. Sept. 1950: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XII.,219-221; ders., Schreiben an den 22. Kongreß der \"Pax Romana\", 12. Aug. 1952: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XIV,567-569; Johannes XXIII., Ansprache an den Verband katholischer Universitäten, 1. Apr. 1959: Discorsi, Messaggi, Colloqui I (Rom 1960) 226-229; Paul VI., Ansprache an den Akademischen Senat der katholischen Universität Mailand, 5. Apr. 1964: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI., II (Rom 1964) 438-443."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "33) Vgl. Pius XII., Ansprache an den Akademischen Senat und an die Studenten der Universität Rom, 15. Juni 1952: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XIV,208: \"Die Entwicklung der Gesellschaft von morgen hängt wesentlich von dem Geist und dem Herzen der Universitätsangehörigen von heute ab.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "34) Vgl. Pius XI., Apost. Konst. Deus Scientiarum Dominus, 24. Mai 1931: AAS 23 (1931) 245-247."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "35) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Humani generis, 12. Aug. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 568f. 578; Paul VI., Enz. Ecclesiam suam, Tl. III.,6. Aug. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 637-659; II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über den Ökumenismus Unitatis redintegratio: AAS 57 (1965) 90-107."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "36) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Pacem in terris, 11. Apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 284 und passim."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651028_gravissimum-educationis_en.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-57-vat-ii_decl_19651028_gravissimum-educationis_en.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECLARATION ON CHRISTIAN EDUCATION GRAVISSIMUM EDUCATIONIS PROCLAIMED BY HIS HOLINESS POPE PAUL VI ON OCTOBER 28, 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "INTRODUCTION"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Sacred Ecumenical Council has considered with care how extremely important education is in the life of man and how its influence ever grows in the social progress of this age.(1)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indeed, the circumstances of our time have made it easier and at once more urgent to educate young people and, what is more, to continue the education of adults. Men are more aware of their own dignity and position; more and more they want to take an active part in social and especially in economic and political life.(2) Enjoying more leisure, as they sometimes do, men find that the remarkable development of technology and scientific investigation and the new means of communication offer them an opportunity of attaining more easily their cultural and spiritual inheritance and of fulfilling one another in the closer ties between groups and even between peoples."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consequently, attempts are being made everywhere to promote more education. The rights of men to an education, particularly the primary rights of children and parents, are being proclaimed and recognized in public documents.(3) As the number of pupils rapidly increases, schools are multiplied and expanded far and wide and other educational institutions are established. New experiments are conducted in methods of education and teaching. Mighty attempts are being made to obtain education for all, even though vast numbers of children and young people are still deprived of even rudimentary training and so many others lack a suitable education in which truth and love are developed together."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To fulfill the mandate she has received from her divine founder of proclaiming the mystery of salvation to all men and of restoring all things in Christ, Holy Mother the Church must be concerned with the whole of man's life, even the secular part of it insofar as it has a bearing on his heavenly calling.(4) Therefore she has a role in the progress and development of education. Hence this sacred synod declares certain fundamental principles of Christian education especially in schools. These principles will have to be developed at greater length by a special post-conciliar commission and applied by episcopal conferences to varying local situations."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Meaning of the Universal Right to an Education"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All men of every race, condition and age, since they enjoy the dignity of a human being, have an inalienable right to an education (5) that is in keeping with their ultimate goal,(6) their ability, their sex, and the culture and tradition of their country, and also in harmony with their fraternal association with other peoples in the fostering of true unity and peace on earth. For a true education aims at the formation of the human person in the pursuit of his ultimate end and of the good of the societies of which, as man, he is a member, and in whose obligations, as an adult, he will share."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore children and young people must be helped, with the aid of the latest advances in psychology and the arts and science of teaching, to develop harmoniously their physical, moral and intellectual endowments so that they may gradually acquire a mature sense of responsibility in striving endlessly to form their own lives properly and in pursuing true freedom as they surmount the vicissitudes of life with courage and constancy. Let them be given also, as they advance in years, a positive and prudent sexual education. Moreover they should be so trained to take their part in social life that properly instructed in the necessary and opportune skills they can become actively involved in various community organizations, open to discourse with others and willing to do their best to promote the common good."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This sacred synod likewise declares that children and young people have a right to be motivated to appraise moral values with a right conscience, to embrace them with a personal adherence, together with a deeper knowledge and love of God. Consequently it earnestly entreats all those who hold a position of public authority or who are in charge of education to see to it that youth is never deprived of this sacred right. It further exhorts the sons of the Church to give their attention with generosity to the entire field of education, having especially in mind the need of extending very soon the benefits of a suitable education and training to everyone in all parts of the world.(7)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christian Education"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since all Christians have become by rebirth of water and the Holy Spirit a new creature(8) so that they should be called and should be children of God, they have a right to a Christian education. A Christian education does not merely strive for the maturing of a human person as just now described, but has as its principal purpose this goal: that the baptized, while they are gradually introduced the knowledge of the mystery of salvation, become ever more aware of the gift of Faith they have received, and that they learn in addition how to worship God the Father in spirit and truth (cf. John 4:23) especially in liturgical action, and be conformed in their personal lives according to the new man created in justice and holiness of truth (Eph. 4:22-24); also that they develop into perfect manhood, to the mature measure of the fullness of Christ (cf. Eph. 4:13) and strive for the growth of the Mystical Body; moreover, that aware of their calling, they learn not only how to bear witness to the hope that is in them (cf. Peter 3:15) but also how to help in the Christian formation of the world that takes place when natural powers viewed in the full consideration of man redeemed by Christ contribute to the good of the whole society.(9) Wherefore this sacred synod recalls to pastors of souls their most serious obligation to see to it that all the faithful, but especially the youth who are the hope of the Church, enjoy this Christian education.(10)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Authors of Education"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since parents have given children their life, they are bound by the most serious obligation to educate their offspring and therefore must be recognized as the primary and principal educators.(11) This role in education is so important that only with difficulty can it be supplied where it is lacking. Parents are the ones who must create a family atmosphere animated by love and respect for God and man, in which the well-rounded personal and social education of children is fostered. Hence the family is the first school of the social virtues that every society needs. It is particularly in the Christian family, enriched by the grace and office of the sacrament of matrimony, that children should be taught from their early years to have a knowledge of God according to the faith received in Baptism, to worship Him, and to love their neighbor. Here, too, they find their first experience of a wholesome human society and of the Church. Finally, it is through the family that they are gradually led to a companionship with their fellowmen and with the people of God. Let parents, then, recognize the inestimable importance a truly Christian family has for the life and progress of God's own people.(12)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The family which has the primary duty of imparting education needs help of the whole community. In addition, therefore, to the rights of parents and others to whom the parents entrust a share in the work of education, certain rights and duties belong indeed to civil society, whose role is to direct what is required for the common temporal good. Its function is to promote the education of youth in many ways, namely: to protect the duties and rights of parents and others who share in education and to give them aid; according to the principle of subsidiarity, when the endeavors of parents and other societies are lacking, to carry out the work of education in accordance with the wishes of the parents; and, moreover, as the common good demands, to build schools and institutions.(13)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, in a special way, the duty of educating belongs to the Church, not merely because she must be recognized as a human society capable of educating, but especially because she has the responsibility of announcing the way of salvation to all men, of communicating the life of Christ to those who believe, and, in her unfailing solicitude, of assisting men to be able to come to the fullness of this life.(14) The Church is bound as a mother to give to these children of hers an education by which their whole life can be imbued with the spirit of Christ and at the same time do all she can to promote for all peoples the complete perfection of the human person, the good of earthly society and the building of a world that is more human.(15)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Various Aids to Christian Education"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In fulfilling its educational role, the Church, eager to employ all suitable aids, is concerned especially about those which are her very own. Foremost among these is catechetical instruction,(16) which enlightens and strengthens the faith, nourishes life according to the spirit of Christ, leads to intelligent and active participation in the liturgical mystery(17) and gives motivation for apostolic activity. The Church esteems highly and seeks to penetrate and ennoble with her own spirit also other aids which belong to the general heritage of man and which are of great influence in forming souls and molding men, such as the media of communication,(18) various groups for mental and physical development, youth associations, and, in particular, schools."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Importance of Schools"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Among all educational instruments the school has a special importance.(19) It is designed not only to develop with special care the intellectual faculties but also to form the ability to judge rightly, to hand on the cultural legacy of previous generations, to foster a sense of values, to prepare for professional life. Between pupils of different talents and backgrounds it promotes friendly relations and fosters a spirit of mutual understanding; and it establishes as it were a center whose work and progress must be shared together by families, teachers, associations of various types that foster cultural, civic, and religious life, as well as by civil society and the entire human community."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Beautiful indeed and of great importance is the vocation of all those who aid parents in fulfilling their duties and who, as representatives of the human community, undertake the task of education in schools. This vocation demands special qualities of mind and heart, very careful preparation, and continuing readiness to renew and to adapt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Duties and Rights of Parents"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parents who have the primary and inalienable right and duty to educate their children must enjoy true liberty in their choice of schools. Consequently, the public power, which has the obligation to protect and defend the rights of citizens, must see to it, in its concern for distributive justice, that public subsidies are paid out in such a way that parents are truly free to choose according to their conscience the schools they want for their children.(20)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In addition it is the task of the state to see to it that all citizens are able to come to a suitable share in culture and are properly prepared to exercise their civic duties and rights. Therefore the state must protect the right of children to an adequate school education, check on the ability of teachers and the excellence of their training, look after the health of the pupils and in general, promote the whole school project. But it must always keep in mind the principle of subsidiarity so that there is no kind of school monopoly, for this is opposed to the native rights of the human person, to the development and spread of culture, to the peaceful association of citizens and to the pluralism that exists today in ever so many societies.(21)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore this sacred synod exhorts the faithful to assist to their utmost in finding suitable methods of education and programs of study and in forming teachers who can give youth a true education. Through the associations of parents in particular they should further with their assistance all the work of the school but especially the moral education it must impart.(22)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moral and Religious Education in all Schools"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Feeling very keenly the weighty responsibility of diligently caring for the moral and religious education of all her children, the Church must be present with her own special affection and help for the great number who are being trained in schools that are not Catholic. This is possible by the witness of the lives of those who teach and direct them, by the apostolic action of their fellow-students,(23) but especially by the ministry of priests and laymen who give them the doctrine of salvation in a way suited to their age and circumstances and provide spiritual aid in every way the times and conditions allow."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church reminds parents of the duty that is theirs to arrange and even demand that their children be able to enjoy these aids and advance in their Christian formation to a degree that is abreast of their development in secular subjects. Therefore the Church esteems highly those civil authorities and societies which, bearing in mind the pluralism of contemporary society and respecting religious freedom, assist families so that the education of their children can be imparted in all schools according to the individual moral and religious principles of the families.(24)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Catholic Schools"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The influence of the Church in the field of education is shown in a special manner by the Catholic school. No less than other schools does the Catholic school pursue cultural goals and the human formation of youth. But its proper function is to create for the school community a special atmosphere animated by the Gospel spirit of freedom and charity, to help youth grow according to the new creatures they were made through baptism as they develop their own personalities, and finally to order the whole of human culture to the news of salvation so that the knowledge the students gradually acquire of the world, life and man is illumined by faith.(25) So indeed the Catholic school, while it is open, as it must be, to the situation of the contemporary world, leads its students to promote efficaciously the good of the earthly city and also prepares them for service in the spread of the Kingdom of God, so that by leading an exemplary apostolic life they become, as it were, a saving leaven in the human community."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since, therefore, the Catholic school can be such an aid to the fulfillment of the mission of the People of God and to the fostering of the dialogue between the Church and mankind, to the benefit of both, it retains even in our present circumstances the utmost importance. Consequently this sacred synod proclaims anew what has already been taught in several documents of the magisterium,(26) namely: the right of the Church freely to establish and to conduct schools of every type and level. And the council calls to mind that the exercise of a right of this kind contributes in the highest degree to the protection of freedom of conscience, the rights of parents, as well as to the betterment of culture itself."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But let teachers recognize that the Catholic school depends upon them almost entirely for the accomplishment of its goals and programs.(27) They should therefore be very carefully prepared so that both in secular and religious knowledge they are equipped with suitable qualifications and also with a pedagogical skill that is in keeping with the findings of the contemporary world. Intimately linked in charity to one another and to their students and endowed with an apostolic spirit, may teachers by their life as much as by their instruction bear witness to Christ, the unique Teacher. Let them work as partners with parents and together with them in every phase of education give due consideration to the difference of sex and the proper ends Divine Providence assigns to each sex in the family and in society. Let them do all they can to stimulate their students to act for themselves and even after graduation to continue to assist them with advice, friendship and by establishing special associations imbued with the true spirit of the Church. The work of these teachers, this sacred synod declares, is in the real sense of the word an apostolate most suited to and necessary for our times and at once a true service offered to society. The Council also reminds Catholic parents of the duty of entrusting their children to Catholic schools wherever and whenever it is possible and of supporting these schools to the best of their ability and of cooperating with them for the education of their children.(28)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Different Types of Catholic Schools"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To this concept of a Catholic school all schools that are in any way dependent on the Church must conform as far as possible, though the Catholic school is to take on different forms in keeping with local circumstances.(29) Thus the Church considers very dear to her heart those Catholic schools, found especially in the areas of the new churches, which are attended also by students who are not Catholics."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Attention should be paid to the needs of today in establishing and directing Catholic schools. Therefore, though primary and secondary schools, the foundation of education, must still be fostered, great importance is to be attached to those which are required in a particular way by contemporary conditions, such as: professional(30) and technical schools, centers for educating adults and promoting social welfare, or for the retarded in need of special care, and also schools for preparing teachers for religious instruction and other types of education."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This Sacred Council of the Church earnestly entreats pastors and all the faithful to spare no sacrifice in helping Catholic schools fulfill their function in a continually more perfect way, and especially in caring for the needs of those who are poor in the goods of this world or who are deprived of the assistance and affection of a family or who are strangers to the gift of Faith."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Catholic Colleges and Universities"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church is concerned also with schools of a higher level, especially colleges and universities. In those schools dependent on her she intends that by their very constitution individual subjects be pursued according to their own principles, method, and liberty of scientific inquiry, in such a way that an ever deeper understanding in these fields may be obtained and that, as questions that are new and current are raised and investigations carefully made according to the example of the doctors of the Church and especially of St. Thomas Aquinas,(31) there may be a deeper realization of the harmony of faith and science. Thus there is accomplished a public, enduring and pervasive influence of the Christian mind in the furtherance of culture and the students of these institutions are molded into men truly outstanding in their training, ready to undertake weighty responsibilities in society and witness to the faith in the world.(32)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Catholic universities where there is no faculty of sacred theology there should be established an institute or chair of sacred theology in which there should be lectures suited to lay students. Since science advances by means of the investigations peculiar to higher scientific studies, special attention should be given in Catholic universities and colleges to institutes that serve primarily the development of scientific research."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred synod heartily recommends that Catholic colleges and universities be conveniently located in different parts of the world, but in such a way that they are outstanding not for their numbers but for their pursuit of knowledge. Matriculation should be readily available to students of real promise, even though they be of slender means, especially to students from the newly emerging nations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the destiny of society and of the Church itself is intimately linked with the progress of young people pursuing higher studies,(33) the pastors of the Church are to expend their energies not only on the spiritual life of students who attend Catholic universities, but, solicitous for the spiritual formation of all their children, they must see to it, after consultations between bishops, that even at universities that are not Catholic there should be associations and university centers under Catholic auspices in which priests, religious and laity, carefully selected and prepared, should give abiding spiritual and intellectual assistance to the youth of the university. Whether in Catholic universities or others, young people of greater ability who seem suited for teaching or research should be specially helped and encouraged to undertake a teaching career."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Faculties of Sacred Sciences"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church expects much from the zealous endeavors of the faculties of the sacred sciences.(34) For to them she entrusts the very serious responsibility of preparing her own students not only for the priestly ministry, but especially for teaching in the seats of higher ecclesiastical studies or for promoting learning on their own or for undertaking the work of a more rigorous intellectual apostolate. Likewise it is the role of these very faculties to make more penetrating inquiry into the various aspects of the sacred sciences so that an ever deepening understanding of sacred Revelation is obtained, the legacy of Christian wisdom handed down by our forefathers is more fully developed, the dialogue with our separated brethren and with non-Christians is fostered, and answers are given to questions arising from the development of doctrine.(35)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore ecclesiastical faculties should reappraise their own laws so that they can better promote the sacred sciences and those linked with them and, by employing up-to-date methods and aids, lead their students to more penetrating inquiry."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coordination to be Fostered in Scholastic Matters"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cooperation is the order of the day. It increases more and more to supply the demand on a diocesan, national and international level. Since it is altogether necessary in scholastic matters, every means should be employed to foster suitable cooperation between Catholic schools, and between these and other schools that collaboration should be developed which the good of all mankind requires.(36) From greater coordination and cooperative endeavor greater fruits will be derived particularly in the area of academic institutions. Therefore in every university let the various faculties work mutually to this end, insofar as their goal will permit. In addition, let the universities also endeavor to work together by promoting international gatherings, by sharing scientific inquiries with one another, by communicating their discoveries to one another, by having exchange of professors for a time and by promoting all else that is conducive to greater assistance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred synod earnestly entreats young people themselves to become aware of the importance of the work of education and to prepare themselves to take it up, especially where because of a shortage of teachers the education of youth is in jeopardy. This same sacred synod, while professing its gratitude to priests, Religious men and women, and the laity who by their evangelical self-dedication are devoted to the noble work of education and of schools of every type and level, exhorts them to persevere generously in the work they have undertaken and, imbuing their students with the spirit of Christ, to strive to excel in pedagogy and the pursuit of knowledge in such a way that they not merely advance the internal renewal of the Church but preserve and enhance its beneficent influence upon today's world, especially the intellectual world."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Among many documents illustrating the importance of education confer above all apostolic letter of Benedict XV, Communes Litteras, April 10, 1919: A.A.S. 11 (1919) p. 172. Pius XI's apostolic encyclical, Divini Illius Magistri, Dec. 31, 1929: A.A.S. 22 (1930) pp. 49-86. Pius XII's allocution to the youths of Italian Catholic Action, April 20, 1946: Discourses and Radio Messages, vol. 8, pp. 53-57. Allocution to fathers of French families, Sept. 18, 1951: Discourses and Radio Messages, vol. 13, pp. 241-245. John XXIII's 30th anniversary message on the publication of the encyclical letter, Divini Illius Magistri, Dec. 30, 1959: A.A.S. 52 (1960) pp. 57-S9. Paul VI's allocution to members of Federated Institutes Dependent on Ecclesiastic Authority, Dec. 30, 1963: Encyclicals and Discourses of His Holiness Paul VI, Rome, 1964, pp. 601-603. Above all are to be consulted the Acts and Documents of the Second Vatican Council appearing in the first series of the ante-preparatrory phase. vol. 3. pp. 363-364; 370-371; 373-374."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII's encyclical letter Mater et Magistra, May 15, 1961: A.A.S. 53 (1961) pp. 413-415; 417-424; Encyclical letter, Pacem in Terris, April 11, 1963: A.A.S. 55 (1963) p. 278 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Declaration on the Rights of Man of Dec. 10, 1948, adopted by the General Assembly of the United Nations, and also cf. the Declaration of the Rights of Children of Nov. 20 1959; additional protocol to the Convention Safeguarding the Rights of Men and Fundamental Liberties, Paris, March 20, 1952; regarding that universal profession of the character of human laws cf. apostolic letter Pacem in Terris, of John XXIII of April 11, 1963: A.A.S. 55 (1963) p. 295 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII's encyclical letter, Mater et Magistra, May 15, 1961: A.A.S. 53 (1961) p. 402. Cf. Second Vatican Council's Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, no. 17: A.A.S. 57 (1965) p. 21, and schema on the Pastoral Constitution on the Church in the Modern World, 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pius XII's radio message of Dec. 24, 1942: A.A.S. 35 (1943) pp. 12-19, and John XXIII's encyclical letter, Pacem in Terris April 11, 1963: A.A.S. 55 (1963) p. 259 ff. Also cf. declaration cited on the rights of man in footnote 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI's encyclical letter, Divini Illius Magistri, Dec. 31, 1929: A.A.S. 22 (1930) p. 50 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII's encyclical letter, Mater et Magistra, May 15 1961: A.A.S. 53 (1961) p. 441 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI's encyclical letter, Divini Illius Magistri 1, p. 83."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council's Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, no. 36: A.A.S. 57 (1965) p. 41 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council's schema on the Decree on the Lay Apostolate (1965), no. 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI's encyclical letter Divini Illius Magistri, 1, p. 59 ff., encyclical letter Mit Brennender Sorge, March 14, 1937: A.A.S. 29; Pius XII's allocution to the first national congress of the Italian Catholic Teachers' Association, Sept. 8, 1946: Discourses and Radio Messages, vol. 8, p. 218."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council's Dogmatic Constitution on the Church, nos. 11 and 35: A.A.S. 57 (1965) pp. 16, 40 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI's encyclical letter Divini Illius Magistri, 1, p. 63 ff. Pius XII's radio message of June 1, 1941: A.A.S. 33 (1941) p. 200; allocution to the first national congress of the Association of Italian Catholic Teachers, Sept 8, 1946: Discourses and Radio Messages, vol. 8, 1946: Discourses and Radio Messages, vol. 8 p. 218. Regarding the principle of subsidiarity, cf. John XXIII's encyclical letter, Pacem in Terris, April 11, 1963: A.A.S. 55 (1963) p. 294."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI's encyclical letter, Divini Illius Magistri, 1 pp. 53 ff. and 56 ff.; Encyclical letter, Non Abbiamo Bisogno June 29, 1931: A.A.S. 23 (1931) p. 311 ff. Pius XII's letter from Secretariat of State to 28th Italian Social Week, Sept. 20, 1955; L'Osservatore Romano, Sept. 29, 1955."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church praises those local, national and international civic authorities who, conscious of the urgent necessity in these times, expend all their energy so that all peoples may benefit from more education and human culture. Cf. Paul VI's allocution to the United Nations General Assembly, Oct. 4, 1965: L'Osservatore Romano, Oct. 6, 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI's motu proprio. Orbem Catholicum, June 29 1923: A.A.S. 15 (1923) pp. 327-329; decree, Provide Sane, Jan. 12, 1935: A.A.S. 27 (1935) pp. 145-152. Second Vatican Council's Decree on Bishops and Pastoral Duties, nos. 13 and 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council's Constitution on the Sacred Liturgy, no. 14: A.A.S. 56 (1964) p. 104."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council's Decree on Communications Media, nos. 13 and 14: A.A.S. 56 (1964) p. 149 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI's encyclical letter, Divini Illius Magistri, 1, p. 76; Pius XII's allocution to Bavarian Association of Catholic Teachers, Dec. 31, 1956: Discourses and Radio Messages, vol. 18, p. 746."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Provincial Council of Cincinnati III, a. 1861: Collatio Lacensis, III, col. 1240, c/d; Pius XI's encyclical letter, Divini Illius Magistri, 1, pp. 60, 63 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI's encyclical letter, Divini Illius Magistri, 1, p. 63; encyclical letter, Non Abbiamo Bisogno, June 29, 1931: A.A.S. 23 (1931) p. 305, Pius XII's letter from the Secretary of State to the 28th Italian Social Week, Sept. 20, 1955: L'Osservatore Romano, Sept. 29, 1955. Paul VI's allocution to the Association of Italian Christian Workers, Oct. 6, 1963: Encyclicals and Discourses of Paul VI, vol. 1, Rome, 1964, p. 230."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII's message on the 30th anniversary of the encyclical letter, Divini Illius Magistri, Dec. 30, 1959: A.A.S. 52 (1960) p. 57."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church considers it as apostolic action of great worth also when Catholic teachers and associates work in these schools. Cf. Second Vatican Council's schema of the Decree on the Lay Apostolate (1965), nos. 12 and 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council's schema on the Declaration on Religious Liberty (1965), no. 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Provincial Council of Westminster I, a. 1852: Collatio Lacensis III, col. 1334, a/b; Pius XI's encyclical letter, Divini Illius Magistri, 1, p. 77 ff.; Pius XII's allocution to the Bavarian Association of Catholic Teachers, Dec. 31, 1956: Discourses and Radio Messages, vol. 18, p. 746; Paul VI's allocution to the members of Federated Institutes Dependent on Ecclesiastic Authority, Dec. 30, 1963: Encyclicals and Discourses of Paul VI, 1, Rome, 1964, 602 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. especially the document mentioned in the first note; moreover this law of the Church is proclaimed by many provincial councils and in the most recent declarations of very many of the episcopal conferences."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI's encyclical letter, Divini Illius Magistri, 1 p. 80 ff.; Pius XII's allocution to the Catholic Association of Italian Teachers in Secondary Schools, Jan. 5, 1954: Discourses and Radio Messages, 15, pp. 551-55B; John XXIII's allocution to the 6th Congress of the Associations of Catholic Italian Teachers Sept. 5, 1959: Discourses, Messages, Conversations, 1, Rome,1960, pp. 427-431."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XII's allocution to the Catholic Association of Italian Teachers in Secondary Schools, Jan. 5, 1954, 1, p. 555."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Paul VI's allocution to the International Office of Catholic Education, Feb. 25, 1964: Encyclicals and Discourses of Paul VI, 2, Rome, 1964, p. 232."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Paul VI's allocution to the Christian Association of Italian Workers, Oct. 6, 1963: Encyclicals and Discourses of Paul VI, 1, Rome, 1964, p. 229."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Paul VI's allocution to the International Thomistic Congress, Sept. 10, 1965: L'Osservatore Romano, Sept. 13-14, 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XII's allocution to teachers and students of French Institutes of Higher Catholic Education, Sept. 21, 1950: Discourses and Radio Messages, 12, pp. 219-221; letters to the 22nd congress of Pax Romana, Aug. 12, 1952: Discourses and Radio Messages, 14, pp. 567-569; John XXIII's allocution to the Federation of Catholic Universities, April 1, 1959: Discourses, Messages and Conversations, 1, Rome, 1960, pp. 226-229; Paul VI's allocution to the Academic Senate of the Catholic University of Milan, April 5, 1964: Encyclicals and Discourses of Paul VI, 2, Rome, 1964, pp. 438-443."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XII's allocution to the academic senate and students of the University of Rome, June 15, 1952: Discourses and Radio Messages, 14, p. 208: \"The direction of today's society principally is placed in the mentality and hearts of the universities of today.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XII's apostolic constitution, Deus Scientiarum Dominus, May 24, 1931: A.A.S. 23 (1931) pp. 245-247."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XII's encyclical letter, Humani Generis Aug. 12, 1950 A.A.S. 42 (1950) pp. 568 ff. and 578; Paul VI's encyclical letter, Ecclesiam Suam, part III Aug. 6, 1964; A.A.S. 56 (1964) pp. 637-659; Second Vatican Council's Decree on Ecumenism: A.A.S. 57 (1965) pp. 90-107."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII's encyclical letter, Pacem in Terris, April 11, 1963: A.A.S. 55 (1963) p. 284 and elsewhere."
            }
          ]
        },
        "es": {
          "code": "es",
          "label": "Español",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651028_gravissimum-educationis_sp.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-65-vat-ii_decl_19651028_gravissimum-educationis_sp.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECLARACIÓN GRAVISSIMUM EDUCATIONIS SOBRE LA EDUCACIÓN CRISTIANA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROEMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Santo Concilio Ecuménico considera atentamente la importancia decisiva de la educación en la vida del hombre y su influjo cada vez mayor en el progreso social contemporáneo. En realidad la verdadera educación de la juventud, e incluso también una constante formación de los adultos, se hace más fácil y más urgente en las circunstancias actuales. Porque los hombres, mucho mas conscientes de su propia dignidad y deber, desean participar cada vez más activamente en la vida social y, sobre todo, en la económica y en la política; los maravillosos progresos de la técnica y de la investigación científica, y los nuevos medios de comunicación social, ofrecen a los hombres, que, con frecuencia gozan de un mayor espacio de tiempo libre de otras ocupaciones, la oportunidad de acercarse con facilidad al patrimonio cultural del pensamiento y del espíritu, y de ayudarse mutuamente con una comunicación más estrecha que existe entre las distintas asociaciones y entre los pueblos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En consecuencia, por todas partes se realizan esfuerzos para promover más y más la obra de la educación; se declaran y se afirman en documentos públicos los derechos primarios de los hombres, y sobre todo de los niños y de los padres con respecto a la educación. Como crece rápidamente el número de los alumnos, se multiplican por doquier y se perfeccionan las escuelas y otros centros de educación. Los métodos de educación y de instrucción se van perfeccionando con nuevas experiencias. Se hacen, por cierto, grandes esfuerzos para llevarla a todos los hombres, aunque muchos niños y jóvenes están privados todavía de la instrucción incluso fundamental, y de tantos otros carecen de una educación conveniente, en la que se cultiva a un tiempo la verdad y la caridad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ahora bien, debiendo la Santa Madre Iglesia atender toda la vida del hombre, incluso la material en cuanto está unida con la vocación celeste para cumplir el mandamiento recibido de su divino Fundador, a saber, el anunciar a todos loshombres el misterio de la salvación e instaurar todas las cosas en Cristo, le toca también una parte en el progreso y en la extensión de la educación. Por eso El Sagrado Concilio expone algunos principios fundamentales sobre la educación cristiana, máxime en las escuelas, principios que, una vez terminado el Concilio, deberá desarrollar más ampliamente una Comisión especial, y habrán de ser aplicados por las Conferencias Episcopales y las diversas condiciones de los pueblos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Derecho universal a la educación y su noción"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos los hombres, de cualquier raza, condición y edad, en cuanto participantes de la dignidad de la persona, tienen el derecho inalienable de una educación, que responda al propio fin, al propio carácter; al diferente sexo, y que sea conforme a la cultura y a las tradiciones patrias, y, al mismo tiempo, esté abierta a las relaciones fraternas con otros pueblos a fin de fomentar en la tierra la verdadera unidad y la paz. Mas la verdadera educación se propone la formación de la persona humana en orden a su fin último y al bien de las varias sociedades, de las que el hombre es miembro y de cuyas responsabilidades deberá tomar parte una vez llegado a la madurez."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay que ayudar, pues, a los niños y a los adolescentes, teniendo en cuenta el progreso de la psicología, de la pedagogía y de la didáctica, para desarrollar armónicamente sus condiciones físicas, morales e intelectuales, a fin de que adquieran gradualmente un sentido más perfecto de la responsabilidad en la cultura ordenada y activa de la propia vida y en la búsqueda de la verdadera libertad, superando los obstáculos con valor y constancia de alma. Hay que iniciarlos, conforme avanza su edad, en una positiva y prudente educación sexual. Hay que prepararlos, además, para la participación en la vida social, de forma que, bien instruidos con los medios necesarios y oportunos, puedan participar activamente en los diversos grupos de la sociedad humana, estén dispuestos para el diálogo con los otros y presten su fructuosa colaboración gustosamente a la consecución del bien común."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Declara igualmente el Sagrado Concilio que los niños y los adolescentes tienen derecho a que se les estimule a apreciar con recta conciencia los valores morales y a aceptarlos con adhesión personal y también a que se les estimule a conocer y amar más a Dios. Ruega, pues, encarecidamente a todos los que gobiernan los pueblos o están al frente de la educación, que procuren que la juventud nunca se vea privada de este sagrado derecho. Y exhorta a los hijos de la Iglesia a que presten con generosidad su ayuda en todo el campo de la educación, sobre todo con el fin de que puedan llegar cuanto antes a todos los rincones de la tierra los oportunos beneficios de la educación y de la instrucción."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La educación cristiana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos los cristianos, en cuanto han sido regenerados por el agua y el Espíritu Santo han sido constituidos nuevas criaturas, y se llaman y son hijos de Dios, tienen derecho a la educación cristiana. La cual no persigue solamente la madurez de la persona humana arriba descrita, sino que busca, sobre todo, que los bautizados se hagan más conscientes cada día del don de la fe, mientras son iniciados gradualmente en el conocimiento del misterio de la salvación; aprendan a adorar a Dios Padre en el espíritu y en verdad, ante todo en la acción litúrgica, adaptándose a vivir según el hombre nuevo en justicia y en santidad de verdad, y así lleguen al hombre perfecto, en la edad de la plenitud de Cristo y contribuyan al crecimiento del Cuerpo Místico. Ellos, además, conscientes de su vocación, acostúmbrense a dar testimonio de la esperanza y a promover la elevación cristiana del mundo, mediante la cual los valores naturales contenidos en la consideración integral del hombre redimido por Cristo contribuyan al bien de toda la sociedad. Por lo cual, este Santo Concilio recuerda a los pastores de almas su gravísima obligación de proveer que todos los fieles disfruten de la educación cristiana y, sobre todo, los jóvenes, que son la esperanza de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los educadores"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puesto que los padres han dado la vida a los hijos, están gravemente obligados a la educación de la prole y, por tanto, ellos son los primeros y principales educadores. Este deber de la educación familiar es de tanta trascendencia que, cuando falta, difícilmente puede suplirse. Es, pues, obligación de los padres formar un ambiente familiar animado por el amor, por la piedad hacia Dios y hacia los hombres, que favorezca la educación íntegra personal y social de los hijos. La familia es, por tanto, la primera escuela de las virtudes sociales, de las que todas las sociedades necesitan. Sobre todo, en la familia cristiana, enriquecida con la gracia del sacramento y los deberes del matrimonio, es necesario que los hijos aprendan desde sus primeros años a conocer la fe recibida en el bautismo. En ella sienten la primera experiencia de una sana sociedad humana y de la Iglesia. Por medio de la familia, por fin, se introducen fácilmente en la sociedad civil y en el Pueblo de Dios. Consideren, pues, atentamente los padres la importancia que tiene la familia verdaderamente cristiana para la vida y el progreso del Pueblo de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El deber de la educación, que compete en primer lugar a la familia, requiere la colaboración de toda la sociedad. Además, pues, de los derechos de los padres y de aquellos a quienes ellos les confían parte en la educación, ciertas obligaciones y derechos corresponden también a la sociedad civil, en cuanto a ella pertenece disponer todo lo que se requiere para el bien común temporal. Obligación suya es proveer de varias formas a la educación de la juventud: tutelar los derechos y obligaciones de los padre y de todos los demás que intervienen en la educación y colaborar con ellos; conforme al principio del deber subsidiario cuando falta la iniciativa de los padres y de otras sociedades, atendiendo los deseos de éstos y, además, creando escuelas e institutos propios, según lo exija el bien común."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por fin, y por una razón particular, el deber de la educación corresponde a la Iglesia no sólo porque debe ser reconocida como sociedad humana capaz de educar, sino, sobre todo, porque tiene el deber de anunciar a todos los hombres el camino de la salvación, de comunicar a los creyentes la vida de Cristo y de ayudarles con atención constante para que puedan lograr la plenitud de esta vida. La Iglesia, como Madre, está obligada a dar a sus hijos una educación que llene su vida del espíritu de Cristo y, al mismo tiempo, ayuda a todos los pueblos a promover la perfección cabal de la persona humana, incluso para el bien de la sociedad terrestre y para configurar más humanamente la edificación del mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Varios medios para la educación cristiana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En el cumplimiento de la función de educar, la Iglesia se preocupa de todos los medios aptos, sobre todo de los que le son propios, el primero de los cuales es la instrucción catequética, que ilumina y robustece la fe, anima la vida con el espíritu de Cristo, lleva a una consciente y activa participación del misterio litúrgico y alienta a una acción apostólica. La Iglesia aprecia mucho y busca penetrar de su espíritu y dignificar también los demás medios, que pertenecen al común patrimonio de la humanidad y contribuyen grandemente al cultivar las almas y formar los hombres, como son los medios de comunicación social, los múltiples grupos culturales y deportivos, las asociaciones de jóvenes y, sobre todo, las escuelas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importancia de la escuela"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre todos los medios de educación, el de mayor importancia es la escuela, que, en virtud de su misión, a la vez que cultiva con asiduo cuidado las facultades intelectuales, desarrolla la capacidad del recto juicio, introduce en el patrimonio de la cultura conquistado por lasgeneraciones pasadas, promueve el sentido de los valores, prepara a la vida profesional, fomenta el trato amistoso entre los alumnos de diversa índole y condición, contribuyendo a la mutua comprensión; además, constituye como un centro de cuya laboriosidad y de cuyos beneficios deben participar a un tiempo las familias, los maestros, las diversas asociaciones que promueven la vida cultural, cívica y religiosa, la sociedad civil y toda la comunidad humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hermosa es, por tanto, y de suma importancia la vocación de todos los que, ayudando a los padres en el cumplimiento de su deber y en nombre de la comunidad humana, desempeñan la función de educar en las escuelas. Esta vocación requiere dotes especiales de alma y de corazón, una preparación diligentísima y una facilidad constante para renovarse y adaptarse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obligaciones y derechos de los padres"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es preciso que los padres, cuya primera e intransferible obligación y derecho es el de educar a los hijos, tengan absoluta libertad en la elección de las escuelas. El poder público, a quien pertenece proteger y defender la libertad de los ciudadanos, atendiendo a la justicia distributiva, debe procurar distribuir las ayudas públicas de forme que los padres puedan escoger con libertad absoluta, según su propia conciencia, las escuelas para sus hijos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por los demás, el Estado debe procurar que a todos los ciudadanos sea accesible la conveniente participación en la cultura y que se preparen debidamente para el cumplimiento de sus obligaciones y derechos civiles. Por consiguiente, el mismo Estado debe proteger el derecho de los niños a una educación escolar conveniente, vigilar la capacidad de los maestros y la eficacia de los estudios, mirar por la salud de los alumnos y promover, en general, toda la obra escolar, teniendo en cuenta el principio de que su función es subsidiario y excluyendo, por tanto, cualquier monopolio de las escuelas, que se opone a os derechos nativos de la persona humana, al progreso y a la divulgación de la misma cultura, a la convivencia pacífica de los ciudadanos y al pluralismo que hoy predomina en muchas sociedades."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Sagrado Concilio exhorta a los cristianos que ayuden de buen grado a encontrar los métodos aptos de educación y de ordenación de los estudios y a formar a los maestros que puedan educar convenientemente a los jóvenes y que atiendan con sus ayudas, sobre todo por medio de asociaciones de los padres de familia, toda la labor de la escuela máxime la educación moral que en ella debe darse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La educación moral y religiosa en todas las escuelas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consciente, además, la Iglesia del gravísimo deber de procurar cuidadosamente la educación moral y religiosa de todos sus hijos, es necesario que atienda con afecto particular y con su ayuda a los muchísimos que se educan en escuelas no católicas, ya por medio del testimonio de la vida de los maestros y formadores, ya por la acción apostólica de los condiscípulos, ya, sobre todo, por el ministerio de los sacerdotes y de los seglares, que les enseñan la doctrina de la salvación, de una forma acomodada a la edad y a las circunstancias y les prestan ayuda espiritual con medios oportunos y según la condición de las cosas y de los tiempos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recuerda a los padres la grave obligación que les atañe de disponer, a aun de exigir, todo lo necesario para que sus hijos puedan disfrutar de tales ayudas y progresen en la formación cristiana a la par que en la profana. Además, la Iglesia aplaude cordialmente a las autoridades y sociedades civiles que, teniendo en cuenta el pluralismo de la sociedad moderna y favoreciendo la debida libertad religiosa, ayudan a las familias para que pueda darse a sus hijos en todas las escuelas una educación conforme a los principios morales y religiosos de las familias."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las escuelas católicas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La presencia de la Iglesia en la tarea de la enseñanza se manifiesta, sobre todo, por la escuela católica. Ella busca, no es menor grado que las demás escuelas, los fines culturales y la formación humana de la juventud. Su nota distintiva es crear un ambiente comunitario escolástico, animado por el espíritu evangélico de libertad y de caridad, ayudar a los adolescentes para que en el desarrollo de la propia persona crezcan a un tiempo según la nueva criatura que han sido hechos por el bautismo, y ordenar últimamente toda la cultura humana según el mensaje de salvación, de suerte que quede iluminado por la fe el conocimiento que los alumnos van adquiriendo del mundo, de la vida y del hombre. Así, pues, la escuela católica, a la par que se abre como conviene a las condiciones del progreso actual, educa a sus alumnos para conseguir eficazmente el bien de la ciudad terrestre y los prepara para servir a la difusión del Reino de Dios, a fin de que con el ejercicio de una vida ejemplar y apostólica sean como el fermento salvador de la comunidad humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siendo, pues, la escuela católica tan útil para cumplir la misión del pueblo de Dios y para promover el diálogo entre la Iglesia y la sociedad humana en beneficio de ambas, conserva su importancia trascendental también en los momentos actuales. Por lo cual, este Sagrado Concilio proclama de nuevo el derecho de la Iglesia a establecer y dirigir libremente escuelas de cualquier orden y grado, declarado ya en muchísimos documentos del Magisterio, recordando al propio tiempo que el ejercicio de este derecho contribuye grandemente a la libertad de conciencia, a la protección de los derechos de los padres y al progreso de la misma cultura."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recuerden los maestros que de ellos depende, sobre todo, el que la escuela católica pueda llevar a efecto sus propósitos y sus principios. Esfuércense con exquisita diligencia en conseguir la ciencia profana y religiosa avalada por los títulos convenientes y procuren prepararse debidamente en el arte de educar conforme a los descubrimientos del tiempo que va evolucionando. Unidos entre sí y con los alumnos por la caridad, y llenos del espíritu apostólico, den testimonio, tanto con su vida como con su doctrina, del único Maestro Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Colaboren, sobre todo, con los padres; juntamente con ellos tengan en cuenta durante el ciclo educativo la diferencia de sexos y del fin propia fijado por Dios y cada sexo en la familia y en la sociedad; procuren estimular la actividad personal de los alumnos, y terminados los estudios, sigan atendiéndolos con sus consejos, con su amistad e incluso con la institución de asociaciones especiales, llenas de espíritu eclesial. El Sagrado Concilio declara que la función de estos maestros es verdadero apostolado, muy conveniente y necesario también en nuestros tiempos, constituyendo a la vez un verdadero servicio prestado a la sociedad. Recuerda a los padres cristianos la obligación de confiar sus hijos, según las circunstancias de tiempo y lugar, a las escuelas católicas, de sostenerlas con todas sus fuerzas y de colaborar con ellas por el bien de sus propios hijos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diversas clases de escuelas católicas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aunque la escuela católica pueda adoptar diversas formas según las circunstancias locales, todas las escuelas que dependen en alguna forma de la Iglesia han de conformarse al ejemplar de ésta. La Iglesia aprecia también en mucho las escuelas católicas, a las que, sobre todo, en los territorios de las nuevas Iglesias asisten también alumnos no católicos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo demás, en la fundación y ordenación de las escuelas católicas, hay que atender a las necesidades de los progresos de nuestro tiempo. Por ello, mientras hay que favorecer las escuelas de enseñanza primaria y media, que constituyen el fundamento de la educación, también hay que tener muy en cuenta las requeridas por las condiciones actuales, como las escuelas profesionales, las técnicas, los institutos para la formación de adultos, para asistencia social, para subnormales y la escuela en que se preparan los maestros para la educación religiosa y para otras formas de educación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Santo Concilio exhorta encarecidamente a los pastores de la Iglesia y a todos los fieles a que ayuden, sin escatimar sacrificios, a las escuelas católicas en el mejor y progresivo cumplimiento de su cometido y, ante todo, en atender a las necesidades de los pobres, a los que se ven privados de la ayuda y del afecto de la familia o que no participan del don de la fe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Facultades y universidades católicas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia tiene también sumo cuidado de las escuelas superiores, sobre todo de las universidades y facultades. E incluso en las que dependen de ella pretende sistemáticamente que cada disciplina se cultive según sus principios, sus métodos y la libertad propia de la investigación científica, de manera que cada día sea más profunda la comprensión de las mismas disciplinas, y considerando con toda atención los problemas y los hallazgos de los últimos tiempos se vea con más exactitud cómo la fe y la razón van armónicamente encaminadas a la verdad, que es una, siguiendo las enseñanzas de los doctores de la Iglesia, sobre todo de Santo Tomás de Aquino. De esta forma, ha de hacerse como pública, estable y universal la presencia del pensamiento cristiano en el empeño de promover la cultura superior y que los alumnos de estos institutos se formen hombres prestigiosos por su doctrina, preparados para el desempeño de las funciones más importantes en la sociedad y testigos de la fe en el mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En las universidades católicas en que no exista ninguna Facultad de Sagrada Teología, haya un instituto o cátedra de la misma en que se explique convenientemente, incluso a los alumnos seglares. Puesto que las ciencias avanzan, sobre todo, por las investigaciones especializadas de más alto nivel científico, ha de fomentarse ésta en las universidades y facultades católicas por los institutos que se dediquen principalmente a la investigación científica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Santo Concilio recomienda con interés que se promuevan universidades y facultades católicas convenientemente distribuidas en todas las partes de la tierra, de suerte, sin embargo, que no sobresalgan por su número, sino por el prestigio de la ciencia, y que su acceso esté abierto a los alumnos que ofrezcan mayores esperanzas, aunque de escasa fortuna, sobre todo a los que vienen de naciones recién formadas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puesto que la suerte de la sociedad y de la misma Iglesia está íntimamente unida con el progreso de los jóvenes dedicados a estudios superiores, los pastores de la Iglesia no sólo han de tener sumo cuidado de la vida espiritual de los alumnos que frecuentan las universidades católicas, sino que, solícitos de la formación espiritual de todos sus hijos, consultando oportunamente con otros obispos, procuren que también en las universidades no católicas existan residencias y centros universitarios católicos, en que sacerdotes, religiosos y seglares, bien preparados y convenientemente elegidos, presten una ayuda permanente espiritual e intelectual a la juventud universitaria. A los jóvenes de mayor ingenio, tanto de las universidades católicas como de las otras, que ofrezcan aptitudes para la enseñanza y para la investigación, hay que prepararlos cuidadosamente e incorporarlos al ejercicio de la enseñanza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Facultades de Ciencias Sagradas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia espera mucho de la laboriosidad de las Facultades de ciencias sagradas. Ya que a ellas les confía el gravísimo cometido de formar a sus propios alumnos, no sólo para el ministerio sacerdotal, sino, sobre todo, para enseñar en los centros eclesiásticos de estudios superiores; para la investigación científica o para desarrollar las más arduas funciones del apostolado intelectual. A estas facultades pertenece también el investigar profundamente en los diversos campos de las disciplinas sagradas de forma que se logre una inteligencia cada día más profunda de la Sagrada Revelación, se descubra más ampliamente el patrimonio de la sabiduría cristiana transmitida por nuestros mayores, se promueva el diálogo con los hermanos separados y con los no-cristianos y se responda a los problemas suscitados por el progreso de las ciencias."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo cual, las Facultades eclesiásticas, una vez reconocidas oportunamente sus leyes, promuevan con mucha diligencia las ciencias sagradas y las que con ellas se relacionan y sirviéndose incluso de los métodos y medios más modernos, formen a los alumnos para las investigaciones más profundas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La coordinación escolar"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La cooperación que en el orden diocesano, nacional o internacional se aprecia y se impone cada día más, es también sumamente necesaria en el campo escolar; hay que procurar, con todo empeño, que se fomente entre las escuelas católicas una conveniente coordinación y se provea entre éstas y las demás escuelas la colaboración que exige el bien de todo el género humano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De esta mayor coordinación y trabajo común se recibirán frutos espléndidos, sobre todo en el ámbito de los institutos académicos. Por consiguiente, las diversas facultades de cada universidad han de ayudarse mutuamente en cuanto la materia lo permita. Incluso las mismas universidades han de unir sus aspiraciones y trabajos, promoviendo de mutuo acuerdoreuniones internacionales, distribuyéndose las investigaciones científicas, comunicándose mutuamente lo hallazgos, intercambiando temporalmente los profesores y proveyendo todo lo que pueda contribuir a una mayor ayuda mutua."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSIÓN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Santo Concilio exhorta encarecidamente a los mismos jóvenes a que, conscientes del valor de la función educadora, estén preparados para abrazarla con generosidad, sobre todo en las regiones en que la educación de la juventud está en peligro por falta de maestros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El mismo Santo Concilio, agradeciendo a los sacerdotes, religiosos, religiosas y seglares, que con su entrega evangélica se dedican a la educación y a las escuelas de cualquier género y grado, los exhorta a que perseveren generosamente en su empeño y a que se distingan en la formación de los alumnos en el espíritu de Cristo, en el arte pedagógico y en el estudio de la ciencia, de forma que no sólo promuevan la renovación interna de la Iglesia, sino que sirvan y acrecienten su benéfica presencia en el mundo de hoy, sobre todo en el intelectual."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todas y cada una de las cosas contenidas en esta Declaración han obtenido el beneplácito de los Padres del Sacrosanto Concilio. Y Nos, en virtud de la potestad apostólica recibida de Cristo, juntamente con los Venerables Padre, las aprobamos, decretamos y establecemos con el Espíritu Santo y mandamos que lo así decidido conciliarmente sea promulgado para la gloria de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, en San Pedro, 28 de octubre de 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yo, PABLO, Obispo de la Iglesia Católica."
            }
          ]
        },
        "fr": {
          "code": "fr",
          "label": "Français",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651028_gravissimum-educationis_fr.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-58-vat-ii_decl_19651028_gravissimum-educationis_fr.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAUL, ÉVÊQUE, SERVITEUR DES SERVITEURS DE DIEU, AVEC LES PÈRES DU SAINT CONCILE, POUR QUE LE SOUVENIR S'EN MAINTIENNE À JAMAIS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DÉCLARATION SUR L'ÉDUCATION CHRÉTIENNE GRAVISSIMUM EDUCATIONIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRÉAMBULE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’extrême importance de l’éducation dans la vie de l’homme et son influence toujours croissante sur le développement de la société moderne sont pour le Concile œcuménique l’objet d’une réflexion attentive [1]. En vérité, les conditions d’existence d’aujourd’hui rendent à la fois plus aisées et plus urgentes la formation des jeunes ainsi que l’éducation permanente des adultes. Les hommes, en effet, dans une conscience plus aiguë de leur dignité et de leur responsabilité, souhaitent participer chaque jour plus activement à la vie sociale, surtout à la vie économique et politique [2]. Les merveilleux progrès de la technique et de la recherche scientifique, les nouveaux moyens de communication sociale, leur donnent la possibilité dans le moment où ils jouissent de loisirs accrus, d’accéder plus aisément au patrimoine culturel et spirituel de l’humanité, et de s’enrichir mutuellement grâce aux relations plus étroites qui existent entre les groupes et entre les peuples eux-mêmes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aussi s’efforce-t-on partout de favoriser toujours plus l’éducation ; les droits primordiaux de l’homme à l’éducation, spécialement ceux des enfants et des parents, sont reconnus et les documents officiels en font état [3]. Devant la croissance rapide du nombre des élèves, on multiplie de toute part et on perfectionne les écoles, on crée d’autres institutions éducatives. Des expériences nouvelles développent les méthodes d’éducation et d’enseignement. Des efforts de grande valeur sont accomplis pour procurer ces biens à tous les hommes, quoiqu’un grand nombre d’enfants et de jeunes ne reçoivent même pas encore une instruction élémentaire et que tant d’autres soient privés de l’éducation véritable qui développe à la fois la vérité et la charité."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais, pour s’acquitter de la mission que lui a confiée le Seigneur qui l’a fondée, d’annoncer à tous les hommes le mystère du salut et de tout édifier dans le Christ, notre sainte Mère l’Église doit prendre soin de la totalité de la vie de l’homme y compris de ses préoccupations terrestres, dans la mesure où elles sont liées à sa vocation surnaturelle [4]. Elle a donc un rôle à jouer dans le progrès et le développement de l’éducation. C’est pourquoi le Concile proclame certains principes fondamentaux de l’éducation chrétienne, spécialement en ce qui touche la vie scolaire. Une commission spéciale devra, après le Concile, les développer plus en détail. Les Conférences épiscopales auront à en faire l’application en tenant compte des circonstances locales."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Droit universel à l’éducation"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tous les hommes de n’importe quelle race, âge ou condition, possèdent, en tant qu’ils jouissent de la dignité de personne, un droit inaliénable à une éducation [5] qui réponde à leur vocation propre [6], soit conforme à leur tempérament, à la différence des sexes, à la culture et aux traditions nationales, en même temps qu’ouverte aux échanges fraternels avec les autres peuples pour favoriser l’unité véritable et la paix dans le monde. Le but que poursuit la véritable éducation est de former la personne humaine dans la perspective de sa fin la plus haute et du bien des groupes dont l’homme est membre et au service desquels s’exercera son activité d’adulte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il faut donc, en tenant compte du progrès des sciences psychologique, pédagogique et didactique, aider les enfants et les jeunes gens à développer harmonieusement leurs aptitudes physiques, morales, intellectuelles, à acquérir graduellement un sens plus aigu de leur responsabilité, dans l’effort soutenu pour bien conduire leur vie personnelle et la conquête de la vraie liberté, en surmontant courageusement et généreusement tous les obstacles. Qu’ils bénéficient d’une éducation sexuelle à la fois positive et prudente au fur et à mesure qu’ils grandissent. De plus, qu’ils soient formés à la vie sociale de telle sorte que, convenablement initiés aux techniques appropriées et indispensables, ils deviennent capables de s’insérer activement dans les groupes qui constituent la communauté humaine, de s’ouvrir au dialogue avec l’autre et d’apporter de bon cœur leur contribution à la réalisation du bien commun."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De même, le Concile proclame le droit pour les enfants et les jeunes gens d’être incités à apprécier sainement les valeurs morales avec une conscience droite et à les embrasser dans une adhésion personnelle, et, tout autant, à connaître et aimer Dieu plus parfaitement. Aussi, demande-t-il instamment à tous ceux qui gouvernent les peuples ou dirigent l’éducation de faire en sorte que jamais la jeunesse ne soit privée de ce droit sacré. Il exhorte les fils de l’Église à travailler généreusement dans tous les secteurs de l’éducation, spécialement pour hâter la diffusion des bienfaits d’une éducation et d’une instruction convenables, pour tous, dans le monde entier [7]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’éducation chrétienne"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devenus créatures nouvelles, en renaissant de l’eau et de l’Esprit Saint [8], appelés enfants de Dieu et l’étant en vérité, tous les chrétiens ont droit à une éducation chrétienne. Celle-ci ne vise pas seulement à assurer la maturité ci-dessus décrite de la personne humaine, mais principalement à ce que les baptisés, introduits pas à pas dans la connaissance du mystère du salut, deviennent chaque jour plus conscients de ce don de la foi qu’ils ont reçu, apprennent à adorer Dieu le Père en esprit et en vérité (cf. Jn 4, 23) avant tout dans l’action liturgique, soient transformés de façon à mener leur vie personnelle selon l’homme nouveau dans la justice et la sainteté de la vérité (Ep 4, 22- 24) et qu’ainsi constituant cet homme parfait, dans la force de l’âge, qui réalise la plénitude du Christ (cf. Ep 4, 13), ils apportent leur contribution à la croissance du Corps mystique. Qu’en outre, conscients de leur vocation, ils prennent l’habitude aussi bien de rendre témoignage à l’espérance qui est en eux (cf. 1 P 3, 15) que d’aider à la transformation chrétienne du monde, par quoi les valeurs naturelles, reprises et intégrées dans la perspective totale de l’homme racheté par le Christ, contribuent au bien de toute la société [9]. C’est pourquoi, le Concile rappelle aux pasteurs des âmes le grave devoir qui est le leur de tout faire pour que tous les fidèles bénéficient de cette éducation chrétienne, surtout les jeunes qui sont l’espérance de l’Église [10]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les responsables de l’éducation"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les parents, parce qu’ils ont donné la vie à leurs enfants, ont la très grave obligation de les élever et, à ce titre, doivent être reconnus comme leurs premiers et principaux éducateurs [11]. Le rôle éducatif des parents est d’une telle importance que, en cas de défaillance de leur part, il peut difficilement être suppléé. C’est aux parents, en effet, de créer une atmosphère familiale, animée par l’amour et le respect envers Dieu et les hommes, telle qu’elle favorise l’éducation totale, personnelle et sociale, de leurs enfants. La famille est donc la première école des vertus sociales nécessaires à toute société. Mais c’est surtout dans la famille chrétienne, riche des grâces et des exigences du sacrement de mariage, que dès leur plus jeune âge les enfants doivent, conformément à la foi reçue au baptême, apprendre à découvrir Dieu et à l’honorer ainsi qu’à aimer le prochain ; c’est là qu’ils font la première expérience de l’Église et de l’authentique vie humaine en société ; c’est par la famille qu’ils sont peu à peu introduits dans la communauté des hommes et dans le Peuple de Dieu. Que les parents mesurent donc bien l’importance d’une famille vraiment chrétienne dans la vie et le progrès du Peuple de Dieu lui-même [12]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La tâche de dispenser l’éducation qui revient en premier lieu à la famille requiert l’aide de toute la société. Outre les droits des parents et de ceux des éducateurs à qui ils confient une partie de leur tâche, des responsabilités et des droits précis reviennent à la société civile en tant qu’il lui appartient d’organiser ce qui est nécessaire au bien commun temporel. Elle a, entre autres tâches, à promouvoir l’éducation de la jeunesse de multiples manières. Elle garantit les devoirs et les droits des parents et des autres personnes qui jouent un rôle dans l’éducation ; elle leur fournit son aide dans ce but. Selon le principe de subsidiarité, en cas de défaillance des parents ou à défaut d’initiatives d’autres groupements, c’est à la société civile, compte tenu cependant des désirs des parents, d’assurer l’éducation. En outre, dans la mesure où le bien commun le demande, elle fonde ses écoles et institutions éducatives propres [13]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les tâches éducatives concernent enfin, à un titre tout particulier, l’Église : non seulement parce que, déjà, en tant que société également humaine, il faut lui reconnaître une compétence dans le domaine de l’éducation, mais surtout parce qu’elle a pour fonction d’annoncer aux hommes la voie du salut, de communiquer aux croyants la vie du Christ et de les aider par une attention constante à atteindre le plein épanouissement de cette vie du Christ [14]. À ses enfants, l’Église est donc tenue, comme Mère, d’assurer l’éducation qui inspirera toute leur vie de l’esprit du Christ ; en même temps, elle s’offre à travailler avec tous les hommes pour promouvoir la personne humaine dans sa perfection, ainsi que pour assurer le bien de la société terrestre et la construction d’un monde toujours plus humain [15]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moyens variés au service de l’éducation chrétienne"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans l’accomplissement de sa mission éducative, l’Église, soucieuse d’utiliser tous les moyens appropriés, se préoccupe en particulier de ceux qui lui sont propres. Le premier est la formation catéchétique [16] qui éclaire et fortifie la foi, nourrit la vie selon l’esprit du Christ, achemine à la participation active et consciente au mystère liturgique [17] et incite à l’action apostolique. Mais l’Église fait grand cas des autres moyens éducatifs qui appartiennent au patrimoine commun de l’humanité et peuvent beaucoup pour cultiver les esprits et former les hommes ; elle s’efforce de les pénétrer de son esprit et de les porter à un niveau supérieur. Ce sont notamment les moyens de communication sociale [18], les multiples organismes qui ont pour objet le développement du corps et de l’esprit, les mouvements de jeunesse et surtout les écoles."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importance de l’école"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre tous les moyens d’éducation, l’école revêt une importance particulière [19] ; elle est spécialement, en vertu de sa mission, le lieu de développement assidu des facultés intellectuelles ; en même temps elle exerce le jugement, elle introduit au patrimoine culturel hérité des générations passées, elle promeut le sens des valeurs, elle prépare à la vie professionnelle, elle fait naître entre les élèves de caractère et d’origine sociale différents un esprit de camaraderie qui forme à la compréhension mutuelle. De plus, elle constitue comme un centre où se rencontrent pour partager les responsabilités de son fonctionnement et de son progrès, familles, maîtres, groupements de tous genres créés pour le développement de la vie culturelle, civique et religieuse, la société civile et enfin, toute la communauté humaine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est une belle mais lourde vocation, celle de tous ceux qui, pour aider les parents dans l’accomplissement de leur devoir et représenter la communauté humaine, assument la charge de l’éducation dans les écoles. Cette vocation requiert des qualités toutes spéciales d’esprit et de cœur, la préparation la plus soignée et une aptitude continuelle à se renouveler et à s’adapter."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devoirs et droits des parents"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les droit et devoir, premiers et inaliénables, d’éduquer leurs enfants reviennent aux parents. Ils doivent donc jouir d’une liberté véritable dans le choix de l’école. Les pouvoirs publics, dont le rôle est de protéger et de défendre les libertés des citoyens, doivent veiller à la justice distributive en répartissant l’aide des fonds publics de telle sorte que les parents puissent jouir d’une authentique liberté dans le choix de l’école de leurs enfants selon leur conscience [20]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est encore le rôle de l’État de veiller à ce que tous les citoyens parviennent à participer véritablement à la culture et soient préparés comme il se doit à l’exercice des devoirs et des droits du citoyen. L’État doit donc garantir le droit des enfants à une éducation scolaire adéquate, veiller à la capacité des maîtres au niveau des études, ainsi qu’à la santé des élèves, et d’une façon générale développer l’ensemble du système scolaire sans perdre de vue le principe de subsidiarité, donc, en excluant n’importe quel monopole scolaire. Tout monopole de ce genre est, en effet, opposé aux droits innés de la personne humaine, au progrès et à la diffusion de la culture elle-même, à la concorde entre les citoyens, enfin au pluralisme qui est aujourd’hui la règle dans un grand nombre de sociétés [21]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Concile exhorte donc les chrétiens, qu’il s’agisse de découvrir des méthodes pédagogiques et une meilleure organisation des études, ou bien de former des maîtres capables d’éduquer convenablement les jeunes, à offrir spontanément leur concours et, surtout par les associations de parents, à suivre et à soutenir tout le travail de l’école, en particulier, l’éducation morale qui doit y être donnée [22]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Éducation morale et religieuse à l’école"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, dans la conscience qu’elle a du très grave devoir de veiller assidûment à l’éducation morale et religieuse de tous ses enfants, l’Église se doit d’être présente, avec une affection et une aide toute particulière, aux très nombreux enfants qui ne sont pas élevés dans les écoles catholiques. Elle assure cette présence à la fois par le témoignage de vie de leurs professeurs et directeurs, l’action apostolique de leurs camarades [23] et surtout par le ministère des prêtres et des laïcs qui leur transmettent la doctrine du salut avec des méthodes adaptées à leur âge et aux circonstances, et les aident spirituellement par toutes sortes d’initiatives, suivant les circonstances de temps et de lieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais aux parents, elle rappelle le grave devoir qui leur incombe de faire en sorte, au besoin d’exiger, que leurs enfants puissent bénéficier de ces secours et progresser dans leur formation chrétienne au rythme de leur formation profane. Aussi, l’Église félicite-t-elle les autorités et les sociétés civiles qui, compte tenu du caractère pluraliste de la société moderne, soucieuses du droit à la liberté religieuse, aident les familles à assurer à leurs enfants dans toutes les écoles une éducation conforme à leurs propres principes moraux et religieux [24]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les écoles catholiques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La présence de l’Église dans le domaine scolaire se manifeste à un titre particulier par l’école catholique. Tout autant que les autres écoles, celle-ci poursuit des fins culturelles et la formation humaine des jeunes. Ce qui lui appartient en propre, c’est de créer pour la communauté scolaire une atmosphère animée d’un esprit évangélique de liberté et de charité, d’aider les adolescents à développer leur personnalité en faisant en même temps croître cette créature nouvelle qu’ils sont devenus par le baptême, et finalement d’ordonner toute la culture humaine à l’annonce du salut de telle sorte que la connaissance graduelle que les élèves acquièrent du monde, de la vie et de l’homme, soit illuminée par la foi [25]. C’est ainsi que l’école catholique, en s’ouvrant comme il convient au progrès du monde moderne, forme les élèves à travailler efficacement au bien de la cité terrestre. En même temps, elle les prépare à travailler à l’extension du Royaume de Dieu de sorte qu’en s’exerçant à une vie exemplaire et apostolique, ils deviennent comme un ferment de salut pour l’humanité. L’école catholique revêt une importance considérable dans les circonstances où nous sommes, puisqu’elle peut être tellement utile à l’accomplissement de la mission du Peuple de Dieu et servir au dialogue entre l’Église et la communauté des hommes, à l’avantage de l’une et de l’autre. Aussi, le Concile proclame-t-il à nouveau le droit de l’Église, déjà affirmé dans maint document du Magistère [26], de fonder et de diriger des écoles de tous ordres et de tous degrés. Il rappelle que l’exercice de ce droit importe au premier chef à la liberté de conscience, à la garantie des droits des parents ainsi qu’au progrès de la culture elle-même."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais que les maîtres ne l’oublient pas : c’est d’eux avant tout qu’il dépend que l’école catholique soit en mesure de réaliser ses buts et ses desseins [27]. Qu’on les prépare donc avec une sollicitude toute particulière à acquérir les connaissances tant profanes que religieuses qui soient sanctionnées par des diplômes appropriés ainsi qu’un savoir-faire pédagogique en accord avec les découvertes modernes. Que la charité les unisse entre eux et avec leurs élèves, qu’ils soient tout pénétrés d’esprit apostolique pour rendre témoignage, par leur vie autant que par leur enseignement, au Maître unique, le Christ. Qu’ils travaillent en collaboration, surtout avec les parents ; qu’en union avec ceux-ci, ils sachent tenir compte dans toute l’éducation de la différence des sexes et de la vocation particulière attribuée à l’homme et à la femme, par la Providence divine, dans la famille et la société. Qu’ils s’appliquent à éveiller l’agir personnel des élèves et, après que ceux-ci auront terminé leurs études, qu’ils continuent à rester proches d’eux par leurs conseils et leur amitié, ainsi que par des associations spécialisées, toutes pénétrées du véritable esprit de l’Église. La fonction enseignante ainsi conçue, le Concile le déclare, est un apostolat au sens propre du mot, tout à fait adapté en même temps que nécessaire à notre époque ; c’est aussi un authentique service rendu à la société. Le Concile rappelle aux parents catholiques le devoir de confier leurs enfants, où et quand ils le peuvent, à des écoles catholiques, le devoir de soutenir celles-ci selon leurs ressources et de collaborer avec elles pour le bien de leurs enfants [28]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les différentes sortes d’écoles catholiques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que toutes les écoles qui, d’une façon ou d’une autre, dépendent de l’Église, se rapprochent de leur mieux de cet état bien que, en fonction des circonstances locales, elles puissent revêtir des formes diverses [29]. Les écoles qui, spécialement dans les territoires des jeunes églises, accueillent même les élèves non catholiques, sont assurément très chères à l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans la fondation et l’organisation des écoles catholiques, il faut d’ailleurs avoir égard aux nécessités de l’évolution de notre temps. Aussi, tout en continuant à s’intéresser aux écoles primaires et aux collèges d’enseignement secondaire, qui constituent la base de l’éducation, on doit se préoccuper de celles que réclament à un titre particulier les circonstances actuelles. Telles sont les écoles techniques et professionnelles [30], les instituts pour l’alphabétisation des adultes ainsi que, avec l’accroissement de l’aide sociale, les établissements spécialisés pour l’enfance inadaptée, les écoles normales qui préparent les maîtres à donner l’instruction religieuse ou d’autres formes d’éducation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce Concile invite avec force les pasteurs et tous les fidèles à n’épargner aucun sacrifice pour aider les écoles catholiques à remplir chaque jour plus fidèlement leur tâche et d’abord à répondre aux besoins de ceux qui sont dépourvus de ressources financières ou privés de l’affection et du soutien d’une famille ou encore de ceux qui sont étrangers à la foi."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Facultés et universités catholiques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quant aux écoles supérieures et surtout aux universités et facultés, l’Église les entoure d’un soin vigilant. Bien plus, dans celles qui dépendent de son autorité, elle entend que, par une organisation rationnelle, on travaille dans chaque discipline selon les principes et la méthode particuliers à celle-ci et avec la liberté propre à la recherche scientifique, de manière à en acquérir progressivement une plus profonde maîtrise. Les problèmes nouveaux et les recherches suscitées par le progrès du monde moderne seront étudiés très soigneusement. On saisira plus profondément comment la foi et la raison s’unissent pour atteindre l’unique vérité. Ce faisant, on ne fera que suivre la voie ouverte par les docteurs de l’Église et spécialement par Saint Thomas [31]. De la sorte se réalisera comme une présence publique, durable et universelle, de la pensée chrétienne dans tout l’effort intellectuel vers la plus haute culture ; et les étudiants de ces instituts seront formés à devenir des hommes éminents par leur science, prêts à assumer les plus lourdes tâches dans la société, en même temps que témoins de la foi dans le monde [32]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans les universités catholiques qui sont dépourvues de faculté de théologie, il y aura un institut ou une chaire de théologie où l’on dispensera un enseignement adapté également aux étudiants laïcs. Comme les sciences progressent surtout grâce à des recherches spécialisées d’une plus grande portée scientifique, que les universités et facultés catholiques entretiennent très largement des instituts dont le but premier soit de promouvoir la recherche scientifique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Concile recommande instamment de développer des universités et facultés catholiques opportunément réparties dans les différentes parties du monde ; qu’elles brillent moins par leur nombre que par la valeur de leur enseignement ; et que l’accès en soit facilité aux étudiants qui donnent davantage d’espérances, même s’ils sont de condition modeste, surtout s’ils sont originaires des jeunes nations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puisque le sort de la société et de l’Église elle-même est étroitement lié aux progrès des jeunes qui poursuivent des études supérieures [33], les pasteurs de l’Église ne doivent pas seulement prendre soin sans réserves de la vie spirituelle des étudiants des universités catholiques, mais, soucieux de la formation spirituelle de tous leurs fils, ils se préoccuperont, toutes consultations prises entre évêques, de fonder aussi auprès des universités non catholiques, des foyers et des centres universitaires catholiques où des prêtres, des religieux et des laïcs, spécialement choisis et préparés, offrent en permanence à la jeunesse universitaire une assistance spirituelle et intellectuelle. Les jeunes gens les plus doués des universités catholiques ou des autres universités, s’ils montrent des aptitudes pour l’enseignement et la recherche, seront aidés avec une attention spéciale. On les incitera à devenir professeurs."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les facultés de théologie"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église attend énormément de l’activité des facultés de sciences sacrées [34]. C’est à elles, en effet, qu’elle confie la charge de préparer leurs propres élèves, non seulement au ministère sacerdotal, mais surtout à l’enseignement dans les chaires d’études supérieures ecclésiastiques ou encore au travail personnel de la recherche scientifique ou enfin aux tâches les plus exigeantes de l’apostolat intellectuel. C’est également le rôle de ces facultés d’étudier plus profondément les domaines des différentes sciences sacrées afin d’acquérir une intelligence chaque jour plus pénétrante de la révélation sacrée, d’ouvrir plus largement l’accès au patrimoine de sagesse chrétienne légué par nos aînés, de promouvoir le dialogue avec nos frères séparés et avec les non-chrétiens, et de fournir enfin une réponse adéquate aux questions posées par le progrès des sciences [35]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi les facultés ecclésiastiques réviseront opportunément leurs constitutions et développeront intensément les sciences sacrées et celles qui leurs sont connexes ; en utilisant les méthodes et les moyens les plus modernes, elles formeront leurs étudiants aux recherches plus poussées."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La coordination dans le domaine scolaire"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La coopération, chaque jour plus nécessaire et plus effective au plan des diocèses, des nations et entre les nations, ne s’impose pas moins dans le domaine scolaire. Aussi doit-on mettre tous ses soins à établir au mieux cette coordination entre les écoles catholiques et à développer entre elles et les autres écoles la collaboration que requiert le bien commun de l’humanité tout entière [36]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette coordination plus poussée et cette mise en commun des efforts procureront, surtout au niveau des instituts supérieurs, des fruits plus abondants. Que, dans toutes les universités, les diverses facultés s’entraident donc autant que le permet leur spécialité ; bien plus que les universités elles-mêmes s’entendent mutuellement pour unir leurs activités en organisant ensemble des congrès internationaux, en se répartissant les secteurs de la recherche scientifique, en se communiquant leurs découvertes, en échangeant pour quelque temps leurs professeurs, en développant enfin tout ce qui peut favoriser une collaboration accrue."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSION"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Concile exhorte instamment les jeunes à prendre conscience de la valeur éminente de la fonction enseignante et à être prêts à l’assumer avec courage et générosité surtout dans les régions où le manque de maîtres met en péril l’éducation de la jeunesse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Concile exprime sa profonde gratitude envers les prêtres, religieux, religieuses et laïcs qui, en esprit de renoncement évangélique, s’adonnent à l’œuvre excellente entre toutes de l’éducation et de l’enseignement dans les écoles de tous les genres et de tous les niveaux ; il les encourage à persévérer généreusement dans la tâche entreprise et à s’efforcer d’exceller par leur souci d’inspirer aux élèves l’esprit du Christ, par leur valeur pédagogique et par l’étude des sciences, de sorte qu’ils aident non seulement l’Église à se renouveler de l’intérieur mais qu’ils accroissent et servent sa présence bienfaisante au monde d’aujourd’hui, plus spécialement dans le domaine de la culture."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout l’ensemble et chacun des points qui ont été édictés dans ce décret ont plu aux Pères du Concile. Et Nous, en vertu du pouvoir apostolique que Nous tenons du Christ, en union avec les vénérables Pères, Nous les approuvons, arrêtons et décrétons dans le Saint-Esprit, et Nous ordonnons que ce qui a été établi en Concile soit promulgué pour la gloire de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rome, à Saint-Pierre, le 28 octobre 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, Paul, évêque de l’Église catholique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Suivent les signatures des Pères)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Signatures des Pères"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, PAUL, évêque de l’Église catholique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Panisperna Presbyter Cardinalis GAGGIANO, Archiepiscopus Bonaërensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PETRUS titulo S. Laurentii in Lucina Presbyter Cardinalis CIRIACI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Mariae de Victoria Presbyter Cardinalis SIRI, Archiepiscopus Ianuensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo S. Mariae in Transpontina Presbyter Cardinalis LERCARO, Archiepiscopus Bononiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS titulo S. Mariae Trans Tiberim Presbyter Cardinalis WYSZYNSKI, Archiepiscopus Gnesnensis et Varsaviensis, Primas Poloniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENIAMINUS titulo S. Vitalis Presbyter Cardinalis DE ARRIBA Y CASTRO, Archiepiscopus Tarraconensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Augustini Presbyter Cardinalis QUIROGA Y PALACIOS, Archiepiscopus Compostellanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS AEMILIUS titulo S. Mariae Angelorum in Thermis Presbyter Cardinalis LEGER, Archiepiscopus Marianopolitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego VALERIANUS titulo S. Mariae in Via Lata Presbyter Cardinalis GRACIAS, Archiepiscopus Bombayensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Honuphrii in Ianiculo Presbyter Cardinalis GARIBI Y RIVERA, Archiepiscopus Guadalajarensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS MARIA titulo S Chrysogoni Presbyter Cardinalis BARBIERI, Archiepiscopus Montisvidei."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS titulo S. Agnetis extra moenia Presbyter Cardinalis CONFALONIERI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo Ss. Quirici et Iulittae Presbyter Cardinalis RICHAUD, Archiepiscopus Burdigalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS M. titulo Ss. Viti, Modesti et Crescentiae Presbyter Cardinalis BUENO Y MONREAL, Archiepiscopus Hispalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo S. Eusebii Presbyter Cardinalis KÖNIG, Archiepiscopus Vindobonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Athanasii Presbyter Cardinalis SLIPYI, Archiepiscopus Maior Ucrainorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS titulo S. Leonis I Presbyter Cardinalis JAEGER, Archiepiscopus Paderbornensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Crucis in via Flaminia Presbyter Cardinalis BERAN, Archiepiscopus Pragensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo D.nae N.ae de SS. Sacramento et Martyrum Canadensium Presbyter Cardinalis ROY, Archiepiscopus Quebecensis, Primas Canadiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Teresiae Presbyter Cardinalis MARTIN, Archiepiscopus Rothomagensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AUDOËNUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis MCCANN, Archiepiscopus Civitatis Capitis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO STEPHANUS titulo S. Balbinae Presbyter Cardinalis DUVAL, Archiepiscopus Algeriensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERMENEGILDUS titulo Reginae Apostolorum Presbyter Cardinalis FLORIT, Archiepiscopus Florentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Petri et Pauli in Via Ostiensi Presbyter Cardinalis ŠEPER, Archiepiscopus Zagrabiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Silvestri in Capite Presbyter Cardinalis HEENAN, Archiepiscopus Vestmonasteriensis, Primas Angliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo Ssmae Trinitatis in Monte Pincio Presbyter Cardinalis VILLOT, Archiepiscopus Lugdunensis et Viennensis, Primas Galliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo S. Camilli de Lellis ad Hortos Sallustianos Presbyter Cardinalis ZOUNGRANA, Archiepiscopus Uagaduguensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS I. titulo S. Clementis Presbyter Cardinalis SHEHAN, Archiepiscopus Baltimorensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HENRICUS titulo S. Agathae in Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DANTE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAESAR titulo D.nae N.ae a Sacro Corde in Circo Agonali Presbyter Cardinalis ZERBA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AGNELLUS titulo Praecelsae Dei Matris Presbyter Cardinalis ROSSI, Archiepiscopus S. Pauli in Brasilia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Martini in Montibus Presbyter Cardinalis COLOMBO, Archiepiscopus Mediolanensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS titulo S. Patricii ad Villam Ludovisi Presbyter Cardinalis CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, totius Hiberniae Primas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUMBERTUS MALCHIODI, Archiepiscopus Episcopus Placentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis † Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius † Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] Parmi les nombreux documents illustrant le temps de l’éducation, cf. : Benoît XV, Épître apost. Communes Litteras, 10 avril 1919 : AAS 11 (1919), p. 172. – Pie XI, Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, 31 décembre 1929 : AAS 22 (1930), p. 49-86. – Pie XII, Alloc. ad Juvenes, aci, 20 avril 1946 : Discours et messages radioph. 8, p. 53-57. – Idem, Alloc. ad Patres familias Galliae, 18 septembre 1951 : Discours et messages radioph. 13, p. 241-245. – Jean XXIII, nuntius tricesimo exacto anno ex quo Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri editae sunt, 30 décembre 1959 : AAS 52 (1960), p. 57-59. – Paul VI, Alloc. ad sodales fidae, 30 décembre 1963 : Encycliques et Discours de Paul VI, I, Rome, 1964, p. 601-603. – Insuper conferantur Acta et Docum. Concilio Oecumenico Vaticano II apparando, series I, Antepraepar., vol. III, p. 363-364, 370-371, 373-374."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra, 15 mai 1961 : AAS 53 (1961), p. 413, 415-417, 424. – Id. Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 avril 1963 : AAS 55 (1963), p. 278 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3] Cf. Déclaration des droits de l’enfant, 20 novembre 1959. – Protocole additionnel à la convention de sauvegarde des droits de l’homme et des libertés fondamentales, Paris, 20 mars 1952. À propos de cette Déclaration des droits de l’homme, cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Pacem in terris, voir supra note 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra, 15 mai 1961 : AAS 53 (1961), p. 402. – Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5] Pie XII, Message radioph. du 24 décembre 1942 : AAS 35 (1943), p. 12, 19. – Jean XXIII, Encycl. Pacem in terris 11 avril 1963 : AAS 55 (1963), p. 259 s. Et cf. Déclaration des droits de l’homme, citée note 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, 31 décembre 1929 : AAS 22 (1930) p. 50 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra, 15 mai 1961 : AAS 53 (1961), p. 441 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, 1, c. p. 83."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[9] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, décret Christus Dominus, n. 36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[10] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 12-14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[11] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, l. c., p. 59 s. – Id., Encycl. Mit brennender Sorge, 14 mars 1937 : AAS 29 (1937), p. 164 s. – Pie XII, Alloc. au premier congrès de l’AIMC, 8 septembre 1946 : Discours et messages radioph. 8, p. 218."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[12] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 11 et 35."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[13] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, l. c., p. 63 s. – Pie XII, Message radioph. du 1er juin 1941 : AAS 33 (1941), p. 200. – Id., Alloc. au premier congrès de l’AIMC, 8 septembre 1946 : Discours et messages radioph. 8, p. 218. – Circa principium subsidiaritatis, cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 avril 1963 : AAS 55 (1963), p. 294."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[14] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, l. c., p. 53 s.-56 s. – Id., Encycl. Non abbiamo bisogno, 29 juin 1931 : AAS 23 (1931), p. 311 s. – Pie XII, lettre du Secrétariat d’État aux XXVIIIes semaines sociales d’Italie, 20 septembre 1955 : L’Osservatore Romano, 22 septembre 1955."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[15] « L’Église loue les autorités civiles, locales, nationales et internationales qui, conscientes des urgentes nécessités actuelles, font tout ce qu’elles peuvent pour que tous les peuples puissent participer plus pleinement à l’éducation et à la culture », cf. Paul VI, Alloc. devant l’ONU, 4 octobre 1965 : L’Osservatore Romano, 6 octobre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[16] Cf. Pie XI, motu proprio Orbem catholicum, 29 juin 1923 : AAS 15 (1923), p. 327-329. – Décret Provide sane, 12 janvier 1935 : AAS 27 (1935), p. 145-152. – Conc. Vat. II, décret Christus Dominus, n. 13 et 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[17] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. Sacrosanctum concilium, n. 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[18] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Décr. De Instrumentis communicationis socialis, n. 13 et 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[19] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, p. 76. – Pie XII, Alloc. Ad Associationem Magistrorum Catholicorum Bavariae, 31 décembre 1956 : Discours et messages radioph., 18, p. 746."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[20] Cf. Conc. Prov. de Cincinnati III, a. 1861 : Collatio Lacensis, III, col. 1240. – Pie XI, Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, p. 60,63 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[21] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, l. c., p. 63. – Id. Encycl. Non abbiamo bisogno, 29 juin 1931 : AAS 23 (1911), p. 305. – Pie XII, l. c., lettre du Secrétariat d’État aux XXVIIIes semaines sociales d’Italie, 20 septembre 1955 : L’Osservatore Romano, 29 septembre 1955. – Paul VI, Alloc. à ACII, 6 octobre 1963 : Encycliques et Discours de Paul VI, Rome, 1964, p. 230."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[22] Jean XXIII, message pour le trentième anniversaire de l’Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, 30 décembre 1959 : AAS 52 (1960), p. 57."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[23] L’Église apprécie beaucoup l’action apostolique que peuvent exercer, également dans ces écoles, les maîtres et les élèves catholiques."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[24] Cf. Pie XII, Alloc. Ad Associationem Magistrorum cathol. Bavariae, 31 décembre 1956 : Discours et messages radioph., 18, p. 745 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[25] Cf. Conc. prov. de Westminster, 1852 : Collatio Lacensis III, col. 1334 a/b. – Pie XI, Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, l. c., p. 77 s. – Pie XII, Alloc. Ad Assoc. Magistror. Cathol. Bavariae, 31 décembre 1956 : Discours et messages radioph., 18, p. 746. – Paul VI, Alloc. Ad sodales FIDAE, 30 décembre 1963, Encycliques et Discours de Paul VI, Rome, 1964, p. 602."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[26] De plus, ce droit de l’Église a été proclamé par de nombreux conciles provinciaux et également dans les plus récentes déclarations de nombreuses conférences épiscopales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[27] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, l. c., p. 80 s. – Pie XII, Alloc. à l’UCIIM, 5 janvier 1954, Discours et messages radioph., 15, p. 551-556. – Jean XXIII, Alloc. à l’AIMC, 5 septembre 1559 : Discours, messages, colloques, I, Rome, 1960, p. 427-431."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[28] Cf. Pie XII, Alloc. à l’UCIIM, 5 janvier 1954, l. c., p. 555."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[29] Cf. Paul VI, Alloc. aux OIIC ab hodiernis condicionibus peculiari ratione requiruntur, ut sunt scholae, 25 février 1964 : Encycliques et Discours de Paul VI, Rome, 1964, p. 232."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[30]Cf. Paul VI, Alloc. aux ACLI, 6 octobre 1963 : Encycliques et Discours de Paul VI, Rome, 1964, p. 229."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[31] Cf. Paul VI, Alloc. Coram VI Congressu Thomistico Internali, 10 septembre 1965 : L’Osservatore Romano, 13-14 septembre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[32] Cf. Pie XII, Alloc. Ad magistros et alumnos Institutorum Superiorum Cathol. Galliae, 21 septembre 1950 : Discours et messages radioph., 18, p. 219-221. – Id., litt. au XXIIIème Congrès « Pax Romana », 12 août 1952 : Discours et messages radioph., 14, p. 567-569. – Jean XXIII, Alloc. à la Fédération des Universités Cathol., 1er avril 1959. – Discours, messages, colloques I, Rome, 1960, p. 226-229. – Paul VI, Alloc. au Sénat Académ. Univers. Cathol. Mediolanensis, 5 avril 1964 : Encycliques et Discours de Paul VI, II, Rome, 1964, p. 438-443."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[33] Cf. Pie XII, Alloc. Ad Senatum Academicum et alumnos Universitatis Romanae, 15 juin 1952 : Discours et messages radioph., 14, p. 208 : « La direction de la société de demain repose principalement dans l’esprit et le cœur des universitaires d’aujourd’hui. »"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[34] Cf. Pie XI, Const. apost. Deus scientiarum Dominus, 24 mai 1931 : AAS 23 (1931), p. 245-247."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[35] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Humani generis, 12 août 1950 : AAS 42 (1950), p. 568, 578. – Paul VI, Encycl. Ecclesiam suam, pars III, 6 août 1964 : AAS 56 (1964), p. 637-659. – Conc. Vat. II, décret Unitatis redintegratio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[36] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 avril 1963 : AAS 55 (1963), p. 284."
            }
          ]
        },
        "it": {
          "code": "it",
          "label": "Italiano",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651028_gravissimum-educationis_it.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-61-vat-ii_decl_19651028_gravissimum-educationis_it.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAOLO VESCOVO SERVO DEI SERVI DI DIO UNITAMENTE AI PADRI DEL SACRO CONCILIO A PERPETUA MEMORIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DICHIARAZIONE SULL’EDUCAZIONE CRISTIANA GRAVISSIMUM EDUCATIONIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'estrema importanza dell'educazione nella vita dell'uomo e la sua incidenza sempre più grande nel progresso sociale contemporaneo sono oggetto di attenta considerazione da parte del sacro Concilio ecumenico (1). In effetti l'educazione dei giovani, come anche una certa formazione permanente degli adulti, sono rese insieme più facili e più urgenti dalle circostanze attuali. Gli uomini, avendo una più matura coscienza della loro dignità e della loro responsabilità, desiderano partecipare sempre più attivamente alla vita sociale, specie in campo economico e politico (2) d'altra parte gli sviluppi meravigliosi della tecnica e della ricerca scientifica, i nuovi mezzi di comunicazione sociale danno loro la possibilità, anche perché spesso hanno più tempo libero a disposizione, di accostarsi più facilmente al patrimonio culturale e spirituale dell'umanità e di arricchirsi intrecciando tra i gruppi e tra i popoli più strette relazioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per questo dappertutto sorgono iniziative atte a promuovere sempre più l'attività educativa; si definiscono e si pubblicano con documenti solenni i diritti fondamentali in ordine alla educazione degli uomini, ed in particolare quelli dei fanciulli e dei genitori (3); crescendo rapidamente il numero degli alunni, si moltiplicano e si perfezionano le scuole, come pure si fondano altre istituzioni educative; attraverso nuove esperienze si perfezionano i metodi educativi e didattici, e si fanno sforzi davvero grandiosi per educare ed istruire tutti gli uomini, anche se è vero che moltissimi sono ancora i fanciulli e i giovani che mancano dell'istruzione di base e tanti altri non hanno quell'educazione completa che sviluppa insieme la verità e la carità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da parte sua la santa madre Chiesa, nell'adempimento del mandato ricevuto dal suo divin Fondatore, che è quello di annunziare il mistero della salvezza a tutti gli uomini e di edificare tutto in Cristo, ha il dovere di occuparsi dell'intera vita dell'uomo, anche di quella terrena, in quanto connessa con la vocazione soprannaturale (4); essa perciò ha un suo compito specifico in ordine al progresso ed allo sviluppo della educazione. Per questo il sacro Sinodo dichiara alcuni principi fondamentali intorno all'educazione cristiana, soprattutto nelle scuole. Toccherà poi ad una speciale commissione post-conciliare svilupparli ulteriormente, ed alle conferenze episcopali applicarli alle diverse situazioni locali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il diritto di ogni uomo all'educazione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti gli uomini di qualunque razza, condizione ed età, in forza della loro dignità di persona hanno il diritto inalienabile ad una educazione (5), che risponda alla loro vocazione propria (6) e sia conforme al loro temperamento, alla differenza di sesso, alla cultura e alle tradizioni del loro paese, ed insieme aperta ad una fraterna convivenza con gli altri popoli, al fine di garantire la vera unità e la vera pace sulla terra. La vera educazione deve promuovere la formazione della persona umana sia in vista del suo fine ultimo, sia per il bene dei vari gruppi di cui l'uomo è membro ed in cui, divenuto adulto, avrà mansioni da svolgere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertanto, i fanciulli ed i giovani, tenuto conto del progresso della psicologia, della pedagogia e della didattica, debbono essere aiutati a sviluppare armonicamente le loro capacità fisiche, morali e intellettuali, ad acquistare gradualmente un più maturo senso di responsabilità, nello sforzo sostenuto per ben condurre la loro vita personale e la conquista della vera libertà, superando con coraggio e perseveranza tutti gli ostacoli. Debbono anche ricevere, man mano che cresce la loro età, una positiva e prudente educazione sessuale. Debbono inoltre essere avviati alla vita sociale, in modo che, forniti dei mezzi ad essa necessari ed adeguati, possano attivamente inserirsi nei gruppi che costituiscono la comunità umana, siano disponibili al dialogo con gli altri e contribuiscano di buon grado all'incremento del bene comune."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Analogamente il sacro Sinodo dichiara che fanciulli e giovani hanno diritto di essere aiutati sia a valutare con retta coscienza e ad accettare con adesione personale i valori morali, sia alla conoscenza approfondita ed all'amore di Dio. Perciò chiede e raccomanda a quanti governano i popoli o presiedono all'educazione di fare in modo che mai la gioventù venga privata di questo sacro diritto. Esorta poi i figli della Chiesa a lavorare generosamente in tutti i settori dell'educazione, al fine specialmente di una più rapida estensione dei grandi benefici dell'educazione e dell'istruzione a tutti, nel mondo intero (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'educazione cristiana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti i cristiani, in quanto rigenerati nell'acqua e nello Spirito Santo, son divenuti una nuova creatura (8), quindi sono di nome e di fatto figli di Dio, e hanno diritto a un'educazione cristiana. Essa non mira solo ad assicurare quella maturità propria dell'umana persona, di cui si è ora parlato, ma tende soprattutto a far si che i battezzati, iniziati gradualmente alla conoscenza del mistero della salvezza, prendano sempre maggiore coscienza del dono della fede, che hanno ricevuto; imparino ad adorare Dio Padre in spirito e verità (cfr. Gv 4,23) specialmente attraverso l'azione liturgica; si preparino a vivere la propria vita secondo l'uomo nuovo, nella giustizia e santità della verità (cfr. Ef 4,22-24), e cosi raggiungano l'uomo perfetto, la statura della pienezza di Cristo (cfr. Ef 4,13), e diano il loro apporto all'aumento del suo corpo mistico. Essi inoltre, consapevoli della loro vocazione, debbono addestrarsi sia a testimoniare la speranza che è in loro (cfr. 1 Pt 3,15), sia a promuovere la elevazione in senso cristiano del mondo, per cui i valori naturali, inquadrati nella considerazione completa dell'uomo redento da Cristo, contribuiscano al bene di tutta la società (9). Pertanto questo santo Sinodo ricorda ai pastori di anime il dovere gravissimo di provvedere a che tutti i fedeli ricevano questa educazione cristiana, specialmente i giovani, che sono la speranza della Chiesa (10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I genitori, primi educatori"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I genitori, poiché han trasmesso la vita ai figli, hanno l'obbligo gravissimo di educare la prole: vanno pertanto considerati come i primi e i principali educatori di essa (11). Questa loro funzione educativa è tanto importante che, se manca, può difficilmente essere supplita. Tocca infatti ai genitori creare in seno alla famiglia quell'atmosfera vivificata dall'amore e dalla pietà verso Dio e verso gli uomini, che favorisce l'educazione completa dei figli in senso personale e sociale. La famiglia è dunque la prima scuola di virtù sociali, di cui appunto han bisogno tutte le società. Soprattutto nella famiglia cristiana, arricchita della grazia e delle esigenze del matrimonio sacramento, i figli fin dalla più tenera età devono imparare a percepire il senso di Dio e a venerarlo, e ad amare il prossimo, conformemente alla fede che han ricevuto nel battesimo; li anche fanno la prima esperienza di una sana società umana e della Chiesa; sempre attraverso la famiglia, infine, vengono pian piano introdotti nella comunità degli uomini e nel popolo di Dio. Perciò i genitori si rendano esattamente conto della grande importanza che la famiglia autenticamente cristiana ha per la vita e lo sviluppo dello stesso popolo di Dio (12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il compito educativo, come spetta primariamente alla famiglia, cosi richiede l'aiuto di tutta la società. Perciò, oltre i diritti dei genitori e di quelli a cui essi affidano una parte del loro compito educativo, ci sono determinati diritti e doveri che spettano alla società civile, poiché questa deve disporre quanto è necessario al bene comune temporale. Rientra appunto nelle sue funzioni favorire in diversi modi l'educazione della gioventù: cioè difendere i doveri e i diritti dei genitori e degli altri che svolgono attività educativa e dar loro il suo aiuto; in base al principio della sussidiarietà, laddove manchi l'iniziativa dei genitori e delle altre società, svolgere l'opera educativa, rispettando tuttavia i desideri dei genitori, fon dare inoltre, nella misura in cui lo richieda il bene comune, scuole e istituzioni educative proprie (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infine, ad un titolo tutto speciale, il dovere di educare spetta alla Chiesa: non solo perché essa va riconosciuta anche come società umana capace di impartire l'educazione, ma soprattutto perché essa ha il compito di annunciare a tutti gli uomini la via della salvezza e di comunicare ai credenti la vita di Cristo, aiutandoli con sollecitudine incessante a raggiungere la pienezza di questa vita (14). A questi suoi figli, dunque, la Chiesa come madre deve dare un'educazione tale, che tutta la loro vita sia penetrata dello spirito di Cristo; ma nel contempo essa offre la sua opera a tutti i popoli per promuovere la perfezione integrale della persona umana, come anche per il bene della società terrena e per la edificazione di un mondo più umano (15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vari mezzi al servizio dell'educazione cristiana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nell'assolvere il suo compito educativo la Chiesa utilizza tutti i mezzi idonei, ma si preoccupa soprattutto di quelli che sono i mezzi suoi propri. Primo tra questi è l'istruzione catechetica (16), che dà luce e forza alla fede, nutre la vita secondo lo spirito di Cristo, porta a partecipare in maniera consapevole e attiva al mistero liturgico (17), ed è stimolo all'azione apostolica. La Chiesa valorizza anche e tende a penetrare del suo spirito e ad elevare gli altri mezzi che appartengono al patrimonio comune degli uomini e che sono particolarmente adatti al perfezionamento morale ed alla formazione umana, quali gli strumenti di comunicazione sociale (18), le molteplici società a carattere culturale e sportivo, le associazioni giovanili e in primo luogo le scuole."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La scuola"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tra tutti gli strumenti educativi un'importanza particolare riveste la scuola (19), che in forza della sua missione, mentre con cura costante matura le facoltà intellettuali, sviluppa la capacità di giudizio, mette a contatto del patrimonio culturale acquistato dalle passate generazioni, promuove il senso dei valori, prepara alla vita professionale, genera anche un rapporto di amicizia tra alunni di carattere e condizione sociale diversa, disponendo e favorendo la comprensione reciproca. Essa inoltre costituisce come un centro, alla cui attività ed al cui progresso devono insieme partecipare le famiglie, gli insegnanti, i vari tipi di associazioni a finalità culturali, civiche e religiose, la società civile e tutta la comunità umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È dunque meravigliosa e davvero importante la vocazione di quanti, collaborando con i genitori nello svolgimento del loro compito e facendo le veci della comunità umana, si assumono il compito di educare nelle scuole. Una tale vocazione esige speciali doti di mente e di cuore, una preparazione molto accurata, una capacità pronta e costante di rinnovamento e di adattamento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diritti e doveri dei genitori"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I genitori, avendo il dovere ed il diritto primario e irrinunciabile di educare i figli, debbono godere di una reale libertà nella scelta della scuola. Perciò i pubblici poteri, a cui incombe la tutela e la difesa della libertà dei cittadini, nel rispetto della giustizia distributiva, debbono preoccuparsi che le sovvenzioni pubbliche siano erogate in maniera che i genitori possano scegliere le scuole per i propri figli in piena libertà, secondo la loro coscienza (20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "D'altra parte, tocca allo Stato provvedere perché tutti i cittadini possano accedere e partecipare in modo conveniente alla cultura e si preparino adeguatamente all'esercizio dei doveri e dei diritti civili. Sempre lo Stato dunque deve tutelare il diritto dei fanciulli ad una conveniente educazione scolastica, vigilare sulla capacità degli insegnanti e sulla serietà degli studi, provvedere alla salute degli alunni ed in genere promuovere tutto l'ordinamento scolastico tenendo presente il principio della sussidiarietà ed escludendo quindi ogni forma di monopolio scolastico. Tale monopolio infatti contraddice ai diritti naturali della persona umana, allo sviluppo e alla divulgazione della cultura, alla pacifica convivenza dei cittadini ed anche al pluralismo, che è oggi la regola in moltissime società (21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il sacro Sinodo esorta dunque i fedeli a collaborare generosamente sia nella ricerca dei metodi educativi idonei e dell'ordine degli studi, sia nella formazione dei maestri che sappiano bene educare i giovani e, soprattutto attraverso le associazioni tra genitori, ad aiutare positivamente e costantemente il compito della scuola e in particolare quell'educazione morale, che essa deve fornire (22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La scuola non cattolica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa inoltre, consapevole del dovere gravissimo di curare diligentemente l'educazione morale e religiosa di tutti i suoi figli, deve rendersi presente con un affetto speciale e con il suo aiuto ai moltissimi suoi figli che vengono educati nelle scuole non cattoliche. Essa assicura questa presenza sia attraverso la testimonianza della vita data dai loro maestri e superiori, sia attraverso l'azione apostolica dei condiscepoli (23), sia soprattutto attraverso il ministero dei sacerdoti e dei laici che insegnano loro la dottrina della salvezza, con metodo adeguato all'età ed alle altre circostanze, ed offrono loro l'aiuto spirituale per mezzo di iniziative opportune secondo le condizioni di tempo e di luogo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Essa rammenta poi il grave dovere che incombe ai genitori di tutto predisporre o anche di esigere, perché i loro figli possano usufruire di quegli aiuti ed in armonia con la formazione profana progrediscano in quella cristiana. Perciò la Chiesa loda quelle autorità e società civili che, tenendo conto del pluralismo esistente nella società moderna e garantendo la giusta libertà religiosa, aiutano le famiglie perché l'educazione dei loro figli possa aver luogo in tutte le scuole secondo i principi morali e religiosi propri di quelle stesse famiglie (24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La scuola cattolica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La presenza della Chiesa in campo scolastico si rivela in maniera particolare nella scuola cattolica Al pari delle altre scuole, questa persegue le finalità culturali proprie della scuola e la formazione umana dei giovani. Ma suo elemento caratteristico è di dar vita ad un ambiente comunitario scolastico permeato dello spirito evangelico di libertà e carità, di aiutare gli adolescenti perché nello sviluppo della propria personalità crescano insieme secondo quella nuova creatura che essi sono diventati mediante il battesimo, e di coordinare infine l'insieme della cultura umana con il messaggio della salvezza, sicché la conoscenza del mondo, della vita, dell'uomo, che gli alunni via via acquistano, sia illuminata dalla fede (25). Solo così la scuola cattolica, mentre - come è suo dovere - si apre alle esigenze determinate dall'attuale progresso, educa i suoi alunni a promuovere efficacemente il bene della città terrena ed insieme li prepara al servizio per la diffusione del regno di Dio, sicché attraverso la pratica di una vita esemplare ed apostolica diventino come il fermento di salvezza della comunità umana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò la scuola cattolica, essendo in grado di contribuire moltissimo allo svolgimento della missione del popolo di Dio e di servire al dialogo tra la Chiesa e la comunità degli uomini con loro reciproco vantaggio, conserva la sua somma importanza anche nelle circostanze presenti. Pertanto questo santo Sinodo ribadisce il diritto della Chiesa a fondare liberamente e a dirigere le scuole di qualsiasi ordine e grado, diritto già dichiarato in tanti documenti del magistero (26) esso ricorda che l'esercizio di un tale diritto contribuisce moltissimo anche alla tutela della libertà di coscienza e dei diritti dei genitori, come pure allo stesso progresso culturale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da parte loro gli insegnanti ricordino che dipende essenzialmente da loro che la scuola cattolica sia in grado di realizzare i suoi scopi e le sue iniziative (27). Essi dunque devono prepararsi scrupolosamente, per essere forniti della scienza sia profana che religiosa, attestata dai relativi titoli di studio, e ampiamente esperti nell'arte pedagogica, aggiornata con le scoperte del progresso contemporaneo. Stretti tra loro e con gli alunni dal vincolo della carità e ricchi di spirito apostolico, essi devono dare testimonianza sia con la vita sia con la dottrina all'unico Maestro che è Cristo. Collaborino anzitutto con i genitori; insieme con essi tengano debito conto, in tutto il ciclo educativo, della differenza di sesso e del fine particolare che all'uno e all'altro sesso la divina Provvidenza ha stabilito nella famiglia e nella società; si sforzino di stimolare l'azione personale dei loro alunni e continuino, una volta che questi abbiano terminato i loro studi, ad assisterli con il loro consiglio e con la loro amicizia, anche fondando associazioni di ex alunni, in cui aleggi il vero spirito ecclesiale. E ci tiene il sacro Sinodo a dichiarare che il ministero di questi maestri è autentico apostolato, sommamente conveniente e necessario anche nei nostri tempi, ed è insieme reale servizio reso alla società. Ai genitori cattolici ricorda poi l'obbligo di affidare, secondo le concrete circostanze di tempo e di luogo, i loro figli alle scuole cattoliche, di aiutarle secondo le loro possibilità e di collaborare con esse per il bene dei loro figli (28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Differenti forme di scuola cattolica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A questo ideale di scuola cattolica devono sforzarsi di conformarsi tutte le scuole che, a qualunque titolo, dipendono dalla Chiesa, anche se la scuola cattolica in base alle situazioni locali può assumere varie forme (29). S'intende che la Chiesa ha sommamente a cuore anche quelle scuole cattoliche le quali, specie nei territori di missione, son pure frequentate da alunni non cattolici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Del resto, nella costituzione e nell'ordinamento delle scuole cattoliche bisogna guardare alle necessità dell'evoluzione del nostro tempo. A tale fine, fermo restando l'impegno di promuovere le scuole di grado elementare e secondario, in quanto costituiscono il fondamento dell'educazione, si deve fare gran conto di quelle che sono particolarmente richieste dalle condizioni attuali. Tali sono quelle che vanno sotto il nome di scuole professionali (30) e tecniche, gli istituti destinati all'alfabetizzazione degli adulti, allo sviluppo dei servizi sociali ed a coloro che per difetti naturali abbisognano di assistenza particolare, ed anche le scuole di formazione per maestri sia per l'insegnamento religioso che per le altre forme di educazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il sacro Sinodo esorta vivamente i pastori della Chiesa e i fedeli tutti a non risparmiare sacrificio alcuno nell'aiutare le scuole cattoliche, ad assolvere sempre meglio il loro compito ed a venire incontro soprattutto alle necessità di coloro che non hanno mezzi economici o sono privi dell'aiuto e dell'affetto della famiglia o sono estranei al dono della fede."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le scuole superiori"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Analogamente la Chiesa ha grande cura delle scuole di grado superiore specialmente delle università e delle facoltà. Anzi, in tutte quelle che da essa dipendono, mira organicamente a che le varie discipline siano coltivate secondo i propri principi e il proprio metodo, con la libertà propria della ricerca scientifica, in maniera che se ne abbia una sempre più profonda comprensione e, indagando accuratamente le nuove questioni e ricerche suscitate dai progressi dell'epoca moderna, si colga più chiaramente come fede e ragione si incontrano nell'unica verità, seguendo le orme dei dottori della Chiesa, specialmente di S. Tommaso d'Aquino (31). In tal modo si realizzerà come una presenza pubblica, costante ed universale del pensiero cristiano in tutto lo sforzo dedicato a promuovere la cultura superiore; inoltre questi istituti devono formare in tal guisa tutti i loro studenti, che essi diventino uomini veramente insigni per sapere, pronti a svolgere compiti impegnativi nella società e a testimoniare la loro fede di fronte al mondo (32)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nelle università cattoliche in cui manchi la facoltà teologica dovrà esserci un istituto o cattedra di teologia, in cui si tengano lezioni adatte anche per gli studenti laici. E poiché le scienze progrediscono essenzialmente grazie alle ricerche specializzate di maggiore importanza scientifica, nelle università e facoltà cattoliche dovranno essere soprattutto curati quegli istituti il cui scopo primo è quello di promuovere la ricerca scientifica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il sacro Sinodo raccomanda vivamente di sviluppare le università e le facoltà cattoliche, distribuendole convenientemente nelle diverse parti del mondo; ma esse, più che per il numero, dovranno distinguersi per l'impegno culturale. Ad esse abbiano facile accesso gli alunni che offrono buone speranze di riuscita, anche se di modeste condizioni economiche, specialmente quelli che provengono dalle giovani nazioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Essendo l'avvenire della società e della stessa Chiesa intimamente connesso con lo sviluppo intellettuale dei giovani che compiono studi superiori (33) i pastori della Chiesa non devono preoccuparsi soltanto della vita spirituale degli alunni delle università cattoliche, ma, solleciti della formazione spirituale di tutti i loro figli, attraverso opportune intese tra vescovi, devono provvedere affinché anche presso le università non cattoliche esistano convitti e centri universitari cattolici, dove sacerdoti, religiosi e laici, accuratamente scelti e preparati, possano offrire in permanenza alla gioventù universitaria un'assistenza spirituale e intellettuale. Quanto poi ai giovani più capaci delle università cattoliche o delle altre università, che si dimostrino adatti all'insegnamento ed alla ricerca, essi devono essere oggetto di cura particolare ed avviati alla carriera universitaria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le facoltà di teologia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Molto si attende la Chiesa dall'attività delle facoltà di scienze sacre (34). È ad esse infatti che affida il compito importantissimo di preparare i propri alunni non solo al ministero sacerdotale, ma soprattutto all'insegnamento nelle cattedre di studi ecclesiastici superiori o al lavoro scientifico personale o allo svolgimento delle forme più alte di apostolato intellettuale. È pure compito di queste facoltà approfondire i vari settori delle scienze sacre, in modo che si abbia una intelligenza sempre più piena della rivelazione divina, sia meglio esplorato il patrimonio della sapienza cristiana trasmesso dalle generazioni passate, sia favorito il dialogo con i fratelli separati e con i non cristiani, e si risponda ai problemi emergenti dal progresso delle scienze (35)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per queste ragioni le facoltà ecclesiastiche, dopo aver sottoposto a opportuna revisione le loro costituzioni, promuovano vigorosamente lo sviluppo delle scienze sacre e delle altre ad esse connesse, e, adottando anche metodi e sussidi più moderni, addestrino i propri studenti alle ricerche più profonde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La coordinazione delle scuole cattoliche"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Essendo anche in campo scolastico sommamente necessaria quella cooperazione, che per la sua urgenza va sempre più affermandosi a livello diocesano, nazionale e internazionale, bisogna fare ogni sforzo per coordinare convenientemente tra loro le scuole cattoliche e per favorire tra esse e le altre scuole quella collaborazione richiesta dal bene della comunità umana universale (36)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da questo maggiore coordinamento e da questo lavoro fatto insieme si raccoglieranno i migliori frutti specialmente nell'ambito degli istituti accademici. Perciò in ogni università le diverse facoltà, nella misura che lo consente la loro materia, devono aiutarsi vicendevolmente. Così pure le stesse università devono agire in piena intesa e in stretta unione tra loro, promuovendo insieme dei convegni internazionali, tenendosi reciprocamente informate circa le loro ricerche scientifiche, comunicandosi le nuove scoperte, scambiandosi i docenti per determinati periodi e sviluppando quelle iniziative che incrementano la loro collaborazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il sacro Sinodo esorta vivamente anche i giovani perché, convinti della eccellenza del compito educativo, siano generosamente pronti ad intraprenderlo, specie in quelle regioni dove lo scarso numero di maestri mette in pericolo l'educazione della gioventù."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parimenti il Sinodo, nell'esprimere la sua gratitudine ai sacerdoti, religiosi, religiose e laici che in spirito di dedizione evangelica svolgono la nobile opera educativa e didattica di qualsiasi tipo e grado, li esorta a perseverare con generosità nel compito intrapreso, sforzandosi di distinguersi nella formazione degli alunni allo spirito di Cristo, nell'arte pedagogica e nello studio scientifico, in modo che promuovano non solo il rinnovamento della Chiesa all'interno, ma anche ne mantengano e ne accentuino la benefica presenza nel mondo moderno, specie in quello intellettuale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28 ottobre 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutte e singole le cose stabilite in questo Decreto sono piaciute ai Padri del Sacro Concilio. E Noi, in virtù della potestà Apostolica conferitaci da Cristo, unitamente ai Venerabili Padri, nello Spirito Santo le approviamo, le decretiamo e le stabiliamo; e quanto stato così sinodalmente deciso comandiamo che sia promulgato a gloria di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, presso San Pietro"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28 ottobre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Io PAOLO Vescovo della Chiesa Cattolica"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seguono le firme dei Padri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Firme dei Padri"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Panisperna Presbyter Cardinalis GAGGIANO, Archiepiscopus Bonaërensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PETRUS titulo S. Laurentii in Lucina Presbyter Cardinalis CIRIACI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Mariae de Victoria Presbyter Cardinalis SIRI, Archiepiscopus Ianuensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo S. Mariae in Transpontina Presbyter Cardinalis LERCARO, Archiepiscopus Bononiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS titulo S. Mariae Trans Tiberim Presbyter Cardinalis WYSZYNSKI, Archiepiscopus Gnesnensis et Varsaviensis, Primas Poloniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENIAMINUS titulo S. Vitalis Presbyter Cardinalis DE ARRIBA Y CASTRO, Archiepiscopus Tarraconensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Augustini Presbyter Cardinalis QUIROGA Y PALACIOS, Archiepiscopus Compostellanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS AEMILIUS titulo S. Mariae Angelorum in Thermis Presbyter Cardinalis LEGER, Archiepiscopus Marianopolitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego VALERIANUS titulo S. Mariae in Via Lata Presbyter Cardinalis GRACIAS, Archiepiscopus Bombayensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Honuphrii in Ianiculo Presbyter Cardinalis GARIBI Y RIVERA, Archiepiscopus Guadalajarensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS MARIA titulo S Chrysogoni Presbyter Cardinalis BARBIERI, Archiepiscopus Montisvidei."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS titulo S. Agnetis extra moenia Presbyter Cardinalis CONFALONIERI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo Ss. Quirici et Iulittae Presbyter Cardinalis RICHAUD, Archiepiscopus Burdigalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS M. titulo Ss. Viti, Modesti et Crescentiae Presbyter Cardinalis BUENO Y MONREAL, Archiepiscopus Hispalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo S. Eusebii Presbyter Cardinalis KÖNIG, Archiepiscopus Vindobonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Athanasii Presbyter Cardinalis SLIPYI, Archiepiscopus Maior Ucrainorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS titulo S. Leonis I Presbyter Cardinalis JAEGER, Archiepiscopus Paderbornensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Crucis in via Flaminia Presbyter Cardinalis BERAN, Archiepiscopus Pragensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo D.nae N.ae de SS. Sacramento et Martyrum Canadensium Presbyter Cardinalis ROY, Archiepiscopus Quebecensis, Primas Canadiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Teresiae Presbyter Cardinalis MARTIN, Archiepiscopus Rothomagensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AUDOËNUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis MCCANN, Archiepiscopus Civitatis Capitis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO STEPHANUS titulo S. Balbinae Presbyter Cardinalis DUVAL, Archiepiscopus Algeriensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERMENEGILDUS titulo Reginae Apostolorum Presbyter Cardinalis FLORIT, Archiepiscopus Florentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Petri et Pauli in Via Ostiensi Presbyter Cardinalis ŠEPER, Archiepiscopus Zagrabiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Silvestri in Capite Presbyter Cardinalis HEENAN, Archiepiscopus Vestmonasteriensis, Primas Angliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo Ssmae Trinitatis in Monte Pincio Presbyter Cardinalis VILLOT, Archiepiscopus Lugdunensis et Viennensis, Primas Galliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo S. Camilli de Lellis ad Hortos Sallustianos Presbyter Cardinalis ZOUNGRANA, Archiepiscopus Uagaduguensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS I. titulo S. Clementis Presbyter Cardinalis SHEHAN, Archiepiscopus Baltimorensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HENRICUS titulo S. Agathae in Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DANTE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAESAR titulo D.nae N.ae a Sacro Corde in Circo Agonali Presbyter Cardinalis ZERBA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AGNELLUS titulo Praecelsae Dei Matris Presbyter Cardinalis ROSSI, Archiepiscopus S. Pauli in Brasilia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Martini in Montibus Presbyter Cardinalis COLOMBO, Archiepiscopus Mediolanensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS titulo S. Patricii ad Villam Ludovisi Presbyter Cardinalis CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, totius Hiberniae Primas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUMBERTUS MALCHIODI, Archiepiscopus Episcopus Placentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis † Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius † Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Tra i molti documenti che illustrano l’importanza dell’educazione cf. soprattutto: BENEDETTO XV, Lett. Apost. Communes Litteras, 10 apr. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), p. 172. PIO XI, Encicl. Divini Illius Magistri, 31 dic. 1929: AAS 22 (1930), pp. 49-86 [in parte Dz 3685-98]. PIO XII, Discorso ai Giovani dell’A.C.I, 20 apr. 1946: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, VIII, pp. 53-57. - Discorso ai Padri di famiglia di Francia, 18 sett. 1951: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, XIII, pp. 241-245. GIOVANNI XXIII, Messaggio per il trentesimo anniversario dell’emanazione dell’Encicl. Divini Illius Magistri, 30 dic. 1959: AAS 52 (1960), pp. 57-59. PAOLO VI, Discorso ai membri della F.I.D.A.E. (Federazione Istituti Dipendenti dall’Autorità Ecclesiastica), 30 dic. 1963: Encicliche e Discorsi di S. S. Paolo VI, I, Roma 1964, pp. 601-603. Inoltre si consultino gli Acta et Documenta Concilii Oecumenici Vaticani II apparando, serie I, Antipreparatoria, vol. III, pp. 363-364, 370-371, 373-374."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra, 15 maggio 1961: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 413, 415-417, 424 [in parte Dz 3943 e 3948]. - Encicl. Pacem in terris, 11 apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 278s [in parte Dz 3986]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Cf. la Dichiarazione Universale dei diritti umani (Déclaration des droits de l’homme), ratificata il 10 dic. 1948 dall’Assemblea Generale delle Nazioni Unite; e cf. la Dichiarazione dei diritti del bambino, 20 nov. 1959; Protocollo aggiunto alla convenzione di salvaguardia dei diritti dell’uomo e delle libertà fondamentali, Parigi, 20 marzo 1952; circa questa Dichiarazione Universale dei diritti umani cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris, 11 apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 295s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra, 15 maggio 1961: AAS 53 (1961), p. 402. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 17: AAS 57 (1965), p. 21 [pag. 153ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cf. PIO XII, Messaggio radiofonico Con sempre nuova freschezza, trasmesso il 24 dic. 1942: AAS 35 (1943), pp. 12, 19. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris, 11 apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 259s [Dz 3960]. Cf. anche la Dichiarazione dei diritti dell’uomo citata alla nota 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Divini Illius Magistri, 31 dic. 1929: AAS 22 (1930), p. 50s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra, 15 maggio 1961: AAS 53 (1961), p. 441s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Divini Illius Magistri, l.c. [nota 6], p. 83."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 36: AAS 57 (1965), p. 41s [pag. 203ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decreto sulla missione pastorale dei Vescovi nella Chiesa Christus Dominus, nn. 12-14[pag. 359ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Divini Illius Magistri, l.c. [nota 7], p. 59s; Encicl. Mit brennender Sorge, 14 marzo 1937: AAS 29 (1937), p. 164s. PIO XII, Discorso al primo Congresso nazionale dell’Associazione Italiana Maestri cattolici (A.I.M.C.), 8 sett. 1946: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, VIII, p. 218."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, nn. 11 e 35: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 16 e 40s. [pag. 139ss e 201ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Divini Illius Magistri, l.c. [nota 7] p. 63s. [Dz 3692-94]. PIO XII, Messaggio radiofonico trasmesso il 1° giugno 1941: AAS 33 (1941), p. 200; Discorso al primo Congresso nazionale dell’Associazione Italiana Maestri cattolici, 8 sett. 1946: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, VIII, p. 218. Circa il principio di sussidiarietà cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris, 11 apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 294 [Dz 3994-95]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Divini Illius Magistri, l.c. [nota 7] pp. 53s [Dz 3685-86], 56s [in parte Dz 3688]. Encicl. Non abbiamo bisogno, 29 giugno 1931, AAS 23 (1931), p. 311s. PIO XII, Lett. della Segreteria di Stato alla XXVIII Settimana Soc. Ital., 20 sett. 1955: L’Osservatore Romano, 29 sett. 1955."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) La Chiesa loda quelle autorità civili, locali, nazionali e internazionali che, coscienti delle più urgenti necessità del nostro tempo, applicano le loro forze perché tutti i popoli possano essere partecipi di una educazione completa e di una cultura umana. Cf. PAOLO VI, Discorso all’Assemblea delle Nazioni Unite, 4 ott. 1965: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 877-885]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Cf. PIO XI, Motu proprio Orbem catholicum, 29 giugno 1923: AAS 15 (1923), pp. 327-329; Decr. Provido sane, 12 genn. 1935: AAS 27 (1935), pp. 145-152. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sulla missione pastorale dei Vescovi nella Chiesa Christus Dominus, nn. 13 e 14[pag. 361ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Costit. sulla Sacra Liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium, n. 14: AAS 56 (1964), p. 104 [pag. 28ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decreto sugli strumenti di comunicazione sociale Inter mirifica, nn. 13 e 14: AAS 56 (1964), p. 149s [pag. 105ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Divini Illius Magistri, l.c. [nota 6], p. 76; PIO XII, Discorso all’Associazione dei Maestri Cattolici della Baviera, 31 dic. 1956: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XVIII, p. 746."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Cf. SIN. PROV. DI CINCINNATI III del 1861: Collectio Lacensis, III, col. 1240, cd; PIO XI, Encicl. Divini Illius Magistri, l.c. [nota 6], pp. 60, 63s [in parte Dz 3693-95]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Divini Illius Magistri, l.c. [nota 6], p. 63; Encicl. Non abbiamo bisogno, 29 giugno 1931: AAS 23 (1931), p. 305. PIO XII, Lett. della Segreteria di Stato alla XXVIII Settimana Soc. Ital., 20 sett. 1955: L’Osservatore Romano, 29 sett. 1955. PAOLO VI, Discorso all’Associazione Cristiana Lavoratori Italiani (A.C.L.I.), 6 ott. 1963: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI, I, Roma 1964, p. 230."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Messaggio per il trentesimo anniversario dell’emanazione dell’Enc. Divini Illius Magistri, 30 dic. 1959: AAS 52 (1960), p. 57."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) La Chiesa dà grande valore all’azione apostolica che i maestri e i condiscepoli cattolici possono svolgere anche in queste scuole."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Cf. PIO XII, Discorso all’Associazione Maestri Cattolici di Baviera, 31 dic. 1956: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XVIII, p. 745s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Cf. SIN. PROV. DI WESTMINSTER I del 1852: Collectio Lacensis III, col. 1334, ab. PIO XI, Encicl. DDivini Illius Magistri, l.c. [nota 6], p. 77s. PIO XII, Discorso all’Associazione Maestri cattolici di Baviera, 31 dic. 1956: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, XVIII, p. 746. PAOLO VI, Discorso ai membri della F.I.D.A.E. (Federazione Istituti Dipendenti dall’Autorità Ecclesiastica), 30 dic. 1963: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI, I, Roma 1964, p. 602s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Divini Illius Magistri, l.c. [nota 6], p. 80s. PIO XII, Discorso all’Unione Cattolica Italiana Insegnanti Medi (U.C.I.I.M.), 5 genn. 1954: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, XV, pp. 551-556. GIOVANNI XXIII, Discorso al VI Congresso dell’Associazione Italiana Maestri Cattolici (A.I.M.C.), 5 sett. 1959: Discorsi, Messaggi, Colloqui, I, Roma 1960, pp. 427-431."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Cf. PIO XII, Discorso all’Unione Cattolica Italiana Insegnanti Medi (U.C.I.I.M.), 5 genn. 1954: l.c., p. 555."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Cf. PAOLO VI, Discorso all’Ufficio Internazionale dell’Educazione Cattolica (O.I.E.C.), 25 febbr. 1964: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI, II, Roma 1964, p. 232."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Cf. PAOLO VI, Discorso all’Associazione Cristiana Lavoratori Italiani (A.C.L.I.), 6 ott. 1963: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI, I, Roma 1964, p. 229."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Cf. PAOLO VI, Discorso davanti al VI Congresso Tomistico Internazionale, 10 sett. 1965: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 788-792."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) Cf. PIO XII, Discorso agli insegnanti e agli alunni degli Istituti Superiori Cattolici di Francia, 21 sett. 1950: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, XII, pp. 219-221; Lett. al XXII Congresso “Pax Romana”, 12 ag. 1952: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, XIV, pp. 567-569. GIOVANNI XXIII, Discorso alla Federazione delle Università Cattoliche, 1° apr. 1959: Discorsi, Messaggi, Colloqui, I, Roma 1960, pp. 226-229. PAOLO VI, Discorso al Senato Accademico dell’Università Cattolica di Milano, 5 apr. 1964: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI, II, Roma 1964, pp. 438-443."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) Cf. PIO XII, Discorso al Senato Accademico e agli alunni dell’Università di Roma, 15 giugno 1952: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, XIV, p. 208: “La direzione della società di domani è principalmente riposta nella mente e nel cuore degli universitari di oggi”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Cf. PIO XI, Cost. Apost. Deus Scientiarum Dominus, 24 maggio 1931: AAS 23 (1931), pp. 245-247."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(35) Cf. PIO XII Encicl. Humani Generis, 12 ag. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), pp. 568s. [in parte Dz 3886-87; Collantes 7.203-04 e 2.076], 578. PAOLO VI, Encicl. Ecclesiam suam, Parte III, 6 ag. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 637-659. CONC. VAT. II, Decreto sull’Ecumenismo Unitatis Redintegratio: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 90-107 [pag. 000-000]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(36) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris, 11 apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 284 [Dz 3989] e passim."
            }
          ]
        },
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651028_gravissimum-educationis_lt.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-62-vat-ii_decl_19651028_gravissimum-educationis_lt.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAULUS EPISCOPUS SERVUS SERVORUM DEI UNA CUM SACROSANCTI CONCILII PATRIBUS AD PERPETUAM REI MEMORIAM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECLARATIO DE EDUCATIONE CHRISTIANA GRAVISSIMUM EDUCATIONIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gravissimum educationis momentum in vita hominis eiusque influxum semper maiorem in socialem huius aetatis progressum Sancta Oecumenica Synodus attente perpendit (1). Re quidem vera iuvenum educatio, immo adultorum quoque continua quaedam institutio, cum facilior tum urgentior redditur temporis nostri adiunctis. Homines enim propriae dignitatis et officii plenius conscii, vitam socialem ac praesertim oeconomicam et politicam actuosius in dies participare praeoptant (2); mirabiles artis technicae et inquisitionis scientificae progressus, nova communicationis socialis subsidia opportunitatem praebent hominibus, maiore interdum temporis spatio ab occupationibus liberi fruentibus, facilius ad patrimonium mentis animique culturae accedendi atque arctiore tum coetuum tum ipsorum populorum necessitudine mutuo se complendi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proinde ubique conatus fiunt ad opus educationis magis magisque promovendum; hominum, et peculiariter puerorum atque parentum, iura primaria educationem respicientia declarantur et publicis documentis consignantur (3); alumnorum numero celeriter crescente, late multiplicantur et perficiuntur scholae atque alia educationis instituta conduntur; novis experimentis excoluntur educationis et instructionis methodi; magni quidem ponderis peraguntur nisus ad eas omnibus hominibus procurandas, licet permulti pueri et iuvenes institutione etiam fundamentali adhuc priventur et tot alii apta educatione, in qua simul veritas et caritas excoluntur, careant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum vero Sancta Mater Ecclesia ad mandatum implendum a divino suo Conditore acceptum, mysterium nempe salutis omnibus hominibus nuntiandi et omnia instaurandi in Christo, integram hominis vitam etiam terrenam quatenus cum vocatione coelesti connexam curare debeat (4), in educationis progressu atque amplificatione partes suas habet. Proinde S. Synodus de educatione christiana praesertim in scholis fundamentalia quaedam principia declarat, quae a speciali post Concilium Commissione fusius evolvenda erunt atque ab Episcoporum Conferentiis ad diversas regionum condiciones applicanda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1 .Omnibus hominibus cuiusvis stirpis, condicionis et aetatis utpote dignitate personae pollentibus, ius est inalienabile ad educationem (5), proprio fini respondentem (6), propriae indoli, sexus differentiae, culturae patriisque traditionibus accommodatam et simul fraternae cum aliis populis consortioni apertam ad veram unitatem et pacem in terris fovendam. Vera autem educatio prosequitur formationem personae humanae in ordine ad finem eius ultimum et simul ad bonum societatum, quarum homo membrum exstat et in quarum officiis, adultus effectus, partem habebit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pueri igitur et adolescentes, ratione habita progressus scientiae psychologicae, paedagogicae et didacticae adiuventur oportet ad dotes physicas, morales et intellectuales harmonice evolvendas, ad gradatim acquirendum perfectiorem sensum responsabilitatis in propria vita continuo nisu recte excolenda et in vera libertate prosequenda, obstaculis magno et constanti animo superatis. Positiva et prudenti educatione sexuali progrediente aetate instituantur. Praeterea ad vitam socialem participandam ita conformentur ut, instrumentis necessariis et opportunis rite instructi, in varios humanae communitatis coetus actuose sese inserere valeant, colloquio cum aliis aperiantur communique bono provehendo operam libenter navent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Similiter Sancta Synodus declarat pueris ac adolescentibus ius esse ut in valoribus moralibus recta conscientia aestimandis et adhaesione personali amplectendis necnon in Deo perfectius cognoscendo et diligendo instimulentur. Ideoque enixe rogat omnes qui vel populorum regimen tenent vel educationi praesunt, ut curent ne umquam iuventus hoc sacro iure privetur. Filios autem Ecclesiae exhortatur ut generoso animo operam praestent in universo educationis campo, praesertim hunc in finem ut congrua educationis et instructionis beneficia ad omnes ubique terrarum citius extendi possint (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnibus christianis, quippe qui, per regenerationem ex aqua et Spiritu Sancto nova creatura effecti (8), filii Dei nominentur et sint, ius est ad educationem christianam. Quae quidem non solum maturitatem humanae personae modo descriptam prosequitur, sed eo principaliter spectat ut baptizati dum in cognitionem mysterii salutis gradatim introducuntur, accepti fidei doni in dies magis conscii fiant; Deum Patrem in spiritu et veritate adorare (cf. Io 4,23) praeprimis in actione liturgica addiscant, ad propriam vitam secundum novum hominem in iustitia et sanctitate veritatis (Eph 4,22-24) gerendam conformentur; ita quidem occurrant in virum perfectum, in aetatem plenitudinis Christi (cf. Eph 4,13) et augmento corporis mystici operam praestent. Iidem insuper suae vocationis conscii tum spei quae in eis est (cf. 1 Pt 3,15), testimonium exhibere tum christianam mundi conformationem adiuvare consuescant, qua naturales valores in completa hominis a Christo redempti consideratione assumpti, ad totius societatis bonum conferant (9). Quare haec S. Synodus animarum Pastoribus gravissimum recolit officium omnia disponendi ut hac educatione christiana omnes fideles fruantur, praeprimis iuvenes qui spes sunt Ecclesiae (10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parentes, cum vitam filiis contulerint, prolem educandi gravissima obligatione tenentur et ideo primi et praecipui eorum educatores agnoscendi sunt (11). Quod munus educationis tanti ponderis est ut, ubi desit, aegre suppleri possit. Parentum enim est talem familiae ambitum amore, pietate erga Deum et homines animatum creare qui integrae filiorum educationi personali et sociali faveat. Familia proinde est prima schola virtutum socialium quibus indigent omnes societates. Maxime vero in christiana familia, matrimonii sacramenti gratia et officio ditata, filii iam a prima aetate secundum fidem in baptismo receptam Deum percipere et colere atque proximum diligere doceantur oportet; ibidem primam inveniunt experientiam et sanae societatis humanae et Ecclesiae; per familiam denique in civilem hominum consortionem et in populum Dei sensim introducuntur. Persentiant igitur parentes quanti momenti sit familia vere christiana pro vita et progressu ipsius populi Dei (12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Educationis impertiendae munus primario familiae competens totius societatis auxiliis indiget. Praeter igitur iura parentum ceterorumque quibus ipsi partem in munere educationis concredunt, certa quidem officia et iura competunt societati civili, quatenus eius est ea ordinare quae ad bonum commune temporale requiruntur. Ad eius munera pertinet educationem iuventutis pluribus modis provehere: parentum scilicet aliorumque qui in educatione partes habent officia et iura tueri eisque adiumenta praebere; iuxta subsidiarii officii principium, deficientibus parentum aliarumque societatum incoeptis, educationis opus, attentis quidem parentum votis, perficere; insuper, quatenus bonum commune postulat, scholas et instituta propria condere (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Singulari demum ratione officium educandi ad Ecclesiam spectat, non solum quia humana quoque societas educationis tradendae capax agnoscenda est, sed maxime quia munus habet viam salutis omnibus hominibus annuntiandi, credentibus vitam Christi communicandi eosque continua sollicitudine adiuvandi ut ad huius vitae plenitudinem pervenire valeant (14). His igitur filiis suis tanquam Mater eam praestare Ecclesia tenetur educationem, qua tota eorum vita spiritu Christi imbuatur, simul autem omnibus populis suam operam praebet ad promovendam integram personae humanae perfectionem, ad bonum quoque societatis terrestris atque ad aedificationem mundi humanius configurandi (15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In munere suo educationis explendo Ecclesia de omnibus aptis subsidiis sollicita, praecipue de eis curat quae ipsi sunt propria, quorum primum est institutio catechetica (16) quae fidem illuminat et roborat, vitam secundum spiritum Christi nutrit, ad mysterii liturgici consciam et actuosam participationem conducit (17) atque ad actionem apostolicam excitat. Ecclesia magni facit et suo spiritu penetrare et elevare quaerit cetera quoque auxilia, quae ad commune hominum patrimonium pertinent quaeque ad animos excolendos hominesque formandos magnopere conferunt, uti sunt communicationis socialis instrumenta (18), multiplices animi corporisque exercitationum coetus, iuvenum consociationes atque praesertim scholae."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inter omnia educationis instrumenta peculiare momentum habet schola (19), quae vi suae missionis dum facultates intellectuales assidua cura excolit, recte iudicandi capacitatem evolvit, in patrimonium culturae a generationibus praeteritis acquisitum introducit, sensum valorum promovet, vitam professionalem praeparat, inter alumnos diversae indolis et condicionis amicalem consortionem pariens mutuam se comprehendendi dispositionem fovet; insuper velut quoddam centrum constituit cuius operositatem et profectum una participare debent familiae, magistri, varii generis consociationes vitam culturalem, civicam, religiosam promoventes, societas civilis, et tota communitas humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pulchra igitur et gravis quidem ponderis est vocatio illorum omnium qui parentes in eorundem officio implendo iuvantes et communitatis humanae vices gerentes, munus educandi in scholis suscipiunt; quae vocatio peculiares mentis et cordis dotes, diligentissimam praeparationem, continuam renovationis et adaptationis promptitudinem expostulat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parentes quibus primum et inalienabile officium et ius est filios educandi, in scholis eligendis vera libertate gaudeant oportet. Potestas publica igitur cuius est civium libertates tueri et defendere, iustitiae distributivae consulens curare debet, ut subsidia publica ita erogentur ut parentes pro filiis suis scholas, secundum conscientiam suam, vere libere selegere valeant (20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ceterum rei publicae est providere ut omnes cives ad congruam culturae participationem accedere valeant atque ad officia et iura civilia exercenda debite praeparentur. Ipsa igitur res publica ius puerorum ad adaequatam educationem scholarem tutari, magistrorum capacitati studiorumque praestantiae vigilare, alumnorum sanitati consulere atque in genere integrum scholarum opus promovere debet, principio subsidiarii officii prae oculis habito et ideo quovis excluso scholarum monopolio, quod nativis humanae personae iuribus, ipsius quoque culturae profectui et divulgationi, pacificae civium consortioni necnon pluralismo in permultis societatibus hodie vigenti adversatur (21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christifideles vero S. Synodus hortatur ut sive ad aptas educationis methodos studiorumque rationem inveniendas, sive ad magistros efformandos qui iuvenes recte educare valeant, auxiliatricem operam ultro praestent atque, parentum praesertim consociationibus, universum scholae munus et praecipue educationem moralem in ea tradendam suis adiumentis prosequantur (22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gravissimum praeterea officium persentiens moralem et religiosam educationem omnium suorum filiorum sedulo curandi, Ecclesia peculiari suo affectu et adiutorio praesens sit oportet iis plurimis qui in scholis non catholicis instituuntur; tum per testimonium vitae eorum qui eos docent et moderantur, tum per condiscipulorum apostolicam actionem (23), tum maxime per ministerium sacerdotum et laicorum qui eis doctrinam salutis tradunt, ratione aetati et adiunctis accommodata et spirituale auxilium praebent opportunis incoeptis pro rerum temporumque condicione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parentibus autem grave recolit officium quod eis competit omnia disponendi vel etiam exigendi ut filii sui illis auxiliis frui possint et formatione christiana harmonico gressu cum profana progrediantur. Propterea Ecclesia illas auctoritates et societates civiles dilaudat, quae pluralismi hodiernae societatis ratione habita et debitae libertati religiosae consulentes, familias adiuvant ut educatio filiorum in omnibus scholis secundum propria familiarum principia moralia et religiosa impertiri possit (24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesiae praesentia in scholarum campo ostenditur peculiari ratione per scholam catholicam. Ea quidem non minus quam aliae scholae fines culturales et humanam iuvenum formationem prosequitur. Proprium autem illius est communitatis scholaris ambitum, spiritu evangelico libertatis et caritatis animatum creare, adolescentes adiuvare ut in propria persona evolvenda una simul crescant secundum novam creaturam quae per baptismum effecti sunt, atque universam culturam humanam ad nuntium salutis postremo ordinare ita ut cognitio quam alumni de mundo, vita et homine gradatim acquirunt, fide illuminetur (25). Ita quidem schola catholica, dum progredientis aetatis condicionibus sicut oportet se aperit, suos alumnos ad civitatis terrestris bonum efficaciter provehendum educat et ad servitium pro Regno Dei dilatando praeparat, ut exemplaris et apostolicae vitae exercitio salutare veluti fermentum humanae communitatis efficiantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Schola catholica igitur cum ad Populi Dei missionem explendam tantopere conferre et dialogo inter Ecclesiam et hominum communitatem, in ipsorum mutuum beneficium, inservire valeat, nostris quoque rerum adiunctis suum gravissimum retinet momentum. Quare haec S. Synodus ius Ecclesiae scholas cuiusvis ordinis et gradus libere condendi atque regendi, in plurimis Magisterii documentis iam declaratum (26), denuo proclamat, in memoriam revocans huiusmodi iuris exercitium libertati quoque conscientiae et parentum iuribus tuendis necnon ipsius culturae profectui summopere conferre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Meminerint autem Magistri se quam maxime esse auctores ut schola catholica sua proposita et incoepta ad rem deducere valeat (27). Peculiari ergo iidem praeparentur sollicitudine ut scientia tum profana tum religiosa idoneis titulis comprobata sint praediti et arte educandi progredientis aetatis inventis congruente ditati. Caritate sibi vicissim et discipulis devincti atque spiritu apostolico imbuti, tam vita quam doctrina testimonium exhibeant unico Magistro Christo. Sociam, imprimis cum parentibus praestent operam; una cum ipsis debitam in universa educatione habeant rationem discriminis sexus et finis proprii utrique sexui in familia et in societate a divina providentia praestituti; personalem ipsorum alumnorum actionem excitare satagant eosque, absoluto curriculo scholari, consilio, amicitia, peculiaribus quoque conditis associationibus vero spiritu ecclesiali ditatis prosequi pergant. Horum magistrorum ministerium veri nominis apostolatum, nostris quoque temporibus maxime congruentem et necessarium S. Synodus declarat, simulque verum servitium societati praestitum. Parentibus vero catholicis officium memorat liberos suos concredendi, quando et ubi possunt, scholis catholicis, eas pro viribus sustinendi et cum eis in bonum filiorum suorum collaborandi (28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Huic scholae catholicae imagini omnes scholae ab Ecclesia quavis ratione dependentes pro viribus conformentur oportet, licet schola catholica pro locorum adiunctis varias formas induere possitn (29). Carissimas sane sibi habet Ecclesia etiam scholas catholicas quae in novarum ecclesiarum praesertim territoriis ab alumnis quoque non catholicis frequentantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ceterum in scholis catholicis constituendis et ordinandis progredientis aetatis necessitatibus consulendum est. Propterea, dum fovendae manent scholae quae inferioris et medii ordinis sunt atque educationis fundamentum constituunt, magni quoque faciendae sunt illae quae ab hodiernis condicionibus peculiari ratione requiruntur, ut sunt scholae quae professionales (30) et technicae nuncupantur, instituta erudiendis adultis, socialibus auxiliis provehendis necnon iis, qui ob naturae defectum peculiari cura indigent, destinata atque scholae in quibus magistri tum pro institutione religiosa tum pro aliis educationis formis praeparantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sancta Synodus Ecclesiae Pastores necnon omnes christifideles vehementer hortatur ut, nullis praetermissis sacrificiis, scholas catholicas adiuvent in earundem munere in dies perfectius explendo et praeprimis in curandis necessitatibus eorum qui bonis temporalibus sunt pauperes vel familiae adiutorio et affectu privantur vel a dono fidei sunt alieni."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Altioris ordinis pariter scholas, praesertim Universitates et Facultates Ecclesia sedula prosequitur cura. Quin etiam in iis quae ab ipsa dependent, organica ratione intendit ut singulae disciplinae propriis principiis, propria methodo atque propria inquisitionis scientificae libertate ita excolantur, ut profundior in dies earum intelligentia obtineatur et, novis progredientis aetatis quaestionibus ac investigationibus accuratissime consideratis, altius perspiciatur quomodo fides et ratio in unum verum conspirent, Ecclesiae Doctorum, praesertim S. Thomae Aquinatis vestigia premendo (31). Ita quidem veluti publica, stabilis atque universalis praesentia efficiatur mentis christianae in toto culturae altioris promovendae studio atque horum institutorum alumni formentur homines doctrina vere praestantes, gravioribus officiis in societate obeundis parati atque fidei in mundo testes (32)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Universitatibus Catholicis in quibus nulla Facultas S. Theologiae exstet, Institutum habeatur vel Cathedra S. Theologiae, in qua lectiones laicis quoque alumnis accommodatae tradantur. Cum scientiae per investigationes peculiares altioris scientifici momenti praecipue proficiant, in Universitatibus et Facultatibus catholicis Instituta maxime foveantur, quae primario investigationi scientificae promovendae inserviant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sancta Synodus valde commendat ut Universitates et Facultates catholicae in diversis terrae partibus convenienter distributae, promoveantur, ita tamen ut non numero, sed doctrinae studio eniteant; eorumque aditus facile pateat alumnis maioris spei, etsi tenuioris fortunae, iis praesertim qui e novis adveniant nationibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quandoquidem sors societatis et ipsius Ecclesiae cum iuvenum altiora studia excolentium profectu intime connectitur 833), Ecclesiae Pastores non tantum impensam habeant curam de vita spirituali alumnorum qui Universitates Catholicas frequentant; sed de formatione spirituali omnium filiorum suorum solliciti, inter Episcopos consiliis opportune collatis, provideant ut etiam apud Universitates non catholicas convictus et centra universitaria catholica habeantur, in quibus sacerdotes, religiosi et laici, accurate selecti et praeparati, iuventuti universitariae spirituale et intellectuale adiutorium praebeant permanens. Iuvenes autem melioris ingenii sive catholicarum sive aliarum Universitatum, qui ad docendum et investigandum apti videantur, peculiari cura excolantur et ad magisteria suscipienda promoveantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A scientiarum sacrarum Facultatum operositate plurimum exspectat Ecclesia (34). Ipsis enim concredit gravissimum officium proprios alumnos praeparandi non solum ad ministerium sacerdotale sed maxime sive ad docendum in superiorum studiorum ecclesiasticorum sedibus sive ad disciplinas propria ope promovendas sive ad magis ardua apostolatus intellectualis munera suscipienda. Ipsarum Facultatum item est varias sacrarum disciplinarum regiones altius pervestigare ita ut profundior in dies Sacrae Revelationis intellectus obtineatur, patrimonium sapientiae christianae a maioribus traditum plenius aperiatur, dialogus cum fratribus seiunctis et cum non christianis promoveatur atque quaestionibus a doctrinarum progressu exortis respondeatur (35)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quare ecclesiasticae Facultales, propriis ipsarum legibus opportune recognitis, scientias sacras et cum sacris connexas impense promoveant et recentioribus quoque methodis et auxiliis adhibitis, ad altiores investigationes auditores instituant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum cooperatio, quae in ordine dioecesano, nationali et internationali altius in dies urgetur et invalescit, etiam in re scholastica maxime sit necessaria, omni ope curandum est ut inter scholas catholicas apta foveatur coordinatio, atque inter easdem ceterasque scholas provehatur collaboratio, quam universae hominum communitatis bonum requirit (36)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ex maiore coordinatione sociaque opera praecipue in Institutorum academicorum ambitu uberiores fructus percipientur. In omni igitur Universitate variae Facultates mutuam sibi, prout obiectum siverit, praestent operam. Ipsae quoque Universitates mutua inter sese operae coniunctione conspirent, conventus internationales una simul promovendo, scientificas pervestigationes inter sese distribuendo, inventa vicissim communicando ac magistros ad tempus permutando inter se ceteraque quae ad maiorem adiutricem operam conferunt provehendo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusio"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Synodus ipsos iuvenes enixe hortatur ut praestantiae muneris educandi conscii, ad illud suscipiendum generoso animo sint parati, in illis praesertim regionibus in quibus ob magistrorum inopiam iuventutis educatio in discrimine est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eadem S. Synodus, dum gratissimam se profitetur erga sacerdotes, religiosos, religiosas et laicos, qui evangelica sui deditione in praecellens educationis et scholarum cuiusvis generis et gradus opus incumbunt, eos hortatur ut in suscepto munere generose perseverent atque in alumnis spiritu Christi imbuendis, in paedagogica arte et in scientiarum studio ita excellere nitantur ut non solum internam Ecclesiae renovationem promoveant, sed eius beneficam praesentiam in mundo hodierno praesertim intellectuali servent et augeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec omnia et singula quae in hac Declaratione edicta sunt, placuerunt Sacrosancti Concilii Patribus. Et Nos, Apostolica a Christo Nobis tradita potestate, illa, una cum Venerabilibus Patribus, in Spiritu Sancto approbamus, decernimus ac statuimus et quae ita synodaliter statuta sunt ad Dei gloriam promulgari iubemus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Romae, apud S. Petrum"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "die XXVIII mensis octobris anno MCMLXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS Catholicae Ecclesiae Episcopus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur Patrum subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Patrum subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EUGENIUS Episcopus Ostiensis ac Portuensis et S. Rufinae Cardinalis TISSERANT, Sacri Collegii Decanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus Albanensis Cardinalis PIZZARDO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENEDICTUS Episcopus Praenestinus Cardinalis Aloisi MASELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS Episcopus tit. Veliternus Cardinalis CENTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HAMLETUS IOANNES Episcopus tit. Tusculanus Cardinalis CICOGNANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus tit. Sabinensis et Mandelensis Cardinalis FERRETTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS GABRIEL Cardinalis TAPPOUNI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Syrorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAXIMUS IV Cardinalis SAIGH, Patriarcha Antiochenus Melkitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS PETRUS Cardinalis MEOUCHI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Maronitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS I Cardinalis SIDAROUSS, Patriarcha Alexandrinus Coptorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EMMANUEL titulo Ss. Marcellini et Petri Presbyter Cardinalis GONÇALVES CEREJEIRA, Patriarcha Lisbonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ACHILLES titulo S. Sixti Presbyter Cardinalis LIÉNART, Episcopus Insulensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IACOBUS ALOISIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Damaso Presbyter Cardinalis COPELLO, S. R. E. Cancellarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GREGORIUS PETRUS titulo S. Bartholomaei in Insula Presbyter Cardinalis AGAGIANIAN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego NORMANNUS THOMAS titulo Ss. Quattuor Coronatorum Presbyter Cardinalis GILROY, Archiepiscopus Sydneyensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Ioannis et Pauli Presbyter Cardinalis SPELLMAN, Archiepiscopus Neo-Eboracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo Ss. Bonifacii et Alexii Presbyter Cardinalis DE BARROS CÂMARA, Archiepiscopus S. Sebastiani Fluminis Ianuarii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis ante Portam Latinam Presbyter Cardinalis FRINGS, Archiepiscopus Coloniensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS titulo S. Sabinae Presbyter Cardinalis RUFFINI, Archiepiscopus Panormitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IULIUS titulo S. Mariae Scalaris Presbyter Cardinalis DÖPFNER, Archiepiscopus Monacensis et Frisingensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Andreae Apostoli de Hortis Presbyter Cardinalis MARELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUSTAVUS titulo S. Hieronymi Illyricorum Presbyter Cardinalis TESTA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Andreae de Valle Presbyter Cardinalis TRAGLIA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PETRUS TATSUO titulo S. Antonii Patavini de Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DOI, Archiepiscopus Tokiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis Baptistae Florentinorum Presbyter Cardinalis LEFEBVRE, Archiepiscopus Bituricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BERNARDUS titulo S. Ioachimi Presbyter Cardinalis ALFRINK, Archiepiscopus Ultraiectensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RUFINUS I. titulo S. Mariae ad Montes Presbyter Cardinalis SANTOS, Archiepiscopus Manilensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAUREANUS titulo S. Francisci Assisiensis ad Ripam Maiorem Presbyter Cardinalis RUGAMBWA, Episcopus Bukobaënsis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS tituli Ssmi Redemptoris et S. Alfonsi in Exquiliis Presbyter Cardinalis RITTER, Archiepiscopus S. Ludovici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS HUMBERTUS titulo Ss. Andreae et Gregorii ad Clivum Scauri Presbyter Cardinalis QUINTERO, Archiepiscopus Caracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Priscae Presbyter Cardinalis DA COSTA NUNES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego HILDEBRANDUS titulo S. Sebastiani ad Catacumbas Presbyter Cardinalis ANTONIUTTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego EPHRAEM titulo S. Crucis in Hierusalem Presbyter Cardinalis FORNI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Mariae de Aracoeli Presbyter Cardinalis LANDAZURI RICKETTS, Archiepiscopus Limanus, Primas Peruviae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RADULFUS titulo S. Bernardi ad Thermas Presbyter Cardinalis SILVA HENRIQUEZ, Archiepiscopus S. Iacobi in Chile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO IOSEPHUS titulo S. Petri ad Vincula Presbyter Cardinalis SUENENS, Archiepiscopus Mechliniensis-Bruxellensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANGELUS titulo Sacri Cordis Beatae Mariae Virginis ad forum Euclidis Presbyter Cardinalis HERRERA, Episcopus Malacitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALAPHRIDUS S. Mariae in Domnica Protodiaconus Cardinalis OTTAVIANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS S. Mariae in Cosmedin Diaconus Cardinalis ROBERTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ARCADIUS SS. Blasii et Caroli ad Catinarios Diaconus Cardinalis LARRAONA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS SS. Cosmae et Damiani Diaconus Cardinalis MORANO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUILLELMUS THEODORUS S. Theodori in Palatio Diaconus Cardinalis HEARD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego AUGUSTINUS S. Sabae Diaconus Cardinalis BEA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRATER MICHAEL S. Pauli Apostoli in Arenula Diaconus Cardinalis BROWNE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOACHIM ANSELMUS S. Apollinaris Diaconus Cardinalis ALBAREDA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRIDERICUS S. Ioannis Bosco in via Tusculana Diaconus Cardinalis CALLORI DI VIGNALE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS S. Michaëlis Archangeli Diaconus Cardinalis CARDIJN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS S. Mariae in Porticu Diaconus Cardinalis JOURNET."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALBERTUS GORI, Patriarcha Hierosolymitanus Latinorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS PETRUS XVI BATANIAN, Patriarcha Ciliciae Armenorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS VIEIRA ALVERNAZ, Patriarcha Indiarum Orientalium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES CAROLUS MCQUAID, Archiepiscopus Dublinensis, Primas Hiberniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS ROHRACHER, Archiepiscopus Salisburgensis, Primas Germaniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego DEMETRIUS MOSCATO, Archiepiscopus Primas Salernitanus et Administrator Perpetuus Acernensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUGO CAMOZZO, Archiepiscopus Pisanus et Primas Sardiniae et Corsicae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALEXANDER TOKI , Archiepiscopus Antibarensis, Primas Serbiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Inter plurima documenta momentum educationis illustrantia cf. imprimis: BENEDICTUS XV, Ep. Apost. Communes Litteras, 10 apr. 1919: AAS 11 (1919), p. 172. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, 31 dec. 1929: AAS 22 (1930), pp. 49-86. Pius XII, Allocutio ad Iuvenes A. C. I., 20 apr. 1946: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi VIII, pp. 53-57. - Allocutio ad Patres familias Galliae, 18 sept. 1951: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XIII, pp. 241-245. IOANNES XXIII, Nuntius tricesimo exacto anno ex quo Litt. Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri editae sunt, 30 dec. 1959: AAS 52 (1960), pp. 57-59. PAULUS VI, Allocutio ad sodales F. I. D. A. E. (Federazione Istituti Dipendenti dall'Autorità Ecclesiastica), 30 dec. 1963: Encicliche e Discorsi di S. S. Paolo VI, 1 Roma 1964, pp. 601-603. Insuper conferantur Acta et Documenta Concilio Oecumenico Vaticano II apparando, series I, Antepraeparatoria, vol. III, pp. 363-364, 370-371, 373-374."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cfr. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Mater et Magistra, 15 maii 1961: AAS 53 (1961) pp. 413, 415-417, 424. - Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) p. 278 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Cf. Professio Universalis iurium humanorum (Déclaration des droits de l'homme) die 10 dec. 1948 a Foederatarum Nationum Coetu generali rata habita; et cf. Déclaration des droits de l'enfant, 20 nov. 1959; Protocole additionnel à la convention de sauvegarde des droits de l'homme et des libertés fondamentales, Parisiis, 20 mart. 1952; circa illam Professionem Universalem iurium humanorum cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 295 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Mater et Magistra, 15 maii 1961: AAS 53 (1961), p. 402. CONC. VAT. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen Gentium, n. 17: AAS 57 (1965), p. 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) PIUS XII, Nuntius radiophonicus datus 24 dec. 1942: AAS 35 (1943), pp. 12, 19. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 259 s. Et cf. Declarationes iurium hominis laudatas in nota 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, 31 dec. 1929: AAS 22 (1930), p. 50 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Mater et Magistra, 15 maii 1961: AAS 53 (1961), p. 441 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, l. c., p. 83."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen Gentium, n. 36: AAS 57 (1965), p. 41 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. de pastorali Episcoporum munere in Ecclesia, Christus Dominus, nn. 12-14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, l. c., p. 59 s.; Litt. Encycl. Mit brennender Sorge, 14 martii 1937: AAS 29 (1937), p. 164 s. PIUS XII, Allocutio ad primum congressum nationalem Consociationis Italicae Magistrorum catholicorum (A.I.M.C.), 8 sept. 1946: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi VIII, p. 218."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Constitutio dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen Gentium, nn. 11 et 35: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 16 et 40 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, l. c., p. 63 s. PIUS XII, Nuntius radiophonicus datus 1 iunii 1941: AAS 33 (1941) p. 200; Allocutio ad primum Congressum nationalem Consociationis Italicae Magistrorum catholicorum, 8 sept. 1946: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi VIII, p. 218. Circa principium subsidiaritatis Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 294."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, l. c., pp. 53 s., 56 s. -Litt. Encycl. Non abbiamo bisogno, 29 iunii 1931: AAS 23 (1931), p. 311 s. PIUS XII, Litt. Secretariae Status ad XXVIII Hebdomadam Soc. Ital. 20 sept. 1955: L'Osservatore Romano, 29 sept. 1955."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Ecclesia laudat illas auctoritates civiles, locales, nationales et internationales quae, urgentiorum huius aetatis necessitatum consciae, omnes vires impendunt, ut omnes populi plenioris educationis et cultus humani participes fieri valeant. Cf. PAULUS VI, Allocutio in Consilio Nationum Unitarum, 4 oct. 1965: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 877-885."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Cf. PIUS XI, Motu proprio Orbem catholicum, 29 iunii 1923: AAS 15 (1923), PP. 327-329. Decr. Provido sane, 12 ian. 1935: AAS 27 (1935), pp. 145-152. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. de pastorali Episcoporum munere in Ecclesia, Christus Dominus, nn. 13 et 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Constit. de Sacra Liturgia, Sacrosanctum Concilium, n. 14: AAS 56 (1964), p. 104."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. de instrumentis communicationis socialis, Inter mirifica, nn. 13 et 14: AAS 56 (1964), p. 149 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, l. c., p. 76; PIUS XII, Allocutio ad Associationem Magistrorum Catholicorum Bavariae, 31 dec. 1956: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XVIII, p. 746."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Cf. CONC. PROV. CINCINNATENSE III, a. 1861: Collectio Lacensis, III, col. 1240, c/d; PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, l. c., pp. 60, 63 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, l. c., p. 63; Litt. Encycl. Non abbiamo bisogno, 29 iunii 1931: AAS 23 (1931), p. 305. PIUS XII, Litt. Secretariae Status ad XXVIII Hebdomadam Soc. Ital., 20 sept. 1955: L'Osservatore Romano, 29 sept. 1955. PAULUS VI, Allocutio ad Associationem Christianam Operariorum Italiae (A. C. L. I.), 6 oct. 1963: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI, I, Roma 1964, p. 230."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Nuntius tricesimo exacto anno ex quo Litt. Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri editae sunt, 30 dec. 1959 AAS 52 (1960), p. 57."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Ecclesia magni facit actionem apostolicam, quam etiam in illis scholis magistri et condiscipuli catholici exercere valent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Cf. PIUS XII, Allocutio ad Associationem Magistrorum Catholicorum Bavariae, 31 dec. 1956: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XVIII, p. 745 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Cf. CONC. PROV. WESTMONASTERIENSE I, a. 1852: Collectio Lacensis III, col. 1334, a/b.; PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, l. c., p. 77 s.; PIUS XII, Allocutio ad Associationem Magistrorum Catholicorum Bavariae, 31 dec. 1956: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XVIII, p. 746; PAULUS VI, Allocutio ad sodales F. I. D. A. E. (Federazione Istituti Dipendenti dall'Autorità Ecclesiastica), 30 dec. 1963: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI, I, Roma 1964, p. 602 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Cf. Imprimis documenta in nota I laudata; insuper hoc Ecclesiae ius proclamatur a multis Conciliis provincialibus nec non in recentissimis Declarationibus plurium Conferentiarum Episcoporum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Divini Illius Magistri, l. c., p. 80 s.; PIUS XII, Allocutio ad Consociationem Catholicam Italicam Magistrorum scholarum secundariarum (U. C. I. I. M.), 5 ian. 1954: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, XV, pp. 551-556; IOANNES XXIII, Allocutio ad VI Congressum Associationis Italicae Magistrorum Catholicorum (A. I. M. C.), 5 sept. 1959: Discorsi, Messaggi, Colloqui, I, Roma 1960, pp. 427-431."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Cf. PIUS XII, Allocutio ad Consociationem Catholicam Italicam Magistrorum scholarum secundariarum (U. C. I. I. M.), 5 ian. 1954, l. c., p. 555."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Cf. PAULUS VI, Allocutio ad Officium Internationale Educationis Catholicae (0. I. E. C.), 25 febr. 1964: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI, II, Roma 1964, p. 232."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Cf. PAULUS VI, Allocutio ad Associationem Christianam Operariorum Italiae (A. C. L. I.), 6 oct. 1963: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI, I, Roma 1964, p. 229."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Cf. PAULUS VI, Allocutio ad Associationem Christianam Operariorum Italiae (A. C. L. I.), 6 oct. 1963: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI, I, Roma 1964, p. 229."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) Cf. PIUS XII, Allocutio ad magistros et alumnos Institutorum Superiorum Catholicorum Galliae, 21 sept. 1950: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, XII, pp. 219-221; Ep. ad XXII Congressum «Pax Romana», 12 aug. 1952: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, XIV, pp. 567-569; IOANNES XXIII, Allocutio ad Foederationem Universitatum Catholicarum, 1 apr. 1959: Discorsi, Messaggi, Colloqui, I, Roma 1960, pp. 226-229; PAULUS VI, Allocutio ad Senatum Academicum Universitatis Catholicae Mediolanensis, 5 apr. 1964: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI, II, Roma 1964, pp. 438-443."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) Cf. PIUS XII, Allocutio ad Senatum Academicum et alumnos Universitatis Romanae, 15 iunii 1952: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, XIV, p. 208: «La direzione della società di domani è principalmente riposta nella mente e nel cuore degli universitari di oggi»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Cf. PIUS XI, Const. Apost. Deus Scientiarum Dominus, 24 maii 1931: AAS 23 (1931), pp. 245 -247."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(35) Cf. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Humani Generis, 12 aug. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), pp. 568 s., 578; PAULUS VI, Litt. Encycl. Ecclesiam Suam, Pars III, 6 aug. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 637-659; CONC. VAT. II, Decr. de Oecumenismo, Unitatis Redintegratio, AAS 57 (1965), pp. 90-107."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(36) Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Pacem in terris, 11 apr. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 284 et passim."
            }
          ]
        },
        "pt": {
          "code": "pt",
          "label": "Português",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651028_gravissimum-educationis_po.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-64-vat-ii_decl_19651028_gravissimum-educationis_po.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECLARAÇÃO GRAVISSIMUM EDUCATIONIS SOBRE A EDUCAÇÃO CRISTÃ"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROÉMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importância e actualidade"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio Ecuménico considerou atentamente a gravíssima importância da educação na vida do homem e a sua influência cada vez maior no progresso social do nosso tempo(1). Na verdade, a educação dos jovens, e até uma certa formação continuada dos adultos torna-se, nas circunstâncias actuais, não só mais fácil mas também mais urgente. Com efeito, os homens, mais plenamente conscientes da própria dignidade e do próprio dever, anseiam por tomar parte cada vez mais activamente na vida social , sobretudo, na vida económica e política (2); os admiráveis progressos da técnica e da investigação científica e os novos meios de comunicação social dão aos homens a oportunidade de, gozando por vezes de mais tempo livre, conseguirem mais facilmente a cultura intelectual e moral e de mútuamente se aperfeiçoarem, mercê dos laços de união mais estreitos quer com os grupos quer mesmo com os povos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, em toda a parte se fazem esforços para promover cada vez mais a educação; declaram-se e registam-se em documentos públicos os direitos fundamentais dos homens e, em particular, dos filhos e dos pais, relativos à educação (3); com o aumento crescente do número de alunos, multiplicam-se e aperfeiçoam-se as escolas e fundam-se outros centros de educação; cultivam-se, com novas experiências, os métodos de educação e de instrução; realizam-se grandes esforços para que tais métodos estejam à disposição de todos os homens, embora muitas crianças e jovens ainda não possuam a formação mais elementar, e tantos outros careçam de educação adequada, na qual se cultivem simultâneamente a verdade e a caridade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Visto que a santa Mãe Igreja, para realizar o mandato recebido do seu fundador, de anunciar o mistério da salvação a todos os homens e de tudo restaurar em Cristo, deve cuidar de toda a vida do homem, mesmo da terrena enquanto está relacionada com a vocação celeste (4), tem a sua parte no progresso e ampliação da educação. Por isso, o sagrado Concílio enuncia alguns princípios fundamentais sobre a educação cristã mormente nas escolas, princípios que serão depois desenvolvidos por uma Comissão especial e aplicada nos diversos lugares pelas Conferências episcopais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Direito universal à educação"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos os homens, de qualquer estirpe, condição e idade, visto gozarem da dignidade de pessoa, têm direito inalienável a uma educação (5) correspondente ao próprio fim (6), acomodada à própria índole, sexo, cultura e tradições pátrias, e, ao mesmo tempo, aberta ao consórcio fraterno com os outros povos para favorecer a verdadeira unidade e paz na terra. A verdadeira educação, porém, pretende a formação da pessoa humana em ordem ao seu fim último e, ao mesmo tempo, ao bem das sociedades de que o homem é membro e em cujas responsabilidades, uma vez adulto, tomará parte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, é necessário que, tendo em conta os progressos da psicologia, pedagogia e didáctica, as crianças e os adolescentes sejam ajudados em ordem ao desenvolvimento harmónico das qualidades físicas, morais e intelectuais, e à aquisição gradual dum sentido mais perfeito da responsabilidade na própria vida, rectamente cultivada com esforço contínuo e levada por diante na verdadeira liberdade, vencendo os obstáculos com magnanimidade e constância. Sejam formados numa educação sexual positiva e prudente, à medida que vão crescendo. Além disso, de tal modo se preparem para tomar parte na vida social, que, devidamente munidos dos instrumentos necessários e oportunos, sejam capazes de inserir-se activamente nos vários agrupamentos da comunidade humana, se abram ao diálogo com os outros e se esforcem de boa vontade por cooperar no bem comum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De igual modo, o sagrado Concílio declara que as, crianças e os adolescentes têm direito de serem estimulados a estimar rectamente os valores morais e a abraçá-los pessoalmente, bem como a conhecer e a amar Deus mais perfeitamente. Por isso, pede insistentemente a todos os que governam os povos ou orientam a educação, para que providenciem que a juventude nunca seja privada deste sagrado direito. Exorta, porém, os filhos da Igreja a que colaborem generosamente em todo o campo da educação, sobretudo com a intenção de que se possam estender o mais depressa possível a todos e em toda a parte os justos benefícios da educação e da instrução(7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natureza e fim da educação cristã"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos os cristãos que, uma vez feitos nova criatura mediante a regeneração pela água e pelo Espírito Santo(8), se chamam e são de facto filhos de Deus, têm direito à educação cristã. Esta procura dar não só a maturidade da pessoa humana acima descrita, mas tende principalmente a fazer com que os baptizados, enquanto são introduzidos gradualmente no conhecimento do mistério da salvação, se tornem cada vez mais conscientes do dom da fé que receberam; aprendam, principalmente na acção litúrgica, a adorar Deus Pai em espírito e verdade (cfr. Jo. 4,23), disponham-se a levar a própria vida segundo o homem novo em justiça e santidade de verdade (EL 4, 22-24); e assim se aproximem do homem perfeito, da idade plena de Cristo (cfr. Ef. 4,13) e colaborem no aumento do Corpo místico. Além disso, conscientes da sua vocação; habituem-se quer a testemunhar a esperança que neles existe (cf. 1 Ped. 3,15), quer a ajudar a conformação cristã do mundo, mediante a qual os valores naturais assumidos na consideração integral do homem redimido por Cristo, cooperem no bem de toda a sociedade (9). Por isso, este sagrado Concílio lembra aos pastores de almas o dever de dispor as coisas de maneira que todos os fiéis gozem desta educação cristã, sobretudo os jovens que são a esperança da Igreja (10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os educadores: pais, sociedade civil e Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os pais, que transmitiram a vida aos filhos, têm uma gravíssima obrigação de educar a prole e, por isso, devem ser reconhecidos como seus primeiros e principais educadores (11). Esta função educativa é de tanto peso que, onde não existir, dificilmente poderá ser suprida. Com efeito, é dever dos pais criar um ambiente de tal modo animado pelo amor e pela piedade para com Deus e para com os homens que favoreça a completa educação pessoal e social dos filhos. A família é, portanto, a primeira escola das virtudes sociais de que as sociedades têm necessidade. Mas, é sobretudo, na família cristã, ornada da graça e do dever do sacramento do Matrimónio, que devem ser ensinados os filhos desde os primeiros anos, segundo a fé recebida no Baptismo a conhecer e a adorar Deus e a amar o próximo; é aí que eles encontram a primeira experiência quer da sã sociedade humana quer da Igreja; é pela família, enfim, que eles são pouco a pouco introduzidos no consórcio civil dos homens e no Povo de Deus. Caiam, portanto, os pais na conta da importância da família verdadeiramente cristã na vida e progresso do próprio Povo de Deus(12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O dever de educar, que pertence primariamente à família, precisa da ajuda de toda a sociedade. Portanto, além dos direitos dos pais e de outros a quem os pais confiam uma parte do trabalho de educação, há certos deveres e direitos que competem à sociedade civil, enquanto pertence a esta ordenar o que se requer para o bem comum temporal. Faz parte dos seus deveres promover de vários modos a educação da juventude: defender os deveres e direitos dos pais e de outros que colaboram na educação e auxiliá-los; segundo o princípio da subsidiariedade, ultimar a obra da educação, se falharem os esforços dos pais e das outras sociedades, tendo, todavia, em consideração, os desejos dos pais; além disso, fundar escolas e instituições próprias, na medida em que o bem comum o exigir (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, por uma razão particular pertence à Igreja o dever de educar, não só porque deve também ser reconhecida como sociedade humana capaz de ministrar a educação, mas sobretudo porque tem o dever de anunciar a todos os homens o caminho da salvação, de comunicar aos crentes a vida de Cristo e ajudá-los, com a sua contínua solicitude, a conseguir a plenitude desta vida (14). Portanto, a Igreja é obrigada a dar, como mãe, a estes seus filhos aquela educação, mercê da qual toda a sua vida seja imbuída do espírito de Cristo; ao mesmo tempo, porém, colabora com todos os povos na promoção da perfeição integral da pessoa humana, no bem da sociedade terrestre e na edificação dum mundo configurado mais humanamente (15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Meios da Igreja para a educação cristã"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No desempenho do seu múnus educativo, a Igreja preocupa-se com todos os meios aptos, sobretudo com aqueles que lhe pertencem; o primeiro dos quais é a instrução catequética (16) que ilumina e fortalece a fé, alimenta a vida segundo o espírito de Cristo, leva a uma participação consciente e activa no mistério de Cristo (17) e impele à acção apostólica. A Igreja aprecia muito e procura penetrar e elevar com o seu espírito também os restantes meios, para cultivar as almas e formar os homens, como são os meios de comunicação social (18), as múltiplas organizações culturais e desportivas, os agrupamentos juvenis e, sobretudo, as escolas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importância das escolas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre todos os meios de educação, tem especial importância a escola (19), que, em virtude da sua missão, enquanto cultiva atentamente as faculdades intelectuais, desenvolve a capacidade de julgar rectamente, introduz no património cultural adquirido pelas gerações passadas, promove o sentido dos valores, prepara a vida profissional, e criando entre alunos de índole e condição diferentes um convívio amigável, favorece a disposição à compreensão mútua; além disso, constitui como que um centro em cuja operosidade e progresso devem tomar parte, juntamente, as famílias, os professores, os vários agrupamentos que promovem a vida cultural, cívica e religiosa, a sociedade civil e toda a comunidade humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É bela, portanto, e de grande responsabilidade a vocação de todos aqueles que, ajudando os pais no cumprimento do seu dever e fazendo as vezes da comunidade humana, têm o dever de educar nas escolas; esta vocação exige especiais qualidades de inteligência e de coração, uma preparação esmeradíssima e uma vontade sempre pronta à renovação e adaptação."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obrigações e direitos dos pais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os pais, cujo primeiro e inalienável dever e direito é educar os filhos, devem gozar de verdadeira liberdade na escolha da escola. Por isso, o poder público, a quem pertence proteger e defender as liberdades dos cidadãos, deve cuidar, segundo a justiça distributiva, que sejam concedidos subsídios públicos de tal modo que os pais possam escolher, segundo a própria consciência, com toda a liberdade, as escolas para os seus filhos (20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De resto, é próprio do poder público providenciar para que todos os cidadãos possam alcançar uma justa participação na cultura e sejam preparados para exercer devidamente os deveres e os direitos civis Portanto, o mesmo poder público deve defender o direito das crianças a uma adequada educação escolar, velar pela competência dos professores e pela eficácia dos estudos, atender à saúde dos alunos e, em geral, promover todo o trabalho escolar, tendo em consideração o dever da subsidiariedade e, portanto, excluindo o monopólio do ensino, que vai contra os direitos inatos da pessoa humana, contra o progresso e divulgação da própria cultura, contra o convívio pacífico dos cidadãos e contra o pluralismo que vigora em muitíssimas sociedades de hoje (21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio, porém, exorta os fiéis a colaborarem espontâneamente quer para encontrar os métodos aptos de educação e de organização dos estudos, quer para formar professores capazes de educar rectamente os jovens; secundem com o seu auxílio, sobretudo mediante associações dos pais, todo o trabalho da escola e em particular a educação moral que na escola deve ser ministrada (22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Solicitude pelos alunos das escolas não-católicas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tendo, além disso, a consciência do dever gravíssimo de cuidar zelosamente da educação moral e religiosa de todos os seus filhos, a Igreja sabe que deve estar presente com o seu particular afecto e com o seu auxílio aos que são formados em escolas não católicas: quer pelo testemunho de vida dos professores e directores, quer pela acção apostólica dos colegas (23), quer sobretudo pelo ministério dos sacerdotes e dos leigos que lhes ensinam a doutrina da salvação, adaptada à idade e condição, e os auxiliam espiritualmente com iniciativas oportunas segundo as circunstâncias."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lembra, porém, aos pais o grave dever que lhes incumbe de tudo disporem, ou até exigirem, para que os seus filhos possam gozar de tais auxílios e progredir harmónicamente na formação cristã e profana. Por isso, a Igreja louva aquelas autoridades e sociedades civis que, tendo em conta o pluralismo da sociedade hodierna e atendendo à justa liberdade religiosa, ajudam as famílias para que a educação dos filhos possa ser dada em todas as escolas segundo os princípios morais e religiosos das mesmas famílias (24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Escolas católicas: importância. Direito da igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A presença da Igreja no campo escolar manifesta-se de modo particular por meio da escola católica. É verdade que esta busca, não menos que as demais escolas, fins culturais e a formação humana da juventude. É próprio dela, todavia, criar um ambiente de comunidade escolar animado pelo espírito evangélico de liberdade e de caridade, ajudar os adolescentes para que, ao mesmo tempo que desenvolvem a sua personalidade, cresçam segundo a nova criatura que são mercê do Baptismo, e ordenar finalmente toda a cultura humana à mensagem da salvação, de tal modo que seja iluminado pela fé o conhecimento que -os alunos adquirem gradualmente a respeito do mundo, da vida e do homem (25). Assim, a escola católica, enquanto se abre convenientemente às condições do progresso do nosso tempo, educa os alunos na promoção eficaz do bem da cidade terrestre, e prepara-os para o serviço da dilatação do reino de Deus, para que, pelo exercício duma vida exemplar e apostólica, se tornem como que o fermento salutar da comunidade humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, visto que a escola católica tanto pode ajudar na realização da missão do Povo de Deus, e tanto pode servir o diálogo entre a Igreja e a comunidade humana, para benefício dos homens, também nas circunstâncias actuais conserva a sua gravíssima importância. Por tal motivo, este sagrado Concílio proclama mais uma vez que a Igreja tem o direito, já declarado em muitíssimos documentos do magistério (26), de livremente fundar e dirigir escolas de qualquer espécie e grau, recordando que o exercício de tal direito muito pode concorrer para a liberdade de consciência e defesa dos direitos dos pais, bem como para o progresso da própria cultura."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lembrem-se, porém, os professores de que sobretudo deles depende que a escola católica possa realizar os seus intentos e iniciativas (27). Sejam, por isso, preparados com particular solicitude, para que estejam munidos de ciência quer profana quer religiosa, comprovada pelos respectivos títulos, e possuam a arte de educar, de harmonia com o progresso dos nossos dias. Unidos entre si e com os alunos pela caridade, e imbuídos de espírito apostólico, dêem testemunho de Cristo, mestre único, quer com a vida quer com a doutrina. Colaborem, sobretudo, com os pais; juntamente com eles, tenham na devida consideração, em toda a obra educativa, a diferença sexual e o fim próprio atribuído pela Providência divina a cada sexo na família e na sociedade; esforcem-se por suscitar a acção pessoal dos alunos, e, depois de acabado o curso escolar, continuem a acompanhá-los com o conselho, a amizade e com a organização de associações peculiares imbuídas de verdadeiro espírito eclesial. .O sagrado Concílio declara que o ministério destes professores é um autêntico apostolado, muito oportuno e necessário também nos nossos dias, e, ao mesmo tempo, um verdadeiro serviço prestado à sociedade. E aos pais católicos recorda o dever de confiarem os seus filhos, quando e onde puderem às escolas católicas, de as sustentarem segundo as suas forças e de colaborarem com elas para bem dos próprios filhos (28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diversas espécies de escolas católicas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É necessário que todas as escolas, de qualquer modo dependentes da Igreja, sejam conformes a este modelo de escola católica, embora esta possa revestir várias formas segundo as condições de lugar (29). Sem dúvida a Igreja estima profundamente também as escolas católicas que, sobretudo nos territórios das novas cristandades, são frequentadas por alunos não católicos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De resto, devem ter-se em conta as necessidades do nosso tempo na fundação e organização das escolas católicas. Por isso, se por um lado devem continuar a ser promovidas as escolas inferiores e médias que constituem o alicerce da educação, também devem ser tidas em muita conta aquelas que as condições hodiernas exigem dum modo particular, como são as chamadas escolas profissionais (30) e técnicas, as instituições destinadas à educação dos adultos, à promoção dos socorros sociais bem como àqueles que, por defeito da natureza, necessitam de cuidado particular, e as escolas em que os professores são preparados em função quer da formação religiosa quer das demais formas de educação."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio exorta veementemente tanto os pastores da Igreja como os fiéis a que, não omitindo nenhum sacrifício, ajudem as escolas católicas na realização cada vez mais perfeita do seu múnus, e, antes de mais, remediando as necessidades daqueles que são pobres de bens temporais ou privados do auxílio e do afecto da família ou desprovidos do dom da fé."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Faculdades e Universidades católicas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja acompanha igualmente com zelosa solicitude as escolas de nível superior, sobretudo as Universidades e as Faculdades. Mais ainda naquelas que dela dependem, procura de modo orgânico que cada disciplina seja de tal modo cultivada com princípios próprios, método próprio e liberdade própria da investigação científica, que se consiga uma inteligência cada vez mais profunda dela, e, consideradas cuidadosamente as questões e as investigações actuais, se veja mais profundamente como a fé e a razão conspiram para a verdade única, segundo as pisadas dos doutores da Igreja, mormente de S. Tomás de Aquino (31). E assim se consiga a presença pública, estável e universal da mentalidade cristã em todo o esforço de promoção da cultura superior, e que os alunos destas instituições se façam homens verdadeiramente notáveis pela doutrina, preparados para aceitar os mais importantes cargos na sociedade e ser testemunhas da fé no mundo (32)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nas Universidades católicas onde não existe nenhuma Faculdade de sagrada teologia, funde-se um Instituto ou uma cátedra de sagrada teologia, na qual se dêem lições adaptadas também a alunos leigos. Visto que as ciências progridem sobretudo mercê de investigações especiais de maior alcance científico, favoreçam-se o mais possível nas Universidades e Faculdades católicas aqueles institutos cujo fim primário é a promoção da investigação científica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio muito recomenda que se fundem Universidades e Faculdades católicas, convenientemente distribuídas pelas diversas partes da terra, de tal maneira, porém, que brilhem não pelo número mas pela dedicação à ciência; e facilite-se a entrada aos alunos de maior esperança, embora de pouca fortuna, sobretudo aos oriundos das nações jovens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Já que a sorte da sociedade e da própria Igreja está intimamente relacionada com o bom aproveitamento dos jovens dados aos estudos superiores (33), os pastores da Igreja não só tenham grande cuidado pela vida espiritual dos alunos que frequentam as Universidades católicas, mas, solícitos da formação espiritual de todos os seus filhos, nas reuniões episcopais oportunamente convocadas, providenciem para que também junto das Universidades não católicas haja residências e centros universitários católicos, nos quais sacerdotes, religiosos e leigos, cuidadosamente escolhidos e preparados, dêem um auxílio espiritual e intelectual permanente à juventude universitária. Porém, os jovens de melhor talento quer das Universidades católicas quer das outras, que pareçam aptos para o ensino e para a investigação, sejam cultivados com especial cuidado e preparados para o exercício do magistério."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Faculdades de ciências sagradas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja espera muitíssimo do trabalho das Faculdades de ciências sagradas (34). Com efeito, a elas confia o gravíssimo dever de preparar os próprios alunos não só para o ministério sacerdotal mas, sobretudo, quer para ensinarem nas cátedras dos estudos eclesiásticos superiores, quer para fazerem progredir as disciplinas com o próprio esforço, quer para receberem os encargos mais pesados do apostolado intelectual. Da mesma maneira, é dever dessas Faculdades investigar mais profundamente os vários campos das disciplinas sagradas, de tal maneira que se consiga uma inteligência cada vez mais profunda da Sagrada Escritura, se patenteie mais plenamente o património da sabedoria cristã transmitido pelos antepassados, se promova o diálogo com os irmãos separados e com os não cristãos e se dê resposta às questões nascidas do progresso da ciência (35)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, as Faculdades eclesiásticas, depois de oportunamente revistas as suas leis, promovam zelosamente as ciências sagradas e as outras com elas relacionadas e, usando os métodos e instrumentos mais modernos, formem os alunos para mais altas investigações."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A coordenação das escolas católicas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como a colaboração, que em nível diocesano, nacional e internacional se torna cada vez mais urgente e adquire mais força, é igualmente muito necessária no campo escolar, deve procurar-se com todas as forças que entre as escolas católicas se favoreça uma apta coordenação, e, entre elas e as restantes escolas se intensifique a cooperação exigida pelo bem de toda a comunidade humana (36)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da maior coordenação e colaboração, sobretudo no âmbito dos Institutos académicos, se colherão frutos mais abundantes. Por isso, em todas as Universidades colaborem as várias Faculdades entre si, tanto quanto o seu objecto o permitir. Também as próprias Universidades cooperem entre si com esforços unidos, organizando conjuntamente congressos internacionais, distribuindo entre si o trabalho de investigação científica, comunicando umas às outras as próprias descobertas, permutando temporáriamente os professores, e promovendo tudo quanto favoreça uma maior ajuda mútua."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSÃO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusão: exortação aos educadores e alunos"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio exorta vivamente os jovens a que, conscientes ,s da importância do múnus educativo, estejam preparados para o receberem os com ânimo generoso, sobretudo naquelas regiões em que, por falta de professores, a educação da juventude está em perigo. O mesmo sagrado Concílio, enquanto se confessa muito grato aos sacerdotes, religiosos, religiosas e leigos que se ocupam com dedicação evangélica na obra excelente da educação e do ensino de qualquer espécie e grau, exorta-os a que perseverem generosamente no trabalho começado e a que de tal modo se esforcem por sobressair em encher os alunos do espírito de Cristo, na arte pedagógica e no estudo das ciências que não só promovam a renovação interna da Igreja mas também conservem e aumentem a sua presença benéfica no mundo hodierno, sobretudo no intelectual."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, 28 de Outubro de 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAPA PAULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre muitos documentos que ilustram a importância da educação, cfr. sobretudo: Bento XV, Carta apostólica Communes Litteras, 10 abril 1919: AAS 11 (1919) p. 172. Pio XI, Encíclica Divini Illius Magistri, 31 dez. 1929: AAS 22 (1930) p. 49-86. Pio XII, Alocução aos jovens da A. C. italiana, 20 abril 1946: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi VIII p. 53-57. -Alocução aos Pais de família franceses, 18 set. 1951: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XIII, p. 241-245. João XXIII, Mensagem no 30° ano da publicação da encíclica Divini Illius Magistri, 30 dez. 1959: AAS 52 (1960) p. 57-59. Paulo VI, Alocução aos membros da F. I. D. A. E. (Federação dos Institutos dependentes da autoridade eclesiásticas), 30 dez, 1963: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI, I, Roma, 1964, p. 601-603. Vejam-se, além disso, as Actas e os Documentos da preparação do Concílio Ecuménico Vaticano II, série I, Antepreparatória, vol. III p. 363-364, 370-371, 373-374."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Encíclica Mater et Magistra, 15 maio 1961: AAS 53 (1961) p. 413, 415-417, 424. — Encíclica Pacem in terris, 11 abril 1963: AAS 55 (1963) p. 278 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Profissão universal dos direitos humanos (Déclaration des droits de 1'homme), 10 de dez. 1948, ratificada pela assembleia geral das Nações Unidas; e cfr. Déclaration des droits de 1'enfant, 20 nov. 1959; Protocole additionnel à Ia convention de sauvegarde des droits de 1'homme et des libertés fondamentales, Paris, 20 março 1952; a respeito da Profissão universal dos direitos humanos, cfr. João XXIII, Encíclica Pacem in terris, 11 abril 1963: AAS 55 (1963) p. 295 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Encíclica Mater et Magistra, 15 maio 1961: AAS 53 (1961) p. 402. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogmática De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 17: AAS 57 (1965) p. 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pio XII, Radiomensagem, 24 dez. 1942: AAS 35 (1943) p. 12, 19. João XXIII, Encíclica Pacem in terris 11 abril 1963: AAS 55 (1963) p. 259 s. Cfr. também as declarações dos direitos do homem mencionados na nota 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encíclica Divini Illius Magistri, 31 dez. 1929: AAS 22 (1930) p. 50 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Encíclica Mater et Magistra, 15 maio 1961: AAS 53 (1961) p, 441. s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encíclica Divini Illius Magistri, 1. c., p. 83."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. Dogmática De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 36: AAS 57 (1965) p, 41. s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decreto De pastorali Episcoporum munere in Ecclesia, Christus Dominus, n. 12-14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encíclica Divini Illius Magistri, 1. c., p. 59 s.; Encíclica Mit brennender Sorge, 14 março 1937: AAS 29 (1937) p. 164 s. Pio XII, Alocução ao 1.° Congresso nacional da Associação italiana de Professores católicos (A. I, M. C.), 8 set. 1946: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, VIII p. 218"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 11 e 35: AAS 57 (1965) p. 16 e 40 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encícl. Divini Illius Magistri, 1. c., p. 63 s. Pio XII, Radiomensagem, 1 jun. 1941: AAS 33 (1941), p, 200; Alocução ao l.o Congresso nacional da Associação italiana de Professores católicos, 8 set. 1946: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, VIII p. 218. Acerca do princípio de subsidiariedade, cfr. João XXIII, Encicl. Pacem in terris, 11 abril 1963: AAS 55 (1963) p. 294."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encícl. Divini Illius Magistri, 1. c., p. 53 s., 56 s — Encicl. Non abbiamo bisogno, 29 jun. 1931: AAS 23 (1931) p. 311 s. Pio XII, Carta da Secret. de Estado à 28ª, Semana Social italiana, 20 set. 1955: L'Osservatore Romano de 29 set. 1955."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja louva as autoridades civis, locais, nacionais e internacionais que, conscientes das necessidades mais urgentes de hoje, se empenham em fazer com que todos os povos possam chegar a uma maior educação e civilização. Cfr. Paulo VI, aloc. na Assembleia geral das Nações Unidas, 4. out. 1965: AAS 57 (1965), p. 877-885."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Motu proprio Orbem catholicum, 29 jun. 1923: AAS 15 (1923) p. 327-329. Decreto Provido sane, 12 jan. 1935: AAS 27 (1935) p. 145-152. Conc. Vat. II, Decreto De pastorali Episcoporum munere in Ecclesia, Christus Dominus, n. 13 e 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. De Sacra Liturgia, Sacrosanctum conciliam, n. 14: AAS 56 (1964), p. 104."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decreto De instrumentis communicationis socialis, Inter mirifica, n. 13 e 14: AM 56 (1964) p. 149, s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encíclica Divini Illius Magistri, 1. c., p. 76; Pio XII, Alocução à Associação aos Professores Católicos da Baviera, 31 dez. 1956: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XVIII p. 746."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Prov. de Cincinnati III, a. 1861: Collectio Lacensis, III, col. 1240 c/d; Pio XI, Encíclica Divini Illius Magistri, 1. c., p. 60, 63 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encíclica Divini Illius Magistri, 1. c., p. 63; Enciclica Non abbiamo bisogno, 29 jun. 1931: AAS 23 (1931) p. 305. Pio XII, Carta da Secretaria de Estado à 28ª Semana social italiana, 20 set. 1955: L'Osservatore romano, 29 set. 1955. Paulo VI, Alocução à Associação Cristã dos Operários italianos (A. C. L. L), 6 out. 1963: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI, I, Roma, 1964, p. 230."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Mensagem no 30° ano da publicação da Encíclica Divini Illius Magistri, 30 dez. 1959: AAS 52 (1960) p. 57."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja aprecia muito a acção apostólica, que também em tais escolas os professores e os alunos católicos podem realizar."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Alocução à Associação dos Professores Católicos da Baviera, 31. dez. 1956: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XVIII, p. 745 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Prov. Westminster I, a. 1852: Collectio Lacensis III, col. 1334, a/b. - Pio XI, Encíclica Divini Illius Magistri, 1, c., p. 77 s.-Pio XII, Alocução à Associação dos Professores católicos da Baviera, 31 dez. 1956: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, XVIII, p. 746-Paulo VI, Alocução dos membros da F. I. D. A. E. (Federação dos Institutos dependentes da autoridade eclesiástica), 30 dez. 1963: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI, I, Roma, 1964, p. 602 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. antes de mais os documentos mencionados na nota n. 1; além disso, este direito da Igreja é manifestado por muitos Concílios provinciais, bem como em recentissimas declarações de muitas Conferéncias episcopais."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encíclica Divini Illius Magistri, 1. c., p. 80, s — Pio XII, Alocução à Associação católica italiana dos Professores das escolas secundárias (U. C. I. I. M.), 5 jan. 1954: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, XV, p. 551-556-João XXIII, Alocução ao sexto Congresso da Associação italiana dos Professores Católicos (A, I. M. C.), 5 set. 1959: Discorsi, Messaggi, Colloqui, I, Roma, 1960, p. 427-431."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Alocução à Associação Católica italiana dos Professores das escolas secundárias (U. C. I. I. M.), 5 jan. 1954, 1. c., p. 555."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Paulo VI, Aloc. ao Secretariado internacional de Educação católica (O. I. E. C.). 25 fev. 1964: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI, II, Roma, 1964, p. 232."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Paulo VI, Aloc. à Associação Cristã dos Operários de Itália (A.C.L.I.), 6 out. 1963: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI, I, Roma, 1964, p. 229."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Paulo VI, Aloc. ao VI Congresso Tomista Internacional, 10 set. 1965: AAS 57 (1965) p. 788-792."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Alocução aos professores e alunos dos Institutos Superiores Católicos de França, 21 set. 1950: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, XII, p. 219-221; Carta ao XXII Congresso «Pax Romana», 12 ago. 1952: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, XIV, p. 567-569-João XXIII, Alocução à Federação das Universidades Católicas, 1 abril 1959: Discorsi, Messaggi, Colloqui, I, Roma 1960, p. 226-229.-Paulo VI, Alocução ao Senado Académico da Universidade Católica de Milão, 5 abril 1964: Encicliche e Discorsi di Paolo VI, II, Roma, 1964, p. 438-443."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Alocução ao Senado Académico e aos alunos da Universidade de Roma, 15 jun. 1952: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XIV, p. 208: «A direcção da sociedade de amanhã está principalmente depositada na mente e no coração dos universitários de hoje»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Constituição apostólica Deus scientiarum Dominus, 24 maio 1931: AAS 23 (1931) p. 245-247."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encíclica Humani Generis, 12 ago. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) p. 568 s; 578.—Paulo VI, Encíclica Ecclesiam Suam, parte III, 6 ago. 1964: AAS 56 (1954) p. 637.— Conc. Vat. II, Decreto De Oecumenismo, Unitatis Redintegratio: AAS 57 (1965) p. 90-107."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Encíclica Pacem in terris, 11 abril 1963: AAS 55 (1963) p. 284 e passim."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "inter-mirifica",
      "council": 21,
      "title": "Inter mirifica",
      "type": "Decree",
      "date": "1963-12-04",
      "languages": {
        "de": {
          "code": "de",
          "label": "Deutsch",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19631204_inter-mirifica_ge.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-99-vat-ii_decree_19631204_inter-mirifica_ge.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "INTER MIRIFICA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIENER DER DIENER GOTTES ZUSAMMEN MIT DEN VÄTERN DES HEILIGEN KONZILS ZUR FORTWÄHRENDEN ERINNERUNG"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vorwort"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter den erstaunlichen Erfindungen der Technik, welche die menschliche Geisteskraft gerade in unserer Zeit mit Gottes Hilfe aus der Schöpfung entwickelt hat, richtet sich die besondere Aufmerksamkeit der Kirche auf jene, die sich unmittelbar an den Menschen selbst wenden und neue Wege erschlossen haben, um Nachrichten jeder Art, Gedanken und Weisungen leicht mitzuteilen. Unter ihnen treten vor allem jene \"Mittel\" hervor, die in ihrer Eigenart nicht nur den einzelnen Menschen, sondern die Masse und die ganze menschliche Gesellschaft erreichen und beeinflussen können: die Presse, der Film, der Rundfunk, das Fernsehen und andere gleicher Art. Man nennt sie darum zu Recht \"Soziale Kommunikationsmittel\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Kirche ist sehr wohl bekannt, daß die Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel bei rechtem Gebrauch den Menschen wirksame Hilfe bieten, denn sie leisten einen wichtigen Beitrag zur Erholung und Bildung des Geistes; sie dienen ebenso auch der Ausbreitung und Festigung des Gottesreiches. Die Kirche weiß ebenfalls, daß die Menschen diese technischen Erfindungen gegen Gottes Schöpfungsplan und zu ihrem eigenen Schaden mißbrauchen können. Die Sorge einer Mutter erfüllt sie wegen des Unheils, das durch deren Mißbrauch häufig der menschlichen Gesellschaft erwachsen ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Konzil hält es darum für seine Pflicht, die wache Sorge der Päpste und Bischöfe in dieser wichtigen Sache aufzunehmen und die vordringlichen Fragen zu behandeln, die mit den Sozialen Kommunikationsmitteln zusammenhängen. Es hofft zudem, daß seine hier vorgelegte Lehre und Weisung nicht allein dem Heil der Gläubigen, sondern auch dem Fortschritt der ganzen menschlichen Gesellschaft dienen werde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Erstes Kapitel"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Katholische Kirche ist von Christus, dem Herrn, gegründet, um allen Menschen das Heil zu bringen, und darum der Verkündigung des Evangeliums unbedingt verpflichtet. Deshalb hält sie es für ihre Pflicht, die Heilsbotschaft auch mit Hilfe der Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel zu verkündigen und Grundsätze über deren richtige Anwendung aufzustellen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche hat also ein ursprüngliches Recht darauf, jedes dieser Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel zu benutzen und zu besitzen, soweit es für die christliche Erziehung und ihr Wirken am Heile der Seelen notwendig und nützlich ist. Zum Auftrag der Oberhirten gehört es, die Gläubigen zu lehren und zu leiten, damit sie das Heil und die Vollendung für sich und die ganze Menschheitsfamilie auch mit Hilfe dieser Mittel erstreben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im übrigen gehört es vor allem zur Aufgabe der Laien, die Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel mit echt humanem und christlichem Geist zu beseelen, um so den großen Erwartungen der Menschheit und dem Plane Gottes voll zu entsprechen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die rechte Benutzung der Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel setzt bei allen, die mit ihnen umgehen, die Kenntnis der Grundsätze sittlicher Wertordnung voraus und die Bereitschaft, sie auch hier zu verwirklichen. Man muß also zunächst auf den Sachverhalt achten, der je nach der Eigengesetzlichkeit jedes einzelnen Mediums mitgeteilt wird; doch zugleich sind auch alle Begleitumstände zu berücksichtigen, wie Absicht, Personen, Ort, Zeit, und all die Dinge, die zur Vollständigkeit der Mitteilung gehören, und was ihren sittlichen Wert verändern oder völlig umkehren kann. Hierzu zählt auch die jedem Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel eigene Wirkungsart, seine Eindruckskraft, die so groß sein kann, daß es den Menschen, insbesondere den unerfahrenen, schwerfällt, sie wahrzunehmen, geistig zu verarbeiten und gegebenenfalls sich ihrer zu erwehren."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vor allem sind für den Gebrauch der Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel bei allen Beteiligten klare Gewissensgrundsätze notwendig. Dies gilt besonders für einige gerade in unserer Zeit heftig umstrittene Probleme."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der erste Fragenkreis umfaßt die \"Information\", das ist das Sammeln und Verbreiten von Nachrichten. Zweifellos ist bei der heutigen Entwicklung der menschlichen Gesellschaft und der immer engeren Verbindung ihrer Mitglieder die Information wertvoll, ja unumgänglich notwendig. Eine öffentliche und rechtzeitige Berichterstattung über Ereignisse und Zusammenhänge gibt jedem einzelnen Menschen eine reichere und umfassendere Kenntnis, so daß jeder einen wirksamen Beitrag zum Gemeinwohl leisten kann und alle beim Ausbau der bürgerlichen Gesellschaft leichter mitwirken können. Es gibt also in der menschlichen Gesellschaft ein Recht auf Information über alle Tatsachen, die den Menschen, als einzelnen oder als Mitgliedern der Gesellschaft, je nach ihrer besonderen Situation zu wissen zukommt. Der richtige Gebrauch des Rechtes fordert aber, daß die Mitteilung inhaltlich stets der Wahrheit entspricht und bei Beachtung der durch Recht und menschliche Rücksichtnahme gezogenen Grenzen vollständig ist. Auch in der Form muß sie ethisch einwandfrei sein, d. h., beim Sammeln und Verbreiten von Nachrichten müssen die ethischen Grundsätze sowie die Rechte und Würde des Menschen beachtet werden; denn nicht alles Wissen bringt Nutzen, \"die Liebe aber baut auf\" (1 Kor 8,1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eine zweite Frage betrifft die Beziehungen zwischen der \"Freiheit der Kunst\" und den Normen des Sittengesetzes. Die sich mehrenden Diskussionen darüber beruhen häufig auf falschen Auffassungen von Ethik und Ästhetik. Das Konzil betont darum, daß der Vorrang der objektiven sittlichen Ordnung in allem und für alle gilt. Die Sittenordnung überragt alle übrigen menschlichen Ordnungen, die Kunst nicht ausgenommen, so wertvoll sie auch sein mögen, und bringt sie in das rechte Verhältnis. Allein die sittliche Wertordnung umfaßt die ganze Natur des Menschen, der ein geistbegabtes und zu Höherem berufenes Geschöpf Gottes ist. Wird sie in vollem Umfang getreu beachtet, ist sie für den Menschen der Weg zu seiner Erfüllung und zu seinem Heil."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zum Dritten: Die Schilderung, Beschreibung oder Darstellung des sittlich Bösen kann gewiß auch mit den Sozialen Kommunikationsmitteln zur besseren Erkenntnis und Ergründung des Menschen beitragen. Sie kann die Erhabenheit des Wahren und Guten offenbaren und dabei besonders wirksame dramatische Effekte erzielen. Doch auch sie muß sich den ethischen Forderungen unterordnen, wenn sie nicht eher Schaden als Nutzen stiften will, vor allem bei Themen, deren Behandlung eine gewisse Zurückhaltung gebietet oder die im erbsündlich belasteten Menschen leicht niedrige Instinkte wecken."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Öffentliche Meinungen\" üben heute einen bestimmenden und richtunggebenden Einfluß auf das private und öffentliche Leben der Menschen aller gesellschaftlichen Schichten aus. Darum müssen alle Glieder der Gesellschaft ihren Verpflichtungen zu Gerechtigkeit und Liebe auch in diesem Bereich nachkommen und mit Hilfe dieser Mittel ebenfalls zur Bildung und Verbreitung richtiger öffentlicher Meinungen beitragen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eine besondere Verantwortung tragen die Leser, Zuschauer und Zuhörer, die sich ja in freier und persönlicher Entscheidung der Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel bedienen. Dabei gilt es, sich für das zu entscheiden, was sowohl ethisch wie künstlerisch wertvoll und wissenswert ist. Es gilt aber auch, das Minderwertige oder Verführerische abzulehnen, ebenso alles, was schlechtes Beispiel gibt, und auch, was gute Darbietungen hindert oder schlecht fördert. Dies geschieht häufig dann, wenn man Geld für Darbietungen ausgibt, die von ihren Veranstaltern lediglich aus Gründen gewinnsüchtigen Profits angeboten werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leser, Zuschauer und Hörer dürfen es daher nicht unterlassen, sich rechtzeitig bei den Stellen zu informieren, die dafür zuständig sind, und sie müssen deren Beurteilung nach bestem Wissen und Gewissen befolgen. Um zweifelhaften Anpreisungen leichter zu widerstehen und auf gute Anregungen einzugehen, ist eine rechte Gewissensbildung durch geeignete Hilfe notwendig."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leser, Hörer und Zuschauer, besonders die Jugendlichen, sollen sich im Gebrauch dieser Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel an Zucht und Maß gewöhnen. Ferner sollen sie sich um ein tieferes Verständnis dessen bemühen, was sie gesehen, gehört oder gelesen haben. Mit Erziehern und Fachleuten mögen sie sich darüber besprechen, um selbst richtig urteilen zu lernen. Die Eltern aber sollen sorgfältig darauf achten, daß nicht glaubens- und sittenwidrige Darbietungen, Druckerzeugnisse und ähnliches ins Haus gelangen oder den Kindern anderswo begegnen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eine besondere Verantwortung für die Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel tragen die Journalisten, Schriftsteller, Schauspieler, Regisseure, Produzenten, Geldgeber, Verleiher, Theaterleiter, Agenten, Kritiker und überhaupt alle, die irgendwie bei der Produktion und Verbreitung Sozialer Kommunikationsmittel beteiligt sind. Die Größe und der Ernst ihrer Verpflichtungen unter den heutigen gesellschaftlichen Verhältnissen liegen klar auf der Hand. Ihre Information und Einwirkung können dem Menschen Segen oder Fluch bringen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ihre Aufgabe wird es darum sein, die wirtschaftlichen, politischen und künstlerischen Belange so aufeinander abzustimmen, daß sie dem Gemeinwohl niemals zuwiderlaufen. Um dies wirksamer zu erreichen, empfiehlt es sich, Berufsvereinigungen beizutreten, die ihren Mitgliedern Achtung vor dem Sittengesetz in ihren beruflichen Arbeiten und Pflichten auferlegen - wenn nötig, auch mit Eingehung der gegenseitigen Verpflichtung, festgelegte moralische Richtlinien zu beobachten. Immer aber mögen sie daran denken, daß ein großer Teil der Leser und Zuschauer aus Jugendlichen besteht. Diese brauchen Schriften und Darbietungen mit sauberer Unterhaltung und Anregung zum Guten. Sie sollen auch dafür sorgen, daß Darbietungen religiösen Inhalts ernsten und erfahrenen Bearbeitern anvertraut und mit gebotener Ehrfurcht gestaltet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die öffentliche Gewalt hat hier mit Rücksicht auf das Gemeinwohl, dem die Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel zugeordnet sind, besondere Verpflichtungen. Im Rahmen ihrer Zuständigkeit hat sie die wahre und rechte Freiheit der Information, deren die heutige Gesellschaft zu ihrem Fortschritt bedarf, zu verteidigen und zu schützen, das gilt besonders für die Pressefreiheit. Der öffentlichen Gewalt obliegt auch die Förderung der Religion, der Kultur und der schönen Künste sowie der Schutz der Leser, Zuschauer und Zuhörer im freien Gebrauch ihrer Rechte. Zudem ist es Sache der öffentlichen Hand, solche Unternehmen zu unterstützen, die sonst nicht zu verwirklichen wären, die aber besonders für die Jugend wertvoll sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Schließlich muß die gleiche öffentliche Gewalt, die kraft ihres Amtes für das Wohl der Bürger Sorge trägt, durch Erlaß und sorgfältige Durchführung von Gesetzen schwere Schäden für die öffentliche Sitte und den Fortschritt der Gesellschaft verhindern, die durch Mißbrauch der Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel entstehen könnten. Die Freiheit der Einzelnen oder gesellschaftlicher Gruppen wird durch diese wache Sorge keineswegs beeinträchtigt, zumal wenn wirksame Vorsichtsmaßnahmen jener fehlen, die beruflich mit diesen Mitteln zu tun haben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Besondere Schutzmaßnahmen müssen getroffen werden, um die Jugendlichen vor Presseerzeugnissen und Darbietungen zu bewahren, die ihrem Alter schädlich sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zweites Kapitel"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle Glieder der Kirche sollen einmütig und planmäßig darangehen, ohne Aufschub und mit größtem Eifer die Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel in den vielfältigen Arbeiten des Apostolates, wie es Zeit und Umstände erfordern, zu benutzen und schädlichen Unternehmungen zuvorzukommen, besonders in den Gegenden, wo sittlicher oder religiöser Fortschritt erhöhte Anstrengungen erfordert."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die kirchlichen Oberhirten sollen darum auf diesem Gebiet, das mit ihrer Pflicht zur Verkündigung so eng verbunden ist, ihrem Auftrag eilends nachkommen. Auch die mit den Sozialen Kommunikationsmitteln arbeitenden Laien sollen vor allem durch Erfüllung ihrer jeweiligen Berufsaufgabe mit Sachverstand und in apostolischem Geiste bereitwillig für Christus Zeugnis ablegen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sie sollen auch, je nach Möglichkeit, mit ihren technischen, wirtschaftlichen, kulturellen und künstlerischen Kräften die kirchliche Seelsorge unmittelbar unterstützen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vor allem ist die gute Presse zu fördern. Um jedoch die Leser ganz mit christlichem Geist zu erfüllen, soll auch eine katholische Presse gegründet und gefördert werden, die diesen Namen wirklich verdient. Sie soll - entweder unmittelbar von der Kirche oder von katholischen Persönlichkeiten ins Leben gerufen und getragen - in der erklärten Absicht erscheinen, um öffentliche Meinungen zu bilden, zu festigen und zu fördern, die mit dem Naturrecht und den katholischen Lehren und Grundsätzen übereinstimmen, sie soll Nachrichten über das Leben der Kirche bringen und kommentieren. Die Gläubigen aber sind von der Notwendigkeit zu überzeugen, die katholische Presse zu lesen und zu verbreiten, um sich über alle Ereignisse ein christliches Urteil bilden zu können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Produktion und Vorführung von Filmen, die gute Unterhaltung bieten, die belehrend und künstlerisch wertvoll sind, insbesondere von Filmen für die Jugend, sollte man mit allen wirksamen Mitteln fördern und sicherstellen. Dazu wird die Unterstützung und Zusammenarbeit guter Produzenten auf wirtschaftlichem und organisatorischem Gebiet empfohlen, ferner anerkennende Kritik und Verleihung von Preisen an Filme, die es verdienen, und endlich die Förderung und der Zusammenschluß von Lichtspieltheatern, die von katholischen und zuverlässigen Persönlichkeiten geleitet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gute Rundfunk- und Fernsehsendungen sind zu unterstützen, vor allem jene, die für die Familie wertvoll sind. Katholische Sendungen, welche Hörer und Zuschauer am Leben der Kirche teilnehmen lassen und mit religiösen Wahrheiten vertraut machen, sind besonders zu fördern. Wohlüberlegt sollen dort, wo es angebracht erscheint, katholische Sender errichtet werden. Man achte jedoch darauf, daß sich ihre Übertragungen durch entsprechende Qualität und Reichweite auszeichnen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Man trage überdies Sorge dafür, daß die edle und alte Kunst des Theaters, die nun auch durch die Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel weite Verbreitung findet, zur menschlichen und sittlichen Bildung der Zuschauer beiträgt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um den dargelegten Erfordernissen gerecht zu werden, ist rechtzeitig für die Ausbildung von Geistlichen, Ordensleuten und Laien zu sorgen. Sie müssen genügend Sachkenntnis besitzen, um diese Mittel für das Apostolat zu gebrauchen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insbesondere sollen die Laien eine technische, theoretische und charakterliche Ausbildung erhalten. Die Zahl der Schulen, Fakultäten und Institute, auf denen Journalisten, Autoren für Film, Rundfunk und Fernsehen sowie andere interessierte Personen eine umfassende Ausbildung erhalten können, ist zu vermehren. Eine solche Ausbildung soll von christlichem Geist geprägt sein und insbesondere die Soziallehre der Kirche berücksichtigen. Die Schauspieler sollen Anregung und Hilfe erhalten, um in ihrer Kunst der menschlichen Gesellschaft in rechter Weise zu dienen. Sorgfältig auszubilden sind ferner Kritiker für Literatur, Film, Rundfunk, Fernsehen und andere Gebiete. Sie alle sollen ihr Sachgebiet wirklich beherrschen. Desgleichen sollen sie befähigt und angeregt werden, in ihren Kritiken stets die sittlichen Gesichtspunkte zu berücksichtigen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der rechte Gebrauch der Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel, die sich ja an Menschen verschiedenen Alters und unterschiedlicher Bildung wenden, setzt bei diesen eine eigene Schulung und Übung voraus. Darum sind geeignete Einrichtungen - insbesondere für Jugendliche - in den katholischen Schulen und Hochschulen aller Arten, in Bildungsstätten und den Organisationen des Laienapostolates zu unterstützen, zu vermehren und nach christlichen Grundsätzen zu leiten. Um hier schneller voranzukommen, sollen diese Fragen sowohl im Grundsätzlichen wie in ihrer praktischen Handhabung auch im Religionsunterricht behandelt und erläutert werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist ein unwürdiger Zustand, wenn es von den Mitgliedern der Kirche untätig hingenommen wird, daß das Wort des Heiles durch technische Unzulänglichkeit und unzureichende Mittel gefesselt und gehindert ist. Allerdings ist der bei den Sozialen Kommunikationsmitteln erforderliche finanzielle Aufwand sehr groß. Darum erinnert das Konzil die Gläubigen an ihre Pflicht, die katholischen Zeitungen, Zeitschriften und Filmunternehmungen, die Rundfunk- und Fernsehstationen und ihre Sendungen zu unterstützen, deren besonderes Ziel es ist, die Wahrheit zu verbreiten und zu verteidigen sowie christliches Geistesgut den Menschen zu vermitteln. Zugleich lädt das Konzil die in Wirtschaft oder Technik einflußreichen Verbände und Einzelpersönlichkeiten dringend ein, mit ihren finanziellen Beiträgen und ihrer Erfahrung die Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel, soweit sie wahrer Kultur und dem Apostolat dienen, bereitwillig zu unterstützen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um das vielgestaltige Apostolatswerk der Kirche auf dem Gebiet der Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel wirksam zu kräftigen, soll in allen Diözesen des Erdkreises, nach dem Ermessen der Bischöfe, jährlich ein Tag festgesetzt werden, an dem die Gläubigen auf ihre hier liegenden Aufgaben eindringlich hingewiesen und eingeladen werden, dieser Frage im Gebet zu gedenken und Spenden für sie zu entrichten. Der Erlös soll zum Unterhalt und zur Unterstützung aller kirchlichen Einrichtungen und Unternehmungen auf diesem Gebiet dienen. Maßgebend sind dabei die Bedürfnisse der Weltkirche."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zur Erfüllung seiner obersten Hirtenpflicht auf dem Gebiet der Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel steht dem Papst eine eigene Stelle beim Apostolischen Stuhl zur Verfügung.(1)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nun aber wird es Sache der Bischöfe sein, den Werken und Unternehmungen dieser Art in den eigenen Diözesen ihre wache Sorge zuzuwenden, sie zu fördern und ihre Tätigkeit zu koordinieren, soweit sie das Apostolat in der Öffentlichkeit betrifft. Auch die von externen Ordensgenossenschaften geleiteten Unternehmungen sind davon nicht ausgenommen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ein wirksames Apostolat für ein ganzes Land verlangt Einheitlichkeit in der Planung und im Einsatz der Kräfte. Darum bestimmt und ordnet das Konzil an, daß in den einzelnen Ländern eigene Stellen für Presse, Film, Rundfunk und Fernsehen errichtet und mit allen Mitteln unterstützt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aufgabe dieser nationalen Stellen ist vor allem die Sorge um die Gewissensbildung der Gläubigen beim Gebrauch der Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel; ferner sollen sie das unterstützen und ordnen, was in diesem Bereich von Katholiken unternommen wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In jeder Nation soll die Leitung dieser Stellen einer eigenen Bischofskommission oder einem beauftragten Bischof anvertraut werden. In den genannten Stellen sollen auch Laien vertreten sein, die in der katholischen Lehre und in diesen Sachgebieten erfahren sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Auswirkung der Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel geht über die Grenzen der Nationen hinaus und macht die Einzelnen gleichsam zu Bürgern der ganzen Menschheit. Darum sollen die nationalen Unternehmungen auch im internationalen Rahmen zusammenarbeiten. Die in Nr.21 genannten Stellen sollen in enger Verbindung mit ihrer jeweiligen internationalen katholischen Vereinigung stehen. Diese internationalen katholischen Verbände aber erhalten ihre Bestätigung ausschließlich vom Apostolischen Stuhl und unterstehen nur diesem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Schluß"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um alle Grundsätze und Weisungen dieses Konzils über die Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel zum Erfolg zu führen, soll im ausdrücklichen Auftrag des Konzils ein Pastoralschreiben herausgegeben werden. Dafür ist die in Nr. 19 genannte Stelle des Apostolischen Stuhls beauftragt, die aus den verschiedenen Nationen Sachverständige hinzuziehen soll."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Abschließend spricht die Konzilsversammlung die Hoffnung aus, daß diese ihre Grundsätze und Weisungen von allen Gliedern der Kirche bereitwillig angenommen und gewissenhaft beachtet werden. Sie sollen durch den Gebrauch dieser Hilfen keinen Schaden leiden, sondern wie das Salz die Erde würzen und wie das Licht die Welt erleuchten. Das Konzil ruft alle Menschen guten Willens und vor allem die verantwortlichen Leiter der Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel auf, sie ausschließlich zum Wohl der menschlichen Gemeinschaft zu verwenden, deren Schicksal von Tag zu Tag mehr von ihrem rechten Gebrauch abhängt. So werde der Name des Herrn, wie schon durch die Werke der Vergangenheit, so auch durch diese neuen Erfindungen verherrlicht, nach dem Wort des Apostels: \"Jesus Christus, gestern und heute, derselbe auch in Ewigkeit\" (Hebr 13, 8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Was in diesem Dekret im gesamten und im einzelnen ausgesprochen ist, hat die Zustimmung der Väter gefunden. Und Wir, kraft der von Christus Uns übertragenen Apostolischen Vollmacht, billigen, beschießen und verordnen es zusammen mit den Ehrwürdigen Vätern im Heiligen Geiste und gebieten zur Ehre Gottes die Veröffentlichung dessen, was so durch das Konzil verordnet ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rom, bei St. Peter am 4. Dezember 1963."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ich, Paulus, Bischof der katholischen Kirche"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "FUßNOTEN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Die Konzilsväter schließen sich bereitwillig dem Wunsche des \"Sekretariats für die Presse und Darstellung an und bitten den Heiligen Vater ehrerbietigst um Erweiterung der Aufgaben und Zuständigkeiten der genannten Stelle für alle Sozialen Kommunikationsmittel einschließlich der Presse. Aus den verschiedenen Nationen sollen Sachverständige, auch Laien, hinzuberufen werden."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19631204_inter-mirifica_en.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-97-vat-ii_decree_19631204_inter-mirifica_en.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECREE ON THE MEDIA OF SOCIAL COMMUNICATIONS INTER MIRIFICA SOLEMNLY PROMULGATED BY HIS HOLINESS POPE PAUL VI ON DECEMBER 4, 1963"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Among the wonderful technological discoveries which men of talent, especially in the present era, have made with God's help, the Church welcomes and promotes with special interest those which have a most direct relation to men's minds and which have uncovered new avenues of communicating most readily news, views and teachings of every sort. The most important of these inventions are those media which, such as the press, movies, radio, television and the like, can, of their very nature, reach and influence, not only individuals, but the very masses and the whole of human society, and thus can rightly be called the media of social communication."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church recognizes that these media, if properly utilized, can be of great service to mankind, since they greatly contribute to men's entertainment and instruction as well as to the spread and support of the Kingdom of God. The Church recognizes, too, that men can employ these media contrary to the plan of the Creator and to their own loss. Indeed, the Church experiences maternal grief at the harm all too often done to society by their evil use. Hence, this sacred Synod, attentive to the watchful concern manifested by the Supreme Pontiffs and Bishops in a matter of such great importance, judges it to be its duty to treat of the principal questions linked with the media of social communication. It trusts, moreover, that the teaching and regulations it thus sets forth will serve to promote, not only the eternal welfare of Christians, but also the progress of all mankind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ON THE TEACHING OF THE CHURCH"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Catholic Church, since it was founded by Christ our Lord to bear salvation to all men and thus is obliged to preach the Gospel, considers it one of its duties to announce the Good News of salvation also with the help of the media of social communication and to instruct men in their proper use."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is, therefore, an inherent right of the Church to have at its disposal and to employ any of these media insofar as they are necessary or useful for the instruction of Christians and all its efforts for the welfare of souls. It is the duty of Pastors to instruct and guide the faithful so that they, with the help of these same media, may further the salvation and perfection of themselves and of the entire human family. In addition, the laity especially must strive to instill a human and Christian spirit into these media, so that they may fully measure up to the great expectations of mankind and to God's design."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the proper use of these media it is most necessary that all who employ them be acquainted with the norms of morality and conscientiously put them into practice in this area. They must look, then, to the nature of what is communicated, given the special character of each of these media. At the same time they must take into consideration the entire situation or circumstances, namely, the persons, place, time and other conditions under which communication takes place and which can affect or totally change its propriety. Among these circumstances to be considered is the precise manner in which a given medium achieves its effect. For its influence can be so great that men, especially if they are unprepared, can scarcely become aware of it, govern its impact, or, if necessary, reject it."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is, however, especially necessary that all parties concerned should adopt for themselves a proper moral outlook on the use of these media, especially with respect to certain questions that have been vigorously aired in our day."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The first question has to do with \"information,\" as it is called, or the search for and reporting of the news. Now clearly this has become most useful and very often necessary for the progress of contemporary society and for achieving closer links among men. The prompt publication of affairs and events provides every individual with a fuller, continuing acquaintance with them, and thus all can contribute more effectively to the common good and more readily promote and advance the welfare of the entire civil society. Therefore, in society men have a right to information, in accord with the circumstances in each case, about matters concerning individuals or the community. The proper exercise of this right demands, however, that the news itself that is communicated should always be true and complete, within the bounds of justice and charity. In addition, the manner in which the news is communicated should be proper and decent. This means that in both the search for news and in reporting it, there must be full respect for the laws of morality and for the legitimate rights and dignity of the individual. For not all knowledge is helpful, but \"it is charity that edifies.\"(1)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The second question deals with the relationship between the rights, as they are called, of art and the norms of morality. Since the mounting controversies in this area frequently take their rise from false teachings about ethics and aesthetics, the Council proclaims that all must hold to the absolute primacy of the objective moral order, that is, this order by itself surpasses and fittingly coordinates all other spheres of human affairs-the arts not excepted-even though they be endowed with notable dignity. For man who is endowed by God with the gift of reason and summoned to pursue a lofty destiny, is alone affected by the moral order in his entire being. And likewise, if man resolutely and faithfully upholds this order, he will be brought to the attainment of complete perfection and happiness."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, the narration, description or portrayal of moral evil, even through the media of social communication, can indeed serve to bring about a deeper knowledge and study of humanity and, with the aid of appropriately heightened dramatic effects, can reveal and glorify the grand dimensions of truth and goodness. Nevertheless, such presentations ought always to be subject to moral restraint, lest they work to the harm rather than the benefit of souls, particularly when there is question of treating matters which deserve reverent handling or which, given the baneful effect of original sin in men, could quite readily arouse base desires in them."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since public opinion exercises the greatest power and authority today in every sphere of life, both private and public, every member of society must fulfill the demands of justice and charity in this area. As a result, all must strive, through these media as well, to form and spread sound public opinion."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All who, of their own free choice, make use of these media of communications as readers, viewers or listeners have special obligations. For a proper choice demands that they fully favor those presentations that are outstanding for their moral goodness, their knowledge and their artistic or technical merit. They ought, however, to void those that may be a cause or occasion of spiritual harm to themselves, or that can lead others into danger through base example, or that hinder desirable presentations and promote those that are evil. To patronize such presentations, in most instances, would merely reward those who use these media only for profit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that those who make use of these media may fulfill the moral code, they ought not to neglect to inform themselves in time about judgments passed by authorities competent in these matters. They ought also to follow such judgments according to the norms of an upright conscience. So that they may more easily resist improper inducements and rather encourage those that are desirable, let them take care to guide and instruct their consciences with suitable aids."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those who make use of the media of communications, especially the young, should take steps to accustom themselves to moderation and self-control in their regard. They should, moreover, endeavor to deepen their understanding of what they see, hear or read. They should discuss these matters with their teachers and experts, and learn to pass sound judgements on them. Parents should remember that they have a most serious duty to guard carefully lest shows, publications and other things of this sort, which may be morally harmful, enter their homes or affect their children under other circumstances."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The principle moral responsibility for the proper use of the media of social communication falls on newsmen, writers, actors, designers, producers, displayers, distributors, operators and sellers, as well as critics and all others who play any part in the production and transmission of mass presentations. It is quite evident what gravely important responsibilities they have in the present day when they are in a position to lead the human race to good or to evil by informing or arousing mankind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus, they must adjust their economic, political or artistic and technical aspects so as never to oppose the common good. For the purpose of better achieving this goal, they are to be commended when they join professional associations, which-even under a code, if necessary, of sound moral practice-oblige their members to show respect for morality in the duties and tasks of their craft."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They ought always to be mindful, however, that a great many of their readers and audiences are young people, who need a press and entertainment that offer them decent amusement and cultural uplift. In addition, they should see to it that communications or presentations concerning religious matters are entrusted to worthy and experienced hands and are carried out with fitting reverence."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The public authority, in these matters, is bound by special responsibilities in view of the common good, to which these media are ordered. The same authority has, in virtue of its office, the duty of protecting and safeguarding true and just freedom of information, a freedom that is totally necessary for the welfare of contemporary society, especially when it is a question of freedom of the press. It ought also to encourage spiritual values, culture and the fine arts and guarantee the rights of those who wish to use the media. Moreover, public authority has the duty of helping those projects which, though they are certainly most beneficial for young people, cannot otherwise be undertaken."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lastly, the same public authority, which legitimately concerns itself with the health of the citizenry, is obliged, through the promulgation and careful enforcement of laws, to exercise a fitting and careful watch lest grave damage befall public morals and the welfare of society through the base use of these media. Such vigilance in no wise restricts the freedom of individuals or groups, especially where there is a lack of adequate precaution on the part of those who are professionally engaged in using these media."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Special care should be taken to safeguard young people from printed matter and performances which may be harmful at their age."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ON THE PASTORAL ACTIVITY OF THE CHURCH"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All the children of the Church should join, without delay and with the greatest effort in a common work to make effective use of the media of social communication in various apostolic endeavors, as circumstances and conditions demand. They should anticipate harmful developments, especially in regions where more urgent efforts to advance morality and religion are needed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pastors should hasten, therefore, to fulfill their duty in this respect, one which is intimately linked with their ordinary preaching responsibility. The laity, too, who have something to do with the use of these media, should endeavor to bear witness to Christ, first of all by carrying out their individual duties or office expertly and with an apostolic spirit, and, further, by being of direct help in the pastoral activity of the Church-to the best of their ability-through their technical, economic, cultural and artistic talents."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "First, a good press should be fostered. To instill a fully Christian spirit into readers, a truly Catholic press should be set up and encouraged. Such a press-whether immediately fostered and directed by ecclesiastical authorities or by Catholic laymen-should be edited with the clear purpose of forming, supporting and advancing public opinion in accord with natural law and Catholic teaching and precepts. It should disseminate and properly explain news concerning the life of the Church. Moreover, the faithful ought to be advised of the necessity both to spread and read the Catholic press to formulate Christian judgments for themselves on all events."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The production and showing of films that have value as decent entertainment, humane culture or art, especially when they are designed for young people, ought to be encouraged and assured by every effective means. This can be done particularly by supporting and joining in projects and enterprises for the production and distribution of decent films, by encouraging worthwhile films through critical approval and awards, by patronizing or jointly sponsoring theaters operated by Catholic and responsible managers."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Similarly, effective support should be given to good radio and television programs, above all those that are suitable for families. Catholic programs should be promoted, in which listeners and viewers can be brought to share in the life of the Church and learn religious truths. An effort should also be made, where it may be necessary, to set up Catholic stations. In such instances, however, care must be taken that their programs are outstanding for their standards of excellence and achievement."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In addition, there should be an effort to see that the noble and ancient art of the drama, which now is diffused everywhere by the media of social communication, serves the cultural and moral betterment of audiences."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To provide for the needs just set forth, priests, religious and laymen who are equipped with the proper skills for adapting these media to the objectives of the apostolate should be appointed promptly."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importantly, laymen ought to be afforded technical, doctrinal and moral training. For this purpose, the number of school faculties and institutes should be increased, where newsmen, writers for screen, radio and television and all other interested parties can obtain a sound training that is imbued with the Christian spirit, especially with respect to the social teaching of the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, care must be taken to prepare literary, film, radio, television and other critics, who will be equipped with the best skills in their own crafts and trained and encouraged to render judgments which always put moral issues in their proper light."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the proper use of the media of social communications which are available to audiences of different cultural backgrounds and ages, calls for instruction proper to their needs, programs which are suitable for the purpose-especially where they are designed for young people-should be encouraged, increased in numbers and organized according to Christian moral principles. This should be done in Catholic schools at every level, in seminaries and in lay apostolate groups. To speed this along catechetical manuals should present and explain Catholic teaching and regulations on this matter."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is quite unbecoming for the Church's children idly to permit the message of salvation to be thwarted or impeded by the technical delays or expenses, however vast, which are encountered by the very nature of these media. Therefore, this sacred Synod advises them of the obligation they have to maintain and assist Catholic newspapers, periodicals and film projects, radio and television programs and stations, whose principal objective is to spread and defend the truth and foster Christian influence in human society. At the same time, the Synod earnestly invites those organizations and individuals who possess financial and technical ability to support these media freely and generously with their resources and their skills, inasmuch as they contribute to genuine culture and the apostolate."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, that the varied apostolates of the Church with respect to the media of social communication may be strengthened effectively, each year in every diocese of the world, by the determination of the Bishops, there should be celebrated a day on which the faithful are instructed in their responsibilities in this regard. They should be invited to pray and contribute funds for this cause. Such funds are to be expended exclusively on the promotion, maintenance and development of institutes and undertakings of the Church in this area, according to the needs of the whole Catholic world."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In fulfilling his supreme pastoral charge with respect to the media of social communication, the Sovereign Pontiff has at hand a special office of the Holy See. Moreover, the Fathers of the Council, freely acceding to the wish of the \"Secretariat for the Supervision of Publications and Entertainment,\" reverently request that the Sovereign Pontiff extend the duties and competence of this office to include all media of social communication, including the press, and that experts from various countries be named to it, including laymen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It will be the task of the Bishops, however, to watch over such works and undertakings in their own dioceses, to promote them and, as far as the public apostolate is concerned, to guide them, not excluding those that are under the direction of exempt religious."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since an effective apostolate on a national scale calls for unity of planning and resources, this sacred Synod decrees and orders that national offices for affairs of the press, films, radio and television be established everywhere and given every aid. It will be the special task of these offices to see to it that the consciences of the faithful are properly instructed with respect to these media. Likewise they should foster and guide whatever is done by Catholics in these areas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In each country the direction of such offices should be entrusted to a special committee of Bishops, or to a single Bishop. Moreover, laymen who are experts in Catholic teaching and in these arts or techniques should have a role in these offices."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the effectiveness of these media reaches beyond national boundaries and has an impact on individual members of the whole human family, national offices should co-operate among themselves on an international plane. The offices spoken of in Number 21 should assiduously work together with their own international Catholic associations. These Catholic international associations are legitimately approved by the Holy See alone and depend on it."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So that the general principles and norms of this sacred Synod with respect to the media of social communications may be put into effect, by the express will of the Council, the office of the Holy See mentioned in Number 19 should undertake, with the assistance of experts from various countries, to issue a pastoral instruction."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As for the rest, this sacred Synod is confident that its issuance of these instructions and norms will be gladly accepted and religiously kept by all the Church's children. By using these helps they will experience no harm and, like salt and light, they will give savor to the earth and brighten the world. Moreover, the Synod invites all men of good will, especially those who have charge of these media, to strive to turn them solely to the good of society, whose fate depends more and more on their proper use. Thus, as was the case with ancient works of art, the name of the Lord may be glorified by these new discoveries in accordance with those words of the Apostle: \"Jesus Christ, yesterday and today, and the same forever.\"(2)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Corinthians 8:1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Hebrews 13:8."
            }
          ]
        },
        "es": {
          "code": "es",
          "label": "Español",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19631204_inter-mirifica_sp.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-105-vat-ii_decree_19631204_inter-mirifica_sp.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "INTER MIRIFICA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SOBRE LOS MEDIOS DE COMUNICACIÓN SOCIAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre los maravillosos inventos de la técnica que, sobre todo en estos tiempos, el ingenio humano, con la ayuda de Dios, ha extraído de las cosas creadas, la madre Iglesia acoge y fomenta con especial solicitud aquellos que atañen especialmente al espíritu humano y que han abierto nuevos caminos para comunicar con extraordinaria facilidad noticias, ideas y doctrinas de todo tipo. Entre tales inventos sobresalen aquellos instrumentos que, por su naturaleza, pueden llegar no sólo a los individuos, sino también a las multitudes y a toda la sociedad humana, como son la prensa, el cine, la radio, la televisión y otros similares que, por ello mismo, pueden ser llamados con razón medios de comunicación social."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La madre Iglesia sabe, en efecto, que estos medios, si se utilizan rectamente, proporcionan valiosas ayudas al género humano, puesto que contribuyen eficazmente a descansar y cultivar el espíritu y a propagar y fortalecer el Reino de Dios; sabe también que los hombres pueden volver estos medios contra el plan del divino Creador y utilizarlos para su propio perjuicio; más aún, siente una maternal angustia a causa de los daños que de su mal uso se han derivado con demasiada frecuencia para la sociedad humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo cual, el sacrosanto Sínodo, insistiendo en la vigilante preocupación de los Sumos Pontífices y obispos en un asunto tan importante, considera pertinente tratar las principales cuestiones relacionadas con los medios de comunicación social. Confía, además, en que su doctrina y disciplina, así presentadas, aprovecharán no sólo a la salvación de los fieles cristianos, sino también al progreso de todo el género humano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia católica, fundada por Cristo el Señor para llevar la salvación a todos los hombres y, en consecuencia, urgida por la necesidad de evangelizar, considera que forma parte de su misión predicar el mensaje de salvación, con la ayuda, también, de los medios de comunicación social, y enseñar a los hombres su recto uso."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A la Iglesia, pues, le corresponde el derecho originario de utilizar y poseer toda clase de medios de este género, en cuanto que sean necesarios o útiles para la educación cristiana y para toda su labor de salvación de las almas; a los sagrados Pastores les compete la tarea de instruir y gobernar a los fieles, de tal modo que ellos mismos, también con la ayuda de estos medios, alcancen la salvación y la perfección propias y de todo el género humano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo demás, toca principalmente a los laicos vivificar con espíritu humano y cristiano estos medios para que respondan plenamente a las grandes expectativas de la sociedad humana y al plan divino."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para el recto uso de estos medios es absolutamente necesario que todos los que los utilizan conozcan las normas del orden moral en este campo y las lleven fielmente a la práctica. Consideren, pues, las materias que se difunden según la naturaleza peculiar de cada medio; al mismo tiempo, tengan en cuenta todas las condiciones y circunstancias, es decir, el fin, las personas, el lugar, el momento y los demás elementos con los que se lleva a cabo la comunicación misma y que pueden modificar su honestidad o cambiarla por completo; entre éstas se encuentra la naturaleza propia de cada medio, es decir, su fuerza, que puede ser tan grande que los hombres, sobre todo si no están preparados, difícilmente sean capaces de advertirla, de dominarla y, si llega el caso, de rechazarla."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es especialmente necesario que todos los interesados se formen una recta conciencia sobre el uso de estos medios, sobre todo en lo tocante a algunas cuestiones más duramente debatidas en nuestros días."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La primera cuestión se refiere a la llamada información, es decir, a la búsqueda y divulgación de noticias. Es evidente que, a causa del progreso de la sociedad humana actual y de los vínculos más estrechos entre sus miembros, resulta muy útil y la mayor parte de las veces necesaria; en efecto, la comunicación pública y oportuna de los acontecimientos y de los asuntos ofrece a los individuos un conocimiento más pleno y continuo de éstos, contribuyendo así eficazmente al bien común y promoviendo más fácilmente el desarrollo progresivo de toda la sociedad civil. Por consiguiente, existe en la sociedad humana el derecho a la información sobre cuanto afecte a los hombres individual o socialmente considerados y según las circunstancias de cada cual."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sin embargo, el recto ejercicio de este derecho exige que, en cuanto a su contenido, la comunicación sea siempre verdadera e íntegra, salvadas la justicia y la caridad; además, en cuanto al modo, ha de ser honesta y conveniente, es decir, debe respetar escrupulosamente las leyes morales, los derechos legítimos y la dignidad del hombre, tanto en la búsqueda de la noticia como en su divulgación, ya que no todo conocimiento aprovecha, pero la caridad es constructiva (1 Cor 8, 1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La segunda cuestión contempla las relaciones que median entre los llamados derechos del arte y las normas de la ley moral. Dado que las crecientes controversias sobre este tema tienen muchas veces su origen en falsas doctrinas sobre la ética y la estética, el Concilio declara que debe ser respetada por todos la primacía absoluta del orden moral objetivo, puesto que es el único que trasciende y compagina congruentemente todos los demás órdenes de las relaciones humanas, por dignos que sean y sin excluir el arte. El orden moral es, en efecto, el único que abarca en toda su naturaleza al hombre, criatura racional de Dios y llamado a lo sobrenatural; y solamente tal orden moral, si es observado íntegra y fielmente, lo conduce al logro pleno de la perfección y de la bienaventuranza."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por último, la narración, la descripción o la representación del mal moral pueden ciertamente, con la ayuda de los medios de comunicación social, servir para conocer y explorar más profundamente al hombre, para manifestar y exaltar la magnificencia de la verdad y del bien, mediante la utilización de los oportunos efectos dramáticos; sin embargo, para que no produzcan más daño que utilidad a la almas, habrán de someterse completamente a las leyes morales, sobre todo si se trata de asuntos que exigen el debido respeto o que incitan más fácilmente al hombre, herido por la culpa original, a apetencias depravadas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puesto que hoy día la opinión pública ejerce un poderosísimo influjo en la vida privada y pública de los ciudadanos de todos los sectores, es necesario que todos los miembros de la sociedad cumplan sus deberes de caridad y justicia también en este campo; y así, con la ayuda de estos medios, se esfuercen por formar y difundir una recta opinión pública."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Peculiares deberes incumben a todos los destinatarios, es decir, lectores, espectadores y oyentes que, por una elección personal y libre, reciben las comunicaciones difundidas por tales medios. Una recta elección exige, en efecto, que éstos favorezcan plenamente todo lo que destaque la virtud, la ciencia y el arte y eviten, en cambio, lo que pueda ser causa u ocasión de daño espiritual, lo que pueda poner en peligro a otros por su mal ejemplo, o lo que dificulte las informaciones buenas y promueva las malas; esto sucede muchas veces cuando se colabora con empresarios que manejan estos medios con móviles exclusivamente económicos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por consiguiente, para cumplir la ley moral, los destinatarios de los medios no deben olvidar la obligación que tienen de informarse a tiempo sobre los juicios que sobre estas materias emite la autoridad competente y de seguirlos según las normas de la conciencia recta; y para poder oponerse con mayor facilidad a las incitaciones menos rectas, favoreciendo plenamente las buenas, procuren dirigir y formar su conciencia con las ayudas adecuadas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los destinatarios, sobre todo los más jóvenes, procuren acostumbrarse a la disciplina y a la moderación en el uso de estos medios; pongan, además, empeño en comprender a fondo lo oído, visto o leído; hablen sobre ello con los educadores y expertos y aprendan a emitir un juicio recto. Recuerden los padres que es su deber vigilar diligentemente para que los espectáculos, las lecturas y cosas similares que sean contrarias a la fe o las costumbres no traspasen el umbral de su hogar ni vayan sus hijos a buscarlos en otra parte."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La principal tarea moral, en cuanto al recto uso de los medios de comunicación social, corresponde a periodistas, escritores, actores, autores, productores, realizadores, exhibidores, distribuidores, vendedores, críticos y a cuantos participan de algún modo en la realización y difusión de las comunicaciones. Resulta absolutamente evidente la gravedad e importancia de su trabajo en las actuales circunstancias de la humanidad, puesto que, informando e incitando, pueden conducir recta o erradamente al género humano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A ellos corresponderá, por tanto, tratar las cuestiones económicas, políticas o artísticas de modo que nunca resulten contrarias al bien común; para lograr esto con mayor facilidad, bueno será que se agrupen en asociaciones profesionales que impongan a sus miembros -si fuera necesario, incluso mediante el compromiso de observar rectamente un código ético- el respeto de las leyes morales en las empresas y tareas de su profesión."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero recuerden siempre que la mayor parte de los lectores y espectadores son jóvenes que necesitan una prensa y unos espectáculos que les proporcionen diversiones honestas y que eleven su espíritu a cosas más altas. Procuren, además, que las comunicaciones sobre temas relativos a la religión se confíen a personas dignas y expertas y sean tratadas con el debido respeto."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La autoridad civil tiene en esta materia deberes peculiares en razón del bien común, al que se ordenan estos medios. Corresponde, pues, a dicha autoridad, en virtud de su propia función, defender y asegurar la verdadera y justa libertad que la sociedad actual necesita absolutamente para su provecho, sobre todo en lo relativo a la prensa: fomentar la religión, la cultura y las bellas artes; proteger a los destinatarios para que puedan disfrutar libremente de sus legítimos derechos. Además, es deber del poder civil apoyar aquellas iniciativas que, siendo especialmente útiles para la juventud, no podrían emprenderse de otro modo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, el mismo poder público, que legítimamente se ocupa del bienestar de los ciudadanos, debe considerar también como un deber el procurar justa y celosamente, mediante la promulgación de leyes y su diligente cumplimiento, que el mal uso de estos medios no desencadene graves peligros para las costumbres públicas y el progreso de la sociedad. Con este cuidado vigilante no se restringe la libertad de los individuos y de los grupos, sobre todo si faltan las cautelas precisas por parte de aquellos que en razón de su oficio utilizan estos medios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Póngase un especial cuidado en defender a los más jóvenes de la prensa y de los espectáculos que sean nocivos para su edad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO II"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos los hijos de la Iglesia, de común acuerdo, tienen que procurar que los medios de comunicación social, sin ninguna demora y con el máximo empeño, se utilicen eficazmente en las múltiples obras de apostolado, según lo exijan las circunstancias de tiempo y lugar, anticipándose así a las iniciativas perjudiciales, sobre todo en aquellas regiones cuyo progreso moral y religioso exige una atención más diligente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por consiguiente, apresúrense los sagrados Pastores a cumplir su misión, ligada estrechamente en este campo al deber ordinario de la predicación; también los laicos que participan en el uso de estos medios tienen que esforzarse por dar testimonio de Cristo, en primer lugar, realizando su propia tarea con competencia y espíritu apostólico; es más, prestando por su parte ayuda directa a la acción pastoral de la Iglesia con las posibilidades que brindan la técnica, la economía, el arte y la cultura."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Foméntese, ante todo, la prensa honesta. Para imbuir plenamente a los lectores del espíritu cristiano, créese y desarróllese también una prensa verdaderamente católica, esto es, que -promovida y dependiente directamente, ya de la misma autoridad eclesiástica, ya de los católicos- se publique con la intención manifiesta de formar, consolidar y promover una opinión pública en consonancia con el derecho natural y con los preceptos y las doctrinas católicas, así como de divulgar y exponer adecuadamente los hechos relacionados con la vida de la Iglesia. Adviértase a los fieles sobre la necesidad de leer y difundir la prensa católica para formarse un juicio cristiano sobre todos los acontecimientos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay que promover y asegurar por todos los medios pertinentes la producción y exhibición de películas para la honesta distensión del espíritu, útiles para la cultura humana y el arte, especialmente de las destinadas a la juventud; esto se logra, sobre todo, ayudando y coordinando las iniciativas y los recursos de los productores y distribuidores honestos, recomendando las películas dignas de elogio mediante los premios y el consenso de los críticos, fomentando y asociando las salas pertenecientes a los empresarios católicos y a los hombres honrados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Préstese asimismo una ayuda eficaz a las emisiones radiofónicas y televisivas honestas; sobre todo, a aquellas que sean apropiadas para las familias. Foméntense con todo interés las emisiones católicas que induzcan a los oyentes y espectadores a participar en la vida de la Iglesia y a empaparse de las verdades religiosas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con toda solicitud deben promoverse también, allí donde fuere necesario, emisoras católicas; pero se ha de procurar que sus emisiones sobresalgan por la debida perfección y eficacia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cuídese, por fin, de que el noble y antiguo arte escénico, que se propaga hoy ampliamente a través de los medios de comunicación social, favorezca la humanidad de los espectadores y la formación de las costumbres."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para proveer a las necesidades arriba indicadas, han de formarse oportunamente sacerdotes, religiosos y también laicos que cuenten con la debida competencia para dirigir estos medios hacia los fines del apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En primer lugar, los laicos deben ser instruidos en el arte, la doctrina y las costumbres, multiplicándose el número de escuelas, facultades e institutos, en los que los periodistas y los guionistas cinematográficos, radiofónicos y televisivos y otros interesados puedan adquirir una formación íntegra, imbuida de espíritu cristiano, sobre todo en lo que se refiere a la doctrina social de la Iglesia. También los actores de teatro deben ser formados y ayudados para que con su arte sirvan convenientemente a la sociedad humana. Finalmente, hay que preparar con esmero críticos literarios, cinematográficos, radiofónicos, televisivos y otros, para que todos conozcan perfectamente su profesión y estén preparados y motivados para emitir juicios en los que el aspecto moral aparezca siempre en su verdadera luz."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dado que el recto uso de los medios de comunicación social está al alcance de usuarios diferentes por su edad y su cultura, y que exige en las personas una formación y una experiencia peculiar y adecuada, es necesario fomentar, multiplicar y encauzar, según los principios de la moral cristiana, las iniciativas aptas para conseguir este fin -sobre todo si están destinadas a los más jóvenes- en las escuelas católicas de cualquier grado, en los seminarios y en las asociaciones de apostolado laical. Para conseguir este propósito con mayor rapidez, debe proporcionarse en el catecismo la exposición y explicación de la doctrina y de la enseñanza católicas sobre estas materias."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puesto que resulta indigno que los hijos de la Iglesia permitan que, por su apatía, la palabra de salvación sea amordazada y obstaculizada por las exigencias técnicas o los gastos monetarios, ciertamente cuantiosos, propios de estos medios, este santo Sínodo les advierte que tienen la obligación de sostener y ayudar a los diarios católicos, a las revistas y a las iniciativas cinematográficas, emisoras y transmisiones radiofónicas y televisivas cayo fin principal sea divulgar y defender la verdad y promover la formación cristiana de la sociedad humana. Al mismo tiempo, invita insistentemente a las asociaciones y a los particulares que gocen de mayor autoridad en las cuestiones económicas y técnicas a sostener con generosidad y de buen grado, con sus recursos y su competencia, estos medios, en cuanto que sirven al apostolado y a la verdadera cultura."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para mayor fortalecimiento del apostolado multiforme de la Iglesia sobre los medios de comunicación social, debe celebrarse cada año en todas las diócesis del orbe, a juicio de los obispos, una jornada en la que se ilustre a los fieles sobre sus deberes en esta materia, se les invite a orar por esta causa y a aportar una limosna para este fin, que será empleada íntegramente para sostener y fomentar, según las necesidades del orbe católico, las instituciones e iniciativas promovidas por la Iglesia en este campo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En el cumplimiento de su suprema atención pastoral a los medios de comunicación social, el Sumo Pontífice tiene a su disposición un organismo especial de la Santa Sede."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Padres del Concilio, acogiendo de buen grado el voto del Secretariado para la Prensa y los Espectáculos, ruegan reverentemente al Sumo Pontífice que extienda los deberes y competencias de este organismo a todos los medios de comunicación social, sin excluir a la prensa, incorporando a él expertos de las diferentes naciones, también laicos."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Corresponderá a los obispos supervisar y promover estas obras e iniciativas en sus propias diócesis y, en cuanto atañen al apostolado público, ordenarlas, sin excluir las que están dirigidas por los religiosos exentos."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como la eficacia del apostolado para toda una nación requiere unidad de propósitos y de esfuerzos, este santo Sínodo establece y manda que en todas partes se constituyan y se apoyen con todos los medios secretariados nacionales para la prensa, cine, radio y televisión. Misión de estos secretariados será, sobre todo, procurar que la conciencia de los fieles sobre la utilización de estos medios se forme rectamente así como fomentar y organizar todo lo que los católicos realizan en este campo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En cada nación ha de confiarse la dirección de estos organismos a una comisión especial de obispos, o a un obispo delegado; en estos organismos han de participar también laicos expertos en la doctrina católica y en los propios medios."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puesto que la eficacia de estos medios traspasa los limites de las naciones y convierte a los individuos en ciudadanos del mundo, coordínense internacionalmente las iniciativas nacionales en este campo. Los organismos de los que se habla en el n.21 han de colaborar activamente con su correspondiente asociación católica internacional. Estas asociaciones católicas internacionales son aprobadas legítimamente sólo por la Santa Sede y de ella dependen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CLÁUSULAS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que todos los principios y normas de este santo Sínodo sobre los medios de comunicación social se lleven a la práctica, por expreso mandato del Concilio, publíquese una instrucción pastoral por el organismo de la Santa Sede del que se habla en el n.19 con la ayuda de peritos de diferentes naciones."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo demás, este santo Sínodo confía en que estas instrucciones y normas suyas serán gustosamente aceptadas y sanamente respetadas por todos los hijos de la Iglesia, que, también al utilizar estos medios, lejos de padecer daños, como sal y como luz, darán sabor a la tierra e iluminarán el mundo; además invita a todos los hombres de buena voluntad, sobre todo a aquellos que dirigen estos medios, a que se esfuercen por utilizarlos únicamente en bien de la sociedad humana cuya suerte depende cada vez más del recto uso de éstos. Y así como antes los monumentos artísticos de la antigüedad, también ahora los nuevos inventos glorificarán el nombre del Señor según aquello del Apóstol: Jesucristo, ayer y hoy el mismo por los siglos de los siglos (Heb 13, 8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todas y cada una de las cosas que en este Decreto se incluyen han obtenido el beneplácito de los Padres del sacrosanto Concilio. Y Nos, en virtud de la potestad apostólica a Nos confiada por Cristo, todo ello, juntamente con los venerables Padres, lo aprobamos en el Espíritu Santo, decretamos y establecemos, y ordenamos que se promulgue para gloria de Dios todo lo aprobado conciliarmente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, en San Pedro, 4 de diciembre de 1963."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yo, Pablo, Obispo de la Iglesia católica"
            }
          ]
        },
        "fr": {
          "code": "fr",
          "label": "Français",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19631204_inter-mirifica_fr.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-98-vat-ii_decree_19631204_inter-mirifica_fr.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAUL, ÉVÊQUE, SERVITEUR DES SERVITEURS DE DIEU, AVEC LES PÈRES DU SAINT CONCILE, POUR QUE LE SOUVENIR S'EN MAINTIENNE À JAMAIS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DÉCRET SUR LES MOYENS DE COMMUNICATION SOCIALE INTER MIRIFICA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRÉAMBULE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le sens d’une expression"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parmi les merveilleuses découvertes techniques qu’avec l’aide de Dieu, le génie de l’homme a tirées de la création, à notre époque surtout, l’Église accueille et suit avec une sollicitude toute maternelle celles qui, plus directement, touchent les facultés spirituelles de l’homme et offrent des possibilités élargies de communiquer très facilement des nouvelles de tout genre, des idées, des orientations. Or, parmi ces découvertes, il faut assigner une place singulière aux moyens qui, de par leur nature, sont aptes à atteindre et à influencer non seulement les individus, mais encore les masses comme telles, et jusqu’à l’humanité tout entière. Tel est le cas de la presse, du cinéma, de la radio, de la télévision et d’autres techniques de même nature. Aussi bien peut-on les appeler à juste titre : moyens de communication sociale."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pourquoi le Concile s’occupe-t-il de ces questions ?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certes, l’Église notre Mère sait que ces instruments, quand ils sont utilisés correctement, rendent de grands services au genre humain : ils contribuent, en effet, d’une manière efficace au délassement et à la culture de l’esprit, ainsi qu’à l’extension et à l’affermissement du règne de Dieu. Mais elle sait aussi que les hommes peuvent les utiliser à l’encontre des desseins du Créateur et les tourner à leur propre perte. Son cœur maternel est angoissé à la vue des dommages que bien souvent leur mauvais usage a déjà causés à l’humanité."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi le Concile œcuménique, prenant à son compte le souci vigilant des Souverains Pontifes et des évêques en une matière d’une si haute importance, considère de son devoir de traiter les principaux problèmes relatifs aux moyens de communication sociale. Il a confiance, en outre, que la doctrine et la discipline qu’il propose ici seront utiles, non seulement au salut des chrétiens, mais encore au progrès de toute l’humanité."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE PREMIER : La doctrine de l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tâches de l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église a été fondée par le Christ Notre-Seigneur pour apporter le salut à tous les hommes ; elle se sent donc poussée par l’obligation de prêcher l’Évangile. Aussi bien l’Église catholique estime-t-elle qu’il est de son devoir, d’une part, d’employer aussi les instruments de communication sociale pour annoncer le message du salut et, d’autre part, d’enseigner aux hommes le bon usage de ces moyens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église a donc le droit inné d’utiliser et de posséder ces moyens sans exception, dans la mesure où ils sont nécessaires ou utiles à la formation chrétienne et à toute autre action pastorale. Les pasteurs ont le devoir d’instruire et d’orienter les fidèles en sorte que ceux-ci utilisent les moyens de manière à assurer leur propre salut et perfection, comme ceux de l’humanité entière."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfin, il revient principalement aux laïcs d’animer de valeurs chrétiennes et humaines ces moyens, afin qu’ils répondent pleinement à la grande attente de l’humanité et au dessein de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La loi morale"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour qu’il soit fait un usage correct de ces moyens, il est absolument nécessaire que tous ceux qui les utilisent connaissent les principes de l’ordre moral et les appliquent fidèlement. Ils prêteront, certes, d’abord attention à l’objet, c’est-à-dire au contenu, communiqué conformément à la nature propre de chaque instrument ; mais aussi au contexte dans lequel s’effectue la communication, comme, par exemple le but, les personnes, le lieu, le temps, etc. Car le contexte peut en altérer et même changer totalement la moralité. À ce propos, signalons en particulier le mode d’action propre de ces moyens, c’est-à-dire leur puissance d’impact, qui est souvent telle que les hommes – surtout s’ils sont insuffisamment préparés – ne peuvent que difficilement s’en rendre compte, la dominer ou la rejeter le cas échéant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il est absolument indispensable que toutes les personnes intéressées se forment une conscience droite sur l’utilisation de ces instruments, principalement à propos de plusieurs questions vivement discutées de nos jours."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le droit à l’information"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La première question concerne l’information, c’est-à-dire la collecte et la diffusion de nouvelles. Avec le progrès de la société moderne et les liens d’interdépendance de plus en plus étroits entre ses membres, l’information s’avère hautement utile et même, la plupart du temps, indispensable : c’est une évidence. La diffusion publique et en temps voulu de faits et d’événements permet à chaque homme d’en avoir une connaissance exhaustive et permanente. Par là même, chacun pour sa part peut concourir efficacement au bien commun et tous ensemble peuvent contribuer plus aisément à la prospérité et au progrès de toute la société. Aussi bien trouve-t-on inhérent à la société humaine le droit à l’information sur les sujets qui intéressent les hommes, soit en tant qu’individus, soit en tant que membres d’une société, selon la situation de chacun. Cependant le bon exercice de ce droit requiert que la communication soit, quant à l’objet, toujours véridique et – dans le respect des exigences de la justice et de la charité – complète ; qu’elle soit, quant au mode, honnête et convenable, c’est-à-dire que, dans l’acquisition et dans la diffusion des nouvelles, elle observe absolument les lois morales, les droits et la dignité de l’homme. Car toute connaissance n’est pas profitable ; « par contre la charité édifie » (1 Co 8, 1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Art et morale"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La seconde question concerne les rapports d’interférence entre les droits de l’art – pour reprendre une expression courante – et les lois de la morale. Les controverses qui se multiplient autour de ce thème ont souvent leur origine en des doctrines erronées en matière d’éthique et d’esthétique. Aussi bien le Concile proclame-t-il que la primauté de l’ordre moral objectif s’impose absolument à tout le monde. Cet ordre est le seul à transcender et à harmoniser les formes diverses – si nobles qu’elles soient en elles-mêmes – de l’activité humaine, sans en excepter l’art. Seul il atteint l’homme dans la totalité de son être, comme créature dotée de raison par Dieu et appelée par lui à une destinée surnaturelle. D’ailleurs, c’est dans le respect intégral et fidèle de cet ordre que l’homme atteint sa perfection et son bonheur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exposé du mal moral"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Troisièmement, le récit, la description ou la représentation du mal moral peuvent assurément apporter, grâce aux moyens de communication sociale, une connaissance et une analyse plus profondes de l’homme, une manifestation et une exaltation du vrai et du bien en toute leur splendeur, si l’on ménage par ailleurs les effets dramatiques appropriés. Cependant, pour que cela soit plutôt profitable que nuisible aux âmes, il faut se conformer rigoureusement à la morale, surtout quand il s’agit de thèmes qui exigent une certaine réserve ou qui éveillent plus facilement des désirs mauvais chez l’homme blessé par le péché originel."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’opinion publique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les opinions publiques exercent de nos jours une énorme influence sur la vie privée et publique des citoyens, à quelque milieu qu’ils appartiennent. Il est donc nécessaire que tous les membres de la société remplissent dans ce domaine aussi leurs devoirs de justice et de vérité. Ils emploieront les moyens de communication sociale pour concourir à la formation et à la diffusion de saines opinions publiques."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devoirs des usagers"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tous les usagers – c’est-à-dire lecteurs, spectateurs et auditeurs – reçoivent par libre choix personnel les messages diffusés par ces moyens. Des devoirs particuliers s’imposent donc à eux. Par leur choix, ils encourageront nettement tout ce qui présente une réelle valeur morale, culturelle et artistique ; ils éviteront tout ce qui pourrait être, soit pour eux-mêmes cause ou occasion de préjudice spirituel, soit pour les autres cause de scandale par leur mauvais exemple, soit enfin pour les communications elles-mêmes un obstacle aux bonnes et un appui aux mauvaises. Ce dernier cas se produit le plus souvent lorsqu’on soutient de ses propres deniers des gens qui exploitent ces moyens en tenant uniquement compte des critères du profit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Afin de conformer leur conduite à la loi morale, les usagers ne négligeront pas leur devoir de se renseigner à temps sur les positions adoptées en ces matières par l’autorité compétente et de s’y soumettre selon les normes de la conscience droite. De plus, en recourant aux moyens appropriés, ils voudront se former une conscience éclairée et droite afin de résister plus facilement aux influences moins honnêtes et de suivre sûrement les bonnes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devoirs des jeunes et des parents"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les usagers, les jeunes tout particulièrement, doivent s’entraîner à la modération et à la discipline dans l’usage de ces moyens et chercher en outre à mieux comprendre ce qu’ils voient, entendent et lisent. Ils en discuteront, soit avec leurs éducateurs, soit avec des spécialistes en ces matières ; ils apprendront ainsi à se former un jugement droit. Les parents, de leur côté, se souviendront qu’il est de leur devoir de veiller avec soin que les spectacles, les imprimés, etc. contraires à la foi ou à la morale, ne pénètrent pas dans leur foyer et que leurs enfants en soient préservés ailleurs."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devoirs des producteurs"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Une particulière responsabilité dans le bon usage des moyens de communication affecte les journalistes, écrivains, acteurs, metteurs en scène, réalisateurs, programmateurs, distributeurs, producteurs, vendeurs, critiques, en un mot tous ceux qui, d’une manière ou d’une autre, participent à la réalisation et à la diffusion des communications. Qu’il faille, dans notre monde tel qu’il est, faire peser une grave responsabilité sur toutes ces catégories de personnes, cela est particulièrement évident, car elles peuvent, par les informations qu’elles diffusent et les pressions qu’elles exercent, engager l’humanité sur un bon ou un mauvais chemin."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aussi bien leur revient-il de concilier les facteurs économiques, politiques ou artistiques, de telle sorte que ceux-ci n’aillent jamais à l’encontre du bien commun. Pour atteindre plus aisément ce résultat, ils feront bien d’entrer dans des organisations professionnelles capables d’imposer à leurs membres le respect de la morale dans les problèmes et activités de leur métier, si besoin est, par l’engagement formel d’observer un code moral."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ces personnes se souviendront toujours qu’une grande partie de leurs lecteurs et spectateurs est composée de jeunes qui ont besoin d’une presse et de spectacles leur assurant des divertissements honnêtes et élevant leur âme vers les nobles idéaux. Elles veilleront en outre à confier à des collaborateurs sérieux et compétents les questions religieuses, pour que celles-ci soient traitées avec tout le respect qui s’impose."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devoirs des pouvoirs publics"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les pouvoirs publics ont des devoirs particuliers en ce domaine, en considération du bien commun auquel sont ordonnés ces moyens. L’autorité a la charge de défendre et de protéger – particulièrement en ce qui concerne la presse – la vraie et juste liberté de l’information, dont la société moderne a absolument besoin pour son progrès ; de favoriser les valeurs religieuses, culturelles et artistiques ; de garantir aux usagers la libre jouissance de leurs droits légitimes. Il est, en plus, du devoir de ces autorités, de soutenir les initiatives qui, tout en étant grandement utiles, surtout à la jeunesse, ne pourraient être réalisées sans leur concours."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfin, les pouvoirs publics qui, à bon droit, se soucient du bien-être des citoyens ont aussi le devoir de s’assurer avec justice et perspicacité, en promulguant des lois et en veillant à leur efficace application, que le mauvais usage de ces moyens ne crée pas de graves dangers pour la moralité publique et le progrès de la société. Cette intervention ne porte nullement atteinte à la liberté des individus et des groupements, surtout dans le cas où on ne trouve pas de sérieuses garanties chez ceux qui par profession utilisent ces moyens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Des mesures spéciales seront prises pour défendre les adolescents contre une presse et des spectacles nuisibles à leur âge."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE II : L’action pastorale de l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Action des pasteurs et des fidèles"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tous les membres de l’Église uniront volontiers leurs efforts concertés, afin de mettre efficacement, sans aucun retard et avec le plus grand zèle, les moyens de communication au service des multiples œuvres d’apostolat, compte tenu des exigences particulières de temps et de lieux. Ils auront à cœur de prévenir les initiatives mauvaises, surtout là où l’évolution morale et religieuse réclame leur intervention de manière plus urgente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les pasteurs auront donc à cœur d’accomplir en ce domaine leur devoir qui fait partie de leur charge ordinaire de prêcher l’Évangile. Les laïcs qui, par profession, sont engagés dans ces moyens, chercheront à rendre témoignage à Jésus Christ : d’abord en accomplissant leur métier avec compétence et esprit apostolique, puis en collaborant directement à l’action pastorale de l’Église par une contribution technique, économique, culturelle ou artistique, selon les possibilités de chacun."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les initiatives des catholiques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On commencera par soutenir la presse honnête. Mais si l’on veut imprégner vraiment les lecteurs d’esprit chrétien, il faut de plus susciter et développer une presse authentiquement catholique. C’est-à-dire une presse – peu importe que l’autorité ecclésiastique elle-même ou bien des laïcs en aient l’initiative et la direction – qui soit manifestement publiée dans l’intention de former, d’affermir et de promouvoir des opinions publiques conformes au droit naturel ainsi qu’à la doctrine et à la discipline catholiques, de diffuser et d’expliquer loyalement les nouvelles sur la vie de l’Église. Les fidèles doivent être avertis de la nécessité de lire et de diffuser la presse catholique pour se former un jugement chrétien sur tous les événements."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La production et la programmation de films qui concourent à une détente moralement saine de l’esprit, à la culture et à l’art, surtout de films destinés à la jeunesse, sont à favoriser et à renforcer par tous moyens efficaces. On apportera cette aide principalement en soutenant et en coordonnant les réalisations et les initiatives des producteurs et des distributeurs honnêtes ; en appuyant le lancement de films valables par une critique favorable ou par des prix ; en associant entre elles les salles de cinéma tenues par des exploitants catholiques et honnêtes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On soutiendra aussi efficacement les émissions radiophoniques et télévisées moralement saines, surtout les émissions familiales. Les émissions catholiques seront vivement encouragées, car elles incitent les auditeurs et les spectateurs à participer à la vie de l’Église et elles les familiarisent avec les vérités religieuses. On suscitera des stations catholiques là où cela s’avère opportun ; il faut cependant veiller que les émissions s’imposent par la qualité et l’efficacité."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On s’efforcera enfin de faire que l’art antique et noble du théâtre, qui désormais se répand largement grâce aux moyens de communication sociale, contribue à la formation humaine et morale des spectateurs."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La formation des producteurs"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Afin de faire face aux besoins ci-dessus exposés, on formera sans retard des prêtres, des religieux, ainsi que des laïcs. Ils devront acquérir une véritable compétence pour employer ces instruments à des fins apostoliques."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Une tâche primordiale s’impose : donner aux laïcs la préparation technique, doctrinale et morale appropriée. À cet effet, il faut multiplier les écoles, facultés ou instituts où journalistes, auteurs de films et d’émissions de radio et de télévision, et toutes autres personnes concernées, pourront recevoir une formation complète, imprégnée d’esprit chrétien et portant particulièrement sur la doctrine sociale de l’Église. On formera et soutiendra aussi les acteurs, afin que par leur art ils servent à leur manière la société. Enfin, on veillera soigneusement à la préparation des critiques de livres, radio, télévision, etc. Ils acquerront une vraie compétence en leur matière ; ils seront préparés et encouragés à accorder dans leurs jugements à l’aspect moral la place qui lui revient."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La formation des usagers"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La bonne utilisation des moyens de communication sociale, mis à la disposition d’usagers différents par l’âge et la culture, requiert une formation théorique et pratique adaptée selon les usagers et spécifique selon les instruments. Aussi bien, les réalisations visant à la formation, surtout si elles concernent la jeunesse, dans les écoles catholiques de tous degrés, les séminaires et aussi les groupes d’apostolat des laïcs, sont-elles à encourager et à multiplier. Elles seront conduites à la lumière des principes de la morale chrétienne. Afin d’atteindre plus rapidement ce résultat, le catéchisme comportera un exposé et une explication de la doctrine et de la discipline de l’Église en cette matière."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moyens techniques et économiques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce serait évidemment déshonorant pour les catholiques d’accepter avec apathie que la Parole de Dieu soit enchaînée et tenue en échec à cause des difficultés techniques ou des mises de fonds, énormes certes, qu’entraînent ces moyens. C’est pourquoi le Concile leur rappelle qu’ils ont le devoir de soutenir et d’aider les journaux catholiques, les périodiques, les réalisations dans le domaine du cinéma, les stations et les émissions de radio et de télévision, puisque le but principal de toutes ces œuvres est de propager et de défendre la vérité et d’assurer une animation chrétienne de la société. En même temps, il invite instamment et les groupements et les hommes qui tiennent des positions clés dans l’économie et la technique, à soutenir volontiers et généreusement de leurs ressources et de leurs conseils ces moyens dans la mesure où ils sont mis au service d’une authentique culture et de l’apostolat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La journée annuelle"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour donner plus d’efficacité à l’apostolat multiforme de l’Église dans le secteur des moyens de communication sociale, on organisera chaque année dans les diocèses, au jugement des évêques, une journée pendant laquelle les fidèles seront instruits de leur s devoirs en ce domaine et invités à prier pour cette cause et à verser leur obole. Ces dons seront scrupuleusement employés à soutenir et à développer les œuvres suscitées par l’Église, en ayant en vue les besoins de la catholicité tout entière."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La commission du Saint-Siège"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour l’exercice de sa charge pastorale suprême dans le secteur des moyens de communication, le Souverain Pontife a à sa disposition une commission spéciale du Saint-Siège [1]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La compétence des évêques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il revient aux évêques de porter en leur diocèse une attention vigilante aux œuvres et initiatives de cet ordre, de les promouvoir et, dans la mesure où elles touchent à une action apostolique publique, de les coordonner, y compris celles relevant des religieux exempts."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les offices nationaux"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cependant un apostolat efficace au plan national requiert l’unité dans les objectifs et les efforts. Aussi bien le Concile décide-t-il et ordonne-t-il que partout soient constitués et le plus efficacement aidés des offices nationaux pour la presse, le ciné ma, la radio et la télévision. Le rôle de ces offices sera surtout de pourvoir à la bonne formation de la conscience des fidèles dans l’usage des moyens de communication sociale, ainsi que d’encourager et d’harmoniser tout ce que les catholiques entreprennent en ce domaine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans chaque pays, la direction de ces offices sera confiée à une commission épiscopale ou à un évêque délégué. Des laïcs doctrinalement et techniquement qualifiés devront aussi faire partie de ces offices."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les organisations internationales"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfin, les moyens de communication sociale ont une influence qui dépasse les frontières d’un pays ; ils font de chaque homme le citoyen du monde. Il faut donc que les œuvres nationales coopèrent au plan international. Les offices nationaux dont il est question au paragraphe 21 collaboreront activement avec l’Organisation internationale catholique correspondante. Ces OIC sont approuvées légitimement par le Saint-Siège seul et dépendent de lui."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSION"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’instruction pastorale Afin que les principes et les règles du Concile sur les moyens de communication sociale soient tous appliqués, la commission du Saint-Siège dont il est question au paragraphe 19 publiera sur mandat spécial du Concile une instruction pastorale. La commission se fera aider par des experts de différents pays."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exhortation finale Du reste, le Concile a confiance que les enfants de l’Église accueilleront de bon cœur et observeront fidèlement les principes et règles contenus dans le présent décret. Ainsi, quand ils utiliseront ces moyens, ils n’en subiront pas de dommages ; mais tout au contraire, tels le sel et la lumière, ils donneront saveur à la terre et éclaireront le monde. Le Concile se tourne aussi vers tous les hommes de bonne volonté et en premier lieu vers ceux qui tiennent en main ces moyens. Il les invite à utiliser ces moyens uniquement pour le bien de l’humanité dont le sort dépend chaque jour davantage de leur bon usage. Qu’ainsi donc le nom du Seigneur soit glorifié par ces inventions modernes comme il le fut jadis par les chefs-d'œuvre de l’art, selon la parole de l’Apôtre « Jésus-Christ est le même hier et aujourd’hui ; il le sera à jamais » (He 13,8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout l’ensemble et chacun des points qui ont été édictés dans ce décret ont plu aux Pères. Et Nous, en vertu du pouvoir apostolique que Nous tenons du Christ, en union avec les vénérables Pères, Nous les approuvons, arrêtons et décrétons dans le Saint- Esprit, et Nous ordonnons que ce qui a été ainsi établi en Concile soit promulgué pour la gloire de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rome, à Saint-Pierre, le 4 décembre 1963."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, Paul, évêque de l’Église catholique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Suivent les signatures des Pères)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] Les Pères du Concile faisant volontiers leur le vœu du « Secrétariat pour la presse et les spectacles » demandent respectueusement au Souverain Pontife d’étendre l’autorité et la compétence de cette commission à tous les moyens de communication sociale, y compris la presse et d’y adjoindre des experts – parmi lesquels des laïcs – de divers pays."
            }
          ]
        },
        "it": {
          "code": "it",
          "label": "Italiano",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19631204_inter-mirifica_it.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-101-vat-ii_decree_19631204_inter-mirifica_it.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAOLO VESCOVO SERVO DEI SERVI DI DIO UNITAMENTE AI PADRI DEL SACRO CONCILIO A PERPETUA MEMORIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO SUGLI STRUMENTI DI COMUNICAZIONE SOCIALE INTER MIRIFICA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "INTRODUZIONE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Significato dei termini"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tra le meravigliose invenzioni tecniche che, soprattutto nel nostro tempo, l'ingegno umano è riuscito, con l'aiuto di Dio, a trarre dal creato, la Chiesa accoglie e segue con particolare sollecitudine quelle che più direttamente riguardano le facoltà spirituali dell'uomo e che hanno offerto nuove possibilità di comunicare, con massima facilità, ogni sorta di notizie, idee, insegnamenti. Tra queste invenzioni occupano un posto di rilievo quegli strumenti che, per loro natura, sono in grado di raggiungere e influenzare non solo i singoli, ma le stesse masse e l'intera umanità. Rientrano in tale categoria la stampa, il cinema, la radio, la televisione e simili. A ragione quindi essi possono essere chiamati: strumenti di comunicazione sociale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perché il Concilio ne tratta"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa nostra madre riconosce che questi strumenti se bene adoperati, offrono al genere umano grandi vantaggi, perché contribuiscono efficacemente a sollevare e ad arricchire lo spirito, nonché a diffondere e a consolidare il regno di Dio. Ma essa sa pure che l'uomo può adoperarli contro i disegni del Creatore e volgerli a propria rovina; anzi, il suo cuore di madre è addolorato per i danni che molto sovente il loro cattivo uso ha provocato all'umanità. Perciò questo sacro Concilio, perseverando nelle sollecitudini dei sommi Pontefici e dei vescovi in un argomento di sì grande importanza, ritiene suo dovere trattare dei principali problemi relativi agli strumenti di comunicazione sociale. Confida inoltre che questa esposizione dei suoi principi dottrinali e delle sue norme non solo sarà di giovamento spirituale ai fedeli, ma contribuirà anche al progresso di tutta l'umanità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA DOTTRINA DELLA CHIESA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Compiti della Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa cattolica, essendo stata fondata da Cristo Signore per portare la salvezza a tutti gli uomini, ed essendo perciò spinta dall'obbligo di diffondere il messaggio evangelico, ritiene suo dovere servirsi anche degli strumenti di comunicazione sociale per predicare l'annuncio di questa salvezza ed insegnare agli uomini il retto uso di questi strumenti. Compete pertanto alla Chiesa il diritto innato di usare e di possedere siffatti strumenti, nella misura in cui essi siano necessari o utili alla formazione cristiana e a ogni altra azione pastorale. Così pure è dovere dei sacri pastori istruire e guidare i fedeli perché essi, anche con l'aiuto di questi strumenti, perseguano la salvezza e perfezione propria e di tutta la famiglia umana. Peraltro è compito anzitutto dei laici animare di valori umani e cristiani tali strumenti, affinché rispondano pienamente alla grande attesa dell'umanità e ai disegni di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Legge morale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per usare rettamente questi strumenti è assolutamente necessario che coloro i quali se ne servono conoscano le norme della legge morale e le osservino fedelmente in questo settore. Tengano perciò presente il contenuto, comunicato secondo la natura propria di ciascuno strumento; considerino inoltre tutto il contesto --come, ad esempio, il fine, le persone, il luogo, il tempo ecc.-- nel quale si attua la comunicazione stessa, perché il contesto è capace di modificarne, o addirittura di cambiare totalmente, il valore morale. A questo proposito segnaliamo in particolare il modo di agire proprio di ogni strumento, cioè la sua forza di suggestione, che può essere tale che gli uomini, soprattutto se insufficientemente preparati, riescano con difficoltà ad avvertirla, a dominarla e, quando occorresse, a respingerla."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diritto all'informazione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È anzitutto necessario che tutti gli interessati si formino una retta coscienza circa l'uso di questi strumenti, soprattutto a proposito di alcune questioni oggi particolarmente controverse. La prima di queste riguarda l'informazione, cioè la ricerca e la diffusione di notizie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non c'è dubbio che l'informazione, dato il progresso raggiunto dalla società moderna, ed attese le sempre più strette relazioni d'interdipendenza tra i suoi membri, è diventata utilissima ed anzi, per lo più, una necessità. Infatti la pubblica e tempestiva comunicazione degli avvenimenti e dei fatti offre ai singoli uomini quella più adeguata e costante conoscenza, che permette loro di contribuire efficacemente al bene comune e di promuovere tutti insieme più agevolmente la prosperità e il progresso di tutta la società. È perciò inerente alla società umana il diritto all'informazione su quanto, secondo le rispettive condizioni, interessa gli uomini, sia come individui che come membri di una società. Tuttavia il retto esercizio di questo diritto esige che la comunicazione sia sempre verace quanto al contenuto e, salve la giustizia e la carità, completa; inoltre, per quanto riguarda il modo, sia onesta e conveniente, cioè rispetti rigorosamente le leggi morali, i diritti e la dignità dell'uomo, sia nella ricerca delle notizie, sia nella loro diffusione. Non ogni conoscenza infatti giova, «mentre la carità è costruttiva» (1 Cor 8,1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Arte e morale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La seconda questione riguarda le relazioni tra i diritti dell'arte - come si suol dire - e le norme della legge morale. Poiché il moltiplicarsi di controversie su questo argomento non di rado trae origine da dottrine erronee in materia di etica e di estetica, il Concilio proclama che il primato dell'ordine morale oggettivo deve essere rispettato assolutamente da tutti. Questo ordine è il solo a superare e armonizzare tutte le diverse forme dell'attività umana, per quanto nobili esse siano, non eccettuata quella dell'arte. Solo l'ordine morale, infatti, investe l'uomo nella totalità del suo essere creatura di Dio dotata di intelligenza e chiamata ad un fine soprannaturale; e lo stesso ordine morale, se integralmente e fedelmente osservato, porta l'uomo a raggiungere la perfezione e la pienezza della felicità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Trattazione del male morale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infine, l'esposizione, la descrizione o la rappresentazione del male morale possono indubbiamente, anche per il tramite degli strumenti di comunicazione sociale, servire per una più approfondita conoscenza ed analisi dell'uomo, ad illustrare e ad esaltare lo splendore della verità e del bene, mediante appropriati effetti drammatici. Tuttavia, se non si vuole che rechino più danno che vantaggio alle anime, è necessario attenersi fedelmente alla legge morale, soprattutto quando si tratta di cose che richiedono il dovuto rispetto o che si prestano a favorire le disordinate passioni dell'uomo, ferito dalla colpa originale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Opinioni pubbliche"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché le opinioni pubbliche esercitano oggi un enorme influsso nella vita privata e pubblica dei cittadini di ogni categoria sociale, è necessario che tutti i membri della società compiano, anche in questo campo, i loro doveri di giustizia e di carità. Perciò tutti si adoperino, anche mediante l'uso di questi strumenti, alla formazione e diffusione di rette opinioni pubbliche."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doveri degli utenti"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Particolari doveri hanno tutti gli utenti --vale a dire i lettori, gli spettatori, gli uditori-- che con scelta personale e libera ricevono le comunicazioni diffuse da questi strumenti. Infatti, una scelta retta richiede che essi favoriscano in ogni modo quanto presenta un reale valore morale, culturale e artistico; che evitino, invece, quanto costituisce per loro causa o occasione di danno spirituale, oppure con il cattivo esempio induce altri in pericolo, o contribuisce a ostacolare le buone comunicazioni e a incoraggiare quelle cattive. Questo ultimo caso solitamente si verifica quando si versa il proprio denaro a quanti adoperano tali strumenti unicamente a scopo di lucro. Perciò gli utenti, per agire moralmente bene, non trascurino il loro dovere d'informarsi tempestivamente dei giudizi che a questo proposito vengono dati dalla competente autorità, e di attenervisi secondo le norme della retta coscienza. Al fine poi di resistere più facilmente alle suggestioni meno oneste e di favorire sicuramente quelle buone, procurino di formare e di orientare la propria coscienza con i mezzi adatti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doveri dei giovani e dei genitori"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli utenti, particolarmente i giovani, si addestrino ad un uso moderato e disciplinato di questi strumenti; cerchino inoltre di approfondire le cose viste, udite, lette; ne discutano con i loro educatori e con persone competenti, e imparino a formarsi un giudizio retto. Dal canto loro i genitori ricordino che è loro dovere vigilare diligentemente perché spettacoli, stampa e simili, che siano contrari alla fede e ai buoni costumi, non entrino in casa e che i loro figli ne siano preservati altrove."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doveri degli autori"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Speciali responsabilità morali circa il retto uso degli strumenti di comunicazione sociale incombono sui giornalisti, gli scrittori, gli attori, i registi, gli editori e i produttori, i programmisti, i distributori, gli esercenti e i venditori, i critici e quanti altri in qualsiasi modo partecipano alla preparazione e trasmissione delle comunicazioni. È evidente, infatti, quali e quanto grandi responsabilità pesino su di loro nell'evolversi della società odierna, avendo essi la possibilità di indirizzare al bene o al male l'umanità con le loro informazioni e pressioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dovranno pertanto conciliare i propri interessi economici, politici ed artistici in modo da evitare ogni opposizione al bene comune. Per raggiungere più facilmente questo intento, faranno bene a dare la loro adesione a quelle associazioni professionali capaci di imporre ai loro membri --se necessario anche impegnandosi all'osservanza di un «codice morale»-- il rispetto dell'onestà nelle loro attività e doveri professionali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre ricordino sempre che gran parte dei lettori e degli spettatori è costituita da giovani, i quali hanno bisogno di una stampa e di spettacoli che offrano un sano divertimento e che orientino il loro spirito a nobili ideali. Procurino inoltre che le comunicazioni che riguardano la religione vengano affidate a persone degne e preparate e che siano attuate con il dovuto rispetto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doveri dell'autorità civile"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Particolari doveri in questo settore incombono all'autorità civile in vista del bene comune, al quale questi strumenti sono ordinati. È infatti compito di tale autorità, nel proprio suo ambito, difendere e proteggere -- specialmente riguardo alla stampa--la vera e giusta libertà d'informazione che è indispensabile alla odierna società per il suo progresso; favorire i valori religiosi, culturali e artistici; assicurare agli utenti il libero uso dei loro legittimi diritti. È anche compito dell'autorità civile appoggiare quelle iniziative che, per quanto siano di grande utilità, specialmente alla gioventù, non potrebbero altrimenti essere realizzate. Infine lo stesso potere pubblico, che giustamente si interessa del benessere dei cittadini, ha il dovere di provvedere con giustizia e diligenza, mediante la promulgazione di leggi e l'efficace loro applicazione, che dal cattivo uso di questi strumenti non derivino gravi danni alla moralità pubblica e al progresso della società. Con tale attenta vigilanza non viene conculcata la libertà dei singoli e dei gruppi associati, soprattutto nel caso in cui mancassero sicure garanzie da parte di coloro che per professione utilizzano questi strumenti. Una speciale attenzione, inoltre, sia usata nel difendere gli adolescenti dalla stampa e dagli spettacoli nocivi alla loro età."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'AZIONE PASTORALE DELLA CHIESA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Azione dei pastori e dei fedeli"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti i figli della Chiesa si adoperino, in cordiale unità di intenti, affinché senza indugio e con ogni impegno gli strumenti di comunicazione sociale, secondo che le circostanze lo richiederanno, vengano usati nelle varie forme di apostolato, cercando di prevenire le iniziative dannose, soprattutto nelle regioni dove l'evoluzione morale e religiosa richiede una più urgente e attiva presenza. Perciò i sacri pastori siano solleciti nel compiere in questo settore un dovere intimamente connesso con il loro magistero ordinario; e i laici impegnati professionalmente in questo campo cerchino di rendere testimonianza a Cristo: anzitutto assolvendo i propri incarichi con competenza e con spirito apostolico, inoltre collaborando direttamente all'azione pastorale della Chiesa con contributi tecnici, economici, culturali e artistici, secondo le possibilità di ciascuno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Iniziative dei cattolici"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Innanzitutto si incrementi la stampa onesta. Al fine poi di formare i lettori a un genuino spirito cristiano, si promuova e si sostenga una stampa autenticamente cattolica, tale cioè che--sia essa promossa o dipenda direttamente dalla stessa autorità ecclesiastica, oppure da laici cattolici--venga pubblicata con l'esplicito scopo di formare, favorire e promuovere opinioni pubbliche conformi al diritto naturale, alla dottrina e alla morale cattolica, e di far conoscere nella giusta luce i fatti che riguardano la vita della Chiesa. Infine si richiamino i fedeli alla necessità di leggere e di diffondere la stampa cattolica, allo scopo di poter giudicare cristianamente ogni avvenimento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con ogni aiuto opportuno si promuova e si assicuri la produzione e la programmazione di film atti a garantire un sano divertimento e pregevoli per valori culturali ed artistici, e innanzitutto di film per la gioventù. Tale aiuto viene dato soprattutto sostenendo e coordinando imprese e iniziative di produttori e di distributori onesti; curando il lancio dei film meritevoli con l'appoggio dei critici e con premi; promuovendo e consociando le sale cinematografiche di gestori cattolici e onesti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parimenti, si sostengano in modo efficace i programmi radiofonici e televisivi moralmente sani, soprattutto quelli adatti all'ambiente familiare. Si promuovano poi con impegno le trasmissioni cattoliche, mediante le quali gli uditori e gli spettatori vengono orientati a partecipare alla vita della Chiesa e ad assimilare le verità religiose. Là dove la cosa risulti conveniente, si creino sollecitamente anche emittenti cattoliche e si procuri che le loro trasmissioni si raccomandino per qualità ed efficacia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si procuri inoltre che l'antica e nobile arte del teatro, la quale oggi viene diffusa largamente dagli strumenti di comunicazione sociale, contribuisca alla formazione culturale e morale degli spettatori."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formazione degli autori"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per provvedere alle esigenze sopra esposte si formino senza indugio sacerdoti, religiosi e laici, i quali sappiano usare con la dovuta competenza questi strumenti a scopi apostolici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il primo compito è quello di preparare tecnicamente, culturalmente e moralmente i laici, moltiplicando scuole, facoltà e istituti, dove giornalisti, autori di film e di programmi radiofonici e televisivi e quanti si interessano a queste attività, possano acquistare una formazione completa, permeata di spirito cristiano, specialmente nel campo della dottrina sociale della Chiesa. Ma occorre preparare ed aiutare anche gli attori, perché con la loro arte contribuiscano al bene della società. Devono infine essere diligentemente preparati i critici letterari, cinematografici, radiofonici, televisivi, ecc., perché si distinguano con la loro competenza professionale, e vengano istruiti e incoraggiati a porre sempre nel dovuto rilievo nei loro giudizi, l'aspetto morale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formazione degli utenti"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il retto uso degli strumenti della comunicazione sociale, che sono a disposizione di utenti diversi per età e preparazione culturale, esige un'adatta e specifica formazione teorica e pratica di questi ultimi. Perciò le iniziative atte a questo scopo - soprattutto se destinate ai giovani - siano favorite e largamente diffuse nelle scuole cattoliche di ogni grado, nei seminari e nelle associazioni dell'apostolato dei laici. Esse saranno ispirate ai principi della morale cristiana. Per ottenere più prontamente questo scopo, vengano inserite nell'insegnamento catechistico l'esposizione e la spiegazione della dottrina e della disciplina cattolica su questo argomento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mezzi e sussidi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sarebbe evidentemente disonorante per i figli della Chiesa tollerare che la parola della salvezza resti inceppata e ostacolata da difficoltà tecniche o dalle spese, indubbiamente ingentissime, che questi strumenti richiedono. Per questa ragione il sacro Concilio ricorda che essi hanno il dovere di sostenere e di aiutare i giornali e i periodici, le iniziative nel settore cinematografico, le stazioni e i programmi radiofonici e televisivi cattolici, il cui fine principale è quello di diffondere e difendere la verità e curare la formazione cristiana della società umana. Esorta inoltre insistentemente quanti, associazioni e singoli, dispongono di rilevanti possibilità economiche o tecniche, ad aiutare volentieri e generosamente con i loro mezzi e con la loro competenza le iniziative in questo settore, che si propongono scopi genuinamente culturali e apostolici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Giornata annuale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Al fine poi di rendere più efficace il multiforme apostolato della Chiesa con l'impiego degli strumenti di comunicazione sociale, ogni anno in tutte le diocesi del mondo, a giudizio dei vescovi, venga celebrata una « giornata » nella quale i fedeli siano istruiti sui loro doveri in questo settore, invitati a speciali preghiere per questo scopo e a contribuirvi con le loro offerte. Queste saranno debitamente destinate a sostenere le iniziative e le opere promosse dalla Chiesa in questo campo, secondo le necessità dell'orbe cattolico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Commissione della santa Sede"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nell'esercizio della sua suprema sollecitudine pastorale circa gli strumenti di comunicazione sociale, il sommo Pontefice dispone di una speciale commissione della Santa Sede [1]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Competenze dei vescovi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Spetta poi ai vescovi vigilare nelle proprie diocesi sulle iniziative e sulle attività in questo settore, promuoverle e, nella misura in cui riguardano l'apostolato pubblico, regolarle, non eccettuate quelle che dipendono da religiosi esenti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Uffici nazionali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tuttavia, poiché un'efficace attività apostolica nell'ambito di tutta una nazione richiede l'unione di intenti e di forze, questo sacro Concilio decreta e ordina che dappertutto vengano costituiti ed efficacemente aiutati degli uffici nazionali per la stampa, il cinema, la radio e la televisione. Sarà compito principale di questi uffici provvedere a che i fedeli si formino una retta coscienza circa l'uso di questi strumenti, come pure di incrementare e regolare tutte le iniziative dei cattolici in questo settore. In ciascuna nazione la vigilanza su questi uffici venga affidata ad una commissione di vescovi o a un vescovo delegato; facciano poi parte degli stessi uffici anche dei laici, formati nella dottrina cattolica e esperti in materia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Organizzazioni internazionali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre, poiché l'efficacia di tali strumenti si estende oltre i confini delle singole nazioni e fa sl che i singoli individui diventino quasi cittadini del mondo, le iniziative nazionali in questo settore vengano coordinate anche su piano internazionale. Gli uffici, di cui al n. 21, collaborino attivamente con le rispettive organizzazioni cattoliche internazionali. Queste ultime vengono legittimamente approvate soltanto dalla santa Sede e da essa dipendono."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Istruzione pastorale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per l'applicazione di tutti questi principi e norme circa gli strumenti di comunicazione sociale, su espresso mandato del Concilio, sia pubblicata un'apposita istruzione pastorale, a cura della commissione della santa Sede, di cui al n. 19, con la collaborazione di esperti scelti nelle varie nazioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esortazione finale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Del resto il sacro Concilio confida che questa sua esposizione di principi dottrinali e di norme sarà accolta di buon grado e fedelmente osservata da tutti i figli della Chiesa, in modo che essi, servendosi anche di questi strumenti, non solo non ne riportino danno, ma come sale e luce fecondino e illuminino il mondo. Inoltre esso rivolge la sua esortazione a tutti gli uomini di buona volontà, specialmente a quanti hanno nelle loro mani questi strumenti. Li invita a impiegarli unicamente per il bene dell'umanità, il cui avvenire dipende ogni giorno di più dal loro retto uso. Pertanto, come già avvenne con i capolavori delle arti antiche, così anche da queste invenzioni recenti sia glorificato il nome del Signore, secondo il detto dell'Apostolo: « Gesù Cristo, ieri e oggi e per tutti i secoli» (Eb 13,8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4 dicembre 1963"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] I Padri del Concilio, facendo volentieri proprio il voto del “Segretariato per la Stampa e lo Spettacolo”, chiedono rispettosamente al Sommo Pontefice che l’autorità e le competenze di questo Ufficio siano estese a tutti gli strumenti di comunicazione sociale, non esclusa la stampa, cooptandovi periti di diverse nazioni, anche laici."
            }
          ]
        },
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19631204_inter-mirifica_lt.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-102-vat-ii_decree_19631204_inter-mirifica_lt.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAULUS EPISCOPUS SERVUS SERVORUM DEI UNA CUM SACROSANCTI CONCILII PATRIBUS AD PERPETUAM REI MEMORIAM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETUM DE INSTRUMENTIS COMMUNICATIONIS SOCIALIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "INTER MIRIFICA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praefatio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inter mirifica technicae artis inventa, quae hodiernis praesertim temporibus, Deo favente, humanum ingenium e rebus creatis deprompsit, peculiari sollicitudine Mater Ecclesia ea excipit ac prosequitur quae hominis animum potissimum respiciunt, quaeque novas aperuerunt vias cuiusvis generis nuntios, cogitata ac praecepta facillime communicandi. E quibus vero inventis ea eminent instrumenta, quae non modo singulos homines, sed ipsas multitudines totamque humanam societatem, natura sua attingere ac movere valent, sicuti prelum, cinematographeum, radiophonia, televisio et alia huiusmodi, quae proinde instrumenta communicationis socialis merito vocari possunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Novit quidem Mater Ecclesia haec instrumenta, si recte adhibeantur, humano generi valida praebere subsidia, cum multum conferant ad relaxandos et excolendos animos atque ad Dei regnum propagandum et firmandum; novit etiam homines posse ea adhibere contra divini Conditoris consilium et in suorum ipsorum iacturam convertere; immo materno angitur doloris sensu ob damna quae ex pravo eorum usu humanae consociationi nimis saepe orta sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quare Sacrosancta Synodus, Summorum Pontificum et Episcoporum, in re tanti momenti, vigilanti curae instans, suum esse censet quaestiones praecipuas tractare cum instrumentis communicationis socialis conexas. Confidit insuper suam doctrinam et disciplinam hoc modo propositam, non modo christifidelium saluti, sed etiam totius consortionis humanae progressui esse profuturam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput I"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Catholica Ecclesia, cum ad salutem universis hominibus afferendam a Christo Domino constituta sit ideoque evangelizandi necessitate compellatur, sui officii partes esse ducit nuntium salutis, ope etiam instrumentorum communicationis socialis, praedicare hominesque de eorum recto usu docere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesiae ergo nativum ius competit quodvis horum instrumentorum genus, quatenus ad christianam educationem omnemque suam de animarum salute operam sunt necessaria vel utilia, adhibendi atque possidendi; ad Sacros vero Pastores munus pertinet fideles ita instituendi atque moderandi ut iidem, horum etiam instrumentorum auxilio, suam totiusque humanae familiae salutem ac perfectionem persequantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ceterum, laicorum praesertim est huiusmodi instrumenta humano christianoque spiritu vivificare, ut magnae humani convictus expectationi divinoque consilio plene respondeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad recte haec instrumenta adhibenda omnino necesse est ut omnes, qui iisdem utantur, ordinis moralis normas noscant et fideliter in hac provincia ad effectum deducant. Rerum materiam ergo considerent quae, pro peculiari cuiusque instrumenti natura, communicantur; simul vero adiuncta seu circumstantias omnes, hoc est finem, personas, locum, tempus ceteraque prae oculis habeant quibus ipsa communicatio perficitur quaeque eiusdem honestatem possunt mutare, vel prorsus novare; inter quae numeratur modus agendi uniuscuiusque instrumentorum proprius, eorum scilicet vis, quae tanta esse potest ut homines, praesertim si imparati sint, eamdem animadvertere, imperio regere ac, si res ferat, reicere, difficulter valeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praecipue vero necesse est ut omnes quorum interest rectam de horum instrumentorum usu conscientiam sibi efforment, praesertim quod attinet ad nonnullas quaestiones nostra aetate acrius agitatas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prima quaestio informationem, quam aiunt, spectat, seu nuntiorum exquisitionem atque evulgationem. Patet, profecto, eam, ob hodiernae humanae societatis progressum atque ob arctiora vincula inter eiusdem membra, perutilem atque plerumque necessariam evasisse; publica enim et tempestiva eventuum rerumque communicatio pleniorem et continuam eorum notitiam praebet singulis hominibus, ita ut ipsi ad bonum commune efficaciter conferre possint omnesque auctiorem totius civilis societatis profectum facilius promoveant. Inest ergo in societate humana ius ad informationem de iis quae hominibus, sive singulis, sive societate coniunctis, secundum uniuscuiusque condiciones, conveniant. Huius tamen rectum iuris exercitium expostulat ut, quoad suum obiectum communicatio sit semper vera atque, iustitia et caritate servatis, integra; praeterea, quoad modum, sit honesta et conveniens, scilicet leges morales hominisque legitima iura et dignitatem, cum in nuntiis quaeritandis tum in evulgandis, sancte servet; non omnis enim scientia prodest \"caritas vero aedificat\" (1Cor 8,1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Secunda quaestio rationes respicit intercedentes inter artis, ut aiunt, iura et legis moralis normas. Cum increbrescentes de hac re controversiae non raro ortum ducant a falsis doctrinis de ethica et aesthetica, Concilium obiectivi ordinis moralis primatum absolute omnibus tenendum edicit, quippe qui ceteros omnes rerum humanarum ordines, artis non excepto, licet dignitate praestantes, unus superet congruenterque componat. Solus enim ordo moralis hominem, Dei rationalem creaturam et ad superna vocatum, in tota ipsius natura attingit idemque, si quidem integre fideliterque servetur, ad perfectionem et beatitudinem plene assequendam ipsum adducit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Postremo, mali moralis narratio, descriptio vel repraesentatio possunt sane, etiam ope instrumentorum communicationis socialis, inservire ad hominem penitius cognoscendum explorandumque, ad veri bonique magnificentiam manifestandam atque extollendam, opportunioribus ceterum effectibus dramaticis obtentis; attamen, ne damnum potius quam utilitatem animis afferant, legibus moralibus omnino obtemperent, praesertim si agatur de rebus quae debitam reverentiam exigant, vel quae hominem, originali labe vulneratum, facilius ad pravas cupiditates incitent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum publicae opiniones hodie vim et auctoritatem maximam exerceant in omnium ordinum civium vitam, sive privatam sive publicam, necesse est ut omnia societatis membra sua iustitiae et caritatis officia, hac quoque in provincia, adimpleant; itaque, istorum etiam instrumentorum ope, contendant ad rectas publicas opiniones efformandas atque pandendas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Peculiaria officia obstringunt receptores omnes, lectores scilicet, spectatores et auditores, qui communicationes his instrumentis diffusas, personali ac libera electione, recipiunt. Recta enim electio postulat ut iidem omnibus quae virtute, scientia et arte praestent plene faveant; ea autem vitent quae vel sibi spiritalis detrimenti causa vel occasio fiant, vel alios per pravum exemplum in periculum inducere possunt, vel bonis communicationibus obstent malasque promoveant; quod plerumque fit pretium praebitoribus solvendo qui ob oeconomicas dumtaxat rationes haec instrumenta adhibeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut ergo iidem receptores legem moralem adimpleant, officium ne praetermittant sese tempestive certiores faciendi de sententiis quae his in rebus a competenti auctoritate ferantur, atque eisdem secundum rectae conscientiae normas obsequendi; ut vero minus rectis suasionibus facilius obsistant, bonis autem plene faveant, curent suam conscientiam aptis auxiliis dirigere atque instituere."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Receptores, praesertim iuniores, curent ut in usu horum instrumentorum moderationem et disciplinam assuescant; studeant insuper ut res visas, auditas, lectas penitius intellegant; cum educatoribus ac peritis de iisdem disserant et rectum iudicium proferre ediscant. Parentes vero suum esse officium meminerint sedulo invigilandi ne spectacula, folia et alia huiusmodi, quae fidei aut moribus infensa sint, domestici convictus limen intrent, neve filii familias alibi talibus occurrant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praecipuum morale officium quoad rectum instrumentorum communicationis socialis usum respicit diurnarios, scriptores, actores, scaenarum artifices, effectores, diribitores, distributores, exercentes et venditores, criticos ceterosque qui quocumque modo in communicationibus efficiendis et transmittendis partem habeant; omnino enim patet quae et quam gravis momenti officia iis omnibus sint tribuenda in hodiernis hominum condicionibus, cum ipsi, informando atque incitando, humanum genus recte vel pessum ducere possint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eorum itaque erit oeconomicas, vel politicas, vel artis rationes ita componere ut eaedem bono communi numquam adversentur; quod ut expeditius obtineant, ipsi laudabiliter nomen consociationibus dent ad suam professionem spectantibus, quae suis membris - etiam, si opus fuerit, inito foedere de codice morali recte servando - legum moralium reverentiam in suae artis negotiis et officiis imponant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Semper autem memores sint magnam partem lectorum et spectatorum e iuvenibus constare, qui indigent prelo atque spectaculis quae honesta oblectamenta praebeant atque ad altiora animos alliciant. Curent insuper ut communicationes de rebus ad religionem spectantibus personis dignis ac peritis tractanda concredantur et debita reverentia perficiantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Civilis auctoritas hac in re peculiaribus officiis obstringitur ratione boni communis, ad quod haec instrumenta ordinantur. Eiusdem enim auctoritatis est, pro suo munere, informationis veram iustamque libertatem, qua hodierna societas ad sui profectum omnino eget, praesertim ad prelum quod attinet, defendere ac tutari; religionem, culturam, optimas artes fovere; receptores, ut suis legitimis iuribus libere frui possint, tueri. Praeterea civilis potestatis est ea incepta adiuvare quae, licet praesertim iuventuti maxime sint utilia, suscipi secus non possunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Denique eadem publica potestas, quae legitime operam dat civium valetudini, tenetur officio, per legum promulgationem ac sedulam executionem, iuste et vigilanter consulendi ne ex horum instrumentorum pravo usu gravia discrimina publicis moribus et societatis progressui obveniant. Per hanc vigilem curam minime singulorum vel coetuum comprimitur libertas, praesertim si validae deficiant cautiones ex parte eorum qui, ex suscepto munere, haec instrumenta adhibent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Peculiaris autem tutela exerceatur ad iuniores defendendos a prelo et spectaculis quae eorum aetati noxia sint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput II"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnes Ecclesiae filii communi animo consilioque conentur ut instrumenta communicationis socialis, nulla interposita mora et maxima adhibita industria, efficaciter in multiplicibus apostolatus operibus, prout rerum et temporum adiuncta exposcent, usurpentur, noxia incepta praecurrentes, illis praesertim in regionibus quarum moralis et religiosus progressus urgentiorem navitatem exquirit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacri ergo Pastores suum munus in hac provincia, cum eorumdem ordinario praedicationis officio arcte conexum, explere properent; laici quoque, qui in his instrumentis adhibendis partes habent, Christo testimonium reddere satagent, imprimis suis cuiusque muneribus perite et apostolico animo perfungentes, immo, pro sua parte, technicis, oeconomicis, cultus artisque facultatibus actioni pastorali Ecclesiae directe auxiliatricem praestantes operam."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Imprimis prelum honestum foveatur. Ad lectores autem christiano spiritu plene imbuendos, prelum etiam excitetur et provehatur veri nominis catholicum, quod scilicet - sive directe ab ipsa auctoritate ecclesiastica, sive a catholicis viris promotum et dependens - manifeste hoc animo edatur ut publicas opiniones iuri naturae et catholicis doctrinis praeceptisque consonas efformet, firmet atque promoveat, facta vero quae Ecclesiae vitam respiciant pervulget ac recte explanet. Moneantur autem fideles de necessitate catholicum prelum legendi atque diffundendi ad iudicium christianum sibi de omnibus eventibus efformandum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Taeniolarum effectio et exhibitio ad honestam animi relaxationem, humanum cultum et artem utilium, imprimis autem earum quae iuventuti destinentur, validis omnibus auxiliis promoveantur et in tuto ponantur: quod praesertim fit opes atque incepta honestorum effectorum et distributorum adiuvando ac simul coniungendo, pelliculas laude dignas criticorum consensu et praemiis commendando, catholicorum proborumque exercentium auditoria fovendo ac inter se consociando."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Itidem efficax adiumentum feratur transmissionibus radiophonicis et televisificis honestis, imprimis iis quae familiis sint consentaneae. Catholicae autem transmissiones sollerter foveantur, quibus auditores et spectatores ad vitam Ecclesiae participandam inducantur atque veritatibus religiosis imbuantur. Sollicite quoque, ubi oportuerit, excitandae sunt stationes catholicae; curandum vero est ut earum transmissiones convenienti perfectione et efficacitate praestent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consulatur insuper ut nobilis et prisca scaenica ars, quae iam per instrumenta communicationis socialis late propagatur, ad spectatorum humanitatem morumque conformationem contendat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut necessitatibus nuper expositis provideatur, sacerdotes, religiosi necnon laici tempestive instituantur, qui congrua peritia polleant in his instrumentis ad fines apostolatus moderandis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Imprimis debent laici arte, doctrina et moribus instrui, multiplicato scholarum, facultatum et institutorum numero, ubi diurnarii, auctores cinematographei et radiophonicarum televisificarumque transmissionum ceterique quorum interest, integram formationem, spiritu christiano imbutam, praesertim quoad doctrinam socialem Ecclesiae, nancisci possint. Scaenici quoque actores instituendi ac iuvandi sunt, ut sua arte humanae societati convenienter prosint. Sedulo denique parandi sunt critici litterarii, cinematographici, radiophonici, televisifici ceterique, qui suam quisque scientiam optime calleant atque talia iudicia ferre edoceantur et incitentur in quibus semper ratio moralis in sua luce collocetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum rectus instrumentorum usus communicationis socialis, quae receptoribus praesto sunt aetate cultuque diversis, accommodatas et proprias requirat eorumdem receptorum institutionem atque exercitationem, incepta quae huic fini consequendo sint apta - praesertim si iunioribus destinentur - in scholis catholicis cuiusve gradus, in Seminariis necnon in apostolatus laicorum coetibus foveantur, multiplicentur atque iuxta morum christianorum principia dirigantur. Quod ut promptius efficiatur, doctrinae et disciplinae catholicae de hac re propositio ac explicatio in catechismo tradatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum prorsus dedeceat Ecclesiae filios desides pati verbum salutis alligari ac praepediri technicis moris vel expensis, ingentissimis sane, quae istorum instrumentorum propria sunt, monet haec Sancta Synodus eosdem officio obstringi sustinendi et auxiliandi catholicas ephemerides, folia periodica atque cinematographica incepta, stationes transmissionesque radiophonicas et televisificas, quorum finis praecipuus sit veritatem evulgare et defendere atque christianae institutioni humanae societatis providere. Simul vero consociationes et singulos viros, qui in rebus oeconomicis vel technicis magna polleant auctoritate, instanter invitat ut suis opibus suaque peritia libenter haec instrumenta, quatenus veri nominis culturae et apostolatui inserviunt, largiter sustentent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quo autem Elcclesiae multiformis apostolatus circa instrumenta communicationis socialis efficacius roboretur, in omnibus orbis dioecesibus, Episcoporum iudicio, quotannis dies celebretur in qua fideles edoceantur de suis in hac rerum parte officiis, invitentur ad preces pro hac causa fundendas et ad stipem ad eumdem finem conferendam, quae scilicet in instituta et incepta ab Ecclesia in hac re promota, sustentanda ac fovenda, iuxta orbis catholici necessitates, sancte impendatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In sua suprema pastorali cura adimplenda circa instrumenta communicationis socialis praesto est Summo Pontifici peculiare Sanctae Sedis Officium (1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcoporum autem erit huiusmodi operibus et inceptis in propriis Dioecesibus invigilare eademque promovere et, quatenus ad apostolatum publicum spectent, ordinare, iis non exceptis quae religiosorum exemptorum moderamini subiciuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum vero efficax pro tota Natione apostolatus unitatem consiliorum et virium requirat, haec Sancta Synodus statuit et mandat, ut Officia nationalia pro rebus preli, cinematographei, radiophoniae et televisionis ubique constituantur omnique ope adiuventur. Horum ergo Officiorum praesertim erit consulere ut conscientia fidelium in his instrumentis adhibendis recte efformetur necnon quidquid in hac provincia a catholicis agitur fovere et ordinare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In unaquaque Natione eorum moderatio peculiari Episcoporum coetui, vel alicui Episcopo delegato, concredatur; in iisdem autem Officiis laici quoque partes habeant, qui catholicae doctrinae harumque artium periti sint."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum insuper eorundem instrumentorum efficacitas limites Nationum excedat, atque singulos quasi cives efficiat totius consortionis humanae, in hac provincia incepta nationalia inter se cooperentur etiam in ambitu internationali. Officia autem, de quibus in n. 21, operose adlaborent una cum sua cuiusque Consociatione Catholica Internationali. Hae autem Consociationes Catholicae Internationales a sola Sancta Sede legitime approbantur et ab eadem pendent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Clausulae"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut universa huius Sanctae Synodi principia et normae de instrumentis communicationis socialis ad effectum deducantur, de expresso mandato Concilii, Instructio pastoralis edatur cura Sanctae Sedis Officii, de quo in n. 19, adiuvantibus ex variis nationibus rei peritis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24 Ceterum confidit haec Sancta Synodus hanc suam institutorum et normarum traditionem libenter acceptam et sancte custoditam fore ab omnibus Ecclesiae filiis, qui idcirco, etiam his auxiliis utentes, nedum damna patiantur, salis lucisque instar, terram condiant ac mundum collustrent; insuper omnes bonae voluntatis homines, imprimis eos qui haec instrumenta moderantur, invitat ut studeant eadem unice flectere in bonum humanae societatis, cuius sors magis in dies ab eorum recto usu pendet. Itaque, sicut priscis iam artium monumentis, novis etiam hisce inventis Nomen Domini glorificetur, secundum illud Apostoli: \"Iesus Christus heri et hodie, ipse et in saecula\" (Hebr 13,8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec omnia et singula, quae in hoc Decreto edicta sunt, placuerunt Sacrosancti Concilii Patribus. Et Nos, Apostolica a Christo Nobis tradita potestate, illa, una cum Venerabilibus Patribus, in Spiritu Sancto approbamus, decernimus ac statuimus et quae ita synodaliter statuta sunt ad Dei gloriam promulgari iubemus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Romae, apud S. Petrum die IV decembris anno MCMLXIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS Catholicae Ecclesiae Episcopus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EUGENIUS Episcopus Ostiensis ac Portuensis et S. Rufinae Cardinalis TISSERANT, Sacri Collegii Decanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus Albanensis Cardinalis PIZZARDO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENEDICTUS Episcopus Praenestinus Cardinalis Aloisi MASELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HAMLETUS IOANNES Episcopus tit. Tusculanus Cardinalis CICOGNANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus tit. Sabinensis et Mandelensis Cardinalis FERRETTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GREGORIUS PETRUS titulo S. Bartholomaei in Insula Presbyter Cardinalis AGAGIANIAN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego CAROLUS CARMELUS titulo S. Pancratii Presbyter Cardinalis MOTTA, Archiepiscopus S. Pauli in Brasilia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Ioannis et Pauli Presbyter Cardinalis SPELLMAN, Archiepiscopus Neo-Eboracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo Ss. Bonifacii et Alexii Presbyter Cardinalis DE BARROS CÂMARA, Archiepiscopus S. Sebastiani Fluminis Ianuarii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis ante Portam Latinam Presbyter Cardinalis FRINGS, Archiepiscopus Coloniensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS titulo S. Sabinae Presbyter Cardinalis RUFFINI, Archiepiscopus Panormitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Panisperna Presbyter Cardinalis CAGGIANO, Archiepiscopus Bonaërensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PETRUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis CIRIACI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo S. Mariae de Pace Presbyter Cardinalis FELTIN, Archiepiscopus Parisiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Mariae de Victoria Presbyter Cardinalis SIRI, Archiepiscopus Ianuensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS FRANCISCUS titulo S. Anastasiae Presbyter Cardinalis MCINTYRE, Archiepiscopus Angelorum in California."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo S. Mariae in Transpontina Presbyter Cardinalis LERCARO, Archiepiscopus Bononiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS titulo S. Mariae Trans Tiberim Presbyter Cardinalis WYSZYNSKI, Archiepiscopus Gnesnensis et Varsaviensis, Primas Poloniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENIAMINUS titulo S. Vitalis Presbyter Cardinalis DE ARRIBA Y CASTRO, Archiepiscopus Tarraconensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Augustini Presbyter Cardinalis QUIROGA Y PALACIOS, Archiepiscopus Compostellanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS AEMILIUS titulo S. Mariae Angelorum in Thermis Presbyter Cardinalis LEGER, Archiepiscopus Marianopolitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego VALERIANUS titulo S. Mariae in Via Lata Presbyter Cardinalis GRACIAS, Archiepiscopus Bombayensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Mariae Novae Presbyter Cardinalis CONCHA, Archiepiscopus Bogotensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Priscae Presbyter Cardinalis DA COSTA NUNES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego HILDEBRANDUS titulo S. Sebastiani ad Catacumbas Presbyter Cardinalis ANTONIUTTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego EPHRAEM titulo S. Crucis in Hierusalem Presbyter Cardinalis FORNI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Mariae de Aracoeli Presbyter Cardinalis LANDAZURI RICKETTS, Archiepiscopus Limanus, Primas Peruviae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RADULFUS titulo S. Bernardi ad Thermas Presbyter Cardinalis SILVA HENRIQUEZ, Archiepiscopus S. Iacobi in Chile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO IOSEPHUS titulo S. Petri ad Vincula Presbyter Cardinalis SUENENS, Archiepiscopus Mechliniensis-Bruxellensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALAPHRIDUS S. Mariae in Domnica Protodiaconus Cardinalis OTTAVIANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALBERTUS S. Pudentianae Diaconus Cardinalis DI JORIO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS S. Caesarei in Palatio Diaconus Cardinalis BRACCI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS S. Mariae in Cosmedin Diaconus Cardinalis ROBERTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ARCADIUS Ss. Blasii et Caroli ad Catinarios Diaconus Cardinalis LARRAONA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS Ss. Cosmae et Damiani Diaconus Cardinalis MORANO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUILLELMUS THEODORUS S. Theodori in Palatio Cardinalis HEARD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego AUGUSTINUS S. Sabae Diaconus Cardinalis BEA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRATER MICHAEL S. Pauli Apostoli in Arenula Diaconus Cardinalis BROWNE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOACHIM ANSELMUS S. Apollinaris Diaconus Cardinalis ALBAREDA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS I SIDAROUSS, Patriarcha Alexandrinus Coptorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAXIMUS IV SAIGH, Patriarcha Antiochenus Melchitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS PETRUS MEOUCHI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Maronitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Patres autem Concilii, votum “Secretariatus de Scriptis prelo edendis et de Spectaculis moderandis” libenter excipientes, Summum Pontificem reverenter rogant ut huius Officii munera et competentia ad omnia communicationis socialis instrumenta, prelo non excepto, extendantur, ascitis ex variis nationibus rei peritis, etiam laicis."
            }
          ]
        },
        "pt": {
          "code": "pt",
          "label": "Português",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19631204_inter-mirifica_po.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-104-vat-ii_decree_19631204_inter-mirifica_po.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO INTER MIRIFICA SOBRE OS MEIOS DE COMUNICAÇÃO SOCIAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROÉMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importância dos meios de comunicação social"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre as maravilhosas invenções da técnica que, principalmente nos nossos dias, o engenho humano extraiu, com a ajuda de Deus, das coisas criadas, a santa Igreja acolhe e fomenta aquelas que dizem respeito, antes de mais, ao espírito humano e abriram novos caminhos para comunicar facilmente notícias, ideias e ordens. Entre estes meios, salientam-se aqueles que, por sua natureza, podem atingir e mover não só cada um dos homens mas também as multidões e toda a sociedade humana, como a imprensa, o cinema, a rádio, a televisão e outros que, por isso mesmo, podem chamar-se, com toda a razão meios de comunicação social."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relação com a ordem moral"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A mãe Igreja sabe que estes meios, rectamente utilizados, prestam ajuda valiosa ao género humano, enquanto contribuem eficazmente para recrear e cultivar os espíritos e para propagar e firmar o reino de Deus; sabe também que os homens podem utilizar tais meios contra o desígnio do Criador e convertê-los em meios da sua própria ruína; mais ainda, sente uma maternal angústia pelos danos que, com o seu mau uso, se têm infligido, com demasiada frequência, à sociedade humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em face disto, o sagrado Concílio, acolhendo a vigilante preocupação de Pontífices e Bispos em matéria de tanta importância, considera seu dever ocupar-se das principais questões respeitantes aos meios de comunicação social. Confia, além disso, em que a sua doutrina e disciplina, assim apresentadas, aproveitarão não só ao bem dos cristãos, mas também ao progresso de toda a sociedade humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja e os meios de comunicação social"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja católica, fundada por Nosso Senhor Jesus Cristo para levar a salvação a todos os homens, e por isso mesmo obrigada a evangelizar, considera seu dever pregar a mensagem de salvação, servindo-se dos meios de comunicação social, e ensina aos homens a usar rectamente estes meios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À Igreja, pois, compete o direito nativo de usar e de possuir toda a espécie destes meios, enquanto são necessários ou úteis à educação cristã e a toda a sua obra de salvação das almas; compete, porém, aos sagrados pastores o dever de instruir e de dirigir os fiéis de modo que estes, servindo-se dos ditos meios, alcancem a sua própria salvação e perfeição, assim como a de todo o género humano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, compete principalmente aos leigos vivificar com espírito humano e cristão estes meios, a fim de que correspondam à grande esperança do género humano e aos desígnios divinos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Normas para o seu recto uso"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para o recto uso destes meios, é absolutamente necessário que todos os que servem deles conheçam e ponham fielmente em prática, neste campo, as normas da ordem moral. Considerem, pois, as matérias que se difundem através destes meios, segundo a natureza peculiar de cada um; tenham, ao mesmo tempo, em conta todas as circunstâncias ou condições, isto é, o fim, as pessoas, o lugar, o tempo e outros factores mediante os quais a comunicação se realiza e que podem mudar ou alterar inteiramente a sua bondade moral; entre estas circunstancias, conta-se o carácter específico com que actua cada meio, nomeadamente a sua própria força, que pode ser tão grande que os homens, sobretudo se não estão prevenidos, dificilmente serão capazes de a descobrir, dominar e, se se der o caso, a pôr de lado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formação de uma consciência recta sobre a informação"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É necessário, sobretudo, que todos os interessados na utilização destes meios de comunicação formem rectamente a consciência acerca de tal uso, em especial no que se refere a algumas questões acremente debatidas nos nossos dias."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A primeira questão refere-se à chamada informação, ou obtenção e divulgação das notícias. É evidente que tal informação, em virtude do progresso actual da sociedade humana e dos vínculos mais estreitos entre os seus membros, resulta muito útil e, na maioria das vezes, necessária, pois a comunicação pública e oportuna de notícias sobre acontecimentos e coisas facilita aos homens um conhecimento mais amplo e contínuo dos factos, de tal modo que pode contribuir eficazmente para o bem comum e maior progresso de toda a sociedade humana. Existe, pois, no seio da sociedade humana, o direito à informação sobre aquelas coisas que convêm aos homens, segundo as circunstâncias de cada um, tanto particularmente como constituídos em sociedade. No entanto, o uso recto deste direito exige que a informação seja sempre objectivamente verdadeira e, salvas a justiça e a caridade, íntegra. Quanto ao modo, tem de ser, além disso, honesto e conveniente, isto é, que respeite as leis morais do homem, os seus legítimos direitos e dignidade, tanto na obtenção da notícia como na sua divulgação. Na verdade, nem toda a ciência aproveita, «mas a caridade é construtiva» ( 1 Cor. 8,1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sobre a relação entre arte e moral"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Uma segunda questão se põe sobre as relações que medeiam entre os chamados direitos da arte e as normas da lei moral. Dado que, não raras vezes, as controvérsias que surgem sobre este tema têm a sua origem em falsas doutrinas sobre ética e estética, o Concílio proclama que a primazia da ordem moral objectiva há-de ser aceite por todos, porque é a única que supera e coerentemente ordena todas as demais ordens humanas, por mais dignas que sejam, sem excluir a arte. Na realidade, só a ordem moral atinge, em toda a sua natureza, o homem, criatura racional de Deus e chamado ao sobrenatural; quando tal ordem moral se observa íntegra e fielmente, condu-lo à perfeição e bem-aventurança plena."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sobre a apresentação do mal moral"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, a narração, descrição e representação do mal moral podem, sem dúvida, com o auxílio dos meios de comunicação social, servir para conhecer e descobrir melhor o homem e para fazer que melhor resplandeçam e se exaltem a verdade e o bem, obtendo, além disso, oportunos efeitos dramáticos; todavia, para que não produzam maior dano que utilidade às almas, hão de acomodar-se plenamente às leis morais, sobretudo se se trata de coisas que merecem o máximo respeito ou que incitam mais facilmente o homem, marcado pela culpa original, a desejos depravados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Justiça e caridade na formação da opinião pública"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Visto que a opinião pública exerce hoje uma poderosa influência em todas as ordens da vida social, pública e privada, é necessário que todos os membros da sociedade cumpram os seus deveres de justiça e de caridade também nesta matéria e, portanto, que com o auxílio destes meios, se procure formar e divulgar uma recta opinião pública."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deveres dos destinatários"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deveres peculiares competem a todos os destinatários da informação, leitores, espectadores e ouvintes, que, por pessoal e livre escolha, recebem as informações difundidas por estes meios de comunicação. Na realidade, uma recta escolha exige que estes favoreçam plenamente tudo o que se destaca pela perfeição, ciência e arte, e evitem, em contrapartida, tudo o que possa ser causa ou ocasião de dano espiritual para eles e para os outros, pelo mau exemplo que possam ocasionar-lhes, e o que dificulte as boas produções e favoreça as más produções e boas, o que sucede amiúde, contribuindo economicamente para empresas que somente atendem ao lucro com a utilização destes meios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Assim, pois, para que os destinatários da informação cumpram a lei moral, devem cuidar de informar-se oportunamente sobre os juízos ou critérios das autoridades competentes nesta matéria e segui-los segundo as normas da recta consciência Todavia, para que possam, com maior facilidade, opor-se aos maus conselhos e apoiar plenamente os bons, procurem dirigir e formar a sua consciência com os recursos adequados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moderação e disciplina no seu uso"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os destinatários, sobretudo os jovens, procurem acostumar-se a ser moderados e disciplinados no uso destes meios; ponham, além disso, empenho em entenderem bem o que ouvem, lêem e vêem; dialoguem com educadores e peritos na matéria e aprendam a formar um recto juízo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recordem os pais que é seu dever vigiar cuidadosamente por que os espectáculos, as leituras e coisas parecidas que possam ofender a fé ou os bons costumes não entrem no lar e por que os seus filhos não os vejam noutra parte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deveres dos realizadores e autores"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importante obrigação moral incumbe, quanto ao bom uso dos meios de comunicação social, aos jornalistas, escritores, actores, produtores, realizadores, exibidores, distribuidores, empresários e vendedores, críticos e, além destes, a todos quantos intervêm na realização e difusão das comunicações. Na realidade, é de todo evidente a transcendente importância desta obrigação nas actuais condições humanas, já que eles, informando e incitando, podem encaminhar recta ou torpemente o género humano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Portanto, é sua missão tratar as questões económicas, políticas ou artísticas de modo que não causem prejuízo ao bem comum; para se conseguir isto mais facilmente, bem será que se associem profissionalmente – incluindo-se, se for necessário, o compromisso de observar, desde o começo, um código moral – àquelas associações que imponham a seus membros o respeito pelas leis morais nas empresas e trabalhos da sua profissão."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lembrem-se sempre de que a maior parte dos leitores e espectadores é composta de jovens necessitados de imprensa e de espectáculos que lhes ofereçam exemplos de moralidade e os estimulem a sentimentos elevados. Procurem, além disso, que as comunicações sobre assuntos religiosos se confiem a pessoas dignas e peritas e se tratem com a devida reverência."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deveres das autoridades civis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As autoridades civis têm peculiares deveres nesta matéria em razão do bem comum ao qual se ordenam estes meios. Em virtude da sua autoridade e em função da mesma, compete-lhes defender e tutelar a verdadeira e justa liberdade de que a sociedade moderna necessita inteiramente para seu proveito, sobretudo no que se refere à imprensa; promover a religião, a cultura e as belas artes; defender os receptores, para que possam gozar livremente dos seus legítimos direitos. Por outro lado, à autoridade civil compete fomentar aquelas iniciativas que, sendo especialmente úteis à juventude, não poderiam de outro modo ser realizadas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por último, a mesma autoridade pública, que legitimamente se ocupa da saúde dos cidadãos, está obrigada a procurar justa e zelosamente, mediante a oportuna promulgação e diligente execução das leis, que não se cause dano aos costumes e ao progresso da sociedade através de um mau uso destes meios de comunicação. Essa cuidada diligência não restringe, de modo algum, a liberdade dos indivíduos ou das associações, sobretudo quando faltam as devidas precauções por parte daqueles que, por motivo do seu oficio, manejam estes meios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tenha-se um especial cuidado em proteger os jovens contra a imprensa e os espectáculos que sejam perniciosos para a sua idade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os meios de comunicação social e o apostolado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Procurem, de comum acordo, todos os filhos da Igreja que os meios de comunicação social se utilizem, sem demora e com o máximo empenho nas mais variadas formas de apostolado, tal como o exigem as realidades e as circunstâncias do nosso tempo, adiantando-se assim às más iniciativas, especialmente naquelas regiões em que o progresso moral e religioso reclama uma maior atenção."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apressem-se, pois, os sagrados pastores a cumprir neste campo a sua missão, intimamente ligada ao seu dever ordinário de pregar. Por seu lado, os leigos que fazem uso dos ditos meios, procurem dar testemunho de Cristo, realizando, em primeiro lugar, as suas próprias tarefas com perícia e espírito apostólico, e oferecendo, além disso, no que esteja ao seu alcance, mediante as possibilidades da técnica, da economia, da cultura e da arte, o seu apoio directo à acção pastoral da Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Iniciativas dos católicos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Há que fomentar, antes de mais, a boa imprensa. Porém, para imbuir plenamente de espírito cristão os leitores, deve criar-se e difundir-se uma imprensa genuinamente católica que – sob o estímulo e a dependência directa quer da autoridade eclesiástica quer de homens católicos – editada com a intenção de formar, afirmar e promover uma opinião pública em consonância com o direito natural e com a doutrina e princípios católicos, ao mesmo tempo que divulga e desenvolve adequadamente os acontecimentos relacionados com a vida da Igreja. Devem advertir-se os fiéis da necessidade de ler e difundir a imprensa católica para conseguir um critério cristão sobre todos os acontecimentos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promovam-se por todos os meios eficazes e assegurem-se a todo o custo a produção e a exibição de filmes destinados ao descanso honesto do espírito, proveitosos para a cultura e arte humana, sobretudo aqueles que se destinam à juventude; isto consegue-se, sobretudo, apoiando e coordenando as realizações e as iniciativas honestas, tanto da produção como da distribuição, recomendando as películas que merecem elogio por juízo concorde e pelos prémios dos críticos, fomentando e associando entre si as salas pertencentes a bons empresários católicos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Preste-se, também, apoio eficaz às emissões radiofónicas e televisivas honestas, antes de mais àquelas que sejam apropriadas para as famílias. E fomentem-se com todo o interesse as emissões católicas, mediante as quais os ouvintes e os espectadores sejam estimulados a participar na vida da Igreja e se compenetrem das verdades religiosas. Com toda a solicitude, devem promover-se, onde for oportuno, as estações católicas; cuide-se, porém, que as suas transmissões primem pela sua perfeição e pela sua eficácia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cuide-se, enfim, de que a nobre e antiga arte cénica, que hoje se propaga amplamente através dos meios de comunicação social, trabalhe a favor dos valores humanos e da ordenação dos costumes dos espectadores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formação técnica e apostólica para o seu uso"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para prover às necessidades acima indicadas hão-de formar-se oportunamente sacerdotes, religiosos e também leigos, que possuam a devida perícia nestes meios e possam dirigi-los para os fins do apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em primeiro lugar, devem ser instruídos os leigos na arte, doutrina e costumes, multiplicando o número das escolas, faculdades e institutos, onde os jornalistas, autores cinematográficos, radiofónicos, de televisão e demais interessados possam adquirir uma formação íntegra, penetrada de espírito cristão, sobretudo no que toca à doutrina social da Igreja. Também os actores cénicos hão-de ser formados e ajudados para que sirvam convenientemente, com a sua arte, a sociedade humana. Por último, hão-de preparar-se cuidadosamente críticos literários, cinematográficos, radiofónicos, da televisão e outros meios, que dominem perfeitamente a sua profissão, preparados e estimulados para emitir juízos nos quais a razão moral apareça sempre na sua verdadeira luz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formação da juventude"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tendo-se na devida conta que o uso dos meios de comunicação social, que se dirigem a pessoas diferentes na idade e na cultura, requer nestas pessoas uma formação e uma experiência adequadas e apropriadas, devem favorecer-se, multiplicar-se e encaminhar-se, segundo os princípios da moral cristã, as iniciativas que sejam aptas para conseguir este fim – sobretudo se se destinam aos jovens – nas escolas católicas de qualquer grau, nos Seminários e nas associações apostólicas dos leigos. Para que se obtenha isto com maior rapidez, a exposição e explicação da doutrina e disciplina católicas nesta matéria devem ter lugar no ensino do catecismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ajuda económica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como não convém absolutamente aos filhos da Igreja suportar insensivelmente que a doutrina da salvação seja obstruída e impedida por dificuldades técnicas ou por gastos, certamente volumosos, que são próprios destes meios, este sagrado Concílio chama a atenção para a obrigação de sustentar e auxiliar os diários católicos, as revistas e iniciativas cinematográficas, as estações e transmissões radiofónicas e televisivas, cujo fim principal é divulgar e defender a verdade, e prover à formação cristã da sociedade humana. Igualmente convida insistentemente as associações e os particulares, que gozam de uma grande autoridade nas questões económicas e técnicas, a sustentar com largueza e de bom grado, com os seus bens económicos e a sua perícia, estes meios, enquanto servem o aposto lado e a verdadeira cultura."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dia mundial"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que se revigore o apostolado da Igreja em relação com os meios de comunicação social, deve celebrar-se em cada ano em todas as dioceses do mundo, a juízo do Bispo, um dia em que os fiéis sejam doutrinados a respeito das suas obrigações nesta matéria, convidados a orar por esta causa e a dar uma esmola para este fim, a qual ser destinada a sustentar e a fomentar, segundo as necessidades do orbe católico, as instituições e as iniciativas promovidas pela Igreja nesta matéria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Organismo da Santa Sé"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para exercitar a suprema cura pastoral sobre os meios de comunicação social, o Sumo Pontífice tem à sua disposição um peculiar organismo da Santa Sé (1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vigilância e solicitude pastoral dos Bispos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Será da competência dos Bispos, nas suas próprias dioceses, vigiar estas obras e iniciativas e promovê-las e, enquanto tocam ao apostolado público, ordená-las, sem excluir aquelas que se encontram submetidas à direcção dos religiosos isentos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Organismos nacionais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todavia, como a eficácia do apostolado em toda a nação requer unidade de propósitos e de esforços, este sagrado Concílio estabelece e manda que em toda a parte se constituam e se apoiem, por todos os meios, secretariados nacionais para os problemas da imprensa, do cinema, da rádio e da televisão. A missão destes secretariados será de velar por que a consciência dos fiéis se forme rectamente sobre o uso destes meios e estimular e organizar tudo o que os católicos realizem neste campo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em cada nação, a direcção destes secretariados há-de confiar-se a uma Comissão especial do Episcopado ou a um Bispo delegado. Nestes secretariados, hão de participar também leigos que conheçam a doutrina da Igreja sobre estas actividades."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Associações Internacionais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Posto que a eficácia de tais meios ultrapassa os limites das nações, e é como se convertesse cada homem em cidadão da humanidade, cooperem as iniciativas deste género, tanto no plano nacional como no internacional. Aqueles secretariados, de que se fala no número 21, hão-de trabalhar denodadamente em união com a sua correspondente Associação católica internacional. Estas Associações católicas internacionais, porém, são legitimamente aprovadas só pela Santa Sé e dela dependem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CLÁUSULAS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Preparação de uma instrução pastoral pontifícia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que todos os princípios deste sagrado Concílio e as normas acerca dos meios de comunicação social se levem a efeito, publicar-se-á, por expresso mandato do Concilio e com a colaboração de peritos de várias nações, uma instrução pastoral; a sua publicação ficar a cargo do organismo da Santa Sé, de que se fala no número 19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exortação final"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além do mais, este sagrado Concílio confia em que estas instruções e normas serão livremente aceites e santamente observadas por todos os filhos da Igreja, os quais, por esta razão, ao utilizarem tais meios, longe de padecer dano, como sal e como luz darão sabor à terra e iluminarão o mundo. O Concílio convida, além disso, todos os homens de boa vontade, especialmente aqueles que dirigem estes meios, a que se esforcem por os utilizar a bem da sociedade humana, cuja sorte depende cada dia mais do uso recto deles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Assim, pois, como nos monumentos artísticos da antiguidade, também agora, nos novos inventos, deve ser glorificado o nome do Senhor, segundo o que diz o Apóstolo: «Jesus Cristo, ontem e hoje, Ele mesmo por todos os séculos dos séculos» (Hebr. 13,8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vaticano, 4 de Dezembro de 1966."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAPA PAULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Os Padres do Concílio, fazendo seu o voto do «Secretariado para a Imprensa e para a orientação dos Espectáculos», reverentemente pedem ao Sumo Pontífice que estenda as obrigações e competências deste organismo a todos os meios de comunicação social sem excluir a imprensa, associando a ele especialistas das diferentes nações, entre os quais também leigos."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "lumen-gentium",
      "council": 21,
      "title": "Lumen gentium",
      "type": "Constitution",
      "date": "1964-11-21",
      "languages": {
        "de": {
          "code": "de",
          "label": "Deutsch",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19641121_lumen-gentium_ge.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-19-vat-ii_const_19641121_lumen-gentium_ge.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DOGMATISCHE KONSTITUTION LUMEN GENTIUM ÜBER DIE KIRCHE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "KAPITEL I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DAS MYSTERIUM DER KIRCHE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus ist das Licht der Völker. Darum ist es der dringende Wunsch dieser im Heiligen Geist versammelten Heiligen Synode, alle Menschen durch seine Herrlichkeit, die auf dem Antlitz der Kirche widerscheint, zu erleuchten, indem sie das Evangelium allen Geschöpfen verkündet (vgl. Mk 16,15). Die Kirche ist ja in Christus gleichsam das Sakrament, das heißt Zeichen und Werkzeug für die innigste Vereinigung mit Gott wie für die Einheit der ganzen Menschheit. Deshalb möchte sie das Thema der vorausgehenden Konzilien fortführen, ihr Wesen und ihre universale Sendung ihren Gläubigen und aller Welt eingehender erklären. Die gegenwärtigen Zeitverhältnisse geben dieser Aufgabe der Kirche eine besondere Dringlichkeit, daß nämlich alle Menschen, die heute durch vielfältige soziale, technische und kulturelle Bande enger miteinander verbunden sind, auch die volle Einheit in Christus erlangen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der ewige Vater hat die ganze Welt nach dem völlig freien, verborgenen Ratschluß seiner Weisheit und Güte erschaffen. Er hat auch beschlossen, die Menschen zur Teilhabe an dem göttlichen Leben zu erheben. Und als sie in Adam gefallen waren, verließ er sie nicht, sondern gewährte ihnen jederzeit Hilfen zum Heil um Christi, des Erlösers, willen, \"der das Bild des unsichtbaren Gottes ist, der Erstgeborene aller Schöpfung\" (Kol 1,15). Alle Erwählten aber hat der Vater vor aller Zeit \"vorhergekannt und vorherbestimmt, gleichförmig zu werden dem Bild seines Sohnes, auf daß dieser der Erstgeborene sei unter vielen Brüdern\" (Röm 8,29). Die aber an Christus glauben, beschloß er in der heiligen Kirche zusammenzurufen. Sie war schon seit dem Anfang der Welt vorausbedeutet; in der Geschichte des Volkes Israel und im Alten Bund wurde sie auf wunderbare Weise vorbereitet (1), in den letzten Zeiten gestiftet, durch die Ausgießung des Heiligen Geistes offenbart, und am Ende der Weltzeiten wird sie in Herrlichkeit vollendet werden. Dann werden, wie bei den heiligen Vätern zu lesen ist, alle Gerechten von Adam an, \"von dem gerechten Abel bis zum letzten Erwählten\" (2), in der allumfassenden Kirche beim Vater versammelt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es kam also der Sohn, gesandt vom Vater, der uns in ihm vor Grundlegung der Welt erwählt und zur Sohnesannahme vorherbestimmt hat, weil es ihm gefallen hat, in Christus alles zu erneuern (vgl. Eph 1,4-5.10). Um den Willen des Vaters zu erfüllen, hat Christus das Reich der Himmel auf Erden begründet, uns sein Geheimnis offenbart und durch seinen Gehorsam die Erlösung gewirkt. Die Kirche, das heißt das im Mysterium schon gegenwärtige Reich Christi, wächst durch die Kraft Gottes sichtbar in der Welt. Dieser Anfang und dieses Wachstum werden zeichenhaft angedeutet durch Blut und Wasser, die der geöffneten Seite des gekreuzigten Jesus entströmten (vgl. Joh 19,34), und vorherverkündet durch die Worte des Herrn über seinen Tod am Kreuz: \"Und ich, wenn ich von der Erde erhöht bin, werde alle an mich ziehen\" (Joh 12,32). Sooft das Kreuzesopfer, in dem Christus, unser Osterlamm, dahingegeben wurde (1 Kor 5,7), auf dem Altar gefeiert wird, vollzieht sich das Werk unserer Erlösung. Zugleich wird durch das Sakrament des eucharistischen Brotes die Einheit der Gläubigen, die einen Leib in Christus bilden, dargestellt und verwirklicht (1 Kor 10,17). Alle Menschen werden zu dieser Einheit mit Christus gerufen, der das Licht der Welt ist: Von ihm kommen wir, durch ihn leben wir, zu ihm streben wir hin."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Als das Werk vollendet war, das der Vater dem Sohn auf Erden zu tun aufgetragen hatte (vgl. Joh 17,4), wurde am Pfingsttag der Heilige Geist gesandt, auf daß er die Kirche immerfort heilige und die Gläubigen so durch Christus in einem Geiste Zugang hätten zum Vater (vgl. Eph 2,18). Er ist der Geist des Lebens, die Quelle des Wassers, das zu ewigem Leben aufsprudelt (vgl. Joh 4,14; 7,38-39); durch ihn macht der Vater die in der Sünde erstorbenen Menschen lebendig, um endlich ihre sterblichen Leiber in Christus aufzuerwecken (vgl. Röm 8,10-11). Der Geist wohnt in der Kirche und in den Herzen der Gläubigen wie in einem Tempel (vgl. 1 Kor 3,16; 6,19), in ihnen betet er und bezeugt ihre Annahme an Sohnes Statt (vgl. Gal 4,6; Röm 8,15-16.26). Er führt die Kirche in alle Wahrheit ein (vgl. Joh 16,13), eint sie in Gemeinschaft und Dienstleistung, bereitet und lenkt sie durch die verschiedenen hierarchischen und charismatischen Gaben und schmückt sie mit seinen Früchten (vgl. Eph 4,11-12; 1 Kor 12,4; Gal 5,22). Durch die Kraft des Evangeliums läßt er die Kirche allezeit sich verjüngen, erneut sie immerfort und geleitet sie zur vollkommenen Vereinigung mit ihrem Bräutigam (3). Denn der Geist und die Braut sagen zum Herrn Jesus: \"Komm\" (vgl. Offb 22,17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So erscheint die ganze Kirche als \"das von der Einheit des Vaters und des Sohnes und des Heiligen Geistes her geeinte Volk\" (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Geheimnis der heiligen Kirche wird in ihrer Gründung offenbar. Denn der Herr Jesus machte den Anfang seiner Kirche, indem er frohe Botschaft verkündigte, die Ankunft nämlich des Reiches Gottes, das von alters her in den Schriften verheißen war: \"Erfüllt ist die Zeit, und genaht hat sich das Reich Gottes\" (Mk 1,15; vgl. Mt 4,17). Dieses Reich aber leuchtet im Wort, im Werk und in der Gegenwart Christi den Menschen auf. Denn das Wort des Herrn ist gleich einem Samen, der auf dem Acker gesät wird (Mk 4,14): die es im Glauben hören und der kleinen Herde Christi (Lk 12,32) beigezählt werden, haben das Reich selbst angenommen; aus eigener Kraft sproßt dann der Same und wächst bis zur Zeit der Ernte (vgl. Mk 4,26-29). Auch die Wunder Jesu erweisen, daß das Reich schon auf Erden angekommen ist: \"Wenn ich im Finger Gottes die Dämonen austreibe, ist wahrlich das Reich Gottes zu euch gekommen\" (Lk 11,20; vgl. Mt 12,28). Vor allem aber wird dieses Reich offenbar in der Person Christi selbst, des Sohnes Gottes und des Menschensohnes, der gekommen ist, \"um zu dienen und sein Leben hinzugeben als Lösegeld für die Vielen\" (Mk 10,45). Als aber Jesus nach seinem für die Menschen erlittenen Kreuzestod auferstanden war, ist er als der Herr, der Gesalbte und als der zum Priester auf immerdar Bestellte erschienen (vgl. Apg 2,36; Hebr 5,6; 7,17-21) und hat den vom Vater verheißenen Geist auf die Jünger ausgegossen (vgl. Apg 2,33). Von daher empfängt die Kirche, die mit den Gaben ihres Stifters ausgestattet ist und seine Gebote der Liebe, der Demut und der Selbstverleugnung treulich hält, die Sendung, das Reich Christi und Gottes anzukündigen und in allen Völkern zu begründen. So stellt sie Keim und Anfang dieses Reiches auf Erden dar. Während sie allmählich wächst, streckt sie sich verlangend aus nach dem vollendeten Reich; mit allen Kräften hofft und sehnt sie sich danach, mit ihrem König in Herrlichkeit vereint zu werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wie im Alten Testament die Offenbarung des Reiches häufig in Vorbildern geschieht, so erschließt sich auch uns jetzt das innerste Wesen der Kirche in verschiedenen Bildern, die vom Hirten- und Bauernleben, vom Hausbau oder auch von der Familie und der Brautschaft genommen sind und schon in den Büchern der Propheten vorbereitet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So ist die Kirche der Schafstall, dessen einzige und notwendige Tür Christus ist (Joh 10,1-10). Sie ist auch die Herde, als deren künftigen Hirten Gott selbst sich vorherverkündigt hat (vgl. Jes 40,11; Ez 34,11 ff). Wenngleich ihre Schafe von menschlichen Hirten geleitet werden, so werden sie dennoch immerfort von Christus, dem guten Hirten und dem Ersten der Hirten, geführt und genährt (vgl. Joh 10,11; 1 Petr 5,4), der sein Leben hingegeben hat für die Schafe (vgl. Joh 10,11-15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche ist die Pflanzung, der Acker Gottes (1 Kor 3,9). Auf jenem Acker wächst der alte Ölbaum, dessen heilige Wurzel die Patriarchen waren und in dem die Versöhnung von Juden und Heiden geschehen ist und geschehen wird (Röm 11,13-26). Sie ist vom himmlischen Ackerherrn als auserlesener Weingarten gepflanzt (Mt 21,33-43 par.; vgl. Jes 5,1ff). Der wahre Weinstock aber ist Christus, der den Rebzweigen Leben und Fruchtbarkeit gibt, uns nämlich, die wir durch die Kirche in ihm bleiben, und ohne den wir nichts tun können (Joh 15,1-5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Des öftern wird die Kirche auch Gottes Bauwerk genannt (1 Kor 3,9). Der Herr selbst hat sich mit dem Stein verglichen, den die Bauleute verworfen haben, der aber zum Eckstein geworden ist (Mt 21,42 par.; vgl. Apg 4,11; 1 Petr 2,7; Ps 117 (118),22). Auf diesem Fundament wird die Kirche von den Aposteln erbaut (vgl. 1 Kor 3,11), von ihm empfängt sie Festigkeit und Zusammenhalt. Dieser Bau trägt verschiedene Benennungen: Haus Gottes (1 Tim 3,15), in dem nämlich die Familie Gottes wohnt, Wohnstatt Gottes im Geiste (Eph 2,19-22), Zelt Gottes unter den Menschen (Offb 21,3), vor allem aber heiliger Tempel, den die heiligen Väter in den steinernen Heiligtümern dargestellt sehen und preisen und der in der Liturgie mit Recht verglichen wird mit der heiligen Stadt, dem neuen Jerusalem (5). In diesen Bau werden wir schon auf Erden als lebendige Steine eingefügt (1 Petr 2,5). Diese heilige Stadt sieht Johannes bei der Erneuerung der Welt aus dem Himmel von Gott herabsteigen, bereitet wie eine Braut, die geschmückt ist für ihren Mann (Offb 21,1 f)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche wird auch bezeichnet als \"das Jerusalem droben\" und als \"unsere Mutter\" (Gal 4,26; vgl. Offb 12,17); sie wird beschrieben als die makellose Braut des makellosen Lammes (Offb 19,7; 21,2.9; 22,17); Christus hat sie \"geliebt und sich für sie hingegeben, um sie zu heiligen\" (Eph 5,26). In unauflöslichem Bund hat er sie zu sich genommen, immerfort \"nährt und hegt er\" sie (Eph 5,29). Nach seinem Willen soll sie als die von ihm Gereinigte ihm zugehören und in Liebe und Treue ihm untertan sein (vgl. Eph 5,24). Er hat sie schließlich auf ewig mit himmlischen Gütern überreich beschenkt, damit wir Gottes und Christi Liebe zu uns begreifen, die alles Einsehen übersteigt (vgl. Eph 3,19). Solange aber die Kirche hier auf Erden in Pilgerschaft fern vom Herrn lebt (vgl. 2 Kor 5,6), weiß sie sich in der Fremde, so daß sie sucht und sinnt nach dem, was oben ist, wo Christus zur Rechten des Vaters sitzt, wo das Leben der Kirche mit Christus in Gott verborgen ist, bis sie mit ihrem Bräutigam vereint in Herrlichkeit erscheint (vgl. Kol 3,1-4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gottes Sohn hat in der mit sich geeinten menschlichen Natur durch seinen Tod und seine Auferstehung den Tod besiegt und so den Menschen erlöst und ihn umgestaltet zu einem neuen Geschöpf (vgl. Gal 6,15; 2 Kor 5,17). Indem er nämlich seinen Geist mitteilte, hat er seine Brüder, die er aus allen Völkern zusammenrief, in geheimnisvoller Weise gleichsam zu seinem Leib gemacht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In jenem Leibe strömt Christi Leben auf die Gläubigen über, die durch die Sakramente auf geheimnisvolle und doch wirkliche Weise mit Christus, der gelitten hat und verherrlicht ist, vereint werden6. Durch die Taufe werden wir ja Christus gleichgestaltet: \"Denn in einem Geiste sind wir alle getauft in einen Leib hinein\" (1 Kor 12,13). Durch diesen heiligen Ritus wird die Vereinigung mit Tod und Auferstehung Christi dargestellt und bewirkt: \"Wir sind nämlich mit ihm durch die Taufe hineinbegraben in den Tod\"; wenn wir aber \"eingepflanzt worden sind dem Gleichbild seines Todes, so werden wir es zugleich auch dem seiner Auferstehung sein\" (Röm 6,4-5). Beim Brechen des eucharistischen Brotes erhalten wir wirklich Anteil am Leib des Herrn und werden zur Gemeinschaft mit ihm und untereinander erhoben. \"Denn ein Brot, ein Leib sind wir, die Vielen, alle, die an dem einen Brote teilhaben\" (1 Kor 10,17). So werden wir alle zu Gliedern jenes Leibes (vgl. 1 Kor 12,27), \"die Einzelnen aber untereinander Glieder\" (Röm 12,5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wie aber alle Glieder des menschlichen Leibes, obschon sie viele sind, dennoch den einen Leib ausmachen, so auch die Gläubigen in Christus (vgl. 1 Kor 12,12). Auch bei der Auferbauung des Leibes Christi waltet die Verschiedenheit der Glieder und der Aufgaben. Der eine Geist ist es, der seine vielfältigen Gaben gemäß seinem Reichtum und den Erfordernissen der Dienste zum Nutzen der Kirche austeilt (vgl. 1 Kor 12,1-11). Unter diesen Gaben ragt die Gnade der Apostel heraus, deren Autorität der Geist selbst auch die Charismatiker unterstellt (vgl. 1 Kor 14). Derselbe Geist eint durch sich und durch seine Kraft wie durch die innere Verbindung der Glieder den Leib; er bringt die Liebe der Gläubigen untereinander hervor und treibt sie an. Folglich leiden, wenn ein Glied leidet, alle Glieder mit, und wenn ein Glied Ehre empfängt, freuen sich alle Glieder mit (vgl. 1 Kor 12,26)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Haupt dieses Leibes ist Christus. Er ist das Bild des unsichtbaren Gottes, und in ihm ist alles geschaffen. Er ist vor allem, und alles hat in ihm seinen Bestand. Er ist das Haupt des Leibes, welcher die Kirche ist. Er ist der Anfang, der Erstgeborene aus den Toten, auf daß er in allem den Vorrang innehabe (vgl. Kol 1,15-18). Durch die Größe seiner Macht herrscht er über Himmlisches und Irdisches, und durch seine alles überragende Vollkommenheit und Wirksamkeit erfüllt er den ganzen Leib mit dem Reichtum seiner Herrlichkeit (vgl. Eph 1,18-23)7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle Glieder müssen ihm gleichgestaltet werden, bis Christus Gestalt gewinnt in ihnen (vgl. Gal 4,19). Deshalb werden wir aufgenommen in die Mysterien seines Erdenlebens, sind ihm gleichgestaltet, mit ihm gestorben und mit ihm auferweckt, bis wir mit ihm herrschen werden (vgl. Phil 3,21; 2 Tim 2,11; Eph 2,6; Kol 2,12 usw.). Solange wir auf Erden in Pilgerschaft sind und in Bedrängnis und Verfolgung ihm auf seinem Weg nachgehen, werden wir - gleichwie der Leib zum Haupt gehört - in sein Leiden hineingenommen; wir leiden mit ihm, um so mit ihm verherrlicht zu werden (vgl. Röm 8,17). Von ihm her \"entfaltet sich der ganze Leib, durch Gelenke und Bänder getragen und zusammengehalten, im Wachstum Gottes\" (Kol 2,19). Er selbst verfügt in seinem Leib, der Kirche, die Dienstgaben immerfort, vermöge deren wir durch seine Kraft uns gegenseitig Dienste leisten zum Heil, so daß wir, die Wahrheit in Liebe vollbringend, in allem auf ihn hin wachsen, der unser Haupt ist (vgl. Eph 4,11-16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit wir aber in ihm unablässig erneuert werden (vgl. Eph 4,23), gab er uns von seinem Geist, der als der eine und gleiche im Haupt und in den Gliedern wohnt und den ganzen Leib so lebendig macht, eint und bewegt, daß die heiligen Väter sein Wirken vergleichen konnten mit der Aufgabe, die das Lebensprinzip - die Seele - im menschlichen Leibe erfüllt (8). Christus aber liebt die Kirche als seine Braut; er ist zum Urbild des Mannes geworden, der seine Gattin liebt wie seinen eigenen Leib (vgl. Eph 5,25-28); die Kirche ihrerseits ist ihrem Haupte untertan (ebd. 23-24). \"Denn in ihm wohnt die ganze Fülle der Gottheit leibhaftig\" (Kol 2,9). Die Kirche, die sein Leib und seine Fülle ist, erfüllt er mit seinen göttlichen Gaben (vgl. Eph 1,22-23), damit sie sich ausweite und gelange zu der ganzen Fülle Gottes (vgl. Eph 3,19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der einzige Mittler Christus hat seine heilige Kirche, die Gemeinschaft des Glaubens, der Hoffnung und der Liebe, hier auf Erden als sichtbares Gefüge verfaßt und trägt sie als solches unablässig (9); so gießt er durch sie Wahrheit und Gnade auf alle aus. Die mit hierarchischen Organen ausgestattete Gesellschaft und der geheimnisvolle Leib Christi, die sichtbare Versammlung und die geistliche Gemeinschaft, die irdische Kirche und die mit himmlischen Gaben beschenkte Kirche sind nicht als zwei verschiedene Größen zu betrachten, sondern bilden eine einzige komplexe Wirklichkeit, die aus menschlichem und göttlichem Element zusammenwächst (10). Deshalb ist sie in einer nicht unbedeutenden Analogie dem Mysterium des fleischgewordenen Wortes ähnlich. Wie nämlich die angenommene Natur dem göttlichen Wort als lebendiges, ihm unlöslich geeintes Heilsorgan dient, so dient auf eine ganz ähnliche Weise das gesellschaftliche Gefüge der Kirche dem Geist Christi, der es belebt, zum Wachstum seines Leibes (vgl. Eph 4,16) (11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dies ist die einzige Kirche Christi, die wir im Glaubensbekenntnis als die eine, heilige, katholische und apostolische bekennen (12). Sie zu weiden, hat unser Erlöser nach seiner Auferstehung dem Petrus übertragen (Joh 21,17), ihm und den übrigen Aposteln hat er ihre Ausbreitung und Leitung anvertraut (vgl. Mt 28,18 ff), für immer hat er sie als \"Säule und Feste der Wahrheit\" errichtet (1 Tim 3,15). Diese Kirche, in dieser Welt als Gesellschaft verfaßt und geordnet, ist verwirklicht in der katholischen Kirche, die vom Nachfolger Petri und von den Bischöfen in Gemeinschaft mit ihm geleitet wird (13). Das schließt nicht aus, daß außerhalb ihres Gefüges vielfältige Elemente der Heiligung und der Wahrheit zu finden sind, die als der Kirche Christi eigene Gaben auf die katholische Einheit hindrängen. Wie aber Christus das Werk der Erlösung in Armut und Verfolgung vollbrachte, so ist auch die Kirche berufen, den gleichen Weg einzuschlagen, um die Heilsfrucht den Menschen mitzuteilen. Christus Jesus hat, \"obwohl er doch in Gottesgestalt war, ... sich selbst entäußert und Knechtsgestalt angenommen\" (Phil 2,6); um unseretwillen \"ist er arm geworden, obgleich er doch reich war\" (2 Kor 8,9). So ist die Kirche, auch wenn sie zur Erfüllung ihrer Sendung menschlicher Mittel bedarf, nicht gegründet, um irdische Herrlichkeit zu suchen, sondern um Demut und Selbstverleugnung auch durch ihr Beispiel auszubreiten. Christus wurde vom Vater gesandt, \"den Armen frohe Botschaft zu bringen, zu heilen, die bedrückten Herzens sind\" (Lk 4,18), \"zu suchen und zu retten, was verloren war\" (Lk 19,10). In ähnlicher Weise umgibt die Kirche alle mit ihrer Liebe, die von menschlicher Schwachheit angefochten sind, ja in den Armen und Leidenden erkennt sie das Bild dessen, der sie gegründet hat und selbst ein Armer und Leidender war. Sie müht sich, deren Not zu erleichtern, und sucht Christus in ihnen zu dienen. Während aber Christus heilig, schuldlos, unbefleckt war (Hebr 7,26) und Sünde nicht kannte (2 Kor 5,21), sondern allein die Sünden des Volkes zu sühnen gekommen ist (vgl. Hebr 2,17), umfaßt die Kirche Sünder in ihrem eigenen Schoße. Sie ist zugleich heilig und stets der Reinigung bedürftig, sie geht immerfort den Weg der Buße und Erneuerung. Die Kirche \"schreitet zwischen den Verfolgungen der Welt und den Tröstungen Gottes auf ihrem Pilgerweg dahin\" (14) und verkündet das Kreuz und den Tod des Herrn, bis er wiederkommt (vgl. 1 Kor 11,26). Von der Kraft des auferstandenen Herrn aber wird sie gestärkt, um ihre Trübsale und Mühen, innere gleichermaßen wie äußere, durch Geduld und Liebe zu besiegen und sein Mysterium, wenn auch schattenhaft, so doch getreu in der Welt zu enthüllen, bis es am Ende im vollen Lichte offenbar werden wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DAS VOLK GOTTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zu aller Zeit und in jedem Volk ruht Gottes Wohlgefallen auf jedem, der ihn fürchtet und gerecht handelt (vgl. Apg 10,35). Gott hat es aber gefallen, die Menschen nicht einzeln, unabhängig von aller wechselseitigen Verbindung, zu heiligen und zu retten, sondern sie zu einem Volke zu machen, das ihn in Wahrheit anerkennen und ihm in Heiligkeit dienen soll."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So hat er sich das Volk Israel zum Eigenvolk erwählt und hat mit ihm einen Bund geschlossen und es Stufe für Stufe unterwiesen. Dies tat er, indem er sich und seinen Heilsratschluß in dessen Geschichte offenbarte und sich dieses Volk heiligte. Dies alles aber wurde zur Vorbereitung und zum Vorausbild jenes neuen und vollkommenen Bundes, der in Christus geschlossen, und der volleren Offenbarung, die durch das Wort Gottes selbst in seiner Fleischwerdung übermittelt werden sollte. \"Siehe, es kommen Tage, spricht der Herr, da schließe ich mit dem Hause Israel und dem Hause Juda einen neuen Bund ... Ich werde mein Gesetz in ihr Inneres geben, und ihrem Herzen will ich es einschreiben, und ich werde ihnen Gott sein, und sie werden mir zum Volke sein ... Alle nämlich werden mich kennen, vom Kleinsten bis zum Größten, spricht der Herr\" (Jer 31,31-34). Diesen neuen Bund hat Christus gestiftet, das Neue Testament nämlich in seinem Blute (vgl. 1 Kor 11,25). So hat er sich aus Juden und Heiden ein Volk berufen, das nicht dem Fleische nach, sondern im Geiste zur Einheit zusammenwachsen und das neue Gottesvolk bilden sollte. Die an Christus glauben, werden nämlich, durch das Wort des lebendigen Gottes (vgl. 1 Petr 1,23) wiedergeboren nicht aus vergänglichem, sondern aus unvergänglichem Samen, nicht aus dem Fleische, sondern aus dem Wasser und dem Heiligen Geist (vgl. Joh 3,5-6), schließlich gemacht zu \"einem auserwählten Geschlecht, einem königlichen Priestertum ..., einem heiligen Stamm, einem Volk der Erwerbung ... Die einst ein Nicht-Volk waren, sind jetzt Gottes Volk\" (1 Petr 2,9-10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieses messianische Volk hat zum Haupte Christus, \"der hingegeben worden ist wegen unserer Sünden und auferstanden ist um unserer Rechtfertigung willen\" (Röm 4,25) und jetzt voll Herrlichkeit im Himmel herrscht, da er den Namen über allen Namen erlangt hat. Seinem Stande eignet die Würde und die Freiheit der Kinder Gottes, in deren Herzen der Heilige Geist wie in einem Tempel wohnt. Sein Gesetz ist das neue Gebot (vgl. Joh 13,34), zu lieben, wie Christus uns geliebt hat. Seine Bestimmung endlich ist das Reich Gottes, das von Gott selbst auf Erden grundgelegt wurde, das sich weiter entfalten muß, bis es am Ende der Zeiten von ihm auch vollendet werde, wenn Christus, unser Leben (vgl. Kol 3,4), erscheinen wird und \"die Schöpfung selbst von der Knechtschaft der Vergänglichkeit zur Freiheit der Herrlichkeit der Kinder Gottes befreit wird\" (Röm 8,21). So ist denn dieses messianische Volk, obwohl es tatsächlich nicht alle Menschen umfaßt und gar oft als kleine Herde erscheint, für das ganze Menschengeschlecht die unzerstörbare Keimzelle der Einheit, der Hoffnung und des Heils. Von Christus als Gemeinschaft des Lebens, der Liebe und der Wahrheit gestiftet, wird es von ihm auch als Werkzeug der Erlösung angenommen und als Licht der Welt und Salz der Erde (vgl. Mt 5,13-16) in alle Welt gesandt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wie aber schon das Israel dem Fleische nach auf seiner Wüstenwanderung Kirche Gottes genannt wird (2 Esr 13,1; vgl. Num 20,4; Dtn 23,1ff), so wird auch das neue Israel, das auf der Suche nach der kommenden und bleibenden Stadt (vgl. Hebr 13,14) in der gegenwärtigen Weltzeit einherzieht, Kirche Christi genannt (vgl. Mt 16,18). Er selbst hat sie ja mit seinem Blut erworben (vgl. Apg 20,28), mit seinem Geiste erfüllt und mit geeigneten Mitteln sichtbarer und gesellschaftlicher Einheit ausgerüstet. Gott hat die Versammlung derer, die zu Christus als dem Urheber des Heils und dem Ursprung der Einheit und des Friedens glaubend aufschauen, als seine Kirche zusammengerufen und gestiftet, damit sie allen und jedem das sichtbare Sakrament dieser heilbringenden Einheit sei (15). Bestimmt zur Verbreitung über alle Länder, tritt sie in die menschliche Geschichte ein und übersteigt doch zugleich Zeiten und Grenzen der Völker. Auf ihrem Weg durch Prüfungen und Trübsal wird die Kirche durch die Kraft der ihr vom Herrn verheißenen Gnade Gottes gestärkt, damit sie in der Schwachheit des Fleisches nicht abfalle von der vollkommenen Treue, sondern die würdige Braut ihres Herrn verbleibe und unter der Wirksamkeit des Heiligen Geistes nicht aufhöre, sich selbst zu erneuern, bis sie durch das Kreuz zum Lichte gelangt, das keinen Untergang kennt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus der Herr, als Hoherpriester aus den Menschen genommen (vgl. Hebr 5,1-5), hat das neue Volk \"zum Königreich und zu Priestern für Gott und seinen Vater gemacht\" (vgl. Offb 1,6; 5,9-10). Durch die Wiedergeburt und die Salbung mit dem Heiligen Geist werden die Getauften zu einem geistigen Bau und einem heiligen Priestertum geweiht, damit sie in allen Werken eines christlichen Menschen geistige Opfer darbringen und die Machttaten dessen verkünden, der sie aus der Finsternis in sein wunderbares Licht berufen hat (vgl. 1 Petr 2,4-10). So sollen alle Jünger Christi ausharren im Gebet und gemeinsam Gott loben (vgl. Apg 2,42-47) und sich als lebendige, heilige, Gott wohlgefällige Opfergabe darbringen (vgl. Röm 12,1); überall auf Erden sollen sie für Christus Zeugnis geben und allen, die es fordern, Rechenschaft ablegen von der Hoffnung auf das ewige Leben, die in ihnen ist (vgl. 1 Petr 3,15). Das gemeinsame Priestertum der Gläubigen aber und das Priestertum des Dienstes, das heißt das hierarchische Priestertum, unterscheiden sich zwar dem Wesen und nicht bloß dem Grade nach. Dennoch sind sie einander zugeordnet: das eine wie das andere nämlich nimmt je auf besondere Weise am Priestertum Christi teil (16). Der Amtspriester nämlich bildet kraft seiner heiligen Gewalt, die er innehat, das priesterliche Volk heran und leitet es; er vollzieht in der Person Christi das eucharistische Opfer und bringt es im Namen des ganzen Volkes Gott dar; die Gläubigen hingegen wirken kraft ihres königlichen Priestertums an der eucharistischen Darbringung mit (17) und üben ihr Priestertum aus im Empfang der Sakramente, im Gebet, in der Danksagung, im Zeugnis eines heiligen Lebens, durch Selbstverleugnung und tätige Liebe."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das heilige und organisch verfaßte Wesen dieser priesterlichen Gemeinschaft vollzieht sich sowohl durch die Sakramente wie durch ein tugendhaftes Leben. Durch die Taufe der Kirche eingegliedert, werden die Gläubigen durch das Prägemal zur christlichen Gottesverehrung bestellt, und, wiedergeboren zu Söhnen Gottes, sind sie gehalten, den von Gott durch die Kirche empfangenen Glauben vor den Menschen zu bekennen (18). Durch das Sakrament der Firmung werden sie vollkommener der Kirche verbunden und mit einer besonderen Kraft des Heiligen Geistes ausgestattet. So sind sie in strengerer Weise verpflichtet, den Glauben als wahre Zeugen Christi in Wort und Tat zugleich zu verbreiten und zu verteidigen (19). In der Teilnahme am eucharistischen Opfer, der Quelle und dem Höhepunkt des ganzen christlichen Lebens, bringen sie das göttliche Opferlamm Gott dar und sich selbst mit ihm (20); so übernehmen alle bei der liturgischen Handlung ihren je eigenen Teil, sowohl in der Darbringung wie in der heiligen Kommunion, nicht unterschiedslos, sondern jeder auf seine Art. Durch den Leib Christi in der heiligen Eucharistiefeier gestärkt, stellen sie sodann die Einheit des Volkes Gottes, die durch dieses hocherhabene Sakrament sinnvoll bezeichnet und wunderbar bewirkt wird, auf anschauliche Weise dar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die aber zum Sakrament der Buße hinzutreten, erhalten für ihre Gott zugefügten Beleidigungen von seiner Barmherzigkeit Verzeihung und werden zugleich mit der Kirche versöhnt, die sie durch die Sünde verwundet haben und die zu ihrer Bekehrung durch Liebe, Beispiel und Gebet mitwirkt. Durch die heilige Krankensalbung und das Gebet der Priester empfiehlt die ganze Kirche die Kranken dem leidenden und verherrlichten Herrn, daß er sie aufrichte und rette (vgl. Jak 5,14-16), ja sie ermahnt sie, sich bewußt dem Leiden und dem Tode Christi zu vereinigen (vgl. Röm 8,17; Kol 1,24; 2 Tim 2,11-12; 1 Petr 4,13) und so zum Wohle des Gottesvolkes beizutragen. Wer sodann unter den Gläubigen die heilige Weihe empfängt, wird im Namen Christi dazu bestellt, die Kirche durch das Wort und die Gnade Gottes zu weiden. Die christlichen Gatten endlich bezeichnen das Geheimnis der Einheit und der fruchtbaren Liebe zwischen Christus und der Kirche und bekommen daran Anteil (vgl. Eph 5,32). Sie fördern sich kraft des Sakramentes der Ehe gegenseitig zur Heiligung durch das eheliche Leben sowie in der Annahme und Erziehung der Kinder und haben so in ihrem Lebensstand und in ihrer Ordnung ihre eigene Gabe im Gottesvolk (vgl. 1 Kor 7,7)21. Aus diesem Ehebund nämlich geht die Familie hervor, in der die neuen Bürger der menschlichen Gesellschaft geboren werden, die durch die Gnade des Heiligen Geistes in der Taufe zu Söhnen Gottes gemacht werden, um dem Volke Gottes im Fluß der Zeiten Dauer zu verleihen. In solch einer Art Hauskirche sollen die Eltern durch Wort und Beispiel für ihre Kinder die ersten Glaubensboten sein und die einem jeden eigene Berufung fördern, die geistliche aber mit besonderer Sorgfalt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit so reichen Mitteln zum Heile ausgerüstet, sind alle Christgläubigen in allen Verhältnissen und in jedem Stand je auf ihrem Wege vom Herrn berufen zu der Vollkommenheit in Heiligkeit, in der der Vater selbst vollkommen ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das heilige Gottesvolk nimmt auch teil an dem prophetischen Amt Christi, in der Verbreitung seines lebendigen Zeugnisses vor allem durch ein Leben in Glauben und Liebe, in der Darbringung des Lobesopfers an Gott als Frucht der Lippen, die seinen Namen bekennen (vgl. Hebr 13,15). Die Gesamtheit der Gläubigen, welche die Salbung von dem Heiligen haben (vgl. 1 Joh 2,20.27), kann im Glauben nicht irren. Und diese ihre besondere Eigenschaft macht sie durch den übernatürlichen Glaubenssinn des ganzen Volkes dann kund, wenn sie \"von den Bischöfen bis zu den letzten gläubigen Laien\" (22) ihre allgemeine Übereinstimmung in Sachen des Glaubens und der Sitten äußert. Durch jenen Glaubenssinn nämlich, der vom Geist der Wahrheit geweckt und genährt wird, hält das Gottesvolk unter der Leitung des heiligen Lehramtes, in dessen treuer Gefolgschaft es nicht mehr das Wort von Menschen, sondern wirklich das Wort Gottes empfängt (vgl. 1 Thess 2,13), den einmal den Heiligen übergebenen Glauben (vgl. Jud 3) unverlierbar fest. Durch ihn dringt es mit rechtem Urteil immer tiefer in den Glauben ein und wendet ihn im Leben voller an."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Derselbe Heilige Geist heiligt außerdem nicht nur das Gottesvolk durch die Sakramente und die Dienstleistungen, er führt es nicht nur und bereichert es mit Tugenden, sondern \"teilt den Einzelnen, wie er will\" (1 Kor 12,11), seine Gaben aus und verteilt unter den Gläubigen jeglichen Standes auch besondere Gnaden. Durch diese macht er sie geeignet und bereit, für die Erneuerung und den vollen Aufbau der Kirche verschiedene Werke und Dienste zu übernehmen gemäß dem Wort: \"Jedem wird der Erweis des Geistes zum Nutzen gegeben\" (1 Kor 12,7). Solche Gnadengaben, ob sie nun von besonderer Leuchtkraft oder aber schlichter und allgemeiner verbreitet sind, müssen mit Dank und Trost angenommen werden, da sie den Nöten der Kirche besonders angepaßt und nützlich sind. Außerordentliche Gaben soll man aber nicht leichthin erstreben. Man darf auch nicht vermessentlich Früchte für die apostolische Tätigkeit von ihnen erwarten. Das Urteil über ihre Echtheit und ihren geordneten Gebrauch steht bei jenen, die in der Kirche die Leitung haben und denen es in besonderer Weise zukommt, den Geist nicht auszulöschen, sondern alles zu prüfen und das Gute zu behalten (vgl. 1 Thess 5,12.19-21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zum neuen Gottesvolk werden alle Menschen gerufen. Darum muß dieses Volk eines und ein einziges bleiben und sich über die ganze Welt und durch alle Zeiten hin ausbreiten. So soll sich das Ziel des Willens Gottes erfüllen, der das Menschengeschlecht am Anfang als eines gegründet und beschlossen hat, seine Kinder aus der Zerstreuung wieder zur Einheit zu versammeln (vgl. Joh 11,52). Dazu sandte nämlich Gott seinen Sohn, den er zum Erben des Alls gemacht hat (vgl. Hebr 1,2), daß er Lehrer, König und Priester aller sei, das Haupt des neuen und allumfassenden Volkes der Söhne Gottes. Dazu sandte Gott schließlich den Geist seines Sohnes, den Herrn und Lebensspender, der für die ganze Kirche und die Gläubigen einzeln und insgesamt der Urgrund der Vereinigung und Einheit in der Lehre der Apostel und in der Gemeinschaft, im Brotbrechen und im Gebet ist (vgl. Apg 2,42)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In allen Völkern der Erde wohnt also dieses eine Gottesvolk, da es aus ihnen allen seine Bürger nimmt, Bürger eines Reiches freilich nicht irdischer, sondern himmlischer Natur. Alle über den Erdkreis hin verstreuten Gläubigen stehen mit den übrigen im Heiligen Geiste in Gemeinschaft, und so weiß \"der, welcher zu Rom wohnt, daß die Inder seine Glieder sind\" (23). Da aber das Reich Christi nicht von dieser Welt ist (vgl. Joh 18,36), so entzieht die Kirche oder das Gottesvolk mit der Verwirklichung dieses Reiches nichts dem zeitlichen Wohl irgendeines Volkes. Vielmehr fördert und übernimmt es Anlagen, Fähigkeiten und Sitten der Völker, soweit sie gut sind. Bei dieser Übernahme reinigt, kräftigt und hebt es sie aber auch. Sie ist dessen eingedenk, daß sie mit jenem König sammeln muß, dem die Völker zum Erbe gegeben sind (vgl. Ps 2,) und in dessen Stadt sie Gaben und Geschenke herbeibringen (vgl. Ps 71 (72),10; Jes 60,4-7; Offb 21,24). Diese Eigenschaft der Weltweite, die das Gottesvolk auszeichnet, ist Gabe des Herrn selbst. In ihr strebt die katholische Kirche mit Tatkraft und Stetigkeit danach, die ganze Menschheit mit all ihren Gütern unter dem einen Haupt Christus zusammenzufassen in der Einheit seines Geistes (24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kraft dieser Katholizität bringen die einzelnen Teile ihre eigenen Gaben den übrigen Teilen und der ganzen Kirche hinzu, so daß das Ganze und die einzelnen Teile zunehmen aus allen, die Gemeinschaft miteinander halten und zur Fülle in Einheit zusammenwirken. So kommt es, daß das Gottesvolk nicht nur aus den verschiedenen Völkern sich sammelt, sondern auch in sich selbst aus verschiedenen Ordnungen gebildet wird. Unter seinen Gliedern herrscht eine Verschiedenheit, sei es in den Ämtern, da manche im heiligen Dienst zum Nutzen ihrer Brüder wirken, sei es in Stand und Lebensordnung, da viele im Ordensstand auf einem engeren Weg nach Heiligkeit trachten und die Brüder durch ihr Beispiel anspornen. Darum gibt es auch in der kirchlichen Gemeinschaft zu Recht Teilkirchen, die sich eigener Überlieferungen erfreuen, unbeschadet des Primats des Stuhles Petri, welcher der gesamten Liebesgemeinschaft vorsteht (25), die rechtmäßigen Verschiedenheiten schützt und zugleich darüber wacht, daß die Besonderheiten der Einheit nicht nur nicht schaden, sondern ihr vielmehr dienen. Daher bestehen schließlich zwischen den verschiedenen Teilen der Kirche die Bande einer innigen Gemeinschaft der geistigen Güter, der apostolischen Arbeiter und der zeitlichen Hilfsmittel. Zu dieser Gütergemeinschaft nämlich sind die Glieder des Gottesvolkes berufen, und auch von den Einzelkirchen gelten die Worte des Apostels: \"Dienet einander, jeder mit der Gnadengabe, wie er sie empfangen hat, als gute Verwalter der vielfältigen Gnadengaben Gottes\" (1 Petr 4,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zu dieser katholischen Einheit des Gottesvolkes, die den allumfassenden Frieden bezeichnet und fördert, sind alle Menschen berufen. Auf verschiedene Weise gehören ihr zu oder sind ihr zugeordnet die katholischen Gläubigen, die anderen an Christus Glaubenden und schließlich alle Menschen überhaupt, die durch die Gnade Gottes zum Heile berufen sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Den katholischen Gläubigen wendet die Heilige Synode besonders ihre Aufmerksamkeit zu. Gestützt auf die Heilige Schrift und die Tradition, lehrt sie, daß diese pilgernde Kirche zum Heile notwendig sei. Christus allein ist Mittler und Weg zum Heil, der in seinem Leib, der Kirche, uns gegenwärtig wird; indem er aber selbst mit ausdrücklichen Worten die Notwendigkeit des Glaubens und der Taufe betont hat (vgl. Mk 16,16; Joh 3,5), hat er zugleich die Notwendigkeit der Kirche, in die die Menschen durch die Taufe wie durch eine Türe eintreten, bekräftigt. Darum könnten jene Menschen nicht gerettet werden, die um die katholische Kirche und ihre von Gott durch Christus gestiftete Heilsnotwendigkeit wissen, in sie aber nicht eintreten oder in ihr nicht ausharren wollten. Jene werden der Gemeinschaft der Kirche voll eingegliedert, die, im Besitze des Geistes Christi, ihre ganze Ordnung und alle in ihr eingerichteten Heilsmittel annehmen und in ihrem sichtbaren Verband mit Christus, der sie durch den Papst und die Bischöfe leitet, verbunden sind, und dies durch die Bande des Glaubensbekenntnisses, der Sakramente und der kirchlichen Leitung und Gemeinschaft. Nicht gerettet wird aber, wer, obwohl der Kirche eingegliedert, in der Liebe nicht verharrt und im Schoße der Kirche zwar \"dem Leibe\", aber nicht \"dem Herzen\" nach verbleibt (26). Alle Söhne der Kirche sollen aber dessen eingedenk sein, daß ihre ausgezeichnete Stellung nicht den eigenen Verdiensten, sondern der besonderen Gnade Christi zuzuschreiben ist; wenn sie ihr im Denken, Reden und Handeln nicht entsprechen, wird ihnen statt Heil strengeres Gericht zuteil (27)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Katechumenen, die, getrieben vom Heiligen Geist, mit ausdrücklicher Willensäußerung um Aufnahme in die Kirche bitten, werden durch eben dieses Begehren mit ihr verbunden. Die Mutter Kirche umfaßt sie schon in liebender Sorge als die Ihrigen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit jenen, die durch die Taufe der Ehre des Christennamens teilhaft sind, den vollen Glauben aber nicht bekennen oder die Einheit der Gemeinschaft unter dem Nachfolger Petri nicht wahren, weiß sich die Kirche aus mehrfachem Grunde verbunden28. Viele nämlich halten die Schrift als Glaubens- und Lebensnorm in Ehren, zeigen einen aufrichtigen religiösen Eifer, glauben in Liebe an Gott, den allmächtigen Vater, und an Christus, den Sohn Gottes und Erlöser (29), empfangen das Zeichen der Taufe, wodurch sie mit Christus verbunden werden; ja sie anerkennen und empfangen auch andere Sakramente in ihren eigenen Kirchen oder kirchlichen Gemeinschaften. Mehrere unter ihnen besitzen auch einen Episkopat, feiern die heilige Eucharistie und pflegen die Verehrung der jungfräulichen Gottesmutter (30). Dazu kommt die Gemeinschaft im Gebet und in anderen geistlichen Gütern; ja sogar eine wahre Verbindung im Heiligen Geiste, der in Gaben und Gnaden auch in ihnen mit seiner heiligenden Kraft wirksam ist und manche von ihnen bis zur Vergießung des Blutes gestärkt hat. So erweckt der Geist in allen Jüngern Christi Sehnsucht und Tat, daß alle in der von Christus angeordneten Weise in der einen Herde unter dem einen Hirten in Frieden geeint werden mögen (31). Um dies zu erlangen, betet, hofft und wirkt die Mutter Kirche unaufhörlich, ermahnt sie ihre Söhne zur Läuterung und Erneuerung, damit das Zeichen Christi auf dem Antlitz der Kirche klarer erstrahle."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diejenigen endlich, die das Evangelium noch nicht empfangen haben, sind auf das Gottesvolk auf verschiedene Weise hingeordnet (32). In erster Linie jenes Volk, dem der Bund und die Verheißungen gegeben worden sind und aus dem Christus dem Fleische nach geboren ist (vgl. Röm 9,4-5), dieses seiner Erwählung nach um der Väter willen so teure Volk: die Gaben und Berufung Gottes nämlich sind ohne Reue (vgl. Röm 11,28-29). Der Heilswille umfaßt aber auch die, welche den Schöpfer anerkennen, unter ihnen besonders die Muslim, die sich zum Glauben Abrahams bekennen und mit uns den einen Gott anbeten, den barmherzigen, der die Menschen am Jüngsten Tag richten wird. Aber auch den anderen, die in Schatten und Bildern den unbekannten Gott suchen, auch solchen ist Gott nicht ferne, da er allen Leben und Atem und alles gibt (vgl. Apg 17,25-28) und als Erlöser will, daß alle Menschen gerettet werden (vgl. 1 Tim 2,4). Wer nämlich das Evangelium Christi und seine Kirche ohne Schuld nicht kennt, Gott aber aus ehrlichem Herzen sucht, seinen im Anruf des Gewissens erkannten Willen unter dem Einfluß der Gnade in der Tat zu erfüllen trachtet, kann das ewige Heil erlangen (33). Die göttliche Vorsehung verweigert auch denen das zum Heil Notwendige nicht, die ohne Schuld noch nicht zur ausdrücklichen Anerkennung Gottes gekommen sind, jedoch, nicht ohne die göttliche Gnade, ein rechtes Leben zu führen sich bemühen. Was sich nämlich an Gutem und Wahrem bei ihnen findet, wird von der Kirche als Vorbereitung für die Frohbotschaft (34) und als Gabe dessen geschätzt, der jeden Menschen erleuchtet, damit er schließlich das Leben habe. Vom Bösen getäuscht, wurden freilich die Menschen oft eitel in ihren Gedanken, vertauschten die Wahrheit Gottes mit der Lüge und dienten der Schöpfung mehr als dem Schöpfer (vgl. Röm 1,21.25) oder sind, ohne Gott in dieser Welt lebend und sterbend, der äußersten Verzweiflung ausgesetzt. Daher ist die Kirche eifrig bestrebt, zur Ehre Gottes und zum Nutzen des Heils all dieser Menschen die Missionen zu fördern, eingedenk des Befehls des Herrn, der gesagt hat: \"Predigt das Evangelium der ganzen Schöpfung\" (Mk 16,15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wie nämlich der Sohn vom Vater gesandt ist, so hat er selbst die Apostel gesandt (vgl. Joh 20,21) mit den Worten: \"Gehet hin und lehret alle Völker, taufet sie im Namen des Vaters und des Sohnes und des Heiligen Geistes, lehret sie alles halten, was ich euch geboten habe. Und siehe, ich bin bei euch alle Tage bis ans Ende der Welt\" (Mt 28,19-20). Diesen feierlichen Auftrag Christi zur Verkündigung der Heilswahrheit hat die Kirche von den Aposteln erhalten und muß ihn erfüllen bis zu den Grenzen der Erde (vgl. Apg 1,8). Daher macht sie sich die Worte des Apostels zu eigen: \"Weh ... mir, wenn ich die Frohbotschaft nicht verkünde!\" (1 Kor 9,16.) Unablässig fährt sie darum fort, Verkünder auszusenden, bis die neuen Kirchen voll errichtet sind und auch selbst das Werk der Verkündigung fortsetzen können. Sie wird nämlich vom Heiligen Geiste angetrieben, mitzuwirken, daß der Ratschluß Gottes, der Christus zum Ursprung des Heils für die ganze Welt bestellt hat, tatsächlich ausgeführt werde. In der Verkündigung der Frohbotschaft sucht die Kirche die Hörer zum Glauben und zum Bekenntnis des Glaubens zu bringen, bereitet sie für die Taufe vor, befreit sie aus der Knechtschaft des Irrtums und gliedert sie Christus ein, damit sie durch die Liebe bis zur Fülle in ihn hineinwachsen. Ihre Mühe aber bewirkt, daß aller Same des Guten, der sich in Herz und Geist der Menschen oder in den eigenen Riten und Kulturen der Völker findet, nicht nur nicht untergehe, sondern geheilt, erhoben und vollendet werde zur Ehre Gottes, zur Beschämung des Teufels und zur Seligkeit des Menschen. Jedem Jünger Christi obliegt die Pflicht, nach seinem Teil den Glauben auszusäen (35). Wenn auch jeder die Glaubenden taufen kann, so ist es doch Sache des Priesters, die Auferbauung des Leibes durch das eucharistische Opfer zu vollenden und so die Worte Gottes, die er durch den Propheten gesprochen hat, zu erfüllen: \"Vom Aufgang der Sonne bis zu ihrem Untergang ist mein Name groß unter den Völkern, und an jedem Ort wird geopfert und meinem Namen eine reine Opfergabe dargebracht\" (Mal 1,11) (36). So aber betet und arbeitet die Kirche zugleich, daß die Fülle der ganzen Welt in das Volk Gottes eingehe, in den Leib des Herrn und den Tempel des Heiligen Geistes, und daß in Christus, dem Haupte aller, jegliche Ehre und Herrlichkeit dem Schöpfer und Vater des Alls gegeben werde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE HIERARCHISCHE VERFASSUNG DER KIRCHE, INSBESONDERE DAS BISCHOFSAMT"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um Gottes Volk zu weiden und immerfort zu mehren, hat Christus der Herr in seiner Kirche verschiedene Dienstämter eingesetzt, die auf das Wohl des ganzen Leibes ausgerichtet sind. Denn die Amtsträger, die mit heiliger Vollmacht ausgestattet sind, stehen im Dienste ihrer Brüder, damit alle, die zum Volke Gottes gehören und sich daher der wahren Würde eines Christen erfreuen, in freier und geordneter Weise sich auf das nämliche Ziel hin ausstrecken und so zum Heile gelangen. Diese Heilige Synode setzt den Weg des ersten Vatikanischen Konzils fort und lehrt und erklärt feierlich mit ihm, daß der ewige Hirt Jesus Christus die heilige Kirche gebaut hat, indem er die Apostel sandte wie er selbst gesandt war vom Vater (vgl. Joh 20,21). Er wollte, daß deren Nachfolger, das heißt die Bischöfe, in seiner Kirche bis zur Vollendung der Weltzeit Hirten sein sollten. Damit aber der Episkopat selbst einer und ungeteilt sei, hat er den heiligen Petrus an die Spitze der übrigen Apostel gestellt und in ihm ein immerwährendes und sichtbares Prinzip und Fundament der Glaubenseinheit und der Gemeinschaft eingesetzt (37). Diese Lehre über Einrichtung, Dauer, Gewalt und Sinn des dem Bischof von Rom zukommenden heiligen Primates sowie über dessen unfehlbares Lehramt legt die Heilige Synode abermals allen Gläubigen fest zu glauben vor. Das damals Begonnene fortführend, hat sie sich entschlossen, nun die Lehre von den Bischöfen, den Nachfolgern der Apostel, die mit dem Nachfolger Petri, dem Stellvertreter Christi (38) und sichtbaren Haupt der ganzen Kirche, zusammen das Haus des lebendigen Gottes leiten, vor allen zu bekennen und zu erklären."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Herr Jesus rief, nachdem er sich betend an den Vater gewandt hatte, die zu sich, die er selbst wollte, und bestimmte zwölf, daß sie mit ihm seien und er sie sende, das Reich Gottes zu verkündigen (vgl. Mk 3,13-19; Mt 10,1-42). Diese Apostel (vgl. Lk 6,13) setzte er nach Art eines Kollegiums oder eines festen Kreises ein, an dessen Spitze er den aus ihrer Mitte erwählten Petrus stellte (vgl. Joh 21,15-17). Er sandte sie zuerst zu den Kindern Israels und dann zu allen Völkern (vgl. Röm 1,16), damit sie in Teilhabe an seiner Gewalt alle Völker zu seinen Jüngern machten und sie heiligten und leiteten (vgl. Mt 28,16 bis 20; Mk 16,15; Lk 24,45-48; Joh 20,21-23). So sollten sie die Kirche ausbreiten und unter der Leitung des Herrn durch ihren Dienst weiden alle Tage bis zum Ende der Welt (vgl. Mt 28,20). In dieser Sendung wurden sie am Pfingsttag voll bekräftigt (vgl. Apg 2,1-26) gemäß der Verheißung des Herrn: \"Ihr werdet die Kraft des Heiligen Geistes empfangen, der über euch kommen wird, und werdet mir Zeugen sein in Jerusalem und in ganz Judäa und Samaria und bis ans Ende der Erde\" (Apg 1,8). Die Apostel aber verkündigten allenthalben die frohe Botschaft (vgl. Mk 16,20), die von den Hörenden kraft des Heiligen Geistes angenommen wurde, und versammelten so die universale Kirche, die der Herr in den Aposteln gegründet und auf den heiligen Petrus, ihren Vorsteher, gebaut hat, wobei Christus Jesus selbst der Eckstein ist (vgl. Offb 21,14; Mt 16,18; Eph 2,20)39."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jene göttliche Sendung, die Christus den Aposteln anvertraut hat, wird bis zum Ende der Welt dauern (vgl. Mt 28,20). Denn das Evangelium, das sie zu überliefern haben, ist für alle Zeiten der Ursprung jedweden Lebens für die Kirche. Aus diesem Grunde trugen die Apostel in dieser hierarchisch geordneten Gesellschaft für die Bestellung von Nachfolgern Sorge."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sie hatten nämlich nicht bloß verschiedene Helfer im Dienstamt (40), sondern übertrugen, damit die ihnen anvertraute Sendung nach ihrem Tod weitergehe, gleichsam nach Art eines Testaments ihren unmittelbaren Mitarbeitern die Aufgabe, das von ihnen begonnene Werk zu vollenden und zu kräftigen (41). Sie legten ihnen ans Herz, achtzuhaben auf die ganze Herde, in welcher der Heilige Geist sie gesetzt habe, die Kirche Gottes zu weiden (vgl. Apg 20,28). Deshalb bestellten sie solche Männer und gaben dann Anordnung, daß nach ihrem Hingang andere bewährte Männer ihr Dienstamt übernähmen (42). Unter den verschiedenen Dienstämtern, die so von den ersten Zeiten her in der Kirche ausgeübt werden, nimmt nach dem Zeugnis der Überlieferung das Amt derer einen hervorragenden Platz ein, die zum Bischofsamt bestellt sind und kraft der auf den Ursprung zurückreichenden Nachfolge (43) Ableger apostolischer Pflanzung besitzen (44). So wird nach dem Zeugnis des heiligen Irenäus durch die von den Aposteln eingesetzten Bischöfe und deren Nachfolger bis zu uns hin die apostolische Überlieferung in der ganzen Welt kundgemacht (45) und bewahrt (46)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Bischöfe haben also das Dienstamt in der Gemeinschaft zusammen mit ihren Helfern, den Priestern und den Diakonen, übernommen (47). An Gottes Stelle stehen sie der Herde vor (48), deren Hirten sie sind, als Lehrer in der Unterweisung, als Priester im heiligen Kult, als Diener in der Leitung (49). Wie aber das Amt fortdauern sollte, das vom Herrn ausschließlich dem Petrus, dem ersten der Apostel, übertragen wurde und auf seinen Nachfolger übergehen sollte, so dauert auch das Amt der Apostel, die Kirche zu weiden, fort und muß von der heiligen Ordnung der Bischöfe immerdar ausgeübt werden (50). Aus diesem Grunde lehrt die Heilige Synode, daß die Bischöfe aufgrund göttlicher Einsetzung an die Stelle der Apostel als Hirten der Kirche getreten sind (51). Wer sie hört, hört Christus, und wer sie verachtet, verachtet Christus und ihn, der Christus gesandt hat (vgl. Lk 10,16)52."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In den Bischöfen, denen die Priester zur Seite stehen, ist also inmitten der Gläubigen der Herr Jesus Christus, der Hohepriester, anwesend. Zur Rechten des Vaters sitzend, ist er nicht fern von der Versammlung seiner Bischöfe (53), sondern vorzüglich durch ihren erhabenen Dienst verkündet er allen Völkern Gottes Wort und spendet den Glaubenden immerfort die Sakramente des Glaubens. Durch ihr väterliches Amt (vgl. 1 Kor 4,15) fügt er seinem Leib kraft der Wiedergeburt von oben neue Glieder ein. Durch ihre Weisheit und Umsicht endlich lenkt und ordnet er das Volk des Neuen Bundes auf seiner Pilgerschaft zur ewigen Seligkeit. Diese Hirten, die ausgewählt sind, die Herde des Herrn zu weiden, sind Diener Christi und Ausspender der Geheimnisse Gottes (vgl. 1 Kor 4,1). Ihnen ist das Zeugnis für die frohe Botschaft von der Gnade Gottes anvertraut (vgl. Röm 15,16; Apg 20,24) und der Dienst des Geistes und der Gerechtigkeit in Herrlichkeit (vgl. 2 Kor 3,8-9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um solche Aufgaben zu erfüllen, sind die Apostel mit einer besonderen Ausgießung des herabkommenden Heiligen Geistes von Christus beschenkt worden (vgl. Apg 1,8; 2,4; Joh 20,22-23). Sie hinwiederum übertrugen ihren Helfern durch die Auflegung der Hände die geistliche Gabe (vgl. 1 Tim 4,14; 2 Tim 1,6-7), die in der Bischofsweihe bis auf uns gekommen ist (54). Die Heilige Synode lehrt aber, daß durch die Bischofsweihe die Fülle des Weihesakramentes übertragen wird. Sie heißt ja auch im liturgischen Brauch der Kirche wie in den Worten der heiligen Väter das Hohepriestertum, die Ganzheit des heiligen Dienstamtes (55). Die Bischofsweihe überträgt mit dem Amt der Heiligung auch die Ämter der Lehre und der Leitung, die jedoch ihrer Natur nach nur in der hierarchischen Gemeinschaft mit Haupt und Gliedern des Kollegiums ausgeübt werden können. Aufgrund der Überlieferung nämlich, die vorzüglich in den liturgischen Riten und in der Übung der Kirche des Ostens wie des Westens deutlich wird, ist es klar, daß durch die Handauflegung und die Worte der Weihe die Gnade des Heiligen Geistes so übertragen (56) und das heilige Prägemal so verliehen wird (57), daß die Bischöfe in hervorragender und sichtbarer Weise die Aufgabe Christi selbst, des Lehrers, Hirten und Priesters, innehaben und in seiner Person handeln (58). Sache der Bischöfe ist es, durch das Weihesakrament neue Erwählte in die Körperschaft der Bischöfe aufzunehmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wie nach der Verfügung des Herrn der heilige Petrus und die übrigen Apostel ein einziges apostolisches Kollegium bilden, so sind in entsprechender Weise der Bischof von Rom, der Nachfolger Petri, und die Bischöfe, die Nachfolger der Apostel, untereinander verbunden. Schon die uralte Disziplin, daß die auf dem ganzen Erdkreis bestellten Bischöfe untereinander und mit dem Bischof von Rom im Bande der Einheit, der Liebe und des Friedens Gemeinschaft hielten (59), desgleichen das Zusammentreten von Konzilien (60) zur gemeinsamen Regelung gerade der wichtigeren Angelegenheiten (61) in einem durch die Überlegung vieler abgewogenen Spruch (62) weisen auf die kollegiale Natur und Beschaffenheit des Episkopates hin. Diese beweisen die im Lauf der Jahrhunderte gefeierten ökumenischen Konzilien. Darauf deutet aber auch schon der früh eingeführte Brauch hin, mehrere Bischöfe zur Teilnahme an der Erhebung eines Neuerwählten zum hohenpriesterlichen Dienstamt beizuziehen. Glied der Körperschaft der Bischöfe wird man durch die sakramentale Weihe und die hierarchische Gemeinschaft mit Haupt und Gliedern des Kollegiums."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Kollegium oder die Körperschaft der Bischöfe hat aber nur Autorität, wenn das Kollegium verstanden wird in Gemeinschaft mit dem Bischof von Rom, dem Nachfolger Petri, als seinem Haupt, und unbeschadet dessen primatialer Gewalt über alle Hirten und Gläubigen. Der Bischof von Rom hat nämlich kraft seines Amtes als Stellvertreter Christi und Hirt der ganzen Kirche volle, höchste und universale Gewalt über die Kirche und kann sie immer frei ausüben. Die Ordnung der Bischöfe aber, die dem Kollegium der Apostel im Lehr- und Hirtenamt nachfolgt, ja, in welcher die Körperschaft der Apostel immerfort weiter besteht, ist gemeinsam mit ihrem Haupt, dem Bischof von Rom, und niemals ohne dieses Haupt, gleichfalls Träger der höchsten und vollen Gewalt über die ganze Kirche (63). Diese Gewalt kann nur unter Zustimmung des Bischofs von Rom ausgeübt werden. Der Herr hat allein Simon zum Fels und Schlüsselträger der Kirche bestellt (vgl. Mt 16,18-19) und ihn als Hirten seiner ganzen Herde eingesetzt (vgl. Joh 21,15 ff). Es steht aber fest, daß jenes Binde- und Löseamt, welches dem Petrus verliehen wurde (Mt 16,19), auch dem mit seinem Haupt verbundenen Apostelkollegium zugeteilt worden ist (Mt 18,18; 28,16-20) (64). Insofern dieses Kollegium aus vielen zusammengesetzt ist, stellt es die Vielfalt und Universalität des Gottesvolkes, insofern es unter einem Haupt versammelt ist, die Einheit der Herde Christi dar. In diesem Kollegium wirken die Bischöfe, unter treuer Wahrung des primatialen Vorrangs ihres Hauptes, in eigener Vollmacht zum Besten ihrer Gläubigen, ja der ganzen Kirche, deren organische Struktur und Eintracht der Heilige Geist immerfort stärkt. Die höchste Gewalt über die ganze Kirche, die dieses Kollegium besitzt, wird in feierlicher Weise im ökumenischen Konzil ausgeübt. Ein ökumenisches Konzil gibt es nur, wenn es vom Nachfolger Petri als solches bestätigt oder wenigstens angenommen wird; der Bischof von Rom hat das Vorrecht, diese Konzilien zu berufen, auf ihnen den Vorsitz zu führen und sie zu bestätigen (65). Die gleiche kollegiale Gewalt kann gemeinsam mit dem Papst von den in aller Welt lebenden Bischöfen ausgeübt werden, wofern nur das Haupt des Kollegiums sie zu einer kollegialen Handlung ruft oder wenigstens die gemeinsame Handlung der räumlich getrennten Bischöfe billigt oder frei annimmt, so daß ein eigentlich kollegialer Akt zustande kommt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die kollegiale Einheit tritt auch in den wechselseitigen Beziehungen der einzelnen Bischöfe zu den Teilkirchen wie zur Gesamtkirche in Erscheinung. Der Bischof von Rom ist als Nachfolger Petri das immerwährende, sichtbare Prinzip und Fundament für die Einheit der Vielheit von Bischöfen und Gläubigen (66). Die Einzelbischöfe hinwiederum sind sichtbares Prinzip und Fundament der Einheit in ihren Teilkirchen (67), die nach dem Bild der Gesamtkirche gestaltet sind. In ihnen und aus ihnen besteht die eine und einzige katholische Kirche (68). Daher stellen die Einzelbischöfe je ihre Kirche, alle zusammen aber in Einheit mit dem Papst die ganze Kirche im Band des Friedens, der Liebe und der Einheit dar. Die Bischöfe, die den Teilkirchen vorstehen, üben als einzelne ihr Hirtenamt über den ihnen anvertrauten Anteil des Gottesvolkes, nicht über andere Kirchen und nicht über die Gesamtkirche aus. Aber als Glieder des Bischofskollegiums und rechtmäßige Nachfolger der Apostel sind sie aufgrund von Christi Stiftung und Vorschrift zur Sorge für die Gesamtkirche gehalten (69). Diese wird zwar nicht durch einen hoheitlichen Akt wahrgenommen, trägt aber doch im höchsten Maße zum Wohl der Gesamtkirche bei. Alle Bischöfe müssen nämlich die Glaubenseinheit und die der ganzen Kirche gemeinsame Disziplin fördern und schützen sowie die Gläubigen anleiten zur Liebe zum ganzen mystischen Leibe Christi, besonders zu den armen und leidenden Gliedern und zu jenen, die Verfolgung erdulden um der Gerechtigkeit willen (vgl. Mt 5,10). Endlich müssen sie alle Bestrebungen fördern, die der ganzen Kirche gemeinsam sind, vor allem dazu, daß der Glaube wachse und das Licht der vollen Wahrheit allen Menschen aufgehe. Im übrigen aber gilt unverbrüchlich: Indem sie ihre eigene Kirche als Teil der Gesamtkirche recht leiten, tragen sie wirksam bei zum Wohl des ganzen mystischen Leibes, der ja auch der Leib der Kirchen ist (70)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Sorge, das Evangelium überall auf Erden zu verkündigen, geht die ganze Körperschaft der Hirten an. Ihnen allen zusammen hat Christus den Auftrag gegeben und die gemeinsame Pflicht auferlegt, wie schon Papst Cœlestin den Vätern des Konzils von Ephesus ins Bewußtsein rief (71). Deshalb sind die einzelnen Bischöfe gehalten, soweit die Verwaltung ihres eigenen Amtes es zuläßt, in Arbeitsgemeinschaft zu treten untereinander und mit dem Nachfolger Petri, dem das hohe Amt, den christlichen Namen auszubreiten, in besonderer Weise übertragen ist (72). Daher müssen sie mit allen Kräften den Missionen Arbeiter für die Ernte wie auch geistliche und materielle Hilfen vermitteln, sowohl unmittelbar durch sich selbst wie durch Weckung der eifrigen Mitarbeit ihrer Gläubigen. Schließlich sollen die Bischöfe nach dem ehrwürdigen Beispiel der Vorzeit in umfassender Liebesgemeinschaft den anderen Kirchen, besonders den benachbarten und bedürftigeren, gern brüderliche Hilfe gewähren."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dank der göttlichen Vorsehung aber sind die verschiedenen Kirchen, die an verschiedenen Orten von den Aposteln und ihren Nachfolgern eingerichtet worden sind, im Lauf der Zeit zu einer Anzahl von organisch verbundenen Gemeinschaften zusammengewachsen. Sie erfreuen sich unbeschadet der Einheit des Glaubens und der einen göttlichen Verfassung der Gesamtkirche ihrer eigenen Disziplin, eines eigenen liturgischen Brauches und eines eigenen theologischen und geistlichen Erbes. Darunter haben vorzüglich gewisse alte Patriarchatskirchen wie Stammütter des Glaubens andere Kirchen sozusagen als Töchter geboren, mit denen sie durch ein engeres Liebesband im sakramentalen Leben und in der gegenseitigen Achtung von Rechten und Pflichten bis auf unsere Zeiten verbunden sind (73). Diese einträchtige Vielfalt der Ortskirchen zeigt in besonders hellem Licht die Katholizität der ungeteilten Kirche. In ähnlicher Weise können in unserer Zeit die Bischofskonferenzen vielfältige und fruchtbare Hilfe leisten, um die kollegiale Gesinnung zu konkreter Verwirklichung zu führen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Bischöfe empfangen als Nachfolger der Apostel vom Herrn, dem alle Gewalt im Himmel und auf Erden gegeben ist, die Sendung, alle Völker zu lehren und das Evangelium jedwedem Geschöpf zu verkündigen. So sollen alle Menschen durch Glaube, Taufe und Erfüllung der Gebote das Heil erlangen (vgl. Mt 28,18; Mk 16,15-16; Apg 26,17f). Zur Erfüllung dieser Sendung verhieß Christus der Herr den Aposteln den Heiligen Geist und sandte ihn am Pfingsttag vom Himmel her. Durch dessen Kraft sollten sie ihm Zeugen sein bis ans Ende der Erde, vor Stämmen, Völkern und Königen (vgl. Apg 1,8; 2,1 ff; 9,15). Jenes Amt aber, das der Herr den Hirten seines Volkes übertragen hat, ist ein wahres Dienen, weshalb es in der Heiligen Schrift bezeichnenderweise mit dem Wort \"Diakonia\", d. h. Dienst, benannt wird (vgl. Apg 1,17.25; 21,19; Röm 11,13; 1 Tim 1,12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die kanonische Sendung der Bischöfe kann geschehen durch rechtmäßige, von der höchsten und universalen Kirchengewalt nicht widerrufene Gewohnheiten, durch von der nämlichen Autorität erlassene oder anerkannte Gesetze oder unmittelbar durch den Nachfolger Petri selbst. Falls er Einspruch erhebt oder die apostolische Gemeinschaft verweigert, können die Bischöfe nicht zur Amtsausübung zugelassen werden (74)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter den hauptsächlichsten Ämtern der Bischöfe hat die Verkündigung des Evangeliums einen hervorragenden Platz (75). Denn die Bischöfe sind Glaubensboten, die Christus neue Jünger zuführen; sie sind authentische, das heißt mit der Autorität Christi ausgerüstete Lehrer. Sie verkündigen dem ihnen anvertrauten Volk die Botschaft zum Glauben und zur Anwendung auf das sittliche Leben und erklären sie im Licht des Heiligen Geistes, indem sie aus dem Schatz der Offenbarung Neues und Altes vorbringen (vgl. Mt 13,52). So lassen sie den Glauben fruchtbar werden und halten die ihrer Herde drohenden Irrtümer wachsam fern (vgl. 2 Tim 4,1-4). Die Bischöfe, die in Gemeinschaft mit dem römischen Bischof lehren, sind von allen als Zeugen der göttlichen und katholischen Wahrheit zu verehren. Die Gläubigen aber müssen mit einem im Namen Christi vorgetragenen Spruch ihres Bischofs in Glaubens- und Sittensachen übereinkommen und ihm mit religiös gegründetem Gehorsam anhangen. Dieser religiöse Gehorsam des Willens und Verstandes ist in besonderer Weise dem authentischen Lehramt des Bischofs von Rom, auch wenn er nicht kraft höchster Lehrautorität spricht, zu leisten; nämlich so, daß sein oberstes Lehramt ehrfürchtig anerkannt und den von ihm vorgetragenen Urteilen aufrichtige Anhänglichkeit gezollt wird, entsprechend der von ihm kundgetanen Auffassung und Absicht. Diese läßt sich vornehmlich erkennen aus der Art der Dokumente, der Häufigkeit der Vorlage ein und derselben Lehre, und der Sprechweise."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die einzelnen Bischöfe besitzen zwar nicht den Vorzug der Unfehlbarkeit; wenn sie aber, in der Welt räumlich getrennt, jedoch in Wahrung des Gemeinschaftsbandes untereinander und mit dem Nachfolger Petri, authentisch in Glaubens- und Sittensachen lehren und eine bestimmte Lehre übereinstimmend als endgültig verpflichtend vortragen, so verkündigen sie auf unfehlbare Weise die Lehre Christi (76). Dies ist noch offenkundiger der Fall, wenn sie auf einem Ökumenischen Konzil vereint für die ganze Kirche Lehrer und Richter des Glaubens und der Sitten sind. Dann ist ihren Definitionen mit Glaubensgehorsam anzuhangen (77). Diese Unfehlbarkeit, mit welcher der göttliche Erlöser seine Kirche bei der Definierung einer Glaubens- und Sittenlehre ausgestattet sehen wollte, reicht so weit wie die Hinterlage der göttlichen Offenbarung, welche rein bewahrt und getreulich ausgelegt werden muß, es erfordert."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieser Unfehlbarkeit erfreut sich der Bischof von Rom, das Haupt des Bischofskollegiums, kraft seines Amtes, wenn er als oberster Hirt und Lehrer aller Christgläubigen, der seine Brüder im Glauben stärkt (vgl. Lk 22,32), eine Glaubens- oder Sittenlehre in einem endgültigen Akt verkündet (78). Daher heißen seine Definitionen mit Recht aus sich und nicht erst aufgrund der Zustimmung der Kirche unanfechtbar, da sie ja unter dem Beistand des Heiligen Geistes vorgebracht sind, der ihm im heiligen Petrus verheißen wurde. Sie bedürfen daher keiner Bestätigung durch andere und dulden keine Berufung an ein anderes Urteil. In diesem Falle trägt nämlich der Bischof von Rom seine Entscheidung nicht als Privatperson vor, sondern legt die katholische Glaubenslehre aus und schützt sie in seiner Eigenschaft als oberster Lehrer der Gesamtkirche, in dem als einzelnem das Charisma der Unfehlbarkeit der Kirche selbst gegeben ist (79). Die der Kirche verheißene Unfehlbarkeit ist auch in der Körperschaft der Bischöfe gegeben, wenn sie das oberste Lehramt zusammen mit dem Nachfolger Petri ausübt. Diesen Definitionen kann aber die Beistimmung der Kirche niemals fehlen vermöge der Wirksamkeit desselben Heiligen Geistes, kraft deren die gesamte Herde Christi in der Einheit des Glaubens bewahrt wird und voranschreitet (80)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn aber der Bischof von Rom oder die Körperschaft der Bischöfe mit ihm einen Satz definieren, legen sie ihn vor gemäß der Offenbarung selbst, zu der zu stehen und nach der sich zu richten alle gehalten sind. In Schrift oder Überlieferung wird sie durch die rechtmäßige Nachfolge der Bischöfe und insbesondere auch durch die Sorge des Bischofs von Rom unversehrt weitergegeben und im Licht des Geistes der Wahrheit in der Kirche rein bewahrt und getreu ausgelegt (81). Um ihre rechte Erhellung und angemessene Darstellung mühen sich eifrig mit geeigneten Mitteln der Bischof von Rom und die Bischöfe, entsprechend ihrer Pflicht und dem Gewicht der Sache (82). Eine neue öffentliche Offenbarung als Teil der göttlichen Glaubenshinterlage empfangen sie jedoch nicht (83)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Bischof ist, mit der Fülle des Weihesakramentes ausgezeichnet, \"Verwalter der Gnade des höchsten Priestertums\" (84), vorzüglich in der Eucharistie, die er selbst darbringt oder darbringen läßt (85) und aus der die Kirche immerfort lebt und wächst. Diese Kirche Christi ist wahrhaft in allen rechtmäßigen Ortsgemeinschaften der Gläubigen anwesend, die in der Verbundenheit mit ihren Hirten im Neuen Testament auch selbst Kirchen heißen (86). Sie sind nämlich je an ihrem Ort, im Heiligen Geist und mit großer Zuversicht (vgl. 1 Thess 1,5), das von Gott gerufene neue Volk. In ihnen werden durch die Verkündigung der Frohbotschaft Christi die Gläubigen versammelt, in ihnen wird das Mysterium des Herrenmahls begangen, \"auf daß durch Speise und Blut des Herrn die ganze Bruderschaft verbunden werde\" (87). In jedweder Altargemeinschaft erscheint unter dem heiligen Dienstamt des Bischofs (88) das Symbol jener Liebe und jener \"Einheit des mystischen Leibes, ohne die es kein Heil geben kann\" (89). In diesen Gemeinden, auch wenn sie oft klein und arm sind oder in der Diaspora leben, ist Christus gegenwärtig, durch dessen Kraft die eine, heilige, katholische und apostolische Kirche geeint wird (90). Denn \"nichts anderes wirkt die Teilhabe an Leib und Blut Christi, als daß wir in das übergehen, was wir empfangen (91)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jede rechtmäßige Eucharistiefeier steht unter der Leitung des Bischofs, dem die Pflicht übertragen ist, den christlichen Gottesdienst der göttlichen Majestät darzubringen und zu betreuen gemäß den Geboten des Herrn und den Gesetzen der Kirche, die durch seine besondere Verfügung für die Diözese näher bestimmt werden. So spenden die Bischöfe durch Gebet und Arbeit für das Volk vielfältige und reiche Gaben von der Fülle der Heiligkeit Christi aus. Durch den Dienst des Wortes teilen sie die Kraft Gottes den Glaubenden zum Heil mit (vgl. Röm 1,16), und durch die Sakramente, deren geregelte und fruchtbare Verwaltung sie mit ihrer Autorität ordnen (92), heiligen sie die Gläubigen. Sie leiten die Taufspendung, die Anteil am königlichen Priestertum Christi gewährt. Sie sind die erstberufenen Firmspender, sie erteilen die heiligen Weihen und regeln die Bußdisziplin. Ferner ermahnen und unterweisen sie sorgsam ihr Volk, daß es in der Liturgie und vorzüglich im Meßopfer seinen Anteil gläubig und ehrfürchtig erfülle. Schließlich müssen sie ihre Anbefohlenen mit dem Beispiel ihres Lebenswandels voranbringen, ihr eigenes sittliches Verhalten vor allem Bösen bewahren und nach Kräften mit der Hilfe des Herrn zum Guten hin wandeln, damit sie zusammen mit der ihnen anvertrauten Herde zum ewigen Leben gelangen (93)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Bischöfe leiten die ihnen zugewiesenen Teilkirchen als Stellvertreter und Gesandte Christi (94) durch Rat, Zuspruch, Beispiel, aber auch in Autorität und heiliger Vollmacht, die sie indes allein zum Aufbau ihrer Herde in Wahrheit und Heiligkeit gebrauchen, eingedenk, daß der Größere werden soll wie der Geringere und der Vorsteher wie der Diener (vgl. Lk 22,26-27). Diese Gewalt, die sie im Namen Christi persönlich ausüben, kommt ihnen als eigene, ordentliche und unmittelbare Gewalt zu, auch wenn ihr Vollzug letztlich von der höchsten kirchlichen Autorität geregelt wird und im Hinblick auf den Nutzen der Kirche oder der Gläubigen mit bestimmten Grenzen umschrieben werden kann. Kraft dieser Gewalt haben die Bischöfe das heilige Recht und vor dem Herrn die Pflicht, Gesetze für ihre Untergebenen zu erlassen, Urteile zu fällen und alles, was zur Ordnung des Gottesdienstes und des Apostolats gehört, zu regeln."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ihnen ist das Hirtenamt, das heißt die beständige tägliche Sorge für ihre Schafe, im vollen Umfang anvertraut. Sie sind nicht als Stellvertreter der Bischöfe von Rom zu verstehen, denn sie haben eine ihnen eigene Gewalt inne und heißen in voller Wahrheit Vorsteher des Volkes, das sie leiten (95). Folglich wird ihre Gewalt von der obersten und allgemeinen Gewalt nicht ausgeschaltet, sondern im Gegenteil bestätigt, gestärkt und in Schutz genommen (96). Dabei bewahrt der Heilige Geist die von Christus dem Herrn in seiner Kirche gesetzte Form der Leitung ohne Minderung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Bischof, der vom Hausvater gesandt ist, seine Familie zu lenken, soll sich das Beispiel des guten Hirten vor Augen halten, der nicht gekommen ist, sich bedienen zu lassen, sondern zu dienen (vgl. Mt 20,28; Mk 10,45) und sein Leben für seine Schafe hinzugeben (vgl. Joh 10,11). Aus den Menschen genommen und mit Schwachheit behaftet, kann er mitleiden mit denen, die in Unwissenheit und Irrtum sind (vgl. Hebr 5,1-2). Er soll sich nicht weigern, seine Untergebenen zu hören, die er wie wirkliche Söhne umsorgt und zu eifriger Mitarbeit mahnt. Da er für ihre Seelen Gott wird Rechenschaft ablegen müssen (vgl. Hebr 13,17), soll er für sie durch Gebet, Predigt und jederlei Liebeswerk Sorge tragen, desgleichen für jene, die noch nicht von der einen Herde sind und die er doch im Herrn als ihm anempfohlen betrachten soll. Da er wie der Apostel Paulus allen Schuldner ist, sei er bereit, allen das Evangelium zu predigen (vgl. Röm 1,14-15) und seine Gläubigen zu apostolischem und missionarischem Tatwillen zu ermuntern. Die Gläubigen aber müssen dem Bischof anhangen wie die Kirche Jesus Christus und wie Jesus Christus dem Vater, damit alles in Einigkeit übereinstimme (97) und überströme zur Verherrlichung Gottes (vgl. 2 Kor 4,15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus, den der Vater geheiligt und in die Welt gesandt hat (Joh 10,36), hat durch seine Apostel deren Nachfolger, die Bischöfe, seiner eigenen Weihe und Sendung teilhaftig gemacht. Diese wiederum haben die Aufgabe ihres Dienstamtes in mehrfacher Abstufung verschiedenen Trägern in der Kirche rechtmäßig weitergegeben (98). So wird das aus göttlicher Einsetzung kommende kirchliche Dienstamt in verschiedenen Ordnungen ausgeübt von jenen, die schon seit alters Bischöfe, Priester, Diakone heißen (99). Die Priester haben zwar nicht die höchste Stufe der priesterlichen Weihe und hängen in der Ausübung ihrer Gewalt von den Bischöfen ab; dennoch sind sie mit ihnen in der priesterlichen Würde verbunden (100) und kraft des Weihesakramentes (101) nach dem Bilde Christi, des höchsten und ewigen Priesters (Hebr 5,1-10; 7,24; 9,11-28), zur Verkündigung der Frohbotschaft, zum Hirtendienst an den Gläubigen und zur Feier des Gottesdienstes geweiht und so wirkliche Priester des Neuen Bundes (102). Auf der Stufe ihres Dienstamtes haben sie Anteil am Amt des einzigen Mittlers Christus (1 Tim 2,5) und verkünden allen das Wort Gottes. Am meisten üben sie ihr heiliges Amt in der eucharistischen Feier oder Versammlung aus, wobei sie in der Person Christi handeln (103) und sein Mysterium verkünden, die Gebete der Gläubigen mit dem Opfer ihres Hauptes vereinigen und das einzige Opfer des Neuen Bundes, das Opfer Christi nämlich, der sich ein für allemal dem Vater als unbefleckte Gabe dargebracht hat (vgl. Hebr 9,11-28), im Meßopfer bis zur Wiederkunft des Herrn (vgl. 1 Kor 11,26) vergegenwärtigen und zuwenden (104). Für die büßenden oder von Krankheit heimgesuchten Gläubigen walten sie vollmächtig des Amtes der Versöhnung und der Wiederaufrichtung; die Nöte und Bitten der Gläubigen tragen sie zu Gott dem Vater hin (vgl. Hebr 5,1-4). Das Amt Christi des Hirten und Hauptes üben sie entsprechend dem Anteil ihrer Vollmacht aus105, sie sammeln die Familie Gottes als von einem Geist durchdrungene Gemeinde von Brüdern (106) und führen sie durch Christus im Geist zu Gott dem Vater. Inmitten der Herde beten sie ihn im Geist und in der Wahrheit an (vgl. Joh 4,24). Endlich mühen sie sich im Wort und in der Lehre (vgl. 1 Tim 5,17), sie glauben, was sie im Gesetz des Herrn meditierend gelesen haben, lehren, was sie glauben, verwirklichen, was sie lehren (107)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Als sorgsame Mitarbeiter (108), als Hilfe und Organ der Ordnung der Bischöfe bilden die Priester, die zum Dienst am Volke Gottes gerufen sind, in Einheit mit ihrem Bischof ein einziges Presbyterium (109), das freilich mit unterschiedlichen Aufgaben betraut ist. In den einzelnen örtlichen Gemeinden der Gläubigen machen sie den Bischof, mit dem sie in vertrauensvoller und großzügiger Gesinnung verbunden sind, gewissermaßen gegenwärtig; sie übernehmen zu ihrem Teil seine Amtsaufgaben und seine Sorge und stellen sich täglich in ihren Dienst. Unter der Autorität des Bischofs heiligen und leiten sie den ihnen zugewiesenen Anteil der Herde des Herrn, machen die Gesamtkirche an ihrem Orte sichtbar und leisten einen wirksamen Beitrag zur Erbauung des gesamten Leibes Christi (vgl. Eph 4,12). Auf das Wohl der Kinder Gottes allzeit bedacht, sollen sie darüber hinaus bestrebt sein, ihren Anteil beizutragen zur Hirtenarbeit an der ganzen Diözese, ja an der ganzen Kirche. Um dieser Teilhabe an Priestertum und Sendung willen sollen die Priester den Bischof wahrhaft als ihren Vater anerkennen und ihm ehrfürchtig gehorchen. Der Bischof hinwiederum soll seine priesterlichen Mitarbeiter als Söhne und Freunde ansehen, gleichwie Christus seine Jünger nicht mehr Knechte, sondern Freunde nennt (vgl. Joh 15,15). Diözesan- wie Ordenspriester sind also alle zusammen aufgrund ihrer Weihe und ihres Dienstamtes dem Kollegium der Bischöfe zugeordnet und wirken vermöge ihrer Berufung und der ihnen verliehenen Gnade zum Wohl der gesamten Kirche."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kraft der Gemeinsamkeit der heiligen Weihe und Sendung sind die Priester alle einander in ganz enger Brüderlichkeit verbunden. Diese soll sich spontan und freudig äußern in gegenseitiger Hilfe, geistiger wie materieller, pastoraler wie persönlicher Art, in Zusammenkünften, in der Gemeinschaft des Lebens, der Arbeit und der Liebe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Fürsorge für die Gläubigen, die sie geistlich in Taufe und Lehre gezeugt haben (vgl. 1 Kor 4,15; 1 Petr 1,23), sollen sie wie Väter in Christus wahrnehmen. Als Vorbilder der Herde aus Überzeugung (1 Petr 5,3) sollen sie ihrer Ortsgemeinde so vorstehen und dienen, daß diese zu Recht mit jenem Namen benannt werden kann, der die Auszeichnung des einen und ganzen Gottesvolkes ist: Kirche Gottes (vgl. 1 Kor 1,2; 2 Kor 1,1 u. öfter). Sie seien eingedenk, daß sie in ihrem täglichen Wandel und ihrer Obsorge für Gläubige und Ungläubige, Katholiken und Nichtkatholiken, das Antlitz des wahren Priester- und Hirtendienstes zeigen und allen das Zeugnis der Wahrheit und des Lebens geben müssen. Als gute Hirten haben sie die Pflicht, auch jenen nachzugehen (vgl. Lk 15,4-7), die zwar in der katholischen Kirche getauft, aber sich von der Übung des sakramentalen Lebens oder gar vom Glauben entfernt haben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Weil die Menschheit heute mehr und mehr zur Einheit im bürgerlichen, wirtschaftlichen und sozialen Bereich zusammenwächst, sollen die Priester um so mehr in vereinter Sorge und Arbeit unter Leitung der Bischöfe und des Papstes jede Art von Spaltung beseitigen, damit die ganze Menschheit der Einheit der Familie Gottes zugeführt werde."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In der Hierarchie eine Stufe tiefer stehen die Diakone, welche die Handauflegung \"nicht zum Priestertum, sondern zur Dienstleistung empfangen\" (110). Mit sakramentaler Gnade gestärkt, dienen sie dem Volke Gottes in der Diakonie der Liturgie, des Wortes und der Liebestätigkeit in Gemeinschaft mit dem Bischof und seinem Presbyterium. Sache des Diakons ist es, je nach Weisung der zuständigen Autorität, feierlich die Taufe zu spenden, die Eucharistie zu verwahren und auszuteilen, der Eheschließung im Namen der Kirche zu assistieren und sie zu segnen, die Wegzehrung den Sterbenden zu überbringen, vor den Gläubigen die Heilige Schrift zu lesen, das Volk zu lehren und zu ermahnen, dem Gottesdienst und dem Gebet der Gläubigen vorzustehen, Sakramentalien zu spenden und den Beerdigungsritus zu leiten. Den Pflichten der Liebestätigkeit und der Verwaltung hingegeben, sollen die Diakone eingedenk sein der Mahnung des heiligen Polykarp: \"Barmherzig, eifrig, wandelnd nach der Wahrheit des Herrn, der aller Diener geworden ist.\" (111)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Weil diese für die Kirche in höchstem Maße lebensnotwendigen Ämter bei der gegenwärtig geltenden Disziplin der lateinischen Kirche in zahlreichen Gebieten nur schwer ausgeübt werden können, kann in Zukunft der Diakonat als eigene und beständige hierarchische Stufe wiederhergestellt werden. Den zuständigen verschiedenartigen territorialen Bischofskonferenzen kommt mit Billigung des Papstes die Entscheidung zu, ob und wo es für die Seelsorge angebracht ist, derartige Diakone zu bestellen. Mit Zustimmung des Bischofs von Rom wird dieser Diakonat auch verheirateten Männern reiferen Alters erteilt werden können, ferner geeigneten jungen Männern, für die jedoch das Gesetz des Zölibats in Kraft bleiben muß."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE LAIEN"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nachdem die Heilige Synode von den hierarchischen Ämtern gehandelt hat, wendet sie nun bereitwillig ihre Aufmerksamkeit dem Stand jener Christgläubigen zu, die man Laien nennt. Gewiß richtet sich alles, was über das Volk Gottes gesagt wurde, in gleicher Weise an Laien, Ordensleute und Kleriker. Doch einiges gilt in besonderer Weise für die Laien, Männer und Frauen, aufgrund ihrer Stellung und Sendung. Die Grundzüge davon müssen wegen der besonderen Verhältnisse unserer Zeit eingehender erörtert werden. Die geweihten Hirten wissen sehr gut, wieviel die Laien zum Wohl der ganzen Kirche beitragen. Sie wissen ja, daß sie von Christus nicht bestellt sind, um die ganze Heilsmission der Kirche an der Welt allein auf sich zu nehmen, sondern daß es ihre vornehmliche Aufgabe ist, die Gläubigen so als Hirten zu führen und ihre Dienstleistungen und Charismen so zu prüfen, daß alle in ihrer Weise zum gemeinsamen Werk einmütig zusammenarbeiten. Wir alle müssen nämlich, \"indem wir die Wahrheit in Liebe tun, in allem auf ihn hin wachsen, der das Haupt ist, Christus: von ihm her besorgt der ganze Leib, durch ein jedes hilfreiche Gelenk zusammengefügt und zusammengehalten, kräftig nach dem Maß eines jeden Teiles, das Wachstum des Leibes zum Aufbau seiner selbst in Liebe\" (Eph 4,15-16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter der Bezeichnung Laien sind hier alle Christgläubigen verstanden mit Ausnahme der Glieder des Weihestandes und des in der Kirche anerkannten Ordensstandes, das heißt die Christgläubigen, die, durch die Taufe Christus einverleibt, zum Volk Gottes gemacht und des priesterlichen, prophetischen und königlichen Amtes Christi auf ihre Weise teilhaftig, zu ihrem Teil die Sendung des ganzen christlichen Volkes in der Kirche und in der Welt ausüben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Den Laien ist der Weltcharakter in besonderer Weise eigen. Die Glieder des geweihten Standes können zwar bisweilen mit weltlichen Dingen zu tun haben, sogar in Ausübung eines weltlichen Berufes. Aufgrund ihrer besonderen Erwählung aber sind sie vor allem und von Berufs wegen dem heiligen Dienstamt zugeordnet; und die Ordensleute geben durch ihren Stand ein deutliches und hervorragendes Zeugnis dafür, daß die Welt nicht ohne den Geist der Seligpreisungen verwandelt und Gott dargebracht werden kann. Sache der Laien ist es, kraft der ihnen eigenen Berufung in der Verwaltung und gottgemäßen Regelung der zeitlichen Dinge das Reich Gottes zu suchen. Sie leben in der Welt, das heißt in all den einzelnen irdischen Aufgaben und Werken und den normalen Verhältnissen des Familien- und Gesellschaftslebens, aus denen ihre Existenz gleichsam zusammengewoben ist. Dort sind sie von Gott gerufen, ihre eigentümliche Aufgabe, vom Geist des Evangeliums geleitet, auszuüben und so wie ein Sauerteig zur Heiligung der Welt gewissermaßen von innen her beizutragen und vor allem durch das Zeugnis ihres Lebens, im Glanz von Glaube, Hoffnung und Liebe Christus den anderen kund zu machen. Ihre Aufgabe ist es also in besonderer Weise, alle zeitlichen Dinge, mit denen sie eng verbunden sind, so zu durchleuchten und zu ordnen, daß sie immer Christus entsprechend geschehen und sich entwickeln und zum Lob des Schöpfers und Erlösers gereichen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die heilige Kirche ist kraft göttlicher Einrichtung in wunderbarer Mannigfaltigkeit geordnet und geleitet. \"Wie wir nämlich an dem einen Leibe viele Glieder haben, die Glieder aber nicht alle den gleichen Dienst verrichten, so sind wir als viele ein einziger Leib in Christus, als einzelne aber untereinander Glieder (Röm 12,4-5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eines ist also das auserwählte Volk Gottes: \"Ein Herr, ein Glaube, eine Taufe\" (Eph 4,5); gemeinsam die Würde der Glieder aus ihrer Wiedergeburt in Christus, gemeinsam die Gnade der Kindschaft, gemeinsam die Berufung zur Vollkommenheit, eines ist das Heil, eine die Hoffnung und ungeteilt die Liebe. Es ist also in Christus und in der Kirche keine Ungleichheit aufgrund von Rasse und Volkszugehörigkeit, sozialer Stellung oder Geschlecht; denn \"es gilt nicht mehr Jude und Grieche, nicht Sklave und Freier, nicht Mann und Frau; denn alle seid ihr einer in Christus Jesus\" (Gal 3,28 griech.; vgl. Kol 3,11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn also in der Kirche nicht alle denselben Weg gehen, so sind doch alle zur Heiligkeit berufen und haben den gleichen Glauben erlangt in Gottes Gerechtigkeit (vgl. 2 Petr 1,1). Wenn auch einige nach Gottes Willen als Lehrer, Ausspender der Geheimnisse und Hirten für die anderen bestellt sind, so waltet doch unter allen eine wahre Gleichheit in der allen Gläubigen gemeinsamen Würde und Tätigkeit zum Aufbau des Leibes Christi. Der Unterschied, den der Herr zwischen den geweihten Amtsträgern und dem übrigen Gottesvolk gesetzt hat, schließt eine Verbundenheit ein, da ja die Hirten und die anderen Gläubigen in enger Beziehung miteinander verbunden sind. Die Hirten der Kirche sollen nach dem Beispiel des Herrn einander und den übrigen Gläubigen dienen, diese aber sollen voll Eifer mit den Hirten und Lehrern eng zusammenarbeiten. So geben alle in der Verschiedenheit Zeugnis von der wunderbaren Einheit im Leibe Christi: denn gerade die Vielfalt der Gnadengaben, Dienstleistungen und Tätigkeiten vereint die Kinder Gottes, weil \"dies alles der eine und gleiche Geist wirkt\" (1 Kor 12,11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wie die Laien aus Gottes Herablassung Christus zum Bruder haben, der, obwohl aller Herr, doch gekommen ist, nicht um sich bedienen zu lassen, sondern um zu dienen (vgl. Mt 20,28), so haben sie auch die geweihten Amtsträger zu Brüdern, die in Christi Autorität die Familie Gottes durch Lehre, Heiligung und Leitung so weiden, daß das neue Gebot der Liebe von allen erfüllt wird. Daher sagt der heilige Augustinus sehr schön: \"Wo mich erschreckt, was ich für euch bin, da tröstet mich, was ich mit euch bin. Für euch bin ich Bischof, mit euch bin ich Christ. Jenes bezeichnet das Amt, dieses die Gnade, jenes die Gefahr, dieses das Heil.\" (112)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die im Volk Gottes versammelten und dem einen Leibe Christi unter dem einen Haupt eingefügten Laien sind, wer auch immer sie sein mögen, berufen, als lebendige Glieder alle ihre Kräfte, die sie durch das Geschenk des Schöpfers und die Gnade des Erlösers empfangen haben, zum Wachstum und zur ständigen Heiligung der Kirche beizutragen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Apostolat der Laien ist Teilnahme an der Heilssendung der Kirche selbst. Zu diesem Apostolat werden alle vom Herrn selbst durch Taufe und Firmung bestellt. Durch die Sakramente, vor allem durch die heilige Eucharistie, wird jene Liebe zu Gott und den Menschen mitgeteilt und genährt, die die Seele des ganzen Apostolates ist. Die Laien sind besonders dazu berufen, die Kirche an jenen Stellen und in den Verhältnissen anwesend und wirksam zu machen, wo die Kirche nur durch sie das Salz der Erde werden kann113. So ist jeder Laie kraft der ihm geschenkten Gaben zugleich Zeuge und lebendiges Werkzeug der Sendung der Kirche selbst \"nach dem Maß der Gabe Christi\" (Eph 4,7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Außer diesem Apostolat, das schlechthin alle Christgläubigen angeht, können die Laien darüber hinaus in verschiedener Weise zu unmittelbarerer Mitarbeit mit dem Apostolat der Hierarchie berufen werden114, nach Art jener Männer und Frauen, die den Apostel Paulus in der Verkündigung des Evangeliums unterstützten und sich sehr im Herrn mühten (vgl. Phil 4,3; Röm 16,3ff). Außerdem haben sie die Befähigung dazu, von der Hierarchie zu gewissen kirchlichen Ämtern herangezogen zu werden, die geistlichen Zielen dienen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So obliegt allen Laien die ehrenvolle Bürde, dafür zu wirken, daß der göttliche Heilsratschluß mehr und mehr alle Menschen aller Zeiten und überall auf der Erde erreiche. Es soll daher auch ihnen in jeder Hinsicht der Weg offenstehen, nach ihren Kräften und entsprechend den Zeitbedürfnissen am Heilswirken der Kirche in tätigem Eifer teilzunehmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da der ewige Hohepriester Christus Jesus auch durch die Laien sein Zeugnis und seinen Dienst fortsetzen will, macht er sie durch seinen Geist lebendig und treibt sie unaufhörlich an zu jedem guten und vollkommenen Werk."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Denen nämlich, die er mit seinem Leben und seiner Sendung innigst verbindet, gibt er auch Anteil an seinem Priesteramt zur Ausübung eines geistlichen Kultes zur Verherrlichung Gottes und zum Heil der Menschen. Deshalb sind die Laien Christus geweiht und mit dem Heiligen Geist gesalbt und dadurch wunderbar dazu berufen und ausgerüstet, daß immer reichere Früchte des Geistes in ihnen hervorgebracht werden. Es sind nämlich alle ihre Werke, Gebete und apostolischen Unternehmungen, ihr Ehe- und Familienleben, die tägliche Arbeit, die geistige und körperliche Erholung, wenn sie im Geist getan werden, aber auch die Lasten des Lebens, wenn sie geduldig ertragen werden, \"geistige Opfer, wohlgefällig vor Gott durch Jesus Christus\" (1 Petr 2,5). Bei der Feier der Eucharistie werden sie mit der Darbringung des Herrenleibes dem Vater in Ehrfurcht dargeboten. So weihen auch die Laien, überall Anbeter in heiligem Tun, die Welt selbst Gott."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus, der große Prophet, der durch das Zeugnis seines Lebens und in Kraft seines Wortes die Herrschaft des Vaters ausgerufen hat, erfüllt bis zur vollen Offenbarung der Herrlichkeit sein prophetisches Amt nicht nur durch die Hierarchie, die in seinem Namen und in seiner Vollmacht lehrt, sondern auch durch die Laien. Sie bestellt er deshalb zu Zeugen und rüstet sie mit dem Glaubenssinn und der Gnade des Wortes aus (vgl. Apg 2,17-18; Offb 19,10), damit die Kraft des Evangeliums im alltäglichen Familien- und Gesellschaftsleben aufleuchte. Sie zeigen sich als Söhne der Verheißung, wenn sie stark in Glauben und Hoffnung den gegenwärtigen Augenblick auskaufen (vgl. Eph 5,16; Kol 4,5) und die künftige Herrlichkeit in Geduld erwarten (vgl. Röm 8,25). Diese Hoffnung sollen sie aber nicht im Inneren des Herzens verbergen, sondern in ständiger Bekehrung und im Kampf \"gegen die Weltherrscher dieser Finsternis, gegen die Geister des Bösen\" (Eph 6,12) auch durch die Strukturen des Weltlebens ausdrücken."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wie die Sakramente des Neuen Bundes, durch die das Leben und der Apostolat der Gläubigen genährt werden, einen neuen Himmel und eine neue Erde (vgl. Offb 21,1) vorbilden, so werden die Laien gültige Verkünder des Glaubens an die zu erhoffenden Dinge (vgl. Hebr 11,1), wenn sie mit dem Leben aus dem Glauben ohne Zögern das Bekenntnis des Glaubens verbinden. Diese Evangelisation, das heißt die Verkündigung der Botschaft Christi durch das Zeugnis des Lebens und das Wort, bekommt eine eigentümliche Prägung und besondere Wirksamkeit von da her, daß sie in den gewöhnlichen Verhältnissen der Welt erfüllt wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In dieser Aufgabe erscheint als besonders wertvoll jener Lebensstand, der durch ein besonderes Sakrament geheiligt wird, das Ehe- und Familienleben. Dort gibt es eine hervorragende Übung und Schule des Laienapostolates, wo die christliche Religion die ganze Einrichtung des Lebens durch dringt und von Tag zu Tag mehr umbildet. Dort haben die Eheleute ihre eigene Berufung, sich gegenseitig und den Kindern den Glauben und die Liebe Christi zu bezeugen. Die christliche Familie verkündet mit lauter Stimme die gegenwärtige Wirkkraft des Gottesreiches, besonders aber auch die Hoffnung auf das selige Leben. So überführt sie durch Beispiel und Zeugnis die Welt der Sünde und erleuchtet jene, die die Wahrheit suchen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Daher können und müssen die Laien, wenn auch den zeitlichen Sorgen verpflichtet, eine wertvolle Wirksamkeit zur Evangelisation der Welt ausüben. Wenn nun einige von ihnen beim Mangel an geweihten Amtsträgern oder bei deren Verhinderung unter einem Verfolgungsregime nach Möglichkeit gewisse heilige Aufgaben stellvertretend erfüllen und viele von ihnen ihre ganzen Kräfte dem apostolischen Werk widmen, so müssen doch alle zur Ausweitung und zum Wachstum des Reiches Christi in der Welt mitarbeiten. Deshalb sollen die Laien sich um eine tiefere Kenntnis der geoffenbarten Wahrheit bemühen und inständig von Gott die Gabe der Weisheit erbitten."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus ist gehorsam geworden bis zum Tod. Deshalb wurde er vom Vater erhöht (vgl. Phil 2,8-9) und ging in die Herrlichkeit seines Reiches ein. Ihm ist alles unterworfen, bis er selbst sich und alles Geschaffene dem Vater unterwirft, damit Gott alles in allem sei (vgl. 1 Kor 15,27-28). Diese Gewalt teilte er seinen Jüngern mit, damit auch sie in königlicher Freiheit stehen und durch Selbstverleugnung und ein heiliges Leben das Reich der Sünde in sich selbst besiegen (vgl. Röm 6,12), aber auch Christus in den anderen dienen und ihre Brüder in Demut und Geduld zu dem König hinführen, dem zu dienen herrschen bedeutet. Der Herr will ja sein Reich auch durch die gläubigen Laien ausbreiten, das Reich der Wahrheit und des Lebens, das Reich der Heiligkeit und der Gnade, das Reich der Gerechtigkeit, der Liebe und des Friedens (115). In diesem Reich wird auch die Schöpfung von der Knechtschaft der Vergänglichkeit befreit werden zur Freiheit der Herrlichkeit der Kinder Gottes (vgl. Röm 8,21). Eine wahrlich große Verheißung und ein großer Auftrag ist den Jüngern gegeben: \"Alles ist euer, ihr aber seid Christi, Christus aber ist Gottes\" (1 Kor 3,23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Gläubigen müssen also die innerste Natur der ganzen Schöpfung, ihren Wert und ihre Hinordnung auf das Lob Gottes anerkennen. Sie müssen auch durch das weltliche Wirken sich gegenseitig zu einem heiligeren Leben verhelfen. So soll die Welt vom Geist Christi erfüllt werden und in Gerechtigkeit, Liebe und Frieden ihr Ziel wirksamer erreichen. In der Erfüllung dieser allgemeinen Pflicht haben die Laien einen besonderen Platz. Sie sollen also durch ihre Zuständigkeit in den profanen Bereichen und durch ihre innerlich von der Gnade Christi erhöhte Tätigkeit einen gültigen Beitrag leisten, daß die geschaffenen Güter gemäß der Ordnung des Schöpfers und im Lichte seines Wortes durch menschliche Arbeit, Technik und Kultur zum Nutzen wirklich aller Menschen entwickelt und besser unter ihnen verteilt werden und in menschlicher und christlicher Freiheit auf ihre Weise dem allgemeinen Fortschritt dienen. So wird Christus durch die Glieder der Kirche die ganze menschliche Gesellschaft mehr und mehr mit seinem heilsamen Licht erleuchten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Außerdem sollen die Laien, auch in Zusammenarbeit, die Einrichtungen und Verhältnisse der Welt, da wo Gewohnheiten zur Sünde aufreizen, so zu heilen suchen, daß dies alles nach der Norm der Gerechtigkeit umgestaltet wird und der Ausübung der Tugenden eher förderlich als schädlich ist. Auf diese Weise erfüllen sie die Kultur und die menschlichen Leistungen mit sittlichem Wert. Gleichzeitig wird dadurch das Ackerfeld der Welt besser für den Samen des Gotteswortes bereitet, und es öffnen sich der Kirche weiter die Tore für die Verkündigung des Friedens in der Welt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um der Heilsökonomie selbst willen sollen die Gläubigen genau zu unterscheiden lernen zwischen den Rechten und Pflichten, die sie haben, insofern sie zur Kirche gehören, und denen, die sie als Glieder der menschlichen Gesellschaft haben. Beide sollen sie harmonisch miteinander zu verbinden suchen und daran denken, daß sie sich auch in jeder zeitlichen Angelegenheit vom christlichen Gewissen führen lassen müssen; keine menschliche Tätigkeit, auch in weltlichen Dingen nicht, läßt sich ja der Herrschaft Gottes entziehen. Heutzutage ist es aber besonders wichtig, daß diese Unterscheidung und Harmonie zugleich möglichst klar im Handeln der Gläubigen aufleuchten, damit die Sendung der Kirche den besonderen Verhältnissen der heutigen Welt voller entsprechen kann. Man muß gewiß anerkennen, daß die irdische Gesellschaft mit Recht den weltlichen Bestrebungen zugeordnet ist und darin von eigenen Prinzipien geleitet wird. Ebenso aber wird mit Recht jene unselige Lehre verworfen, die eine Gesellschaft ohne Rücksicht auf die Religion zu errichten sucht und die Religionsfreiheit der Bürger bekämpft und austilgt (116)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Laien haben wie alle Christgläubigen das Recht, aus den geistlichen Gütern der Kirche, vor allem die Hilfe des Wortes Gottes und der Sakramente, von den geweihten Hirten reichlich zu empfangen (117). Und ihnen sollen sie ihre Bedürfnisse und Wünsche mit der Freiheit und dem Vertrauen, wie es den Kindern Gottes und den Brüdern in Christus ansteht, eröffnen. Entsprechend dem Wissen, der Zuständigkeit und hervorragenden Stellung, die sie einnehmen, haben sie die Möglichkeit, bisweilen auch die Pflicht, ihre Meinung in dem, was das Wohl der Kirche angeht, zu erklären (118). Gegebenenfalls soll das durch die dazu von der Kirche festgesetzten Einrichtungen geschehen, immer in Wahrhaftigkeit, Mut und Klugheit, mit Ehrfurcht und Liebe gegenüber denen, die aufgrund ihres geweihten Amtes die Stelle Christi vertreten. Die Laien sollen wie alle Gläubigen das, was die geweihten Hirten in Stellvertretung Christi als Lehrer und Leiter in der Kirche festsetzen, in christlichem Gehorsam bereitwillig aufnehmen nach dem Beispiel Christi, der durch seinen Gehorsam bis zum Tode den seligen Weg der Freiheit der Kinder Gottes für alle Menschen eröffnet hat. Sie sollen auch nicht unterlassen, ihre Vorgesetzten Gott zu empfehlen, die ja wachen, um Rechenschaft für unsere Seelen zu geben, damit sie das mit Freude tun können und nicht mit Seufzen (vgl. Hebr 13,17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die geweihten Hirten aber sollen die Würde und Verantwortung der Laien in der Kirche anerkennen und fördern. Sie sollen gern deren klugen Rat benutzen, ihnen vertrauensvoll Aufgaben im Dienst der Kirche übertragen und ihnen Freiheit und Raum im Handeln lassen, ihnen auch Mut machen, aus eigener Initiative Werke in Angriff zu nehmen. Mit väterlicher Liebe sollen sie Vorhaben, Eingaben und Wünsche, die die Laien vorlegen, aufmerksam in Christus in Erwägung ziehen (119). Die gerechte Freiheit, die allen im irdischen bürgerlichen Bereich zusteht, sollen die Hirten sorgfältig anerkennen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aus diesem vertrauten Umgang zwischen Laien und Hirten kann man viel Gutes für die Kirche erwarten. In den Laien wird so der Sinn für eigene Verantwortung gestärkt, die Bereitwilligkeit gefördert. Die Kraft der Laien verbindet sich leichter mit dem Werk der Hirten. Sie können mit Hilfe der Erfahrung der Laien in geistlichen wie in weltlichen Dingen genauer und besser urteilen. So mag die ganze Kirche, durch alle ihre Glieder gestärkt, ihre Sendung für das Leben der Welt wirksamer erfüllen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jeder Laie muß vor der Welt Zeuge der Auferstehung und des Lebens Jesu, unseres Herrn, und ein Zeichen des lebendigen Gottes sein. Alle zusammen und jeder Einzelne zu seinem Teil müssen die Welt mit den Früchten des Geistes nähren (vgl. Gal 5,22), in sie hinein den Geist ausgießen, der jene Armen, Sanftmütigen und Friedfertigen beseelt, die der Herr im Evangelium seligpries (vgl. Mt 5,3-9). Mit einem Wort: \"Was die Seele im Leibe ist, das sollen in der Welt die Christen sein.\" (120)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE ALLGEMEINE BERUFUNG ZUR HEILIGKEIT IN DER KIRCHE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist Gegenstand des Glaubens, daß die Kirche, deren Geheimnis die Heilige Synode vorlegt, unzerstörbar heilig ist. Denn Christus, der Sohn Gottes, der mit dem Vater und dem Geist als \"allein Heiliger\" gepriesen wird (121), hat die Kirche als seine Braut geliebt und sich für sie hingegeben, um sie zu heiligen (vgl. Eph 5,25-26), er hat sie als seinen Leib mit sich verbunden und mit der Gabe des Heiligen Geistes reich beschenkt zur Ehre Gottes. Daher sind in der Kirche alle, mögen sie zur Hierarchie gehören oder von ihr geleitet werden, zur Heiligkeit berufen gemäß dem Apostelwort: \"Das ist der Wille Gottes, eure Heiligung\" (1 Thess 4,3; vgl. Eph 1,4). Diese Heiligkeit der Kirche tut sich aber in den Gnadenfrüchten, die der Heilige Geist in den Gläubigen hervorbringt, unaufhörlich kund und muß das tun. Sie drückt sich vielgestaltig in den Einzelnen aus, die in ihrer Lebensgestaltung zur Vollkommenheit der Liebe in der Erbauung anderer streben. In eigener Weise erscheint sie in der Übung der sogenannten evangelischen Räte. Diese von vielen Christen auf Antrieb des Heiligen Geistes privat oder in einer von der Kirche anerkannten Lebensform, einem Stand, übernommene Übung der Räte gibt in der Welt ein hervorragendes Zeugnis und Beispiel dieser Heiligkeit und muß es geben."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Herr Jesus, göttlicher Lehrer und Urbild jeder Vollkommenheit, hat die Heiligkeit des Lebens, deren Urheber und Vollender er selbst ist, allen und jedem einzelnen seiner Jünger in jedweden Lebensverhältnissen gepredigt: \"Seid ihr also vollkommen, wie auch euer Vater im Himmel vollkommen ist\" (Mt 5,48)122. Allen hat er den Heiligen Geist gesandt, daß er sie innerlich bewege, Gott aus ganzem Herzen, aus ganzer Seele, aus ganzem Gemüt und aus ganzer Kraft zu lieben (vgl. Mk 12,30), und einander zu lieben, wie Christus sie geliebt hat (vgl. Joh 13,34; 15,12). Die Anhänger Christi sind von Gott nicht kraft ihrer Werke, sondern aufgrund seines gnädigen Ratschlusses berufen und in Jesus dem Herrn gerechtfertigt, in der Taufe des Glaubens wahrhaft Kinder Gottes und der göttlichen Natur teilhaftig und so wirklich heilig geworden. Sie müssen daher die Heiligung, die sie empfangen haben, mit Gottes Gnade im Leben bewahren und zur vollen Entfaltung bringen. Vom Apostel werden sie gemahnt, zu leben, \"wie es Heiligen geziemt\" (Eph 5,3), und \"als von Gott erwählte Heilige und Geliebte herzliches Erbarmen, Güte, Demut, Milde, Geduld\" anzuziehen (Kol 3,12), und die Früchte des Geistes zur Heiligung zu zeitigen (vgl. Gal 5,22; Röm 6,22). Da wir aber in vielem alle fehlen (vgl. Jak 3,2), bedürfen wir auch ständig der Barmherzigkeit Gottes und müssen täglich beten: \"Und vergib uns unsere Schuld\" (Mt 6,12)123."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jedem ist also klar, daß alle Christgläubigen jeglichen Standes oder Ranges zur Fülle des christlichen Lebens und zur vollkommenen Liebe berufen sind124. Durch diese Heiligkeit wird auch in der irdischen Gesellschaft eine menschlichere Weise zu leben gefördert. Zur Erreichung dieser Vollkommenheit sollen die Gläubigen die Kräfte, die sie nach Maß der Gnadengabe Christi empfangen haben, anwenden, um, seinen Spuren folgend und seinem Bild gleichgestaltet, dem Willen des Vaters in allem folgsam, sich mit ganzem Herzen der Ehre Gottes und dem Dienst des Nächsten hinzugeben. So wird die Heiligkeit des Gottesvolkes zu überreicher Frucht anwachsen, wie es die Kirchengeschichte durch das Leben so vieler Heiliger strahlend zeigt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In den verschiedenen Verhältnissen und Aufgaben des Lebens wird die eine Heiligkeit von allen entfaltet, die sich vom Geist Gottes leiten lassen und, der Stimme des Vaters gehorsam, Gott den Vater im Geist und in der Wahrheit anbeten und dem armen, demütigen, das Kreuz tragenden Christus folgen und so der Teilnahme an seiner Herrlichkeit würdig werden. Jeder aber muß nach seinen eigenen Gaben und Gnaden auf dem Weg eines lebendigen Glaubens, der die Hoffnung weckt und durch Liebe wirksam ist, entschlossen vorangehen. Vor allem die Hirten der Herde Christi müssen nach dem Bild des ewigen Hohenpriesters, des Hirten und Bischofs unserer Seelen, heilig und freudig, demütig und kraftvoll ihr Amt ausüben, das auch für sie, wenn sie es so erfüllen, das hervorragende Mittel der Heiligung ist. Sie wurden zur Fülle des Priestertums erwählt und sind mit sakramentaler Gnade beschenkt, damit sie durch Gebet, Opfer und Verkündigung, durch jede Weise ihres bischöflichen Sorgens und Dienens vollkommen das Amt der Hirtenliebe ausüben125, nicht fürchten, ihr Leben für ihre Schafe einzusetzen, und als Vorbild für die Herde (vgl. 1 Petr 5,3) die Kirche auch durch ihr Beispiel zu täglich größerer Heiligkeit voranführen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Priester sollen ähnlich wie die Ordnung der Bischöfe, um die sie einen geistlichen Kranz bilden (126), in Teilnahme an deren Amtsgnade durch Christus, den ewigen und einzigen Mittler, in täglicher Ausübung ihrer Pflicht in der Liebe zu Gott und dem Nächsten wachsen. Sie sollen das Band der priesterlichen Gemeinschaft wahren, an jedem geistlichen Gut Überfluß haben und vor allen ein lebendiges Zeugnis für Gott geben (127), als eifrige Nachahmer jener Priester, die im Laufe der Jahrhunderte in oft demütigem und verborgenem Dienst ein hervorragendes Beispiel von Heiligkeit hinterließen. Ihr Lob lebt in der Kirche Gottes. Im pflichtmäßigen Gebet und Opfer für ihre Gemeinde und das ganze Volk Gottes sollen sie erkennen, was sie tun, und nachahmen, was sie vollziehen (128). Es sollen ihnen die apostolischen Sorgen, Gefahren und Mühsale so wenig ein Hindernis sein, daß sie dadurch vielmehr zu höherer Heiligkeit emporsteigen, indem sie aus der Fülle der Kontemplation ihre Tätigkeit nähren und fördern zur Freude der ganzen Kirche Gottes. Alle Priester, und vor allem die, die auf ihren besonderen Weihetitel hin Diözesanpriester heißen, sollen bedenken, wie sehr die treue Verbundenheit und großmütige Zusammenarbeit mit ihrem Bischof zu ihrer Heiligkeit beiträgt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "An der Sendung und Gnade des Hohenpriesters haben in eigener Weise auch die Amtsträger der niederen Ordnung teil, vor allem die Diakone, die den Geheimnissen Christi und der Kirche dienen (129) und sich deshalb von jedem Laster rein bewahren, Gott gefallen und für alles Gute vor den Menschen sorgen müssen (vgl. 1 Tim 3,8-10 und 12-13). Die Kleriker, die, vom Herrn gerufen und in seinen Besitz abgesondert, sich unter der Aufsicht der Hirten auf die Aufgaben ihres Amtes vorbereiten, müssen Geist und Herz entsprechend der so erhabenen Erwählung bilden, eifrig im Gebet, glühend in Liebe, denkend, was wahr, gerecht und guten Rufes ist. Alles sollen sie zur Verherrlichung und Ehre Gottes tun. Dazu kommen jene von Gott erwählten Laien, die vom Bischof gerufen sind, sich voll dem apostolischen Wirken hinzugeben, und im Ackerfeld des Herrn mit reicher Frucht arbeiten (130)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die christlichen Eheleute und Eltern müssen auf ihrem eigenen Weg in treuer Liebe das ganze Leben hindurch einander in der Gnade Halt und Stütze sein und die von Gott gerne empfangenen Kinder mit den christlichen Lehren und den Tugenden des Evangeliums erfüllen. So geben sie allen das Beispiel einer unermüdlichen und großmütigen Liebe, sie bauen die Bruderschaft der Liebe auf, sind Zeugen und Mitarbeiter der fruchtbaren Mutter Kirche, zum Zeichen und in Teilnahme jener Liebe, in der Christus seine Braut geliebt und sich für sie hingegeben hat (131). Ein ähnliches Beispiel wird auf andere Weise von den Witwen und Unverheirateten gegeben; auch sie können nicht wenig zur Heiligkeit und Wirksamkeit in der Kirche beitragen. Jene aber, die - oft so schwer - arbeiten, müssen durch die menschliche Arbeit sich selbst vollenden, das Wohl der Mitbürger fördern und die ganze Gesellschaft und Schöpfung höherführen. Sie sollen aber auch Christus in tätiger Liebe nachahmen, der handwerklich gearbeitet hat und immer mit dem Vater zum Heil aller wirkt. In freudiger Hoffnung soll einer des anderen Last tragen und gerade durch die tägliche Arbeit zu einer höheren, auch apostolischen Heiligkeit emporsteigen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Armen, Schwachen, Kranken und von verschiedener Mühseligkeit Bedrückten oder die um der Gerechtigkeit willen Verfolgten sollen sich in besonderer Weise mit Christus in seinem Leiden für das Heil der Welt zu vereinigen wissen. Sie hat der Herr im Evangelium seliggepriesen, und \"der Gott ... aller Gnade, der uns in Christus Jesus zu seiner ewigen Herrlichkeit berufen hat, wird (sie) nach kurzer Zeit des Leidens selber vollenden, stärken, kräftigen und festigen\" (1 Petr 5,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle Christgläubigen also werden in ihrer Lebenslage, ihren Pflichten und Verhältnissen und durch dies alles von Tag zu Tag mehr geheiligt, wenn sie alles aus der Hand des himmlischen Vaters im Glauben entgegennehmen und mit Gottes Willen zusammenwirken und so die Liebe, mit der Gott die Welt geliebt hat, im zeitlichen Dienst selbst allen kundmachen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Gott ist die Liebe, und wer in der Liebe bleibt, der bleibt in Gott und Gott in ihm\" (1 Joh 4,16). Gott aber gießt seine Liebe in unseren Herzen aus durch den Heiligen Geist, der uns gegeben ist (vgl. Röm 5,5). Daher ist die erste und notwendigste Gabe die Liebe, durch die wir Gott über alles und den Nächsten um Gottes willen lieben. Damit aber die Liebe wie ein guter Same in der Seele wachse und Frucht bringe, muß jeder Gläubige das Wort Gottes bereitwillig hören und seinen Willen mit Hilfe seiner Gnade in der Tat erfüllen, an den Sakramenten, vor allem der Eucharistie, und an den gottesdienstlichen Handlungen häufig teilnehmen und sich standhaft dem Gebet, der Selbstverleugnung, dem tatkräftigen Bruderdienst und der Übung aller Tugenden widmen. Denn die Liebe als Band der Vollkommenheit und Fülle des Gesetzes (vgl. Kol 3,14; Röm 13,10) leitet und beseelt alle Mittel der Heiligung und führt sie zum Ziel132. Daher ist die Liebe zu Gott wie zum Nächsten das Siegel des wahren Jüngers Christi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da Jesus, der Sohn Gottes, seine Liebe durch die Hingabe seines Lebens für uns bekundet hat, hat keiner eine größere Liebe, als wer sein Leben für ihn und die Brüder hingibt (vgl. 1 Joh 3,16; Joh 15,13). Dieses höchste Zeugnis der Liebe vor allen, besonders den Verfolgern, zu geben war die Berufung einiger Christen schon in den ersten Zeiten und wird es immer sein. Das Martyrium, das den Jünger dem Meister in der freien Annahme des Todes für das Heil der Welt ähnlich macht und im Vergießen des Blutes gleichgestaltet, wertet die Kirche als hervorragendes Geschenk und als höchsten Erweis der Liebe. Wenn es auch wenigen gegeben wird, so müssen doch alle bereit sein, Christus vor den Menschen zu bekennen und ihm in den Verfolgungen, die der Kirche nie fehlen, auf dem Weg des Kreuzes zu folgen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ferner wird die Heiligkeit der Kirche in besonderer Weise gefördert durch die vielfachen Räte, deren Beobachtung der Herr im Evangelium seinen Jüngern vorlegt (133). Darunter ragt die kostbare göttliche Gnadengabe hervor, die der Vater einigen gibt (vgl. Mt 19,11; 1 Kor 7,7), die Jungfräulichkeit oder der Zölibat, in dem man sich leichter ungeteilten Herzens (vgl. 1 Kor 7,32-34) Gott allein hingibt (134). Diese vollkommene Enthaltsamkeit um des Himmelreiches willen wurde von der Kirche immer besonders in Ehren gehalten als Zeichen und Antrieb für die Liebe und als eine besondere Quelle geistlicher Fruchtbarkeit in der Welt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche bedenkt auch die Mahnung des Apostels, der die Gläubigen zur Liebe aufruft und sie ermahnt, die Gesinnung in sich zu tragen, die auch in Christus Jesus war, der \"sich selbst entäußerte und Knechtsgestalt annahm ... und gehorsam wurde bis in den Tod\" (Phil 2,7-8) und der um unseretwillen \"arm wurde, da er reich war\" (2 Kor 8,9). Diese Nachahmung und Bezeugung der Liebe und Demut Christi müssen die Jünger immer leisten. Deshalb freut sich die Mutter Kirche darüber, daß sich in ihrem Schoß viele Männer und Frauen finden, die die Entäußerung des Erlösers nachdrücklicher befolgen und deutlicher erweisen, indem sie die Armut in der Freiheit der Kinder Gottes übernehmen und auf den Eigenwillen verzichten, das heißt, sie unterwerfen sich einem Menschen um Gottes willen hinsichtlich der Vollkommenheit über das Maß des Gebotes hinaus, um sich dem gehorsamen Christus mehr gleichzugestalten (135)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle Christgläubigen sind also zum Streben nach Heiligkeit und ihrem Stand entsprechender Vollkommenheit eingeladen und verpflichtet. Alle sollen deshalb ihre Willensantriebe richtig leiten, um nicht im Umgang mit Dingen der Welt und durch die Anhänglichkeit an die Reichtümer wider den Geist der evangelischen Armut im Streben nach vollkommener Liebe gehindert zu werden. Mahnt doch der Apostel: Die mit dieser Welt umgehen, sollen sich in ihr nicht festsetzen; denn die Gestalt dieser Welt vergeht (vgl. 1 Kor 7,31 griech.) (136)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE ORDENSLEUTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die evangelischen Räte der Gott geweihten Keuschheit, der Armut und des Gehorsams sind, in Wort und Beispiel des Herrn begründet und von den Aposteln und den Vätern wie auch den Lehrern und Hirten der Kirche empfohlen, eine göttliche Gabe, welche die Kirche von ihrem Herrn empfangen hat und in seiner Gnade immer bewahrt. Die Autorität der Kirche selbst hat unter Leitung des Heiligen Geistes für ihre Auslegung, die Regelung ihrer Übung und die Festsetzung entsprechender dauerhafter Lebensformen gesorgt. So sind wie an einem Baum, der aus einem von Gott gegebenen Keim wunderbar und vielfältig auf dem Ackerfeld des Herrn Zweige treibt, verschiedene Formen des eremitischen und gemeinschaftlichen Lebens und verschiedene Gemeinschaften gewachsen. Sie bieten reichliche Hilfen zum Fortschritt ihrer Mitglieder wie zum Besten des ganzen Leibes Christi (137). Jene Gemeinschaften verhelfen nämlich ihren Mitgliedern zu größerer Beständigkeit in der Lebensweise, zu einer erprobten Lehre über das Streben nach Vollkommenheit, zu einer brüderlichen Gemeinschaft im Kriegsdienst Christi und zu einer durch den Gehorsam gefestigten Freiheit. Dadurch können sie ihr Ordensgelöbnis sicher erfüllen und getreu bewahren und auf dem Weg der Liebe in geistlicher Freude voranschreiten (138)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ein derartiger Stand ist, in bezug auf die göttliche, hierarchische Verfassung der Kirche, kein Zwischenstand zwischen dem der Kleriker und dem der Laien. Vielmehr werden in beiden Gruppen Christgläubige von Gott gerufen, im Leben der Kirche sich einer besonderen Gabe zu erfreuen und, jeder in seiner Weise, ihrer Heilssendung zu nützen (139)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Durch die Gelübde oder andere heilige Bindungen, die jeweils in ihrer Eigenart den Gelübden ähnlich sind, verpflichtet sich der Christgläubige zu den drei genannten evangelischen Räten und gibt sich dadurch dem über alles geliebten Gott vollständig zu eigen, so daß er selbst durch einen neuen und besonderen Titel auf Gottes Dienst und Ehre hingeordnet wird. Er ist zwar durch die Taufe der Sünde gestorben und Gott geweiht. Um aber reichere Frucht aus der Taufgnade empfangen zu können, will er durch die Verpflichtung auf die evangelischen Räte in der Kirche von den Hindernissen, die ihn von der Glut der Liebe und der Vollkommenheit der Gottesverehrung zurückhalten könnten, frei werden und wird dem göttlichen Dienst inniger geweiht (140). Die Weihe ist aber um so vollkommener, je mehr sie durch die Festigkeit und Beständigkeit der Bande die unlösliche Verbindung Christi mit seiner Braut, der Kirche, darstellt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Weil aber die evangelischen Räte ihre Befolger durch die Liebe, zu der sie hinführen (141), auch in besonderer Weise mit der Kirche und ihrem Geheimnis verbinden, muß ihr geistliches Leben auch dem Wohl der ganzen Kirche gewidmet sein. Daraus ergibt sich die Pflicht, nach Kräften und entsprechend der Gestalt der eigenen Berufung, durch Gebet oder auch tätiges Wirken sich um die Einwurzelung und Festigung des Reiches Christi in den Seelen und seine weltweite Ausbreitung zu bemühen. Deshalb auch schützt und fördert die Kirche den eigenen Charakter der verschiedenen Ordensinstitute. So erscheint das Bekenntnis zu den evangelischen Räten als ein Zeichen, das alle Glieder der Kirche wirksam zur eifrigen Erfüllung der Pflichten ihrer christlichen Berufung hinziehen kann und soll. Das Volk Gottes hat ja hier keine bleibende Heimstatt, sondern sucht die zukünftige. Deshalb macht der Ordensstand, der seine Glieder von den irdischen Sorgen mehr befreit, mehr die himmlischen Güter, die schon in dieser Zeit gegenwärtig sind, auch allen Gläubigen kund, bezeugt das neue und ewige, in der Erlösung Christi erworbene Leben und kündigt die zukünftige Auferstehung und die Herrlichkeit des Himmelreiches an. Auch die Lebensform, die der Sohn Gottes annahm, als er in die Welt eintrat, um den Willen des Vaters zu tun, und die er den Jüngern, die ihm nachfolgen, vorgelegt hat, ahmt dieser Stand ausdrücklicher nach und bringt sie in der Kirche ständig zur Darstellung. Schließlich macht er die Erhabenheit des Gottesreiches gegenüber allem Irdischen und seine höchsten Ansprüche in besonderer Weise offenkundig. Er zeigt auch allen Menschen die überragende Größe der Herrscherkraft Christi und die wunderbare, unbegrenzte Macht des Heiligen Geistes in der Kirche auf."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Stand, der durch das Gelöbnis der evangelischen Räte begründet wird, ist also zwar nicht Teil der hierarchischen Struktur der Kirche, gehört aber unerschütterlich zu ihrem Leben und ihrer Heiligkeit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da die kirchliche Hierarchie die Aufgabe hat, das Volk Gottes zu leiten und auf reiche Weiden zu führen (vgl. Ez 34,14), ist sie dafür zuständig, die Übung der evangelischen Räte, durch die die vollkommene Liebe zu Gott und dem Nächsten einzigartig gefördert wird, durch ihre Gesetze weise zu lenken (142). Sie nimmt auch in gelehriger Gefolgschaft gegenüber den Antrieben des Heiligen Geistes die von vortrefflichen Männern und Frauen vorgelegten Regeln entgegen, läßt sie weiter ordnen und erkennt sie authentisch an. Außerdem wacht sie mit ihrer Autorität schützend über die zum Aufbau des Leibes Christi allenthalben errichteten Institute, damit sie nach dem Geist ihrer Stifter wachsen und gedeihen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zur besseren Vorsorge gegenüber den Erfordernissen der ganzen Herde des Herrn können alle Institute des Standes der Vollkommenheit und ihre einzelnen Mitglieder vom Papst aufgrund seines Primats über die ganze Kirche im Hinblick auf den allgemeinen Nutzen der Jurisdiktion der Ortsordinarien entzogen und ihm allein unterstellt werden (143). In ähnlicher Weise können sie bei den eigenen patriarchalen Autoritäten belassen oder ihnen unterstellt werden. Die Mitglieder selbst müssen die Pflicht gegenüber der Kirche nach ihrer besonderen Lebensform erfüllen und dabei den Bischöfen gemäß den kanonischen Gesetzen Ehrfurcht und Gehorsam leisten wegen ihrer Hirtenautorität in den Teilkirchen und der notwendigen Einheit und Eintracht im apostolischen Wirken (144)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche erhebt aber nicht nur den Ordensberuf durch ihre Bestätigung zur Würde eines kanonischen Standes, sondern macht ihn auch durch ihre liturgische Feier zu einem Gott geweihten Stand. Denn die Kirche selbst nimmt kraft der ihr von Gott übertragenen Autorität die Gelübde der Gelobenden entgegen, erbittet ihnen durch ihr öffentliches Gebet Hilfe und Gnade von Gott, empfiehlt sie Gott, erteilt ihnen eine geistliche Segnung und vereint ihre Hingabe mit dem eucharistischen Opfer."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Ordensleute sollen sorgfältig darauf achten, daß durch sie die Kirche wirklich von Tag zu Tag mehr den Gläubigen wie den Ungläubigen Christus sichtbar mache, wie er auf dem Berg in der Beschauung weilt oder wie er den Scharen das Reich Gottes verkündigt oder wie er die Kranken und Schwachen heilt und die Sünder zum Guten bekehrt oder wie er die Kinder segnet und allen Wohltaten erweist, immer aber dem Willen des Vaters gehorsam ist, der ihn gesandt hat (145)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle sollen schließlich einsehen, daß das Gelöbnis der evangelischen Räte, wenn es auch den Verzicht auf hochzuschätzende Werte mit sich bringt, dennoch der wahren Entfaltung der menschlichen Person nicht entgegensteht, sondern aus ihrem Wesen heraus sie aufs höchste fördert. Die Räte nämlich tragen, wenn sie entsprechend der persönlichen Berufung eines jeden in freiem Entschluß übernommen werden, nicht wenig zur Reinigung des Herzens und zur geistlichen Freiheit bei, fachen ständig die Glut der Liebe an und vermögen den Christen gleichförmiger zu machen vor allem der jungfräulichen und armen Lebensweise, die Christus der Herr gewählt und die seine jungfräuliche Mutter sich zu eigen gemacht hat. Das beweist das Beispiel so vieler heiliger Ordensgründer. Und es darf keiner meinen, die Ordensleute würden durch ihre Weihe den Menschen fremd oder für die irdische Gesellschaft nutzlos. Denn, wenn sie auch zuweilen ihren Zeitgenossen nicht in unmittelbarer Weise hilfreich sind, haben sie diese doch auf tiefere Weise in der Liebe Christi gegenwärtig und wirken geistlich mit ihnen zusammen, daß der Bau der irdischen Gesellschaft immer in Gott gründe und auf ihn ausgerichtet sei und seine Erbauer nicht vergeblich arbeiten (146)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gerade darum bestätigt und lobt die Heilige Synode die Männer und Frauen, Brüder und Schwestern, die in den Klöstern oder in Schulen und Krankenhäusern oder in den Missionen in standhafter und demütiger Treue zu der genannten Weihe die Braut Christi zieren und allen Menschen die verschiedensten großmütigen Dienste leisten."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jeder, der zum Lebensstand der Räte berufen ist, soll eifrig bemüht sein, in der Berufung, zu der er von Gott gerufen wurde, zu bleiben und sich darin mehr auszuzeichnen, zu vollerer Heiligkeit der Kirche, zur größeren Ehre der einen und ungeteilten Dreifaltigkeit, die in Christus und durch Christus Quelle und Ursprung jeder Heiligkeit ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DER ENDZEITLICHE CHARAKTER DER PILGERNDEN KIRCHE UND IHRE EINHEIT MIT DER HIMMLISCHEN KIRCHE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche, zu der wir alle in Christus Jesus berufen werden und in der wir mit der Gnade Gottes die Heiligkeit erlangen, wird erst in der himmlischen Herrlichkeit vollendet werden, wenn die Zeit der allgemeinen Wiederherstellung kommt (Apg 3,21). Dann wird mit dem Menschengeschlecht auch die ganze Welt, die mit dem Menschen innigst verbunden ist und durch ihn ihrem Ziele entgegengeht, vollkommen in Christus erneuert werden (vgl. Eph 1,10; Kol 1,20; 2 Petr 3,10-13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus hat, von der Erde erhöht, alle an sich gezogen (vgl. Joh 12,32 griech.). Auferstanden von den Toten (vgl. Röm 6,6), hat er seinen lebendigmachenden Geist den Jüngern mitgeteilt und durch ihn seinen Leib, die Kirche, zum allumfassenden Heilssakrament gemacht. Zur Rechten des Vaters sitzend, wirkt er beständig in der Welt, um die Menschen zur Kirche zu führen und durch sie enger mit sich zu verbinden, um sie mit seinem eigenen Leib und Blut zu ernähren und sie seines verherrlichten Lebens teilhaftig zu machen. Die Wiederherstellung also, die uns verheißen ist und die wir erwarten, hat in Christus schon begonnen, nimmt ihren Fortgang in der Sendung des Heiligen Geistes und geht durch ihn weiter in der Kirche, in der wir durch den Glauben auch über den Sinn unseres zeitlichen Lebens belehrt werden, bis wir das vom Vater uns in dieser Welt übertragene Werk mit der Hoffnung auf die künftigen Güter zu Ende führen und unser Heil wirken (vgl. Phil 2,12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Ende der Zeiten ist also bereits zu uns gekommen (vgl. 1 Kor 10,11), und die Erneuerung der Welt ist unwiderruflich schon begründet und wird in dieser Weltzeit in gewisser Weise wirklich vorausgenommen. Denn die Kirche ist schon auf Erden durch eine wahre, wenn auch unvollkommene Heiligkeit ausgezeichnet. Bis es aber einen neuen Himmel und eine neue Erde gibt, in denen die Gerechtigkeit wohnt (vgl. 2 Petr 3,13), trägt die pilgernde Kirche in ihren Sakramenten und Einrichtungen, die noch zu dieser Weltzeit gehören, die Gestalt dieser Welt, die vergeht, und zählt selbst so zu der Schöpfung, die bis jetzt noch seufzt und in Wehen liegt und die Offenbarung der Kinder Gottes erwartet (vgl. Röm 8,19-22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit Christus also in der Kirche verbunden und mit dem Heiligen Geist gezeichnet, \"der das Angeld unserer Erbschaft ist\" (Eph 1,14), heißen wir wahrhaft Kinder Gottes und sind es (vgl. 1 Joh 3,1). Wir sind aber noch nicht mit Christus in der Herrlichkeit erschienen (vgl. Kol 3,4), in der wir Gott ähnlich sein werden, da wir ihn schauen werden, wie er ist (vgl. 1 Joh 3,2). \"Solange wir im Leibe sind, pilgern wir ferne vom Herrn\" (2 Kor 5,6), und im Besitz der Erstlinge des Geistes seufzen wir in uns (vgl. Röm 8,23) und wünschen mit Christus zu sein (vgl. Phil 1,23). Die gleiche Liebe aber drängt uns, mehr für den zu leben, der für uns gestorben und auferstanden ist (vgl. 2 Kor 5,15). Wir sind also bestrebt, in allem dem Herrn zu gefallen (vgl. 2 Kor 5,9), und ziehen die Waffenrüstung Gottes an, um standhalten zu können gegen die Nachstellungen des Teufels und zu widerstehen am bösen Tage (vgl. Eph 6,11-13). Da wir aber weder Tag noch Stunde wissen, so müssen wir nach der Mahnung des Herrn standhaft wachen, damit wir am Ende unseres einmaligen Erdenlebens (vgl. Hebr 9,27) mit ihm zur Hochzeit einzutreten und den Gesegneten zugezählt zu werden verdienen (vgl. Mt 25,31-46) und nicht wie böse und faule Knechte (vgl. Mt 25,26) ins ewige Feuer weichen müssen (vgl. Mt 25,41), in die Finsternis draußen, wo \"Heulen und Zähneknirschen sein wird\" (Mt 22,13 und 25,30). Denn bevor wir mit dem verherrlichten Christus herrschen können, werden wir alle erscheinen \"vor dem Richterstuhl Christi, damit ein jeder Rechenschaft ablege über das, was er in seinem leiblichen Leben getan hat, Gutes oder Böses\" (2 Kor 5,10). Am Ende der Welt \"werden die, welche Gutes getan haben, hervorgehen zur Auferstehung des Lebens, die aber Böses getan haben, zur Auferstehung des Gerichtes\" (Joh 5,29; vgl. Mt 25,46). Wir halten also dafür, daß \"die Leiden dieser Zeit nicht zu vergleichen sind mit der künftigen Herrlichkeit, die an uns offenbar werden wird\" (Röm 8,18; vgl. 2 Tim 2,11-12), und erwarten tapfer im Glauben \"die selige Hoffnung und die Ankunft der Herrlichkeit unseres großen Gottes und Erlösers Jesus Christus\" (Tit 2,13), \"der unseren Leib der Niedrigkeit verwandeln wird zur Gleichgestalt mit dem Leibe seiner Herrlichkeit\" (Phil 3,21). Er wird kommen, \"um verherrlicht zu werden in seinen Heiligen und wunderbar in allen, die geglaubt haben\" (2 Thess 1,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bis also der Herr kommt in seiner Majestät und alle Engel mit ihm (vgl. Mt 25,31) und nach der Vernichtung des Todes ihm alles unterworfen sein wird (vgl. 1 Kor 15,26-27), pilgern die einen von seinen Jüngern auf Erden, die andern sind aus diesem Leben geschieden und werden gereinigt, wieder andere sind verherrlicht und schauen \"klar den dreieinen Gott selbst, wie er ist\" (147). Wir alle jedoch haben, wenn auch in verschiedenem Grad und auf verschiedene Weise, Gemeinschaft in derselben Gottes- und Nächstenliebe und singen unserem Gott denselben Lobgesang der Herrlichkeit. Alle nämlich, die Christus zugehören und seinen Geist haben, wachsen zu der einen Kirche zusammen und sind in ihm miteinander verbunden (vgl. Eph 4,16). Die Einheit der Erdenpilger mit den Brüdern, die im Frieden Christi entschlafen sind, hört keineswegs auf, wird vielmehr nach dem beständigen Glauben der Kirche gestärkt durch die Mitteilung geistlicher Güter (148). Dadurch nämlich, daß die Seligen inniger mit Christus vereint sind, festigen sie die ganze Kirche stärker in der Heiligkeit, erhöhen die Würde des Gottesdienstes, den sie auf Erden Gott darbringt, und tragen auf vielfältige Weise zum weiteren Aufbau der Kirche bei (vgl. 1 Kor 12,12-27) (149). Denn in die Heimat aufgenommen und dem Herrn gegenwärtig (vgl. 2 Kor 5,8), hören sie nicht auf, durch ihn, mit ihm und in ihm beim Vater für uns Fürbitte einzulegen (150), indem sie die Verdienste darbringen, die sie durch den einen Mittler zwischen Gott und den Menschen, Christus Jesus (vgl, 1 Tim 2,5), auf Erden erworben haben, zur Zeit, da sie in allem dem Herrn dienten und für seinen Leib, die Kirche, in ihrem Fleisch ergänzten, was an den Leiden Christi noch fehlt (vgl. Kol 1,24) (151). Durch ihre brüderliche Sorge also findet unsere Schwachheit reichste Hilfe."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aus der tiefen Anerkennung dieser Gemeinschaft des ganzen mystischen Leibes Jesu Christi hat die pilgernde Kirche seit den Anfängen der christlichen Religion das Gedächtnis der Verstorbenen mit großer Ehrfurcht gepflegt (152) und hat auch Fürbitten für sie dargebracht, \"weil es ein heiliger und heilsamer Gedanke ist, für die Verstorbenen zu beten, damit sie von ihren Sünden erlöst werden\" (2 Makk 12,46). Daß aber die Apostel und Märtyrer Christi, die mit ihrem Blut das höchste Zeugnis des Glaubens und der Liebe gegeben hatten, in Christus in besonderer Weise mit uns verbunden seien, hat die Kirche immer geglaubt, sie hat sie zugleich mit der seligen Jungfrau Maria und den heiligen Engeln mit besonderer Andacht verehrt (153) und hat fromm ihre fürbittende Hilfe erbeten. Bald wurden ihnen auch andere beigezählt, die Christi Jungfräulichkeit und Armut entschiedener nachgeahmt haben (154), und schließlich die übrigen, welche die hervorragende Übung der christlichen Tugenden (155) und die göttlichen Charismen der frommen Andacht und Nachahmung der Gläubigen empfahlen (156)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn wir nämlich auf das Leben der treuen Nachfolger Christi schauen, erhalten wir neuen Antrieb, die künftige Stadt zu suchen (vgl. Hebr 13,14 und 11,10). Zugleich werden wir einen ganz verläßlichen Weg gewiesen, wie wir, jeder nach seinem Stand und seinen eigenen Lebensverhältnissen, durch die irdischen Wechselfälle hindurch zur vollkommenen Vereinigung mit Christus, nämlich zur Heiligkeit, kommen können (157). Im Leben derer, die, zwar Schicksalsgenossen unserer Menschlichkeit, dennoch vollkommener dem Bilde Christi gleichgestaltet werden (vgl. 2 Kor 3,18), zeigt Gott den Menschen in lebendiger Weise seine Gegenwart und sein Antlitz. In ihnen redet er selbst zu uns, gibt er uns ein Zeichen seines Reiches (158), zu dem wir, mit einer so großen Wolke von Zeugen umgeben und angesichts solcher Bezeugung der Wahrheit des Evangeliums, mächtig hingezogen werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aber nicht bloß um des Beispiels willen begehen wir das Gedächtnis der Heiligen, sondern mehr noch, damit die Einheit der ganzen Kirche durch die Übung der brüderlichen Liebe im Geiste gestärkt werde (vgl. Eph 4,1-6). Denn wie die christliche Gemeinschaft unter den Erdenpilgern uns näher zu Christus bringt, so verbindet auch die Gemeinschaft mit den Heiligen uns mit Christus, von dem als Quelle und Haupt jegliche Gnade und das Leben des Gottesvolkes selbst ausgehen (159). So ziemt es sich also durchaus, diese Freunde und Miterben Christi, unsere Brüder und besonderen Wohltäter, zu lieben, Gott für sie den schuldigen Dank abzustatten (160), \"sie hilfesuchend anzurufen und zu ihrem Gebet, zu ihrer mächtigen Hilfe Zuflucht zu nehmen, um Wohltaten zu erflehen von Gott durch seinen Sohn Jesus Christus, der allein unser Erlöser und Retter ist\" (161). Jedes echte Zeugnis unserer Liebe zu den Heiligen zielt nämlich seiner Natur nach letztlich auf Christus, der \"die Krone aller Heiligen\" ist (162), und durch ihn auf Gott, der wunderbar in seinen Heiligen ist und in ihnen verherrlicht wird (163)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auf vornehmste Weise wird aber unsere Einheit mit der himmlischen Kirche verwirklicht, wenn wir, besonders in der heiligen Liturgie, in der die Kraft des Heiligen Geistes durch die sakramentalen Zeichen auf uns einwirkt, das Lob der göttlichen Majestät in gemeinsamem Jubel feiern (164). So verherrlichen wir alle, die im Blute Christi aus allen Stämmen, Sprachen, Völkern und Nationen erkauft (vgl. Offb 5,9) und zur einen Kirche versammelt sind, in dem einen Lobgesang den einen und dreifaltigen Gott. Bei der Feier des eucharistischen Opfers sind wir also sicherlich dem Kult der himmlischen Kirche innigst verbunden, da wir uns in verehrendem Gedenken vereinigen vor allem mit Maria, der glorreichen, allzeit reinen Jungfrau, aber auch mit dem heiligen Josef wie auch den heiligen Aposteln und Martyrern und allen Heiligen (165)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diesen ehrwürdigen Glauben unserer Vorfahren an die lebendige Gemeinschaft mit den Brüdern, die in der himmlischen Herrlichkeit sind oder noch nach dem Tode gereinigt werden, übernimmt diese Heilige Synode mit großer Ehrfurcht und legt die Beschlüsse des II. Konzils von Nicæa (166), der Konzilien von Florenz (167) und von Trient (168) wiederum vor. Zugleich mahnt sie aber in ihrer Hirtensorge alle, die es angeht, bemüht zu sein, jegliche vielleicht da und dort eingeschlichenen Mißbräuche, Übertreibungen oder Mängel fernzuhalten oder zu beheben. Alles sollen sie erneuern zu vollerem Lob Christi und Gottes. Sie mögen also die Gläubigen darüber belehren, daß echte Heiligenverehrung nicht so sehr in der Vielfalt äußerer Akte als vielmehr in der Stärke unserer tätigen Liebe besteht, durch die wir zum größeren Wohl für uns und die Kirche \"im Wandel das Beispiel, in der Gemeinschaft die Teilnahme, in der Fürbitte die Hilfe\" der Heiligen suchen (169). Andererseits aber sollen sie die Gläubigen unterrichten, daß unsere Gemeinschaft mit den Heiligen, sofern im vollen Lichte des Glaubens verstanden, in keiner Weise den Kult der Anbetung abschwächt, der Gott dem Vater durch Christus im Heiligen Geiste dargebracht wird, sondern ihn vielmehr reicher gestaltet (170)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Denn wir alle, die wir Kinder Gottes sind und eine Familie in Christus bilden (vgl. Hebr 3,6), entsprechen der innersten Berufung der Kirche und bekommen im voraus Anteil an der Liturgie der vollendeten Herrlichkeit (171), wofern wir in gegenseitiger Liebe und in dem einen Lob der Heiligsten Dreifaltigkeit miteinander Gemeinschaft haben. Wenn nämlich Christus erscheint und die Toten in Herrlichkeit auferstehen, wird der Lichtglanz Gottes die himmlische Stadt erhellen, und ihre Leuchte wird das Lamm sein (vgl. Offb 21,24). Dann wird die ganze Kirche der Heiligen in der höchsten Seligkeit der Liebe Gott und das \"Lamm, das geschlachtet ist\" (Offb 5,12), anbeten und mit einer Stimme rufen: \"Dem, der auf dem Thron sitzt, und dem Lamm: Lobpreis und Ehre und Herrlichkeit und Macht in alle Ewigkeit\" (Offb 5,13-14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE SELIGE JUNGFRÄULICHE GOTTESMUTTER MARIA IM GEHEIMNIS CHRISTI UND DER KIRCHE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Einleitung"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da der gütigste und weiseste Gott die Erlösung der Welt vollenden wollte, \"sandte er, als die Fülle der Zeit gekommen war, seinen Sohn, von der Frau geboren ... damit wir die Annahme zu Söhnen empfingen\" (Gal 4,4-5). \"Er stieg für uns Menschen und um unseres Heils willen vom Himmel herab und ist Fleisch geworden durch den Heiligen Geist aus Maria, der Jungfrau.\" (172) Dieses göttliche Heilsmysterium wird uns offenbar und wird fortgesetzt in der Kirche. Sie hat der Herr als seinen Leib gegründet, und in ihr müssen die Gläubigen, die Christus, dem Haupt, anhangen und mit allen seinen Heiligen verbunden sind, auch das Gedächtnis \"vor allem Marias, der glorreichen, allzeit jungfräulichen Mutter unseres Gottes und Herrn Jesus Christus\" (173) feiern."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Jungfrau Maria, die auf die Botschaft des Engels Gottes Wort in ihrem Herzen und in ihrem Leib empfing und der Welt das Leben brachte, wird als wahre Mutter Gottes und des Erlösers anerkannt und geehrt. Im Hinblick auf die Verdienste ihres Sohnes auf erhabenere Weise erlöst und mit ihm in enger und unauflöslicher Verbindung geeint, ist sie mit dieser höchsten Aufgabe und Würde beschenkt, die Mutter des Sohnes Gottes und daher die bevorzugt geliebte Tochter des Vaters und das Heiligtum des Heiligen Geistes zu sein. Durch dieses hervorragende Gnadengeschenk hat sie bei weitem den Vorrang vor allen anderen himmlischen und irdischen Kreaturen. Zugleich aber findet sie sich mit allen erlösungsbedürftigen Menschen in der Nachkommenschaft Adams verbunden, ja \"sie ist sogar Mutter der Glieder (Christi), denn sie hat in Liebe mitgewirkt, daß die Gläubigen in der Kirche geboren würden, die dieses Hauptes Glieder sind\" (174). Daher wird sie auch als überragendes und völlig einzigartiges Glied der Kirche wie auch als ihr Typus und klarstes Urbild im Glauben und in der Liebe gegrüßt, und die katholische Kirche verehrt sie, vom Heiligen Geist belehrt, in kindlicher Liebe als geliebte Mutter."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Daher will die Heilige Synode mit Bedacht im Rahmen der Lehre von der Kirche, in der der göttliche Erlöser das Heil wirkt, sowohl die Aufgabe Marias im Geheimnis des fleischgewordenen Wortes und seines Mystischen Leibes wie auch die Pflichten der erlösten Menschen gegenüber der Gottesgebärerin, der Mutter Christi und der Mutter der Menschen, vor allem der Gläubigen, beleuchten. Dabei hat sie allerdings nicht im Sinn, eine vollständige Lehre über Maria vorzulegen oder Fragen zu entscheiden, die durch die Arbeit der Theologen noch nicht völlig geklärt sind. Ihr Recht behalten daher die in den katholischen Schulen als frei vorgetragenen Auffassungen über jene, die in der heiligen Kirche nach Christus den höchsten Platz einnimmt und doch uns besonders nahe ist (175)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Die Aufgabe der seligen Jungfrau in der Heilsökonomie"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Heilige Schrift des Alten und Neuen Testamentes und die verehrungswürdige Überlieferung zeigen die Aufgabe der Mutter des Erlösers in der Heilsökonomie immer klarer und legen sie anschaulich vor. Die Bücher des Alten Testamentes beschreiben die Heilsgeschichte, durch die die Ankunft Christi in der Welt in langsamem Voranschreiten vorbereitet wird. Diese ersten Dokumente, so wie sie in der Kirche gelesen und im Licht der weiteren und vollen Offenbarung verstanden werden, bieten Schritt für Schritt deutlicher die Gestalt der Frau dar, der Mutter des Erlösers. Sie ist in diesem Licht schon prophetisch in der Verheißung vom Sieg über die Schlange, die den in die Sünde gefallenen Stammeltern gegeben wurde (vgl. Gen 3,15), schattenhaft angedeutet. Ähnlich bedeutet sie die Jungfrau, die empfangen und einen Sohn gebären wird, dessen Namen Emmanuel heißen wird (vgl. Jes 7,14; vgl. Mich 5,2-3; Mt 1,22-23). Sie ragt unter den Demütigen und Armen des Herrn hervor, die das Heil mit Vertrauen von ihm erhoffen und empfangen. Mit ihr als der erhabenen Tochter Sion ist schließlich nach langer Erwartung der Verheißung die Zeit erfüllt und die neue HeiIsökonomie begonnen, als der Sohn Gottes die Menschennatur aus ihr annahm, um durch die Mysterien seines Fleisches den Menschen von der Sünde zu befreien."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Vater der Erbarmungen wollte aber, daß vor der Menschwerdung die vorherbestimmte Mutter ihr empfangendes Ja sagte, damit auf diese Weise so, wie eine Frau zum Tode beigetragen hat, auch eine Frau zum Leben beitrüge. Das gilt in erhabenster Weise von der Mutter Jesu, die das Leben selbst, das alles erneuert, der Welt geboren hat und von Gott mit den einer solchen Aufgabe entsprechenden Gaben beschenkt worden ist. Daher ist es nicht verwunderlich, daß es bei den heiligen Vätern gebräuchlich wurde, die Gottesmutter ganz heilig und von jeder Sündenmakel frei zu nennen, gewissermaßen vom Heiligen Geist gebildet und zu einer neuen Kreatur gemacht (176). Vom ersten Augenblick ihrer Empfängnis an im Glanz einer einzigartigen Heiligkeit, wird die Jungfrau von Nazareth vom Engel bei der Botschaft auf Gottes Geheiß als \"voll der Gnade\" gegrüßt (vgl. Lk 1,28), und sie antwortet dem Boten des Himmels: \"Siehe, ich bin die Magd des Herrn, mir geschehe nach deinem Wort\" (Lk 1,38). So ist die Adamstochter Maria, dem Wort Gottes zustimmend, Mutter Jesu geworden. Sie umfing den Heilswillen Gottes mit ganzem Herzen und von Sünde unbehindert und gab sich als Magd des Herrn ganz der Person und dem Werk ihres Sohnes hin und diente so unter ihm und mit ihm in der Gnade des allmächtigen Gottes dem Geheimnis der Erlösung. Mit Recht also sind die heiligen Väter der Überzeugung, daß Maria nicht bloß passiv von Gott benutzt wurde, sondern in freiem Glauben und Gehorsam zum Heil der Menschen mitgewirkt hat. So sagt der heilige Irenäus, daß sie \"in ihrem Gehorsam für sich und das ganze Menschengeschlecht Ursache des Heils geworden ist\" (177). Deshalb sagen nicht wenige der alten Väter in ihrer Predigt gern, \"daß der Knoten des Ungehorsams der Eva gelöst worden sei durch den Gehorsam Marias; und was die Jungfrau Eva durch den Unglauben gebunden hat, das habe die Jungfrau Maria durch den Glauben gelöst\" (178); im Vergleich mit Eva nennen sie Maria \"die Mutter der Lebendigen\" (179) und öfters betonen sie: \"Der Tod kam durch Eva, das Leben durch Maria.\" (180)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Verbindung der Mutter mit dem Sohn im Heilswerk zeigt sich vom Augenblick der jungfräulichen Empfängnis Christi bis zu seinem Tod; zunächst da Maria sich eilends aufmachte, um Elisabeth zu besuchen, von dieser wegen ihres Glaubens an das verheißene Heil seliggepriesen wird und der Vorläufer im Mutterschoß aufjubelte (vgl. Lk 1,41-45); dann als bei der Geburt die Gottesmutter ihren erstgeborenen Sohn, der ihre jungfräuliche Unversehrtheit nicht minderte, sondern heiligte (181), den Hirten und Magiern in Freuden zeigte. Als sie ihn aber im Tempel unter. Darbringung der Gabe der Armen dem Herrn darstellte, hörte sie, wie Simeon gleichzeitig vorherverkündigte, daß der Sohn das Zeichen des Widerspruches sein und die Seele der Mutter das Schwert durchbohren werde, damit die Gedanken aus vielen Herzen offenkundig würden (vgl. Lk 2,34-35). Als die Eltern den Knaben Jesus verloren und mit Schmerzen gesucht hatten, fanden sie ihn im Tempel dem hingegeben, was seines Vaters war; sie verstanden aber das Wort des Sohnes nicht. Und seine Mutter bewahrte all dies betrachtend in ihrem Herzen (vgl. Lk 2,41-51)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im öffentlichen Leben Jesu erscheint seine Mutter ausdrücklich am Anfang, da sie bei der Hochzeit zu Kana in Galiläa durch ihr Mitgefühl den Anfang der Zeichen Jesu als des Messias durch ihre Fürbitte veranlaßt hat (vgl. Joh 2,1-11). Im Verlauf seiner Verkündigung nahm sie die Worte auf, in denen der Sohn das die Ansprüche und Bande von Fleisch und Blut übersteigende Reich predigte und die seligpries, die das Wort Gottes hören und bewahren (vgl. Mk 3,35 und Parall.; Lk 11,27-28), wie sie selbst es getreulich tat (vgl. Lk 2,19.51). So ging auch die selige Jungfrau den Pilgerweg des Glaubens. Ihre Vereinigung mit dem Sohn hielt sie in Treue bis zum Kreuz, wo sie nicht ohne göttliche Absicht stand (vgl. Joh 19,25), heftig mit ihrem Eingeborenen litt und sich mit seinem Opfer in mütterlichem Geist verband, indem sie der Darbringung des Schlachtopfers, das sie geboren hatte, liebevoll zustimmte. Und schließlich wurde sie von Christus Jesus selbst, als er am Kreuz starb, dem Jünger zur Mutter gegeben mit den Worten: Frau, siehe da dein Sohn (vgl. Joh 19,26-27) (182)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da es aber Gott gefiel, das Sakrament des menschlichen Heils nicht eher feierlich zu verkünden, als bis er den verheißenen Heiligen Geist ausgegossen hatte, sehen wir die Apostel vor dem Pfingsttag \"einmütig in Gebet verharren mit den Frauen und Maria, der Mutter Jesu, und seinen Brüdern\" (Apg 1,14) und Maria mit ihren Gebeten die Gabe des Geistes erflehen, der sie schon bei der Verkündigung überschattet hatte. Schließlich wurde die unbefleckte Jungfrau, von jedem Makel der Erbsünde unversehrt bewahrt (183), nach Vollendung des irdischen Lebenslaufs mit Leib und Seele in die himmlische Herrlichkeit aufgenommen (184) und als Königin des Alls vom Herrn erhöht, um vollkommener ihrem Sohn gleichgestaltet zu sein, dem Herrn der Herren (vgl. Offb 19,16) und dem Sieger über Sünde und Tod (185)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Die selige Jungfrau und die Kirche"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ein einziger ist unser Mittler nach dem Wort des Apostels: \"Es gibt nämlich nur einen Gott und nur einen Mittler Gottes und der Menschen, den Menschen Christus Jesus, der sich selbst als Erlösung für alle gegeben hat\" (1 Tim 2,5-6). Marias mütterliche Aufgabe gegenüber den Menschen aber verdunkelt oder mindert diese einzige Mittlerschaft Christi in keiner Weise, sondern zeigt ihre Wirkkraft. Jeglicher heilsame Einfluß der seligen Jungfrau auf die Menschen kommt nämlich nicht aus irgendeiner sachlichen Notwendigkeit, sondern aus dem Wohlgefallen Gottes und fließt aus dem Überfluß der Verdienste Christi, stützt sich auf seine Mittlerschaft, hängt von ihr vollständig ab und schöpft aus ihr seine ganze Wirkkraft. Die unmittelbare Vereinigung der Glaubenden mit Christus wird dadurch aber in keiner Weise gehindert, sondern vielmehr gefördert."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die selige Jungfrau, die von Ewigkeit her zusammen mit der Menschwerdung des göttlichen Wortes als Mutter Gottes vorherbestimmt wurde, war nach dem Ratschluß der göttlichen Vorsehung hier auf Erden die erhabene Mutter des göttlichen Erlösers, in einzigartiger Weise vor anderen seine großmütige Gefährtin und die demütige Magd des Herrn. Indem sie Christus empfing, gebar und nährte, im Tempel dem Vater darstellte und mit ihrem am Kreuz sterbenden Sohn litt, hat sie beim Werk des Erlösers in durchaus einzigartiger Weise in Gehorsam, Glaube, Hoffnung und brennender Liebe mitgewirkt zur Wiederherstellung des übernatürlichen Lebens der Seelen. Deshalb ist sie uns in der Ordnung der Gnade Mutter."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Mutterschaft Marias in der Gnadenökonomie dauert unaufhörlich fort, von der Zustimmung an, die sie bei der Verkündigung gläubig gab und unter dem Kreuz ohne Zögern festhielt, bis zur ewigen Vollendung aller Auserwählten. In den Himmel aufgenommen, hat sie diesen heilbringenden Auftrag nicht aufgegeben, sondern fährt durch ihre vielfältige Fürbitte fort, uns die Gaben des ewigen Heils zu erwirken (186). In ihrer mütterlichen Liebe trägt sie Sorge für die Brüder ihres Sohnes, die noch auf der Pilgerschaft sind und in Gefahren und Bedrängnissen weilen, bis sie zur seligen Heimat gelangen. Deshalb wird die selige Jungfrau in der Kirche unter dem Titel der Fürsprecherin, der Helferin, des Beistandes und der Mittlerin angerufen (187). Das aber ist so zu verstehen, daß es der Würde und Wirksamkeit Christi, des einzigen Mittlers, nichts abträgt und nichts hinzufügt (188)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Keine Kreatur nämlich kann mit dem menschgewordenen Wort und Erlöser jemals in einer Reihe aufgezählt werden. Wie vielmehr am Priestertum Christi in verschiedener Weise einerseits die Amtspriester, andererseits das gläubige Volk teilnehmen und wie die eine Gutheit Gottes auf die Geschöpfe in verschiedener Weise wirklich ausgegossen wird, so schließt auch die Einzigkeit der Mittlerschaft des Erlösers im geschöpflichen Bereich eine unterschiedliche Teilnahme an der einzigen Quelle in der Mitwirkung nicht aus, sondern erweckt sie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eine solche untergeordnete Aufgabe Marias zu bekennen, zögert die Kirche nicht, sie erfährt sie auch ständig und legt sie den Gläubigen ans Herz, damit sie unter diesem mütterlichen Schutz dem Mittler und Erlöser inniger anhangen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die selige Jungfrau ist aber durch das Geschenk und die Aufgabe der göttlichen Mutterschaft, durch die sie mit ihrem Sohn und Erlöser vereint ist, und durch ihre einzigartigen Gnaden und Gaben auch mit der Kirche auf das innigste verbunden. Die Gottesmutter ist, wie schon der heilige Ambrosius lehrte, der Typus der Kirche unter der Rücksicht des Glaubens, der Liebe und der vollkommenen Einheit mit Christus (189). Im Geheimnis der Kirche, die ja auch selbst mit Recht Mutter und Jungfrau genannt wird, ist die selige Jungfrau Maria vorangegangen, da sie in hervorragender und einzigartiger Weise das Urbild sowohl der Jungfrau wie der Mutter darstellt (190). Im Glauben und Gehorsam gebar sie den Sohn des Vaters auf Erden, und zwar ohne einen Mann zu erkennen, vom Heiligen Geist überschattet, als neue Eva, die nicht der alten Schlange, sondern dem Boten Gottes einen von keinem Zweifel verfälschten Glauben schenkte. Sie gebar aber einen Sohn, den Gott gesetzt hat zum Erstgeborenen unter vielen Brüdern (Röm 8,29), den Gläubigen nämlich, bei deren Geburt und Erziehung sie in mütterlicher Liebe mitwirkt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nun aber wird die Kirche, indem sie Marias geheimnisvolle Heiligkeit betrachtet, ihre Liebe nachahmt und den Willen des Vaters getreu erfüllt, durch die gläubige Annahme des Wortes Gottes auch selbst Mutter: Durch Predigt und Taufe nämlich gebiert sie die vom Heiligen Geist empfangenen und aus Gott geborenen Kinder zum neuen und unsterblichen Leben. Auch sie ist Jungfrau, da sie das Treuewort, das sie dem Bräutigam gegeben hat, unversehrt und rein bewahrt und in Nachahmung der Mutter ihres Herrn in der Kraft des Heiligen Geistes jungfräulich einen unversehrten Glauben, eine feste Hoffnung und eine aufrichtige Liebe bewahrt (191)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Während aber die Kirche in der seligsten Jungfrau schon zur Vollkommenheit gelangt ist, in der sie ohne Makel und Runzel ist (vgl. Eph 5,27), bemühen sich die Christgläubigen noch, die Sünde zu besiegen und in der Heiligkeit zu wachsen. Daher richten sie ihre Augen auf Maria, die der ganzen Gemeinschaft der Auserwählten als Urbild der Tugenden voranleuchtet. Indem die Kirche über Maria in frommer Erwägung nachdenkt und sie im Licht des menschgewordenen Wortes betrachtet, dringt sie verehrend in das erhabene Geheimnis der Menschwerdung tiefer ein und wird ihrem Bräutigam mehr und mehr gleichgestaltet. Denn Maria vereinigt, da sie zuinnerst in die Heilsgeschichte eingegangen ist, gewissermaßen die größten Glaubensgeheimnisse in sich und strahlt sie wider. Daher ruft ihre Verkündigung und Verehrung die Gläubigen hin zu ihrem Sohn und seinem Opfer und zur Liebe des Vaters. Die Kirche aber wird, um die Ehre Christi bemüht, ihrem erhabenen Typus ähnlicher durch dauerndes Wachstum in Glaube, Hoffnung und Liebe und durch das Suchen und Befolgen des Willens Gottes in allem. Daher blickt die Kirche auch in ihrem apostolischen Wirken mit Recht zu ihr auf, die Christus geboren hat, der dazu vom Heiligen Geist empfangen und von der Jungfrau geboren wurde, daß er durch die Kirche auch in den Herzen der Gläubigen geboren werde und wachse. Diese Jungfrau war in ihrem Leben das Beispiel jener mütterlichen Liebe, von der alle beseelt sein müssen, die in der apostolischen Sendung der Kirche zur Wiedergeburt der Menschen mitwirken."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV. Die Verehrung der seligen Jungfrau in der Kirche"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maria wird, durch Gottes Gnade nach Christus, aber vor allen Engeln und Menschen erhöht, mit Recht, da sie ja die heilige Mutter Gottes ist und in die Mysterien Christi einbezogen war, von der Kirche in einem Kult eigener Art geehrt. Schon seit ältester Zeit wird die selige Jungfrau unter dem Titel der \"Gottesgebärerin\" verehrt, unter deren Schutz die Gläubigen in allen Gefahren und Nöten bittend Zuflucht nehmen (192). Vor allem seit der Synode von Ephesus ist die Verehrung des Gottesvolkes gegenüber Maria wunderbar gewachsen in Verehrung und Liebe, in Anrufung und Nachahmung, gemäß ihren eigenen prophetischen Worten: \"Selig werden mich preisen alle Geschlechter, da mir Großes getan hat, der da mächtig ist\" (Lk 1,48). Dieser Kult, wie er immer in der Kirche bestand, ist zwar durchaus einzigartig, unterscheidet sich aber wesentlich vom Kult der Anbetung, der dem menschgewordenen Wort gleich wie dem Vater und dem Heiligen Geist dargebracht wird, und er fördert diesen gar sehr. Die verschiedenen Formen der Verehrung der Gottesmutter, die die Kirche im Rahmen der gesunden und rechtgläubigen Lehre je nach den Verhältnissen der Zeiten und Orte und je nach Eigenart und Veranlagung der Gläubigen anerkannt hat, bewirken, daß in der Ehrung der Mutter der Sohn, um dessentwillen alles ist (vgl. Kol 1,15-16) und in dem nach dem Wohlgefallen des ewigen Vaters die ganze Fülle wohnt (Kol 1,19), richtig erkannt, geliebt, verherrlicht wird und seine Gebote beobachtet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese katholische Lehre trägt die Heilige Synode wohlbedacht vor. Zugleich mahnt sie alle Kinder der Kirche, die Verehrung, vor allem die liturgische, der seligen Jungfrau großmütig zu fördern, die Gebräuche und Übungen der Andacht zu ihr, die im Laufe der Jahrhunderte vom Lehramt empfohlen wurden, hochzuschätzen und das, was in früherer Zeit über die Verehrung der Bilder Christi, der seligen Jungfrau und der Heiligen festgesetzt wurde, ehrfürchtig zu bewahren (193). Die Theologen und die Prediger des Gotteswortes ermahnt sie aber eindringlich, sich ebenso jeder falschen Übertreibung wie zu großer Geistesenge bei der Betrachtung der einzigartigen Würde der Gottesmutter sorgfältig zu enthalten (194). Unter der Führung des Lehramtes sollen sie in der Pflege des Studiums der Heiligen Schrift, der heiligen Väter und Kirchenlehrer und der kirchlichen Liturgien die Aufgaben und Privilegien der seligen Jungfrau recht beleuchten, die sich immer auf Christus beziehen, den Ursprung aller Wahrheit, Heiligkeit und Frömmigkeit. Sorgfältig sollen sie vermeiden, was in Wort, Schrift oder Tat die getrennten Brüder oder jemand anders bezüglich der wahren Lehre der Kirche in Irrtum führen könnte. Die Gläubigen aber sollen eingedenk sein, daß die wahre Andacht weder in unfruchtbarem und vorübergehendem Gefühl noch in irgendwelcher Leichtgläubigkeit besteht, sondern aus dem wahren Glauben hervorgeht, durch den wir zur Anerkennung der Erhabenheit der Gottesmutter geführt und zur kindlichen Liebe zu unserer Mutter und zur Nachahmung ihrer Tugenden angetrieben werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "V. Maria als Zeichen der sicheren Hoffnung und des Trostes für das wandernde Gottesvolk"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wie die Mutter Jesu, im Himmel schon mit Leib und Seele verherrlicht, Bild und Anfang der in der kommenden Weltzeit zu vollendenden Kirche ist, so leuchtet sie auch hier auf Erden in der Zwischenzeit bis zur Ankunft des Tages des Herrn (vgl. 2 Petr 3,10) als Zeichen der sicheren Hoffnung und des Trostes dem wandernden Gottesvolk voran."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieser Heiligen Synode bereitet es große Freude und Trost, daß auch unter den getrennten Brüdern solche nicht fehlen, die der Mutter des Herrn und Erlösers die gebührende Ehre erweisen, dies besonders unter den Orientalen, die sich zur Verehrung der allzeit jungfräulichen Gottesmutter mit glühendem Eifer und andächtiger Gesinnung vereinen (195). Alle Christgläubigen mögen inständig zur Mutter Gottes und Mutter der Menschen flehen, daß sie, die den Anfängen der Kirche mit ihren Gebeten zur Seite stand, auch jetzt, im Himmel über alle Seligen und Engel erhöht, in Gemeinschaft mit allen Heiligen bei ihrem Sohn Fürbitte einlege, bis alle Völkerfamilien, mögen sie den christlichen Ehrennamen tragen oder ihren Erlöser noch nicht kennen, in Friede und Eintracht glückselig zum einen Gottesvolk versammelt werden, zur Ehre der heiligsten und ungeteilten Dreifaltigkeit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "November 1964"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist gefragt worden, welcher theologische Verbindlichkeitsgrad der Lehre zukommt, die im Schema über die Kirche ausgeführt und der Abstimmung unterbreitet wird. Die Theologische Kommission hat auf diese Frage bei der Prüfung der Änderungsvorschläge zum dritten Kapitel des Schemas über die Kirche so geantwortet: \"Ein Text des Konzils ist selbstverständlich immer nach den allgemeinen, allseits bekannten Regeln auszulegen.\" Bei dieser Gelegenheit verweist die Theologische Kommission auf ihre Erklärung vom 6. März 1964, deren Wortlaut wir hier wiedergeben:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Unter Berücksichtigung des konziliaren Verfahrens und der pastoralen Zielsetzung des gegenwärtigen Konzils definiert das Konzil nur das als für die Kirche verbindliche Glaubens- und Sittenlehre, was es selbst deutlich als solche erklärt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Was aber das Konzil sonst vorlegt, müssen alle und jeder der Christgläubigen als Lehre des obersten kirchlichen Lehramtes annehmen und festhalten entsprechend der Absicht der Heiligen Synode selbst, wie sie nach den Grundsätzen der theologischen Interpretation aus dem behandelten Gegenstand oder aus der Aussageweise sich ergibt.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seitens der höheren Autorität wird den Vätern eine erläuternde Vorbemerkung zu den Änderungsvorschlägen des dritten Kapitels des Kirchenschemas mitgeteilt, nach deren Absicht und Sinn die in diesem dritten Kapitel dargelegte Lehre erklärt und verstanden werden muß."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Die Kommission hat beschlossen, der Prüfung der Änderungsvorschläge folgende allgemeinen Hinweise vorauszuschicken:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kollegium wird nicht im streng juridischen Sinne verstanden, das heißt nicht von einem Kreis von Gleichrangigen, die etwa ihre Gewalt auf ihren Vorsitzenden übertrügen, sondern als fester Kreis, dessen Struktur und Autorität der Offenbarung entnommen werden müssen. Darum wird in der Antwort auf den Änderungsvorschlag 12 ausdrücklich von den Zwölfen gesagt, daß der Herr sie bestellt hat \"nach Art eines Kollegiums oder eines festen Kreises\". (Vgl. auch Änderungsvorschlag 53c.) - Aus dem gleichen Grunde werden immer wieder auf das Bischofskollegium auch die Ausdrücke \"Ordnung\" (Ordo) oder \"Körperschaft\" (Corpus) angewandt. Der Parallelismus zwischen Petrus und den übrigen Aposteln auf der einen Seite und Papst und Bischöfen auf der anderen schließt nicht die Übertragung der außerordentlichen Vollmacht der Apostel auf ihre Nachfolger und selbstverständlich auch nicht eine Gleichheit zwischen Haupt und Gliedern des Kollegiums ein, sondern nur eine Verhältnisgleichheit zwischen der ersten Beziehung (Petrus - Apostel) und der zweiten (Papst - Bischöfe). Daher hat die Kommission beschlossen, in Nr. 22 nicht in derselben, sondern in entsprechender Weise zu schreiben. (Vgl. Änderungsvorschlag 57)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Glied des Kollegiums wird man kraft der Bischofsweihe und durch die hierarchische Gemeinschaft mit Haupt und Gliedern des Kollegiums. (Vgl. Nr. 22, Absatz 1, am Schluß)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In der Weihe wird die seinsmäßige Teilnahme an den heiligen Ämtern verliehen, wie unbestreitbar aus der Überlieferung, auch der liturgischen, feststeht. Mit Bedacht ist der Ausdruck Ämter (munera) verwendet und nicht Vollmachten (potestates), weil das letztgenannte Wort von der zum Vollzug völlig freigegebenen Vollmacht verstanden werden könnte. Damit aber eine solche zum Vollzug völlig freigegebene Vollmacht vorhanden sei, muß noch die kanonische, das heißt rechtliche Bestimmung (determinatio) durch die hierarchische Obrigkeit hinzukommen. Diese Bestimmung der VoIlmacht (determinatio) kann bestehen in der Zuweisung einer besonderen Dienstobliegenheit oder in der Zuordnung von Untergebenen, und sie wird erteilt nach den von der höchsten Obrigkeit gebilligten Richtlinien. Eine derartige weitere Norm ist aus der Natur der Sache gefordert, weil es sich um Ämter handelt, die von mehreren nach Christi Willen hierarchisch zusammenwirkenden Trägern ausgeübt werden müssen. Offenkundig ist diese \"Gemeinschaft\" im Leben der Kirche den Zeitumständen gemäß schon in Übung gewesen, bevor sie im Recht sozusagen kodifiziert worden ist. Darum wird ausdrücklich gesagt, es sei eine hierarchische Gemeinschaft mit Haupt und Gliedern der Kirche erfordert. \"Gemeinschaft\" (Communio) ist ein Begriff, der in der alten Kirche (wie auch heute noch vor allem im Osten) hoch in Ehren steht. Man versteht darunter nicht irgendein unbestimmtes Gefühl, sondern eine organische Wirklichkeit, die eine rechtliche Gestalt verlangt und zugleich von der Liebe beseelt ist. Daher hat die Kommission fast mit Stimmeneinheit zu formulieren beschlossen: \"in hierarchischer Gemeinschaft\". (Vgl. Änderungsvorschlag 40 sowie auch die Aussagen über die Missio canonica unter Nr. 24). Die päpstlichen Dokumente aus jüngerer Zeit über die Jurisdiktion der Bischöfe verstehen sich von dieser notwendigen Festlegung der Vollmacht her."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Von dem Kollegium, das es ohne Haupt nicht gibt, wird gesagt: \"Es ist ebenfalls Träger der höchsten und vollen Gewalt über die ganze Kirche.\" Das anzunehmen ist notwendig, damit die Fülle der Gewalt des Bischofs von Rom nicht in Frage gestellt wird. Denn bei dem Kollegium wird sein Haupt immer und notwendigerweise mitverstanden, das in dem Kollegium sein Amt als Statthalter Christi und Hirt der Gesamtkirche unverkürzt bewahrt. Mit anderen Worten: Die Unterscheidung waltet nicht zwischen dem Bischof von Rom einerseits und den Bischöfen zusammengenommen anderseits, sondern zwischen dem Bischof von Rom für sich und dem Bischof von Rom vereint mit den Bischöfen. Da aber der Papst das Haupt des Kollegiums ist, kann er allein manche Handlungen vollziehen, die den Bischöfen in keiner Weise zustehen, z. B. das Kollegium einberufen und leiten, die Richtlinien für das Verfahren approbieren usw. (Vgl. Änderungsvorschlag 81). Dem Urteil des Papstes, dem die Sorge für die ganze Herde Christi anvertraut ist, unterliegt es, je nach den im Laufe der Zeit wechselnden Erfordernissen der Kirche die Weise festzulegen, wie diese Sorge tunlich ins Werk gesetzt wird, sei es persönlich, sei es kollegial. Der Bischof von Rom geht bei der Leitung, Förderung und Billigung der kollegialen Betätigung in Ausrichtung auf das Wohl der Kirche nach eigenem Urteil vor."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Papst als höchster Hirte der Kirche kann seine Vollmacht jederzeit nach Gutdünken ausüben, wie es von seinem Amt her gefordert wird. Das Kollegium aber handelt, wenn es auch immer besteht, darum nicht auch schon beständig in streng kollegialem Akt, wie die Überlieferung der Kirche beweist. Mit anderen Worten: Das Kollegium ist nicht immer \"in voller Tätigkeit\", vielmehr handelt es nur von Zeit zu Zeit in streng kollegialem Akt und nicht ohne Zustimmung des Hauptes. Es heißt aber \"nicht ohne Zustimmung des Hauptes\", damit man nicht an eine Abhängigkeit wie von einem Außenstehenden denke. Der Ausdruck \"Zustimmung\" erinnert im Gegenteil an die Communio zwischen Haupt und Gliedern und schließt die Notwendigkeit des Aktes, der dem Haupt als solchem zusteht, mit ein. Die Sache wird ausdrücklich ausgesprochen in Nr. 22, Absatz 2, und wird erklärt ebd., gegen Ende. Die negative Formulierung mit \"nicht ohne\" umfaßt alle Fälle; so ist deutlich, daß die von der höchsten Autorität gebilligten Richtlinien immer zu beobachten sind. (Vgl. Änderungsvorschlag 84)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im ganzen aber wird ersichtlich, daß es sich um die Verbundenheit der Bischöfe mit ihrem Haupt handelt, niemals jedoch um die Betätigung der Bischöfe unabhängig vom Papst. In diesem Falle, wenn die Tätigkeit des Hauptes ausfällt, können die Bischöfe als Kollegium nicht handeln, wie aus dem Begriff \"Kollegium\" hervorgeht. Diese hierarchische Gemeinschaft aller Bischöfe mit dem Papst ist in der Tradition fest verwurzelt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "N.B. Ohne die hierarchische Gemeinschaft kann das sakramental seinsmäßige Amt, das von dem kanonisch-rechtlichen Gesichtspunkt zu unterscheiden ist, nicht ausgeübt werden. Die Kommission war aber der Auffassung, daß sie auf die Fragen der Erlaubtheit und Gültigkeit nicht eingehen sollte, die der theologischen Forschung überlassen bleiben. Insbesondere gilt das von der Vollmacht, die tatsächlich bei den getrennten Orientalen ausgeübt wird und über deren Erklärung verschiedene Lehrmeinungen bestehen.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anmerkungen:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Vgl. Cyprian, Epist. 64, 4: PL 3, 1017; CSEL (Hartel), III B, 720. Hilarius v. Poitiers, In Mt. 23,6: PL 9, 1047. Augustinus, passim. Cyrill v. Alex., Glaph. in Gen. 2,10: PG 69, 110 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. Gregor d. Gr., Hom. in Evang. 19, 1: PL 76, 1154 B. Augustinus, Serm. 341, 9, 11: PL 39, 1499f. Johannes v. Damaskus, Adv. Iconocl. 11: PG 96, 1357."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Vgl. Irenäus, Adv. Hær. III., 24, 1: PG 7, 966B; Harvey 2, 131; ed. Sagnard, Sources Chr., 398."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Cyprian, De Orat. Dom. 23: PL 4, 553; Hartel, IIIA, 285. Augustinus, serm. 71, 20, 33: PL 38, 463f. Johannes v. Damaskus, Adv. Iconocl. 12: PG 96, 1358D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Vgl. Origenes, In Mt. 16, 21: PG13, 1443C. Tertullian, Adv. Marc.3, 7: PL2, 357C; CSEL 47, 3, 386. Für die liturgischen Dokumente vgl. Sacramentarium Gregorianum: PL 78, 160B; oder C. Mohlberg, Liber Sacramentorum Romanæ Ecclesiæ (Rom 1960) 111, XC: \"Gott, der du dir aus der ganzen Versammlung der Heiligen eine ewige Wohnstatt gründest ...\" Hymnus \"Urbs Ierusalem beata\" im monastischen Brevier und \"Cœlestis urbs Ierusalem\" im Römischen Brevier."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Vgl. Thomas v. Aquin, Summa Theol. III., q. 62, a. 5, ad 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Mystici Corporis, 29. Juni 1943: AAS 35 (1943) 208."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Vgl. Leo XlII., Enz. Divinum illud, 9. Mai 1897: ASS 29(1896-97) 650. Pius XII., Enz. Mystici Corporis, a. a. O. 219 f; Denz. 2288 (3808). Augustinus, Serm. 268, 2: PL 38, 1232 u. ö. Johannes Chrysostomus, In Eph. Hom. 9, 3: PG 62, 72. Didymus v. Alex., Trin. 2,1: PG 39, 449f. Thomas v. Aquin, In Col. 1, 18, lect. 5; ed. Marietti, II, n. 46: \"Wie der eine Leib von der Einheit der Seele her konstituiert wird, so die Kirche von der Einheit des Geistes her ...\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Leo XIII., Enz. Sapientiæ christianæ, 10. Jan. 1890: ASS 22 (1889-90) 392. Ders., Enz. Satis cognitum, 29. Juni 1896: ASS 28 (1895-96) 710 u. 724ff. Pius XII., Enz. Mystici Corporis, a. a. O. 199f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Mystici Corporis, a. a. O. 221ff. Ders., Enz. Humani generis, 12. Aug. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 571."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Leo XIII., Enz. Satis cognitum, a. a. O. 713."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Vgl. Symbolum Apostolicum: Denz. 6-9 (10-13); Symbolum Nicæno- Constantinopolitanum: Denz. 86 (150); aufgenommen in Professio fidei Tridentina: Denz. 994 u. 999 (1862 u. 1868)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Die Formel \"Sancta (catholica apostolica) Romana Ecclesia\" findet sich in Professio fidei Tridentina, a. a. O. und in Conc. Vat. I, Sess. III., Const. dogm. de fide cath.: Denz. 1782 (3001)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Augustinus, Civ. Dei, XVIIl, 51, 2: PL 41, 614."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Vgl. Cyprian, Epist. 69, 6: PL 3, 1142 B; Hartel 3 B, 754: \"Das unauflösliche Sakrament der Einheit\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Vgl. Pius XII., Anspr. Magnificate Dominum, 2. Nov. 1954: AAS 46 (1954) 669. Ders., Enz. Mediator Dei, 20. Nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947) 555."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Miserentissimus Redemptor, 8. Mai 1928: AAS 20 (1928) 171f. Pius XII., Anspr. Vous nous avez, 22. Sept. 1956: AAS 48 (1956) 714."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Vgl. Thomas v. Aquin, Summa Theol. III., q. 63, a. 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Vgl. Cyrill v. Jerusalem, Catech. 17, de Spiritu Sancto, II, 35-37: PG 33, 1009-1012. Nik. Kabasilas, De vita in Christo, lib. III., de utilitate chrismatis: PG 150, 569-580. Thomas v. Aquin, Summa Theol. III., q. 65, a.3 u. q. 72, a. 1 u. 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Mediator Dei, 20. Nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947) bes. s. 552f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) 1 Kor 7,7: \"Jeder hat seine eigene Gnadengabe (idion charisma) von Gott: der eine so, der andere aber so.\" Vgl. Augustinus, De Dono Persev. 14, 37: PL 45, 1015 f: \"Nicht nur die Enthaltsamkeit ist eine Gabe Gottes, sondern auch die Keuschheit der Verheirateten.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Vgl. Augustinus, De Præd. Sanct. 14, 27: PL 44, 980."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Vgl. Johannes Chrysostomus, In Io. Hom. 65, 1: PG 59, 361."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Vgl. Irenäus, Adv. Hær. III., 16, 6; III., 22, 1-3: PG 7, 925 C - 926 A u. 955 C bis 958 A; Harvey 2, 87 f u. 120-123; ed. Sagnard, Sources Chrét., 290-292 u. 372ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Vgl. Ignatius v. A., Ad Rom., Vorrede: ed. Funk I, 252."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Vgl. Augustinus, Bapt. c. Donat. V, 28, 39: PL 43, 197: \"Ganz offenbar ist die Redeweise:,in der Kirche drinnen oder draußen' vom Herzen, nicht vom Leibe zu verstehen \" Vgl. ebd. III., 19, 26: Sp. 152; V, 18, 24: Sp. 189; In Io. Tr. 61, 2: PL 35, 1800; und anderwärts oft."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Vgl. Lk 12,48: \"Von dem aber, dem viel gegeben ist, wird viel verlangt werden \" Vgl. auch Mt 5,19-20; 7,21-22; 25,41-46; Jak 2,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Vgl. Leo XIII., Apost. Schreiben Præclara gratulationis, 20. Juni 1894: ASS 26 (1893-94) 707."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Vgl. Leo XIII., Enz. Satis cognitum, 29. Juni 1896: ASS 28 (1895-96) 738. Ders., Enz. Caritatis studium, 25. Juli 1898: ASS 31 (1898-99) 11. Pius XII., Radiobotschaft Nell'alba, 24. Dez. 1941: AAS 34 (1942) 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Rerum Orientalium, 8. Sept. 1928: AAS 20 (1928) 287. Pius XII., Enz. Orientalis Ecclesiæ, 9. April 1944: AAS 36 (1944) 137."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Vgl. Instruktion des Heiligen Offiziums vom 20. Dez. 1949: AAS 42 (1950) 142."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) Vgl. Thomas v. Aquin, Summa Theol. III., q. 8, a. 3, ad 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) Vgl. Brief des Heiligen Offiziums an den Erzbischof von Boston: Denz. 3869 bis 3872."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Vgl. Eusebius v. Cæs., Præparatio Evangelica 1, 1: PG 21, 28 AB."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(35) Vgl. Benedikt XV., Apost. Schreiben Maximum illud: AAS 11 (1919) 440, bes. S. 451ff. Pius XI., Enz. Rerum Ecclesiæ: AAS 18 (1926) 68-69. Pius XII., Enz. Fidei donum, 21. April 1957: AAS 49 (1957) 236-237."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(36) Vgl. Didache, 14: ed. Funk I, 32. Justin, Dial. 41: PG 6, 564. Irenäus, Adv. Hær. IV, 17, 5: PG 7, 1023; Harvey 2, 199f. Konzil von Trient, sess. 22, cap. 1: Denz. 939 (1742)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(37) Vgl. I. Vat. Konzil, Sess. IV, Const. Dogm. Pastor æternus: Denz. 1821 (3050f)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(38) Vgl. Konzil v. Florenz, Decretum pro Græcis: Denz. 694 (1307) u. I. Vat. Konzil: ebd. Denz. 1826 (3059)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(39) Vgl. Liber sacramentorum S. Gregorii, Präfationen zu den Festen St. Matthias u. St. Thomas: PL 78, 51 u. 152; vgl. Cod. Vat. lat. 3548,f. 18. Hilarius v. Poitiers, In Ps. 67, 10: PL 9, 450; CSEL 22, 286. Hieronymus, Adv. Jovin. 1, 26: PL 23, 247A. Augustinus, In Ps. 86, 4: PL 37, 1103. Gregor d. Gr., Mor. in Iob, XXVIIl, V: PL 76, 455-456. Primasius, Comm. in Apoc. V: PL 68, 924BC. Paschasius Radb., In Mt. L. VIII., Kap. 16: PL 120, 561 C. Vgl. Leo XIII., Epist. Et sane, 17. Dez. 1888: ASS 21 (1888) 321."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(40) Vgl. Apg 6,2-6; 11,30; 13,1; 14,23; 20,17; 1 Thess 5,12-13; Phil 1,1; Kol 4,1.1 u. ö."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(41) Vgl. Apg 20,25-27; 2 Tim 4,6f vgl. mit 1 Tim 5,22; 2 Tim 2,2; Tit 1,5; Clemens v. Rom, Ad Cor. 44, 3: ed. Funk I, 156."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(42) Clemens v. Rom, Ad Cor. 44, 2: ed. Funk I, 154f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(43) Vgl. Tertullian, Præscr. Hær. 32: PL 2, 52f. Ignatius v. A., öfters."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(44) Vgl. Tertullian, Præscr. Hær. 32: PL 2, 53."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(45) Vgl. Irenäus, Adv. Hær. III., 3, 1: PG 7, 848A; Harvey 2, 8; sagnard 100f: \"manifestatam\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(46) Vgl. Irenäus, Adv. Hær. III., 2, 2: PG 7, 847; Harvey 2, 7; Sagnard 100: \"custoditur\", vgl. ebd. IV, 26, 2: Sp. 1053; Harvey 2, 236, u. IV, 33, 8: Sp. 1077; Harvey 2, 262."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(47) Ignatius v. A., Philad., Vorrede: ed. Funk I, 264."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(48) Ignatius v. A., Philad., 1, 1; Magn. 6, 1: ed. Funk I, 264 u. 234."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(49) Clemens v. Rom, a. a. O., 42, 3-4; 44, 3-4; 57, 1-2: ed. Funk I, 152, 156, 171f. Ignatius v. A., philad. 2; smyrn. 8, Magn. 3; Trall. 7: ed. Funk I, 265 f; 282; 232; 246fu. a.; Justin, Apol., 1, 65: PG 6, 428; Cyprian, Epist. passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(50) Vgl. Leo XIII., Enz. Satis cognitum, 29. Juni 1896: ASS 28 (1895-96) 732."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(51) Vgl. Conc. Trid., sess. 23, Decr. de sacr. Ordinis, Kap. 4: Denz. 960 (1768); Conc. Vat. I, Sess. 4, Const. Dogm. 1 De Ecclesia Christi, Kap. 3: Denz. 1828 (3061). Pius XII., Enz. Mystici Corporis, 29. Juni 1943: AAS 35 (1943) 209 u. 212. CIC, can. 329 § 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(52) Vgl. Leo XIII., Brief Et sane, 17. Dez. 1888: ASS 21 (1888) 321f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(53) Leo d. Gr., serm. 5, 3: PL 54, 154."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(54) Das Konzil v. Trient (Sess. 23, Kap. 3) zitiert 2 Tim 1,6-7, um zu beweisen, daß der Ordo (= das Weihesakrament) ein wirkliches Sakrament ist: Denz. 959 (1766)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(55) In Trad. Apost. 3: ed. Botte, Sources Chr. 27-30: Dem Bischof wird \"der erste Rang des Priestertums\" zugeteilt. Vgl. Sacramentarium Leonianum: ed. C. Mohlberg, Sacramentarium Veronense (Rom 1955) 119: \"zum Dienstamt des Hohenpriestertums ... Vollende in Deinen Priestern die Ganzheit des Mysteriums\" ... Ders., Liber Sacramentorum Romanæ Ecclesiæ (Rom 1960) 121-122: \"Übergib ihnen, Herr, den bischöflichen Stuhl zur Leitung deiner Kirche und des gesamten Volkes.\" Vgl. PL 78, 224."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(56) Trad. Apost. 2: ed. Botte, 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(57) Das Konzil v. Trient, Sess. 23, Kap. 4 lehrt, daß das Weihesakrament ein unauslöschliches Prägemal verleiht: Denz. 960 (1767). Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Anspr. Iubilate Deo, 8. Mai 1960: AAS 52 (1960) 466. Paul VI., Homilie in der Vatikanbasilika, 20. Okt. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 1014."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(58) Cyprian, Epist. 63, 14: PL 4, 386; Hartel III B, 713: \"Der Priester waltet an Christi Statt.\" Johannes Chrysostomus, In 2 Tim. Hom. 2, 4: PG 62, 612: Der Priester ist \"symbolon\" Christi. Ambrosius, In Ps. 38, 25-26: PL 14, 1051-1052; CSEL 64, 203-204. Ambrosiaster, In 1 Tim. 5,19: PL17, 479 C u. In Eph.4,11-12: PL 17, 387C. Theodor v. Mopsuestia, Hom. Catech. XV, 21 u. 24: ed. Tonneau, 497 u. 503. Hesychius v. Jerusalem, In Lev. L. 2, 9, 23: PG 93, 894B."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(59) Vgl. Eusebius, Hist. Eccl. V, 24, 10: GCS II, 1, 495; ed. Bardy, Sources Chr. II, 69. Dionysius, bei Eusebius, ebd. VII., 5, 2: GCS II, 2, 638 f; Bardy II, 168f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(60) Vgl. über die alten Konzilien Eusebius, Hist. Eccl. V, 23-24: GCS II, 1, 488 ff; Bardy II, 66 ff, und oft. Konzil v. Nicæa, Can. 5: Conc. Œc. Decr. 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(61) Tertullian, De Ieiunio, 13: PL 2, 972B; CSEL 20, 292 Z. 13-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(62) Cyprian, Epist. 56, 3: Hartel IIIB, 650; Bayard 154."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(63) Vgl. die amtliche Relation von Zinelli, in Conc. Vat. I: Mansi 52, 1109 C."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(64) Vgl. I. Vat. Konzil, Schema Const. Dogm. II, De Ecclesia Christi, c. 4: Mansi 53, 310. Vgl. die Relation von Kleutgen über das umgearbeitete Schema: Mansi 53, 321 B - 322B, und die Erklärung von Zinelli: Mansi 52, 1110A. siehe auch Leo d. Gr., serm. 4, 3: PL 54, 151 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(65) Vgl. CIC, can. 227."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(66) Vgl. I. Vat. Konzil, Const. Dogm. Pastor æternus: Denz. 1821 (3050f)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(67) Vgl. Cyprian, Epist. 66, 8: Hartel III., 2, 733: \"Der Bischof ist in der Kirche und die Kirche im Bischof.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(68) Vgl. Cyprian, Epist. 55, 24: Hartel 642, Z. 13: \"Die eine Kirche ist über die ganze Welt hin in vielen Gliedern verteilt\", Ders., Epist. 36, 4: Hartel 575, Z. 20 bis 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(69) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Fidei Donum, 21. April 1957: AAS 49 (1957) 237."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(70) Vgl. Hilarius v. Poitiers, In Ps. 14, 3: PL 9, 206; CSEL 22, 86. Gregor d. Gr., Moral. IV, 7, 12: PL 75, 643 C. Ps.-Basilius, In Jes. 15, 296: PG 30, 637 C."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(71) Papst Cœlestin, Epist. 18, 1-2, an das Konzil von Ephesus: PL 50, 505 AB; Schwartz, Acta Conc. Œc. I, 1, 1, S. 22. Vgl. Benedikt XV., Apost. Brief Maximum illud: AAS 11 (1919) 440. Pius XI., Enz. Rerum Ecclesiæ, 28. Febr. 1926: AAS 18 (1926) 69. Pius XII., Enz. Fidei Donum, a.a.O."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(72) Leo XIII., Enz. Grande munus, 30. Sept. 1880: ASS 13 (1880) 145. Vgl. CIC, can. 1327; can. 1350 § 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(73) Über die Rechte der Patriarchatssitze vgl. Konzil v. Nicæa, can. 6 bezüglich Alexandrien und Antiochien sowie can. 7 bezüglich Jerusalem: Conc. Œc. Decr. s. 8. IV. Laterankonzil (1215) Const. V: de dignitate Patriarcharum: ebd. 212. Konzil v. Ferrara-Florenz: ebd. 504."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(74) Vgl. den Codex für die Ostkirchen, can. 216-314: über die Patriarchen; can. 324-339: über die Großerzbischöfe; can. 362-391: über die anderen Würdenträger; bes. can. 238 § 3; 216; 240; 251; 255: über die Ernennung der Bischöfe von seiten des Patriarchen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(75) Vgl. Konzil v. Trient, Decr. de reform., sess. V, c. 2, n. 9, u. Sess. XXIV, can. 4: Conc. Œc. Decr. 645 u. 739."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(76) Vgl. I. Vat. Konzil, Const. Dogm. Dei Filius, 3: Denz. 1712 (3011). Vgl. die dem Schema I über die Kirche beigefügte Anmerkung (entnommen aus Rob. Bellarmin): Mansi 51, 579 C; sowie das umgearbeitete Schema Const. II De Ecclesia Christi mit dem Kommentar von Kleutgen: Mansi 53, 313AB. Pius IX., Brief Tuas libenter: Denz. 1683 (2879)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(77) Vgl. CIC, can. 1322-1323."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(78) Vgl. I. Vat. Konzil, Const. Dogm. Pastor Æternus: Denz. 1839 (3074)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(79) Vgl. die Erläuterungen von Gasser auf dem I. Vat. Konzil: Mansi 52, 1213 AC."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(80) Gasser, ebd.: Mansi 1214 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(81) Gasser, ebd.: Mansi 1215 CD, 1216-1217 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(82) Gasser, ebd.: Mansi 1213."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(83) I. Vat. Konzil, Const. dogm. Pastor Æternus, 4: Denz. 1836 (3070)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(84) Gebet zur Bischofsweihe im byzantinischen Ritus: Euchulogion to mega (Rom 1873) 139."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(85) Vgl. Ignatius v. A., Smyrn. 8, 1: ed. Funk I, 282."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(86) Vgl. Apg 8,1; 14,22-23; 20,17 u. ö."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(87) Mozarabische Oration: PL 96, 759 B."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(88) Vgl. Ignatius v. A., Smyrn. 8, 1: ed. Funk I, 282."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(89) Thomas v. A., Summa Theol. III., q. 73, a. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(90) Vgl. Augustinus, C. Faustum, 12, 20: PL 42, 265; Serm. 57, 7: PL 38, 389 u. a."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(91) Leo d. Gr., Serm. 63, 7: PL 54, 357 C."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(92) Traditio Apostolica des Hippolyt, 2-3: ed. Botte, 26-30."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(93) Vgl. den Text des sog. Examens am Anfang der Bischofsweihe und die Oration am Schluß der Weihemesse nach dem Te Deum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(94) Benedikt XIV, Br. Romana Ecclesia, 5. Okt. 1755, § 1: Bullarium Benedicti XIV, t. IV (Rom 1758) 21: \"Der Bischof stellt den Typus Christi dar und waltet Seines Amtes\" Pius XIl, Enz. Mystici Corporis, a. a. O. 211: \"Die einzelnen (Bischöfe) weiden und leiten die jeweils ihnen zugewiesene Herde im Namen Christi\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(95) Leo XIII., Enz. Satis cognitum, 29. Juni 1896: ASS 28 (1895-96) 732. Ders., Epist. Officio sanctissimo, 22. Dez. 1887: ASS 20 (1887) 264. Pius IX., Apost. Brief an die deutschen Bischöfe, 12. März1875, u. Konsist.-Anspr., 15. März1875: Denz. 3112-3117 (nur in der Neuauflage enthalten)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(96) I. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. Pastor æternus, 3: Denz. 1828 (3061). Vgl. die Relation von Zinelli: Mansi 52, 1114D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(97) Vgl. Ignatius v. A., Ad Ephes. 5, 1: ed. Funk I, 216."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(98) Vgl. Ignatius v. A., Ad Ephes. 6, 1: ed. Funk I, 218."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(99) Vgl. Konzil v. Trient, Sess. 23, De sacr. Ordinis, Kap. 2: Denz. 958 (1765), u. can. 6: Denz. 966 (1776)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(100) Vgl. Innozenz I, Brief an Decentius: PL 20, 554 A; Mansi 3, 1029; Denz. 98 (215): \"Die Presbyter haben als Priester zweiter Ordnung nicht die volle Höhe des geistlichen Amtes inne\" Cyprian, Epist. 61, 3: ed. Hartel 696."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(101) Vgl. Konzil v. Trient, a. a. O.: Denz. 956a-968 (1763-1778), u. bes. can. 7: Denz. 967 (1777). Pius XII., Apost. Konst. Sacramentum Ordinis: Denz. 2301 (3857-3861)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(102) Vgl. Innozenz I, a. a. O. Gregor v. Naz., Apol. II, 22: PG 35, 432 B. Ps-Dionysius, Eccl. Hier., 1, 2: PG 3, 372D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(103) Vgl. Konzil v. Trient, sess. 22: Denz.940 (1743). Pius XII., Enz. Mediator Dei, 20. Nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947) 553; Denz. 2300 (3850)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(104) Vgl. Konzil v. Trient, Sess. 22: Denz. 938 (1739-1740). II. Vat. Konzil, Konst. über die heilige Liturgie, n. 7 u. n. 47."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(105) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Mediator Dei, a. a. O. unter Nr. 67."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(106) Vgl. Cyprian, Epist. 11, 3: PL 4, 242 B; Hartel III., 2, 497."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(107) Liturgie der Priesterweihe, beim Anlegen der Gewänder."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(108) Liturgie der Priesterweihe, Präfation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(109) Vgl. Ignatius v. A., Philad. 4: ed. Funk I, 266. Cornelius I, bei Cyprian, Epist. 48, 2: Hartel III., 2, 610."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(110) Constitutiones Ecclesiæ ægypticæ, III., 2: ed. Funk, Didascalia, II, 103. Statuta Eccl. Ant. 37-41: Mansi 3, 954."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(111) Polykarp, Ad Phil. 5, 2: ed. Funk I, 300: Von Christus wird gesagt, er sei \"aller Diener geworden\". Vgl. Didache, 15, 1: ebd. 32. Ignatius v. A., Trall. 2, 3: ebd. 242. Constitutiones Apostolorum, 8, 28, 4: ed. Funk, Didascalia, I, 530."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(112) Augustinus, Serm. 340, 1: PL 38, 1483."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(113) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Quadragesimo anno, 15. Mai 1931: AAS 23 (1931) 221f. Pius XII., Anspr. De quelle consolation, 14. Okt. 1951: AAS 43 (1951) 790f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(114) Vgl. Pius XII., Anspr. Six ans se sont écoulés, 5. Okt. 1957: AAS 49 (1957) 927."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(115) Aus der Präfation des Christkönigsfestes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(116) Vgl. Leo XIII., Enz. Immortale Dei, 1. Nov. 1885: ASS 18 (1885) 166ff. Ders., Enz. Sapientiæ christianæ, 10. Jan. 1890: ASS 22 (1889-90) 397ff. Pius XII., Anspr. Alla vostra filiale, 23. März 1958: AAS 50 (1958) 220: \"lalegittima sanalaicità dello stato\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(117) CIC, can. 682."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(118) Vgl. Pius XII., Anspr. De quelle cunsolation, a. a. O. 789: \"Dans les batailles décisives, c,est parfois du front que partentles plus heureuses initiatives. \" Ders., Anspr. L'importance de la presse catholique, 17. Febr. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 256."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(119) Vgl. 1 Thess 5,19 und 1 Joh 4,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(120) Brief an Diognet, 6: ed. Funk I, 400. Vgl. Johannes Chrysostomus, In Mt. Hom. 46 (47), 2: PG 58, 478, über den Sauerteig in der Masse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(121) Römisches Meßbuch, Gloria in excelsis Deo. Vgl. Lk 1,35; Mk 1,24; Lk 4,34; Joh 6,69 (ho hagios tou Theou); Apg 3,14; 4,27 u. 30; Hebr 7,26; 1 Joh 2,20; Offb 3,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(122) Vgl. Origenes, Comm.Rom.7, 7: PG14, 1122B. Ps.-Makarios, De Oratione, 11: PG 34, 861 AB. Thomas v. Aquin, Summa Theol. II-II., q. 184, a.3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(123) Vgl. Augustinus, Retract. II, 18: PL 32, 637f. Pius XII., Enz. Mystici Corporis, 29. Juni 1943: AAS 35 (1943) 225."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(124) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Rerum omnium, 26. Jan. 1923: AAS 15 (1923) 50 u. 59-60. Ders., Enz. Casti Connubii, 31. Dez. 1930: AAS 22 (1930) 548. Pius XII., Apost. Konst. Provida Mater, 2. Febr. 1947: AAS 39 (1947) 117. Ders., Anspr. Annus sacer, 8. Dez. 1950: AAS 43 (1951) 27-28. Ders., Anspr. Nel darvi, 1. Juli 1956: AAS 48 (1956) 574f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(125) Vgl. Thomas v. Aquin, Summa Theol. II-II., q. 184, a. 5 u. 6. Ders., De perf. vitæ spir., Kap. 18. Origenes, In Jes. Hom. 6, 1: PG 13, 239."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(126) Vgl. Ignatius v. A., Magn. 13, 1: ed. Funk I, 241."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(127) Vgl. Pius X., Exhort. Hærent animo, 4. Aug. 1908: ASS 41 (1908) 560f. CIC, can. 124. Pius XI., Enz. Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20. Dez. 1935: AAS 28 (1936) 22f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(128) Liturgie der Priesterweihe, in der Eingangsermahnung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(129) Vgl. Ignatius v. A., Trall. 2, 3: ed. Funk I, 244."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(130) Vgl. Pius XII., Anspr. Sous la maternelle protection, 9. Dez. 1957: AAS 50 (1958) 36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(131) Pius XI., Enz. Casti Cunnubii, 31. Dez. 1930: AAS 22 (1930) 548f. Vgl. Johannes Chrysostomus, In Ephes. Hom. 20, 2: PG 62, 136ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(132) Vgl. Augustinus, Enchir. 121, 32: PL 40, 288. Thomas v. Aquin, Summa Theol. II-II., q. 184, a. 1. Pius XII., Adhort. Apost. Menti nostræ, 23. Sept. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 660."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(133) Zu den Räten im allgemeinen vgl. Origenes, Comm. Rom. X, 14: PG 14, 1275 B. Augustinus, De S. Virginitate 15, 15: PL 40, 403. Thomas v. Aquin, Summa Theol. I-II., q. 100, a. 2C (am Schluß); II-II., q. 44, a. 4, ad 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(134) Über die Erhabenheit der heiligen Jungfräulichkeit vgl. Tertullian, Exhort. Cast. 10: PL 2, 925 C. Cyprian, Hab. Virg. 3 u. 22: PL 4, 443B und 461 AB. Athanasius (?.), De Virg.: PG 28, 252ff. Johannes Chrysostomus, De Virg.: PG 48, 533ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(135) Zur geistlichen Armut, vgl. Mt 5,3 u. 19,21; Mk 10,21; Lk 18,22; zum Gehorsam wird auf das Beispiel Christi hingewiesen: Joh 4,34 u. 6,38; Phil 2,8-10; Hebr 10,5-7. Zahlreiche Belege bei Vätern und Ordensstiftern."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(136) Zur Verwirklichung der Räte, die nicht allen auferlegt ist, vgl. Johannes Chrysostomus, In Mt. Hom. 7, 7: PG 57, 81f. Ambrosius, De Viduis 4, 23: PL 16, 241f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(137) Vgl. Rosweydus, Vitæ Patrum (Antwerpen 1628). Apophthegmata Patrum: PG 65. PalIadius, Historia Lausiaca: PG 34, 995 ff; ed. C. Butler (Cambridge 1898) (1904). Pius XI., Apost. Konst. Umbratilem, 8. Juli 1924: AAS 16 (1924) 386-387. Pius XII., Anspr. Nous sommes heureux, 11. April 1958: AAS 50 (1958) 283."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(138) Paul VI., Anspr. Magno gaudio, 23. Mai 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 566."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(139) Vgl. CIC, can. 487 u. 488, 40. Pius XII., Anspr. Annus sacer, 8. Dez. 1950: AAS 43 (1951) 27f. Ders., Apost. Konst. Provida Mater, 2. Febr. 1947: AAS 39 (1947) 120ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(140) Paul VI., a. a. O. 567."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(141) Vgl. Thomas v. Aquin, Summa Theol. II-II., q. 184, a. 3 u. q. 188, a. 2. Bonaventura, Opusc. XI., Apologia Pauperum, 3. Kap., 3: Ausg. der Werke, Quaracchi, Bd. 8 (1898) 245a."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(142) Vgl. Conc. Vatic. I, Schema Über die Kirche Christi, Kap. XV u. Anmerkung 48: Mansi 51, 549fu. 619f. Leo XIII., Brief Au milieu des consolations, 23. Dez. 1900: ASS 33 (1900-01) 361. Pius XII., Apost. Konst. Provida Mater, a. a. O. 114f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-324",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(143) Vgl. Leo XIII., Konst. Romanos Pontifices, 8. Mai 1881: ASS 13 (1880-81) 483. Pius XII., Anspr. Annus sacer, 8. Dez. 1950: AAS 43 (1951) 28f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(144) Vgl. Pius XII., Anspr. Annus sacer, a. a. O. 28. Ders., Apost. Konst. Sedes Sapientiæ, 31. Mai 1956: AAS 48 (1956) 355. Paul VI., a. a. O., 570-571."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-326",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(145) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Mystici Corporis, 29. Juni 1943: AAS 35 (1943) 214f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(146) Vgl. Pius XII., Anspr. Annus sacer, a. a. O. 30. Ders., Anspr. Sousla maternelle protection, 9. Dez. 1957: AAS 50 (1958) 39f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(147) Konzil v. Florenz, Dekret für die Griechen: Denz. 693 (1305)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-329",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(148) Neben den älteren Dokumenten gegen jegliche Form der Geisterbeschwörung seit Alexander IV. (27. sept. 1258) vgl. Enz. des Heiligen Offiziums, De magnetismi abusu, 4. Aug. 1856: ASS (1865) 177-178; Denz. 1653-1654 (2823 bis 2825); Antwort des Heiligen Offiziums, 24. April 1917: AAS 9 (1917) 268; Denz. 2182 (3642)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(149) Siehe die zusammenfassende Darlegung dieser paulinischen Lehre in: Pius XII., Enz. Mystici Corporis: AAS 35 (1943) 200 und passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(150) Vgl. u. a. Augustinus, Enarr. in Ps. 85,24: PL 37, 1099. Hieronymus, Liber contra Vigilantium, 6: PL 23, 344. Thomas v. Aquin, In 4m sent., d. 45, q. 3, a. 2. Bonaventura, In 4mSent., d. 45, a. 3, q. 2; u. a."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-332",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(151) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Mystici Corporis: AAS 35 (1943) 245."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-333",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(152) Vgl. zahlreiche Inschriften in den römischen Katakomben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(153) Vgl. Gelasius I, Decretale Delibris recipiendis, 3: PL59, 160; Denz. 165 (353)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-335",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(154) Vgl. Methodius, symposion, VII., 3: GCs (Bonwetsch) 74."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-336",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(155) Vgl. Benedikt XV., Decretum approbationis virtutumin Causa beatificationis et canonizationis Servi Dei Ioannis Nepomuceni Neumann: AAS 14 (1922) 23. Mehrere Ansprachen Pius' XI über die Heiligen: Inviti all'eroismo. Discorsi ... t. I-III (Rom 1941-42) passim. Pius XII., Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, t. 10 (1949) 37-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-337",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(156) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Mediator Dei: AAS 39 (1947) 581."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-338",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(157) Vgl. Hebr 13,7; Sir 44-50; Hebr 11,3-40. Vgl. auch Pius XII., Enz. Mediator Dei: AAS 39 (1947) 582-583."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-339",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(158) Vgl. I. Vatikan. Konzil. Konst. De fide catholica, Kap. 3: Denz. 1794 (3013)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-340",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(159) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Mystici Corporis: AAS 35 (1943) 216."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(160) Bezüglich der Dankbarkeit gegenüber den Heiligen vgl. E. Diehl, Inscriptiones latinæ christianæ veteres, I (Berlin 1925) Nr. 2008, 2382 u. ö."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-342",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(161) Konzil von Trient, Sess. 25, De invocatione ... Sanctorum: Denz 984 (1821)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(162) Das Römische Brevier, Invitatorium zum Fest Allerheiligen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-344",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(163) Vgl. z. B. 2 Thess 1,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-345",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(164) II. Vatikan. Konzil, Konst. über die heilige Liturgie, Kap. 5, Nr. 104."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-346",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(165) Der Kanon der Römischen Messe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-347",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(166) II. Konzil von Nicæa, Act. VII: Denz. 302 (600)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-348",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(167) Konzil von Florenz, Dekret für die Griechen: Denz. 693 (1304)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-349",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(168) Konzil von Trient, Sess. 25, De invocatione, veneratione et reliquiis sanctorum et sacris imaginibus: Denz. 984-988 (1821-1824); sess. 25, Decretum de Purgatorio: Denz. 983 (1820); sess. 6, Decretum de iustificatione, can. 30: Denz. 840 (1580)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-350",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(169) Aus der Präfation, die einigen Diözesen gestattet worden ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-351",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(170) Vgl. Petrus Canisius, Catechismus Maior seu Summa Doctrinæ christianæ, cap. III (ed. crit. F. Streicher), Pars I, 15-16, n. 44, u. 100-101,.n. 49."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(171) Vgl. II. Vatikan. Konzil, Konst. über die heilige Liturgie, Kap. 1, Nr. 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-353",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(172) Das Credo in der Römischen Messe: das Konstantinopolitanische Glaubensbekenntnis: Mansi 3, 566. Vgl. das Konzil v. Ephesus: ebd. 4, 1138 (ferner ebd. 2, 665 und 4, 1071); das Konzil v. Chalcedon: ebd. 7, 111-116; das II. Konzil v. Konstantinopel: ebd. 9, 375-396."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-354",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(173) Der Kanon der Römischen Messe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-355",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(174) Augustinus, De S. Virginitate, 6: PL 40, 399."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-356",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(175) Vgl. Paul VI., Anspr. im Konzil, 4. Dez. 1963: AAS 56 (1964) 37."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-357",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(176) Vgl. Germanus v. Konstantinopel, Hom. in Annunt. Deiparæ: PG 98, 328 A. Ders., In Dorm. 2: PG 98, 357. Anastasius v. Ant., Serm. 2 de Annunt., 2: PG 89, 1377 AB. Ders., Serm. 3, 2: PG 89, 1388 C. Andreas v. Kreta, Can. in B. V. Nat. 4: PG 97, 1321 B. Ders., In B. V. Nat., 1: PG 97, 812 A. Ders., Hom. in dorm. 1: PG 97, 1068 C. Sophronius, Or. 2 in Annunt., 18: PG 87 (3), 3237 BD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-358",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(177) Irenäus, Adv. Hær. III., 22, 4: PG 7, 959 A; Harvey, 2, 123."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-359",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(178) Irenäus, ebd.: Harvey, 2, 124."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-360",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(179) Epiphanius, Hær. 78, 18: PG 42, 728 CD - 729 AB."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-361",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(180) Hieronymus, Epist. 22, 21: PL 22, 408. Vgl. Augustinus, Serm. 51, 2, 3: PL 38, 335. Ders., Serm. 232, 2: PL 38, 1108. Cyrill v. Jerusalem, Catech. 12, 15: PG 33, 741 AB. Johannes Chrysostomus, In Ps. 44, 7: PG 55, 193. Johannes v. Damaskus, Hom. 2 in dorm. B. M. V., 3: PG 96, 728."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-362",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(181) Vgl. Laterankonzil v. J. 649, Can. 3: Mansi 10, 1151. Leo d. Gr., Epist. ad Flav.: PL 54, 759. Das Konzil v. Chalcedon: Mansi 7, 462. Ambrosius, De instit. virg.: PL 16, 320."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-363",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(182) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Mystici Corporis, 29. Juni 1943: AAS 35 (1943) 247-248."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-364",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(183) Vgl. Pius IX., Bulle Ineffabilis, 8. Dez. 1854: Acta Pii. IX, 1, I, 616; Denz. 1641 (2803)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-365",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(184) Vgl. Pius XII., Apost. Konst. Munifiicentissimus,1.Nov.1950: AAS42 (1950); Denz. 2333 (3903). Vgl. Johannes v. Damaskus, Enc. in dorm. Dei genitricis, Hom. 2 u. 3: PG 96, 721-761, besonders 728B. Germanus v. Konstantinopel, In S. Dei gen. dorm. serm. 1: PG 98 (6), 340-348; Serm.3: PG 98 (6), 361. Modestus v. Jerusalem, In dorm. SS. Deiparæ: PG 86 (2), 3277-3312."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-366",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(185) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Adcæli Reginam, 11. Okt. 1954: AAS 46 (1954) 633-636; Denz. 3913ff. Vgl. Andreas v. Kreta, Hom. 3 in dorm. SS. Deiparæ: PG 97, 1089-1109. Johannes v. Damaskus, De fide orth., IV, 14: PG 94, 1153-1161."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-367",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(186) Vgl. Kleutgen, neugefaßter Text De Mysterio Verbi incarnati, Kap. IV: Mansi 53, 290. Vgl. Andreas v. Kreta, In nat. Mariæ, sermo 4: PG 97, 865 A. Germanus v. Konstantinopel, In annunt. Deiparæ: PG 98, 321 BC. Ders., In dorm. Deiparæ, III: PG 98, 361 D. Johannes v. Damaskus, In dorm. B. V. Mariæ, Hom. 1, 8: PG 96, 712 BC - 713 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-368",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(187) Vgl. Leo XIII., Enz. Adiutricem populi, 5. Sept. 1895: ASS 15 (1895-96) 303. Pius X., Enz. Ad diem illum, 2 Febr. 1904: Acta, I, 154; Denz. 1978 a (3370). Pius XI., Enz. Miserentissimus, 8. Mai 1928: AAS 20 (1928) 178. Pius XII., Radiobotschaft, 13. Mai 1946: AAS 38 (1946) 266."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-369",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(188) Ambrosius, Epist. 63: PL 16, 1218."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-370",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(189) Ambrosius, Expos. Lc. II, 7: PL 15, 1555."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-371",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(190) Vgl. Ps.-Petrus Dam., Serm. 63: PL 144, 861 AB. Godefrid v. St. Viktor, In nat. B. M., Ms. Paris, Mazarine, 1002, fol. 109f. Gerhoh v. Reich., De gloria et honore Filii hominis, 10: PL 194, 1105 AB."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-372",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(191) Ambrosius, ebd. und Expos. Lc. X, 2 4-25: PL 15, 1810. Augustinus, In Io. Tr. 13, 12: PL 35, 1499. Vgl. serm. 191, 2, 3: PL 38, 1010; u. a. Vgl. auch Beda Ven., In Lc. Expos. I, Kap. 2: PL 92, 330. Isaac v. Stella, Serm. 51: PL 194, 1863 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-373",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(192) \"Unter deinen Schutz und Schirm\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-374",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(193) II. Konzil von Nicæa v. J. 787: Mansi 13, 378-379; Denz. 302 (600-601). Konzil v. Trient, Sess. 25: Mansi 33, 171-172."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-375",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(194) Vgl. Pius XII., Radiobotschaft, 24. Okt. 1954: AAS 46 (1954) 679. Ders., Enz. Ad cæli Reginam, 11. Okt. 1954: AAS 46 (1954) 637."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-376",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(195) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Ecclesiam Dei, 12. Nov. 1923: AAS 15 (1923) 581. Pius XII., Enz. Fulgens corona, 8. Sept. 1953: AAS 45 (1953) 590-591."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19641121_lumen-gentium_en.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-17-vat-ii_const_19641121_lumen-gentium_en.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE MYSTERY OF THE CHURCH"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christ is the Light of nations. Because this is so, this Sacred Synod gathered together in the Holy Spirit eagerly desires, by proclaiming the Gospel to every creature,(1) to bring the light of Christ to all men, a light brightly visible on the countenance of the Church. Since the Church is in Christ like a sacrament or as a sign and instrument both of a very closely knit union with God and of the unity of the whole human race, it desires now to unfold more fully to the faithful of the Church and to the whole world its own inner nature and universal mission. This it intends to do following faithfully the teaching of previous councils. The present-day conditions of the world add greater urgency to this work of the Church so that all men, joined more closely today by various social, technical and cultural ties, might also attain fuller unity in Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The eternal Father, by a free and hidden plan of His own wisdom and goodness, created the whole world. His plan was to raise men to a participation of the divine life. Fallen in Adam, God the Father did not leave men to themselves, but ceaselessly offered helps to salvation, in view of Christ, the Redeemer \"who is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of every creature\".(2) All the elect, before time began, the Father \"foreknew and pre- destined to become conformed to the image of His Son, that he should be the firstborn among many brethren\".(3) He planned to assemble in the holy Church all those who would believe in Christ. Already from the beginning of the world the foreshadowing of the Church took place. It was prepared in a remarkable way throughout the history of the people of Israel and by means of the Old Covenant.(1*) In the present era of time the Church was constituted and, by the outpouring of the Spirit, was made manifest. At the end of time it will gloriously achieve completion, when, as is read in the Fathers, all the just, from Adam and \"from Abel, the just one, to the last of the elect,\"(2*) will be gathered together with the Father in the universal Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Son, therefore, came, sent by the Father. It was in Him, before the foundation of the world, that the Father chose us and predestined us to become adopted sons, for in Him it pleased the Father to re-establish all things.(4) To carry out the will of the Father, Christ inaugurated the Kingdom of heaven on earth and revealed to us the mystery of that kingdom. By His obedience He brought about redemption. The Church, or, in other words, the kingdom of Christ now present in mystery, grows visibly through the power of God in the world. This inauguration and this growth are both symbolized by the blood and water which flowed from the open side of a crucified Jesus,(5) and are foretold in the words of the Lord referring to His death on the Cross: \"And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all things to myself\".(6) As often as the sacrifice of the cross in which Christ our Passover was sacrificed, is celebrated on the altar, the work of our redemption is carried on, and, in the sacrament of the eucharistic bread, the unity of all believers who form one body in Christ (8) is both expressed and brought about. All men are called to this union with Christ, who is the light of the world, from whom we go forth, through whom we live, and toward whom our whole life strains."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When the work which the Father gave the Son to do on earth (9) was accomplished, the Holy Spirit was sent on the day of Pentecost in order that He might continually sanctify the Church, and thus, all those who believe would have access through Christ in one Spirit to the Father.(10) He is the Spirit of Life, a fountain of water springing up to life eternal.(11) To men, dead in sin, the Father gives life through Him, until, in Christ, He brings to life their mortal bodies.(12) The Spirit dwells in the Church and in the hearts of the faithful, as in a temple.(13) In them He prays on their behalf and bears witness to the fact that they are adopted sons.(14) The Church, which the Spirit guides in way of all truth(15) and which He unified in communion and in works of ministry, He both equips and directs with hierarchical and charismatic gifts and adorns with His fruits.(16) By the power of the Gospel He makes the Church keep the freshness of youth. Uninterruptedly He renews it and leads it to perfect union with its Spouse. (3*) The Spirit and the Bride both say to Jesus, the Lord, \"Come!\"(17)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus, the Church has been seen as \"a people made one with the unity of the Father, the Son and the Holy Spirit.\"(4*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The mystery of the holy Church is manifest in its very foundation. The Lord Jesus set it on its course by preaching the Good News, that is, the coming of the Kingdom of God, which, for centuries, had been promised in the Scriptures: \"The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God is at hand\"(18). In the word, in the works, and in the presence of Christ, this kingdom was clearly open to the view of men. The Word of the Lord is compared to a seed which is sown in a field;(19) those who hear the Word with faith and become part of the little flock of Christ,(20) have received the Kingdom itself. Then, by its own power the seed sprouts and grows until harvest time.(21) The Miracles of Jesus also confirm that the Kingdom has already arrived on earth: \"If I cast out devils by the finger of God, then the kingdom of God has come upon you\".(22) Before all things, however, the Kingdom is clearly visible in the very Person of Christ, the Son of God and the Son of Man, who came \"to serve and to give His life as a ransom for many:\"(23)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When Jesus, who had suffered the death of the cross for mankind, had risen, He appeared as the one constituted as Lord, Christ and eternal Priest,(24) and He poured out on His disciples the Spirit promised by the Father.(25) From this source the Church, equipped with the gifts of its Founder and faithfully guarding His precepts of charity, humility and self-sacrifice, receives the mission to proclaim and to spread among all peoples the Kingdom of Christ and of God and to be, on earth, the initial budding forth of that kingdom. While it slowly grows, the Church strains toward the completed Kingdom and, with all its strength, hopes and desires to be united in glory with its King."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the old Testament the revelation of the Kingdom is often conveyed by means of metaphors. In the same way the inner nature of the Church is now made known to us in different images taken either from tending sheep or cultivating the land, from building or even from family life and betrothals, the images receive preparatory shaping in the books of the Prophets."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church is a sheepfold whose one and indispensable door is Christ.(26) It is a flock of which God Himself foretold He would be the shepherd,(27) and whose sheep, although ruled by human shepherds; are nevertheless continuously led and nourished by Christ Himself, the Good Shepherd and the Prince of the shepherds,(28) who gave His life for the sheep.(29)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church is a piece of land to be cultivated, the tillage of God.(30) On that land the ancient olive tree grows whose holy roots were the Prophets and in which the reconciliation of Jews and Gentiles has been brought about and will be brought about.(31) That land, like a choice vineyard, has been planted by the heavenly Husbandman.(32) The true vine is Christ who gives life and the power to bear abundant fruit to the branches, that is, to us, who through the Church remain in Christ without whom we can do nothing.(33)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Often the Church has also been called the building of God.(34) The Lord Himself compared Himself to the stone which the builders rejected, but which was made into the cornerstone.(35) On this foundation the Church is built by the apostles,(36) and from it the Church receives durability and consolidation. This edifice has many names to describe it: the house of God (37) in which dwells His family; the household of God in the Spirit;(38) the dwelling place of God among men;(39) and, especially, the holy temple. This Temple, symbolized in places of worship built out of stone, is praised by the Holy Fathers and, not without reason, is compared in the liturgy to the Holy City, the New Jerusalem (5*). As living stones we here on earth are built into it.(40) John contemplates this holy city coming down from heaven at the renewal of the world as a bride made ready and adorned for her husband.(41)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church, further, \"that Jerusalem which is above\" is also called \"our mother\".(42) It is described as the spotless spouse of the spotless Lamb,(43) whom Christ \"loved and for whom He delivered Himself up that He might sanctify her\",(44) whom He unites to Himself by an unbreakable covenant, and whom He unceasingly \"nourishes and cherishes\",(45) and whom, once purified, He willed to be cleansed and joined to Himself, subject to Him in love and fidelity,(46) and whom, finally, He filled with heavenly gifts for all eternity, in order that we may know the love of God and of Christ for us, a love which surpasses all knowledge.(47) The Church, while on earth it journeys in a foreign land away from the Lord,(48) is like in exile. It seeks and experiences those things which are above, where Christ is seated at the right-hand of God, where the life of the Church is hidden with Christ in God until it appears in glory with its Spouse.(49)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the human nature united to Himself the Son of God, by overcoming death through His own death and resurrection, redeemed man and re-molded him into a new creation.(50) By communicating His Spirit, Christ made His brothers, called together from all nations, mystically the components of His own Body."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In that Body the life of Christ is poured into the believers who, through the sacraments, are united in a hidden and real way to Christ who suffered and was glorified.(6*) Through Baptism we are formed in the likeness of Christ: \"For in one Spirit we were all baptized into one body\".(51) In this sacred rite a oneness with Christ's death and resurrection is both symbolized and brought about: \"For we were buried with Him by means of Baptism into death\"; and if \"we have been united with Him in the likeness of His death, we shall be so in the likeness of His resurrection also\".(52) Really partaking of the body of the Lord in the breaking of the Eucharistic bread, we are taken up into communion with Him and with one another. \"Because the bread is one, we though many, are one body, all of us who partake of the one bread\".(53) In this way all of us are made members of His Body,(54) \"but severally members one of another\".(55)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As all the members of the human body, though they are many, form one body, so also are the faithful in Christ.(56) Also, in the building up of Christ's Body various members and functions have their part to play. There is only one Spirit who, according to His own richness and the needs of the ministries, gives His different gifts for the welfare of the Church.(57) What has a special place among these gifts is the grace of the apostles to whose authority the Spirit Himself subjected even those who were endowed with charisms.(58) Giving the body unity through Himself and through His power and inner joining of the members, this same Spirit produces and urges love among the believers. From all this it follows that if one member endures anything, all the members co-endure it, and if one member is honored, all the members together rejoice.(59)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Head of this Body is Christ. He is the image of the invisible God and in Him all things came into being. He is before all creatures and in Him all things hold together. He is the head of the Body which is the Church. He is the beginning, the firstborn from the dead, that in all things He might have the first place.(60) By the greatness of His power He rules the things in heaven and the things on earth, and with His all-surpassing perfection and way of acting He fills the whole body with the riches of His glory."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All the members ought to be molded in the likeness of Him, until Christ be formed in them.(62) For this reason we, who have been made to conform with Him, who have died with Him and risen with Him, are taken up into the mysteries of His life, until we will reign together with Him.(63) On earth, still as pilgrims in a strange land, tracing in trial and in oppression the paths He trod, we are made one with His sufferings like the body is one with the Head, suffering with Him, that with Him we may be glorified.(64)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "From Him \"the whole body, supplied and built up by joints and ligaments, attains a growth that is of God\".(65) He continually distributes in His body, that is, in the Church, gifts of ministries in which, by His own power, we serve each other unto salvation so that, carrying out the truth in love, we might through all things grow unto Him who is our Head.(66)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that we might be unceasingly renewed in Him,(67) He has shared with us His Spirit who, existing as one and the same being in the Head and in the members, gives life to, unifies and moves through the whole body. This He does in such a way that His work could be compared by the holy Fathers with the function which the principle of life, that is, the soul, fulfills in the human body.(8*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christ loves the Church as His bride, having become the model of a man loving his wife as his body;(68) the Church, indeed, is subject to its Head.(69) \"Because in Him dwells all the fullness of the Godhead bodily\",(70) He fills the Church, which is His body and His fullness, with His divine gifts (71) so that it may expand and reach all the fullness of God.(72)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christ, the one Mediator, established and continually sustains here on earth His holy Church, the community of faith, hope and charity, as an entity with visible delineation (9*) through which He communicated truth and grace to all. But, the society structured with hierarchical organs and the Mystical Body of Christ, are not to be considered as two realities, nor are the visible assembly and the spiritual community, nor the earthly Church and the Church enriched with heavenly things; rather they form one complex reality which coalesces from a divine and a human element.(10*) For this reason, by no weak analogy, it is compared to the mystery of the incarnate Word. As the assumed nature inseparably united to Him, serves the divine Word as a living organ of salvation, so, in a similar way, does the visible social structure of the Church serve the Spirit of Christ, who vivifies it, in the building up of the body.(73) (11*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This is the one Church of Christ which in the Creed is professed as one, holy, catholic and apostolic, (12*) which our Saviour, after His Resurrection, commissioned Peter to shepherd,(74) and him and the other apostles to extend and direct with authority,(75) which He erected for all ages as \"the pillar and mainstay of the truth\".(76) This Church constituted and organized in the world as a society, subsists in the Catholic Church, which is governed by the successor of Peter and by the Bishops in communion with him,(13*) although many elements of sanctification and of truth are found outside of its visible structure. These elements, as gifts belonging to the Church of Christ, are forces impelling toward catholic unity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Just as Christ carried out the work of redemption in poverty and persecution, so the Church is called to follow the same route that it might communicate the fruits of salvation to men. Christ Jesus, \"though He was by nature God . . . emptied Himself, taking the nature of a slave\",(77) and \"being rich, became poor\"(78) for our sakes. Thus, the Church, although it needs human resources to carry out its mission, is not set up to seek earthly glory, but to proclaim, even by its own example, humility and self-sacrifice. Christ was sent by the Father \"to bring good news to the poor, to heal the contrite of heart\",(79) \"to seek and to save what was lost\".(80) Similarly, the Church encompasses with love all who are afflicted with human suffering and in the poor and afflicted sees the image of its poor and suffering Founder. It does all it can to relieve their need and in them it strives to serve Christ. While Christ, holy, innocent and undefiled(81) knew nothing of sin,(82) but came to expiate only the sins of the people,(83) the Church, embracing in its bosom sinners, at the same time holy and always in need of being purified, always follows the way of penance and renewal. The Church, \"like a stranger in a foreign land, presses forward amid the persecutions of the world and the consolations of God\"(14*), announcing the cross and death of the Lord until He comes.\"(84) By the power of the risen Lord it is given strength that it might, in patience and in love, overcome its sorrows and its challenges, both within itself and from without, and that it might reveal to the world, faithfully though darkly, the mystery of its Lord until, in the end, it will be manifested in full light."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ON THE PEOPLE OF GOD"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At all times and in every race God has given welcome to whosoever fears Him and does what is right.(85) God, however, does not make men holy and save them merely as individuals, without bond or link between one another. Rather has it pleased Him to bring men together as one people, a people which acknowledges Him in truth and serves Him in holiness. He therefore chose the race of Israel as a people unto Himself. With it He set up a covenant. Step by step He taught and prepared this people, making known in its history both Himself and the decree of His will and making it holy unto Himself. All these things, however, were done by way of preparation and as a figure of that new and perfect covenant, which was to be ratified in Christ, and of that fuller revelation which was to be given through the Word of God Himself made flesh. \"Behold the days shall come saith the Lord, and I will make a new covenant with the House of Israel, and with the house of Judah . . . I will give my law in their bowels, and I will write it in their heart, and I will be their God, and they shall be my people . . . For all of them shall know Me, from the least of them even to the greatest, saith the Lord.(86) Christ instituted this new covenant, the new testament, that is to say, in His Blood,(87) calling together a people made up of Jew and gentile, making them one, not according to the flesh but in the Spirit. This was to be the new People of God. For those who believe in Christ, who are reborn not from a perishable but from an imperishable seed through the word of the living God,(88) not from the flesh but from water and the Holy Spirit,(89) are finally established as \"a chosen race, a royal priesthood, a holy nation, a purchased people . . . who in times past were not a people, but are now the people of God\".(90)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That messianic people has Christ for its head, \"Who was delivered up for our sins, and rose again for our justification\",(91) and now, having won a name which is above all names, reigns in glory in heaven. The state of this people is that of the dignity and freedom of the sons of God, in whose hearts the Holy Spirit dwells as in His temple. Its law is the new commandment to love as Christ loved us.(92) Its end is the kingdom of God, which has been begun by God Himself on earth, and which is to be further extended until it is brought to perfection by Him at the end of time, when Christ, our life,(93) shall appear, and \"creation itself will be delivered from its slavery to corruption into the freedom of the glory of the sons of God\".(94) So it is that that messianic people, although it does not actually include all men, and at times may look like a small flock, is nonetheless a lasting and sure seed of unity, hope and salvation for the whole human race. Established by Christ as a communion of life, charity and truth, it is also used by Him as an instrument for the redemption of all, and is sent forth into the whole world as the light of the world and the salt of the earth.(95)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Israel according to the flesh, which wandered as an exile in the desert, was already called the Church of God.(96) So likewise the new Israel which while living in this present age goes in search of a future and abiding city (97) is called the Church of Christ.(98) For He has bought it for Himself with His blood,(99) has filled it with His Spirit and provided it with those means which befit it as a visible and social union. God gathered together as one all those who in faith look upon Jesus as the author of salvation and the source of unity and peace, and established them as the Church that for each and all it may be the visible sacrament of this saving unity. (1*) While it transcends all limits of time and confines of race, the Church is destined to extend to all regions of the earth and so enters into the history of mankind. Moving forward through trial and tribulation, the Church is strengthened by the power of God's grace, which was promised to her by the Lord, so that in the weakness of the flesh she may not waver from perfect fidelity, but remain a bride worthy of her Lord, and moved by the Holy Spirit may never cease to renew herself, until through the Cross she arrives at the light which knows no setting."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christ the Lord, High Priest taken from among men,(100) made the new people \"a kingdom and priests to God the Father\".(101) The baptized, by regeneration and the anointing of the Holy Spirit, are consecrated as a spiritual house and a holy priesthood, in order that through all those works which are those of the Christian man they may offer spiritual sacrifices and proclaim the power of Him who has called them out of darkness into His marvelous light.(102) Therefore all the disciples of Christ, persevering in prayer and praising God,(103) should present themselves as a living sacrifice, holy and pleasing to God.(104) Everywhere on earth they must bear witness to Christ and give an answer to those who seek an account of that hope of eternal life which is in them.(105)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Though they differ from one another in essence and not only in degree, the common priesthood of the faithful and the ministerial or hierarchical priesthood are nonetheless interrelated: each of them in its own special way is a participation in the one priesthood of Christ.(2*) The ministerial priest, by the sacred power he enjoys, teaches and rules the priestly people; acting in the person of Christ, he makes present the Eucharistic sacrifice, and offers it to God in the name of all the people. But the faithful, in virtue of their royal priesthood, join in the offering of the Eucharist.(3*) They likewise exercise that priesthood in receiving the sacraments, in prayer and thanksgiving, in the witness of a holy life, and by self-denial and active charity."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is through the sacraments and the exercise of the virtues that the sacred nature and organic structure of the priestly community is brought into operation. Incorporated in the Church through baptism, the faithful are destined by the baptismal character for the worship of the Christian religion; reborn as sons of God they must confess before men the faith which they have received from God through the Church (4*). They are more perfectly bound to the Church by the sacrament of Confirmation, and the Holy Spirit endows them with special strength so that they are more strictly obliged to spread and defend the faith, both by word and by deed, as true witnesses of Christ (5*). Taking part in the Eucharistic sacrifice, which is the fount and apex of the whole Christian life, they offer the Divine Victim to God, and offer themselves along with It.(6*) Thus both by reason of the offering and through Holy Communion all take part in this liturgical service, not indeed, all in the same way but each in that way which is proper to himself. Strengthened in Holy Communion by the Body of Christ, they then manifest in a concrete way that unity of the people of God which is suitably signified and wondrously brought about by this most august sacrament."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those who approach the sacrament of Penance obtain pardon from the mercy of God for the offence committed against Him and are at the same time reconciled with the Church, which they have wounded by their sins, and which by charity, example, and prayer seeks their conversion. By the sacred anointing of the sick and the prayer of her priests the whole Church commends the sick to the suffering and glorified Lord, asking that He may lighten their suffering and save them;(106) she exhorts them, moreover, to contribute to the welfare of the whole people of God by associating themselves freely with the passion and death of Christ.(107) Those of the faithful who are consecrated by Holy Orders are appointed to feed the Church in Christ's name with the word and the grace of God. Finally, Christian spouses, in virtue of the sacrament of Matrimony, whereby they signify and partake of the mystery of that unity and fruitful love which exists between Christ and His Church,(108) help each other to attain to holiness in their married life and in the rearing and education of their children. By reason of their state and rank in life they have their own special gift among the people of God.(109) (7*) From the wedlock of Christians there comes the family, in which new citizens of human society are born, who by the grace of the Holy Spirit received in baptism are made children of God, thus perpetuating the people of God through the centuries. The family is, so to speak, the domestic church. In it parents should, by their word and example, be the first preachers of the faith to their children; they should encourage them in the vocation which is proper to each of them, fostering with special care vocation to a sacred state."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fortified by so many and such powerful means of salvation, all the faithful, whatever their condition or state, are called by the Lord, each in his own way, to that perfect holiness whereby the Father Himself is perfect."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The holy people of God shares also in Christ's prophetic office; it spreads abroad a living witness to Him, especially by means of a life of faith and charity and by offering to God a sacrifice of praise, the tribute of lips which give praise to His name.(110) The entire body of the faithful, anointed as they are by the Holy One,(111) cannot err in matters of belief. They manifest this special property by means of the whole peoples' supernatural discernment in matters of faith when \"from the Bishops down to the last of the lay faithful\" (8*) they show universal agreement in matters of faith and morals. That discernment in matters of faith is aroused and sustained by the Spirit of truth. It is exercised under the guidance of the sacred teaching authority, in faithful and respectful obedience to which the people of God accepts that which is not just the word of men but truly the word of God.(112) Through it, the people of God adheres unwaveringly to the faith given once and for all to the saints,(113) penetrates it more deeply with right thinking, and applies it more fully in its life."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is not only through the sacraments and the ministries of the Church that the Holy Spirit sanctifies and leads the people of God and enriches it with virtues, but, \"allotting his gifts to everyone according as He wills,(114) He distributes special graces among the faithful of every rank. By these gifts He makes them fit and ready to undertake the various tasks and offices which contribute toward the renewal and building up of the Church, according to the words of the Apostle: \"The manifestation of the Spirit is given to everyone for profit\".(115) These charisms, whether they be the more outstanding or the more simple and widely diffused, are to be received with thanksgiving and consolation for they are perfectly suited to and useful for the needs of the Church. Extraordinary gifts are not to be sought after, nor are the fruits of apostolic labor to be presumptuously expected from their use; but judgment as to their genuinity and proper use belongs to those who are appointed leaders in the Church, to whose special competence it belongs, not indeed to extinguish the Spirit, but to test all things and hold fast to that which is good.(116)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All men are called to belong to the new people of God. Wherefore this people, while remaining one and only one, is to be spread throughout the whole world and must exist in all ages, so that the decree of God's will may be fulfilled. In the beginning God made human nature one and decreed that all His children, scattered as they were, would finally be gathered together as one. (117) It was for this purpose that God sent His Son, whom He appointed heir of all things,(118) that be might be teacher, king and priest of all, the head of the new and universal people of the sons of God. For this too God sent the Spirit of His Son as Lord and Life-giver. He it is who brings together the whole Church and each and every one of those who believe, and who is the well-spring of their unity in the teaching of the apostles and in fellowship, in the breaking of bread and in prayers.(119)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It follows that though there are many nations there is but one people of God, which takes its citizens from every race, making them citizens of a kingdom which is of a heavenly rather than of an earthly nature. All the faithful, scattered though they be throughout the world, are in communion with each other in the Holy Spirit, and so, he who dwells in Rome knows that the people of India are his members\"(9*). Since the kingdom of Christ is not of this world(120) the Church or people of God in establishing that kingdom takes nothing away from the temporal welfare of any people. On the contrary it fosters and takes to itself, insofar as they are good, the ability, riches and customs in which the genius of each people expresses itself. Taking them to itself it purifies, strengthens, elevates and ennobles them. The Church in this is mindful that she must bring together the nations for that king to whom they were given as an inheritance,(121) and to whose city they bring gifts and offerings.(122) This characteristic of universality which adorns the people of God is a gift from the Lord Himself. By reason of it, the Catholic Church strives constantly and with due effect to bring all humanity and all its possessions back to its source In Christ, with Him as its head and united in His Spirit. (10*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In virtue of this catholicity each individual part contributes through its special gifts to the good of the other parts and of the whole Church. Through the common sharing of gifts and through the common effort to attain fullness in unity, the whole and each of the parts receive increase. Not only, then, is the people of God made up of different peoples but in its inner structure also it is composed of various ranks. This diversity among its members arises either by reason of their duties, as is the case with those who exercise the sacred ministry for the good of their brethren, or by reason of their condition and state of life, as is the case with those many who enter the religious state and, tending toward holiness by a narrower path, stimulate their brethren by their example. Moreover, within the Church particular Churches hold a rightful place; these Churches retain their own traditions, without in any way opposing the primacy of the Chair of Peter, which presides over the whole assembly of charity (11*) and protects legitimate differences, while at the same time assuring that such differences do not hinder unity but rather contribute toward it. Between all the parts of the Church there remains a bond of close communion whereby they share spiritual riches, apostolic workers and temporal resources. For the members of the people of God are called to share these goods in common, and of each of the Churches the words of the Apostle hold good: \"According to the gift that each has received, administer it to one another as good stewards of the manifold grace of God\".(123)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All men are called to be part of this catholic unity of the people of God which in promoting universal peace presages it. And there belong to or are related to it in various ways, the Catholic faithful, all who believe in Christ, and indeed the whole of mankind, for all men are called by the grace of God to salvation."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This Sacred Council wishes to turn its attention firstly to the Catholic faithful. Basing itself upon Sacred Scripture and Tradition, it teaches that the Church, now sojourning on earth as an exile, is necessary for salvation. Christ, present to us in His Body, which is the Church, is the one Mediator and the unique way of salvation. In explicit terms He Himself affirmed the necessity of faith and baptism(124) and thereby affirmed also the necessity of the Church, for through baptism as through a door men enter the Church. Whosoever, therefore, knowing that the Catholic Church was made necessary by Christ, would refuse to enter or to remain in it, could not be saved."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They are fully incorporated in the society of the Church who, possessing the Spirit of Christ accept her entire system and all the means of salvation given to her, and are united with her as part of her visible bodily structure and through her with Christ, who rules her through the Supreme Pontiff and the bishops. The bonds which bind men to the Church in a visible way are profession of faith, the sacraments, and ecclesiastical government and communion. He is not saved, however, who, though part of the body of the Church, does not persevere in charity. He remains indeed in the bosom of the Church, but, as it were, only in a \"bodily\" manner and not \"in his heart.\"(12*) All the Church's children should remember that their exalted status is to be attributed not to their own merits but to the special grace of Christ. If they fail moreover to respond to that grace in thought, word and deed, not only shall they not be saved but they will be the more severely judged.(13*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Catechumens who, moved by the Holy Spirit, seek with explicit intention to be incorporated into the Church are by that very intention joined with her. With love and solicitude Mother Church already embraces them as her own."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church recognizes that in many ways she is linked with those who, being baptized, are honored with the name of Christian, though they do not profess the faith in its entirety or do not preserve unity of communion with the successor of Peter. (14*) For there are many who honor Sacred Scripture, taking it as a norm of belief and a pattern of life, and who show a sincere zeal. They lovingly believe in God the Father Almighty and in Christ, the Son of God and Saviour. (15*) They are consecrated by baptism, in which they are united with Christ. They also recognize and accept other sacraments within their own Churches or ecclesiastical communities. Many of them rejoice in the episcopate, celebrate the Holy Eucharist and cultivate devotion toward the Virgin Mother of God.(16*) They also share with us in prayer and other spiritual benefits. Likewise we can say that in some real way they are joined with us in the Holy Spirit, for to them too He gives His gifts and graces whereby He is operative among them with His sanctifying power. Some indeed He has strengthened to the extent of the shedding of their blood. In all of Christ's disciples the Spirit arouses the desire to be peacefully united, in the manner determined by Christ, as one flock under one shepherd, and He prompts them to pursue this end. (17*) Mother Church never ceases to pray, hope and work that this may come about. She exhorts her children to purification and renewal so that the sign of Christ may shine more brightly over the face of the earth."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, those who have not yet received the Gospel are related in various ways to the people of God.(18*) In the first place we must recall the people to whom the testament and the promises were given and from whom Christ was born according to the flesh.(125) On account of their fathers this people remains most dear to God, for God does not repent of the gifts He makes nor of the calls He issues.(126) But the plan of salvation also includes those who acknowledge the Creator. In the first place amongst these there are the Muslims, who, professing to hold the faith of Abraham, along with us adore the one and merciful God, who on the last day will judge mankind. Nor is God far distant from those who in shadows and images seek the unknown God, for it is He who gives to all men life and breath and all things,(127) and as Saviour wills that all men be saved.(128) Those also can attain to salvation who through no fault of their own do not know the Gospel of Christ or His Church, yet sincerely seek God and moved by grace strive by their deeds to do His will as it is known to them through the dictates of conscience.(19*) Nor does Divine Providence deny the helps necessary for salvation to those who, without blame on their part, have not yet arrived at an explicit knowledge of God and with His grace strive to live a good life. Whatever good or truth is found amongst them is looked upon by the Church as a preparation for the Gospel.(20*) She knows that it is given by Him who enlightens all men so that they may finally have life. But often men, deceived by the Evil One, have become vain in their reasonings and have exchanged the truth of God for a lie, serving the creature rather than the Creator.(129) Or some there are who, living and dying in this world without God, are exposed to final despair. Wherefore to promote the glory of God and procure the salvation of all of these, and mindful of the command of the Lord, \"Preach the Gospel to every creature\",(130) the Church fosters the missions with care and attention."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As the Son was sent by the Father,(131) so He too sent the Apostles, saying: \"Go, therefore, make disciples of all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you. And behold I am with you all days even to the consummation of the world\".(132) The Church has received this solemn mandate of Christ to proclaim the saving truth from the apostles and must carry it out to the very ends of the earth.(133) Wherefore she makes the words of the Apostle her own: \"Woe to me, if I do not preach the Gospel\",(134) and continues unceasingly to send heralds of the Gospel until such time as the infant churches are fully established and can themselves continue the work of evangelizing. For the Church is compelled by the Holy Spirit to do her part that God's plan may be fully realized, whereby He has constituted Christ as the source of salvation for the whole world. By the proclamation of the Gospel she prepares her hearers to receive and profess the faith. She gives them the dispositions necessary for baptism, snatches them from the slavery of error and of idols and incorporates them in Christ so that through charity they may grow up into full maturity in Christ. Through her work, whatever good is in the minds and hearts of men, whatever good lies latent in the religious practices and cultures of diverse peoples, is not only saved from destruction but is also cleansed, raised up and perfected unto the glory of God, the confusion of the devil and the happiness of man. The obligation of spreading the faith is imposed on every disciple of Christ, according to his state.(21*) Although, however, all the faithful can baptize, the priest alone can complete the building up of the Body in the eucharistic sacrifice. Thus are fulfilled the words of God, spoken through His prophet: \"From the rising of the sun until the going down thereof my name is great among the gentiles, and in every place a clean oblation is sacrificed and offered up in my name\".(135)(22*) In this way the Church both prays and labors in order that the entire world may become the People of God, the Body of the Lord and the Temple of the Holy Spirit, and that in Christ, the Head of all, all honor and glory may be rendered to the Creator and Father of the Universe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ON THE HIERARCHICAL STRUCTURE OF THE CHURCH AND IN PARTICULAR ON THE EPISCOPATE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the nurturing and constant growth of the People of God, Christ the Lord instituted in His Church a variety of ministries, which work for the good of the whole body. For those ministers, who are endowed with sacred power, serve their brethren, so that all who are of the People of God, and therefore enjoy a true Christian dignity, working toward a common goal freely and in an orderly way, may arrive at salvation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This Sacred Council, following closely in the footsteps of the First Vatican Council, with that Council teaches and declares that Jesus Christ, the eternal Shepherd, established His holy Church, having sent forth the apostles as He Himself had been sent by the Father;(136) and He willed that their successors, namely the bishops, should be shepherds in His Church even to the consummation of the world. And in order that the episcopate itself might be one and undivided, He placed Blessed Peter over the other apostles, and instituted in him a permanent and visible source and foundation of unity of faith and communion.(1*) And all this teaching about the institution, the perpetuity, the meaning and reason for the sacred primacy of the Roman Pontiff and of his infallible magisterium, this Sacred Council again proposes to be firmly believed by all the faithful. Continuing in that same undertaking, this Council is resolved to declare and proclaim before all men the doctrine concerning bishops, the successors of the apostles, who together with the successor of Peter, the Vicar of Christ,(2*) the visible Head of the whole Church, govern the house of the living God."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Lord Jesus, after praying to the Father, calling to Himself those whom He desired, appointed twelve to be with Him, and whom He would send to preach the Kingdom of God;(137) and these apostles(138) He formed after the manner of a college or a stable group, over which He placed Peter chosen from among them.(139) He sent them first to the children of Israel and then to all nations,(140) so that as sharers in His power they might make all peoples His disciples, and sanctify and govern them,(141) and thus spread His Church, and by ministering to it under the guidance of the Lord, direct it all days even to the consummation of the world.(142) And in this mission they were fully confirmed on the day of Pentecost(143) in accordance with the Lord's promise: \"You shall receive power when the Holy Spirit comes upon you, and you shall be witnesses for me in Jerusalem, and in all Judea and in Samaria, and even to the very ends of the earth\".(144) And the apostles, by preaching the Gospel everywhere,(145) and it being accepted by their hearers under the influence of the Holy Spirit, gather together the universal Church, which the Lord established on the apostles and built upon blessed Peter, their chief, Christ Jesus Himself being the supreme cornerstone.(146)(3*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That divine mission, entrusted by Christ to the apostles, will last until the end of the world,(147) since the Gospel they are to teach is for all time the source of all life for the Church. And for this reason the apostles, appointed as rulers in this society, took care to appoint successors."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For they not only had helpers in their ministry,(4*) but also, in order that the mission assigned to them might continue after their death, they passed on to their immediate cooperators, as it were, in the form of a testament, the duty of confirming and finishing the work begun by themselves,(5*) recommending to them that they attend to the whole flock in which the Holy Spirit placed them to shepherd the Church of God.(148) They therefore appointed such men, and gave them the order that, when they should have died, other approved men would take up their ministry.(6*) Among those various ministries which, according to tradition, were exercised in the Church from the earliest times, the chief place belongs to the office of those who, appointed to the episcopate, by a succession running from the beginning,(7*) are passers-on of the apostolic seed.(8*) Thus, as St. Irenaeus testifies, through those who were appointed bishops by the apostles, and through their successors down in our own time, the apostolic tradition is manifested (9*) and preserved.(10*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops, therefore, with their helpers, the priests and deacons, have taken up the service of the community, (11*) presiding in place of God over the flock,(12*) whose shepherds they are, as teachers for doctrine, priests for sacred worship, and ministers for governing.(13*) And just as the office granted individually to Peter, the first among the apostles, is permanent and is to be transmitted to his successors, so also the apostles' office of nurturing the Church is permanent, and is to be exercised without interruption by the sacred order of bishops. (14*) Therefore, the Sacred Council teaches that bishops by divine institution have succeeded to the place of the apostles, (15*) as shepherds of the Church, and he who hears them, hears Christ, and he who rejects them, rejects Christ and Him who sent Christ.(149)(16*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the bishops, therefore, for whom priests are assistants, Our Lord Jesus Christ, the Supreme High Priest, is present in the midst of those who believe. For sitting at the right hand of God the Father, He is not absent from the gathering of His high priests,(17*) but above all through their excellent service He is preaching the word of God to all nations, and constantly administering the sacraments of faith to those who believe, by their paternal functioning.(150) He incorporates new members in His Body by a heavenly regeneration, and finally by their wisdom and prudence He directs and guides the People of the New Testament in their pilgrimage toward eternal happiness. These pastors, chosen to shepherd the Lord's flock of the elect, are servants of Christ and stewards of the mysteries of God,(151) to whom has been assigned the bearing of witness to the Gospel of the grace of God,(152) and the ministration of the Spirit and of justice in glory.(153)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the discharging of such great duties, the apostles were enriched by Christ with a special outpouring of the Holy Spirit coming upon them,(154) and they passed on this spiritual gift to their helpers by the imposition of hands,(155) and it has been transmitted down to us in Episcopal consecration.(18*) And the Sacred Council teaches that by Episcopal consecration the fullness of the sacrament of Orders is conferred, that fullness of power, namely, which both in the Church's liturgical practice and in the language of the Fathers of the Church is called the high priesthood, the supreme power of the sacred ministry.(19*) But Episcopal consecration, together with the office of sanctifying, also confers the office of teaching and of governing, which, however, of its very nature, can be exercised only in hierarchical communion with the head and the members of the college. For from the tradition, which is expressed especially in liturgical rites and in the practice of both the Church of the East and of the West, it is clear that, by means of the imposition of hands and the words of consecration, the grace of the Holy Spirit is so conferred,(20*) and the sacred character so impressed,(21*) that bishops in an eminent and visible way sustain the roles of Christ Himself as Teacher, Shepherd and High Priest, and that they act in His person.(22*) Therefore it pertains to the bishops to admit newly elected members into the Episcopal body by means of the sacrament of Orders."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Just as in the Gospel, the Lord so disposing, St. Peter and the other apostles constitute one apostolic college, so in a similar way the Roman Pontiff, the successor of Peter, and the bishops, the successors of the apostles, are joined together. Indeed, the very ancient practice whereby bishops duly established in all parts of the world were in communion with one another and with the Bishop of Rome in a bond of unity, charity and peace,(23*) and also the councils assembled together,(24*) in which more profound issues were settled in common, (25*) the opinion of the many having been prudently considered,(26*) both of these factors are already an indication of the collegiate character and aspect of the Episcopal order; and the ecumenical councils held in the course of centuries are also manifest proof of that same character. And it is intimated also in the practice, introduced in ancient times, of summoning several bishops to take part in the elevation of the newly elected to the ministry of the high priesthood. Hence, one is constituted a member of the Episcopal body in virtue of sacramental consecration and hierarchical communion with the head and members of the body."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But the college or body of bishops has no authority unless it is understood together with the Roman Pontiff, the successor of Peter as its head. The pope's power of primacy over all, both pastors and faithful, remains whole and intact. In virtue of his office, that is as Vicar of Christ and pastor of the whole Church, the Roman Pontiff has full, supreme and universal power over the Church. And he is always free to exercise this power. The order of bishops, which succeeds to the college of apostles and gives this apostolic body continued existence, is also the subject of supreme and full power over the universal Church, provided we understand this body together with its head the Roman Pontiff and never without this head.(27*) This power can be exercised only with the consent of the Roman Pontiff. For our Lord placed Simon alone as the rock and the bearer of the keys of the Church,(156) and made him shepherd of the whole flock;(157) it is evident, however, that the power of binding and loosing, which was given to Peter,(158) was granted also to the college of apostles, joined with their head.(159)(28*) This college, insofar as it is composed of many, expresses the variety and universality of the People of God, but insofar as it is assembled under one head, it expresses the unity of the flock of Christ. In it, the bishops, faithfully recognizing the primacy and pre-eminence of their head, exercise their own authority for the good of their own faithful, and indeed of the whole Church, the Holy Spirit supporting its organic structure and harmony with moderation. The supreme power in the universal Church, which this college enjoys, is exercised in a solemn way in an ecumenical council. A council is never ecumenical unless it is confirmed or at least accepted as such by the successor of Peter; and it is prerogative of the Roman Pontiff to convoke these councils, to preside over them and to confirm them.(29*) This same collegiate power can be exercised together with the pope by the bishops living in all parts of the world, provided that the head of the college calls them to collegiate action, or at least approves of or freely accepts the united action of the scattered bishops, so that it is thereby made a collegiate act."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This collegial union is apparent also in the mutual relations of the individual bishops with particular churches and with the universal Church. The Roman Pontiff, as the successor of Peter, is the perpetual and visible principle and foundation of unity of both the bishops and of the faithful.(30*) The individual bishops, however, are the visible principle and foundation of unity in their particular churches, (31*) fashioned after the model of the universal Church, in and from which churches comes into being the one and only Catholic Church.(32*) For this reason the individual bishops represent each his own church, but all of them together and with the Pope represent the entire Church in the bond of peace, love and unity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The individual bishops, who are placed in charge of particular churches, exercise their pastoral government over the portion of the People of God committed to their care, and not over other churches nor over the universal Church. But each of them, as a member of the episcopal college and legitimate successor of the apostles, is obliged by Christ's institution and command to be solicitous for the whole Church,(33*) and this solicitude, though it is not exercised by an act of jurisdiction, contributes greatly to the advantage of the universal Church. For it is the duty of all bishops to promote and to safeguard the unity of faith and the discipline common to the whole Church, to instruct the faithful to love for the whole mystical body of Christ, especially for its poor and sorrowing members and for those who are suffering persecution for justice's sake,(160) and finally to promote every activity that is of interest to the whole Church, especially that the faith may take increase and the light of full truth appear to all men. And this also is important, that by governing well their own church as a portion of the universal Church, they themselves are effectively contributing to the welfare of the whole Mystical Body, which is also the body of the churches.(34*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The task of proclaiming the Gospel everywhere on earth pertains to the body of pastors, to all of whom in common Christ gave His command, thereby imposing upon them a common duty, as Pope Celestine in his time recommended to the Fathers of the Council of Ephesus.(35*) From this it follows that the individual bishops, insofar as their own discharge of their duty permits, are obliged to enter into a community of work among themselves and with the successor of Peter, upon whom was imposed in a special way the great duty of spreading the Christian name.(36*) With all their energy, therefore, they must supply to the missions both workers for the harvest and also spiritual and material aid, both directly and on their own account. as well as by arousing the ardent cooperation of the faithful. And finally, the bishops, in a universal fellowship of charity, should gladly extend their fraternal aid to other churches, especially to neighboring and more needy dioceses in accordance with the venerable example of antiquity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By divine Providence it has come about that various churches, established in various places by the apostles and their successors, have in the course of time coalesced into several groups, organically united, which, preserving the unity of faith and the unique divine constitution of the universal Church, enjoy their own discipline, their own liturgical usage, and their own theological and spiritual heritage. Some of these churches, notably the ancient patriarchal churches, as parent-stocks of the Faith, so to speak, have begotten others as daughter churches, with which they are connected down to our own time by a close bond of charity in their sacramental life and in their mutual respect for their rights and duties.(37*) This variety of local churches with one common aspiration is splendid evidence of the catholicity of the undivided Church. In like manner the Episcopal bodies of today are in a position to render a manifold and fruitful assistance, so that this collegiate feeling may be put into practical application."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops, as successors of the apostles, receive from the Lord, to whom was given all power in heaven and on earth, the mission to teach all nations and to preach the Gospel to every creature, so that all men may attain to salvation by faith, baptism and the fulfilment of the commandments.(161) To fulfill this mission, Christ the Lord promised the Holy Spirit to the Apostles, and on Pentecost day sent the Spirit from heaven, by whose power they would be witnesses to Him before the nations and peoples and kings even to the ends of the earth.(162) And that duty, which the Lord committed to the shepherds of His people, is a true service, which in sacred literature is significantly called \"diakonia\" or ministry.(163)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The canonical mission of bishops can come about by legitimate customs that have not been revoked by the supreme and universal authority of the Church, or by laws made or recognized be that the authority, or directly through the successor of Peter himself; and if the latter refuses or denies apostolic communion, such bishops cannot assume any office.(38*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Among the principal duties of bishops the preaching of the Gospel occupies an eminent place.(39*) For bishops are preachers of the faith, who lead new disciples to Christ, and they are authentic teachers, that is, teachers endowed with the authority of Christ, who preach to the people committed to them the faith they must believe and put into practice, and by the light of the Holy Spirit illustrate that faith. They bring forth from the treasury of Revelation new things and old,(164) making it bear fruit and vigilantly warding off any errors that threaten their flock.(165) Bishops, teaching in communion with the Roman Pontiff, are to be respected by all as witnesses to divine and Catholic truth. In matters of faith and morals, the bishops speak in the name of Christ and the faithful are to accept their teaching and adhere to it with a religious assent. This religious submission of mind and will must be shown in a special way to the authentic magisterium of the Roman Pontiff, even when he is not speaking ex cathedra; that is, it must be shown in such a way that his supreme magisterium is acknowledged with reverence, the judgments made by him are sincerely adhered to, according to his manifest mind and will. His mind and will in the matter may be known either from the character of the documents, from his frequent repetition of the same doctrine, or from his manner of speaking."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although the individual bishops do not enjoy the prerogative of infallibility, they nevertheless proclaim Christ's doctrine infallibly whenever, even though dispersed through the world, but still maintaining the bond of communion among themselves and with the successor of Peter, and authentically teaching matters of faith and morals, they are in agreement on one position as definitively to be held.(40*) This is even more clearly verified when, gathered together in an ecumenical council, they are teachers and judges of faith and morals for the universal Church, whose definitions must be adhered to with the submission of faith.(41*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And this infallibility with which the Divine Redeemer willed His Church to be endowed in defining doctrine of faith and morals, extends as far as the deposit of Revelation extends, which must be religiously guarded and faithfully expounded. And this is the infallibility which the Roman Pontiff, the head of the college of bishops, enjoys in virtue of his office, when, as the supreme shepherd and teacher of all the faithful, who confirms his brethren in their faith,(166) by a definitive act he proclaims a doctrine of faith or morals.(42*) And therefore his definitions, of themselves, and not from the consent of the Church, are justly styled irreformable, since they are pronounced with the assistance of the Holy Spirit, promised to him in blessed Peter, and therefore they need no approval of others, nor do they allow an appeal to any other judgment. For then the Roman Pontiff is not pronouncing judgment as a private person, but as the supreme teacher of the universal Church, in whom the charism of infallibility of the Church itself is individually present, he is expounding or defending a doctrine of Catholic faith.(43*) The infallibility promised to the Church resides also in the body of Bishops, when that body exercises the supreme magisterium with the successor of Peter. To these definitions the assent of the Church can never be wanting, on account of the activity of that same Holy Spirit, by which the whole flock of Christ is preserved and progresses in unity of faith.(44*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But when either the Roman Pontiff or the Body of Bishops together with him defines a judgment, they pronounce it in accordance with Revelation itself, which all are obliged to abide by and be in conformity with, that is, the Revelation which as written or orally handed down is transmitted in its entirety through the legitimate succession of bishops and especially in care of the Roman Pontiff himself, and which under the guiding light of the Spirit of truth is religiously preserved and faithfully expounded in the Church.(45*) The Roman Pontiff and the bishops, in view of their office and the importance of the matter, by fitting means diligently strive to inquire properly into that revelation and to give apt expression to its contents;(46*) but a new public revelation they do not accept as pertaining to the divine deposit of faith.(47*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A bishop marked with the fullness of the sacrament of Orders, is \"the steward of the grace of the supreme priesthood,\" (48*) especially in the Eucharist, which he offers or causes to be offered,(49*) and by which the Church continually lives and grows. This Church of Christ is truly present in all legitimate local congregations of the faithful which, united with their pastors, are themselves called churches in the New Testament.(50*) For in their locality these are the new People called by God, in the Holy Spirit and in much fullness.(167) In them the faithful are gathered together by the preaching of the Gospel of Christ, and the mystery of the Lord's Supper is celebrated, that by the food and blood of the Lord's body the whole brotherhood may be joined together.(51*) In any community of the altar, under the sacred ministry of the bishop,(52*) there is exhibited a symbol of that charity and \"unity of the mystical Body, without which there can be no salvation.\"(53*) In these communities, though frequently small and poor, or living in the Diaspora, Christ is present, and in virtue of His presence there is brought together one, holy, catholic and apostolic Church.(54*) For \"the partaking of the body and blood of Christ does nothing other than make us be transformed into that which we consume\". (55*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Every legitimate celebration of the Eucharist is regulated by the bishop, to whom is committed the office of offering the worship of Christian religion to the Divine Majesty and of administering it in accordance with the Lord's commandments and the Church's laws, as further defined by his particular judgment for his diocese."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops thus, by praying and laboring for the people, make outpourings in many ways and in great abundance from the fullness of Christ's holiness. By the ministry of the word they communicate God's power to those who believe unto salvation(168) and through the sacraments, the regular and fruitful distribution of which they regulate by their authority,(56*) they sanctify the faithful. They direct the conferring of baptism, by which a sharing in the kingly priesthood of Christ is granted. They are the original ministers of confirmation, dispensers of sacred Orders and the moderators of penitential discipline, and they earnestly exhort and instruct their people to carry out with faith and reverence their part in the liturgy and especially in the holy sacrifice of the Mass. And lastly, by the example of their way of life they must be an influence for good to those over whom they preside, refraining from all evil and, as far as they are able with God's help, exchanging evil for good, so that together with the flock committed to their care they may arrive at eternal life.(57*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops, as vicars and ambassadors of Christ, govern the particular churches entrusted to them (58*) by their counsel, exhortations, example, and even by their authority and sacred power, which indeed they use only for the edification of their flock in truth and holiness, remembering that he who is greater should become as the lesser and he who is the chief become as the servant.(169) This power, which they personally exercise in Christ's name, is proper, ordinary and immediate, although its exercise is ultimately regulated by the supreme authority of the Church, and can be circumscribed by certain limits, for the advantage of the Church or of the faithful. In virtue of this power, bishops have the sacred right and the duty before the Lord to make laws for their subjects, to pass judgment on them and to moderate everything pertaining to the ordering of worship and the apostolate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The pastoral office or the habitual and daily care of their sheep is entrusted to them completely; nor are they to be regarded as vicars of the Roman Pontiffs, for they exercise an authority that is proper to them, and are quite correctly called \"prelates,\" heads of the people whom they govern.(59*) Their power, therefore, is not destroyed by the supreme and universal power, but on the contrary it is affirmed, strengthened and vindicated by it,(60*) since the Holy Spirit unfailingly preserves the form of government established by Christ the Lord in His Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A bishop, since he is sent by the Father to govern his family, must keep before his eyes the example of the Good Shepherd, who came not to be ministered unto but to minister,(170) and to lay down his life for his sheep.(171) Being taken from among men, and himself beset with weakness, he is able to have compassion on the ignorant and erring.(172) Let him not refuse to listen to his subjects, whom he cherishes as his true sons and exhorts to cooperate readily with him. As having one day to render an account for their souls,(173) he takes care of them by his prayer, preaching, and all the works of charity, and not only of them but also of those who are not yet of the one flock, who also are commended to him in the Lord. Since, like Paul the Apostle, he is debtor to all men, let him be ready to preach the Gospel to all,(174) and to urge his faithful to apostolic and missionary activity. But the faithful must cling to their bishop, as the Church does to Christ, and Jesus Christ to the Father, so that all may be of one mind through unity,(61*) and abound to the glory of God.(175)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christ, whom the Father has sanctified and sent into the world, (176) has through His apostles, made their successors, the bishops, partakers of His consecration and His mission.(62*) They have legitimately handed on to different individuals in the Church various degrees of participation in this ministry. Thus the divinely established ecclesiastical ministry is exercised on different levels by those who from antiquity have been called bishops, priests and deacons.(63*) Priests, although they do not possess the highest degree of the priesthood, and although they are dependent on the bishops in the exercise of their power, nevertheless they are united with the bishops in sacerdotal dignity.(64*) By the power of the sacrament of Orders,(65*) in the image of Christ the eternal high Priest,(177) they are consecrated to preach the Gospel and shepherd the faithful and to celebrate divine worship, so that they are true priests of the New Testament.(66*) Partakers of the function of Christ the sole Mediator,(178) on their level of ministry, they announce the divine word to all. They exercise their sacred function especially in the Eucharistic worship or the celebration of the Mass by which acting in the person of Christ (67*) and proclaiming His Mystery they unite the prayers of the faithful with the sacrifice of their Head and renew and apply (68*) in the sacrifice of the Mass until the coming of the Lord(179) the only sacrifice of the New Testament namely that of Christ offering Himself once for all a spotless Victim to the Father.(180) For the sick and the sinners among the faithful, they exercise the ministry of alleviation and reconciliation and they present the needs and the prayers of the faithful to God the Father.(181) Exercising within the limits of their authority the function of Christ as Shepherd and Head,(69*) they gather together God's family as a brotherhood all of one mind,(70*) and lead them in the Spirit, through Christ, to God the Father. In the midst of the flock they adore Him in spirit and in truth.(182) Finally, they labor in word and doctrine,(183) believing what they have read and meditated upon in the law of God, teaching what they have believed, and putting in practice in their own lives what they have taught.(71*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priests, prudent cooperators with the Episcopal order,(72*) its aid and instrument, called to serve the people of God, constitute one priesthood (73*) with their bishop although bound by a diversity of duties. Associated with their bishop in a spirit of trust and generosity, they make him present in a certain sense in the individual local congregations, and take upon themselves, as far as they are able, his duties and the burden of his care, and discharge them with a daily interest. And as they sanctify and govern under the bishop's authority, that part of the Lord's flock entrusted to them they make the universal Church visible in their own locality and bring an efficacious assistance to the building up of the whole body of Christ.(184) intent always upon the welfare of God's children, they must strive to lend their effort to the pastoral work of the whole diocese, and even of the entire Church. On account of this sharing in their priesthood and mission, let priests sincerely look upon the bishop as their father and reverently obey him. And let the bishop regard his priests as his co-workers and as sons and friends, just as Christ called His disciples now not servants but friends.(185) All priests, both diocesan and religious, by reason of Orders and ministry, fit into this body of bishops and priests, and serve the good of the whole Church according to their vocation and the grace given to them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In virtue of their common sacred ordination and mission, all priests are bound together in intimate brotherhood, which naturally and freely manifests itself in mutual aid, spiritual as well as material, pastoral as well as personal, in their meetings and in communion of life, of labor and charity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let them, as fathers in Christ, take care of the faithful whom they have begotten by baptism and their teaching.(186) Becoming from the heart a pattern to the flock,(187) let them so lead and serve their local community that it may worthily be called by that name, by which the one and entire people of God is signed, namely, the Church of God.(188) Let them remember that by their daily life and interests they are showing the face of a truly sacerdotal and pastoral ministry to the faithful and the infidel, to Catholics and non-Catholics, and that to all they bear witness to the truth and life, and as good shepherds go after those also,(189) who though baptized in the Catholic Church have fallen away from the use of the sacraments, or even from the faith."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Because the human race today is joining more and more into a civic, economic and social unity, it is that much the more necessary that priests, by combined effort and aid, under the leadership of the bishops and the Supreme Pontiff, wipe out every kind of separateness, so that the whole human race may be brought into the unity of the family of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At a lower level of the hierarchy are deacons, upon whom hands are imposed \"not unto the priesthood, but unto a ministry of service.\"(74*) For strengthened by sacramental grace, in communion with the bishop and his group of priests they serve in the diaconate of the liturgy, of the word, and of charity to the people of God. It is the duty of the deacon, according as it shall have been assigned to him by competent authority, to administer baptism solemnly, to be custodian and dispenser of the Eucharist, to assist at and bless marriages in the name of the Church, to bring Viaticum to the dying, to read the Sacred Scripture to the faithful, to instruct and exhort the people, to preside over the worship and prayer of the faithful, to administer sacramentals, to officiate at funeral and burial services. Dedicated to duties of charity and of administration, let deacons be mindful of the admonition of Blessed Polycarp: \"Be merciful, diligent, walking according to the truth of the Lord, who became the servant of all.\"(75*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since these duties, so very necessary to the life of the Church, can be fulfilled only with difficulty in many regions in accordance with the discipline of the Latin Church as it exists today, the diaconate can in the future be restored as a proper and permanent rank of the hierarchy. It pertains to the competent territorial bodies of bishops, of one kind or another, with the approval of the Supreme Pontiff, to decide whether and where it is opportune for such deacons to be established for the care of souls. With the consent of the Roman Pontiff, this diaconate can, in the future, be conferred upon men of more mature age, even upon those living in the married state. It may also be conferred upon suitable young men, for whom the law of celibacy must remain intact."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE LAITY"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Having set forth the functions of the hierarchy, the Sacred Council gladly turns its attention. to the state of those faithful called the laity. Everything that has been said above concerning the People of God is intended for the laity, religious and clergy alike. But there are certain things which pertain in a special way to the laity, both men and women, by reason of their condition and mission. Due to the special circumstances of our time the foundations of this doctrine must be more thoroughly examined. For their pastors know how much the laity contribute to the welfare of the entire Church. They also know that they were not ordained by Christ to take upon themselves alone the entire salvific mission of the Church toward the world. On the contrary they understand that it is their noble duty to shepherd the faithful and to recognize their ministries and charisms, so that all according to their proper roles may cooperate in this common undertaking with one mind. For we must all \"practice the truth in love, and so grow up in all things in Him who is head, Christ. For from Him the whole body, being closely joined and knit together through every joint of the system, according to the functioning in due measure of each single part, derives its increase to the building up of itself in love\".(190)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The term laity is here understood to mean all the faithful except those in holy orders and those in the state of religious life specially approved by the Church. These faithful are by baptism made one body with Christ and are constituted among the People of God; they are in their own way made sharers in the priestly, prophetical, and kingly functions of Christ; and they carry out for their own part the mission of the whole Christian people in the Church and in the world."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "What specifically characterizes the laity is their secular nature. It is true that those in holy orders can at times be engaged in secular activities, and even have a secular profession. But they are by reason of their particular vocation especially and professedly ordained to the sacred ministry. Similarly, by their state in life, religious give splendid and striking testimony that the world cannot be transformed and offered to God without the spirit of the beatitudes. But the laity, by their very vocation, seek the kingdom of God by engaging in temporal affairs and by ordering them according to the plan of God. They live in the world, that is, in each and in all of the secular professions and occupations. They live in the ordinary circumstances of family and social life, from which the very web of their existence is woven. They are called there by God that by exercising their proper function and led by the spirit of the Gospel they may work for the sanctification of the world from within as a leaven. In this way they may make Christ known to others, especially by the testimony of a life resplendent in faith, hope and charity. Therefore, since they are tightly bound up in all types of temporal affairs it is their special task to order and to throw light upon these affairs in such a way that they may come into being and then continually increase according to Christ to the praise of the Creator and the Redeemer."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By divine institution Holy Church is ordered and governed with a wonderful diversity. \"For just as in one body we have many members, yet all the members have not the same function, so we, the many, are one body in Christ, but severally members one of another\".(191) Therefore, the chosen People of God is one: \"one Lord, one faith, one baptism\"(192); sharing a common dignity as members from their regeneration in Christ, having the same filial grace and the same vocation to perfection; possessing in common one salvation, one hope and one undivided charity. There is, therefore, in Christ and in the Church no inequality on the basis of race or nationality, social condition or sex, because \"there is neither Jew nor Greek: there is neither bond nor free: there is neither male nor female. For you are all 'one' in Christ Jesus\".(193)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If therefore in the Church everyone does not proceed by the same path, nevertheless all are called to sanctity and have received an equal privilege of faith through the justice of God.(194) And if by the will of Christ some are made teachers, pastors and dispensers of mysteries on behalf of others, yet all share a true equality with regard to the dignity and to the activity common to all the faithful for the building up of the Body of Christ. For the distinction which the Lord made between sacred ministers and the rest of the People of God bears within it a certain union, since pastors and the other faithful are bound to each other by a mutual need. Pastors of the Church, following the example of the Lord, should minister to one another and to the other faithful. These in their turn should enthusiastically lend their joint assistance to their pastors and teachers. Thus in their diversity all bear witness to the wonderful unity in the Body of Christ. This very diversity of graces, ministries and works gathers the children of God into one, because \"all these things are the work of one and the same Spirit\".(195)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, from divine choice the laity have Christ for their brothers who though He is the Lord of all, came not to be served but to serve.(196) They also have for their brothers those in the sacred ministry who by teaching, by sanctifying and by ruling with the authority of Christ feed the family of God so that the new commandment of charity may be fulfilled by all. St. Augustine puts this very beautifully when he says: \"What I am for you terrifies me; what I am with you consoles me. For you I am a bishop; but with you I am a Christian. The former is a duty; the latter a grace. The former is a danger; the latter, salvation\" (1*)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The laity are gathered together in the People of God and make up the Body of Christ under one head. Whoever they are they are called upon, as living members, to expend all their energy for the growth of the Church and its continuous sanctification, since this very energy is a gift of the Creator and a blessing of the Redeemer."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The lay apostolate, however, is a participation in the salvific mission of the Church itself. Through their baptism and confirmation all are commissioned to that apostolate by the Lord Himself. Moreover, by the sacraments, especially holy Eucharist, that charity toward God and man which is the soul of the apostolate is communicated and nourished. Now the laity are called in a special way to make the Church present and operative in those places and circumstances where only through them can it become the salt of the earth (2*). Thus every layman, in virtue of the very gifts bestowed upon him, is at the same time a witness and a living instrument of the mission of the Church itself \"according to the measure of Christ's bestowal\".(197)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Besides this apostolate which certainly pertains to all Christians, the laity can also be called in various ways to a more direct form of cooperation in the apostolate of the Hierarchy (3*). This was the way certain men and women assisted Paul the Apostle in the Gospel, laboring much in the Lord.(198) Further, they have the capacity to assume from the Hierarchy certain ecclesiastical functions, which are to be performed for a spiritual purpose."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Upon all the laity, therefore, rests the noble duty of working to extend the divine plan of salvation to all men of each epoch and in every land. Consequently, may every opportunity be given them so that, according to their abilities and the needs of the times, they may zealously participate in the saving work of the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The supreme and eternal Priest, Christ Jesus, since he wills to continue his witness and service also through the laity, vivifies them in this Spirit and increasingly urges them on to every good and perfect work."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For besides intimately linking them to His life and His mission, He also gives them a sharing in His priestly function of offering spiritual worship for the glory of God and the salvation of men. For this reason the laity, dedicated to Christ and anointed by the Holy Spirit, are marvelously called and wonderfully prepared so that ever more abundant fruits of the Spirit may be produced in them. For all their works, prayers and apostolic endeavors, their ordinary married and family life, their daily occupations, their physical and mental relaxation, if carried out in the Spirit, and even the hardships of life, if patiently borne—all these become \"spiritual sacrifices acceptable to God through Jesus Christ\".(199) Together with the offering of the Lord's body, they are most fittingly offered in the celebration of the Eucharist. Thus, as those everywhere who adore in holy activity, the laity consecrate the world itself to God."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christ, the great Prophet, who proclaimed the Kingdom of His Father both by the testimony of His life and the power of His words, continually fulfills His prophetic office until the complete manifestation of glory. He does this not only through the hierarchy who teach in His name and with His authority, but also through the laity whom He made His witnesses and to whom He gave understanding of the faith (sensu fidei) and an attractiveness in speech(200) so that the power of the Gospel might shine forth in their daily social and family life. They conduct themselves as children of the promise, and thus strong in faith and in hope they make the most of the present,(201) and with patience await the glory that is to come.(202) Let them not, then, hide this hope in the depths of their hearts, but even in the program of their secular life let them express it by a continual conversion and by wrestling \"against the world-rulers of this darkness, against the spiritual forces of wickedness.(203)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Just as the sacraments of the New Law, by which the life and the apostolate of the faithful are nourished, prefigure a new heaven and a new earth,(204) so too the laity go forth as powerful proclaimers of a faith in things to be hoped for,(205) when they courageously join to their profession of faith a life springing from faith. This evangelization, that is, this announcing of Christ by a living testimony as well as by the spoken word, takes on a specific quality and a special force in that it is carried out in the ordinary surroundings of the world."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In connection with the prophetic function is that state of life which is sanctified by a special sacrament obviously of great importance, namely, married and family life. For where Christianity pervades the entire mode of family life, and gradually transforms it, one will find there both the practice and an excellent school of the lay apostolate. In such a home husbands and wives find their proper vocation in being witnesses of the faith and love of Christ to one another and to their children. The Christian family loudly proclaims both the present virtues of the Kingdom of God and the hope of a blessed life to come. Thus by its example and its witness it accuses the world of sin and enlightens those who seek the truth."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consequently, even when preoccupied with temporal cares, the laity can and must perform a work of great value for the evangelization of the world. For even if some of them have to fulfill their religious duties on their own, when there are no sacred ministers or in times of persecution; and even if many of them devote all their energies to apostolic work; still it remains for each one of them to cooperate in the external spread and the dynamic growth of the Kingdom of Christ in the world. Therefore, let the laity devotedly strive to acquire a more profound grasp of revealed truth, and let them insistently beg of God the gift of wisdom."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christ, becoming obedient even unto death and because of this exalted by the Father,(206) entered into the glory of His kingdom. To Him all things are made subject until He subjects Himself and all created things to the Father that God may be all in all.(207) Now Christ has communicated this royal power to His disciples that they might be constituted in royal freedom and that by true penance and a holy life they might conquer the reign of sin in themselves.(208) Further, He has shared this power so that serving Christ in their fellow men they might by humility and patience lead their brethren to that King for whom to serve is to reign. But the Lord wishes to spread His kingdom also by means of the laity, namely, a kingdom of truth and life, a kingdom of holiness and grace, a kingdom of justice, love and peace (4*). In this kingdom creation itself will be delivered from its slavery to corruption into the freedom of the glory of the sons of God.(209) Clearly then a great promise and a great trust is committed to the disciples: \"All things are yours, and you are Christ's, and Christ is God's\".(210)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The faithful, therefore, must learn the deepest meaning and the value of all creation, as well as its role in the harmonious praise of God. They must assist each other to live holier lives even in their daily occupations. In this way the world may be permeated by the spirit of Christ and it may more effectively fulfill its purpose in justice, charity and peace. The laity have the principal role in the overall fulfillment of this duty. Therefore, by their competence in secular training and by their activity, elevated from within by the grace of Christ, let them vigorously contribute their effort, so that created goods may be perfected by human labor, technical skill and civic culture for the benefit of all men according to the design of the Creator and the light of His Word. May the goods of this world be more equitably distributed among all men, and may they in their own way be conducive to universal progress in human and Christian freedom. In this manner, through the members of the Church, will Christ progressively illumine the whole of human society with His saving light."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, let the laity also by their combined efforts remedy the customs and conditions of the world, if they are an inducement to sin, so that they all may be conformed to the norms of justice and may favor the practice of virtue rather than hinder it. By so doing they will imbue culture and human activity with genuine moral values; they will better prepare the field of the world for the seed of the Word of God; and at the same time they will open wider the doors of the Church by which the message of peace may enter the world."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Because of the very economy of salvation the faithful should learn how to distinguish carefully between those rights and duties which are theirs as members of the Church, and those which they have as members of human society. Let them strive to reconcile the two, remembering that in every temporal affair they must be guided by a Christian conscience, since even in secular business there is no human activity which can be withdrawn from God's dominion. In our own time, however, it is most urgent that this distinction and also this harmony should shine forth more clearly than ever in the lives of the faithful, so that the mission of the Church may correspond more fully to the special conditions of the world today. For it must be admitted that the temporal sphere is governed by its own principles, since it is rightly concerned with the interests of this world. But that ominous doctrine which attempts to build a society with no regard whatever for religion, and which attacks and destroys the religious liberty of its citizens, is rightly to be rejected (5*)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The laity have the right, as do all Christians, to receive in abundance from their spiritual shepherds the spiritual goods of the Church, especially the assistance of the word of God and of the sacraments (6*). They should openly reveal to them their needs and desires with that freedom and confidence which is fitting for children of God and brothers in Christ. They are, by reason of the knowledge, competence or outstanding ability which they may enjoy, permitted and sometimes even obliged to express their opinion on those things which concern the good of the Church (7*). When occasions arise, let this be done through the organs erected by the Church for this purpose. Let it always be done in truth, in courage and in prudence, with reverence and charity toward those who by reason of their sacred office represent the person of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The laity should, as all Christians, promptly accept in Christian obedience decisions of their spiritual shepherds, since they are representatives of Christ as well as teachers and rulers in the Church. Let them follow the example of Christ, who by His obedience even unto death, opened to all men the blessed way of the liberty of the children of God. Nor should they omit to pray for those placed over them, for they keep watch as having to render an account of their souls, so that they may do this with joy and not with grief.(211)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let the spiritual shepherds recognize and promote the dignity as well as the responsibility of the laity in the Church. Let them willingly employ their prudent advice. Let them confidently assign duties to them in the service of the Church, allowing them freedom and room for action. Further, let them encourage lay people so that they may undertake tasks on their own initiative. Attentively in Christ, let them consider with fatherly love the projects, suggestions and desires proposed by the laity.(8*) However, let the shepherds respectfully acknowledge that just freedom which belongs to everyone in this earthly city"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A great many wonderful things are to be hoped for from this familiar dialogue between the laity and their spiritual leaders: in the laity a strengthened sense of personal responsibility; a renewed enthusiasm; a more ready application of their talents to the projects of their spiritual leaders. The latter, on the other hand, aided by the experience of the laity, can more clearly and more incisively come to decisions regarding both spiritual and temporal matters. In this way, the whole Church, strengthened by each one of its members, may more effectively fulfill is mission for the life of the world."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Each individual layman must stand before the world as a witness to the resurrection and life of the Lord Jesus and a symbol of the living God. All the laity as a community and each one according to his ability must nourish the world with spiritual fruits.(212) They must diffuse in the world that spirit which animates the poor, the meek, the peace makers—whom the Lord in the Gospel proclaimed as blessed.(213) In a word, \"Christians must be to the world what the soul is to the body.\"(9*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE UNIVERSAL CALL TO HOLINESS IN THE CHURCH"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church, whose mystery is being set forth by this Sacred Synod, is believed to be indefectibly holy. Indeed Christ, the Son of God, who with the Father and the Spirit is praised as \"uniquely holy,\" (1*) loved the Church as His bride, delivering Himself up for her. He did this that He might sanctify her.(214) He united her to Himself as His own body and brought it to perfection by the gift of the Holy Spirit for God's glory. Therefore in the Church, everyone whether belonging to the hierarchy, or being cared for by it, is called to holiness, according to the saying of the Apostle: \"For this is the will of God, your sanctification\".(215) However, this holiness of the Church is unceasingly manifested, and must be manifested, in the fruits of grace which the Spirit produces in the faithful; it is expressed in many ways in individuals, who in their walk of life, tend toward the perfection of charity, thus causing the edification of others; in a very special way this (holiness) appears in the practice of the counsels, customarily called \"evangelical.\" This practice of the counsels, under the impulsion of the Holy Spirit, undertaken by many Christians, either privately or in a Church-approved condition or state of life, gives and must give in the world an outstanding witness and example of this same holiness."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Lord Jesus, the divine Teacher and Model of all perfection, preached holiness of life to each and everyone of His disciples of every condition. He Himself stands as the author and consumator of this holiness of life: \"Be you therefore perfect, even as your heavenly Father is perfect\".(216)(2*) Indeed He sent the Holy Spirit upon all men that He might move them inwardly to love God with their whole heart and their whole soul, with all their mind and all their strength(217) and that they might love each other as Christ loves them.(218) The followers of Christ are called by God, not because of their works, but according to His own purpose and grace. They are justified in the Lord Jesus, because in the baptism of faith they truly become sons of God and sharers in the divine nature. In this way they are really made holy. Then too, by God's gift, they must hold on to and complete in their lives this holiness they have received. They are warned by the Apostle to live \"as becomes saints\",(219) and to put on \"as God's chosen ones, holy and beloved a heart of mercy, kindness, humility, meekness, patience\",(220) and to possess the fruit of the Spirit in holiness.(221) Since truly we all offend in many things (222) we all need God's mercies continually and we all must daily pray: \"Forgive us our debts\"(223)(3*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus it is evident to everyone, that all the faithful of Christ of whatever rank or status, are called to the fullness of the Christian life and to the perfection of charity;(4*) by this holiness as such a more human manner of living is promoted in this earthly society. In order that the faithful may reach this perfection, they must use their strength accordingly as they have received it, as a gift from Christ. They must follow in His footsteps and conform themselves to His image seeking the will of the Father in all things. They must devote themselves with all their being to the glory of God and the service of their neighbor. In this way, the holiness of the People of God will grow into an abundant harvest of good, as is admirably shown by the life of so many saints in Church history."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The classes and duties of life are many, but holiness is one—that sanctity which is cultivated by all who are moved by the Spirit of God, and who obey the voice of the Father and worship God the Father in spirit and in truth. These people follow the poor Christ, the humble and cross-bearing Christ in order to be worthy of being sharers in His glory. Every person must walk unhesitatingly according to his own personal gifts and duties in the path of living faith, which arouses hope and works through charity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the first place, the shepherds of Christ's flock must holily and eagerly, humbly and courageously carry out their ministry, in imitation of the eternal high Priest, the Shepherd and Guardian of our souls. They ought to fulfill this duty in such a way that it will be the principal means also of their own sanctification. Those chosen for the fullness of the priesthood are granted the ability of exercising the perfect duty of pastoral charity by the grace of the sacrament of Orders. This perfect duty of pastoral charity (5*) is exercised in every form of episcopal care and service, prayer, sacrifice and preaching. By this same sacramental grace, they are given the courage necessary to lay down their lives for their sheep, and the ability of promoting greater holiness in the Church by their daily example, having become a pattern for their flock.(224)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priests, who resemble bishops to a certain degree in their participation of the sacrament of Orders, form the spiritual crown of the bishops.(6*) They participate in the grace of their office and they should grow daily in their love of God and their neighbor by the exercise of their office through Christ, the eternal and unique Mediator. They should preserve the bond of priestly communion, and they should abound in every spiritual good and thus present to all men a living witness to God.(7*) All this they should do in emulation of those priests who often, down through the course of the centuries, left an outstanding example of the holiness of humble and hidden service. Their praise lives on in the Church of God. By their very office of praying and offering sacrifice for their own people and the entire people of God, they should rise to greater holiness. Keeping in mind what they are doing and imitating what they are handling,(8*) these priests, in their apostolic labors, rather than being ensnared by perils and hardships, should rather rise to greater holiness through these perils and hardships. They should ever nourish and strengthen their action from an abundance of contemplation, doing all this for the comfort of the entire Church of God. All priests, and especially those who are called \"diocesan priests,\" due to the special title of their ordination, should keep continually before their minds the fact that their faithful loyalty toward and their generous cooperation with their bishop is of the greatest value in their growth in holiness."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ministers of lesser rank are also sharers in the mission and grace of the Supreme Priest. In the first place among these ministers are deacons, who, in as much as they are dispensers of Christ's mysteries and servants of the Church,(9*) should keep themselves free from every vice and stand before men as personifications of goodness and friends of God.(225) Clerics, who are called by the Lord and are set aside as His portion in order to prepare themselves for the various ministerial offices under the watchful eye of spiritual shepherds, are bound to bring their hearts and minds into accord with this special election (which is theirs). They will accomplish this by their constancy in prayer, by their burning love, and by their unremitting recollection of whatever is true, just and of good repute. They will accomplish all this for the glory and honor of God. Besides these already named, there are also laymen, chosen of God and called by the bishop. These laymen spend themselves completely in apostolic labors, working the Lord's field with much success.(10*)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore, married couples and Christian parents should follow their own proper path (to holiness) by faithful love. They should sustain one another in grace throughout the entire length of their lives. They should embue their offspring, lovingly welcomed as God's gift, with Christian doctrine and the evangelical virtues. In this manner, they offer all men the example of unwearying and generous love; in this way they build up the brotherhood of charity; in so doing, they stand as the witnesses and cooperators in the fruitfulness of Holy Mother Church; by such lives, they are a sign and a participation in that very love, with which Christ loved His Bride and for which He delivered Himself up for her.(11*) A like example, but one given in a different way, is that offered by widows and single people, who are able to make great contributions toward holiness and apostolic endeavor in the Church. Finally, those who engage in labor—and frequently it is of a heavy nature—should better themselves by their human labors. They should be of aid to their fellow citizens. They should raise all of society, and even creation itself, to a better mode of existence. Indeed, they should imitate by their lively charity, in their joyous hope and by their voluntary sharing of each others' burdens, the very Christ who plied His hands with carpenter's tools and Who in union with His Father, is continually working for the salvation of all men. In this, then, their daily work they should climb to the heights of holiness and apostolic activity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "May all those who are weighed down with poverty, infirmity and sickness, as well as those who must bear various hardships or who suffer persecution for justice sake—may they all know they are united with the suffering Christ in a special way for the salvation of the world. The Lord called them blessed in His Gospel and they are those whom \"the God of all graces, who has called us unto His eternal glory in Christ Jesus, will Himself, after we have suffered a little while, perfect, strengthen and establish\".(226)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally all Christ's faithful, whatever be the conditions, duties and circumstances of their lives—and indeed through all these, will daily increase in holiness, if they receive all things with faith from the hand of their heavenly Father and if they cooperate with the divine will. In this temporal service, they will manifest to all men the love with which God loved the world."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"God is love, and he who abides in love, abides in God and God in Him\".(227) But, God pours out his love into our hearts through the Holy Spirit, Who has been given to us;(228) thus the first and most necessary gift is love, by which we love God above all things and our neighbor because of God. Indeed, in order that love, as good seed may grow and bring forth fruit in the soul, each one of the faithful must willingly hear the Word of God and accept His Will, and must complete what God has begun by their own actions with the help of God's grace. These actions consist in the use of the sacraments and in a special way the Eucharist, frequent participation in the sacred action of the Liturgy, application of oneself to prayer, self-abnegation, lively fraternal service and the constant exercise of all the virtues. For charity, as the bond of perfection and the fullness of the law,(229) rules over all the means of attaining holiness and gives life to these same means.(12*) It is charity which guides us to our final end. It is the love of God and the love of one's neighbor which points out the true disciple of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since Jesus, the Son of God, manifested His charity by laying down His life for us, so too no one has greater love than he who lays down his life for Christ and His brothers.(230) From the earliest times, then, some Christians have been called upon—and some will always be called upon—to give the supreme testimony of this love to all men, but especially to persecutors. The Church, then, considers martyrdom as an exceptional gift and as the fullest proof of love. By martyrdom a disciple is transformed into an image of his Master by freely accepting death for the salvation of the world—as well as his conformity to Christ in the shedding of his blood. Though few are presented such an opportunity, nevertheless all must be prepared to confess Christ before men. They must be prepared to make this profession of faith even in the midst of persecutions, which will never be lacking to the Church, in following the way of the cross."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Likewise, the holiness of the Church is fostered in a special way by the observance of the counsels proposed in the Gospel by Our Lord to His disciples.(13*) An eminent position among these is held by virginity or the celibate state.(231) This is a precious gift of divine grace given by the Father to certain souls,(232) whereby they may devote themselves to God alone the more easily, due to an undivided heart. (14*) This perfect continency, out of desire for the kingdom of heaven, has always been held in particular honor in the Church. The reason for this was and is that perfect continency for the love of God is an incentive to charity, and is certainly a particular source of spiritual fecundity in the world."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church continually keeps before it the warning of the Apostle which moved the faithful to charity, exhorting them to experience personally what Christ Jesus had known within Himself. This was the same Christ Jesus, who \"emptied Himself, taking the nature of a slave . . . becoming obedient to death\",(233) and because of us \"being rich, he became poor\".(234) Because the disciples must always offer an imitation of and a testimony to the charity and humility of Christ, Mother Church rejoices at finding within her bosom men and women who very closely follow their Saviour who debased Himself to our comprehension. There are some who, in their freedom as sons of God, renounce their own wills and take upon themselves the state of poverty. Still further, some become subject of their own accord to another man, in the matter of perfection for love of God. This is beyond the measure of the commandments, but is done in order to become more fully like the obedient Christ.(15*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, all the faithful of Christ are invited to strive for the holiness and perfection of their own proper state. Indeed they have an obligation to so strive. Let all then have care that they guide aright their own deepest sentiments of soul. Let neither the use of the things of this world nor attachment to riches, which is against the spirit of evangelical poverty, hinder them in their quest for perfect love. Let them heed the admonition of the Apostle to those who use this world; let them not come to terms with this world; for this world, as we see it, is passing away.(235)(16*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "RELIGIOUS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The evangelical counsels of chastity dedicated to God, poverty and obedience are based upon the words and examples of the Lord. They were further commanded by the apostles and Fathers of the Church, as well as by the doctors and pastors of souls. The counsels are a divine gift, which the Church received from its Lord and which it always safeguards with the help of His grace. Church authority has the duty, under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, of interpreting these evangelical counsels, of regulating their practice and finally to build on them stable forms of living. Thus it has come about, that, as if on a tree which has grown in the field of the Lord, various forms of solidarity and community life, as well as various religious families have branched out in a marvelous and multiple way from this divinely given seed. Such a multiple and miraculous growth augments both the progress of the members of these various religious families themselves and the welfare of the entire Body of Christ.(1*) These religious families give their members the support of a more firm stability in their way of life and a proven doctrine of acquiring perfection. They further offer their members the support of fraternal association in the militia of Christ and of liberty strengthened by obedience. Thus these religious are able to tranquilly fulfill and faithfully observe their religious profession and so spiritually rejoicing make progress on the road of charity.(2*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "From the point of view of the divine and hierarchical structure of the Church, the religious state of life is not an intermediate state between the clerical and lay states. But, rather, the faithful of Christ are called by God from both these states of life so that they might enjoy this particular gift in the life of the Church and thus each in one's own way, may be of some advantage to the salvific mission of the Church.(3*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The faithful of Christ bind themselves to the three aforesaid counsels either by vows, or by other sacred bonds, which are like vows in their purpose. By such a bond, a person is totally dedicated to God, loved beyond all things. In this way, that person is ordained to the honor and service of God under a new and special title. Indeed through Baptism a person dies to sin and is consecrated to God. However, in order that he may be capable of deriving more abundant fruit from this baptismal grace, he intends, by the profession of the evangelical counsels in the Church, to free himself from those obstacles, which might draw him away from the fervor of charity and the perfection of divine worship. By his profession of the evangelical counsels, then, he is more intimately consecrated to divine service.(4*) This consecration will be the more perfect, in as much as the indissoluble bond of the union of Christ and His bride, the Church, is represented by firm and more stable bonds."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The evangelical counsels which lead to charity (5*) join their followers to the Church and its mystery in a special way. Since this is so, the spiritual life of these people should then be devoted to the welfare of the whole Church. From this arises their duty of working to implant and strengthen the Kingdom of Christ in souls and to extend that Kingdom to every clime. This duty is to be undertaken to the extent of their capacities and in keeping with the proper type of their own vocation. This can be realized through prayer or active works of the apostolate. It is for this reason that the Church preserves and fosters the special character of her various religious institutes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The profession of the evangelical counsels, then, appears as a sign which can and ought to attract all the members of the Church to an effective and prompt fulfillment of the duties of their Christian vocation. The people of God have no lasting city here below, but look forward to one that is to come. Since this is so, the religious state, whose purpose is to free its members from earthly cares, more fully manifests to all believers the presence of heavenly goods already possessed here below. Furthermore, it not only witnesses to the fact of a new and eternal life acquired by the redemption of Christ, but it foretells the future resurrection and the glory of the heavenly kingdom. Christ proposed to His disciples this form of life, which He, as the Son of God, accepted in entering this world to do the will of the Father. This same state of life is accurately exemplified and perpetually made present in the Church. The religious state clearly manifests that the Kingdom of God and its needs, in a very special way, are raised above all earthly considerations. Finally it clearly shows all men both the unsurpassed breadth of the strength of Christ the King and the infinite power of the Holy Spirit marvelously working in the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus, the state which is constituted by the profession of the evangelical counsels, though it is not the hierarchical structure of the Church, nevertheless, undeniably belongs to its life and holiness."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is the duty of the ecclesiastical hierarchy to regulate the practice of the evangelical counsels by law, since it is the duty of the same hierarchy to care for the People of God and to lead them to most fruitful pastures.(236) The importance of the profession of the evangelical counsels is seen in the fact that it fosters the perfection of love of God and love of neighbor in an outstanding manner and that this profession is strengthened by vows.(6*) Furthermore, the hierarchy, following with docility the prompting of the Holy Spirit, accepts the rules presented by outstanding men and women and authentically approves these rules after further adjustments. It also aids by its vigilant and safeguarding authority those institutes variously established for the building up of Christ's Body in order that these same institutes may grow and flourish according to the spirit of the founders."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Any institute of perfection and its individual members may be removed from the jurisdiction of the local Ordinaries by the Supreme Pontiff and subjected to himself alone. This is done in virtue of his primacy over the entire Church in order to more fully provide for the necessities of the entire flock of the Lord and in consideration of the common good.(7*) In like manner, these institutes may be left or committed to the charge of the proper patriarchical authority. The members of these institutes, in fulfilling their obligation to the Church due to their particular form of life, ought to show reverence and obedience to bishops according to the sacred canons. The bishops are owed this respect because of their pastoral authority in their own churches and because of the need of unity and harmony in the apostolate.(8*)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church not only raises the religious profession to the dignity of a canonical state by her approval, but even manifests that this profession is a state consecrated to God by the liturgical setting of that profession. The Church itself, by the authority given to it by God, accepts the vows of the newly professed. It begs aid and grace from God for them by its public prayer. It commends them to God, imparts a spiritual blessing on them and accompanies their self-offering by the Eucharistic sacrifice."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious should carefully keep before their minds the fact that the Church presents Christ to believers and non-believers alike in a striking manner daily through them. The Church thus portrays Christ in contemplation on the mountain, in His proclamation of the kingdom of God to the multitudes, in His healing of the sick and maimed, in His work of converting sinners to a better life, in His solicitude for youth and His goodness to all men, always obedient to the will of the Father who sent Him.(9*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All men should take note that the profession of the evangelical counsels, though entailing the renunciation of certain values which are to be undoubtedly esteemed, does not detract from a genuine development of the human persons, but rather by its very nature is most beneficial to that development. Indeed the counsels, voluntarily undertaken according to each one's personal vocation, contribute a great deal to the purification of heart and spiritual liberty. They continually stir up the fervor of charity. But especially they are able to more fully mold the Christian man to that type of chaste and detached life, which Christ the Lord chose for Himself and which His Mother also embraced. This is clearly proven by the example of so many holy founders. Let no one think that religious have become strangers to their fellowmen or useless citizens of this earthly city by their consecration. For even though it sometimes happens that religious do not directly mingle with their contemporaries, yet in a more profound sense these same religious are united with them in the heart of Christ and spiritually cooperate with them. In this way the building up of the earthly city may have its foundation in the Lord and may tend toward Him, lest perhaps those who build this city shall have labored in vain. (10*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, this Sacred Synod encourages and praises the men and women, Brothers and Sisters, who in monasteries, or in schools and hospitals, or in the missions, adorn the Bride of Christ by their unswerving and humble faithfulness in their chosen consecration and render generous services of all kinds to mankind."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let each of the faithful called to the profession of the evangelical counsels, therefore, carefully see to it that he persevere and ever grow in that vocation God has given him. Let him do this for the increased holiness of the Church, for the greater glory of the one and undivided Trinity, which in and through Christ is the fount and the source of all holiness."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE ESCHATOLOGICAL NATURE OF THE PILGRIM CHURCH AND ITS UNION WITH THE CHURCH IN HEAVEN"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church, to which we are all called in Christ Jesus, and in which we acquire sanctity through the grace of God, will attain its full perfection only in the glory of heaven, when there will come the time of the restoration of all things.(237) At that time the human race as well as the entire world, which is intimately related to man and attains to its end through him, will be perfectly reestablished in Christ.(238)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christ, having been lifted up from the earth has drawn all to Himself.(239) Rising from the dead(240) He sent His life-giving Spirit upon His disciples and through Him has established His Body which is the Church as the universal sacrament of salvation. Sitting at the right hand of the Father, He is continually active in the world that He might lead men to the Church and through it join them to Himself and that He might make them partakers of His glorious life by nourishing them with His own Body and Blood. Therefore the promised restoration which we are awaiting has already begun in Christ, is carried forward in the mission of the Holy Spirit and through Him continues in the Church in which we learn the meaning of our terrestrial life through our faith, while we perform with hope in the future the work committed to us in this world by the Father, and thus work out our salvation.(241)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Already the final age of the world has come upon us (242) and the renovation of the world is irrevocably decreed and is already anticipated in some kind of a real way; for the Church already on this earth is signed with a sanctity which is real although imperfect. However, until there shall be new heavens and a new earth in which justice dwells,(243) the pilgrim Church in her sacraments and institutions, which pertain to this present time, has the appearance of this world which is passing and she herself dwells among creatures who groan and travail in pain until now and await the revelation of the sons of God.(244)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Joined with Christ in the Church and signed with the Holy Spirit \"who is the pledge of our inheritance\",(245) truly we are called and we are sons of God(246) but we have not yet appeared with Christ in glory,(247) in which we shall be like to God, since we shall see Him as He is.(248) And therefore \"while we are in the body, we are exiled from the Lord (249) and having the first-fruits of the Spirit we groan within ourselves(250) and we desire to be with Christ\"'.(251) By that same charity however, we are urged to live more for Him, who died for us and rose again.(252) We strive therefore to please God in all things(253) and we put on the armor of God, that we may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil and resist in the evil day.(254) Since however we know not the day nor the hour, on Our Lord's advice we must be constantly vigilant so that, having finished the course of our earthly life,(255) we may merit to enter into the marriage feast with Him and to be numbered among the blessed(256) and that we may not be ordered to go into eternal fire(257) like the wicked and slothful servant,(258) into the exterior darkness where \"there will be the weeping and the gnashing of teeth\".(259) For before we reign with Christ in glory, all of us will be made manifest \"before the tribunal of Christ, so that each one may receive what he has won through the body, according to his works, whether good or evil\"(260) and at the end of the world \"they who have done good shall come forth unto resurrection of life; but those who have done evil unto resurrection of judgment\".(261) Reckoning therefore that \"the sufferings of the present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory to come that will be revealed in us\",(262) strong in faith we look for the \"blessed hope and the glorious coming of our great God and Saviour, Jesus Christ\"(263) \"who will refashion the body of our lowliness, conforming it to the body of His glory(264), and who will come \"to be glorified in His saints and to be marveled at in all those who have believed\"(265)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Until the Lord shall come in His majesty, and all the angels with Him (266) and death being destroyed, all things are subject to Him,(277) some of His disciples are exiles on earth, some having died are purified, and others are in glory beholding \"clearly God Himself triune and one, as He is\";(1*) but all in various ways and degrees are in communion in the same charity of God and neighbor and all sing the same hymn of glory to our God. For all who are in Christ, having His Spirit, form one Church and cleave together in Him.(268) Therefore the union of the wayfarers with the brethren who have gone to sleep in the peace of Christ is not in the least weakened or interrupted, but on the contrary, according to the perpetual faith of the Church, is strengthened by communication of spiritual goods.(2*) For by reason of the fact that those in heaven are more closely united with Christ, they establish the whole Church more firmly in holiness, lend nobility to the worship which the Church offers to God here on earth and in many ways contribute to its greater edification.(269)(3*) For after they have been received into their heavenly home and are present to the Lord,(270) through Him and with Him and in Him they do not cease to intercede with the Father for us,(4*) showing forth the merits which they won on earth through the one Mediator between God and man,(271) serving God in all things and filling up in their flesh those things which are lacking of the sufferings of Christ for His Body which is the Church.(272)(5*) Thus by their brotherly interest our weakness is greatly strengthened."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fully conscious of this communion of the whole Mystical Body of Jesus Christ, the pilgrim Church from the very first ages of the Christian religion has cultivated with great piety the memory of the dead,(6*) and \"because it is a holy and wholesome thought to pray for the dead that they may be loosed from their sins\",(273) also offers suffrages for them. The Church has always believed that the apostles and Christ's martyrs who had given the supreme witness of faith and charity by the shedding of their blood, are closely joined with us in Christ, and she has always venerated them with special devotion, together with the Blessed Virgin Mary and the holy angels.(7*) The Church has piously implored the aid of their intercession. To these were soon added also those who had more closely imitated Christ's virginity and poverty,(8*) and finally others whom the outstanding practice of the Christian virtues (9*) and the divine charisms recommended to the pious devotion and imitation of the faithful.(10*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When we look at the lives of those who have faithfully followed Christ, we are inspired with a new reason for seeking the City that is to come (274) and at the same time we are shown a most safe path by which among the vicissitudes of this world, in keeping with the state in life and condition proper to each of us, we will be able to arrive at perfect union with Christ, that is, perfect holiness. (11*) In the lives of those who, sharing in our humanity, are however more perfectly transformed into the image of Christ,(275) God vividly manifests His presence and His face to men. He speaks to us in them, and gives us a sign of His Kingdom,(12*) to which we are strongly drawn, having so great a cloud of witnesses over us (276) and such a witness to the truth of the Gospel."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nor is it by the title of example only that we cherish the memory of those in heaven, but still more in order that the union of the whole Church may be strengthened in the Spirit by the practice of fraternal charity.(277) For just as Christian communion among wayfarers brings us closer to Christ, so our companionship with the saints joins us to Christ, from Whom as from its Fountain and Head issues every grace and the very life of the people of God.(13*) It is supremely fitting, therefore, that we love those friends and coheirs of Jesus Christ, who are also our brothers and extraordinary benefactors, that we render due thanks to God for them (14*) and \"suppliantly invoke them and have recourse to their prayers, their power and help in obtaining benefits from God through His Son, Jesus Christ, who is our Redeemer and Saviour.\"(15*) For every genuine testimony of love shown by us to those in heaven, by its very nature tends toward and terminates in Christ who is the \"crown of all saints,\"(16*) and through Him, in God Who is wonderful in his saints and is magnified in them.(17*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Our union with the Church in heaven is put into effect in its noblest manner especially in the sacred Liturgy, wherein the power of the Holy Spirit acts upon us through sacramental signs. Then, with combined rejoicing we celebrate together the praise of the divine majesty;(18*) then all those from every tribe and tongue and people and nation (278) who have been redeemed by the blood of Christ and gathered together into one Church, with one song of praise magnify the one and triune God. Celebrating the Eucharistic sacrifice therefore, we are most closely united to the Church in heaven in communion with and venerating the memory first of all of the glorious ever-Virgin Mary, of Blessed Joseph and the blessed apostles and martyrs and of all the saints.(19*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This Sacred Council accepts with great devotion this venerable faith of our ancestors regarding this vital fellowship with our brethren who are in heavenly glory or who having died are still being purified; and it proposes again the decrees of the Second Council of Nicea,(20*) the Council of Florence (21*) and the Council of Trent.(22*) And at the same time, in conformity with our own pastoral interests, we urge all concerned, if any abuses, excesses or defects have crept in here or there, to do what is in their power to remove or correct them, and to restore all things to a fuller praise of Christ and of God. Let them therefore teach the faithful that the authentic cult of the saints consists not so much in the multiplying of external acts, but rather in the greater intensity of our love, whereby, for our own greater good and that of the whole Church, we seek from the saints \"example in their way of life, fellowship in their communion, and aid by their intercession.\"(23*) On the other hand, let them teach the faithful that our communion with those in heaven, provided that it is understood in the fuller light of faith according to its genuine nature, in no way weakens, but conversely, more thoroughly enriches the latreutic worship we give to God the Father, through Christ, in the Spirit.(24*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For all of us, who are sons of God and constitute one family in Christ,(279) as long as we remain in communion with one another in mutual charity and in one praise of the most holy Trinity, are corresponding with the intimate vocation of the Church and partaking in foretaste the liturgy of consummate glory.(25*) For when Christ shall appear and the glorious resurrection of the dead will take place, the glory of God will light up the heavenly City and the Lamb will be the lamp thereof.(280) Then the whole Church of the saints in the supreme happiness of charity will adore God and \"the Lamb who was slain\",(281) proclaiming with one voice: \"To Him who sits upon the throne, and to the Lamb blessing, and honor, and glory, and dominion forever and ever\".(282)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE BLESSED VIRGIN MARY, MOTHER OF GOD IN THE MYSTERY OF CHRIST AND THE CHURCH"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wishing in His supreme goodness and wisdom to effect the redemption of the world, \"when the fullness of time came, God sent His Son, born of a woman...that we might receive the adoption of sons\".(283) \"He for us men, and for our salvation, came down from heaven, and was incarnate by the Holy Spirit from the Virgin Mary.\"(1*) This divine mystery of salvation is revealed to us and continued in the Church, which the Lord established as His body. Joined to Christ the Head and in the unity of fellowship with all His saints, the faithful must in the first place reverence the memory \"of the glorious ever Virgin Mary, Mother of our God and Lord Jesus Christ\".(2*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Virgin Mary, who at the message of the angel received the Word of God in her heart and in her body and gave Life to the world, is acknowledged and honored as being truly the Mother of God and Mother of the Redeemer. Redeemed by reason of the merits of her Son and united to Him by a close and indissoluble tie, she is endowed with the high office and dignity of being the Mother of the Son of God, by which account she is also the beloved daughter of the Father and the temple of the Holy Spirit. Because of this gift of sublime grace she far surpasses all creatures, both in heaven and on earth. At the same time, however, because she belongs to the offspring of Adam she is one with all those who are to be saved. She is \"the mother of the members of Christ . . . having cooperated by charity that faithful might be born in the Church, who are members of that Head.\"(3*) Wherefore she is hailed as a pre-eminent and singular member of the Church, and as its type and excellent exemplar in faith and charity. The Catholic Church, taught by the Holy Spirit, honors her with filial affection and piety as a most beloved mother."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wherefore this Holy Synod, in expounding the doctrine on the Church, in which the divine Redeemer works salvation, intends to describe with diligence both the role of the Blessed Virgin in the mystery of the Incarnate Word and the Mystical Body, and the duties of redeemed mankind toward the Mother of God, who is mother of Christ and mother of men, particularly of the faithful. It does not, however, have it in mind to give a complete doctrine on Mary, nor does it wish to decide those questions which the work of theologians has not yet fully clarified. Those opinions therefore may be lawfully retained which are propounded in Catholic schools concerning her, who occupies a place in the Church which is the highest after Christ and yet very close to us.(4*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. The Role of the Blessed Mother in the Economy of Salvation"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Sacred Scriptures of both the Old and the New Testament, as well as ancient Tradition show the role of the Mother of the Saviour in the economy of salvation in an ever clearer light and draw attention to it. The books of the Old Testament describe the history of salvation, by which the coming of Christ into the world was slowly prepared. These earliest documents, as they are read in the Church and are understood in the light of a further and full revelation, bring the figure of the woman, Mother of the Redeemer, into a gradually clearer light. When it is looked at in this way, she is already prophetically foreshadowed in the promise of victory over the serpent which was given to our first parents after their fall into sin.(284) Likewise she is the Virgin who shall conceive and bear a son, whose name will be called Emmanuel.(285) She stands out among the poor and humble of the Lord, who confidently hope for and receive salvation from Him. With her the exalted Daughter of Sion, and after a long expectation of the promise, the times are fulfilled and the new Economy established, when the Son of God took a human nature from her, that He might in the mysteries of His flesh free man from sin."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Father of mercies willed that the incarnation should be preceded by the acceptance of her who was predestined to be the mother of His Son, so that just as a woman contributed to death, so also a woman should contribute to life. That is true in outstanding fashion of the mother of Jesus, who gave to the world Him who is Life itself and who renews all things, and who was enriched by God with the gifts which befit such a role. It is no wonder therefore that the usage prevailed among the Fathers whereby they called the mother of God entirely holy and free from all stain of sin, as though fashioned by the Holy Spirit and formed as a new creature.(5*) Adorned from the first instant of her conception with the radiance of an entirely unique holiness, the Virgin of Nazareth is greeted, on God's command, by an angel messenger as \"full of grace\",(286) and to the heavenly messenger she replies: \"Behold the handmaid of the Lord, be it done unto me according to thy word\".(287) Thus Mary, a daughter of Adam, consenting to the divine Word, became the mother of Jesus, the one and only Mediator. Embracing God's salvific will with a full heart and impeded by no sin, she devoted herself totally as a handmaid of the Lord to the person and work of her Son, under Him and with Him, by the grace of almighty God, serving the mystery of redemption. Rightly therefore the holy Fathers see her as used by God not merely in a passive way, but as freely cooperating in the work of human salvation through faith and obedience. For, as St. Irenaeus says, she \"being obedient, became the cause of salvation for herself and for the whole human race.\"(6*) Hence not a few of the early Fathers gladly assert in their preaching, \"The knot of Eve's disobedience was untied by Mary's obedience; what the virgin Eve bound through her unbelief, the Virgin Mary loosened by her faith.\"(7*) Comparing Mary with Eve, they call her \"the Mother of the living,\"(8*) and still more often they say: \"death through Eve, life through Mary.\"(9*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This union of the Mother with the Son in the work of salvation is made manifest from the time of Christ's virginal conception up to His death it is shown first of all when Mary, arising in haste to go to visit Elizabeth, is greeted by her as blessed because of her belief in the promise of salvation and the precursor leaped with joy in the womb of his mother.(288) This union is manifest also at the birth of Our Lord, who did not diminish His mother's virginal integrity but sanctified it,(10*) when the Mother of God joyfully showed her firstborn Son to the shepherds and Magi. When she presented Him to the Lord in the temple, making the offering of the poor, she heard Simeon foretelling at the same time that her Son would be a sign of contradiction and that a sword would pierce the mother's soul, that out of many hearts thoughts might be revealed.(289) When the Child Jesus was lost and they had sought Him sorrowing, His parents found Him in the temple, taken up with the things that were His Father's business; and they did not understand the word of their Son. His Mother indeed kept these things to be pondered over in her heart.(290)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the public life of Jesus, Mary makes significant appearances. This is so even at the very beginning, when at the marriage feast of Cana, moved with pity, she brought about by her intercession the beginning of miracles of Jesus the Messiah.(291) In the course of her Son's preaching she received the words whereby in extolling a kingdom beyond the calculations and bonds of flesh and blood, He declared blessed(292) those who heard and kept the word of God, as she was faithfully doing.(293) After this manner the Blessed Virgin advanced in her pilgrimage of faith, and faithfully persevered in her union with her Son unto the cross, where she stood, in keeping with the divine plan,(294) grieving exceedingly with her only begotten Son, uniting herself with a maternal heart with His sacrifice, and lovingly consenting to the immolation of this Victim which she herself had brought forth. Finally, she was given by the same Christ Jesus dying on the cross as a mother to His disciple with these words: \"Woman, behold thy son\".(295) (11*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But since it has pleased God not to manifest solemnly the mystery of the salvation of the human race before He would pour forth the Spirit promised by Christ, we see the apostles before the day of Pentecost \"persevering with one mind in prayer with the women and Mary the Mother of Jesus, and with His brethren\",(296) and Mary by her prayers imploring the gift of the Spirit, who had already overshadowed her in the Annunciation. Finally, the Immaculate Virgin, preserved free from all guilt of original sin,(12*) on the completion of her earthly sojourn, was taken up body and soul into heavenly glory,(13*) and exalted by the Lord as Queen of the universe, that she might be the more fully conformed to her Son, the Lord of lords(297) and the conqueror of sin and death.(l4*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. On the Blessed Virgin and the Church"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There is but one Mediator as we know from the words of the apostle, \"for there is one God and one mediator of God and men, the man Christ Jesus, who gave himself a redemption for all\".(298) The maternal duty of Mary toward men in no wise obscures or diminishes this unique mediation of Christ, but rather shows His power. For all the salvific influence of the Blessed Virgin on men originates, not from some inner necessity, but from the divine pleasure. It flows forth from the superabundance of the merits of Christ, rests on His mediation, depends entirely on it and draws all its power from it. In no way does it impede, but rather does it foster the immediate union of the faithful with Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Predestined from eternity by that decree of divine providence which determined the incarnation of the Word to be the Mother of God, the Blessed Virgin was on this earth the virgin Mother of the Redeemer, and above all others and in a singular way the generous associate and humble handmaid of the Lord. She conceived, brought forth and nourished Christ. She presented Him to the Father in the temple, and was united with Him by compassion as He died on the Cross. In this singular way she cooperated by her obedience, faith, hope and burning charity in the work of the Saviour in giving back supernatural life to souls. Wherefore she is our mother in the order of grace."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This maternity of Mary in the order of grace began with the consent which she gave in faith at the Annunciation and which she sustained without wavering beneath the cross, and lasts until the eternal fulfillment of all the elect. Taken up to heaven she did not lay aside this salvific duty, but by her constant intercession continued to bring us the gifts of eternal salvation.(15*) By her maternal charity, she cares for the brethren of her Son, who still journey on earth surrounded by dangers and cultics, until they are led into the happiness of their true home. Therefore the Blessed Virgin is invoked by the Church under the titles of Advocate, Auxiliatrix, Adjutrix, and Mediatrix.(16*) This, however, is to be so understood that it neither takes away from nor adds anything to the dignity and efficaciousness of Christ the one Mediator.(17*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For no creature could ever be counted as equal with the Incarnate Word and Redeemer. Just as the priesthood of Christ is shared in various ways both by the ministers and by the faithful, and as the one goodness of God is really communicated in different ways to His creatures, so also the unique mediation of the Redeemer does not exclude but rather gives rise to a manifold cooperation which is but a sharing in this one source."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church does not hesitate to profess this subordinate role of Mary. It knows it through unfailing experience of it and commends it to the hearts of the faithful, so that encouraged by this maternal help they may the more intimately adhere to the Mediator and Redeemer."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By reason of the gift and role of divine maternity, by which she is united with her Son, the Redeemer, and with His singular graces and functions, the Blessed Virgin is also intimately united with the Church. As St. Ambrose taught, the Mother of God is a type of the Church in the order of faith, charity and perfect union with Christ.(18*) For in the mystery of the Church, which is itself rightly called mother and virgin, the Blessed Virgin stands out in eminent and singular fashion as exemplar both of virgin and mother. (19*) By her belief and obedience, not knowing man but overshadowed by the Holy Spirit, as the new Eve she brought forth on earth the very Son of the Father, showing an undefiled faith, not in the word of the ancient serpent, but in that of God's messenger. The Son whom she brought forth is He whom God placed as the first-born among many brethren,(299) namely the faithful, in whose birth and education she cooperates with a maternal love."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church indeed, contemplating her hidden sanctity, imitating her charity and faithfully fulfilling the Father's will, by receiving the word of God in faith becomes herself a mother. By her preaching she brings forth to a new and immortal life the sons who are born to her in baptism, conceived of the Holy Spirit and born of God. She herself is a virgin, who keeps the faith given to her by her Spouse whole and entire. Imitating the mother of her Lord, and by the power of the Holy Spirit, she keeps with virginal purity an entire faith, a firm hope and a sincere charity.(20*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But while in the most holy Virgin the Church has already reached that perfection whereby she is without spot or wrinkle, the followers of Christ still strive to increase in holiness by conquering sin.(300) And so they turn their eyes to Mary who shines forth to the whole community of the elect as the model of virtues. Piously meditating on her and contemplating her in the light of the Word made man, the Church with reverence enters more intimately into the great mystery of the Incarnation and becomes more and more like her Spouse. For Mary, who since her entry into salvation history unites in herself and re-echoes the greatest teachings of the faith as she is proclaimed and venerated, calls the faithful to her Son and His sacrifice and to the love of the Father. Seeking after the glory of Christ, the Church becomes more like her exalted Type, and continually progresses in faith, hope and charity, seeking and doing the will of God in all things. Hence the Church, in her apostolic work also, justly looks to her, who, conceived of the Holy Spirit, brought forth Christ, who was born of the Virgin that through the Church He may be born and may increase in the hearts of the faithful also. The Virgin in her own life lived an example of that maternal love, by which it behooves that all should be animated who cooperate in the apostolic mission of the Church for the regeneration of men."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV. The Cult of the Blessed Virgin in the Church"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Placed by the grace of God, as God's Mother, next to her Son, and exalted above all angels and men, Mary intervened in the mysteries of Christ and is justly honored by a special cult in the Church. Clearly from earliest times the Blessed Virgin is honored under the title of Mother of God, under whose protection the faithful took refuge in all their dangers and necessities.(21*) Hence after the Synod of Ephesus the cult of the people of God toward Mary wonderfully increased in veneration and love, in invocation and imitation, according to her own prophetic words: \"All generations shall call me blessed, because He that is mighty hath done great things to me\".(301) This cult, as it always existed, although it is altogether singular, differs essentially from the cult of adoration which is offered to the Incarnate Word, as well to the Father and the Holy Spirit, and it is most favorable to it. The various forms of piety toward the Mother of God, which the Church within the limits of sound and orthodox doctrine, according to the conditions of time and place, and the nature and ingenuity of the faithful has approved, bring it about that while the Mother is honored, the Son, through whom all things have their being (302) and in whom it has pleased the Father that all fullness should dwell,(303) is rightly known, loved and glorified and that all His commands are observed."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This most Holy Synod deliberately teaches this Catholic doctrine and at the same time admonishes all the sons of the Church that the cult, especially the liturgical cult, of the Blessed Virgin, be generously fostered, and the practices and exercises of piety, recommended by the magisterium of the Church toward her in the course of centuries be made of great moment, and those decrees, which have been given in the early days regarding the cult of images of Christ, the Blessed Virgin and the saints, be religiously observed.(22*) But it exhorts theologians and preachers of the divine word to abstain zealously both from all gross exaggerations as well as from petty narrow-mindedness in considering the singular dignity of the Mother of God.(23*) Following the study of Sacred Scripture, the Holy Fathers, the doctors and liturgy of the Church, and under the guidance of the Church's magisterium, let them rightly illustrate the duties and privileges of the Blessed Virgin which always look to Christ, the source of all truth, sanctity and piety. Let them assiduously keep away from whatever, either by word or deed, could lead separated brethren or any other into error regarding the true doctrine of the Church. Let the faithful remember moreover that true devotion consists neither in sterile or transitory affection, nor in a certain vain credulity, but proceeds from true faith, by which we are led to know the excellence of the Mother of God, and we are moved to a filial love toward our mother and to the imitation of her virtues."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "V. Mary the sign of created hope and solace to the wandering people of God"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the interim just as the Mother of Jesus, glorified in body and soul in heaven, is the image and beginning of the Church as it is to be perfected is the world to come, so too does she shine forth on earth, until the day of the Lord shall come,(304) as a sign of sure hope and solace to the people of God during its sojourn on earth."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It gives great joy and comfort to this holy and general Synod that even among the separated brethren there are some who give due honor to the Mother of our Lord and Saviour, especially among the Orientals, who with devout mind and fervent impulse give honor to the Mother of God, ever virgin.(24*) The entire body of the faithful pours forth instant supplications to the Mother of God and Mother of men that she, who aided the beginnings of the Church by her prayers, may now, exalted as she is above all the angels and saints, intercede before her Son in the fellowship of all the saints, until all families of people, whether they are honored with the title of Christian or whether they still do not know the Saviour, may be happily gathered together in peace and harmony into one people of God, for the glory of the Most Holy and Undivided Trinity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Each and all these items which are set forth in this dogmatic Constitution have met with the approval of the Council Fathers. And We by the apostolic power given Us by Christ together with the Venerable Fathers in the Holy Spirit, approve, decree and establish it and command that what has thus been decided in the Council be promulgated for the glory of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Given in Rome at St. Peter's on November 21, 1964."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A question has arisen regarding the precise theological note which should be attached to the doctrine that is set forth in the Schema de Ecclesia and is being put to a vote."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Theological Commission has given the following response regarding the Modi that have to do with Chapter III of the de Ecclesia Schema: \"As is self-evident, the Council's text must always be interpreted in accordance with the general rules that are known to all.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On this occasion the Theological Commission makes reference to its Declaration of March 6, 1964, the text of which we transcribe here:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Taking conciliar custom into consideration and also the pastoral purpose of the present Council, the sacred Council defines as binding on the Church only those things in matters of faith and morals which it shall openly declare to be binding. The rest of the things which the sacred Council sets forth, inasmuch as they are the teaching of the Church's supreme magisterium, ought to be accepted and embraced by each and every one of Christ's faithful according to the mind of the sacred Council. The mind of the Council becomes known either from the matter treated or from its manner of speaking, in accordance with the norms of theological interpretation.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "**The following was published as an appendix to the official Latin version of the Constitution on the Church.**"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A preliminary note of explanation is being given to the Council Fathers from higher-authority, regarding the Modi bearing on Chapter III of the Schema de Ecclesia; the doctrine set forth in Chapter III ought to be explained and understood in accordance with the meaning and intent of this explanatory note."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Preliminary Note of Explanation"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Commission has decided to preface the assessment of the Modi with the following general observations."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"College\" is not understood in a strictly juridical sense, that is as a group of equals who entrust their power to their president, but as a stable group whose structure and authority must be learned from Revelation. For this reason, in reply to Modus 12 it is expressly said of the Twelve that the Lord set them up \"as a college or stable group.\" Cf. also Modus 53, c."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the same reason, the words \"Ordo\" or \"Corpus\" are used throughout with reference to the College of bishops. The parallel between Peter and the rest of the Apostles on the one hand, and between the Supreme Pontiff and the bishops on the other hand, does not imply the transmission of the Apostles' extraordinary power to their successors; nor does it imply, as is obvious, equality between the head of the College and its members, but only a proportionality between the first relationship (Peter-Apostles) and the second (Pope-bishops). Thus the Commission decided to write \"pari ratione, \" not \"eadem ratione,\" in n. 22. Cf. Modus 57."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A person becomes a member of the College by virtue of Episcopal consecration and by hierarchical communion with the head of the College and with its members. Cf. n. 22, end of 1 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In his consecration a person is given an ontological participation in the sacred functions [munera]; this is absolutely clear from Tradition, liturgical tradition included. The word \"functions [munera]\" is used deliberately instead of the word \"powers [potestates],\" because the latter word could be understood as a power fully ready to act. But for this power to be fully ready to act, there must be a further canonical or juridical determination through the hierarchical authority. This determination of power can consist in the granting of a particular office or in the allotment of subjects, and it is done according to the norms approved by the supreme authority. An additional norm of this sort is required by the very nature of the case, because it involves functions [munera] which must be exercised by many subjects cooperating in a hierarchical manner in accordance with Christ's will. It is evident that this \"communion\" was applied in the Church's life according to the circumstances of the time, before it was codified as law."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For this reason it is clearly stated that hierarchical communion with the head and members of the church is required. Communion is a notion which is held in high honor in the ancient Church (and also today, especially in the East). However, it is not understood as some kind of vague disposition, but as an organic reality which requires a juridical form and is animated by charity. Hence the Commission, almost unanimously, decided that this wording should be used: \"in hierarchical communion.\" Cf. Modus 40 and the statements on canonical mission (n. 24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The documents of recent Pontiffs regarding the jurisdiction of bishops must be interpreted in terms of this necessary determination of powers."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The College, which does not exist without the head, is said \"to exist also as the subject of supreme and full power in the universal Church.\" This must be admitted of necessity so that the fullness of power belonging to the Roman Pontiff is not called into question. For the College, always and of necessity, includes its head, because in the college he preserves unhindered his function as Christ's Vicar and as Pastor of the universal Church. In other words, it is not a distinction between the Roman Pontiff and the bishops taken collectively, but a distinction between the Roman Pontiff taken separately and the Roman Pontiff together with the bishops. Since the Supreme Pontiff is head of the College, he alone is able to perform certain actions which are not at all within the competence of the bishops, e.g., convoking the College and directing it, approving norms of action, etc. Cf. Modus 81. It is up to the judgment of the Supreme Pontiff, to whose care Christ's whole flock has been entrusted, to determine, according to the needs of the Church as they change over the course of centuries, the way in which this care may best be exercised—whether in a personal or a collegial way. The Roman Pontiff, taking account of the Church's welfare, proceeds according to his own discretion in arranging, promoting and approving the exercise of collegial activity."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As Supreme Pastor of the Church, the Supreme Pontiff can always exercise his power at will, as his very office demands. Though it is always in existence, the College is not as a result permanently engaged in strictly collegial activity; the Church's Tradition makes this clear. In other words, the College is not always \"fully active [in actu pleno]\"; rather, it acts as a college in the strict sense only from time to time and only with the consent of its head. The phrase \"with the consent of its head\" is used to avoid the idea of dependence on some kind of outsider; the term \"consent\" suggests rather communion between the head and the members, and implies the need for an act which belongs properly to the competence of the head. This is explicitly affirmed in n. 22, 12, and is explained at the end of that section. The word \"only\" takes in all cases. It is evident from this that the norms approved by the supreme authority must always be observed. Cf. Modus 84."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is clear throughout that it is a question of the bishops acting in conjunction with their head, never of the bishops acting independently of the Pope. In the latter instance, without the action of the head, the bishops are not able to act as a College: this is clear from the concept of \"College.\" This hierarchical communion of all the bishops with the Supreme Pontiff is certainly firmly established in Tradition."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "N.B. Without hierarchical communion the ontologico-sacramental function [munus], which is to be distinguished from the juridico-canonical aspect, cannot be exercised. However, the Commission has decided that it should not enter into question of liceity and validity. These questions are left to theologians to discuss—specifically the question of the power exercised de facto among the separated Eastern Churches, about which there are various explanations.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1 Cf. Mk. 16:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2 Col. 1:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3 Rom. 8:29."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4 Cf. Eph. 1:4-5 and 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5 Cf. Jn. 19:34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6 Jn. 12:32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7 1 Cor 5:7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8 Cf. 1 Cor. 10:17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9 Cf. Jn. 17:4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10 Cf Eph. 1:18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11 Cf Jn. 4:14; 7:38-39."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12 Cf. Rom. 8:10-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13 Cf. Cor. 3:16; 6:19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14 Cf. Gal. 4:6; Rom. 8:15-16 and 26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15 Cf. Jn. 16:13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16 Cf. Eph. 1:11-12; 1 Cor. 12:4 Gal. 5:22."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rev. 22:17"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mk. 1:15; cf. Mt. 4:17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mk. 4:14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20 Lk. 12:32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21 Cf. Mk. 4:26-29."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22 Lk. 11:20; cf. Mt.12:28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23 Mk. 10.45."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24 Cf. Acts 2:36; Heb. 5:6; 7:17-21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25 Cf. Acts 2:33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26 Jn. 10:1-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27 Cf. Is. 40:11; Ex. 34:11ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28 Cf Jn. 10:11; 1 Pt. 5:4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "29 Cf. Jn. 10:11-15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "30 l Cor. 3:9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "31 1 Rom. 11:13-26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "32 Mt. 21:33-43; cf. Is. 5:1 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "33 Jn. 15:1-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "34 1 Cor. 3:9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "35 Mt 21:42; cf. Acts 4:11; 1 Pt. 2:7; Ps. 117:22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "36 Cf. 1 Cor. 3:11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "37 1 Tim. 3:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "38 Eph. 2:19-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "39 Rev. 21:3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "40 1 Pt. 2:5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "41 Rev. 21:16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "42 Gal. 4:26; cf. Rev. 12:17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "43 Rev. 19:7; 21:2 and 9; 22:17"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "44 Eph. 5:26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "45 Eph. 5:29."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "46 Cf. Eph. 5:24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "47 Cf. Eph. 3:19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "48 Cf. 2 Cor. 5:6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "49 Cf. Col. 3:1-4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "50 Cf. Gal. 6:15; 2 Cor. 5:17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "51 1 Cor. 12:13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "52 Rom. 6:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "53 1 Cor. 10:17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "54 Cf. 1 Cor 12:27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "55 Rom. 12:5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "56 Cf. 1 Cor. 12:12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "57 Cf. 1 Cor. 12.1-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "58 Cf. 1 Cor. 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "59 Cf. l Cor. 12:26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "60 Cf. Col. 1:15-18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "61 Cf. Eph. 1:18-23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "62 Cf. Gal. 4:19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "63 Cf. Phil. 3:21; 2 Tim. 2:11; Eph. 2:6; Col. 2:12 etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "64 Cf. Rom. 8:17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "65 Col. 2:19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "66 Cf. Eph. 4:11-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "67 Cf. Eph. 4:23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "68 Cf. Eph. 5:25-28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "69 Ibid. 23-24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "70 Col. 2:9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "71 Cf. Eph. 1:22-23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "72 Cf. Eph. 3:19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "73 Cf. Eph. 4:16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "74 Jn. 21:17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "75 Cf. Mt. 28:18, f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "76 1 Tim. 3:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "77 Phil. 2:6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "78 2 Cor. 8:9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "79 Lk. 4:18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "80 Lk. 19:10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "81 Heb. 7:26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "82 2 Cor. 5:21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "83 Cf. Heb. 2:17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "84 Cf. 1 Cor. 11:26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "85 Cf. Acts 10:35."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "86 Jer. 31:31-34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "87 Cf. 1 Cor. 11:25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "88 Cf. 1 Pt. 1:23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "89 Cf. Jn. 3:5-6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "90 1 Pt. 2:9-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "91 Rom. 4:25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "92 Cf. Jn. 13:34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "93 Cf. Col. 3:4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "94 Rom. 8:21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "95 Cf. Mt. 5:13-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "96 Neh. 13:1; cf. Deut. 23:1 ff; Num. 20:4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "97 Cf. Heb. 13:14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "98 Cf. Mt. 16:18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "99 Cf. Acts 20:28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "100 Cf. Heb. 5:1-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "101 Cf Rev. 6:1; cf. 5:9-10"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "102 Cf. 1 Pt.2:4-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "103 Cf. Acts 2:42-47."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "104 Cf. Rom. 12:1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "105 Cf 1 Pt. 3:15"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "107 Cf. Rom; 8:17; Col. 1:24; 2 Tim. 2:11-12; 1 Pet. 4:13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "108 Cf. Eph. 5:32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "109 Cf. 1 Cor. 7, 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "110 Cf. Heb. 13:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "111 Cf. Jn. 2:20, 27"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "112 Cf. 1 Thess. 2:13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "113 Cf. Jud. 3"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "114 1 Cor. 12:11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "115 Cf. 1 Thess 5:12, 19-21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "116 Cf. Jn. 11:52."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "117 Cf. Heb. 1:2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "119 Cf. Acts 2:42."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "120 Cf. Jn. 18:36"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "121 Cf. Ps. 2:8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "122 Cf. Ps. 71 (72):10; Is. 60:4-7; Rev. 21:24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "123 1 Pet. 4:10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "124 Cf. Mk. 16:16; Jn. 3.5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "125 Cf. Rom. 9:4-5"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "126 Cf. Rom. 1 l:28-29."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "127 Cf. Acts 17:25-28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "128 Cf. 1 Tim. 2:4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "129 Cf Rom. 1:21, 25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "130 Mk. 16:16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-324",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "131 Cf. Jn. 20:21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "132 Mt. 28:19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-326",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "133 Cf. Acts 1:8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "134 I Cor. 9:16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "135 Mal. 1:11"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-329",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "136 Jn. 20:21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "137 Mk. 3:13-19; Mt. 10:1-42."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "138 Cf Lk. 6:13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-332",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "139 Cf. Jn. 21:15-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-333",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "140 Rom. 1:16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "141 Cf. Mt. 28:16-20; Mk. 16:15; Lk. 24:45-48; Jn. 20:21-23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-335",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "142 Cf. Mt. 28:20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-336",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "143 Cf. Acts 2:1-26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-337",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "144 Acts 1.8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-338",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "145 Cf. Mk. 16:20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-339",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "146 Cf. Rev. 21:14; Mt. 16:18; Eph. 2:20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-340",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "147 Cf. Mt. 28:20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "148 Cf. Acts 20:28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-342",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "149 Cf. Lk. 10:16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "150 Cf. 1 Cor. 4:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-344",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "151 Cf. 1 Cor. 4:1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-345",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "152 Cf. Rom. 15:16; Acts 20:24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-346",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "153 Cf. 2 Cor. 3:8-9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-347",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "154 Cf Acts 1:8, 2:4, Jn. 20:22-23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-348",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "155 Cf 1 Tim. 4:14; 2 Tim. 1:6-7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-349",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "156 Cf. Mt. 16.18-19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-350",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "157 Cf. Jn. 21:15 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-351",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "158 Mt. 16:19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "159 Mt. 18:18, 28:16-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-353",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "160 Cf . Mt. 5:10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-354",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "161 Cf. Mt. 28:18; Mk. 16:15-16; Acts 26:17 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-355",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "162 Cf Acts 1:8- 2:1 ff, 9:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-356",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "163 Cf Acts 1:17, 25; 21:19; Rom. 11:13; 1 Tim. 1:12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-357",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "164 Cf. Mt. 13:52."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-358",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "165 Cf. 2 Tim. 4:1-4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-359",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "166 Cf. Lk. 22:32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-360",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "167 Cf. 1. Thess. 1:5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-361",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "168 Cf. Rom. 1:16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-362",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "169 Cf. Lk. 22:26-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-363",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "170 Cf. Mt. 20:28; Mk. 10:45."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-364",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "171 Cf. Jn. 10:11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-365",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "172 Cf. Heb. 5:1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-366",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "173 Cf. Heb. 13:17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-367",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "174 Cf. Rom. 1:14-15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-368",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "175 Cf. 1 Cor. 4:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-369",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "176 Jn. 10:36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-370",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "177 Heb. 5:1-10, 7:24, 9:11-28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-371",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "178 1 Tim. 2:5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-372",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "179 Cf. 1 Cor. 11:26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-373",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "180 Cf. Heb. 9:11-28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-374",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "181 Heb. 5:1-4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-375",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "182 Jn. 4:24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-376",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "183 Cf. 1 Tim. 5:17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-377",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "184 Cf. Eph. 4:12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-378",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "185 Cf. Jn. 15:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-379",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "186 Cf. 1 Cor. 4:15; 1 Pt. 1:23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-380",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "187 1 Pt. 5:3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-381",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "188 Cf 1 Cor. 1:2; 2 Cor. 1:1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-382",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "189 Cf Lk. 15:4-7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-383",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "190 Eph. 4:15-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-384",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "191 1 Rom. 12:4-5"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-385",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "192 Cf. Eph. 4:5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-386",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "193 Gal. 3:28; cf. Col. 3.11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-387",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "194 Cf. 2 Pt. 1:1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-388",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "195 1 Cor. 12:11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-389",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "196 Cf. Mt. 20:28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-390",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "197 Eph. 4:7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-391",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "198 Cf. Phil. 4:3; Rom. 16:3ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-392",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "199 Pt. 2:5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-393",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "200 Cf. Acts 2:17-18; Rev. 19:10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-394",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "201 Cf. Eph. 5:16; Col. 4:5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-395",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "202 Cf. Rom. 8:25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-396",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "203 Eph. 6:12"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-397",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "204 Cf. Rev. 21:1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-398",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "205 Cf. Heb. 11:1"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-399",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "206 Cf. Phil. 2:8-9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-400",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "207 Cf 1 Cor. 15:27"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-401",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "208 Cf. Rom. 6:12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-402",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "209 Cf Rom. 8:21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-403",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "210 1 Cor. 3:23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-404",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "211 Cf. Heb. 13:17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-405",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "212 Cf. Gal. 5:12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-406",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "213 Cf Mt. 5:3-9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-407",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "214 Cf Eph. 5:25-26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-408",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "215 l Thess. 4.3; cf. Eph.1:4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-409",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "216 Mt. 5:48."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-410",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "217 Cf. Mk. 12:30."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-411",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "218 Cf. Jn. 13.34; 15:12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-412",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "219 Eph. 5:3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-413",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "220 Col . 3:12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-414",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "221 Cf. Gal. 5:22; Rom. 6:22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-415",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "222 Cf. Jas. 3:2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-416",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "223 1 Mt. 6:12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-417",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "224 Cf. 1 Pt. 5:3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-418",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "225 Cf. 1 Tim. 3:8-10 and 12-1"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-419",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "226 1 Pt. 5:10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-420",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "227 1 Jn. 4:16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-421",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "228 Cf. Rom. 5:5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-422",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "229 Cf. Col. 3:14; Rom. 13:10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-423",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "230 Cf. 1 Jn. 3:16; Jn. 15:13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-424",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "231 Cf 1 Cor. 7:32-34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-425",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "232 Cf Mt. l9:11; 1 Cor.7:7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-426",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "233 Phil. 2:7-8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-427",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "234 2 Cor. 8:9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-428",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "235 Cf 1. Cor. 7:31ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-429",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "236 Ezech. 34:14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-430",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "237 Acts 3:21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-431",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "238 Cf Eph. 1:10; Col. 1:20; 2 Pt.3:10-13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-432",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "239 Cf. Jn. 12:32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-433",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "240 Cf. Rom. 6:9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-434",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "241 Cf. Phil. 2:12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-435",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "242 Cf 1 Cor. 10:11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-436",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "243 Cf. 2. Pt. 3:13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-437",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "244 Cf. Rom. 8:19-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-438",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "245 Eph. 1:14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-439",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "246 Cf. 1 Jn. 3:1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-440",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "247 Cf. Col. 3.4"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-441",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "248 Cf. 1 Jn. 3:2"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-442",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "249 2 Cor. 5:6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-443",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "250 Cf. Rom. 8:23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-444",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "251 Cf. Phil. 1:23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-445",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "252 Cf. 2 Cor 5:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-446",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "253 Cf. 2 Cor. 5:9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-447",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "254 Cf. Eph.6:11-13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-448",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "255 Cf. Heb 9:27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-449",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "256 Cf. Mt. 25:31-46."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-450",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "257 Cf. Mt. 25:41."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-451",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "258 Cf. Mt. 25:26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-452",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "259 Mt. 22:13 and 25:30."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-453",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "260 2 Cor. 5:10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-454",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "261 Jn. 5:29; Cf. Mt. 25:46."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-455",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "262 Rom. 8:18; cf. 2 Tim. 2.11-12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-456",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "263 Tit. 2:13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-457",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "264 Phil. 3,:21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-458",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "265 2 Thess. 1:10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-459",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "266 Cf. Mt. 25:31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-460",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "267 Cf. 1 Cor. 15:26-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-461",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "268 Cf. Eph. 4:16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-462",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "269 Cf. 1 Cor. 12:12-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-463",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "270 Cf. 2 Cor. 5.8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-464",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "271 Cf. 1 Tim. 2.5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-465",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "272 Cf. Col. 1:24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-466",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "273 2 Macc. 12:46."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-467",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "274 Cf. Heb. 13:14; 11:10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-468",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "275 Cf. 2 Cor. 3:18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-469",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "276 Cf. Heb. 12:1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-470",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "277 Cf Eph. 4:1-6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-471",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "278 Cf. Rev. 5:9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-472",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "279 Cf. Heb. 3:6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-473",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "280 Cf. Rev. 21:24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-474",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "281 Rev. 5:12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-475",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "282 Rev. 5:13-14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-476",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "283 Gal. 4:4-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-477",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "284 Cf. Gen. 3:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-478",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "285 Cf. Is 7:14; cf. Mich. 5:2-3; Mt. 1:22-23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-479",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "286 Cf. Lk. 1:28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-480",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "287 Lk. 1:38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-481",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "288 Cf. Lk. 1:41-45."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-482",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "289 Cf. Lk. 2:34-35"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-483",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "290 Cf. Lk. 2:41-51."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-484",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "291 Cf. Jn. 2:1-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-485",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "292 Cf. Mk. 3:35; Lk. 11:27-28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-486",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "293 Cf. Lk. 2:19, 51."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-487",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "294 Cf. Jn. 19:25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-488",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "295 Cf. Jn. 19:26-27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-489",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "296 Acts 1:14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-490",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "297 Cf Rev. 19:16"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-491",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "298 1 Tim. 2:5-6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-492",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "299 Rom. 8:29."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-493",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "300 Cf. Eph 5:27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-494",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "301 Lk. 1:48."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-495",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "302 Cf. Col. 1:15-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-496",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "303 Col 1:19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-497",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "304 Cf. 2 Pt. 3:10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-498",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES (*)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-499",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-500",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Cfr. S. Cyprianus, Epist. 64, 4: PL 3, 1017. CSEL (Hartcl), III B p. 720. S. Hilarius Pict., In Mt 23, 6: PL 9, 1047. S. Augustinus, passim. S. Cyrillus Alex., Glaph in Gen. 2, 10: PG 69, 110 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-501",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cfr. S. Gregorius M., Hom in Evang. 19, 1: PL 76, 1154 B. S Augustinus, Serm. 341, 9, 11: PL 39, 1499 s. S. Io. Damascenus, Adv. Iconocl. 11: PG 96, 1357."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-502",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Cfr. S. Irenaeus, adv. Haer, 111 24, 1: PG 7, 966 B; Harvey 2, 13i, ed. Sagnard, Sources Chr., p 398."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-503",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) S. Cyprianus, De Orat Dom. 23: PL 4, 5S3, Hartel, III A, p. 28S. S. Augustinus, Serm. 71, 20, 33: PL 38, 463 s. S. Io. Damascenus, Adv. Iconocl. 12: PG 96, 1358 D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-504",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cfr. Origenes, In Matth. 16, 21: PG 13, 1443 C, Tertullianus Adv. Marc. 3, 7: PL 2, 357 C, CSEL 47, 3 p. 386. Pro documentis liturgicis, cfr. Sacramentarium Gregorianum: PL 78, 160 B.Vel C. Mohlberg, Liber Sactamentorum romanae ecclesiae, Romao 195O, p. 111, XC:.Deus, qui ex omni coaptacione sanctorum aeternum tibi condis habitaculum..... Hymnus Urbs Ierusalem beata in Breviario monastico, et Coclest urbs Ierusalem in Breviario Romano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-505",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cfr. S. Thomas, Sumtna Theol. III, q. 62, a. 5, ad 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-506",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cfr. Pius XII, Litt. Encycl Mystici Corporis, 29 iun. 1943 AAS 35 (1943), p. 208."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-507",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cfr. Leo XIII, Epist. Encycl Divinum illud, 9 maii 1897: AAS 29 (1896-97) p. 6S0. Pius XII, Litt Encyl. Mystici Corporis, 1. c., pp 219-220; Denz. 2288 (3808).S. Augustinus, Serm. 268, 2: PL 38 232, ct alibi. S. Io. Chrysostomus n Eph. Hom. 9, 3: PG 62, 72. idymus Alex., Trin. 2, 1: PG 39 49 s. S. Thomas, In Col. 1, 18 cet. 5 ed. Marietti, II, n. 46-Sieut constituitur unum eorpus ex nitate animae, ita Ecelesia ex unil atc Spiritus....."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-508",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Leo XIII, Litt. Encycl. Sapientiae christianae, 10 ian. 1890 AAS 22 (1889-90) p. 392. Id., Epist. Encycl. Satis cognitium, 29 iun. 1896; AAS 28 (1895-96) pp. 710 ct 724 ss. Pius XII, Litt. Eneyel. Mystici Corporis, 1. c., pp. 199-200."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-509",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cfr. Pius XII, Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis, 1. c., p. 221 ss. Id., Lin. Encycl. Humani genesis, 12 Aug. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) p. 571."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-510",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Leo XIII, Epist. Encycl. Satis cognitum, 1. c., p. 713."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-511",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cfr. Symbolum Apostolicum: Denz. 6-9 (10-13); Symb. Nic.-Const.: Denz. 86 (150), coll. Prof. fidei Trid.: Denz. 994 et 999 (1862 et 1868)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-512",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Dieitur. Saneta (catholica apostolica) Romana Ecelesia .: in Prof. fidei Trid., 1. c. et Concl. Vat. I, Sess. III, Const. dogm. de fide cath.: Denz. 1782 (3001)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-513",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) S. Augustinus, Civ. Dei, XVIII, 51, 2: PL 41, 614."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-514",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-515",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Cfr. S. Cyprianus, Epist. 69, 6: PL 3, 1142 B; Hartel 3 B, p. 754: inseparabile unitatis sacramentum .."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-516",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cfr. Pius XII, Alloc. Magnificate Dominum, 2 nov. 1954: AAS 46 (1954) p. 669. Litt. Encycl. Mediator Dei, 20 nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947) p. 555."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-517",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Cfr. Pius XI, Litt. Encycl. Miserentissimus Redemptor, 8 maii 1928: AAS 20 (1928) p. 171 s. Pius XII Alloc. Vous nous avez, 22 sept. 1956: AAS 48 (1956) p. 714."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-518",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Cfr. S. Thomas, Summa Theol. III, q. 63, a. 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-519",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cfr. S. Cyrillus Hieros., Catech. 17, de Spiritu Sancto, II, 35-37: PG 33, 1009-1012. Nic. Cabasilas, De vita in Christo, lib. III, de utilitate chrismatis: PG 150, 569-580. S. Thomas, Summa Theol. III, q. 65, a. 3 et q. 72, a. 1 et 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-520",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cfr. Pius XII, Litt. Encycl. Mediator Dei 20 nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947), paesertim p. 552 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-521",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) I Cor. 7, 7: . Unusquisque proprium donum (idion charisma) habet ex Deo: alius quidem sic alius vero sic .. Cfr. S. Augustinus, De Dono Persev. 14, 37: PL 45, 1015 s.: Non tantum continenti Dei donum est, sed coniugatorum etiam castitas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-522",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cfr. S. Augustinus, D Praed. Sanct. 14, 27: PL 44, 980."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-523",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Cfr. S. Io. Chrysostomus, In Io. Hom. 65, 1: PG 59, 361."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-524",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cfr. S. Irenaeus, Adv. Haer. III, 16, 6; III, 22, 1-3: PG 7, 925 C-926 Aet 955 C - 958 A; Harvey 2, 87 s. et 120-123; Sagnard, Ed. Sources Chret., pp. 290-292 et 372 ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-525",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Cfr. S. Ignatius M., Ad Rom., Praef.: Ed. Funk, I, p. 252."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-526",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cfr. S. Augustinus, Bapt. c. Donat. V, 28, 39; PL 43, 197: Certe manifestum est, id quod dicitur, in Ecdesia intus et foris, in corde, non in corpore cogitandum. Cfr. ib., III, 19, 26: col. 152; V, 18, 24: col. 189; In Io. Tr. 61, 2: PL 35, 1800, et alibi saepe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-527",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Cfr. Lc. 12, 48: Omni autem, cui multum datum est, multum quaeretur ab eo. Cfr. etiam Mt. 5, 19-20; 7, 21-22; 25 41-46; Iac., 2, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-528",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Cfr. Leo XIII, Epist. Apost. Praeclara gratulationis, 20 iun. 1894; AAS 26 (1893-94) p. 707."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-529",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Cfr. Leo XIII, Epist. Encycl. Satis cognitum, 29 iun. 1896: ASS 28 (1895-96) p. 738. Epist. Encycl. Caritatis studium, 25 iul. 1898: ASS 31 (1898-99) p. 11. Pius XII, Nuntius radioph. Nell'alba, 24 dec. 1941: AAS 34 (1942) p. 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-530",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Cfr. Pius XI, Litt. Encycl. Rerum Orientalium, 8 sept. 1928: AAS 20 (1928) p. 287. Pius XII, Litt. Encycl Orientalis Ecclesiae, 9 apr. 1944: AAS 36 (1944) p. 137"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-531",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Cfr. Inst. S.S.C.S. Officii 20 dec. 1949: AAS 42 (1950) p.142."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-532",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Cfr. S. Thomas, Summa Theol. III, q. 8, a. 3, ad 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-533",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Cfr. Epist. S.S.C.S. Officii ad Archiep. Boston.: Denz. 3869-72."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-534",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Cfr. Eusebius Caes., Praeparatio Evangelica, 1, 1: PG 2128 AB."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-535",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Cfr. Benedictus XV, Epist. Apost. Maximum illud: AAS 11 (1919) p. 440, praesertim p. 451 ss. Pius XI, Litt. Encycl. Rerum Ecclesiae: AAS 18 (1926) p. 68-69. Pius XII, Litt. Encycl. Fidei Donum, 21 apr. 1957: AAS 49 (1957) pp. 236-237."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-536",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Cfr. Didache, 14: ed. Funk I, p. 32. S. Iustinus, Dial. 41: PG 6, 564. S. Irenaeus, Adv. Haer. IV 17, 5; PG 7, 1023; Harvey, 2, p. 199 s. Conc. Trid., Sess. 22, cap. 1; Denz. 939 (1742)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-537",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-538",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Cfr. Conc. Vat. I, Sess. IV, Const. Dogm. Pastor aeternus. Denz. 1821 (3050 s.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-539",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cfr. Conc. Flor., Decretum pro Graecis: Denz. 694 (1307) et Conc. Vat. I, ib.: Denz. 1826 (3059)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-540",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Cfr. Liber sacramentorum S. Gregorii, Praefatio in Cathedra S. Petri, in natali S. Mathiae et S. Thomas: PL 78, 50, 51 et 152. S. Hilarius, In Ps. 67, 10: PL 9, 4S0; CSEL 22, p. 286. S.Hieronymus, Adv. Iovin. 1, 26: PL 23, 247 A. S. Augustinus, In Ps. 86, 4: PL 37, 1103. S. Gregorius M., Mor. in lob, XXVIII, V: PL 76, 455-456. Primasius, Comm. in Apoc. V: PL 68, 924 BC. Paschasius Radb., In Matth. L. VIII, cap. 16: PL 120, 561 C. Cfr. Leo XIII, Epist. Et sane, 17 dec. 1888: AAS 21 (1888) p. 321."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-541",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Cfr. Act 6, 2-6; 11, 30; 13, 1, 14, 23; 20, 17; 1 Thess. 5, 12-13; Phil. 1, 1 Col. 4, 11, et passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-542",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cfr. Act. 20, 25-27; 2 Tim. 4, 6 s. coll. c. I Tim. 5, 22; 2 Tim. 2, 2 Tit. 1, 5; S. Clem. Rom., Ad Cor. 44, 3; ed. Funk, 1, p. 156."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-543",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) S. Clem. Rom., ad Cor. 44, 2; ed. Funk, I, p. 154 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-544",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cfr. Tertull., Praescr. Haer. 32; PL 2, 52 s.; S. Ignatius M., passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-545",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cfr. Tertull., Praescr. Haer. 32; PL 2, 53."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-546",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Cfr. S. Irenaeus, Adv. Haer. III, 3, 1; PG 7, 848 A; Harvey 2, 8; Sagnard, p. 100 s.: manifestatam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-547",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cfr. S. Irenaeus, Adv. Haer. III, 2, 2; PG 7, 847; Harvey 2, 7; Sagnard, p. 100: . custoditur ,., cfr. ib. IV, 26, 2; col. 1O53, Harvey 2, 236, necnon IV, 33, 8; col. 1077; Harvey 2, 262."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-548",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) S. Ign. M., Philad., Praef.; ed. Funk, I, p. 264."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-549",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) S. Ign. M., Philad., 1, 1; Magn. 6, 1; Ed. Funk, I, pp. 264 et 234."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-550",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) S. Clem. Rom., 1. c., 42, 3-4, 44, 3-4; 57, 1-2; Ed. Funk. I, 152, 156, 171 s. S. Ign. M., Philad. 2; Smyrn. 8; Magn. 3; Trall. 7; Ed. Funk, I, p. 265 s.; 282; 232 246 s. etc.; S. Iustinus, Apol., 1, 6S G 6, 428; S. Cyprianus, Epist. assim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-551",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Cfr. Leo XIII, Epist. Encycl. Satis cognitum, 29 iun. 896: ASS 28 (1895-96) p. 732."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-552",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Cfr. Conc. Trid., Sess. 23, ecr. de sacr. Ordinis, cap. 4; enz. 960 (1768); Conc. Vat. I, ess. 4 Const. Dogm. I De Ecclesia Christi, cap. 3: Denz. 1828 (3061). Pius XII, Litt. Encycl. Mystici Cororis, 29 iun. 1943: ASS 35 (1943) p. 209 et 212. Cod. Iur. Can., c. 29 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-553",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Cfr. Leo XIII, Epist. Et sane, 17 dec. 1888: ASS 21 (1888) p. 321 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-554",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) S. Leo M., Serm. 5, 3: PL 54, 154."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-555",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Conc. Trid., Sess. 23, cap. 3, citat verba 2 Tim. 1, 6-7, ut demonstret Ordinem esse verum sacramentum: Denz. 959 (1766)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-556",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) In Trad. Apost. 3, ed. Botte, Sources Chr., pp. 27-30, Episcopo tribuitur primatus sacerdotii. Cfr. Sacramentarium Leonianum, ed. C. Mohlberg, Sacramentarium Veronense, Romae, 195S, p. 119: ad summi sacerdotii ministerium... Comple in sacerdotibus tuis mysterii tui summam.... Idem, Liber Sacramentorum Romanae Ecclesiae Romae, 1960, pp. 121-122: Tribuas eis, Domine, cathedram episcopalem ad regendam Ecclesiam tuam et plebem universam.. Cfr. PL 78, 224."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-557",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Trad. Apost. 2, ed. Botte, p. 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-558",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Conc. Trid., Sess. 23, cap. 4, docet Ordinis sacramentum imprimere characterem indelebilem: Denz. 960 (1767) . Cfr. Ioannes XXIII, Alloc. Iubilate Deo, 8 maii 1960: AAS S2 (1960) p. 466. Pall1us VI, Homelia in Bas, Vaticana, 20 oct. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) p. 1014."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-559",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) S. Cyprianus, Epist. 63, 14: PL 4, 386; Hartel, III B, p. 713: Saccrdos vice Christi vere fungitur .. S. Io. Chrysostomus, In 2 Tim. Hom. 2, 4: PG 62, 612: Saccrdos est symbolon . Christi. S. Ambrosius, In Ps. 38, 25-26: PL 14, 105 1-52: CSEL 64, 203- 204. Ambrosiascr In I Tim. S 19: PL 17, 479 C ct in Eph. 4, 1;-12: col. 387. C. Theodorus Mops., from. Catech. XV, 21 ct 24: ed. Tonneau, pp. 497 et 503. Hesychiu Hieros., In Lcv. L. 2, 9, 23: PG 93, 894 B."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-560",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Cfr. Eusebius, Hist. ecl., V, 24, 10: GCS II, 1, p. 49S; cd. Bardy, Sources Chr. II, p. 69 Dionysius, apud Eusebium, ib. VII 5, 2: GCS 11, 2, p. 638 s.; Bardy, II, p. 168 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-561",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Cfr. de antiquis Conciliis, Eusebius, Hist. Eccl. V, 23-24: GCS 11, 1, p. 488 ss.; Bardy, 11, p. 66 ss. et. passim. Conc. Nicaenum. Can. S: Conc. Oec. Decr. p. 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-562",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Tertullianus, de Iciunio, 13: PL 2, 972 B; CSFL 20, p. 292,lin. 13-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-563",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) S. Cyprianus, Epist. 56, 3: Hartel, 111 B, p. 650; Bayard, p.154."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-564",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Cfr. Relatio officialis Zinelli, in Conc. Vat. I: Mansi S2,1 109 C."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-565",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Cfr. Conc. Vat. 1, Schema Const. dogm. 11, de Ecclesia Christi, c. 4: Mansi S3, 310. Cfr. Relatio Kleutgen de Schemate reformato: Mansi S3, 321 B - 322 B et declaratio Zinelli: Mansi 52 1110 A. Vide etiam S. Leonem M. Scrm. 4, 3: PL 54, 151 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-566",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Cfr. Cod. Iur. Can., c. 227."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-567",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Cfr. Conc. Vat. I, Const.Dogm. Pastor aeternis: Denz. 1821 (3050 s.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-568",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Cfr. S. Cyprianus, Epist. 66, 8: Hartel 111, 2, p. 733: .. Episcopus in Ecclesia et Ecclesia in Episcopo .."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-569",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) Cfr. S. Cyprianus, Epist. SS, 24: Hartel, p. 642, line. 13: . Una Ecclesia per totum mundum in multa membra divisa .. Epist. 36, 4: Hartel, p. 575, lin. 20-21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-570",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) Cfr. Pius XII, Litt. Encycl. Fidci Donum, 21 apr. 1957: AAS 49 (1957) p. 237."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-571",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Cfr. S. Hilarius Pict., In Ps. 14, 3: PL 9, 206; CSEL 22, p. 86. S. Gregorius M., Moral, IV, 7, 12: PL 75, 643 C. Ps.Basilius, In Is. 15, 296: PG 30, 637 C."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-572",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(35) S. Coelestinus, Epist. 18, 1-2, ad Conc. Eph.: PL 50, 505 AB- Schwartz, Acta Conc. Oec. 1, I, i, p. 22. Cfr. Benedictus XV, Epist. Apost. Maximum illud: AAS 11 (1919) p. 440, Pius XI. Litt. Encycl. Rerum Ecclesiae, 28 febr. 1926: AAS 18 (1926) p. 69. Pius XII, Litt. Encycl. Fidei Donum, 1. c."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-573",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(36) Leo XIII, Litt. Encycl. I Grande munus, 30 sept. 1880: ASS 13 (1880) p. 14S. Cfr. Cod. Iur. | Can., c. 1327; c. 13S0 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-574",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(37) De iuribus Sedium patriarchalium, cfr. Conc. Nicaenum, I can. 6 de Alexandria et Antiochia, et can. 7 de Hierosolymis: Conc. I Oec. Decr., p. 8. Conc. Later. IV, anno 1215, Constit. V: De dignigate Patriarcharum: ibid. p. 212.-| Conc. Ferr.-Flor.: ibid. p. 504."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-575",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(38) Cfr. Cod. luris pro Eccl. I Orient., c. 216-314: de Patriarchis; c. 324-399: de Archiepiscopis I maioribus; c. 362-391: de aliis dignitariis; in specie, c. 238 3; 216; 240; 251; 255: de Episcopis a Patriarch nominandis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-576",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(39) Cfr. Conc. Trid., Decr. de I reform., Sess. V, c. 2, n. 9; et Sess. I XXlV, can. 4; Conc. Oec. Decr. pp. 645 et 739."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-577",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(40) Cfr. Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. Dei Filius, 3: Denz. 1712l (3011). Cfr. nota adiecta ad Schema I de Eccl. (desumpta ex.S. Rob. Bellarmino): Mansi 51, I 579 C, necnon Schema reformatum I Const. II de Ecclesia Christi, cum I commentario Kleutgen: Mansi 53, 313 AB. Pius IX, Epist. Tuas libener: Denz. 1683 (2879)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-578",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(41) Cfr. Cod. Iur. Can., c. 1322-1323."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-579",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(42) Cfr. Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. Pastor Aecrnus: Denz. 1839 (3074)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-580",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(43) Cfr. ecplicatio Gasscr in Conc. Vat. I: Mansi 52, 1213 AC."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-581",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(44) Gasser, ib.: Mansi 1214 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-582",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(45) Gasser, ib.: Mansi 1215 CD, 1216-1217 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-583",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(46) Gasser, ib.: Mansi 1213."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-584",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(47) Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. Pastor Aesernus, 4: Denz. 1836 (3070) no. 26"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-585",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(48) Oratio consecrationis cpiscopalis in ritu byzantino: Euchologion to mega, Romae, 1873, p. 139."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-586",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(49) Cfr. S. Ignatius M. Smyrn 8, 1: ed. Funk, 1, p. 282."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-587",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(50) Cfr. Act. 8, 1; 14, 22-23; 20, 17, et passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-588",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(51) Oratio mozarabica: PL 96 7S9 B"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-589",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(52) Cfr. S. Ignatius M., Smyrn 8, 1: ed. Funk, I, p. 282."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-590",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(53) S. Thomas, Summa Theol. III, q. 73, a. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-591",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(54) Cfr. S. Augustinus, C. Faustum, 12, 20: PL 42, 26S Serm. 57, 7: PL 38, 389, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-592",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(55) S. Leo M., Serm. 63, 7: PL 54, 3S7 C."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-593",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(56) Traditio A postolica Hippolyti, 2-3: ed. Botte, pp. 26-30."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-594",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(57) Cfr. textus examinis in initio consecrationis episcopalis, et Oratio in fine vissae eiusdem consecrationis, post Te Deum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-595",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(58) Benedictus XIV, Br. Romana Ecclesia, 5 oct. 1752, p 1: Bullarium Benedicti XIV, t. IV, Romae, 1758, 21: . Episcopus Christi typum gerit, Eiusque munere fungitur. Pius XII, Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis, 1. c., p. 211: . Assignatos sibi greges singuli singulos Christi nomine pascunt et regunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-596",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(59) Leo XIII, Epist. Encycl. Satis cognitum, 29 iun. 1896: ASS 28 (1895-96) p. 732. Idem, Epist. Officio sanctissimo, 22 dec. 1887: AAS 20 (1887) p. 264. Pius IX itt. Apost. ad Episcopol Geraniae, 12 mart. 1875, et alloc. onsist., 15 mart. 187S: Denz. 112-3117, in nova ed. tantum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-597",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(60) Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. Pastor aeternus, 3: Denz. 1828 ( 3061) . Cfr. Relatio Zinelli: Mand 1 2, 1114 D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-598",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(61) Cfr. S. Ignatius M., ad ephes. 5, 1: ed. Funk, I, p. 216."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-599",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(62) Cfr. S. Ignatius M., ad phes. 6, 1: cd. Funk, I, p. 218."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-600",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(63) Cfr. Conc. Trid., Sess. 23, sacr. Ordinis, cap. 2: Denz. 958 (1765), et can. 6: Denz. 966 (1776)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-601",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(64) Cfr. Innocentius I, Epist. d Decentium: PL 20, 554 A; sansi 3, 1029; Denz. 98 (215): Presbyteri, licet secundi sint sa erdotcs, pontificatus tamen api em non habent.. S. Cyprianus, Epist. 61, 3: ed. Hartel, p. 696."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-602",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(65) Cfr. Conc. Trid., l. c., Denz. 962-968 (1763-1778), et in specie l an. 7: Denz. 967 (1777). Pius l II, Const. Apost. Sacramentum ordinis: Denz. 2301 (38S7-61)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-603",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(66) Cfr. Innocentius I, 1. c. S. Gregorius Naz., Apol. II, 22: PGS, 432 B. Ps.-Dionysius, Eccl. ier., 1, 2: PG 3, 372 D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-604",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(67) Cfr. Conc. Trid., Sess. 22: Denz. 940 (1743). Pius XII, Litt. Encycl. Mediator Dei, 20 nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947) p. 553; Denz. 2300 (3850)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-605",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(68) Cfr. Conc. Trid. Sess. 22: Denz. 938 (1739-40). Conc. Vat.II, Const. De Sacra Liturgia, n. 7 et n. 47."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-606",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(69) Cfr. Pius XII, Litt. Encycl. Mediator Dei, 1. c., sub. n. 67."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-607",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(70) Cfr. S. Cyprianus, Epist. 11, 3: PL 4, 242 B; Hartel, II, 2, p. 497."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-608",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(71) Ordo consecrationis sacerdotalis, in impositione vestimentorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-609",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(72) Ordo consecrationis sacerdotalis in praefatione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-610",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(73) Cfr. S. Ignatius M. Philad. 4: ed. Funk, I, p. 266. S. Cornelius I, apud S. Cyprianum, Epist. 48, 2: Hartel, III, 2, p. 610."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-611",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(74) Constitutiones Ecclesiac aegyptiacae, III, 2: ed. Funk, Didascalia, II, p. 103. Statuta Eccl. Ant. 371: Mansi 3, 954."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-612",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(75) S. Polycarpus, Ad Phil. 5, 2: ed. Funk, I, p. 300: Christus dicitur . omnium diaconus factus .. Cfr. Didache, 15, 1: ib., p. 32. S.Ignatius M. Trall. 2, 3: ib., p. 242. Constitutiones Apostolorum, 8, 28, 4: ed. Funk, Didascalia, I, p. 530."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-613",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-614",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) S. Augustinus, Serm. 340, 1: PL 38, 1483."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-615",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cfr. Pius XI, Litt. Encycl. Quadragesimo anno 15 maii 1931: AAS 23 (1931) p. 121 s. Pius XII, Alloc. De quelle consolation, 14 oct. 1951: AAS 43 (1951) p. 790 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-616",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Cfr. Pius XII, Alloc. Six ans se sont ecoules, 5 oct. l9S7: AAS 49 (19S7) p. 927. De mandato et missione canonica, cfr. Decretum De Apostolatu laicorum, cap. IV, n. 16, cum notis 12 et 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-617",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Ex Praefatione festi Christi Regis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-618",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cfr. Leo XIII, Epist. Encycl. Immortale Dei, 1 nov. 188S: ASS 18 (188S) p. 166 ss. Idem, Litt. Encycl. Sapientae christianae, 10 ian. 1890: ASS 22 (1889-90) p. 397 ss. Pius XII, Alloc. Alla vostra filfale. 23 mart. l9S8: AAS S0 (145R ) p. 220: Ia Iegittima sana laicita dello Stato .."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-619",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cod. Iur. Can., can. 682."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-620",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cfr. Pius XII, Alloc. De quelle consolation, 1. c., p. 789: Dans les batailles decisives, c'est parfois du front que partent les plus heureuses initiatives..Idem Alloc. L'importance de la presse catholique, 17 febr. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) p. 256."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-621",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cfr. l Thess. S, 19 et 1 lo. 4, 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-622",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Epist. ad Diogneum, 6: ed. Funk, I, p. 400. Cfr. S. Io.Chrysostomus, In Matth. Hom. 46 (47) 2: PG 58, 78, de fermento in massa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-623",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter V"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-624",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Missale Romanum, Gloria in excelsis. Cfr. Lc. 1, 35; Mc. 1, 24, Lc. 4, 34; Io. 6, 69 (ho hagios tou theou); Act. 3, 14; 4, 27 et 30;Hebr. 7, 26, 1 Io. 2, 20; Apoc. 3, 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-625",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cfr. Origenes, Comm. Rom. 7, 7: PG 14, 1122 B. Ps.- Macarius, De Oratione, 11: PG 34, 861 AB. S. Thomas, Summa Theol. II-II, q. 184, a. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-626",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Cfr. S. Augustinus Retract. II, 18: PL 32, 637 s. Pius XII Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis, 29 iun. 1943: AAS 35 (1943) p. 225."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-627",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Cfr. Pius XI, Litt. Encycl. Rerum omnium, 26 ian. 1923: AAS 15 (1923) p. 50 ct pp. 59-60. Litt. Encycl. Casti Connubii, 31 dec. 1930: AAS 22 (1930) p. 548. Pius XII, Const. Apost. Provida Mater, 2 febr. 1947: AAS 39 (1947) p. 117. Alloc. Annus sacer, 8 dec. 1950: AAS 43 (1951) pp. 27-28. Alloc. Nel darvi, 1 iul. 1956: AAS 48 (1956) p. 574 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-628",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cfr. S. Thomas, Summa Theol. II-II, q. 184, a. 5 et 6. De perf . vitae spir., c. 18. Origenes, In Is. Hom. 6, 1: PG 13, 239."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-629",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cfr. S. Ignatius M., Magn. 13, 1: ed. Funk, I, p. 241."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-630",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cfr. S. Pius X, Exhort. Haerent animo, 4 aug. 1908: ASS 41 (1908) p. 560 s. Cod. Iur. Can., can. 124. Pius XI, Litt. Encycl. Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20 dec. 1935: AAS 28 (1936) p. 22 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-631",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Ordo consecrationis sacerdotalis, in Exhortatione initiali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-632",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Cfr. S. Ignatius M., Trall. 2, 3: cd. Funk, l, p. 244."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-633",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cfr. Pius XII, Alloc. Sous la maternclle protection, 9 dec. 1957: AAS 50 (19S8) p. 36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-634",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Pius XI, Litt. Encycl. Castf Connubii, 31 dec. 1930. AAS 22 (1930) p. 548 s. Cfr. S. Io Chrysostomus, In Ephes. Hom. 20, 2: P. 62, 136 ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-635",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cfr. S. Augustinus, Enchir. 121, 32: PL 40 288. S. Thomas Summa Theol. II-II, q. 184, a. 1. Pius XII, Adhort. Apost. Menti nostrae, 23 sept. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) p. 660."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-636",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) De consiliis in genere, cfr. Origenes, Comm. Rom. X, 14: PG 14 127S B. S. Augustinus, De S. Viginitate, 15, 15: PL 40, 403. S. Thomas, Summa Theol. I-II, q. 100, a. 2 C (in fine); II-II, q. 44, a. 4 ad 3"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-637",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) De praestantia sacrae virginitatis, cfr. Tertullianus, Exhort. Cast. 10: PL 2, 925 C. S. Cyprianus, Hab. Virg. 3 et 22: PL 4, 443 B et 461 A. A. S. Athanasius (?), De Virg.: PG 28, 252 ss. S. Io. Chrysostomus, De Virg.: PG 48, 533 u."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-638",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) De spirituali paupertate et oboedientia testimonia praccipua S.Scripturae et Patrum afferuntur in Relatione pp. 152-153."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-639",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) De praxi effectiva consiliorum quae non omnibus imponitur, cfr. S. Io. Chrysostomus, In Matth. Hom. 7, 7: PG S7, 8 I s. 5. Ambrosius, De Vidu s, 4, 23: PL 16, 241 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-640",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-641",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Cfr. Rosweydus, Viqae Patrum, Antwerpiae 1628. Apophtegmata Patrum: PG 65. Palladius, Historia Lausiaca: PG 34, 995 ss.; ed. C. Butler, Cambridge 1898 (1904). Pius XI, Const. Apost. Umbratilem, 8 iul. 1924: AAS 16 (1924) pp. 386-387. Pius XII, Alloc. Nous sommes heureux, 11 apr.1958: AAS 50 (1958) p. 283."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-642",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Paulus VI, Alloc. Magno gaudio, 23 maii 1964: AAS 56 (1964) p. 566."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-643",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Cfr. Cod. Iur. Can., c. 487 et 488, 40. Pius XII, Alloc. Annus sacer, 8 dec. 1950, AAS 43 (1951) p. 27 s. Pius XII, Cons. Apost. Provida Mater, 2 Febr. 1947: AAS 39 (1947) p. 120 ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-644",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Paulus VI, 1. c., p. S67."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-645",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cfr. S. Thomas, Summa Theol. II-II, q. 184, a. 3 et q. 188, a. 2. S. Bonaventura, Opusc. X, Apologia Pauperum, c. 3, 3: cd. Opera, Quaracchi, t. 8, 1898, p. 245 a."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-646",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cfr. Conc. Vat. I. Schema De Ecclesia Christi, cap. XV, et Adnot. 48: Mansi 51, 549 s. et 619 s. Leo XIII, Epist. Au milieu des consolations, 23 dec. 1900: AAS 33 (1900-01) p. 361. Pius XII, Const. Apost. Provida Mater, 1. c., p. 1145."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-647",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cfr. Leo XIII, Const. Romanos Pontifices, 8 maii 1881: AAS 13 (1880-81) p. 483. Pius XII, Alloc. Annus sacer, 8 dec. 1950: AAS 43(1951) p. 28 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-648",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cfr. Pius XII, Alloc. Annus sacer, 1. c., p. 28. Pius XII, Const. Apost. Sedes Sapientiae, 31 maii 19S6: AAS 48 (1956) p. 355. Paulus VI, 1. c., pp. 570-571."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-649",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Cfr. Pius XII Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis, 19 iun. 1943: AAS 35 (1943) p. 214 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-650",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cfr. Pius XII, Alloc. Annus sacer, 1. c., p. 30. Alloc. Sous la maternelle protecrion, 9 dec. l9S7: AAS 50 (19S8) p. 39 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-651",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter VII"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-652",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Conc. Florentinum, Decretum pro Graecis: Denz. 693 (1305)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-653",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Praeter documenta antiquiora contra quamlibet formam evocationis spirituum inde ab Alexandro IV (27 sept. 1958), cfr Encycl. S.S.C.S. Officii, De magne tismi abusu, 4 aug. 1856: AAS (1865) pp. 177-178, Denz. 1653 1654 (2823-2825); responsioner S.S.C.S. Offici, 24 apr. 1917: 9 (1917) p. 268, Denz. 218 (3642)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-654",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Videatur synthetiea espositi huius doctrinae paulinae in: Piu XII, Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis AAS 35 (1943) p. 200 et passilr"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-655",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Cfr., i. a., S. Augustinus, Enarr. in Ps. 85, 24: PL 37, 1095 S. Hieronymus, Liber contra Vigl lantium, b: PL 23, 344. S. Thomas In 4m Sent., d. 45, q. 3, a. 2. Bonaventura, In 4m Sent., d. 45, a. 3, q. 2; etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-656",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cfr. Pius XII, Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis: AAS 35 (1943) p. 245."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-657",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cfr. Plurimae inseriptione in Catacumbis romanis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-658",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cfr. Gelasius I, Decretalis De libris recipiendis, 3: PL 59, 160, Denz. 165 (353)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-659",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cfr. S. Methodius, Symposion, VII, 3: GCS (Bodwetseh), p. 74"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-660",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Cfr. Benedictus XV, Decretum approbationis virtutum in Causa beatificationis et canonizationis Servi Dei Ioannis Nepomuecni Neumann: AAS 14 (1922 p. 23; plures Allocutiones Pii X de Sanetis: Inviti all'croismo Diseorsi... t. I-III, Romae 1941-1942, passim; Pius XII, Discorsi Radiomessagi, t. 10, 1949, pp 37-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-661",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cfr. Pius XII, Litt. Encycl : Mediator Dei: AAS 39 (1947) p . 581."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-662",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Cfr. Hebr. 13, 7: Eccli 44-50, Nebr. 11, 340. Cfr. etia Pius XII, Litt. Encycl. Mediati Dei: AAS 39 (1947) pp. 582-583"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-663",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cfr. Cone. Vaticanum Const. De fide catholica, cap. 3 Denz. 1794 (3013)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-664",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Cfr. Pius XII, Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis: AAS 35 (1943) p. 216."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-665",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Quoad gratitudinem erga ipsos Sanctos, cfr. E. Diehl, Inscriptiones latinae christianae vereres, 1, Berolini, 1925, nn. 2008 2382 et passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-666",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Conc. Tridentinum, Sess. 25, De invocatione... Sanctorum: Denz. 984 (1821) ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-667",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Breviarium Romanum, Invitatorium infesto Sanctorum Omnium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-668",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Cfr. v. g., 2 Thess. 1, 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-669",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Conc. Vaticanum II, Const. De Sacra Liturgia, cap. 5, n. 104."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-670",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Canon Missae Romanae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-671",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Conc. Nicaenum II, Act. VII: Denz. 302 (600)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-672",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Conc. Florentinum, Decretum pro Graecis: Denz. 693 (1304)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-673",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Conc. Tridentinum Sess. 35, De invocatione, veneratione et reliquiis Sanctorum et sacris imaginibus: Denz. 984-988 (1821-1824); Sess. 25, Decretum de Purgatorio: Denz. 983 (1820); Sess. 6, Decretum de iustificatione, can. 30: Denz. 840 (1580)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-674",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Ex Praefatione, aliquious dioecesibus concessa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-675",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Cfr. S. Petrus Canisius, Catechismus Maior seu Summa Doctrinae christianae, cap. III (ed. crit. F. Streicher) pas I, pp. 15-16, n. 44 et pp. 100-1O1, n. 49."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-676",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Cfr. Conc. Vaticanum II Const. De Sacra Liturgia, cap. 1 n. 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-677",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter VIII"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-678",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Credo in Missa Romana: Symbolum Constantinopolitanum: Mansi 3, 566. Cfr. Conc. Ephesinum, ib. 4, 1130 (necnon ib. 2, 665 et 4, 1071); Conc. Chalcedonense, ib. 7, 111-116; Cow. Constantinopolitanum II, ib. 9, 375-396."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-679",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Canon Missae Romanae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-680",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) S. Augustine, De S. Virginitate. 6: PL 40, 399."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-681",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Cfr. Paulus Pp. VI, allocutio in Concilio, die 4 dec. 1963: AAS 56 (1964) p. 37."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-682",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cfr. S. Germanus Const., Nom. in annunt. Deiparae: PG 98, 328 A; In Dorm. 2: col. 357. Anastasius Antioch., Serm. 2 de Annunt., 2: PG 89, 1377 AB; Serm. 3, 2: col. 1388 C. S. Andrcas Cret. Can. in B. V. Nat. 4: PG 97, 1321 B. In B. V. Nat., 1: col. 812 A. Hom. in dorm. 1: col. 1068 C. - S. Sophronius, Or. 2 in Annunt., 18: PG 87 (3), 3237 BD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-683",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) S. Irenaeus, Adv. Hacr. III, 22, 4: PG 7, 9S9 A; Harvey, 2, 123."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-684",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) S. Irenaeus, ib.; Harvey, 2, 124."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-685",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) S. Epiphanius, Nacr. 78, 18: PG 42, 728 CD; 729 AB."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-686",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) S. Hieronymus, Epist. 22, 21: PL 22, 408. Cfr. S. Augwtinus, Serm. Sl, 2, 3: PL 38, 33S; Serm. 232, 2: col. 1108. - S. Cyrillus Hieros., Catech. 12, 15: PG 33, 741 AB. - S. Io. Chrysostomus, In Ps. 44, 7: PG SS, 193. - S. Io. Damasccnus, Nom. 2 in dorm. B.M.V., 3: PG 96, 728."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-687",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cfr. Conc. Lateranense anni 649, Can. 3: Mansi 10, 1151. S. Leo M., Epist. ad Flav.: PL S4, 7S9. - Conc. Chalcedonense: Mansi 7, 462. - S. Ambrosius, De inst. virg.: PL 16, 320."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-688",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Cfr. Pius XII, Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis, 29 iun. 1943: AAS 35 (1943) pp. 247-248."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-689",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cfr. Pius IX, Bulla Ineffabilis 8 dec. 1854: acta Pii IX, I, I, p. 616; Denz. 1641 (2803)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-690",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Cfr. Pius XII, Const. Apost. Munificensissimus, 1 no. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) ú Denz. 2333 (3903). Cfr. S. Io. Damascenus, Enc. in dorm. Dei gcnitricis, Hom. 2 et 3: PG 96, 721-761, speciatim col. 728 B. - S. Germanus Constantinop., in S. Dei gen. dorm. Serm. 1: PG 98 (6), 340-348; Serm. 3: col. 361. - S. Modestus Hier., In dorm. SS. Deiparae: PG 86 (2), 3277-3312."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-691",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Cfr. Pius XII Litt. Encycl. Ad coeli Reginam, 11 Oct. 1954: AAS 46 (1954), pp. 633-636; Denz. 3913 ss. Cfr. S. Andreas Cret., Hom. 3 in dorm. SS. Deiparae: PG 97, 1089-1109. - S. Io. Damascenus, De fide orth., IV, 14: PG 94, 1153-1161."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-692",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Cfr. Kleutgen, textus reformstus De mysterio Verbi incarnati, cap. IV: Mansi 53, 290. cfr. S. Andreas Cret., In nat. Mariac, sermo 4: PG 97, 865 A. - S. Germanus Constantinop., In annunt. Deiparae: PG 98, 321 BC. In dorm. Deiparae, III: col. 361 D. S. Io. Damascenus, In dorm. B. V. Mariae, Hom. 1, 8: PG 96, 712 BC-713 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-693",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Cfr. Leo XIII, Litt. Encycl. Adiutricem populi, 5 sept. 1895: ASS 15 (1895-96), p. 303. - S. Pius X, Litt. Encycl. Ad diem illum, 2 febr. 1904: Acta, I, p. 154- Denz. 1978 a (3370) . Pius XI, Litt. Encycl. Miserentissimus, 8 maii 1928: AAS 20 (1928) p. 178. Pius XII, Nuntius Radioph., 13 maii 1946: AAS 38 (1946) p. 266."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-694",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) S. Ambrosius, Epist. 63: PL 16, 1218."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-695",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) S. Ambrosius, Expos. Lc. II, 7: PL 15, 1555."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-696",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Cfr. Ps.-Petrus Dam. Serm. 63: PL 144, 861 AB. Godefridus a S. Victore. In nat. B. M., Ms. Paris, Mazarine, 1002, fol. 109 r. Gerhohus Reich., De gloria ct honore Filii hominis, 10: PL 194, 1105AB."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-697",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) S. Ambrosius, l. c. et Expos. Lc. X, 24-25: PL 15, 1810. S.Augustinus, In lo. Tr. 13, 12: PL 35 1499. Cfr. Serm. 191, 2, 3: PL 38 1010; etc. Cfr. ctiam Ven. Beda, In Lc. Expos. I, cap. 2: PL 92, 330. Isaac de Stella, Serm. 51. PL 194, 1863 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-698",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Sub tuum praesidium"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-699",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Conc. Nicaenum II, anno 787: Mansi 13. 378-379; Denz. 302 (600-601) . Conc. Trident., sess. 2S: Mansi 33, 171-172."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-700",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Cfr. Pius XII, Nunius radioph., 24 oct. 1954: AAS 46 (1954) p. 679. Litt. Encycl. Ad coeli Reginam, 11 oct. 1954: AAS 46 (1954) p. 637."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-701",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Cfr. Pius XI, Litt. Encycl. Ecclesiam Dei, 12 nov. 1923: AAS 15 (1923) p. 581. Pius XII, Litt. Encycl. Fulgens corona, 8 sept. 1953: AAS 45 (1953) pp. 590-591."
            }
          ]
        },
        "es": {
          "code": "es",
          "label": "Español",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19641121_lumen-gentium_sp.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-25-vat-ii_const_19641121_lumen-gentium_sp.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PABLO OBISPO SIERVO DE LOS SIERVOS DE DIOS JUNTAMENTE CON LOS PADRES DEL CONCILIO PARA PERPETUO RECUERDO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONSTITUCIÓN DOGMÁTICA SOBRE LA IGLESIA* LUMEN GENTIUM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EL MISTERIO DE LA IGLESIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo es la luz de los pueblos. Por ello este sacrosanto Sínodo, reunido en el Espíritu Santo, desea ardientemente iluminar a todos los hombres, anunciando el Evangelio a toda criatura (cf. Mc 16,15) con la claridad de Cristo, que resplandece sobre la faz de la Iglesia. Y porque la Iglesia es en Cristo como un sacramento, o sea signo e instrumento de la unión íntima con Dios y de la unidad de todo el género humano, ella se propone presentar a sus fieles y a todo el mundo con mayor precisión su naturaleza y su misión universal, abundando en la doctrina de los concilios precedentes. Las condiciones de nuestra época hacen más urgente este deber de la Iglesia, a saber, el que todos los hombres, que hoy están más íntimamente unidos por múltiples vínculos sociales técnicos y culturales, consigan también la plena unidad en Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Padre Eterno, por una disposición libérrima y arcana de su sabiduría y bondad, creó todo el universo, decretó elevar a los hombres a participar de la vida divina, y como ellos hubieran pecado en Adán, no los abandonó, antes bien les dispensó siempre los auxilios para la salvación, en atención a Cristo Redentor, «que es la imagen de Dios invisible, primogénito de toda criatura» (Col 1,15). A todos los elegidos, el Padre, antes de todos los siglos, «los conoció de antemano y los predestinó a ser conformes con la imagen de su Hijo, para que éste sea el primogénito entre muchos hermanos» (Rm 8,29). Y estableció convocar a quienes creen en Cristo en la santa Iglesia, que ya fue prefigurada desde el origen del mundo, preparada admirablemente en la historia del pueblo de Israel y en la Antigua Alianza [1], constituida en los tiempos definitivos, manifestada por la efusión del Espíritu y que se consumará gloriosamente al final de los tiempos. Entonces, como se lee en los Santos Padres, todos los justos desde Adán, «desde el justo Abel hasta el último elegido» [2], serán congregados en una Iglesia universal en la casa del Padre."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vino, por tanto, el Hijo, enviado por el Padre, quien nos eligió en El antes de la creación del mundo y nos predestinó a ser hijos adoptivos, porque se complació en restaurar en El todas las cosas (cf. Ef 1,4-5 y 10). Así, pues, Cristo, en cumplimiento de la voluntad del Padre, inauguró en la tierra el reino de los cielos, nos reveló su misterio y con su obediencia realizó la redención. La Iglesia o reino de Cristo, presente actualmente en misterio, por el poder de Dios crece visiblemente en el mundo. Este comienzo y crecimiento están simbolizados en la sangre y en el agua que manaron del costado abierto de Cristo crucificado (cf. Jn 19,34) y están profetizados en las palabras de Cristo acerca de su muerte en la cruz: «Y yo, si fuere levantado de la tierra, atraeré a todos a mí» (Jn 12,32 gr.). La obra de nuestra redención se efectúa cuantas veces se celebra en el altar el sacrificio de la cruz, por medio del cual «Cristo, que es nuestra Pascua, ha sido inmolado» (1 Co 5,7). Y, al mismo tiempo, la unidad de los fieles, que constituyen un solo cuerpo en Cristo, está representada y se realiza por el sacramento del pan eucarístico (cf. 1 Co 10,17). Todos los hombres están llamados a esta unión con Cristo, luz del mundo, de quien procedemos, por quien vivimos y hacia quien caminamos."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consumada la obra que el Padre encomendó realizar al Hijo sobre la tierra (cf. Jn 17,4), fue enviado el Espíritu Santo el día de Pentecostés a fin de santificar indefinidamente la Iglesia y para que de este modo los fieles tengan acceso al Padre por medio de Cristo en un mismo Espíritu (cf. Ef 2,18). El es el Espíritu de vida o la fuente de agua que salta hasta la vida eterna (cf. Jn 4,14; 7,38-39), por quien el Padre vivifica a los hombres, muertos por el pecado, hasta que resucite sus cuerpos mortales en Cristo (cf. Rm 8,10-11). El Espíritu habita en la Iglesia y en el corazón de los fieles como en un templo (cf. 1 Co 3,16; 6,19), y en ellos ora y da testimonio de su adopción como hijos (cf. Ga 4,6; Rm 8,15-16 y 26). Guía la Iglesia a toda la verdad (cf. Jn 16, 13), la unifica en comunión y ministerio, la provee y gobierna con diversos dones jerárquicos y carismáticos y la embellece con sus frutos (cf. Ef 4,11-12; 1 Co 12,4; Ga 5,22). Con la fuerza del Evangelio rejuvenece la Iglesia, la renueva incesantemente y la conduce a la unión consumada con su Esposo [3]. En efecto, el Espíritu y la Esposa dicen al Señor Jesús: ¡Ven! (cf. Ap 22,17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Y así toda la Iglesia aparece como «un pueblo reunido en virtud de la unidad del Padre y del Hijo y del Espíritu Santo» [4]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El misterio de la santa Iglesia se manifiesta en su fundación. Pues nuestro Señor Jesús dio comienzo a la Iglesia predicando la buena nueva, es decir, la llegada del reino de Dios prometido desde siglos en la Escritura: «Porque el tiempo está cumplido, y se acercó el reino de Dios» (Mc 1,15; cf. Mt 4,17). Ahora bien, este reino brilla ante los hombres en la palabra, en las obras y en la presencia de Cristo. La palabra de Dios se compara a una semilla sembrada en el campo (cf. Mc 4,14): quienes la oyen con fidelidad y se agregan a la pequeña grey de Cristo (cf. Lc 12,32), ésos recibieron el reino; la semilla va después germinando poco a poco y crece hasta el tiempo de la siega (cf. Mc 4,26-29). Los milagros de Jesús, a su vez, confirman que el reino ya llegó a la tierra: «Si expulso los demonios por el dedo de Dios, sin duda que el reino de Dios ha llegado a vosotros» (Lc 11,20; cf. Mt 12,28). Pero, sobre todo, el reino se manifiesta en la persona misma de Cristo, Hijo de Dios e Hijo del hombre, quien vino «a servir y a dar su vida para la redención de muchos» (Mc 10,45)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas como Jesús, después de haber padecido muerte de cruz por los hombres, resucitó, se presentó por ello constituido en Señor, Cristo y Sacerdote para siempre (cf. Hch 2,36; Hb 5,6; 7,17-21) y derramó sobre sus discípulos el Espíritu prometido por el Padre (cf. Hch 2,33). Por esto la Iglesia, enriquecida con los dones de su Fundador y observando fielmente sus preceptos de caridad, humildad y abnegación, recibe la misión de anunciar el reino de Cristo y de Dios e instaurarlo en todos los pueblos, y constituye en la tierra el germen y el principio de ese reino. Y, mientras ella paulatinamente va creciendo, anhela simultáneamente el reino consumado y con todas sus fuerzas espera y ansia unirse con su Rey en la gloria."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Del mismo modo que en el Antiguo Testamento la revelación del reino se propone frecuentemente en figuras, así ahora la naturaleza íntima de la Iglesia se nos manifiesta también mediante diversas imágenes tomadas de la vida pastoril, de la agricultura, de la edificación, como también de la familia y de los esponsales, las cuales están ya insinuadas en los libros de los profetas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Así la Iglesia es un redil, cuya única y obligada puerta es Cristo (cf. Jn 10,1-10). Es también una grey, de la que el mismo Dios se profetizó Pastor (cf. Is 40,11; Ez 34,11 ss), y cuyas ovejas, aunque conducidas ciertamente por pastores humanos, son, no obstante, guiadas y alimentadas continuamente por el mismo Cristo, buen Pastor y Príncipe de los pastores (cf. Jn 10,11; 1 P 5,4), que dio su vida por las ovejas (cf. Jn 10,11-15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia es labranza, o arada de Dios (cf. 1 Co 3,9). En ese campo crece el vetusto olivo, cuya raíz santa fueron los patriarcas, y en el cual se realizó y concluirá la reconciliación de los judíos y gentiles (cf. Rm 11,13- 26). El celestial Agricultor la plantó como viña escogida (cf. Mt 21,33-34 par.; cf. Is 5,1 ss). La verdadera vid es Cristo, que comunica vida y fecundidad a los sarmientos, que somos nosotros, que permanecemos en El por medio de la Iglesia, y sin El nada podemos hacer (cf. Jn 15,1-5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A veces también la Iglesia es designada como edificación de Dios (cf. 1 Co 3,9). El mismo Señor se comparó a la piedra que rechazaron los constructores, pero que fue puesta como piedra angular (cf. Mt 21,42 par.; Hch 4,11; 1 P 2,7; Sal 117,22). Sobre este fundamento los Apóstoles levantan la Iglesia (cf. 1 Co 3,11) y de él recibe esta firmeza y cohesión. Esta edificación recibe diversos nombres: casa de Dios (cf. 1 Tm 3,15), en que habita su familia; habitación de Dios en el Espíritu (cf. Ef 2,19-22), tienda de Dios entre los hombres (Ap 21,3) y sobre todo templo santo, que los Santos Padres celebran como representado en los templos de piedra, y la liturgia, no sin razón, la compara a la ciudad santa, la nueva Jerusalén [5]. Efectivamente, en este mundo servimos, cual piedras vivas, para edificarla (cf. 1 P 2,5). San Juan contempla esta ciudad santa y bajando, en la renovación del mundo, de junto a Dios, ataviada como esposa engalanada para su esposo (Ap 21,1 s)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia, llamada «Jerusalén de arriba» y «madre nuestra» (Ga 4,26; cf. Ap 12,17), es también descrita como esposa inmaculada del Cordero inmaculado (cf. Ap 19,7; 21,2 y 9; 22,17), a la que Cristo «amó y se entregó por ella para santificarla» (Ef 5,25-26), la unió consigo en pacto indisoluble e incesantemente la «alimenta y cuida» (Ef 5,29); a ella, libre de toda mancha, la quiso unida a sí y sumisa por el amor y la fidelidad (cf. Ef 5,24), y, en fin, la enriqueció perpetuamente con bienes celestiales, para que comprendiéramos la caridad de Dios y de Cristo hacia nosotros, que supera toda ciencia (cf. Ef 3,19). Sin embargo, mientras la Iglesia camina en esta tierra lejos del Señor (cf. 2 Co 5,6), se considera como en destierro, buscando y saboreando las cosas de arriba, donde Cristo está sentado a la derecha de Dios, donde la vida de la Iglesia está escondida con Cristo en Dios hasta que aparezca con su Esposo en la gloria (cf. Col 3,1-4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Hijo de Dios, en la naturaleza humana unida a sí, redimió al hombre, venciendo la muerte con su muerte y resurrección, y lo transformó en una nueva criatura (cf. Ga 6,15; 2 Co 5,17). Y a sus hermanos, congregados de entre todos los pueblos, los constituyó místicamente su cuerpo, comunicándoles su espíritu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En ese cuerpo, la vida de Cristo se comunica a los creyentes, quienes están unidos a Cristo paciente y glorioso por los sacramentos, de un modo arcano, pero real [6]. Por el bautismo, en efecto, nos configuramos en Cristo: «porque también todos nosotros hemos sido bautizados en un solo Espíritu» (1 Co 12,13), ya que en este sagrado rito se representa y realiza el consorcio con la muerte y resurrección de Cristo: «Con El fuimos sepultados por el bautismo para participar de su muerte; mas, si hemos sido injertados en El por la semejanza de su muerte, también lo seremos por la de su resurrección» (Rm 6,4-5). Participando realmente del Cuerpo del Señor en la fracción del pan eucarístico, somos elevados a una comunión con El y entre nosotros. «Porque el pan es uno, somos muchos un solo cuerpo, pues todos participamos de ese único pan» (1 Co 10,17). Así todos nosotros nos convertimos en miembros de ese Cuerpo (cf. 1 Co 12,27) «y cada uno es miembro del otro» (Rm 12,5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Y del mismo modo que todos los miembros del cuerpo humano, aun siendo muchos, forman, no obstante, un solo cuerpo, así también los fieles en Cristo (cf. 1 Co 12, 12). También en la constitución del cuerpo de Cristo está vigente la diversidad de miembros y oficios. Uno solo es el Espíritu, que distribuye sus variados dones para el bien de la Iglesia según su riqueza y la diversidad de ministerios (1 Co 12,1-11). Entre estos dones resalta la gracia de los Apóstoles, a cuya autoridad el mismo Espíritu subordina incluso los carismáticos (cf. 1 Co 14). El mismo produce y urge la caridad entre los fieles, unificando el cuerpo por sí y con su virtud y con la conexión interna de los miembros. Por consiguiente, si un miembro sufre en algo, con él sufren todos los demás; o si un miembro es honrado, gozan conjuntamente los demás miembros (cf.1 Co 12,26)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Cabeza de este cuerpo es Cristo. El es la imagen de Dios invisible, y en El fueron creadas todas las cosas. El es antes que todos, y todo subsiste en El. El es la cabeza del cuerpo, que es la Iglesia. El es el principio, el primogénito de los muertos, de modo que tiene la primacía en todas las cosas (cf. Col 1,15-18). Con la grandeza de su poder domina los cielos y la tierra y con su eminente perfección y acción llena con las riquezas de su gloria todo el cuerpo (cf. Ef 1,18-23) [7]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es necesario que todos los miembros se hagan conformes a El hasta el extremo de que Cristo quede formado en ellos (cf. Ga 4,19). Por eso somos incorporados a los misterios de su vida, configurados con El, muertos y resucitados con El, hasta que con El reinemos (cf. Flp 3,21; 2 Tm 2,11; Ef 2,6; Col 2,12, etc.). Peregrinando todavía sobre la tierra, siguiendo de cerca sus pasos en la tribulación y en la persecución, nos asociamos a sus dolores como el cuerpo a la cabeza, padeciendo con El a fin de ser glorificados con El (cf. Rm 8,17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por El «todo el cuerpo, alimentado y trabado por las coyunturas: y ligamentos, crece en aumento divino» (Col 2, 19). El mismo conforta constantemente su cuerpo, que es la Iglesia, con los dones de los ministerios, por los cuales, con la virtud derivada de El, nos prestamos mutuamente los servicios para la salvación, de modo que, viviendo la verdad en caridad, crezcamos por todos los medios en El, que es nuestra Cabeza (cf. Ef 4,11-16 gr.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Y para que nos renováramos incesantemente en El (cf. Ef 4,23), nos concedió participar de su Espíritu, quien, siendo uno solo en la Cabeza y en los miembros, de tal modo vivifica todo el cuerpo, lo une y lo mueve, que su oficio pudo ser comparado por los Santos Padres con la función que ejerce el principio de vida o el alma en el cuerpo humano [8]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, en verdad, ama a la Iglesia como a su esposa, convirtiéndose en ejemplo del marido, que ama a su esposa como a su propio cuerpo (cf. Ef 5,25-28). A su vez, la Iglesia le está sometida como a su Cabeza (ib. 23-24). «Porque en El habita corporalmente toda la plenitud de la divinidad» (Col 2,9), colma de bienes divinos a la Iglesia, que es su cuerpo y su plenitud (cf. Ef 1, 22-23), para que tienda y consiga toda la plenitud de Dios (cf. Ef 3,19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, el único Mediador, instituyó y mantiene continuamente en la tierra a su Iglesia santa, comunidad de fe, esperanza y caridad, como un todo visible [9], comunicando mediante ella la verdad y la gracia a todos. Mas la sociedad provista de sus órganos jerárquicos y el Cuerpo místico de Cristo, la asamblea visible y la comunidad espiritual, la Iglesia terrestre y la Iglesia enriquecida con los bienes celestiales, no deben ser consideradas como dos cosas distintas, sino que más bien forman una realidad compleja que está integrada de un elemento humano y otro divino [10]. Por eso se la compara, por una notable analogía, al misterio del Verbo encarnado, pues así como la naturaleza asumida sirve al Verbo divino como de instrumento vivo de salvación unido indisolublemente a El, de modo semejante la articulación social de la Iglesia sirve al Espíritu Santo, que la vivifica, para el acrecentamiento de su cuerpo (cf. Ef 4,16) [11]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta es la única Iglesia de Cristo, que en el Símbolo confesamos como una, santa, católica y apostólica [12], y que nuestro Salvador, después de su resurrección, encomendó a Pedro para que la apacentara (cf. Jn 21,17), confiándole a él y a los demás Apóstoles su difusión y gobierno (cf. Mt 28,18 ss), y la erigió perpetuamente como columna y fundamento de la verdad (cf.1 Tm 3,15). Esta Iglesia, establecida y organizada en este mundo como una sociedad, subsiste en la Iglesia católica, gobernada por el sucesor de Pedro y por los Obispos en comunión con él [13] si bien fuera de su estructura se encuentren muchos elementos de santidad y verdad que, como bienes propios de la Iglesia de Cristo, impelen hacia la unidad católica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero como Cristo realizó la obra de la redención en pobreza y persecución, de igual modo la Iglesia está destinada a recorrer el mismo camino a fin de comunicar los frutos de la salvación a los hombres. Cristo Jesús, «existiendo en la forma de Dios..., se anonadó a sí mismo, tomando la forma de siervo» (Flp 2,6-7), y por nosotros «se hizo pobre, siendo rico» (2 Co 8,9); así también la Iglesia, aunque necesite de medios humanos para cumplir su misión, no fue instituida para buscar la gloria terrena, sino para proclamar la humildad y la abnegación, también con su propio ejemplo. Cristo fue enviado por el Padre a «evangelizar a los pobres y levantar a los oprimidos» (Lc 4,18), «para buscar y salvar lo que estaba perdido» (Lc 19,10); así también la Iglesia abraza con su amor a todos los afligidos por la debilidad humana; más aún, reconoce en los pobres y en los que sufren la imagen de su Fundador pobre y paciente, se esfuerza en remediar sus necesidades y procura servir en ellos a Cristo. Pues mientras Cristo, «santo, inocente, inmaculado» (Hb 7,26), no conoció el pecado (cf. 2 Co 5,21), sino que vino únicamente a expiar los pecados del pueblo (cf. Hb 2,17), la Iglesia encierra en su propio seno a pecadores, y siendo al mismo tiempo santa y necesitada de purificación, avanza continuamente por la senda de la penitencia y de la renovación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia «va peregrinando entre las persecuciones del mundo y los consuelos de Dios» [14] anunciando la cruz del Señor hasta que venga (cf. 1 Co 11,26). Está fortalecida, con la virtud del Señor resucitado, para triunfar con paciencia y caridad de sus aflicciones y dificultades, tanto internas como externas, y revelar al mundo fielmente su misterio, aunque sea entre penumbras, hasta que se manifieste en todo el esplendor al final de los tiempos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EL PUEBLO DE DIOS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En todo tiempo y en todo pueblo es grato a Dios quien le teme y practica la justicia (cf. Hch 10,35). Sin embargo, fue voluntad de Dios el santificar y salvar a los hombres, no aisladamente, sin conexión alguna de unos con otros, sino constituyendo un pueblo, que le confesara en verdad y le sirviera santamente. Por ello eligió al pueblo de Israel como pueblo suyo, pactó con él una alianza y le instruyó gradualmente, revelándose a Sí mismo y los designios de su voluntad a través de la historia de este pueblo, y santificándolo para Sí. Pero todo esto sucedió como preparación y figura de la alianza nueva y perfecta que había de pactarse en Cristo y de la revelación completa que había de hacerse por el mismo Verbo de Dios hecho carne. «He aquí que llegará el tiempo, dice el Señor, y haré un nuevo pacto con la casa de Israel y con la casa de Judá... Pondré mi ley en sus entrañas y la escribiré en sus corazones, y seré Dios para ellos y ellos serán mi pueblo... Todos, desde el pequeño al mayor, me conocerán, dice el Señor» (Jr 31,31-34). Ese pacto nuevo, a saber, el Nuevo Testamento en su sangre (cf. 1 Co 11,25), lo estableció Cristo convocando un pueblo de judíos y gentiles, que se unificara no según la carne, sino en el Espíritu, y constituyera el nuevo Pueblo de Dios. Pues quienes creen en Cristo, renacidos no de un germen corruptible, sino de uno incorruptible, mediante la palabra de Dios vivo (cf. 1 P 1,23), no de la carne, sino del agua y del Espíritu Santo (cf. Jn 3,5-6), pasan, finalmente, a constituir «un linaje escogido, sacerdocio regio, nación santa, pueblo de adquisición..., que en un tiempo no era pueblo y ahora es pueblo de Dios» (1 P 2, 9-10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este pueblo mesiánico tiene por cabeza a Cristo, «que fue entregado por nuestros pecados y resucitó para nuestra salvación» (Rm 4,25), y teniendo ahora un nombre que está sobre todo nombre, reina gloriosamente en los cielos. La condición de este pueblo es la dignidad y la libertad de los hijos de Dios, en cuyos corazones habita el Espíritu Santo como en un templo. Tiene por ley el nuevo mandato de amar como el mismo Cristo nos amó a nosotros (cf. Jn 13,34). Y tiene en último lugar, como fin, el dilatar más y más el reino de Dios, incoado por el mismo Dios en la tierra, hasta que al final de los tiempos El mismo también lo consume, cuando se manifieste Cristo, vida nuestra (cf. Col 3,4), y «la misma criatura sea libertada de la servidumbre de la corrupción para participar en la libertad de los hijos de Dios» (Rm 8,21). Este pueblo mesiánico, por consiguiente, aunque no incluya a todos los hombres actualmente y con frecuencia parezca una grey pequeña, es, sin embargo, para todo el género humano, un germen segurísimo de unidad, de esperanza y de salvación. Cristo, que lo instituyó para ser comunión de vida, de caridad y de verdad, se sirve también de él como de instrumento de la redención universal y lo envía a todo el universo como luz del mundo y sal de la tierra (cf. Mt 5,13-16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Así como al pueblo de Israel, según la carne, peregrinando por el desierto, se le designa ya como Iglesia (cf. 2 Esd 13,1; Nm 20,4; Dt 23,1 ss), así el nuevo Israel, que caminando en el tiempo presente busca la ciudad futura y perenne (cf. Hb 13,14), también es designado como Iglesia de Cristo (cf. Mt 16,18), porque fue El quien la adquirió con su sangre (cf. Hch 20,28), la llenó de su Espíritu y la dotó de los medios apropiados de unión visible y social. Dios formó una congregación de quienes, creyendo, ven en Jesús al autor de la salvación y el principio de la unidad y de la paz, y la constituyó Iglesia a fin de que fuera para todos y cada uno el sacramento visible de esta unidad salutífera [15]. Debiendo difundirse en todo el mundo, entra, por consiguiente, en la historia de la humanidad, si bien trasciende los tiempos y las fronteras de los pueblos. Caminando, pues, la Iglesia en medio de tentaciones y tribulaciones, se ve confortada con el poder de la gracia de Dios, que le ha sido prometida para que no desfallezca de la fidelidad perfecta por la debilidad de la carne, antes, al contrario, persevere como esposa digna de su Señor y, bajo la acción del Espíritu Santo, no cese de renovarse hasta que por la cruz llegue a aquella luz que no conoce ocaso."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo Señor, Pontífice tomado de entre los hombres (cf. Hb 5,1-5), de su nuevo pueblo «hizo... un reino y sacerdotes para Dios, su Padre» (Ap 1,6; cf. 5,9-10). Los bautizados, en efecto, son consagrados por la regeneración y la unción del Espíritu Santo como casa espiritual y sacerdocio santo, para que, por medio de toda obra del hombre cristiano, ofrezcan sacrificios espirituales y anuncien el poder de Aquel que los llamó de las tinieblas a su admirable luz (cf. 1 P 2,4-10). Por ello todos los discípulos de Cristo, perseverando en la oración y alabando juntos a Dios (cf. Hch 2,42-47), ofrézcanse a sí mismos como hostia viva, santa y grata a Dios (cf. Rm 12,1) y den testimonio por doquiera de Cristo, y a quienes lo pidan, den también razón de la esperanza de la vida eterna que hay en ellos (cf. 1 P 3,15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El sacerdocio común de los fieles y el sacerdocio ministerial o jerárquico, aunque diferentes esencialmente y no sólo en grado, se ordenan, sin embargo, el uno al otro, pues ambos participan a su manera del único sacerdocio de Cristo [16]. El sacerdocio ministerial, por la potestad sagrada de que goza, forma y dirige el pueblo sacerdotal, confecciona el sacrificio eucarístico en la persona de Cristo y lo ofrece en nombre de todo el pueblo a Dios. Los fieles, en cambio, en virtud de su sacerdocio regio, concurren a la ofrenda de la Eucaristía [17] y lo ejercen en la recepción de los sacramentos, en la oración y acción de gracias, mediante el testimonio de una vida santa, en la abnegación y caridad operante."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El carácter sagrado y orgánicamente estructurado de la comunidad sacerdotal se actualiza por los sacramentos y por las virtudes. Los fieles, incorporados a la Iglesia por el bautismo, quedan destinados por el carácter al culto de la religión cristiana, y, regenerados como hijos de Dios, están obligados a confesar delante de los hombres la fe que recibieron de Dios mediante la Iglesia [18]. Por el sacramento de la confirmación se vinculan más estrechamente a la Iglesia, se enriquecen con una fuerza especial del Espíritu Santo, y con ello quedan obligados más estrictamente a difundir y defender la fe, como verdaderos testigos de Cristo, por la palabra juntamente con las obras[19]. Participando del sacrificio eucarístico, fuente y cumbre de toda la vida cristiana, ofrecen a Dios la Víctima divina y se ofrecen a sí mismos juntamente con ella [20]. Y así, sea por la oblación o sea por la sagrada comunión, todos tienen en la celebración litúrgica una parte propia, no confusamente, sino cada uno de modo distinto. Más aún, confortados con el cuerpo de Cristo en la sagrada liturgia eucarística, muestran de un modo concreto la unidad del Pueblo de Dios, significada con propiedad y maravillosamente realizada por este augustísimo sacramento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quienes se acercan al sacramento de la penitencia obtienen de la misericordia de Dios el perdón de la ofensa hecha a El y al mismo tiempo se reconcilian con la Iglesia, a la que hirieron pecando, y que colabora a su conversión con la caridad, con el ejemplo y las oraciones. Con la unción de los enfermos y la oración de los presbíteros, toda la Iglesia encomienda los enfermos al Señor paciente y glorificado, para que los alivie y los salve (cf. St 5,14-16), e incluso les exhorta a que, asociándose voluntariamente a la pasión y muerte de Cristo (cf. Rm 8,17; Col 1,24; 2 Tm 2,11-12; 1 P 4,13), contribuyan así al bien del Pueblo de Dios. A su vez, aquellos de entre los fieles que están sellados con el orden sagrado son destinados a apacentar la Iglesia por la palabra y gracia de Dios, en nombre de Cristo. Finalmente, los cónyuges cristianos, en virtud del sacramento del matrimonio, por el que significan y participan el misterio de unidad y amor fecundo entre Cristo y la Iglesia (cf. Ef 5,32), se ayudan mutuamente a santificarse en la vida conyugal y en la procreación y educación de la prole, y por eso poseen su propio don, dentro del Pueblo de Dios, en su estado y forma de vida [21]. De este consorcio procede la familia, en la que nacen nuevos ciudadanos de la sociedad humana, quienes, por la gracia del Espíritu Santo, quedan constituidos en el bautismo hijos de Dios, que perpetuarán a través del tiempo el Pueblo de Dios. En esta especie de Iglesia doméstica los padres deben ser para sus hijos los primeros predicadores de la fe, mediante la palabra y el ejemplo, y deben fomentar la vocación propia de cada uno, pero con un cuidado especial la vocación sagrada"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos los fieles, cristianos, de cualquier condición y estado, fortalecidos con tantos y tan poderosos medios de salvación, son llamados por el Señor, cada uno por su camino, a la perfección de aquella santidad con la que es perfecto el mismo Padre."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Pueblo santo de Dios participa también de la función profética de Cristo, difundiendo su testimonio vivo sobre todo con la vida de fe y caridad y ofreciendo a Dios el sacrificio de alabanza, que es fruto de los labios que confiesan su nombre (cf. Hb 13.15). La totalidad de los fieles, que tienen la unción del Santo (cf. 1 Jn 2,20 y 27), no puede equivocarse cuando cree, y esta prerrogativa peculiar suya la manifiesta mediante el sentido sobrenatural de la fe de todo el pueblo cuando «desde los Obispos hasta los últimos fieles laicos» [22] presta su consentimiento universal en las cosas de fe y costumbres. Con este sentido de la fe, que el Espíritu de verdad suscita y mantiene, el Pueblo de Dios se adhiere indefectiblemente «a la fe confiada de una vez para siempre a los santos» (Judas 3), penetra más profundamente en ella con juicio certero y le da más plena aplicación en la vida, guiado en todo por el sagrado Magisterio, sometiéndose al cual no acepta ya una palabra de hombres, sino la verdadera palabra de Dios (cf. 1 Ts 2,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Además, el mismo Espíritu Santo no sólo santifica y dirige el Pueblo de Dios mediante los sacramentos y los misterios y le adorna con virtudes, sino que también distribuye gracias especiales entre los fieles de cualquier condición, distribuyendo a cada uno según quiere (1 Co 12,11) sus dones, con los que les hace aptos y prontos para ejercer las diversas obras y deberes que sean útiles para la renovación y la mayor edificación de la Iglesia, según aquellas palabras: «A cada uno... se le otorga la manifestación del Espíritu para común utilidad» (1 Co 12,7). Estos carismas, tanto los extraordinarios como los más comunes y difundidos, deben ser recibidos con gratitud y consuelo, porque son muy adecuados y útiles a las necesidades de la Iglesia. Los dones extraordinarios no deben pedirse temerariamente ni hay que esperar de ellos con presunción los frutos del trabajo apostólico. Y, además, el juicio de su autenticidad y de su ejercicio razonable pertenece a quienes tienen la autoridad en la Iglesia, a los cuales compete ante todo no sofocar el Espíritu, sino probarlo todo y retener lo que es bueno (cf. 1 Ts 5,12 y 19-21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos los hombres están llamados a formar parte del nuevo Pueblo de Dios. Por lo cual, este pueblo, sin dejar de ser uno y único, debe extenderse a todo el mundo y en todos los tiempos, para así cumplir el designio de la voluntad de Dios, quien en un principio creó una sola naturaleza humana, y a sus hijos, que estaban dispersos, determinó luego congregarlos (cf. Jn 11,52). Para esto envió Dios a su Hijo, a quien constituyó en heredero de todo (cf. Hb 1,2), para que sea Maestro, Rey y Sacerdote de todos, Cabeza del pueblo nuevo y universal de los hijos de Dios. Para esto, finalmente, envió Dios al Espíritu de su Hijo, Señor y Vivificador, quien es para toda la Iglesia y para todos y cada uno de los creyentes el principio de asociación y unidad en la doctrina de los Apóstoles, en la mutua unión, en la fracción del pan y en las oraciones (cf. Hch 2,42 gr.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Así, pues, el único Pueblo de Dios está presente en todas las razas de la tierra, pues de todas ellas reúne sus ciudadanos, y éstos lo son de un reino no terrestre, sino celestial. Todos los fieles dispersos por el orbe comunican con los demás en el Espíritu Santo, y así, «quien habita en Roma sabe que los de la India son miembros suyos» [23]. Y como el reino de Cristo no es de este mundo (cf. Jn 18,36), la Iglesia o el Pueblo de Dios, introduciendo este reino, no disminuye el bien temporal de ningún pueblo; antes, al contrario, fomenta y asume, y al asumirlas, las purifica, fortalece y eleva todas las capacidades y riquezas y costumbres de los pueblos en lo que tienen de bueno. Pues es muy consciente de que ella debe congregar en unión de aquel Rey a quien han sido dadas en herencia todas las naciones (cf. Sal 2,8) y a cuya ciudad ellas traen sus dones y tributos (cf. Sal 71 [72], 10; Is 60,4-7; Ap 21,24). Este carácter de universalidad que distingue al Pueblo de Dios es un don del mismo Señor con el que la Iglesia católica tiende, eficaz y perpetuamente, a recapitular toda la humanidad, con todos sus bienes, bajo Cristo Cabeza, en la unidad de su Espíritu [24]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En virtud de esta catolicidad, cada una de las partes colabora con sus dones propios con las restantes partes y con toda la Iglesia, de tal modo que el todo y cada una de las partes aumentan a causa de todos los que mutuamente se comunican y tienden a la plenitud en la unidad. De donde resulta que el Pueblo de Dios no sólo reúne a personas de pueblos diversos, sino que en sí mismo está integrado por diversos órdenes. Hay, en efecto, entre sus miembros una diversidad, sea en cuanto a los oficios, pues algunos desempeñan el ministerio sagrado en bien de sus hermanos, sea en razón de la condición y estado de vida, pues muchos en el estado religioso estimulan con su ejemplo a los hermanos al tender a la santidad por un camino más estrecho. Además, dentro de la comunión eclesiástica, existen legítimamente Iglesias particulares, que gozan de tradiciones propias, permaneciendo inmutable el primado de la cátedra de Pedro, que preside la asamblea universal de la caridad [25], protege las diferencias legítimas y simultáneamente vela para que las divergencias sirvan a la unidad en vez de dañarla. De aquí se derivan finalmente, entre las diversas partes de la Iglesia, unos vínculos de íntima comunión en lo que respecta a riquezas espirituales, obreros apostólicos y ayudas temporales. Los miembros del Pueblo de Dios son llamados a una comunicación de bienes, y las siguientes palabras del apóstol pueden aplicarse a cada una de las Iglesias: «El don que cada uno ha recibido, póngalo al servicio de los otros, como buenos administradores de la multiforme gracia de Dios» (1 P 4,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos los hombres son llamados a esta unidad católica del Pueblo de Dios, que simboliza y promueve paz universal, y a ella pertenecen o se ordenan de diversos modos, sea los fieles católicos, sea los demás creyentes en Cristo, sea también todos los hombres en general, por la gracia de Dios llamados a la salvación."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El sagrado Concilio fija su atención en primer lugar en los fieles católicos. Y enseña, fundado en la Sagrada Escritura y en la Tradición, que esta Iglesia peregrinante es necesaria para la salvación. El único Mediador y camino de salvación es Cristo, quien se hace presente a todos nosotros en su Cuerpo, que es la Iglesia. El mismo, al inculcar con palabras explícitas la necesidad de la fe y el bautismo (cf. Mc 16,16; Jn 3,5), confirmó al mismo tiempo la necesidad de la Iglesia, en la que los hombres entran por el bautismo como por una puerta. Por lo cual no podrían salvarse aquellos hombres que, conociendo que la Iglesia católica fue instituida por Dios a través de Jesucristo como necesaria, sin embargo, se negasen a entrar o a perseverar en ella."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A esta sociedad de la Iglesia están incorporados plenamente quienes, poseyendo el Espíritu de Cristo, aceptan la totalidad de su organización y todos los medios de salvación establecidos en ella, y en su cuerpo visible están unidos con Cristo, el cual la rige mediante el Sumo Pontífice y los Obispos, por los vínculos de la profesión de fe, de los sacramentos, del gobierno y comunión eclesiástica. No se salva, sin embargo, aunque esté incorporado a la Iglesia, quien, no perseverando en la caridad, permanece en el seno de la Iglesia «en cuerpo», mas no «en corazón» [26]. Pero no olviden todos los hijos de la Iglesia que su excelente condición no deben atribuirla a los méritos propios, sino a una gracia singular de Cristo, a la que, si no responden con pensamiento, palabra y obra, lejos de salvarse, serán juzgados con mayor severidad [27]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los catecúmenos que, movidos por el Espíritu Santo, solicitan con voluntad expresa ser incorporados a la Iglesia, por este mismo deseo ya están vinculados a ella, y la madre Iglesia los abraza en amor y solicitud como suyos."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia se reconoce unida por muchas razones con quienes, estando bautizados, se honran con el nombre de cristianos, pero no profesan la fe en su totalidad o no guardan la unidad de comunión bajo el sucesor de Pedro [28]. Pues hay muchos que honran la Sagrada Escritura como norma de fe y vida, muestran un sincero celo religioso, creen con amor en Dios Padre todopoderoso y en Cristo, Hijo de Dios Salvador [29]; están sellados con el bautismo, por el que se unen a Cristo, y además aceptan y reciben otros sacramentos en sus propias Iglesias o comunidades eclesiásticas. Muchos de entre ellos poseen el episcopado, celebran la sagrada Eucaristía y fomentan la piedad hacia la Virgen, Madre de Dios [30]. Añádase a esto la comunión de oraciones y otros beneficios espirituales, e incluso cierta verdadera unión en el Espíritu Santo, ya que El ejerce en ellos su virtud santificadora con los dones y gracias y a algunos de entre ellos los fortaleció hasta la efusión de la sangre. De esta forma, el Espíritu suscita en todos los discípulos de Cristo el deseo y la actividad para que todos estén pacíficamente unidos, del modo determinado por Cristo, en una grey y bujo un único Pastor [31]. Para conseguir esto, la Iglesia madre no cesa de orar, esperar y trabajar, y exhorta a sus hijos a la purificación y renovación, a fin de que la señal de Cristo resplandezca con más claridad sobre la faz de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por último, quienes todavía no recibieron el Evangelio, se ordenan al Pueblo de Dios de diversas maneras [32]. En primer lugar, aquel pueblo que recibió los testamentos y las promesas y del que Cristo nació según la carne (cf. Rm 9,4-5). Por causa de los padres es un pueblo amadísimo en razón de la elección, pues Dios no se arrepiente de sus dones y de su vocación (cf. Rm 11, 28-29). Pero el designio de salvación abarca también a los que reconocen al Creador, entre los cuales están en primer lugar los musulmanes, que, confesando adherirse a la fe de Abraham, adoran con nosotros a un Dios único, misericordioso, que juzgará a los hombres en el día postrero. Ni el mismo Dios está lejos de otros que buscan en sombras e imágenes al Dios desconocido, puesto que todos reciben de El la vida, la inspiración y todas las cosas (cf. Hch 17,25-28), y el Salvador quiere que todos los hombres se salven (cf. 1 Tm 2,4). Pues quienes, ignorando sin culpa el Evangelio de Cristo y su Iglesia, buscan, no obstante, a Dios con un corazón sincero y se esfuerzan, bajo el influjo de la gracia, en cumplir con obras su voluntad, conocida mediante el juicio de la conciencia, pueden conseguir la salvación eterna [33]. Y la divina Providencia tampoco niega los auxilios necesarios para la salvación a quienes sin culpa no han llegado todavía a un conocimiento expreso de Dios y se esfuerzan en llevar una vida recta, no sin la gracia de Dios. Cuanto hay de bueno y verdadero entre ellos, la Iglesia lo juzga como una preparación del Evangelio [34] y otorgado por quien ilumina a todos los hombres para que al fin tengan la vida. Pero con mucha frecuencia los hombres, engañados por el Maligno, se envilecieron con sus fantasías y trocaron la verdad de Dios en mentira, sirviendo a la criatura más bien que al Creador (cf. Rm 1,21 y 25), o, viviendo y muriendo sin Dios en este mundo, se exponen a la desesperación extrema. Por lo cual la Iglesia, acordándose del mandato del Señor, que dijo: «Predicad el Evangelio a toda criatura» (Mc 16,15), procura con gran solicitud fomentar las misiones para promover la gloria de Dios y la salvación de todos éstos."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como el Hijo fue enviado por el Padre, así también El envió a los Apóstoles (cf. Jn 20,21) diciendo: «Id, pues, y enseñad a todas las gentes, bautizándolas en el nombre del Padre, y del Hijo, y del Espíritu Santo, enseñándoles a guardar todo lo que os he mandado. Yo estaré con vosotros siempre hasta la consumación del mundo» (Mt 28,19- 20). Este solemne mandato de Cristo de anunciar la verdad salvadora, la Iglesia lo recibió de los Apóstoles con orden de realizarlo hasta los confines de la tierra (cf. Hch 1,8). Por eso hace suyas las palabras del Apóstol: «¡Ay de mí si no evangelizare!» (1 Co 9,16), y sigue incesantemente enviando evangelizadores, mientras no estén plenamente establecidas las Iglesias recién fundadas y ellas, a su vez, continúen la obra evangelizadora. El Espíritu Santo la impulsa a cooperar para que se cumpla el designio de Dios, quien constituyó a Cristo principio de salvación para todo el mundo. Predicando el Evangelio, la Iglesia atrae a los oyentes a la fe y a la confesión de la fe, los prepara al bautismo, los libra de la servidumbre del error y los incorpora a Cristo para que por la caridad crezcan en El hasta la plenitud. Con su trabajo consigue que todo lo bueno que se encuentra sembrado en el corazón y en la mente de los hombres y en los ritos y culturas de estos pueblos, no sólo no desaparezca, sino que se purifique, se eleve y perfeccione para la gloria de Dios, confusión del demonio y felicidad del hombre. La responsabilidad de diseminar la fe incumbe a todo discípulo de Cristo en su parte [35]. Pero, aunque cualquiera puede bautizar a los creyentes, es, sin embargo, propio del sacerdote el llevar a su complemento la edificación del Cuerpo mediante el sacrificio eucarístico, cumpliendo las palabras de Dios dichas por el profeta: «Desde el orto del sol hasta el ocaso es grande mi nombre entre las gentes y en todo lugar se ofrece a mi nombre una oblación pura» (Ml ,1, 11) [36]. Así, pues, la Iglesia ora y trabaja para que la totalidad del mundo se integre en el Pueblo de Dios, Cuerpo del Señor y templo del Espíritu Santo, y en Cristo, Cabeza de todos, se rinda al Creador universal y Padre todo honor y gloria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONSTITUCIÓN JERÁRQUICA DE LA IGLESIA, Y PARTICULARMENTE EL EPISCOPADO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para apacentar el Pueblo de Dios y acrecentarlo siempre, Cristo Señor instituyó en su Iglesia diversos ministerios, ordenados al bien de todo el Cuerpo. Pues los ministros que poseen la sacra potestad están al servicio de sus hermanos, a fin de que todos cuantos pertenecen al Pueblo de Dios y gozan, por tanto, de la verdadera dignidad cristiana, tendiendo libre y ordenadamente a un mismo fin, alcancen la salvación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este santo Sínodo, siguiendo las huellas del Concilio Vaticano I, enseña y declara con él que Jesucristo, Pastor eterno, edificó la santa Iglesia enviando a sus Apóstoles lo mismo que El fue enviado por el Padre (cf. Jn 20,21), y quiso que los sucesores de aquéllos, los Obispos, fuesen los pastores en su Iglesia hasta la consumación de los siglos. Pero para que el mismo Episcopado fuese uno solo e indiviso, puso al frente de los demás Apóstoles al bienaventurado Pedro e instituyó en la persona del mismo el principio y fundamento, perpetuo y visible, de la unidad de fe y de comunión [37]. Esta doctrina sobre la institución, perpetuidad, poder y razón de ser del sacro primado del Romano Pontífice y de su magisterio infalible, el santo Concilio la propone nuevamente como objeto de fe inconmovible a todos los fieles, y, prosiguiendo dentro de la misma línea, se propone, ante la faz de todos, profesar y declarar la doctrina acerca de los Obispos, sucesores de los Apóstoles, los cuales, junto con el sucesor de Pedro, Vicario de Cristo [38] y Cabeza visible de toda la Iglesia, rigen la casa del Dios vivo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Señor Jesús, después de haber hecho oración al Padre, llamando a sí a los que El quiso, eligió a doce para que viviesen con El y para enviarlos a predicar el reino de Dios (cf. Mc 3,13-19; Mt 10,1-42); a estos Apóstoles (cf. Lc 6,13) los instituyó a modo de colegio, es decir, de grupo estable, al frente del cual puso a Pedro, elegido de entre ellos mismos (cf. Jn 21,15-17). Los envió primeramente a los hijos de Israel, y después a todas las gentes (cf. Rm 1,16), para que, participando de su potestad, hiciesen discípulos de El a todos los pueblos y los santificasen y gobernasen (cf. Mt 28,16-20; Mc 16, 15; Le 24,45-48; Jn 20,21-23), y así propagasen la Iglesia y la apacentasen, sirviéndola, bajo la dirección del Señor, todos los días hasta la consumación de los siglos (Mt 28,20). En esta misión fueron confirmados plenamente el día de Pentecostés (cf. Hch 2,1-36), según la promesa del Señor: «Recibiréis la virtud del Espíritu Santo, que vendrá sobre vosotros, y seréis mis testigos así en Jerusalén como en toda la Judea y Samaría y hasta el último confín de la tierra» (Hch 1,8). Los Apóstoles, pues, predicando en todas partes el Evangelio (cf. Mc 16,20), recibido por los oyentes bajo la acción del Espíritu Santo, congregan la Iglesia universal que el Señor fundó en los Apóstoles y edificó sobre el bienaventurado Pedro, su cabeza, siendo el propio Cristo Jesús la piedra angular (cf. Ap 21, 14; Mt 16, 18; Ef 2, 20) [39]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta divina misión confiada por Cristo a los Apóstoles ha de durar hasta él fin del mundo (cf. Mt 28,20), puesto que el Evangelio que ellos deben propagar es en todo tiempo el principio de toda la vida para la Iglesia. Por esto los Apóstoles cuidaron de establecer sucesores en esta sociedad jerárquicamente organizada."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En efecto, no sólo tuvieron diversos colaboradores en el ministerio[40], sino que, a fin de que la misión a ellos confiada se continuase después de su muerte, dejaron a modo de testamento a sus colaboradores inmediatos el encargo de acabar y consolidar la obra comenzada por ellos [41], encomendándoles que atendieran a toda la grey, en medio de la cual el Espíritu Santo los había puesto para apacentar la Iglesia de Dios (cf. Hch 20,28). Y así establecieron tales colaboradores y les dieron además la orden de que, al morir ellos, otros varones probados se hicieran cargo de su ministerio [42]. Entre los varios ministerios que desde los primeros tiempos se vienen ejerciendo en la Iglesia, según el testimonio de la Tradición, ocupa el primer lugar el oficio de aquellos que, ordenados Obispos por una sucesión que se remonta a los mismos orígenes [43], conservan la semilla apostólica [44]. Así, como atestigua San Ireneo, por medio de aquellos que fueron instituidos por los Apóstoles Obispos y sucesores suyos hasta nosotros, se manifiesta [45] y se conserva la tradición apostólica en todo el mundo [46]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Obispos, pues, recibieron el ministerio de la comunidad con sus colaboradores, los presbíteros y diáconos [47], presidiendo en nombre de Dios la grey [48], de la que son pastores, como maestros de doctrina, sacerdotes del culto sagrado y ministros de gobierno [49]. Y así como permanece el oficio que Dios concedió personalmente a Pedro; príncipe de los Apóstoles, para que fuera transmitido a sus sucesores, así también perdura el oficio de los Apóstoles de apacentar la Iglesia, que debe ejercer de forma permanente el orden sagrado de los Obispos [50]. Por ello, este sagrado Sínodo enseña que los Obispos han sucedido [51], por institución divina, a los Apóstoles como pastores de la Iglesia, de modo que quien los escucha, escucha a Cristo, y quien los desprecia, desprecia a Cristo y a quien le envió (cf. Lc 10,16) [52]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En la persona, pues, de los Obispos, a quienes asisten los presbíteros, el Señor Jesucristo, Pontífice supremo, está presente en medio de los fieles. Porque, sentado a la diestra del Padre, no está ausente la congregación de sus pontífices [53], sino que, principalmente a través de su servicio eximio, predica la palabra de Dios a todas las gentes y administra continuamente los sacramentos de la fe a los creyentes, y por medio de su oficio paternal (cf.1 Co 4,15) va congregando nuevos miembros a su Cuerpo con regeneración sobrenatural; finalmente, por medio de su sabiduría y prudencia dirige y ordena al Pueblo del Nuevo Testamento en su peregrinar hacia la eterna felicidad. Estos pastores, elegidos para apacentar la grey del Señor, son los ministros de Cristo y los dispensadores de los misterios de Dios (cf. 1 Co 4,1), a quienes está encomendado el testimonio del Evangelio de la gracia de Dios (cf. Rm 15,16; Hch 20,24) y la gloriosa administración del Espíritu y de la justicia (cf. 2 Co 3,8-9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para realizar estos oficios tan excelsos, los Apóstoles fueron enriquecidos por Cristo con una efusión especial del Espíritu Santo, que descendió sobre ellos (cf. Hch 1,8; 2,4; Jn 20,22-23), y ellos, a su vez, por la imposición de las manos, transmitieron a sus colaboradores este don espiritual (cf. 1 Tm 4,14; 2 Tm 1,6-7), que ha llegado hasta nosotros en la consagración episcopal [54]. Enseña, pues, este santo Sínodo que en la consagración episcopal se confiere la plenitud del sacramento del orden, llamada, en la práctica litúrgica de la Iglesia y en la enseñanza de los Santos Padres, sumo sacerdocio, cumbre del ministerio sagrado [55]. La consagración episcopal, junto con el oficio de santificar, confiere también los oficios de enseñar y de regir, los cuales, sin embargo, por su misma naturaleza, no pueden ejercerse sino en comunión jerárquica con la Cabeza y los miembros del Colegio. Pues según la Tradición, que se manifiesta especialmente en los ritos litúrgicos y en el uso de la Iglesia tanto de Oriente como de Occidente, es cosa clara que por la imposición de las manos y las palabras de la consagración se confiere [56] la gracia del Espíritu Santo y se imprime el sagrado carácter [57], de tal manera que los Obispos, de modo visible y eminente, hacen las veces del mismo Cristo, Maestro, Pastor y Pontífice, y actúan en lugar suyo [58]. Pertenece a los Obispos incorporar, por medio del sacramento del orden, nuevos elegidos al Cuerpo episcopal."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Así como, por disposición del Señor, San Pedro y los demás Apóstoles forman un solo Colegio apostólico, de igual manera se unen entre sí el Romano Pontífice, sucesor de Pedro, y los Obispos, sucesores de los Apóstoles. Ya la más antigua disciplina, según la cual los Obispos esparcidos por todo el orbe comunicaban entre sí y con el Obispo de Roma en el vínculo de la unidad, de la caridad y de la paz [59], y también los concilios convocados [60] para decidir en común las cosas más importantes [61], sometiendo la resolución al parecer de muchos [62], manifiestan la naturaleza y la forma colegial del orden episcopal, confirmada manifiestamente por los concilios ecuménicos celebrados a lo largo de los siglos. Esto mismo está indicado por la costumbre, introducida de antiguo, de llamar a varios Obispos para tomar parte en la elevación del nuevo elegido al ministerio del sumo sacerdocio. Uno es constituido miembro del Cuerpo episcopal en virtud de la consagración sacramental y por la comunión jerárquica con la Cabeza y con los miembros del Colegio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Colegio o Cuerpo de los Obispos, por su parte, no tiene autoridad, a no ser que se considere en comunión con el Romano Pontífice, sucesor de Pedro, como cabeza del mismo, quedando totalmente a salvo el poder primacial de éste sobre todos, tanto pastores como fieles. Porque el Romano Pontífice tiene sobre la Iglesia, en virtud de su cargo, es decir, como Vicario de Cristo y Pastor de toda la Iglesia, plena, suprema y universal potestad, que puede siempre ejercer libremente. En cambio, el Cuerpo episcopal, que sucede al Colegio de los Apóstoles en el magisterio y en el régimen pastoral, más aún, en el que perdura continuamente el Cuerpo apostólico, junto con su Cabeza, el Romano Pontífice, y nunca sin esta Cabeza, es también sujeto de la suprema y plena potestad sobre la Iglesia universal [63], si bien no puede ejercer dicha potestad sin el consentimiento del Romano Pontífice. El Señor estableció solamente a Simón como roca y portador de las llaves de la Iglesia (Mt 16,18-19) y le constituyó Pastor de toda su grey (cf. Jn 21, 15 ss); pero el oficio de atar y desatar dado e Pedro (cf. Mt 16,19) consta que fue dado también al Colegio de los Apóstoles unido a su Cabeza (cf. Mt 18, 18; 28,16-20) [64]. Este Colegio, en cuanto compuesto de muchos, expresa la variedad y universalidad del Pueblo de Dios; y en cuanto agrupado bajo una sola Cabeza, la unidad de la grey de Cristo. Dentro de este Colegio los Obispos, respetando fielmente el primado y preeminencia de su Cabeza, gozan de potestad propia para bien de sus propios fieles, incluso para bien de toda la Iglesia porque el Espíritu Santo consolida sin cesar su estructura orgánica y su concordia. La potestad suprema sobre la Iglesia universal que posee este Colegio se ejercita de modo solemne en el concilio ecuménico. No hay concilio ecuménico si no es aprobado o, al menos, aceptado como tal por el sucesor de Pedro. Y es prerrogativa del Romano Pontífice convocar estos concilios ecuménicos, presidirlos y confirmarlos [65]. Esta misma potestad colegial puede ser ejercida por los Obispos dispersos por el mundo a una con el Papa, con tal que la Cabeza del Colegio los llame a una acción colegial o, por lo menos, apruebe la acción unida de éstos o la acepte libremente, para que sea un verdadero acto colegial."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La unión colegial se manifiesta también en las mutuas relaciones de cada Obispo con las Iglesias particulares y con la Iglesia universal. El Romano Pontífice, como sucesor de Pedro, es el principio y fundamento perpetuo y visible de unidad así de los Obispos como de la multitud de los fieles [66]. Por su parte, los Obispos son, individualmente, el principio y fundamento visible de unidad en sus Iglesias particulares [67], formadas a imagen de la Iglesia universal, en las cuales y a base de las cuales se constituye la Iglesia católica, una y única [68]. Por eso, cada Obispo representa a su Iglesia, y todos juntos con el Papa representan a toda la Iglesia en el vínculo de la paz, del amor y de la unidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cada uno de los Obispos que es puesto al frente de una Iglesia particular, ejerce su poder pastoral sobre la porción del Pueblo de Dios a él encomendada, no sobre las otras Iglesias ni sobre la Iglesia universal. Pero en cuanto miembros del Colegio episcopal y como legítimos sucesores de los Apóstoles, todos y cada uno, en virtud de la institución y precepto de Cristo [69], están obligados a tener por la Iglesia universal aquella solicitud que, aunque no se ejerza por acto de jurisdicción, contribuye, sin embargo, en gran manera al desarrollo de la Iglesia universal. Deben, pues, todos los Obispos promover y defender la unidad de la fe y la disciplina común de toda la Iglesia, instruir a los fieles en el amor de todo el Cuerpo místico de Cristo, especialmente de los miembros pobres, de los que sufren y de los que son perseguidos por la justicia (cf. Mt 5,10); promover, en fin, toda actividad que sea común a toda la Iglesia, particularmente en orden a la dilatación de la fe y a la difusión de la luz de la verdad plena entre todos los hombres. Por lo demás, es cierto que, rigiendo bien la propia Iglesia como porción de la Iglesia universal, contribuyen eficazmente al bien de todo el Cuerpo místico, que es también el cuerpo de las Iglesias [70]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El cuidado de anunciar el Evangelio en todo el mundo pertenece al Cuerpo de los Pastores, ya que a todos ellos, en común, dio Cristo el mandato, imponiéndoles un oficio común, según explicó ya el papa Celestino a los Padres del Concilio de Efeso [71]. Por tanto, todos los Obispos, en cuanto se lo permite el desempeño de su propio oficio, están obligados a colaborar entre sí y con el sucesor de Pedro, a quien particularmente le ha sido confiado el oficio excelso de propagar el nombre cristiano [72]. Por lo cual deben socorrer con todas sus fuerzas a las misiones, ya sea con operarios para la mies, ya con ayudas espirituales y materiales; bien directamente por sí mismos, bien estimulando la ardiente cooperación de los fieles. Procuren, pues, finalmente, los Obispos, según el venerable ejemplo de la antigüedad, prestar con agrado una fraterna ayuda a las otras Iglesias, especialmente a las más vecinas y a las más pobres, dentro de esta universal sociedad de la caridad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La divina Providencia ha hecho que varias Iglesias fundadas en diversas regiones por los Apóstoles y sus sucesores, al correr de los tiempos, se hayan reunido en numerosos grupos estables, orgánicamente unidos, los cuales, quedando a salvo la unidad de la fe y la única constitución divina de la Iglesia universal, tienen una disciplina propia, unos ritos litúrgicos y un patrimonio teológico y espiritual propios. Entre las cuales, algunas, concretamente las antiguas Iglesias patriarcales, como madres en la fe, engendraron a otras como hijas y han quedado unidas con ellas hasta nuestros días con vínculos más estrechos de caridad en la vida sacramental y en la mutua observancia de derechos y deberes [73]. Esta variedad de las Iglesias locales, tendente a la unidad, manifiesta con mayor evidencia la catolicidad de la Iglesia indivisa. De modo análogo, las Conferencias episcopales hoy en día pueden desarrollar una obra múltiple y fecunda, a fin de que el afecto colegial tenga una aplicación concreta."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Obispos, en cuanto sucesores de los Apóstoles, reciben del Señor, a quien ha sido dado todo poder en el cielo y en la tierra, la misión de enseñar a todas las gentes y de predicar el Evangelio a toda creatura, a fin de que todos los hombres consigan la salvación por medio de la fe, del bautismo y del cumplimiento de los mandamientos (cf. Mt 28,18-20; Mc 16,15-16; Hch 26, 17 s). Para el desempeño de esta misión, Cristo Señor prometió a los Apóstoles el Espíritu Santo, y lo envió desde el cielo el día de Pentecostés, para que, confortados con su virtud, fuesen sus testigos hasta los confines de la tierra ante las gentes, los pueblos y los reyes (cf. Hch 1,8; 2, 1 ss; 9,15). Este encargo que el Señor confió a los pastores de su pueblo es un verdadero servicio, que en la Sagrada Escritura se llama con toda propiedad diaconía, o sea ministerio (cf. Hch 1,17 y 25; 21,19; Rm 11,13; 1Tm 1,12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La misión canónica de los Obispos puede hacerse por las legítimas costumbres que no hayan sido revocadas por la potestad suprema y universal de la Iglesia, o por leyes dictadas o reconocidas por la misma autoridad, o directamente por el mismo sucesor de Pedro; y ningún Obispo puede ser elevado a tal oficio contra la voluntad de éste, o sea cuando él niega la comunión apostólica [74]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre los principales oficios de los Obispos se destaca la predicación del Evangelio [75]. Porque los Obispos son los pregoneros de la fe que ganan nuevos discípulos para Cristo y son los maestros auténticos, o sea los que están dotados de la autoridad de Cristo, que predican al pueblo que les ha sido encomendado la fe que ha de ser creída y ha de ser aplicada a la vida, y la ilustran bajo la luz del Espíritu Santo, extrayendo del tesoro de la Revelación cosas nuevas y viejas (cf. Mt 13, 52), la hacen fructificar y con vigilancia apartan de su grey los errores que la amenazan (cf. 2 Tm 4,1-4). Los Obispos, cuando enseñan en comunión con el Romano Pontífice, deben ser respetados por todos como testigos de la verdad divina y católica; los fieles, por su parte, en materia de fe y costumbres, deben aceptar el juicio de su Obispo, dado en nombre de Cristo, y deben adherirse a él con religioso respeto. Este obsequio religioso de la voluntad y del entendimiento de modo particular ha de ser prestado al magisterio auténtico del Romano Pontífice aun cuando no hable ex cathedra; de tal manera que se reconozca con reverencia su magisterio supremo y con sinceridad se preste adhesión al parecer expresado por él, según su manifiesta mente y voluntad, que se colige principalmente ya sea por la índole de los documentos, ya sea por la frecuente proposición de la misma doctrina, ya sea por la forma de decirlo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aunque cada uno de los Prelados no goce por si de la prerrogativa de la infalibilidad, sin embargo, cuando, aun estando dispersos por el orbe, pero manteniendo el vínculo de comunión entre sí y con el sucesor de Pedro, enseñando auténticamente en materia de fe y costumbres, convienen en que una doctrina ha de ser tenida como definitiva, en ese caso proponen infaliblemente la doctrina de Cristo [76]. Pero todo esto se realiza con mayor claridad cuando, reunidos en concilio ecuménico, son para la Iglesia universal los maestros y jueces de la fe y costumbres, a cuyas definiciones hay que adherirse con la sumisión de la fe [77]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta infalibilidad que el divino Redentor quiso que tuviese su Iglesia cuando define la doctrina de fe y costumbres, se extiende tanto cuanto abarca el depósito de la Revelación, que debe ser custodiado santamente y expresado con fidelidad. El Romano Pontífice, Cabeza del Colegio episcopal, goza de esta misma infalibilidad en razón de su oficio cuando, como supremo pastor y doctor de todos los fieles, que confirma en la fe a sus hermanos (cf. Lc 22,32), proclama de una forma definitiva la doctrina de fe y costumbres [78]. Por esto se afirma, con razón, que sus definiciones son irreformables por sí mismas y no por el consentimiento de la Iglesia, por haber sido proclamadas bajo la asistencia del Espíritu Santo, prometida a él en la persona de San Pedro, y no necesitar de ninguna aprobación de otros ni admitir tampoco apelación a otro tribunal. Porque en esos casos, el Romano Pontífice no da una sentencia como persona privada, sino que, en calidad de maestro supremo de la Iglesia universal, en quien singularmente reside el carisma de la infalibilidad de la Iglesia misma, expone o defiende la doctrina de la fe católica [79]. La infalibilidad prometida a la Iglesia reside también en el Cuerpo de los Obispos cuando ejerce el supremo magisterio en unión con el sucesor de Pedro. A estas definiciones nunca puede faltar el asenso de la Iglesia por la acción del mismo Espíritu Santo, en virtud de la cual la grey toda de Cristo se mantiene y progresa en la unidad de la fe [80]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas cuando el Romano Pontífice o el Cuerpo de los Obispos juntamente con él definen una doctrina, lo hacen siempre de acuerdo con la misma Revelación, a la cual deben atenerse y conformarse todos, y la cual es íntegramente transmitida por escrito o por tradición a través de la sucesión legítima de los Obispos, y especialmente por cuidado del mismo Romano Pontífice, y, bajo la luz del Espíritu de verdad, es santamente conservada y fielmente expuesta en la Iglesia [81]. El Romano Pontífice y los Obispos, por razón de su oficio y la importancia del asunto, trabajan celosamente con los medios oportunos [82] para investigar adecuadamente y para proponer de una manera apta esta Revelación; y no aceptan ninguna nueva revelación pública como perteneciente al divino depósito de la fe [83]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Obispo, por estar revestido de la plenitud del sacramento del orden, es «el administrador de la gracia del supremo sacerdocio» [84], sobre todo en la Eucaristía, que él mismo celebra o procura que sea celebrada [85], y mediante la cual la Iglesia vive y crece continuamente. Esta Iglesia de Cristo está verdaderamente presente en todas las legítimas reuniones locales de los fieles, que, unidas a sus pastores, reciben también en el Nuevo Testamento el nombre de iglesias [86]. Ellas son, en su lugar, el Pueblo nuevo, llamado por Dios en el Espíritu Santo y en gran plenitud (cf. 1 Ts 1,5). En ellas se congregan los fieles por la predicación del Evangelio de Cristo y se celebra el misterio de la Cena del Señor «para que por medio del cuerpo y de la sangre del Señor quede unida toda la fraternidad» [87]. En toda comunidad de altar, bajo el sagrado ministerio del Obispo [88], se manifiesta el símbolo de aquella caridad y «unidad del Cuerpo místico, sin la cual no puede haber salvación» [89]. En estas comunidades, aunque sean frecuentemente pequeñas y pobres o vivan en la dispersión, está presente Cristo, por cuya virtud se congrega la Iglesia una, santa, católica y apostólica [90]. Pues «la participación del cuerpo y sangre de Cristo hace que pasemos a ser aquello que recibimos» [91]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ahora bien, toda legítima celebración de la Eucaristía es dirigida por el Obispo, a quien ha sido confiado el oficio de ofrecer a la Divina Majestad el culto de la religión cristiana y de reglamentarlo en conformidad con los preceptos del Señor y las leyes de la Iglesia, precisadas más concretamente para su diócesis según su criterio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Así, los Obispos, orando y trabajando por el pueblo, difunden de muchas maneras y con abundancia la plenitud de la santidad de Cristo. Por medio del ministerio de la palabra comunican la virtud de Dios a los creyentes para la salvación (cf. Rm 1,16), y por medio de los sacramentos, cuya administración legítima y fructuosa regulan ellos con su autoridad [92], santifican a los fieles. Ellos disponen la administración del bautismo, por medio del cual se concede la participación en el sacerdocio regio de Cristo. Ellos son los ministros originarios de la confirmación, los dispensadores de las sagradas órdenes y los moderadores de la disciplina penitencial; y ellos solícitamente exhortan e instruyen a sus pueblos para que participen con fe y reverencia en la liturgia y, sobre todo, en el santo sacrificio de la Misa. Ellos, finalmente, deben edificar a sus súbditos con el ejemplo de su vida, guardando su conducta de todo mal y, en la medida que puedan y con la ayuda de Dios transformándola en bien, para llegar, juntamente con la grey que les ha sido confiada, a la vida eterna [93]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Obispos rigen, como vicarios y legados de Cristo, las Iglesias particulares que les han sido encomendadas [94], con sus consejos, con sus exhortaciones, con sus ejemplos, pero también con su autoridad y sacra potestad, de la que usan únicamente para edificar a su grey en la verdad y en la santidad, teniendo en cuenta que el que es mayor ha de hacerse como el menor, y el que ocupa el primer puesto, como el servidor (cf. Lc 22, 26-27). Esta potestad que personalmente ejercen en nombre de Cristo es propia, ordinaria e inmediata, aunque su ejercicio esté regulado en definitiva por la suprema autoridad de la Iglesia y pueda ser circunscrita dentro de ciertos límites con miras a la utilidad de la Iglesia o de los fieles. En virtud de esta potestad, los Obispos tienen el sagrado derecho, y ante Dios el deber, de legislar sobre sus súbditos, de juzgarlos y de regular todo cuanto pertenece a la organización del culto y del apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A ellos se les confía plenamente el oficio pastoral, o sea el cuidado habitual y cotidiano de sus ovejas, y no deben considerarse como vicarios de los Romanos Pontífices, ya que ejercen potestad propia y son, en verdad, los jefes de los pueblos que gobiernan [95] Así, pues, su potestad no es anulada por la potestad suprema y universal, sino que, por el contrario, es afirmada, robustecida y defendida [96], puesto que el Espíritu Santo mantiene indefectiblemente la forma de gobierno que Cristo Señor estableció en su Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Obispo, enviado por el Padre de familias a gobernar su familia, tenga siempre ante los ojos el ejemplo del Buen Pastor, que vino no a ser servido, sino a servir (cf. Mt 20,28; Mc 10,45) y a dar la vida por sus ovejas (cf. Jn 10,11). Tomado de entre los hombres y rodeado él mismo de flaquezas, puede apiadarse de los ignorantes y equivocados (Hb 5,1-2). No se niegue a oír a sus súbditos, a los que, como a verdaderos hijos suyos, alimenta y a quienes exhorta a cooperar animosamente con él. Consciente de que ha de dar cuenta a Dios de sus almas (cf. Hb 13,17), trabaje con la oración, con la predicación y con todas las obras de caridad tanto por ellos como por los que todavía no son de la única grey, a los cuales tenga como encomendados en el Señor. El mismo, siendo, como San Pablo, deudor para con todos, esté dispuesto a evangelizar a todos (cf. Rm 1,14-15) y a exhortar a sus fieles a la actividad apostólica y misionera. Los fieles, por su parte, deben estar unidos a su Obispo como la Iglesia a Jesucristo, y como Jesucristo al Padre, para que todas las cosas se armonicen en la unidad [97] y crezcan para gloria de Dios (cf. 2 Co 4,15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, a quien el Padre santificó y envió al mundo (cf. Jn 10,36), ha hecho partícipes de su consagración y de su misión, por medio de sus Apóstoles, a los sucesores de éstos, es decir, a los Obispos [98], los cuales han encomendado legítimamente el oficio de su ministerio, en distinto grado, a diversos sujetos en la Iglesia. Así, el ministerio eclesiástico, de institución divina, es ejercido en diversos órdenes por aquellos que ya desde antiguo vienen llamándose Obispos, presbíteros y diáconos [99]. Los presbíteros, aunque no tienen la cumbre del pontificado y dependen de los Obispos en el ejercicio de su potestad, están, sin embargo, unidos con ellos en el honor del sacerdocio[100] y, en virtud del sacramento del orden [101], han sido consagrados como verdaderos sacerdotes del Nuevo Testamento [102], a imagen de Cristo, sumo y eterno Sacerdote (cf. Hb 5,1-10; 7,24; 9,11-28), para predicar el Evangelio y apacentar a los fieles y para celebrar el culto divino. Participando, en el grado propio de su ministerio, del oficio del único Mediador, Cristo (cf. 1 Tm 2,5), anuncian a todos la divina palabra. Pero su oficio sagrado lo ejercen, sobre todo, en el culto o asamblea eucarística, donde, obrando en nombre de Cristo [103]y proclamando su misterio, unen las oraciones de los fieles al sacrificio de su Cabeza y representan y aplican [104] en el sacrificio de la Misa, hasta la venida del Señor (cf. 1 Co 11,26), el único sacrificio del Nuevo Testamento, a saber: el de Cristo, que se ofrece a sí mismo al Padre, una vez por todas, como hostia inmaculada (cf. Hb 9,11-28). Para con los fieles arrepentidos o enfermos desempeñan principalmente el ministerio de la reconciliación y del alivio, y presentan a Dios Padre las necesidades y súplicas de los fieles (cf. Hb 5,1-13). Ejerciendo, en la medida de su autoridad, el oficio de Cristo, Pastor y Cabeza [105], reúnen la familia de Dios como una fraternidad, animada con espíritu de unidad [106], y la conducen a Dios Padre por medio de Cristo en el Espíritu. En medio de la grey le adoran en espíritu y en verdad (cf. Jn 4,24). Se afanan, finalmente, en la palabra y en la enseñanza (cf. 1 Tm 5,17), creyendo aquello que leen cuando meditan la ley del Señor, enseñando aquello que creen, imitando lo que enseñan [107]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los presbíteros, próvidos cooperadores del Orden episcopal [108] y ayuda e instrumento suyo, llamados para servir al Pueblo de Dios, forman, junto con su Obispo, un solo presbiterio [109], dedicado a diversas ocupaciones. En cada una de las congregaciones locales de fieles representan al Obispo, con el que están confiada y animosamente unidos, y toman sobre sí una parte de la carga y solicitud pastoral y la ejercen en el diario trabajo. Ellos, bajo la autoridad del Obispo, santifican y rigen la porción de la grey del Señor a ellos encomendada, hacen visible en cada lugar a la Iglesia universal y prestan eficaz ayuda en la edificación de todo el Cuerpo de Cristo (cf. Ef 4,12), Preocupados siempre por el bien de los hijos de Dios, procuren cooperar en el trabajo pastoral de toda la diócesis e incluso de toda la Iglesia. Por esta participación en el sacerdocio y en la misión, los presbíteros reconozcan verdaderamente al Obispo como a padre suyo y obedézcanle reverentemente. El Obispo, por su parte, considere a los sacerdotes, sus cooperadores, como hijos y amigos, a la manera en que Cristo a sus discípulos no los llama ya siervos, sino amigos (cf. Jn 15,15). Todos los sacerdotes, tanto diocesanos como religiosos, están, pues, adscritos al Cuerpo episcopal, por razón del orden y del ministerio, y sirven al bien de toda la Iglesia según vocación y gracia de cada cual."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En virtud de la común ordenación sagrada y de la común misión, todos los presbíteros se unen entre sí en íntima fraternidad, que debe manifestarse en espontánea y gustosa ayuda mutua, tanto espiritual como material, tanto pastoral como personal, en las reuniones, en la comunión de vida, de trabajo y de caridad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Respecto de los fieles, a quienes han engendrado espiritualmente por el bautismo y la doctrina (cf. 1 Co 4,15; 1 P 1,23), tengan la solicitud de padres en Cristo. Haciéndose de buena gana modelos de la grey (cf. 1 P 5,3), gobiernen y sirvan a su comunidad local de tal manera, que ésta merezca ser llamada con el nombre que es gala del único y total Pueblo de Dios, es decir, Iglesia de Dios (cf. 1 Co 1,2; 2 Co 1,1 y passim). Acuérdense de que, con su conducta de cada día y con su solicitud, deben mostrar a los fieles e infieles, a los católicos y no católicos, la imagen del verdadero ministerio sacerdotal y pastoral, y de que están obligados a dar a todos el testimonio de verdad y de vida, y de que, como buenos pastores, han de buscar también a aquellos (cf. Lc 15,4- 7) que, bautizados en la Iglesia católica, abandonaron la práctica de los sacramentos o incluso han perdido la fe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como el mundo entero cada día tiende más a la unidad civil, económica y social, conviene tanto más que los sacerdotes, uniendo sus esfuerzos y cuidados bajo la guía de los Obispos y del Sumo Pontífice, eviten toda causa de dispersión, para que todo el género humano venga a la unidad de la familia de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En el grado inferior de la Jerarquía están los diáconos, que reciben la imposición de las manos «no en orden al sacerdocio, sino en orden al ministerio»[110]. Así, confortados con la gracia sacramental, en comunión con el Obispo y su presbiterio, sirven al Pueblo de Dios en el ministerio de la liturgia, de la palabra y de la caridad. Es oficio propio del diácono, según le fuere asignado por la autoridad competente, administrar solemnemente el bautismo, reservar y distribuir la Eucaristía, asistir al matrimonio y bendecirlo en nombre de la Iglesia, llevar el viático a los moribundos, leer la Sagrada Escritura a los fieles, instruir y exhortar al pueblo, presidir el culto y oración de los fieles, administrar los sacramentales, presidir el rito de los funerales y sepultura. Dedicados a los oficios de la caridad y de la administración, recuerden los diáconos el aviso del bienaventurado Policarpo: «Misericordiosos, diligentes, procediendo conforme a la verdad del Señor, que se hizo servidor de todos» [111]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ahora bien, como estos oficios, necesarios en gran manera a la vida de la Iglesia, según la disciplina actualmente vigente de la Iglesia latina, difícilmente pueden ser desempeñados en muchas regiones, se podrá restablecer en adelante el diaconado como grado propio y permanente de la Jerarquía. Corresponde a las distintas Conferencias territoriales de Obispos, de acuerdo con el mismo Sumo Pontífice, decidir si se cree oportuno y en dónde el establecer estos diáconos para la atención de los fieles. Con el consentimiento del Romano Pontífice, este diaconado podrá ser conferido a varones de edad madura, aunque estén casados, y también a jóvenes idóneos, para quienes debe mantenerse firme la ley del celibato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LOS LAICOS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El santo Concilio, una vez que ha declarado las funciones de la Jerarquía, vuelve gozoso su atención al estado de aquellos fieles cristianos que se llaman laicos. Porque, si todo lo que se ha dicho sobre el Pueblo de Dios se dirige por igual a laicos, religiosos y clérigos, sin embargo, a los laicos, hombres y mujeres, por razón de su condición y misión, les atañen particularmente ciertas cosas, cuyos fundamentos han de ser considerados con mayor cuidado a causa de las especiales circunstancias de nuestro tiempo. Los sagrados Pastores conocen perfectamente cuánto contribuyen los laicos al bien de la Iglesia entera. Saben los Pastores que no han sido instituidos por Cristo para asumir por sí solos toda la misión salvífica de la Iglesia en el mundo, sino que su eminente función consiste en apacentar a los fieles y reconocer sus servicios y carismas de tal suerte que todos, a su modo, cooperen unánimemente en la obra común. Pues es necesario que todos, «abrazados a la verdad en todo crezcamos en caridad, llegándonos a Aquel que es nuestra cabeza, Cristo, de quien todo el cuerpo, trabado y unido por todos los ligamentos que lo unen y nutren para la operación propia de cada miembro, crece y se perfecciona en la caridad» (Ef 4.15-16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con el nombre de laicos se designan aquí todos los fieles cristianos, a excepción de los miembros del orden sagrado y los del estado religioso aprobado por la Iglesia. Es decir, los fieles que, en cuanto incorporados a Cristo por el bautismo, integrados al Pueblo de Dios y hechos partícipes, a su modo, de la función sacerdotal, profética y real de Cristo, ejercen en la Iglesia y en el mundo la misión de todo el pueblo cristiano en la parte que a ellos corresponde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El carácter secular es propio y peculiar de los laicos. Pues los miembros del orden sagrado, aun cuando alguna vez pueden ocuparse de los asuntos seculares incluso ejerciendo una profesión secular, están destinados principal y expresamente al sagrado ministerio por razón de su particular vocación. En tanto que los religiosos, en virtud de su estado, proporcionan un preclaro e inestimable testimonio de que el mundo no puede ser transformado ni ofrecido a Dios sin el espíritu de las bienaventuranzas. A los laicos corresponde, por propia vocación, tratar de obtener el reino de Dios gestionando los asuntos temporales y ordenándolos según Dios. Viven en el siglo, es decir, en todos y cada uno de los deberes y ocupaciones del mundo, y en las condiciones ordinarias de la vida familiar y social, con las que su existencia está como entretejida. Allí están llamados por Dios, para que, desempeñando su propia profesión guiados por el espíritu evangélico, contribuyan a la santificación del mundo como desde dentro, a modo de fermento. Y así hagan manifiesto a Cristo ante los demás, primordialmente mediante el testimonio de su vida, por la irradiación de la fe, la esperanza y la caridad. Por tanto, de manera singular, a ellos corresponde iluminar y ordenar las realidades temporales a las que están estrechamente vinculados, de tal modo que sin cesar se realicen y progresen conforme a Cristo y sean para la gloria del Creador y del Redentor."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por designio divino, la santa Iglesia está organizada y se gobierna sobre la base de una admirable variedad. «Pues a la manera que en un solo cuerpo tenemos muchos miembros, y todos los miembros no tienen la misma función, así nosotros, siendo muchos, somos un solo cuerpo en Cristo, pero cada miembro está al servicio de los otros miembros» (Rm 12,4-5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por tanto, el Pueblo de Dios, por El elegido, es uno: «un Señor, una fe, un bautismo» (Ef 4,5). Es común la dignidad de los miembros, que deriva de su regeneración en Cristo; común la gracia de la filiación; común la llamada a la perfección: una sola salvación, única la esperanza e indivisa la caridad. No hay, de consiguiente, en Cristo y en la Iglesia ninguna desigualdad por razón de la raza o de la nacionalidad, de la condición social o del sexo, porque «no hay judío ni griego, no hay siervo o libre, no hay varón ni mujer. Pues todos vosotros sois \"uno\" en Cristo Jesús» (Ga 3,28 gr.; cf. Col 3,11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si bien en la Iglesia no todos van por el mismo camino, sin embargo, todos están llamados a la santidad y han alcanzado idéntica fe por la justicia de Dios (cf. 2 P 1,1). Aun cuando algunos, por voluntad de Cristo, han sido constituidos doctores, dispensadores de los misterios y pastores para los demás, existe una auténtica igualdad entre todos en cuanto a la dignidad y a la acción común a todos los fieles en orden a la edificación del Cuerpo de Cristo. Pues la distinción que el Señor estableció entre los sagrados ministros y el resto del Pueblo de Dios lleva consigo la solidaridad, ya que los Pastores y los demás fieles están vinculados entre sí por recíproca necesidad. Los Pastores de la Iglesia, siguiendo el ejemplo del Señor, pónganse al servicio los unos de los otros y al de los restantes fieles; éstos, a su vez, asocien gozosamente su trabajo al de los Pastores y doctores. De esta manera, todos rendirán un múltiple testimonio de admirable unidad en el Cuerpo de Cristo. Pues la misma diversidad de gracias, servicio y funciones congrega en la unidad a los hijos de Dios, porque «todas... estas cosas son obra del único e idéntico Espíritu» (1 Co 12,11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los laicos, del mismo modo que por la benevolencia divina tienen como hermano a Cristo, quien, siendo Señor de todo, no vino a ser servido, sino a servir (cf. Mt 20,28), también tienen por hermanos a los que, constituidos en el sagrado ministerio, enseñando, santificando y gobernando con la autoridad de Cristo, apacientan a la familia de Dios, de tal suerte que sea cumplido por todos el nuevo mandamiento de la caridad. A cuyo propósito dice bellamente San Agustín: «Si me asusta lo que soy para vosotros, también me consuela lo que soy con vosotros. Para vosotros soy obispo, con vosotros soy cristiano. Aquel nombre expresa un deber, éste una gracia; aquél indica un peligro, éste la salvación» [112]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los laicos congregados en el Pueblo de Dios e integrados en el único Cuerpo de Cristo bajo una sola Cabeza, cualesquiera que sean, están llamados, a fuer de miembros vivos, a contribuir con todas sus fuerzas, las recibidas por el beneficio del Creador y las otorgadas por la gracia del Redentor, al crecimiento de la Iglesia y a su continua santificación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ahora bien, el apostolado de los laicos es participación en la misma misión salvífica de la Iglesia, apostolado al que todos están destinados por el Señor mismo en virtud del bautismo y de la confirmación. Y los sacramentos, especialmente la sagrada Eucaristía, comunican y alimentan aquel amor hacia Dios y hacia los hombres que es el alma de todo apostolado. Los laicos están especialmente llamados a hacer presente y operante a la Iglesia en aquellos lugares y circunstancias en que sólo puede llegar a ser sal de la tierra a través de ellos [113]. Así, todo laico, en virtud de los dones que le han sido otorgados, se convierte en testigo y simultáneamente en vivo instrumento de la misión de la misma Iglesia en la medida del don de Cristo (Ef 4,7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Además de este apostolado, que incumbe absolutamente a todos los cristianos, los laicos también puede ser llamados de diversos modos a una colaboración más inmediata con el apostolado de la Jerarquía [114], al igual que aquellos hombres y mujeres que ayudaban al apóstol Pablo en la evangelización, trabajando mucho en el Señor (cf. Flp 4,3; Rm 16,3ss). Por lo demás, poseen aptitud de ser asumidos por la Jerarquía para ciertos cargos eclesiásticos, que habrán de desempeñar con una finalidad espiritual."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Así, pues, incumbe a todos los laicos la preclara empresa de colaborar para que el divino designio de salvación alcance más y más a todos los hombres de todos los tiempos y en todas las partes de la tierra. De consiguiente, ábraseles por doquier el camino para que, conforme a sus posibilidades y según las necesidades de los tiempos, también ellos participen celosamente en la obra salvífica de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dado que Cristo Jesús, supremo y eterno Sacerdote, quiere continuar su testimonio y su servicio por medio de los laicos, los vivifica con su Espíritu y los impulsa sin cesar a toda obra buena y perfecta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pues a quienes asocia íntimamente a su vida y a su misión, también les hace partícipes de su oficio sacerdotal con el fin de que ejerzan el culto espiritual para gloria de Dios y salvación de los hombres. Por lo cual los laicos, en cuanto consagrados a Cristo y ungidos por el Espíritu Santo, son admirablemente llamados y dotados, para que en ellos se produzcan siempre los más ubérrimos frutos del Espíritu. Pues todas sus obras, sus oraciones e iniciativas apostólicas, la vida conyugal y familiar, el cotidiano trabajo, el descanso de alma y de cuerpo, si son hechos en el Espíritu, e incluso las mismas pruebas de la vida si se sobrellevan pacientemente, se convierten en sacrificios espirituales, aceptables a Dios por Jesucristo (cf. 1 P 2, 5), que en la celebración de la Eucaristía se ofrecen piadosísimamente al Padre junto con la oblación del cuerpo del Señor. De este modo, también los laicos, como adoradores que en todo lugar actúan santamente, consagran el mundo mismo a Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, el gran Profeta, que proclamó el reino del Padre con el testimonio de la vida y con el poder de la palabra, cumple su misión profética hasta la plena manifestación de la gloria, no sólo a través de la Jerarquía, que enseña en su nombre y con su poder, sino también por medio de los laicos, a quienes, consiguientemente, constituye en testigos y les dota del sentido de la fe y de la gracia de la palabra (cf. Hch 2, 17-18; Ap 19, 10) para que la virtud del Evangelio brille en la vida diaria, familiar y social. Se manifiestan como hijos de la promesa en la medida en que, fuertes en la fe y en la esperanza, aprovechan el tiempo presente (Ef 5, 16; Col 4, 5) y esperan con paciencia la gloria futura (cf. Rm 8, 25). Pero no escondan esta esperanza en el interior de su alma, antes bien manifiéstenla, incluso a través de las estructuras de la vida secular, en una constante renovación y en un forcejeo «con los dominadores de este mundo tenebroso, contra los espíritus malignos» (Ef 6, 12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Al igual que los sacramentos de la Nueva Ley, con los que se alimenta la vida y el apostolado de los fieles, prefiguran el cielo nuevo y la tierra nueva (cf. Ap 21, 1), así los laicos quedan constituidos en poderosos pregoneros de la fe en la cosas que esperamos (cf. Hb 11, 1) cuando, sin vacilación, unen a la vida según la fe la profesión de esa fe. Tal evangelización, es decir, el anuncio de Cristo pregonado por el testimonio de la vida y por la palabra, adquiere una característica específica y una eficacia singular por el hecho de que se lleva a cabo en las condiciones comunes del mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En esta tarea resalta el gran valor de aquel estado de vida santificado por un especial sacramento, a saber, la vida matrimonial y familiar. En ella el apostolado de los laicos halla una ocasión de ejercicio y una escuela preclara si la religión cristiana penetra toda la organización de la vida y la transforma más cada día. Aquí los cónyuges tienen su propia vocación: el ser mutuamente y para sus hijos testigos de la fe y del amor de Cristo. La familia cristiana proclama en voz muy alta tanto las presentes virtudes del reino de Dios como la esperanza de la vida bienaventurada. De tal manera, con su ejemplo y su testimonio arguye al mundo de pecado e ilumina a los que buscan la verdad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por consiguiente, los laicos, incluso cuando están ocupados en los cuidados temporales, pueden y deben desplegar una actividad muy valiosa en orden a la evangelización del mundo. Ya que si algunos de ellos, cuando faltan los sagrados ministros o cuando éstos se ven impedidos por un régimen de persecución, les suplen en ciertas funciones sagradas, según sus posibilidades, y si otros muchos agotan todas sus energías en la acción apostólica, es necesario, sin embargo, que todos contribuyan a la dilatación y al crecimiento del reino de Dios en el mundo. Por ello, dedíquense los laicos a un conocimiento más profundo de la verdad revelada y pidan a Dios con instancia el don de la sabiduría."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, habiéndose hecho obediente hasta la muerte y habiendo sido por ello exaltado por el Padre (cf. Flp 2, 8-9), entró en la gloria de su reino. A El están sometidas todas las cosas, hasta que El se someta a Sí mismo y todo lo creado al Padre, a fin de que Dios sea todo en todas las cosas (cf. 1 Co 15, 27-28). Este poder lo comunicó a sus discípulos, para que también ellos queden constituidos en soberana libertad, y por su abnegación y santa vida venzan en sí mismos el reino del pecado (cf. Rm 6, 12). Más aún, para que, sirviendo a Cristo también en los demás, conduzcan en humildad y paciencia a sus hermanos al Rey, cuyo servicio equivale a reinar. También por medio de los fieles laicos el Señor desea dilatar su reino: «reino de verdad y de vida, reino de santidad y de gracia, reino de justicia, de amor y de paz» [115]. Un reino en el cual la misma creación será liberada de la servidumbre de la corrupción para participar la libertad de la gloria de los hijos de Dios (cf. Rm 8, 21). Grande, en verdad, es la promesa, y excelso el mandato dado a los discípulos: «Todas las cosas son vuestras, pero vosotros sois de Cristo, y Cristo es de Dios» (1 Co 3, 23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deben, por tanto, los fieles conocer la íntima naturaleza de todas las criaturas, su valor y su ordenación a la gloria de Dios. Incluso en las ocupaciones seculares deben ayudarse mutuamente a una vida más santa, de tal manera que el mundo se impregne del espíritu de Cristo y alcance su fin con mayor eficacia en la justicia, en la caridad y en la paz. En el cumplimiento de este deber universal corresponde a los laicos el lugar más destacado. Por ello, con su competencia en los asuntos profanos y con su actividad elevada desde dentro por la gracia de Cristo, contribuyan eficazmente a que los bienes creados, de acuerdo con el designio del Creador y la iluminación de su Verbo, sean promovidos, mediante el trabajo humano, la técnica y la cultura civil, para utilidad de todos los hombres sin excepción; sean más convenientemente distribuidos entre ellos y, a su manera, conduzcan al progreso universal en la libertad humana y cristiana. Así Cristo, a través de los miembros de la Iglesia, iluminará más y más con su luz salvadora a toda la sociedad humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Igualmente coordinen los laicos sus fuerzas para sanear las estructuras y los ambientes del mundo cuando inciten al pecado, de manera que todas estas cosas sean conformes a las normas de la justicia y más bien favorezcan que obstaculicen la práctica de las virtudes. Obrando de este modo, impregnarán de valor moral la cultura y las realizaciones humanas. Con este proceder simultáneamente se prepara mejor el campo del mundo para la siembra de la palabra divina, y a la Iglesia se le abren más de par en par las puertas por las que introducir en el mundo el mensaje de la paz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conforme lo exige la misma economía de la salvación, los fieles aprendan a distinguir con cuidado los derechos y deberes que les conciernen por su pertenencia a la Iglesia y los que les competen en cuanto miembros de la sociedad humana. Esfuércense en conciliarlos entre sí, teniendo presente que en cualquier asunto temporal deben guiarse por la conciencia cristiana, dado que ninguna actividad humana, ni siquiera en el dominio temporal, puede substraerse al imperio de Dios. En nuestro tiempo es sumamente necesario que esta distinción y simultánea armonía resalte con suma claridad en la actuación de los fieles, a fin de que la misión de la Iglesia pueda responder con mayor plenitud a los peculiares condicionamientos del mundo actual. Porque así como ha de reconocerse que la ciudad terrena, justamente entregada a las preocupaciones del siglo, se rige por principios propios, con la misma razón se debe rechazar la funesta doctrina que pretende construir la sociedad prescindiendo en absoluto de la religión y que ataca y elimina la libertad religiosa de los ciudadanos [116]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los laicos, al igual que todos los fieles cristianos, tienen el derecho de recibir con abundancia [117] de los sagrados Pastores los auxilios de los bienes espirituales de la Iglesia, en particular la palabra de Dios y les sacramentos. Y manifiéstenles sus necesidades y sus deseos con aquella libertad y confianza que conviene a los hijos de Dios y a los hermanos en Cristo. Conforme a la ciencia, la competencia y el prestigio que poseen, tienen la facultad, más aún, a veces el deber, de exponer su parecer acerca de los asuntos concernientes al bien de la Iglesia [118]. Esto hágase, si las circunstancias lo requieren, a través de instituciones establecidas para ello por la Iglesia, y siempre en veracidad, fortaleza y prudencia, con reverencia y caridad hacia aquellos que, por razón de su sagrado ministerio, personifican a Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los laicos, como los demás fieles, siguiendo el ejemplo de Cristo, que con su obediencia hasta la muerte abrió a todos los hombres el dichoso camino de la libertad de los hijos de Dios, acepten con prontitud de obediencia cristiana aquello que los Pastores sagrados, en cuanto representantes de Cristo, establecen en la Iglesia en su calidad de maestros y gobernantes. Ni dejen de encomendar a Dios en la oración a sus Prelados, que vigilan cuidadosamente como quienes deben rendir cuenta por nuestras almas, a fin de que hagan esto con gozo y no con gemidos (cf. Hb 13,17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por su parte, los sagrados Pastores reconozcan y promuevan la dignidad y responsabilidad de los laicos en la Iglesia. Recurran gustosamente a su prudente consejo, encomiéndenles con confianza cargos en servicio de la Iglesia y denles libertad y oportunidad para actuar; más aún, anímenles incluso a emprender obras por propia iniciativa. Consideren atentamente ante Cristo, con paterno amor, las iniciativas, los ruegos y los deseos provenientes de los laicos [119]. En cuanto a la justa libertad que a todos corresponde en la sociedad civil, los Pastores la acatarán respetuosamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Son de esperar muchísimos bienes para la Iglesia de este trato familiar entre los laicos y los Pastores; así se robustece en los seglares el sentido de la propia responsabilidad, se fomenta su entusiasmo y se asocian más fácilmente las fuerzas de los laicos al trabajo de los Pastores. Estos, a su vez, ayudados por la experiencia de los seglares, están en condiciones de juzgar con más precisión y objetividad tanto los asuntos espirituales como los temporales, de forma que la Iglesia entera, robustecida por todos sus miembros, cumpla con mayor eficacia su misión en favor de la vida del mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cada laico debe ser ante el mundo un testigo de la resurrección y de la vida del Señor Jesús y una señal del Dios vivo. Todos juntos y cada uno de por sí deben alimentar al mundo con frutos espirituales (cf. Ga 5, 22) y difundir en él el espíritu de que están animados aquellos pobres, mansos y pacíficos, a quienes el Señor en el Evangelio proclamó bienaventurados (cf. Mt 5, 3-9). En una palabra, «lo que el alma es en el cuerpo, esto han de ser los cristianos en el mundo» [120]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO V"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "UNIVERSAL VOCACIÓN A LA SANTIDAD EN LA IGLESIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia, cuyo misterio está exponiendo el sagrado Concilio, creemos que es indefectiblemente santa. Pues Cristo, el Hijo de Dios, quien con el Padre y el Espíritu Santo es proclamado «el único Santo» [121], amó a la Iglesia como a su esposa, entregándose a Sí mismo por ella para santificarla (cf. Ef 5,25-26), la unió a Sí como su propio cuerpo y la enriqueció con el don del Espíritu Santo para gloria de Dios. Por ello, en la Iglesia, todos, lo mismo quienes pertenecen a la Jerarquía que los apacentados por ella, están llamados a la santidad, según aquello del Apóstol: «Porgue ésta es la voluntad de Dios, vuestra santificación» (1 Ts 4, 3; cf. Ef 1, 4). Esta santidad de la Iglesia se manifiesta y sin cesar debe manifestarse en los frutos de gracia que el Espíritu produce en los fieles. Se expresa multiformemente en cada uno de los que, con edificación de los demás, se acercan a la perfección de la caridad en su propio género de vida; de manera singular aparece en la práctica de los comúnmente llamados consejos evangélicos. Esta práctica de los consejos, que, por impulso del Espíritu Santo, muchos cristianos han abrazado tanto en privado como en una condición o estado aceptado por la Iglesia, proporciona al mundo y debe proporcionarle un espléndido testimonio y ejemplo de esa santidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El divino Maestro y Modelo de toda perfección, el Señor Jesús, predicó a todos y cada uno de sus discípulos, cualquiera que fuese su condición, la santidad de vida, de la que El es iniciador y consumador: «Sed, pues, vosotros perfectos, como vuestro Padre celestial es perfecto» (Mt 5, 48) [122]. Envió a todos el Espíritu Santo para que los mueva interiormente a amar a Dios con todo el corazón, con toda el alma, con toda la mente y con todas las fuerzas (cf. Mt 12,30) y a amarse mutuamente como Cristo les amó (cf. Jn 13,34; 15,12). Los seguidores de Cristo, llamados por Dios no en razón de sus obras, sino en virtud del designio y gracia divinos y justificados en el Señor Jesús, han sido hechos por el bautismo, sacramento de la fe, verdaderos hijos de Dios y partícipes de la divina naturaleza, y, por lo mismo, realmente santos. En consecuencia, es necesario que con la ayuda de Dios conserven y perfeccionen en su vida la santificación que recibieron. El Apóstol les amonesta a vivir «como conviene a los santos» (Ef 5, 3) y que como «elegidos de Dios, santos y amados, se revistan de entrañas de misericordia, benignidad, humildad, modestia, paciencia» (Col 3, 12) y produzcan los frutos del Espíritu para la santificación (cf. Ga 5, 22; Rm 6, 22). Pero como todos caemos en muchas faltas (cf. St 3,2), continuamente necesitamos la misericordia de Dios y todos los días debemos orar: «Perdónanos nuestras deudas» (Mt 6, 12) [123]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es, pues, completamente claro que todos los fieles, de cualquier estado o condición, están llamados a la plenitud de la vida cristiana y a la perfección de la caridad [124], y esta santidad suscita un nivel de vida más humano incluso en la sociedad terrena. En el logro de esta perfección empeñen los fieles las fuerzas recibidas según la medida de la donación de Cristo, a fin de que, siguiendo sus huellas y hechos conformes a su imagen, obedeciendo en todo a la voluntad del Padre, se entreguen con toda su alma a la gloria de Dios y al servicio del prójimo. Así, la santidad del Pueblo de Dios producirá abundantes frutos, como brillantemente lo demuestra la historia de la Iglesia con la vida de tantos santos."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Una misma es la santidad que cultivan, en los múltiples géneros de vida y ocupaciones, todos los que son guiados por el Espíritu de Dios, y obedientes a la voz del Padre, adorándole en espíritu y verdad, siguen a Cristo pobre, humilde y cargado con la cruz, a fin de merecer ser hechos partícipes de su gloria. Pero cada uno debe caminar sin vacilación por el camino de la fe viva, que engendra la esperanza y obra por la caridad, según los dones y funciones que le son propios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En primer lugar es necesario que los Pastores de la grey de Cristo, a imagen del sumo y eterno Sacerdote, Pastor y Obispo de nuestras almas, desempeñen su ministerio santamente y con entusiasmo, humildemente y con fortaleza. Así cumplido, ese ministerio será también para ellos un magnífico medio de santificación. Los elegidos para la plenitud del sacerdocio son dotados de la gracia sacramental, con la que, orando, ofreciendo el sacrificio y predicando, por medio de todo tipo de preocupación episcopal y de servicio, puedan cumplir perfectamente el cargo de la caridad pastoral [125]. No teman entregar su vida por las ovejas, y, hechos modelo para la grey (cf.1 P 5,3), estimulen a la Iglesia, con su ejemplo, a una santidad cada día mayor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los presbíteros, a semejanza del orden de los Obispos, cuya corona espiritual forman [126] al participar de su gracia ministerial por Cristo, eterno y único Mediador, crezcan en el amor de Dios y del prójimo por el diario desempeño de su oficio. Conserven el vínculo de la comunión sacerdotal, abunden en todo bien espiritual y sean para todos un vivo testimonio de Dios [127], émulos de aquellos sacerdotes que en el decurso de los siglos, con frecuencia en un servicio humilde y oculto, dejaron un preclaro ejemplo de santidad, cuya alabanza se difunde en la Iglesia de Dios. Mientras oran y ofrecen el sacrificio, como es su deber, por los propios fieles y por todo el Pueblo de Dios, sean conscientes de lo que hacen e imiten lo que traen entre manos [128]; las preocupaciones apostólicas, los peligros y contratiempos, no sólo no les sean un obstáculo, antes bien asciendan por ellos a una más alta santidad, alimentando y fomentando su acción en la abundancia de la contemplación para consuelo de toda la Iglesia de Dios. Todos los presbíteros y en especial aquellos que por el peculiar título de su ordenación son llamados sacerdotes diocesanos, tengan presente cuánto favorece a su santificación la fiel unión y generosa cooperación con su propio Obispo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "También son partícipes de la misión y gracia del supremo Sacerdote, de un modo particular, los ministros de orden inferior. Ante todo, los diáconos, quienes, sirviendo a los misterios de Cristo y de la Iglesia [129] deben conservarse inmunes de todo vicio, agradar a Dios y hacer acopio de todo bien ante los hombres (cf. 1 Tm 3,8-10 y 12-13). Los. clérigos, que, llamados por el Señor y destinados a su servicio, se preparan, bajo la vigilancia de los Pastores, para los deberes del ministerio, están obligados a ir adaptando su mentalidad y sus corazones a tan excelsa elección: asiduos en la oración, fervorosos en el amor, preocupados de continuo por todo lo que es verdadero, justo y decoroso, realizando todo para gloria y honor de Dios. A los cuales se añaden aquellos laicos elegidos por Dios que son llamados por el Obispo para que se entreguen por completo a las tareas apostólicas, y trabajan en el campo del Señor con fruto abundante [130]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los esposos y padres cristianos, siguiendo su propio camino, mediante la fidelidad en el amor, deben sostenerse mutuamente en la gracia a lo largo de toda la vida e inculcar la doctrina cristiana y las virtudes evangélicas a los hijos amorosamente recibidos de Dios. De esta manera ofrecen a todos el ejemplo de un incansable y generoso amor, contribuyen al establecimiento de la fraternidad en la caridad y se constituyen en testigos y colaboradores de la fecundidad de la madre Iglesia, como símbolo y participación de aquel amor con que Cristo amó a su Esposa y se entregó a Sí mismo por ella [131]. Ejemplo parecido lo proporcionan, de otro modo, quienes viven en estado de viudez o de celibato, los cuales también pueden contribuir no poco a la santidad y a la actividad de la Iglesia. Aquellos que están dedicados a trabajos muchas veces fatigosos deben encontrar en esas ocupaciones humanas su propio perfeccionamiento, el medio de ayudar a sus conciudadanos y de contribuir a elevar el nivel de la sociedad entera y de la creación. Pero también es necesario que imiten en su activa caridad a Cristo, cuyas manos se ejercitaron en los trabajos manuales y que continúan trabajando en unión con el Padre para la salvación de todos. Gozosos en la esperanza, ayudándose unos a otros a llevar sus cargas, asciendan mediante su mismo trabajo diario, a una más alta santidad, incluso con proyección apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sepan también que están especialmente unidos a Cristo, paciente por la salvación del mundo, aquellos que se encuentran oprimidos por la pobreza, la enfermedad, los achaques y otros muchos sufrimientos, o los que padecen persecución por la justicia. A ellos el Señor, en el Evangelio, les proclamó bienaventurados, y «el Dios de toda gracia, que nos llamó a su eterna gloria en Cristo Jesús, después de un breve padecer, los perfeccionará y afirmará, los fortalecerá y consolidará» (1 P 5, 10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por tanto, todos los fieles cristianos, en las condiciones, ocupaciones o circunstancias de su vida, y a través de todo eso, se santificarán más cada día si lo aceptan todo con fe de la mano del Padre celestial y colaboran con la voluntad divina, haciendo manifiesta a todos, incluso en su dedicación a las tareas temporales, la caridad con que Dios amó al mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«Dios es caridad, y el que permanece en la caridad permanece en Dios y Dios en él» (1 Jn 4, 16). Y Dios difundió su caridad en nuestros corazones por el Espíritu Santo, que se nos ha dado (cf. Rm 5, 5). Por consiguiente, el primero y más imprescindible don es la caridad, con la que amamos a Dios sobre todas las cosas y al prójimo por El. Pero, a fin de que la caridad crezca en el alma como una buena semilla y fructifique, todo fiel debe escuchar de buena gana la palabra de Dios y poner por obra su voluntad con la ayuda de la gracia. Participar frecuentemente en los sacramentos, sobre todo en la Eucaristía, y en las funciones sagradas. Aplicarse asiduamente a la oración, a la abnegación de sí mismo, al solícito servicio de los hermanos y al ejercicio de todas las virtudes. Pues la caridad, como vínculo de perfección y plenitud de la ley (cf. Col 3, 14; Rm 3, 10), rige todos los medios de santificación, los informa y los conduce a su fin [132]. De ahí que la caridad para con Dios y para con el prójimo sea el signo distintivo del verdadero discípulo de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dado que Jesús, el Hijo de Dios, manifestó su amor entregando su vida por nosotros, nadie tiene mayor amor que el que entrega su vida por El y por sus hermanos (cf. 1 Jn 3,16; Jn 15,13). Pues bien: algunos cristianos, ya desde los primeros tiempos, fueron llamados, y seguirán siéndolo siempre, a dar este supremo testimonio de amor ante todos, especialmente ante los perseguidores. Por tanto, el martirio, en el que el discípulo se asemeja al Maestro, que aceptó libremente la muerte por la salvación del mundo, y se conforma a El en la efusión de su sangre, es estimado por la Iglesia como un don eximio y la suprema prueba de amor, Y, si es don concedido a pocos, sin embargo, todos deben estar prestos a confesar a Cristo delante de los hombres y a seguirle, por el camino de la cruz, en medio de las persecuciones que nunca faltan a la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La santidad de la Iglesia también se fomenta de una manera especial con los múltiples consejos que el Señor propone en el Evangelio para que los observen sus discípulos [133]. Entre ellos destaca el precioso don de la divina gracia, concedido a algunos por el Padre (cf. Mt 19, 11; 1 Co 7, 7) para que se consagren a solo Dios con un corazón que en la virginidad o en el celibato se mantiene más fácilmente indiviso (cf. 1 Co 7, 32-34) [134]. Esta perfecta continencia por el reino de los cielos siempre ha sido tenida en la más alta estima por la Iglesia, como señal y estímulo de la caridad y como un manantial extraordinario de espiritual fecundidad en el mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia medita la advertencia del Apóstol, quien, estimulando a los fieles a la caridad, les exhorta a que tengan en sí los mismos sentimientos que tuvo Cristo, el cual «se anonadó a sí mismo tomando la forma de esclavo..., hecho obediente hasta la muerte» (Flp 2, 7-8), y por nosotros «se hizo pobre, siendo rico» (2 Co 8, 9). Y como es necesario que los discípulos den siempre testimonio de esta caridad y humildad de Cristo imitándola, la madre Iglesia goza de que en su seno se hallen muchos varones v mujeres que siguen más de cerca el anonadamiento del Salvador y dan un testimonio más evidente de él al abrazar la pobreza en la libertad de los hijos de Dios y al renunciar a su propia voluntad. A saber: aquellos que, en materia de perfección, se someten a un hombre por Dios más allá de lo mandado, a fin de hacerse más plenamente conformes a Cristo obediente [135]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quedan, pues, invitados y aun obligados todos los fieles cristianos a buscar insistentemente la santidad y la perfección dentro del propio estado. Estén todos atentos a encauzar rectamente sus afectos, no sea que el uso de las cosas del mundo y un apego a las riquezas contrario al espíritu de pobreza evangélica les impida la prosecución de la caridad perfecta. Acordándose de la advertencia del Apóstol: Los que usan de este mundo no se detengan en eso, porque los atractivos de este mundo pasan (cf. 1 Co 7, 31 gr.) [136]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LOS RELIGIOSOS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los consejos evangélicos de castidad consagrada a Dios, de pobreza y de obediencia, como fundados en las palabras y ejemplos del Señor, y recomendados por los Apóstoles y Padres, así como por los doctores y pastores de la Iglesia, son un don divino que la Iglesia recibió de su Señor y que con su gracia conserva siempre La autoridad de la Iglesia, bajo la guía del Espíritu Santo, se preocupó de interpretar estos consejos, de regular su práctica e incluso de fijar formas estables de vivirlos. Esta es la causa de que, como en árbol que se ramifica espléndido y pujante en el campo del Señor partiendo de una semilla puesta por Dios, se hayan desarrollado formas diversas de vida solitaria o comunitaria y variedad de familias que acrecientan los recursos ya para provecho de los propios miembros, ya para bien de todo el Cuerpo de Cristo [137]. Y es que esas familias ofrecen a sus miembros las ventajas de una mayor estabilidad en el género de vida, una doctrina experimentada para conseguir la perfección, una comunión fraterna en el servicio de Cristo y una libertad robustecida por la obediencia, de tal manera que puedan cumplir con seguridad y guardar fielmente su profesión y avancen con espíritu alegre por la senda de la caridad [138]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este estado, si se atiende a la constitución divina y jerárquica de la Iglesia, no es intermedio entre el de los clérigos y el de los laicos, sino que de uno y otro algunos cristianos son llamados por Dios para poseer un don particular en la vida de la Iglesia y para que contribuyan a la misión salvífica de ésta, cada uno según su modo [139]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El cristiano, mediante los votos u otros vínculos sagrados —por su propia naturaleza semejantes a los votos—, con los cuales se obliga a la práctica de los tres susodichos consejos evangélicos, hace una total consagración de sí mismo a Dios, amado sobre todas las cosas, de manera que se ordena al servicio de Dios y a su gloria por un título nuevo y especial. Ya por el bautismo había muerto al pecado y estaba consagrado a Dios; sin embargo, para traer de la gracia bautismal fruto copioso, pretende, por la profesión de los consejos evangélicos, liberarse de los impedimentos que podrían apartarle del fervor de la caridad y de la perfección del culto divino y se consagra más íntimamente al servicio de Dios [140]. La consagración será tanto más perfecta cuanto, por vínculos más firmes y más estables, represente mejor a Cristo, unido con vínculo indisoluble a su Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero como los consejos evangélicos, mediante la caridad hacia la que impulsan [141], unen especialmente con la Iglesia y con su misterio a quienes los practican, es necesario que la vida espiritual de éstos se consagre también al provecho de toda la Iglesia. De aquí nace el deber de trabajar según las fuerzas y según la forma de la propia vocación, sea con la oración, sea también con el ministerio apostólico, para que el reino de Cristo se asiente y consolide en las almas y para dilatarlo por todo el mundo. Por lo cual la Iglesia protege y favorece la índole propia de los diversos institutos religiosos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Así, pues, la profesión de los consejos evangélicos aparece como un símbolo que puede y debe atraer eficazmente a todos los miembros de la Iglesia a cumplir sin desfallecimiento los deberes de la vida cristiana. Y como el Pueblo de Dios no tiene aquí ciudad permanente, sino que busca la futura, el estado religioso, por librar mejor a sus seguidores de las preocupaciones terrenas, cumple también mejor, sea la función de manifestar ante todos los fieles que los bienes celestiales se hallan ya presentes en este mundo, sea la de testimoniar la vida nueva y eterna conquistada por la redención de Cristo, sea la de prefigurar la futura resurrección y la gloria del reino celestial. El mismo estado imita más de cerca y representa perennemente en la Iglesia el género de vida que el Hijo de Dios tomó cuando vino a este mundo para cumplir la voluntad del Padre, y que propuso a los discípulos que le seguían. Finalmente, proclama de modo especial la elevación del reino de Dios sobre todo lo terreno y sus exigencias supremas; muestra también ante todos los hombres la soberana grandeza del poder de Cristo glorioso y la potencia infinita del Espíritu Santo, que obra maravillas en la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por consiguiente, el estado constituido por la profesión de los consejos evangélicos, aunque no pertenece a la estructura jerárquica de la Iglesia, pertenece, sin embargo de manera indiscutible, a su vida y santidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siendo deber de la Jerarquía eclesiástica apacentar al Pueblo de Dios y conducirlo a los mejores pastos (cf. Ez 34, 14), a ella compete dirigir sabiamente con sus leyes la práctica de los consejos evangélicos [142], mediante los cuales se fomenta singularmente la caridad para con Dios y para con el prójimo. La misma Jerarquía, siguiendo dócilmente el impulso del Espíritu Santo, admite las reglas propuestas por varones y mujeres ilustres, las aprueba auténticamente después de haberlas revisado y asiste con su autoridad vigilante y protectora a los Institutos erigidos por todas partes para edificación del Cuerpo de Cristo, con el fin de que en todo caso crezcan y florezcan según el espíritu de los fundadores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para mejor proveer a las necesidades de toda la grey del Señor, el Romano Pontífice, en virtud de su primado sobre la Iglesia universal, puede eximir a cualquier Instituto de perfección y a cada uno de sus miembros de la jurisdicción de los Ordinarios de lugar y someterlos a su sola autoridad con vistas a la utilidad común [143]. Análogamente pueden ser puestos bajo las propias autoridades patriarcales o encomendados a ellas. Los miembros de tales Institutos, en el cumplimiento de los deberes que tienen para con la Iglesia según su peculiar forma de vida, deben prestar a los Obispos reverencia y obediencia en conformidad con las leyes canónicas, por razón de su autoridad pastoral en las Iglesias particulares y por la necesaria unidad y concordia en el trabajo apostólico [144]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia no sólo eleva mediante su sanción la profesión religiosa a la dignidad de estado canónico, sino que, además, con su acción litúrgica, la presenta como un estado consagrado a Dios. Ya que la Iglesia misma, con la autoridad que Dios le confió, recibe los votos de quienes la profesan, les alcanza de Dios, mediante su oración pública, los auxilios y la gracia, los encomienda a Dios y les imparte la bendición espiritual, asociando su oblación al sacrificio eucarístico."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los religiosos cuiden con atenta solicitud de que, por su medio, la Iglesia muestre de hecho mejor cada día ante fieles e infieles a Cristo, ya entregado a la contemplación en el monte, ya anunciando el reino de Dios a las multitudes, o curando a los enfermos y pacientes y convirtiendo a los pecadores al buen camino, o bendiciendo a los niños y haciendo bien a todos, siempre, sin embargo, obediente a la voluntad del Padre que lo envió [145]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tengan todos bien entendido que la profesión de los consejos evangélicos, aunque implica la renuncia de bienes que indudablemente han de ser estimados en mucho, no es, sin embargo, un impedimento para el verdadero desarrollo de la persona humana, antes por su propia naturaleza lo favorece en gran medida. Porque los consejos, abrazados voluntariamente según la personal vocación de cada uno, contribuyen no poco a la purificación del corazón y a la libertad espiritual, estimulan continuamente el fervor de la caridad y, sobre todo, como demuestra el ejemplo de tantos santos fundadores, son capaces de asemejar más al cristiano con el género de vida virginal y pobre que- Cristo Señor escogió para si y que abrazó su Madre, la Virgen. Y nadie piense que los religiosos, por su consagración, se hacen extraños a los hombres o inútiles para la sociedad terrena. Porque, si bien en algunos casos no sirven directamente a sus contemporáneos, los tienen, sin embargo, presentes de manera más íntima en las entrañas de Cristo y cooperan espiritualmente con ellos, para que la edificación de la ciudad terrena se funde siempre en el Señor y se ordene a El, no sea que trabajen en vano quienes la edifican [146]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo cual, finalmente, el sagrado Sínodo confirma y alaba a los varones y mujeres, a los Hermanos y Hermanas que en los monasterios, o en las escuelas y hospitales, o en las misiones, hermosean a la Esposa de Cristo con la perseverante y humilde fidelidad en la susodicha consagración y prestan a todos los hombres los más generosos y variados servicios."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todo el que ha sido llamado a la profesión de los consejos esmérese por perseverar y aventajarse en la vocación a la que fue llamado por Dios, para una más abundante santidad de la Iglesia y para mayor gloria de la Trinidad, una e indivisible, que en Cristo y por Cristo es la fuente y origen de toda santidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO VII"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ÍNDOLE ESCATOLÓGICA DE LA IGLESIA PEREGRINANTE Y SU UNIÓN CON LA IGLESIA CELESTIAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia, a la que todos estamos llamados en Cristo Jesús y en la cual conseguimos la santidad por la gracia de Dios, no alcanzará su consumada plenitud sino en la gloria celeste, cuando llegue el tiempo de la restauración de todas las cosas (cf. Hch 3, 21) y cuando, junto con el género humano, también la creación entera, que está íntimamente unida con el hombre y por él alcanza su fin, será perfectamente renovada en Cristo (cf. Ef 1, 10; Col 1,20; 2 P 3, 10-13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porque Cristo, levantado sobre la tierra, atrajo hacia sí a todos (cf. Jn 12, 32 gr.); habiendo resucitado de entre los muertos (Rm 6, 9), envió sobre los discípulos a su Espíritu vivificador, y por El hizo a su Cuerpo, que es la Iglesia, sacramento universal de salvación; estando sentado a la derecha del Padre, actúa sin cesar en el mundo para conducir a los hombres a la Iglesia y, por medio de ella, unirlos a sí más estrechamente y para hacerlos partícipes de su vida gloriosa alimentándolos con su cuerpo y sangre. Así que la restauración prometida que esperamos, ya comenzó en Cristo, es impulsada con la misión del Espíritu Santo y por El continúa en la Iglesia, en la cual por la fe somos instruidos también acerca del sentido de nuestra vida temporal, mientras que con la esperanza de los bienes futuros llevamos a cabo la obra que el Padre nos encomendó en el mundo y labramos nuestra salvación (cf. Flp 2, 12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La plenitud de los tiempos ha llegado, pues, a nosotros (cf. 1 Co 10, 11), y la renovación del mundo está irrevocablemente decretada y en cierta manera se anticipa realmente en este siglo, pues la Iglesia, ya aquí en la tierra, está adornada de verdadera santidad, aunque todavía imperfecta. Pero mientras no lleguen los cielos nuevos y la tierra nueva, donde mora la justicia (cf. 2 P 3, 13), la Iglesia peregrina lleva en sus sacramentos e instituciones, pertenecientes a este tiempo, la imagen de este siglo que pasa, y ella misma vive entre las criaturas, que gimen con dolores de parto al presente en espera de la manifestación de los hijos de Dios (cf. Rm 8, 19-22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unidos, pues, a Cristo en la Iglesia y sellados con el Espíritu Santo, que es prenda de nuestra herencia (Ef 1, 14), con verdad recibimos el nombre de hijos de Dios y lo somos (cf. 1 Jn 3, 1), pero todavía no se ha realizado nuestra manifestación con Cristo en la gloria (cf. Col 3,4), en la cual seremos semejantes a Dios, porque lo veremos tal como es (cf. 1 Jn 3,2). Por tanto, «mientras moramos en este cuerpo, vivimos en el destierro, lejos del Señor» (2 Co 5, 6), y aunque poseemos las primicias del Espíritu, gemimos en nuestro interior (cf. Rm 8, 23) y ansiamos estar con Cristo (cf. Flp 1, 23). Ese mismo amor nos apremia a vivir más y más para Aquel que murió y resucitó por nosotros (cf. 2 Co 5, 15). Por eso procuramos agradar en todo al Señor (cf. 2 Co 5, 9) y nos revestimos de la armadura de Dios para permanecer firmes contra las asechanzas del demonio y resistir en el día malo (cf, Ef 6, 11-13). Y como no sabemos el día ni la hora, es necesario, según la amonestación del Señor, que velemos constantemente, para que, terminado el único plazo de nuestra vida terrena (cf. Hb 9, 27), merezcamos entrar con El a las bodas y ser contados entre los elegidos (cf. Mt 25, 31-46), y no se nos mande, como a siervos malos y perezosos (cf. Mt 25, 26), ir al fuego eterno (cf. Mt 25, 41), a las tinieblas exteriores, donde «habrá llanto y rechinar de dientes» (Mt 22, 13 y 25, 30). Pues antes de reinar con Cristo glorioso, todos debemos comparecer «ante el tribunal de Cristo para dar cuenta cada uno de las obras buenas o malas que haya hecho en su vida mortal» (2 Co 5, 10); y al fin del mundo «saldrán los que obraron el bien para la resurrección de vida; los que obraron el mal, para la resurrección de condenación» (Jn 5, 29; cf. Mt 25, 46). Teniendo, pues, por cierto que «los padecimientos de esta vida son nada en comparación con la gloria futura que se ha de revelar en nosotros» (Rm 8, 18; cf. 2 Tm 2, 11- 12), con fe firme aguardamos «la esperanza bienaventurada y la llegada de la gloria del gran Dios y Salvador nuestro Jesucristo» (Tit 2, 13), «quien transfigurará nuestro abyecto cuerpo en cuerpo glorioso semejante al suyo» (Flp 3, 12) y vendrá «para ser glorificado en sus santos y mostrarse admirable en todos los que creyeron» (2 Ts 1,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Así, pues, hasta que el Señor venga revestido de majestad y acompañado de sus ángeles (cf. Mt 25, 31) y, destruida la muerte, le sean sometidas todas las cosas (cf. 1 Co 15, 26-27), de sus discípulos, unos peregrinan en la tierra; otros, ya difuntos, se purifican; otros, finalmente, gozan de la gloria, contemplando «claramente a Dios mismo, Uno y Trino, tal como es» [147]; mas todos, en forma y grado diverso, vivimos unidos en una misma caridad para con Dios y para con el prójimo y cantamos idéntico himno de gloria a nuestro Dios. Pues todos los que son de Cristo por poseer su Espíritu, constituyen una misma Iglesia y mutuamente se unen en El (cf. Ef 4, 16). La unión de los viadores con los hermanos que se durmieron en la paz de Cristo, de ninguna manera se interrumpe, antes bien, según la constante fe de la Iglesia, se robustece con la comunicación de bienes espirituales [148]. Por lo mismo que los bienaventurados están más íntimamente unidos a Cristo, consolidan más eficazmente a toda la Iglesia en la santidad, ennoblecen el culto que ella ofrece a Dios aquí en la tierra y contribuyen de múltiples maneras a su más dilatada edificación (cf. 1 Co 12, 12-27) [149]. Porque ellos, habiendo llegado a la patria y estando «en presencia del Señor» (cf. 2 Co 5, 8), no cesan de interceder por El, con El y en El a favor nuestro ante el Padre [147], ofreciéndole los méritos que en la tierra consiguieron por el «Mediador único entre Dios y los hombres, Cristo Jesús» (cf. 1Tm 2, 5), como fruto de haber servido al Señor en todas las cosas y de haber completado en su carne lo que falta a los padecimientos de Cristo en favor de su Cuerpo, que es la Iglesia (cf. Col 1,24) [151]. Su fraterna solicitud contribuye, pues, mucho a remediar nuestra debilidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia de los viadores, teniendo perfecta conciencia de la comunión que reina en todo el Cuerpo místico de Jesucristo, ya desde los primeros tiempos de la religión cristiana guardó con gran piedad la memoria de los difuntos [152] y ofreció sufragios por ellos, «porque santo y saludable es el pensamiento de orar por los difuntos para que queden libres de sus pecados» (2 M 12, 46). Siempre creyó la Iglesia que los Apóstoles y mártires de Cristo, por haber dado el supremo testimonio de fe y de caridad con el derramamiento de su sangre, nos están más íntimamente unidos en Cristo; les profesó especial veneración junto con la Bienaventurada Virgen y los santos ángeles [153] e imploró piadosamente el auxilio de su intercesión. A éstos pronto fueron agregados también quienes habían imitado más de cerca la virginidad y pobreza de Cristo [154] y, finalmente, todos los demás, cuyo preclaro ejercicio de virtudes cristianas [155] y cuyos carismas divinos los hacían recomendables a la piadosa devoción e imitación de los fieles [156]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mirando la vida de quienes siguieron fielmente a Cristo, nuevos motivos nos impulsan a buscar la ciudad futura (cf. Hb 13, 14 y 11, 10) y al mismo tiempo aprendemos el camino más seguro por el que, entre las vicisitudes mundanas, podremos llegar a la perfecta unión con Cristo o santidad, según el estado y condición de cada uno [157]. En la vida de aquellos que, siendo hombres como nosotros, se transforman con mayor perfección en imagen de Cristo (cf. 2 Co 3,18), Dios manifiesta al vivo ante los hombres su presencia y su rostro. En ellos El mismo nos habla y nos ofrece un signo de su reino [158], hacia el cual somos atraídos poderosamente con tan gran nube de testigos que nos envuelve (cf. Hb 12, 1) y con tan gran testimonio de la verdad del Evangelio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Veneramos la memoria de los santos del cielo por su ejemplaridad, pero más aún con el fin de que la unión de toda la Iglesia en el Espíritu se vigorice por el ejercicio de la caridad fraterna (cf. Ef 4, 1-6). Porque así como la comunión cristiana entre los viadores nos acerca más a Cristo, así el consorcio con los santos nos une a Cristo, de quien, como de Fuente y Cabeza, dimana toda la gracia y la vida del mismo Pueblo de Dios [159]. Es, por tanto, sumamente conveniente que amemos a «¡tos amigos y coherederos de Cristo, hermanos también y eximios bienhechores nuestros; que rindamos a Dios las gracias que le debemos por ellos [160]; que «los invoquemos humildemente y que, para impetrar de Dios beneficios por medio de su Hijo Jesucristo, nuestro Señor, que es el único Redentor y Salvador nuestro, acudamos a sus oraciones, protección y socorro» [161]. Todo genuino testimonio de amor que ofrezcamos a los bienaventurados se dirige, por su propia naturaleza, a Cristo y termina en El, que es «la corona de todos los santos» [162], y por El va a Dios, que es admirable en sus santos y en ellos es glorificado [163]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La más excelente manera de unirnos a la Iglesia celestial tiene lugar cuando —especialmente en la sagrada liturgia, en la cual «la virtud del Espíritu Santo actúa sobre nosotros por medio de los signos sacramentales»— celebramos juntos con gozo común las alabanzas de la Divina Majestad [164], y todos, de cualquier tribu, y lengua, y pueblo, y nación, redimidos por la sangre de Cristo (cf. Ap 5, 9) y congregados en una sola Iglesia, ensalzamos con un mismo cántico de alabanza a Dios Uno y Trino. Así, pues, al celebrar el sacrificio eucarístico es cuando mejor nos unirnos al culto de la Iglesia celestial, entrando en comunión y venerando la memoria. primeramente, de la gloriosa siempre Virgen María, mas también del bienaventurado José, de los bienaventurados Apóstoles, de los mártires y de todos los santos [165]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este sagrado Sínodo recibe con gran piedad la venerable fe de nuestros antepasados acerca del consorcio vital con nuestros hermanos que se hallan en la gloria celeste o que aún están purificándose después de la muerte, y de nuevo confirma los decretos de los sagrados Concilios Niceno II [166], Florentino [167] y Tridentino [168]. Al mismo tiempo, en fuerza de su solicitud pastoral, exhorta a todos aquellos a quienes corresponde para que, si acá o allá se hubiesen introducido abusos por exceso o por defecto, procuren eliminarlos y corregirlos, restaurándolo todo de manera conducente a una más perfecta alabanza de Cristo y de Dios. Enseñen, pues, a los fieles que el verdadero culto a los santos no consiste tanto en la multiplicidad de actos exteriores cuanto en la intensidad de un amor activo, por el cual, para mayor bien nuestro y de la Iglesia, buscamos en los santos «el ejemplo de su vida, la participación de su intimidad y la ayuda de su intercesión» [169]. Pero también hagan comprender a los fieles que nuestro trato con los bienaventurados, si se lo considera bajo la plena luz de la fe, de ninguna manera rebaja el culto latréutico tributado a Dios Padre por medio de Cristo en el Espíritu, sino que más bien lo enriquece copiosamente [170]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porque todos los que somos hijos de Dios y constituimos una sola familia en Cristo (cf. Hb 3,6), al unirnos en mutua caridad y en la misma alabanza de la Trinidad, secundamos la íntima vocación de la Iglesia y participamos, pregustándola, en la liturgia de la gloria consumada [171]. Cuando Cristo se manifieste y tenga lugar la gloriosa resurrección de los muertos, la gloria de Dios iluminará la ciudad celeste, y su lumbrera será el Cordero (cf. Ap 21,23). Entonces toda la Iglesia de los santos, en la felicidad suprema del amor, adorará a Dios y «al Cordero que fue inmolado» (Ap 5, 12), proclamando con una sola voz: «Al que está sentado en el trono y al Cordero, alabanza, gloria, imperio por los siglos de los siglos» (Ap 5, 13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO VIII"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA SANTÍSIMA VIRGEN MARÍA, MADRE DE DIOS, EN EL MISTERIO DE CRISTO Y DE LA IGLESIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Introducción"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Queriendo Dios, infinitamente sabio y misericordioso, llevar a cabo la redención del mundo, «al llegar la plenitud de los tiempos, envió a su Hijo, nacido de mujer, ... para que recibiésemos la adopción de hijos» (Ga 4, 4-5). «El cual, por nosotros los hombres y por nuestra salvación, descendió de los cielos y por obra del Espíritu Santo se encarnó de la Virgen María» [172]. Este misterio divino de la salvación nos es revelado y se continúa en la Iglesia, que fue fundada por el Señor como cuerpo suyo, y en la que los fieles, unidos a Cristo Cabeza y en comunión con todos sus santos, deben venerar también la memoria «en primer lugar de la gloriosa siempre Virgen María, Madre de nuestro Dios y Señor Jesucristo» [173]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Efectivamente, la Virgen María, que al anuncio del ángel recibió al Verbo de Dios en su alma y en su cuerpo y dio la Vida al mundo, es reconocida y venerada como verdadera Madre de Dios y del Redentor. Redimida de modo eminente, en previsión de los méritos de su Hijo, y unida a El con un vínculo estrecho e indisoluble, está enriquecida con la suma prerrogativa y dignidad de ser la Madre de Dios Hijo, y por eso hija predilecta del Padre y sagrario del Espíritu Santo; con el don de una gracia tan extraordinaria aventaja con creces a todas las otras criaturas, celestiales y terrenas. Pero a la vez está unida, en la estirpe de Adán, con todos los hombres que necesitan de la salvación; y no sólo eso, «sino que es verdadera madre de los miembros (de Cristo)..., por haber cooperado con su amor a que naciesen en la Iglesia los fieles, que son miembros de aquella Cabeza» [174]. Por ese motivo es también proclamada como miembro excelentísimo y enteramente singular de la Iglesia y como tipo y ejemplar acabadísimo de la misma en la fe y en la caridad, y a quien la Iglesia católica, instruida por el Espíritu Santo, venera, como a madre amantísima, con afecto de piedad filial,"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por eso, el sagrado Concilio, al exponer la doctrina sobre la Iglesia, en la que el divino Redentor obra la salvación, se propone explicar cuidadosamente tanto la función de la Santísima Virgen en el misterio del Verbo encarnado y del Cuerpo místico cuanto los deberes de los hombres redimidos para con la Madre de Dios, Madre de Cristo y Madre de los hombres, especialmente de los fieles, sin tener la intención de proponer una doctrina completa sobre María ni resolver las cuestiones que aún no ha dilucidado plenamente la investigación de los teólogos. Así, pues, siguen conservando sus derechos las opiniones que en las escuelas católicas se proponen libremente acerca de aquella que, después de Cristo, ocupa en la santa Iglesia el lugar más alto y a la vez el más próximo a nosotros [175]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Función de la Santísima Virgen en la economía de la salvación"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los libros del Antiguo y del Nuevo Testamento y la Tradición venerable manifiestan de un modo cada vez más claro la función de la Madre del Salvador en la economía de la salvación y vienen como a ponerla delante de los ojos. En efecto, los libros del Antiguo Testamento narran la historia de la salvación, en la que paso a paso se prepara la venida de Cristo al mundo Estos primeros documentos, tal como se leen en la Iglesia y tal como se interpretan a la luz de una revelación ulterior y plena, evidencian poco a poco, de una forma cada vez más clara, la figura de la mujer Madre del Redentor. Bajo esta luz aparece ya proféticamente bosquejada en la promesa de victoria sobre la serpiente, hecha a los primeros padres caídos en pecado (cf. Gen 3, 15). Asimismo, ella es la Virgen que concebirá y dará a luz un Hijo, que se llamará Emmanuel (cf. Is 7,14; comp. con Mi 5, 2-3; Mt 1, 22-23). Ella sobresale entre los humildes y pobres del Señor, que confiadamente esperan y reciben de El la salvación. Finalmente, con ella misma, Hija excelsa de Sión, tras la prolongada espera de la promesa, se cumple la plenitud de los tiempos y se instaura la nueva economía, al tomar de ella la naturaleza humana el Hijo de Dios, a fin de librar al hombre del pecado mediante los misterios de su humanidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero el Padre de la misericordia quiso que precediera a la encarnación la aceptación de la Madre predestinada, para que de esta manera, así como la mujer contribuyó a la muerte, también la mujer contribuyese a la vida. Lo cual se cumple de modo eminentísimo en la Madre de Jesús por haber dado al mundo la Vida misma que renueva todas las cosas y por haber sido adornada por Dios con los dones dignos de un oficio tan grande. Por lo que nada tiene de extraño que entre los Santos Padres prevaleciera la costumbre de llamar a la Madre de Dios totalmente santa e inmune de toda mancha de pecado, como plasmada y hecha una nueva criatura por el Espíritu Santo [176]. Enriquecida desde el primer instante de su concepción con el resplandor de una santidad enteramente singular, la Virgen Nazarena, por orden de Dios, es saludada por el ángel de la Anunciación como «llena de gracia» (cf. Lc 1, 28), a la vez que ella responde al mensajero celestial: «He aquí la esclava del Señor, hágase en mí según tu palabra» (Lc 1, 38)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Así María, hija de Adán, al aceptar el mensaje divino, se convirtió en Madre de Jesús, y al abrazar de todo corazón y sin entorpecimiento de pecado alguno la voluntad salvífica de Dios, se consagró totalmente como esclava del Señor a la persona y a la obra de su Hijo, sirviendo con diligencia al misterio de la redención con El y bajo El, con la gracia de Dios omnipotente. Con razón, pues, piensan los Santos Padres que María no fue un instrumento puramente pasivo en las manos de Dios, sino que cooperó a la salvación de los hombres con fe y obediencia libres. Como dice San Ireneo, «obedeciendo, se convirtió en causa de salvación para sí misma y para todo el género humano» [177]. Por eso no pocos Padres antiguos afirman gustosamente con él en su predicación que «el nudo de la desobediencia de Eva fue desatado por la obediencia de María; que lo atado por la virgen Eva con su incredulidad, fue desatado por la virgen María mediante su fe» [178]; y comparándola con Eva, llaman a María «Madre de los vivientes»[179], afirmando aún con mayor frecuencia que «la muerte vino por Eva, la vida por María» [180]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta unión de la Madre con el Hijo en la obra de la salvación se manifiesta desde el momento de la concepción virginal de Cristo hasta su muerte. En primer lugar, cuando María, poniéndose con presteza en camino para visitar a Isabel, fue proclamada por ésta bienaventurada a causa de su fe en la salvación prometida, a la vez que el Precursor saltó de gozo en el seno de su madre (cf. Lc 1, 41-45); y en el nacimiento, cuando la Madre de Dios, llena de gozo, presentó a los pastores y a los Magos a su Hijo primogénito, que, lejos de menoscabar, consagró su integridad virginal [181]. Y cuando hecha la ofrenda propia de los pobres lo presentó al Señor en el templo y oyó profetizar a Simeón que el Hijo sería signo de contradicción y que una espada atravesaría el alma de la Madre, para que se descubran los pensamientos de muchos corazones (cf. Lc 2, 34-35). Después de haber perdido al Niño Jesús y haberlo buscado con angustia, sus padres lo encontraron en el templo, ocupado en las cosas de su Padre, y no entendieron la respuesta del Hijo. Pero su Madre conservaba todo esto en su corazón para meditarlo (cf. Lc 2, 41-51)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En la vida pública de Jesús aparece reveladoramente su Madre ya desde el principio, cuando en las bodas de Caná de Galilea, movida a misericordia, suscitó con su intercesión el comienzo de los milagros de Jesús Mesías (cf. Jn 2, 1-11). A lo largo de su predicación acogió las palabras con que su Hijo, exaltando el reino por encima de las condiciones y lazos de la carne y de la sangre, proclamó bienaventurados (cf. Mc 3, 35; Lc 11, 27-28) a los que escuchan y guardan la palabra de Dios, como ella lo hacía fielmente (cf. Lc 2, 29 y 51). Así avanzó también la Santísima Virgen en la peregrinación de la fe, y mantuvo fielmente su unión con el Hijo hasta la cruz, junto a la cual, no sin designio divino, se mantuvo erguida (cf. Jn 19, 25), sufriendo profundamente con su Unigénito y asociándose con entrañas de madre a su sacrificio, consintiendo amorosamente en la inmolación de la víctima que ella misma había engendrado; y, finalmente, fue dada por el mismo Cristo Jesús agonizante en la cruz como madre al discípulo con estas palabras: «Mujer, he ahí a tu hijo» (cf. Jn 19,26-27) [182]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por no haber querido Dios manifestar solemnemente el misterio de la salvación humana antes de derramar el Espíritu prometido por Cristo, vemos que los Apóstoles, antes del día de Pentecostés, «perseveraban unánimes en la oración con algunas mujeres, con María, la Madre de Jesús, y con los hermanos de éste» (Hch 1, 14), y que también María imploraba con sus oraciones el don del Espíritu, que en la Anunciación ya la había cubierto a ella con su sombra. Finalmente, la Virgen Inmaculada, preservada inmune de toda mancha de culpa original [183], terminado el decurso de su vida terrena, fue asunta en cuerpo y alma a la gloria celestial [184] y fue ensalzada por el Señor como Reina universal con el fin de que se asemejase de forma más plena a su Hijo, Señor de señores (cf. Ap 19, 16) y vencedor del pecado y de la muerte [185]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. La Santísima Virgen y la Iglesia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Uno solo es nuestro Mediador según las palabra del Apóstol: «Porque uno es Dios, y uno también el Mediador entre Dios y los hombres, el hombre Cristo Jesús, que se entregó a sí mismo para redención de todos» (1 Tm 2, 5-6). Sin embargo, la misión maternal de María para con los hombres no oscurece ni disminuye en modo alguno esta mediación única de Cristo, antes bien sirve para demostrar su poder. Pues todo el influjo salvífico de la Santísima Virgen sobre los hombres no dimana de una necesidad ineludible, sino del divino beneplácito y de la superabundancia de los méritos de Cristo; se apoya en la mediación de éste, depende totalmente de ella y de la misma saca todo su poder. Y, lejos de impedir la unión inmediata de los creyentes con Cristo, la fomenta."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Santísima Virgen, predestinada desde toda la eternidad como Madre de Dios juntamente con la encarnación del Verbo, por disposición de la divina Providencia, fue en la tierra la Madre excelsa del divino Redentor, compañera singularmente generosa entre todas las demás criaturas y humilde esclava del Señor. Concibiendo a Cristo, engendrándolo, alimentándolo, presentándolo al Padre en el templo, padeciendo con su Hijo cuando moría en la cruz, cooperó en forma enteramente impar a la obra del Salvador con la obediencia, la fe, la esperanza y la ardiente caridad con el fin de restaurar la vida sobrenatural de las almas. Por eso es nuestra madre en el orden de la gracia."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta maternidad de María en la economía de gracia perdura sin cesar desde el momento del asentimiento que prestó fielmente en la Anunciación, y que mantuvo sin vacilar al pie de la cruz hasta la consumación perpetua de todos los elegidos. Pues, asunta a los cielos, no ha dejado esta misión salvadora, sino que con su múltiple intercesión continúa obteniéndonos los dones de la salvación eterna [186]. Con su amor materno se cuida de los hermanos de su Hijo, que todavía peregrinan y hallan en peligros y ansiedad hasta que sean conducidos a la patria bienaventurada. Por este motivo, la Santísima Virgen es invocada en la Iglesia con los títulos de Abogada, Auxiliadora, Socorro, Mediadora [187]. Lo cual, embargo, ha de entenderse de tal manera que no reste ni añada a la dignidad y eficacia de Cristo, único Mediador [188]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jamás podrá compararse criatura alguna con el Verbo encarnado y Redentor; pero así como el sacerdocio Cristo es participado tanto por los ministros sagrados cuanto por el pueblo fiel de formas diversas, y como la bondad de Dios se difunde de distintas maneras sobre las criaturas, así también la mediación única del Redentor no excluye, sino que suscita en las criaturas diversas clases de cooperación, participada de la única fuente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia no duda en confesar esta función subordinada de María, la experimenta continuamente y la recomienda a la piedad de los fieles, para que, apoyados en esta protección maternal, se unan con mayor intimidad al Mediador y Salvador."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Virgen Santísima, por el don y la prerrogativa de la maternidad divina, que la une con el Hijo Redentor, y por sus gracias y dones singulares, está también íntimamente unida con la Iglesia. Como ya enseñó San Ambrosio, la Madre de Dios es tipo de la Iglesia en el orden de la fe, de la caridad y de la unión perfecta con Cristo [189]. Pues en el misterio de la Iglesia, que con razón es llamada también madre y virgen, precedió la Santísima Virgen, presentándose de forma eminente y singular como modelo tanto de la virgen como de la madre [190]. Creyendo y obedeciendo, engendró en la tierra al mismo Hijo del Padre, y sin conocer varón, cubierta con la sombra del Espíritu Santo, como una nueva Eva, que presta su fe exenta de toda duda, no a la antigua serpiente, sino al mensajero de Dios, dio a luz al Hijo, a quien Dios constituyó primogénito entre muchos hermanos (cf. Rm 8,29), esto es, los fieles, a cuya generación y educación coopera con amor materno."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia, contemplando su profunda santidad e imitando su caridad y cumpliendo fielmente la voluntad del Padre, se hace también madre mediante la palabra de Dios aceptada con fidelidad, pues por la predicación y el bautismo engendra a una vida nueva e inmortal a los hijos concebidos por obra del Espíritu Santo y nacidos de Dios. Y es igualmente virgen, que guarda pura e íntegramente la fe prometida al Esposo, y a imitación de la Madre de su Señor, por la virtud del Espíritu Santo, conserva virginalmente una fe íntegra, una esperanza sólida y una caridad sincera [191]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mientas la Iglesia ha alcanzado en la Santísima Virgen la perfección, en virtud de la cual no tiene mancha ni arruga (cf. Ef 5, 27), los fieles luchan todavía por crecer en santidad, venciendo enteramente al pecado, y por eso levantan sus ojos a María, que resplandece como modelo de virtudes para toda la comunidad de los elegidos. La Iglesia, meditando piadosamente sobre ella y contemplándola a la luz del Verbo hecho hombre, llena de reverencia, entra más a fondo en el soberano misterio de la encarnación y se asemeja cada día más a su Esposo. Pues María, que por su íntima participación en la historia de la salvación reúne en sí y refleja en cierto modo las supremas verdades de la fe, cuando es anunciada y venerada, atrae a los creyentes a su Hijo, a su sacrificio y al amor del Padre. La Iglesia, a su vez, glorificando a Cristo, se hace más semejante a su excelso Modelo, progresando continuamente en la fe, en la esperanza y en la caridad y buscando y obedeciendo en todo la voluntad divina. Por eso también la Iglesia, en su labor apostólica, se fija con razón en aquella que engendró a Cristo, concebido del Espíritu Santo y nacido de la Virgen, para que también nazca y crezca por medio de la Iglesia en las almas de los fieles. La Virgen fue en su vida ejemplo de aquel amor maternal con que es necesario que estén animados todos aquellos que, en la misión apostólica de la Iglesia, cooperan a la regeneración de los hombres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV. El culto de la Santísima Virgen en la Iglesia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "María, ensalzada, por gracia de Dios, después de su Hijo, por encima de todos los ángeles y de todos los hombres, por ser Madre santísima de Dios, que tomó parte en los misterios de Cristo, es justamente honrada por la Iglesia con un culto especial. Y, ciertamente, desde los tiempos más antiguos, la Santísima Virgen es venerada con el título de «Madre de Dios», a cuyo amparo los fieles suplicantes se acogen en todos sus peligros y necesidades [192]. Por este motivo, principalmente a partir del Concilio de Efeso, ha crecido maravillosamente el culto del Pueblo de Dios hacia María en veneración y en amor, en la invocación e imitación, de acuerdo con sus proféticas palabras: «Todas las generaciones me llamarán bienaventurada, porque ha hecho en mi maravillas el Poderoso» (Lc 1, 48-49). Este culto, tal como existió siempre en la Iglesia., a pesar de ser enteramente singular, se distingue esencialmente del culto de adoración tributado al Verbo encarnado, lo mismo que al Padre y al Espíritu Santo, y lo favorece eficazmente, ya que las diversas formas de piedad hacia la Madre de Dios que la Iglesia ha venido aprobando dentro de los limites de la doctrina sana y ortodoxa, de acuerdo con las condiciones de tiempos y lugares y teniendo en cuenta el temperamento y manera de ser de los fieles, hacen que, al ser honrada la Madre, el Hijo, por razón del cual son todas las cosas (cf. Col 1, 15-16) y en el que plugo al Padre eterno «que habitase toda la plenitud» (Col 1,19), sea mejor conocido, amado, glorificado, y que, a la vez, sean mejor cumplidos sus mandamientos."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El santo Concilio enseña de propósito esta doctrina católica y amonesta a la vez a todos los hijos de la Iglesia que fomenten con generosidad el culto a la Santísima Virgen, particularmente el litúrgico; que estimen en mucho las prácticas y los ejercicios de piedad hacia ella recomendados por el Magisterio en el curso de los siglos y que observen escrupulosamente cuanto en los tiempos pasados fue decretado acerca del culto a las imágenes de Cristo, de la Santísima Virgen y de los santos[193]. Y exhorta encarecidamente a los teólogos y a los predicadores de la palabra divina a que se abstengan con cuidado tanto de toda falsa exageración cuanto de una excesiva mezquindad de alma al tratar de la singular dignidad de la Madre de Dios [194]. Cultivando el estudio de la Sagrada Escritura, de los Santos Padres y Doctores y de las liturgias de la Iglesia bajo la dirección del Magisterio, expliquen rectamente los oficios y los privilegios de la Santísima Virgen, que siempre tienen por fin a Cristo, origen de toda verdad, santidad y piedad. En las expresiones o en las palabras eviten cuidadosamente todo aquello que pueda inducir a error a los hermanos separados o a cualesquiera otras personas acerca de la verdadera doctrina de la Iglesia. Recuerden, finalmente, los fieles que la verdadera devoción no consiste ni en un sentimentalismo estéril y transitorio ni en una vana credulidad, sino que procede de la fe auténtica, que nos induce a reconocer la excelencia de la Madre de Dios, que nos impulsa a un amor filial hacia nuestra Madre y a la imitación de sus virtudes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "V. María, signo de esperanza cierta y de consuelo para el Pueblo peregrinante de Dios"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mientras tanto, la Madre de Jesús, de la misma manera que, glorificada ya en los cielos en cuerpo y en alma, es imagen y principio de la Iglesia que habrá de tener su cumplimiento en la vida futura, así en la tierra precede con su luz al peregrinante Pueblo de Dios como signo de esperanza cierta y de consuelo hasta que llegue el día del Señor (cf. 2 P 3,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es motivo de gran gozo y consuelo para este santo Concilio el que también entre los hermanos separados no falten quienes tributan el debido honor a la Madre del Señor y Salvador, especialmente entre los Orientales, que concurren con impulso ferviente y ánimo devoto al culto de la siempre Virgen Madre de Dios [195]. Ofrezcan todos los fieles súplicas apremiantes a la Madre de Dios y Madre de los hombres para que ella, que ayudó con sus oraciones a la Iglesia naciente, también ahora, ensalzada en el cielo por encima de todos los ángeles y bienaventurados, interceda en la comunión de todos los santos ante su Hijo hasta que todas las familias de los pueblos, tanto los que se honran con el título de cristianos como los que todavía desconocen a su Salvador, lleguen a reunirse felizmente, en paz y concordia, en un solo Pueblo de Dios, para gloria de la Santísima e indivisible Trinidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todas y cada una de las cosas establecidas en esta Constitución dogmática han obtenido el beneplácito de los Padres del Sacrosanto Concilio. Y Nos, con la potestad apostólica que nos ha sido conferida por Cristo, juntamente con los venerables Padres, las aprobamos,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "decretamos y estatuimos en el Espíritu Santo, y ordenamos que lo así decretado conciliarmente sea promulgado para gloria de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, en San Pedro, día 21 de noviembre de 1964."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yo, Pablo, Obispo de la Iglesia católica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE LAS ACTAS DEL SANTO CONCILIO ECUMÉNICO VATICANO II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTIFICACIONES hechas por el excelentísimo secretario general del concilio en la congregación general 123, del día 16 de noviembre de 1964"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se ha preguntado cuál debe ser la calificación teológica de la doctrina expuesta en el esquema De Ecclesia que se somete a votación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Comisión Doctrinal ha respondido a la pregunta, al examinar los Modos referentes al capítulo tercero del esquema De Ecclesia, con estas palabras:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«Como salta a la vista, el texto del Concilio debe interpretarse siempre de acuerdo con las normas generales de todos conocidas»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En esta ocasión, la Comisión Doctrinal remite a su Declaración del 6 de marzo de 1964, cuyo texto transcribimos aquí:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«Teniendo en cuenta la práctica conciliar y el fin pastoral del presente Concilio, este santo Sínodo precisa que en la Iglesia solamente han de mantenerse como materias de fe o costumbres aquellas cosas que él declare manifiestamente como tales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todo lo demás que el santo Sínodo propone, por ser doctrina del Magisterio supremo de la Iglesia, debe ser recibido y aceptado por todos y cada uno de los fieles de acuerdo con la mente del santo Sínodo, la cual se conoce, bien por el tema tratado, bien por el tenor de la expresión verbal, de acuerdo con las reglas de la interpretación teológica»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por mandato de la autoridad superior se comunica a los Padres una nota explicativa previa a los Modos referentes al capítulo tercero del esquema De Ecclesia. De acuerdo con la mente y el sentido de esa nota debe explicarse e interpretarse la doctrina expuesta en ese misino capítulo tercero."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTA EXPLICATIVA PREVIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«La Comisión ha decidido poner al frente del examen de los Modos las siguientes observaciones generales:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1.ª El término Colegio no se entiende en sentido estrictamente jurídico, es decir, como una asamblea de iguales que delegan su potestad en su propio presidente, sino como una asamblea estable, cuya estructura y autoridad deben deducirse de la Revelación. Por este motivo, en la respuesta al Modo 12 se dice explícitamente de los Doce que el Señor los constituyó «a manera de colegio o asamblea estable». Véase también el Modo 53, c.—PoR la misma razón se aplican también con frecuencia al Colegio de los Obispos las palabras Orden o Cuerpo. El paralelismo entre Pedro y los demás Apóstoles, por una parte, y el Sumo Pontífice y los Obispos, por otra, no implica la transmisión de la potestad extraordinaria de los Apóstoles a sus sucesores, ni, como es evidente, la igualdad entre la Cabeza y los miembros del Colegio, sino sólo la proporcionalidad entre la primera relación (Pedro-Apóstoles) y la segunda (Papa-Obispos). Por esto, la Comisión determinó escribir en el n.22: no por la misma, sino por semejante razón. Cf. Modo 57."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2.a Uno se convierte en miembro del Colegio en virtud de la consagración episcopal y por la comunión jerárquica con la Cabeza y con los miembros del Colegio. Cf. n.22 § 1 al final."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En la consagración se da una participación ontológica de los ministerios sagrados, como consta, sin duda alguna, por la Tradición, incluso la litúrgica. Se emplea intencionadamente el término ministerios y no la palabra potestades, porque esta última palabra podría entenderse como potestad expedita para el ejercicio. Mas para que de hecho se tenga tal potestad expedita es necesario que se añada la determinación canónica o jurídica por parte de la autoridad jerárquica. Esta determinación de la potestad puede consistir en la concesión de un oficio particular o en la asignación de súbditos, y se confiere de acuerdo con las normas aprobadas por la suprema autoridad. Esta ulterior norma está exigida por la misma naturaleza de la materia, porque se trata de oficios que deben ser ejercidos por muchos sujetos, que cooperan jerárquicamente por voluntad de Cristo. Es evidente que esta «comunión» en la vida de la Iglesia fue aplicada, según las circunstancias de los tiempos, antes de que fuese como codificada en el derecho."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por esto se dice expresamente que se requiere la comunión jerárquica con la Cabeza y con los miembros de la Iglesia. La comunión es una noción muy estimada en la Iglesia antigua (como sucede también hoy particularmente en el Oriente). Su sentido no es el de un afecto indefinido, sino el de una realidad orgánica, que exige una forma jurídica y que, a la vez, está animada por la caridad. Por esto la Comisión determinó, casi por unanimidad, que debía escribirse «en comunión jerárquica». Cf. Modo 40, y también lo que se dice sobre la misión canónica en el n.24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los documentos de los Sumos Pontífices contemporáneos sobre la jurisdicción de los Obispos deben interpretarse de esta necesaria determinación de potestades."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3.a Del Colegio, que no existe sin la Cabeza, se afirma que «es también sujeto de la suprema y plena potestad sobre la Iglesia universal». Lo cual debe admitirse necesariamente para no poner en peligro la plenitud de la potestad del Romano Pontífice. Porque el Colegio comprende siempre y necesariamente a su Cabeza, la cual conserva en el Colegio íntegramente su oficio de Vicario de Cristo y de Pastor de la Iglesia universal. En otras palabras: la distinción no se establece entre el Romano Pontífice y los Obispos colectivamente considerados, sino entre el Romano Pontífice separadamente y el Romano Pontífice junto con los Obispos. Por ser el Sumo Pontífice la Cabeza del Colegio, puede realizar por sí solo algunos actos que de ningún modo competen a los Obispos; por ejemplo, convocar y dirigir el Colegio, aprobar las normas de acción, etc. Cf. Modo 81. Pertenece al juicio del Sumo Pontífice, por haberle sido confiado el cuidado de todo el rebaño de Cristo, de acuerdo con las necesidades de la Iglesia, que varían en el transcurso de los tiempos, determinar el modo conveniente de actualizar ese cuidado, sea de modo personal, sea de manera colegial. El Romano Pontífice, para ordenar, promover, aprobar el ejercicio colegial, con la mirada puesta en el bien de la Iglesia, procede según su propia prudencia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4.a El Sumo Pontífice, como Pastor supremo de la Iglesia, puede ejercer libremente su potestad en todo tiempo, como lo exige su propio ministerio. En cambio, el Colegio, aunque exista siempre, no por eso actúa de forma permanente con acción estrictamente colegial, como consta por la Tradición de la Iglesia. En otras palabras: no siempre se halla «en plenitud de ejercicio». Es más: actúa con acción estrictamente colegial sólo a intervalos y con el consentimiento de su Cabeza. Y se dice «con el consentimiento de su Cabeza», para que no se piense en una dependencia, por así decirlo, de un extraño; el término «consentimiento» evoca, por el contrario, la comunión entre la Cabeza y los miembros e incluye la necesidad del acto, que compete propiamente a la Cabeza. Se afirma esto explícitamente en el n.22 § 2, y se explica allí mismo, al final. La fórmula negativa «sólo» abarca todos los casos; por lo que es evidente que las normas aprobadas por la autoridad suprema deben observarse siempre. Cf. Modo 84."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es claro en todos los casos que se trata de la unión de los Obispos con su Cabeza, y nunca de la acción de los Obispos independientemente del Papa. En este caso, al faltar la acción de la Cabeza, los Obispos no pueden actuar a modo de Colegio, como es manifiesto por la noción de «Colegio». Esta comunión jerárquica de todos los Obispos con el Sumo Pontífice es cosa ciertamente indiscutible en la Tradición»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "N. B.—Sin la comunión jerárquica no puede ejercerse el ministerio sacramental-ontológico, que debe distinguirse del aspecto canónico-jurídico. Sin embargo, la Comisión ha juzgado que no debía ocuparse de las cuestiones acerca de la licitud y la validez, que se dejan a la discusión de los teólogos, en particular lo referente a la potestad que de hecho se ejerce entre los Orientales separados, y sobre cuya explicación existen diversas opiniones"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pericles Felici Arzobispo titular de Samosata, Secretario general del S. Concilio ecuménico Vaticano II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* Constitución promulgada en la sesión pública del 21 de noviembre de 1964."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTAS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] Cf. San Cipriano, Epist. 64, 4; PL 3, 1.017. CSEL (Hartel) III B. p. 720 San Hilario Pict., In Mt., 23, 6: PL 9, 1.047. San Agustín, passim. San Cirilo Alej., Glaph. in Gen. 2, 10: PG 69, 110A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2] Cf. San Gregorio M., Hom. in Evang., 19, 1: PL 76 1.154 B. San Agustín, Serm., 341, 9, 11: PL 39, 1.499 s. San J. Damasceno, Adv. iconocl., 11: PG 96, 1357."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3] Cf. San Ireneo, Adv. Haer., III, 24, 1; PG 7, 966. Harvey, 2, 131: ed. Sagnard. Sources Chr., p. 398."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4] San Cipriano, De Orat. Dom., 23: PL 4, 553. Hartel, III A. p. 285. San Agustín, Serm., 71, 20, 53: PL 38, 463 s. San J. Damasceno, Adv. iconocl., 12: PG 96, 1358D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5] Cf. Orígenes. In Mt., 16, 21: PG 13, 1.443C; Tertuliano, Adv. Mar., 3, 7: PL 2, 357C: CSEL 47, 3, p. 386. Para los documentos litúrgicos, cf. Sacramentarium Gregorianum: PL 76, 160B; o bien C. Mohlberg, Liber Sacramentorum Romanae Ecclesiae, Roma, 1960, p. 111 XC: «Deus qui ex omni coaptatione sanctorum aeternum tibi condis habitaculum...». El himno Urbis Ierusalem beata, en el Breviario monástico, y Caelestis urbs Ierusalem, en el Breviario Romano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6] Cf. Santo Tomás, Summa Theol., III, q. 62, a. 5, ad 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7] Cf. Pío XII, enc. Mystici Corporis, 29 jun. 1943: AAS 35 (1943), p. 208."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8] Cf. León XIII, enc. Divinum illud, 9 mayo 1897: AAS 29 (1896-1807), p. 650. Pío XII, enc. Mystici Corporis, l. c., pp. 219-220. Denz., 2.288 (3807), San Agustín, Serm., 268, 2: PL 38, 1232, y en otros sitios; San J. Crisóstomo, In Eph. Hom., 9, 3: PG 62, 72. Dídimo Alej., Trin., 2, 1: PG 39, 449 s.; Santo Tomás, In Col., 1, 18, lect. 5; ed. Marietti, II, n. 46: «Así como se constituye un solo cuerpo por la unidad del alma, así la Iglesia por la unidad del Espíritu...»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[9] León XIII, enc. Sapientiae christianae, 10 jun. 1890: ASS 22 (1889-90), p. 392; Id. enc. Satis cognitum, 29 jun. 1896: ASS 28 (1895-96), pp. 710 y 724ss; Pío XII, enc. Mystici Corporis, l. c., pp. 199-200."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[10] Cf. Pío XII. enc. Mystici Corporis, l. c., página 221 ss; Id. enc. Humani generis, 12 agosto 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 571."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[11] León XIII, enc. Satis cognitum, l. c. p. 713."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[12] Cf. Symbolum Apostolicum: Denz., 6-9 (10-13): Symb. Nic.-Const.: Denz., 86 (150); col. Prof. fidei Trid.: Denz., 994 y 999 (1862 y 1868)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[13] Se dice «Santa (católica apostólica) Romana Iglesia»: en Prof. fidei Trid., 1. c., y Conc. Vat. I. const. dogm. de fe católica Dei Filius: Denz., 1782 (3001)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[14] San Agustín, De civ. Dei., XVIII, 51, 2: PL 41, 614."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[15] Cf. San Cipriano, Epist., 69, 6: PL 3, 1.142B; Hartel, 3B p. 754: «Sacramento inseparable de unidad»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[16] Cf. Pío XII, aloc. Magnificate Dominum, 2 nov. 1954: AAS 46 (1954) 669; enc. Mediator Dei, 20 nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947) 555."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[17] Cf. Pío XI, enc. Miserentissimus Redemptor, 8 mayo 1928: AAS 20 (1928) 171s.; Pio XII, aloc. Vous nous avez, 22 sept. 1956: AAS 48 (1956) 714."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[18] Cf. Santo Tomás, Summa Theol., III, q. 63, a. 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[19] Cf. San Cirilo Hieros., Catech. 17, de Spiritu Sancto, II, 35-37: PG 33, 1009-1012. Nic. Cabasilas, De vita in Christo, libro III, \"de utilitate chrismatis\". PG 150, 569-580. Santo Tomás, Summa Theol., III, q. 65, a. 3 y q. 72, a. 1 y 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[20] Cf. Pío XII, enc. Mediator Dei, 20 nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947), sobre todo 552s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[21] 1 Co., 7, 7: «Cada uno tiene de Dios su propio don (idion=carisma): éste uno; aquél, otro». Cf. San Agustín, De dono persev., 14, 37: PL 45, 1015s: «No sólo la continencia, sino también la castidad conyugal es don de Dios»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[22] Cf. San Agustín, De praed. sanct., 14, 27: PL 44, 980."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[23] Cf. San J. Crisóstomo, In Io., hom. 65, 1: PG 59, 361."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[24] Cf. San Ireneo, Adv. haer. III, 16, 6; III, 22, 1-3: PG 7, 925C-926A y 958A, Harvey, 2, 87 y 120-123. Sagnard, Ed. Sources Chrét., p. 290-292 y 372ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[25] Cf. San Ignacio M., Ad Rom., praef.: Ed. Funk, I p.252."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[26] Cf. S. Agustín, Bapt. c. Donat., V. 28, 39: PL 43, 197: \" Es claro que cuando a propósito de la Iglesia se habla de \"dentro\" y \"fuera\" esto se refiere no al cuerpo sino al corazón\". Cf. ib., III, 19, 26: col. 152; V. 18, 24: col. 189; In Io. Tr. 61, 2: PL 35, 1800, y en otros lugares."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[27] Cf. Lc, 12, 48: \"Mucho se exigirá al que ha recibido mucho\". Cf. también Mt, 5, 19-20: 7, 21-22; 25, 41-46; St, 2, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[28] Cf. León XIII, cart. apost., Praeclara gratulationis, 20 jun. 1894: ASS 26 (1893-94), p. 707."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[29] Cf. León XIII, enc. Satis cognitum, 29 jun. 1896: ASS 28 (1895-1896), p. 738. Enc. Caritatis studium, 25 jul. 1898: ASS 31 (1898-1899), p. 11. Pío XII mensaje radiofón. Nell'alba, 24 dic. 1941: AAS 34 (1942), p. 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[30] Cf. Pío XI, enc. Rerum Orientalium, 8 sept. 1928: AAS 20 (1928) 287. Pío XII, enc. Orientalis Ecclesiae, 9 abr. 1944: AAS 36 (1944), p. 137."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[31] Cf. Instr. S. C. S. Oficio, 20 dic. 1949: AAS 42 (1950) 142."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[32] Cf. Santo Tomás, Summa Theol., III, q. 8, a. 3, ad 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[33] Cf. Epist., S. C. S. Oficio al arzobispo de Boston: Denz., 3869-72."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[34] Cf. Eusebio de Cesar., Praeparatio Evangelica, 1, 1: PG 21, 28AB."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[35] Cf. Benedicto XV, carta apost. Maximum illud: AAS 11 (1919) 440, especialmente p. 451 ss. Pío XI, enc. Rerum Ecclesiae: AAS 18 (1926) 68-69; Pío XII, enc. Fidei Donum, 21 abr. 1957: AAS 49 (1957) 236-237."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[36] Cf. Didaché, 14; ed. Funk, I, p. 32. San Justino Dial., 41:PG 6, 564. San Ireneo, Adv. Haer., IV, 17, 5: PG 7, 1023; Harvey, 2, pp. 199 s. Conc. Trid. ses. 22, cap. I: Denz. 939 (1742)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[37] Cf. Conc. Vat. I, const. dogm. de Ecclesia Christi Pastor aeternus: Denz. 1821 (3.050s.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[38] Cf. Conc. Flor., Decretum pro Graecis: Denz. 694 (1307), y Con. Vat. I, ibid.: Denz., 1826 (3059)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[39] Cf. Liber sacramentorum S. Gregorio, Praefacio in Cathedra S. Petri, in natali S. Mathiae et S. Thomae: PL 78, 50, 51 et 152; cf. Cod. Vat. Lat 3548, f. 19. San Hiliario, In Ps. 67, 10: PL 9, 450; CSEL, 22, p.286. San Jerónimo, Adv. Iovin. 1, 26: PL 23, 247A. San Agustín, In Ps.,86, 4: PL 37, 1103. San Gregorio, M., Mor. in Iob, XXVIII V: PL 76, 455-456. Primasio, Comm. in Ap. V: PL 68, 924BC. Pascasio Radb., In Mt. 1. 8, c. 16: PL 120, 561C. Cf. León XIII, carta Et sane, 17 dic. 1888: AAS 21 (1888) 321."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[40] Cf. Hech, 6, 2-6; 11, 30; 13, 1; 14, 23; 20, 17; 1 Tes, 5, 12-13; Flp, 1, 1.; Col 4, 11 y passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[41] Cf. Hech, 20, 25-27; 2 Tm, 4, 6 s, comparado con 1 Tm, 5, 22; 2 Tm, 2, 2; Tit 1, 5; San Clem. Rom., Ad Cor. 44, 3; ed. Funk, I, p. 156."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[42] San Clem. Rom., Ad Cor. 44, 2; ed. Funk, I, p. 154s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[43] Cf. Tertul., Praescr. haer. 32: PL 2, 52s. S. Ignacio, M., passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[44] Cf. Tertul., Praescr. haer. 32: PL 2, 63."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[45] Cf. Sam Ireneo, Adv. haer. III, 3, 1: PG 7, 848A; Harvey, 2, 8; Sagnard, p. 100 s.: \"manifestatam\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[46] Cf. San Ireneo, Adv. haer. III, 2, 2: PG 7, 847; Harvey, 2, 7; Sagnard, p. 100: \"custoditur\"; cf. ib. IV, 26, 2; col. 1053; Harvey, 2, 236, y IV, 33, 8; col. 1077; Harvey, 2, 262."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[47] San Ign. M., Philad. praef.: ed. Funk, I, p. 264."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[48] San Ign. M., Philad. 1, 1; Magn. 6, 1; ed. Funk, I, páginas 264 y 234."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[49] San Clemente Rom., l. c., 42, 3-4; 44, 3-4; 57, 1-2: ed. Funk, I, 152, 156, 171s. San Ignacio M., Philad., 2; Smyrn. 8; Magn. 3; Trall. 7; ed. Funk, I. pp. 265s; 282; 232; 246s, etc. San Justino, Apol, 1, 65: PG 6, 428; San Cipriano, Epist. passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[50] Cf. León XIII, enc. Satis cognitum, 29 jun. 1896: ASS 28 (1895-96), p. 732."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[51] Cf. Conc. Trid., decr. De sacr. Ordinis, c.3 4: Denz. 960 (1768); Conc. Vat. I, const. Dogm. de Ecclesia Christi Pastor aeternus c. 4: Denz. 1828 (3061). Pío XII, enc. Mystici Corporis, 29 jun. 1943: AAS 35 (1943) 209 y 212. Cod. Iur. Can., 329, § 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[52] Cf. León XIII, epíst. Et sane, 17 dic. 1888: AAS 21 (1888) 321s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[53] Cf. San León M., Serm. 5, 3: PL 54, 154."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[54] Conc. Trid., ses. 23, c. 3, cita 2 Tm, 1, 6-7, para demostrar que el orden es verdadero sacramento: Denz., 959 (1766)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[55] En la Trad. Apost., 3, ed. Botte, Sources Chrét., pp. 27-30, al obispo se le atribuye \"el primado del sacerdocio\". Cf. Sacramentarium Leonianum, ed. C. Mohlberg, Sacramentarium Veronense (Romae 1955) p. 119: \"para el ministerio del sumo sacerdocio... Completa en tus sacerdotes la cima del misterio\"...: Idem, Liber Sacramentorum Romanae Ecclesiae (Romae1960) pp. 121-122: \"Confiéreles, Señor, la cátedra episcopal para regir tu iglesia y a todo el pueblo\". Cf. PL 78, 224."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[56] Cf. Trad. Apost., 2, ed. Botte, p. 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[57] Conc. Trid., ses. 23, c. 4, enseña que el sacramento del orden imprime carácter indeleble: Denz. 960 (1767). Cf. Juan XXIII, aloc. Iubilate Deo, 8 mayo 1960: AAS 52 (1960) 446. Pablo VI, homilía en Bas. Vaticana, 20 octubre 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 1014."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[58] San Cipriano, Epist. 63, 14 (PL 4, 386; Hartel, III B, p. 713): \"el sacerdote hace las veces de Cristo\". San J. Crisóstomo, In 2 Tim. hom., 2, 4 (PG 62, 612): \"el sacerdote es símbolo de Cristo\". San Ambrosio, In Ps. 38, 25-26: PL 14, 1051-52; CSEL, 64, 203-204. Ambrosiaster, In 1 Tim. 5, 19: PL 17, 479C e In Eph., 4, 11-12: col. 387C. Teodoro Mops., Hom. Catech. XV, 21 y 24; ed. Tonneau, p. 497 y 503. Hesiquio Hieros., In Lev. 2, 9, 23: PG 93, 894B."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[59] Cf. Eusebio, Hist. Eccl. V, 24, 10: GCS II, 1, p. 495; ed. Bardy. Sources Chrét. II, p. 69. Dionisio, en Eusebio, ibid., VII, 5, 2: GCS II, 2, p. 638s; Bardy, II, pp. 168 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[60] Cf. sobre los Concilios antiguos, Eusebio, Hist. Eccl. V, 23-24: GCS II, 1, p. 488 ss.; Bardy, II, p. 66ss, et passim. Conc. Niceno, can., 5; Conc. Oec. Decr., p. 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[61] Tertuliano, De ieiun., 13: PL 2, 972B; CSEL 20, p.292, lín. 13-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[62] San Cipriano, Epist., 56, 3; Hartel, III B, p. 649; Bayard, p. 154."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[63] Cf. Relatio oficial de Zinelli, en el Conc. Vat. I: Mansi, 52, 1.109C."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[64] Cf. Conc. Vat. I, esquema de la const. dogm. II, De Ecclesia Christi, c. 4: Mansi, 53, 310. Cf. Relatio Kleutgen de schemate reformato: Mansi, 53, 321 B-322 B y la declaración de Zinelli: Mansi, 52, 1110A. cfr. también San León M., Serm. 4, 3: PL 54, 151A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[65] Cf. Cod. Iur. Can. can. 222 y 227."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[66] Cf. Conc. Vat. I. const. dogm. Pastor aeternus: Denz. 1821 (3050s)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[67] Cf. San Cipriano, Epist. 66, 8 (Hartel, III, 2 p. 733): \"el obispo en la Iglesia y la Iglesia en el obispo\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[68] Cf. San Cipriano, Epist. 55, 24 (Hartel, p. 642, lín. 13): \"única Iglesia, dividida en muchos miembros por todo el mundo\". Epist. 36, 4: Hartel, p. 575, lín. 20-21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[69] Cf. Pío XII, enc. Fidei Donum, 21 abr. 1957: AAS 49 (1957) 237."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[70] Cf. San Hilario Pict., In Ps. 14, 3: PL 9, 206; CSEL, 22, p. 86. San Gregorio M., Moral. IV, 7, 12: PL 75, 643C. Ps. Basilio, In Is. 15, 296: PG 30, 637C."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[71] San Celestino, Epist. 18, 1-2, ad Conc. Eph.: PL 50, 505AB; Schwartz, Acta Conc. Oec. I, 1, 1, p. 22. Cf. Benedicto XV. epist. apost. Maximum illud: AAS 11 (1919) 440. Pío XI, enc. Rerum Ecclesiae, 28 febr. 1926: AAS 18 (1926) 69. Pío XII, enc. Fidei Donum, l. c."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[72] León XIII, enc. Grande munus, 30 sept. 1880: AAS 13 (1880) 145. Cf. Cod. Iur. Can. can. 1327; can. 1350 § 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[73] Sobre los derechos de las Sedes patriarcales, cf. Conc. Niceno, can. 6 de Alexandria et Antiochia, y can. 7 de Hierosolymis: Conc. Oec. Decr., p. 8. Conc. Later. IV, año 1215, constit. V: De dignitate Patriarcharum: ibid., p. 212, Conc. Ferr.-Flor.: ibid. p. 504."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[74] Cf. Cod. Iuris pro Eccl. Orient., can. 216-314: «de Patriarchis»; can. 324-339: «de Archiepiscopis maioribus»; can. 362-391: «de aliis dignatariis», especialmente los can. 238 § 3; 216. 240. 251. 255: «de Episcopis a Patriarcha nominadis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[75] Cf. Conc. Trid., decr. De reform. ses. 5 can. 2 n. 9 y ses. 24 can. 4: Conc. Oec., Decr., p. 645 y 739."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[76] Cf. Conc. Vat. I. const. dogm. Dei Filius, 3: Denz. 1712 (3011). Cf. nota al esquema I De Eccl. (tomada de San Rob. Belarmino): Mansi, 51, 579C; también el esquema reformado de la constitución II De Ecclesia Christi con el comentario de Kleutgen: Mansi, 53, 313AB, Pío IX epíst. Tuas libenter: Denz., 1638 (2879)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[77] Cf. Cod. Iur. Can., can. 1322-1323."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[78] Cf. Conc. Vat. I. const. dogm. Pastor aeternus: Denz., 1839 (3074)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[79] Cf. la exposición de Gasser al Conc. Vat. I: Mansi, 52, 1213AC."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[80] Cf. Gasser, ibid.: Mansi, 1214A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[81] Cf. Gasser, ibid.: Mansi, 1215CD, 1216-1217A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[82] Gasser, ib.: Mansi, 1213."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[83] Conc. Vat. I. const. dogm. Pastor aeternus, 4: Denz. 1836 (3070)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[84] Oración de la consagración episcopal en el rito bizantino: Euchologion to mega (Romae 1873) p. 139."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[85] Cf. San Ignacio M., Smyrn. 8, 1; ed. Funk, I, p. 282."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[86] Cf. Hch 8, 1; 14, 22-23; 20, 17 y passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[87] Oración mozárabe: PL 96, 759 B."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[88] Cf. San Ignacio M., Smyrn., 8, 1; ed. Funk, I, p. 282."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[89] Santo Tomás, Summa Theol., III, q. 73, a. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[90] Cf. San Agustín, C. Faustum, 12, 20; PL 42, 265; Serm., 57, 7: PL 38, 389, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[91] San León M., Serm. 63, 7: PL 54, 357C."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[92] Cf. Traditio Apostolica Hippolity, 2-3; ed. Botte, p. 26-30."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[93] Cf. el texto de examen al comienzo de la consagración episcopal, y la oración al final de la misa de dicha consagración, después del Te Deum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[94] Benedicto XIV, breve Romana Ecclesia, 5 oct. 1752, § 1: Bullarium Benedicti XIV, t. IV (Romae 1758) 21: \"El obispo es figura de Cristo y vicario del mismo\". Pío XII enc. Mystici Corporis, l. c., p. 21: \"Cada obispo apacienta y rige en nombre de Cristo el rebaño particular que se le ha confiado\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[95] Cf. León XIII. enc. Satis cognitum, 29 jun. 1896: AAS 28 (1895-96) 732. Id. epíst. Officio sanctissimo, 22 dic. 1887: AAS 20 (1887) 264. Pío IX, carta apost. ad Episcopos Germaniae, 12 marzo 1875, y aloc. consist. 15 marzo 1875: Denz. 2113-3117, en la nueva ed. solamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[96] Cf. Conc. Vat. I, const. dogm. Pastor aeternus 3: Denz. 1828 (3061). Cf. la Relatio de Zinelli: Mansi, 52, 1114D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[97] Cf. S. Ignacio M., Ad Ephes. 5, 1: ed. Funk, I, p. 216."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[98] Cf. S. Ignacio M., Ad Ephes. 5, 1: ed. Funk, 1, p. 218."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[99] Cf. Conc. Trid., De sacr. Ordinis, c. 2: Denz. 958 (1765) y can. 6: Denz., 966 (1776)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[100] Cf. Inocencio I, Epist. ad Decentium: PL 20, 554A: Mansi, 3, 1029; Denz., 98 (215): \"Los presbíteros, aunque son sacerdotes segundos, no tienen, sin embargo, la cima del pontificado\". San Cipriano, Epist. 61, 3: ed. Hartel, p. 696."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[101] Cf. Conc. Trid., l.c.: Denz., 956a-968 (1763-1778), y especialmente el can. 7: Denz., 967 (1777). Pío XII, const. apost. Sacramentum Ordinis: Denz., 2301 (3857-61)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[102] Cf. Inocencio I, l. c. San Gregorio Nac., Apol. II, 22: PG 35, 432B. Ps.-Dionisio, Eccl. Hier., 1, 2: PG 3, 372D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[103] Cf. Conc. Trid., ses. 22: Denz. 940 (1743). Pío XII, enc. Mediator Dei, 20 nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947) 553. Denz. 2300 (3850)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[104] Cf. Conc. Trid., ses. 22: Denz., 938 (1.739-40). Concilio Vaticano II, const. sobre la sagrada liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium, n. 7 y n. 47: AAS 56 (1964) 100-103"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[105] Cf. Pío XII, enc. Mediator Dei, l. c., n. 67."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[106] Cf. San Cipriano, Epist. 11, 3: PL 4, 242B: Hartel, II 2, p. 497."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[107] Cf. Pontifical Romano, ordenación de los presbíteros , en la imposición de los ornamentos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[108] Cf. Pontifical Romano, ordenación de los presbíteros, en el prefacio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[109] Cf. San Ignacio M., Philad. 4: ed. Funk, I, p. 266. San Cornelio I, en San Cipriano, Epist. 48, 2: Hartel, III, 2. p. 610."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-324",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[110] Constitutiones Ecclesiae aegyptiacae III, 2: ed. Funk, Didascalia, II, p. 103. Statuta Eccl. Ant. 37-41: Mansi, 3, 954."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[111] San Policarpo, Ad Phil. 5, 2 (ed. Funk, I, p. 300): Cristo es llamado \"el diácono constituido para todos\". Cf. Didaché 15, 1: ibid., p. 32. San Ignacio M., Trall. 2, 3: ibid., p. 242. Constitutiones Apostolorum, 8. 28, 4: ed. Funk, Didascalia I, p. 530."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-326",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[112] San Agustín, Serm. 340, 1: PL 38, 1483."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[113] Cf. Pío XI, enc. Quadragesimo anno, 15 mayo 1931: AAS 23 (1931) 221s. Pío XII, aloc. De quelle consolation, 14 oct. 1951: AAS 43 (1951) 790s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[114] Cf. Pío XII. aloc. Six ans se sont écoulés, 5 oct. 1957: AAS 49 (1957) 927."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-329",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[115] Misal Romano, del Prefacio de la fiesta de Cristo Rey."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[116] Cf. León XIII, enc. Immortale Dei, 1 nov. 1885: AAS 18 (1885) 166ss. Id. enc. Sapientiae christianae, 10 enero 1890: ASS 22 (1889-90) 397ss. Pío XII. aloc. Alla vostra filiale, 23 marzo 1958: AAS 50 (1958) 220: \"la legitima sana laicità dello Stato\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[117] Cf. Cod. Iur. Can. can. 682."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-332",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[118] Cf. Pío XII, aloc. De quelle consolation, l. c., p. 789: \"En las batallas decisivas, es muchas veces del frente, de donde salen las más felices iniciativas...\". Id. aloc. L'importance de la presse catholique, 17 febr. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 256."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-333",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[119] Cf. 1 Tes, 5, 19 y 1 Jn, 4, 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[120] Epist. ad Diognetum 6: ed. Funk, I, p. 400. Cf. San Juan Crisóstomo, In Mt. hom. 46 (47) 2: PG 58, 478, del fermento en la masa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-335",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[121] Misal Romano, Gloria in excelsis. Cf. Lc, 1, 35; Mc, 1, 24;Lc, 4, 34; Jn, 6, 69 (ho hagios tou Theou); Hch 3, 14; 4, 27 y 30;Heb, 7, 26; 1 Jn, 2, 20; Ap, 3, 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-336",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[122] Cf. Orígenes, Comm. Rom. 7, 7: PG 14, 1122B. Ps.- Macario, De Oratione, 11: PG 34, 861AB. Santo Tomás, Summa Theol., II-II, q. 184, a. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-337",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[123] Cf. San Agustín, Retract. II, 18: PL 32, 637s. Pío XII, enc. Mystici Corporis, 29 jun. 1943: AAS 35 (1943) 225."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-338",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[124] Cf. Pío XI, enc. Rerum omnium, 26 enero 1923: AAS 15 (1923)50 y 59-60: enc. Casti connubii, 31 dic. 1930: AAS 22 (1930) 548. Pío XII, const. apost. Provida Mater, 2 febr. 1947; AAS 39 (1947) 117; aloc. Annus sacer, 8 dic. 1950: AAS 43 (1951) 27-28; aloc. Nel darvi, 1 jul. 1956: AAS 48 (1956) 574s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-339",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[125] Cf. Santo Tomás, Summa Theol., II-II, q. 184, a. 5 y 6. De perf. vitae spir. c. 18. Orígenes, In Is. hom., 6, 1: PG 13, 239."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-340",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[126] Cf. San Ignacio M., Magn. 13, 1: ed. Funk, I p. 241."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[127] Cf. S. Pío X, exhort., Haerent animo, 4 agos. 1908: AAS 41 (1908) 560s. Cod. Iur Can. can. 124. Pío XI. enc. Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20 dic. 1935: AAS 28 (1936) 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-342",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[128] Cf. Pontifical Romano, De ordinatione presbyterorum, en la Exhortación inicial."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[129] Cf. S. Ignacio M., Trall. 2, 3: ed. Funk, I p.244."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-344",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[130] Cf. Pío XII, aloc. Sous la maternelle protection, 9 dic. 1957: AAS 50 (1958) 36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-345",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[131] Pío XI, enc. Casti connubii, 31 dic. 1930: AAS 22 (1930) 548s. San Juan Crisóstomo, In Ephes. hom., 20, 2: PG 62, 136ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-346",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[132] Cf. San Agustín, Enchir. 121, 32: PL 40, 288. Santo Tomás, Summa Theol. II-II, q. 184, a. 1. Pío XII, exhort. apost. Menti nostrae, 23 sept. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 660."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-347",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[133] Sobre los consejos en general, cf. Orígenes, Comm. Rom. X 14: PG 14, 1275B. San Agustín, De S. virginitate, 15, 15: PL 40, 403. Santo Tomás, Summa Theol., I-II, q. 100, a. 2c (al final); II-II, q. 44, a. 4, ad 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-348",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[134] Sobre la excelencia de la sagrada virginidad, cf. Tertuliano, Exhort. cast. 10: PL 2, 925C. San Cipriano, Hab. virg., 3 y 22: PL 4, 443B y 461 As. San Atanasio (?), De virg.: PG 28, 252ss. San J. Crisóstomo, De virg.: PG 48, 533ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-349",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[135] Sobre la pobreza espiritual cf. Mt 5, 3 y 19, 21; Mc 10, 21, Lc 18, 22. Sobre la obediencia se aduce el ejemplo de Cristo en Jn 4, 4 y 6, 38; Flp 2, 8-10; Hb 10, 5-7. Los Santo Padres y los fundadores de las Órdenes ofrecen textos abundantes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-350",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[136] Sobre la práctica efectiva de los consejos, que no se imponen a todos, cf. San J. Crisóstomo In Mt. hom., 7, 7: PG 57, 81s. San Ambrosio, De viduis, 4, 23: PL 16, 241s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-351",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[137] Cf. Rosweydus, Vitae Patrum, (Amberes, 1628), Apophtegmata Patrum: PG 65. Paladio, Historia Lausiaca: PG 34, 995ss.: ed. C. Butler, Cambridge, 1898 (1904). Pío XI, const. apost. Umbratilem, 8 jul. 1924: AAS 16 (1924) 386-387. Pío XII, aloc. Nous sommes heureux, 11 abr. 1958: AAS 50 (1958) 283."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[138] Pablo VI, aloc. Magno gaudio, 23 mayo 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 566."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-353",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[139] Cf. Cod. Iur. Can. can 487 y 488, 4º. Pío XII. aloc. Annus sacer, 8 dic. 1950: AAS 43 (1951) 27s. Id. const. apost. Provida Mater, 2 febr. 1947: AAS 39 (1947) 120ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-354",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[140] Pablo VI, l.c., p. 567."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-355",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[141] Cf. Santo Tomás, Summa Theol. II-II, q. 184, a 3 y q. 188 a. 2. San Buenaventura, Opusc. XI, Apologia Pauperum, c. 3, 3: ed. Opera Quaracchi, t. 8 (1898) p. 245a."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-356",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[142] Cf. Conc. Vat. I, esquema De Ecclesia Christi, c. 15, y anot. 48: Mansi, 51, 549s y 619s. León XII, epist. Au milieu des consolations, 23 dic. 1900: AAS 33 (1900-01) 361. Pío XII, const. apost. Provida Mater, l. c., p. 114s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-357",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[143] Cf. León XIII, const. Romanos Pontifices, 8 mayo 1881: AAS 13 (1880-81) 483. Pío XII, aloc. Annus sacer, 8 dic. 1950: AAS 43 (1951) 28s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-358",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[144] Cf. Pío XII, aloc. Annus sacer, l.c., p. 28. Id., const. apost. Sedes Sapientiae, 21 mayo 1956: AAS 48 (1956) 355. Pablo VI, aloc. Magno gaudio, 23 mayo 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 570-571."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-359",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[145] Cf. Pío XII, enc. Mystici Corporis, 29 jun. 1943: AAS 35 (1943) 214 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-360",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[146] Cf. Pío XII, aloc. Annus sacer, l. c., p. 30; aloc. Sous la maternelle protection, 9 dic. 1957: AAS 50 (1958) 39s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-361",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[147] Conc. Florentino, Decretum pro Graecis: Denz. 693 (1305)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-362",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[148] Además de los documentos más antiguos contra todas las formas de evocación de los espíritus, desde Alejandro IV (27 septiembre 1258), cf. S. C. S. Oficio, De magnetismi abusu, 4 agos. 1856: AAS (1865) 177-178. Denz. 1653-1654 (2823-2825); y la respuesta de la S. C. S. Oficio, 24 abr. 1917: AAS 9 (1917) 268: Denz. 2182 (3642)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-363",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[149] Véase la exposición sintética de esta doctrina paulina en Pío XII, enc. Mystici Corporis: AAS 35 (1943), 200 y passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-364",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[150] Cf., v.gr. San Agustín,Enarr. in Ps. 85, 24: PL 37, 1099. San Jerónimo, Liber contra Vigilantium 6: PL 23, 344. Santo Tomás, In 4 Sent., d 45, q. 3, a. 2. San Buenaventura, In 4 Sent., d. 45, a. 3. q. 2, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-365",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[151] Cf. Pío XII, enc. Mystici Corporis: AAS 35 (1943) 245."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-366",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[152] Cf. innumerables inscripciones en las catacumbas romanas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-367",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[153] Cf. Gelasio I, Decretal De libris recipiendis 3: PL 59, 160: Denz. 165 (353)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-368",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[154] Cf. San Metodio, Symposion VII, 3: GCS (Bonwetsch) 74."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-369",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[155] Cf. Benedicto XV, Decretum approbationis virtutum in Causa beatificationis et canonizationis Servi Dei Ioannis Nepomuceni Neumann: AAS 14 (1922) 23; otras aloc de Pío XII «de Sanctis»: Inviti all'eroismo, en «Discursos y radiomensajes» t. I-3 (Roma 1941-1942) passim; Pío XII, Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, t. 10, 1949, p. 37-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-370",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[156] Cf. Pío XII, enc. Mediator Dei: AAS 39 (1947) 581."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-371",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[157] Cf. Hb 13, 7; Eccli 44-50; Hb 11, 3-40. Cf. también Pío XII. enc. Mediator Dei: AAS 39 (1947) 582-583."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-372",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[158] Cf. Conc. Vaticano I, const. de fe católica Dei Filius c. 3: Denz. 1794 (3013)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-373",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[159] Cf. Pío XII, enc. Mystici Corporis: AAS 35 (1943) 216."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-374",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[160] Con relación a la gratitud hacia los santos, cf. E. Diehl, Inscriptiones latinae christianae veteres I (Berlín 1925) n. 2008, 2382 y passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-375",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[161] Conc. Tridentino, decr. De invocatione... Sanctorum: Denz. 984 (1821)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-376",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[162] Brevario Romano. Invitatorium in festo Sanctorum Omnium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-377",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[163] Cf. v. gr., 2 Tes 1, 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-378",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[164] Conc. Vaticano II, const. sobre la liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium, c. 5, n. 104: AAS 56 (1964) 125-126."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-379",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[165] Cf. Misal Romano canon de la misa romana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-380",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[166] Cf. Conc. Niceno II, act. 7: Denz. 302 (600)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-381",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[167] Cf. Conc. Florentino, Decretum pro Graecis: Denz. 693 (1304)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-382",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[168] Conc. Tridentino, decr. De invocatione, veneratione et reliquiis Sanctorum et sacris imaginibus: Denz. 984-988 (1821-1824); decr De Purgatorio: Denz., 983 (1820); decr. De iustificatione can. 30: Denz., 840 (1580)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-383",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[169] Misal Romano, del Prefacio concedido a las diócesis de Francia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-384",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[170] Cf. San Pedro Canisio, Catechismus Maior seu Summa Doctrinae christianae, c. 3 (ed. crit. F. Streicher) I, p. 15-16, n. 44 y p. 100-101, n. 49."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-385",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[171] Cf. Conc. Vaticano II, const. sobre la liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium, c. 1, n. 8: AAS 56 (1964) 401."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-386",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[172] Símbolo constantinopolitano: Mansi, 3, 566. Cf. Conc. Efesino, ibid. 4, 1130 (cf. ibid., 2, 665 y 4, 1071); Conc. Calcedonense, ib. 7, 111-116; Conc. Constantinopolitano II, ibid. 9, 375-396, Misal Romano, en el Credo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-387",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[173] Misal Romano, en el Canon."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-388",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[174] S. Augustín, De s. virginitate, 6: PL 40, 399."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-389",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[175] Cf. Pablo VI, Alocución en el Concilio, die 4 dic. 1963: AAS 56 (1964) 37."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-390",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[176] Cf. San Germán Const., Hom. in Annunt. Deiparae: PG 98, 328A; In Dorm., 2, 357. Anastasio Antioch., Serm. 2. de Annunt. 2: PG 89, 1377 AB; Serm. 3, 2: col. 1388C. San Andrés Cret., Can. in B. V. Nat. 4: PG 97, 1321B; In B. V. Nat. 1, 812A; Hom. in dorm. 1, 1068C. San Sofronio, Or. 2 in Annunt. 18: PG 87 (3), 3237BD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-391",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[177] San Ireneo, Ad. haer. III, 22, 4: PG 7, 959 A; Harvey, 2, 123."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-392",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[178] San Ireneo, ibid.; Harvey, 2, 124."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-393",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[179] San Epifanio, Haer. 78, 18: PG 42, 728CD-729AB."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-394",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[180] San Jerónimo, Epist. 22, 21: PL 22, 408. Cf. San Agustín, Serm. 51, 2, 3: PL 38, 335; Serm. 232, 2: 1108. San Cirilo Jeros., Catech. 12, 15: PG 33, 741AB. San J. Crisóstomo, In Ps. 44, 7: PG 55, 193. San J. Damasceno, Hom. 2 in dorm. B. M. V. 3: PG 96, 728."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-395",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[181] Cf. Conc. Lateranense, año 649, can. 3: Mansi, 10, 1151. San León M., Epist. ad Flav.: PL 54, 759, Conc. Calcedonense: Mansi, 7, 462. San Ambrosio, De instit. virg.: PL 16, 320."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-396",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[182] Cf. Pío XII, enc. Mystici Corporis, 29 jun. 1943: AAS 35 (1943) 247-248."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-397",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[183] Cf. Pío IX, bula Ineffabilis, 8 dic. 1854: Acta Pii IX, 1, I, p. 616: Denz., 1641 (2803)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-398",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[184] Cf. Pío XII, const. apost. Munificentissimus, 1 nov. 1950: AAS 42 (1950); Denz. 2333 (3903). Cf. San J. Damasceno, Enc. in dorm. Dei genitricis hom. 2 y 3: PG 96, 722-762, en especial 728B. San Germán Constantinop., In S. Dei gen. dorm. serm. 1: PG 98 (3), 340-348; serm., 3: 361. San Modesto Hier., In dorm. SS. Deiparae: PG 86 (2); 3277-3312."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-399",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[185] Cf. Pío XII, enc. Ad caeli Reginam, 11 oct. 1954: AAS 46 (1954) 633-636; Denz., 3913ss. Cf. San Andrés Cret., Hom. 3 in dorm. SS. Deiparae: PG 97, 1089-1109. San J. Damasceno, De fide orth. IV, 14: PG94, 1153-1161."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-400",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[186] Cf. Kleutgen, texto reformado De mysterio Verbi incarnati, c. 4: Mansi, 53, 290. Cf. San Andrés Cret., In nat. Mariae, serm. 4: PG 97, 865A. S. Germán Constantinop., In annunt. Deiparae: PG 98, 321BC. In dorm. Deiparae, III: 361D. San J. Damasceno, In dorm. B. V. Mariae hom. 1, 8: PG 96, 712BC-713A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-401",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[187] Cf. León XIII, enc. Adiutricem populi, 5 sept. 1895: AAS 15 (1895-96) 303. San Pío X, enc. Ad diem illum, 2 febr. 1904: Acta I, p. 154; Denz. 1978a (3370). Pío XI, enc. Miserentissimus, 8 mayo 1928: AAS 20 (1928) 178. Pío XII, mensaje radiof., 13 mayo 1946: AAS 38 (1964) 266."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-402",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[188] San Ambrosio, Epist. 63: PL 16, 1218."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-403",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[189] San Ambrosio, Expos. Lc. II 7: PL 15, 1555."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-404",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[190] Cf. Ps.-Pedro Dam., Serm. 63: PL 144, 861AB. Godofredo de San Víctor, In nat. B. M., ms. París, Mazarine, 1002 fol. 109r. Gerhohus Reich. De gloria et honore Filii hominis, 10: PL 194, 1105AB."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-405",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[191] San Ambrosio, Expos. Lc. II 7 y X 24-25: PL 15, 1555 y 1810. San Agustín, In Io. Tr., 13, 12: PL 35, 1499. Cf. Serm. 191, 2, 3: PL 38, 1010, etc. Cf. también Ven. Beda, In Lc. expos. I, c. 2: PL 92, 330. Isaac de Stella, Serm. 51: PL 194, 1863A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-406",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[192] Cf. Breviario Romano, antífona «Sub tuum praesidium», de las primeras vísperas del Oficio Parvo de la Santísima Virgen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-407",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[193] Cf. Conc. Niceno II, año 187: Mansi, 13, 378-379; Denz. 302 (600-601). Conc. Trident., ses. 25: Mansi, 33, 171-172."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-408",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[194] Cf. Pío XII, mensaje radiof., 24 oct. 1954: AAS 46 (1954) 679; enc. Ad caeli Reginam, 11 oct. 1954: AAS 46 (1954) 637."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-409",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[195] Cf. Pío XI, enc. Ecclesiam Dei, 12 nov. 1923: AAS 15 (1923) 581. Pío XII, enc. Fulgens corona, 8 sept. 1953: AAS 45 (1953), 590-591."
            }
          ]
        },
        "fr": {
          "code": "fr",
          "label": "Français",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19641121_lumen-gentium_fr.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-18-vat-ii_const_19641121_lumen-gentium_fr.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAUL, ÉVÊQUE, SERVITEUR DES SERVITEURS DE DIEU, AVEC LES PÈRES DU SAINT CONCILE, POUR QUE LE SOUVENIR S'EN MAINTIENNE À JAMAIS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONSTITUTION DOGMATIQUE SUR L'ÉGLISE LUMEN GENTIUM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE PREMIER : Le Mystère de l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le but de la Constitution sur l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Christ est la lumière des peuples ; réuni dans l’Esprit Saint, le saint Concile souhaite donc ardemment, en annonçant à toutes les créatures la bonne nouvelle de l’Évangile répandre sur tous les hommes la clarté du Christ qui resplendit sur le visage de l’Église (cf. Mc 16, 15). L’Église étant, dans le Christ, en quelque sorte le sacrement, c’est-à-dire à la fois le signe et le moyen de l’union intime avec Dieu et de l’unité de tout le genre humain, elle se propose de mettre dans une plus vive lumière, pour ses fidèles et pour le monde entier, en se rattachant à l’enseignement des précédents Conciles, sa propre nature et sa mission universelle. À ce devoir qui est celui de l’Église, les conditions présentes ajoutent une nouvelle urgence : il faut que tous les hommes, désormais plus étroitement unis entre eux par les liens sociaux, techniques, culturels, réalisent également leur pleine unité dans le Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le dessein universel de salut du Père éternel"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Père éternel par la disposition absolument libre et mystérieuse de sa sagesse et de sa bonté a créé l’univers ; il a voulu élever les hommes à la participation de la vie divine ; devenus pécheurs en Adam, il ne les a pas abandonnés, leur apportant sans cesse les secours salutaires, en considération du Christ rédempteur, « qui est l’image du Dieu invisible, premier-né de toute la création » (Col 1, 15). Tous ceux qu’il a choisis, le Père, avant tous les siècles, les « a distingués et prédestinés à reproduire l’image de son Fils qui devient ainsi l’aîné d’une multitude de frères » (Rm 8, 29). Et tous ceux qui croient au Christ, il a voulu les convoquer dans la sainte Église qui, annoncée en figure dès l’origine du monde, merveilleusement préparée dans l’histoire du peuple d’Israël et de l’ancienne Alliance [1], établie enfin dans ces temps qui sont les derniers, s’est manifestée grâce à l’effusion de l’Esprit Saint et, au terme des siècles, se consommera dans la gloire. Alors, comme on peut le lire dans les saints Pères, tous les justes depuis Adam, « depuis Abel le juste jusqu’au dernier élu [2] » se trouveront rassemblés auprès du Père dans l’Église universelle."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La mission et l’œuvre du Fils"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi le Fils vint, envoyé par le Père qui nous avait choisis en lui avant la création du monde et prédestinés à l’adoption filiale, selon son libre dessein de tout rassembler en lui (cf. Ep 1, 4-5.10). C’est pourquoi le Christ, pour accomplir la volonté du Père, inaugura le Royaume des cieux sur la terre, tout en nous révélant son mystère et, par son obéissance, effectua la rédemption. L’Église, qui est le règne de Dieu déjà mystérieusement présent, opère dans le monde, par la vertu de Dieu, sa croissance visible. Commencement et développement que signifient le sang et l’eau sortant du côté ouvert de Jésus crucifié (cf. Jn 19, 34) et que prophétisent les paroles du Seigneur disant de sa mort en croix : « Pour moi, quand j’aurai été élevé de terre, j’attirerai tous les hommes » (Jn 12, 32 grec). Toutes les fois que le sacrifice de la croix par lequel le Christ notre pâque a été immolé (1 Co 5, 7) se célèbre sur l’autel, l’œuvre de notre Rédemption s’opère. En même temps, par le sacrement du pain eucharistique, est représentée et réalisée l’unité des fidèles qui, dans le Christ, forment un seul corps (cf. 1 Co 10, 17). À cette union avec le Christ, lumière du monde, de qui nous procédons, par qui nous vivons, vers qui nous tendons, tous les hommes sont appelés."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La sanctification de l’Église par le Saint-Esprit"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Une fois achevée l’œuvre que le Père avait chargé son Fils d’accomplir sur la terre (cf. Jn 17, 4), le jour de Pentecôte, l’Esprit Saint fut envoyé qui devait sanctifier l’Église en permanence et procurer ainsi aux croyants, par le Christ, dans l’unique esprit, l’accès auprès du Père (cf. Ep 2, 18). C’est lui, l’Esprit de vie, la source d’eau jaillissante pour la vie éternelle (cf. Jn 4, 14 ; 7, 38-39), par qui le Père donne la vie aux hommes que le péché avait tués, en attendant de ressusciter dans le Christ leur corps mortel (cf. Rm 8, 10-11). L’Esprit habite dans l’Église et dans le cœur des fidèles comme dans un temple (cf. 1 Co 3, 16 ; 6, 19), en eux il prie et atteste leur condition de fils de Dieu par adoption (cf. Ga 4, 6 ; Rm 8, 15-16.26). Cette Église qu’il introduit dans la vérité tout entière (cf. Jn 16, 13), et à laquelle il assure l’unité de la communauté et du ministère, il bâtit et la dirige grâce à la diversité des dons hiérarchiques et charismatiques, il l’orne de ses fruits (cf. Ep 4, 11-12 ; 1 Co 12, 4 ; Ga 5, 22). Par la vertu de l’Évangile, il fait la jeunesse de l’Église et la renouvelle sans cesse, l’acheminant à l’union parfaite avec son époux [3]. L’Esprit et l’Épouse, en effet, disent au Seigneur Jésus : « Viens» (cf. Ap 22, 17). Ainsi l’Église universelle apparaît comme un « peuple qui tire son unité de l’unité du Père et du Fils et de l’Esprit Saint [4] »."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Royaume de Dieu"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le mystère de l’Église sainte se manifeste en sa fondation. En effet, le Seigneur Jésus posa le commencement de son Église en prêchant l’heureuse nouvelle, l’avènement du règne de Dieu promis dans les Écritures depuis les siècles : « que les temps sont accomplis et que le Royaume de Dieu est là » (Mc 1, 15 ; Mt 4, 17). Ce Royaume, il brille aux yeux des hommes dans la parole, les œuvres et la présence du Christ. La parole du Seigneur est en effet comparée à une semence qu’on sème dans un champ (Mc 4, 14) : ceux qui l’écoutent avec foi et sont agrégés au petit troupeau du Christ (Lc 12, 32) ont accueilli le Royaume lui-même ; puis, par sa propre vertu, la semence germe et croît jusqu’au temps de la moisson (cf. Mc 4, 26-29). Les miracles de Jésus confirment également que le Royaume est déjà venu sur la terre : « si c’est par le doigt de Dieu que j’expulse les démons, c’est donc que le Royaume de Dieu est arrivé parmi vous » (Lc 11, 20 ; Mt 12, 28). Avant tout cependant, le Royaume se manifeste dans la personne même du Christ, Fils de Dieu et Fils de l’homme, « venu pour servir et donner sa vie en rançon d’une multitude » (Mc 10, 45)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Et quand Jésus, ayant souffert pour les hommes la mort de la croix, fut ressuscité, il apparut que Dieu l’avait fait Seigneur, Christ et Prêtre pour l’éternité (cf. Ac 2, 36 ; He 5, 6 ; 7, 17-21), et il répandit sur ses disciples l’Esprit promis par le Père (cf. Ac 2, 33). Aussi l’Église, pourvue des dons de son fondateur, et fidèlement appliquée à garder ses préceptes de charité, d’humilité et d’abnégation, reçoit mission d’annoncer le Royaume du Christ et de Dieu et de l’instaurer dans toutes les nations, formant de ce Royaume le germe et le commencement sur la terre. Cependant, tandis que peu à peu elle s’accroît, elle-même aspire à l’achèvement de ce Royaume, espérant de toutes ses forces et appelant de ses vœux l’heure où elle sera, dans la gloire, réunie à son Roi."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les diverses images de l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout comme dans l’Ancien Testament la révélation du Royaume est souvent présentée sous des figures, de même maintenant c’est sous des images variées que la nature intime de l’Église nous est montrée, images tirées soit de la vie pastorale ou de la vie des champs, soit du travail de construction ou encore de la famille et des épousailles, et qui se trouvent ébauchées déjà dans les livres des prophètes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église, en effet, est le bercail dont le Christ est l’entrée unique et nécessaire (Jn 10, 1- 10). Elle est aussi le troupeau dont Dieu a proclamé lui-même à l’avance qu’il serait le pasteur (cf. Is 40, 11 ; Ez 34, 11s.), et dont les brebis, quoiqu’elles aient à leur tête des pasteurs humains, sont cependant continuellement conduites et nourries par le Christ même, Bon Pasteur et Prince des pasteurs (cf. Jn 10, 11 ; 1 P 5, 4), qui a donné sa vie pour ses brebis (cf. Jn 10, 11-15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église est le terrain de culture, le champ de Dieu (1 Co 3, 9). Dans ce champ croît l’antique olivier dont les patriarches furent la racine sainte et en lequel s’opère et s’opérera la réconciliation entre Juifs et Gentils (Rm 11, 13-26). Elle fut plantée par le Vigneron céleste comme une vigne choisie (Mt 21, 33-43 par. ; Is 5, 1 s.). La Vigne véritable, c’est le Christ : c’est lui qui donne vie et fécondité aux rameaux que nous sommes : par l’Église nous demeurons en lui, sans qui nous ne pouvons rien faire (Jn 15, 1-5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bien souvent aussi, l’Église est dite la construction de Dieu (1 Co 3, 9). Le Seigneur lui-même s’est comparé à la pierre rejetée par les bâtisseurs et devenue pierre angulaire (Mt 21, 42 par. ; Ac 4, 11 ; 1 P 2, 7 ; Ps 117, 22). Sur ce fondement, l’Église est construite par les Apôtres (cf. 1 Co 3, 11), et de ce fondement elle reçoit fermeté et cohésion. Cette construction est décorée d’appellations diverses : la maison de Dieu (1 Tm 3, 15), celle dans laquelle habite la famille, l’habitation de Dieu dans l’Esprit (Ep 2, 19-22), la demeure de Dieu chez les hommes (Ap 21, 3), et surtout le temple saint, lequel, représenté par des sanctuaires de pierres, est l’objet de la louange des saints Pères et comparé à juste titre dans la liturgie à la Cité sainte, la nouvelle Jérusalem [5]. En effet, nous sommes en elle sur la terre comme les pierres vivantes qui entrent dans la construction (1 P 2, 5). Cette Cité sainte, Jean la contemple descendant du ciel d’auprès de Dieu à l’heure où se renouvellera le monde, prête comme une fiancée parée pour son époux (Ap 21, 1 s.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église s’appelle encore « la Jérusalem d’en haut » et « notre mère » (Ga 4, 26 ; cf. Ap 12, 17) ; elle est décrite comme l’épouse immaculée de l’Agneau immaculé (Ap 19, 7 ; 21, 2.9 ; 22, 17) que le Christ « a aimée, pour laquelle il s’est livré afin de la sanctifier » (Ep 5, 26), qu’il s’est associée par un pacte indissoluble, qu’il ne cesse de « nourrir et d’entourer de soins » (Ep 5, 29) ; l’ayant purifiée, il a voulu se l’unir et se la soumettre dans l’amour et la fidélité (cf. Ep 5, 24), la comblant enfin et pour l’éternité des biens célestes, pour que nous puissions comprendre l’amour envers nous de Dieu et du Christ, amour qui défie toute connaissance (cf. Ep 3, 19). Tant qu’elle chemine sur cette terre, loin du Seigneur (cf. 2 Co 5, 6), l’Église se considère comme exilée, en sorte qu’elle est en quête des choses d’en haut et en garde le goût, tournée là où le Christ se trouve, assis à la droite de Dieu, là où la vie de l’Église est cachée avec le Christ en Dieu, attendant l’heure où, avec son époux, elle apparaîtra dans la gloire (cf. Col 3, 1- 4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église, corps mystique du Christ"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Fils de Dieu, dans la nature humaine qu’il s’est unie, a racheté l’homme en triomphant de la mort par sa mort et sa résurrection, et il l’a transformé en une créature nouvelle (cf. Ga 6, 15 ; 2 Co 5, 17). En effet, en communiquant son Esprit à ses frères, qu’il rassemblait de toutes les nations, il les a constitués, mystiquement, comme son corps."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans ce corps, la vie du Christ se répand à travers les croyants que les sacrements, d’une manière mystérieuse et réelle, unissent au Christ souffrant et glorifié [6]. Par le baptême, en effet, nous sommes rendus semblables au Christ : « Car nous avons tous été baptisés en un seul Esprit pour n’être qu’un seul corps » (1 Co 12, 13). Par ce rite sacré est signifiée et réalisée l’union avec la mort et la résurrection du Christ. « Nous avons été mis au tombeau avec lui par le baptême qui nous plonge en sa mort», et « si nous sommes devenus avec lui un même être par une mort semblable à la sienne, nous le serons aussi par une semblable résurrection » (Rm 6, 4-5). Participant réellement au Corps du Seigneur dans la fraction du pain eucharistique, nous sommes élevés à la communion avec lui et entre nous. Puisqu’il n’y a qu’un seul pain, à nous tous nous ne formons qu’un corps, car tous nous avons part à ce pain unique » (1 Co 10, 17). Nous devenons ainsi les membres de ce corps (cf. 1 Co 12, 27), « étant chacun pour sa part membres les uns des autres» (Rm 12, 5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais comme tous les membres du corps humain, malgré leur multiplicité, ne forment cependant qu’un seul corps, ainsi les fidèles dans le Christ (cf. 1 Co 12, 12). Dans l’édification du Corps du Christ règne également une diversité de membres et de fonctions. Unique est l’Esprit qui distribue des dons variés pour le bien de l’Église à la mesure de ses richesses et des exigences des services (cf. 1 Co 12, 11). Parmi ces dons, la grâce accordée aux Apôtres tient la première place : l’Esprit lui-même soumet à leur autorité jusqu’aux bénéficiaires des charismes (cf. 1 Co 14). Le même Esprit qui est par lui-même principe d’unité dans le corps où s’exerce sa vertu et où il réalise la connexion intérieure des membres, produit et stimule entre les fidèles la charité. Aussi un membre ne peut souffrir, que tous les membres ne souffrent, un membre ne peut être à l’honneur, que tous les membres ne se réjouissent avec lui (cf. 1 Co 12, 26)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De ce corps le Christ est la tête. Il est l’image du Dieu invisible et en lui toutes choses ont été créées. Il est antérieur à tous et l’univers subsiste en lui. Il est la tête du corps qu’est l’Église. Il est Principe, premier-né d’entre les morts, afin d’exercer en tout la primauté (cf. Col. 1, 15-18). Sa grande puissance lui donne domination sur les choses du ciel et celles de la terre et, par sa perfection et son action souveraine, il comble des richesses de sa gloire le corps tout entier (cf. Ep 1, 18-23) [7]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tous les membres doivent se conformer à lui jusqu’à ce que le Christ soit formé en eux (cf. Ga 4, 19). C’est pourquoi nous sommes assumés dans les mystères de sa vie, configurés à lui, associés à sa mort et à sa résurrection, en attendant de l’être à son règne (cf. Ph 3, 21 ; 2 Tm 2, 11 ; Ep 2, 6 ; Col 2, 12, etc.). Encore en pèlerinage sur la terre, mettant nos pas dans la trace des siens, à travers la tribulation et la persécution, nous sommes associés à ses souffrances comme le corps à la tête, unis à sa passion pour être unis à sa gloire (cf. Rm 8, 17). De lui « le corps tout entier, par les ligaments et jointures, tire nourriture et cohésion pour opérer sa croissance en Dieu » (Col 2, 19). Dans son corps, c’est-à-dire dans l’Église, il dispose continuellement les dons des ministères par lesquels nous nous apportons mutuellement, grâce à sa vertu, les services nécessaires au salut, en sorte que, par la pratique d’une charité sincère nous puissions grandir de toutes manières vers celui qui est notre tête (cf. Ep 4, 11-16 grec) Pour que nous puissions nous renouveler en lui sans cesse (cf. Ep 4, 23) , il nous fait part de son Esprit qui, unique et présent, identique à lui-même dans la tête et dans les membres, vivifie le corps entier, l’unifie et le meut, si bien que son action a pu être comparée par les saints Pères à la fonction que remplit dans le corps humain, l’âme, principe de vie [8]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Christ aime l'Eglise comme son épouse, se faisant le modèle de l'époux qui aime son épouse comme son propre corps (cf. Ep 5,25-28). Quant à l'Eglise elle est soumise à son chef (5, 23-24). « Puisqu'en lui habite corporellement toute la plénitude de la divinité » (Col 2,9 ), il emplit de ses dons divins l'Eglise qui est son corps et sa plénitude (cf. Ep 1,22-23) pour qu'elle tende et parvienne à la plénitude totale de Dieu (cf. Ep 33,19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église, à la fois visible et spirituelle"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Christ, unique médiateur, crée et continuellement soutient sur la terre, comme un tout visible, son Église sainte, communauté de foi, d’espérance et de charité, par laquelle il répand, à l’intention de tous, la vérité et la grâce [9]. Cette société organisée hiérarchiquement d’une part et le corps mystique d’autre part, l’ensemble discernable aux yeux et la communauté spirituelle, l’Église terrestre et l’Église enrichie des biens célestes ne doivent pas être considérées comme deux choses, elles constituent au contraire une seule réalité complexe, faite d’un double élément humain et divin [10]. C’est pourquoi, en vertu d’une analogie qui n’est pas sans valeur, on la compare au mystère du Verbe incarné. Tout comme en effet la nature prise par le Verbe divin est à son service comme un organe vivant de salut qui lui est indissolublement uni, de même le tout social que constitue l’Église est au service de l’Esprit du Christ qui lui donne la vie, en vue de la croissance du corps (cf. Ep 4, 16) [11]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est là l’unique Église du Christ, dont nous professons dans le symbole l’unité, la sainteté, la catholicité et l’apostolicité [12], cette Église que notre Sauveur, après sa résurrection, remit à Pierre pour qu’il en soit le pasteur (Jn 21, 17), qu’il lui confia, à lui et aux autres Apôtres, pour la répandre et la diriger (cf. Mt 28, 18, etc.) et dont il a fait pour toujours la « colonne et le fondement de la vérité » (1 Tm 3, 15). Cette Église comme société constituée et organisée en ce monde, c’est dans l’Église catholique qu’elle subsiste, gouvernée par le successeur de Pierre et les évêques qui sont en communion avec lui [13], bien que des éléments nombreux de sanctification et de vérité se trouvent hors de sa sphère, éléments qui, appartenant proprement par le don de Dieu à l’Église du Christ, portent par eux-mêmes à l’unité catholique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais, comme c’est dans la pauvreté et la persécution que le Christ a opéré la rédemption, l’Église elle aussi est appelée à entrer dans cette même voie pour communiquer aux hommes les fruits du salut. Le Christ Jésus « qui était de condition divine s’anéantit lui-même prenant condition d’esclave » (Ph 2, 6), pour nous « il s’est fait pauvre, de riche qu’il était » (2 Co 8, 9). Ainsi l’Église, qui a cependant besoin pour remplir sa mission de ressources humaines, n’est pas faite pour chercher une gloire terrestre mais pour répandre, par son exemple aussi, l’humilité et l’abnégation. Le Christ a été envoyé par le Père « pour porter la bonne nouvelle aux pauvres, ... guérir les cœurs meurtris » (Lc 4, 18), « chercher et sauver ce qui était perdu » (Lc 19, 10) : de même l’Église enveloppe de son amour ceux que l’infirmité humaine afflige, bien plus, dans les pauvres et les souffrants, elle reconnaît l’image de son fondateur pauvre et souffrant, elle s’efforce de soulager leur misère et en eux c’est le Christ qu’elle veut servir. Mais tandis que le Christ saint, innocent, sans tache (He 7, 26) ignore le péché (2 Co 5, 21), venant seulement expier les péchés du peuple (cf. He 2, 17), l’Église, elle, enferme des pécheurs dans son propre sein, elle est donc à la fois sainte et toujours appelée à se purifier, poursuivant constamment son effort de pénitence et de renouvellement."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "« L’Église avance dans son pèlerinage à travers les persécutions du monde et les consolations de Dieu [14], annonçant la croix et la mort du Seigneur jusqu’à ce qu’il vienne (cf. 1 Co 11, 26). La vertu du Seigneur ressuscité est sa force pour lui permettre de vaincre dans la patience et la charité les afflictions et les difficultés qui lui viennent à la fois du dehors et du dedans, et de révéler fidèlement au milieu du monde le mystère du Seigneur, encore enveloppé d’ombre, jusqu’au jour où, finalement, il éclatera dans la pleine lumière."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE II : Le Peuple de Dieu"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Nouvelle Alliance et le Peuple nouveau"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À toute époque, à la vérité, et en toute nation, Dieu a tenu pour agréable quiconque le craint et pratique la justice (cf. Ac 10, 35). Cependant le bon vouloir de Dieu a été que les hommes ne reçoivent pas la sanctification et le salut séparément, hors de tout lien mutuel ; il a voulu en faire un peuple qui le connaîtrait selon la vérité et le servirait dans la sainteté. C’est pourquoi il s’est choisi Israël pour être son peuple avec qui il a fait alliance et qu’il a progressivement instruit, se manifestant, lui-même et son dessein, dans l’histoire de ce peuple et se l’attachant dans la sainteté. Tout cela cependant n’était que pour préparer et figurer l’Alliance Nouvelle et parfaite qui serait conclue dans le Christ, et la révélation plus totale qui serait transmise par le Verbe de Dieu lui-même, fait chair. « Voici venir les jours, dit le Seigneur, où je conclurai avec la maison d’Israël et la maison de Juda une Alliance Nouvelle... Je mettrai ma loi au fond de leur être et je l’écrirai sur leur cœur. Alors, je serai leur Dieu et eux seront mon peuple. Tous me connaîtront du plus petit jusqu’au plus grand, dit le Seigneur » (Jr 31, 31-34). Cette alliance nouvelle, le Christ l’a instituée : c’est la Nouvelle Alliance dans son sang (cf. 1 Co 11, 25), il appelle la foule des hommes de parmi les Juifs et de parmi les Gentils, pour former un tout non selon la chair mais dans l’Esprit et devenir le nouveau Peuple de Dieu. Ceux, en effet, qui croient au Christ, qui sont « re-nés » non d’un germe corruptible mais du germe incorruptible qui est la parole du Dieu vivant (cf. 1 P 1, 23), non de la chair, mais de l’eau et de l’Esprit Saint (cf. Jn 3, 5-6), ceux-là constituent finalement « une race élue, un sacerdoce royal, une nation sainte, un peuple que Dieu s’est acquis, ceux qui autrefois n’étaient pas un peuple étant maintenant le Peuple de Dieu » (1 P 2, 9-10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce peuple messianique a pour chef le Christ, « livré pour nos péchés, ressuscité pour notre justification » (Rm 4, 25), possesseur désormais du Nom qui est au-dessus de tout nom et glorieusement régnant dans les cieux. Le statut de ce peuple, c’est la dignité et la liberté des fils de Dieu, dans le cœur de qui, comme dans un temple, habite l’Esprit Saint. Sa loi, c’est le commandement nouveau d’aimer comme le Christ lui-même nous a aimés (cf. Jn 13, 34). Sa destinée enfin, c’est le Royaume de Dieu, inauguré sur la terre par Dieu même, qui doit se dilater encore plus loin jusqu’à ce que, à la fin des siècles, il reçoive enfin de Dieu son achèvement, lorsque le Christ notre vie sera apparu (cf. Col 3, 4) et que « la création elle-même sera affranchie de l’esclavage de la corruption pour connaître la glorieuse liberté des enfants de Dieu » (Rm 8, 21). C’est pourquoi ce peuple messianique, bien qu’il ne comprenne pas encore effectivement l’universalité des hommes et qu’il garde souvent les apparences d’un petit troupeau, constitue cependant pour tout l’ensemble du genre humain le germe le plus sûr d’unité, d’espérance et de salut. Établi par le Christ pour communier à la vie, à la charité et à la vérité, il est entre ses mains l’instrument de la Rédemption de tous les hommes ; au monde entier il est envoyé comme lumière du monde et sel de la terre (cf. Mt 5, 13-16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Et tout comme l’Israël selon la chair cheminant dans le désert reçoit déjà le nom d’Église de Dieu (Ne 13, 1 ; cf. Nb 20, 4 ; Dt 23, 1 s.) ainsi le nouvel Israël qui s’avance dans le siècle présent en quête de la cité future, celle-là permanente (cf. He 13, 14), est appelé lui aussi : l’Église du Christ (cf. Mt 16, 18) : c’est le Christ, en effet, qui l’a acheté de son sang (cf. Ac 20, 28), empli de son Esprit et pourvu des moyens adaptés pour son unité visible et sociale. L’ensemble de ceux qui regardent avec la foi vers Jésus, auteur du salut, principe d’unité et de paix, Dieu les a appelés, il en a fait l’Église, pour qu’elle soit, pour tous et pour chacun, le sacrement visible de cette unité salutaire [15]. Destinée à s’étendre à toutes les parties du monde, elle prend place dans l’histoire humaine, bien qu’elle soit en même temps transcendante aux limites des peuples dans le temps et dans l’espace. Marchant à travers les tentations, les tribulations, l’Église est soutenue par la vertu de la grâce de Dieu, à elle promise par le Seigneur pour que, du fait de son infirmité charnelle, elle ne défaille pas à la perfection de sa fidélité mais reste de son Seigneur la digne Épouse, se renouvelant sans cesse sous l’action de l’Esprit Saint jusqu’à ce que, par la croix, elle arrive à la lumière sans couchant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le sacerdoce commun"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Christ Seigneur, grand prêtre d’entre les hommes (cf. He 5, 1-5) 1-5) a fait du peuple nouveau « un Royaume, des prêtres pour son Dieu et Père » (Ap 1, 6 ; 5, 9-10). Les baptisés, en effet, par la régénération et l’onction du Saint-Esprit, sont consacrés pour être une demeure spirituelle et un sacerdoce saint, de façon à offrir, par toutes les activités du chrétien, autant d’hosties spirituelles, en proclamant les merveilles de celui qui, des ténèbres, les a appelés à son admirable lumière (cf. 1 P 2, 4-10). C’est pourquoi tous les disciples du Christ, persévérant dans la prière et la louange de Dieu (cf. Ac 2, 42-47), doivent s’offrir en victimes vivantes, saintes, agréables à Dieu (cf. Rm 12, 1), porter témoignage du Christ sur toute la surface de la terre, et rendre raison, sur toute requête, de l’espérance qui est en eux d’une vie éternelle (cf. 1 P 3, 15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le sacerdoce commun des fidèles et le sacerdoce ministériel ou hiérarchique, qui ont entre eux une différence essentielle et non seulement de degré, sont cependant ordonnés l’un à l’autre : l’un et l’autre, en effet, chacun selon son mode propre, participent de l’unique sacerdoce du Christ [16]. Celui qui a reçu le sacerdoce ministériel jouit d’un pouvoir sacré pour former et conduire le peuple sacerdotal, pour faire, dans le rôle du Christ, le sacrifice eucharistique et l’offrir à Dieu au nom du peuple tout entier ; les fidèles eux, de par le sacerdoce royal qui est le leur, concourent à l’offrande de l’Eucharistie [17] et exercent leur sacerdoce par la réception des sacrements, la prière et l’action de grâces, le témoignage d’une vie sainte, leur renoncement et leur charité effective."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’exercice du sacerdoce commun dans les sacrements"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le caractère sacré et organique de la communauté sacerdotale entre en action par les sacrements et les vertus. Les fidèles incorporés à l’Église par le baptême ont reçu un caractère qui les délègue pour le culte religieux chrétien ; devenus fils de Dieu par une régénération, ils sont tenus de professer devant les hommes la foi que par l’Église ils ont reçue de Dieu [18]. Par le sacrement de confirmation, leur lien avec l’Église est rendu plus parfait, ils sont enrichis d’une force spéciale de l’Esprit Saint et obligés ainsi plus strictement tout à la fois à répandre et défendre la foi par la parole et par l’action en vrais témoins du Christ [19]. Participant au sacrifice eucharistique, source et sommet de toute la vie chrétienne, ils offrent à Dieu la victime divine et s’offrent eux-mêmes avec elle [20] ; ainsi, tant par l’oblation que par la sainte communion, tous, non pas indifféremment mais chacun à sa manière, prennent leur part originale dans l’action liturgique. Il s’ensuit sous une forme concrète qu’ils manifestent, ayant été renouvelés par le Corps du Christ au cours de la sainte liturgie eucharistique, l’unité du Peuple de Dieu que ce grand sacrement signifie en perfection et réalise admirablement."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ceux qui s’approchent du sacrement de Pénitence y reçoivent de la miséricorde de Dieu le pardon de l’offense qu’ils lui ont faite et du même coup sont réconciliés avec l’Église que leur péché a blessée et qui, par la charité, l’exemple, les prières, travaille à leur conversion. Par la sainte onction des malades et la prière des prêtres, c’est l’Église tout entière qui recommande les malades au Seigneur souffrant et glorifié, pour qu’il les soulage et les sauve (cf. (cf. Jc 5, 14-16) ; bien mieux, elle les exhorte de s’associer librement à la passion et à la mort du Christ (cf. Rm 8, 17 ; Col 1, 24 ; 2 Tm 2, 11-12 ; 1 P 4, 13) afin d’apporter leur part pour le bien du Peuple de Dieu. Quant à ceux parmi les fidèles qui reçoivent l’honneur de l’ordre sacré, c’est pour être par la parole et la grâce de Dieu les pasteurs de l’Église qu’ils sont institués au nom du Christ. Enfin, par la vertu du sacrement de mariage, qui leur donne de signifier en y participant le mystère de l’unité et de l’amour fécond entre le Christ et l’Église (cf. Ep 5, 32), les époux chrétiens s’aident mutuellement à se sanctifier dans la vie conjugale, par l’accueil et l’éducation des enfants ; en leur état de vie et leur ordre, ils ont ainsi dans le Peuple de Dieu leurs dons propres (cf. 1 Co 7, 7) [21]. De leur union, en effet, procède la famille où naissent des membres nouveaux de la cité des hommes, dont la grâce de l’Esprit Saint fera par le baptême des fils de Dieu pour que le Peuple de Dieu se perpétue tout au long des siècles. Il faut que par la parole et par l’exemple, dans cette sorte d’Église qu’est le foyer, les parents soient pour leurs enfants les premiers hérauts de la foi, au service de la vocation propre de chacun et tout spécialement de la vocation sacrée."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pourvus de moyens salutaires d’une telle abondance et d’une telle grandeur, tous ceux qui croient au Christ, quels que soient leur condition et leur état de vie, sont appelés par Dieu, chacun dans sa route, à une sainteté dont la perfection est celle même du Père."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le sens de la foi et les charismes dans le peuple chrétien"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Peuple saint de Dieu participe aussi de la fonction prophétique du Christ ; il répand son vivant témoignage avant tout par une vie de foi et de charité, il offre à Dieu un sacrifice de louange, le fruit de lèvres qui célèbrent son Nom (cf. He 13, 15). La collectivité des fidèles, ayant l’onction qui vient du Saint (cf. 1 Jn 2, 20.27), ne peut se tromper dans la foi ; ce don particulier qu’elle possède, elle le manifeste moyennant le sens surnaturel de foi qui est celui du peuple tout entier, lorsque, « des évêques jusqu’aux derniers des fidèles laïcs [22] », elle apporte aux vérités concernant la foi et les mœurs un consentement universel. Grâce en effet à ce sens de la foi qui est éveillé et soutenu par l’Esprit de vérité, et sous la conduite du magistère sacré, pourvu qu’il lui obéisse fidèlement, le Peuple de Dieu reçoit non plus une parole humaine, mais véritablement la Parole de Dieu (cf. 1 Th 2, 13), il s’attache indéfectiblement à la foi transmise aux saints une fois pour toutes (cf. Jude 3), il y pénètre plus profondément par un jugement droit et la met plus parfaitement en œuvre dans sa vie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais le même Esprit Saint ne se borne pas à sanctifier le Peuple de Dieu par les sacrements et les ministères, à le conduire et à lui donner l’ornement des vertus, il distribue aussi parmi les fidèles de tous ordres, « répartissant ses dons à son gré en chacun » (1 Co 12, 11), les grâces spéciales qui rendent apte et disponible pour assumer les diverses charges et offices utiles au renouvellement et au développement de l’Église, suivant ce qu’il est dit : « C’est toujours pour le bien commun que le don de l’Esprit se manifeste dans un homme » (1 Co 12, 7). Ces grâces, des plus éclatantes aux plus simples et aux plus largement diffusées, doivent être reçues avec action de grâce et apporter consolation, étant avant tout ajustées aux nécessités de l’Église et destinées à y répondre. Mais les dons extraordinaires ne doivent pas être témérairement recherchés ; ce n’est pas de ce côté qu’il faut espérer présomptueusement le fruit des œuvres apostoliques ; c’est à ceux qui ont la charge de l’Église de porter un jugement sur l’authenticité de ces dons et sur leur usage bien ordonné. C’est à eux qu’il convient spécialement, non pas d’éteindre l’Esprit, mais de tout éprouver pour retenir ce qui est bon (cf. 1 Th 5, 12.19-21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’universalité ou « catholicité » de l’unique Peuple de Dieu"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À faire partie du Peuple de Dieu, tous les hommes sont appelés. C’est pourquoi ce peuple, demeurant uni et unique, est destiné à se dilater aux dimensions de l’univers entier et à toute la suite des siècles pour que s’accomplisse ce que s’est proposé la volonté de Dieu créant à l’origine la nature humaine dans l’unité, et décidant de rassembler enfin dans l’unité ses fils dispersés (cf. Jn 11, 52). C’est dans ce but que Dieu envoya son Fils dont il fit l’héritier de l’univers (cf. He 1, 2), pour être à l’égard de tous Maître, Roi et Prêtre, chef du peuple nouveau et universel des fils de Dieu. C’est pour cela enfin que Dieu envoya l’Esprit de son Fils, l’Esprit souverain et vivifant, qui est, pour l’Église entière, pour tous et chacun des croyants, le principe de leur rassemblement et de leur unité dans la doctrine des Apôtres, et la communion fraternelle, dans la fraction du pain et les prières (cf. Ac 2, 42 grec)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi, l’unique Peuple de Dieu est présent à tous les peuples de la terre, empruntant à tous les peuples ses propres citoyens, citoyens d’un Royaume dont le caractère n’est pas de nature terrestre mais céleste. Tous les fidèles, en effet, dispersés à travers le monde, sont, dans l’Esprit Saint, en communion avec les autres, et, de la sorte « celui qui réside à Rome sait que ceux des Indes sont pour lui un membre [23] ». Mais comme le Royaume du Christ n’est pas de ce monde (cf. Jn 18, 36), l’Église, Peuple de Dieu par qui ce Royaume prend corps, ne retire rien aux richesses temporelles de quelque peuple que ce soit, au contraire, elle sert et assume toutes les capacités, les ressources et les formes de vie des peuples en ce qu’elles ont de bon ; en les assumant, elle les purifie, elle les renforce, elle les élève. Elle se souvient en effet qu’il lui faut faire office de rassembleur avec ce Roi à qui les nations ont été données en héritage (cf. Ps 2, 8) et dans la cité duquel on apporte dons et présents (cf. Ps 71 [72], 10 ; Is 60, 4-7 ; Ap 21, 24). Ce caractère d’universalité qui brille sur le Peuple de Dieu est un don du Seigneur lui-même, grâce auquel l’Église catholique, efficacement et perpétuellement, tend à récapituler l’humanité entière avec tout ce qu’elle comporte de bien sous le Christ chef, dans l’unité de son Esprit [24]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En vertu de cette catholicité, chacune des parties apporte aux autres et à toute l’Église le bénéfice de ses propres dons, en sorte que le tout et chacune des parties s’accroissent par un échange mutuel universel et par un effort commun vers une plénitude dans l’unité. C’est pourquoi le Peuple de Dieu ne se constitue pas seulement par le rassemblement des peuples divers, mais jusqu’en lui-même, il se construit dans la variété des fonctions. En effet, entre ses membres règne une diversité qui est, soit celle des charges, certains exerçant le ministère sacré pour le bien de leurs frères, soit celle de la condition et du mode de vie, beaucoup étant, de par l’état religieux qui leur fait poursuivre la sainteté par une voie plus étroite, un exemple stimulant pour leurs frères. C’est pourquoi encore il existe légitimement, au sein de la communion de l’Église, des Églises particulières jouissant de leurs traditions propres – sans préjudice du primat de la Chaire de Pierre qui préside à l’assemblée universelle de la charité [25], garantit les légitimes diversités et veille à ce que, loin de porter préjudice à l’unité, les particularités, au contraire, lui soient profitables. De là, enfin, entre les diverses parties de l’Église, les liens de communion intime quant aux richesses spirituelles, quant au partage des ouvriers apostoliques et des ressources matérielles. Les membres du Peuple de Dieu sont appelés en effet à partager leurs biens et à chacune des Églises s’appliquent également les paroles de l’Apôtre : « Que chacun mette au service des autres le don qu’il a reçu, comme il sied à de bons dispensateurs de la grâce divine qui est si diverse » (1 P 4, 10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi donc, à cette unité catholique du Peuple de Dieu qui préfigure et promeut la paix universelle, tous les hommes sont appelés ; à cette unité appartiennent sous diverses formes ou sont ordonnés, et les fidèles catholiques et ceux qui, par ailleurs, ont foi dans le Christ, et finalement tous les hommes sans exception que la grâce de Dieu appelle au salut."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les fidèles catholiques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est vers les fidèles catholiques que le saint Concile tourne en premier lieu sa pensée. Appuyé sur la Sainte Écriture et sur la Tradition, il enseigne que cette Église en marche sur la terre est nécessaire au salut. Seul, en effet, le Christ est médiateur et voie de salut : or, il nous devient présent en son Corps qui est l’Église ; et en nous enseignant expressément la nécessité de la foi et du baptême (cf. Mc 16, 16 ; Jn 3, 5), c’est la nécessité de l’Église elle-même, dans laquelle les hommes entrent par la porte du baptême, qu’il nous a confirmée en même temps. C’est pourquoi ceux qui refuseraient soit d’entrer dans l’Église catholique, soit d’y persévérer, alors qu’ils la sauraient fondée de Dieu par Jésus Christ comme nécessaire, ceux-là ne pourraient pas être sauvés."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sont incorporés pleinement à la société qu’est l’Église ceux qui, ayant l’Esprit du Christ, acceptent intégralement son organisation et les moyens de salut qui lui ont été donnés, et qui, en outre, grâce aux liens constitués par la profession de foi, les sacrements, le gouvernement ecclésiastique et la communion, sont unis, dans l’ensemble visible de l’Église, avec le Christ qui la dirige par le Souverain Pontife et les évêques. L’incorporation à l’Église, cependant, n’assurerait pas le salut pour celui qui, faute de persévérer dans la charité, reste bien « de corps » au sein de l’Église, mais pas « de cœur» [26]. Tous les fils de l’Église doivent d’ailleurs se souvenir que la grandeur de leur condition doit être rapportée non à leurs mérites, mais à une grâce particulière du Christ ; s’ils n’y correspondent pas par la pensée, la parole et l’action, ce n’est pas le salut qu’elle leur vaudra, mais un plus sévère jugement [27]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quant aux catéchumènes qui, sous l’action de l’Esprit Saint demandent par un acte explicite de leur volonté à être incorporés à l’Église, par le fait même de ce vœu, ils lui sont unis, et l’Église, maternelle, les enveloppe déjà dans son amour en prenant soin d’eux."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les liens de l’Église avec les chrétiens non catholiques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Avec ceux qui, étant baptisés, portent le beau nom de chrétiens sans professer pourtant intégralement la foi ou sans garder l’unité de la communion sous le Successeur de Pierre, l’Église se sait unie pour de multiples raisons [28]. Il en est beaucoup, en effet, qui tiennent la Sainte Écriture pour leur règle de foi et de vie, manifestent un zèle religieux sincère, croient de tout leur cœur au Dieu Père tout-puissant et au Christ Fils de Dieu et Sauveur [29], sont marqués par le baptême qui les unit au Christ, et même reconnaissent et reçoivent d’autres sacrements dans leurs propres Églises ou dans leurs communautés ecclésiales. Plusieurs d’entre eux jouissent même de l’épiscopat, célèbrent la sainte Eucharistie et entourent de leur piété la Vierge Mère de Dieu [30]. À cela s’ajoute la communion dans la prière et dans les autres bienfaits spirituels, bien mieux, une véritable union dans l’Esprit Saint, qui, par ses dons et ses grâces, opère en eux aussi son action sanctifiante et dont la force a permis à certains d’entre eux d’aller jusqu’à verser leur sang. Ainsi, l’Esprit suscite en tous les disciples du Christ le désir et les initiatives qui tendent à l’union pacifique de tous, suivant la manière que le Christ a voulue, en un troupeau unique sous l’unique Pasteur [31]. À cette fin, l’Église notre Mère ne cesse de prier, d’espérer et d’agir, exhortant ses fils à se purifier et à se renouveler pour que, sur le visage de l’Église, le signe du Christ brille avec plus de clarté."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les non-chrétiens"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfin, pour ceux qui n’ont pas encore reçu l’Évangile, sous des formes diverses, eux aussi sont ordonnés au Peuple de Dieu [32] et, en premier lieu, ce peuple qui reçut les alliances et les promesses, et dont le Christ est issu selon la chair (cf. Rm 9, 4-5), peuple très aimé du point de vue de l’élection, à cause des Pères, car Dieu ne regrette rien de ses dons ni de son appel (cf. Rm 11, 28-29). Mais le dessein de salut enveloppe également ceux qui reconnaissent le Créateur, en tout premier lieu les musulmans qui, professant avoir la foi d’Abraham, adorent avec nous le Dieu unique, miséricordieux, futur juge des hommes au dernier jour. Et même des autres, qui cherchent encore dans les ombres et sous des images un Dieu qu’ils ignorent, de ceux-là mêmes Dieu n’est pas loin, puisque c’est lui qui donne à tous vie, souffle et toutes choses (cf. Ac 17, 25-28), et puisqu’il veut, comme Sauveur, amener tous les hommes au salut (cf. 1 Tm 2, 4). En effet, ceux qui, sans qu’il y ait de leur faute, ignorent l’Évangile du Christ et son Église, mais cherchent pourtant Dieu d’un cœur sincère et s’efforcent, sous l’influence de sa grâce, d’agir de façon à accomplir sa volonté telle que leur conscience la leur révèle et la leur dicte, eux aussi peuvent arriver au salut éternel [33]. À ceux-là mêmes qui, sans faute de leur part, ne sont pas encore parvenus à une connaissance expresse de Dieu, mais travaillent, non sans la grâce divine, à avoir une vie droite, la divine Providence ne refuse pas les secours nécessaires à leur salut. En effet, tout ce qui, chez eux, peut se trouver de bon et de vrai, l’Église le considère comme une préparation évangélique [34] et comme un don de Celui qui illumine tout homme pour que, finalement, il ait la vie. Bien souvent, malheureusement, les hommes, trompés par le démon, se sont égarés dans leurs raisonnements, ils ont délaissé le vrai Dieu pour des êtres de mensonge, servi la créature au lieu du Créateur (cf. Rm 1, 21.25) 21.25) ou bien, vivant et mourant sans Dieu dans ce monde, ils sont exposés aux extrémités du désespoir. C’est pourquoi l’Église, soucieuse de la gloire de Dieu et du salut de tous ces hommes, se souvenant du commandement du Seigneur : « Prêchez l’Évangile à toutes créatures» (Mc 16, 16), met tout son soin à encourager et soutenir les missions."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le caractère missionnaire de l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En effet tout comme il a été envoyé par le Père, le Fils lui-même a envoyé ses Apôtres (cf. Jn 20, 21) en disant : « Allez donc, enseignez toutes les nations, les baptisant au nom du Père et du Fils et du Saint-Esprit, leur apprenant à observer tout ce que je vous ai prescrit. Et moi, je suis avec vous tous les jours jusqu’à la consommation des temps » (Mt 28, 19-20). Ce solennel commandement du Christ d’annoncer la vérité du salut, l’Église l’a reçu des Apôtres pour en poursuivre l’accomplissement jusqu’aux extrémités de la terre (cf. Ac 1, 8). C’est pourquoi elle fait siennes les paroles de l’Apôtre : « Malheur à moi si je ne prêchais pas l’Évangile » (1 Co 9, 16) : elle continue donc inlassablement à envoyer les hérauts de l’Évangile jusqu’à ce que les jeunes Églises soient pleinement établies et en état de poursuivre elles aussi l’œuvre de l’évangélisation. L’Esprit Saint la pousse à coopérer à la réalisation totale du dessein de Dieu qui a fait du Christ le principe du salut pour le monde tout entier. En prêchant l’Évangile, l’Église dispose ceux qui l’entendent à croire et à confesser la foi, elle les prépare au baptême, les arrache à l’esclavage de l’erreur et les incorpore au Christ pour croître en lui par la charité jusqu’à ce que soit atteinte la plénitude. Son activité a le résultat non seulement de ne pas se laisser perdre tout ce qu’il y a de germe de bien dans le cœur et la pensée des hommes ou de leurs rites propres et leur culture ; mais de le guérir, l’élever, l’achever pour la gloire de Dieu, la confusion du démon et le bonheur de l’homme. À tout disciple du Christ incombe pour sa part la charge de l’expansion de la foi [35]. Mais si le baptême peut être donné aux croyants par n’importe qui, c’est aux prêtres cependant qu’il revient de procurer l’édification du Corps par le sacrifice eucharistique en accomplissant les paroles de Dieu quand il dit par la voix du prophète : « De l’Orient jusqu’au couchant, mon Nom est grand parmi les nations, et en tous lieux est offert à mon Nom un sacrifice et une offrande pure » (Ml 1, 11) [36]. Ainsi, l’Église unit prière et travail pour que le monde entier dans tout son être soit transformé en Peuple de Dieu, en Corps du Seigneur et temple du Saint-Esprit, et que soient rendus dans le Christ, chef de tous, au Créateur et Père de l’univers, tout honneur et toute gloire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE III : La constitution hiérarchique et l’épiscopat"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Christ Seigneur, pour assurer au Peuple de Dieu des pasteurs et les moyens de sa croissance, a institué dans son Église divers ministères qui tendent au bien de tout le corps. En effet, les ministres qui disposent du pouvoir sacré sont au service de leurs frères, pour que tous ceux qui appartiennent au Peuple de Dieu et jouissent par conséquent, en toute vérité, de la dignité chrétienne, puissent parvenir au salut, dans leur effort commun, libre et ordonné, vers une même fin."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce saint Concile, s’engageant sur les traces du premier Concile du Vatican, enseigne et déclare avec lui que Jésus Christ, Pasteur éternel, a édifié la sainte Église en envoyant ses Apôtres, comme lui-même avait été envoyé par le Père (cf. Jn 20, 21) ; il a voulu que les successeurs de ces Apôtres, c’est-à-dire les évêques, soient dans l’Église, pasteurs jusqu’à la consommation des siècles. Mais, pour que l’épiscopat lui-même fût un et indivis, il a mis saint Pierre à la tête des autres Apôtres, instituant, dans sa personne, un principe et un fondement perpétuels et visibles d’unité de la foi et de communion [37]. Cette doctrine du primat du Pontife romain et de son infaillible magistère, quant à son institution, à sa perpétuité, à sa force et à sa conception, le saint Concile à nouveau la propose à tous les fidèles comme objet certain de foi. De plus, poursuivant la tâche commencée, il veut, devant tous, énoncer et expliciter la doctrine en ce qui concerne les évêques, successeurs des Apôtres qui, avec le successeur de Pierre, vicaire du Christ [38], et chef visible de toute l’Église, ont charge de diriger la maison du Dieu vivant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’institution des Douze"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Seigneur Jésus, après avoir longuement prié son Père, appela à lui ceux qu’il voulut et en institua douze pour en faire ses compagnons et les envoyer prêcher le Royaume de Dieu (cf. Mc 3, 13-19 ; Mt 10, 1-42) ; à cette institution des Apôtres (cf. Lc 6, 13), il donna la forme d’un collège, c’est-à-dire d’un groupe stable, et mit à leur tête Pierre, choisi parmi eux (cf. Jn 21, 15-17). Il les envoya aux fils d’Israël d’abord et à toutes les nations (cf. Rm 1, 16) pour que, participant à son pouvoir, ils fassent de tous les peuples ses disciples, pour qu’ils les sanctifient et les gouvernent (cf. Mt 28, 16-20 ; Mc 16, 15 ; Lc 24, 45-48 ; Jn 20, 21-23), propageant ainsi l’Église et remplissant à son égard, sous la conduite du Seigneur, le service pastoral tous les jours jusqu’à la consommation des siècles (cf. Mt 28, 20). Le jour de Pentecôte, ils furent pleinement confirmés dans cette mission (cf. Ac 2, 1-26), selon la promesse du Seigneur : « Vous recevrez une force, celle de l’Esprit Saint qui descendra sur vous, et vous serez mes témoins à Jérusalem, dans toute la Judée et la Samarie et jusqu’aux extrémités de la terre » (Ac 1, 8). En prêchant partout l’Évangile (cf. Mc 16, 20), accueilli par ceux qui l’écoutent grâce à l’action de l’Esprit Saint, les Apôtres rassemblent l’Église universelle que le Seigneur a fondée en ses Apôtres et bâtie sur le bienheureux Pierre, leur chef, le Christ Jésus étant lui-même la pierre suprême d’assise (cf. Ap 21, 14 ; Mt 16, 18 ; Ep 2, 20) [39]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques, successeurs des Apôtres"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La mission divine confiée par le Christ aux Apôtres est destinée à durer jusqu’à la fin des siècles (cf. Mt 28, 20), étant donné que l’Évangile qu’ils doivent transmettre est pour l’Église principe de toute sa vie, pour toute la durée du temps. C’est pourquoi les Apôtres prirent soin d’instituer, dans cette société hiérarchiquement ordonnée, des successeurs."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En effet, ils n’eurent pas seulement pour leur ministère des auxiliaires divers [40], mais, pour que la mission qui leur avait été confiée pût se continuer après leur mort, ils donnèrent mandat, comme par testament, à leurs coopérateurs immédiats d’achever leur tâche et d’affermir l’œuvre commencée par eux [41], leur recommandant de prendre garde à tout le troupeau dans lequel l’Esprit Saint les avait institués pour paître l’Église de Dieu (cf. Ac 20, 28). Ils instituèrent donc des hommes, de ce genre, leur donnant pour la suite charge d’ordonner qu’après leur mort des hommes éprouvés recueillent leur ministère [42]. Parmi les différents ministères qui s’exercent dans l’Église depuis les premiers temps, la première place, au témoignage de la Tradition, appartient à la fonction de ceux qui, établis dans l’épiscopat, dont la ligne se continue depuis les origines [43], sont les instruments* de transmission de la semence apostolique [44]. Ainsi, selon le témoignage de saint Irénée, c’est la Tradition apostolique qui se manifeste [45] et se conserve dans le monde entier par ceux que les Apôtres ont faits évêques et par leurs successeurs jusqu’à nous [46]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi donc, les évêques ont reçu, pour l’exercer avec l’aide des prêtres et des diacres, le ministère de la communauté [47]. Ils président à la place de Dieu le troupeau [48], dont ils sont les pasteurs, par le magistère doctrinal, le sacerdoce du culte sacré, le ministère du gouvernement [49]. De même que la charge confiée personnellement par le Seigneur à Pierre, le premier des Apôtres, et destinée à être transmise à ses successeurs, constitue une charge permanente, permanente est également la charge confiée aux Apôtres d’être les pasteurs de l’Église, charge à exercer sans interruption par l’ordre sacré des évêques [50]. C’est pourquoi le saint Concile enseigne que les évêques, en vertu de l’institution divine, succèdent aux Apôtres [51], comme pasteurs de l’Église, en sorte que, qui les écoute, écoute le Christ, qui les rejette, rejette le Christ et celui qui a envoyé le Christ (cf. Lc 10, 16) [52]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La sacramentalité de l’épiscopat"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi donc en la personne des évêques assistés des prêtres, c’est le Seigneur Jésus Christ, Pontife suprême, qui est présent au milieu des croyants. Assis à la droite de Dieu le Père, il ne fait pas défaut au corps des pontifes [53]. C’est par eux en tout premier lieu, par leur service éminent, qu’il prêche la Parole de Dieu à toutes les nations et administre continuellement aux croyants les sacrements de la foi ; c’est par leur paternelle fonction (cf. 1 Co 4, 15) qu’il intègre à son Corps par la régénération surnaturelle des membres nouveaux ; c’est enfin par leur sagesse et leur prudence qu’il dirige et oriente le peuple du Nouveau Testament dans son pèlerinage vers l’éternelle béatitude. Choisis comme pasteurs pour paître le troupeau du Seigneur, ils sont les ministres du Christ et les dispensateurs des mystères de Dieu (cf. 1 Co 4, 1). À eux a été confiée la charge de rendre témoignage de l’Évangile de la grâce de Dieu (cf. Rm 15, 16 ; Ac 20, 24) et d’exercer le ministère glorieux de l’Esprit et de la justice dans la gloire (cf. 2 Co 3, 8-9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour remplir de si hautes charges, les Apôtres furent enrichis par le Christ d’une effusion de l’Esprit Saint descendant sur eux (cf. Ac 1, 8 ; 2, 4 ; Jn 20, 22-23) ; eux-mêmes, par l’imposition des mains, transmirent à leurs collaborateurs le don spirituel (cf. 1 Tm 4, 14 ; 2 Tm 1, 6-7) qui s’est communiqué jusqu’à nous à travers la consécration épiscopale. Le saint Concile enseigne que, par la consécration épiscopale [54], est conférée la plénitude du sacrement de l’Ordre, que la coutume liturgique de l’Église et la voix des saints Pères désignent en effet sous le nom de sacerdoce suprême, la réalité totale du ministère sacré [55]. La consécration épiscopale, en même temps que la charge de sanctification, confère aussi les charges d’enseigner et de gouverner, lesquelles cependant, de par leur nature, ne peuvent s’exercer que dans la communion hiérarchique avec le chef du collège et ses membres. En effet, la Tradition qui s’exprime surtout par les rites liturgiques et par l’usage de l’Église, tant orientale qu’occidentale, montre à l’évidence que par l’imposition des mains et les paroles de la consécration, la grâce de l’Esprit Saint est donnée [56] et le caractère sacré imprimé [57], de telle sorte que les évêques, d’une façon éminente et patente, tiennent la place du Christ lui-même, Maître, Pasteur et Pontife et agissent en sa personne [58]. Aux évêques, il revient d’introduire, par le sacrement de l’Ordre, de nouveaux élus dans le corps épiscopal."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le collège épiscopal et son chef"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De même que saint Pierre et les autres Apôtres constituent, de par l’institution du Seigneur, un seul collège apostolique, semblablement le Pontife romain, successeur de Pierre et les évêques successeurs des Apôtres, forment entre eux un tout. Déjà la plus antique discipline en vertu de laquelle les évêques établis dans le monde entier vivaient en communion entre eux et avec l’évêque de Rome par le lien de l’unité, de la charité et de la paix [59], et de même la réunion de Conciles [60], où l’on décidait en commun de toutes les questions les plus importantes [61], par une décision que l’avis de l’ensemble permettait d’équilibrer [62], tout cela signifie le caractère et la nature collégiale de l’ordre épiscopal ; elle se trouve manifestement prouvée par le fait des Conciles œcuméniques tenus tout le long des siècles. On la trouve évoquée dans l’usage qui s’est introduit de très bonne heure d’appeler plusieurs évêques pour coopérer à l’élévation d’un nouvel élu au ministère sacerdotal le plus élevé. C’est en vertu de la consécration sacramentelle et par la communion hiérarchique avec le chef du collège et ses membres que quelqu’un est fait membre du corps épiscopal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais le collège ou corps épiscopal n’a d’autorité que si on l’entend comme uni au Pontife romain, successeur de Pierre, comme à son chef et sans préjudice pour le pouvoir du primat qui s’étend à tous, pasteurs et fidèles. En effet, le Pontife romain a sur l’Église, en vertu de sa charge de Vicaire du Christ et de Pasteur de toute l’Église, un pouvoir plénier, suprême et universel qu’il peut toujours exercer librement. L’ordre des évêques, qui succède au collège apostolique dans le magistère et le gouvernement pastoral, bien mieux dans lequel le corps apostolique se perpétue sans interruption constitue, lui aussi, en union avec le Pontife romain, son chef, et jamais en dehors de ce chef, le sujet du pouvoir suprême et plénier sur toute l’Église [63], pouvoir cependant qui ne peut s’exercer qu’avec le consentement du Pontife romain. Le Seigneur a fait du seul Simon la pierre de son Église, à lui seul il en a remis les clés (cf. Mt 16, 18-19) ; il l’a institué pasteur de tout son troupeau (cf. Jn 21, 15 s.), mais cette charge de lier et de délier qui a été donnée à Pierre (Mt 16, 19) a été aussi donnée, sans aucun doute, au collège des Apôtres unis à son chef (Mt 18, 18 ; 28, 16-20) [64]. Par sa composition multiple, ce collège exprime, par son rassemblement sous un seul chef, l’unité du troupeau du Christ. Dans ce collège, les évêques, fidèles à observer le primat et l’autorité de leur chef, jouissent pour le bien de leurs fidèles et même de toute l’Église, d’un pouvoir propre, l’Esprit Saint assurant par l’action continue de sa force, la structure et la concorde dans l’organisme. Le pouvoir suprême dont jouit ce collège à l’égard de l’Église universelle s’exerce solennellement dans le Concile œcuménique. Il n’y a point de Concile œcuménique s’il n’est pas comme tel confirmé ou tout au moins accepté par le successeur de Pierre : au Pontife romain appartient la prérogative de convoquer ces conciles, de les présider et de les confirmer [65]. Le pouvoir collégial peut être exercé en union avec le pape par les évêques résidant sur la surface de la terre, pourvu que le chef du collège les appelle à agir collégialement ou du moins qu’il donne à cette action commune des évêques dispersés son approbation ou sa libre acceptation pour en faire un véritable acte collégial."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les relations à l’intérieur du collège"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’unité collégiale apparaît aussi dans les relations mutuelles de chacun des évêques avec les Églises particulières et avec l’Église universelle. Le pontife romain, comme successeur de Pierre, est le principe perpétuel et visible et le fondement de l’unité qui lie entre eux soit les évêques, soit la multitude des fidèles [66]. Les évêques sont, chacun pour sa part, le principe et le fondement de l’unité dans leurs Églises particulières [67] ; celles-ci sont formées à l’image de l’Église universelle, c’est en elles et par elles qu’existe l’Église catholique une et unique [68]. C’est pourquoi chaque évêque représente son Église, et, tous ensemble, avec le pape, représentent l’Église universelle dans le lien de la paix, de l’amour et de l’unité."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques, pris à part, placés à la tête de chacune des Églises particulières, exercent leur autorité pastorale sur la portion du Peuple de Dieu qui leur a été confiée, et non sur les autres Églises ni sur l’Église universelle. Mais, comme membres du collège épiscopal et légitimes successeurs des Apôtres, ils sont tous tenus, à l’égard de l’Église universelle, de par l’institution et le précepte du Christ, à cette sollicitude [69] qui est, pour l’Église universelle, éminemment profitable, même si elle ne s’exerce pas par un acte de juridiction. Tous les évêques, en effet, doivent promouvoir et servir l’unité de la foi et la discipline commune de l’ensemble de l’Église, former les fidèles à l’amour envers tout le Corps mystique du Christ, surtout envers ses membres pauvres, souffrants, et envers ceux qui souffrent persécution pour la justice (cf. Mt 5, 10), ils doivent enfin promouvoir toute l’activité qui est commune à l’ensemble de l’Église, surtout en vue du progrès de la foi et pour que la lumière de la pleine vérité se lève sur tous les hommes. D’ailleurs, il est bien établi que, en gouvernant leur propre Église comme une portion de l’Église universelle, ils contribuent efficacement au bien de tout le Corps mystique qui est aussi le Corps des Églises [70]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le soin d’annoncer l’Évangile sur toute la terre revient au corps des pasteurs : à eux tous, en commun, le Christ a donné mandat en leur imposant un devoir commun, selon ce que déjà le pape Célestin rappelait aux Pères du Concile d’Ephèse [71]. C’est pourquoi les évêques, chacun pour sa part, dans toute la mesure où l’accomplissement de sa propre charge le lui permet, doivent accepter d’entrer en communauté d’effort entre eux et avec le successeur de Pierre, à qui a été confiée, à titre singulier, la charge considérable de propager le nom chrétien [72]. C’est pourquoi ils doivent, de toutes leurs forces, contribuer à fournir aux missions, et des ouvriers de la moisson et les secours spirituels et matériels, tant par eux-mêmes directement qu’en suscitant la fervente coopération des fidèles. Il faut enfin que les évêques se prêtent volontiers, selon l’antique et vénérable exemple, à fournir, dans la communion universelle de la charité, un secours fraternel aux autres Églises, surtout les plus proches et les plus dépourvues."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La divine Providence a voulu que les Églises diverses établies en divers lieux par les Apôtres et leurs successeurs se rassemblent au cours des temps en plusieurs groupes organiquement réunis, qui, sans préjudice pour l’unité de la foi et pour l’unique constitution divine de l’Église universelle, jouissent de leur propre discipline, de leur propre usage liturgique, de leur patrimoine théologique et spirituel. Certaines, parmi elles, notamment les antiques Églises patriarcales, jouèrent le rôle de sources de foi en engendrant d’autres Églises, comme leurs filles, avec lesquelles, jusqu’aujourd’hui, un lien plus étroit de charité les relie dans la vie sacramentelle et dans le respect mutuel des droits et des devoirs [73]. Cette variété des Églises locales montre avec plus d’éclat, par leur convergence dans l’unité, la catholicité de l’Église indivise. De même, les Conférences épiscopales peuvent, aujourd’hui, contribuer de façons multiples et fécondes à ce que le sentiment collégial se réalise concrètement."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le ministère épiscopal"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques étant successeurs des Apôtres reçoivent du Seigneur, à qui tout pouvoir a été donné dans le ciel et sur la terre, la mission d’enseigner toutes les nations et de prêcher l’Évangile à toute créature, afin que tous les hommes, par la foi, le baptême et l’accomplissement des commandements, obtiennent le salut (cf. Mt 28, 18 ; Mc 16, 15- 16 ; Ac 26, 17 s.). Pour remplir cette mission, le Christ Seigneur a promis aux Apôtres l’Esprit Saint, et, le jour de Pentecôte, l’a envoyé du ciel pour que, grâce à sa vertu, les Apôtres soient ses témoins jusqu’à l’extrémité de la terre devant les nations, les peuples et les rois (cf. Ac 1, 8 ; 2, 1 s. ; 9, 15). Cette charge, confiée par le Seigneur aux pasteurs de son peuple, est un véritable service : dans la Sainte Écriture, il est appelé expressément « diakonia » ou ministère (cf. Ac 1, 17.25 ; 21, 19 ; Rm 11, 13 ; 1 Tm 1, 12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La mission canonique des évêques peut être donnée, soit par le moyen des coutumes légitimes que le pouvoir suprême et universel de l’Église n’a pas révoquées, ou par le moyen des lois que cette même autorité a portées ou reconnues, ou directement par le successeur de Pierre lui-même ; si celui-ci s’y oppose ou refuse la communion apostolique, les évêques ne peuvent pas être mis en charge [74]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La fonction d’enseignement des évêques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parmi les charges principales des évêques, la prédication de l’Évangile est la première [75]. Les évêques sont, en effet, les hérauts de la foi, amenant au Christ de nouveaux disciples, et les docteurs authentiques, c’est-à-dire pourvus de l’autorité du Christ, prêchant au peuple qui leur est confié la foi qui doit régler leur pensée et leur conduite, faisant rayonner cette foi sous la lumière de l’Esprit Saint, dégageant du trésor de la Révélation le neuf et l’ancien (cf. Mt 13, 52), faisant fructifier la foi, attentifs à écarter toutes les erreurs qui menacent leur troupeau (cf. 2 Tm 4, 1-4). Les évêques qui enseignent en communion avec le Pontife romain ont droit, de la part de tous, au respect qui convient à des témoins de la vérité divine et catholique ; les fidèles doivent s’attacher à la pensée que leurs évêques expriment, au nom du Christ, en matière de foi et de mœurs, et ils doivent lui donner l’assentiment religieux de leur esprit. Cet assentiment religieux de la volonté et de l’intelligence est dû, à un titre singulier, au Souverain Pontife en son magistère authentique, même lorsqu’il ne parle pas ex cathedra, ce qui implique la reconnaissance respectueuse de son suprême magistère, et l’adhésion sincère à ses affirmations, en conformité à ce qu’il manifeste de sa pensée et de sa volonté et que l’on peut déduire en particulier du caractère des documents, ou de l’insistance à proposer une certaine doctrine, ou de la manière même de s’exprimer."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quoique les évêques, pris un à un, ne jouissent pas de la prérogative de l’infaillibilité, cependant, lorsque, même dispersés à travers le monde, mais gardant entre eux et avec le successeur de Pierre le lien de la communion, ils s’accordent pour enseigner authentiquement qu’une doctrine concernant la foi et les mœurs s’impose de manière absolue, alors, c’est la doctrine du Christ qu’infailliblement ils expriment [76]. La chose est encore plus manifeste quand, dans le Concile œcuménique qui les rassemble, ils font, pour l’ensemble de l’Église, en matière de foi et de mœurs, acte de docteurs et de juges, aux définitions desquels il faut adhérer dans l’obéissance de la foi [77]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette infaillibilité, dont le divin Rédempteur a voulu pourvoir son Église pour définir la doctrine concernant la foi et les mœurs, s’étend aussi loin que le dépôt lui-même de la Révélation divine à conserver saintement et à exposer fidèlement. De cette in faillibilité, le Pontife romain, chef du collège des évêques, jouit du fait même de sa charge quand, en tant que pasteur et docteur suprême de tous les fidèles, et chargé de confirmer ses frères dans la foi (cf. Lc 22, 32) , il proclame, par un acte définitif, un point de doctrine touchant la foi et les mœurs [78]. C’est pourquoi les définitions qu’il prononce sont dites, à juste titre, irréformables par elles-mêmes et non en vertu du consentement de l’Église, étant prononcées sous l’assistance du Saint-Esprit à lui promise en la personne de saint Pierre, n’ayant pas besoin, par conséquent, d’une approbation d’autrui, de même qu’elles ne peuvent comporter d’appel à un autre jugement. Alors, en effet, le Pontife romain ne prononce pas une sentence en tant que personne privée, mais il expose et défend la doctrine de la foi catholique [79], en tant qu’il est, à l’égard de l’Église universelle, le maître suprême en qui réside, à titre singulier, le charisme d’infaillibilité qui est celui de l’Église elle-même. L’infaillibilité promise à l’Église réside aussi dans le corps des évêques quand il exerce son magistère suprême en union avec le successeur de Pierre. À ces définitions, l’assentiment de l’Église ne peut jamais faire défaut, étant donné l’action du même Esprit Saint qui conserve et fait progresser le troupeau entier du Christ dans l’unité de la foi [80]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lorsque le Pontife romain, ou le corps des évêques avec lui, porte une définition, ils le font conformément à la Révélation elle-même à laquelle tous doivent se tenir et se conformer, Révélation qui est transmise intégralement, sous forme écrite ou par tradition, par la succession légitime des évêques, et, avant tout, par le soin du Pontife romain lui-même ; cette Révélation à la lumière de l’Esprit de vérité est scrupuleusement conservée dans l’Église et fidèlement présentée [81]. Le Pontife romain et les évêques s’appliquent avec zèle à scruter consciencieusement et à énoncer correctement cette Révélation, dans la conscience de leur devoir et de la gravité de la chose, en ayant recours aux moyens appropriés [82] ; mais ils ne reçoivent, comme appartenant au dépôt divin de la foi, aucune nouvelle révélation publique [83]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La fonction de sanctification des évêques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’évêque, revêtu de la plénitude du sacrement de l’Ordre, porte « la responsabilité de dispenser la grâce du suprême sacerdoce [84] », en particulier dans l’Eucharistie qu’il offre lui-même ou dont il assure l’oblation [85], et d’où vient à l’Église continuellement vie et croissance. Cette Église du Christ est vraiment présente en toutes les légitimes assemblées locales de fidèles qui, unies à leurs pasteurs, reçoivent, dans le Nouveau Testament, eux aussi, le nom d’Églises [86]. Elles sont, en effet, chacune à sa place, le peuple nouveau appelé par Dieu dans l’Esprit Saint et dans une grande assurance (cf. 1 Th 1, 5). En elles, les fidèles sont rassemblés par la prédication de l’Évangile du Christ, le mystère de la Cène du Seigneur est célébré « pour que, par le moyen de la Chair et du Sang du Seigneur, se resserre, en un seul Corps, toute la fraternité [87] ». Chaque fois que la communauté de l’autel se réalise, en dépendance du ministère sacré de l’évêque [88], se manifeste le symbole de cette charité et « de cette unité du Corps mystique sans laquelle le salut n’est pas possible [89] ». Dans ces communautés, si petites et pauvres qu’elles puissent être souvent ou dispersées, le Christ est présent par la vertu duquel se constitue l’Église une, sainte, catholique et apostolique [90]. Car « la participation au Corps et au Sang du Christ n’a pas d’autre effet que de nous transformer en ce que nous recevons [91] »."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais toute célébration légitime de l’Eucharistie est dirigée par l’évêque à qui a été confiée la charge de présenter à la Majesté divine le culte de la religion chrétienne, de le régler selon les préceptes du Seigneur et selon les lois de l’Église, auxquelles il apporte, pour son diocèse, par son jugement particulier, les déterminations ultérieures."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aussi, les évêques, en priant et travaillant pour leur peuple, répandent sur lui en abondance et sous des formes diverses ce qui vient de la plénitude de la sainteté du Christ. Par le ministère de la Parole, ils communiquent aux croyants, en vue de leur sa lut (cf. Rm 1, 16), la vertu de Dieu et, par les sacrements dont ils organisent, par leur autorité, la distribution régulière et féconde [92], ils sanctifient les fidèles. Ils règlent la célébration du baptême, où est donnée participation au sacerdoce royal du Christ. Ils sont les ministres originaires de la confirmation ; ce sont eux qui donnent les saints ordres et règlent la discipline de la pénitence et s’emploient avec zèle, par l’exhortation et l’instruction, à ce que leurs peuples prennent, dans la foi et le respect, la part qui est la leur dans la liturgie et surtout dans le saint sacrifice de la messe. Ils doivent enfin donner à ceux à la tête desquels ils sont placés, le bénéfice de leur exemple, s’abstenant dans leur conduite de tout ce qui est mal, et réformant leur conduite autant qu’ils le peuvent, avec l’aide de Dieu, dans le sens du bien, en sorte qu’ils puissent parvenir, avec le troupeau qui leur est confié, jusqu’à la vie éternelle [93]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La fonction de gouvernement des évêques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chargés des Églises particulières qui leur sont confiées, les évêques les dirigent [94] comme vicaires et légats du Christ, par leurs conseils, leurs encouragements, leurs exemples, mais aussi par leur autorité et par l’exercice du pouvoir sacré, dont l’usage cependant ne leur appartient qu’en vue de l’édification en vérité et en sainteté de leur troupeau, se souvenant que celui qui est le plus grand doit se faire le plus petit, et celui qui commande, le serviteur (cf. Lc 22, 26-27)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce pouvoir qu’ils exercent personnellement au nom du Christ est un pouvoir propre, ordinaire et immédiat : il est soumis cependant dans son exercice à la régulation dernière qui lui vient de l’autorité suprême de l’Église et, en considération de l’utilité de l’Église ou des fidèles, il peut être, par cette autorité, resserré en certaines limites. En vertu de ce pouvoir, les évêques ont le droit sacré, et devant Dieu le devoir, de porter des lois obligatoires pour leurs sujets, de rendre les jugements et de régler tout ce qui concerne l’ordre du culte et de l’apostolat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La charge pastorale, c’est-à-dire le soin habituel et quotidien de leurs brebis, leur est pleinement remise ; on ne doit pas les considérer comme les vicaires des Pontifes romains, car ils exercent un pouvoir qui leur est propre et, en toute vérité, sont, pour les peuples qu’ils dirigent, des chefs [95]. Ainsi, leur pouvoir n’est nullement effacé par le pouvoir suprême et universel ; au contraire, il est affermi, renforcé et défendu par lui [96], la forme établie par le Christ Seigneur pour le gouvernement de son Église étant indéfectiblement assurée par l’Esprit Saint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Envoyé par le père de famille pour gouverner les siens, l’évêque doit garder devant ses yeux l’exemple du bon Pasteur venu, non pas pour se faire servir, mais servir (cf. Mt 20, 28 ; Mc 10, 45), et donner sa vie pour ses brebis (cf. Jn 10, 11). Pris parmi les hommes et enveloppé de faiblesse, il peut se montrer indulgent envers les ignorants et les égarés (cf. He 5, 1-2). Qu’il ne répugne pas à écouter ceux qui dépendent de lui, les entourant comme de vrais fils et les exhortant à travailler avec lui dans l’allégresse. Appelé à rendre compte à Dieu de leurs âmes (cf. He 13, 17), que sa sollicitude s’étende, par la prière, la prédication et toutes les œuvres de charité, soit à eux, soit également à ceux qui ne sont pas encore de l’unique troupeau et qu’il doit considérer comme lui étant confiés dans le Seigneur. Étant comme l’apôtre Paul débiteur à l’égard de tous, qu’il soit prompt à annoncer l’Évangile à tous (cf. Rm 1, 14-15) en engageant tous ses fidèles à une activité apostolique et missionnaire. Quant aux fidèles, ils doivent s’attacher à leur évêque comme l’Église à Jésus Christ et comme Jésus Christ à son Père, afin que toutes choses conspirent dans l’unité [97] et soient fécondes pour la gloire de Dieu (cf. 2 Co 4, 15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les prêtres dans leur relation au Christ, aux évêques, au presbyterium et au peuple chrétien"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Christ, que le Père a consacré et envoyé dans le monde (Jn 10, 36) , a fait les évêques successeurs des Apôtres et, par ces Apôtres eux-mêmes, participants de sa consécration et de sa mission [98]. À leur tour, les évêques ont transmis légitimement dans l’Église la charge de leur ministère selon divers degrés à divers sujets. C’est ainsi que le ministère ecclésiastique, institué par Dieu, est exercé dans la diversité des ordres par ceux que déjà depuis l’Antiquité on appelle évêques, prêtres, diacres [99]. Tout en n’ayant pas la charge suprême du pontificat et tout en dépendant des évêques dans l’exercice de leurs pouvoirs, les prêtres leur sont cependant unis dans la dignité sacerdotale [100] ; et par la vertu du sacrement de l’Ordre [101], à l’image du Christ prêtre suprême et éternel (He 5, 1-10 ; 7, 24 ; 9, 11-28), ils sont consacrés pour prêcher l’Évangile et pour être les pasteurs des fidèles et célébrer le culte divin en vrais prêtres du Nouveau Testament [102]. Participant, à leur niveau de ministère, de la charge de l’unique Médiateur qui est le Christ (1 Tm 2, 5), ils annoncent à tous la Parole de Dieu. C’est dans le culte ou synaxe eucharistique que s’exerce par excellence leur charge sacrée : là, agissant en la personne du Christ [103] et proclamant son mystère, ils réunissent les vœux des fidèles au sacrifice de leur chef, représentant et appliquant dans le sacrifice de la messe, jusqu’à ce que le Seigneur vienne (cf. 1 Co 11, 26), l’unique sacrifice du Nouveau Testament, celui du Christ s’offrant une fois pour toutes à son Père en victime immaculée (cf. He 9, 11-28) [104]. En faveur des fidèles pénitents ou malades, ils remplissent, à un titre éminent, le ministère de la réconciliation et du soulagement ; ils présentent à Dieu le Père les besoins et les prières des fidèles (cf. He 5, 1-4). Exerçant, pour la part d’autorité qui est la leur, la charge du Christ, pasteur et chef [105], ils rassemblent la famille de Dieu, fraternité qui n’a qu’une âme [106], et, par le Christ, dans l’Esprit, ils la conduisent à Dieu le Père. Ils rendent à Dieu le Père, au milieu de leur troupeau, l’adoration en esprit et en vérité (cf. Jn 4, 24). Enfin, ils peinent à la parole et à l’enseignement (cf. 1 Tm 5, 17), croyant ce qu’ils lisent et méditent dans la loi du Seigneur, enseignant ce qu’ils croient, pratiquant ce qu’ils enseignent [107]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coopérateurs avisés de l’ordre épiscopal [108] dont ils sont l’aide et l’instrument, appelés à servir le Peuple de Dieu, les prêtres constituent, avec leur évêque, un seul presbyterium [109] aux fonctions diverses. En chaque lieu où se trouve une communauté de fidèles, ils rendent d’une certaine façon présent l’évêque auquel ils sont associés d’un cœur confiant et généreux, assumant pour leur part ses charges et sa sollicitude, et les mettant en œuvre dans leur souci quotidien des fidèles. Sanctifiant et dirigeant, sous l’autorité de l’évêque, la portion du troupeau du Seigneur qui leur est confiée, c’est l’Église universelle qu’ils rendent visible aux lieux où ils sont, et c’est le Corps entier du Christ à l’édification duquel (cf. Ep 4, 12) ils contribuent efficacement. Sans cesse tendus vers ce qui est le bien des fils de Dieu, ils doivent mettre leur zèle à contribuer aussi à l’œuvre pastorale du diocèse entier, bien mieux, de toute l’Église. En raison de cette participation au sacerdoce et à la mission de leur évêque, les prêtres doivent reconnaître en lui leur père et lui obéir respectueusement. L’évêque, lui, doit considérer les prêtres, ses coopérateurs, comme des fils et des amis, tout comme le Christ appelle ses disciples non plus serviteurs, mais amis (cf. Jn 15, 15). Tous les prêtres, par conséquent, tant diocésains que religieux, en raison de l’ordre et du ministère, sont articulés sur le corps des évêques et, selon leur vocation et leur grâce, sont au service du bien de l’Église entière."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Une intime fraternité lie entre eux tous les prêtres en raison de la communauté d’ordination et de mission : cette fraternité doit se manifester spontanément et volontiers sous forme d’aide mutuelle, tant spirituelle que matérielle, tant pastorale que personnelle, dans les réunions et la communion de vie, de travail et de charité. De leurs fidèles, qu’ils ont engendrés spirituellement par le baptême et l’enseignement (cf. 1 Co 4, 15 ; 1 P 1, 23), les prêtres doivent avoir, dans le Christ, un souci paternel. Se faisant généreusement l’exemple du troupeau (1 P 5, 3), ils doivent diriger et servir leurs communautés locales, de telle sorte qu’elles puissent être dignes de recevoir le nom qui marque l’unique Peuple de Dieu en sa totalité : l’Église de Dieu (cf. 1 Co 1, 2 ; 2 Co 1, 1 ; et passim). Qu’ils se souviennent qu’ils doivent, par leur comportement quotidien et dans leur sollicitude, montrer aux fidèles et aux infidèles, aux catholiques et aux non-catholiques, le visage d’un ministère vraiment sacerdotal et pastoral, et rendre à tous le témoignage de la vérité et de la vie ; être également comme de bons pasteurs en quête (cf. Lc 15, 4-7) de ceux qui, malgré le baptême reçu dans l’Église catholique, ont abandonné la pratique des sacrements ou même la foi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Et comme le genre humain, aujourd’hui de plus en plus, tend à l’unité civile, économique et sociale, les prêtres ont le devoir d’autant plus pressant d’unir leurs préoccupations et leurs moyens sous la conduite des évêques et du Souverain Pontife, pour écarter toute forme de division et amener le genre humain tout entier à l’unité de la famille de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les diacres"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Au degré inférieur de la hiérarchie se trouvent les diacres auxquels on a imposé les mains « non pas en vue du sacerdoce, mais en vue du ministère [110] ». La grâce sacramentelle, en effet, leur donne la force nécessaire pour servir le Peuple de Dieu dans la « diaconie » de la liturgie, de la parole et de la charité, en communion avec l’évêque et son presbyterium. Selon les dispositions à prendre par l’autorité qualifiée, il appartient aux diacres d’administrer solennellement le baptême, de conserver et de distribuer l’Eucharistie, d’assister, au nom de l’Église, au mariage et de le bénir, de porter le viatique aux mourants, de donner lecture aux fidèles de la Sainte Écriture, d’instruire et exhorter le peuple, de présider au culte et à la prière des fidèles, d’être ministres des sacramentaux, de présider aux rites funèbres et à la sépulture. Consacrés aux offices de charité et d’administration, les diacres ont à se souvenir de l’avertissement de saint Polycarpe : « Être miséricordieux, zélés, marcher selon la vérité du Seigneur qui s’est fait le serviteur de tous [111]. »"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comme la discipline actuellement en vigueur dans l'Eglise latine rend difficile, en plusieurs régions, l'accomplissement extrêmement nécessaire à la vie de l'Eglise, le diaconat pourra, dans l'avenir, être rétabli en tant que degré propre et permanent de la hiérarchie. C'est à la compétence des groupements territoriaux d'évêques, sous leurs formes diverses, qu'il appartient, avec l'approbation du Souverain Pontife, de décider de l'opportunité, quant aux principes et quant aux lieux, et pour le soin des âmes, de l'institution de ces diacres. Si le Pontife romain y consent, ce diaconat pourra être conféré à des hommes mûrs, même mariés, ainsi qu'à des jeunes gens aptes à cet office, mais pour lesquels la loi du célibat doit demeurer ferme."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE IV : Les laïcs"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le saint Concile, ayant précisé les fonctions de la hiérarchie, se plaît à tourner sa pensée vers la condition de ces chrétiens qui portent le nom de laïcs. Si, en effet, tout ce qui a été dit du Peuple de Dieu concerne à titre égal laïcs, religieux et clercs, cependant aux laïcs, hommes et femmes, en raison de leur condition et de leur mission, reviennent en particulier un certain nombre de choses dont les circonstances spéciales à notre temps obligent d’étudier de plus près les fondements. Les pasteurs sacrés savent bien l’importance de la contribution des laïcs au bien de l’Église entière. Ils savent qu’ils n’ont pas été eux-mêmes institués par le Christ pour assumer à eux seuls tout l’ensemble de la mission salutaire de l’Église à l’égard du monde, leur tâche magnifique consistant à comprendre leur mission de pasteurs à l’égard des fidèles et à reconnaître les services et les charismes propres à ceux-ci, de telle sorte que tout le monde à sa façon et dans l’unité apporte son concours à l’œuvre commune. « Il faut, en effet, que tous, par la pratique d’une charité sincère, nous grandissions de toutes manières vers celui qui est la tête, le Christ dont le corps tout entier, grâce à tous les ligaments qui le desservent, tire cohésion et unité et, par l’activité assignée à chacun de ses organes, opère sa propre croissance pour s’édifier lui-même dans la charité» (Ep 4, 15-16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qui est visé ici par le terme « laïc »?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sous le nom de laïcs, on entend ici tous les fidèles, en dehors des membres de l’ordre sacré et de l’état religieux reconnu dans l’Église qui, étant incorporés au Christ par le baptême, intégrés au Peuple de Dieu, et participants à leur manière de la fonction sacerdotale, prophétique et royale du Christ, exercent pour leur part, dans l’Église et dans le monde, la mission qui est celle de tout le peuple chrétien."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le caractère séculier est le caractère propre et particulier des laïcs. En effet, les membres de l’ordre sacré bien qu’ils puissent se trouver engagés dans les choses du siècle, même en exerçant une profession séculière, restent, en raison de leur vocation particulière, principalement et expressément ordonnés au ministère sacré ; les religieux, de leur côté, en vertu de leur état, attestent d’une manière éclatante et exceptionnelle que lemonde ne peut se transfigurer et être offert à Dieu en dehors de l’esprit des Béatitudes. La vocation propre des laïcs consiste à chercher le règne de Dieu précisément à travers la gérance des choses temporelles qu’ils ordonnent selon Dieu. Ils vivent au milieu du siècle, c’est-à-dire engagés dans tous les divers devoirs et travaux du monde, dans les conditions ordinaires de la vie familiale et sociale dont leur existence est comme tissée. À cette place, ils sont appelés par Dieu pour travailler comme du dedans à la sanctification du monde, à la façon d’un ferment, en exerçant leurs propres charges sous la conduite de l’esprit évangélique, et pour manifester le Christ aux autres avant tout par le témoignage de leur vie, rayonnant de foi, d’espérance et de charité. C’est à eux qu’il revient, d’une manière particulière, d’éclairer et d’orienter toutes les réalités temporelles auxquelles ils sont étroitement unis, de telle sorte qu’elles se fassent et prospèrent constamment selon le Christ et soient à la louange du Créateur et Rédempteur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La dignité des laïcs comme membres du Peuple de Dieu"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église sainte, de par l’institution divine, est organisée et dirigée suivant une variété merveilleuse. « Car, de même qu’en un seul corps nous avons plusieurs membres et que tous les membres n’ont pas tous même fonction, ainsi, à plusieurs, nous sommes un seul corps dans le Christ, étant chacun pour sa part, membres les uns des autres » (Rm 12, 4-5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il n’y a donc qu’un Peuple de Dieu choisi par Lui : « Il n’y a qu’un Seigneur, une foi, un baptême » (Ep 4, 5). Commune est la dignité des membres du fait de leur régénération dans le Christ ; commune la grâce d’adoption filiale ; commune la vocation à la perfection ; il n’y a qu’un salut, une espérance, une charité indivisible. Il n’y a donc, dans le Christ et dans l’Église, aucune inégalité qui viendrait de la race ou de la nation, de la condition sociale ou du sexe, car « il n’y a ni Juif ni Grec, il y a ni esclave ni homme libre, ni homme ni femme, vous n’êtes tous qu’un dans le Christ Jésus » (Ga 3 ; 28 grec ; cf. Col 3, 11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si donc, dans l’Église, tous ne marchent pas par le même chemin, tous, cependant, sont appelés à la sainteté et ont reçu une foi qui les rends égaux dans la justice du Christ (cf. 2 P 1, 1). Même si certains, par la volonté du Christ, sont institués docteurs, dispensateurs des mystères et pasteurs pour le bien des autres, cependant, quant à la dignité et à l’activité commune à tous les fidèles dans l’édification du Corps du Christ, il règne entre tous une véritable égalité. Car la différence même que le Seigneur a mise entre les ministres sacrés et le reste du Peuple de Dieu comporte en soi union, étant donné que les pasteurs et les autres fidèles se trouvent liés les uns aux autres par une communauté de rapports, les pasteurs de l’Église qui suivent l’exemple du Seigneur étant au service les uns des autres et au service des autres fidèles, lesquels apportent de leur côté aux pasteurs et aux docteurs le concours joyeux de leur aide. Ainsi, dans la diversité même, tous rendent témoignage de l’admirable dignité qui règne dans le Corps du Christ : en effet, la diversité même des grâces, des ministères et des opérations contribue à lier les fils de Dieu en un tout. Car « tout cela, c’est l’œuvre d’un seul et même Esprit » (1 Co 12, 11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi donc, tout comme, par la bienveillance de Dieu, ils ont pour frère le Christ, venu non pour être servi, mais pour servir (cf. Mt 20, 28), alors qu’il est le Maître de tout, ainsi les laïcs ont aussi pour frères ceux qui, appliqués au sacré ministère, font près de la famille de Dieu office de pasteurs, enseignant, sanctifiant, dirigeant par l’autorité du Christ pour que le commandement nouveau de la charité soit accompli par tous. Saint Augustin dit à ce sujet ces très belles paroles : « D’être là pour vous me remplit de terreur ; mais d’être là avec vous me rassure. Car pour vous, je suis évêque ; avec vous je suis chrétien. Cela exprime un devoir, ceci est une grâce ; cela évoque un péril, ceci est le salut [112]. »"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vie salutaire et apostolique des laïcs"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les laïcs, réunis dans le Peuple de Dieu et constituant un seul Corps du Christ sous un seul Chef, sont appelés, quels qu’ils soient, à coopérer comme des membres vivants au progrès de l’Église et à sa sanctification permanente, en y appliquant toutes les forces qu’ils ont reçues du bienfait du Créateur et de la grâce du Rédempteur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’apostolat des laïcs est une participation à la mission salutaire elle-même de l’Église : à cet apostolat, tous sont destinés par le Seigneur lui-même en vertu du baptême et de la confirmation. Les sacrements, surtout la sainte Eucharistie, communiquent et entretiennent cette charité envers Dieu et les hommes, qui est l’âme de tout l’apostolat. Les laïcs sont appelés tout spécialement à assurer la présence et l’action de l’Église dans les lieux et les circonstances où elle ne peut devenir autrement que par eux le sel de la terre [113]. Ainsi, tout laïc, en vertu des dons qui lui ont été faits, constitue un témoin et en même temps un instrument vivant de la mission de l’Église elle-même, « à la mesure du don du Christ » (Ep 4, 7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En plus de cet apostolat, qui concerne tous les fidèles, les laïcs peuvent en outre, de diverses manières, être appelés à coopérer plus immédiatement avec l’apostolat de la hiérarchie [114], à la façon de ces hommes et de ces femmes qui étaient des auxiliaires de l’apôtre Paul dans l’Évangile, et, dans le Seigneur, dépensaient un grand labeur (cf. Ph 4, 3 ; Rm 16, 3 s.). En outre, ils ont en eux une aptitude à être assumés par la hiérarchie en vue de certaines fonctions ecclésiastiques à but spirituel."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À tous les laïcs, par conséquent, incombe la noble charge de travailler à ce que le dessein divin de salut parvienne de plus en plus à tous les hommes de tous les temps et de toute la terre. La voie doit donc leur être ouverte de toutes parts pour que, selon leurs forces et selon les nécessités des temps, ils puissent activement participer, eux aussi, à l’œuvre de salut qui est celle de l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La participation des laïcs au sacerdoce commun et au culte"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Voulant poursuivre également, par le moyen des laïcs, son témoignage et son service, le Christ Jésus, prêtre suprême et éternel, leur apporte la vie par son Esprit, et les pousse inlassablement à réaliser tout bien et toute perfection."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À ceux qu’il s’unit intimement dans sa vie et dans sa mission, il accorde, en outre, une part dans sa charge sacerdotale pour l’exercice du culte spirituel en vue de la glorification de Dieu et du salut des hommes. C’est pourquoi les laïcs, en vertu de leur consécration au Christ et de l’onction de l’Esprit Saint, reçoivent la vocation admirable et les moyens qui permettent à l’Esprit de produire en eux des fruits toujours plus abondants. En effet, toutes leurs activités, leurs prières et leurs entreprises apostoliques, leur vie conjugale et familiale, leurs labeurs quotidiens, leurs détentes d’esprit et de corps, si elles sont vécues dans l’Esprit de Dieu, et même les épreuves de la vie, pourvu qu’elles soient patiemment supportées, tout cela devient « offrandes spirituelles, agréables à Dieu par Jésus Christ » (cf. 1 P 2, 5), et dans la célébration eucharistique, rejoint l’oblation du Corps du Seigneur pour être offert en toute piété au Père. C’est ainsi que les laïcs consacrent à Dieu le monde lui-même, rendant partout à Dieu par la sainteté de leur vie un culte d’adoration."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La participation des laïcs à la fonction prophétique du Christ et au témoignage"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Christ, grand prophète, qui par le témoignage de sa vie et la vertu de sa parole a proclamé le Royaume du Père, accomplit sa fonction prophétique jusqu’à la pleine manifestation de la gloire, non seulement par la hiérarchie qui enseigne en son nom et avec son pouvoir, mais aussi par les laïcs dont il fait pour cela des témoins en les pourvoyant du sens de la foi et de la grâce de la parole (cf. Ac 2, 17-18 ; Ap 19, 10), afin que brille dans la vie quotidienne, familiale et sociale, la vertu de l’Évangile. Ils se présentent comme les fils de la promesse, lorsque, fermes dans la foi et dans l’espérance, ils mettent à profit le moment présent (cf. Ep 5, 16 ; Col 4, 5), et attendent avec constance la gloire à venir (cf. Rm 8, 25). Cette espérance, ils ne doivent pas la cacher dans le secret de leur cœur, mais l’exprimer aussi à travers les structures de la vie du siècle par un effort continu de conversion, en luttant « contre les souverains de ce monde des ténèbres, contre les esprits du mal » (Ep 6, 12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout comme les sacrements de la loi nouvelle, où s’alimentent la vie et l’apostolat des fidèles, préfigurent le ciel nouveau et la nouvelle terre (cf. Ap 21, 1) , ainsi les laïcs deviennent les hérauts puissants de la foi en ce qu’on espère (cf. He 11, 1) s’ils unissent, sans hésitation, à une vie animée par la foi la profession de cette même foi. Cette action évangélisatrice, c’est-à-dire cette annonce du Christ faite par le témoignage de la vie et par la parole, prend un caractère spécifique et une particulière efficacité du fait qu’elle s’accomplit dans les conditions communes du siècle."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans cet ordre de fonctions apparaît la haute valeur de cet état de vie que sanctifie un sacrement spécial, à savoir la vie du mariage et de la famille. Le terrain d’exercice et l’école par excellence de l’apostolat des laïcs se trouvent là, dans la famille où la religion chrétienne pénètre toute l’organisation de la vie et la transforme chaque jour davantage. Là, les époux trouvent leur vocation propre : être l’un pour l’autre et pour leurs enfants témoins de la foi et de l’amour du Christ. La famille chrétienne proclame hautement à la fois les vertus du Royaume de Dieu et l’espoir de la vie bienheureuse. Ainsi, par son exemple et par son témoignage, elle est la condamnation du monde pécheur et la lumière pour ceux qui cherchent la vérité."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par conséquent, les laïcs peuvent et doivent, même occupés par leurs soucis temporels, exercer pour l’évangélisation du monde une action précieuse. Certains d’entre eux, suivant leurs moyens, apportent, à défaut de ministres sacrés, ou quand ceux-ci sont réduits à l’impuissance par un régime de persécutions, un concours de suppléance pour certains offices sacrés ; de nombreux autres dépensent toutes leurs forces dans l’action apostolique ; mais, à tous, le devoir s’impose de coopérer à l’extension et au progrès du règne du Christ dans le monde. C’est pourquoi les laïcs doivent chercher à connaître toujours plus profondément la vérité révélée, et demander instamment à Dieu le don de sagesse."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La participation des laïcs au service royal"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Christ, s’étant fait obéissant jusqu’à la mort et pour cela même ayant été exalté par le Père (cf. Ph 2, 8-9), est entré dans la gloire de son Royaume ; à lui, tout est soumis, en attendant que lui-même se soumette à son Père avec toute la création, afin que Dieu soit tout en tous (cf. 1 Co 15, 27-28). Ce pouvoir, il l’a communiqué à ses disciples pour qu’ils soient eux aussi établis dans la liberté royale, pour qu’ils arrachent au péché son empire en eux-mêmes par leur abnégation et la sainteté de leur vie (cf. Rm 6, 12), bien mieux, pour que, servant le Christ également dans les autres, ils puissent, dans l’humilité et la patience, conduire leurs frères jusqu’au Roi dont les serviteurs sont eux-mêmes des rois. En effet, le Seigneur désire étendre son règne également avec le concours des fidèles laïcs ; son règne qui est règne de vérité et de vie, règne de sainteté et de grâce, règne de justice, d’amour et de paix [115], règne où la création elle-même sera affranchie de l’esclavage de la corruption pour connaître la liberté glorieuse des fils de Dieu (cf. Rm 8, 21). Grande vraiment est la promesse, grand le commandement donné aux disciples : « Tout est à vous, mais vous êtes au Christ, et le Christ est à Dieu » (1 Co 3, 23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les fidèles doivent donc reconnaître la nature profonde de toute la création, sa valeur et sa finalité qui est la gloire de Dieu ; ils doivent, à travers les travaux même temporels, s’aider en vue d’une vie plus sainte, afin que le monde s’imprègne de l’Esprit du Christ et dans la justice, la charité et la paix atteigne plus efficacement sa fin. Dans l’accomplissement universel de ce devoir, les laïcs ont la première place. Par leur compétence dans les disciplines profanes et par leurs activités que la grâce du Christ élève au-dedans, qu’ils s’appliquent de toutes leurs forces à obtenir que les valeurs de la création soient cultivées dans l’intérêt absolument de tous les hommes, selon les fins du Créateur et la lumière de son Verbe, grâce au travail de l’homme, à la technique et à la culture, à obtenir aussi que ces biens soient mieux distribués entre les hommes et acheminent selon leur nature à un progrès universel dans la liberté humaine et chrétienne. Le Christ ainsi, à travers les membres de l’Église, éclairera la société humaine tout entière, et de plus en plus, de sa lumière qui sauve."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que les laïcs, en outre, unissent leurs forces pour apporter aux institutions et aux conditions de vie dans le monde, quand elles provoquent au péché, les assainissements convenables, pour qu’elles deviennent toutes conformes aux règles de la justice et favorisent l’exercice des vertus au lieu d’y faire obstacle. En agissant ainsi, ils imprégneront de valeur morale la culture et les œuvres humaines. Par là aussi, le champ du monde se trouve mieux préparé pour accueillir la semence de la Parole de Dieu, et les portes par lesquelles le message de paix entre dans le monde s’ouvrent plus largement à l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conformément à l’économie elle-même du salut, les fidèles doivent apprendre à distinguer avec soin entre les droits et les devoirs qui leur incombent en tant que membres de l’Église et ceux qui leur reviennent comme membres de la société humaine. Qu’ils s’efforcent d’accorder les uns et les autres entre eux, harmonieusement, se souvenant que la conscience chrétienne doit être leur guide en tous domaines temporels, car aucune activité humaine, fût-elle d’ordre temporel, ne peut être soustraite à l’empire de Dieu. Aux temps où nous sommes, il est extrêmement nécessaire que, dans la façon d’agir des fidèles, brillent à la fois clairement et cette distinction et cette harmonie, pour que la mission de l’Église puisse répondre plus pleinement aux conditions particulières du monde d’aujourd’hui. De même, en effet, qu’il faut reconnaître à la cité terrestre, légitimement appliquée aux soucis du siècle, le droit d’être régie par ses propres principes, de même, c’est à juste titre qu’est rejetée la doctrine néfaste qui prétend construire la société sans aucune considération pour la religion et s’attaque à la liberté religieuse des citoyens pour l’éliminer [116]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relation des laïcs avec la hiérarchie"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les laïcs, comme tous les chrétiens, ont le droit de recevoir en abondance des pasteurs sacrés les ressources qui viennent des trésors spirituels de l’Église, en particulier les secours de la Parole de Dieu et des sacrements [117]; ils ont le droit de s’ouvrir à ces mêmes pasteurs avec toute la liberté et la confiance qui conviennent à des fils de Dieu et à des frères dans le Christ de leurs besoins et de leurs vœux. Dans la mesure de leurs connaissances, de leurs compétences et de leur situation, ils ont la faculté et même parfois le devoir de manifester leur sentiment en ce qui concerne le bien de l’Église [118]. Cela doit se faire, le cas échéant, par le moyen des institutions que l’Église a établies pour cela, et toujours dans la sincérité, le courage et la prudence, avec le respect et la charité qu’on doit à ceux qui, en raison de leurs charges sacrées, tiennent la place du Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les laïcs, comme tous les fidèles, doivent embrasser, dans la promptitude de l’obéissance chrétienne, ce que les pasteurs sacrés représentant le Christ décident au nom de leur magistère et de leur autorité dans l’Église ; en cela, c’est l’exemple du Christ qu’ils suivent, lui qui, en obéissant jusqu’à la mort, a ouvert aux hommes la voie bienheureuse de la liberté des fils de Dieu. Qu’ils ne manquent pas de recommander à Dieu, dans la prière, leurs chefs qui veillent sur nos âmes comme devant en rendre compte, afin qu’ils puissent le faire avec joie et non en gémissant (cf. He 13, 17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les pasteurs, de leur côté, doivent reconnaître et promouvoir la dignité et la responsabilité des laïcs dans l’Église ; ayant volontiers recours à la prudence de leurs conseils, leur remettant avec confiance des charges au service de l’Église, leur laissant la liberté et la marge d’action, stimulant même leur courage pour entreprendre de leur propre mouvement. Qu’ils accordent avec un amour paternel attention et considération dans le Christ aux essais, vœux et désirs proposés par les laïcs [119], qu’ils respectent et reconnaissent la juste liberté qui appartient à tous dans la cité terrestre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De ce commerce familier entre laïcs et pasteurs il faut attendre pour l’Église toutes sortes de biens : par là en effet s’affirme chez les laïcs le sens de leurs responsabilités propres, leur ardeur s’entretient et les forces des laïcs viennent plus facilement s’associer à l’action des pasteurs. Ceux-ci, avec l’aide de l’expérience des laïcs, sont mis en état de juger plus distinctement et plus exactement en matière spirituelle aussi bien que temporelle, et c’est toute l’Église qui pourra ainsi, renforcée par tous ses membres, remplir pour la vie du monde plus efficacement sa mission."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusion"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chacun des laïcs doit devant le monde être le témoin de la résurrection et de la vie du Seigneur Jésus et signe du Dieu vivant. Tous ensemble et chacun pour sa part doivent nourrir le monde des fruits spirituels (cf. Ga 5, 22) et répandre sur lui cet esprit qui anime les pauvres, les doux, les pacifiques que le Seigneur dans l’Évangile a proclamés bienheureux (cf. Mt 5, 3-9). En un mot « ce que l’âme est dans le corps, il faut que les chrétiens le soient dans le monde [120] »."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE V : La vocation universelle à la sainteté dans l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église, dont le saint Concile présente le mystère, est aux yeux de la foi indéfectiblement sainte. En effet, le Christ, Fils de Dieu, qui, avec le Père et l’Esprit, est proclamé « le seul Saint [121] », a aimé l’Église comme son épouse, il s’est livré pour elle afin de la sanctifier (cf. Ep 5, 25-26), il se l’est unie comme son Corps et l’a comblée du don de l’Esprit Saint pour la gloire de Dieu. Aussi dans l’Église, tous, qu’ils appartiennent à la hiérarchie ou qu’ils soient régis par elle, sont appelés à la sainteté selon la parole de l’apôtre : « Oui, ce que Dieu veut c’est votre sanctification » (1 Th 4, 3 ; cf. Ep 1, 4). Cette sainteté de l’Église se manifeste en permanence et doit se manifester par les fruits de grâce que l’Esprit produit dans les fidèles ; sous toutes sortes de formes, elle s’exprime en chacun de ceux qui tendent à la charité parfaite, dans leur ligne propre de vie, en édifiant les autres ; elle apparaît d’une manière particulière dans la pratique des conseils qu’on a coutume d’appeler évangéliques. Cette pratique des conseils assumée sous l’impulsion de l’Esprit Saint par un grand nombre de chrétiens, soit à titre privé, soit dans une condition ou un état sanctionnés par l’Église, apporte dans le monde et doit y apporter un lumineux témoignage et un exemple de sainteté."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’appel universel à la sainteté"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maître divin et modèle de toute perfection, le Seigneur Jésus a prêché à tous et chacun de ses disciples, quelle que soit leur condition, cette sainteté de vie dont il est à la fois l’initiateur et le consommateur : « Vous donc, soyez parfaits comme votre Père céleste est parfait » (Mt 5, 48) [122]. Et en effet à tous il a envoyé son Esprit pour les mouvoir de l’intérieur à aimer Dieu de tout leur cœur, de toute leur âme, de toute leur intelligence et de toutes leurs forces (cf. Mc 12, 30), et aussi à s’aimer mutuellement comme le Christ les a aimés (cf. Jn 13, 34 ; 15, 12). Appelés par Dieu, non au titre de leurs œuvres mais au titre de son dessein gracieux, justifiés en Jésus notre Seigneur, les disciples du Christ sont véritablement devenus par le baptême de la foi, fils de Dieu, participants de la nature divine et, par la même, réellement saints. Cette sanctification qu’ils ont reçue, il leur faut donc, avec la grâce de Dieu, la conserver et l’achever par leur vie. C’est l’apôtre qui les avertit de vivre « comme il convient à des saints » (Ep 5,3) , de revêtir « comme des élus de Dieu saints et bien-aimés, des sentiments de miséricorde, de bonté, d’humilité, de douceur, de longanimité » (Col 3, 12), portant les fruits de l’Esprit pour leur sanctification (cf. Ga 5, 22 ; Rm 6, 22). Cependant comme nous nous rendons tous fautifs en bien des points (cf. Jc 3, 2), nous avons constamment besoin de la miséricorde de Dieu et nous devons tous les jours dire dans notre prière : « Pardonne-nous nos offenses » (Mt 6, 12) [123]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il est donc bien évident pour tous que l’appel à la plénitude de la vie chrétienne et à la perfection de la charité s’adresse à tous ceux qui croient au Christ, quel que soit leur état ou leur forme de vie [124] ; dans la société terrestre elle-même, cette sainteté contribue à promouvoir plus d’humanité dans les conditions d’existence. Les fidèles doivent s’appliquer de toutes leurs forces, dans la mesure du don du Christ, à obtenir cette perfection, afin que, marchant sur ses traces et se conformant à son image, accomplissant en tout la volonté du Père, ils soient avec toute leur âme voués à la gloire de Dieu et au service du prochain. Ainsi la sainteté du Peuple de Dieu s’épanouira en fruits abondants, comme en témoigne avec éclat à travers la vie de tant de saints l’histoire de l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les formes multiples d’exercice de l’unique sainteté"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À travers les formes diverses de vie et les charges différentes, il n’y a qu’une seule sainteté cultivée par tous ceux que conduit l’Esprit de Dieu et qui, obéissant à la voix du Père et adorant Dieu le Père en esprit et en vérité, marchent à la suite du Christ pauvre, humble et chargé de sa croix, pour mériter de devenir participants de sa gloire. Chacun doit inlassablement avancer, selon ses propres dons et fonctions, par la voie d’une foi vivante, génératrice d’espérance et ouvrière de charité."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ceux qui ont reçu la charge de pasteurs à l’égard du troupeau du Christ doivent tout les premiers, à l’image du grand Prêtre éternel, Pasteur et Évêque de nos âmes, remplir leur ministère dans la sainteté et l’ardeur, l’humilité et la force : accompli dans ces conditions, il sera pour eux-mêmes un moyen puissant de sanctification. Choisis pour recevoir la plénitude du sacerdoce, ils bénéficient de la grâce sacramentelle pour exercer en perfection la charge de la charité pastorale [125] par la prière, le sacrifice, la prédication, et sous toutes ses formes, le soin et le service épiscopal, acceptant sans crainte de donner leur vie pour leurs brebis et devenant un modèle pour leur troupeau (cf. 1 P 5, 3), aidant enfin l’Église par leur exemple à avancer chaque jour en sainteté."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À la ressemblance de l’ordre des évêques dont ils constituent la couronne spirituelle [126], et à la grâce de qui ils participent par le Christ, éternel et unique Médiateur, les prêtres doivent grandir en amour pour Dieu et le prochain par l’exercice quotidien de leur tâche, garder entre eux le lien de la communion sacerdotale, être riches de tous les biens spirituels et offrir à tous un vivant témoignage de Dieu [127], émules de ces prêtres, qui le long des temps ont laissé, par leur service souvent humble et obscur, un éclatant exemple de sainteté. L’Église de Dieu proclame leur louange. Offrant pour leur peuple et pour tout le Peuple de Dieu, au titre même de leur charge, la prière et le sacrifice, conscients de ce qu’ils font et se conformant aux mystères qu’ils accomplissent [128], bien loin d’être entravés par les soucis, les périls et les épreuves apostoliques, ils doivent par là au contraire s’élever à une plus haute sainteté, en cherchant dans l’abondance de la contemplation de quoi nourrir et soutenir leur activité, pour apporter leur encouragement à l’Église entière de Dieu. Que tous les prêtres et ceux-là spécialement qui, au titre particulier de leur ordination, portent le nom de prêtres diocésains, se souviennent de ce que leur sainteté peut gagner à leur union fidèle et à leur généreuse coopération avec leur évêque."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À la mission et à la grâce du Souverain Prêtre participent aussi d’une façon spéciale les ministres de l’ordre inférieur ; et d’abord les diacres qui doivent, en servant le mystère du Christ et de l’Église [129], se garder purs de tous vices, chercher à plaire à Dieu et à être devant les hommes les instruments de tout bien possible (cf. 1 Tm 3, 8-10.12-13). Les clercs, qui, appelés par Dieu et réservés pour être la part de Dieu, se préparent aux charges du ministère sous la vigilance des pasteurs, ont le devoir de mettre leur esprit et leur cœur en accord avec une si haute vocation en se montrant assidus à la prière, fervents en charité, n’ayant d’autre pensée que ce qui est vrai, juste et honorable, faisant tout pour la gloire et l’honneur de Dieu. Il faut y ajouter les laïcs choisis par Dieu qui, pour se livrer pleinement aux travaux de l’apostolat, sont appelés par l’évêque et travaillent sur le champ du Seigneur, en y faisant beaucoup de fruits [130]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quant aux époux et aux parents chrétiens, il leur faut, en suivant leur propre route, s’aider mutuellement dans la fidélité de l’amour avec l’aide de la grâce, tout le long de leur vie, inculquant aux enfants qu’ils ont reçus de Dieu, avec amour, les vérités chrétiennes et les vertus de l’Évangile. Par là, en effet, ils donnent à tous l’exemple d’un amour inlassable et généreux, ils contribuent à l’édification de la charité fraternelle et apportent à la fécondité de l’Église notre Mère, leur témoignage et leur coopération, en signe et participation de l’amour que le Christ a eu pour son Epouse et qui l’a fait se livrer pour elle [131]. Un exemple semblable est donné par les veuves et les célibataires dont le concours peut être pour la sainteté et l’activité dans l’Église de grande valeur. Pour ceux qui se livrent à des travaux souvent pénibles, leur activité d’homme doit les enrichir personnellement, leur permettre d’aider leurs concitoyens et de contribuer à élever le niveau de la société tout entière et de la création, à imiter enfin, par une charité active, le Christ qui a voulu pratiquer le travail manuel et qui, avec son Père, ne cesse d’agir pour le salut de tous, cela dans une joyeuse espérance, s’aidant mutuellement à porter leurs fardeaux, montant par leur travail quotidien à une sainteté toujours plus haute, même sous la forme apostolique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qu’ils se sachent eux aussi unis tout spécialement au Christ souffrant pour le salut du monde, ceux sur qui pèsent la pauvreté, l’infirmité, la maladie, les épreuves diverses, ou qui souffrent persécution pour la justice : le Seigneur dans l’Évangile les a déclarés bienheureux et « le Dieu de toute grâce qui nous a appelés dans le Christ à sa gloire éternelle, après une courte épreuve, les rétablira lui-même, les affermira et les rendra inébranlables » (1 P 5, 10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi donc tous ceux qui croient au Christ iront en se sanctifiant toujours plus dans les conditions, les charges et les circonstances qui sont celles de leur vie et grâce à elles, si cependant ils reçoivent avec foi toutes choses de la main du Père céleste et coopèrent à l’accomplissement de la volonté de Dieu, en faisant paraître aux yeux de tous, dans leur service temporel lui-même, la charité avec laquelle Dieu a aimé le monde."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Voies et moyens de la sainteté"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«Dieu est charité et celui qui demeure dans la charité demeure en Dieu et Dieu en lui» (cf. 1 Jn 4, 16). Sa charité, Dieu l’a répandue dans nos cœurs par l’Esprit Saint qui nous a été donné (cf. Rm 5, 5). La charité qui nous fait aimer Dieu par-dessus tout et le prochain à cause de lui est par conséquent le don premier et le plus nécessaire. Mais pour que la charité, comme un bon grain, croisse dans l’âme et fructifie, chaque fidèle doit s’ouvrir volontiers à la Parole de Dieu et, avec l’aide de sa grâce, mettre en œuvre sa volonté, participer fréquemment aux sacrements, surtout à l’Eucharistie, et aux actions sacrées, s’appliquer avec persévérance à la prière, à l’abnégation de soi-même, au service actif de ses frères et à l’exercice de toutes les vertus. La charité en effet, étant le lien de la perfection et la plénitude de la loi (cf. Col 3, 14 ; Rm 13, 10), oriente tous les moyens de sanctification, leur donne leur âme et les conduit à leur fin [132]. C’est donc la charité envers Dieu et envers le prochain qui marque le véritable disciple du Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jésus, le Fils de Dieu, ayant manifesté sa charité en donnant sa vie pour nous, personne ne peut aimer davantage qu’en donnant sa vie pour lui et pour ses frères (cf. 1 Jn 3, 16 ; Jn 15, 13). À ce témoignage suprême d’amour rendu devant tous et surtout devant les persécuteurs, depuis la première heure, quelques-uns parmi les chrétiens ont été appelés et d’autres y seront appelés sans cesse. C’est pourquoi le martyre dans lequel le disciple est assimilé à son maître, acceptant librement la mort pour le salut du monde, et rendu semblable à lui dans l’effusion de son sang, est considéré par l’Église comme une grâce éminente et la preuve suprême de la charité. Que si cela n’est donné qu’à un petit nombre, tous cependant doivent être prêts à confesser le Christ devant les hommes et à le suivre sur le chemin de la croix, à travers les persécutions qui ne manquent jamais à l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La sainteté de l’Église est entretenue spécialement par les conseils, sous des formes multiples, que le Seigneur, dans l’Évangile, a proposés à l’observation de ses disciples [133]. Parmi ces conseils, en première place, il y a ce don précieux de grâce fait par le Père à certains (cf. Mt 19, 11 ; 1 Co 7, 7) de se vouer à Dieu seul plus facilement sans partage du cœur, dans la virginité ou le célibat (cf. 1 Co 7, 32-34) [134]. Cette continence parfaite à cause du règne de Dieu a toujours été l’objet de la part de l’Église d’un honneur spécial, comme signe et stimulant de la charité et comme une source particulière de fécondité spirituelle dans le monde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église se remémore l’avertissement de l’apôtre qui provoque les fidèles à la charité et les exhorte à éprouver en eux cela même qui fut dans le Christ, lequel « s’anéantit lui-même prenant condition d’esclave [...] se faisant obéissant jusqu’à la mort » (Ph 2, 7-8), et se faisant pour nous « pauvre, de riche qu’il était » (2 Co 8, 9). L’imitation et le témoignage de cette charité et humilité du Christ s’imposent en vérité aux disciples en permanence ; c’est pourquoi l’Église notre Mère se réjouit de ce qu’il se trouve dans son sein, en grand nombre, des hommes et des femmes pour vouloir suivre de plus près et manifester plus clairement l’anéantissement du Sauveur, en assumant, dans la liberté des fils de Dieu, la pauvreté et en renonçant à leur propre volonté, pour se soumettre à cause de Dieu à une créature humaine, en matière de perfection, allant aussi au-delà de ce qu’exige le précepte, afin de se conformer plus pleinement au Christ obéissant [135]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tous les fidèles du Christ sont donc invités et tenus à chercher et à atteindre la sainteté et la perfection propres à leur état. Que tous s'appliquent donc à régler leurs sentiments en toute rectitude, pour que l'usage des choses du monde et un attachement aux richesses contraire à l'esprit de pauvreté évangélique ne les empèchent pas de rechercher la charité parfaite, selon l'avertissement de l'Apôtre : \" Que ceux qui usent de ce monde ne s'y arrêtent pas ; car la figure de ce monde passe \" (cf. 1 Co 7, 31) [*]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE VI : Les religieux"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La profession des conseils évangéliques dans un état de vie reconnu dans l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les conseils évangéliques de chasteté vouée à Dieu, de pauvreté et d’obéissance, étant fondés sur les paroles et les exemples du Seigneur, ayant la recommandation des Apôtres, des Pères, des docteurs et pasteurs de l’Église, constituent un don divin que l’Église a reçu de son Seigneur et que, par sa grâce, elle conserve toujours. L’autorité de l’Église, sous la conduite de l’Esprit Saint, a veillé elle-même à en fixer la doctrine et en régler la pratique, en instituant même des formes de vie stables sur la base de ces conseils. Comme un arbre qui se ramifie de façon admirable et multiple dans le champ du Seigneur, à partir d’un germe semé par Dieu, naquirent et se développèrent ainsi des formes variées de vie solitaire ou commune, des familles diverses dont le capital spirituel profite à la fois aux membres de ces familles et au bien de tout le Corps du Christ [136]. Ces familles assurent à leurs membres les secours d’une plus grande stabilité dans leur forme de vie, d’une doctrine éprouvée pour tendre à la perfection, d’une communion fraternelle dans le combat pour le Christ, d’une liberté fortifiée par l’obéissance afin de pouvoir remplir avec sécurité et garder fidèlement les exigences de leur profession religieuse en avançant dans la joie spirituelle sur la route de la charité [137]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cet état de vie, compte tenu de la constitution divine et hiérarchique de l’Église, ne se situe pas entre la condition du clerc et celle du laïc. Dieu y appelle des fidèles du Christ de l’une et de l’autre condition pour jouir dans la vie de l’Église de ce don spécial et servir à la mission salutaire de l’Église, chacun à sa manière [138]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nature et importance de l’état religieux dans l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par les vœux (ou d’autres engagements sacrés assimilés aux vœux par leur nature même), le fidèle du Christ s’oblige à la pratique des trois conseils évangéliques susdits ; il est livré entièrement à Dieu, qu’il aime par-dessus tout, et ainsi il est ordonné au service du Seigneur et à son honneur à un titre nouveau et particulier. Le baptême déjà l’avait fait mourir au péché et consacré à Dieu, mais pour pouvoir recueillir en plus grande abondance le fruit de la grâce baptismale, il veut, par la profession faite dans l’Église des conseils évangélique, se libérer des surcharges qui pourraient le retenir dans sa recherche d’une charité fervente et d’un culte parfait à rendre à Dieu, et se consacrer plus intimement au service divin [139]. Cette consécration sera d’autant plus parfaite que des liens plus fermes et plus stables reproduiront davantage l’image du Christ uni à l’Église son Epouse par un lien indissoluble."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais comme les conseils évangéliques, grâce à la charité à laquelle ils conduisent [140], unissent de manière spéciale ceux qui les pratiquent à l’Église et à son mystère, leur vie spirituelle doit se vouer également au bien de toute l’Église. D’où le devoir de travailler, chacun selon ses forces et selon la forme de sa propre vocation, soit par la prière, soit aussi par son activité effective, pour le règne du Christ à enraciner et à renforcer dans les âmes, à répandre par tout l’univers. C’est pourquoi l’Église protège et soutient le caractère propre des divers instituts religieux."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La profession des conseils évangéliques apparaît en conséquence comme un signe qui peut et doit exercer une influence efficace sur tous les membres de l’Église dans l’accomplissement courageux des devoirs de leur vocation chrétienne. En effet, le Peuple de Dieu n’a pas ici-bas de cité permanente, il est en quête de la cité future, or l’état religieux, qui assure aux siens une liberté plus grande à l’égard des charges terrestres, manifeste aussi davantage aux yeux de tous les croyants les biens célestes déjà présents en ce temps, il atteste l’existence d’une vie nouvelle et éternelle acquise par la Rédemption du Christ, il annonce enfin la résurrection à venir et la gloire du Royaume des cieux. De plus, il s’efforce d’imiter de plus près et il représente continuellement dans l’Église cette forme de vie que le Fils de Dieu a prise en venant au monde pour faire la volonté du Père et qu’il a proposée aux disciples qui le suivaient. Il fait voir enfin d’une manière particulière comment le règne de Dieu est élevé au-dessus de toutes les choses terrestres et combien ses nécessités sont suprêmes ; il montre à tous les hommes la suréminente grandeur de la puissance du Christ régnant et la puissance de l’Esprit Saint en action dans l’Église de façon admirable."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’état de vie constitué par la profession des conseils évangéliques, s’il ne concerne pas la structure hiérarchique de l’Église, appartient donc cependant sans conteste à sa vie et à sa sainteté."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’autorité de l’Église à l’égard des religieux"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La fonction de la hiérarchie dans l’Église étant celle du pasteur qui conduit le Peuple de Dieu aux riches pâturages (cf. Ez 34, 14), c’est à elle qu’il revient d’instituer des lois qui régleront sagement la pratique des conseils évangéliques, instrument singulier au service de la charité parfaite envers Dieu et envers le prochain [141]. Suivant avec docilité les impulsions de l’Esprit Saint, elle accueille les règles proposées par des hommes ou des femmes de premier ordre et, après les avoir encore plus parfaitement ordonnés, elle leur donne une approbation authentique ; enfin, avec autorité elle est là pour veiller et étendre sa protection sur les instituts créés un peu partout en vue de l’édification du Corps du Christ afin que, dans la fidélité à l’esprit de leurs fondateurs, ils croissent et fleurissent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par ailleurs, pour qu’il soit mieux pourvu aux nécessités du troupeau du Seigneur dans son ensemble, le Souverain Pontife peut, en raison du primat qui est le sien sur l’Église universelle, et en considération de l’intérêt commun, soustraire tout institut de perfection et chacun de ses sujets à la juridiction de l’Ordinaire du lieu et se le subordonner à soi seul [142]. De même peuvent-ils être laissés ou confiés à la charge de leur propre autorité patriarcale. Quant aux membres des instituts, ils doivent, dans l’accomplissement de leurs devoirs envers l’Église selon leur forme particulière de vie, observer à l’égard des évêques, selon les lois canoniques, la révérence et l’obéissance qui leur sont dues à cause de leur autorité pastorale sur les Églises particulières et à cause, dans le travail apostolique, de la nécessité de l’unité et de la concorde [143]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église n’apporte pas seulement à la profession religieuse la sanction qui lui donne la dignité d’un état canonique de vie ; par son action liturgique elle-même, elle la présente comme un état de consécration à Dieu. Elle reçoit elle-même, au nom de l’autorité que Dieu lui a confiée, les vœux des profès ; elle demande à Dieu pour eux dans la prière publique les secours et la grâce, elle les recommande à Dieu et leur accorde une bénédiction spirituelle en associant leur offrande au sacrifice eucharistique."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Grandeur de la profession des conseils évangéliques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les religieux doivent tendre de tout leur effort à ce que, par eux, chaque jour de mieux en mieux, l’Église manifeste le Christ aux fidèles comme aux infidèles : soit dans sa contemplation sur la montagne, soit dans son annonce aux foules du Royaume de Dieu, soit encore quand il guérit les malades et les infirmes et convertit les pécheurs à une vie féconde, quand il bénit les enfants et répand sur tout ses bienfaits, accomplissant en tout cela, dans l’obéissance, la volonté du Père qui l’envoya [144] . Que tous enfin soient persuadés que la profession des conseils évangéliques, tout en comportant renonciation à des biens qui méritent indiscutablement l’estime, ne fait cependant nullement obstacle au progrès de la personne humaine, mais au contraire, de par sa nature, lui est du plus grand profit. En effet, les conseils, volontairement acceptés selon la vocation personnelle de chacun, contribuent considérablement à la purification du cœur et à la liberté spirituelle ; ils stimulent en permanence la ferveur de la charité et surtout sont capables d’assurer aux chrétiens une conformité plus grande avec la condition de virginité et de pauvreté que le Christ Seigneur a voulue pour lui-même et qu’a embrassée la Vierge sa Mère, ainsi que le prouve l’exemple de tant de saints fondateurs. Nul ne doit penser que les religieux par leur consécration deviennent étrangers aux hommes ou inutiles dans la cité terrestre. Car s’ils ne sont pas toujours directement présents aux côtés de leurs contemporains, ils leur sont présents plus profondément dans le cœur du Christ, coopérant spirituellement avec eux, pour que la construction de la cité terrestre ait toujours son fondement dans le Seigneur et soit orientée vers lui, afin que ceux qui bâtissent ne risquent pas de peiner en vain [145]. C’est pourquoi enfin le saint Concile approuve et loue ces hommes et ces femmes, ces frères et ces sœurs qui, dans les monastères, dans les écoles et les hôpitaux, dans les missions, apportent à l’Epouse du Christ la parure d’une constante et humble fidélité à leur consécration, et à tous les hommes leurs services aussi généreux que divers."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quant à tous ceux qui sont appelés à la profession des conseils, il leur appartient de veiller avec soin à persévérer dans la vocation, quelle qu’elle soit, à laquelle ils ont été appelés, à y progresser sans cesse pour une plus grande sainteté de l’Église, pour la plus grande gloire de l’unique et indivisible Trinité qui, dans le Christ et par le Christ, est de toute sainteté la source et l’origine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE VII : Le caractère eschatologique de l’Église en pèlerinage et son union avec l’Église du ciel"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caractère eschatologique de la vocation chrétienne"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église, à laquelle dans le Christ Jésus nous sommes tous appelés et dans laquelle par la grâce de Dieu nous acquérons la sainteté, n’aura que dans la gloire céleste sa consommation, lorsque viendra le temps où sont renouvelées toutes choses (Ac 3, 1) et que, avec le genre humain, tout l’univers lui-même, intimement uni avec l’homme et atteignant par lui sa destinée, trouvera dans le Christ sa définitive perfection (cf. Ep 1, 10 ; Col 1, 20 ; 2 P 3, 10-13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Christ élevé de terre a tiré à lui tous les hommes (cf. Jn 12, 32 grec) ; ressuscité des morts (cf. Rm 6, 9), il a envoyé sur ses Apôtres son Esprit de vie et par lui a constitué son Corps, qui est l’Église, comme le sacrement universel du salut ; assis à la droite du Père, il exerce continuellement son action dans le monde pour conduire les hommes vers l’Église, se les unir par elle plus étroitement et leur faire part de sa vie glorieuse en leur donnant pour nourriture son propre Corps et son Sang. La nouvelle condition promise et espérée a déjà reçu dans le Christ son premier commencement ; l’envoi du Saint-Esprit lui a donné son élan et par lui elle se continue dans l’Église où la foi nous instruit sur la signification même de notre vie temporelle, dès lors que nous menons à bonne fin, avec l’espérance des biens futurs, la tâche qui nous a été confiée par le Père et que nous faisons ainsi notre salut (cf. Ph 2, 12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi donc déjà les derniers temps sont arrivés pour nous (cf. 1 Co 10, 11) . Le renouvellement du monde est irrévocablement acquis et, en réalité, anticipé dès maintenant : en effet, déjà sur terre l’Église est parée d’une sainteté encore imparfaite mais déjà véritable. Cependant, jusqu’à l’heure où seront réalisés les nouveaux cieux et la nouvelle terre où la justice habite (cf. 2 P 3, 13), l’Église en pèlerinage porte dans ses sacrements et ses institutions, qui relèvent de ce temps, la figure du siècle qui passe ; elle a sa place parmi les créatures qui gémissent présentement encore dans les douleurs de l’enfantement, attendant la manifestation des fils de Dieu (cf. Rm 8, 19- 22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi donc, unis au Christ dans l’Église et marqués de l’Esprit Saint, « gages de notre héritage» (Ep 1, 14), en toute vérité nous sommes appelés enfants de Dieu, et nous le sommes (cf. 1 Jn 3, 1) ; mais l’heure n’est pas encore venue où nous paraîtrons avec le Christ dans la gloire (cf. Col 3, 4), devenus semblables à Dieu parce que nous le verrons tel qu’il est (cf. 1 Jn 3, 2). « Tant que nous demeurons dans ce corps, nous sommes en exil loin du Seigneur » (2 Co 5, 6), possédant les prémices de l’Esprit, nous gémissons intérieurement (cf. Rm 8, 23) et nous aspirons à être avec le Christ (cf. Ph 1, 23). La même charité nous presse du désir de vivre davantage pour lui, qui est mort pour nous et ressuscité (cf. 2 Co 5, 15). Nous avons donc à cœur de plaire au Seigneur en toutes choses (cf. 2 Co 5, 9) et nous endossons l’armure de Dieu afin de pouvoir tenir contre les embûches du démon et lui résister au jour mauvais (cf. Ep 6, 11-13). Ignorants du jour et de l’heure, il faut que, suivant l’avertissement du Seigneur, nous restions constamment vigilants pour pouvoir, quand s’achèvera le cours unique de notre vie terrestre (cf. He 9, 27), être admis avec lui aux noces et comptés parmi les bénis de Dieu (cf. Mt 25, 31-46), au lieu d’être, comme les mauvais et les paresseux serviteurs (cf. Mt 25, 26) écartés par l’ordre de Dieu vers le feu éternel (cf. Mt 25, 41), vers ces ténèbres du dehors où « seront les pleurs et les grincements de dents » (Mt 22, 13 ; 25, 30). En effet, avant de régner avec le Christ glorieux, tous nous devrons être mis un jour « devant le tribunal du Christ, pour que chacun reçoive le salaire de ce qu’il aura fait pendant qu’il était dans son corps, soit en bien, soit en mal » (2 Co 5, 10) ; et à la fin du monde « les hommes sortiront du tombeau, ceux qui auront fait le bien pour une résurrection de vie, ceux qui auront fait le mal pour une résurrection de condamnation « (Jn 5, 29 ; cf. Mt 25, 46). « C’est pourquoi, estimant qu’il n’y a pas de proportion entre les peines du présent et la gloire qui doit se manifester en nous » (Rm 8, 18 ; cf. 2 Tm 2, 11-12), « nous attendons, solides dans la foi, la bienheureuse espérance et la manifestation glorieuse de notre grand Dieu et Sauveur, le Christ Jésus» (Tt 2, 13) « qui transformera notre corps de misère en un corps semblable à son corps de gloire » (Ph 3, 21), et qui viendra « pour être glorifié dans ses saints et admiré en tous ceux qui auront cru » (2 Th 1, 10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La communion entre l’Église céleste et l’Église sur terre"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi donc, en attendant que le Seigneur soit venu dans sa majesté, accompagné de tous les anges (cf. Mt 25, 31) et que, la mort détruite, tout lui ait été soumis (cf. 1 Co 15, 26-27), les uns parmi ses disciples continuent sur terre leur pèlerinage ; d’autres, ayant achevé leur vie, se purifient encore ; d’autres enfin sont dans la gloire, contemplant « dans la pleine lumière, tel qu’il est, le Dieu un en trois Personnes [146] ». Tous cependant, à des degrés et sous des formes diverses, nous communions dans la même charité envers Dieu et envers le prochain, chantant à notre Dieu le même hymne de gloire. En effet, tous ceux qui sont du Christ et possèdent son Esprit, constituent une seule Église et se tiennent mutuellement comme un tout dans le Christ (cf. Ep 4, 16). Donc, l’union de ceux qui sont encore en chemin, avec leurs frères qui se sont endormis dans la paix du Christ, ne connaît pas la moindre intermittence ; au contraire, selon la foi constante de l’Église, cette union est renforcée par l’échange des biens spirituels [147]. Étant en effet liés plus intimement avec le Christ, les habitants du ciel contribuent à affermir plus solidement l’Église en sainteté, ils ajoutent à la grandeur du culte que l’Église rend à Dieu sur la terre et de multiples façons l’aident à se construire plus largement (cf. 1 Co 12, 12-27) [148]. Admis dans la patrie et présents au Seigneur (cf. 2 Co 5, 8), par lui, avec lui et en lui, ils ne cessent d’intercéder pour nous auprès du Père [149], offrant les mérites qu’ils ont acquis sur terre par l’unique Médiateur de Dieu et des hommes, le Christ Jésus (cf. 1 Tm 2, 5), servant le Seigneur en toutes choses et complétant en leur chair ce qui manque aux souffrances du Christ en faveur de son Corps qui est l’Église (cf. Col 1, 24). Ainsi leur sollicitude fraternelle est pour notre infirmité du plus grand secours [150]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les rapports de l’Église de la terre avec l’Église du ciel"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reconnaissant dès l’abord cette communion qui existe à l’intérieur du Corps mystique de Jésus Christ, l’Église, en ses membres qui cheminent sur la terre dès les premiers temps du christianisme, a entouré de beaucoup de piété la mémoire des défunts [151] en offrant aussi pour eux ses suffrages, car « la pensée de prier pour les morts, afin qu’ils soient délivrés de leurs péchés, est une pensée sainte et pieuse » (2 M 12, 45). Quant aux Apôtres et aux martyrs du Christ, qui donnèrent le témoignage suprême de la foi et de la charité dans l’effusion de leur sang, l’Église a toujours cru qu’ils se trouvaient dans le Christ plus étroitement unis avec nous ; en même temps que la bienheureuse Vierge Marie et les saints anges, elle les a entourés d’une particulière ferveur [152], sollicitant pieusement le secours de leur intercession. À ceux-là s’en ajoutèrent bientôt d’autres, ceux qui avaient choisi d’imiter de plus près la virginité et la pauvreté du Christ [153], d’autres enfin que l’exercice plus éclatant des vertus chrétiennes [154] et les grâces insignes de Dieu recommandaient à la pieuse dévotion et à l’imitation des fidèles [155]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En effet, de contempler la vie des hommes qui ont suivi fidèlement le Christ, est un nouveau stimulant à rechercher la Cité à venir (cf. He 13, 14 ; 11, 10), et en même temps nous apprenons par là à connaître le chemin par lequel, à propos des vicissitudes du monde, selon l’état et la condition propres à chacun, il nous sera possible de parvenir à l’union parfaite avec le Christ, c’est-à-dire à la sainteté [156]. Dans la vie de nos compagnons d’humanité plus parfaitement transformés à l’image du Christ (cf. 2 Co 3, 18), Dieu manifeste aux hommes dans une vive lumière sa présence et son visage. En eux, Dieu lui-même nous parle, il nous donne un signe de son Royaume [157] et nous y attire puissamment, tant est grande la nuée de témoins qui nous enveloppe (cf. He 12, 1) et tant la vérité de l’Évangile se trouve attestée."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais nous ne vénérons pas seulement au titre de leur exemple la mémoire des habitants du ciel ; nous cherchons bien davantage par là à renforcer (grâce à l’exercice de la charité fraternelle) l’union de toute l’Église dans l’Esprit (cf. Ep 4, 1-6). Car tout comme la communion entre les chrétiens de la terre nous approche de plus près du Christ, ainsi la communauté avec les saints nous unit au Christ de qui découlent, comme de leur source et de leur tête, toutes grâces et la vie du Peuple de Dieu lui-même [158]. Il est donc au plus haut point convenable que nous aimions ces amis et cohéritiers de Jésus Christ, nos frères aussi et nos insignes bienfaiteurs, que nous rendions à Dieu pour eux les grâces qui leur sont dues [159], « les invoquant avec ardeur, recourant à leurs prières, à leur secours et à leur aide pour obtenir de Dieu par son Fils Jésus Christ, notre Seigneur, notre seul Rédempteur et Sauveur, les bienfaits que nous désirons [160] ». Car tout témoignage authentique d’amour présenté par nous aux habitants du ciel, par sa nature même, tend, comme vers son terme au Christ « couronne de tous les saints [161] » et par lui à Dieu qui est admirable en ses saints et glorifié en eux [162]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est surtout dans la sainte liturgie que se réalise de la façon la plus haute notre union avec l’Église du ciel : là en effet, par les signes sacramentels s’exerce sur nous la vertu de l’Esprit Saint ; là nous proclamons, dans une joie commune, la louange de la divine Majesté [163] ; tous, rachetés dans le sang du Christ, de toute tribu, langue, peuple ou nation (cf. Ap 5, 9) et rassemblés en l’unique Église, nous glorifions, dans un chant unanime de louange, le Dieu un en trois Personnes. La célébration du sacrifice eucharistique est le moyen suprême de notre union au culte de l’Église du ciel, tandis que, « unis dans une même communion, nous vénérons d’abord la mémoire de la glorieuse Marie toujours vierge, de saint Joseph, des bienheureux Apôtres et martyrs, et de tous les saints [164] »."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Directives pastorales"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette foi vénérable de nos pères en la communion de vie qui existe avec nos frères déjà en possession de la gloire céleste, ou en voie de purification après leur mort, le saint Concile la recueille avec piété ; il propose à nouveau les décrets des saints Conciles : le deuxième de Nicée [165], celui de Florence [166], celui de Trente [167]. En même temps, dans sa sollicitude pastorale, il exhorte tous les responsables, au cas où des abus, des excès ou des manques auraient pu ici où là s’introduire, à y porter avec zèle remède, en écartant ou corrigeant le mal, et en restaurant toutes choses de façon que le Christ et Dieu soient plus parfaitement loués. Qu’ils enseignent aux fidèles que le culte authentique des saints ne consiste pas tant à multiplier les actes extérieurs, mais plutôt à pratiquer un amour fervent et effectif, cherchant, pour notre plus grand bien et celui de l’Église, « à fréquenter les saints pour les imiter, à nous unir à eux pour avoir part à leur sort, à obtenir le secours de leur intercession [168] ». Par ailleurs, qu’on montre bien aux fidèles que la fréquentation des habitants du ciel, si elle est conçue selon la pleine lumière de la foi, bien loin de diminuer le culte d’adoration rendu à Dieu le Père par le Christ dans l’Esprit, l’enrichit au contraire plus généreusement [169]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En effet lorsque la charité mutuelle et la louange unanime de la Très Sainte Trinité nous font communier les uns aux autres, nous tous, fils de Dieu qui ne faisons dans le Christ qu’une seule famille (cf. He 3, 6), nous répondons à la vocation profonde de l’Église, et nous prenons par avance une part déjà savoureuse à la liturgie de la gloire parfaite [170]. À l’heure où le Christ apparaîtra, quand se réalisera la glorieuse résurrection des morts, la clarté de Dieu illuminera la Cité céleste et l’Agneau sera son flambeau (cf. Ap 21, 24). Alors l’Église des saints tout entière, dans la joie suprême de la charité, adorera Dieu et « l’Agneau qui a été égorgé » (Ap 5, 12), proclamant d’une seule voix : « À celui qui siège sur le trône et à l’Agneau, louange, honneur, gloire et domination dans les siècles des siècles » (Ap 5, 13-14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE VIII : La bienheureuse Vierge Marie, mère de Dieu dans le mystère du Christ et de l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Introduction"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Sainte Vierge dans le mystère du Christ"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ayant résolu, dans sa très grande bonté et sagesse, d’opérer la rédemption du monde, Dieu « quand vint la plénitude du temps, envoya son Fils né d’une femme... pour faire de nous des fils adoptifs » (Ga 4, 4-5). C’est ainsi que son Fils, « à cause de nous les hommes et pour notre salut, descendit du ciel et prit chair de la Vierge Marie par l’action du Saint-Esprit [171] ». Ce divin mystère de salut se révèle pour nous et se continue dans l’Église, que le Seigneur a établie comme son Corps et dans laquelle les croyants, attachés au Christ chef et unis dans une même communion avec tous ses saints, se doivent de vénérer, « en tout premier lieu la mémoire de la glorieuse Marie, toujours vierge, Mère de notre Dieu et Seigneur Jésus Christ [172]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Sainte Vierge et l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Vierge Marie en effet, qui, lors de l’Annonciation angélique, reçut le Verbe de Dieu à la fois dans son cœur et dans son corps, et présenta au monde la Vie, est reconnue et honorée comme la véritable Mère de Dieu et du Rédempteur. Rachetée de façon éminente en considération des mérites de son Fils, unie à lui par un lien étroit et indissoluble, elle reçoit cette immense charge et dignité d’être la Mère du Fils de Dieu, et, par conséquent, la fille de prédilection du Père et le sanctuaire du Saint-Esprit, don exceptionnel de grâce qui la met bien loin au-dessus de toutes les créatures dans le ciel et sur la terre. Mais elle se trouve aussi réunie, comme descendante d’Adam, à l’ensemble de l’humanité qui a besoin de salut ; bien mieux, elle est vraiment « Mère des membres [du Christ]... ayant coopéré par sa charité à la naissance dans l’Église des fidèles qui sont les membres de ce Chef [173] ». C’est pourquoi encore elle est saluée comme un membre suréminent et absolument unique de l’Église, modèle et exemplaire admirables pour celle-ci dans la foi et dans la charité, objet de la part de l’Église catholique, instruite par l’Esprit Saint, d’un sentiment filial de piété, comme il convient pour une mère très aimante."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’intention du Concile"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aussi, présentant la doctrine de l’Église en laquelle le divin Rédempteur opère notre salut, le saint Concile se propose de mettre avec soin en lumière, d’une part le rôle de la bienheureuse Vierge dans le mystère du Verbe incarné et du Corps mystique, et d’autre part les devoirs des hommes rachetés envers la Mère de Dieu, Mère du Christ et Mère des hommes, des croyants en premier lieu ; le Concile toutefois n’a pas l’intention de faire au sujet de Marie un exposé doctrinal complet, ni de trancher les questions que le travail des théologiens n’a pu encore amener à une lumière totale. Par conséquent, les opinions demeurent légitimes qui sont librement proposées dans les écoles catholiques au sujet de celle qui occupe dans la Sainte Église la place la plus élevée au-dessous du Christ, et nous est toute proche [174]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Rôle de la Sainte Vierge dans l’économie du salut"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Mère du Messie dans l’Ancien Testament"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les Saintes Écritures de l’Ancien et du Nouveau Testament et la Tradition vénérable mettent dans une lumière de plus en plus grande le rôle de la Mère du sauveur dans l’économie du salut et le proposent pour ainsi dire à notre contemplation. Les livres de l’Ancien Testament, en effet, décrivent l’histoire du salut et la lente préparation de la venue du Christ au monde. Ces documents primitifs, tels qu’ils sont lus dans l’Église et compris à la lumière de la révélation postérieure et complète, font apparaître progressivement dans une plus parfaite clarté la figure de la femme, Mère du Rédempteur. Dans cette clarté, celle-ci se trouve prophétiquement esquissée dans la promesse (faite à nos premiers parents après la chute) d’une victoire sur le serpent (cf. Gn 3, 15). De même, c’est elle, la Vierge, qui concevra et enfantera un fils auquel sera donné le nom d’Emmanuel (cf. Is 7, 14 ; cf. Mi 5, 2-3 ; Mt 1, 22-23). Elle occupe la première place parmi ces humbles et ces pauvres du Seigneur qui espèrent et reçoivent le salut de lui avec confiance. Enfin, avec elle, la fille de Sion par excellence, après la longue attente de la promesse, s’accomplissent les temps et s’instaure l’économie nouvelle, lorsque le Fils de Dieu, par elle, prit la nature humaine pour libérer l’homme du péché par les mystères de sa chair."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Marie à l’Annonciation"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais il plut au Père des miséricordes que l’Incarnation fût précédée par une acceptation de la part de cette Mère prédestinée, en sorte que, une femme ayant contribué à l’œuvre de mort, de même une femme contribuât aussi à la vie. Ce qui est vrai à un titre exceptionnel de la Mère de Jésus qui donna au monde la vie destinée à tout renouveler, et fut pourvue par Dieu de dons à la mesure d’une si grande tâche. Rien d’étonnant, par conséquent, à ce que l’usage se soit établi chez les saints Pères, d’appeler la Mère de Dieu la Toute Sainte, indemne de toute tache de péché, ayant été comme pétrie par l’Esprit Saint, et formée comme une nouvelle créature [175]. Enrichie dès le premier instant de sa conception d’une sainteté éclatante absolument unique, la Vierge de Nazareth est saluée par l’ange de l’Annonciation, qui parle au nom de Dieu, comme « pleine de grâce» (cf. Lc 1, 28). Messager céleste auquel elle fait cette réponse : « Voici la servante du Seigneur, qu’il en soit de moi selon ta parole » (Lc 1, 38). Ainsi Marie, fille d’Adam, donnant à la Parole de Dieu son consentement, devint Mère de Jésus et, épousant à plein cœur, sans que nul péché ne la retienne, la volonté divine de salut, se livra elle-même intégralement, comme la servante du Seigneur, à la personne et à l’œuvre de son Fils, pour servir, dans sa dépendance et avec lui, par la grâce du Dieu tout-puissant, au mystère de la Rédemption. C’est donc à juste titre que les saints Pères considèrent Marie non pas simplement comme un instrument passif aux mains de Dieu, mais comme apportant au salut des hommes la coopération de sa libre foi et de son obéissance. En effet, comme dit saint Irénée, « par son obéissance elle est devenue, pour elle-même et pour tout le genre humain, cause du salut [176] ». Aussi avec lui, un bon nombre d’anciens Pères disent volontiers dans leurs prédications : « Le nœud dû à la désobéissance d’Ève s’est dénoué par l’obéissance de Marie ; ce qu’Ève la vierge avait noué par son incrédulité, la Vierge Marie l’a dénoué par sa foi [177] » ; comparant Marie avec Ève, ils appellent Marie « la Mère des vivants [178] » et déclarent souvent : « Par Ève la mort, par Marie la vie [179].»"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Sainte Vierge et l’enfance de Jésus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette union de la Mère avec son Fils dans l’œuvre du salut est manifeste dès l’heure de la conception virginale du Christ jusqu’à sa mort ; et d’abord quand Marie, partant en hâte pour visiter Élisabeth, est saluée par elle du nom de bienheureuse pour avoir cru au salut promis, tandis que le Précurseur tressaillait au sein de sa mère (cf. Lc 1, 41-45) ; lors de la Nativité ensuite, quand la Mère de Dieu présenta dans la joie aux pasteurs et aux mages son Fils premier-né, dont la naissance était non la perte mais la consécration de son intégrité virginale [180]. Puis lorsque, dans le Temple, après avoir fait l’offrande des pauvres, elle présenta son Fils au Seigneur, elle entendit Siméon prophétiser en même temps que le Fils serait un signe de contradiction, et que l’âme de la mère serait transpercée d’un glaive : ainsi se révéleraient les pensées intimes d’un grand nombre (cf. Lc 2, 34-35). Ayant perdu l’Enfant Jésus et l’ayant cherché avec angoisse, ses parents le trouvèrent au Temple occupé dans la maison de son Père, et la parole du Fils ne fut pas comprise par eux. Sa mère cependant gardait tout cela dans son cœur et le méditait (cf. Lc 2, 41-51)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Sainte Vierge et le ministère public de Jésus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pendant la vie publique de Jésus, sa mère apparaît expressément, et dès le début, quand aux noces de Cana en Galilée, touchée de pitié, elle provoque par son intercession le premier signe de Jésus le Messie (cf. Jn 2, 1-11) . Au cours de la prédication de Jésus, elle accueillit les paroles par lesquelles le Fils, mettant le Royaume au-delà des considérations et des liens de la chair et du sang, proclamait bienheureux ceux qui écoutent et observent la Parole de Dieu (cf. Mc 3, 35 par. et Lc 11, 27-28), comme elle le faisait fidèlement elle-même (cf. Lc 2, 19.51). Ainsi la bienheureuse Vierge avança dans son pèlerinage de foi, gardant fidèlement l’union avec son Fils jusqu’à la croix où, non sans un dessein divin, elle était debout (cf. Jn 19, 25), souffrant cruellement avec son Fils unique, associée d’un cœur maternel à son sacrifice, donnant à l’immolation de la victime, née de sa chair, le consentement de son amour, pour être enfin, par le même Christ Jésus mourant sur la croix, donnée comme sa Mère au disciple par ces mots : « Femme, voici ton Fils [181] » (cf. Jn 19, 26-27)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Sainte Vierge après l’Ascension"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais Dieu ayant voulu que le mystère du salut des hommes ne se manifestât ouvertement qu’à l’heure où il répandrait l’Esprit promis par le Christ, on voit les Apôtres, avant le jour de Pentecôte, « persévérant d’un même cœur dans la prière avec quelques femmes dont Marie, Mère de Jésus, et avec ses frères » (Ac 1, 14) ; et l’on voit Marie appelant elle aussi de ses prières le don de l’Esprit qui, à l’Annonciation, l’avait déjà elle-même prise sous son ombre. Enfin la Vierge immaculée, préservée par Dieu de toute souillure de la faute originelle [182], ayant accompli le cours de sa vie terrestre, fut élevée corps et âme à la gloire du ciel [183], et exaltée par le Seigneur comme la Reine de l’univers, pour être ainsi plus entièrement conforme à son Fils, Seigneur des seigneurs (cf. Ap 19, 16), victorieux du péché et de la mort [184]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. La Vierge et l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Marie, servante du Seigneur"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unique est notre Médiateur selon les paroles de l’Apôtre : « Car, il n’y a qu’un Dieu, il n’y a aussi qu’un Médiateur entre Dieu et les hommes, le Christ Jésus, homme lui-même, qui s’est donné en rançon pour tous » (1 Tm 2, 5-6). Mais le rôle maternel de Marie à l’égard des hommes n’offusque et ne diminue en rien cette unique médiation du Christ : il en manifeste au contraire la vertu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Car toute influence salutaire de la part de la bienheureuse Vierge sur les hommes a sa source dans une disposition purement gratuite de Dieu : elle ne naît pas d’une nécessité objective, mais découle de la surabondance des mérites du Christ ; elle s’appuie sur sa médiation, dont elle dépend en tout et d’où elle tire toute sa vertu ; l’union immédiate des croyants avec le Christ ne s’en trouve en aucune manière empêchée, mais au contraire favorisée."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Marie, l’associée du Seigneur"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La bienheureuse Vierge, prédestinée de toute éternité, à l’intérieur du dessein d’incarnation du Verbe, pour être la Mère de Dieu, fut sur la terre, en vertu d’une disposition de la Providence divine, l’aimable Mère du divin Rédempteur, généreusement associée à son œuvre à un titre absolument unique, humble servante du Seigneur. En concevant le Christ, en le mettant au monde, en le nourrissant, en le présentant dans le Temple à son Père, en souffrant avec son Fils qui mourait sur la croix, elle apporta à l’œuvre du Sauveur une coopération absolument sans pareille par son obéissance, sa foi, son espérance, son ardente charité, pour que soit rendue aux âmes la vie surnaturelle. C’est pourquoi elle est devenue pour nous, dans l’ordre de la grâce, notre Mère."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Marie, Mère de la grâce"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À partir du consentement qu’elle apporta par sa foi au jour de l’Annonciation et qu’elle maintint sous la croix dans sa fermeté, cette maternité de Marie dans l’économie de la grâce se continue sans interruption jusqu’à la consommation définitive de tous les élus. En effet, après l’Assomption au ciel, son rôle dans le salut ne s’interrompt pas : par son intercession multiple, elle continue à nous obtenir les dons qui assurent notre salut éternel [185]. Son amour maternel la rend attentive aux frères de son Fils dont le pèlerinage n’est pas achevé, et qui se trouvent engagés dans les périls et les épreuves, jusqu’à ce qu’ils parviennent à la patrie bienheureuse. C’est pourquoi la bienheureuse Vierge est invoquée dans l’Église sous les titres d’avocate, auxiliatrice, secourable, médiatrice [186], tout cela cependant entendu de telle sorte que nulle dérogation, nulle addition n’en résulte quant à la dignité et à l’efficacité de l’unique Médiateur, le Christ [187] ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aucune créature en effet ne peut jamais être mise sur le même pied que le Verbe incarné et rédempteur. Mais tout comme le sacerdoce du Christ est participé sous des formes diverses, tant par les ministres que par le peuple fidèle, et tout comme l’unique bonté de Dieu se répand réellement sous des formes diverses dans les créatures, ainsi l’unique médiation du Rédempteur n’exclut pas, mais suscite au contraire une coopération variée de la part des créatures, en dépendance de l’unique source."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce rôle subordonné de Marie, l’Église le professe sans hésitation ; elle ne cesse d’en faire l’expérience ; elle le recommande au cœur des fidèles pour que cet appui et ce secours maternels les aident à s’attacher plus intimement au Médiateur et Sauveur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Marie, modèle de l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La bienheureuse Vierge, de par le don et la charge de sa maternité divine qui l’unissent à son fils, le Rédempteur, et de par les grâces et les fonctions singulières qui sont siennes, se trouve également en intime union avec l’Église : de l’Église, comme l’ enseignait déjà saint Ambroise, la Mère de Dieu est le modèle dans l’ordre de la foi, de la charité et de la parfaite union au Christ [188]. En effet, dans le mystère de l’Église, qui reçoit elle aussi à juste titre le nom de Mère et de Vierge, la bienheureuse Vierge Marie occupe la première place, offrant, à un titre éminent et singulier, le modèle de la vierge et de la mère [189] : par sa foi et son obéissance, elle a engendré sur la terre le Fils lui-même du Père, sans connaître d’homme, enveloppée par l’Esprit Saint, comme une nouvelle Ève qui donne, non à l’antique serpent, mais au messager de Dieu, une foi que nul doute n’altère. Elle engendra son Fils, dont Dieu a fait le premier-né parmi beaucoup de frères (Rm 8, 29), c’est-à-dire parmi les croyants, à la naissance et à l’éducation desquels elle apporte la coopération de son amour maternel."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église, Mère et Vierge"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais en contemplant la sainteté mystérieuse de la Vierge et en imitant sa charité, en accomplissant fidèlement la volonté du Père, l’Église (grâce à la Parole de Dieu qu’elle reçoit dans la foi) devient à son tour Mère : par la prédication en effet, et par le baptême, elle engendre à une vie nouvelle et immortelle des fils conçus du Saint-Esprit et nés de Dieu. Elle aussi est vierge, ayant donné à son Epoux sa foi, qu’elle garde intègre et pure ; imitant la Mère de son Seigneur, elle conserve, par la vertu du Saint- Esprit, dans leur pureté virginale une foi intègre, une ferme espérance, une charité sincère [190]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église et l’imitation des vertus de Marie"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cependant, si l’Église en la personne de la bienheureuse Vierge atteint déjà à la perfection sans tache ni ride (cf. Ep 5, 27), les fidèles du Christ, eux, sont encore tendus dans leur effort pour croître en sainteté par la victoire sur le péché : c’est pourquoi ils lèvent leurs yeux vers Marie exemplaire de vertu qui rayonne sur toute la communauté des élus. En se recueillant avec piété dans la pensée de Marie, qu’elle contemple dans la lumière du Verbe fait homme, l’Église pénètre avec respect plus avant dans le mystère suprême de l’Incarnation et devient sans cesse plus conforme à son Époux. En effet intimement entrée dans l’histoire du salut, Marie rassemble et reflète en elle-même d’une certaine façon les requêtes suprêmes de la foi et lorsqu’on la prêche et l’honore, elle renvoie les croyants à son Fils et à son sacrifice, ainsi qu’à l’amour du Père. L’Église, à son tour, poursuivant la gloire du Christ, se fait de plus en plus semblable à son grand modèle en progressant continuellement dans la foi, l’espérance et la charité, en recherchant et accomplissant en tout la divine volonté. C’est pourquoi, dans l’exercice de son apostolat, l’Église regarde à juste titre vers celle qui engendra le Christ, conçu du Saint-Esprit et né de la Vierge précisément afin de naître et de grandir aussi par l’Église dans le cœur des fidèles. La Vierge a été par sa vie le modèle de cet amour maternel dont doivent être animés tous ceux qui, associés à la mission apostolique de l’Église, coopèrent pour la régénération des hommes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV. Le culte de la Vierge dans l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nature et fondement du culte de la Sainte Vierge"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ayant pris part, comme la Mère très sainte de Dieu, aux mystères du Christ, élevée par la grâce de Dieu, après son Fils, au-dessus de tous les anges et les hommes, Marie est légitimement honorée par l’Église d’un culte spécial. Et de fait, depuis les temps les plus reculés, la bienheureuse Vierge est honorée sous le titre de « Mère de Dieu » ; et les fidèles se réfugient sous sa protection, l’implorant dans tous les dangers et leurs besoins [191]. Surtout depuis le Concile d’Ephèse, le culte du Peuple de Dieu envers Marie a connu un merveilleux accroissement, sous les formes de la vénération et de l’amour, de l’invocation et de l’imitation, réalisant ses propres paroles prophétiques : « Toutes les générations m’appelleront bienheureuse, car le Tout-Puissant a fait en moi de grandes choses » (Lc 1, 48). Ce culte, tel qu’il a toujours existé dans l’Église, présente un caractère absolument unique ; il n’en est pas moins essentiellement différent du culte d’adoration qui est rendu au Verbe incarné ainsi qu’au Père et à l’Esprit Saint ; il est éminemment apte à le servir. En effet, les formes diverses de piété envers la Mère de Dieu, que l’Église approuve (maintenues dans les limites d’une saine doctrine orthodoxe) en respectant les conditions de temps et de lieu, le tempérament et le génie des peuples fidèles, font que, à travers l’honneur rendu à sa Mère, le Fils, pour qui tout existe (cf. Col 1, 15-16) et en qui il a plu au Père éternel « de faire habiter toute la plénitude » (Col 1, 19), peut être comme il le doit, connu, aimé, glorifié et obéi dans ses commandements."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’esprit de la prédication et du culte de la Sainte Vierge"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette doctrine catholique, le saint Concile l’enseigne formellement. Il invite en même temps les fils de l’Église à apporter un concours généreux au culte, surtout liturgique, envers la bienheureuse Vierge, à faire grand cas des pratiques et exercices de piété envers elle, que le magistère a recommandés au cours des siècles et à conserver religieusement toutes les règles portées dans le passé au sujet du culte des images du Christ, de la bienheureuse Vierge et des saints [192]. Il exhorte vivement les théologiens et ceux qui portent la Parole de Dieu à s’abstenir avec le plus grand soin, quand la dignité unique de la Mère de Dieu est en cause, à la fois de tout excès contraire à la vérité et non moins d’une étroitesse injustifiée [193]. L’application à la Sainte Écriture, aux écrits des Pères et des docteurs, à l’étude des liturgies de l’Église, sous la conduite du magistère, doit leur faire mettre dans une juste lumière le rôle et les privilèges de la bienheureuse Vierge, lesquels sont toujours orientés vers le Christ, source de toute vérité, sainteté et piété. Qu’ils se gardent avec le plus grand soin de toute parole ou de tout geste susceptibles d’induire en erreur (sur la véritable doctrine de l’Église) soit nos frères séparés, soit toute autre personne. Que les fidèles se souviennent en outre qu’une véritable dévotion ne consiste nullement dans un mouvement stérile et éphémère de la sensibilité, pas plus que dans une vaine crédulité ; la vraie dévotion procède de la vraie foi, qui nous conduit à reconnaître la dignité éminente de la Mère de Dieu, et nous pousse à aimer cette Mère d’un amour filial, et à poursuivre l’imitation de ses vertus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "V. Marie, signe d’espérance et de consolation pour le Peuple de Dieu en marche"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Marie, signe d’espérance"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cependant, tout comme dans le ciel où elle est déjà glorifiée corps et âme, la Mère de Jésus représente et inaugure l’Église en son achèvement dans le siècle futur, de même sur cette terre, en attendant la venue du jour du Seigneur (cf. 2 P 3, 10), elle brille déjà devant le Peuple de Dieu en pèlerinage comme un signe d’espérance assurée et de consolation."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Marie et l’union des chrétiens"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le saint Concile trouve une grande joie et consolation au fait que, parmi nos frères séparés, il n’en manque pas qui rendent à la Mère de notre Seigneur et Sauveur l’honneur qui lui est dû, chez les Orientaux en particulier, lesquels vont, d’un élan fervent et d’une âme toute dévouée, vers la Mère de Dieu toujours Vierge pour lui rendre leur culte [194]. Il faut que tous les fidèles croyants adressent à la Mère de Dieu et la Mère des hommes d’instantes supplications, afin qu’après avoir assisté de ses prières l’Église naissante, maintenant encore, exaltée dans le ciel au-dessus de tous les bienheureux et des anges, elle continue d’intercéder près de son Fils dans la communion de tous les saints, jusqu’à ce que toutes les familles des peuples, qu’ils soient déjà marqués du beau nom de chrétiens ou qu’ils ignorent encore leur Sauveur, soient enfin heureusement rassemblés dans la paix et la concorde en un seul Peuple de Dieu à la gloire de la Très Sainte et indivisible Trinité."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout l’ensemble et chacun des points qui ont été édictés dans cette constitution dogmatique ont plu aux Pères. Et Nous, en vertu du pouvoir apostolique que Nous tenons du Christ, en union avec les vénérables Pères, Nous les approuvons, arrêtons et décrétons dans le Saint-Esprit, et Nous ordonnons que ce qui a été ainsi établi en Concile soit promulgué pour la gloire de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rome, à Saint-Pierre, le 21 novembre 1964."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, Paul, évêque de l’Église catholique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Suivent les signatures des Pères)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Extraits des actes du Concile"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notifications Faites par le secrétaire général du Concile au cours de la 123e congrégation générale, le 16 novembre 1964 [195]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On a demandé quelle devait être la qualification théologique de la doctrine exposée dans le schéma sur l’Église et soumise au vote. À cette question la commission doctrinale a donné la réponse suivante : « Comme il est évident de soi, un texte de Concile doit toujours être interprété suivant les règles générales que tous connaissent. À ce propos la commission doctrinale renvoie à sa déclaration du 6 mars 1964, dont nous transcrivons ici le texte. «Compte tenu de l’usage des conciles et du but pastoral du Concile actuel, celui-ci ne définit comme devant être tenus par l’Église que les seuls points concernant la foi et les mœurs qu’il aura clairement déclarés tels. «Quant aux autres points proposés par le Concile, en tant qu’ils sont l’enseignement du magistère suprême de l’Église, tous et chacun des fidèles doivent les recevoir et les entendre selon l’esprit du Concile lui-même qui ressort soit de la matière traitée, soit de la manière dont il s’exprime, selon les normes de l’interprétation théologique. »"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De par l’autorité supérieure est communiquée aux Pères une note explicative préliminaire au sujet des « modi » concernant le chapitre 3 du schéma sur l’Église. La doctrine exposée dans ce chapitre 3 doit être expliquée et comprise selon l’esprit et le libellé de cette note."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Note explicative préliminaire"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La commission a décidé de faire précéder l’examen des « modi [196] » par les observations générales qui suivent :"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Collège n’est pas pris au sens strictement juridique, c’est-à-dire d’un groupe d’égaux qui délégueraient leur pouvoir à leur président, mais d’un groupe stable, dont la structure et l’autorité doivent être déduites de la Révélation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi la réponse au modus 12 dit explicitement des Douze que le Seigneur les a établis à la manière d’un collège ou groupe stable [197] . Voir aussi le modus 53 c."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour la même raison on emploie aussi çà et là au sujet du collège épiscopal les termes d’ordre et de corps. Le parallélisme entre Pierre et les autres Apôtres d’une part, et le Souverain Pontife et les évêques d’autre part, n’implique pas la transmission du pouvoir extraordinaire des Apôtres à leurs successeurs, ni – c’est évident – l’égalité entre le chef et les membres du collège, mais seulement une proportionnalité entre le premier rapport (Pierre-Apôtres) et le second (pape-évêques). Aussi la commission a-telle décidé d’écrire au n° 22, non pas de la même manière mais d’une manière semblable (cf. modus 57) [198]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On devient membre du collège en vertu de la consécration épiscopale et par la communion hiérarchique avec le chef du collège et ses membres (cf. n° 22, § 2 à la fin) [199]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans la consécration est donnée la participation ontologique aux fonctions (munera) sacrées comme il ressort de façon indubitable de la Tradition et aussi de la tradition liturgique. De propos délibéré on emploie le terme de fonctions (munera) et non pas celui de pouvoir (potestas), parce que ce dernier pourrait s’entendre d’un pouvoir apte à s’exercer en acte. Mais pour qu’un tel pouvoir apte à s’exercer existe, doit intervenir la détermination canonique ou juridique de la part de l’autorité hiérarchique. Cette détermination du pouvoir peut consister dans la concession particulière d’une fonction ou dans l’assignation de sujets, et elle est donnée selon les normes approuvées par l’autorité suprême. Une telle norme ultérieure est requise par la nature de la chose, parce qu’il s’agit de fonctions qui doivent être exercées par plusieurs sujets qui, de par la volonté du Christ, coopèrent de façon hiérarchique. Il est évident que cette « communion » a été appliquée dans la vie de l’Église suivant les circonstances des temps avant d’avoir été comme codifiée dans le droit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi on dit expressément qu’est requise la communion hiérarchique avec le chef et les membres de l’Église. La communion est une notion tenue en grand honneur dans l’ancienne Église (comme aujourd’hui encore, notamment en Orient). On ne l’entend pas de quelque vague sentiment, mais d’une réalité organique, qui exige une forme juridique et est animée en même temps par la charité. Aussi, d’un consentement presque unanime, la commission a-t-elle décidé qu’il fallait écrire : « En communion hiérarchique » (cf. modus 40 et aussi ce qui est dit de la mission canonique au n° 24) [200]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les documents des Souverains Pontifes récents au sujet de la juridiction des évêques doivent être interprétés d’après cette détermination nécessaire des pouvoirs."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Du collège, qui n’existe pas sans son chef, on dit : « qu’il est aussi sujet du pouvoir suprême et plénier dans l’Église universelle ». Il faut admettre nécessairement cela pour ne pas mettre en question la plénitude du pouvoir du Pontife romain. En effet le collège s’entend nécessairement et toujours avec son chef, qui dans le collège garde intégralement sa charge de vicaire du Christ et de pasteur de l’Église universelle. En d’autres termes, la distinction n’est pas entre le Pontife romain et les évêques pris ensemble, mais entre le Pontife romain seul et le Pontife romain ensemble avec les évêques. Parce qu’il est le chef du collège, le Souverain Pontife seul peut poser certains actes qui ne reviennent d’aucune manière aux évêques, par exemple convoquer le collège et le diriger, approuver les normes d’action, etc. (cf. modus 81). Il relève du jugement du Souverain Pontife, à qui a été confié le soin de tout le troupeau du Christ, de déterminer, selon les besoins de l’Église qui varient au cours des temps, de quelle manière il convient de rendre effectif ce soin, soit de manière personnelle, soit de manière collégiale. Pour régler, promouvoir et approuver l’exercice collégial, le Souverain Pontife procède suivant sa propre discrétion, en considération du bien de l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En tant que Pasteur suprême de l’Église, le Souverain Pontife peut exercer à son gré son pouvoir en tout temps, comme cela est requis par sa charge même. Quant au collège, il existe bien toujours, mais il n’agit pas pour autant en permanence par une action strictement collégiale, ainsi qu’il ressort de la Tradition de l’Église. En d’autres termes, il n’est pas toujours « en plein exercice », bien plus ce n’est que par intervalle qu’il agit dans un acte strictement collégial et si ce n’est avec le consentement de son chef. On dit « avec le consentement de son chef », pour qu’on ne pense pas à une dépendance comme à l’égard de quelqu’un d’étranger ; le terme de « consentement », évoque au contraire la communion entre le chef et les membres et implique la nécessité de l’acte qui revient en propre au chef. La chose est affirmée explicitement au n° 22, § 2 et expliquée à la fin du même numéro [201]. La formule négative si ce n’est comprend tous les cas, d’où il est évident que les normes approuvées par l’autorité suprême doivent toujours être observées (cf. modus 84)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En tout cela il apparaît donc qu’il s’agit d’une union étroite des évêques avec leur chef et jamais d’une action des évêques indépendamment du pape. Dans ce cas, quand l’action du chef fait défaut, les évêques ne peuvent pas agir en tant que collège, ainsi qu’il ressort de la notion de « collège ». Cette communion hiérarchique de tous les évêques avec le Souverain Pontife est certainement habituelle dans la Tradition."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "N. B. Sans la communion hiérarchique la fonction sacramentelle ontologique, qu’il faut distinguer de l’aspect canonique-juridique, ne peut être exercée. Mais la commission a estimé qu’il n’y avait pas lieu d’entrer dans les questions de licéité et de validité ; elles sont laissées à la discussion des théologiens, spécialement pour ce qui concerne le pouvoir qui est exercé de fait chez les Orientaux séparés, et pour l’explication duquel existent des opinions diverses."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pericles Felici Archevêque titulaire de Samosate, secrétaire général du IIe Concile œcuménique du Vatican"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] Cf. Saint Cyprien, Épître 64, 4 : PL 3, 1017 ; csel (Hartel) III B, p. 720. – Saint Hilaire de Poitiers, In Mt. 23 : PL 9, 1047. – Saint Augustin, passim. – Saint Cyrille d’Alexandrie, Glaph. in Gen. 2, 10 : PG 69, 110 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2] Cf. Saint Grégoire le Grand, Hom. in Evang. 19, 1 : PL 76, 1154 B. – Saint Augustin, Sermon 341, 9, 11 : PL 39, 1499s. – Saint Jean Damascène, Adv. Iconocl. 11 ; PG 96, 1357."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3] Cf. Saint Irénée, Adv. Haer. III, 24, 1 : PG 7, 966 B ; Harvey 2, 131 ; Sagnard, Sources chr., p. 398."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4] Saint Cyprien, De Orat. Dom. 23 : PL 4, 553 ; csel (Hartel) III A, p. 285. – Saint Augustin, Sermon 71, 20, 33 : PL 38, 463s. – Saint Jean Damascène, Adv. Iconocl. 12 : PG 96, 1358 D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5] Cf. Origène, in Mt. 16, 21 : PG 13, 1443 C. – Tertullien, Adv. Marc. 3, 7 : PL 2, 357 C ; csel 47, 3, p. 386. – Pour les documents liturgiques : cf. Sacramentarium Gregorianum : PL 78, 160 B. C. Mohlberg, Liber Sacramentorum romanae ecclesiae, Rome, 1960, p. 111, XC : « Dieu qui par le rassemblement des saints construit pour toi une demeure éternelle » – Hymne Urbs Ierusalem beata, dans le Bréviaire monastique, et Coelestis urbs Ierusalem, dans le Bréviaire romain."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6] Cf. Saint Thomas, Somme théologique III, q. 62, a. 5, ad 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Mystici Corporis, 29 juin 1943/AAS 35 (1943), p. 208."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8] Cf. Léon XIII, Encycl. Divinum illud, 9 mai 1897 : ASS 29 (1896-1897), p. 650. – Pie XII, Encycl. Mystici Corporis, I, c., p. 219-220 ; Denz. 2288 (3808). – Saint Augustin, Sermon 268, 2 : PL 38, 1232. – Saint Jean Chrysostome, In Eph. Hom. 9, 3 : PG 62, 72. – Didyme d’Alexandrie, Trin. 2, 1 : PG 39, 449s. – Saint Thomas, In Col. 1, 18, lect. 5, éd. Marietti, II, n. 46 : « comme de l’unité de l’âme se constitue un corps un, de même en va-t-il par l’unité de l’Esprit pour l’Église... »."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[9] Léon XIII, Encycl. Sapientiae christianae, 10 janvier 1890 : ASS 22 (1889-1890), p.392. – Id. Encycl. Satis cognitum, 29 juin 1896 : ASS 28 (1895-1896), p. 710 et 724 s. – Pie XII, Encycl. Mystici Corporis, l. c., p. 199- 200."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[10] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Mystici Corporis, l. c., p. 221s. – Id., Encycl. Humani generis, 12 août 1950 : AAS 42 (1950) p. 571."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[11] Léon XII, encycl. Satis cognitum, l. c., p. 713."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[12] Cf. Symbolum Apostolicum : Denz. 6-9 (10-13). – Symb. Nic. Const. : Denz. 86 (150) – Coll. Prof. fidei Trid. : Denz. 994 et 999 (1862 et 1868)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[13] Dicitur « Sancta (catholica apostolica) Romana Ecclesia » : in Prof. fidei Trid., l. c. et Conc. Vat. I, sess. 3, Const. dogm. « De fide cath.», Dei Filius : Denz. 1782 (3001)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[14] Saint Augustin, La Cité de Dieu, XVIII, 51, 2 : PL 41, 614."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[15] Cf. Saint Cyprien, Épître 69, 6 : PL 3, 1142 B ; csel (Hartel) 3 B, p. 774 : « inseparabile unitatis sacramentum »."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[16] Cf. Pie XII, Alloc.Magnificate Dominum, 2 novembre 1954 : AAS 46 (1954), p. 669. – Encycl. Mediator Dei, 20 novembre 1947 : AAS 39 (1947), p. 555."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[17] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Miserentissimus Redemptor, 8 mai 1928 : AAS 20 (1928), p. 171s. – Pie XII, Alloc.Vous nous avez, 22 septembre 1956 : AAS 48 (1956), p. 714."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[18] Cf. Saint Thomas, Somme théologique III, q. 63, a. 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[19] Cf. Saint Cyrille de Jérusalem, Catéch. 17. De Spiritu Sancto, II, 35-37 : PG 33, 1009-1012. – Nic. Cabasilas, De vita in Christo, liv. III, De utilitate chrismatis : PG 150, p. 569-580. – Saint Thomas, Somme théologique III, q. 65, a. 3 et q. 72, a. 1 et 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[20] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Mediator Dei, 20 novembre 1947 ; AAS 39 (1947), praesertim p. 552s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[21] 1 Co 7, 7 : « Chacun reçoit de Dieu son don particulier, l’un celui-ci, l’autre celui-là. » cf. Saint Augustin, De Dono Persev. 14, 37 : PL 45, 1015s. : « Ce n’est pas la continence seule qui est don de Dieu, mais aussi la chasteté des époux.»"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[22] Cf. Saint Augustin, De Praed. Sanct. 14, 27 : PL 44, 980."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[23] Cf. Saint Jean Chrysostome, In Io., Hom. 65, 1 : PG 59, 361."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[24] Cf. Saint Irénée, Adv. Haer. III, 16, 6 ; III, 22, 1-3 : PG 7, 925 C-926 A et 955 C-958 A ; Harvey 2, 87 s. et 120-123 ; Sagnard, Sources chr., p. 290-292 et 372 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[25] Cf. Saint Ignace, Ad Rom., préf. : Funk I, p. 252."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[26] Cf. Saint Augustin, Bapt. c. Donat. V, 28, 39 : PL 43, 197 : « Il est bien évident que, si l’on dit dans et hors de l’Église, cela doit s’entendre du cœur et non du corps. » – Cf. ibid. III, 19, 26 : col. 152 ; V, 18, 24 : col. 189; In. Io. Tr. 61, 2 : PL 35, 1800, et alibi saepe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[27] Cf. Lc 12, 48 : « À qui on aura beaucoup donné, il sera beaucoup demandé. » – Cf. aussi Mt 5, 19-20 ; 7, 21-22 ; 25, 41-46 ; Jc 2, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[28] Cf. Léon XIII, épître apost. Praeclara gratulationis, 20 juin 1894 : ASS 26 (1893-1894), p. 707."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[29] Cf. Léon XIII, encycl. Satis cognitum, 29 juin 1896 : ASS 28 (1895-1896), p. 738. – Encycl.Caritatis studium, 25 juillet 1898 : ASS 31 (1898-1899), p. 11. – Pie XII, Message radioph. Nell’alba, 24 décembre 1941 : AAS 34 (1942), p. 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[30] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Rerum Orientalium, 8 septembre 1928 : AAS 20 (1928), p. 287. – Pie XII, Encycl. Orientalis Ecclesiae, 9 avril 1944 : AAS 36 (1944), p. 137."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[31] Cf. Instruc. de la Sacrée Congrégation du Saint-Office, 20 décembre 1949 : AAS 42 (1950), p. 142."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[32] Cf. Saint Thomas, Somme théologique III, q. 8, a. 3, ad 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[33] Cf. Lettre de la Sacrée Congrégation du Saint-Office à l’archevêque de Boston. : Denz. 3869-72."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[34] Cf. Eusèbe de Césarée, Praeparatio Evangelica, 1, 1 : PG 21, 28 AB."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[35] Cf. Benoît XV, épître apost. Maximum illud : AAS 11 (1919), p. 440, praesertim p. 451 s. – Pie XI, Encycl. Rerum Ecclesiae : AAS 18 (1926), p. 68-69. – Pie XII, encycl. Fidei donum, 21 avril 1957 : AAS 49 (1957), p. 236-237."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[36] Cf. Didachè, 14 : Funk I, p. 32. – Saint Justin, Dial. 41 : PG 6, 564. – Saint Irénée, Adv. Haer. IV, 17, 5 : PG 7, 1023 ; Harvey, 2, p. 199s. – Conc. de Trente, sess. 22, chap. 1 : Denz. 939 (1742)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[37] Cf. Conc. Vat. I, sess. 4, Const. dogm. Pastor Aeternus : Denz. 1821 (3050s.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[38] Cf. Conc. de Florence, Decretum pro Graecis : Denz. 694 (1307) et Conc. Vat. I, ibid. : Denz. 1826 (3059)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[39] Cf. Liber sacramentorum. – Saint Grégoire, Praef. in natali S. Matthiae et S. Thomae : PL 78, 51 et 152 ; cf. Cod. Vat. lat. 3548, f. 18. – Saint Hilaire, In Ps. 67, 10 : PL 9, 450 ; csel 22, p. 286. – Saint Jérôme, Adv. Iovin, 1, 26 : PL 23, 247 A. – Saint Augustin, In Ps. 86, 4 : PL 37, 1103. – Saint Grégoire le Grand, Mor. in Iob XXVIII, V : PL 76, 455-456. – Primasius, Comm. in Apoc. V : PL 68, 924 BC. – Paschase Radbert, In Mt. L. VIII, chap. 16 : PL 120, 561 C. – Cf. Léon XIII, épître Et sane, 17 décembre 1888 : ASS 21 (1888), p. 321."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[40] Cf. Ac 6, 2-6 ; 11, 30 ; 13, 1 : 14, 23 ; 20, 17 ; 1 Th 5, 12-13 ; Ph 1, 1 ; Col. 4, 11 et passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[41] Cf. Ac 20, 25-27 ; 2 Tm 4, 6 s., coll. c. 1 Tm 5, 22 ; 2 Tm 2, 2 ; Tt 1, 5. – Saint Clément de Rome, Ad Cor. 44, 3 ; Funk I, p. 156."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[42] Saint Clément de Rome, Ad Cor., 44, 2 ; Funk I, p. 154s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[43] Cf. Tertullien, Praescr. Haer. 32 : PL 2, 52 s. – Saint Ignace, passim. * Le latin évoque l’image du marcottage."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[44] Cf. Tertullien, Praescr. Haer. 32, PL 2, 53."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[45] Cf. Saint Irénée, Adv. Haer. III, 3, 1 : PG 7, 848 A ; Harvey 2, 8 ; Sagnard, Sources chr., p. 100 s. : « manifestatam»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[46] Cf. Saint Irénée, Adv. Haer. III, 2, 2 : PG 7, 847 ; Harvey 2, 7 ; Sagnard, ibid., p. 100 : « custoditur » ; cf. ibid., IV, 26, 2 : col. 1053 ; Harvey 2, 236 necnon IV, 33, 8 ; col. 1077 ; Harvey 2, 262."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[47] Saint Ignace, Philad. préf. : Funk I, p. 264."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[48] Ibid., 1, 1 ; Magn. 6, 1 : Funk I, p. 264 et 234."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[49] Saint Clément de Rome, l. c. 42, 3-4 ; 44, 3-4 ; 57, 1-2 : Funk I, 152, 156, 171 s. – Saint Ignace, Philad. 2 ; Smyrn. 8, Magn. 3 ; Trall. 7 : Funk I, p. 265 ; 282 ; 232 ; 246 s., etc. – Saint Justin, Apoll. 1, 65 ; PG 6, 428. – Saint Cyprien, Épître, passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[50] Cf. Léon XIII, Encycl. Satis cognitum, 29 juin 1896 : ASS 28 (1895-1896), p. 732."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[51] Cf. Conc. de Trente, sess. 23, décret De sacr. Ordinis, chap. 4 : Denz. 960 (1768). – Concile Vatican I, sess. 4, Const. Dogm. 1 De Ecclesia Christi, chap. 3 : Denz. 1828 (3061). – Pie XII, Encycl. Mystici corporis, 29 juin 1943, AAS 35 (1943), p. 209 et 212. – Cod. Iur. Can., c. 329 § 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[52] Cf. Léon XIII, épître Et sane, 17 décembre 1888 : ASS 21 (1888), p. 321 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[53] Saint Léon le Grand, Sermon 5, 3 : PL 54, 154."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[54] Le concile de Trente, sess. 23, chap. 3 cite les paroles de 2 Tm 1, 6-7 pour prouver que l’Ordre est un véritable sacrement : Denz., 959 (1766)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[55] In Trad. Apost. 3 : Botte, Sources chr., p. 27-30, Episcopo tribuitur « primatus sacerdotii » ; cf. Sacramentarium Leonianum : C. Mohlberg, Sacramentarium Veronense, Rome, 1955, p. 119 : « Au ministère du sacerdoce suprême... Accomplis dans les prêtres la réalité totale de ton mystère = ministère ». Idem, Liber Sacramentorum Romanae Ecclesiae, Rome, 1960, p. 121-122 : « Donne-leur, Seigneur, la chaire épiscopale pour qu’ils dirigent l’Église et tout le peuple » : cf. PL 78, 224."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[56] Trad. apost. 2 ; Botte, p. 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[57] Conc. de Trente, sess. 23, chap. 4 (le Concile de Trente enseigne que le sacrement de l’Ordre imprime un caractère indélébile : Denz. 960 (1767). – Cf. Jean XXIII, alloc. Iubilate Deo, 8 mai 1960 : AAS 52 (1960), p. 466. – Paul VI, hom. in Bas. Vatic., 20 octobre 1963 : AAS 55 (1963), p. 1014."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[58] Saint Cyprien, Épître 63, 14 : PL 4, 386 ; csel (Hartel) III B, p. 713 : « Le prêtre agit véritablement à la place du Christ ». – Saint Jean Chrysostome, In 2 Tim, Hom. 2, 4 : PG 62, 612 : Le sacerdoce est « symbolon » du Christ. – Saint Ambroise, In Ps. 38, 25-26 : PL 14, 1051-52 ; csel 64, 203-204. – Ambrosiaster, In 1 Tm 5, 19 PL 17, 479 C et In Eph. 4, 11-12 : col. 387 C – Theodore Mops., Hom. Catech. XV, 21 et 24 : Tonneau, p. 497 et 503. – Hesychius de Jérusalem, In Lev. L. 2, 9, 23 : PG 93, 894 B."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-324",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[59] Cf. Eusèbe, Hist. Eccl. V, 24, 10 : GCS II, I, p. 495 ; Bardy, Sources chr., II, p. 69. – Dionysius, chez Eusèbe, ibid. VII, 5, 2 : GCS II, 2, p. 638 s., Bardy, II, p. 168s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[60] Sur les anciens conciles, cf. Eusèbe, Hist. Eccl. V, 23-24 : GCS II, I, p. 488 s. Bardy, II, p. 66 s. et passim. – Conc. de Nicée, Can. 5 : Conc. Œc. Decr., p. 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-326",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[61] Tertullien, De Ieiunio, 13 : PL 2, 972 B ; csel 20, p. 292, lin. 13-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[62] Saint Cyprien, Épître 56, 3 : csel (Hartel) III B, p. 650 ; Bayard, p. 154."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[63] Cf. Zinelli, in Conc. Vat. I : Mansi 52, 1109 C."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-329",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[64] Cf. Conc. Vat. I, Schema Const. dogm. II, de Ecclesia Christi, c. 4 : Mansi 53, 310. – Cf.relatio Kleutgen de Schemate reformato : Mansi 53, 321 B, 322 B et Zinelli : Mansi 52, 1110 A. – Voir aussi saint Léon le Grand, Sermon 4, 3 : PL 54, 151 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[65] Cf. Cod. Iur. Can., c. 227."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[66] Cf. Conc. Vat. I, Const. Dogm. Pastor Aeternus : Denz. 1821 (3050s.)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-332",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[67] Cf. Saint Cyprien, Épître 66, 8 : csel (Hartel) III, 2, p. 733 : « L’évêque est dans l’Église, et l’Église est dans l’évêque.»"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-333",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[68] Cf. Saint Cyprien, Épître 55, 24 : csel (Hartel), p. 642, lin. 13 : « L’Église une, répartie à travers le monde entier en une multitude de membres. » – Épître 36, 4 : csel (Hartel), p.575, lin. 20-21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[69] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Fidei donum, 21 avril 1957 : AAS 49 (1957), p. 237."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-335",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[70] Cf. Saint Hilaire de Poitiers, In Ps. 14, 3 : PL 9, 206 ; csel 22, p. 86. – Saint Grégoire le Grand, Moral. IV, 7, 12 : PL 75, 643 C. – Ps. Basile, In Is. 15, 296, PG 30, 637 c."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-336",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[71] Saint Célestin, Épître 18, 1-2, ad Conc. d’Éphèse : PL 50, 505 AB ; Schwartz, Acta Conc. Œc. I, 1, 1, p. 22. Cf. Benoît XV, Épître apost. Maximum illud AAS II (1919), p. 440. Pie XII, Encycl. Fidei donum, l. c."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-337",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[72] Léon XIII, Encycl. Grande munus, 30 septembre 1880 : ASS 13 (1880), p. 145. – Cf. Cod. Iur. Can., c. 1327 ; c. 1350 § 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-338",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[73] Sur les droits des Églises patriarcales, cf. Conc. de Nicée, can. 6 d’Alexandrie et Antioche et can. 7 de Jérusalem : Conc. Œc. Decr., p. 8 – Conc. de Latran IV, année 1215, Constitut. V : De dignitate Patriarcharum : ibid., p. 212 – Conc. de Ferrare-Florence : ibid., p. 504."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-339",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[74] Cf. Cod. Iuris pro Eccl. Orient., c. 216-314 : de Patriarchis ; c. 324-339 : de Archiepiscopis maioribus ; c. 362-391 : de aliis dignitariis ; in specie, c. 238 § 3 ; 216, 240, 251, 255 : de Episcopis a Patriarcha nominandis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-340",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[75] Cf. Conc. de Trente, Décr. de reform., sess. 5, c. 2, n. 9 et sess. 24, can. 4 ; Conc. Œc. Decr., p. 645 et 739."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[76] Cf. Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. Dei Filius, 3 : Denz. 1712 (3011).– Cf. nota adiecta ad schema I de Eccl. (desumpta ex S. Rob. Bellarmino) : Mansi 51, 579 C ; necnon Schema reformatum Const. II de Ecclesia Christi, cum commentario Kleutgen : Mansi 53, 313 AB. – Pie IX, épître Tuas libenter : Denz. 1683 (2879)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-342",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[77] Cf. Cod. Iur. Can., c. 1322-1323."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[78] Cf. Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. Pastor Aeternus : Denz. 1839 (3074)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-344",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[79] Cf. explicatio Gasser in Conc. Vat. I : Mansi 152, 1213 AC."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-345",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[80] Gasser, ibid. : Mansi 1214 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-346",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[81] Gasser, ibid. : Mansi 1215 CD, 1216-1217 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-347",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[82] Gasser, ibid. : Mansi 1213."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-348",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[83] Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. Pastor Aeternus, 4 : Denz. 1836 (3070)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-349",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[84] Oraison sur la consécration épiscopale dans le rite byzantin : Euchologion to mega, Rome, 1873, p. 139."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-350",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[85] Cf. Saint Ignace, Smyrn. 8, 1 : Funk I, p. 282."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-351",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[86] Cf. Ac 8, 1 ; 14, 22-23 ; 20, 17 et passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[87] Cf. Oratio mozarabica : PL 96, 759 B."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-353",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[88] Cf. Saint Ignace, Smyrn. 8, 1 ; Funk I, p. 282."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-354",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[89] Saint Thomas, Somme théologique III, q. 73, a. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-355",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[90] Cf. Saint Augustin, C. Faustum, 12, 20 : PL 42, 265 ; Sermon 57, 7 : PL 38, 389, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-356",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[91] Saint Léon le Grand, Sermon 63, 7 : PL 54, 357 C."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-357",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[92] Traditio Apostolica, Saint Hippolyte 2-3 ; Botte, p. 26-30."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-358",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[93] Cf. Texte de l’examen au début de la consécration épiscopale et oraison à la fin de la messe de la consécration épiscopale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-359",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[94] Benoît XIV, Br. Romana Ecclesia, 5 octobre 1752, § 1 : Bullarium Benedicti XIV, t. IV, Rome, 1758, 21 : « l’évêque représente la figure du Christ et accomplit sa fonction. » – Pie XII, Encycl. Mystici Corporis, 1. c., p. 211 : « Les évêques paissent et régissent les troupeaux qui leur sont confiés, chacun le sien.»"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-360",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[95] Léon XIII, Encycl. Satis cognitum, 29 juin 1896 : ASS 28 (1895-1896), p. 732. – Idem, épître Officio sanctissimo, 22 décembre 1887 ; ASS 20 (1887), p. 264. – Pie IX, Lettre apostolique aux Églises d’Allemagne, 12 mars 1875, et Alloc. consist., 15 mars 1875 : Denz. 3112-3117, in nova ed. tantum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-361",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[96] Conc. Vat. I, Constit. dogm. Pastor Aeternus, 3 : Denz. 1828 (3061). – Cf. Zinelli : Mansi 52, 1114 D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-362",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[97] Cf. Saint Ignace, Ad Ephes. 5, 1 : Funk I, p. 216."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-363",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[98] Cf. Saint Ignace, Ad Ephes. 6, 1 ; Funk I, p. 218."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-364",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[99] Cf. Conc. de Trente, sess. 23, De sacr. Ord., c. 2 : Denz. 958 (1765) ; et can. 6 : Denz. 966 (1776)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-365",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[100] Cf. Innocent Ier, Epist. ad Decentium : PL 20, 554 A ; Mansi 3, 1029 ; Denz. 98 (215) : « Tout en appartenant au sacerdoce au titre du second ordre, les prêtres n’ont pas la charge suprême du pontificat. » – Saint Cyprien, Épître 61, 3 : csel (Hartel), p. 696."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-366",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[101] Cf. Conc. de Trente, l. c. : Denz. 956a-968 (1763-1778), et in specie can. 7 : Denz. 967 (1777). – Pie XII, Const. apost. Sacramentum Ordinis : Denz. 2301 (3857-3861)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-367",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[102] Cf. Innocent I, 1. c. Saint Grégoire de Naziance, Apol. II, 22 : PG 35, 432 B. – Pseudo-Denys, Eccl. Hier. 1, 2 : PG 3, 372 D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-368",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[103] Cf. Conc. de Trente, sess. 22 : Denz. 940 (1743). – Pie XII, Encycl. Mediator Dei, 20 novembre 1947 : AAS 39 (1947), p. 553 ; Denz. 2300 (3850)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-369",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[104] Cf. Conc. de Trente, sess. 22 : Denz. 938 (1739-1740). – Conc. Vat. II, const. Sacrosanctum concilium, n. 7 et n. 47."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-370",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[105] Cf. Pie XII, encycl. Mediator Dei, l. c., sub. n. 67."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-371",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[106] Cf. Saint Cyprien, Épître 11, 3 : PL 4, 242 B ; csel (Hartel) II, 2, p."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-372",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[107] « Ordination des prêtres, à l’imposition des vêtements. »"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-373",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[108] « Ordination des prêtres, préface consécratoire. »"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-374",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[109] Cf. Saint Ignace, Philad. 4 : Funk I, p. 266. – Saint Corneille Ier, chez Saint Cyprien, Épître 48, 2 : csel (Hartel) III, 2, p. 610."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-375",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[110] Constitutiones Ecclesiae aegyptiacae, III, 2 : Funk, Didascalia, II, p. 103 – Statuta Eccl. Ant. : 37-41 ; Mansi 3, 954."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-376",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[111] Saint Polycarpe, Ad Ph. 5, 2 : Funk I, p. 300 (l’auteur dit : « Le Christ s’est fait le diacre – serviteur – de tous »). Cf. Didachè, 15, 1 : ibid., p. 32, I, p. 530. – Saint Ignace, Trall. 2, 3 : ibid., p. 242. – Constitutiones Apostolorum, 8, 28, 4 : Funk, Didascalia, I, p. 530."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-377",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[112] Saint Augustin, Sermon 340, 1 : PL 38, 1483."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-378",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[113] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Quadragesimo anno, 15 mai 1931 : AAS 23 (1931), p. 221 s. – Pie XII, Alloc. De quelle consolation, 14 octobre 1951 : AAS 43 (1951), p. 790s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-379",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[114]Cf. Pie XII, alloc. Six ans se sont écoulés, 5 octobre 1957 : AAS 49 (1957), p. 927."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-380",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[115] Tiré de la préface pour la fête du Christ-Roi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-381",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[116]Cf. Léon XIII, encycl. Immortale Dei, 1er novembre 1885 : ASS 18 (1885), p. 166s. – Idem, Encycl. Sapientiae christianae, 10 janvier 1890 : ASS 22 (1889-1890), p. 397s. – Pie XII, Alloc. Alla vostra filiale, 23 mars 1958 : AAS 50 (1958), p. 220 : « La légitime saine laïcité de l’État.»"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-382",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[117] Cod. Iur. Can., can. 682."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-383",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[118] Cf. Pie XII, Alloc. De quelle consolation, l. c., p. 789 : « Dans les batailles décisives, c’est parfois du front que partent les plus heureuses initiatives... » – Idem, Alloc. L’importance de la presse catholique, 17 février 1950 : AAS 42 (1950), p. 256."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-384",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[119] Cf. 1 Th 5, 19 et 1 Jn 4, 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-385",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[120] Epist. ad Diognetum, 6 : Funk I, p. 400. – Cf. Saint Jean Chrysostome, In Mt., Hom. 46 (47) 2 : PG 58, 478, de fermento in massa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-386",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[121] Missel romain, Gloria in excelsis. Cf. Lc 1, 35 ; Mc 1, 24 ; Lc 4, 34 ; Jn 6, 69 (ho hagios tou Theou) ; Ac 3, 14 ; 4, 27.30 ; He 7, 26 ; 1 Jn 2, 20 ; Ap 3, 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-387",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[122] Cf. Origène, Comm. Rom. 7, 7 : PG 14, 1122 B. – Ps.-Macarius, De Oratione, 11 : PG 34, 861, AB. – Saint Thomas, Somme théologique IIa IIae, q. 184, a. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-388",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[123] Cf. Saint Augustin, Retract. II, 18 : PL 32, 637 s. – Pie XII, Encycl. Mystici Corporis, 29 juin 1943 ; AAS 35 (1943), p. 225."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-389",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[124] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Rerum omnium, 26 janvier 1923 : AAS 15 (1923), p. 50 et 59-60. – Id. Encycl. Casti Connubii, 31 décembre 1930 : AAS 22 (1930), p. 548. – Pie XII, Const. apost. Provida Mater, 2 février 1947 : AAS 39 (1947), p. 117. – Alloc. Annus sacer, 8 décembre 1950 : AAS 43 (1951), p. 27-28. – Alloc. Nel darvi, 1er juillet 1956 : AAS 48 (1956), p. 574."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-390",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[125] Cf. Saint Thomas, Somme théologique IIa IIae, q. 184, a. 5 et 6 ; De perf. vitae spir., c. 18. – Origène, in Is., Hom. 6, 1 : PG 13, 239."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-391",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[126] Cf. Saint Ignace, Magn. 13, 1 : Funk I, p. 241."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-392",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[127] Cf. Saint Pie X, exhort. Haerent animo, 4 août 1908 : ASS 41 (1908), p. 560s. – Cod. Iur. Can., can. 124. – Pie XI, Encycl. Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20 décembre 1935 : AAS 28 (1936), p. 22s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-393",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[128] Ordo consecrationis sacerdotalis, in exhortatione initiali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-394",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[129] Cf. Saint Ignace, Trall. 2, 3 : Funk I, p. 244."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-395",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[130] Cf. Pie XII, Alloc. Sous la maternelle protection, 9 décembre 1957 : AAS 50 (1958), p.36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-396",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[131] Pie XI, encycl. Casti Connubii, 31 décembre 1930 : AAS 22 (1930), p. 548s. – Cf. Saint Jean Chrysostome, In Ephes., Hom. 20, 2 : PG 62, 136s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-397",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[132] Cf. Saint Augustin, Enchir. 121, 32 : PL 40, 288. – Saint Thomas, Somme théologique IIa IIae, q. 184, a. 1. – Pie XII, adhort. apost. Menti nostrae, 23 septembre 1950 : AAS 42 (1950), p. 660."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-398",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[133] Sur les conseils en général, cf. Origène, Comm. Rom. X, 14 : PG 14, 1275 B. – Saint Augustin, De S. Virginitate, 15, 15 : PL 40, 403. – Saint Thomas, Somme théologique I-II, q.100 a. 2 c (in fine) ; IIa IIae q. 44, a. 4 ad. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-399",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[134] Sur l’excellence de la virginité consacrée, cf. Tertullien, Exhort. Cast. 10 : PL 2, 925 C. – Saint Cyprien, Hab. Virg. 3 et 22 : PL 4, 443 B et 461 As. – Saint Athanase (?), De Virg. : PG 28, 252s. – Saint Jean Chrysostome, De Virg. : PG 48, 533s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-400",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[135] Sur la pauvreté spirituelle, cf. Mt 5, 3 et 19, 21 ; Mc 10, 21 ; Lc 18, 22 ; sur l’obéissance l’exemple du Christ est donné en Jn 4, 34 et 6, 38 ; Ph 2, 8-10 ; He 10,5-7. Les Pères et les fondateurs d’ordres en parlent très souvent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-401",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[*] Sur la pratique effective des conseils qui n'est pas imposée à tous, cf. Jean Chrysostome, In Mt. Hom 7, 7 : PG 57, 81 s. Ambroise, De Viduis 4, 23 : PL 16, 241 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-402",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[136] Cf. Rosweydus, Vitae Patrum, Anvers, 1628. – Apophtegmata Patrum : PG 65. – Palladius, Historia Lausiaca : PG 34, 995 s. : éd. C. Butler, Cambridge 1898 (1904). – Pie XI, Const. apost. Umbratilem, 8 juillet 1924 : AAS 16 (1924), p. 386-387. – Pie XII, alloc. Nous sommes heureux, 11 avril 1958 : AAS 50 (1958), p. 283."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-403",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[137] Paul VI, Alloc. Magno gaudio, 23 mai 1964 : AAS 56 (1964), p. 566."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-404",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[138] Cf. Cod. Iur. Can., c. 487 et 488. – Pie XII, Alloc. Annus sacer, 8 décembre 1950 : AAS 43 (1951), p. 27 a. – Pie XII, Const. apost. Provida Mater, 2 février 1947 : AAS 39 (947), p. 120 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-405",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[139] Paul VI, l. c., p. 567."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-406",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[140] Cf. Saint Thomas, Somme théologique IIa IIae, q. 184, a. 3 et q. 188, a. 2. – Saint Bonaventure, Opusc. XI, Apologia Pauperum, c. 3, 3 : Quaracchi, t. 8, 1898, p. 245 a."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-407",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[141] Cf. Conc. Vat. I, schema De Ecclesia Christi, chap. XV, et annot. 48 : Mansi 51, 549 s. et 619 s. – Léon XIII, épître Au milieu des consolations, 23 décembre 1900 : ASS 33 (1900-1901) p. 361. – Pie XII, Const. apost. Provida Mater, I. c., p. 114s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-408",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[142] Cf. Léon XIII,. Const. Romanos Pontifices, 8 mai 1881 : ASS 13 (1880-1881), p. 483. – Pie XII. Alloc. Annus sacer, 8 décembre 1950 : AAS 43 (1951), p. 28 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-409",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[143] Cf. Pie XII, Alloc. Annus sacer, l. c. p. 28. – Pie XII, Const. apost. Sedes Sapientiae, 31 mai 1956 : AAS 48 (1956), p. 355. – Paul VI, l. c. p. 570-571."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-410",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[144] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Mystici Corporis, 29 juin 1943 : AAS 35 (1943), p. 214 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-411",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[145] Cf. Pie XII, Alloc. Annus sacer, l. c., p. 30. – Alloc. Sous la maternelle protection, 9 décembre 1957 : AAS 50 (1958), p. 39 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-412",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[146] Conc. de Florence, Decretum pro Graecis : Denz. 693 (1305)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-413",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[147] Outre les documents plus anciens contre toute forme d’évocation des esprits, à partir d’Alexandre IV (27 septembre 1258), cf. Sacrée Congrégation du Saint-Office, De magnetismi abusu : 4 août 1856 : ASS (1865), p. 177-178, Denz. 1653-1654 (2823-2825) ; réponse de la Sacrée Congrégation du Saint-Office, 24 avril 1917 : AAS 9 (1917) p. 268, Denz. 2182 (3642)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-414",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[148] Voir l’exposé synthétique de cette doctrine paulinienne dans : Pie XII, Encycl. Mystici Corporis : AAS 35 (1943), p. 200 et passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-415",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[149] Cf. i.a., Saint Augustin, Enarr. in Ps. 85, 24 : PL 37, 1099. –Saint Jérôme, Liber contra Vigilantium, 6 ; PL 23, 344. – Saint Thomas, In 4 m Sent., d. 45 q. 3. a. 2. – Saint Bonaventure, In 4m Sent., d. 45 a. 3, q. 2, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-416",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[150] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Mystici Corporis : AAS 35 (1943), p. 245."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-417",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[151] Cf. De nombreuses inscriptions dans les catacombes romaines."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-418",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[152] Cf. Gélase I, Decretalis De libris recipiendis, 3 : PL 59, 160, Denz. 165 (353)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-419",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[153] Cf. Saint Méthode, Symposion, VII, 3 : GCS (Bonwetsch), p. 74."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-420",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[154] Cf. Benoît XV, Decretum approbationis virtutum in Causa beatificationis et canonizationis Servi Dei Ioannis Nepomuceni Neumann : AAS 14 (1922) p. 23. – Alloc. Pie XI de Sanctis : Inviti all’eroismo : Discorsi..., t. I-III, Rome, 1941-1942, passim. – Pie XII, Discours et messages radioph., t. 10, 1949, p. 37-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-421",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[155] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Mediator Dei : AAS 39 (1947), p. 581."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-422",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[156] Cf. He 13,7 ; Encycl. 44-50 ; He 11, 3-40. – Cf. aussi Pie XII, Encycl. Mediator Dei : ASS 39 (1947), p. 582- 583."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-423",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[157] Cf. Conc. Vat. I, Const. De fide catholica, chap. 3, Denz. 1794 (3013)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-424",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[158] Cf. Pie XIII, encycl.Mystici Corporis : AAS 35 (1943), p. 216."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-425",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[159] Au sujet de la reconnaissance envers les saints eux-mêmes, cf. E. Diehl, Inscriptiones latinae christianae veteres, I. Berolini, 1925, n. 2008, 2382 et passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-426",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[160] Conc. de Trente, sess. 25, De invocatione... Sanctorum : Denz. 984 (1821)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-427",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[161] Bréviaire romain, Invitatorium in festo Sanctorum Omnium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-428",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[162] Cf. v. g., 2 Th 1, 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-429",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[163] Conc. Vat. II, Const. De Sacra Liturgia, chap. 5, n. 104."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-430",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[164] Canon de la messe romaine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-431",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[165] Conc. Nicée II, Act. VII : Denz. 302 (600)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-432",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[166] Conc. de Florence, Decretum pro Graecis : Denz. 693 (1304)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-433",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[167] Conc. de Trente, sess. 25, De invocatione, veneratione et reliquiis Sanctorum et sacris imaginibus : Denz. 984-988 (1821-1824) ; sess. 25, Decretum de Purgatorio : Denz. 983 (1820) ; sess. 6, Decretum de iustificatione, can. 30 : Denz. 840 (1580)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-434",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[168] Missel romain, préface pour la fête des saints accordée à certains diocèses."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-435",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[169] Cf. Saint Pierre Canisius, Catechismus Maior seu Summa Doctrinae christianae, chap. III (éd. crit. F. Streicher), Ire partie, p. 15-16, n. 44 et p. 100-101, n. 49."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-436",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[170] Cf. Concile Vatican II, Const. Sacrosanctum concilium, chap. 1, n. 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-437",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[171] Credo de la messe romaine : Symbolum Constantinopolitanum : Mansi 3, 566. – Cf. Conc. d’Éphèse, ibid., 4, 1130 (necnon ibid. 2, 665 et 4, 1071). – Conc. de Chalcédoine, ibid., 7, 111-116. – Conc. Const. II, ibid., 9, 375-396."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-438",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[172] Canon de la messe romaine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-439",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[173] Saint Augustin, De S. Virginitate, 6 : PL 40, 399."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-440",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[174] Cf. Paul VI, Alloc. au Concile, le 4 décembre 1963 : AAS 56 (1964), p. 37."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-441",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[175] Cf. Saint Germain de Constantinople, Hom. in Annunt. Deiparae : PG 98, 328 A ; In Dorm. 2 : col.357. – Anastase d’Antioche, Sermon 2 de Annunt., 2 : PG 89, 1377 AB ; Sermon 3, 2 : col.1388 C. – Saint André de Crète, Can. in B. V. Nat. 4 : PG 97, 1321 B ; In B. V. Nat., 1 : col. 812 A ; Hom. in dorm. 1 : col. 1068 C. Saint Sophrone, Or. 2 in Annunt., 18 : PG 87 (3) 3237 BD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-442",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[176] Saint Irénée, Adv. Haer. III 22, 4 : PG 7, 959 A ; Harvey 2, 123."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-443",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[177] Ibid. ; Harvey 2, 124."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-444",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[178] Saint Épiphane, Haer. 78, 18 : PG 42, 728 CD – 729."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-445",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[179] Saint Jérôme, Épître 22, 21 : PL 22, 408. – Cf. Saint Augustin, Sermon 51, 2, 3 : PL 38, 335 ; Sermon 232, 2 col. 1108. – Saint Cyrille de Jérusalem, Catech. 12, 15 : PG 33, 741 AB. – Saint Jean Chrysostome, In Ps 44, 7 : PG 55, 193. – Saint Jean Damascène, Hom. 2 in dorm. B.M.V., 3 : PG 96, 728."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-446",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[180] Cf. Conc. de Latran, année 649, can. 3 : Mansi 10, 1151. – Saint Léon le Grand, Epist. ad Flav. : PL 54, 759. – Conc. de Chalcédoine : Mansi 7, 462. – Saint Ambroise, De instit. virg. : PL 16, 320."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-447",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[181] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Mystici Corporis, 29 juin 1943 : AAS 35 (1943), p. 247-248."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-448",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[182] Cf. Pie IX, bulle Ineffabilis, 8 décembre 1854 : Acta Pii IX, 1, I, p. 616 ; Denz. 1641 (2803)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-449",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[183] Cf. Pie XII, Const. apost. Munificenissimus, 1er novembre 1950 : AAS 42 (1950) ; Denz. 2333 (3903). Cf. Saint Jean Damascène, Enc. in dorm. Dei genitricis, hom. 2 et 3 : PG 96, 721-761, speciatim col. 728 B. – Saint Germain de Constantinople, in S. Dei gen. dorm., Sermon 1 : PG 98 (6)340-348 ; Sermon 3, col. 361. – Saint Modeste de Jérusalem, In dorm. SS. Deiparae : PG 86 (2), 3277-3312."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-450",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[184] Cf. Pie XII, encycl. Ad coeli Reginam, 11 octobre 1954 : AAS 46 (1954), p. 633-636 ; Denz. 3913 s. – Cf. André de Crète, Hom. 3 in dorm. SS. Deiparae : PG 97, 1089-1109. – Saint Jean Damascène, De fide orth., IV, 14 : PG 94, 1153-1161."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-451",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[185] Cf. Kleutgen, textus reformatus De mysterio Verbi incarnati, chap. IV : Mansi 53, 290. – Cf. Saint André de Crète, in nat. Mariae, Sermon 4 : PG 97, 865 A. – Saint Germain de Constantinople, In annunt. Deiparae, PG 98, 321 BC ; In dorm. Deiparae, III : col. 361 D – Saint Jean Damascène, in dorm. B. V. Mariae, hom. 1, 8 : PG 96, 712 BC – 713 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-452",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[186] Cf. Léon XIII, Encycl. Adiutricem populi, 3 septembre 1895 : ASS 15 (1895-1896) p. 303. – Saint Pie X, Encycl. Ad diem illum, 2 février 1904 : Acta, I, p. 154 ; Denz. 1978 a (3370). – Pie XI, Encycl. Miserentissimus, 8 mai 1928 : AAS 20 (1928), p. 178. Pie XII, Message radioph., 13 mai 1946 ; AAS 38 (1946), p. 266."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-453",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[187] Saint Ambroise, Épître 63 : PL 16, 1218."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-454",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[188] Saint Ambroise, Expos. Lc. II, 7 : PL 15, 1555."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-455",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[189] Cf. Ps. Pierre Dam., Sermon 63 : PL 144, 861 AB. – Godefroid à Saint Victor, In nat. B. M., Ms. Paris, Mazarine, 1002, fol. 109 r. – Gerhoh de Reichersberg, De gloria et honore Filii hominis, 10 : PL 194, 1105 AB."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-456",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[190] Saint Ambroise, l., c. et Expos. Lc X, 24-25 : PL 15, 1810. – Saint Augustin, In Io Tr. 13, 12 : PL 35, 1499. Cf. Sermon 191, 2, 3 : PL 38, 1010 ; etc. – Cf. aussi Bède le Vénérable, In Lc Expos. I, chap. 2 : PL 92, 330. – Isaac de l’Étoile, Sermon 51 : PL 1 94, 1863 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-457",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[191] « Sub tuum praesidium. »"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-458",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[192] Conc. Nicée II, année 787 : Mansi 13, 378-379 ; Denz. 302 (600-601). – Conc. de Trente, sess. 25 : Mansi 33, 171-172."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-459",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[193] Cf. Pie XII, Message radioph., 24 octobre 1954 : AAS 46 (1954), p. 679. – Encycl. Ad coeli Reginam, 11 octobre 1954 : AAS 46 (1954), p. 637."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-460",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[194] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Ecclesiam Dei, 12 novembre 1923 : AAS 15 (1923), p. 581. – Pie XII, Encycl. Fulgens corona, 8 septembre 1953 : AAS 45 (1953), p. 590-591."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-461",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[195] Ces deux notifications, extraites des Actes du Concile, ont été faites aux Pères pour éclairer leur vote. Elles sont importantes pour l’interprétation de cette Constitution ; Paul VI le souligne dans son discours aux Pères lors de la clôture à la troisième session du Concile, le 21 novembre 1964, au moment où il promulgue la Constitution sur l’Église, à propos de la doctrine sur l’épiscopat : « ... en tenant compte des explications fournies soit pour l’interprétation à donner aux termes en usage, soit pour la qualification théologique que ce Concile entend attribuer à la doctrine traitée. Nous n’hésitons pas, avec l’aide de Dieu, à promulguer la présente Constitution Lumen gentium » (Doc. cath. LXI, 6 décembre 1964, col. 1589). La traduction de ces notifications a été faite par les Éditions du Centurion."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-462",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[196] Les modi sont les amendements proposés par les Pères à la commission doctrinale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-463",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[197] Cf. Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-464",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[198] Ibid., n. 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-465",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[199] Ibid., n. 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-466",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[200] Ibid., n. 24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-467",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[201] Ibid., n. 22."
            }
          ]
        },
        "it": {
          "code": "it",
          "label": "Italiano",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19641121_lumen-gentium_it.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-21-vat-ii_const_19641121_lumen-gentium_it.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "COSTITUZIONE DOGMATICA SULLA CHIESA LUMEN GENTIUM 21 novembre 1964"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPITOLO I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IL MISTERO DELLA CHIESA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa è sacramento in Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo è la luce delle genti: questo santo Concilio, adunato nello Spirito Santo, desidera dunque ardentemente, annunciando il Vangelo ad ogni creatura (cfr. Mc 16,15), illuminare tutti gli uomini con la luce del Cristo che risplende sul volto della Chiesa. E siccome la Chiesa è, in Cristo, in qualche modo il sacramento, ossia il segno e lo strumento dell'intima unione con Dio e dell'unità di tutto il genere umano, continuando il tema dei precedenti Concili, intende con maggiore chiarezza illustrare ai suoi fedeli e al mondo intero la propria natura e la propria missione universale. Le presenti condizioni del mondo rendono più urgente questo dovere della Chiesa, affinché tutti gli uomini, oggi più strettamente congiunti dai vari vincoli sociali, tecnici e culturali, possano anche conseguire la piena unità in Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Disegno salvifico universale del Padre"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'eterno Padre, con liberissimo e arcano disegno di sapienza e di bontà, creò l'universo; decise di elevare gli uomini alla partecipazione della sua vita divina; dopo la loro caduta in Adamo non li abbandonò, ma sempre prestò loro gli aiuti per salvarsi, in considerazione di Cristo redentore, « il quale è l'immagine dell'invisibile Dio, generato prima di ogni creatura » (Col 1,15). Tutti infatti quelli che ha scelto, il Padre fino dall'eternità « li ha distinti e li ha predestinati a essere conformi all'immagine del Figlio suo, affinché egli sia il primogenito tra molti fratelli » (Rm 8,29). I credenti in Cristo, li ha voluti chiamare a formare la santa Chiesa, la quale, già annunciata in figure sino dal principio del mondo, mirabilmente preparata nella storia del popolo d'Israele e nell'antica Alleanza [1], stabilita infine « negli ultimi tempi », è stata manifestata dall'effusione dello Spirito e avrà glorioso compimento alla fine dei secoli. Allora, infatti, come si legge nei santi Padri, tutti i giusti, a partire da Adamo, « dal giusto Abele fino all'ultimo eletto » [2], saranno riuniti presso il Padre nella Chiesa universale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Missione del Figlio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È venuto quindi il Figlio, mandato dal Padre, il quale ci ha scelti in lui prima della fondazione del mondo e ci ha predestinati ad essere adottati in figli, perché in lui volle accentrare tutte le cose (cfr. Ef 1,4-5 e 10). Perciò Cristo, per adempiere la volontà del Padre, ha inaugurato in terra il regno dei cieli e ci ha rivelato il mistero di lui, e con la sua obbedienza ha operato la redenzione. La Chiesa, ossia il regno di Cristo già presente in mistero, per la potenza di Dio cresce visibilmente nel mondo. Questo inizio e questa crescita sono significati dal sangue e dall'acqua, che uscirono dal costato aperto di Gesù crocifisso (cfr. Gv 19,34), e sono preannunziati dalle parole del Signore circa la sua morte in croce: « Ed io, quando sarò levato in alto da terra, tutti attirerò a me » (Gv 12,32). Ogni volta che il sacrificio della croce, col quale Cristo, nostro agnello pasquale, è stato immolato (cfr. 1 Cor 5,7), viene celebrato sull'altare, si rinnova l'opera della nostra redenzione. E insieme, col sacramento del pane eucaristico, viene rappresentata ed effettuata l'unità dei fedeli, che costituiscono un solo corpo in Cristo (cfr. 1 Cor 10,17). Tutti gli uomini sono chiamati a questa unione con Cristo, che è la luce del mondo; da lui veniamo, per mezzo suo viviamo, a lui siamo diretti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lo Spirito santificatore della Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Compiuta l'opera che il Padre aveva affidato al Figlio sulla terra (cfr. Gv 17,4), il giorno di Pentecoste fu inviato lo Spirito Santo per santificare continuamente la Chiesa e affinché i credenti avessero così attraverso Cristo accesso al Padre in un solo Spirito (cfr. Ef 2,18). Questi è lo Spirito che dà la vita, una sorgente di acqua zampillante fino alla vita eterna (cfr. Gv 4,14; 7,38-39); per mezzo suo il Padre ridà la vita agli uomini, morti per il peccato, finché un giorno risusciterà in Cristo i loro corpi mortali (cfr. Rm 8,10-11). Lo Spirito dimora nella Chiesa e nei cuori dei fedeli come in un tempio (cfr. 1 Cor 3,16; 6,19) e in essi prega e rende testimonianza della loro condizione di figli di Dio per adozione (cfr. Gal 4,6; Rm 8,15-16 e 26). Egli introduce la Chiesa nella pienezza della verità (cfr. Gv 16,13), la unifica nella comunione e nel ministero, la provvede e dirige con diversi doni gerarchici e carismatici, la abbellisce dei suoi frutti (cfr. Ef 4,11-12; 1 Cor 12,4; Gal 5,22). Con la forza del Vangelo la fa ringiovanire, continuamente la rinnova e la conduce alla perfetta unione col suo Sposo [3]. Poiché lo Spirito e la sposa dicono al Signore Gesù: « Vieni » (cfr. Ap 22,17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Così la Chiesa universale si presenta come « un popolo che deriva la sua unità dall'unità del Padre, del Figlio e dello Spirito Santo » [4]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il regno di Dio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il mistero della santa Chiesa si manifesta nella sua stessa fondazione. Il Signore Gesù, infatti, diede inizio ad essa predicando la buona novella, cioè l'avvento del regno di Dio da secoli promesso nella Scrittura: « Poiché il tempo è compiuto, e vicino è il regno di Dio » (Mc 1,15; cfr. Mt 4,17). Questo regno si manifesta chiaramente agli uomini nelle parole, nelle opere e nella presenza di Cristo. La parola del Signore è paragonata appunto al seme che viene seminato nel campo (cfr. Mc 4,14): quelli che lo ascoltano con fede e appartengono al piccolo gregge di Cristo (cfr. Lc 12,32), hanno accolto il regno stesso di Dio; poi il seme per virtù propria germoglia e cresce fino al tempo del raccolto (cfr. Mc 4,26-29). Anche i miracoli di Gesù provano che il regno è arrivato sulla terra: « Se con il dito di Dio io scaccio i demoni, allora è già pervenuto tra voi il regno di Dio » (Lc 11,20; cfr. Mt 12,28). Ma innanzi tutto il regno si manifesta nella stessa persona di Cristo, figlio di Dio e figlio dell'uomo, il quale è venuto « a servire, e a dare la sua vita in riscatto per i molti » (Mc 10,45). Quando poi Gesù, dopo aver sofferto la morte in croce per gli uomini, risorse, apparve quale Signore e messia e sacerdote in eterno (cfr. At 2,36; Eb 5,6; 7,17-21), ed effuse sui suoi discepoli lo Spirito promesso dal Padre (cfr. At 2,33). La Chiesa perciò, fornita dei doni del suo fondatore e osservando fedelmente i suoi precetti di carità, umiltà e abnegazione, riceve la missione di annunziare e instaurare in tutte le genti il regno di Cristo e di Dio, e di questo regno costituisce in terra il germe e l'inizio. Intanto, mentre va lentamente crescendo, anela al regno perfetto e con tutte le sue forze spera e brama di unirsi col suo re nella gloria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le immagini della Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Come già nell'Antico Testamento la rivelazione del regno viene spesso proposta in figure, così anche ora l'intima natura della Chiesa ci si fa conoscere attraverso immagini varie, desunte sia dalla vita pastorale o agricola, sia dalla costruzione di edifici o anche dalla famiglia e dagli sponsali, e che si trovano già abbozzate nei libri dei profeti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa infatti è un ovile, la cui porta unica e necessaria è Cristo (cfr. Gv 10,1-10). È pure un gregge, di cui Dio stesso ha preannunziato che ne sarebbe il pastore (cfr. Is 40,11; Ez 34,11 ss), e le cui pecore, anche se governate da pastori umani, sono però incessantemente condotte al pascolo e nutrite dallo stesso Cristo, il buon Pastore e principe dei pastori (cfr. Gv 10,11; 1 Pt 5,4), il quale ha dato la vita per le pecore (cfr. Gv 10,11-15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa è il podere o campo di Dio (cfr. 1 Cor 3,9). In quel campo cresce l'antico olivo, la cui santa radice sono stati i patriarchi e nel quale è avvenuta e avverrà la riconciliazione dei Giudei e delle Genti (cfr. Rm 11,13-26). Essa è stata piantata dal celeste agricoltore come vigna scelta (Mt 21,33-43, par.; cfr. Is 5,1 ss). Cristo è la vera vite, che dà vita e fecondità ai tralci, cioè a noi, che per mezzo della Chiesa rimaniamo in lui, e senza di lui nulla possiamo fare (cfr. Gv 15,1-5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Più spesso ancora la Chiesa è detta edificio di Dio (cfr. 1 Cor 3,9). Il Signore stesso si paragonò alla pietra che i costruttori hanno rigettata, ma che è divenuta la pietra angolare (Mt 21,42 par.). Sopra quel fondamento la Chiesa è costruita dagli apostoli (cfr. 1 Cor 3,11) e da esso riceve stabilità e coesione. Questo edificio viene chiamato in varie maniere: casa di Dio (cfr. 1 Tm 3,15), nella quale cioè abita la sua famiglia, la dimora di Dio nello Spirito (cfr. Ef 2,19-22), la dimora di Dio con gli uomini (cfr. Ap 21,3), e soprattutto tempio santo, il quale, rappresentato dai santuari di pietra, è l'oggetto della lode dei santi Padri ed è paragonato a giusto titolo dalla liturgia alla città santa, la nuova Gerusalemme [5]. In essa infatti quali pietre viventi veniamo a formare su questa terra un tempio spirituale (cfr. 1 Pt 2,5). E questa città santa Giovanni la contempla mentre, nel momento in cui si rinnoverà il mondo, scende dal cielo, da presso Dio, « acconciata come sposa adornatasi per il suo sposo » (Ap 21,1s)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa, chiamata « Gerusalemme celeste » e « madre nostra » (Gal 4,26; cfr. Ap 12,17), viene pure descritta come l'immacolata sposa dell'Agnello immacolato (cfr. Ap 19,7; 21,2 e 9; 22,17), sposa che Cristo « ha amato.. . e per essa ha dato se stesso, al fine di santificarla » (Ef 5,26), che si è associata con patto indissolubile ed incessantemente « nutre e cura » (Ef 5,29), che dopo averla purificata, volle a sé congiunta e soggetta nell'amore e nella fedeltà (cfr. Ef 5,24), e che, infine, ha riempito per sempre di grazie celesti, onde potessimo capire la carità di Dio e di Cristo verso di noi, carità che sorpassa ogni conoscenza (cfr. Ef 3,19). Ma mentre la Chiesa compie su questa terra il suo pellegrinaggio lontana dal Signore (cfr. 2 Cor 5,6), è come un esule, e cerca e pensa alle cose di lassù, dove Cristo siede alla destra di Dio, dove la vita della Chiesa è nascosta con Cristo in Dio, fino a che col suo sposo comparirà rivestita di gloria (cfr. Col 3,1-4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa, corpo mistico di Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Figlio di Dio, unendo a sé la natura umana e vincendo la morte con la sua morte e resurrezione, ha redento l'uomo e l'ha trasformato in una nuova creatura (cfr. Gal 6,15; 2 Cor 5,17). Comunicando infatti il suo Spirito, costituisce misticamente come suo corpo i suoi fratelli, che raccoglie da tutte le genti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In quel corpo la vita di Cristo si diffonde nei credenti che, attraverso i sacramenti si uniscono in modo arcano e reale a lui sofferente e glorioso [6]. Per mezzo del battesimo siamo resi conformi a Cristo: « Infatti noi tutti « fummo battezzati in un solo Spirito per costituire un solo corpo » (1 Cor 12,13). Con questo sacro rito viene rappresentata e prodotta la nostra unione alla morte e resurrezione di Cristo: « Fummo dunque sepolti con lui per l'immersione a figura della morte »; ma se, fummo innestati a lui in una morte simile alla sua, lo saremo anche in una resurrezione simile alla sua » (Rm 6,4-5). Partecipando realmente del corpo del Signore nella frazione del pane eucaristico, siamo elevati alla comunione con lui e tra di noi: « Perché c'è un solo pane, noi tutti non formiamo che un solo corpo, partecipando noi tutti di uno stesso pane» (1 Cor 10,17). Così noi tutti diventiamo membri di quel corpo (cfr. 1 Cor 12,27), «e siamo membri gli uni degli altri» (Rm 12,5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma come tutte le membra del corpo umano, anche se numerose, non formano che un solo corpo così i fedeli in Cristo (cfr. 1 Cor 12,12). Anche nella struttura del corpo mistico di Cristo vige una diversità di membri e di uffici. Uno è lo Spirito, il quale per l'utilità della Chiesa distribuisce la varietà dei suoi doni con magnificenza proporzionata alla sua ricchezza e alle necessità dei ministeri (cfr. 1 Cor 12,1-11). Fra questi doni eccelle quello degli apostoli, alla cui autorità lo stesso Spirito sottomette anche i carismatici (cfr. 1 Cor 14). Lo Spirito, unificando il corpo con la sua virtù e con l'interna connessione dei membri, produce e stimola la carità tra i fedeli. E quindi se un membro soffre, soffrono con esso tutte le altre membra; se un membro è onorato, ne gioiscono con esso tutte le altre membra (cfr. 1 Cor 12,26)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capo di questo corpo è Cristo. Egli è l'immagine dell'invisibile Dio, e in lui tutto è stato creato. Egli è anteriore a tutti, e tutte le cose sussistono in lui. È il capo del corpo, che è la Chiesa. È il principio, il primo nato di tra i morti, affinché abbia il primato in tutto (cfr. Col 1,15-18). Con la grandezza della sua potenza domina sulle cose celesti e terrestri, e con la sua perfezione e azione sovrana riempie delle ricchezze della sua gloria tutto il suo corpo (cfr. Ef 1,18-23) [7]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti i membri devono a lui conformarsi, fino a che Cristo non sia in essi formato (cfr. Gal 4,19). Per ciò siamo collegati ai misteri della sua vita, resi conformi a lui, morti e resuscitati con lui, finché con lui regneremo (cfr. Fil 3,21; 2 Tm 2,11; Ef 2,6). Ancora peregrinanti in terra, mentre seguiamo le sue orme nella tribolazione e nella persecuzione, veniamo associati alle sue sofferenze, come il corpo al capo e soffriamo con lui per essere con lui glorificati (cfr. Rm 8,17). Da lui « tutto il corpo ben fornito e ben compaginato, per mezzo di giunture e di legamenti, riceve l'aumento voluto da Dio » (Col 2,19). Nel suo corpo, che è la Chiesa, egli continuamente dispensa i doni dei ministeri, con i quali, per virtù sua, ci aiutiamo vicendevolmente a salvarci e, operando nella carità conforme a verità, andiamo in ogni modo crescendo verso colui, che è il nostro capo (cfr. Ef 5,11-16 gr.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perché poi ci rinnovassimo continuamente in lui (cfr. Ef 4,23), ci ha resi partecipi del suo Spirito, il quale, unico e identico nel capo e nelle membra, dà a tutto il corpo vita, unità e moto, così che i santi Padri poterono paragonare la sua funzione con quella che il principio vitale, cioè l'anima, esercita nel corpo umano [8]. Cristo inoltre ama la Chiesa come sua sposa, facendosi modello del marito che ama la moglie come il proprio corpo (cfr. Ef 5,25-28); la Chiesa poi è soggetta al suo capo. E poiché «in lui abita congiunta all'umanità la pienezza della divinità » (Col 2,9), egli riempie dei suoi doni la Chiesa la quale è il suo corpo e la sua pienezza (cfr. Ef 1,22-23), affinché essa sia protesa e pervenga alla pienezza totale di Dio (cfr. Ef 3,19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa, realtà visibile e spirituale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, unico mediatore, ha costituito sulla terra e incessantemente sostenta la sua Chiesa santa, comunità di fede, di speranza e di carità [9], quale organismo visibile, attraverso il quale diffonde per tutti la verità e la grazia. Ma la società costituita di organi gerarchici e il corpo mistico di Cristo, l'assemblea visibile e la comunità spirituale, la Chiesa terrestre e la Chiesa arricchita di beni celesti, non si devono considerare come due cose diverse; esse formano piuttosto una sola complessa realtà risultante di un duplice elemento, umano e divino [10]. Per una analogia che non è senza valore, quindi, è paragonata al mistero del Verbo incarnato. Infatti, come la natura assunta serve al Verbo divino da vivo organo di salvezza, a lui indissolubilmente unito, così in modo non dissimile l'organismo sociale della Chiesa serve allo Spirito di Cristo che la vivifica, per la crescita del corpo (cfr. Ef 4,16) [11]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questa è l'unica Chiesa di Cristo, che nel Simbolo professiamo una, santa, cattolica e apostolica [12] e che il Salvatore nostro, dopo la sua resurrezione, diede da pascere a Pietro (cfr. Gv 21,17), affidandone a lui e agli altri apostoli la diffusione e la guida (cfr. Mt 28,18ss), e costituì per sempre colonna e sostegno della verità (cfr. 1 Tm 3,15). Questa Chiesa, in questo mondo costituita e organizzata come società, sussiste nella Chiesa cattolica, governata dal successore di Pietro e dai vescovi in comunione con lui [13], ancorché al di fuori del suo organismo si trovino parecchi elementi di santificazione e di verità, che, appartenendo propriamente per dono di Dio alla Chiesa di Cristo, spingono verso l'unità cattolica. Come Cristo ha compiuto la redenzione attraverso la povertà e le persecuzioni, così pure la Chiesa e chiamata a prendere la stessa via per comunicare agli uomini i frutti della salvezza. Gesù Cristo « che era di condizione divina... spogliò se stesso, prendendo la condizione di schiavo » (Fil 2,6-7) e per noi « da ricco che era si fece povero » (2 Cor 8,9): così anche la Chiesa, quantunque per compiere la sua missione abbia bisogno di mezzi umani, non è costituita per cercare la gloria terrena, bensì per diffondere, anche col suo esempio, l'umiltà e l'abnegazione. Come Cristo infatti è stato inviato dal Padre « ad annunciare la buona novella ai poveri, a guarire quei che hanno il cuore contrito » (Lc 4,18), « a cercare e salvare ciò che era perduto» (Lc 19,10), così pure la Chiesa circonda d'affettuosa cura quanti sono afflitti dalla umana debolezza, anzi riconosce nei poveri e nei sofferenti l'immagine del suo fondatore, povero e sofferente, si fa premura di sollevarne la indigenza e in loro cerca di servire il Cristo. Ma mentre Cristo, « santo, innocente, immacolato » (Eb 7,26), non conobbe il peccato (cfr. 2 Cor 5,21) e venne solo allo scopo di espiare i peccati del popolo (cfr. Eb 2,17), la Chiesa, che comprende nel suo seno peccatori ed è perciò santa e insieme sempre bisognosa di purificazione, avanza continuamente per il cammino della penitenza e del rinnovamento. La Chiesa « prosegue il suo pellegrinaggio fra le persecuzioni del mondo e le consolazioni di Dio » [14], annunziando la passione e la morte del Signore fino a che egli venga (cfr. 1 Cor 11,26). Dalla virtù del Signore risuscitato trae la forza per vincere con pazienza e amore le afflizioni e le difficoltà, che le vengono sia dal di dentro che dal di fuori, e per svelare in mezzo al mondo, con fedeltà, anche se non perfettamente, il mistero di lui, fino a che alla fine dei tempi esso sarà manifestato nella pienezza della luce."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IL POPOLO DI DIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nuova alleanza e nuovo popolo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In ogni tempo e in ogni nazione è accetto a Dio chiunque lo teme e opera la giustizia (cfr. At 10,35). Tuttavia Dio volle santificare e salvare gli uomini non individualmente e senza alcun legame tra loro, ma volle costituire di loro un popolo, che lo riconoscesse secondo la verità e lo servisse nella santità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Scelse quindi per sé il popolo israelita, stabilì con lui un'alleanza e lo formò lentamente, manifestando nella sua storia se stesso e i suoi disegni e santificandolo per sé. Tutto questo però avvenne in preparazione e figura di quella nuova e perfetta alleanza da farsi in Cristo, e di quella più piena rivelazione che doveva essere attuata per mezzo del Verbo stesso di Dio fattosi uomo. « Ecco venir giorni (parola del Signore) nei quali io stringerò con Israele e con Giuda un patto nuovo... Porrò la mia legge nei loro cuori e nelle loro menti l'imprimerò; essi mi avranno per Dio ed io li avrò per il mio popolo... Tutti essi, piccoli e grandi, mi riconosceranno, dice il Signore » (Ger 31,31-34). Cristo istituì questo nuovo patto cioè la nuova alleanza nel suo sangue (cfr. 1 Cor 11,25), chiamando la folla dai Giudei e dalle nazioni, perché si fondesse in unità non secondo la carne, ma nello Spirito, e costituisse il nuovo popolo di Dio. Infatti i credenti in Cristo, essendo stati rigenerati non di seme corruttibile, ma di uno incorruttibile, che è la parola del Dio vivo (cfr. 1 Pt 1,23), non dalla carne ma dall'acqua e dallo Spirito Santo (cfr. Gv 3,5-6), costituiscono « una stirpe eletta, un sacerdozio regale, una nazione santa, un popolo tratto in salvo... Quello che un tempo non era neppure popolo, ora invece è popolo di Dio » (1 Pt 2,9-10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo popolo messianico ha per capo Cristo « dato a morte per i nostri peccati e risuscitato per la nostra giustificazione » (Rm 4,25), e che ora, dopo essersi acquistato un nome che è al di sopra di ogni altro nome, regna glorioso in cielo. Ha per condizione la dignità e la libertà dei figli di Dio, nel cuore dei quali dimora lo Spirito Santo come in un tempio. Ha per legge il nuovo precetto di amare come lo stesso Cristo ci ha amati (cfr. Gv 13,34). E finalmente, ha per fine il regno di Dio, incominciato in terra dallo stesso Dio, e che deve essere ulteriormente dilatato, finché alla fine dei secoli sia da lui portato a compimento, quando comparirà Cristo, vita nostra (cfr. Col 3,4) e « anche le stesse creature saranno liberate dalla schiavitù della corruzione per partecipare alla gloriosa libertà dei figli di Dio » (Rm 8,21). Perciò il popolo messianico, pur non comprendendo effettivamente l'universalità degli uomini e apparendo talora come un piccolo gregge, costituisce tuttavia per tutta l'umanità il germe più forte di unità, di speranza e di salvezza. Costituito da Cristo per una comunione di vita, di carità e di verità, è pure da lui assunto ad essere strumento della redenzione di tutti e, quale luce del mondo e sale della terra (cfr. Mt 5,13-16), è inviato a tutto il mondo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Come già l'Israele secondo la carne peregrinante nel deserto viene chiamato Chiesa di Dio (Dt 23,1 ss.), così il nuovo Israele dell'era presente, che cammina alla ricerca della città futura e permanente (cfr. Eb 13,14), si chiama pure Chiesa di Cristo (cfr. Mt 16,18); è il Cristo infatti che l'ha acquistata col suo sangue (cfr. At 20,28), riempita del suo Spirito e fornita di mezzi adatti per l'unione visibile e sociale. Dio ha convocato tutti coloro che guardano con fede a Gesù, autore della salvezza e principio di unità e di pace, e ne ha costituito la Chiesa, perché sia agli occhi di tutti e di ciascuno, il sacramento visibile di questa unità salvifica [15]. Dovendosi essa estendere a tutta la terra, entra nella storia degli uomini, benché allo stesso tempo trascenda i tempi e i confini dei popoli, e nel suo cammino attraverso le tentazioni e le tribolazioni è sostenuta dalla forza della grazia di Dio che le è stata promessa dal Signore, affinché per la umana debolezza non venga meno alla perfetta fedeltà ma permanga degna sposa del suo Signore, e non cessi, con l'aiuto dello Spirito Santo, di rinnovare se stessa, finché attraverso la croce giunga alla luce che non conosce tramonto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il sacerdozio comune dei fedeli"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo Signore, pontefice assunto di mezzo agli uomini (cfr. Eb 5,1-5), fece del nuovo popolo « un regno e sacerdoti per il Dio e il Padre suo » (Ap 1,6; cfr. 5,9-10). Infatti per la rigenerazione e l'unzione dello Spirito Santo i battezzati vengono consacrati per formare un tempio spirituale e un sacerdozio santo, per offrire, mediante tutte le attività del cristiano, spirituali sacrifici, e far conoscere i prodigi di colui, che dalle tenebre li chiamò all'ammirabile sua luce (cfr. 1 Pt 2,4-10). Tutti quindi i discepoli di Cristo, perseverando nella preghiera e lodando insieme Dio (cfr. At 2,42-47), offrano se stessi come vittima viva, santa, gradevole a Dio (cfr. Rm 12,1), rendano dovunque testimonianza di Cristo e, a chi la richieda, rendano ragione della speranza che è in essi di una vita eterna (cfr. 1 Pt 3,15) Il sacerdozio comune dei fedeli e il sacerdozio ministeriale o gerarchico, quantunque differiscano essenzialmente e non solo di grado, sono tuttavia ordinati l'uno all'altro, poiché l'uno e l'altro, ognuno a suo proprio modo, partecipano dell'unico sacerdozio di Cristo [16]. Il sacerdote ministeriale, con la potestà sacra di cui è investito, forma e regge il popolo sacerdotale, compie il sacrificio eucaristico nel ruolo di Cristo e lo offre a Dio a nome di tutto il popolo; i fedeli, in virtù del loro regale sacerdozio, concorrono all'offerta dell'Eucaristia [17], ed esercitano il loro sacerdozio col ricevere i sacramenti, con la preghiera e il ringraziamento, con la testimonianza di una vita santa, con l'abnegazione e la carità operosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il sacerdozio comune esercitato nei sacramenti"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il carattere sacro e organico della comunità sacerdotale viene attuato per mezzo dei sacramenti e delle virtù. I fedeli, incorporati nella Chiesa col battesimo, sono destinati al culto della religione cristiana dal carattere sacramentale; rigenerati quali figli di Dio, sono tenuti a professare pubblicamente la fede ricevuta da Dio mediante la Chiesa [18]. Col sacramento della confermazione vengono vincolati più perfettamente alla Chiesa, sono arricchiti di una speciale forza dallo Spirito Santo e in questo modo sono più strettamente obbligati a diffondere e a difendere la fede con la parola e con l'opera [19], come veri testimoni di Cristo. Partecipando al sacrificio eucaristico, fonte e apice di tutta la vita cristiana, offrono a Dio la vittima divina e se stessi [20] con essa così tutti, sia con l'offerta che con la santa comunione, compiono la propria parte nell'azione liturgica, non però in maniera indifferenziata, bensì ciascuno a modo suo. Cibandosi poi del corpo di Cristo nella santa comunione, mostrano concretamente la unità del popolo di Dio, che da questo augustissimo sacramento è adeguatamente espressa e mirabilmente effettuata."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quelli che si accostano al sacramento della penitenza, ricevono dalla misericordia di Dio il perdono delle offese fatte a lui; allo stesso tempo si riconciliano con la Chiesa, alla quale hanno inflitto una ferita col peccato e che coopera alla loro conversione con la carità, l'esempio e la preghiera. Con la sacra unzione degli infermi e la preghiera dei sacerdoti, tutta la Chiesa raccomanda gli ammalati al Signore sofferente e glorificato, perché alleggerisca le loro pene e li salvi (cfr. Gc 5,14-16), anzi li esorta a unirsi spontaneamente alla passione e morte di Cristo (cfr. Rm 8,17; Col 1,24), per contribuire così al bene del popolo di Dio. Inoltre, quelli tra i fedeli che vengono insigniti dell'ordine sacro sono posti in nome di Cristo a pascere la Chiesa colla parola e la grazia di Dio. E infine i coniugi cristiani, in virtù del sacramento del matrimonio, col quale significano e partecipano il mistero di unità e di fecondo amore che intercorre tra Cristo e la Chiesa (cfr. Ef 5,32), si aiutano a vicenda per raggiungere la santità nella vita coniugale; accettando ed educando la prole essi hanno così, nel loro stato di vita e nella loro funzione, il proprio dono in mezzo al popolo di Dio [21]. Da questa missione, infatti, procede la famiglia, nella quale nascono i nuovi cittadini della società umana, i quali per la grazia dello Spirito Santo diventano col battesimo figli di Dio e perpetuano attraverso i secoli il suo popolo. In questa che si potrebbe chiamare Chiesa domestica, i genitori devono essere per i loro figli i primi maestri della fede e secondare la vocazione propria di ognuno, quella sacra in modo speciale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Muniti di salutari mezzi di una tale abbondanza e d'una tale grandezza, tutti i fedeli d'ogni stato e condizione sono chiamati dal Signore, ognuno per la sua via, a una santità, la cui perfezione è quella stessa del Padre celeste."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il senso della fede e i carismi nel popolo di Dio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il popolo santo di Dio partecipa pure dell'ufficio profetico di Cristo col diffondere dovunque la viva testimonianza di lui, soprattutto per mezzo di una vita di fede e di carità, e coll'offrire a Dio un sacrificio di lode, cioè frutto di labbra acclamanti al nome suo (cfr. Eb 13,15). La totalità dei fedeli, avendo l'unzione che viene dal Santo, (cfr. 1 Gv 2,20 e 27), non può sbagliarsi nel credere, e manifesta questa sua proprietà mediante il senso soprannaturale della fede di tutto il popolo, quando « dai vescovi fino agli ultimi fedeli laici » [22] mostra l'universale suo consenso in cose di fede e di morale. E invero, per quel senso della fede, che è suscitato e sorretto dallo Spirito di verità, e sotto la guida del sacro magistero, il quale permette, se gli si obbedisce fedelmente, di ricevere non più una parola umana, ma veramente la parola di Dio (cfr. 1 Ts 2,13), il popolo di Dio aderisce indefettibilmente alla fede trasmessa ai santi una volta per tutte (cfr. Gdc 3), con retto giudizio penetra in essa più a fondo e più pienamente l'applica nella vita."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre lo Spirito Santo non si limita a santificare e a guidare il popolo di Dio per mezzo dei sacramenti e dei ministeri, e ad adornarlo di virtù, ma « distribuendo a ciascuno i propri doni come piace a lui » (1 Cor 12,11), dispensa pure tra i fedeli di ogni ordine grazie speciali, con le quali li rende adatti e pronti ad assumersi vari incarichi e uffici utili al rinnovamento e alla maggiore espansione della Chiesa secondo quelle parole: « A ciascuno la manifestazione dello Spirito è data perché torni a comune vantaggio » (1 Cor 12,7). E questi carismi, dai più straordinari a quelli più semplici e più largamente diffusi, siccome sono soprattutto adatti alle necessità della Chiesa e destinati a rispondervi, vanno accolti con gratitudine e consolazione. Non bisogna però chiedere imprudentemente i doni straordinari, né sperare da essi con presunzione i frutti del lavoro apostolico. Il giudizio sulla loro genuinità e sul loro uso ordinato appartiene a coloro che detengono l'autorità nella Chiesa; ad essi spetta soprattutto di non estinguere lo Spirito, ma di esaminare tutto e ritenere ciò che è buono (cfr. 1 Ts 5,12 e 19-21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'unico popolo di Dio è universale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti gli uomini sono chiamati a formare il popolo di Dio. Perciò questo popolo, pur restando uno e unico, si deve estendere a tutto il mondo e a tutti i secoli, affinché si adempia l'intenzione della volontà di Dio, il quale in principio creò la natura umana una e volle infine radunare insieme i suoi figli dispersi (cfr. Gv 11,52). A questo scopo Dio mandò il Figlio suo, al quale conferì il dominio di tutte le cose (cfr. Eb 1,2), perché fosse maestro, re e sacerdote di tutti, capo del nuovo e universale popolo dei figli di Dio. Per questo infine Dio mandò lo Spirito del Figlio suo, Signore e vivificatore, il quale per tutta la Chiesa e per tutti e singoli i credenti è principio di associazione e di unità, nell'insegnamento degli apostoli e nella comunione fraterna, nella frazione del pane e nelle preghiere (cfr. At 2,42)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In tutte quindi le nazioni della terra è radicato un solo popolo di Dio, poiché di mezzo a tutte le stirpi egli prende i cittadini del suo regno non terreno ma celeste. E infatti tutti i fedeli sparsi per il mondo sono in comunione con gli altri nello Spirito Santo, e così « chi sta in Roma sa che gli Indi sono sue membra » [23]. Siccome dunque il regno di Cristo non è di questo mondo (cfr. Gv 18,36), la Chiesa, cioè il popolo di Dio, introducendo questo regno nulla sottrae al bene temporale di qualsiasi popolo, ma al contrario favorisce e accoglie tutte le ricchezze, le risorse e le forme di vita dei popoli in ciò che esse hanno di buono e accogliendole le purifica, le consolida ed eleva. Essa si ricorda infatti di dover far opera di raccolta con quel Re, al quale sono state date in eredità le genti (cfr. Sal 2,8), e nella cui città queste portano i loro doni e offerte (cfr. Sal 71 (72),10; Is 60,4-7). Questo carattere di universalità, che adorna e distingue il popolo di Dio è dono dello stesso Signore, e con esso la Chiesa cattolica efficacemente e senza soste tende a ricapitolare tutta l'umanità, con tutti i suoi beni, in Cristo capo, nell'unità dello Spirito di lui [24]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In virtù di questa cattolicità, le singole parti portano i propri doni alle altre parti e a tutta la Chiesa, in modo che il tutto e le singole parti si accrescono per uno scambio mutuo universale e per uno sforzo comune verso la pienezza nell'unità. Ne consegue che il popolo di Dio non solo si raccoglie da diversi popoli, ma nel suo stesso interno si compone di funzioni diverse. Poiché fra i suoi membri c'è diversità sia per ufficio, essendo alcuni impegnati nel sacro ministero per il bene dei loro fratelli, sia per la condizione e modo di vita, dato che molti nello stato religioso, tendendo alla santità per una via più stretta, sono un esempio stimolante per i loro fratelli. Così pure esistono legittimamente in seno alla comunione della Chiesa, le Chiese particolari, con proprie tradizioni, rimanendo però integro il primato della cattedra di Pietro, la quale presiede alla comunione universale di carità [25], tutela le varietà legittime e insieme veglia affinché ciò che è particolare, non solo non pregiudichi l'unità, ma piuttosto la serva. E infine ne derivano, tra le diverse parti della Chiesa, vincoli di intima comunione circa i tesori spirituali, gli operai apostolici e le risorse materiali. I membri del popolo di Dio sono chiamati infatti a condividere i beni e anche alle singole Chiese si applicano le parole dell'Apostolo: « Da bravi amministratori della multiforme grazia di Dio, ognuno di voi metta a servizio degli altri il dono che ha ricevuto» (1 Pt 4,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti gli uomini sono quindi chiamati a questa cattolica unità del popolo di Dio, che prefigura e promuove la pace universale; a questa unità in vario modo appartengono o sono ordinati sia i fedeli cattolici, sia gli altri credenti in Cristo, sia infine tutti gli uomini senza eccezione, che la grazia di Dio chiama alla salvezza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I fedeli cattolici"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il santo Concilio si rivolge quindi prima di tutto ai fedeli cattolici. Esso, basandosi sulla sacra Scrittura e sulla tradizione, insegna che questa Chiesa peregrinante è necessaria alla salvezza. Solo il Cristo, infatti, presente in mezzo a noi nel suo corpo che è la Chiesa, è il mediatore e la via della salvezza; ora egli stesso, inculcando espressamente la necessità della fede e del battesimo (cfr. Gv 3,5), ha nello stesso tempo confermato la necessità della Chiesa, nella quale gli uomini entrano per il battesimo come per una porta. Perciò non possono salvarsi quegli uomini, i quali, pur non ignorando che la Chiesa cattolica è stata fondata da Dio per mezzo di Gesù Cristo come necessaria, non vorranno entrare in essa o in essa perseverare. Sono pienamente incorporati nella società della Chiesa quelli che, avendo lo Spirito di Cristo, accettano integralmente la sua organizzazione e tutti i mezzi di salvezza in essa istituiti, e che inoltre, grazie ai legami costituiti dalla professione di fede, dai sacramenti, dal governo ecclesiastico e dalla comunione, sono uniti, nell'assemblea visibile della Chiesa, con il Cristo che la dirige mediante il sommo Pontefice e i vescovi. Non si salva, però, anche se incorporato alla Chiesa, colui che, non perseverando nella carità, rimane sì in seno alla Chiesa col «corpo», ma non col «cuore» [26]. Si ricordino bene tutti i figli della Chiesa che la loro privilegiata condizione non va ascritta ai loro meriti, ma ad una speciale grazia di Cristo; per cui, se non vi corrispondono col pensiero, con le parole e con le opere, non solo non si salveranno, ma anzi saranno più severamente giudicati [27]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I catecumeni che per impulso dello Spirito Santo desiderano ed espressamente vogliono essere incorporati alla Chiesa, vengono ad essa congiunti da questo stesso desiderio, e la madre Chiesa li avvolge come già suoi con il proprio amore e con le proprie cure."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I cristiani non cattolici e la Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa sa di essere per più ragioni congiunta con coloro che, essendo battezzati, sono insigniti del nome cristiano, ma non professano integralmente la fede o non conservano l'unità di comunione sotto il successore di Pietro [28]. Ci sono infatti molti che hanno in onore la sacra Scrittura come norma di fede e di vita, manifestano un sincero zelo religioso, credono amorosamente in Dio Padre onnipotente e in Cristo, figlio di Dio e salvatore [29], sono segnati dal battesimo, col quale vengono congiunti con Cristo, anzi riconoscono e accettano nelle proprie Chiese o comunità ecclesiali anche altri sacramenti. Molti fra loro hanno anche l'episcopato, celebrano la sacra eucaristia e coltivano la devozione alla vergine Madre di Dio [30]. A questo si aggiunge la comunione di preghiere e di altri benefici spirituali; anzi, una certa vera unione nello Spirito Santo, poiché anche in loro egli opera con la sua virtù santificante per mezzo di doni e grazie e ha dato ad alcuni la forza di giungere fino allo spargimento del sangue. Così lo Spirito suscita in tutti i discepoli di Cristo desiderio e attività, affinché tutti, nel modo da Cristo stabilito, pacificamente si uniscano in un solo gregge sotto un solo Pastore [31]. E per ottenere questo la madre Chiesa non cessa di pregare, sperare e operare, esortando i figli a purificarsi e rinnovarsi perché l'immagine di Cristo risplenda più chiara sul volto della Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I non cristiani e la Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infine, quanto a quelli che non hanno ancora ricevuto il Vangelo, anch'essi in vari modi sono ordinati al popolo di Dio [32]. In primo luogo quel popolo al quale furono-dati i testamenti e le promesse e dal quale Cristo è nato secondo la carne (cfr. Rm 9,4-5), popolo molto amato in ragione della elezione, a causa dei padri, perché i doni e la chiamata di Dio sono irrevocabili (cfr. Rm 11,28-29). Ma il disegno di salvezza abbraccia anche coloro che riconoscono il Creatore, e tra questi in particolare i musulmani, i quali, professando di avere la fede di Abramo, adorano con noi un Dio unico, misericordioso che giudicherà gli uomini nel giorno finale. Dio non e neppure lontano dagli altri che cercano il Dio ignoto nelle ombre e sotto le immagini, poiché egli dà a tutti la vita e il respiro e ogni cosa (cfr At 1,7,25-26), e come Salvatore vuole che tutti gli uomini si salvino (cfr. 1 Tm 2,4). Infatti, quelli che senza colpa ignorano il Vangelo di Cristo e la sua Chiesa ma che tuttavia cercano sinceramente Dio e coll'aiuto della grazia si sforzano di compiere con le opere la volontà di lui, conosciuta attraverso il dettame della coscienza, possono conseguire la salvezza eterna [33]. Né la divina Provvidenza nega gli aiuti necessari alla salvezza a coloro che non sono ancora arrivati alla chiara cognizione e riconoscimento di Dio, ma si sforzano, non senza la grazia divina, di condurre una vita retta. Poiché tutto ciò che di buono e di vero si trova in loro è ritenuto dalla Chiesa come una preparazione ad accogliere il Vangelo [34] e come dato da colui che illumina ogni uomo, affinché abbia finalmente la vita. Ma molto spesso gli uomini, ingannati dal maligno, hanno errato nei loro ragionamenti e hanno scambiato la verità divina con la menzogna, servendo la creatura piuttosto che il Creatore (cfr. Rm 1,21 e 25), oppure, vivendo e morendo senza Dio in questo mondo, sono esposti alla disperazione finale. Perciò la Chiesa per promuovere la gloria di Dio e la salute di tutti costoro, memore del comando del Signore che dice: « Predicate il Vangelo ad ogni creatura» (Mc 16,15), mette ogni cura nell'incoraggiare e sostenere le missioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Carattere missionario della Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Come infatti il Figlio è stato mandato dal Padre, così ha mandato egli stesso gli apostoli (cfr. Gv 20,21) dicendo: «Andate dunque e ammaestrate tutte le genti, battezzandole nel nome del Padre e del Figlio e dello Spirito Santo, insegnando loro ad osservare tutto quanto vi ho comandato. Ed ecco, io sono con voi tutti i giorni, sino alla fine del mondo » (Mt 28,19-20). E questo solenne comando di Cristo di annunziare la verità salvifica, la Chiesa l'ha ricevuto dagli apostoli per proseguirne l'adempimento sino all'ultimo confine della terra (cfr. At 1,8). Essa fa quindi sue le parole dell'apostolo: « Guai... a me se non predicassi! » (l Cor 9,16) e continua a mandare araldi del Vangelo, fino a che le nuove Chiese siano pienamente costituite e continuino a loro volta l'opera di evangelizzazione. È spinta infatti dallo Spirito Santo a cooperare perché sia compiuto il piano di Dio, il quale ha costituito Cristo principio della salvezza per il mondo intero. Predicando il Vangelo, la Chiesa dispone coloro che l'ascoltano a credere e a professare la fede, li dispone al battesimo, li toglie dalla schiavitù dell'errore e li incorpora a Cristo per crescere in lui mediante la carità finché sia raggiunta la pienezza. Procura poi che quanto di buono si trova seminato nel cuore e nella mente degli uomini o nei riti e culture proprie dei popoli, non solo non vada perduto, ma sia purificato, elevato e perfezionato a gloria di Dio, confusione del demonio e felicità dell'uomo. Ad ogni discepolo di Cristo incombe il dovere di disseminare, per quanto gli è possibile, la fede [35]. Ma se ognuno può conferire il battesimo ai credenti, è tuttavia ufficio del sacerdote di completare l'edificazione del corpo col sacrificio eucaristico, adempiendo le parole dette da Dio per mezzo del profeta: « Da dove sorge il sole fin dove tramonta, grande è il mio Nome tra le genti e in ogni luogo si offre al mio Nome un sacrificio e un'offerta pura » [36]. Così la Chiesa unisce preghiera e lavoro, affinché il mondo intero in tutto il suo essere sia trasformato in popolo di Dio, corpo mistico di Cristo e tempio dello Spirito Santo, e in Cristo, centro di tutte le cose, sia reso ogni onore e gloria al Creatore e Padre dell'universo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "COSTITUZIONE GERARCHICA DELLA CHIESA E IN PARTICOLARE DELL'EPISCOPATO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proemio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo Signore, per pascere e sempre più accrescere il popolo di Dio, ha stabilito nella sua Chiesa vari ministeri, che tendono al bene di tutto il corpo. I ministri infatti che sono rivestiti di sacra potestà, servono i loro fratelli, perché tutti coloro che appartengono al popolo di Dio, e perciò hanno una vera dignità cristiana, tendano liberamente e ordinatamente allo stesso fine e arrivino alla salvezza. Questo santo Sinodo, sull'esempio del Concilio Vaticano primo, insegna e dichiara che Gesù Cristo, pastore eterno, ha edificato la santa Chiesa e ha mandato gli apostoli, come egli stesso era stato mandato dal Padre (cfr. Gv 20,21), e ha voluto che i loro successori, cioè i vescovi, fossero nella sua Chiesa pastori fino alla fine dei secoli. Affinché poi lo stesso episcopato fosse uno e indiviso, prepose agli altri apostoli il beato Pietro e in lui stabilì il principio e il fondamento perpetuo e visibile dell'unità di fede e di comunione [37]. Questa dottrina della istituzione, della perpetuità, del valore e della natura del sacro primato del romano Pontefice e del suo infallibile magistero, il santo Concilio la propone di nuovo a tutti i fedeli come oggetto certo di fede. Di più proseguendo nel disegno incominciato, ha stabilito di enunciare ed esplicitare la dottrina sui vescovi, successori degli apostoli, i quali col successore di Pietro, vicario di Cristo [38] e capo visibile di tutta la Chiesa, reggono la casa del Dio vivente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'istituzione dei dodici"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Signore Gesù, dopo aver pregato il Padre, chiamò a sé quelli che egli volle, e ne costituì dodici perché stessero con lui e per mandarli a predicare il regno di Dio (cfr. Mc 3,13-19; Mt 10,1-42); ne fece i suoi apostoli (cfr. Lc 6,13) dando loro la forma di collegio, cioè di un gruppo stabile, del quale mise a capo Pietro, scelto di mezzo a loro (cfr. Gv 21 15-17). Li mandò prima ai figli d'Israele e poi a tutte le genti (cfr. Rm 1,16) affinché, partecipi del suo potere, rendessero tutti i popoli suoi discepoli, li santificassero e governassero (cfr. Mt 28,16-20; Mc 16,15; Lc 24,45-48), diffondendo così la Chiesa e, sotto la guida del Signore, ne fossero i ministri e i pastori, tutti i giorni sino alla fine del mondo (cfr. Mt 28,20). In questa missione furono pienamente confermati il giorno di Pentecoste (cfr. At 2,1-36) secondo la promessa del Signore: « Riceverete una forza, quella dello Spirito Santo che discenderà su di voi, e mi sarete testimoni a Gerusalemme, in tutta la Giudea e la Samaria, e sino alle estremità della terra » (At 1,8). Gli apostoli, quindi, predicando dovunque il Vangelo (cfr. Mc 16,20), accolto dagli uditori grazie all'azione dello Spirito Santo, radunano la Chiesa universale che il Signore ha fondato su di essi e edificato sul beato Pietro, loro capo, con Gesù Cristo stesso come pietra maestra angolare (cfr. Ap 21,14; Mt 16,18; Ef 2,20) [39]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I vescovi, successori degli apostoli"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La missione divina affidata da Cristo agli apostoli durerà fino alla fine dei secoli (cfr. Mt 28,20), poiché il Vangelo che essi devono predicare è per la Chiesa il principio di tutta la sua vita in ogni tempo. Per questo gli apostoli, in questa società gerarchicamente ordinata, ebbero cura di istituire dei successori."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infatti, non solo ebbero vari collaboratori nel ministero [40] ma perché la missione loro affidata venisse continuata dopo la loro morte, affidarono, quasi per testamento, ai loro immediati cooperatori l'ufficio di completare e consolidare l'opera da essi incominciata [41] raccomandando loro di attendere a tutto il gregge nel quale lo Spirito Santo li aveva posti a pascere la Chiesa di Dio (cfr. At 20,28). Perciò si scelsero di questi uomini e in seguito diedero disposizione che dopo la loro morte altri uomini subentrassero al loro posto [42]. Fra i vari ministeri che fin dai primi tempi si esercitano nella Chiesa, secondo la testimonianza della tradizione, tiene il primo posto l'ufficio di quelli che costituiti nell'episcopato, per successione che decorre ininterrotta fin dalle origini [43] sono i sacramenti attraverso i quali si trasmette il seme apostolico [44] . Così, come attesta S. Ireneo, per mezzo di coloro che gli apostoli costituirono vescovi e dei loro successori fino a noi, la tradizione apostolica in tutto il mondo è manifestata [45] e custodita [46]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I vescovi dunque hanno ricevuto il ministero della comunità per esercitarlo con i loro collaboratori, sacerdoti e diaconi [47]. Presiedono in luogo di Dio al gregge [48] di cui sono pastori quali maestri di dottrina, sacerdoti del sacro culto, ministri del governo della Chiesa [49]. Come quindi è permanente l'ufficio dal Signore concesso singolarmente a Pietro, il primo degli apostoli, e da trasmettersi ai suoi successori, cosi è permanente l'ufficio degli apostoli di pascere la Chiesa, da esercitarsi in perpetuo dal sacro ordine dei Vescovi [50]. Perciò il sacro Concilio insegna che i vescovi per divina istituzione sono succeduti al posto degli Apostoli [51] quali pastori della Chiesa, e che chi li ascolta, ascolta Cristo, chi li disprezza, disprezza Cristo e colui che ha mandato Cristo (cfr. Lc 10,16) [52]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacramentalità dell'episcopato"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella persona quindi dei vescovi, assistiti dai sacerdoti, è presente in mezzo ai credenti il Signore Gesù Cristo, pontefice sommo. Pur sedendo infatti alla destra di Dio Padre, egli non cessa di essere presente alla comunità dei suoi pontefici [53] in primo luogo, per mezzo dell'eccelso loro ministero, predica la parola di Dio a tutte le genti e continuamente amministra ai credenti i sacramenti della fede; per mezzo del loro ufficio paterno (cfr. 1 Cor 4,15) integra nuove membra al suo corpo con la rigenerazione soprannaturale; e infine, con la loro sapienza e prudenza, dirige e ordina il popolo del Nuovo Testamento nella sua peregrinazione verso l'eterna beatitudine. Questi pastori, scelti a pascere il gregge del Signore, sono ministri di Cristo e dispensatori dei misteri di Dio (cfr. 1 Cor 4,1). Ad essi è stata affidata la testimonianza al Vangelo della grazia di Dio (cfr. Rm 15,16; At 20,24) e il glorioso ministero dello Spirito e della giustizia (cfr. 2 Cor 3,8-9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per compiere cosi grandi uffici, gli apostoli sono stati arricchiti da Cristo con una effusione speciale dello Spirito Santo disceso su loro (cfr. At 1,8; 2,4; Gv 20,22-23), ed essi stessi con la imposizione delle mani diedero questo dono spirituale ai loro collaboratori (cfr. 1 Tm 4,14; 2 Tm 1,6-7), dono che è stato trasmesso fino a noi nella consacrazione Episcopale [54]. Il santo Concilio insegna quindi che con la consacrazione episcopale viene conferita la pienezza del sacramento dell'ordine, quella cioè che dalla consuetudine liturgica della Chiesa e dalla voce dei santi Padri viene chiamata sommo sacerdozio, realtà totale del sacro ministero [55]. La consacrazione episcopale conferisce pure, con l'ufficio di santificare, gli uffici di insegnare e governare; questi però, per loro natura, non possono essere esercitati se non nella comunione gerarchica col capo e con le membra del collegio. Dalla tradizione infatti, quale risulta specialmente dai riti liturgici e dall'uso della Chiesa sia d'Oriente che d'Occidente, consta chiaramente che dall'imposizione delle mani e dalle parole della consacrazione è conferita la grazia dello Spirito Santo [56] ed è impresso il sacro carattere [57] in maniera tale che i vescovi, in modo eminente e visibile, tengono il posto dello stesso Cristo maestro, pastore e pontefice, e agiscono in sua vece [58]. È proprio dei vescovi assumere col sacramento dell'ordine nuovi eletti nel corpo episcopale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il collegio dei vescovi e il suo capo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Come san Pietro e gli altri apostoli costituiscono, per volontà del Signore, un unico collegio apostolico, similmente il romano Pontefice, successore di Pietro, e i vescovi, successori degli apostoli, sono uniti tra loro. Già l'antichissima disciplina, in virtù della quale i vescovi di tutto il mondo vivevano in comunione tra loro e col vescovo di Roma nel vincolo dell'unità, della carità e della pace [59] e parimenti la convocazione dei Concili [60] per decidere in comune di tutte le questioni più importanti [61] mediante una decisione che l'opinione dell'insieme [62] permetteva di equilibrare significano il carattere e la natura collegiale dell'ordine episcopale, che risulta manifestamente confermata dal fatto dei Concili ecumenici tenuti lungo i secoli. La stessa è pure suggerita dall'antico uso di convocare più vescovi per partecipare all elevazione del nuovo eletto al ministero del sommo sacerdozio. Uno è costituito membro del corpo episcopale in virtù della consacrazione sacramentale e mediante la comunione gerarchica col capo del collegio e con le sue membra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il collegio o corpo episcopale non ha però autorità, se non lo si concepisce unito al Pontefice romano, successore di Pietro, quale suo capo, e senza pregiudizio per la sua potestà di primato su tutti, sia pastori che fedeli. Infatti il Romano Pontefice, in forza del suo Ufficio, cioè di Vicario di Cristo e Pastore di tutta la Chiesa, ha su questa una potestà piena, suprema e universale, che può sempre esercitare liberamente. D'altra parte, l'ordine dei vescovi, il quale succede al collegio degli apostoli nel magistero e nel governo pastorale, anzi, nel quale si perpetua il corpo apostolico, è anch'esso insieme col suo capo il romano Pontefice, e mai senza questo capo, il soggetto di una suprema e piena potestà su tutta la Chiesa [63] sebbene tale potestà non possa essere esercitata se non col consenso del romano Pontefice. Il Signore ha posto solo Simone come pietra e clavigero della Chiesa (cfr. Mt 16,18-19), e lo ha costituito pastore di tutto il suo gregge (cfr. Gv 21,15 ss); ma l'ufficio di legare e di sciogliere, che è stato dato a Pietro (cfr. Mt 16,19), è noto essere stato pure concesso al collegio degli apostoli, congiunto col suo capo (cfr. Mt 18,18; 28,16-20) [64]. Questo collegio, in quanto composto da molti, esprime la varietà e l'universalità del popolo di Dio; in quanto poi è raccolto sotto un solo capo, significa l'unità del gregge di Cristo. In esso i vescovi, rispettando fedelmente il primato e la preminenza del loro capo, esercitano la propria potestà per il bene dei loro fedeli, anzi di tutta la Chiesa, mente lo Spirito Santo costantemente consolida la sua struttura organica e la sua concordia. La suprema potestà che questo collegio possiede su tutta la Chiesa, è esercitata in modo solenne nel Concilio ecumenico. Mai può esserci Concilio ecumenico, che come tale non sia confermato o almeno accettato dal successore di Pietro; ed è prerogativa del romano Pontefice convocare questi Concili, presiederli e confermarli [65]. La stessa potestà collegiale insieme col papa può essere esercitata dai vescovi sparsi per il mondo, purché il capo del collegio li chiami ad agire collegialmente, o almeno approvi o liberamente accetti l'azione congiunta dei vescovi dispersi, così da risultare un vero atto collegiale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le relazioni all'interno del collegio episcopale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'unità collegiale appare anche nelle mutue relazioni dei singoli vescovi con Chiese particolari e con la Chiesa universale. Il romano Pontefice, quale successore di Pietro, è il perpetuo e visibile principio e fondamento dell'unità sia dei vescovi sia della moltitudine dei fedeli [66]. I singoli vescovi, invece, sono il visibile principio e fondamento di unità nelle loro Chiese particolari [67] queste sono formate ad immagine della Chiesa universale, ed è in esse e a partire da esse che esiste la Chiesa cattolica una e unica [68]. Perciò i singoli vescovi rappresentano la propria Chiesa, e tutti insieme col Papa rappresentano la Chiesa universale in un vincolo di pace, di amore e di unità. I singoli vescovi, che sono preposti a Chiese particolari, esercitano il loro pastorale governo sopra la porzione del popolo di Dio che è stata loro affidata, non sopra le altre Chiese né sopra la Chiesa universale. Ma in quanto membri del collegio episcopale e legittimi successori degli apostoli, per istituzione e precetto di Cristo sono tenuti ad avere per tutta la Chiesa [69] una sollecitudine che, sebbene non sia esercitata con atti di giurisdizione, contribuisce sommamente al bene della Chiesa universale. Tutti i vescovi, infatti, devono promuovere e difendere l'unità della fede e la disciplina comune all'insieme della Chiesa, formare i fedeli all'amore per tutto il corpo mistico di Cristo, specialmente delle membra povere, sofferenti e di quelle che sono perseguitate a causa della giustizia (cfr. Mt 5,10), e infine promuovere ogni attività comune alla Chiesa, specialmente nel procurare che la fede cresca e sorga per tutti gli uomini la luce della piena verità. Del resto è certo che, reggendo bene la propria Chiesa come una porzione della Chiesa universale, contribuiscono essi stessi efficacemente al bene di tutto il corpo mistico, che è pure il corpo delle Chiese [70]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La cura di annunziare il Vangelo in ogni parte della terra appartiene al corpo dei pastori, ai quali tutti, in comune, Cristo diede il mandato, imponendo un comune dovere, come già papa Celestino ricordava ai Padri del Concilio Efesino [71]. Quindi i singoli vescovi, per quanto lo permette l'esercizio del particolare loro dovere, sono tenuti a collaborare tra di loro e col successore di Pietro, al quale in modo speciale fu affidato l'altissimo ufficio di propagare il nome cristiano [72]. Con tutte le forze devono fornire alle missioni non solo gli operai della messe, ma anche aiuti spirituali e materiali, sia da sé direttamente, sia suscitando la fervida cooperazione dei fedeli. I vescovi, infine, in universale comunione di carità, offrano volentieri il loro fraterno aiuto alle altre Chiese, specialmente alle più vicine e più povere, seguendo in questo il venerando esempio dell'antica Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per divina Provvidenza è avvenuto che varie Chiese, in vari luoghi stabilite dagli apostoli e dai loro successori, durante i secoli si sono costituite in vari raggruppamenti, organicamente congiunti, i quali, salva restando l'unità della fede e l'unica costituzione divina della Chiesa universale, godono di una propria disciplina, di un proprio uso liturgico, di un proprio patrimonio teologico e spirituale. Alcune fra esse, soprattutto le antiche Chiese patriarcali, quasi matrici della fede, ne hanno generate altre a modo di figlie, colle quali restano fino ai nostri tempi legate da un più stretto vincolo di carità nella vita sacramentale e nel mutuo rispetto dei diritti e dei doveri [73]. Questa varietà di Chiese locali tendenti all'unità dimostra con maggiore evidenza la cattolicità della Chiesa indivisa. In modo simile le Conferenze episcopali possono oggi portare un molteplice e fecondo contributo acciocché il senso di collegialità si realizzi concretamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il ministero episcopale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I vescovi, quali successori degli apostoli, ricevono dal Signore, cui è data ogni potestà in cielo e in terra, la missione d'insegnare a tutte le genti e di predicare il Vangelo ad ogni creatura, affinché tutti gli uomini, per mezzo della fede, del battesimo e dell'osservanza dei comandamenti, ottengano la salvezza (cfr. Mt 28,18-20; Mc 16,15-16; At 26,17 ss). Per compiere questa missione, Cristo Signore promise agli apostoli lo Spirito Santo e il giorno di Pentecoste lo mandò dal cielo, perché con la sua forza essi gli fossero testimoni fino alla estremità della terra, davanti alle nazioni e ai popoli e ai re (cfr. At 1,8; 2,1 ss; 9,15). L'ufficio poi che il Signore affidò ai pastori del suo popolo, è un vero servizio, che nella sacra Scrittura è chiamato significativamente « diaconia », cioè ministero (cfr. At 1,17 e 25; 21,19; Rm 11,13; 1 Tm 1,12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La missione canonica dei vescovi può essere data per mezzo delle legittime consuetudini, non revocate dalla suprema e universale potestà della Chiesa, o per mezzo delle leggi fatte dalla stessa autorità o da essa riconosciute, oppure direttamente dallo stesso successore di Pietro; se questi rifiuta o nega la comunione apostolica, i vescovi non possono essere assunti all'ufficio [74]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La funzione d'insegnamento dei vescovi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tra i principali doveri dei vescovi eccelle la predicazione del Vangelo [75]. I vescovi, infatti, sono gli araldi della fede che portano a Cristo nuovi discepoli; sono dottori autentici, cioè rivestiti dell'autorità di Cristo, che predicano al popolo loro affidato la fede da credere e da applicare nella pratica della vita, la illustrano alla luce dello Spirito Santo, traendo fuori dal tesoro della Rivelazione cose nuove e vecchie (cfr. Mt 13,52), la fanno fruttificare e vegliano per tenere lontano dal loro gregge gli errori che lo minacciano (cfr. 2 Tm 4,1-4) . I vescovi che insegnano in comunione col romano Pontefice devono essere da tutti ascoltati con venerazione quali testimoni della divina e cattolica verità; e i fedeli devono accettare il giudizio dal loro vescovo dato a nome di Cristo in cose di fede e morale, e dargli l'assenso religioso del loro spirito. Ma questo assenso religioso della volontà e della intelligenza lo si deve in modo particolare prestare al magistero autentico del romano Pontefice, anche quando non parla « ex cathedra ». Ciò implica che il suo supremo magistero sia accettato con riverenza, e che con sincerità si aderisca alle sue affermazioni in conformità al pensiero e in conformità alla volontà di lui manifestatasi che si possono dedurre in particolare dal carattere dei documenti, o dall'insistenza nel proporre una certa dottrina, o dalla maniera di esprimersi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quantunque i vescovi, presi a uno a uno, non godano della prerogativa dell'infallibilità, quando tuttavia, anche dispersi per il mondo, ma conservando il vincolo della comunione tra di loro e col successore di Pietro, si accordano per insegnare autenticamente che una dottrina concernente la fede e i costumi si impone in maniera assoluta, allora esprimono infallibilmente la dottrina di Cristo [76]. La cosa è ancora più manifesta quando, radunati in Concilio ecumenico, sono per tutta la Chiesa dottori e giudici della fede e della morale; allora bisogna aderire alle loro definizioni con l'ossequio della fede [77]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questa infallibilità, della quale il divino Redentore volle provveduta la sua Chiesa nel definire la dottrina della fede e della morale, si estende tanto, quanto il deposito della divina Rivelazione, che deve essere gelosamente custodito e fedelmente esposto. Di questa infallibilità il romano Pontefice, capo del collegio dei vescovi, fruisce in virtù del suo ufficio, quando, quale supremo pastore e dottore di tutti i fedeli che conferma nella fede i suoi fratelli (cfr. Lc 22,32), sancisce con atto definitivo una dottrina riguardante la fede e la morale [78]. Perciò le sue definizioni giustamente sono dette irreformabili per se stesse e non in virtù del consenso della Chiesa, essendo esse pronunziate con l'assistenza dello Spirito Santo a lui promessa nella persona di san Pietro, per cui non hanno bisogno di una approvazione di altri, né ammettono appello alcuno ad altro giudizio. In effetti allora il romano Pontefice pronunzia sentenza non come persona privata, ma espone o difende la dottrina della fede cattolica quale supremo maestro della Chiesa universale, singolarmente insignito del carisma dell'infallibilità della Chiesa stessa [79]. L'infallibilità promessa alla Chiesa risiede pure nel corpo episcopale quando esercita il supremo magistero col successore di Pietro. A queste definizioni non può mai mancare l'assenso della Chiesa, data l'azione dello stesso Spirito Santo che conserva e fa progredire nell'unità della fede tutto il gregge di Cristo [80]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quando poi il romano Pontefice o il corpo dei vescovi con lui esprimono una sentenza, la emettono secondo la stessa Rivelazione, cui tutti devono attenersi e conformarsi, Rivelazione che è integralmente trasmessa per scritto o per tradizione dalla legittima successione dei vescovi e specialmente a cura dello stesso Pontefice romano, e viene nella Chiesa gelosamente conservata e fedelmente esposta sotto la luce dello Spirito di verità [81]. Perché poi sia debitamente indagata ed enunziata in modo adatto [82], il romano Pontefice e i vescovi nella coscienza del loro ufficio e della gravità della cosa, prestano la loro vigile opera usando i mezzi convenienti però non ricevono alcuna nuova rivelazione pubblica come appartenente al deposito divino della fede [83]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La funzione di santificazione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il vescovo, insignito della pienezza del sacramento dell'ordine, è « l'economo della grazia del supremo sacerdozio» [84] specialmente nell'eucaristia, che offre egli stesso o fa offrire [85] e della quale la Chiesa continuamente vive e cresce. Questa Chiesa di Cristo è veramente presente nelle legittime comunità locali di fedeli, le quali, unite ai loro pastori, sono anch'esse chiamate Chiese nel Nuovo Testamento [86]. Esse infatti sono, ciascuna nel proprio territorio, il popolo nuovo chiamato da Dio nello Spirito Santo e in una grande fiducia (cfr. 1 Ts 1,5). In esse con la predicazione del Vangelo di Cristo vengono radunati i fedeli e si celebra il mistero della Cena del Signore, « affinché per mezzo della carne e del sangue del Signore siano strettamente uniti tutti i fratelli della comunità» [87]. In ogni comunità che partecipa all'altare, sotto la sacra presidenza del Vescovo [88] viene offerto il simbolo di quella carità e « unità del corpo mistico, senza la quale non può esserci salvezza» [89]. In queste comunità, sebbene spesso piccole e povere e disperse, è presente Cristo, per virtù del quale si costituisce la Chiesa una, santa, cattolica e apostolica [90]. Infatti « la partecipazione del corpo e del sangue di Cristo altro non fa, se non che ci mutiamo in ciò che riceviamo » [91]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ogni legittima celebrazione dell'eucaristia è diretta dal vescovo, al quale è demandato il compito di prestare e regolare il culto della religione cristiana alla divina Maestà, secondo i precetti del Signore e le leggi della Chiesa, dal suo particolare giudizio ulteriormente determinante per la propria diocesi. In questo modo i vescovi, con la preghiera e il lavoro per il popolo, in varie forme effondono abbondantemente la pienezza della santità di Cristo. Col ministero della parola comunicano la forza di Dio per la salvezza dei credenti (cfr. Rm 1,16), e con i sacramenti, dei quali con la loro autorità organizzano la regolare e fruttuosa distribuzione santificano i fedeli [92]. Regolano l'amministrazione del battesimo, col quale è concesso partecipare al regale sacerdozio di Cristo. Sono i ministri originari della confermazione, dispensatori degli ordini sacri e moderatori della disciplina penitenziale, e con sollecitudine esortano e istruiscono le loro popolazioni, affinché nella liturgia e specialmente nel santo sacrificio della messa compiano la loro parte con fede e devozione. Devono, infine, coll'esempio della loro vita aiutare quelli a cui presiedono, serbando i loro costumi immuni da ogni male, e per quanto possono, con l'aiuto di Dio mutandoli in bene, onde possano, insieme col gregge loro affidato, giungere alla vita eterna [93]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La funzione di governo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I vescovi reggono le Chiese particolari a loro affidate come vicari e legati di Cristo [94], col consiglio, la persuasione, l'esempio, ma anche con l'autorità e la sacra potestà, della quale però non si servono se non per edificare il proprio gregge nella verità e nella santità, ricordandosi che chi è più grande si deve fare come il più piccolo, e chi è il capo, come chi serve (cfr. Lc 22,26-27). Questa potestà, che personalmente esercitano in nome di Cristo, è propria, ordinaria e immediata, quantunque il suo esercizio sia in ultima istanza sottoposto alla suprema autorità della Chiesa e, entro certi limiti, in vista dell'utilità della Chiesa o dei fedeli, possa essere ristretto. In virtù di questa potestà i vescovi hanno il sacro diritto e davanti al Signore il dovere di dare leggi ai loro sudditi, di giudicare e di regolare tutto quanto appartiene al culto e all'apostolato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad essi è pienamente affidato l'ufficio pastorale ossia l'abituale e quotidiana cura del loro gregge; né devono essere considerati vicari dei romani Pontefici, perché sono rivestiti di autorità propria e con tutta verità sono detti « sovrintendenti delle popolazioni » che governano [95]. La loro potestà quindi non è annullata dalla potestà suprema e universale [96], ma anzi è da essa affermata, corroborata e rivendicata, poiché è lo Spirito Santo che conserva invariata la forma di governo da Cristo Signore stabilita nella sua Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il vescovo, mandato dal padre di famiglia a governare la sua famiglia, tenga innanzi agli occhi l'esempio del buon Pastore, che è venuto non per essere servito ma per servire (cfr. Mt 20,28; Mc 10,45) e dare la sua vita per le pecore (cfr. Gv 10,11). Preso di mezzo agli uomini e soggetto a debolezza, può benignamente compatire gli ignoranti o gli sviati (cfr. Eb 5,1-2). Non rifugga dall'ascoltare quelli che dipendono da lui, curandoli come veri figli suoi ed esortandoli a cooperare alacremente con lui. Dovendo render conto a Dio delle loro anime (cfr. Eb 13,17), abbia cura di loro con la preghiera, la predicazione e ogni opera di carità; la sua sollecitudine si estenda anche a quelli che non fanno ancor parte dell'unico gregge e li consideri come affidatigli dal Signore. Essendo egli, come l'apostolo Paolo, debitore a tutti, sia pronto ad annunziare il Vangelo a tutti (cfr. Rm 1,14-15) e ad esortare i suoi fedeli all'attività apostolica e missionaria. I fedeli poi devono aderire al vescovo come la Chiesa a Gesù Cristo e come Gesù Cristo al Padre, affinché tutte le cose siano concordi e unite [97] e siano feconde per la gloria di Dio (cfr. 2 Cor 4,15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I sacerdoti e i loro rapporti con Cristo, con i vescovi, con i confratelli e con il popolo cristiano"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, santificato e mandato nel mondo dal Padre (cfr. Gv 10,36), per mezzo degli apostoli ha reso partecipi della sua consacrazione e della sua missione i loro successori, cioè i vescovi a loro volta i vescovi [98] hanno legittimamente affidato a vari membri della Chiesa, in vario grado, l'ufficio del loro ministero. Così il ministero ecclesiastico di istituzione divina viene esercitato in diversi ordini, da quelli che già anticamente sono chiamati vescovi, presbiteri, diaconi [99]. I presbiteri, pur non possedendo l'apice del sacerdozio e dipendendo dai vescovi nell'esercizio della loro potestà, sono tuttavia a loro congiunti nella dignità sacerdotale [100] e in virtù del sacramento dell'ordine [101] ad immagine di Cristo, sommo ed eterno sacerdote (cfr. Eb 5,1-10; 7,24; 9,11-28), sono consacrati per predicare il Vangelo, essere i pastori fedeli e celebrare il culto divino [102], quali veri sacerdoti del Nuovo Testamento. Partecipi, nel loro grado di ministero, dell'ufficio dell'unico mediatore, che è il Cristo (cfr. 1 Tm 2,5) annunziano a tutti la parola di Dio. Esercitano il loro sacro ministero soprattutto nel culto eucaristico o sinassi, dove, agendo in persona di Cristo [103] e proclamando il suo mistero, uniscono le preghiere dei fedeli al sacrificio del loro capo e nel sacrificio della messa rendono presente e applicano fino alla venuta del Signore (cfr. 1 Cor 11,26), l'unico sacrificio del Nuovo Testamento, quello cioè di Cristo, il quale una volta per tutte offrì se stesso al Padre quale vittima immacolata (cfr. Eb 9,11-28) [104]. Esercitano inoltre il ministero della riconciliazione e del conforto a favore dei fedeli penitenti o ammalati e portano a Dio Padre le necessità e le preghiere dei fedeli (cfr. Eb 5,1-4). Esercitando, secondo la loro parte di autorità, l'ufficio di Cristo, pastore e capo [105], raccolgono la famiglia di Dio, quale insieme di fratelli animati da un solo spirito, per mezzo di Cristo nello Spirito [106] li portano al Padre e in mezzo al loro gregge lo adorano in spirito e verità (cfr. Gv 4,24). Si affaticano inoltre nella predicazione e nell'insegnamento (cfr. 1 Tm 5,17), credendo ciò che hanno letto e meditato nella legge del Signore, insegnando ciò che credono, vivendo ciò che insegnano [107]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I sacerdoti, saggi collaboratori dell'ordine Episcopale [108] e suo aiuto e strumento, chiamati a servire il popolo di Dio, costituiscono col loro vescovo un solo presbiterio [109] sebbene destinato a uffici diversi. Nelle singole comunità locali di fedeli rendono in certo modo presente il vescovo, cui sono uniti con cuore confidente e generoso, ne assumono secondo il loro grado, gli uffici e la sollecitudine e li esercitano con dedizione quotidiana. Essi, sotto l'autorità del vescovo, santificano e governano la porzione di gregge del Signore loro affidata, nella loro sede rendono visibile la Chiesa universale e portano un grande contributo all'edificazione di tutto il corpo mistico di Cristo (cfr. Ef 4,12). Sempre intenti al bene dei figli di Dio, devono mettere il loro zelo nel contribuire al lavoro pastorale di tutta la diocesi, anzi di tutta la Chiesa. In ragione di questa loro partecipazione nel sacerdozio e nel lavoro apostolico del vescovo, i sacerdoti riconoscano in lui il loro padre e gli obbediscano con rispettoso amore. Il vescovo, poi, consideri i sacerdoti, i suoi cooperatori, come figli e amici così come il Cristo chiama i suoi discepoli non servi, ma amici (cfr. Gv 15,15). Per ragione quindi dell'ordine e del ministero, tutti i sacerdoti sia diocesani che religiosi, sono associati al corpo episcopale e, secondo la loro vocazione e grazia, servono al bene di tutta la Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In virtù della comunità di ordinazione e missione tutti i sacerdoti sono fra loro legati da un'intima fraternità, che deve spontaneamente e volentieri manifestarsi nel mutuo aiuto, spirituale e materiale, pastorale e personale, nelle riunioni e nella comunione di vita, di lavoro e di carità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Abbiano poi cura, come padri in Cristo, dei fedeli che hanno spiritualmente generato col battesimo e l'insegnamento (cfr. 1 Cor 4,15; 1 Pt 1,23). Divenuti spontaneamente modelli del gregge (cfr. 1 Pt 5,3) presiedano e servano la loro comunità locale, in modo che questa possa degnamente esser chiamata col nome di cui è insignito l'unico popolo di Dio nella sua totalità, cioè Chiesa di Dio (cfr. 1 Cor 1,2; 2 Cor 1,1). Si ricordino che devono, con la loro quotidiana condotta e con la loro sollecitudine, presentare ai fedeli e infedeli, cattolici e non cattolici, l'immagine di un ministero veramente sacerdotale e pastorale, e rendere a tutti la testimonianza della verità e della vita; e come buoni pastori ricercare anche quelli (cfr. Lc 15,4-7) che, sebbene battezzati nella Chiesa cattolica, hanno abbandonato la pratica dei sacramenti o persino la fede."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siccome oggigiorno l'umanità va sempre più organizzandosi in una unità civile, economica e sociale, tanto più bisogna che i sacerdoti, consociando il loro zelo e il loro lavoro sotto la guida dei vescovi e del sommo Pontefice, eliminino ogni causa di dispersione, affinché tutto il genere umano sia ricondotto all'unità della famiglia di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I diaconi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In un grado inferiore della gerarchia stanno i diaconi, ai quali sono imposte le mani « non per il sacerdozio, ma per il servizio » [110]. Infatti, sostenuti dalla grazia sacramentale, nella « diaconia » della liturgia, della predicazione e della carità servono il popolo di Dio, in comunione col vescovo e con il suo presbiterio. È ufficio del diacono, secondo le disposizioni della competente autorità, amministrare solennemente il battesimo, conservare e distribuire l'eucaristia, assistere e benedire il matrimonio in nome della Chiesa, portare il viatico ai moribondi, leggere la sacra Scrittura ai fedeli, istruire ed esortare il popolo, presiedere al culto e alla preghiera dei fedeli, amministrare i sacramentali, presiedere al rito funebre e alla sepoltura. Essendo dedicati agli uffici di carità e di assistenza, i diaconi si ricordino del monito di S. Policarpo: « Essere misericordiosi, attivi, camminare secondo la verità del Signore, il quale si è fatto servo di tutti » [111]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E siccome questi uffici, sommamente necessari alla vita della Chiesa, nella disciplina oggi vigente della Chiesa latina in molte regioni difficilmente possono essere esercitati, il diaconato potrà in futuro essere ristabilito come proprio e permanente grado della gerarchia. Spetterà poi alla competenza dei raggruppamenti territoriali dei vescovi, nelle loro diverse forme, di decidere, con l'approvazione dello stesso sommo Pontefice, se e dove sia opportuno che tali diaconi siano istituiti per la cura delle anime. Col consenso del romano Pontefice questo diaconato potrà essere conferito a uomini di età matura anche viventi nel matrimonio, e così pure a dei giovani idonei, per i quali però deve rimanere ferma la legge del celibato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I LAICI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I laici nella Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il santo Concilio, dopo aver illustrati gli uffici della gerarchia, con piacere rivolge il pensiero allo stato di quei fedeli che si chiamano laici. Sebbene quanto fu detto del popolo di Dio sia ugualmente diretto ai laici, ai religiosi e al clero, ai laici tuttavia, sia uomini che donne, per la loro condizione e missione, appartengono in particolare alcune cose, i fondamenti delle quali, a motivo delle speciali circostanze del nostro tempo, devono essere più accuratamente ponderati. I sacri pastori, infatti, sanno benissimo quanto i laici contribuiscano al bene di tutta la Chiesa. Sanno di non essere stati istituiti da Cristo per assumersi da soli tutto il peso della missione salvifica della Chiesa verso il mondo, ma che il loro eccelso ufficio consiste nel comprendere la loro missione di pastori nei confronti dei fedeli e nel riconoscere i ministeri e i carismi propri a questi, in maniera tale che tutti concordemente cooperino, nella loro misura, al bene comune. Bisogna infatti che tutti « mediante la pratica di una carità sincera, cresciamo in ogni modo verso colui che è il capo, Cristo; da lui tutto il corpo, ben connesso e solidamente collegato, attraverso tutte le giunture di comunicazione, secondo l'attività proporzionata a ciascun membro, opera il suo accrescimento e si va edificando nella carità» (Ef 4,15-16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natura e missione dei laici"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Col nome di laici si intende qui l'insieme dei cristiani ad esclusione dei membri dell'ordine sacro e dello stato religioso sancito nella Chiesa, i fedeli cioè, che, dopo essere stati incorporati a Cristo col battesimo e costituiti popolo di Dio e, nella loro misura, resi partecipi dell'ufficio sacerdotale, profetico e regale di Cristo, per la loro parte compiono, nella Chiesa e nel mondo, la missione propria di tutto il popolo cristiano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il carattere secolare è proprio e peculiare dei laici. Infatti, i membri dell'ordine sacro, sebbene talora possano essere impegnati nelle cose del secolo, anche esercitando una professione secolare, tuttavia per la loro speciale vocazione sono destinati principalmente e propriamente al sacro ministero, mentre i religiosi col loro stato testimoniano in modo splendido ed esimio che il mondo non può essere trasfigurato e offerto a Dio senza lo spirito delle beatitudini. Per loro vocazione è proprio dei laici cercare il regno di Dio trattando le cose temporali e ordinandole secondo Dio. Vivono nel secolo, cioè implicati in tutti i diversi doveri e lavori del mondo e nelle ordinarie condizioni della vita familiare e sociale, di cui la loro esistenza è come intessuta. Ivi sono da Dio chiamati a contribuire, quasi dall'interno a modo di fermento, alla santificazione del mondo esercitando il proprio ufficio sotto la guida dello spirito evangelico, e in questo modo a manifestare Cristo agli altri principalmente con la testimonianza della loro stessa vita e col fulgore della loro fede, della loro speranza e carità. A loro quindi particolarmente spetta di illuminare e ordinare tutte le cose temporali, alle quali sono strettamente legati, in modo che siano fatte e crescano costantemente secondo il Cristo e siano di lode al Creatore e Redentore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignità dei laici nel popolo di Dio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La santa Chiesa è, per divina istituzione, organizzata e diretta con mirabile varietà. «A quel modo, infatti, che in uno- stesso corpo abbiamo molte membra, e le membra non hanno tutte le stessa funzione, così tutti insieme formiamo un solo corpo in Cristo, e individualmente siano membri gli uni degli altri » (Rm 12,4-5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non c'è quindi che un popolo di Dio scelto da lui: « un solo Signore, una sola fede, un solo battesimo » (Ef 4,5); comune è la dignità dei membri per la loro rigenerazione in Cristo, comune la grazia di adozione filiale, comune la vocazione alla perfezione; non c'è che una sola salvezza, una sola speranza e una carità senza divisioni. Nessuna ineguaglianza quindi in Cristo e nella Chiesa per riguardo alla stirpe o nazione, alla condizione sociale o al sesso, poiché « non c'è né Giudeo né Gentile, non c'è né schiavo né libero, non c'è né uomo né donna: tutti voi siete uno in Cristo Gesù» (Gal 3,28 gr.; cfr. Col 3,11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se quindi nella Chiesa non tutti camminano per la stessa via, tutti però sono chiamati alla santità e hanno ricevuto a titolo uguale la fede che introduce nella giustizia di Dio (cfr. 2 Pt 1,1). Quantunque alcuni per volontà di Cristo siano costituiti dottori, dispensatori dei misteri e pastori per gli altri, tuttavia vige fra tutti una vera uguaglianza riguardo alla dignità e all'azione comune a tutti i fedeli nell'edificare il corpo di Cristo. La distinzione infatti posta dal Signore tra i sacri ministri e il resto del popolo di Dio comporta in sé unione, essendo i pastori e gli altri fedeli legati tra di loro da una comunità di rapporto: che i pastori della Chiesa sull'esempio di Cristo sono a servizio gli uni degli altri e a servizio degli altri fedeli, e questi a loro volta prestano volenterosi la loro collaborazione ai pastori e ai maestri. Così, nella diversità stessa, tutti danno testimonianza della mirabile unità nel corpo di Cristo: poiché la stessa diversità di grazie, di ministeri e di operazioni raccoglie in un tutto i figli di Dio, dato che « tutte queste cose opera... un unico e medesimo Spirito» (1 Cor 12,11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I laici quindi, come per benevolenza divina hanno per fratello Cristo, il quale, pur essendo Signore di tutte le cose, non è venuto per essere servito, ma per servire (cfr. Mt 20,28), così anche hanno per fratelli coloro che, posti nel sacro ministero, insegnando e santificando e reggendo per autorità di Cristo, svolgono presso la famiglia di Dio l'ufficio di pastori, in modo che sia da tutti adempito il nuovo precetto della carità. A questo proposito dice molto bene sant'Agostino: « Se mi spaventa l'essere per voi, mi rassicura l'essere con voi. Perché per voi sono vescovo, con voi sono cristiano. Quello è nome di ufficio, questo di grazia; quello è nome di pericolo, questo di salvezza » [112]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'apostolato dei laici"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I laici, radunati nel popolo di Dio e costituiti nell'unico corpo di Cristo sotto un solo capo, sono chiamati chiunque essi siano, a contribuire come membra vive, con tutte le forze ricevute dalla bontà del Creatore e dalla grazia del Redentore, all'incremento della Chiesa e alla sua santificazione permanente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'apostolato dei laici è quindi partecipazione alla missione salvifica stessa della Chiesa; a questo apostolato sono tutti destinati dal Signore stesso per mezzo del battesimo e della confermazione. Dai sacramenti poi, e specialmente dalla sacra eucaristia, viene comunicata e alimentata quella carità verso Dio e gli uomini che è l'anima di tutto l'apostolato. Ma i laici sono soprattutto chiamati a rendere presente e operosa la Chiesa in quei luoghi e in quelle circostanze, in cui essa non può diventare sale della terra se non per loro mezzo [113]. Così ogni laico, in virtù dei doni che gli sono stati fatti, è testimonio e insieme vivo strumento della stessa missione della Chiesa « secondo la misura del dono del Cristo » (Ef 4,7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oltre a questo apostolato, che spetta a tutti i fedeli senza eccezione, i laici possono anche essere chiamati in diversi modi a collaborare più immediatamente con l'apostolato della Gerarchia [114] a somiglianza di quegli uomini e donne che aiutavano l'apostolo Paolo nell'evangelizzazione, faticando molto per il Signore (cfr. Fil 4,3; Rm 16,3 ss). Hanno inoltre la capacità per essere assunti dalla gerarchia ad esercitare, per un fine spirituale, alcuni uffici ecclesiastici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Grava quindi su tutti i laici il glorioso peso di lavorare, perché il disegno divino di salvezza raggiunga ogni giorno più tutti gli uomini di tutti i tempi e di tutta la terra. Sia perciò loro aperta qualunque via affinché, secondo le loro forze e le necessità dei tempi, anch'essi attivamente partecipino all'opera salvifica della Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Partecipazione dei laici al sacerdozio comune"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il sommo ed eterno sacerdote Gesù Cristo, volendo continuare la sua testimonianza e il suo ministero anche attraverso i laici, li vivifica col suo Spirito e incessantemente li spinge ad ogni opera buona e perfetta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A coloro infatti che intimamente congiunge alla sua vita e alla sua missione, concede anche di aver parte al suo ufficio sacerdotale per esercitare un culto spirituale, in vista della glorificazione di Dio e della salvezza degli uomini. Perciò i laici, essendo dedicati a Cristo e consacrati dallo Spirito Santo, sono in modo mirabile chiamati e istruiti per produrre frutti dello Spirito sempre più abbondanti. Tutte infatti le loro attività, preghiere e iniziative apostoliche, la vita coniugale e familiare, il lavoro giornaliero, il sollievo spirituale e corporale, se sono compiute nello Spirito, e anche le molestie della vita, se sono sopportate con pazienza, diventano offerte spirituali gradite a Dio attraverso Gesù Cristo (cfr. 1 Pt 2,5); nella celebrazione dell'eucaristia sono in tutta pietà presentate al Padre insieme all'oblazione del Corpo del Signore. Così anche i laici, in quanto adoratori dovunque santamente operanti, consacrano a Dio il mondo stesso."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Partecipazione dei laici alla funzione profetica del Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, il grande profeta, il quale con la testimonianza della sua vita e con la potenza della sua parola ha proclamato il regno del Padre, adempie il suo ufficio profetico fino alla piena manifestazione della gloria, non solo per mezzo della gerarchia, che insegna in nome e con la potestà di lui, ma anche per mezzo dei laici, che perciò costituisce suoi testimoni provvedendoli del senso della fede e della grazia della parola (cfr. At 2,17-18; Ap 19,10), perché la forza del Vangelo risplenda nella vita quotidiana, familiare e sociale. Essi si mostrano figli della promessa quando, forti nella fede e nella speranza, mettono a profitto il tempo presente (cfr. Ef 5,16; Col 4,5) e con pazienza aspettano la gloria futura (cfr. Rm 8,25). E questa speranza non devono nasconderla nel segreto del loro cuore, ma con una continua conversione e lotta «contro i dominatori di questo mondo tenebroso e contro gli spiriti maligni» (Ef 6,12), devono esprimerla anche attraverso le strutture della vita secolare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Come i sacramenti della nuova legge, alimento della vita e dell'apostolato dei fedeli, prefigurano un cielo nuovo e una nuova terra (cfr. Ap 21,1), così i laici diventano araldi efficaci della fede in ciò che si spera (cfr. Eb 11,1), se senza incertezze congiungono a una vita di fede la professione di questa stessa fede. Questa evangelizzazione o annunzio di Cristo fatto con la testimonianza della vita e con la parola acquista una certa nota specifica e una particolare efficacia dal fatto che viene compiuta nelle comuni condizioni del secolo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In questo ordine di funzioni appare di grande valore quello stato di vita che è santificato da uno speciale sacramento: la vita matrimoniale e familiare. L'esercizio e scuola per eccellenza di apostolato dei laici si ha là dove la religione cristiana permea tutta l'organizzazione della vita e ogni giorno più la trasforma. Là i coniugi hanno la propria vocazione: essere l'uno all'altro e ai figli testimoni della fede e dell'amore di Cristo. La famiglia cristiana proclama ad alta voce allo stesso tempo le virtù presenti del regno di Dio e la speranza della vita beata. Così, col suo esempio e con la sua testimonianza, accusa il mondo di peccato e illumina quelli che cercano la verità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I laici quindi, anche quando sono occupati in cure temporali, possono e devono esercitare una preziosa azione per l'evangelizzazione del mondo. Alcuni di loro, in mancanza di sacri ministri o essendo questi impediti in regime di persecuzione, suppliscono alcuni uffici sacri secondo le proprie possibilità; altri, più numerosi, spendono tutte le loro forze nel lavoro apostolico: bisogna tuttavia che tutti cooperino all' estensione e al progresso del regno di Cristo nel mondo. Perciò i laici si applichino con diligenza all'approfondimento della verità rivelata e domandino insistentemente a Dio il dono della sapienza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Partecipazione dei laici al servizio regale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, fattosi obbediente fino alla morte e perciò esaltato dal Padre (cfr. Fil 2,8-9), è entrato nella gloria del suo regno; a lui sono sottomesse tutte le cose, fino a che egli sottometta al Padre se stesso e tutte le creature, affinché Dio sia tutto in tutti (cfr. 1 Cor 15,27-28). Questa potestà egli l'ha comunicata ai discepoli, perché anch'essi siano costituiti nella libertà regale e con l'abnegazione di sé e la vita santa vincano in se stessi il regno del peccato anzi, servendo il Cristo anche negli altri, con umiltà e pazienza conducano i loro fratelli al Re, servire il quale è regnare. Il Signore infatti desidera estendere il suo regno anche per mezzo dei fedeli laici: il suo regno che è regno « di verità e di vita, regno di santità e di grazia, regno di giustizia, di amore e di pace » [115] e in questo regno anche le stesse creature saranno liberate dalla schiavitù della corruzione per partecipare alla gloriosa libertà dei figli di Dio (cfr. Rm 8,21). Grande veramente è la promessa, grande il comandamento dato ai discepoli: « Tutto è vostro, ma voi siete di Cristo, e Cristo è di Dio » (1 Cor 3,23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I fedeli perciò devono riconoscere la natura profonda di tutta la creazione, il suo valore e la sua ordinazione alla lode di Dio, e aiutarsi a vicenda a una vita più santa anche con opere propriamente secolari, affinché il mondo si impregni dello spirito di Cristo e raggiunga più efficacemente il suo fine nella giustizia, nella carità e nella pace. Nel compimento universale di questo ufficio, i laici hanno il posto di primo piano. Con la loro competenza quindi nelle discipline profane e con la loro attività, elevata intrinsecamente dalla grazia di Cristo, portino efficacemente l'opera loro, affinché i beni creati, secondo i fini del Creatore e la luce del suo Verbo, siano fatti progredire dal lavoro umano, dalla tecnica e dalla cultura civile per l'utilità di tutti gli uomini senza eccezione, e siano tra loro più convenientemente distribuiti e, secondo la loro natura, portino al progresso universale nella libertà umana e cristiana. Così Cristo per mezzo dei membri della Chiesa illuminerà sempre di più l'intera società umana con la sua luce che salva."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre i laici, anche consociando le forze, risanino le istituzioni e le condizioni del mondo, se ve ne siano che provocano al peccato, così che tutte siano rese conformi alle norme della giustizia e, anziché ostacolare, favoriscano l'esercizio delle virtù. Così agendo impregneranno di valore morale la cultura e le opere umane. In questo modo il campo del mondo si trova meglio preparato per accogliere il seme della parola divina, e insieme le porte della Chiesa si aprono più larghe, per permettere che l'annunzio della pace entri nel mondo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per l'economia stessa della salvezza imparino i fedeli a ben distinguere tra i diritti e i doveri, che loro incombono in quanto membri della Chiesa, e quelli che competono loro in quanto membri della società umana. cerchino di metterli in armonia fra loro, ricordandosi che in ogni cosa temporale devono essere guidati dalla coscienza cristiana, poiché nessuna attività umana, neanche nelle cose temporali, può essere sottratta al comando di Dio. Nel nostro tempo è sommamente necessario che questa distinzione e questa armonia risplendano nel modo più chiaro possibile nella maniera di agire dei fedeli, affinché la missione della Chiesa possa più pienamente rispondere alle particolari condizioni del mondo moderno. Come infatti si deve riconoscere che la città terrena, legittimamente dedicata alle cure secolari, è retta da propri principi, così a ragione è rigettata 1 infausta dottrina che pretende di costruire la società senza alcuna considerazione per la religione e impugna ed elimina la libertà religiosa dei cittadini [116]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I laici e la gerarchia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I laici, come tutti i fedeli, hanno il diritto di ricevere abbondantemente dai sacri pastori i beni spirituali della Chiesa, soprattutto gli aiuti della parola di Dio e dei sacramenti [117]; ad essi quindi manifestino le loro necessità e i loro desideri con quella libertà e fiducia che si addice ai figli di Dio e ai fratelli in Cristo. Secondo la scienza, competenza e prestigio di cui godono, hanno la facoltà, anzi talora anche il dovere, di far conoscere il loro parere su cose concernenti il bene della Chiesa [118]. Se occorre, lo facciano attraverso gli organi stabiliti a questo scopo dalla Chiesa, e sempre con verità, fortezza e prudenza, con rispetto e carità verso coloro che, per ragione del loro sacro ufficio, rappresentano Cristo. I laici, come tutti i fedeli, con cristiana obbedienza prontamente abbraccino ciò che i pastori, quali rappresentanti di Cristo, stabiliscono in nome del loro magistero e della loro autorità nella Chiesa, seguendo in ciò l'esempio di Cristo, il quale con la sua obbedienza fino alla morte ha aperto a tutti gli uomini la via beata della libertà dei figli di Dio. Né tralascino di raccomandare a Dio con le preghiere i loro superiori, affinché, dovendo questi vegliare sopra le nostre anime come persone che ne dovranno rendere conto, lo facciano con gioia e non gemendo (cfr. Eb 13,17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I pastori, da parte loro, riconoscano e promuovano la dignità e la responsabilità dei laici nella Chiesa; si servano volentieri del loro prudente consiglio, con fiducia affidino loro degli uffici in servizio della Chiesa e lascino loro libertà e margine di azione, anzi li incoraggino perché intraprendano delle opere anche di propria iniziativa. Considerino attentamente e con paterno affetto in Cristo le iniziative, le richieste e i desideri proposti dai laici e, infine, rispettino e riconoscano quella giusta libertà, che a tutti compete nella città terrestre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da questi familiari rapporti tra i laici e i pastori si devono attendere molti vantaggi per la Chiesa: in questo modo infatti si afferma nei laici il senso della propria responsabilità, ne è favorito lo slancio e le loro forze più facilmente vengono associate all'opera dei pastori. E questi, aiutati dall'esperienza dei laici [119], possono giudicare con più chiarezza e opportunità sia in cose spirituali che temporali; e così tutta la Chiesa, forte di tutti i suoi membri, compie con maggiore efficacia la sua missione per la vita del mondo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ogni laico deve essere davanti al mondo un testimone della risurrezione e della vita del Signore Gesù e un segno del Dio vivo. Tutti insieme, e ognuno per la sua parte, devono nutrire il mondo con i frutti spirituali (cfr. Gal 5,22) e in esso diffondere lo spirito che anima i poveri, miti e pacifici, che il Signore nel Vangelo proclamò beati (cfr. Mt 5,3-9). In una parola: « ciò che l'anima è nel corpo, questo siano i cristiani nel mondo » [120]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "UNIVERSALE VOCAZIONE ALLA SANTITÀ NELLA CHIESA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La santità nella Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa, il cui mistero è esposto dal sacro Concilio, è agli occhi della fede indefettibilmente santa. Infatti Cristo, Figlio di Dio, il quale col Padre e lo Spirito è proclamato « il solo Santo » [121], amò la Chiesa come sua sposa e diede se stesso per essa, al fine di santificarla (cfr. Ef 5,25-26), l'ha unita a sé come suo corpo e l'ha riempita col dono dello Spirito Santo, per la gloria di Dio. Perciò tutti nella Chiesa, sia che appartengano alla gerarchia, sia che siano retti da essa, sono chiamati alla santità, secondo le parole dell'Apostolo: « Sì, ciò che Dio vuole è la vostra santificazione » (1 Ts 4,3; cfr. Ef 1,4). Orbene, questa santità della Chiesa costantemente si manifesta e si deve manifestare nei frutti della grazia che lo Spirito produce nei fedeli; si esprime in varie forme in ciascuno di quelli che tendono alla carità perfetta nella linea propria di vita ed edificano gli altri; e in un modo tutto suo proprio si manifesta nella pratica dei consigli che si sogliono chiamare evangelici. Questa pratica dei consigli, abbracciata da molti cristiani per impulso dello Spirito Santo, sia a titolo privato, sia in una condizione o stato sanciti nella Chiesa, porta e deve portare nel mondo una luminosa testimonianza e un esempio di questa santità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vocazione universale alla santità"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Signore Gesù, maestro e modello divino di ogni perfezione, a tutti e a ciascuno dei suoi discepoli di qualsiasi condizione ha predicato quella santità di vita, di cui egli stesso è autore e perfezionatore: «Siate dunque perfetti come è perfetto il vostro Padre celeste» (Mt 5,48) [122]. Mandò infatti a tutti lo Spirito Santo, che li muova internamente ad amare Dio con tutto il cuore, con tutta l'anima, con tutta la mente, con tutte le forze (cfr Mc 12,30), e ad amarsi a vicenda come Cristo ha amato loro (cfr. Gv 13,34; 15,12). I seguaci di Cristo, chiamati da Dio, non a titolo delle loro opere, ma a titolo del suo disegno e della grazia, giustificati in Gesù nostro Signore, nel battesimo della fede sono stati fatti veramente figli di Dio e compartecipi della natura divina, e perciò realmente santi. Essi quindi devono, con l'aiuto di Dio, mantenere e perfezionare con la loro vita la santità che hanno ricevuto. Li ammonisce l'Apostolo che vivano « come si conviene a santi » (Ef 5,3), si rivestano «come si conviene a eletti di Dio, santi e prediletti, di sentimenti di misericordia, di bontà, di umiltà, di dolcezza e di pazienza » (Col 3,12) e portino i frutti dello Spirito per la loro santificazione (cfr. Gal 5,22; Rm 6,22). E poiché tutti commettiamo molti sbagli (cfr. Gc 3,2), abbiamo continuamente bisogno della misericordia di Dio e dobbiamo ogni giorno pregare: « Rimetti a noi i nostri debiti » (Mt 6,12) [123]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È dunque evidente per tutti, che tutti coloro che credono nel Cristo di qualsiasi stato o rango, sono chiamati alla pienezza della vita cristiana e alla perfezione della carità [124] e che tale santità promuove nella stessa società terrena un tenore di vita più umano. Per raggiungere questa perfezione i fedeli usino le forze ricevute secondo la misura con cui Cristo volle donarle, affinché, seguendo l'esempio di lui e diventati conformi alla sua immagine, in tutto obbedienti alla volontà del Padre, con piena generosità si consacrino alla gloria di Dio e al servizio del prossimo. Così la santità del popolo di Dio crescerà in frutti abbondanti, come è splendidamente dimostrato nella storia della Chiesa dalla vita di tanti santi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esercizio multiforme della santità"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nei vari generi di vita e nei vari compiti una unica santità è coltivata da quanti sono mossi dallo Spirito di Dio e, obbedienti alla voce del Padre e adorando in spirito e verità Dio Padre, camminano al seguito del Cristo povero, umile e carico della croce, per meritare di essere partecipi della sua gloria. Ognuno secondo i propri doni e uffici deve senza indugi avanzare per la via della fede viva, la quale accende la speranza e opera per mezzo della carità . In primo luogo i pastori del gregge di Cristo devono, a immagine del sommo ed eterno sacerdote, pastore e vescovo delle anime nostre, compiere con santità e slancio, umiltà e forza il proprio ministero: esso, così adempiuto, sarà anche per loro un eccellente mezzo di santificazione. Chiamati per ricevere la pienezza del sacerdozio, è loro data la grazia sacramentale affinché, mediante la preghiera, il sacrificio e la predicazione, mediante ogni forma di cura e di servizio episcopale, esercitino un perfetto ufficio di carità pastorale [125] non temano di dare la propria vita per le pecorelle e, fattisi modello del gregge (cfr. 1 Pt 5,3), aiutino infine con l'esempio la Chiesa ad avanzare verso una santità ogni giorno più grande."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I sacerdoti, a somiglianza dell'ordine dei vescovi, dei quali formano la corona spirituale [126] partecipando alla grazia dell'ufficio di quelli per mezzo di Cristo, eterno ed unico mediatore, mediante il quotidiano esercizio del proprio ufficio crescano nell'amore di Dio e del prossimo, conservino il vincolo della comunione sacerdotale, abbondino in ogni bene spirituale e diano a tutti la viva testimonianza di Dio [127] emuli di quei sacerdoti che nel corso dei secoli, in un servizio spesso umile e nascosto, hanno lasciato uno splendido esempio di santità. La loro lode risuona nella Chiesa di Dio. Pregando e offrendo il sacrificio, com'è loro dovere, per il loro popolo e per tutto il popolo di Dio, cosciente di ciò che fanno e confermandosi ai misteri che compiono [128] anziché essere ostacolati dalle cure apostoliche, dai pericoli e dalle tribolazioni, ascendano piuttosto per mezzo dì esse ad una maggiore santità, nutrendo e dando slancio con l'abbondanza della contemplazione alla propria attività, per il conforto di tutta la Chiesa di Dio. Tutti i sacerdoti e specialmente quelli che, a titolo particolare della loro ordinazione, portano il nome di sacerdoti diocesani, ricordino quanto contribuiscano alla loro santificazione la fedele unione e la generosa cooperazione col loro vescovo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alla missione e alla grazia del supremo Sacerdote partecipano in modo proprio anche i ministri di ordine inferiore; e prima di tutto i diaconi, i quali, servendo i misteri di Dio e della Chiesa [129] devono mantenersi puri da ogni vizio, piacere a Dio e studiarsi di fare ogni genere di opere buone davanti agli uomini (cfr. 1 Tm 3,8-10; e 12-13). I chierici che, chiamati dal Signore e separati per aver parte con lui, sotto la vigilanza dei pastori si preparano alle funzioni di sacri ministri, sono tenuti a conformare le loro menti e i loro cuori a una così eccelsa vocazione; assidui nell'orazione, ferventi nella carità, intenti a quanto è vero, giusto e onorevole, facendo tutto per la gloria e l'onore di Dio. A questi bisogna aggiungere quei laici scelti da Dio, i quali sono chiamati dal vescovo, perché si diano più completamente alle opere apostoliche, e nel campo del Signore lavorano con molto frutto [130]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I coniugi e i genitori cristiani, seguendo la loro propria via, devono sostenersi a vicenda nella fedeltà dell'amore con l'aiuto della grazia per tutta la vita, e istruire nella dottrina cristiana e nelle virtù evangeliche la prole, che hanno amorosamente accettata da Dio. Così infatti offrono a tutti l'esempio di un amore instancabile e generoso, edificando la carità fraterna e diventano testimoni e cooperatori della fecondità della madre Chiesa, in segno e partecipazione di quell'amore, col quale Cristo amò la sua sposa e si è dato per lei [131]. Un simile esempio è offerto in altro modo dalle persone vedove e celibatarie, le quali pure possono contribuire non poco alla santità e alla operosità della Chiesa. Quelli poi che sono dediti a lavori spesso faticosi, devono con le opere umane perfezionare se stessi, aiutare i concittadini e far progredire tutta la società e la creazione verso uno stato migliore; devono infine, con carità operosa, imitare Cristo, le cui mani si esercitarono in lavori manuali e il quale sempre opera col Padre alla salvezza di tutti, in ciò animati da una gioiosa speranza, aiutandosi gli uni gli altri a portare i propri fardelli, ascendendo mediante il lavoro quotidiano a una santità sempre più alta, santità che sarà anche apostolica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sappiano che sono pure uniti in modo speciale a Cristo sofferente per la salute del mondo quelli che sono oppressi dalla povertà, dalla infermità, dalla malattia e dalle varie tribolazioni, o soffrono persecuzioni per la giustizia: il Signore nel Vangelo li ha proclamati beati, e « il Dio... di ogni grazia, che ci ha chiamati all'eterna sua gloria in Cristo Gesù, dopo un po' di patire, li condurrà egli stesso a perfezione e li renderà stabili e sicuri» (1 Pt 5,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti quelli che credono in Cristo saranno quindi ogni giorno più santificati nelle condizioni, nei doveri o circostanze che sono quelle della loro vita, e per mezzo di tutte queste cose, se le ricevono con fede dalla mano del Padre celeste e cooperano con la volontà divina, manifestando a tutti, nello stesso servizio temporale, la carità con la quale Dio ha amato il mondo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vie e mezzi di santità"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "« Dio è amore e chi rimane nell'amore, rimane in Dio e Dio in lui » (1 Gv 4,16). Dio ha diffuso il suo amore nei nostri cuori per mezzo dello Spirito Santo, che ci fu dato (cfr. Rm 5,5); perciò il dono primo e più necessario è la carità, con la quale amiamo Dio sopra ogni cosa e il prossimo per amore di lui. Ma perché la carità, come buon seme, cresca e nidifichi, ogni fedele deve ascoltare volentieri la parola di Dio e con l'aiuto della sua grazia compiere con le opere la sua volontà, partecipare frequentemente ai sacramenti, soprattutto all'eucaristia, e alle azioni liturgiche; applicarsi costantemente alla preghiera, all'abnegazione di se stesso, all'attivo servizio dei fratelli e all'esercizio di tutte le virtù. La carità infatti, quale vincolo della perfezione e compimento della legge (cfr. Col 3,14; Rm 13,10), regola tutti i mezzi di santificazione, dà loro forma e li conduce al loro fine [132]. Perciò il vero discepolo di Cristo è contrassegnato dalla carità verso Dio e verso il prossimo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Avendo Gesù, Figlio di Dio, manifestato la sua carità dando per noi la vita, nessuno ha più grande amore di colui che dà la vita per lui e per i fratelli (cfr. 1 Gv 3,16; Gv 15,13). Già fin dai primi tempi quindi, alcuni cristiani sono stati chiamati, e altri lo saranno sempre, a rendere questa massima testimonianza d'amore davanti agli uomini, e specialmente davanti ai persecutori. Perciò il martirio, col quale il discepolo è reso simile al suo maestro che liberamente accetta la morte per la salute del mondo, e col quale diventa simile a lui nella effusione del sangue, è stimato dalla Chiesa come dono insigne e suprema prova di carità. Ché se a pochi è concesso, tutti però devono essere pronti a confessare Cristo davanti agli uomini e a seguirlo sulla via della croce durante le persecuzioni, che non mancano mai alla Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parimenti la santità della Chiesa è favorita in modo speciale dai molteplici consigli che il Signore nel Vangelo propone all'osservanza dei suoi discepoli [133]. Tra essi eccelle il prezioso dono della grazia divina, dato dal Padre ad alcuni (cfr. Mt 19,11; 1 Cor 7,7), di consacrarsi, più facilmente e senza divisione del cuore (cfr. 1 Cor 7,7), a Dio solo nella verginità o nel celibato [134]. Questa perfetta continenza per il regno dei cieli è sempre stata tenuta in singolare onore dalla Chiesa, quale segno e stimolo della carità e speciale sorgente di fecondità spirituale nel mondo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa ripensa anche al monito dell'Apostolo, il quale incitando i fedeli alla carità, li esorta ad avere in sé gli stessi sentimenti che furono in Cristo Gesù, il quale « spogliò se stesso, prendendo la natura di un servo... facendosi obbediente fino alla morte » (Fil 2,7-8), e per noi «da ricco che era si fece povero » (2 Cor 8,9). L'imitazione e la testimonianza di questa carità e umiltà del Cristo si impongono ai discepoli in permanenza; per questo la Chiesa, nostra madre, si rallegra di trovare nel suo seno molti uomini e donne che seguono più da vicino questo annientamento del Salvatore e più chiaramente lo mostrano, abbracciando, nella libertà dei figli di Dio, la povertà e rinunziando alla propria volontà: essi cioè per amore di Dio, in ciò che riguarda la perfezione, si sottomettono a una creatura umana al di là della stretta misura del precetto, al fine di conformarsi più pienamente a Cristo obbediente [135]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti i fedeli del Cristo quindi sono invitati e tenuti a perseguire la santità e la perfezione del proprio stato. Perciò tutti si sforzino di dirigere rettamente i propri affetti, affinché dall'uso delle cose di questo mondo e da un attaccamento alle ricchezze contrario allo spirito della povertà evangelica non siano impediti di tendere alla carità perfetta; ammonisce infatti l'Apostolo: Quelli che usano di questo mondo, non vi ci si arrestino, perché passa la scena di questo mondo (cfr. 1 Cor 7,31 gr.) [136]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I RELIGIOSI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I consigli evangelici nella Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I consigli evangelici della castità consacrata a Dio, della povertà e dell'obbedienza, essendo fondati sulle parole e sugli esempi del Signore e raccomandati dagli apostoli, dai Padri e dai dottori e pastori della Chiesa, sono un dono divino che la Chiesa ha ricevuto dal suo Signore e con la sua grazia sempre conserva. La stessa autorità della Chiesa, sotto la guida dello Spirito Santo, si è data cura di interpretarli, di regolarne la pratica e anche di stabilire sulla loro base delle forme stabili di vita. Avvenne quindi che, come un albero che si ramifica in modi mirabili e molteplici nel campo del Signore a partire da un germe seminato da Dio, si sviluppassero varie forme di vita solitaria o comune e varie famiglie, il cui capitale spirituale contribuisce al bene sia dei membri di quelle famiglie, sia di tutto il corpo di Cristo [137]. Quelle famiglie infatti forniscono ai loro membri gli aiuti di una maggiore stabilità nella loro forma di vita, di una dottrina provata per il conseguimento della perfezione, della comunione fraterna nella milizia di Cristo, di una libertà corroborata dall'obbedienza, così che possano adempiere con sicurezza e custodire con fedeltà la loro professione religiosa, avanzando nella gioia spirituale sul cammino della carità [138]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Un simile stato, se si riguardi la divina e gerarchica costituzione della Chiesa, non è intermedio tra la condizione clericale e laicale, ma da entrambe le parti alcuni fedeli sono chiamati da Dio a fruire di questo speciale dono nella vita della Chiesa e ad aiutare, ciascuno a suo modo, la sua missione salvifica [139]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natura e importanza dello stato religioso"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con i voti o altri impegni sacri simili ai voti secondo il modo loro proprio, il fedele si obbliga all'osservanza dei tre predetti consigli evangelici; egli si dona totalmente a Dio amato al di sopra di tutto, così da essere con nuovo e speciale titolo destinato al servizio e all'onore di Dio. Già col battesimo è morto al peccato e consacrato a Dio; ma per poter raccogliere in più grande abbondanza i frutti della grazia battesimale, con la professione dei consigli evangelici nella Chiesa intende liberarsi dagli impedimenti che potrebbero distoglierlo dal fervore della carità e dalla perfezione del culto divino, e si consacra più intimamente al servizio di Dio [140]. La consacrazione poi sarà più perfetta, in quanto legami più solidi e stabili riproducono di più l'immagine del Cristo unito alla Chiesa sua sposa da un legame indissolubile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siccome quindi i consigli evangelici, per mezzo della carità alla quale conducono [141] congiungono in modo speciale coloro che li praticano alla Chiesa e al suo mistero, la loro vita spirituale deve pure essere consacrata al bene di tutta la Chiesa. Di qui deriva il dovere di lavorare, secondo le forze e la forma della propria vocazione, sia con la preghiera, sia anche con l'attività effettiva, a radicare e consolidare negli animi il regno di Cristo e a dilatarlo in ogni parte della terra. Per questo la Chiesa difende e sostiene l'indole propria dei vari istituti religiosi. Perciò la professione dei consigli evangelici appare come un segno, il quale può e deve attirare efficacemente tutti i membri della Chiesa a compiere con slancio i doveri della vocazione cristiana. Poiché infatti il popolo di Dio non ha qui città permanente, ma va in cerca della futura, lo stato religioso, il quale rende più liberi i suoi seguaci dalle cure terrene, meglio anche manifesta a tutti i credenti i beni celesti già presenti in questo tempo, meglio testimonia l'esistenza di una vita nuova ed eterna, acquistata dalla redenzione di Cristo, e meglio preannunzia la futura resurrezione e la gloria del regno celeste. Parimenti, lo stato religioso imita più fedelmente e rappresenta continuamente nella Chiesa la forma di vita che il Figlio di Dio abbracciò venendo nel mondo per fare la volontà del Padre e che propose ai discepoli che lo seguivano. Infine, in modo speciale manifesta l'elevazione del regno di Dio sopra tutte le cose terrestri e le sue esigenze supreme; dimostra pure a tutti gli uomini la preminente grandezza della potenza di Cristo-Re e la infinita potenza dello Spirito Santo, mirabilmente operante nella Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lo stato di vita dunque costituito dalla professione dei consigli evangelici, pur non concernendo la struttura gerarchica della Chiesa, appartiene tuttavia inseparabilmente alla sua vita e alla sua santità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La gerarchia e lo stato religioso"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Essendo ufficio della gerarchia ecclesiastica di pascere il popolo di Dio e condurlo a pascoli ubertosi (cfr. Ez 34,14), spetta ad essa di regolare sapientemente con le sue leggi la pratica dei consigli evangelici, strumento singolare al servizio della carità perfetta verso Dio e verso il prossimo [142], Essa inoltre, seguendo docilmente gli impulsi dello Spirito Santo, accoglie le regole proposte da uomini e donne esimi, e, infine dopo averle messe a punto più perfettamente, dà loro una approvazione autentica; con la sua autorità vigile e protettrice viene pure in aiuto agli istituti, dovunque eretti per l'edificazione del corpo di Cristo, perché abbiano a crescere e fiorire secondo lo spirito dei fondatori."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perché poi sia provveduto il meglio possibile alle necessità dell'intero gregge del Signore, il sommo Pontefice può, in ragione del suo primato sulla Chiesa universale e in vista dell'interesse comune esentare ogni istituto di perfezione e ciascuno dei suoi membri dalla giurisdizione dell'ordinario del luogo e sottoporli a sé solo [143]. Similmente essi possono essere lasciati o affidati alle proprie autorità patriarcali. Da parte loro i membri nel compiere i loro doveri verso la Chiesa secondo la loro forma particolare di vita, devono, conforme alle leggi canoniche, prestare riverenza e obbedienza ai vescovi, a causa della loro autorità pastorale nelle Chiese particolari e per la necessaria unità e concordia nel lavoro apostolico [144]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa non solo erige con la sua sanzione la professione religiosa alla dignità dello stato canonico, ma con la sua azione liturgica la presenta pure come stato di consacrazione a Dio. La stessa Chiesa infatti, in nome dell'autorità affidatagli da Dio, riceve i voti di quelli che fanno la professione, per loro impetra da Dio gli aiuti e la grazia con la sua preghiera pubblica, li raccomanda a Dio e impartisce loro una benedizione spirituale, associando la loro offerta al sacrificio eucaristico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Grandezza della consacrazione religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I religiosi pongano ogni cura, affinché per loro mezzo la Chiesa abbia ogni giorno meglio da presentare Cristo ai fedeli e agli infedeli: sia nella sua contemplazione sul monte, sia nel suo annuncio del regno di Dio alle turbe, sia quando risana i malati e gli infermi e converte a miglior vita i peccatori, sia quando benedice i fanciulli e fa del bene a tutti, sempre obbediente alla volontà del Padre che lo ha mandato [145]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti infine abbiano ben chiaro che la professione dei consigli evangelici, quantunque comporti la rinunzia di beni certamente molto apprezzabili, non si oppone al vero progresso della persona umana, ma al contrario per sua natura le è di grandissimo profitto. Infatti i consigli, volontariamente abbracciati secondo la personale vocazione di ognuno, contribuiscono considerevolmente alla purificazione del cuore e alla libertà spirituale, stimolano in permanenza il fervore della carità e soprattutto come è comprovato dall'esempio di tanti santi fondatori, sono capaci di assicurare al cristiano una conformità più grande col genere di vita verginale e povera che Cristo Signore si scelse per sé e che la vergine Madre sua abbracciò. Né pensi alcuno che i religiosi con la loro consacrazione diventino estranei agli uomini o inutili nella città terrestre. Poiché, se anche talora non sono direttamente presenti a fianco dei loro contemporanei, li tengono tuttavia presenti in modo più profondo con la tenerezza di Cristo, e con essi collaborano spiritualmente, affinché la edificazione della città terrena sia sempre fondata nel Signore, e a lui diretta, né avvenga che lavorino invano quelli che la stanno edificando [146]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò il sacro Concilio conferma e loda quegli uomini e quelle donne, quei fratelli e quelle sorelle, i quali nei monasteri, nelle scuole, negli ospedali e nelle missioni, con perseverante e umile fedeltà alla loro consacrazione, onorano la sposa di Cristo e a tutti gli uomini prestano generosi e diversissimi servizi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esortazione alla perseveranza"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ognuno poi che è chiamato alla professione dei consigli, ponga ogni cura nel perseverare e maggiormente eccellere nella vocazione a cui Dio l'ha chiamato, per una più grande santità della Chiesa e per la maggior gloria della Trinità, una e indivisa, la quale in Cristo e per mezzo di Cristo è la fonte e l'origine di ogni santità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "INDOLE ESCATOLOGICA DELLA CHIESA PEREGRINANTE E SUA UNIONE CON LA CHIESA CELESTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natura escatologica della nostra vocazione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa, alla quale tutti siamo chiamati in Cristo Gesù e nella quale per mezzo della grazia di Dio acquistiamo la santità, non avrà il suo compimento se non nella gloria celeste, quando verrà il tempo in cui tutte le cose saranno rinnovate (cfr. Ap 3,21), e col genere umano anche tutto l'universo, il quale è intimamente congiunto con l'uomo e per mezzo di lui arriva al suo fine, troverà nel Cristo la sua definitiva perfezione (cfr. Ef 1,10; Col 1,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E invero il Cristo, quando fu levato in alto da terra, attirò tutti a sé (cfr. Gv 12,32 gr.); risorgendo dai morti (cfr. Rm 6,9) immise negli apostoli il suo Spirito vivificatore, e per mezzo di lui costituì il suo corpo, che è la Chiesa, quale sacramento universale della salvezza; assiso alla destra del Padre, opera continuamente nel mondo per condurre gli uomini alla Chiesa e attraverso di essa congiungerli più strettamente a sé e renderli partecipi della sua vita gloriosa col nutrimento del proprio corpo e del proprio sangue. Quindi la nuova condizione promessa e sperata è già incominciata con Cristo; l'invio dello Spirito Santo le ha dato il suo slancio e per mezzo di lui essa continua nella Chiesa, nella quale siamo dalla fede istruiti anche sul senso della nostra vita temporale, mentre portiamo a termine, nella speranza dei beni futuri, l'opera a noi affidata nel mondo dal Padre e attuiamo così la nostra salvezza (cfr. Fil 2,12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Già dunque è arrivata a noi l'ultima fase dei tempi (cfr. 1 Cor 10,11). La rinnovazione del mondo è irrevocabilmente acquisita e in certo modo reale è anticipata in questo mondo: difatti la Chiesa già sulla terra è adornata di vera santità, anche se imperfetta. Tuttavia, fino a che non vi saranno i nuovi cieli e la terra nuova, nei quali la giustizia ha la sua dimora (cfr. 2 Pt 3,13), la Chiesa peregrinante nei suoi sacramenti e nelle sue istituzioni, che appartengono all'età presente, porta la figura fugace di questo mondo; essa vive tra le creature, le quali ancora gemono, sono nel travaglio del parto e sospirano la manifestazione dei figli di Dio (cfr. Rm 8,19-22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Congiunti dunque con Cristo nella Chiesa e contrassegnati dallo Spirito Santo « che è il pegno della nostra eredità » (Ef 1,14), con verità siamo chiamati figli di Dio, e lo siamo veramente (cfr. 1 Gv 3,1), ma non siamo ancora apparsi con Cristo nella gloria (cfr. Col 3,4), nella quale saremo simili a Dio, perché lo vedremo qual è (cfr. 1 Gv 3,2). Pertanto, « finché abitiamo in questo corpo siamo esuli lontani dal Signore » (2 Cor 5,6); avendo le primizie dello Spirito, gemiamo interiormente (cfr. Rm 8,23) e bramiamo di essere con Cristo (cfr. Fil 1,23). Dalla stessa carità siamo spronati a vivere più intensamente per lui, il quale per noi è morto e risuscitato (cfr. 2 Cor 5,15). E per questo ci sforziamo di essere in tutto graditi al Signore (cfr. 2 Cor 5,9) e indossiamo l'armatura di Dio per potere star saldi contro gli agguati del diavolo e resistergli nel giorno cattivo (cfr. Ef 6,11-13). Siccome poi non conosciamo il giorno né l'ora, bisogna che, seguendo l'avvertimento del Signore, vegliamo assiduamente, per meritare, finito il corso irrepetibile della nostra vita terrena (cfr.Eb 9,27), di entrare con lui al banchetto nuziale ed essere annoverati fra i beati (cfr. Mt 25,31-46), e non ci venga comandato, come a servi cattivi e pigri (cfr. Mt 25,26), di andare al fuoco eterno (cfr Mt 25,41), nelle tenebre esteriori dove «ci sarà pianto e stridore dei denti » (Mt 22,13 e 25,30). Prima infatti di regnare con Cristo glorioso, noi tutti compariremo « davanti al tribunale di Cristo, per ricevere ciascuno il salario della sua vita mortale, secondo quel che avrà fatto di bene o di male » (2 Cor 5,10), e alla fine del mondo « usciranno dalla tomba, chi ha operato il bene a risurrezione di vita, e chi ha operato il male a risurrezione di condanna » (Gv 5,29, cfr Mt 25,46). Stimando quindi che « le sofferenze dei tempo presente non sono adeguate alla gloria futura che si dovrà manifestare in noi» (Rm 8,18; cfr 2 Tm 2,11-12), forti nella fede aspettiamo «la beata speranza e la manifestazione gloriosa del nostro grande Iddio e Salvatore Gesù Cristo» (Tt 2,13) « il quale trasformerà allora il nostro misero corpo, rendendolo conforme al suo corpo glorioso» (Fil 3,21), e verrà «per essere glorificato nei suoi santi e ammirato in tutti quelli che avranno creduto »."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa celeste e la Chiesa peregrinante"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fino a che dunque il Signore non verrà nella sua gloria, accompagnato da tutti i suoi angeli (cfr. Mt 25,31) e, distrutta la morte, non gli saranno sottomesse tutte le cose (cfr. 1 Cor 15,26-27), alcuni dei suoi discepoli sono pellegrini sulla terra, altri, compiuta questa vita, si purificano ancora, altri infine godono della gloria contemplando « chiaramente Dio uno e trino, qual è » [147]. Tutti però, sebbene in grado e modo diverso, comunichiamo nella stessa carità verso Dio e verso il prossimo e cantiamo al nostro Dio lo stesso inno di gloria. Tutti infatti quelli che sono di Cristo, avendo lo Spirito Santo, formano una sola Chiesa e sono tra loro uniti in lui (cfr. Ef 4,16). L'unione quindi di quelli che sono ancora in cammino coi fratelli morti nella pace di Cristo non è minimamente spezzata; anzi, secondo la perenne fede della Chiesa, è consolidata dallo scambio dei beni spirituali [148]. A causa infatti della loro più intima unione con Cristo, gli abitanti del cielo rinsaldano tutta la Chiesa nella santità, nobilitano il culto che essa rende a Dio qui in terra e in molteplici maniere contribuiscono ad una più ampia edificazione (cfr. 1 Cor 12,12-27) [149]. Ammessi nella patria e presenti al Signore (cfr. 2 Cor 5,8), per mezzo di lui, con lui e in lui non cessano di intercedere per noi presso il Padre [150] offrendo i meriti acquistati in terra mediante Gesù Cristo, unico mediatore tra Dio e gli uomini (cfr. 1 Tm 2,5), servendo al Signore in ogni cosa e dando compimento nella loro carne a ciò che manca alle tribolazioni di Cristo a vantaggio del suo corpo che è la Chiesa (cfr. Col 1,24) [151]. La nostra debolezza quindi è molto aiutata dalla loro fraterna sollecitudine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relazioni della Chiesa celeste con la Chiesa peregrinante"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa di coloro che camminano sulla terra, riconoscendo benissimo questa comunione di tutto il corpo mistico di Gesù Cristo, fino dai primi tempi della religione cristiana coltivò con grande pietà la memoria dei defunti e, «poiché santo e salutare è il pensiero di pregare per i defunti [152] perché siano assolti dai peccati», ha offerto per loro anche suffragi. Che gli apostoli e i martiri di Cristo, i quali con l'effusione del loro sangue diedero la suprema testimonianza della fede e della carità, siano con noi strettamente uniti in Cristo, la Chiesa lo ha sempre creduto; li ha venerati con particolare affetto insieme con la beata vergine Maria e i santi angeli [153] e ha piamente implorato il soccorso della loro intercessione. A questi in breve se ne aggiunsero anche altri, che avevano più da vicino imitata la verginità e la povertà di Cristo [154] e infine altri, il cui singolare esercizio delle virtù cristiane [155] e le grazie insigni di Dio raccomandavano alla pia devozione e imitazione dei fedeli [156]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il contemplare infatti la vita di coloro che hanno seguito fedelmente Cristo, è un motivo in più per sentirsi spinti a ricercare la città futura (cfr. Eb 13,14 e 11,10); nello stesso tempo impariamo la via sicurissima per la quale, tra le mutevoli cose del mondo e secondo lo stato e la condizione propria di ciascuno [157], potremo arrivare alla perfetta unione con Cristo, cioè alla santità. Nella vita di quelli che, sebbene partecipi della nostra natura umana, sono tuttavia più perfettamente trasformati nell'immagine di Cristo (cfr. 2 Cor 3,18), Dio manifesta agli uomini in una viva luce la sua presenza e il suo volto. In loro è egli stesso che ci parla e ci dà un segno del suo Regno [158] verso il quale, avendo intorno a noi un tal nugolo di testimoni (cfr. Eb 12,1) e una tale affermazione della verità del Vangelo, siamo potentemente attirati."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non veneriamo però la memoria degli abitanti del cielo solo per il loro esempio, ma più ancora perché l'unione della Chiesa nello Spirito sia consolidata dall'esercizio della fraterna carità (cfr. Ef 4,1-6). Poiché, come la cristiana comunione tra i cristiani della terra ci porta più vicino a Cristo, così la comunità con i santi ci congiunge a lui, dal quale, come dalla loro fonte e dal loro capo, promana ogni grazia e la vita dello stesso popolo di Dio [159]. È quindi sommamente giusto che amiamo questi amici e coeredi di Gesù Cristo, che sono anche nostri fratelli e insigni benefattori, e che per essi rendiamo le dovute grazie a Dio [160], «rivolgiamo loro supplici invocazioni e ricorriamo alle loro preghiere e al loro potente aiuto per impetrare grazie da Dio mediante il Figlio suo Gesù Cristo, Signore nostro, il quale solo è il nostro Redentore e Salvatore » [161]. Infatti ogni nostra vera attestazione di amore fatta ai santi, per sua natura tende e termina a Cristo, che è « la corona di tutti i santi » [162] e per lui a Dio, che è mirabile nei suoi santi e in essi è glorificato [163]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La nostra unione poi con la Chiesa celeste si attua in maniera nobilissima, poiché specialmente nella sacra liturgia, nella quale la virtù dello Spirito Santo agisce su di noi mediante i segni sacramentali, in fraterna esultanza cantiamo le lodi della divina Maestà tutti [164], di ogni tribù e lingua, di ogni popolo e nazione, riscattati col sangue di Cristo (cfr. Ap 5,9) e radunati in un'unica Chiesa, con un unico canto di lode glorifichiamo Dio uno in tre Persone Perciò quando celebriamo il sacrificio eucaristico, ci uniamo in sommo grado al culto della Chiesa celeste, comunicando con essa e venerando la memoria soprattutto della gloriosa sempre vergine Maria, del beato Giuseppe, dei beati apostoli e martiri e di tutti i santi [165]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Disposizioni pastorali del Concilio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questa veneranda fede dei nostri padri nella comunione di vita che esiste con i fratelli che sono nella gloria celeste o che dopo la morte stanno ancora purificandosi, questo sacrosanto Concilio la riceve con grande pietà e nuovamente propone i decreti dei sacri Concili Niceno II [166] Fiorentino [167] e Tridentino [168]. E allo stesso tempo con pastorale sollecitudine esorta tutti i responsabili, perché, se si fossero infiltrati qua e là abusi, eccessi o difetti, si adoperino per toglierli o correggerli e tutto ristabiliscano per una più piena lode di Cristo e di Dio. Insegnino dunque ai fedeli che il vero culto dei Santi [169] non consiste tanto nel moltiplicare gli atti esteriori, quanto piuttosto nell'intensità del nostro amore fattivo, col quale, per il maggiore bene nostro e della Chiesa, cerchiamo «dalla vita dei santi l'esempio, dalla comunione con loro la partecipazione alla loro sorte e dalla loro intercessione l'aiuto». E d'altra parte insegnino ai fedeli che il nostro rapporto con gli abitanti del cielo, purché lo si concepisca alla piena luce della fede, non diminuisce affatto il culto di adorazione reso a Dio Padre mediante Cristo nello Spirito, ma anzi lo arricchisce [170]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti quanti infatti, noi che siamo figli di Dio e costituiamo in Cristo una sola famiglia (cfr. Eb 3), mentre comunichiamo tra noi nella mutua carità e nell'unica lode della Trinità santissima, rispondiamo all'intima vocazione della Chiesa e pregustando partecipiamo alla liturgia della gloria perfetta [171]. Poiché quando Cristo apparirà e vi sarà la gloriosa risurrezione dei morti, lo splendore di Dio illuminerà la città celeste e la sua lucerna sarà l'Agnello (cfr. Ap 21,24). Allora tutta la Chiesa dei santi con somma felicità di amore adorerà Dio e «l'Agnello che è stato ucciso» (Ap 5,12), proclamando a una voce: «A colui che siede sul trono e all'Agnello, benedizione onore, gloria e dominio per tutti i secoli dei secoli » (Ap 5,13-14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA BEATA MARIA VERGINE MADRE DI DIO NEL MISTERO DI CRISTO E DELLA CHIESA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Proemio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Volendo Dio misericordiosissimo e sapientissimo compiere la redenzione del mondo, « quando venne la pienezza dei tempi, mandò il suo Figlio, nato da una donna... per fare di noi dei figli adottivi» (Gal 4,4-5), « Egli per noi uomini e per la nostra salvezza è disceso dal cielo e si è incarnato per opera dello Spirito Santo da Maria vergine » [172]. Questo divino mistero di salvezza ci è rivelato e si continua nella Chiesa, che il Signore ha costituita quale suo corpo e nella quale i fedeli, aderendo a Cristo capo e in comunione con tutti i suoi santi, devono pure venerare la memoria «innanzi tutto della gloriosa sempre vergine Maria, madre del Dio e Signore nostro Gesù Cristo » [173]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maria e la Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infatti Maria vergine, la quale all'annunzio dell'angelo accolse nel cuore e nel corpo il Verbo di Dio e portò la vita al mondo, è riconosciuta e onorata come vera madre di Dio e Redentore. Redenta in modo eminente in vista dei meriti del Figlio suo e a lui unita da uno stretto e indissolubile vincolo, è insignita del sommo ufficio e dignità di madre del Figlio di Dio, ed è perciò figlia prediletta del Padre e tempio dello Spirito Santo; per il quale dono di grazia eccezionale precede di gran lunga tutte le altre creature, celesti e terrestri. Insieme però, quale discendente di Adamo, è congiunta con tutti gli uomini bisognosi di salvezza; anzi, è « veramente madre delle membra (di Cristo)... perché cooperò con la carità alla nascita dei fedeli della Chiesa, i quali di quel capo sono le membra » [174]. Per questo è anche riconosciuta quale sovreminente e del tutto singolare membro della Chiesa, figura ed eccellentissimo modello per essa nella fede e nella carità; e la Chiesa cattolica, istruita dallo Spirito Santo, con affetto di pietà filiale la venera come madre amatissima."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'intenzione del Concilio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò il santo Concilio, mentre espone la dottrina riguardante la Chiesa, nella quale il divino Redentore opera la salvezza, intende illustrare attentamente da una parte, la funzione della beata Vergine nel mistero del Verbo incarnato e del corpo mistico, dall'altra i doveri degli uomini, e i doveri dei credenti in primo luogo. Il Concilio tuttavia non ha in animo di proporre una dottrina esauriente su Maria, né di dirimere le questioni che il lavoro dei teologi non ha ancora condotto a una luce totale. Permangono quindi nel loro diritto le sentenze, che nelle scuole cattoliche vengono liberamente proposte circa colei, che nella Chiesa santa occupa, dopo Cristo, il posto più alto e il più vicino a noi [175]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Funzione della beata Vergine nell'economia della salvezza"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La madre del Messia nell'Antico Testamento"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I libri del Vecchio e Nuovo Testamento e la veneranda tradizione mostrano in modo sempre più chiaro la funzione della madre del Salvatore nella economia della salvezza e la propongono per così dire alla nostra contemplazione. I libri del Vecchio Testamento descrivono la storia della salvezza, nella quale lentamente viene preparandosi la venuta di Cristo nel mondo. Questi documenti primitivi, come sono letti nella Chiesa e sono capiti alla luce dell'ulteriore e piena rivelazione, passo passo mettono sempre più chiaramente in luce la figura di una donna: la madre del Redentore. Sotto questa luce essa viene già profeticamente adombrata nella promessa, fatta ai progenitori caduti in peccato, circa la vittoria sul serpente (cfr. Gen 3,15). Parimenti, è lei, la Vergine, che concepirà e partorirà un Figlio, il cui nome sarà Emanuele (cfr. Is 7, 14; Mt 1,22-23). Essa primeggia tra quegli umili e quei poveri del Signore che con fiducia attendono e ricevono da lui la salvezza. E infine con lei, la figlia di Sion per eccellenza, dopo la lunga attesa della promessa, si compiono i tempi e si instaura la nuova « economia », quando il Figlio di Dio assunse da lei la natura umana per liberare l'uomo dal peccato coi misteri della sua carne."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maria nell'annunciazione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Padre delle misericordie ha voluto che l'accettazione da parte della predestinata madre precedesse l'incarnazione, perché così, come una donna aveva contribuito a dare la morte, una donna contribuisse a dare la vita. Ciò vale in modo straordinario della madre di Gesù, la quale ha dato al mondo la vita stessa che tutto rinnova e da Dio è stata arricchita di doni consoni a tanto ufficio. Nessuna meraviglia quindi se presso i santi Padri invalse l'uso di chiamare la madre di Dio la tutta santa e immune da ogni macchia di peccato, quasi plasmata dallo Spirito Santo e resa nuova creatura[176]. Adornata fin dal primo istante della sua concezione dagli splendori di una santità del tutto singolare, la Vergine di Nazaret è salutata dall'angelo dell'annunciazione, che parla per ordine di Dio, quale « piena di grazia » (cfr. Lc 1,28) e al celeste messaggero essa risponde « Ecco l'ancella del Signore: si faccia in me secondo la tua parola » (Lc 1,38). Così Maria, figlia di Adamo, acconsentendo alla parola divina, diventò madre di Gesù, e abbracciando con tutto l'animo, senza che alcun peccato la trattenesse, la volontà divina di salvezza, consacrò totalmente se stessa quale ancella del Signore alla persona e all'opera del Figlio suo, servendo al mistero della redenzione in dipendenza da lui e con lui, con la grazia di Dio onnipotente. Giustamente quindi i santi Padri ritengono che Maria non fu strumento meramente passivo nelle mani di Dio, ma che cooperò alla salvezza dell'uomo con libera fede e obbedienza. Infatti, come dice Sant'Ireneo, essa «con la sua obbedienza divenne causa di salvezza per sé e per tutto il genere umano » [177]. Per cui non pochi antichi Padri nella loro predicazione volentieri affermano con Ireneo che «il nodo della disobbedienza di Eva ha avuto la sua soluzione coll'obbedienza di Maria; ciò che la vergine Eva legò con la sua incredulità, la vergine Maria sciolse con la sua fede» [178] e, fatto il paragone con Eva, chiamano Maria «madre dei viventi [179] e affermano spesso: « la morte per mezzo di Eva, la vita per mezzo di Maria » [180]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maria e l'infanzia di Gesù"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questa unione della madre col figlio nell'opera della redenzione si manifesta dal momento della concezione verginale di Cristo fino alla morte di lui; e prima di tutto quando Maria, partendo in fretta per visitare Elisabetta, è da questa proclamata beata per la sua fede nella salvezza promessa, mentre il precursore esultava nel seno della madre (cfr. Lc 1,41-45); nella natività, poi, quando la madre di Dio mostrò lieta ai pastori e ai magi il Figlio suo primogenito, il quale non diminuì la sua verginale integrità, ma la consacrò [181] Quando poi lo presentò al Signore nel tempio con l'offerta del dono proprio dei poveri, udì Simeone profetizzare che il Figlio sarebbe divenuto segno di contraddizione e che una spada avrebbe trafitto l'anima della madre, perché fossero svelati i pensieri di molti cuori (cfr. Lc 2,34-35). Infine, dopo avere perduto il fanciullo Gesù e averlo cercato con angoscia, i suoi genitori lo trovarono nel tempio occupato nelle cose del Padre suo, e non compresero le sue parole. E la madre sua conservava tutte queste cose in cuor suo e le meditava (cfr. Lc 2,41-51)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maria e la vita pubblica di Gesù"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella vita pubblica di Gesù la madre sua appare distintamente fin da principio, quando alle nozze in Cana di Galilea, mossa a compassione, indusse con la sua intercessione Gesù Messia a dar inizio ai miracoli (cfr. Gv 2 1-11). Durante la predicazione di lui raccolse le parole con le quali egli, mettendo il Regno al di sopra delle considerazioni e dei vincoli della carne e del sangue, proclamò beati quelli che ascoltano e custodiscono la parola di Dio (cfr Mc 3,35; Lc 11,27-28), come ella stessa fedelmente faceva (cfr. Lc 2,19 e 51). Così anche la beata Vergine avanzò nella peregrinazione della fede e serbò fedelmente la sua unione col Figlio sino alla croce, dove, non senza un disegno divino, se ne stette (cfr. Gv 19,25), soffrendo profondamente col suo Unigenito e associandosi con animo materno al suo sacrifico, amorosamente consenziente all'immolazione della vittima da lei generata; e finalmente dallo stesso Gesù morente in croce fu data quale madre al discepolo con queste parole: Donna, ecco tuo figlio (cfr. Gv 19,26-27) [182]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maria dopo l'ascensione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Essendo piaciuto a Dio di non manifestare apertamente il mistero della salvezza umana prima di effondere lo Spirito promesso da Cristo, vediamo gli apostoli prima del giorno della Pentecoste « perseveranti d'un sol cuore nella preghiera con le donne e Maria madre di Gesù e i suoi fratelli» (At 1,14); e vediamo anche Maria implorare con le sue preghiere il dono dello Spirito che all'annunciazione, l'aveva presa sotto la sua ombra. Infine la Vergine immacolata, preservata immune da ogni macchia di colpa originale [183] finito il corso della sua vita terrena, fu assunta alla celeste gloria in anima e corpo [184] e dal Signore esaltata quale regina dell'universo per essere così più pienamente conforme al figlio suo, Signore dei signori (cfr. Ap 19,16) e vincitore del peccato e della morte [185]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. La beata Vergine e la Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maria e Cristo unico mediatore"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Uno solo è il nostro mediatore, secondo le parole dell'Apostolo: « Poiché non vi è che un solo Dio, uno solo è anche il mediatore tra Dio e gli uomini, l'uomo Cristo Gesù, che per tutti ha dato se stesso in riscatto » (1 Tm 2,5-6). La funzione materna di Maria verso gli uomini in nessun modo oscura o diminuisce questa unica mediazione di Cristo, ma ne mostra l'efficacia. Ogni salutare influsso della beata Vergine verso gli uomini non nasce da una necessità oggettiva, ma da una disposizione puramente gratuita di Dio, e sgorga dalla sovrabbondanza dei meriti di Cristo; pertanto si fonda sulla mediazione di questi, da essa assolutamente dipende e attinge tutta la sua efficacia, e non impedisce minimamente l'unione immediata dei credenti con Cristo, anzi la facilita."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cooperazione alla redenzione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La beata Vergine, predestinata fino dall'eternità, all'interno del disegno d'incarnazione del Verbo, per essere la madre di Dio, per disposizione della divina Provvidenza fu su questa terra l'alma madre del divino Redentore, generosamente associata alla sua opera a un titolo assolutamente unico, e umile ancella del Signore, concependo Cristo, generandolo, nutrendolo, presentandolo al Padre nel tempio, soffrendo col Figlio suo morente in croce, ella cooperò in modo tutto speciale all'opera del Salvatore, coll'obbedienza, la fede, la speranza e l'ardente carità, per restaurare la vita soprannaturale delle anime. Per questo ella è diventata per noi madre nell'ordine della grazia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Funzione salvifíca subordinata"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E questa maternità di Maria nell'economia della grazia perdura senza soste dal momento del consenso fedelmente prestato nell'Annunciazione e mantenuto senza esitazioni sotto la croce, fino al perpetuo coronamento di tutti gli eletti. Difatti anche dopo la sua assunzione in cielo non ha interrotto questa funzione salvifica, ma con la sua molteplice intercessione continua a ottenerci i doni che ci assicurano la nostra salvezza eterna [186]. Con la sua materna carità si prende cura dei fratelli del Figlio suo ancora peregrinanti e posti in mezzo a pericoli e affanni, fino a che non siano condotti nella patria beata. Per questo la beata Vergine è invocata nella Chiesa con i titoli di avvocata, ausiliatrice, soccorritrice, Mediatrice [187]. Ciò però va inteso in modo che nulla sia detratto o aggiunto alla dignità e alla efficacia di Cristo, unico Mediatore [188]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nessuna creatura infatti può mai essere paragonata col Verbo incarnato e redentore. Ma come il sacerdozio di Cristo è in vari modi partecipato, tanto dai sacri ministri, quanto dal popolo fedele, e come l'unica bontà di Dio è realmente diffusa in vari modi nelle creature, così anche l'unica mediazione del Redentore non esclude, bensì suscita nelle creature una varia cooperazione partecipata da un'unica fonte. La Chiesa non dubita di riconoscere questa funzione subordinata a Maria, non cessa di farne l'esperienza e di raccomandarla al cuore dei fedeli, perché, sostenuti da questa materna protezione, aderiscano più intimamente al Mediatore e Salvatore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maria vergine e madre, modello della Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La beata Vergine, per il dono e l'ufficio della divina maternità che la unisce col Figlio redentore e per le sue singolari grazie e funzioni, è pure intimamente congiunta con la Chiesa: la madre di Dio è figura della Chiesa, come già insegnava sant'Ambrogio, nell'ordine cioè della fede, della carità e della perfetta unione con Cristo [189]. Infatti nel mistero della Chiesa, la quale pure è giustamente chiamata madre e vergine, la beata vergine Maria occupa il primo posto, presentandosi in modo eminente e singolare quale vergine e quale madre [190]. Ciò perché per la sua fede ed obbedienza generò sulla terra lo stesso Figlio di Dio, senza contatto con uomo, ma adombrata dallo Spirito Santo, come una nuova Eva credendo non all'antico serpente, ma, senza alcuna esitazione, al messaggero di Dio. Diede poi alla luce il Figlio, che Dio ha posto quale primogenito tra i molti fratelli (cfr. Rm 8,29), cioè tra i credenti, alla rigenerazione e formazione dei quali essa coopera con amore di madre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa vergine e madre"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Orbene, la Chiesa contemplando la santità misteriosa della Vergine, imitandone la carità e adempiendo fedelmente la volontà del Padre, per mezzo della parola di Dio accolta con fedeltà diventa essa pure madre, poiché con la predicazione e il battesimo genera a una vita nuova e immortale i figli, concepiti ad opera dello Spirito Santo e nati da Dio. Essa pure è vergine, che custodisce integra e pura la fede data allo sposo; imitando la madre del suo Signore, con la virtù dello Spirito Santo conserva verginalmente integra la fede, salda la speranza, sincera la carità [191]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa deve imitare la virtù di Maria"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mentre la Chiesa ha già raggiunto nella beatissima Vergine quella perfezione, che la rende senza macchia e senza ruga (cfr. Ef 5,27), i fedeli del Cristo si sforzano ancora di crescere nella santità per la vittoria sul peccato; e per questo innalzano gli occhi a Maria, la quale rifulge come modello di virtù davanti a tutta la comunità degli eletti. La Chiesa, raccogliendosi con pietà nel pensiero di Maria, che contempla alla luce del Verbo fatto uomo, con venerazione penetra più profondamente nel supremo mistero dell'incarnazione e si va ognor più conformando col suo sposo. Maria infatti, la quale, per la sua intima partecipazione alla storia della salvezza, riunisce per cosi dire e riverbera le esigenze supreme della fede, quando è fatta oggetto della predicazione e della venerazione chiama i credenti al Figlio suo, al suo sacrificio e all'amore del Padre. A sua volta la Chiesa, mentre ricerca la gloria di Cristo, diventa più simile al suo grande modello, progredendo continuamente nella fede, speranza e carità e in ogni cosa cercando e compiendo la divina volontà. Onde anche nella sua opera apostolica la Chiesa giustamente guarda a colei che generò il Cristo, concepito appunto dallo Spirito Santo e nato dalla Vergine per nascere e crescere anche nel cuore dei fedeli per mezzo della Chiesa. La Vergine infatti nella sua vita fu modello di quell'amore materno da cui devono essere animati tutti quelli che nella missione apostolica della Chiesa cooperano alla rigenerazione degli uomini."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV. Il culto della beata Vergine nella Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natura e fondamento del culto"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maria, perché madre santissima di Dio presente ai misteri di Cristo, per grazia di Dio esaltata, al di sotto del Figlio, sopra tutti gli angeli e gli uomini, viene dalla Chiesa giustamente onorata con culto speciale. E di fatto, già fino dai tempi più antichi, la beata Vergine è venerata col titolo di « madre di Dio » e i fedeli si rifugiano sotto la sua protezione, implorandola in tutti i loro pericoli e le loro necessità [192]. Soprattutto a partire dal Concilio di Efeso il culto del popolo di Dio verso Maria crebbe mirabilmente in venerazione e amore, in preghiera e imitazione, secondo le sue stesse parole profetiche: «Tutte le generazioni mi chiameranno beata, perché grandi cose mi ha fatto l'Onnipotente» (Lc 1,48). Questo culto, quale sempre è esistito nella Chiesa sebbene del tutto singolare, differisce essenzialmente dal culto di adorazione reso al Verbo incarnato cosi come al Padre e allo Spirito Santo, ed è eminentemente adatto a promuoverlo. Infatti le varie forme di devozione verso la madre di Dio, che la Chiesa ha approvato, mantenendole entro i limiti di una dottrina sana e ortodossa e rispettando le circostanze di tempo e di luogo, il temperamento e il genio proprio dei fedeli, fanno si che, mentre è onorata la madre, il Figlio, al quale sono volte tutte le cose (cfr Col 1,15-16) e nel quale «piacque all'eterno Padre di far risiedere tutta la pienezza » (Col 1,19), sia debitamente conosciuto, amato, glorificato, e siano osservati i suoi comandamenti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Norme pastorali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il santo Concilio formalmente insegna questa dottrina cattolica. Allo stesso tempo esorta tutti i figli della Chiesa a promuovere generosamente il culto, specialmente liturgico, verso la beata Vergine, ad avere in grande stima le pratiche e gli esercizi di pietà verso di lei, raccomandati lungo i secoli dal magistero della Chiesa; raccomanda di osservare religiosamente quanto in passato è stato sancito circa il culto delle immagini di Cristo, della beata Vergine e dei Santi [193]. Esorta inoltre caldamente i teologi e i predicatori della parola divina ad astenersi con ogni cura da qualunque falsa esagerazione, come pure da una eccessiva grettezza di spirito, nel considerare la singolare dignità della Madre di Dio [194]. Con lo studio della sacra Scrittura, dei santi Padri, dei dottori e delle liturgie della Chiesa, condotto sotto la guida del magistero, illustrino rettamente gli uffici e i privilegi della beata Vergine, i quali sempre sono orientati verso il Cristo, origine della verità totale, della santità e della pietà. Sia nelle parole che nei fatti evitino diligentemente ogni cosa che possa indurre in errore i fratelli separati o qualunque altra persona, circa la vera dottrina della Chiesa. I fedeli a loro volta si ricordino che la vera devozione non consiste né in uno sterile e passeggero sentimentalismo, né in una certa qual vana credulità, bensì procede dalla fede vera, dalla quale siamo portati a riconoscere la preminenza della madre di Dio, e siamo spinti al filiale amore verso la madre nostra e all'imitazione delle sue virtù."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "V. Maria, segno di certa speranza e di consolazione per il peregrinante popolo di Dio"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maria, segno del popolo di Dio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La madre di Gesù, come in cielo, in cui è già glorificata nel corpo e nell'anima, costituisce l'immagine e l'inizio della Chiesa che dovrà avere il suo compimento nell'età futura, così sulla terra brilla ora innanzi al peregrinante popolo di Dio quale segno di sicura speranza e di consolazione, fino a quando non verrà il giorno del Signore (cfr. 2 Pt 3,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maria interceda per l'unione dei cristiani"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per questo santo Concilio è di grande gioia e consolazione il fatto che vi siano anche tra i fratelli separati di quelli che tributano il debito onore alla madre del Signore e Salvatore, specialmente presso gli Orientali, i quali vanno, con ardente slancio ed anima devota, verso la madre di Dio sempre vergine per renderle il loro culto [195]. Tutti i fedeli effondano insistenti preghiere alla madre di Dio e madre degli uomini, perché, dopo aver assistito con le sue preghiere la Chiesa nascente, anche ora, esaltata in cielo sopra tutti i beati e gli angeli, nella comunione dei santi interceda presso il Figlio suo, fin tanto che tutte le famiglie di popoli, sia quelle insignite del nome cristiano, sia quelle che ancora ignorano il loro Salvatore, in pace e concordia siano felicemente riunite in un solo popolo di Dio, a gloria della santissima e indivisibile Trinità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21 novembre 1964"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DAGLI ATTI DEL SS. CONCILIO ECUMENICO VATICANO II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notificazioni"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fatte dall’Ecc.mo Segretario Generale del Ss. Concilio nella CXXIII Congregazione Generale del 16 novembre 1964"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È stato chiesto quale debba essere la qualificazione teologica della dottrina esposta nello schema sulla Chiesa e sottoposto alla votazione. La commissione dottrinale ha dato al quesito questa risposta: « Come è di per sé evidente, il testo del Concilio deve sempre essere interpretato secondo le regole generali da tutti conosciute ». In pari tempo la commissione dottrinale rimanda alla sua dichiarazione del 6 marzo 1964, di cui trascriviamo il testo:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«Tenuto conto dell'uso conciliare e del fine pastorale del presente Concilio, questo definisce come obbliganti per tutta la Chiesa i soli punti concernenti la fede o i costumi, che esso stesso abbia apertamente dichiarato come tali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«Le altre cose che il Concilio propone, in quanto dottrina del magistero supremo della Chiesa, tutti e singoli i fedeli devono accettarle e tenerle secondo lo spirito dello stesso Concilio, il quale risulta sia dalla materia trattata, sia dalla maniera in cui si esprime, conforme alle norme d'interpretazione teologica»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per mandato dell'autorità superiore viene comunicata ai Padri una nota esplicativa previa circa i « modi » concernenti il capo terzo dello schema sulla Chiesa. La dottrina esposta nello stesso capo terzo deve essere spiegata e compresa secondo lo spirito e la sentenza di questa nota."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16 novembre 1964"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La commissione ha stabilito di premettere all'esame dei \"modi\" le seguenti osservazioni generali:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) \"Collegio\" non si intende in senso « strettamente giuridico », cioè di un gruppo di eguali, i quali abbiano demandata la loro potestà al loro presidente, ma di un gruppo stabile, la cui struttura e autorità deve essere dedotta dalla Rivelazione. Perciò nella risposta al modus 12 si dice esplicitamente dei Dodici che il Signore li costituì « a modo di collegio o \"gruppo\" (coetus) stabile ». Cfr. anche il modus 53, c. Per la stessa ragione, per il collegio dei vescovi si usano con frequenza anche le parole \"ordine\" (ordo) o \"corpo\" (corpus). Il parallelismo fra Pietro e gli altri apostoli da una parte, e il sommo Pontefice e i vescovi dall'altra, non implica la trasmissione della potestà straordinaria degli apostoli ai loro successori, né, com'è chiaro, \"uguaglianza\" (aequalitatem) tra il capo e le membra del collegio, ma solo \"proporzionalità\" (proportionalitatem) fra la prima relazione (Pietro apostoli) e l'altra (papa vescovi). Perciò la commissione ha stabilito di scrivere nel n. 22 non \"medesimo\" (eodem) ma \"pari\" modo. Cfr. modus 57."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Si diventa \"membro del collegio\" in virtù della consacrazione episcopale e mediante la comunione gerarchica col capo del collegio e con le membra. Cfr. n. 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella consacrazione è data una \"ontologica\" partecipazione ai \"sacri uffici\", come indubbiamente consta dalla tradizione, anche liturgica. Volutamente è usata la parola \"uffici\" (munerum), e non \"potestà\" (potestatum), perché quest'ultima voce potrebbe essere intesa di potestà esercitabile di fatto (ad actum expedita). Ma perché si abbia tale potestà esercitabile di fatto, deve intervenire la \"determinazione\" canonica o \"giuridica\" (iuridica determinatio) da parte dell'autorità gerarchica. E questa determinazione della potestà può consistere nella concessione di un particolare ufficio o nell'assegnazione dei sudditi, ed è concessa secondo le norme approvate dalla suprema autorità. Una siffatta ulteriore norma è richiesta \"dalla natura delle cose\", trattandosi di uffici, che devono essere esercitati da \"più soggetti\", che per volontà di Cristo cooperano in modo gerarchico. È evidente che questa \"comunione\" è stata applicata nella vita della Chiesa secondo le circostanze dei tempi, prima di essere per così dire codificata \"nel diritto\". Perciò è detto espressamente che è richiesta la comunione \"gerarchica\" col capo della Chiesa e con le membra. \"Comunione\" è un concetto tenuto in grande onore nella Chiesa antica (ed anche oggi, specialmente in Oriente). Per essa non si intende un certo vago \"sentimento\", ma una \"realtà organica\", che richiede una forma giuridica e che è allo stesso tempo animata dalla carità. La commissione quindi, quasi d'unanime consenso, stabilì che si scrivesse: « nella comunione \"gerarchica\" ». Cfr. Mod. 40 ed anche quanto è detto della \"missione canonica\", sotto il n. 24. I documenti dei recenti romani Pontefici circa la giurisdizione dei vescovi vanno interpretati come attinenti questa necessaria determinazione delle potestà."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Il collegio, che non si dà senza il capo, è detto essere: «anche esso soggetto di suprema e piena potestà sulla Chiesa universale ». Ciò va necessariamente ammesso, per non porre in pericolo la pienezza della potestà del romano Pontefice. Infatti il collegio necessariamente e sempre si intende con il suo capo, \"il quale nel collegio conserva integro l'ufficio di vicario di Cristo e pastore della Chiesa universale\". In altre parole: la distinzione non è tra il romano Pontefice e i vescovi presi insieme, ma tra il romano Pontefice separatamente e il romano Pontefice insieme con i vescovi. E siccome il romano Pontefice e il \"capo\" del collegio, può da solo fare alcuni atti che non competono in nessun modo ai vescovi, come convocare e dirigere il collegio, approvare le norme dell'azione, ecc. Cfr. Modo 81. Il sommo Pontefice, cui è affidata la cura di tutto il gregge di Cristo, giudica e determina, secondo le necessità della Chiesa che variano nel corso dei secoli, il modo col quale questa cura deve essere attuata, sia in modo personale, sia in modo collegiale. Il romano Pontefice nell'ordinare, promuovere, approvare l'esercizio collegiale, procede secondo la propria discrezione, avendo di mira il bene della Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Il sommo Pontefice, quale pastore supremo della Chiesa, può esercitare la propria potestà in ogni tempo a sua discrezione, come è richiesto dallo stesso suo ufficio. Ma il collegio, pur esistendo sempre, non per questo permanentemente agisce con azione \"strettamente\" collegiale, come appare dalla tradizione della Chiesa. In altre parole: Non sempre è «in pieno esercizio», anzi non agisce con atto strettamente collegiale se non ad intervalli e \"col consenso del capo\". Si dice « col consenso del capo », perché non si pensi a una \"dipendenza\", come nei confronti di chi è \"estraneo\"; il termine \"consenso\" richiama, al contrario, la \"comunione\" tra il capo e le membra e implica la necessità dell'atto\", il quale propriamente compete al capo. La cosa è esplicitamente affermata nel n. 22 ed è ivi spiegata. La formula negativa \"se non\" (nonnisi) comprende tutti i casi, per cui è evidente che le \"norme\" approvate dalla suprema autorità devono sempre essere osservate. Cfr. modus 84."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dovunque appare che si tratta di \"unione\" dei vescovi \"col loro capo\", e mai di azione dei vescovi \"indipendentemente\" dal papa. In tal caso, infatti, venendo a mancare l'azione del capo, i vescovi non possono agire come collegio, come appare dalla nozione di \"collegio\". Questa gerarchica comunione di tutti i vescovi col sommo Pontefice è certamente abituale nella tradizione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "N. B.- Senza la comunione gerarchica l'ufficio sacramentale ontologico, che si deve distinguere dall'aspetto canonico giuridico, \"non può\" essere esercitato. La commissione ha pensato bene di non dover entrare in questioni di \"liceità\" e \"validità\", le quali sono lasciate alla discussione dei teologi, specialmente per ciò che riguarda la potestà che di fatto è esercitata presso gli Orientali separati e che viene spiegata in modi diversi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] Cf. S. CIPRIANO, Epist. 64,4: PL 3, 1017; CSEL (HARTEL) IIIB, p. 720. S. ILARIO DI POITIERS, In Mt. 23,6: PL 9, 1047. S. AGOSTINO, passim. S. CIRILLO D’ALESS., Glaph. in Gen. 2,10: PG 69, 110A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2] S. GREGORIO M., Hom. in Evang. 19, 1: PL 76, 1154B. Cf. S. AGOSTINO, Serm. 341, 9, 11: PL 39, 1499s. S. GIOV. DAMASCENO, Adv. Iconocl. 11: PG 96, 1357."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3] Cf. S. IRENEO, Adv. Haer. III, 24, 1: PG 7, 966B; HARVEY 2, 131, ed. SAGNARD, Sources Chr., p. 398."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4] S. CIPRIANO, De Orat. Dom. 23: PL 4, 553; HARTEL IIIA, p. 285. S. AGOSTINO, Serm. 71, 20, 33: PL 38, 463s. S. GIOV. DAMASCENO, Adv. Iconocl. 12: PG 96, 1358D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5] Cf. ORIGENE, In Mt. 16,21: PG 13, 1443C. TERTULLIANO, Adv. Marc. 3, 7: PL 2, 357C; CSEL 47, 3, p. 386. Quanto ai documenti liturgici, cf. Sacramentarium Gregorianum: PL 78, 160B; oppure C. MOHLBERG, Liber Sacramentorum Romanae Ecclesiae, Romae 1960, p. 111, XC: “O Dio, che edifichi la tua eterna dimora in tutta l’assemblea dei santi...”. Inno Urbs Ierusalem beata nel Breviario monastico e Coelestis urbs Ierusalem nel Breviario romano. [Nella Dedicazione della Chiesa. La Liturgia delle Ore ha ripreso il testo monastico, che è quello originale]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6] Cf. S. TOMMASO, Summa Theol. III, q. 62, a. 5, ad 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7] Cf. PIO XII, Enc. Mystici Corporis, 29 giugno 1943: AAS 35 (1943), p. 208."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8] Cf. LEONE XIII, Enc. Divinum illud, 9 maggio 1897: ASS 29 (1896-97), p. 650. PIO XII, Enc. Mystici Corporis, l.c. [nota prec.], pp. 219-220: Dz 2288 (3808) [Collantes 7.363]. S. AGOSTINO, Serm. 268, 2: PL 38, 1232, et alibi. S. GIOV. CRISOSTOMO, In Eph., Hom. 9, 3: PG 62, 72. DIDIMO D’ALESS., Trin. 2, 1: PG 39, 449s. S. TOMMASO, In Col. 1,18, lect. 5: ed. Marietti, II, n. 46: “Come un unico corpo viene costituito dall’unione con l’anima, così la Chiesa dall’unione con lo Spirito...”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[9] Cf. LEONE XIII, Enc. Sapientiae christianae, 10 genn. 1890: ASS 22 (1889-90), p. 392; ID., Enc. Satis cognitum, 29 giugno 1896: AAS 28 (1895-96), pp. 710 e 724ss. PIO XII, Enc. Mystici Corporis, l.c. [nota 7], pp. 199-200."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[10] Cf. PIO XII, Enc. Mystici Corporis, l.c. [nota 7], p. 221ss; ID., Enc. Humani generis, 12 ag. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 571."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[11] Cf. LEONE XIII, Enc. Satis cognitum, l.c. [nota 9], p. 713."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[12] Cf. Symbolum Ap.: Dz 6-9 (10-13) [Collantes 0.501-02]; Symb. Nic.-Const.: Dz 86 (150) [Collantes 0.509]; cf. Prof. fidei Trid.: Dz 994 e 999 (1862 e 1868) [Collantes 0.518 e 0.525]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[13] E detta “Santa (cattolica apostolica) Romana Chiesa” nella Prof. fidei Trid., l.c. [nota prec.] e nel CONC. VAT. I, Cost. Dogm. sulla fede cattolica Dei Filius: Dz 1782 (3001) [Collantes 3.018]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[14] S. AGOSTINO, De civ. Dei, XVIII, 51, 2: PL 41, 614."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[15] Cf. S. CIPRIANO, Epist. 69,6: PL 3, 1142B; HARTEL 3B, p. 754: “sacramento inseparabile di unità”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[16] Cf. PIO XII, Disc. Magnificate Dominum, 2 nov. 1954: AAS 46 (1954), p. 669; Encicl. Mediator Dei, 20 nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947), p. 555 [Collantes 7.390]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[17] Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Miserentissimus Redemptor, 8 maggio 1928: AAS 20 (1928), p. 171s. [Collantes 4.113]. PIO XII, Disc. Vous nous avez, 22 sett. 1956: AAS 48 (1956), p. 714."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[18] Cf. S. TOMMASO, Summa Theol. III, q. 63, a. 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[19] Cf. S. CIRILLO DI GERUS., Catech. 17, sullo Spirito S., II, 35-37: PG 33, 1009-1012; NIC. CABASILAS, De vita in Christo, lib. III, sull’utilit del crisma: PG 150, 569-580. S. TOMMASO, Summa Theol. III, q. 65, a. 3 e q. 72, a. 1 e 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[20] Cf. Pio XII, Encicl. Mediator Dei, 20 nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947), specialmente p. 552s. [Collantes 9.306s]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[21] 1 Cor 7,7: \"Ciascuno ha il proprio dono (idion charisma) da Dio, chi in un modo, chi in un altro\". Cf. S. AGOSTINO, De Dono Persev., 14, 37: PL 45, 1015s.: \"Non dono di Dio soltanto la continenza, ma anche la castit dei coniugati\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[22] S. AGOSTINO, De Praed. Sanct. 14,27: PL 44, 980."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[23] S. GIOV. CRISOSTOMO, In Io., Hom. 65, 1: PG 59, 361."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[24] Cf. S. IRENEO, Adv. Haer. III, 16, 6; III, 22, 1-3: PG 7, 925C-926A e 955C-958A; HARVEY 2, 87s. e 120-123; SAGNARD, ed. Sources Chr., pp. 290-292 e 372ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[25] Cf. S. IGNAZIO M., Ad Rom., Praef.: ed. FUNK I, 252."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[26] CF. S. AGOSTINO, Bapt c. Donat. V, 28, 39: PL 43, 197: \"E del tutto chiaro che quando si dice: dentro e fuori la Chiesa, si allude al cuore, non al corpo\". Cf. ib. III, 19, 26: col. 152; V, 18, 24: col. 189; In Io., Tr. 61, 2: PL 35, 1800, et al. spesso."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[27] Lc 12,48: “A chiunque fu dato molto, molto sarà chiesto”. Cf. Mt 5,19-20; 7,21-22; 25,41-46; Gc 2,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[28] Cf. LEONE XIII, Lett. Apost. Praeclara gratulationis, 20 giugno 1894: ASS 26 (1893-94), p. 707."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[29] Cf. LEONE XIII, Encicl. Satis cognitum, 29 giugno 1896: ASS 28 (1895-96), p. 738; Encicl. Caritatis studium, 25 lug. 1898: ASS 31 (1898-1899), p. 11. PIO XII, Messaggio radiof. Nell’alba, 24 dic. 1941: AAS 34 (1942), p. 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[30] Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Rerum Orientalium, 8 sett. 1928: AAS 20 (1928), p. 287. PIO XII, Encicl. Orientalis Ecclesiae, 9 apr. 1944: AAS 36 (1944), p. 137."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[32] Cf. Istr. della S. S. C. del S. Uffizio, 20 dic. 1949: AAS 42 (1950), p. 142."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[32] Cf. S. TOMMASO, Summa Theol. III, q. 8, a. 3, ad I."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[33] Cf. Lett. della S. S. C. del S. Uffizio all’Arciv. di Boston: Dz 3869-72 [Collantes 7.043-45]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[34] Cf. EUSEBIO DI CES., Praeparatio Evangelica, I, 1: PG 21, 28AB."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[35] Cf. BENEDETTO XV, Lett. Apost. Maximum illud: AAS 11 (1919), p. 440, specialmente p. 451ss. PIO XI, Encicl. Rerum Ecclesiae: AAS 18 (1926), pp. 68-69. PIO XII, Encicl. Fidei Donum, 21 apr. 1957: AAS 49 (1957), pp. 236-237."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[36] Cf. Didach , 14: ed. FUNK I, p. 32. S. GIUSTINO, Dial. 41: PG 6, 564. S. IRENEO, Adv. Haer. IV, 17, 5: PG 7, 1023; HARVEY, 2, p. 199s. CONC. DI TRENTO, Sess. 22, cap. I: Dz 939 (1742) [Collantes 9.174]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[37] Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa di Cristo Pastor aeternus: Dz 1821 (3050s.) [Collantes 7.176]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[38] Cf. CONC. DI FIRENZE, Decretum pro Graecis: Dz 694 (1307) [Collantes 7.159] e CONC. VAT. I, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa di Cristo Pastor aeternus: Dz 1826 (3059) [Collantes 7.184]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[39] Cf. Liber Sacramentorum di S. GREGORIO, pref. nelle feste di S. Mattia e di S. Tommaso: PL 78, 51 e 152; cf. Cod. Vat. lat. 3548, f. 18. S. ILARIO, In Ps. 67,10: PL 9, 450; CSEL 22, p. 286. S. GIROLAMO, Adv. Iovin. 1, 26: PL 23, 247A. S. AGOSTINO, In Ps. 86, 4: PL 37, 1103. S. GREGORIO M., Mor. in Iob XXVIII, V: PL 76, 455-456. PRIMASIO, Comm. in Apoc. V: PL 68, 924BC. PASCASIO RADB., In Mt. L. VIII, cap. 16: PL 120, 561C. Cf. LEONE XIII, Lett. Et sane, 17 dic. 1888: ASS 21 (1888), p. 321."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[40] Cf. At 6,2-6; 11,30; 13,1; 14,23; 20,17; 1 Ts 5,12-13; Fil 1,1; Col 4,11 e passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[41] Cf. At 20,25-27; 2 Tm 4,6s da confr. con 1 Tm 5,22; 2 Tm 2,2; Tt 1,5; S. CLEMENTE ROM., Ad Cor. 44, 3: ed. FUNK I, p. 156."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[42] Cf. S. CLEMENTE ROM., Ad Cor. 44,2: ed. FUNK I, 154s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[43] Cf. TERTULLIANO, Praescr. Haer. 32: PL 2, 52s; S. IGNAZIO M., passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[44] Cf. TERTULLIANO, Praescr. Haer. 32: PL 2, 53."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[45] Cf. S. IRENEO, Adv. Haer. III, 3, 1: PG 7, 848A; HARVEY 2, 8; SAGNARD, p. 100s: “manifestata”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[46] Cf. S. IRENEO, Adv. Haer. III, 2, 2: PG 7, 847; HARVEY 2, 7; SAGNARD, p. 100: “è custodita”; cf. ib. IV, 26, 2: col. 1053; HARVEY 2, 236, e IV, 33, 8: col. 1077: HARVEY 2, 262."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[47] S. IGNAZIO M., Philad., Praef: ed. FUNK I, p. 264."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[48] S. IGNAZIO M., Philad., 1,1; Magn. 6,1: ed. FUNK I, 264 e 234."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[49] S. CLEMENTE ROM., l.c. [nota 6], 42, 3-4; 44, 3-4; 57, 1-2: ed. FUNK I, 152, 156, 171s; S. IGNAZIO M., Philad. 2; Smyrn. 8; Magn. 3; Trall. 7: ed. FUNK I, p. 265s, 282, 232, 246s ecc.; S. GIUSTINO, Apol. I, 65: PG 6,428; S. CIPRIANO, Epist., passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[50] Cf. LEONE XIII, Encicl. Satis cognitum, 29 giug. 1896: ASS 28 (1895-96), p. 732."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[51] Cf. CONC. DI TRENTO, Decr. De sacr. Ordinis, cap. 4: Dz 960 (1768) [Collantes 9.293]; CONC. VAT. I, Cost. dogm. I sulla Chiesa di Cristo Pastor aeternus, cap. 3: Dz 1828 (3061) [Collantes 7.186]. PIO XII, Encicl. Mystici Corporis, 29 giug. 1943: AAS 35 (1943), pp. 209 e 212 [Dz 3804; Collantes 7.200]. CIC can. 329 § 1 [nel nuovo Codice can. 375]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[52] Cf. LEONE XIII, Lett. Et sane, 17 dic. 1888: ASS 21 (1888), p. 321s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[53] Cf. S. LEONE M., Serm. 5, 3: PL 54, 154."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[54] Il CONC. DI TRENTO, Sess. 23, cap. 3, cita le parole di 2Tm 1,6-7 per dimostrare che l’Ordine è un vero sacramento: Dz 959 (1766) [Collantes 9.290]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[55] Nella Trad. Apost. 3, ed. BOTTE, Sources Chr., pp. 27-30, al Vescovo viene attribuito \"il primato del sacerdozio\". Cf. Sacramentarium Leonianum, ed. C. MOHLBERG, Sacramentarium Veronense, Romae 1955, p. 119: \"al ministero del sommo sacerdozio... Compi nei tuoi sacerdoti il culmine del tuo mistero...\". IDEM, Liber Sacramentorum Romanae Ecclesiae, Romae 1960, pp. 121-122: \"Conferisci loro, Signore, la cattedra episcopale per reggere la tua Chiesa e tutto il popolo\". Cf. PL 78, 224."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[56] Cf. Trad. Apost. 2: ed. BOTTE, p. 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[57] Cf. il CONC. DI TRENTO, che nella Sess. 23, cap. 4 insegna che il sacramento dell’Ordine imprime un carattere indelebile: Dz 960 (1767) [Collantes 9.291]. Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Disc. Iubilate Deo, 8 maggio 1960: AAS 52 (1960), p. 466. PAOLO VI, Omelia nella Bas. Vaticana, 20 ott. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 1014."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[58] S. CIPRIANO, Epist. 63, 14: PL 4, 386; HARTEL, IIIB, p. 713: \"Il sacerdote compie veramente le funzioni di Cristo\". S. GIOV. CRISOSTOMO, In 2 Tim., Hom. 2, 4: PG 62, 612: Il sacerdote \"symbolon\" di Cristo. S. AMBROGIO, In Ps. 38, 25-26: PL 14, 1051-52: CSEL 64, 203-204. AMBROSIASTER, In 1 Tim. 5,19: PL 17, 479C e In Eph. 4, 11-12, col. 387C. TEODORO DI MOPS., Hom. Catech. XV, 21 e 24; ed. TONNEAU, pp. 497 e 503. ESICHIO DI GERUS., In Lev., L. 2, 9, 23: PG 93, 894B."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[59] Cf. EUSEBIO, Hist. Eccl., V, 24, 10: GCS II, 1, p. 495; ed. BARDY, Sources Chrét., II, p. 69. DIONIGI, in EUSEBIO, ib. VII, 5, 2: GCS II, 2, p. 638s; BARDY, II, p. 168s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[60] Sugli antichi Concili cf. EUSEBIO, Hist. Eccl. V, 23-24; GCS II, 1, p. 488ss; BARDY, II, p. 66ss e passim. CONC. DI NICEA, can. 5: COD p. 7"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[61] Cf. TERTULLIANO, De Ieiunio, 13: PL 2, 972B; CSEL 20, p. 292, lin. 13-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[62] Cf. S. CIPRIANO, Epist. 56, 3: HARTEL IIIB, p. 650; BAYARD, p. 154."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[63] Cf. la relazione ufficiale ZINELLI al CONC. VAT I: MANSI 52, 1109C."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[64] Cf. CONC. VAT I, Schema della Cost. dogm. II De Ecclesia Christi, c. 4:[176][176]NSI 53, 310. Cf. la relazione KLEUTGEN sullo Schema riformato: MANSI 53,321B-322B e la dichiarazione ZINELLI: MANSI 52, 1110A. Vedi anche S. LEONE M., Serm. 4,3: PL 54, 151A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[65] Cf. CIC, can. 222 e 227 [nel nuovo Codice can. 338]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[66] Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Cost. dogm. Pastor aeternus: Dz 1821 (3050s) [Collantes 7.176]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[67] Cf. S. CIPRIANO, Epist. 66, 8: HARTEL III, 2, p. 733: “Il Vescovo nella Chiesa e la Chiesa nel Vescovo”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[68] Cf. S. CIPRIANO, Epist 55,24: HARTEL, p. 642, lin. 13: “Un’unica Chiesa in tutto il mondo divisa in molte membra. Epist. 36, 4: HARTEL, p. 575, lin. 20-21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[69] Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Fidei Donum, 21 apr. 1957: AAS 49 (1957), p. 237."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[70] Cf. S. ILARIO DI POIT., In Ps. 14,3: PL 9, 206; CSEL 22, p. 86. S. GREGORIO M., Moral. IV, 7, 12: PL 75, 643C. PSEUDO BASILIO, In Is. 15, 296: PG 30, 637C."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[71] Cf. S. CELESTINO, Epist. 18, 1-2, al Conc. di Ef.: PL 50, 505AB; SCHWARTZ, Acta Conc. Oec. I, 1, 1, p. 22. Cf. BENEDETTO XV, Lett. Apost. Maximum illud: AAS 11 (1919), p. 440. PIO XI, Encicl. Rerum Ecclesiae, 28 febbr. 1926: AAS 18 (1926), p. 69. PIO XII, Encicl. Fidei Donum, l.c. [nota33]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[72] Cf. LEONE XIII, Encicl. Grande munus, 30 sett. 1880: ASS 13 (1880), p. 145. Cf. CIC, can. 1327; can. 1350 § 2 [nel nuovo Codice: cf. can. 762]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-324",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[73] Sui diritti delle Sedi patriarcali cf. CONC. DI NICEA, can. 6 per Alessandria e Antiochia, e can. 7 per Gerusalemme: Conc. Oec. Decr., p. 8 CONC. LATER. IV, anno 1215, Costit. V: De dignitate Patriarcharum: ibid. p. 212 [Dz 811]. CONC. DI FERR.-FIR.: ibid., p. 504 [Dz 1307-08; Collantes 7.159-60]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[74] Cf. Cod. Iuris Can., pro Eccl. Orient.: cc. 216-314 sui Patriarchi; cc. 324-339 sugli Arcivescovi maggiori; cc. 362-391 sugli altri dignitari; in specie c. 238 § 3; 216; 240; 251; 255: sulla nomina dei Vescovi da parte del Patriarca."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-326",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[75] Cf. CONC. DI TRENTO, Decr. De reform., Sess. V, c. 2, n. 9 e Sess. XXIV, can 4: Conc. Oec. Decr., pp. 645 e 739."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[76] Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Cost. dogm. Dei Filius, 3: Dz 1792 (3011) [Collantes 1.070]. Cf. la nota aggiunta allo Schema I De Eccl. (desunta da S. ROB. BELLARMINO): MANSI 51, 579C; e lo Schema riformato della Cost. II De Ecclesia Christi, con il commento KLEUTGEN: MANSI 53, 313AB. PIO IX, Lett. Tuas libenter: Dz 1683 (2879) [Collantes 7.174]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[77] Cf. CIC, cann. 1322-1323 [nel nuovo Codice: cann. 747-750]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-329",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[78] Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Cost. dogm. Pastor Aeternus: Dz 1839 (3074) [Collantes 7.198]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[79] Cf. la spiegazione GASSER al CONC. VAT. I: MANSI 52, 1213AC."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[80] Cf. la spiegazione GASSER al CONC. VAT. I: MANSI 1214A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-332",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[81] Cf. la spiegazione GASSER al CONC. VAT. I: MANSI 1215CD, 1216-1217A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-333",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[82] Cf. la spiegazione GASSER al CONC. VAT. I: MANSI 1213."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[83] Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Cost. dogm. Pastor aeternus, 4: Dz 1836 (3070)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-335",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[84] Orazione della consacrazione episcopale nel rito bizantino: Euchologion to mega, Romae 1873, p. 139."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-336",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[85] Cf. S. IGNAZIO M., Smyrn. 8, 1: ed. FUNK I, p. 282."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-337",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[86] Cf. At 8,1; 14,22-23; 20,17 e passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-338",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[87] Orazione mozarabica: PL 96, 759B."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-339",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[88] Cf. S. IGNAZIO M., Smyrn. 8, 1: ed. FUNK I, p. 282."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-340",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[89] S. TOMMASO, Summa Theol. III, q. 73, a. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[90] Cf. S. AGOSTINO, C. Faustum, 12, 20: PL 42, 265; Serm. 57, 7: PL 38, 389, ecc"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-342",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[91] S. LEONE M., Serm. 63, 7: PL 54, 357C."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[92] Traditio Apostolica di Ippolito, 2-3: ed. BOTTE, pp. 26-30."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-344",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[93] Cf. il testo dell’esame all’inizio della consacrazione episcopale, e l’Orazione alla fine della Messa della consacrazione stessa, dopo il Te Deum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-345",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[94] BENEDETTO XIV, Br. Romana Ecclesia, 5 ott. 1752, § 1: Bullarium Benedicti XIV, t. IV, Romae 1758, 21: \"Il Vescovo l’immagine di Cristo e compie le sue funzioni\". PIO XII, Encicl. Mystici Corporis, l.c. [nota 15], p. 211: \"I singoli nutrono e reggono i singoli greggi di Cristo loro assegnati\" [Dz 3804; Collantes 7.200]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-346",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[95] Cf. LEONE XIII, Encicl. Satis cognitum, 29 giugno 1896: ASS 28 (1895-96), p. 732. IDEM, Lett. Officio sanctissimo, 22 dic. 1887: ASS 20 (1887), p. 264. PIO IX, Lett. Apost. ai Vescovi della Germania, 12 marzo 1875, e Disc. Concist., 15 marzo 1875: Dz 3112-3117, solo nella nuova edizione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-347",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[96] Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Cost. dogm. Pastor aeternus, 3: Dz 1828 (3061) [Collantes 7.186]. Cf. Relazione ZINELLI: MANSI 52, 1114D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-348",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[97] Cf. S. IGNAZIO M., Ad Ephes. 5, 1: ed. FUNK I, p. 216."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-349",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[98] Cf. S. IGNAZIO M., Ad Ephes. 6, 1: ed. FUNK I, p. 218."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-350",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[99] Cf. CONC. DI TRENTO, De sacr. Ordinis, cap. 2: Dz 958 (1765) [Collantes 9.289], e can. 6: Dz 966 (1776) [Collantes 9.301]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-351",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[100] Cf. INNOCENZO I, Epist. ad Decentium: PL 20, 554A: MANSI 3, 1029: Dz 98 (215) [Collantes 9.075]: “I Presbiteri, pur essendo secondi nel sacerdozio, non hanno però la pienezza del pontificato”. S. CIPRIANO, Epist. 61,3: ed. HARTEL, p. 696."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[101] Cf. CONC. DI TRENTO, l.c. [nota 63]: Dz 956a-968 (1763-1778) [Collantes 9.2889.303] e in specie can. 7: Dz 967 (1777) [Collantes 9.300]. PIO XII, Cost. Apost. Sacramentum Ordinis: Dz 2301 (3857-61) [Collantes 9.314-17]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-353",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[102] Cf. INNOCENZO I, l.c. [nota 64]. S. GREGORIO NAZ., Apol. II, 22: PG 35,432B. PS. DIONIGI, Eccl. Hier., 1, 2: PG 3, 372D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-354",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[103] Cf. CONC. DI TRENTO, Sess. 22: Dz 940 (1743) [Collantes 9.175]. PIO XII, Encicl. Mediator Dei, 20 nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947), p. 553: Dz 2300 (3850) [Collantes 9.308]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-355",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[104] Cf. CONC. DI TRENTO, Sess. 22: Dz 938 (1739-40) [Collantes 9.171-72]; CONC. VAT. II, Cost. sulla Sacra Liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium, n. 7 e n. 47: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 100-113 [pp. 21 e 45ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-356",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[105] Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Mediator Dei, l.c. alla nota 67."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-357",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[106] Cf. S. CIPRIANO, Epist. 11, 3: PL 4, 242B; HARTEL II, 2, p. 497."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-358",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[107] Cf. Pontificale Romanum, L’ordinazione dei Presbiteri, all’imposizione dei paramenti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-359",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[108] Cf. Pontificale Romanum, L’ordinazione dei Presbiteri, prefazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-360",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[109] Cf. S. IGNAZIO M., Philad. 4: ed. FUNK I, p. 266. S. CORNELIO I, in S. CIPRIANO, Epist. 48, 2; HARTEL III, 2, p. 610."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-361",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[110] Constitutiones Ecclesiae Aegyptiacae, III, 2: ed. FUNK, Didascalia, II, p. 103; Statuta Eccl. Ant. 37-41: MANSI 3, 954."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-362",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[111] S. POLICARPO, Ad Phil. 5, 2: ed. FUNK I, p. 300: Cristo detto \"fatto diacono di tutti\". Cf. Didach 15, 1: ib., p. 32. S. IGNAZIO M., Trall. 2,3: ib., p. 242; Constitutiones Apostolorum, 8, 28, 4: ed. FUNK, Didascalia, I, p. 530."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-363",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[112] S. AGOSTINO, Serm. 340, 1: PL 38, 1483."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-364",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[113] Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Quadragesimo anno, 15 maggio 1931: AAS 23 (1931), p. 221s. PIO XII, Disc. De quelle consolation, 14 ott. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 790s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-365",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[114] Cf. PIO XII, DISC. Six ans se sont écoulés, 5 ott. 1957: AAS 49 (1957), p. 927."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-366",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[115] Messale romano, dal prefazio della festa di Cristo Re."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-367",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[116] Cf. LEONE XIII, Encicl. Immortale Dei, 1° nov. 1885: ASS 18 (1885), p. 166ss. IDEM, Encicl. Sapientiae Christianae, 10 genn. 1890: ASS 22 (1889-90), p. 397ss. PIO XII, Disc. Alla vostra filiale, 23 marzo 1958: AAS 50 (1958), p. 220: \"la legittima sana laicità dello Stato\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-368",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[117] Cf. CIC, can. 682 [nel nuovo Codice: can. 213]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-369",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[118] Cf. PIO XII, Disc. De quelle consolation, l.c. [nota 2], p. 789: \"Nelle battaglie decisive, talvolta dal fronte che partono le pi felici iniziative...\". IDEM, Disc. L’importance de la presse catholique, 17 febbr. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 256."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-370",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[119] Cf. 1 Ts 5,19 e 1 Gv 4,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-371",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[120] Epist. ad Diognetum, 6: ed. FUNK I, p. 400. Cf. S. GIOV. CRISOSTOMO, In Mt., Hom. 46 (47), 2: PG 58, 478, sul fermento nella pasta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-372",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[121] Messale Romano, Gloria a Dio. Cf. Lc 1,35; Mc 1,24; Lc 4,34; Gv 6,69 (ho hagios tou Theou); At 3,14; 4,27.30; Eb 7,26; 1Gv 2,20; Ap 3,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-373",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[122] Cf. ORIGENE, Comm. Rom. 7,7: PG 14, 1122B. PS. MACARIO, De Oratione, 11: PG 34, 861AB. S. TOMMASO, Summa Theol. II-II, q. 184, a. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-374",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[123] Cf. S. AGOSTINO, Retract. II, 18: PL 32, 637s. PIO XII, Encicl. Mystici Corporis, 29 giugno 1943: AAS 35 (1943), p. 225."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-375",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[124] Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Rerum omnium, 26 genn. 1923: AAS 15 (1923), pp. 50 e 59-60 [Collantes 7.319-20]; Encicl. Casti Connubii, 31 dic. 1930: AAS 22 (1930), p. 548. PIO XII, Cost. Apost. Provida Mater, 2 febbr. 1947: AAS 39 (1947), p. 117. Disc. Annus sacer, 8 dic. 1950: AAS 43 (1951), pp. 27-28. Disc. Nel darvi, 1° lug. 1956: AAS 48 (1956), p. 574s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-376",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[125] Cf. S. TOMMASO, Summa Theol. II-II, q. 184, a. 5 e 6; De perf. vitae spir., c. 18. ORIGENE, In Is., Hom. 6, 1: PG 13, 239."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-377",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[126] Cf. S. IGNAZIO M., Magn. 13, 1: ed. FUNK I, p. 241."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-378",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[127] Cf. S. PIO X, Esort. Haerent animo, 4 ag. 1908: ASS 41 (1908), p. 560s. CIC, can. 124 [nel nuovo Codice can. 276]. PIO XI, Encicl. Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20 dic. 1935: AAS 28 (1936), p. 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-379",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[128] Cf. Pontificale Romanum, Ordinazione dei Presbiteri, esortazione iniziale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-380",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[129] Cf. S. IGNAZIO M., Trall. 2, 3: ed. FUNK I, p. 244."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-381",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[130] Cf. PIO XII, Disc. Sous la maternelle protection, 9 dic. 1957: AAS 50 (1958), p. 36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-382",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[131] Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Casti Connubii, 31 dic. 1930: AAS 22 (1930), p. 548s. S. GIOV. CRISOSTOMO, In Ephes., Hom. 20, 2: PG 62, 136ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-383",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[132] Cf. S. AGOSTINO, Enchir. 121, 32: PL 40, 288. S. TOMMASO, Summa Theol. II-II, q. 184 a. 1. PIO XII, Esort. Apost. Menti nostrae, 23 sett. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 660 [Collantes 7.321]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-384",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[133] Sui consigli in genere cf. ORIGENE, Comm. Rom. X, 14: PG 14,1275B. S. AGOSTINO, De S. Virginitate 15,15: PL 40, 403. S. TOMMASO, Summa Theol. I-II, q. 100, a. 2c (alla fine); II-II, q. 44, a. 4, ad 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-385",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[134] Sull’eccellenza della verginit consacrata cf. TERTULLIANO, Exhort. Cast. 10: PL 2, 925C. S. CIPRIANO, Hab. Virg. 3 e 22: PL 4, 443B e 461As. S. ATANASIO (?), De Virg.: PG 28, 252ss. S. GIOV. CRISOSTOMO, De Virg.: PG 48, 533ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-386",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[135] Sulla povertà spirituale cf. Mt 5,3 e 19,21; Mc 10,21; Lc 18,22; sull’obbedienza si propone l’esempio di Cristo; Gv 4,34 e 6,38; Fil 2,8-10; Eb 10,5-7. Abbondano i Padri e i fondatori degli ordini religiosi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-387",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[136] Sull’effettiva pratica dei consigli, che non viene imposta a tutti, cf. S. GIOV. CRISOSTOMO, In Mt., Hom. 7,7: PG 57, 81s. S. AMBROGIO, De Viduis 4,23: PL 16, 241s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-388",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[137] Cf. ROSWEYDE, Vitae Patrum, Antverpiae 1628. Apophtegmata Patrum: PG 65. PALLADIO, Historia Lausiaca: PG 34, 995ss: ed. C. BUTLER, Cambridge 1898 (1904). PIO XI, Cost. Apost. Umbratilem, 8 lug. 1924: AAS 16 (1924), pp. 386-387. PIO XII, Disc. Nous sommes heureux, 11 apr. 1958: AAS 50 (1958), p. 283."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-389",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[138] Cf. PAOLO VI, Disc. Magno gaudio, 23 maggio 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 566."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-390",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[139] Cf. CIC, cann. 487 e 488, 4o [nel nuovo Codice: cann. 573 e 588]. PIO XII, DISC. Annus sacer, 8 dic. 1950: AAS 43 (1951), p. 27s. PIO XII, Cost. Apost. Provida Mater, 2 febbr. 1947: AAS 39 (1947), p. 120ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-391",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[140] Cf. PAOLO VI, l.c. [nota 2], p. 567."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-392",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[141] Cf. S. TOMMASO, Summa Theol. II-II, q. 184, a. 3 e q. 188, a. 2. S. BONAVENTURA, Opusc. XI, Apologia Pauperum, c. 3, 3: ed. Opera, Quaracchi, t. 8, 1898, p. 245a."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-393",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[142] Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Schema De Ecclesia Christi, cap. XV, e Annot. 48: MANSI 51, 549s e 619s. LEONE XIII, Lett. Au milieu des consolations, 23 dic. 1900: ASS 33 (1900-01), p. 361. PIO XII, Cost. Apost. Provida Mater, l.c. [nota 3], p. 114s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-394",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[143] Cf. LEONE XIII, Cost. Romanos Pontifices, 8 maggio 1881: ASS 13 (1880-81), p. 483. PIO XII, Disc. Annus sacer, 8 dic. 1950: AAS 43 (1951), p. 28s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-395",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[144] Cf. PIO XII, Disc. Annus sacer, l.c. [nota prec.], p. 28. PIO XII, Cost. Apost. Sedes Sapientiae, 31 maggio 1956: AAS 48 (1956), p. 355. PAOLO VI, Disc. Magno gaudio, 23 maggio 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 570-571."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-396",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[145] Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Mystici Corporis, 29 giugno 1943: AAS 35 (1943), p. 214s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-397",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[146] Cf. PIO XII, Disc. Annus sacer, l.c. [nota 7], p. 30. Disc. Sous la maternelle protection, 9 dic. 1957: AAS 50 (1958), p. 39s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-398",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[147] CONC. DI FIRENZE, Decretum pro Graecis: Dz 693 (1305) [Collantes 0.023]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-399",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[148] Oltre ai documenti più antichi contro qualunque forma di evocazione spiritistica da Alessandro IV (27 sett. 1258) in poi, cf. Encicl. della S. S. C. del S. Uffizio De magnetismi abusu, 4 ag. 1856: ASS 1 (1865), pp. 177-178; Dz 1653-54 (2823-25); risposta della S. S. C. del S. Uffizio del 24 apr. 1917: AAS 9 (1917), p. 268; Dz 2182 (3642)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-400",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[149] Si veda l’esposizione sintetica di questa dottrina paolina in: PIO XII, Encicl. Mystici Corporis: AAS 35 (1943), p. 200 e passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-401",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[150] Cf. per es. S. AGOSTINO, Enarr. in Ps. 85, 24: PL 37, 1099. S. GIROLAMO, Liber contra Vigilantium, 6: PL 23, 344. S. TOMMASO, In IV Sent., d. 45, q. 3, a. 2. S. BONAVENTURA, In IV Sent. d. 45, a. 3, q. 2; ecc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-402",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[151] Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Mystici Corporis AAS 35 (1943), p. 245."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-403",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[152] Cf. parecchie iscrizioni nelle Catacombe romane."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-404",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[153] Cf. GELASIO I, Decretale De libris recipiendis, 3: PL 59, 160; Dz 165 (353)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-405",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[154] Cf. S. METODIO, Symposion, VII, 3: GCS (BONWETSCH), p. 74."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-406",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[155] Cf. BENEDETTO XV, Decretum approbationis virtutum in Causa beatificationis et canonizationis Servi Dei Ioannis Nepomuceni Neumann: AAS 14 (1922), p. 23; diversi Discorsi di PIO XI sui Santi: Inviti all’eroismo, in Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, tt. 1941-1942, passim; PIO XII, Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, t. X, 1949, 37-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-407",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[156] Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Mediator Dei: AAS 39 (1947), p. 581."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-408",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[157] Cf. Eb 13,7; Sir 44-50; Eb 11,3-40. Cf. anche PIO XII, Encicl. Mediator Dei: AAS 39 (1947), p. 582-583."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-409",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[158] Cf. CONC. VATICANO I, Cost. dogm. sulla fede cattolica Dei Filius, cap. 3: Dz 1794 (3013) [Collantes 1.072]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-410",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[159] Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Mystici Corporis: AAS 35 (1943), p. 216 [Collantes 8.161]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-411",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[160] Circa la riconoscenza verso i Santi, cf. E. DIEHL, Inscriptiones latinae christianae veteres, I, Berolini 1925, nn. 2008, 2382 e passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-412",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[161] CONC. DI TRENTO, Decr. De invocatione... Sanctorum: Dz 984 (1821) [Collantes 7.343]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-413",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[162] Breviario romano, Invitatorio nella festa di Tutti i Santi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-414",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[163] Cf. per es. 2 Ts 1,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-415",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[164] CONC. VATICANO II, Cost. sulla Sacra Liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium, cap. 5, n. 104: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 125-126 [pag. 17ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-416",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[165] Messale romano, Canone [Preghiera Eucaristica I] della Messa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-417",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[166] CONC. DI NICEA II, Sess. VII: Dz 302 (600) [Collantes 7.336]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-418",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[167] CONC. DI FIRENZE, Decretum pro Graecis: Dz 693 (1304) [Collantes 0.022]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-419",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[168] CONC. DI TRENTO, Decr. de invocatione, veneratione et reliquiis Sanctorum et sacris imaginibus: Dz 984-88 (1821-24) [Collantes 7.343-47]; Decr. de Purgatorio; Dz 983 (1820) [Collantes 0.029]; decr. De iustificatione, can. 30: Dz 840 (1580) [Collantes 8.113]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-420",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[169] Messale romano, dal prefazio dei Santi concesso alle diocesi di Francia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-421",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[170] Cf. S. PIETRO CANISIO, Catechismus Maior seu Summa Doctrinae christianae, cap. III (ed. crit. F. STREICHER), Pars I, pp. 15-16, n. 44 e pp. 100-101, n. 49."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-422",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[171] Cf. CONC. VATICANO II, Cost. sulla Sacra Liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium, cap. I, n. 8: AAS 56 (1964), p. 401 [pag. 21]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-423",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[172] Simbolo Costantinopolitano: MANSI 3, 566. Cf. CONC. DI EFESO, ib. 4, 1130 (anche ib. 2, 665 e 4, 1071); CONC. DI CALC., ib. 7, 111-116; CONC. DI COSTANTINOPOLI II, ib. 9, 375-396 [Dz 150, 301, 422; Collantes 4.012, 4.020, 0.509]; Messale romano, nel Credo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-424",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[173] Messale romano, nel Canone [Preghiera eucaristica I]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-425",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[174] S. AGOSTINO, De S. Virginitate, 6: PL 40, 399."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-426",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[175] Cf. PAOLO VI, Discorso al Concilio del 4 dic.1963: AAS 56 (1964), p. 37 [0000]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-427",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[176] Cf. S. GERMANO DI COST., Hom. in Annunt. Deiparae: PG 98, 328A; In Dorm., 2: 357. ANASTASIO D’ANTIOCHIA, Serm. 2 de Annunt., 2: PG 89, 1377AB; Serm. 3, 2: 1388C. S. ANDREA DI CRETA, Can. in B. V. Nat., 4: PG 97, 1321B; In B. V. Nat., 1: 812A; Hom. in Dorm., 1: 1068C. S. SOFRONIO, Or. 2 in Annunt., 18: PG 87(3), 3237BD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-428",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[177] S. IRENEO, Adv. Haer. III, 22, 4: PG 7, 959A; HARVEY, 2, 123."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-429",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[178] S. IRENEO, Adv. Haer. III, 22, 4: PG 7, 959A; HARVEY, 2, 124."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-430",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[179] S. EPIFANIO, Haer. 78, 18: PG 42, 728CD-729AB."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-431",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[180] S. GIROLAMO, Epist. 22, 21: PL 22, 408. Cf. S. AGOSTINO, Serm. 51, 2, 3: PL 38, 335; Serm. 232, 2: 1108. S. CIRILLO DI GERUS., Catech. 12, 15: PG 33, 741AB. S. GIOV. CRISOSTOMO, In Ps. 44, 7: PG 55, 193. S. GIOV. DAMASCENO, Hom. 2 in dorm. B.M.V., 3: PG 96, 728."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-432",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[181] Cf. CONC. LAT. del 649, can. 3: MANSI 10, 1151 [Dz 503; Collantes 4.044]. S. LEONE M., Epist. ad Flav.: PL 54, 759 [Dz 291; Collantes 4.007]. CONC. DI CALC.: MANSI, 7, 462. S. AMBROGIO, De instit. virg.: PL 16, 320."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-433",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[182] Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Mystici Corporis, 29 giugno 1943: AAS 35 (1943), pp. 247-248 [Collantes 5.034-35]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-434",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[183] Cf. PIO IX, Bolla Ineffabilis, 8 dic. 1854: Acta Pii IX, 1, I, p. 616; Dz 1641 (2803) [Collantes 5.026]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-435",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[184] Cf. PIO XII, Cost. Apost. Munificentissimus, 1° nov. 1950: AAS 42 (1950); Dz 2333 (3903) [Collantes 5.030]. Cf. S. GIOV. DAMASCENO, Enc. in dorm. Dei genetricis, Hom. 2 e 3: PG 96, 721-761, specialmente 728B. S. GERMANO DI COSTANTINOP., In S. Dei gen. dorm., Serm. 1: PG 98(6), 340-348; Serm. 3: 361. S. MODESTO DI GER., In dorm. SS. Deiparae: PG 86(2), 3277-3312."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-436",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[185] Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Ad coeli Reginam, 11 ott. 1954: AAS 46 (1954), pp. 633-636: Dz 3913ss. Cf. S. ANDREA DI CRETA, Hom. 3 in dorm. SS. Deiparae: PG 97, 1089-1109. S. GIOV. DAMASCENO, De fide orth, IV, 14: PG 94, 1153-1161."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-437",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[186] Cf. KLEUTGEN, testo riformato De mysterio Verbi incarnati, cap. IV: MANSI 53, 290. Cf. S. ANDREA DI CRETA, In nat. Mariae, sermo 4: PG 97, 865A. S. GERMANO DI COSTANTINOP., In annunt. Deiparae: PG 98, 321BC. In dorm. Deiparae, III: 361D. S. GIOV. DAMASCENO, In dorm. B. V. Mariae, Hom. I, 8: PG 96, 712BC-713A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-438",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[187] Cf. LEONE XIII, Encicl. Adiutricem populi, 5 sett. 1895: ASS 28 (1895-96), p. 129. S. PIO X, Encicl. Ad diem illum, 2 febbr. 1904: Acta I, p. 154; Dz 1978a (3370) [Collantes 5.032-33]. PIO XI, Encicl. Miserentissimus, 8 maggio 1928: AAS 20 (1928), p. 178. PIO XII, Messaggio Radiof., 13 maggio 1946: AAS 38 (1946), p. 266."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-439",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[188] Cf. S. AMBROGIO, Epist. 63: PL 16, 1218."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-440",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[189] Cf. S. AMBROGIO, Expos. Lc. II, 7: PL 15, 1555."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-441",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[190] Cf. Ps. PIER DAM., Serm. 63: PL 144, 861AB. GOFFREDO DI S. VITTORE, In nat. B. M., Ms. Parigi, Mazarine, 1002, fol. 109r. GEROBO DI REICH., De gloria et honore Filii hominis, 10: PL 194, 1105AB."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-442",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[191] Cf. S. AMBROGIO, Expos. Lc. II, 7 e X, 24-25: PL 15, 1555 e 1810. S. AGOSTINO, In Io., Tr. 13, 12: PL 35, 1499. Cf. Serm. 191, 2, 3: PL 38, 1010; ecc. Cf. anche VEN. BEDA, In Lc. Expos. I, cap. 2: PL 92, 330. ISACCO DELLA STELLA, Serm. 51: PL 194, 1863A"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-443",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[192] Cf. Breviario Romano, ant. \"Sub tuum praesidium\" ai I Vespri del Piccolo Ufficio della Beata Vergine Maria [nella Liturgia delle Ore, antifona mariana di Compieta]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-444",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[193] Cf. CONCILIO DI NICEA II, anno 787: MANSI 13, 378-279; Dz 302 (600-01) [Collantes 7.336-37]; CONC. DI TRENTO, Sess. 25: MANSI 33, 171-172 [Dz 1821-25; Collantes 7.343-47]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-445",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[194] Cf. PIO XII, Messaggio radiof., 24 ott. 1954: AAS 46 (1954), p. 679; Encicl. Ad caeli Reginam, 11 ott. 1954: AAS 46 (1954), p. 637."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-446",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[195] Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Ecclesiam Dei, 12 nov. 1923: AAS 15 (1923), p. 581. PIO XII, Encicl. Fulgens corona, 8 sett. 1953: AAS 45 (1953), pp. 590-591."
            }
          ]
        },
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19641121_lumen-gentium_lt.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-22-vat-ii_const_19641121_lumen-gentium_lt.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAULUS EPISCOPUS SERVUS SERVORUM DEI UNA CUM SACROSANCTI CONCILII PATRIBUS AD PERPETUAM REI MEMORIAM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONSTITUTIO DOGMATICA DE ECCLESIA LUMEN GENTIUM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE ECCLESIAE MYSTERIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lumen gentium cum sit Christus, haec Sacrosancta Synodus, in Spiritu Sancto congregata, omnes homines claritate Eius, super faciem Ecclesiae resplendente, illuminare vehementer exoptat, omni creaturae Evangelium annuntiando (cf. Mc 16,15). Cum autem Ecclesia sit in Christo veluti sacramentum seu signum et instrumentum intimae cum Deo unionis totiusque generis humani unitatis, naturam missionemque suam universalem, praecedentium Conciliorum argumento instans, pressius fidelibus suis et mundo universo declarare intendit. Condiciones huius temporis huic Ecclesiae officio urgentiorem vim addunt, ut nempe homines cuncti, variis hodie vinculis socialibus, technicis, culturalibus arctius coniuncti, plenam etiam unitatem in Christo consequantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aeternus Pater, liberrimo et arcano sapientiae ac bonitatis suae consilio, mundum universum creavit, homines ad participandam vitam divinam elevare decrevit, eosque lapsos in Adamo non dereliquit, semper eis auxilia ad salutem praebens, intuitu Christi, Redemptoris, \"qui est imago Dei invisibilis, primogenitus omnis creaturae\" (Col 1,15). Omnes autem electos Pater ante saecula \"praescivit et praedestinavit conformes fieri imaginis Filii sui, ut sit ipse primogenitus in multis fratribus\" (Rom 8,29). Credentes autem in Christum convocare statuit in sancta Ecclesia, quae iam ab origine mundi praefigurata, in historia populi Israel ac foedere antiquo mirabiliter praeparata(1), in novissimis temporibus constituta, effuso Spiritu est manifestata, et in fine saeculorum gloriose consummabitur. Tunc autem, sicut apud sanctos Patres legitur, omnes iusti inde ab Adam, \"ab Abel iusto usque ad ultimum electum\"(2) in Ecclesia universali apud Patrem congregabuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Venit igitur Filius, missus a Patre, qui nos in Eo ante mundi constitutionem elegit ac in adoptionem filiorum praedestinavit, quia in Eo omnia instaurare sibi complacuit (cf. Eph 1,4-5 et 10). Christus ideo, ut voluntatem Patris impleret, regnum caelorum in terris inauguravit nobisque Eius mysterium revelavit, atque oboedientia sua redemptionem effecit. Ecclesia, seu regnum Christi iam praesens in mysterio, ex virtute Dei in mundo visibiliter crescit. Quod exordium et incrementum significantur sanguine et aqua ex aperto latere Iesu crucifixi exeuntibus (cf. Io 19,34), ac praenuntiantur verbis Domini de morte sua in cruce: \"Et ego, si exaltatus fuero a terra, omnes traham ad meipsum\" (Io 12,32 gr.). Quoties sacrificium crucis, quo \"Pascha nostrum immolatus est Christus\" (1Cor 5,7), in altari celebratur, opus nostrae redemptionis exercetur. Simul sacramento panis eucharistici repraesentatur et efficitur unitas fidelium, qui unum corpus in Christo constituunt (cf. 1Cor 10,17). Omnes homines ad hanc vocantur unionem cum Christo, qui est lux mundi, a quo procedimus, per quem vivimus, ad quem tendimus."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Opere autem consummato, quod Pater Filio commisit in terra faciendum (cf. Io 17,4), missus est Spiritus Sanctus die Pentecostes, ut Ecclesiam iugiter sanctificaret, atque ita credentes per Christum in uno Spiritu accessum haberent ad Patrem (cf. Eph 2,18). Ipse est Spiritus vitae seu fons aquae salientis in vitam aeternam (cf. Io 4,14; 7,38-39), per quem Pater homines, peccato mortuos, vivificat, donec eorum mortalia corpora in Christo resuscitet (cf. Rom 8,10-11). Spiritus in Ecclesia et in cordibus fidelium tamquam in templo habitat (cf. 1Cor 3,16; 6,19), in eisque orat et testimonium adoptionis eorum reddit (cf. Gal 4,6; Rom 8,15-16 et 26). Ecclesiam, quam in omnem veritatem inducit (cf. Io 16,13) et in communione et ministratione unificat, diversis donis hierarchicis et charismaticis instruit ac dirigit, et fructibus suis adornat (cf. Eph 4,11-12; 1Cor 12,4; Gal 5,22). Virtute Evangelii iuvenescere facit Ecclesiam eamque perpetuo renovat et ad consummatam cum Sponso suo unionem perducit(3). Nam Spiritus et Sponsa ad Dominum Iesum dicunt: Veni! (cf. Apoc 22,17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sic apparet universa Ecclesia sicuti \"de unitate Patris et Filii et Spiritus Sancti plebs adunata\"(4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesiae sanctae mysterium in eiusdem fundatione manifestatur. Dominus enim Iesus Ecclesiae suae initium fecit praedicando faustum nuntium, adventum scilicet Regni Dei a saeculis in Scripturis promissi: \"Quoniam impletum est tempus, et appropinquavit regnum Dei\" (Mc 1,15; cf. Mt 4,17). Hoc vero regnum in verbo, operibus et praesentia Christi hominibus elucescit. Verbum nempe Domini comparatur semini, quod in agro seminatur (cf. Mc 4,14): qui illud cum fide audiunt et Christi pusillo gregi (cf. Lc 12,32) adnumerantur, regnum ipsum susceperunt; propria dein virtute semen germinat et increscit usque ad tempus messis (cf. Mc 4,26-29). Miracula etiam Iesu Regnum iam in terris pervenisse comprobant: \"Si in digito Dei eicio daemonia, profecto pervenit in vos Regnum Dei\" (Lc 11,20; cf. Mt 12,28). Ante omnia tamen Regnum manifestatur in ipsa Persona Christi, Filii Dei et Filii hominis, qui venit \"ut ministraret et daret animam suam redemptionem pro multis\" (Mc 10,45)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum autem Iesus, mortem crucis pro hominibus passus, resurrexerit, tamquam Dominus et Christus Sacerdosque in aeternum constitutus apparuit (cf. Act 2,36; Hebr 5,6; 7,17-21), atque Spiritum a Patre promissum in discipulos suos effudit (cf. Act 2,33). Unde Ecclesia, donis sui Fundatoris instructa fideliterque eiusdem praecepta caritatis, humilitatis et abnegationis servans, missionem accipit Regnum Christi et Dei annuntiandi et in omnibus gentibus instaurandi, huiusque Regni in terris germen et initium constituit. Ipsa interea, dum paulatim increscit, ad Regnum consummatum anhelat, ac totis viribus sperat et exoptat cum Rege suo in gloria coniungi."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sicut in Vetere Testamento revelatio Regni saepe sub figuris proponitur, ita nunc quoque variis imaginibus intima Ecclesiae natura nobis innotescit, quae sive a vita pastorali vel ab agricultura, sive ab aedificatione aut etiam a familia et sponsalibus desumptae, in libris Prophetarum praeparantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Est enim Ecclesia ovile, cuius ostium unicum et necessarium Christus est (cf. Io 10,1-10). Est etiam grex, cuius ipse Deus pastorem se fore praenuntiavit (cf. Is 40,11; Ez 34,11 ss.), et cuius oves, etsi a pastoribus humanis gubernantur, indesinenter tamen deducuntur et nutriuntur ab ipso Christo, bono Pastore Principeque pastorum (cf. Io 10,11; 1Pt 5,4), qui vitam suam dedit pro ovibus (cf. Io 10,11-15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Est Ecclesia agricultura seu ager Dei (cf. 1Cor 3,9). In illo agro crescit antiqua oliva, cuius radix sancta fuerunt Patriarchae, et in qua Iudaeorum et Gentium reconciliatio facta est et fiet (cf. Rom 11,13-26). Ipsa plantata est a caelesti Agricola tamquam vinea electa (cf. Mt 21,33-43 par.; Is 5,1ss.). Vitis vera Christus est, vitam et fecunditatem tribuens palmitibus, scilicet nobis, qui per Ecclesiam in ipso manemus, et sine quo nihil possumus facere (cf. Io 15,1-5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Saepius quoque Ecclesia dicitur aedificatio Dei (cf. 1Cor 3,9). Dominus ipse se comparavit lapidi, quem reprobaverunt aedificantes, sed qui factus est in caput anguli (cf. Mt 21,42 par.; Act 4,11; 1Pt 2,7; Ps 118,22). Super illud fundamentum Ecclesia ab Apostolis exstruitur (cf. 1Cor 3,11), ab eoque firmitatem et cohaesionem accipit. Quae constructio variis appellationibus decoratur: domus Dei (cf. 1Tim 3,15), in qua nempe habitat eius familia, habitaculum Dei in Spiritu (cf. Eph 2,19-22), \"tabernaculum Dei cum hominibus\" (Apoc 21,3), et praesertim templum sanctum, quod in lapideis sanctuariis repraesentatum a Sanctis Patribus laudatur, et in Liturgia non immerito assimilatur Civitati sanctae, novae Ierusalem(5). In ipsa enim tamquam lapides vivi his in terris aedificamur (cf. 1Pt 2,5). Quam sanctam civitatem Ioannes contemplatur, in renovatione mundi descendentem de caelis a Deo, \"paratam sicut sponsam ornatam viro suo\" (Apoc 21,1s.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia etiam, \"quae sursum est Hierusalem\" et \"mater nostra\" appellatur (Gal 4,26; cf. Apoc 12,17), describitur ut sponsa immaculata Agni immaculati (cf. Apoc 19,7; 21,2 et 9; 22,17), quam Christus \"dilexit... et se ipsum tradidit pro ea, ut illam sanctificaret\" (Eph 5,25-26), quam sibi foedere indissolubili sociavit et indesinenter \"nutrit et fovet\" (Eph 5,29), et quam mundatam sibi voluit coniunctam et in dilectione ac fidelitate subditam (cf. Eph 5,24), quam tandem bonis caelestibus in aeternum cumulavit, ut Dei et Christi erga nos caritatem, quae omnem scientiam superat, comprehendamus (cf. Eph 3,19). Dum vero his in terris Ecclesia peregrinatur a Domino (cf. 2Cor 5,6), tamquam exsulem se habet, ita ut quae sursum sunt quaerat et sapiat, ubi Christus est in dextera Dei sedens, ubi vita Ecclesiae abscondita est cum Christo in Deo, donec cum Sponso suo appareat in gloria (cf. Col. 3, 1-4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dei Filius, in natura humana Sibi unita, morte et resurrectione sua mortem superando, hominem redemit et in novam creaturam transformavit (cf. Gal 6,15; 2Cor 5,17). Communicando enim Spiritum suum, fratres suos, ex omnibus gentibus convocatos, tamquam corpus suum mystice constituit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In corpore illo vita Christi in credentes diffunditur, qui Christo passo atque glorificato, per sacramenta arcano ac reali modo uniuntur(6). Per baptismum enim Christo conformamur: \"Etenim in uno Spiritu omnes nos in unum corpus baptizati sumus\" (1Cor 12,13). Quo sacro ritu consociatio cum morte et resurrectione Christi repraesentatur et efficitur: \"Consepulti enim sumus cum illo per baptismum in mortem\"; si autem \"complantati facti sumus similitudini mortis Eius, simul et resurrectionis erimus\" (Rom 6,4-5). In fractione panis eucharistici de Corpore Domini realiter participantes, ad communionem cum Eo ac inter nos elevamur. \"Quoniam unus panis, unum corpus multi sumus, omnes qui de uno pane participamus\" (1Cor 10,17). Ita nos omnes membra illius Corporis efficimur (cf. 1Cor 12,27), \"singuli autem alter alterius membra\" (Rom 12,5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sicut vero omnia corporis humani membra, licet multa sint, unum tamen corpus efformant, ita fideles in Christo (cf. 1Cor 12,12). Etiam in aedificatione corporis Christi diversitas viget membrorum et officiorum. Unus est Spiritus, qui varia sua dona, secundum divitias suas atque ministeriorum necessitates, ad Ecclesiae utilitatem dispertit (cf. 1Cor 12,1-11). Inter quae dona praestat gratia Apostolorum, quorum auctoritati ipse Spiritus etiam charismaticos subdit (cf. 1Cor 14). Idem Spiritus per Se suaque virtute atque interna membrorum connexione corpus unificans, caritatem inter fideles producit et urget. Unde, si quid patitur unum membrum, compatiuntur omnia membra; sive si unum membrum honoratur, congaudent omnia membra (cf. 1Cor 12,26)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Huius corporis Caput est Christus. Ipse est imago Dei invisibilis, in Eoque condita sunt universa. Ipse est ante omnes et omnia in Ipso constant. Ipse est caput corporis quod est Ecclesia. Ipse est principium, primogenitus ex mortuis, ut sit in omnibus primatum tenens (cf. Col 1,15-18). Magnitudine virtutis suae caelestibus et terrestribus dominatur, et supereminenti perfectione et operatione sua totum corpus gloriae suae divitiis replet (cf. Eph 1,18-23)(7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnia membra Ei conformari oportet, donec Christus formetur in eis (cf. Gal 4,19). Quapropter in vitae Eius mysteria adsumimur, cum Eo configurati, commortui et conresuscitati, donec cum Eo conregnemus (cf. Phil 3,21; 2Tim 2,11; Eph 2,6; Col 2,12; etc.). In terris adhuc peregrinantes, Eiusque vestigia in tribulatione et persecutione prementes, Eius passionibus tamquam corpus Capiti consociamur, Ei compatientes, ut cum Eo conglorificemur (cf. Rom 8,17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ex Eo \"totum corpus per nexus et coniunctiones subministratum et constructum crescit in augmentum Dei\" (Col 2,19). Ipse in corpore suo, scilicet Ecclesia, dona ministrationum iugiter disponit, quibus Ipsius virtute nobis invicem ad salutem servitia praestamus, ut veritatem facientes in caritate, crescamus in illum per omnia, qui est Caput nostrum (cf. Eph 4,11-16 gr.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut autem in Illo incessanter renovemur (cf. Eph 4,23), dedit nobis de Spiritu suo, qui unus et idem in Capite et in membris exsistens, totum corpus ita vivificat, unificat et movet, ut Eius officium a sanctis Patribus comparari potuerit cum munere, quod principium vitae seu anima in corpore humano adimplet(8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus vero diligit Ecclesiam ut sponsam suam, exemplar factus viri diligentis uxorem suam ut corpus suum (cf. Eph 5,25-28); ipsa vero Ecclesia subiecta est Capiti suo (ib. 5,23-24). \"Quia in Ipso inhabitat omnis plenitudo divinitatis corporaliter\" (Col 2,9), Ecclesiam, quae corpus et plenitudo Eius est, divinis suis donis replet (cf. Eph 1,22-23), ut ipsa protendat et perveniat ad omnem plenitudinem Dei (cf. Eph 3,19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unicus Mediator Christus Ecclesiam suam sanctam, fidei, spei et caritatis communitatem his in terris ut compaginem visibilem constituit et indesinenter sustentat(9), qua veritatem et gratiam ad omnes diffundit. Societas autem organis hierarchicis instructa et mysticum Christi Corpus, coetus adspectabilis et communitas spiritualis, Ecclesia terrestris et Ecclesia coelestibus bonis ditata, non ut duae res considerandae sunt, sed unam realitatem complexam efformant, quae humano et divino coalescit elemento(10). Ideo ob non mediocrem analogiam incarnati Verbi mysterio assimilatur. Sicut enim natura assumpta Verbo divino ut vivum organum salutis, Ei indissolubiliter unitum, inservit, non dissimili modo socialis compago Ecclesiae Spiritui Christi, eam vivificanti, ad augmentum corporis inservit (cf. Eph 4,16)(11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec est unica Christi Ecclesia, quam in Symbolo unam, sanctam, catholicam et apostolicam profitemur(12), quam Salvator noster, post resurrectionem suam Petro pascendam tradidit (cf. Io 21,17), eique ac ceteris Apostolis diffundendam et regendam commisit (cf. Mt 28,18ss.), et in perpetuum ut columnam et firmamentum veritatis erexit (cf. 1Tim 3,15). Haec Ecclesia, in hoc mundo ut societas constituta et ordinata, subsistit in Ecclesia catholica, a successore Petri et Episcopis in eius communione gubernata(13), licet extra eius compaginem elementa plura sanctificationis et veritatis inveniantur, quae ut dona Ecclesiae Christi propria, ad unitatem catholicam impellunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sicut autem Christus opus redemptionis in paupertate et persecutione perfecit, ita Ecclesia ad eandem viam ingrediendam vocatur, ut fructus salutis hominibus communicet. Christus Iesus, \"cum in forma Dei esset,... semet ipsum exinanivit formam servi accipiens\" (Phil 2,6-7) et propter nos \"egenus factus est, cum esset dives\" (2Cor 8,9): ita Ecclesia, licet ad missionem suam exsequendam humanis opibus indigeat, non ad gloriam terrestrem quaerendam erigitur, sed ad humilitatem et abnegationem etiam exemplo suo divulgandas. Christus a Patre missus est \"evangelizare pauperibus,... sanare contritos corde\" (Lc 4,18), \"quaerere et salvum facere quod perierat\" (Lc 19,10): similiter Ecclesia omnes infirmitate humana afflictos amore circumdat, imo in pauperibus et patientibus imaginem Fundatoris sui pauperis et patientis agnoscit, eorum inopiam sublevare satagit, et Christo in eis inservire intendit. Dum vero Christus, \"sanctus, innocens, impollutus\" (Hebr 7,26), peccatum non novit (cf. 2Cor 5,21), sed sola delicta populi repropitiare venit (cf. Hebr 2,17), Ecclesia in proprio sinu peccatores complectens, sancta simul et semper purificanda, poenitentiam et renovationem continuo prosequitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Inter persecutiones mundi et consolationes Dei peregrinando procurrit\"(14) ecclesia, crucem et mortem Domini annuntians, donec veniat (cf. 1Cor 11,26). Virtute autem Domini resuscitati roboratur, ut afflictiones et difficultates suas, internas pariter et extrinsecas, patientia et caritate devincat, et mysterium Eius, licet sub umbris, fideliter tamen in mundo revelet, donec in fine lumine pleno manifestabitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE POPULO DEI"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In omni quidem tempore et in omni gente Deo acceptus est quicumque timet Eum et operatur iustitiam (cf. Act 10,35). Placuit tamen Deo homines non singulatim, quavis mutua connexione seclusa, sanctificare et salvare, sed eos in populum constituere, qui in veritate Ipsum agnosceret Ipsique sancte serviret. Plebem igitur israeliticam Sibi in populum elegit, quocum foedus instituit et quem gradatim instruxit, Sese atque propositum voluntatis suae in eius historia manifestando eumque Sibi sanctificando. Haec tamen omnia in praeparationem et figuram contigerunt foederis illius novi et perfecti, in Christo feriendi, et plenioris revelationis per Ipsum Dei Verbum carnem factum tradendae. \"Ecce dies venient, dicit Dominus, et feriam domui Israel et domui Iuda foedus novum... Dabo legem meam in visceribus eorum, et in corde eorum scribam eam, et ero eis in Deum, et ipsi erunt mihi in populum... Omnes enim cognoscent me a minimo eorum usque ad maximum, ait Dominus\" (Ier 31,31-34). Quod foedus novum Christus instituit, novum scilicet testamentum in suo sanguine (cf. 1Cor 11,25), ex Iudaeis ac gentibus plebem vocans, quae non secundum carnem sed in Spiritu ad unitatem coalesceret, essetque novus Populus Dei. Credentes enim in Christum, renati non ex semine corruptibili, sed incorruptibili per verbum Dei vivi (cf. 1Pt 1,23), non ex carne sed ex aqua et Spiritu Sancto (cf. Io 3,5-6), constituuntur tandem \"genus electum, regale sacerdotium, gens sancta, populus acquisitionis... qui aliquando non populus, nunc autem populus Dei\" (1Pt 2,9-10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Populus ille messianicus habet pro capite Christum, \"qui traditus est propter delicta nostra et resurrexit propter iustificationem nostram\" (Rom 4,25), et nunc nomen quod est super omne nomen adeptus, gloriose regnat in coelis. Habet pro conditione dignitatem libertatemque filiorum Dei, in quorum cordibus Spiritus Sanctus sicut in templo inhabitat. Habet pro lege mandatum novum diligendi sicut ipse Christus dilexit nos (cf. Io 13,34). Habet tandem pro fine Regnum Dei, ab ipso Deo in terris inchoatum, ulterius dilatandum, donec in fine saeculorum ab Ipso etiam consummetur, cum Christus apparuerit, vita nostra (cf. Col 3,4), et \"ipsa creatura liberabitur a servitute corruptionis in libertatem gloriae filiorum Dei\" (Rom 8,21). Itaque populus ille messianicus, quamvis universos homines actu non comprehendat, et non semel ut pusillus grex appareat, pro toto tamen genere humano firmissimum est germen unitatis, spei et salutis. A Christo in communionem vitae, caritatis et veritatis constitutus, ab Eo etiam ut instrumentum redemptionis omnium adsumitur, et tamquam lux mundi et sal terrae (cf. Mt 5,13-16), ad universum mundum emittitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sicut vero Israel secundum carnem, qui in deserto peregrinabatur, Dei Ecclesia iam appellatur (cf. Ne 13,1; Num 20,4; Deut 23,1ss.), ita novus Israel qui in praesenti saeculo incedens, futuram eamque manentem civitatem inquirit (cf. Hebr 13,14), etiam Ecclesia Christi nuncupatur (cf. Mt 16,18), quippe quam Ipse sanguine suo acquisivit (cf. Act 20,28), suo Spiritu replevit, aptisque mediis unionis visibilis et socialis instruxit. Deus congregationem eorum qui in Iesum, salutis auctorem et unitatis pacisque principium, credentes aspiciunt, convocavit et constituit Ecclesiam, ut sit universis et singulis sacramentum visibile huius salutiferae unitatis(15). Ad universas regiones extendenda, in historiam hominum intrat, dum tamen simul tempora et fines populorum transcendit. Per tentationes vero et tribulationes procedens Ecclesia virtute gratiae Dei sibi a Domino promissae confortatur, ut in infirmitate carnis a perfecta fidelitate non deficiat, sed Domini sui digna sponsa remaneat, et sub actione Spiritus Sancti, seipsam renovare non desinat, donec per crucem perveniat ad lucem, quae nescit occasum."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus Dominus, Pontifex ex hominibus assumptus (cf. Hebr 5,1-5) novum populum \"fecit... regnum, et sacerdotes Deo et Patri suo\" (Apoc 1,6; cf. 5,9-10). Baptizati enim, per regenerationem et Spiritus Sancti unctionem consecrantur in domum spiritualem et sacerdotium sanctum, ut per omnia opera hominis christiani spirituales offerant hostias, et virtutes annuntient Eius qui de tenebris eos vocavit in admirabile lumen suum (cf. 1Pt 2,4-10). Ideo universi discipuli Christi, in oratione perseverantes et collaudantes Deum (cf. Act 2,42-47), seipsos hostiam viventem, sanctam, Deo placentem exhibeant (cf. Rom 12,1), ubique terrarum de Christo testimonium perhibeant, atque poscentibus rationem reddant de ea, quae in eis est, spe vitae aeternae (cf. 1Pt 3,15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacerdotium autem commune fidelium et sacerdotium ministeriale seu hierarchicum, licet essentia et non gradu tantum differant, ad invicem tamen ordinantur; unum enim et alterum suo peculiari modo de uno Christi sacerdotio participant(16). Sacerdos quidem ministerialis, potestate sacra qua gaudet, populum sacerdotalem efformat ac regit, sacrificium eucharisticum in persona Christi conficit illudque nomine totius populi Deo offert; fideles vero, vi regalis sui sacerdotii, in oblationem Eucharistiae concurrunt(17), illudque in sacramentis suscipiendis, in oratione et gratiarum actione, testimonio vitae sanctae, abnegatione et actuosa caritate exercent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indoles sacra et organice exstructa communitatis sacerdotalis et per sacramenta et per virtutes ad actum deducitur. Fideles per baptismum in Ecclesia incorporati, ad cultum religionis christianae charactere deputantur et, in filios Dei regenerati, fidem quam a Deo per Ecclesiam acceperunt coram hominibus profiteri tenentur(18). Sacramento confirmationis perfectius Ecclesiae vinculantur, speciali Spiritus Sancti robore ditantur, sicque ad fidem tamquam veri testes Christi verbo et opere simul diffundendam et defendendam arctius obligantur(19). Sacrificium eucharisticum, totius vitae christianae fontem et culmen, participantes, divinam Victimam Deo offerunt atque seipsos cum Ea(20); ta tum oblatione tum sacra communione, non promiscue sed alii aliter, omnes in liturgica actione partem propriam agunt. Porro corpore Christi in sacra synaxi refecti, unitatem Populi Dei, quae hoc augustissimo sacramento apte significatur et mirabiliter efficitur, modo concreto exhibent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qui vero ad sacramentum poenitentiae accedunt, veniam offensionis Deo illatae ab Eius misericordia obtinent et simul reconciliantur eum Ecclesia, quam peccando vulneraverunt, et quae eorum conversioni caritate, exemplo, precibus adlaborat. Sacra infirmorum unctione atque oratione presbyterorum Ecclesia tota aegrotantes Domino patienti et glorificato commendat, ut eos alleviet et salvet (cf. Iac 5,14-16), immo eos hortatur ut sese Christi passioni et morti libere sociantes (cf. Rom 8,17; Col 1,24; 2Tim 2,11-12; 1Pt 4,13), ad bonum Populi Dei conferant. Iterum, qui inter fideles sacro Ordine insigniuntur, ad Ecclesiam verbo et gratia Dei pascendam, Christi nomine instituuntur. Tandem coniuges christiani, virtute matrimonii sacramenti, quo mysterium unitatis et fecundi amoris inter Christum et Ecclesiam significant atque participant (cf. Eph 5,32), se invicem in vita coniugali necnon prolis susceptione et educatione ad sanctitatem adiuvant, adeoque in suo vitae statu et ordine proprium suum in Populo Dei donum habent(21). Ex hoc enim connubio procedit familia, in qua nascuntur novi societatis humanae cives, qui per Spiritus Sancti gratiam, ad Populum Dei saeculorum decursu perpetuandum, baptismo in filios Dei constituuntur. In hac velut Ecclesia domestica parentes verbo et exemplo sint pro filiis suis primi fidei praecones, et vocationem unicuique propriam, sacram vero peculiari cura, foveant oportet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tot ac tantis salutaribus mediis muniti, christifideles omnes, cuiusvis conditionis ac status, ad perfectionem sanctitatis qua Pater ipse perfectus est, sua quisque via, a Domino vocantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Populus Dei sanctus de munere quoque prophetico Christi participat, vivum Eius testimonium maxime per vitam fidei ac caritatis diffundendo, et Deo hostiam laudis offerendo, fructum labiorum confitentium nomini Eius (cf. Hebr 13,15). Universitas fidelium, qui unctionem habent a Sancto (cf. 1Io 2,20 et 27), in credendo falli nequit, atque hanc suam peculiarem proprietatem mediante supernaturali sensu fidei totius populi manifestat, cum \"ab Episcopis usque ad extremos laicos fideles\"(22) universalem suum consensum de rebus fidei et morum exhibet. Illo enim sensu fidei, qui a Spiritu veritatis excitatur et sustentatur, Populus Dei sub ductu sacri magisterii, cui fideliter obsequens, iam non verbum hominum, sed vere accipit verbum Dei (cf. 1Thess 2,13), \"semel traditae sanctis fidei\" (Iud 1,3), indefectibiliter adhaeret, recto iudicio in eam profundius penetrat eamque in vita plenius applicat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Idem praeterea Spiritus Sanctus non tantum per sacramenta et ministeria Populum Dei sanctificat et ducit eumque virtutibus ornat, sed dona sua \"dividens singulis prout vult\" (1Cor 12,11), inter omnis ordinis fideles distribuit gratias quoque speciales, quibus illos aptos et promptos reddit ad suscipienda varia opera vel officia, pro renovatione et ampliore aedificatione Ecclesiae proficua, secundum illud: \"Unicuique... datur manifestatio Spiritus ad utilitatem\" (1Cor 12,7). Quae charismata, sive clarissima, sive etiam simpliciora et latius diffusa, cum sint necessitatibus Ecclesiae apprime accommodata et utilia, cum gratiarum actione ac consolatione accipienda sunt. Dona autem extraordinaria non sunt temere expetenda, neque praesumptuose ab eis sperandi sunt fructus operarum apostolicarum: sed iudicium de eorum genuinitate et ordinato exercitio ad eos pertinet, qui in Ecclesia praesunt, et quibus speciatim competit, non Spiritum exstinguere, sed omnia probare et quod bonum est tenere (cf. 1Thess 5,12 et 19-21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad novum Populum Dei cuncti vocantur homines. Quapropter hic populus, unus et unicus manens, ad universum mundum et per omnia saecula est dilatandus, ut propositum adimpleatur voluntatis Dei, qui naturam humanam in initio condidit unam, filiosque suos, qui erant dispersi, in unum tandem congregare statuit (cf. Io 11,52). Ad hoc enim misit Deus Filium suum, quem constituit heredem universorum (cf. Hebr 1,2), ut sit Magister, Rex et Sacerdos omnium, Caput novi et universalis populi filiorum Dei. Ad hoc tandem misit Deus Spiritum Filii sui, Dominum et Vivificantem, qui pro tota Ecclesia et singulis universisque credentibus principium est congregationis et unitatis in doctrina Apostolorum et communione, fractione panis et orationibus (cf. Act 2,42, gr.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnibus itaque gentibus terrae inest unus Populus Dei, cum ex omnibus gentibus mutuetur suos cives, Regni quidem indolis non terrestris, sed coelestis. Cuncti enim per orbem sparsi fideles cum ceteris in Spiritu Sancto communicant, et sic \"qui Romae sedet, Indos scit membrum suum esse\"(23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum autem Regnum Christi de hoc mundo non sit (cf. Io 18,36), ideo Ecclesia seu Populus Dei, hoc Regnum inducens, nihil bono temporali cuiusvis populi subtrahit, sed e contra facultates et copias moresque populorum, quantum bona sunt, fovet et assumit, assumendo vero purificat, roborat et elevat. Memor est enim se cum illo Rege colligere debere, Cui gentes in hereditatem datae sunt (cf. Ps 2,8), et in Cuius civitatem dona et munera adducunt (cf. Ps 71[72],10; Is 60,4-7; Apoc 21,24). Hic universalitatis character, qui Populum Dei condecorat, ipsius Domini donum est, quo catholica Ecclesia efficaciter et perpetuo tendit ad recapitulandam totam humanitatem cum omnibus bonis eius, sub Capite Christo, in unitate Spiritus Eius(24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vi huius catholicitatis, singulae partes propria dona ceteris partibus et toti Ecclesiae afferunt, ita ut totum et singulae partes augeantur ex omnibus invicem communicantibus et ad plenitudinem in unitate conspirantibus. Inde fit ut Populus Dei non tantum ex diversis populis congregetur, sed etiam in seipso ex variis ordinibus confletur. Adest enim inter membra eius diversitas, sive secundum officia, dum aliqui sacro ministerio in bonum fratrum suorum funguntur, sive secundum condicionem et vitae ordinationem, dum plures in statu religioso, arctiore via ad sanctitatem tendentes, fratres exemplo suo stimulant. Inde etiam in ecclesiastica communione legitime adsunt Ecclesiae particulares, propriis traditionibus fruentes, integro manente primatu Petri Cathedrae, quae universo caritatis coetui praesidet(25), legitimas varietates tuetur et simul invigilat ut particularia, nedum unitati noceant, ei potius inserviant. Inde denique inter diversas Ecclesiae partes vincula intimae communionis quoad divitias spirituales, operarios apostolicos et temporalia subsidia. Ad communicandum enim bona vocantur membra Populi Dei, et de singulis etiam Ecclesiis valent verba Apostoli: \"Unusquisque sicut accepit gratiam, in alterutrum illam administrantes, sicut boni dispensatores multiformis gratiae Dei\" (1Pt 4,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad hanc igitur catholicam Populi Dei unitatem, quae pacem universalem praesignat et promovet, omnes vocantur homines, ad eamque variis modis pertinent vel ordinantur sive fideles catholici, sive alii credentes in Christo, sive denique omnes universaliter homines, gratia Dei ad salutem vocati."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad fideles ergo catholicos imprimis Sancta Synodus animum vertit. Docet autem, Sacra Scriptura et Traditione innixa, Ecclesiam hanc peregrinantem necessariam esse ad salutem. Unus enim Christus est Mediator ac via salutis, qui in Corpore suo, quod est Ecclesia, praesens nobis fit; Ipse autem necessitatem fidei et baptismi expressis verbis inculcando (cf. Mc 16,16; Io 3,5), necessitatem Ecclesiae, in quam homines per baptismum tamquam per ianuam intrant, simul confirmavit. Quare illi homines salvari non possent, qui Ecclesiam Catholicam a Deo per Iesum Christum ut necessariam esse conditam non ignorantes, tamen vel in eam intrare, vel in eadem perseverare noluerint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Illi plene Ecclesiae societati incorporantur, qui Spiritum Christi habentes, integram eius ordinationem omniaque media salutis in ea instituta accipiunt, et in eiusdem compage visibili cum Christo, eam per Summum Pontificem atque Episcopos regente, iunguntur, vinculis nempe professionis fidei, sacramentorum et ecclesiastici regiminis ac communionis. Non salvatur tamen, licet Ecclesiae incorporetur, qui in caritate non perseverans, in Ecclesiae sinu \"corpore\" quidem, sed non \"corde\" remanet(26). Memores autem sint omnes Ecclesiae filii condicionem suam eximiam non propriis meritis, sed peculiari gratiae Christi esse adscribendam; cui si cogitatione, verbo et opere non respondent, nedum salventur, severius iudicabuntur(27)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Catechumeni qui, Spiritu Sancto movente, explicita voluntate ut Ecclesiae incorporentur expetunt, hoc ipso voto cum ea coniunguntur; quos iam ut suos dilectione curaque complectitur Mater Ecclesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum illis qui, baptizati, christiano nomine decorantur, integram autem fidem non profitentur vel unitatem communionis sub Successore Petri non servant, Ecclesia semetipsam novit plures ob rationes coniunctam(28). Sunt enim multi, qui sacram Scripturam ut normam credendi et vivendi in honore habent sincerumque zelum religiosum ostendunt, amanter credunt in Deum Patrem omnipotentem et in Christum, Filium Dei Salvatorem(29), baptismo signantur, quo Christo coniunguntur, imo et alia sacramenta in propriis Ecclesiis vel communitatibus ecclesiasticis agnoscunt et recipiunt. Plures inter illos et episcopatu gaudent, Sacram Eucharistiam celebrant necnon pietatem erga Deiparam Virginem fovent(30). Accedit orationum aliorumque beneficiorum spiritualium communio; imo vera quaedam in Spiritu Sancto coniunctio, quippe qui donis et gratiis etiam in illis sua virtute sanctificante operatur, et quosdam illorum usque ad sanguinis effusionem roboravit. Ita Spiritus in cunctis Christi discipulis desiderium actionemque suscitat, ut omnes, modo a Christo statuto, in uno grege sub uno Pastore pacifice uniantur(31). Quod ut obtineat, Ecclesia Mater precari, sperare et agere non desinit, filiosque ad purificationem et renovationem exhortatur, ut signum Christi super faciem Ecclesiae clarius effulgeat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ii tandem qui Evangelium nondum acceperunt, ad Populum Dei diversis rationibus ordinantur(32). In primis quidem populus ille cui data fuerunt testamenta et promissa et ex quo Christus ortus est secundum carnem (cf. Rom 9,4-5), populus secundum electionem carissimus propter patres: sine poenitentia enim sunt dona et vocatio Dei (cf. Rom 11,28-29). Sed propositum salutis et eos amplectitur, qui Creatorem agnoscunt, inter quos imprimis Musulmanos, qui fidem Abrahae se tenere profitentes, nobiscum Deum adorant unicum, misericordem, homines die novissimo iudicaturum. Neque ab aliis, qui in umbris et imaginibus Deum ignotum quaerunt, ab huiusmodi Deus ipse longe est, cum det omnibus vitam et inspirationem et omnia (cf. Act 17,25-28), et Salvator velit omnes homines salvos fieri (cf. 1Tim 2,4). Qui enim Evangelium Christi Eiusque Ecclesiam sine culpa ignorantes, Deum tamen sincero corde quaerunt, Eiusque voluntatem per conscientiae dictamen agnitam, operibus adimplere, sub gratiae influxu, conantur, aeternam salutem consequi possunt(33). Nec divina Providentia auxilia ad salutem necessaria denegat his qui sine culpa ad expressam agnitionem Dei nondum pervenerunt et rectam vitam non sine divina gratia assequi nituntur. Quidquid enim boni et veri apud illos invenitur, ab Ecclesia tamquam praeparatio evangelica aestimatur(34) et ab Illo datum qui illuminat omnem hominem, ut tandem vitam habeat. At saepius homines, a Maligno decepti, evanuerunt in cogitationibus suis, et commutaverunt veritatem Dei in mendacium, servientes creaturae magis quam Creatori (cf. Rom 1,21 et 25) vel sine Deo viventes ac morientes in hoc mundo, extremae desperationi exponuntur. Qua propter ad gloriam Dei et salutem istorum omnium promovendam, Ecclesia, memor mandati Domini dicentis: \"Praedicate evangelium omni creaturae\" (Mc 16,15), missiones fovere sedulo curat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sicut enim Filius missus est a Patre, et Ipse Apostolos misit (cf. Io 20,21), dicens: \"Euntes ergo docete omnes gentes baptizantes eos in nomine Patris et Filii et Spiritus Sancti, docentes eos servare omnia quaecumque mandavi vobis. Et ecc† Ego vobiscum sum omnibus diebus usque ad consummationem saeculi\" (Mt 28,19-20). Quod solemne Christi mandatum annuntiandi veritatem salutarem Ecclesia ab Apostolis recepit adimplendum usque ad ultimum terrae (cf. Act 1,8). Unde sua facit verba Apostoli: \"Vae... mihi est, si non evangelizavero!\" (1Cor 9,16), ideoque in mittendis praeconibus indesinenter pergit, usquedum novellae Ecclesiae plene constituantur atque opus evangelizandi et ipsae continuent. A Spiritu Sancto enim ad cooperandum compellitur, ut propositum Dei, qui Christum principium salutis pro universo mundo constituit, effectu compleatur. Praedicando Evangelium, Ecclesia audientes ad fidem confessionemque fidei allicit, ad baptismum disponit, a servitute erroris eripit, eosque Christo incorporat, ut per caritatem in Illum usque ad plenitudinem crescant. Opera autem sua efficit ut quidquid boni in corde menteque hominum vel in propriis ritibus et culturis populorum seminatum invenitur, non tantum non pereat, sed sanetur, elevetur et consummetur ad gloriam Dei, confusionem daemonis et beatitudinem hominis. Cuilibet discipulo Christi onus fidei disseminandae pro parte sua incumbit(35). Sed si quilibet credentes baptizare potest, sacerdotis tamen est aedificationem Corporis sacrificio eucharistico perficere, adimplendo verba Dei per prophetam: \"Ab ortu... solis usque ad occasum magnum est nomen meum in gentibus, et in omni loco sacrificatur et offertur nomini meo oblatio munda\" (Mal 1, 11)(36). Ita autem simul orat et laborat Ecclesia, ut in Populum Dei, Corpus Domini et Templum Spiritus Sancti, totius mundi transeat plenitudo, et in Christo, omnium Capite, reddatur universorum Creatori ac Patri omnis honor et gloria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE CONSTITUTIONE HIERARCHICA ECCLESIAE ET IN SPECIE DE EPISCOPATU"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus Dominus, ad Populum Dei pascendum semperque augendum, in Ecclesia sua varia ministeria instituit, quae ad bonum totius Corporis tendunt. Ministri enim, qui sacra potestate pollent, fratribus suis inserviunt, ut omnes qui de Populo Dei sunt, ideoque vera dignitate christiana gaudent, ad eumdem finem libere et ordinatim conspirantes, ad salutem perveniant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec Sacrosancta Synodus, Concilii Vaticani primi vestigia premens, cum eo docet et declarat Iesum Christum Pastorem aeternum sanctam aedificasse Ecclesiam, missis Apostolis sicut Ipse missus erat a Patre (cf. Io 20,21); quorum successores, videlicet Episcopos, in Ecclesia sua usque ad consummationem saeculi pastores esse voluit. Ut vero Episcopatus ipse unus et indivisus esset, beatum Petrum ceteris Apostolis praeposuit in ipsoque instituit perpetuum ac visibile unitatis fidei et communionis principium et fundamentum(37). Quam doctrinam de institutione, perpetuitate, vi ac ratione sacri Primatus Romani Pontificis deque eius infallibili Magisterio, Sacra Synodus cunctis fidelibus firmiter credendam rursus proponit, et in eodem incepto pergens, doctrinam de Episcopis, successoribus Apostolorum, qui cum successore Petri, Christi Vicario(38) ac totius Ecclesiae visibili Capite, domum Dei viventis regunt, coram omnibus profiteri et declarare constituit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dominus Iesus, precibus ad Patrem fusis, vocans ad Se quos voluit Ipse, duodecim constituit ut essent cum Illo et ut mitteret eos praedicare Regnum Dei (cf. Mc 3,13-19; Mt 10,1-42); quos Apostolos (cf. Lc 6,13) ad modum collegii seu coetus stabilis instituit, cui ex iisdem electum Petrum praefecit (cf. Io 21,15-17). Eos ad filios Israel primum et ad omnes gentes misit (cf. Rom 1,16), ut suae participes potestatis, omnes populos discipulos Ipsius facerent, eosque sanctificarent et gubernarent (cf. Mt 28,16-20; Mc 16,15; Lc 24,45-48; Io 20,21-23), sicque Ecclesiam propagarent, eamque sub ductu Domini ministrando pascerent, omnibus diebus usque ad consummationem saeculi (cf. Mt 28,20). In qua missione die Pentecostes plene confirmati sunt (cf. Act 2,1-36) secundum promissum Domini: \"Accipietis virtutem supervenientis Spiritus Sancti in vos, et eritis mihi testes in Hierusalem et in omni Iudaea et Samaria, et usque ad ultimum terrae\" (Act 1,8). Apostoli autem praedicando ubique Evangelium (cf. Mc 16,20), ab audientibus Spiritu Sancto operante acceptum, Ecclesiam congregant universalem, quam Dominus in Apostolis condidit et supra beatum Petrum, eorum principem, aedificavit, ipso summo angulari lapide Christo Iesu (cf. Apoc 21,14; Mt 16,18; Eph 2,20)(39)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Missio illa divina, a Christo Apostolis concredita, ad finem saeculi erit duratura (cf. Mt 28,20), cum Evangelium, ab eis tradendum, sit in omne tempus pro Ecclesia totius vitae principium. Quapropter Apostoli, in hac societate hierarchice ordinata, de instituendis successoribus curam egerunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non solum enim varios adiutores in ministerio habuerunt(40), sed ut missio ipsis concredita post eorum mortem continuaretur, cooperatoribus suis immediatis, quasi per modum testamenti, demandaverunt munus perficiendi et confirmandi opus ab ipsis inceptum(41), commendantes illis ut attenderent universo gregi, in quo Spiritus Sanctus eos posuit pascere Ecclesiam Dei (cf. Act 20, 28). Constituerunt itaque huius modi viros ac deinceps ordinationem dederunt, ut cum decessissent, ministerium eorum alii viri probati exciperent(42). Inter varia illa ministeria quae inde a primis temporibus in Ecclesia exercentur, teste traditione, praecipuum locum tenet munus illorum qui, in episcopatum constituti, per successionem ab initio decurrentem(43), apostolici seminis traduces habent(44). Ita, ut testatur S. Irenaeus, per eos qui ab Apostolis instituti sunt Episcopi et successores eorum usque ad nos, traditio apostolica in toto mundo manifestatur(45) et custoditur(46)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi igitur communitatis ministerium cum adiutoribus preshyteris et diaconis susceperunt(47), loco Dei praesidentes gregi(48), cuius sunt pastores, ut doctrinae magistri, sacri cultus sacerdotes, gubernationis ministri(49). Sicut autem permanet munus a Domino singulariter Petro, primo Apostolorum, concessum et successoribus eius transmittendum, ita permanet munus Apostolorum pascendi Ecclesiam, ab ordine sacrato Episcoporum iugiter exercendum(50). Proinde docet Sacra Synodus Episcopos ex divina institutione in locum Apostolorum successisse(51), tamquam Ecclesiae pastores, quos qui audit, Christum audit, qui vero spernit, Christum spernit et Eum qui Christum misit (cf. Lc 10,16)(52)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Episcopis igitur, quibus presbyteri assistunt, adest in medio credentium Dominus Iesus Christus, Pontifex Summus. Sedens enim ad dexteram Dei Patris, non deest a suorum congregatione pontificum(53), sed imprimis per eorum eximium servitium verbum Dei omnibus gentibus praedicat et credentibus sacramenta fidei continuo administrat, eorum paterno munere (cf. 1Cor 4,15) nova membra Corpori suo regeneratione superna incorporat, eorum denique sapientia et prudentia Populum Novi Testamenti in sua ad aeternam beatitudinem peregrinatione dirigit et ordinat. Hi pastores ad pascendum dominicum gregem electi, ministri Christi sunt et dispensatores mysteriorum Dei (cf. 1Cor 4,1), quibus concredita est testificatio Evangelii gratiae Dei (cf. Rom 15,16; Act 20,24), atque ministratio Spiritus et iustitiae in gloria (cf. 2Cor 3,8-9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad tanta munera explenda, Apostoli speciali effusione supervenientis Spiritus Sancti a Christo ditati sunt (cf. Act 1,8; 2,4; Io 20,22-23), et ipsi adiutoribus suis per impositionem manuum donum spirituale tradiderunt (cf. 1Tim 4,14; 2Tim 1,6-7), quod usque ad nos in episcopali consecratione transmissum est(54). Docet autem Sancta Synodus episcopali consecratione plenitudinem conferri sacramenti Ordinis, quae nimirum et liturgica Ecclesiae consuetudine et voce Sanctorum Patrum summum sacerdotium, sacri ministerii summa nuncupatur(55). Episcopalis autem consecratio, cum munere sanctificandi, munera quoque confert docendi et regendi, quae tamen natura sua nonnisi in hierarchica communione cum Collegii Capite et membris exerceri possunt. Ex traditione enim, quae praesertim liturgicis ritibus et Ecclesiae tum Orientis tum Occidentis usu declaratur, perspicuum est manuum impositione et verbis consecrationis gratiam Spiritus Sancti ita conferri(56) et sacrum characterem ita imprimi(57), ut Episcopi, eminenti ac adspectabili modo, ipsius Christi Magistri, Pastoris et Pontificis partes sustineant et in Eius persona agant(58). Episcoporum est per Sacramentum Ordinis novos electos in corpus episcopale assumere."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sicut, statuente Domino, sanctus Petrus et ceteri Apostoli unum Collegium apostolicum constituunt, pari ratione Romanus Pontifex, successor Petri, et Episcopi, successores Apostolorum, inter se coniunguntur. Iam perantiqua disciplina, qua Episcopi in universo orbe constituti ad invicem et cum Romano Episcopo communicabant in vinculo unitatis, caritatis et pacis(59), itemque concilia coadunata(60), per quae et altiora quaeque in commune statuerentur(61), sententia multorum consilio ponderata(62), ordinis episcopalis indolem et rationem collegialem significant; quam manifeste comprobant Concilia Oecumenica decursu saeculorum celebrata. Eandem vero iam innuit ipse usus, antiquitus inductus, plures advocandi Episcopos qui in novo electo ad summi sacerdotii ministerium elevando partem haberent. Membrum Corporis episcopalis aliquis constituitur vi sacramentalis consecrationis et hierarchica communione cum Collegii Capite atque membris."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Collegium autem seu corpus Episcoporum auctoritatem non habet, nisi simul cum Pontifice Romano, successore Petri, ut capite eius intellegatur, huiusque integre manente potestate Primatus in omnes sive Pastores sive fideles. Romanus enim Pontifex habet in Ecclesiam, vi muneris sui, Vicarii scilicet Christi et totius Ecclesiae Pastoris, plenam, supremam et universalem potestatem, quam semper libere exercere valet. Ordo autem Episcoporum, qui collegio Apostolorum in magisterio et regimine pastorali succedit, immo in quo corpus apostolicum continuo perseverat, una cum Capite suo Romano Pontifice, et numquam sine hoc Capite, subiectum quoque supremae ac plenae potestatis in universam Ecclesiam exsistit(63), quae quidem potestas nonnisi consentiente Romano Pontifice exerceri potest. Dominus unum Simonem ut petram et clavigerum Ecclesiae posuit (cf. Mt 16,18-19), eumque Pastorem totius sui gregis constituit (cf. Io 21,15ss.); illud autem ligandi ac solvendi munus, quod Petro datum est (cf. Mt 16,19), collegio quoque Apostolorum, suo Capiti coniuncto, tributum esse constat (cf. Mt 18,18; 28,16-20)(64). Collegium hoc quatenus ex multis compositum, varietatem et universalitatem Populi Dei, quatenus vero sub uno capite collectum unitatem gregis Christi exprimit. In ipso, Episcopi, primatum et principatum Capitis sui fideliter servantes, propria potestate in bonum fidelium suorum, immo totius Ecclesiae funguntur, Spiritu Sancto organicam structuram eiusque concordiam continenter roborante. Suprema in universam Ecclesiam potestas, qua istud Collegium pollet, sollemni modo in Concilio Oecumenico exercetur. Concilium Oecumenicum numquam datur, quod a Successore Petri non sit ut tale confirmatum vel saltem receptum; et Romani Pontificis praerogativa est haec Concilia convocare, iisdem praesidere et eadem confirmare(65). Eadem potestas collegialis una cum Papa exerceri potest ab Episcopis in orbe terrarum degentibus, dummodo Caput Collegii eos ad actionem collegialem vocet, vel saltem Episcoporum dispersorum unitam actionem approbet vel libere recipiat, ita ut verus actus collegialis efficiatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Collegialis unio etiam in mutuis relationibus singulorum Episcoporum cum particularibus Ecclesiis Ecclesiaque universali apparet. Romanus Pontifex, ut successor Petri, est unitatis, tum Episcoporum tum fidelium multitudinis, perpetuum ac visibile principium et fundamentum(66). Episcopi autem singuli visibile principium et fundamentum sunt unitatis in suis Ecclesiis particularibus(67), ad imaginem Ecclesiae universalis formatis in quibus et ex quibus una et unica Ecclesia catholica exsistit(68). Qua de causa singuli Episcopi suam Ecclesiam, omnes autem simul cum Papa totam Ecclesiam repraesentant in vinculo pacis, amoris et unitatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Singuli Episcopi, qui particularibus Ecclesiis praeficiuntur, regimen suum pastorale super portionem Populi Dei sibi commissam, non super alias Ecclesias neque super Ecclesiam universalem exercent. Sed qua membra Collegii episcopalis et legitimi Apostolorum successores singuli ea sollicitudine pro universa Ecclesia ex Christi institutione et praecepto tenentur(69), quae, etiamsi per actum iurisdictionis non exerceatur, summopere tamen confert ad Ecclesiae universalis emolumentum. Debent enim omnes Episcopi promovere et tueri unitatem fidei et disciplinam cunctae Ecclesiae communem, fideles edocere ad amorem totius Corporis mystici Christi, praesertim membrorum pauperum, dolentium et eorum qui persecutionem patiuntur propter iustitiam (cf. Mt 5,10), tandem promovere omnem actuositatem quae toti Ecclesiae communis est, praesertim ut fides incrementum capiat et lux plenae veritatis omnibus hominibus oriatur. Ceterum hoc sanctum est quod, bene regendo propriam Ecclesiam ut portionem Ecclesiae universalis, ipsi efficaciter conferunt ad bonum totius mystici Corporis, quod est etiam corpus Ecclesiarum(70)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cura Evangelium ubique terrarum annuntiandi ad corpus Pastorum pertinet, quibus omnibus in commune Christus mandatum dedit imponendo commune officium, ut iam Papa Coelestinus Patribus Ephesini Concilii commendavit(71). Unde singuli Episcopi, quantum propria eorum perfunctio muneris sinit, in laborum societatem venire tenentur inter se et cum successore Petri, cui grande munus christiani nominis propagandi singulari modo demandatum est(72). Quare missionibus tum messis operarios, tum etiam auxilia spiritualia et materialia, tam per se directe, quam suscitando fidelium ardentem cooperationem, suppeditare omnibus viribus debent. Episcopi denique, in universali caritatis societate, fraternum adiutorium aliis Ecclesiis, praesertim finitimis et egentioribus, secundum venerandum antiquitatis exemplum, libenter praebeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Divina autem Providentia factum est ut variae variis in locis ab Apostolis eorumque successoribus institutae Ecclesiae decursu temporum in plures coaluerint coetus, organice coniunctos, qui, salva fidei unitate et unica divina constitutione universalis Ecclesiae, gaudent propria disciplina, proprio liturgico usu, theologico spiritualique patrimonio. Inter quas aliquae, notatim antiquae Patriarchales Ecclesiae, veluti matrices fidei, alias pepererunt quasi filias, quibuscum arctiore vinculo caritatis in vita sacramentali atque in mutua iurium et officiorum reverentia ad nostra usque tempora connectuntur(73). Quae Ecclesiarum localium in unum conspirans varietas indivisae Ecclesiae catholicitatem luculentius demonstrat. Simili ratione Coetus Episcopales hodie multiplicem atque fecundam opem conferre possunt, ut collegialis affectus ad concretam applicationem perducatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi, utpote Apostolorum successores, a Domino, cui omnis potestas in coelo et in terra data est, missionem accipiunt docendi omnes gentes et praedicandi Evangelium omni creaturae, ut homines universi, per fidem, baptismum et adimpletionem mandatorum salutem consequantur (cf. Mt 28,18-20; Mc 16,15-16; Act 26,17s.). Ad hanc missionem implendam, Christus Dominus Spiritum Sanctum promisit Apostolis et die Pentecostes e coelo misit, cuius virtute testes Eidem essent usque ad ultimum terrae, coram gentibus et populis et regibus (cf. Act 1,8; 2,1ss.; 9,15). Munus autem illud quod Dominus pastoribus populi sui commisit, verum est servitium quod in sacris Litteris \"diaconia\" seu ministerium significanter nuncupatur (cf. Act 1,17 et 25; 21,19; Rom 11,13; 1Tim 1,12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcoporum autem missio canonica fieri potest per legitimas consuetudines, a suprema et universali potestate Ecclesiae non revocatas, vel per leges ab eadem auctoritate latas aut agnitas, vel directe per ipsum Successorem Petri; quo renuente seu communionem Apostolicam denegante, Episcopi in officium assumi nequeunt(74)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inter praecipua Episcoporum munera eminet praedicatio Evangelii(75). Episcopi enim sunt fidei praecones, qui novos discipulos ad Christum adducunt, et doctores authentici seu auctoritate Christi praediti, qui populo sibi commisso fidem credendam et moribus applicandam praedicant, et sub lumine Sancti Spiritus illustrant, ex thesauro Revelationis nova et vetera proferentes (cf. Mt 13,52), eam fructificare faciunt erroresque gregi suo, impendentes vigilanter arcent (cf. 2Tim 4,1-4). Episcopi in communione cum Romano Pontifice docentes ab omnibus tamquam divinae et catholicae veritatis testes venerandi sunt; fideles autem in sui Episcopi sententiam de fide et moribus nomine Christi prolatam concurrere, eique religioso animi obsequio adhaerere debent. Hoc vero religiosum voluntatis et intellectus obsequium singulari ratione praestandum est Romani Pontificis authentico magisterio etiam cum non ex cathedra loquitur; ita nempe ut magisterium eius supremum reverenter agnoscatur, et sententiis ab eo prolatis sincere adhaereatur, iuxta mentem et voluntatem manifestatam ipsius, quae se prodit praecipue sive indole documentorum, sive ex frequenti propositione eiusdem doctrinae, sive ex dicendi ratione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Licet singuli praesules infallibilitatis praerogativa non polleant, quando tamen, etiam per orbem dispersi, sed communionis nexum inter se et cum Successore Petri servantes, authentice res fidei et morum docentes in unam sententiam tamquam definitive tenendam conveniunt, doctrinam Christi infallibiliter enuntiant(76). Quod adhuc manifestius habetur quando, in Concilio Oecumenico coadunati, pro universa Ecclesia fidei et morum doctores et iudices sunt, quorum definitionibus fidei obsequio est adhaerendum(77)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec autem infallibilitas, qua Divinus Redemptor Ecclesiam suam in definienda doctrina de fide vel moribus instructam esse voluit, tantum patet quantum divinae Revelationis patet depositum, sancte custodiendum et fideliter exponendum. Qua quidem infallibilitate Romanus Pontifex, Collegii Episcoporum Caput, vi muneris sui gaudet, quando, ut supremus omnium christifidelium pastor et doctor, qui fratres suos in fide confirmat (cf. Lc 22,32), doctrinam de fide vel moribus definitivo actu proclamat(78). Quare definitiones eius ex sese, et non ex consensu Ecclesiae, irreformabiles merito dicuntur, quippe quae sub assistentia Spiritus Sancti, ipsi in beato Petro promissa, prolatae sint, ideoque nulla indigeant aliorum approbatione, nec ullam ad aliud iudicium appellationem patiantur. Tunc enim Romanus Pontifex non ut persona privata sententiam profert, sed ut universalis Ecclesiae magister supremus, in quo charisma infallibilitatis ipsius Ecclesiae singulariter inest, doctrinam fidei catholicae exponit vel tuetur(79). Infallibilitas Ecciesiae promissa in corpore Episcoporum quoque inest, quando supremum magisterium cum Petri Successore exercet. Istis autem definitionibus assensus Ecclesiae numquam deesse potest propter actionem eiusdem Spiritus Sancti, qua universus Christi grex in unitate fidei servatur et proficit(80)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum autem sive Romanus Pontifex sive Corpus Episcoporum cum eo sententiam definiunt, eam proferunt secundum ipsam Revelationem, cui omnes stare et conformari tenentur et quae scripta vel tradita per legitimam Episcoporum successionem et imprimis ipsius Romani Pontificis cura integre transmittitur, atque praelucente Spiritu veritatis in Ecclesia sancte servatur et fideliter exponitur(81). Ad quam rite indagandam et apte enuntiandam, Romanus Pontifex et Episcopi, pro officio suo et rei gravitate, per media apta, sedulo operam navant(82); novam vero revelationem publicam tamquam ad divinum fidei depositum pertinentem non accipiunt(83)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopus, plenitudine sacramenti Ordinis insignitus, est \"oeconomus gratiae supremi sacerdotii\"(84), praesertim in Eucharistia, quam ipse offert vel offerri curat(85), et qua continuo vivit et crescit Ecclesia. Haec Christi Ecclesia vere adest in omnibus, legitimis fidelium congregationibus localibus, quae, pastoribus suis adhaerentes, et ipsae in Novo Testamento ecclesiae vocantur(86). Hae sunt enim loco suo Populus novus a Deo vocatus, in Spiritu Sancto et in plenitudine multa (cf. 1Thess 1,5). In eis praedicatione Evangelii Christi congregantur fideles et celebratur mysterium Coenae Domini, \"ut per escam et sanguinem Domini corporis fraternitas cuncta copuletur\"(87) In quavis altaris communitate, sub Episcopi sacro ministerio(88), exhibetur symbolum illius caritatis et \"unitatis Corporis mystici, sine qua non potest esse salus\"(89). In his communitatibus, licet saepe exiguis et pauperibus, vel in dispersione degentibus, praesens est Christus, cuius virtute consociatur una, sancta, catholica et apostolica Ecclesia(90). Etenim \"non aliud agit participatio corporis et sanguinis Christi, quam ut in id quod sumimus transeamus\"(91)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnis autem legitima Eucharistiae celebratio dirigitur ab Episcopo, cui officium commissum est cultum christianae religionis Divinae Maiestati deferendi atque administrandi secundum praecepta Domini et Ecclesiae leges, eius particulari iudicio ulterius pro dioecesi determinatas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita Episcopi, orando pro populo et laborando, de plenitudine sanctitatis Christi multiformiter et abundanter effundunt. Per ministerium verbi virtutem Dei credentibus in salutem communicant (cf. Rom 1,16), et per sacramenta, quorum regularem et fructuosam distributionem auctoritate sua ordinant(92), fideles sanctificant. Ipsi regunt collationem baptismi, quo regalis sacerdotii Christi participatio conceditur. Ipsi sunt ministri originarii confirmationis, dispensatores sacrorum ordinum et moderatores disciplinae poenitentialis, atque populos suos, ut in liturgia et praesertim in sacro Missae sacrificio partes suas fide et reverentia impleant, sollicite exhortantur et instruunt. Eis denique quibus praesunt exemplo conversationis suae proficere debent, mores suos ab omni malo temperantes et quantum poterint, Domino adiuvante, ad bonum commutando, ut ad vitam, una cum grege sibi credito, perveniant sempiternam(93)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi Ecclesias particulares sibi commissas ut vicarii et legati Christi regunt(94), consiliis, suasionibus, exemplis, verum etiam auctoritate et sacra potestate, qua quidem nonnisi ad gregem suum in veritate et sanctitate aedificandum utuntur, memores quod qui maior est fiat sicut minor et qui praecessor est sicut ministrator (cf. Lc 22,26-27). Haec potestas qua, nomine Christi personaliter funguntur, est propria, ordinaria et immediata, licet a suprema Ecclesiae auctoritate exercitium eiusdem ultimatim regatur et certis limitibus, intuitu utilitatis Ecclesiae vel fidelium, circumscribi possit. Vi huius potestatis Episcopi sacrum ius et coram Domino officium habent in suos subditos leges ferendi, iudicium faciendi, atque omnia, quae ad cultus apostolatusque ordinem pertinent, moderandi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ipsis munus pastorale seu habitualis et cotidiana cura ovium suarum plene committitur, neque vicarii Romanorum Pontificum putandi sunt, quia potestatem gerunt sibi propriam verissimeque populorum quos regunt, Antistites dicuntur(95). Eorum itaque potestas a suprema et universali potestate non eliditur, sed e contra asseritur, roboratur et vindicatur(96), Spiritu Sancto constitutam a Christo Domino in sua Ecclesia regiminis formam indefectibiliter servante."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopus, missus a Patrefamilias ad gubernandam familiam suam, ante oculos teneat exemplum Boni Pastoris, qui venit non ministrari sed ministrare (cf. Mt 20,28; Mc 10,45) et animam suam pro ovibus ponere (cf. Io 10,11). Assumptus ex hominibus et circumdatus infirmitate, condolere potest iis qui ignorant et errant (cf. Hebr 5,1-2). Subditos, quos ut veros filios suos fovet et ad alacriter secum cooperandum exhortatur, audire ne renuat. Pro animabus eorum rationem redditurus Deo (cf. Hebr 13,17) oratione, praedicatione omnibusque operibus caritatis curam habeat tum eorumdem, tum etiam illorum qui de uno grege nondum sunt, quos in Domino commendatos sibi habeat. Ipse, cum sicut Paulus Apostolus cunctis debitor sit, promptus sit omnibus evangelizare (cf. Rom 1,14-15), fidelesque suos ad operositatem apostolicam et missionalem exhortari. Fideles autem Episcopo adhaerere debent sicut Ecclesia Iesu Christo, et sicut Iesus Christus Patri, ut omnia per unitatem consentiant(97), et abundent in gloriam Dei (cf. 2Cor 4,15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus, quem Pater sanctificavit et misit in mundum (cf. Io 10,36), consecrationis missionisque suae per Apostolos suos, eorum successores, videlicet Episcopos participes effecit(98), qui munus ministerii sui, vario gradu, variis subiectis in Ecclesia legitime tradiderunt. Sic ministerium ecclesiasticum divinitus institutum diversis ordinibus exercetur ab illis qui iam ab antiquo Episcopi, Presbyteri, Diaconi vocantur(99). Presbyteri, quamvis pontificatus apicem non habeant et in exercenda sua potestate ab Episcopis pendeant, cum eis tamen sacerdotali honore coniuncti sunt(100) et vi sacramenti Ordinis(101), ad imaginem Christi, summi atque aeterni Sacerdotis (cf. Hebr 5, 1-10; 7, 24; 9, 11-28), ad Evangelium praedicandum fidelesque pascendos et ad divinum cultum celebrandum consecrantur, ut veri sacerdotes Novi Testamenti(102). Muneris unici Mediatoris Christi (cf. 1Tim. 2, 5) participes in suo gradu ministerii, omnibus verbum divinum annuntiant. Suum vero munus sacrum maxime exercent in eucharistico cultu vel synaxi, qua in persona Christi agentes(103) Eiusque mysterium proclamantes, vota fidelium sacrificio Capitis ipsorum coniungunt, et unicum sacrificium Novi Testamenti, Christi scilicet Sese Patri immaculatam hostiam semel offerentis (cf. Hebr 9, 11-28), in sacrificio Missae usque ad adventum Domini (cf. 1Cor 11, 26) repraesentant et applicant(104). Pro fidelibus autem poenitentibus vel aegrotantibus ministerio reconciliationis et alleviationis summe funguntur, et necessitates ac preces fidelium ad Deum Patrem afferunt (cf. Hebr 5,1-3). Munus Christi Pastoris et Capitis pro sua parte auctoritatis exercentes(105), familiam Dei, ut fraternitatem in unum animatam(106), colligunt et per Christum in Spiritu ad Deum Patrem adducunt. In medio gregis Eum in spiritu et veritate adorant (cf. Io 4,24). In verbo demum et doctrina laborant (cf. 1Tim. 5,17), credentes quod in lege Domini meditantes legerint, docentes quod crediderint, imitantes quod docuerint(107)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presbyteri, ordinis Episcopalis providi cooperatores(108) eiusque adiutorium et organum, ad Populo Dei inserviendum vocati, unum presbyterium(109) cum suo Episcopo constituunt, diversis quidem officiis mancipatum. In singulis localibus fidelium congregationibus Episcopum, quocum fidenti et magno animo consociantur, quodammodo praesentem reddunt eiusque munera et sollicitudinem pro parte suscipiunt et cura cotidiana exercent. Qui sub auctoritate Episcopi portionem gregis dominici sibi addictam sanctificant et regunt, Ecclesiam universalem in suo loco visibilem faciunt et in aedificando toto corpore Christi (cf. Eph 4,12) validam opem afferunt. Ad bonum autem filiorum Dei semper intenti operam suam ad opus pastorale totius dioeceseos, immo totius Ecclesiae conferre studeant. Propter hanc in sacerdotio et missione participationem Presbyteri Episcopum vere ut patrem suum agnoscant eique reverenter oboediant. Episcopus vero Sacerdotes cooperatores suos ut filios et amicos consideret, sicut Christus discipulos suos iam non servos, sed amicos vocat (cf. Io 15,15) Corpori igitur Episcoporum, ratione Ordinis et ministerii, omnes Sacerdotes, tum dioecesani tum religiosi coaptantur et bono totius Ecclesiae pro sua vocatione et gratia inserviunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vi communis sacrae ordinationis et missionis Presbyteri omnes inter se intima fraternitate nectuntur, quae sponte ac libenter sese manifestet in mutuo auxilio, tam spirituali quam materiali, tam pastorali quam personali, in conventibus et communione vitae, laboris et caritatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fidelium vero, quos spiritualiter baptismate et doctrina genuerunt (cf. 1Cor 4,15; 1Pt 1,23), curam tamquam patres in Christo agant. Forma facti gregis ex animo (cf. 1Pt 5,3) suae communitati locali ita praesint et inserviant, ut ista digne vocari possit illo nomine, quo unus et totus Populus Dei insignitur, Ecclesiae scilicet Dei (cf. 1Cor 1,2; 2Cor 1,1; et passim). Memores sint se sua cotidiana conversatione et sollicitudine fidelibus et infidelibus, catholicis et non catholicis, faciem ministerii vere sacerdotalis et pastoralis exhibere, omnibusque testimonium veritatis et vitae reddere debere, et ut boni pastores illos quoque quaerere (cf. Lc 15,4-7), qui baptizati quidem in Ecclesia catholica a praxi sacramentorum, vel imo a fide defecerunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quia genus humanum hodie magis magisque in unitatem civilem, oeconomicam et socialem coalescit, eo magis oportet ut Sacerdotes, coniuncta cura et ope sub ductu Episcoporum et Summi Pontificis, omnem rationem dispersionis elidant, ut in unitatem familiae Dei totum genus humanum adducatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In gradu inferiori hierarchiae sistunt Diaconi, quibus \"non ad sacerdotium, sed ad ministerium\" manus imponuntur(110). Gratia etenim sacramentali roborati, in diaconia liturgiae, verbi et caritatis Populo Dei, in communione cum Episcopo eiusque presbyterio, inserviunt. Diaconi est, prout ei a competenti auctoritate assignatum fuerit, solemniter baptismum administrare, Eucharistiam servare et distribuere, matrimonio Ecclesiae nomine adsistere et benedicere, Viaticum moribundis deferre, fidelibus sacram legere Scripturam, populum instruere et exhortari, fidelium cultui et orationi praesidere, sacramentalia ministrare, ritui funeris ac sepulturae praeesse. Caritatis et administrationis officiis dediti, meminerint Diaconi moniti Beati Polycarpi: \"Misericordes, seduli, incedentes iuxta veritatem Domini, qui omnium minister factus est\"(111)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum vero haec munera, ad vitam Ecclesiae summopere necessaria, in disciplina Ecclesiae latinae hodie vigenti in pluribus regionibus adimpleri difficulter possint, Diaconatus in futurum tamquam proprius ac permanens gradus hierarchiae restitui poterit. Ad competentes autem varii generis territoriales Episcoporum coetus, approbante ipso Summo Pontifice, spectat decernere, utrum et ubinam pro cura animarum huiusmodi diaconos institui opportunum sit. De consensu Romani Pontificis hic diaconatus viris maturioris aetatis etiam in matrimonio viventibus conferri poterit, necnon iuvenibus idoneis, pro quibus tamen lex coelibatus firma remanere debet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE LAICIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sancta Synodus, muneribus Hierarchiae declaratis, libenter animum advertit statui illorum christifidelium qui laici nuncupantur. Quodsi omnia quae de Populo Dei dicta sunt, ad laicos, religiosos et clericos aequaliter diriguntur, laicis tamen, viris et mulieribus, ratione condicionis et missionis, quaedam particulariter pertinent, quorum fundamenta ob specialia rerum adiuncta nostri temporis magis expendenda sunt. Pastores enim sacri probe norunt quantum laici ad bonum totius Ecclesiae conferant. Sciunt enim Pastores se a Christo non esse institutos, ut totam missionem salvificam Ecclesiae versus mundum in se solos suscipiant, sed praeclarum munus suum esse ita pascere fideles eorumque ministrationes et charismata ita recognoscere, ut cuncti suo modo ad commune opus unanimiter cooperentur. Oportet enim, ut omnes \"veritatem... facientes in caritate crescamus in illo per omnia, qui est caput Christus, ex quo totum corpus compactum et connexum per omnem iuncturam subministrationis, secundum operationem in mensuram uniuscuiusque membri, augmentum corporis facit in aedificationem sui in caritate\" (Eph 4,15-16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nomine laicorum hic intelleguntur omnes christifideles praeter membra ordinis sacri et status religiosi in Ecclesia sanciti, christifideles scilicet qui, utpote baptismate Christo concorporati, in Populum Dei constituti, et de munere Christi sacerdotali, prophetico et regali suo modo participes facti, pro parte sua missionem totius populi christiani in Ecclesia et in mundo exercent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laicis indoles saecularis propria et peculiaris est. Membra enim ordinis sacri, quamquam aliquando in saecularibus versari possunt, etiam saecularem professionem exercendo, ratione suae particularis vocationis praecipue et ex professo ad sacrum ministerium ordinantur, dum religiosi suo statu praeclarum et eximium testimonium reddunt, mundum transfigurari Deoque offerri non posse sine spiritu beatitudinum. Laicorum est, ex vocatione propria, res temporales gerendo et secundum Deum ordinando, regnum Dei quaerere. In saeculo vivunt, scilicet in omnibus et singulis mundi officiis et operibus et in ordinariis vitae familiaris et socialis condicionibus, quibus eorum existentia quasi contexitur. Ibi a Deo vocantur, ut suum proprium munus exercendo, spiritu evangelico ducti, fermenti instar ad mundi sanctificationem velut ab intra conferant, sicque praeprimis testimonio vitae suae, fide, spe et caritate fulgentes, Christum aliis manifestent. Ad illos ergo peculiari modo spectat res temporales omnes, quibus arcte coniunguntur, ita illuminare et ordinare, ut secundum Christum iugiter fiant et crescant et sint in laudem Creatoris et Redemptoris."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia sancta, ex divina institutione, mira varietate ordinatur et regitur. \"Sicut enim in uno corpore multa membra habemus, omnia autem membra non eundem actum habent, ita multi unum corpus sumus in Christo, singuli autem alter alterius membra\" (Rom 12,4-5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unus est ergo Populus Dei electus: \"unus Dominus, una fides, unum baptisma\" (Eph 4,5); communis dignitas membrorum ex eorum in Christo regeneratione, communis filiorum gratia, communis ad perfectionem vocatio, una salus, una spes indivisaque caritas. Nulla igitur in Christo et in Ecclesia inaequalitas, spectata stirpe vel natione, condicione sociali vel sexu, quia \"non est Iudaeus neque Graecus, non est servus neque liber, non est masculus neque femina. Omnes enim vos unus estis in Christo Iesu\" (Gal 3,28 gr.; cf. Col 3,11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si igitur in Ecclesia non omnes eadem via incedunt, omnes tamen ad sanctitatem vocantur et coaequalem sortiti sunt fidem in iustitia Dei (cf. 2Pt 1,1). Etsi quidam ex voluntate Christi ut doctores, mysteriorum dispensatores et pastores pro aliis constituuntur, vera tamen inter omnes viget aequalitas quoad dignitatem et actionem cunctis fidelibus communem circa aedificationem Corporis Christi. Distinctio enim quam Dominus posuit inter sacros ministros et reliquum Populum Dei, secumfert coniunctionem, cum Pastores et alii fideles inter se communi necessitudine devinciantur; Ecclesiae Pastores, exemplum Domini secuti, sibi invicem aliisque fidelibus ministrent, hi autem alacriter Pastoribus et doctoribus sociam operam praestent. Sic in varietate omnes testimonium perhibent de mirabili unitate in Corpore Christi: ipsa enim diversitas gratiarum, ministrationum et operationum filios Dei in unum colligit, quia \"haec... omnia operatur unus atque idem Spiritus\" (1Cor 12,11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laici igitur sicut ex divina dignatione fratrem habent Christum, qui cum sit Dominus omnium, venit tamen non ministrari sed ministrare (cf. Mt 20,28), ita etiam fratres habent eos, qui in sacro ministerio positi, auctoritate Christi docendo et sanctificando et regendo familiam Dei ita pascunt, ut mandatum novum caritatis ab omnibus impleatur. Quocirca pulcherrime dicit S. Augustinus: \"Ubi me terret quod vobis sum, ibi me consolatur quod vobiscum sum. Vobis enim sum episcopus, vobiscum sum christianus. Illud est nomen officii, hoc gratiae; illud periculi est, hoc salutis\" (112)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laici in Populo Dei congregati et in uno Corpore Christi sub uno capite constituti, quicumque sunt, vocantur, ut tamquam viva membra ad Ecclesiae incrementum eiusque iugem sanctificationem vires suas omnes, beneficio Creatoris et gratia Redemptoris acceptas, conferant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apostolatus autem laicorum est participatio ipsius salvificae missionis Ecclesiae, ad quem apostolatum omnes ab ipso Domino per baptismum et confirmationem depuntantur. Sacramentis autem, praesertim sacra Eucharistia, communicatur et alitur illa caritas erga Deum et homines, quae anima est totius apostolatus. Laici autem speciatim ad hoc vocantur, ut praesentem et actuosam reddant Ecclesiam in eis locis et rerum adiunctis, ubi ipsa nonnisi per eos sal terrae evadere potest (113). Sic omnis laicus, ex ipsis donis sibi collatis, testis simul et vivum instrumentum missionis ipsius Ecclesiae exsistit \"secundum mensuram donationis Christi\" (Eph 4,7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeter hunc apostolatum, qui ad omnes omnino christifideles spectat, laici insuper diversis modis ad cooperationem magis immediatam cum apostolatu Hierarchiae vocari possunt (114), ad modum illorum virorum ac mulierum, qui Paulum apostolum in Evangelio adiuvabant, multum in Domino laborantes (cf. Phil 4,3; Rom 16,3ss.). Praeterea aptitudine gaudent, ut ad quaedam munera ecclesiastica, ad finem spiritualem exercenda, ab Hierarchia adsumantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnibus igitur laicis onus praeclarum incumbit adlaborandi, ut divinum salutis propositum ad universos homines omnium temporum et ubique terrarum magis magisque pertingat. Via proinde eisdem undequaque pateat, ut pro suis viribus temporumque necessitatibus opus salutare Ecclesiae naviter et ipsi participent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Supremus et aeternus Sacerdos Christus Iesus, cum etiam per laicos suum testimonium suumque servitium continuare velit, eos suo Spiritu vivificat indesinenterque impellit ad omne opus bonum et perfectum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Illis enim, quos vitae et missioni suae intime coniungit, etiam sui muneris sacerdotalis partem tribuit ad cultum spiritualem exercendum, ut glorificetur Deus et salventur homines. Qua de causa laici, utpote Christo dicati et Spiritu Sancto uncti, mirabiliter vocantur et instruuntur, ut uberiores semper fructus Spiritus in ipsis producantur. Omnia enim eorum opera, preces et incepta apostolica, conversatio coniugalis et familiaris, labor quotidianus, animi corporisque relaxatio, si in Spiritu peragantur, imo molestiae vitae si patienter sustineantur, fiunt spirituales hostiae, acceptabiles Deo per Iesum Christum (cf. 1Pt 2,5), quae in Eucharistiae celebratione, cum dominici Corporis oblatione, Patri piissime offeruntur. Sic et laici, qua adoratores ubique sancte agentes, ipsum mundum Deo consecrant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus, Propheta magnus, qui et testimonio vitae et verbi virtute Regnum proclamavit Patris, usque ad plenam manifestationem gloriae suum munus propheticum adimplet, non solum per Hierarchiam, quae nomine et potestate Eius docet, sed etiam per laicos, quos ideo et testes constituit et sensu fidei et gratia verbi instruit (cf. Act 2,17-18; Apoc 19,10), ut virtus Evangelii in vita quotidiana, familiari et sociali eluceat. Ipsi se praebent ut filios repromissionis, si fortes in fide et spe praesens momentum redimunt (cf. Eph 5,16; Col 4,5) et futuram gloriam per patientiam exspectant (cf. Rom 8,25). Hanc autem spem non in animi interioritate abscondant sed conversione continua et colluctatione \"adversus mundi rectores tenebrarum harum, contra spiritualia nequitiae\" (Eph 6,12) etiam per vitae saecularis structuras exprimant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sicut sacramenta Novae Legis, quibus vita et apostolatus fidelium alitur, coelum novum et terram novam (cf. Apoc 21,1) praefigurant, ita laici evadunt validi praecones fidei sperandarum rerum (cf. Hebr 11,1), si cum vita ex fide professionem fidei inhaesitanter coniungunt. Haec evangelizatio, nuntium Christi scilicet et testimonio vitae et verbo prolatum, notam quamdam specificam et peculiarem efficacitatem acquirit ex hoc, quod in communibus condicionibus saeculi completur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quo in munere magni pretii apparet ille status vitae, qui speciali sacramento sanctificatur, scilicet vita matrimonialis et familiaris. Ibi exercitium et schola praeclara apostolatus laicorum habetur, ubi religio christiana totam vitae institutionem pervadit et in dies magis transformat. Ibi coniuges propriam habent vocationem, ut sibi invicem et filiis sint testes fidei et amoris Christi. Familia christiana tum praesentes virtutes Regni Dei tum spem vitae beatae alta voce proclamat. Ita exemplo et testimonio suo arguit mundum de peccato et eos qui veritatem quaerunt illuminat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proinde laici, etiam quando curis temporalibus occupantur, pretiosam actionem ad evangelizandum mundum exercere possunt et debent. Quodsi quidam eorum, deficientibus sacris ministris, vel iisdem in regimine persecutionis impeditis, quaedam officia sacra pro facultate supplent; et si plures quidem ex eis totas vires suas in opere apostolico impendunt: universos tamen oportet ad dilatationem et incrementum Regni Christi in mundo cooperari. Quapropter laici sollerter in profundiorem cognitionem veritatis revelatae incumbant, et instanter a Deo sapientiae donum impetrent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus, factus oboediens usque ad mortem et propter hoc a Patre exaltatus (cf. Phil 2,8-9), in gloriam regni sui intravit. Cui omnia subiiciuntur, donec Ipse se cunctaque creata Patri subiiciat, ut sit Deus omnia in omnibus (cf. 1Cor 15,27-28). Quam potestatem discipulis communicavit, ut et illi in regali libertate constituantur et sui abnegatione vitaque sancta regnum peccati in seipsis devincant (cf. Rom 6,12), immo ut Christo etiam in aliis servientes, fratres suos ad Regem, cui servire regnare est, humilitate et patientia perducant. Dominus enim regnum suum etiam per laicos fideles dilatare cupit, regnum scilicet \"veritatis et vitae, regnum sanctitatis et gratiae, regnum iustitiae, amoris et pacis\" (115); in quo regno ipsa creatura liberabitur a servitute corruptionis in libertatem gloriae filiorum Dei (cf. Rom 8,21). Magna sane promissio, magnumque mandatum discipulis datur: \"Omnia enim vestra sunt, vos autem Christi, Christus autem Dei\" (1Cor 3,23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fideles igitur totius creaturae intimam naturam, valorem et ordinationem in laudem Dei agnoscere, et per opera etiam saecularia se invicem ad sanctiorem vitam adiuvare debent, ita ut mundus spiritu Christi imbuatur atque in iustitia, caritate et pace finem suum efficacius attingat. In quo officio universaliter adimplendo laici praecipuum locum obtinent. Sua igitur in profanis disciplinis competentia suaque activitate, gratia Christi intrinsecus elevata, valide conferant operam, ut bona creata secundum Creatoris ordinationem Eiusque Verbi illuminationem humano labore, arte technica, civilique cultura ad utilitatem omnium prorsus hominum excolantur, aptiusque inter illos distribuantur, et suo modo ad universalem progressum in humana et christiana libertate conducant. Ita Christus per Ecclesiae membra totam societatem humanam suo salutari lumine magis magisque illuminabit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laici praeterea, collatis quoque viribus, instituta et condiciones mundi, si qua mores ad peccatum incitant, ita sanent, ut haec omnia ad iustitiae normas conformentur et virtutum exercitio potius faveant quam obsint. Ita agendo culturam operaque humana valore morali imbuent. Hoc modo simul ager mundi melius pro semine verbi divini paratur, et Ecclesiae latius patent portae, quibus praeconium pacis in mundum introeat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Propter ipsam oeconomiam salutis, fideles discant sedulo distinguere inter iura et officia quae eis incumbunt, quatenus Ecclesiae aggregantur, et ea quae eis competunt, ut sunt humanae societatis membra. Utraque inter se harmonice consociare satagent, memores se, in quavis re temporali, christiana conscientia duci debere, cum nulla humana activitas, ne in rebus temporalibus quidem, Dei imperio subtrahi possit. Nostro autem tempore maxime oportet ut distinctio haec simul et harmonia quam clarissime in modo agendi fidelium elucescant, ut missio Ecclesiae particularibus mundi hodierni condicionibus plenius respondere valeat. Sicut enim agnoscendum est terrenam civitatem, saecularibus curis iure addictam propriis regi principiis, ita infausta doctrina, quae societatem, nulla habita religionis ratione, exstruere contendit et libertatem religiosam civium impugnat et eruit, merito reiicitur (116)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laici, sicut omnes christifideles, ius habent ex spiritualibus Ecclesiae bonis, verbi Dei praesertim et sacramentorum adiumenta a sacris Pastoribus abundanter accipiendi (117), hisque necessitates et optata sua ea libertate et fiducia, quae filios Dei et fratres in Christo decet, patefaciant. Pro scientia, competentia et praestantia quibus pollent, facultatem, immo aliquando et officium habent suam sententiam de iis quae bonum Ecclesiae respiciunt declarandi (118). Hoc fiat, si casus ferat, per instituta ad hoc ab Ecclesia stabilita, et semper in veracitate, fortitudine et prudentia, cum reverentia et caritate erga illos, qui ratione sacri sui muneris personam Christi gerunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laici, sicut omnes christifideles, illa quae sacri Pastores, utpote Christum repraesentantes, tamquam magistri et rectores in Ecclesia statuunt, christiana oboedientia prompte amplectantur, Christi exemplum secuti, qui, sua oboedientia usque ad mortem, beatam libertatis filiorum Dei viam omnibus hominibus aperuit. Neque omittant precibus suis Praepositos suos Deo commendare, quippe qui pervigilant quasi rationem pro animabus nostris reddituri, ut cum gaudio hoc faciant et non gementes (cf. Hebr 13,17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacri vero Pastores laicorum dignitatem et responsabilitatem in Ecclesia agnoscant et promoveant; libenter eorum prudenti consilio utantur, cum confidentia eis in servitium Ecclesiae officia committant et eis agendi libertatem et spatium relinquant, immo animum eis addant, ut etiam sua sponte opera aggrediantur. Paterno cum amore coepta, vota et desideria a laicis proposita attente in Christo considerent (119). Iustam autem libertatem, quae omnibus in civitate terrestri competit, Pastores observanter agnoscent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ex hoc familiari commercio inter Laicos et Pastores permulta bona Ecclesiae exspectanda sunt: ita enim in laicis roboratur propriae responsabilitatis sensus, fovetur alacritas, et facilius laicorum vires Pastorum operi associantur. Hi vero, laicorum experientia adiuti, tam in rebus spiritualibus quam in temporalibus, distinctius et aptius iudicare valent, ita ut tota Ecclesia, ab omnibus membris suis roborata, suam pro mundi vita missionem efficacius compleat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unusquisque laicus debet esse coram saeculo testis resurrectionis et vitae Domini Iesu atque signum Dei vivi. Omnes insimul et unusquisque pro sua parte mundum fructibus spiritualibus alere debent (cf. Gal 5,22), in eumque spiritum diffundere, quo animantur illi pauperes, mites et pacifici, quos Dominus in Evangelio beatos proclamavit (cf. Mt 5,3-9). Uno verbo, \"quod anima est in corpore, hoc sint in mundo christiani\" (120)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput V"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE UNIVERSALI VOCATIONE AD SANCTITATEM IN ECCLESIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia, cuius mysterium a Sacra Synodo proponitur, indefectibiliter sancta creditur. Christus enim, Dei Filius, qui cum Patre et Spiritu \"solus Sanctus\" celebratur(121), Ecclesiam tamquam sponsam suam dilexit, Seipsum tradens pro ea, ut illam sanctificaret (cf. Eph 5,25-26), eamque Sibi ut corpus suum coniunxit atque Spiritus Sancti dono cumulavit, ad gloriam Dei. Ideo in Ecclesia omnes, sive ad Hierarchiam pertinent sive ab ea pascuntur, ad sanctitatem vocantur, iuxta illud Apostoli: \"Haec est enim voluntas Dei, sanctificatio vestra\" (1Thess 4,3; cf. Eph 1,4). Haec autem Ecclesiae sanctitas in gratiae fructibus quos Spiritus in fidelibus producit, incessanter manifestatur et manifestari debet; multiformiter exprimitur apud singulos, qui in suo vitae ordine ad perfectionem caritatis, aedificantes alios, tendunt; proprio quodam modo apparet in praxi consiliorum, quae evangelica appellari consueverunt. Quae consiliorum praxis, Spiritu Sancto impellente, a multis christianis assumpta, sive privatim sive in conditione vel statu in Ecclesia sancitis, praeclarum in mundo fert, et ferre oportet, eiusdem sanctitatis testimonium et exemplum."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnis perfectionis divinus Magister et Exemplar, Dominus Iesus, sanctitatem vitae, cuius Ipse et auctor et consummator exstat, omnibus et singulis discipulis suis cuiuscumque conditionis praedicavit: \"Estote ergo vos perfecti, sicut et Pater vester coelestis perfectus est\" (Mt 5,48)(122). In omnes enim Spiritum Sanctum misit, qui eos intus moveat, ut Deum diligant ex toto corde, ex tota anima, ex tota mente et ex tota virtute sua (cf. Mc 12,30), et ut invicem se diligant sicut Christus eos dilexit (cf. Io 13,34; 15,12). Christi asseclae a Deo non secundum opera sua, sed secundum propositum et gratiam Eius vocati atque in Iesu Domino iustificati, in fidei baptismate vere filii Dei et consortes divinae naturae, ideoque reapse sancti effecti sunt. Eos proinde oportet sanctificationem quam acceperunt, Deo dante, vivendo tenere atque perficere. Ab Apostolo monentur, ut vivant \"sicut decet sanctos\" (Eph 5,3), et induant \"sicut electi Dei, sancti et dilecti, viscera misericordiae, benignitatem, humilitatem, modestiam, patientiam\" (Col 3,12), fructusque Spiritus habeant in sanctificationem (cf. Gal 5,22; Rom 6,22). Cum vero in multis offendimus omnes (cf. Iac 3,2), misericordiae Dei iugiter egemus atque orare quotidie debemus: \"Et dimitte nobis debita nostra\" (Mt 6,12)(123)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cunctis proinde perspicuum est, omnes christifideles cuiuscumque status vel ordinis ad vitae christianae plenitudinem et caritatis perfectionem vocari(124), qua sanctitate, in societate quoque terrena, humanior vivendi modus promovetur. Ad quam perfectionem adipiscendam fideles vires secundum mensuram donationis Christi acceptas adhibeant, ut Eius vestigia sequentes Eiusque imagini conformes effecti, voluntatem Patris in omnibus obsequentes, gloriae Dei et servitio proximi toto animo sese devoveant. Ita sanctitas Populi Dei in abundantes fructus excrescet, sicut in Ecclesiae historia per tot Sanctorum vitam luculenter commonstratur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In variis vitae generibus et officiis una sanctitas excolitur ab omnibus, qui a Spiritu Dei aguntur, atque voci Patris oboedientes Deumque Patrem in spiritu et veritate adorantes, Christum pauperem, humilem, et crucem baiulantem sequuntur, ut gloriae Eius mereantur esse consortes. Unusquisque vero secundum propria dona et munera per viam fidei vivae, quae spem excitat et per caritatem operatur, incunctanter incedere debet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gregis Christi Pastores imprimis oportet, ut ad imaginem summi et aeterni Sacerdotis, Pastoris et Episcopi animarum nostrarum, sancte et alacriter, humiliter et fortiter exsequantur ministerium suum, quod ita adimpletum, etiam pro eis erit praecelsum sanctificationis medium. Ad plenitudinem sacerdotii electi, sacramentali gratia donantur, ut orando, sacrificando et praedicando, per omnem formam episcopalis curae et servitii, perfectum pastoralis caritatis munus exerceant(125), animam suam pro ovibus ponere ne timeant et forma facti gregis (cf. 1Pt 5,3), Ecclesiam etiam exemplo suo ad maiorem in dies sanctitatem promoveant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presbyteri in similitudinem ordinis Episcoporum, quorum spiritualem coronam efformant(126), de eorum muneris gratia participantes per Christum, aeternum et unicum Mediatorem, quotidiano officii sui exercitio in Dei proximique amore crescant, communionis sacerdotalis vinculum servent, in omni bono spirituali abundent atque vivum Dei testimonium omnibus praestent(127), aemuli eorum sacerdotum, qui saeculorum decursu, in humili saepe et abscondito servitio praeclarum sanctitatis specimen reliquerunt. Quorum laus est in Ecclesia Dei. Pro plebe sua et toto Populo Dei ex officio precantes et sacrificium offerentes, agnoscendo quod agunt et imitando quod tractant(128), nedum apostolicis curis, periculis et aerumnis impediantur, per ea potius ad altiorem sanctitatem ascendant, ex abundantia contemplationis actionem suam nutriendo et fovendo, in oblectamentum totius Ecclesiae Dei. Omnes presbyteri et speciatim illi qui peculiari suae ordinationis titulo sacerdotes dioecesani vocantur, meminerint quantum ad suam sanctificationem conferant cum suo Episcopo fidelis coniunctio atque generosa cooperatio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Missionis autem et gratiae supremi Sacerdotis peculiari modo participes sunt inferioris quoque ordinis ministri, imprimis Diaconi, qui mysteriis Christi et Ecclesiae servientes(129), ab omni vitio puros se custodire atque Deo placere et omne bonum coram hominibus providere debent (cf. 1Tim 3,8-10 et 12-13). Clerici, qui a Domino vocati et in partem Eius sepositi, sub vigilantia Pastorum ad officia ministrorum se praeparant, mentes et corda sua tam praeclarae electioni conformare tenentur, in oratione assidui, amore ferventes, quaecumque sunt vera, iusta et bonae famae cogitantes, omnia in gloriam et honorem Dei perficientes. Quibus accedunt illi a Deo electi laici, qui, ut plene se dedant apostolicis operibus, ab Episcopo vocantur et in agro Domini cum multo fructu laborant(130)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coniuges autem parentesque christiani oportet ut propriam viam sequentes, amore fideli, totius vitae decursu se invicem in gratia sustineant, et prolem amanter a Deo acceptam christianis doctrinis et evangelicis virtutibus imbuant. Ita enim exemplum indefessi et generosi amoris omnibus praebent, fraternitatem caritatis aedificant, et foecunditatis Matris Ecclesiae testes et cooperatores exsistunt, in signum et participationem illius dilectionis, qua Christus Sponsam suam dilexit Seque pro ea tradidit(131). Simile exemplum alio modo praebetur a viduis et innuptis, qui ad sanctitatem et operositatem in Ecclesia, et ipsi haud parum conferre possunt. Ii vero, qui laboribus saepe duris incumbunt, oportet ut humanis operibus seipsos perficiant, concives adiuvent, totamque societatem et creationem ad meliorem statum promoveant, verum etiam ut Christum, cuius manus fabrilibus se exercuerunt et qui semper cum Patre ad salutem omnium operatur, in actuosa caritate imitentur, spe gaudentes, alter alterius onera portantes, atque ipso suo quotidiano labore ad altiorem ascendant sanctitatem etiam apostolicam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Specialiter etiam Christo pro salute mundi patienti se uniri sciant ii, qui paupertate, infirmitate, morbo, variisque aerumnis opprimuntur, vel persecutionem propter iustitiam patiuntur, quos Dominus in Evangelio beatos praedicavit et quos \"Deus... omnis gratiae, qui vocavit nos in aeternam suam gloriam in Christo Iesu, modicum passos, ipse perficiet, confirmabit solidabitque\" (1Pt 5,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnes igitur christifideles in vitae suae conditionibus, officiis vel circumstantiis, et per illa omnia, in dies magis sanctificabuntur, si cuncta e manu Patris coelestis cum fide suscipiunt et voluntati divinae cooperantur, caritatem qua Deus dilexit mundum in ipso temporali servitio omnibus manifestando."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Deus caritas est, et qui manet in caritate, in Deo manet, et Deus in eo\" (1Io 4,16). Deus autem caritatem suam in cordibus nostris diffudit per Spiritum Sanctum qui datus est nobis (cf. Rom 5,5); ideoque donum primum et maxime necessarium est caritas, qua Deum super omnia et proximum propter Illum diligimus. Ut vero caritas tamquam bonum semen in anima increscat et fructificet, unusquisque fidelis debet verbum Dei libenter audire Eiusque voluntatem, opitulante Eius gratia, opere complere, sacramentis, praesertim Eucharistiae, et sacris actionibus frequenter participare, seseque orationi, sui ipsius abnegationi, fraterno actuoso servitio et omnium virtutum exercitationi constanter applicare. Caritas enim, ut vinculum perfectionis et plenitudo legis (cf. Col 3,14; Rom 13,10), omnia sanctificationis media regit, informat ad finemque perducit(132). Unde caritate tum in Deum tum in proximum signatur verus Christi discipulus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum Iesus, Dei Filius, caritatem suam manifestaverit, animam suam pro nobis ponendo, nemo maiorem habet dilectionem, quam qui animam suam pro Eo et fratribus suis ponit (cf. 1Io 3,16; Io 15,13). Ad hoc ergo maximum amoris testimonium reddendum coram omnibus, praesertim persecutoribus, aliqui christiani iam a primo tempore vocati sunt et semper vocabuntur. Martyrium igitur, quo discipulus Magistro pro mundi salute mortem libere accipienti assimilatur, Eique in effusione sanguinis conformatur, ab Ecclesia eximium donum supremaque probatio caritatis aestimatur. Quod si paucis datur, omnes tamen parati sint oportet, Christum coram hominibus confiteri, Eumque inter persecutiones, quae Ecclesiae numquam desunt, in via crucis subsequi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sanctitas Ecclesiae item speciali modo fovetur multiplicibus consiliis, quae Dominus in Evangelio discipulis suis observanda proponit(133). Inter quae eminet pretiosum gratiae divinae donum, quod a Patre quibusdam datur (cf. Mt 19, 11; 1Cor 7, 7), ut in virginitate vel coelibatu facilius indiviso corde (cf. 1Cor 7, 32-34) Deo soli se devoveant(134). Haec perfecta propter Regnum coelorum continentia semper in honore praecipuo ab Ecclesia habita est, tamquam signum et stimulus caritatis, ac quidam peculiaris fons spiritualis foecunditatis in mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia etiam Apostoli monitionem recogitat, qui fideles ad caritatem provocans, eos exhortatur, ut hoc in se sentiant quod et in Christo Iesu, qui \"semet ipsum exinanivit formam servi accipiens, ...factus oboediens usque ad mortem\" (Phil 2,7-8) et propter nos \"egenus factus est, cum esset dives\" (2Cor 8,9). Huius caritatis et humilitatis Christi imitationem et testimonium cum a discipulis semper praeberi necesse sit, gaudet Mater Ecclesia plures in sinu suo inveniri viros ac mulieres, qui exinanitionem Salvatoris pressius sequuntur et clarius demonstrant, paupertatem in filiorum Dei libertate suscipientes et propriis voluntatibus abrenuntiantes: illi scilicet sese homini propter Deum in re perfectionis ultra mensuram praecepti subiiciunt, ut Christo oboedienti sese plenius conforment(135)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnes igitur christifideles ad sanctitatem et proprii status perfectionem prosequendam invitantur et tenentur. Attendant igitur omnes, ut affectus suos recte dirigant, ne usu rerum mundanarum et adhaesione ad divitias contra spiritum paupertatis evangelicae a caritate perfecta prosequenda impediantur, monente Apostolo: Qui utuntur hoc mundo, in eo ne sistant: praeterit enim figura huius mundi (cf. 1Cor 7,31 gr.)(136)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE RELIGIOSIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consilia evangelica castitatis Deo dicatae, paupertatis et oboedientiae, utpote in verbis et exemplis Domini fundata et ab Apostolis et Patribus Ecclesiaeque doctoribus et pastoribus commendata, sunt donum divinum, quod Ecclesia a Domino suo accepit et gratia Eius semper conservat. Ipsa autem auctoritas Ecclesiae, duce Spiritu Sancto, ea interpretari, eorum praxim moderari et etiam stabiles inde vivendi formas constituere curavit. Quo factum est ut, quasi in arbore ex germine divinitus dato mirabiliter et multipliciter in agro Domini ramificata, variae formae vitae solitariae vel communis, variaeque familiae creverint, quae tum ad profectum sodalium, tum ad bonum totius Corporis Christi opes augent(137). Illae enim familiae sodalibus suis adminicula conferunt stabilitatis in modo vivendi firmioris, doctrinae ad perfectionem prosequendam probatae, communionis in militia Christi fraternae, libertatis per oboedientiam roboratae, ita ut suam religiosam professionem secure implere et fideliter custodire valeant, atque in caritatis via spiritu gaudentes progrediantur(138)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Status huiusmodi, ratione habita divinae et hierarchicae Ecclesiae constitutionis, non est intermedius inter clericalem et laicalem conditionem, sed ex utraque parte quidam christifideles a Deo vocantur, ut in vita Ecclesiae peculiari dono fruantur et, suo quisque modo, eiusdem missioni salvificae prosint(139)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per vota aut alia sacra ligamina, votis propria sua ratione assimilata, quibus christifidelis ad tria praedicta consilia evangelica se obligat, Deo summe dilecto totaliter mancipatur, ita ut ipse ad Dei servitium Eiusque honorem novo et peculiari titulo referatur. Per baptismum quidem mortuus est peccato, et Deo sacratus; ut autem gratiae baptismalis uberiorem fructum percipere queat, consiliorum evangelicorum professione in Ecclesia liberari intendit ab impedimentis, quae ipsum a caritatis fervore et divini cultus perfectione retrahere possent, et divino obsequio intimius consecratur(140). Tanto autem perfectior erit consecratio, quo per firmiora et stabiìiora vincula magis repraesentatur Christus cum sponsa Ecclesia indissolubili vinculo coniunctus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum vero evangelica consilia suos asseclas, per caritatem ad quam ducunt(141), Ecclesiae eiusque mysterio speciali modo coniungant, spiritualis horum vita bono quoque totius Ecclesiae devoveatur oportet. Inde oritur officium pro viribus et secundum formam propriae vocationis, sive oratione, sive actuosa quoque opera, laborandi ad Regnum Christi in animis radicandum et roborandum, illudque ad omnes plagas dilatandum. Unde et Ecclesia propriam indolem variorum Institutorum religiosorum tuetur et fovet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Evangelicorum proinde consiliorum professio tamquam signum apparet, quod omnia Ecclesiae membra ad officia vocationis christianae impigre adimplenda efficaciter attrahere potest ac debet. Cum enim Populus Dei hic manentem civitatem non habeat, sed futuram inquirat, status relígiosus, qui suos asseclas a curis terrenis magis liberat, magis etiam tum bona coelestia iam in hoc saeculo praesentia omnibus credentibus manifestat, tum vitam novam et aeternam redemptione Christi acquisitam testificat, tum resurrectionem futuram et gloriam Regni coelestis praenuntiat. Formam quoque vitae, quam Filius Dei accepit, mundum ingressus ut faceret voluntatem Patris, quamque discipulis Ipsum sequentibus proposuit, idem status pressius imitatur atque in Ecclesia perpetuo repraesentat. Regni Dei denique super omnia terrestria elevationem eiusque summas necessitudines peculiari modo patefacit; supereminentem quoque magnitudinem virtutis Christi regnantis atque infinitam Spiritus Sancti potentiam, in Ecclesia mirabiliter operantem, cunctis hominibus demonstrat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Status ergo, qui professione consiliorum evangelicorum constituitur, licet ad Ecclesiae structuram hierarchicam non spectet, ad eius tamen vitam et sanctitatem inconcusse pertinet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum ecclesiasticae Hierarchiae munus sit Populum Dei pascere et ad pascua uberrima ducere (cf. Ez 34,14), ad ipsam spectat evangelicorum consiliorum praxim, quibus perfectio caritatis erga Deum et proximum singulariter fovetur, legibus suis sapienter moderari(142). Ipsa etiam, Spiritus Sancti impulsus dociliter sequens, regulas a praeclaris viris et mulieribus propositas recipit et ulterius ordinatas authentice adprobat, necnon Institutis ad aedificationem Corporis Christi passim erectis, ut secundum spiritum fundatorum crescant atque floreant, auctoritate sua invigilante et protegente adest."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quo autem melius necessitatibus totius dominici gregis provideatur, quodcumque perfectionis Institutum ac sodales singuli a Summo Pontifice, ratione ipsius in universam Ecclesiam primatus, intuitu utilitatis communis, ab Ordinariorum loci iurisdictione eximi et ei soli subiici possunt(143). Similiter possunt propriis auctoritatibus patriarchalibus relinqui aut committi. Ipsi sodales, in officio erga Ecclesiam ex peculiari suae vitae forma adimplendo, reverentiam et oboedientiam secundum canonicas leges praestare debent Episcopis, ob eorum in Ecclesiis particularibus auctoritatem pastoralem et ob necessariam in labore apostolico unitatem et concordiam(144)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia autem professionem religiosam non tantum sua sanctione ad status canonici dignitatem erigit, sed eam ut statum Deo consecratum etiam actione sua liturgica exhibet. Ipsa enim Ecclesia, auctoritate sibi a Deo commissa, profitentium vota suscipit, prece sua publica eis auxilia et gratiam a Deo impetrat, eos Deo commendat eisque spiritualem benedictionem impertitur, oblationem eorum sacrificio eucharistico adsocians."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sollicite attendant religiosi, ut per ipsos Ecclesia revera Christum in dies, sive fidelibus sive infidelibus, melius commonstret, vel in monte contemplantem, vel turbis Regnum Dei annuntiantem, vel aegrotos et saucios sanantem ac peccatores ad bonam frugem convertentem, vel pueris benedicentem, et omnibus benefacientem, semper autem voluntati Patris qui Eum misit oboedientem(145)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnes tandem perspectum habeant, consiliorum evangelicorum professionem, quamvis renuntiationem secumferat bonorum quae indubie magni aestimanda veniunt, tamen personae humanae vero profectui non obstare, sed natura sua ei summopere prodesse. Consilia enim, secundum cuiusquam personalem vocationem voluntarie suscepta, ad cordis purificationem et spiritualem libertatem non parum conferunt, fervorem caritatis iugiter excitant et praesertim ad genus vitae virginalis ac pauperis, quod sibi elegit Christus Dominus, quodque Mater Eius Virgo amplexa est, hominem christianum magis conformare valent, ut exemplo tot sanctorum fundatorum comprobatur. Nec quisquam aestimet religiosos consecratione sua aut ab hominibus alienos aut inutiles in civitate terrestri fieri. Nam etsi quandoque coaetaneis suis non directe adsistunt, profundiore tamen modo eos in visceribus Christi praesentes habent atque cum eis spiritualiter cooperantur, ut aedificatio terrenae civitatis semper in Domino fundetur ad Ipsumque dirigatur, ne forte in vanum laboraverint qui aedificant eam(146)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Idcirco denique Sacra Synodus confirmat et laudat viros ac mulieres, Fratres ac Sorores, qui in monasteriis, vel in scholis et nosocomiis, vel in missionibus, constanti et humili fidelitate in praedicta consecratione Sponsam Christi condecorant, omnibusque hominibus generosa ac diversissima servitia praestant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unusquisque autem ad professionem consiliorum vocatus sedulo curet, ut in quam vocationem a Deo vocatus est, in ea permaneat atque magis excellat, ad uberiorem Ecclesiae sanctitatem, ad maiorem gloriam unius et indivisae Trinitatis, quae in Christo et per Christum est omnis sanctitatis fons et origo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput VII"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE INDOLE ESCHATOLOGICA ECCLESIAE PEREGRINANTIS EIUSQUE UNIONE CUM ECCLESIA COELESTI"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia, ad quam in Christo Iesu vocamur omnes et in qua per gratiam Dei sanctitatem acquirimus, nonnisi in gloria coelesti consummabitur, quando adveniet tempus restitutionis omnium (cf. Act 3,21) atque cum genere humano universus quoque mundus, qui intime cum homine coniungitur et per eum ad finem suum accedit, perfecte in Christo instaurabitur (cf. Eph 1,10; Col 1,20; 2Pt 3,10-13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus quidem exaltatus a terra omnes traxit ad seipsum (cf. Io 12,32 gr.); resurgens ex mortuis (cf. Rom 6,9) Spiritum suum vivificantem in discipulos immisit et per eum Corpus suum quod est Ecclesia ut universale salutis sacramentum constituit; sedens ad dexteram Patris continuo operatur in mundo ut homines ad Ecclesiam perducat arctiusque per eam Sibi coniungat ac proprio Corpore et Sanguine illos nutriendo gloriosae vitae suae faciat esse participes. Restitutio ergo quam promissam exspectamus, iam incepit in Christo, provehitur in missione Spiritus Sancti et per Eum pergit in Ecclesia in qua per fidem de sensu quoque vitae nostrae temporalis edocemur, dum opus a Patre nobis in mundo commissum cum spe futurorum bonorum ad finem perducimus et salutem nostram operamur (cf. Phil 2,12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Iam ergo fines saeculorum ad nos pervenerunt (cf. 1Cor 10,11) et renovatio mundi irrevocabiliter est constituta atque in hoc saeculo reali quodam modo anticipatur: etenim Ecclesia iam in terris vera sanctitate licet imperfecta insignitur. Donec tamen fuerint novi coeli et nova terra, in quibus iustitia habitat (cf. 2Pt 3,13), Ecclesia peregrinans, in suis sacramentis et institutionibus, quae ad hoc aevum pertinent, portat figuram huius saeculi quae praeterit et ipsa inter creaturas degit quae ingemiscunt et parturiunt usque adhuc et exspectant revelationem filiorum Dei (cf. Rom 8,19-22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coniuncti ergo Christo in Ecclesia et signati Spiritu Sancto \"qui est pignus hereditatis nostrae\" (Eph 1,14), vere filii Dei nominamur et sumus (cf. 1Io 3,1), sed nondum apparuimus cum Christo in gloria (cf. Col 3,4), in qua similes Deo erimus, quoniam videbimus Eum sicut est (cf. 1Io 3,2). Itaque \"dum sumus in corpore, peregrinamur a Domino\" (2Cor 5,6) et primitias Spiritus habentes intra nos gemimus (cf. Rom 8,23) et cupimus esse cum Christo (cf. Phil 1,23). Eadem autem caritate urgemur ut magis vivamus Ei, qui pro nobis mortuus est et resurrexit (cf. 2Cor 5,15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Contendimus ergo in omnibus placere Domino (cf. 2Cor 5,9) et induimus armaturam Dei, ut possimus stare adversus insidias diaboli et resistere in die malo (cf. Eph 6,11-13). Cum vero nesciamus diem neque horam, monente Domino, constanter vigilemus oportet ut, expleto unico terrestris nostrae vitae cursu (cf. Hebr 9,27), cum Ipso ad nuptias intrare et cum benedictis connumerari mereamur (cf. Mt 25,31-46), neque sicut servi mali et pigri (cf. Mt 25,26) iubeamur discedere in ignem aeternum (cf. Mt 25,41), in tenebras exteriores ubi \"erit fletus et stridor dentium\" (Mt 22,13 et 25,30). Etenim, antequam cum Christo glorioso regnemus, omnes nos manifestabimur \"ante tribunal Christi, ut referat unusquisque propria corporis, prout gessit sive bonum sive malum\" (2Cor 5,10) et in fine mundi \"procedent qui bona fecerunt in resurrectionem vitae, qui vero mala egerunt, in resurrectionem iudicii\" (Io 5,29; cf. Mt 25,46)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Existimantes proinde quod \"non sunt condignae passiones huius temporis ad futuram gloriam, quae revelabitur in nobis\" (Rom 8,18; cf. 2Tim 2,11-12), fortes in fide exspectamus \"beatam spem et adventum gloriae magni Dei et Salvatoris nostri Iesu Christi\" (Tit 2,13), \"qui reformabit corpus humilitatis nostrae configuratum corpori claritatis suae\" (Phil 3,21) et qui veniet \"glorificari in sanctis suis et admirabilis fieri in omnibus, qui crediderunt\" (2Thess 1,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Donec ergo Dominus venerit in maiestate sua et omnes Angeli cum eo (cf. Mt 25,31) et, destructa morte, Illi subiecta fuerint omnia (cf. 1Cor 15,26-27), alii e discipulis Eius in terris peregrinantur, alii hac vita functi purificantur, alii vero glorificantur intuentes \"clare ipsum Deum trinum et unum, sicuti est\"(147); omnes tamen, gradu quidem modoque diverso, in eadem Dei et proximi caritate communicamus et eundem hymnum gloriae Deo nostro canimus. Universi enim qui Christi sunt, Spiritum Eius habentes, in unam Ecclesiam coalescunt et invicem cohaerent in Ipso (cf. Eph 4,16). Viatorum igitur unio cum fratribus qui in pace Christi dormierunt, minime intermittitur, immo secundum perennem Ecclesiae fidem, spiritualium bonorum communicatione roboratur(148). Ex eo enim quod coelites intimius cum Christo uniuntur, totam Ecclesiam in sanctitatem firmius consolidant, cultum, quem ipsa hic in terris Deo exhibet, nobilitant ac multipliciter ad ampliorem eius aedificationem contribuunt (cf. 1Cor 12,12-27)(149). Nam in patriam recepti et praesentes ad Dominum (cf. 2Cor 5, 8), per Ipsum, cum Ipso et in Ipso non desinunt apud Patrem pro nobis intercedere(150), exhibentes merita quae per unum Mediatorem Dei et hominum, Christum Iesum (cf. 1Tim 2,5) in terris sunt adepti, Domino in omnibus servientes et adimplentes ea quae desunt passionum Christi in carne sua pro Corpore Eius quod est Ecclesia (cf. Col 1,24)(151). Eorum proinde fraterna sollicitudine infirmitas nostra plurimum iuvatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hanc communionem totius Iesu Christi Mystici Corporis apprime agnoscens, Ecclesia viatorum inde a primaevis christianae religionis temporibus, defunctorum memoriam magna cum pietate excoluit(152) et, quia \"sancta et salubris est cogitatio pro defunctis exorare, ut a peccatis solvantur\" (2Mach 12,46), etiam suffragia pro illis obtulit. Apostolos autem et martyres Christi, qui sui sanguinis effusione supremum fidei et caritatis testimonium dederant, in Christo arctius nobis coniunctos esse Ecclesia semper credidit, eos simul cum Beata Virgine Maria et sanctis Angelis peculiari affectu venerata est(153), eorumque intercessionis auxilium pie imploravit. Quibus mox adnumerati sunt alii quoque qui Christi virginitatem et paupertatem pressius erant imitati(154) et tandem ceteri quos praeclarum virtutum christianarum exercitium(155) ac divina charismata piae fidelium devotioni et imitationi commendabant(156)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dum enim illorum conspicimus vitam qui Christum fideliter sunt secuti, nova ratione ad futuram Civitatem inquirendam (cf. Hebr 13,14 et 11,10) incitamur simulque tutissimam edocemur viam qua inter mundanas varietates, secundum statum ac condicionem unicuique propriam, ad perfectam cum Christo unionem seu sanctitatem pervenire poterimus(157). In vita eorum qui, humanitatis nostrae consortes, ad imaginem tamen Christi perfectius transformantur (cf. 2Cor 3,18), Deus praesentiam vultumque suum hominibus vivide manifestat. In eis Ipse nos alloquitur, signumque nobis praebet Regni sui(158), ad quod tantam habentes impositam nubem testium (cf. Hebr 12, 1), talemque contestationem veritatis Evangelii, potenter attrahimur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nec tamen solius exempli titulo coelitum memoriam colimus, sed magis adhuc ut totius Ecclesiae unio in Spiritu roboretur per fraternae caritatis exercitium (cf. Eph 4,1-6) Nam sicut christiana inter viatores communio propinquius nos ad Christum adducit, ita consortium cum Sanctis nos Christo coniungit, a quo tamquam a Fonte et Capite omnis gratia et ipsius Populi Dei vita promanat(158). Summopere ergo decet ut hos Iesu Christi amicos et coheredes, fratres quoque nostros et benefactores eximios diligamus, debitas pro ipsis Deo rependamus gratias(159), \"suppliciter eos invocemus et ob beneficia impetranda a Deo per Filium eius Iesum Christum, Dominum nostrum, qui solus noster Redemptor et Salvator est, ad eorum orationes, opem auxiliumque confugiamus\"(160). Omne enim genuinum amoris testimonium coelitibus a nobis exhibitum, suapte natura tendit ac terminatur ad Christum qui est \"corona Sanctorum omnium\"(161) et per Ipsum ad Deum qui est mirabilis in Sanctis suis et in ipsis magnificatur(162)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nobilissima vero ratione unio nostra cum Ecclesia coelesti actuatur, cum, praesertim in sacra Liturgia, in qua virtus Spiritus Sancti per signa sacramentalia super nos agit, divinae maiestatis laudem socia exsultatione concelebramus(163), et universi, in sanguine Christi ex omni tribu et lingua et populo et natione redempti (cf. Apoc 5, 9) atque in unam Ecclesiam congregati, uno cantico laudis Deum unum et trinum magnificamus. Eucharisticum ergo sacrificium celebrantes cultui Ecclesiae coelestis vel maxime iungimur communicantes et memoriam venerantes in primis gloriosae semper Virginis Mariae, sed et beati Ioseph et beatorum Apostolorum et Martyrum et omnium Sanctorum(164)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quam venerabilem maiorum nostrorum fidem circa vitale consortium cum fratribus qui in gloria coelesti sunt vel adhuc post mortem purificantur, magna cum pietate haec Sacrosancta Synodus recipit et decreta Sacrorum Conciliorum Nicaeni II(165), Florentini(166) et Tridentini(167) rursus proponit. Simul autem pro pastorali sua sollicitudine omnes ad quos spectat hortatur, ut si qui abusus, excessus vel defectus hic illicve irrepserint, eos arcere aut corrigere satagant ac omnia ad pleniorem Christi et Dei laudem instaurent. Doceant ergo fideles authenticum Sanctorum cultum non tam in actuum exteriorum multiplicitate quam potius in intensitate amoris nostri actuosi consistere, quo, ad maius nostrum et Ecclesiae bonum, Sanctorum quaerimus \"et conversatione exemplum et communione consortium, et intercessione subsidium\"(168), Ex altera vero parte instruant fideles nostram cum coelitibus conversationem, dummodo haec in pleniore fidei luce concipiatur, nequaquam extenuare latreuticum cultum, Deo Patri per Christum in Spiritu tributum, sed illum e contra impensius ditare(169)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nam omnes qui filii Dei sumus et unam familiam in Christo constituimus (cf. Hebr 3,6), dum in mutua caritate et una sanctissimae Trinitatis laude invicem communicamus, intimae Ecclesiae vocationi correspondemus et consummatae gloriae liturgiam praegustando participamus(170). Quando enim Christus apparebit et gloriosa mortuorum resurrectio erit, claritas Dei illuminabit coelestem Civitatem et eius lucerna erit Agnus (cf. Apoc 21,23). Tunc tota Ecclesia sanctorum in summa caritatis beatitudine adorabit Deum et \"Agnum qui occisus est\" (Apoc 5,12), una voce proclamans: \"Sedenti in throno et Agno: benedictio et honor et gloria, et potestas in saecula saeculorum\" (Apoc 5,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput VIII"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE BEATA MARIA VIRGINE DEIPARA IN MYSTERIO CHRISTI ET ECCLESIAE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Prooemium"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Benignissimus et sapientissimus Deus, mundi redemptionem complere volens, \"ubi venit plenitudo temporis, misit Filium suum factum ex muliere,... ut adoptionem filiorum reciperemus\" (Gal 4,4-5). \"Qui propter nos homines et propter nostram salutem descendit de coelis, et incarnatus est de Spiritu Sancto ex Maria Virgine\"(171). Quod salutis divinum mysterium nobis revelatur et continuatur in Ecclesia, quam Dominus ut corpus suum constituit, et in qua fideles Christo Capiti adhaerentes atque cum omnibus sanctis Eius communicantes, memoriam etiam venerentur oportet \"in primis gloriosae semper Virginis Mariae, Genitricis Dei et Domini nostri Iesu Christi\"(172)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Virgo enim Maria, quae Angelo nuntiante Verbum Dei corde et corpore suscepit et Vitam mundo protulit, ut vera Mater Dei ac Redemptoris agnoscitur et honoratur. Intuitu meritorum Filii sui sublimiore modo redempta Eique arcto et indissolubili vinculo unita, hoc summo munere ac dignitate ditatur ut sit Genitrix Dei Filii, ideoque praedilecta filia Patris necnon sacrarium Spiritus Sancti quo eximiae gratiae dono omnibus aliis creaturis, coelestibus et terrestribus, longe antecellit. Simul autem cum omnibus hominibus salvandis in stirpe Adam invenitur coniuncta, immo \"plane mater membrorum (Christi),... quia cooperata est caritate ut fideles in Ecclesia nascerentur, quae illius Capitis membra sunt\"(173). Quapropter etiam ut supereminens prorsusque singulare membrum Ecclesiae necnon eius in fide et caritate typus et exemplar spectatissimum salutatur eamque Catholica Ecclesia, a Spiritu Sancto edocta, filialis pietatis affectu tamquam matrem amantissimam prosequitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ideo Sacrosancta Synodus, doctrinam de Ecclesia, in qua divinus Redemptor salutem operatur, exponens, illustrare sedulo intendit tum munus Beatae Virginis in mysterio Incarnati Verbi et Corporis Mystici, tum hominum redemptorum officia erga Deiparam, matrem Christi et matrem hominum, maxime fidelium, quin tamen in animo habeat completam de Maria proponere doctrinam, atque quaestiones labore theologorum nondum ad plenam lucem perductas dirimere. Servantur itaque in suo iure sententiae, quae in scholis catholicis libere proponuntur de Illa, quae in Sancta Ecclesia locum occupat post Christum altissimum nobisque maxime propinquum(174)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. De munere B. Virginis in oeconomia salutis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrae Litterae Veteris Novique Testamenti et veneranda Traditio munus Matris Salvatoris in salutis oeconomia modo magis magisque dilucido ostendunt et veluti conspiciendum proponunt. Libri quidem Veteris Testamenti historiam salutis, qua Christi in mundum adventus lento gradu praeparatur, describunt. Quae primaeva documenta, qualiter in Ecclesia leguntur et sub luce ulterioris et plenae revelationis intelliguntur, clarius pedetentim in lucem proferunt figuram mulieris, Matris Redemptoris. Ipsa, sub hac luce, iam prophetice adumbratur in promissione, lapsis in peccatum primis parentibus data, de victoria super serpentem (cf. Gen 3,15). Similiter haec est Virgo quae concipiet et pariet Filium, cuius nomen vocabitur Emmanuel (cf. Is 7,14; coll. Mi 5,2-3; Mt 1,22-23). Ipsa praecellit inter humiles ac pauperes Domini, qui salutem cum fiducia ab Eo sperant et accipiunt. Cum Ipsa tandem praecelsa Filia Sion, post diuturnam exspectationem promissionis, complentur tempora et nova instauratur Oeconomia, quando Filius Dei humanam naturam ex ea assumpsit, ut mysteriis carnis suae hominem a peccato liberaret."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Voluit autem misericordiarum Pater, ut acceptatio praedestinatae matris incarnationem praecederet, ut sic, quemadmodum femina contulit ad mortem, ita etiam femina conferret ad vitam. Quod praecellentissime valet de Matre Iesu, quae ipsam Vitam, omnia renovantem, mundo effudit, et a Deo donis tanto munere dignis praedita est. Unde nil mirum apud Sanctos Patres usum invaluisse quo Deiparam appellarunt totam sanctam et ab omni peccati labe immunem, quasi a Spiritu Sancto plasmatam novamque creaturam formatam(175). Singularis prorsus sanctitatis splendoribus a primo instante suae conceptionis ditata, Nazarethana Virgo ab Angelo nuntiante, Dei mandato, ut \"gratia plena\" salutatur (cf. Lc 1,28), et coelesti nuntio ipsa respondet: \"Ecce Ancilla Domini, fiat mihi secundum verbum tuum\" (Lc 1,38). Ita Maria filia Adam, verbo divino consentiens, facta est Mater Iesu, ac salvificam voluntatem Dei, pleno corde et nullo retardata peccato, complectens, semetipsam ut Domini ancillam personae et operi Filii sui totaliter devovit, sub Ipso et cum Ipso, omnipotentis Dei gratia, mysterio redemptionis inserviens. Merito igitur SS. Patres Mariam non mere passive a Deo adhibitam, sed libera fide et oboedientia humanae saluti cooperantem censent. Ipsa enim, ut ait S. Irenaeus, \"oboediens et sibi et universo generi humano causa facta est salutis\"(176). Unde non pauci Patres antiqui in praedicatione sua cum eo libenter asserunt: \"Hevae inoboedientiae nodum solutionem accepisse per oboedientiam Mariae; quod alligavit virgo Heva per incredulitatem, hoc virginem Mariam solvisse per fidem\"(177); et comparatione cum Heva instituta, Mariam \"matrem viventium\" appellant(178), saepiusque affirmant: \"mors per Hevam vita per Mariam\"(179)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec autem Matris cum Filio in opere salutari coniunctio a tempore virginalis conceptionis Christi ad Eius usque mortem manifestatur; in primis quidem cum Maria, exsurgens cum festinatione ad visitandam Elisabeth, ab ea ob fidem suam in salutem promissam beata salutatur et praecursor in sinu matris exsultavit (cf. Lc 1,41-45); in nativitate vero, cum Deipara Filium suum primogenitum, qui virginalem eius integritatem non minuit sed sacravit(180), pastoribus et Magis laetabunda ostendit. Cum autem Eum in templo, dono pauperum oblato, Domino praesentavit, audivit Simeonem simul praenuntiantem Filium futurum contradictionis signum et matris animam gladium pertransiturum, ut revelarentur ex multis cordibus cogitationes (cf. Lc 2,34-35). Puerum Iesum deperditum ac cum dolore quaesitum, parentes eius in templo invenerunt in his quae Patris Eius erant occupatum; verbumque Filii non intellexerunt. Mater vero Eius omnia haec in corde suo meditabunda conservabat (cf. Lc 2,41-51)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In vita publica Iesu, Mater Eius signanter apparet, in initio quidem, cum ad nuptias in Cana Galilaeae, misericordia permota, initium signorum Iesu Messiae intercessione sua induxit (cf. Io 2,1-11). In decursu praedicationis Eius suscepit verba, quibus Filius, Regnum ultra rationes et vincula carnis et sanguinis extollens, audientes et custodientes verbum Dei, sicut ipsa fideliter faciebat (cf. Lc 2,19 et 51), beatos proclamavit (cf. Mc 3,35 ; Lc 11,27-28). Ita etiam B. Virgo in peregrinatione fidei processit, suamque unionem cum Filio fideliter sustinuit usque ad crucem, ubi non sine divino consilio stetit (cf. Io 19,25), vehementer cum Unigenito suo condoluit et sacrificio Eius se materno animo sociavit, victimae de se genitae immolationi amanter consentiens; ac demum ab eodem Christo Iesu in cruce moriente uti mater discipulo, hisce verbis data est: Mulier, ecce filius tuus (cf. Io 19,26-27)(181)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum vero Deo placuerit humanae salutis sacramentum non ante solemniter manifestare quam promissum a Christo Spiritum effunderet, Apostolos videmus ante diem Pentecostes \"perseverantes unanimiter in oratione cum mulieribus et Maria Matre Iesu et fratribus Eius\" (Act 1,14), Mariam quoque precibus suis implorantem donum Spiritus, qui in Annuntiatione ipsam iam obumbraverat. Denique Immaculata Virgo, ab omni originalis culpae labe praeservata immunis(182), expleto terrestris vitae cursu, corpore et anima ad coelestem gloriam assumpta est(183), ac tamquam universorum Regina a Domino exaltata, ut plenius conformaretur Filio suo, Domino dominantium (cf. Apoc 19, 16) ac peccati mortisque victori(184)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. De Beata Virgine et Ecclesia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unicus est Mediator noster secundum verba Apostoli: \"Unus enim Deus, unus et mediator Dei et hominum homo Christus Iesus, qui dedit redemptionem semetipsum pro omnibus\" (1Tim 2,5-6). Mariae autem maternum munus erga homines hanc Christi unicam mediationem nullo modo obscurat nec minuit, sed virtutem eius ostendit. Omnis enim salutaris Beatae Virginis influxus in homines non ex aliqua rei necessitate, sed ex beneplacito divino exoritur et ex superabundantia meritorum Christi profluit, Eius mediationi innititur, ab illa omnino dependet, ex eademque totam virtutem haurit; unionem autem immediatam credentium cum Christo nullo modo impedit sed fovet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Beata Virgo, ab aeterno una cum divini Verbi incarnatione tamquam Mater Dei praedestinata, divinae Providentiae consilio, his in terris exstitit alma divini Redemptoris Mater, singulariter prae aliis generosa socia, et humilis ancilla Domini. Christum concipiens, generans, alens, in templo Patri sistens, Filioque suo in cruce morienti compatiens, operi Salvatoris singulari prorsus modo cooperata est, oboedientia, fide, spe et flagrante caritate, ad vitam animarum supernaturalem restaurandam. Quam ob causam mater nobis in ordine gratiae exstitit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec autem in gratiae oeconomia maternitas Mariae indesinenter perdurat, inde a consensu quem in Annuntiatione fideliter praebuit, quemque sub cruce incunctanter sustinuit, usque ad perpetuam omnium electorum consummationem. In coelis enim assumpta salutiferum hoc munus non deposuit, sed multiplici intercessione sua pergit in aeternae salutis donis nobis conciliandis(185). Materna sua caritate de fratribus Filii sui adhuc peregrinantibus necnon in periculis et angustiis versantibus curat, donec ad felicem patriam perducantur. Propterea B. Virgo in Ecclesia titulis Advocatae, Auxiliatricis, Adiutricis, Mediatricis invocatur(186). Quod tamen ita intelligitur, ut dignitati et efficacitati Christi unius Mediatoris nihil deroget, nihil superaddat(187)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nulla enim creatura cum Verbo incarnato ac Redemptore connumerari umquam potest; sed sicut sacerdotium Christi variis modis tum a ministris tum a fideli populo participatur, et sicut una bonitas Dei in creaturis modis diversis realiter diffunditur, ita etiam unica mediatio Redemptoris non excludit, sed suscitat variam apud creaturas participatam ex unico fonte cooperationem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tale autem munus subordinatum Mariae Ecclesia profiteri non dubitat, iugiter experitur et fidelium cordi commendat, ut hoc materno fulti praesidio Mediatori ac Salvatori intimius adhaereant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Beata autem Virgo divinae maternitatis dono et munere, quo cum Filio Redemptore unitur, suisque singularibus gratiis et muneribus, etiam cum Ecclesia intime coniungitur: Deipara est Ecclesiae typus, ut iam docebat S. Ambrosius, in ordine scilicet fidei, caritatis et perfectae cum Christo unionis(188). In mysterio enim Ecclesiae, quae et ipsa iure mater vocatur et virgo, Beata Virgo Maria praecessit, eminenter et singulariter tum virginis tum matris exemplar praebens(189). Credens enim et oboediens, ipsum Filium Patris in terris genuit, et quidem viri nescia, Spiritu Sancto obumbrata, tamquam nova Heva, non serpenti antiquo, sed Dei nuntio praestans fidem, nullo dubio adulteratam. Filium autem peperit, quem Deus posuit primogenitum in multis fratribus (cf. Rom 8,29), fidelibus nempe, ad quos gignendos et educandos materno amore cooperatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Iamvero Ecclesia, eius arcanam sanctitatem contemplans et caritatem imitans, voluntatemque Patris fideliter adimplens, per verbum Dei fideliter susceptum et ipsa fit mater: praedicatione enim ac baptismo filios, de Spiritu Sancto conceptos et ex Deo natos, ad vitam novam et immortalem generat. Et ipsa est virgo, quae fidem Sponso datam integre et pure custodit, et imitans Domini sui Matrem, virtute Spiritus Sancti, virginaliter servat integram fidem, solidam spem, sinceram caritatem(190)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dum autem Ecclesia in Beatissima Virgine ad perfectionem iam pertingit, qua sine macula et ruga existit (cf. Eph 5,27), christifideles adhuc nituntur, ut devincentes peccatum in sanctitate crescant; ideoque oculos suos ad Mariam attollunt, quae toti electorum communitati tamquam exemplar virtutum praefulget. Ecclesia de Ea pie recogitans Eamque in lumine Verbi hominis facti contemplans, in summum incarnationis mysterium venerabunda penitius intrat, Sponsoque suo magis magisque conformatur. Maria enim, quae, in historiam salutis intime ingressa, maxima fidei placita in se quodammodo unit et reverberat, dum praedicatur et colitur, ad Filium suum Eiusque sacrificium atque ad amorem Patris credentes advocat. Ecclesia vero, gloriam Christi prosequens, praecelso suo Typo similior efficitur, continuo progrediens in fide, spe et caritate, ac divinam voluntatem in omnibus quaerens et obsequens. Unde etiam in opere suo apostolico Ecclesia ad Eam merito respicit, quae genuit Christum, ideo de Spiritu Sancto conceptum et de Virgine natum, ut per Ecclesiam in cordibus quoque fidelium nascatur et crescat. Quae Virgo in sua vita exemplum exstitit materni illius affectus, quo cuncti in missione apostolica Ecclesiae cooperantes ad regenerandos homines animentur oportet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV. De cultu Beatae Virginis in Ecclesia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maria, per gratiam Dei post Filium prae omnibus angelis et hominibus exaltata, utpote sanctissima Dei Mater, quae mysteriis Christi interfuit, speciali cultu ab Ecclesia merito honoratur. Et sane ab antiquissimis temporibus Beata Virgo sub titulo \"Deiparae\" colitur, sub cuius praesidium fideles in cunctis periculis et necessitatibus suis deprecantes confugiunt(191). Inde praesertim ab Ephesina Synodo cultus Populi Dei erga Mariam mirabiliter crevit in veneratione et dilectione, in invocatione et imitatione, secundum ipsius verba prophetica: \"Beatam me dicent omnes generationes, quia fecit mihi magna qui potens est\" (Lc 1,48-49). Qui cultus, prout in Ecclesia semper exstitit, singularis omnino quamquam est, essentialiter differt a cultu adorationis, qui Verbo incarnato aeque ac Patri et Spiritui Sancto exhibetur, eidemque potissimum favet. Variae enim formae pietatis erga Dei Genitricem, quas Ecclesia intra limites sanae et orthodoxae doctrinae, pro temporum et locorum conditionibus et pro indole ingenioque fidelium approbavit, id efficiunt ut dum Mater honoratur, Filius, propter quem omnia (cf. Col 1,15-16) et in quo aeterno Patri \"complacuit omnem plenitudinem inhabitare\" (Col 1,19), rite noscatur, ametur, glorificetur, Eiusque mandata serventur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hanc catholicam doctrinam Sacrosancta Synodus consulto docet, simulque omnes Ecclesiae filios admonet, ut cultum, praesertim liturgicum, erga Beatam Virginem generose foveant, praxes autem et exercitia pietatis erga Eam saeculorum cursu a Magisterio commendata magni faciant et ea quae anteactis temporibus de cultu imaginum Christi, Beatae Virginis et Sanctorum decreta fuere, religiose servent(192). Theologos autem verbique divini praecones enixe exhortatur, ut aeque ab omni falsa superlatione, quemadmodum et a nimia mentis angustia, in singulari Deiparae dignitate consideranda sedulo abstineant(193). Studium Sacrae Scripturae, Sanctorum Patrum et Doctorum Ecclesiaeque liturgiarum sub ductu Magisterii excolentes, recte illustrent munera et privilegia Beatae Virginis, quae semper Christum spectant, totius veritatis, sanctitatis et pietatis originem. Sedulo arceant quaecumque sive in dictis sive in factis fratres seiunctos vel alios quoscumque in errorem circa veram Ecclesiae doctrinam inducere possent. Meminerint porro fideles veram devotionem neque in sterili et transitorio affectu, neque in vana quadam credulitate consistere, sed a vera fide procedere, qua ad Dei Genitricis excellentiam agnoscendam adducimur, et ad filialem erga Matrem nostram amorem eiusque virtutum imitationem excitamur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "V. Maria, signum certae spei et solatii peregrinanti Populo Dei"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Interim autem Mater Iesu, quemadmodum in coelis corpore et anima iam glorificata, imago et initium est Ecclesiae in futuro saeculo consummandae, ita his in terris, quoadusque advenerit dies Domini (cf. 2Pt 3,10), tamquam signum certae spei et solatii peregrinanti Populo Dei praelucet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosanctae huic Synodo magnum affert gaudium et solatium, etiam inter fratres seiunctos non deesse, qui Matri Domini ac Salvatoris debitum afferunt honorem, speciatim apud Orientales, qui ad cultum Deiparae semper Virginis fervido impulsu ac devoto animo concurrunt(194). Universi christifideles supplicationes instantes ad Matrem Dei et Matrem hominum effundant, ut Ipsa, quae primitiis Ecclesiae precibus suis adstitit, nunc quoque in coelo super omnes Beatos et Angelos exaltata, in omnium Sanctorum Communione apud Filium suum intercedat, donec cunctae familiae populorum, sive quae christiano nomine decorantur, sive quae Salvatorem suum adhuc ignorant, cum pace et concordia in unum Populum Dei feliciter congregentur, ad gloriam Sanctissimae et individuae Trinitatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec omnia et singula quae in hac Constitutione dogmatica edicta sunt placuerunt Sacrosancti Concilii Patribus. Et Nos, Apostolica a Christo Nobis tradita potestate, illa una cum Venerabilibus Patribus, in Spiritu Sancto approbamus, decernimus ac statuimus et quae ita synodaliter statuta sunt ad Dei gloriam promulgari iubemus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Romae, apud S. Petrum die XXI mensis Novemhris anno MCMLXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS Catholicae Ecclesiae Episcopus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EUGENIUS Episcopus Ostiensis ac Portuensis et S. Rufinae Cardinalis TISSERANT, Sacri Collegii Decanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus Albanensis Cardinalis PIZZARDO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENEDICTUS Episcopus Praenestinus Cardinalis ALOISI MASELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HAMLETUS IOANNES Episcopus tit. Tusculanus Cardinalis CICOGNANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus tit. Sabinensis et Mandelensis Cardinalis FERRETTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EMMANUEL titulo Ss. Marcellini et Petri Presbyter Cardinalis GONÇALVES CEREJEIRA, Patriarcha Lisbonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS GABRIEL titulo Basilicae XII Apostolorum Presbyter Cardinalis TAPPOUNI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Syrorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IACOBUS ALOISIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Damaso Prsbyter Cardinalis COPELLO, S. R. E. Cancellarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PETRUS titulo Ssmae Trinitatis in Monte Pincio Presbyter Cardinalis GERLIER, Archiepiscopus Lugdunensis et Viennensis, Primas Galliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GREGORIUS PETRUS titulo Ss. Bartholomaei in insula Presbyter Cardinalis AGAGIANIAN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego NORMANNUS THOMAS titulo Ss. Quattuor Coronatorum Presbyter Cardinalis GILROY, Archiepiscopus Sydneyensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis ante Portam Latinam Presbyter Cardinalis FRINGS, Archiepiscopus Coloniensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS titulo S. Sabinae Presbyter Cardinalis RUFFINI, Archiepiscopus Panormitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Panisperna Presbyter Cardinalis CAGGIANO, Archiepiscopus Bonaërensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PETRUS titulo S. Laurentii in Lucina Presbyter Cardinalis CIRIACI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo S. Mariae de Pace Presbyter Cardinalis FELTIN, Archiepiscopus Parisiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo S. Mariae in Transpontina Presbyter Cardinalis LERCARO, Archiepiscopus Bononiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS titulo S. Mariae trans Tiberim Presbyter Cardinalis WYSZYNSKI, Archiepiscopus Gnesnensis et Varsaviensis, Primas Poloniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Augustini Presbyter Cardinalis QUIROGA Y PALACIOS, Archiepiscopus Compostellanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS AEMILIUS titulo S. Mariae Angelorum in Thermis Presbyter Cardinalis LEGER, Archiepiscopus Marianopolitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Mariae Novae Presbyter Cardinalis CONCHA, Archiepiscopus Bogotensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Priscae Presbyter Cardinalis DA COSTA NUNES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego HILDEBRANDUS titulo S. Sebastiani ad Catacumbas Presbyter Cardinalis ANTONIUTTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego EPHRAEM titulo S. Crucis in Hierusalem Presbyter Cardinalis FORNI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Mariae de Aracoeli Presbyter Cardinalis LANDAZURI RICKETTS, Archiepiscopus Limanus, Primas Peruviae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RADULFUS titulo S. Bernardi ad Thermas Presbyter Cardinalis SILVA HENRIQUEZ, Archiepiscopus S. Iacobi in Chile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO IOSEPHUS titulo S. Petri ad Vincula Presbyter Cardinalis SUENENS, Archiepiscopus Mechliniensis-Bruxellensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALAPHRIDUS S. Mariae in Domnica Protodiaconus Cardinalis OTTAVIANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALBERTUS S. Pudentianae Diaconus Cardinalis DI JORIO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS S. Mariae in Cosmedin Diaconus Cardinalis ROBERTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ARCADIUS SS. Blasii et Caroli ad Catinarios Diaconus Cardinalis LARRAONA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS SS. Cosmae et Damiani Diaconus Cardinalis MORANO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUILLELMUS THEODORUS S. Theodori in Palatio Diaconus Cardinalis HEARD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego AUGUSTINUS S. Sabae Diaconus Cardinalis BEA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ANTONIUS S. Eugenii Diaconus Cardinalis BACCI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRATER MICHAEL S. Pauli Apostoli in Arenula Diaconus Cardinalis BROWNE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOACHIM ANSELMUS S. Apollinaris Diaconus Cardinalis ALBAREDA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS I SIDAROUSS, Patriarcha Alexandrinus Coptorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAXIMUS IV SAIGH, Patriarcha Antiochenus Melchitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS PETRUS MEOUCHI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Maronitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALBERTUS GORI, Patriarcha Hierosolymitanus Latinorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS II CHEIKHO, Patriarcha Babylonensis Chaldaeorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EX ACTIS SS. OECUMENICI CONCILII VATICANI II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTIFICATIONES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Factae ab Exc.mo Secretario Generali Ss. Concilii in Congregatione Generali CXXIII diei XVI Nov. MCMLXIV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quaesitum est quaenam esse debeat qualificatio theologica doctrinae, quae in Schemate de Ecclesia exponitur et suffragationi subicitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Commissio Doctrinalis quaesito responsionem dedit, in expendendis Modis spectantibus ad caput tertium Schematis de Ecclesia, hisce verbis:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Ut de se patet, textus Concilii semper secundum regulas generales, ab omnibus cognitas, interpretandus est\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qua occasione Commissio Doctrinalis remittit ad suam Declarationem 6 martii 1964, cuius textum hic transcribimus:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Ratione habita moris conciliaris ac praesentis Concilii finis pastoralis, haec S. Synodus ea tantum de rebus fidei vel morum ab Ecclesia tenenda definit, quae ut talia aperte ipsa declaraverit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cetera autem, quae S. Synodus proponit, utpote Supremi Ecclesiae Magisterii doctrinam, omnes ac singuli christifideles excipere et amplecti debent iuxta ipsius S. Synodi mentem, quae sive ex subiecta materia sive ex dicendi ratione innotescit, secundum normas theologicae interpretationis\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Superiore dein Auctoritate communicatur Patribus nota explicativa praevia ad Modos circa caput tertium Schematis de Ecclesia, ad cuius notae mentem atque sententiam explicari et intelligi debet doctrina in eodem capite tertio exposita."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nota explicativa praevia"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Commissio statuit expensioni Modorum sequentes observationes generales praemittere."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Collegium non intelligitur sensu stricte iuridico, scilicet de coetu aequalium, qui potestatem suam praesidi suo demandarent, sed de coetu stabili, cuius structura et auctoritas ex Revelatione deduci debent. Quapropter in Responsione ad Modum 12 explicite de Duodecim dicitur quod Dominus eos constituit \"ad modum collegii seu coetus stabilis\". Cf etiam Mod. 53, c. - Ob eandem rationem, de Collegio Episcoporum passim etiam adhibentur vocabula Ordo vel Corpus. Parallelismus inter Petrum ceterosque Apostolos ex una parte, et Summum Pontificem et Episcopos ex altera parte, non implicat transmissionem potestatis extraordinariae Apostolorum ad successores eorum, neque, uti patet, aequalitatem inter Caput et membra Collegii, sed solam proportionalitatem inter primam relationem (Petrus - Apostoli) et alteram (Papa - Episcopi). Unde Commissio statuit scribere in n. 22: non eadem sed pari ratione. Cf Modum 57."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aliquis fit membrum Collegii vi consecrationis episcopalis et communione hierarchica cum Collegii Capite atque membris. Cf n. 22, § 1 in fine. In consecratione datur ontologica participatio sacrorum munerum, ut indubie constat ex Traditione, etiam liturgica. Consulto adhibetur vocabulum munerum, non vero potestatum, quia haec ultima vox de potestate ad actum expedita intelligi posset. Ut vero talis expedita potestas habeatur, accedere debet canonica seu iuridica determinatio per auctoritatem hierarchicam. Quae determinatio potestatis consistere potest in concessione particularis officii vel in assignatione subditorum, et datur iuxta normas a suprema auctoritate adprobatas. Huiusmodi ulterior norma ex natura rei requiritur, quia agitur de muneribus quae a pluribus subiectis, hierarchice ex voluntate Christi cooperantibus, exerceri debent. Evidens est quod haec \"communio\" in vita Ecclesiae secundum adiuncta temporum applicata est, priusquam in iure velut codificata fuerit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter signanter dicitur, requiri hierarchicam communionem cum Ecclesiae Capite atque membris. Communio est notio quae in antiqua Ecclesia (sicut etiam hodie praesertim in Oriente) in magno honore habetur. Non intelligitur autem de vago quodam affectu, sed de realitate organica, quae iuridicam formam exigit et simul caritate animatur. Unde Commissio, fere unanimi consensu, scribendum esse statuit: \"in hierarchica communione\". Cf Modum 40 et etiam illa quae dicuntur de missione canonica, sub n. 24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Documenta recentiorum Summorum Pontificum circa iurisdictionem Episcoporum interpretanda sunt de hac necessaria determinatione potestatum."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Collegium, quod sine Capite non datur, dicitur: \"subiectum quoque supremae ac plenae potestatis in universam Ecclesiam existere\". Quod necessario admittendum est, ne plenitudo potestatis Romani Pontificis in discrimen poneretur. Collegium enim necessario et semper Caput suum cointelligit, quod in Collegio integrum servat suum munus Vicarii Christi et Pastoris Ecclesiae universalis. Aliis verbis distinctio non est inter Romanum Pontificem et Episcopos collective sumptos, sed inter Romanum Pontificem seorsim et Romanum Pontificem simul cum Episcopis. Quia vero Summus Pontifex est Caput Collegii, ipse solus quosdam actus facere potest, qui Episcopis nullo modo competunt, v. gr. Collegium convocare et dirigere, normas actionis approbare, etc. Cf Modum 81. Ad iudicium Summi Pontificis, cui cura totius gregis Christi commissa est, spectat, secundum necessitates Ecclesiae decursu temporum variantes, determinare modum quo haec cura actuari conveniat, sive modo personali, sive modo collegiali. Romanus Pontifex ad collegiale exercitium ordinandum, promovendum, approbandum, intuitu boni Ecclesiae, secundum propriam discretionem procedit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Summus Pontifex, utpote Pastor Supremus Ecclesiae, suam potestatem omni tempore ad placitum exercere potest, sicut ab ipso suo munere requiritur. Collegium vero, licet semper exsistat, non propterea permanenter actione stricte collegiali agit, sicut ex Traditione Ecclesiae constat. Aliis verbis non semper est \"in actu pleno\", immo nonnisi per intervalla actu stricte collegiali agit et nonnisi consentiente Capite. Dicitur autem \"consentiente Capite\", ne cogitetur de dependentia velut ab aliquo extraneo; terminus \"consentiens\" evocat e contra communionem inter Caput et membra, et implicat necessitatem actus qui Capiti proprie competit. Res affirmatur explicite in n. 22, § 2 et explicatur ibid., in fine. Formula negativa \"nonnisi\" omnes casus comprehendit: unde evidens est quod normae a suprema Auctoritate approbatae semper observari debent. Cf Modum 84."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In omnibus autem apparet quod agitur de coniunctione Episcoporum cum Capite suo, numquam vero de actione Episcoporum independenter a Papa. In quo casu, deficiente actione Capitis, Episcopi agere ut Collegium nequeunt, sicut ex notione \"Collegii\" patet. Haec hierarchica communio omnium Episcoporum cum Summo Pontifice in Traditione certe solemnis est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "N.B. Sine communione hierarchica munus sacramentale-ontologicum, quod distinguendum est ab aspectu canonico-iuridico, exerceri non potest. Commissio autem censuit non intrandum esse in quaestiones de liceitate et validitate, quae relinquuntur disceptationi theologorum, in specie quod attinet ad potestatem quae de facto apud Orientales seiunctos exercetur, et de cuius explicatione variae exstant sententiae\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Cf. S. CYPRIANUS, Epist. 64, 4: PL 3, 1017; CSEL (Hartel), III B, p. 720. S. HILARIUS PICT., In Mt 23,6: PL 9, 1047. S. AUGUSTINUS, passim. S. CYRILLUS ALEX., Glaph. in Gen. 2,10: PG 69, 110 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) S. GREGORIUS M., Hom. in Evang. 19, 1: PL 76, 1154B. Cf. S. AUGUSTINUS, Serm. 341, 9, 11: PL 39, 1499 s. S. Io. DAMASCENUS, Adv. Iconocl. 11: PG 96, 1357."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Cf. S. IRENAEUS, Adv. Haer. III, 24, 1: PG 7, 966B; HARVEY 2, 131, ed. SAGNARD, Sources Chr., p. 398."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) S. CYPRIANUS, De Orat. Dom. 23: PL 4, 553: HARTEL, III A, p. 285. S. AUGUSTINUS, Serm. 71, 20, 33: PL 38, 463s. S. Io. DAMASCENUS, Adv. Iconocl. 12: PG 96, 1358D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cf. ORIGENES, In Mt. 16,21: PG 13, 1443 C; TERTULLIANUS, Adv. Marc. 3, 7: PL 2, 357C; CSEL 47, 3, p. 386. Pro documentis liturgicis, Cf. Sacramentarium Gregorianum: PL 78, 160B; vel C. MOHLHERG, Liber Sacramentorum Romanae Ecclesiae, Romae, 1960, p. 111, XC: “Deus, qui ex omni coaptatione sanctorum aeternum tibi condis habitaculum...”. Hymnus Urbs Ierusalem beata in Breviario monastico, et Coelestis urbs Ierusalem in Breviario romano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cf. S. THOMAS, Summa Theol. III, q. 62, a. 5, ad 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cf. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis, 29 iun. 1943: AAS 35 (1943), p. 208."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cf. LEO XIII, Epist. Encycl. Divinum illud, 9 maii 1897: ASS 29 (1896-97), p. 650. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis, l. c., pp. 219-220: DENZ. 2288 (3808). S. AUGUSTINUS, Serm. 268, 2: PL 38, 1232, et alibi. S. Io. CHRYSOSTOMUS, In Eph, Hom. 9, 3: PG 62, 72. DIDYMUS ALEX., Trin. 2, 1: PG 39, 449s. S. THOMAS, In Col. 1, 18, lect. 5: ed. Marietti, II, n. 46: “Sicut constituitur unum corpus ex unitate animae, ita Ecclesia ex unitate Spiritus...”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Cf. LEO XIII, Litt. Encycl. Sapientiae christianae, 10 ian. 1890: ASS 22 (1889-90), p. 392. ID., Epist Encycl. Satis cognitum, 29 iun. 1896: ASS 28 (1895-96), pp. 710 et 724ss. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis, l. c., pp. 199-200."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cf. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis, l. c., p. 221ss. ID., Litt. Encycl. Humani generis, 12 aug. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 571."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Cf. LEO XIII, Epist. Encycl. Satis cognitum, l. c., p. 713"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cf. Symbolum Apostolicum: DENZ. 6-9 (10-30); Symb. Nic.-Const.: DENZ. 86 (150); coll. Prof. fidei Trid.: DENZ. 994 et 999 (1862 et 1868)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Dicitur “Sancta (catholica apostolica) Romana Ecclesia”, in Prof. fidei Trid., l. c. et CONC. VAT. I, Const. dogm. de fide cath. Dei Filius: DENZ. 1782 (3001)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) S. AUGUSTINUS, De civ. Dei, XVIII, 51, 2: PL 41, 614."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Cf. S. CYPRIANUS, Epist. 69, 6: PL 3, 1142B; HARTEL 3B, p. 754: “inseparabile unitatis sacramentum”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Cf. PIUS XII, Alloc. Magnificate Dominum, 2 nov. 1954: AAS 46 (1954), p. 669. Litt. Encycl. Mediator Dei, 20 nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947), p. 555."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Miserentissimus Redemptor, 8 maii 1928: AAS 20 (1928), p. 171s. PIUS XII, Alloc. Vous nous avez, 22 sept. 1956: AAS 48 (1956), p. 714."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Cf. S. THOMAS, Summa Theol. III, q. 63, a. 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Cf. S. CYRILLUS HIER., Catech. 17, de Spiritu Sancto, II, 35-37: PG 33, 1009-1012. NIC. CABASILAS, De vita in Christo, lib. III, de utilitate chrismatis: PG 150, 569-580. S. THOMAS, Summa Theol. III, q. 65, a. 3 et q. 72, a. 1 et 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Cf. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Mediator Dei, 20 nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947), praesertim p. 552s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) 1Cor 7,7: “Unusquisque proprium donum (idion charisma) habet ex Deo, alius quidem sic, alius vero sic”. Cf. S. AUGUSTINUS, De Dono Persev., 14, 37: PL 45, 1015s.: “Non tantum continentia Dei donum est, sed coniugatorum etiam castitas”"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) S. AUGUSTINUS, De Praed. Sanct. 14, 27: PL 44, 980."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) S. Io. CHRYSOSTOMUS, In Io., Hom. 65, 1: PG 59, 361."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Cf. S. IRENAEUS, Adv. Haer. III, 16, 6; III, 22, 1-3: PG 7, 925C-926A et 955C-958A; HARVEY 2, 87s. et 120-123; SAGNARD, ed. Sources Chrét., pp. 290-292 et 372ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Cf. S. IGNATIUS M., Ad Rom, Praef.: ed. FUNK, I, 252."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Cf. S. AUGUSTINUS, Bapt. c. Donat. V, 28, 39: PL 43, 197: “Certe manifestum est, id quod dicitur, in Ecclesia intus et foris, in corde, non in corpore cogitandum”. Cf. ib., III, 19, 26: col. 152; V, 18, 24: col. 189; In Io, Tr. 61, 2: PL 35, 1800, et alibi saepe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Luc. 12, 48: “Omni autem, cui multum datum est, multum quaeretur ab eo”. Cf. Mt 5,19-20; 7,21-22; 25,41-46; Iac 2,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Cf. LEO XIII, Epist. Apost. Praeclara gratulationis, 20 iun. 1894: ASS 26 (1893-94), p. 707."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Cf. LEO XIII, Epist. Encycl. Satis cognitum, 29 iun. 1896: ASS 28 (1895-96), p. 738. Epist. Encycl. Caritatis studium, 25 iul. 1898: ASS 31 (1898-99), p. 11. PIUS XII, Nuntius radioph. Nell'alba, 24 dec. 1941: AAS 34 (1942), p. 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Rerum Orientalium, 8 sept. 1928: AAS 20 (1928), p. 287. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Orientalis Ecclesiae, 9 apr. 1944: AAS 36 (1944), p. 137."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Cf. Instr. S. S. C. S. OFFICII, 20 dec. 1949: AAS 42 (1950), p. 142."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) Cf. S. THOMAS, Summa Theol. III, q. 8, a. 3, ad 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) Cf. Epist. S. S. C. S. OFFICII ad Archiep. Boston.: DENZ. 3869-72."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Cf. EUSEBIUS CAES., Praeparatio Evangelica, 1, 1: PG 21, 28AB."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(35) Cf. BENEDICTUS XV, Epist. Apost. Maximum illud: AAS 11 (1919), p. 440, praesertim p. 451ss. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Rerum Ecclesiae: AAS 18 (1926), pp. 68-69. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Fidei Donum, 21 apr. 1957: AAS 49 (1957), pp. 236-237."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(36) Cf. Didachè, 14: ed. FUNK, I, p. 32. S. IUSTINUS, Dial. 41: PG 6, 564. S. IRENAEUS, Adv. Haer. IV, 17, 5: PG 7, 1023; HARVEY, 2, p. 199s. CONC. TRID., Sess. 22, cap. 1: DENZ. 939 (1742)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(37) Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia Christi, Pastor aeternus: DENZ. 1821 (3050s.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(38) Cf. CONC. FLOR., Decretum pro Graecis: DENZ. 694 (1307) et CONC. VAT. I, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia Christi, Pastor aeternus: DENZ. 1826 (3059)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(39) Cf. Liber sacramentorum S. GREGORII, Praef. in natali S. Matthiae et S. Thomae: PL 78, 51 et 152; Cf. Cod. Vat. lat. 3548, f. 18. S. HILARIUS, In Ps. 67, 10: PL 9, 450, CSEL 22, p. 286. S. HIERONYMUS, Adv. Iovin. 1, 26: PL 23, 247A. S. AUGUSTINUS, In Ps. 86, 4: PL 37, 1103. S. GREGORIUS M., Mor. in Iob, XXVIII, V: PL 76, 455-456. PRIMASIUS, Comm. in Apoc. V: PL 68, 924 BC. PASCHASIUS RADB., In Mt, L. VIII, cap. 16: PL 120, 561 C. Cf. LEO XIII, Epist. Et sane, 17 dec. 1888: ASS 21 (1888), p. 321."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(40) Cf. Act 6,2-6; 11,30; 13,1; 14,23; 20,17; 1Thess 5,12-13; Phil 1,1; Col 4,11 et passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(41) Cf. Act 20,25-27; 2Tim 4,6 s. coll. 1Tim 5,22; 2Tim 2,2; Tit 1,5; S. CLEMENS ROM., Ad Cor. 44, 3: ed. FUNK, 1, p. 156."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(42) Cf. S. CLEMENS ROM., Ad Cor. 44, 2: ed. FUNK, 1, p. 154s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(43) Cf. TERTULLIANUS, Praescr. Haer. 32: PL 2, 52 s. S. IGNATIUS M., passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(44) Cf. TERTULLIANUS, Praescr. Haer. 32: PL 2, 53."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(45) Cf. S. IRENAEUS, Adv. Haer. III, 3, 1: PG 7, 848A; HARVEY 2, 8; SAGNARD, p. 100 s.: “manifestatam”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(46) Cf. S. IRENAEUS, Adv. Haer. III, 2, 2: PG 7, 847; HARVEY 2, 7, SAGNARD, p. 100: “custoditur”, Cf. ib. IV, 26, 2: col. 1053; HARVEY 2, 236, necnon IV, 33, 8: col. 1077; HARVEY 2, 262."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(47) Cf. S. IGNATIUS M., Philad., Praef.: ed. FUNK, 1, p. 264."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(48) Cf. S. IGNATIUS M., Philad., 1, 1; Magn. 6, 1: ed. FUNK, 1, 264 et 234."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(49) S. CLEMENS ROM. l. c., 42, 3-4; 44, 3-4; 57, 1-2; ed. FUNK I, 152, 156, 171s. S. IGNATIUS M., Philad. 2; Smyrn. 8; Magn. 3; Trall. 7: ed. FUNK, I, p. 265s.; 282; 232; 246s. etc.; S. IUSTINUS, Apol., 1, 65: PG 6, 428; S. CYPRIANUS, Epist., passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(50) Cf. LEO XIII, Epist. Encycl. Satis cognitum, 29 iun. 1896: ASS 28 (1895-96), p. 732."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(51) Cf. CONC. TRID., Decr. De sacr. Ordinis, cap. 4: DENZ. 960 (1768); CONC. VAT. I, Const. dogm. I De Ecclesia Christi, Pastor aeternus, cap. 3: DENZ. 1828 (3061). PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis, 29 iun. 1943: AAS 35 (1943), pp. 209 et 212. CIC, can. 329 § 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(52) Cf. LEO XIII, Epist. Et sane, 17 dec. 1888: ASS 21 (1888), p. 321s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(53) Cf. S. LEO M., Serm. 5, 3: PL 54, 154."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(54) CONC. TRID., Sess. 23, cap. 3, citat verba 2Tim 1,6-7, ut demonstret Ordinem esse verum sacramentum: DENZ. 959 (1766)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(55) In Trad. Apost. 3: ed. BOTTE, Sources Chr., pp. 27-30, Episcopo tribuitur “primatus sacerdotii”. Cf. Sacramentarium Leonianum, ed. C. MOHLBERG, Sacramentarium Veronense, Romae, 1955, p. 119: “ad summi sacerdotii ministerium... Comple in sacerdotibus tuis mysterii tui summam...”. IDEM, Liber Sacramentorum Romanae Ecclesiae, Romae, 1960, pp. 121-122: “Tribuas eis, Domine, cathedram episcopalem ad regendam Ecclesiam tuam et plebem universam”. Cf. PL 78, 224."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(56) Cf. Trad Apost. 2: ed. BOTTE, p. 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(57) Cf. CONC. TRID., Sess. 23, cap. 4, docet Ordinis sacramentum imprimere characterem indelebilem: DENZ. 960 (1767). Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Alloc. Iubilate Deo, 8 maii 1960: AAS 52 (1960), p. 466. PAULUS VI, Homilia in Bas. Vaticana, 20 oct. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 1014."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(58) S. CYPRIANUS, Epist. 63, 14: PL 4, 386; HARTEL, III B, p. 713: “Sacerdos vice Christi vere fungitur”. S. Io. CHRYSOSTOMUS, In 2 Tim., Hom. 2, 4: PG 62, 612: Sacerdos est “symbolon” Christi. S. AMBROSIUS, In Ps. 38, 25-26: PL 14, 1051-52; CSEL 64, 203-204. AMBROSIASTER, In 1Tim 5, 19: PL 17, 479 C et In Eph 4, 11-12: col. 387 C. THEODORUS MOPS., Hom. Catech. XV, 21 et 24: ed. TONNEAU, pp. 497 et 503. HESYCHIUS HIER., In Lev., L. 2, 9, 23: PG 93, 894B."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(59) Cf. EUSEBIUS, Hist. Eccl., V, 24, 10: GCS II, 1, p. 495; ed. BARDY, Sources Chrét. II, p. 69. DIONYSIUS, apud EUSEBIUM, ib. VII, 5, 2: GCS II, 2, p. 638 s.; BARDY, II, p. 168s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(60) Cf. de antiquis Conciliis, EUSEBIUS, Hist. Eccl. V, 23-24: GCS II, 1, p. 488ss.; BARDY, II, p. 66 ss. et passim. CONC. NICAENUM, can. 5: Conc. Oec. Decr. p. 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(61) Cf. TERTULLIANUS, De Ieiunio, 13: PL 2, 972B; CSEL 20, p. 292, lin. 13-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(62) Cf. S. CYPRIANUS, Epist. 56, 3: HARTEL, III B, p. 650; BAYARD, p. 154."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(63) Cf. Relatio officialis ZINELLI, in CONC. VAT. I: MANSI 52, 1109C."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(64) Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Schema Const. dogm. II, De Ecclesia Christi, c. 4: MANSI 53, 310. Cf. relatio KLEUTGEN de Schemate reformato: MANSI 53, 321B-322B et declaratio ZINELLI: MANSI 52, 1110A. Vide etiam S. LEONEM M., Serm. 4, 3: PL 54, 151A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(65) Cf. CIC, cann. 222 et 227."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(66) Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Const. Dogm. Pastor aeternus: DENZ. 1821 (3050s.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(67) Cf. S. CYPRIANUS, Epist. 66, 8: HARTEL III, 2, p. 733: “Episcopus in Ecclesia et Ecclesia in Episcopo”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(68) Cf. S. CYPRIANUS, Epist. 55, 24: HARTEL, p. 624, lin. 13: “Una Ecclesia per totum mundum in multa membra divisa”. Epist. 36, 4: HARTEL, p. 575, lin. 20-21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-324",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(69) Cf. PIUS XII, Litt Encycl. Fidei Donum, 21 apr. 1957: AAS 49 (1957), p. 237."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(70) Cf. S. HILARIUS PICT., In Ps. 14, 3: PL 9, 206; CSEL 22, p. 86. S. GREGORIUS M., Moral. IV, 7, 12: PL 75, 643C. Ps.-BASILIUS, In Is. 15, 296: PG 30, 637C."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-326",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(71) Cf. S. COELESTINUS, Epist. 18, 1-2, ad Conc. Eph: PL 50, 505AB; SCHWARTZ, Acta Conc. Oec. I, 1, 1, p. 22. Cf. BENEDICTUS XV, Epist. Apost. Maximum illud: AAS 11 (1919), p. 440. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Rerum Ecclesiae, 28 febr. 1926: AAS 18 (1926), p. 69. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Fidei Donum, l.c."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(72) Cf. LEO XIII, Litt. encycl. Grande munus, 30 sept. 1880: ASS 13 (1880), p. 145. Cf. CIC, can. 1327; can. 1350 § 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(73) De iuribus Sedium patriarchalium, Cf. CONC. NICAENUM, can. 6 de Alexandria et Antiochia, et can. 7 de Hierosolymis: Conc. Oec. Decr., p. 8. CONC. LATER. IV, anno 1215, Constit. V: De dignitate Patriarcharum: ibid. p. 212. CONC. FERR.-FLOR.: ibid. p. 504."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-329",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(74) Cf. Cod. Iuris Can., pro Eccl. Orient., cann. 216-314: de Patriarchis; cc. 324-339 de Archiepiscopis maioribus; cc. 362-391: de aliis dignitariis; in specie, c. 238 § 3; 216; 240; 251; 255: de Episcopis a Patriarcha nominandis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(75) Cf. CONC. TRID., Decr. De reform., Sess. V, c. 2, n. 9, et Sess. XXIV, can. 4: Conc. Oec. Decr., pp. 645 et 739."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(76) Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Const. dogm. Dei Filius, 3: DENZ. 1792 (3011). Cf. nota adiecta ad Schema I De Eccl. (desumpta ex S. ROB. BELLARMINO): MANSI 51, 579C; necnon Schema reformatum Const. Il De Ecclesia Christi, cum commentario KLEUTGEN: MANSI 53, 313 AB. PIUS IX, Epist. Tuas libenter: DENZ. 1683 (2879)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-332",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(77) Cf. CIC, cann. 1322-1323."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-333",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(78) Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Const. dogm. Pastor Aeternus: Denz. 1839 (3074)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(79) Cf. explicatio GASSER in CONC. VAT. I: MANSI 52, 1213 AC."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-335",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(80) Cf. GASSER in CONC. VAT. I: MANSI 1214A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-336",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(81) Cf. GASSER in CONC. VAT. I: MANSI 1215CD, 1216-1217A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-337",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(82) Cf. GASSER in CONC. VAT. I: MANSI 1213."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-338",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(83) Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Const. dogm. Pastor Aeternus, 4: DENZ. 1836 (3070)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-339",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(84) Oratio consecrationis episcopalis in ritu byzantino: Euchologion to mega, Romae, 1873, p. 139."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-340",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(85) Cf. S. IGNATIUS M., Smyrn. 8, 1: ed. FUNK, 1, p. 282."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(86) Cf. Act 8,1; 14,22-23; 20,17,et passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-342",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(87) Oratio mozarabica: PL 96, 759B."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(88) Cf. S. IGNATIUS M., Smyrn. 8, 1: ed. FUNK, I, p. 282."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-344",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(89) S. THOMAS, Summa Theol. III, q. 73, a. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-345",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(90) Cf. S. AUGUSTINUS C. Faustum, 12, 20: PL 42, 265; Serm. 57, 7: PL 38, 389, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-346",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(91) S. Leo M., Serm. 63, 7: PL 54, 357C."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-347",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(92) Cf. Traditio Apostolica Hippolyti, 2-3: ed. BOTTE, pp. 26-30."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-348",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(93) Cf. textus examinis in initio consecrationis episcopalis, et Oratio in fine Missae eiusdem consecrationis, post Te Deum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-349",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(94) BENEDICTUS XIV, Br. Romana Ecclesia, 5 oct. 1752, § 1: Bullarium Benedicti XIV, t. IV, Romae, 1758, 21: “Episcopus Christi typum gerit, Eiusque munere fungitur”. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis, l. c., p. 211: “Assignatos sibi greges singuli singulos Christi nomine pascunt et regunt”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-350",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(95) Cf. LEO XIII, Epist. Encycl. Satis cognitum, 29 iun. 1896: AAS 28 (1895-96), p. 732. IDEM, Epist. Officio sanctissimo, 22 dec. 1887: ASS 20 (1887), p. 264. PIUS IX, Litt. Apost. ad Episcopos Germaniae, 12 mart. 1875, et Alloc. Consist., 15 mart. 1875: DENZ. 3112-3117, in nova ed. tantum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-351",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(96) Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Const. dogm. Pastor aeternus, 3: DENZ. 1828 (3061). Cf. Relatio ZINELLI: MANSI 52, 1114D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(97) Cf. S. IGNATIUS M., Ad Ephes. 5, 1: ed. FUNK, I, p. 216."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-353",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(98) Cf. S. IGNATIUS M., Ad Ephes. 6, 1: ed. FUNK, I, p. 218."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-354",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(99) Cf. CONC. TRID., De sacr. Ordinis, cap. 2: DENZ. 958 (1765), et can. 6: DENZ. 966 (1776)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-355",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(100) Cf. INNOCENTIUS I, Epist. ad Decentium: PL 20, 554 A; MANSI 3, 1029; DENZ. 98 (215): “Presbyteri, licet secundi sint sacerdotes, pontificatus tamen apicem non habent”. S. CYPRIANUS, Epist. 61, 3: ed. HARTEL, p. 696."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-356",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(101) Cf. CONC. TRID., l. c., DENZ. 956a-968 (1763-1778), et in specie can. 7: DENZ. 967 (1777). PIUS XII, Const. Apost. Sacramentum Ordinis: DENZ. 2301 (3857-61)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-357",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(102) Cf. INNOCENTIUS I, l. c. S. GREGORIUS NAZ., Apol. II, 22: PG 35, 432 B. Ps.-DIONYSIUS, Eccl. Hier., 1, 2: PG 3, 372 D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-358",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(103) Cf. CONC. TRID., Sess. 22: DENZ. 940 (1743). PIUS XII Litt. Encycl. Mediator Dei, 20 nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947), p. 553: DENZ. 2300 (3850)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-359",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(104) Cf. CONC. TRID., Sess. 22: DENZ. 938 (1739-40). CONC. VAT. II, Const. De Sacra Liturgia, Sacrosanctum Concilium, n. 7 et n. 47, AAS 56 (1964), pp. 100-113."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-360",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(105) Cf. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Mediator Dei, l. c., sub n. 67."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-361",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(106) Cf. S. CYPRIANUS, Epist. 11, 3: PL 4, 242B; HARTEL, II, 2, p. 497."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-362",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(107) Cf. Pontificale romanum, De Ordinatione Presbyterorum, in impositione vestimentorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-363",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(108) Cf. Pontificale romanum, De Ordinatione Presbyterorum, in praefatione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-364",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(109) CCf. S. IGNATIUS M., Philad. 4: ed. FUNK, I, p. 266. S. CORNELIUS I, apud S. CYPRIANUM, Epist. 48, 2: HARTEL, III, 2, p. 610."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-365",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(110) Constitutiones Ecclesiae Aegyptiacae, III, 2: ed. FUNK, Didascalia, II, p. 103. Statuta Eccl. Ant. 37-41: MANSI 3, 954."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-366",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(111) S. POLYCARPUS, Ad Phil. 5, 2: ed. FUNK, I, p. 300: Christus dicitur “omnium diaconus factus”. Cf. Didachè, 15, 1: ib., p. 32. S. IGNATIUS M., Trall. 2, 3: ib., p. 242. Constitutiones Apostolorum, 8, 28, 4: ed. FUNK, Didascalia, I, p. 530."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-367",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(112) S. AUGUSTINUS, Serm. 340, 1: PL 38, 1483."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-368",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(113) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Quadragesimo anno, 15 maii 1931: AAS 23 (1931), p. 221s. PIUS XII, Alloc. De quelle consolation, 14 oct. 1951: AAS 43 (1951), p. 790s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-369",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(114) Cf. PIUS XII, Alloc. Six ans se sont écoulés, 5 oct. 1957: AAS 49 (1957), p. 927."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-370",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(115) Missale romanum, e Praefatione festi Christi Regis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-371",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(116) Cf. LEO XIII, Epist. Encycl. Immortale Dei, 1 nov. 1885: ASS 18 (1885), p. 166ss. IDEM, Litt. Encycl. Sapientiae christianae, 10 ian. 1890: ASS 22 (1889-90), p. 397ss. PIUS XII, Alloc. Alla vostra filiale, 23 mart. 1958: AAS 50 (1958), p. 220: “la legittima sana laicità dello Stato”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-372",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(117) Cf. CIC, can. 682."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-373",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(118) Cf. PIUS XII, Alloc. De quelle consolation, l. c., p. 789: “Dans les batailles décisives, c'est parfois du front que partent les plus heureuses initiatives...”. IDEM, Alloc. L'importance de la presse catholique, 17 febr. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 256."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-374",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(119) Cf. 1Thess 5,19 et 1Io 4,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-375",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(120) Epist. ad Diognetum, 6: ed. FUNK, I, p. 400. Cf. S. Io. CHRYSOSTOMUS, In Mt., Hom. 46 (47), 2: PG 58, 478, de fermento in massa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-376",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(121) Missale romanum, Gloria in excelsis. Cf. Lc 1,35; Mc 1,24; Lc 4,34; Io 6,69 (ho hagios tou Theou); Act 3,14; 4,27 et 30; Hebr 7,26; 1Io 2,20; Apoc 3,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-377",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(122) Cf. ORIGENES, Comm. Rom 7, 7: PG 14, 1122B. PS.-MACARIUS, De Oratione, 11: PG 34, 861AB. S. THOMAS, Summa Theol. II-II, q. 184, a. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-378",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(123) Cf. S. AUGUSTINUS, Retract. II, 18: PL 32, 637s. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis, 29 iun. 1943: AAS 35 (1943), p. 225."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-379",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(124) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Rerum omnium, 26 ian. 1923: AAS 15 (1923), pp. 50 et 59-60; Litt. Encycl. Casti Connubii, 31 dec 1930: AAS 22 (1930), p. 548. PIUS XII, Const. Apost. Provida Mater, 2 febr. 1947: AAS 39 (1947), p. 117. Alloc. Annus sacer, 8 dec. 1950: AAS 43 (1951), pp. 27-28. Alloc. Nel darvi, 1 iul. 1956: AAS 48 (1956), p. 574s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-380",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(125) Cf. S. THOMAS, Summa Theol., II-II, q. 184, a. 5 et 6. De perf. vitae spir., c. 18. ORIGENES, In Is., Hom. 6, 1: PG 13, 239."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-381",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(126) Cf. S. IGNATIUS M., Magn. 13, 1: ed. FUNK, 1, p. 241."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-382",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(127) Cf. S. PIUS X, Exhort. Haerent animo, 4 aug. 1908: ASS 41 (1908), p. 560s. CIC, can. 124. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20 dec. 1935: AAS 28 (1936), p. 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-383",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(128) Cf. Pontificale romanum, De Ordinatione Presbyterorum, in exhortatione initiali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-384",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(129) Cf. S. IGNATIUS M., Trall. 2, 3: ed. FUNK, 1, p. 244."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-385",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(130) Cf. PIUS XII, Alloc. Sous la maternelle protection, 9 dec. 1957: AAS 50 (1958), p. 36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-386",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(131) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Casti Connubii, 31 dec. 1930: AAS 22 (1930), p. 548s. S. Io. CHRYSOSTOMUS, In Ephes., Hom. 20, 2: PG 62, 136ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-387",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(132) Cf. S. AUGUSTINUS, Enchir. 121, 32: PL 40, 288. S. THOMAS, Summa Theol. II-II, q. 184, a. 1. PIUS XII, Adhort. Apost. Menti nostrae, 23 sept. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 660."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-388",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(133) De consiliis in genere, Cf. ORIGENES, Comm. Rom. X, 14: PG 14, 1275B. S. AUGUSTINUS, De S. Virginitate, 15, 15: PL 40, 403. S. THOMAS, Summa Theol. I-II, q. 100, a. 2 C (in fine); II-II, q. 44, a. 4, ad 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-389",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(134) De praestantia sacrae virginitatis, Cf. TERTULLIANUS, Exhort. Cast. 10: PL 2, 925 C. S. CYPRIANUS, Hab. Virg. 3 et 22: PL 4, 443B et 461As. S. ATHANASIUS (?), De Virg.: PG 28, 252ss. S. IO. CHRYSOSTOMUS, De Virg.: PG 48, 533ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-390",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(135) De spirituali paupertate Cf. Mt 5,3 et 19,21; Mc 10,21; Lc 18,22; de oboedientia exemplum Christi affertur Io 4,34 et 6,38; Phil 2,8-10; Hebr 10,5-7. Patres et ordinum fundatores abundant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-391",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(136) De praxi effectiva consiliorum quae non omnibus imponitur, Cf. S. IO. CHRYSOSTOMUS, In Mt, Hom. 7, 7: PG 57, 81s. S. AMBROSIUS, De Viduis, 4, 23: PL 16, 241s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-392",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(137) Cf. ROSWEYDUS, Vitae Patrum, Antwerpiae, 1628. Apophtegmata Patrum: PG 65. PALLADIUS, Historia Lausiaca: PG 34, 995ss.: ed. C. BUTLER, Cambridge 1898 (1904). PIUS XI, Const. Apost. Umbratilem, 8 iul. 1924: AAS 16 (1924), pp. 386-387. PIUS XII, Alloc. Nous sommes heureux, 11 apr. 1958: AAS 50 (1958), p. 283."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-393",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(138) Cf. PAULUS VI, Alloc. Magno gaudio, 23 maii 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 566."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-394",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(139) Cf. CIC, cann. 487 et 488, 4o. PIUS XII, Alloc. Annus sacer, 8 dec. 1950: AAS 43 (1951), p. 27s. PIUS XII, Const. Apost. Provida Mater, 2 febr. 1947: AAS 39 (1947), p. 120ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-395",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(140) Cf. PAULUS VI, l. c., p. 567."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-396",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(141) Cf. S. THOMAS, Summa Theol. II-II, q. 184, a. 3 et q. 188, a. 2. S. BONAVENTURA, Opusc. XI, Apologia Pauperum, c. 3, 3: ed. Opera, Quaracchi, t. 8, 1898, p. 245 a."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-397",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(142) Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Schema De Ecclesia Christi, cap. XV, et Adnot. 48: MANSI 51, 549s. et 619s. LEO XIII, Epist. Au milieu des consolations, 23 dec. I900: ASS 33 (1900-01), p. 361. PIUS XII, Const. Apost. Provida Mater. l. c., p. 114s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-398",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(143) Cf. LEO XIII, Const. Romanos Pontifices, 8 maii 1881: ASS 13 (1880-81), p. 483. PIUS XII, Alloc. Annus sacer, 8 dec. 1950: AAS 43 (1951), p. 28s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-399",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(144) Cf. PIUS XII, Alloc l. c., p. 28. PIUS XII, Const. Apost. Sedes Sapientiae, 31 maii 1956: AAS 48 (1956), p. 355. PAULUS VI, Alloc. Magno gaudio, 23 maii 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 570-571."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-400",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(145) Cf. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis, 29 iun. 1943: AAS 35 (1943), p. 214s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-401",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(146) Cf. PIUS XII, Alloc. Annus sacer, l. c., p. 30. Alloc. Sous la maternelle protection, 9 dec. 1957: AAS 50 (1958), p. 39s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-402",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(147) CONC. FLOR., Decretum pro Graecis: DENZ. 693 (1305)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-403",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(148) Praeter documenta antiquiora contra quamlibet formam evocationis spirituum inde ab Alexandro IV (27 sept. 1258), Cf. Encycl. S. S. C. S. OFFICII, De magnetismi abusu, 4 aug. 1856: ASS 1 (1865), pp. 177-178, DENZ. 1653-1654 (2823-2825); responsionem S. S. C. S. OFFICII, 24 apr. 1917: AAS 9 (1917), p. 268: DENZ. 2182 (3642)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-404",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(149) Videatur synthetica expositio huius doctrinae paulinae in: PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis: AAS 35 (1943), p. 200 et passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-405",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(150) Cf, v. g., S. AUGUSTINUS, Enarr. in Ps. 85, 24: PL 37, 1099. S. HIERONYMUS, Liber contra Vigilantium, 6: PL 23, 344. S. THOMAS, In 4m Sent., d. 45, q. 3, a. 2. S. BONAVENTURA, In 4m Sent., d. 45, a. 3, q. 2; etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-406",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(151) Cf. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis: AAS 35 (1943), p. 245."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-407",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(152) Cf. Plurimae inscriptiones in Catacumbis romanis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-408",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(153) Cf. GELASIUS I, Decretalis De libris recipiendis, 3: PL 59, 160: DENZ. 165 (353)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-409",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(154) Cf. S. METHODIUS, Symposion, VII, 3: GCS (BONWETSCH), p. 74."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-410",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(155) Cf. BENEDICTUS XV, Decretum approbationis virtutum in Causa beatificationis et canonizationis Servi Dei Ioannis Nepomuceni Neumann: AAS 14 (1922), p. 23; plures Allocutiones PII XI de Sanctis: Inviti all'eroismo, in Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, tt. I-III, 1941-1942, passim; PIUS XII, Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, t. X, 1949, 37-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-411",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(156) Cf. Hebr 13,7; Eccli 44-50; Hebr 11,3-40. Cf. etiam PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Mediator Dei: AAS 39 (1947), pp. 582-583."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-412",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(157) Cf. CONC. VAT. I, Const. dogm. De fide catholica, Dei Filius, cap. 3: DENZ. 1794 (3013)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-413",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(158) Cf. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis: AAS 35 (1943), p. 216."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-414",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(159) Quoad gratitudinem erga ipsos Sanctos, Cf. E. DIEHL, Inscriptiones latinae christianae veteres, I, Berolini, 1925, nn. 2008, 2382 et passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-415",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(160) CONC. TRID, Decr. De invocatione... Sanctorum: DENZ. 984 (1821)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-416",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(161) Breviarium romanum, Invitatorium in festo Sanctorum Omnium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-417",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(162) Cf. v. g., 2Thess 1,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-418",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(163) CONC. VAT. II, Const. De Sacra Liturgia, Sacrosanctum Concilium, cap. 5, n. 104. AAS 56 (1964), pp. 125-126."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-419",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(164) Cf. Missale romanum, Canon Missae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-420",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(165) Cf. CONC. NIC. II, Act VII: DENZ. 302 (600)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-421",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(166) Cf. CONC. FLOR., Decretum pro Graecis: DENZ. 693 (1304)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-422",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(167) Cf. CONC. TRID., Decr. De invocatione, veneratione et reliquiis Sanctorum et sacris imaginibus: DENZ. 984-988 (1821-1824); Decr. De Purgatorio: DENZ. 983 (1820); Decr. De iustificatione, can. 30: DENZ. 840 (1580)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-423",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(168) Missale romanum, e Praefatione de Sanctis, dioecesibus Galliae concessa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-424",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(169) Cf. S. PETRUS CANISIUS, Catechismus Maior seu Summa Doctrinae christianae, cap. III (ed. crit. F. STREICHER), Pars I, 15-16, n. 44 et pp. 100-101, n. 49."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-425",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(170) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Const. De Sacra Liturgia, Sacrosanctum Concilium, cap. 1, n. 8: AAS 56 (1964), p. 401."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-426",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(171) Symbolum Constantinopolitanum: MANSI 3, 566. Cf. CONC. EPH, ib. 4, 1130 (necnon ib. 2, 665 et 4, 1071); CONC. CHALC., ib. 7, 111-116; CONC. CONSTANTINOP. II, ib. 9, 375-396; Missale romanum, e Credo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-427",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(172) Missale romanum, e Canone."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-428",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(173) S. AUGUSTINUS, De S. Virginitate, 6: PL 40, 399."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-429",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(174) Cf. PAULUS VI, Allocutio in Concilio, die 4 dec. 1963: AAS 56 (1964), p. 37."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-430",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(175) Cf. S. GERMANUS CONST., Hom. in Annunt. Deiparae: PG 98, 328A; In Dorm. 2: 357. ANASTASIUS ANTIOCH., Serm. 2 de Annunt., 2: PG 89, 1377AB; Serm. 3, 2: 1388C. S. ANDREAS CRET., Can. in B. V. Nat., 4: PG 97, 1321B. In B. V. Nat., 1: 812A. Hom. in dorm., 1: 1068C. S. SOPHRONIUS Or. 2 in Annunt. 18: PG 87 (3), 3237BD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-431",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(176) S. IRENAEUS, Adv. Haer. III, 22, 4 PG 7, 959A; HARVEY, 2, 123."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-432",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(177) S. IRENAEUS, Adv. Haer. III, 22, 4 PG 7, 959A; 1: HARVEY, 2, 124."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-433",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(178) S. EPIPHANIUS, Haer. 78, 18: PG 42, 728CD-729AB."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-434",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(179) S. HIERONYMUS, Epist. 22, 21: PL 22, 408. Cf. S. AUGUSTINUS, Serm. 51, 2, 3: PL 38, 335; Serm. 232, 2: 1108. S. CYRILLUS HIEROS., Catech. 12, 15: PG 33, 741AB. S. IO. CHRYSOSTOMUS, In Ps. 44, 7: PG 55, 193. S. IO. DAMASCENUS, Hom 2 in dorm. B. M. V., 3: PG 96, 728."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-435",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(180) Cf. CONC. LAT. anni 649, can. 3: MANSI 10, 1151. S. LEO M., Epist. ad Flav.: PL 54, 759. CONC. CHALC.: MANSI 7, 462. S. AMBROSIUS, De instit. virg.: PL 16, 320."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-436",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(181) Cf. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Mystici Corporis, 29 iun. 1943: AAS 35 (1943), pp. 247-248."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-437",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(182) Cf. PIUS IX, Bulla Ineffabilis, 8 dec. 1854: Acta Pii IX, 1, I, p. 616; DENZ. 1641 (2803)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-438",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(183) Cf. PIUS XII, Const. Apost. Munificentissimus, 1 nov. 1950: AAS 42 (1950); DENZ. 2333 (3903). Cf. S. Io. DAMASCENUS, Enc. in dorm. Dei genetricis, Hom. 2 et 3: PG 96, 721-761, speciatim 728B. S. GERMANUS CONSTANTINOP., In S. Dei gen. dorm., Serm. 1: PG 98 (6), 340-348; Serm. 3: 361. S. MODESTUS HIER., In dorm. SS. Deiparae: PG 86 (2), 3277-3312."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-439",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(184) Cf. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Ad coeli Reginam, 11 oct. 1954: AAS 46 (1954), pp. 633-636: DENZ. 3913 ss. Cf. S. ANDREAS CRET., Hom. 3 in dorm. SS. Deiparae: PG 97, 1089-1109. S. Io. DAMASCENUS, De fide orth., IV, 14: PG 94, 1153-1161."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-440",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(185) Cf. KLEUTGEN, textus reformatus De mysterio Verbi incarnati, cap. IV: MANSI 53, 290. Cf. S. ANDREAS CRET., In nat. Mariae, Sermo 4: PG 97, 865A. S. GERMANUS CONSTANTINOP., In annunt. Deiparae: PG 98, 321BC. In dorm. Deiparae, III: 361D. S. IO. DAMASCENUS, In dorm. B. V. Mariae, Hom. 1, 8: PG 96, 712BC-713A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-441",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(186) Cf. LEO XIII, Litt. Encycl. Adiutricem populi, 5 sept. 1895: ASS 28 (1895-96), p. 129. S. PIUS X, Litt. Encycl. Ad diem illum, 2 febr. 1904: Acta I, p. 154; DENZ. 1978 a (3370). PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Miserentissimus, 8 maii 1928: AAS 20 (1928), p. 178. PIUS XII, Nuntius Radioph., 13 maii 1946: AAS 38 (1946), p. 266."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-442",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(187) Cf. S. AMBROSIUS, Epist. 63: PL 16, 1218."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-443",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(188) Cf. S. AMBROSIUS, Expos. Lc II, 7: PL 15, 1555."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-444",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(189) Cf. PS.-PETRUS DAM., Serm. 63: PL 144, 861AB. GODEFRIDUS A S. VICTORE, In nat. B. M., Ms. Paris, Mazarine, 1002, fol. 109 r. GEROBUS REICH., De gloria et honore Filii hominis, 10: PL 194, 1105AB."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-445",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(190) Cf. S. AMBROSIUS, Expos. Lc, II, 7 et X, 24-25: PL 15, 1555 et 1810. S. AUGUSTINUS, In Io., Tr. 13, 12: PL 35, 1499. Cf. Serm. 191, 2, 3: PL 38, 1010; etc. Cf. etiam VEN. BEDA, In Lc Expos. I, cap. 2: PL 92, 330. ISAAC DE STELLA, Serm. 51: PL 194, 1863A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-446",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(191) Cf. Breviarium romanum, ant. “Sub tuum praesidium”, ex I Vesperis Officii Parvi Beatae Mariae Virginis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-447",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(192) Cf. CONC. NIC. II, anno 787: MANSI 13, 378-379; DENZ. 302 (600-601). CONC. TRID., Sess. 25: MANSI 33, 171-172."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-448",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(193) Cf. PIUS XII, Nuntius radioph., 24 oct. 1954: AAS 46 (1954), p. 679. Litt. Encycl. Ad caeli Reginam, 11 oct. 1954: AAS 46 (1954), p. 637."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-449",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(194) Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Ecclesiam Dei, 12 nov. 1923: AAS 15 (1923), p. 581. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Fulgens corona, 8 sept. 1953: AAS 45 (1953), pp. 590-591."
            }
          ]
        },
        "pt": {
          "code": "pt",
          "label": "Português",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19641121_lumen-gentium_po.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-24-vat-ii_const_19641121_lumen-gentium_po.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONSTITUIÇÃO DOGMÁTICA LUMEN GENTIUM SOBRE A IGREJA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O MISTÉRIO DA IGREJA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Objecto da Constituição: a Igreja como sacramento"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A luz dos povos é Cristo: por isso, este sagrado Concílio, reunido no Espírito Santo, deseja ardentemente iluminar com a Sua luz, que resplandece no rosto da Igreja, todos os homens, anunciando o Evangelho a toda a criatura (cfr. Mc. 16,15). Mas porque a Igreja, em Cristo, é como que o sacramento, ou sinal, e o instrumento da íntima união com Deus e da unidade de todo o género humano, pretende ela, na sequência dos anteriores Concílios, pôr de manifesto com maior insistência, aos fiéis e a todo o mundo, a sua natureza e missão universal. E as condições do nosso tempo tornam ainda mais urgentes este dever da Igreja, para que deste modo os homens todos, hoje mais estreitamente ligados uns aos outros, pelos diversos laços sociais, técnicos e culturais, alcancem também a plena unidade em Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A vontade salvífica do Pai"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Eterno Pai, pelo libérrimo e insondável desígnio da Sua sabedoria e bondade, criou o universo, decidiu elevar os homens à participação da vida divina e não os abandonou, uma vez caídos em Adão, antes, em atenção a Cristo Redentor «que é a imagem de Deus invisível, primogénito de toda a criação» (Col. 1,15) sempre lhes concedeu os auxílios para se salvarem. Aos eleitos, o Pai, antes de todos os séculos os «discerniu e predestinou para reproduzirem a imagem de Seu Filho, a fim de que Ele seja o primogénito de uma multidão de irmãos» (Rom. 8,29). E, aos que crêem em Cristo, decidiu chamá-los à santa Igreja, a qual, prefigurada já desde o princípio do mundo e admiràvelmente preparada na história do povo de Israel e na Antiga Aliança(1), foi constituída no fim dos tempos e manifestada pela efusão do Espírito, e será gloriosamente consumada no fim dos séculos. Então, como se lê nos Santos Padres, todos os justos depois de Adão, «desde o justo Abel até ao último eleito» (2), se reunirão em Igreja universal junto do Pai."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Missão e obra do Filho: fundação da Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Veio pois o Filho, enviado pelo Pai, que n'Ele nos elegeu antes de criar o mundo, e nos predestinou para sermos seus filhos de adopção, porque lhe aprouve reunir n'Ele todas as coisas (cfr. Ef. 1, 4-5. 10). Por isso, Cristo, a fim de cumprir a vontade do Pai, deu começo na terra ao Reino dos Céus e revelou-nos o seu mistério, realizando, com a própria obediência, a redenção. A Igreja, ou seja, o Reino de Cristo já presente em mistério, cresce visivelmente no mundo pelo poder de Deus. Tal começo e crescimento exprimem-nos o sangue e a água que manaram do lado aberto de Jesus crucificado (cfr. Jo. 19,34), e preanunciam-nos as palavras do Senhor acerca da Sua morte na cruz: «Quando Eu for elevado acima da terra, atrairei todos a mim» (Jo. 12,32 gr.). Sempre que no altar se celebra o sacrifício da cruz, na qual «Cristo, nossa Páscoa, foi imolado» (1 Cor. 5,7), realiza-se também a obra da nossa redenção. Pelo sacramento do pão eucarístico, ao mesmo tempo é representada e se realiza a unidade dos fiéis, que constituem um só corpo em Cristo (cfr. 1 Cor. 10,17). Todos os homens são chamados a esta união com Cristo, luz do mundo, do qual vimos, por quem vivemos, e para o qual caminhamos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Espírito santificador e vivificador da Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consumada a obra que o Pai confiou ao Filho para Ele cumprir na terra (cfr. Jo. 17,4), foi enviado o Espírito Santo no dia de Pentecostes, para que santificasse continuamente a Igreja e deste modo os fiéis tivessem acesso ao Pai, por Cristo, num só Espírito (cfr. Ef. 2,18). Ele é o Espírito de vida, ou a fonte de água que jorra para a vida eterna (cfr. Jo. 4,14; 7, 38-39); por quem o Pai vivifica os homens mortos pelo pecado, até que ressuscite em Cristo os seus corpos mortais (cfr. Rom. 8, 10-11). O Espírito habita na Igreja e nos corações dos fiéis, como num templo (cfr. 1 Cor. 3,16; 6,19), e dentro deles ora e dá testemunho da adopção de filhos (cfr. Gál. 4,6; Rom. 8, 15-16. 26). A Igreja, que Ele conduz à verdade total (cfr. Jo. 16,13) e unifica na comunhão e no ministério, enriquece-a Ele e guia-a com diversos dons hierárquicos e carismáticos e adorna-a com os seus frutos (cfr. Ef. 4, 11-12; 1 Cor. 12,4; Gál. 5,22). Pela força do Evangelho rejuvenesce a Igreja e renova-a continuamente e leva-a à união perfeita com o seu Esposo (3). Porque o Espírito e a Esposa dizem ao Senhor Jesus: «Vem» (cfr. Apoc. 22,17)!"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Assim a Igreja toda aparece como «um povo unido pela unidade do Pai e do Filho e do Espírito Santo (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Reino de Deus"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O mistério da santa Igreja manifesta-se na sua fundação. O Senhor Jesus deu início à Sua Igreja pregando a boa nova do advento do Reino de Deus prometido desde há séculos nas Escrituras: «cumpriu-se o tempo, o Reino de Deus está próximo» (Mc. 1,15; cfr. Mt. 4,17). Este Reino manifesta-se na palavra, nas obras e na presença de Cristo. A palavra do Senhor compara-se à semente lançada ao campo (Mc. 4,14): aqueles que a ouvem com fé e entram a fazer parte do pequeno rebanho de Cristo (Luc. 12,32), já receberam o Reino; depois, por força própria, a semente germina e cresce até ao tempo da messe (cfr. Mc. 4, 26-29). Também os milagres de Jesus comprovam que já chegou à terra o Reino: «Se lanço fora os demónios com o poder de Deus, é que chegou a vós o Reino de Deus» (Luc. 11,20; cfr. Mt. 12,28). Mas este Reino manifesta-se sobretudo na própria pessoa de Cristo, Filho de Deus e Filho do homem, que veio «para servir e dar a sua vida em redenção por muitos» (Mt. 10,45)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E quando Jesus, tendo sofrido pelos homens a morte da cruz, ressuscitou, apareceu como Senhor e Cristo e sacerdote eterno (cfr. Act. 2,36; Hebr. 5,6; 7, 17-21) e derramou sobre os discípulos o Espírito prometido pelo Pai (cfr. Act. 2,33). Pelo que a Igreja, enriquecida com os dons do seu fundador e guardando fielmente os seus preceitos de caridade, de humildade e de abnegação, recebe a missão de anunciar e instaurar o Reino de Cristo e de Deus em todos os povos e constitui o germe e o princípio deste mesmo Reino na terra. Enquanto vai crescendo, suspira pela consumação do Reino e espera e deseja juntar-se ao seu Rei na glória."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As figuras da Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Assim como, no Antigo Testamento, a revelação do Reino é muitas vezes apresentada em imagens, também agora a natureza íntima da Igreja nos é dada a conhecer por diversas imagens tiradas quer da vida pastoril ou agrícola, quer da construção ou também da família e matrimónio, imagens que já se esboçam nos livros dos Profetas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Assim a Igreja é o redil, cuja única porta e necessário pastor é Cristo (Jo. 10, 1-10). E também o rebanho do qual o próprio Deus predisse que seria o pastor (cfr. Is. 40,11; Ez. 34,11 ss.), e cujas ovelhas, ainda que governadas por pastores humanos, são contudo guiadas e alimentadas sem cessar pelo próprio Cristo, bom pastor e príncipe dos pastores (cfr. Jo. 10,11; 1 Ped. 5,4), o qual deu a vida pelas suas ovelhas (cfr. Jo. 10, 11-15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja é a agricultura ou o campo de Deus (1 Cor. 3,9). Nesse campo cresce a oliveira antiga de que os patriarcas foram a raiz santa e na qual se realizou e realizará a reconciliação de judeus e gentios (Rom. 11, 13-26). Ela foi plantada pelo celeste agricultor como uma vinha eleita (Mt. 21, 33-43 par.; Is. 5,1 ss.). A verdadeira videira é Cristo que dá vida e fecundidade aos sarmentos, isto é, a nós que pela Igreja permanecemos n'Ele, sem o qual nada podemos fazer (Jo. 15, 1-5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja é também muitas vezes chamada construção de Deus (1 Cor. 3,9). O próprio Senhor se comparou à pedra que os construtores rejeitaram e se tornou pedra angular (Mt. 21,42 par.; Act. 4,11; 1 Ped. 2,7; Salm. 117,22). Sobre esse fundamento é a Igreja construída pelos Apóstolos (cfr. 1 Cor. 3,11), e d'Ele recebe firmeza e coesão. Esta construção recebe vários nomes: casa de Deus (1 Tim. 3,15), na qual habita a Sua «família»; habitação de Deus no Espírito (cfr. Ef. 2, 19-22); tabernáculo de Deus com os homens (Apoc. 21,3); e sobretudo «templo» santo, o qual, representado pelos santuários de pedra e louvado pelos Santos Padres, é com razão comparado, na Liturgia, à cidade santa, a nova Jerusalém (5). Nela, com efeito, somos edificados cá na terra como pedras vivas (cfr. 1 Ped. 2,5). Esta cidade, S. João contemplou-a «descendo do céu, de Deus, na renovação do mundo, como esposa adornada para ir ao encontro do esposo» (Apoc. 21,1 ss.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja, chamada «Jerusalém do alto» e «nossa mãe» (Gál. 4,26; cfr. Apoc. 12,17), é também descrita como esposa imaculada do Cordeiro imaculado (Apoc. 19,7; 21,2. 9; 22,17), a qual Cristo gamou e por quem Se entregou, para a santificar» (Ef. 5, 25-26), uniu a Si por um indissolúvel vínculo, e sem cessar «alimenta e conserva» (Ef. 5,29), a qual, purificada, quis unida a Si e submissa no amor e fidelidade (cfr. Ef. 5,24), cumulando-a, por fim, eternamente, de bens celestes; para que entendamos o amor de Deus e de Cristo por nós, o qual ultrapassa toda a compreensão (cfr. Ef. 3,19). Enquanto, na terra, a Igreja peregrina longe do Senhor (cfr. 2 Cor. 5,6), tem-se por exilada, buscando e saboreando as coisas do alto, onde Cristo está sentado à direita de Deus, e onde a vida da Igreja está escondida com Cristo em Deus, até que apareça com seu esposo na glória (Cfr. Col. 3, 1-4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja, Corpo místico de Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O filho de Deus, vencendo, na natureza humana a Si unida, a morte, com a Sua morte e ressurreição, remiu o homem e transformou-o em nova criatura (cfr. Gál. 6,15; 2 Cor. 5,17). Pois, comunicando o Seu Espírito, fez misteriosamente de todos os Seus irmãos, chamados de entre todos os povos, como que o Seu Corpo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É nesse corpo que a vida de Cristo se difunde nos que crêem, unidos de modo misterioso e real, por meio dos sacramentos, a Cristo padecente e glorioso(6). Com efeito, pelo Baptismo somos assimilados a Cristo; «todos nós fomos baptizados no mesmo Espírito, para formarmos um só corpo» (1 Cor. 12,13). Por este rito sagrado é representada e realizada a união com a morte e ressurreição de Cristo: ; «fomos sepultados, pois, com Ele, por meio do Baptismo, na morte»; se, porém, ; «nos tornámos com Ele um mesmo ser orgânico por morte semelhante à Sua, por semelhante ressurreição o seremos também (Rom. 6, 4-5). Ao participar realmente do corpo do Senhor, na fracção do pão eucarístico, somos elevados à comunhão com Ele e entre nós. ; «Porque há um só pão, nós, que somos muitos, formamos um só corpo, visto participarmos todos do único pão» (1 Cor. 10,17). E deste modo nos tornamos todos membros desse corpo (cfr. 1 Cor. 12,27), sendo individualmente membros uns dos outros» (Rom. 12,5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E assim como todos os membros do corpo humano, apesar de serem muitos, formam no entanto um só corpo, assim também os fiéis em Cristo (cfr. 1 Cor. 12,12). Também na edificação do Corpo de Cristo existe diversidade de membros e de funções. É um mesmo Espírito que distribui os seus vários dons segundo a sua riqueza e as necessidades dos ministérios para utilidade da Igreja (cfr. 1 Cor. 12, 1-11). Entre estes dons, sobressai a graça dos Apóstolos, a cuja autoridade o mesmo Espírito submeteu também os carismáticos (cfr 1 Cor. 14). O mesmo Espírito, unificando o corpo por si e pela sua força e pela coesão interna dos membros, produz e promove a caridade entre os fiéis. Daí que, se algum membro padece, todos os membros sofrem juntamente; e se algum membro recebe honras, todos se, alegram (cfr. 1 Cor. 12,26)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A cabeça deste corpo é Cristo. Ele é a imagem do Deus invisível e n 'Ele foram criadas todas as coisas. Ele existe antes de todas as coisas e todas n'Ele subsistem. Ele é a cabeça do corpo que a Igreja é. É o princípio, o primogénito de entre os mortos, de modo que em todas as coisas tenha o primado (cfr. Col. 1, 15-18). Pela grandeza do Seu poder domina em todas as coisas celestes e terrestres e, devido à Sua supereminente perfeição e acção, enche todo o corpo das riquezas da Sua glória (cfr. Ef. 1, 18-23) (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos os membros se devem conformar com Ele, até que Cristo se forme neles (cfr. Gál. 4,19). Por isso, somos assumidos nos mistérios da Sua vida, configurados com Ele, com Ele mortos e ressuscitados, até que reinemos com Ele (cfr. Fil. 3,21; 2 Tim. 2,11; Ef. 2,6; Col. 2,12; etc.). Ainda peregrinos na terra, seguindo as Suas pegadas na tribulação e na perseguição, associamo-nos nos seus sofrimentos como o corpo à cabeça, sofrendo com Ele, para com Ele sermos glorificados (cfr. Rom. 8,17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É por Ele que «o corpo inteiro, alimentado e coeso em suas junturas e ligamentos, se desenvolve com o crescimento dado por Deus» (Col. 2,19). Ele mesmo distribui continuamente, no Seu corpo que é a Igreja, os dons dos diversos ministérios, com os quais, graças ao Seu poder, nos prestamos mutuamente serviços em ordem à salvação, de maneira que, professando a verdade na caridade, cresçamos em tudo para Aquele que é a nossa cabeça (cfr. Ef. 4, 11-16 gr.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E para que sem cessar nos renovemos n'Ele (cfr. Ef. 4,23), deu-nos do Seu Espírito, o qual, sendo um e o mesmo na cabeça e nos membros, unifica e move o corpo inteiro, a ponto de os Santos Padres compararem a Sua acção à que o princípio vital, ou alma, desempenha no corpo humano(8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo ama a Igreja como esposa, fazendo-se modelo do homem que ama sua mulher como o próprio corpo (cfr. Ef. 5, 25-28); e a Igreja, por sua vez, é sujeita à sua cabeça (ib. 23-24). «Porque n'Ele habita corporalmente toda a plenitude da natureza divina» (Col. 2,9), enche a Igreja, que é o Seu corpo e plenitude, com os dons divinos (cfr. Ef. 1, 22-23), para que ela se dilate e alcance a plenitude de Deus (cfr. Ef. 3,19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja, sociedade visível e espiritual"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, mediador único, estabelece e continuamente sustenta sobre a terra, como um todo visível, a Sua santa Igreja, comunidade de fé, esperança e amor, por meio da qual difunde em todos a verdade e a graça (9). Porém, a sociedade organizada hierarquicamente, e o Corpo místico de Cristo, o agrupamento visível e a comunidade espiritual, a Igreja terrestre e a Igreja ornada com os dons celestes não se devem considerar como duas entidades, mas como uma única realidade complexa, formada pelo duplo elemento humano e divino (10). Apresenta por esta razão uma grande analogia com ó mistério do Verbo encarnado. Pois, assim como a natureza assumida serve ao Verbo divino de instrumento vivo de salvação, a Ele indissoluvelmente unido, de modo semelhante a estrutura social da Igreja serve ao Espírito de Cristo, que a vivifica, para o crescimento do corpo (cfr. Ef. 4,16) (11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta é a única Igreja de Cristo, que no Credo confessamos ser una, santa, católica e apostólica (12); depois da ressurreição, o nosso Salvador entregou-a a Pedro para que a apascentasse (Jo. 21,17), confiando também a ele e aos demais Apóstolos a sua difusão e governo (cfr. Mt. 28,18 ss.), e erigindo-a para sempre em «coluna e fundamento da verdade» (I Tim. 3,5). Esta Igreja, constituída e organizada neste mundo como sociedade, subsiste na Igreja Católica, governada pelo sucessor de Pedro e pelos Bispos em união com ele (13), embora, fora da sua comunidade, se encontrem muitos elementos de santificação e de verdade, os quais, por serem dons pertencentes à Igreja de Cristo, impelem para a unidade católica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas, assim como Cristo realizou a obra da redenção na pobreza e na perseguição, assim a Igreja é chamada a seguir pelo mesmo caminho para comunicar aos homens os frutos da salvação. Cristo Jesus «que era de condição divina... despojou-se de si próprio tomando a condição de escravo (Fil. 2, 6-7) e por nós, «sendo rico, fez-se pobre» (2 Cor. 8,9): assim também a Igreja, embora necessite dos meios humanos para o prosseguimento da sua missão, não foi constituída para alcançar a glória terrestre, mas para divulgar a humildade e abnegação, também com o seu exemplo. Cristo foi enviado pelo Pai « a evangelizar os pobres... a sarar os contritos de coração» (Luc. 4,18), «a procurar e salvar o que perecera» (Luc. 19,10). De igual modo, a Igreja abraça com amor todos os afligidos pela enfermidade humana; mais ainda, reconhece nos pobres e nos que sofrem a imagem do seu fundador pobre e sofredor, procura aliviar as suas necessidades, e intenta servir neles a Cristo. Enquanto Cristo «santo, inocente, imaculado» (Hebr. 7,26), não conheceu o pecado (cfr. 2 Cor. 5,21), mas veio apenas expiar os pecados do povo (Hebr. 2,17), a Igreja, contendo pecadores no seu próprio seio, simultaneamente santa e sempre necessitada de purificação, exercita continuamente a penitência e a renovação."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja «prossegue a sua peregrinação no meio das perseguições do mundo e das consolações de Deus» (14), anunciando a cruz e a morte do Senhor até que Ele venha (cfr. Cor. 11,26). Mas é robustecida pela força do Senhor ressuscitado, de modo a vencer, pela paciência e pela caridade, as suas aflições e dificuldades tanto internas como externas, e a revelar, velada mas fielmente, o seu mistério, até que por fim se manifeste em plena luz"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O POVO DE DEUS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Nova Aliança com o novo Povo de Deus"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em todos os tempos e em todas as nações foi agradável a Deus aquele que O teme e obra justamente (cfr. Act. 10,35). Contudo, aprouve a Deus salvar e santificar os homens, não individualmente, excluída qualquer ligação entre eles, mas constituindo-os em povo que O conhecesse na verdade e O servisse santamente. Escolheu, por isso, a nação israelita para Seu povo. Com ele estabeleceu uma aliança; a ele instruiu gradualmente, manifestando-Se a Si mesmo e ao desígnio da própria vontade na sua história, e santificando-o para Si. Mas todas estas coisas aconteceram como preparação e figura da nova e perfeita Aliança que em Cristo havia de ser estabelecida e da revelação mais completa que seria transmitida pelo próprio Verbo de Deus feito carne. Eis que virão dias, diz o Senhor, em que estabelecerei com a casa de Israel e a casa de Judá uma nova aliança... Porei a minha lei nas suas entranhas e a escreverei nos seus corações e serei o seu Deus e eles serão o meu povo... Todos me conhecerão desde o mais pequeno ao maior, diz o Senhor (Jer. 31, 31-34). Esta nova aliança instituiu-a Cristo, o novo testamento no Seu sangue (cfr. 1 Cor. 11,25), chamando o Seu povo de entre os judeus e os gentios, para formar um todo, não segundo a carne mas no Espírito e tornar-se o Povo de Deus. Com efeito, os que crêem em Cristo, regenerados não pela força de germe corruptível mas incorruptível por meio da Palavra de Deus vivo (cfr. 1 Ped. 1,23), não pela virtude da carne, mas pela água e pelo Espírito Santo (cfr. Jo. 3, 5-6), são finalmente constituídos em «raça escolhida, sacerdócio real, nação santa, povo conquistado... que outrora não era povo, mas agora é povo de Deus» (1 Ped. 2, 9-10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este povo messiânico tem por cabeça Cristo, «o qual foi entregue por causa das nossas faltas e ressuscitado por causa da nossa justificação» (Rom. 4,25) e, tendo agora alcançado um nome superior a todo o nome, reina glorioso nos céus. E condição deste povo a dignidade e a liberdade dos filhos de Deus, em cujos corações o Espírito Santo habita como num templo. A sua lei é o novo mandamento, o de amar assim como o próprio Cristo nos amou (cfr. Jo. 13,34). Por último, tem por fim o Reino de Deus, o qual, começado na terra pelo próprio Deus, se deve desenvolver até ser também por ele consumado no fim dos séculos, quando Cristo, nossa vida, aparecer (cfr. Col. 3,4) e «a própria criação for liberta do domínio da corrupção, para a liberdade da glória dos filhos de Deus» (Rom. 8,21). Por isso é que este povo messiânico, ainda que não abranja de facto todos os homens, e não poucas vezes apareça como um pequeno rebanho, é, contudo, para todo o género humano o mais firme germe de unidade, de esperança e de salvação. Estabelecido por Cristo como comunhão de vida, de caridade e de verdade, é também por Ele assumido como instrumento de redenção universal e enviado a toda a parte como luz do mundo e sal da terra (cfr. Mt. 5, 13-16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas, assim como Israel segundo a carne, que peregrinava no deserto, é já chamado Igreja de Deus (cfr. 2 Esdr. 13,1; Num. 20,4; Deut. 23,1 ss.), assim o novo Israel, que ainda caminha no tempo presente e se dirige para a futura e perene cidade (cfr. Hebr. 13-14), se chama também Igreja de Cristo (cfr. Mt. 16,18), pois que Ele a adquiriu com o Seu próprio sangue (cfr. Act. 20,28), encheu-a com o Seu espírito e dotou-a dos meios convenientes para a unidade visível e social. Aos que se voltam com fé para Cristo, autor de salvação e princípio de unidade e de paz, Deus chamou-os e constituiu-os em Igreja, a fim de que ela seja para todos e cada um sacramento visível desta unidade salutar (15). Destinada a estender-se a todas as regiões, ela entra na história dos homens, ao mesmo tempo que transcende os tempos e as fronteiras dos povos. Caminhando por meio de tentações e tribulações, a Igreja é confortada pela força da graça de Deus que lhe foi prometida pelo Senhor para que não se afaste da perfeita fidelidade por causa da fraqueza da carne, mas permaneça digna esposa do seu Senhor, e, sob a acção do Espírito Santo, não cesse de se renovar até, pela cruz, chegar à luz que não conhece ocaso."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sacerdócio comum e o sacerdócio ministerial"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo Nosso Senhor, Pontífice escolhido de entre os homens (cfr. Hebr. 5, 1-5), fez do novo povo um «reino sacerdotal para seu Deus e Pai» (Apor. 1,6; cfr. 5, 9-10). Na verdade, os baptizados, pela regeneração e pela unção do Espírito Santo, são consagrados para serem casa espiritual, sacerdócio santo, para que, por meio de todas as obras próprias do cristão, ofereçam oblações espirituais e anunciem os louvores daquele que das trevas os chamou à sua admirável luz (cfr. 1 Ped. 2, 4-10). Por isso, todos os discípulos de Cristo, perseverando na oração e louvando a Deus (cfr. Act., 2, 42-47), ofereçam-se a si mesmos como hóstias vivas, santas, agradáveis a Deus (cfr. Roma 12,1), dêem. testemunho de Cristo em toda a parte e àqueles que lha pedirem dêem razão da esperança da vida eterna que neles habita (cfr. 1 Ped. 3,15). .O sacerdócio comum dos fiéis e o sacerdócio ministerial ou hierárquico, embora se diferenciem essencialmente e não apenas em grau, ordenam-se mutuamente um ao outro; pois um e outro participam, a seu modo, do único sacerdócio de Cristo (16). Com efeito, o sacerdote ministerial, pelo seu poder sagrado, forma e conduz o povo sacerdotal, realiza o sacrifício eucarístico fazendo as vezes de Cristo e oferece-o a Deus em nome de todo o povo; os fiéis, por sua parte, concorrem para a oblação da Eucaristia em virtude do seu sacerdócio real (17), que eles exercem na recepção dos sacramentos, na oração e acção de graças, no testemunho da santidade de vida, na abnegação e na caridade operosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O exercício do sacerdócio comum nos sacramentos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A índole sagrada e, orgânica da comunidade sacerdotal efectiva-se pelos sacramentos e pelas virtudes. Os fiéis, incorporados na Igreja pelo Baptismo, são destinados pelo carácter baptismal ao culto da religião cristã e, regenerados para filhos de Deus, devem confessar diante dos homens a fé que de Deus receberam por meio da Igreja (18). Pelo sacramento da Confirmação, são mais perfeitamente vinculados à Igreja, enriquecidos com uma força especial do Espírito Santo e deste modo ficam obrigados a difundir e defender a fé por palavras e obras como verdadeiras testemunhas de Cristo (19). Pela participação no sacrifício eucarístico de Cristo, fonte e centro de toda a vida cristã, oferecem a Deus a vítima divina e a si mesmos juntamente com ela (20); assim, quer pela oblação quer pela sagrada comunhão, não indiscriminadamente mas cada um a seu modo, todos tomam parte na acção litúrgica. Além disso, alimentados pelo corpo de Cristo na Eucaristia, manifestam visivelmente a unidade do Povo de Deus, que neste augustíssimo sacramento é perfeitamente significada e admiravelmente realizada."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aqueles que se aproximam do sacramento da Penitência, obtêm da misericórdia de Deus o perdão da ofensa a Ele feita e ao mesmo tempo reconciliam-se com a Igreja, que tinham ferido com o seu pecado, a qual, pela caridade, exemplo e oração, trabalha pela sua conversão. Pela santa Unção dos enfermos e pela oração dos presbíteros, toda a Igreja encomenda os doentes ao Senhor padecente e glorificado para que os salve (cfr. Tg. 5, 14-16); mais ainda, exorta-os a que, associando-se livremente à Paixão e morte de Cristo (cfr. Rom. 8,17; Col. 1,24; 2 Tim. 11,12; 1 Ped. 4,13), concorram para o bem do Povo de Deus. Por sua vez, aqueles de entre os fiéis que são assinalados com a sagrada Ordem, ficam constituídos em nome de Cristo para apascentar a Igreja com a palavra e graça de Deus. Finalmente, os cônjuges cristãos, em virtude do sacramento do Matrimónio, com que significam e. participam o mistério da unidade do amor fecundo entre Cristo e a Igreja (cfr. Ef. 5,32), auxiliam-se mutuamente para a santidade, pela vida conjugal e pela procriação e educação dos filhos, e têm assim, no seu estado de vida e na sua ordem, um dom próprio no Povo de Deus (cfr. 1 Cor. 7,7) (21) Desta união origina-se a família, na qual nascem novos cidadãos da sociedade humana os quais, para perpetuar o Povo de Deus através dos tempos, se tornam filhos de Deus pela graça do Espírito Santo, no Baptismo. Na família, como numa igreja doméstica, devem os pais, pela palavra e pelo exemplo, ser para os filhos os primeiros arautos da fé e favorecer a vocação própria de cada um, especialmente a vocação sagrada."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Munidos de tantos e tão grandes meios de salvação, todos os fiéis, seja qual for a sua condição ou estado, são chamados pelo Senhor à perfeição do Pai, cada um por seu caminho."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sentido da fé e dos carismas no povo cristão"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Povo santo de Deus participa também da função profética de Cristo, difundindo o seu testemunho vivo, sobretudo pela vida de fé e de caridade oferecendo a Deus o sacrifício de louvor, fruto dos lábios que confessam o Seu nome (cfr. Hebr. 13,15). A totalidade dos fiéis que receberam a unção do Santo (cfr. Jo. 2, 20 e 27), não pode enganar-se na fé; e esta sua propriedade peculiar manifesta-se por meio do sentir sobrenatural da fé do povo todo, quando este, «desde os Bispos até ao último dos leigos fiéis» (22), manifesta consenso universal em matéria de fé e costumes. Com este sentido da fé, que se desperta e sustenta pela acção do Espírito de verdade, o Povo de Deus, sob a direcção do sagrado magistério que fielmente acata, já não recebe simples palavra de homens mas a verdadeira palavra de Deus (cfr. 1 Tess. 2,13), adere indefectivelmente à fé uma vez confiada aos santos (cfr. Jud. 3), penetra-a mais profundamente com juízo acertado e aplica-a mais totalmente na vida."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, este mesmo Espírito Santo não só santifica e conduz o Povo de Deus por meio dos sacramentos e ministérios e o adorna com virtudes, mas «distribuindo a cada um os seus dons como lhe apraz» (1 Cor. 12,11), distribui também graças especiais entre os fiéis de todas as classes, as quais os tornam aptos e dispostos a tomar diversas obras e encargos, proveitosos para a renovação e cada vez mais ampla edificação da Igreja, segundo aquelas palavras: ; «a cada qual se concede a manifestação do Espírito em ordem ao bem comum» (1 Cor. 12,7). Estes carismas, quer sejam os mais elevados, quer também os mais simples e comuns, devem ser recebidos com acção de graças e consolação, por serem muito acomodados e úteis às necessidades da Igreja. Não se devem porém, pedir temerariamente, os dons extraordinários nem deles se devem esperar com presunção os frutos das obras apostólicas; e o juízo acerca da sua autenticidade e recto uso, pertence àqueles que presidem na Igreja e aos quais compete de modo especial não extinguir o Espírito mas julgar tudo e conservar o que é bom (cfr. 1 Tess. 5, 12. 19-21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Universalidade e catolicidade do único Povo de Deus"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ao novo Povo de Deus todos os homens são chamados. Por isso, este Povo, permanecendo uno e único, deve estender-se a todo o mundo e por todos os séculos, para se cumprir o desígnio da vontade de Deus que, no princípio, criou uma só natureza humana e resolveu juntar em unidade todos os seus filhos que estavam dispersos (cfr. Jo. 11,52). Foi para isto que Deus enviou o Seu Filho, a quem constituiu herdeiro de todas as coisas (cfr. Hebr. 1,2), para ser mestre, rei e sacerdote universal, cabeça do novo e universal Povo dos filhos de Deus. Para isto Deus enviou finalmente também o Espírito de Seu Filho, Senhor e fonte de vida, o qual é para toda a Igreja e para cada um dos crentes princípio de agregação e de unidade na doutrina e na comunhão dos Apóstolos, na fracção do pão e na oração (cfr. Act. 2,42 gr.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E assim, o Povo de Deus encontra-se entre todos os povos da terra, já que de todos recebe os cidadãos, que o são dum reino não terrestre mas celeste. Pois todos os fiéis espalhados pelo orbe comunicam com os restantes por meio do Espírito Santo, de maneira que «aquele que vive em Roma, sabe que os indianos são membros seus»(23),. Mas porque o reino de Cristo não é deste mundo (cfr. Jo. 18,36), a Igreja, ou seja o Povo de Deus, ao implantar este reino, não subtrai coisa alguma ao bem temporal de nenhum povo, mas, pelo contrário, fomenta e assume as qualidades, as riquezas, os costumes e o modo de ser dos povos, na medida em que são bons; e assumindo-os, purifica-os, fortalece-os e eleva-os. Pois lembra-se que lhe cumpre ajuntar-se com aquele rei a quem os povos foram dados em herança (cfr. Salm. 2,8), e para a cidade à qual levam dons e ofertas (cfr. Salm. 71 [72], 10; Is. 60, 47; Apoc. 21,24). Este carácter de universalidade que distingue o Povo de Deus é dom do Senhor; por Ele a Igreja católica tende eficaz e constantemente à recapitulação total da humanidade com todos os seus bens sob a cabeça, Cristo, na unidade do Seu Espírito (24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em virtude desta mesma catolicidade, cada uma das partes traz às outras e a toda a Igreja os seus dons particulares, de maneira que o todo e cada uma das partes aumentem pela comunicação mútua entre todos e pela aspiração comum à plenitude na unidade. Daí vem que o Povo de Deus não só se forma de elementos oriundos de diversos povos mas também se compõe ele mesmo de várias ordens. Existe de facto entre os seus membros diversidade, quer segundo as funções, enquanto alguns desempenham o sagrado ministério a favor de seus irmãos, quer segundo a condição e estado de vida, enquanto muitos, no estado religioso, buscando a santidade por um caminho mais estreito, estimulam os irmãos com o seu exemplo. É também por isso que na comunhão eclesial existem legitimamente igrejas particulares com tradições próprias, sem detrimento do primado da cátedra de Pedro, que preside à universal assembleia da caridade (25), protege as legítimas diversidades e vigia para que as particularidades ajudem a unidade e de forma alguma a prejudiquem. Daí, finalmente, os laços de íntima união entre as diversas partes da Igreja, quanto às riquezas espirituais, obreiros apostólicos e ajudas materiais. Pois os membros do Povo de Deus são chamados a repartir entre si os bens, valendo para cada igreja as palavras do Apóstolo: «cada um ponha ao serviço dos outros o dom que recebeu, como bons administradores da multiforme graça de Deus» (1 Ped. 4,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos os homens são chamados a esta unidade católica do Povo de Deus, a qual anuncia e promove a paz universal; a ela pertencem, de vários modos, ou a ela se ordenam, quer os católicos quer os outros que acreditam em Cristo quer, finalmente, todos os homens em geral, pela graça de Deus chamados à salvação."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os fiéis católicos; a necessidade da Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio volta-se primeiramente para os fiéis católicos. Fundado na Escritura e Tradição, ensina que esta Igreja, peregrina sobre a terra, é necessária para a salvação. Com efeito, só Cristo é mediador e caminho de salvação e Ele torna-Se-nos presente no Seu corpo, que é a Igreja; ao inculcar expressamente a necessidade da fé e do Baptismo (cfr. Mc. 16,16; Jo. 3,15), confirmou simultaneamente a necessidade da Igreja, para a qual os homens entram pela porta do Baptismo. Pelo que, não se poderiam salvar aqueles que, não ignorando ter sido a Igreja católica fundada por Deus, por meio de Jesus Cristo, como necessária, contudo, ou não querem entrar nela ou nela não querem perseverar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "São plenamente incorporados à sociedade que é a Igreja aqueles que, tendo o Espírito de Cristo, aceitam toda a sua organização e os meios de salvação nela instituídos, e que, pelos laços da profissão da fé, dós sacramentos, do governo eclesiástico e da comunhão, se unem, na sua estrutura visível, com Cristo, que a governa por meio do Sumo Pontífice e dos Bispos. Não se salva, porém, embora incorporado à Igreja, quem não persevera na caridade: permanecendo na Igreja pelo «corpo», não está nela com o coração (26). Lembrem-se, porém, todos os filhos da Igreja que a sua sublime condição não é devida aos méritos pessoais, mas sim à especial graça de Cristo; se a ela não corresponderem com os pensamentos, palavras e acções, bem longe de se salvarem, serão antes mais severamente julgados (27)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os catecúmenos que, movidos pelo Espírito Santo, pedem explicitamente para serem incorporados na Igreja, já lhe estão unidos por esse desejo, e a mãe Igreja já os abraça com amor e solicitude."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vínculos da Igreja com os cristãos não-católicos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja vê-se ainda unida, por muitos títulos, com os baptizados que têm o nome de cristãos, embora não professem integralmente a fé ou não guardem a unidade de comunhão com o sucessor de Pedro (28). Muitos há, com efeito, que têm e prezam a Sagrada Escritura como norma de fé e de vida, manifestam sincero zelo religioso, crêem de coração em Deus Pai omnipotente e em Cristo, Filho de Deus Salvador (29), são marcados pelo Baptismo que os une a Cristo e reconhecem e recebem mesmo outros sacramentos nas suas próprias igrejas ou comunidades eclesiásticas. Muitos de entre eles têm mesmo um episcopado, celebram a sagrada Eucaristia e cultivam a devoção para com a Virgem Mãe de Deus (30). Acrescenta-se a isto a comunhão de orações e outros bens espirituais; mais ainda, existe uma certa união verdadeira no Espírito Santo, o qual neles actua com os dons e graças do Seu poder santificador, chegando a fortalecer alguns deles até ao martírio. Deste modo, o Espírito suscita em todos os discípulos de Cristo o desejo e a prática efectiva em vista de que todos, segundo o modo estabelecido por Cristo, se unam pacificamente num só rebanho sob um só pastor (31). Para alcançar este fim, não deixa nossa mãe a Igreja de orar, esperar e agir, e exorta os seus filhos a que se purifiquem e renovem, para que o sinal de Cristo brilhe mais claramente no seu rosto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relação da Igreja com os não-cristãos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, aqueles que ainda não receberam o Evangelho, estão de uma forma ou outra orientados para o Povo de Deus (32). Em primeiro lugar, aquele povo que recebeu a aliança e as promessas, e do qual nasceu Cristo segundo a carne (cfr. Rom. 9, 4-5), povo que segundo a eleição é muito amado, por causa dos Patriarcas, já que os dons e o chamamento de Deus são irrevogáveis (cfr. Rom. 11, 28-29). Mas o desígnio da salvação estende-se também àqueles que reconhecem o Criador, entre os quais vêm em primeiro lugar os muçulmanos, que professam seguir a fé de Abraão, e connosco adoram o Deus único e misericordioso, que há-de julgar os homens no último dia. E o mesmo Senhor nem sequer está longe daqueles que buscam, na sombra e em imagens, o Deus que ainda desconhecem; já que é Ele quem a todos dá vida, respiração e tudo o mais (cfr. Act. 17, 25-28) e, como Salvador, quer que todos os homens se salvem (cfr. 1 Tim. 2,4). Com efeito, aqueles que, ignorando sem culpa o Evangelho de Cristo, e a Sua Igreja, procuram, contudo, a Deus com coração sincero, e se esforçam, sob o influxo da graça, por cumprir a Sua vontade, manifestada pelo ditame da consciência, também eles podem alcançar a salvação eterna (33). Nem a divina Providência nega os auxílios necessários à salvação àqueles que, sem culpa, não chegaram ainda ao conhecimento explícito de Deus e se esforçam, não sem o auxílio da graça, por levar uma vida recta. Tudo o que de bom e verdadeiro neles há, é considerado pela Igreja como preparação para receberem o Evangelho (34), dado por Aquele que ilumina todos os homens, para que possuam finalmente a vida. Mas, muitas vezes, os homens, enganados pelo demónio, desorientam-se em seus pensamentos e trocam a verdade de Deus pela mentira, servindo a criatura de preferência ao Criador (cfr. Rom. 1,21 e 25), ou então, vivendo e morrendo sem Deus neste mundo, se expõem à desesperação final. Por isso, para promover a glória de Deus e a salvação de todos estes, a Igreja, lembrada do mandato do Senhor: «pregai o Evangelho a toda a criatura» (Mc. 16,16), procura zelosamente impulsionar as missões."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Carácter missionário da Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Assim como o Filho foi enviado pelo Pai, assim também Ele enviou os Apóstolos (cfr. Jo. 20,21) dizendo: «ide, pois, ensinai todas as gentes, baptizai-as em nome do Pai e do Filho e do Espírito Santo, ensinai-as a observar tudo aquilo que vos mandei. Eis que estou convosco todos os dias até à consumação dos séculos» (Mt. 28, 19-20). A Igreja recebeu dos Apóstolos este mandato solene de Cristo, de anunciar a verdade da salvação e de a levar até aos confins da terra (cfr. Act. 1,8). Faz, portanto, suas as palavras do Apóstolo: «ai de mim, se não prego o Evangelho» (1 Cor. 9,16), e por isso continua a mandar incessantemente os seus arautos, até que as novas igrejas se formem plenamente e prossigam, por sua vez, a obra da evangelização. Pois é impelida pelo Espírito Santo a cooperar para que o desígnio de Deus, que fez de Cristo o princípio de salvação para todo o mundo, se realize totalmente. Pregando o Evangelho, a Igreja atrai os ouvintes a crer e confessar a fé, dispõe para o Baptismo, liberta da escravidão do erro e incorpora-os a Cristo, a fim de que n'Ele cresçam pela caridade, até à plenitude. E a sua acção faz com que tudo quanto de bom encontra no coração e no espírito dos homens ou nos ritos e cultura próprios de cada povo, não só não pereça mas antes seja sanado, elevado e aperfeiçoado, para glória de Deus, confusão do demónio e felicidade do homem. A todo. o discípulo de Cristo incumbe o encargo de difundir a fé, segundo a própria medida (35). Mas se todos podem baptizar os que acreditam, contudo, é próprio do sacerdote aperfeiçoar, com o sacrifício eucarístico, a edificação do corpo, cumprindo assim a palavra de Deus, anunciada pelo profeta: «do Oriente até ao Ocidente grande é o meu nome entre as gentes, e em todos os lugares é sacrificada e oferecida ao meu nome uma oblação pura» (Mal. 1,11) (36). É assim que a Igreja simultâneamente ora e trabalha para que toda a humanidade se transforme em Povo de Deus, corpo do Senhor e templo do Espírito Santo, e em Cristo, cabeça de todos, se dê ao Pai e Criador de todas as coisas toda a honra e toda a glória."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A CONSTITUIÇÃO HIERÁRQUICA DA IGREJA E EM ESPECIAL O EPISCOPADO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proémio: o primado de Pedro"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo Nosso Senhor, para apascentar e aumentar continuamente o Povo de Deus, instituiu na Igreja diversos ministérios, para bem de todo o corpo. Com efeito, os ministros que têm o poder sagrado servem os seus irmãos para que todos os que pertencem ao Povo de Deus, e por isso possuem a verdadeira dignidade cristã, alcancem a salvação, conspirando livre e ordenadamente para o mesmo fim."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este sagrado Concílio, seguindo os passos do Concílio Vaticano I, com ele ensina e declara que Jesus Cristo, pastor eterno, edificou a Igreja tendo enviado os Apóstolos como Ele fora enviado pelo Pai (cfr. Jo. 20,21); e quis que os sucessores deles, os Bispos, fossem pastores na Sua Igreja até ao fim dos tempos. Mas, para que o mesmo episcopado fosse uno e indiviso, colocou o bem-aventurado Pedro à frente dos outros Apóstolos e nele instituiu o princípio e fundamento perpétuo e visível da unidade de fé e comunhão (37). Este sagrado Concílio propõe de novo, para ser firmemente acreditada por todos os fiéis, esta doutrina sobre a instituição perpétua, alcance e natureza do sagrado primado do Pontífice romano e do seu magistério infalível, e, prosseguindo a matéria começada, pretende declarar e manifestar a todos a doutrina sobre os Bispos, sucessores dos Apóstolos, que, com o sucessor de Pedro, vigário de Cristo (38) e cabeça visível de toda a Igreja, governam a casa de Deus vivo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O colégio dos doze Apóstolos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Senhor Jesus, depois de ter orado ao Pai, chamando a Si os que Ele quis, elegeu doze para estarem com Ele e para os enviar a pregar o Reino de Deus (cfr. Mc. 3, 13-19; Mt. 10, 1-42); e a estes Apóstolos (cfr. Luc. 6,13) constituiu-os em colégio ou grupo estável e deu-lhes como chefe a Pedro, escolhido de entre eles (cfr. Jo. 21, 15-17). Enviou-os primeiro aos filhos de Israel e, depois, a todos os povos (cfr. Rom. 1,16), para que, participando do Seu poder, fizessem de todas as gentes discípulos seus e as santificassem e governassem (cfr. Mt. 28, 16-20; Mc. 16,15; Luc. 24, 45-8; Jo. 20, 21-23) e deste modo propagassem e apascentarem a Igreja, servindo-a, sob a direcção do Senhor, todos os dias até ao fim dos tempos (cfr. Mt. 28,20). No dia de Pentecostes foram plenamente confirmados nesta missão (cfr. Act. 2, 1-26) segundo a promessa do Senhor: «recebereis a força do Espírito Santo que descerá sobre vós e sereis minhas testemunhas em Jerusalém e em toda a Judeia e Samaria e até aos confins da terra (Act. 1,8). E os Apóstolos, pregando por toda a parte o Evangelho (cfr. Mc. 16,20), recebido pelos ouvintes graças à acção do Espírito Santo, reunem a Igreja universal que o Senhor fundou sobre os Apóstolos e levantou sobre o bem-aventurado Pedro seu chefe, sendo Jesus Cristo a suma pedra angular (cfr. Apoc. 21,14; Mt. 16,18; Ef. 2,20) (39)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Bispos, sucessores dos Apóstolos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A missão divina confiada por Cristo aos Apóstolos durará até ao fim dos tempos (cfr. Mt. 28,20), uma vez que o Evangelho que eles devem anunciar é em todo o tempo o princípio de toda a vida na Igreja. Pelo que os Apóstolos trataram de estabelecer sucessores, nesta sociedade hierarquicamente constituída."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Assim, não só tiveram vários auxiliares no ministério (40) mas, para que a missão que lhes fora entregue se continuasse após a sua morte, confiaram a seus imediatos colaboradores, como em testamento, o encargo de completarem e confirmarem a obra começada por eles (41), recomendando-lhes que velassem por todo o rebanho, sobre o qual o Espírito Santo os restabelecera para apascentarem a Igreja de Deus (cfr. Act. 20, 28). Estabeleceram assim homens com esta finalidade e ordenaram também que após a sua morte fosse o seu ministério assumido por outros homens experimentados (42). Entre os vários ministérios que na Igreja se exercem desde os primeiros tempos, consta da tradição que o principal é o daqueles que, constituídos no episcopado em sucessão ininterrupta (43) são transmissores do múnus apostólico (44). E assim, como testemunha santo Ireneu, a tradição apostólica é manifestada em todo o mundo (45) e guardada (46) por aqueles que pelos Apóstolos foram constituídos Bispos e seus sucessores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Portanto, os Bispos receberam, com os seus colaboradores os presbíteros e diáconos, o encargo da comunidade (47), presidindo em lugar de Deus ao rebanho (48) de que são pastores como mestres da doutrina, sacerdotes do culto sagrado, ministros do governo (49). E assim como permanece o múnus confiado pelo Senhor singularmente a Pedro, primeiro entre os Apóstolos, e que se devia transmitir aos seus sucessores, do mesmo modo permanece o múnus dos Apóstolos de apascentar a Igreja, o qual deve ser exercido perpetuamente pela sagrada Ordem dos Bispos (50). Ensina, por isso, o sagrado Concílio que, por instituição divina, os Bispos sucedem aos Apóstolos (51), como pastores da Igreja; quem os ouve, ouve a Cristo; quem os despreza, despreza a Cristo e Aquele que enviou Cristo (cfr. Luc. 10,16) (52)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Episcopado como Sacramento"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na pessoa dos Bispos, assistidos pelos presbíteros, está presente no meio dos fiéis o Senhor Jesus Cristo, pontífice máximo. Sentado à direita de Deus Pai, não deixa de estar presente ao corpo dos seus pontífices (53), mas, antes de mais, por meio do seu exímio ministério, prega a todas as gentes a palavra de Deus, administra continuamente aos crentes os sacramento . da fé, incorpora por celeste regeneração e graças à sua acção paternal cfr. 1 Cor. 4,15) novos membros ao Seu corpo e, finalmente, com sabedoria e prudência, dirige e orienta o Povo do Novo Testamento na peregrinação para a eterna felicidade. Estes pastores, escolhidos para apascentar o rebanho do Senhor, são ministros de Cristo e dispensadores dos mistérios de Deus (cfr. 1 Cor. 4,1); a eles foi confiado o testemunho do Evangelho da graça de Deus (cfr. Rom. 15,16; Act. 20,24) e a administração do Espírito e da justiça em glória (cfr. 2 Cor. 3, 8-9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para desempenhar tão elevadas funções, os Apóstolos foram enriquecidos por Cristo com uma efusão especial do Espírito Santo que sobre eles desceu (cfr. Act. 1,8; 2,4; Jo. 20, 22-23), e eles mesmos transmitiram este dom do Espírito aos seus colaboradores pela imposição das mãos (cfr. 1 Tim. 4,14; 2 Tim. 1, 6-7), o qual foi transmitido até aos nossos dias através da consagração episcopal (54). Ensina, porém, o sagrado Concílio que, pela consagração episcopal, se confere a plenitude do sacramento da Ordem, aquela que é chamada sumo sacerdócio e suma do sagrado ministério na tradição litúrgica e nos santos Padres (55). A consagração episcopal, juntamente com o poder de santificar, confere também os poderes de ensinar e governar, os quais, no entanto, por sua própria natureza, só podem ser exercidos em comunhão hierárquica com a cabeça e os membros do colégio episcopal. De facto, consta pela tradição, manifestada sobretudo nos ritos litúrgicos da Igreja tanto ocidental como oriental, que a graça do Espírito Santo é conferida pela imposição das mãos e pelas palavras da consagração (56), e o carácter sagrado é impresso (57) de tal modo que os Bispos representam de forma eminente e conspícua o próprio Cristo, mestre, pastor e pontífice, e actuam em vez d'Ele (58). Pertence aos Bispos assumir novos eleitos no corpo episcopal por meio do sacramento da Ordem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Colégio dos Bispos e a sua Cabeça"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Assim como, por instituição do Senhor, S. Pedro e os restantes Apóstolos formam um colégio apostólico, assim de igual modo estão unidos entre si o Romano Pontífice, sucessor de Pedro, e os Bispos, sucessores dos Apóstolos. A natureza colegial da ordem episcopal, claramente comprovada pelos Concílios ecuménicos celebrados no decurso dos séculos, manifesta-se já na disciplina. primitiva, segundo a qual os Bispos de todo o orbe comunicavam entre si e com o Bispo de Roma no vínculo da unidade, da caridade e da paz (59); e também na reunião de Concílios (60), nos quais se decidiram em comum coisas importantes (61), depois de ponderada a decisão pelo parecer de muitos (62); o mesmo é claramente demonstrado pelos Concílios Ecuménicos, celebrados no decurso dos séculos. E o uso já muito antigo de chamar vários Bispos a participarem na elevação do novo eleito ao ministério do sumo sacerdócio insinua-a já também. É, pois, em virtude da sagração episcopal e pela comunhão hierárquica com a cabeça e os membros do colégio que alguém é constituído membro do corpo episcopal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porém, o colégio ou corpo episcopal não tem autoridade a não ser em união com o Romano Pontífice, sucessor de Pedro, entendido com sua cabeça, permanecendo inteiro o poder do seu primado sobre todos, quer pastores quer fiéis. Pois o Romano Pontífice, em virtude do seu cargo de vigário de Cristo e pastor de toda a Igreja, tem nela pleno, supremo e universal poder que pode sempre exercer livremente. A Ordem dos Bispos, que sucede ao colégio dos Apóstolos no magistério e no governo pastoral, e, mais ainda, na qual o corpo apostólico se continua perpetuamente, é também juntamente com o Romano Pontífice, sua cabeça, e nunca sem a cabeça, sujeito do supremo e pleno poder sobre toda a Igreja (63), poder este que não se pode exercer senão com o consentimento do Romano Pontífice. Só a Simão colocou o Senhor como pedra e clavário da Igreja (cfr. Mt. 16, 18-19), e o constituiu pastor de todo o Seu rebanho (cfr. Jo. 21, 15 ss.); mas é sabido que o encargo de ligar e desligar conferido a Pedro (Mt. 16,19), foi também atribuído ao colégio dos Apóstolos unido à sua cabeça (Mt. 18,18; 28, 16-20) (64). Este colégio, enquanto composto por muitos, exprime a variedade e universalidade do Povo de Deus e, enquanto reunido sob uma só cabeça, revela a unidade do redil de Cristo. Neste colégio, os Bispos, respeitando fielmente o primado e chefia da sua cabeça, gozam de poder próprio para bem dos seus fiéis e de toda a Igreja, corroborando sem cessar o Espírito Santo a estrutura orgânica e a harmonia desta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O supremo poder sobre a Igreja universal, que este colégio tem, exerce-se solenemente no Concílio Ecuménico. Nunca se dá um Concílio Ecuménico sem que seja como tal confirmado ou pelo menos aceite pelo sucessor de Pedro; e é prerrogativa do Romano Pontífice convocar estes Concílios, presidi-los e confirmá-los (65). O mesmo poder colegial pode ser exercido, juntamente com o Papa, pelos Bispos espalhados pelo mundo, contanto que a cabeça do colégio os chame a uma acção colegial ou, pelo menos, aprove ou aceite livremente a acção conjunta dos Bispos dispersos, de forma que haja verdadeiro acto colegial."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relação dos Bispos dentro do Colégio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A união colegial aparece também nas mútuas relações de cada Bispo com as igrejas particulares e com a Igreja universal. O Romano Pontífice, como sucessor de Pedro, é perpétuo e visível fundamento da unidade, não só dos Bispos mas também da multidão dos fiéis (66). E cada um dos Bispos é princípio e fundamento visível da unidade nas suas respectivas igrejas(67), formadas à imagem da Igreja universal, das quais e pelas quais existe a Igreja católica, una e única (68). Pelo que, cada um dos Bispos representa a sua igreja e, todos em união com o Papa, no vínculo da paz, do amor e da unidade, a Igreja inteira."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cada um dos Bispos que estão à frente de igrejas particulares, desempenha a acção pastoral sobre o porção do Povo de Deus a ele confiada, não sobre as outras igrejas nem sobre a Igreja universal. Porém, enquanto membros do colégio episcopal e legítimos sucessores dos Apóstolos, estão obrigados, por instituição e preceito de Cristo, à solicitude sobre toda a Igreja (69), a qual, embora não se exerça por um acto de jurisdição, concorre, contudo, grandemente para o bem da Igreja universal. Todos os Bispos devem, com efeito, promover e defender a unidade da fé e disciplina comum a toda a Igreja; formar os fiéis no amor pelo Corpo místico de Cristo, principalmente pelos membros pobres, sofredores e que padecem perseguição por amor da justiça (cfr. Mt. 5,0); devem, finalmente, promover todas as actividades que são comuns a toda a Igreja, sobretudo para que a fé se difunda e a luz da verdade total nasça para todos os homens. Aliás, é certo que, governando bem a própria igreja, como porção da Igreja universal, concorrem eficazmente para o bem de todo o Corpo místico, que é também o corpo das igrejas (70)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O cuidado de anunciar o Evangelho em todas as partes da terra pertence ao corpo dos pastores, aos quais em conjunto deu Cristo o mandato, impondo este comum dever, como já o Papa Celestino recordava aos Padres do Concílio de Éfeso (71). Pelo que, cada um dos Bispos, quanto o desempenho do seu próprio ministério o permitir, está obrigado a colaborar com os demais Bispos é com o sucessor de Pedro, a quem, dum modo especial, foi confiado o nobre encargo de propagar o cristianismo (72). Devem, por isso, com todas as forças, subministrar às Missões, não só operários para a messe, mas também auxílios espirituais e materiais, tanto por si mesmos directamente como fomentando a generosa cooperação dos fiéis. Finalmente, os Bispos, em universal comunhão de caridade, prestem de boa vontade ajuda fraterna às outras igrejas, em especial às mais vizinhas e necessitadas, segundo o venerando exemplo dos antepassados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por divina Providência sucedeu que várias igrejas, instituídas em diversos lugares pelos Apóstolos e seus sucessores, se juntam, no decorrer do tempo, em vários grupos organicamente unidos, os quais, salva a unidade da fé e a única constituição divina da Igreja universal, têm leis próprias, rito litúrgico próprio, e património teológico e espiritual próprio. Algumas de entre elas, principalmente as antigas igrejas patriarcais, como matrizes da fé, geraram outras, que são como que as suas filhas e com as quais permaneceram unidas na vida sacramental e no respeito pelos mútuos direitos e deveres (73). Esta variedade de igrejas locais a convergir para a unidade, manifesta mais claramente a catolicidade da indivisa Igreja. De modo semelhante, as Conferências episcopais podem hoje aportar uma contribuição múltipla e fecunda para que o sentimento colegial leve a aplicações concretas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O tríplice ministério dos Bispos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Bispos, com sucessores dos Apóstolos, recebem do Senhor, a quem foi dado todo o poder no céu e na terra, a missão de ensinar todos os povos e de pregar o Evangelho a toda a criatura, para que todos os homens se salvem pela fé, pelo Baptismo e pelo cumprimento dos mandamentos (cfr. Mt 28,18; Mc. 16, 15-16; Act. 26, 17 ss.). Para realizar esta missão, Cristo Nosso Senhor prometeu o Espírito Santo aos Apóstolos e enviou-o do céu no dia de Pentecostes, para, com o Seu poder, serem testemunhas perante as nações, os povos e os reis, até aos confins da terra (cfr. Act. 1,8; 2,1 ss.; 9,15). Este encargo que o Senhor confiou aos pastores do Seu povo é um verdadeiro serviço, significativamente chamado «diaconia» ou ministério na Sagrada Escritura (cfr. Act. 1, 17 e 25; 21-19; Rom. 11, 13; 1 Tim. 1,12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A missão canónica dos Bispos pode realizar-se segundo legítimos costumes, não revogados pela suprema e universal autoridade da Igreja, ou por leis concedidas ou reconhecidas por esta mesma autoridade, ou directamente pelo próprio sucessor de Pedro. Se este recusar ou negar a comunhão apostólica, não poderão os Bispos entrar no exercício do seu cargo (74)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O ministério episcopal de ensinar"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre os principais encargos dos Bispos ocupa lugar preeminente a pregação do Evangelho (75). Os Bispos são os arautos da fé que para Deus conduzem novos discípulos. Dotados da autoridade de Cristo, são doutores autênticos, que pregam ao povo a eles confiado a fé que se deve crer e aplicar na vida prática; ilustrando-a sob a luz do Espírito Santo e tirando do tesoiro da revelação coisas novas e antigas (cfr. Mt. 13,52), fazem-no frutificar e solicitamente afastam os erros que ameaçam o seu rebanho (cfr. 2 Tim. 4, 1-4). Ensinando em comunhão com o Romano Pontífice, devem por todos ser venerados como testemunhas da verdade divina e católica. E os fiéis devem conformar-se ao parecer que o seu Bispo emite em nome de Cristo sobre matéria de fé ou costumes, aderindo a ele com religioso acatamento. Esta religiosa submissão da vontade e do entendimento é por especial razão devida ao magistério autêntico do Romano Pontífice, mesmo quando não fala ex cathedra; de maneira que o seu supremo magistério seja reverentemente reconhecido, se preste sincera adesão aos ensinamentos que dele emanam, segundo o seu sentir e vontade; estes manifestam-se sobretudo quer pela índole dos documentos, quer pelas frequentes repetições da mesma doutrina, quer pelo modo de falar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Embora os Bispos, individualmente, não gozem da prerrogativa da infalibilidade, anunciam, porém, infalivelmente a doutrina de Cristo sempre que, embora dispersos pelo mundo mas unidos entre si e com o sucessor de Pedro, ensinam autenticamente matéria de fé ou costumes concordando em que uma doutrina deve ser tida por definida (76). O que se verifica ainda mais manifestamente quando, reunidos em Concílio Ecuménico, são doutores e juízes da fé e dos costumes para toda a Igreja, devendo-se aderir com fé às suas definições (77)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas esta infalibilidade com que o divino Redentor quis dotar a Sua igreja, na definição de doutrinas de fé ou costumes, estende-se tanto quanto se estende o depósito da divina Revelação, o qual se deve religiosamente guardar e fielmente expor. Desta mesma infalibilidade goza o Romano Pontífice em razão do seu ofício de cabeça do colégio episcopal, sempre que, como supremo pastor dos fiéis cristãos, que deve confirmar na fé os seus irmãos (cfr. Lc. 22,32), define alguma doutrina em matéria de fé ou costumes (78). As suas definições com razão se dizem irreformáveis por si mesmas e não pelo consenso da Igreja, pois foram pronunciadas sob a assistência do Espírito Santo, que lhe foi prometida na pessoa de S. Pedro. Não precisam, por isso, de qualquer alheia aprovação, nem são susceptíveis de apelação a outro juízo. Pois, nesse caso, o Romano Pontífice não fala como pessoa privada, mas expõe ou defende a doutrina da fé católica como mestre supremo da Igreja universal, no qual reside de modo singular o carisma da infalibilidade da mesma Igreja (79). A infalibilidade prometida à Igreja reside também no colégio episcopal, quando este exerce o supremo magistério em união com o sucessor de Pedro. A estas definições nunca pode faltar o assentimento da Igreja, graças à acção do Espírito Santo, que conserva e faz progredir na unidade da fé todo o rebanho de Cristo (80)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porém, quando o Romano Pontífice, ou o corpo episcopal com ele, define alguma verdade, propõe-na segundo a Revelação, à qual todos se devem conformar. Esta transmite-se integralmente, por escrito ou por tradição, através da legítima sucessão dos Bispos e, antes de mais, graças à solicitude do mesmo Romano Pontífice; e, sob a iluminação do Espírito de verdade, é santamente conservada e fielmente exposta na Igreja (81). Para a investigar como convém e enunciar aptamente, o Romano Pontífice e os Bispos, segundo o próprio ofício e a gravidade do assunto, trabalham diligentemente, recorrendo aos meios adequados (82); não recebem, porém, nenhuma nova revelação pública que pertença ao depósito divino da fé (83)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O ministério episcopal de santificar"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revestido da plenitude do sacramento da Ordem, o Bispo é o «administrador da graça do supremo sacerdócio» (84), principalmente na Eucaristia, que ele mesmo oferece ou providencia para que seja oferecida (85), e pela qual vive e cresce a Igreja. Esta Igreja de Cristo está verdadeiramente presente em todas as legítimas comunidades locais de fiéis, as quais aderindo aos seus pastores, são elas mesmas chamadas igrejas no Novo Testamento (86). Pois elas são, no local em que se encontram, o novo Povo chamado por Deus, no Espírito Santo e com plena segurança (cfr. 1 Tess. 1, 5). Nelas se congregam os fiéis pela pregação do Evangelho de Cristo e se celebra o mistério da Ceia do Senhor «para que o corpo da inteira fraternidade seja unido por meio da carne e sangue do Senhor» (87) Em qualquer comunidade que participa do altar sob o ministério sagrado do Bispo (88), é manifestado o símbolo do amor e da unidade do Corpo místico, sem o que não pode haver salvação (89). Nestas comunidades, embora muitas vezes pequenas e pobres, ou dispersas, está presente Cristo, por cujo poder se unifica a Igreja una, santa, católica e apostólica (90). Pois «outra coisa não faz a participação no corpo e sangue de Cristo, do que transformar-nos naquilo que recebemos» (91). Toda a legítima celebração da Eucaristia é dirigida pelo Bispo, a quem foi confiado o encargo de oferecer à divina Majestade o culto da religião cristã, e de o regular segundo os preceitos do Senhor e as leis da Igreja, ulteriormente determinadas para a própria diocese, segundo o seu parecer. Deste modo, os Bispos, orando e trabalhando pelo povo, espalham multiforme e abundantemente «plenitude da santidade de Cristo. Pelo ministério da palavra, comunicam a força de Deus, para salvação dos que crêem (cfr. Rom. 1,16) e, por meio dos sacramentos, cuja distribuição regular e frutuosa ordenam com a sua autoridade, santificam os fiéis (92). São eles que regulam a administração do Baptismo, pelo qual é concedida a participação no sacerdócio real de Cristo. São eles os ministros originários da Confirmação, dispensadores das sagradas ordens e reguladores da disciplina penitencial, e com solicitude exortam e instruem o seu povo para que participe com fé e reverência na Liturgia, principalmente no santo sacrifício da missa. Finalmente, devem ajudar com o próprio exemplo aqueles que governam, purificando os próprios costumes de todo o mal e tornando-os bons, quanto lhes for possível com o auxílio do Senhor, para que alcancem, com o povo que lhes é confiado, a vida eterna (93)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O ministério episcopal de reger"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Bispos governam as igrejas particulares que lhes foram confiadas como vigários e legados de Cristo (94), por meio de conselhos, persuasões, exemplos, mas também com autoridade e poder sagrado, que exercem unicamente para edificar o próprio rebanho na verdade e na santidade, lembrados de que aquele que é maior se deve fazer como o menor, e o que preside como aquele que serve (cfr. Luc. 22, 26-27). Este poder que exercem pessoalmente em nome de Cristo, é próprio, ordinário e imediato, embora o seu exercício seja superiormente regulado pela suprema autoridade da Igreja e possa ser circunscrito dentro de certos limites para utilidade da Igreja ou dos fiéis. Por virtude deste poder, têm os Bispos o sagrado direito e o dever, perante o Senhor, de promulgar leis para os seus súbditos, de julgar e de orientar todas as coisas que pertencem à ordenação do culto e do apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A eles é confiado em plenitude o encargo pastoral, isto é, o cuidado quotidiano e habitual das próprias ovelhas; nem devem ser tidos por vigários dos Romanos Pontífices, uma vez que exercem uma autoridade própria e com toda a verdade são chamados antístites (95) dos povos que governam. O seu poder não é, pois, diminuído pela autoridade suprema e universal, mas antes, pelo contrário, é por ela assegurado, fortificado e defendido (96), dado que o Espírito Santo conserva indefectivelmente a forma de governo estabelecida por Cristo Nosso Senhor na Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Bispo, enviado pelo Pai de família a governar a Sua família, tenha diante dos olhos o exemplo do bom pastor, que veio servir e não ser servido (cfr. Mt. 20,28; Mc. 10,45) e dar a própria vida pelas ovelhas (cfr. Jo. 10,11). Escolhido dentre os homens, e sujeito às fraquezas humanas, pode compadecer-se dos ignorantes e transviados (cfr. Hebr. 5, 1-2). Não se recuse a ouvir os súbditos, de quem cuida como verdadeiros filhos e a quem exorta a que animosamente cooperem consigo. Tendo que prestar contas a Deus pelas suas almas (cfr. Hebr. 13,17), deve, com a oração, a pregação e todas as obras de caridade, ter cuidado tanto deles como daqueles que ainda não pertencem ao único rebanho, os quais ele deve considerar como tendo-lhe sido confiados pelo Senhor. Devendo, como o Apóstolo, dar-se a todos, esteja sempre pronto para a todos evangelizar (cfr. Rom. 1, 14-15) e para exortar os próprios fiéis ao trabalho apostólico e missionário. Por seu lado, os fiéis devem aderir ao seu Bispo, como a Igreja adere a Jesus Cristo, e Jesus Cristo ao Pai, a fim de que todas as coisas conspirem para a unidade (97) e se multipliquem para a glória de Deus (cfr. 2 Cor. 4,15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Presbíteros e suas relações com Cristo, com os Bispos, com o presbitério e com o povo Cristão"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por meio dos Seus Apóstolos, Cristo, a quem o Pai santificou e enviou ao mundo (Jo. 10,36), tornou os Bispos, que são sucessores daqueles, participantes da Sua consagração e missão (98): e estes transmitiram legitimamente o múnus do seu ministério em grau diverso e a diversos sujeitos. Assim, o ministério eclesiástico, instituído por Deus, é exercido em ordens diversas por aqueles que desde a antiguidade são chamados Bispos, presbíteros e diáconos (99). Os presbíteros, embora não possuam o fastígio do pontificado e dependam dos Bispos no exercício do próprio poder, estão-lhes, porém, unidos na honra do sacerdócio (100) e, por virtude do sacramento da Ordem (101), são consagrados, à imagem de Cristo, sumo e eterno sacerdote (Hebr. 5, 1-10; 7,24; 9, 11-28), para pregar o Evangelho, apascentar os fiéis e celebrar o culta divino, como verdadeiros sacerdotes do Novo Testamento (102). Participantes, segundo o grau do seu ministério, da função de Cristo mediador único (1 Tim, 2,5), anunciam a todos a palavra de Deus. Mas é no culto. ou celebração eucarística que exercem principalmente o seu múnus sagrado; nela, actuando em nome de Cristo (103) e proclamando o Seu mistério, unem as preces dos fiéis ao sacrifício da cabeça e, no sacrifício da missa, representam e aplicam, até à vinda do Senhor (cfr. 1 Cor. 11,26), o único sacrifício do Novo Testamento, ou seja, Cristo oferecendo-se, uma vez por todas, ao Pai, como hóstia imaculada (cfr. Hebr. 9, 11-28) (104). Exercem ainda, por título eminente, o ministério da reconciliação e o do conforto para com os fiéis arrependidos ou enfermos, e apresentam a Deus Pai as necessidades e preces dos crentes (cfr. Hebr. 5, 1-4. Desempenhando, segundo a medida da autoridade que possuem, o múnus de Cristo pastor e cabeça (105), reúnem a família de Deus em fraternidade animada por um mesmo espírito (106) e, por Cristo e no Espírito Santo, conduzem-na a Deus Pai. No meio do próprio rebanho adoram-nO em espírito e verdade (cfr. Jo. 4,24). Trabalham, enfim, pregando e ensinando (1 Tim. 5,17), acreditando no que lêem e meditam na lei do Senhor, ensinando o que crêem e vivendo o que ensinam (107)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os presbíteros, como esclarecidos cooperadores da ordem episcopal (108) e a sua ajuda e instrumento, chamados para o serviço do Povo de Deus, constituem com o seu Bispo um presbitério (108) com diversas funções. Em cada uma das comunidades de fiéis, tornam de algum modo presente o Bispo, ao qual estão associados com ânimo fiel e generoso e cujos encargos e solicitude assumem, segundo a própria medida, e exercem com cuidado quotidiano. Sob a autoridade do Bispo, santificam e governam a porção do rebanho a si confiada, tornam visível, no lugar em que estão, a Igreja universal e prestam uma grande ajuda para a edificação de todo o corpo de Cristo (cfr. Ef. 4, 12). Sempre atentos ao bem dos filhos de Deus, procurem dar a sua ajuda ao trabalho de toda a diocese, melhor, de toda a Igreja. Por causa desta participação no sacerdócio e na missão, reconheçam os presbíteros o Bispo verdadeiramente como pai, e obedeçam-lhe com reverência. O Bispo, por seu lado, considere os sacerdotes, seus colaboradores, como filhos e amigos, à imitação de Cristo que já não chama aos seus discípulos servos mas amigos (cfr. Jo. 15,15). Deste modo, todos os sacerdotes, tanto diocesanos como religiosos, estão associados ao corpo episcopal em razão da Ordem e do ministério, e, segundo a própria vocação e graça, contribuem para o bem de toda a Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em virtude da comum sagrada ordenação e missão, todos os presbíteros estão entre si ligados em íntima fraternidade, que espontânea e livremente se deve manifestar no auxílio mútuo, tanto espiritual como material, pastoral ou pessoal, em reuniões e na comunhão de vida, de trabalho e de caridade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Velem, como pais em Cristo, pelos fiéis que espiritualmente geraram pelo Baptismo e pela doutrinação (cfr. 1 Cor. 4,15; 1 Ped. 1,23). Fazendo-se, de coração, os modelos do rebanho (1 Ped. 5,3), de tal modo dirijam e sirvam a sua comunidade local que esta possa dignamente ser chamada com aquele nome com que se honra o único Povo de Deus todo inteiro, a saber, a Igreja de Deus (cfr. 1 Cor. 1,2; 2 Cor. 1,1; etc. etc.). No seu trato e solicitude de cada dia, não se esqueçam de apresentar aos fiéis e infiéis, aos católicos e não-católicos, a imagem do autêntico ministério sacerdotal e pastoral, de dar a todos testemunho de verdade e de vida, e de procurar também, como bons pastores (cfr. Luc. 15, 4-7), aqueles que, baptizados embora na Igreja católica, abandonaram os sacramentos ou até mesmo a fé."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dado que o género humano caminha hoje cada vez mais para a unidade política, económica e social, tanto mais necessário é que os sacerdotes em conjunto e sob a direcção dos Bispos e do Sumo Pontífice, evitem todo o motivo de divisão, para que a humanidade toda seja conduzida à unidade da família de Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os diáconos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em grau inferior da hierarquia estão os diáconos, aos quais foram impostas as mãos «não em ordem ao sacerdócio mas ao ministério» (109). Pois que, fortalecidos com a graça sacramental, servem o Povo de Deus em união com o Bispo e o seu presbitério, no ministério da Liturgia, da palavra e da caridade. É próprio do diácono, segundo for cometido pela competente autoridade, administrar solenemente o Baptismo, guardar e distribuir a Eucaristia, assistir e abençoar o Matrimónio em nome da Igreja, levar o viático aos moribundos, ler aos fiéis a Sagrada Escritura, instruir e exortar o povo, presidir ao culto e à oração dos fiéis, administrar os sacramentais, dirigir os ritos do funeral e da sepultura. Consagrados aos ofícios da caridade e da administração, lembrem-se os diáconos da recomendação de S. Policarpo: «misericordiosos, diligentes, caminhando na verdade do Senhor, que se fez servo de todos» (110)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como porém, estes ofícios, muito necessários para a vida da Igreja na disciplina actual da Igreja latina, dificilmente podem ser exercidos em muitas regiões, o diaconado poderá ser, para o futuro, restaurado como grau próprio e permanente da Hierarquia. As diversas Conferências episcopais territoriais competentes cabe decidir, com a aprovação do Sumo Pontífice, se e onde é oportuno instituir tais diáconos para a cura das almas. Com o consentimento do Romano Pontífice, poderá este diaconado ser conferido a homens de idade madura, mesmo casados, e a jovens idóneos; em relação a estes últimos, porém, permanece em vigor a lei do celibato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "OS LEIGOS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proémio: Carácter peculiar dos leigos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Declaradas as diversas funções da Hierarquia, o sagrado Concílio volta de bom grado a sua atenção para o estado daqueles fiéis cristãos que se chamam leigos. Com efeito, se é verdade que todas as coisas que se disseram a respeito do Povo de Deus se dirigem igualmente aos leigos, aos religiosos e aos clérigos, algumas, contudo, pertencem de modo particular aos leigos, homens e mulheres, em razão do seu estado e missão; e os seus fundamentos, devido às circunstâncias especiais do nosso tempo, devem ser mais cuidadosamente expostos. Os sagrados pastores conhecem, com efeito, perfeitamente quanto os leigos contribuem para o bem de toda a Igreja. Pois eles próprios sabem que não foram instituídos por Cristo para se encarregarem por si sós de toda a missão salvadora da Igreja para com o mundo, mas que o seu cargo sublime consiste em pastorear de tal modo os fiéis e de tal modo reconhecer os seus serviços e carismas, que todos, cada um segundo o seu modo próprio, cooperem na obra comum. Pois é necessário que todos, «praticando a verdade na caridade, cresçamos de todas as maneiras para aquele que é a cabeça, Cristo; pelo influxo do qual o corpo inteiro, bem ajustado e coeso por toda a espécie de junturas que o alimentam, com a acção proporcionada a cada membro, realiza o seu crescimento em ordem à própria edificação na caridade (Ef. 4, 15-16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conceito e vocação do leigo na Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por leigos entendem-se aqui todos os cristãos que não são membros da sagrada Ordem ou do estado religioso reconhecido pela Igreja, isto é, os fiéis que, incorporados em Cristo pelo Baptismo, constituídos em Povo de Deus e tornados participantes, a seu modo, da função sacerdotal, profética e real de Cristo, exercem, pela parte que lhes toca, a missão de todo o Povo cristão na Igreja se no mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É própria e peculiar dos leigos a característica secular. Com efeito, os membros da sagrada Ordem, ainda que algumas vezes possam tratar de assuntos seculares, exercendo mesmo uma profissão profana, contudo, em razão da sua vocação específica, destinam-se sobretudo e expressamente ao sagrado ministério; enquanto que os religiosos, no seu estado, dão magnífico e privilegiado testemunho de que se não pode transfigurar o mundo e oferecê-lo a Deus sem o espírito das bem-aventuranças. Por vocação própria, compete aos leigos procurar o Reino de Deus tratando das realidades temporais e ordenando-as segundo Deus. Vivem no mundo, isto é, em toda e qualquer ocupação e actividade terrena, e nas condições ordinárias da vida familiar e social, com as quais é como que tecida a sua existência. São chamados por Deus para que, aí, exercendo o seu próprio ofício, guiados pelo espírito evangélico, concorram para a santificação do mundo a partir de dentro, como o fermento, e deste modo manifestem Cristo aos outros, antes de mais pelo testemunho da própria vida, pela irradiação da sua fé, esperança e caridade. Portanto, a eles compete especialmente, iluminar e ordenar de tal modo as realidades temporais, a que estão estreitamente ligados, que elas sejam sempre feitas segundo Cristo e progridam e glorifiquem o Criador e Redentor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unidade na diversidade"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A santa Igreja, por instituição divina, é organizada e governada com uma variedade admirável. «Assim como num mesmo corpo temos muitos membros, e nem todos têm a mesma função, assim, sendo muitos, formamos um só corpo em Cristo, sendo membros uns dos outros» (Rom. 12, 4-5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um só é, pois, o Povo de Deus: «um só Senhor, uma só fé, um só Baptismo (Ef. 4,5); comum é a dignidade dos membros, pela regeneração em Cristo; comum a graça de filhos, comum a vocação à perfeição; uma só salvação, uma só esperança e uma caridade indivisa. Nenhuma desigualdade, portanto, em Cristo e na Igreja, por motivo de raça ou de nação, de condição social ou de sexo, porque «não há judeu nem grego, escravo nem homem livre, homem nem mulher: com efeito, em Cristo Jesus, todos vós sois um» (Gál. 3,28 gr.; cfr. Col. 3,11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Portanto, ainda que, na Igreja, nem todos sigam pelo mesmo caminho, todos são, contudo, chamados à santidade, e a todos coube a mesma fé pela justiça de Deus (cfr. 2 Ped. 1,1). Ainda que, por vontade de Cristo, alguns são constituídos doutores, dispensadores dos mistérios e pastores em favor dos demais, reina, porém, igualdade entre todos quanto à dignidade e quanto à actuação, comum a todos os fiéis, em favor da edificação do corpo de Cristo. A distinção que o Senhor estabeleceu entre os ministros sagrados e o restante Povo de Deus, contribui para a união, já que os pastores e os demais fiéis estão ligados uns aos outros por uma vinculação comum: os pastores da Igreja, imitando o exemplo do Senhor, prestem serviço uns aos outros e aos fiéis: e estes dêem alegremente a sua colaboração aos pastores e doutores. Deste modo, todos testemunham, na variedade, a admirável unidade do Corpo místico de Cristo: a própria diversidade de graças, ministérios e actividades, consagra em unidade os filhos de Deus, porque «um só e o mesmo é o Espírito que opera todas estas coisas» (1 Cor. 12,11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os leigos, portanto, do mesmo modo que, por divina condescendência, têm por irmão a Cristo, o qual, apesar de ser Senhor de todos, não veio para ser servido mas para servir (cfr. Mt. 20,28), de igual modo têm por irmãos aqueles que, uma vez estabelecidos no sagrado ministério, apascentam a família de Deus ensinando, santificando e governando com a autoridade de Cristo, de modo que o mandamento da caridade seja por todos observado. A este respeito diz belissimamente S. Agostinho: «aterra-me o ser para vós, mas consola-me o estar convosco. Sou para vós, como Bispo; estou convosco, como cristão. Nome de ofício, o primeiro; de graça, o segundo; aquele, de risco; este, de salvação»(111)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Apostolado dos leigos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unidos no Povo de Deus, e constituídos no corpo único de Cristo sob uma só cabeça, os leigos, sejam quais forem, todos são chamados a concorrer como membros vivos, com todas as forças que receberam da bondade do Criador e por graça do Redentor, para o crescimento da Igreja e sua contínua santificação."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O apostolado dos leigos é participação na própria missão salvadora da Igreja, e para ele todos são destinados pelo Senhor, por meio do Baptismo e da Confirmação. E os sacramentos, sobretudo a sagrada Eucaristia, comunicam e alimentam aquele amor para com Deus e para com os homens, que é a alma de todo o apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas os leigos são especialmente chamados a tornarem a Igreja presente e activa naqueles locais e circunstâncias em que só por meio deles ela pode ser o sal da terra (112). Deste modo, todo e qualquer leigo, pelos dons que lhe foram concedidos, é ao mesmo tempo testemunha e instrumento vivo da missão da própria Igreja, «segundo a medida concedida por Cristo» (Ef. 4,7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além deste apostolado, que diz respeito a todos os fiéis, os leigos podem ainda ser chamados, por diversos modos, a uma colaboração mais imediata no apostolado da Hierarquia 3, à semelhança daqueles homens e mulheres que ajudavam o apóstolo Paulo no Evangelho, trabalhando muito no Senhor (cfr. Fil. 4,3; Rom. 16,3 ss.). Têm ainda a capacidade de ser chamados pela Hierarquia a exercer certos cargos eclesiásticos, com finalidade espiritual."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Incumbe, portanto, a todos os leigos a magnífica tarefa de trabalhar para que o desígnio de salvação atinja cada vez mais os homens de todos os tempos e lugares. Esteja-lhes, pois, amplamente aberto o caminho, a fim de que, segundo as próprias forças e as necessidades dos tempos, também eles participem com ardor na acção salvadora da Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A consagração do mundo pelo apostolado dos leigos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O supremo e eterno sacerdote Cristo Jesus, querendo também por meio dos leigos continuar o Seu testemunho e serviço, vivifica-o pelo Seu Espírito e sem cessar os incita a toda a obra boa e perfeita. E assim, àqueles que Intimamente associou à própria vida e missão, concedeu também participação no seu múnus sacerdotal, a fim de que exerçam um culto espiritual, para glória de Deus e salvação dos homens. Por esta razão, os leigos, enquanto consagrados a Cristo e ungidos no Espírito Santo, têm uma vocação admirável e são instruídos para que os frutos do Espírito se multipliquem neles cada vez mais abundantemente. Pois todos os seus trabalhos, orações e empreendimentos apostólicos, a vida conjugal e familiar, o trabalho de cada dia, o descanso do espírito e do corpo, se forem feitos no Espírito, e as próprias incomodidades da vida, suportadas com paciência, se tornam em outros tantos sacrifícios espirituais, agradáveis a Deus por Jesus Cristo (cfr. 1 Ped. 2,5); sacrifícios estes que são piedosamente oferecidos ao Pai, juntamente com a oblação do corpo do Senhor, na celebração da Eucaristia. E deste modo, os leigos, agindo em toda a parte santamente, como adoradores, consagram a Deus o próprio mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O testemunho de vida pelo apostolado dos leigos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, o grande profeta, que pelo testemunho da vida e a força da palavra proclamou o reino do Pai, realiza a sua missão profética, até à total revelação da glória, não só por meio da Hierarquia, que em Seu nome e com a Sua autoridade ensina, mas também por meio dos leigos; para isso os constituiu testemunhas, e lhes concedeu o sentido da fé e o dom da palavra (cfr. Act. 2, 17-18; Apoc. 19,10) a fim de que a força do Evangelho resplandeça na vida quotidiana, familiar e social. Os leigos mostrar-se-ão filhos da promessa se, firmes na fé e na esperança, aproveitarem bem o tempo presente (cfr. Ef. 5,16; Col. 4,5) e com paciência esperarem a glória futura (cfr. Rom. 8,25). Mas não devem esconder esta esperança no seu íntimo, antes, pela contínua conversão e pela luta «contra os dominadores deste mundo tenebroso, contra os espíritos do mal» (Ef. 6,12), manifestem-na também nas estruturas da vida secular."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Do mesmo modo que os sacramentos da nova lei, que alimentam a vida e o apostolado dos fiéis, prefiguram um novo céu e uma nova terra (cfr. Apoc. 21,1), assim os leigos tornam-se valorosos arautos da fé naquelas realidades que esperamos (cfr. Hebr. 11,1), se juntarem sem hesitação, a uma vida de fé, a profissão da mesma fé. Este modo de evangelizar, proclamando a mensagem de Cristo com o testemunho da vida e com a palavra, adquire um certo carácter específico e uma particular eficácia por se realizar nas condições ordinárias da vida no mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nesta obra, desempenha grande papel aquele estado de vida que é santificado por um sacramento próprio: a vida matrimonial e familiar. Aí se encontra um exercício e uma admirável escola de apostolado dos leigos, se a religião penetrar toda a vida e a transformar cada vez mais. Aí encontram os esposos a sua vocação própria, de serem um para o outro e para os filhos as testemunhas da fé e do amor de Cristo. A família cristã proclama em alta voz as virtudes presentes do reino de Deus e a esperança na vida bem-aventurada. E deste modo, pelo exemplo e pelo testemunho, argui o mundo do pecado e ilumina aqueles que buscam a verdade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, ainda mesmo quando ocupados com os cuidados temporais, podem e devem os leigos exercer valiosa acção para a evangelização do mundo. E se há alguns que, na medida do possível, suprem nas funções religiosas os ministros sagrados que faltam ou estão impedidos em tempo de perseguição, a todos, porém, incumbe a obrigação de cooperar para a dilatação e crescimento do Reino de Cristo no mundo. Dediquem-se, por isso, os leigos com diligência a conseguir um conhecimento mais profundo da verdade revelada, e peçam insistentemente a Deus o dom da sabedoria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A santificação das estruturas humanas pelo apostolado dos leigos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tendo-se feito obediente até à morte e tendo sido, por este motivo, exaltado pelo Pai (cfr. Fil. 2, 8-9), entrou Cristo na glória do Seu reino. Todas as coisas Lhe estão sujeitas, até que Ele se submeta, e a todas as criaturas, ao Pai, para que Deus seja tudo em todos (cfr. 1 Cor. 15, 27-28). Comunicou este poder aos discípulos, para que também eles sejam constituídos em régia liberdade e, com a abnegação de si mesmos e a santidade da vida, vençam em si próprios o reino do pecado (cfr. Rom. 6,12); mais ainda, para que, servindo a Cristo também nos outros, conduzam os seus irmãos, com humildade e paciência, àquele Rei, a quem servir é reinar. Pois o Senhor deseja dilatar também por meio dos leigos o Seu reino, reino de verdade e de vida, reino de santidade e de graça, reino de justiça, de amor e de paz (114), no qual a própria criação será liberta da servidão da corrupção, alcançando a liberdade da glória dos filhos de Deus (cfr. Rom. 8,21). Grande é a promessa, grande o mandamento que é dado aos discípulos: «tudo é vosso; vós sois de Cristo; e Cristo é de Deus» (1 Cor. 3,23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por consequência, devem os fiéis conhecer a natureza íntima e o valor de todas as criaturas, e a sua ordenação para a glória de Deus, ajudando-se uns aos outros, mesmo através das actividades propriamente temporais, a levar uma vida mais santa, para que assim o mundo seja penetrado do espírito de Cristo e, na justiça, na caridade e na paz, atinja mais eficazmente o seu fim. Na realização plena deste dever, os leigos ocupam o lugar mais importante. Por conseguinte, com a sua competência nas matérias profanas, e a sua actuação interiormente elevada pela graça de Cristo, contribuam eficazmente para que os bens criados sejam valorizados pelo trabalho humano, pela técnica e pela cultura para utilidade de todos os homens, sejam melhor distribuídos entre eles e contribuam a seu modo para o progresso de todos na liberdade humana e cristã, em harmonia com o destino que lhes deu o Criador e segundo a iluminação do Verbo. Deste modo, por meio dos membros da Igreja, Cristo iluminará cada vez mais a humanidade inteira com a Sua luz salvadora."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, também pela união das próprias forças, devem os leigos sanear as estruturas e condições do mundo, se elas porventura propendem a levar ao pecado, de tal modo que todas se conformem às normas da justiça e antes ajudem ao exercício das virtudes do que o estorvem. Agindo assim, informarão de valor moral a cultura e as obras humanas. E, por este modo, o campo, isto é, o mundo ficará mais preparado para a semente da palavra divina e abrir-se-ão à Igreja mais amplamente as portas para introduzir no mundo a mensagem da paz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devido à própria economia da salvação, devem os fiéis aprender a distinguir cuidadosamente entre os direitos e deveres que lhes competem como membros da Igreja e os que lhes dizem respeito enquanto fazem parte da sociedade humana. Procurem harmonizar entre si uns e outros, lembrando-se que se devem guiar em todas as coisas temporais pela consciência cristã, já que nenhuma actividade humana, nem mesmo em assuntos temporais, se pode subtrair ao domínio de Deus. É muito necessário em nossos dias que esta distinção e harmonia se manifestem claramente nas atitudes dos fiéis, que a missão da Igreja possa corresponder mais plenamente às condições particulares do mundo actual. Assim como se deve reconhecer que a cidade terrena se consagra a justo título aos assuntos temporais e se rege por princípios próprios, assim com razão se deve rejeitar a nefasta doutrina que pretende construir a sociedade sem ter para nada em conta a religião, atacando e destruindo a liberdade religiosa dos cidadãos (115)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relações dos leigos com a Hierarquia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como todos os fiéis, também os leigos têm o direito de receber com abundância, dos sagrados pastores, os bens espirituais da Igreja, principalmente os auxílios da palavra de Deus e dos sacramentos (116); e com aquela liberdade e confiança que convém a filhos de Deus e a irmãos em Cristo, manifestem-lhes as suas necessidades e aspirações. Segundo o grau de ciência, competência e autoridade que possuam, têm o direito, e por vezes mesmo o dever, de expor o seu parecer sobre os assuntos que dizem respeito ao bem da Igreja (117). Se o caso o pedir, utilizem os órgãos para isso instituídos na Igreja, e procedam sempre em verdade, fortaleza e prudência, com reverência e amor para com aqueles que, em razão do seu cargo, representam a pessoa de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como todos os cristãos, devem os leigos abraçar prontamente, com obediência cristã, todas as coisas que os sagrados pastores, representantes de Cristo, determinarem na sua qualidade de mestres e guias na Igreja, a exemplo de Cristo, o qual com a Sua obediência, levada até à morte, abriu para todos o feliz caminho da liberdade dos filhos de Deus. Nem deixem de encomendar ao Senhor nas suas orações os seus prelados, já que eles olham pelas nossas almas, como devendo dar contas delas, a fim de que o façam com alegria e não gemendo (cfr. Hebr. 13,17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por seu lado, os sagrados pastores devem reconhecer e fomentar a dignidade e responsabilidade dos leigos na Igreja; recorram espontaneamente ao seu conselho prudente, entreguem-lhes confiadamente cargos em serviço da Igreja e dêem-lhes margem e liberdade de acção, animando-os até a tomarem a iniciativa de empreendimentos. Considerem atentamente e com amor paterno, em Cristo, as iniciativas, pedidos e desejos propostos pelos leigos (118). E reconheçam a justa liberdade que a todos compete na cidade terrestre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Muitos bens se devem esperar destas relações confiantes entre leigos e pastores: é que assim se fortalece nos leigos o sentido da própria responsabilidade, fomenta-se o seu empenho é mais facilmente se associam nas suas energias à obra dos pastores. Estes, por sua vez, ajudados pela experiência dos leigos, tanto nas coisas espirituais como nas temporais, mais facilmente julgarão com acerto, a fim de que a Igreja inteira, com a energia de todos os seus membros, cumpra mais eficazmente a sua missão para a vida do mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusões: os leigos vivificadores do mundo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cada leigo deve ser, perante o mundo, uma testemunha da ressurreição e da vida do Senhor Jesus e um sinal do Deus vivo. Todos em conjunto, e cada um por sua parte, devem alimentar o mundo com frutos espirituais (cfr. Gál. 5,22) e nele difundir aquele espírito que anima os pobres, mansos e pacíficos, que o Senhor no Evangelho proclamou bem-aventurados (cfr. Mt. 5, 3-9). Numa palavra, «sejam os cristãos no mundo aquilo que a alma é no corpo» (119)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO V"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A VOCAÇÃO DE TODOS À SANTIDADE NA IGREJA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proémio: chamamento universal à santidade"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A nossa fé crê que a Igreja, cujo mistério o sagrado Concílio expõe, é indefectivelmente santa. Com efeito, Cristo, Filho de Deus, que é com o Pai e o Espírito ao único Santo» (120), amou a Igreja como esposa, entregou-Se por ela, para a santificar (cfr. Ef. 5, 25-26) e uniu-a a Si como Seu corpo, cumulando-a com o dom do Espírito Santo, para glória de. Deus. Por isso, todos na Igreja, quer pertençam à Hierarquia quer por ela sejam pastoreados, são chamados à santidade, segundo a palavra do Apóstolo: «esta é a vontade de Deus, a vossa santificação» (1 Tess. 4,3; cfr. Ef. 1,4). Esta santidade da Igreja incessantemente se manifesta, e deve manifestar-se, nos frutos da graça que o Espírito Santo produz nos fiéis; exprime-se de muitas maneiras em cada um daqueles que, no seu estado de vida, tendem à perfeição da caridade, com edificação do próximo; aparece dum modo especial na prática dos conselhos chamados evangélicos. A prática destes conselhos, abraçada sob a moção do Espírito Santo por muitos cristãos, quer privadamente quer nas condições ou estados aprovados pela Igreja, leva e deve levar ao mundo um admirável testemunho e exemplo desta santidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jesus, mestre e modelo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jesus, mestre e modelo divino de toda a perfeição, pregou a santidade de vida, de que Ele é autor e consumador, a todos e a cada um dos seus discípulos, de qualquer condição: «sede perfeitos como vosso Pai celeste é perfeito» (Mt. 5,48) (121). A todos enviou o Espírito Santo, que os move interiormente a amarem a Deus com todo o coração, com toda a alma, com todo o espírito e com todas as forças (cfr. Mc. 12,30) e a amarem-se uns aos outros como Cristo os amou (cfr. Jo. 13,34; 15,12). Os seguidores de Cristo, chamados por Deus e justificados no Senhor Jesus, não por merecimento próprio mas pela vontade e graça de Deus, são feitos, pelo Baptismo da fé, verdadeiramente filhos e participantes da natureza divina e, por conseguinte, realmente santos. É necessário, portanto, que, com o auxílio divino, conservem e aperfeiçoem, vivendo-a, esta santidade que receberam. O Apóstolo admoesta-os a que vivam acorro convém a santos» (Ef. 5,3), acorro eleitos e amados de Deus, se revistam de entranhas de misericórdia, benignidade, humildade, mansidão e paciência» (Col. 3,12) e alcancem os frutos do Espírito para a santificação (cfr. Gál. 5,22; Rom. 6,22). E porque todos cometemos faltas em muitas ocasiões (Tg. 3,2), precisamos constantemente. da misericórdia de Deus e todos os dias devemos orar: «perdoai-nos as nossas ofensas» (Mt. 6,12) (122). É, pois, claro a todos, que os cristãos de qualquer estado ou ordem, são chamados à plenitude da vida cristã e à perfeição da caridade (123). Na própria sociedade terrena, esta santidade promove um modo de vida mais humano. Para alcançar esta perfeição, empreguem os fiéis as forças recebidas segundo a medida em que as dá Cristo, a fim de que, seguindo as Suas pisadas e conformados à Sua imagem, obedecendo em tudo à vontade de Deus, se consagrem com toda a alma à glória do Senhor e ao serviço do próximo. Assim crescerá em frutos abundantes a santidade do Povo de Deus, como patentemente se manifesta na história da Igreja, com a vida de tantos santos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A santidade nos diversos estados"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nos vários géneros e ocupações da vida, é sempre a mesma a santidade que é cultivada por aqueles que são conduzidos pelo Espírito de Deus e, obedientes à voz do Pai, adorando em espírito e verdade a Deus Pai, seguem a Cristo pobre, humilde, e levando a cruz, a fim de merecerem ser participantes da Sua glória. Cada um, segundo os próprios dons e funções, deve progredir sem desfalecimentos pelo caminho da fé viva, que estimula a esperança e que actua pela caridade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em primeiro lugar, os pastores do rebanho de Cristo, à semelhança do sumo e eterno sacerdote, pastor e bispo das nossas almas, desempenhem o próprio ministério santamente e com alegria, com humildade e fortaleza; assim cumprido, também para eles será o seu ministério um sublime meio de santificação. Escolhidos para a plenitude do sacerdócio, receberam a graça sacramental para que, orando, sacrificando e pregando, com toda a espécie de cuidados e serviços episcopais, realizem a tarefa perfeita da caridade pastoral (124), sem hesitarem em oferecer a vida pelas ovelhas e, feitos modelos do rebanho (cfr. 1 Ped. 5,3), suscitem na Igreja, também com o seu exemplo, uma santidade cada vez maior."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os presbíteros, à semelhança da ordem dos Bispos, de que são a coroa espiritual (125), já que participam das suas funções por graça de Cristo, eterno e único mediador, cresçam no amor de Deus e do próximo com o exercício do seu dever quotidiano; guardem o vínculo da unidade sacerdotal, abundem em toda a espécie de bens espirituais e dêem a todos vivo testemunho de Deus (126), tornando-se émulos daqueles sacerdotes que no decorrer dos séculos, em serviço muitas vezes humilde e escondido, nos deixaram magnífico exemplo de santidade. O seu louvor persevera na Igreja. Orando e oferecendo o sacrifício pelo próprio rebanho e por todo o Povo de Deus, conforme é seu ofício, conscientes do que fazem e imitando as realidades com que lidam (127), longe de serem impedidos pelos cuidados, perigos e tribulações do apostolado, devem antes por eles elevar-se a uma santidade mais alta, alimentando e afervorando a sua acção com a abundância da contemplação, para alegria de toda a Igreja de Deus. Todos os presbíteros, e especialmente aqueles que por título particular da sua ordenação são chamados sacerdotes diocesanos, lembrem-se de quanto ajudam para a sua santificação a união fiel e a cooperação generosa com o próprio Bispo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na missão de graça do sumo sacerdote, participam também de modo peculiar os ministros de ordem inferior, e sobretudo os diáconos; servindo nos mistérios de Cristo e da Igreja (128), devem conservar-se puros de todo o vício, agradar a Deus, atender a toda a espécie de boas obras diante dos homens (cfr. 1 Tim. 3, 8-10. 12-13). Os clérigos que, chamados pelo Senhor e separados a fim de ter parte com Ele, se preparam sob a vigilância dos pastores para desempenhar os ofícios de ministros, procurem conformar o coração e o espírito com tão magnífica eleição, sendo assíduos na oração e fervorosos no amor, ocupando o pensamento com tudo o que é verdadeiro, justo e de boa reputação, fazendo tudo para glória é honra de Deus. Destes se aproximam aqueles leigos, que, escolhidos por Deus, são chamados pelos Bispos para se consagrarem totalmente às actividades apostólicas e com muito fruto trabalham no campo do Senhor (129)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os esposos e pais cristãos devem, seguindo o seu caminho peculiar, amparar-se mutuamente na graça, com amor fiel, durante a vida inteira, e imbuir com a doutrina cristã e as virtudes evangélicas a prole que amorosamente receberam de Deus. Dão assim a todos exemplo de amor incansável e generoso, edificam a comunidade fraterna e são testemunhas e cooperadores da fecundidade da Igreja, nossa mãe, em sinal e participação daquele amor, com que Cristo amou a Sua esposa e por ela Se entregou (130). Exemplo semelhante é dado, mas de outro modo, pelas pessoas viúvas ou celibatárias, que muito podem concorrer para a santidade e acção da Igreja. Aqueles que se ocupam em trabalhos muitas vezes duros, devem, através das tarefas humanas, aperfeiçoar-se a si mesmos, ajudar os seus concidadãos, fazer progredir a sociedade e toda a criação; e, ainda, imitando com operosa caridade a Cristo, cujas mãos se exercitaram em trabalhos de operário e, em união com o Pai, continuamente actua para a salvação de todos; alegres na esperança, levando os fardos uns dos outros, subam com o próprio trabalho quotidiano a uma santidade mais alta, também ela apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos quantos se vêem oprimidos pela pobreza, pela fraqueza, pela doença ou tribulações várias, e os que sofrem perseguição por amor da justiça, saibam que estão unidos, de modo especial, a Cristo nos seus sofrimentos pela salvação do mundo; o Senhor, no Evangelho, proclamou-os bem-aventurados e «o Deus... de toda a graça, que nos chamou à Sua eterna glória em Cristo Jesus, depois de sofrerem um pouco, os há-de restabelecer, confirmar e consolidar» (1 Ped. 5,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos os fiéis se santificarão cada dia mais nas condições, tarefas e circunstâncias da própria vida e através de todas elas, se receberem tudo com fé da mão do Pai celeste e cooperarem com a divina vontade, manifestando a todos, na própria actividade temporal, a caridade com que Deus amou o mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A caridade. O martírio. Os conselhos evangélicos. A santidade no próprio estado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«Deus é caridade e quem permanece na caridade, permanece em Deus e Deus nele» (1 Jo. 4,16). Ora, Deus difundiu a sua caridade nos nossos corações, por meio do Espírito Santo, que nos foi dado (cfr. Rom. 5,5). Sendo assim, o primeiro e mais necessário dom é a caridade, com que amamos a Deus sobre todas as coisas e ao próximo por amor d'Ele. Para que esta caridade, como boa semente, cresça e frutifique na alma, cada fiel deve ouvir de bom grado a palavra de Deus, e cumprir, com a ajuda da graça, a Sua vontade, participar frequentemente nos sacramentos, sobretudo na Eucaristia, e nas funções sagrarias, dando-se continuamente à oração, à abnegação de si mesmo, ao serviço efectivo de seus irmãos e a toda a espécie de virtude; pois a caridade, vínculo da perfeição e plenitude da lei (cfr. Col. 3,14; Rom. 13,10), é que dirige todos os meios de santificação, os informa e leva a seu fim (131). E, pois, pela caridade para com Deus e o próximo que se caracteriza o verdadeiro discípulo de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como Jesus, Filho de Deus, manifestou o Seu amor dando a vida por nós, assim ninguém dá maior prova de amor do que aquele que oferece a própria vida por Ele e por seus irmãos (cfr. 1 Jo. 3,16; Jo. 15,13). Desde os primeiros tempos, e sempre assim continuará a suceder, alguns cristãos foram chamados a dar este máximo testemunho de amor diante de todos, e especialmente perante os perseguidores. Por esta razão, o martírio, pelo qual o discípulo se torna semelhante ao mestre, que livremente aceitou a morte para salvação do mundo, e a Ele se conforma no derramamento do sangue, é considerado pela Igreja como um dom insigne e prova suprema de amor. E embora seja concedido a poucos, todos, porém, devem estar dispostos a confessar a Cristo diante dos homens e a segui-l'O no caminho da cruz em meio das perseguições que nunca faltarão à Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A santidade da Igreja é também especialmente favorecida pelos múltiplos conselhos que o Senhor propõe no Evangelho aos Seus discípulos (132). Entre eles sobressai o de, com o coração mais facilmente indiviso (cfr. 1 Cor. 7, 32-34), se consagrarem só a Deus, na virgindade ou no celibato, dom da graça divina que o Pai concede a alguns (cfr. Mt. 19,11; 1 Cor. 7,7) (133). Esta continência perfeita, abraçada pelo reino dos céus, foi sempre tida em grande estima pela Igreja, como sinal e incentivo do amor e ainda como fonte privilegiada de fecundidade espiritual no mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja recorda-se também da recomendação com que o Apóstolo, incitando os fiéis à caridade, os exorta a ter sentimentos semelhantes aos de Jesus Cristo, o qual «Se despojou a Si próprio, tomando a condição de escravo... feito obediente até à morte (Fil. 2, 7-8) e, «sendo rico, por nós Se fez pobre» (2 Cor. 8,9). Sendo necessário que sempre e em todo o tempo os discípulos imitem esta caridade e humildade de Cristo, e delas dêem testemunho, a mãe Igreja alegra-se de encontrar no seu seio muitos homens e mulheres que seguem mais de perto o abatimento do Salvador e mais claramente o manifestam, abraçando a pobreza na liberdade dos filhos de Deus e renunciando às próprias vontades: em matéria de perfeição, sujeitam-se, por amor de Deus, ao homem, para além do que é de obrigação, a fim de mais plenamente se conformarem a Cristo obediente (134)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos os cristãos são, pois, chamados e obrigados a tender à santidade e perfeição do próprio estado. Procurem, por isso, ordenar rectamente os próprios afectos, para não serem impedidos de avançar na perfeição da caridade pelo uso das coisas terrenas e pelo apego às riquezas, em oposição ao espírito da pobreza evangélica, segundo o conselho do Apóstolo: os que usam no mundo, façam-no como se dele não usassem, pois é transitório o cenário deste mundo (1 Cor. 7,31 gr.) (135)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "OS RELIGIOSOS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os conselhos evangélicos e o estado religioso"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os conselhos evangélicos de castidade consagrada a Deus, de pobreza e de obediência, visto que fundados sobre a palavra e o exemplo de Cristo e recomendados pelos Apóstolos, pelos Padres, Doutores e Pastores da Igreja, são um dom divino, que a mesma Igreja recebeu do seu Senhor e com a Sua graça sempre conserva. A autoridade da Igreja, sob a direcção do Espírito Santo, cuidou de regular a sua prática e também de constituir, à base deles, formas estáveis de vida. E assim sucedeu que, como em árvore plantada por Deus e maravilhosa e variamente ramificada no campo do Senhor, surgiram diversas formas de vida, quer solitária quer comum, e várias famílias religiosas, que vêm aumentar as riquezas espirituais, tanto em proveito dos seus próprios membros como no de todo o Corpo de Cristo (136). Com efeito, essas famílias dão aos seus membros os auxílios duma estabilidade mais firme no modo de vida, duma doutrina segura em ordem a alcançar a perfeição, duma comunhão fraterna na milícia de Cristo, duma liberdade robustecida pela obediência, para assim poderem cumprir com segurança e guardar fielmente a profissão religiosa e avançar jubilosos no caminho da caridade (137)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tendo em conta a constituição divina hierárquica da Igreja, este estado não é intermédio entre o estado dos clérigos e o dos leigos; de ambos estes estados são chamados por Deus alguns cristãos, a usufruirem um dom especial na vida da Igreja e, cada um a seu modo, a ajudarem a sua missão salvadora (138)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consagração ao serviço divino; o testemunho de vida"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pelos votos, ou outros compromissos sagrados a eles semelhantes, com os quais se obriga aos três mencionados conselhos evangélicos, o cristão entrega-se totalmente ao serviço de Deus sumamente amado, de maneira que por um título novo e especial fica destinado ao serviço do Senhor. Já pelo Baptismo, morrera ao pecado e fora consagrado a Deus; mas, para poder recolher frutos mais abundantes dá graça baptismal, pretende libertar-se, pela profissão dos conselhos evangélicos na Igreja, dos impedimentos que o poderiam afastar do fervor da caridade e da perfeição do culto divino, é consagrado mais intimamente ao serviço divino (139). E esta consagração será tanto mais perfeita quanto mais a firmeza e a estabilidade dos vínculos representarem a indissolúvel união de Cristo à Igreja, Sua esposa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E como os conselhos evangélicos, em razão da caridade a que conduzem (140), de modo especial unem à Igreja e ao seu mistério aqueles que os seguem, deve também a sua vida espiritual ser consagrada ao bem de toda ela. Daqui nasce o dever de trabalhar na implantação e consolidação do reino de Cristo nas almas e de o levar a todas as regiões com a oração ou também com a acção, segundo as próprias forças e a índole da própria vocação. Por isso, a Igreja defende e favorece a índole própria dos vários Institutos religiosos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A profissão dos conselhos evangélicos aparece assim como um sinal, que pode e deve atrair eficazmente todos os membros da Igreja a corresponderem animosamente às exigências da. vocação cristã. E porque o Povo de Deus não tem na terra a sua cidade permanente, mas vai em demanda da futura, o estado religioso, tornando os seus seguidores mais livres das preocupações terrenas, manifesta também mais claramente a todos os fiéis os bens celestes, já presentes neste mundo; é assim testemunha da vida nova é eterna, adquirida com a redenção de Cristo, e preanuncia a ressurreição futura e a glória do reino celeste. O mesmo estado. religioso imita mais de perto, e perpetuamente representa na Igreja aquela forma de vida que o Filho de Deus assumiu ao entrar no mundo para cumprir a vontade do Pai, e por Ele foi proposta aos discípulos que O seguiam. Finalmente, o estado religioso patenteia de modo especial a elevação do reino de Deus sobre tudo o que é terreno e as suas relações transcendentes; e revela aos homens a grandeza do poder de Cristo Rei e a potência infinita com que o Espírito Santo maravilhosamente actua na Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Portanto, o estado constituído pela profissão dos conselhos evangélicos, embora não pertença à estrutura hierárquica da Igreja, está contudo inabalavelmente ligado à sua vida e santidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Regras e constituições A relação com a Hierarquia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sendo dever da Hierarquia pastorear o Povo de Deus e conduzi-lo a abundante pastio (cfr. Ez. 34,14), a ela pertence regular com sábias leis a prática dos conselhos evangélicos, que tanto ajudam à perfeição da caridade para com Deus e o próximo (141). Dócil à moção do Espírito Santo, ela acolhe as regras, propostas por homens e mulheres eminentes é, depois de aperfeiçoadas, aprova-as autênticamente; e assiste com vigilância e protecção de sua autoridade aos Institutos, por toda a parte fundados para a edificação do Corpo de Cristo, para que cresçam e floresçam segundo o espírito dos fundadores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que melhor se atenda às necessidades de todo o rebanho do Senhor, qualquer Instituto de perfeição e cada um dos seus membros, podem ser isentos pelo Sumo Pontífice, em razão do seu primado sobre toda a Igreja, da jurisdição do Ordinário do lugar e ficar sujeitos só a ele, em vista do bem comum (142). Podem igualmente ser deixados, ou confiados, à autoridade patriarcal própria. E os membros dos Institutos de perfeição, ao cumprir o seu dever para com a Igreja, segundo o modo peculiar da sua vida, devem, de acordo com as leis canónicas, respeito e obediência aos Bispos, em atenção à sua autoridade de pastores das igrejas particulares e à necessária unidade e harmonia no trabalho apostólico (143)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas a Igreja não se limita a elevar, com a sua aprovação, a profissão religiosa à dignidade de estado canónico, senão que a manifesta também na sua liturgia como estado consagrado a Deus. Com efeito, pela autoridade que Deus lhe concedeu, ela recebe os votos dos que professam, implora para eles, com a sua oração pública, os auxílios da graça, recomenda-os a Deus e concede-lhes a bênção espiritual, unindo a sua oblação ao sacrifício eucarístico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pureza de vida ao serviço do mundo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Procurem os religiosos com empenho que, por seu intermédio, a Igreja revele cada vez mais Cristo aos fiéis e infiéis, Cristo orando sobre o monte, anunciando às multidões o reino de Deus, curando os doentes e feridos, trazendo os pecadores à conversão, abençoando as criancinhas e fazendo bem a todos, obediente em tudo à vontade do Pai que O enviou (144)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, tenham todos presente que a profissão dos conselhos evangélicos, ainda que importa a renúncia a bens de grande valor, não se opõe, contudo, ao verdadeiro desenvolvimento da pessoa humana, más antes a favorece grandemente. Na verdade, os conselhos evangélicos, assumidos livremente segundo a vocação pessoal de cada um, contribuem muito para a pureza de coração e liberdade de espírito, alimentam continuamente o fervor da caridade e, sobretudo, como bem o demonstra o exemplo de tantos santos fundadores, podem levar o cristão a conformar-se mais plenamente com o género de vida virginal e pobre que Cristo Nosso Senhor escolheu para Si e a Virgem Sua mãe abraçou. Nem se pense que os religiosos, pela sua consagração, se tornam estranhos aos homens ou inúteis para a cidade terrena. Pois, mesmo quando não prestam uma ajuda directa aos seus contemporâneos, têm-nos sempre presentes dum modo mais profundo, no amor de Cristo, e colaborara espiritualmente com eles, a fim de que a construção da cidade terrena se funde sempre no Senhor e para Ele se oriente, não seja que trabalhem em vão os que edificam a casa (145)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, finalmente, o sagrado Concílio confirma e louva os homens e mulheres, Irmãos e Irmãs, que, nos mosteiros, escolas, hospitais ou missões, embelezam a Igreja com a sua perseverante e humilde fidelidade na mencionada consagração, e prestam generosamente aos homens os mais variados serviços."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusão: perseverança e santidade"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cada um dos que foram chamados à profissão dos conselhos, cuide com empenho de perseverar na vocação a que o Senhor o chamou, e de nela se aperfeiçoar para maior santidade da Igreja e maior glória da una e indivisa Trindade, a qual em Cristo e por Cristo é a fonte e origem de toda a santidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO VII"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A ÍNDOLE ESCATOLÓGICA DA IGREJA PEREGRINA E A SUA UNIÃO COM A IGREJA CELESTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caráter escatológico da nossa vocação à Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja, à qual todos somos chamados e na qual por graça de Deus alcançamos a santidade, só na glória celeste alcançará a sua realização acabada, quando vier o tempo da restauração de todas as coisas (cfr. Act. 3,21) e, quando, juntamente com o género humano, também o universo inteiro, que ao homem está intimamente ligado e por ele atinge o seu fim, for perfeitamente restaurado em Cristo (cfr. Ef, 1,10; Col. 1,20; 2 Ped. 3, 10-13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na verdade, Cristo, elevado sobre a terra, atraiu todos a Si (cfr. Jo. 12,32 gr.); ressuscitado de entre os mortos (cfr. Rom. 6,9), infundiu nos discípulos o Seu Espírito vivificador e por Ele constituiu a Igreja, Seu corpo, como universal sacramento da salvação; sentado à direita do Pai, actua continuamente na terra, a fim de levar os homens à Igreja e os unir mais estreitamente por meio dela, e, alimentando-os com o Seu próprio corpo e sangue, os tornar participantes da Sua vida gloriosa. A prometida restauração que esperamos, já começou, pois, em Cristo, progride com a missão do Espírito Santo e, por Ele, continua na Igreja; nesta, a fé ensina-nos o sentido da nossa vida temporal, enquanto, na esperança dos bens futuros, levamos a cabo a missão que o Pai nos confiou no mundo e trabalhamos na nossa salvação (cfr. Fil. 2,12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Já chegou, pois, a nós, a plenitude dos tempos (cfr. 1 Cor. 10,11), a restauração do mundo foi já realizada irrevogavelmente e, de certo modo, encontra-se já antecipada neste mundo: com efeito, ainda aqui na terra, a Igreja está aureolada de verdadeira, embora imperfeita, santidade. Enquanto não se estabelecem os novos céus e a nova terra em que habita a justiça (cfr. 2 Ped. 3,13), a Igreja peregrina, nos seus sacramentos e nas suas instituições, que pertencem à presente ordem temporal, leva a imagem passageira deste mundo e vive no meio das criaturas que gemem e sofrem as dores de parto, esperando a manifestação dos filhos de Deus (cfr. Rom. 8, 19-22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unidos, pois, a Cristo na Igreja, e marcados com o sinal do Espírito Santo «que é o penhor da nossa herança» (Ef. 1,14), chamamo-nos filhos de Deus e em verdade o somos (cfr. 1 Jo. 3,1); mas não aparecemos ainda com Cristo na glória (cfr. Col. 3,4), na qual seremos semelhantes a Deus, porque O veremos como Ele é (cfr. 1 Jo. 3,2). E assim, «enquanto estamos no corpo, vivemos exilados, longe do Senhor» (2 Cor. 5,6) e, tendo recebido as primícias do Espírito, gememos no nosso íntimo (cfr. Rom. 8,23) e anelamos por estar com Cristo (cfr. Fil. 1,23). Por este mesmo amor somos incitados a viver mais para Ele, que por nós morreu e ressuscitou (cfr. 2 Cor. 5,15). Esforçamo-nos, por isso, por agradar a Deus em todas as coisas (cfr. 2 Cor. 5,9) e revestimo-nos da armadura de Deus, para podermos fazer frente às maquinações do diabo e resistir no dia perverso (cfr. Ef. 6, 11-13). Mas, como não sabemos o dia nem a hora, é preciso que, segundo a recomendação do Senhor, vigiemos continuamente, a fim de que no termo da nossa vida sobre a terra, que é só uma (cfr. Hebr. 9,27), mereçamos entrar com Ele para o banquete de núpcias e ser contados entre os eleitos (cfr. Mt. 25, 51-46), e não sejamos lançados, como servos maus e preguiçosos (cfr. M t. 25,26), no fogo eterno (cfr. Mt. 25,41), nas trevas exteriores, onde «haverá choro e ranger de dentes» (Mt. 22,13; 25,30). Com efeito, antes de reinarmos com Cristo glorioso, cada um de nós será apresentado «perante o tribunal de Cristo, a fim de ser remunerado pelas obras que realizou enquanto vivia no corpo, boas ou más» (2 Cor. 5,10); e, no fim do mundo, «os que tiverem feito boas obras, irão para a ressurreição da vida, os que tiverem praticado más acções, para a ressurreição da condenação (Jo. 5,29; cfr. Mt. 25,46). Pensando, pois, que «os sofrimentos desta vida não têm proporção com a glória que se há-de revelar em nós» (Rom. 8,18; cfr. 2 Tim. 2, 11-12), fortalecidos pela fé, aguardamos «a bem-aventurada esperança e a vinda gloriosa do grande Deus e salvador nosso Jesus Cristo), (Tit. 2,13), «o qual transformará o nosso corpo miserável, tornando-o conforme ao Seu corpo glorioso), (Fil. 3,21) e virá «ser glorificado nos Seus santos e admirado em todos os que acreditaram), (2 Tess. 1,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "União da Igreja celeste com a Igreja peregrina"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deste modo, enquanto o Senhor não vier na Sua majestade e todos os Seus anjos com Ele (cfr. Mt. 25,31) e, vencida a morte, tudo Lhe for submetido (cfr. 1 Cor. 15, 26-27), dos Seus discípulos uns peregrinam sobre a terra, outros, passada esta vida, são purificados, outros, finalmente, são glorificados e contemplam «claramente Deus trino e uno, como Ele é»(146); todos, porém, comungamos, embora em modo e grau diversos, no mesmo amor de Deus e do próximo, e todos entoamos ao nosso Deus o mesmo hino de louvor. Com efeito, todos os que são de Cristo e têm o Seu Espírito, estão unidos numa só Igreja e ligados uns aos outros n'Ele (cfr. Ef. 4,16). E assim, de modo nenhum se interrompe a união dos que ainda caminham sobre a terra com os irmãos que adormeceram na paz de Cristo, mas antes, segundo a constante fé da Igreja, é reforçada pela comunicação dos bens espirituais (147). Porque os bem-aventurados, estando mais ìntimamente unidos com Cristo, consolidam mais firmemente a Igreja na santidade, enobrecem o culto que ela presta a Deus na terra, e contribuem de muitas maneiras para a sua mais ampla edificação em Cristo (cfr. 1 Cor. 12, 12-27) (148). Recebidos na pátria celeste e vivendo junto do Senhor (cfr. 2 Cor. 5,8), não cessam de interceder, por Ele, com Ele e n'Ele, a nosso favor diante do Pai (149), apresentando os méritos que na terra alcançaram, graças ao mediador único entre Deus e os homens, Jesus Cristo (cfr. 1 Tim., 2,5), servindo ao Senhor em todas as coisas e completando o que falta aos sofrimentos de Cristo, em favor do Seu corpo que é a Igreja (cfr. Col. 1,24) (150). A nossa fraqueza é assim grandemente ajudada pela sua solicitude de irmãos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Expressões dessa união: orações pelos defuntos, culto dos santos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reconhecendo claramente esta comunicação de todo o Corpo místico de Cristo, a Igreja dos que ainda peregrinam, cultivou com muita piedade desde os primeiros tempos do Cristianismo a memória dos defuntos (151) e, «porque é coisa santa e salutar rezar pelos mortos, para que sejam absolvidos de seus pecados» (2 Mac. 12,46), por eles ofereceu também sufrágios. Mas, os apóstolos e mártires de Cristo que, derramando o próprio sangue, deram o supremo testemunho de fé e de caridade, sempre a Igreja acreditou estarem mais ligados connosco em Cristo, os venerou com particular afecto, juntamente com a Bem-aventurada Virgem Maria e os santos Anjos (152) e implorou o auxílio da sua intercessão. Aos quais bem depressa foram associados outros, que mais de perto imitaram a virgindade e pobreza de Cristo (153) e, finalmente, outros, cuja perfeição nas virtudes cristãs (154) e os carismas divinos recomendavam à piedosa devoção dos fiéis (155)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Com efeito, a vida daqueles que fielmente seguiram a Cristo, é um novo motivo que nos entusiasma a buscar a cidade futura (cfr. Hebr. 14,14; 11,10) e, ao mesmo tempo, nos ensina um caminho seguro, pelo qual, por entre as efémeras realidades deste mundo e segundo o estado e condição próprios de cada um, podemos chegar à união perfeita com Cristo, na qual consiste a santidade (156). É sobretudo na vida daqueles que, participando connosco da natureza humana, se transformam, porém, mais perfeitamente à imagem de Cristo, (cfr. 2 Cor. 3,18) que Deus revela aos homens, de maneira mais viva, a Sua presença e a Sua face. Neles nos fala, e nos dá um sinal do Seu reino (157), para o qual, rodeados de uma tão grande nuvem de testemunhas (cfr. Hebr. 12,1) e tendo uma tal afirmação da verdade do Evangelho, somos fortemente atraídos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porém, não é só por causa de seu exemplo que veneramos a memória dos bem-aventurados, mas ainda mais para que a união de toda a Igreja aumente com o exercício da caridade fraterna (cfr. Ef. 4, 1-6). Pois, assim como a comunhão cristã entre os peregrinos nos aproxima mais de Cristo, assim a comunhão com os santos nos une a Cristo, de quem procedem, como de fonte e cabeça, toda a graça e ã própria vida do Povo de Deus(158)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É, portanto, muito justo que amemos estes amigos e co-herdeiros de Jesus Cristo, nossos irmãos e grandes benfeitores, que dêmos a Deus, por eles, as devidas graças (159), «lhes dirijamos as nossas súplicas e recorramos às suas orações, ajuda e patrocínio, para obter de Deus os benefícios, por Seu Filho Jesus Cristo, Nosso Senhor e Redentor e Salvador único» (160) Porque todo o genuíno testemunho de veneração que prestamos aos santos, tende e leva, por sua mesma natureza, a Cristo, que é a «coroa de todos os santos» (161) e, por Ele, a Deus, que é admirável nos seus santos e neles é glorificado (162)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas a nossa união com a Igreja celeste realiza-se de modo mais sublime. quando, sobretudo na sagrada Liturgia, na qual a virtude do Espírito Santo actua sobre nós através dos sinais sacramentais, concelebramos em comum exultação os louvores da divina Majestade (163) e, todos de todas as tribos, línguas e povos, remidos no sangue de Cristo (cfr. Apoc. 5,9) e reunidos numa única Igreja, engrandecemos com um único canto de louvor o Deus uno e trino. Assim, ao celebrar o sacrifício eucarístico, unimo-nos no mais alto grau ao culto da Igreja celeste, comungando e venerando a memória, primeiramente da gloriosa sempre Virgem Maria, de S. José, dos santos Apóstolos e mártires e de todos os santos (164)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unidade no amor e na Liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta venerável fé dos nossos maiores acerca da nossa união vital com os irmãos que já estão na glória celeste ou que, após a morte, estão ainda em purificação, aceita-a este sagrado Concílio com muita piedade e de novo propõe os decretos dos sagrados Concílios Niceno II (167), Florentino (165) e Tridentino (166). Ao mesmo tempo, com solicitude pastoral, exorta todos aqueles a quem isto diz respeito a esforçarem-se por desterrar ou corrigir os abusos, excessos ou defeitos que porventura tenham surgido aqui ou além, e tudo restaurem para maior glória de Cristo e de Deus. Ensinem, portanto, aos fiéis que o verdadeiro culto dos santos não consiste tanto na multiplicação dos actos externos quanto na intensidade do nosso amor efectivo, pelo qual, para maior bem nosso e da Igreja, procuramos «na vida dos santos um exemplo, na comunhão com eles uma participação, e na sua intercessão uma ajuda» (168). Por outro lado, mostrem aos fiéis que as nossas relações com os bem-aventurados, quando concebidas à luz da fé, de modo algum diminuem o culto de adoração prestado a Deus pai por Cristo, no Espírito, mas pelo contrário o enriquecem ainda mais (169)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pois, com efeito, todos os que somos filhos de Deus, e formamos em Cristo uma família (cfr. Hebr. 3,6), ao comunicarmos na caridade mútua e no comum louvor da Trindade Santíssima, correspondemos à íntima vocação da Igreja e participamos, prelibando-a, na liturgia da glória (170), Com efeito, quando Cristo aparecer e se der a gloriosa ressurreição dos mortos, a luz de Deus iluminará a cidade celeste e o seu candelabro será o Cordeiro (cfr. Apoc. 21,24). Então, toda a Igreja dos santos, na suprema felicidade da caridade, adorará a Deus e ao «Cordeiro que foi imolado» (Apoc. 5,12), proclamando numa só voz: «louvor, honra, glória e poderio, pelos séculos dos séculos, Aquele que está sentado no trono, e ao Cordeiro» (Apoc. 5, 13-14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO VIII"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A BEM-AVENTURADA VIRGEM MARIA MÃE DE DEUS NO MISTÉRIO DE CRISTO E DA IGREJA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. PROÉMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Virgem mãe de Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Querendo Deus, na Sua infinita benignidade e sabedoria, levar a cabo a redenção do mundo, «ao chegar a plenitude dos tempos, enviou Seu Filho, nascido de mulher,... a fim de recebermos a filiação adoptiva» (Gál. 4, 4-5). «Por amor de nós, homens, e para nossa salvação, desceu dos céus e encarnou na Virgem Maria, por obra e graça do Espírito Santo» (171). Este divino mistério da salvação é-nos relevado e continua na Igreja, instituída pelo Senhor como Seu corpo; nela, os fiéis, aderindo à cabeça que é Cristo, e em comunhão com todos os santos, devem também venerar a memória «em primeiro lugar da gloriosa sempre Virgem Maria Mãe do nosso Deus e Senhor Jesus Cristo» (172)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Virgem e a Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Efectivamente, a Virgem Maria, que na anunciação do Anjo recebeu o Verbo no coração e no seio, e deu ao mundo a Vida, é reconhecida e honrada como verdadeira Mãe de Deus Redentor. Remida dum modo mais sublime, em atenção aos méritos de seu Filho, e unida a Ele por um vínculo estreito e indissolúvel, foi enriquecida com a excelsa missão e dignidade de Mãe de Deus Filho; é, por isso, filha predilecta do Pai e templo do Espírito Santo, e, por este insigne dom da graça, leva vantagem á todas as demais criaturas do céu e da terra. Está, porém, associada, na descendência de Adão, a todos os homens necessitados de salvação; melhor, «é verdadeiramente Mãe dos membros (de Cristo)..., porque cooperou com o seu amor para que na Igreja nascessem os fiéis, membros daquela cabeça» (173). É, por esta razão, saudada como membro eminente e inteiramente singular da Igreja, seu tipo e exemplar perfeitíssimo na fé e na caridade; e a Igreja católica, ensinada pelo Espírito Santo, consagra-lhe, como a mãe amantíssima, filial afecto de piedade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Intenção do Concílio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, o sagrado Concílio, ao expor a doutrina acerca da Igreja, na qual o divino Redentor realiza a salvação, pretende esclarecer cuidadosamente não só o papel da Virgem Santíssima no mistério do Verbo encarnado e do Corpo místico, mas também os deveres dos homens resgatados para com a Mãe de Deus, Mãe de Cristo e Mãe dos homens, sobretudo dos fiéis. Não tem, contudo, intenção de propor toda a doutrina acerca de Maria, nem de dirimir as questões ainda não totalmente esclarecidas pelos teólogos. Conservam, por isso, os seus direitos as opiniões que nas escolas católicas livremente se propõem acerca daquela que na santa Igreja ocupa depois de Cristo o lugar mais elevado e também o mais próximo de nós (174)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. A VIRGEM SANTÍSSIMA NA ECONOMIA DA SALVAÇÃO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A mãe do Redentor no Antigo Testamento"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Sagrada Escritura do Antigo e Novo Testamento e a venerável Tradição mostram de modo progressivamente mais claro e como que nos põem diante dos olhos o papel da Mãe do Salvador na economia da salvação. Os livros do Antigo Testamento descrevem a história da salvação na qual se vai preparando lentamente a vinda de Cristo ao mundo. Esses antigos documentos, tais como são lidos na Igreja e interpretados à luz da plena revelação ulterior, vão pondo cada vez mais em evidência a figura duma mulher, a Mãe do Redentor. A esta luz, Maria encontra-se já profeticamente delineada na promessa da vitória sobre a serpente (cfr. Gén. 3,15), feita aos primeiros pais caídos no pecado. Ela é, igualmente, a Virgem que conceberá e dará à luz um Filho, cujo nome será Emmanuel (cfr. Is. 7,14; cfr. Miq. 5, 2-3; Mt. 1, 22-23). É a primeira entre os humildes e pobres do Senhor, que confiadamente esperam e recebem a salvação de Deus. Com ela, enfim, excelsa Filha de Sião, passada a longa espera da promessa, se cumprem os tempos e se inaugura a nova economia da salvação, quando o Filho de Deus dela recebeu a natureza humana, para libertar o homem do pecado com os mistérios da Sua vida terrena."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maria na Anunciação"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas o Pai das misericórdias quis que a aceitação, por parte da que Ele predestinara para mãe, precedesse a encarnação, para que, assim como uma mulher contribuiu para a morte, também outra mulher contribuisse para a vida. É o que se verifica de modo sublime na Mãe de Jesus, dando à luz do mundo a própria Vida, que tudo renova. Deus adornou-a com dons dignos de uma tão grande missão; e, por isso, não é de admirar que os santos Padres chamem com frequência à Mãe de Deus «toda santa» e «imune de toda a mancha de pecado», visto que o próprio Espírito Santo a modelou e d'Ela fez uma nova criatura (175). Enriquecida, desde o primeiro instante da sua conceição, com os esplendores duma santidade singular, a Virgem de Nazaré é saudada pelo Anjo, da parte de Deus, como «cheia de graça» (cfr. Luc. 1,28); e responde ao mensageiro celeste: «eis a escrava do Senhor, faça-se em mim segundo a tua palavra» (Luc. 1,38). Deste modo, Maria, filha de Adão, dando o seu consentimento à palavra divina, tornou-se Mãe de Jesus e, não retida por qualquer pecado, abraçou de todo o coração o desígnio salvador de Deus, consagrou-se totalmente, como escrava do Senhor, à pessoa e à obra de seu Filho, subordinada a Ele e juntamente com Ele, servindo pela graça de Deus omnipotente o mistério da Redenção. por isso, consideram com razão os santos Padres que Maria não foi utilizada por Deus como instrumento meramente passivo, mas que cooperou livremente, pela sua fé e obediência, na salvação dos homens. Como diz S. Ireneu, «obedecendo, ela tornou-se causa de salvação, para si e para todo o género humano» (176). Eis porque não poucos, Padres afirmam com ele, nas suas pregações, que «o no da desobediência de Eva foi desatado pela obediência de Maria; e aquilo que a virgem Eva atou, com a sua incredulidade, desatou-o a virgem Maria com a sua fé» (177); e, por comparação com Eva, chamam Maria a «mãe dos vivos»(178) e afirmam muitas vezes: «a morte veio por Eva, a vida veio por Maria» (179)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maria na infância de Jesus"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta associação da mãe com o Filho na obra da salvação, manifesta-se desde a conceição virginal de Cristo até à Sua morte. Primeiro, quando Maria, tendo partido solicitamente para visitar Isabel, foi por ela chamada bem-aventurada, por causa da fé com que acreditara na salvação prometida, e o precursor exultou no seio de sua mãe (cfr. Luc. 1, 41-45); depois, no nascimento, quando a Mãe de Deus, cheia de alegria, apresentou aos pastores e aos magos o seu Filho primogénito, o qual não só não lesou a sua integridade, mas antes a consagrou (180). E quando O apresentou no templo ao Senhor, com a oferta dos pobres, ouviu Simeão profetizar que o Filho viria a ser sinal de contradição e que uma espada trespassaria o coração da mãe, a fim de se revelarem os pensamentos de muitos (cfr. Luc. 2, 34-35). Ao Menino Jesus, perdido e buscado com aflição, encontraram-n'O os pais no templo, ocupado nas coisas de Seu Pai; e não compreenderam o que lhes disse. Mas sua mãe conservava todas estas coisas no coração e nelas meditava (cfr. Luc. 2, 41-51)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maria na vida pública e na paixão de Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na vida pública de Jesus, Sua mãe aparece duma maneira bem marcada logo no princípio, quando, nas bodas de Caná, movida de compaixão, levou Jesus Messias a dar início aos Seus milagres. Durante a pregação de Seu Filho, acolheu as palavras com que Ele, pondo o reino acima de todas as relações de parentesco, proclamou bem-aventurados todos os que ouvem a palavra de Deus e a põem em prática (cfr. Mc. 3,35 e paral.; Luc. 11, 27-28); coisa que ela fazia fielmente (cfr. Luc. 2, 19 e 51). Assim avançou a Virgem pelo caminho da fé, mantendo fielmente a. união com seu Filho até à cruz. Junto desta esteve, não sem desígnio de Deus (cfr. Jo.19,25), padecendo acerbamente com o seu Filho único, e associando-se com coração de mãe ao Seu sacrifício, consentindo com amor na imolação da vítima que d'Ela nascera; finalmente, Jesus Cristo, agonizante na cruz, deu-a por mãe ao discípulo, com estas palavras: mulher, eis aí o teu filho (cfr. Jo. 19, 26-27) (181)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maria depois da Ascensão"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tendo sido do agrado de Deus não manifestar solenemente o mistério da salvação humana antes que viesse o Espírito prometido por Cristo, vemos que, antes do dia de Pentecostes, os Apóstolos «perseveravam unânimemente em oração, com as mulheres, Maria Mãe de Jesus e Seus irmãos» (Act. 1,14), implorando Maria, com as suas orações, o dom daquele Espírito, que já sobre si descera na anunciação. Finalmente, a Virgem Imaculada, preservada imune de toda a mancha da culpa original (198), terminado o curso da vida terrena, foi elevada ao céu em corpo e alma (183) e exaltada por Deus como rainha, para assim se conformar mais plenamente com seu Filho, Senhor dos senhores (cfr. Apoc. 19,16) e vencedor do pecado e da morte (184)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. A VIRGEM SANTÍSSIMA E A IGREJA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O influxo salutar de Maria e a mediação de Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O nosso mediador é só um, segundo a palavra do Apóstolo: «não há senão um Deus e um mediador entre Deus e os homens, o homem Jesus Cristo, que Se entregou a Si mesmo para redenção de todos (1 Tim. 2, 5-6). Mas a função maternal de Maria em relação aos homens de modo algum ofusca ou diminui esta única mediação de Cristo; manifesta antes a sua eficácia. Com efeito, todo o influxo salvador da Virgem Santíssima sobre os homens se deve ao beneplácito divino e não a qualquer necessidade; deriva da abundância dos méritos de Cristo, funda-se na Sua mediação e dela depende inteiramente, haurindo aí toda a sua eficácia; de modo nenhum impede a união imediata dos fiéis com Cristo, antes a favorece."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A maternidade espiritual"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Virgem Santíssima, predestinada para Mãe de Deus desde toda a eternidade simultâneamente com a encarnação do Verbo, por disposição da divina Providência foi na terra a nobre Mãe do divino Redentor, a Sua mais generosa cooperadora e a escrava humilde do Senhor. Concebendo, gerando e alimentando a Cristo, apresentando-O ao Pai no templo, padecendo com Ele quando agonizava na cruz, cooperou de modo singular, com a sua fé, esperança e ardente caridade, na obra do Salvador, para restaurar nas almas a vida sobrenatural. É por esta razão nossa mãe na ordem da graça."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A natureza da sua mediação"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta maternidade de Maria na economia da graça perdura sem interrupção, desde o consentimento, que fielmente deu na anunciação e que manteve inabalável junto à cruz, até à consumação eterna de todos os eleitos. De facto, depois de elevada ao céu, não abandonou esta missão salvadora, mas, com a sua multiforme intercessão, continua a alcançar-nos os dons da salvação eterna (185). Cuida, com amor materno, dos irmãos de seu Filho que, entre perigos e angústias, caminham ainda na terra, até chegarem à pátria bem-aventurada. Por isso, a Virgem é invocada na Igreja com os títulos de advogada, auxiliadora, socorro, medianeira (186). Mas isto entende-se de maneira que nada tire nem acrescente à dignidade e eficácia do único mediador, que é Cristo (187)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Efectivamente, nenhuma criatura se pode equiparar ao Verbo encarnado e Redentor; mas, assim como o sacerdócio de Cristo é participado de diversos modos pelos ministros e pelo povo fiel, e assim como a bondade de Deus, sendo uma só, se difunde vàriamente pelos seres criados, assim também a mediação única do Redentor não exclui, antes suscita nas criaturas cooperações diversas, que participam dessa única fonte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta função subordinada de Maria, não hesita a Igreja em proclamá-la; sente-a constantemente e inculca-a aos fiéis, para mais intimamente aderirem, com esta ajuda materna, ao seu mediador e salvador."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maria tipo da Igreja como Virgem e Mãe"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pelo dom e missão da maternidade divina, que a une a seu Filho Redentor, e pelas suas singulares graças e funções, está também a Virgem intimamente ligada, à Igreja: a Mãe de Deus é o tipo e a figura da Igreja, na ordem da fé, da caridade e da perfeita união com Cristo, como já ensinava S. Ambrósio (188). Com efeito, no mistério da Igreja, a qual é também com razão chamada mãe e virgem, a bem-aventurada Virgem Maria foi adiante, como modelo eminente e único de virgem e de mãe (189). Porque, acreditando e obedecendo, gerou na terra, sem ter conhecido varão, por obra e graça do Espírito Santo, o Filho do eterno Pai; nova Eva, que acreditou sem a mais leve sombra de dúvida, não na serpente antiga, mas no mensageiro celeste. E deu à luz um Filho, que Deus estabeleceu primogénito de muitos irmãos (Rom. 8,29), isto é, dos fiéis, para cuja geração e educação Ela coopera com amor de mãe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A fecundidade virginal da Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por sua vez, a Igreja que contempla a sua santidade misteriosa e imita a sua caridade, cumprindo fielmente a vontade do Pai, toma-se também, ela própria, mãe, pela fiel recepção da palavra de Deus: efectivamente, pela pregação e pelo Baptismo, gera, para vida nova e imortal, os filhos concebidos por acção do Espírito Santo e nascidos de Deus. E também ela é virgem, pois guarda fidelidade total e pura ao seu Esposo e conserva virginalmente, à imitação da Mãe do seu Senhor e por virtude do Espírito Santo, uma fé íntegra, uma sólida esperança e uma verdadeira caridade (190)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Virtudes de Maria"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas, ao passo que, na Santíssima Virgem, a Igreja alcançou já aquela perfeição sem mancha nem ruga que lhe é própria (cfr. Ef. 5,27), os fiéis ainda têm de trabalhar por vencer o pecado e crescer na santidade; e por isso levantam os olhos para Maria, que brilha como modelo de virtudes sobre toda a família dos eleitos. A Igreja, meditando piedosamente na Virgem, e contemplando-a à luz do Verbo feito homem, penetra mais profundamente, cheia de respeito, no insondável mistério da Encarnação, e mais e mais se conforma com o seu Esposo. Pois Maria, que entrou intimamente na história da salvação, e, por assim dizer, reune em si e reflecte os imperativos mais altos da nossa fé, ao ser exaltada e venerada, atrai os fiéis ao Filho, ao Seu sacrifício e ao amor do Pai. Por sua parte, a Igreja, procurando a glória de Cristo, torna-se mais semelhante àquela que é seu tipo e sublime figura, progredindo continuamente na fé, na esperança e na caridade, e buscando e fazendo em tudo a vontade divina. Daqui vem igualmente que, na sua acção apostólica, a Igreja olha com razão para aquela que gerou a Cristo, o qual foi concebido por acção do Espírito Santo e nasceu da Virgem precisamente para nascer e crescer também no coração dos fiéis, por meio da Igreja. E, na sua vida, deu a Virgem exemplo daquele afecto maternal de que devem estar animados todos quantos cooperam na missão apostólica que a Igreja tem de regenerar os homens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV. O CULTO DA BEM-AVENTURADA VIRGEM NA IGREJA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natureza e fundamento do culto"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exaltada por graça do Senhor e colocada, logo a seguir a seu Filho, acima de todos os anjos e homens, Maria que, como mãe santíssima de Deus, tomou parte nos mistérios de Cristo, é com razão venerada pela Igreja com culto especial. E, na verdade, a Santíssima Virgem é, desde os tempos mais antigos, honrada com o título de «Mãe de Deus», e sob a sua protecção se acolhem os fiéis, em todos os perigos e necessidades (191). Foi sobretudo a partir do Concílio do Éfeso que o culto do Povo de Deus para com Maria cresceu admiràvelmente, na veneração e no amor, na invocação e na imitação, segundo as suas proféticas palavras: «Todas as gerações me proclamarão bem-aventurada, porque realizou em mim grandes coisas Aquele que é poderoso» (Luc.1,48). Este culto, tal como sempre existiu na Igreja, embora inteiramente singular, difere essencialmente do culto de adoração, que se presta por igual ao Verbo encarnado, ao Pai e ao Espírito Santo, e favorece-o poderosamente. Na verdade, as várias formas de piedade para com a Mãe de Deus, aprovadas pela Igreja, dentro dos limites de sã e recta doutrina, segundo os diversos tempos e lugares e de acordo com a índole e modo de ser dos fiéis, têm a virtude de fazer com que, honrando a mãe, melhor se conheça, ame e gloria fique o Filho, por quem tudo existe (cfr. Col. 1, 15-16) e no qual «aprouve a Deus que residisse toda a plenitude» (Col. 1,19), e também melhor se cumpram os seus mandamentos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Espírito da pregação e do culto"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Muito de caso pensado ensina o sagrado Concílio esta doutrina católica, e ao mesmo tempo recomenda a todas os filhos da Igreja que fomentem generosamente o culto da Santíssima Virgem, sobretudo o culto litúrgico, que tenham em grande estima as práticas e exercícios de piedade para com Ela, aprovados no decorrer dos séculos pelo magistério, e que mantenham fielmente tudo aquilo que no passado foi decretado acerca do culto das imagens de Cristo, da Virgem e dos santos (192). Aos teólogos e pregadores da palavra de Deus, exorta-os instantemente a evitarem com cuidado, tanto um falso exagero como uma demasiada estreiteza na consideração da dignidade singular da Mãe de Deus (193). Estudando, sob a orientação do magistério, a Sagrada Escritura, os santos Padres e Doutores, e as liturgias das Igrejas, expliquem como convém as funções e os privilégios da Santíssima Virgem, os quais dizem todos respeito a Cristo, origem de toda a verdade, santidade e piedade. Evitem com cuidado, nas palavras e atitudes, tudo o que possa induzir em erro acerca da autêntica doutrina da Igreja os irmãos separados ou quaisquer outros. E os fiéis lembrem-se de que a verdadeira devoção não consiste numa emoção estéril e passageira, mas nasce da fé, que nos faz reconhecer a grandeza da Mãe de Deus e nos incita a amar filialmente a nossa mãe e a imitar as suas virtudes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "V. MARIA, SINAL DE SEGURA ESPERANÇA E DE CONSOLAÇÃO PARA O POVO DE DEUS PEREGRINANTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sinal de Esperança e de consolação"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entretanto, a Mãe de Jesus, assim como, glorificada já em corpo e alma, é imagem e início da Igreja que se há-de consumar no século futuro, assim também, na terra, brilha como sinal de esperança segura e de consolação, para o Povo de Deus ainda peregrinante, até que chegue o dia do Senhor (cfr. 2 Ped. 3,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Medianeira para a unidade da Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E é uma grande alegria e consolação para este sagrado Concílio o facto de não faltar entre os irmãos separados quem preste à Mãe do Senhor e Salvador o devido culto; sobretudo entre os Orientais, que acorrem com fervor e devoção a render culto à sempre Virgem Mãe de Deus (194). Dirijam todos os fiéis instantes súplicas à Mãe de Deus e mãe dos homens, para que Ela, que assistiu com suas orações aos começos da Igreja, também agora, exaltada sobre todos os anjos e bem-aventurados, interceda, junto de seu Filho, na comunhão de todos os santos, até que todos os povos, tanto os que ostentam o nome cristão, como os que ainda ignoram o Salvador, se reunam felizmente, em paz e harmonia, no único Povo de Deus, para glória da santíssima e indivisa Trindade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, 21 de Novembro de 1964."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAPA PAULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTIFICAÇÕES FEITAS PELO EX.MO SECRETÁRIO GERAL DO SAGRADO CONCÍLIO, NA CONGREGAÇÃO GERAL CXXIII, NO DIA 16 DE NOVEMBRO DE 1964"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notificações: valor teológico das proposições"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Foi perguntado qual deve ser a qualificação teológica da doutrina exposta no esquema De Ecclesia que se propõe à votação. A Comissão Doutrinal respondeu à pergunta ao examinar os Modos referentes ao capítulo terceiro do esquema De Ecclesia, com estas palavras:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«Como é evidente, o texto conciliar deve sempre ser interpretado segundo as regras gerais, de todos conhecidas». A Comissão Doutrinal, nesta ocasião, remete para a sua Declaração do dia 6 de Março de 1964, cujo texto se transcreve aqui:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«Tendo em conta a praxe conciliar e o fim pastoral do presente Concilio, este sagrado Concilio só define aquelas coisas relativas à fé e aos costumes que abertamente declarar como de fé."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tudo o mais que o sagrado Concílio propõe, como doutrina do supremo Magistério da Igreja, devem-no os fiéis receber e abraçar segundo a mente do mesmo sagrado Concílio, a qual se deduz quer do assunto em questão, quer do modo de dizer, segundo as normas da interpretação teológica»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por autoridade superior comunica-se aos Padres uma nota prévia explicativa dos «Modos» referentes ao capítulo terceiro do esquema De Ecclesia; é segundo o espírito e o sentido desta nota que se deve explicar e entender a doutrina exposta nesse capítulo terceiro."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTA EXPLICATIVA PRÉVIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«A Comissão decidiu fazer preceder das seguintes observações gerais o exame dos Modos:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1° Colégio não se entende em sentido jurídico estrito, ou seja, de um grupo de iguais, que delegam o seu poder ao que preside; mas no sentido de um grupo estável, cuja estrutura e autoridade se devem deduzir da Revelação. Por isso, na resposta ao Modo 12, se diz expressamente, acerca dos Doze, que o Senhor constituiu-os em Colégio ou grupo estável. Cfr. também o Modo 53, c. - Pelo mesmo motivo, ao tratar-se do Colégio dos Bispos, são também empregados a cada passo os termos Ordem ou Corpo. O paralelismo entre Pedro e os restantes Apóstolos por um lado, e o Sumo Pontífice e os Bispos pelo outro, não implica a transmissão do poder extraordinário dos Apóstolos aos seus sucessores, nem, como é evidente, a igualdade entre a Cabeça e os membros do Colégio, mas apenas uma proporcionalidade entre a primeira relação (Pedro-Apóstolos) e a segunda (Papa-Bispos). Daí ter a Comissão resolvido escrever no inicio do n.° 22 «pari ratione» e não « eadem ratione». Cfr. Modo 57."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2.° Uma pessoa torna-se membro do Colégio em virtude da sagração episcopal e pela comunhão hierárquica com a Cabeça e com os membros do Colégio. Cfr. n.° 22, no fim da primeira alínea."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na sagração é conferida a participação ontológica nos ofícios sagrados, como indubitàvelmente consta da Tradição, mesmo litúrgica. Intencionalmente se emprega a palavra munerum e não potestatum, porque esta última palavra poderia entender-se como poder apto para o exercício. Ora, para que tal poder exista, deve sobrevir a determinação canónica ou jurídica, por parte da autoridade hierárquica. Esta determinação do poder pode consistir na concessão de um ofício particular ou na atribuição de súbditos, e é dada segundo as normas aprovadas pela autoridade suprema. Essa norma ulterior é exigida pela própria natureza das coisas, visto tratar-se de poderes que devem ser exercidos por diversas pessoas que, segundo a vontade de Cristo, cooperam hieràrquicamente. E evidente que esta «comunhão» sé foi exercendo na vida da Igreja, segundo as circunstâncias dos tempos, mesmo antes de, por assim dizer, ser codificada no direito."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso mesmo se diz expressamente que se requer a comunhão hierárquica com a Cabeça e membros da Igreja. A comunhão é um conceito tido em grande veneração na antiga Igreja (e ainda hoje, sobretudo no Oriente). Não se trata, porém, de um sentimento vago, mas de uma realidade orgânica, que exige uma forma jurídica e é ao mesmo tempo animada pela caridade. Por isso a Comissão resolveu, quase por unanimidade, que se devia escrever: «pela comunhão hierárquica». Cfr. Modo 40 e também o que se diz acerca da missão canónica, no n. 24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os documentos dos últimos Sumos Pontífices acerca da jurisdição dos Bispos, devem ser interpretados segundo esta determinação necessária dos poderes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3.° Diz-se que o Colégio, que não pode existir sem cabeça, «é também sujeito do supremo e pleno poder sobre toda a Igreja». Isto tem de se admitir necessàriamente, para que a plenitude do poder do Romano Pontífice não seja posta em questão. O Colégio, com efeito, entende-se sempre e necessàriamente com a sua Cabeça, a qual, no Colégio, conserva integralmente o seu cargo de Vigário de Cristo e Pastor da Igreja Universal. Por outras palavras, a distinção não se faz entre o Romano Pontífice e os Bispos, tomados colectivamente, mas entre o Romano Pontífice só, e o Romano Pontífice juntamente com os Bispos. E uma vez que o Sumo Pontífice é a Cabeça do Colégio, só ele pode executar certos actos, que de modo nenhum competem aos Bispos como, por exemplo, convocar e dirigir o Colégio, aprovar normas de acção, etc. Cfr. Modo 81."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ao juízo do Sumo Pontífice, a quem foi entregue o cuidado de todo o rebanho de Cristo, compete, segundo as necessidades da Igreja, que variam no decurso dos tempos, determinar o modo mais conveniente de actuar esse cuidado, quer essa actuação se faça de modo pessoal quer de modo colegial. Quanto a ordenar, promover e aprovar o exercício colegial, procede o Romano Pontífice segundo a sua própria discrição."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4.° O Sumo Pontífice, visto ser o Pastor supremo da Igreja, pode exercer, como lhe aprouver, o seu poder ern todo o tempo; exige-o o próprio cargo. O Colégio, porém, embora exista sempre, nem por isso age permanentemente com uma acção estritamente colegial, conforme consta da Tradição da Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por outras palavras, não está sempre «em exercício pleno». Mais ainda: sòmente por intervalos age de uma maneira estritamente colegial e nunca sem o consentimento da Cabeça. Diz-se, porém, «com o consentimento da Cabeça» para que não se pense numa dependência de pessoa por assim dizer estranha; o termo «consentimento» evoca, pelo contrário, a comunhão entre a Cabeça. e os membros e implica a necessidade do acto que é próprio da Cabeça. Isto é afirmado explicitamente no número 22 e explicado no mesmo lugar. A fórmula negativa «a não ser» compreende todos os casos, e assim é evidente que as normas aprovadas pela Autoridade suprema devem ser sempre observadas. Cfr. Modo 84."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em tudo isto, é também evidente que se trata da união dos Bispos com a sua Cabeça e nunca de uma acção dos Bispos independentemente do Papa. Neste caso, faltando a acção da Cabeça, os Bispos não podem agir colegial mente, como se depreende da mesma noção de «Colégio». Esta Comunhão hierárquica de todos os Bispos com o Sumo Pontífice é certamente habitual na Tradição."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "N. B. Sem a comunhão hierárquica, o cargo sacramental-ontológico, que se deve distinguir do aspecto canónico-jurídico, não pode ser exercido. A Comissão, porém, julgou que não devia entrar nas questões de liceidade e validade, que se deixam à discussão dos teólogos, em especial no referente ao poder que de facto se exerce entre os Orientais separados e para cuja explicação existem várias sentenças»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Cipriano, Epist. 64, 4: PL 3, 1017. CSEL (Hartel), III B, p. 720. S. Hilário Píct., In Mt. 23, 6: PL 9, 1047. S. Agostinho, passim. S. Cirilo Alex., Glaph. in Gen. 2, 10: PG 69, 110 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Gregório M., Hom. in Evang. 19, 1: PL 76, 1154 B. S. Agostinho, Serm. 341, 9, 11: PL 39, 1499 s. S. J. Damasceno, Adv. Iconocl. 11: PG, 1357."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Ireneu, Adv. Haer. III, 24, 1: PG 7, 966 B; Harvey 2, 131, ed. Sagnard, Sources Chr., p. 398."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Cipriano, De orat. Dom. 23: PL 4, 553; Hartel, III A, p. 285. S. Agostinho, Serm. 71, 20, 33: PL 38, 463 s. S. J. Damasceno, Adv. Iconocl. 12: PG 96, 1358 D."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Origenes, In Mt. 16, 21: PG 13, 1443 C; Tertuliano, Adv. Marc. 3, 7: PL 2, 357 C; CSEL 47, 3, p. 386. Para os documentos litúrgicos, cfr. Sacramentarium Gregorianum: PL 78, 160 B. ou C. Mohlberg, Liber Sacramentorum romanae ecclesiae, Roma, 1960, p.111, XC; «Deus, qui ex omni coaptacione sanctorum aeternum tibi condis habitaculum...». Hinos Urbs Ierusalem beata em Breviário monástico, e Coelestis Urbs Ierusalem em Breviário Romano."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Tomás, Summa Theol. III, q. 62, a. 5, ad 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encíclica Mystici Corporis, 29 jun. 1943: AAS 35 (1943), p. 208."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Leão XIII, Carta Encicl. Divinum illud, 9 maio 1897: ASS 29 (1896-97) p. 650. Pio XII, Encíclica Mystici Corporis, 1. c., pp. 219-220; Denz. 2288 (3808). S. Agostinho, Serm. 268, 2: PL 38, 1232, etc. S. João Crisóstomo, In Eph. Hom. 9, 3: PG 62, 72. Didimo Alex., Trin. 2, 1: PG 39, 449 s. S. Tomás, In Col. 1, 18, lect. 5; ed. Marietti, II, n. 46: «Sicut constituitur unum corpus ex unitate animae, ita Ecclesia ex unitate Spiritus...»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leão XIII, Encíclica Sapientiae christianae, 10 jan. 1890: ASS 22 (1889-90) p. 392. Id., Carta Encicl. Satis cognitum, 29 jun. 1896: ASS 28 (1895-96) pp. 710 e 724 ss. Pio XII, Encíclica Mystici Corporis, 1. c., pp. 199-200."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encíclica, Mystici Corporis, 1. c., p. 221 ss. Id., Encíclica Humani generis, 12 agosto 1950: AAS 42 (1950) p. 571."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leão XIII, Carta Encícl. Satis cognitum, 1. c., p. 713."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Símbolo. Apostólico: Denz. 6-9 (10-13) ; Símbolo Nic. - Constantinopolitano: Denz. 86 (150) ; cfr. Prof. fidei Trid,: Denz. 994 e 999 (1862 e 1868)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diz-se «Igreja santa (católica, apostólica) romana» em: Prof. fidei Trid., 1. c., e Cone. Vat. I, Const. dogm. de fide cath.: Denz. 1782 (3001)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Agostinho, De Civ. Dei, XVIII, 51, 2: PL 41, 614."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Cipriano, Epist. 69, 6: PL 3, 1142 B; Hartel 3 B, p. 754: «inseparabile unitatis sacramentum»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Aloc. Magnificate Dominum, 2 nov. 1954: AAS 46 (1954) p. 669. Encícl. Mediator Dei, 20 nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947) p, 555."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encicl. Miserentissimus Redemptor, 8 maio 1928: AAS 29 (1928) p. 171 s. Pio XII, Aloc. Vous nous avez, 22 set. 1956: AAS 48 (1956) p. 714."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Tomás, Summa Theol. III, q. 63, a. 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Cirilo de Jerus. Catech. 17, de Spiritu Santo, II, 35-37: PG 33, 1009-1012. Nic. Cabasilas, De vita in Christo, lib. III, de utilitate chrismatis: PG 150, 569-580. S. Tomás, Summa Theol. 111, q. 65, a. 3 e q. 72, a. 1 e 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encicl. Mediator Dei, 20 nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947), sobretudo p. 552 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1 Cor. 7, 7: «Unusquisque proprium donum (idion charisma) habet ex Deo: alius quidem sie, alius vero sic». Cfr. S. Agostinho, De Dono Persev. 14, 37: PL 45, 1015 s.: Non tantum continentia Dei donum est, sed coniugatorum atiam castitas»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Agostinho, De Praed. Sanct. 14, 27: PL 44, 980."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. J. Crisóstomo, In Io. Hom. 65, 1: PG 59, 361."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Ireneu, Adv. Haer. 111, 16, 6; III, 22, 1-3: PG 7, 925 C-926 A, e 955 C-958 A: Harvey 2, 87 s. e 120-123; Sagnard, Ed. Sources Chrét., pp. 290-292 e 372 ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Inácio M., Ad Rom., Pref.: ed. Funk, I, p. 252."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Agostinho, Bapt. c. Donat. V, 28, 39: PL 43, 197: «C'erte manifestum est, id quod dicitur, in Ecclesia intus et foris, in corde, non in corpore cogitandum». Cfr. ib., III, 19, 26: col. 152; V, 18, 24: col. 189; In Io. Tr. 61, 2: PL 35, 1800, etc. etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Lc. 12, 48: « Omni autem, cui multum datum est, multum quaeretur ab eo». Cfr. Mt. 5, 19-20; 7, 21-22; 25, 41-46; Tg. 2,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Leão XIII, Carta Apost. Praeclara gratulationis, 20 jun. 1894: ASS 26 (1893-94) p. 707."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Leão XIII, Carta Encícl. Satis cognitum, 29 jun. 1896: ASS 28 (1895-96) p. 738. Carta Encicl. Caritatis studium, 25 jul. 1898: ASS 31 (1898-99) p. 11. Pio XII, Radiomensagem Nel'alba, 24 dez. 1941: AAS 34 (1942) p. 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encicl. Rerum Orientalium, 8 set. 1928: AAS 20 (1928) p. 287. Pio XII, Encícl. Orientalis Ecclesiae, 9 abril 1944: AAS 36 (1944) p. 137."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Instr. do Santo Oficio, 20 dez. 1949: AAS 42 (1950) p. 142."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Tomás, Summa Theol. III, q. 8, a. 3, ad 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Carta do S. Oficio ao Arcebispo de Boston: Denz. 3869-72."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Eusébio Ces., Praeparatio Evangelica, 1, 1: PG 21, 28 AB."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Bento XV, Carta Apost. Maximum Illud: AAS 11 (1919) p. 440, sobretudo p. 451 ss. Pio XI, Encícl, Rerum Ecclesiae: AAS 18 (1926) p. 68-69. Pio XII, Encicl. Fidei Donum, 21 abr. 1957: AAS 49 (1957) pp. 236-237."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Didachè, 14: ed. Funk, I, p. 32. S. Justino, Dial. 41: PG 6, 564. Ireneu, Adv. Haer. IV, 17, 5: PG 7, 1023; Harvey, 2, p. 199 s. Conc. Trid., Sess. 22, cap. 1; Denz. 939 (1742)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. I, Const. Dogm. Pastor aeternus: Denz. 1821 (3050 s.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Cone. Flo., Decretum pro Graecis: Denz. 694 (1307) e Conc. Vat. I, ib.: Denz. 1826 (3059)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Liber sacramentorum de S. Gregório, Praefatio in natali S. Matthiae et S. Thomae: PL 78, 50, 51 e 152; cfr. Cod. Vat. lat. 3548, f. 18. S. Hilário, In Ps. 67, 10: PL 9, 450; CSEL 22, p. 286. S. Jerónimo, Adv. Iovin. 1, 26: PL 23, 247 A. S. Agostinho, In Ps. 86, 4: PL 37, 1103. S. Gregório M., Mor. in lob, XXVIII, V:. PL 76, 455-456. Primásio, Comm in Apoc. V.: PL 68, 924 BC. Pascãsio Radb., In Matth. L. VIII, cap. 16: PL 120, 561 C. Cfr. Leão XIII, Carta Et sane,17 dez. 1888: ASS 21 (1888) p. 321."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act, 6, 2-6; 11,30; 13,1; 14,23; 20,17; 1 Tess. 5, 12-13; F11. 1,1; Col. 4,11, etc. etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 20, 25-27; 2 Tim. 4,6 s. coll. 1 Tim. 5,22; 2 Tim. 2,2; Tit. 1,5; S. Clem. Rom., Ad Cor. 44,3; ed. Funk, I, p. 156."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Clem. Rom. Ad Cor. 44,2; ed. Funk, I, p. 154 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Tertuliano, Praescr. Haer. 32: PL 2, 52 s.; S. Inácio M., passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Tertuliano, Praescr. Haer. 32: PL 2, 53."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Ireneu. Adv. Haer. III, 3, 1: PG 7, 848 A; Harvey 2,8; Sagnard, p. 100 s.: «manifestatam»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Ireneu, Adv. Haer, III, 2, 2: PG 7, 847; Harvey 2,7; Sagnard, p. 100: « custoditur>>, cfr. ib. IV, 26,2: col. 1053; Harvey 2, 236, e IV, 33,8: co1..1077; Harvey 2,262."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Inácio M., Philad., Praef., ed. Funk, I, p. 264."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Inácio M., Philad, 1,1; Magn. 6,1; ed. Funk, I, pp. 264 e 234."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Clem. Rom., 1. c., 42, 3-4; 44, 3-4; 57, 1-2; ed. Funk, I, 152, 156, 171 s. S. Inácio M. Philad. 2; Smyrn. 8; Magn. 3; Trall, 7; ed. Funk, p. 265 s.; 282, 232; 246 s. etc.; S. Justino, Apol., 1, 65: PG 6, 428; S. Cipriano, Epist. passim."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Leão XIII, Carta Encícl. Satis cognitum, 29 jun. 1896: ASS 28 (1895-96) p. 732."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Trid., Decr. de sacr. Ordinis, cap. 4: Denz. 960 (1768); Cone. Vat. I, Pastor aeternus, Const. Dogm. 1 De Ecclesia Christi, cap. 3: Denz. 1828 (3061). Pio XII, Encícl. Mystici Corporis, 29 jun. 1943: AAS 35 (1943) pp. 209 e 212. Cod. Iur. Can., c. 329 § 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Leão XIII, Carta Et sane, 17 dez. 1888: ASS 21 (1888), p. 321 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Leão M., Serm. 5, 3: PL. 54, 154."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cone. Trid., Sess. 23, cap. 3 cita as palavras de 2 Tim. 1, 6-7, para provar que a ordem é um verdadeiro sacramento: Denz. 959 (1766)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em Trad. Apost. 3, ed. Botte, Sources Chr., pp. 27-30, dá-se ao Bispo o «primado do sacerdócio». Cfr. Sacramentarium Leonianum, ed. C. Mohlberg, Sacramentarium Veronense, Roma, 1955, p. 119: «ad summi sacerdotii... ministerium... Comple in sacerdotibus tuis mysterii tui summam»... Id. Liber Sacramentorum Romanae Ecclesiae, Roma, 1960, pp. 121-122: «Tribuas eis, Domine, cathedram episcopalem ad regendam Ecelesiam tuam et plebem universam». Cfr. PL 78, 224."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Trad. Apost. 2, ed. Botte, p. 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Trid., Sess. 23, cap. 4, ensina que o sacramento da Ordem imprime carácter indelével: Denz. 960 (1767). Cfr. João XXIII, Aloc. Iubilate Deo, 8 maio 1960: AAS 52 (1960) p. 466. Paulo VI, Homilia na Bas. Vaticana, 20 out. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) p. 1014."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Cipriano, Epist. 63, 14: PL 4, 386; Hartel, III B. p. 713: «Sacerdos vice Christi vere fungitur». S. João Crisóstomo In 2 Tim. Hom. 2. 4: PG 62, 612: sacerdos est «symbolon» Christi. S. Ambrósio, In Ps. 38, 25-26: PL 14, 1051-52: CSEL 64, 203-204. Ambrosiaster, In 1 Tim. 5, 19: PL 17, 479 C e In Eph. 4, 11-12: col. 387 C. Teodoro Mops., Hom. Catech. XV, 21 e 24: ed. Tonneau, pp. 497 e 503. Hesiquio de Jerus., In Lev. L. 2, 9, 23: PG 93, 894 B."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Eusébio, Hist. Eccl., V, 24, 10: GCS II, 1, p. 495; ed. Bardy, Sources Chr. II, p. 69. Dionisio, em Eusébio, ib. VII, 5, 2: GCS II, p. 638 s.; Bardy, II, p. 168 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Acerca dos antigos Concílios, cfr. Eusébio Hist. Eccl. V, 23-24: GCS II, 1, p. 488 s.; Bardy, II, p. 66 ss. etc. Conc. Niceia, can. 5: Conc. Oec. Decr. p. 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tertuliano, De Ieiunio, 13: PL 2, 972 B; CSEL 20, p. 292, lin. 13-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Cipriano, Epist. 56, 3: Hartel III B, p. 650; Bayard, p. 154."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Relação oficial de Zinelli, no Conc. Vat. I: Mansi 52, 1109 C."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. I, Esquema da Const. dogm. II, de Ecclesia Christi, c. 4: Mansi 53, 310. Cfr. Relação de Kleutgen sobre o Esquema reformado: Mansi 53, 321 B-322 B e declaração de Zinelli: Mansi 52, 1110 A. Cfr. também S. Leão M., Serm. 4, 3: PL 151 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Cod. Iur. Can., c. 222 e 227."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Cipriano, Epist. 66, 8: Hartel III, 2, p. 733: «Episcopus in Ecclesia et Ecclesia In Episcopo»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Cipriano, Epist. 55, 24: Hartel, p. 642, lin. 13: «Una Ecclesia per totum mundum in multa membra divisa». Epist. 36, 4: Hartel, p. 575, lin. 29-21."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encícl. Fidei Donum, 21 de abr. 1957: AAS 49 (1957) p. 237."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-70",
              "number": "70",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Hilário Pict., In Ps. 14, 3: PL 9, 206; CSEL 22, p. 86. S. Gregório M., Moral. IV, 7, 12: PL 75, 643 C. Ps.-Basilio, In Is. 15, 296: PG 30, 637 C."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-71",
              "number": "71",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S, Celestino, Epist. 18, 1-2, ao Conc. de Éfeso: PL 50, 505 AB; Schwartz, Acta Conc. Oec. I, 1, 1, p. 22. Cfr. Bento XV, Carta Apost. Maximum illud: AAS 11 (1919) p. 440. Pio XI, Encicl. Rerum Ecclesiae, 28 fev. 1926: AAS 18 (1926) p. 69. Pio XII, Encícl. Fidei Donum, 1. c."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-72",
              "number": "72",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leão XIII, Encícl. Grande munus, 30 set. 1880: AAS 13- (1880) p. 145. Cfr. Cod. Iur. Can., c. 1327; c. 1350 § 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-73",
              "number": "73",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Acerca dos direitos das Sés patriarcais, cfr. Conc. Nicaenum, can. 6 sobre Alexandria e Antioquia, e can. 7 sobre Jerusalém: Conc. Oec. Decr., p. 8. Conc. Later. IV, em 1215, Constit. V: De dignitate Patriarcharum: ibid. p. 212 - Conc. Ferr. - ibid. p. 504."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-74",
              "number": "74",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Cod. Iuris Can. pro Eccl. Orient., c. 216-314: de Patriarchis; c. 324-339: de Archiepiscopis maioribus; c. 362-391: de aliis dignitariis; In. specie, c. 238 § 3, 216; 240 251; 255: de Episcopis a Patriarcha nominandis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-75",
              "number": "75",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Trid., Decr. de reform., Sess. V, c. 2, n, 9; e Sess. XXIV, can. 4: Conc. Oec. Decr. pp. 645 e 739."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-76",
              "number": "76",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. Dei Filius, 3: Denz. 1,712 (3011). Cfr. nota junta ao esquema I de Eccl. (tirada de S. Rob. Belarmino): Mansi 51, 579 C; e o Esquema reformado da Const. II de Ecclesia, com o comentário de Kleutgen: Mansi 53, 313 AB. Pio IX, Carta Tuas libenter: Denz. 1683 (2879)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-77",
              "number": "77",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Cod. Iur. Can., c. 1322-1323."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-78",
              "number": "78",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. Pastor Aeternus: Denz. 1389 (3074)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-354",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "79 Cfr. explicação de Gasser em Conc. Vat. I: Mansi 52, 1213 AC."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-80",
              "number": "80",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gasser, ib.: Mansi 1214 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-81",
              "number": "81",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gasser, ib.: Mansi 1215 CD, 1216-1217 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-82",
              "number": "82",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gasser, ib.: Mansi 1213."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-83",
              "number": "83",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogm. Pastor Aeternus, 4: Denz. 1836 (3070)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-84",
              "number": "84",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oração da sagração episcopal no rito bizantino: Euchologion to mega, Roma, 1873, p. 139."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-85",
              "number": "85",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Inácio M., Smyrn. 8, 1: ed. Funk, I, p. 282."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-86",
              "number": "86",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 8,1; 14, 22-23; 20, 17, etc., etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-87",
              "number": "87",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oração moçárabe: PL 96, 759 B."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-89",
              "number": "89",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Tomás, Summa Theol. III, q. 73, a. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-90",
              "number": "90",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Agostinho, C. Faustum, 12, 20: PL 42, 265; Serm. 57, 7: PL 38, 389, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-91",
              "number": "91",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Leão M., Sermo 63,7: PL 54, 357 C."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-92",
              "number": "92",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Traditio Apostolica Hippolyti, 2-3: ed. Botte, pp. 26-30."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-93",
              "number": "93",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. texto do exame no inicio da sagração episcopal, e oração no fim da missa da mesma sagração, depois do Te Deum."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-94",
              "number": "94",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bento XV, Breve Romana Ecclesia, 5 out. 1752, § 1: Bullarium Benedicti XIV, t. IV, Roma, 1758, 21: «Episcopus Christi typum gerit, Eiusque munere fungitur». Pio XII, Encicl. Mystici Corporis, 1. c., p. 211: «Assignatos sibi greges singuli singulos Chrísti nomine pascunt et regunt»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-95",
              "number": "95",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Leão XIII, Carta Encicl. Satis cognitum, 29 jun. 1896: ASS 28 (1895-96) P. 732. Idem, Carta Officio sanctissimo, 22 dez. 1887: ASS 20 (1887) p. 264. Pio IX, Carta Apost. aos Bispos alemães, 12 março 1875, e Aloc. Consist., 15 março 1875: Denz. 3112-3117, só na nova ed."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-96",
              "number": "96",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Vat. I, Const. dogma Pastor aeternus, 3: Denz. 1828 (3061). Cfr. Relação de Zinelli: Mansi 52, 1114 D"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-97",
              "number": "97",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Inácio M., Ad Ephes. 5, 1: ed. Funk, 1, p. 216."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-98",
              "number": "98",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Inácio M., Ad Ephes, 6, 1: ed. Funk, I, p. 216."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-99",
              "number": "99",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Trid. De sacr. Ordinis, cap. 2: Denz. 958 (1765), e can. 6: Denz. 966 (1776)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-100",
              "number": "100",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Inocêncio I, Epist. ad Decentium: PL 20, 554 A; Mansi 3, 1029; Denz. 98 (215) : «Presbyteri, licet secundi sint sacerdotes, pontificatus tamen apicem ron habent». S. Cipriano, Epist. 61, 3: ed. Hartel, p. 696."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-101",
              "number": "101",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Trid., 1. c., Denz. 956a-968 (1763-1778), e em especial can. 7: Denz. 967 (1777). Pio XII, Const. Apost. Sacramentum Ordinis: Denz. 2301 (3857-61)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-102",
              "number": "102",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Inocêncio I, 1. c.; S. Gregório Naz., Apol. II, 22: PG 35, 432 B. Ps.-Dionísio, Eccl. Hier., 1, 2: PG 3, 372 D."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-103",
              "number": "103",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Trid., Sess. 22: Denz. 940 (1743). Pio XII, Encícl. Mediator Dei, 20 nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947) p. 553; Denz. 2300 (3850)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-104",
              "number": "104",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Trid. Sess. 22: Denz. 938 (1739-40). Conc. Vat. II, Const. De Sacra Liturgia, Sacrosanctum Concilium, n. 7 e n. 47."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-105",
              "number": "105",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encícl. Mediator Dei, 1. c. n. 67."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-106",
              "number": "106",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Cipriano, Epist. 11, 3: PL 3, 242 B: Hartel, II, 2, p. 497."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-107",
              "number": "107",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pontificale romanum, De Ordinatione presbyterorum, na imposição das vestes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-108",
              "number": "108",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pontificale romanum, De Ordinatione presbyterorum, no prefácio."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-109",
              "number": "109",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Inácio M., Philad. 4: ed. Funk, I, p. 266. S. Cornélio I, em S. Cipriano, Epist. 48, 2: Hartel III, 2, p. 610."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-110",
              "number": "110",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Constitutiones Ecclesiae aegyptiacae, III, 2: ed. Funk, Didascalia, II, p. 103. Statuta Eccl. Ant. 31-41: Mansi 3, 954. 75 S. Policarpo, Ad Phil. 5, 2: ed. Funk, p. 300: Cristo é chamado «omnium diaconus factus». Cfr. Didachè, 15, 1: ib., p. 32; S. Inácio M., Trall. 2, 3: ib., p. 242. Constitutiones Apostolorum, 8, 28, 4: ed. Funk, Didascalia, I, p. 530."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-111",
              "number": "111",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Agostinho, Serm. 340, 1: PL 38, 1483."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-112",
              "number": "112",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encícl. Quadragesimo anno, 15 maio 1931: AAS 23 (1931) p. 221 s. Pio XII, Aloc. De quelle consolation, 14 out. 1951: AAS 43 (1951) p. 790 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-113",
              "number": "113",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Aloc. Six ans se sont écoulés, 5 out. 1957: AAS 49 (1957) p. 927."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-114",
              "number": "114",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Missale romanum, Prefácio da festa de Cristo Rei."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-115",
              "number": "115",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Leão XIII, Carta Encícl. Immortale Dei, 1 nov. 1855: ASS 18 (1885), p. 166 ss. Idem, Encícl. Sapientia christianae, 10 jan. 1890: ASS 22 (1889-90) p. 397 ss. Pio XII, Aloc. Alla vostra filiale, 23 março 1958: AAS 50 (1958) p. 220: «la légittima sana laicità dello Stato»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-116",
              "number": "116",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Cod. Iur. Can. can. 682."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-117",
              "number": "117",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Aloc. De quelle consolation, I. c., p. 789: «Dans les batailles décisives, c'est parfois du front que partent les plus heureuses iniciativas...» Idem, Aloc. L'Importance de Ia presse catholique, 17 fev. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) p. 256."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-118",
              "number": "118",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Tess. 5,19 e 1 Io. 4,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-119",
              "number": "119",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Epist. ad Diognetum, 6: ed. Funk I, p. 400. Cfr. S. João Crisóstomo, In Matth. Hom. 46 (47),2: PG 58, 478, acerca do fermento na massa."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-120",
              "number": "120",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Missale Romanum, Gloria in excelsis. Cfr. Lc. 1,35; Mc, 1,24; Lc. 4,34; Io. 6,69 (ho hagios tou Theou); Act. 3,14; 4,27 e 30; Hebr. 7,26; 1 Io. 2,20: Apoc. 3,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-121",
              "number": "121",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Orígenes, Comm Rom. 7, 7: PG 14, 1122 B. Ps. - Macário, De Oratione, 11: PG 34, 861 AB. S. Tomás, Summa Theol. II-II q. 184, a. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-122",
              "number": "122",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Agostinho, Retract. II, 18: PL 32, 637 s. Pio XII, Encícl. Mystici Corporis, 29 jun. 1943: AAS 35 (1943) p. 225."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-123",
              "number": "123",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encícl. Rerum omnium, 26 jan. 1923: AAS 15 (1923) p. 50 e pp. 59-60. Encicl. Casti Connubii, 31 dez. 1930: AAS 22 (1930) p. 548. Pio XII, Const. Apost. Provida Mater, 2 fev. 1947: AAS 39 (1947) p. 117. Aloc. Annus sacer, 8 dez. 1950: AAS 43 (1951) pp. 27-28. Aloc. Nel darvi, 1 jul. 1956: AAS 48 (1956) p. 574 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-124",
              "number": "124",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Tomás, Summa Theol. II-II, q. 184, a. 5 e 6. De perf. vitae spir. c. 18; Orígenes, In Is. Hom. 6, 1: PG 13, 239."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-125",
              "number": "125",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Inácio M., Magn. 13, 1: ed. Funk, I, p. 241."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-126",
              "number": "126",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Pio X, Exort. Haerent animo, 4 ago. 1908: ASS 41 (1908) p. 560 s. Cod. Iur. Can., can. 124. Pio XI, Encicl. Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20 dez. 1935: AAS 28 (1936) p. 22 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-127",
              "number": "127",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pontificale romanum, De Ordinatione presbyterorum, na exortação inicial."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-128",
              "number": "128",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Inácio M., Trall. 2, 3: ed. Funk, p. 244."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-129",
              "number": "129",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Aloc. Sous Ia maternelle protection, 9 dez. 1957: AAS 50 (1958) p. 36."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-130",
              "number": "130",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pio XI, Encicl. Casti Connubii, 31 dez. 1930: AAS 22 (1930) p. 548 s. S. João Crisóstomo, In Ephes. Hom. 20, 2: PG 62, 136 ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-131",
              "number": "131",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Agostinho, Enchir. 121, 32: PL 40, 288. S. Tomás, Summa Theol. II-II, q. 184, a. 1. Pio XII, Exort. Apost. Menti nostrae, 23 set. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) p. 660."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-132",
              "number": "132",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Acerca dos conselhos em geral, cfr. Orígenes, Comm. Rom. X, 14: PG 14, 1275 B. S. Agostinho De S. Virginitate, 15, 15: PL 40, 403. S. Tomás, Summa Theol. I-II, q. 100, a. 2 C. (no fim); I-II, q. 44, a. 4, ad 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-133",
              "number": "133",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Acerca da superioridade da sagrada virgindade, cfr. Tertuliano, Exhort. Cast. 10: PL 2, 925 C. S. Cipriano, Hab. Virg. 3 e 22: PL 4, 433 B e 461 A s. S. Atanásio, De Virg.: PG 28, 252, ss. S. João Crisóstomo, De Virg.: PG 48, 533 ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-134",
              "number": "134",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sobre a pobreza espiritual, cfr. Mt. 5,3 e 19-21; Mc. 10,21; Lc. 18,22; sobre a obediência, aduz o exemplo de Cristo Jo. 4,34 e 6,38; Fil. 2, 8-10; Hebr. 10, 5-7. Os Padres e fundadores de Ordens abundam em referências."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-135",
              "number": "135",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Acerca da prática efectiva dos conselhos, que não se impõe a todos, cfr. S. João Crisóstomo, In Matth. Hom. 7, 7: PG 57, 81 s. S. Ambrósio, De Viduis, 4, 23: PL 16, 241 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-136",
              "number": "136",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rosweydus, Vitae Patrum, Anvers, 1628, Apophtegmata Patrum: PG 65. Paladius, Historia Lausiaca: PG 34, 995 ss.: ed. Butler, Cambridge 1898 (1904). Pio XI, Const. Apost. Umbratilem, 8 jul. 1924: AAS 16 (1924) pp. 386-387. Pio XII, Aloc. Nous sommes heureux, 11 abr. 1958:. AAS 50 (1958) p. 283."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-137",
              "number": "137",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Paulo VI, Aloc. Magno gaudio, 23 maio 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 566."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-138",
              "number": "138",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Cod. Iur. Can., e. 487 e 488, 4.°; Pio XII, Aloc. Annus sacer, 8 dez. 1950: AAS 43 (1951) p. 27 s.; Pio XII, Const. Apost. Provida Mater, 2. fev. 1947: AAS 39 (1947) p. 120 ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-139",
              "number": "139",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Paulo VI, 1. c., p. 567."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-140",
              "number": "140",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Tomás, Summa Theol. II-II, q, 184, a. 3 e q. 188, a. 2. S. Boaventura, Opusc. XI, Apologia Pauperum, e. 3, 3: ed. Opera, Quaracchi, 1898, t. 8, p. 245 a."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-141",
              "number": "141",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Cone. Vat. I, Esquema De Ecclesia Christi, cap. XV, e Adnot. 48: Mansi 51, 549 s. e 619 s. - Leão XIII, Carta Au milieu des consolations, 23 dez. 1900: ASS 33 (1900-01) p. 361. Pio XII, Const. Apost. Provida Mater, l. c., p. 114 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-142",
              "number": "142",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Leão XIII, Const. Romanos Pontifices, 8 maio 1881: ASS 13 (1880-81) p. 483. Pio XII, Aloc. Annus sacer, 8 dez. 1950: AAS 43 (1951) p. 28 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-143",
              "number": "143",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Aloc. Annus sacer, 1. c., p, 28. Pio XII, Const. Apost. Sedes Sapientiae, 31 maio 1956: AAS 48 (1956) p. 355. Paulo VI, Aloc. Magno gaudio, 23 maio 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 570-571."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-144",
              "number": "144",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encícl. Mystici Corporis, 29 jun. 1943: AAS 35 (1943) p. 214 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-145",
              "number": "145",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Aloc. Annus sacer, 1. c., p. 30. Aloc. Sous Ia maternelle protection, 9 dez. 1957: AAS 50 (1958) p. 39 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-146",
              "number": "146",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Florentino, Decretum pro Graecis: Denz. 693 (1305)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-147",
              "number": "147",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além de documentos mais antigos contra qualquer forma de evocação dos espíritos a partir de Alexandre IV (27 set. 1258), efr. Carta do Santo Oficio, De magnetismi abusu, 4 ago. 1856: ASS (1865) pp. 177-178; Denz. 1653-1654 (2823-2825); resposta do Santo Ofício, 24 abr. 1917: AAS 9 (1917) p. 268; Denz. 2182 (3642)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-148",
              "number": "148",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Veja-se a exposição sintética desta doutrina paulina em: Pio XII Encícl. Mystici Corporis: AAS 35 (1943) p. 200, etc., etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-149",
              "number": "149",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Agostinho, Enar. in Ps. 85, 24: PL 37, 1099. S. Jerónimo, Liber contra Vigilantium, 6: PL 23, 344. S. Tomás, In 4m Sent., d. 45, q. 3, a. 2. S. Boaventura, In 4m Sent., d. 45, a. 3 q. 2; etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-150",
              "number": "150",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encícl. Mystici Corporis: AAS 35 (1943) p. 245."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-151",
              "number": "151",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. muitas inscrições nas catacumbas romanas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-152",
              "number": "152",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Gelásio I, Decretal De libris recipendis, 3: PL 59, 160, Denz. 165 (353)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-153",
              "number": "153",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Método, Symposion, VII, 3: GCS (Bonwetsch), 74."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-154",
              "number": "154",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Bento XV, Decretum approbationis virtutum in Causa beatificationis e canonizationis Servi Dei Ioannis Nepomuceni Neumann: AAS 14 (1922) p. 23; Várias alocuções de Pio XI sobre os Santos: Inviti All'eroismo, em Discorsi e Radiomessaggi t. I-III, Roma, 1941-1942, passim; Pio XII, Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, t. 10, 1949, pp. 37-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-155",
              "number": "155",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encícl. Mediator Dei: AAS 39 (1947) p. 581."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-156",
              "number": "156",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Hebr. 13,7; Eccli. 44-50; Hebd. 11, 3-40. Cfr. também Pio XII, Encícl. Mediator Dei: AAS 39 (1947) pp. 582-583."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-157",
              "number": "157",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vaticino I, Const. De fide catholica, cap. 3: Denz. 1794 (3013)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-158",
              "number": "158",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encícl. Mystici Corporis: AAS 35 (1943) p. 216."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-159",
              "number": "159",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Quanto à gratidão para com os próprios Santos, cfr. E. Diehl, Inscriptiones latinae christianae veteres, I, Berlim, 1925, nn. 2008, 2382, etc. etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-160",
              "number": "160",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Tridentino, Decr. De invocatione... Sanctorum: Denz. 984 (1821)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-161",
              "number": "161",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Breviarium Romanum, Invitatorium in festo Sanctorum Omnium."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-162",
              "number": "162",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. v. g. 2 Tess. 1,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-163",
              "number": "163",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Vaticano II, Const. De Sacra Liturgia, Sacrosanctum Concilium, cap. 5, n. 104: AAS 56 (1964) p. 125-126."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-164",
              "number": "164",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Missale Romanum, cânon da missa."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-165",
              "number": "165",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Niceno II, Act. VII: Denz. 302 (600)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-166",
              "number": "166",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Florentino, Decretum pro Graecis: Denz. 693 (1304)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-167",
              "number": "167",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Tridentino, Decr. De invocatione, veneratione et reliquiis Sanctorum et sacris imaginibus: Denz. 983 (1820); Decretum de iustificatione, can. 30: Denz. 840 (1580)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-168",
              "number": "168",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Missale Romanum, Prefácio dos Santos concedido a algumas dioceses de França."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-169",
              "number": "169",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Pedro Canisio, Catechismus Maior seu Summa Doctrinae christianae, cap. III (ed. crit. F. Streicher) parte I, pp. 15-16, n. 44 e pp. 100-101, n. 49."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-170",
              "number": "170",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vaticano II, Const. De Sacra Liturgia, Sacrosanctum Concilium, cap. 1, n. 8: AAS 56 (1964), p. 401."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-171",
              "number": "171",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Símbolo Constantinopolitano: Mansi 3, 566. Cfr. Conc. Efesino, 1b. 4, 1130 (íb. 2, 665 e 4, 1071); Conc. Calcedonense, ib. 7, 111-116; Conc. Constantinopolitano II, ib. 9, 375-396 Missale Romanum, Credo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-172",
              "number": "172",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Missale Romanum, cânon."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-173",
              "number": "173",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Agostinho, De S. Virginitate, 6: PL 40, 399."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-449",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "174.. Cfr. Paulo VI, Alocução no Concílio, no dia 4 dez. 1963: AAS 56 (1964) p. 37."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-175",
              "number": "175",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Germano Const., Hom in Annunt. Deiparae: PG 98, 328 A; In Dorm. 2: col. 357.-Anastácio Antioq., Serm. 2 de Annunt., 2: PG 89, 1377 AB; Serm. 3, 2: col. 1388: C. - S. André Cret., Can. in B. V. Nat. 4: PG 97, 1321 B. In B. V. Nat., 1: col. 812 A. Hom. in dorm. 1: col. 1086 C. - S. Sofrónio, Or. 2 in Annunt., 18: PG' 87 (3), 3237 BD."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-176",
              "number": "176",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Ireneu, Adv. Haer. III, 22, 4: PG 7, 959 A; Harvey, 2, 123."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-177",
              "number": "177",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Ireneu, ib.; Harvey, 2, 124."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-178",
              "number": "178",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Epináfio, Haer. 78, 18: PG 42, 728 CD - 729 AB."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-179",
              "number": "179",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Jerónimo, Epist. 22, 21: PL, 22, 408. Cfr. S. Agostinho, Serm. 51, 2, 3: PL 38, 335; Serm. 232, 2: col. 1108. -S. Cirilo de Jerusalém, Catech. 12, 15: PG 33, 741 AB. - S. João Crisóstomo, In Ps. 44, 7: PG 55, 193. - S. João Damasceno, Hom. 2 in dorm. B. M. V., 3: PG 96, 728."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-180",
              "number": "180",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Lateranense em 649, can. 3: Mansi 10, 1151. S. Leão M., Epist. ad. Flav.: PL 54, 759. - Conc. Calcedonense: Mansi 7, 462. - S. Ambrósio, De instit. virg.: PL 16, 320."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-181",
              "number": "181",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encícl. Mystici Corporis, 29 jun. 1943: AAS 35 (1943) pp. 247-248."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-182",
              "number": "182",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio IX, Bula Ineffabilis, 8 dez. 1854: Acta Pii IX, 1, I. p. 616, Denz. 1641 (2803)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-183",
              "number": "183",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Const. Apost. Munificentissimus, 1 nov. 1950: AAS 42 (1950); Denz. 2333 (3903). Cfr. S. João Damasceno, Enc. in dorm. Dei genetricis, Hom. 2 e 3: PG 96, 721-761, sobretudo col. 728 B. -S. Germano Constantinop., In S. Dei gen. dorm. Serm. 1: PG 98 (6) ; 340-348; Serm. 3: cola 361. -S. Modesto de Jerus. In dorm. SS. Deiparae: PG 86 (2), 3277-3312."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-184",
              "number": "184",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encicl. Ad coeli Reginam, 11 out. 1954: AAS 46 (1954), pp. 633-636; Denz. Denz. 3913 ss. S. André Cret., Hom. 3 in dorm. SS. Deiparae: PG 97, 1089-1109. -S. João Damasceno, De lide orth., IV, 14: PG 94, 1153-1161."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-185",
              "number": "185",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Kleugten, texto reformado De mysterio Verbi incarnati, cap. IV: Mansi 53, 290. Cfr. S. André Cret., In nat. Mariae serm. 4: PG 97, 865 A. S. Germano de Constantin., In ann. Deiparae: PG 98, 321 BC; In dorm, Deiparae, III: col. 361 D.-S. João Damasceno, In dorm. B. V. Mariae, Hom. 1, 8: PG 96, 712 BC-713 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-186",
              "number": "186",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Leão XIII, Encícl. Adiutricem populi, 5 set. 1895: ASS 15 (1896-96) p. 303. -S. Pio X Enciel. Ad diem illum, 2 fev. 1904: Acta, 1, p. 154; Denz. 1978 a (3370). - Piq XI, Encícl. Miserentissimus, 8 maio 1928: AAS 20 (1928) p. 178. Pio XII, Radiomensagem 13 maio 1946: AAS 38 (1946) p. 266."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-187",
              "number": "187",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Ambrósio, Epist. 63: PL 16, 1218."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-188",
              "number": "188",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Ambrósio, Expos. U. II, 7: PL 15, 1555."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-189",
              "number": "189",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ps. - Pedro Dam., Serm. 63: PL 144, 861 AB.-Godofredo de S. Victor. In nat. B. M., Ms. Paris, Mazarine, 1002, fol. 109 r. - Gerhohus Reich, De gloria et honore Filii hominis, 10: PL 194, 1105 AB."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-190",
              "number": "190",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Ambrósio, Expos. Lc. II, 7 e X, 24-25: PL 15, 1555 e 1810. S. Agostinho, In Io. Tr. 13, 12: PL 35, 1499. Cfr. Serm. 191, 2, 3: PL 38, 1010; etc. Cfr. também Ven. Beda, In Lc. Expos. I, cap. 2: PL 92, 330. - Isaac de Stella, Serm. 31: PL 194, 1863 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-191",
              "number": "191",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Breviarium Romanum, anta «Sub tuum praesidium», das primeiras Vésperas do Oficio menor de Nossa Senhora."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-192",
              "number": "192",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Niceno II, em 787: Mansi 13, 378-379: Denz. 302 (600-601) ; Conc. Trident., sess. 25: Mansi 33, 171-172."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-193",
              "number": "193",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Radiomensagem, 24, out. 1954: AAS 46 (1954) p. 679. Encícl. Ad coeli Reginam, 11 out. 1954: AAS 46 (1954) p. 637."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-194",
              "number": "194",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encícl. Ecclesiam Dei, 12 nov. 1923: AAS 15 (1923) p. 581. - Pio XII, Encícl. Fulgens corona, 8 set. 1953: AAS 45 (1953) pp. 590-591."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "nostra-aetate",
      "council": 21,
      "title": "Nostra aetate",
      "type": "Declaration",
      "date": "1965-10-28",
      "languages": {
        "de": {
          "code": "de",
          "label": "Deutsch",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651028_nostra-aetate_ge.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-72-vat-ii_decl_19651028_nostra-aetate_ge.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ERKLÄRUNG NOSTRA AETATE ÜBER DAS VERHÄLTNIS DER KIRCHE ZU DEN NICHTCHRISTLICHEN RELIGIONEN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Einführung"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In unserer Zeit, da sich das Menschengeschlecht von Tag zu Tag enger zusammenschließt und die Beziehungen unter den verschiedenen Völkern sich mehren, erwägt die Kirche mit um so größerer Aufmerksamkeit, in welchem Verhältnis sie zu den nichtchristlichen Religionen steht. Gemäß ihrer Aufgabe, Einheit und Liebe unter den Menschen und damit auch unter den Völkern zu fördern, faßt sie vor allem das ins Auge, was den Menschen gemeinsam ist und sie zur Gemeinschaft untereinander führt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle Völker sind ja eine einzige Gemeinschaft, sie haben denselben Ursprung, da Gott das ganze Menschengeschlecht auf dem gesamten Erdkreis wohnen ließ (1); auch haben sie Gott als ein und dasselbe letzte Ziel. Seine Vorsehung, die Bezeugung seiner Güte und seine Heilsratschlüsse erstrecken sich auf alle Menschen (2), bis die Erwählten vereint sein werden in der Heiligen Stadt, deren Licht die Herrlichkeit Gottes sein wird; werden doch alle Völker in seinem Lichte wandeln (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Menschen erwarten von den verschiedenen Religionen Antwort auf die ungelösten Rätsel des menschlichen Daseins, die heute wie von je die Herzen der Menschen im tiefsten bewegen: Was ist der Mensch? Was ist Sinn und Ziel unseres Lebens? Was ist das Gute, was die Sünde? Woher kommt das Leid, und welchen Sinn hat es? Was ist der Weg zum wahren Glück? Was ist der Tod, das Gericht und die Vergeltung nach dem Tode? Und schließlich: Was ist jenes letzte und unsagbare Geheimnis unserer Existenz, aus dem wir kommen und wohin wir gehen?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die verschiedenen Religionen"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Von den ältesten Zeiten bis zu unseren Tagen findet sich bei den verschiedenen Völkern eine gewisse Wahrnehmung jener verborgenen Macht, die dem Lauf der Welt und den Ereignissen des menschlichen Lebens gegenwärtig ist, und nicht selten findet sich auch die Anerkenntnis einer höchsten Gottheit oder sogar eines Vaters. Diese Wahrnehmung und Anerkenntnis durchtränkt ihr Leben mit einem tiefen religiösen Sinn."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im Zusammenhang mit dem Fortschreiten der Kultur suchen die Religionen mit genaueren Begriffen und in einer mehr durchgebildeten Sprache Antwort auf die gleichen Fragen. So erforschen im Hinduismus die Menschen das göttliche Geheimnis und bringen es in einem unerschöpflichen Reichtum von Mythen und in tiefdringenden philosophischen Versuchen zum Ausdruck und suchen durch aszetische Lebensformen oder tiefe Meditation oder liebend-vertrauende Zuflucht zu Gott Befreiung von der Enge und Beschränktheit unserer Lage. In den verschiedenen Formen des Buddhismus wird das radikale Ungenügen der veränderlichen Welt anerkannt und ein Weg gelehrt, auf dem die Menschen mit frommem und vertrauendem Sinn entweder den Zustand vollkommener Befreiung zu erreichen oder - sei es durch eigene Bemühung, sei es vermittels höherer Hilfe - zur höchsten Erleuchtung zu gelangen vermögen. So sind auch die übrigen in der ganzen Welt verbreiteten Religionen bemüht, der Unruhe des menschlichen Herzens auf verschiedene Weise zu begegnen, indem sie Wege weisen: Lehren und Lebensregeln sowie auch heilige Riten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die katholische Kirche lehnt nichts von alledem ab, was in diesen Religionen wahr und heilig ist. Mit aufrichtigem Ernst betrachtet sie jene Handlungs- und Lebensweisen, jene Vorschriften und Lehren, die zwar in manchem von dem abweichen, was sie selber für wahr hält und lehrt, doch nicht selten einen Strahl jener Wahrheit erkennen lassen, die alle Menschen erleuchtet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unablässig aber verkündet sie und muß sie verkündigen Christus, der ist \"der Weg, die Wahrheit und das Leben\" (Joh 14,6), in dem die Menschen die Fülle des religiösen Lebens finden, in dem Gott alles mit sich versöhnt hat (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deshalb mahnt sie ihre Söhne, daß sie mit KIugheit und Liebe, durch Gespräch und Zusammenarbeit mit den Bekennern anderer Religionen sowie durch ihr Zeugnis des christlichen Glaubens und Lebens jene geistlichen und sittlichen Güter und auch die sozial-kulturellen Werte, die sich bei ihnen finden, anerkennen, wahren und fördern."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die muslimische Religion"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit Hochachtung betrachtet die Kirche auch die Muslim, die den alleinigen Gott anbeten, den lebendigen und in sich seienden, barmherzigen und allmächtigen, den Schöpfer Himmels und der Erde (5), der zu den Menschen gesprochen hat. Sie mühen sich, auch seinen verborgenen Ratschlüssen sich mit ganzer Seele zu unterwerfen, so wie Abraham sich Gott unterworfen hat, auf den der islamische Glaube sich gerne beruft. Jesus, den sie allerdings nicht als Gott anerkennen, verehren sie doch als Propheten, und sie ehren seine jungfräuliche Mutter Maria, die sie bisweilen auch in Frömmigkeit anrufen. Überdies erwarten sie den Tag des Gerichtes, an dem Gott alle Menschen auferweckt und ihnen vergilt. Deshalb legen sie Wert auf sittliche Lebenshaltung und verehren Gott besonders durch Gebet, Almosen und Fasten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da es jedoch im Lauf der Jahrhunderte zu manchen Zwistigkeiten und Feindschaften zwischen Christen und Muslim kam, ermahnt die Heilige Synode alle, das Vergangene beiseite zu lassen, sich aufrichtig um gegenseitiges Verstehen zu bemühen und gemeinsam einzutreten für Schutz und Förderung der sozialen Gerechtigkeit, der sittlichen Güter und nicht zuletzt des Friedens und der Freiheit für alle Menschen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die jüdische Religion"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei ihrer Besinnung auf das Geheimnis der Kirche gedenkt die Heilige Synode des Bandes, wodurch das Volk des Neuen Bundes mit dem Stamme Abrahams geistlich verbunden ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So anerkennt die Kirche Christi, daß nach dem Heilsgeheimnis Gottes die Anfänge ihres Glaubens und ihrer Erwählung sich schon bei den Patriarchen, bei Moses und den Propheten finden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sie bekennt, daß alle Christgläubigen als Söhne Abrahams dem Glauben nach (6) in der Berufung dieses Patriarchen eingeschlossen sind und daß in dem Auszug des erwählten Volkes aus dem Lande der Knechtschaft das Heil der Kirche geheimnisvoll vorgebildet ist. Deshalb kann die Kirche auch nicht vergessen, daß sie durch jenes Volk, mit dem Gott aus unsagbarem Erbarmen den Alten Bund geschlossen hat, die Offenbarung des Alten Testamentes empfing und genährt wird von der Wurzel des guten Ölbaums, in den die Heiden als wilde Schößlinge eingepfropft sind (7). Denn die Kirche glaubt, daß Christus, unser Friede, Juden und Heiden durch das Kreuz versöhnt und beide in sich vereinigt hat (8). Die Kirche hat auch stets die Worte des Apostels Paulus vor Augen, der von seinen Stammverwandten sagt, daß \"ihnen die Annahme an Sohnes Statt und die Herrlichkeit, der Bund und das Gesetz, der Gottesdienst und die Verheißungen gehören wie auch die Väter und daß aus ihnen Christus dem Fleische nach stammt\" (Röm 9,4-5), der Sohn der Jungfrau Maria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auch hält sie sich gegenwärtig, daß aus dem jüdischen Volk die Apostel stammen, die Grundfesten und Säulen der Kirche, sowie die meisten jener ersten Jünger, die das Evangelium Christi der Welt verkündet haben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wie die Schrift bezeugt, hat Jerusalem die Zeit seiner Heimsuchung nicht erkannt (9), und ein großer Teil der Juden hat das Evangelium nicht angenommen, ja nicht wenige haben sich seiner Ausbreitung widersetzt (10). Nichtsdestoweniger sind die Juden nach dem Zeugnis der Apostel immer noch von Gott geliebt um der Väter willen; sind doch seine Gnadengaben und seine Berufung unwiderruflich (11). Mit den Propheten und mit demselben Apostel erwartet die Kirche den Tag, der nur Gott bekannt ist, an dem alle Völker mit einer Stimme den Herrn anrufen und ihm \"Schulter an Schulter dienen\" (Soph 3,9) (12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da also das Christen und Juden gemeinsame geistliche Erbe so reich ist, will die Heilige Synode die gegenseitige Kenntnis und Achtung fördern, die vor allem die Frucht biblischer und theologischer Studien sowie des brüderlichen Gespräches ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obgleich die jüdischen Obrigkeiten mit ihren Anhängern auf den Tod Christi gedrungen haben (13), kann man dennoch die Ereignisse seines Leidens weder allen damals lebenden Juden ohne Unterschied noch den heutigen Juden zur Last legen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gewiß ist die Kirche das neue Volk Gottes, trotzdem darf man die Juden nicht als von Gott verworfen oder verflucht darstellen, als wäre dies aus der Heiligen Schrift zu folgern. Darum sollen alle dafür Sorge tragen, daß niemand in der Katechese oder bei der Predigt des Gotteswortes etwas lehre, das mit der evangelischen Wahrheit und dem Geiste Christi nicht im Einklang steht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im Bewußtsein des Erbes, das sie mit den Juden gemeinsam hat, beklagt die Kirche, die alle VerfoIgungen gegen irgendwelche Menschen verwirft, nicht aus politischen Gründen, sondern auf Antrieb der religiösen Liebe des Evangeliums alle Haßausbrüche, Verfolgungen und Manifestationen des Antisemitismus, die sich zu irgendeiner Zeit und von irgend jemandem gegen die Juden gerichtet haben. Auch hat ja Christus, wie die Kirche immer gelehrt hat und lehrt, in Freiheit, um der Sünden aller Menschen willen, sein Leiden und seinen Tod aus unendlicher Liebe auf sich genommen, damit alle das Heil erlangen. So ist es die Aufgabe der Predigt der Kirche, das Kreuz Christi als Zeichen der universalen Liebe Gottes und als Quelle aller Gnaden zu verkünden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Universale Brüderlichkeit"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wir können aber Gott, den Vater aller, nicht anrufen, wenn wir irgendwelchen Menschen, die ja nach dem Ebenbild Gottes geschaffen sind, die brüderliche Haltung verweigern. Das Verhalten des Menschen zu Gott dem Vater und sein Verhalten zu den Menschenbrüdern stehen in so engem Zusammenhang, daß die Schrift sagt: \"Wer nicht liebt, kennt Gott nicht\" (1 Joh 4,8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So wird also jeder Theorie oder Praxis das Fundament entzogen, die zwischen Mensch und Mensch, zwischen Volk und Volk bezüglich der Menschenwürde und der daraus fließenden Rechte einen Unterschied macht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deshalb verwirft die Kirche jede Diskriminierung eines Menschen oder jeden Gewaltakt gegen ihn um seiner Rasse oder Farbe, seines Standes oder seiner Religion willen, weil dies dem Geist Christi widerspricht. Und dementsprechend ruft die Heilige Synode, den Spuren der heiligen Apostel Petrus und Paulus folgend, die Gläubigen mit leidenschaftlichem Ernst dazu auf, daß sie \"einen guten Wandel unter den Völkern führen\" (1 Petr 2,12) und womöglich, soviel an ihnen liegt, mit allen Menschen Frieden halten (14), so daß sie in Wahrheit Söhne des Vaters sind, der im Himmel ist (15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oktober 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anmerkungen:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Vgl. Apg 17,26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Vgl. Weish 8,1; Apg 14,17; Röm 2,6-7; 1 Tim 2,4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Vgl. Apg 21,23f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Vgl. 2 Kor 5,18-19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Vgl. Gregor VII., Ep. III.,21 ad Anazir (Al-Nasir), regem Mauritaniæ, ed. E. Caspar in MGH, Ep. sel. II, 1920, I, 288, 11-15; PL 148, 451 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Vgl. Gal 3,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7) Vgl. Röm 11,17-24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8) Vgl. Eph 2,14-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9) Vgl. Lk 19,44."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10) Vgl. Röm 11,28"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11) Vgl. Röm 11,28-29; vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium: AAS 57 (1965) 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12) Vgl. Jes 66,23; Ps 65,4; Röm 11,11-32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13) Vgl. Joh 19,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14) Vgl. Röm 12,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15) Vgl. Mt 5,45."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651028_nostra-aetate_en.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-70-vat-ii_decl_19651028_nostra-aetate_en.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECLARATION ON THE RELATION OF THE CHURCH TO NON-CHRISTIAN RELIGIONS NOSTRA AETATE PROCLAIMED BY HIS HOLINESS POPE PAUL VI ON OCTOBER 28, 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In our time, when day by day mankind is being drawn closer together, and the ties between different peoples are becoming stronger, the Church examines more closely her relationship to non-Christian religions. In her task of promoting unity and love among men, indeed among nations, she considers above all in this declaration what men have in common and what draws them to fellowship."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "One is the community of all peoples, one their origin, for God made the whole human race to live over the face of the earth.(1) One also is their final goal, God. His providence, His manifestations of goodness, His saving design extend to all men,(2) until that time when the elect will be united in the Holy City, the city ablaze with the glory of God, where the nations will walk in His light.(3)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Men expect from the various religions answers to the unsolved riddles of the human condition, which today, even as in former times, deeply stir the hearts of men: What is man? What is the meaning, the aim of our life? What is moral good, what is sin? Whence suffering and what purpose does it serve? Which is the road to true happiness? What are death, judgment and retribution after death? What, finally, is that ultimate inexpressible mystery which encompasses our existence: whence do we come, and where are we going?"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "From ancient times down to the present, there is found among various peoples a certain perception of that hidden power which hovers over the course of things and over the events of human history; at times some indeed have come to the recognition of a Supreme Being, or even of a Father. This perception and recognition penetrates their lives with a profound religious sense."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religions, however, that are bound up with an advanced culture have struggled to answer the same questions by means of more refined concepts and a more developed language. Thus in Hinduism, men contemplate the divine mystery and express it through an inexhaustible abundance of myths and through searching philosophical inquiry. They seek freedom from the anguish of our human condition either through ascetical practices or profound meditation or a flight to God with love and trust. Again, Buddhism, in its various forms, realizes the radical insufficiency of this changeable world; it teaches a way by which men, in a devout and confident spirit, may be able either to acquire the state of perfect liberation, or attain, by their own efforts or through higher help, supreme illumination. Likewise, other religions found everywhere try to counter the restlessness of the human heart, each in its own manner, by proposing \"ways,\" comprising teachings, rules of life, and sacred rites. The Catholic Church rejects nothing that is true and holy in these religions. She regards with sincere reverence those ways of conduct and of life, those precepts and teachings which, though differing in many aspects from the ones she holds and sets forth, nonetheless often reflect a ray of that Truth which enlightens all men. Indeed, she proclaims, and ever must proclaim Christ \"the way, the truth, and the life\" (John 14:6), in whom men may find the fullness of religious life, in whom God has reconciled all things to Himself.(4)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church, therefore, exhorts her sons, that through dialogue and collaboration with the followers of other religions, carried out with prudence and love and in witness to the Christian faith and life, they recognize, preserve and promote the good things, spiritual and moral, as well as the socio-cultural values found among these men."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church regards with esteem also the Moslems. They adore the one God, living and subsisting in Himself; merciful and all- powerful, the Creator of heaven and earth,(5) who has spoken to men; they take pains to submit wholeheartedly to even His inscrutable decrees, just as Abraham, with whom the faith of Islam takes pleasure in linking itself, submitted to God. Though they do not acknowledge Jesus as God, they revere Him as a prophet. They also honor Mary, His virgin Mother; at times they even call on her with devotion. In addition, they await the day of judgment when God will render their deserts to all those who have been raised up from the dead. Finally, they value the moral life and worship God especially through prayer, almsgiving and fasting."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since in the course of centuries not a few quarrels and hostilities have arisen between Christians and Moslems, this sacred synod urges all to forget the past and to work sincerely for mutual understanding and to preserve as well as to promote together for the benefit of all mankind social justice and moral welfare, as well as peace and freedom."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As the sacred synod searches into the mystery of the Church, it remembers the bond that spiritually ties the people of the New Covenant to Abraham's stock."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus the Church of Christ acknowledges that, according to God's saving design, the beginnings of her faith and her election are found already among the Patriarchs, Moses and the prophets. She professes that all who believe in Christ-Abraham's sons according to faith (6)-are included in the same Patriarch's call, and likewise that the salvation of the Church is mysteriously foreshadowed by the chosen people's exodus from the land of bondage. The Church, therefore, cannot forget that she received the revelation of the Old Testament through the people with whom God in His inexpressible mercy concluded the Ancient Covenant. Nor can she forget that she draws sustenance from the root of that well-cultivated olive tree onto which have been grafted the wild shoots, the Gentiles.(7) Indeed, the Church believes that by His cross Christ, Our Peace, reconciled Jews and Gentiles. making both one in Himself.(8)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church keeps ever in mind the words of the Apostle about his kinsmen: \"theirs is the sonship and the glory and the covenants and the law and the worship and the promises; theirs are the fathers and from them is the Christ according to the flesh\" (Rom. 9:4-5), the Son of the Virgin Mary. She also recalls that the Apostles, the Church's main-stay and pillars, as well as most of the early disciples who proclaimed Christ's Gospel to the world, sprang from the Jewish people."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As Holy Scripture testifies, Jerusalem did not recognize the time of her visitation,(9) nor did the Jews in large number, accept the Gospel; indeed not a few opposed its spreading.(10) Nevertheless, God holds the Jews most dear for the sake of their Fathers; He does not repent of the gifts He makes or of the calls He issues-such is the witness of the Apostle.(11) In company with the Prophets and the same Apostle, the Church awaits that day, known to God alone, on which all peoples will address the Lord in a single voice and \"serve him shoulder to shoulder\" (Soph. 3:9).(12)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the spiritual patrimony common to Christians and Jews is thus so great, this sacred synod wants to foster and recommend that mutual understanding and respect which is the fruit, above all, of biblical and theological studies as well as of fraternal dialogues."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "True, the Jewish authorities and those who followed their lead pressed for the death of Christ;(13) still, what happened in His passion cannot be charged against all the Jews, without distinction, then alive, nor against the Jews of today. Although the Church is the new people of God, the Jews should not be presented as rejected or accursed by God, as if this followed from the Holy Scriptures. All should see to it, then, that in catechetical work or in the preaching of the word of God they do not teach anything that does not conform to the truth of the Gospel and the spirit of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Furthermore, in her rejection of every persecution against any man, the Church, mindful of the patrimony she shares with the Jews and moved not by political reasons but by the Gospel's spiritual love, decries hatred, persecutions, displays of anti-Semitism, directed against Jews at any time and by anyone."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Besides, as the Church has always held and holds now, Christ underwent His passion and death freely, because of the sins of men and out of infinite love, in order that all may reach salvation. It is, therefore, the burden of the Church's preaching to proclaim the cross of Christ as the sign of God's all-embracing love and as the fountain from which every grace flows."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We cannot truly call on God, the Father of all, if we refuse to treat in a brotherly way any man, created as he is in the image of God. Man's relation to God the Father and his relation to men his brothers are so linked together that Scripture says: \"He who does not love does not know God\" (1 John 4:8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No foundation therefore remains for any theory or practice that leads to discrimination between man and man or people and people, so far as their human dignity and the rights flowing from it are concerned."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church reproves, as foreign to the mind of Christ, any discrimination against men or harassment of them because of their race, color, condition of life, or religion. On the contrary, following in the footsteps of the holy Apostles Peter and Paul, this sacred synod ardently implores the Christian faithful to \"maintain good fellowship among the nations\" (1 Peter 2:12), and, if possible, to live for their part in peace with all men,(14) so that they may truly be sons of the Father who is in heaven.(15)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Acts 17:26"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Wis. 8:1; Acts 14:17; Rom. 2:6-7; 1 Tim. 2:4"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Apoc. 21:23f."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf 2 Cor. 5:18-19"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf St. Gregory VII, letter XXI to Anzir (Nacir), King of Mauritania (Pl. 148, col. 450f.)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Gal. 3:7"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom. 11:17-24"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph. 2:14-16"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Lk. 19:44"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom. 11:28"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom. 11:28-29; cf. dogmatic Constitution, Lumen Gentium (Light of nations) AAS, 57 (1965) pag. 20"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Is. 66:23; Ps. 65:4; Rom. 11:11-32"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John. 19:6"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom. 12:18"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Matt. 5:45"
            }
          ]
        },
        "es": {
          "code": "es",
          "label": "Español",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651028_nostra-aetate_sp.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-80-vat-ii_decl_19651028_nostra-aetate_sp.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECLARACIÓN NOSTRA AETATE SOBRE LAS RELACIONES DE LA IGLESIA CON LAS RELIGIONES NO CRISTIANAS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proemio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En nuestra época, en la que el género humano se une cada vez más estrechamente y aumentan los vínculos entre los diversos pueblos, la Iglesia considera con mayor atención en qué consiste su relación con respecto a las religiones no cristianas. En cumplimiento de su misión de fundamentar la Unidad y la Caridad entre los hombres y, aún más, entre los pueblos, considera aquí, ante todo, aquello que es común a los hombres y que conduce a la mutua solidaridad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos los pueblos forman una comunidad, tienen un mismo origen, puesto que Dios hizo habitar a todo el género humano sobre la faz de la tierra, y tienen también un fin último, que es Dios, cuya providencia, manifestación de bondad y designios de salvación se extienden a todos, hasta que se unan los elegidos en la ciudad santa, que será iluminada por el resplandor de Dios y en la que los pueblos caminarán bajo su luz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los hombres esperan de las diversas religiones la respuesta a los enigmas recónditos de la condición humana, que hoy como ayer, conmueven íntimamente su corazón: ¿Qué es el hombre, cuál es el sentido y el fin de nuestra vida, el bien y el pecado, el origen y el fin del dolor, el camino para conseguir la verdadera felicidad, la muerte, el juicio, la sanción después de la muerte? ¿Cuál es, finalmente, aquel último e inefable misterio que envuelve nuestra existencia, del cual procedemos y hacia donde nos dirigimos?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las diversas religiones no cristianas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ya desde la antigüedad y hasta nuestros días se encuentra en los diversos pueblos una cierta percepción de aquella fuerza misteriosa que se halla presente en la marcha de las cosas y en los acontecimientos de la vida humana y a veces también el reconocimiento de la Suma Divinidad e incluso del Padre. Esta percepción y conocimiento penetra toda su vida con íntimo sentido religioso. Las religiones a tomar contacto con el progreso de la cultura, se esfuerzan por responder a dichos problemas con nociones más precisas y con un lenguaje más elaborado. Así, en el Hinduismo los hombres investigan el misterio divino y lo expresan mediante la inagotable fecundidad de los mitos y con los penetrantes esfuerzos de la filosofía, y buscan la liberación de las angustias de nuestra condición mediante las modalidades de la vida ascética, a través de profunda meditación, o bien buscando refugio en Dios con amor y confianza. En el Budismo, según sus varias formas, se reconoce la insuficiencia radical de este mundo mudable y se enseña el camino por el que los hombres, con espíritu devoto y confiado pueden adquirir el estado de perfecta liberación o la suprema iluminación, por sus propios esfuerzos apoyados con el auxilio superior. Así también los demás religiones que se encuentran en el mundo, es esfuerzan por responder de varias maneras a la inquietud del corazón humano, proponiendo caminos, es decir, doctrinas, normas de vida y ritos sagrados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia católica no rechaza nada de lo que en estas religiones hay de santo y verdadero. Considera con sincero respeto los modos de obrar y de vivir, los preceptos y doctrinas que, por más que discrepen en mucho de lo que ella profesa y enseña, no pocas veces reflejan un destello de aquella Verdad que ilumina a todos los hombres. Anuncia y tiene la obligación de anunciar constantemente a Cristo, que es \"el Camino, la Verdad y la Vida\" (Jn., 14,6), en quien los hombres encuentran la plenitud de la vida religiosa y en quien Dios reconcilió consigo todas las cosas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por consiguiente, exhorta a sus hijos a que, con prudencia y caridad, mediante el diálogo y colaboración con los adeptos de otras religiones, dando testimonio de fe y vida cristiana, reconozcan, guarden y promuevan aquellos bienes espirituales y morales, así como los valores socio-culturales que en ellos existen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La religión del Islam"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia mira también con aprecio a los musulmanes que adoran al único Dios, viviente y subsistente, misericordioso y todo poderoso, Creador del cielo y de la tierra, que habló a los hombres, a cuyos ocultos designios procuran someterse con toda el alma como se sometió a Dios Abraham, a quien la fe islámica mira con complacencia. Veneran a Jesús como profeta, aunque no lo reconocen como Dios; honran a María, su Madre virginal, y a veces también la invocan devotamente. Esperan, además, el día del juicio, cuando Dios remunerará a todos los hombres resucitados. Por ello, aprecian además el día del juicio, cuando Dios remunerará a todos los hombres resucitados. Por tanto, aprecian la vida moral, y honran a Dios sobre todo con la oración, las limosnas y el ayuno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si en el transcurso de los siglos surgieron no pocas desavenencias y enemistades entre cristianos y musulmanes, el Sagrado Concilio exhorta a todos a que, olvidando lo pasado, procuren y promuevan unidos la justicia social, los bienes morales, la paz y la libertad para todos los hombres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La religión judía"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Al investigar el misterio de la Iglesia, este Sagrado Concilio recuerda los vínculos con que el Pueblo del Nuevo Testamento está espiritualmente unido con la raza de Abraham."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pues la Iglesia de Cristo reconoce que los comienzos de su fe y de su elección se encuentran ya en los Patriarcas, en Moisés y los Profetas, conforme al misterio salvífico de Dios. Reconoce que todos los cristianos, hijos de Abraham según la fe, están incluidos en la vocación del mismo Patriarca y que la salvación de la Iglesia está místicamente prefigurada en la salida del pueblo elegido de la tierra de esclavitud. Por lo cual, la Iglesia no puede olvidar que ha recibido la Revelación del Antiguo Testamento por medio de aquel pueblo, con quien Dios, por su inefable misericordia se dignó establecer la Antigua Alianza, ni puede olvidar que se nutre de la raíz del buen olivo en que se han injertado las ramas del olivo silvestre que son los gentiles. Cree, pues, la Iglesia que Cristo, nuestra paz, reconcilió por la cruz a judíos y gentiles y que de ambos hizo una sola cosa en sí mismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia tiene siempre ante sus ojos las palabras del Apóstol Pablo sobre sus hermanos de sangre, \"a quienes pertenecen la adopción y la gloria, la Alianza, la Ley, el culto y las promesas; y también los Patriarcas, y de quienes procede Cristo según la carne\" (Rom., 9,4-5), hijo de la Virgen María. Recuerda también que los Apóstoles, fundamentos y columnas de la Iglesia, nacieron del pueblo judío, así como muchísimos de aquellos primeros discípulos que anunciaron al mundo el Evangelio de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como afirma la Sagrada Escritura, Jerusalén no conoció el tiempo de su visita, gran parte de los Judíos no aceptaron el Evangelio e incluso no pocos se opusieron a su difusión. No obstante, según el Apóstol, los Judíos son todavía muy amados de Dios a causa de sus padres, porque Dios no se arrepiente de sus dones y de su vocación. La Iglesia, juntamente con los Profetas y el mismo Apóstol espera el día, que sólo Dios conoce, en que todos los pueblos invocarán al Señor con una sola voz y \"le servirán como un solo hombre\" (Soph 3,9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como es, por consiguiente, tan grande el patrimonio espiritual común a cristianos y judíos, este Sagrado Concilio quiere fomentar y recomendar el mutuo conocimiento y aprecio entre ellos, que se consigue sobre todo por medio de los estudios bíblicos y teológicos y con el diálogo fraterno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aunque las autoridades de los judíos con sus seguidores reclamaron la muerte de Cristo, sin embargo, lo que en su Pasión se hizo, no puede ser imputado ni indistintamente a todos los judíos que entonces vivían, ni a los judíos de hoy. Y, si bien la Iglesia es el nuevo Pueblo de Dios, no se ha de señalar a los judíos como reprobados de Dios ni malditos, como si esto se dedujera de las Sagradas Escrituras. Por consiguiente, procuren todos no enseñar nada que no esté conforme con la verdad evangélica y con el espíritu de Cristo, ni en la catequesis ni en la predicación de la Palabra de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Además, la Iglesia, que reprueba cualquier persecución contra los hombres, consciente del patrimonio común con los judíos, e impulsada no por razones políticas, sino por la religiosa caridad evangélica, deplora los odios, persecuciones y manifestaciones de antisemitismo de cualquier tiempo y persona contra los judíos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por los demás, Cristo, como siempre lo ha profesado y profesa la Iglesia, abrazó voluntariamente y movido por inmensa caridad, su pasión y muerte, por los pecados de todos los hombres, para que todos consigan la salvación. Es, pues, deber de la Iglesia en su predicación el anunciar la cruz de Cristo como signo del amor universal de Dios y como fuente de toda gracia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La fraternidad universal excluye toda discriminación"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No podemos invocar a Dios, Padre de todos, si nos negamos a conducirnos fraternalmente con algunos hombres, creados a imagen de Dios. la relación del hombre para con Dios Padre y con los demás hombres sus hermanos están de tal forma unidas que, como dice la Escritura: \"el que no ama, no ha conocido a Dios\" (1 Jn 4,8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Así se elimina el fundamento de toda teoría o práctica que introduce discriminación entre los hombres y entre los pueblos, en lo que toca a la dignidad humana y a los derechos que de ella dimanan."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia, por consiguiente, reprueba como ajena al espíritu de Cristo cualquier discriminación o vejación realizada por motivos de raza o color, de condición o religión. Por esto, el sagrado Concilio, siguiendo las huellas de los santos Apóstoles Pedro y Pablo, ruega ardientemente a los fieles que, \"observando en medio de las naciones una conducta ejemplar\", si es posible, en cuanto de ellos depende, tengan paz con todos los hombres, para que sean verdaderamente hijos del Padre que está en los cielos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todas y cada una de las cosas contenidas en esta Declaración han obtenido el beneplácito de los Padres del Sacrosanto Concilio. Y Nos, en virtud de la potestad apostólica recibida de Cristo, juntamente con los Venerables Padres, las aprobamos, decretamos y establecemos en el Espíritu Santo, y mandamos que lo así decidido conciliarmente sea promulgado para la gloria de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, en San Pedro, 28 de octubre de 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yo, PABLO, Obispo de la Iglesia católica."
            }
          ]
        },
        "fr": {
          "code": "fr",
          "label": "Français",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651028_nostra-aetate_fr.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-71-vat-ii_decl_19651028_nostra-aetate_fr.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAUL, ÉVÊQUE, SERVITEUR DES SERVITEURS DE DIEU, AVEC LES PÈRES DU SAINT CONCILE, POUR QUE LE SOUVENIR S'EN MAINTIENNE À JAMAIS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DÉCLARATION SUR LES RELATIONS DE L'ÉGLISE AVEC LES RELIGIONS NON CHRÉTIENNES NOSTRA AETATE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Préambule"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À notre époque où le genre humain devient de jour en jour plus étroitement uni et où les relations entre les divers peuples se multiplient, l’Église examine plus attentivement quelles sont ses relations avec les religions non chrétiennes. Dans sa tâche de promouvoir l’unité et la charité entre les hommes, et aussi entre les peuples, elle examine ici d’abord ce que les hommes ont en commun et qui les pousse à vivre ensemble leur destinée."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tous les peuples forment, en effet, une seule communauté ; ils ont une seule origine, puisque Dieu a fait habiter tout le genre humain sur toute la face de la terre [1] ; ils ont aussi une seule fin dernière, Dieu, dont la providence, les témoignages de bonté et les desseins de salut s’étendent à tous [2], jusqu’à ce que les élus soient réunis dans la Cité sainte, que la gloire de Dieu illuminera et où tous les peuples marcheront à sa lumière [3]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les hommes attendent des diverses religions la réponse aux énigmes cachées de la condition humaine, qui, hier comme aujourd’hui, agitent profondément le cœur humain : Qu’est-ce que l’homme? Quel est le sens et le but de la vie? Qu’est-ce que le bien et qu’est-ce que le péché? Quels sont l’origine et le but de la souffrance? Quelle est la voie pour parvenir au vrai bonheur? Qu’est-ce que la mort, le jugement et la rétribution après la mort ? Qu’est-ce enfin que le mystère dernier et ineffable qui embrasse notre existence, d’où nous tirons notre origine et vers lequel nous tendons ?"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les diverses religions non chrétiennes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Depuis les temps les plus reculés jusqu’à aujourd’hui, on trouve dans les différents peuples une certaine perception de cette force cachée qui est présente au cours des choses et aux événements de la vie humaine, parfois même une reconnaissance de la Divinité suprême, ou même d’un Père. Cette perception et cette reconnaissance pénètrent leur vie d’un profond sens religieux. Quant aux religions liées au progrès de la culture, elles s’efforcent de répondre aux mêmes questions par des notions plus affinées et par un langage plus élaboré. Ainsi, dans l’hindouisme, les hommes scrutent le mystère divin et l’expriment par la fécondité inépuisable des mythes et par les efforts pénétrants de la philosophie ; ils cherchent la libération des angoisses de notre condition, soit par les formes de la vie ascétique, soit par la méditation profonde, soit par le refuge en Dieu avec amour et confiance. Dans le bouddhisme, selon ses formes variées, l’insuffisance radicale de ce monde changeant est reconnue et on enseigne une voie par laquelle les hommes, avec un cœur dévot et confiant, pourront acquérir l’état de libération parfaite, soit atteindre l’illumination suprême par leurs propres efforts ou par un secours venu d’en haut. De même aussi, les autres religions qu’on trouve de par le monde s’efforcent d’aller, de façons diverses, au-devant de l’inquiétude du cœur humain en proposant des voies, c’est-à-dire des doctrines, des règles de vie et des rites sacrés."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église catholique ne rejette rien de ce qui est vrai et saint dans ces religions. Elle considère avec un respect sincère ces manières d’agir et de vivre, ces règles et ces doctrines qui, quoiqu’elles diffèrent sous bien des rapports de ce qu’elle-même tient et propose, cependant reflètent souvent un rayon de la vérité qui illumine tous les hommes. Toutefois, elle annonce, et elle est tenue d’annoncer sans cesse, le Christ qui est « la voie, la vérité et la vie » (Jn 14, 6), dans lequel les hommes doivent trouver la plénitude de la vie religieuse et dans lequel Dieu s’est réconcilié toutes choses [4]. Elle exhorte donc ses fils pour que, avec prudence et charité, par le dialogue et par la collaboration avec les adeptes d’autres religions, et tout en témoignant de la foi et de la vie chrétiennes, ils reconnaissent, préservent et fassent progresser les valeurs spirituelles, morales et socio-culturelles qui se trouvent en eux."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La religion musulmane"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église regarde aussi avec estime les musulmans, qui adorent le Dieu unique, vivant et subsistant, miséricordieux et tout-puissant, créateur du ciel et de la terre [5], qui a parlé aux hommes. Ils cherchent à se soumettre de toute leur âme aux décrets de Dieu, même s’ils sont cachés, comme s’est soumis à Dieu Abraham, auquel la foi islamique se réfère volontiers. Bien qu’ils ne reconnaissent pas Jésus comme Dieu, ils le vénèrent comme prophète ; ils honorent sa Mère virginale, Marie, et parfois même l’invoquent avec piété. De plus, ils attendent le jour du jugement, où Dieu rétribuera tous les hommes après les avoir ressuscités. Aussi ont-ils en estime la vie morale et rendent-ils un culte à Dieu, surtout par la prière, l’aumône et le jeûne."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Même si, au cours des siècles, de nombreuses dissensions et inimitiés se sont manifestées entre les chrétiens et les musulmans, le saint Concile les exhorte tous à oublier le passé et à s’efforcer sincèrement à la compréhension mutuelle, ainsi qu’à protéger et à promouvoir ensemble, pour tous les hommes, la justice sociale, les valeurs morales, la paix et la liberté."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La religion juive"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Scrutant le mystère de l’Église, le saint Concile rappelle le lien qui relie spirituellement le peuple du Nouveau Testament à la lignée d’Abraham."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église du Christ, en effet, reconnaît que les prémices de sa foi et de son élection se trouvent, selon le mystère divin du salut, chez les patriarches, Moïse et les prophètes. Elle confesse que tous les fidèles du Christ, fils d’Abraham selon la foi [6], sont inclus dans la vocation de ce patriarche, et que le salut de l’Église est mystérieusement préfiguré dans la sortie du peuple élu hors de la terre de servitude. C’est pourquoi l’Église ne peut oublier qu’elle a reçu la révélation de l’Ancien Testament par ce peuple avec lequel Dieu, dans sa miséricorde indicible, a daigné conclure l’antique Alliance, et qu’elle se nourrit de la racine de l’olivier franc sur lequel ont été greffés les rameaux de l’olivier sauvage que sont les Gentils [7]. L’Église croit, en effet, que le Christ, notre paix, a réconcilié les Juifs et les Gentils par sa croix et en lui-même, des deux, a fait un seul [8]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église a toujours devant les yeux les paroles de l’apôtre Paul sur ceux de sa race « à qui appartiennent l’adoption filiale, la gloire, les alliances, la législation, le culte, les promesses et les patriarches, et de qui est né, selon la chair, le Christ » (Rm 9, 4-5), le Fils de la Vierge Marie. Elle rappelle aussi que les Apôtres, fondements et colonnes de l’Église, sont nés du peuple juif, ainsi qu’un grand nombre des premiers disciples qui annoncèrent au monde l’Évangile du Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Selon le témoignage de l’Écriture Sainte, Jérusalem n’a pas reconnu le temps où elle fut visitée [9] ; les Juifs, en grande partie, n’acceptèrent pas l’Évangile, et même nombreux furent ceux qui s’opposèrent à sa diffusion [10]. Néanmoins, selon l’Apôtre, les Juifs restent encore, à cause de leurs pères, très chers à Dieu, dont les dons et l’appel sont sans repentance [11]. Avec les prophètes et le même Apôtre, l’Église attend le jour, connu de Dieu seul, où tous les peuples invoqueront le Seigneur d’une seule voix et « le serviront sous un même joug » (So 3, 9) [12]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Du fait d’un si grand patrimoine spirituel, commun aux chrétiens et aux Juifs, le saint Concile veut encourager et recommander la connaissance et l’estime mutuelles, qui naîtront surtout d’études bibliques et théologiques, ainsi que d’un dialogue fraternel. Encore que des autorités juives, avec leurs partisans, aient poussé à la mort du Christ [13], ce qui a été commis durant sa Passion ne peut être imputé ni indistinctement à tous les Juifs vivant alors, ni aux Juifs de notre temps. S’il est vrai que l’Église est le nouveau Peuple de Dieu, les Juifs ne doivent pas, pour autant, être présentés comme réprouvés par Dieu ni maudits, comme si cela découlait de la Sainte Écriture. Que tous donc aient soin, dans la catéchèse et la prédication de la Parole de Dieu, de n’enseigner quoi que ce soit qui ne soit conforme à la vérité de l’Évangile et à l’esprit du Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, l’Église, qui réprouve toutes les persécutions contre tous les hommes, quels qu’ils soient, ne pouvant oublier le patrimoine qu’elle a en commun avec les Juifs, et poussée, non pas par des motifs politiques, mais par la charité religieuse de l’Évangile, déplore les haines, les persécutions et les manifestations d’antisémitisme, qui, quels que soient leur époque et leurs auteurs, ont été dirigées contre les Juifs."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "D’ailleurs, comme l’Église l’a toujours tenu et comme elle le tient encore, le Christ, en vertu de son immense amour, s’est soumis volontairement à la Passion et à la mort à cause des péchés de tous les hommes et pour que tous les hommes obtiennent le salut. Le devoir de l’Église, dans sa prédication, est donc d’annoncer la croix du Christ comme signe de l’amour universel de Dieu et comme source de toute grâce."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La fraternité universelle excluant toute discrimination"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nous ne pouvons invoquer Dieu, Père de tous les hommes, si nous refusons de nous conduire fraternellement envers certains des hommes créés à l’image de Dieu. La relation de l’homme à Dieu le Père et la relation de l’homme à ses frères humains sont tellement liées que l’Écriture dit : « Qui n’aime pas ne connaît pas Dieu » (1 Jn 4, 8). Par là est sapé le fondement de toute théorie ou de toute pratique qui introduit entre homme et homme, entre peuple et peuple, une discrimination en ce qui concerne la dignité humaine et les droits qui en découlent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église réprouve donc, en tant que contraire à l’esprit du Christ, toute discrimination ou vexation dont sont victimes des hommes en raison de leur race, de leur couleur, de leur condition ou de leur religion. En conséquence, le saint Concile, suivant les traces des saints Apôtres Pierre et Paul, prie ardemment les fidèles du Christ « d’avoir au milieu des nations une belle conduite » (1 P 2, 12), si c’est possible, et de vivre en paix, pour autant qu’il dépend d’eux, avec tous les hommes [14], de manière à être vraiment les fils du Père qui est dans les cieux [15]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout l’ensemble et chacun des points qui ont été édictés dans cette déclaration ont plu aux Pères du Concile. Et Nous, en vertu du pouvoir apostolique que Nous tenons du Christ, en union avec les vénérables Pères, Nous les approuvons, arrêtons et décrétons dans le Saint-Esprit, et Nous ordonnons que ce qui a été ainsi établi en Concile soit promulgué pour la gloire de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rome, à Saint-Pierre, le 28 octobre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, Paul, évêque de l’Église catholique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Suivent les signatures des Pères)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Signatures des Pères"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Panisperna Presbyter Cardinalis GAGGIANO, Archiepiscopus Bonaërensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PETRUS titulo S. Laurentii in Lucina Presbyter Cardinalis CIRIACI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Mariae de Victoria Presbyter Cardinalis SIRI, Archiepiscopus Ianuensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo S. Mariae in Transpontina Presbyter Cardinalis LERCARO, Archiepiscopus Bononiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS titulo S. Mariae Trans Tiberim Presbyter Cardinalis WYSZYNSKI, Archiepiscopus Gnesnensis et Varsaviensis, Primas Poloniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENIAMINUS titulo S. Vitalis Presbyter Cardinalis DE ARRIBA Y CASTRO, Archiepiscopus Tarraconensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Augustini Presbyter Cardinalis QUIROGA Y PALACIOS, Archiepiscopus Compostellanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS AEMILIUS titulo S. Mariae Angelorum in Thermis Presbyter Cardinalis LEGER, Archiepiscopus Marianopolitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego VALERIANUS titulo S. Mariae in Via Lata Presbyter Cardinalis GRACIAS, Archiepiscopus Bombayensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Honuphrii in Ianiculo Presbyter Cardinalis GARIBI Y RIVERA, Archiepiscopus Guadalajarensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS MARIA titulo S Chrysogoni Presbyter Cardinalis BARBIERI, Archiepiscopus Montisvidei."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS titulo S. Agnetis extra moenia Presbyter Cardinalis CONFALONIERI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo Ss. Quirici et Iulittae Presbyter Cardinalis RICHAUD, Archiepiscopus Burdigalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS M. titulo Ss. Viti, Modesti et Crescentiae Presbyter Cardinalis BUENO Y MONREAL, Archiepiscopus Hispalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo S. Eusebii Presbyter Cardinalis KÖNIG, Archiepiscopus Vindobonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Athanasii Presbyter Cardinalis SLIPYI, Archiepiscopus Maior Ucrainorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS titulo S. Leonis I Presbyter Cardinalis JAEGER, Archiepiscopus Paderbornensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Crucis in via Flaminia Presbyter Cardinalis BERAN, Archiepiscopus Pragensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo D.nae N.ae de SS. Sacramento et Martyrum Canadensium Presbyter Cardinalis ROY, Archiepiscopus Quebecensis, Primas Canadiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Teresiae Presbyter Cardinalis MARTIN, Archiepiscopus Rothomagensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AUDOËNUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis MCCANN, Archiepiscopus Civitatis Capitis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO STEPHANUS titulo S. Balbinae Presbyter Cardinalis DUVAL, Archiepiscopus Algeriensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERMENEGILDUS titulo Reginae Apostolorum Presbyter Cardinalis FLORIT, Archiepiscopus Florentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Petri et Pauli in Via Ostiensi Presbyter Cardinalis ŠEPER, Archiepiscopus Zagrabiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Silvestri in Capite Presbyter Cardinalis HEENAN, Archiepiscopus Vestmonasteriensis, Primas Angliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo Ssmae Trinitatis in Monte Pincio Presbyter Cardinalis VILLOT, Archiepiscopus Lugdunensis et Viennensis, Primas Galliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo S. Camilli de Lellis ad Hortos Sallustianos Presbyter Cardinalis ZOUNGRANA, Archiepiscopus Uagaduguensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS I. titulo S. Clementis Presbyter Cardinalis SHEHAN, Archiepiscopus Baltimorensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HENRICUS titulo S. Agathae in Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DANTE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAESAR titulo D.nae N.ae a Sacro Corde in Circo Agonali Presbyter Cardinalis ZERBA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AGNELLUS titulo Praecelsae Dei Matris Presbyter Cardinalis ROSSI, Archiepiscopus S. Pauli in Brasilia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Martini in Montibus Presbyter Cardinalis COLOMBO, Archiepiscopus Mediolanensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS titulo S. Patricii ad Villam Ludovisi Presbyter Cardinalis CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, totius Hiberniae Primas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUMBERTUS MALCHIODI, Archiepiscopus Episcopus Placentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis † Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius † Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] Ac 17, 26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2] Sg 8, 1 ; Ac 14, 17 ; Rm 2, 6-7 ; 1 Tm 2, 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3] Ap 21, 23-24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4] 2 Co 5, 18-19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5] Saint Grégoire VII, Épître III, 21 ad Anzir (El-Nâsir), regem Mauritaniae, éd. E. Caspar in mgh, Ep. sel. II, 1920, I, p. 288, 11-15 ; PL 148, 451 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6] Ga 3, 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7] Rm 11, 17-24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8] Ep 2, 14-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[9] Lc 19, 44."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[10] Rm 11, 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[11] Rm 11, 28-29. – Conc. Vat. II, Lumen gentium : 16 AAS (1965), p. 57."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[12] Is 66, 23 ; Ps 65, 4 ; Rm 11, 11-32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[13] Jn 19, 6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[14] Rm 12, 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[15] Mt 5, 45."
            }
          ]
        },
        "it": {
          "code": "it",
          "label": "Italiano",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651028_nostra-aetate_it.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-76-vat-ii_decl_19651028_nostra-aetate_it.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAOLO VESCOVO SERVO DEI SERVI DI DIO UNITAMENTE AI PADRI DEL SACRO CONCILIO A PERPETUA MEMORIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DICHIARAZIONE SULLE RELAZIONI DELLA CHIESA CON LE RELIGIONI NON CRISTIANE NOSTRA AETATE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introduzione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nel nostro tempo in cui il genere umano si unifica di giorno in giorno più strettamente e cresce l'interdipendenza tra i vari popoli, la Chiesa esamina con maggiore attenzione la natura delle sue relazioni con le religioni non-cristiane. Nel suo dovere di promuovere l'unità e la carità tra gli uomini, ed anzi tra i popoli, essa in primo luogo esamina qui tutto ciò che gli uomini hanno in comune e che li spinge a vivere insieme il loro comune destino."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I vari popoli costituiscono infatti una sola comunità. Essi hanno una sola origine, poiché Dio ha fatto abitare l'intero genere umano su tutta la faccia della terra (1) hanno anche un solo fine ultimo, Dio, la cui Provvidenza, le cui testimonianze di bontà e il disegno di salvezza si estendono a tutti (2) finché gli eletti saranno riuniti nella città santa, che la gloria di Dio illuminerà e dove le genti cammineranno nella sua luce (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli uomini attendono dalle varie religioni la risposta ai reconditi enigmi della condizione umana, che ieri come oggi turbano profondamente il cuore dell'uomo: la natura dell'uomo, il senso e il fine della nostra vita, il bene e il peccato, l'origine e lo scopo del dolore, la via per raggiungere la vera felicità, la morte, il giudizio e la sanzione dopo la morte, infine l'ultimo e ineffabile mistero che circonda la nostra esistenza, donde noi traiamo la nostra origine e verso cui tendiamo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le diverse religioni"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dai tempi più antichi fino ad oggi presso i vari popoli si trova una certa sensibilità a quella forza arcana che è presente al corso delle cose e agli avvenimenti della vita umana, ed anzi talvolta vi riconosce la Divinità suprema o il Padre. Questa sensibilità e questa conoscenza compenetrano la vita in un intimo senso religioso."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto alle religioni legate al progresso della cultura, esse si sforzano di rispondere alle stesse questioni con nozioni più raffinate e con un linguaggio più elaborato. Così, nell'induismo gli uomini scrutano il mistero divino e lo esprimono con la inesauribile fecondità dei miti e con i penetranti tentativi della filosofia; cercano la liberazione dalle angosce della nostra condizione sia attraverso forme di vita ascetica, sia nella meditazione profonda, sia nel rifugio in Dio con amore e confidenza. Nel buddismo, secondo le sue varie scuole, viene riconosciuta la radicale insufficienza di questo mondo mutevole e si insegna una via per la quale gli uomini, con cuore devoto e confidente, siano capaci di acquistare lo stato di liberazione perfetta o di pervenire allo stato di illuminazione suprema per mezzo dei propri sforzi o con l'aiuto venuto dall'alto. Ugualmente anche le altre religioni che si trovano nel mondo intero si sforzano di superare, in vari modi, l'inquietudine del cuore umano proponendo delle vie, cioè dottrine, precetti di vita e riti sacri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa cattolica nulla rigetta di quanto è vero e santo in queste religioni. Essa considera con sincero rispetto quei modi di agire e di vivere, quei precetti e quelle dottrine che, quantunque in molti punti differiscano da quanto essa stessa crede e propone, tuttavia non raramente riflettono un raggio di quella verità che illumina tutti gli uomini."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tuttavia essa annuncia, ed è tenuta ad annunciare, il Cristo che è « via, verità e vita » (Gv 14,6), in cui gli uomini devono trovare la pienezza della vita religiosa e in cui Dio ha riconciliato con se stesso tutte le cose (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Essa perciò esorta i suoi figli affinché, con prudenza e carità, per mezzo del dialogo e della collaborazione con i seguaci delle altre religioni, sempre rendendo testimonianza alla fede e alla vita cristiana, riconoscano, conservino e facciano progredire i valori spirituali, morali e socio-culturali che si trovano in essi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La religione musulmana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa guarda anche con stima i musulmani che adorano l'unico Dio, vivente e sussistente, misericordioso e onnipotente, creatore del cielo e della terra (5), che ha parlato agli uomini. Essi cercano di sottomettersi con tutto il cuore ai decreti di Dio anche nascosti, come vi si è sottomesso anche Abramo, a cui la fede islamica volentieri si riferisce. Benché essi non riconoscano Gesù come Dio, lo venerano tuttavia come profeta; onorano la sua madre vergine, Maria, e talvolta pure la invocano con devozione. Inoltre attendono il giorno del giudizio, quando Dio retribuirà tutti gli uomini risuscitati. Così pure hanno in stima la vita morale e rendono culto a Dio, soprattutto con la preghiera, le elemosine e il digiuno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se, nel corso dei secoli, non pochi dissensi e inimicizie sono sorte tra cristiani e musulmani, il sacro Concilio esorta tutti a dimenticare il passato e a esercitare sinceramente la mutua comprensione, nonché a difendere e promuovere insieme per tutti gli uomini la giustizia sociale, i valori morali, la pace e la libertà."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La religione ebraica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Scrutando il mistero della Chiesa, il sacro Concilio ricorda il vincolo con cui il popolo del Nuovo Testamento è spiritualmente legato con la stirpe di Abramo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa di Cristo infatti riconosce che gli inizi della sua fede e della sua elezione si trovano già, secondo il mistero divino della salvezza, nei patriarchi, in Mosè e nei profeti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Essa confessa che tutti i fedeli di Cristo, figli di Abramo secondo la fede (6), sono inclusi nella vocazione di questo patriarca e che la salvezza ecclesiale è misteriosamente prefigurata nell'esodo del popolo eletto dalla terra di schiavitù. Per questo non può dimenticare che ha ricevuto la rivelazione dell'Antico Testamento per mezzo di quel popolo con cui Dio, nella sua ineffabile misericordia, si è degnato di stringere l'Antica Alleanza, e che essa stessa si nutre dalla radice dell'ulivo buono su cui sono stati innestati i rami dell'ulivo selvatico che sono i gentili (7). La Chiesa crede, infatti, che Cristo, nostra pace, ha riconciliato gli Ebrei e i gentili per mezzo della sua croce e dei due ha fatto una sola cosa in se stesso (8). Inoltre la Chiesa ha sempre davanti agli occhi le parole dell'apostolo Paolo riguardo agli uomini della sua stirpe: « ai quali appartiene l'adozione a figli e la gloria e i patti di alleanza e la legge e il culto e le promesse, ai quali appartengono i Padri e dai quali è nato Cristo secondo la carne» (Rm 9,4-5), figlio di Maria vergine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Essa ricorda anche che dal popolo ebraico sono nati gli apostoli, fondamenta e colonne della Chiesa, e così quei moltissimi primi discepoli che hanno annunciato al mondo il Vangelo di Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Come attesta la sacra Scrittura, Gerusalemme non ha conosciuto il tempo in cui è stata visitata (9); gli Ebrei in gran parte non hanno accettato il Vangelo, ed anzi non pochi si sono opposti alla sua diffusione (10). Tuttavia secondo l'Apostolo, gli Ebrei, in grazia dei padri, rimangono ancora carissimi a Dio, i cui doni e la cui vocazione sono senza pentimento (11). Con i profeti e con lo stesso Apostolo, la Chiesa attende il giorno, che solo Dio conosce, in cui tutti i popoli acclameranno il Signore con una sola voce e « lo serviranno sotto uno stesso giogo » (Sof 3,9) (12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Essendo perciò tanto grande il patrimonio spirituale comune a cristiani e ad ebrei, questo sacro Concilio vuole promuovere e raccomandare tra loro la mutua conoscenza e stima, che si ottengono soprattutto con gli studi biblici e teologici e con un fraterno dialogo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E se autorità ebraiche con i propri seguaci si sono adoperate per la morte di Cristo (13), tuttavia quanto è stato commesso durante la sua passione, non può essere imputato né indistintamente a tutti gli Ebrei allora viventi, né agli Ebrei del nostro tempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E se è vero che la Chiesa è il nuovo popolo di Dio, gli Ebrei tuttavia non devono essere presentati come rigettati da Dio, né come maledetti, quasi che ciò scaturisse dalla sacra Scrittura. Curino pertanto tutti che nella catechesi e nella predicazione della parola di Dio non si insegni alcunché che non sia conforme alla verità del Vangelo e dello Spirito di Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa inoltre, che esecra tutte le persecuzioni contro qualsiasi uomo, memore del patrimonio che essa ha in comune con gli Ebrei, e spinta non da motivi politici, ma da religiosa carità evangelica, deplora gli odi, le persecuzioni e tutte le manifestazioni dell'antisemitismo dirette contro gli Ebrei in ogni tempo e da chiunque. In realtà il Cristo, come la Chiesa ha sempre sostenuto e sostiene, in virtù del suo immenso amore, si è volontariamente sottomesso alla sua passione e morte a causa dei peccati di tutti gli uomini e affinché tutti gli uomini conseguano la salvezza. Il dovere della Chiesa, nella sua predicazione, è dunque di annunciare la croce di Cristo come segno dell'amore universale di Dio e come fonte di ogni grazia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fraternità universale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non possiamo invocare Dio come Padre di tutti gli uomini, se ci rifiutiamo di comportarci da fratelli verso alcuni tra gli uomini che sono creati ad immagine di Dio. L'atteggiamento dell'uomo verso Dio Padre e quello dell'uomo verso gli altri uomini suoi fratelli sono talmente connessi che la Scrittura dice: « Chi non ama, non conosce Dio » (1 Gv 4,8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Viene dunque tolto il fondamento a ogni teoria o prassi che introduca tra uomo e uomo, tra popolo e popolo, discriminazioni in ciò che riguarda la dignità umana e i diritti che ne promanano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In conseguenza la Chiesa esecra, come contraria alla volontà di Cristo, qualsiasi discriminazione tra gli uomini e persecuzione perpetrata per motivi di razza e di colore, di condizione sociale o di religione. E quindi il sacro Concilio, seguendo le tracce dei santi apostoli Pietro e Paolo, ardentemente scongiura i cristiani che, « mantenendo tra le genti una condotta impeccabile » (1 Pt 2,12), se è possibile, per quanto da loro dipende, stiano in pace con tutti gli uomini (14), affinché siano realmente figli del Padre che è nei cieli (15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutte e singole le cose stabilite in questo Decreto, sono piaciute ai Padri del Sacro Concilio. E Noi, in virtù della potestà Apostolica conferitaci da Cristo, unitamente ai Venerabili Padri, nello Spirito Santo le approviamo, le decretiamo e le stabiliamo; e quanto stato così sinodalmente deciso, comandiamo che sia promulgato a gloria di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, presso San Pietro, 28 ottobre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Io PAOLO Vescovo della Chiesa Cattolica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seguono le firme dei Padri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SOSPENSIONE DELLA LEGGE PER I DECRETI PROMULGATI NELLA SESSIONE VII"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Beatissimo Padre ha stabilito la dilazione della legge, quanto alle nuove leggi che sono contenute nei decreti ora promulgati, fino al 29 giugno 1966, cioè fino alla festa dei Ss. Apostoli Pietro e Paolo dell’anno prossimo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nel frattempo il Sommo Pontefice emanerà le norme per l’applicazione di dette leggi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† PERICLES FELICI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Arcivescovo tit. di Samosata Segretario Generale del SS. Concilio"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Firme dei Padri"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Io PAOLO Vescovo della Chiesa Cattolica"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Panisperna Presbyter Cardinalis GAGGIANO, Archiepiscopus Bonaërensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PETRUS titulo S. Laurentii in Lucina Presbyter Cardinalis CIRIACI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Mariae de Victoria Presbyter Cardinalis SIRI, Archiepiscopus Ianuensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo S. Mariae in Transpontina Presbyter Cardinalis LERCARO, Archiepiscopus Bononiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS titulo S. Mariae Trans Tiberim Presbyter Cardinalis WYSZYNSKI, Archiepiscopus Gnesnensis et Varsaviensis, Primas Poloniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENIAMINUS titulo S. Vitalis Presbyter Cardinalis DE ARRIBA Y CASTRO, Archiepiscopus Tarraconensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Augustini Presbyter Cardinalis QUIROGA Y PALACIOS, Archiepiscopus Compostellanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS AEMILIUS titulo S. Mariae Angelorum in Thermis Presbyter Cardinalis LEGER, Archiepiscopus Marianopolitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego VALERIANUS titulo S. Mariae in Via Lata Presbyter Cardinalis GRACIAS, Archiepiscopus Bombayensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Honuphrii in Ianiculo Presbyter Cardinalis GARIBI Y RIVERA, Archiepiscopus Guadalajarensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS MARIA titulo S Chrysogoni Presbyter Cardinalis BARBIERI, Archiepiscopus Montisvidei."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS titulo S. Agnetis extra moenia Presbyter Cardinalis CONFALONIERI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo Ss. Quirici et Iulittae Presbyter Cardinalis RICHAUD, Archiepiscopus Burdigalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS M. titulo Ss. Viti, Modesti et Crescentiae Presbyter Cardinalis BUENO Y MONREAL, Archiepiscopus Hispalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo S. Eusebii Presbyter Cardinalis KÖNIG, Archiepiscopus Vindobonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Athanasii Presbyter Cardinalis SLIPYI, Archiepiscopus Maior Ucrainorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS titulo S. Leonis I Presbyter Cardinalis JAEGER, Archiepiscopus Paderbornensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Crucis in via Flaminia Presbyter Cardinalis BERAN, Archiepiscopus Pragensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo D.nae N.ae de SS. Sacramento et Martyrum Canadensium Presbyter Cardinalis ROY, Archiepiscopus Quebecensis, Primas Canadiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Teresiae Presbyter Cardinalis MARTIN, Archiepiscopus Rothomagensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AUDOËNUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis MCCANN, Archiepiscopus Civitatis Capitis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO STEPHANUS titulo S. Balbinae Presbyter Cardinalis DUVAL, Archiepiscopus Algeriensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERMENEGILDUS titulo Reginae Apostolorum Presbyter Cardinalis FLORIT, Archiepiscopus Florentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Petri et Pauli in Via Ostiensi Presbyter Cardinalis ŠEPER, Archiepiscopus Zagrabiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Silvestri in Capite Presbyter Cardinalis HEENAN, Archiepiscopus Vestmonasteriensis, Primas Angliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo Ssmae Trinitatis in Monte Pincio Presbyter Cardinalis VILLOT, Archiepiscopus Lugdunensis et Viennensis, Primas Galliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo S. Camilli de Lellis ad Hortos Sallustianos Presbyter Cardinalis ZOUNGRANA, Archiepiscopus Uagaduguensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS I. titulo S. Clementis Presbyter Cardinalis SHEHAN, Archiepiscopus Baltimorensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HENRICUS titulo S. Agathae in Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DANTE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAESAR titulo D.nae N.ae a Sacro Corde in Circo Agonali Presbyter Cardinalis ZERBA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AGNELLUS titulo Praecelsae Dei Matris Presbyter Cardinalis ROSSI, Archiepiscopus S. Pauli in Brasilia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Martini in Montibus Presbyter Cardinalis COLOMBO, Archiepiscopus Mediolanensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS titulo S. Patricii ad Villam Ludovisi Presbyter Cardinalis CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, totius Hiberniae Primas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUMBERTUS MALCHIODI, Archiepiscopus Episcopus Placentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis † Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius † Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Cf. At 17,26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cf. Sap 8,1; At 14,17; Rm 2,6-7; 1 Tm 2,4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Cf. Ap 21,23-24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Cf. 2 Cor 5,18-19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cf. S. GREGORIO VII, Epist., III, 21, ad Anazir (Al-Nãþir), regem Mauritaniae, ed. E. CASPAR in MGH, Ep. sel. II, 1920, I, p. 288, 11-15; PL 148, 451A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cf. Gal 3,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cf. Rm 11,17-24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cf. Ef 2,14-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Cf. Lc 19,44."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cf. Rm 11,28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Cf. Rm 11,28-29; CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium: AAS 57 (1965), p. 20 [pag. 151ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cf. Is 66,23; Sal 64,4; Rm 11,11-32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Cf. Gv 19,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Cf. Rm 12,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Cf. Mt 5,45."
            }
          ]
        },
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651028_nostra-aetate_lt.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-77-vat-ii_decl_19651028_nostra-aetate_lt.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAULUS EPISCOPUS SERVUS SERVORUM DEI UNA CUM SACROSANCTI CONCILII PATRIBUS AD PERPETUAM REI MEMORIAM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECLARATIO DE ECCLESIAE HABITUDINE AD RELIGIONES NON-CHRISTIANAS NOSTRA AETATE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nostra aetate, in qua genus humanum in dies arctius unitur et necessitudines inter varios populos augentur, Ecclesia attentius considerat quae sit sua habitudo ad religiones non-christianas. In suo munere unitatem et caritatem inter homines, immo et inter gentes, fovendi ea imprimis hic considerat quae hominibus sunt communia et ad mutuum consortium ducunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Una enim communitas sunt omnes gentes, unam habent originem, cum Deus omne genus hominum inhabitare fecerit super universam faciem terrae (1), unum etiam habent finem ultimum, Deum, cuius providentia ac bonitatis testimonium et consilia salutis ad omnes se extendunt (2), donec uniantur electi in Civitate Sancta, quam claritas Dei illuminabit, ubi gentes ambulabunt in lumine eius (3)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Homines a variis religionibus responsum exspectant de reconditis condicionis humanae aenigmatibus, quae sicut olim et hodie corda hominum intime commovent: quid sit homo, quis sensus et finis vitae nostrae, quid bonum et quid peccatum, quem ortum habeant dolores et quem finem, quae sit via ad veram felicitatem obtinendam, quid mors, iudicium et retributio post mortem, quid demum illud ultimum et ineffabile mysterium quod nostram existentiam amplectitur, ex quo ortum sumimus et quo tendimus."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Iam ab antiquo usque ad tempus hodiernum apud diversas gentes invenitur quaedam perceptio illius arcanae virtutis, quae cursui rerum et eventibus vitae humanae praesens est, immo aliquando agnitio Summi Numinis vel etiam Patris. Quae perceptio atque agnitio vitam earum intimo sensu religioso penetrant. Religiones vero cum progressu culturae connexae subtilioribus notionibus et lingua magis exculta ad easdem quaestiones respondere satagunt. Ita in Hinduismo homines mysterium divinum scrutantur et exprimunt inexhausta fecunditate mythorum et acutis conatibus philosophiae, atque liberationem quaerunt ab angustiis nostrae condicionis vel per formas vitae asceticae vel per profundam meditationem vel per refugium ad Deum cum amore et confidentia. In Buddhismo secundum varias eius formas radicalis insufficientia mundi huius mutabilis agnoscitur et via docetur qua homines, animo devoto et confidente, sive statum perfectae liberationis acquirere, sive, vel propriis conatibus vel superiore auxilio innixi, ad summam illuminationem pertingere valeant. Sic ceterae quoque religiones, quae per totum mundum inveniuntur, inquietudini cordis hominum variis modis occurrere nituntur proponendo vias, doctrinas scilicet ac praecepta vitae, necnon ritus sacros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia catholica nihil eorum, quae in his religionibus vera et sancta sunt, reicit. Sincera cum observantia considerat illos modos agendi et vivendi, illa praecepta et doctrinas, quae, quamvis ab iis quae ipsa tenet et proponit in multis discrepent, haud raro referunt tamen radium illius Veritatis, quae illuminat omnes homines. Annuntiat vero et annuntiare tenetur indesinenter Christum, qui est \"via et veritas et vita\" (Io 14,6), in quo homines plenitudinem vitae religiosae inveniunt, in quo Deus omnia Sibi reconciliavit (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Filios suos igitur hortatur, ut cum prudentia et caritate per colloquia et collaborationem cum asseclis aliarum religionum, fidem et vitam christianam testantes, illa bona spiritualia et moralia necnon illos valores socio-culturales, quae apud eos inveniuntur, agnoscant, servent et promoveant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia cum aestimatione quoque Muslimos respicit qui unicum Deum adorant, viventem et subsistentem, misericordem et omnipotentem, Creatorem caeli et terrae (5), homines allocutum, cuius occultis etiam decretis toto animo se submittere student, sicut Deo se submisit Abraham ad quem fides islamica libenter sese refert. Iesum, quem quidem ut Deum non agnoscunt, ut prophetam tamen venerantur, matremque eius virginalem honorant Mariam et aliquando eam devote etiam invocant. Diem insuper iudicii expectant cum Deus omnes homines resuscitatos remunerabit. Exinde vitam moralem aestimant et Deum maxime in oratione, eleemosynis et ieiunio colunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quodsi in decursu saeculorum inter Christianos et Muslimos non paucae dissensiones et inimicitiae exortae sint, Sacrosancta Synodus omnes exhortatur, ut, praeterita obliviscentes, se ad comprehensionem mutuam sincere exerceant et pro omnibus hominibus iustitiam socialem, bona moralia necnon pacem et libertatem communiter tueantur et promoveant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mysterium Ecclesiae perscrutans, Sacra haec Synodus meminit vinculi, quo populus Novi Testamenti cum stirpe Abrahae spiritualiter coniunctus est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia enim Christi agnoscit fidei et electionis suae initia iam apud Patriarchas, Moysen et Prophetas, iuxta salutare Dei mysterium, inveniri. Confitetur omnes Christifideles, Abrahae filios secundum fidem (6), in eiusdem Patriarchae vocatione includi et salutem Ecclesiae in populi electi exitu de terra servitutis mystice praesignari. Quare nequit Ecclesia oblivisci se per populum illum, quocum Deus ex ineffabili misericordia sua Antiquum Foedus inire dignatus est, Revelationem Veteris Testamenti accepisse et nutriri radice bonae olivae, in quam inserti sunt rami oleastri Genti (7). Credit enim Ecclesia Christum, Pacem nostram, per crucem Iudaeos et Gentes reconciliasse et utraque in Semetipso fecisse unum (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Semper quoque prae oculis habet Ecclesia verba Apostoli Pauli de cognatis eius, \"quorum adoptio est filiorum et gloria et testamentum et legislatio et obsequium et promissa, quorum patres et ex quibus est Christus secundum carnem\" (Rom 9,4-5), filius Mariae Virginis. Recordatur etiam ex populo iudaico natos esse Apostolos, Ecclesiae fundamenta et columnas, atque plurimos illos primos discipulos, qui Evangelium Christi mundo annuntiaverunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Teste Sacra Scriptura, Ierusalem tempus visitationis suae non cognovit (9), atque Iudaei magna parte Evangelium non acceperunt, immo non pauci diffusioni eius se opposuerunt (10). Nihilominus, secundum Apostolum, Iudaei Deo, cuius dona et vocatio sine paenitentia sunt, adhuc carissimi manent propter Patres (11). Una cum Prophetis eodemque Apostolo Ecclesia diem Deo soli notum expectat, quo populi omnes una voce Dominum invocabunt et \"servient ei umero uno\" (Soph 3,9) (12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum igitur adeo magnum sit patrimonium spirituale Christianis et Iudaeis commune, Sacra haec Synodus mutuam utriusque cognitionem et aestimationem, quae praesertim studiis biblicis et theologicis atque fraternis colloquiis obtinetur, fovere vult et commendare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Etsi auctoritates Iudaeorum cum suis asseclis mortem Christi urserunt (13), tamen ea quae in passione Eius perpetrata sunt nec omnibus indistincte Iudaeis tunc viventibus, nec Iudaeis hodiernis imputari possunt. Licet autem Ecclesia sit novus populus Dei, Iudaei tamen neque ut a Deo reprobati neque ut maledicti exhibeantur, quasi hoc ex Sacris Litteris sequatur. Ideo curent omnes ne in catechesi et in verbi Dei praedicatione habenda quidquam doceant, quod cum veritate evangelica et spiritu Christi non congruat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeterea, Ecclesia, quae omnes persecutiones in quosvis homines reprobat, memor communis cum Iudaeis patrimonii, nec rationibus politicis sed religiosa caritate evangelica impulsa, odia, persecutiones, antisemitismi manifestationes, quovis tempore et a quibusvis in Iudaeos habita, deplorat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ceterum Christus, uti semper tenuit et tenet Ecclesia, propter peccata omnium hominum voluntarie passionem suam et mortem immensa caritate obiit, ut omnes salutem consequantur. Ecclesiae praedicantis ergo est annuntiare crucem Christi tamquam signum universalis Dei amoris et fontem omnis gratiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nequimus vero Deum omnium Patrem invocare, si erga quosdam homines, ad imaginem Dei creatos, fraterne nos gerere renuimus. Habitudo hominis ad Deum Patrem et habitudo hominis ad homines fratres adeo connectuntur, ut Scriptura dicat: \"qui non diligit, non novit Deum\" (1 Io 4,8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fundamentum ergo tollitur omni theoriae vel praxi quae inter hominem et hominem, inter gentem et gentem, discrimen quoad humanam dignitatem et iura exinde dimanantia inducit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia igitur quamvis hominum discriminationem aut vexationem stirpis vel coloris, condicionis vel religionis causa factam tamquam a Christi mente alienam, reprobat. Proinde, Christifideles Sacra Synodus, vestigia Sanctorum Apostolorum Petri et Pauli premens, ardenter obsecrat ut \"conversationem... inter gentes habentes bonam\" (1 Pt 2,12), si fieri potest, quod in eis est cum omnibus hominibus pacem habeant (14), ita ut vere sint filii Patris qui in caelis est (15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec omnia et singula quae in hac Declaratione edicta sunt, placuerunt Sacrosancti Concilii Patribus. Et Nos, Apostolica a Christo Nobis tradita potestate, illa, una cum Venerabilibus Patribus, in Spiritu Sancto approbamus, decernimus ac statuimus et quae ita synodaliter statuta sunt ad Dei gloriam promulgari iubemus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Romae, apud S. Petrum die XXVIII mensis octobris anno MCMLXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS Catholicae Ecclesiae Episcopus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur Patrum subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VACATIO LEGIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRO DECRETIS PROMULGATIS IN SESSIONE VII"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Beatissimus Pater pro novis legibus, quae in modo promulgatis decretis continentur, statuit vacationem usque ad diem vigesimam nonam mensis iunii anni MCMLXVI, nempe usque ad festum Ss. Apostolorum Petri et Pauli proximi anni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Interea Summus Pontifex normas edet ad praedictas leges exsequendas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† PERICLES FELICI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Patrum subsignationes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EUGENIUS Episcopus Ostiensis ac Portuensis et S. Rufinae Cardinalis TISSERANT, Sacri Collegii Decanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus Albanensis Cardinalis PIZZARDO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENEDICTUS Episcopus Praenestinus Cardinalis Aloisi MASELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS Episcopus tit. Veliternus Cardinalis CENTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HAMLETUS IOANNES Episcopus tit. Tusculanus Cardinalis CICOGNANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus tit. Sabinensis et Mandelensis Cardinalis FERRETTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS GABRIEL Cardinalis TAPPOUNI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Syrorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAXIMUS IV Cardinalis SAIGH, Patriarcha Antiochenus Melkitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS PETRUS Cardinalis MEOUCHI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Maronitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS I Cardinalis SIDAROUSS, Patriarcha Alexandrinus Coptorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EMMANUEL titulo Ss. Marcellini et Petri Presbyter Cardinalis GONÇALVES CEREJEIRA, Patriarcha Lisbonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ACHILLES titulo S. Sixti Presbyter Cardinalis LIÉNART, Episcopus Insulensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IACOBUS ALOISIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Damaso Presbyter Cardinalis COPELLO, S. R. E. Cancellarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GREGORIUS PETRUS titulo S. Bartholomaei in Insula Presbyter Cardinalis AGAGIANIAN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego NORMANNUS THOMAS titulo Ss. Quattuor Coronatorum Presbyter Cardinalis GILROY, Archiepiscopus Sydneyensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Ioannis et Pauli Presbyter Cardinalis SPELLMAN, Archiepiscopus Neo-Eboracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo Ss. Bonifacii et Alexii Presbyter Cardinalis DE BARROS CÂMARA, Archiepiscopus S. Sebastiani Fluminis Ianuarii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis ante Portam Latinam Presbyter Cardinalis FRINGS, Archiepiscopus Coloniensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS titulo S. Sabinae Presbyter Cardinalis RUFFINI, Archiepiscopus Panormitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IULIUS titulo S. Mariae Scalaris Presbyter Cardinalis DÖPFNER, Archiepiscopus Monacensis et Frisingensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Andreae Apostoli de Hortis Presbyter Cardinalis MARELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUSTAVUS titulo S. Hieronymi Illyricorum Presbyter Cardinalis TESTA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Andreae de Valle Presbyter Cardinalis TRAGLIA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PETRUS TATSUO titulo S. Antonii Patavini de Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DOI, Archiepiscopus Tokiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis Baptistae Florentinorum Presbyter Cardinalis LEFEBVRE, Archiepiscopus Bituricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BERNARDUS titulo S. Ioachimi Presbyter Cardinalis ALFRINK, Archiepiscopus Ultraiectensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RUFINUS I. titulo S. Mariae ad Montes Presbyter Cardinalis SANTOS, Archiepiscopus Manilensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAUREANUS titulo S. Francisci Assisiensis ad Ripam Maiorem Presbyter Cardinalis RUGAMBWA, Episcopus Bukobaënsis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS tituli Ssmi Redemptoris et S. Alfonsi in Exquiliis Presbyter Cardinalis RITTER, Archiepiscopus S. Ludovici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS HUMBERTUS titulo Ss. Andreae et Gregorii ad Clivum Scauri Presbyter Cardinalis QUINTERO, Archiepiscopus Caracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Priscae Presbyter Cardinalis DA COSTA NUNES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego HILDEBRANDUS titulo S. Sebastiani ad Catacumbas Presbyter Cardinalis ANTONIUTTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego EPHRAEM titulo S. Crucis in Hierusalem Presbyter Cardinalis FORNI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Mariae de Aracoeli Presbyter Cardinalis LANDAZURI RICKETTS, Archiepiscopus Limanus, Primas Peruviae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RADULFUS titulo S. Bernardi ad Thermas Presbyter Cardinalis SILVA HENRIQUEZ, Archiepiscopus S. Iacobi in Chile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO IOSEPHUS titulo S. Petri ad Vincula Presbyter Cardinalis SUENENS, Archiepiscopus Mechliniensis-Bruxellensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANGELUS titulo Sacri Cordis Beatae Mariae Virginis ad forum Euclidis Presbyter Cardinalis HERRERA, Episcopus Malacitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALAPHRIDUS S. Mariae in Domnica Protodiaconus Cardinalis OTTAVIANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS S. Mariae in Cosmedin Diaconus Cardinalis ROBERTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ARCADIUS SS. Blasii et Caroli ad Catinarios Diaconus Cardinalis LARRAONA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS SS. Cosmae et Damiani Diaconus Cardinalis MORANO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUILLELMUS THEODORUS S. Theodori in Palatio Diaconus Cardinalis HEARD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego AUGUSTINUS S. Sabae Diaconus Cardinalis BEA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRATER MICHAEL S. Pauli Apostoli in Arenula Diaconus Cardinalis BROWNE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOACHIM ANSELMUS S. Apollinaris Diaconus Cardinalis ALBAREDA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRIDERICUS S. Ioannis Bosco in via Tusculana Diaconus Cardinalis CALLORI DI VIGNALE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS S. Michaëlis Archangeli Diaconus Cardinalis CARDIJN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS S. Mariae in Porticu Diaconus Cardinalis JOURNET."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALBERTUS GORI, Patriarcha Hierosolymitanus Latinorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS PETRUS XVI BATANIAN, Patriarcha Ciliciae Armenorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS VIEIRA ALVERNAZ, Patriarcha Indiarum Orientalium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES CAROLUS MCQUAID, Archiepiscopus Dublinensis, Primas Hiberniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS ROHRACHER, Archiepiscopus Salisburgensis, Primas Germaniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego DEMETRIUS MOSCATO, Archiepiscopus Primas Salernitanus et Administrator Perpetuus Acernensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUGO CAMOZZO, Archiepiscopus Pisanus et Primas Sardiniae et Corsicae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALEXANDER TOKI , Archiepiscopus Antibarensis, Primas Serbiae"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Cfr. Act. 17, 26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cfr. Sap. 8,1; Act. 14,17; Rom. 2,6-7; 1 Tim. 2, 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Cfr. Apoc. 21,23-24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Cfr. 2 Cor. 5,18-19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cfr. S. Gregorios VII., Epist. III, 21 ad Anazir (Al-Nãşir), regem Mauritaniae, ed. E. Caspar in MGH, Ep. Sel. II (1920) I, p. 288, 11-15; PL 148, 451 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cfr. Gal. 3,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cfr. Rom. 11,17-24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cfr. Eph. 2,14-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Cfr. Lc. 19,44."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cfr. Rom 11,28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Cfr. Rom. 11,28-29; Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen Gentium: A.A.S. 57 (1965) p. 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cfr. Is. 66,23; Ps. 65,4; Rom. 11,11-32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Cfr. Io. 19,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Cf. Rom 12,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Cf. Mt 5,45."
            }
          ]
        },
        "pt": {
          "code": "pt",
          "label": "Português",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decl_19651028_nostra-aetate_po.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-79-vat-ii_decl_19651028_nostra-aetate_po.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECLARAÇÃO NOSTRA AETATE SOBRE A IGREJA E AS RELIGIÕES NÃO-CRISTÃS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Laços comuns da humanidade e inquietação religiosa do homem; a resposta das diversas religiões não-cristãs e sua relação com a Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoje, que o género humano se torna cada vez mais unido, e aumentam as relações entre os vários povos, a Igreja considera mais atentamente qual a sua relação com as religiões não-cristãs. E, na sua função de fomentar a união e a caridade entre os homens e até entre os povos, considera primeiramente tudo aquilo que os homens têm de comum e os leva à convivência."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Com efeito, os homens constituem todos uma só comunidade; todos têm a mesma origem, pois foi Deus quem fez habitar em toda a terra o inteiro género humano (1); têm também todos um só fim último, Deus, que a todos estende a sua providência, seus testemunhos de bondade e seus desígnios de salvação (2) até que os eleitos se reunam na cidade santa, iluminada pela glória de Deus e onde todos os povos caminharão na sua luz (3). Os homens esperam das diversas religiões resposta para os enigmas da condição humana, os quais, hoje como ontem, profundamente preocupam seus corações: que é o homem? qual o sentido e a finalidade da vida? que é o pecado? donde provém o sofrimento, e para que serve? qual o caminho para alcançar a felicidade verdadeira? que é a morte, o juízo e a retribuição depois da morte? finalmente, que mistério último e inefável envolve a nossa existência, do qual vimos e para onde vamos?"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hinduísmo e Budismo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Desde os tempos mais remotos até aos nossos dias, encontra-se nos diversos povos certa percepção daquela força oculta presente no curso das coisas e acontecimentos humanos; encontra-se por vezes até o conhecimento da divindade suprema ou mesmo de Deus Pai. Percepção e conhecimento esses que penetram as suas vidas de profundo sentido religioso. Por sua vez, as religiões ligadas ao progresso da cultura, procuram responder às mesmas questões com noções mais apuradas e uma linguagem mais elaborada. Assim, no hinduísmo, os homens perscrutam o mistério divino e exprimem-no com a fecundidade inexaurível dos mitos e os esforços da penetração filosófica, buscando a libertação das angústias da nossa condição quer por meio de certas formas de ascetismo, quer por uma profunda meditação, quer, finalmente, pelo refúgio amoroso e confiante em Deus. No budismo, segundo as suas várias formas, reconhece-se a radical insuficiência deste mundo mutável, e propõe-se o caminho pelo qual os homens, com espírito devoto e confiante, possam alcançar o estado de libertação perfeita ou atingir, pelos próprios esforços ou ajudados do alto a suprema iluminação. De igual modo, as outras religiões que existem no mundo procuram de vários modos ir ao encontro das inquietações do coração humano, propondo caminhos, isto é, doutrinas e normas de vida e também ritos sagrados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja católica nada rejeita do que nessas religiões existe de verdadeiro e santo. Olha com sincero respeito esses modos de agir e viver, esses preceitos e doutrinas que, embora se afastem em muitos pontos daqueles que ela própria segue e propõe, todavia, reflectem não raramente um raio da verdade que ilumina todos os homens. No entanto, ela anuncia, e tem mesmo obrigação de anunciar incessantemente Cristo, «caminho, verdade e vida» (Jo. 14,6), em quem os homens encontram a plenitude da vida religiosa e no qual Deus reconciliou consigo todas as coisas (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exorta, por isso, os seus filhos a que, com prudência e caridade, pelo diálogo e colaboração com os sequazes doutras religiões, dando testemunho da vida e fé cristãs, reconheçam, conservem e promovam os bens espirituais e morais e os valores sócio culturais que entre eles se encontram."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A religião do Islão"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja olha também com estima para os muçulmanos. Adoram eles o Deus Único, vivo e subsistente, misericordioso e omnipotente, criador do céu e da terra (5), que falou aos homens e a cujos decretos, mesmo ocultos, procuram submeter-se de todo o coração, como a Deus se submeteu Abraão, que a fé islâmica de bom grado evoca. Embora sem o reconhecerem como Deus, veneram Jesus como profeta, e honram Maria, sua mãe virginal, à qual por vezes invocam devotamente. Esperam pelo dia do juízo, no qual Deus remunerará todos os homens, uma vez ressuscitados. Têm, por isso, em apreço a vida moral e prestam culto a Deus, sobretudo com a oração, a esmola e o jejum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E se é verdade que, no decurso dos séculos, surgiram entre cristãos e muçulmanos não poucas discórdias e ódios, este sagrado Concílio exorta todos a que, esquecendo o passado, sinceramente se exercitem na compreensão mútua e juntos defendam e promovam a justiça social, os bens morais e a paz e liberdade para todos os homens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A religião judaica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sondando o mistério da Igreja, este sagrado Concílio recorda o vínculo com que o povo do Novo Testamento está espiritualmente ligado à descendência de Abraão."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Com efeito, a Igreja de Cristo reconhece que os primórdios da sua fé e eleição já se encontram, segundo o mistério divino da salvação, nos patriarcas, em Moisés e nos profetas. Professa que todos os cristãos, filhos de Abraão segundo a fé (6), estão incluídos na vocação deste patriarca e que a salvação da Igreja foi misticamente prefigurada no êxodo do povo escolhido da terra da escravidão. A Igreja não pode, por isso, esquecer que foi por meio desse povo, com o qual Deus se dignou, na sua inefável misericórdia, estabelecer a antiga Aliança, que ela recebeu a revelação do Antigo Testamento e se alimenta da raiz da oliveira mansa, na qual foram enxertados os ramos da oliveira brava, os gentios (7). Com efeito, a Igreja acredita que Cristo, nossa paz, reconciliou pela cruz os judeus e os gentios, de ambos fazendo um só, em Si mesmo (8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Também tem sempre diante dos olhos as palavras do Apóstolo Paulo a respeito dos seus compatriotas: «deles é a adopção filial e a glória, a aliança e a legislação, o culto e as promessas; deles os patriarcas, e deles nasceu, segundo a carne, Cristo» (Rom. 9, 4-5), filho da Virgem Maria. Recorda ainda a Igreja que os Apóstolos, fundamentos e colunas da Igreja, nasceram do povo judaico, bem como muitos daqueles primeiros discípulos, que anunciaram ao mundo o Evangelho de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Segundo o testemunho da Sagrada Escritura, Jerusalém não conheceu o tempo em que foi visitada (9); e os judeus, em grande parte, não receberam o Evangelho; antes, não poucos se opuseram à sua difusão (10). No entanto, segundo o Apóstolo, os judeus continuam ainda, por causa dos patriarcas, a ser muito amados de Deus, cujos dons e vocação não conhecem arrependimento (11). Com os profetas e o mesmo Apóstolo, a Igreja espera por aquele dia. só de Deus conhecido, em que todos os povos invocarão a Deus com uma só voz e «o servirão debaixo dum mesmo jugo» (Sof. 3,9) (12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sendo assim tão grande o património espiritual comum aos cristãos e aos judeus, este sagrado Concílio quer fomentar e recomendar entre eles o mútuo conhecimento e estima, os quais se alcançarão sobretudo por meio dos estudos bíblicos e teológicos e com os diálogos fraternos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainda que as autoridades dos judeus e os seus sequazes urgiram a condenação de Cristo à morte (13) não se pode, todavia, imputar indistintamente a todos os judeus que então viviam, nem aos judeus do nosso tempo, o que na Sua paixão se perpetrou. E embora a Igreja seja o novo Povo de Deus, nem por isso os judeus devem ser apresentados como reprovados por Deus e malditos, como se tal coisa se concluísse da Sagrada Escritura. Procurem todos, por isso, evitar que, tanto na catequese como na pregação da palavra de Deus, se ensine seja o que for que não esteja conforme com a verdade evangélica e com o espírito de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, a Igreja, que reprova quaisquer perseguições contra quaisquer homens, lembrada do seu comum património com os judeus, e levada não por razões políticas mas pela religiosa. caridade evangélica. deplora todos os ódios, perseguições e manifestações de anti-semitismo, seja qual for o tempo em que isso sucedeu e seja quem for a pessoa que isso promoveu contra os judeus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De resto, como a Igreja sempre ensinou e ensina, Cristo sofreu, voluntariamente e com imenso amor, a Sua paixão e morte, pelos pecados de todos os homens, para que todos alcancem a salvação. O dever da Igreja, ao pregar, é portanto, anunciar a cruz de Cristo como sinal do amor universal de Deus e como fonte de toda a graça."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A fraternidade universal e a reprovação de toda a discriminação racial ou religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Não podemos, porém, invocar Deus como Pai comum de todos, se nos recusamos a tratar como irmãos alguns homens, criados à Sua imagem. De tal maneira estão ligadas a relação do homem a Deus Pai e a sua relação aos outros homens seus irmãos, que a Escritura afirma: «quem não ama, não conhece a Deus» (1 Jo. 4,8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Carece, portanto, de fundamento toda a teoria ou modo de proceder que introduza entre homem e homem ou entre povo e povo qualquer discriminação quanto à dignidade humana e aos direitos que dela derivam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja reprova, por isso, como contrária ao espírito de Cristo, toda e qualquer discriminação ou violência praticada por motivos de raça ou cor, condição ou religião. Consequentemente, o sagrado Concílio, seguindo os exemplos dos santos Apóstolos Pedro e Paulo, pede ardentemente aos cristãos que, «observando uma boa conduta no meio dos homens. (1 Ped. 2,12), se ‚ possível, tenham paz com todos os homens (14), quanto deles depende, de modo que sejam na verdade filhos do Pai que está nos céus (15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, 28 de Outubro de 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAPA PAULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 17,26."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Sab. 8,1; Act. 14,17; Rom. 2, 6-7;1 Tim. 2,4."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Apoc. 21, 23-24"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 5, 18-19."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Gregório VII, Carta III, 21 a Anazir (Al-Názir), Rei da Mauritânia: ed. E. Gaspar, em MGH, Ep. sel. II, 1820, I; p. 288, 11-15; PL 148, 451 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Gál. 3,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 11, 17-24."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 2, 14-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Lc. 19,44."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 11,28."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 11, 28-29; Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia., Lumen gentium: AAS 57, (1965), p. 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Is. 66,23; Salm. 65,4; Rom. 11, 11-32."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 19,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 12,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 5,45."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "optatam-totius",
      "council": 21,
      "title": "Optatam totius",
      "type": "Decree",
      "date": "1965-10-28",
      "languages": {
        "de": {
          "code": "de",
          "label": "Deutsch",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_optatam-totius_ge.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-147-vat-ii_decree_19651028_optatam-totius_ge.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DEKRET OPTATAM TOTIUS ÜBER DIE AUSBILDUNG DER PRIESTER"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die erstrebte Erneuerung der gesamten Kirche hängt zum großen Teil vom priesterlichen Dienst ab (1), der vom Geist Christi belebt ist; dessen ist sich die Heilige Synode voll bewußt. Deshalb unterstreicht sie die entscheidende Bedeutung der priesterlichen Ausbildung und weist einige grundlegende Leitsätze auf; durch sie sollen die schon durch Jahrhunderte praktisch bewährten Gesetze bestätigt und Neuerungen in sie eingeführt werden, die den Konstitutionen und Dekreten dieses Heiligen Konzils wie auch den veränderten Zeitumständen entsprechen. Da eine solche Priesterausbildung wegen der Einheit des katholischen Priestertums für alle Priester des Welt- und Ordensklerus und aller Riten notwendig ist, sind diese Vorschriften, die unmittelbar den Diözesanklerus betreffen, mit entsprechender Anpassung auf alle anzuwenden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Die Neuordnung der Priesterausbildung in den einzelnen Völkern"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei der großen Verschiedenheit der Völker und Gebiete können nur allgemeine Gesetze aufgestellt werden. Darum soll für die einzelnen Völker und Riten eine eigene \" Ordnung der Priesterausbildung\" eingeführt werden. Sie ist von den Bischofskonferenzen aufzustellen (2), von Zeit zu Zeit zu revidieren und vom Apostolischen Stuhl zu approbieren. In ihr sollen die allgemeinen Gesetze den besonderen örtlichen und zeitlichen Verhältnissen so angepaßt werden, daß die Priesterausbildung immer den pastoralen Erfordernissen der Länder entspricht, in denen die Priester ihren Dienst auszuüben haben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Die stärkere Förderung der Priesterberufe"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Berufe zu fördern (3) ist Aufgabe der gesamten christlichen Gemeinde. Sie erfüllt sie vor allem durch ein wirklich christliches Leben. Den wichtigsten Beitrag dazu leisten einmal die Familien; durchdrungen vom Geist des Glaubens, der Liebe und der Frömmigkeit werden sie gleichsam zum ersten Seminar; zum anderen die Pfarrgemeinden, an deren blühendem Leben die Jugendlichen selbst teilnehmen. Die Lehrer und alle, die mit der Erziehung von Kindern und Jugendlichen in irgendeiner Weise betraut sind - besonders die katholischen Verbände -, sollen die ihnen anvertrauten jungen Menschen so zu erziehen suchen, daß sie den göttlichen Ruf wahrnehmen und ihm bereitwillig folgen können. Alle Priester sollen ihren apostolischen Eifer vor allem in der Förderung der Berufe zeigen. Sie sollen das Herz derjenigen Menschen durch ihr eigenes, bescheidenes, arbeitsames und von innerer Freude erfülltes Leben für das Priestertum gewinnen sowie durch die gegenseitige priesterliche Liebe und die brüderliche Gemeinschaft in der Arbeit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aufgabe der Bischöfe ist es, ihre Herde in der Förderung von Berufen anzueifern und für den Zusammenschluß aller Kräfte und Anstrengungen zu sorgen; auch sollen sie diejenigen, die nach ihrem Urteil zum Anteil des Herrn berufen sind, väterlich unterstützen, ohne dabei irgendein Opfer zu scheuen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieses tatkräftige Zusammenwirken des ganzen Gottesvolkes zur Förderung von Berufen ist die Antwort auf das Handeln der göttlichen Vorsehung; sie verleiht den Menschen, die von Gott zur Teilnahme am hierarchischen Priestertum Christi erwählt sind, die entsprechenden Gaben und unterstützt sie mit ihrer Gnade; zugleich überträgt sie den rechtmäßigen kirchlichen Amtsträgern die Aufgabe, die als geeignet erkannten Kandidaten, die in rechter Absicht und mit voller Freiheit ein so hohes Amt erstreben, zu prüfen, zu berufen und mit dem Siegel des Heiligen Geistes für den göttlichen Kult und den Dienst der Kirche zu weihen (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Heilige Synode empfiehlt vor allem die Mittel, die sich in der Sorge aller für die Priesterberufe schon immer bewährt haben: eifriges Gebet, christliche Buße und immer höhere Bildung der Christgläubigen in Predigt und Katechese wie auch durch die verschiedenen Mittel der öffentlichen Meinungsbildung. Sie sollen die Notwendigkeit, das Wesen und die Schönheit des Priesterberufes aufleuchten lassen. Ferner verordnet das Konzil, daß die Werke zur Förderung von Berufen, die nach einschlägigen päpstlichen Dokumenten auf diözesaner, regionaler und nationaler Ebene schon errichtet sind oder errichtet werden sollen, ihre ganze der Berufsförderung dienende pastorale Arbeit unter Verwertung aller von der heutigen Psychologie und Soziologie zur Verfügung gestellten geeigneten Hilfsmittel methodisch und systematisch planen und mit ebensovieI Eifer wie Diskretion durchführen sollen (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Werk der Berufsförderung soll großherzig die Grenzen der Diözesen, der Völker, der Ordensfamilien und der Riten überschreiten und mit dem Blick auf die Bedürfnisse der Gesamtkirche vor allem jenen Gegenden Hilfe bringen, in denen Arbeiter für den Weinberg des Herrn besonders dringend benötigt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In den Kleinen Seminarien, die zur Entfaltung keimender Berufe errichtet sind, sollen die Alumnen durch intensive religiöse Formung und vor allem durch geeignete geistliche Führung dazu angeleitet werden, Christus dem Erlöser mit großherzigem Sinn und reinem Herzen nachzufolgen. Unter der väterlichen Leitung der Oberen und durch entsprechende Mitarbeit der Eltern sollen sie ein Leben führen, wie es zu Alter, Sinnesart und Entwicklung der jungen Menschen paßt und mit den Grundsätzen einer gesunden Psychologie in Einklang steht. Eine hinreichende Lebenserfahrung und der Umgang mit der eigenen Familie dürfen nicht fehlen6. Daneben soll das, was im folgenden für die Priesterseminarien bestimmt wird, auch auf die Kleinen Seminarien angewandt werden, soweit es ihrer Aufgabe und ihrem Wesen entspricht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Unterricht der Alumnen soll so eingerichtet werden, daß sie ohne Schwierigkeiten anderweitig auf ihn aufbauen können, wenn sie einen anderen Lebensstand wählen sollten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit gleicher Sorge soll man sich darüber hinaus des keimenden Berufes der jungen Menschen in den besonderen Instituten annehmen, die in manchen Ländern auch den Zweck der Kleinen Seminarien erfüllen, desgleichen jener Jugendlichen, die in anderen Schulen oder sonstigen Ausbildungsstätten unterrichtet werden. Mit besonderer Liebe soll für Spätberufene durch geeignete Studienstätten und andere Initiativen gesorgt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Die Ordnung der Priesterseminare"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Priesterseminare sind zur priesterlichen Ausbildung notwendig. In ihnen muß die gesamte Ausbildung der Alumnen dahin zielen, daß sie nach dem Vorbild unseres Herrn Jesus Christus, des Lehrers, Priesters und Hirten, zu wahren Seelenhirten geformt werden (7); sie müssen also zum Dienst am Wort vorbereitet werden, daß sie das geoffenbarte Gotteswort immer besser verstehen, durch Meditation mit ihm vertraut werden und es in Wort und Leben darstellen; zum Dienst des Kultes und der Heiligung, daß sie in Gebet und im Vollzug der heiligen Liturgie das Heilswerk durch das eucharistische Opfer und die Sakramente vollziehen; zum Dienst des Hirten, daß sie den Menschen Christus darstellen können, der \"nicht kam, um sich bedienen zu lassen, sondern um zu dienen und sein Leben als Lösegeld für viele hinzugeben\" (Mk 10,45; vgl. Joh 13,12-17), und daß sie Diener aller werden und so viele gewinnen (vgl. 1 Kor 9,19). Daher müssen alle Bereiche der Ausbildung, der geistliche, intellektuelle und disziplinäre, harmonisch auf dieses pastorale Ziel hingeordnet werden; dieses Ziel zu erreichen, sollen alle Oberen und Professoren in treuem Gehorsam gegenüber der bischöflichen Autorität eifrig und einmütig bemüht sein."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da die Ausbildung der Alumnen wohl von sinnvollen Gesetzen, ganz besonders aber von geeigneten Erziehern abhängt, sollen Seminarobere und Professoren aus den besten Kräften ausgewählt werden (8). Sie müssen durch gediegene Studien, entsprechende pastorale Erfahrung und eine besondere geistliche und pädagogische Ausbildung sorgfältig vorbereitet sein. Zu diesem Zweck müssen geeignete Institute oder wenigstens gut geplante Kurse eingerichtet und regelmäßige Konferenzen der Seminaroberen abgehalten werden. Die Oberen und Professoren sollen immer daran denken, wie sehr der Bildungserfolg bei den Alumnen von der Art und Weise ihres Denkens und Handelns abhängt. Unter Leitung des Regens sollen sie eine enge Gemeinschaft in Gesinnung und Tat eingehen. Sie sollen untereinander und mit den Alumnen eine Familie bilden, die dem Gebet des Herrn \"Auf daß sie eins seien\" (vgl. Joh 17,11) entspricht und in den Alumnen die Freude am eigenen Beruf nährt. Der Bischof aber soll mit steter, liebevoller Sorge die am Seminar Tätigen ermuntern und auch den Alumnen selbst ein wahrer Vater in Christus sein. Alle Priester sollen das Seminar als das Herz der Diözese betrachten und ihm gern ihre eigene Hilfe zur Verfügung stellen (9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit wacher Sorge, dem Alter und der Entwicklungsstufe der einzelnen entsprechend, müssen die rechte Absicht und der freie Wille der Kandidaten, ihre geistliche, moralische und intellektuelle Eignung, die erforderliche physische und seelische Gesundheit geprüft werden; dabei müssen auch von der Familie eventuell ererbte Anlagen beachtet werden. Auch soll man sich über die Fähigkeit der Kandidaten, die Lasten des Priesteramtes zu tragen und die pastoralen Aufgaben zu erfüllen, ein Urteil bilden (10). Bei der Auslese und Prüfung der Kandidaten soll man mit der nötigen geistigen Festigkeit vorgehen, auch dann, wenn Priestermangel zu beklagen ist (11). Gott läßt es ja seiner Kirche nicht an Dienern fehlen, wenn man die fähigen auswählt, die nicht geeigneten aber rechtzeitig in väterlicher Weise anderen Berufen zuführt und ihnen dazu verhilft, daß sie sich im Bewußtsein ihrer christlichen Berufung mit Eifer dem Laienapostolat widmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wo die einzelnen Diözesen nicht in der Lage sind, ein eigenes Seminar entsprechend einzurichten, soll man gemeinsame Seminarien für mehrere Diözesen, für eine ganze Region oder Nation gründen und fördern, damit die gründliche Ausbildung der Alumnen, die hierin oberstes Gesetz sein muß, wirksamer gewährleistet wird. Die Leitung solcher regionaler oder nationaler Seminarien soll sich nach Statuten richten, die von den beteiligten Bischöfen (12) aufgestellt und vom Heiligen Stuhl approbiert sind. In Seminarien, in denen eine große Zahl von Alumnen zusammenlebt, soll man die Alumnen in passender Weise in kleinere Gruppen aufteilen, um so die Ausbildung der einzelnen persönlicher gestalten zu können; die Einheit der Leitung und wissenschaftlichen Ausbildung soll aber erhalten bleiben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV. Die Sorge um die gründlichere geistliche Formung"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die geistliche Formung soll mit der wissenschaftlichen und pastoralen Ausbildung eng verbunden sein. Unter Anleitung vor allem des Spirituals (13) sollen die Alumnen lernen, in inniger und steter Gemeinschaft mit dem Vater durch seinen Sohn Jesus Christus im Heiligen Geist zu leben. Durch die heilige Weihe werden sie einst Christus dem Priester gleichförmig; so sollen sie auch lernen, ihm wie Freunde in enger Gemeinschaft des ganzen Lebens verbunden zu sein (14). Sein Pascha-Mysterium sollen sie so darlegen, daß sie das Volk, das ihnen anvertraut wird, darin einzuführen vermögen. Sie sollen angeleitet werden, Christus zu suchen: in der gewissenhaften Meditation des Gotteswortes, in der aktiven Teilnahme an den heiligen Geheimnissen der Kirche, vor allem in der Eucharistie und im Stundengebet (15), im Bischof, der ihnen die Sendung gibt, und in den Menschen, zu denen sie gesandt werden, vor allem in den Armen, den Kindern und den Kranken, den Sündern und Ungläubigen. Die seligste Jungfrau Maria, die von Christus Jesus bei seinem Tod am Kreuz dem Jünger als Mutter gegeben wurde, sollen sie mit kindlichem Vertrauen lieben und verehren."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Frömmigkeitsformen, die durch den ehrwürdigen Brauch der Kirche empfohlen sind, sollen eifrig gefördert werden; man muß aber dafür sorgen, daß die geistliche Ausbildung sich nicht in ihnen erschöpfe und nicht einseitig das religiöse Gefühl anspreche. Vielmehr sollen die Alumnen lernen, nach dem Vorbild des Evangeliums zu leben, in Glaube, Hoffnung und Liebe stark zu werden, damit sie in der Übung dieser Tugenden die Gesinnung des Betens erwerben (16), Festigkeit und Sicherheit in ihrem Beruf finden, die übrigen Tugenden zur Reife bringen und im Eifer, alle Menschen für Christus zu gewinnen, wachsen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Geheimnis der Kirche, das von dieser Heiligen Synode besonders dargelegt wurde, soll sie so erfüllen, daß sie dem Stellvertreter Christi in demütiger und kindlicher Liebe ergeben sind und daß sie später als Priester ihrem eigenen Bischof als ergebene Mitarbeiter anhangen und in gemeinschaftlicher Arbeit mit ihren Mitbrüdern Zeugnis für jene Einheit geben, durch die die Menschen zu Christus hingezogen werden (17). Mit weitem Herzen sollen sie am Leben der ganzen Kirche teilzunehmen lernen, nach jenem Augustinuswort: \"In dem Maße, wie einer die Kirche Christi liebt, hat er den Heiligen Geist.\" (18) Die Alumnen müssen mit voller Klarheit verstehen, daß sie nicht zum Herrschen oder für Ehrenstellen bestimmt sind, sondern sich ganz dem Dienst Gottes und der Seelsorge widmen sollen. Mit besonderer Sorgfalt sollen sie im priesterlichen Gehorsam, in armer Lebensweise und im Geist der Selbstverleugnung erzogen werden (19), so daß sie sich daran gewöhnen, auch auf erlaubte, aber unnötige Dinge bereitwillig zu verzichten und dem gekreuzigten Christus ähnlich zu werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Alumnen sollen über die Lasten, die sie auf sich zu nehmen haben, aufgeklärt werden, ohne daß man ihnen irgendeine der Schwierigkeiten des Priesterlebens verschweigt, Sie sollen aber in ihrer zukünftigen Tätigkeit nicht fast ausschließlich eine Gefahrenquelle sehen, vielmehr soll man sie dazu anleiten, daß sie gerade aus ihrer pastoralen Tätigkeit für ihr geistliches Leben so viel Kraft wie möglich schöpfen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Alumnen, die gemäß den heiligen und festen Gesetzen ihres eigenen Ritus die verehrungswürdige Tradition des priesterlichen Zölibats auf sich nehmen, sollen mit großer Sorgfalt auf diesen Stand hin erzogen werden: sie verzichten darin um des Himmelreiches willen (vgl. Mt 19,12) auf die eheliche Gemeinschaft, hangen dem Herrn mit ungeteilter Liebe an (20), wie sie dem Neuen Bund in besonderer Weise entspricht; sie geben Zeugnis für die Auferstehung in der künftigen Welt (vgl. Lk 20,36) (21) und gewinnen besonders wirksame Hilfe zur ständigen Übung jener vollkommenen Liebe, die sie in ihrer priesterlichen Arbeit allen alles werden läßt (22). Sie sollen tief davon durchdrungen sein, wie dankbar sie diesen Stand entgegennehmen sollen, nicht etwa bloß als eine Vorschrift kirchlicher Gesetzgebung, sondern als ein kostbares Geschenk Gottes, das sie in Demut erbitten und dem sie mit der erweckenden und helfenden Gnade des Heiligen Geistes frei und großherzig zu entsprechen suchen sollen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um die Pflichten und die Würde der christlichen Ehe, die ein Bild der Liebe zwischen Christus und seiner Kirche ist (vgl. Eph 5,32f.), sollen die Alumnen gebührend wissen; sie sollen aber klar den Vorrang der Christus geweihten Jungfräulichkeit erkennen (23), so daß sie nach reiflich überlegter Wahl und mit Hochherzigkeit sich in ganzer Hingabe von Leib und Seele dem Herrn weihen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auf die Gefahren, die ihrer Keuschheit besonders in der gegenwärtigen Gesellschaft drohen, sollen sie hingewiesen werden (24). Sie müssen lernen, sich durch geeignete göttliche und menschliche Hilfsmittel zu schützen und den Verzicht auf die Ehe so in ihr Dasein zu integrieren, daß sie in ihrem Leben und in ihrer Wirksamkeit vom Zölibat her nicht nur keinen Schaden nehmen, vielmehr eine vollkommenere Herrschaft über Leib und Seele und eine höhere menschliche Reife gewinnen und die Seligkeit des Evangeliums tiefer erfahren."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Grundsätze christlicher Erziehung sollen hochgehalten und durch die neueren Erkenntnisse einer gesunden Psychologie und Pädagogik ergänzt werden. In klug abgestufter Ausbildung sollen die Alumnen auch zur nötigen menschlichen Reife geführt werden, die sich vor allem in innerer Beständigkeit bewähren muß, in der Fähigkeit, abgewogene Entscheidungen zu fällen, und in einem treffenden Urteil über Ereignisse und Menschen. Die Alumnen müssen ihren Charakter formen lernen. Sie sollen zu geistiger Entschlossenheit erzogen werden und überhaupt jene Tugenden schätzen lernen, auf die die Menschen Wert legen und die den Diener Christi gewinnend machen (25). Dazu gehören Aufrichtigkeit, wacher Gerechtigkeitssinn, Zuverlässigkeit bei Versprechungen, gute Umgangsformen, Bescheidenheit und Liebenswürdigkeit im Gespräch."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Lebensordnung des Seminars soll nicht nur als ein wirksamer Schatz des gemeinsamen Lebens und der Liebe betrachtet werden, vielmehr als notwendiger Bestandteil der ganzen Ausbildung zur Gewinnung von Selbstbeherrschung, zur Entfaltung einer reifen Persönlichkeit und zur Heranbildung aller jener geistigen Haltungen, die zu einem disziplinierten und fruchtbaren Wirken der Kirche in hohem Maße beitragen. Die Disziplin soll aber so gehandhabt werden, daß die Alumnen von sich aus die Autorität der Oberen aus persönlicher Überzeugung, also um des Gewissens willen (vgl. Röm 13,5), und aus übernatürlichen Motiven annehmen. Die Regeln der Hausordnung aber sollen dem Alter der Alumnen so angepaßt werden, daß sie allmählich lernen, auf sich selber zu stehen, und sich daran gewöhnen, ihre Freiheit vernünftig zu gebrauchen, aus eigener Initiative und Überlegung zu handeln (26) und mit den Mitbrüdern und den Laien zusammenzuarbeiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der gesamte Lebensstil des Seminars soll von der Bemühung um die Frömmigkeit und das Schweigen und von gegenseitiger Hilfsbereitschaft geprägt und so gestaltet sein, daß er schon eine gewisse Einführung in das spätere Leben des Priesters ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist Sache der Bischöfe, einen entsprechenden Zeitraum für eine intensivere geistliche Schulung der Alumnen festzusetzen, damit ihre geistliche Bildung festere Grundlagen habe und sie in reifer Überlegung ihren Beruf bejahen. Außerdem sollen sie die Möglichkeit erwägen, die Studien zu unterbrechen oder einen angemessenen Zeitraum pastoraler Schulung einzulegen, um eine zuverlässigere Erprobung der Priesterkandidaten zu gewährleisten. Weiter sollen die Bischöfe je nach den regionalen Gegebenheiten entscheiden, ob das nach dem zur Zeit gültigen gemeinen Recht geforderte Weihealter zu erhöhen ist, und überlegen, ob es angebracht ist, die Alumnen nach Abschluß des theologischen Studiums noch eine angemessene Zeit den Weihediakonat ausüben zu lassen, bevor sie zur Priesterweihe zugelassen werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "V. Neugestaltung der kirchlichen Studien"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vor Beginn der eigentlichen kirchlichen Studien sollen die Alumnen den Grad humanistischer und naturwissenschaftlicher Bildung erreichen, der in ihrem Land zum Eintritt in die Hochschulen berechtigt. Sie sollen zudem so viel Latein lernen, daß sie die zahlreichen wissenschaftlichen Quellen und die kirchlichen Dokumente verstehen und benützen können (27). Das Studium der dem eigenen Ritus entsprechenden liturgischen Sprache muß als notwendig verlangt werden; die angemessene Kenntnis der Sprachen der Heiligen Schrift und der Tradition soll sehr gefördert werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei der Neugestaltung der kirchlichen Studien ist vor allem darauf zu achten, daß die philosophischen und die theologischen Disziplinen besser aufeinander abgestimmt werden; sie sollen harmonisch darauf hinstreben, den Alumnen immer tiefer das Mysterium Christi zu erschließen, das die ganze Geschichte der Menschheit durchzieht, sich ständig der Kirche mitteilt und im priesterlichen Dienst in besonderer Weise wirksam wird (28). Damit diese Sicht den Seminaristen schon vom Anfang ihrer Ausbildung an vertraut werde, sollen die kirchlichen Studien mit einem ausreichend langen Einführungskurs beginnen. In dieser Einführung soll das Heilsmysterium so dargelegt werden, daß die Alumnen den Sinn, den Aufbau und das pastorale Ziel der kirchlichen Studien klar sehen; daß ihnen zugleich geholfen werde, ihr ganzes persönliches Leben auf den Glauben zu gründen und mit ihm zu durchdringen; daß sie endlich in der persönlichen und frohen Hingabe an ihren Beruf gefestigt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die philosophischen Disziplinen sollen so dargeboten werden, daß die Alumnen vor allem zu einem gründlichen und zusammenhängenden Wissen über Mensch, Welt und Gott hingeführt werden. Sie sollen sich dabei auf das stets gültige philosophische Erbe stützen (29). Es sollen aber auch die philosophischen Forschungen der neueren Zeit berücksichtigt werden, zumal jene, die beim eigenen Volk bedeutenderen Einfluß ausüben, und der Fortschritt der modernen Naturwissenschaften. So sollen die Alumnen über die charakteristischen Erscheinungen der heutigen Zeit gut Bescheid wissen und auf das Gespräch mit den Menschen ihrer Zeit entsprechend vorbereitet werden (30)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Philosophiegeschichte soll so gelehrt werden, daß die Studenten zu den letzten Prinzipien der verschiedenen Systeme vordringen, den Wahrheitsgehalt festhalten, die Irrtümer aber in ihren Wurzeln erkennen und widerlegen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Durch die ganze Lehrweise wecke man in den Alumnen den Drang, mit methodischer Strenge nach der Wahrheit zu suchen, in sie einzudringen und sie zu beweisen und gleichzeitig die Grenzen menschlicher Erkenntnis ehrlich anzuerkennen. Ganz besonders achte man auf den engen Zusammenhang der Philosophie mit den wirklichen Lebensproblemen und den Fragen, die die Studenten innerlich bewegen. Man soll ihnen auch dazu helfen, die Verbindung zu sehen, die zwischen den philosophischen Gedankengängen und den Heilsgeheimnissen besteht, die die Theologie im höheren Licht des Glaubens betrachtet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die theologischen Fächer sollen im Licht des Glaubens unter Führung des kirchlichen Lehramtes (31) so gelehrt werden, daß die jungen Theologen die katholische Lehre sorgfältig aus der göttlichen Offenbarung schöpfen, tief in sie eindringen, sie für ihr geistliches Leben fruchtbar machen (32) und sie in ihrem künftigen priesterlichen Dienst verkünden, darlegen und verteidigen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit besonderer Sorgfalt sollen sie im Studium der Heiligen Schrift, die die Seele der ganzen Theologie sein muß (33), gefördert werden. Nach einer entsprechenden Einführung sollen sie in der exegetischen Methode gründlich geschult werden; mit den Hauptthemen der göttlichen Offenbarung sollen sie vertraut werden und für ihre tägliche Schriftlesung und Schriftbetrachtung Anregung und Nahrung erhalten (34)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die dogmatische Theologie soll so angeordnet werden, daß zuerst die biblischen Themen selbst vorgelegt werden; dann erschließe man den Alumnen, was die Väter der östlichen und westlichen Kirche zur treuen Überlieferung und zur Entfaltung der einzelnen Offenbarungswahrheiten beigetragen haben, ebenso die weitere Dogmengeschichte, unter Berücksichtigung ihrer Beziehungen zur allgemeinen Kirchengeschichte (35); sodann sollen sie lernen, mit dem heiligen Thomas als Meister, die Heilsgeheimnisse in ihrer Ganzheit spekulativ tiefer zu durchdringen und ihren Zusammenhang zu verstehen, um sie, soweit möglich, zu erhellen (36). Sie sollen geschult werden, diese selben Heilsgeheimnisse stets in den liturgischen Handlungen (37) und im gesamten Leben der Kirche gegenwärtig und wirksam zu sehen, und lernen, die Lösung der menschlichen Probleme im Lichte der Offenbarung zu suchen, ihre ewige Wahrheit auf die wandelbare Welt menschlicher Dinge anzuwenden und sie in angepaßter Weise den Menschen unserer Zeit mitzuteilen (38)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ebenso sollen die übrigen theologischen Disziplinen aus einem lebendigeren Kontakt mit dem Geheimnis Christi und der Heilsgeschichte neu gefaßt werden. Besondere Sorge verwende man auf die Vervollkommnung der Moraltheologie, die, reicher genährt aus der Lehre der Schrift, in wissenschaftlicher Darlegung die Erhabenheit der Berufung der Gläubigen in Christus und ihre Verpflichtung, in der Liebe Frucht zu tragen für das Leben der Welt, erhellen soll."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ebenso lenke man bei der Behandlung des kanonischen Rechtes und bei der Darlegung der Kirchengeschichte den Blick auf das Mysterium der Kirche im Sinne der Dogmatischen Konstitution \"Über die Kirche\", die von der Heiligen Synode erlassen wurde. Die heilige Liturgie, die als erste und notwendige Quelle des wahrhaft christlichen Geistes zu betrachten ist, soll entsprechend den Artikeln 15 und 16 der Konstitution \"Über die heilige Liturgie\" gelehrt werden (39)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter angemessener Berücksichtigung der regionalen Verhältnisse führe man die Alumnen zu einer volleren Kenntnis der Kirchen und kirchlichen Gemeinschaften, die vom Apostolischen Römischen Stuhl getrennt sind, damit sie zur Förderung der Wiederherstellung der Einheit unter allen Christen nach den Vorschriften dieser Heiligen Synode beizutragen vermögen (40)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auch in die Kenntnis der anderen Religionen, die in den betreffenden Gegenden stärker verbreitet sind, führe man sie ein, auf daß sie besser das, was sie nach Gottes Fügung an Gutem und Wahrem haben, anerkennen, Irrtümer zurückzuweisen lernen und das volle Licht der Wahrheit denen, die es nicht haben, mitzuteilen vermögen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da die wissenschaftliche Ausbildung nicht der bloßen Mitteilung von Begriffen dient, sondern die wahre innere Formung der Alumnen anstreben muß, sollen die Lehrmethoden überprüft werden; das gilt sowohl für die Vorlesungen, Kolloquien und Übungen als auch für die Förderung des privaten Studiums der Alumnen und ihrer Zusammenarbeit in kleinen Zirkeln. Großen Wert lege man auf die Einheit der Ausbildung und auf ihre Gründlichkeit; man vermeide eine zu große Vermehrung von Fächern und Vorlesungen; man lasse die Fragen aus, die kaum mehr Bedeutung haben, wie auch solche, die in die höheren akademischen Studien zu verweisen sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist die Aufgabe der Bischöfe, dafür zu sorgen, daß junge Leute, die nach Charakter, Tugend und Begabung geeignet sind, an besondere Institute, Fakultäten oder Universitäten geschickt werden, um so Priester heranzubilden, die in den heiligen Wissenschaften und in anderen wichtigen Wissenszweigen eine gründlichere wissenschaftliche Ausbildung erhalten haben und den verschiedenen Erfordernissen des Apostolats entsprechen können. Ihre geistliche und pastorale Unterweisung darf dabei in keiner Weise vernachlässigt werden, besonders wenn sie noch vor der Priesterweihe stehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VI. Die Förderung der pastoralen Ausbildung im engeren Sinn"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die pastorale Sorge, die die gesamte Erziehung der Alumnen durchdringen soll (41), fordert auch, daß sie sorgfältig in den für den priesterlichen Dienst charakteristischen Aufgaben ausgebildet werden, vor allem in Katechese und Homiletik, in Liturgie und Sakramentenspendung, in caritativer Arbeit, in der Aufgabe, den Irrenden und Ungläubigen zu Hilfe zu kommen, und in den übrigen pastoralen Pflichten. Sorgfältig sollen sie in die Kunst der Seelenführung eingeführt werden, damit sie alle Glieder der Kirche in erster Linie zu einem voll bewußten und apostolischen Christenleben und zur Erfüllung ihrer Standespflichten führen können. Mit gleicher Sorgfalt sollen sie lernen, Ordensmänner und Ordensfrauen so zu führen, daß sie ihrer Berufsgnade treu bleiben und im Geist ihres Ordens voranschreiten (42)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Überhaupt sollen die Eigenschaften der Alumnen ausgebildet werden, die am meisten dem Dialog mit den Menschen dienen: wie die Fähigkeit, anderen zuzuhören und im Geist der Liebe sich seelisch den verschiedenen menschlichen Situationen zu öffnen (43)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im Gebrauch der pädagogischen, psychologischen und soziologischen Hilfsmittel (44) sollen sie methodisch richtig und den Richtlinien der kirchlichen Autorität entsprechend unterrichtet werden, das apostolische Wirken der Laien anzuregen und zu fördern (45) sowie die verschiedenen und wirkungsvolleren Formen des Apostolats zu pflegen. Durchdrungen von einer wahrhaft katholischen Geisteshaltung, sollen sie immer über die Grenzen der eigenen Diözese, der Nation oder des Ritus zu blicken und für die Bedürfnisse der ganzen Kirche einzustehen lernen, stets bereit, das Evangelium überall zu verkünden (46)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da die Alumnen die Ausübung des Apostolats nicht nur theoretisch, sondern auch praktisch erlernen und imstande sein sollen, aus eigener Verantwortung und in Gemeinschaftsarbeit zu handeln, sollen sie schon im Verlauf des Studiums und auch während der Ferien mit der pastoralen Praxis durch geeignete Übungen vertraut werden. Diese müssen je nach dem Alter der Alumnen und den örtlichen Umständen gemäß dem einsichtigen Urteil der Bischöfe methodisch und unter der Führung pastoral erfahrener Männer abgehalten werden. Die entscheidende Kraft der übernatürlichen Hilfen werde dabei immer bedacht (47)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VII. Die Weiterbildung nach dem Studienabschluß"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die priesterliche Bildung muß gerade wegen der Bedürfnisse der heutigen Gesellschaft auch nach abgeschlossenem Seminarstudium noch fortgesetzt und vervollständigt werden (48). Die Bischofskonferenzen müssen darum in den einzelnen Ländern geeignete Wege finden, wie zum Beispiel Pastoralinstitute, die mit Musterpfarreien zusammenarbeiten, sowie periodische Zusammenkünfte und entsprechende Übungen. Durch sie soll der jüngere Klerus in geistlicher, intellektueller und pastoraler Hinsicht schrittweise ins priesterliche Leben und ins apostolische Wirken eingeführt werden; sie sollen eine ständige Quelle der Erneuerung und Forderung sein."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Schlußwort"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Väter dieser Heiligen Synode führen das Werk des Konzils von Trient fort, wenn sie den Oberen und Professoren der Seminarien vertrauensvoll die Aufgabe übertragen, die künftigen Priester Christi im Geist der Erneuerung, wie sie von dieser Heiligen Synode gefordert wird, zu erziehen. Jene, die sich auf das Priesteramt vorbereiten, ermahnen sie eindringlich, in dem Bewußtsein zu leben, daß ihnen die Hoffnung der Kirche und das Heil der Menschen anvertraut sind; sie mögen die Bestimmungen dieses Dekrets bereitwillig annehmen und reiche, unvergängliche Frucht bringen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oktober 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anmerkungen:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Wie sehr die Entfaltung des ganzen Gottesvolkes nach dem Willen Christi selbst vom Dienst der Priester abhängt, geht aus den Worten hervor, mit denen der Herr die Apostel, ihre Nachfolger und Mitarbeiter zu Verkündern des Evangeliums, zu Vorstehern des auserwählten neuen Volkes und zu Verwaltern der Geheimnisse Gottes eingesetzt hat; ebendies wird auch durch Aussprüche der Väter und Heiligen und durch wiederholte Verlautbarungen der Päpste bestätigt. Vgl. besonders: Pius X., Exhort. ad Clerum catholicum Hærent animo, 4. Aug. 1908: S. Pii X. Acta, Bd. IV, 237-264; Pius XI., Enz. Ad catholici Sacerdotii, 20. Dez. 1935: AAS 28 (1936) bes. 37-52; Pius XII., Adhort. Apost. Menti Nostræ, 23. Sept. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 657-702;Johannes XXIII., Enz. Sacerdotii Nostri Primordia, 1. Aug. 1959: AAS 51 (1959) 545-579; Paul VI., Ep. Apost. Summi Dei Verbum, 4. Nov. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 979-995."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Die ganze Ausbildung der Priester, d. h. die Seminarordnung, die geistliche Formung, die Studienordnung, das gemeinsame Leben und die Disziplin der Alumnen sowie die pastoralen Einübungen, ist den verschiedenen örtlichen Verhältnissen anzupassen. Diese Anpassung soll hinsichtlich der grundlegenden Prinzipien für den Weltklerus von den Bischofskonferenzen und für den Ordensklerus in entsprechender Weise von den zuständigen Oberen nach den allgemeinen Richtlinien vorgenommen werden (S. Congreg. de Religiosis, Konst. Apost. Sedes Sapientiæ und die beigefügten allgemeinen Statuten, Art. 19,2. Aufl., Rom 1957,38f.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Unter den besonderen Bedrängnissen, von denen die Kirche heute heimgesucht wird, steht die geringe Zahl von Berufungen fast überall an erster Stelle. Vgl. Pius XII., Adhort. Apost. Menti Nostræ: \"... die Zahl der Priester ist sowohl in den katholischen Gegenden wie in den Missionsländern für die wachsenden Bedürfnisse meistens nicht ausreichend\" (AAS 42 (1950) 682); Johannes XXlII.: \"Das Problem der Priester- und Ordensberufungen ist eine tägliche Sorge des Papstes ..., ist ein Gegenstand seines flehentlichen Betens, ein glühendes Verlangen seiner Seele\": aus der Ansprache an den Ersten Internationalen Kongreß über die Berufungen zum Stand der Vollkommenheit, 16. Dez. 1961: AAS 54 (1962) 33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Pius XII., Apost. Konst. Sedes Sapientiæ, 31. Mai 1956: AAS 48 (1956) 357; Paul VI., Ep. Apost. Summi Dei Verbum, 4. Nov. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 984ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Vgl. besonders: Pius XII., Motupr. Cum nobis \"über die Errichtung des Päpstlichen Werkes für Priesterberufe bei der S. Congr. Stud.\", 4. Nov. 1941: AAS 33 (1941) 479 (mit den beigefügten, von der gleichen Kongregation am 8. Sept. 1943 veröffentlichten Statuen und Richtlinien); ders., Motupr. Cum supremæ \"über das erste Päpstliche Werk für Ordensberufe\", 11. Febr. 1955: AAS 47 (1955) 266; mit den beigefügten, von der S. Congr. Rel. veröffentlichten Statuten und Richtlinien; a. a. O. 298-301; II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die zeitgemäße Erneuerung des Ordenslebens Perfectæ caritatis, Nr. 24; Dekret über die Hirtenaufgabe der Bischöfe in der Kirche Christus Dominus, Nr. 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Vgl. Pius XII., Adhort. Apost. Menti Nostræ, 23. Sept. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 685."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 28: AAS 57 (1965) 34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Ad Catholici Sacerdotii, 20. Dez. 1935: AAS 28 (1936) 37: \"Besonders sorgfältig muß die Auswahl der Oberen und Professoren sein ... Gebt den Seminaren Priester, die mit höchster Tugend geschmückt sind; fürchtet auch nicht, sie Aufgaben zu entziehen, die scheinbar wichtiger sind, aber in Wirklichkeit mit dieser grundlegenden und unersetzbaren Tätigkeit nicht verglichen werden können \" Dieses Prinzip, die Besten auszuwählen, wird auch von Pius XII. in den Litt. Apost. an die Bischöfe Brasiliens vom 23. Apr. 1947 eingeschärft: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi IX, 579-580."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9) Über die gemeinsame Aufgabe, den Seminaren mit Eifer Dienste zu leisten, vgl. Paul VI., Ep. Apost. Summi Dei Verbum, 4. Nov. 1963: AAS 53 (1963) 984."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10) Vgl. Pius XII., Adhort. Apost. Menti Nostræ, 23. Sept. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 684; vgl. auch S. Congr. Sacr., Rundschreiben Magna equidem an die Ortsordinarien, 27. Dez. 1935, Nr. 10. Für die Ordensangehörigen vgl. die der Apost. Konst. Sedes Sapientiæ (31. Mai 1956, Art. 33) beigefügten allgemeinen Richtlinien. Paul VI., Ep. Apost. Summi Dei Verbum, 4. Nov. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 987f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Ad Catholici Sacerdotii, 20. Dez. 1935: AAS 28 (1936) 41."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12) Es wird angeordnet, daß bei der Aufstellung der Statuten der regionalen oder nationalen Seminare alle betroffenen Bischöfe beteiligt sind, unter Abschaffung der Vorschrift von CIC can. 1357, § 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13) Vgl. Pius XII., Exhort. Apost. Menti Nostræ, 23. Sept. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 674; S. Congr. Stud., La Formazione spirituale del candidato al sacerdozio (Città del Vaticano 1965)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14) Vgl. Pius X., Exhort. ad Clerum catholicum Hærent animo, 4. Aug. 1908: S. Pii X. Acta, Bd. IV, 242-244; Pius XII., Adhort. Apost. Menti Nostræ, 23. Sept. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 659-661;Johannes XXIII., Enz. Sacerdotii Nostri Primordia, 1. Aug. 1959: AAS 51 (1959) 550f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Mediator Dei, 20. Nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947) 547ff. 572f.; Johannes XXIII., Adhortatio Apost. Sacræ Laudis, 6. Jan. 1962: AAS 54 (1962) 69; II. Vat. Konzil, Konst. über die heilige Liturgie Sacrosanctum Concilium, Art. 16 u. 17: AAS 56 (1964) 104f.; S. Congr. Rit., Instructio ad exsecutionem Constitutionis de Sacra Liturgia recte ordinandam, 26. Sept. 1964, Nr. 14-17: AAS 56 (1964) 880f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Sacerdotii Nostri Primordia: AAS 51 (1959) 559f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 28: AAS 57 (1965) 35f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18) Augustinus, In Ioannem tract. 32, 8: PL 35, 1646."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19) Vgl. Pius XII., Adhort. Apost. Menti Nostræ: AAS 42 (1950) 662f. 685.690; Johannes XXIII., Enz. Sacerdotii Nostri Primordia: AAS 51 (1959) 551-553.556f.; Paul VI., Enz. Ecclesiam suam, 6. Aug. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 634f.; II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, bes. Nr. 8: AAS 57 (1965) 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Sacra Virginitas, 25. März 1954: AAS 46 (1954) 165ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21) Cyprian, De habitu virginum"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22) PL 4, 475; Ambrosius, De virginibus l, 8, 52: PL 16, 202f. 22 Vgl. Pius XII., Adhort. Apost. Menti Nostræ: AAS 42 (1950) 663."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Sacra Virginitas, a. a. O. 170-174."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24) Vgl. Pius XII., Adhort. Apost. Menti Nostræ, a. a. O. 664.690f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25) Vgl. Paul VI., Ep. Apost. Summi Dei Verbum, 4. Nov. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 991."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26) Vgl. Pius XII., Adhort. Apost. Menti Nostræ, a. a. O. 686."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27) Vgl. Paul VI., Ep. Apost. Summi Dei Verbum, a. a. O. 993."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 7 u. 28: AAS 57 (1965) 9-11.33f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "29) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Humani generis, 12. Aug. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 571-575."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "30) Vgl. Paul VI., Enz. Ecclesiam suam, 6. Aug. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 637ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "31) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Humani generis, 12. Aug. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 567-569; ders., Ansprache Si diligis, 31. Mai 1954: AAS 46 (1954) 314f.; Paul VI., Ansprache an der Päpstlichen Universität Gregoriana, 12. März 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 364f.; II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 25: AAS 57 (1965) 29-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "32) Vgl. Bonaventura, Itinerarium mentis in Deum, Prol., Nr. 4: \"(Niemand) möge glauben, ihm genüge die Lesung ohne Salbung, die Spekulation ohne Hingabe, die Forschung ohne Verehrung, die Umsicht ohne Begeisterung, der Fleiß ohne Frömmigkeit, die Wissenschaft ohne Liebe, der Verstand ohne Demut, das Studium ohne die göttliche Gnade, die Beobachtungsgabe ohne die göttlich inspirierte Weisheit\" (Bonaventura, Opera Omnia V (Quaracchi 1891) 296)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "33) Vgl. Leo XIII., Enz. Providentissimus Deus, 18. Nov. 1893: AAS 26 (1893-94) 283."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "34) Vgl. Päpstliche Bibelkommission, Instructio de Sacra Scriptura recte docenda, 13. Mai 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 502."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "35) Vgl. Pius XII., Enz. Humani generis, 12. Aug. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 568f.: \" ... aus dem Studium der heiligen Quellen strömen der theologischen Wissenschaft stets jugendliche Kräfte zu; eine Spekulation hingegen, welche die weitere Erforschung des Glaubensgutes vernachlässigt, bleibt erfahrungsgemäß unfruchtbar\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "36) Vgl. Pius XII., Ansprache an die Alumnen der Seminare, 24. Juni 1939: AAS 31 (1939) 247: \"Der Eifer ... bei der Suche und Verbreitung der Wahrheit wird durch die Empfehlung der Lehre des heiligen Thomas nicht beeinträchtigt, sondern vielmehr angespornt und sicher geleitet.\" Paul VI., Ansprache an der Päpstlichen Universität Gregoriana, 12. März 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 365: \"(Die Professoren) ... sollen mit Ehrerbietung die Stimme der Kirchenlehrer hören, unter denen der göttliche Aquinate einen hervorragenden Platz innehat; die Geisteskraft des engelgleichen Lehrers ist nämlich so gewaltig, seine Liebe zur Wahrheit so aufrichtig und seine Weisheit bei den zu erforschenden, zu erklärenden und durch das Band der Einheit am passendsten zusammenzufassenden höchsten Wahrheiten so groß, daß seine Lehre das wirksamste Mittel ist nicht nur für die sicher zu erstellenden Glaubensfundamente, sondern auch für den nützlichen und sicheren Empfang der Früchte eines gesunden Fortschritts.\" Vgl. auch die Ansprache vor dem Sechsten Internationalen Thomistischen Kongreß, 10. Sept. 1965: AAS 57 (1965) 788-792."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "37) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Konst. über die heilige Liturgie Sacrosanctum Concilium, Nr. 7 u. 16: AAS 56 (1964) 100f. 104f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "38) Vgl. Paul VI., Enz. Ecclesiam suam, 6. Aug. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 640f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "39) II. Vat. Konzil, Konst. über die heilige Liturgie Sacrosanctum Concilium, Nr. 10.14.15.16; S. Congr. Rit., Instructio ad exsecutionem Constitutionis de Sacra Liturgia recte ordinandam, 26. Sept. 1964, Nr. 11 u. 12: AAS 56 (1964) 879f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "40) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über den Ökumenismus Unitatis redintegratio, Nr. 1.9.10: AAS 57 (1965) 90.98f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "41) Die vollkommene Gestalt des Seelsorgers kann aus den jüngeren päpstlichen Verlautbarungen entnommen werden, die wohlabgewogen vom Leben, von den Gaben und der Ausbildung der Priester sprechen, so besonders: Pius X., Exhort. ad Clerum catholicum Hærent animu, 4. Aug. 1908: S. Pii X. Acta, Bd. IV, 237ff.; Pius XI., Enz. Ad Catholici Sacerdotii: AAS 28 (1936) 5ff.; Pius XII., Adhort. Apost. Menti Nostræ: AAS 42 (1952) 657ff.; Johannes XXIII., Enz. Sacerdotii Nostri Primordia: AAS 51 (1959) 545ff.; Paul VI., Ep. Apost. Summi Dei Verbum: AAS 55 (1963) 979ff. Mancherlei Aussagen über die geistliche Formung finden sich auch in den Enzykliken Mystici Corporis (1943), Mediator Dei (1947), Evangelii Præcones (1951), Sacra Virginitas (1954), Musicæ Sacræ Disciplina (1955), Princeps Pastorum (1959) und schließlich in der Apost. Konst. Sedes Sapientiæ (1956) für die Ordensmitglieder. Pius XII., Johannes XXIII. und Paul VI. haben auch m ihren Ansprachen an Seminaristen und Priester die Gestalt des Guten Hirten mehrfach herausgestellt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "42) Über die Bedeutung des Standes, der durch das Gelöbnis der evangelischen Räte begründet wird, vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, 6. Kap.: AAS 57 (1965) 49-53; Dekret über die zeitgemäße Erneuerung des Ordenslebens Perfectæ caritatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "43) Paul VI., Enz. Ecclesiam suam, 6. Aug. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) passim, bes. 635f. 640ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "44) Vgl. bes. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Mater et Magistra, 15. Mai 1961: AAS 53 (1961) 401ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "45) Vgl. bes. Il. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 33: AAS 57 (1965) 39."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "46) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 17: AAS 57 (1965) 20f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "47) Sehr viele päpstliche Dokumente warnen mit Nachdruck vor der Gefahr, bei der Seelsorgetätigkeit das übernatürliche Ziel zu vernachlässigen und wenigstens praktisch die übernatürlichen Hilfen geringzuschätzen; vgl. besonders die in Anm. 41 genannten Dokumente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "48) Die jüngeren Verlautbarungen des Heiligen Stuhles befassen sich eindringlich mit der besonderen Sorge um die Neupriester. u erwähnen sind hier vor allem: Pius XII., Motupr. Quandoquidem, 2. Apr. 1949: AAS 41 (1949) 165-167; ders., Exhort. Apost. Menti Nostræ, 23. Sept. 1950: AAS 42 (1950); ders., Apost. Konst. (für die Ordensangehörigen) Sedes Sapientiæ, 31. Mai 1956, und die beigefügten allgemeinen Statuten; ders., Ansprache an die Priester \"Convictus Barcinonensis\", 14. Juni 1957: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi XIX, 271-273; Paul VI., Ansprache vor den Priestern des Institutes \"Gian Matteo Giberti\" der Diözese Verona, 11. März 1964: L'Osservatore Romano, 13. März 1964."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_optatam-totius_en.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-145-vat-ii_decree_19651028_optatam-totius_en.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECREE ON PRIESTLY TRAINING OPTATAM TOTIUS PROCLAIMED BY HIS HOLINESS POPE PAUL VI ON OCTOBER 28, 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Animated by the spirit of Christ, this sacred synod is fully aware that the desired renewal of the whole Church depends to a great extent on the ministry of its priests. It proclaims the extreme importance of priestly training and lays down certain basic principles by which those regulations may be strengthened which long use has shown to be sound and by which those new elements can be added which correspond to the constitutions and decrees of this sacred council and to the changed conditions of our times. Because of the very unity of the Catholic priesthood this priestly formation is necessary for all priests, diocesan and religious and of every rite. Wherefore, while these prescriptions directly concern the diocesan clergy, they are to be appropriately adapted to all."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE PROGRAM OF PRIESTLY TRAINING TO BE UNDERTAKEN BY EACH COUNTRY"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since only general laws can be made where there exists a wide variety of nations and regions, a special \"program of priestly training\" is to be undertaken by each country or rite. It must be set up by the episcopal conferences, revised from time to time and approved by the Apostolic See. In this way will the universal laws be adapted to the particular circumstances of the times and localities so that the priestly training will always be in tune with the pastoral needs of those regions in which the ministry is to be exercised."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE URGENT FOSTERING OF PRIESTLY VOCATIONS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The duty of fostering vocations pertains to the whole Christian community, which should exercise it above all by a fully Christian life. The principal contributors to this are the families which, animated by the spirit of faith and love and by the sense of duty, become a kind of initial seminary, and the parishes in whose rich life the young people take part. Teachers and all those who are in any way in charge of the training of boys and young men, especially Catholic associations, should carefully guide the young people entrusted to them so that these will recognize and freely accept a divine vocation. All priests especially are to manifest an apostolic zeal in fostering vocations and are to attract the interest of youths to the priesthood by their own life lived in a humble and industrious manner and in a happy spirit as well as by mutual priestly charity and fraternal sharing of labor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops on the other hand are to encourage their flock to promote vocations and should be concerned with coordinating all forces in a united effort to this end. As fathers, moreover, they must assist without stint those whom they have judged to be called to the Lord's work."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The effective union of the whole people of God in fostering vocations is the proper response to the action of Divine Providence which confers the fitting gifts on those men divinely chosen to participate in the hierarchical priesthood of Christ and helps them by His grace. Moreover, this same Providence charges the legitimate ministers of the Church to call forward and to consecrate with the sign of the Holy Spirit to the worship of God and to the service of the Church those candidates whose fitness has been acknowledged and who have sought so great an office with the right intention and with full freedom."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred synod commends first of all the traditional means of common effort, such as urgent prayer, Christian penance and a constantly more intensive training of the faithful by preaching, by catechetical instructions or by the many media of social communication that will show forth the need, the nature and the importance of the priestly vocation. The synod moreover orders that the entire pastoral activity of fostering vocations be methodically and coherently planned and, with equal prudence and zeal, fostered by those organizations for promoting vocations which, in accord with the appropriate pontifical documents, have already been or will be set up in the territory of individual dioceses, regions or countries. Also, no opportune aids are to be overlooked which modern Psychological and sociological research has brought to light."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The work of fostering vocations should, in a spirit of openness, transcend the limits of individual dioceses, countries, religious families and rites. Looking to the needs of the universal Church, it should provide aid particularly for those regions in which workers for the Lord's vineyard are being requested more urgently."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In minor seminaries erected to develop the seeds of vocations, the students should be prepared by special religious formation, particularly through appropriate spiritual direction, to follow Christ the Redeemer with generosity of spirit and purity of heart. Under the fatherly direction of the superiors, and with the proper cooperation of the parents, their daily routine should be in accord with the age, the character and the stage of development of adolescence and fully adapted to the norms of a healthy psychology. Nor should the fitting opportunity be lacking for social and cultural contacts and for contact with one's own family. Moreover, whatever is decreed in the following paragraphs about major seminaries is also to be adapted to the minor seminary to the extent that it is in accord with its purpose and structure. Also, studies undertaken by the students should be so arranged that they can easily continue them elsewhere should they choose a different state of life."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With equal concern the seeds of vocations among adolescents and young men are also to be fostered in those special institutes which, in accord with the local circumstances, serve the purpose of a minor seminary as well as among those who are trained in other schools or by other educational means. Finally, those institutions and other schools initiated for those with a belated vocation are to be carefully developed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE SETTING UP OF MAJOR SEMINARIES"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Major seminaries are necessary for priestly formation. Here the entire training of the students should be oriented to the formation of true shepherds of souls after the model of our Lord Jesus Christ, teacher, priest and shepherd. They are therefore to be prepared for the ministry of the word: that they might understand ever more perfectly the revealed word of God; that, meditating on it they might possess it more firmly, and that they might express it in words and in example; for the ministry of worship and of sanctification: that through their prayers and their carrying out of the sacred liturgical celebrations they might perfect the work oœ salvation through the Eucharistic sacrifice and the sacraments; for the ministry of the parish: that they might know how to make Christ present to men, Him who did not \"come to be served but to serve and to give His life as a ransom for many\" (Mark 10:45; cf. John 13:12-17), and that, having become the servants of all, they might win over all the more (cf. 1 Cor. 9:19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, all the forms of training, spiritual, intellectual, disciplinary, are to be ordered with concerted effort towards this pastoral end, and to attain it all the administrators and teachers are to work zealously and harmoniously together, faithfully obedient to the authority of the bishop."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the training of students depends both on wise laws and, most of all, on qualified educators, the administrators and teachers of seminaries are to be selected from the best men, and are to be carefully prepared in sound doctrine, suitable pastoral experience and special spiritual and pedagogical training. Institutes, therefore, should be set up to attain this end. Or at least courses are to be arranged with a proper program, and the meetings of seminary directors are to take place at specified times."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Administrators, however, and teachers must be keenly aware of how much the success of the students' formation depends on their manner of thinking and acting. Under the rector's leadership they are to form a very closely knit community both in spirit and in activity and they are to constitute among themselves and with the students that kind of family that will answer to the Lord's prayer \"That they be one\" (cf. John 17:11) and that will develop in the students a deep joy in their own vocation. The bishop, on the other hand, should, with a constant and loving solicitude, encourage those who labor in the seminary and prove himself a true father in Christ to the students themselves. Finally, all priests are to look on the seminary as the heart of the diocese and are to offer willingly their own helpful service."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With watchful concern for the age of each and for his stage of progress, an inquiry should be made into the candidate's proper intention and freedom of choice, into his spiritual, moral and intellectual qualifications, into his appropriate physical and psychic health-taking into consideration also possible hereditary deficiencies. Also to be considered is the ability of the candidate to bear the priestly burdens and exercise the pastoral offices."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the entire process of selecting and testing students, however, a due firmness is to be adopted, even if a deplorable lack of priests should exist, since God will not allow His Church to want for ministers if those who are worthy are promoted and those not qualified are, at an early date, guided in a fatherly way to undertake other tasks. The latter should also be given sufficient direction so that, conscious of their vocation as Christians, they might eagerly embrace the lay apostolate."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Where individual dioceses are unable to institute their own seminaries properly, seminaries for many dioceses or for an entire region or for a country are to be set up and developed, so that the sound training of the students, which must be considered the supreme law in this matter, can be taken care of in a more effective manner. These seminaries, if they are regional or national, are to be regulated according to directives set down by the bishops concerned and approved by the Apostolic See."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In these seminaries, however, where there are many students, while retaining a unity of direction and of scientific training, the students should be conveniently divided into smaller groups so that a better provision is had for the personal formation of each."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE CAREFUL DEVELOPMENT OF THE SPIRITUAL TRAINING"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The spiritual training should be closely connected with the doctrinal and pastoral, and, with the special help of the spiritual director, should be imparted in such a way that the students might learn to live in an intimate and unceasing union with the Father through His Son Jesus Christ in the Holy Spirit. Conformed to Christ the Priest through their sacred ordination they should be accustomed to adhere to Him as friends, in an intimate companionship, their whole life through. They should so live His paschal mystery themselves that they can initiate into it the flock committed to them. They should be taught to seek Christ in the faithful meditation on God's word, in the active participation in the sacred mysteries of the Church, especially in the Eucharist and in the divine office, in the bishop who sends them and in the people to whom they are sent, especially the poor, the children, the sick, the sinners and the unbelievers. They should love and venerate with a filial trust the most blessed Virgin Mary, who was given as mother to the disciple by Christ Jesus as He was dying on the cross."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those practices of piety that are commended by the long usage of the Church should be zealously cultivated; but care should be taken lest the spiritual formation consist in them alone or lest it develop only a religious affectation. The students should learn to live according to the Gospel ideal, to be strengthened in faith, hope and charity, so that, in the exercise of these practices, they may acquire the spirit of prayer, learn to defend and strengthen their vocation, obtain an increase of other virtues and grow in the zeal to gain all men for Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The students should be so saturated with the mystery of the Church, especially as described by this sacred synod, that, bound to the Vicar of Christ in a humble and trusting charity and, once ordained priests, adhering to their own bishop as faithful helpers and engaging in a common effort with their fellow-priests, they bear witness to that unity that attracts men to Christ. They should learn to take part with a generous heart in the life of the whole Church in accord with what St. Augustine wrote: \"to the extent that one loves the Church of Christ, to that extent does he possess the Holy Spirit.\" The students should understand most clearly that they are not destined for domination or for honors but are given over totally to the service of God and to the pastoral ministry. With a particular concern should they be so formed in priestly obedience, in a simple way of life and in the spirit of self-denial that they are accustomed to giving up willingly even those things which are permitted but are not expedient, and to conform themselves to Christ crucified."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The students are to be made clearly aware of the burdens they will be undertaking, and no problem of the priestly life is to be concealed from them. This is to be done, however, not that they should be almost solely concerned with the notion of danger in their future labors, but rather that they might be more readily conformed to a spiritual life that more than in any other way is actually strengthened by the very pastoral work they do."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Students who follow the venerable tradition of celibacy according to the holy and fixed laws of their own rite are to be educated to this state with great care. For renouncing thereby the companionship of marriage for the sake of the kingdom of heaven (cf. Matt. 19:12), they embrace the Lord with an undivided love altogether befitting the new covenant, bear witness to the resurrection of the world to come (cf. Luke 20:36), and obtain a most suitable aid for the continual exercise of that perfect charity whereby they can become all things to all men in their priestly ministry. Let them deeply realize how gratefully that state ought to be received, not, indeed, only as commanded by ecclesiastical law, but as a precious gift of God for which they should humbly pray. Through the inspiration and help of the grace of the Holy Spirit let them freely and generously hasten to respond to this gift."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Students ought rightly to acknowledge the duties and dignity of Christian matrimony, which is a sign of the love between Christ and the Church. Let them recognize, however, the surpassing excellence of virginity consecrated to Christ, so that with a maturely deliberate and generous choice they may consecrate themselves to the Lord by a complete gift of body and soul."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They are to be warned of the dangers that threaten their chastity especially in present-day society. Aided by suitable safeguards, both divine and human, let them learn to integrate their renunciation of marriage in such a way that they may suffer in their lives and work not only no harm from celibacy but rather acquire a deeper mastery of soul and body and a fuller maturity, and more perfectly receive the blessedness spoken of in the Gospel."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The norms of Christian education are to be religiously observed and properly complemented by the newer findings of sound psychology and pedagogy. Therefore, by a wisely planned training there is also to be developed in the students a due human maturity. This will be made especially evident in stability of mind, in an ability to make weighty decisions, and in a sound evaluation of men and events. The students should be accustomed to work properly at their own development. They are to be formed in strength of character, and, in general, they are to learn to esteem those virtues which are held in high regard by men and which recommend a minister of Christ. Such virtues are sincerity of mind, a constant concern for justice, fidelity to one's promises, refinement in manners, modesty in speech coupled with charity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The discipline of seminary life is to be reckoned not only as a strong safeguard of community life and of charity but also as a necessary part of the total whole training formation. For thereby self- mastery is acquired, solid personal maturity is promoted, and the other dispositions of mind are developed which very greatly aid the ordered and fruitful activity of the Church. Seminary discipline should be so maintained, however, that the students acquire an internal attitude whereby they accept the authority of superiors from personal conviction, that is to say, from a motive of conscience (cf. Rom. 13:5), and for supernatural reasons. The norms of discipline are to be applied according to the age of the students so that they themselves, as they gradually learn self-mastery, may become accustomed to use freedom wisely, to act spontaneously and energetically, and to work together harmoniously with their fellows and with the laity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The whole pattern of seminary life, permeated with a desire for piety and silence and a careful concern for mutual help, must be so arranged that it provides, in a certain sense, an initiation into the future life which the priest shall lead."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that the spiritual training rest upon a more solid basis and that the students embrace their vocation with a fully deliberate choice, it will be the prerogative of the bishops to establish a fitting period of time for a more intense introduction to the spiritual life. It will also be their charge to determine the opportuneness of providing for a certain interruption in the studies or of establishing a suitable introduction to pastoral work, in order that they may more satisfactorily test the fitness of candidates for the priesthood. In accordance with the conditions of individual regions it will also be the bishops' responsibility to make a decision about extending the age beyond that demanded at present by common law for the reception of sacred orders, and of deliberating whether it be opportune to rule that students, at the end of their course in theology, exercise the order of deacon for a fitting period of time before being promoted to the priesthood."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE REVISION OF ECCLESIASTICAL STUDIES"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Before beginning specifically ecclesiastical subjects, seminarians should be equipped with that humanistic and scientific training which young men in their own countries are wont to have as a foundation for higher studies. Moreover they are to acquire a knowledge of Latin which will enable them to understand and make use of the sources of so many sciences and of the documents of the Church. The study of the liturgical language proper to each rite should be considered necessary; a suitable knowledge of the languages of the Bible and of Tradition should be greatly encouraged."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In revising ecclesiastical studies the aim should first of all be that the philosophical and theological disciplines be more suitably aligned and that they harmoniously work toward opening more and more the minds of the students to the mystery of Christ. For it is this mystery which affects the whole history of the human race, continually influences the Church, and is especially at work in the priestly ministry."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That this vision be communicated to the students from the outset of their training, ecclesiastical studies are to be begun with an introductory course which should last for an appropriate length of time. In this initiation to ecclesiastical studies the mystery of salvation should be so proposed that the students perceive the meaning, order, and pastoral end of their studies. At the same time they should be helped to establish and penetrate their own entire lives with faith and be strengthened in embracing their vocation with a personal dedication and a joyful heart."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The philosophical disciplines are to be taught in such a way that the students are first of all led to acquire a solid and coherent knowledge of man, the world, and of God, relying on a philosophical patrimony which is perennially valid and taking into account the philosophical investigations of later ages. This is especially true of those investigations which exercise a greater influence in their own nations. Account should also be taken of the more recent progress of the sciences. The net result should be that the students, correctly understanding the characteristics of the contemporary mind, will be duly prepared for dialogue with men of their time."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The history of philosophy should be so taught that the students, while reaching the ultimate principles of the various systems, will hold on to what is proven to be true therein and will be able to detect the roots of errors and to refute them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the very manner of teaching there should be stirred up in the students a love of rigorously searching for the truth and of maintaining and demonstrating it, together with an honest recognition of the limits of human knowledge. Attention must be carefully drawn to the necessary connection between philosophy and the true problems of life, as well as the questions which preoccupy the minds of the students. Likewise students should be helped to perceive the links between the subject-matter of philosophy and the mysteries of salvation which are considered in theology under the higher light of faith."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The theological disciplines, in the light of faith and under the guidance of the magisterium of the Church, should be so taught that the students will correctly draw out Catholic doctrine from divine revelation, profoundly penetrate it, make it the food of their own spiritual lives, and be enabled to proclaim, explain, and protect it in their priestly ministry."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The students are to be formed with particular care in the study of the Bible, which ought to be, as it were, the soul of all theology. After a suitable introduction they are to be initiated carefully into the method of exegesis; and they are to see the great themes of divine revelation and to receive from their daily reading of and meditating on the sacred books inspiration and nourishment."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dogmatic theology should be so arranged that these biblical themes are proposed first of all. Next there should be opened up to the students what the Fathers of the Eastern and Western Church have contributed to the faithful transmission and development of the individual truths of revelation. The further history of dogma should also be presented, account being taken of its relation to the general history of the Church. Next, in order that they may illumine the mysteries of salvation as completely as possible, the students should learn to penetrate them more deeply with the help of speculation, under the guidance of St. Thomas, and to perceive their interconnections. They should be taught to recognize these same mysteries as present and working in liturgical actions and in the entire life of the Church. They should learn to seek the solutions to human problems under the light of revelation, to apply the eternal truths of revelation to the changeable conditions of human affairs and to communicate them in a way suited to men of our day."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Likewise let the other theological disciplines be renewed through a more living contact with the mystery of Christ and the history of salvation. Special care must be given to the perfecting of moral theology. Its scientific exposition, nourished more on the teaching of the Bible, should shed light on the loftiness of the calling of the faithful in Christ and the obligation that is theirs of bearing fruit in charity for the life of the world. Similarly the teaching of canon law and of Church history should take into account the mystery of the Church, according to the dogmatic constitution \"De Ecclesia\" promulgated by this sacred synod. Sacred liturgy, which is to be considered as the primary and indispensable source of the truly Christian spirit, should be taught according to the mind of articles 15 and 16 of the Constitution on the Sacred Liturgy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The circumstances of various regions being duly considered, students are to be brought to a fuller understanding of the churches and ecclesial communities separated from the Apostolic Roman See, so that they may be able to contribute to the work of re- establishing unity among all Christians according to the prescriptions of this holy synod."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let them also be introduced to a knowledge of other religions which are more widespread in individual regions, so that they may acknowledge more correctly what truth and goodness these religions, in God's providence, possess, and so that they may learn to refute their errors and be able to communicate the full light of truth to those who do not have it."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But since doctrinal training ought to tend not to a mere communication of ideas but to a true and intimate formation of the students, teaching methods are to be revised both as regards lectures, discussions, and seminars and also the development of study on the part of the students, whether done privately or in small groups. Unity and soundness of the entire training is carefully to be provided for by avoiding an excessive multiplication of courses and lectures and by the omission of those questions which scarcely retain any importance or which ought to be referred to higher academic studies."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It will be the bishops' concern that young men suited by temperament, virtue, and ability be sent to special institutes faculties, or universities so that priests may be trained at a higher scientific level in the sacred sciences and in other fields which may be judged opportune. Thus they will be able to meet the various needs of the apostolate. The spiritual and pastoral training of these men, however, especially if they are not yet ordained as priests, is in no way to be neglected."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE PROMOTION OF STRICTLY PASTORAL TRAINING"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That pastoral concern which ought to permeate thoroughly the entire training of the students also demands that they be diligently instructed in those matters which are particularly linked to the sacred ministry, especially in catechesis and preaching, in liturgical worship and the administration of the sacraments, in works of charity, in assisting the erring and the unbelieving, and in the other pastoral functions. They are to be carefully instructed in the art of directing souls, whereby they will be able to bring all the sons of the Church first of all to a fully conscious and apostolic Christian life and to the fulfillment of the duties of their state of life. Let them learn to help, with equal solicitude, religious men and women that they may persevere in the grace of their vocations and may make progress according to the spirit of their various Institutes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In general, those capabilities are to be developed in the students which especially contribute to dialogue with men, such as the ability to listen to others and to open their hearts and minds in the spirit of charity to the various circumstances and needs of men."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They should also be taught to use the aids which the disciplines of pedagogy, psychology, and sociology can provide, according to correct methodology and the norms of ecclesiastical authority. Likewise, let them be properly instructed in inspiring and fostering the apostolic activity of the laity and in promoting the various and more effective forms of the apostolate. Let them also be imbued with that truly Catholic spirit which will accustom them to transcend the limits of their own diocese, nation, or rite, and to help the needs of the whole Church, prepared in spirit to preach the Gospel everywhere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But since it is necessary for the students to learn the art of exercising the apostolate not only theoretically but also practically, and to be able to act both on their own responsibility and in harmonious conjunction with others, they should be initiated into pastoral work, both during their course of studies and also during the time of vacations, by opportune practical projects. These should be carried out in accordance with the age of the students and local conditions, and with the prudent judgment of the bishops, methodically and under the leadership of men skilled in pastoral work, the surpassing power of supernatural means being always remembered."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "TRAINING TO BE ACHIEVED AFTER THE COURSE OF STUDIES"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since priestly training, because of the circumstances particularly of contemporary society, must be pursued and perfected even after the completion of the course of studies in seminaries, it will be the responsibility of episcopal conferences in individual nations to employ suitable means to this end. Such would be pastoral institutes working together with suitably chosen parishes, meetings held at stated times, and appropriate projects whereby the younger clergy would be gradually introduced into the priestly life and apostolic activity, under its spiritual, intellectual, and pastoral aspects, and would be able, day by day, to renew and foster them more effectively."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Fathers of this holy synod have pursued the work begun by the Council of Trent. While they confidently entrust to seminary administrators and teachers the task of forming the future priests of Christ in the spirit of the renewal promoted by this sacred synod, they earnestly exhort those who are preparing for the priestly ministry to realize that the hope of the Church and the salvation of souls is being committed to them. They urge them also to receive the norms of this decree willingly and thus to bring forth most abundant fruit which will always remain."
            }
          ]
        },
        "es": {
          "code": "es",
          "label": "Español",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_optatam-totius_sp.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-153-vat-ii_decree_19651028_optatam-totius_sp.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO OPTATAM TOTIUS SOBRE LA FORMACIÓN SACERDOTAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROEMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conociendo muy bien el Santo Concilio que la anhelada renovación de toda la Iglesia depende en gran parte del ministerio de los sacerdotes, animado por el espíritu de Cristo, proclama la grandísima importancia de la formación sacerdotal y declara algunos principios fundamentales de la misma, con los que se confirmen las leyes ya experimentadas durante siglos, a la vez que se introduzcan en ellas las innovaciones que responden a las Constituciones y Decretos de este Santo Concilio, y a las renovadas circunstancias de los tiempos. Esta formación sacerdotal es necesaria por razón de la misma unidad del sacerdocio, para todos los sacerdotes de ambos cleros y de cualquier rito; por tanto, estas prescripciones, que van dirigidas directamente al clero diocesano, hay que acomodarlas a todos con las mutaciones necesarias."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. En cada nación hay que establecer unas normas de formación sacerdotal."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No pudiéndose dar más que leyes generales para tanta diversidad de gentes y de regiones, en cada nación o rito establézcanse \"unas normas peculiares de formación sacerdotal\" que han de ser promulgadas por las Conferencias Episcopales, y revisadas en tiempos determinados, y aprobadas por la Sede Apostólica; en virtud de dichas normas, se acomodarán las leyes universales a las circunstancias especiales de lugar y de tiempo, de manera que la formación sacerdotal responda siempre a las necesidades pastorales de las regiones en que ha de ejercitarse el ministerio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Fomento más intenso de las vocaciones sacerdotales."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El deber de fomentar las vocaciones pertenece a toda la comunidad de los fieles, que debe procurarlo, ante todo, con una vida totalmente cristiana; ayudan a esto, sobre todo, las familias, que, llenas de espíritu de fe, de caridad y de piedad, son como el primer seminario, y las parroquias de cuya vida fecunda participan los mismos adolescentes. Los maestros y todos los que de algún modo se consagran a la educación de los niños y de los jóvenes, y, sobre todo, las asociaciones católicas, procuren cultivar a los adolescentes que se les han confiado, de forma que éstos puedan sentir y seguir con buen ánimo la vocación divina. Muestren todos los sacerdotes un grandísimo celo apostólico por el fomento de las vocaciones y atraigan el ánimo de los jóvenes hacia el sacerdocio con su vida humilde, laboriosa, amable y con la mutua caridad sacerdotal y la unión fraterna en el trabajo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es deber de los Obispos el impulsar a su grey a fomentar las vocaciones y procurar la estrecha unión de todos los esfuerzos y trabajos, y de ayudar, como padres, sin escatimar sacrificio alguno, a los que vean llamados a la parcela del Señor. Este anhelo eficaz de todo el Pueblo de Dios para ayudar a las vocaciones, responde a la obra de la Divina Providencia, que concede las dotes necesarias a los elegidos por Dios a participar en el sacerdocio jerárquico de Cristo, y los ayuda con su gracia, mientras confía a los legítimos ministros de la Iglesia el que, una vez reconocida su idoneidad, llamen a los candidatos que solicitan tan gran dignidad con intención recta y libertad plena, y, una vez bien conocidos, los consagren con el sello del Espíritu Santo para el culto de Dios y el servicio de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Santo Concilio recomienda, ante todo, los medios tradicionales de la cooperación común, como son la oración instante, la penitencia cristiana y una más profunda y progresiva formación de los fieles que hay que procurar, ya sea por la predicación y la catequesis, ya sea por los diversos medios de comunicación social, en dicha formación ha de exponerse la necesidad, naturaleza y excelencia de la vocación sacerdotal. Dispone además que la obra de las vocaciones, ya establecida o por establecer en el ámbito de cada diócesis, región o nación, según los documentos pontificios referente a esta materia, organice, metódica y coherentemente, y promueva con celo y discreción toda la acción pastoral para el fomento de las vocaciones, sirviéndose de todos los medios útiles que ofrecen las ciencias psicológicas y sociológicas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es necesario que la obra de fomento de las vocaciones trascienda generosamente los límites de las diócesis y de las naciones, de las familias religiosas y de los ritos, y, considerando las necesidades de la Iglesia universal, ayude, sobre todo, a aquellas regiones en que los operarios son llamados con más urgencia a la viña del Señor."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En los Seminarios Menores, erigidos para cultivar los gérmenes de la vocación, los alumnos se han de preparar por una formación religiosa peculiar, sobre todo por una dirección espiritual conveniente, para seguir a Cristo Redentor con generosidad de alma y pureza de corazón. Su género de vida bajo la dirección paternal de los superiores con la oportuna cooperación de los padres, sea la que conviene a la edad, espíritu y evolución de los adolescentes y conforme en su totalidad a las normas de la sana psicología, sin olvidar la adecuada experiencia segura de las cosas humanas y la relación con la propia familia. Hay que acomodar también al Seminario Menor todo lo que a continuación se establece sobre los Seminarios Mayores, en cuanto convenga a su fin y a su condición. Conviene que los estudios se organicen de modo que puedan continuarlos sin perjuicio en otras partes, si cambian de género de vida."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con atención semejante han de fomentarse los gérmenes de la vocación de los adolescentes y de los jóvenes en los Institutos especiales que, según las condiciones del lugar, sirven también para los fines de los Seminarios Menores, lo mismo que los de aquellos que se educan en otras escuelas y de más centros de educación. Promuévanse cuidadosamente Institutos y otros centros para los que siguen la vocación divina en edad avanzada."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Organización de los Seminarios Mayores"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Seminarios Mayores son necesarios para la formación sacerdotal. Toda la educación de los alumnos en ellos debe tender a que se formen verdaderos pastores de almas a ejemplo de Nuestro Señor Jesucristo, Maestro, Sacerdote y Pastor, prepárense, por consiguiente, para el ministerio de la palabra: que entiendan cada vez mejor la palabra revelada de Dios, que la posean con la meditación y la expresen en su lenguaje y sus costumbres; para el ministerio del culto y de la santificación: que, orando y celebrando las funciones litúrgicas, ejerzan la obra de salvación por medio del Sacrificio Eucarístico y los sacramentos; para el ministerio pastoral: que sepan representar delante de los hombres a Cristo, que, \"no vino a ser servido, sino a servir y dar su vida para redención de muchos\" (Mc., 10,45; Cf. Jn., 13,12-17), y que, hechos siervos de todos, ganen a muchos (Cf. 1 Cor., 9,19). Por lo cual, todos los aspectos de la formación, el espiritual, el intelectual y el disciplinar, han de ordenarse conjuntamente a esta acción pastoral, y para conseguirla han de esforzarse diligentes y concordemente todos los superiores y profesores, obedeciendo fielmente a la autoridad del Obispo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puesto que la formación de los alumnos depende ciertamente de las sabias disposiciones, pero, sobre todo, de los educadores idóneos, los superiores y profesores de los Seminarios han de elegirse de entre los mejores, y han de prepararse diligentemente con doctrina sólida, conveniente experiencia pastoral y una formación espiritual y pedagógica singular. Conviene, pues, que se promuevan Institutos para conseguir este fin o, por lo menos, hay que celebrar cursos oportunos y asambleas de superiores de seminarios en tiempos preestablecidos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Adviertan bien los superiores y profesores que de de su modo de pensar y de su manera obrar depende en gran emdida el resultado de la formación de los alumnos; establezcan bajo la guía del rector una unión estrechísima de pensamiento y de acción, y formen con los alumnos tal familiar compenetración que responda a la oración del Señor \"que sean uno\", e inspire a los alumnos el gozo de sentirse llamados. El Obispo, por su parte, aliente con especial predilección a los que trabajan en el Seminario, y con los alumnos muéstrese verdadero padre en Cristo. Finalmente, que todos los sacerdotes consideren el Seminario como el corazón de las diócesis y le presten gustosa ayuda."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Investíguese con mucho cuidado, según la edad y progreso en la formación de cada uno, acerca de la rectitud de intención y libertad de los candidatos, la idoneidad espiritual, moral e intelectual, la conveniente salud física y psíquica, teniendo también en cuanta las condiciones hereditarias. Considérese, además, la capacidad de los alumnos para cumplir las cargas sacerdotales y para ejercer los deberes pastorales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En todo lo referente a la selección y prueba necesaria de los alumnos, procédase siempre con firmeza de ánimo, aunque haya que lamentarse de la escasez de sacerdotes, porque Dios no permitirá que su Iglesia de ministros, si son promovidos los dignos, y los no idóneos orientados a tiempo y paternalmente a otras ocupaciones; ayúdese a éstos para que, conocedores de su vocación cristiana, se dediquen generosamente al apostolado seglar."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Donde cada diócesis no pueda establecer convenientemente su Seminario, eríjanse y foméntense los Seminarios comunes para varias diócesis, o para toda la región o nación, para atender mejor a la sólida formación de los alumnos, que en esto ha de considerarse como ley suprema. Estos Seminarios, si son regionales o nacionales, gobiérnense según estatutos establecidos por los Obispos interesados y aprobados por Sede Apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En los Seminarios donde haya muchos alumnos, salva la unidad de régimen y de formación científica, distribúyanse los alumnos convenientemente en secciones menores para atender mejor a la formación personal de cada uno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV. El cultivo intenso de la formación espiritual."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La formación espiritual ha de ir íntimamente unida con la doctrinal y la pastoral, y con la cooperación, sobre todo, del director espiritual; ha de darse de forma que los alumnos aprendan a vivir en continua comunicación con el Padre por su Hijo en el Espíritu Santo. Puesto que han de configurarse por la sagrada ordenación a Cristo Sacerdote, acostúmbrense a unirse a El, como amigos, en íntimo consorcio de vida. Vivan el misterio pascual de Cristo de tal manera que sepan unificar en él al pueblo que ha de encomendárseles. Enséñeseles a buscar a Cristo en la meditación fiel de la palabra de Dios, en la íntima comunicación con los sacrosantos misterios de la Iglesia, sobre todo en la Eucaristía y en el Oficio; en el Obispo que los envía y en los hombres a los que son enviados, especialmente en los pobres, en los niños y en los enfermos, en los pecadores y en los incrédulos. Amen y veneren con amor filial a la Santísima Virgen María, que al morir Cristo Jesús en la cruz fue entregada como madre al discípulo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cuídense diligentemente los ejercicios de piedad recomendados por santa costumbre de la Iglesia; pero hay que procurar que la formación espiritual no se ponga sólo en ellos, ni cultive solamente el afecto religioso. Aprendan más bien los alumnos a vivir según el modelo del Evangelio, a fundamentarse en la fe, en la esperanza y en la caridad, para adquirir mediante su práctica el espíritu de oración, robustecer y defender su vocación, obtener la solidez de las demás virtudes y crecer en el celo de ganar a todos los hombres para Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Imbúyanse los alumnos del misterio de la Iglesia, expuesto principalmente por este sagrado Concilio, de suerte que, unidos con caridad humilde y filial al Vicario de Cristo, y, una vez ordenados sacerdotes, adheridos al propio Obispo como fieles cooperadores, y trabajando en unión con los hermanos, den testimonio de aquella unidad, por la cual los hombres son atraídos a Cristo. Acostúmbrense a participar con corazón amplio en la vida de toda la Iglesia, según las palabras de San Agustín : \"En las medida que cada uno ama a la Iglesia de Cristo, posee al Espíritu Santo\". Entiendan los alumnos con toda claridad que no están destinados al mando ni a los honores, sino que se entregan totalmente al servicio de Dios y al ministerio pastoral. Edúquense especialmente en la obediencia sacerdotal en el ambiente de una vida pobre y en la abnegación propia, de forma que se acostumbren a renunciar ágilmente a lo que es lícito, pero inconveniente, y asemejarse a Cristo crucificado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Expónganse a los alumnos las cargas que han de aceptar, sin ocultarles la más mínima dificultad de la vida sacerdotal; pero no se fijen únicamente en el aspecto peligroso de su futuro apostolado, sino que han de formarse para una vida espiritual que hay que robustecer al máximo por la misma acción pastoral."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los alumnos que, según las leyes santas y firmes de su propio rito, siguen la venerable tradición del celibato sacerdotal, han de ser educados cuidadosamente para este estado, en que, renunciando a la sociedad conyugal por el reino de los cielos, se unen al Señor con amor indiviso y, muy de acuerdo con el Nuevo Testamento, dan testimonio de la resurrección en el siglo futuro, y consiguen de este modo una ayuda aptísima para ejercitar constantemente la perfecta caridad, con la que pueden hacerse todo para todos en el ministerio sacerdotal. Sientan íntimamente con cuanta gratitud han de abrazar ese estado no sólo como precepto de la ley eclesiástica, sino como un don precioso de Dios que han de alcanzar humildemente, al que han de esforzarse en corresponder libre y generosamente con el estímulo y la ayuda de la gracia del Espíritu Santo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los alumnos han de conocer debidamente las obligaciones y la dignidad del matrimonio cristiano que simboliza el amor entre Cristo y la Iglesia; convénzanse, sin embargo, de la mayor excelencia de la virginidad consagrada a Cristo, de forma que se entreguen generosamente al Señor, después de una elección seriamente premeditada y con entrega total de cuerpo y alma."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay que avisarles de los peligros que acechan su castidad, sobre todo en la sociedad de estos tiempos; ayudados con oportunos auxilios divinos y humanos, aprendan a integrar la renuncia del matrimonio de tal forma que su vida y su trabajo no sólo no reciba menoscabo del celibato, sino más bien ellos consigan un dominio más profundo del alma y del cuerpo y una madurez más completa y capten mejor la felicidad del Evangelio."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obsérvense exactamente las normas de la educación cristiana, y complétense convenientemente con los últimos hallazgos de la sana psicología y de la pedagogía. por medio de una educación sabiamente ordenada hay que cultivar también en los alumnos la necesaria madurez humana, la cual se comprueba, sobre todo, en cierta estabilidad de ánimo, en la facultad de tomar decisiones ponderadas y en el recto modo de juzgar sobre los acontecimientos y los hombres. Esfuércense los alumnos en moderar bien su propio temperamento; edúquense en la reciedumbre de alma y aprendan a apreciar, en general, las virtudes que más se estiman entre los hombres y que hacen recomendables al ministro de Cristo, como son la sinceridad de alma, la preocupación constante por la justicia, la fidelidad en las promesas, la urbanidad en el obrar, la modestia unida a la caridad en el hablar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay que apreciar la disciplina del Seminario no sólo como defensa eficaz de la vida común y de la caridad, sino como elemento necesario de toda la formación para adquirir el dominio de sí mismo, para procurar la sólida madurez de la persona y formar las demás disposiciones del alma que ayudan decididamente a la labor ordenada y fructuosa de la Iglesia. Obsérvese, sin embargo, la disciplina de modo que se convierta en aptitud interna de los alumnos, en virtud de la cual se acepta la autoridad de los superiores por convicción interna o en conciencia, y por motivos sobrenaturales. Aplíquense, no obstante, las normas de la disciplina según la edad de los alumnos, de forma que mientras aprenden poco a poco a gobernarse a sí mismos se acostumbren a usar prudentemente de la libertad, a obrar según la propia iniciativa y responsabilidad y a colaborar con los hermanos y los seglares. Toda la vida de Seminario, impregnada de afán de piedad y de gusto del silencio y de preocupación por la mutua ayuda, ha de ordenarse de modo que constituya una iniciación en la vida que luego ha de llevar el sacerdote."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A fin de que la formación espiritual se fundamente en razones verdaderamente sólidas, y los alumnos abracen su vocación con elección madura y deliberada, podrán los Obispos establecer un intervalo conveniente de tiempo para una formación espiritual más intensa. A su juicio queda también ver la oportunidad de determinar cierta interrupción en los estudios o disponer un conveniente ensayo pastoral para atender mejor a la aprobación de los candidatos al sacerdocio. También se deja a la decisión de los Obispos, según las condiciones de cada región, poder retrasar la edad exigida al presente por el derecho común para las órdenes sagradas, y resolver sobre la oportunidad de establecer que los alumnos, una vez terminado el curso teológico, ejerciten por un tiempo conveniente el orden del diaconado, antes de ordenarse sacerdotes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "V. Revisión de los estudios eclesiásticos."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Antes de que los seminaristas emprendan los estudios propiamente eclesiásticos, deben poseer una formación humanística y científica semejante a la que necesitan los jóvenes de su nación para iniciar los estudios superiores, y deben, además adquirir tal conocimiento de la lengua latina que puedan entender y usar las fuentes de muchas ciencias y los documentos de la Iglesia. Téngase como obligatorio en cada rito el estudio de la lengua litúrgica y foméntese, cuanto más mejor, el conocimiento oportuno de las lenguas de la Sagrada Escritura y de la Tradición."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En la revisión de los estudios eclesiásticos hay que atender, sobre todo, a coordinar adecuadamente las disciplinas filosóficas y teológicas, y que juntas tiendan a descubrir más y más en las mentes de los alumnos el misterio de Cristo, que afecta a toda la historia del género humano, influye constantemente en la Iglesia y actúa, sobre todo, mediante el ministerio sacerdotal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para comunicar esta visión a los alumnos desde los umbrales de su formación, los estudios eclesiásticos han de incoarse con un curso de introducción, prorrogable por el tiempo que sea necesario. En esta iniciación de los estudios propóngase el misterio de la salvación, de forma que los alumnos se percaten del sentido y del orden de los estudios eclesiásticos, y de su fin pastoral, y se vean ayudados, al mismo tiempo, a fundamentar y penetrar toda su vida de fe, y se confirmen en abrazar la vocación con entrega personal y alegría del alma."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las disciplina filosóficas hay que enseñarlas de suerte que los alumnos se vean como llevados de la mano ante todo a un conocimiento sólido y coherente del hombre, del mundo y de Dios apoyados en el patrimonio filosófico siempre válido, teniendo también en cuenta las investigaciones filosóficas de los tiempos modernos sobre todo las que influyen más en la propia nación, y del progreso más reciente de las ciencias, de forma que los alumnos, bien conocida la índole de la época presente, se preparen oportunamente para el diálogo con los hombres de su tiempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La historia de la filosofía enséñese de modo que los alumnos, al mismo tiempo que captan las últimos principios de los varios sistemas, retengan cuanto hay de probadamente verdadero en ellos y puedan descubrir las raíces de los errores y rebatirlos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En el modo de enseñar infúndase en los alumnos el amor de investigar la verdad con todo rigor, de respetarla y demostrarla juntamente con la honrada aceptación de los límites del conocimiento humano. Atiéndase cuidadosamente a las relaciones entre la filosofía y los verdaderos problemas de la vida, y las cuestiones que preocupan a las almas de los alumnos, y ayúdeseles también a descubrir los nexos existentes entre los argumentos filosóficos y los misterios de la salvación que, en la teología superior, se consideran a la luz de la fe."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las disciplinas teológicas han de enseñarse a la luz de la fe y bajo la guía del magisterio de la Iglesia, de modo que los alumnos deduzcan cuidadosamente la doctrina católica de la Divina Revelación; penetren en ella profundamente, la conviertan en alimento de la propia vida espiritual, y puedan en su ministerio sacerdotal anunciarla, exponerla y defenderla."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fórmense con diligencia especial los alumnos en el estudio de la Sagrada Escritura, que debe ser como el alma de toda la teología; una vez antepuesta una introducción conveniente, iníciense con cuidado en el método de la exégesis, estudien los temas más importantes de la Divina Revelación, y en la lectura diaria y en la meditación de las Sagradas Escrituras reciban su estímulo y su alimento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ordénese la teología dogmática de forma que, ante todo, se propongan los temas bíblicos; expóngase luego a los alumnos la contribución que los Padres de la Iglesia de Oriente y de Occidente han aportado en la fiel transmisión y comprensión de cada una de las verdades de la Revelación, y la historia posterior del dogma, considerada incluso en relación con la historia general de la Iglesia; aprendan luego los alumnos a ilustrar los misterios de la salvación, cuanto más puedan, y comprenderlos más profundamente y observar sus mutuas relaciones por medio de la especulación, siguiendo las enseñanzas de Santo Tomás; aprendan también a reconocerlos presentes y operantes en las acciones litúrgicas y en toda la vida de la Iglesia; a buscar la solución de los problemas humanos bajo la luz de la Revelación; a aplicar las verdades eternas a la variable condición de las cosas humanas, y a comunicarlas en modo apropiado a los hombres de su tiempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Renuévense igualmente las demás disciplinas teológicas por un contacto más vivo con el misterio de Cristo y la historia de la salvación. Aplíquese un cuidado especial en perfeccionar la teología moral, cuya exposición científica, más nutrida de la doctrina de la Sagrada Escritura, explique la grandeza de la vocación de los fieles en Cristo, y la obligación que tienen de producir su fruto para la vida del mundo en la caridad. De igual manera, en la exposición del derecho canónico y en la enseñanza de la historia eclesiástica, atiéndase al misterio de la Iglesia, según la Constitución dogmática De Ecclesia, promulgada por este Sagrado Concilio. La sagrada Liturgia, que ha de considerarse como la fuente primera y necesaria del espíritu verdaderamente cristiano, enséñese según el espíritu de los artículos 15 y 16 de la Constitución sobre la sagrada liturgia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Teniendo bien en cuenta las condiciones de cada región, condúzcase a los alumnos a un conocimiento completo de las Iglesias y Comunidades eclesiales separadas de la Sede Apostólica Romana, para que puedan contribuir a la restauración de la unidad entre todos los cristianos que ha de procurarse según las normas de este Sagrado Concilio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introdúzcase también a los alumnos en el conocimiento de las otras religiones más extendidas en cada región, para que puedan conocer mejor lo que por disposición de Dios, tienen de bueno y de verdadero para que aprendan a refutar los errores y puedan comunicar la luz plena de la verdad a los que carecen de ella."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como la instrucción doctrinal no debe tender únicamente a la comunicación de ideas, sino a la formación verdadera e interior de los alumnos, han de revisarse los métodos didácticos, tanto por lo que se refieren a las explicaciones, coloquios y ejercicios, como en lo que mira a promover el estudio de los alumnos, en particular o en equipos. Procúrese diligentemente la unidad y la solidez de toda la formación, evitando el exceso de asignaturas y de clases y omitiendo los problemas carentes de interés o que pertenecen a estudios más elevados propios de la universidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Obispos han de procurar que los jóvenes aptos por su carácter, su virtud y su ingenio sean enviados a institutos especiales, facultades o universidades, para que se preparen sacerdotes, instruidos con estudios superiores, en las ciencias sagradas y en otras que juzgaran oportunas, a fin de que puedan satisfacer las diversas necesidades del apostolado; pero no se desatienda en modo alguno su formación espiritual y pastoral, sobre todo si aún no son sacerdotes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VI. El fomento de la formación estrictamente pastoral."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La preocupación pastoral que debe informar enteramente la educación de los alumnos exige también que sean instruidos diligentemente en todo lo que se refiere de manera especial al sagrado ministerio, sobre todo en la catequesis y en la predicación, en el culto litúrgico y en la administración de los sacramentos, en las obras de caridad, en la obligación de atender a los que yerran o no creen, y en los demás deberes pastorales. Instrúyaseles cuidadosamente en el arte de dirigir las almas, a fin de que puedan conformar a todos los hijos de la Iglesia a una vida cristiana totalmente consciente y apostólica, y en el cumplimiento de los deberes de su estado; aprendan con igual cuidado a ayudar a los religiosos y religiosas para que perseveren en la gracia de su propia vocación y progresen según el espíritu de los diversos Institutos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En general, cultívese en los alumnos las cualidades convenientes, sobre todo las que se refieren al diálogo con los hombres, como son la capacidad de escuchar a otros y de abrir el alma con espíritu de caridad ante las variadas circunstancias de las relaciones humanas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enséñeseles también a usar los medios que pueden ofrecer las ciencias pedagógicas, o psicológicas, o sociológicas, según los métodos rectos y las normas de la autoridad eclesiástica. Instrúyaseles también para suscitar y favorecer la acción apostólica de los seglares, y para promover las varias y más eficaces formas de apostolado, y llénense de un espíritu tan católico que se acostumbren a traspasar los límites de la propia diócesis o nación o rito y ayudar a las necesidades de toda la Iglesia, preparados para predicar el Evangelio en todas partes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Y siendo necesario que los alumnos aprendan a ejercitar el arte del apostolado no sólo en la teoría, sino también en la práctica, que puedan trabajar con responsabilidad propia y en unión con otros, han de iniciarse en la práctica pastoral durante todo el curso y también en las vacaciones por medio de ejercicios oportunos; éstos deben realizarse metódicamente y bajo la dirección de varones expertos en asuntos pastorales, de acuerdo con la edad de los alumnos, y en conformidad con las condiciones de los lugares, de acuerdo con el prudente juicio de los Obispos, teniendo siempre presente la fuerza poderosa de los auxilios sobrenaturales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VII. Perfeccionamiento de la formación después de los estudios."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La formación sacerdotal, sobre todo en las condiciones de la sociedad moderna, debe proseguir y completarse aun después de terminados los estudios en el seminario. Por ello, las Conferencias episcopales podrán en cada nación servirse de los medios más aptos, como son los Institutos pastorales que cooperan con parroquias oportunamente elegidas, las Asambleas reunidas en tiempos determinados, los ejercicios apropiados, con cuyo auxilio el clero joven ha de introducirse gradualmente en la vida sacerdotal y en la vida apostólica bajo el aspecto espiritual, intelectual y pastoral, y renovarlas y fomentarlas cada vez más."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSIÓN"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Padres de este Sagrado Concilio, prosiguiendo la obra comenzada por el Concilio de Trento, mientras confían a los superiores y profesores de los Seminarios el deber de formar a los futuros sacerdotes de Cristo en el espíritu de renovación promovido por este Santo Concilio, exhortan ardientemente a los que se preparan para el ministerio sacerdotal que consideren cómo en ellos se deposita la esperanza de la Iglesia y la salvación de las almas, reciban, pues, amorosamente las normas de este Decreto, de forma que lleguen a producir frutos ubérrimos que permanezcan para siempre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todas y cada una de las cosas contenidas en este Decreto han obtenido el beneplácito de los Padres del Sacrosanto Concilio. Y Nos, en virtud de la potestad apostólica recibida de Cristo, juntamente con los Venerables Padres, las aprobamos, decretamos y establecemos en el Espíritu Santo, y mandamos que lo así decidido conciliarmente sea promulgado para gloria de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, en San Pedro, 28 de octubre de 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yo, Pablo, Obispo de la Iglesia católica."
            }
          ]
        },
        "fr": {
          "code": "fr",
          "label": "Français",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_optatam-totius_fr.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-146-vat-ii_decree_19651028_optatam-totius_fr.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAUL, ÉVÊQUE, SERVITEUR DES SERVITEURS DE DIEU, AVEC LES PÈRES DU SAINT CONCILE, POUR QUE LE SOUVENIR S'EN MAINTIENNE À JAMAIS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DÉCRET SUR LA FORMATION DES PRÊTRES OPTATAM TOTIUS ECCLESIAE RENOVATIONEM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRÉAMBULE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le saint Concile a pleinement conscience que le renouveau de l’Église entière, souhaité par tous, dépend pour une grande part du ministère des prêtres animé par l’Esprit du Christ [1] aussi affirme-t-il l’importance capitale de la formation sacerdotale. Il en proclame quelques principes fondamentaux, qui confirmeront les lois approuvées par l’expérience des siècles passés, et qui permettront d’y introduire les éléments nouveaux destinés à répondre aux constitutions et décrets du Concile et aux transformations des temps actuels. Cette formation sacerdotale, en raison même de l’unité du sacerdoce catholique est nécessaire pour les prêtres des deux clergés et de tous les rites. C’est pourquoi ces prescriptions, qui concernent directement le clergé diocésain, sont valables pour tous, compte tenu des adaptations nécessaires."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I – Du régime de formation sacerdotale à instituer en chaque nation"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Étant donné la diversité si grande des peuples et des régions, il n’est possible de poser que des lois générales. Aussi établira-t-on dans chaque nation ou rite un « régime de formation sacerdotale » particulier, qui sera fixé par les conférences épiscopales [2], révisé à des temps déterminés et approuvé par le Siège apostolique. Les lois universelles, ainsi, seront adaptées aux circonstances particulières des lieux et des temps, afin que la formation sacerdotale réponde toujours aux nécessités pastorales des régions où le ministère doit être exercé."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II – De la culture vigilante des vocations sacerdotales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le devoir de cultiver les vocations [3] revient à la communauté chrétienne tout entière, qui s’en acquitte avant tout par une vie pleinement chrétienne. Ce sont principalement les familles et les paroisses qui doivent collaborer à cette tâche: les familles, animées par un esprit de foi, de charité et de piété, devenant une sorte de premier séminaire; les paroisses offrant aux adolescents eux-mêmes une participation à la fécondité de leur vie. Les maîtres et tous ceux qui, d’une manière quelconque ont la responsabilité de la formation des enfants et des jeunes gens, les associations catholiques surtout, auront le souci d’éduquer les adolescents qui leur sont confiés, de manière qu’ils puissent percevoir la vocation divine et y répondre de grand cœur. Tous les prêtres feront preuve du plus grand zèle apostolique pour cultiver les vocations, et ils attireront vers le sacerdoce les âmes des jeunes par leur vie personnelle humble, laborieuse, vécue d’un cœur joyeux, par des rapports mutuels empreints de charité sacerdotale ainsi que par une coopération fraternelle."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il appartient aux évêques d’inciter leur troupeau à promouvoir les vocations. Ils devront veiller à une étroite coordination de toutes les ressources et de tous les efforts. Ils aideront, comme de vrais pères, sans épargner aucun sacrifice, ceux qui, à leur jugement, sont appelés par le Seigneur pour être sa part."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette action concertée de tout le Peuple de Dieu pour cultiver les vocations répond à l’action de la Providence divine. C’est cette dernière qui choisit certains hommes pour les faire participer au sacerdoce hiérarchique du Christ, et qui leur accorde les dons nécessaires et les aide de sa grâce. C’est elle aussi qui confie aux ministres légitimes de l’Église la mission, après avoir reconnu leur identité, d’appeler et de consacrer au culte de Dieu et au service de l’Église, par le sceau de l’Esprit, les candidats éprouvés qui auront demandé une si grande charge avec intention droite et pleine liberté [4]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Concile recommande, en premier lieu, les moyens traditionnels de toute coopération, qui sont la prière instante, la pénitence chrétienne, la formation chaque jour plus profonde des fidèles. Celle-ci sera assurée par la prédication et la catéchèse, mais également par les divers moyens de communication sociale; elle mettra en lumière la nécessité, la nature et la grandeur de la vocation sacerdotale. Le Concile ordonne, en outre, que les œuvres des vocations déjà fondées ou qui devront l’être, dans le ressort de chaque diocèse, région ou nation, organisent de façon méthodique et cohérente toute l’action pastorale en faveur des vocations et la mènent avec autant de sagesse que de zèle. On ne négligera, par ailleurs, aucun des moyens opportuns que les sciences psychologiques et sociologiques d’aujourd’hui ont utilement fait connaître [5]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il faut aussi que le travail entrepris pour cultiver les vocations dépasse avec largesse de cœur les limites de chaque diocèse, nation, famille religieuse ou rite, et, tenant compte des nécessités de l’Église universelle, apporte secours principalement aux régions où des ouvriers sont réclamés avec plus d’urgence pour la vigne du Seigneur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans les petits séminaires érigés pour cultiver les germes de vocation, les élèves seront préparés à suivre le Christ rédempteur avec générosité d’esprit et pureté de cœur, grâce à une formation religieuse spéciale, et en premier lieu par une direction spirituelle adaptée. Sous la conduite paternelle des supérieurs, avec la coopération si utile de leurs parents, ils mèneront une vie qui convienne à l’âge, à la mentalité et à l’évolution d’adolescents, et qui réponde pleinement aux normes d’une saine psychologie. On n’omettra pas de leur assurer une expérience convenable des réalités humaines, ni des rapports normaux avec leur famille [6]. En outre, les prescriptions qui suivent, relatives aux grands séminaires, doivent être adaptées au petit séminaire lui-même, dans la mesure où elles conviennent à son but et à son régime. Les études que les élèves ont à poursuivre seront organisées de telle sorte qu’ils puissent les continuer ailleurs sans inconvénient, s’ils embrassent un autre état de vie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On cultivera aussi avec le même soin les germes de vocations d’adolescents et de jeunes gens dans les instituts particuliers qui, en raison de circonstances locales, contribuent aussi au but que poursuivent les petits séminaires. On le fera également pour la vocation de ceux qui sont élevés dans d’autres écoles ou autres milieux éducatifs. On veillera avec soin aux institutions ou autres maisons établies pour ceux qui répondent à la vocation divine parvenus à un âge plus avancé."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III – Organisation des grands séminaires"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les grands séminaires sont nécessaires pour la formation sacerdotale. L’éducation complète des élèves des grands séminaires doit tendre à faire d’eux de véritables pasteurs d’âmes, à l’exemple de Notre Seigneur Jésus Christ, Maître, Prêtre et Pasteur [7]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ils seront donc préparés:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "au ministère de la Parole, afin qu’ils comprennent toujours mieux la parole révélée de Dieu, qu’ils la possèdent par la méditation, et qu’ils l’expriment par leur bouche et par leurs mœurs;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "au ministère du culte et de la sanctification, afin que, s’adonnant à la prière et aux saintes célébrations liturgiques, ils accomplissent l’œuvre du salut par le sacrifice eucharistique et les sacrements;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "au ministère de pasteur, afin qu’ils sachent rendre présent aux hommes le Christ, qui « n’est pas venu pour être servi, mais pour servir et pour donner sa vie en rançon des multitudes » (Mc 10, 45; cf. Jn 13, 12-17) et pour que, devenus les serviteurs de tous, ils en gagnent un plus grand nombre (cf. 1 Co 9, 10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi tous les aspects de la formation, spirituel, intellectuel et disciplinaire, seront ordonnés à cette fin pastorale par une action concertée, et tous les directeurs et professeurs s’appliqueront à poursuivre ce but avec zèle et concorde, fidèlement dociles à l’autorité de l’évêque."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La formation des séminaristes dépend de sages règlements, mais plus encore de la valeur des éducateurs. Aussi les directeurs et professeurs des séminaires seront-ils choisis parmi les hommes les meilleurs [8]. Ils seront soigneusement préparés par un solide enseignement doctrinal, par une expérience pastorale convenable, et par une formation spirituelle et pédagogique spéciale. Il faut établir des instituts qui permettent d’atteindre cette fin, ou du moins des cours qui seront organisés de manière adaptée, ainsi que des réunions de directeurs de séminaire, qui se tiendront périodiquement."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les directeurs et professeurs seront convaincus de l’importance de leur manière de penser et d’agir pour le succès de la formation des séminaristes; sous la conduite du supérieur, ils observeront entre eux une étroite union d’esprit et d’action, et formeront entre eux et avec les séminaristes une famille qui réponde à la prière du Seigneur: « Qu’ils soient un » (cf. Jn 17, 11) et qui entretienne chez les séminaristes la joie de leur propre vocation. Avec prédilection et persévérance, l’évêque aura soin d’animer ceux qui travaillent au séminaire, et de se montrer pour les séminaristes un vrai père dans le Christ. Enfin, tous les prêtres considéreront le séminaire comme le cœur du diocèse et l’aideront volontiers par leur secours personnel [9]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On étudiera très soigneusement, compte tenu de leur âge et de leur progrès, la droiture d’intention des candidats et la liberté de leur volonté, leurs aptitudes spirituelles, morales et intellectuelles, leur santé physique et psychique, qui doit être suffisante – sans négliger les dispositions qui pourraient provenir de leur famille –, leur capacité, enfin, à porter les charges sacerdotales et à exercer les devoirs pastoraux [10]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En tout ce qui concerne le choix et la probation des séminaristes, on appliquera toujours la fermeté d’âme nécessaire, même si on doit déplorer une pénurie des prêtres [11], car Dieu ne permettra pas que son Église manque de ministres, si l’on n’ordonne que ceux qui en sont dignes. Ceux qui n’ont pas les aptitudes voulues seront dirigés paternellement, en temps voulu, vers d’autres responsabilités, et on les aidera à aborder avec joie, conscients de leur vocation chrétienne, l’apostolat laïc."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Là où les diocèses, pris en particulier, seraient incapables d’organiser comme il convient un séminaire propre, on érigera et on soutiendra des séminaires communs soit à plusieurs diocèses, soit à une région ou à une nation entière, afin que soit assurée de façon plus efficace la formation sérieuse des séminaristes, qui doit être considérée comme la loi suprême en cette question. Ces séminaires, s’ils sont régionaux ou nationaux, seront régis selon des règles établies par les évêques intéressés [12] et approuvées par le Siège apostolique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans les séminaires où il y a de nombreux sujets, tout en gardant l’unité du gouvernement et de l’enseignement, on répartira au mieux les séminaristes en des groupes plus petits, afin que l’épanouissement de chaque personnalité soit mieux respecté."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV – De l'approfondissement de la formation spirituelle"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La formation spirituelle, qu’on unira étroitement à la formation doctrinale et pastorale, sera donnée grâce à l’aide surtout du directeur spirituel [13], de façon à introduire les séminaristes dans une vie d’union continuelle et familière avec le Père, par son Fils Jésus Christ, dans l’Esprit Saint. Destinés à être conformés au Christ-Prêtre par la sainte ordination, ils s’habitueront à adhérer à lui également par une participation intime de toute leur vie, comme il convient à des amis [14]. Ils doivent vivre tellement son mystère pascal qu’ils deviennent capables d’y initier le peuple qui leur sera confié. On leur apprendra à chercher le Christ dans une méditation fidèle de la Parole de Dieu, dans une communion active aux très saints mystères de l’Église, et en premier lieu dans l’Eucharistie et dans l’office divin [15]. Ils le chercheront dans l’évêque qui les envoie et dans les hommes auxquels ils sont envoyés, surtout dans les pauvres, les enfants, les malades, les pécheurs et les incroyants. Ils aimeront et ils honoreront avec une confiance filiale la bienheureuse Vierge Marie, qui a été donnée comme mère à son disciple par Jésus mourant sur la croix."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On attachera une grande importance aux exercices de piété recommandés par l’usage vénérable de l’Église, mais on aura soin que la formation spirituelle ne se limite pas à eux et ne soit pas une simple culture du sentiment religieux. Les séminaristes apprendront avant tout à vivre selon la forme de l’Évangile, à s’affermir dans la foi, l’espérance et la charité, afin que, par l’exercice de ces vertus, ils acquièrent l’esprit de prière [16], ils affermissent et protègent leur vocation, ils renforcent les autres vertus, ils grandissent dans ce zèle qui les poussera à gagner tous les hommes au Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les séminaristes doivent être pénétrés du mystère de l’Église, mis spécialement en lumière par ce Concile, de telle manière qu’ils soient liés par un amour humble et filial au vicaire du Christ, et que, devenus prêtres, ils adhèrent à leur évêque comme de fidèles coopérateurs et travaillent en commun avec leur frères, donnant ainsi le témoignage de cette unité qui attire les hommes au Christ [17]. Qu’ils apprennent à prendre part, d’un cœur large, à la vie de l’Église entière, selon ce mot de saint Augustin: « C’est dans la mesure où il aime l’Église que chacun possède l’Esprit Saint » [18]. Ils devront comprendre clairement qu’ils ne sont pas destinés à la domination ni aux honneurs, mais qu’ils appartiennent tout entiers au service de Dieu et au ministère pastoral. On cultivera en eux avec un soin particulier l’obéissance sacerdotale, le goût d’une vie pauvre, l’esprit d’abnégation [19] si bien qu’ils seront habitués à renoncer rapidement même aux choses permises mais non opportunes, et à se conformer au Christ crucifié."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On les informera des charges qu’ils auront à assumer, sans taire aucune des difficultés de la vie sacerdotale. Cependant, dans leur labeur futur, qu’ils ne regardent pas de façon presque exclusive le risque encouru, mais qu’on les forme plutôt à affermir le plus possible leur vie spirituelle à partir de leur action pastorale elle-même."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les séminaristes qui, selon les lois saintes et fermes de leur rite propre, observent la tradition vénérable du célibat sacerdotal, seront formés avec un soin diligent à cet état. Ils y renoncent à la société conjugale à cause du Royaume des cieux (cf. Mt 19, 12); ils y adhèrent au Seigneur par un amour sans partage [20], qui convient profondément à la Nouvelle Alliance; ils y donnent le témoignage de la résurrection du siècle futur (cf. Lc 20, 36) [21] et ils y trouvent une aide particulièrement apte à l’exercice continuel de cette charité parfaite qui leur permet d’être tout à tous dans le ministère sacerdotal [22]. Ils ressentiront profondément avec quel esprit reconnaissant cet état doit être assumé, non pas comme une simple prescription de la loi ecclésiastique, mais comme un don précieux de Dieu, que l’on doit demander humblement, et auquel ils se hâteront de répondre librement et généreusement, stimulés et aidés par la grâce de l’Esprit Saint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les séminaristes doivent avoir une connaissance exacte des devoirs et de la dignité du mariage chrétien, qui représente l’amour du Christ et de l’Église (cf. Ep 5, 32s). Ils doivent percevoir aussi la supériorité de la virginité consacrée au Christ [23] de manière à se livrer au Seigneur en un don total du corps et de l’âme, par un choix magnanime et mûrement délibéré."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ils seront avertis des dangers que rencontre leur chasteté, particulièrement dans la société actuelle [24]. Avec l’aide des secours humains et divins appropriés, ils apprendront à si bien « intégrer » leur renoncement au mariage que leur célibat non seulement ne soit source d’aucun dommage pour leur vie et leur activité mais leur permette, au contraire, d’acquérir une meilleure maîtrise de l’âme et du corps ainsi qu’une maturité plus complète, et de recevoir plus parfaitement la joie de l’Évangile."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les normes de l’éducation chrétienne seront religieusement observées et soigneusement complétées par les découvertes récentes d’une psychologie et d’une pédagogie sûres. La formation sagement dirigée devra aussi cultiver chez les séminaristes la nécessaire maturité humaine. Celle-ci se reconnaît principalement à une certaine stabilité d’esprit, au pouvoir de prendre des décisions réfléchies, et à une juste appréciation des événements et des hommes. Les séminaristes s’accoutumeront à bien discipliner leur caractère, ils tendront à acquérir la force d’âme, et en général ils apprendront à estimer ces vertus qui sont d’un grand prix auprès des hommes et qui font estimer le ministre du Christ [25], telles que la loyauté, le souci constant de la justice, la fidélité à tenir ses promesses, la politesse dans le comportement, la modestie jointe à la charité dans la conversation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La discipline de la vie au séminaire n’est pas à considérer seulement comme un secours puissant pour la vie commune et la charité, elle est aussi un élément nécessaire d’une formation complète, en vue d’acquérir la maîtrise de soi, de parvenir à une sérieuse maturité, et de former les autres dispositions qui contribuent singulièrement à une activité équilibrée et efficace pour l’Église. Cette discipline toutefois sera mise en œuvre de manière que se développe chez les séminaristes une disposition intérieure en vertu de laquelle ils accepteront l’autorité des supérieurs par une persuasion intime, c’est-à-dire par motif de conscience (cf. Rm 13, 5) et pour des raisons surnaturelles. Le règlement sera appliqué en tenant compte de l’âge des séminaristes: ainsi, tandis qu’ils apprendront peu à peu à se conduire par eux-mêmes, ils s’habitueront à user sagement de la liberté, à agir avec spontanéité et zèle [26], à travailler en commun avec leurs confrères et avec les laïcs."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le style de vie du séminaire sera marqué par le goût de la piété et du silence et par le souci de l’aide mutuelle, et il sera conçu comme une initiation à la vie que le prêtre aura à mener dans la suite."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour fonder de manière plus solide la formation spirituelle et pour que les séminaristes puissent ratifier leur vocation pour une option mûrement délibérée, il appartiendra aux évêques d’instituer, pendant une durée convenable, un entraînement spirituel plus poussé. Il leur reviendra aussi de juger s’il est opportun d’interrompre les études et d’organiser un certain entraînement pastoral qui permettra de mieux éprouver les candidats au sacerdoce. Selon les conditions propres à chaque région, il appartiendra aux évêques d’abord de décider s’il faut retarder l’âge actuellement requis par le droit commun, et aussi de délibérer sur l’opportunité d’imposer aux séminaristes, après leurs études théologiques, l’exercice du diaconat pendant un temps convenable avant l’accès au sacerdoce."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "V – De l'aménagement des études ecclésiastiques"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Avant d’aborder les études proprement ecclésiastiques, les séminaristes recevront la formation humaniste et scientifique qui permet aux jeunes de leur nation d’accéder aux études supérieures. En outre, ils acquerront la connaissance de la langue latine qui leur permettra de comprendre et d’utiliser les sources de tant de sciences et les documents de l’Église [27]. On considérera comme nécessaire l’étude de la langue liturgique propre à chaque rite et on recommandera vivement la connaissance suffisante des langues de la Sainte Écriture et de la Tradition."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans l’aménagement des études ecclésiastiques, il faudra viser tout d’abord à mettre en meilleur rapport la philosophie et la théologie et à les faire contribuer de concert à ouvrir de plus en plus l’esprit des séminaristes au mystère du Christ. Celui-ci, en effet, concerne l’histoire entière du genre humain, se prolonge sans cesse dans l’Église et opère principalement par le ministère sacerdotal [28]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour que cette perspective d’ensemble soit communiquée aux séminaristes au seuil de leur formation, les études ecclésiastiques commenceront par un cours d’introduction, qui durera le temps convenable. Dans cette initiation aux études, le mystère du salut sera proposé aux séminaristes de manière qu’ils voient le sens des études ecclésiastiques, leur ordre et leur fin pastorale, et qu’en même temps ils soient aidés à fonder toute leur vie sur la foi et à l’en pénétrer. Ils seront aussi par là affermis dans leur vocation, ratifiée personnellement par une donation accomplie d’un cœur joyeux."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On enseignera les disciplines philosophiques de manière à guider tout d’abord les séminaristes dans l’acquisition d’une connaissance solide et cohérente de l’homme, du monde et de Dieu. Pour y parvenir, ils s’appuieront sur le patrimoine philosophique à jamais valable [29] ; il faudra tenir compte également des recherches philosophiques contemporaines, spécialement celles qui exercent une plus grande influence dans leur pays propre, et aussi des progrès scientifiques récents. Ainsi, les séminaristes, comprenant bien la mentalité contemporaine [30] seront-ils utilement préparés au dialogue avec les hommes de leur temps."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On enseignera l’histoire de la philosophie de telle manière que les séminaristes, en parvenant jusqu’aux principes derniers des différents systèmes, en retiennent ce qui se révèle vrai, en puissent découvrir, à leur racine même, les erreurs et les réfuter."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La méthode même de l’enseignement stimulera chez les séminaristes l’amour de la vérité qu’il faut chercher, examiner, démontrer avec rigueur, tout en reconnaissant honnêtement les limites de la connaissance humaine. Qu’on soit très attentif à l’étroite liaison entre la philosophie et les vrais problèmes de vie ou les questions qui agitent l’esprit des séminaristes. On les aidera à découvrir les relations entre les raisonnements philosophiques et les mystères du salut, que la théologie étudie à la lumière supérieure de la foi."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les disciplines théologiques seront enseignées à la lumière de la foi, sous la conduite du Magistère de l’Église [31], de telle façon que les séminaristes puisent avec soin dans la Révélation divine la doctrine catholique, qu’ils la pénètrent à fond, qu’ils en fassent la nourriture de leur propre vie spirituelle [32] et qu’ils puissent au cours de leur ministère sacerdotal l’annoncer, l’exposer et la défendre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On mettra un soin particulier à enseigner aux séminaristes l’Écriture sainte, qui doit être comme l’âme de toute la théologie [33]. Après une introduction convenable, on les initiera soigneusement à la méthode de l’exégèse, ils étudieront les grands thèmes de la Révélation divine et ils recevront stimulant et aliment de la lecture et de la méditation quotidiennes des Livres saints [34]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La théologie dogmatique sera exposée selon un plan qui propose en premier lieu les thèmes bibliques eux-mêmes. On montrera aussi aux séminaristes l’apport des Pères d’Orient et d’Occident pour une transmission et un approfondissement fidèles de chacune des vérités de la Révélation. On fera de même pour la suite de l’histoire du dogme, en tenant compte également de sa relation avec l’histoire générale de l’Église [35]. Puis pour mettre en lumière, autant qu’il est possible, les mystères du salut, ils apprendront à les pénétrer plus à fond, et à en percevoir la cohérence, par un travail spéculatif, avec saint Thomas pour maître [36]. On leur enseignera à les reconnaître toujours présents et agissant dans les actes liturgiques [37] et toute la vie de l’Église. Ils apprendront à chercher à la lumière de la Révélation la solution des problèmes humains, à appliquer ces vérités éternelles à la condition changeante des réalités humaines, et à les communiquer de façon adaptée aux hommes de leur temps [38]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De même les autres disciplines théologiques seront rénovées par un contact plus vivant avec le mystère du Christ et l’histoire du salut. On s’appliquera, avec un soin spécial, à perfectionner la théologie morale dont la présentation scientifique, plus nourrie de la doctrine de la Sainte Écriture, mettra en lumière la grandeur de la vocation des fidèles dans le Christ et leur obligation de porter du fruit dans la charité pour la vie du monde. Pareillement, en exposant le droit canonique et l’histoire ecclésiastique, on se référera au mystère de l’Église, en harmonie avec la Constitution dogmatique de Ecclesia promulguée par ce Concile. La sainte liturgie, qui doit être tenue pour la source première et nécessaire de l’esprit authentiquement chrétien, sera enseignée conformément aux articles 15 et 16 de la Constitution de la sainte liturgie [39]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Compte tenu des conditions propres aux diverses régions, les séminaristes seront initiés à une connaissance plus approfondie des Églises et communautés ecclésiales séparées du Siège apostolique romain, afin qu’ils puissent apporter leur concours au rétablissement de l’unité entre tous les chrétiens, selon les prescriptions de ce Concile [40]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On les introduira aussi à la connaissance des autres religions, particulièrement répandues en telle ou telle région, afin qu’ils découvrent mieux ce qu’elles ont, par une disposition divine, de vrai et de bon, qu’ils apprennent à en réfuter les erreurs, et qu’ils puissent communiquer la pleine lumière de la vérité à ceux qui ne l’ont pas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puisque le véritable enseignement doctrinal doit viser non pas une pure communication de notions, mais une véritable et profonde formation des séminaristes, on aménagera les méthodes pédagogiques, soit pour organiser les cours, entretiens et exercices pratiques, soit pour stimuler le travail des séminaristes, en particulier ou en petits groupes. On veillera attentivement à l’unité et à la solidité de tout l’enseignement. On évitera la trop grande multiplicité des disciplines et des cours, on omettra les questions qui n’ont presque plus d’intérêt ou qui sont à renvoyer aux hautes études universitaires."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques auront soin d’envoyer aux instituts spéciaux, aux facultés ou universités les jeunes gens qui en sont capables par leur caractère, leur vertu et leur intelligence, afin de préparer, pour les sciences sacrées et pour les autres qui sembleraient souhaitables, des prêtres qui, ayant reçu une formation scientifique plus approfondie, puissent faire face aux diverses nécessités de l’apostolat. Il ne faut aucunement négliger leur formation spirituelle et pastorale, surtout s’ils ne sont pas encore prêtres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VI – De la formation proprement pastorale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le souci pastoral qui doit imprégner absolument toute la formation des séminaristes [41] réclame qu’ils soient instruits soigneusement de tout ce qui regarde spécialement le saint ministère: principalement la catéchèse et la prédication, le culte liturgique et l’administration des sacrements, l’activité charitable, le devoir d’aller à la rencontre de ceux qui sont dans l’erreur et dans l’incroyance, sans oublier les autres charges pastorales. Qu’on leur enseigne avec soin l’art de diriger les âmes, pour qu’ils puissent former tous les fils de l’Église à mener avant tout leur vie chrétienne de façon pleinement consciente et apostolique, ainsi qu’à remplir leur devoir d’état. Qu’ils apprennent à aider avec autant de sollicitude les religieux et religieuses à persévérer dans la grâce de leur vocation propre et à progresser selon l’esprit de leurs divers instituts [42]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De façon plus générale, on développera chez les séminaristes les aptitudes les plus importantes pour le dialogue avec les hommes, comme de savoir écouter les autres et de s’ouvrir en esprit de charité aux divers aspects de la condition humaine [43]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On leur apprendra aussi à utiliser, selon de justes méthodes et en accord avec les règles posées par l’autorité ecclésiastique, l’apport des disciplines pédagogiques, psychologiques et sociologiques [44]. On les préparera aussi soigneusement à susciter et à soutenir l’action apostolique des laïcs [45] et à promouvoir des formes diverses et toujours plus efficaces d’apostolat. Enfin, on les pénétrera de ce véritable esprit apostolique qui les habituera à dépasser les limites de leur propre diocèse, nation et rite, pour subvenir aux besoins de l’Église entière, prêts au fond du cœur à prêcher l’Évangile jusqu’aux extrémités de la terre [46]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il est nécessaire que les séminaristes reçoivent une formation non seulement théorique mais aussi pratique à l’apostolat; il faut qu’ils puissent exercer personnellement leur responsabilités dans des tâches accomplies par ailleurs en collaboration. Aussi, dès le cours de leurs études et pendant le temps des vacances, seront-ils initiés à la pratique pastorale par des expériences appropriées. Celles-ci s’accompliront méthodiquement, selon l’âge des séminaristes et les conditions locales, d’après le jugement prudent des évêques, et seront guidées par des hommes experts en matière pastorale. On y rappellera toujours la prédominance des moyens surnaturels [47]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VII – De la formation à compléter après le séminaire"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les circonstances dans lesquelles vit la société moderne obligent tout particulièrement à poursuivre et à parfaire la formation sacerdotale même après l’achèvement du cycle d’études du séminaire [48]. Il reviendra donc aux conférences épiscopales de mettre au point, en chaque nation, les moyens les plus adaptés, par exemple des instituts de pastorale travaillant en liaison avec des paroisses soigneusement choisies, des réunions périodiques, des exercices appropriés. Le jeune clergé pourra ainsi entrer progressivement, au triple point de vue spirituel, intellectuel et pastoral, dans la vie sacerdotale et l’activité apostolique, et sera capable, au long des jours, de les rénover et de les développer."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSION"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les Pères de ce Concile, poursuivant l’œuvre inaugurée par le concile de Trente, remettent avec confiance aux directeurs et professeurs des séminaires la charge de former les futurs prêtres du Christ dans l’esprit de renouvellement que le Concile a voulu promouvoir. En même temps ils exhortent, avec force ceux qui se préparent au ministère sacerdotal à prendre une vive conscience que reposent sur eux les espoirs de l’Église et le salut des âmes: qu’en accueillant de tout leur cœur les prescriptions de ce décret, ils portent des fruits abondants, durables pour toujours."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout l’ensemble et chacun des points qui ont été édictés dans ce décret ont plu aux Pères. Et Nous, en vertu du pouvoir apostolique que Nous tenons du Christ, en union avec les vénérables Pères, Nous les approuvons, arrêtons et décrétons dans le Saint- Esprit, et Nous ordonnons que ce qui a été ainsi établi en Concile soit promulgué pour la gloire de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rome, à Saint-Pierre, le 28 octobre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, Paul, évêque de l’Église catholique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Suivent les signatures des Pères)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Signatures des Pères"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mediolanensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS titulo S. Patricii ad Villam Ludovisi Presbyter Cardinalis CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, totius Hiberniae Primas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUMBERTUS MALCHIODI, Archiepiscopus Episcopus Placentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis † Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius † Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] Le progrès de tout le Peuple de Dieu, par la volonté du Christ lui-même, dépend éminemment du ministère des prêtres: c’est là une affirmation qui ressort clairement des paroles par lesquelles le Seigneur a constitué les Apôtres et leurs successeurs et coopérateurs, hérauts de l’Évangile, chefs du peuple nouveau et intendants des mystères de Dieu. Les paroles des Pères et des saints ainsi que les documents réitérés des Souverains Pontifes en sont la confirmation. Cf. en premier: saint Pie X, exhort. au clergé Haerent animo, 4 août 1908: S. Pii X Acta IV, p. 236-264. – Pie XI, Encycl. Ad catholici Sacerdotii, 20 décembre 1935: AAS 28 (1936); imprimis, p. 37-52. – Pie XII, adhort. apost. Menti Nostrae, 23 septembre 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 657-702. – Jean XXIII, Encycl. Sacerdotii Nostri primordia, 1er août 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 545-579. – Paul VI, épître apost. Summi Dei Verbum, 4 novembre 1963: AAS 55 (1963),"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2] Toute la formation sacerdotale, c’est-à-dire l’organisation du séminaire, la formation spirituelle, le régime des études, la vie commune et la discipline des séminaristes, les exercices pastoraux sont à adapter aux diverses situations locales. Cette adaptation, en ce qui concerne les points essentiels, doit être faite, d’après les normes communes, pour le clergé séculier par les conférences épiscopales, et comme il convient par les supérieurs compétents pour le clergé régulier: cf. Statuts généraux dans la const. apostolique Sedes Sapientiae annexes, art. 19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3] Parmi les principales peines qui affligent aujourd’hui l’Église, presque partout domine le nombre trop réduit des vocations. – Cf. Pie XII, adhort. apost. Menti Nostrae : « ... le nombre des prêtres, dans les régions catholiques comme dans les terres de mission, est insuffisant la plupart du temps pour faire face aux nécessités croissantes »: AAS 42 (1950), p. 682. – Jean XXIII: « Le problème des vocations ecclésiastiques et religieuses est le souci quotidien du pape..., il est le cri de sa prière, l’aspiration ardente de son âme » (Alloc. au Congrès international sur les vocations, 16 décembre 1961; L’Osservatore Romano, 17 décembre 1961)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4] Pie XII, Const. apost. Sedes Sapientiae, 31 mai 1956: AAS 48 (1956), p. 357. – Paul VI, épître apost. Summi Dei Verbum, 4 novembre 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 984 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5] Cf. Imprimis: Pie XII, motu proprio Cum nobis « de Pontificio Opere Vocationum Sacerdotalium apud S. Congreg. Seminariis et Studior. Univers. praepositam constituendo », 4 novembre 1941, AAS 33 (1941), p. 479; avec les statuts annexes promulgués le 8 septembre 1943. – Motu proprio Cum supremae « de Pontificio Opere primario religiosarum vocationum », 11 février 1955: AAS 47 (1955), p. 266; avec les statuts annexes promulgués par la S. C. sur les Religieux (ibid., p. 298-301). – Conc. Vat. II: décret Perfectae Caritat., n. 24 et décret Christus dominus, n. 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6] Cf. Pie XII, exhort. apost. Menti Nostrae, 23 septembre 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 685."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Ad Catholici Sacerdotii, 20 décembre 1935: AAS 28 (1936) p. 37: « Avant tout, le premier soin doit être le choix des directeurs et professeurs... Donnez à vos séminaires les prêtres les meilleurs; ne craignez pas de les dérober même à des charges d’apparence plus brillantes, mais qui, en réalité, ne peuvent pas entrer en comparaison avec cette œuvre capitale et irremplaçable. »"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[9] De communi officio seminariis auxiliatricem operam navandi, cf. Paul VI, épître apost. Summi Dei Verbum, 4 novembre 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 984."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[10] Cf. Pie XII, exhort. apost. Menti Nostrae, 23 septembre 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 684. – Cf. S.C. des Sacrements, litt. circulares Magna equidem ad locorum Ordinarios, 27 décembre 1935, n. 10. Pour les religieux, cf. les statuts généraux de la Const. apost. Sedes Sapientia, 31 mai 1956, art. 33. – Paul VI, Épître apost. Summi Dei Verbum, 4 novembre 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 987 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[11] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Ad Catholici Sacerdotii, 20 décembre 1935: AAS 28 (1936)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[12] Il est décidé que la détermination des statuts des séminaires régionaux ou nationaux revient aux évêques intéressés, ce qui est une dérogation à la prescription du canon 1357, § 4 du CIC."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[13] Cf. Pie XII, exhort. apost. Menti Nostrae, 23 septembre 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 674; S. C. de Sem. et Stud. Univ., La formazione spirituale del candidato al sacerdozio, Cité du Vatican, 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[14] Cf. Pie X, exhort. au clergé cathol., Haerent animo, 4 août 1908: S. Pii X Acta, IV, p. 242-244. – Pie XII, exhort. apost. Menti Nostrae, 23 septembre 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 659-661. – Jean XXIII, Encycl. Sacerdotii Nostri Primordia, 1er août 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 550 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[15] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Mediator Dei, 20 novembre 1947: AAS 39 (1947), p. 547 s. et 572 s. – Jean XXIII, exhort. apost. Sacrae Laudis, 6 janvier 1962: AAS 54 (1962), p. 69. – Conc. Vat. II, Const. Sacrosanctum concilium, art. 16 et 17. – S.C. des Rites, Instructio ad exsecutionem Constitutionis de Sacra Liturgia recte ordinandam, 26 septembre 1964, n. 14-17: AAS 56 (1964), p. 880 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[16] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Sacerdotii Nostri Primordia : AAS 51 (1959), p. 559 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[17] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[18] Saint Augustin, In Io. tract. 32, 8: PL 35, 1646."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[19] Cf. Pie XII, exhort. apost. Menti Nostrae : AAS 42 (1950), p. 662 s., 685, 690. – Jean XXIII, Encycl. Sacerdotii Nostri Primordia : AAS 51 (1959), p. 551-553; 556 s. – Paul VI, Ecclesiam suam, 6 août 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 634 s. – Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, imprimis n. 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[20] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Sacra Virginitas, 25 mars 1954: AAS 46 (1954), p. 165 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[21] Cf. Saint Cyprien, De habitu virginum, 22: PL 4, 475. – Saint Ambroise, De virginibus I, 8, 52: PL 16, 202 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[22] Cf. Pie XII, exhort. apost. Menti Nostrae : AAS 42 (1950), p. 663."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[23] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Sacra Virginitas, 1. c., p. 170-174."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[24] Cf. Pie XII, exhort. apost. Menti Nostrae, 1. c., p. 664 et 690 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[25] Cf. Paul VI, épître apost., Summi Dei verbum, 4 novembre 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 991."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[26] Cf. Pie XII, exhort. apost. Menti Nostrae, 1. c., p. 686."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[27] Cf. Paul VI, épître apost. Summi Dei Verbum, 1. c., p. 993."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[28] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 7 et 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[29] 29. Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Humani generis, 12 août 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 571-575."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[30] Cf. Paul VI, Encycl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 août 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 637 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[31] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Humani generis, 12 août 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 567-569. – Alloc. Si diligis, 31 mai 1954: AAS 46 (1954), p. 314 s. – Paul VI, Alloc. in Gregor. Pontificia Studiorum Universitate habita, 12 mars 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 364 s. – Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[32] Cf. Saint Bonaventure, Itinerarium mentis in Deum, Prol. n. 4: « (Que personne) ne croie qu’il lui suffit de la lecture sans l’onction, de la spéculation sans la dévotion, de la recherche sans l’admiration, de l’attention sans l’humilité, de l’application sans la grâce divine, de la lumière sans la sagesse divinement inspirée. »"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[33] Cf. Léon XIII, Encycl. Providentissimus Deus, 18 novembre 1893: ASS 26 (1893-1894), p. 283."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[34] Cf. Commission biblique, Instruction Sacra Scriptura recte docenda, 13 mai 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 502."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[35] Cf. Pie XII, Encycl. Humani generis, 12 août 1950, AAS 42 (1950), p. 568 s.: « ... par l’étude des sources, les sciences sacrées rajeunissent sans cesse, tandis que la spéculation qui néglige de pousser au-delà l’étude du dépôt révélé, l’expérience l’a appris, devient stérile. »"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[36] Cf. Pie XII, Sermon aux séminaristes, 24 juin 1939: AAS 31 (1939), p. 247: « En recommandant la doctrine de saint Thomas, on ne supprime pas l’émulation dans la recherche et dans la diffusion de la vérité, mais on la stimule plutôt et on la guide avec sûreté. » – Paul VI, Alloc. in Gregoriana Pont. Studiorum Univ. habita, 12 mars 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 365: « (Les professeurs)... porteront une attention respectueuse à l’enseignement des docteurs de l’Église, parmi lesquels saint Thomas d’Aquin tient la première place. Il y a en effet chez le Docteur angélique tant de puissante intelligence, tant de sincère amour de la vérité, tant de sagesse dans l’approfondissement, la présentation et la synthèse des plus hautes vérités, que sa doctrine est l’instrument le plus efficace non seulement pour asseoir la foi sur des bases sûres, mais aussi pour percevoir d’une façon efficace et assurée les fruits d’un sain progrès. » Cf. aussi Alloc. coram VI Congres. Intern. Thomistico, 10 septembre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[37] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. Sacrosanctum concilium, n. 7 et 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[38] Cf. Paul VI, Encycl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 août 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 640 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[39] Conc. Vat. II, Const. Sacrosanctum concilium, n. 10, 14, 15, 16. – S.C. des Rites, Instructio ad exsecutionem Constitutionis de Sacra Liturgia recte ordinandam, 26 septembre 1964, n. 11 et 12: AAS 56 (1964), p. 879 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[40] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, décret Unitatis redintegratio, n. 1, 9, 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[41] On peut dégager le modèle du pasteur à partir des documents des pontifes récents, qui traitent avec clarté de la vie, des qualités et de la formation des prêtres, principalement: saint Pie X, exhort. au clergé Haerent animo : S. Pii X Acta IV, p. 237 s. – Pie XI, Encycl. Ad Catholici Sacerdotii : AAS 28 (1936), p. 5 s. – Pie XII, exhort. apost. Menti Nostrae : AAS 42 (1950) p. 657 s. – Jean XXIII, Encycl. Sacerdotii Nostri primordia : AAS 51 (1959), p. 545 s. – Paul VI, Épître apost. Summi Dei Verbum : AAS 55 (1963), p. 979. – On trouve aussi beaucoup d’éléments sur la formation pastorale dans les Encycl. Mystici corporis (1943), Mediator Dei (1947), Evang. Praecones (1951), Sacra Virginitas (1954), Musicae Sacrae Discipl. (1955), Princeps Pastor. (1959), et dans Const. apost. Sedes Sapientiae (1956) pour les religieux. – Pie XII, Jean XXIII et Paul VI, dans leurs allocutions aux séminaristes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[42] Sur l’importance de l’état constitué par la profession des conseils évangéliques: cf. Lumen gentium, chap. VI ; décret Perfectae caritatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[43] Cf. Paul VI, Encycl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 août 1964: AAS 56 (1964) passim, imprimis, p. 635 et 640 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[44] Cf. imprimis Jean XXIII, Encycl. Mater et Magistra, 15 mai 1961: AAS 53 (1961), p. 401."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[45] Cf. surtout Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[46] Cf. Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[47] Plusieurs documents pontificaux mettent en garde contre le danger de négliger, dans l’action pastorale, la fin surnaturelle et de mépriser pratiquement les secours surnaturels; cf. principalement les documents de la note 41."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[48] Des documents récents du Saint Siège recommandent instamment d’avoir particulièrement soin des nouveaux prêtres. On peut rappeler principalement: Pie XII, motu proprio Quandoquidem, 2 avril 1949: AAS 41 (1949), p. 165-167; exhort. apost. Menti Nostrae, 23 septembre 1950: AAS 42 (1950); Sedes Sapientiae, 31 mai 1956 et Statuts généraux annexes; Alloc. aux prêtres « Convictus Barcinonensis», 14 juin 1957: Discours et Radiomess., XIX, p. 271-273. – Paul VI, Alloc. coram sacerdotibus Instituti « Gian Matteo Giberti», diocèse de Vérone, 11 mars 1954."
            }
          ]
        },
        "it": {
          "code": "it",
          "label": "Italiano",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_optatam-totius_it.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-149-vat-ii_decree_19651028_optatam-totius_it.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAOLO VESCOVO SERVO DEI SERVI DI DIO UNITAMENTE AI PADRI DEL SACRO CONCILIO A PERPETUA MEMORIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO SULLA FORMAZIONE SACERDOTALE OPTATAM TOTIUS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Concilio ecumenico, ben consapevole che l'auspicato rinnovamento di tutta la Chiesa dipende in gran parte dal ministero sacerdotale animato dallo spirito di Cristo (1), afferma solennemente l'importanza somma della formazione sacerdotale e ne delinea alcuni principi fondamentali, diretti a riaffermare le leggi già collaudate dalla esperienza dei secoli e ad inserirvi elementi nuovi, rispondenti ai decreti e alle costituzioni conciliari, nonché alle mutate condizioni dei tempi. Questa formazione sacerdotale, data l'intrinseca unità del sacerdozio cattolico, è necessaria a tutti i sacerdoti del clero secolare e regolare e di ogni rito; perciò le seguenti norme, che riguardano la formazione del clero diocesano, sono valide, tenuto conto degli adattamenti necessari, per tutti i candidati al sacerdozio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Regolamento di formazione sacerdotale da farsi in ogni nazione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In tanta diversità di popoli e di regioni non è possibile sancire leggi se non di carattere generale. Si elabori perciò in ogni nazione e in ogni rito un particolare « Regolamento di formazione sacerdotale » che dovrà essere compilato dalle conferenze episcopali (2) riveduto periodicamente ed approvato dalla Sede apostolica. Con tale regolamento le leggi generali vengano adattate alle particolari circostanze di tempo e di luogo, in modo che la formazione sacerdotale risulti sempre conforme alle necessità pastorali delle regioni in cui dovrà svolgersi il ministero."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Necessità di favorire più vigorosamente le vocazioni sacerdotali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il dovere di promuovere le vocazioni sacerdotali (3) spetta a tutta la comunità cristiana, che è tenuta ad assolvere questo compito anzitutto con una vita perfettamente cristiana. A tale riguardo il massimo contributo viene offerto tanto dalle famiglie, le quali, se animate da spirito di fede, di carità e di pietà, costituiscono come il primo seminario, quanto dalle parrocchie, della cui vita fiorente entrano a far parte gli stessi adolescenti. I maestri e tutti coloro che in qualsiasi maniera curano l'educazione dei fanciulli e dei giovani, specialmente le associazioni cattoliche, cerchino di coltivare gli adolescenti loro affidati in maniera che essi siano in grado di scoprire la vocazione divina e di seguirla con generosità. Tutti i sacerdoti dimostrino il loro zelo apostolico soprattutto nel favorire le vocazioni, e con la loro vita umile, operosa, vissuta con cuore gioioso, come pure con l'esempio della loro scambievole carità sacerdotale e della loro fraterna collaborazione attirino verso il sacerdozio l'animo dei giovani."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È compito dei vescovi stimolare il proprio gregge a favorire le vocazioni e curare a questo scopo lo stretto collegamento di tutte le energie e di tutte le iniziative; inoltre essi si comporteranno come padri nell'aiutare senza risparmio di sacrifici coloro che giudicheranno chiamati da Dio. Questa fattiva partecipazione di tutto il popolo di Dio all'opera delle vocazioni corrisponde all'azione della Provvidenza divina. Questa elargisce le qualità necessarie ed aiuta con la sua grazia coloro che sono stati scelti da Dio a far parte del sacerdozio gerarchico di Cristo; e nello stesso tempo affida ai legittimi ministri della Chiesa il compito di chiamare i candidati che aspirino a così grande ufficio con retta intenzione e piena libertà, dopo averne riconosciuta e provata l'idoneità, e di consacrarli col sigillo dello Spirito Santo al culto di Dio e al servizio della Chiesa (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il sacro Concilio in primo luogo raccomanda i mezzi tradizionali di questa comune cooperazione, quali la fervente preghiera, la penitenza cristiana, nonché una formazione sempre più profonda dei fedeli, da impartirsi sia con la predicazione e la catechesi, sia anche con i vari mezzi di comunicazione sociale; formazione che deve tendere a mettere in luce le necessità, la natura e la grandezza della vocazione sacerdotale. Inoltre il Concilio stabilisce che le opere delle vocazioni, già erette o da erigersi nelle singole diocesi, regioni o nazioni, a norma delle direttive pontificie, debbano dirigere in maniera metodica e armonica tutta l'azione pastorale per le vocazioni, senza trascurare nessuna utile indicazione offerta dalla moderna scienza psicologica e sociologica, e la promuovano con una saggezza pari allo zelo (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È necessario poi che l'opera delle vocazioni con larghezza di vedute si apra oltre i confini delle singole diocesi, nazioni, famiglie religiose o riti e, guardando alle necessità della Chiesa universale, arrechi aiuto specialmente a quelle regioni dove più urgente è la richiesta di operai per la vigna del Signore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formazione nei seminari minori"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nei seminari minori eretti allo scopo di coltivare i germi della vocazione, gli alunni, per mezzo di una speciale formazione religiosa e soprattutto di un'appropriata direzione spirituale, si preparino a seguire Cristo redentore con animo generoso e cuore puro. Sotto la guida paterna dei superiori, coadiuvati opportunamente dai genitori, conducano un tenore di vita conveniente all'età, alla mentalità e allo sviluppo degli adolescenti, e in piena armonia con le norme di una sana psicologia, senza trascurare una congrua esperienza delle cose umane e i rapporti normali con la propria famiglia (6). Inoltre si adattino anche al seminario minore, per quanto lo consentono le sue finalità e la sua natura, le norme che seguono, relative ai seminari maggiori."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'ordinamento degli studi deve essere tale da permettere agli alunni di proseguirli altrove senza inconvenienti, qualora intendessero abbracciare un altro stato di vita."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con pari premura si coltivino altresì i germi della vocazione degli adolescenti o dei giovani in quegli istituti speciali che, in varie regioni, servono anche agli scopi dei seminari minori, nonché di coloro che vengono formati o in altre scuole o in altri ambienti educativi. Inoltre si abbia ben cura di promuovere istituti o altre iniziative per le vocazioni adulte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Ordinamento dei seminari maggiori"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formazione pastorale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I seminari maggiori sono necessari per la formazione sacerdotale. In essi tutta l'educazione degli alunni deve tendere allo scopo di formarne veri pastori di anime, sull'esempio di nostro Signore Gesù Cristo maestro, sacerdote e pastore (7). Gli alunni perciò vengano preparati al ministero della parola, in modo da penetrare sempre meglio la parola di Dio rivelata, rendersela propria con la meditazione e saperla esprimere con la parola e con la vita; al ministero del culto e della santificazione, in modo che pregando e celebrando le azioni liturgiche sappiano esercitare il ministero della salvezza per mezzo de sacrificio eucaristico e dei sacramenti; all'ufficio di pastore, per essere in grado di rappresentare in mezzo agli uomini Cristo, il quale non « venne per essere servito, ma per servire e dare la sua vita a redenzione delle moltitudini » (Mc 10,45; cfr. Gv 13,12-17) e di guadagnare molti, facendosi servi di tutti (cfr 1 Cor 9,19). Pertanto tutti gli aspetti della formazione, spirituale, intellettuale, disciplinare, siano con piena armonia indirizzati a questo fine pastorale, e tutti i superiori e i maestri si applicheranno a raggiungere questo fine con zelo e con azione concorde, nel fede le ossequio all'autorità del vescovo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I superiori"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché la formazione degli alunni dipende dal la saggezza dei regolamenti, ma più ancora dalla idoneità degli educatori, i superiori e i professori dei seminari devono essere scelti fra gli elementi migliori (8) e diligentemente preparati con un corredo fatto di solida dottrina, di conveniente esperienza pastorale e di una speciale formazione spirituale e pedagogica. Bisogna perciò che a questo fine si organizzino appositi istituti, o almeno dei corsi con programmi organici, nonché convegni di superiori di seminario da tenersi periodicamente. I superiori e i professori abbiano viva la consapevolezza di quanto la formazione degli alunni dipenda dal loro modo di pensare e di agire; sotto la guida del rettore siano in strettissima unità di spirito e di azione, e fra loro e con gli alunni formino una famiglia tale da tradurre in pratica la preghiera del Signore: «Che siano una cosa sola» (Gv 17,11) e da alimentare negli alunni la gioia della propria vocazione. Il vescovo incoraggi con continua e premurosa predilezione coloro che lavorano nel seminario e si dimostri vero padre in Cristo verso gli alunni. Tutti i sacerdoti considerino il seminario come il cuore della diocesi e ad esso volentieri diano il proprio aiuto (9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con vigile cura, proporzionata alla età dei singoli e al loro sviluppo, si indaghi sulla retta intenzione e la libera volontà dei candidati, sulla loro idoneità spirituale, morale e intellettuale, sulla necessaria salute fisica e psichica, considerando anche le eventuali inclinazioni ereditarie. Si ponderi altresì la capacità dei candidati a sopportare gli oneri sacerdotali e ad esercitare i doveri pastorali (10). In tutta la scelta degli alunni e nel sottoporli a debita prova, sempre si abbia fermezza di animo, anche se si deve deplorare una penuria di clero (11), non essendo possibile che Dio permetta che la sua Chiesa manchi di ministri, se i degni vengono promossi e i non idonei sono tempestivamente e paternamente indirizzati verso altri doveri ed aiutati a dedicarsi all'apostolato laicale, nella consapevolezza della loro vocazione cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seminari interdiocesani"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Là dove le singole diocesi non sono in grado di avere un proprio seminario, si erigano e si favoriscano seminari interdiocesani, o regionali o nazionali, in modo da provvedere più efficacemente ad una seria formazione degli alunni, la quale in questo campo è da considerarsi come norma suprema. Tali seminari poi, se sono regionali o nazionali, si reggano secondo le norme stabilite dai vescovi interessati (12) ed approvate dalla santa Sede. Nei seminari però dove gli alunni sono numerosi, pur conservando l'unità della direzione e dell'insegnamento, essi vengano distribuiti, con sistemi adeguati, in piccoli gruppi, affinché si possa provvedere meglio alla formazione personale dei singoli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV. Approfondimento della formazione spirituale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La formazione spirituale deve essere strettamente collegata con quella dottrinale e pastorale e, specialmente con l'aiuto del direttore spirituale (13), sia impartita in modo tale che gli alunni imparino a vivere in intima comunione e familiarità col Padre per mezzo del suo Figlio Gesù Cristo, nello Spirito Santo. Destinati a configurarsi a Cristo sacerdote per mezzo della sacra ordinazione, si abituino anche a vivere intimamente uniti a lui, come amici, in tutta la loro vita (14) Vivano il mistero pasquale di Cristo in modo da sapervi iniziare un giorno il popolo che sarà loro affidato. Si insegni loro a cercare Cristo nella fedele meditazione della parola di Dio, nell'attiva partecipazione ai misteri sacrosanti della Chiesa, soprattutto nell'eucaristia e nell'ufficio divino (15), nonché nel vescovo che li manda e negli uomini ai quali sono inviati, specialmente nei poveri, nei piccoli, infermi, peccatori e increduli. Con fiducia filiale amino e venerino la beatissima vergine Maria, che fu data come madre da Gesù Cristo morente in croce al suo discepolo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siano vivamente inculcati gli esercizi di pietà raccomandati dalla veneranda tradizione della Chiesa; bisogna curare però che la formazione spirituale non consista solo in questi esercizi, né si diriga al solo sentimento religioso. Gli alunni imparino piuttosto a vivere secondo il Vangelo, a radicarsi nella fede nella speranza e nella carità, in modo che attraverso l'esercizio di queste virtù possano acquistare lo spirito di preghiera (16), ottengano forza e difesa per la loro vocazione, rinvigoriscano le altre virtù e crescano nello zelo di guadagnare tutti gli uomini a Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Educazione allo spirito ecclesiale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli alunni siano penetrati del mistero della. Chiesa, che questo sacro Concilio ha principalmente illustrato, in maniera che, uniti in umile e filiale amore al vicario di Cristo e, diventati sacerdoti aderendo al proprio vescovo come fedeli collabora tori ed aiutando i propri confratelli, sappiano dare testimonianza di quell'unità con cui gli uomini vengono attirati a Cristo (17). Con animo aperto impari no a partecipare alla vita di tutta la Chiesa, secondo l'espressione di S. Agostino: « Ognuno possiede lo Spirito Santo tanto quanto ama la Chiesa di Dio » (18). In modo ben chiaro gli alunni dovranno comprendere di non essere destinati né al dominio né agli onori, ma di dover mettersi al completo servizio di Dio e del ministero pastorale. Con particolare sollecitudine vengano educati alla obbedienza sacerdotale, ad un tenore di vita povera, allo spirito di abnegazione (19), in modo da abituarsi a vivere il conformità con Cristo crocifisso e a rinunziare prontamente anche alle cose per sé lecite, ma non convenienti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli stessi alunni siano resi consapevoli degli oneri che dovranno affrontare, senza nascondere loro nessuna difficoltà della vita sacerdotale. Tuttavia nel lavoro futuro non devono considerare quasi unicamente il pericolo, ma siano formati ad una vita spirituale che sappia trarre più che mai vigore dalla stessa loro attività pastorale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Educazione alla castità"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I seminaristi che secondo le leggi sante e salde del proprio rito seguono la veneranda tradizione del celibato sacerdotale, siano formati con cura diligente a questo stato. In esso, rinunziando alla vita coniugale per il regno dei cieli (cfr. Mt 19,12), possono aderire a Dio con un amore indivisibile (20) che conviene profondamente alla nuova Alleanza, danno testimonianza della futura risurrezione (cfr. Lc 20,36) (21) e ricevono un aiuto grandissimo per l'esercizio continuo di quella perfetta carità che li renderà capaci (22) nel ministero sacerdotale di farsi tutto a tutti. Sentano profondamente con quanta gratitudine debba essere abbracciato questo stato, non solo come cosa comandata dalla legge ecclesiastica, quanto piuttosto come prezioso dono di Dio da impetrarsi umilmente, ed al quale essi, stimolati e aiutati dalla grazia dello Spirito Santo, devono affrettarsi corrispondere liberamente e generosamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli alunni abbiano una conveniente conoscenza dei doveri e della dignità del matrimonio cristiano, che rappresenta l'unione di Cristo con la Chiesa (cfr. Ef 5,22-23); ma sappiano comprendere la superiorità della verginità consacrata a Cristo (23), in modo da fare a Dio la donazione completa del corpo e dell'anima, per mezzo di una scelta operata con matura deliberazione e magnanimità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siano avvertiti circa i pericoli ai quali, particolarmente nella società di oggi, è esposta la loro castità (24) con l'aiuto di mezzi divini e umani adatti, imparino ad integrare nella loro persona la rinunzia al matrimonio in maniera tale che la loro vita e la loro attività non abbiano in alcun modo a patire danno dal celibato, ma questo permetta loro, al contrario, di acquistare un più perfetto dominio sul corpo e sull'animo ed una più completa maturità e giungere a meglio gustare la beatitudine del Vangelo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Educazione alla maturità umana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si osservino diligentemente le norme della educazione cristiana, e queste siano convenientemente perfezionate coi dati recenti di una sana psicologia e pedagogia. Pertanto, per mezzo di una educazione saggiamente proporzionata alla loro età, si coltivi negli alunni anche la necessaria maturità umana. Questa si riconosce principalmente in una certa fermezza d'animo, nel saper prendere decisioni ponderate e nel retto modo di giudicare uomini ed eventi. Gli alunni si abituino a ben disciplinare il proprio carattere; siano formati alla fortezza d'animo, e in generale imparino a stimare quelle virtù che sono tenute in gran conto fra gli uomini e rendono accetto il ministro di Cristo (25) quali sono la lealtà, il rispetto costante della giustizia, la fedeltà alla parola data, la gentilezza del tratto, la discrezione e la carità nel conversare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La disciplina nella vita di seminario deve considerarsi non solo come un sostegno della vita comune e della carità, ma anche come un elemento necessario di una formazione completa in vista di acquistare il dominio di sé, assicurare il pieno sviluppo della personalità e formare quelle altre disposizioni di animo che giovano moltissimo a rendere equilibrata e fruttuosa l'attività della Chiesa. Tale disciplina tuttavia deve praticarsi in maniera da formare nell'animo degli alunni l'attitudine ad accogliere l'autorità dei superiori per intima convinzione, cioè per motivo di coscienza (cfr. Rm 13,5) e per ragioni soprannaturali. Le norme disciplinari poi devono applicarsi in modo conforme all'età degli alunni, cosicché essi, mentre si abituano gradualmente al dominio di sé, imparino nello stesso tempo a fare retto uso della libertà, a sviluppare lo spirito di iniziativa (26) e a lavorare in comune con i confratelli e con i laici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutta la vita di seminario, compenetrata di vita interiore, di silenzio e di premurosa sollecitudine verso gli altri, va ordinata in maniera tale da essere come una iniziazione alla futura vita sacerdotale."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Affinché la formazione spirituale abbia basi più solide e gli alunni abbraccino la vocazione con una scelta scaturita da matura deliberazione, sa compito dei vescovi stabilire un congruo intervallo di tempo da dedicare a un tirocinio spirituale più intenso. Sarà altresì loro compito considerare l'oppotunità di stabilire una qualche interruzione dei studi o un conveniente tirocinio pastorale per provare meglio i candidati al sacerdozio. Secondo le particolarità delle singole regioni, spetterà pure ai vescovi decidere se protrarre o meno l'età canonica attualmente richiesta dal diritto comune per i sacri ordini, e anche decidere sulla opportunità che gli alunni, al termine del corso teologico, esercitino per un certo periodo di tempo l'ordine del diaconato, prima di essere promossi al sacerdozio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "V. Revisione degli studi ecclesiastici"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cultura umanistica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli alunni del seminario, prima di iniziare gli studi ecclesiastici propriamente detti, devono acquistare quella cultura umanistica e scientifica che il ciascuna nazione dà diritto ad accedere agli studi superiori; inoltre devono acquistare quella conoscenza della lingua latina che è necessaria per comprendere e utilizzare le fonti di tante scienze e i documenti della Chiesa (27). È da considerarsi necessario altresì lo studio della lingua liturgica propria di ciascun rito, e si promuova molto una congrua conoscenza delle lingue della sacra Scrittura e della tradizione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Orientare gli studi al mistero di Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nel riordinamento degli studi ecclesiastici si abbia cura in primo luogo di mettere in miglior rapporto la filosofia e la teologia e di farle convergere concordemente alla progressiva apertura dello spirito degli alunni verso il mistero di Cristo, il quale compenetra tutta la storia del genere umano, agisce continuamente nella Chiesa ed opera principalmente attraverso il ministero sacerdotale (28). Affinché questa prospettiva d'insieme venga data agli alunni fin dalla soglia della loro formazione, gli studi ecclesiatici incomincino con un corso introduttivo da protrarsi per un tempo conveniente. In questa iniziazione agli studi, il mistero della salvezza sia proposto in modo che gli alunni possano percepire il senso degli studi ecclesiastici, la loro struttura e il loro fine pastorale, e insieme siano aiutati a far della fede il fondamento e l'anima di tutta la loro vita e vengano consolidati nell'abbracciare la loro vocazione con piena dedizione personale e con cuore gioioso"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La filosofia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le discipline filosofiche vengano insegnate in maniera che gli alunni siano anzitutto guidati all'acquisto di una solida e armonica conoscenza dell'uomo, del mondo e di Dio. Ci si baserà sul patrimonio filosofico perennemente valido (29) tenuto conto anche delle correnti filosofiche moderne, specialmente di quelle che esercitano maggiore influsso nel loro paese, come pure del progresso delle scienze moderne. Così i seminaristi, provvisti di una adeguata conoscenza della mentalità moderna, potranno opportunamente prepararsi al dialogo con gli uomini del loro tempo (30)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'insegnamento della storia della filosofia si svolga in modo che gli alunni, mentre apprendono principi fondamentali dei vari sistemi, siano in grado di ritenere ciò che vi è di vero, di scoprire le radici degli errori e di confutarli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il metodo stesso dell'insegnamento ecciti negli alunni il desiderio di cercare rigorosamente la verità di penetrarla e di dimostrarla, insieme all'onesto riconoscimento dei limiti della conoscenza umana. Si presti molta attenzione ai rapporti tra la filosofia i veri problemi della vita, nonché alle questioni che assillano la mente degli alunni; i seminaristi stessi siano aiutati a cogliere il nesso tra gli argomenti filosofici e i misteri della salvezza che vengono studiati in teologia alla luce superiore della fede."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La teologia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le discipline teologiche, alla luce della fede e sotto la guida del magistero della Chiesa (31) siano insegnate in maniera che gli alunni possano attingere accuratamente la dottrina cattolica dalla divina Rivelazione, la penetrino profondamente, la rendano alimento della propria vita spirituale (32) e siano in grado di annunziarla, esporla e difenderla nel ministero sacerdotale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con particolare diligenza si curi la formazione degli alunni con lo studio della sacra Scrittura, che deve essere come l'anima di tutta la teologia (33). Premessa una appropriata introduzione, essi vengano iniziati accuratamente al metodo dell'esegesi, apprendano i massimi temi della divina Rivelazione e ricevano incitamento e nutrimento dalla quotidiana lettura e meditazione dei libri santi (34)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nell'insegnamento della teologia dogmatica, prima vengano proposti gli stessi temi biblici. Si illustri poi agli alunni il contributo dei Padri della Chiesa d'Oriente e d'Occidente nella fedele trasmissione ed enucleazione delle singole verità rivelate, nonché l'ulteriore storia del dogma, considerando anche i rapporti di questa con la storia generale della Chiesa (35). Inoltre, per illustrare quanto più possibile i misteri della salvezza, gli alunni imparino ad approfondirli e a vederne il nesso con un lavoro speculativo, avendo san Tommaso per maestro (36). Si insegni loro a riconoscerli sempre presenti ed operanti nelle azioni liturgiche (37) e in tutta la vita della Chiesa. Infine, imparino a cercare la soluzione dei problemi umani alla luce della rivelazione, ad applicare queste verità eterne alle mutevoli condizioni di questo mondo e comunicarle in modo appropriato agli uomini contemporanei (38)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parimenti tutte le altre discipline teologiche vengano rinnovate per mezzo di un contatto più vivo col mistero di Cristo e con la storia della salvezza. Si ponga speciale cura nel perfezionare la teologia morale, in modo che la sua esposizione scientifica, più nutrita della dottrina della sacra Scrittura, illustri la grandezza della vocazione dei fedeli in Cristo e il loro obbligo di apportare frutto nella carità per la vita del mondo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Così pure nella esposizione del diritto canonico e nell'insegnamento della storia ecclesiastica si tenga presente il mistero della Chiesa, secondo la costituzione dogmatica « De Ecclesia » promulgata da questo Concilio. La sacra liturgia, che è da ritenersi la prima e necessaria sorgente di vero spirito cristiano, venga insegnata come è prescritto negli articoli 15 e 16 della costituzione sulla sacra liturgia (39)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tenendo opportuno conto delle condizioni delle varie regioni, gli alunni vengano indirizzati a meglio conoscere le Chiese e comunità ecclesiali separate dalla Sede apostolica romana, affinché possano contribuire al ristabilimento della unità tra tutti i cristiani, secondo le prescrizioni di questo Concilio (40)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vengano anche introdotti alla conoscenza delle altre religioni più diffuse nelle singole regioni, affinché meglio riconoscano ciò che, per disposizione di Dio, vi è in esse di buono e di vero, imparino a confutarne gli errori, e siano in grado di comunicare la piena luce della verità a coloro che non la possiedono."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I metodi didattici"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché l'insegnamento dottrinale non deve tendere ad una semplice comunicazione di nozioni, ma ad una vera formazione interiore, siano riveduti i metodi didattici, sia per organizzare le lezioni, i colloqui e le esercitazioni, sia per stimolare il lavoro degli alunni, tanto in privato che in piccoli gruppi. Si curi diligentemente l'unità e la solidità di tutto l'insegnamento, evitando l'eccessivo numero di materie e di lezioni, e omettendo quelle questioni che non hanno più quasi alcun interesse o che devono lasciarsi agli studi accademici superiori."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Studi superiori"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sarà compito dei vescovi curare che giovani capaci per carattere, virtù e intelligenza vengano inviati in speciali istituti, facoltà od università, affinché nelle scienze sacre o in altre che sembrino opportune si preparino sacerdoti muniti di una formazione scientifica più profonda, i quali siano in grado di soddisfare alle varie esigenze dell'apostolato. In nessun modo però venga trascurata la loro formazione spirituale e pastorale, soprattutto se ancora non hanno ricevuto il sacerdozio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VI. Norme per la formazione propriamente pastorale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quella preoccupazione pastorale che deve permeare l'intera formazione degli alunni (41) richiede anche una diligente loro istruzione nelle cose che riguardano in modo speciale il sacro ministero, specialmente nella catechesi e nella predicazione, nel culto liturgico e nell'amministrazione dei sacramenti, nell'attività caritativa, nel compito di andare incontro agli erranti e agli increduli, e negli altri uffici pastorali. Si insegni loro accuratamente l'arte di dirigere le anime, per mezzo della quale possano dare a tutti i figli della Chiesa quella formazione che li porti ad una vita cristiana pienamente consapevole ed apostolica e all'adempimento dei doveri del proprio stato. Con pari premura imparino ad aiutare i religiosi e le religiose a perseverare nella grazia della propria vocazione e a progredire secondo lo spirito dei vari istituti (42)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In generale si coltivino negli alunni quelle particolari attitudini che contribuiscono moltissimo a stabilire un dialogo con gli uomini, quali sono la capacità di ascoltare gli altri e di aprire l'animo in spirito di carità ai vari aspetti dell'umana convivenza (43)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si insegni anche a fare uso degli aiuti che possono essere offerti dalle discipline sia pedagogiche, sia psicologiche, sia sociologiche (44) secondo i giusti metodi e in accordo con le norme dell'autorità ecclesiastica. Parimenti gli alunni vengano accuratamente istruiti circa il modo di suscitare e favorire l'azione apostolica dei laici (45) nonché di promuovere le varie forme di apostolato più efficaci. Infine siano penetrati di quello spirito veramente cattolico, che li abitui a guardare oltre i confini della propria diocesi, nazione o rito, e ad andare incontro alle necessità della Chiesa intera, pronti nel loro animo a predicare dovunque l'Evangelo (46)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché è necessario che i seminaristi imparino l'arte dell'apostolato non solo teoricamente ma anche praticamente, e si rendano atti ad agire con responsabilità propria e in collaborazione con gli altri, essi già durante il tempo degli studi, anche nel periodo delle vacanze, siano a ciò iniziati attraverso esperienze appropriate. Queste poi, proporzionatamente all'età dei seminaristi e alle condizioni locali, secondo il giudizio prudente dei vescovi devono svolgersi metodicamente e sotto la guida di persone esperte nel campo pastorale, sempre tenendo presente la predominanza dei mezzi soprannaturali (47)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VII. Perfezionamento della formazione dopo il periodo degli studi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Essendo necessario proseguire e perfezionare la formazione sacerdotale, a motivo soprattutto delle circostanze della società moderna, anche dopo che è terminato il corso degli studi nei seminari (48) sarà cura delle conferenze episcopali nelle singole nazioni studiare i mezzi più adatti - quali potrebbero essere istituti pastorali in collaborazione con parrocchie opportunamente scelte, convegni periodici, appropriate esercitazioni -, in modo che il giovane clero venga introdotto gradualmente nella vita sacerdotale e nell'attività apostolica sotto l'aspetto spirituale, intellettuale e pastorale e sia in grado di rinnovare e perfezionare sempre più l'una e l'altra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusione"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I Padri di questo sacro Concilio, proseguendo l'opera iniziata dal Concilio Tridentino, mentre con fiducia affidano ai superiori e professori dei seminari il compito di formare i futuri sacerdoti di Cristo secondo lo spirito di rinnovamento promosso dal Concilio stesso, esortano vivamente coloro che si preparano al ministero sacerdotale, affinché abbiano piena consapevolezza che la speranza della Chiesa e la salvezza delle anime sono affidate in mano loro: accogliendo volenterosamente le disposizioni di questo decreto, possano così apportare frutti abbondantissimi, duraturi per sempre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutte e singole le cose stabilite in questo Decreto, sono piaciute ai Padri del Sacro Concilio. E Noi, in virtù della potestà Apostolica conferitaci da Cristo, unitamente ai Venerabili Padri, nello Spirito Santo le approviamo, le decretiamo e le stabiliamo; e quanto è stato così sinodalmente deciso, comandiamo che sia promulgato a gloria di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, presso San Pietro 28 ottobre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Io PAOLO Vescovo della Chiesa Cattolica"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seguono le firme dei Padri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Firme dei Padri"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mediolanensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS titulo S. Patricii ad Villam Ludovisi Presbyter Cardinalis CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, totius Hiberniae Primas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUMBERTUS MALCHIODI, Archiepiscopus Episcopus Placentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis † Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius † Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Che il progresso di tutto il popolo di Dio dipenda, per volontà di Cristo, massimamente dal ministero dei sacerdoti risulta dalle parole con le quali il Signore ha costituito gli Apostoli e i loro successori e collaboratori messaggeri del Vangelo, guide del nuovo popolo eletto e dispensatori dei misteri di Dio; lo stesso è confermato dalle parole dei Padri e dei Santi e da reiterati documenti dei Sommi Pontefici. Cf. soprattutto: S. PIO X, Esort. al Clero Haerent animo, 4 ag. 1908: S. Pii X Acta IV, pp. 237-264 [in parte Collantes 7.312-18]. PIO XI, Encicl. Ad catholici Sacerdotii, 20 dic. 1935: AAS 28 (1936), specialmente pp. 37-52 [in parte Dz 2275-76]. PIO XII, Esort. Apost. Menti Nostrae, 23 sett. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), pp. 657-702 [in parte Collantes 7.321-24]. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Sacerdotii Nostri primordia, 1 ag. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), pp. 545-579. PAOLO VI, Lett. Apost. Summi Dei Verbum, 4 nov. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 979-995."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Tutta la formazione spirituale, cioè l’ordinamento del Seminario, la formazione spirituale, il programma degli studi, la vita comune e la disciplina degli alunni, le esercitazioni pastorali, devono essere adattati alle situazioni dei diversi luoghi. Questo adattamento, per quanto riguarda i principi essenziali, dev’essere fatto secondo le norme comuni, per il clero secolare dalle Conferenze Episcopali e secondo la convenienza dai Superiori competenti per il clero regolare (cf. S. Congr. dei Religiosi, Cost. Apost. Sedes Sapientiae e relativi Statuta Generalia annessi, art. 19, seconda ed., Romae 1957, pp. 38s.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Tra le principali preoccupazioni dalle quali è afflitta oggi la Chiesa, predomina quasi ovunque quella dello scarso numero di vocazioni. Cf. PIO XII, Esort. Apost. Menti Nostrae: “...Il numero dei sacerdoti, sia nei paesi cattolici, sia nelle Missioni, è divenuto impari alle sempre crescenti necessità”: AAS 42 (1950), p. 682. GIOVANNI XXIII: “Il problema delle vocazioni ecclesiastiche e religiose è quotidiana sollecitudine del Papa..., è sospiro della sua preghiera, aspirazione ardente della sua anima”: Dal Discorso al I Congresso Internazionale sulle Vocazioni agli Stati di Perfezione, 16 dic. 1961: AAS 54 (1962), p. 33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) PIO XII, Cost. Ap. Sedes Sapientiae, 31 maggio 1956: AAS 48 (1956), p. 357. PAOLO VI, Lett. Ap. Summi Dei Verbum, 4 nov. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 984ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cf. soprattutto: PIO XII, Motu proprio Cum nobis “sull’istituzione della Pontificia Opera delle Vocazioni Sacerdotali presso la Congregazione dei Seminari e delle Università degli Studi”, 4 nov. 1941: AAS 33 (1941), p. 479; con annessi gli Statuti promulgati da detta S. Congregazione l’8 sett. 1943. Motu proprio Cum supremae “sull’Opera Pontificia primaria delle vocazioni religiose”, 11 febbr. 1995: AAS 47 (1955), p. 266; con annessi gli Statuti e le Norme promulgati dalla Congr. dei Religiosi (ibid. pp. 298-301); CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sul rinnovamento della vita religiosa Perfectae Caritatis, n. 24[pag. 435]; Decr. sulla missione Pastorale dei Vescovi nella Chiesa Christus Dominus, n. 15[pag. 363ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cf. PIO XII, Esortazione Apost. Menti Nostrae, 23 set. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 685."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa, Lumen Gentium, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965), p. 34 [pag. 185ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Ad Catholici Sacerdotii, 20 dic. 1935: AAS 28 (1936), p. 37: “Sia particolarmente diligente la scelta dei rettori e degli insegnanti... A questi sacri collegi aggregate sacerdoti ornati della massima virtù; né vi sia ingrato sottrarli ad altri incarichi apparentemente più rilevanti, ma che in realtà non sono paragonabili con quest’opera capitale e insostituibile”. Questo principio di scegliere i migliori è stato nuovamente inculcato da Pio XII nella Lettera Apostolica diretta agli Ordinari del Brasile il 23 aprile 1947: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi IX, pp. 579-580."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Sul dovere comune di prestare aiuto ai Seminari cf. PAOLO VI, Lett. Apost. Summi Dei Verbum, 4 nov. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 984."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cf. PIO XII, Esort. Apost. Menti Nostrae, 23 sett. 1951: AAS 42 (1950), p. 684; S. CONGR. DEI SACRAMENTI, Lett. circolare Magna equidem agli Ordinari locali, 27 dic. 1935, n. 10. Per i religiosi cf. Statuta Generalia allegati alla Costituzione Apostolica Sedes Sapientiae, 31 maggio 1956, art. 33. PAOLO VI, Lett. Apost. Summi Dei Verbum, 4 nov. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 987s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Ad Catholici Sacerdotii, 20 dic. 1935: AAS 28 (1936), p. 41."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Si stabilisce che nel determinare gli Statuti dei Seminari regionali o nazionali abbiano voce tutti i Vescovi interessati, derogando alla prescrizione del can 1357, par. 4, CIC [corretto nel nuovo Codice, can. 237, § 2]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Cf. PIO XII, Esort. Apost. Menti Nostrae, 23 sett. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 674; S. CONGR. DEI SEM. E DELLE UNIV. DEGLI STUDI, La Formazione spirituale del candidato al sacerdozio, Città del Vaticano 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Cf. S. PIO X, Esort. al Clero Haerent animo, 4 ag. 1908: S. Pii X Acta IV, pp. 242-244 [Collantes 7.312-13]; PIO XII, Esort. Apost. Menti Nostrae, 23 sett. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), pp. 659-661 [in parte Collantes 7.321ss); GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Sacerdotii Nostri Primordia, 1o ag. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 550s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Mediator Dei, 20 nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947), pp. 547ss [in parte Dz 3847-48] e 572s; GIOVANNI XXIII, Esort. Apost. Sacrae Laudis, 6 genn. 1962: AAS 54 (1962), p. 69; CONC. VAT. II, Cost. sulla Sacra Liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium, art. 16 e 17: AAS 56 (1964), p. 104s [pag. 29]; S. CONGR. DEI RITI, Instructio ad exsecutionem Constitutionis de Sacra Liturgia recte ordinandam, 26 sett. 1964, nn. 14-17: AAS 56 (1964), p. 880s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Sacerdotii Nostri Primordia: AAS 51 (1959), p. 559s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa, Lumen gentium, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965), p. 35s. [pag. 185ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) S. AGOSTINO, In Ioannem tract. 32,8: PL 35, 1646."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Cf. PIO XII, Esort. Apost. Menti Nostrae: AAS 42 (1950), pp. 662s [Collantes 7.323], 685, 690; GIOVANNI XXIII, Lett. Encicl. Sacerdotii Nostri Primordia: AAS 51 (1959), pp. 551-553, 556s; PAOLO VI, Encicl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 ag. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 634s; CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa, Lumen Gentium, specialmente n. 8: AAS 57 (1965), p. 12 [pag. 129ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Sacra Virginitas, 25 marzo 1954: AAS 46 (1954), pp. 165ss [in parte Dz 3911-12]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Cf. S. CIPRIANO, De habitu virginum, 22: PL 4, 475; S. AMBROGIO, De virginibus, I, 8, 52: PL 16, 202s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Cf. PIO XII, Esort. Apost. Menti Nostrae: AAS 42 (1950), p. 663 [Collantes 7.324]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Sacra Virginitas, l.c. [nota 20], pp. 170-174."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Cf. PIO XII, Esort. Apost. Menti Nostrae, l.c. [nota 22], pp. 664 e 690s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Cf. PAOLO VI, Lett. Apost. Summi Dei Verbum, 4 nov. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 991."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Cf. PIO XII, Esort. Apost. Menti Nostrae, l.c. [nota 22], p. 686."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Cf. PAOLO VI, Lett. Apost. Summi Dei Verbum, l.c. [nota 25], p. 993."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Cf. CONC: VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa, Lumen Gentium, nn. 7 e 28: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 9-11, 33 [pag. 125ss e 185ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Humani generis, 12 ag. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), pp. 571-575 [in parte Dz 3892-94; Collantes 1.091 e 1.099-1.101]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Cf. PAOLO VI, Encicl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 ag. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 637ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Humani generis, 12 ag. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), pp. 567-569 [Dz 3884-87; in parte Collantes 7.201-04]; Discorso Si diligis, 31 mag. 1954: AAS 46 (1954), p. 314s; PAOLO VI, Discorso tenuto nella Pontificia Università degli Studi Gregoriana, 12 marzo 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 364s; CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 25: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 29-31 [pag. 175ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) Cf. S. BONAVENTURA, Itinerarium mentis in Deum, Prol., n. 4: “(Nessuno) creda che gli basti la lettura senza la comprensione, la speculazione senza la devozione, l’indagine senza l’ammirazione, la visione senza l’esultanza, l’industriosità senza la pietà, la scienza senza la carità, l’intelligenza senza l’umiltà, lo studio senza la grazia divina, la riflessione senza la sapienza divinamente ispirata” (S. BONAVENTURA, Opera Omnia, V, Quaracchi 1891, p. 296)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) Cf. LEONE XIII, Encicl. Providentissimus Deus, 18 nov 1893: ASS 26 (1893-94), p. 283."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Cf. PONTIFICIA COMMISSIONE BIBLICA, Instructio de Sacra Scriptura recte docenda, 13 maggio 1950, AAS 42 (1950), p. 502."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(35) Cf. PIO XII, Encicl. Humani generis, 12 ag. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 568s: “... con lo studio delle fonti sacre le discipline sacre ringiovaniscono continuamente, mentre al contrario, come sappiamo per esperienza, la speculazione che trascura l’esame determinante del sacro deposito diventa sterile” [Dz 3886; Collantes 7.203]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(36) Cf. PIO XII, Discorso agli Alunni dei Seminari, 24 giugno 1939: AAS 31 (1939), p. 247: “L’impegno... nel cercare e diffondere la verità non è soppresso dalla raccomandazione per la dottrina di S. Tommaso, ma piuttosto viene incoraggiato e diretto con sicurezza”; PAOLO VI, Discorso pronunciato nella Pont. Univ. degli Studi Gregoriana, 12 marzo 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 365: “(I docenti)... ascoltino con riverenza la voce dei Dottori della Chiesa, tra i quali il Santo Aquinate ha un posto preminente; è tanto grande infatti la forza dell’ingegno del Dottore Angelico, tanto sincero l’amore alla verità e la sapienza nell’investigare, spiegare e raggruppare secondo uno schema appropriato le verità più alte, che la sua dottrina è uno strumento efficacissimo non solo per mettere al sicuro i fondamenti della Fede, ma anche per ricavare utilmente e fiduciosamente frutti di sano progresso”. Cf. anche il Discorso davanti al VI Congresso Internazionale Tomistico, 10 sett. 1965: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 788-792."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(37) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. sulla Sacra Liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium, nn. 7 e 16: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 100s e 104s [pag. 21 e 29]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(38) Cf. PAOLO VI, Encicl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 ag. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 640s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(39) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. sulla Sacra Liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium, nn. 10, 14, 15, 16 [pag. 23ss, 27ss]; S. CONGR. DEI RITI, Instructio ad exsecutionem Constitutionis de Sacra Liturgia recte ordinandam, 26 sett. 1964, nn. 11 e 12: AAS 56 (1964), p. 879s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(41) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sull’Ecumenismo Unitatis redintegratio, nn. 1, 9, 10: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 90 e 98s [pag. 305ss, 325]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(42) Il modello perfetto del pastore può essere ricavato dai documenti dei Pontefici più recenti che trattano dettagliatamente della vita, delle qualità e della formazione dei Sacerdoti, soprattutto: S. PIO X, Esort. al Clero Haerent animo: S. Pii X Acta, IV, pp. 237ss [in parte Collantes 7.312-18]; PIO XI, Encicl. Ad Catholici Sacerdotii: AAS 28 (1936), pp. 5ss [in parte Dz 3755-58]; PIO XII, Esort. Apost. Menti Nostrae: AAS 42 (1950), pp. 657ss [in parte Collantes 7.321-24]; GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Sacerdotii Nostri Primordia: AAS 51 (1959), pp. 545ss; PAOLO VI, Lett. Apost. Summi Dei Verbum: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 979ss. Non poco sulla formazione pastorale si trova anche nelle Encicl. Mystici Corporis (1943), Mediator Dei (1947), Evangelii Praecones (1951), Sacra Virginitas (1954), Musicae Sacrae Disciplina (1955), Princeps Pastorum (1959) e per i Religiosi nella Cost. Apost. Sedes Sapientiae (1956). PIO XII, GIOVANNI XXIII e PAOLO VI hanno illustrato diverse volte la figura del buon pastore anche nei loro discorsi ai seminaristi e ai sacerdoti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(43) Sull’importanza dello stato che viene costituito con la professione dei consigli evangelici cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, cap. VI: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 49-53 [pag. 225ss]; Decr. sul rinnovamento della vita religiosa Perfectae Caritatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(44) Cf. PAOLO VI, Encicl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 ag. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), passim, particolarmente pp. 635s e 640ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(45) Cf. specialmente GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Mater et Magistra, 15 maggio 1961: AAS 53 (1961), pp. 401ss [in parte Dz 3935-53]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(46) Cf. principalmente CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 33: AAS 57 (1965), p. 39 [pag. 197ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(47) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 17: AAS 57 (1965), p. 20s [pag. 153ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(48) Molti documenti Pontifici mettono in guardia contro il pericolo di trascurare nell’azione pastorale il fine soprannaturale e di sottovalutare, almeno nella pratica, i sussidi soprannaturali; cf. soprattutto i documenti raccomandati nella nota 41."
            }
          ]
        },
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_optatam-totius_lt.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-150-vat-ii_decree_19651028_optatam-totius_lt.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAULUS EPISCOPUS SERVUS SERVORUM DEI UNA CUM SACROSANCTI CONCILII PATRIBUS AD PERPETUAM REI MEMORIAM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETUM DE INSTITUTIONE SACERDOTALI OPTATAM TOTIUS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Prooemium"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "OPTATAM TOTIUS Ecclesiae renovationem probe noscens Sancta Synodus a sacerdotum ministerio, Christi spiritu animato, magna ex parte pendere,[1] gravissimum institutionis sacerdotalis momentum proclamat, eiusque primaria quaedam principia declarat, quibus confirmentur leges iam saeculorum usu probatae in easque nova inducantur, quae huius Sancti Concilii Constitutionibus et Decretis necnon mutatis temporum rationibus respondeant. Quae sacerdotalis conformatio ob ipsam catholici sacerdotii unitatem, omnibus sacerdotibus utriusque cleri et cuiusvis ritus necessaria est; ideoque haec praescripta, quae clerum dioecesanum directe respiciunt, congrua congruis referendo, omnibus accommodanda sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "I. De sacerdotalis institutionis ratione in singulis nationibus ineunda"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum in tanta gentium regionumque diversitate nonnisi generales leges ferri possint, in singulis nationibus vel ritibus peculiaris «Sacerdotalis Institutionis Ratio» ineatur, ab Episcoporum Conferentiis statuenda,[2] certis temporibus recognoscenda atque ab Apostolica Sede approbanda, qua leges universales ad peculiaria locorum temporumque adiuncta accommodentur, ut sacerdotalis institutio semper congruat pastoralibus necessitatibus illarum regionum in quibus ministerium exercendum sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "II. De vocationibus sacerdotalibus instantius fovendis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fovendarum vocationum officium[3] ad totam christianam communitatem pertinet, quae imprimis vita plene christiana id provehere debet; maxime in id conferunt tum familiae, quae, spiritu fidei, caritatis et pietatis animatae, veluti primum seminarium fiunt, tum paroeciae quarum uberem vitam ipsi adolescentes participant. Magistri atque omnes qui puerorum iuvenumque institutionem quovis modo curant, praecipue Consociationes Catholicae, adolescentes sibi concreditos ita excolere studeant ut vocationem divinam percipere et libenter sequi valeant. Omnes sacerdotes zelum apostolicum in fovendis vocationibus quam maxime ostendant et propria ipsorum vita humili, operosa, laeto animo peracta, necnon mutua sacerdotali caritate et fraterna operae consortione, adolescentium animos ad sacerdotium trahant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcoporum autem est in vocationibus provehendis gregem suum excitare arctamque omnium virium laborumque curare coniunctionem; eos vero quos ipsi ad sortem Domini vocatos iudicaverint, ut patres, nullis parcentes sacrificiis adiuvare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec actuosa ad vocationes fovendas universi populi Dei conspiratio Divinae Providentiae actioni respondet, quae hominibus ad Christi Sacerdotium hierarchicum participandum divinitus electis congruas dotes tribuit eosque sua gratia adiuvat, dum legitimis Ecclesiae ministris committit ut idoneitate agnita, candidatos qui tantum munus recta intentione et plena libertate petierint, comprobatos vocent et Sancti Spiritus sigillo Dei cultui et Ecclesiae servitio consecrent.[4]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sancta Synodus tradita quidem communis cooperationis subsidia imprimis commendat uti sunt instans oratio, christiana paenitentia necnon in dies altior christifidelium institutio, sive praedicatione et catechesi sive etiam variis communicationis socialis instrumentis impertienda, qua quidem necessitas, natura et praestantia vocationis sacerdotalis declarentur. Insuper mandat ut Opera vocationum, secundum pontificia ad rem documenta, in singularum dioecesium, regionum vel nationum ambitu iam constituta vel ineunda, universam fovendarum vocationum pastoralem actionem, nullis opportunis auxiliis posthabitis quae hodiernae doctrinae psychologicae et sociologicae utiliter protulerint, methodice et cohaerenter disponant atque pari discretione ac zelo promoveant.[5]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Opus vero fovendarum vocationum fines singularum dioecesium, nationum, familiarum religiosarum atque rituum dilatato corde transcendat oportet atque ad universalis Ecclesiae necessitates respiciens illis praecipue regionibus auxilium afferat, in quibus ad Domini vineam instantius operarii advocantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Seminariis Minoribus ad germina vocationis excolenda erectis alumni peculiari religiosa conformatione, imprimis apta moderatione spirituali, ad Christum Redemptorem generoso animo et puro corde sequendum componantur. Sub paterno superiorum moderamine, parentibus opportune cooperantibus, vitam ducant quae adolescentium aetati, spiritui et evolutioni conveniat et sanae psychologiae normis plene aptetur, congrua rerum humanarum experientia et consuetudine cum propria familia non praetermissis.[6] Ea praeterea quae in sequentibus de Seminariis Maioribus statuuntur, quatenus fini et rationi Seminarii Minoris conveniunt, ipsi quoque accommodentur. Studia ab alumnis peragenda sic ordinentur oportet ut ipsi ea sine incommodo alibi prosequi possint, si alium vitae statum amplectantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pari cura foveantur etiam germina vocationis adolescentium et iuvenum in peculiaribus Institutis quae pro locorum adiunctis Seminariorum Minorum quoque fini inserviunt, necnon eorum qui sive in aliis scholis sive ceteris educationis mediis instituuntur; ac sedulo promoveantur Instituta aliaque incoepta pro iis qui maiore aetate divinam sequuntur vocationem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "III. De Seminariorum Maiorum ordinatione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seminaria Maiora ad sacerdotalem conformationem necessaria sunt. In eis integra alumnorum institutio eo tendere debet ut ad exemplar Domini Nostri Iesu Christi, Magistri, Sacerdotis et Pastoris, veri animarum pastores ipsi formentur;[7] praeparentur ergo ad ministerium verbi: ut verbum Dei revelatum semper melius intelligant, meditantes possideant, lingua et moribus exprimant; ad ministerium cultus et sanctificationis: ut orantes et sacras liturgicas celebrationes peragentes opus salutis per Sacrificium eucharisticum et Sacramenta exerceant; ad ministerium Pastoris: ut sciant repraesentare hominibus Christum, qui «non venit, ut ministraretur ei, sed ut ministraret et daret animam suam redemptionem pro multis» (Mc. 10, 45; cf. Io. 13, 12-17) et ut, omnium facti servi, plures lucrifaciant (cf. I Cor. 9, 19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quare omnes institutionis rationes, spiritualis, intellectualis, disciplinaris, consociata actione ad hunc finem pastoralem ordinentur, eique assequendo sedulam concordemque operam navent omnes moderatores et magistri, Episcopi auctoritati fideliter obsequentes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum alumnorum institutio et a sapientibus legibus et maxime quidem ab idoneis educatoribus pendeat, Seminariorum moderatores et magistri ex optimis viris seligantur[8] atque solida doctrina, congrua experientia pastorali et peculiari institutione spirituali et paedagogica diligenter praeparentur. Instituta igitur ad hunc finem assequendum vel saltem cursus apta ratione disponendi necnon Moderatorum Seminariorum conventus statutis temporibus celebrandi promoveantur oportet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moderatores vero et magistri persentiant quantopere a suipsorum cogitandi agendique ratione pendeat alumnorum formationis exitus; sub Rectoris ductu arctissimam spiritus et actionis consortionem ineant atque inter semetipsos et cum alumnis eam familiam constituant quae Domini orationi «Ut sint unum» (Io. 17, 11) respondeat et in alumnis propriae vocationis gaudium nutriat. Episcopus autem assidua praedilectionis cura animet eos qui in Seminario laborant ac ipsis alumnis se demonstret verum in Christo Patrem. Omnes denique sacerdotes cor dioecesis Seminarium considerent eique propriam adiutricem operam libenter praestent.[9]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vigilanti cura, pro singulorum aetate eorumque progressu, inquiratur de candidatorum recta intentione ac libera voluntate, de idoneitate spirituali, morali et intellectuali, de congrua physica et psychica valetudine, consideratis quoque dispositionibus a familia forsan transmissis. Expendatur quoque candidatorum capacitas sacerdotalia onera ferendi et officia pastoralia exercendi.[10] In universa autem alumnorum selectione et probatione debita semper adhibeatur animi firmitas etiamsi lugenda sit sacerdotum penuria,[11] cum Deus Ecclesiam suam ministris carere non sinat, si digni promoveantur, non idonei tempestive ad alia munera obeunda paterne dirigantur atque iuventur ut vocationis suae christianae conscii, alacriter apostolatum laicalem ineant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ubi singulae dioeceses proprio Seminario rite instruendo impares sint, erigantur ac foveantur Seminaria pluribus dioecesibus vel universae regioni vel nationi communia, ut solidae alumnorum institutioni, quae in hac re suprema lex est habenda, efficaciore ratione consulatur. Haec vero Seminaria, si regionalia sint vel nationalia, regantur iuxta statuta ab Episcopis quorum interest[12] condita et ab Apostolica Sede probata."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Seminariis autem ubi multi sunt alumni, retenta regiminis et scientificae institutionis unitate, alumni apta ratione distribuantur in coetus minores ut singulorum conformationi personali melius provideatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "IV. De institutione spirituali impensius excolenda"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Institutio spiritualis cum doctrinali et pastorali arcte connectatur et, directore spiritus praecipue adiuvante,[13] ita impertiatur, ut alumni cum Patre per Filium Eius Iesum Christum in Spiritu Sancto familiari et assidua societate vivere discant. Per sacram ordinationem Christo Sacerdoti configurandi, etiam intima totius vitae consortione, ut amici, Ei adhaerere assuescant.[14] Eius Mysterium Paschale ita vivant ut in illud initiare sciant plebem sibi committendam. Christum quaerere edoceantur in verbi Dei fideli meditatione, in actuosa cum sacrosanctis Ecclesiae Mysteriis communicatione, imprimis in Eucharistia et in officio divino;[15] in Episcopo, qui eos mittit et in hominibus ad quos mittuntur praesertim pauperibus, parvulis, infirmis, peccatoribus et incredulis. Beatissimam Virginem Mariam, quae a Christo Iesu in cruce moriente discipulo data est uti mater, filiali fiducia diligant et colant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enixe foveantur pietatis exercitia venerando Ecclesiae usu commendata; curandum vero est ne formatio spiritualis in iis solis consistat nec solum affectum religiosum excolat. Discant potius alumni secundum formam Evangelii vivere, in fide, spe et caritate firmari, ut in earum exercitio spiritum orationis sibi acquirant,[16] vocationis suae robur et munimen consequantur, ceterarum virtutum vigorem obtineant et zelo omnes homines Christo lucrifaciendi crescant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mysterio Ecclesiae ab hac Sancta Synodo praecipue illustrato alumni ita imbuantur ut Christi Vicario humili et filiali caritate devincti atque, sacerdotio aucti, proprio Episcopo tamquam fidi cooperatores adhaerentes et sociam cum fratribus operam praestantes, testimonium exhibeant illius unitatis qua homines ad Christum attrahuntur.[17] Dilatato corde participare discant in totius Ecclesiae vita secundum illud S. Augustini: «Quantum quisque amat Ecclesiam Christi, tantum habet Spiritum Sanctum».[18] Clarissime intelligant alumni, se non dominatui nec honoribus destinari, sed totos servitio Dei et pastorali ministerio mancipari. Peculiari sollicitudine in sacerdotali oboedientia, in pauperis vitae ratione et in sui abnegandi spiritu ita excolantur,[19] ut etiam ea quae licita sunt, sed non expediunt, prompte abdicare et Christo crucifixo se conformare assuescant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De oneribus ab ipsis suscipiendis alumni reddantur certiores, nulla vitae sacerdotalis difficultate reticita; ne tamen in futura operositate periculi rationem fere unice conspiciant, sed potius ad vitam spiritualem ex ipsa eorum pastorali actione quam maxime roborandam conformentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alumni qui secundum proprii ritus sanctas firmasque leges venerandam coelibatus sacerdotalis traditionem sequuntur, diligenti cura educentur ad hunc statum, in quo societati coniugali propter regnum coelorum renuntiantes (cf. Mat. 19, 12), Domino adhaerent amore indiviso[20] novo Foederi intime congruente, futuri saeculi resurrectionis testimonium exhibent (cf. Lc. 20, 36)[21] et aptissimum consequuntur auxilium ad eam perfectam caritatem continuo exercendam, qua in ministerio sacerdotali omnia omnibus fieri valeant.[22] Alte persentiant quam grato animo ille status suscipi debeat non quidem solum ut lege ecclesiastica praeceptus, sed ut pretiosum donum Dei humiliter impetrandum, cui gratia Spiritus Sancti excitante et adiuvante, libere et generose respondere properent. Officia et dignitatem christiani matrimonii, quod amorem inter Christum et Ecclesiam repraesentat (cf. Eph. 5, 22-33), alumni debite cognoscant; perspiciant autem virginitatis Christo consecratae praecellentiam,[23] ita ut optione mature deliberata ac magnanimi, integra corporis et animi deditione Domino se devoveant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De periculis quae eorum castitati maxime in praesentis temporis societate occurrunt, moneantur;[24] aptis praesidiis divinis humanisque adiuti, matrimonii renuntiationem ita integrare addiscant ut ipsorum vita et operositas ex coelibatu non modo ullum patiatur detrimentum, sed potius ipsi altius animi corporisque dominium pleniorisque maturitatis profectum acquirant atque Evangelii beatitudinem perfectius percipiant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christianae educationis normae sancte serventur, et recentioribus sanae psychologiae et paedagogiae inventis rite compleantur. Institutione igitur sapienter ordinata in alumnis excolenda est etiam debita maturitas humana, praecipue comprobata in quadam animi stabilitate, in facultate ferendi ponderatas decisiones atque in recta de eventibus et hominibus iudicandi ratione. Alumni propriam indolem recte componere assuescant; ad animi fortitudinem formentur et in universum illas virtutes aestimare discant quae inter homines pluris fiunt et Christi ministrum commendant,[25] cuiusmodi sunt animi sinceritas, assidua iustitiae cura, promissis servata fides, in agendo urbanitas, in colloquendo modestia cum caritate coniuncta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vitae Seminarii disciplina aestimanda est non solum validum vitae communis caritatisque praesidium, sed totius institutionis necessaria pars ad sui dominium acquirendum, ad solidam personae maturitatem promovendam ceterasque animi dispositiones efformandas quae ordinatam et fructuosam Ecclesiae operositatem maxime iuvant. Ita tamen exerceatur ut fiat alumnorum interna aptitudo qua auctoritas superiorum ex intima persuasione seu propter conscientiam (cf. Rom. 13, 5) et propter supernaturales rationes suscipiatur. Disciplinae vero normae iuxta alumnorum aetatem ita applicentur ut ipsi, dum gradatim sibimetipsis moderari addiscant, libertate sapienter uti, sponte naviterque agere[26] et cum confratribus et laicis sociam praestare operam assuescant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tota Seminarii ratio, pietatis et silentii studio atque mutui adiutorii sollicitudine perfusa, ita ordinetur oportet ut iam quaedam initiatio sit futurae vitae a sacerdote ducendae."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut spiritualis institutio solidiore ratione innitatur et alumni vocationem optione mature deliberata amplectantur, Episcoporum erit congruum instaurare temporis intervallum pro impensiore tirocinio spirituali. Eorundem quoque erit opportunitatem perpendere quandam studiorum interruptionem statuendi vel aptum tirocinium pastorale disponendi ut sacerdotii candidatorum probationi satius consulatur. Pro singularum regionum condicionibus Episcoporum pariter erit decernere de protrahenda aetate a iure communi in praesenti pro sacris ordinibus expostulata necnon deliberare de opportunitate statuendi ut alumni, expleto cursu theologico, per congruum tempus diaconalem exerceant ordinem, antequam ad sacerdotium promoveantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "V. De studiis ecclesiasticis recognoscendis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Antequam sacrorum alumni studia proprie ecclesiastica aggrediantur, ea humanistica et scientifica institutione ornentur, qua iuvenes in sua cuiusque natione superiora studia inire valeant; ac praeterea eam linguae latinae cognitionem acquirant, qua tot scientiarum fontes et Ecclesiae documenta intelligere atque adhibere possint.[27] Studium linguae liturgicae unicuique ritui propriae necessarium habeatur, cognitio vero congrua linguarum Sacrae Scripturae et Traditionis valde foveatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In ecclesiasticis studiis recognoscendis eo imprimis spectandum est ut disciplinae philosophicae et theologicae aptius componantur et concordi ratione conspirent ad alumnorum mentibus magis magisque aperiendum Mysterium Christi quod totam generis humani historiam afficit, in Ecclesiam iugiter influit et ministerio sacerdotali praecipue operatur.[28]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut haec visio ab institutionis limine cum alumnis communicetur, studia ecclesiastica inchoentur cursu introductorio per congruum tempus protrahendo. In hac studiorum initiatione Mysterium salutis ita proponatur ut alumni studiorum ecclesiasticorum sensum, ordinem eorumque finem pastoralem conspiciant simulque ad propriam vitam universam fide fundandam et penetrandam iuventur atque in vocatione deditione personali et laeto animo amplectenda firmentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Philosophicae disciplinae ita tradantur ut alumni imprimis ad solidam et cohaerentem hominis, mundi et Dei cognitionem acquirendam manuducantur, innixi patrimonio philosophico perenniter valido,[29] ratione quoque habita philosophicarum investigationum progredientis aetatis, praesertim earum quae in propria natione maiorem influxum exercent, necnon recentioris scientiarum progressus, ita ut alumni hodiernae aetatis indole recte percepta ad colloquium cum hominibus sui temporis opportune praeparentur.[30]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Historia philosophiae ita tradatur ut alumni, dum variorum systematum principia ultima attingunt, ea quae ibi vera probantur teneant, errorum radices detegere eosque refellere valeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In ipsa docendi ratione excitetur in alumnis amor veritatis rigorose quaerendae, observandae, demonstrandae simul cum honesta agnitione limitum cognitionis humanae. Sedulo attendatur ad necessitudinem inter philosophiam et vera problemata vitae necnon quaestiones quae alumnorum mentes movent; ipsi quoque adiuventur ad perspiciendos nexus qui intercedunt inter argumenta philosophica et mysteria salutis quae in theologia superiore lumine fidei considerantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Disciplinae theologicae, in lumine fidei, sub Ecclesiae Magisterii ductu[31] ita tradantur ut alumni doctrinam catholicam ex divina Revelatione accurate hauriant, profunde penetrent, propriae vitae spiritualis reddant alimentum[32] eamque in ministerio sacerdotali annuntiare, exponere atque tueri valeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrae Scripturae studio, quae universae theologiae veluti anima esse debet,[33] peculiari diligentia alumni instituantur; congrua introductione praemissa, in exegeseos methodum accurate initientur, maxima divinae Revelationis themata perspiciant et in Sacris Libris quotidie legendis et meditandis incitamentum et nutrimentum recipiant.[34]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Theologia dogmatica ita disponatur ut ipsa themata biblica primum proponantur; quid Patres Ecclesiae Orientis et Occidentis ad singulas Revelationis veritates fideliter transmittendas et enucleandas contulerint necnon ulterior dogmatis historia -considerata quoque ipsius relatione ad generalem Ecclesiae historiam- alumnis aperiatur;[35] deinde ad mysteria salutis integre quantum fieri potest illustranda, ea ope speculationis, S. Thoma magistro, intimius penetrare eorumque nexum perspicere alumni addiscant;[36] eademque semper in actionibus liturgicis[37] et universa Ecclesiae vita praesentia et operantia agnoscere doceantur; atque humanorum problematum solutiones sub Revelationis luce quaerere, eius aeternas veritates mutabili rerum humanarum condicioni applicare easque modo coaevis hominibus accommodato communicare discant.[38]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Item ceterae theologicae disciplinae ex vividiore cum Mysterio Christi et historia salutis contactu instaurentur. Specialis cura impendatur Theologiae morali perficiendae, cuius scientifica expositio, doctrina S. Scripturae magis nutrita, celsitudinem vocationis fidelium in Christo illustret eorumque obligationem in caritate pro mundi vita fructum ferendi. Similiter in iure canonico exponendo et in historia ecclesiastica tradenda respiciatur ad Mysterium Ecclesiae, secundum Constitutionem dogmaticam «De Ecclesia» ab hac S. Synodo promulgatam. Sacra Liturgia quae primus, isque necessarius fons spiritus vere christiani habenda est, doceatur ad mentem articulorum 15 et 16 Constitutionis de Sacra Liturgia.[39]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Variarum regionum condicionibus opportune consideratis, manuducantur alumni ad plenius cognoscendas Ecclesias et Communitates ecclesiales a Sede Apostolica Romana seiunctas, ut unitatis redintegrationi inter universos Christianos secundum huius S. Synodi praescripta promovendae conferre valeant.[40]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Introducantur etiam ad alias religiones cognoscendas in singulis regionibus magis vulgatas, quo melius id quod boni et veri, Deo disponente, habent, agnoscant, errores refellere discant et plenum veritatis lumen non habentibus communicare valeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum vero doctrinalis institutio non ad meram notionum communicationem, sed ad veram intimamque alumnorum formationem tendere debeat, methodi didacticae recognoscantur tum ad praelectiones, colloquia et exercitationes quod attinet, tum quoad alumnorum studium sive privatum sive in parvis coetibus excitandum. Totius institutionis unitas ac soliditas sedulo curetur, vitata nimia disciplinarum et lectionum multiplicatione atque iis quaestionibus omissis, quae vix ullum momentum retinent vel quae ad altiora academica studia remittenda sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcoporum erit curare ut iuvenes indole, virtute et ingenio apti ad peculiaria Instituta, Facultates vel Universitates mittantur ut in scientiis sacris necnon in aliis quae opportunae videantur, sacerdotes praeparentur altiore ratione scientifica instructi, qui variis apostolatus necessitatibus satisfacere valeant; eorum vero institutio spiritualis et pastoralis, maxime si sacerdotio nondum sint aucti, nullo modo negligatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "VI. De institutione stricte pastorali promovenda"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pastoralis illa sollicitudo quae integram prorsus alumnorum institutionem informare debet,[41] postulat etiam ut ipsi diligenter instruantur in iis quae peculiari ratione ad sacrum ministerium spectant, praesertim in catechesi et praedicatione, in cultu liturgico et sacramentorum administratione, in operibus caritatis, in officio occurrendi errantibus et incredulis, et in ceteris pastoralibus muneribus. Accurate instituantur in animarum moderandarum arte, qua universos Ecclesiae filios imprimis ad vitam christianam plene consciam et apostolicam atque ad sui status officia implenda conformare valeant; pari sollicitudine adiuvare discant religiosos et religiosas ut in propriae vocationis gratia perseverent et secundum variorum Institutorum spiritum proficiant.[42]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In universum in alumnis congruae aptitudines excolantur, quae maxime ad dialogum cum hominibus conferunt, uti sunt capacitas alios audiendi et ad varia necessitudinis humanae adiuncta animum aperiendi in spiritu caritatis.[43]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Subsidiis quoque uti edoceantur quae disciplinae sive paedagogicae, sive psychologicae, sive sociologicae[44] afferre valent, iuxta rectas methodos et Auctoritatis Ecclesiasticae normas. Item ad apostolicam laicorum actionem excitandam ac fovendam accurate instruantur,[45] necnon ad varias efficacioresque apostolatus formas promovendas; atque eo spiritu vere catholico imbuantur, quo propriae dioecesis, nationis vel ritus fines transcendere et totius Ecclesiae necessitates iuvare assuescant, animo parati ad Evangelium ubique praedicandum.[46]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum vero opus sit ut alumni apostolatus exercendi artem non tantum theoretice, sed etiam practice addiscant atque propria responsabilitate et consociata opera agere valeant, iidem iam per studiorum curriculum, feriarum quoque tempore, praxi pastorali initientur per opportunas exercitationes; quae vero pro alumnorum aetate ac locorum condicione, prudenti Episcoporum iudicio, methodice et sub virorum in re pastorali peritorum ductu fieri debent, praepollente supernaturalium auxiliorum vi semper memorata.[47]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "VII. De institutione post studiorum curriculum perficienda"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum sacerdotalis institutio, ob recentioris potissimum societatis rerum adiuncta, etiam studiorum in Seminariis curriculo absoluto prosequenda atque perficienda sit,[48] Conferentiarum Episcoporum erit in singulis nationibus aptiora media adhibere, cuiusmodi sunt pastoralia Instituta cum paroeciis opportune selectis cooperantia, conventus statis temporibus cogendi et accommodatae exercitationes quarum ope iunior clerus sub aspectu spirituali, intellectuali et pastorali in sacerdotalem vitam atque apostolicam operositatem gradatim introducatur easque in dies magis renovare ac fovere valeat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Conclusio"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Huius Sanctae Synodi Patres, opus a Concilio Tridentino inchoatum prosequentes, dum Seminariorum moderatoribus et magistris fidenter concredunt munus futuros Christi sacerdotes efformandi in spiritu renovationis ab hac Sacrosancta Synodo promotae, eos qui ad sacerdotale ministerium se praeparant, vehementer hortantur ut ipsi spem Ecclesiae animarumque salutem sibi committi persentiant atque huius Decreti normas libenti animo suscipientes, fructus qui semper maneant, uberrimos afferant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Romae, apud S. Petrum die XXVIII mensis octobris anno MCMLXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS Ecclesiae Catholicae Episcopus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur Patrum subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Patrum subsignationes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS Catholicae Ecclesiae Episcopus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EUGENIUS Episcopus Ostiensis ac Portuensis et S. Rufinae Cardinalis TISSERANT, Sacri Collegii Decanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus Albanensis Cardinalis PIZZARDO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENEDICTUS Episcopus Praenestinus Cardinalis Aloisi MASELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS Episcopus tit. Veliternus Cardinalis CENTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HAMLETUS IOANNES Episcopus tit. Tusculanus Cardinalis CICOGNANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus tit. Sabinensis et Mandelensis Cardinalis FERRETTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS GABRIEL Cardinalis TAPPOUNI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Syrorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAXIMUS IV Cardinalis SAIGH, Patriarcha Antiochenus Melkitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS PETRUS Cardinalis MEOUCHI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Maronitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS I Cardinalis SIDAROUSS, Patriarcha Alexandrinus Coptorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EMMANUEL titulo Ss. Marcellini et Petri Presbyter Cardinalis GONÇALVES CEREJEIRA, Patriarcha Lisbonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ACHILLES titulo S. Sixti Presbyter Cardinalis LIÉNART, Episcopus Insulensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IACOBUS ALOISIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Damaso Presbyter Cardinalis COPELLO, S. R. E. Cancellarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GREGORIUS PETRUS titulo S. Bartholomaei in Insula Presbyter Cardinalis AGAGIANIAN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego NORMANNUS THOMAS titulo Ss. Quattuor Coronatorum Presbyter Cardinalis GILROY, Archiepiscopus Sydneyensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Ioannis et Pauli Presbyter Cardinalis SPELLMAN, Archiepiscopus Neo-Eboracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo Ss. Bonifacii et Alexii Presbyter Cardinalis DE BARROS CÂMARA, Archiepiscopus S. Sebastiani Fluminis Ianuarii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis ante Portam Latinam Presbyter Cardinalis FRINGS, Archiepiscopus Coloniensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS titulo S. Sabinae Presbyter Cardinalis RUFFINI, Archiepiscopus Panormitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IULIUS titulo S. Mariae Scalaris Presbyter Cardinalis DÖPFNER, Archiepiscopus Monacensis et Frisingensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Andreae Apostoli de Hortis Presbyter Cardinalis MARELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUSTAVUS titulo S. Hieronymi Illyricorum Presbyter Cardinalis TESTA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Andreae de Valle Presbyter Cardinalis TRAGLIA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PETRUS TATSUO titulo S. Antonii Patavini de Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DOI, Archiepiscopus Tokiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis Baptistae Florentinorum Presbyter Cardinalis LEFEBVRE, Archiepiscopus Bituricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BERNARDUS titulo S. Ioachimi Presbyter Cardinalis ALFRINK, Archiepiscopus Ultraiectensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RUFINUS I. titulo S. Mariae ad Montes Presbyter Cardinalis SANTOS, Archiepiscopus Manilensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAUREANUS titulo S. Francisci Assisiensis ad Ripam Maiorem Presbyter Cardinalis RUGAMBWA, Episcopus Bukobaënsis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS tituli Ssmi Redemptoris et S. Alfonsi in Exquiliis Presbyter Cardinalis RITTER, Archiepiscopus S. Ludovici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS HUMBERTUS titulo Ss. Andreae et Gregorii ad Clivum Scauri Presbyter Cardinalis QUINTERO, Archiepiscopus Caracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Priscae Presbyter Cardinalis DA COSTA NUNES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego HILDEBRANDUS titulo S. Sebastiani ad Catacumbas Presbyter Cardinalis ANTONIUTTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego EPHRAEM titulo S. Crucis in Hierusalem Presbyter Cardinalis FORNI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Mariae de Aracoeli Presbyter Cardinalis LANDAZURI RICKETTS, Archiepiscopus Limanus, Primas Peruviae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RADULFUS titulo S. Bernardi ad Thermas Presbyter Cardinalis SILVA HENRIQUEZ, Archiepiscopus S. Iacobi in Chile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO IOSEPHUS titulo S. Petri ad Vincula Presbyter Cardinalis SUENENS, Archiepiscopus Mechliniensis-Bruxellensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANGELUS titulo Sacri Cordis Beatae Mariae Virginis ad forum Euclidis Presbyter Cardinalis HERRERA, Episcopus Malacitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALAPHRIDUS S. Mariae in Domnica Protodiaconus Cardinalis OTTAVIANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS S. Mariae in Cosmedin Diaconus Cardinalis ROBERTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ARCADIUS SS. Blasii et Caroli ad Catinarios Diaconus Cardinalis LARRAONA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS SS. Cosmae et Damiani Diaconus Cardinalis MORANO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUILLELMUS THEODORUS S. Theodori in Palatio Diaconus Cardinalis HEARD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego AUGUSTINUS S. Sabae Diaconus Cardinalis BEA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRATER MICHAEL S. Pauli Apostoli in Arenula Diaconus Cardinalis BROWNE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOACHIM ANSELMUS S. Apollinaris Diaconus Cardinalis ALBAREDA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRIDERICUS S. Ioannis Bosco in via Tusculana Diaconus Cardinalis CALLORI DI VIGNALE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS S. Michaëlis Archangeli Diaconus Cardinalis CARDIJN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS S. Mariae in Porticu Diaconus Cardinalis JOURNET."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALBERTUS GORI, Patriarcha Hierosolymitanus Latinorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS PETRUS XVI BATANIAN, Patriarcha Ciliciae Armenorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS VIEIRA ALVERNAZ, Patriarcha Indiarum Orientalium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES CAROLUS MCQUAID, Archiepiscopus Dublinensis, Primas Hiberniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS ROHRACHER, Archiepiscopus Salisburgensis, Primas Germaniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego DEMETRIUS MOSCATO, Archiepiscopus Primas Salernitanus et Administrator Perpetuus Acernensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUGO CAMOZZO, Archiepiscopus Pisanus et Primas Sardiniae et Corsicae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALEXANDER TOKI , Archiepiscopus Antibarensis, Primas Serbiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2] Universa institutio sacerdotalis, id est Seminarii ordinatio, institutio spiritualis, ratio studiorum, alumnorum vita communis et disciplina, exercitia pastoralia variis locorum adiunctis accommodanda sunt. Quae accommodatio, ad praecipua principia quod spectat, secundum normas communes facienda est, pro clero saeculari ab Episcoporum Conferentiis, et congrua ratione a Superioribus competentibus pro clero regulari (cf. S. Congr. de Religiosis, Const. Apost. Sedes Sapientiae eique adnexa Statuta Generalia, art. 19, ed. altera, Romae, pp. 38 s.). [3] Inter praecipuas aerumnas quibus Ecclesia hodie affligitur, fere ubique eminet vocationum exigua copia. Cf. PIUS XII, Adhort. Apost. Menti Nostrae: «... sacerdotum numerus cum in catholicorum regionibus, tum in missionalibus terris, impar plerumque increscentibus necessitatibus est»: AAS 42 (1950), p. 682. IOANNES XXIII «Il problema delle vocazioni ecclesiastiche e religiose è quotidiana sollecitudine del Papa..., e sospiro della sua preghiera, aspirazione ardente della sua anima». (Ex Allocutione ad I Congressum Internationalem de Vocationibus ad Status Perfectionis, 16 dec. 1961: AAS 54 (1962), p. 33. [4] PIUS XII, Const. Apost. Sedes Sapientiae, 31 maii 1956: AAS 48 (1956), p. 357. PAULUS VI, Ep. Apost. Summi Dei Verbum, 4 nov. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 984 ss. [5] Cf. imprimis: PIUS XII, Motu proprio Cum nobis «de Pontificio Opere Vocationum Sacerdotalium apud S. Congregationem Seminariis et Studiorum Universitatibus praepositam constituendo», 4 nov. 1941: AAS 33 (1941), p. 479; cum adnexis Statutis et Normis ab eadem S. Congregatione promulgatis die 8 sept. 1943. Motu proprio Cum supremae «de Pontificio Opere primario religiosarum vocationum», 11 febr. 1955: AAS 47 (1955), p. 266; cum adnexis Statutis et Normis a S. Congr. de Religiosis promulgatis (ibid., pp. 298-301); CONC. VAT. II, Decr. De accommodata renovatione vitae religiosae, Perfectae Caritatis, n. 24; Decr. De Pastorali Episcoporum munere in Ecclesia, Christus Dominus, n. 15. [6] Cf. PIUS XII, Adhort. Apost. Menti Nostrae, 23 sept. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 685. [7] Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen Gentium, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965), p. 34. [8] Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Ad Catholici Sacerdotii, 20 dec. 1935: AAS 28 (1936), p. 37: «Diligens imprimis esto moderatorum magistrorumque dilectus... Sacris eiusmodi conlegiis sacerdotes tribuite maxima virtute ornatos; neque gravemini eos e muneribus abstrahere, specie quidem maioris ponderis, quae tamen cum hac capitali re, cuius partes nulla alia susceperit, comparari nequeunt». Quod seligendi optimos principium iterum inculcatur a Pio XII in Litteris Apostolicis ad Ordinarios Brasiliae directis die 23 aprilis 1947, Discorsi e Radiomessaggi IX, pp. 579-580. [9] De communi officio Seminariis auxiliatricem operam navandi cf. PAULUS VI, Ep. Apost. Summi Dei Verbum, 4 nov. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 984. [10] Cf. PIUS XII, Adhort. Apost. Menti Nostrae, 23 sept. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 684; S. CONGR. DE SACRAMENTIS, Litt. circulares Magna equidem ad locorum Ordinarios, 27 dec. 1935, n. 10. Pro religiosis cf. Statuta Generalia adnexa Constitutioni Apostolicae Sedes Sapientiae, 31 maii 1956, art. 33. PAULUS VI, Ep. Apost. Summi Dei Verbum, 4 nov. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 987 s. [11] Cf. PIUS XI, Litt. Encycl. Ad Catholici Sacerdotii, 20 dec. 1935: AAS 28 (1936), p. 41. [12] Statuitur, ut in determinandis Seminariorum regionalium vel nationalium Statutis omnes Episcopi quorum interest partem habeant, derogando praescripto canonis 1357, par. 4 CIC. [13] Cf. PIUS XII, Adhort. Apost. Menti Nostrae, 23 sept. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 674; S. CONGR. DE SEM. ET STUD. UNIV., La Formazione spirituale del candidato al sacerdozio, Città del Vaticano 1965. [14] Cf. S. PIUS X, Exhort. ad Clerum, Haerent animo, 4 aug. 1908: S. Pii X Acta, IV, pp. 242-244; PIUS XII, Adhort. Apost. Menti Nostrae, 23 sept. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), pp. 659-661; IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Sacerdotii Nostri primordia, 1 aug. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 550 s. [15] Cf. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Mediator Dei, 20 nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947), pp. 547 ss. et 572 s.; IOANNES XXIII, Adhort. Apost. Sacrae Laudis, 6 ian. 1962: AAS 54 (1962), p. 69; CONC. VAT. II, Const. de Sacra Liturgia, Sacrosanctum Concilium, art. 16 et 17: AAS 56 (1964), p. 104 s.; S. CONGR. RITUUM, Instructio ad exsecutionem Constitutionis de Sacra Liturgia recte ordinandam, 26 sept. 1964, nn. 14-17: AAS 56 (1964), p. 880 s. [16] Cf. IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Sacerdotii Nostri Primordia: AAS 51 (1959), p. 559 s. [17] Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen Gentium, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965), p. 35 s. [18] S. AUGUSTINUS, In Ioannem tract. 32, 8: PL 35, 1646. [19] Cf. PIUS XII, Adhort. Apost. Menti Nostrae: AAS 42 (1950), pp. 662 s., 685, 690; IOANNES XXIII, Litt. Encycl. Sacerdotii Nostri Primordia: AAS 51 (1959), pp. 551-553; 556 s.; PAULUS VI, Litt. Encycl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 aug. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 634 S.; CONC. VAT. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen Gentium, imprimis n. 8: AAS 57 (1965), p. 12. [20] Cf. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Sacra Virginitas, 25 mart. 1954: AAS 46 (1954), pp. 165 ss. [21] Cf. S. CYPRIANUS, De habitu virginum, 22: PL 4, 475; S. AMBROSIUS, De virginibus I, 8, 52: PL 16, 202 s. [22] 22 Cf. PIUS XII, Adhort. Apost. Menti Nostrae: AAS 42 (1950), p. 663. [23] Cf. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Sacra Virginitas, l. c., pp. 170-174. [24] Cf. PIUS XII, Adhort. Apost. Menti Nostrae, l. c., pp. 664 et 690 s. [25] Cf. PAULUS VI, Ep. Apost. Summi Dei Verbum, 4 nov. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 991. [26] Cf. PIUS XII, Adhort. Apost. Menti Nostrae, l. c., p. 686. [27] Cf. PAULUS VI, Ep. Apost. Summi Dei Verbum, l. c., p. 993. [28] Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen Gentium nn. 7 et 28: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 9-11; 33. [29] Cf. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Humani Generis, 12 aug. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), pp. 571-575. [30] Cf. PAULUS VI, Litt. Encycl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 aug. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 637 ss. [31] Cf. PIUS XII, Litt. Encycl. Humani Generis, 12 aug. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), pp. 567-569; Allocutio Si diligis, 31 maii 1954: AAS 46 (1954), p. 314 s.; PAULUS VI, Allocutio in Gregoriana Pontificia Studiorum Universitate habita, 12 mart. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 364 s.; CONC. VAT. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen Gentium n. 25: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 29-31. [32] Cf. S. BONAVENTURA, Itinerarium mentis in Deum, Prol., n. 4: «(Nemo) credat quod sibi sufficiat lectio sine unctione, speculatio sine devotione, investigatio sine admiratione, circumspectio sine exsultatione, industria sine pietate, scientia sine charitate, intelligentia sine humilitate, studium absque divina gratia, speculum absque sapientia divinitus inspirata» (S. BONAVENTURA, Opera Omnia, V, Quaracchi 1891, p. 296). [33] Cf. LEO XIII, Litt. Encycl. Providentissimus Deus, 18 nov. 1893: ASS 26 (1893-94), p. 283."
            }
          ]
        },
        "pt": {
          "code": "pt",
          "label": "Português",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_optatam-totius_po.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-152-vat-ii_decree_19651028_optatam-totius_po.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO OPTATAM TOTIUS SOBRE A FORMAÇÃO SACERDOTAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROÉMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importância para a vida da Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio reconhece que a desejada renovação de toda a Igreja depende, em grande parte, do ministério sacerdotal, animado do espírito de Cristo (1); proclama, por isso, a gravíssima importância da formação dos sacerdotes e declara alguns dos seus princípios fundamentais, pelos quais sejam confirmadas as leis já aprovadas pela experiência dos séculos e se introduzam nelas as inovações que correspondam às suas constituições e decretos e à evolução dos tempos. Esta formação sacerdotal, por causa da unidade do mesmo sacerdócio, é necessária aos dois cleros e de qualquer rito. Portanto, estas prescrições, que se referem directamente ao clero diocesano, devem ser acomodadas na devida proporção a todos os sacerdotes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. ESTABELECER-SE-Á EM CADA NAÇÃO UM PLANO DE FORMAÇÃO SACERDOTAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Adaptação das normas gerais pelas Conferências episcopais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Uma vez que não podem dar-se senão leis gerais para tão grande variedade de povos e regiões, estabeleça-se em cada nação ou rito um peculiar «Plano de formação sacerdotal que há-de ser promulgado pela Conferência episcopal (2), revisto periodicamente e aprovado pela Santa Sé."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por ele se acomodem as leis universais às condições particulares dos tempos e dos lugares, de maneira que a formação corresponda sempre às necessidades daquelas regiões em que há-de exercer-se o ministério sacerdotal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. PROMOÇÃO MAIS INTENSA DAS VOCAÇÕES SACERDOTAIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obrigação de toda a comunidade cristã. Natureza da vocação. Obra das vocações"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O dever de fomentar as vocações (3) pertence a toda a comunidade cristã, que as deve promover sobretudo mediante uma vida plenamente cristã; mormente para isso concorrem quer as famílias, que animadas pelo espírito de fé, de caridade e piedade, são como que o primeiro seminário, quer as paróquias, de cuja vida fecunda participam os mesmos adolescentes. Os mestres e todos aqueles que, de algum modo, se ocupam da educação das crianças e dos jovens, principalmente as Associações católicas, de tal forma procurem cultivar o espírito dos adolescentes a si confiados, que eles possam sentir e seguir de bom grado a vocação divina. Os sacerdotes manifestem o máximo zelo em favorecer as vocações; e pela sua própria vida humilde, laboriosa, levada com ânimo alegre, assim como pela mútua caridade sacerdotal e fraterna cooperação, atraiam a alma dos adolescentes para o sacerdócio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aos Bispos pertence levar o seu rebanho à promoção das vocações, e procurar a colaboração de todas as forças e obras; e sem se pouparem a sacrifícios, ajudarem, como pais, aqueles que eles mesmos julguem chamados à herança do Senhor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta diligente colaboração de todo o Povo de Deus em promover as vocações corresponde à acção da Providência divina, que concede os dotes necessários àqueles que são chamados por Deus a participar do sacerdócio hierárquico e ajuda-os com a Sua divina graça, ao mesmo tempo que aos legítimos ministros da Igreja confia o encargo de, uma vez reconhecida a idoneidade, chamarem os candidatos que, com intenção recta e liberdade plena, pedirem tão alto múnus, e de os consagrarem com o selo do Espírito Santo para o culto de Deus e serviço da Igreja (4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio recomenda, acima de tudo, os meios tradicionais de cooperação comum, como são: a oração fervorosa, a penitência cristã, e a formação cada vez mais perfeita dos fiéis por meio da pregação, da catequese, e dos meios de comunicação social. Nesta formação há-de expor-se a necessidade, a natureza e a excelência da vocação sacerdotal. Além disso, manda que a Obra das vocações, segundo os documentos pontifícios nesta matéria, já fundada ou a fundar no âmbito de cada diocese, região ou nação, organize metódica e coerentemente e promova com zelo e discrição uma acção pastoral de conjunto para o fomento de vocações, sem deixar de lado nenhum dos meios que as hodiernas ciências psicológicas e sociológicas ùtilmente oferecem (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É necessário que a Obra das vocações transcenda generosamente os limites da diocese, da nação ou das famílias religiosas ou ritos e olhe para as necessidades da Igreja universal, prestando auxílio principalmente àquelas regiões que reclamam com mais instância obreiros para vinha do Senhor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seminários menores e Institutos peculiares"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nos Seminários menores, erigidos para -cultivar os gérmenes da vocação, os alunos sejam formados com uma peculiar educação religiosa, e sobretudo por uma apta direcção espiritual, de maneira a seguir Cristo Redentor de alma generosa e coração puro. Sob a orientação paterna dos Superiores, com a colaboração oportuna dos pais, levem uma vida plenamente conforme à idade, espírito e evolução dos adolescentes, segundo as normas da sã psicologia, sem omitir a devida experiência das coisas humanas e o contacto com a própria famílias. Tudo o que nos pontos seguintes se vai dizer dos Seminários maiores, aplique-se também aos Seminários menores na medida em que o fim e o modo de ser o permitem. É conveniente que os estudos neles feitos se ordenem de maneira que os alunos os possam continuar sem dificuldades noutra parte, se abraçarem outro estado de vida."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Com igual cuidado, favoreçam-se os gérmenes da vocação dos jovens e adolescentes nos Institutos peculiares que, segundo as circunstâncias dos lugares, servem também para Seminários menores, assim como daqueles que são educados em outras escolas e demais centros de educação. Promovam-se diligentemente Institutos e outros centros para aqueles que, de idade mais avançada, seguem a vocação divina."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. ORGANIZAÇÃO DOS SEMINÁRIOS MAIORES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Necessidade, organização, formação para o tríplice ministério"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Seminários maiores são necessários para a formação sacerdotal. Neles, a educação dos alunos deve tender a que, a exemplo de Nosso Senhor Jesus Cristo, mestre, sacerdote e pastor, se formem verdadeiramente pastores de almas (7). Preparem-se, pois, para o ministério da palavra: para que a palavra de Deus revelada seja por eles cada vez melhor entendida, a possuam pela meditação e a manifestem por palavras e costumes. Preparem-se para o ministério do culto e santificação: para que, pela oração e exercício das sagradas funções litúrgicas, exerçam a obra da salvação através do sacrifício eucarístico e dos sacramentos. Preparem-se para o ministério de pastores: para que saibam representar aos homens Cristo que não «veio para ser servido, mas para servir e dar a Sua vida pela redenção de muitos» (Mc. 10,45; cfr. Jo. 13, 12-17) e para que, feitos escravos de todos, ganhem a muitos (cfr. 1 Cor: 9,19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, todos os aspectos da formação, espiritual, intelectual e disciplinar, sejam ordenados de forma harmónica para este fim pastoral, e todos os Superiores e professores, fielmente obedientes à autoridade do Bispo, se dêem à consecução deste fim, numa acção diligente e concorde:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Escolha, preparação e múnus dos educadores"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Visto que a formação dos alunos depende de sábias leis, e sobretudo de educadores idóneos, escolham-se entre os melhores os Superiores e os professores dos Seminários (8), e preparem-se diligentemente com sólida doutrina, conveniente experiência pastoral e adequada formação espiritual e pedagógica. Por isso, é conveniente que se fundem Institutos para a consecução deste fim, ou pelo meras cursos devidamente organizados e reuniões de Superiores de Seminários em tempos determinados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Superiores e os professores dos Seminários pensem sèriamente quanto o êxito da formação dos alunos depende da sua maneira de pensar e de agir. Sob a direcção do reitor, estabeleçam uma estreitíssima união de pensamento e acção e constituam entre si e com os alunos uma família que corresponda à oração do Senhor «ut sint unum» (cfr. Jo. 17,11) e alimente nestes últimos a alegria da própria vocação. O Bispo, porém, com assíduo amor anime os que trabalham no Seminário e mostre-se para com os alunos como verdadeiro pai em Cristo. Finalmente, todos os sacerdotes considerem o Seminário como coração da diocese e prestem-lhe de boa vontade a própria ajuda (9)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exame e selecção das vocações"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Examine-se com diligente cuidado, segundo a idade e adiantamento de cada um, a rectidão de intenção dos candidatos e a sua liberdade de vontade, idoneidade espiritual, moral e intelectual, a conveniente saúde física e psíquica, tendo também em conta as possíveis disposições hereditárias. Examine-se ainda a capacidade dos candidatos para aguentar com as obrigações sacerdotais e exercer os deveres pastorais (10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em toda a selecção e provação dos candidatos mantenha-se a firmeza de espírito, ainda que seja de lamentar a penúria de sacerdotes (11). Deus não permitirá que a Sua Igreja careça de ministros, se se promoverem os dignos e, no devido tempo, os não idóneos forem paternalmente encaminhados para outras ocupações e ajudados para que, cônscios da sua vocação cristã, se entreguem alegremente ao apostolado laical."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seminários diocesanos e interdiocesanos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Naquelas regiões em que as dioceses não puderem por si mesmas fundar Seminários próprios, erijam-se e fomentem-se Seminários comuns a várias dioceses ou para toda uma região ou nação, para que se proveja do modo mais eficaz à sólida formação dos alunos, que nesta matéria deve ser tida como lei suprema. Estes Seminários, se forem regionais ou nacionais, rejam-se por estatutos dados pelos Bispos a quem dizem respeito e aprovados pela Sé Apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nos Seminários, porém, onde há muitos alunos, conservada a unidade de regime e de formação científica, distribuam-se convenientemente em grupos menores, para que melhor se atenda à formação pessoal de cada um."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV. FORMAÇÃO ESPIRITUAL MAIS CUIDADA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importância e orientação cristocêntrica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A formação espiritual deve estar estreitamente unida com a formação doutrinal e pastoral (13) graças sobretudo à colaboração do director espiritual; seja dada de tal maneira que os alunos aprendam a viver em união familiar e assídua com o Pai por meio de Seu Filho Jesus Cristo, no Espírito Santo: Havendo de ser configurados pela sagrada ordenação com Cristo sacerdote, habituem-se também a aderir a Ele, como amigos, em íntima união de toda a sua vida (14). Vivam de tal maneira o Seu mistério pascal, que nele saibam iniciar o povo que lhes há-de ser confiado. Aprendam a buscar Cristo na meditação fiel da palavra de Deus, numa activa comunicação com os santíssimos mistérios da Igreja, sobretudo na sagrada Eucaristia e no Ofício divino (15); no Bispo que os envia e nos homens a quem são enviados, sobretudo nos pobres, nas crianças, nos doentes, nos pecadores e incrédulos. Amem e venerem com filial confiança a Santíssima Virgem, que foi dada como mãe ao discípulo por Jesus Cristo moribundo na cruz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promovam-se com empenho os exercícios de piedade recomendados pelo venerando uso da Igreja. Procure-se, porém, que a formação espiritual não se reduza a eles nem cultive só o sentimento. Aprendam sobretudo os alunos a viver segundo o Evangelho, a firmar-se na fé, esperança e caridade, para que, no seu exercício, adquiram o espírito de oração (16), encontrem a força e defesa da sua vocação, alcancem o vigor de todas as virtudes e cresçam no zelo de conquistar todos os homens para Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sentido eclesial"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sejam os alunos imbuídos do mistério da Igreja, declarado de modo especial por este sagrado Concílio, de tal maneira que, unidos ao Vigário de Cristo por um amor humilde e filial e, uma vez elevados ao sacerdócio, ligados ao seu Bispo como fiéis cooperadores, colaborando em fraterna caridade com os seus irmãos no sacerdócio, dêem testemunho daquela unidade que atrai os homens para Cristo (17). De coração magnânimo, aprendam a participar em toda a vida da Igreja, segundo o que diz S. Agostinho: «Quanto cada um amar a Igreja de Cristo, tanto tem o Espírito Santo» (18). Entendam os alunos bem claramente que não se destinam ao mando, nem. às honras, mas que se devem ocupar totalmente no serviço de Deus e no ministério pastoral. Sejam educados na obediência sacerdotal, na pobreza de vida e abnegação de si mesmos com particular solicitude (19), de tal maneira que se habituem a renunciar generosamente mesmo àquilo que, sendo lícito, não é conveniente, é a conformar-se com Cristo crucificado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exponham-se aos alunos as responsabilidades que hão-de tomar, sem ocultar nenhuma das dificuldades da vida sacerdotal. Todavia, que não olhem quase só para os perigos da actividade futura, mas sejam preparados para saber fortalecer a vida espiritual com o exercício da acção pastoral."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Preparação para o celibato"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os alunos que, segundo as santas e constantes leis do próprio rito, seguem a veneranda tradição do celibato sacerdotal, sejam preparados com diligente cuidado para este estado, no qual, por amor do reino dos céus, renunciando à união da família (cfr. Mt. 19,12), aderem com amor indiviso ao Senhor (20) muito em conformidade com a nova Aliança, dão testemunho da ressurreição da vida futura (cfr. Lc. 20,36) (21), e obtêm um auxílio muitíssimo útil para o exercício contínuo daquela caridade perfeita pela qual podem no ministério sacerdotal fazer-se tudo para todos (22). Considerem profundamente como devem receber de ânimo agradecido aquele estado, não só como prescrito pela lei eclesiástica, mas como precioso dom de Deus que deve ser humildemente implorado, ao qual se apressem a corresponder livre e generosamente, estimulados e ajudados pela graça do Espírito Santo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conheçam devidamente os deveres e a dignidade do matrimónio cristão, que simboliza o amor entre Cristo e a Sua Igreja (cfr. Ef. 5,32 s.). Compreendam, porém, a excelência maior da virgindade consagrada a Cristo (23), de tal maneira que, por uma opção maduramente deliberada e magnânima, se entreguem ao Senhor por uma inteira doação de corpo e alma."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sejam prevenidos contra os perigos que ameaçam a sua castidade, sobretudo na sociedade do nosso tempo (24). Ajudados pelos auxílios divinos e humanos, aprendam de tal maneira a integrar a renúncia ao matrimónio, que a sua vida e acção não só não venham a sofrer detrimento algum por causa do celibato mas adquiram um mais alto domínio da alma e do corpo, um maior progresso na maturidade, e uma mais perfeita compreensão da bem-aventurança do Evangelho."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maturidade humana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Observem-se santamente as normas da educação cristã e aperfeiçoem-se devidamente com as descobertas mais recentes da psicologia e da pedagogia. Por meio duma formação bem ordenada, cultive-se também nos alunos a devida maturidade humana, comprovada principalmente por uma certa estabilidade de ânimo, pela capacidade de tomar decisões ponderadas, e por um juízo recto sobre os homens e os acontecimentos. Habituem-se os alunos a dominar o próprio temperamento, formem-se na fortaleza de espírito e aprendam a estimar aquelas virtudes que são tidas em maior conta diante dos homens e recomendam o ministro de Cristo (25), como são a sinceridade, a preocupação constante da justiça, a fidelidade às promessas, a urbanidade no trato, a modéstia e caridade no falar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A disciplina do Seminário deve ser tida não só como válida defesa da vida comum e da caridade, mas também como parte necessária de toda a formação para adquirir o domínio de si mesmo, promover a sólida maturidade da pessoa e formar as restantes disposições de espírito que tornam mais ordenada e frutuosa a actividade da Igreja. Seja, todavia, observada de tal maneira que se torne uma disposição interna dos alunos para acatar a autoridade dos Superiores por íntima persuasão ou em consciência (cfr. Rom. 13,5) e por razões sobrenaturais. As normas de disciplina, porém, apliquem-se de tal maneira, segundo as idades dos alunos, que estes, aprendendo a dirigir-se gradualmente a si mesmos, se habituem a usar sàbiamente da liberdade, a tomar iniciativas e responsabilidades (26) e a colaborar com os seus companheiros e com os leigos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É necessário que se ordene de tal maneira toda a vida do Seminário, impregnada de piedade, silêncio e empenho de ajuda mútua, que já seja uma iniciação da vida que o sacerdote há-de levar mais tarde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Experiências para uma melhor formação"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que a formação espiritual se apoie em razões sólidas e os alunos abracem a vocação por uma opção maduramente deliberada, caberá aos Bispos estabelecer um intervalo de tempo para um mais intenso tirocínio espiritual. Fica também ao seu juízo julgar da oportunidade duma interrupção dos estudos ou dum apto estágio pastoral para se prover mais convenientemente à provação dos candidatos ao sacerdócio. Segundo a condição de cada região, pertence igualmente aos Bispos poder prolongar a idade até agora estabelecida pelo direito comum para as ordens sacras e deliberar da oportunidade de estabelecer que os alunos, terminado o curso teológico, exerçam por algum tempo a ordem de diácono antes de serem promovidos ao sacerdócio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "V. REVISÃO DOS ESTUDOS ECLESIÁSTICOS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formação humanística e científica prévias. Latim"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Antes de entrarem nos estudos pròpriamente eclesiásticos, devem os seminaristas possuir uma formação humanística e científica semelhante àquela de que precisam os jovens da sua nação para entrarem nos estudos superiores. Além disso, adquiram o conhecimento da língua latina, com que possam compreender e utilizar as fontes de numerosas ciências e os documentos da Igreja (27). Tenha-se como necessário o estudo da língua litúrgica de cada rito e fomente-se muito o conhecimento conveniente das línguas da Sagrada Escritura e da Tradição."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coordenação cristocêntrica da Filosofia e da Teologia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na revisão dos estudos eclesiásticos, atenda-se principalmente a que as disciplinas filosóficas e teológicas se coordenem de forma apta e concorram de modo harmónico para que à mente dos alunos se abra o mistério de Cristo, que atinge toda a história do género humano, continuamente penetra a vida da Igreja e se actua principalmente pelo ministério sacerdotal (28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que esta visão se comunique aos alunos no limiar da sua formação, iniciem-se os estudos eclesiásticos por um curso introdutório durante o tempo conveniente. Nesta iniciação dos estudos, proponha-se o mistério da salvação, de tal modo que os alunos atinjam o sentido dos estudos eclesiásticos e vejam a ordem e o fim pastoral deles, ao mesmo tempo que recebam ajuda para fundamentar e penetrar toda a sua vida de fé e se confirmem a abraçar a vocação de ânimo alegre e por uma doação pessoal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Filosofia: as diversas disciplinas e o seu método"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As disciplinas filosóficas sejam ensinadas de forma que os alunos possam adquirir antes de mais um conhecimento sólido e coerente do homem, do mundo e de Deus, apoiados num património filosófico perenemente válido (29), tendo em conta as investigações filosóficas dos tempos actuais, sobretudo aquelas que maior influxo exercem na própria nação, assim como o progresso recente das ciências, de modo que, compreendendo a mentalidade hodierna, eles se preparem devidamente para o diálogo com os homens do seu tempo (30)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A história da filosofia seja exposta de maneira que os alunos, ao verem os princípios fundamentais dos vários sistemas, retenham aquilo que neles há de verdadeiro e saibam descobrir as raízes dos seus erros e refutá-los. No próprio modo de ensinar, desperte-se nos alunos o amor à investigação rigorosa cia verdade, observação e demonstração, reconhecendo ao mesmo tempo honestamente os limites do conhecimento humano. Atenda-se com cuidado à relação entre a filosofia e os verdadeiros problemas e questões da vida que agitam a mente dos alunos. Ajudem-se a compreender o nexo entre as matérias da filosofia e os mistérios da salvação, que na teologia são vistos à luz superior da fé."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Teologia: as diversas disciplinas e o seu método"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As disciplinas teológicas sejam ensinadas à luz da fé e sob a direcção do magistério da Igreja (31), de tal forma que os alunos possam encontrar com exactidão a doutrina católica na Revelação divina, a penetrem profundamente, façam dela alimento da vida espiritual (32) e se tornem capazes de a anunciar, expor e defender no ministério sacerdotal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os alunos sejam formados com particular empenho no estudo da Sagrada Escritura, que deve ser como que a alma de toda a teologia (33). Depois da conveniente introdução, iniciem-se cuidadosamente no método da exegese, estudem os temas de maior importância da Revelação divina e encontrem na leitura e meditação dos Livros sagrados estímulo e alimento (34)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A teologia dogmática ordene-se de tal forma que os temas bíblicos se proponham em primeiro lugar. Exponha-se aos alunos o contributo dos Padres da Igreja oriental e ocidental para a Interpretação e transmissão fiel de cada uma das verdades da Revelação, bem como a história posterior do Dogma tendo em conta a sua relação com a história geral da Igreja (35). Depois, para aclarar, quanto for possível, os mistérios da salvação de forma perfeita, aprendam a penetra-los mais profundamente pela especulação, tendo por guia Santo Tomás, e a ver o nexo existente entre eles (36). Aprendam a vê-los presentes e operantes nas acções litúrgicas (37) e em toda a vida da Igreja. Saibam buscar, à luz da Revelação, a solução dos problemas humanos, aplicar as verdades eternas à condição mutável das coisas humanas e anuncia-las de modo conveniente aos homens seus contemporâneos (38)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De igual modo, renovem-se as restantes disciplinas teológicas por meio dum contacto mais vivo com o mistério de Cristo e a história da salvação. Ponha-se especial cuidado em aperfeiçoar a teologia moral, cuja exposição científica, mais alimentada pela Sagrada Escritura, deve revelar a grandeza da vocação dos fiéis em Cristo e a sua obrigação de dar frutos na caridade para vida do mundo. Na exposição do direito canónico e da história eclesiástica, atenda-se ao mistério da Igreja, segundo a Constituição dogmática «De Ecclesia» promulgada por este sagrado Concílio. A sagrada Liturgia, que deve ser tida como a primeira e necessária fonte do espírito verdadeiramente cristão, ensine-se segundo o espírito dos artigos 15 e 16 da Constituição «De sacra liturgia» (39)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tendo em consideração as condições locais, sejam os alunos levados a conhecer mais perfeitamente as igrejas e comunidades eclesiais separadas da Sé Apostólica de Roma, para que possam concorrer para a restauração da unidade de todos os cristãos, segundo as normas deste sagrado Concílio (40)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sejam ainda iniciados no conhecimento das outras religiões mais espalhadas em cada região, para que melhor possam conhecer o que de bom e de verdadeiro têm, segundo a disposição de Deus, aprendam a refutar os seus erros e possam comunicar a plena luz da verdade àqueles que não a têm."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisão dos métodos didácticos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porque a formação doutrinal deve tender não só à mera comunicação de noções, mas a uma íntima e verdadeira formação dos alunos, revejam-se os métodos didácticos tanto quanto às prelecções, colóquios e exercícios, como quanto ao incitamento dos alunos ao estudo tanto em particular como em pequenos grupos. Busquem-se com interesse a unidade e a solidez da formação, evitando a demasiada multiplicação das matérias e das aulas, omitindo aquelas questões que ou não têm quase importância nenhuma, ou devem ser remetidas para os estudos académicos superiores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Especialização sacerdotal"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertence aos Bispos procurar que os jovens aptos pelo seu carácter, virtude e talento, sejam enviados a institutos especiais, Faculdades ou Universidades, para que sejam sacerdotes melhor preparados nas ciências sagradas ou outras que se julguem oportunas, e assim, com maior preparação científica, possam depois satisfazer às várias necessidades do apostolado. De modo algum, porém, se deve negligenciar a sua formação espiritual e pastoral, sobretudo se não são ainda sacerdotes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VI. FORMAÇÃO ESTRITAMENTE PASTORAL"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Necessidade dessa formação"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A solicitude pastoral que deve informar toda a formação dos alunos (41), pede também que eles sejam instruídos no que respeita especialmente ao sagrado ministério, sobretudo na catequese, na pregação, no culto litúrgico e na administração dos sacramentos, nas obras de caridade, no dever de ir ao encontro dos incrédulos e dos errantes, assim como nos restantes deveres pastorais. Sejam cuidadosamente instruídos na arte da direcção das almas, pela qual possam, primeiro que tudo, formar os filhos da Igreja numa vida cristã consciente e apostólica e levá-los ao cumprimento dos deveres próprios do seu estado. Com igual solicitude saibam ajudar os religiosos e as religiosas a perseverar na graça da própria vocação e a adiantar segundo o espírito dos vários Institutos (42)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cultivem-se, em geral, nos alunos as convenientes aptidões que mais concorrem para o diálogo com os homens, como é a capacidade de ouvir os outros e de abrir a alma em espírito de caridade nas várias circunstâncias das relações humanas (43)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conhecimentos pedagógicos, psicológicos e sociológicos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sejam também instruídos no uso dos auxílios que as disciplinas pedagógicas, psicológicas e sociológicas (44) podem prestar, segundo os devidos métodos e as normas da autoridade eclesiástica. Sejam também cuidadosamente informados da maneira de despertar e favorecer a acção apostólica dos leigos (45), e ainda de promover as várias e mais eficazes formas de apostolado. Com espírito verdadeiramente católico, habituem-se a transcender a própria diocese, nação ou rito, e ajudar as necessidades de toda a Igreja, dispostos a pregar o Evangelho em toda a parte (46)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prática pastoral durante os estudos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É necessário que os alunos aprendam a arte de exercer o apostolado não só de maneira teórica, mas também prática, e saibam comportar-se com responsabilidade própria e em colaboração com os outros; para isso, sejam iniciados já durante os estudos e até no tempo de férias, na prática pastoral com exercícios convenientes, que devem ser levados a cabo, de harmonia com a idade dos alunos e circunstâncias dos lugares, segundo o prudente juízo dos Bispos, de forma metódica e sob a orientação de homens peritos em assuntos pastorais, não esquecendo a força superior cios auxílios sobrenaturais (47)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VII. FORMAÇÃO COMPLEMENTAR DEPOIS DOS ESTUDOS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Institutos pastorais, assembleias e exercícios apropriados"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devendo a formação sacerdotal ser continuada e completada, mesmo depois de terminado o curso do Seminário, por causa das condições do mundo moderno (48), pertence às Conferências episcopais estabelecer em cada nação os meios mais aptos, como sejam Institutos pastorais em colaboração com paróquias bem escolhidas, assembleias em tempos estabelecidos e exercícios apropriados. Por meio destes auxílios, o clero jovem deverá ser gradualmente introduzido na vida sacerdotal e na actividade apostólica sob o aspecto espiritual, intelectual e pastoral, e renová-las e promovê-las cada vez mais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSÃO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exortação aos educadores e aos seminaristas"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Padres deste sagrado Concílio, continuando a obra começada pelo Concílio de Trento, ao mesmo tempo que, esperançados, confiam aos Superiores e professores dos Seminários o encargo de formarem os futuros sacerdotes de Cristo no espírito de renovação promovida por este mesmo Concílio, exortam ardentemente aqueles que se preparam para o ministério sacerdotal a que sintam vivamente que a esperança da Igreja e a salvação das almas lhes está confiada e que, aceitando de ânimo generoso as normas deste decreto, dêem frutos abundantíssimos que permaneçam para sempre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vaticano, 28 de Outubro de 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAPA PAULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que o progresso de todo o Povo de Deus, segundo a vontade de Cristo, depende sobretudo do ministério sacerdotal, vê-se claramente pelas palavras com que o Senhor constituiu os Apóstolos e os seus sucessores e colaboradores como pregoeiros do Evangelho, chefes escolhidos do novo Povo eleito e dispensadores dos mistérios de Deus; isto mesmo se confirma com as palavras dos Santos Padres e com os repetidos documentos dos Sumos Pontífices. . Cfr. sobretudo: S. Pio X, Exortação ao clero Haerent animo, 4 ago. 1908: S. Pii X Acta, IV, p. 237-264. Pio XI, encíclica Ad catholici Sacerdotii, 20 dez. 1935: AAS 28 (1936), sobretudo p. 37-52. Pio XII, Exortação apostólica Menti Nostrae, 23 set. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) p. 657-702. João XXIII, Encíclica Sacerdotii nostri primordia, 1 ago. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 545-579. Paulo VI, Carta apostólica Summi Dei Verbum, 4 nov. 1965: AAS 55 (1963) p. 979-995."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Toda a formação sacerdotal, isto é, a ordenação e a disciplina dos alunos, e os exercícios pastorais, tudo deve ser adaptado às circunstâncias de cada lugar. Esta adptação, pelo que toca às normas principais, deve ser feita segundo as leis comuns, para o clero secular pelas Conferências episcopais, e para o clero regular pelos respectivos Superiores (cfr. Estatutos gerais anexos à Constituição apostólica Sedes Sapientiae, art. 19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre as principais dificuldades que hoje afligem a Igreja, sobressai quase por toda a parte a falta de vocações. Cfr.: Pio XII, Exortação apostólica Menti nostrae; «...o número dos sacerdotes quer nos países católicos quer nas terras de missão é em geral insuficiente para as necessidades cada vez maiores»: AAS 42 (1950) p. 682. João XXIII: «O problema das vocações eclesiásticas e religiosas é a preocupação quotidiana do Papa... é o anelo da oração, a aspiração ardente da sua alma». Da alocução ao I Congresso internacional das Vocações para os estados de perfeição, 16. dez. 1961: AAS 54 (1962) p. 33."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pio XII, Constituição apostólica Sedes Sapientiae, 31 maio 1956: AAS 48 (1956), p. 357; Paulo VI, Carta apostólica Summi Dei Verbum, 4 nov. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) p. 984 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. sobretudo: Pio XII, Motu proprio Cum nobis, sobre a erecção da Pontifícia Obra das Vocações sacerdotais junto da S. Congregação dos Seminários e Universidades, 4 nov. 1941: AAS 44 (1941) p. 479; com os Estatutos e as Normas anexas promulgadas pela mesma S. Congregação no dia 8 set. 1943. Motu proprio Cum supremae acerca da Pontifícia Obra das Vocações Religiosas, 11 fev. 1955: AAS 47 (1955) p. 266, com os Estatutos e as Normas anexas promulgadas pela S. Congregação dos Religiosos (ibid. p. 298-301); Conc. Vat. II, Decreto De accomodata renovatione vitae religiosas, Perfectae Caritatis, n. 24; Decreto De Pastorali Episcoporum in Ecclesia, Christus Dominus, n. 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Exortação Apostólica Menti nostrae, de 23 set. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) p. 685."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc: Vat. II, Constituição dogmática Lumen gentium, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965) p: 34."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encíclica Ad catholici Sacerdotii, 20 dez: 1935: AAS 28 (1936) p: 37: «Seja sobretudo cuidada a escolha dos Superiores e dos professores... Destinai a. estes colégios sacerdotes ornados de grande virtude;, nem hesiteis em retirá-los de outras funções, na aparência de maior importância, mas que na realidade não têm comparação com este ministério essencial, a que nenhum outro leva vantagem»: Este principio da escolha dos melhores é inculcado novamente por Pio XII na Carta apostólica dirigida aos Bispos do Brasil em 23 abril: 1947: Discorsi e Radiomessaggi IX, p: 579-580."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Do dever comum de se dedicar ao auxilio dos Seminários, cfr. Paulo VI, Carta apostólica Summi Dei Verbum, 4 nov. 1963: AAS 53 (1963) p: 984."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Exortação apostólica :Menti Nostrae, de 23 set. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) p. 684; e cfr. S: Congregação dos Sacramentos, Carta circular Magna quidem aos Ordinários de lugar, 27 dez. 1935, n. 10. Para os reli giosos, cfr. Estatutos Gerais anexos à Const. apost. Sedes Sapientiae 31 maio 1956, art. 33. Paulo VI, Carta apostólica Summi Dei Verbum, 4 nov. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) p: 987 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encíclica Ad catholici Sacerdotii, dec. 1935: AAS 28 (1936), p: 41."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estabelece-se que ao determinar os Estatutos dos Seminários regionais ou nacionais, todos os Bispos interessados tomem parte sendo derrogado o que vem prescrito no cânone 1357, § 4 do C: I: C."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Exortação apostólica Menti Nostrae, 23 set. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) p: 674; S: Congregação dos Seminários e Universidades, La Formazione spirituale dei candidato ai sacerdozio, Cidade do Vaticano, 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Pio X, Exortação ao clero católico Haerent animo, 4 ago; 1908: S. Pii X Acta, IV, p. 242-244; Pio XII, Exortação apostólica Menti Nostrae, 23 set. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 659-661; João XXIII, Encíclica Sacerdotii Nostri primordia, 1 ago. 1959: AAS 51 (1959) p. 550."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encíclica Mediator Dei, 20 nov. 1947: AAS 39 (1947) p. 547 s. e 572 s.; João XXIII, Exortação apostólica Sacrae Laudis, 6 jan. 1962: A.AS 54 (1962) p. 69; Conc. Vat. II, Const. de Sacra Liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium, art. 16 e 17: AAS 56 (1964) p. 104 s.; S. Congregação dos Ritos, Instructio ad exsecutionem Constitutionis de Sacra Liturgia recte ordinandam, 26 set. 1964, nn, 14-17: AAS 56 (1964) p. 880 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Encíclica Sacerdotii Nostri primordia: AAS 51 (1959) p. 559 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Constituição dogmática De Ecelesia, Lumen gentium, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965) p. 35 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Agostinho, In Io. tract. 32,8: PL 35, 1646,"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Exortação Apostólica Menti nostrae: AAS 42 (1950) pp. 662 s., 685, 690; João XXIII, Encíclica Sacerdotii Nostri primordia: AAS 51 (1959) p. 551-553; 556 s.; Paulo VI, Encíclica Ecclesiam suam, 6 ago. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) p. 634 s.; Conc. Vat. II, Constituição dogmática De Ecelesia, Lumen gentium, sobretudo o n. 8: AAS 7 (1965) p. 12"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encíclica Sacra Virginitas, 25 mar, 1954: AAS 46 (1954) p. 165 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Cipriano, De habitu virginum, 22: PL 4, 475; S. Ambrósio, De virginibus I, 8,52: PL 16, 202 S."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Exortação apostólica Menti Nostrae: AAS 41 (1950) p. 663."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encíclica Sacra Virginitas, 1. c., p. 170-174."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Exortação apostólica Menti Nostrae, 1. c., p. 664 e 690 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Paulo VI, Carta apostólica Summi Dei Verbum, 4 nov. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 991."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Exortação apostólica Menti Nostrae, 1. c., p. 993."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Paulo VI, Carta.apostólica Summi Dei Verbum, loc. cit., p. 993"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Conc. Vat..II, Constituição dogmática De Ecelesia, Lumen gentium, n. 7 e 28: AAS 57 (1965) p. 9-11; 33."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Enciclica Humani Generis, 12 ago. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) p. 571-572."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Paulo VI, Enciclica Ecclesiam Suam, 6 ago. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) p. 637 ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encíclica Humani Generis, 12 ago. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) p. 567-569; Alocução Si diligis, de 31 maio 1954: AAS 46 (1954) p. 314 s. Paulo VI, Alocução na Pontifícia Universidade Gregoriana, 12 mar. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) p. 364 ss.: Conc. Vat. II, Constituição dogmática De Ecelesia, Lumen gentium, n. 25: AAS 57 (1965) p. 29-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Boaventura, Itinerarium mentis in Deum, prol. n, 4: «(Ninguém) julgue que lhe basta a leitura sem a piedade, a especulação sem a devoção, a investigação sem a admiração, a visão sem o gozo, a perícia sem a piedade, a ciência sem a caridade, a inteligência sem a humildade, o estudo sem a graça divina, a aparência sem a sabedoria inspirada por Deus» (Opera Omnia, V, Quaracchi, 1891, p. 296)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Leão XIII, Encíclica Providentissimus Deus, 18 nov. 1893: ASS 26 (1893-94) p. 283."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pontifícia Comissão Bíblica, In structio de Sacra Scriptura reste docenda, 13 maio 1950: AAS 42 (1950) p. 502 s.:»..."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Encíclica Humani Generis, 12 ago. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) p. 568 s.: «...pelo estudo das fontes sagradas, as sagradas disciplinas conservam sempre um vigor renovado; pelo contrário, a especulação que negligencia a investigação ulterior do depósito sagrado resulta estéril, como sabemos pela experiência»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Discurso aos Seminaristas, 24. jun. 1939: AAS 31 (1939) p. 247: «O desejo sincero... em procurar e propagar a verdade, não é suprimido pela recomendação da doutrina de S. Tomás, mas é antes estimulado e orientado com mais segurança». Paulo VI, Alocução na Universidade Gregoriana, 12 mar. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 365: «(Os Mestres)... oiçam com reverência a voz dos Doutores da Igreja, entre os quais merece o primeiro lugar S. Tomás; é tão grande o engenho do Doutor Angélico, tão sincero o seu amor à verdade e tão grande a sabedoria em investigar, explicar e dar admirável unidade às verdades mais sublimes, que a sua doutrina é o instrumento mais eficaz, não só para fundamentar sòlidamente a fé, mas também para colher com utilidade e segurança os frutos dum são progresso». Cfr. também a Alocução ao VI Congresso Internacional Tomístico, 10 set. 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Constituição De Sacra Liturgia, Sacrosanctum concilium, n. 7 e 16: AAS 56 (1964) p. 100 s. e 104 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Paulo VI, Encíclica Ecclesiam Suam, 6 ago. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) p. 640 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Vat. II, Constituição De Sacra Liturgia, Sacrosanctum concilium, n. 10, 14, 15, 16; S. C. dos Ritos, Instructio ad exsecutionem Constitutionis de Sacra Liturgia reste ordinandam, 26 set. 1964, n. 11 e 12: AAS 56 (1964) p. 879 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decreto De Oecumenismo, Unitatis Redintegratio, n. 1, 9, 10: AAS 57 (1965) p. 90 e 98 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A imagem perfeita do Pastor pode deduzir-se dos recentes documentos Pontifícios que tratam expressamente da vida, dos dotes, e da instrução dos sacerdotes, principalmente: S. Pio X, Exortação ao clero Haerent animo, S. Pii X Acta, IV, p. 237 s.; Pio XI, Encíclica Ad Catholici Sacerdotii: AAS 28 (1963), p. 5 s.; Pio XII, Exortação apostólica Menti Nostrae: AAS 42 (1950), p. 657 s.; João XXIII, Encíclica Sacerdotii Nostri primordia: AAS 51 (1959), p. 545 s.; Paulo VI, Carta apostólica Summi Dei Verbum: AAS 55 (1963) p. 979 s. Acerca da formação pastoral, cfr. Encíclica Mystici Corporis (1943), Mediator Dei (1947), Evangelii Praecones (1951), Sacra Virginitas (1954), Musicae Sacrae Disciplina (1955), Princeps Pastorum (1959), bem como a Constituição apostólica Sedes Sapientiae (1956), para os Religiosos. Pio XII, João XXIII e Paulo VI ilustraram frequentemente também a figura do bom pastor nas alocuções aos seminaristas e aos sacerdotes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da importância do estado, constituído pela profissão dos conselhos evangélicos, cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Constituição dogmática De Ecclesia Lumen gentium, cap. VI: AAS 57 (1965) p. 49-58; Decreto De accommodata renovatione vitae religiosae Perfectae caritatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Paulo VI, Encíclica Ecclesiam suam, 6 ago. 1964: ATAS 56 (1964), passim, sobretudo p. 635 s. e 640 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. sobretudo João XXIII, Encíclica Mater et Magistra, 15 maio. 1961: AAS 53 (1961) p. 401 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. principalmente Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. de Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n.° 33: AAS 57 (1965) p. 39 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Constituição dogmática De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 17: AAS 57 (1965) p. 20 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Muitos documentos pontifícios previnem contra o perigo de negligenciar o fim sobrenatural na acção pastoral e de menosprezar, pelo menos na prática, os auxílios sobrenaturais; cfr. sobretudo os documentos mencionados na nota 41."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Documentos recentes da Santa Sé urgem o cuidado particular que se deve ter dos neo-sacerdotes. Recordem-se sobretudo os seguintes: Pio XII, Motu proprio Quandoquidem, 2 abril 1949: AAS 41 (1949) p. 165-167; Exortação apostólica Menti Nostrae, 23 set. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) ; Constituição apostólica (para os Religiosos) Sedes Sapientiae, 31 maio 1956, e os Estatutos Gerais anexos; Alocução aos sacerdotes do Convicto de Barcelona, 14 jun. 1957, Discorsi e Radiomessaggi, XIX, p. 271-273. Paulo VI, Alocução aos sacerdotes do Instituto «Gian Matteo Giberti» da diocese de Verona, 11 março 1964: L'Osservatore Romano, 13 março 1964."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "orientalium-ecclesiarum",
      "council": 21,
      "title": "Orientalium Ecclesiarum",
      "type": "Decree",
      "date": "1964-11-21",
      "languages": {
        "de": {
          "code": "de",
          "label": "Deutsch",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19641121_orientalium-ecclesiarum_ge.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-111-vat-ii_decree_19641121_orientalium-ecclesiarum_ge.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DEKRET ORIENTALIUM ECCLESIARUM ÜBER DIE KATHOLISCHEN OSTKIRCHEN"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Ostkirchen mit ihren Einrichtungen und liturgischen Bräuchen, ihren Überlieferungen und ihrer christlichen Lebensordnung sind in der katholischen Kirche hochgeschätzt. In diesen Werten von ehrwürdigem Alter leuchtet ja eine Überlieferung auf, die über die Kirchenväter bis zu den Aposteln zurückreicht. Sie bildet ein Stück des von Gott geoffenbarten und ungeteilten Erbgutes der Gesamtkirche (1). Für diese Überlieferung sind die Ostkirchen lebendige Zeugen. Dem Heiligen Ökumenischen Konzil liegt daher die Sorge für die Ostkirchen sehr am Herzen. Es wünscht, daß diese Kirchen neu erblühen und mit frischer apostolischer Kraft die ihnen anvertraute Aufgabe meistern. Darum hat es neben den die Gesamtkirche betreffenden Anordnungen auch über sie einige Beschlüsse gefaßt. Indes überläßt es weitere Entscheidungen der Obsorge der orientalischen Synoden und des Apostolischen Stuhles."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die heilige katholische Kirche ist der mystische Leib Christi und besteht aus den Gläubigen, die durch denselben Glauben, dieselben Sakramente und dieselbe oberhirtliche Führung im Heiligen Geist organisch geeint sind. Durch ihre Hierarchie zu verschiedenen Gemeinschaften zusammengeschlossen, bilden sie \"Teilkirchen\" oder \"Riten\". Unter diesen herrscht eine wunderbare Verbundenheit, so daß ihre Vielfalt in der Kirche keinesfalls der Einheit Abbruch tut, sondern im Gegenteil diese Einheit deutlich aufzeigt. Das ist nämlich das Ziel der katholischen Kirche: daß die Überlieferungen jeder einzelnen Teilkirche oder eines jeden Ritus unverletzt erhalten bleiben; zugleich soll sich der Lebensstil dieser Kirchen den verschiedenen zeitlichen und örtlichen Notwendigkeiten anpassen (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Teilkirchen - seien es die östlichen oder westlichen unterscheiden sich in gewissem Grade durch ihre sogenannten Riten, d. h. durch ihre Liturgie, ihr kirchliches Recht und ihr geistiges Erbgut; aber alle sind sie in gleicher Weise der Hirtenführung des Bischofs von Rom anvertraut, der nach göttlichem Recht dem hl. Petrus im Primat über die ganze Kirche nachfolgt. Alle nehmen sie daher die gleiche Würde ein, so daß auf Grund ihres Ritus keine von ihnen einen Vorrang vor den anderen hat. Alle genießen dieselben Rechte und haben dieselben Verpflichtungen, auch bezüglich der unter Oberleitung des Bischofs von Rom auszuübenden Verkündigung des Evangeliums an die ganze Welt (vgl. Mk 16,15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auf der ganzen Welt soll daher für die Erhaltung und das Wachstum aller Teilkirchen gesorgt werden. Daher sollen eigene Pfarreien und eine eigene Hierarchie errichtet werden, wo immer das geistige Wohl der Gläubigen dies fordert. Doch sollen die Hierarchen der verschiedenen Teilkirchen, die im selben Gebiet ihre Oberhirtengewalt ausüben, durch regelmäßige gemeinsame Beratungen dafür sorgen, daß die Einheitlichkeit des Handelns gefördert wird und daß mit vereinten Kräften gemeinsame Unternehmungen zum Segen der Religion und zum wirksameren Schutz der Ordnung innerhalb der Geistlichkeit verwirklicht werden (3) Alle Geistlichen und alle, die zu den heiligen Weihen aufsteigen, sollen gründlich über die Riten unterrichtet werden und vor allem über die praktischen Regeln für die Beziehungen der einzelnen Riten zueinander. Auch die Laien sollen in der Glaubensunterweisung über die verschiedenen Riten und ihre Bestimmungen belehrt werden. Endlich soll jeder Katholik wie auch jeder in irgendeiner nichtkatholischen Kirche oder Gemeinschaft Getaufte, der zur vollen katholischen Einheit kommt, auf der ganzen Welt seinen eigenen Ritus pflegen und nach besten Kräften bewahren (4). Dabei bleibt in Sonderfällen einzelner Personen, einzelner Gemeinschaften oder einzelner Gebiete das Recht des Rekurses an den Apostolischen Stuhl gewahrt. Dieser wird als höchster Schiedsrichter über die Beziehungen der Teilkirchen zueinander in ökumenischem Geiste durch geeignete Richtlinien, Anordnungen oder Reskripte selbst oder unter Einschaltung anderer Obrigkeiten den Erfordernissen Rechnung tragen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Geschichte, die Überlieferungen und zahlreiche kirchliche Einrichtungen legen ein glänzendes Zeugnis für die großen Verdienste der Ostkirchen um die Gesamtkirche ab (5). Darum begnügt sich das Heilige Konzil nicht damit, diesem kirchlichen und geistigen Erbgut schuldige Achtung und gebührendes Lob zu zollen. Es betrachtet all das darüber hinaus als echtes Erbgut der gesamten Kirche Christi. Daher erklärt es feierlich: Die Kirchen des Ostens wie auch des Westens haben das volle Recht und die Pflicht, sich jeweils nach ihren eigenen Grundsätzen zu richten, die sie durch ihr ehrwürdiges Alter empfehlen, den Gewohnheiten ihrer Gläubigen besser entsprechen und der Sorge um das Seelenheil angemessener erscheinen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle Ostchristen sollen wissen und davon überzeugt sein, daß sie ihre rechtmäßigen liturgischen Bräuche und die ihnen eigene Ordnung bewahren dürfen und müssen, es sei denn, daß aus eigenständigem und organischem Fortschritt Änderungen eingeführt werden sollten. Über das alles sollen also die Orientalen selbst mit größter Gewissenhaftigkeit wachen. Sie sollen auch immer tiefer eindringen in die Kenntnis dieser Dinge und sich immer mehr vervollkommnen in deren praktischer Verwirklichung. Wenn sie aber wegen besonderer Zeitumstände oder persönlicher Verhältnisse ungebührlich von ihren östlichen Gebräuchen abgekommen sind, sollen sie sich befleißigen, zu den Überlieferungen ihrer Väter zurückzukehren. Indessen sollen sich alle, die durch ihr Amt oder ihren apostolischen Dienst in engere Berührung mit den Ostkirchen oder ihren Gläubigen kommen, angesichts ihrer verantwortungsschweren Aufgabe in der Kenntnis und Ausübung ostkirchlicher Gebräuche, in ostkirchlicher Ordnung, Lehre, Geschichte und charakterlicher Eigenart gründlich unterrichten lassen (6). Den Orden und Genossenschaften des lateinischen Ritus aber, die in ostkirchlichen Gebieten oder unter ostkirchlichen Gläubigen seelsorglich tätig sind, wird dringend empfohlen, daß sie nach Möglichkeit, um ihr Apostolat wirksamer zu machen, Häuser oder auch Provinzen des östlichen Ritus errichten (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seit den ältesten Zeiten besteht in der Kirche die Einrichtung des Patriarchates, die schon von den ersten ökumenischen Konzilien anerkannt worden ist (8). Als ostkirchlichen Patriarchen bezeichnet man einen Bischof, dem im Rahmen des Rechtes, unbeschadet des Primates des Bischofs von Rom, die Regierungsgewalt über alle Bischöfe, die Metropoliten einbezogen, sowie über den Klerus und das Volk seines Gebietes oder Ritus zukommt (9). Wo immer ein Oberhirte eines bestimmten Ritus außerhalb des Patriarchatsgebietes eingesetzt wird, bleibt er unter Wahrung der sonstigen kirchenrechtlichen Bestimmungen der Hierarchie seines Patriarchates angegliedert."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die ostkirchlichen Patriarchen sind zwar zu verschiedenen Zeiten aufgekommen, aber hinsichtlich ihrer Patriarchenwürde alle gleichen Ranges. Dabei bleibt jedoch der gesetzlich festgelegte Ehrenvortritt gewahrt (10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nach ältester kirchlicher Überlieferung gebührt den Patriarchen der Ostkirchen ein einzigartiger Ehrenvorzug; stehen sie doch als Vater und Oberhaupt über ihrem Patriarchat. Daher bestimmt dieses Heilige Konzil, daß ihre Rechte und Privilegien nach den alten Traditionen einer jeden Kirche und nach den Beschlüssen der Ökumenischen Konzilien wiederhergestellt werden sollen (11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es sind dies jene Rechte und Privilegien, die galten, als Ost und West noch geeint waren, mag auch eine gewisse Anpassung an die heutigen Verhältnisse notwendig sein."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Patriarchen bilden mit ihren Synoden die Oberbehörde für alle Angelegenheiten des Patriarchates; nicht ausgenommen ist das Recht zur Errichtung neuer Eparchien und zur Ernennung von Bischöfen ihres Ritus innerhalb der Grenzen des Patriarchalgebietes, unbeschadet des Rechtes des Bischofs von Rom, in Einzelfällen einzugreifen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das über die Patriarchen Gesagte gilt im Rahmen des Rechtes auch von den Großerzbischöfen, die einer ganzen Teilkirche oder einem Ritus vorstehen (12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da die Einrichtung des Patriarchates in den Ostkirchen die überlieferte Form der Kirchenregierung ist, wünscht dieses Heilige Ökumenische Konzil, daß, wo es nötig ist, neue Patriarchate gegründet werden. Ihre Errichtung ist dem Ökumenischen Konzil oder dem Bischof von Rom vorbehalten (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Heilige Ökumenische Konzil bestätigt und heißt gut die alte bei den Ostkirchen bestehende Ordnung der Sakramente und die Art ihres Vollzuges und ihrer Spendung. Gegebenenfalls wünscht es die Wiederherstellung dieser alten Ordnung."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die seit den ältesten Zeiten bei den Ostchristen gültige Ordnung, die den Spender des Sakramentes des heiligen Chrisams betrifft, soll in vollem Umfang wiederhergestellt werden. Demgemäß können die Priester dieses Sakrament spenden unter Gebrauch von Chrisam, der vom Patriarchen oder Bischof geweiht ist (14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle ostkirchlichen Priester können dieses Sakrament in gültiger Weise allen Gläubigen eines jeden Ritus, den lateinischen inbegriffen, spenden, sei es in Verbindung mit der Taufe oder getrennt von ihr. Was die Erlaubtheit betrifft, sind die Bestimmungen des allgemeinen und des Partikularrechtes zu beachten (15). Wenn lateinische Priester Vollmacht haben, dieses Sakrament zu spenden, so können sie es gültigerweise auch ostkirchlichen Gläubigen spenden, ohne dabei deren Ritus zu ändern. Zur Erlaubtheit der Spendung ist das allgemeine und das Partikularrecht einzuhalten (16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Gläubigen sind verpflichtet, an den Sonn- und Feiertagen der Göttlichen Liturgie oder, gemäß den Vorschriften oder Gewohnheiten ihres eigenen Ritus, dem feierlichen Gotteslob beizuwohnen (17). Damit die Gläubigen diese Pflicht leichter erfüllen können, wird festgelegt, daß die Frist zur Erfüllung dieser Pflicht mit dem Abend des Vortages beginnt und bis zum Ende des Sonn- oder Festtages läuft (18). Dringend wird den Gläubigen empfohlen, an diesen Tagen und noch öfter, ja täglich, die heilige Eucharistie zu empfangen (19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit Rücksicht auf die allgemeine Vermischung der Gläubigen verschiedener Teilkirchen in derselben ostkirchlichen Region* oder in demselben ostkirchlichen Territorium** wird die Beichtvollmacht für Priester aller Riten, die eine solche Vollmacht von ihrem eigenen Oberhirten ordnungsgemäß und ohne Vorbehalt empfangen haben, auf den ganzen Bereich dessen ausgedehnt, der die Vollmacht gegeben hat. Sie hat auch für Stätten und Gläubige jedes anderen Ritus in diesem Bereich Geltung, es sei denn, daß ein Ortsoberhirte dies für Stätten seines Ritus ausdrücklich verweigert hätte (20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit die alte Ordnung des Weihesakramentes in den Ostkirchen wieder zur Geltung komme, wünscht das Heilige Konzil dringend, daß die Einrichtung des dauernden Diakonates, wo sie außer Übung gekommen ist, wieder eingeführt wird (21). Über Subdiakonat und Niedere Weihen sowie über deren Rechte und Pflichten soll die gesetzgebende Obrigkeit jeder Teilkirche Anordnungen treffen (22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um der Ungültigkeit von Ehen vorzubeugen sowie um der Dauerhaftigkeit der Ehe, ihrer Heiligkeit und dem häuslichen Frieden Rechnung zu tragen, bestimmt das Heilige Konzil, daß für Ehen zwischen katholischen Ostchristen und getauften, ostkirchlichen Nichtkatholiken die kanonische Eheschließungsform nur zur Erlaubtheit vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Gültigkeit einer solchen Ehe genügt die Anwesenheit eines gültig geweihten Amtsträgers***. Voraussetzung dafür ist, daß die sonstigen Rechtsvorschriften eingehalten werden (23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Zukunft ist es allein das Recht des Ökumenischen Konzils oder des Apostolischen Stuhles, für alle Ostkirchen gemeinschaftliche Feiertage einzuführen, sie zu verlegen oder aufzuheben. Für die einzelnen Teilkirchen Feste einzuführen, zu verlegen oder aufzuheben steht außer dem Apostolischen Stuhl auch den Patriarchalsynoden oder den erzbischöflichen Synoden zu. Doch soll dabei auf das ganze Gebiet und auf die übrigen Teilkirchen Rücksicht genommen werden (24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bis es zur ersehnten Übereinkunft aller Christen über einen einheitlichen Ostertermin kommt, wird es den Patriarchen oder den höchsten örtlichen Obrigkeiten zur Förderung der Einheit aller Christen desselben Gebietes oder desselben Volkes anheimgegeben, daß sie bei einhelliger Zustimmung und nach Beratung mit allen Beteiligten sich auf einen bestimmten Sonntag als Ostertermin einigen (25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Einzelne Gläubige, die sich außerhalb einer Region oder eines Territoriums ihres Ritus aufhalten, können sich hinsichtlich der heiligen Zeiten ganz der Ordnung anpassen, wie sie an ihrem Aufenthaltsort gültig ist. Familien, deren Glieder verschiedenen Riten angehören, können diese Ordnung einheitlich nach einem der Riten halten (26)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das kirchliche Gotteslob stand seit alter Zeit bei allen Ostkirchen in hohen Ehren. Darum sollen es die ostkirchlichen Kleriker und Ordensleute nach den Vorschriften und Überlieferungen ihrer eigenen Kirchenordnung feiern (27). Auch die Gläubigen sollen sich, treu dem Vorbild ihrer Väter, andächtig und nach besten Kräften dem Gotteslob widmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Patriarch mit seiner Synode oder die höchste Obrigkeit einer Kirche gemeinsam mit den Oberhirten haben das Recht, die bei den liturgischen Handlungen verwendeten Sprachen festzulegen. Unter Berichterstattung an den Heiligen Stuhl steht es ihnen auch zu, die Übersetzung der liturgischen Texte in die Volkssprache zu approbieren (28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Den mit dem Römischen Apostolischen Stuhl in Gemeinschaft stehenden Ostkirchen obliegt die besondere Aufgabe, gemäß den Grundsätzen des von diesem Heiligen Konzil erlassenen Dekretes über den Ökumenismus die Einheit aller Christen, besonders der ostkirchlichen, zu fördern. Dieser Aufgabe dienen vor allem ihre Gebete, das Beispiel ihres Lebens, die ehrfürchtige Treue gegenüber den alten ostkirchlichen Überlieferungen, eine bessere gegenseitige Kenntnis und Zusammenarbeit sowie brüderliche Wertschätzung (29) des äußeren und inneren Lebens der anderen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Von getrennten Ostchristen, die unter der Gnadenwirkung des Heiligen Geistes zur katholischen Einheit kommen, soll nicht mehr verlangt werden, als was das einfache katholische Glaubensbekenntnis fordert. Da ferner das Priestertum bei ihnen gültig bewahrt worden ist, haben ostkirchliche Kleriker, die zur katholischen Einheit kommen, das Recht, nach den Anordnungen der zuständigen Obrigkeit ihre Weihegewalt auszuüben (30)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn eine Communicatio in sacris die Einheit der Kirche verletzt oder wenn sie eine formale Bejahung einer Irrlehre, die Gefahr eines Glaubensabfalles, eines Ärgernisses oder religiöser Gleichgültigkeit in sich birgt, dann ist sie durch göttliches Gesetz verboten (31). Die Seelsorgepraxis zeigt aber, daß bei den in Frage kommenden ostkirchlichen Brüdern mancherlei persönliche Umstände in Betracht zu ziehen sind, unter denen weder die Einheit der Kirche verletzt wird noch irgendeine Gefahr zu fürchten ist, vielmehr ein Heilsnotstand und das geistliche Wohl der Seelen drängt. Daher hat die katholische Kirche je nach zeitlichen, örtlichen und persönlichen Umständen in Vergangenheit und Gegenwart oft eine mildere Handlungsweise angewandt und allen die Mittel zum Heil und das Zeugnis gegenseitiger christlicher Liebe durch Teilnahme an Sakramenten und anderen heiligen Handlungen und Sachen dargeboten. Aus diesen Erwägungen hat das Heilige Konzil, \"damit wir nicht durch die Härte des Urteils den Erlösten zum Hindernis werden\" (32), und zur immer stärkeren Förderung der Einheit mit den von uns getrennten Ostkirchen folgende Richtlinien festgelegt:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter Wahrung der erwähnten Grundsätze können Ostchristen, die guten Glaubens von der katholischen Kirche getrennt sind, wenn sie von sich aus darum bitten und recht vorbereitet sind, zu den Sakramenten der Buße, der Eucharistie und der Krankensalbung zugelassen werden. Ebenso ist es Katholiken erlaubt, dieselben Sakramente von nichtkatholischen Geistlichen zu erbitten, in deren Kirche die Sakramente gültig gespendet werden, sooft dazu ein ernstes Bedürfnis oder ein wirklicher geistlicher Nutzen rät und der Zugang zu einem katholischen Priester sich als physisch oder moralisch unmöglich herausstellt (33)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter Festhalten der gleichen Grundsätze wird auch die gemeinsame Beteiligung an heiligen Handlungen, Sachen und Stätten bei Katholiken und getrennten Ostchristen aus triftigen Gründen gestattet (34)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese mildere Handhabung der Communicatio in sacris mit den Brüdern der getrennten Ostkirchen wird der Wachsamkeit und der Regelung der Ortsoberhirten anvertraut. Sie sollen darüber miteinander beraten und - falls es angezeigt erscheint auch die Oberhirten der getrennten Kirchen hören. Dann sollen sie durch geeignete und wirksame Vorschriften und Regeln das Zusammenleben der Christen ordnen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Heilige Konzil ist hocherfreut über die fruchtbare und tatkräftige Zusammenarbeit der katholischen Ost- und Westkirchen. Gleichzeitig erklärt es: Alle Rechtsbestimmungen dieses Dekretes gelten nur für die gegenwärtigen Verhältnisse, bis die katholische Kirche und die getrennten Ostkirchen zur Vollendung der Gemeinschaft zusammenfinden. Bis dahin aber werden alle Christen, die des Ostens und die des Westens, inständig gebeten, glühende und ausdauernde, ja tägliche Gebete an Gott zu richten, auf daß mit der Hilfe der hochheiligen Gottesgebärerin alle eins werden. Sie sollen auch beten, daß den vielen Christen der verschiedenen Kirchen, die Leid und Bedrängnis ertragen, weil sie den Namen Christi tapfer bekennen, vom Heiligen Geist, dem Beistand, die Fülle der Kraft und des Trostes zuströme. \"Laßt uns einander in brüderlicher Liebe zugetan sein, einander mit Achtung zuvorkommen\" (Röm 12,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "November 1964"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anmerkungen:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Leo XIII., Litt. Ap. Orientalium dignitas (30. Nov. 1894), in: Leonis XIII Acta, Bd. XIV, S. 360f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Leo IX, Brief In terra pax (1053): \"Ut enim\"; Innozenz III., lV. Lat. Konzil (1215), 4. Kap.: \"Licet Græcos\"; Brief Inter quatuor (2. Aug. 1206): \"Postulasti postmodum\"; Innozenz IV, Brief Cum de cetero (27. Aug. 1247); Brief Sub catholicæ (6. März 1254), Vorwort; Nikolaus III., Instructio Istud est memoriale (9. Okt. 1278); Leo X, Litt. Ap. Accepimus nuper (18. Mai 1521); Paul III., Litt. Ap. Dudum (23. Dez. 1534); Pius IV, Konst. Romanus Pontifex (16. Febr. 1564) § 5; Klemens VIII., Konst. Magnus Dominus (23. Dez. 1595) § 10; Paul V, Konst. Solet circumspecta (10. Dez. 1615) § 3; Benedikt XIV, Enz. Demandatam (24. Dez. 1743) § 3; Enz. Allatæ sunt (26. Juni 1755) §§ 3, 6-19, 32; Pius VI., Enz. Catholicæ communionis (24. Mai 1787); Pius IX., Brief In suprema (6. Jan. 1848) § 3; Litt. Ap. Ecclesiam Christi (26. Nov. 1853); Konst. Romani Pontifiicis (6. Jan. 1862); Leo XIII., Ep. Ap. Præclara (20. Juni 1894), Nr. 7; Litt. Ap. Orientalium dignitas (30. Nov. 1894), Vorw.; u. a."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Pius XII., Motupr. Cleri sanctitati (2. Juni 1957), can. 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Pius XII., Motupr. Cleri sanctitati (2. Juni 1957), can. 8: \"sine licentia Sedis Apostolicæ\", folgt der Praxis der voraufgehenden Jahrhunderte; ebenso heißt es in can. 11 hinsichtlich der getauften Nichtkatholiken: \"Sie können den Ritus annehmen, den sie vorziehen.\" Im vorliegenden Text wird die Befolgung des Ritus positiv für alle und für überall geregelt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Vgl. Leo XIII., Litt. Ap. Orientalium dignitas (30. Nov. 1894); Ep. Ap. Præclara gratulationis (20. Juni 1894); ferner die unter (2) beigebrachten Dokumente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Vgl. Benedikt XV., Motupr. Orientis catholici (15. Okt. 1917); Pius XI., Enz. Rerum orientalium (8. Sept. 1928); u. a."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7) Die Praxis der katholischen Kirche unter Pius XI., Pius XII., Johannes XXIII zeigt reichlich diese Tendenz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8) Vgl. Konzil v. Nicæa I, can. 6; Konstant. I, can. 2 und 3; Chalc., can. 28, can. 9; Konstant. IV, can. 17 und 21; Lat. IV, can. 5 und 30; Florent., Decr. pro Græcis; u. a."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9) Vgl. Nicæn. I, can. 6; Konstant. I, can. 3; Konstant. IV, can. 17; Pius XII., Motupr. Cleri sanctitati, can. 216, § 2, 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10) Auf Ökumenischen Konzilien: Nicæn. I, can. 6; Konstant. I, can. 3; Konstant. IV, can. 21; Lat. IV, can. 5; Florent., Decr. pro Græcis (6. Juli 1439) § 9. Vgl. Pius XlI., Motupr. Cleri sanctitati (2. Juni 1957), can. 219; u. a."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11) Vgl. oben, Anm. 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12) Vgl. Konz. v. Ephesus, can. 8; Klemens VIII., Decet Romanum Pontificem (23. Febr. 1596); Pius VII., Litt. Ap. In universalis Ecclesiæ (22. Febr. 1807); Pius XII., Motupr. Cleri sanctitati (2. Juni 1957), can. 324-327; Synode v. Karthago (419), can. 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13) Synode v. Karth. (419), can. 17 u. 57; Chalc. (451), can. 12; Innozenz I, Brief Et onus et honor (um 415): \"Nam quid sciscitaris\"; Nikolaus I, Brief Ad consu1ta vestra (13. Nov. 866): \"A quo autem\"; Innozenz III., Brief Rex regum (25. Febr. 1214); Leo XII., Const. Ap. Petrus Apostolorum Princeps (15. Aug. 1824); Leo XIII., Litt. Ap. Christi Domini (1895); Pius XII., Motupr. Cleri sanctitati (2. Juni 1957), can. 159."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14) Vgl. Innozenz IV, Brief Sub catholicæ (6. März 1254) § 3, Nr. 4; Lyon II (1274), Glaubensbekenntnis des Michæl Paläologus vor Gregor X; Eugen IV auf dem Florent., Konst. Exsultate Deo (22, Nov. 1439) § 11; Klemens VIII., Instructio Sanctissimus (31. Aug. 1595); Benedikt XIV, Konst. Etsi pastoralis (26. Mai 1742) § II, Nr. 1, § III., Nr. 1 usw.; Synode v. Laodicea (347/381), can. 48; armenische Synode v. Sis (1342); maronitische Synode im Libanon v. 1736, Teil II, Kap. III., Nr. 2; und andere Partikularsynoden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15) Vgl. Heiliges Offizium, Instructio an den Bischof v. Zips (1783); Prop. Fide für die Kopten (15. März 1790), Nr. XIII; Dekret v. 6. Okt. 1863, C, a; Kongr.f. d. Ostkirchen v. 1. Mai 1948; Heiliges Offizium, Antwort v. 22. Apr. 1896 mit Brief v. 19. Mai 1896."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16) CIC, can. 782 § 4; Kongr.f. d. Ostkirchen, Dekret \"Über die Spendung der Firmung auch an ostkirchliche Gläubige durch Priester des lateinischen Ritus, die sich dieses Indultes für Gläubige ihres Ritus erfreuen\" (1. Mai 1948)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17) Vgl. Synode v. Laodicea (347/381), can. 29; Nikephoros v. Konstant., Kap. 14; armenische Synode v. Dwin (719), can. 31; Theodor der Studit, Predigt 21; Nikolaus I, Brief Ad consulta vestra (13. Nov. 866): \"In quorum Apostolorum\"; \"Nos cupitis\"; \"Quod interrogatis\"; \"Præterea consulitis\"; \"Si die Dominico\"; sowie Partikularsynoden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18) Eine Neuerung, wenigstens wo die Verpflichtung zum Anhören der heiligen Liturgie besteht; sie lehnt sich übrigens an den liturgischen Tag bei den Orientalen an."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19) Vgl. Canones Apostolorum 8 und 9; Synode v. Antiochien (341), can. 2; Timotheus v. Alex., Interrogatio 3; Innozenz III., Konst. Quia divinæ (4. Jan. 1215); sowie sehr viele ostkirchliche Partikularsynoden in jüngerer Zeit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20) Unbeschadet des Territorialprinzips in der Leitungsgewalt zielt der Kanon zum Heil der Seelen auf Vorkehrungen bei einer Mehrzahl von Jurisdiktionen im gleichen Gebiet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21) Vgl. Nicæn. I, can. 18; Syn. v. Neocæsarea (314/325), can. 12; Syn. v. Sardika (343), can.8; Leu d. Gr., Brief Omnium quidem (13. Jan. 444); Chalc., can. 6; Konstant. IV, can. 23, 26; u. a."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22) Der Subdiakonat wird bei einer Reihe von Ostkirchen als Niedere Weihe betrachtet; durch das Motuproprio Pius' XII Cleri sanctitati jedoch werden für ihn die Verpflichtungen der Höheren Weihen vorgeschrieben. Der Kanon sieht vor, daß man hinsichtlich der Subdiakonatsverpflichtungen zur alten Ordnung der einzelnen Kirchen zurückkehre, unter Abschaffung des gemeinen Rechtes von Cleri sanctitati."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23) Vgl. Pius XII., Motupr. Crebræ allatæ (22. Febr. 1949), can. 32 § 2, Nr. 5 (Vollmacht der Patriarchen zur Dispens von der Formpflicht); Pius XII., Motupr. Cleri sanctitati (2. Juni 1957), can. 267 (Vollmacht der Patriarchen für sanatio in radice); das Heilige Offizium und die Kongr.f. d. Ostkirchen gewähren 1957 auf fünf Jahre die Vollmacht zur Dispens von der Formpflicht und zur Heilung bei Formmangel \"den Metropoliten und anderen Ortsoberhirten außerhalb der Patriarchate ..., die außer dem Heiligen Stuhl keinen anderen Vorgesetzten haben\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24) Vgl. Leo d. Gr., Brief Quod sæpissime (15. Apr. 454): \"Petitionem autem\"; Nikephoros v. Konst., Kap. 13; Synode des Patriarchen Sergius (18. Sept. 1596), can. 17; Pius VI., Litt. Ap. Assueto paterne (8. Apr. 1775); u. a."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25) Vgl. Vat. II, Konst. über die heilige Liturgie (4. Dez. 1963)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26) Vgl. Klemens VIII., Instructio Sanctissimus (31. Aug. 1595) § 6: \"Si ipsi græci\"; Heiliges Offizium am 7. Juni 1673 zu 1 u. 3, am 13. März 1727 zu 1; prop. Fide, Dekret v. 18. Aug. 1913, Art. 33; Dekret v. 14. Aug. 1914, Art. 27; Dekret v. 27. März 1916, Art. 14; Kongr.f. d. Ostkirchen, Dekret v. 1. März 1929, Art. 36; Dekret v. 4. Mai 1930, Art. 41."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27) Vgl. Syn. v. Laodicea (347/381), can. 18; chaldäische Synode des Mar Isaak (410), can. 15; Nerses v. Hromklay, armenisch (1166); Innozenz IV, Brief Sub catholicæ (6. März 1254) § 8; Benedikt XIV, Konst. Etsi pastoralis (26. Mai 1742) § 7, Nr. 5; Instructio Eo quamvis tempore (4. Mai 1745) §§ 42 ff; sowie Partikularsynoden in jüngerer Zeit: armenische (1911), koptische (1898), maronitische (1736), rumänische (1872), ruthenische (1891), syrische (1888)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28) Gemäß ostkirchlicher Überlieferung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "29) Gemäß dem Tenor der Unionsbullen der einzelnen katholischen Ostkirchen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "30) Konziliare Festlegung hinsichtlich der getrennten ostkirchlichen Brüder und aller Weihestufen göttlichen wie kirchlichen Rechts."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "31) Diese Lehre gilt auch in den getrennten Kirchen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "32) Basilius d. Gr., Ep. can. ad Amphilochium: PG 32, 669B."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "33) Als Grundlage der Erleichterung ist anzusehen: 1. die Gültigkeit der Sakramente, 2. der gute Glaube und die Disposition, 3. die Notwendigkeit für das ewige Heil, 4. die Abwesenheit eines eigenen Priesters, 5. der Ausschluß zu meidender Gefahren und formellen Anschlusses an den Irrtum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "34) Es handelt sich um die obengenannte \"außersakramentale communicatio in sacris\". Die Erleichterungen gewährt das Konzil, wobei die Vorschriften einzuhalten sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "* \"Region\" bedeutet hier ein Gebiet, in dem seit alter Zeit ein ostkirchlicher Ritus besteht, unabhängig davon, ob an dem Ort eine ostkirchliche Eparchie (Bistum), eine Kirchenprovinz, ein Erzbistum oder ein Patriarchat errichtet ist (Motuproprio Postquam Apostolicis v. 9. Februar 1952, can. 303 § 1, 2) (Anm. des Übers.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "** \"Territorium\" bedeutet ein Gebiet, in dem wenigstens ein Exarchat für ostkirchliche Gläubige errichtet ist, die außerhalb einer ostkirchlichen \"Region\" (s. o.) wohnen (a. a. O., can. 303 § 1, 3) (Anm. des Übers.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "*** im Urtext: minister sacer (Anm. des Übers.)."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19641121_orientalium-ecclesiarum_en.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-109-vat-ii_decree_19641121_orientalium-ecclesiarum_en.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECREE ON THE CATHOLIC CHURCHES OF THE EASTERN RITE ORIENTALIUM ECCLESIARUM SOLEMNLY PROMULGATED BY HIS HOLINESS POPE PAUL VI ON NOVEMBER 21, 1964"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Catholic Church holds in high esteem the institutions, liturgical rites, ecclesiastical traditions and the established standards of the Christian life of the Eastern Churches, for in them, distinguished as they are for their venerable antiquity, there remains conspicuous the tradition that has been handed down from the Apostles through the Fathers (1) and that forms part of the divinely revealed and undivided heritage of the universal Church. This Sacred Ecumenical Council, therefore, in its care for the Eastern Churches which bear living witness to this tradition, in order that they may flourish and with new apostolic vigor execute the task entrusted to them, has determined to lay down a number of principles, in addition to those which refer to the universal Church; all else is remitted to the care of the Eastern synods and of the Holy See."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Holy Catholic Church, which is the Mystical Body of Christ, is made up of the faithful who are organically united in the Holy Spirit by the same faith, the same sacraments and the same government and who, combining together into various groups which are held together by a hierarchy, form separate Churches or Rites. Between these there exists an admirable bond of union, such that the variety within the Church in no way harms its unity; rather it manifests it, for it is the mind of the Catholic Church that each individual Church or Rite should retain its traditions whole and entire and likewise that it should adapt its way of life to the different needs of time and place.(2)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These individual Churches, whether of the East or the West, although they differ somewhat among themselves in rite (to use the current phrase), that is, in liturgy, ecclesiastical discipline, and spiritual heritage, are, nevertheless, each as much as the others, entrusted to the pastoral government of the Roman Pontiff, the divinely appointed successor of St. Peter in primacy over the universal Church. They are consequently of equal dignity, so that none of them is superior to the others as regards rite and they enjoy the same rights and are under the same obligations, also in respect of preaching the Gospel to the whole world (cf. Mark 16, 15) under the guidance of the Roman Pontiff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Means should be taken therefore in every part of the world for the protection and advancement of all the individual Churches and, to this end, there should be established parishes and a special hierarchy where the spiritual good of the faithful demands it. The hierarchs of the different individual Churches with jurisdiction in one and the same territory should, by taking common counsel in regular meetings, strive to promote unity of action and with common endeavor to sustain common tasks, so as better to further the good of religion and to safeguard more effectively the ordered way of life of the clergy.(3)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All clerics and those aspiring to sacred Orders should be instructed in the rites and especially in the practical norms that must be applied in interritual questions. The laity, too, should be taught as part of its catechetical education about rites and their rules."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, each and every Catholic, as also the baptized of every non-Catholic church or denomination who enters into the fullness of the Catholic communion, must retain his own rite wherever he is, must cherish it and observe it to the best of his ability (4), without prejudice to the right in special cases of persons, communities or areas, to have recourse to the Apostolic See, which, as the supreme judge of interchurch relations, will, acting itself or through other authorities, meet the needs of the occasion in an ecumenical spirit, by the issuance of opportune directives, decrees or rescripts."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "History, tradition and abundant ecclesiastical institutions bear outstanding witness to the great merit owing to the Eastern Churches by the universal Church.(5) The Sacred Council, therefore, not only accords to this ecclesiastical and spiritual heritage the high regard which is its due and rightful praise, but also unhesitatingly looks on it as the heritage of the universal Church. For this reason it solemnly declares that the Churches of the East, as much as those of the West, have a full right and are in duty bound to rule themselves, each in accordance with its own established disciplines, since all these are praiseworthy by reason of their venerable antiquity, more harmonious with the character of their faithful and more suited to the promotion of the good of souls."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All members of the Eastern Rite should know and be convinced that they can and should always preserve their legitimate liturgical rite and their established way of life, and that these may not be altered except to obtain for themselves an organic improvement. All these, then, must be observed by the members of the Eastern rites themselves. Besides, they should attain to an ever greater knowledge and a more exact use of them, and, if in their regard they have fallen short owing to contingencies of times and persons, they should take steps to return to their ancestral traditions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Those who, by reason of their office or apostolic ministries, are in frequent communication with the Eastern Churches or their faithful should be instructed according as their office demands in the knowledge and veneration of the rites, discipline, doctrine, history and character of the members of the Eastern rites.(6) To enhance the efficacy of their apostolate, Religious and associations of the Latin Rite working in Eastern countries or among Eastern faithful are earnestly counseled to found houses or even provinces of the Eastern rite, as far as this can be done.(7)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The patriarchate, as an institution, has existed in the Church from the earliest times and was recognized by the first ecumenical councils.(8)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By the name Eastern patriarch, is meant the bishop to whom belongs jurisdiction over all bishops, not excepting metropolitans, clergy and people of his own territory or rite, in accordance with canon law and without prejudice to the primacy of the Roman Pontiff.(9)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wherever a hierarch of any rite is appointed outside the territorial bounds of the patriarchate, he remains attached to the hierarchy of the patriarchate of that rite, in accordance with canon law."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Though some of the patriarchates of the Eastern Churches are of earlier and some of later date, nonetheless all are equal in respect of patriarchal dignity, without however prejudice to the legitimately established precedence of honor.(10)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By the most ancient tradition of the Church the patriarchs of the Eastern Churches are to be accorded special honor, seeing that each is set over his patriarchate as father and head."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This Sacred Council, therefore, determines that their rights and privileges should be re-established in accordance with the ancient tradition of each of the Churches and the decrees of the ecumenical councils.(11)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The rights and privileges in question are those that obtained in the time of union between East and West; though they should be adapted somewhat to modern conditions."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The patriarchs with their synods are the highest authority for all business of the patriarchate, including the right of establishing new eparchies and of nominating bishops of their rite within the territorial bounds of the patriarchate, without prejudice to the inalienable right of the Roman Pontiff to intervene in individual cases."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "What has been said of patriarchs is valid also, in harmony with the canon law, in respect to major archbishops, who rule the whole of some individual church or rite.(12)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seeing that the patriarchal office in the Eastern Church is a traditional form of government, the Sacred Ecumenical Council ardently desires that new patriarchates should be erected where there is need, to be established either by an ecumenical council or by the Roman Pontiff.(13)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Sacred Ecumenical Council confirms and approves the ancient discipline of the sacraments existing in the Oriental Churches, as also the ritual practices connected with their celebration and administration and ardently desires that this should be re-established if circumstances warrant it."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The established practice in respect of the minister of Confirmation that has obtained from most early times in the Eastern Church should be fully restored. Therefore, priests validly confer this sacrament, using chrism blessed by a patriarch or a bishop.(14)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All Eastern Rite priests, either in conjunction with Baptism or separately from it, can confer this sacrament validly on all the faithful of any rite including the Latin; licitly, however, only if the regulations both of the common and the particular law are observed.(15) Priests, also, of the Latin Rite, in accordance with the faculties they enjoy in respect to the administration of this sacrament, validly administer it also to the faithful of Eastern Churches; without prejudice to the rite, observing in regard to licitness the regulations both of the common and of the particular law.(16)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The faithful are bound to take part on Sundays and feast days in the Divine Liturgy or, according to the regulations or custom of their own rite, in the celebration of the Divine Office.(17) That the faithful may be able more easily to fulfill their obligation, it is laid down that the period of time within which the precept should be observed extends from the Vespers of the vigil to the end of the Sunday or the feast day.(18) The faithful are earnestly exhorted to receive Holy Communion on these days, and indeed more frequently-yes, even daily.(19)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Owing to the fact that the faithful of the different individual churches dwell intermingled with each other in the same area or Eastern territory, the faculties for hearing confessions duly and without restriction given to priests of any rite by their own hierarchs extend to the whole territory of him who grants them and also to the places and faithful of any other rite in the same territory, unless the hierarch of the place has expressly excluded this for places of his rite.(20)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that the ancient established practice of the Sacrament of Orders in the Eastern Churches may flourish again, this Sacred Council ardently desires that the office of the permanent diaconate should, where it has fallen into disuse, be restored.(21) The legislative authorities of each individual church should decide about the subdiaconate and the minor orders and the rights and obligations that attach to them.(22)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To obviate invalid marriages when Eastern Catholics marry baptized Eastern non-Catholics and in order to promote fidelity in and the sanctity of marriage, as well as peace within the family, the Sacred Council determines that the canonical \"form\" for the celebration of these marriages is of obligation only for liceity; for their validity the presence of a sacred minister is sufficient, provided that other prescriptions of law are observed.(23)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It belongs only to an ecumenical council or to the Apostolic See to determine, transfer or suppress feast days common to all the Eastern Churches. On the other hand, to determine, transfer or suppress the feast days of any of the individual churches is within the competence not only of the Apostolic See but also of the patriarchal or archiepiscopal synod, due regard being had to the whole area and the other individual churches.(24)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Until such time as all Christians are agreed on a fixed day for the celebration of Easter, with a view meantime to promoting unity among the Christians of the same area or nation, it is left to the patriarchs or supreme authorities of a place to come to an agreement by the unanimous consent and combined counsel of those affected to celebrate the feast of Easter on the same Sunday.(25)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Individual faithful dwelling outside the area or territory of their own rite may follow completely the established custom of the place where they live as regards the law of the sacred seasons. In families of mixed rite it is permissible to observe this law according to one and the same rite.(26)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eastern clerics and Religious should celebrate in accordance with the prescriptions and traditions of their own established custom the Divine Office, which from ancient times has been held in high honor in all Eastern Churches.(27) The faithful too should follow the example of their forebears and assist devoutly as occasion allows at the Divine Office."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It belongs to the patriarch with his synod, or to the supreme authority of each church with the council of the hierarchs, to regulate the use of languages in the sacred liturgical functions and, after reference to the Apostolic See, of approving translations of texts into the vernacular.(28)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Eastern Churches in communion with the Apostolic See of Rome have a special duty of promoting the unity of all Christians, especially Eastern Christians, in accordance with the principles of the decree, \"About Ecumenism,\" of this Sacred Council, by prayer in the first place, and by the example of their lives, by religious fidelity to the ancient Eastern traditions, by a greater knowledge of each other, by collaboration and a brotherly regard for objects and feelings.(29)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "If any separated Eastern Christian should, under the guidance of the grace of the Holy Spirit, join himself to the unity of Catholics, no more should be required of him than what a bare profession of the Catholic faith demands. Eastern clerics, seeing that a valid priesthood is preserved among them, are permitted to exercise the Orders they possess on joining the unity of the Catholic Church, in accordance with the regulations established by the competent authority.(30)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Common participation in worship (communicatio in sacris) which harms the unity of the Church or involves formal acceptance of error or the danger of aberration in the faith, of scandal and indifferentism, is forbidden by divine law.(32) On the other hand, pastoral experience shows clearly that, as regards our Eastern brethren, there should be taken into consideration the different cases of individuals, where neither the unity of the Church is hurt nor are verified the dangers that must be avoided, but where the needs of the salvation of souls and their spiritual good are impelling motives. For that reason the Catholic Church has always adopted and now adopts rather a mild policy, offering to all the means of salvation and an example of charity among Christians, through participation in the sacraments and in other sacred functions and things. With this in mind, \"lest because of the harshness of our judgment we be an obstacle to those seeking salvation\" (31) and in order more and more to promote union with the Eastern Churches separated from us, the Sacred Council lays down the following policy."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Without prejudice to the principles noted earlier, Eastern Christians who are in fact separated in good faith from the Catholic Church, if they ask of their own accord and have the right dispositions, may be admitted to the sacraments of Penance, the Eucharist and the Anointing of the Sick. Further, Catholics may ask for these same sacraments from those non-Catholic ministers whose churches possess valid sacraments, as often as necessity or a genuine spiritual benefit recommends such a course and access to a Catholic priest is physically or morally impossible.(33)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Further, given the same principles, common participation by Catholics with their Eastern separated brethren in sacred functions, things and places is allowed for a just cause.(34)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This conciliatory policy with regard to communicatio in sacris (participation in things sacred) with the brethren of the separated Eastern Churches is put into the care and control of the local hierarchs, in order that, by combined counsel among themselves and, if need be, after consultation also with the hierarchs of the separated churches, they may by timely and effective regulations and norms direct the relations among Christians."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Sacred Council feels great joy in the fruitful zealous collaboration of the Eastern and the Western Catholic Churches and at the same time declares: All these directives of law are laid down in view of the present situation until such time as the Catholic Church and the separated Eastern Churches come together into complete unity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Meanwhile, however, all Christians, Eastern as well as Western, are earnestly asked to pray to God fervently and assiduously, nay, indeed daily, that, with the aid of the most holy Mother of God, all may become one. Let them pray also that the strength and the consolation of the Holy Spirit may descend copiously upon all those many Christians of whatsoever church they be who endure suffering and deprivations for their unwavering avowal of the name of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Love one another with fraternal charity, anticipating one another with honor\" (Rom.12:10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Each and all these matters which are set forth in this decree have been favorably voted on by the Fathers of the Council. And we, by the apostolic authority given us by Christ and in union with the Fathers, approve, decree and establish them in the Holy Spirit and command that they be promulgated for the glory of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Given in Rome at St. Peter's, November 21, 1964"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Leo XIII, Litt. Ap. Orientalium dignitas, 30 nov. 1894, in Leonis XIII Acta, vol. XIV, pp. 201-202."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) S. Leo IX, Litt. In terra pax, an. 1053: Ut enim; Innocentius III, Synodus Lateranensis IV, an. 1215, cap. IV: . Licet Graccos; Litt. Inter quatuor, 2 aug. 1206: Postulasti postmodum; Innocentius IV, Ep. Cum de cetero, 27 aug. 1247; Ep. Sub catholicae, 6 mart. 1254, proem.; Nicolaus III, Instructio Istud est memoriale, 9 oct. 1278; Leo X, Litt. Ap. Accepimus nuper, 18 maii 1521; Paulus III, Litt. Ap. Dudum, 23 dec. 1534; Pius IV, Const. Romanus Pontifex, 16 febr. 1564, 5; Clemens VIII, Const. Magnus Dominus, 23 dec. 1595, 10; Paulus V, Const. Solet circumspeata, 10 dec. 1615, 3; Benedictus XIV, Ep. Enc. Demandatam, 24 dec. 1743, 3; Ep. Enc. Allatae sunt, 26 iun. 1755, 3, 6-19, 32; Pius VI, Litt. Enc. Catholicae communionis, 24 maii 1787; Pius IX, Litt. In suprema, 6 ian. 1848, 3; Litt. Ap. Ecclesiam Christ;, 26 nov. 1853; Const. Romani Pontificis, 6 ian. 1862; Leo XIII, Litt. Ap. Praeclara, 20 iun. 1894, n. 7; Litt. Ap. Orientalium dignitas, 30 nov. 1894, proem.; etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Pius XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 iun. 1957, can. 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Pius XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 iun. 1957, can. 8: sine licentia Sedis Apostolicae, sequendo praxim saeculorum praecedentium; item quoad baptizatos acatholicos in can. 11 habetur: ritum quem maluerint am plecti possunt; in textu proposito disponitur modo positivo observantia ritus pro omnibus et ubique terrarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cfr. Leo XIII, Litt. Ap. Orientalium dignitas, 30 nov. 1894; Ep. Ap. Praeclara gratulationis, 20 iun. 1894, et documenta in nota 2 allata."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cfr. Benedictus XV, Motu proprio Orientis catholici, 15 oct. 1917, Pius XI, Litt. Enc. Rerum orientalium, 8 sept. 1928, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Praxis Ecclesiae catholicae temporibus Pii XI, Pii XII, Ioannis XXIII motum hunc abunde demonstrat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cfr. Synodum Nicaenam I, can. 6; Constantinopolitanam I, can. 2 et 3; Chalcedonensem, can. 28; can. 9; Constantinopolitanam IV can. 17; can. 21; Lateranensem IV can. 5; can. 30; Florentinam, Decr. pro. Graecis; etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Gfr. Synodum Nicaenam I, can. 6, Constantinopolitanam I, can. 3; Constantinopolitanam IV, can. 17, Pius XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, can. 216; 2, 1 ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) In Synodis Oecumenicis: Nicaena I, can. 6; Constantinopolitana I, can. 3; Constantinopolitana IV, can. 21; Lateranensi IV, can. 5; Florentina, decr. pro Graecis, 6 iul. 1439, 9. Cfr. Pius XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 iun. 1957, can. 219, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Cfr. supra, nota 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cfr. Synodum Ephesinam, can. 8; Clemens VII, Decet Romanum Pontificem, 23 febr. 1596; Pius VII, Litt. Ap. In universalis Ecclesiae, 22 febr. 1807; Pius XII Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 iun. 1957, can. 324-327; Syn. Carthaginen., an. 419, can. 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Syn. Carthaginen., an. 419, can. 17 et 57; Chalcedonensis, an. 451, can. 12; S. Innocentius I, Litt. Et onus et honor, a. c. 415: Nam quid sciscitaris; S. Nicolaus I, Litt. Ad consulta vestra, 13 nov. 866: A quo autem; Innocentius III, Litt. Rex regum, 25 feb 1204; Leo XII, Const. Ap. Petrus Apostolorum Princeps, 15 aug 1824; Leo XIII, Litt. Ap. Christi Domini, an. 1895; Pius XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 iun 1957, can. 159."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Cfr. Innocentius IV, Ep Sub catholicae, 6 mart. 1264; 3, n. 4; Syn. Lugdunensis II, an. 1274 (professio fidei Michaelis Palaeologi Gregorio X oblata); Eugenius IV, in Syn. Florentina, Const. Exsultate Deo, 22 nov. 1439, 11; Clemens VIII, Instr. Sanctissimus, 31 aug. 1595; Benedictus XIV. Const. Etsi pastoralis, 26 maii 1742, II, n. 1, III, n. 1, etc.; Synodus Laodicena, an. 347/381, can. 48; Syn. Sisen. Armenorum, an. 1342; Synodus Libanen. Maronitarum, an. 1736, P. II, Cap. III n. 2, et aliae Synodi particulares."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Cfr. S.C.S. Officii, Instr. (ad Ep. Scepusien.), an. 1783; S.C. de Prop. Fide (pro Coptis), 15 mart. 1790, n. XIII; Decr. 6 oct. 1863, C, a; S.C. pro Eccl. Orient. 1 maii 1948; S.C.S. Officii, resp. 22 apr. 1896 cum litt. 19 maii 1896."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) CIC, can. 782, 4; S.C. pra Eccl. Orient., Decretum . de Sacramento Confirmationis administrando etiam fidelibus orientalibus a presbyteris latini ritus, qui hoc indulto gaudeant pro fidelibus sui ritus, 1 maii 1948."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Cfr. Syn. Laodicen., an. 347/381, can. 29; S. Nicephorus CP., cap. 14; Syn. Duinen. Armenorum, an. 719, can. 31; S. Theodorus Studita, sermo 21; S. Nicolaus I, Litt. Ad consulta vestra, 13 nov. 866: In quorum Apostolorum; Nos cupitis; Quod interrogatis; Praeterea consulitis; Si die Dominico; et Synodi particulares."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Novum quid, saltem ubi viget obligatio audiendi S. Liturgiam; ceterum cohaeret diei liturgicae apud Orientales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Cfr. Canones Apostolorum, 8 et 9; Syn. Antiochena, an. 341, can. 2; Timotheus Alexandrinus, interrogat. 3; Innocentius III, Const. Quia divinae, 4 ian. 1215; et plurimae Synodi particulares Ecclesiarum Orientalium recentiores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Salva territorialitate iurisdictionis, canon providere intendit, in bonum animarum, pluralitati iurisdictionis in eodem territorio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Cfr. Syn. Nicaena I, can. 18; Syn. Neocaesarien., an. 314/ 325, can. 12; Syn. Sardicen., an. 343, can. 8; S. Leo M., Litt. Omnium quidem, 13 ian. 444; Syn. Chalcedonen., can. 6; Syn. Constantinopolitana IV, can. 23, 26; etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Subdiaconatus consideratur apud Ecclesias Orientales plures Ordo minor, sed Motu proprio Pii XII, Cleri sanctitati, ei praescribuntur obligationes Ordinum maiorum. Canon proponit ut redeatur ad disciplinam antiquam singularum Ecclesiarum quoad obligationes subdiaconorum, in derogationem iuris communis Cleri sanctitati."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Cfr. Pius XII, Motu proprio Crebrae allatae, 22 febr. 1949, can. 32, 2, n. 5 (facultas patriarcharum dispensandi a forma); Pius XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 iun. 1957, can. 267 (facultas patriarcharum sanandi in radice); S.C.S. Offici et S.C. pro Eccl. Orient., an. 1957 concedunt facultatem dispensandi a forma et sanandi ob defectum formae (ad quinquennium): extra patriarchatus, Metropolitis, ceterisque Ordinariis locorum... qui nullum habent Superiorem infra Sanctam Sedem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Cfr. S. Leo M., Litt. Quod saepissime, 15 apr. 454: Petitionem autem; S. Nicephorus CP., cap. 13; Syn. Sergii Patriarchae 18 sept. 1596; can. 17; Pius VI Litt. Ap. Assueto paterne, 8 apr. 1775; etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Cfr. Syn. Vaticana II Const. De Sacra Liturgia, 4 dec. 1963."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Cfr. Clemens VIII, Instr. Sanctissimus, 31 aug. 1595, 6: Si ipsi graeci; S.C.S. Officii, 7 iun. 1673, ad 1 et 3; 13 mart. 1727, ad 1; S.C. de Prop. Fide, Decret. 18 aug. 1913, art. 33; Decret. 14 aug. 1914, art. 27; Decret. 27 mart. 1916, art. 14; S.C. pro Eccl. Orient., Decret. 1 mart. 1929, art. 36; Decret. 4 maii 1930 art. 41."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Cfr. Syn. Laodicen., 347/381, can. 18; Syn. Mar Issaci Chaldaeorum, an. 410, can. 15; S. Nerses Glaien. Armenorum, an. 1166; Innocentius IV Ep. Sub catholicae, 6 mart. 1254, 8; Benedictus XIV, Const. Etsi pastoralis 26 maii 1742, 7, n. 5; Inst. Eo quamvis tempore, 4 maii 1745 42 ss.; et Synodi particulares recentiores:Armenorum (1911) Coptorum (1898), Maronitarurn (1736), Rumenorum (1872), Ruthenorum (1891), Syrorum (1888)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Ex traditione orientali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Ex tenore Bullarum unionis singularum Ecclesiarum orientalium catholicarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Obligatio synodalis quoad fratres seiunctos orientales et quoad omnes Ordines cuiuscumque gradus tum iuris divini tum ecclesiastici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Haec doctrina valet etiam in Ecclesiis seiunctis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) S. Basilius M., Epistula canonica ad Amphilochium, PG. 32, 669 B."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) Fundamentum mitigationisconsideratur: 1) validitas sacramentorum; 2) bona fides et dispositio; 3) necessitas salutis aeternae; 4) absentia sacerdotis proprii; 5) exclusio periculorum vitandorum et formalis adhaesionis errori."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Agitur de s. d. communicatione in sacris extrasacramentali, Concilium est quod mitigationem concedit, servatis servandis."
            }
          ]
        },
        "es": {
          "code": "es",
          "label": "Español",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19641121_orientalium-ecclesiarum_sp.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-117-vat-ii_decree_19641121_orientalium-ecclesiarum_sp.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO ORIENTALIUM ECCLESIARUM SOBRE LAS IGLESIAS ORIENTALES CATÓLICAS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROEMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia católica tiene en gran aprecio las instituciones, los ritos litúrgicos, las tradiciones eclesiásticas y la disciplina de la vida cristiana de las Iglesias orientales. Pues en todas ellas, preclaras por su venerable antigüedad, brilla aquella tradición de los padres, que arranca desde los Apóstoles, la cual constituye una parte de lo divinamente revelado y del patrimonio indiviso de la Iglesia universal. Teniendo, pues, a la vista la solicitud por las Iglesias orientales, que son testigos vivientes de tal tradición, este santo y ecuménico Sínodo, deseando que florezcan y desempeñen con renovado vigor apostólico la función que les ha sido designada, ha decretado establecer algunos principios, además de los que atañen a toda la Iglesia, remitiendo todo lo demás a la iniciativa de los sínodos orientales y a la misma Sede Apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las Iglesias particulares o ritos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La santa Iglesia católica, que es el Cuerpo místico de Cristo, consta de fieles que se unen orgánicamente en el Espíritu Santo por la misma fe, por los mismos sacramentos y por el mismo gobierno. Estos fieles, reuniéndose en varias agrupaciones unidas a la jerarquía, constituyen las Iglesias particulares o ritos. Entre estas Iglesias y ritos vige una admirable comunión, de tal modo que su variedad en la Iglesia no sólo no daña a su unidad, sino que más bien la explicita; es deseo de la Iglesia católica que las tradiciones de cada Iglesia particular o rito se mantengan salvas e íntegras a las diferentes necesidades de tiempo y lugar."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estas Iglesias particulares, tanto de Oriente como de Occidente, aunque difieren algo entre sí por sus ritos, como suele decirse, a saber, por su liturgia, disciplina eclesiástica y patrimonio espiritual, sin embargo, están encomendadas por igual al gobierno pastoral del Romano Pontífice, que sucede por institución divina a San Pedro en el primado sobre la Iglesia universal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estas Iglesias particulares gozan, por tanto, de igual dignidad, de tal manera que ninguna de ellas aventaja a las demás por razón de su rito, y todas disfrutan de los mismos derechos y están sujetas a las mismas obligaciones, incluso en lo referente a la predicación del Evangelio por todo el mundo (cf. Mc 16,15), bajo la dirección del Romano Pontífice."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por consiguiente, debe procurarse la protección y el incremento de todas las Iglesias particulares y, en consecuencia, establézcanse parroquias y jerarquías propias, allí donde lo requiera el bien espiritual de los fieles. Pero los jerarcas de las diversas Iglesias particulares, que tienen jurisdicción en un mismo territorio procuren, mediante acuerdos adoptados en reuniones periódicas, favorecer la unidad de la acción y fomentar las obras comunes, mediante la unión de fuerzas, para promover más fácilmente el bien de la religión y salvaguardar más eficazmente la disciplina del clero. Todos los clérigos y seminaristas deben ser instruidos en los ritos y, sobre todo, en las normas prácticas referentes a los asuntos interrituales; es más, los mismos laicos, en la catequesis, deben ser informados sobre los ritos y sus normas. Por último, todos y cada uno de los católicos, así como los bautizados en cualquier Iglesia o comunidad católica, conserven en todas partes su propio rito, y en cuanto sea posible, lo fomenten y observen con el mayor ahinco; salvo el derecho de recurrir en los casos peculiares de personas, comunidades o regiones a la Sede Apostólica, la cual, como árbitro supremo en las relaciones intereclesiales, proveerá con espíritu ecuménico a las necesidades, por sí misma o por otras autoridades, dando las oportunas normas, decretos y rescriptos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La conservación del patrimonio espiritual de las Iglesias orientales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La historia, las tradiciones y muchísimas instituciones eclesiásticas atestiguan de modo preclaro cuán beneméritas son de la Iglesia universal las Iglesias orientales. Por lo que el santo Sínodo no sólo mantiene este patrimonio eclesiástico y espiritual en su debida y justa estima, sino que también lo considera firmemente como patrimonio de la Iglesia universal de Cristo. Por ello, solemnemente declara que las Iglesias de Oriente, como las de Occidente, gozan del derecho y deber de regirse según sus respectivas disciplinas peculiares, como lo exijan su venerable antigüedad, sean más congruentes con las costumbres de sus fieles y resulten más adecuadas para procurar el bien de las almas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sepan y tengan por seguro todos los orientales, que pueden y deben conservar siempre sus legítimos ritos litúrgicos y su disciplina, y que no deben introducir cambios sino por razón de su propio y orgánico progreso. Todo esto, pues, ha de ser observado con la máxima fidelidad por los orientales, quienes deben adquirir un conocimiento cada vez mayor y una práctica cada vez más perfecta de estas cosas; y, si por circunstancias de tiempo o de personas se hubiesen indebidamente apartado de aquéllas, procuren volver a las antiguas tradiciones. Aquellos, pues, que por razón del cargo o del ministerio apostólico tengan frecuente trato con las Iglesias orientales o con sus fieles, sean adiestrados cuidadosamente en el conocimiento y práctica de los ritos, disciplina, doctrina, historia y carácter de los orientales según la importancia del oficio que desempeñan. Se recomienda encarecidamente a las órdenes religiosas y asociaciones de rito latino que trabajan en las regiones orientales o entre los fieles orientales que, para una mayor eficacia del apostolado, establezcan casas o también provincias de rito oriental, en la medida de lo posible."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los patriarcas orientales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Desde los tiempos más remotos vige en la Iglesia la institución patriarcal, ya reconocida desde los primeros concilios ecuménicos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con el nombre de Patriarca oriental se designa el Obispo a quien compete la jurisdicción sobre todos los Obispos, sin exceptuar los Metropolitanos, sobre el clero y el pueblo del propio territorio o rito, de acuerdo con las normas del derecho y sin perjuicio del primado del Romano Pontífice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dondequiera que se constituya un Jerarca de rito determinado, fuera de los límites del territorio patriarcal, permanece agregado a la Jerarquía del Patriarcado del mismo rito, según las normas del derecho."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aunque cronológicamente unos sean posteriores a otros, los Patriarcas de las Iglesias orientales son todos iguales en la dignidad patriarcal, aunque se guarde entre ellos la precedencia de honor legítimamente establecida."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Según la antiquísima tradición de la Iglesia, los Patriarcas de las Iglesias orientales han de ser honrados de una manera especial, puesto que cada uno preside su patriarcado como padre y cabeza del mismo. Por eso, este santo Sínodo establece que sus derechos y privilegios sean restaurados según las tradiciones antiguas de cada Iglesia y los decretos de los concilios ecuménicos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estos derechos y privilegios son los mismos que había en el tiempo de la unión entre Oriente y Occidente, aunque haya que adaptarlos de alguna manera a las condiciones actuales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Patriarcas con sus sínodos constituyen la última apelación para cualquier clase de asuntos de su patriarcado, sin excluir el derecho de erigir nuevas diócesis y de nombrar Obispos de su rito dentro de los límites de su territorio patriarcal, salvo el derecho inalienable del Romano Pontífice de intervenir en cada uno de los casos."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lo que se dice de los Patriarcas también vale, según las normas del derecho, para los Arzobispos mayores que presiden una Iglesia particular o rito."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siendo la institución patriarcal una forma tradicional del gobierno entre las Iglesias orientales, desea el Concilio santo y ecuménico que donde haga falta se erijan nuevos patriarcados, cuya constitución se reserva al Concilio ecuménico o al Romano Pontífice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La disciplina de los Sacramentos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El santo Concilio ecuménico confirma y alaba la antigua disciplina sacramental que sigue aún en vigor en las Iglesias orientales, así como cuanto se refiere a la celebración y administración de los sacramentos, y si el caso lo requiere, desea que se restaure esa vieja disciplina."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La disciplina referente al ministro de la confirmación, que rige entre los orientales desde los tiempos más antiguos, restáurese plenamente. Así, pues, los presbíteros pueden conferir este sacramento con tal que sea con crisma bendecido por el Patriarca o un Obispo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos los presbíteros orientales pueden conferir válidamente el sacramento de la confirmación, junto o separado del bautismo, a todos los fieles de cualquier rito, incluso de rito latino, con tal que guarden, para su licitud, las normas del derecho general y particular, También los sacerdotes de rito latino que tengan la facultad para la administración de este sacramento pueden administrarlo igualmente a los fieles orientales de cualquier rito que sean, guardando para su licitud las normas del derecho general y particular."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Están obligados los fieles orientales a asistir a la Divina Liturgia los domingos y días de fiestas o según las prescripciones o costumbres del propio rito, a la celebración del Oficio divino. Para que les sea más fácil esta obligación, se establece como tiempo útil para cumplir con el precepto desde las vísperas del día anterior hasta el final del domingo o día festivo. Se les ruega encarecidamente a los fieles, que en estos días, y aún con más frecuencia e incluso a diario, reciban la sagrada Eucaristía."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siendo frecuente la mezcla de fieles de diversas Iglesias particulares dentro de una misma región o territorio oriental, las licencias de los sacerdotes para confesar concedidas en forma ordinaria y sin restricciones por su correspondiente jerarca, se amplían a todo el territorio del que las concede, y también a los lugares y a los fieles de cualquier otro rito, dentro de ese mismo territorio a no ser que el jerarca del lugar exprese lo contrario en lo que respecta al lugar de su propio rito."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que la antigua disciplina del sacramento del orden esté de nuevo vigente en las Iglesias orientales, desea este santo Sínodo que se restaure la institución del diaconado como grado permanente donde haya caído en desuso. En cuanto al subdicaconado y a las órdenes menores, con sus respectivos derechos y obligaciones, provea la autoridad legislativa de cada Iglesia particular."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para evitar la invalidez de los matrimonios celebrados entre orientales católicos y no católicos bautizados, y para proteger la firmeza y santidad conyugal y la paz doméstica, establece el Santo Concilio que la forma canónica de la celebración de estos matrimonios les obligue sólo para la licitud, y que baste para la validez la presencia del ministro sagrado, con tal que se guarden las otras normas requeridas por el derecho."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El culto divino"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En cuanto a los días festivos comunes a todas las Iglesias orientales, en adelante la creación de ellos, la traslación o supresión se reserva exclusivamente al Concilio ecuménico o a la Sede Apostólica. la creación, traslación y supresión de fiestas en las Iglesias particulares competirá, además de la Sede Apostólica, a los sínodos patriarcales o arzobispales, teniendo en cuenta la manera peculiar de ser de toda la región y de las otras Iglesias particulares."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mientras llega el deseado acuerdo de todos los cristianos de celebrar el mismo día la festividad de la Pascua, y para fomentar entre tanto esa unidad entre los cristianos de la misma región o país, se concede a los patriarcas o a las supremas autoridades locales la facultad de proceder unánimemente y de acuerdo con todos aquellos a quienes interesa celebrar la Pascua en una mismo domingo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los fieles que viven fuera de la región o territorio de su propio rito pueden atenerse plenamente, en cuento a la ley de los tiempos sagrados, a la disciplina del lugar en donde viven. las familias de rito mixto pueden guardar esta ley todos según un mismo y único rito."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los clérigos y religiosos orientales reciten, según las normas y tradiciones de su propia disciplina, el Oficio divino, tan estimado desde los tiempos más antiguos por todas las Iglesias orientales. también los fieles, siguiendo los ejemplos de sus mayores, tomen parte devotamente y según sus posibilidades en el Oficio divino."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Corresponde al Patriarca con el sínodo, o a la suprema autoridad de cada Iglesia con el consejo de los jerarcas, el derecho de determinar el uso de las lenguas en las sagradas acciones litúrgicas, y también el de aprobar las versiones de los textos en lengua vernácula, después de haber enviado copia de ello a la Santa Sede."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Trato con los hermanos de las Iglesias separadas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Corresponde a las Iglesias orientales en comunión con la Sede Apostólica Romana, la especial misión de fomentar la unión de todos los cristianos, sobre todo de los orientales, según los principios acerca del ecumenismo, de este Santo Concilio, y lo harán primeramente con su oración, su ejemplaridad, la exacta fidelidad a las antiguas tradiciones orientales, un mutuo y mejor conocimiento, la colaboración y la fraterna estima de instituciones y mentalidades."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A los orientales separados que movidos por el Espíritu Santo vienen a la unidad católica, no se les exija más de lo que la simple profesión de la fe católica exige. Y como en ellos se ha conservado el sacerdocio válido, a los clérigos orientales que vienen a la unidad católica les es dado ejercer su orden, según las normas establecidas por la autoridad competente."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Está prohibida por ley divina la comunicación en las cosas sagradas que ofenda la unidad de la Iglesia o lleve al error formal o al peligro de errar en la fe, o sea ocasión de escándalo y de indiferentismo. Mas la práctica pastoral nos enseña, en lo que respecta a los orientales, que se pueden y se deben considerar las diversas circunstancias individuales en las que la unidad de la Iglesia no sufre detrimento, ni hay riesgo de peligros y el bien espiritual de las almas urge a esa comunión en las funciones sagradas. Así, pues, la Iglesia católica, atendidas esas diversas circunstancias de tiempos, lugares y personas, usó y usa con frecuencia una manera de obrar más suave, ofreciendo a todos, medios de salvación y testimonio de caridad entre los cristianos mediante la participación en los sacramentos y en otras funciones y cosas sagradas. Considerando todo ello\"para que no seamos impedimento por excesiva severidad con aquellos a quienes está destinada la salvación\", y para fomentar más y más la unión con las Iglesias orientales separadas de nosotros, el Santo Concilio determina la siguiente manera de obrar."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Teniendo en cuenta los principios ya dichos, pueden administrarse los sacramentos de la penitencia, eucaristía y unción de los enfermos a los orientales que de buena fe viven separados de la Iglesia católica, con tal que los pidan espontáneamente y estén bien preparados; más aún, pueden también los católicos pedir los sacramentos a ministros acatólicos, en las Iglesias que tienen sacramentos válidos, siempre que lo aconseje la necesidad o un verdadero provecho espiritual y sea, física o moralmente, imposible acudir a un sacerdote católico."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Supuestos esos mismos principios, se permite la comunicación en las funciones, cosas y lugares sagrados entre los católicos y los hermanos separados orientales siempre que haya alguna causa justa."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta manera más suave la comunicación en las cosas sagradas con los hermanos de las Iglesias orientales separadas se confía a la vigilancia y prudencia de los jerarcas de cada lugar para que deliberando entre ellos y si el caso lo requiere, oyendo también a los jerarcas de las Iglesias separadas se encauce el diálogo entre los cristianos con preceptos y normas oportunas y eficaces."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSIÓN"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Santo Sínodo se alegra extraordinariamente de la fructuosa y activa colaboración entre las Iglesias católicas de Oriente y Occidente, y al mismo tiempo declara que todas estas disposiciones jurídicas se establecen para las circunstancias actuales, hasta que la Iglesia católica y las Iglesias orientales separadas lleguen a la plenitud de la comunión."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entretanto, se ruega encarecidamente a todos los cristianos, orientales y occidentales, que eleven a Dios fervorosas y asiduas plegarias; más aún, que rueguen diariamente para que, con el auxilio de la Santísima Madre de Dios, todos sean una sola cosa. Pidan también al Espíritu Santo Paráclito a fin de que El derrame plenitud de fortaleza y de consuelo en tantos cristianos, perseguidos y oprimidos, de cualquier Iglesia que sean, que en medio del dolor y del sufrimiento valientemente confiesan el nombre de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Amémonos todos mutuamente con amor fraternal, honrándonos a porfía unos a otros (Rom 12,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todas y cada una de las cosas contenidas en este Decreto han obtenido el beneplácito de los Padres del Sacrosanto Concilio. Y Nos, en virtud de la potestad apostólica, recibida de Cristo, juntamente con los Venerables Padres, las aprobamos, decretamos y establecemos en el Espíritu santo, y mandemos que lo así decidido conciliarmente sea promulgado para gloria de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, en San Pedro, 21 de noviembre de 1964."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yo, PABLO, Obispo de la Iglesia católica."
            }
          ]
        },
        "fr": {
          "code": "fr",
          "label": "Français",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19641121_orientalium-ecclesiarum_fr.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-110-vat-ii_decree_19641121_orientalium-ecclesiarum_fr.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAUL, ÉVÊQUE, SERVITEUR DES SERVITEURS DE DIEU, AVEC LES PÈRES DU SAINT CONCILE, POUR QUE LE SOUVENIR S'EN MAINTIENNE À JAMAIS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DÉCRET SUR LES ÉGLISES ORIENTALES CATHOLIQUES ORIENTALIUM ECCLESIARUM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Préambule"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église catholique tient en grande estime les institutions, les rites liturgiques, les traditions ecclésiales et la discipline de vie chrétienne des Églises orientales. En effet, à cause de l’ancienneté vénérable dont ces Églises s’honorent, resplendit en elles la tradition qui vient des Apôtres par les Pères [1] et qui fait partie du patrimoine indivis de toute l’Église et révélé par Dieu. Dans sa sollicitude pour les Églises orientales, qui sont des témoins vivants de cette tradition, le Concile œcuménique désire qu’elles soient florissantes et accomplissent avec une vigueur apostolique renouvelée la mission qui leur incombe. C’est pourquoi, outre les décisions qui concernent l’Église universelle, il a décidé d’établir quelques points principaux, s’en remettant pour le reste à la prudence des synodes orientaux et du Siège apostolique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les Églises particulières ou rites"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La sainte Église catholique qui est le Corps mystique du Christ, est composée des fidèles qui sont organiquement unis dans l’Esprit Saint par la même foi, les mêmes sacrements et le même gouvernement, et qui, en se fondant en diverses communautés dont la cohésion est assurée par la hiérarchie, constituent des Églises particulières ou rites. Entre ces Églises existe une admirable communion, de sorte que la diversité dans l’Église, loin de nuire à son unité, la met en valeur. C’est en effet le dessein de l’Église catholique de sauvegarder dans leur intégrité les traditions de chaque Église particulière ou rite. Elle veut également adapter son mode de vie aux besoins divers des temps et des lieux [2]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ces Églises particulières, aussi bien d’Orient que d’Occident, diffèrent pour une part les unes des autres par leurs rites, c’est-à-dire leur liturgie, leur discipline ecclésiastique et leur patrimoine spirituel, mais elles sont toutes confiées de la même façon au gouvernement pastoral du Pontife romain qui, de par la volonté divine, succède à saint Pierre dans la primauté sur l’Église universelle. Elles sont donc égales en dignité, de sorte qu’aucune d’entre elles ne l’emporte sur les autres en raison de son rite. Elles jouissent des mêmes droits et elles sont tenues aux mêmes obligations, également en ce qui concerne le devoir de prêcher l’Évangile dans le monde entier (cf. Mc 16, 15) sous la conduite du Pontife romain."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Partout on pourvoira donc au maintien et au développement de toutes les Églises particulières, et en conséquence on instituera des paroisses et une hiérarchie propre, là où le bien spirituel des fidèles le requiert. Cependant les hiérarchies des différentes Églises particulières qui ont juridiction dans un même territoire prendront soin de se concerter dans des réunions périodiques pour promouvoir l’unité dans l’action et de réunir leurs forces pour soutenir les œuvres communes, afin de faire progresser plus aisément le bien de la religion et de protéger avec plus d’efficacité la discipline du clergé [3]. Tous les clercs et les candidats aux ordres sacrés seront bien instruits de ce qui concerne les rites, et notamment les règles pratiques dans des matières inter-rituelles. Dans l’enseignement catéchistique, les laïcs eux aussi recevront une instruction sur les rites et les règles à ce sujet. Enfin, tous et chacun des catholiques, ainsi que les baptisés de toute Église ou communauté non catholique qui viennent à la plénitude de la communion catholique, conserveront partout leur rite propre, le pratiqueront et l’observeront dans la mesure de leurs possibilités [4], restant sauf le droit de recourir, dans des cas particuliers concernant les personnes, les communautés ou les régions, au Siège apostolique ; celui-ci, en sa qualité d’arbitre suprême des relations entre Églises, pourvoira aux besoins dans un esprit œcuménique, par lui-même ou par d’autres autorités, en donnant les règles, les décrets ou les rescrits qui seront opportuns."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le maintien du patrimoine spirituel des Églises orientales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’histoire, les traditions et les nombreuses institutions ecclésiastiques attestent hautement combien les Églises orientales ont mérité de l’Église universelle [5]. C’est pourquoi, non seulement le Concile témoigne à ce patrimoine ecclésiastique et spirituel l’estime et la louange qui lui sont dues, mais encore il le considère fermement comme le patrimoine de toute l’Église du Christ. C’est pourquoi il déclare solennellement que les Églises d’Orient, tout comme celles d’Occident, ont le droit et le devoir de se gouverner selon leurs propres disciplines particulières. Celles-ci, en effet, se recommandent par leur vénérable ancienneté, s’accordent mieux avec les habitudes de leurs fidèles et semblent plus adaptées pour assurer le bien des âmes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que tous les Orientaux sachent en toute certitude qu’ils peuvent et doivent toujours garder leurs rites liturgiques légitimes et leur discipline, et que des changements ne doivent y être apportés qu’en raison de leur progrès propre et organique. Les Orientaux eux-mêmes doivent donc observer toutes ces choses avec la plus grande fidélité ; ils doivent donc en acquérir une connaissance toujours meilleure et une pratique plus parfaite. Et s’ils s’en sont écartés indûment du fait des circonstances de temps ou de personnes, qu’ils s’efforcent de revenir à leurs traditions ancestrales. Quant à ceux qui, par leur charge ou leur ministère apostolique, sont fréquemment en rapport avec les Églises orientales ou leurs fidèles, ils doivent, en raison de l’importance de la fonction qu’ils exercent, être formés avec soin à la connaissance et à l’estime des rites, de la discipline, de la doctrine et des caractéristiques propres aux Orientaux [6]. Aux instituts religieux et aux associations de rite latin qui œuvrent dans les pays d’Orient ou auprès des fidèles orientaux, on recommande vivement pour un apostolat plus efficace de créer des maisons, ou même des provinces de rite oriental, autant que faire se peut [7]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les patriarches orientaux"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’institution patriarcale est en vigueur dans l’Église depuis les temps les plus anciens et elle était déjà reconnue par les premiers Conciles œcuméniques [8]. Par patriarche oriental on entend un évêque qui a juridiction sur tous les évêques, y compris les métropolites, sur le clergé et les fidèles de son territoire ou de son rite, selon les normes du droit et restant sauve la primauté du Pontife romain [9]. Partout où l’on établit un hiérarque de tel ou tel rite en dehors des limites du territoire patriarcal, il reste attaché à la hiérarchie du patriarcat de ce rite selon les normes du droit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les patriarches des Églises orientales, bien que certains soient plus récents que d’autres, sont tous égaux du point de vue de la dignité patriarcale, restant sauve entre eux la préséance d’honneur légitimement établie [10]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En vertu d’une très ancienne tradition de l’Église, un honneur particulier est dû aux patriarches des Églises orientales, car ils président à leurs patriarcats respectifs comme pères et chefs."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi le Concile a décidé que leurs droits et leurs privilèges seraient restaurés, conformément aux anciennes traditions de chaque Église et aux décrets des Conciles œcuméniques [11]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ces droits et ces privilèges sont ceux qui étaient en vigueur au temps de l’union entre l’Orient et l’Occident, même s’il faut les adapter quelque peu aux conditions actuelles. Les patriarches avec leurs synodes constituent l’instance supérieure pour toutes les affaires du patriarcat, sans exclure le droit d’instituer de nouvelles éparchies et de nommer les évêques de leur rite dans les limites du territoire du patriarcat, restant sauf le droit inaliénable du Pontife romain d’intervenir dans chaque cas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce qui est dit des patriarches vaut aussi, selon les normes du droit, pour les archevêques majeurs qui sont à la tête de toute une Église particulière ou d’un rite [12]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’institution patriarcale étant la forme traditionnelle de gouvernement dans les Églises orientales, le Concile œcuménique souhaite que, lorsque cela est nécessaire, de nouveaux patriarcats soient érigés, leur institution étant réservée au Concile œcuménique ou au Pontife romain [13]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La discipline des sacrements"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Concile œcuménique confirme et approuve l’antique discipline des sacrements en vigueur dans les Églises orientales ainsi que la pratique suivant laquelle ils sont célébrés et administrés. Il souhaite que cette pratique soit restaurée s’il y a lieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La discipline concernant le ministre du Saint-Chrême en vigueur chez les Orientaux depuis des temps très anciens sera pleinement rétablie. Les prêtres peuvent donc administrer ce sacrement en utilisant le Chrême bénit par le patriarche ou l’évêque [14]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tous les prêtres orientaux peuvent administrer validement ce sacrement, soit avec le baptême, soit séparément, à tous les fidèles de quelque rite que ce soit, sans exclure le rite latin, en observant pour la licéité les prescriptions du droit tant commun que particulier [15]. Les prêtres de rite latin, eux aussi, suivant les facultés dont ils jouissent en ce qui concerne l’administration de ce sacrement, peuvent le conférer également aux fidèles des Églises orientales, sans préjudice pour leur rite, en observant ce qui est prescrit pour la licéité par le droit tant commun que particulier [16]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les fidèles ont l’obligation de participer les dimanches et les jours de fête à la divine liturgie ou, selon les prescriptions ou les coutumes de leur rite propre, à la célébration des Louanges divines [17]. Pour que les fidèles puissent plus facilement accomplir cette obligation, il est établi que le temps utile pour satisfaire à ce précepte va des vêpres de la veille jusqu’à la fin de la journée du dimanche ou du jour de fête [18]. On recommande vivement aux fidèles de recevoir la sainte Eucharistie ces jours-là, ou plus souvent encore, même tous les jours [19]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les fidèles des diverses Églises particulières qui se trouvent dans la même région ou le même territoire oriental étant constamment mêlés, le pouvoir de confesser donné régulièrement et sans aucune restriction aux prêtres de quelque rite que ce soit par le urs propres hiérarques s’étend à tout le territoire de celui qui l’accorde, et aussi aux lieux et aux fidèles de quelque rite que ce soit qui se trouvent sur le même territoire, à moins qu’un hiérarque du lieu ne l’ait expressément refusé pour les lieux de son rite [20]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour remettre en vigueur dans les Églises orientales l’ancienne discipline du sacrement de l’Ordre, le Concile souhaite que soit établie l’institution du diaconat permanent là où elle est tombée en désuétude [21]. En ce qui concerne le sous-diaconat et les ordres mineurs, ainsi que les droits et obligations y afférant, l’autorité législative de chaque Église particulière prendra les mesures voulues [22]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour éviter des mariages invalides lorsque des catholiques orientaux se marient avec des non-catholiques orientaux baptisés, et dans l’intérêt de la solidité du mariage, de sa sainteté et aussi de la paix des foyers, le Concile a décidé que la forme canonique pour la célébration de ces mariages est obligatoire pour la licéité seulement. Pour la validité, il suffit de la présence d’un ministre sacré, en observant par ailleurs les autres règles du droit [23]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le culte divin"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dorénavant il appartient uniquement au Concile œcuménique ou au Siège apostolique d’instituer, transférer ou supprimer les jours de fête communs à toutes les Églises orientales. Quant aux jours de fête de chaque Église particulière, en plus du Siège apostolique, il appartient aux synodes patriarcaux ou archiépiscopaux de les instituer, transférer ou supprimer, en tenant suffisamment compte cependant de toute la région et des autres Églises particulières [24]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Un accord entre tous les chrétiens sur une date commune pour célébrer la fête de Pâques est souhaité. En attendant, pour favoriser l’unité entre les chrétiens qui habitent une même région ou un même pays, on demande aux patriarches ou aux suprêmes autorités ecclésiastiques locales de se mettre d’accord pour célébrer la fête de Pâques le même dimanche, et cela avec le consentement unanime et après s’être concertés avec ceux qui sont intéressés à la chose [25]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tous les fidèles qui se trouvent en dehors de la région ou du territoire de leur rite peuvent, en ce qui concerne la loi des temps sacrés, se conformer pleinement à la discipline qui est en vigueur là où ils vivent. Dans les familles de rite mixte, il est permis d’observer cette loi selon un seul et même rite [26]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les clercs et les religieux orientaux célébreront selon les prescriptions et les traditions de leur propre discipline les Louanges divines qui ont toujours été en grand honneur dans toutes les Églises orientales depuis les temps anciens [27]. Les fidèles eux aussi, à l’exemple de leurs ancêtres, participeront aux Louanges divines avec piété et suivant leurs possibilité."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Au patriarche avec son synode, ou à l’autorité suprême de chaque Église avec son conseil de hiérarques, appartient le droit de réglementer l’usage des langues dans les actions liturgiques sacrées et aussi, après en avoir fait le rapport au Siège apostolique, d’approuver les traductions des textes en langue du pays [28]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les rapports avec les frères des Églises séparées de nous"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aux Églises d’Orient en communion avec le Siège apostolique romain appartient à titre particulier la charge de promouvoir l’unité de tous les chrétiens, notamment des chrétiens orientaux, selon les principes du décret de ce Concile sur l’œcuménisme, par la prière d’abord, par l’exemple de leur vie, par une religieuse fidélité aux anciennes traditions orientales, par une meilleure connaissance mutuelle, par la collaboration et l’estime fraternelle des choses et des hommes [29]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Des Orientaux séparés qui, sous l’action de la grâce de l’Esprit Saint, viennent à l’unité catholique, on n’exigera pas plus que ne requiert la simple profession de foi catholique. Et puisque chez eux le sacerdoce est conservé de manière valide, les clercs orientaux qui viennent à l’unité catholique ont la faculté d’exercer l’Ordre qui leur est propre selon les règles établies par l’autorité compétente [30]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La communicatio in sacris, qui porte atteinte à l’unité de l’Église ou bien comporte une adhésion formelle à l’erreur, un danger d’égarement dans la foi, de scandale ou d’indifférentisme, est interdite par la loi divine [31]. Mais en ce qui concerne les frères orientaux, la pratique pastorale montre qu’on peut et qu’on doit prendre en considération les différentes circonstances individuelles des personnes où ni l’unité de l’Église n’est lésée, ni n’existent des dangers à éviter, mais où la nécessité du salut et le bien spirituel des âmes constituent un besoin sérieux. C’est pourquoi l’Église catholique, en raison des circonstances de temps, de lieux et de personnes, a souvent adopté et adopte une façon d’agir moins rigoureuse, offrant à tous les moyens de salut et le témoignage de la charité entre chrétiens, par la participation aux sacrements et aux autres célébrations et choses sacrées. En considération de cela, « pour que par une sentence trop sévère nous ne soyons pas un obstacle pour ceux qui reçoivent le salut [32] », et afin de promouvoir de plus en plus l’union avec les Églises orientales séparées de nous, le Concile a établi la manière d’agir suivante."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les principes rappelés restant posés, on peut conférer aux Orientaux, qui en toute bonne foi sont séparés de l’Église catholique, les sacrements de pénitence, de l’Eucharistie et de l’onction des malades, s’ils les demandent d’eux-mêmes et sont bien disposés ; de plus, il est permis également aux catholiques de demander ces mêmes sacrements aux ministres non catholiques dans l’Église desquels les sacrements sont valides, chaque fois que la nécessité ou une véritable utilité spirituelle le demandent et qu’il est physiquement ou moralement impossible de s’adresser au prêtre catholique [33]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, ces mêmes principes restant posés, la communicatio in sacris entre les catholiques et les frères orientaux séparés, dans les célébrations, les choses et les lieux sacrés, est permise pour une juste cause [34]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette règlementation moins sévère au sujet de la communicatio in sacris avec les frères des Églises séparées d’Orient est confiée à la vigilance et au gouvernement des hiérarques des lieux, afin que, après en avoir conféré entre eux, le cas échéant après avoir pris l’avis également des hiérarques des Églises séparées, ils règlent par des décisions et des normes opportunes et efficaces les relations des chrétiens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusion"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Concile se réjouit beaucoup de la collaboration active et fructueuse des Églises catholiques d’Orient et d’Occident, et en même temps il déclare ce qui suit : toutes ces dispositions juridiques sont prises en raison des circonstances présentes, jusqu’à ce que l’Église catholique et les Églises orientales séparées s’unissent dans la plénitude de la communion."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais en attendant, tous les chrétiens d’Orient et d’Occident sont invités avec insistance à offrir à Dieu des prières ferventes, assidues, voire quotidiennes, pour que, avec le secours de la Très Sainte Mère de Dieu, tous ne fassent qu’un. Qu’ils prient également pour qu’à tant de chrétiens de chacune des Églises qui professent courageusement le nom du Christ et sont pour cela dans l’épreuve et la souffrance, le Saint-Esprit accorde la plénitude de son réconfort et de son soulagement."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aimons-nous tous les uns les autres d’un amour fraternel, nous prévenant d’égards mutuels (Rm 12, 10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout l’ensemble et chacun des points qui ont été édictés dans ce décret ont plu aux Pères. Et Nous, en vertu du pouvoir apostolique que Nous tenons du Christ, en union avec les vénérables Pères, Nous les approuvons, arrêtons et décrétons dans le Saint- Esprit, et Nous ordonnons que ce qui a été ainsi établi en Concile soit promulgué pour la gloire de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rome, à Saint-Pierre, le 21 novembre 1964."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, Paul, évêque de l’Église catholique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Suivent les signatures des Pères)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Signatures des Pères"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, PAUL, évêque de l’Église catholique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Eustachii Presbyter Cardinalis CENTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Honuphrii in Ianiculo Presbyter Cardinalis GARIBI Y RIVERA, Archiepiscopus Guadalajarensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS titulo S. Agnetis extra moenia Presbyter Cardinalis CONFALONIERI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo Ss. Quirici et Iulittae Presbyter Cardinalis RICHAUD, Archiepiscopus Burdigalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS M. titulo Ss. Viti, Modesti et Crescentiae Presbyter Cardinalis BUENO Y MONREAL, Archiepiscopus Hispalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo S. Eusebii Presbyter Cardinalis KÖNIG, Archiepiscopus Vindobonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IULIUS titulo S. Mariae Scalaris Presbyter Cardinalis DÖPFNER, Archiepiscopus Monacensis et Frisingensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Andreae Apostoli de Hortis Presbyter Cardinalis MARELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUSTAVUS titulo S. Hieronymi Illyricorum Presbyter Cardinalis TESTA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALBERTUS titulo S. Caeciliae Presbyter Cardinalis MEYER, Archiepiscopus Chicagiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Andreae de Valle Presbyter Cardinalis TRAGLIA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PETRUS TATSUO titulo S. Antonii Patavini de Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DOI, Archiepiscopus Tokiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis Baptistae Florentinorum Presbyter Cardinalis LEFEBVRE, Archiepiscopus Bituricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BERNARDUS titulo S. Ioachimi Presbyter Cardinalis ALFRINK, Archiepiscopus Ultraiectensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAUREANUS titulo S. Francisci Assisiensis ad Ripam Maiorem Presbyter Cardinalis RUGAMBWA, Episcopus Bukobaënsis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo Ssmi Redemptoris et S. Alfonsi in Exquiliis Presbyter Cardinalis RITTER, Archiepiscopus S. Ludovici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS HUMBERTUS titulo Ss. Andreae et Gregorii ad Clivum Scauri Presbyter Cardinalis QUINTERO, Archiepiscopus Caracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS PETRUS XVI BATANIAN, Patriarcha Ciliciae Armenorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS VIEIRA ALVERNAZ, Patriarcha Indiarum Orientalium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS SLIPYJ, Archiepiscopus Maior et Metropolita Leopolitanus Ucrainorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES CAROLUS MCQUAID, Archiepiscopus Dublinensis, Primas Hiberniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS ROHRACHER, Archiepiscopus Salisburgensis, Primas Germaniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego DEMETRIUS MOSCATO, Archiepiscopus Primas Salernitanus et Administrator Perpetuus Acernensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS ROY, Archiepiscopus Quebecensis, Primas Canadiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUGO CAMOZZO, Archiepiscopus Pisanus, Primas Sardiniae et Corsicae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALEXANDER TOKI , Archiepiscopus Antibarensis, Primas Serbiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego OCTAVIUS ANTONIUS BERAS, Archiepiscopus S. Dominici, Primas Indiarum Occidentalium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES CAROLUS HEENAN, Archiepiscopus Vestmonasteriensis, Primas Angliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, Primas totius Hiberniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS CESARANO, Archiepiscopus Sipontinus et Admin. Perp. Vestanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis † Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius † Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] Léon XIII, litt. apost. Orientalium dignitas, 30 novembre 1894 : Acta Leonis XIII, vol. XIV (1894), p. 201- 202."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2] Saint Léon IX, litt. In terra pax, an. 1053 : « Ut enim». – Innocent III, syn. Latran IV, an. 1215, chap. IV : « Licet Graecos » ; litt. Inter quatuor, 2 août 1206 : « Postulasti postmodum». – Innocent IV, épître Cum de cetero, 27 août 1247 ; épître Sub catholicae, 6 mars 1254, préambule. – Nicolas III, instruc. Istud est memoriale, 9 octobre 1278. – Léon X, litt. apost. Accepimus nuper, 18 mai 1521. – Paul III, litt. apost. Dudum, 23 décembre 1534. – Pie IV, Const. Romanus Pontifex, 16 février 1564. – Clément VIII, Const. Magnus Dominus, 23 décembre 1595, § 10. – Paul V, Const. Solet circumspecta, 10 décembre 1615, § 3. – Benoît XIV, Encycl. Demandatam, 24 décembre 1743, § 3. Encycl. Allatae sunt, 26 juin 1755, § 3, 6-19, 32. – Pie VI, Encycl. Catholicae commun., 24 mai 1787. – Pie IX, litt. In suprema, 6 janvier 1848, § 3 ; Ecclesiam Christi, 26 novembre 1853 ; Const. Romani Pontificis, 6 janvier 1862. – Léon XIII, litt. apost. Praeclara, 20 juin 1894, n. 7 ; litt. apost. Orientalium dignitas, 30 novembre 1894, préambule, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3] Pie XII, motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 juin 1957, can. 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4] Idem, « sans la permission du Siège apostolique», suit la pratique des siècles précédents. De même au sujet des baptisés non catholiques on lit au can. 11 : « Ils peuvent embrasser le rite de leur préférence. » Dans le texte proposé, on décide d’une manière positive du maintien du rite pour tous et partout."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5] Cf. Léon XIII, litt. apost. Orientalium dignitas, 30 novembre 1894 ; épître apost. Praeclara gratulationis, 20 juin 1994 et docum. en note 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6] Cf. Benoît XV, motu proprio Orientis catholici, 15 octobre1977. – Pie XI, Encycl. Rerum orientalium, 8 septembre 1928, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7] La pratique de l’Église au temps de Pie XI, de Pie XII et de Jean XXIII manifeste abondamment ce mouvement."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8] Cf. Conc. Nicée I, can. 6. – Conc. Constantinople I, can. 2 et 3. – Conc. de Chalcédoine, can. 28 ; can. 9. – Conc. Constantinople IV, can. 17 ; can. 21. – Conc. Latran IV, can. 5 ; can. 30. – Conc. de Florence, décret Pro Graecis, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[9] Cf. Conc. Nicée I, can. 6. – Conc. Const. I, can. 3. – Conc. Const. IV, can. 17. – Pie XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, can. 216, § 2, 1°."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[10] Dans les synodes œcuméniques : Nicée, I, can. 6. – Const. I, can. 3. – Const. IV, can. 21. – Latran IV, can. 5. – Florence, décret Pro Graecis, 6 juillet 1439, § 9. – Cf. Pie XII, motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 juin 1957, can. 219, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[11] Cf. supra, n. 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[12] Cf. Conc. d’Éphèse, can. 8. – Clément VII, décret Romanum Pontificem, 23 février 1596. – Pie VII, litt. apost. In universalis Ecclesiae, 22 février 1807. – Pie XII, motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 juin 1957, can. 324-339. – Conc. de Carthage, an. 419, can. 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[13] Conc. de Carthage, an. 419, can. 17 et 57. – Conc. de Chalcédoine, an. 451, can. 12. – Saint Innocent Ier, litt. Et onus et honor, a. c. 415 : « Nam quid sciscitaris. » – Saint Nicolas Ier, litt. Ad consulta vestra, 13 novembre 866 : « A quo autem. » – Innocent III, Rex regum, 25 février 1204. – Léon XII, Const. apost. Petrus apostol. Princeps, 15 août 1824. – Léon XIII, litt. apost. Christi Domini, an. 1895. – Pie XII, motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 juin 1957, can. 159."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[14] Cf. Innocent IV, épître Sub catholicae, 6 mars 1254, § 3, n. 4. – Conc. de Lyon II, an. 1274 (professio fidei Michaelis Palaeologi Gregorio X oblata). – Eugène IV, in Syn. Florence, Const. Exsultate Deo, 22 novembre 1439, § 11. – Clément VIII, inst. Sanctissimus, 31 août 1595. – Benoît XIV, Const. Etsi pastor., 26 mai 1742, § II, n. 1, § III, n. 1, etc. – Syn. Laodicée, an. 347/381, can. 48. – Syn. Sisen. Armemorum, an. 1342. – Syn. Liban. Maronitarum, an. 1736, p. II, chap. III, n. 2, et autres synodes particuliers."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[15] Cf. S. C. du Saint-Office, instruc. (ad Ep. Scepusien.), an. 1783. – S. C. de la Prop. de la foi (pour les coptes) 15 mars 1790, n. XIII ; décret 6 octobre 1863, C, a. – S. C. pour les Églises orientales, 1er mai 1948. – Sacrée Congrégation du Saint-Office, réponse du 22 avril 1896 cum litt. 19 mai 1896."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[16] cic, can. 782, § 4. – S. C. pour Églises orientales, Décret. « De sacramento Confirmat. administr. etiam fidelibus orientalibus a presbyteris latini ritus, qui hoc indulto gaudent pro fidelibus sui ritus», 1er mai 1948."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[17] Cf. Syn. Laodicée, an. 347/381, can. 29. – Saint Nicéphore CP., chap. 14. – Syn. Duinen. Armenorum, an. 719, can. 31. – Saint Théodore le Studite, Sermon 21. – Saint Nicolas Ier, litt. Ad consulta vestra, 13 novembre 866 : « In quorum apostol.», « Nos cupitis » ; « Quod interrogatis » ; « Praeterea consulitis » ; « Si die Dominico » ; et synodes particuliers."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[18] C’est là une nouveauté, au moins là où existe l’obligation de participer à la sainte Liturgie. Par ailleurs, cela correspond au jour liturgique chez les Orientaux."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[19] Cf. Canones apostolorum, 8 et 9. – Syn. d’Antioche, an. 341, can. 2. – Timothée d’Alexandrie, Interrogat. 3. – Innocent III, Const. Quia divinae, 4 janvier 1215 ; et la plupart des synodes particuliers plus récents des Églises orientales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[20] Restant sauf le caractère territorial de la juridiction, le canon veut, pour le bien des âmes, pourvoir à la situation venant de la pluralité de juridiction sur un même territoire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[21] Cf. Conc. Nicée I, can. 18. – Syn. Néocésarée, an. 314/325, can. 12. – Syn. Sardique, an. 343, can 8. – Saint Léon le Grand, litt. Omnium quidem, 13 janvier 444. – Conc. Chalcédoine, can. 6. – Conc. Const. IV, can. 23, 26, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[22] Plusieurs Églises orientales considèrent le sous-diaconat comme un ordre mineur, mais le motu proprio Cleri sanctitati de Pie XII prescrit à son sujet les obligations des ordres majeurs. Le canon propose qu’on revienne à la discipline ancienne de chaque Église quant aux obligations des sous-diacres par dérogation au droit commun de Cleri sanctitati."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[23] Cf. Pie XII, Motu proprio Crebrae allatae, 22 février 1949, can. 32, § 2, n. 5 (facultas patriarcharum dispensandi a forma). –Pie XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 juin 1957, can. 267 (facultas patriarcharum sanandi in radice). En 1957 le Saint Office et la S. C. pour l’Église orientale ont accordé le pouvoir de dispenser de la forme et d’opérer la sanatio pour défaut de forme (pour cinq ans) : « en dehors du patriarcat, aux métropolites et aux autres ordinaires de lieux... qui n’ont pas de supérieur en dessous du Saint-Siège»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[24] Cf. Saint Léon le Grand, litt. Quod saepissime, 15 avril 454 : « Petitionem autem». – Saint Nicéphore CP., chap. 13. – Syn. du patriarche Serge, 18 septembre 1596, can 17. – Pie VI, lettre apost. Assueto paterne, 8 avril 1775, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[25] Cf. Conc. Vatican II, Const. Sacrosanctum concilium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[26] Cf. Clément VIII, instr. Sanctissimus, 31 août 1595, § 6, « Si ipsi graeci». – S. C. Officii, 7 juin 1673, ad 1 et 3, 13 mars 1727, ad 1. – S. C. pour la Propagation de la foi, 18 août 1913, art. 33 ; décret 14 août 1914, art. 27 ; décret 27 mars 1916, art. 14. – S. C. pour les Églises orientales, décret 1er mars 1929, art. 36 ; décret 4 mai 1930, art. 41."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[27] Cf. Syn. Laodicée, 347/381, can 18. – Syn. de Mar Issaac Chaldéens, an. 410, can 15. – Syn. Nerses Glaïetsi des Arméniens, an. 1166. – Innocent IV, Épître Sub cathol., 6 mars 1254. – Benoît XIV, Const. Etsi pastoralis, 26 mai 1742, § 7, n. 5 ; Instr. Eo quamvis tempore, 4 mai 1745, § 42 s. – Synodes particuliers plus récents : d’Arménie (1911), copte (1898), maronite (1736), roumain (1872), ruthène (1891), de Syrie (1888)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[28] D’après la tradition orientale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[29] D’après la tenue de la bulle d’union de différentes Églises orientales catholiques."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[30] Obligation conciliaire en ce qui concerne les frères orientaux séparés et pour tous les ordres de tous les degrés, de droit divin et ecclésiastique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[31] Cette doctrine vaut également dans les Églises séparées."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[32] Saint Basile le Grand, Epist. canonica ad Amphilochium : PG 32, 669 B."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[33] On considère comme fondement de cet adoucissement : 1. la validité des sacrements ; 2. la bonne foi et la disposition ; 3. la nécessité du salut éternel ; 4. l’absence de prêtre propre ; 5. l’exclusion de dangers à éviter et de l’adhésion formelle à l’erreur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[34] Il s’agit de la communicatio in sacris extra-sacramentelle. C’est le Concile qui accorde cet adoucissement, en maintenant ce qui doit être maintenu."
            }
          ]
        },
        "it": {
          "code": "it",
          "label": "Italiano",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19641121_orientalium-ecclesiarum_it.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-113-vat-ii_decree_19641121_orientalium-ecclesiarum_it.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAOLO VESCOVO SERVO DEI SERVI DI DIO UNITAMENTE AI PADRI DEL SACRO CONCILIO A PERPETUA MEMORIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO SULLE CHIESE CATTOLICHE ORIENTALI ORIENTALIUM ECCLESIARUM"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa cattolica ha in grande stima le istituzioni, i riti liturgici, le tradizioni ecclesiastiche e la disciplina della vita ecclesiastica della Chiese orientali. Si tratta infatti di Chiese illustri e venerande per antichità, in cui risplende la tradizione apostolica tramandata dai Padri (1), che costituisce parte del patrimonio divinamente rivelato e indiviso della Chiesa universale. Perciò questo santo ed ecumenico Concilio, preso da sollecitudine per le Chiese orientali, che di questa tradizione sono testimoni viventi, e desiderando che esse fioriscano e assolvano con nuovo vigore apostolico la missione loro affidata, oltre a quanto riguarda tutta la Chiesa ha deciso di stabilire alcuni punti principali, lasciando gli altri alla cura dei sinodi orientali e della Sede apostolica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Varietà di riti e unità"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa santa e cattolica, che è il corpo mistico di Cristo, si compone di fedeli che sono organicamente uniti nello Spirito Santo da una stessa fede, dagli stessi sacramenti e da uno stesso governo, e che unendosi in varie comunità stabili, congiunti dalla gerarchia, costituiscono le Chiese particolari o riti. Tra loro vige una mirabile comunione, di modo che la varietà non solo non nuoce alla unità della Chiesa, ma anzi la manifesta. È infatti intenzione della Chiesa cattolica che rimangano salve e integre le tradizioni di ogni Chiesa o rito particolare; parimenti essa vuole adattare il suo tenore di vita alle varie necessità dei tempi e dei luoghi (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I riti godono di uguale dignità"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Queste Chiese particolari, sia dell'Oriente che dell'Occidente, sebbene siano in parte tra loro differenti in ragione dei cosiddetti riti--cioè per liturgia, per disciplina ecclesiastica e patrimonio spirituale--tuttavia sono allo stesso modo affidate al governo pastorale del romano Pontefice, il quale per volontà divina succede al beato Pietro nel primato sulla Chiesa universale. Esse quindi godono di pari dignità, cosicché nessuna di loro prevale sulle altre per ragioni di rito; fruiscono degli stessi diritti e sono tenute agli stessi obblighi, anche per quanto riguarda la predicazione del Vangelo in tutto il mondo (cfr. Mc 16,15), sotto la direzione del romano Pontefice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si studino i vari riti"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si provveda perciò in tutto il mondo a tutelare e incrementare tutte le Chiese particolari e a questo scopo si erigano parrocchie e una propria gerarchia, dove lo richieda il bene spirituale dei fedeli. Le gerarchie poi delle varie Chiese particolari che hanno giurisdizione sullo stesso territorio, procurino, col mutuo scambio di consigli e in periodici incontri, di promuovere l'unità di azione e di unire le loro forze per aiutare le opere comuni, onde far progredire più speditamente il bene della religione e più efficacemente tutelare la disciplina del clero (3). Tutti i chierici e i candidati agli ordini sacri siano bene istruiti sui riti e specialmente circa le norme pratiche in materie inter-rituali; anzi, nelle spiegazioni catechetiche vengano istruiti anche i laici sui riti e le loro norme. Infine, tutti e singoli i cattolici e i battezzati di qualsiasi Chiesa o comunità acattolica che vengano alla pienezza della comunione cattolica, mantengano dovunque il loro proprio rito, lo onorino e, in quanto è possibile, lo osservino (4), salvo il diritto in casi particolari di persone, comunità o regioni, di far ricorso alla Sede apostolica; questa, quale suprema arbitra delle relazioni inter-ecclesiali, provvederà essa stessa alle necessità secondo lo spirito ecumenico, o farà provvedere da altre autorità, dando opportune norme, decreti o rescritti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Benemerenze delle Chiese orientali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La storia, le tradizioni e molte istituzioni ecclesiastiche chiaramente dimostrano quanto le Chiese orientali si siano rese benemerite verso tutta la Chiesa. Per questo il santo Concilio non solo circonda di doverosa stima e di giusta lode questo loro patrimonio ecclesiastico e spirituale, ma lo considera fermamente quale patrimonio di tutta la Chiesa (5). Dichiara quindi solennemente che le Chiese d'Oriente come quelle di Occidente, hanno il diritto e il dovere di reggersi secondo le proprie discipline particolari, poiché si raccomandano per veneranda antichità, si accordano meglio con i costumi dei loro fedeli e sono più adatte a provvedere al bene delle loro anime."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non si introducano mutamenti arbitrari nei riti"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti gli orientali sappiano con tutta certezza che possono sempre e devono conservare i loro legittimi riti e la loro disciplina, e che non si devono introdurre mutazioni, se non per ragione del proprio organico progresso. Pertanto, tutte queste cose devono essere con somma fedeltà osservate dagli stessi orientali, i quali devono acquistarne una conoscenza sempre più profonda e una pratica più perfetta; qualora, per circostanze di tempo o di persone, fossero indebitamente venuti meno ad esse, procurino di ritornare alle avite tradizioni. Quelli che per ragione o di ufficio o di ministero apostolico hanno frequente relazione con le Chiese orientali o con i loro fedeli, secondo l'importanza dell'ufficio che occupano siano accuratamente istruiti nella conoscenza e nella pratica dei riti, della disciplina, della dottrina, della storia e delle caratteristiche degli orientali (6), Si raccomanda inoltre caldamente agli istituti religiosi e alla associazioni di rito latino che prestano la loro opera nelle regioni orientali o tra i fedeli orientali, che per una maggiore efficacia dell'apostolato, fondino, per quanto possibile, case o anche province di rito orientale (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I patriarchi orientali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da tempi antichissimi vige nella Chiesa l'istituzione patriarcale, già riconosciuta dai primi Concili ecumenici (8). Col nome di patriarca orientale si intende un vescovo, cui compete la giurisdizione su tutti i vescovi, compresi i metropoliti, il clero e i fedeli del proprio territorio o rito, a norma del diritto e salvo restando il primato del romano Pontefice (9). Dovunque si costituisca un gerarca di qualche rito fuori dei confini del territorio patriarcale, a norma del diritto rimane aggregato alla gerarchia del patriarcato dello stesso rito."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sebbene alcuni patriarchi delle Chiese orientali siano cronologicamente posteriori ad altri, tuttavia sono tutti uguali quanto alla dignità patriarcale, salva restando tra loro la precedenza di onore legittimamente stabilita (10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Onore e privilegi dei patriarchi orientali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Secondo un'antichissima tradizione della Chiesa, ai patriarchi delle Chiese orientali è riservato uno speciale onore, dato che ognuno presiede al suo patriarcato come padre e capo. Perciò questo santo Concilio stabilisce che siano ripristinati i loro diritti e privilegi, secondo le antiche tradizioni di ogni Chiesa e i decreti dei Concili ecumenici (11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questi diritti e privilegi sono quelli vigenti al tempo dell'unione dell'Oriente e dell'Occidente, quantunque debbano essere alquanto adattati alle odierne condizioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I patriarchi coi loro sinodi costituiscono la superiore istanza per qualsiasi problema del patriarcato, non escluso il diritto di costituire nuove eparchie e di nominare vescovi del loro rito entro i confini del territorio patriarcale, salvo restando l'inalienabile diritto del romano Pontefice di intervenire nei singoli casi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fondazione di nuovi patriarcati"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto si è detto dei patriarchi vale anche, a norma del diritto, degli arcivescovi maggiori che presiedono a tutta una Chiesa particolare o rito (12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siccome l'istituzione patriarcale nelle Chiese orientali è una forma tradizionale di governo, il santo ed ecumenico Concilio desidera che, dove sia necessario, si erigano nuovi patriarcati, la cui fondazione è riservata al Concilio ecumenico o al romano Pontefice (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ristabilire l'antica disciplina dei sacramenti"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il santo Concilio ecumenico conferma e loda e, se occorre, desidera che venga ristabilita l'antica disciplina dei sacramenti vigente presso le Chiese orientali, e così pure la prassi spettante la loro celebrazione e amministrazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La cresima"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La disciplina circa il ministro della sacra cresima, vigente fino dai più antichi tempi presso gli orientali, sia pienamente ristabilita. Perciò i sacerdoti possono conferire questo sacramento col crisma benedetto dal patriarca o dal vescovo (14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti i sacerdoti orientali possono validamente conferire questo sacramento, sia insieme col battesimo sia separatamente, a tutti i fedeli di qualsiasi rito, non escluso il latino, osservando, per la liceità, le prescrizioni del diritto sia comune sia particolare (15). Anche i sacerdoti di rito latino, secondo le facoltà che godono circa l'amministrazione di questo sacramento, possono amministrarlo pure ai fedeli delle Chiese orientali, senza pregiudizio al rito, osservando per la liceità le prescrizioni del diritto sia comune che particolare (16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La liturgia domenicale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I fedeli sono tenuti la domenica e le feste a intervenire alla divina liturgia o, secondo le prescrizioni o consuetudini del proprio rito, alla celebrazione delle lodi divine (17). Perché più facilmente possano adempiere quest'obbligo, si stabilisce che il tempo utile per soddisfarlo decorra dai vespri della vigilia fino alla fine delle domenica o giorno festivo (18). Si raccomanda caldamente ai fedeli, che in questi giorni, anzi con più frequenza e anche quotidianamente, ricevano la santa eucaristica (19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La confessione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per la costante mescolanza di fedeli di diverse Chiese particolari nella medesima regione o territorio orientale, la facoltà dei sacerdoti di qualsiasi rito di ricevere le confessioni, concessa legittimamente e senza alcuna restrizione dai propri sacri pastori, si estende a tutto il territorio del concedente anche a tutti i luoghi e fedeli di qualsiasi rito nello stesso territorio, a meno che il pastore del luogo l'abbia espressamente negata per i luoghi del suo rito (20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'ordine sacro"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perché nelle Chiese orientali abbia nuovamente ad aver vigore l'antica disciplina del sacramento dell'ordine, questo santo Concilio caldamente desidera che sia ristabilita, dove sia caduta in disuso, l'istituzione del diaconato permanente (21). Quanto poi al suddiaconato e gli ordini inferiori e i loro diritti e doveri, provveda l'autorità legislativa di ciascuna Chiesa particolare (22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I matrimoni misti"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quando i cattolici orientali contraggono matrimonio con acattolici orientali battezzati, il santo Concilio, per prevenire i matrimoni invalidi e nell'interesse della stabilità del matrimonio e della pace domestica, stabilisce che per questi matrimoni la forma canonica della celebrazione è obbligatoria soltanto per la liceità. Per la validità basta la presenza del sacro ministro, salvi restando gli altri punti da osservarsi secondo il diritto (23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I giorni festivi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "D'ora in poi spetta al solo Concilio ecumenico o alla santa Sede stabilire, trasferire o sopprimere giorni festivi comuni a tutte le Chiese orientali. Invece lo stabilire, trasferire o sopprimere feste per singole Chiese particolari compete, oltre che alla Sede apostolica, a sinodi patriarcali o arcivescovili, avuto tuttavia il debito riguardo di tutta la regione e delle altre Chiese particolari (24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Pasqua"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fino a che tra tutti i cristiani non si sarà giunti al desiderato accordo circa la fissazione di un unico giorno per la comune celebrazione della festa di Pasqua, nel frattempo, per promuovere l'unità fra i cristiani che vivono nella stessa regione o nazione, è data facoltà ai patriarchi o alle supreme autorità ecclesiastiche del luogo di accordarsi, con unanime consenso e sentiti i pareri degli interessati, per celebrare la festa di Pasqua nella stessa domenica (25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le tempora"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti i fedeli che si trovano fuori della regione o territorio del proprio rito, quanto alla legge delle sacre tempora possono pienamente conformarsi alla disciplina vigente nel luogo della loro permanenza. Nelle famiglie di rito misto si può osservare questa legge secondo uno stesso rito (26)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le laudi divine"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il clero e i religiosi orientali celebrino secondo le prescrizioni e tradizioni della propria disciplina le laudi divine, che fino dall'antica età furono in grande onore presso tutte le Chiese orientali (27). Ed anche i fedeli, seguendo l'esempio dei propri padri, per quanto possono, attendano devotamente alle laudi divine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La lingua liturgica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Al patriarca col suo sinodo o alla suprema autorità di ciascuna Chiesa con il consiglio dei pastori compete il diritto di regolare l'uso delle lingue nelle sacre funzioni liturgiche e di approvare, dopo averne data relazione alla Sede apostolica, le versioni dei testi nelle lingua del paese (28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promuovere l'unità dei cristiani"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle Chiese orientali aventi comunione con la Sede apostolica romana, compete lo speciale ufficio di promuovere l'unità di tutti i cristiani, specialmente orientali, secondo i principi del decreto « sull'ecumenismo » promulgato da questo santo Concilio, in primo luogo con la preghiera, l'esempio della vita, la religiosa fedeltà alle antiche tradizioni orientali, la mutua e più profonda conoscenza, la collaborazione e la fraterna stima delle cose e degli animi (29)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dagli orientali separati che, mossi dalla grazia dello Spirito Santo vengono all'unità cattolica, non si esiga più di quanto richiede la semplice professione della fede cattolica. E poiché presso di loro è stato conservato il sacerdozio valido, i chierici orientali che vengono all'unità cattolica, hanno facoltà di esercitare il proprio ordine, secondo le norme stabilite dalla competente autorità (30)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "« Communicatio in sacris »"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La « communicatio in sacris » che pregiudica l'unità della Chiesa o include formale adesione all'errore o pericolo di errare nella fede, di scandalo e di indifferentismo, è proibita dalla legge divina (31). Ma la prassi pastorale dimostra, per quanto riguarda i fratelli orientali che si possono e si devono considerare varie circostanze di singole persone, nelle quali né si lede l'unità della Chiesa, né vi sono pericoli da evitare, mentre invece la necessità della salvezza e il bene spirituale delle anime costituiscono un bisogno serio. Perciò la Chiesa cattolica, secondo le circostanze di tempo, di luogo e di persone, ha usato tutti i mezzi della salute e la testimonianza della carità tra i cristiani, per mezzo della partecipazione ai sacramenti e alle altre funzioni e cose sacre. In considerazione di questo, il santo Concilio «per non essere noi con una sentenza troppo severa di impedimento a coloro che sono salvati » (32) e per fomentare sempre più l'unione con le Chiese orientali da noi separate, stabilisce il seguente modo di agire."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Posti i principi sopra ricordati, agli orientali che in buona fede si trovano separati dalla Chiesa cattolica, si possono conferire, se spontaneamente li chiedano e siano ben disposti, i sacramenti della penitenza, dell'eucaristia e dell'unzione degli infermi anzi, anche ai cattolici è lecito chiedere questi sacramenti ai ministri acattolici nella cui Chiesa si hanno validi sacramenti, ogniqualvolta la necessità o una vera spirituale utilità lo domandino e l'accesso a un sacerdote cattolico riesca fisicamente o moralmente impossibile (33)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parimenti, posti gli stessi principi, per una giusta ragione è permessa la « communicatio in sacris » in celebrazioni, cose e luoghi sacri tra cattolici e fratelli orientali separati (34)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questa maniera più mite di «communicatio in sacris » con i fratelli delle Chiese orientali separate è affidata alla vigilanza e al discernimento dei pastori locali, affinché, consigliatisi tra di loro e, se occorra, uditi anche i pastori delle Chiese separate, abbiano a regolare con efficaci e opportune prescrizioni e norme i rapporti dei cristiani tra di loro."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il santo Concilio molto si rallegra della fruttuosa e attiva collaborazione delle Chiese cattoliche d'Oriente e d'Occidente, e allo stesso tempo dichiara: tutte queste disposizioni giuridiche sono stabilite per le presenti condizioni, fino a che la Chiesa cattolica e le Chiese orientali separate si uniscano nella pienezza della comunione. Nel frattempo tutti i cristiani, orientali e occidentali, sono ardentemente pregati di innalzare ferventi e assidue, anzi quotidiane preghiere a Dio, affinché, con l'aiuto della sua santissima Madre, tutti diventino una cosa sola. Preghino pure perché su tanti cristiani di qualsiasi Chiesa, i quali confessando strenuamente il nome di Cristo, soffrono e sono oppressi, si effonda la pienezza della forza e del conforto dello Spirito Santo consolatore. Con amore fraterno vogliamoci tutti bene scambievolmente, facendo a gara nel renderci onore l'un l'altro (Rm 12,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutte e singole le cose stabilite in questo Decreto sono piaciute ai Padri del Sacro Concilio. E Noi, in virtù della potestà Apostolica conferitaci da Cristo, unitamente ai Venerabili Padri, nello Spirito Santo le approviamo, le decretiamo e le stabiliamo; e quanto è stato così sinodalmente deciso, comandiamo che sia promulgato a gloria di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, presso San Pietro 21 novembre 1964."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Io PAOLO Vescovo della Chiesa Cattolica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seguono le firme dei Padri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Firme dei padri"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Io PAOLO Vescovo della Chiesa Cattolica"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Eustachii Presbyter Cardinalis CENTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Honuphrii in Ianiculo Presbyter Cardinalis GARIBI Y RIVERA, Archiepiscopus Guadalajarensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS titulo S. Agnetis extra moenia Presbyter Cardinalis CONFALONIERI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo Ss. Quirici et Iulittae Presbyter Cardinalis RICHAUD, Archiepiscopus Burdigalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS M. titulo Ss. Viti, Modesti et Crescentiae Presbyter Cardinalis BUENO Y MONREAL, Archiepiscopus Hispalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo S. Eusebii Presbyter Cardinalis KÖNIG, Archiepiscopus Vindobonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IULIUS titulo S. Mariae Scalaris Presbyter Cardinalis DÖPFNER, Archiepiscopus Monacensis et Frisingensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Andreae Apostoli de Hortis Presbyter Cardinalis MARELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUSTAVUS titulo S. Hieronymi Illyricorum Presbyter Cardinalis TESTA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALBERTUS titulo S. Caeciliae Presbyter Cardinalis MEYER, Archiepiscopus Chicagiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Andreae de Valle Presbyter Cardinalis TRAGLIA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PETRUS TATSUO titulo S. Antonii Patavini de Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DOI, Archiepiscopus Tokiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis Baptistae Florentinorum Presbyter Cardinalis LEFEBVRE, Archiepiscopus Bituricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BERNARDUS titulo S. Ioachimi Presbyter Cardinalis ALFRINK, Archiepiscopus Ultraiectensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAUREANUS titulo S. Francisci Assisiensis ad Ripam Maiorem Presbyter Cardinalis RUGAMBWA, Episcopus Bukobaënsis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo Ssmi Redemptoris et S. Alfonsi in Exquiliis Presbyter Cardinalis RITTER, Archiepiscopus S. Ludovici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS HUMBERTUS titulo Ss. Andreae et Gregorii ad Clivum Scauri Presbyter Cardinalis QUINTERO, Archiepiscopus Caracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS PETRUS XVI BATANIAN, Patriarcha Ciliciae Armenorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS VIEIRA ALVERNAZ, Patriarcha Indiarum Orientalium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS SLIPYJ, Archiepiscopus Maior et Metropolita Leopolitanus Ucrainorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES CAROLUS MCQUAID, Archiepiscopus Dublinensis, Primas Hiberniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS ROHRACHER, Archiepiscopus Salisburgensis, Primas Germaniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego DEMETRIUS MOSCATO, Archiepiscopus Primas Salernitanus et Administrator Perpetuus Acernensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS ROY, Archiepiscopus Quebecensis, Primas Canadiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUGO CAMOZZO, Archiepiscopus Pisanus, Primas Sardiniae et Corsicae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALEXANDER TOKI , Archiepiscopus Antibarensis, Primas Serbiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego OCTAVIUS ANTONIUS BERAS, Archiepiscopus S. Dominici, Primas Indiarum Occidentalium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES CAROLUS HEENAN, Archiepiscopus Vestmonasteriensis, Primas Angliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, Primas totius Hiberniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS CESARANO, Archiepiscopus Sipontinus et Admin. Perp. Vestanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis † Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius † Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cf. S. LEONE IX, Lett. In terra pax del 1053: \"Ut enim\". INNOCENZO III, Concilio del Laterano IV del 1215, cap. IV: \"Licet Graecos\"; Lett. Inter quatuor, 2 ag. 1206: \"Postulasti postmodum\". INNOCENZO IV, Lett. Cum de cetero, 27 ag. 1247; Lett. Sub catholicae, 6 marzo 1254, proem. NICOL III, Istruzione Istud est memoriale, 9 ott. 1278. LEONE X, Lett. Ap. Accepimus nuper, 18 maggio 1521. PAOLO III, Lett. Ap. Dudum, 23 dic. 1534. PIO IV, Cost. Romanus Pontifex, 16 febbr. 1564, § 5. CLEMENTE VIII, Cost. Magnus Dominus, 23 dic. 1595, § 10. PAOLO V, Cost. Solet circumspecta, 10 dic. 1615, § 3. BENEDETTO XIV, Enc. Demandatam, 24 dic. 1743, § 3; Enc. Allatae sunt, 26 giugno 1755, §§ 3, 6-19, 32. PIO VI, Enc. Catholicae communionis, 24 maggio 1787. PIO IX, Lett. In suprema, 6 genn. 1848, § 3; Lett. Ap. Ecclesiam Christi, 26 nov. 1853; Cost. Romani Pontificis, 6 genn. 1862. LEONE XIII, Lett. Ap. Praeclara, 20 giugno 1894, n. 7; Lett. Ap. Orientalium dignitas, 30 nov. 1894, proem.; ecc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3)Cf. PIO XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 giugno 1957, can. 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) PIO XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 giugno 1957, can. 8: “senza un permesso della Sede Apostolica”, bisogna seguire la prassi dei secoli precedenti; così pure quanto ai battezzati acattolici nel can. 11 è detto: “possono scegliere il rito che preferiscono”; nel testo proposto si dispone positivamente l’osservanza del rito per tutti e in tutto il mondo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cf. LEONE XIII, Lett. Ap. Orientalium dignitas, 30 nov. 1894; Lett. Ap. Praeclara gratulationis, 20 giugno 1894, e i documenti citati nella nota 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cf. BENEDETTO XV, Motu proprio Orientis catholici, 15 ott. 1917. PIO XI, Enc. Rerum orientalium, 8 sett. 1928; ecc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) La prassi della Chiesa cattolica dei tempi di Pio XI, Pio XII, Giovanni XXIII dimostra copiosamente questa tendenza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cf. CONC. DI NICEA I, can. 6; DI COSTANTINOPOLI I, can. 2 e 3; DI CALCEDONIA, can. 28; can. 9; DI COSTANTINOPOLI IV, can. 17; can. 21 [Dz 661]; LATERANO IV, can. 5 [Dz 811]; can. 30; DI FIRENZE, Decr. pro Graecis [Dz 1307-08; Collantes 7.159-60]; ecc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Cf. CONCILIO DI NICEA I, can. 6; DI COSTANTINOPOLI I, can. 3; DI COSTANTINOPOLI IV, can. 17; PIO XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, can. 216, §§ 2,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Nei CONC. ECUMENICI: DI NICEA I, can. 6; DI COSTANTINOPOLI I, can. 3; DI COSTANTINOPOLI IV, can. 21 [Dz 661]; LATERANO IV, can. 5 [Dz 811]; DI FIRENZE, Decr. pro Graecis, 6 lug. 1439, § 9 [Dz 1307-08; Collantes 7.159-60]. Cf. PIO XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 giugno 1957, can. 219; ecc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Cf. sopra, nota 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cf. CONC. DI EFESO, can. 8; CLEMENTE VIII, Decet Romanum Pontificem, 23 febbr. 1596; PIO VII, Lett. Ap. In universalis Ecclesiae, 22 febbraio 1807; PIO XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 giugno 1957, can. 324-339; SIN. DI CARTAGINE del 419, can. 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Cf. SIN. DI CARTAGINE del 419, can. 17 e 57; DI CALCEDONIA del 451, can. 12; S. INNOCENZO I, Lett. Et onus et honor del 415c: \"Nam quid sciscitaris\"; S. NICOL I, Lett. Ad consulta vestra, 13 nov. 866: \"A quo autem\"; INNOCENZO III, Lett. Rex regum, 25 febbr. 1204; LEONE XII, Cost. Ap. Petrus Apostolorum Princeps, 15 ag. 1824; LEONE XIII, Lett. Ap. Christi Domini, del 1895; PIO XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 giugno 1957, can. 159."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Cf. INNOCENZO IV, Lett. Sub catholicae, 6 marzo 1254, § 3, n. 4 [Dz 831]; CONC. DI LIONE II del 1274 (professione di fede di Michele Paleologo presentata a Gregorio X) [Dz 860; Collantes 9.001]; EUGENIO IV nel Conc. di Firenze, Cost. Exsultate Deo, 22 nov. 1439, § 11 [Dz 1317-18; Collantes 9.084-85]; CLEMENTE VIII, Istr. Sanctissimus, 31 ago. 1595 [Dz 1990]; BENEDETTO XIV, Cost. Etsi pastoralis, 26 maggio 1742, § II, n. 1, § III, n. 1 [Dz 2522], ecc.; SINODO DI LAODICEA, del 347381, can. 48; SIN. DI SISSA DEGLI ARMENI del 1342: Mansi 25, 1240-1241; SIN. DEI MARONITI DEL LIBANO del 1736, P. II, Cap. III, n. 2, ed altri Sinodi particolari."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Cf. S. S. C. DEL S. UFFIZIO, Istr. (al vesc. di Scepusio) del 1783; S.C. PER LA PROPAG. DELLA FEDE (per i Copti), 15 marzo 1790, n. XIII; Decr. 6 ott. 1863, C, a; S. C. PER LE CH. ORIENT., 1o maggio 1948; S.S.C. DEL S. UFFIZIO, risp. del 22 apr. 1896 con lett. del 19 maggio 1896."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) CIC, can. 782, § 4 [soppresso nel nuovo Codice]; S. C. PER LA CH. ORIENT., Decr. de Sacramento Confirmationis administrando etiam fidelibus orientalibus a presbyteris latini ritus, qui hoc indulto gaudent pro fidelibus sui ritus, 1° maggio 1948."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Cf. SINODO DI LAODICEA del 347381, can. 29; S. NICEFORO DI Cost., cap. 14; SIN. DI DUIN DEGLI ARMENI del 719, can. 31; S. TEODORO STUDITA, discorso 21; S. NICOL I, Lett. Ad consulta vestra, 13 nov. 866: \"In quorum Apostolorum\"; \"Nosse cupitis\"; \"Quod interrogatis\"; \"Praeterea consulitis\"; \"Si die Dominico\"; e i Sinodi particolari."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) E una novità, almeno dove vige l’obbligo di ascoltare la S. Liturgia; concorda però con il giorno liturgico presso gli Orientali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Cf. CANONI DEGLI APOSTOLI, 8 e 9; SIN. DI ANTIOCHIA del 341, can. 2; TIMOTEO D’ALESSANDRIA interrogaz. 3; INNOCENZO III, Cost. Quia divinae, 4 genn. 1215; e parecchi recenti Sinodi particolari delle Chiese Orientali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Salva la territorialità della giurisdizione, il canone intende ovviare, per il bene delle anime, alla pluralità di giurisdizione sul medesimo territorio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Cf. CONC. DI NICEA I, can. 18; SIN. DI NEOCESAREA del 314-325, can. 12; SIN. DI SARDICA del 343, can. 8; S. LEONE M., Lett. Omnium quidem, 13 genn. 444; CONC. DI CALCEDONIA, can. 6; CONC. DI COSTANTINOPOLI IV, cann. 23, 26; ecc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) In molte Chiese Orientali il suddiaconato è considerato un Ordine minore; ma nel Motu proprio di PIO XII Cleri sanctitati gli vengono imposti gli obblighi degli Ordini maggiori. Il Canone propone che quanto agli obblighi dei suddiaconi si torni all’antica disciplina delle singole Chiese, in deroga al diritto comune del “Cleri sanctitati”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Cf. PIO XII, Motu proprio Crebrae allatae, 22 febbr. 1949, can. 32, § 2, n. 5 (facoltà dei patriarchi di dispensare dalla forma); PIO XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 giugno 1957, can. 267 (facoltà dei patriarchi di sanare in radice); la S. S. C. DEL S. UFFIZIO e LA S. C. PER LA CH. ORIENT. nel 1957 concedono la facoltà di dispensare dalla forma e di sanare per la mancanza della forma (per un quinquennio): \"fuori dei patriarcati, ai Metropoliti e agli altri Ordinari dei luoghi... che non hanno Superiori al di sotto della Santa Sede\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Cf. S. LEONE M., Lett. Quod saepissime, 15 apr. 454: \"Petitionem autem\"; S. NICEFORO DI COST., cap. 13; SIN. DEL PATRIARCA SERGIO, 18 sett. 1596, can. 17; PIO VI, Lett. Ap. Assueto paterne, 8 apr. 1775; ecc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Cf. CONC. VATICANO II, Cost. Sulla Sacra Liturgia, 4 dic. 1963 [pag. 87]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Cf. CLEMENTE VIII, Istr. Sanctissimus, 31 ag. 1595, § 6: \"Si ipsi graeci\"; S. C. DEL S. UFFIZIO, 7 giugno 1673, ad 1 et 3; 13 marzo 1727, ad 1; S. C. PER LA PROP. DELLA FEDE Decr. 18 ag. 1913, art. 33: Decr. 14 ag. 1914, art. 27; Decr. 27 marzo 1916; S. C. PER LE CH. ORIENT., Decreto 1o marzo 1929, art. 36 Decr. 4 maggio 1930, art. 41."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Cf. SIN. DI LAODICEA del 347-381, can. 18; SIN. DI MAR ISSAC DEI CALDEI del 410, can. 15; S. NERSETE DI GLAIES DEGLI ARMENI nel 1166; INNOCENZO IV, Lett. Sub catholicae, 6 marzo 1254, § 8; BENEDETTO XIV, Cost. Etsi pastoralis, 26 maggio 1742, § 7, n. 5; Istr. Eo quamvis tempore, 4 maggio 1745, §§ 42ss.; e i Sinodi particolari pi recenti: degli Armeni (1911), dei Copti (1898), dei Maroniti (1736), dei Rumeni (1872), dei Ruteni (1891), dei Siri (1888)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Secondo la tradizione orientale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) A tenore delle Bolle di unione delle singole Chiese orientali cattoliche."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Obbligo conciliare riguardo ai fratelli orientali separati e riguardo a tutti gli Ordini di qualunque grado, sia di diritto divino che ecclesiastico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Questo principio vale anche nelle Chiese separate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) S. BASILIO M., Epistula canonica ad Amphilochium: PG 32, 669B."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) Sono considerati fondamenti della concessione: 1) la validità dei sacramenti; 2) la buona fede e la disposizione; 3) la necessità della salvezza eterna; 4) l’assenza del proprio sacerdote; 5) l’esclusione dei pericoli da evitare e della adesione formale all’errore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Si tratta della cosidd. “comunicazione in cose sacre extrasacramentali”. E il Concilio che concede questa mitigazione, salve restando le prescrizioni."
            }
          ]
        },
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19641121_orientalium-ecclesiarum_lt.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-114-vat-ii_decree_19641121_orientalium-ecclesiarum_lt.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAULUS EPISCOPUS SERVUS SERVORUM DEI UNA CUM SACROSANCTI CONCILII PATRIBUS AD PERPETUAM REI MEMORIAM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETUM DE ECCLESIIS ORIENTALIBUS CATHOLICIS ORIENTALIUM ECCLESIARUM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prooemium"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ORIENTALIUM ECCLESIARUM instituta, ritus liturgicos, traditiones ecclesiasticas atque vitae christianae disciplinam Ecclesia catholica magni facit. In eis enim, utpote veneranda antiquitate praeclaris, elucet ea quae ab Apostolis per Patres est traditio,[1] quaeque partem constituit divinitus revelati atque indivisi universae Ecclesiae patrimonii. Ecclesiarum igitur Orientalium, quae huius traditionis testes sunt vivi, sollicitudinem gerens, haec Sancta et Oecumenica Synodus cupiens ut eaedem floreant et novo robore apostolico concreditum sibi munus absolvant, praeter ea quae ad universam spectant Ecclesiam, capita quaedam statuere decrevit, ceteris ad providentiam Synodorum orientalium nec non Sedis Apostolicae remissis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De Ecclesiis Particularibus seu Ritibus"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sancta et catholica Ecclesia, quae est corpus Christi mysticum, constat ex fidelibus, qui eadem fide, iisdem sacramentis et eodem regimine in Spiritu Sancto organice uniuntur, quique in varios coetus hierarchia iunctos coalescentes, particulares Ecclesias seu ritus constituunt. Inter eas mirabilis viget communio, ita ut varietas in Ecclesia nedum eiusdem noceat unitati, eam potius declaret; Ecclesiae enim catholicae hoc propositum est, ut salvae et integrae maneant uniuscuiusque particularis Ecclesiae seu ritus traditiones, eademque pariter vult suam vitae rationem aptare variis temporum locorumque necessitatibus.[2]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Huiusmodi particulares Ecclesiae, tum Orientis tum Occidentis, licet ritibus, ut aiunt, nempe liturgia, ecclesiastica disciplina et patrimonio spirituali partim inter se differant, aequali tamen modo concreduntur pastorali gubernio Romani Pontificis, qui Beato Petro in primatu super universam Ecclesiam divinitus succedit. Eaedem proinde pari pollent dignitate, ita ut nulla earum ceteris praestet ratione ritus, atque iisdem fruuntur iuribus et tenentur obligationibus, etiam quod attinet ad Evangelium praedicandum in universum mundum (cf. Mc. 16, 15), sub moderamine Romani Pontificis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Provideatur igitur ubique terrarum tuitioni atque incremento omnium Ecclesiarum particularium ac propterea constituantur paroeciae atque propria hierarchia, ubi id postulat bonum spirituale fidelium. Hierarchae vero variarum Ecclesiarum particularium in eodem territorio iurisdictionem obtinentes, curent, collatis consiliis in periodicis conventibus, unitatem actionis fovere, et, viribus unitis, communia adiuvare opera, ad bonum religionis expeditius promovendum et cleri disciplinam efficacius tuendam.[3] Clerici omnes et ascendentes ad ordines sacros bene instruantur de ritibus et praesertim de normis practicis in materiis interritualibus, imo et laici in institutione catechetica de ritibus eorumque normis doceantur. Omnes denique et singuli catholici, necnon baptizati cuiusvis Ecclesiae vel communitatis acatholicae ad plenitudinem communionis catholicae convenientes, proprium ubique terrarum retineant ritum eumque colant et pro viribus observent;[4] salvo iure recurrendi ad Sedem Apostolicam in casibus peculiaribus personarum, communitatum, vel regionum, quae, uti suprema relationum interecclesialium arbitra, providebit necessitatibus in spiritu oecumenico, ipsa vel per alias auctoritates, datis opportunis normis, decretis vel rescriptis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De spirituali Ecclesiarum Orientalium patrimonio servando"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Historia, traditiones et plurima ecclesiastica instituta praeclare testantur quantopere de universa Ecclesia Orientales Ecclesiae meritae sint.[5] Quapropter Sancta Synodus patrimonium hoc ecclesiasticum et spirituale non solum aestimatione debita et iusta laude prosequitur sed etiam tamquam patrimonium universae Christi Ecclesiae firmiter considerat. Quamobrem sollemniter declarat, Ecclesias Orientis sicut et Occidentis iure pollere et officio teneri se secundum proprias disciplinas peculiares regendi, utpote quae veneranda antiquitate commendentur, moribus suorum fidelium magis sint congruae atque ad bonum animarum consulendum aptiores videantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sciant ac pro certo habeant omnes Orientales, se suos legitimos ritus liturgicos suamque disciplinam semper servare posse et debere, ac nonnisi ratione proprii et organici progressus mutationes inducendas esse. Haec omnia, igitur, maxima fidelitate ab ipsis Orientalibus observanda sunt; qui quidem harum rerum cognitionem in dies maiorem usumque perfectiorem acquirere debent, et, si ab iis ob temporum vel personarum adiuncta indebite defecerint, ad avitas traditiones redire satagant. Illi vero qui ratione sive muneris, sive apostolici ministerii frequens cum Orientalibus Ecclesiis aut cum earum fidelibus habeant commercium, in cognitione et cultu rituum, disciplinae, doctrinae, historiae atque indolis Orientalium accurate, pro gravitate officii quod gerunt, instituantur.[6] Religionibus vero et associationibus latini ritus, quae in regionibus orientalibus vel inter fideles orientales operam praestant, enixe commendatur, ut, ad maiorem apostolatus efficaciam, domos aut etiam provincias orientalis ritus, quantum fieri potest, constituant.[7]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De Patriarchis Orientalibus"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ab antiquissimis temporibus in Ecclesia viget institutio patriarchalis, iam a primis Synodis Oecumenicis agnita.[8]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nomine vero Patriarchae orientalis venit episcopus, cui competit iurisdictio in omnes episcopos, haud exceptis metropolitis, clerum et populum proprii territorii vel ritus, ad normam iuris et salvo primatu Romani Pontificis.[9]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ubicumque Hierarcha alicuius ritus extra fines territorii patriarchalis constituitur, manet aggregatus hierarchiae patriarchatus eiusdem ritus ad normam iuris."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Patriarchae Ecclesiarum Orientalium, licet alii aliis tempore posteriores, omnes tamen aequales sunt ratione dignitatis patriarchalis, salva inter eos praecedentia honoris legitime statuta.[10]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Secundum antiquissimam Ecclesiae traditionem, singulari honore prosequendi sunt Ecclesiarum Orientalium Patriarchae, quippe qui suo quisque patriarchatui tamquam pater et caput praesint. Ideo statuit haec Sancta Synodus, ut eorum iura atque privilegia instaurentur, iuxta antiquas traditiones uniuscuiusque Ecclesiae et Synodorum Oecumenicarum decreta.[11]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec autem iura et privilegia sunt illa, quae tempore unionis Orientis et Occidentis viguerunt, etsi ad hodiernas conditiones aliquantum aptanda sint. Patriarchae cum suis synodis superiorem constituunt instantiam pro quibusvis negotiis patriarchatus, non secluso iure constituendi novas eparchias atque nominandi episcopos sui ritus intra fines territorii patriarchalis, salvo inalienabili Romani Pontificis iure in singulis casibus interveniendi."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae de Patriarchis sunt dicta, valent etiam, ad normam iuris, de Archiepiscopis maioribus, qui universae cuidam Ecclesiae particulari seu ritui praesunt.[12]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum institutum patriarchale in Ecclesiis Orientalibus sit forma regiminis traditionalis, Sancta et Oecumenica Synodus exoptat ut, ubi opus sit, novi erigantur patriarchatus, quorum constitutio Synodo Oecumenicae vel Romano Pontifici reservatur.[13]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De disciplina sacramentorum"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Veterem disciplinam de sacramentis apud Orientales Ecclesias vigentem, itemque praxim quae ad eorum celebrationem et ministrationem spectat, Sancta Oecumenica Synodus confirmat et laudat, et, si casus ferat, exoptat ut eadem instauretur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Disciplina de ministro S. Chrismatis inde ab antiquissimis temporibus apud Orientales vigens plene instauretur. Idcirco presbyteri hoc sacramentum conferre valent, adhibito Chrismate a patriarcha vel episcopo benedicto.[14]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presbyteri omnes orientales hoc sacramentum, sive una cum Baptismo sive separatim, valide conferre possunt omnibus fidelibus cuiusvis ritus, latino haud excluso, servatis ad liceitatem praescriptis iuris tum communis tum particularis.[15] Presbyteri quoque latini ritus, secundum facultates quibus gaudent circa ministrationem huius sacramenti, valent illud etiam fidelibus Ecclesiarum Orientalium ministrare, sine praeiudicio ritui, servatis quoad liceitatem praescriptis iuris sive communis sive particularis.[16]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fideles obligatione tenentur diebus dominicis et festis interesse divinae liturgiae aut, iuxta praescripta vel consuetudinem proprii ritus, celebrationi divinarum laudum.[17] Quo facilius fideles hanc obligationem adimplere valeant, statuitur tempus utile, pro hoc praecepto adimplendo, decurrere inde a vesperis vigiliae usque ad finem diei Dominicae vel festi.[18] Enixe commendatur fidelibus, ut his diebus, imo frequentius ac vel etiam quotidie, Sacram Eucharistiam suscipiant.[19]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ob quotidianam permixtionem fidelium diversarum particularium Ecclesiarum in eadem regione vel territorio orientali, facultas presbyterorum cuiuscumque ritus excipiendi confessiones, a propriis hierarchis rite et sine ulla restrictione concessa, ad totum territorium extenditur concedentis necnon ad loca et fideles cuiuscumque ritus in eodem territorio, nisi hierarcha loci, quoad loca sui ritus, expresse renuerit.[20]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut antiqua sacramenti Ordinis disciplina in Ecclesiis Orientalibus iterum vigeat, exoptat haec Sancta Synodus, ut institutum diaconatus permanentis, ubi in desuetudinem venerit, instauretur.[21] Quoad subdiaconatum vero et Ordines inferiores eorumque iura et obligationes, provideat Auctoritas legislativa uniuscuiusque Ecclesiae particularis.[22]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad praecavenda matrimonia invalida, quando catholici orientales cum acatholicis orientalibus baptizatis matrimonium ineunt, et ad consulendum nuptiarum firmitati et sanctitati nec non domesticae paci, Sancta Synodus statuit formam canonicam celebrationis pro his matrimoniis obligare tantum ad liceitatem; ad validitatem sufficere praesentiam ministri sacri, servatis aliis de iure servandis.[23]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De cultu divino"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dies festos pro omnibus Ecclesiis Orientalibus communes in posterum constituere, transferre aut supprimere unius est Synodi Oecumenicae vel Sedis Apostolicae. Dies vero festos pro singulis Ecclesiis particularibus constituere, transferre aut supprimere, praeter Apostolicam Sedem, competit Synodis patriarchalibus aut archiepiscopalibus, debita tamen ratione habita totius regionis ceterarumque Ecclesiarum particularium.[24]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Donec perveniatur ad optatam inter omnes christianos conventionem de unico die, quo festivitas Paschatis ab omnibus celebretur, interim ad unitatem inter christianos in eadem regione vel natione degentes fovendam, Patriarchis vel Supremis in loco Auctoritatibus ecclesiasticis committitur, ut, unanimi consensu et collatis consiliis cum iis quorum interest, de festo Paschatis eadem die Dominica celebrando conveniant.[25]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Singuli fideles extra regionem vel territorium proprii ritus versantes, quoad legem de temporibus sacris, ad disciplinam in loco ubi degunt vigentem se plene conformare possunt. In familiis mixti ritus hanc legem servare licet iuxta unum eundemque ritum.[26]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Clerici et religiosi orientales celebrent iuxta propriae disciplinae praescripta et traditiones Laudes Divinas, quae inde ab antiqua aetate magno in honore fuerunt apud omnes Ecclesias Orientales.[27] Fideles quoque, exempla maiorum secuti, in Divinas Laudes pro viribus et devote incumbant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad Patriarcham cum Synodo vel ad Supremam cuiusque Ecclesiae Auctoritatem cum Consilio hierarcharum, ius pertinet moderandi usum linguarum in sacris actionibus liturgicis nec non, facta relatione ad Sedem Apostolicam, probandi versiones textuum in linguam vernaculam.[28]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De conversatione cum fratribus Ecclesiarum seiunctarum"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad Ecclesias Orientales, communionem cum Sede Apostolica Romana habentes, peculiare pertinet munus omnium christianorum unitatem, orientalium praesertim, fovendi, iuxta principia decreti huius S. Synodi «De Oecumenismo», precibus imprimis, vitae exemplis, religiosa erga antiquas traditiones orientales fidelitate, mutua et meliore cognitione, collaboratione ac fraterna rerum animorumque aestimatione.[29]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ab Orientalibus seiunctis, in unitatem catholicam sub influxu gratiae Sancti Spiritus convenientibus, ne plus exigatur quam quod simplex fidei catholicae professio exigit. Et cum apud eos sacerdotium validum servatum sit, clericis orientalibus, in unitatem catholicam convenientibus, facultas est proprium Ordinem exercendi, iuxta normas a competenti Auctoritate statutas.[30]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Communicatio in sacris, quae unitatem Ecclesiae offendit aut formalem errori adhaesionem vel periculum aberrationis in fide, scandali et indifferentismi includit, lege divina prohibetur.[31] Praxis vero pastoralis demonstrat, ad fratres orientales quod spectat, varia considerari posse et debere singularum personarum adiuncta, in quibus nec unitas Ecclesiae laeditur, nec pericula vitanda adsunt, sed necessitas salutis et bonum spirituale animarum urgent. Ideo Ecclesia catholica, pro temporum, locorum et personarum adiunctis, mitiorem saepe adhibuit et adhibet rationem agendi, salutis media et testimonium caritatis inter christianos omnibus praebens, per participationem in sacramentis aliisque in functionibus et rebus sacris. His attentis, Sancta Synodus, «ne impedimento propter sententiae severitatem simus iis qui salvantur»[32] et ad magis fovendam unionem cum Ecclesiis Orientalibus a nobis seiunctis, sequentem agendi rationem statuit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Positis memoratis principiis, Orientalibus, qui bona fide seiuncti inveniuntur ab Ecclesia catholica, si sponte petant et rite sint dispositi, sacramenta Poenitentiae, Eucharistiae et Unctionis Infirmorum conferri possunt; imo, etiam catholicis eadem sacramenta licet petere ab iis ministris acatholicis, in quorum Ecclesia habentur valida sacramenta, quotiescumque id necessitas aut vera spiritualis utilitas suadeat, et accessus ad sacerdotem catholicum physice vel moraliter impossibilis evadat.[33]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Item, positis iisdem principiis, communicatio in sacris functionibus, rebus et locis inter catholicos et fratres seiunctos orientales iusta de causa permittitur.[34]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec mitior communicationis in sacris cum fratribus Ecclesiarum Orientalium seiunctarum ratio vigilantiae et moderamini hierarcharum locorum committitur, ut, collatis inter se consiliis, et, si casus ferat, auditis etiam hierarchis Ecclesiarum seiunctarum, opportunis efficacibusque praeceptis et normis christianorum moderentur conversationem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Magnopere laetatur Sancta Synodus de fructuosa et actuosa collaboratione Orientalium et Occidentalium Ecclesiarum Catholicarum, simulque declarat: hae omnes iuris dispositiones pro praesentibus conditionibus statuuntur, usquedum Ecclesia catholica et Ecclesiae Orientales seiunctae ad plenitudinem communionis convenient."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Interim tamen omnes christiani, Orientales nec non Occidentales, enixe rogantur, ut ferventes atque assiduas, imo quotidianas preces Deo fundant ut, Sanctissima Deipara auxiliante, omnes unum fiant. Orent quoque, ut tot christianis cuiuscumque Ecclesiae, qui, strenue profitentes Christi nomen, patiuntur et angustiantur, Spiritus Sancti Paracliti adfluat plenitudo confortationis et solatii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnes caritate fraternitatis invicem diligamus, honore invicem praevenientes.[35]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec omnia et singula quae in hoc Decreto edicta sunt, placuerunt Sacrosancti Concilii Patribus. Et Nos, Apostolica a Christo Nobis tradita potestate, illa, una cum Venerabilibus Patribus, in Spiritu Sancto approbamus, decernimus ac statuimus et quae ita synodaliter statuta sunt ad Dei gloriam promulgari iubemus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Romae, apud S. Petrum die XXI mensis Novembris anno MCMLXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS Catholicae Ecclesiae Episcopus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur Patrum subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VACATIO LEGIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pro Decreto De Ecclesiis Orientalibus Catholicis Summus Pontifex statuit vacationem legis duorum mensium, facta tamen facultate Patriarchis illam iusta de causa reducendi vel prorogandi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† PERICLES FELICI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Archiepiscopus tit. SamosatensisSs. Concilii Secretarius Generalis"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Patrum subsignationes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EUGENIUS Episcopus Ostiensis ac Portuensis et S. Rufinae Cardinalis TISSERANT, Sacri Collegii Decanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus Albanensis Cardinalis PIZZARDO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENEDICTUS Episcopus Praenestinus Cardinalis ALOISI MASELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HAMLETUS IOANNES Episcopus tit. Tusculanus Cardinalis CICOGNANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus tit. Sabinensis et Mandelensis Cardinalis FERRETTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EMMANUEL titulo Ss. Marcellini et Petri Presbyter Cardinalis GONÇALVES CEREJEIRA, Patriarcha Lisbonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS GABRIEL titulo Basilicae XII Apostolorum Presbyter Cardinalis TAPPOUNI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Syrorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IACOBUS ALOISIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Damaso Prsbyter Cardinalis COPELLO, S. R. E. Cancellarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PETRUS titulo Ssmae Trinitatis in Monte Pincio Presbyter Cardinalis GERLIER, Archiepiscopus Lugdunensis et Viennensis, Primas Galliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GREGORIUS PETRUS titulo Ss. Bartholomaei in insula Presbyter Cardinalis AGAGIANIAN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego NORMANNUS THOMAS titulo Ss. Quattuor Coronatorum Presbyter Cardinalis GILROY, Archiepiscopus Sydneyensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis ante Portam Latinam Presbyter Cardinalis FRINGS, Archiepiscopus Coloniensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS titulo S. Sabinae Presbyter Cardinalis RUFFINI, Archiepiscopus Panormitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Panisperna Presbyter Cardinalis CAGGIANO, Archiepiscopus Bonaërensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PETRUS titulo S. Laurentii in Lucina Presbyter Cardinalis CIRIACI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo S. Mariae de Pace Presbyter Cardinalis FELTIN, Archiepiscopus Parisiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo S. Mariae in Transpontina Presbyter Cardinalis LERCARO, Archiepiscopus Bononiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS titulo S. Mariae trans Tiberim Presbyter Cardinalis WYSZYNSKI, Archiepiscopus Gnesnensis et Varsaviensis, Primas Poloniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Augustini Presbyter Cardinalis QUIROGA Y PALACIOS, Archiepiscopus Compostellanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS AEMILIUS titulo S. Mariae Angelorum in Thermis Presbyter Cardinalis LEGER, Archiepiscopus Marianopolitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Mariae Novae Presbyter Cardinalis CONCHA, Archiepiscopus Bogotensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Priscae Presbyter Cardinalis DA COSTA NUNES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego HILDEBRANDUS titulo S. Sebastiani ad Catacumbas Presbyter Cardinalis ANTONIUTTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego EPHRAEM titulo S. Crucis in Hierusalem Presbyter Cardinalis FORNI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Mariae de Aracoeli Presbyter Cardinalis LANDAZURI RICKETTS, Archiepiscopus Limanus, Primas Peruviae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RADULFUS titulo S. Bernardi ad Thermas Presbyter Cardinalis SILVA HENRIQUEZ, Archiepiscopus S. Iacobi in Chile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO IOSEPHUS titulo S. Petri ad Vincula Presbyter Cardinalis SUENENS, Archiepiscopus Mechliniensis-Bruxellensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALAPHRIDUS S. Mariae in Domnica Protodiaconus Cardinalis OTTAVIANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALBERTUS S. Pudentianae Diaconus Cardinalis DI JORIO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS S. Mariae in Cosmedin Diaconus Cardinalis ROBERTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ARCADIUS SS. Blasii et Caroli ad Catinarios Diaconus Cardinalis LARRAONA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS SS. Cosmae et Damiani Diaconus Cardinalis MORANO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUILLELMUS THEODORUS S. Theodori in Palatio Diaconus Cardinalis HEARD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego AUGUSTINUS S. Sabae Diaconus Cardinalis BEA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ANTONIUS S. Eugenii Diaconus Cardinalis BACCI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRATER MICHAEL S. Pauli Apostoli in Arenula Diaconus Cardinalis BROWNE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOACHIM ANSELMUS S. Apollinaris Diaconus Cardinalis ALBAREDA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS I SIDAROUSS, Patriarcha Alexandrinus Coptorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAXIMUS IV SAIGH, Patriarcha Antiochenus Melchitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS PETRUS MEOUCHI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Maronitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALBERTUS GORI, Patriarcha Hierosolymitanus Latinorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS II CHEIKHO, Patriarcha Babylonensis Chaldaeorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EX ACTIS SS. OECUMENICI CONCILII VATICANI II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTIFICATIONES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Factae ab Exc.mo Secretario Generali Ss. Concilii in Congregatione Generali CXXIII diei XVI Nov. MCMLXIV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quaesitum est quaenam esse debeat qualificatio theologica doctrinae, quae in Schemate de Ecclesia exponitur et suffragationi subicitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Commissio Doctrinalis quaesito responsionem dedit, in expendendis Modis spectantibus ad caput tertium Schematis de Ecclesia, hisce verbis:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Ut de se patet, textus Concilii semper secundum regulas generales, ab omnibus cognitas, interpretandus est\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qua occasione Commissio Doctrinalis remittit ad suam Declarationem 6 martii 1964, cuius textum hic transcribimus:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Ratione habita moris conciliaris ac praesentis Concilii finis pastoralis, haec S. Synodus ea tantum de rebus fidei vel morum ab Ecclesia tenenda definit, quae ut talia aperte ipsa declaraverit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cetera autem, quae S. Synodus proponit, utpote Supremi Ecclesiae Magisterii doctrinam, omnes ac singuli christifideles excipere et amplecti debent iuxta ipsius S. Synodi mentem, quae sive ex subiecta materia sive ex dicendi ratione innotescit, secundum normas theologicae interpretationis\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Superiore dein Auctoritate communicatur Patribus nota explicativa praevia ad Modos circa caput tertium Schematis de Ecclesia, ad cuius notae mentem atque sententiam explicari et intelligi debet doctrina in eodem capite tertio exposita."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nota explicativa praevia"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Commissio statuit expensioni Modorum sequentes observationes generales praemittere."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Collegium non intelligitur sensu stricte iuridico, scilicet de coetu aequalium, qui potestatem suam praesidi suo demandarent, sed de coetu stabili, cuius structura et auctoritas ex Revelatione deduci debent. Quapropter in Responsione ad Modum 12 explicite de Duodecim dicitur quod Dominus eos constituit \"ad modum collegii seu coetus stabilis\". Cf etiam Mod. 53, c. - Ob eandem rationem, de Collegio Episcoporum passim etiam adhibentur vocabula Ordo vel Corpus. Parallelismus inter Petrum ceterosque Apostolos ex una parte, et Summum Pontificem et Episcopos ex altera parte, non implicat transmissionem potestatis extraordinariae Apostolorum ad successores eorum, neque, uti patet, aequalitatem inter Caput et membra Collegii, sed solam proportionalitatem inter primam relationem (Petrus - Apostoli) et alteram (Papa - Episcopi). Unde Commissio statuit scribere in n. 22: non eadem sed pari ratione. Cf Modum 57."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aliquis fit membrum Collegii vi consecrationis episcopalis et communione hierarchica cum Collegii Capite atque membris. Cf n. 22, § 1 in fine. In consecratione datur ontologica participatio sacrorum munerum, ut indubie constat ex Traditione, etiam liturgica. Consulto adhibetur vocabulum munerum, non vero potestatum, quia haec ultima vox de potestate ad actum expedita intelligi posset. Ut vero talis expedita potestas habeatur, accedere debet canonica seu iuridica determinatio per auctoritatem hierarchicam. Quae determinatio potestatis consistere potest in concessione particularis officii vel in assignatione subditorum, et datur iuxta normas a suprema auctoritate adprobatas. Huiusmodi ulterior norma ex natura rei requiritur, quia agitur de muneribus quae a pluribus subiectis, hierarchice ex voluntate Christi cooperantibus, exerceri debent. Evidens est quod haec \"communio\" in vita Ecclesiae secundum adiuncta temporum applicata est, priusquam in iure velut codificata fuerit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter signanter dicitur, requiri hierarchicam communionem cum Ecclesiae Capite atque membris. Communio est notio quae in antiqua Ecclesia (sicut etiam hodie praesertim in Oriente) in magno honore habetur. Non intelligitur autem de vago quodam affectu, sed de realitate organica, quae iuridicam formam exigit et simul caritate animatur. Unde Commissio, fere unanimi consensu, scribendum esse statuit: \"in hierarchica communione\". Cf Modum 40 et etiam illa quae dicuntur de missione canonica, sub n. 24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Documenta recentiorum Summorum Pontificum circa iurisdictionem Episcoporum interpretanda sunt de hac necessaria determinatione potestatum."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Collegium, quod sine Capite non datur, dicitur: \"subiectum quoque supremae ac plenae potestatis in universam Ecclesiam existere\". Quod necessario admittendum est, ne plenitudo potestatis Romani Pontificis in discrimen poneretur. Collegium enim necessario et semper Caput suum cointelligit, quod in Collegio integrum servat suum munus Vicarii Christi et Pastoris Ecclesiae universalis. Aliis verbis distinctio non est inter Romanum Pontificem et Episcopos collective sumptos, sed inter Romanum Pontificem seorsim et Romanum Pontificem simul cum Episcopis. Quia vero Summus Pontifex est Caput Collegii, ipse solus quosdam actus facere potest, qui Episcopis nullo modo competunt, v. gr. Collegium convocare et dirigere, normas actionis approbare, etc. Cf Modum 81. Ad iudicium Summi Pontificis, cui cura totius gregis Christi commissa est, spectat, secundum necessitates Ecclesiae decursu temporum variantes, determinare modum quo haec cura actuari conveniat, sive modo personali, sive modo collegiali. Romanus Pontifex ad collegiale exercitium ordinandum, promovendum, approbandum, intuitu boni Ecclesiae, secundum propriam discretionem procedit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Summus Pontifex, utpote Pastor Supremus Ecclesiae, suam potestatem omni tempore ad placitum exercere potest, sicut ab ipso suo munere requiritur. Collegium vero, licet semper exsistat, non propterea permanenter actione stricte collegiali agit, sicut ex Traditione Ecclesiae constat. Aliis verbis non semper est \"in actu pleno\", immo nonnisi per intervalla actu stricte collegiali agit et nonnisi consentiente Capite. Dicitur autem \"consentiente Capite\", ne cogitetur de dependentia velut ab aliquo extraneo; terminus \"consentiens\" evocat e contra communionem inter Caput et membra, et implicat necessitatem actus qui Capiti proprie competit. Res affirmatur explicite in n. 22, § 2 et explicatur ibid., in fine. Formula negativa \"nonnisi\" omnes casus comprehendit: unde evidens est quod normae a suprema Auctoritate approbatae semper observari debent. Cf Modum 84."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In omnibus autem apparet quod agitur de coniunctione Episcoporum cum Capite suo, numquam vero de actione Episcoporum independenter a Papa. In quo casu, deficiente actione Capitis, Episcopi agere ut Collegium nequeunt, sicut ex notione \"Collegii\" patet. Haec hierarchica communio omnium Episcoporum cum Summo Pontifice in Traditione certe solemnis est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "N.B. Sine communione hierarchica munus sacramentale-ontologicum, quod distinguendum est ab aspectu canonico-iuridico, exerceri non potest. Commissio autem censuit non intrandum esse in quaestiones de liceitate et validitate, quae relinquuntur disceptationi theologorum, in specie quod attinet ad potestatem quae de facto apud Orientales seiunctos exercetur, et de cuius explicatione variae exstant sententiae\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis"
            }
          ]
        },
        "pt": {
          "code": "pt",
          "label": "Português",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19641121_orientalium-ecclesiarum_po.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-116-vat-ii_decree_19641121_orientalium-ecclesiarum_po.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO ORIENTALIUM ECCLESIARUM SOBRE AS IGREJAS ORIENTAIS CATÓLICAS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROÉMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estima das Igrejas Orientais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja católica aprecia as instituições, os ritos litúrgicos, as tradições eclesiásticas e a disciplina cristã das Igrejas Orientais. Com efeito, ilustres em razão da sua veneranda antiguidade, nelas brilha aquela tradição que vem dos Apóstolos através dos Padres(1) e quê constitui parte do património divinamente revelado e indiviso da Igreja universal. Por isso, no exercício da sua solicitude pelas Igrejas Orientais, que são vivas testemunhas desta tradição, este sagrado e ecuménico Concílio, desejando que elas floresçam e realizem com novo vigor apostólico a missão que lhes foi confiada, decidiu estabelecer alguns pontos, além daquilo que diz respeito à Igreja universal, deixando o restante à providência dos Sínodos orientais e da Sé Apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "AS IGREJAS PARTICULARES OU RITOS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diversidade de ritos na unidade da Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A santa Igreja católica, Corpo místico de Cristo, consta de fiéis que se unem orgânicamente no Espírito Santo pela mesma fé, pelos mesmos sacramentos e pelo mesmo regime. Juntando-se em vários grupos unidos pela Hierarquia, constituem as igrejas particulares ou os ritos. Entre elas vigora admirável comunhão, de tal forma que a variedade na Igreja, longe de prejudicar-lhe a unidade, antes a manifesta. Pois esta é a intenção da Igreja católica: que permaneçam salvas e íntegras as tradições de cada igreja particular ou rito. E ela mesma quer igualmente adaptar a sua forma de vida às várias necessidades dos tempos e lugares (2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Submissão ao Romano Pontífice"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tais igrejas particulares, tanto do Oriente como do Ocidente, embora difiram parcialmente entre si em virtude dos ritos, isto é, pela liturgia, disciplina eclesiástica e património espiritual, são, todavia, de igual modo confiadas o governo pastoral do Pontífice Romano, que por instituição divina sucede ao bem-aventurado Pedro no primado sobre a Igreja universal. Por isso, elas gozam de dignidade igual, de modo que nenhuma delas precede as outras em razão do rito; gozam dos mesmos direitos e têm as mesmas obrigações, mesmo no que diz respeito à pregação do Evangelho em todo o mundo (cfr. Mc. 16,15), sob a direcção do Pontífice Romano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Protecção e desenvolvimento"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proveja-se, portanto, no mundo inteiro, à tutela e ao incremento de todas as igrejas particulares. E onde for necessário para o bem espiritual dos fiéis, constituam-se paróquias e hierarquia própria. Mas os hierarcas das várias igrejas particulares com jurisdição no mesmo território procurem, mediante encontros periódicos, favorecer a unidade de acção; e unindo as forças, ajudem as obras comuns, a fim de promover mais desimpedidamente o bem da religião e proteger mais eficazmente a disciplina do clero (3). Todos os clérigos e os que vão ascendendo às Ordens sacras sejam bem instruídos acerca dos ritos e principalmente das normas práticas nas matérias inter-rituais; e até mesmo os leigos, na instrução catequética, sejam instruídos acerca dos ritos e suas normas. Enfim, todos e cada um dos católicos, bem como os baptizados de qualquer igreja ou comunidade acatólica que ingressarem na plenitude da comunhão católica, conservem em toda a parte o próprio rito, e observem-no na medida do possível (4). Fica, todavia, salvo o direito de recorrer em casos peculiares de pessoas, comunidades ou regiões à Sé Apostólica; esta, na qualidade de árbitro supremo das relações inter-eclesiais, proverá às necessidades com espírito ecuménico, por si mesma ou através de outras autoridades, dando as oportunas normas, decretos ou rescritos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A CONSERVAÇÃO DO PATRIMÓNIO ESPIRITUAL DAS IGREJAS ORIENTAIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A disciplina oriental, património da Igreja de Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A história, as tradições e muitas instituições eclesiásticas claramente atestam quanto mereceram as Igrejas Orientais em relação à Igreja universal (5). Por isso, o sagrado Concílio não só honra este património eclesiástico e espiritual com a estimação devida e com o justo louvor, mas também o considera firmemente como património da Igreja universal de Cristo. Por esta razão, declara solenemente que tanto as Igrejas do Oriente como as do Ocidente possuem o direito e têm o dever de se regerem segundo as próprias disciplinas peculiares, enquanto se recomendam por veneranda antiguidade, são mais conformes aos costumes de seus fiéis e resultam mais aptas a buscar o bem das almas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conservação e restauração das antigas tradições"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Saibam e tenham por certo todos os Orientais que sempre podem e devem observar os seus legítimos ritos litúrgicos e a sua disciplina; e que não serão introduzidas modificações a não ser em razão de um progresso próprio e orgânico. Tudo isto, pois, deve ser observado pelos próprios Orientais com a maior fidelidade. E de tudo isto devem eles adquirir um conhecimento cada vez maior e uma prática cada vez mais perfeita. E se indevidamente os abandonaram em vista das circunstâncias de tempos ou pessoas, procurem regressar às tradições ancestrais. Aqueles, porém, que, por motivos do ofício ou do ministério apostólico, têm contacto frequente com as Igrejas Orientais ou seus fiéis, busquem um melhor conhecimento e prática dos ritos, da disciplina, da doutrina, da história e da índole dos Orientais, de acordo com a importância do cargo que exercem(6). Recomenda-se com empenho às Ordens e Associações de rito latino que trabalham nos países do Oriente ou entre os fiéis orientais, que, para maior eficácia do apostolado, estabeleçam, na medida do possível, casas ou mesmo províncias de rito oriental (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "OS PATRIARCAS ORIENTAIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natureza e jurisdição"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Desde antiquíssimos tempos vigora na Igreja a instituição do Patriarcado, já reconhecida pelos primeiros Concílios ecuménicos (8). Pelo nome de Patriarca oriental entende-se o Bispo que no próprio território ou rito tem a jurisdição sobre todos os Bispos, não exceptuados os Metropolitas, sobre o clero e o povo, de acordo com a norma do direito e salvo o primado do Romano Pontífice (9). Onde quer que se constitua, fora dos limites do território patriarcal, um hierarca de algum rito, permanece ele agregado à hierarquia do Patriarcado do mesmo rito, de acordo com as normas do direito."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Igualdade entre eles na dignidade"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Embora posteriores uns aos outros no tempo, os Patriarcas das Igrejas Orientais são, no entanto, todos iguais em razão da dignidade patriarcal, salva a precedência de honra legitimamente estatuída entre eles (10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Restabelecimento de seus direitos e privilégios"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Segundo a antiquíssima tradição da Igreja, singulares honras devem ser atribuídas aos Patriarcas das Igrejas Orientais, pois cada um deles preside, como pai e cabeça, ao seu Patriarcado. Por isso, estabelece este sagrado Concílio que se restaurem os seus direitos e privilégios, de acordo com as antigas tradições de cada Igreja e os decretos dos Concílios Ecuménicos (11). Estes direitos e privilégios são os que vigoravam ao tempo da união do Oriente e Ocidente, embora devam ser um pouco adaptados às condições hodiernas. Os Patriarcas com os seus sínodos constituem a instância suprema para todos os assuntos do Patriarcado, não excluído o direito de constituir novas eparquias e de nomear Bispos do seu rito dentro dos limites do território patriarcal, salvo o direito inalienável do Romano Pontífice de intervir em cada caso."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Arcebispos maiores"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O que foi dito dos Patriarcas vale também, de acordo com as normas do direito, para os Arcebispos maiores, que presidem a toda uma Igreja particular ou rito (12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Erecção de novos patriarcados"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sendo a instituição Patriarcal nas Igrejas Orientais a forma tradicional do regime, o sagrado e ecuménico Concílio deseja que, onde for necessário, se erijam novos Patriarcados, cuja constituição é reservada ao Concílio Ecuménico ou ao Romano Pontífice (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A DISCIPLINA DOS SACRAMENTOS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conservação e restauração da disciplina oriental"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio Ecuménico confirma, louva e, quando necessário, deseja muito que seja restaurada a antiga disciplina sacramentária vigente nas Igrejas Orientais, bem como a praxe da sua celebração e administração."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O ministro da Confirmação"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seja plenamente restaurada a disciplina referente ao ministro da Confirmação vigente entre os Orientais desde os tempos antigos. Por isso, os presbíteros podem conferir este sacramento com o crisma benzido pelo Patriarca ou pelo Bispo (14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos os presbíteros orientais podem administrar este sacramento a todos os fiéis de qualquer rito, sem exceptuar o latino, quer juntamente com o Baptismo, quer separadamente, observando, porém, o que para sua liceidade é prescrito pelo direito comum ou particular (15). Também os presbíteros de rito latino, segundo as faculdades que receberam para a administração deste sacramento, podem administrá-lo aos fiéis das Igrejas Orientais sem prejuízo do rito, observadas, porém, as prescrições de direito comum ou particular no que toca à liceidade (16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Sagrada Eucaristia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os fiéis estão obrigados nos domingos e dias de festa a participar na divina liturgia, ou, segundo as prescrições ou costumes do próprio rito, na celebração do Ofício divino (17). E para que mais fàcilmente possam cumprir esta obrigação, estabelece-se que o tempo útil para o cumprimento deste preceito decorre a partir da tarde da vigília até ao fim do domingo ou da festa (18). Com empenho se recomenda aos fiéis que nestes dias, ou até mais frequentemente, ou mesmo diàriamente, recebam a sagrada Eucaristia (19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Ministro da Penitência"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devido ao convívio diário dos fiéis das diversas igrejas particulares numa mesma região ou território oriental, a faculdade dos presbíteros de qualquer rito para ouvir confissões, concedida legitimamente e sem nenhuma restrição pelos próprios hierarcas, estende-se a todo o território daquele que concede e também aos lugares e fiéis de qualquer rito no mesmo território, a não ser que isso seja negado pelo hierarca do lugar no que diz respeito aos lugares de seu próprio rito (20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O diaconato e as ordens inferiores"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que a antiga disciplina do Sacramento da Ordem vigore novamente nas Igrejas Orientais, deseja este sagrado Concílio que a instituição do diaconado permanente seja restaurad"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a onde caiu em desuso (21). Quanto ao subdiaconado e às ordens menores, providencie a autoridade legislativa de cada igreja particular (22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os matrimônios mistos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para evitar matrimónios inválidos quando católicos orientais casam com acatólicos orientais baptizados, e para garantir a indissolubilidade e santidade dos casamentos e a paz doméstica, o sagrado Concílio estabelece que a forma canónica de celebração para estes matrimónios obriga tão sòmente para a liceidade. Para a validade, é suficiente a presença de um ministro sagrado, observando-se o que por direito deve ser observado (23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O CULTO DIVINO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os dias festivos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De futuro, competirá unicamente ao Concílio Ecuménico ou à Sé Apostólica constituir, transferir ou suprimir dias de festas comuns a todas as Igrejas Orientais. Além da Santa Sé, todavia, compete também aos Sínodos patriarcais e arquiepiscopais constituir, transferir ou suprimir os dias de festa para cada igreja particular, tendo-se, porém, na devida consideração, toda a região e as outras igrejas particulares (24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A data da Páscoa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enquanto não se chegar ao desejado acordo entre todos os cristãos acerca de um único dia em que seja celebrada por todos a festa da Páscoa, para favorecer a unidade entre os que vivem numa mesma região ou nação, confia-se aos Patriarcas ou às supremas autoridades do lugar que, por consenso unânime e depois de ouvidas as opiniões dos interessados, convenham sobre a celebração da festa da Páscoa no mesmo domingo (25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O ciclo litúrgico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os fiéis que residem fora da região ou território do próprio rito, podem, acerca da lei dos tempos sagrados, conformar-se inteiramente com a disciplina vigente no lugar onde moram. Nas famílias de rito mixto, é lícito observar essa lei segundo um mesmo e único rito (26)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O ofício litúrgico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os clérigos e religiosos orientais celebrem segundo os preceitos e as tradições da própria disciplina o Ofício divino, que desde antiga data era tido em grande honra por todas as Igrejas Orientais (27). Seguindo o exemplo dos antepassados, os fiéis, na medida do possível, participem devotamente no Ofício divino."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O uso das línguas vernáculas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ao Patriarca com o Sínodo, ou à suprema autoridade de cada igreja com o conselho dos hierarcas compete o direito de regular o uso das línguas nas cerimónias litúrgicas, bem como, depois de comunicar à Sé Apostólica, aprovar as versões dos textos em língua vernácula (28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A CONVIVÊNCIA COM OS IRMÃOS DAS IGREJAS SEPARADAS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importância das Igrejas orientais no movimento ecuménico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As Igrejas Orientais que vivem em comunhão com a Sé Apostólica de Roma compete a peculiar obrigação de favorecer, sgundo os princípios do decreto sobre o Ecumenismo deste sagrado Concílio, a unidade de todos os cristãos, principalmente dos Orientais, sobretudo pela oração e pelo exemplo de vida, pela fidelidade religiosa para com as antigas tradições orientais, pelo melhor conhecimento mútuo, pela colaboração e estima fraterna das instituições e das mentalidades (29)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A incorporação dos irmãos separados"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dos Orientais separados que, sob o influxo da graça do Espírito Santo, se encaminham à unidade católica, não se exija mais que a simples profissão de fé católica. E já que entre eles se conservou o sacerdócio válido, aos clérigos orientais que entram para a unidade católica dê-se a faculdade de exercerem a própria Ordem, segundo as normas estatuídas pela competente autoridade (30)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A «communicatio in sacris»"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A communicatio in sacris que ofende a unidade da Igreja ou inclui adesão formal ao erro ou perigo de aberração na fé, de escândalo e de indiferentismo, é proibida por lei divina (31). Mas a praxe pastoral demonstra, com relação aos irmãos orientais, que se podem e devem considerar as várias circunstâncias das pessoas nas quais nem é lesada a unidade da Igreja, nem há perigos a evitar, mas urgem a necessidade de salvação e o bem espiritual das almas. Por isso, a Igreja católica, consideradas as circunstâncias de tempos, lugares e pessoas, muitas vezes tem usado e usa de modos de agir mais suaves, a todos dando os meios de salvação e o testemunho de caridade entre os cristãos através da participação nos sacramentos e em outras funções e coisas sagradas. Considerado tudo isso, o sagrado Concílio, «para não sermos, devido à severidade da sentença, impedimento para aqueles que se salvam» (32) e para mais e mais favorecer a união com as Igrejas Orientais separadas de nós, estabelece a seguinte norma:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De harmonia com estes princípios, podem ser conferidos aos Orientais que de boa fé se acham separados da Igreja católica, quando espontâneamente pedem a estão bem dispostos, os sacramentos da Penitência, Eucaristia e Unção dos enfermos. Também aos católicos é permitido pedir os mesmos sacramentos aos ministros acatólicos em cuja Igreja haja sacramentos válidos, sempre que a necessidade ou a verdadeira utilidade espiritual o aconselhar e o acesso ao sacerdote católico se torne física ou moralmente impossível (33)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Supostos estes mesmos princípios, permite-se, igualmente por justa causa, a communicatio nas funções sagradas, coisas e lugares entre católicos e irmãos separados orientais (34)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta norma mais suave da communicatio in sacris com os irmãos das Igrejas Orientais separadas, é confiada à vigilância e à moderação dos hierarcas locais, de forma que, ouvindo-se mutuamente, e, quando for o caso, ouvindo também os hierarcas das Igrejas separadas, regulem com oportunos e eficazes preceitos e normas a convivência entre cristãos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSÃO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Colaboração na consecução da unidade"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Muito se alegra este sagrado Concílio pela frutuosa e activa colaboração entre as Igrejas católicas Orientais e Ocidentais, e ao mesmo tempo declara: todas estas disposições do direito se estabelecem em função das presentes condições até quando a Igreja católica e as Igrejas Orientais separadas se encontrarem na plenitude da comunhão."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por ora, contudo, todos os cristãos, orientais e ocidentais, são vivamente exortados a que façam fervorosas, frequentes e mesmo quotidianas orações a Deus para que, com o auxílio da Santíssima Mãe de Deus, todos sejam um. Peçam ainda que aflua a plenitude do conforto e da consolação do Espírito Paráclito a tantos cristãos de toda a Igreja que, confessando corajosamente o nome de Cristo, sofrem è se angustiam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que nos amemos todos uns aos outros com caridade fraterna, porfiando em honrar-nos mutuamente (35)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, 21 de Novembro de 1964."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAPA PAULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Leão XIII, Carta Apost. Orientalium dignitas, 30 nov. 1894: Acta Leonis XIII, vol. XIV, p. 201-202."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Leão IX, Carta In terra pax, ano 1053: «ut enim»; Inocêncio III, V Concilio Lateranense, ano 1215, cap. V: «Licet graecos»; Carta Inter quatuor, 2 ago. 1206: «Postulasti postmodum»; Inocéncio IV, Carta Cum de cetero, 27 ago. 1247; Carta Sub Catholicae, 6 março 1254, proémio; Nicolau III, Instrução Istud est memoriale, 9 out. 1278; Leão X, Carta Apost. Accepimus nuper, 18 maio 1521; Paulo III, Carta Apost. Dudum, 23 dez. 1534; Pio IV, Const. Romanus Pontifex, 16 fev. 1564, § 5; Clemente VIII, Const. Magnus Dominus, 23 dez. 1595, § 10; Paulo V, Const. Solet circunspecta, 10 dez. 1615, § 3; Bento XIV, Carta Encicl. Demandatam, 24 dez. 1743, § 3; Carta Encícl. Allatae sunt, 26 jun. 1755 §§ 3, 6-19, 32; Pio VI, Encicl. Catholicae Communionis, 24 maio 1787; Pio IX, Carta In suprema, 6 jan. 1848, § 3; Carta Apost. Ecclesiam Christi, 26 nov. 1853; Const. Romani Pontificis, 6 jan. 1862; Leão XIII, Carta Apost. Praeclara, 20 jun. 1894, n\" 7; Carta Apost. Orientalium dignitas, 30 nov. 1894, proémio; etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 jun. 1957, cân. 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pio XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 jun. 1957, cân. 8; «sine licentia Sedis Apostolicae», seguindo a praxe dos séculos precedentes; igualmente, quanto aos baptizados acatólicos, lê-se no cân. 11: «ritum quem maluerint amplecti possunt»; no texto aduzido dispõe-se de modo positivo a observãncia do rito para toda a gente e em toda a parte."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Leão XIII, Carta Apost. Orientalium dignitas, 30 nov. 1894; Carta Apost. Praeclara, 20 jun. 1894, e os documentos referidos na nota n° 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Bento XV, Motu proprio Orientis catholici, 15 out. 1917; Pio XI, Encicl. Rerum orientalium, 8 set. 1928, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A praxe da Igreja católica nos tempos de Pio XI, Pio XII e João XXIII demonstra abundantemente este movimento."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. I Conc. Niceno, cân. 6; I Conc. Constantinopolitano, cân. 2 e 3; Conc. Calcedonense, cân. 28; cân. 9; IV Conc. Constantinopolitano, cân. 17; cân. 21; IV Conc. Lateranense, cân. 5; cân. 30; Conc. Florentino, Decretum pro graecis; etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. I Conc. Niceno, cân. 6; I Conc. Constantinopolitano, cân. 3; IV Conc. Constantinopolitano, cân. 17; Pio XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, cân. 216, § 2, 11."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nos Concílios Ecumênicos: I Conc. Niceno, cân. 6; I Conc. Constantinopolitano, cân. 3; IV Conc. Constantinopolitano, cân. 21; IV Conc. Lateranense, cân. 5; Conc. Florentino, Decretam pro graecis, 6 jul. 1439, § 9. Cfr. Pio XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 jun. 1957, cân. 219, etc.."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. nota 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Efesino, cân. 8; Clemente VIII, Decet Romanum Pontificem, 23 fev. 1596: Pio VII, Carta Apost. In universalis Ecclesiae, 22 fev. 1807; Pio XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 jun. 1957, cân. 324-327; Conc. Cartaginense, ano 419, cân. 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Cartaginense, ano 419, cân. 17 e 57; Conc. Calcedonense, ano 451, cân. 12; S. Inocêncio I, Carta Et onus et honor, a. c. 415: «Nam quid sciscitaris»; S. Nicolau I, Carta Ad consulta vestra, 13 nov. 866: «a quo sutem»; Inocêncio III, Carta Rex regam, 25 fev. 1204; Leão XII, Const. Apost. Petrus Apostolorum Princeps, 15 ago. 1824; Leão XIII, Carta Apost. Christi Domini, ano 1895; Pio XII, Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 jun. 1957, cân. 159."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Inocêncio IV, Carta Sub catholicae, 6 março 1254, § 3, n. 4; II Conc. Lugdunense, ano 1274 (profissão de fé de Miguel Paleólogo oferecida a Gregório X) ; Eugênio IV, no Conc. Florentino, Const. Exsultate Deo, 22 nov. 1439, § 11; Clemente VIII, Instrução Sanctissimus, 31 ago. 1595; Bento XIV, Const. Etsi pastoralis, 26 maio 1742, § 2, n.o 1, § 3, n.° 1, etc.; Conc. Laodicense, ano 347-381, cân. 48; Sínodo Sisen. dos Arménios, ano 1342; Sínodo Libanense dos Maronitas, ano 1736, P. II, cap. III, n.° 2, e outros Sínodos particulares."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Instrução do Santo Oficio (ao Bispo de Scepusien.), ano 1783; Propaganda Fide (para os Coptas), 15 março 1790, n° XIII: Decr. 6 out. 1863, C, a; Igreja Oriental, 1 maio 1948: Santo Oficio, resp. 22 abril 1896 com a carta de 19 maio 1896."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C.I.C., cân. 782, § 4. Decreto para a Igreja Oriental «De sacramento Confirmationis administrando etiam fidelibus orientalibus a presbyteris latini ritus qui hoc indulto gaudeant pro fidelibus sai ritus», 1 maio 1948."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Laodicense, ano 347-381, cân. 29; S. Nicéforo C. P„ cap. 14, Sín. Duinen. dos Armênios, ano 719, cân. 31; S. Teodoro Estudita, serm. 21; S. Nicolau I, carta Ad consulta vestra, 13 nov. 866: «In quorum Apostolorum»; «Nosse cupitis»; «Quod interrogatis»; «Praeterea consulitis»; «Si die Dominico»; e os Sínodos particulares."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Há algo de novo, ao menos onde vigora a obrigação de ouvir a sagrada liturgia; de resto, concorda com o dia litúrgico entre os orientais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19 Cfr. Canones Apostolorum, 8 e 9; Sín. Antioqueno, ano 341, cân. 2; Timóteo Alexandrino, interrog. 3; Inocêncio III, Const. Quia divinae, 4 jan. 1215; e muitos Sinodos particulares mais recentes das Igrejas orientais."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Salva a territorialidade da jurisdição, o cân. pretende providenciar, para bem das almas, à pluralidade de jurisdição no mesmo território."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. I Conc. Niceno, cân. 18; Sín. Neocesarense, ano 314-325, cân. 12; Sin. Sardicense, ano 343, cân. 8; S. Leão M., Carta Omnium quidem, 13 jan. 444; Conc. Calcedonense, cân. 6; IV Cone. Constantin., cân. 23, 26; etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em várias Igrejas orientais, o subdiaconado é considerado ordem menor; mas pelo Motu proprio Cleri sanctitati de Pio XII, prescreveram-se aos subdiáconos as obrigações das Ordens maiores. O cân. propõe para que se volte à disciplina antiga de cada uma das Igrejas, no que toca às obrigações dos subdiáconos, revogando o direito comum."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XII, Motu proprio Crebrae allatae, 22 fev. 1949, cân. 32, § 2, n.° 5.° (faculdade dos Patriarcas de dispensarem da forma); Pio XII, Motu próprio Cleri sanctitati, 2 jun. 1957, cân. 267 (faculdade dos Patriarcas de sanarem in radice); as Congregações do Santo Ofício e da Igreja oriental concedem por cinco anos fora dos Patriarcados aos metropolitas e restantes Ordinários de lugar... que não têm nenhum Superior abaixo da Santa Sé, a faculdade de dispensarem da forma e de sanarem o defeito de forma."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Leão M., Carta Quod saepissime, 15 abril 454; «Petitionem autem»; S. Nicéforo. CP., cap. 13; Sín. do Patriarca Sérgio, 18 set. 1596, cân. 17; Pio VI, Carta Apost. Assueto paterne, 8 abril 1775, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. De sacra Liturgia, 4 dez. 1963."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Clemente VIII, Instr. Sanctissimus, 31 ago. 1595, § 6: «Si ipsi graeci»; Santo Oficio, 7 jun. 1673, ad 1 e 3; 13 março 1727, ad 1; Propaganda Fide, Dec. 18 ago. 1913, art. 33, Decr. 14 ago. 1914, art. 27; Decr. 27 março 1916 art. 14; Congregação da Igreja oriental, Decr. 1 março 1929, art. 36; Decr. 4 maio 1930, art. 41."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Laodicense, 347-381, cân. 18; Sín. Mar. de Isaac dos Caldeus, ano 410, cân. 15; S. Nerses Glaien. dos Arménios, ano 1166; Inocêncio IV, Carta Sub catholicae, 6 março 1254, § 8; Bento XIV, Const. Etsi pastoralis, 26 maio 1742, § 7, n. 5; Instr. Eo quamvis tempore, 4 maio 1745, § 42 ss. E os Sínodos particulares mais recentes: dos Armênios (1911), dos Coptas (1898), dos Maronitas (1736), dos Rumenos (1872), dos Rutenos (1891) e dos Sírios (1888)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E a tradição oriental."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Do teor das Bulas de união de cada Igreja oriental católica."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obrigação sinodal quanto aos irmãos orientais separados e quanto a todas as ordens de qualquer grau quer de direito divino quer de direito eclesiástico."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta doutrina vale também para as Igrejas separadas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Basilio M., Epístula canonica ad Amphilochium, PG 32, 669 B."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Considera-se fundamento de mitigação: a) a validade dos sacramentos; b) a boa fé e disposição; c) a necessidade de salvação eterna; d) a ausência do sacerdote próprio; e) a exclusão de perigos a evitar e de adesão formal ao erro."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Trata-se da chamada «communicatio in sacris» extra-sacramental. E o Concilio que concede a mitigação, servatis servandis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 12, 10."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "perfectae-caritatis",
      "council": 21,
      "title": "Perfectae caritatis",
      "type": "Decree",
      "date": "1965-10-28",
      "languages": {
        "de": {
          "code": "de",
          "label": "Deutsch",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_perfectae-caritatis_ge.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-159-vat-ii_decree_19651028_perfectae-caritatis_ge.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DEKRET PERFECTAE CARITATIS ÜBER DIE ZEITGEMÄSSE ERNEUERUNG DES ORDENSLEBENS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Heilige Synode hat bereits in der Konstitution, die mit den Worten \"Das Licht der Völker\" beginnt, dargelegt, daß das Streben nach vollkommener Liebe auf dem Weg der evangelischen Räte in Lehre und Leben des göttlichen Meisters seinen Ursprung hat und wie ein leuchtendes Zeichen des Himmelreiches erscheint. Sie möchte nun von der Lebensordnung der Institute handeln, in denen Keuschheit, Armut und Gehorsam gelobt werden, und für deren zeitbedingte Erfordernisse Vorsorge treffen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Von Anfang an gab es in der Kirche Männer und Frauen, die durch die Befolgung der evangelischen Räte Christus in größerer Freiheit nachzufolgen und ihn ausdrücklicher nachzuahmen verlangten und die - jeder auf seine Weise - ein Leben führten, das Gott geweiht war. Viele wählten unter dem Antrieb des Heiligen Geistes ein Einsiedlerleben, andere gaben den Anstoß zu religiösen Gemeinschaften, die von der Kirche kraft ihrer Vollmacht gern unterstützt und bestätigt wurden. So erwuchs nach göttlichem Ratschluß eine wunderbare Vielfalt von Ordensgemeinschaften, die sehr dazu beitrug, daß die Kirche nicht nur zu jedem guten Werk gerüstet (vgl. 2 Tim 3,17) und für den Dienst am Aufbau des Leibes Christi (vgl. Eph 4,12) bereit ist, sondern auch mit den mannigfachen Gnadengaben ihrer Kinder wie eine Braut für ihren Mann geschmückt dasteht (vgl. Offb 21,2) und die vielgestaltige Weisheit Gottes kundtut (vgl. Eph 3,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inmitten der Vielfalt von Gnadengaben weihen sich alle, die von Gott zum Leben der evangelischen Räte berufen werden und dieses aufrichtig geloben, in besonderer Weise dem Herrn, indem sie Christus nachfolgen, der selbst jungfräulich und arm gelebt (vgl. Mt 8,20; Lk 9,58) und durch seinen Gehorsam bis zum Tod am Kreuz (vgl. Phil 2,8) die Menschen erlöst und geheiligt hat. Von der Liebe gedrängt, die der Heilige Geist in ihre Herzen ausgegossen hat (vgl. Röm 5,5), leben sie mehr und mehr für Christus und seinen Leib, die Kirche (vgl. Kol 1,24). Je inniger sie also durch solche Selbsthingabe, die das ganze Leben umfaßt, mit Christus vereinigt werden, desto reicher wird das Leben der Kirche und desto fruchtbarer deren Apostolat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit aber der besondere Wert eines durch die Verpflichtung auf die evangelischen Räte geweihten Lebens und dessen notwendige Aufgabe der Kirche in der gegenwärtigen Zeit zu größerem Nutzen gereiche, erläßt diese Heilige Synode die folgenden Bestimmungen. Sie berücksichtigen aber nur die allgemeinen Grundsätze einer zeitgemäßen Erneuerung der Ordensgemeinschaften sowie - unter Wahrung ihrer jeweiligen Eigenart - der Gesellschaften des gemeinsamen Lebens ohne Gelübde und der Weltinstitute. Die besonderen Richtlinien für ihre rechte Auslegung und Anwendung sind nach dem Konzil von der zuständigen Autorität zu erlassen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Erneuerung und Anpassung"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zeitgemäße Erneuerung des Ordenslebens heißt: ständige Rückkehr zu den Quellen jedes christlichen Lebens und zum Geist des Ursprungs der einzelnen Institute, zugleich aber deren Anpassung an die veränderten Zeitverhältnisse. Diese Erneuerung ist unter dem Antrieb des Heiligen Geistes und unter der Führung der Kirche nach folgenden Grundsätzen zu verwirklichen:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Letzte Norm des Ordenslebens ist die im Evangelium dargelegte Nachfolge Christi. Sie hat allen Instituten als oberste Regel zu gelten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Es ist der Kirche zum Nutzen, daß die Institute ihre Eigenart und ihre besondere Aufgabe haben. Darum sind der Geist und die eigentlichen Absichten der Gründer wie auch die gesunden Überlieferungen, die zusammen das Erbe jedes Institutes ausmachen, treu zu erforschen und zu bewahren."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Alle Institute sollen am Leben der Kirche teilnehmen und sich entsprechend ihrem besonderen Charakter deren Erneuerungsbestrebungen - auf biblischem, liturgischem, dogmatischem, pastoralem, ökumenischem, missionarischem und sozialem Gebiet - zu eigen machen und sie nach Kräften fördern."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) Die Institute sollen dafür sorgen, daß ihre Mitglieder die Lebensverhältnisse der Menschen, die Zeitlage sowie die Erfordernisse der Kirche wirklich kennen, damit sie die heutige Welt im Licht des Glaubens richtig beurteilen und den Menschen mit lebendigem apostolischem Eifer wirksamer helfen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "e) Da das Ordensleben durch die Verpflichtung auf die evangelischen Räte vor allem anderen auf die Nachfolge Christi und die Vereinigung mit Gott abzielt, ist ernst zu bedenken, daß auch die besten Anpassungen an die Erfordernisse unserer Zeit ohne geistliche Erneuerung unwirksam bleiben; diese hat darum auch bei aller Förderung äußerer Werke immer das Wesentliche zu sein."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lebensweise, Gebet und Arbeit müssen den körperlichen und seelischen Voraussetzungen der Menschen von heute, aber auch - soweit die Eigenart des Instituts es verlangt - den Erfordernissen des Apostolats, den Ansprüchen der Kultur, der sozialen und wirtschaftlichen Umwelt entsprechen. Das gilt überall, vor allem in den Missionsgebieten. Nach denselben Kriterien ist auch die Art und Weise der Leitung in den Instituten zu überprüfen. Darum sind die Konstitutionen, die \"Direktorien\", die Gebräuchebücher, Gebetbücher, Zeremonienbücher und dergleichen entsprechend durchzusehen und nach Ausscheiden veralteter Bestimmungen mit den Dokumenten dieser Heiligen Synode in Einklang zu bringen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zur wirksamen Erneuerung und echten Anpassung ist die Zusammenarbeit aller Mitglieder eines Instituts unerläßlich. Richtlinien für die zeitgemäße Erneuerung festzusetzen, Vorschriften zu erlassen und hinreichende, kluge Erprobung zu gestatten ist jedoch einzig Sache der rechtmäßigen Autoritäten, vor allem der Generalkapitel, unbeschadet der Gutheißung durch den Heiligen Stuhl oder die Ortsordinarien, wo es die Rechtsnormen erfordern. Die Obern jedoch sollen in dem, was die Belange des ganzen Instituts betrifft, ihre Untergebenen in geeigneter Weise befragen und hören. Um Wünsche und Vorschläge für die zeitgemäße Erneuerung der Nonnenklöster zu erlangen, können auch Sitzungen der Föderationen oder andere rechtmäßige Zusammenkünfte einberufen werden. Alle sollen sich indes bewußt bleiben, daß die Erneuerung mehr von einer gewissenhaften Beobachtung der Regel und der Konstitutionen als von einer Vermehrung der Vorschriften zu erhoffen ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gemeinsame Merkmale aller Formen religiösen Lebens"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Mitglieder aller Institute sollen sich bewußt bleiben, daß sie durch ihr Gelöbnis der evangelischen Räte vor allem einem göttlichen Ruf geantwortet haben und dadurch nicht nur der Sünde gestorben sind (vgl. Röm 6,1), sondern auch der Welt entsagt haben, um Gott allein zu leben; denn sie haben ihr ganzes Leben seinem Dienst überantwortet. Das begründet gleichsam eine besondere Weihe, die zutiefst in der Taufweihe wurzelt und diese voller zum Ausdruck bringt. Da aber diese Selbsthingabe von der Kirche angenommen wurde, sollen sie sich auch zu deren Dienst verpflichtet wissen. Solches Übereignetsein an Gott muß sie immer mehr zu praktischer Tugend drängen, besonders zu Demut und Gehorsam, Tapferkeit und Keuschheit, die ihnen Anteil geben an Christi Erniedrigung (vgl. Phil 2,7) und zugleich an dessen Leben im Geist (vgl. Röm 8,1-13). Die Ordensleute sollen also, treu ihren Gelübden, alles um Christi willen aufgeben (vgl. Mk 10,28) und ihm nachfolgen (vgl. Mt 19,21): Er muß für sie das \"Eine Notwendige\" sein (vgl. Lk 10,42). Aufsein Wort hörend (vgl. Lk 10,39), sollen sie um seine Sache besorgt sein (vgl. 1 Kor 7,32). Darum müssen die Mitglieder aller Institute, da sie zuerst und einzig Gott suchen, die Kontemplation, durch die sie ihm im Geist und im Herzen anhangen, mit apostolischer Liebe verbinden, die sie dem Erlösungswerk zugesellt und zur Ausbreitung des Reiches Gottes drängt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Primat des geistlichen Lebens"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wer sich auf die evangelischen Räte verpflichtet, muß vor allem Gott, der uns zuvor geliebt hat (vgl. 1 Joh 4,10), suchen und lieben und sich in allen Lebensumständen bemühen, ein mit Christus verborgenes Leben (vgl. Kol 3,3) zu führen. Daraus fließt die Nächstenliebe zum Heil der Welt und zum Aufbau der Kirche und erhält neuen Antrieb. Diese Liebe beseelt und leitet auch selbst wieder die Verwirklichung der evangelischen Räte. Darum müssen die Mitglieder der Institute den Geist des Gebetes und das Gebet selbst aus den echten Quellen der christlichen Frömmigkeit schöpfen und mit beharrlichem Eifer pflegen. Täglich sollen sie die Heilige Schrift zur Hand nehmen, um durch Lesung und Betrachtung des Gotteswortes \"die überragende Erkenntnis Jesu Christi\" (Phil 3,8) zu gewinnen. Im Geist der Kirche sollen sie die heilige Liturgie, zumal das heilige Mysterium der Eucharistie, mit innerer und äußerer Anteilnahme feiern und aus diesem überreichen Quell ihr geistliches Leben nähren. So werden sie, am Tisch des göttlichen Wortes und des heiligen Altares gespeist, Christi Glieder brüderlich lieben, den Hirten in Hochachtung und Liebe begegnen, mehr und mehr mit der Kirche leben und fühlen und sich deren Sendung ganz überantworten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das kontemplative Leben"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die gänzlich auf die Kontemplation hingeordneten Institute, deren Mitglieder in Einsamkeit und Schweigen, anhaltendem Gebet und hochherziger Buße für Gott allein da sind, nehmen - mag die Notwendigkeit zum tätigen Apostolat noch so sehr drängen - im mystischen Leib Christi, dessen \"Glieder nicht alle den gleichen Dienst verrichten\" (Röm 12,4), immer eine hervorragende Stelle ein. Sie bringen Gott ein erhabenes Lobopfer dar und schenken dem Volk Gottes durch überreiche Früchte der Heiligkeit Licht, eifern es durch ihr Beispiel an und lassen es in geheimnisvoller apostolischer Fruchtbarkeit wachsen. So sind sie eine Zier der Kirche und verströmen himmlische Gnaden. Allerdings muß ihre Lebensweise nach den genannten Grundsätzen und Richtlinien zeitgemäßer Erneuerung überprüft werden, jedoch unter ehrfürchtiger Wahrung ihrer Trennung von der Welt und der dem kontemplativen Leben eigenen Übungen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das aktive Leben"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zahlreich sind in der Kirche die Kleriker- und Laieninstitute, die sich mannigfachen apostolischen Aufgaben widmen. Ihre Gaben sind verschieden gemäß der ihnen verliehenen Gnade. Wer die Gabe hat zu dienen, der diene; zu lehren, der lehre; zu mahnen, der ermahne; wer spendet, tue es schlichten Sinnes; wer Barmherzigkeit übt, tue es in Freudigkeit (vgl. Röm 12,5-8). \"Vielfältig sind die Gnadengaben, aber es ist derselbe Geist\" (1 Kor 12,4). In diesen Instituten gehören die apostolische und die caritative Tätigkeit zum eigentlichen Wesen des Ordenslebens. Sie ist ihnen als ihr heiliger Dienst und als ihr Liebeswerk von der Kirche anvertraut und in deren Namen auszuüben. Das ganze Ordensleben der Mitglieder muß darum von apostolischem Geist durchdrungen und alle apostolische Arbeit vom Ordensgeist geprägt sein. Damit also die Mitglieder in erster Linie ihrer Berufung zur Christusnachfolge entsprechen und Christus selbst in seinen Gliedern dienen, muß ihre apostolische Arbeit aus einer tiefen Verbundenheit mit ihm hervorgehen. So wird die Gottes- und Nächstenliebe selbst gefördert. Deshalb müssen diese Institute ihre Lebensart und ihr Brauchtum auf das von ihnen geübte Apostolat einstellen. Das Ordensleben mit apostolischer Zielsetzung ist jedoch vielgestaltig. Seine zeitgemäße Erneuerung hat darum diese Unterschiede zu berücksichtigen, und das Leben der Mitglieder im Dienst Christi muß in den einzelnen Instituten von den ihnen eigenen und entsprechenden Mitteln getragen sein."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das monastische und klösterliche Leben"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die ehrwürdige Einrichtung des monastischen Lebens, die sich im Laufe vieler Jahrhunderte um Kirche und menschliche Gesellschaft hervorragende Verdienste erworben hat, soll im Osten und Westen in ihrem echten Geist treu bewahrt werden und von Tag zu Tag heller erstrahlen. Vornehmste Aufgabe der Mönche ist der demütig-hohe Dienst vor der göttlichen Majestät innerhalb des klösterlichen Bereichs, ob sie sich nun in Verborgenheit ganz der Gottesverehrung weihen oder nach ihrer Satzung eine apostolische oder caritative Arbeit übernommen haben. Unter Wahrung ihrer jeweiligen Eigenart sollen sie die alten, dem Wohl des Nächsten dienenden Überlieferungen erneuern und sie den gegenwärtigen Bedürfnissen der Menschen so anpassen, daß ihre Klöster gleichsam Pflanzstätten zur Auferbauung des christlichen Volkes werden. Ebenso sollen jene Orden, die aufgrund ihrer Regel oder ihrer Satzungen die apostolische Tätigkeit eng mit Chordienst und monastischem Brauchtum verbinden, ihre Lebensweise so auf die Erfordernisse ihres Apostolats abstimmen, daß sie ihre Lebensform, die dem besonderen Wohl der Kirche dienen soll, treu bewahren."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das religiöse Laienleben"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Ordensleben der Laien, der Männer wie der Frauen, verwirklicht in vollwertiger Weise den Stand der Verpflichtung auf die evangelischen Räte. Es dient dem Seelsorgsauftrag der Kirche in Jugenderziehung, Krankenpflege und anderen Diensten. Darum schätzt die Heilige Synode es hoch ein, bestärkt die Mitglieder in ihrer Berufung und fordert sie zur Anpassung ihrer Lebensweise an die heutigen Verhältnisse auf. Die Heilige Synode erklärt, es stehe nichts im Wege, daß in Brüdergemeinschaften nach Ermessen des Generalkapitels einige Mitglieder für den priesterlichen Dienst in den eigenen Häusern die heiligen Weihen empfangen. Der Laiencharakter des Institutes bleibt dabei unangetastet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obwohl die Weltinstitute keine Ordensgemeinschaften sind, erfordern sie dennoch eine wahre und vollkommene, von der Kirche gutgeheißene Verpflichtung zu einem Leben nach den evangelischen Räten in der Welt. Diese Verpflichtung verleiht den in der Welt lebenden Männern und Frauen, Laien und Klerikern, eine Weihe. Darum müssen auch sie das Streben nach Ganzhingabe an Gott in vollkommener Liebe als ihre wichtigste Aufgabe betrachten; die Institute ihrerseits müssen den ihnen eigenen und besonderen Weltcharakter bewahren, damit sie dem Apostolat in der Welt und gleichsam von der Welt her, das der Grund für ihre Entstehung war, überall wirksam gerecht zu werden vermögen. Doch sollen sie wohl wissen, daß sie sich einer so schweren Aufgabe nur unterziehen können, wenn ihre Mitglieder im religiösen und im profanen Bereich sorgfältig geschult werden; nur so werden sie im wahren Sinn zum Sauerteig der Welt, zur Stärkung und zum Wachstum des Leibes Christi. Ihre Vorgesetzten sollen also ernstlich für die Unterweisung, zumal für die geistliche, und ebenso für die Weiterbildung Sorge tragen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die drei religiösen Gelübde:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Keuschheit"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Ehelosigkeit \"um des Himmelreiches willen\" (Mt 19,12), zu der die Ordensleute sich verpflichten, soll von ihnen als überaus hohe Gnadengabe angesehen werden. Sie macht das Herz des Menschen in einzigartiger Weise für eine größere Liebe zu Gott und zu allen Menschen frei (vgl. 1 Kor 7,32-35). Darum ist sie ein besonderes Zeichen für die himmlischen Güter und für die Ordensleute ein vorzügliches Mittel, sich mit Eifer dem göttlichen Dienst und den Werken des Apostolats zu widmen. So rufen sie allen Christgläubigen jenen wunderbaren Ehebund in Erinnerung, den Gott begründet hat und der erst in der kommenden Welt ganz offenbar wird, den Ehebund der Kirche mit Christus, ihrem einzigen Bräutigam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Ordensleute sollen also treu zu ihrem Gelöbnis stehen, den Worten des Herrn Glauben schenken, auf Gottes Hilfe vertrauen und sich nicht auf die eigenen Kräfte verlassen, Abtötung üben und die Sinne beherrschen. Auch die natürlichen Hilfen, die der seelischen und körperlichen Gesundheit dienen, sollen sie nicht außer acht lassen. So werden sie nicht durch irrige Meinungen, völlige Enthaltsamkeit sei unmöglich oder stehe der menschlichen Entfaltung entgegen, beeindruckt und werden alles, was die Keuschheit gefährdet, gleichsam instinktiv von sich weisen. Dazu sollen alle, zumal die Obern, bedenken, daß die Keuschheit sicherer bewahrt wird, wenn in der Gemeinschaft wahre Liebe herrscht und alle miteinander verbindet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Beobachtung vollkommener Enthaltsamkeit rührt sehr unmittelbar an tiefere Neigungen der menschlichen Natur. Darum dürfen Kandidaten nur nach wirklich ausreichender Prüfung und nach Erlangung der erforderlichen psychologischen und affektiven Reife zum Gelöbnis der Keuschheit hinzutreten und zugelassen werden. Man soll sie nicht nur auf die Gefahren für die Keuschheit aufmerksam machen, sondern sie anleiten, die gottgewollte Ehelosigkeit zum Wohl der Gesamtperson innerlich zu übernehmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Armut"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die freiwillige Armut um der Nachfolge Christi willen, als deren Zeichen sie heute besonders geschätzt wird, sollen die Ordensleute mit liebendem Eifer pflegen und gegebenenfalls auch in neuen Formen üben. Sie ist Anteil an Christi Armut, der unseretwegen arm wurde, da er doch reich war, damit wir durch seine Entbehrung reich würden (vgl. 2 Kor 8,9; Mt 8,20). Die Ordensarmut beschränkt sich nicht auf die Abhängigkeit von den Obern im Gebrauch der Dinge. Die Mitglieder müssen tatsächlich und in der Gesinnung arm sein, da sie ihr Besitztum im Himmel haben (vgl. Mt 6,20). Alle sollen sich - jeder in seiner Aufgabe - dem allgemeinen Gesetz der Arbeit verpflichtet wissen. Im Erwerb aber dessen, was zu ihrem Lebensunterhalt und für ihre Aufgaben notwendig ist, sollen sie alle unangebrachte Sorge von sich weisen und sich der Vorsehung des himmlischen Vaters anheimgeben (vgl. Mt 6,25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ordensgenossenschaften können in ihren Konstitutionen den Mitgliedern den Verzicht auf ihr schon erworbenes oder noch anfallendes Erbe erlauben. Auch die Institute als ganze sollen danach trachten, ein gleichsam kollektives Zeugnis der Armut abzulegen, so wie es in ihrer Umwelt angebracht ist, und von ihrem eigenen Besitz gern etwas beitragen für andere Erfordernisse der Kirche und für den Unterhalt der Armen, die alle Ordensleute im Herzen Christi lieben sollen (vgl. Mt 19,21; 25,34-46; Jak 2,15-16; 1 Joh 3,17). Die Ordensprovinzen und die einzelnen Häuser sollen sich gegenseitig materiell aushelfen, indem jene, die mehr haben, diejenigen, die Not leiden, unterstützen. Obschon die Institute, unbeschadet der Regeln und Konstitutionen, das Recht auf Besitz alles dessen haben, was für ihr Leben und ihre Arbeiten notwendig ist, sollen sie doch allen Schein von Luxus, von ungeordnetem Gewinnstreben und von Güteranhäufung vermeiden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Gehorsam"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im Gelöbnis des Gehorsams bringen die Ordensleute die volle Hingabe ihres Willens gleichsam als Opfer ihrer selbst Gott dar. Dadurch werden sie fester und sicherer dem göttlichen Heilswillen geeint. Unter der Anregung des Heiligen Geistes unterstellen sie sich im Glauben den Obern, die Gottes Stelle vertreten, nach dem Beispiel Jesu Christi, der in die Welt kam, um den Willen des Vaters zu erfüllen (vgl. Joh 4,34; 5,30; Hebr 10,7; Ps 39,9), und in der Annahme der Knechtsgestalt (Phil 2,7) aus seinem Leiden Gehorsam erlernte (vgl. Hebr 5,8). Durch die Obern werden sie zum Dienst an allen Brüdern in Christus bestellt, wie auch Christus selbst im Gehorsam gegen den Vater den Brüdern diente und sein Leben als Lösepreis für viele dahingab (vgl. Mt 20,28; Joh 10,14-18). So sind sie dem Dienst der Kirche enger verbunden und streben danach, zum Vollmaß der Fülle Christi (vgl. Eph 4,13) zu gelangen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Untergebenen sollen also im Geist des Glaubens und der Liebe zum Willen Gottes gemäß der Regel und den Konstitutionen den Obern demütig Gehorsam leisten, und zwar so, daß sie in der Ausführung dessen, was angeordnet ist, und in der Erfüllung der ihnen anvertrauten Aufgaben die eigene Verstandes- und Willenskraft einsetzen und die Gaben, die ihnen Natur und Gnade verliehen haben, gebrauchen, im Wissen, daß sie damit zur Auferbauung des Leibes Christi nach Gottes Absicht beitragen. So führt der Ordensgehorsam, weit entfernt, die Würde der menschlichen Person zu mindern, diese durch die größer gewordene Freiheit der Kinder Gottes zu ihrer Reife."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Obern aber, die für die ihnen anvertrauten Seelen Rechenschaft ablegen müssen (vgl. Hebr 13,17), sollen in der Erfüllung ihres Amtes auf den Willen Gottes horchen und ihre Autorität im Geist des Dienstes an den Brüdern ausüben, so daß sie Gottes Liebe zu jenen zum Ausdruck bringen. Sie sollen ihre Untergebenen als Kinder Gottes und in Achtung vor der menschlichen Person leiten und deren freiwillige Unterordnung fördern. Darum sollen sie ihnen besonders die geschuldete Freiheit in bezug auf die Beichte und die Gewissensleitung lassen. Sie sollen ihre Untergebenen dahin führen, daß sie bei der Durchführung des ihnen Aufgetragenen und bei der Inangriffnahme neuer Aufgaben in aktivem und verantwortlichem Gehorsam mitarbeiten. Sie sollen sie deshalb auch bereitwillig anhören und ihr Mitplanen zum Wohl des Instituts und der Kirche fördern, bei voller Wahrung freilich ihres Rechtes, zu entscheiden und anzuordnen, was zu tun ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kapitel und Räte sollen das ihnen für die Leitung anvertraute Amt gewissenhaft ausüben und je auf ihre Weise die sorgende Teilnahme aller Mitglieder am Wohl des ganzen Instituts zum Ausdruck bringen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Gemeinschaftsleben"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Leben in Gemeinschaft nach dem Beispiel der Urkirche, in der die Menge der Gläubigen ein Herz und eine Seele war (vgl. Apg 4,32), soll, genährt durch die Lehre des Evangeliums, durch die heilige Liturgie, vor allem die Eucharistie, in Gebet und Gemeinsamkeit des Geistes beharrlich gepflegt werden (vgl. Apg 2,42). Die Ordensleute sollen als Glieder Christi im brüderlichen Umgang einander mit Achtung zuvorkommen (vgl. Röm 12,10); einer trage des anderen Last (vgl. Gal 6,2). Denn durch die Liebe Gottes, die durch den Heiligen Geist in den Herzen ausgegossen ist (vgl. Röm 5,5), erfreut sich eine Gemeinschaft, die wie eine wahre Familie im Namen des Herrn beisammen ist, seiner Gegenwart (vgl. Mt 18,20). Die Liebe aber ist die Erfüllung des Gesetzes (vgl. Röm 13,10) und das Band der Vollkommenheit (vgl. Kol 3,14); in ihr wissen wir, daß wir aus dem Tod in das Leben hinübergeschritten sind (vgl. 1 Joh 3,14). Ja die Einheit der Brüder macht das Kommen Christi offenbar (vgl. Joh 13,35; 17,21), und es geht von ihr eine große apostolische Kraft aus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit aber das brüderliche Band unter den Mitgliedern noch inniger werde, sollen diejenigen, die man als Konversen, Kooperatoren oder ähnlich bezeichnet, eng mit dem Leben und Arbeiten der Gemeinschaft verbunden werden. In Frauengemeinschaften ist dafür zu sorgen, daß man zu einem einzigen Stand von Schwestern kommt, außer wenn die Umstände es wirklich anders nahelegen. In dem Fall soll aber nur jener Unterschied unter den Mitgliedern erhalten bleiben, den die Verschiedenheit andersgearteter Arbeiten erfordert, in denen die Schwestern aufgrund besonderer göttlicher Berufung oder besonderer Eignung tätig sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mönchsklöster und andere Männergemeinschaften, die keine reinen Laieninstitute sind, können entsprechend ihrer Eigenart und nach ihren Konstitutionen Kleriker und Laien aufnehmen, in gleicher Weise, mit den gleichen Rechten und Pflichten, abgesehen von denen, die sich aus den heiligen Weihen ergeben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Klausur der Nonnen"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die päpstliche Klausur der Nonnen des rein beschaulichen Lebens soll nicht angetastet werden. Sie ist aber den zeitbedingten und örtlichen Umständen anzupassen; dabei sind überlebte Gebräuche abzuschaffen, wozu aber die Wünsche der Klöster selbst gehört werden sollen. Die übrigen Nonnen aber, die sich nach ihren Satzungen äußeren Apostolatswerken widmen, sollen von der päpstlichen Klausur ausgenommen sein, damit sie die ihnen anvertrauten apostolischen Aufgaben besser erfüllen können; die Klausur aber bleibt bestehen; sie ist von den Konstitutionen festzulegen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Ordensgewand"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Ordensgewand als Zeichen der Weihe sei einfach und schlicht, arm und zugleich schicklich, dazu den gesundheitlichen Erfordernissen, den Umständen von Zeit und Ort sowie den Erfordernissen des Dienstes angepaßt. Ein Gewand, das diesen Richtlinien nicht entspricht, muß geändert werden. Das gilt sowohl für Männer wie für Frauen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Erneuerung der religiösen Ausbildung"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die zeitgemäße Erneuerung der Institute hängt wesentlich von der Ausbildung der Mitglieder ab. Daher sollen auch die Nichtkleriker und die Ordensfrauen nicht unmittelbar nach dem Noviziat mit apostolischen Arbeiten beschäftigt werden; vielmehr ist ihre religiöse und apostolische, ihre theoretische und praktische Ausbildung, auch durch Erwerb der entsprechenden Zeugnisse, in geeigneten Häusern angemessen weiterzuführen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Anpassung des Ordenslebens an die Erfordernisse unserer Zeit darf sich nicht in Äußerlichkeiten erschöpfen. Damit diejenigen, die nach ihrer Zielsetzung sich äußeren Apostolatswerken widmen, ihrer Aufgabe wirklich gewachsen sind, sollen sie entsprechend ihren geistigen Fähigkeiten und ihrer Veranlagung in geeigneter Form über die Gepflogenheiten, das Denken und Empfinden der heutigen Gesellschaft unterwiesen werden. Die Ausbildung soll so sein, daß ihre einzelnen Elemente aufeinander abgestimmt sind und dadurch das Leben der Mitglieder einheitlich gestaltet wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese selbst sollen sich aber ihr ganzes Leben hindurch ernsthaft um die geistliche, wissensmäßige und praktische Weiterbildung bemühen; die Obern sollen ihnen dazu nach Kräften Gelegenheit, Hilfsmittel und Zeit geben. Die Obern haben die Pflicht, dafür zu sorgen, daß diejenigen, denen die Ausbildung obliegt, die geistlichen Leiter und Lehrkräfte, aufs sorgfältigste ausgewählt und gründlich vorbereitet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei Gründungen neuer Institute soll man ernstlich prüfen, ob diese nötig oder wenigstens von wirklichem Nutzen und ob sie entwicklungsfähig sind, damit nicht voreilig unzweckmäßige oder kaum lebensfähige Institute entstehen. In den Missionsgebieten möge man mit besonderer Sorge solche Formen des Ordenslebens fördern und pflegen, die dem Charakter und den Sitten der Bewohner des Landes wie auch den örtlichen Gebräuchen und Lebensbedingungen Rechnung tragen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Werke der Institute"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Institute sollen ihre eigenen Arbeiten beibehalten und durchführen, sie aber den zeitbedingten und örtlichen Bedürfnissen durch Anwendung geeigneter, auch neuer Mittel anpassen. Dabei sollen sie auf den Nutzen der Gesamtkirche und der Diözesen schauen. Tätigkeiten, die dem Geist und der wahren Eigenart des Instituts heute kaum mehr entsprechen, sind aufzugeben. Die Ordensinstitute sollen ihren missionarischen Geist bewahren und entsprechend ihrer Eigenart den heutigen Erfordernissen anpassen, damit das Evangelium bei allen Völkern wirksamer verkündet werde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Institute und Klöster im Niedergang"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instituten und Klöstern, die nach Rücksprache mit den zuständigen Ortsordinarien und nach dem Urteil des Heiligen Stuhles kein fruchtbares Wirken mehr erhoffen lassen, soll die weitere Aufnahme von Novizen verwehrt werden; soweit möglich, sind sie mit einem anderen, lebenskräftigeren Institut oder Kloster, das ihnen nach Zielsetzung und Geist nahesteht, zu vereinigen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Föderation der Ordensleute"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wo es angebracht erscheint, sollen Institute und Klöster eigenen Rechts, die irgendwie zur gleichen Ordensfamilie gehören, mit Gutheißung des Heiligen Stuhles Föderationen untereinander anstreben oder Zusammenschlüsse, wenn sie nahezu gleiche Satzungen haben und ihre Gebräuche vom selben Geist beseelt sind - zumal wenn ihre Mitgliederzahl sehr gering ist -, oder Arbeitsgemeinschaften, wenn sie sich den gleichen oder ähnlichen äußeren Aufgaben widmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die vom Heiligen Stuhl errichteten Konferenzen oder Räte der Höheren Obern, die zur besseren Verwirklichung des Zieles der einzelnen Institute, zum wirksameren Einvernehmen hinsichtlich des Wohles der Kirche, zur gerechteren Verteilung der Mitarbeiter im Evangelium in einem bestimmten Gebiet sowie zur Behandlung gemeinsamer Belange der Ordensleute sehr dienlich sein können, sind zu fördern. In der Ausübung des Apostolats ist auf entsprechende Abstimmung und Zusammenarbeit mit den Bischofskonferenzen zu achten. Ähnliche Obernkonferenzen können auch für die Weltinstitute errichtet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Wahl der Berufungen"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priester und christliche Erzieher sollen sich ernstlich darum bemühen, daß die Ordensberufe, sorgfältig und gewissenhaft ausgewählt, ein neues Wachstum erfahren, das den Erfordernissen der Kirche voll entspricht. Auch bei der regelmäßigen Verkündigung ist öfter auf die evangelischen Räte und den Eintritt in den Ordensstand hinzuweisen. Die Eltern sollen eine Berufung ihrer Kinder zum Ordensleben durch eine christliche Erziehung pflegen und schützen. Die Institute haben das Recht, ihre Gemeinschaft bekannt zu machen, um Berufe zu fördern und Kandidaten zu suchen; das soll jedoch mit der notwendigen Klugheit und unter Wahrung der Richtlinien des Heiligen Stuhles und der Ortsordinarien geschehen. Die Ordensleute aber sollen sich bewußt sein, daß das Beispiel ihres eigenen Lebens die beste Empfehlung ihres Instituts und eine Einladung zum Ordensleben ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Schlusswort"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Institute, für die diese Normen einer zeitgemäßen Erneuerung aufgestellt sind, mögen bereiten Herzens ihrer göttlichen Berufung und ihrer Aufgabe in der Kirche zur gegenwärtigen Stunde entsprechen. Die Heilige Synode schätzt ihren Stand des jungfräulichen, armen und gehorsamen Lebens, dessen Vorbild Christus der Herr selbst ist, und setzt eine große Hoffnung auf die Fruchtbarkeit ihrer verborgenen und offenkundigen Werke. So mögen alle Ordensleute durch die Reinheit des Glaubens, durch Liebe zu Gott und zum Nächsten, durch die liebende Hinneigung zum Kreuz und die Hoffnung auf die künftige Herrlichkeit Christi frohe Botschaft in der ganzen Welt verbreiten, auf daß ihr Zeugnis allen kund und unser Vater im Himmel verherrlicht werde (Mt 5,16). So werden sie auf die Fürsprache der gütigen Gottesmutter und Jungfrau Maria, \"deren Leben für alle eine Lehre ist\" 1, täglich wachsen und reichere Frucht des Heiles bringen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oktober 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anmerkungen:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Ambrosius, De Virginitate II 2,15."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_perfectae-caritatis_en.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-157-vat-ii_decree_19651028_perfectae-caritatis_en.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECREE ON THE ADAPTATION AND RENEWAL OF RELIGIOUS LIFE PERFECTAE CARITATIS PROCLAIMED BY HIS HOLINESS POPE PAUL VI ON OCTOBER 28, 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred synod has already shown in the constitution on the Church that the pursuit of perfect charity through the evangelical counsels draws its origin from the doctrine and example of the Divine Master and reveals itself as a splendid sign of the heavenly kingdom. Now it intends to treat of the life and discipline of those institutes whose members make profession of chastity, poverty and obedience and to provide for their needs in our time."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indeed from the very beginning of the Church men and women have set about following Christ with greater freedom and imitating Him more closely through the practice of the evangelical counsels, each in his own way leading a life dedicated to God. Many of them, under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, lived as hermits or founded religious families, which the Church gladly welcomed and approved by her authority. So it is that in accordance with the Divine Plan a wonderful variety of religious communities has grown up which has made it easier for the Church not only to be equipped for every good work (cf. 2 Tim 3:17) and ready for the work of the ministry-the building up of the Body of Christ (cf. Eph. 4:12)-but also to appear adorned with the various gifts of her children like a spouse adorned for her husband (cf. Apoc. 21:2) and for the manifold Wisdom of God to be revealed through her (cf. Eph. 3:10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Despite such a great variety of gifts, all those called by God to the practice of the evangelical counsels and who, faithfully responding to the call, undertake to observe the same, bind themselves to the Lord in a special way, following Christ, who chaste and poor (cf. Matt. 8:20; Luke 9:58) redeemed and sanctified men through obedience even to the death of the Cross (cf. Phil. 2:8). Driven by love with which the Holy Spirit floods their hearts (cf. Rom. 5:5) they live more and more for Christ and for His body which is the Church (cf. Col. 1:24). The more fervently, then, they are joined to Christ by this total life-long gift of themselves, the richer the life of the Church becomes and the more lively and successful its apostolate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that the great value of a life consecrated by the profession of the counsels and its necessary mission today may yield greater good to the Church, the sacred synod lays down the following prescriptions. They are meant to state only the general principles of the adaptation and renewal of the life and discipline of Religious orders and also, without prejudice to their special characteristics, of societies of common life without vows and secular institutes. Particular norms for the proper explanation and application of these principles are to be determined after the council by the authority in question."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The adaptation and renewal of the religious life includes both the constant return to the sources of all Christian life and to the original spirit of the institutes and their adaptation to the changed conditions of our time. This renewal, under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit and the guidance of the Church, must be advanced according to the following principles:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Since the ultimate norm of the religious life is the following of Christ set forth in the Gospels, let this be held by all institutes as the highest rule."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) It redounds to the good of the Church that institutes have their own particular characteristics and work. Therefore let their founders' spirit and special aims they set before them as well as their sound traditions-all of which make up the patrimony of each institute-be faithfully held in honor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) All institutes should share in the life of the Church, adapting as their own and implementing in accordance with their own characteristics the Church's undertakings and aims in matters biblical, liturgical, dogmatic, pastoral, ecumenical, missionary and social."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) Institutes should promote among their members an adequate knowledge of the social conditions of the times they live in and of the needs of the Church. In such a way, judging current events wisely in the light of faith and burning with apostolic zeal, they may be able to assist men more effectively."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "e ) The purpose of the religious life is to help the members follow Christ and be united to God through the profession of the evangelical counsels. It should be constantly kept in mind, therefore, that even the best adjustments made in accordance with the needs of our age will be ineffectual unless they are animated by a renewal of spirit. This must take precedence over even the active ministry."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The manner of living, praying and working should be suitably adapted everywhere, but especially in mission territories, to the modern physical and psychological circumstances of the members and also, as required by the nature of each institute, to the necessities of the apostolate, the demands of culture, and social and economic circumstances."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "According to the same criteria let the manner of governing the institutes also be examined."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore let constitutions, directories, custom books, books of prayers and ceremonies and such like be suitably re-edited and, obsolete laws being suppressed, be adapted to the decrees of this sacred synod."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "An effective renewal and adaptation demands the cooperation of all the members of the institute."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "However, to establish the norms of adaptation and renewal, to embody it in legislation as well as to make allowance for adequate and prudent experimentation belongs only to the competent authorities, especially to general chapters. The approbation of the Holy See or of the local Ordinary must be obtained where necessary according to law. But superiors should take counsel in an appropriate way and hear the members of the order in those things which concern the future well being of the whole institute."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the adaptation and renewal of convents of nuns suggestions and advice may be obtained also from the meetings of federations or from other assemblies lawfully convoked."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nevertheless everyone should keep in mind that the hope of renewal lies more in the faithful observance of the rules and constitutions than in multiplying laws."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Members of each institute should recall first of all that by professing the evangelical counsels they responded to a divine call so that by being not only dead to sin (cf. Rom. 6:11) but also renouncing the world they may live for God alone. They have dedicated their entire lives to His service. This constitutes a special consecration, which is deeply rooted in that of baptism and expresses it more fully."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the Church has accepted their surrender of self they should realize they are also dedicated to its service."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This service of God ought to inspire and foster in them the exercise of the virtues, especially humility, obedience, fortitude and chastity. In such a way they share in Christ's emptying of Himself (cf. Phil. 2:7) and His life in the spirit (cf. Rom. 8:1-13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Faithful to their profession then, and leaving all things for the sake of Christ (cf. Mark 10:28), religious are to follow Him (cf. Matt. 19:21) as the one thing necessary (cf. Luke 10:42) listening to His words (cf. Luke 10:39) and solicitous for the things that are His (cf. 1 Cor. 7:32)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is necessary therefore that the members of every community, seeking God solely and before everything else, should join contemplation, by which they fix their minds and hearts on Him, with apostolic love, by which they strive to be associated with the work of redemption and to spread the kingdom of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let those who make profession of the evangelical counsels seek and love above all else God who has first loved us (cf. 1 John 4:10) and let them strive to foster in all circumstances a life hidden with Christ in God (cf. Col. 3:3). This love of God both excites and energizes that love of one's neighbor which contributes to the salvation of the world and the building up of the Church. This love, in addition, quickens and directs the actual practice of the evangelical counsels."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Drawing therefore upon the authentic sources of Christian spirituality, members of religious communities should resolutely cultivate both the spirit and practice of prayer. In the first place they should have recourse daily to the Holy Scriptures in order that, by reading and meditating on Holy Writ, they may learn \"the surpassing worth of knowing Jesus Christ\" (Phil. 3:8). They should celebrate the sacred liturgy, especially the holy sacrifice of the Mass, with both lips and heart as the Church desires and so nourish their spiritual life from this richest of sources."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So refreshed at the table of divine law and the sacred altar of God, they will love Christ's members as brothers, honor and love their pastors as sons should do, and living and thinking ever more in union with the Church, dedicate themselves wholly to its mission."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Communities which are entirely dedicated to contemplation, so that their members in solitude and silence, with constant prayer and penance willingly undertaken, occupy themselves with God alone, retain at all times, no matter how pressing the needs of the active apostolate may be, an honorable place in the Mystical Body of Christ, whose \"members do not all have the same function\" (Rom. 12:4). For these offer to God a sacrifice of praise which is outstanding. Moreover the manifold results of their holiness lends luster to the people of God which is inspired by their example and which gains new members by their apostolate which is as effective as it is hidden. Thus they are revealed to be a glory of the Church and a well-spring of heavenly graces. Nevertheless their manner of living should be revised according to the principles and criteria of adaptation and renewal mentioned above. However their withdrawal from the world and the exercises proper to the contemplative life should be preserved with the utmost care."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There are in the Church very many communities, both clerical and lay, which devote themselves to various apostolic tasks. The gifts which these communities possess differ according to the grace which is allotted to them. Administrators have the gift of administration, teachers that of teaching, the gift of stirring speech is given to preachers, liberality to those who exercise charity and cheerfulness to those who help others in distress (cf. Rom. 12:5-8). \"The gifts are varied, but the Spirit is the same\" (1 Cor. 12:4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In these communities apostolic and charitable activity belongs to the very nature of the religious life, seeing that it is a holy service and a work characteristic of love, entrusted to them by the Church to be carried out in its name. Therefore, the whole religious life of their members should be inspired by an apostolic spirit and all their apostolic activity formed by the spirit of religion. Therefore in order that their members may first correspond to their vocation to follow Christ and serve Him in His members, their apostolic activity must spring from intimate union with Him. Thus love itself towards God and the neighbor is fostered."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These communities, then, should adjust their rules and customs to fit the demands of the apostolate to which they are dedicated. The fact however that apostolic religious life takes on many forms requires that its adaptation and renewal take account of this diversity and provide that the lives of religious dedicated to the service of Christ in these various communities be sustained by special provisions appropriate to each."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The monastic life, that venerable institution which in the course of a long history has won for itself notable renown in the Church and in human society, should be preserved with care and its authentic spirit permitted to shine forth ever more splendidly both in the East and the West. The principal duty of monks is to offer a service to the divine majesty at once humble and noble within the walls of the monastery, whether they dedicate themselves entirely to divine worship in the contemplative life or have legitimately undertaken some apostolate or work of Christian charity. Retaining, therefore, the characteristics of the way of life proper to them, they should revive their ancient traditions of service and so adapt them to the needs of today that monasteries will become institutions dedicated to the edification of the Christian people."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Some religious communities according to their rule or constitutions closely join the apostolic life to choir duty and monastic observances. These should so adapt their manner of life to the demands of the apostolate appropriate to them that they observe faithfully their way of life, since it has been of great service to the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The religious life, undertaken by lay people, either men or women, is a state for the profession of the evangelical counsels which is complete in itself. While holding in high esteem therefore this way of life so useful to the pastoral mission of the Church in educating youth, caring for the sick and carrying out its other ministries, the sacred synod confirms these religious in their vocation and urges them to adjust their way of life to modern needs."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred synod declares that there is nothing to prevent some members of religious communities of brothers being admitted to holy orders by provision of their general chapter in order to meet the need for priestly ministrations in their own houses, provided that the lay character of the community remains unchanged."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Secular Institutes, although not Religious institutes involve a true and full profession of the evangelical counsels in the world. This profession is recognized by the Church and consecrates to God men and women, lay and clerical, who live in the world. Hence they should make a total dedication of themselves to God in perfect charity their chief aim, and the institutes themselves should preserve their own proper, i.e., secular character, so that they may be able to carry out effectively everywhere in and, as it were, from the world the apostolate for which they were founded."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It may be taken for granted, however, that so great a task cannot be discharged unless the members be thoroughly trained in matters divine and human so that they are truly a leaven in the world for the strengthening and growth of the body of Christ. Superiors, therefore, should give serious attention especially to the spiritual training to be given members as well as encourage their further formation."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The chastity \"for the sake of the kingdom of heaven\" (Matt. 19:12) which religious profess should be counted an outstanding gift of grace. It frees the heart of man in a unique fashion (cf. 1 Cor. 7:32-35) so that it may be more inflamed with love for God and for all men. Thus it not only symbolizes in a singular way the heavenly goods but also the most suitable means by which religious dedicate themselves with undivided heart to the service of God and the works of the apostolate. In this way they recall to the minds of all the faithful that wondrous marriage decreed by God and which is to be fully revealed in the future age in which the Church takes Christ as its only spouse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious, therefore, who are striving faithfully to observe the chastity they have professed must have faith in the words of the Lord, and trusting in God's help not overestimate their own strength but practice mortification and custody of the senses. Neither should they neglect the natural means which promote health of mind and body. As a result they will not be influenced by those false doctrines which scorn perfect continence as being impossible or harmful to human development and they will repudiate by a certain spiritual instinct everything which endangers chastity. In addition let all, especially superiors, remember that chastity is guarded more securely when true brotherly love flourishes in the common life of the community."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the observance of perfect continence touches intimately the deepest instincts of human nature, candidates should neither present themselves for nor be admitted to the vow of chastity, unless they have been previously tested sufficiently and have been shown to possess the required psychological and emotional maturity. They should not only be warned about the dangers to chastity which they may meet but they should be so instructed as to be able to undertake the celibacy which binds them to God in a way which will benefit their entire personality."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious should diligently practice and if need be express also in new forms that voluntary poverty which is recognized and highly esteemed especially today as an expression of the following of Christ. By it they share in the poverty of Christ who for our sakes became poor, even though He was rich, so that by His poverty we might become rich (cf. 2 Cor. 8:9; Matt. 8:20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With regard to religious poverty it is not enough to use goods in a way subject to the superior's will, but members must be poor both in fact and in spirit, their treasures being in heaven (cf. Matt. 6:20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious should consider themselves in their own assignments to be bound by the common law of labor, and while they procure what is required for their sustenance and works, they should banish all undue solicitude and trust themselves to the provident care of their Father in heaven (cf. Matt. 6:25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious congregations by their constitutions can permit their members to renounce inheritances, both those which have been acquired or may be acquired."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Due regard being had for local conditions, religious communities should readily offer a quasi-collective witness to poverty and gladly use their own goods for other needs of the Church and the support of the poor whom all religious should love after the example of Christ (cf. Matt. 19:21, 25:34-46 James 2:15-16; 1 John 3:17). The several provinces and houses of each community should share their temporal goods with one another, so that those who have more help the others who are in need."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious communities have the right to possess whatever is required for their temporal life and work, unless this is forbidden by their rules and constitutions. Nevertheless, they should avoid every appearance of luxury, excessive wealth and the accumulation of goods."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In professing obedience, religious offer the full surrender of their own will as a sacrifice of themselves to God and so are united permanently and securely to God's salvific will."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "After the example of Jesus Christ who came to do the will of the Father (cf. John 4:34; 5:30; Heb. 10:7; Ps. 39:9) and \"assuming the nature of a slave\" (Phil. 2:7) learned obedience in the school of suffering (cf. Heb. 5:8), religious under the motion of the Holy Spirit, subject themselves in faith to their superiors who hold the place of God. Under their guidance they are led to serve all their brothers in Christ, just as Christ himself in obedience to the Father served His brethren and laid down His life as a ransom for many (cf. Matt. 20:28; John 10:14-18). So they are closely bound to the service of the Church and strive to attain the measure of the full manhood of Christ (Eph. 4:13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious, therefore, in the spirit of faith and love for the divine will should humbly obey their superiors according to their rules and constitutions. Realizing that they are contributing to building up the body of Christ according to God's plan, they should use both the forces of their intellect and will and the gifts of nature and grace to execute the commands and fulfill the duties entrusted to them. In this way religious obedience, far from lessening the dignity of the human person, by extending the freedom of the sons of God, leads it to maturity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Superiors, as those who are to give an account of the souls entrusted to them (Heb. 13:17), should fulfill their office in a way responsive to God's will. They should exercise their authority out of a spirit of service to the brethren, expressing in this way the love with which God loves their subjects. They should govern these as sons of God, respecting their human dignity. In this way they make it easier for them to subordinate their wills. They should be particularly careful to respect their subjects' liberty in the matters of sacramental confession and the direction of conscience. Subjects should be brought to the point where they will cooperate with an active and responsible obedience in undertaking new tasks and in carrying those already undertaken. And so superiors should gladly listen to their subjects and foster harmony among them for the good of the community and the Church, provided that thereby their own authority to decide and command what has to be done is not harmed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapters and deliberative bodies should faithfully discharge the part in ruling entrusted to them and each should in its own way express that concern for the good of the entire community which all its members share."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Common life, fashioned on the model of the early Church where the body of believers was united in heart and soul (cf. Acts 4:32), and given new force by the teaching of the Gospel, the sacred liturgy and especially the Eucharist, should continue to be lived in prayer and the communion of the same spirit. As members of Christ living together as brothers, religious should give pride of place in esteem to each other (cf. Rom. 12:10) and bear each other's burdens (cf. Gal. 6:2). For the community, a true family gathered together in the name of the Lord by God's love which has flooded the hearts of its members through the Holy Spirit (cf.Rom. 5:5), rejoices because He is present among them (cf. Matt. 18:20). Moreover love sums up the whole law (cf. Rom. 13:10), binds all together in perfect unity (cf. Col. 3:14) and by it we know that we have crossed over from death to life (cf. 1 John 3:14). Furthermore, the unity of the brethren is a visible pledge that Christ will return (cf. John 13:35; 17:21) and a source of great apostolic energy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That all the members be more closely knit by the bond of brotherly love, those who are called lay-brothers, assistants, or some similar name should be drawn closely in to the life and work of the community. Unless conditions really suggest something else, care should be taken that there be only one class of Sisters in communities of women. Only that distinction of persons should be retained which corresponds to-the diversity of works for which the Sisters are destined, either by special vocation from God or by reason of special aptitude."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "However, monasteries of men and communities which are not exclusively lay can, according to their nature and constitutions, admit clerics and lay persons on an equal footing and with equal rights and obligations, excepting those which flow from sacred orders."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Papal cloister should be maintained in the case of nuns engaged exclusively in the contemplative life. However, it must be adjusted to conditions of time and place and obsolete practices suppressed. This should be done after due consultation with the monasteries in question. But other nuns applied by rule to apostolic work outside the convent should be exempted from papal cloister in order to enable them better to fulfill the apostolic duties entrusted to them. Nevertheless, cloister is to be maintained according to the prescriptions of their constitutions."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The religious habit, an outward mark of consecration to God, should be simple and modest, poor and at the same becoming. In addition it must meet the requirements of health and be suited to the circumstances of time and place and to the needs of the ministry involved. The habits of both men and women religious which do not conform to these norms must be changed."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Adaptation and renewal depend greatly on the education of religious. Consequently neither non-clerical religious nor religious women should be assigned to apostolic works immediately after the novitiate. Rather, their religious and apostolic formation, joined with instruction in arts and science directed toward obtaining appropriate degrees, must be continued as needs require in houses established for those purposes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that the adaptation of religious life to the needs of our time may not be merely external and that those employed by rule in the active apostolate may be equal to their task, religious must be given suitable instruction, depending on their intellectual capacity and personal talent, in the currents and attitudes of sentiment and thought prevalent in social life today. This education must blend its elements together harmoniously so that an integrated life on the part of the religious concerned results."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious should strive during the whole course of their lives to perfect the culture they have received in matters spiritual and in arts and sciences. Likewise, superiors must, as far as this is possible, obtain for them the opportunity, equipment and time to do this."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Superiors are also obliged to see to it that directors, spiritual fathers, and professors are carefully chosen and thoroughly trained."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When the question of founding new religious communities arises, their necessity or at least the many useful services they promise must be seriously weighed. Otherwise communities may be needlessly brought into being which are useless or which lack sufficient resources. Particularly in those areas where churches have recently established, those forms of religious life should be promoted and developed which take into account the genius and way of life of the inhabitants and the customs and conditions of the regions."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious communities should continue to maintain and fulfill the ministries proper to them. In addition, after considering the needs of the Universal Church and individual dioceses, they should adapt them to the requirements of time and place, employing appropriate and even new programs and abandoning those works which today are less relevant to the spirit and authentic nature of the community."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The missionary spirit must under all circumstances be preserved in religious communities. It should be adapted, accordingly, as the nature of each community permits, to modern conditions so that the preaching of the Gospel may be carried out more effectively in every nation."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There may be communities and monasteries which the Holy See, after consulting the interested local Ordinaries, will judge not to possess reasonable hope for further development. These should be forbidden to receive novices in the future. If it is possible, these should be combined with other more flourishing communities and monasteries whose scope and spirit is similar."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Independent institutes and monasteries should, when opportune and the Holy See permits, form federations if they can be considered as belonging to the same religious family. Others who have practically identical constitutions and rules and a common spirit should unite, particularly when they have too few members. Finally, those who share the same or a very similar active apostolate should become associated, one to the other."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This synod favors conferences or councils of major superiors, established by the Holy See. These can contribute very much to achieve the purpose of each institute; to encourage more effective cooperation for the welfare of the Church; to ensure a more just distribution of ministers of the Gospel in a given area; and finally to conduct affairs of interest to all religious. Suitable coordination and cooperation with episcopal conferences should be established with regard to the exercise of the apostolate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Similar conferences should also be established for secular institutes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priests and Christian educators should make serious efforts to foster religious vocations, thereby increasing the strength of the Church, corresponding to its needs. These candidates should be suitably and carefully chosen. In ordinary preaching, the life of the evangelical counsels and the religious state should be treated more frequently. Parents, too, should nurture and protect religious vocations in their children by instilling Christian virtue in their hearts."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious communities have the right to make themselves known in order to foster vocations and seek candidates. In doing this, however, they should observe the norms laid down by the Holy See and the local Ordinary."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious should remember there is no better way than their own example to commend their institutes and gain candidates for the religious life."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious institutes, for whom these norms of adaptation and renewal have been laid down, should respond generously to the specific vocation God gave them as well as their work in the Church today. The sacred synod highly esteems their way of life in poverty, chastity and obedience, of which Christ the Lord is Himself the exemplar. Moreover, their apostolate, most effective, whether obscure or well known, offers this synod great hope for the future. Let all religious, therefore, rooted in faith and filled with love for God and neighbor, love of the cross and the hope of future glory, spread the good news of Christ throughout the whole world so that their witness may be seen by all and our Father in heaven may be glorified (Matt. 5:16). Therefore, let them beseech the Virgin Mary, the gentle Mother of God, \"whose life is a model for all,\"(1) that their number may daily increase and their salutary work be more effective."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "St. Ambrose, De Virginitate, 1, II, c. II, n. 15."
            }
          ]
        },
        "es": {
          "code": "es",
          "label": "Español",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_perfectae-caritatis_sp.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-165-vat-ii_decree_19651028_perfectae-caritatis_sp.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO PERFECTAE CARITATIS SOBRE LA ADECUADA RENOVACIÓN DE LA VIDA RELIGIOSA"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Sacrosanto Concilio ha enseñado ya en la Constitución que comienza \"Lumen gentium\", que la prosecución de la caridad perfecta por la práctica de los consejos evangélicos tiene su origen en la doctrina y en los ejemplos del Divino Maestro y que ellas se presenta como preclaro signo del Reino de los cielos. Se propone ahora tratar de la disciplina de los Institutos cuyos miembros profesan castidad, pobreza y obediencia, y proveer a las necesidades de los mismos en conformidad con las exigencias de nuestro tiempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ya desde los orígenes de la Iglesia hubo hombres y mujeres que se esforzaron por seguir con más libertad a Cristo por la práctica de los consejos evangélicos y, cada uno según su modo peculiar, llevaron una vida dedicada a Dios, muchos de los cuales bajo la inspiración del Espíritu Santo, o vivieron en la soledad o erigieron familias religiosas a las cuales la Iglesia, con su autoridad, acogió y aprobó de buen grado. De donde, por designios divinos, floreció aquella admirable variedad de familias religiosas que en tan gran manera contribuyó a que la Iglesia no sólo estuviera equipada para toda obra buena (Cf. Tim., 3,17) y preparada para la obra del ministerio en orden a la edificación del Cuerpo de Cristo, sino también a que, hermoseada con los diversos dones de sus hijos, se presente como esposa que se engalana para su Esposo, y por ella se ponga de manifiesto la multiforme sabiduría de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas en medio de tanta diversidad de dones, todos los que son llamados por Dios a la práctica de los consejos evangélicos y fielmente los profesan se consagran de modo particular al Señor, siguiente a Cristo, quien, virgen y pobre, redimió y santificó a los hombres por su obediencia hasta la muerte de Cruz. Así, impulsados por la caridad que el Espíritu Santo difunde en sus corazones, viven más y más para Cristo y para su Cuerpo, que es la Iglesia. Porque cuanto másfervientemente se unan a Cristo por medio de esta donación de sí mismos, que abarca la vida entera, más exuberante resultará la vida de la Iglesia y más intensamente fecundo su apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas para que el eminente valor de la vida consagrada por la profesión de los consejos evangélicos y su función necesaria, también en las actuales circunstancias, redunden en mayor bien de la Iglesia, este Sagrado Concilio establece lo siguiente que, sin embargo, no expresa más que los principios generales de renovación y acomodación de la vida y de la disciplina de las familias religiosas y también, atendida su índole peculiar de las sociedades de vida común sin voto y de los institutos seculares. Después del Concilio habrán de dictarse por la Autoridad competente las normas particulares para la conveniente explicación y aplicación de estos principios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Principios generales de renovación"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La adecuada adaptación y renovación de la vida religiosa comprende a la vez el continuo retorno a las fuentes de toda vida cristiana y a la inspiración originaria de los Institutos, y la acomodación de los mismos, a las cambiadas condiciones de los tiempos. Esta renovación habrá de promoverse, bajo el impulso del Espíritu Santo y la guía de la Iglesia, teniendo en cuenta los principios siguientes:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Como quiera que la última norma de vida religiosa es el seguimiento de Cristo, tal como lo propone Evangelio, todos los Institutos ha de tenerlos como regla suprema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Redunda en bien mismo de la Iglesia el que todos los Institutos tengan su carácter y fin propios. Por tanto, han de conocerse y conservarse con fidelidad el espíritu y los propósitos de los Fundadores, lo mismo que las sanas tradiciones, pues, todo ello constituye el patrimonio de cada uno de los Institutos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Todos los Institutos participen en la vida de la Iglesia y, teniendo en cuenta el carácter propio de cada uno, hagan suyas y fomenten las empresas e iniciativas de la misma: en materia bíblica, litúrgica, dogmática, pastoral, ecuménica, misional, social, etc."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) Promuevan los Institutos entre sus miembros un conocimiento adecuado de las condiciones de los hombres y de los tiempos y de las necesidades de la Iglesia, de suerte que, juzgando prudentemente a la luz de la fe las circunstancias del mundo de hoy y abrasados de celo apostólico, puedan prestar a los hombres una ayuda más eficaz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "e) Ordenándose ante todo la vida religiosa a que sus miembros sigan a Cristo y se unan a Dios por la profesión de los consejos evangélicos, habrá que tener muy en cuenta que aun las mejores adaptaciones a las necesidades de nuestros tiempos no surtirían efecto alguno si no estuvieren animadas por una renovación espiritual, a la que, incluso al promover las obras externas, se ha de dar siempre el primer lugar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Criterios prácticos para la renovación"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El modo de vivir, de orar y de actuar ha de estar convenientemente acomodado a las actuales condiciones físicas y psíquicas de los miembros del Instituto y también acomodado en todas las partes, pero, principalmente, en tierras de misión y a tenor de lo que requiere la índole peculiar de cada Instituto y las necesidades del apostolado, a las exigencias de la cultura ya las circunstancias sociales y económicas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "También el sistema de gobierno de los Institutos ha de ser sometido a revisión en conformidad con estos mismos criterios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por esta razón, sean revisados y adaptados convenientemente a los documentos de este Sagrado Concilio las constituciones, los \"directorios\", los libros de costumbres, de preces y de ceremonias y demás libros de esta clase, suprimiendo en ellos aquellas prescripciones que resulten anticuadas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quiénes han de llevar a cabo la renovación"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No puede lograrse una eficaz renovación ni una recta adaptación si no cooperan todos los miembros del Instituto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sin embargo, sólo a las autoridades competentes, principalmente a los Capítulos Generales, supuesta siempre la aprobación de la Santa Sede y de los Ordinarios del lugar, cuando ella sea precisa a tenor del Derecho, corresponde fijar las normas de la renovación y adaptación, dictar las leyes y hacer las debidas y prudentes experiencias. Mas en aquello que toca al interés común del Instituto, los Superiores consulten y oigan, de manera conveniente, a los súbditos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para la renovación y adaptación de los monasterios de monjas se podrán también obtener el voto y parecer de las asambleas de federaciones o de otras reuniones legítimamente convocadas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sin embargo, tengan todos presente que la renovación, más que de la multiplicación de las leyes, ha de esperarse de una más exacta observancia de la regla y constituciones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Elementos comunes a todas las formas de vida religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ante todo, han de tener en cuenta los miembros de cada Instituto que por la profesión de los consejos evangélicos han respondido al llamamiento divino para que no sólo estén muertos al pecado, sino que, renunciando al mundo, vivan únicamente para Dios. En efecto, han dedicado su vida entera al divino servicio, lo que constituye una realidad, una especial consagración, que radica íntimamente en el bautismo y la realiza más plenamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Considérense, además, dedicados al servicio de la Iglesia, ya que ella recibió esta donación que de sí mismos hicieron."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este servicio de Dios debe estimular y fomentar en ellos el ejercicio de las virtudes, principalmente de la humildad y obediencia, de la fortaleza y de la castidad, por las cuales se participa en el anonadamiento de Cristo y a su vida mediante el espíritu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En consecuencia, los religiosos, fieles a su profesión, abandonando todas las cosas por El, sigan a Cristo como lo único necesario, escuchando su palabra y dedicándose con solicitud a las cosas que le atañen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por esto, los miembros de cualquier Instituto, buscando sólo, y sobre todo, a Dios, deben unir la contemplación, por la que se unen a El con la mente y con el corazón, al amor apostólico, con el que se han de esforzar por asociarse a la obra de la Redención y por extender el Reino de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ante todo han de cultivar la vida espiritual"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los que profesan los consejos evangélicos, ante todo busquen y amen a Dios, que nos amó a nosotros primero, y procuren con afán fomentar en todas las ocasiones la vida escondida con Cristo en Dios, de donde brota y cobra vigor el amor del prójimo en orden a la salvación del mundo y a la edificación de la Iglesia. Aun la misma práctica de los consejos evangélicos está animada y regulada por esta caridad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por esta razón los miembros de los Institutos, bebiendo en los manantiales auténticos de la espiritualidad cristiana, han de cultivar con interés constante el espíritu de oración y la oración misma. En primer lugar, manejen cotidianamente la Sagrada Escritura para adquirir en la lectura y meditación de los sagrados Libros \"el sublime conocimiento de Cristo Jesús\". Fieles a la mente de la Iglesia, celebren la sagrada Liturgia y, principalmente, el sacrosanto Misterio de la Eucaristía no sólo con los labios, sino también con el corazón, y sacien su vida espiritual en esta fuente inagotable. Alimentados así en la mesa de la Ley divina y del sagrado Altar, amen fraternalmente a los miembros de Cristo, reverencien y amen con espíritu filial a sus pastores y vivan y sientan más y más con la Iglesia y conságrense totalmente a su misión."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Institutos de vida contemplativa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Institutos destinados por entero a la contemplación, o sea, aquellos cuyos miembros se dedican solamente a Dios en la soledad y silencio, en la oración asidua y generosa penitencia, ocupan siempre, aun cuando apremien las necesidades de un apostolado activo, un lugar eminente en el Cuerpo Místico de Cristo, en el que no todos los miembros tienen la misma función. En efecto, ofrecen a Dios un eximio sacrificio de alabanza, ilustran al Pueblo de Dios con frutos ubérrimos de santidad y le edifican con su ejemplo e incluso contribuyen a su desarrollo con una misteriosa fecundidad. De esta manera son gala de la Iglesia y manantial para ella de gracias celestiales. Sin embargo, habrá de ser revisado su tenor de vida en conformidad con los anteriores principios y criterios de renovación y adaptación, aunque manteniendo fidelísimamente su apartamiento del mundo y los ejercicios propios de la vida contemplativa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Institutos de vida apostólica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay en la Iglesia gran número de Institutos, clericales o laicales, dedicados a diversas obras de apostolado, que tienen dones diversos en conformidad con la gracia que les ha sido dada; ya sea el ministerio para servir, el que enseña, para enseñar; el que exhorta, para exhorta; el queda, con sencillez; el que practica la misericordia, con alegría. \"Hay ciertamente, diversidad de dones espirituales, pero uno mismo es el Espíritu\" (1 Cor., 12,4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La acción apostólica y benéfica en tales Institutos pertenece a la misma naturaleza de la vida religiosa, puesto que tal acción es un ministerio santo y una obra de caridad propia de ellos, que la Iglesia les ha encomendado y que han de realizar en su nombre. Por lo mismo, toda la vida religiosa de sus miembros ha de estar imbuida de espíritu apostólico, y toda su actividad apostólica ha de estar, a su vez, informadade espíritu religioso,"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Así, pues, para que primordialmente respondan a su llamamiento a seguir a Cristo y servirle en sus miembros, es necesario que la acción apostólica de los mismos proceda de la unión íntima con El. De este modo se fomenta la misma caridad para con Dios y para con el prójimo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por ello, estos Institutos han de procurar que sus observancias y costumbres armonicen convenientemente con las exigencias del apostolado a que se dedican. Y porque la vida religiosa dedicada a obras apostólicas reviste múltiples formas, es necesario que en su renovación y adaptación se tenga cuenta de esta diversidad y que en los Institutos, diversos entre sí, la vida de sus miembros, ordenada al servicio de Cristo, se alimente por los medios que les son propios y convenientes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay que conservar fielmente la vida monástica y conventual"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consérvese fielmente y resplandezca cada día más en su espíritu genuino, tanto en Oriente como en Occidente, la veneranda institución de la vida monástica, que tan excelsos méritos se granjeó en la Iglesia y en la sociedad civil a lo largo de los siglos. Primordial oficio de monjes es tributar a la Divina Majestad un humilde y noble servicio dentro de los claustros del monasterio, ya se dediquen legítimamente a su cargo alguna obra de apostolado o de caridad cristiana. Conservando, pues, la índole característica de la institución, hagan reverdecer las antiguas tradiciones benéficas y acomódenlas a las actuales necesidades de las almas, de suerte que los monasterios sean como focos de edificación para el pueblo cristiano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Asimismo, las regiones que por regla asocian estrechamente la vida apostólica al oficio coral y a las observancias monásticas, adapten su régimen de vida a las exigencias y conveniencias del apostolado, pero de tal suerte que conserven con fidelidad su forma de vida, ya que ella es ciertamente una grande ventaja para la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vida religiosa laical"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vida religiosa laical, tanto de hombres como de mujeres, constituye un estado completo en sí de profesión de los consejos evangélicos. Por ello, el Sagrado Concilio, teniéndola en mucho a causa de la utilidad que reporta a la misión pastoral de la Iglesia en la educación de la juventud, en el cuidado de los enfermos y en el ejercicio de otros ministerios, alienta a sus miembros en su vocación y les exhorta a que acomoden su vida a las exigencias actuales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Sagrado Concilio declara que nada obsta a que en los Institutos de Hermanos, permaneciendo invariada su naturaleza laical, algunos de sus miembros, en virtud de una disposición del Capítulo General, y para atender a las necesidades del ministerio sacerdotal, en sus propias casas reciban las sagradas órdenes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Institutos seculares"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Institutos seculares, aunque no son Institutos religiosos, realizan en el mundo una verdadera y completa profesión de los consejos evangélicos, reconocida por la Iglesia. Esta profesión confiere una consagración a los hombres y a las mujeres, a los laicos y a los clérigos, que viven en el mundo. Por esta causa deben ellos procurar, ante todo, la dedicación total de sí mismos en caridad perfecta y los Institutos mantengan su propia fisonomía secular, a fin de que puedan realizar con eficacia y en todas partes el apostolado, para el que nacieron."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sin embargo, han de saber bien estos Institutos que no podrán desempeñar tan grande misión si sus miembros no están formados de tal manera en el conocimiento de las cosas divinas y humanas, que sean, en realidad, en medio del mundo, fermento para robustecer e incrementar el Cuerpo de Cristo. Preocúpense seriamente los superiores de formar a sus súbditos, principalmente en el espíritu, y de promover su formación ulterior."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La castidad"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La castidad \"por el Reino de los cielos\", que profesan los religiosos, debe ser estimada como un singular don de la gracia. Ella libera de modo especial el corazón del hombre para que se inflame más en el amor a Dios y a todos los hombres, y es, por lo mismo, signo peculiar de los bienes celestiales y medio aptísimo para que los religiosos se dediquen con alegría al servicio divino y a las obras de apostolado. Evocan así ellos ante todos los cristianos aquel maravilloso connubio instituido por Dios y que habrá de tener en el siglo futuro su plena manifestación, por el que la Iglesia tiene a Cristo como único Esposo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es, pues, necesario que los religiosos, celosos por guardar fielmente su profesión, se fíen de la palabra del Señor y sin presumir de sus propias fuerzas pongan su confianza en el auxilio divino y practiquen la mortificación y la guarda de los sentidos. No omitan tampoco los medios naturales, que favorecen la salud del alma y del cuerpo. Así, los religiosos no se dejarán impresionar por las falsas doctrinas, que presentan la continencia perfecta como imposible o como algo perjudicial al perfeccionamiento delhombre, y rechazarán, como por instinto espiritual, cuanto pone en peligro la castidad. Tengan, además, presenta todos, principalmente los Superiores, que habrá mayor seguridad en la guarda de la castidad cuando reine en la vida común un verdadero amor fraterno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas porque la guarda de la continencia perfecta toca íntimamente las más profundas inclinaciones de la naturaleza humana, no se presenten los candidatos a ella sino después de haber sido suficientemente probados y de haber logrado la debida madurez psicológica y afectiva. Y no sólo han de ser advertidos de los peligros que acechan contra la castidad, sino de tal manera instruidos, que abracen el celibato consagrado a Dios incluso como un bien de toda la persona."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La pobreza"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cultivan con diligencia los religiosos y, si es preciso, expresen con formas nuevas la pobreza voluntaria abrazada por el seguimiento de Cristo, del que, principalmente hoy, constituye un signo muy estimado. Por ella, en efecto, se participa en la pobreza de Cristo, que siendo rico se hizo pobre por nosotros, a fin de enriquecernos con su pobreza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo que concierne a la pobreza religiosa, no basta con someterse a los Superiores en el uso de los bienes, sino que es menester que los religiosos sean pobres en la realidad y en el espíritu, teniendo sus tesoros en el cielo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cada cual en su oficio considérese sometido a la ley común del trabajo, y mientras se procura de este modo las cosas necesarias para el sustento y las obras, deseche toda solicitud exagerada y abandónese a la Providencia del Padre, que está en los cielos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las Congregaciones religiosas pueden permitir en sus Constituciones que sus miembros renuncien a los bienes patrimoniales adquiridos o por adquirir."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Teniendo en cuenta las circunstancias de cada lugar, los mismos Institutos esfuércense en dar testimonio colectivo de pobreza y contribuyan gustosamente con sus bienes a las demás necesidades de la Iglesia y al sustento de los pobres, a quienes todos los religiosos deben amar en las entrañas de Cristo. Las Provincias y las Casas de los Institutos compartan entre sí los bienes materiales, de forma que las que más tengan presten ayuda a las que padecen necesidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aunque los Institutos tienen derecho a poseer todo lo necesario para su vida temporal y para sus obras, salvas las Reglas y Constituciones, deben, sin embargo, evitar toda apariencia de lujo, de lucro excesivo y de acumulación de bienes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La obediencia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los religiosos por la profesión de la obediencia, ofrecen a Dios, como sacrificio de sí mismos, la consagración completa de su propia voluntad, y mediante ella se unen de manera más constante y segura a la divina voluntad salvífica. De ahí se deduce que siguiendo el ejemplo de Jesucristo, que vino a cumplir la voluntad del Padre, \"tomando la forma de siervo\", aprendió por sus padecimientos la obediencia, los religiosos, movidos por el Espíritu Santo, se someten en fe a los Superiores, que hacen las veces de Dios, y mediante ellos sirven a todos los hermanos en Cristo, como el mismo Cristo, por su sumisión al Padre, sirvió a los hermanos y dio su vida por la redención de muchos. De esta manera se vinculan más estrechamente al servicio de la Iglesia y se esfuerzan por llegar a la medida de la edad que realiza la plenitud de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En consecuencia, los súbditos, en espíritu de fe y de amor a la voluntad de Dios, presten humilde obediencia a los Superiores, en conformidad con la Regla y las Constituciones, poniendo a contribución las fuerzas de inteligencia y voluntad y los dones de naturaleza y gracia en la ejecución de los mandatos y en el desempeño de los oficios que se les encomienden, persuadidos de que así contribuyen, según el designio de Dios, a la edificación del Cuerpo de Cristo. Esta obediencia religiosa no mengua en manera alguna la dignidad de la persona humana, sino que la lleva a la madurez, dilatando la libertad de los hijos de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas los Superiores, que habrán de dar cuenta a Dios de las almas a ellos encomendadas, dóciles a la voluntad divina en el desempeño de su cargo, ejerzan su autoridad en espíritu de servicio para con sus hermanos, de suerte que pongan de manifiesto la caridad con que Dios los ama."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gobiernen a sus súbditos como a hijos de Dios y con respeto a la persona humana. Por lo mismo, especialmente, déjenles la debida libertad por lo que se refiere al sacramento de la penitencia y a la dirección de conciencia. Logren de los súbditos, que en el desempeño de sus cargos y en la aceptación de las iniciativas cooperen éstos con obediencia activa y responsable. Por tanto, escuchen los Superiores con agrado a los súbditos, procurando que empeñen su actividad en bien del Instituto y de la Iglesia, quedando, no obstante, siempre a salvo su autoridad para determinar y mandar lo que debe hacerse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Capítulos y Consejos cumplan fielmente la función que se les ha encomendado en el gobierno y en el modo que, respectivamente, les es propio, realicen la participación y preocupación de los miembros en pro de toda la comunidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vida común"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A ejemplo de la primitiva Iglesia, en la cual la multitud de los creyentes eran un corazón y un alma, ha de mantenerse la vida común en la oración y en la comunión del mismo espíritu, nutrida por la doctrina evangélica, por la sagrada Liturgia y principalmente por la Eucaristía. Los religiosos, como miembros de Cristo, han de prevenirse en el trato fraterno con muestras de mutuo respeto, llevando el uno las cargas del otro, ya que la comunidad, como verdadera familia, reunida en nombre de Dios, goza de su divina presencia por la caridad que el Espíritu Santo difundió en los corazones. La caridad es la plenitud de la ley y vínculo de perfección y por ella sabemos que hemos sido traspasados de la muerte a la vida. En fin, la unidad de los hermanos manifiesta el advenimiento de Cristo y de ella dimana una gran fuerza apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A fin de que el vínculo de hermandad sea más íntimo entre sus miembros, incorpórese estrechamente los llamados conversos o con otros nombres a la vida y actividades de la comunidad. Ha de procurarse que en los Institutos de mujeres haya una sola clase de hermanas, a no ser que las circunstancias aconsejen verdaderamente otra cosa. En este caso, sólo ha de conservarse la distinción de personas que esté exigida por la diversidad de obras a que las hermanas se dedican o por especial vocación de Dios o por sus peculiares aptitudes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los monasterios e Institutos de varones que no son meramente laicales pueden admitir a tenor de las Constituciones y en conformidad con su propia índole, clérigos y laicos en igualdad de condiciones, derechos y deberes, salvo los que provienen de las órdenes sagradas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La clausura de las monjas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consérvese inalterada la clausura papal de las monjas de vida estrictamente contemplativa, pero después de oír el parecer de los mismos monasterios adáptese a las condiciones de los tiempos y lugares, suprimiendo los usos que hayan quedado anticuados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sean eximidas de la clausura papal las monjas que por su Regla se dedican a obras externas, para que así puedan realizar mejor las obras de apostolado a ellas encomendadas, aunque deben guardar la clausura a tenor de sus Constituciones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El hábito religioso"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El hábito religioso, como signo que es de la consagración, sea sencillo y modesto, pobre a la par que decente, que se adapte también a las exigencias de la salud y a las circunstancias de tiempo y lugar y se acomode a las necesidades del ministerio. El hábito, tanto de hombres como de mujeres, que no se ajuste a estas normas, debe ser modificado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La formación de los religiosos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La renovación y adaptación de los Institutos depende principalmente de la formación de sus miembros. Por tanto, los hermanos no clérigos y las religiosas no sean destinados inmediatamente después del Noviciado a obras apostólica, sino que deben continuar en casas convenientemente apropiadas su formación religiosa y apostólica, doctrinal y técnica, incluso con la adquisición de los títulos convenientes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que la adaptación de la vida religiosa a las exigencias de nuestro tiempo no sea una adaptación meramente externa ni suceda que los que por institución se dedican al apostolado externo se encuentren incapacitados para llenar su ministerio, han de ser instruidos convenientemente, según la capacidad intelectual y la índole personal de cada uno, sobre las actuales costumbres sociales y sobre el modo de sentir y de pensar, hoy en boga. La formación por un fusión armónica de sus elementos ha de darse de tal suerte que contribuya a la unidad de vida de los miembros del Instituto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los religiosos han de procurar ir perfeccionando cuidadosamente a lo largo de toda su vida esta cultura espiritual, doctrinal y técnica, y los Superiores han de hacer lo posible por proporcionarles oportunidad, ayuda y tiempo para ello."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es también obligación de los Superiores procurar que los directores, maestros de espíritu y los profesores sean bien seleccionados y cuidadosamente preparados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fundación de nuevos Institutos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En la fundación de nuevos Institutos ha de ponderarse maduramente la necesidad, o por lo menos la grande utilidad, así como la posibilidad de desarrollo, a fin de que no surjan imprudentemente Institutos inútiles o no dotados del suficiente vigor. De modo especial promuévanse y cultívense en las Iglesias nuevas las formas de vida religiosa que se adapten a la índole y a las costumbres de los habitantes y a los usos y condiciones de los respectivos paises."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conservación, adaptación y abandono de las obras propias"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conserven los Institutos y realicen con fidelidad sus propias actividades y, teniendo en cuenta la utilidad de la Iglesia universal y de las diócesis, adáptenlas a las necesidades de tiempos y lugares, empleando los medios oportunos y aún otros nuevos; pero abandonen aquellas que son hoy menos conformes al espíritu y a la índole genuina del Instituto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Manténgase en los Institutos el espíritu misionero y ajústese, según la índole de cada uno, a las circunstancias de hoy, de suerte que en todos los pueblos resulte más eficaz la predicación del Evangelio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Institutos y Monasterios decadentes"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A los Institutos y Monasterios que, a juicio de la Santa Sede, después de oír a los Ordinarios de los lugares, no ofrezcan fundada esperanza de futura vitalidad, prohíbanseles recibir nuevos novicios y, si es posible, únanse a otro Instituto o Monasterio más vigoroso que por difiera mucho de él por su fin y por su espíritu. Unión de Institutos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cuando se crea ello oportuno, y previa la aprobación de la Santa Sede, los Institutos y Monasterios autónomos promuevan entre sí: federaciones, si de alguna manera pertenecen a una misma familia religiosa; uniones, si tienen iguales constituciones y costumbres, y están animados del mismo espíritu, principalmente si son demasiado pequeños; y asociaciones, si se dedican a idénticas o semejantes actividades externas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conferencias de Superiores Mayores"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Han de fomentarse las Conferencias o Consejos de Superiores Mayores erigidos por la Santa Sede, que pueden contribuir en gran manera a conseguir más plenamente del fin de cada Instituto, al fomento de un empeño más eficaz por el bien de la Iglesia, a la más equitativa distribución de los obreros del Evangelio en determinado territorio y también alestudio de los problemas comunes a los religiosos, estableciendo la conveniente coordinación y colaboración con las Conferencias Episcopales en lo que se refiere al ejercicio del apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pueden establecerse también este tipo de conferencias para los Institutos seculares."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fomento de las vocaciones religiosas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los sacerdotes y los educadores cristianos pongan un verdadero empeño en dar a las vocaciones religiosas, conveniente y cuidadosamente seleccionadas, nuevo incremento que responda plenamente a las necesidades de la Iglesia. Aun en la predicación ordinaria, trátese con más frecuencia de los consejos evangélicos y de las conveniencias en abrazar el estado religioso. Los padres, al educar a sus hijos en las costumbres cristianas, cultiven y defiendan en sus corazones la vocación religiosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es lícito a los Institutos divulgar el conocimiento de sí mismos para fomentar vocaciones y reclutar candidatos, con tal que esto se haga con la debida prudencia y observando las normas dadas por la Santa Sede y por el Ordinario del lugar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tengan en cuenta, sin embargo, todos que el ejemplo de la propia vida es la mejor recomendación de su propio Instituto y una invitación a abrazar la vida religiosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSIÓN"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Institutos, para los cuales se establecen estas normas de renovación y acomodación, respondan con espíritu generoso a su divina vocación y a la misión que en estos tiempos tienen en la Iglesia. El Sagrado Concilio aprecia en gran manera su género de vida virginal, pobre y obediente, cuyo modelo es el mismo Cristo Señor, y pone una firme esperanza en la fecundidad de sus actividades tanto ocultas como manifiestas. Todos los religiosos, pues, deben infundir el mensaje de Cristo en todo el mundo por la integridad de la fe, por la caridad para con Dios y para con el prójimo, por el amor a la cruz y la esperanza de la gloria futura, a fin de que su testimonio sea patente a todos y sea glorificado nuestro Padre que está en los cielos. De este modo, por intercesión de la dulcísima Virgen María, Madre de Dios, \"cuya vida es norma de todos\", recibirán mayor incremento cada día y darán más copiosos y saludables frutos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todas y cada una de las cosas contenidas en este Decreto han obtenido el beneplácito de los Padres del Sacrosanto Concilio. Y Nos, en virtud de la potestad apostólica recibida de Cristo, juntamente con los Venerables Padres, lasaprobamos, decretamos y establecemos en el Espíritu Santo, y mandamos que lo así decidido conciliarmente sea promulgado para gloria de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, en San Pedro, 28 de octubre de 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yo, PABLO, Obispo de la Iglesia católica."
            }
          ]
        },
        "fr": {
          "code": "fr",
          "label": "Français",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_perfectae-caritatis_fr.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-158-vat-ii_decree_19651028_perfectae-caritatis_fr.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAUL, ÉVÊQUE, SERVITEUR DES SERVITEURS DE DIEU, AVEC LES PÈRES DU SAINT CONCILE, POUR QUE LE SOUVENIR S'EN MAINTIENNE À JAMAIS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DÉCRET SUR LA RÉNOVATION ET L'ADAPTATION DE LA VIE RELIGIEUSE PERFECTAE CARITATE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRÉAMBULE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans la constitution Lumen Gentium, le Concile a précédemment montré que la recherche de la charité parfaite par les conseils évangéliques a sa source dans l’enseignement et l’exemple du divin Maître et apparaît comme un signe éclatant du Royaume des cieux. Maintenant, il se propose de traiter de la vie et de la discipline des instituts dont les membres font profession de chasteté, de pauvreté et d’obéissance, et de pourvoir à leurs besoins, selon les exigences de l’époque actuelle."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dès les origines de l’Église, il y eut des hommes et des femmes qui voulurent, par la pratique des conseils évangéliques, suivre plus librement le Christ et l’imiter plus fidèlement et qui, chacun à sa manière, menèrent une vie consacrée à Dieu. Beaucoup parmi eux, sous l’impulsion de l’Esprit Saint, vécurent dans la solitude, ou bien fondèrent des familles religieuses que l’Église accueillit volontiers et approuva de son autorité. À partir de là se développa providentiellement une admirable variété de communautés religieuses qui contribuèrent beaucoup à ce que l’Église non seulement fût apte à toute bonne œuvre (cf. 2 Tm 3, 17) et prête pour l’exercice de son ministère en vue de l’édification du Corps du Christ (cf. Ep 4, 12), mais encore apparût embellie des dons variés de ses enfants comme une épouse parée pour son époux (cf. Ap 21, 2), et que par elle fussent manifestées les ressources multiples de la sagesse de Dieu (cf. Ep 3, 10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans une telle variété de dons, tous ceux que Dieu appelle à la pratique des conseils évangéliques et qui en font profession, se vouent au Seigneur de façon spéciale en suivant le Christ chaste et pauvre (cf. Mt 8, 20 ; Lc 9, 58), qui par son obéissance jusqu’à la mort de la croix (cf. Ph 2, 8) a racheté les hommes et les a sanctifiés. Poussés dans cette voie par la charité que l’Esprit Saint a répandue dans leurs cœurs (cf. Rm 5, 5), ils vivent toujours davantage pour le Christ et pour son Corps qui est l’Église (cf. Col 1, 24). C’est pourquoi, plus fervente est leur union au Christ par cette donation d’eux-mêmes qui embrasse toute leur existence, plus riche devient la vie de l’Église et plus fécond son apostolat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais pour que l’Église, dans les circonstances présentes, profite davantage de l’excellence de la vie consacrée par la profession des conseils évangéliques et de son rôle nécessaire, le saint Concile a statué ce qui suit et qui concerne seulement les principes généraux de la rénovation et de l’adaptation de la vie et de la discipline des instituts religieux, et, étant sauf leur caractère propre, des sociétés de vie commune sans vœux et des instituts séculiers. Les normes particulières de la mise en œuvre et de l’application de ces principes généraux devront être établies après le Concile par l’autorité compétente."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Principes généraux d’une rénovation adaptée"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La rénovation et l’adaptation de la vie religieuse comprennent à la fois le retour continu aux sources de toute vie chrétienne ainsi qu’à l’inspiration originelle des instituts et, d’autre part, l’adaptation de ceux-ci aux conditions nouvelles d’existence. Une telle rénovation doit s’accomplir, sous l’impulsion de l’Esprit Saint et la direction de l’Église, selon les principes suivants :"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) La norme ultime de la vie religieuse étant de suivre le Christ selon l’enseignement de l’Évangile, cela doit être tenu par tous les instituts comme leur règle suprême."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Le bien même de l’Église demande que les instituts aient leur caractère et leur fonction propres. C’est pourquoi on mettra en pleine lumière et on maintiendra fidèlement l’esprit des fondateurs et leurs intentions spécifiques de même que les saines traditions, l’ensemble constituant le patrimoine de chaque institut."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Tout institut doit participer à la vie de l’Église et, tenant compte de son caractère propre, faire siennes et favoriser de tout son pouvoir ses initiatives et ses projets; ainsi dans le domaine biblique, dogmatique, pastoral, œcuménique, missionnaire et social."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) Les instituts doivent promouvoir chez leurs membres une suffisante information de la condition humaine à leur époque et des besoins de l’Église, de sorte que discernant avec sagesse, à la lumière de la foi, les traits particuliers du monde d’aujourd’hui et brûlant du zèle apostolique, ils soient à même de porter aux hommes un secours plus efficace."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "e) Comme la vie religieuse est ordonnée avant tout à ce que ses adeptes suivent le Christ et s’unissent à Dieu par la profession des conseils évangéliques, il faut bien voir que les meilleurs adaptations aux exigences de notre temps ne produiront leur effet qu’animées par une rénovation spirituelle. À celle-ci on doit toujours attribuer le rôle principal même dans le développement des activités extérieures."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Critères pratiques de rénovation adaptée"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’organisation de la vie, de la prière et de l’activité doit être convenablement adaptée aux conditions physiques et psychiques actuelles des religieux et aussi, dans la mesure où le requiert le caractère de chaque institut, aux besoins de l’apostolat, aux exigences de la culture, aux conditions sociales et économiques ; cela en tout lieu, mais particulièrement dans les pays de mission."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "D’après les mêmes critères, on soumettra aussi à l’examen le système de gouvernement des instituts."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il faut donc réviser de façon appropriée les constitutions, les « directoires », les coutumiers, les livres de prières, de cérémonies et autres recueils du même genre, supprimant ce qui est désuet et se conformant aux documents de ce saint Concile."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ceux qui doivent mener à bien cette rénovation adaptée"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Une rénovation efficace et une juste adaptation ne peuvent s’obtenir qu’avec le concours de tous les membres de l’institut."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais fixer les normes et légiférer dans ce but, ou permettre une expérimentation suffisante et prudente, relève uniquement de l’autorité compétente, notamment des chapitres généraux, avec l’approbation si c’est nécessaire du Saint Siège ou de l’Ordinaire du lieu, aux termes du droit. De leur côté, les supérieurs devront, s’il s’agit de questions intéressant tout l’institut, en consulter les membres de manière opportune et entendre leur avis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour ce qui concerne la rénovation adaptée des monastères de moniales, on pourra recueillir également les vœux et les avis des assemblées des fédérations ou d’autres réunions légitimement convoquées."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cependant, l’on se souviendra que l’espoir d’une rénovation doit être mis dans une observance plus consciencieuse de la règle et des constitutions, plutôt que dans la multiplicité des lois."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Éléments communs à toutes les formes de vie religieuse"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les membres de tout institut se rappelleront principalement que par la profession des conseils évangéliques ils ont répondu à une vocation divine de sorte que, non seulement morts au péché (cf. Rm 6, 11) mais encore renonçant au monde, ils ne vivent que pour Dieu seul. Ils ont en effet dédié entièrement leur vie à son service ; et ceci constitue précisément une consécration particulière qui s’enracine intimement dans la consécration du baptême et l’exprime avec plus de plénitude."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comme cette donation d’eux-mêmes a été acceptée par l’Église, qu’ils se sachent également liés à son service."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette donation à Dieu doit exiger et favoriser en eux l’exercice des vertus, surtout de l’humilité et de l’obéissance, de la force et de la chasteté, qui les rendent participants de l’anéantissement du Christ (cf. Ph 2, 7-8) et en même temps de sa vie dans l’Esprit (cf. Rm 8, 1-13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que les religieux donc, fidèles à leur profession, abandonnant tout pour le Christ (cf. Mc 10, 28) le suivent lui comme l’unique nécessaire (cf. Lc 10, 42 ; Mt 19, 21), écoutant ses paroles (cf. Lc 10, 39), préoccupés de ce qui le concerne (cf. 1 Co 7, 32)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi, il faut que les membres de tout institut, ne cherchant avant tout que Dieu seul, unissent la contemplation par laquelle ils adhèrent à lui de cœur et d’esprit, et l’amour apostolique qui s’efforce de s’associer à l’œuvre de la Rédemption et d’étendre le Royaume de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Primauté de la vie spirituelle"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que ceux qui professent les conseils évangéliques cherchent Dieu et l’aiment avant tout, lui qui nous a aimés le premier (cf. 1 Jn 4, 10) et qu’en toutes circonstances ils s’appliquent à entretenir dans la vie cachée en Dieu avec le Christ (cf. Col 3, 3), d’où s’épanche et se fait pressant l’amour du prochain pour le salut du monde et l’édification de l’Église. Par cette charité aussi est vivifiée et régie la pratique elle-même des conseils évangéliques."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En conséquence, les membres des instituts cultiveront avec un soin constant l’esprit d’oraison et l’oraison elle-même, puisant aux vraies sources de la spiritualité chrétienne. Tout d’abord, que chaque jour la Sainte Écriture soit en leurs mains pour retirer de sa lecture et de sa méditation « l’éminente science de Jésus Christ » (cf. Ph 3, 8). Ils célébreront la sainte liturgie, surtout le mystère de la très Sainte Eucharistie, priant selon l’esprit de l’Église du cœur et des lèvres, et ils nourriront leur vie spirituelle à cette source inépuisable."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Restaurés ainsi à la table de la loi divine et du saint autel, qu’ils aiment fraternellement les membres du Christ, qu’ils aient pour les pasteurs révérence et amour dans un esprit filial, qu’ils vivent et pensent toujours plus avec l’Église et se consacre nt totalement à sa mission."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les instituts intégralement ordonnés à la contemplation"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les instituts intégralement ordonnés à la contemplation, en sorte que leurs membres vaquent uniquement aux choses de Dieu dans la solitude et le silence, dans la prière assidue et une joyeuse pénitence, conservent toujours, si urgente que soit la nécessité d’un apostolat actif, une place de choix dans le Corps mystique du Christ dont « les membres n’ont pas tous la même fonction » (Rm 12, 4). Ils offrent en effet à Dieu un sacrifice éminent de louange ; ils illustrent le Peuple de Dieu par des fruits abondants de sainteté, ils l’entraînent par leur exemple et procurent son accroissement par une secrète fécondité apostolique. Ils sont ainsi l’honneur de l’Église et une source de grâces célestes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cependant, leur genre de vie doit être revu d’après les principes et les critères susdits de rénovation appropriée, mais en conservant scrupuleusement leur séparation du monde et les exercices propres à la vie contemplative."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les instituts voués à la vie apostolique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Très nombreux sont dans l’Église les instituts de clercs ou de laïcs voués aux diverses œuvres d’apostolat. Ils sont pourvus de dons différents selon la grâce qui leur a été donnée : le service en servant, l’enseignement en enseignant, l’exhortation en exhortant, le don sans calcul, la miséricorde rayonnante de joie (cf. Rm 12, 5-8). « Il y a diversité de dons spirituels, mais c’est le même Esprit » (1 Co 12, 4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans ces instituts, à la nature même de la vie religieuse appartient l’action apostolique et bienfaisante, comme un saint ministère et une œuvre spécifique de charité à eux confiés par l’Église pour être exercée en son nom. C’est pourquoi toute la vie religieuse de leurs membres doit être pénétrée d’esprit apostolique et toute l’action apostolique doit être animée d’esprit religieux. Si donc les sujets veulent répondre avant tout à leur vocation de suivre le Christ et servir le Christ lui-même dans ses membres, il faut que leur activité apostolique dérive de leur union intime avec lui. De là résulte un développement de la charité elle-même envers Dieu et le prochain."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ces instituts doivent donc adapter judicieusement leurs observances et usages aux nécessités de l’apostolat qui leur incombe. Mais comme la vie religieuse vouée aux œuvres apostoliques revêt des formes multiples, il faut que sa rénovation adaptée tienne compte d’une telle diversité et que, dans les différents instituts, la vie des religieux au service du Christ soit soutenue par les moyens qui leur sont propres et leur conviennent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maintien de la vie monastique et conventuelle"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que l’on maintienne fidèlement et que l’on fasse toujours mieux ressortir dans son véritable esprit, tant en Orient qu’en Occident, la vénérable institution de la vie monastique qui, tout au long des siècles, a si bien mérité de l’Église et de la société. Le principal office des moines est l’humble et noble service de la divine Majesté dans le cadre du monastère, soit qu’ils se consacrent entièrement dans une vie cachée au culte divin, soit que légitimement ils prennent en charge quelque œuvre d’apostolat ou de charité chrétienne. Sauvegardant donc leur caractère propre, qu’ils renouvellent leurs antiques et bienfaisantes traditions et les adaptent aux besoins actuels des âmes de sorte que les monastères soient comme des centres vivants d’édification du peuple chrétien."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De même, les sociétés religieuses qui, de par leur règle ou leur institution, associent intimement la vie apostolique à l’office choral et aux observances monastiques, harmoniseront leur genre de vie avec les exigences de l’apostolat qui leur convient de façon à conserver fidèlement leur forme de vie pour le plus grand bien de l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vie religieuse laïque"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vie religieuse laïque, qu’il s’agisse des hommes ou des femmes, constitue en soi un état complet de la profession des conseils évangéliques. Cette vie, si utile à la charge pastorale de l’Église pour l’éducation de la jeunesse, le soin des malades et d’autres formes d’apostolat, le saint Concile la tient en grande considération, confirme ses membres dans leur vocation et les exhorte à adapter leur vie aux exigences du monde actuel. Le saint Concile déclare que, dans les instituts de Frères, rien n’empêche que, de par une disposition du chapitre général, étant fermement maintenu le caractère laïc de ces instituts, quelques membres reçoivent les ordres sacrés pour subvenir aux besoins du ministère sacerdotal dans leurs maisons."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les instituts séculiers"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les instituts séculiers, bien qu’ils ne soient pas des instituts religieux, comportent cependant une profession véritable et complète des conseils évangéliques dans le monde, reconnue comme telle par l’Église. Cette profession confère une consécration à des hommes et à des femmes, à des laïcs et à des clercs vivant dans le monde. Par conséquent, il faut qu’ils tendent avant tout à se donner entièrement à Dieu dans la charité parfaite et que leurs instituts gardent le caractère séculier qui leur est propre et spécifique afin de pouvoir exercer partout et efficacement l’apostolat dans le monde et comme du sein du monde, apostolat pour lequel ils ont été créés. Qu’ils sachent bien cependant qu’ils ne pourront accomplir cette tâche si grande que si les membres reçoivent une solide formation dans les choses divines et humaines afin d’être vraiment dans le monde un levain pour la vigueur et l’accroissement du Corps du Christ. Que les supérieurs veillent donc sérieusement à ce qu’une formation, surtout spirituelle, leur soit donnée et se poursuive ultérieurement."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La chasteté"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La chasteté « pour le Royaume des cieux » (Mt 19, 12), dont les religieux font profession, doit être regardée comme un don éminent de la grâce. Elle libère singulièrement le cœur de l’homme (cf. 1 Co 7, 32-35) pour qu’il brûle de l’amour de Dieu et de tous les hommes ; c’est pourquoi elle est un signe particulier des biens célestes, ainsi qu’un moyen très efficace pour les religieux de se consacrer sans réserve au service divin et aux œuvres de l’apostolat. Ils évoquent ainsi aux yeux de tous les fidèles cette admirable union établie par Dieu et qui doit être pleinement manifestée dans le siècle futur, par laquelle l’Église a le Christ comme unique époux."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que les religieux donc, soucieux de la fidélité à leur profession, croient aux paroles du Seigneur et, confiants dans le secours de Dieu, qu’ils ne présument pas de leurs forces et pratiquent la mortification et la maîtrise des sens. Qu’ils ne négligent pas non plus les moyens naturels propices à la santé de l’âme et du corps. De cette façon, ils ne se laisseront pas émouvoir par les fausses théories qui présentent la continence parfaite comme impossible ou nuisible à l’épanouissement humain ; et, comme par un instinct spirituel, ils repousseront tout ce qui peut mettre en péril la chasteté. Tous se souviendront, surtout les supérieurs, que cette vertu se garde plus facilement lorsqu’il y a entre les membres des instituts une véritable charité fraternelle dans la vie commune."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Étant donné que l’observance de la continence parfaite touche intimement des inclinations particulièrement profondes de la nature humaine, les candidats à la profession de la chasteté ne doivent s’y décider ou y être admis qu’après une probation vraiment suffisante et s’ils ont la maturité psychologique et affective nécessaires. On ne se contentera pas de les prévenir des dangers qui menacent cette vertu, mais on les formera de manière qu’ils assument le célibat consacré à Dieu comme un bien qui contribue au développement intégral de leur personnalité."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La pauvreté"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La pauvreté volontaire en vue de suivre le Christ, ce dont elle est un signe particulièrement mis en valeur de nos jours, doit être pratiquée soigneusement par les religieux et même, au besoin, s’exprimer sous des formes nouvelles. Par elle, on devient participant de la pauvreté du Christ qui s’est fait pauvre à cause de nous, alors qu’il était riche, afin de nous enrichir par son dépouillement (cf. 2 Co 8, 9 ; Mt 8, 20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour ce qui est de la pauvreté religieuse, il ne suffit pas seulement de dépendre des supérieurs dans l’usage des biens, mais il faut que les religieux soient pauvres effectivement et en esprit, ayant leur trésor dans le ciel (cf. Mt 6, 20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que chacun d’eux, dans sa tâche, se sente astreint à la loi commune du travail et, tout en se procurant ainsi le nécessaire pour leur entretien et leurs œuvres, qu’ils rejettent tout souci excessif et se confient à la providence du Père des cieux (cf. Mt 6, 25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les congrégations religieuses peuvent permettre par leurs constitutions que les sujets renoncent à leurs biens patrimoniaux présents ou à venir."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les instituts eux-mêmes s’efforceront, compte tenu de la diversité des lieux, de fournir en quelque sorte un témoignage collectif de pauvreté ; volontiers ils prendront de leurs biens pour subvenir aux autres besoins de l’Église et soutenir les indigents que tous les religieux doivent aimer dans le cœur du Christ (cf. Mt 19, 21 ; 25, 34-46 ; Jc 2, 15-16 ; 1 Jn 3, 17). Les provinces et les maisons des instituts doivent partager les unes avec les autres leurs biens matériels, les plus aisées secourant les plus démunies."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bien que les instituts, sauf dispositions contraires des règles et constitutions, aient le droit de posséder tout ce qui est nécessaire à la vie matérielle et aux œuvres, ils doivent néanmoins éviter tout luxe, tout gain immodéré ou cumul de biens."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’obéissance"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par la profession d’obéissance, les religieux font l’offrande totale de leur propre volonté, comme un sacrifice d’eux-mêmes à Dieu, et par là ils s’unissent plus fermement et plus sûrement à sa volonté de salut. À l’exemple de Jésus Christ qui est venu pour faire la volonté du Père (cf. Jn 4, 34 ; 5, 30 ; He 10, 7 ; Ps 39, 9) et qui « prenant la forme d’esclave » (Ph 2, 7) a appris en souffrant l’obéissance (cf. He 5, 8), les religieux, sous la motion de l’Esprit Saint se soumettent dans la foi à leurs supérieurs, qui sont les représentants de Dieu, et ils sont guidés par eux au service de tous leurs frères dans le Christ comme le Christ lui-même qui, à cause de sa soumission au Père, s’est fait serviteur de ses frères et a donné sa vie en rançon pour la multitude (cf. Mt 20, 28 ; Jn 10, 14-18). Ils sont liés ainsi plus étroitement au service de l’Église et tendent à parvenir à la mesure de la plénitude de l’âge du Christ (cf. Ep 4, 13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que les religieux donc se soumettent avec révérence et humilité à leurs supérieurs, selon la règle et les constitutions, en esprit de foi et d’amour à l’égard de la volonté de Dieu, apportant les forces de leur intelligence et de leur volonté, tous les dons de la grâce et de la nature à l’accomplissement des ordres et à l’exécution des tâches qui leur sont confiées, dans la certitude qu’ils travaillent à l’édification du Corps du Christ selon le dessein de Dieu. Ainsi l’obéissance religieuse, loin de diminuer la dignité de la personne humaine, la conduit à la maturité en faisant grandir la liberté des enfants de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quant aux supérieurs, responsables des âmes confiées à leur soin (cf. He 13, 17), dociles à la volonté de Dieu dans l’accomplissement de leur charge, ils exerceront l’autorité dans un esprit de service pour leurs frères, de manière à exprimer l’amour que le Seigneur a pour eux. Qu’ils gouvernent comme des enfants de Dieu ceux qui leur sont soumis, avec le respect dû à la personne humaine et en stimulant leur soumission volontaire. Ils leur laisseront, notamment quant au sacrement de pénitence et à la direction spirituelle, une juste liberté. Ils amèneront les religieux à la collaboration par une obéissance responsable et active tant dans l’accomplissement de leur tâche que dans les initiatives à prendre. Ils les écouteront donc volontiers, susciteront leur effort commun pour le bien de l’institut et de l’Église, usant toutefois de leur autorité quand il faut décider et commander ce qui doit être fait."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les chapitres et les conseils rempliront fidèlement la fonction qui leur est dévolue dans le gouvernement ; que ces organes, chacun à sa manière, expriment la participation et l’intérêt de tous les membres au bien de toute la communauté."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vie commune"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vie à mener en commun doit persévérer dans la prière et la communion d’un même esprit, nourrie de la doctrine évangélique, de la sainte liturgie et surtout de l’Eucharistie (cf. Ac 2, 42), à l’exemple de la primitive Église dans laquelle la multitude des fidèles n’avait qu’un cœur et qu’une âme (cf. Ac 4, 32). Membres du Christ, les religieux auront les uns pour les autres des prévenances pleines d’égards dans leurs relations fraternelles (cf. Rm 12, 10), portant les fardeaux les uns des autres (cf. Ga 6, 2). En effet, comme la charité de Dieu est répandue dans les cœurs par l’Esprit Saint (cf. Rm 5, 5), la communauté, telle une vraie famille, réunie au nom du Seigneur, jouit de sa présence (cf. Mt 18, 20). La charité est la plénitude de la loi (cf. Rm 13, 10) et le lien de la perfection (cf. Col 3, 14), et par elle nous savons que nous sommes passés de la mort à la vie (cf. 1 Jn 3, 14). En outre, l’unité des frères manifeste que le Christ est venu (cf. Jn 13, 35 ; 17, 21), et il en découle une puissante énergie apostolique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Afin que soit plus intime entre les membres le lien de la fraternité, on associera étroitement à la vie et aux œuvres de la communauté ceux que l’on appelle « convers », « coadjuteurs » ou autres noms. À moins que les circonstances n’invitent vraiment à procéder d’une autre manière, il faut tendre à ce que dans les instituts féminins on en arrive à une seule catégorie de sœurs. En ce cas, l’on maintiendra seulement entre les personnes la diversité exigée par les œuvres différentes auxquelles les religieuses sont destinées, soit par une vocation spéciale de Dieu, soit par des aptitudes particulières."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quant aux instituts ou monastères d’hommes qui ne sont pas purement laïques, ils peuvent, selon leur caractère propre, et les normes de leurs constitutions, accepter des clercs et des laïcs, au même titre, avec les mêmes droits et les mêmes obligations, étant sauf ce qui découle des ordres sacrés."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La clôture des moniales"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La clôture papale pour les moniales de vie uniquement contemplative sera fermement maintenue, mais on l’adaptera aux circonstances de temps et de lieux, supprimant les usages périmés, après avoir entendu les vœux des monastères eux-mêmes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quant aux autres moniales qui s’adonnent par institution à des œuvres extérieures d’apostolat, elles seront exemptées de la clôture papale pour qu’elles puissent mieux accomplir les tâches apostoliques qui leur sont confiées ; elles garderont cependant une clôture fixée par leurs constitutions."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’habit religieux"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’habit religieux, signe de la consécration à Dieu, doit être simple et modeste, à la fois pauvre et décent, adapté aux exigences de la santé et approprié aux circonstances de temps et de lieux ainsi qu’aux besoins de l’apostolat. On modifiera l’habit soit masculin soit féminin qui ne correspond pas à ces normes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La formation des sujets"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La rénovation adaptée des instituts dépend surtout de la formation de leurs membres. C’est pourquoi il ne faut pas affecter immédiatement aux œuvres apostoliques dès leur sortie du noviciat les membres non clercs et les religieuses, mais on poursuivra dans des maisons bien équipées à cet effet, leur formation spirituelle, apostolique, doctrinale et technique, en prévoyant même l’obtention de diplômes appropriés."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais pour que l’adaptation de la vie religieuse aux besoins de notre temps ne soit pas purement extérieure et pour que ceux qui s’adonnent par état à un apostolat externe ne soient pas inférieurs à leur tâche, il faut leur donner, selon leur capacité intellectuelle et leur caractère personnel, une connaissance suffisante des modes de vie ainsi que des manières de voir et de penser de la vie sociale actuelle. Par une fusion harmonieuse de ces éléments, la formation doit se faire de telle sorte qu’elle aboutisse chez le religieux à l’unité de la vie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout au long de leur existence, les religieux devront chercher à parfaire soigneusement cette culture spirituelle, doctrinale et technique et, dans la mesure du possible, les supérieurs leur en procureront l’occasion, les moyens et le temps nécessaires."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De même, les supérieurs ont le devoir de veiller au choix le meilleur et à la préparation sérieuse des directeurs, des maîtres spirituels et des professeurs."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La fondation de nouveaux instituts"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En ce qui concerne la fondation de nouveaux instituts, on doit en évaluer sérieusement la nécessité, ou du moins la grande utilité et les possibilités de développement ; on évitera ainsi de voir surgir imprudemment des instituts inutiles ou dépourvus de la vigueur indispensable. Il y a une raison particulière dans les jeunes Églises de promouvoir et développer les formes de vie religieuse qui correspondent au caractère et aux mœurs des habitants, aux conditions de vie et aux coutumes locales."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le maintien, l’adaptation ou l’abandon des œuvres propres à l’institut"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les instituts doivent conserver fidèlement et poursuivre leurs œuvres spécifiques, et attentifs à l’utilité de l’Église universelle et des diocèses, ils les adapteront aux nécessités des temps et des lieux par l’emploi de moyens opportuns ou même nouveaux et en abandonnant les œuvres qui ne correspondent plus aujourd’hui à leur esprit et à leur nature véritable."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il faut absolument conserver dans les instituts religieux l’esprit missionnaire et, compte tenu du caractère de chacun d’eux, l’adapter aux conditions actuelles pour que l’Évangile soit proclamé plus efficacement parmi tous les peuples."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les instituts et monastères en décadence"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aux instituts et monastères qui, de l’avis des Ordinaires des lieux et au jugement du Saint-Siège, ne donnent pas l’espoir fondé d’une nouvelle prospérité, il sera défendu de recevoir à l’avenir des novices et, si c’est possible, on les unira à un autre institut ou monastère plus florissant dont le but et l’esprit se rapprochent des leurs."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’union entre instituts religieux"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Selon l’opportunité et avec l’approbation du Saint-Siège, les instituts et les monastères autonomes établiront entre eux des fédérations, s’ils appartiennent en quelque sorte à la même famille religieuse ; ou des unions, s’ils ont presque les mêmes constitutions, les mêmes usages et le même esprit, surtout si le nombre de leurs membres est trop réduit ; ou encore des associations, s’ils s’occupent d’œuvres extérieures identiques ou similaires."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les conférences de supérieurs majeurs"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On favorisera les conférences ou conseils de supérieurs majeurs érigés par le Saint Siège et qui sont de grande utilité pour atteindre plus parfaitement le but de chaque institut, pour susciter une plus efficace collaboration au bien de l’Église, pour répartir plus équitablement les ouvriers de l’Évangile dans un territoire déterminé et pour traiter les affaires communes aux religieux. On instaurera une coordination et une collaboration convenables avec les conférences épiscopales en ce qui regarde l’exercice de l’apostolat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De telles conférences peuvent être établies également pour les instituts séculiers."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les vocations religieuses"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les prêtres et les éducateurs chrétiens doivent faire de sérieux efforts pour donner, à proportion des besoins de l’Église, un nouvel essor aux vocations religieuses choisies avec soin et discernement. Même dans la prédication ordinaire, on traitera plus souvent des conseils évangéliques et du choix de l’état religieux. Dans l’éducation chrétienne de leurs enfants, les parents doivent s’efforcer de cultiver et de protéger en leurs cœurs la vocation religieuse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il est permis aux instituts de se faire connaître pour susciter des vocations et de chercher des candidats, pourvu qu’ils le fassent avec la prudence requise et en observant les normes établies par le Saint-Siège et l’Ordinaire du lieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cependant, les religieux se rappelleront que l’exemple de leur propre vie constitue la meilleure recommandation de leurs instituts et l’invitation la plus efficace à embrasser la vie religieuse."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusion"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les instituts, pour lesquels sont établies ces normes de rénovation adaptée, auront vivement à cœur de répondre à leur divine vocation et à leur mission dans l’Église à l’époque actuelle. Le saint Concile tient en grande estime leur genre de vie chaste, pauvre et obéissant, dont le Christ seigneur lui-même est le modèle, et il met un ferme espoir dans la fécondité de leurs œuvres, obscures et connues. Que tous les religieux donc, par l’intégrité de leur foi, leur charité envers Dieu et le prochain, l’amour de la Croix et l’espérance de la gloire future, répandent la bonne nouvelle du Christ dans l’univers entier, pour que leur témoignage soit visible à tous et que notre Père qui est aux cieux soit glorifié (cf. Mt 5, 16). Ainsi, par l’intercession de la très douce Vierge Marie, Mère de Dieu « dont la vie est pour tous une règle de conduite [1] », ils connaîtront de continuels accroissements et porteront des fruits de salut toujours plus abondants."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout l’ensemble et chacun des points qui ont été édictés dans cette déclaration ont plu aux Pères du Concile. Et Nous, en vertu du pouvoir apostolique que Nous tenons du Christ, en union avec les vénérables Pères, Nous les approuvons, arrêtons et décrétons dans le Saint-Esprit, et Nous ordonnons que ce qui a été ainsi établi en Concile soit promulgué pour la gloire de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rome, à Saint-Pierre, le 28 octobre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, Paul, évêque de l’Église catholique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Suivent les signatures des Pères)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Signatures des Pères"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, PAUL, évêque de l’Église catholique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Panisperna Presbyter Cardinalis GAGGIANO, Archiepiscopus Bonaërensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PETRUS titulo S. Laurentii in Lucina Presbyter Cardinalis CIRIACI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Mariae de Victoria Presbyter Cardinalis SIRI, Archiepiscopus Ianuensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo S. Mariae in Transpontina Presbyter Cardinalis LERCARO, Archiepiscopus Bononiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS titulo S. Mariae Trans Tiberim Presbyter Cardinalis WYSZYNSKI, Archiepiscopus Gnesnensis et Varsaviensis, Primas Poloniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENIAMINUS titulo S. Vitalis Presbyter Cardinalis DE ARRIBA Y CASTRO, Archiepiscopus Tarraconensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Augustini Presbyter Cardinalis QUIROGA Y PALACIOS, Archiepiscopus Compostellanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS AEMILIUS titulo S. Mariae Angelorum in Thermis Presbyter Cardinalis LEGER, Archiepiscopus Marianopolitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego VALERIANUS titulo S. Mariae in Via Lata Presbyter Cardinalis GRACIAS, Archiepiscopus Bombayensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Honuphrii in Ianiculo Presbyter Cardinalis GARIBI Y RIVERA, Archiepiscopus Guadalajarensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS MARIA titulo S Chrysogoni Presbyter Cardinalis BARBIERI, Archiepiscopus Montisvidei."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS titulo S. Agnetis extra moenia Presbyter Cardinalis CONFALONIERI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo Ss. Quirici et Iulittae Presbyter Cardinalis RICHAUD, Archiepiscopus Burdigalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS M. titulo Ss. Viti, Modesti et Crescentiae Presbyter Cardinalis BUENO Y MONREAL, Archiepiscopus Hispalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo S. Eusebii Presbyter Cardinalis KÖNIG, Archiepiscopus Vindobonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Athanasii Presbyter Cardinalis SLIPYI, Archiepiscopus Maior Ucrainorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS titulo S. Leonis I Presbyter Cardinalis JAEGER, Archiepiscopus Paderbornensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Crucis in via Flaminia Presbyter Cardinalis BERAN, Archiepiscopus Pragensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo D.nae N.ae de SS. Sacramento et Martyrum Canadensium Presbyter Cardinalis ROY, Archiepiscopus Quebecensis, Primas Canadiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Teresiae Presbyter Cardinalis MARTIN, Archiepiscopus Rothomagensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AUDOËNUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis MCCANN, Archiepiscopus Civitatis Capitis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO STEPHANUS titulo S. Balbinae Presbyter Cardinalis DUVAL, Archiepiscopus Algeriensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERMENEGILDUS titulo Reginae Apostolorum Presbyter Cardinalis FLORIT, Archiepiscopus Florentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Petri et Pauli in Via Ostiensi Presbyter Cardinalis ŠEPER, Archiepiscopus Zagrabiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Silvestri in Capite Presbyter Cardinalis HEENAN, Archiepiscopus Vestmonasteriensis, Primas Angliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo Ssmae Trinitatis in Monte Pincio Presbyter Cardinalis VILLOT, Archiepiscopus Lugdunensis et Viennensis, Primas Galliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo S. Camilli de Lellis ad Hortos Sallustianos Presbyter Cardinalis ZOUNGRANA, Archiepiscopus Uagaduguensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS I. titulo S. Clementis Presbyter Cardinalis SHEHAN, Archiepiscopus Baltimorensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HENRICUS titulo S. Agathae in Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DANTE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAESAR titulo D.nae N.ae a Sacro Corde in Circo Agonali Presbyter Cardinalis ZERBA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AGNELLUS titulo Praecelsae Dei Matris Presbyter Cardinalis ROSSI, Archiepiscopus S. Pauli in Brasilia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Martini in Montibus Presbyter Cardinalis COLOMBO, Archiepiscopus Mediolanensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS titulo S. Patricii ad Villam Ludovisi Presbyter Cardinalis CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, totius Hiberniae Primas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUMBERTUS MALCHIODI, Archiepiscopus Episcopus Placentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis † Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius † Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] Saint Ambroise, De Virginitate, l. II, c. II, n. 15."
            }
          ]
        },
        "it": {
          "code": "it",
          "label": "Italiano",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_perfectae-caritatis_it.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-161-vat-ii_decree_19651028_perfectae-caritatis_it.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAOLO VESCOVO SERVO DEI SERVI DI DIO UNITAMENTE AI PADRI DEL SACRO CONCILIO A PERPETUA MEMORIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO SUL RINNOVAMENTO DELLA VITA RELIGIOSA PERFECTAE CARITATIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il santo Concilio ha mostrato già in precedenza nella costituzione « Lumen Gentium », che il raggiungimento della carità perfetta per mezzo dei consigli evangelici trae origine dalla dottrina e dagli esempi del divino Maestro ed appare come un segno eccellente del regno dei cieli. Ora lo stesso Concilio intende occuparsi della vita e della disciplina di quegli istituti, i cui membri fanno professione di castità, di povertà e di obbedienza, e provvedere alle loro necessità secondo le odierne esigenze."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fin dai primi tempi della Chiesa vi furono uomini e donne che per mezzo della pratica dei consigli evangelici vollero seguire Cristo con maggiore libertà ed imitarlo più da vicino, e condussero, ciascuno a loro modo, una vita consacrata a Dio. Molti di essi, sotto l'impulso dello Spirito Santo, vissero una vita solitaria o fondarono famiglie religiose che la Chiesa con la sua autorità volentieri accolse ed approvò. Cosicché per disegno divino si sviluppò una meravigliosa varietà di comunità religiose, che molto ha contribuito a far sì che la Chiesa non solo sia atta ad ogni opera buona e preparata al suo ministero per l'edificazione del corpo di Cristo (cfr. Ef 4,12), ma attraverso la varietà dei doni dei suoi figli appaia altresì come una sposa adornata per il suo sposo (cfr. Ap 21,2), e per mezzo di essa si manifesti la multiforme sapienza di Dio (cfr. Ef 3, 10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In tanta varietà di doni, tutti coloro che, chiamati da Dio alla pratica dei consigli evangelici, ne fanno fedelmente professione, si consacrano in modo speciale al Signore, seguendo Cristo che, casto e povero (cfr. Mt 8,20; Lc 9,58), redense e santificò gli uomini con la sua obbedienza spinta fino alla morte di croce (cfr. Fil 2,8). Così essi, animati dalla carità che lo Spirito Santo infonde nei loro cuori (cfr. Rm 5,5) sempre più vivono per Cristo e per il suo corpo che è la Chiesa (cfr. Col 1,24). Quanto più fervorosamente, adunque, vengono uniti a Cristo con questa donazione di sé che abbraccia tutta la vita, tanto più si arricchisce la vitalità della Chiesa ed il suo apostolato diviene vigorosamente fecondo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Affinché poi il superiore valore della vita consacrata per mezzo della professione dei consigli evangelici, nonché la sua necessaria funzione nelle presenti circostanze riescano di maggior vantaggio alla Chiesa, questo sacro Concilio sancisce le seguenti norme, che riguardano soltanto i principi generali del rinnovamento della vita e della disciplina da attuarsi nelle famiglie religiose, come pure nelle società di vita comune senza voti e negli istituti secolari, conservando ognuno la propria fisionomia. Le norme particolari che riguardano la esposizione e l'applicazione di questi principi saranno poi emanate dalla competente autorità ecclesiastica dopo il Concilio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rinnovamento e adattamento"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il rinnovamento della vita religiosa comporta il continuo ritorno alle fonti di ogni forma di vita cristiana e alla primitiva ispirazione degli istituti, e nello stesso tempo l'adattamento degli istituti stessi alle mutate condizioni dei tempi. Questo rinnovamento, sotto l'influsso dello Spirito Santo e la guida della Chiesa, deve attuarsi secondo i seguenti principi:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Essendo norma fondamentale della vita religiosa il seguire Cristo come viene insegnato dal Vangelo, questa norma deve essere considerata da tutti gli istituti come la loro regola suprema."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Torna a vantaggio della Chiesa stessa che gli istituti abbiano una loro propria fisionomia ed una loro propria funzione. Perciò si conoscano e si osservino fedelmente lo spirito e le finalità proprie dei fondatori, come pure le sane tradizioni, poiché tutto ciò costituisce il patrimonio di ciascun istituto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Tutti gli istituti partecipino alla vita della Chiesa e secondo la loro indole facciano propri e sostengano nella misura delle proprie possibilità le sue iniziative e gli scopi che essa si propone di raggiungere nei vari campi, come in quello biblico, liturgico, dogmatico, pastorale, ecumenico, missionario e sociale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) Gli istituti procurino ai loro membri un'appropriata conoscenza sia della condizione umana nella loro epoca, sia dei bisogni della Chiesa, in modo che essi, sapendo rettamente giudicare le circostanze attuali di questo mondo secondo i criteri della fede e ardendo di zelo apostolico, siano in grado di giovare agli altri più efficacemente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "e) Essendo la vita religiosa innanzitutto ordinata a far sì che i suoi membri seguano Cristo e si uniscano a Dio con la professione dei consigli evangelici, bisogna tener ben presente che le migliori forme di aggiornamento non potranno avere successo, se non saranno animate da un rinnovamento spirituale. A questo spetta sempre il primo posto anche nelle opere esterne di apostolato."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il modo di vivere, di pregare e di agire deve convenientemente adattarsi alle odierne condizioni fisiche e psichiche dei religiosi, come pure, per quanto è richiesto dalla natura di ciascun istituto, alle necessità dell'apostolato, alle esigenze della cultura, alle circostanze sociali ed economiche; e ciò dovunque, ma specialmente nei luoghi di missione. Anche il modo di governare deve essere sottoposto ad esame secondo gli stessi criteri. Perciò le costituzioni, i « direttori », i libri delle usanze, delle preghiere e delle cerimonie ed altre simili raccolte siano convenientemente riesaminati e, soppresse le prescrizioni che non sono più attuali, vengano modificati in base ai documenti emanati da questo sacro Concilio."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non è possibile procedere ad un rinnovamento efficace e a un vero adattamento senza la collaborazione di tutti i membri dell'istituto. Ma stabilire le norme dell'aggiornamento e fissarne le leggi, come pure determinare un sufficiente e prudente periodo di prova, è compito che spetta soltanto alle competenti autorità, soprattutto ai capitoli generali, salva restando, quando sia necessaria, l'approvazione della santa Sede o degli ordinari del luogo, a norma del diritto. I superiori poi, in tutto ciò che riguarda le sorti dell'intero istituto, consultino ed ascoltino come si conviene i membri. Per l'aggiornamento dei monasteri femminili si potranno ottenere anche i voti e le consultazioni delle adunanze delle federazioni o di altre riunioni legalmente convocate. Tutti però devono tener presente che l'auspicato rinnovamento, più che nel moltiplicare le leggi, è da riporsi in una più coscienziosa osservanza della regola e delle costituzioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Elementi comuni a tutte le forme di vita religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I membri di qualsiasi istituto ricordino anzi tutto di aver risposto alla divina chiamata con la professione dei consigli evangelici, in modo che essi non solo morti al peccato (cfr. Rm 6,11), ma rinunziando anche al mondo, vivano per Dio solo. Tutta la loro vita, infatti, è stata posta al suo servizio, ciò costituisce una speciale consacrazione che ha le sue profonde radici nella consacrazione battesimale l'esprime con maggior pienezza. Avendo poi la Chiesa ricevuto questa loro donazione di sé, sappiano di essere anche al servizio della Chiesa. Tale servizio di Dio deve in essi stimolare e favorire l'esercizio delle virtù, specialmente dell'umiltà e dell'obbedienza, della fortezza e della castità, con cui si partecipa all'annientamento del Cristo (cfr. Fil 2,7-8), e insieme alla sua vita nello Spirito (cfr. Rm 8,1-13). I religiosi dunque, fedeli alla loro professione, lasciando ogni cosa per amore di Cristo (cfr. Mc 10,28), lo seguano (cfr. Mt 19,21) come l'unica cosa necessaria (cfr. Lc 10,42), ascoltandone le parole (cfr. Lc 10,39), pieni di sollecitudine per le cose sue (cfr. 1 Cor 7,32). Perciò è necessario che i membri di qualsiasi istituto, avendo di mira unicamente e sopra ogni cosa Dio, uniscano la contemplazione, con cui aderiscono a Dio con la mente e col cuore, e l'ardore apostolico, con cui si sforzano di collaborare all'opera della redenzione e dilatare il regno di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Primato della vita spirituale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coloro che fanno professione dei consigli evangelici, prima di ogni cosa cerchino ed amino Dio che ci ha amati per primo (cfr. 1 Gv 4,10), e in tutte le circostanze si sforzino di alimentare la vita nascosta con Cristo in Dio (cfr. Col 3,3), donde scaturisce e riceve impulso l'amore del prossimo per la salvezza del mondo e l'edificazione della Chiesa. Questa carità anima e guida anche la stessa pratica dei consigli evangelici. Perciò i membri degli istituti coltivino con assiduità lo spirito di preghiera e la preghiera stessa, attingendoli dalle fonti genuine della spiritualità cristiana. In primo luogo abbiano quotidianamente in mano la sacra Scrittura, affinché dalla lettura e dalla meditazione dei libri sacri imparino « la sovreminente scienza di Gesù Cristo » (Fil 3,8). Compiano le funzioni liturgiche, soprattutto il sacrosanto mistero dell'eucaristia, pregando secondo lo spirito della Chiesa col cuore e con le labbra, ed alimentino presso questa ricchissima fonte la propria vita spirituale. In tal modo, nutriti alla mensa della legge divina e del sacro altare, amino fraternamente le membra di Cristo; con spirito filiale circondino di riverenza e di affetto i pastori; sempre più intensamente vivano e sentano con la Chiesa e si mettano a completo servizio della sua missione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vita contemplativa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli istituti dediti interamente alla contemplazione, in modo tale che i loro membri si occupano unicamente di Dio nella solitudine e nel silenzio, i continua preghiera e intensa penitenza conservano sempre, pur nella urgente necessità di apostolato attivo, un posto eminente nel corpo mistico di Cristo in cui « nessun membro ha la stessa funzione » (Rm 12,4). Essi infatti offrono a Dio un eccellente sacrificio di lode; e producendo frutti abbondantissimi di santità, sono di onore e di esempio al popolo di Dio, cui danno incremento con una segreta fecondità apostolica. In tal modo costituiscono una gloria per la Chiesa e una sorgente di grazie celesti. Tuttavia il loro genere di vita sia riveduto secondo i principi e i criteri di aggiornamento sopra indicati, nel pieno rispetto della loro separazione dal mondo e degli esercizi propri della vita contemplativa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vita attiva"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vi sono nella Chiesa moltissimi istituti, clericali o laicali, dediti alle varie opere di apostolato. Essi hanno differenti doni secondo la grazia che è stata loro data: chi ha il dono del ministero, chi insegna, chi esorta, chi dispensa con liberalità, chi fa opere di misericordia con gioia (cfr. Rm 12,5-8) « Vi è varietà di doni, ma è lo stesso Spirito » (1 Cor 12,4). In questi istituti l'azione apostolica e caritatevole rientra nella natura stessa della vita religiosa, in quanto costituisce un ministero sacro e un'opera di carità, che sono stati loro affidati dalla Chiesa e devono essere esercitati in suo nome. Perciò tutta la vita religiosa dei membri sia compenetrata di spirito apostolico, e tutta l'azione apostolica sia animata da spirito religioso. Affinché dunque i religiosi corrispondano in primo luogo alla loro vocazione che li chiama a seguire Cristo e servano Cristo nelle sue membra, bisogna che la loro azione apostolica si svolga in intima unione con lui. Con ciò viene alimentata la carità stessa verso Dio e verso gli uomini. Perciò detti istituti adattino convenientemente le loro osservanze e i loro usi alle esigenze dell'apostolato cui si dedicano. Siccome poi molteplici sono le forme di vita religiosa consacrata alle opere di apostolato, è necessario che l'aggiornamento tenga conto di questa diversità e che, nei vari istituti, la vita dei membri a servizio di Cristo sia sostentata con mezzi propri e rispondenti allo scopo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vita monastica e conventuale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sia fedelmente conservata e sempre più rifulga nel suo genuino spirito, sia in Oriente che in Occidente, la veneranda istituzione della vita monastica che lungo il corso dei secoli si acquistò insigni benemerenze verso la Chiesa e la società. Ufficio principale dei monaci è quello di prestare umile e insieme nobile servizio alla divina maestà entro le mura del monastero, sia dedicandosi interamente al culto divino con una vita di nascondimento, sia assumendo qualche legittimo incarico di apostolato o di carità cristiana. Mantenendo pertanto la fisionomia caratteristica del proprio istituto, i monaci rinnovino le antiche tradizioni di beneficenza e le adattino agli odierni bisogni delle anime, in modo che i monasteri siano come altrettanti centri viventi di edificazione del popolo cristiano. Parimenti gli istituti religiosi, i quali per regola uniscono strettamente la vita apostolica all'ufficio corale e alle osservanze monastiche, armonizzino il loro modo di vivere con le esigenze del loro apostolato, in maniera tale da conservare fedelmente il loro genere di vita, essendo esso di grande vantaggio per la Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vita religiosa laicale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vita religiosa laicale, tanto maschile quanto femminile, costituisce uno stato in sé completo di professione dei consigli evangelici. Perciò il sacro Concilio, che ha grande stima di esso poiché tanta utilità arreca all'attività pastorale della Chiesa nell'educazione della gioventù, nell'assistenza agli infermi e in altri ministeri, conferma i membri di tale forma di vita religiosa nella loro vocazione e li esorta ad adattare la loro vita alle odierne esigenze. Il sacro Concilio dichiara non esservi alcun impedimento a che nelle comunità religiose di fratelli, essendo fermamente mantenuto il carattere laico di questi istituti, per disposizione del capitolo generale alcuni membri ricevano gli ordini sacri, allo scopo di provvedere nelle proprie case alle necessità del servizio sacerdotale."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli istituti secolari, pur non essendo istituti religiosi, tuttavia comportano una vera e completa professione dei consigli evangelici nel mondo, riconosciuta come tale dalla Chiesa. Tale professione conferisce una consacrazione agli uomini e alle donne, ai laici e ai chierici che vivono nel mondo. Perciò essi anzitutto intendano darsi totalmente a Dio nella perfetta carità, e gli istituti stessi conservino la loro propria particolare fisionomia, cioè quella secolare, per essere in grado di esercitare efficacemente e dovunque il loro specifico apostolato nella vita secolare e come dal seno della vita secolare. Tuttavia sappiano che non potranno assolvere un compito così importante se i loro membri non riceveranno una tale formazione nelle cose divine e umane da diventare realmente nel mondo un lievito destinato a dare vigore e incremento al corpo di Cristo. I superiori perciò seriamente procurino di dare ai loro sudditi una istruzione specialmente spirituale e di sviluppare ulteriormente la loro formazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I tre voti religiosi:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) castità"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La castità « per il regno dei cieli » (Mt 19,12), quale viene professata dai religiosi, deve essere apprezzata come un insigne dono della grazia. Essa infatti rende libero in maniera speciale il cuore dell'uomo (cfr. 1 Cor 7,32-35), cosi da accenderlo sempre più di carità verso Dio e verso tutti gli uomini; per conseguenza essa costituisce un segno particolare dei beni celesti, nonché un mezzo efficacissimo offerto ai religiosi per potere generosamente dedicarsi al servizio divino e alle opere di apostolato. In tal modo essi davanti a tutti i fedeli sono un richiamo di quella mirabile unione operata da Dio e che si manifesterà pienamente nel secolo futuro, mediante la quale la Chiesa ha Cristo come unico suo sposo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bisogna adunque che i religiosi, sforzandosi di mantener fede alla loro professione, credano nelle parole del Signore e, fidando nell'aiuto divino, non presumano delle loro forze, ma pratichino la mortificazione e la custodia dei sensi. E neppure trascurino i mezzi naturali che giovano alla sanità mentale e fisica. In tal modo essi non potranno essere influenzati dalle false teorie, che sostengono essere la continenza perfetta impossibile o nociva al perfezionamento dell'uomo; e, come per un istinto spirituale, sapranno respingere tutto ciò che può mettere in pericolo la castità. Inoltre ricordino tutti, specialmente i superiori, che la castità si potrà custodire più sicuramente se i religiosi sapranno praticare un vero amore fraterno nella vita comune."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché l'osservanza della continenza perfetta tocca le inclinazioni più profonde della natura umana i candidati alla professione di castità non abbraccino questo stato, né vi siano ammessi, se non dopo una prova veramente sufficiente e dopo che sia stata da essi raggiunta una conveniente maturità psicologica ed affettiva. Essi non solo siano preavvertiti circa i pericoli ai quali va incontro la castità, ma devono essere educati in maniera tale da abbracciare il celibato consacrato a Dio integrandolo nello sviluppo della propria personalità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) povertà"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La povertà volontariamente abbracciata per mettersi alla sequela di Cristo, di cui oggi specialmente essa è un segno molto apprezzato, sia coltivata diligentemente dai religiosi e, se sarà necessario, si trovino nuove forme per esprimerla. Per mezzo di essa si partecipa alla povertà di Cristo, il quale da ricco che era si fece povero per amore nostro, allo scopo di farci ricchi con la sua povertà (cfr. 2 Cor 8,9; Mt 8,20). Per quanto riguarda la povertà religiosa, non basta dipendere dai superiori nell'uso dei beni, ma occorre che i religiosi siano poveri effettivamente e in spirito, avendo il loro tesoro in cielo (cfr. Mt 6,20). Nel loro ufficio sentano di obbedire alla comune legge del lavoro, e mentre in tal modo si procurano i mezzi necessari al loro sostentamento e alle loro opere, allontanino da sé ogni eccessiva preoccupazione e si affidino alla Provvidenza del Padre celeste (cfr. Mt 6,25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le congregazioni religiose nelle loro costituzioni possono permettere che i loro membri rinuncino ai beni patrimoniali acquistati o da acquistarsi. Gli istituti stessi, tenendo conto delle condizioni dei singoli luoghi, cerchino di dare in qualche modo una testimonianza collettiva della povertà, e volentieri destinino qualche parte dei loro beni alle altre necessità della Chiesa e al sostentamento dei poveri, che i religiosi tutti devono amare nelle viscere di Cristo (cfr. Mt 19,21; 25,34-46; Gc 2,15-16; 1 Gv 3,17). Le province e le altre case di istituti religiosi si scambino tra loro i beni temporali, in modo che le più fornite di mezzi aiutino le altre che soffrono la povertà. Quantunque gli istituti, salvo disposizioni contrarie di regole e costituzioni, abbiano diritto di possedere tutto ciò che è necessario al loro sostentamento e alle loro opere, tuttavia sono tenuti ad evitare ogni lusso, lucro eccessivo e accumulazione di beni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) obbedienza"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I religiosi con la professione di obbedienza offrono a Dio la completa oblazione della propria volontà come sacrificio di se stessi, e per mezzo di esso in maniera più salda e sicura vengono uniti alla volontà salvifica di Dio. Pertanto, ad imitazione di Gesù Cristo, che venne per fare la volontà del Padre (cfr. Gv 4,34; 5,30; Eb 10,7; Sal 39,9), e « prendendo la forma di servo » (Fil 2,7), dai patimenti sofferti conobbe l'obbedienza (cfr. Eb 5,8), i religiosi, mossi dallo Spirito Santo, si sottomettono in spirito di fede ai superiori che sono i rappresentanti di Dio, e sotto la loro guida si pongono al servizio di tutti i fratelli in Cristo, come Cristo stesso per la sua sottomissione al Padre venne per servire i fratelli e diede la sua vita in riscatto per la moltitudine (cfr. Mt 20,28; Gv 10,14-18). Così essi si vincolano sempre più strettamente al servizio della Chiesa e si sforzano di raggiungere la misura della piena statura di Cristo (cfr. Ef 4,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò i religiosi, in spirito di fede e di amore verso la volontà di Dio, secondo quanto prescrivono la regola e le costituzioni, prestino umile ossequio ai loro superiori col mettere a disposizione tanto le energie della mente e della volontà, quanto i doni di grazia e di natura, nella esecuzione degli ordini e nel compimento degli uffici loro assegnati, nella certezza di dare la propria collaborazione alla edificazione del corpo di Cristo secondo il piano di Dio. Così l'obbedienza religiosa, lungi dal diminuire la dignità della persona umana, la conduce alla maturità, facendo crescere la libertà dei figli di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I superiori poi, dovendo un giorno rendere conto a Dio delle anime che sono state loro affidate (cfr. Eb 13,17), docili alla volontà di Dio nel compimento del loro ufficio, esercitino l'autorità in spirito di servizio verso i fratelli, in modo da esprimere la carità con cui Dio li ama. Governino come figli di Dio quelli che sono loro sottomessi, con rispetto della persona umana e facendo sl che la loro soggezione sia volontaria. Per conseguenza concedano loro la dovuta libertà, specialmente per quanto riguarda il sacramento della penitenza e la direzione della coscienza. Guidino i religiosi in maniera tale che questi, nell'assolvere i propri compiti e nell'intraprendere iniziative, cooperino con un'obbedienza attiva e responsabile. Perciò i superiori ascoltino volentieri i religiosi e promuovano l'unione delle loro forze per il bene dell'istituto e della Chiesa, pur rimanendo ferma la loro autorità di decidere e di comandare ciò che si deve fare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I capitoli e i consigli eseguiscano fedelmente i compiti che sono stati loro affidati nel governo, e tutti a loro modo siano l'espressione della partecipazione e dell'interesse di tutti i membri per il bene della intera comunità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vita comune"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vita in comune perseveri nella preghiera e nella comunione di uno stesso spirito, nutrita della dottrina del Vangelo, della santa liturgia e soprattutto dell'eucaristia (cfr. At 2,42), sull'esempio della Chiesa primitiva, in cui la moltitudine dei credenti era d'un cuore solo e di un'anima sola (cfr. At 4,32). I religiosi, come membri di Cristo, in fraterna comunanza di vita si prevengano gli uni gli altri nel rispetto scambievole (cfr. Rm 12,10), portando gli uni i pesi degli altri (cfr. Gal 6,2). Infatti con l'amore di Dio diffuso nei cuori per mezzo dello Spirito Santo (cfr. Rm 5,5), la comunità come una famiglia unita nel nome del Signore gode della sua presenza (cfr. Mt 18,20). La carità è poi il compimento della legge (cfr. Rm 13,10) e vincolo di perfezione (cfr. Col 3,14), e per mezzo di essa noi sappiamo di essere passati dalla morte alla vita (cfr. 1 Gv 3,14). Anzi l'unità dei fratelli manifesta l'avvento di Cristo (cfr. Gv 13,35; 17,21), e da essa promana grande energia per l'apostolato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Allo scopo poi di rendere più intimo il vincolo di fraternità fra i religiosi, coloro che sono chiamati conversi, coadiutori o con altro nome, siano strettamente associati alla vita e alle opere della comunità. Se le circostanze non consigliano proprio di fare diversamente, bisogna far sì che negli istituti femminili si arrivi ad un'unica categoria di suore. In tal caso, si manterrà solamente tra le persone la diversità richiesta dalla distinzione delle varie opere a cui le suore o per speciale vocazione divina o per particolare attitudine sono destinate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I monasteri e gli istituti maschili non del tutto laicali possono accettare, secondo la loro indole e a norma delle costituzioni, chierici e laici, in pari misura e con eguali diritti ed obblighi, eccettuati quelli che scaturiscono dall'ordine sacro."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La clausura femminile"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La clausura papale per le monache di vita unicamente contemplativa rimanga in vigore, ma si aggiorni secondo le condizioni dei tempi e dei luoghi, abolendo le usanze che non hanno più ragione di esistere, dopo che sono stati ascoltati i pareri dei monasteri stessi. Le altre monache invece, che per loro regola si dedicano alle opere esterne di apostolato, siano esenti dalla clausura papale, in modo da essere in grado di attendere meglio ai loro impegni di apostolato; rimanga in vigore tuttavia la clausura a norma delle loro costituzioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'abito religioso"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'abito religioso, segno della consacrazione, sia semplice e modesto, povero e nello stesso tempo decoroso, come pure rispondente alle esigenze della salute e adatto sia ai tempi e ai luoghi, sia alle necessità dell'apostolato. Gli abiti dei religiosi e delle religiose che non concordano con queste norme, siano modificati."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'aggiornamento e la formazione religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'aggiornamento degli istituti dipende in massima parte dalla formazione dei loro membri. Perciò gli stessi religiosi non chierici e le religiose non siano destinate alle opere di apostolato immediatamente dopo il noviziato, ma la loro formazione religiosa ed apostolica, dottrinale e tecnica, col conseguimento anche dei titoli specifici, si protragga convenientemente in apposite case."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per evitare poi il pericolo che l'adattamento alle esigenze del nostro tempo sia solo esteriore o che siano impari al proprio compito coloro che per regola attendono all'apostolato esterno, i religiosi, secondo le capacità intellettuali e il carattere di ciascuno, siano convenientemente istruiti intorno alla mentalità e ai costumi della vita sociale odierna. Attraverso la fusione armonica dei vari elementi la formazione deve avvenire in maniera tale da contribuire all'unità di vita dei religiosi stessi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per tutta la vita poi i religiosi si adoperino a perfezionare diligentemente questa cultura spirituale, dottrinale e tecnica, e i superiori, nella misura del possibile, procurino loro a questo scopo l'occasione opportuna, i mezzi e il tempo necessari. È pure dovere dei superiori provvedere alla scelta accurata e alla solida preparazione dei direttori, dei maestri spirituali e dei professori."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nel fondare nuovi istituti si deve ben ponderare la necessità o almeno la grande utilità nonché la possibilità di sviluppo, affinché non sorgano imprudentemente istituti inutili o sprovvisti di sufficiente vigore. In modo speciale si abbia cura di promuovere e coltivare le forme di vita religiosa nelle Chiese di nuova fondazione, e in ciò si tenga conto del carattere e dei costumi degli abitanti, come pure delle condizioni di vita e delle consuetudini locali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le opere degli istituti"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli istituti mantengano e svolgano fedelmente le opere proprie e, tenendo presente l'utilità della Chiesa universale e delle diocesi, adattino le opere stesse alle necessità dei tempi e dei luoghi, adoperando i mezzi opportuni e anche nuovi, e tralasciando invece quelle opere che oggi non corrispondono più allo spirito e alla vera natura dell'istituto. Si deve assolutamente conservare negli istituti religiosi lo spirito missionario, e, secondo la natura propria di ciascuno, adattarlo alle condizioni odierne in modo che sia resa più efficace la predicazione del Vangelo a tutte le genti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Istituti e monasteri in decadenza"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Agli istituti invece e ai monasteri che, dopo essere stato ascoltato il parere degli ordinari del luogo interessati, a giudizio della santa Sede non offrono fondata speranza che in seguito possano rifiorire, Si proibisca di ricevere ancora novizi in avvenire, e, se sarà possibile, siano uniti ad un altro istituto o monastero più fiorente che non differisca molto nelle finalità e nello spirito."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le federazioni tra i religiosi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli istituti e i monasteri « sui iuris », secondo l'opportunità e con l'approvazione della santa Sede, promuovano tra di loro federazioni, se appartengono in qualche maniera alla stessa famiglia religiosa; oppure unioni, se hanno quasi uguali le costituzioni e gli usi e sono animati dallo stesso spirito, soprattutto se sono troppo esigui; oppure associazioni, se attendono alle stesse o a simili opere di apostolato."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si devono favorire conferenze o consigli dei superiori maggiori eretti dalla santa Sede, i quali possono molto contribuire a far conseguire meglio il fine proprio dei singoli istituti, a promuovere una più efficace collaborazione per il bene della Chiesa, a distribuire più razionalmente gli operai dell'Evangelo in un determinato territorio, nonché a trattare le questioni che i religiosi hanno in comune e a stabilire una conveniente opera di coordinamento e di collaborazione con le conferenze episcopali per quanto riguarda l'esercizio dell'apostolato. Conferenze di questo genere si possono istituire anche per gli istituti secolari."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La scelta delle vocazioni"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I sacerdoti e gli educatori cristiani facciano seri sforzi, affinché per mezzo di vocazioni religiose, scelte in maniera conveniente ed accurata, la Chiesa riceva nuovi sviluppi in piena corrispondenza con le necessità del momento. Anche nella predicazione ordinaria si tratti più frequentemente dei consigli evangelici e della scelta dello stato religioso. I genitori, curando l'educazione cristiana dei figli, coltivino e custodiscano nei loro cuori la vocazione religiosa. Agli istituti poi è lecito, allo scopo di suscitare vocazioni, curare la propria propaganda e la ricerca dei candidati, purché ciò avvenga con la dovuta prudenza e nell'osservanza delle norme stabilite dalla santa Sede e dall'ordinario del luogo. Ricordino tuttavia i religiosi che l'esempio della propria vita costituisce la migliore raccomandazione del proprio istituto ed il migliore invito ad abbracciare lo stato religioso."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli istituti per i quali sono state emanate queste norme di aggiornamento corrispondano prontamente alla loro divina vocazione e al compito che oggi devono assolvere nella Chiesa. Il sacro Concilio infatti molto apprezza il loro genere di vista casta, povera e obbediente, di cui Cristo stesso è il modello, e ripone ferma speranza nella loro così feconda opera, sia nascosta che conosciuta da tutti. Tutti i religiosi perciò, animati da fede integra, da carità verso Dio e il prossimo, dall'amore alla croce e dalla speranza nella futura gloria, diffondano in tutto il mondo la buona novella di Cristo, in modo che la loro testimonianza sia visibile a tutti e sia glorificato il Padre nostro che è nei cieli (cfr. Mt 5,16). Così, per l'intercessione della dolcissima vergine Maria madre di Dio, « la cui vita è modello per tutti » essi progrediranno (1) ogni giorno più ed apporteranno frutti di salvezza sempre più abbondanti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutte e singole le cose stabilite in questo Decreto sono piaciute ai Padri del Sacro Concilio. E Noi, in virtù della potestà Apostolica conferitaci da Cristo, unitamente ai Venerabili Padri, nello Spirito Santo le approviamo, le decretiamo e le stabiliamo; e quanto è stato così sinodalmente deciso comandiamo che sia promulgato a gloria di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, presso San Pietro 28 ottobre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Io PAOLO Vescovo della Chiesa Cattolica"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seguono le firme dei Padri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Firme dei Padri"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Panisperna Presbyter Cardinalis GAGGIANO, Archiepiscopus Bonaërensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PETRUS titulo S. Laurentii in Lucina Presbyter Cardinalis CIRIACI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Mariae de Victoria Presbyter Cardinalis SIRI, Archiepiscopus Ianuensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo S. Mariae in Transpontina Presbyter Cardinalis LERCARO, Archiepiscopus Bononiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS titulo S. Mariae Trans Tiberim Presbyter Cardinalis WYSZYNSKI, Archiepiscopus Gnesnensis et Varsaviensis, Primas Poloniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENIAMINUS titulo S. Vitalis Presbyter Cardinalis DE ARRIBA Y CASTRO, Archiepiscopus Tarraconensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Augustini Presbyter Cardinalis QUIROGA Y PALACIOS, Archiepiscopus Compostellanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS AEMILIUS titulo S. Mariae Angelorum in Thermis Presbyter Cardinalis LEGER, Archiepiscopus Marianopolitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego VALERIANUS titulo S. Mariae in Via Lata Presbyter Cardinalis GRACIAS, Archiepiscopus Bombayensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Honuphrii in Ianiculo Presbyter Cardinalis GARIBI Y RIVERA, Archiepiscopus Guadalajarensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS MARIA titulo S Chrysogoni Presbyter Cardinalis BARBIERI, Archiepiscopus Montisvidei."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS titulo S. Agnetis extra moenia Presbyter Cardinalis CONFALONIERI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo Ss. Quirici et Iulittae Presbyter Cardinalis RICHAUD, Archiepiscopus Burdigalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS M. titulo Ss. Viti, Modesti et Crescentiae Presbyter Cardinalis BUENO Y MONREAL, Archiepiscopus Hispalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo S. Eusebii Presbyter Cardinalis KÖNIG, Archiepiscopus Vindobonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Athanasii Presbyter Cardinalis SLIPYI, Archiepiscopus Maior Ucrainorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS titulo S. Leonis I Presbyter Cardinalis JAEGER, Archiepiscopus Paderbornensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Crucis in via Flaminia Presbyter Cardinalis BERAN, Archiepiscopus Pragensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo D.nae N.ae de SS. Sacramento et Martyrum Canadensium Presbyter Cardinalis ROY, Archiepiscopus Quebecensis, Primas Canadiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Teresiae Presbyter Cardinalis MARTIN, Archiepiscopus Rothomagensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AUDOËNUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis MCCANN, Archiepiscopus Civitatis Capitis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO STEPHANUS titulo S. Balbinae Presbyter Cardinalis DUVAL, Archiepiscopus Algeriensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERMENEGILDUS titulo Reginae Apostolorum Presbyter Cardinalis FLORIT, Archiepiscopus Florentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Petri et Pauli in Via Ostiensi Presbyter Cardinalis ŠEPER, Archiepiscopus Zagrabiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Silvestri in Capite Presbyter Cardinalis HEENAN, Archiepiscopus Vestmonasteriensis, Primas Angliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo Ssmae Trinitatis in Monte Pincio Presbyter Cardinalis VILLOT, Archiepiscopus Lugdunensis et Viennensis, Primas Galliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo S. Camilli de Lellis ad Hortos Sallustianos Presbyter Cardinalis ZOUNGRANA, Archiepiscopus Uagaduguensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS I. titulo S. Clementis Presbyter Cardinalis SHEHAN, Archiepiscopus Baltimorensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HENRICUS titulo S. Agathae in Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DANTE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAESAR titulo D.nae N.ae a Sacro Corde in Circo Agonali Presbyter Cardinalis ZERBA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AGNELLUS titulo Praecelsae Dei Matris Presbyter Cardinalis ROSSI, Archiepiscopus S. Pauli in Brasilia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Martini in Montibus Presbyter Cardinalis COLOMBO, Archiepiscopus Mediolanensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS titulo S. Patricii ad Villam Ludovisi Presbyter Cardinalis CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, totius Hiberniae Primas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUMBERTUS MALCHIODI, Archiepiscopus Episcopus Placentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis † Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius † Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) S. AMBROGIO, De Virginitate, l. II, c. II, n. 15."
            }
          ]
        },
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_perfectae-caritatis_lt.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-162-vat-ii_decree_19651028_perfectae-caritatis_lt.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAULUS EPISCOPUS SERVUS SERVORUM DEI UNA CUM SACROSANCTI CONCILII PATRIBUS AD PERPETUAM REI MEMORIAM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETUM DE ACCOMMODATA RENOVATIONE VITAE RELIGIOSAE PERFECTAE CARITATIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inde ab exordiis quidem Ecclesiae fuerunt viri ac mulieres, qui per praxim consiliorum evangelicorum Christum maiore cum libertate sequi pressiusque imitari intenderunt et suo quisque modo vitam Deo dicatam duxerunt, e quibus multi, Spiritu Sancto afflante, vel vitam solitariam degerunt vel familias religiosas suscitaverunt, quas Ecclesia sua auctoritate libenter suscepit et adprobavit. Unde e consilio divino mirabilis varietas coetuum religiosorum succrevit, quae valde contulit, ut Ecclesia, non solum ad omne opus bonum instructa (cf. 2 Tim. 3, 17) et ad opus ministerii in aedificationem Corporis Christi (cf. Eph. 4, 12) parata sit, sed etiam variis donis filiorum suorum decorata appareat sicut sponsa ornata viro suo (cf. Apoc. 21, 2) et per eam innotescat multiformis sapientia Dei (cf. Eph. 3, 10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In tanta autem donorum varietate omnes, qui ad praxim consiliorum evangelicorum a Deo vocantur eademque fideliter profitentur, Domino se peculiariter devovent, Christum sequentes, qui virgo et pauper (cf. Mt. 8, 20; Lc. 9, 58) per oboedientiam usque ad mortem Crucis (cf. Phil. 2, 8) homines redemit et sanctificavit. Ita caritate impulsi, quam Spiritus Sanctus in cordibus eorum diffundit (cf. Rom. 5, 5), magis magisque vivunt Christo et corpori Eius quod est Ecclesia (cf. Col. 1, 24). Quo ferventius ergo tali sui donatione quae totam vitam complectitur, Christo coniunguntur, eo uberior fit vita Ecclesiae et apostolatus eius vegetius fecundatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut autem praestans valor vitae per consiliorum professionem consecratae eiusque necessarium munus in praesentis temporis adiunctis ad maius Ecclesiae bonum cedat, haec Sacra Synodus sequentia statuit, quae nonnisi principia generalia respiciunt accommodatae renovationis vitae ac disciplinae religionum atque, propria indole servata, societatum vitae communis sine votis et institutorum saecularium. Normae vero particulares pro eorumdem congrua expositione et applicatione post Concilium a competenti auctoritate statuendae sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Accommodata renovatio vitae religiosae simul complectitur et continuum reditum ad omnis vitae christianae fontes primigeniamque institutorum inspirationem et aptationem ipsorum ad mutatas temporum condiciones. Quae renovatio, sub impulsu Spiritus Sancti et Ecclesia duce, promovenda est secundum principia quae sequuntur:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Cum vitae religiosae ultima norma sit Christi sequela in Evangelio proposita, haec ab omnibus institutis tamquam suprema regula habeatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) In ipsum Ecclesiae bonum cedit ut instituta peculiarem suam indolem ac munus habeant. Ideo fideliter agnoscantur et serventur Fundatorum spiritus propriaque proposita, necnon sanae traditiones, quae omnia cuiusque instituti patrimonium constituunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Omnia instituta vitam Ecclesiae participent, eiusque incoepta et proposita ut in re biblica, liturgica, dogmatica, pastorali, oecumenica, missionali et sociali, iuxta propriam suam indolem, sua faciant et pro viribus foveant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) Instituta, de hominum temporumque condicionibus deque Ecclesiae necessitatibus, congruam cognitionem apud sodales suos promoveant; ita ut mundi huius aetatis adiuncta in lumine fidei sapienter diiudicantes, atque zelo apostolico exardescentes, efficacius hominibus subvenire valeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "e) Cum vita religiosa ante omnia ad hoc ordinetur ut sodales Christum sequantur et Deo uniantur per professionem consiliorum evangelicorum, serio perpendendum est optimas accommodationes ad necessitates temporis nostri peractas effectum non sortiri, nisi animentur renovatione spirituali, cui semper etiam in operibus externis promovendis primae partes tribuendae sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ratio vivendi, orandi et operandi hodiernis sodalium condicionibus physicis et psychicis, necnon, prout ab indole cuiusque instituti requiritur, apostolatus necessitatibus, culturae exigentiis, circumstantiis socialibus et oeconomicis, ubique, praesertim in missionum locis, apte conveniat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Secundum eadem criteria examini quoque subiiciatur regiminis ratio institutorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter constitutiones, «directoria», libri usuum, precum et caeremoniarum aliique id genus codices, congruenter recognoscantur atque, iis praescriptis suppressis quae obsoleta sint, documentis huius Sacrae Synodi aptentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Efficax renovatio et recta accommodatio obtineri nequeunt nisi cooperantibus omnibus instituti sodalibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Normas autem accommodatae renovationis statuere et leges ferre, necnon sufficienti prudentique experientiae locum dare, competentium tantum auctoritatum est, praesertim capitulorum generalium, salva, quatenus necessaria sit, approbatione Sanctae Sedis aut Ordinariorum locorum, ad normam iuris. Superiores vero, in his quae ad totius instituti sortes spectant, sodales suos apto modo consulant et audiant. Pro accommodata renovatione monasteriorum monialium, vota et consulta etiam a consessibus foederationum aut ab aliis conventibus legitime convocatis obtineri poterunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Meminerint tamen omnes spem renovationis ponendam esse magis in diligentiore regulae et constitutionum observantia quam in multiplicandis legibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cuiusvis instituti sodales mente recolant imprimis se professione consiliorum evangelicorum vocationi divinae responsum dedisse, ita ut, non solum peccato mortui (cf. Rom. 6, 11) sed etiam mundo renuntiantes, soli Deo vivant. Totam enim vitam suam Eius famulatui mancipaverunt, quod quidem constituit peculiarem quamdam consecrationem, quae in baptismatis consecratione intime radicatur eamque plenius exprimit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum autem haec suiipsius donatio ab Ecclesia suscepta sit, eius etiam servitio sese sciant addictos. Qui Dei famulatus exercitium virtutum in eis urgere ac fovere debet, praesertim humilitatis et oboedientiae, fortitudinis et castitatis, quibus Christi exinanitio (cf. Phil. 2, 7-8) simulque Eius vita in spiritu (cf. Rom. 8, 1-13) participantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religiosi ergo, suae professioni fideles, omnia propter Christum dimittentes (cf. Mc. 10, 28), Ipsum tamquam unum necessarium (cf. Lc. 10, 42) sequantur (cf. Mt. 19, 21), Eius verba audientes (cf. Lc. 10, 39), de iis quae Eius sunt solliciti (cf. I Cor. 7, 32)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter cuiuslibet instituti sodales, Deum prae omnibus et unice quaerentes, contemplationem, qua Ei mente et corde adhaereant, cum amore apostolico, quo operi Redemptionis adsociari Regnumque Dei dilatare nitantur, coniungant oportet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qui evangelica consilia profitentur Deum qui nos prior dilexit (cf. I Io. 4, 10) ante omnia quaerant ac diligant et in omnibus rerum adiunctis fovere studeant vitam absconditam cum Christo in Deo (cf. Col. 3, 3), unde profluit et urgetur proximi dilectio in salutem mundi Ecclesiaeque aedificationem. Hac caritate etiam ipsa praxis consiliorum evangelicorum animatur et regitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter institutorum sodales spiritum orationis et orationem ipsam, haurientes e germanis spiritualitatis christianae fontibus assiduo studio colant. Imprimis vero Sacram Scripturam quotidie prae manibus habeant, ut divinarum scripturarum lectione et meditatione «eminentem scientiam Iesu Christi» (Phil. 3, 8) ediscant. Sacram Liturgiam, praesertim sacrosanctum Eucharistiae mysterium, ad mentem Ecclesiae corde et ore peragant atque ex hoc ditissimo fonte vitam spiritualem alant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita in mensa divinae Legis et sacri altaris refecti Christi membra fraterne ament, pastores spiritu filiali revereantur atque diligant; magis magisque vivant et sentiant cum Ecclesia eiusque missioni totaliter se devoveant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instituta quae integre ad contemplationem ordinantur, ita ut eorum sodales in solitudine ac silentio, in assidua prece et alacri poenitentia soli Deo vacent, in Corpore Christi mystico, in quo «omnia... membra non eumdem actum habent» (Rom. 12, 4), quantumvis actuosi apostolatus urgeat necessitas, praeclaram partem semper retinent. Deo enim eximium laudis sacrificium offerunt, populum Dei sanctitatis uberrimis fructibus collustrant atque exemplo movent necnon arcana fecunditate apostolica dilatant. Ita Ecclesia e decus exstant et caelestium scatebra gratiarum. At eorum ratio vivendi secundum praedicta principia et criteria accommodatae renovationis recognoscatur, sanctissime tamen servatis eorum a mundo secessu atque vitae contemplativae exercitiis propriis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Permulta sunt in Ecclesia instituta, vel clericalia vel laicalia, variis apostolatus operibus dedita, quae donationes habent secundum gratiam quae data est eis, differentes: sive ministerium in ministrando, sive qui docet in doctrina, qui exhortatur in exhortando, qui tribuit in simplicitate, qui miseretur in hilaritate (cf. Rom. 12, 5-8). «Divisiones vero gratiarum sunt, idem autem Spiritus» (I Cor. 12, 4). In istis institutis, ad ipsam naturam vitae religiosae pertinet actio apostolica et benefica utpote sanctum ministerium et opus caritatis proprium ab Ecclesia ipsis commissum eiusque nomine exercendum. Proinde tota vita religiosa sodalium spiritu apostolico imbuatur, tota vero actio apostolica religioso spiritu informetur. Ut igitur sodales vocationi suae ad Christum sequendum imprimis respondeant, ac ipsi Christo in Eius membris deserviant actio eorum apostolica ex intima cum Ipso unione procedat oportet. Inde fit ut caritas ipsa erga Deum et proximum foveatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter instituta illa observantias suas atque usus cum requisitis apostolatus, cui dedicantur, apte componant. Cum autem vita religiosa apostolicis operibus dedita formas multiplices induat, necesse est ut accommodata eius renovatio huiusmodi diversitatis rationem habeat, atque ut apud varia instituta sodalium vita in servitium Christi propriis eorum congruisque mediis sustentetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fideliter servetur atque magis in dies elucescat in suo germano spiritu tum in Oriente tum in Occidente venerabile vitae monasticae institutum, quod praeclara merita longo saeculorum cursu in Ecclesia et in humana consortione sibi acquisivit. Monachorum praecipuum officium est divinae Maiestati humile simul ac nobile servitium praestare intra septa monasterii, sive in umbratili vita integre se divino cultui dedicent sive aliqua apostolatus vel christianae caritatis opera legitime assumpserint. Servata igitur indole propriae institutionis, antiquas beneficas traditiones renovent easque hodiernis animarum necessitatibus ita accommodent ut monasteria veluti seminaria sint aedificationis populi christiani."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Item religiones quae ex regula vel instituto vitam apostolicam intime consociant officio chorali observantiisque monasticis, ita rationem vivendi cum apostolatus sibi convenientis exigentiis componant ut suam formam vitae fideliter servent utpote quae eximio Ecclesiae bono cedat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vita religiosa laicalis, tam pro viris quam pro mulieribus, statum in se completum professionis consiliorum evangelicorum constituit. Quapropter illam, muneri pastorali Ecclesiae in erudienda iuventute, in aegrotis curandis aliisque ministeriis explendis tam utilem, Sacra Synodus magni faciens, sodales in sua vocatione confirmat eosque ut hodiernis exigentiis vitam suam accommodent hortatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacra Synodus declarat nihil obstare quominus in religionibus Fratrum, firma manente earum indole laicali, ex dispositione Capituli generalis, ad subveniendum necessitatibus ministerii sacerdotalis in suis domibus, aliqui sodales sacris Ordinibus initientur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instituta saecularia, quamvis non sint instituta religiosa, veram tamen et completam consiliorum evangelicorum professionem in saeculo ab Ecclesia recognitam secumferunt. Quae professio viris ac mulieribus, laicis et clericis in saeculo degentibus, consecrationem confert. Proinde iidem totalem suipsius Deo dedicationem in caritate perfecta praecipue intendant et ipsa instituta propriam ac peculiarem indolem, saecularem scilicet, servent ut apostolatum in saeculo ac veluti ex saeculo, ad quem exercendum orta sunt, efficaciter et ubique adimplere valeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Probe tamen sciant se tantum munus obire non posse, nisi sodales accurate in rebus divinis et humanis ita instituantur, ut revera fermentum sint in mundo ad robur et incrementum Corporis Christi. Moderatores ergo serio curent de institutione praesertim spirituali sodalibus impertienda necnon de ulteriore formatione promovenda."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Castitas «propter regnum caelorum» (Mt. 19, 12), quam religiosi profitentur, tamquam eximium gratiae donum aestimanda est. Cor enim hominis singulari modo liberat (cf. I Cor. 7, 32-35), ut magis accendatur caritate erga Deum et homines universos, ideoque est peculiare signum bonorum caelestium necnon medium aptissimum quo religiosi alacriter servitio divino operibusque apostolatus sese dedicent. Sic ipsi coram omnibus Christifidelibus mirabile illud evocant connubium a Deo conditum et in futuro saeculo plene manifestandum quo Ecclesia unicum sponsum Christum habet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oportet ergo ut religiosi, professionem suam fideliter servare studentes, verbis Domini credant et, Dei auxilio confisi, de propriis viribus ne praesumant, mortificationem sensuumque custodiam adhibeant. Media quoque naturalia ne omittant, quae mentis et corporis sanitati favent. Ita fit ut falsis doctrinis, quae continentiam perfectam tamquam impossibilem vel humano profectui nocivam ostentant, non moveantur, et omnia quae castitatem in periculum adducunt, instinctu quodam spirituali, respuant. Meminerint insuper omnes, praesertim Superiores, castitatem securius servari cum inter sodales vera dilectio fraterna in vita communi viget."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum observantia continentiae perfectae profundiores naturae humanae inclinationes intime attingat, candidati ad professionem castitatis ne accedant neve admittantur, nisi post probationem vere sufficientem et cum debita maturitate psychologica et affectiva. Ipsi non solum de periculis castitati occurrentibus moneantur, sed ita instruantur ut coelibatum Deo dicatum etiam in bonum integrae personae assumant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Paupertas voluntaria propter Christi sequelam cuius est signum praesertim hodie multum aestimatum, a religiosis diligenter excolatur atque, si opus sit, novis etiam formis exprimatur. Per eam participatur paupertas Christi, qui propter nos egenus factus est, cum esset dives, ut illius inopia nos divites essemus (cf. 2 Cor. 8, 9; Mt. 8, 20) ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad paupertatem autem religiosam quod attinet, haud sufficit in usu bonorum Superioribus subiici, sed oportet ut sodales re et spiritu sint pauperes, thesauros in caelo habentes (cf. Mt. 6, 20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In suo quisque officio communi legi laboris se sentiant obnoxios, atque, dum ita res victui operibusque eorum necessariae comparantur, omnem indebitam sollicitudinem proiiciant et Patris caelestis Providentiae sese committant (cf. Mt. 6, 25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Congregationes religiosae suis constitutionibus permittere possunt ut sodales bonis patrimonialibus acquisitis vel acquirendis renuntient."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instituta ipsa, ratione habita singulorum locorum, testimonium paupertatis quasi collectivum reddere satagant et libenter ex propriis bonis aliquid conferant ad alias Ecclesiae necessitates et egenorum sustentationem, quos religiosi omnes in visceribus Christi diligant (cf. Mt. 19, 21; 25, 34-46; Iac. 2, 15- 16; I Io. 3, 17) . Institutorum provinciae ac domus aliae cum aliis in bonis temporalibus communicent, ita ut illae quae plus habent alias adiuvent quae egestatem patiuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quamvis instituta, salvis regulis et constitutionibus, ius habeant possidendi omnia necessaria ad vitam temporalem et opera, omnem tamen speciem luxus, immoderati lucri ac bonorum cumulationis vitent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religiosi per professionem oboedientiae plenam propriae voluntatis dedicationem veluti sacrificium sui Deo offerunt, et per illud constantius et securius divinae voluntati salvificae uniuntur. Inde ad exemplum Iesu Christi, qui venit ut faceret voluntatem Patris (cf. Io. 4, 34; 5, 30; Hebr. 10, 7; Ps. 39, 9), et «formam servi accipiens» (Phil. 2, 7) ex iis, quae passus est, didicit oboedientiam (cf. Hebr. 5, 8), religiosi, Spiritu Sancto movente, Superioribus, vices Dei gerentibus, in fide sese subiiciunt et per eos ad omnium in Christo fratrum ministerium ducuntur, sicut ipse Christus ob suam erga Patrem submissionem fratribus ministravit et animam suam posuit redemptionem pro multis (cf. Mt. 20, 28; Io. 10, 14-18). Ita, Ecclesiae servitio arctius devinciuntur et in mensuram aetatis plenitudinis Christi (cf. Eph. 4, 13) pervenire contendunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sodales ergo in spiritu fidei et amoris erga Dei voluntatem Superioribus suis ad normam regulae et constitutionum humile praestent obsequium, vires intelligentiae et voluntatis necnon naturae et gratiae dona in praeceptorum exsecutione et in expletione munerum sibi commissorum conferendo, scientes se ad aedificationem Corporis Christi secundum Dei propositum operam praestare. Sic oboedientia religiosa, nedum dignitatem personae humanae minuit, illam, ampliata libertate filiorum Dei, ad maturitatem adducit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Superiores vero, rationem pro animabus sibi commissis reddituri (cf. Hebr. 13, 17), voluntati Dei in munere explendo dociles, in spiritu servitii pro fratribus auctoritatem exerceant, ita ut caritatem qua Deus illos diligit exprimant. Subditos regant qua filios Dei et cum respectu personae humanae, illorum voluntariam subiectionem promoventes. Ideoque speciatim debitam eis libertatem relinquant quoad poenitentiae sacramentum et conscientiae moderamen. Sodales eo perducant ut in muneribus obeundis et in inceptis suscipiendis activa atque responsabili oboedientia cooperentur. Itaque Superiores libenter sodales audiant necnon eorum conspirationem ad bonum instituti et Ecclesiae promoveant, firma tamen sua auctoritate decernendi et praecipiendi quae agenda sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capitula et consilia fideliter munus sibi commissum in regimine expleant atque suo quaeque modo sodalium omnium pro bono totius communitatis participationem et curam exprimant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vita in communi agenda, ad exemplum primaevae Ecclesiae in qua multitudo credentium erat cor unum et anima una (cf. Act. 4, 32), evangelica doctrina, Sacra Liturgia et praesertim Eucharistia refecta, in oratione et communione eiusdem spiritus perseveret (cf. Act. 2, 42). Religiosi, ut membra Christi, in fraterna conversatione honore se invicem praeveniant (cf. Rom. 12, 10), alter alterius onera portantes (cf. Gal. 6, 2). Caritate enim Dei in cordibus per Spiritum Sanctum diffusa (cf. Rom. 57, 5), communitas ut vera familia, in nomine Domini congregata, Eius praesentia gaudet (cf. Mt. 18, 20). Caritas autem plenitudo legis est (cf. Rom. 13, 10) ac vinculum perfectionis (cf. Col. 3, 14), eaque scimus quoniam translati sumus de morte ad vitam (cf. I Io. 3, 14). Immo fratrum unitas Christi adventum manifestat (cf. Io. 13 35; 17, 21) magnaque virtus apostolica ex ea manat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut autem inter sodales intimius sit vinculum fraternitatis, illi qui conversi, cooperatores vel alio nomine vocantur, vitae et communitatis operibus arcte coniungantur. Nisi rerum adiuncta aliud vere suadeant, curandum est ut in institutis mulierum ad unum genus sororum perveniatur. Tunc illa personarum tantum retineatur diversitas, quam diversorum operum distinctio exigat ad quae sorores vel speciali Dei vocatione vel speciali aptitudine destinentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Virorum autem monasteria et instituta non mere laicalia pro indole sua clericos et laicos, ad normam constitutionum, admittere possunt, pari ratione paribusque iuribus et obligationibus, salvis iis quae ex ordine sacro proveniunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Clausura papalis pro monialibus vitae unice contemplativae firma maneat sed iuxta temporum locorumque condiciones, iisque usibus sublatis qui obsoleti sint, accommodetur, auditis ipsorum monasteriorum votis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aliae vero moniales operibus externis apostolatus ex instituto deditae a clausura papali eximantur, ut concredita sibi munera apostolatus melius adimplere valeant, servata tamen clausura ad normam constitutionum."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Habitus religiosus, utpote signum consecrationis, sit simplex ac modestus, pauper simul et decens, insuper valetudinis requisitis consentaneus et temporum locorumque adiunctis necnon ministerii necessitatibus accommodatus. Habitus autem tam virorum quam mulierum, qui iis normis non congruit, immutandus est."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Institutorum accommodata renovatio a sodalium institutione maxime pendet. Ideo et ipsi sodales non clerici ac religiosae apostolatus operibus immediate post noviciatum ne destinentur, sed eorum institutio religiosa et apostolica, doctrinalis et technica, titulis etiam congruentibus obtentis, in aptis domibus convenienter protrahatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ne vero vitae religiosae ad nostri temporis exigentias adaptatio sit mere externa, neve illi qui externo apostolatui ex instituto vacant muneri suo implendo impares inveniantur, iuxta cuiusque intellectualem dotem et personalem indolem, de vigentibus hodiernae vitae socialis moribus rationibusque sentiendi et cogitandi, congruenter instruantur. Institutio per harmonicam elementorum suorum fusionem, ita peragatur ut ad unitatem vitae sodalium conferat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per totam autem vitam sodales intendant hanc culturam spiritualem, doctrinalem et technicam sedulo perficere, et Superiores, pro viribus, opportunitatem, adiumenta et tempus ad hoc eis procurent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Officium quoque est Superiorum curare ut Moderatores, Magistri spiritus et Professores optime seligantur et sedulo praeparentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In novis institutis condendis, necessitas vel saltem magna utilitas necnon incrementi possibilitas serio ponderandae sunt, ne incaute oriantur instituta inutilia aut sufficienti vigore non praedita. Peculiari ratione in novellis Ecclesiis formae vitae religiosae promoveantur et excolantur quae indolis morumque incolarum necnon loci consuetudinum et condicionum rationem habeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instituta, opera propria fideliter retineant et adimpleant atque, attenta utilitate universae Ecclesiae et dioecesium, temporum locorum necessitatibus ea accommodent, opportunis ac etiam novis mediis adhibitis, illis autem relictis operibus, quae instituti spiritui et germanae indoli hodie minus sint consentanea."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Spiritus missionalis in institutis religiosis omnino servetur et pro cuiusque eorum indole aptetur condicionibus hodiernis, ita ut praedicatio Evangelii apud omnes gentes efficacior fiat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instituta vero et monasteria quae, auditis Ordinariis locorum quorum intersit, iudicio Sanctae Sedis non praebeant fundatam spem ut ulterius floreant, prohibeantur ne in posterum novicios recipiant et, si fieri possit, alii instituto vel monasterio vegetiori, quod fine et spiritu haud multum differat, uniantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instituta et monasteria sui iuris, pro rei opportunitate et approbante Sancta Sede, inter se promoveant foederationes, si quodammodo ad eamdem familiam religiosam pertinent, aut uniones, si fere pares habent constitutiones et usus eodemque animantur spiritu, praesertim cum nimis sunt exigua, aut associationes, si iisdem vel similibus operibus externis incumbunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Favendum est conferentiis seu consiliis Superiorum maiorum a Sancta Sede erectis, quae valde conferre possunt ad finem singulorum institutorum plenius assequendum, ad efficaciorem conspirationem in bonum Ecclesiae fovendam, ad Evangelii operarios in determinato territorio aequiore modo distribuendos, necnon ad communia religiosorum negotia pertractanda, congrua instaurata coordinatione et cooperatione cum Conferentiis episcopalibus quoad exercitium apostolatus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Huiusmodi autem conferentiae etiam pro institutis saecularibus institui possunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacerdotes educatoresque christiani seria conamina adhibeant ut vocationibus religiosis, congruenter et accurate selectis, novum detur incrementum Ecclesiae necessitatibus plane respondens. Etiam in praedicatione ordinaria saepius agatur de consiliis evangelicis et de statu religioso amplectendo. Parentes filios suos christianis moribus educando, vocationem religiosam in eorum cordibus excolant ac tueantur. Institutis autem fas est sui notitiam, ad vocationes fovendas, divulgare atque candidatos quaerere, dummodo hoc fiat cum debita prudentia et servatis normis a Sancta Sede et Ordinario loci traditis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Meminerint vero sodales exemplum propriae vitae optimam commendationem esse sui instituti et invitationem ad vitam religiosam capessendam."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instituta pro quibus hae accommodatae renovationis normae statuuntur, prompto animo suae divinae vocationi et muneri suo in Ecclesia hisce temporibus respondeant. Magni enim facit Sacra Synodus genus eorum vitae, virginalis, pauperis et oboedientis, cuius Ipse Christus Dominus est exemplar firmamque spem in opera eorum abscondita et aperta tam fecunda collocat. Religiosi ergo omnes fidei integritate, caritate erga Deum et proximum, amore crucis necnon spe futurae gloriae, Christi bonum nuntium in toto mundo diffundant, ut testimonium eorum ab omnibus conspiciatur et Pater noster, qui in caelis est, glorificetur (cf. Mt. 5, 16). Ita deprecante suavissima Deipara Virgine Maria, «cuius vita omnium est disciplina»,[1] ampliora quotidie incrementa capient ac uberiores salutares afferent fructus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec omnia et singula quae in hoc Decreto edicta sunt, placuerunt Sacrosancti Concilii Patribus. Et Nos, Apostolica a Christo Nobis tradita potestate, illa, una cum Venerabilibus Patribus, in Spiritu Sancto approbamus, decernimus ac statuimus et quae ita synodaliter statuta sunt ad Dei gloriam promulgari iubemus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Romae, apud S. Petrum die XXVIII mensis octobris anno MCMLXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS Catholicae Ecclesiae Episcopus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur Patrum subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Patrum subsignationes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EUGENIUS Episcopus Ostiensis ac Portuensis et S. Rufinae Cardinalis TISSERANT, Sacri Collegii Decanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus Albanensis Cardinalis PIZZARDO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENEDICTUS Episcopus Praenestinus Cardinalis Aloisi MASELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS Episcopus tit. Veliternus Cardinalis CENTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HAMLETUS IOANNES Episcopus tit. Tusculanus Cardinalis CICOGNANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus tit. Sabinensis et Mandelensis Cardinalis FERRETTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS GABRIEL Cardinalis TAPPOUNI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Syrorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAXIMUS IV Cardinalis SAIGH, Patriarcha Antiochenus Melkitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS PETRUS Cardinalis MEOUCHI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Maronitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS I Cardinalis SIDAROUSS, Patriarcha Alexandrinus Coptorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EMMANUEL titulo Ss. Marcellini et Petri Presbyter Cardinalis GONÇALVES CEREJEIRA, Patriarcha Lisbonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ACHILLES titulo S. Sixti Presbyter Cardinalis LIÉNART, Episcopus Insulensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IACOBUS ALOISIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Damaso Presbyter Cardinalis COPELLO, S. R. E. Cancellarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GREGORIUS PETRUS titulo S. Bartholomaei in Insula Presbyter Cardinalis AGAGIANIAN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego NORMANNUS THOMAS titulo Ss. Quattuor Coronatorum Presbyter Cardinalis GILROY, Archiepiscopus Sydneyensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Ioannis et Pauli Presbyter Cardinalis SPELLMAN, Archiepiscopus Neo-Eboracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo Ss. Bonifacii et Alexii Presbyter Cardinalis DE BARROS CÂMARA, Archiepiscopus S. Sebastiani Fluminis Ianuarii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis ante Portam Latinam Presbyter Cardinalis FRINGS, Archiepiscopus Coloniensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS titulo S. Sabinae Presbyter Cardinalis RUFFINI, Archiepiscopus Panormitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IULIUS titulo S. Mariae Scalaris Presbyter Cardinalis DÖPFNER, Archiepiscopus Monacensis et Frisingensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Andreae Apostoli de Hortis Presbyter Cardinalis MARELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUSTAVUS titulo S. Hieronymi Illyricorum Presbyter Cardinalis TESTA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Andreae de Valle Presbyter Cardinalis TRAGLIA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PETRUS TATSUO titulo S. Antonii Patavini de Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DOI, Archiepiscopus Tokiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis Baptistae Florentinorum Presbyter Cardinalis LEFEBVRE, Archiepiscopus Bituricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BERNARDUS titulo S. Ioachimi Presbyter Cardinalis ALFRINK, Archiepiscopus Ultraiectensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RUFINUS I. titulo S. Mariae ad Montes Presbyter Cardinalis SANTOS, Archiepiscopus Manilensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAUREANUS titulo S. Francisci Assisiensis ad Ripam Maiorem Presbyter Cardinalis RUGAMBWA, Episcopus Bukobaënsis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS tituli Ssmi Redemptoris et S. Alfonsi in Exquiliis Presbyter Cardinalis RITTER, Archiepiscopus S. Ludovici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS HUMBERTUS titulo Ss. Andreae et Gregorii ad Clivum Scauri Presbyter Cardinalis QUINTERO, Archiepiscopus Caracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Priscae Presbyter Cardinalis DA COSTA NUNES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego HILDEBRANDUS titulo S. Sebastiani ad Catacumbas Presbyter Cardinalis ANTONIUTTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego EPHRAEM titulo S. Crucis in Hierusalem Presbyter Cardinalis FORNI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Mariae de Aracoeli Presbyter Cardinalis LANDAZURI RICKETTS, Archiepiscopus Limanus, Primas Peruviae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RADULFUS titulo S. Bernardi ad Thermas Presbyter Cardinalis SILVA HENRIQUEZ, Archiepiscopus S. Iacobi in Chile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO IOSEPHUS titulo S. Petri ad Vincula Presbyter Cardinalis SUENENS, Archiepiscopus Mechliniensis-Bruxellensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANGELUS titulo Sacri Cordis Beatae Mariae Virginis ad forum Euclidis Presbyter Cardinalis HERRERA, Episcopus Malacitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALAPHRIDUS S. Mariae in Domnica Protodiaconus Cardinalis OTTAVIANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS S. Mariae in Cosmedin Diaconus Cardinalis ROBERTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ARCADIUS SS. Blasii et Caroli ad Catinarios Diaconus Cardinalis LARRAONA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS SS. Cosmae et Damiani Diaconus Cardinalis MORANO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUILLELMUS THEODORUS S. Theodori in Palatio Diaconus Cardinalis HEARD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego AUGUSTINUS S. Sabae Diaconus Cardinalis BEA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRATER MICHAEL S. Pauli Apostoli in Arenula Diaconus Cardinalis BROWNE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOACHIM ANSELMUS S. Apollinaris Diaconus Cardinalis ALBAREDA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRIDERICUS S. Ioannis Bosco in via Tusculana Diaconus Cardinalis CALLORI DI VIGNALE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS S. Michaëlis Archangeli Diaconus Cardinalis CARDIJN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS S. Mariae in Porticu Diaconus Cardinalis JOURNET."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALBERTUS GORI, Patriarcha Hierosolymitanus Latinorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS PETRUS XVI BATANIAN, Patriarcha Ciliciae Armenorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS VIEIRA ALVERNAZ, Patriarcha Indiarum Orientalium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES CAROLUS MCQUAID, Archiepiscopus Dublinensis, Primas Hiberniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS ROHRACHER, Archiepiscopus Salisburgensis, Primas Germaniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego DEMETRIUS MOSCATO, Archiepiscopus Primas Salernitanus et Administrator Perpetuus Acernensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUGO CAMOZZO, Archiepiscopus Pisanus et Primas Sardiniae et Corsicae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALEXANDER TOKI , Archiepiscopus Antibarensis, Primas Serbiae."
            }
          ]
        },
        "pt": {
          "code": "pt",
          "label": "Português",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651028_perfectae-caritatis_po.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-164-vat-ii_decree_19651028_perfectae-caritatis_po.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO PERFECTAE CARITATIS SOBRE A CONVENIENTE RENOVAÇÃO DA VIDA RELIGIOSA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natureza da Vida Religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio já mostrou, na Constituição que começa pelas palavras «Lumen gentium», que a consecução da caridade perfeita por meio dos conselhos evangélicos tem a sua origem na doutrina e nos exemplos do divino mestre e brilha como um sinal luminoso do reino dos céus. Agora, porém, propõe-se tratar da disciplina e vida dos Institutos, cujos membros professam castidade, pobreza e obediência, e prover às necessidades dos mesmos, conforme sugerem os nossos tempos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Logo desde os princípios da Igreja, houve homens e mulheres, que pela prática dos conselhos evangélicos procuraram seguir Cristo com maior liberdade e imitá-lo mais de perto, consagrando, cada um a seu modo, a própria vida a Deus. Muitos deles, movidos pelo Espírito Santo, levaram vida solitária, ou fundaram famílias religiosas, que depois a Igreja de boa vontade acolheu e aprovou com a sua autoridade. Daqui proveio, por desígnio de Deus, uma variedade admirável de famílias religiosas, que muito contribui para que a Igreja não só esteja preparada para toda a obra boa (cfr. 2 Tim. 3,17) e para o ministério da edificação do corpo de Cristo (cfr. Ef. 4,12), mas ainda, aformoseada com a variedade dos dons dos seus filhos, se apresente como esposa ornada ao seu esposo (cfr. Apoc. 21,2) e por ela brilhe a multiforme sabedoria de Deus (cfr. Ef. 3,10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em tanta variedade de dons, todos aqueles que são chamados por Deus à prática dos conselhos evangélicos e fielmente os professam, consagram-se de modo particular ao Senhor, seguindo Cristo, que, sendo virgem e pobre (cfr. Mt. 8,20; Lc. 9,58), remiu a santificou todos os homens pela obediência até à morte da cruz (Fil. 2,8). Movidos assim pela caridade, que o Espírito Santo derrama nos seus corações (cfr. Rom. 5,5), mais e mais vivem para Cristo e para o seu corpo, que é a Igreja (cfr. Col.- 1,24). Quanto mais fervorosamente se unirem, portanto, a Cristo por uma doação que abraça a vida inteira, tanto mais rica será a sua vida para a, Igreja e mais fecundo o seu apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ora, para que o valor excelente da vida consagrada pela profissão dos conselhos evangélicos e a sua função necessária nas presentes circunstâncias resultem em maior bem para a Igreja, este sagrado Concílio estabelece o que se segue, e que diz apenas respeito aos princípios gerais duma conveniente renovação da vida e disciplina das religiões, e respeitada a sua índole própria, das sociedades de vida comum sem votos e dos Institutos seculares. As normas particulares, porém, para conveniente exposição e aplicação destes princípios, serão dadas depois do Concílio pela autoridade competente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Princípios gerais para a sua renovação"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A conveniente renovação da vida religiosa compreende não só um contínuo regresso às fontes de toda a vida cristã e à genuína inspiração dos Institutos mas também a sua adaptação às novas condições dos tempos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta renovação, sob o impulso do Espírito Santo e a orientação da Igreja, deve promover-se segundo os princípios seguintes:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Dado que a vida religiosa tem por última norma o seguimento de Cristo proposto no Evangelho, deve ser esta a regra suprema de todos os Institutos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Reverte em bem da Igreja que os Institutos mantenham a sua índole e função particular; por isso, sejam fielmente aceites e guardados o espírito e as intenções dos fundadores bem como as sãs tradições, que constituem o património de cada Instituto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Todos os Institutos participem da vida da Igreja, e, segundo a própria índole, tenham como suas e favoreçam quanto puderem as iniciativas e empresas da mesma Igreja em matéria bíblica, dogmática, pastoral, ecuménica, missionária e social."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) Promovam os Institutos nos seus membros o conveniente conhecimento das circunstâncias dos tempos e dos homens bem como das necessidades da Igreja; de maneira que, sabendo julgar sàbiamente das situações do mundo dos nossos dias à luz da fé, e ardendo de zelo apostólico, possam mais eficazmente ir ao encontro dos homens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "e) Dado que a vida religiosa se ordena antes de tudo a que os seus membros sigam a Cristo e se unam a Deus, mediante a profissão dos conselhos evangélicos, deve pesar-se sèriamente que as melhores adaptações às necessidades do nosso tempo não sortirão efeito, se não forem animadas da renovação espiritual, que sempre, mesmo na promoção das obras exteriores, deve ter a parte principal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Critérios práticos para a sua renovação"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O modo de viver, de orar e trabalhar seja devidamente adaptado às condições físicas e psicológicas, bem como, segundo a índole de cada Instituto, às necessidades de apostolado, às exigências de cultura, às situações sociais e económicas, e isto em toda a parte, mas sobretudo em terras de Missões."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Segundo estes mesmos critérios, examine-se também o modo de governo dos Institutos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, as constituições, os «directórios, os livros de costumes, de orações, cerimónias, etc., tudo seja revisto convenientemente e, pondo de lado as prescrições obsoletas, adaptem-se aos documentos deste sagrado Concílio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Autoridade competente para levar a cabo a renovação"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A renovação eficaz e a adaptação conveniente não se podem obter sem a colaboração de todos os membros do Instituto. Estabelecer, porém, as normas e dar as leis desta renovação, assim como dar possibilidades para uma suficiente e prudente experiência, pertence sòmente às autoridades competentes, sobretudo aos Capítulos gerais, salva a aprovação da Santa Sé ou dos Ordinários de lugar, quando for necessária, segundo as normas do direito. Todavia, os Superiores, nas coisas que dizem respeito a todo o Instituto, consultem e oiçam os seus súbditos de modo conveniente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para a devida renovação dos mosteiros de monjas, poder-se-ão obter também os votos e pareceres das assembleias das Federações ou de outras reuniões legitimamente convocadas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lembrem-se, porém, todos que a esperança de renovação deve ser posta mais na diligente observância da regra e das constituições do que na multiplicação das leis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exigências fundamentais da vocação religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os membros de todo e qualquer Instituto lembrem-se sobretudo que responderam à vocação divina pela profissão dos conselhos evangélicos, não só para morrerem ao pecado (cfr. Rom. 6,11), mas também para, renunciando ao mundo, viverem exclusivamente para Deus. Puseram toda a vida ao Seu serviço, o que constitui uma consagração especial, que se radica intimamente na consagração do Baptismo e a exprime mais perfeitamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tendo, porém, esta doação de si mesmos sido aceite pela Igreja, considerem-se também como adstritos ao seu serviço."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este serviço de Deus deve urgir e alimentar neles o exercício das virtudes, sobretudo da humildade e da obediência, da fortaleza e da castidade, pelas quais participam no despojamento de Cristo (cfr. Fil. 2,7-8) e na Sua vida em espírito (cfr. Rom. 8, 1-13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os religiosos, portanto, fiéis à profissão, deixando tudo por amor de Cristo (cfr. Mc. 10,28), sigam-no (Mt., 19,21) como única coisa necessária (cfr. Lc. 10, 42), ouvindo a Sua palavra (Lc. 10,39), solícitos das coisas que são d'Ele (cfr. 1 Cor. 7,32)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, os membros de qualquer Instituto, buscando acima de tudo e ùnicamente a Deus, saibam conciliar a contemplação, pela qual aderem a Deus pela mente e pelo coração, com o amor apostólico; é este amor que os leva a esforçar-se por se associarem à obra da Redenção e por dilatar o Seu reino."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caridade e vida interior"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os que professam os conselhos evangélicos, busquem e amem antes de tudo a Deus que primeiro nos amou (cfr. 1 Jo. 4,10), e procurem em todas as circunstâncias cultivar a vida escondida com Cristo em Deus (cfr. Col. 3,3), da qual dimana e se estimula o amor do próximo para a salvação do mundo e edificação da Igreja. É também esta caridade que anima e rege a prática dos conselhos evangélicos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, os membros dos Institutos cultivem com contínuo esforço o espírito de oração e a mesma oração, haurindo-a das genuínas fontes da espiritualidade cristã. Sobretudo tenham todos os dias entre mãos a Sagrada Escritura, para que aprendam, pela leitura e meditação, «a eminente ciência de Jesus Cristo» (Fil. 3,8). Celebrem a sagrada Liturgia, sobretudo o sagrado mistério da Eucaristia, pelo coração e pela palavra, segundo o espírito da Igreja, e alimentem desta abundantíssima fonte a vida espiritual."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deste modo, alimentados à mesa da divina lei e do sagrado altar, amem fraternalmente os membros de Cristo, reverenciem e amem com espírito filial os seus pastores, vivam e sintam mais e mais com a Igreja e dediquem-se totalmente à sua missão."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Institutos de vida contemplativa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Institutos que se dedicam exclusivamente à contemplação, de tal em oração contínua e alegre penitência, conservam sempre a parte mais excelente dentro do Corpo Místico de Cristo, em que «nem todos os membros... têm a mesma função» (Rom. 12,4), embora seja urgente a necessidade do apostolado. Na verdade, oferecem a Deus um exímio sacrifício de louvor, enriquecem com abundantes frutos de santidade o Povo de Deus, movem com o seu exemplo e dilatam-no mercê da sua misteriosa fecundidade apostólica. São honra da Igreja e fonte das graças celestes. O seu modo de viver, porém, seja revisto segundo os princípios acima expostos e os critérios duma conveniente renovação, mantendo-se, contudo, intactos a sua separação do mundo e os exercícios próprios da vida contemplativa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Institutos de vida apostólica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Muitos são na Igreja os Institutos tanto clericais como laicais, dados às várias obras de apostolado, cada um com dons diferentes, segundo a graça que lhes foi dada: o ministério para servir; a doutrina para ensinar; o que exorta, para exortar; o que dá, com simplicidade; o que pratica a caridade, com alegria (cfr. Rom. 12, 5-8). «As graças são diferentes, mas o Espírito é o mesmo» (1 Cor. 12,4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em tais Institutos, pertence à própria natureza da vida religiosa a actividade apostólica e de beneficência, como o exercício do santo ministério e as obras de caridade próprias, que a Igreja lhes confiou e que eles devem exercer em seu nome. Por isso, toda a vida religiosa dos seus membros seja imbuída de espírito apostólico e toda a sua acção apostólica seja informada pelo espírito religioso. Para corresponderem à sua vocação de seguir a Cristo e servir ao próprio Cristo nos Seus membros, é necessário que a sua acção apostólica dimane da sua união com Cristo. Sucederá que, desta forma, se alimenta a caridade para com Deus e para com o próximo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, estes Institutos conciliem as suas observâncias e costumes com as exigências do apostolado a que se dedicam. Revestindo, porém, a vida religiosa consagrada às obras apostólicas muitas e variadas formas, é necessário que a sua renovação tenha em conta esta diversidade e que, nos vários Institutos, a vida dos membros ao serviço de Cristo seja favorecida com os meios que lhes são próprios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Institutos de vida monástica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conserve-se fielmente e brilhe cada vez mais no seu genuíno espírito, tanto no Oriente como no Ocidente, a venerável instituição da vida monástica, que tantos méritos alcançou no decorrer dos séculos na Igreja e na sociedade humana. O principal dever dos monges é servir dum modo ao mesmo tempo humilde e nobre, a divina majestade dentro das paredes do seu mosteiro, quer se entreguem totalmente ao culto divino na vida contemplativa, quer tenham assumido legitimamente algumas obras de apostolado ou caridade cristã. Mantida, pois, a índole própria da instituição, renovem as suas antigas e beneméritas tradições e acomodem-nas às necessidades hodiernas das almas, de tal forma que os mosteiros sejam como que os alfobres de edificação do Povo cristão."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Do mesmo modo, às religiões que por regra ou instituto associam intimamente a vida apostólica à vida de coro e às observâncias monásticas, de maneira a manter fielmente a sua forma de vida, já que esta é de tão grande proveito para a Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A vida religiosa laical"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A vida religiosa laical, tanto de homens como de mulheres, constitui em si mesma um estado completo da profissão dos conselhos evangélicos. Por isso, o sagrado Concílio, que a tem em grande estima, tão útil ela, é à missão pastoral da Igreja na educação da juventude, cuidado dos doentes e outros ministérios, confirma os seus membros na vocação e exorta-os a adaptar a sua vida às exigências modernas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio declara que nada obsta a que nos Institutos de Irmãos, permanecendo embora firme a sua índole laical, alguns dos membros recebam as ordens sacras, por disposição do Capítulo geral, para atenderem às necessidades do ministério sacerdotal nas suas casas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Institutos seculares"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Institutos seculares, embora não sejam Institutos religiosos, implicam uma verdadeira e completa profissão dos conselhos evangélicos no mundo, reconhecida pela Igreja. Esta profissão confere uma consagração, tanto a homens como mulheres, a leigos ou clérigos que vivem no mundo. Por isso, procurem sobretudo fazer uma total doação de si mesmos a Deus na caridade perfeita; e os próprios Institutos mantenham o seu carácter próprio e peculiar, isto é, a secularidade, para poderem exercer eficazmente e por toda a parte o apostolado no mundo e como que a partir do mundo; para isso foram instituídos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tenham, todavia, muito presente que não poderão exercer tão alta missão, se os membros não forem cuidadosamente formados nas coisas divinas e humanas, de tal maneira que sejam verdadeiramente fermento no mundo para vigor e incremento do Corpo de Cristo. Os responsáveis cuidem sèriamente da formação, sobretudo espiritual, dos membros e do seu ulterior aperfeiçoamento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O voto de castidade"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A castidade «por amor do reino dos céus» (Mt. 19,12), que os religiosos professam, deve ser tida como exímio dom da graça. Liberta de modo singular o coração do homem (cfr. 1 Cor 7, 32-35), para que mais se acenda na caridade para com Deus e para com todos os homens. É, por isso, sinal dos bens celestes e meio aptíssimo pelo qual os religiosos alegremente se dedicam ao serviço de Deus e às obras de apostolado. Assim, dão testemunho diante de todos os cristãos daquele admirável consórcio estabelecido por Deus e que se há-de manifestar plenamente na vida futura, pelo qual a Igreja tem a Cristo por seu único esposo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É necessário, portanto, que os religiosos, ao esforçarem-se por ser fiéis à sua profissão, acreditem na palavra do Senhor e, confiados no Seu auxílio, não presumam das próprias forças e dêem-se à mortificação e à guarda dos sentidos. Não descuidem os meios naturais que favorecem a saúde mental e corporal. Assim sucederá que não se deixarão mover pelas doutrinas daqueles que apresentam a continência perfeita como impossível ou nociva à perfeição humana, e repelirão, como que por um instinto espiritual, tudo aquilo que põe em perigo a castidade. Lembrem se, além disso, todos, sobretudo os Superiores, que a castidade se conserva mais seguramente, quando entre os membros reina o verdadeiro amor fraterno na vida comum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Visto que a observância da castidade perfeita atinge intimamente inclinações mais profundas da natureza humana, os candidatos não se abeirem nem sejam admitidos à profissão da castidade, senão depois duma provação verdadeiramente suficiente e com a devida maturidade psicológica e afectiva. Sejam não só instruídos sobre os perigos que ameaçam a castidade, mas formem-se de tal maneira que abracem o celibato consagrado a Deus também como um bem de toda a pessoa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O voto de pobreza"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A pobreza voluntária abraçada para seguir a Cristo, do que ela é um sinal hoje muito apreciado, seja diligentemente cultivada pelos religiosos e, se for necessário, exprima-se até sob novas formas. Por ela é participada a pobreza de Cristo, que sendo rico, por nosso amor se fez pobre, para que nós fôssemos ricos da sua pobreza (cfr. 2 Cor 8, 9; Mt. 8,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pelo que toca, porém, à pobreza religiosa, não basta sujeitar-se aos Superiores no uso dos bens, mas é preciso que os religiosos sejam pobres real e espiritualmente, possuindo os seus tesouros no céu (cfr. Mt. 6,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cada um no seu ofício, sintam-se todos sujeitos à lei comum do trabalho, e, enquanto buscam as coisas necessárias à sustentação e às obras, ponham de lado toda a solicitude exagerada e entreguem-se à Providência do Pai celeste (cfr. Mt. 6,25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As Congregações religiosas podem permitir nas constituições que os seus membros renunciem aos bens patrimoniais adquiridos ou a adquirir. Os próprios Institutos, tendo em conta as condições de cada lugar, esforcem-se por dar um testemunho por assim dizer colectivo de pobreza, e de boa vontade concorram com alguma coisa dos próprios bens para as demais necessidades da Igreja e para a sustentação dos pobres a quem todos os religiosos devem amar nas entranhas de Cristo (cfr. Mt. 19,21; 25,34-46; Tg. 2.15-16; 1 Jo. 3,17). As províncias e as casas religiosas comuniquem umas com as outras nos bens temporais, de maneira que aquelas que têm mais, ajudem as que sofrem necessidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Embora os Institutos, salvas as regras e constituições, tenham direito a possuir o que é necessário à vida temporal e às próprias obras, evitem, contudo, toda a aparência de luxo, de lucro exagerado e de acumulação de bens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O voto de obediência"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pela profissão da obediência, os religiosos oferecem a plena oblação da própria vontade como sacrifício de si mesmos a Deus, e por ele se unem mais constante e seguramente à vontade divina salvífica. Por isso, a exemplo de Jesus Cristo, que veio para fazer a vontade do Pai (cfr. Jo. 4,34; 5,30; Heb. 10,7; Salm. 39,9), e «tomando a forma de servo» (Fil. 2,7), aprendeu a obedecer por aquilo que padeceu (cfr. Heb. 5,8), os religiosos, sob a moção do Espírito Santo, sujeitam-se na fé aos Superiores, ;vigários de Deus, e por eles são levados a servir todos os seus irmãos em Cristo, da mesma maneira que o próprio Cristo, por causa da sua sujeição ao Pai, serviu os irmãos e deu a sua vida para redenção de muitos (cfr. Mt. 20,28; Jo. 10, 14-18). Assim, unem-se mais estreitamente ao serviço da Igreja e procuram chegar à medida da idade plena de Cristo (cfr. Ef. 4,13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Portanto, os religiosos, em espírito de fé e de amor à vontade de Deus, obedeçam humildemente aos Superiores, segundo as próprias regras e constituições, colocando as forças da inteligência e da vontade bem como os dons da natureza e da graça na execução das ordens e no cumprimento dos cargos que lhes forem confiados, sabendo que estão a colaborar para a edificação do Corpo de Cristo segundo o desígnio de Deus. Desta maneira, a obediência religiosa, longe de diminuir a dignidade da pessoa humana, leva-a à maturidade, aumentando a liberdade dos filhos de Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Superiores, porém, como quem deverá dar contas das almas que lhes foram confiadas (cfr. Heb. 13,17), dóceis à vontade de Deus no cumprimento do seu cargo, exerçam a autoridade em espírito de serviço a favor de seus irmãos, de tal maneira que sejam a expressão da caridade com que Deus os ama. Governem os súbditos como filhos de Deus e com respeito pela pessoa humana, promovendo a sua submissão voluntária. Por isso, deixem-lhes de modo particular a devida liberdade no que toca ao sacramento da Penitência e à direcção espiritual. Levem os súbditos a colaborar, com obediência activa e responsável, no desempenho das funções e na aceitação das empresas. Procurem, por isso, os Superiores ouvir de boa vontade os súbditos e promover a sua colaboração para bem do Instituto e da Igreja, mantendo, todavia, a sua autoridade para decidir e ordenar o que deve fazer-se."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Capítulos e os Conselhos cumpram fielmente a sua função no governo, e, cada um a seu modo, exprimam a participação e a solicitude de todos os membros no bem da comunidade inteira."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A vida comum: sua reforma e actualização"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A vida comum, a exemplo do que sucedia na primitiva Igreja, onde a multidão dos fiéis era um só coração e uma só alma (cfr. Act. 4,32), alimentada pela doutrina evangélica, pela sagrada Liturgia e sobretudo pela Eucaristia, persevere na oração e na comunhão do mesmo espírito (cfr. Act. 2,42). Os religiosos, como membros de Cristo, honrem-se mùtuamente em fraterna conversação (cfr. Rom. 12,10), levando o peso uns aos outros (cfr. Gál. 6,2). Com efeito, mercê do amor de Deus difundido nos corações pelo Espírito Santo (cfr. Rom. 5,5), a comunidade, como verdadeira família, reunida em nome do Senhor, goza da Sua presença (cfr. Mt. 18,20). O amor, porém, é a plenitude da lei (cfr. Rom. 13,10) e vínculo de perfeição (cfr. Col. 3,14), e sabemos que, mercê dele, fomos transferidos da morte para a vida (cfr. 1 Jo. 3,14). Mais ainda, a unidade dos irmãos manifesta o advento de Cristo (cfr. Jo. 13,15; 17,21), e dela dimana uma grande virtude apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas, para que seja mais íntimo o vínculo da fraternidade entre os religiosos, aqueles que dão pelo nome de irmãos conversos, coadjutores, etc., estejam estreitamente unidos à vida e aos trabalhos da comunidade. Se as circunstâncias não aconselharem verdadeiramente outra coisa, procure-se nos Institutos femininos chegar a uma só categoria de irmãs. Conserve-se apenas aquela distinção de pessoas que for exigida pela diversidade de trabalhos a que as irmãs são destinadas por uma particular vocação de Deus ou por uma especial aptidão."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os mosteiros masculinos, porém, e os Institutos não meramente laicais, podem admitir, de harmonia com a sua natureza e segundo as próprias constituições, clérigos e leigos, que terão os mesmos direitos e os mesmos deveres, excepto naquelas coisas que provêm da Ordem sacra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A clausura das monjas: sua reforma e actualização"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A clausura papal mantem-se no seu rigor para as religiosas de vida exclusivamente contemplativa; seja, porém, adaptada, depois de ouvido o parecer dos próprios mosteiros, segundo as condições de tempo e lugar, suprimindo os costumes que forem obsoletos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As outras religiosas que, por força do Instituto, se dedicam às obras externas do apostolado, sejam dispensadas da clausura papal para poderem realizar melhor os encargos apostólicos que lhes forem confiados, conservando, porém, a clausura segundo as próprias constituições."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O hábito religioso: sua reforma e actualização"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O hábito religioso, como sinal de consagração, seja simples e modesto, simultâneamente pobre e condigno, e, além disso, consentâneo com as exigências da saúde e acomodado às condições de tempo e lugar e às necessidades do ministério. O hábito, masculino ou feminino, que não estiver de harmonia com estas normas, deve ser mudado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A formação: sua reforma e actualização"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A conveniente renovação dos Institutos depende sobretudo da formação dos membros. Por isso, não se destinem às obras de apostolado imediatamente depois do noviciado os religiosos não clérigos e as religiosas, mas prolongue-se convenientemente, em casas aptas, a sua formação religiosa e apostólica, doutrinal e técnica, sem excluir até a consecução de, títulos convenientes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que a adaptação da vida religiosa às exigências do nosso tempo não seja meramente externa, nem se dê o caso de aqueles que se destinam, por força do Instituto, ao apostolado externo, não se encontrarem preparados para o seu múnus, sejam convenientemente instruídos, segundo os dotes intelectuais e a índole pessoal de cada um, acerca dos hábitos e dos modos de sentir e pensar da vida social hodierna. A formação seja de tal modo orientada que concorra pela harmónica fusão dos seus elementos, para dar unidade à vida dos religiosos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Durante toda a vida, procurem os religiosos completar cuidadosamente esta cultura espiritual, doutrinal e técnica; e os Superiores dêem-lhes, tanto quanto puderem, oportunidade, ajuda e tempo para isso."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É também dever dos Superiores cuidar que os Directores, os mestres de espírito e os Professores sejam muito bem escolhidos e cuidadosamente preparados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fundação de novos Institutos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na fundação de novos Institutos, pondere-se atentamente a necessidade ou pelo menos a sua grande utilidade, assim como a possibilidade de desenvolvimento, para que não surjam imprudentemente Institutos inúteis ou desprovidos de suficiente vigor. Promovam-se e cultivem-se de modo especial nas cristandades recentes aquelas formas de vida religiosa que se adaptem à índole, costumes, tradições e situações dos seus habitantes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conservação, adaptação ou abandono das obras próprias"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mantenham e realizem fielmente os Institutos as obras que lhes são próprias, e acomodem-nas, tendo em conta a utilidade da Igreja universal e das dioceses, às necessidades dos lugares, provendo-as de meios ; oportunos e até novos, e abandonando as obras que hoje estão menos conformes com genuíno espírito e natureza do Instituto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conserve-se inteiramente o espírito missionário nos Institutos religiosos e adapte-se, segundo a índole de cada um às condições dos nossos dias, de tal maneira que a pregação do Evangelho se torne cada vez mais eficaz junto de todos os povos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Institutos e mosteiros decadentes"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Institutos e mosteiros que, uma vez ouvido o parecer dos Ordinários de lugar a quem dizem respeito, não derem, a juízo da Santa Sé, fundada esperança de vir a florescer posteriormente, sejam proibidos de receber noviços no futuro e, se for possível, unam-se a outros Institutos ou mosteiros, que não difiram muito do seu fim e do seu espírito"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promoção da união entre os Institutos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Institutos e mosteiros autónomos, segundo a oportunidade o pedir e com a aprovação da Santa Sé, promovam entre si federações, se de algum modo pertencem à mesma família religiosa, ou uniões, se tiverem quase as mesmas constituições e costumes e forem informados do mesmo espírito, sobretudo quando são demasiadamente pequenos; ou ainda associações, se se derem às mesmas ou semelhantes obras externas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conferências de Superiores Maiores"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devem favorecer-se as Conferências ou conselhos de Superiores maiores erectos pela. Santa Sé, que muito podem contribuir para conservação mais perfeita do fim de cada Instituto, para uma mais eficaz colaboração para o bem da Igreja, distribuição de operários do Evangelho em determinado território de forma mais equitativa, assim como para tratar os negócios comuns dos religiosos, estabelecendo-se a conveniente coordenação e a cooperação com as Conferências episcopais quanto ao exercício do apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As mesmas Conferências podem ser estabelecidas para os Institutos seculares."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promoção das vocações religiosas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os sacerdotes e educadores cristãos empenhem-se sèriamente em dar às vocações religiosas, devida e atentamente seleccionadas, um novo incremento que corresponda perfeitamente às necessidades da Igreja. Mesmo na pregação ordinária fale-se frequentemente dos conselhos evangélicos e do estado religioso. Os pais, na educação cristã dos filhos, cultivem e protejam nos seus corações a vocação religiosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É lícito aos Institutos divulgar o conhecimento de si mesmos, para promover as vocações e encontrar candidatos, contanto que o façam com a devida prudência e segundo as normas dadas pela Santa Sé e pelos Ordinários de lugar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lembrem-se, porém, os religiosos que o exemplo da própria vida é a melhor recomendação do seu Instituto e um convite a abraçar a vida religiosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusão: Correspondência dos Institutos à graça da vocação"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Institutos, para os quais se dão estas normas de adaptação e renovação, correspondam de ânimo generoso à sua divina vocação e à sua missão nos actuais tempos da Igreja. Este sagrado Concílio estima muito o seu género de vida, feita de virgindade, pobreza e obediência, de que o próprio Cristo Senhor nosso foi exemplo, e deposita uma firme esperança no seu tão fecundo trabalho escondido e manifesto. Todos os religiosos, portanto, difundam no mundo inteiro a boa nova de Cristo, pela integridade da sua fé, caridade para com Deus e para com o próximo, amor à cruz e esperança da glória futura, a fim de que o seu testemunho seja visível a todos e glorificado o nosso Pai que está nos céus (cfr. Mt. 5,16). Assim. por intercessão da dulcíssima Virgem Maria, Mãe de Deus, «cuja vida é para todos ensinamento» (S. Ambrósio, De Virginitate, L. II, c. II, n. 15.), receberão cada dia maior incremento e clarão frutos mais abundantes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vaticano, 28 de Outubro de 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAPA PAULO VI"
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "presbyterorum-ordinis",
      "council": 21,
      "title": "Presbyterorum Ordinis",
      "type": "Decree",
      "date": "1965-12-07",
      "languages": {
        "de": {
          "code": "de",
          "label": "Deutsch",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651207_presbyterorum-ordinis_ge.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-196-vat-ii_decree_19651207_presbyterorum-ordinis_ge.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DEKRET PRESBYTERORUM ORDINIS ÜBER DIENST UND LEBEN DER PRIESTER"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Schon mehrfach hat diese Heilige Synode alle auf die große Würde des Priesterstandes in der Kirche hingewiesen (1). Da diesem Stand jedoch bei der Erneuerung der Kirche Christi höchst bedeutsame und unstreitig immer schwierigere Aufgaben zukommen, schien es sehr angeraten, ausführlicher und gründlicher über die Priester zu sprechen. Was im folgenden gesagt wird, gilt für alle Priester, vor allem für die, die im Seelsorgsdienst stehen; bei Ordenspriestern ist Zutreffendes entsprechend anzuwenden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Durch die Weihe und die vom Bischof empfangene Sendung werden die Priester zum Dienst für Christus, den Lehrer, Priester und König, bestellt. Sie nehmen teil an dessen Amt, durch das die Kirche hier auf Erden ununterbrochen zum Volk Gottes, zum Leib Christi und zum Tempel des Heiligen Geistes auferbaut wird. Um ihr Amt in seelsorglich und menschlich vielfach so tiefgreifend veränderten Verhältnissen wirksamer zu unterstützen und ihrem Leben besser Sorge zu tragen, erklärt und bestimmt darum diese Heilige Synode das Folgende."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DAS PRIESTERTUM UND DIE SENDUNG DER KIRCHE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jesus der Herr, \"den der Vater geheiligt und in die Welt gesandt hat\" (Joh 10,36), gibt seinem ganzen mystischen Leib Anteil an der Geistsalbung, mit der er gesalbt worden ist (2). In ihm werden nämlich alle Gläubigen zu einer heiligen und königlichen Priesterschaft, bringen geistige Opfer durch Jesus Christus Gott dar und verkünden die Machttaten dessen, der sie aus der Finsternis in sein wunderbares Licht berufen hat (3). Es gibt darum kein Glied, das nicht Anteil an der Sendung des ganzen Leibes hätte; jedes muß vielmehr Jesus in seinem Herzen heilighalten (4) und durch den Geist der Verkündigung Zeugnis von Jesus ablegen (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit die Gläubigen zu einem Leib, in dem \"nicht alle Glieder denselben Dienst verrichten\" (Röm 12,4), zusammenwachsen, hat der gleiche Herr einige von ihnen zu amtlichen Dienern eingesetzt. Sie sollten in der Gemeinde der Gläubigen heilige Weihevollmacht besitzen zur Darbringung des Opfers und zur Nachlassung der Sünden (6) und das priesterliche Amt öffentlich vor den Menschen in Christi Namen verwalten. Daher hat Christus die Apostel gesandt, wie er selbst vom Vater gesandt war (7) und durch die Apostel den Bischöfen als deren Nachfolgern Anteil an seiner Weihe und Sendung gegeben (8). Ihr Dienstamt ist in untergeordnetem Rang den Priestern übertragen worden (9); als Glieder des Priesterstandes sollten sie, in der rechten Erfüllung der ihnen von Christus anvertrauten Sendung, Mitarbeiter des Bischofsstandes sein (10)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da das Amt der Priester dem Bischofsstand verbunden ist, nimmt es an der Vollmacht teil, mit der Christus selbst seinen Leib auferbaut, heiligt und leitet. Darum setzt das Priestertum der Amtspriester zwar die christlichen Grundsakramente voraus, wird aber durch ein eigenes Sakrament übertragen. Dieses zeichnet die Priester durch die Salbung des Heiligen Geistes mit einem besonderen Prägemal und macht sie auf diese Weise dem Priester Christus gleichförmig, so daß sie in der Person des Hauptes Christus handeln können (11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da die Priester für ihren Teil am Amt der Apostel teilnehmen, wird ihnen von Gott die Gnade verliehen, Diener Jesu Christi unter den Völkern zu sein, die das heilige Amt des Evangeliums verwalten, damit die Völker eine wohlgefällige und im Heiligen Geist geheiligte Opfergabe werden (12). Durch die apostolische Botschaft des Evangeliums nämlich wird das Volk Gottes zur Einheit berufen, so daß alle, die zu diesem Volk gehören, im Heiligen Geist geheiligt sind und sich selbst als \"lebendiges, heiliges, Gott wohlgefälliges Opfer\" (Röm 12,1) darbringen. Durch den Dienst der Priester vollendet sich das geistige Opfer der Gläubigen in Einheit mit dem Opfer des einzigen Mittlers Christus, das sie mit ihren Händen im Namen der ganzen Kirche bei der Feier der Eucharistie auf unblutige und sakramentale Weise darbringen, bis der Herr selbst kommt (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Darauf zielt das Dienstamt der Priester, und darin findet es seine Vollendung. Denn ihr Dienst, der in der Verkündigung des Evangeliums seinen Anfang nimmt, schöpft seine ganze Kraft aus dem Opfer Christi. So soll durch ihn \"die ganze erlöste Gemeinde, die Versammlung und Gemeinschaft der Heiligen, durch den Hohenpriester als allumfassendes Opfer Gott dargebracht werden, durch ihn, der auch sich selbst in seinem Leiden für uns dargebracht hat, damit wir der Leib des so erhabenen Hauptes wären\" (14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Ziel also, auf das Dienst und Leben der Priester ausgerichtet sind, ist die Verherrlichung Gottes des Vaters in Christus. Diese Verherrlichung besteht darin, daß die Menschen die in Christus vollendete Tat Gottes bewußt, frei und dankbar annehmen und in ihrem ganzen Leben kundtun. Ob die Priester sich darum dem Gebet und der Anbetung hingeben, ob sie das Wort verkünden, das eucharistische Opfer darbringen und die übrigen Sakramente verwalten oder den Menschen auf andere Weise dienen, immer fördern sie die Ehre Gottes und das Wachstum des göttlichen Lebens im Menschen. All dies entströmt dem Pascha Christi des Herrn und erfährt seine Vollendung bei dessen glorreicher Ankunft, wenn er selbst das Reich Gott dem Vater übergeben hat (15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Priester werden aus der Reihe der Menschen genommen und für die Anliegen der Menschen bei Gott bestellt, um Gaben und Opfer für die Sünden darzubringen (16); allen begegnen sie deshalb als ihren Brüdern. Auch der Herr Jesus, Gottes Sohn, der vom Vater als Mensch zu den Menschen gesandt wurde, lebte ja mit uns zusammen und wollte in allem seinen Brüdern gleich werden, die Sünde ausgenommen (17). Ihn haben schon die heiligen Apostel nachgeahmt; Paulus, der als Lehrer der Heiden \"für das Evangelium erwählt\" war (Röm 1,1), bezeugt ausdrücklich, er sei allen alles geworden, um alle zu retten (18). Die Priester des Neuen Testamentes werden zwar aufgrund ihrer Berufung und Weihe innerhalb der Gemeinde des Gottesvolkes in bestimmter Hinsicht abgesondert, aber nicht um von dieser, auch nicht von irgendeinem Menschen, getrennt zu werden, sondern zur gänzlichen Weihe an das Werk, zu dem sie Gott erwählt hat (19). Sie könnten nicht Christi Diener sein, wenn sie nicht Zeugen und Ausspender eines anderen als des irdischen Lebens wären; sie vermöchten aber auch nicht den Menschen zu dienen, wenn diese und ihre Lebensverhältnisse ihnen fremd blieben (20). Ihr Dienst verlangt in ganz besonderer Weise, daß sie sich dieser Welt nicht gleichförmig machen (21); er erfordert aber zugleich, daß sie in dieser Welt mitten unter den Menschen leben, daß sie wie gute Hirten ihre Herde kennen und auch die heinzuholen suchen, die außerhalb stehen, damit sie Christi Stimme hören und eine Herde und ein Hirt sei (22). Dabei helfen ihnen gerade jene Eigenschaften viel, die zu Recht in der menschlichen Gesellschaft sehr geschätzt sind: Herzensgüte, Aufrichtigkeit, Charakterfestigkeit und Ausdauer, unbestechlicher Gerechtigkeitssinn, gute Umgangsformen und Ähnliches, das der Apostel Paulus empfiehlt: \"Was wahr ist, was ehrwürdig und recht, was lauter, liebenswert und ansprechend, überhaupt was Tugend ist und Lob verdient, darauf seid bedacht\" (Phil 4,8)23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DER PRIESTERLICHE DIENST"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Die priesterlichen Ämter"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Volk Gottes wird an erster Stelle geeint durch das Wort des lebendigen Gottes (1), das man mit Recht vom Priester verlangt (2). Da niemand ohne Glaube gerettet werden kann (3), ist die erste Aufgabe der Priester als Mitarbeiter der Bischöfe allen die frohe Botschaft Gottes zu verkünden (4), um so in der Erfüllung des Herrenauftrags: \"Gehet hin in alle Welt, und verkündet das Evangelium allen Geschöpfen\" (Mk 16,15) (5), das Gottesvolk zu begründen und zu mehren. Durch das Heilswort wird ja der Glaube, durch den sich die Gemeinde der Gläubigen bildet und heranwächst, im Herzen der Nichtgläubigen geweckt und im Herzen der Gläubigen genährt, wie der Apostel sagt: \"Der Glaube kommt aus der Predigt, die Predigt aber durch Christi Wort\" (Röm 10,17). Die Priester schulden also allen, Anteil zu geben an der Wahrheit des Evangeliums (6), deren sie sich im Herrn erfreuen. Niemals sollen sie ihre eigenen Gedanken vortragen, sondern immer Gottes Wort lehren und alle eindringlich zur Umkehr und zur Heiligung bewegen, ob sie nun durch eine vorbildliche Lebensführung Ungläubige für Gott gewinnen (7) oder in der ausdrücklichen Verkündigung den Nichtglaubenden das Geheimnis Christi erschließen; ob sie Christenlehre erteilen, die Lehre der Kirche darlegen oder aktuelle Fragen im Licht Christi zu beantworten suchen (8). Die priesterliche Verkündigung ist aber in den gegenwärtigen Zeitumständen nicht selten außerordentlich schwer. Um Geist und Herz der Zuhörer zu erreichen, darf man Gottes Wort nicht nur allgemein und abstrakt darlegen, sondern muß die ewige Wahrheit des Evangeliums auf die konkreten Lebensverhältnisse anwenden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Dienst am Wort wird demgemäß auf verschiedene Weise ausgeübt, je nach den Erfordernissen der Zuhörer und den Gaben der Verkündiger. In nichtchristlichen Ländern und Gemeinschaften werden die Menschen durch die Botschaft des Evangeliums zunächst einmal zum Glauben und zu den Sakramenten des Heils geführt (9); in der Gemeinschaft der Christen hingegen fordert die Verwaltung der Sakramente die Verkündigung des Wortes, vor allem für diejenigen, die offensichtlich nur wenig von dem, was sie immer wieder tun, verstehen oder glauben; sind doch die Sakramente Geheimnisse des Glaubens, der aus der Predigt hervorgeht und durch die Predigt genährt wird (10). Das betrifft vor allem den Wortgottesdienst innerhalb der Meßfeier, in der die Verkündigung des Todes und der Auferstehung des Herrn, die Antwort des hörenden Volkes und das Opfer selbst, durch das Christus den Neuen Bund besiegelt hat in seinem Blut und an dem die Gläubigen mit ihren Bitten und durch den Empfang des Sakramentes teilnehmen, unzertrennlich verbunden sind (11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gott, der allein Heilige und Heiligende, wollte sich Menschen gleichsam zu Gefährten und Helfern erwählen, daß sie dem Heiligungswerk demütig dienten. Darum werden die Priester von Gott durch den Dienst des Bischofs geweiht, um in besonderer Teilhabe am Priestertum Christi die heiligen Geheimnisse als Diener dessen zu feiern, der sein priesterliches Amt durch seinen Geist allezeit für uns in der Liturgie ausübt (12). In der Taufe führen sie die Menschen dem Volk Gottes zu; im Sakrament der Buße versöhnen sie die Sünder mit Gott und der Kirche; in der Krankensalbung richten sie die Kranken auf; vor allem in der Meßfeier bringen sie in sakramentaler Weise das Opfer Christi dar. In jedem Vollzug der Sakramente - so bezeugt es schon in der Urkirche der heilige Martyrer Ignatius (13) - werden sie auf verschiedene Weise mit dem Bischof hierarchisch verbunden und machen ihn so in den einzelnen Gemeinschaften der Gläubigen gewissermaßen gegenwärtig (14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit der Eucharistie stehen die übrigen Sakramente im Zusammenhang; auf die Eucharistie sind sie hingeordnet; das gilt auch für die anderen kirchlichen Dienste und für die Apostolatswerke (15). Die Heiligste Eucharistie enthält ja das Heilsgut der Kirche in seiner ganzen Fülle (16), Christus selbst, unser Osterlamm und das lebendige Brot. Durch sein Fleisch, das durch den Heiligen Geist lebt und Leben schafft, spendet er den Menschen das Leben; so werden sie ermuntert und angeleitet, sich selbst, ihre Arbeiten und die ganze Schöpfung mit ihm darzubringen. Darum zeigt sich die Eucharistie als Quelle und Höhepunkt aller Evangelisation: die Katechumenen werden allmählich zur Teilnahme an der Eucharistie vorbereitet, die schon Getauften und Gefirmten durch den Empfang der Eucharistie ganz dem Leib Christi eingegliedert."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Zusammenkunft zur Feier der Eucharistie, der der Priester vorsteht, ist also die Mitte der Gemeinschaft der Gläubigen. Die Priester leiten darum die Gläubigen an, die göttliche Opfergabe in der Meßfeier Gott dem Vater darzubringen und mit ihr die Hingabe ihres eigenen Lebens zu verbinden. Sie unterweisen sie im Geist Christi des Hirten, ihre Sünden reumütig der Kirche im Sakrament der Buße zu unterwerfen, so daß sie sich ständig mehr zum Herrn bekehren, eingedenk seines Wortes: \"Tut Buße, denn das Himmelreich ist nahe herbeigekommen\" (Mt 4,17). Sie lehren sie ebenso, an den Feiern der heiligen Liturgie so teilzunehmen, daß sie dabei zu einem echten Gebet kommen; sie führen sie zu immer vollkommenerem Gebetsgeist, der sich entsprechend den Gnaden und Erfordernissen eines jeden im ganzen Leben auswirken muß; sie halten alle an, ihre Standespflichten zu erfüllen, und laden die Fortgeschrittenen ein, die evangelischen Räte in einer Weise, die jedem angemessen ist, zu befolgen. So lehren sie die Gläubigen, in Lobgesängen und geisterfüllten Liedern dem Herrn in ihren Herzen zu singen und Gott dem Vater immerdar Dank zu sagen für alles im Namen unseres Herrn Jesus Christus (17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Priester selbst setzen das Lob und die Danksagung der Eucharistie zu den verschiedenen Tageszeiten fort, wenn sie das Stundengebet verrichten, in dem sie im Namen der Kirche Gott für das ganze ihnen anvertraute Volk, ja für die ganze Welt bitten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Gotteshaus, in dem die Heiligste Eucharistie gefeiert und aufbewahrt wird, in dem die Gläubigen sich versammeln und die Gegenwart des auf dem Opferaltar für uns dargebrachten Erlösers zur Hilfe und zum Trost der Gläubigen verehrt wird, soll schön sein, geeignet zu Gebet und heiliger Handlung (18). Hirten und Gläubige sollen in ihm mit dankbarem Herzen auf die Gabe dessen antworten, der durch seine Menschheit das göttliche Leben ständig den Gliedern seines Leibes mitteilt (19). Die Priester mögen die Wissenschaft und die Praxis der Liturgie in rechter Weise pflegen, damit durch ihren liturgischen Dienst von den ihnen anvertrauten Gemeinden Gott, dem Vater, dem Sohn und dem Heiligen Geist, immer vollkommeneres Lob werde."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Priester üben entsprechend ihrem Anteil an der Vollmacht das Amt Christi, des Hauptes und Hirten, aus. Sie versammeln im Namen des Bischofs die Familie Gottes, die als Gemeinschaft von Brüdern nach Einheit verlangt, und führen sie durch Christus im Geist zu Gott dem Vater (20). Wie zu den übrigen priesterlichen Ämtern wird auch zu diesem eine geistliche Vollmacht verliehen, die zur Auferbauung gegeben wird (21) . In der Auferbauung der Kirche müssen die Priester allen nach dem Beispiel des Herrn mit echter Menschlichkeit begegnen. Dabei sollen sie sich ihnen gegenüber nicht nach Menschengefallen (22) verhalten, sondern so, wie es die Lehre und das christliche Leben erheischt. Sie sollen sie belehren und sogar wie Söhne, die man liebt, ermahnen (23), nach dem Wort des Apostels: \"Tritt auf, sei es gelegen oder ungelegen, überführe, gebiete, ermahne in aller Langmut und Lehre\" (2 Tim 4,2) (24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Darum obliegt es den Priestern als Erziehern im Glauben, selbst oder durch andere dafür zu sorgen, daß jeder Gläubige im Heiligen Geist angeleitet wird zur Entfaltung seiner persönlichen Berufung nach den Grundsätzen des Evangeliums, zu aufrichtiger und tätiger Liebe und zur Freiheit, zu der Christus uns befreit hat (25). Noch so schöne Zeremonien und noch so blühende Vereine nutzen wenig, wenn sie nicht auf die Erziehung der Menschen zu christlicher Reife hingeordnet sind (26). Um diese zu fördern, sollen die Priester ihnen helfen, zu erkennen, was in den wichtigen und den alltäglichen Ereignissen von der Sache her gefordert ist und was Gott von ihnen will. Sie müssen die Christen auch anleiten, nicht nur sich zu leben, sondern entsprechend den Forderungen des neuen Liebesgebotes mit der Gnadengabe, die jeder empfangen hat, einander zu dienen (27); so sollen alle ihre Aufgaben in der Gemeinschaft der Menschen christlich erfüllen. Obgleich die Priester allen verpflichtet sind, so sollen sie sich doch vor allem der Armen und Geringen annehmen. Denn der Herr selbst war ihnen verbunden (28), und ihre Evangelisation ist zum Zeichen messianischen Wirkens gesetzt (29). Mit besonderem Eifer sollen sie sich auch der Jugend annehmen, ebenso der Eheleute und Eltern, die in Freundeskreisen zu versammeln wünschenswert ist, damit sie einander helfen, ihr oft schweres Leben leichter und vollkommener christlich zu meistern. Ferner mögen die Priester daran denken, daß alle Ordensmänner und Ordensfrauen als ausgezeichneter Teil im Hause Gottes eine eigene Sorge für ihren geistlichen Fortschritt zum Wohl der ganzen Kirche verdienen. Am meisten sollen sie für die Kranken und Sterbenden besorgt sein, sie besuchen und im Herrn aufrichten (30)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Hirtenaufgabe beschränkt sich aber nicht auf die Sorge für die einzelnen Gläubigen, sondern umfaßt auch wesentlich die Bildung einer echten christlichen Gemeinschaft. Dieser Geist der Gemeinschaft muß, um recht gepflegt zu werden, nicht nur die Ortskirche, sondern die Gesamtkirche umfassen. Die Einzelgemeinde darf darum nicht nur die Sorge für die eigenen Gläubigen fördern, sondern muß, von missionarischem Eifer durchdrungen, allen Menschen den Weg zu Christus ebnen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ihre besondere Sorge gelte jedoch den Katechumenen und Neugetauften; sie sind schrittweise zur Erkenntnis und Führung eines christlichen Lebens zu erziehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die christliche Gemeinde wird aber nur auferbaut, wenn sie Wurzel und Angelpunkt in der Feier der Eucharistie hat; von ihr muß darum alle Erziehung zum Geist der Gemeinschaft ihren Anfang nehmen (31). Diese Feier ist aber nur dann aufrichtig und vollständig, wenn sie sowohl zu den verschiedenen Werken der Nächstenliebe und zu gegenseitiger Hilfe wie auch zu missionarischer Tat und zu den vielfältigen Formen christlichen Zeugnisses führt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eine kirchliche Gemeinschaft bezeigt darüber hinaus durch Liebe, Gebet, Beispiel und Buße eine echte Mütterlichkeit, um Menschen zu Christus zu führen. Sie stellt nämlich ein wirksames Werkzeug dar, das denen, die noch nicht glauben, den Weg zu Christus weist und bahnt und das auch die Gläubigen anregt, stärkt und zum geistlichen Kampf rüstet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei der Auferbauung der christlichen Gemeinschaft sollen die Priester aber niemals irgendeiner Ideologie oder einer menschlichen Parteiung zu Diensten sein, sondern als Boten des Evangeliums und als Hirten der Kirche ihre Kraft auf das geistliche Wachstum des Leibes Christi verwenden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Die Beziehung der Priester zu anderen"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle Priester haben zusammen mit den Bischöfen so an ein und demselben Priestertum und Amt Christi teil, daß diese Einheit der Weihe und Sendung ihre hierarchische Gemeinschaft mit dem Stand der Bischöfe erfordert (32). Diese Gemeinschaft bekunden sie vorzüglich bei gelegentlicher Konzelebration, desgleichen bei jeder Eucharistiefeier (33)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Bischöfe sollen darum die Priester, denen in der Weihe die Gabe des Heiligen Geistes verliehen wurde, als ihre notwendigen Helfer und Ratgeber im Dienstamt der Belehrung, der Heiligung und der Leitung des Gottesvolkes betrachten (34). Dies erklären die liturgischen Dokumente schon seit den frühen Zeiten der Kirche: feierlich erbitten sie bei der Weihe von Gott, daß er über den Priester ausgieße \"den Geist der Gnade und des Rates, auf daß er mit reinem Herzen dem Volk beistehe und es leite\" (35), so wie in der Wüste der Geist des Moses auf die siebzig weisen Männer überging (36), \"mit deren Hilfe er die ungezählte Volksschar ohne Mühe leitete\" (37)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wegen dieser Gemeinschaft also im gleichen Priestertum und Dienst sollen die Bischöfe die Priester als ihre Brüder und Freunde betrachten (38). Sie seien nach Kräften auf ihr leibliches Wohl bedacht, und vor allem ihr geistliches Wohl sei ihnen ein Herzensanliegen. Denn hauptsächlich auf ihnen lastet die schwere Sorge für die Heiligung ihrer Priester (39); deshalb sollen sie die größte Mühe für deren ständige Formung aufwenden (40). Sie sollen sie gern anhören, ja sie um Rat fragen und mit ihnen besprechen, was die Seelsorge erfordert und dem Wohl des Bistums dient. Um das aber in die Tat umzusetzen, soll in einer den heutigen Verhältnissen und Erfordernissen angepaßten Form (41) ein Kreis oder Rat (42) von Priestern geschaffen werden, die das Presbyterium repräsentieren, wobei dessen Form und Normen noch rechtlich zu bestimmen sind. Dieser Rat kann den Bischof bei der Leitung der Diözese mit seinen Vorschlägen wirksam unterstützen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Priester aber sollen die Fülle des Weihesakramentes der Bischöfe vor Augen haben und in ihnen die Autorität des obersten Hirten Christus hochachten. Sie schulden ihrem Bischof aufrichtige Liebe und Gehorsam (43). Dieser priesterliche Gehorsam, der vom Geist der Zusammenarbeit durchdrungen sein muß, gründet in der Teilnahme am Bischofsamt, die den Priestern durch das Weihesakrament und die kanonische Sendung übertragen wird (44)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Einheit der Priester mit den Bischöfen wird in unseren Tagen um so mehr gefordert, als heute aus vielerlei Gründen das Apostolat notwendigerweise nicht nur verschiedene Formen annimmt, sondern auch die Grenzen einer Pfarrei oder einer Diözese überschreitet. Kein Priester kann abgesondert und als einzelner seine Sendung hinreichend erfüllen, sondern nur in Zusammenarbeit mit anderen Priestern, unter Führung derer, die die Kirche leiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Priester, die durch die Weihe in den Priesterstand eingegliedert wurden, sind in inniger sakramentaler Bruderschaft miteinander verbunden. Besonders in der Diözese, deren Dienst sie unter dem eigenen Bischof zugewiesen werden, bilden sie das eine Presbyterium. Trotz ihrer verschiedenen Ämter leisten sie für den Menschen den einen priesterlichen Dienst. Alle werden gesandt, an demselben Werk gemeinsam zu arbeiten, ob sie nun ein Pfarramt oder ein überpfarrliches Amt ausüben, ob sie sich der Wissenschaft widmen oder ein Lehramt versehen, ob sie - wo dies bei Gutheißung durch die zuständige Autorität angebracht erscheint - sogar Handarbeit verrichten und damit selbst am Los der Arbeiter teilhaben oder sich anderen apostolischen oder auf das Apostolat ausgerichteten Werken widmen. In dem einen kommen sie alle überein: in der Auferbauung des Leibes Christi, die besonders in unserer Zeit vielerlei Dienstleistungen und neue Anpassungen erfordert. Deshalb ist es von großer Bedeutung, daß alle, Welt- und Ordenspriester, einander helfen, damit sie stets Mitarbeiter der Wahrheit sind (45)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit den übrigen Gliedern dieses Presbyteriums ist jeder einzelne durch besondere Bande der apostolischen Liebe, des Dienstes und der Brüderlichkeit verbunden. Dies wird schon seit frühen Zeiten in der Liturgie bekundet, wenn die anwesenden Priester aufgefordert werden, dem Neuerwählten zusammen mit dem weihenden Bischof die Hände aufzulegen, und wenn sie einmütig die Heilige Eucharistie zusammen feiern. Die einzelnen Priester sind also mit ihren Mitbrüdern durch das Band der Liebe, des Gebetes und der allseitigen Zusammenarbeit verbunden. So wird jene Einheit sichtbar, durch die nach Christi Willen die Seinen vollkommen eins sein sollten, damit die Welt erkenne, daß der Sohn vom Vater gesandt ist (46)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Daher mögen die Älteren die Jüngeren wahrhaft als Brüder annehmen und ihnen bei den ersten Arbeiten und Schwierigkeiten ihres Dienstes zur Seite stehen. Ebenso seien sie bemüht, deren - wenn auch von der eigenen verschiedene - Mentalität zu verstehen und ihr Beginnen mit Wohlwollen zu fördern. Die Jungen mögen in gleicher Weise das Alter und die Erfahrung der Älteren achten, mit ihnen Fragen der Seelsorge besprechen und willig zusammenarbeiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Geist der Bruderliebe verpflichtet die Priester, die Gastfreundschaft zu pflegen (47), Gutes zu tun und ihre Güter zu teilen (48), wobei ihre besondere Sorge den kranken, bedrängten, mit Arbeit überlasteten, den einsamen, den aus ihrer Heimat vertriebenen Mitbrüdern gelten soll sowie denen, die Verfolgung leiden (49). Sie sollen sich auch gern und mit Freude treffen, um sich zu erholen, in Erinnerung an die Worte, mit denen der Herr selbst die müde gewordenen Apostel einlud: \"Kommt her, ihr allein, an einen einsamen Ort und ruht ein wenig aus\" (Mk 6,31). Damit die Priester darüber hinaus im geistlichen Leben und für die Erweiterung ihrer Kenntnisse aneinander Hilfe haben, damit sie besser in ihrem Dienst zusammenarbeiten können und vor Gefahren geschützt sind, die vielleicht dem Einsamen drohen, soll das gemeinsame Leben oder eine Art der Lebensgemeinschaft unter ihnen gefördert werden. Die Formen können, je nach den persönlichen oder seelsorglichen Erfordernissen, verschieden sein. Beispielsweise ist ein Zusammenwohnen möglich, wo die Umstände es gestatten, oder ein gemeinsamer Tisch oder wenigstens ein häufiges und regelmäßiges Zusammenkommen. Hochzuschätzen und achtsam zu unterstützen sind auch Vereinigungen, die nach Prüfung ihrer Satzungen von der zuständigen kirchlichen Autorität durch eine geeignete und entsprechend bewährte Lebensordnung sowie durch brüderliche Hilfe die Heiligkeit der Priester in der Ausübung ihres Dienstes fördern und auf diese Weise dem ganzen Priesterstand dienen möchten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Schließlich werden sich die Priester, aufgrund der gleichen Gemeinschaft im Priestertum, in besonderer Weise denen gegenüber verpflichtet wissen, die unter irgendwelchen Schwierigkeiten leiden; sie sollen ihnen rechtzeitig ihre Hilfe zukommen lassen, wenn nötig auch durch taktvolle Ermahnung. Mit brüderlicher Liebe und großer Herzensgüte sollen sie aber denen zur Seite stehen, die in irgendwelchen Punkten versagt haben; für sie müssen sie sich mit inständigem Gebet bei Gott verwenden und sich ihnen gegenüber stets als wahre Brüder und Freunde erweisen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenngleich die Priester des Neuen Bundes aufgrund des Weihesakramentes das so überaus hohe und notwendige Amt des Vaters und Lehrers im Volk und für das Volk Gottes ausüben, so sind sie doch zusammen mit allen Christgläubigen Jünger des Herrn, die dank der Berufung durch Gott seines Reiches teilhaftig geworden sind (50). Mit allen nämlich, die wiedergeboren sind im Quell der Taufe, sind die Priester Brüder unter Brüdern (51), da sie ja Glieder ein und desselben Leibes Christi sind, dessen Auferbauung allen anvertraut ist (52)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Priester müssen also ihr Leitungsamt so ausüben, daß sie nicht das ihre, sondern die Sache Jesu Christi suchen (53). Sie müssen mit den gläubigen Laien zusammenarbeiten und in deren Mitte dem Beispiel des Meisters nachleben, der zu den Menschen \"nicht kam, sich bedienen zu lassen, sondern zu dienen und sein Leben hinzugeben als Lösepreis für viele\" (Mt 20,28). Die Priester sollen die Würde der Laien und die bestimmte Funktion, die den Laien für die Sendung der Kirche zukommt, wahrhaft anerkennen und fördern."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sie mögen auch mit Bedacht die gebührende Freiheit, die allen im bürgerlichen Bereich zusteht, achten. Sie sollen gern auf die Laien hören, ihre Wünsche brüderlich erwägen und ihre Erfahrung und Zuständigkeit in den verschiedenen Bereichen des menschlichen Wirkens anerkennen, damit sie gemeinsam mit ihnen die Zeichen der Zeit verstehen können. Sie sollen die Geister prüfen, ob sie aus Gott sind (54), und die vielfältigen Charismen der Laien, schlichte wie bedeutendere, mit Glaubenssinn aufspüren, freudig anerkennen und mit Sorgfalt hegen. Unter den Gaben Gottes, die sich reichlich bei den Gläubigen finden, verdienen die eine besondere Pflege, die nicht wenige zu einem intensiveren geistlichen Leben anspornen. Ebenso sollen sie vertrauensvoll den Laien Ämter zum Dienst in der Kirche anvertrauen, ihnen Freiheit und Raum zum Handeln lassen, ja sie sogar in kluger Weise dazu ermuntern, auch von sich aus Aufgaben in Angriff zu nehmen (55)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Endlich leben die Priester mitten unter den Laien, um alle zur Einheit in der Liebe zu führen, \"indem sie in Bruderliebe einander herzlich zugetan sind, an Ehrerbietung einander übertreffen\" (Röm 12,10). Ihre Aufgabe ist es darum, die verschiedenen Meinungen so in Einklang zu bringen, daß niemand sich in der Gemeinschaft der Gläubigen fremd fühlt. Sie sind die Verfechter des gemeinsamen Wohls, für das sie im Namen des Bischofs Sorge tragen, und zugleich die entschiedenen Verteidiger der Wahrheit, damit die Gläubigen nicht von jedem Wind der Lehre hin und her getrieben werden (56). Ihrer besonderen Sorge sind die anvertraut, die die Sakramente nicht mehr empfangen, ja vielleicht sogar vom Glauben abgefallen sind; sie werden es nicht unterlassen, als gute Hirten gerade auch ihnen nachzugehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im Blick auf die Bestimmungen über den Ökumenismus (57) werden sie auch die Brüder nicht vergessen, die nicht in voller kirchlicher Gemeinschaft mit uns stehen. Nicht zuletzt werden sie auch alle diejenigen sich anvertraut wissen, die Christus nicht als ihren Erlöser anerkennen. Die Christgläubigen aber sollen sich bewußt sein, daß sie ihren Priestern gegenüber in Schuld stehen. Darum mögen sie diesen als ihren Hirten und Vätern in Kindesliebe verbunden sein. Sie sollen an den Sorgen und Nöten ihrer Priester Anteil nehmen und ihnen durch Gebet und Tat nach Kräften helfen, daß sie ihre Schwierigkeiten leichter überwinden und erfolgreicher ihre Aufgaben erfüllen können (58)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Die Verteilung der Priester und der Priesternachwuchs"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Geistesgabe, die den Priestern in ihrer Weihe verliehen wurde, rüstet sie nicht für irgendeine begrenzte und eingeschränkte Sendung, sondern für die alles umfassende und universale Heilssendung \"bis an die Grenzen der Erde\" (Apg 1,8), denn jeder priesterliche Dienst hat teil an der weltweiten Sendung, die Christus den Aposteln aufgetragen hat. Christi Priestertum, an dem die Priester in Wahrheit Anteil erhalten haben, ist ja notwendig für alle Völker und alle Zeiten bestimmt und nicht auf Rassen, Nationen oder Zeitalter beschränkt, wie es schon in der Gestalt des Melchisedech in geheimnisvoller Weise vorgezeichnet ist (59). Die Priester mögen also daran denken, daß ihnen die Sorge für alle Kirchen am Herzen liegen muß. Deshalb sollen sich die Priester jener Diözesen, die mit einer größeren Zahl von Berufungen gesegnet sind, gern bereit zeigen, mit Erlaubnis oder auf Wunsch des eigenen Ordinarius ihren Dienst in Gegenden, in Missionsgebieten oder in Seelsorgsaufgaben auszuüben, in denen es an Klerus mangelt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Außerdem sollen die Normen bezüglich der Inkardinierung und Exkardinierung in der Weise überprüft werden, daß diese sehr alte Einrichtung zwar bestehenbleibt, jedoch den heutigen pastoralen Bedürfnissen besser entspricht. Wo das Apostolat es aber erfordert, sollen Erleichterungen gegeben werden nicht nur für eine angemessene Verteilung der Priester, sondern auch für spezielle pastorale Aufgaben bei verschiedenen sozialen Schichten, die in einer bestimmten Gegend oder Nation oder in irgendeinem Teil der Welt durchgeführt werden müssen. Zu diesem Zweck können deshalb mit Nutzen internationale Seminare, besondere Diözesen oder Personalprälaturen und andere derartige Institutionen geschaffen werden. Diesen können zum Gemeinwohl der ganzen Kirche Priester zugeteilt oder inkardiniert werden. Die Art und Weise der Ausführung ist dabei für jedes einzelne Unternehmen festzulegen, und die Rechte der Ortsordinarien müssen stets unangetastet bleiben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priester, die in ein fremdes Gebiet gesandt werden, sollen nach Möglichkeit nicht allein gehen, vor allem wenn sie dessen Sprache und Sitten noch nicht gut kennen; man sende sie vielmehr nach dem Vorbild der Jünger Christi (60) zu zweien oder dreien, damit sie so einander Hilfe seien. Weiter ist es angebracht, sich ernstlich um ihr geistliches Leben wie auch um ihr seelisches und leibliches Wohlergehen zu kümmern. Es sollen ihnen möglichst auch Stellen und Arbeitsbedingungen gegeben werden, die den Fähigkeiten und Eigenschaften des einzelnen entsprechen. Für alle, die in ein anderes Land gehen wollen, ist es ferner sehr wichtig, nicht nur die Sprache jenes Gebietes zu erlernen, sondern sich auch den psychologischen und sozialen Charakter des Volkes, dem sie demütig dienen wollen, so vollkommen wie möglich anzueignen. Sie folgen damit dem Beispiel des Apostels Paulus, der von sich sagen konnte: \"Obwohl ich allen gegenüber frei bin, habe ich mich doch zum Knecht aller gemacht, um möglichst viele zu gewinnen. Den Juden bin ich ein Jude gewesen, um die Juden zu gewinnen ...\" (1 Kor 9,19-20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Hirt und Bischof unserer Seelen (61) hat seine Kirche so gestiftet, daß das Volk, das er erwählt und mit seinem Blute erworben hat (62), bis zum Ende der Welt stets seine Priester haben muß, damit die Christen nie wie Schafe ohne Hirten seien (63). Im Gehorsam gegen diesen Willen Christi und unter Eingebung des Heiligen Geistes hielten die Apostel sich für verpflichtet, Männer zum Dienst zu erwählen, \"die geeignet sein werden, auch andere zu lehren\" (2 Tim 2,2). Diese Pflicht gehört in der Tat mit zur priesterlichen Sendung, durch die der Priester teilhat an der Sorge für die ganze Kirche, damit im Gottesvolk hier auf Erden niemals die Arbeiter fehlen. Weil es jedoch \"für den Steuermann eines Schiffes und alle, die darauf fahren ... ein gemeinsames Interesse gibt\" (64), soll das ganze christliche Volk über seine Pflicht belehrt werden, auf verschiedene Weise mitzuhelfen - durch inständiges Gebet wie auch durch andere Mittel, die ihm zur Verfügung stehen (65) -, daß die Kirche stets die Priester habe, die zur Erfüllung ihres göttlichen Auftrags notwendig sind. Als ersten muß es darum den Priestern sehr am Herzen liegen, durch ihren Dienst am Wort und das Zeugnis ihres eigenen Lebens, das den Geist des Dienens und die wahre österliche Freude offenbar macht, den Gläubigen die Erhabenheit und Notwendigkeit des Priestertums vor Augen stellen. Jüngeren und Älteren, die sie nach sorgfältiger Beurteilung für ein solches Amt für geeignet halten, sollten sie, ohne Sorgen und Mühen zu scheuen, helfen, daß sie sich recht vorbereiten und - bei Wahrung ihrer vollen inneren und äußeren Freiheit - einmal vom Bischof gerufen werden können. Dafür ist eine sorgfältige und kluge geistliche Führung von größtem Nutzen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Eltern, Lehrer und alle, die in irgendeiner Weise an der Unterweisung der Jugend und der jungen Männer beteiligt sind, sollen diese so erziehen, daß sie die Sorge des Herrn für seine Herde erkennen, die Erfordernisse der Kirche erwägen und bereit sind, wenn der Herr ruft, mit dem Propheten hochherzig zu antworten: \"Hier bin ich, sende mich\" (Jes 6,8). Doch darf man von diesem Ruf des Herrn durchaus nicht erwarten, daß er auf außerordentliche Weise den zukünftigen Priestern zu Ohren gelangt. Er ist vielmehr aus Zeichen zu ersehen und zu beurteilen, durch die auch sonst der Wille Gottes einsichtigen Christen im täglichen Leben kund wird; diese Zeichen müssen die Priester aufmerksam beachten (66)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ihnen allen werden die diözesanen und nationalen Werke für Priesterberufe sehr nahegelegt (67). In Predigten, Katechesen und Zeitschriften müssen eindrücklich die Erfordernisse der Orts- und Gesamtkirche dargelegt sowie Sinn und besondere Stellung des Priesteramtes in helles Licht gerückt werden. Im Priesteramt sind ja mit großen Lasten auch große Freuden verbunden, und in ihm kann vor allem, wie die Väter lehren, Christus das höchste Zeugnis der Liebe gegeben werden (68)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DAS LEBEN DER PRIESTER"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Die Berufung der Priester zur Vollkommenheit"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Weihesakrament macht die Priester Christus dem Priester gleichförmig. Denn sie sind Diener des Hauptes zur vollkommenen Auferbauung seines ganzen Leibes, der Kirche, und Mitarbeiter des Bischofsstandes. Schon in der Taufweihe haben sie, wie alle Christen, Zeichen und Geschenk der so hohen gnadenhaften Berufung zur Vollkommenheit empfangen, nach der sie, bei aller menschlichen Schwäche (1), streben können und müssen, wie der Herr sagt: \"Ihr aber sollt vollkommen sein, wie euer Vater im Himmel vollkommen ist\" (Mt 5,48). Als Priester sind sie jedoch in besonderer Weise zum Streben nach dieser Vollkommenheit verpflichtet. Denn im Empfang des Weihesakramentes Gott auf neue Weise geweiht, sind sie lebendige Werkzeuge Christi des Ewigen Priesters geworden, damit sie sein wunderbares Werk, das mit Kraft von oben die ganze menschliche Gesellschaft erneuert hat, durch die Zeiten fortzuführen vermögen (2). Jeder Priester vertritt also, seiner Weihestufe entsprechend, Christus. Darum erhält er auch die besondere Gnade, durch den Dienst an der ihm anvertrauten Gemeinde und am ganzen Volk Gottes besser der Vollkommenheit dessen nachzustreben, an dessen Stelle er steht, und für die Schwäche seiner menschlichen Natur Heilung in der Heiligkeit dessen zu finden, der für uns ein \"heiliger, unschuldiger, unbefleckter, von den Sünden geschiedener\" Hoherpriester (Hebr 7,26) geworden ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus, den der Vater geheiligt, also geweiht und in die Welt gesandt hat (3), \"gab sich selbst für uns dahin, um uns von aller Ungerechtigkeit zu erlösen und sich ein reines Volk zu bereiten, das Gott gefällt und guten Werken nacheifert\" (Tit 2,14); so ging er durch sein Leiden in seine Herrlichkeit ein (4). Ähnlich die Priester: durch die Salbung des Heiligen Geistes geweiht und von Christus ausgesandt, ertöten sie in sich die Werke des Fleisches und geben sich gänzlich dem Dienst an den Menschen hin; so können sie in der Kraft der Heiligkeit, mit der sie in Christus beschenkt sind, zur Mannesvollkommenheit (5) heranreifen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indem sie also den Dienst des Geistes und der Gerechtigkeit (6) erfüllen, werden sie im Leben des Geistes gefestigt, sofern sie nur auf Christi Geist, der sie belebt und führt, hören. Gerade die täglichen heiligen Handlungen wie ihr gesamter Dienst, den sie in Gemeinschaft mit dem Bischof und ihren priesterlichen Mitbrüdern ausüben, lenken sie auf ein vollkommenes Leben hin. Die Heiligkeit der Priester hinwiederum trägt im höchsten Maß zur größeren Fruchtbarkeit ihres besonderen Dienstes bei. Denn obwohl die Gnade Gottes auch durch unwürdige Diener das Heilswerk durchführen kann, so will Gott doch seine Heilswunder für gewöhnlich lieber durch diejenigen kundtun, die sich dem Antrieb und der Führung des Heiligen Geistes mehr geöffnet haben und darum wegen ihrer innigen Verbundenheit mit Christus und wegen eines heiligmäßigen Lebens mit dem Apostel sprechen können: ;,Nicht mehr ich lebe, Christus lebt in mir\" (Gal 2,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um ihre pastoralen Ziele einer inneren Erneuerung der Kirche, der Ausbreitung des Evangeliums über die ganze Erde und des Gespräches mit der heutigen Welt zu verwirklichen, mahnt daher die Heilige Synode alle Priester inständig, mit Hilfe der von der Kirche empfohlenen entsprechenden Mittel (7) nach stets größerer Heiligkeit zu streben, um so immer mehr geeignete Werkzeuge für den Dienst am ganzen Gottesvolk zu werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Priester gelangen auf ihnen eigene Weise zur Heiligkeit, nämlich durch aufrichtige und unermüdliche Ausübung ihrer Ämter im Geist Christi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Als Diener des Wortes Gottes lesen und hören sie täglich Gottes Wort, das sie andere lehren sollen; wenn sie es bei sich selbst ernsthaft aufzunehmen trachten, werden sie von Tag zu Tag vollkommenere Jünger des Herrn nach den Worten des Apostels Paulus an Timotheus: \"Darauf richte deinen Sinn, darin lebe: daß dein Fortschritt allen offenbar werde. Hab acht auf dich selbst und auf die Lehre; verharre darin. Denn wenn du das tust, wirst du dich retten und die, welche dich hören\" (1 Tim 4,15-16). Beim Nachdenken, wie sie die Früchte ihrer eigenen Betrachtung anderen am besten weitergeben können (8), werden sie noch inniger \"den unergründlichen Reichtum Christi\" (Eph 3,8) und die vielfältige Weisheit Gottes verkosten (9). Wenn sie vor Augen haben, daß der Herr es ist, der die Herzen öffnet (10), und daß die Tiefe nicht ihnen, sondern der Kraft Gottes entstammt (11), werden sie gerade bei der Weitergabe des Gotteswortes enger mit Christus dem Lehrer verbunden und durch seinen Geist geführt werden. Durch diese Gemeinschaft mit Christus haben sie teil an der Liebe Gottes, deren Geheimnis von Ewigkeit her verborgen war (12), nun aber in Christus offenbar geworden ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im Dienst am Heiligen, vor allem beim Meßopfer, handeln die Priester in besonderer Weise an Christi Statt, der sich für das Heil der Menschen zum Opfer hingab. Darum sind sie aufgefordert, das nachzuahmen, was sie vollziehen; weil sie das geheimnisvolle Geschehen des Todes unseres Herrn vergegenwärtigen, sollen sie auch ihren Leib mit seinen Fehlern und Begierden zu ertöten trachten (13). Im Mysterium des eucharistischen Opfers, dessen Darbringung die vornehmliche Aufgabe des Priesters ist, wird beständig das Werk unserer Erlösung vollzogen (14); darum wird seine tägliche Feier dringend empfohlen; sie ist auch dann, wenn keine Gläubigen dabei sein können, ein Akt Christi und der Kirche (15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Während sich so die Priester mit dem Tun des Priesters Christus verbinden, bringen sie sich täglich Gott ganz dar, und genährt mit dem Leib Christi, erhalten sie wahrhaft Anteil an der Liebe dessen, der sich seinen Gläubigen zur Speise gibt. Ähnlich sind sie bei der Verwaltung der Sakramente mit der Gesinnung und Liebe Christi geeint; zu solcher Einigung tragen sie besonders bei, wenn sie sich allgemein und stets bereit zeigen, den Liebesdienst der Spendung des Bußsakramentes zu leisten, sooft die Gläubigen begründeterweise darum bitten. Beim Breviergebet leihen sie ihren Mund der Kirche, die beständig im Namen des ganzen Menschengeschlechtes im Gebet verharrt mit Christus, der \"allezeit lebt, um für uns einzutreten\" (Hebr 7,25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Als Lenker und Hirten des Volkes Gottes werden sie von der Liebe des Guten Hirten angetrieben, ihr Leben für ihre Schafe hinzugeben (16), auch zum höchsten und letzten Opfer bereit nach dem Beispiel jener Priester, die auch in unserer Zeit nicht gezögert haben, ihr Leben zu opfern. Als Erzieher im Glauben und selbst voll \"Zuversicht, durch das Blut Christi in das Heiligtum einzugehen\" (Hebr 10,19), treten sie vor Gott hin \"mit aufrichtigem Herzen in der Überzeugung des Glaubens\" (Hebr 10,22). Vor ihren Gläubigen geben sie ein Zeichen unerschütterlichen Hoffnung (17), damit sie die, die in irgendwelcher Bedrängnis leben, trösten können durch die Ermutigung, mit der auch sie von Gott ermutigt werden (18). Als Leiter der Gemeinschaft pflegen sie eine Aszese, wie sie einem Seelenhirten entspricht: sie verzichten auf eigene Vorteile und suchen nicht ihren Nutzen, sondern den der vielen, damit sie das Heil erlangen (19); sie gehen den Weg der immer vollkommeneren Erfüllung ihres seelsorglichen Auftrags, bereit, wenn nötig, auch neue Wege der Seelsorge zu gehen; werden sie doch geführt vom Geist der Liebe, der weht, wo er will (20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In der Welt von heute, in der die Menschen so vielen Geschäften nachzukommen haben und von so vielfältigen Problemen bedrängt werden, die oft nach einer schnellen Lösung verlangen, geraten nicht wenige in Not, weil sie sich zersplittern. Erst recht können sich Priester, die von den überaus zahlreichen Verpflichtungen ihres Amtes hin und her gerissen werden, mit bangem Herzen fragen, wie sie mit ihrer äußeren Tätigkeit noch das innere Leben in Einklang zu bringen vermögen. Zur Erzielung solcher Lebenseinheit genügt weder eine rein äußere Ordnung der Amtsgeschäfte noch die bloße Pflege der Frömmigkeitsübungen, sosehr diese auch dazu beitragen mögen. Die Priester können sie daher erreichen, wenn sie in der Ausübung ihres Amtes dem Beispiel Christi des Herrn folgen, dessen Speise es war, den Willen dessen zu tun, der ihn gesandt hatte, um sein Werk zu vollenden (21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In der Tat: um eben diesen Willen des Vaters in der Welt durch die Kirche beständig zu erfüllen, handelt Christus durch seine Diener. Darum bleibt er immerfort Ursprung und Quelle für die Einheit ihres Lebens. Die Priester werden also ihrem Leben eine einheitliche Linie geben, wenn sie sich mit Christus vereinigen im Erkennen des väterlichen Willens und in der Hingabe für die ihnen anvertraute Herde (22). Wenn sie so die Rolle des Guten Hirten übernehmen, werden sie gerade in der Betätigung der Hirtenliebe das Band der priesterlichen Vollkommenheit finden, das ihr Leben und ihr Wirken zur Einheit verknüpft. Diese Hirtenliebe (23) erwächst am stärksten aus dem eucharistischen Opfer. Es bildet daher Mitte und Wurzel des ganzen priesterlichen Lebens, so daß der Priester in seinem Herzen auf sich beziehen muß, was auf dem Opferaltar geschieht. Dazu gelangt er jedoch nur, wenn er sich selbst immer inniger in das Geheimnis Christi betend vertieft."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um die Einheit ihres Lebens auch konkret wahr zu machen, müssen sich die Priester all ihr Tun und Lassen vor Augen halten und prüfen, was Gottes Wille ist (24), ob und wieweit es nämlich mit den Richtlinien der Kirche für ihre Heilssendung übereinstimmt. Die Treue zu Christus kann ja von der Treue zu seiner Kirche nicht getrennt werden. Die Hirtenliebe erfordert also, daß die Priester, um nicht ins Leere zu laufen (25), immer in enger Verbindung mit den Bischöfen und mit den anderen Mitbrüdern im Priesteramt arbeiten. Wenn sie nach diesem Grundsatz handeln, werden sie die Einheit für ihr eigenes Leben in der Einheit der Sendung der Kirche finden und so mit ihrem Herrn und durch ihn mit dem Vater im Heiligen Geist vereint werden, so daß sie mit Trost und überreicher Freude erfüllt werden können (26)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Besondere Erfordernisse für das geistliche Leben der Priester (Evangelischen Räte)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zu den Tugenden, die für den Dienst der Priester besonders erfordert sind, muß man als ständige Seelenhaltung die innere Bereitschaft zählen, nicht den eigenen Willen zu suchen, sondern den Willen dessen, der sie gesandt hat (27). Das göttliche Werk nämlich, zu dessen Durchführung der Heilige Geist sie berufen hat (28), übersteigt alle menschlichen Kräfte und menschliche Weisheit; denn \"was der Welt schwach erscheint, hat Gott auserwählt, das Starke zu beschämen\" (1 Kor 1,27). Im Bewußtsein der eigenen Schwäche tut darum der wahre Diener Christi seine Arbeit demütig; er prüft, was Gott wohlgefällig ist (29), und läßt sich, gleichsam durch den Geist gebunden (30), in allem vom Willen dessen führen, der aller Menschen Heil will; diesen Willen kann er in den konkreten Umständen des täglichen Lebens entdecken und erfüllen, indem er allen Menschen demütig dient, die ihm in seinem Amt und in den vielfältigen Ereignissen seines Lebens von Gott anvertraut sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Weil jedoch der priesterliche Dienst ein Dienst der Kirche ist, kann er nur in der hierarchischen Gemeinschaft des ganzen Leibes ausgeübt werden. Die Hirtenliebe drängt also die Priester dazu, in dieser Gemeinschaft zu handeln und darum den eigenen Willen gehorsam in den Dienst für Gott und die Brüder zu stellen, indem sie gläubigen Geistes annehmen und ausführen, was der Papst und der eigene Bischof sowie andere Vorgesetzte vorschreiben oder nahelegen; gern geben sie alles hin und sich selbst dazu (31), in jeglichem Dienst, der ihnen anvertraut wird, sei er auch gering und ärmlich. Auf diese Weise bewahren und stärken sie die notwendige Einheit mit ihren Mitbrüdern im Amt, vor allem aber mit denjenigen, die der Herr zu sichtbaren Leitern seiner Kirche bestellt hat, und tragen so zum Aufbau des Leibes Christi bei, der \"durch jedes Band der Hilfeleistung\" wächst (32). Solcher Gehorsam führt zu einer reiferen Freiheit der Kinder Gottes. Er erfordert aus seinem Wesen heraus, daß die Priester, wenn sie bei der Ausübung ihres Amtes in kluger Weise aus Liebe neue Wege zum größeren Wohl der Kirche suchen, diese ihre Vorhaben vertrauensvoll vorbringen und die besondere Lage ihrer Herde eindringlich darlegen, immer bereit, sich dem Urteil derer zu unterstellen, die ein führendes Amt in der Leitung der Kirche Gottes ausüben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Durch diese Demut und diesen verantwortungsbewußten und freien Gehorsam machen sich die Priester Christus gleichförmig. Sie hegen die gleiche Gesinnung wie Christus Jesus in sich, der \"sich selbst entäußert hat, indem er Knechtsgestalt annahm, gehorsam geworden bis zum Tod \" (Phil 2,7-8), und der durch diesen Gehorsam den Ungehorsam Adams besiegt und wiedergutgemacht hat, wie der Apostel bezeugt: \"Durch den Ungehorsam des einen Menschen sind die vielen zu Sündern gemacht worden; so werden auch durch den Gehorsam des Einen die vielen zu Gerechten gemacht werden\" (Röm 5,19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche hat die vollkommene und ständige Enthaltsamkeit um des Himmelreiches willen, die von Christus dem Herrn empfohlen33, in allen Jahrhunderten bis heute von nicht wenigen Gläubigen gern angenommen und lobenswert geübt worden ist, besonders im Hinblick auf das priesterliche Leben immer hoch eingeschätzt. Ist sie doch ein Zeichen und zugleich ein Antrieb der Hirtenliebe und ein besonderer Quell geistlicher Fruchtbarkeit in der Welt34. Zwar ist sie nicht vom Wesen des Priestertums selbst gefordert, wie die Praxis der frühesten Kirche35 und die Tradition der Ostkirchen zeigt, wo es neben solchen, die aus gnadenhafter Berufung zusammen mit allen Bischöfen das ehelose Leben erwählen, auch hochverdiente Priester im Ehestand gibt. Wenn diese Heilige Synode dennoch den kirchlichen Zölibat empfiehlt, will sie in keiner Weise jene andere Ordnung ändern, die in den Ostkirchen rechtmäßig Geltung hat; vielmehr ermahnt sie voll Liebe diejenigen, die als Verheiratete das Priestertum empfingen, sie möchten in ihrer heiligen Berufung ausharren und weiterhin mit ganzer Hingabe ihr Leben für die ihnen anvertraute Herde einsetzen36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Zölibat ist jedoch in vielfacher Hinsicht dem Priestertum angemessen. Die priesterliche Sendung ist nämlich gänzlich dem Dienst an der neuen Menschheit geweiht, die Christus, der Überwinder des Todes, durch seinen Geist in der Welt erweckt, die ihren Ursprung \"nicht aus dem Blut, nicht aus dem Wollen des Fleisches noch aus dem Wollen des Mannes, sondern aus Gott\" (Joh 1,13) hat. Durch die Jungfräulichkeit und die Ehelosigkeit um des Himmelreiches willen37 werden die Priester in neuer und vorzüglicher Weise Christus geweiht; sie hangen ihm leichter ungeteilten Herzens an38, schenken sich freier in ihm und durch ihn dem Dienst für Gott und die Menschen, dienen ungehinderter seinem Reich und dem Werk der Wiedergeburt aus Gott und werden so noch mehr befähigt, die Vaterschaft in Christus tiefer zu verstehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auf diese Weise bezeugen sie also vor den Menschen, daß sie sich in ungeteilter Hingabe der ihnen anvertrauten Aufgabe widmen wollen, nämlich die Gläubigen einem Mann zu vermählen und sie als keusche Jungfrau Christus zuzuführen39; so weisen sie auf jenen geheimnisvollen Ehebund hin, der von Gott begründet ist und im anderen Leben ins volle Licht treten wird, in welchem die Kirche Christus zum einzigen Bräutigam hat40. Darüber hinaus sind sie ein lebendiges Zeichen der zukünftigen, schon jetzt in Glaube und Liebe anwesenden Welt, in der die Auferstandenen weder freien noch gefreit werden41."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der so im Geheimnis Christi und seiner Sendung begründete Zölibat wurde zunächst den Priestern empfohlen und schließlich in der lateinischen Kirche allen, die die heilige Weihe empfangen sollten, als Gesetz auferlegt. Diese Heilige Synode billigt und bekräftigt von neuem das Gesetz für jene, die zum Priestertum ausersehen sind, wobei ihr der Geist das Vertrauen gibt, daß der Vater die Berufung zum ehelosen Leben, das ja dem neutestamentlichen Priestertum so angemessen ist, großzügig geben wird, wenn nur diejenigen, die durch das Sakrament der Weihe am Priestertum Christi teilhaben, zusammen mit der ganzen Kirche demütig und inständig darum bitten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Konzil mahnt daher alle Priester, die im Vertrauen auf Gottes Gnade in freier Entscheidung nach Christi Vorbild den Zölibat auf sich genommen haben, ihm großmütig und mit ganzem Herzen anzuhangen und treu in diesem Stand auszuhalten in der Erkenntnis der hohen Gnadengabe, die ihnen vom Vater gegeben wurde und die der Herr so offenkundig gepriesen hat42. Sie sollen dabei immer jene Geheimnisse vor Augen haben, die durch sie bezeichnet werden und ihre Erfüllung finden. Und je mehr in der heutigen Welt viele Menschen ein Leben in vollkommener Enthaltsamkeit für unmöglich halten, um so demütiger und beharrlicher werden die Priester und mit ihnen die ganze Kirche die Gabe der Beständigkeit und Treue erflehen, die denen niemals verweigert wird, die um sie bitten. Zugleich werden sie alle übernatürlichen und natürlichen Hilfen anwenden, die jedem zur Verfügung stehen; sie sollen vor allem die durch die Erfahrung der Kirche bewährten aszetischen Verhaltensweisen, die in der modernen Welt nicht weniger notwendig sind, befolgen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So bittet diese Heilige Synode nicht nur die Priester, sondern alle Gläubigen, sie möchten sich die kostbare Gabe des priesterlichen Zölibates ein wirkliches Anliegen sein lassen, und alle mögen Gott bitten, daß er dieses Geschenk seiner Kirche stets in Fülle zukommen lasse."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im freundschaftlichen und brüderlichen Verkehr untereinander und mit den übrigen Menschen haben die Priester Gelegenheit, die menschlichen Werte zu pflegen und die irdischen Güter als Geschenke Gottes zu würdigen. Mitten in der Welt sollen sie dennoch immer wissen, daß sie nach dem Wort unseres Herrn und Meisters nicht von der Welt sind (43). Wenn sie also die Dinge der Welt so gebrauchen, als gebrauchten sie sie nicht (44), dann werden sie zu jener Freiheit von aller ungeordneten Anhänglichkeit und Sorge gelangen, durch die sie gelehrig für die Stimme Gottes im täglichen Leben werden. Aus solcher Freiheit und Gelehrigkeit erwächst das geistliche Unterscheidungsvermögen, durch das man die rechte Haltung zur Welt und ihren Gütern findet. Diese Haltung ist deshalb von großer Bedeutung für die Priester, weil sich ja die Sendung der Kirche inmitten der Welt vollzieht und die geschaffenen Güter zum Reifen der menschlichen Persönlichkeit unerläßlich sind. So seien sie also dankbar für alles, was ihnen der himmlische Vater für eine rechte Lebensführung in die Hand gibt. Doch sollen sie alles, was ihnen begegnet, im Licht des Glaubens prüfen, damit sie es richtig gebrauchen lernen, wie es dem Willen Gottes entspricht, und ablehnen, was ihrer Sendung im Weg steht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Denn die Priester, deren \"Anteil und Erbe\" der Herr ist (Num 18,20), dürfen die zeitlichen Güter nur in dem Rahmen gebrauchen, der ihnen durch die Lehre Christi des Herrn und von der Weisung der Kirche gesteckt ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirchengüter im eigentlichen Sinne sollen die Priester sachgerecht und nach den Richtlinien der kirchlichen Gesetze verwalten, wenn möglich unter Zuhilfenahme erfahrener Laien; diese Güter sind stets nur für die Zwecke zu verwenden, um deretwillen die Kirche zeitliche Güter besitzen darf, nämlich für den rechten Vollzug des Gottesdienstes, für den angemessenen Unterhalt des Klerus und für die apostolischen und caritativen Werke, besonders für jene, die den Armen zugute kommen (45). Was die Priester, nicht anders als die Bischöfe, anläßlich der Ausübung eines kirchlichen Amtes erhalten, haben sie, unbeschadet eines Partikularrechts (46), in erster Linie für ihren standesgemäßen Unterhalt und für die Erfüllung ihrer Standespflichten zu verwenden; was aber davon übrigbleibt, mögen sie dem Wohl der Kirche oder caritativen Werken zukommen lassen. Sie dürfen das kirchliche Amt weder als Erwerbsquelle betrachten noch die Einkünfte daraus für die Vermehrung des eigenen Vermögens verwenden (47). Die Priester sollen darum ihr Herz nicht an Reichtümer hängen (48), jede Habgier meiden und sich vor aller Art weltlichen Handels sorgfältig hüten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sie werden vielmehr zur freiwilligen Armut ermuntert, in der sie Christus sichtbarer ähnlich und zum heiligen Dienst verfügbarer werden. Denn Christus ist für uns arm geworden, obwohl er reich war, damit wir durch seine Armut reich würden (49). Und die Apostel haben durch ihr Beispiel bezeugt, daß die unverdienten Gaben Gottes unentgeltlich weitergegeben werden müssen (50); sie wußten genauso gut Überfluß zu haben wie Not zu ertragen (51). Aber auch ein gewisser gemeinschaftlicher Gütergebrauch, ähnlich der Gütergemeinschaft, die in der Geschichte der Urkirche so gepriesen wird (52), kann der Hirtenliebe vorzüglich den Weg ebnen; durch diese Lebensform können die Priester den Geist der Armut, den Christus empfiehlt, in lobenswerter Weise konkret verwirklichen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vom Geist des Herrn geführt, der den Erlöser gesalbt und Armen die Frohbotschaft zu bringen (53) ausgesandt hat, sollen die Priester und ebenso die Bischöfe alles vermeiden, was den Armen irgendwie Anstoß geben könnte, indem sie, mehr als die anderen Jünger des Herrn, jeden Schein von Eitelkeit in ihrer Lebenshaltung ausschließen. Ihre Wohnung sei so eingerichtet, daß sie niemandem unzugänglich erscheint und daß niemand, auch kein Niedriggestellter, sich scheut, sie zu betreten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Hilfen für das priesterliche Leben"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In allen Lebenslagen sollen die Priester die Einheit mit Christus pflegen. Sie erfreuen sich dazu, außer der bewußten Erfüllung ihres Dienstes, allgemeiner und besonderer Mittel, neuer und alter, zu denen der Heilige Geist im Volk Gottes unaufhörlich Anstoß gab und welche die Kirche zur Heiligung ihrer Glieder empfiehlt, ja bisweilen sogar befiehlt (54). Aus allen geistlichen Hilfen ragt jene Übung hervor, durch die die Gläubigen vom zweifachen Tisch, der Heiligen Schrift und der Eucharistie, mit dem Wort Gottes genährt werden (55). Von welcher Bedeutung ihr häufiger Vollzug für die den Priestern eigene Heiligung ist, weiß jeder."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Diener der sakramentalen Gnade einen sich Christus, dem Erlöser und Hirten, aufs innigste durch den würdigen Empfang der Sakramente, vor allem durch die häufig geübte sakramentale Buße; durch die tägliche Gewissenserforschung vorbereitet, fördert diese die notwendige Hinwendung des Herzens zur Liebe des Vaters der Erbarmungen gar sehr. Im Licht des durch die Schriftlesung gestärkten Glaubens vermögen sie die Zeichen des göttlichen Willens und die Antriebe seiner Gnade in den verschiedenen Ereignissen des Lebens sorgfältig zu erforschen und können so für ihre im Heiligen Geiste übernommene Sendung von Tag zu Tag empfänglicher werden. Ein bewundernswertes Beispiel solcher Empfänglichkeit haben sie stets in der seligen Jungfrau Maria vor sich, die, vom Heiligen Geist geführt, sich selbst ganz dem Geheimnis der Erlösung der Menschen weihte (56). Diese Mutter des höchsten und ewigen Priesters, die Königin der Apostel und Schützerin ihres Dienstes, sollen die Priester mit kindlicher Ergebung und Verehrung hochschätzen und lieben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zur treuen Erfüllung ihres Dienstes soll ihnen die tägliche Zwiesprache mit Christus dem Herrn in Besuchung und persönlicher Andacht der Heiligsten Eucharistie Herzenssache sein. Gern sollen sie sich für Tage geistlicher Zurückgezogenheit frei machen und die geistliche Führung hochschätzen. Auf vielfache Weise, vor allem durch das bewährte innere Gebet und frei zu wählende verschiedene Gebetsarten, suchen und erbitten die Priester von Gott inständig jenen Geist echter Anbetung, durch den sie sich zugleich mit dem ihnen anvertrauten Volk innig Christus, dem Mittler des Neuen Bundes, einen und so in der Gnade der Kindschaft rufen können: \"Abba, Vater\" (Röm 8,15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Priester werden vom Bischof bei der Priesterweihe ermahnt, daß sie \"in der Wissenschaft erfahren\" seien und ihre Lehre \"eine geistliche Arznei für das Volk Gottes sei\" (57). Die Wissenschaft eines Dieners am Heiligen aber muß eine heilige sein; denn sie wird heiliger Quelle entnommen und ist auf ein heiliges Ziel hingeordnet. Deshalb wird sie vor allem aus der Lesung und Betrachtung der Heiligen Schrift geschöpft (58), aber auch durch das Studium der Kirchenväter, der Kirchenlehrer und anderer Urkunden der Überlieferung mit Frucht gefördert. Um auf die von den heutigen Menschen erörterten Fragen die rechte Antwort zu geben, sollen die Priester ferner die Dokumente des kirchlichen Lehramtes und besonders die der Konzilien und der Päpste gut kennen sowie die besten und anerkannten theologischen Schriftsteller zu Rat ziehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da aber heute die weltliche Wissenschaft wie auch die heiligen Wissenschaften immer neue Fortschritte machen, sind die Priester anzueifern, ihre religiösen und allgemeinbildenden Kenntnisse in geeigneter Weise zu vervollständigen und sich so besser auf ein Gespräch mit ihren Zeitgenossen vorzubereiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit die Priester um so williger den Studien obliegen und sich gründlicher die Methoden der Evangelisation und des Apostolates aneignen, sollen ihnen in jeder Weise geeignete Hilfsmittel bereitgestellt werden. Dazu gehören, entsprechend den Bedingungen eines Landes, die Veranstaltungen von Kursen oder Kongressen, die Errichtung von Zentren für pastorale Studien, der Aufbau von Bibliotheken und eine angemessene Leitung durch geeignete Persönlichkeiten. Außerdem sollen die Bischöfe einzeln oder gemeinsam nach geeigneteren Möglichkeiten suchen, daß alle ihre Priester regelmäßig, vor allem aber wenige Jahre nach der Priesterweihe (59), einen Kurs besuchen, der ihnen Gelegenheit bietet sowohl zur besseren Kenntnisnahme der Seelsorgsmetboden und der theologischen Wissenschaft wie auch zur Stärkung ihres geistlichen Lebens und für einen seelsorglichen Erfahrungsaustausch mit ihren Brüdern (60). Durch solche und ähnliche geeignete Einrichtungen soll jungen Pfarrern und denen, die neu in die Seelsorge eintreten oder die in eine andere Diözese oder ein anderes Land geschickt werden, sorgfältig Hilfe geboten werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Endlich sollen die Bischöfe dafür Sorge tragen, daß einige sich einem vertieften Studium der heiligen Wissenschaften widmen, damit es nie an geeigneten Lehrern für die Ausbildung der Kleriker mangelt, damit ferner den übrigen Priestern und Gläubigen bei der Erwerbung des ihnen notwendigen Wissens eine Hilfe zur Verfügung gestellt und ein für die Kirche durchaus notwendiger gesunder Fortschritt in den heiligen Disziplinen gefördert wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Priester, die, dem Dienst Gottes geweiht, das ihnen übertragene Amt erfüllen, haben Anspruch auf eine gerechte Entlohnung; denn \"jeder Arbeiter ist seines Lohnes wert\" (Lk 10,7)61, und \"der Herr hat angeordnet, daß jene, die das Evangelium verkünden, auch vom Evangelium leben\" (1 Kor 9,14). Falls nicht anderweitig eine gerechte Entlohnung der Priester sichergestellt ist, sind darum die Gläubigen selbst, zu deren Besten die Priester ja arbeiten, in einer echten Verpflichtung gehalten, dafür Sorge zu tragen, daß den Priestern das zu einem ehrbaren und würdigen Leben Notwendige gegeben werden kann. Die Bischöfe aber müssen die Gläubigen an diese ihre Verpflichtung mahnen und Richtlinien ausarbeiten lassen - sei es jeder für seine Diözese oder, besser, mehrere zugleich für ein gemeinsames Gebiet -, durch die für eine angemessene Entlohnung derer, die im Dienst am Volke Gottes irgendein Amt verwalten oder verwaltet haben, gesorgt wird. Die Entlohnung des einzelnen, die sowohl auf die Natur des Amtes wie auf die örtlichen und zeitlichen Umstände Rücksicht nimmt, muß grundsätzlich für alle die gleiche sein, die in denselben Verhältnissen leben; sie sei ihrer Stellung angemessen und gewähre ihnen außerdem die Möglichkeit, nicht nur eine pflichtgemäße Entlohnung derer vorzusehen, die den Priestern dienen, sondern auch von sich aus die Armen in einem gewissen Umfang zu unterstützen; denn der Dienst an den Armen stand in der Kirche von Anfang an hoch in Ehren."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Entlohnung sei außerdem so, daß sie den Priestern gestattet, jährlich den verdienten und notwendigen Urlaub zu nehmen; die Bischöfe müssen für dessen Ermöglichung sorgen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die erste Bedeutung freilich muß dem Amt, das die geweihten Diener ausüben, zugemessen werden. Deshalb soll das sogenannte Benefizialsystem aufgegeben oder wenigstens so reformiert werden, daß der Benefiziumsteil oder das Recht auf die aus der Übergabe des Amtes fließenden Einkünfte als zweitrangig gilt und der erste Platz im Recht dem kirchlichen Amt selbst eingeräumt wird; deshalb muß künftig jegliches ständig übertragene Amt so verstanden werden, daß es zur Erfüllung eines geistlichen Zweckes verliehen ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Man soll stets das Beispiel der Gläubigen der Urgemeinde von Jerusalem vor Augen haben, in der \"ihnen alles gemeinsam war\" (Apg 4,32) und \"einem jeden gegeben wurde, was er nötig hatte\" (Apg 4,35). Es ist deshalb höchst angemessen, wenigstens in Gebieten, in denen die Entlohnung des Klerus ganz oder zum Teil von den Gaben der Gläubigen abhängt, daß die zu diesem Zweck gegebenen Gelder bei einer bestimmten Diözesanstelle gesammelt werden, deren Verwaltung der Bischof hat, unter Beiziehung einiger delegierter Priester und, wo es geraten erscheint, von wirtschaftlich sachverständigen Laien. Es ist auch zu wünschen, daß außerdem in den einzelnen Diözesen oder Gebieten, soweit möglich, ein gemeinsamer Fonds angelegt wird, durch den die Bischöfe Verpflichtungen gegenüber anderen, die im Kirchendienst stehen, genügen und die verschiedenen Diözesanbedürfnisse befriedigen können; daraus sollen auch reichere Diözesen ärmere unterstützen, damit ihr Überfluß deren Mangel abhelfe (62). Dieses gemeinsame Vermögen muß in erster Linie aus den Gütern angelegt werden, die aus den Gaben der Gläubigen stammen, aber auch aus anderen Quellen, die vom Recht zu bestimmen sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei den Völkern, in denen die soziale Vorsorge zugunsten des Klerus noch nicht genügend geordnet ist, sollen ferner durch die Bischofskonferenzen, unter Beobachtung der kirchlichen und zivilen Gesetze, entweder Einrichtungen auf Diözesanebene, die auch untereinander zusammengeschlossen sein können, oder Einrichtungen für verschiedene Diözesen zusammen geschaffen oder eine Vereinigung für das ganze Gebiet gegründet werden, durch die unter Aufsicht der Hierarchie genügend für ausreichende Rücklagen und sogenannte Krankenversicherung wie auch für den gebührenden Unterhalt der kranken, invaliden und alten Priester gesorgt wird. Die Priester aber sollen eine solche Einrichtung nach ihrer Gründung, angeregt vom Geist brüderlicher Solidarität, unterstützen, an der Last der anderen teilnehmen (63) und dürfen dabei zugleich das Wissen haben, daß sie so ohne Angst vor der Zukunft, fröhlichen Sinnes, gemäß dem Evangelium, die Armut pflegen und sich ganz dem Heil der Seelen hingeben können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Verantwortlichen aber mögen sich darum kümmern, daß gleichartige Institute der verschiedenen Nationen sich zusammenschließen, um so größere Bedeutung und weitere Verbreitung zu erlangen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Freuden des priesterlichen Lebens vor Augen, kann diese Heilige Synode auch an den Schwierigkeiten nicht vorübergehen, unter denen in den heutigen Zeitumständen die Priester leiden. Sie weiß, wie sehr sich die wirtschaftlichen und sozialen Verhältnisse und sogar die Sitten der Menschen in einer Wandlung befinden, wie sehr die Ordnung der Werte in der Einschätzung der Menschen sich ändert. Von da her haben die Priester und bisweilen sogar die Gläubigen in der heutigen Welt das Empfinden, als gehörten sie nicht mehr zu ihr, und fragen sich angstvoll, wie sie mit ihr auf geeignete Weise im Handeln und in der Sprache noch Gemeinschaft haben können. Denn die dem Glauben neu erstandenen Hindernisse, die scheinbare Vergeblichkeit ihres seelsorglichen Wirkens und die oft schmerzlich erfahrene Einsamkeit können sie zur Mutlosigkeit verleiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Doch Gott hat die Welt, wie sie heute dem hingebenden Dienst der Hirten der Kirche anvertraut ist, so geliebt, daß er seinen einziggeborenen Sohn für sie dahingab (64). In der Tat reicht diese Welt, die in so viele Sünden verstrickt ist, mit ihren nicht geringen Gaben der Kirche \"lebendige Steine\" (65) dar, die dem Bau des Hauses Gottes im Geist (66) miteingefügt werden. Der gleiche Heilige Geist, der die Kirche antreibt, neue Wege zur Begegnung mit der gegenwärtigen Welt zu eröffnen, rät auch entsprechende Anpassungen des priesterlichen Dienstes an und fördert sie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So sollen denn die Priester daran denken, daß sie in der Ausübung ihres Amtes nie allein sind, sondern sich auf die Kraft des allmächtigen Gottes stützen können. Im Glauben an Christus, der sie zur Teilhabe an seinem Priestertum berufen hat, sollen sie sich mit ihrem ganzen Vertrauen ihrem Dienst weihen, im Wissen darum, daß Gott mächtig ist, die Liebe in ihnen zu mehren (67). Sie sollen auch an die Brüder im Priestertum denken, ja um die Weggenossenschaft mit den Gläubigen der ganzen Welt wissen. Helfen doch alle Priester mit an der Ausführung des Heilsplanes Gottes, des Mysteriums Christi, des vor den Weltzeiten in Gott verborgenen Geheimnisses (68), das nur allmählich verwirklicht wird, durch den Zusammenklang der verschiedenen Dienste zum Aufbau des Leibes Christi, bis die Fülle seines Altersmaßes erreicht ist. Da dies alles mit Christus in Gott verborgen ist (69), kann es im tiefsten nur im Glauben begriffen werden. Darum müssen die Führer des Gottesvolkes im Glauben wandern, auf den Spuren des gläubigen Abraham, der im Glauben \"gehorchte, fortzuziehen an einen Ort, den er als Erbschaft in Besitz nehmen sollte; und er zog fort, ohne zu wissen, wohin er gelangen werde\" (Hebr 11,8). Wahrlich: der Ausspender des Geheimnisses Gottes gleicht einem Sämann, der ausging, zu säen, und von dem der Herr sagt: \"Er geht zur Ruhe und steht auf, Nacht und Tag, und die Saat sproßt und wächst, ohne daß er es merkt\" (Mk 4,27)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im übrigen aber hat Jesus der Herr mit seinen Worten: \"Habt Vertrauen, ich habe die Welt besiegt\" (Joh 16,33), seiner Kirche keineswegs einen vollständigen Sieg in dieser Weltzeit versprochen. Aber die Heilige Synode freut sich, daß die Erde, in die der Same des Evangeliums hineingesenkt ist, an vielen Orten Frucht bringt unter dem Wehen des Heiligen Geistes, der den Erdkreis erfüllt und der in den Herzen vieler Priester und Gläubigen einen wahrhaft missionarischen Geist erweckt hat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Für all das sagt die Heilige Synode den Priestern der ganzen Welt Dank: \"Dem aber, der über alles hinaus, was wir bitten und denken, überschwenglich mehr tun kann, gemäß der in uns wirkenden Kraft: ihm sei die Ehre in der Kirche und in Christus Jesus\" (Eph 3,20-21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dezember 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anmerkungen:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vorrede/Kapitel 1:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) II. Vat. Konzil, Konst. über die heilige Liturgie Sacrosanctum Concilium: AAS 56 (1964) 97ff.; Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium: AAS 57 (1965) 5ff.; Dekret über die Hirtenaufgabe der Bischöfe in der Kirche Christus Dominus: AAS 58 (1966) 673ff.; Dekret über die Ausbildung der Priester Optatam totius: AAS 58 (1966) 713ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Vgl. Mt 3,16; Lk 4,18; Apg 4,27; 10,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Vgl. 1 Petr 2,5.9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Vgl. 1 Petr 3,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Vgl. Apg 19,10; II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 35: AAS 57 (1965) 40-41."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Konzil von Trient, Sess. 23, c. 1 u. can. 1: Denz. 957.961 (1764.1771)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7) Vgl. Joh 20,21; II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 18: AAS 57 (1965) 21-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 28: AAS 57 (1965) 33-36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9) Ebd."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10) Vgl. Pont. Rom., De Ordinatione Presbyterorum, Präfation. Die gleichen Worte finden sich schon im Sacramentarium Veronense: ed. L. C. Mohlberg (Rom 1956) 122; ebenso im Missale Francorum: ed. L. C. Mohlberg (Rom 1957) 9; im Liber Sacramentorum Romanæ Ecclesiæ: ed. L. C. Mohlberg (Rom 1960) 25; im Pontificale Romano-Germanicum: ed. Vogel-Elze (Vatikan 1963) Bd. I, S. 34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 10: AAS 57 (1965) 14-15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12) Vgl. Röm 15,16 griech."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13) Vgl. 1 Kor 11,26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14) Augustinus, De Civ. Dei X, 6: PL 41, 284."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15) Vgl. 1 Kor 15,24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16) Vgl. Hebr 5,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17) Vgl. Hebr 2,17; 4,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18) Vgl. 1 Kor 9,19-23 Vg."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19) Vgl. Apg 13,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20) \"Dieses Streben nach religiöser und sittlicher Vervollkommnung wird mehr und mehr auch von außen her durch die äußeren Bedingungen angespornt, unter denen die Kirche ihr Leben entfaltet. Sie kann nicht unbeeindruckt und gleichgültig bleiben angesichts der Veränderungen der Umwelt. Die Umwelt beeinflußt und bedingt auf tausend Weisen das praktische Verhalten der Kirche; denn sie lebt ja nicht von der Welt getrennt, sondern in ihr. Deshalb unterliegen die Glieder der Kirche dem Einfluß der Welt, werden durch ihre Kultur geprägt, nehmen ihre Gesetze an und machen sich ihre Gewohnheiten zu eigen. Diese innere Berührung der Kirche mit der menschlichen Gesellschaft wirft ständig schwierige Fragen auf, die gerade heute äußerst hart sind (...) Der Völkerapostel belehrte die Christen seiner Zeit mit folgenden Worten:,Zieht nicht im fremden Joch mit Ungläubigen; denn was hat Gerechtigkeit zu tun mit Ungesetzlichkeit? Oder was haben Licht und Finsternis miteinander gemein? ... Welchen Anteil hat der Gläubige gemeinsam mit dem Ungläubigen?' (2 Kor 6,14-15.) Die christlichen Lehrer und Erzieher werden darum die katholische Jugend immer auf ihre ganz besondere Stellung und die sich daraus ergebende Aufgabe hinweisen müssen, nämlich in der Welt zu leben, aber nicht von der Welt zu sein, entsprechend dem Gebet Jesu für seine Jünger:,Ich bitte nicht, sie von der Welt wegzunehmen, sondern sie zu bewahren vor dem Bösen. Sie sind nicht aus der Welt, so wie auch ich nicht aus der Welt bin' (Joh 17,15-16). Die Kirche macht sich dieses Gebet zu eigen. Aber diese Unterscheidung bedeutet nicht Trennung. Sie ist weder Gleichgültigkeit noch Furcht, noch Verachtung. Wenn die Kirche den Unterschied hervorhebt, der zwischen ihr und der Menschheit besteht, so stellt sie sich nicht in Gegensatz zu ihr, sondern verbindet sich vielmehr mit ihr\": Paul VI., Enz. Ecclesiam suam, 6. Aug. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 627 und 638."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21) Vgl. Röm 12,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22) Vgl. Joh 10,14-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23) Vgl. Polykarp, Brief an die Gemeinde von Philippi VI., 1: \"Auch die Presbyter sollen wohlwollend sein, barmherzig gegen alle; sie sollen die Verirrten zurückführen, die Kranken besuchen, Sorge tragen für Witwen, Waisen und Arme; stets sollen sie bedacht sein auf das Gute vor Gott und den Menschen; sie sollen sich frei halten vor jedem Zorn, von Parteilichkeit und ungerechtem Urteil; fern sei ihnen jegliche Geldgier, leichtfertiger Glaube an üble Nachrede, hartes Urteil, im Bewußtsein, daß wir alle der Sünde Schuldner sind\": ed. F. X. Funk, Patres Apostolici I, 273."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 2:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Vgl. 1 Petr 1,23; Apg 6,7; 12,24. \"(Die Apostel) verkündeten das Wort der Wahrheit und gebaren die Kirchen\": Augustinus, Enarr. in Ps. 44,23: PL 36,508."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Vgl. Mal 2,7; 1 Tim 4,11-13; 2 Tim 4,5; Tit 1,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Vgl. Mk 16,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Vgl. 2 Kor 11,7. Insofern die Priester Mitarbeiter der Bischöfe sind, gilt von ihnen auch das, was über die Bischöfe gesagt wird. Vgl. Statuta Ecclesiæ antiqua, c. 3: ed. Ch. Munier (Paris 1960) 79; Decretum Gratiani, C. 6, D 88: ed. Friedberg I, 307; Konzil von Trient, Sess. V, Dekret 2, n. 9: Conc. Œc. Decreta, ed. Herder (Rom 1962) 645; Sess. XXIV, Dekret de reform., c. 4: ebd. 739; II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 25: AAS 57 (1965) 29-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Vgl. Constitutiones Apostolorum II, 26, 7: \"(Die Presbyter) sollen Lehrer der göttlichen Wissenschaft sein, da der Herr selbst uns aufgetragen hat: Gehet hin und lehret.. \": ed. F. X. Funk, Didascalia et Constitutiones Apostolorum I (Paderborn 1905) 105. - Sacramentarium Leonianum und die anderen Sakramentarien bis zum Pontificale Romanum, Präfation der Priesterweihe: \"Aus dieser Vorsorge, Herr, hast du den Aposteln deines Sohnes Lehrer des Glaubens als Begleiter mitgesellt, mit denen sie als zweiten Verkündern (oder: Predigten) den ganzen Erdkreis erfüllten.\" Liber Ordinum Liturgiæ Mozarabicæ, Präfation der Priesterweihe: \"Der Lehrer der Volksscharen und Lenker der Untergebenen soll den katholischen Glauben geordnet erhalten und allen das wahre Heil verkünden\": ed. M. Férotin, Le Liber Ordinum ...: Monumenta Ecclesiæ Liturgica, Bd. V (Paris 1904) 55, 4-6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Vgl. Gal 2,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7) Vgl. 1 Petr 2,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8) Vgl. den Ritus der Priesterweihe in der Alexandrinischen Kirche der Jakobiten: \"... Sammle dein Volk zur Belehrung im Wort wie eine Amme, die ihre Kinder nährt\": H. Denzinger, Ritus Orientalium II (Würzburg 1863) 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9) Vgl. Mt 28,19; Mk 16,16; Tertullian, De Baptismo 14, 2 (CChr ser. lat. I, 289, 11-13); Athanasius, Adv. Arianos 2, 42: PG 26, 237 A-B; Hieronymus, In Mt. 28,19: PL 26, 226 D: \"Zuerst lehren sie alle Völker, dann taufen sie die (im Glauben) Unterwiesenen. Der Leib kann nämlich nicht eher das Sakrament der Taufe empfangen, bevor die Seele nicht die Wahrheit des Glaubens angenommen hat\"; Thomas v. Aquin, Expositio primæ Decretalis, § 1: \"Der Erlöser gab den Jüngern, die er zur Verkündigung ausschickte, drei Weisungen mit. Zuerst sollten sie den Glauben lehren, dann den Glaubenden die Sakramente spenden\": ed. Marietti, Opuscula Theologica (Turin - Rom 1954) 1138."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Konst. über die heilige Liturgie Sacrosanctum Concilium, Nr. 35, 2: AAS 56 (1964) 109."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11) Vgl. ebd. Nr. 33.35.48.52; S. 108-109.113.114."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12) Vgl. ebd. Nr. 7; S. 100-101; Pius XII., Enz. Mystici Corporis, 29.Juni 1943: AAS 35 (1943) 230."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13) Ignatius v. Antiochien, Ad Smyrn. 8, 1-2: ed. F. X. Funk, 240; Const. Apost. VIII., 12, 3: ed. F. X. Funk, 496; VIII., 29, 2: ebd. 532."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 28: AAS 57 (1965) 33-36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15) \"Die Eucharistie ist gleichsam die Vollendung des geistlichen Lebens und das Ziel aller Sakramente\": Thomas, Summa Theol. III., q. 73, a. 3 c; vgl. ebd. III., q. 65, a. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16) Vgl. Thomas, Summa Theol. III., q. 65, a. 3, ad 1; q. 79, a. 1 c u. ad 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17) Vgl. Eph 5,19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18) Hieronymus, Ep., 114,2: \" ... den heiligen Kelchen und den heiligen Tüchern und den übrigen Dingen, die zum Kult der Herrenpassion gehören ... kommt wegen ihrer Berührung mit Leib und Blut des Herrn die gleiche erhabene Würde zu wie dessen Leib und Blut selbst\": PL 22, 934. II. Vat. Konzil, Konst. über die heilige Liturgie Sacrosanctum Concilium, Nr. 122-127: AAS (1964) 130-132."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19) \"Außerdem sollen sie es nicht unterlassen, das Allerheiligste Sakrament, das an einem bevorzugten Ort und mit größter Ehrfurcht den liturgischen Gesetzen entsprechend aufzubewahren ist, tagsüber zu besuchen; eine solche Besuchung ist ein Beweis der Dankbarkeit und ein Zeichen der Liebe und der schuldigen Verehrung gegenüber Christus dem Herrn, der hier gegenwärtig ist\": Paul VI., Enz. Mysterium Fidei, 3. Sept. 1965: AAS 57 (1965) 771."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 28: AAS 57 (1965) 33-36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21) Vgl. 2 Kor 10,8; 13,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22) Vgl. Gal 1,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23) Vgl. 1 Kor 4,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24) Vgl. Didascalia II.,34, 3;46, 6;47, 1; Constitutiones Apost. II, 47, 1: ed. F. X. Funk, Didascalia et Constitutiones I, 116.142 u. 143."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25) Vgl. Gal 4,3; 5,1.13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26) Vgl. Hieronymus, Ep. 58, 7: \"Was nützt es, wenn die Wände von Edelsteinen leuchten, Christus aber in einem Armen stirbt?\": PL 22, 584."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27) Vgl. 1 Petr 4,10ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28) Vgl. Mt 25,34-45."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "29) Vgl. Lk 4,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "30) Es können noch andere Gruppen genannt werden, z. B. Auswanderer, unstet Umherziehende (Zigeuner) usw.; darüber handelt das II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die Hirtenaufgabe der Bischöfe in der Kirche Christus Dominus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "31) Vgl. Didascalia II, 59, 1-3: \"Wenn du das Volk belehrst, so fordere von ihm, und ermahne es, daß es die Kirche häufig besuche und auf keinen Fall je davon ablasse, sondern eifrig zusammenkomme und nicht die Kirche durch sein Fernbleiben verkleinere und den Leib Christi eines Gliedes beraube ... Ihr seid Glieder Christi; trennt euch also nicht von der Kirche, indem ihr von den Zusammenkünften fernbleibt. Ihr habt Christus zum Haupt, und nach seiner Verheißung wohnt er unter euch und hat mit euch Gemeinschaft; seid doch nicht gegen euch selbst nachlässig, haltet den Erlöser nicht fern von seinen Gliedern noch zerreißt und zerteilt seinen Leib ...\": ed. F. X. Funk, I, 170; Paul VI., Ansprache an die Teilnehmer des ital. Klerus am XIII. Kongreß über \"Zeitgemäße Seelsorge\" zu Orvieto, 6. Sept. 1963: AAS 55 (1963) 750ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "32) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 28: AAS 57 (1965) 35."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "33) Vgl. die sog. Constitutio Ecclesiastica Apostolorum XVIII: \"Die Presbyter sind die Mitgeweihten und Mitstreiter der Bischöfe\": ed. Th. Schermann, Die allgemeine Kirchenordnung I (Paderborn 1914) 26; A. Harnack, Die Quellen der sog. apostolischen Kirchenordnung, T. u. U. II, 5, S. 13, Nr. 18 u. 19; Pseudo- Hieronymus, De Septem Ordinibus Ecclesiæ: \"... in der Segnung haben sie mit den Bischöfen an den Geheimnissen Anteil\": ed. A. W. Kalff (Würzburg 1937) 45; Isidor v. Sevilla, De Ecclesiasticis Officiis, II c. VII: \"Sie stehen der Kirche Christi vor und zusammen mit den Bischöfen bereiten sie den Leib und das Blut, lehren und predigen sie\": PL 83, 787."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "34) Vgl. Didascalia II, 28, 4: ed. F. X. Funk, 108; Const. Apost. II, 28, 4; 34, 3: ebd. S. 109 u. 117."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "35) Const. Apost. VIII., 16, 4: ed. F. X. Funk, I, 523; vgl. Epitome Const. Apost. VI: ebd. II, 80, 3-4; Testamentum Domini: \" ... verleihe ihm den Geist der Gnade, des Rates und der Hochherzigkeit, den Geist des Presbyterates ... zum Beistand und zur Leitung deines Volkes im Werk, in der Furcht und in einem reinen Herzen\": Übers. I. E. Rahmani (Mainz 1899) 69. Ebenso in: Trad. Apost., ed. B. Botte, La Tradition Apostolique de S. Hippolyte (Münster 1963) 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "36) Vgl. Num 11,16-25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "37) Pont. Rom., De Ordinatione Presbyterorum, Präfation; die gleichen Worte in den sich schon im Sacramentarium Leonianum, Gelasianum und Gregorianum. Ähnlich in den orientalischen Liturgien: vgl. Trad. Apost.: \"... schaue auf diesen deinen Diener und verleihe ihm den Geist der Gnade und des Rates, damit er den Priestern helfe und dein Volk mit einem reinen Herzen leite, so wie du auf das Volk deiner Auserwählung herabgeschaut und dem Moses geboten hast, Presbyter zu erwählen, die du mit deinem Geist erfüllest, den du deinem Knecht verliehen hast\", aus der alten lat. Übers. von Verona, ed. B. Botte, La Tradition Apostolique de S. Hippolyte. Essai de reconstruction (Münster 1963) 20; Const. Apost. VIII., 16, 4: ed. F. X. Funk, I, 522, 16-17; Epit. Const. Apost. VI: ed. F. X. Funk, II, 80, 5-7; Testamentum Domini: Übers. I. E. Rahmani (Mainz 1899) 69; Euchologium Serapionis XXVII: ed. F. X. Funk, Didascalia et Constitutiones II, 190, 1-7; Ritus Ordinationis in ritu Maronitarum: Übers. H. Denzinger, Ritus Orientalium II (Würzburg 1863) 161. Von den Vätern seien genannt: Theodor von Mopsuestia, In 1 Tim. 3,8: ed. Swete, II, 119-121; Theodoret, Quæstiones in Numeros XVIII: PG 80, 369 C - 372 B."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "38) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 28: AAS 57 (1965) 35."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "39) Vgl. Johannes XXIII., Enz. Sacerdotii Nostri primordia, 1. Aug. 1959: AAS 51 (1959) 576; Pius X., Exhortatio ad clerum Hærent animo, 4. Aug. 1908: S. Pii Acta, Bd. IV (1908) 237ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "40) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die Hirtenaufgabe der Bischöfe in der Kirche Christus Dominus, Nr. 15 u. 16: AAS 58 (1966) 679-681."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "41) Nach dem geltenden Kirchenrecht gibt es schon ein Kathedralkapitel als senatus et consilium des Bischofs (CIC, can. 391) oder bei dessen Fehlen ein Kreis von Diözesankonsultoren (CIC, can. 423-428). Solche Institutionen sollen aber nach dem Wunsch (des Konzils) so überprüft werden, daß sie den heutigen Verhältnissen und Erfordernissen besser entsprechen. Ein derartiger Priesterrat unterscheidet sich ganz klar von jenem Seelsorgsrat, von dem im II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die Hirtenaufgabe der Bischöfe Christus Dominus, 28. Okt. 1965, Nr. 27, die Rede ist; denn ihm gehören auch Laien an, und ihm obliegen allein die seelsorglichen Aufgaben. Über die Priester als Berater der Bischöfe handeln schon die Didascalia II, 28, 4: ed. F. X. Funk, I, 108; ebenso Const. Apost. II, 28, 4: ed F. X. Funk, I, 109; Ignatius v. Antiochien, Ad Magn. 6, 1: ed. F. X. Funk, I, 194; Ad Trall. 3, 1: F. X. Funk, 204; Origenes, Contra Celsum 3, 30: \"Die Presbyter sind Berater oder Ratgeber\": PG 11, 957 D - 960 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "42) Ignatius v. Antiochien, Ad Magn. 6, 1: \"Ich ermahne euch, daß ihr euch alles in der Eintracht Gottes zu tun bemüht, unter dem Vorsitz des Bischofs an Gottes Stelle und mit den Presbytern anstelle des Apostelkollegiums, einschließlich der mir so teuren Diakone, die alle mit dem Amt Christi betraut sind, der von Ewigkeit beim Vater war und am Ende (der Zeiten) erschienen ist\": ed. F. X. Funk, 195; Ad Trall. 3, 1: \"Ebenso sollen alle die Diakone achten wie Jesus Christus, wie auch den Bischof als das Abbild des Vaters, die Presbyter aber wie eine Ratsversammlung Gottes und ein Apostelkonzil: ohne sie kann man von keiner Kirche reden\": F. X. Funk, 204; Hieronymus, In lsaiam II, 3: \"Auch wir in der Kirche haben unseren Senat, die Gemeinschaft der Presbyter\": PL 24, 61 D."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "43) Vgl. Paul VI., Ansprache an die römischen Kurialen und Fastenprediger, 1. März 1965: AAS 57 (1965) 326."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "44) Vgl. Const. Apost. VIII., 47, 39: \"Die Presbyter ... sollen ohne die Entscheidung des Bischofs nichts tun; ihm ist ja das Volk Gottes anvertraut, und von ihm wird über die Seelen Rechenschaft gefordert\": ed. F. X. Funk, 577."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "45) Vgl. 3 Joh 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "46) Vgl. Joh 17,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "47) Vgl. Hebr 13,1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "48) Vgl. Hebr 13,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "49) Vgl. Mt 5,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "50) Vgl. 1 Thess 2,12: Kol 1,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "51) Vgl. Mt 23,8. \"In dem Maße wir also Hirten, Väter und Lehrer der Menschen sein wollen, müssen wir uns als ihre Brüder erweisen\": Paul VI., Enz. Ecclesiam suam, 6. Aug. 1964: AAS 56 (1964) 647."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "52) Vgl. Eph 4,7 u. 16; Const. Apost. VIII., 1,20: \"Ebenso soll weder der Bischof gegen die Diakone und Presbyter überheblich sein noch die Presbyter gegen das Volk; denn aus beiden wird die Ordnung der Versammlung (Kirche) deutlich\": ed. F. X. Funk, I, 467."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "53) Vgl. Phil 2,21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "54) Vgl. 1 Joh 4,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "55) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 37: AAS 57 (1965) 42-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "56) Vgl. Eph 4,14. 57 II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über den Ökumenismus Unitatis redintegratio: AAS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "57) (1965) 90ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "58) Vgl. Il. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 37: AAS 57 (1965) 42-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "59) Vgl. Hebr 7,3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "60) Vgl. Lk 10,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "61) Vgl. 1 Petr 2,25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "62) Vgl. Apg 20,28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "63) Vgl. Mt 9,36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "64) Pont. Rom., Die Priesterweihe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "65) II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die Ausbildung der Priester Optatam totius, Nr. 2: AAS 58 (1966) 714-715."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "66) \"Gottes Stimme drückt sich, wenn sie (den Menschen) ruft, auf zwei verschiedene Weisen aus, die wunderbar sind und zusammenkIingen: die eine ist innerlich; es ist die der Gnade, des Heiligen Geistes, einer unaussprechlichen inneren Verzauberung, die die,lautlose' und doch so machtvolle Stimme des Herrn in der unergründlichen menschlichen Seele bewirkt; die andere ist äußerlich, menschlich, mit den Sinnen vernehmbar, sozialer und rechtlicher Natur, konkret; es ist die Stimme des bevollmächtigten Dieners des Wortes Gottes, des Apostels, der Hierarchie; sie ist ein unersetzliches, weil von Christus geschaffenes und gewolltes Werkzeug; sie soll die Botschaft des ewigen Wortes und des göttlichen Gebotes in die erfahrbare Sprache übersetzen. So sagt es mit dem hl. Paulus die katholische Lehre: Wie sollte man hören, wenn niemand verkündet ... Der Glaube kommt vom Hören\" (Röm 10,14.17): Paul VI., Ansprache, 5. Mai 1965: L,Osservatore Romano (6. 5. 1965) erste Seite."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "67) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die Priesterausbildung Optatam totius, Nr. 2: AAS 58 (1966) 715."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "68) So lehren die Väter, wenn sie die Worte Christi an Petrus: \"Liebst du mich? ... Weide meine Schafe\" (Joh 21,17), auslegen, z. B. Johannes Chrysostomus, De sacerdotio II, 2: PG 48, 633; Gregor d. Gr., Reg. Past. Liber I, 5: PL 77, 19 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Kapitel 3:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Vgl. 2 Kor 12,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20. Dez. 1935: AAS 28 (1936) 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Vgl. Joh 10,36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Vgl. Lk 24,26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Vgl. Eph 4,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Vgl. 2 Kor 3,8-9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7) Vgl. u. a. Pius X., Mahnwort an den Klerus Hærent animo, 4. Aug. 1908: S. Pii Acta, Bd. IV (1908) 237ff.; Pius XI., Enz. Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20. Dez. 1935: AAS 28 (1936) 5ff.; Pius XIl., Apost. Ermahnung Menti Nostræ, 23. Sept. 1950: AAS 42 (1950) 657ff.; Johannes XXIII., Enz. Sacerdotii Nostri primordia, 1. Aug. 1959: AAS 51 (1959) 545ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8) Vgl. Thomas v. Aquin, Summa Theol. II-II., q. 188, a. 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9) Vgl. Hebr 3,9-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10) Vgl. Apg 16,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11) Vgl. 2 Kor 4,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12) Vgl. Eph 3,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13) Vgl. Pont. Rom., Die Priesterweihe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14) Vgl. Missale Rom., Gabengebet vom 9. Sonntag nach Pfingsten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15) \"Denn jede Messe, auch wenn sie privat vom Priester zelebriert wird, ist dennoch nicht privat, sondern ein Akt Christi und der Kirche; diese Kirche pflegt nämlich im Opfer, das sie darbringt, sich selbst als ein umfassendes Opfer darzubringen, und sie wendet die einzige und unendliche Erlösungskraft des Kreuzesopfers der ganzen Welt zum Heil zu. Denn jede Messe, die zelebriert wird, wird nicht nur für einiger Heil, sondern für das Heil der ganzen Welt dargebracht ... Darum empfehlen wir den Priestern, die Unsere besondere Freude und Unsere Krone im Herrn sind, väterlich und angelegentlich, daß sie ... täglich würdig und andächtig die Messe feiern\": Paul VI., Enz. Mysterium Fidei, 3. Sept. 1965: AAS 57 (1965) 761-762. Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Konst. über die heilige Liturgie Sacrosanctum Concilium, Nr. 26 u. 27: AAS 56 (1964) 107."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16) Vgl. Joh 10,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17) Vgl. 2 Kor 1,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18) Vgl. 2 Kor 1,4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19) Vgl. 1 Kor 10,33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20) Vgl. Joh 3,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21) Vgl. Joh 4,34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22) Vgl. 1 Joh 3,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23) \"Die Herde des Herrn zu weiden, muß ein Dienst der Liebe sein\": Augustinus, Tract. in Joh. 123, 5: PL 35, 1967."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24) Vgl. Röm 12,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25) Vgl. Gal 2,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26) Vgl. 2 Kor 7,4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27) Vgl. Joh 4,34; 5,30; 6,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28) Vgl. Apg 13,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "29) Vgl. Eph 5,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "30) Vgl. Apg 20,22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "31) Vgl. 2 Kor 12,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "32) Vgl. Eph 4,11-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "33) Vgl. Mt 19,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "34) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 42: AAS 57 (1965) 47-49."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "35) Vgl. 1 Tim 3,2-5; Tit 1,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "36) Vgl. Pius XI., Enz. Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20. Dez. 1935: AAS 28 (1936) 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "37) Vgl. Mt 19,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "38) Vgl. 1 Kor 7,32-34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "39) Vgl. 2 Kor 11,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "40) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 42.44: AAS 57 (1965) 47-49.50-51; Dekret über die zeitgemäße Erneuerung des Ordenslebens Perfectæ caritatis, Nr. 12: AAS 58 (1966) 707."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "41) Vgl. Lk 20,35-36: Pius XI., Enz. Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20. Dez. 1935: AAS 28 (1936) 24-28; Pius XII., Enz. Sacra Virginitas, 25. März 1954: AAS 46 (1954) 169-172."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "42) Vgl. Mt 19,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "43) Vgl. Joh 17,14-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "44) Vgl. 1 Kor 7,31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "45) Conc. Antioch., can. 25: Mansi 2,1327-1328; Decretum Gratiani, c. 23, C. 12, q. 1: ed. Friedberg, I, 684-685."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "46) Das bezieht sich vor allem auf die Rechte und Gewohnheiten in den orientalischen Kirchen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "47) Conc. Paris., a. 829, can. 15: Mon. Germ. Hist., Legum Sect. III., Concilia, t. 2, 622; Konzil v. Trient, Sess. XXV, Dekret de reform. c. 1: Conc. Œc. Decreta, ed. Herder (Rom 1962) 760-761."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "48) Vgl. Ps 62,11 (Vg. 61)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "49) Vgl. 2 Kor 8,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "50) Vgl. Apg 8,18-25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "51) Vgl. Phil 4,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "52) Vgl. Apg 2,42-47."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "53) Vgl. Lk 4,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "54) Vgl. CIC, can. 125ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "55) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die zeitgemäße Erneuerung des Ordenslebens Perfectæ caritatis, Nr. 6: AAS 58 (1966) 705; Dogm. Konst. über die göttliche Offenbarung Dei verbum, Nr. 21: AAS 58 (1966) 827f."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "56) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die Kirche Lumen Gentium, Nr. 65: AAS 57 (1965) 64-65."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "57) Pont. Rom., Die Priesterweihe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "58) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dogm. Konst. über die göttliche Offenbarung Dei verbum, Nr. 25: AAS 58 (1966) 829."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "59) Dieser Kurs ist nicht mit dem gleich nach der Priesterweihe vorgesehenen Pastoralkurs identisch, über den das Dekret über die Ausbildung der Priester Optatam totius, Nr. 22: AAS 58 (1966) 726f., handelt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "60) Vgl. II. Vat. Konzil, Dekret über die Hirtenaufgabe der Bischöfe in der Kirche Christus Dominus, Nr. 17: AAS 58 (1966) 681."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "61) Vgl. Mt 10,10; 1 Kor 9,7; 1 Tim 5,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "62) Vgl. 2 Kor 8,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "63) Vgl. Phil 4,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "64) Vgl. Joh 3,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "65) Vgl. 1 Petr 2,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "66) Vgl. Eph 2,22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "67) Vgl. Pont. Rom., Die Priesterweihe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "68) Vgl. Eph 3,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "69) Vgl. Kol 3,3."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651207_presbyterorum-ordinis_en.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-194-vat-ii_decree_19651207_presbyterorum-ordinis_en.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECREE ON THE MINISTRY AND LIFE OF PRIESTS PRESBYTERORUM ORDINIS PROMULGATED BY HIS HOLINESS, POPE PAUL VI ON DECEMBER 7, 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The excellence of the order of priests in the Church has already been recalled to the minds of all by this sacred synod.(1) Since, however, in the renewal of Christ's Church tasks of the greatest importance and of ever increasing difficulty are being given to this order, it was deemed most useful to treat of the subject of priests at greater length and with more depth. What is said here applies to all priests, especially those devoted to the care of souls, with suitable adaptations being made for priests who are religious. Priests by sacred ordination and mission which they receive from the bishops are promoted to the service of Christ the Teacher, Priest and King. They share in his ministry, a ministry whereby the Church here on earth is unceasingly built up into the People of God, the Body of Christ and the Temple of the Holy Spirit. Therefore, in order that their ministry be carried on more effectively and their lives be better provided for, in pastoral and human circumstances which very often change so profoundly, this sacred synod declares and decrees as follows."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE PRIESTHOOD IN THE MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Lord Jesus, \"whom the Father has sent into the world\" (Jn 10:36) has made his whole Mystical Body a sharer in the anointing of the Spirit with which he himself is anointed.(1) In him all the faithful are made a holy and royal priesthood; they offer spiritual sacrifices to God through Jesus Christ, and they proclaim the perfections of him who has called them out of darkness into his marvelous light.(2) Therefore, there is no member who does not have a part in the mission of the whole Body; but each one ought to hallow Jesus in his heart,(3) and in the spirit of prophecy bear witness to Jesus.(4)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The same Lord, however, has established ministers among his faithful to unite them together in one body in which, \"not all the members have the same function\" (Rom 12:4). These ministers in the society of the faithful are able by the sacred power of orders to offer sacrifice and to forgive sins,(5) and they perform their priestly office publicly for men in the name of Christ. Therefore, having sent the apostles just as he himself been sent by the Father,(6) Christ, through the apostles themselves, made their successors, the bishops,(7) sharers in his consecration and mission. The office of their ministry has been handed down, in a lesser degree indeed, to the priests.(8) Established in the order of the priesthood they can be co-workers of the episcopal order for the proper fulfillment of the apostolic mission entrusted to priests by Christ.(9)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The office of priests, since it is connected with the episcopal order, also, in its own degree, shares the authority by which Christ builds up, sanctifies and rules his Body. Wherefore the priesthood, while indeed it presupposes the sacraments of Christian initiation, is conferred by that special sacrament; through it priests, by the anointing of the Holy Spirit, are signed with a special character and are conformed to Christ the Priest in such a way that they can act in the person of Christ the Head.(10)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the measure in which they participate in the office of the apostles, God gives priests a special grace to be ministers of Christ among the people. They perform the sacred duty of preaching the Gospel, so that the offering of the people can be made acceptable and sanctified by the Holy Spirit.(11) Through the apostolic proclamation of the Gospel, the People of God are called together and assembled. All belonging to this people, since they have been sanctified by the Holy Spirit, can offer themselves as \"a sacrifice, living, holy, pleasing to God\" (Rom 12:1). Through the ministry of the priests, the spiritual sacrifice of the faithful is made perfect in union with the sacrifice of Christ. He is the only mediator who in the name of the whole Church is offered sacramentally in the Eucharist and in an unbloody manner until the Lord himself comes.(12) The ministry of priests is directed to this goal and is perfected in it. Their ministry, which begins with the evangelical proclamation, derives its power and force from the sacrifice of Christ. Its aim is that \"the entire commonwealth of the redeemed and the society of the saints be offered to God through the High Priest who offered himself also for us in his passion that we might be the body of so great a Head.\"(13)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The purpose, therefore, which priests pursue in their ministry and by their life is to procure the glory of God the Father in Christ. That glory consists in this-that men working freely and with a grateful spirit receive the work of God made perfect in Christ and then manifest it in their whole lives. Hence, priests, while engaging in prayer and adoration, or preaching the word, or offering the Eucharistic Sacrifice and administering the other sacraments, or performing other works of the ministry for men, devote all this energy to the increase of the glory of God and to man's progress in the divine life. All of this, since it comes from the Pasch of Christ, will be crowned by the glorious coming of the same Lord, when he hands over the Kingdom to God the Father.(14)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priests, who are taken from among men and ordained for men in the things that belong to God in order to offer gifts and sacrifices for sins,(15) nevertheless live on earth with other men as brothers. The Lord Jesus, the Son of God, a Man sent by the Father to men, dwelt among us and willed to become like his brethren in all things except sin.(16) The holy apostles imitated him. Blessed Paul, the doctor of the Gentiles, \"set apart for the Gospel of God\" (Rom 1:1) declares that he became all things to all men that he might save all.(17) Priests of the New Testament, by their vocation and ordination, are in a certain sense set apart in the bosom of the People of God. However, they are not to be separated from the People of God or from any person; but they are to be totally dedicated to the work for which the Lord has chosen them.(18) They cannot be ministers of Christ unless they be witnesses and dispensers of a life other than earthly life. But they cannot be of service to men if they remain strangers to the life and conditions of men.(19) Their ministry itself, by a special title, forbids that they be conformed to this world;(20) yet at the same time it requires that they live in this world among men. They are to live as good shepherds that know their sheep, and they are to seek to lead those who are not of this sheepfold that they, too, may hear the voice of Christ, so that there might be one fold and one shepherd.(21) To achieve this aim, certain virtues, which in human affairs are deservedly esteemed, contribute a great deal: such as goodness of heart, sincerity, strength and constancy of mind, zealous pursuit of justice, affability, and others. The Apostle Paul commends them saying: \"Whatever things are true, whatever honorable, whatever just, whatever holy, whatever loving, whatever of good repute, if there be any virtue, if anything is worthy of praise, think upon these things\" (Phil 4:8).(22)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Ministry of Priests"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SECTION I Priests' Functions"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The People of God are joined together primarily by the word of the living God.(1) And rightfully they expect this from their priests.(2) Since no one can be saved who does not first believe,(3) priests, as co-workers with their bishops, have the primary duty of proclaiming the Gospel of God to all.(4) In this way they fulfill the command of the Lord: \"Going therefore into the whole world preach the Gospel to every creature\" (Mk 16:15),(5) and they establish and build up the People of God. Through the saving word the spark of faith is lit in the hearts of unbelievers, and fed in the hearts of the faithful. This is the way that the congregation of faithful is started and grows, just as the Apostle describes: \"Faith comes from hearing, and hearing through the word of Christ\" (Rom 10:17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To all men, therefore, priests are debtors that the truth of the Gospel(6) which they have may be given to others. And so, whether by entering into profitable dialogue they bring people to the worship of God,(7) whether by openly preaching they proclaim the mystery of Christ, or whether in the light of Christ they treat contemporary problems, they are relying not on their own wisdom for it is the word of Christ they teach, and it is to conversion and holiness that they exhort all men.(8) But priestly preaching is often very difficult in the circumstances of the modern world. In order that it might more effectively move men's minds, the word of God ought not to be explained in a general and abstract way, but rather by applying the lasting truth of the Gospel to the particular circumstances of life."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The ministry of the word is carried out in many ways, according to the various needs of those who hear and the special gifts of those who preach. In areas or communities of non-Christians, the proclaiming of the Gospel draws men to faith and to the sacraments of salvation.(9) In the Christian community, especially among those who seem to understand and believe little of what they practice, the preaching of the word is needed for the very ministering of the sacraments. They are precisely sacraments of faith, a faith which is born of and nourished by the word.(10) This is especially true of the Liturgy of the Word in the celebration of Mass, in which the proclaiming of the death and resurrection of Christ is inseparably joined to the response of the people who hear, and to the very offering whereby Christ ratified the New Testament in his blood. In this offering the faithful are united both by their dispositions and by their discernment of the sacrament.(11)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "God, who alone is holy and who alone bestows holiness, willed to take as his companions and helpers men who would humbly dedicate themselves to the work of sanctification. Hence, through the ministry of the bishop, God consecrates priests, that being made sharers by special title in the priesthood of Christ, they might act as his ministers in performing sacred functions. In the liturgy they continue to carry on his priestly office by the action of his Spirit.(12) By Baptism men are truly brought into the People of God; by the sacrament of Penance sinners are reconciled to God and his Church; by the Anointing of the Sick, the ill are given solace; and especially by the celebration of Mass they offer sacramentally the Sacrifice of Christ. In administering all sacraments, as St. Ignatius Martyr(13) has borne witness from the early days of the Church, priests by various titles are bound together hierarchically with the bishop. And so in a certain way they make him present in every congregation.(14)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The other sacraments, as well as with every ministry of the Church and every work of the apostolate, are tied together with the Eucharist and are directed toward it.(15) The Most Blessed Eucharist contains the entire spiritual boon of the Church,(16) that is, Christ himself, our Pasch and Living Bread, by the action of the Holy Spirit through his very flesh vital and vitalizing, giving life to men who are thus invited and encouraged to offer themselves, their labors and all created things, together with him. In this light, the Eucharist shows itself as the source and the apex of the whole work of preaching the Gospel. Those under instruction are introduced by stages to a sharing in the Eucharist, and the faithful, already marked with the seal of Baptism and Confirmation, are through the reception of the Eucharist fully joined to the Body of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus the Eucharistic Action, over which the priest presides, is the very heart of the congregation. So priests must instruct their people to offer to God the Father the Divine Victim in the Sacrifice of the Mass, and to join to it the offering of their own lives. In the spirit of Christ the Shepherd, they must prompt their people to confess their sins with a contrite heart in the sacrament of Penance, so that, mindful of his words \"Repent for the kingdom of God is at hand\" (Mt 4:17), they are drawn closer to the Lord more and more each day. Priests likewise must instruct their people to participate in the celebrations of the sacred liturgy in such a way that they become proficient in genuine prayer. They must coax their people on to an ever more perfect and constant spirit of prayer for every grace and need. They must gently persuade everyone to the fulfillment of the duties of his state of life, and to greater progress in responding in a sensible way to the evangelical counsels. Finally, they must train the faithful to sing hymns and spiritual songs in their hearts to the Lord, always giving thanks to God the Father for all things in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ.(17)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priests themselves extend to the other hours of the day the praise and thanksgiving of the Eucharistic celebration in praying the Divine Office, offered in the name of the Church for all the people entrusted to their care, and indeed for the whole world."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The house of prayer in which the Most Holy Eucharist is celebrated and reserved, where the faithful gather and where the presence of the Son of God, our Savior, offered for us on the altar of sacrifice bestows strength and blessings on the faithful, must be spotless and suitable for prayer and sacred functions.(18) There pastors and the faithful are called to acknowledge with grateful heart the gift of him, Who through his humanity constantly pours divine life into the members of his Body.(19) Let priests take care so to foster a knowledge of and facility in the liturgy, that by their own liturgical ministry Christian communities entrusted to their care may ever more perfectly give praise to God, the Father, and Son, and Holy Spirit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exercising the office of Christ, the Shepherd and Head, and according to their share of his authority, priests, in the name of the bishop, gather the family of God together as a brotherhood enlivened by one spirit. Through Christ they lead them in the Holy Spirit to God the Father.(20) For the exercise of this ministry, as for the other priestly duties, spiritual power is conferred upon them for the building up of the Church.(21) In building up of the Church, priests must treat all with exceptional kindness in imitation of the Lord. They should act toward men, not as seeking to please them,(22) but in accord with the demands of Christian doctrine and life. They should teach them and admonish them as beloved sons,(23) according to the words of the Apostle: \"Be urgent in season, out of season, reprove, entreat, rebuke in all patience and doctrine\" (2 Tim 4:2).(24)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priests therefore, as educators in the faith, must see to it either by themselves or through others that the faithful are led individually in the Holy Spirit to a development of their own vocation according to the Gospel, to a sincere and practical charity, and to that freedom with which Christ has made us free.(25) Ceremonies however beautiful, or associations however flourishing, will be of little value if they are not directed toward the education of men to Christian maturity.(26) In furthering this, priests should help men to see what is required and what is God's will in the important and unimportant events of life. Also, Christians should be taught that they live not only for themselves, but, according to the demands of the new law of charity; as every man has received grace, he must administer the same to others.(27) In this way, all will discharge in a Christian manner their duties in the community of men."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although they have obligations toward all men, priests have a special obligation to the poor and weak entrusted to them, for our Lord himself showed that he was united to them,(28) and their evangelization is mentioned as a sign of messianic activity.(29) With special diligence, attention should be given to youth and also to married people and parents. It is desirable that these join together in friendly meetings for mutual aid in leading more easily and fully and in a Christian manner a life that is often difficult. Priests should remember that all religious, both men and women, who certainly have a distinguished place in the house of the Lord, deserve special care in their spiritual progress for the good of the whole Church. Finally, and above all, priests must be solicitous for the sick and the dying, visiting them and strengthening them in the Lord.(30)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The office of pastor is not confined to the care of the faithful as individuals, but also in a true sense is extended to the formation of a genuine Christian community. Yet the spirit of the community should be so fostered as to embrace not only the local church, but also the universal Church. The local community should promote not only the care of its own faithful, but, filled with a missionary zeal, it should prepare also the way to Christ for all men. In a special way, catechumens and the newly-baptized who must be educated gradually to know and to live the Christian life are entrusted to his care."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No Christian community, however, is built up unless it has its basis and center in the celebration of the most Holy Eucharist; from this, therefore, all education to the spirit of community must take its origin.(31) This celebration, if it is to be genuine and complete, should lead to various works of charity and mutual help, as well as to missionary activity and to different forms of Christian witness."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The ecclesial community by prayer, example, and works of penance, exercise a true motherhood toward souls who are to be led to Christ. The Christian community forms an effective instrument by which the path to Christ and his Church is pointed out and made smooth for non-believers. It is an effective instrument also for arousing, nourishing and strengthening the faithful for their spiritual combat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In building the Christian community, priests are never to put themselves at the service of some human faction of ideology, but, as heralds of the Gospel and shepherds of the Church, they are to spend themselves for the spiritual growth of the Body of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SECTION 2 Priests' Relationships with Others"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All priests, in union with bishops, so share in one and the same priesthood and ministry of Christ that the very unity of their consecration and mission requires their hierarchical communion with the order of bishops.(32) At times in an excellent manner they manifest this communion in liturgical concelebration as joined with the bishop when they celebrate the Eucharistic Sacrifice.(33) Therefore, by reason of the gift of the Holy Spirit which is given to priests in Holy Orders, bishops regard them as necessary helpers and counselors in the ministry and in their role of teaching, sanctifying and nourishing the People of God.(34) Already in the ancient ages of the Church we find liturgical texts proclaiming this with insistence, as when they solemnly call upon God to pour out upon the candidate for priestly ordination \"the spirit of grace and counsel, so that with a pure heart he may help and govern the People of God,\"(35) just as in the desert the spirit of Moses was spread abroad in the minds of the seventy prudent men,(36) \"and using them as helpers among the people, he easily governed countless multitudes.\"(37)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, on account of this communion in the same priesthood and ministry, bishops should regard priests as their brothers and friends(38) and be concerned as far as they are able for their material and especially for their spiritual well-being. For above all upon the bishops rests the heavy responsibility for the sanctity of their priests.(39) Therefore, they should exercise the greatest care in the continual formation of their priests.(40) They should gladly listen to their priests, indeed consult them and engage in dialogue with them in those matters which concern the necessities of pastoral work and welfare of the diocese. In order to put this into effect, there should be-in a manner suited to today's conditions and necessities,(41) and with a structure and norms to be determined by law-a body or senate(42) of priests representing all the priests. This representative body by its advice will be able to give the bishop effective assistance in the administration of the diocese."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priests, never losing sight of the fullness of the priesthood which the bishops enjoy, must respect in them the authority of Christ, the Supreme Shepherd. They must therefore stand by their bishops in sincere charity and obedience.(43) This priestly obedience, imbued with a spirit of cooperation is based on the very sharing in the episcopal ministry which is conferred on priests both through the Sacrament of Orders and the canonical mission.(44)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This union of priests with their bishops is all the more necessary today since in our present age, for various reasons, apostolic undertakings must necessarily not only take on many forms but frequently extend even beyond the boundaries of one parish or diocese. No priest, therefore, can on his own accomplish his mission in a satisfactory way. He can do so only by joining forces with other priests under the direction of the Church authorities."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priests by virtue of their ordination to the priesthood are united among themselves in an intimate sacramental brotherhood. In individual dioceses, priests form one priesthood under their own bishop. Even though priests are assigned to different duties, nevertheless they carry on one priestly ministry for men. All priests are sent as co-workers in the same apostolate, whether they engage in parochial or extra-parochial ministry. This is true whether they devote their efforts to scientific research or teaching, or whether by manual labor they share in the lot of the workers themselves-if there is need for this and competent authority approves-or finally whether they fulfill some other apostolic tasks or labor designed for the apostolate. All, indeed, are united in the building up of the Body of Christ which, especially in our times, requires manifold duties and new methods. It is very important that all priests, whether diocesan or religious, help one another always to be fellow workers in the truth.(45) Each one, therefore, is united in special bonds of apostolic charity, ministry and brotherhood with the other members of this priesthood. This has been manifested from ancient times in the liturgy when the priests present at an ordination are invited to impose hands together with the ordaining bishop on the new candidate, and with united hearts concelebrate the Sacred Eucharist. Each and every priest, therefore, is united with his fellow priests in a bond of charity, prayer and total cooperation. In this manner, they manifest that unity which Christ willed, namely, that his own be perfected in one so that the world might know that the Son was sent by the Father.(46)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Older priests, therefore, should receive younger priests as true brothers and help them in their first undertakings and priestly duties. The older ones should likewise endeavor to understand the mentality of younger priests, even though it be different from their own, and follow their projects with good will. By the same token, young priests should respect the age and experience of their seniors; they should seek their advice and willingly cooperate with them in everything that pertains to the care of souls. In a fraternal spirit, priests should extend hospitality,(47) cultivate kindliness and share their goods in common.(48) They should be particularly solicitous for the sick, the afflicted, those overburdened with work, the lonely, those exiled from their homeland, and those who suffer persecution.(49) They should gladly and joyfully gather together for recreation, remembering Christ's invitation to the weary apostles: \"Come aside to a desert place, and rest awhile\" (Mk 6:31). And further, in order that priests may find mutual assistance in the development of their spiritual and intellectual life, that they may be able to cooperate more effectively in their ministry and be saved from the dangers of loneliness which may arise, it is necessary that some kind of common life or some sharing of common life be encouraged among priests. This, however, may take many forms, according to different personal or pastoral needs, such as living together where this is possible, or having a common table, or at least by frequent and periodic meetings. One should hold also in high regard and eagerly promote those associations which, having been recognized by competent ecclesiastical authority, encourage priestly holiness in the ministry by the use of an appropriate and duly approved rule of life and by fraternal aid, intending thus to do service to the whole order of priests."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, by reason of the same communion in the priesthood, priests should realize that they are obliged in a special manner toward those priests who labor under certain difficulties. They should give them timely help, and also, if necessary, admonish them discreetly. Moreover, they should always treat with fraternal charity and magnanimity those who have failed in some matters, offer urgent prayers to God for them, and continually show themselves as true brothers and friends."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Though priests of the New Testament, in virtue of the sacrament of Orders, exercise the most outstanding and necessary office of father and teacher among and for the People of God, they are nevertheless, together with all Christ's faithful, disciples of the Lord, made sharers in his Kingdom by the grace of God's call.(50) For priests are brothers among brothers(51) with all those who have been reborn at the baptismal font. They are all members of one and the same Body of Christ, the building up of which is required of everyone.(52)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priests, therefore, must take the lead in seeking the things of Jesus Christ, not the things that are their own.(53) They must work together with the lay faithful, and conduct themselves in their midst after the example of their Master, who among men \"came not to be ministered unto, but to minister, and to give his life as redemption for many\" (Mt 20:28). Priests must sincerely acknowledge and promote the dignity of the laity and the part proper to them in the mission of the Church. And they should hold in high honor that just freedom which is due to everyone in the earthly city. They must willingly listen to the laity, consider their wants in a fraternal spirit, recognize their experience and competence in the different areas of human activity, so that together with them they will be able to recognize the signs of the times. While trying the spirits to see if they be of God,(54) priests should uncover with a sense of faith, acknowledge with joy and foster with diligence the various humble and exalted charisms of the laity. Among the other gifts of God, which are found in abundance among the laity, those are worthy of special mention by which not a few of the laity are attracted to a higher spiritual life. Likewise, they should confidently entrust to the laity duties in the service of the Church, allowing them freedom and room for action; in fact, they should invite them on suitable occasions to undertake worlds on their own initiative.(55)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally priests have been placed in the midst of the laity to lead them to the unity of charity, \"loving one another with fraternal love, eager to give one another precedence\" (Rom 12:10). It is their task, therefore, to reconcile differences of mentality in such a way that no one need feel himself a stranger in the community of the faithful. They are defenders of the common good, with which they are charged in the name of the bishop. At the same time, they are strenuous assertors of the truth, lest the faithful be carried about by every wind of doctrine.(56) They are united by a special solicitude with those who have fallen away from the use of the sacraments, or perhaps even from the faith. Indeed, as good shepherds, they should not cease from going out to them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mindful of the prescripts on ecumenism,(57) let them not forget their brothers who do not enjoy full ecclesiastical communion with us."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, they have entrusted to them all those who do not recognize Christ as their Savior."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Christian faithful, for their part, should realize their obligations to their priests, and with filial love they should follow them as their pastors and fathers. In like manner, sharing their cares, they should help their priests by prayer and work insofar as possible so that their priests might more readily overcome difficulties and be able to fulfill their duties more fruitfully.(58)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SECTION 3 The Distribution of Priests, and Vocations to the Priesthood"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The spiritual gift which priests receive at their ordination prepared them not for a sort of limited and narrow mission but for the widest possible and universal mission of salvation \"even to the ends of the earth\" (Acts 1:8), for every priestly ministry shares in the universality of the mission entrusted by Christ to his apostles. The priesthood of Christ, in which all priests really share, is necessarily intended for all peoples and all times, and it knows no limits of blood, nationality or time, since it is already mysteriously prefigured in the person of Melchisedech.(59) Let priests remember, therefore, that the care of all churches must be their intimate concern. Hence, priests of such dioceses as are rich in vocations should show themselves willing and ready, with the permission of their own ordinaries (bishops), to volunteer for work in other regions, missions or endeavors which are poor in numbers of clergy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Present norms of incardination and excardination should be so revised that, while this ancient institution still remains intact, they will better correspond to today's pastoral needs. Where a real apostolic spirit requires it, not only should a better distribution of priests be brought about but there should also be favored such particular pastoral works as are necessary in any region or nation anywhere on earth. To accomplish this purpose there should be set up international seminaries, special personal dioceses or prelatures (vicariates), and so forth, by means of which, according to their particular statutes and always saving the right of bishops, priests may be trained and incardinated for the good of the whole Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priests should not be sent singly to a new field of labor, especially to one where they are not completely familiar with the language and customs; rather, after the example of the disciples of Christ,(60) they should be sent two or three together so that they may be mutually helpful to one another. Likewise, thoughtful care should be given to their spiritual life as well as their mental and bodily welfare; and, so far as is possible, the circumstances and conditions of labor should be adapted to individual needs and capabilities. At the same time it will be quite advantageous if those priests who go to work in a nation new to them not only know well the language of that place but also the psychological and social milieu peculiar to the people they go to serve, so that they may communicate with them easily, thus following the example of Paul the Apostle who could say of himself: \"For when I was free of all I made myself the servant of all, that I might win over many. Among Jews I was a Jew that I might win over the Jews\" (1 Cor 9:19-20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Shepherd and Bishop of our souls(61) so constituted his Church that the people whom he chose and acquired by his blood(62) would have its priests to the end of time, and that Christians would never be like sheep without a shepherd.(63) Recognizing Christ's desire, and at the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, the apostles considered it their duty to select men \"who will be capable of teaching others\" (2 Tim 2:2). This duty, then, is a part oœ the priestly mission by which every priest becomes a sharer in the care of the whole Church, lest ministers be ever lacking for the People of God on earth. Since, however, there is common cause between the captain of a ship and the sailors,(64) let all Christian people be taught that it is their duty to cooperate in one way or another, by constant prayer and other means at their disposal,(65) that the Church will always have a sufficient number of priests to carry out her divine mission. In the first place, therefore, it is the duty of priests, by the ministry of the word and by the example of their own lives, showing forth the spirit of service and the paschal joy to demonstrate to the faithful the excellence and necessity of the priesthood; then they should see to it that young men and adults whom they judge worthy of such ministry should be called by their bishops to ordination, sparing no effort or inconvenience in helping them to prepare for this call, always saving their internal and external freedom of action. In this effort, diligent and prudent spiritual direction is of the greatest value. Parents and teachers and all who are engaged in any way in the education of boys and young men should so prepare them that they will recognize the solicitude of our Lord for his flock, will consider the needs of the Church, and will be prepared to respond generously to our Lord when he calls, saying: \"Here I am Lord, send me\" (Is 6:8). This voice of the Lord calling, however, is never to be expected as something which in an extraordinary manner will be heard by the ears of the future priest. It is rather to be known and understood in the manner in which the will of God is daily made known to prudent Christians. These indications should be carefully noted by priests.(66)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Works favoring vocations, therefore, whether diocesan or national, are highly recommended to the consideration of priests.(67) In sermons, in catechetical instructions, and written articles, priests should set forth the needs of the Church both locally and universally, putting into vivid light the nature and excellence of the priestly ministry, which consoles heavy burdens with great joys, and in which in a special way, as the Fathers of the Church point out, the greatest love of Christ can be shown.(68)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Life of Priests"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SECTION 1 The Vocation of Priests to the Life of Perfection"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priests are made in the likeness of Christ the Priest by the Sacrament of Orders, so that they may, in collaboration with their bishops, work for the building up and care of the Church which is the whole Body of Christ, acting as ministers of him who is the Head. Like all other Christians they have received in the sacrament of Baptism the symbol and gift of such a calling and such grace that even in human weakness(1) they can and must seek for perfection, according to the exhortation of Christ: \"Be you therefore perfect, as your Heavenly Father is perfect\" (Mt 5:48). Priests are bound, however, to acquire that perfection in special fashion. They have been consecrated by God in a new manner at their ordination and made living instruments of Christ the Eternal Priest that they may be able to carry on in time his marvelous work whereby the entire family of man is again made whole by power from above.(2) Since, therefore, every priest in his own fashion acts in place of Christ himself, he is enriched by a special grace, so that, as he serves the flock committed to him and the entire People of God, he may the better grow in the grace of him whose tasks he performs, because to the weakness of our flesh there is brought the holiness of him who for us was made a High Priest \"holy, guiltless, undefiled not reckoned among us sinners\" (Heb 7:26)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christ, whom the Father sanctified, consecrated and sent into the world,(3) \"gave himself for us that he might redeem us from all iniquity and cleanse for himself an acceptable people, pursuing good works\" (Tt 2:14), and thus through suffering entered into his glory.(4) In like fashion, priests consecrated by the anointing of the Holy Spirit and sent by Christ must mortify the works of the flesh in themselves and give themselves entirely to the service of men. It is in this way that they can go forward in that holiness with which Christ endows them to perfect man.(5)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hence, those who exercise the ministry of the spirit and of justice(6) will be confirmed in the life of the spirit, so long as they are open to the Spirit of Christ, who gives them life and direction. By the sacred actions which are theirs daily as well as by their entire ministry which they share with the bishop and their fellow priests, they are directed to perfection in their lives. Holiness does much for priests in carrying on a fruitful ministry. Although divine grace could use unworthy ministers to effect the work of salvation, yet for the most part God chooses, to show forth his wonders, those who are more open to the power and direction of the Holy Spirit, and who can by reason of their close union with Christ and their holiness of life say with St. Paul: \"And yet I am alive; or rather, not I; it is Christ that lives in me\" (Gal 2:20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hence, this holy council, to fulfill its pastoral desires of an internal renewal of the Church, of the spread of the Gospel in every land and of a dialogue with the world of today, strongly urges all priests that they strive always for that growth in holiness by which they will become consistently better instruments in the service of the whole People of God, using for this purpose those means which the Church has approved.(7)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priests who perform their duties sincerely and indefatigably in the Spirit of Christ arrive at holiness by this very fact."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since they are ministers of God's word, each day they read and hear the word of God, which it is their task to teach others. If at the same time they are ready to receive the word themselves they will grow daily into more perfect followers of the Lord. As St. Paul wrote to Timothy, \"Let this be thy study, these thy employments, so that all may see how well thou doest. Two things claim thy attention, thyself and the teaching of the faith, spend thy care on them; so wilt thou and those who listen to thee achieve salvation\" (1 Tim 4:15-16). As they seek how they may better teach others what they have learned,(8) they will better understand \"the unfathomable riches of Christ\" (Eph 3:8) and the manifold wisdom of God.(9) If they keep in mind that it is God who opens hearts,(10) and that power comes not from themselves but from the might of God,(11) in the very fact of teaching God's word they will be brought closer to Christ the Teacher and led by his Spirit. Thus those who commune with Christ share in God's love, the mystery of which, kept hidden from the beginning of time,(12) is revealed in Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priests act especially in the person of Christ as ministers of holy things, particularly in the Sacrifice of the Mass, the sacrifice of Christ who gave himself for the sanctification of men. Hence, they are asked to take example from that with which they deal, and inasmuch as they celebrate the mystery of the Lord's death they should keep their bodies free of wantonness and lusts.(13) In the mystery of the Eucharistic Sacrifice, in which priests fulfill their greatest task, the work of our redemption is being constantly carried on;(14) and hence the daily celebration of Mass is strongly urged, since even if there cannot be present a number of the faithful, it is still an act of Christ and of the Church.(15) Thus when priests join in the act of Christ the Priest, they offer themselves entirely to God, and when they are nourished with the body of Christ they profoundly share in the love of him who gives himself as food to the faithful. In like fashion they are united with the intention and love of Christ when they administer the sacraments. This is true in a special way when in the performance of their duty in the sacrament of Penance they show themselves altogether and always ready whenever the sacrament is reasonably sought by the faithful. In the recitation of the Divine Office, they offer the voice of the Church which perseveres in prayer in the name of the whole human race, together with Christ who \"lives on still to make intercession on our behalf.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As they direct and nourish the People of God, may they be aroused by the example of the Good Shepherd that they may give their life for their sheep,(16) ready for the supreme sacrifice following the example of priests who, even in our own day, have not shrunk from giving their lives. As they are leaders in the faith and as they \"enter the sanctuary with confidence, through the blood of Christ\" (Heb 10:19) they approach God \"with sincere hearts in the full assurance of the faith\" (Heb 10:22) they set up a sure hope for their faithful,(17) that they may comfort those who are depressed by the same consolation wherewith God consoles them.(18) As leaders of the community they cultivate an asceticism becoming to a shepherd of souls, renouncing their personal convenience, seeking not what is useful to themselves but to many, for their salvation,(19) always making further progress to do their pastoral work better and, where needful, prepared to enter into new pastoral ways under the direction of the Spirit of Love, which breathes where it will.(20)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the world of today, when people are so burdened with duties and their problems, which oftentimes have to be solved with great haste, range through so many fields, there is considerable danger of dissipating their energy. Priests, too, involved and constrained by so many obligations of their office, certainly have reason to wonder how they can coordinate and balance their interior life with feverish outward activity. Neither the mere external performance of the works of the ministry, nor the exclusive engagement in pious devotion, although very helpful, can bring about this necessary coordination. Priests can arrive at this only by following the example of Christ our Lord in their ministry. His food was to follow the will of him who had sent him to accomplish his work.(21)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order to continue doing the will of his Father in the world, Christ works unceasingly through the Church. He operates through his ministers, and hence he remains always the source and wellspring of the unity of their lives. Priests, then, can achieve this coordination and unity of life by joining themselves with Christ to acknowledge the will of the Father. For them this means a complete gift of themselves to the flock committed to them.(22) Hence, as they fulfill the role of the Good Shepherd, in the very exercise of their pastoral charity they will discover a bond of priestly perfection which draws their life and activity to unity and coordination. This pastoral charity(23) flows out in a very special way from the Eucharistic sacrifice. This stands as the root and center of the whole life of a priest. What takes place on the altar of sacrifice, the priestly heart must make his own. This cannot be done unless priests through prayer continue to penetrate more deeply into the mystery of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order to measure and verify this coordination of life in a concrete way, let priests examine all their works and projects to see what is the will of God(24)-namely, to see how their endeavors compare with the goals of the Gospel mission of the Church. Fidelity to Christ cannot be separated from faithfulness to his Church. Pastoral charity requires that priests avoid operating in a vacuum(25) and that they work in a strong bond of union with their bishops and brother priests. If this be their program, priests will find the coordination and unity of their own life in the oneness of the Church's mission. They will be joined with the Lord and through him with the Father in the Holy Spirit. This will bring them great satisfaction and a full measure of happiness.(26)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SECTION 2 Special Spiritual Requirements in the Life of a Priest"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Among the virtues that priests must possess for their sacred ministry none is so important as a frame of mind and soul whereby they are always ready to know and do the will of him who sent them and not their own will.(27) The divine task that they are called by the Holy Spirit to fulfill(28) surpasses all human wisdom and human ability. \"God chooses the weak things of the world to confound the strong\" (1 Cor 1:27). Aware of his own weakness, the true minister of Christ works in humility trying to do what is pleasing to God.(29) Filled with the Holy Spirit,(30) he is guided by him who desires the salvation of all men. He understands this desire of God and follows it in the ordinary circumstances of his everyday life. With humble disposition he waits upon all whom God has sent him to serve in the work assigned to him and in the multiple experiences of his life."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "However, the priestly ministry, since it is the ministry of the Church itself, can only function in the hierarchical union of the whole body. Pastoral charity, therefore, urges priests, as they operate in the framework of this union, to dedicate their own will by obedience to the service of God and their fellow men. In a great spirit of faith, let them receive and execute whatever orders the holy father, their own bishop, or other superiors give or recommend."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With a willing heart let them spend and even exhaust themselves(31) in whatever task they are given, even though it be menial and unrecognized. They must preserve and strengthen a necessary oneness with their brothers in the ministry, especially with those whom God has selected as visible rulers of his Church. For in this way they are laboring to build the Body of Christ which grows \"through every gesture of service.\"(32) This obedience is designed to promote the mature freedom of the children of God; by its very nature it postulates that in the carrying out of their work, spurred on by charity, they develop new approaches and methods for the greater good of the Church. With enthusiasm and courage, let priests propose new projects and strive to satisfy the needs of their flocks. Of course, they must be ready to submit to the decisions of those who rule the Church of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By this humility and by willing responsible obedience, priests conform themselves to Christ. They make their own the sentiments of Jesus Christ who \"emptied himself, taking on the form of a servant,\" becoming obedient even to death (Phil 2:7-9). By this obedience he conquered and made up for the disobedience of Adam, as the Apostle testifies, \"for as by the disobedience of one man, many were made sinners, so also by the obedience of one, many shall be made just\"(Rom 5:19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Celibacy is to be embraced and esteemed as a gift). Perfect and perpetual continence for the sake of the Kingdom of Heaven, commended by Christ the Lord(33) and through the course of time as well as in our own days freely accepted and observed in a praiseworthy manner by many of the faithful, is held by the Church to be of great value in a special manner for the priestly life. It is at the same time a sign and a stimulus for pastoral charity and a special source of spiritual fecundity in the world.(34) Indeed, it is not demanded by the very nature of the priesthood, as is apparent from the practice of the early Church(35) and from the traditions of the Eastern Churches. where, besides those who with all the bishops, by a gift of grace, choose to observe celibacy, there are also married priests of highest merit. This holy synod, while it commends ecclesiastical celibacy, in no way intends to alter that different discipline which legitimately flourishes in the Eastern Churches. It permanently exhorts all those who have received the priesthood and marriage to persevere in their holy vocation so that they may fully and generously continue to expend themselves for the sake of the flock commended to them.(36)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Indeed, celibacy has a many-faceted suitability for the priesthood. For the whole priestly mission is dedicated to the service of a new humanity which Christ, the victor over death, has aroused through his Spirit in the world and which has its origin \"not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man but of God (Jn 1:13). Through virginity, then, or celibacy observed for the Kingdom of Heaven,(37) priests are consecrated to Christ by a new and exceptional reason. They adhere to him more easily with an undivided heart,(38) they dedicate themselves more freely in him and through him to the service of God and men, and they more expeditiously minister to his Kingdom and the work of heavenly regeneration, and thus they are apt to accept, in a broad sense, paternity in Christ. In this way they profess themselves before men as willing to be dedicated to the office committed to them-namely, to commit themselves faithfully to one man and to show themselves as a chaste virgin for Christ(39) and thus to evoke the mysterious marriage established by Christ, and fully to be manifested in the future, in which the Church has Christ as her only Spouse.(40) They give, moreover, a living sign of the world to come, by a faith and charity already made present, in which the children of the resurrection neither marry nor take wives.(41)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For these reasons, based on the mystery of Christ and his mission, celibacy, which first was recommended to priests, later in the Latin Church was imposed upon all who were to be promoted to sacred orders. This legislation, pertaining to those who are destined for the priesthood, this holy synod again approves and confirms, fully trusting this gift of the Spirit so fitting for the priesthood of the New Testament, freely given by the Father, provided that those who participate in the priesthood of Christ through the sacrament of Orders-and also the whole Church-humbly and fervently pray for it. This sacred synod also exhorts all priests who, in following the example of Christ, freely receive sacred celibacy as a grace of God, that they magnanimously and wholeheartedly adhere to it, and that persevering faithfully in it, they may acknowledge this outstanding gift of the Father which is so openly praised and extolled by the Lord.(42) Let them keep before their eyes the great mysteries signified by it and fulfilled in it. Insofar as perfect continence is thought by many men to be impossible in our times, to that extent priests should all the more humbly and steadfastly pray with the Church for that grace of fidelity, which is never denied those who seek it, and use all the supernatural and natural aids available. They should especially seek, lest they omit them, the ascetical norms which have been proved by the experience of the Church and which are scarcely less necessary in the contemporary world. This holy synod asks not only priests but all the faithful that they might receive this precious gift of priestly celibacy in their hearts and ask of God that he will always bestow this gift upon his Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Relationship to the world and temporal goods, and voluntary poverty.) In their friendly and brotherly dealings with one another and with other men, priests are able to learn and appreciate human values and esteem created goods as gifts of God. By living in the world, let priests know how not to be of the world, according to the word of our Lord and Master.(43) By using the world as those who do not use it,(44) let them achieve that freedom whereby they are free from every inordinate concern and become docile to the voice of God in their daily life. From this freedom and docility grows spiritual discretion in which is found the right relationship to the world and earthly goods. Such a right relationship is of great importance to priests, because the mission of the Church is fulfilled in the midst of the world and because created goods are altogether necessary for the personal development of man. Let them be grateful, therefore, for all that the heavenly Father has given them to lead a full life rightly, but let them see all that comes to them in the light of faith, so that they might correctly use goods in response to the will of God and reject those which are harmful to their mission."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For priests who have the Lord as their \"portion and heritage,\" (Num 18:20) temporal goods should be used only toward ends which are licit according to the doctrine of Christ and the direction of the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesiastical goods, properly so called, according to their nature and ecclesiastical law, should be administered by priests with the help of capable laymen as far as possible and should always be employed for those purposes in the pursuit of which it is licit for the Church to possess temporal goods-namely, for the carrying out of divine worship, for the procuring of honest sustenance for the clergy, and for the exercise of the works of the holy apostolate or works of charity, especially in behalf of the needy.(45) Those goods which priests and bishops receive for the exercise of their ecclesiastical office should be used for adequate support and the fulfillment of their office and status, excepting those governed by particular laws.(46) That which is in excess they should be willing to set aside for the good of the Church or for works of charity. Thus they are not to seek ecclesiastical office or the benefits of it for the increase of their own family wealth.(47) Therefore, in no way placing their heart in treasures,(48) they should avoid all greediness and carefully abstain from every appearance of business."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priests, moreover, are invited to embrace voluntary poverty by which they are more manifestly conformed to Christ and become eager in the sacred ministry. For Christ, though he was rich, became poor on account of us, that by his need we might become rich.(49) And by their example the apostles witnessed that a free gift of God is to be freely given,(50) with the knowledge of how to sustain both abundance and need.(51) A certain common use of goods, similar to the common possession of goods in the history of the primitive Church,(52) furnishes an excellent means of pastoral charity. By living this form of life, priests can laudably reduce to practice that spirit of poverty commended by Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Led by the Spirit of the Lord, who anointed the Savior and sent him to evangelize the poor,(53) priests, therefore, and also bishops, should avoid everything which in any way could turn the poor away. Before the other followers of Christ, let priests set aside every appearance of vanity in their possessions. Let them arrange their homes so that they might not appear unapproachable to anyone, lest anyone, even the most humble, fear to visit them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SECTION THREE Aids to the Life of Priests"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Aids to encourage the spiritual life.) In order that, in all conditions of life, they may be able to grow in union with Christ, priests, besides the exercise of their conscious ministry, enjoy the common and particular means, old and new, which the Spirit never ceases to arouse in the People of God and which the Church commends, and sometimes commands,(54) for the sanctification of her members. Outstanding among all these spiritual aids are those acts by which the faithful are nourished in the Word of God at the double table of the Sacred Scripture and the Eucharist.(55) The importance of frequent use of these for the sanctification of priests is obvious to all. The ministers of sacramental grace are intimately united to Christ our Savior and Pastor through the fruitful reception of the sacraments, especially sacramental Penance, in which, prepared by the daily examination of conscience, the necessary conversion of heart and love for the Father of Mercy is greatly deepened. Nourished by spiritual reading, under the light of faith, they can more diligently seek signs of God's will and impulses of his grace in the various events of life, and so from day to day become more docile to the mission they have assumed in the Holy Spirit. They will always find a wonderful example of such docility in the Blessed Virgin Mary, who was led by the Holy Spirit to dedicate herself totally to the mystery of man's redemption.(56) Let priests love and venerate with filial devotion and veneration this mother of the Eternal Highpriest, Queen of Apostles and Protector of their own ministry."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the fulfillment of their ministry with fidelity to the daily colloquy with Christ, a visit to and veneration of the Most Holy Eucharist, spiritual retreats and spiritual direction are of great worth. In many ways, but especially through mental prayer and the vocal prayers which they freely choose, priests seek and fervently pray that God will grant them the spirit of true adoration whereby they themselves, along with the people committed to them, may intimately unite themselves with Christ the Mediator of the New Testament, and so as adopted children of God may be able to call out \"Abba, Father\" (Rom 8:15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Study and pastoral knowledge.) Priests are admonished by their bishop in the sacred rite of ordination that they \"be mature in knowledge\" and that their doctrine be \"spiritual medicine for the People of God.\"(57) The knowledge of the sacred minister ought to be sacred because it is drawn from the sacred source and directed to a sacred goal. Especially is it drawn from reading and meditating on the Sacred Scriptures,(58) and it is equally nourished by the study of the Holy Fathers and other Doctors and monuments or tradition. In order, moreover, that they may give apt answers to questions posed by men of this age, it is necessary for priests to know well the doctrines of the magisterium and the councils and documents of the Roman pontiffs and to consult the best of prudent writers of theological science."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since human culture and also sacred science has progressed in our times, priests are urged to suitably and without interruption perfect their knowledge of divine things and human affairs and so prepare themselves to enter more opportunely into conversation with their contemporaries."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, let priests more readily study and effectively learn the methods of evangelization and the apostolate. Let opportune aids be prepared with all care, such as the institution of courses and meetings according to territorial conditions, the erection of centers of pastoral studies, the establishment of libraries, and the qualified supervision of studies by suitable persons. Moreover, let bishops, either individually or united in groups, see to it that all their priests at established intervals, especially a few years after their ordination,(59) may be able to frequent courses in which they will be given the opportunity to acquire a fuller knowledge of pastoral methods and theological science, both in order that they may strengthen their spiritual life and mutually communicate their apostolic experiences with their brothers.(60) New pastors and those who have newly begun pastoral work, as well as those who are sent to other dioceses or nations, should be helped by these and other suitable means with special care."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, the bishops will be solicitous that there will be some who dedicate themselves to a deeper study of theology, that there will not be lacking suitable teachers for the formation of clerics, that the rest of the priests and the faithful will be helped to acquire the doctrine they need, and that healthy progress will be encouraged in the sacred disciplines, so necessary for the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Providing equitable remuneration for priests.) As those dedicated to the service of God and the fulfillment of the office entrusted to them, priests deserve to receive an equitable remuneration, because \"the laborer is worthy of his hire,\" (Lk 10:7)(61) and \"the Lord directed that those who preach the Gospel should have their living from the Gospel\" (1 Cor 9:14). Wherefore, insofar as an equitable remuneration of the priests would not be provided otherwise, the faithful themselves-that is, those in whose behalf the priest labors-are truly obliged to see to it that they can provide what help is necessary for the honorable and worthy life of the priests. The bishops, however, should admonish the faithful concerning this obligation of theirs. And they should see to if whether each individual for his own diocese or, more aptly, several together for their common territory-that norms are established according to which suitable support is rightly provided for those who do fulfill or have fulfilled a special office in the service of the People of God. The remuneration received by each one, in accord with his office and the conditions of time and place, should be fundamentally the same for all in the same circumstances and befitting his station. Moreover, those who have dedicated themselves to the service of the priesthood, by reason of the remuneration they receive, should not only be able to honorably provide for themselves but also themselves be provided with some means of helping the needy. For the ministry to the poor has always been held in great honor in the Church from its beginnings. Furthermore, this remuneration should be such that it will permit priests each year to take a suitable and sufficient vacation, something which indeed the bishops should see that their priests are able to have."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Special importance ought to be given to the office fulfilled by sacred ministers. Therefore the so-called system of benefices should be relinquished or at least so reformed that the place of the benefits, or the right to revenue from the endowment attached to an office, would be held as secondary, and the first place in law would be given to the ecclesiastical office itself. From this it should be understood that whatever office is conferred in a stable manner is to be exercised for a spiritual purpose."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(On setting up common funds and establishing a system of social assistance for priests.) We should always keep before our eyes the example of the faithful of the early Church in Jerusalem, who \"held all things in common\" (Acts 4;32) \"and distribution was made to each according to each one's need\" (Acts 4:35). So it is supremely fitting, at least in regions where the support of the clergy completely or largely depends on the offerings of the faithful, that their offerings for this purpose be collected by a particular diocesan institution, which the bishop administers with the help of priests and, when useful, of laymen who are expert in financial matters. Further it is hoped that insofar as is possible in individual dioceses or regions there be established a common fund enabling bishops to satisfy obligations to other deserving persons and meet the needs of various dioceses. This would also enable wealthier dioceses to help the poorer, that the need of the latter might be supplemented by the abundance of the former.(62) These common funds, even though they should be principally made up of the offerings of the faithful, also should be provided for by other duly established sources."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, in nations where social security for the clergy is not yet aptly established, let the episcopal conferences see to it that-in accord with ecclesiastical and civil laws-there may be either diocesan institutes, whether federated with one another or established for various dioceses together, or territorial associations, which under the vigilance of the hierarchy would make sufficient and suitable provision for a program of preventive medicine, and the necessary support of priests who suffer from sickness, invalid conditions or old age. Let priests share in this established institute, prompted by a spirit of solidarity with their brothers to take part in their tribulations(63) while at the same time being freed from an anxious concern for their own future so that they can cultivate evangelical poverty more readily and give themselves fully to the salvation of souls. Let those in charge of this act to bring together the institutes of various nations in order that their strength he more firmly achieved and more broadly based."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Having before our eyes the joys of the priestly life, this holy synod cannot at the same time overlook the difficulties which priests experience in the circumstances of contemporary life. For we know how much economic and social conditions are transformed, and even more how much the customs of men are changed, how much the scale of values is changed in the estimation of men. As a result, the ministers of the Church and sometimes the faithful themselves feel like strangers in this world, anxiously looking for the ways and words with which to communicate with it. For there are new obstacles which have arisen to the faith: the seeming unproductivity of work done, and also the bitter loneliness which men experience can lead them to the danger of becoming spiritually depressed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The world which today is entrusted to the loving ministry of the pastors of the Church is that which God so loved that he would give his only Son for it.(1) Truly this world, indeed weighed down with many sins but also endowed with many talents, provides the Church with the living stones(2) which are built up into the dwelling place of God in the Spirit.(3) This same Holy Spirit, while impelling the Church to open new ways to go to the world of today, suggests and favors the growth of fitting adaptations in the ministry of priests."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priests should remember that in performing their office they are never alone, but strengthened by the power of Almighty God, and believing in Christ who called them to share in his Priesthood, they should devote themselves to their ministry with complete trust, knowing that God can cause charity to grow in them.(4) Let them be mindful of their brothers in the priesthood as well, and also of the faithful of the entire world who are associated with them. For all priests cooperate in carrying out the saving plan of God,(5) that is, the Mystery of Christ, the sacrament hidden from the ages in God, which is only brought to fulfillment little by little through the collaboration of many ministries in building up the Body of Christ until it grows to the fullness of time. All this, hidden with Christ in God,(6) can be uniquely perceived by faith. For the leaders of the People of God must walk by faith, following the example of faithful Abraham, who in faith \"obeyed by going out into a place which he was to receive for an inheritance; and he went out not knowing where he was going\" (Heb 11:8). Indeed, the dispenser of the mysteries of God can see himself in the man who sowed his field, of whom the Lord said: \"then sleep and rise, night and day, and the seed should sprout without his knowing\" (Mk 4:27). As for the rest, the Lord Jesus, who said: \"Take courage, I have overcome the world,\" (Jn 16:33) did not by these words promise his Church a perfect victory in this world. Certainly this holy synod rejoices that the earth has been sown with the seed of the Gospel which now bears fruit in many places, under the direction of the Holy Spirit who fills the whole earth and who has stirred up a missionary spirit in the hearts of many priests and faithful. Concerning all this, this holy synod gives fervent thanks to the priests of the entire world. \"Now to him who is able to accomplish all things in a measure far beyond what we ask or conceive in keeping with the power that is at work in us-to him be glory in the Church and in Christ Jesus\" (Eph 3:20-21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Preface"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Second Vatican Council, Constitution on the Sacred Liturgy, Dec. 4, 1963; AAS 56 (1964) pp 7ff; Dogmatic Constitution Lumen Gentium Nov. 21, 1964: AAS 57 (1965) p 5ff; Decree Christus Dominus on Pastoral Duties of Bishops, Oct. 28, 1965; Decree on Priestly Training, Oct. 28, 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter 1"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Mt 3:16; Lk 4:18; Acts 4:27, 10:38."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Pt 2:5,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Pt 3:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4.Cf. Rev 19:10; Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution Lumen Gentium, Nov. 21, 1964, n 35: AAS 57 (1965) p 40-41."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Council of Trent, 23rd session, chapter 1, canon 1: Denzinger 957 and 961 (1764 and 1771)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Jn 20:21; Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution Lumen Gentium, Nov. 21, 1964, n 22: AAS 57 (1965) pp 21-28."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution Lumen Gentium, Nov. 21, 1964, n 22: AAS 57 (1965) pp 33-36."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. ibid"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Roman Pontifical Ordination of a Priest, preface. These words are already found in the Verona Sacramentary (ed. L.C. Moehlberg, Rome 1956, p 122); also in Frankish Missal (ed. L.C. Moehlberg, Rome 1957, p 9) and in the Book of Sacramentaries of the Roman Church (ed. L.C. Moehlberg, Rome 1960, p 25) and Roman German Pontificals (ed. Vogel-Elze, Vatican City 1963, vol. I, p 34)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution Lumen Gentium, Nov. 21, 1964, n 10: AAS 57 (1965) pp 14-15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom 15:16 (Greek)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Cor 11:26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13 St. Augustine, De Civitate Dei 10, 6: PL 41, 284."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Cor 15:24."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Heb 5:1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Heb 2:17; 4:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Cor 9:19-23 (Vg.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Acts 13:2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Paul VI, encyclical Ecclesiam Suam, Aug.6, 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp 627 and 638."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rom 12:2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Jn 10:14-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. St. Polycarp, Epist. ad Philippenses, 6, 1 (ed. F.X. Funk, Apostolic Fathers, I, p 303)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter 2"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Pt 1:23; Acts 6:7; 12:24. \"(The apostles) preached the word of truth and founded Churches.\" (St. Augustine, On Psalms, 44, 23; PL 36, 508)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Mal 2:7; 1 Tim 4:11-13; 1 Tim 1:9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Mk 16:16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor 11:7. All that has been said regarding bishops also applies to priests inasmuch as they are cooperators of the bishops. Cf. Statuta Ecclesiae Antiqua, c. 3 (ed. Ch. Munier, Paris 1960, p 79); Decree of Gracian, c. 6, D.88 (ed. Friedberg, 1, 307); Council of Trent, Decree De Reform., Session 5, c. 2, n 9 (Ecumenical Council Decrees, ed. Herder, Rome 1963, p 645); Session 24, c. 4 (p 739); Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution Lumen Gentium, Nov. 21, 1964, n 25: AAS 57 (1965), pp 29-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Constitutiones Apostolorum II, 26, 7: \"(Priests) are teachers of sacred science as the Lord himself commanded when he said: 'Going, therefore, teach, etc.'\" (ed. F.X. Funk, Didascalia et Constitutiones Apostolorum, I, Paderborn 1905, p 105); Leonine Sacramentary and other sacramentaries up to the Roman Pontifical, preface of the ordination of priests: \"By this providence, Lord, you have added to the apostles of your Son fellow teachers of the faith through whom the apostles have filled the whole world with their teaching.\" Ordo Book of the Mozarabic Liturgy, preface to the ordination of priests: \"Teacher of peoples and ruler of subjects, he keeps intact the Catholic faith and announces true salvation to all.\" (ed. M. Ferotin, Paris, 1904, col. 55)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Gal 2:5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Pt 2:12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Rite of priestly ordination in the Alexandrian Jocobite Church: \"...Gather your people to the word of doctrine like a foster-mother who nourishes her children\" (H. Denzinger, Oriental Rites, Book II, Wurzburg 1863, p 14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Mt 28:19; Mk 16:16; Tertullian, On Baptism, 14, 2 (The Body of Christians, Latin Series, I p 289, 11-13); St. Athanasius, Against the Arians, 2, 42 (PG 26, 237); St. Jerome, On Matthew, 28, 19 (PL 26, 218 BC): \"First let them teach all nations, and then pour water on those who have learned. It cannot be that the body receive the sacrament of baptism unless the soul first has received the truth of faith;\" St. Thomas, \"Exposition of the first decretal,\" n 1: \"Sending his disciples to preach, our Savior enjoined on them three things: first, that they teach the faith; second, that they confer the sacraments on believers.... (ed. Marietti, Opuscula Theologica, Taurini-Rome 1954, 1138)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council, Constitution on the Sacred Liturgy, Dec. 4, 1963, n 35, 2: AAS 56 (1964), p 109."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. ibid, nn 33, 35, 48, 52 (pp 108-109, 113, 114)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. ibid, n 7 (pp 100-101); Pius XII, encyclical letter, Mystici Corporis, June 29, 1943: AAS 35 (1943), p 230."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "St. Ignatius Martyr, Smyrn., 8, 1-2 (ed. F.X. Funk, p 282, 6-15); Constitutions of the Apostles, VIII, 12, 3 (ed. F.X. Funk, p 496); VIII,29, 2 (p 532)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution Lumen Gentium, Nov. 21, 1964, n 28: AAS 57 (1965), pp 33-36."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"The Eucharist indeed is a quasi consummation of the spiritual life, and the goal of all the sacraments\" (St. Thomas, Summa Theol. III, q.73, a.3 c); cf. Summa Theol. III, q. 65, a. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. St. Thomas, Summa Theol. III, q. 65, a. 3, ad 1; q. 79, a.1, c. and ad 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph 5:19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. St. Jerome, Epistles, 114, 2 (PL 22, 934), See Second Vatican Council, Constitution on the Sacred Liturgy, Dec. 4, 1963, nn 122-127: AAS 56 (1964), pp 130-132."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Paul VI, encyclical letter Mysterium Fidei, Sept. 3, 1965: AAS 57 (1965), p 771."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor 10:8; 13:10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Gal 1:10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Cor 4:14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Didascalia, II, 34, 3; II, 46, 6; II,47, 1; Constitutions of the Apostles, II, 47, 1 (ed. F.X. Funk, Didascalia and Constitutions, I, pp 116, 142 and 143)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Gal 4:3; 5:1 and 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. St. Jerome, Epistles, 58, 7 (PL 22, 584)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Pt 4:10 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Mt 25:34-45."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Lk 4:18."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Other categories could be named, e.g. migrants, nomads, etc. The Decree on the Pastoral Duties of Bishops, Oct. 28, 1965, treats of these."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Didascalia, II, 59, 1-3 (ed. F.X. Funk, I, p 170); Paul VI, allocution to Italian clergy present at the 13th week-long congress at Orvieto on pastoral aggiornamento, Sept. 6, 1963: AAS 55 (1963) pp 750ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution Lumen Gentium, Nov. 21, 1964, n 28: AAS 57 (1965), p 35."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. cited Ecclesiastical Constitution of the Apostles, XVIII: (ed. Th. Schermann, Die allgemeine Kirchenordnung, I, Paderborn 1914, p 26; A. Harnack, T. u. U., II, 4, p 13, nn 18 and 19); Pseudo-Jerome, The Seven Orders of the Church (ed. A.W. Kalff, Wurzburg 1937, p 45); St. Isidore of Hispali, Ecclesiastical Offices, c. VII (PL 83, 787)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Didascalia, II, 28, 4 (ed. F.X. Funk, p 108); Constitutions of the Apostles, II, 28, 4;II, 34, 3 (ibid., pp 109 and 117)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Constitutions of the Apostles, VIII, 16, 4 (ed. F.X. Funk, 1, p 522, 13); cf. Epitome of the Constitutions of the Apostles, VI (ibid., II, p 80, 3-4); Testamentum Domini, (transl. I.E. Rahmani, Moguntiae 1899, p 69). Also in Trad. Apost. (ed. B. Botte, La Tradition Apostolique, Munster, i. W. 1963, p 20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Nm 11:16-25."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roman Pontifical on the ordination of a priest, preface: these words are also found in the Leonine Sacramentary, the Gelasian Sacramentary and the Gregorian Sacramentary. Similar words can be found in the Oriental Liturgies: cf. Trad Apost.: (ancient Latin version of Verona, ed. B. Botte, La Tradition Apostolique de St. Hippolyte. Essai de reconstruction, Munster i. W. 1963, p 20); Constitutions of the Apostles, VIII, 16, 4 (ed. F.X. Funk, I, p 522, 16- 17); Epitome on the Constitutions of the Apostles, 6 (ed. F.X. Funk, II, p 20, 5-7); Testamentum Domini (transl. I.E. Rahmani, Moguntiae 1899, p 69); Euchologium Serapionis, XXVII (ed. F.X. Funk, Didascalia and Constitutions, II, p 190, lines 1-7); Maronite Rite of Ordination (transl. H. Denzinger, Rites of the Orientals, II, Wurzburg 1863, p. 161). Among the Fathers can be cited: Theodore of Mopsuestia, On First Timothy, 3, 8 (ed. Swete, II, pp 119-121); Theodoretus, Questions on Numbers, XVIII (PG 80, 372 b)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. John XXIII, encyclical letter Sacerdotii Nostri Primordia, Aug. 1, 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p 576; St. Pius X, Exhortation to the Clergy Haerent Animo, Aug. 4, 1908: Acts of St. Pius X, vol. IV (1908), pp 237 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council, Decree on the Pastoral Duties of Bishops, Oct. 28, 1956 nn 15 and 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Cathedral Chapter is already found in established law, as the \"senate and assembly\" of the bishop (Code of Canon Law, c.391), or if there is not one, an assembly of diocesan consultors (cf. Code of Canon Law, cc. 423-428). It is our desire to give recognition to such institutions so that modern circumstances and necessities might better be provided for. As is evident, this synod of priests forms the pastoral consilium spoken of in the Decree on the Pastoral Duties of Bishops of Oct. 28, 1965 (n.27), of which the laity can also be members, and whose function is mainly to map out a plan of action for pastoral work. Concerning priests as counselors of the bishops, one might refer to the Didascalia, II, 28, 4 (ed. F.X. Funk,II, p 108); also Constitutions of the Apostles, II 28,4 (ed. F.X. Funk, I, p 109); St. Ignatius Martyr, Magn. 6, 1 (ed. F.X. Funk, p 234, 10-16); Trall. 3, 1 (ed. F.X. Funk, p 244, 10-12); Origen, Against Celsus, 3, 30: \"Priests are counselors or 'bouleytai'\" (PG 11, 957 d-960 a)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "St. Ignatius Martyr, Magn. 6, 1: (ed. F.X. Funk, p 234, 10-13); St. Ignatius Martyr, Trall., 3, 1: (ibid., p 244, 10-12); St. Jerome, On Isaiah, II, 3 (PL 24, 61 A)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Paul VI, allocution to the family heads of Rome and Lenten speakers, March 1, 1965, in the Sistine Hall: AAS 57 (1965), p 326."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Constitutions of the Apostles, VIII 47, 39: (ed. F.X. Funk, p 577)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 3 Jn 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Jn. 17:23."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Heb 13:1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Heb 13:16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Mt 5:10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Thes 2:12; Col 1:13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Mt 23:8. Also Paul VI, encyclical letter Ecclesiam Suam, Aug. 6, 1964: AAS 58 (1964) p 647."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph 4:7 and 16; Constitutions of the Apostles, VIII, 1, 20: (ed. F.X. Funk, I, p 467)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Phil 2:21."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Jn 4:1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution Lumen Gentium, Nov. 21, 1964, n 37: AAS 57 (1965), pp 42-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph 4:14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "57.Cf.Second Vatican Council, Decree on Ecumenism, Nov. 21, 1964: AAS 57 (1965), pp 90ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution Lumen Gentium, Nov 21, 1964, n 37: AAS 57 (1965), pp 42-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Heb 7:3."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Lk 10:1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Pt 2:25."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Acts 20:28."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Mt 9:36."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roman Pontifical, on the ordination of a priest."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council, Decree on Priestly Training, Oct. 28, 1965, n 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Paul VI, allocution of May 5, 1965: L'Osservatore Romano, 5-6-65, p 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Fathers teach this in their explanations of Christ's words to Peter: \"Do you love me? ...Feed my sheep.\" (Jn 21:17); This St. John Chrysostom, On the Priesthood, II, 1-2 (PG 47-48, 633); St.Gregory the Great, Reg. Past. Liber, P I c. 5 (PL 77, 19 a)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chapter 3"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor 12:9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI, encyclical letter Ad Catholici Sacerdotii, Dec. 20, 1935: AAS 28 (1936) n 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Jn 10:36."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lk 24:26."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph 4:13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor 3:8-9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. among others: St. Pius X, exhortation to the clergy Haerent Animo, Aug. 4, 1908: St. Pius X, AAS 4 (1908), pp 237ff. Pius XI, encyclical letter Ad Catholici Sacerdotii, Dec. 20, 1935; AAS 28 (1936). Pius XII apostolic exhortation Menti nostrae, Sept. 23, 1950: AAS (1950) 657ff. John XXIII, encyclical letter Sacerdoti Nostri Primordia, Aug. 1, 1959: AAS 51 (1959) 545ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. St. Thomas, Summa Theol. II-II, q. 188, a. 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Heb 3:9-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Acts 16:14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor 4:7."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph 3:9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Roman Pontifical on the ordination of priests."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Roman Missal, Prayer over the Offerings of the Ninth Sunday after Pentecost."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Paul VI, encyclical letter Mysterium Fidei, Sept. 3, 1965: AAS 57 (1965), pp 761-762. Cf. Second Vatican Council, Constitution on the Sacred Liturgy, Dec. 4, 1963, nn 26 and 27; AAS 56 (1964), p 107."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Jn 10:11."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor 1:7."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor 1:4."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Cor 10:33."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Jn 3:8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Jn 4:34."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Jn 3:16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"May it be a duty of love to feed the Lord's flock\" (St. Augustine, Tract on John, 123, 5: PL 35, 1967)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Gal 2:2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor 7:4."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Jn 4:34; 5:30; 6:38."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph 5:10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Acts 20:22."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor 12:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph 4:11-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Mt 19:22."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution Lumen Gentium, Nov. 21, 1964 n 42: AAS 57 (1965) pp 47-49."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Tim 3:2-5: Tt 1:6."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Pius XI, encyclical letter Ad Catholici Sacerdotii Dec. 30, 1935: AAS 28 (1936) p 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Mt 19:12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Cor 7:32-34."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor 11:2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution Lumen Gentium, Nov. 21, 1964, n 42 and 44: AAS 57 (1965), pp 47-49 and 50-51; Decree on the Renewal of Religious Life, Oct. 18, 1965, n 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Lk 20:35-36; Pius XI, encyclical letter Ad Catholici Sacerdotii Dec.20, 1935, AAS 28 (1936) pp 24-28; Pius XII, encyclical letter Sacra Virginitas, March 25, 1954, AAS 46 (1954) nn 169-172."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Mt 19:11."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Jn 17:14-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Cor 7:31."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Council of Antioch, canon 25: Mansi 2, 1328; Decree of Gratian, c. 23, C. 12 q. 1. (ed. Friedberg, 1, pp 684-685)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This is to be understood especially with regard to the laws and customs prevailing in the Eastern Churches."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Council of Paris a, 829, can 15: M.G.H. Sect. III, Concilia, t. 2, para 6 622; Council of Trent, Session XXV, De Reform., chapter 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ps 62:11 (Vulgate 61)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor 8:9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Acts 8:18-25."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Phil 4:12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Acts 2:42-47."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Code of Canon Law, 125 ff."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council Decree on the Renewal of Religious Life, Oct. 28, 1965, n 6; Dogmatic Constitution on Divine Revelation, Nov. 18, 1965, n 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution Lumen Gentium, Nov. 21, 1964, n 65: AAS 57 (1965) pp 64-65."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roman Pontifical On the Ordination of Priests."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Second Vatican Council, Dogmatic Constitution on Divine Revelation, Nov. 18, n 25."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This course is not the same as the pastoral course which is to be undertaken immediately after ordination, spoken of in the Decree on Priestly Training, Oct.28, 1965, n 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Second Vatican Council, Decree on the Pastoral Duties of Bishops. Oct.28, 1965, n 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Mt 10:10; 1 Cor 9:7; 1 Tim 5:18."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor 8:14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Phil 4:14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusion and exhortation"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Jn 3:16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Pt 2:5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph 2:22."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Roman Pontifical, on the ordination of priests."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Col 3:3."
            }
          ]
        },
        "es": {
          "code": "es",
          "label": "Español",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651207_presbyterorum-ordinis_sp.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-202-vat-ii_decree_19651207_presbyterorum-ordinis_sp.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO PRESBYTERORUM ORDINIS SOBRE EL MINISTERIO Y LA VIDA DE LOS PRESBÍTEROS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROEMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Repetidas veces ha traído este Sagrado Concilio a la memoria de todos la excelencia del Orden de los presbíteros en la Iglesia[1]. Y como se asignan a este Orden en la renovación de la Iglesia influjos de suma trascendencia y más difíciles cada día, ha parecido muy útil tratar más amplia y profundamente de los presbíteros. Lo que aquí se dice se aplica a todos los presbíteros, en especial a los que se dedican a la cura de almas, haciendo las salvedades debidas con relación a los presbíteros religiosos. Pues los presbíteros, por la ordenación sagrada y por la misión que reciben de los obispos, son promovidos para servir a Cristo Maestro, Sacerdote y Rey, de cuyo ministerio participan, por el que la Iglesia se constituye constantemente en este mundo Pueblo de Dios, Cuerpo de Cristo y Templo del Espíritu Santo. Por lo cual este Sagrado Concilio declara y ordena lo siguiente para que el ministerio de los presbíteros se mantenga con más eficacia en las circunstancias pastorales y humanas, tan radicalmente cambiadas muchas veces, y se atienda mejor a su vida."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I EL PRESBITERADO EN LA MISIÓN DE LA IGLESIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Naturaleza del presbiterado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Señor Jesús, \"a quien el Padre santificó y envió al mundo\" (Jn., 10, 36), hace partícipe a todo su Cuerpo místico de la unción del Espíritu con que El está ungido[2]: puesto que en El todos los fieles se constituyen en sacerdocio santo y real, ofrecen a Dios, por medio de Jesucristo, sacrificios espirituales, y anuncian el poder de quien los llamó de las tinieblas a su luz admirable[3]. No hay, pues, miembro alguno que no tenga su cometido en la misión de todo el Cuerpo, sino que cada uno debe glorificar a Jesús en su corazón[4] y dar testimonio de El con espíritu de profecía[5]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas el mismo Señor, para que los fieles se fundieran en un solo cuerpo, en que \"no todos los miembros tienen la misma función\" (Rom., 12, 4), entre ellos constituyó a algunos ministros que, ostentando la potestad sagrada en la sociedad de los fieles, tuvieran el poder sagrado del Orden, para ofrecer el sacrificio y perdonar los pecados[6], y desempeñar públicamente, en nombre de Cristo, la función sacerdotal en favor de los hombres. Así, pues, enviados los apóstoles, como El había sido enviado por el Padre[7], Cristo hizo partícipes de su consagración y de su misión, por medio de los mismos apóstoles, a los sucesores de éstos, los obispos[8], cuya función ministerial fue confiada a los presbíteros[9], en grado subordinado, con el fin de que, constituidos en el Orden del presbiterado, fueran cooperadores del Orden episcopal, para el puntual cumplimiento de la misión apostólica que Cristo les confió[10]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El ministerio de los presbíteros, por estar unido al Orden episcopal, participa de la autoridad con que Cristo mismo forma, santifica y rige su Cuerpo. Por lo cual, el sacerdocio de los presbíteros supone, ciertamente, los sacramentos de la iniciación cristiana, pero se confiere por un sacramento peculiar por el que los presbíteros, por la unción del Espíritu Santo, quedan marcados con un carácter especial que los configura con Cristo Sacerdote, de tal forma, que pueden obrar en nombre de Cristo Cabeza[11]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por participar en su grado del ministerio de los apóstoles, Dios concede a los presbíteros la gracia de ser entre las gentes ministros de Jesucristo, desempeñando el sagrado ministerio del Evangelio, para que sea grata la oblación de los pueblos, santificada por el Espíritu Santo[12]. Pues por el mensaje apostólico del Evangelio se convoca y congrega el Pueblo de Dios, de forma que, santificados por el Espíritu Santo todos los que pertenecen a este Pueblo, se ofrecen a sí mismos \"como hostia viva, santa; agradable a Dios\" (Rom., 12, 1). Por el ministerio de los presbíteros se consuma el sacrificio espiritual de los fieles en unión del sacrificio de Cristo, Mediador único, que se ofrece por sus manos, en nombre de toda la Iglesia, incruenta y sacramentalmente en la Eucaristía, hasta que venga el mismo Señor[13]. A este sacrificio se ordena y en él culmina el ministerio de los presbíteros. Porque su servicio, que surge del mensaje evangélico, toma su naturaleza y eficacia del sacrificio de Cristo y pretende que \"todo el pueblo redimido, es decir, la congregación y sociedad de los santos ofrezca a Dios un sacrificio universal por medio del Gran Sacerdote, que se ofreció a sí mismo por nosotros en la pasión, para que fuéramos el cuerpo de tan sublime cabeza\"[14]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por consiguiente, el fin que buscan los presbíteros con su ministerio y con su vida es el procurar la gloria de Dios Padre en Cristo. Esta gloria consiste en que los hombres reciben consciente, libremente y con gratitud la obra divina realizada en Cristo, y la manifiestan en toda su vida. En consecuencia, los presbíteros, ya se entreguen a la oración y a la adoración, ya prediquen la palabra, ya ofrezcan el sacrificio eucarístico, ya administren los demás sacramentos, ya se dediquen a otros ministerios para el bien de los hombres, contribuyen a un tiempo al incremento de la gloria de Dios y a la dirección de los hombres en la vida divina. Todo ello, procediendo de la Pascua de Cristo, se consumará en la venida gloriosa del mismo Señor, cuando El haya entregado el Reino a Dios Padre[15]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Condición de los presbíteros en el mundo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los presbíteros, tomados de entre los hombres y constituidos en favor de los mismos en las cosas que miran a Dios para ofrecer ofrendas y sacrificios por los pecados[16], moran con los demás hombres como con hermanos. Así también el Señor Jesús, Hijo de Dios, hombre enviado a los hombres por el Padre, vivió entre nosotros y quiso asemejarse en todo a sus hermanos, fuera del pecado[17]. Ya le imitaron los santos apóstoles; y el bienaventurado Pablo, doctor de las gentes, \"elegido para predicar el Evangelio de Dios\" (Rom., 1, 1), atestigua que se hizo a sí mismo todo para todos, para salvarlos a todos[18]. Los presbíteros del Nuevo Testamento, por su vocación y por su ordenación, son segregados en cierta manera en el seno del pueblo de Dios, no de forma que se separen de él, ni de hombre alguno, sino a fin de que se consagren totalmente a la obra para la que el Señor los llama[19]. No podrían ser ministros de Cristo si no fueran testigos y dispensadores de otra vida distinta de la terrena, pero tampoco podrían servir a los hombres, si permanecieran extraños a su vida y a su condición[20]. Su mismo ministerio les exige de una forma especial que no se conformen a este mundo[21]; pero, al mismo tiempo, requiere que vivan en este mundo entre los hombres, y, como buenos pastores, conozcan a sus ovejas, y busquen incluso atraer a las que no pertenecen todavía a este redil, para que también ellas oigan la voz de Cristo y se forme un solo rebaño y un solo Pastor[22]. Mucho ayudan para conseguir esto las virtudes que con razón se aprecian en el trato social, como son la bondad de corazón, la sinceridad, la fortaleza de alma y la constancia, la asidua preocupación de la justicia, la urbanidad y otras cualidades que recomienda el apóstol Pablo cuando escribe: \"Pensad en cuanto hay de verdadero, de puro, de justo, de santo, de amable, de laudable, de virtuoso, de digno de alabanza\" (Fil., 4, 8)[23]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO II MINISTERIO DE LOS PRESBÍTEROS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. FUNCIONES DE LOS PRESBÍTEROS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los presbíteros, ministros de la palabra de Dios"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Pueblo de Dios se reúne, ante todo, por la palabra de Dios vivo[24], que con todo derecho hay que esperar de la boca de los sacerdotes[25]. Pues como nadie puede salvarse, si antes no cree[26], los presbíteros, como cooperadores de los obispos, tienen como obligación principal el anunciar a todos el Evangelio de Cristo[27], para constituir e incrementar el Pueblo de Dios, cumpliendo el mandato del Señor: \"Id por todo el mundo y predicar el Evangelio a toda criatura\" (Mc., 16, 15)[28]. Porque con la palabra de salvación se suscita la fe en el corazón de los no creyentes y se robustece en el de los creyentes, y con la fe empieza y se desarrolla la congregación de los fieles, según la sentencia del Apóstol: \"La fe viene por la predicación, y la predicación por la palabra de Cristo\" (Rom., 10, 17). Los presbíteros, pues, se deben a todos, en cuanto a todos deben comunicar la verdad del Evangelio[29] que poseen en el Señor. Por tanto, ya lleven a las gentes a glorificar a Dios, observando entre ellos una conducta ejemplar[30], ya anuncien a los no creyentes el misterio de Cristo, predicándoles abiertamente, ya enseñen el catecismo cristiano o expongan la doctrina de la Iglesia, ya procuren tratar los problemas actuales a la luz de Cristo, es siempre su deber enseñar, no su propia sabiduría, sino la palabra de Dios, e invitar indistintamente a todos a la conversión y a la santidad[31]. Pero la predicación sacerdotal, muy difícil con frecuencia en las actuales circunstancias del mundo, para mover mejor a las almas de los oyentes, debe exponer la palabra de Dios, no sólo de una forma general y abstracta, sino aplicando a circunstancias concretas de la vida la verdad perenne del Evangelio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con ello se desarrolla el ministerio de la palabra de muchos modos, según las diversas necesidades de los oyentes y los carismas de los predicadores. En las regiones o núcleos no cristianos, los hombres son atraídos a la fe y a los sacramentos de la salvación por el mensaje evangélico[32]; pero en la comunidad cristiana, atendiendo, sobre todo, a aquellos que comprenden o creen poco lo que celebran, se requiere la predicación de la palabra para el ministerio de los sacramentos, puesto que son sacramentos de fe, que procede de la palabra y de ella se nutre[33]. Esto se aplica especialmente a la liturgia de la palabra en la celebración de la misa, en que el anuncio de la muerte y de la resurrección del Señor y la respuesta del pueblo que escucha se unen inseparablemente con la oblación misma con la que Cristo confirmó en su sangre la Nueva Alianza, oblación a la que se unen los fieles o con el deseo o con la recepción del sacramento[34]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los presbíteros, ministros de los sacramentos y de la Eucaristía"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dios, que es el solo Santo y Santificador, quiso tener a los hombres como socios y colaboradores suyos, a fin de que le sirvan humildemente en la obra de la santificación. Por esto congrega Dios a los presbíteros, por ministerio de los obispos, para que, participando de una forma especial del Sacerdocio de Cristo, en la celebración de las cosas sagradas, obren como ministros de Quien por medio de su Espíritu efectúa continuamente por nosotros su oficio sacerdotal en la liturgia[35]. Por el Bautismo introducen a los hombres en el pueblo de Dios; por el Sacramento de la Penitencia reconcilian a los pecadores con Dios y con la Iglesia; con la unción alivian a los enfermos; con la celebración, sobre todo, de la misa ofrecen sacramentalmente el Sacrificio de Cristo. En la administración de todos los sacramentos, como atestigua San Ignacio Mártir[36], ya en los primeros tiempos de la Iglesia, los presbíteros se unen jerárquicamente con el obispo, y así lo hacen presente en cierto modo en cada una de las asambleas de los fieles[37]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero los demás sacramentos, al igual que todos los ministerios eclesiásticos y las obras del apostolado, están unidos con la Eucaristía y hacia ella se ordenan[38]. Pues en la Sagrada Eucaristía se contiene todo el bien espiritual de la Iglesia[39], es decir, Cristo en persona, nuestra Pascua y pan vivo que, con su Carne, por el Espíritu Santo vivificada y vivificante, da vida a los hombres que de esta forma son invitados y estimulados a ofrecerse a sí mismos, sus trabajos y todas las cosas creadas juntamente con El. Por lo cual, la Eucaristía aparece como la fuente y cima de toda la evangelización; los catecúmenos, al introducirse poco a poco en la participación de la Eucaristía, y los fieles ya marcados por el sagrado Bautismo y Confirmación, por medio de la recepción de la Eucaristía se injertan plenamente en el Cuerpo de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es, pues, la celebración eucarística el centro de la congregación de los fieles que preside el presbítero. Enseñan los presbíteros a los fieles a ofrecer al Padre en el sacrificio de la misa la Víctima divina y a ofrendar la propia vida juntamente con ella; les instruyen en el ejemplo de Cristo Pastor, para que sometan sus pecados con corazón contrito a la Iglesia en el Sacramento de la Penitencia, de forma que se conviertan cada día más hacia el Señor, acordándose de sus palabras: \"Arrepentíos, porque se acerca el Reino de los cielos\" (Mt., 4, 17). Les enseñan, igualmente, a participar en la celebración de la sagrada liturgia, de forma que en ella lleguen también a una oración sincera; les llevan como de la mano a un espíritu de oración cada vez más perfecto, que han de actualizar durante toda la vida, en conformidad con las gracias y necesidades de cada uno; llevan a todos al cumplimiento de los deberes del propio estado, y a los más fervorosos les atraen hacia la práctica de los consejos evangélicos, acomodada a la condición de cada uno. Enseñan, por tanto, a los fieles a cantar al Señor en sus corazones himnos y cánticos espirituales, dando siempre gracias por todo a Dios Padre en el nombre de nuestro Señor Jesucristo[40]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los loores y acciones de gracias que elevan en la celebración de la Eucaristía los presbíteros, las continúan por las diversas horas del día en el rezo del Oficio Divino, con que, en nombre de la Iglesia, piden a Dios por todo el pueblo a ellos confiado o, por mejor decir, por todo el mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La casa de oración en que se celebra y se guarda la Sagrada Eucaristía, y se reúnen los fieles, y en la que se adora para auxilio y solaz de los fieles la presencia del Hijo de Dios, nuestro Salvador, ofrecido por nosotros en el ara sacrificial, debe de estar limpia y dispuesta para la oración y para las funciones sagradas[41]. En ella son invitados los pastores y los fieles a responder con gratitud a la dádiva de quien por su Humanidad infunde continuamente la vida divina en los miembros de su Cuerpo[42]. Procuren los presbíteros cultivar convenientemente la ciencia y, sobre todo, las prácticas litúrgicas, a fin de que por su ministerio litúrgico las comunidades cristianas que se les han encomendado alaben cada día con más perfección a Dios, Padre, Hijo y Espíritu Santo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los presbíteros, rectores del pueblo de Dios"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los presbíteros, ejerciendo según su parte de autoridad el oficio de Cristo Cabeza y Pastor, reúnen, en nombre del obispo, a la familia de Dios, como una fraternidad unánime, y la conducen a Dios Padre por medio de Cristo en el Espíritu[43]. Mas para el ejercicio de este ministerio, lo mismo que para las otras funciones del presbítero, se confiere la potestad espiritual, que, ciertamente, se da para la edificación[44]. En la edificación de la Iglesia los presbíteros deben vivir con todos con exquisita delicadeza, a ejemplo del Señor. Deben comportarse con ellos, no según el beneplácito de los hombres[45], sino conforme a las exigencias de la doctrina y de la vida cristiana, enseñándoles y amonestándoles como a hijos amadísimos[46], a tenor de las palabras del apóstol: \"Insiste a tiempo y destiempo, arguye, enseña, exhorta con toda longanimidad y doctrina\" (2 Tim., 4, 2)[47]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo cual, atañe a los sacerdotes, en cuanto educadores en la fe, el procurar personalmente, o por medio de otros, que cada uno de los fieles sea conducido en el Espíritu Santo a cultivar su propia vocación según el Evangelio, a la caridad sincera y diligente y a la libertad con que Cristo nos liberó[48]. De poco servirán las ceremonias, por hermosas que sean, o las asociaciones, aunque florecientes, si no se ordenan a formar a los hombres para que consigan la madurez cristiana[49]. En su consecución les ayudarán los presbíteros para poder averiguar qué hay que hacer o cuál sea la voluntad de Dios en los mismos acontecimientos grandes o pequeños. Enséñese también a los cristianos a no vivir sólo para sí, sino que, según las exigencias de la nueva ley de la caridad, ponga cada uno al servicio del otro el don que recibió[50] y cumplan así todos cristianamente su deber en la comunidad humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aunque se deban a todos, los presbíteros tienen encomendados a sí de una manera especial a los pobres y a los más débiles, a quienes el Señor se presenta asociado[51], y cuya evangelización se da como prueba de la obra mesiánica[52]. También se atenderá con diligencia especial a los jóvenes y a los cónyuges y padres de familia. Es de desear que éstos se reúnan en grupos amistosos para ayudarse mutuamente a vivir con más facilidad y plenitud su vida cristiana, penosa en muchas ocasiones. No olviden los presbíteros que todos los religiosos, hombres y mujeres, por ser la porción selecta en la casa del Señor, merecen un cuidado especial para su progreso espiritual en bien de toda la Iglesia. Atiendan, por fin, con toda solicitud a los enfermos y agonizantes, visitándolos y confortándolos en el Señor[53]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero el deber del pastor no se limita al cuidado particular de los fieles, sino que se extiende propiamente también a la formación de la auténtica comunidad cristiana. Mas, para atender debidamente al espíritu de comunidad, debe abarcar, no sólo la Iglesia local, sino la Iglesia universal. La comunidad local no debe atender solamente a sus fieles, sino que, imbuida también por el celo misionero, debe preparar a todos los hombres el camino hacia Cristo. Siente, con todo, una obligación especial para con los catecúmenos y neófitos que hay que formar gradualmente en el conocimiento y práctica de la vida cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No se edifica ninguna comunidad cristiana si no tiene como raíz y quicio la celebración de la Sagrada Eucaristía[54]: por ella, pues, hay que empezar toda la formación para el espíritu de comunidad. Esta celebración, para que sea sincera y cabal, debe conducir lo mismo a las obras da caridad y de mutua ayuda de unos para con otros, que a la acción misional y a las varias formas del testimonio cristiano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Además, la comunidad eclesial ejerce por la caridad, por la oración, por el ejemplo y por las obras de penitencia una verdadera maternidad respecto a las almas que debe llevar a Cristo. Porque ella es un instrumento eficaz que indica o allana el camino hacia Cristo y su Iglesia a los que todavía no creen, que anima también a los fieles, los alimenta y fortalece para la lucha espiritual."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En la estructuración de la comunidad cristiana, los presbíteros no favorecen a ninguna ideología ni partido humano, sino que, como mensajeros del Evangelio y pastores de la Iglesia, empeñan toda su labor en conseguir el incremento espiritual del Cuerpo de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. RELACIONES DE LOS PRESBÍTEROS CON OTRAS PERSONAS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relación entre los obispos y los presbíteros"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos los presbíteros, juntamente con los obispos, participan de tal modo el mismo y único sacerdocio y ministerio de Cristo, que la misma unidad de consagración y de misión exige una unión jerárquica de ellos con el Orden de los obispos[55], unión que manifiestan perfectamente a veces en la concelebración litúrgica, y unidos a los cuales profesan que celebran la comunión eucarística[56]. Por tanto, los obispos, por el don del Espíritu Santo que se ha dado a los presbíteros en la Sagrada Ordenación, los tienen como necesarios colaboradores y consejeros en el ministerio y función de enseñar, de santificar y de apacentar la plebe de Dios[57]. Cosa que proclaman cuidadosamente los documentos litúrgicos ya desde los antiguos tiempos de la Iglesia, al pedir solemnemente a Dios sobre el presbítero que se ordena la infusión \"del espíritu de gracia y de consejo, para que ayude y gobierne al pueblo con corazón puro\"[58], como se propagó en el desierto el espíritu de Moisés sobre las almas de los setenta varones prudentes[59], \"con cuya colaboración en el pueblo gobernó fácilmente multitudes innumerables\"[60]. Por esta comunión, pues, en el mismo sacerdocio y ministerio, tengan los obispos a sus sacerdotes como hermanos y amigos[61], y preocúpense cordialmente, en la medida de sus posibilidades, de su bien material y, sobre todo, espiritual. Porque sobre ellos recae principalmente la grave responsabilidad de la santidad de sus sacerdotes[62]: tengan, por consiguiente, un cuidado exquisito en la continua formación de su presbiterio[63]. Escúchenlos con gusto, consúltenles incluso y dialoguen con ellos sobre las necesidades de la labor pastoral y del bien de la diócesis. Y para que esto sea una realidad, constitúyase de una manera apropiada a las circunstancias y necesidades actuales[64], con estructura y normas que ha de determinar el derecho, un consejo o senado[65] de sacerdotes, representantes del presbiterio, que puedan ayudar eficazmente, con sus consejos, al obispo en el régimen de la diócesis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los presbíteros, por su parte, considerando la plenitud del Sacramento del Orden de que están investidos los obispos, acaten en ellos la autoridad de Cristo, supremo Pastor. Estén, pues, unidos a su obispo con sincera caridad y obediencia[66]. Esta obediencia sacerdotal, ungida de espíritu de cooperación, se funda especialmente en la participación misma del ministerio episcopal que se confiere a los presbíteros por el Sacramento del Orden y por la misión canónica[67]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La unión de los presbíteros con los obispos es mucho más necesaria en estos tiempos, porque en ellos, por diversas causas, las empresas apostólicas, no solamente revisten variedad de formas, sino que además es necesario que excedan los límites de una parroquia o de una diócesis. Ningún presbítero, por ende, puede cumplir cabalmente su misión aislada o individualmente, sino tan sólo uniendo sus fuerzas con otros presbíteros, bajo la dirección de quienes están al frente de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unión y cooperación fraterna entre los presbíteros"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los presbíteros, constituidos por la Ordenación en el Orden del Presbiterado, están unidos todos entre sí por la íntima fraternidad sacramental, y forman un presbiterio especial en la diócesis a cuyo servicio se consagran bajo el obispo propio. Porque aunque se entreguen a diversas funciones, desempeñan con todo un solo ministerio sacerdotal para los hombres. Para cooperar en esta obra son enviados todos los presbíteros, ya ejerzan el ministerio parroquial o interparroquial, ya se dediquen a la investigación o a la enseñanza, ya realicen trabajos manuales, participando, con la conveniente aprobación del ordinario, de la condición de los mismos obreros donde esto parezca útil; ya desarrollen, finalmente, otras obras apostólicas u ordenadas al apostolado. Todos tienden ciertamente a un mismo fin: a la edificación del Cuerpo de Cristo, que, sobre todo en nuestros días, exige múltiples trabajos y nuevas adaptaciones. Es de suma trascendencia, por tanto, que todos los presbíteros, diocesanos o religiosos, se ayuden mutuamente para ser siempre cooperadores de la verdad[68]. Cada uno está unido con los demás miembros de este presbiterio por vínculos especiales de caridad apostólica, de ministerio y de fraternidad: esto se expresa litúrgicamente ya desde los tiempos antiguos, al ser invitados los presbíteros asistentes a imponer sus manos sobre el nuevo elegido, juntamente con el obispo ordenante, y cuando concelebran la Sagrada Eucaristía unidos cordialmente. Cada uno de los presbíteros se une, pues, con sus hermanos por el vínculo de la caridad, de la oración y de la total cooperación, y de esta forma se manifiesta la unidad con que Cristo quiso que fueran consumados para que conozca el mundo que el Hijo fue enviado por el Padre[69]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo cual, los que son de edad avanzada reciban a los jóvenes como verdaderos hermanos, ayúdenles en las primeras empresas y labores del ministerio, esfuércense en comprender su mentalidad, aunque difiera de la propia, y miren con benevolencia sus iniciativas. Los jóvenes, a su vez, respeten la edad y la experiencia de los mayores, pídanles consejo sobre los problemas que se refieren a la cura de las almas y colaboren gustosos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Guiados por el espíritu fraterno, los presbíteros no olviden la hospitalidad[70], practiquen la beneficencia y la asistencia mutua[71], preocupándose sobre todo de los que están enfermos, afligidos, demasiado recargados de trabajos, aislados, desterrados de la patria, y de los que se ven perseguidos[72]. Reúnanse también gustosos y alegres para descansar, pensando en aquellas palabras con que el Señor invitaba, lleno de misericordia, a los apóstoles cansados: \"Venid a un lugar desierto, y descansad un poco\" (Mc., 6, 31). Además, a fin de que los presbíteros encuentren mutua ayuda en el cultivo de la vida espiritual e intelectual, puedan cooperar mejor en el ministerio y se libren de los peligros que pueden sobrevenir por la soledad, foméntese alguna especie de vida común o alguna conexión de vida entre ellos, que puede tomar formas variadas, según las diversas necesidades personales o pastorales; por ejemplo, vida en común, donde sea posible; de mesa común, o a lo menos de frecuentes y periódicas reuniones. También han de estimarse grandemente y ser diligentemente promovidas aquellas asociaciones que, con estatutos reconocidos por la competente autoridad eclesiástica, fomenten la santidad de los sacerdotes en el ejercicio del ministerio por medio de una adecuada ordenación de la vida, convenientemente aprobada, y por la fraternal ayuda, y de este modo intentan prestar un servicio a todo el orden de los presbíteros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, por razón de la misma comunión en el sacerdocio, siéntanse los presbíteros especialmente obligados para con aquellos que se encuentran en alguna dificultad; ayúdenles oportunamente como hermanos y aconséjenles discretamente, si es necesario. Manifiesten siempre caridad fraterna y magnanimidad para con los que fallaron en algo, pidan por ellos instantemente a Dios y muéstrenseles en realidad como hermanos y amigos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Trato de los presbíteros con los seglares"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los sacerdotes del Nuevo Testamento, aunque por razón del Sacramento del Orden ejercen el ministerio de padre y de maestro, importantísimo y necesario en el pueblo y para el pueblo de Dios, sin embargo, son, juntamente con todos los fieles cristianos, discípulos del Señor, hechos partícipes de su reino por la gracia de Dios que llama[73]. Con todos los regenerados en la fuente del bautismo los presbíteros son hermanos entre los hermanos[74], puesto que son miembros de un mismo Cuerpo de Cristo, cuya edificación se exige a todos[75]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los presbíteros, por tanto, deben presidir de forma que, buscando, no sus intereses, sino los de Jesucristo[76], trabajen juntamente con los fieles seglares y se porten entre ellos a imitación del Maestro, que entre los hombres \"no vino a ser servido, sino a servir, y dar su vida en redención de muchos\" (Mt., 20, 28). Reconozcan y promuevan sinceramente los presbíteros la dignidad de los seglares y la suya propia, y el papel que desempeñan los seglares en la misión de la Iglesia. Respeten asimismo cuidadosamente la justa libertad que todos tienen en la ciudad terrestre. Escuchen con gusto a los seglares, considerando fraternalmente sus deseos y aceptando su experiencia y competencia en los diversos campos de la actividad humana, a fin de poder reconocer juntamente con ellos los signos de los tiempos. Examinando los espíritus para ver si son de Dios[77], descubran con el sentido de la fe los multiformes carismas de los seglares, tanto los humildes como los más elevados; reconociéndolos con gozo y fomentándolos con diligencia. Entre los otros dones de Dios, que se hallan abundantemente en los fieles, merecen especial cuidado aquellos por los que no pocos son atraídos a una vida espiritual más elevada. Encomienden también confiadamente a los seglares trabajos en servicio de la Iglesia, dejándoles libertad y radio de acción, invitándolos incluso oportunamente a que emprendan sus obras por propia iniciativa[78]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Piensen, por fin, los presbíteros que están puestos en medio de los seglares para conducirlos a todos a la unidad de la caridad: \"amándose unos a otros con amor fraternal, honrándose a porfía mutuamente\" (Rom., 12, 10). Deben, por consiguiente, los presbíteros consociar las diversas inclinaciones de forma que nadie se sienta extraño en la comunidad de los fieles. Son defensores del bien común, del que tienen cuidado en nombre del obispo, y al propio tiempo defensores valientes de la verdad, para que los fieles no se vean arrastrados por todo viento de doctrina[79]. A su especial cuidado se encomiendan los que se retiraron de los Sacramentos, e incluso quizá desfallecieron en la fe; no dejen de llegarse a ellos, como buenos pastores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Atendiendo a las normas del ecumenismo[80], no se olvidarán de los hermanos que no disfrutan de una plena comunión eclesiástica con nosotros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tendrán, por fin, como encomendados a sus cuidados a todos los que no conocen a Cristo como a su Salvador."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los fieles cristianos, por su parte, han de sentirse obligados para con sus presbíteros, y por ello han de profesarles un amor filial, como a sus padres y pastores; y al mismo tiempo, siendo partícipes de sus desvelos, ayuden a sus presbíteros cuanto puedan con su oración y su trabajo, para que éstos logren superar convenientemente sus dificultades y cumplir con más provecho sus funciones[81]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. DISTRIBUCIÓN DE LOS PRESBÍTEROS Y VOCACIONES SACERDOTALES"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El don espiritual que recibieron los presbíteros en la ordenación no los dispone para una misión limitada y restringida, sino para una misión amplísima y universal de salvación \"hasta los extremos de la tierra\" (Act., 1, 8), porque cualquier ministerio sacerdotal participa de la misma amplitud universal de la misión confiada por Cristo a los apóstoles. Pues el sacerdocio de Cristo, de cuya plenitud participan verdaderamente los presbíteros, se dirige por necesidad a todos los pueblos y a todos los tiempos, y no se coarta por límites de sangre, de nación o de edad, como ya se significa de una manera misteriosa en la figura de Melquisedec[82]. Piensen, por tanto, los presbíteros que deben llevar en el corazón la solicitud de todas las iglesias. Por lo cual, los presbíteros de las diócesis más ricas en vocaciones han de mostrarse gustosamente dispuestos a ejercer su ministerio, con el beneplácito o el ruego del propio ordinario, en las regiones, misiones u obras afectadas por la carencia de clero."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revísense además las normas sobre la incardinación y excardinación, de forma que, permaneciendo firme esta antigua disposición, respondan mejor a las necesidades pastorales del tiempo. Y donde lo exija la consideración del apostolado, háganse más factibles, no sólo la conveniente distribución de los presbíteros, sino también las obras pastorales peculiares a los diversos grupos sociales que hay que llevar a cabo en alguna región o nación, o en cualquier parte de la tierra. Para ello, pues, pueden establecerse útilmente algunos seminarios internacionales, diócesis peculiares o prelaturas personales y otras providencias por el estilo, en las que puedan entrar o incardinarse los presbíteros para el bien común de toda la Iglesia, según módulos que hay que determinar para cada caso, quedando siempre a salvo los derechos de los ordinarios del lugar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sin embargo, en cuanto sea posible, no se envíen aislados los presbíteros a una región nueva, sobre todo si aún no conocen bien la lengua y las costumbres, sino de dos en dos, o de tres en tres, a la manera de los discípulos de Cristo[83], para que se ayuden mutuamente. Es necesario también prestar un cuidado exquisito a su vida espiritual y a su salud de la mente y del cuerpo; y en cuanto sea posible, prepárense para ellos lugares y condiciones de trabajo conformes con la idiosincrasia de cada uno. Es también muy conveniente que todos los que se dirigen a una nueva nación procuren conocer cabalmente, no sólo la lengua de aquel lugar, sino también la índole psicológica y social característica de aquel pueblo al que quieren servir humildemente, uniéndose con él cuanto mejor puedan, de forma que imiten el ejemplo del apóstol Pablo, que pudo decir de sí mismo: \"Pues siendo del todo libre, me hice siervo de todos, para ganarlos a todos. Y me hago judío con los judíos, para ganar a los judíos\" (1 Cor., 9, 19-20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Atención de los presbíteros a las vocaciones sacerdotales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Pastor y Obispo de nuestras almas[84] constituyó su Iglesia de forma que el Pueblo que eligió y adquirió con su sangre[85] debía tener sus sacerdotes siempre, y hasta el fin del mundo, para que los cristianos no estuvieran nunca como ovejas sin pastor[86]. Conociendo los apóstoles este deseo de Cristo, por inspiración del Espíritu Santo, pensaron que era obligación suya elegir ministros \"capaces de enseñar a otros\" (2 Tim., 2, 2). Oficio que ciertamente pertenece a la misión sacerdotal misma, por lo que el presbítero participa en verdad de la solicitud de toda la Iglesia para que no falten nunca operarios al Pueblo de Dios aquí en la tierra. Pero, ya que \"hay una causa común entre el piloto de la nave y el navío...\"[87], enséñese a todo el pueblo cristiano que tiene obligación de cooperar de diversas maneras, por la oración perseverante y por otros medios que estén a su alcance[88], a fin de que la Iglesia tenga siempre los sacerdotes necesarios para cumplir su misión divina. Ante todo, preocúpense los presbíteros de exponer a los fieles, por el ministerio de la palabra y con el testimonio propio de su vida, que manifieste abiertamente el espíritu de servicio y el verdadero gozo pascual, la excelencia y necesidad del sacerdocio; y de ayudar a los que prudentemente juzgaren idóneos para tan gran ministerio, sean jóvenes o adultos, sin escatimar preocupaciones ni molestias, para que se preparen convenientemente y, por tanto, puedan ser llamados algún día por el obispo, salva la libertad interna y externa de los candidatos. Para lograr este fin es muy importante la diligente y prudente dirección espiritual. Los padres y los maestros, y todos aquellos a quienes atañe de cualquier manera la formación de los niños y de los jóvenes, edúquenlos de forma que, conociendo la solicitud del Señor por su rebaño y considerando las necesidades de la Iglesia, estén preparados a responder generosamente con el profeta al Señor, si los llama: \"Heme aquí, envíame\" (Is., 6, 8). No hay, sin embargo, que esperar que esta voz del Señor que llama llegue a los oídos del futuro presbítero de una forma extraordinaria. Más bien hay que captarla y juzgarla por las señales ordinarias con que a diario conocen la voluntad de Dios los cristianos prudentes; señales que los presbíteros deben considerar con mucha atención[89]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A ellos se recomienda encarecidamente las obras de las vocaciones, ya diocesanas, ya nacionales[90]. Es necesario que en la predicación, en la catequesis, en la prensa se declaren elocuentemente las necesidades de la Iglesia, tanto local como universal; se expongan a la luz del día el sentido y la dignidad del ministerio sacerdotal, puesto que en él se entreveran tantos trabajos con tantas satisfacciones, y en el cual, sobre todo, como enseñan los padres, puede darse a Cristo el máximo testimonio del amor[91]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO III LA VIDA DE LOS PRESBÍTEROS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. VOCACIÓN DE LOS PRESBÍTEROS A LA PERFECCIÓN"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por el Sacramento del Orden los presbíteros se configuran con Cristo Sacerdote, como miembros con la Cabeza, para la estructuración y edificación de todo su Cuerpo, que es la Iglesia, como cooperadores del orden episcopal. Ya en la consagración del bautismo, como todos los fieles cristianos, recibieron ciertamente la señal y el don de tan gran vocación y gracia para sentirse capaces y obligados, en la misma debilidad humana[92], a seguir la perfección, según la palabra del Señor: \"Sed, pues, perfectos, como perfecto es vuestro Padre celestial\" (Mt., 5, 48). Los sacerdotes están obligados especialmente a adquirir aquella perfección, puesto que, consagrados de una forma nueva a Dios en la recepción del Orden, se constituyen en instrumentos vivos del Sacerdote Eterno para poder proseguir, a través del tiempo, su obra admirable, que reintegró, con divina eficacia, todo el género humano[93]. Puesto que todo sacerdote representa a su modo la persona del mismo Cristo, tiene también, al mismo tiempo que sirve a la plebe encomendada y a todo el pueblo de Dios, la gracia singular de poder conseguir más aptamente la perfección de Aquel cuya función representa, y la de que sane la debilidad de la carne humana la santidad del que por nosotros fue hecho Pontífice \"santo, inocente, inmaculado, apartado de los pecadores\" (Hb., 7, 26)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, a quien el Padre santificó o consagró y envió al mundo[94], \"se entregó por nosotros para rescatarnos de toda iniquidad, y adquirirse un pueblo propio y aceptable, celador de obras buenas\" (Tit., 2, 14), y así, por su pasión, entró en su gloria[95]; semejantemente los presbíteros, consagrados por la unción del Espíritu Santo y enviados por Cristo, mortifican en sí mismos las tendencias de la carne y se entregan totalmente al servicio de los hombres, y de esta forma pueden caminar hacia el varón perfecto[96], en la santidad con que han sido enriquecidos en Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Así, pues, ejerciendo el ministerio del Espíritu y de la justicia[97], se fortalecen en la vida del Espíritu, con tal que sean dóciles al Espíritu de Cristo, que los vivifica y conduce. Pues ellos se ordenan a la perfección de la vida por las mismas acciones sagradas que realizan cada día, como por todo su ministerio, que ejercitan en unión con el obispo y con los presbíteros. Mas la santidad de los presbíteros contribuye poderosamente al cumplimiento fructuoso del propio ministerio, porque aunque la gracia de Dios puede realizar la obra de la salvación, también por medio de ministros indignos, sin embargo, Dios prefiere, por ley ordinaria, manifestar sus maravillas por medio de quienes, hechos más dóciles al impulso y guía del Espíritu Santo, por su íntima unión con Cristo y su santidad de vida, pueden decir con el apóstol: \"Ya no vivo yo, es Cristo quien vive en mí\" (Gal., 2, 20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo cual, este Sagrado Concilio, para conseguir sus propósitos pastorales de renovación interna de la Iglesia, de difusión del Evangelio en todo el mundo y de diálogo con el mundo actual, exhorta vehementemente a todos los sacerdotes a que, usando los medios oportunos recomendados por la Iglesia[98], aspiren siempre hacia una santidad cada vez mayor, con la que de día en día se conviertan en ministros más aptos para el servicio de todo el Pueblo de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El ejercicio de la triple función sacerdotal requiere y favorece a un tiempo la santidad"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los presbíteros conseguirán propiamente la santidad ejerciendo sincera e infatigablemente en el Espíritu de Cristo su triple función."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por ser ministros de la palabra de Dios, leen y escuchan diariamente la palabra divina que deben enseñar a otros; y si al mismo tiempo procuran recibirla en sí mismos, irán haciéndose discípulos del Señor cada vez más perfectos, según las palabras del apóstol Pablo a Timoteo: \"Esta sea tu ocupación, éste tu estudio: de manera que tu aprovechamiento sea a todos manifiesto. Vela sobre ti, atiende a la enseñanza: insiste en ella. Haciéndolo así te salvarás a ti mismo y a los que te escuchan\" (1 Tim., 4, 15-16). Pues pensando cómo pueden explicar mejor lo que ellos han contemplado[99], saborearán más a fondo \"las insondables riquezas de Cristo\" (Ef., 3, 8) y la multiforme sabiduría de Dios[100]. Teniendo presente que es el Señor quien abre los corazones[101] y que la excelencia no procede de ellos mismos, sino del poder de Dios[102], en el momento de proclamar la palabra se unirán más íntimamente a Cristo Maestro y se dejarán guiar por su Espíritu. Así, uniéndose con Cristo, participan de la caridad de Dios, cuyo misterio, oculto desde los siglos[103], ha sido revelado en Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como ministros sagrados, sobre todo en el Sacrificio de la Misa, los presbíteros ocupan especialmente el lugar de Cristo, que se sacrificó a sí mismo para santificar a los hombres; y por eso son invitados a imitar lo que administran; ya que celebran el misterio de la muerte del Señor, procuren mortificar sus miembros de vicios y concupiscencias[104]. En el misterio del Sacrificio Eucarístico, en que los sacerdotes desempeñan su función principal, se realiza continuamente la obra de nuestra redención[105], y, por tanto, se recomienda con todas las veras su celebración diaria, la cual, aunque no pueda obtenerse la presencia de los fieles, es una acción de Cristo y de la Iglesia[106]. Así, mientras los presbíteros se unen con la acción de Cristo Sacerdote, se ofrecen todos los días enteramente a Dios, y mientras se nutren del Cuerpo de Cristo, participan cordialmente de la caridad de Quien se da a los fieles como pan eucarístico. De igual forma se unen con la intención y con la caridad de Cristo en la administración de los Sacramentos, especialmente cuando para la administración del Sacramento de la Penitencia se muestran enteramente dispuestos, siempre que los fieles lo piden razonablemente. En el rezo del Oficio divino prestan su voz a la Iglesia, que persevera en la oración, en nombre de todo el género humano, juntamente con Cristo, que \"vive siempre para interceder por nosotros\" (Hb., 7, 25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rigiendo y apacentando el Pueblo de Dios, se ven impulsados por la caridad del Buen Pastor a entregar su vida por sus ovejas[107], preparados también para el sacrificio supremo, siguiendo el ejemplo de los sacerdote que incluso en nuestros días no han rehusado entregar su vida; siendo educadores en la fe, y teniendo ellos mismos \"firme esperanza de entrar en el santuario en virtud de la sangre de Cristo\" (Hb., 10, 19), se acercan a Dios \"con sincero corazón en la plenitud de la fe\" (Hb., 10, 22); y robustecen la esperanza firme respecto de sus fieles[108], para poder consolar a los que se hallan atribulados, con el mismo consuelo con que Dios los consuela a ellos mismos[109]; como rectores de la comunidad, cultivan la ascesis propia del pastor de las almas, dando de mano a las ventajas propias, no buscando sus conveniencias, sino la de muchos, para que se salven[110], progresando siempre hacia el cumplimiento más perfecto del deber pastoral, y cuando es necesario, están dispuestos a emprender nuevos caminos pastorales, guiados por el Espíritu del amor, que sopla donde quiere[111]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unidad y armonía de la vida de los presbíteros"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siendo en el mundo moderno tantos los cargos que deben desempeñar los hombres y tanta la diversidad de los problemas, que los angustian y que muchas veces tienen que resolver precipitadamente, no es raro que se vean en peligro de desparramarse en mil preocupaciones. Y los presbíteros, implicados y distraídos en las muchas obligaciones de su ministerio, no pueden pensar sin angustia cómo lograr la unidad de su vida interior con la magnitud de la acción exterior. Esta unidad de la vida no la pueden conseguir ni la ordenación meramente externa de la obra del ministerio, ni la sola práctica de los ejercicios de piedad, por mucho que la ayuden. La pueden organizar, en cambio, los presbíteros, imitando en el cumplimiento de su ministerio el ejemplo de Cristo Señor, cuyo alimento era cumplir la voluntad de Aquel que le envió a completar su obra[112]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En realidad, Cristo, para cumplir indefectiblemente la misma voluntad del Padre en el mundo por medio de la Iglesia, obra por sus ministros, y por ello continúa siendo siempre principio y fuente de la unidad de su vida. Por consiguiente, los presbíteros conseguirán la unidad de su vida uniéndose a Cristo en el conocimiento de la voluntad del Padre y en la entrega de sí mismos por el rebaño que se les ha confiado[113]. De esta forma, desempeñando el papel del Buen Pastor, en el mismo ejercicio de la caridad pastoral encontrarán el vínculo de la perfección sacerdotal que reduce a unidad su vida y su actividad. Esta caridad pastoral[114] fluye sobre todo del Sacrificio Eucarístico, que se manifiesta por ello como centro y raíz de toda la vida del presbítero, de suerte que lo que se efectúa en el altar lo procure reproducir en sí el alma del sacerdote. Esto no puede conseguirse si los mismos sacerdotes no penetran cada vez más íntimamente, por la oración, en el misterio de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para poder verificar concretamente la unidad de su vida, consideren todos sus proyectos, procurando conocer cuál es la voluntad de Dios[115]; es decir, la conformidad de los proyectos con las normas de la misión evangélica de la Iglesia. Porque no puede separarse la fidelidad para con Cristo de la fidelidad para con la Iglesia. La caridad pastoral pide que los presbíteros, para no correr en vano[116], trabajen siempre en vínculo de unión con los obispos y con otros hermanos en el sacerdocio. Obrando así hallarán los presbíteros la unidad de la propia vida en la misma unidad de la misión de la Iglesia, y de esta suerte se unirán con su Señor, y por El con el Padre, en el Espíritu Santo, a fin de llenarse de consuelo y de rebosar de gozo[117]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. EXIGENCIAS ESPIRITUALES CARACTERÍSTICAS EN LA VIDA DE LOS PRESBÍTEROS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Humildad y obediencia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre las virtudes principalmente requeridas en el ministerio de los presbíteros hay que contar aquella disposición de alma por la que están siempre preparados a buscar, no su voluntad, sino la voluntad de quien los envió[118]. Porque la obra divina, para cuya realización los tomó el Espíritu Santo[119], trasciende todas las fuerzas humanas y la sabiduría de los hombres, pues \"Dios eligió los débiles del mundo para confundir a los fuertes\" (1 Cor., 1, 27). Conociendo, pues, su propia debilidad, el verdadero ministro de Cristo trabaja con humildad, buscando lo que es grato a Dios[120], y como encadenado por el Espíritu[121], es llevado en todo por la voluntad de quien desea que todos los hombres se salven; voluntad que puede descubrir y cumplir en los quehaceres diarios, sirviendo humildemente a todos los que Dios le ha confiado, en el ministerio que se le ha entregado y en los múltiples acontecimientos de su vida."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero como el ministerio sacerdotal es el ministerio de la misma Iglesia, no puede efectuarse más que en la comunión jerárquica de todo el cuerpo. La caridad pastoral urge, pues, a los presbíteros que, actuando en esta comunión, consagren su voluntad propia por la obediencia al servicio de Dios y de los hermanos, recibiendo con espíritu de fe y cumpliendo los preceptos y recomendaciones emanadas del Sumo Pontífice, del propio obispo y de otros superiores; gastándose y agotándose de buena gana[122] en cualquier servicio que se les haya confiado, por humilde y pobre que sea. De esta forma guardan y reafirman la necesaria unidad con sus hermanos en el ministerio, y sobre todo con los que el Señor constituyó en rectores visibles de su Iglesia, y obran para la edificación del Cuerpo de Cristo, que crece \"por todos los ligamentos que lo nutren\"[123]. Esta obediencia, que conduce a la libertad más madura de los hijos de Dios, exige por su naturaleza que, mientras movidos por la caridad, los presbíteros, en el cumplimiento de su cargo, investigan prudentemente nuevos caminos para el mayor bien de la Iglesia, propongan confiadamente sus proyectos y expongan instantemente las necesidades del rebaño a ellos confiado, dispuestos siempre a acatar el juicio de quienes desempeñan la función principal en el régimen de la Iglesia de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los presbíteros, con esta humildad y esta obediencia responsable y voluntaria, se asemejan a Cristo, sintiendo en sí lo que en Cristo Jesús, que \"se anonadó a sí mismo, tomando la forma de siervo..., hecho obediente hasta la muerte\" (Fil., 2, 7-9). Y con esta obediencia venció y reparó la desobediencia de Adán, como atestigua el apóstol: \"Por la desobediencia de un hombre muchos fueron hechos pecadores; así también, por la obediencia de uno muchos serán hechos justos\" (Rom., 5, 19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay que abrazar el celibato y apreciarlo como una gracia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La perfecta y perpetua continencia por el reino de los cielos, recomendada por nuestro Señor[124], aceptada con gusto y observada plausiblemente en el decurso de los siglos e incluso en nuestros días por no pocos fieles cristianos, siempre ha sido tenida en gran aprecio por la Iglesia, especialmente para la vida sacerdotal. Porque es al mismo tiempo emblema y estímulo de la caridad pastoral y fuente peculiar de la fecundidad espiritual en el mundo[125]. No es exigida ciertamente por la naturaleza misma del sacerdocio, como aparece por la práctica de la Iglesia primitiva[126] y por la tradición de las Iglesias orientales, en donde, además de aquellos que con todos los obispos eligen el celibato como un don de la gracia, hay también presbíteros beneméritos casados; pero al tiempo que recomienda el celibato eclesiástico, este Santo Concilio no intenta en modo alguno cambiar la distinta disciplina que rige legítimamente en las Iglesias orientales, y exhorta amabilísimamente a todos los que recibieron el presbiterado en el matrimonio a que, perseverando en la santa vocación, sigan consagrando su vida plena y generosamente al rebaño que se les ha confiado[127]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero el celibato tiene mucha conformidad con el sacerdocio. Porque toda la misión del sacerdote se dedica al servicio de la nueva humanidad, que Cristo, vencedor de la muerte, suscita en el mundo por su Espíritu, y que trae su origen \"no de la sangre, ni de la voluntad carnal, ni de la voluntad de varón, sino de Dios\" (Jn. 1, 13). Los presbíteros, pues, por la virginidad o celibato conservado por el reino de los cielos[128], se consagran a Cristo de una forma nueva y exquisita, se unen a El más fácilmente con un corazón indiviso[129], se dedican más libremente en El y por El al servicio de Dios y de los hombres, sirven más expeditamente a su reino y a la obra de regeneración sobrenatural, y con ello se hacen más aptos para recibir ampliamente la paternidad en Cristo. De esta forma, pues, manifiestan delante de los hombres que quieren dedicarse al ministerio que se les ha confiado, es decir, de desposar a los fieles con un solo varón, y de presentarlos a Cristo como una virgen casta[130], y con ello evocan el misterioso matrimonio establecido por Dios, que ha de manifestarse plenamente en el futuro, por el que la Iglesia tiene a Cristo como Esposo único[131]. Se constituyen, además, en señal viva de aquel mundo futuro, presente ya por la fe y por la caridad, en que los hijos de la resurrección no tomarán maridos ni mujeres[132]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por estas razones, fundadas en el misterio de Cristo y en su misión, el celibato, que al principio se recomendaba a los sacerdotes, fue impuesto por ley después en la Iglesia Latina a todos los que eran promovidos al Orden sagrado. Este Santo Concilio aprueba y confirma esta legislación en cuanto se refiere a los que se destinan para el presbiterado, confiando en el Espíritu que el don del celibato, tan conveniente al sacerdocio del Nuevo Testamento, les será generosamente otorgado por el Padre, con tal que se lo pidan con humildad y constancia los que por el sacramento del Orden participan del sacerdocio de Cristo, más aún, toda la Iglesia. Exhorta también este Sagrado Concilio a los presbíteros que, confiados en la gracia de Dios, recibieron libremente el sagrado celibato según el ejemplo de Cristo, a que, abrazándolo con magnanimidad y de todo corazón, y perseverando en tal estado con fidelidad, reconozcan el don excelso que el Padre les ha dado y que tan claramente ensalza el Señor[133], y pongan ante su consideración los grandes misterios que en él se expresan y se verifican. Cuando más imposible les parece a no pocas personas la perfecta continencia en el mundo actual, con tanto mayor humildad y perseverancia pedirán los presbíteros, juntamente con la Iglesia, la gracia de la fidelidad, que nunca ha sido negada a quienes la piden, sirviéndose también, al mismo tiempo, de todas las ayudas sobrenaturales y naturales, que todos tienen a su alcance. No dejen de seguir las normas, sobre todo las ascéticas, que la experiencia de la Iglesia aprueba, y que no son menos necesarias en el mundo actual. Ruega, por tanto, este Sagrado Concilio, no sólo a los sacerdotes, sino también a todos los fieles, que aprecien cordialmente este precioso don del celibato sacerdotal, y que pidan todos a Dios que El conceda siempre abundantemente ese don a su Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Posición respecto al mundo y los bienes terrenos, y pobreza voluntaria"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por la amigable y fraterna convivencia mutua y con los demás hombres, pueden aprender los presbíteros a cultivar los valores humanos y a apreciar los bienes creados como dones de Dios. Aunque viven en el mundo, sepan siempre, sin embargo, que ellos no son del mundo, según la sentencia del Señor, nuestro Maestro[134]. Disfrutando, pues, del mundo como si no disfrutasen[135], llegarán a la libertad de los que, libres de toda preocupación desordenada, se hacen dóciles para oír la voz divina en la vida ordinaria. De esta libertad y docilidad emana la discreción espiritual con que se halla la recta postura frente al mundo y a los bienes terrenos. Postura de gran importancia para los presbíteros, porque la misión de la Iglesia se desarrolla en medio del mundo, y porque los bienes creados son enteramente necesarios para el provecho personal del hombre. Agradezcan, pus, todo lo que el Padre celestial les concede para vivir convenientemente. Es necesario, con todo, que examinen a la luz de la fe todo lo que se les presenta, para usar de los bienes según la voluntad de Dios y dar de mano a todo cuanto obstaculiza su misión."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pues los sacerdotes, ya que el Señor es su \"porción y herencia\" (núms. 18, 20), deben usar los bienes temporales tan sólo para los fines a los que pueden lícitamente destinarlos, según la doctrina de Cristo Señor y la ordenación de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los bienes eclesiásticos propiamente dichos, según su naturaleza, deben administrarlos los sacerdotes según las normas de las leyes eclesiásticas, con la ayuda, en cuanto sea posible, de expertos seglares, y destinarlos siempre a aquellos fines para cuya consecución es lícito a la Iglesia poseer bienes temporales, esto es, para el mantenimiento del culto divino, para procurar la honesta sustentación del clero y para realizar las obras del sagrado apostolado o de la caridad, sobre todo con los necesitados[136]. En cuanto a los bienes que recaban con ocasión del ejercicio de algún oficio eclesiástico, salvo el derecho particular[137], los presbíteros, lo mismo que los obispos, aplíquenlos, en primer lugar, a su honesto sustento y a la satisfacción de las exigencias de su propio estado; y lo que sobre, sírvanse destinarlo para el bien de la Iglesia y para obras de caridad. No tengan, por consiguiente, el beneficio como una ganancia, ni empleen sus emolumentos para engrosar su propio caudal[138]. Por ello los sacerdotes, teniendo el corazón despegado de las riquezas[139], han de evitar siempre toda clase de ambición y abstenerse cuidadosamente de toda especie de comercio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Más aún, siéntanse invitados a abrazar la pobreza voluntaria, para asemejarse más claramente a Cristo y estar más dispuestos para el ministerio sagrado. Porque Cristo, siendo rico, se hizo pobre por nosotros, para que fuéramos ricos con su pobreza[140]. Y los apóstoles manifestaron, con su ejemplo, que el don gratuito de Dios hay que distribuirlo gratuitamente[141], sabiendo vivir en la abundancia y pasar necesidad[142]. Pero incluso una cierta comunidad de bienes, a semejanza de la que se alaba en la historia de la Iglesia primitiva[143], prepara muy bien el terreno para la caridad pastoral; y por esa forma de vida pueden los presbíteros practicar laudablemente el espíritu de pobreza que Cristo recomienda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Guiados, pues, por el Espíritu del Señor, que ungió al Salvador y lo envió a evangelizar a los pobres[144], los presbíteros, y lo mismo los obispos, mucho más que los restantes discípulos de Cristo, eviten todo cuanto pueda alejar de alguna forma a los pobres, desterrando de sus cosas toda clase de vanidad. Dispongan su morada de forma que a nadie esté cerrada, y que nadie, incluso el más pobre, recele frecuentarla."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. RECURSOS PARA LA VIDA DE LOS PRESBÍTEROS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recursos para fomentar la vida espiritual"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que los presbíteros puedan fomentar la unión con Cristo en todas las circunstancias de la vida, además del ejercicio consciente de su ministerio, cuentan con los medios comunes y particulares, nuevos y antiguos, que nunca deja de suscitar en el pueblo de Dios el Espíritu Santo, y que la Iglesia recomienda, e incluso manda alguna vez, para la santificación de sus miembros[145]. Entre todas las ayudas espirituales sobresalen los actos con que los cristianos se nutren de la palabra de Dios en la doble mesa de la Sagrada Escritura y de la Eucaristía[146]; a nadie se oculta cuánta trascendencia tiene su participación asidua para la santificación propia de los presbíteros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los ministros de la gracia sacramental se unen íntimamente a Cristo Salvador y Pastor por la fructuosa recepción de los sacramentos, sobre todo en la frecuente acción sacramental de la Penitencia, puesto que, preparada con el examen diario de conciencia, favorece tantísimo la necesaria conversión del corazón al amor del Padre de las misericordias. A la luz de la fe, nutrida con la lectura divina, pueden buscar cuidadosamente las señales de la voluntad divina y los impulsos de su gracia en los varios aconteceres de la vida, y hacerse, con ello, más dóciles cada día para su misión recibida en el Espíritu Santo. En la Santísima Virgen María encuentran siempre un ejemplo admirable de esta docilidad, pues ella, guiada por el Espíritu Santo, se entregó totalmente al misterio de la redención de los hombres[147]; veneren y amen los presbíteros con filial devoción y veneración a esta Madre del Sumo y Eterno Sacerdote, Reina de los Apóstoles y auxilio de su ministerio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para cumplir con fidelidad su ministerio, gusten cordialmente el coloquio divino con Cristo Señor en la visita y en el culto personal de la Sagrada Eucaristía; practiquen gustosos el retiro espiritual y aprecien mucho la dirección espiritual. De muchas maneras, especialmente por la recomendada oración mental y variadas fórmulas de oraciones, que eligen a su gusto, los presbíteros buscan y piden instantemente a Dios el verdadero espíritu de oración con que ellos mismos, juntamente con la plebe que se les ha confiado, se unen íntimamente con Cristo Mediador del Nuevo Testamento, y así pueden clamar como hijos de adopción: \"Abba, Padre\" (Rom., 8, 15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estudio y ciencia pastoral"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En el sagrado rito de la Ordenación el obispo recomienda a los presbíteros que \"estén maduros en la ciencia\" y que su doctrina sea \"medicina espiritual para el pueblo de Dios\"[148]. Pero la ciencia de un ministro sagrado debe ser sagrada, porque emana de una fuente sagrada y a un fin sagrado se dirige. Ante todo, pues, se obtiene por la lectura y meditación de la Sagrada Escritura[149], y se nutre también fructuosamente con el estudio de los santos Padres y Doctores, y de otros monumentos de la Tradición. Además, para responder convenientemente a los problemas propuestos por los hombres contemporáneos, conviene que los presbíteros conozcan los documentos del Magisterio y, sobre todo, de los Concilios y de los Romanos Pontífices, y consulten a los mejores y probados escritores de Teología."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero como en nuestros tiempos la cultura humana, y también las ciencias sagradas, avanzan con un ritmo nuevo, los presbíteros se ven impulsados a completar convenientemente y sin intermisión su ciencia divina y humana, y a prepararse, de esta forma, para entablar más ventajosamente el diálogo con los hombres de su tiempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que los presbíteros se entreguen más fácilmente a los estudios y capten con más eficacia los métodos de la evangelización y del apostolado, prepárenseles cuidadosamente los medios necesarios, como son la organización de cursos y de congresos, según las condiciones de cada país, la erección de centros destinados a los estudios pastorales, la fundación de bibliotecas y una conveniente dirección de los estudios por personas competentes. Consideren, además, los obispos, o en particular, o reunidos entre sí, el modo más conveniente de conseguir que todos los presbíteros, en tiempo determinado, sobre todo en los primeros años después de su Ordenación[150], puedan asistir a un curso en que se les brinde la ocasión de conseguir un conocimiento más completo de los métodos pastorales y de la ciencia teológica, y, sobre todo, de fortalecer su vida espiritual y de comunicarse mutuamente con los hermanos las experiencias apostólicas[151]. Ayúdese especialmente con estas y otras atenciones oportunas también a los neo-párrocos y a los que se destinan para una nueva empresa pastoral, o a los que se envían a otra diócesis o nación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Procuren, por fin, los obispos que se dediquen algunos más profundamente a la ciencia divina, a fin de que nunca falten maestros idóneos para formar a los clérigos, para ayudar a los otros sacerdotes y a los fieles a conseguir la doctrina que necesitan, y para fomentar el sano progreso en las disciplinas sagradas, que es totalmente necesario en la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay que proveer la justa remuneración de los presbíteros"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los presbíteros, entregados al servicio de Dios en el cumplimiento de la misión que se les ha confiado, son dignos de recibir la justa remuneración, porque \"el obrero es digno de su salario\" (Lc., 10, 7)[152], y \"el Señor ha ordenado a los que anuncian el Evangelio que vivan del Evangelio\" (1 Cor., 9, 14). Por lo cual, cuando no se haya provisto de otra forma la justa remuneración de los presbíteros, los mismos fieles tienen la obligación de cuidar que puedan procurarse los medios necesarios para vivir honesta y dignamente, ya que los presbíteros consagran su trabajo al bien de los fieles. Los obispos, por su parte, tienen el deber de avisar a los fieles acerca de esta obligación, y deben procurar, o bien cada uno para su diócesis o mejor varios en unión para el territorio común, que se establezcan normas con que se mire por la honesta sustentación de quienes desempeñan o han desempeñado alguna función en servicio del pueblo de Dios. Pero la remuneración que cada uno ha de recibir, habida consideración de la naturaleza del cargo mismo y de las condiciones de lugares y de tiempos, sea fundamentalmente la misma para todos los que se hallen en las mismas circunstancias, corresponda a su condición y les permita, además, no sólo proveer a la paga de las personas dedicadas al servicio de los presbíteros, sino también ayudar personalmente, de algún modo, a los necesitados, porque el ministerio para con los pobres lo apreció muchísimo la Iglesia ya desde sus principios. Esta remuneración, además, sea tal que permita a los presbíteros disfrutar de un tiempo debido y suficiente de vacaciones: los obispos deben procurar que lo puedan tener los presbíteros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es preciso atribuir la máxima importancia a la función que desempeñan los sagrados ministros. Por lo cual hay que dejar el sistema que llaman beneficial, o a lo menos hay que reformarlo, de suerte que la parte beneficial, o el derecho a las rentas anejas por dote al oficio, se considere como secundaria y se atribuya, en derecho, el primer lugar al propio oficio eclesiástico, que, por cierto, ha de entenderse en lo sucesivo cualquier cargo conferido establemente para ejercer un fin espiritual."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay que establecer fondos comunes de bienes y ordenar una previsión social en favor de los presbíteros"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Téngase siempre presente el ejemplo de los cristianos en la primitiva Iglesia de Jerusalén, en la que \"todo lo tenían en común\" (Act., 4, 32) \"y a cada uno se le repartía según su necesidad\" (Act., 4, 35). Es, pues, muy conveniente que, por lo menos en las regiones en que la sustentación del clero depende total o parcialmente de donativos de los fieles, recoja los bienes ofrecidos a este fin una institución diocesana, que administra el obispo con la ayuda de sacerdotes delegados, y, donde lo aconseje la utilidad, también de seglares peritos en economía. Se desea, además, que, en cuanto sea posible, en cada diócesis o región se constituya un fondo común de bienes con que puedan los obispos satisfacer otras obligaciones, y con que también las diócesis más ricas puedan ayudar a las más pobres, de forma que la abundancia de aquellas alivie la escasez de éstas[153]. Este fondo ha de constituirse, sobre todo, por las ofrendas de los fieles, pero también por los bienes que provienen de otras fuentes, que el derecho ha de concretar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Además, en las naciones en que todavía no está convenientemente organizada la previsión social en favor del clero, procuren las Conferencias Episcopales que, consideradas siempre las leyes eclesiásticas y civiles, se establezcan, o bien instituciones diocesanas, también federadas entre sí, o bien instituciones organizadas a un tiempo para varias diócesis, o bien una asociación establecida para todo el territorio, por las que, bajo la atención de la jerarquía, se provea suficientemente a la que llaman conveniente seguro o asistencia sanitaria, y a la debida sustentación de los presbíteros enfermos, inválidos o ancianos. Ayuden los sacerdotes a esta institución una vez erigida, movidos por espíritu de solidaridad para con sus hermanos, tomando parte en sus tribulaciones[154], considerando, al mismo tiempo, que así, sin angustia del futuro, pueden practicar la pobreza con resuelto espíritu evangélico y entregarse plenamente a la salvación de las almas. Procuren aquellos a quienes competa que estas instituciones de diversas naciones se reúnan entre sí, para que consigan más consistencia y se propaguen más ampliamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSIÓN Y EXHORTACIÓN"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este Sagrado Concilio, aun teniendo presente los gozos de la vida sacerdotal, no puede olvidar las dificultades en que se ven los presbíteros en las actuales circunstancias de la vida de hoy. Sabe también cuánto se transforman las condiciones económicas y sociales e incluso las costumbres humanas, y cuánto se muda el orden de valores en el aprecio de los hombres; por lo cual los ministros de la Iglesia, e incluso muchas veces los fieles cristianos, se sienten en este mundo como ajenos a él, buscando angustiosamente los medios idóneos y las palabras para poder comunicar con él. Porque los nuevos impedimentos que obstaculizan la fe, la aparente esterilidad del trabajo realizado, y la acerba soledad que sienten pueden ponerles en peligro de que decaigan sus ánimos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero Dios amó de tal forma al mundo, cual hoy se confía al amor y al ministerio de los presbíteros de la Iglesia, que dio por él a su Hijo Unigénito[155]. En efecto, este mundo, dominado, es cierto, por muchos pecados, pero dotado también de no pequeñas facultades, ofrece a la Iglesia piedras vivas[156], que se estructuran para morada de Dios en el Espíritu[157]. El mismo Espíritu Santo, mientras impulsa a la Iglesia a abrir nuevos caminos para llegar al mundo de este tiempo, sugiere también y alienta las convenientes acomodaciones del ministerio sacerdotal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recuerden los presbíteros que nunca están solos en su trabajo, sino sostenidos por la virtud todopoderosa de Dios: y creyendo en Cristo, que los llamó a participar de su sacerdocio, entréguense con toda confianza a su ministerio, sabedores de que Dios es poderoso para aumentar en ellos la caridad[158]. Recuerden también que tienen como cooperadores a sus hermanos en el sacerdocio, más aún, a todos los fieles del mundo. Porque todos los presbíteros cooperan en la consecución del plan salutífero de Dios, es decir, en el misterio de Cristo o sacramento oculto desde hace siglos en Dios[159], que no se lleva a efecto más que poco a poco, esforzándose de consuno todos los ministerios para la edificación del Cuerpo de Cristo, hasta que se complete la medida de su tiempo. Estando todo escondido con Cristo en Dios[160], puede percibirse, sobre todo, por la fe. Y es necesario que los guías del pueblo de Dios caminen por la fe, siguiendo el ejemplo de Abraham el fiel, que por la fe \"obedeció y salió hacia la tierra que había de recibir en herencia, pero sin saber adónde iba\" (Hb., 11, 8). En efecto, el dispensador de los misterios de Dios puede compararse al hombre que siembre en un campo, del que dijo el Señor: \"Y ya duerma, ya vele, de noche y de día, la semilla germina y crece, sin que él sepa cómo\" (Mc., 4, 27)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo demás, el Señor Jesús, que dijo: \"Confiad, yo he vencido al mundo\" (Jn., 16, 33), no prometió a su Iglesia con estas palabras una victoria completa en este mundo. Pero se goza el Sagrado Concilio porque la tierra, repleta de la semilla del Evangelio, fructifica ahora en muchos lugares bajo la guía del Espíritu del Señor, que llena el orbe de la tierra, y que excitó en los corazones de muchos sacerdotes y fieles el espíritu verdaderamente misional. De todo ello el Sagrado Concilio da amantísimamente las gracias a todos los presbíteros del mundo: \"Y al que es poderoso para hacer que copiosamente abundemos más de lo que pedimos o pensamos, en virtud del poder que actúa en nosotros, a El sea la gloria en la Iglesia y en Cristo Jesús\" (Ef., 3, 20-21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todas y cada una de las cosas de este Decreto fueron del agrado de los Padres del Sacrosanto Concilio. Y Nos, con la Apostólica autoridad conferida por Cristo, juntamente con los Venerables Padres, en el Espíritu Santo, las aprobamos, decretamos y establecemos y mandamos que, decretadas sinodalmente, sean promulgadas para gloria de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, en San Pedro, día 7 de diciembre de 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yo, PABLO, Obispo de la Iglesia Católica"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTAS"
            }
          ]
        },
        "fr": {
          "code": "fr",
          "label": "Français",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651207_presbyterorum-ordinis_fr.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-195-vat-ii_decree_19651207_presbyterorum-ordinis_fr.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAUL, ÉVÊQUE, SERVITEUR DES SERVITEURS DE DIEU, AVEC LES PÈRES DU SAINT CONCILE, POUR QUE LE SOUVENIR S'EN MAINTIENNE À JAMAIS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DÉCRET SUR LE MINISTÈRE ET LA VIE DES PRÊTRES PRESBYTERORUM ORDINIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7 décembre 1965"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRÉAMBULE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Plusieurs fois déjà, ce saint Concile a rappelé à tous l’importance de l’Ordre des prêtres dans l’Église [1]. Cet Ordre joue, dans la rénovation de l’Église du Christ, un rôle essentiel, mais aussi de plus en plus difficile : d’où l’utilité de ce décret qui parle des prêtres de manière plus détaillée et plus approfondie. Il concerne tous les prêtres, spécialement ceux qui exercent une charge pastorale ; en ce qui concerne les prêtres religieux, on fera les adaptations qui s’imposent. Par la sainte ordination et la mission reçues des évêques, les prêtres sont promus au service du Christ Docteur, Prêtre et Roi ; ils participent à son ministère, qui, de jour en jour, construit ici-bas l’Église pour qu’elle soit Peuple de Dieu, Corps du Christ, Temple du Saint-Esprit. Dans une situation pastorale et humaine qui souvent a subi de profonds changements, il fallait les soutenir plus efficacement dans leur ministère et mieux s’occuper de leur vie. C’est pourquoi ce saint Concile déclare et décide ce qui suit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE PREMIER : Le presbytérat dans la mission de l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nature du presbytérat"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Seigneur Jésus, « que le Père a sanctifié et envoyé dans le monde » (Jn 10, 36), fait participer tout son Corps mystique à l’onction de l’Esprit qu’il a reçue [2] : en lui, tous les fidèles deviennent un sacerdoce saint et royal, offrent des sacrifices spirituels à Dieu par Jésus Christ, et proclament les hauts faits de Celui qui les a appelés des ténèbres à son admirable lumière [3]. Il n’y a donc aucun membre qui n’ait sa part dans la mission du Corps tout entier ; chacun d’eux doit sanctifier Jésus dans son cœur [4] et rendre témoignage à Jésus par l’esprit de prophétie [5]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais le même Seigneur, voulant faire des chrétiens un seul corps, où « tous les membres n’ont pas la même fonction » (Rm 12, 4), a établi parmi eux des ministres qui, dans la communauté des chrétiens, seraient investis par l’Ordre du pouvoir sacré d’offrir le Sacrifice et de remettre les péchés [6], et y exerceraient publiquement pour les hommes au nom du Christ la fonction sacerdotale. C’est ainsi que le Christ a envoyé ses Apôtres comme le Père l’avait envoyé [7], puis, par l’intermédiaire des Apôtres, il a fait participer à sa consécration et à sa mission les évêques, leurs successeurs [8], dont la fonction ministérielle a été transmise aux prêtres à un degré subordonné [9] : ceux-ci sont donc établis dans l’Ordre du presbytérat pour être les coopérateurs de l’ordre épiscopal [10] dans l’accomplissement de la mission apostolique confiée par le Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La fonction des prêtres, en tant qu’elle est unie à l’ordre épiscopal, participe à l’autorité par laquelle le Christ édifie, sanctifie et gouverne son Corps. C’est pourquoi le sacerdoce des prêtres, s’il repose sur les sacrements de l’initiation chrétienne, est cependant conféré au moyen du sacrement particulier qui, par l’onction du Saint- Esprit, les marque d’un caractère spécial, et les configure ainsi au Christ Prêtre pour les rendre capables d’agir au nom du Christ Tête en personne [11]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Participant, pour leur part, à la fonction des Apôtres, les prêtres reçoivent de Dieu la grâce qui les fait ministres du Christ Jésus parmi les nations, assurant le service sacré de l’Évangile, pour que les nations deviennent une offrande agréable, sanctifiée par l’Esprit Saint [12]. En effet, l’annonce apostolique de l’Évangile convoque et rassemble le Peuple de Dieu, afin que tous les membres de ce peuple, étant sanctifiés par l’Esprit Saint, s’offrent eux-mêmes en « victime vivante, sainte, agréable à Dieu » (Rm 12, 1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais c’est par le ministère des prêtres que se consomme le sacrifice spirituel des chrétiens, en union avec le sacrifice du Christ, l’unique Médiateur, offert au nom de toute l’Église dans l’Eucharistie par les mains des prêtres, de manière non sanglante et sacramentelle, jusqu’à ce que vienne le Seigneur lui-même [13]. C’est à cela que tend leur ministère, c’est en cela qu’il trouve son accomplissement : commençant par l’annonce de l’Évangile, il tire sa force et sa puissance du sacrifice du Christ et il vise à ce que « la Cité rachetée tout entière, c’est-à-dire la société et l’assemblée des saints, soit offerte à Dieu comme un sacrifice universel par le Grand Prêtre qui est allé jusqu’à s’offrir pour nous dans sa Passion, pour faire de nous le Corps d’une aussi grande Tête [14] »."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi donc, la fin que les prêtres poursuivent dans leur ministère et dans leur vie, c’est de rendre gloire à Dieu le Père dans le Christ. Et cette gloire, c’est l’accueil, conscient, libre et reconnaissant, des hommes à l’œuvre de Dieu accomplie dans le Christ ; c’est le rayonnement de cette œuvre à travers toute leur vie. Ainsi, dans les temps de prière et d’adoration comme dans l’annonce de la Parole, dans l’offrande du sacrifice eucharistique et l’administration des autres sacrements comme dans les différents ministères exercés au service des hommes, les prêtres contribuent à la fois à faire croître la gloire de Dieu et à faire avancer les hommes dans la vie divine. Tout cela découle de la Pâque du Christ, tout cela s’achèvera dans le retour glorieux du Seigneur, quand il remettra le Royaume à Dieu le Père [15]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Condition des prêtres dans le monde"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pris du milieu des hommes et établis en faveur des hommes, dans leurs relations avec Dieu, afin d’offrir des dons et des sacrifices pour les péchés [16], les prêtres vivent avec les autres hommes comme avec des frères. C’est ce qu’a fait le Seigneur Jésus : Fils de Dieu, homme envoyé aux hommes par le Père, il a demeuré parmi nous et il a voulu devenir en tout semblable à ses frères, à l’exception cependant du péché [17]. Et déjà, il a été imité par les saints Apôtres : saint Paul, docteur des nations, « mis à part pour l’Évangile de Dieu » (Rm 1, 1), atteste qu’il s’est fait tout à tous afin de les sauver tous [18]. Par leur vocation et leur ordination, les prêtres de la Nouvelle Alliance sont, d’une certaine manière, mis à part au sein du Peuple de Dieu ; mais ce n’est pas pour être séparés de ce peuple, ni d’aucun homme quel qu’il soit ; c’est pour être totalement consacrés à l’œuvre à laquelle le Seigneur les appelle [19]. Ils ne pourraient être ministres du Christ s’ils n’étaient témoins et dispensateurs d’une vie autre que la vie terrestre, mais ils ne seraient pas non plus capables de servir les hommes s’ils restaient étrangers à leur existence et à leurs conditions de vie [20]. Leur ministère même exige, à un titre particulier, qu’ils ne prennent pas modèle sur le monde présent [21] et, en même temps, il réclame qu’ils vivent dans ce monde au milieu des hommes, que, tels de bons pasteurs, ils connaissent leurs brebis et cherchent à amener celles qui ne sont pas de ce bercail, pour qu’elles aussi écoutent la voix du Christ, afin qu’il y ait un seul troupeau et un seul pasteur [22]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour y parvenir, certaines qualités jouent un grand rôle, celles qu’on apprécie à juste titre dans les relations humaines, comme la bonté, la sincérité, la force morale, la persévérance, la passion pour la justice, la délicatesse, et d’autres vertus encore, celles que l’apôtre Paul recommande quand il dit : « Tout ce qu’il y a de vrai, d’honorable, tout ce qui est juste, pur, digne d’être aimé, tout ce qui est vertueux et digne d’éloges, faites-en l’objet de vos pensées » (cf. Ph 4, 8) [23]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE II : Le ministère des prêtres"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Fonctions des prêtres"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les prêtres, ministres de la Parole de Dieu"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Peuple de Dieu est rassemblé d’abord par la Parole du Dieu vivant [24] qu’il convient d’attendre tout spécialement de la bouche des prêtres [25]. En effet, nul ne peut être sauvé sans avoir d’abord cru [26] ; les prêtres, comme coopérateurs des évêques, ont pour premier devoir d’annoncer l’Évangile à tous les hommes [27] ; ils exécutent ainsi l’ordre du Seigneur : « Allez par le monde entier, prêchez l’Évangile à toute la création » (Mc 16, 15) [28], et ainsi ils constituent et font grandir le Peuple de Dieu. C’est la parole de salut qui éveille la foi dans le cœur des non-chrétiens, et qui la nourrit dans le cœur des chrétiens ; c’est elle qui donne naissance et croissance à la communauté des fidèles ; comme le dit l’Apôtre : « La foi vient de ce qu’on entend, ce qu’on entend vient par la parole du Christ » (Rm 10, 17). Ainsi les prêtres se doivent à tous les hommes : ils ont à leur faire partager la vérité de l’Évangile [29] dont le Seigneur les fait bénéficier. Soit donc qu’ils aient parmi les nations une belle conduite pour les amener à glorifier Dieu [30], soit qu’ils prêchent ouvertement pour annoncer aux incroyants le mystère du Christ, soit qu’ils transmettent l’enseignement chrétien ou exposent la doctrine de l’Église, soit qu’ils étudient à la lumière du Christ les problèmes de leur temps, dans tous les cas il s’agit pour eux d’enseigner, non pas leur propre sagesse, mais la Parole de Dieu, et d’inviter tous les hommes avec insistance à la conversion et à la sainteté [31]. Cette prédication des prêtres, dans l’état actuel du monde, est souvent très difficile ; si elle veut vraiment atteindre l’esprit des auditeurs, elle ne doit pas se contenter d’exposer la Parole de Dieu de façon générale et abstraite, mais elle doit appliquer la vérité permanente de l’Évangile aux circonstances concrètes de la vie. Il y a donc bien des manières d’exercer le ministère de la parole, selon les besoins différents des auditeurs et les charismes des prédicateurs. Dans les pays ou les milieux non chrétiens, c’est par l’annonce de l’Évangile que les hommes sont conduits à la foi et aux sacrements du salut [32] ; dans la communauté chrétienne elle-même, surtout pour ceux qui peuvent manquer de foi ou d’intelligence à l’égard de ce qu’ils pratiquent, la proclamation de la parole est indispensable au ministère sacramentel lui-même, puisqu’il s’agit des sacrements de la foi, et que celle-ci a besoin de la Parole pour naître et se nourrir [33]. Cela vaut spécialement pour la liturgie de la Parole dans la célébration de la messe, où sont inséparablement unies l’annonce de la mort et de la résurrection du Seigneur, la réponse du peuple qui l’écoute, l’oblation même du Christ scellant en son Sang la Nouvelle Alliance, et la communion des chrétiens à cette oblation par la prière et la réception du sacrement [34]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les prêtres, ministres des sacrements et de l’Eucharistie"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieu, le seul Saint, le seul Sanctificateur, a voulu s’associer des hommes comme collaborateurs et humbles serviteurs de cette œuvre de sanctification. Ainsi, par le ministère de l’évêque, Dieu consacre des prêtres qui participent de manière spéciale au sacerdoce du Christ, et agissent dans les célébrations sacrées comme ministres de celui qui, par son Esprit, exerce sans cesse pour nous, dans la liturgie, sa fonction sacerdotale [35]. Par le baptême, ils font entrer les hommes dans le Peuple de Dieu ; par le sacrement de pénitence, ils réconcilient les pécheurs avec Dieu et avec l’Église ; par l’onction des malades, ils soulagent ceux qui souffrent ; et, surtout, par la célébration de la messe, ils offrent sacramentellement le sacrifice du Christ. Et chaque fois qu’ils célèbrent un de ces sacrements – comme l’attestait déjà, aux premiers temps de l’Église, saint Ignace d’Antioche [36] – les prêtres sont, de diverses manières, hiérarchiquement en union avec l’évêque, assurant ainsi en quelque sorte sa présence dans chacune des communautés chrétiennes [37]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Or, les autres sacrements, ainsi que tous les ministères ecclésiaux et les tâches apostoliques, sont tous liés à l’Eucharistie et ordonnés à elle [38]. Car la sainte Eucharistie contient tout le trésor spirituel de l’Église [39], à savoir le Christ lui-même, notre Pâque, le pain vivant, lui dont la chair, vivifiée et vivifiant par l’Esprit Saint, donne la vie aux hommes, les invitant et les conduisant à offrir, en union avec lui, leur propre vie, leur travail, toute la création. On voit donc alors comment l’Eucharistie est bien la source et le sommet de toute l’évangélisation : tandis que les catéchumènes sont progressivement conduits à y participer, les fidèles, déjà marqués par le baptême et la confirmation, trouvent en recevant l’Eucharistie leur insertion plénière dans le Corps du Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi, c’est l’assemblée eucharistique qui est le centre de la communauté des fidèles présidée par le prêtre. Les prêtres apprennent donc aux fidèles à offrir la victime divine à Dieu le Père dans le sacrifice de la messe, et à faire avec elle l’offrande de leur vie ; dans l’esprit du Christ Pasteur, ils les éduquent à soumettre leurs péchés à l’Église avec un cœur contrit dans le sacrement de pénitence, pour se convertir de plus en plus au Seigneur, se souvenant de ses paroles : « Repentez-vous, car le Royaume des cieux est tout proche » (Mt 4, 17). De même, ils leur apprennent à participer aux célébrations liturgiques de manière à pouvoir y prier sincèrement ; ils les guident, suivant les grâces et les besoins de chacun, à approfondir sans cesse leur esprit de prière pour en imprégner toute leur vie ; ils donnent à tous le désir d’être fidèles à leurs devoirs d’état, et aux plus avancés celui de pratiquer les conseils évangéliques d’une manière adaptée à chacun. Bref, ils instruisent les chrétiens à célébrer le Seigneur de tout cœur par des hymnes et des chants spirituels, rendant grâces en tout temps pour toutes choses au nom de Notre Seigneur Jésus Christ à Dieu, le Père [40]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La louange et l’action de grâce qu’ils expriment en célébrant l’Eucharistie, les prêtres les étendent encore aux différentes heures de la journée quand ils s’acquittent de l’office divin, où ils prient au nom de l’Église pour tout le peuple qui leur est confié, bien plus, pour le monde entier."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quant à la maison de prière où la très sainte Eucharistie est célébrée et conservée, où les fidèles se rassemblent, où la présence du Fils de Dieu notre Sauveur, offert pour nous sur l’autel du sacrifice, est honorée pour le soutien et le réconfort des chrétiens, cette maison doit être belle et bien adaptée à la prière et aux célébrations liturgiques [41]. Les pasteurs et les chrétiens sont invités à venir y manifester leur réponse reconnaissante au don de celui qui, sans cesse, par son humanité, répand la vie divine dans les membres de son Corps [42]. Les prêtres doivent veiller à cultiver comme il se doit la science et la pratique liturgiques, pour que leur ministère liturgique permette aux communautés chrétiennes qui leur ont confiées de louer toujours plus parfaitement Dieu le Père, le Fils et le Saint-Esprit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les prêtres, chefs du Peuple de Dieu"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exerçant, pour la part d’autorité qui est la leur, la charge du Christ Tête et Pasteur, les prêtres, au nom de l’évêque, rassemblent la famille de Dieu, fraternité qui n’a qu’une âme, et par le Christ dans l’Esprit, ils la conduisent à Dieu le Père [43]. Pour exercer ce ministère, comme pour les autres fonctions du prêtre, ils reçoivent un pouvoir spirituel, qui leur est donné pour l’édification de l’Église [44]. Dans cette œuvre de construction, la conduite des prêtres, à l’exemple de celle du Seigneur, doit être extrêmement humaine envers tous les hommes. Ce n’est pourtant pas selon ce qui plaît aux hommes [45] mais selon les exigences de la doctrine et de la vie chrétiennes qu’ils doivent agir à leur égard, les enseignant et les instruisant comme des enfants, et des enfants bien aimés [46] selon les paroles de l’Apôtre : « Insiste à temps et à contretemps, réfute, menace, exhorte avec beaucoup de patience et le souci d’instruire » (2 Tm 4, 2) [47]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comme éducateurs de la foi, les prêtres ont à veiller, par eux-mêmes ou par d’autres, à ce que chaque fidèle parvienne, dans le Saint-Esprit, à l’épanouissement de sa vocation personnelle selon l’Évangile, à une charité sincère et active, et à la liberté par laquelle le Christ nous a libérés [48]. Des cérémonies, même très belles, des groupements, même florissants, n’auront guère d’utilité s’ils ne servent pas à éduquer les hommes et à leur faire atteindre la maturité chrétienne [49]. Pour arriver à cette maturité, les prêtres sauront les aider à devenir capables de lire dans les événements petits ou grands, ce que réclame une situation, ce que Dieu attend d’eux. On formera encore les chrétiens à ne pas vivre pour eux seuls, mais à savoir, selon les exigences de la Loi nouvelle de charité, mettre au service des autres la grâce reçue par chacun [50], afin que tous remplissent en chrétiens le rôle qui leur revient dans la communauté des hommes. Les prêtres, certes, se doivent à tous ; cependant ils considèrent que les pauvres et les petits leur sont confiés d’une manière spéciale ; le Seigneur, en effet, a montré qu’il avait lui-même partie liée avec eux [51], et leur évangélisation est présentée comme un signe de l’œuvre messianique [52]. Ils auront encore une attention particulière pour les jeunes, et aussi pour les époux et les parents ; il est souhaitable que ceux-ci se réunissent en groupes amicaux où ils s’entraideront pour vivre plus facilement et plus totalement leur christianisme dans une existence souvent difficile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les prêtres ne doivent pas oublier les religieux et les religieuses : partie éminente de la maison du Seigneur, ceux-ci méritent tous qu’on s’attache spécialement à leur progrès spirituel dans l’intérêt de toute l’Église. Enfin, ils auront un très grand souci des malades et des mourants : ils les visiteront et les réconforteront dans le Seigneur [53]. La fonction de pasteur ne se limite pas au soutien individuel des fidèles ; elle a encore pour tâche propre la formation d’une authentique communauté chrétienne. Or, l’esprit communautaire ne se développe vraiment que s’il dépasse l’Église locale pour embrasser l’Église universelle. La communauté locale ne doit pas seulement s’occuper de ses propres fidèles ; elle doit avoir l’esprit missionnaire et frayer la route à tous les hommes vers le Christ. Mais elle est tout spécialement attentive aux catéchumènes et aux nouveaux baptisés qu’elle doit éduquer peu à peu dans la découverte et la pratique de la vie chrétienne."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aucune communauté chrétienne ne peut se construire sans trouver sa racine et son centre dans la célébration de la très sainte Eucharistie [54] : c’est donc par celle-ci que doit commencer toute éducation de l’esprit communautaire ; mais une célébration sincère, pleinement vécue, doit déboucher aussi bien dans les activités diverses de la charité et de l’entraide que dans l’action missionnaire et les diverses formes du témoignage chrétien."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par la charité, la prière, l’exemple, les efforts de pénitence, la communauté ecclésiale exerce encore une véritable maternité pour conduire les âmes au Christ : elle constitue un instrument efficace pour montrer ou préparer à ceux qui ne croient pas encore un chemin vers le Christ et son Église, pour réveiller les fidèles, les nourrir, leur donner des forces pour le combat spirituel."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En bâtissant la communauté chrétienne, les prêtres ne sont jamais au service d’une idéologie ou d’une faction humaines : hérauts de l’Évangile et pasteurs de l’Église, c’est à la croissance spirituelle du Corps du Christ qu’ils consacrent leurs forces."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Relations des prêtres avec les autres"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relations entre les évêques et le presbyterium"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tous les prêtres, en union avec les évêques, participent à l’unique sacerdoce et à l’unique ministère du Christ ; c’est donc l’unité même de consécration et de mission qui réclame leur communion hiérarchique avec l’ordre des évêques [55] ; manifestée de manière excellente dans la concélébration liturgique, cette union avec les évêques est affirmée explicitement au cœur de la célébration de l’Eucharistie [56]. Que les évêques donc, à cause du don de l’Esprit Saint que les prêtres ont reçu à leur ordination, voient en eux des auxiliaires et des conseillers indispensables dans leur ministère et leur charge de docteurs, sanctificateurs et pasteurs du Peuple de Dieu [57]. C’est ce que soulignent fortement, dès les origines de l’Église, les textes liturgiques qui demandent solennellement à Dieu, pour celui qu’on ordonne prêtre, l’envoi de « l’esprit de grâce et de conseil, afin qu’il assiste le peuple et le gouverne avec un cœur pur [58] », de même qu’au désert l’esprit de Moïse fut communiqué à soixante-dix hommes prudents [59] « afin que, secondé par eux, il pût facilement gouverner les multitudes innombrables du peuple [60] ». En raison de cette communion dans le même sacerdoce et le même ministère, les évêques doivent donc considérer leurs prêtres comme des frères et des amis [61], et se préoccuper, autant qu’ils le peuvent, de leur bien, matériel d’abord, mais surtout spirituel. Car c’est à eux, avant tout, que revient la grave responsabilité de la sainteté de leurs prêtres [62] ; ils doivent donc se préoccuper activement de la formation permanente de leur presbyterium [63]. Qu’ils sachent les écouter volontiers, les consulter même, et parler avec eux de ce qui concerne les exigences du travail pastoral et le bien du diocèse. Pour que cela devienne effectif, on établira, de la manière la plus adaptée aux conditions et aux besoins actuels [64] un conseil ou sénat de prêtres, représentant le presbyterium [65] ; le droit aura à déterminer la structure et le fonctionnement de cet organisme, qui devra être en mesure d’aider efficacement l’évêqe de ses conseils pour le gouvernement du diocèse. Quant aux prêtres, ils savent que les évêques sont revêtus de la plénitude du sacrement de l’Ordre ; ils doivent donc respecter en eux l’autorité du Christ Pasteur suprême. Qu’ils aient pour leur évêque un attachement sincère, dans la charité et l’obéissance [66]. Ce qui fonde cette obéissance imprégnée d’esprit de coopération, c’est la participation même au ministère épiscopal que les prêtres reçoivent par le sacrement de l’Ordre et la mission canonique [67]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’union des prêtres avec les évêques est une exigence particulière de notre temps : à l’époque où nous sommes, bien des raisons font que les initiatives apostoliques doivent non seulement prendre des formes multiples, mais encore dépasser les limites d’une seule paroisse ou d’un seul diocèse. Aucun prêtre n’est donc en mesure d’accomplir toute sa mission isolément et comme individuellement ; il ne peut se passer d’unir ses forces à celles des autres prêtres sous la conduite de ceux qui président à l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Union fraternelle et coopération entre prêtres"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Du fait de leur ordination, qui les a fait entrer dans l’ordre du presbytérat, les prêtres sont tous intimement liés entre eux par la fraternité sacramentelle ; mais, du fait de leur affectation au service d’un diocèse en dépendance de l’évêque local, ils forment tout spécialement à ce niveau un presbyterium unique. Certes, les tâches confiées sont diverses ; il s’agit pourtant d’un ministère sacerdotal unique exercé au bénéfice des hommes. C’est pour coopérer à la même œuvre que tous les prêtres sont envoyés, ceux qui exercent un ministère paroissial ou supraparoissial comme ceux qui se consacrent à un travail scientifique de recherche ou d’enseignement, ceux-là mêmes qui travaillent manuellement et partagent la condition ouvrière – là où, avec l’approbation de l’autorité compétente, ce ministère est jugé opportun – comme ceux qui accomplissent d’autres tâches apostoliques ou ordonnées à l’apostolat. Finalement, tous visent le même but : édifier le Corps du Christ ; de notre temps surtout, cette tâche réclame des fonctions multiples et des adaptations nouvelles. Il est donc essentiel que tous les prêtres, diocésains aussi bien que religieux, s’entraident et travaillent toujours ensemble à l’œuvre de la vérité [68]. Chaque membre de ce presbyterium noue avec les autres des liens spéciaux de charité apostolique, de ministère et de fraternité : c’est ce que la liturgie exprime depuis l’Antiquité quand elle invite les prêtres présents ensemble avec l’évêque qui ordonne à imposer les mains au nouvel élu et quand elle les rassemble, unanimes, dans la concélébration de la sainte Eucharistie. Chaque prêtre est donc uni à ses confrères par un lien de charité, de prière et de coopération sous toutes ses formes ; ainsi se manifeste l’unité parfaite que le Christ a voulu établir entre les siens, afin que le monde croie que le Fils a été envoyé par le Père [69]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cela doit amener les plus âgés à accueillir les plus jeunes vraiment comme des frères, à les aider dans les premières activités et les premières tâches du ministère, à essayer de comprendre leur mentalité même si elle est différente de la leur, à suivre leurs efforts avec bienveillance. De même, les jeunes sauront respecter l’âge et l’expérience des anciens, dialoguer avec eux sur les problèmes pastoraux et partager avec joie leur travail."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans cet esprit fraternel, les prêtres ne doivent pas oublier l’hospitalité [70] ; soucieux de la bienfaisance et du partage de leurs biens [71], qu’ils s’occupent en particulier de ceux qui sont malades, découragés, surmenés, isolés, chassés de leur patrie ou persécutés [72]. Qu’ils aiment aussi à se retrouver dans la joie pour se détendre, se souvenant de l’invitation que le Seigneur lui-même adressait aux Apôtres épuisés : « Venez à l’écart dans un lieu désert et reposez-vous un peu » (Mc 6, 31). Mais les prêtres ont encore besoin de s’entraider pour le développement de leur vie spirituelle et intellectuelle, d’améliorer leur coopération dans le ministère, d’éviter les dangers que peut entraîner la solitude : autant de motifs qui poussent à encourager une certaine vie commune ou un certain partage de vie entre les prêtres ; les réalisations peuvent prendre bien des formes suivant les besoins personnels ou pastoraux : cohabitation là où c’est possible, communauté de table, ou tout au moins réunions fréquentes et régulières. Les associations sacerdotales sont, elles aussi, dignes d’estime et de vifs encouragements : grâce à leurs statuts contrôlés par l’autorité ecclésiastique compétente, elles proposent une règle de vie adaptée et dûment approuvée, et un soutien fraternel qui aident les prêtres à se sanctifier dans l’exercice du ministère ; de ce fait, elles se mettent au service de l’ordre des prêtres tout entier."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfin, cette communion dans le sacerdoce doit amener les prêtres à se sentir spécialement responsables de ceux d’entre eux qui éprouvent des difficultés ; ils sauront, au bon moment, leur apporter leur soutien et, s’il y a lieu, leur faire des remarques discrètes. Avec ceux qui ont connu la défaillance sur certains points, ils feront toujours preuve d’amour fraternel et de générosité : ils prieront Dieu pour eux avec insistance et veilleront sans cesse à être vraiment à leur égard des frères et des amis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vie des prêtres avec les laïcs"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le sacrement de l’Ordre confère aux prêtres de la Nouvelle Alliance une fonction éminente et indispensable dans et pour le Peuple de Dieu, celle de pères et de docteurs. Cependant, avec tous les chrétiens, ils sont des disciples du Seigneur, que la grâce de l’appel de Dieu a fait participer à son Royaume [73]. Au milieu de tous les baptisés, les prêtres sont des frères parmi leurs frères [74], membres de l’unique Corps du Christ dont l’édification a été confiée à tous [75]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À la tête de la communauté, les prêtres doivent donc faire en sorte de ne pas rechercher leurs propres intérêts, mais ceux de Jésus Christ [76], en unissant leurs efforts à ceux des fidèles laïcs, et en se conduisant au milieu d’eux à la manière du Maître : parmi les hommes, celui-ci « n’est pas venu pour être servi, mais pour servir et donner sa vie en rançon pour la multitude » (Mt 20, 28). Les prêtres ont à reconnaître sincèrement et à promouvoir la dignité des laïcs et leur rôle propre dans la mission de l’Église. Ils doivent respecter loyalement la juste liberté à laquelle tous ont droit dans la cité terrestre. Ils doivent écouter volontiers les laïcs, tenir compte fraternellement de leurs désirs, reconnaître leur expérience et leur compétence dans les différents domaines de l’activité humaine, pour pouvoir avec eux discerner les signes des temps. Éprouvant les esprits pour savoir s’ils sont de Dieu [77] ils découvriront et discerneront dans la foi les charismes des laïcs sous toutes leurs formes, des plus modestes aux plus éminents, ils les reconnaîtront avec joie et les développeront avec ardeur. Parmi ces dons qu’on trouve en abondance chez les fidèles, l’attrait d’un bon nombre pour une vie spirituelle plus profonde mérite une attention spéciale. Il faut également avoir assez de confiance dans les laïcs pour leur remettre des charges au service de l’Église, leur laissant la liberté et la marge d’action, bien plus, en les invitant, quand l’occasion se présente, à prendre d’eux-mêmes des initiatives [78]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bref, les prêtres sont placés au milieu des laïcs pour les conduire tous à l’unité dans l’amour « s’aimant les uns les autres d’un amour fraternel, rivalisant d’égards entre eux » (Rm 12, 10). Ils ont donc à rapprocher les mentalités différentes, de telle manière que personne ne se sente étranger dans la communauté des fidèles. Il sont défenseurs du bien commun, dont ils ont la charge au nom de l’évêque, et en même temps témoins courageux de la vérité, pour que les fidèles ne soient pas emportés à tout vent de doctrine [79]. Ils sont spécialement responsables de ceux qui ont abandonné la pratique des sacrements, voire même la foi, et ils m’omettront pas d’aller vers eux comme de bons pasteurs."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Attentifs aux prescriptions sur l’œcuménisme [80], ils n’oublieront pas les frères qui ne partagent pas avec nous la pleine communion de l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfin, ils sauront qu’ils sont chargés de tous ceux qui ne reconnaissent pas le Christ comme leur Sauveur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais, de leur côté, les fidèles doivent être conscients de leurs devoirs envers les prêtres, entourer d’un amour filial ceux qui sont leurs pasteurs et leurs pères, partager leurs soucis, les aider autant que possible par leur prière et leur action : ainsi les prêtres seront mieux en mesure de surmonter les difficultés et d’accomplir leur tâche avec fruit [81]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Répartition des prêtres et vocations sacerdotales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Répartition des prêtres"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le don spirituel que les prêtres ont reçu à l’ordination les prépare, non pas à une mission limitée et restreinte, mais à une mission de salut d’ampleur universelle, « jusqu’aux extrémités de la terre » (Ac 1, 8) ; n’importe quelle forme de ministère sacerdotal participe, en effet, aux dimensions universelles de la mission confiée par le Christ aux Apôtres. Le sacerdoce du Christ, auquel les prêtres participent réellement, ne peut manquer d’être tourné vers tous les peuples et tous les temps, sans aucune limitation de race, de nation ou d’époque, comme le préfigure déjà mystérieusement le personnage de Melchisédech [82]. Les prêtres se souviendront donc qu’ils doivent avoir au cœur le souci de toutes les Églises. Ainsi les prêtres des diocèses plus riches en vocations se tiendront prêts à partir volontiers, avec la permission de leur Ordinaire ou a son appel, pour exercer leur ministère dans des pays, des missions ou des œuvres qui souffrent du manque de prêtres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les règles d’incardination et d’excardination devront d’ailleurs être révisées : tout en maintenant cette institution très ancienne, on l’adaptera aux besoins pastoraux actuels. Là où les conditions de l’apostolat le réclameront, on facilitera non seulement une répartition adaptée des prêtres, mais encore des activités pastorales particulières pour les différents milieux sociaux à l’échelle d’une région, d’une nation ou d’un continent. Il pourra être utile de créer à cette fin des séminaires internationaux, des diocèses particuliers, des prélatures personnelles et autres institutions auxquelles les prêtres pourront être affectés ou incardinés pour le bien commun de toute l’Église, suivant des modalités à établir pour chaque cas, et toujours dans le respect des droits des ordinaires locaux."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’envoi des prêtres vers un autre pays, surtout s’ils n’en connaissent pas encore bien la langue et le mode de vie, se fera, autant que possible, non pas individuellement, mais, à l’exemple des disciples du Christ [83] , par groupes d’au moins deux ou trois, pour qu’ils puissent s’aider mutuellement. Il est également important de se préoccuper de leur vie spirituelle et aussi de leur santé physique et psychique. On prévoira, autant que possible, les implantations et les conditions de travail en fonction des aptitudes personnelles de chacun. Il est aussi très important que ceux qui partent vers une autre nation apprennent à bien connaître, non seulement la langue du pays, mais encore les traits psycho-sociologiques de la population ; s’ils veulent se mettre humblement à son service, ils doivent être en communion aussi profonde que possible avec elle, suivant ainsi l’exemple de l’apôtre Paul, qui pouvait dire de lui-même : « Oui, libre à l’égard de tous, je me suis fait l’esclave de tous afin d’en gagner le plus grand nombre. Je me suis fait Juif avec les Juifs, afin de gagner les Juifs... » (1 Co 9, 19-20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le souci des prêtres pour les vocations sacerdotales"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le pasteur et le gardien de nos âmes [84], en constituant son Église, a pensé que le peuple choisi et acquis au prix de son propre Sang [85] devait toujours avoir ses prêtres jusqu’à la fin du monde, pour que les chrétiens ne soient jamais comme des brebis qui n’ont pas de bergers [86]. Les Apôtres ont compris cette volonté du Christ : écoutant ce que leur suggérait le Saint-Esprit, ils ont jugé qu’il était de leur devoir de choisir des ministres « qui seront capables d’en instruire d’autres à leur tour » (2 Tm 2, 2)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce devoir découle de la mission sacerdotale elle-même, par laquelle le prêtre participe au souci qu’a toute l’Église d’éviter toujours ici-bas le manque d’ouvriers dans le Peuple de Dieu. Mais, comme « le capitaine du navire et les passagers... ont leur cause liée » [87] , il faut faire comprendre à l’ensemble du peuple chrétien son devoir de coopérer de diverses manières – par la prière instante comme par les autres moyens dont il dispose [88] – à ce que l’Église ait toujours les prêtres dont elle a besoin pour accomplir sa mission divine. Il s’agit d’abord, pour les prêtres, d’avoir à cœur de faire comprendre aux fidèles combien le sacerdoce est important et nécessaire ; ils y arriveront à la fois par leur prédication et par leur propre vie, qui doit être un témoignage rayonnant d’esprit de service et de vraie joie pascale. Et si, après mûre réflexion, ils jugent certains jeunes ou déjà adultes, capables de remplir ce grand ministère, ils les aideront, sans craindre les efforts ni les difficultés, à se préparer comme il convient jusqu’au jour où, dans le respect total de leur liberté extérieure et intérieure, ils pourront être appelés par les évêques. Une direction spirituelle attentive et prudente leur sera très utile pour atteindre ce but. Les parents, les maîtres et les différents éducateurs doivent faire en sorte que les enfants et les jeunes soient conscients de la sollicitude du Seigneur pour son troupeau, avertis des besoins de l’Église et prêts, si le Seigneur les appelle, à répondre généreusement avec le prophète : « Me voici, envoie-moi » (Is 6, 8). Mais cette voix du Seigneur qui appelle, il ne faut pas s’attendre à ce qu’elle arrive aux oreilles du futur prêtre d’une manière extraordinaire. Il s’agit bien plutôt de la découvrir, de la discerner à travers les signes qui, chaque jour, font connaître la volonté de Dieu aux chrétiens qui savent écouter : c’est à ces signes que les prêtres doivent donner toute leur attention [89]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il est donc recommandé aux prêtres de participer aux œuvres diocésaines ou nationales des vocations [90]. Les prédications, la catéchèse, les revues doivent apporter une information précise sur les besoins de l’Église locale et universelle, mettre en lumière le sens et la grandeur du ministère sacerdotal, montrer qu’on y trouve, avec bien des charges, également bien des joies, et surtout dire que c’est le moyen de donner au Christ comme l’enseignent les Pères, un très grand témoignage d’amour [91]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE III : La vie des prêtres"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Vocation des prêtres à la perfection"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vocation des prêtres à la sainteté"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les prêtres sont ministres du Christ Tête pour construire et édifier son Corps tout entier, l’Église, comme coopérateurs de l’ordre épiscopal : c’est à ce titre que le sacrement de l’ordre les configure au Christ Prêtre. Certes, par la consécration baptismale, ils ont déjà reçu, comme tous les chrétiens, le signe et le don d’une vocation et d’une grâce qui comportent pour eux la possibilité et l’exigence de tendre, malgré la faiblesse humaine [92] à la perfection dont parle le Seigneur : « Vous donc, vous serez parfaits comme votre Père céleste est parfait » (Mt 5, 48). Mais cette perfection, les prêtres sont tenus de l’acquérir à un titre particulier : en recevant l’Ordre, ils ont été consacrés à Dieu d’une manière nouvelle pour être les instruments vivants du Christ Prêtre éternel, habilités à poursuivre au long du temps l’action admirable par laquelle, dans sa puissance souveraine, il a restauré la communauté chrétienne tout entière [93]. Dès lors qu’il tient à sa manière la place du Christ lui-même, tout prêtre est, de ce fait, doté d’une grâce particulière ; cette grâce le rend plus capable de tendre, par le service des hommes qui lui sont confiés et du Peuple de Dieu tout entier, vers la perfection de Celui qu’il représente ; c’est encore au moyen de cette grâce que sa faiblesse d’homme charnel se trouve guérie par la sainteté de Celui qui s’est fait pour nous le Grand Prêtre « saint, innocent, immaculé, séparé des pécheurs» (He 7, 26)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Christ que le Père a sanctifié (c’est-à-dire consacré) et envoyé dans le monde [94] « s’est donné pour nous, afin de racheter et de purifier de tout péché un peuple qui lui appartienne, un peuple ardent à faire le bien » (Tt 2, 14), et ainsi, en passant par la souffrance, il est entré dans sa gloire [95]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De même, les prêtres, consacrés par l’onction du Saint-Esprit et envoyés par le Christ, font mourir en eux les œuvres de la chair et se vouent tout entiers au service des hommes : telle est la sainteté dont le Christ leur fait don, et par laquelle ils progressent vers l’Homme parfait [96]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi donc, c’est en exerçant le ministère de l’Esprit et de la justice [97] qu’ils s’enracinent dans la vie spirituelle, pourvu qu’ils soient accueillants à l’Esprit du Christ qui leur donne la vie et les conduit. Ce qui ordonne leur vie à la perfection, ce sont leurs actes liturgiques de chaque jour, c’est leur ministère tout entier, exercé en communion avec l’évêque et les autres prêtres. Par ailleurs, la sainteté des prêtres est d’un apport essentiel pour rendre fructueux le ministère qu’ils accomplissent ; la grâce de Dieu, certes, peut accomplir l’œuvre du salut même par des ministres indignes, mais en général, Dieu préfère manifester ses hauts faits par des hommes dociles à l’impulsion et à la conduite du Saint-Esprit, par des hommes que leur intime union avec le Christ et la sainteté de leur vie habilitent à dire avec l’apôtre : « Si je vis, ce n’est plus moi, mais le Christ qui vit en moi » (Ga 2, 20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi ce saint Concile, pour atteindre son but pastoral de rénovation intérieure de l’Église, de diffusion de l’Évangile dans le monde entier et de dialogue avec le monde d’aujourd’hui, rappelle instamment à tous les prêtres qu’avec l’aide des moyens adaptés que l’Église leur propose [98], ils doivent s’efforcer de vivre de plus en plus une sainteté qui fera d’eux des instruments toujours mieux adaptés au service du Peuple de Dieu tout entier."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’exercice de la triple fonction sacerdotale exige et en même temps favorise la sainteté"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est l’exercice loyal, inlassable, de leurs fonctions dans l’Esprit du Christ qui est, pour les prêtres, le moyen authentique d’arriver à la sainteté."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ministres de la Parole de Dieu, ils la lisent et l’écoutent tous les jours pour l’enseigner aux autres ; s’ils ont en même temps le souci de l’accueillir en eux-mêmes, ils deviendront des disciples du Seigneur de plus en plus parfaits, selon la parole de l’apôtre Paul à Timothée : « Applique-toi, donne-toi tout entier, pour que tous puissent voir tes progrès. Veille sur toi-même et sur ton enseignement, que ta persévérance s’y révèle ; car c’est en agissant ainsi que tu te sauveras toi-même avec ceux qui t’écoutent » (1 Tm 4, 15-16). En cherchant le meilleur moyen de transmettre aux autres ce qu’ils ont contemplé [99], ils goûteront plus profondément « l’incomparable richesse du Christ » (Ep 3, 8) et la sagesse de Dieu en sa riche diversité [100]. Convaincus que c’est le Seigneur qui ouvre les cœurs [101] et que leur pouvoir extraordinaire vient de la puissance de Dieu et non pas d’eux-mêmes [102], ils arriveront dans l’acte même de transmettre la Parole à s’unir plus intimement avec le Christ Docteur et à se laisser conduire par son Esprit. Communiant ainsi au Christ, ils participent à la charité de Dieu, dont le Mystère, caché depuis les siècles [103], a été révélé dans le Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ministres de la liturgie, surtout dans le sacrifice de la messe, les prêtres agissent de manière spéciale à la place du Christ, qui s’est offert comme victime pour sanctifier les hommes ; ils sont dès lors invités à imiter ce qu’ils accomplissent : célébrant le mystère de la mort du Seigneur, ils doivent prendre soin de mortifier leurs membres, se gardant des vices et de tout mauvais penchant [104]. Dans le mystère du sacrifice eucharistique, où les prêtres exercent leur fonction principale, c’est l’œuvre de notre Rédemption qui s’accomplit sans cesse [105]. C’est pourquoi il leur est vivement recommandé de célébrer la messe tous les jours ; même si les fidèles ne peuvent y être présents, c’est un acte du Christ et de l’Église [106]. En s’unissant à l’acte du Christ Prêtre, chaque jour, les prêtres s’offrent à Dieu tout entiers ; en se nourrissant du Corps du Christ, ils participent du fond d’eux-mêmes à la charité de celui qui se donne aux fidèles en nourriture. De même, dans l’administration des sacrements, les prêtres s’unissent à l’intention et à la charité du Christ. Ils le font tout spécialement en se montrant toujours disponibles pour administrer le sacrement de pénitence chaque fois que les fidèles le demandent de manière raisonnable. Par l’office divin, ils prêtent leurs voix à l’Église qui, sans interruption, prie au nom de toute l’humanité, en union avec le Christ « toujours vivant pour intercéder en notre faveur » (He 7, 25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Guides et pasteurs du Peuple de Dieu, ils sont poussés par la charité du Bon Pasteur à donner leur vie pour leurs brebis [107] , prêts à aller jusqu’au sacrifice suprême à l’exemple des prêtres qui, même de notre temps, n’ont pas hésité à donner leur vie. Éducateurs des chrétiens dans la foi, ayant eux-mêmes « l’assurance voulue pour l’accès au sanctuaire par le sang du Christ » (He 10, 19), ils s’approchent de Dieu « avec un cœur sincère dans la plénitude de la foi » (He 10, 22) ; ils ont une ferme espérance à l’égard de leurs fidèles [108], afin que, réconfortés par Dieu, ils puissent eux-mêmes réconforter ceux qui subissent toutes sortes d’épreuves [109]. Responsables de la communauté, ils pratiquent l’ascèse propre au pasteur d’âmes : renoncer à leur intérêt personnel, ne pas chercher leur propre avantage, mais celui du plus grand nombre, afin qu’ils soient sauvés [110], progresser sans cesse dans un accomplissement plus parfait de la tâche pastorale, être prêts, s’il le faut, à s’engager dans des voies pastorales nouvelles sous la conduite de l’Esprit d’amour qui souffle où il veut [111]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unité et harmonie de la vie des prêtres"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans le monde d’aujourd’hui, on doit faire face à tant de tâches, on est pressé par tant de problèmes divers – et réclamant souvent une solution rapide – qu’on risque plus d’une fois d’aboutir à la dispersion. Les prêtres, eux, sont engagés dans les multiples obligations de leur fonction, ils sont tiraillés, et ils peuvent se demander, non sans angoisse, comment faire l’unité entre leur vie intérieure et les exigences de l’action extérieure. Cette unité de vie ne peut être réalisée ni par une organisation purement extérieure des activités du ministère, ni par la seule pratique des exercices de piété qui, certes, y contribue grandement. Ce qui doit permettre aux prêtres de la construire, c’est de suivre, dans l’exercice du ministère, l’exemple du Christ Seigneur, dont la nourriture était de faire la volonté de celui qui l’a envoyé et d’accomplir son œuvre [112]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Car, en vérité, le Christ, pour continuer toujours à faire dans le monde, par l’Église, la volonté du Père, agit à travers ses ministres. C’est donc lui qui demeure toujours la source et le principe d’unité de leur vie. Les prêtres réaliseront cette unité de vie en s’unissant au Christ dans la découverte de la volonté du Père, et dans le don d’eux-mêmes pour le troupeau qui leur est confié [113]. Assumant ainsi le rôle du Bon Pasteur, ils trouveront dans l’exercice de la charité pastorale le lien de la perfection sacerdotale qui assure l’unité de leur vie et de leur action. Or, cette charité pastorale [114] découle avant tout du sacrifice eucharistique ; celui-ci est donc le centre et la racine de toute la vie du prêtre, dont l’esprit sacerdotal s’efforce d’intérioriser ce qui se fait sur l’autel du sacrifice. Cela n’est possible que si les prêtres, par la prière, pénètrent de plus en plus profondément dans le mystère du Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais la vérification concrète de cette unité de vie ne peut se faire que par une réflexion sur toutes leurs activités, afin de discerner quelle est la volonté de Dieu [115], c’est-à-dire afin de savoir dans quelle mesure ces activités sont conformes aux normes de la mission évangélique de l’Église. Car la fidélité au Christ est inséparable de la fidélité à l’Église. La charité pastorale exige donc des prêtres, s’ils ne veulent pas courir pour rien [116], un travail vécu en communion permanente avec les évêques et leurs autres frères dans le sacerdoce. Tel sera, pour les prêtres, le moyen de trouver dans l’unité même de la mission de l’Église l’unité de leur propre vie. Ainsi, ils s’uniront à leur Seigneur, et par lui, au Père, dans l’Esprit Saint ; ainsi ils pourront être tout remplis de consolation et surabonder de joie [117]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Exigences spirituelles particulières dans la vie des prêtres"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Humilité et obéissance"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parmi les vertus les plus indispensables pour le ministère des prêtres, il faut mentionner la disponibilité intérieure qui leur fait rechercher non pas leur propre volonté, mais la volonté de celui qui les a envoyés [118]. Car l’œuvre divine à laquelle les prêtres sont appelés par l’Esprit Saint [119] dépasse toutes les forces, toute la sagesse de l’homme : « Ce qu’il y a de faible dans le monde, Dieu l’a choisi pour la confusion de ce qui est fort » (1 Co 1, 27). Le véritable ministre du Christ est donc un homme conscient de sa propre faiblesse, travaillant dans l’humilité, discernant ce qui plaît au Seigneur [120] ; enchaîné pour ainsi dire par l’Esprit [121], il se laisse conduire en tout par la volonté de Celui qui veut que tous les hommes soient sauvés. Cette volonté, il sait la découvrir et s’y attacher au long de la vie quotidienne, parce qu’il est humblement au service de tous ceux qui lui sont confiés par Dieu dans le cadre de la charge reçue et des multiples événements de l’existence."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais, le ministère sacerdotal étant le ministère de l’Église elle-même, on ne peut s’en acquitter que dans la communion hiérarchique du Corps tout entier. C’est donc la charité pastorale qui pousse les prêtres, au nom de cette communion, à consacrer leur volonté propre par l’obéissance au service de Dieu et de leurs frères, à accueillir et à exécuter en esprit de foi les ordres et les conseils du Souverain Pontife, de leur évêque et de leurs autres supérieurs, à dépenser volontiers tout et à se dépenser eux-mêmes [122] dans toutes les charges qui leur sont confiées, si humbles et si pauvres soient-elles. Par ce moyen, ils maintiennent et renforcent l’indispensable unité avec leurs frères dans le ministère, et surtout avec ceux que le Seigneur a établis comme dirigeants visibles de son Église ; par ce moyen, ils travaillent à l’édification du Corps du Christ, qui grandit grâce à « toutes sortes de jointures [123] ». Cette obéissance conduit à une manière plus mûre de vivre la liberté des enfants de Dieu ; quand l’accomplissement de leur tâche et l’élan de la charité amènent des prêtres à une recherche réfléchie de voies nouvelles en vue du bien de l’Église, c’est l’obéissance qui exige, par sa nature même, qu’ils exposent leurs projets avec confiance et qu’ils insistent sur les besoins du troupeau qui leur est confié, tout en restant prêts à se soumettre toujours au jugement de ceux qui sont, dans l’Église de Dieu, les premiers responsables."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette humilité, cette obéissance responsable et volontaire modèlent les prêtres à l’image du Christ ; ils ont en eux les sentiments qui furent dans le Christ Jésus : « Il s’est dépouillé lui-même en prenant la condition de serviteur... en se faisant obéissant jusqu’à la mort » (Ph 2, 7-9), et par cette obéissance il a vaincu et racheté la désobéissance d’Adam, comme en témoigne l’Apôtre : « Comme, par la désobéissance d’un seul, la multitude a été constituée pécheresse, ainsi, par l’obéissance d’un seul, la multitude sera-t-elle constituée juste » (Rm 5, 19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Choisir le célibat et le considérer comme un don"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La pratique de la continence parfaite et perpétuelle pour le Royaume des cieux a été recommandée par le Christ Seigneur [124] ; tout au long des siècles, et de nos jours encore, bien des fidèles l’ont acceptée joyeusement et pratiquée sans reproche. Pour la vie sacerdotale particulièrement, l’Église l’a tenue en haute estime. Elle est à la fois signe et stimulant de la charité pastorale, elle est une source particulière de fécondité spirituelle dans le monde [125]. Certes, elle n’est pas exigée par la nature du sacerdoce, comme le montrent la pratique de l’Église primitive [126] et la tradition des Églises orientales. Celles-ci ont des prêtres qui choisissent, par don de la grâce, de garder le célibat – ce que font les évêques –, mais on y trouve aussi des prêtres mariés dont le mérite est très grand ; tout en recommandant le célibat ecclésiastique, ce saint Concile n’entend aucunement modifier la discipline différente qui est légitimement en vigueur dans les Églises orientales ; avec toute son affection, il exhorte les hommes mariés qui ont été ordonnés prêtres à persévérer dans leur sainte vocation et dans le don total et généreux de leur vie au troupeau qui leur est confié [127]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais le célibat a de multiples convenances avec le sacerdoce. La mission du prêtre, est de se consacrer tout entier au service de l’humanité nouvelle que le Christ, vainqueur de la mort, fait naître par son Esprit dans le monde, et qui tire son origine, non pas « du sang, ni d’un pouvoir charnel, ni d’un vouloir d’homme, mais de Dieu » (Jn 1, 13). En gardant la virginité ou le célibat pour le Royaume des cieux [128], les prêtres se consacrent au Christ d’une manière nouvelle et privilégiée, il leur est plus facile de s’attacher à lui sans que leur cœur soit partagé [129], ils sont plus libres pour se consacrer, en lui et par lui, au service de Dieu et des hommes, plus disponibles pour servir son Royaume et l’œuvre de la régénération surnaturelle, plus capables d’accueillir largement la paternité dans le Christ. Ils témoignent ainsi devant les hommes qu’ils veulent se consacrer sans partage à la tâche qui leur est confiée : fiancer les chrétiens à l’époux unique comme une vierge pure à présenter au Christ [130] ; ils évoquent les noces mystérieuses voulues par Dieu, qui se manifesteront pleinement aux temps à venir : celles de l’Église avec l’unique époux qui est le Christ [131]. Enfin, ils deviennent le signe vivant du monde à venir, déjà présent par la foi et la charité, où les enfants de la résurrection ne prennent ni femme ni mari [132]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est donc pour des motifs fondés dans le mystère du Christ et sa mission, que le célibat, d’abord recommandé aux prêtres, a été ensuite imposé par une loi dans l’Église latine à tous ceux qui se présentent aux ordres sacrés. Cette législation, ce saint Concile l’approuve et la confirme à nouveau en ce qui concerne les candidats au presbytérat. Confiant en l’Esprit, il est convaincu que le Père accorde généreusement le don du célibat, si adapté au sacerdoce du Nouveau Testament, pourvu qu’il soit humblement et instamment demandé par ceux que le sacrement de l’Ordre fait participer au sacerdoce du Christ, bien plus, par l’Église tout entière. Le saint Concile s’adresse encore aux prêtres qui ont fait confiance à la grâce de Dieu, et qui ont librement et volontairement accueilli le célibat, selon l’exemple du Christ : qu’ils s’y attachent généreusement et cordialement, qu’ils persévèrent fidèlement dans leur état, qu’ils reconnaissent la grandeur du don que le Père leur a fait et que le Seigneur exalte si ouvertement [133], qu’ils contemplent les grands mystères signifiés et réalisés par leur célibat. Certes, il y a, dans le monde actuel, bien des hommes qui déclarent impossible la continence parfaite : c’est une raison de plus pour que les prêtres demandent avec humilité et persévérance, en union avec l’Église, la grâce de la fidélité, qui n’est jamais refusée à ceux qui la demandent. Qu’ils emploient aussi les moyens naturels et surnaturels qui sont à la disposition de tous. Les règles éprouvées par l’expérience de l’Église, surtout celles de l’ascèse, ne sont pas moins nécessaires dans le monde d’aujourd’hui : que les prêtres sachent les observer. Le saint Concile invite donc, non seulement les prêtres, mais tous les fidèles, à avoir à cœur ce don précieux du célibat sacerdotal et à demander à Dieu de l’accorder toujours avec abondance à son Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Attitude à l’égard du monde et des biens terrestres – Pauvreté volontaire"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vie amicale et fraternelle des prêtres entre eux et avec les autres hommes leur permet d’apprendre à honorer les valeurs humaines et à apprécier les biens créés comme des dons de Dieu. Vivant dans le monde, ils doivent pourtant savoir que, selon la parole de notre Seigneur et Maître, ils ne sont pas du monde [134]. Usant donc de ce monde comme s’ils n’en usaient pas [135], ils arriveront à la liberté qui les délivrera de tous les soucis désordonnés et les rendra accueillants pour écouter Dieu qui leur parle à travers la vie quotidienne. Cette liberté et cet accueil font grandir le discernement spirituel qui fait trouver l’attitude juste à l’égard du monde et des biens terrestres. Attitude essentielle pour les prêtres, car la mission de l’Église s’accomplit au cœur du monde, et les biens créés sont absolument nécessaires au progrès personnel de l’homme. Les prêtres doivent donc être reconnaissants envers le Père céleste de tout ce qu’il leur donne pour leur permettre de bien mener leur existence. Mais il faut aussi que la lumière de la foi les aide à exercer leur discernement sur ce qui se trouve sur leur chemin ; ils doivent ainsi en venir à utiliser leurs biens d’une manière juste qui correspond à la volonté de Dieu, et à rejeter tout ce qui fait obstacle à leur mission. Car les prêtres ont le Seigneur pour « part » et pour « héritage » (Nb 18, 20), si bien qu’ils ne doivent se servir des biens temporels que pour les usages permis par la doctrine du Christ Seigneur et les préceptes de l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quant aux biens ecclésiastiques proprement dits, les prêtres les administreront conformément à leur nature et selon les lois ecclésiastiques, autant que possible avec l’aide de laïcs compétents. Ces biens seront toujours employés pour les fins qui justifient l’existence de biens temporels d’Église, c’est-à-dire pour organiser le culte divin, assurer au clergé un niveau de vie suffisant et soutenir les œuvres d’apostolat sacré et de charité, spécialement en faveur des indigents [136]. Quant aux ressources qu’ils acquièrent à l’occasion de l’exercice d’une fonction ecclésiastique, sous réserve des législations particulières [137], les prêtres, aussi bien que les évêques, les emploieront d’abord pour s’assurer un niveau de vie suffisant et pour accomplir les devoirs de leur états ; et ce qui restera, ils auront à cœur de l’employer pour le bien de l’Église ou pour des œuvres de charité. Bref, une fonction d’Église ne doit pas devenir une activité lucrative ; les revenus qui en proviennent ne sauraient être utilisés pour augmenter le patrimoine personnel du prêtre [138]. C’est pourquoi les prêtres, loin d’attacher leur cœur à la richesse [139], éviteront toute espèce de cupidité et rejetteront soigneusement tout ce qui aurait une apparence d’activité commerciale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ils sont même invités à embrasser la pauvreté volontaire qui rendra plus évidente leur ressemblance avec le Christ et les fera plus disponibles au saint ministère. Le Christ s’est fait pauvre pour nous, lui qui était riche, afin de nous enrichir par sa pauvreté [140]. Les Apôtres, à leur tour, ont montré par leur exemple qu’il faut donner gratuitement ce que Dieu accorde gratuitement [141], et ils ont su s’habituer à l’abondance comme au dénuement [142]. Une certaine mise en commun matérielle, à l’image de la communauté des biens que vante l’histoire de la primitive Église [143], est une excellente voie d’accès à la charité pastorale ; c’est une manière de vivre louable qui permet aux prêtres de remettre en pratique l’esprit de pauvreté recommandé par le Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que les prêtres et les évêques se laissent donc conduire par l’Esprit qui a consacré le Sauveur par l’onction et l’a envoyé porter la Bonne Nouvelle aux pauvres [144] ; qu’ils évitent tout ce qui pourrait, d’une manière ou d’une autre, écarter les pauvres ; qu’ils rejettent, plus encore que les autres disciples du Christ, toute apparence de vanité dans ce qui leur appartient. Qu’ils installent leur maison de manière qu’elle ne paraisse inaccessible à personne et que jamais personne, même les plus humbles, n’ait honte d’y venir."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Moyens au service de la vie des prêtres"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moyens pour le développement de la vie spirituelle"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour mieux vivre leur union au Christ dans toutes les circonstances de la vie, les prêtres disposent, outre l’exercice conscient de leur ministère, d’un certain nombre de moyens, généraux ou particuliers, anciens ou nouveaux : le Saint-Esprit n’a jamais manqué d’en susciter dans le Peuple de Dieu, et l’Église, soucieuse de la sanctification de ses membres, en recommande, et parfois même en impose l’usage [145]. À la première place parmi ces moyens de développer la vie spirituelle, se situent les actes par lesquels les chrétiens se nourrissent de la Parole de Dieu aux deux tables de l’Écriture Sainte et de l’Eucharistie [146] ; personne n’ignore l’importance de leur fréquentation assidue pour la sanctification des prêtres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les ministres de la grâce sacramentelle s’unissent intimement au Christ Sauveur et Pasteur lorsqu’ils reçoivent avec fruit les sacrements, spécialement par la confession sacramentelle fréquente : préparée par l’examen de conscience quotidien, celle-ci est un soutien très précieux pour l’indispensable conversion du cœur à l’amour du Père des miséricordes. À la lumière de leur foi nourrie par la lecture de la Bible, ils peuvent rechercher avec attention les signes de Dieu et les appels de sa grâce à travers la diversité des événements de l’existence ; ils deviennent ainsi de plus en plus dociles à la mission qu’ils ont assumée dans le Saint-Esprit. De cette docilité les prêtres retrouvent sans cesse le merveilleux modèle dans la bienheureuse Vierge Marie : conduite par le Saint-Esprit, elle s’est donnée tout entière au mystère de la rédemption de l’humanité [147] ; mère du Grand Prêtre éternel, reine des Apôtres, soutien de leur ministère, elle a droit à la dévotion filiale des prêtres, à leur vénération et à leur amour."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour pouvoir accomplir avec fidélité leur ministère, les prêtres doivent avoir à cœur de converser chaque jour avec le Christ Seigneur à l’occasion de la visite et du culte personnel de la très sainte Eucharistie ; ils doivent aimer les temps de retraite et tenir à la direction spirituelle. Bien des moyens, en particulier les méthodes approuvées d’oraison et les diverses formes de prière qu’ils choisissent librement, permettent aux prêtres de rechercher et d’implorer de Dieu le véritable esprit d’adoration, grâce auquel, avec le peuple qui leur est confié, ils s’uniront intimement au Christ médiateur de la Nouvelle Alliance ; comme des fils adoptifs ils pourront alors crier : « Abba! c’est-à-dire Père » (Rm 8, 15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Étude et science pastorale"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Au cours du rite sacré de leur ordination, l’évêque invite les prêtres à « faire preuve de maturité par leur science», à ce que leur « enseignement soit un remède spirituel pour le Peuple de Dieu [148] ». Cette science du ministère sacré doit elle-même être sacrée ; découlant d’une source sacrée, elle vise un but qui est lui-même sacré. Puisée avant tout dans la lecture et la méditation de la sainte Écriture [149], elle trouve encore une nourriture fructueuse dans l’étude des saints Pères, des docteurs de l’Église et d’autres témoins de la Tradition. En outre, pour répondre de manière juste aux questions posées par les hommes d’aujourd’hui, il importe que les prêtres aient une connaissance sérieuse des documents du Magistère, spécialement ceux des conciles et des Pontifes romains, et qu’ils sachent consulter les meilleurs auteurs théologiques dont la science est reconnue."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Étant donné qu’actuellement la culture humaine et même les sciences sacrées progressent et se renouvellent, les prêtres sont appelés à perfectionner leurs connaissances religieuses et humaines de façon adaptée et continuelle ; ils se préparent ainsi à mieux engager le dialogue avec leurs contemporains."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour faciliter aux prêtres le travail d’étude et la connaissance des méthodes d’évangélisation et d’apostolat, on fera tout le nécessaire pour mettre à leur disposition ce dont ils ont besoin : on organisera, suivant les situations locales, des sessions ou des congrès, on fondera des centres d’études pastorales, on créera des bibliothèques, on confiera à des hommes compétents l’organisation du travail de réflexion. Les évêques devront aussi, chacun pour son compte ou à plusieurs, trouver le meilleur moyen de donner à tous les prêtres, à des moments déterminés, en particulier quelques années après leur ordination [150], la possibilité de suivre une session, grâce à laquelle ils pourront perfectionner leurs connaissances pastorales et théologiques, affermir leur vie spirituelle et partager avec leurs frères leurs expériences apostoliques [151]. On utilisera également ces moyens, ou d’autres mieux adaptés, pour venir en aide particulièrement à ceux qui sont nommés curés, à ceux qui sont affectés à une activité pastorale nouvelle, à ceux qui partent dans un autre diocèse ou dans un autre pays."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfin, les évêques veilleront à ce que certains prêtres se consacrent à une étude plus approfondie des sciences sacrées : il s’agit, en effet, de ne pas manquer de maîtres capables de former les clercs, d’aider les autres prêtres et les fidèles à acquérir les connaissances dont ils ont besoin, d’encourager le sain développement des sciences sacrées qui est absolument indispensable à l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La juste rémunération à assurer aux prêtres"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les prêtres consacrent leur vie au service de Dieu en accomplissant la tâche qui leur est confiée ; ils méritent donc de recevoir une juste rémunération « car l’ouvrier mérite son salaire » (Lc 10, 7) [152], et « le Seigneur a prescrit à ceux qui annoncent l’Évangile de vivre de l’Évangile » (1 Co 9, 14). Là où rien d’autre n’existe pour assurer cette juste rémunération, faire le nécessaire pour assurer aux prêtres un niveau de vie suffisant et digne est, à proprement parler, une obligation pour les chrétiens, puisque c’est à leur service que les prêtres consacrent leur activité. Les évêques, pour leur part, ont le devoir de rappeler aux chrétiens cette obligation ; ils doivent veiller – chacun pour son diocèse ou, de préférence, à plusieurs ensemble dans un même territoire – à établir des règles pour assurer comme il se doit une vie convenable à ceux qui exercent, ou ont exercé, une fonction au service du Peuple de Dieu. La rémunération versée à chacun devra tenir compte de la nature de la fonction exercée et des circonstances de temps et de lieu, mais elle sera fondamentalement la même pour tous ceux qui sont dans la même situation ; elle devra être adaptée aux conditions où ils se trouvent ; en outre, elle leur laissera les moyens, non seulement d’assurer comme il se doit la rémunération de ceux qui se dévouent à leur service, mais encore d’apporter eux-mêmes une aide à ceux qui sont dans le besoin, car ce ministère à l’égard des pauvres a toujours été en grand honneur dans l’Église dès ses origines. Enfin, cette rémunération devra permettre aux prêtres de prendre chaque année, pendant une durée suffisante, les vacances dont ils ont besoin ; les évêques doivent veiller à ce que ce temps de vacances soit assuré aux prêtres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est à la fonction remplie par les ministres sacrés qu’il faut accorder la première place. De ce fait, il faut abandonner le système dit des « bénéfices » ou, du moins, le réformer de telle manière que l’aspect bénéficial, c’est-à-dire le droit aux revenus de la dotation attachée à la fonction, soit traité comme secondaire. Le droit donnera donc la priorité à la fonction ecclésiastique elle-même, désignation qui s’appliquera désormais à toute charge conférée de façon stable pour être exercée en vue d’une fin spirituelle."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Constitution de caisses communes et organisation de la sécurité sociale pour les prêtres"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il faut toujours se référer à l’exemple des croyants de la primitive Église à Jérusalem : « Entre eux, tout était commun » (Ac 4, 32) et « on distribuait à chacun suivant ses besoins » (Ac 4, 35). C’est en ce sens qu’il est très souhaitable d’avoir, au moins dans les régions où la vie matérielle du clergé dépend, entièrement ou en grande partie, des offrandes des fidèles, une institution diocésaine pour rassembler les dons faits à cette fin ; elle sera administrée par l’évêque assisté de prêtres délégués et, là où cela paraît utile, de laïcs compétents en matière financière. Il reste également désirable qu’il y ait, en outre, autant que possible, pour chaque diocèse ou chaque pays, un fonds commun permettant aux évêques de satisfaire à d’autres obligations envers les personnes qui sont au service de l’Église et de subvenir aux différents besoins du diocèse ; cette caisse doit aussi permettre aux diocèses plus riches d’aider les plus pauvres, pour que le superflu des uns subvienne à l’indigence des autres [153]. Il devra être alimenté avant tout par les sommes provenant des offrandes des fidèles, mais également par d’autres ressources, que le droit devra préciser."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, dans les pays où la sécurité sociale n’est pas encore correctement organisée en faveur du clergé, les conférences épiscopales, compte tenu toujours des lois ecclésiastiques et civiles, veilleront à ce qu’il existe, soit des organismes diocésains – éventuellement fédérés entre eux –, soit des organismes interdiocésains, soit une association établie pour l’ensemble du territoire, en vue d’organiser, sous le contrôle de la hiérarchie, d’une part une prévoyance et une assistance médicale satisfaisante, d’autre part la prise en charge due aux prêtres pour les cas d’infirmité, d’invalidité ou de vieillesse. Les prêtres soutiendront l’organisme ainsi créé dans un esprit de solidarité avec leurs frères, prenant part ainsi à leur épreuve [154]. Ils s’apercevront en même temps qu’ils se trouvent libérés du souci de l’avenir, et donc en mesure de pratiquer la pauvreté avec plus d’ardeur évangélique et de se consacrer tout entiers au salut des âmes. Enfin, les responsables feront en sorte que les différents organismes nationaux aient des liens entre eux, ce qui leur donnera une plus grande solidité et une plus large diffusion."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSION ET EXHORTATION"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conscient des joies de la vie sacerdotale, ce saint Concile ne peut cependant ignorer les difficultés dont souffrent les prêtres dans les conditions de la vie actuelle. Il se rend compte de la transformation de la situation économique et sociale, et même des mœurs ; il se rend compte du bouleversement de la hiérarchie des valeurs dans le jugement des hommes. Dans ces conditions les ministres de l’Église, et même parfois les fidèles, se sentent comme étrangers, à ce monde ; avec anxiété, ils se demandent quels moyens, quels mots trouver pour entrer en communication avec lui. Obstacles nouveaux à la vie de foi, stérilité apparente du labeur accompli, dure épreuve de la solitude, tout cela peut risquer de les conduire au découragement."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais ce monde, tel qu’il est aujourd’hui, ce monde confié à l’amour et au ministère des pasteurs de l’Église, Dieu l’a tant aimé qu’il a donné pour lui son Fils unique [155]. En vérité, avec tout le poids de son péché, mais aussi avec la richesse de ses possibilités, ce monde offre à l’Église les pierres vivantes [156] qui s’intègrent à la construction pour être une demeure de Dieu dans l’Esprit [157]. Et c’est encore l’Esprit Saint qui pousse l’Église à ouvrir des chemins nouveaux pour aller au-devant du monde d’aujourd’hui ; c’est lui qui, de ce fait, suggère et encourage les adaptations qui s’imposent pour le ministère sacerdotal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que les prêtres ne l’oublient pas : ils ne sont jamais seuls dans leur action, ils s’appuient sur la force du Dieu tout-puissant ; que leur foi au Christ, qui les a appelés à participer à son sacerdoce, les aide à se donner en toute confiance à leur ministère, car ils savent que Dieu est assez puissant pour augmenter en eux la charité [158]. Qu’ils ne l’oublient pas non plus : ils ont pour compagnons leurs frères dans le sacerdoce, bien plus, les fidèles du monde entier. Car tous les prêtres travaillent ensemble pour accomplir le dessein divin du salut, le Mystère du Christ caché depuis les siècles en Dieu [159], qui ne se réalise que peu à peu, par l’effort coordonné de ministères différents, « en vue de l’édification du Corps du Christ jusqu’à ce qu’il atteigne toute sa taille». Tout cela, certes est caché avec le Christ en Dieu [160], et c’est surtout la foi qui peut le percevoir. C’est dans la foi que doivent marcher les guides du Peuple de Dieu, suivant l’exemple d’Abraham le fidèle, qui, « par la foi, obéit à l’appel de partir vers un pays qu’il devait recevoir en héritage, et il partit ne sachant où il allait » (He 11, 8). En vérité, l’intendant des mystères de Dieu ressemble au semeur dont le Seigneur a dit : « Qu’il dorme ou qu’il se lève, la nuit ou le jour, la semence germe et pousse, il ne sait comment » (Mc 4, 27). D’ailleurs, si le Seigneur Jésus a dit : « Gardez courage! j’ai vaincu le monde » (Jn 16, 33), il n’a pas, pour autant, promis à l’Église la victoire totale ici-bas. Ce qui fait la joie de ce saint Concile, c’est que la terre, ensemencée par la graine de l’Évangile, donne aujourd’hui du fruit en bien des endroits, sous la conduite de l’Esprit du Seigneur qui remplit l’univers et qui a fait naître au cœur de tant de prêtres et de tant de fidèles un esprit vraiment missionnaire. Pour tout cela, avec toute son affection, le saint Concile remercie les prêtres du monde entier. Et « à celui qui peut tout faire, et bien au-delà de nos demandes et de nos pensées, en vertu de la puissance qui agit en nous, à lui la gloire ans l’Église et le Christ Jésus » (Ep 3, 20-21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout l’ensemble et chacun des points qui ont été édictés dans ce décret ont plu aux Pères du Concile. Et Nous, en vertu du pouvoir apostolique que Nous tenons du Christ, en union avec les vénérables Pères, Nous les approuvons, arrêtons et décrétons dans le Saint-Esprit, et Nous ordonnons que ce qui a été établi en Concile soit promulgué pour la gloire de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rome, à Saint-Pierre, le 7 décembre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, Paul, évêque de l’Église catholique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Suivent les signatures des Pères)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Signatures des Pères"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, PAUL, évêque de l’Église catholique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Ioannis et Pauli Presbyter Cardinalis SPELLMAN, Archiepiscopus Neo-Eboracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo Ss. Bonifacii et Alexii Presbyter Cardinalis DE BARROS CÂMARA, Archiepiscopus S. Sebastiani Fluminis Ianuarii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis ante Portam Latinam Presbyter Cardinalis FRINGS, Archiepiscopus Coloniensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS titulo S. Sabinae Presbyter Cardinalis RUFFINI, Archiepiscopus Panormitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Panisperna Presbyter Cardinalis CAGGIANO, Archiepiscopus Bonaërensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PETRUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis CIRIACI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo S. Mariae de Pace Presbyter Cardinalis FELTIN, Archiepiscopus Parisiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Mariae de Victoria Presbyter Cardinalis SIRI, Archiepiscopus Ianuensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS titulo S. Mariae Trans Tiberim Presbyter Cardinalis WYSZYNSKI, Archiepiscopus Gnesnensis et Varsaviensis, Primas Poloniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENIAMINUS titulo S. Vitalis Presbyter Cardinalis DE ARRIBA Y CASTRO, Archiepiscopus Tarraconensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Augustini Presbyter Cardinalis QUIROGA Y PALACIOS, Archiepiscopus Compostellanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS AEMILIUS titulo S. Mariae Angelorum in Thermis Presbyter Cardinalis LEGER, Archiepiscopus Marianopolitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS HUMBERTUS titulo Ss. Andreae et Gregorii ad Clivum Scauri Presbyter Cardinalis QUINTERO, Archiepiscopus Caracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Mariae Novae Presbyter Cardinalis CONCHA, Archiepiscopus Bogotensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Priscae Presbyter Cardinalis DA COSTA NUNES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego HILDEBRANDUS titulo S. Sebastiani ad Catacumbas Presbyter Cardinalis ANTONIUTTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego EPHRAEM titulo S. Crucis in Hierusalem Presbyter Cardinalis FORNI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Mariae de Aracoeli Presbyter Cardinalis LANDAZURI RICKETTS, Archiepiscopus Limanus, Primas Peruviae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RADULFUS titulo S. Bernardi ad Thermas Presbyter Cardinalis SILVA HENRIQUEZ, Archiepiscopus S. Iacobi in Chile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO IOSEPHUS titulo S. Petri ad Vincula Presbyter Cardinalis SUENENS, Archiepiscopus Mechliniensis-Bruxellensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Athanasii Presbyter Cardinalis SLIPYI, Archiepiscopus Maior Ucrainorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS titulo S. Leonis I Presbyter Cardinalis JAEGER, Archiepiscopus Paderbornensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Crucis in via Flaminia Presbyter Cardinalis BERAN, Archiepiscopus Pragensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo D.nae N.ae de SS. Sacramento et Martyrum Canadensium Presbyter Cardinalis ROY, Archiepiscopus Quebecensis, Primas Canadiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Teresiae Presbyter Cardinalis MARTIN, Archiepiscopus Rothomagensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AUDOËNUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis MCCANN, Archiepiscopus Civitatis Capitis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO STEPHANUS titulo S. Balbinae Presbyter Cardinalis DUVAL, Archiepiscopus Algeriensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERMENEGILDUS titulo Reginae Apostolorum Presbyter Cardinalis FLORIT, Archiepiscopus Florentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Petri et Pauli in via Ostiensi Presbyter Cardinalis ŠEPER, Archiepiscopus Zagrabiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS S. Mariae in Porticu Diaconus Cardinalis JOURNET."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALBERTUS GORI, Patriarcha Hierosolymitanus Latinorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS II CHEIKHO, Patriarcha Babylonensis Chaldaeorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS PETRUS XVI BATANIAN, Patriarcha Ciliciae Armenorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS VIEIRA ALVERNAZ, Patriarcha Indiarum Orientalium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES CAROLUS MCQUAID, Archiepiscopus Dublinensis, Primas Hiberniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS ROHRACHER, Archiepiscopus Salisburgensis, Primas Germaniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego DEMETRIUS MOSCATO, Archiepiscopus Primas Salernitanus et Administrator Perpetuus Acernensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUGO CAMOZZO, Archiepiscopus Pisanus et Primas Sardiniae et Corsicae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALEXANDER TOKI , Archiepiscopus Antibarensis et Primas Serbiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS SENA DE OLIVEIRA, Archiepiscopus Conimbricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis † Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius † Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] Conc. Vat. II, Const. Sacrosanctum Concilium. – Const. dogm. Lumen gentium. – Décret Christus Dominus. – Décret Optatam totius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2] Cf. Mt 3, 16 ; Lc 4, 18 ; Ac 4, 27 ; 10, 38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3] Cf. 1 P 2, 5 et 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4] Cf. 1 P 3, 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5] Cf. Ap 19, 10. – Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 35."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6] Conc. de Trente, sess. 23, chap. 1 et can. 1 : Denz. 957 et 961 (1764 et 1771)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7] Cf. Jn 20, 21. – Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[9] Cf. Ibid."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[10] Cf. Pont. Rom., « De Ordinatione Presbyteri », préface. On trouve déjà ces termes dans Sacramentario Veronensi (Mohlberg, Rome, 1956, p. 122) ; item in Missel français (Mohlberg, Rome 1957, p. 9) ; item in Libro Sacramentorum Romanae Ecclesiae (Mohlberg, Rome, 1960, p. 25) ; item in Pontificali Romano-Germanico (Vogel-Elze, Cité du Vatican, 1963, vol. I, p. 34)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[11] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[12] Cf. Rm 15, 16 gr."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[13] Cf. 1 Co 11, 26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[14] Saint Augustin, De civitate Dei, 10, 6 : PL 41, 284."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[15] Cf. 1 Co 15, 24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[16] Cf. He 5, 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[17] Cf. He 2, 17 ; 4, 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[18] Cf. 1 Co 9, 19-23 Vg."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[19] Cf. Ac 13, 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[20] « Ce zèle de progrès spirituel et moral trouve un stimulant de plus dans les conditions où se déroule la vie de l’Église. Celle-ci ne saurait demeurer indifférente aux changements du monde qui l’environne et qui, de mille manières, influence sa conduite pratique et la soumet à certaines conditions. L’Église, on le sait, n’est point séparée du monde, elle vit dans le monde. Les membres de l’Église subissent l’influence du monde ; ils en respirent la culture, en acceptent les lois et en adoptent les mœurs. Ce contact intime avec la société temporelle crée pour l’Église une situation toujours pleine de problèmes ; aujourd’hui, ceux-ci sont particulièrement aigus [...]. Voici comment saint Paul éduquait les chrétiens de la première génération : “Ne formez pas avec les infidèles d’attelage disparate. Quel rapport, en effet, entre la justice et l’impiété ? Quelle union entre la lumière et les ténèbres ? ou quelle association entre le fidèle et l’infidèle ?” (cf. 2 Co 6, 14-15). La pédagogie chrétienne devra toujours rappeler à son élève des temps modernes cette condition privilégiée et le devoir qui en découle de vivre dans le monde sans être du monde, selon le souhait rappelé ci-dessus, que Jésus formait pour ses disciples : “Je ne te prie pas de les retirer du monde, mais de les garder du mal. Ils ne sont pas du monde, comme moi je ne suis pas du monde” (cf. Jn 17, 15-16). Et l’Église fait sien ce même souhait. Mais cette distinction d’avec le monde n’est pas une séparation. Bien plus, elle n’est pas indifférence ni mépris. Quand l’Église se distingue de l’humanité, elle ne s’oppose pas à elle, au contraire, elle s’y unit. » (Paul VI, Encycl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 août 1964 : AAS 56 (1964), p. 627 et 638.)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[21] Cf. Rm 12, 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[22] Cf. Jn 10, 14-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[23] Cf. Saint Polycarpe, Épître aux Philippiens. VI, 1 : « Les presbytres, eux aussi, doivent être compatissants, miséricordieux envers tous ; qu’ils ramènent les égarés, qu’ils visitent tous les malades, sans négliger la veuve, l’orphelin, le pauvre ; mais “qu’ils pensent toujours à faire le bien devant Dieu et devant les hommes” ; (cf. Pr 3, 4 ; Rm 12, 17 ; 2 Co 8, 21) ; qu’ils s’abstiennent de toute colère, acception de personne, jugement injuste ; qu’ils se tiennent éloignés de l’argent, qu’ils ne croient pas trop vite du mal de quelqu’un et ne soient pas raides dans leurs jugements ; sachant que nous sommes tous débiteurs du péché » (trad. P. Th. Camelot) (Funk I, 303)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[24] Cf. 1 P 1, 23 ; Ac 6, 7 ; 12, 24. Les Apôtres « ont prêché la Parole de vérité et ils ont engendré les Églises » : saint Augustin, In Ps. 44, 23 : PL 36, 508."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[25] Cf. Ml 2, 7 ; 1 Tm 4, 11-13 ; 2 Tm 4, 5 ; Tt 1, 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[26] Cf. Mc 16, 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[27] Cf. 2 Co 11, 7. Ce qui est dit des évêques vaut aussi des prêtres en tant qu’ils sont coopérateurs des évêques. Cf. Statuta Ecclesiae Antiquae, c. 3 (Ch. Munier, Paris, 1960, p. 79). – Decretum Gratiani, C. 6, D. 88 (Friedberg, I, 307). – Conc. de Trente, décret de reform., sess. 5, c. 2, n. 9 (Conc. Œc. Decreta, éd. Herder, Rome, 1963, p. 645), sess. 24, c. 4. ( p. 739). – Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[28] Cf. Const. Apostolorum, II, 26,7 : « (Que les prêtres) soient docteurs de la science de Dieu, puisque le Seigneur lui-même nous l’a commandé en disant : Allez, enseignez, etc. » (Funk, Didascalia et Const. Apostolorum, I, Paderborn, 1905, p. 105). – Sacramentaire léonien et autres sacramentaires jusqu’au Pontifical romain, préface consécratoire des prêtres : « Cette même providence, Seigneur, a associé aux Apôtres de ton Fils, comme adjoints, des docteurs de la foi ; et par la voix de ces prédicateurs d’une dignité secondaire, ils ont rempli l’univers » (trad. Jounel). Liber Ordinum de la liturgie mozarabe, préface de l’ordination des prêtres : « Docteur du peuple, chef des sujets de l’Église, qu’il maintienne dans l’ordre la foi catholique et qu’il annonce à tous le véritable salut», M. Férotin, Paris, 1904, col. 55."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[29] Cf. Ga 2, 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[30] Cf. 1 P 2, 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[31] Cf. Le rite d’ordination des prêtres de la liturgie jacobite d’Alexandrie : « Rassemble ton peuple autour de la parole d’enseignement, comme une mère qui caresse ses nourrissons » (H. Denzinger, Rituel oriental, II, Würzburg, 1863, p. 14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[32] Cf. Mt 28, 19 ; Mc 16, 16. – Tertullien, Du baptême 14,2. – Saint Athanase, Adv. Arianos, 2, 42 : PG 26, 237. – Saint Jérôme, In Mt. 28, 19 : PL 26, 218 BC : « Ils enseignent d’abord toutes les nations, puis ils plongent dans l’eau ceux qu’ils ont enseignés. Car il n’est pas possible que le corps reçoive le sacrement de baptême si l’âme n’a pas d’abord reçu la vérité de la foi. » – Saint Thomas, Expositio primae Decretalis, § 1 : « Quand il les a envoyés prêcher, notre Sauveur a donné trois commandements à ses disciples. Premièrement, d’enseigner la foi ; deuxièmement, de donner les sacrements à ceux qui croiraient » (éd. Marietti, Opuscula Theologica, Taurini, Rome, 1954, 1138)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[33] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. Sacrosanctum concilium, n. 35, 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[34] Ibid., n. 33, 35, 48, 52."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[35] Ibid., n. 7. – Pie XII, Encycl. Mystici Corporis, 29 juin 1943 : AAS 35 (1943), p. 230."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[36] Saint Ignace, Smyrn. 8, 1-2 (Funk, p. 282, 6-15). – Const. Apostolorum VIII, 12, 3 (Funk, p. 496) ; VIII, 29, 2 (p. 532)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[37] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[38] « L’Eucharistie est comme la consommation de la vie spirituelle et la fin de tous les sacrements » (Saint Thomas, Somme théologique III, q. 73, a. 3, c ; cf. III, q. 65, a. 3 )."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[39] Cf. Saint Thomas, Somme théologique III, q. 65, a. 3 à 1 ; q. 79, a. 1, c. et à 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[40] Cf. Ep 5, 19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[41] Cf. Saint Jérôme, Épître 114, 2 : « Les calices sacrés, les saints voiles et tout le reste qui se rapporte au culte de la Passion du Seigneur... associés qu’ils sont au Corps et au Sang du Seigneur, doivent être vénérés avec la même révérence que son Corps et son Sang » (trad. J. Labourt) (PL 22, 934). – Conc. Vat. II, Const. Sacrosanctum concilium, n. 122-127."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[42] « Qu’au cours de la journée, les fidèles ne négligent point de rendre visite au Saint-Sacrement, qui doit être conservé dans l’église en un endroit très digne, avec le plus d’honneur possible, selon les lois liturgiques. Car la visite est, envers le Christ notre Seigneur présent en ce lieu, une marque de gratitude, un gage d’amour et un hommage de l’adoration qui lui est due » (Paul VI, Encycl. Mysterium Fidei, 3 septembre 1965 : AAS 57 (1965), p. 771)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[43] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[44] Cf. 2 Co 10, 8 ; 13, 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[45] Cf. Ga 1, 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[46] Cf. 1 Co 4, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[47] Cf. Didascalia, II, 34, 3 ; II, 47,1 ; Const. Apostolorum II, 47 : Funk, Didascalia et Constitutiones, I, 116, 142 et 143."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[48] Cf. Ga 4, 3 ; 5, 1 et 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[49] Cf. Saint Jérôme, Épître 58, 7 : « De quoi servirait-il que des murailles rutilent de gemmes, si le Christ, en la personne d’un pauvre, meurt de faim? » (trad. J. Labourt) (PL 22, 584)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[50] Cf. 1 P 4, 10 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[51] Cf. Mt 25, 34-45."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[52] Cf. Lc 4, 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[53] On peut nommer encore d’autres catégories, par exemple les émigrants, les nomades, etc. À ce sujet, cf. Décret Sur la fonction pastorale des évêques dans l’Église, n. 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[54] Cf. Didascalia, II, 59, 1-3 : « Dans ton enseignement, invite et exhorte le peuple à venir à l’assemblée, à ne pas la déserter, mais à se rassembler toujours ; s’abstenir, c’est diminuer l’Église et enlever un membre au Corps du Christ... Vous êtes membres du Christ, ne vous dispersez donc pas loin de l’Église, en refusant de vous réunir ; le Christ est votre Tête, selon sa promesse toujours présente, qui vous rassemble. Ne vous négligez pas vous-mêmes, ne rendez pas le Sauveur étranger à ses propres membres, ne divisez pas son Corps, ne le dispersez pas... » : Funk I, 170. – Paul VI, Alloc. iis qui ex italico clero interfuerunt Coetui XIII per hebdomadam habito Urbiveti v. « di aggiornamento pastorale », 6 septembre 1963 : AAS 55 (1963), p. 750 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[55] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[56] Cf. Const. Ecclesiasticam Apostolorum, XVIII : « Presbyteri sunt symmystai et synepimachoi Episcoporum » (Th. schermann, Die allgemeine Kirchenordnung, I, Paderborn, 1914, p. 26 ; A. Harnack, T. u. U., II, 4, p. 13, n. 18 et 19. – Pseudo-Jérôme, De Septem Ordinibus Ecclesiae : « in benedictione cum episcopis consortes mysteriorum sunt » (A. W. Kalff, Würzburg, 1937, p. 45). – Saint Isidore de Séville, De Ecclesiasticis Officiis, c. VII : « Ils sont à la tête de l’Église du Christ ; pour faire l’Eucharistie, ils sont associés aux évêques, de même que dans l’enseignement du peuple et la fonction de prédication » (PL 83, 787)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[57] Cf. Didascalia, II, 28, 4 : Funk, 108. – Constitutiones Apostolorum, II, 28, 4 ; II, 34, 3 : ibid., p. 109 et 117."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[58] Const. Apostolorum, VIII, 16, 4 (Funk I, 522, 13) ; Cf. Epitome Const. Apostolorum, VI, ibid. II, p. 80, 3- 4. – Testamentum Domini : « ...donne-lui l’Esprit de grâce, de conseil et de générosité, l’esprit du presbytérat... pour aider et gouverner ton peuple dans l’activité, dans la crainte de Dieu, dans la pureté de cœur » (trad. I. E. Rahmani, Moguntiae, 1899, p. 69). – Item in Trad. Apost. (B. Botte, La Tradition apostolique, Münster 1963, p. 20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[59] Cf. Nb 11, 16-25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[60] Pontifical romain, préface consécratoire des prêtres ; ces paroles se trouvent déjà dans les sacramentaires léonien, gélasien et grégorien. On en trouve de semblables dans les liturgies orientales : cf. Trad. apost. : « Regarde ton serviteur ici présent et accorde-lui l’esprit de grâce et de conseil, afin qu’il aide les prêtres et gouverne ton peuple avec un cœur pur, comme tu avais regardé le peuple que tu t’étais choisi et avais ordonné à Moïse de choisir les anciens que tu avais remplis de ton esprit que tu avais donné à ton serviteur » (ed. B. Botte). – La Tradition apostolique de saint Hippolyte. Essai de reconstruction, Münster, 1963, p. 20. – Const. Apostolorum, VIII, 16, 4 : Funk I, 522, 16-17. – Epit. Const. Apost. 6 : Funk II, 20, 5-7. – Testamentum Domini : trad. I. E. Rahmani, Moguntiae, 1899, p. 69. – Euchologium Serapionis, XXVII : Funk, Didascalia et Constitutiones, II, p. 190, lin. 1-7. – Ritus Ordinationis in ritu Maronitarum : trad. H. Denzinger, Ritus Orientalium, II, Würzburg, 1863, p. 161. – Inter Patres citari possunt : Theodore de Mopsueste, In 1 Tim. 3, 8 : Swete, II, 119-121. – Theodoret, Quaest. in Numeros, XVIII : PG 80, 372 b."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[61] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[62] Cf. Jean XXIII, Encycl. Sacerdotii Nostri primordia, 1er août 1959 : AAS 51 (1959), p. 576. – Saint Pie X, exhort. ad clerum Haerent animo, 4 août 1908 : S. Pii X Acta, vol. IV (1908), p. 237 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[63] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, décret de pastorali Episcoporum munere in Ecclesia, n. 15 et 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[64] Dans l’état actuel du droit, l’évêque a comme « sénat et conseil » le chapitre cathédral (can. 391) ou, à défaut, le groupe des consulteurs diocésains (cf. can. 423-428). Mais il est souhaitable de réviser ces institutions pour mieux répondre à la situation et aux besoins actuels. Cette commission de prêtres est évidemment distincte du Conseil pastoral dont parle le décret sur la fonction pastorale des évêques dans l’Église, n. 27 : celui-ci comporte des membres laïcs et n’est compétent que pour l’examen des questions d’action pastorale. De Presbyteris ut consiliariis Episcoporum videri possunt Didascalia, II, 28, 4 : Funk I, 108. – Const. Apost., II, 28, 4 : Funk I, 109. – Saint Ignace, Magn., 6, I : Funk 234, 10-16 ; Trall., 3, I : Funk 244, 10-12. – Origène, Adv. Celsum 3, 30 : Presbyteri sunt consiliarii seu bouleytai : PG 11, 957 d- 960 a."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[65] « Je vous en conjure, ayez à cœur de faire toutes choses dans une divine concorde, sous la présidence de l’évêque qui tient la place de Dieu, des presbytres qui tiennent la place du sénat des Apôtres, et des diacres qui me sont si chers, à qui a été confié le service de Jésus Christ, qui, avant les siècles, était près de Dieu et s’est manifesté à la fin » (trad. P. Th. Camelot) (Funk, 234, 10-13). – Saint Ignace, Trall., 3, 1 : « Pareillement, que tous révèrent les diacres comme Jésus Christ, comme aussi l’évêque qui est l’image du Père et les presbytres comme le sénat de Dieu et comme l’assemblée des Apôtres : sans eux, on ne peut parler d’Église » (trad. Camelot) : Funk, p. 244, 10-12. – Saint Jérôme, In Isaiam II, 3 : PL, 61 A : « Nous aussi, nous avons dans l’Église notre sénat, l’assemblée des prêtres.»"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[66] Cf. Paul VI, allocutio ad Urbis curiones et quadragenarii temporis oratores in Aede Sixtina habita, 1er mars 1965 : AAS 57 (1965), p. 326."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[67] Cf. Const. Apostolorum VIII, 47, 39 : « Les prêtres... ne doivent rien faire sans l’avis de l’évêque : c’est à lui qu’est confié le peuple du Seigneur ; c’est à lui qu’il sera demandé compte de leurs âme » (Funk, 577)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[68] Cf. 3 Jn 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[69] Cf. Jn 17, 23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[70] Cf. He 13, 1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[71] Cf. He 13, 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[72] Cf. Mt 5, 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[73] Cf. 1 Th 2,12 ; Col 1, 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[74] Cf. Mt 23,8. – « Il faut se faire les frères des hommes, du fait même qu’on veut être leurs pasteurs, leurs pères et leurs maîtres». (Paul VI, Encycl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 août 1964 : AAS 58 (1964), p. 647."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[75] Cf. Ep 4, 7 et 16. – Const. Apost. VIII, 1, 20 : « Il ne faut pas que l’évêque se dresse contre les diacres ou les prêtres, ni les prêtres contre le peuple, car la structure de l’assemblée se compose des uns et des autres » (Funk I, 467)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[76] Cf. Ph 2, 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[77] Cf. 1 Jn 4, 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[78] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 37."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[79] Cf. Ep 4, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[80] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, décret Unitatis redintegratio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[81] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 37."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[82] Cf. He 7, 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[83] Cf. Lc 10, 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[84] Cf. 1 P 2, 25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[85] Cf. Ac 20, 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[86] Cf. Mt 9, 36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[87] Cf. Pont. rom. « De Ordinatione Presbyteri »."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[88] Cf. Conc.Vat. II, décret De institutione sacerdotali, n. 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[89] « La voix de Dieu qui appelle s’exprime de deux façons différentes, merveilleuses et convergentes ; l’une est intérieure, c’est celle de la grâce, celle de l’Esprit Saint, de l’ineffable attrait intérieur que la voix silencieuse et puissante du Seigneur exerce dans les insondables profondeurs de l’âme humaine ; l’autre est extérieure, humaine, sensible, sociale, juridique, concrète, c’est celle du ministre qualifié de la Parole de Dieu, celle de l’apôtre, celle de la hiérarchie, instrument indispensable, institué et voulu par le Christ comme un véhicule permettant de traduire en langage tombant sous l’expérience le message du Verbe et du précepte divin. C’est ce qu’avec saint Paul enseigne la doctrine catholique : “Comment entendre sans personne qui prêche ?... La foi vient de ce qu’on entend” » (Paul VI, Alloc. du 5 mai 1965 : L’Osservatore Romano, 6 mai 1965, p. 1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[90] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, décret De institutione sacerdotali, n. 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[91] C’est ce qu’enseignent les Pères quand ils commentent les paroles du Christ à Pierre « M’aimes-tu ?... Conduis mes brebis » : ainsi saint Jean Chrysostome, De sacerdotio, II, 1-2 : PG 47-48, 633. – Saint Grégoire le Grand, Reg. Past. Liber, P. I. c. 5 : PL 77, 19 a."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[92] Cf. 2 Co 12, 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[93] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl., Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20 décembre 1935 : AAS 28 (1936), p. 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[94] Cf. Jn 10, 36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[95] Cf. Lc 24, 26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[96] Cf. Ep 4, 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[97] Cf. 2 Co 3, 8-9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[98] Cf. entre autres : Saint Pie X, exh. aux prêtres Haerent animo, 4 août 1908 : S. Pii X Acta, vol. IV (1908), p. 237 s. – Pie XI, Encycl. Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20 décembre 1935 : AAS 28 (1936), p. 5 s. – Pie XII, exhort. apost. Menti Nostrae, 23 septembre 1950 : AAS 42 (1950), p. 657 s. – Jean XXIII, Encycl. Sacerdotii Nostri primordia, 1er août 1959 : AAS 51 (1959), p. 545 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[99] Cf. Saint Thomas, Somme théologique, IIa IIae, q. 188, a. 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[100] Cf. Ep 3, 9-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[101] Cf. Ac 16, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[102] Cf. 2 Co 4, 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[103] Cf. Ep 3, 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[104] Cf. Pont. Rom., « De Ordinatione Presbyteri»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[105] Cf. Missel romain, Prière sur les offrandes du 9e dimanche après la Pentecôte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[106] « La messe, même si elle est célébrée en particulier par un prêtre, n’est pas pour autant privée, mais elle est action du Christ et de l’Église. Celle-ci a appris à s’offrir elle-même dans le sacrifice qu’elle offre, en sacrifice universel, appliquant au salut du monde entier la vertu rédemptrice unique et infinie du sacrifice de la Croix. Toute messe est, en effet, offerte non seulement pour le salut de quelques-uns, mais pour le salut du monde entier (...). C’est pourquoi, Nous recommandons avec une paternelle insistance aux prêtres qui, à un titre particulier, sont, dans le Seigneur, Notre joie et Notre couronne... de célébrer la messe chaque jour en toute dignité et dévotion » (Paul VI, Encycl. Mysterium Fidei, 3 septembre 1965 : AAS 57 (1965), p. 761-762. – Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. Sacrosanctum concilium, n. 26 et 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[107] Cf. Jn 10, 11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[108] Cf. 2 Co 1, 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[109] Cf. 2 Co 1, 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[110] Cf. 1 Co 10, 33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[111] Cf. Jn 3, 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[112] Cf. Jn 4, 34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[113] Cf. 1 Jn 3, 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[114] « On donne une preuve de son amour en paissant le troupeau du Seigneur », Saint Augustin, Tract. in Io., 123, 5 : PL 35, 1967."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[115] Cf. Rm 12, 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[116] Cf. Ga 2, 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[117] Cf. 2 Co 7, 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[118] Cf. Jn 4, 34 ; 5, 30 ; 6, 38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[119] Cf. Ac 13, 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[120] Cf. Ep 5, 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[121] Cf. Ac 20, 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[122] Cf. 2 Co 12, 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[123] Cf. Ep 4, 11-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[124] Cf. Mt 19, 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[125] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 42."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[126] Cf. 1 Tm 3, 2-5 ; Tt 1,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[127] Cf. Pie XI, Encycl. Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20 décembre 1935 : AAS 28 (1936), p. 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[128] Cf. Mt 19, 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[129] Cf. 1 Co 7, 32-34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[130] Cf. 2 Co 11, 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[131] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 42 et 44. – Décret De Perfectae caritatis, n. 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[132] Cf. Lc 20, 35-36. – Pie XI, Encycl. Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20 décembre 1935 : AAS 28 (1936), p. 24-28. – Pie XII, Encycl. Sacra Virginitas, 25 mars 1954 : AAS 46 (1954), p. 169-172."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[133] Cf. Mt 19, 11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[134] Cf. Jn 17, 14-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[135] Cf. 1 Co 7, 31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[136] Conc. d’Antioche, can. 25 ; Mansi 2, 1328. – Décret de Gratien, c. 23, C. 12, q. 1 : Friedberg, I, 684-685."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[137] Il s’agit ici avant tout des droits et coutumes en vigueur dans les Églises orientales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[138] Conc. Paris, a. 829, can. 15 : MGH, sect. III, Concilia, t. 2, pars 6, 622. – Conc. de Trente, sess. 25, de reform. chap. 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[139] Cf. Ps 62, 11 (Vg 61)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[140] Cf. Co 8, 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[141] Cf. Ac 8, 18-25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[142] Cf. Ph 4, 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[143] Cf. Ac 2, 42-47."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[144] Cf. Lc 4, 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[145] Cf. CIC, can. 125 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[146] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, décret Perfectae caritatis, n. 6. – Const. dogm. De Divina Revelatione, n. 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[147] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. Lumen gentium, n. 65."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[148] Pont. rom. « De Ordinatione Presbyteri »."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[149] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Divina Revelatione, n. 25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[150] Cet élément de formation est distinct de la formation pastorale intervenant aussitôt après l’ordination, dont parle le décret sur la formation des prêtres, n. 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[151] Cf. Conc. Vat. II, décret De pastorali Episcoporum munere in Ecclesia, n. 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[152] Cf. Mt 10, 10 ; 1 Co 9, 7 ; 1 Tm 5, 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[153] Cf. 2 Co 8, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[154] Cf. Ph 4, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[155] Cf. Jn 3, 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[156] Cf. 1 P 2, 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[157] Cf. Ep 2, 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[158] Cf. Pont. rom., « De Ordinatione Presbyteri»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[159] Cf. Ep 3, 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[160] Cf. Col 3, 3."
            }
          ]
        },
        "it": {
          "code": "it",
          "label": "Italiano",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651207_presbyterorum-ordinis_it.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-198-vat-ii_decree_19651207_presbyterorum-ordinis_it.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAOLO VESCOVO SERVO DEI SERVI DI DIO UNITAMENTE AI PADRI DEL SACRO CONCILIO A PERPETUA MEMORIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO SUL MINISTERO E LA VITA DEI PRESBITERI PRESBYTERORUM ORDINIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROEMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Più di una volta questo sacro Sinodo ha ricordato a tutti l'alta dignità dell'ordine dei presbiteri nella Chiesa (1). Ma poiché questo ordine ha un compito estremamente importante e sempre più arduo da svolgere nell'ambito del rinnovamento della Chiesa di Cristo, è parsa di somma utilità una trattazione più completa e più approfondita sui presbiteri. Quanto verrà qui detto va applicato a tutti i presbiteri - specialmente a quelli che si dedicano alla cura d'anime - fatti i dovuti adattamenti nel caso dei presbiteri religiosi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I presbiteri, in virtù della sacra ordinazione e della missione che ricevono dai vescovi, sono promossi al servizio di Cristo maestro, sacerdote e re; essi partecipano al suo ministero, per il quale la Chiesa qui in terra è incessantemente edificata in popolo di Dio, corpo di Cristo e tempio dello Spirito Santo. Questo sacro Sinodo, dunque, affinché il ministero dei presbiteri, nelle attuali circostanze pastorali e umane, spesso radicalmente nuove, possa trovare sostegno più valido, e affinché si provveda più adeguatamente alla loro vita, dichiara e stabilisce quanto segue."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IL PRESBITERATO NELLA MISSIONE DELLA CHIESA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natura del presbiterato"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nostro Signore Gesù, « che il Padre santificò e inviò nel mondo » (Gv 10,36), ha reso partecipe tutto il suo corpo mistico di quella unzione dello Spirito che egli ha ricevuto (2): in esso, infatti, tutti i fedeli formano un sacerdozio santo e regale, offrono a Dio ostie spirituali per mezzo di Gesù Cristo, e annunziano le grandezze di colui che li ha chiamati dalle tenebre nella sua luce meravigliosa (3). Non vi è dunque nessun membro che non abbia parte nella missione di tutto il corpo, ma ciascuno di essi deve santificare Gesù nel suo cuore (4) e rendere testimonianza di Gesù con spirito di profezia (5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma lo stesso Signore, affinché i fedeli fossero uniti in un corpo solo, di cui però « non tutte le membra hanno la stessa funzione » (Rm 12,4), promosse alcuni di loro come ministri, in modo che nel seno della società dei fedeli avessero la sacra potestà dell'ordine per offrire il sacrificio e perdonare i peccati (6), e che in nome di Cristo svolgessero per gli uomini in forma ufficiale la funzione sacerdotale. Pertanto, dopo aver inviato gli apostoli come egli stesso era stato inviato dal Padre (7), Cristo per mezzo degli stessi apostoli rese partecipi della sua consacrazione e della sua missione i loro successori (8), cioè i vescovi, la cui funzione ministeriale fu trasmessa in grado subordinato ai presbiteri (9) questi sono dunque costituiti nell'ordine del presbiterato per essere cooperatori(10) dell'ordine episcopale, per il retto assolvimento della missione apostolica affidata da Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La funzione dei presbiteri, in quanto strettamente vincolata all'ordine episcopale, partecipa della autorità con la quale Cristo stesso fa crescere, santifica e governa il proprio corpo. Per questo motivo il sacerdozio dei presbiteri, pur presupponendo i sacramenti dell'iniziazione cristiana, viene conferito da quel particolare sacramento per il quale i presbiteri, in virtù dell'unzione dello Spirito Santo, sono segnati da uno speciale carattere che li configura a Cristo sacerdote, in modo da poter agire in nome di Cristo, capo della Chiesa (11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dato che i presbiteri hanno una loro partecipazione nella funzione degli apostoli, ad essi è concessa da Dio la grazia per poter essere ministri di Cristo Gesù fra le nazioni mediante il sacro ministero del Vangelo, affinché le nazioni diventino un'offerta gradita, santificata nello Spirito Santo (12). È infatti proprio per mezzo dell'annuncio apostolico del Vangelo che il popolo di Dio viene convocato e adunato, in modo che tutti coloro che appartengono a questo popolo, dato che sono santificati nello Spirito Santo, possano offrire se stessi come « ostia viva, santa, accettabile da Dio» (Rm 12,1). Ma è attraverso il ministero dei presbiteri che il sacrificio spirituale dei fedeli viene reso perfetto nell'unione al sacrificio di Cristo, unico mediatore; questo sacrificio, infatti, per mano dei presbiteri e in nome di tutta la Chiesa, viene offerto nell'eucaristia in modo incruento e sacramentale, fino al giorno della venuta del Signore (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A ciò tende e in ciò trova la sua perfetta realizzazione il ministero dei presbiteri. Effettivamente, il loro servizio, che comincia con l'annuncio del Vangelo, deriva la propria forza e la propria efficacia dal sacrificio di Cristo, e ha come scopo che « tutta la città redenta, cioè la riunione e società dei santi, offra a Dio un sacrificio universale per mezzo del sommo Sacerdote, il quale ha anche offerto se stesso per noi con la sua passione, per farci diventare corpo di così eccelso capo » (14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertanto, il fine cui tendono i presbiteri con il loro ministero e la loro vita è la gloria di Dio Padre in Cristo. E tale gloria si dà quando gli uomini accolgono con consapevolezza, con libertà e con gratitudine l'opera di Dio realizzata in Cristo e la manifestano in tutta la loro vita. Perciò i presbiteri, sia che si dedichino alla preghiera e all'adorazione, sia che predichino la parola, sia che offrano il sacrificio eucaristico e amministrino gli altri sacramenti, sia che svolgano altri ministeri ancora in servizio degli uomini, sempre contribuiscono all'aumento della gloria di Dio e nello stesso tempo ad arricchire gli uomini della vita divina. E tutte queste cose - le quali scaturiscono dalla pasqua di Cristo - troveranno pieno compimento nella venuta gloriosa dello stesso Signore, allorché egli consegnerà il regno a colui che è Dio e Padre (15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I presbiteri nel popolo di Dio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I presbiteri sono stati presi fra gli uomini e costituiti in favore degli uomini stessi nelle cose che si riferiscono a Dio, per offrire doni e sacrifici in remissione dei peccati (16) vivono quindi in mezzo agli altri uomini come fratelli in mezzo ai fratelli. Così infatti si comportò Gesù nostro Signore, Figlio di Dio, uomo inviato dal Padre agli uomini, il quale dimorò presso di noi e volle in ogni cosa essere uguale ai suoi fratelli, eccettuato il peccato (17). È un esempio, il suo, che già imitarono i santi apostoli; e san Paolo, dottore delle genti, « segregato per il Vangelo di Dio» (Rm 1,1), dichiara di essersi fatto tutto a tutti, allo scopo di salvare tutti (18). Così i presbiteri del Nuovo Testamento, in forza della propria chiamata e della propria ordinazione, sono in un certo modo segregati in seno al popolo di Dio: ma non per rimanere separati da questo stesso popolo o da qualsiasi uomo, bensì per consacrarsi interamente all'opera per la quale li ha assunti il Signore (19). Da una parte, essi non potrebbero essere ministri di Cristo se non fossero testimoni e dispensatori di una vita diversa da quella terrena; ma d'altra parte, non potrebbero nemmeno servire gli uomini se si estraniassero dalla loro vita e dal loro ambiente (20). Per il loro stesso ministero sono tenuti, con speciale motivo, a non conformarsi con il secolo presente ma allo stesso tempo sono tenuti a vivere in questo secolo (21) in mezzo agli uomini, a conoscere bene, come buoni pastori, le proprie pecorelle, e a cercare di ricondurre anche quelle che non sono di questo ovile, affinché anch'esse ascoltino la voce di Cristo, e ci sia un solo ovile e un solo pastore (22). Per raggiungere questo scopo risultano di grande giovamento quelle virtù che sono giustamente molto apprezzate nella società umana, come la bontà, la sincerità, la fermezza d'animo e la costanza, la continua cura per la giustizia, la gentilezza e tutte le altre virtù che raccomanda l'apostolo Paolo quando dice: «Tutto ciò che è vero, tutto ciò che è onesto, tutto ciò che è giusto, tutto ciò che è santo, tutto ciò che è degno di amore, tutto ciò che merita rispetto, qualunque virtù, qualunque lodevole disciplina: questo sia vostro pensiero » (Fil 4,8) (23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IL MINISTERO DEI PRESBITERI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Funzioni dei presbiteri"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I presbiteri ministri della parola di Dio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il popolo di Dio viene adunato innanzitutto per mezzo della parola del Dio vivente (24) che tutti hanno il diritto di cercare sulle labbra dei sacerdoti (25). Dato infatti che nessuno può essere salvo se prima non ha creduto (26), i presbiteri, nella loro qualità di cooperatori dei vescovi, hanno anzitutto il dovere di annunciare a tutti il Vangelo di Dio (27) seguendo il mandato del Signore: « Andate nel mondo intero e predicate il Vangelo a ogni creatura » (28) e possono così costituire e incrementare il popolo di Dio. Difatti, in virtù della parola salvatrice, la fede si accende nel cuore dei non credenti si nutre nel cuore dei credenti, e con la fede ha inizio e cresce la comunità dei credenti, secondo quanto ha scritto l'Apostolo: « La fede è possibile per l'ascolto, e l'ascolto è possibile per la parola di Cristo » (Rm 10,17). Pertanto i presbiteri sono debitori verso tutti, nel senso che a tutti devono comunicare la verità del Vangelo (29) di cui il Signore li fa beneficiare. Quindi, sia che offrano in mezzo alla gente la testimonianza di una vita esemplare, che induca a dar gloria a Dio (30) sia che annuncino il mistero di Cristo ai non credenti con la predicazione esplicita; sia che svolgano la catechesi cristiana o illustrino la dottrina della Chiesa; sia che si applichino a esaminare i problemi del loro tempo alla luce di Cristo: in tutti questi casi il loro compito non è di insegnare una propria sapienza, bensì di insegnare la parola di Dio e di invitare tutti insistentemente alla conversione e alla santità (31). Inoltre se la predicazione sacerdotale, che nelle circostanze attuali del mondo è spesso assai difficile, vuole avere più efficaci risultati sulle menti di coloro che ascoltano, non può limitarsi ad esporre la parola di Dio in termini generali e astratti, ma deve applicare la perenne verità del Vangelo alle circostanze concrete della vita."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In tal modo il ministero della parola viene esercitato sotto forme diverse, in rapporto alle diverse necessità degli ascoltatori e secondo i diversi carismi dei predicatori. Nelle regioni o negli ambienti non cristiani, per mezzo del messaggio evangelico gli uomini vengono attratti alla fede e ai sacramenti della salvezza (32); e nella comunità dei cristiani, soprattutto per quanto riguarda coloro che mostrano di non capire o non credere abbastanza ciò che praticano, la predicazione della parola è necessaria per lo stesso ministero dei sacramenti, trattandosi di sacramenti della fede, la quale nasce e si alimenta con la parola (33). Ciò vale soprattutto nel caso della liturgia della parola nella celebrazione della messa, in cui si realizza un'unità inscindibile fra l'annuncio della morte e risurrezione del Signore, la risposta del popolo che ascolta e l'offerta con la quale Cristo ha confermato nel suo sangue la Nuova Alleanza; offerta cui si uniscono i fedeli sia con i loro voti e preghiere sia con la ricezione del sacramento (34)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I presbiteri ministri della santificazione con i sacramenti e l'eucaristia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dio, il quale solo è santo e santificatore, ha voluto assumere degli uomini come soci e collaboratori, perché servano umilmente nell'opera di santificazione. Per questo i presbiteri sono consacrati da Dio, mediante il vescovo, in modo che, resi partecipi in maniera speciale del sacerdozio di Cristo, nelle sacre celebrazioni agiscano come ministri di colui che ininterrottamente esercita la sua funzione sacerdotale in favore nostro nella liturgia, per mezzo del suo Spirito (35). Essi infatti, con il battesimo, introducono gli uomini nel popolo di Dio; con il sacramento della penitenza riconciliano i peccatori con Dio e con la Chiesa; con l'olio degli infermi alleviano le sofferenze degli ammalati; e soprattutto con la celebrazione della messa offrono sacramentalmente il sacrificio di Cristo. Ma ogni volta che celebrano uno di questi sacramenti i presbiteri - come già ai tempi della Chiesa primitiva attesta S. Ignazio martire (36) - sono gerarchicamente collegati sotto molti aspetti al vescovo, e in tal modo lo rendono in un certo senso presente in ciascuna adunanza dei fedeli (37)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti i sacramenti, come pure tutti i ministeri ecclesiastici e le opere d'apostolato, sono strettamente uniti alla sacra eucaristia e ad essa sono ordinati (38). Infatti, nella santissima eucaristia è racchiuso tutto il bene spirituale della Chiesa (39), cioè lo stesso Cristo, nostra pasqua, lui il pane vivo che, mediante la sua carne vivificata dallo Spirito Santo e vivificante dà vita agli uomini i quali sono in tal modo invitati e indotti a offrire assieme a lui se stessi, il proprio lavoro e tutte le cose create. Per questo l'eucaristia si presenta come fonte e culmine di tutta l'evangelizzazione, cosicché i catecumeni sono introdotti a poco a poco a parteciparvi, e i fedeli, già segnati dal sacro battesimo e dalla confermazione, ricevendo l'eucaristia trovano il loro pieno inserimento nel corpo di Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'assemblea eucaristica è dunque il centro della comunità dei cristiani presieduta dal presbitero. I presbiteri insegnano dunque ai fedeli a offrire la vittima divina a Dio Padre nel sacrificio della messa, e a fare, in unione con questa vittima, l'offerta della propria vita. Nello spirito di Cristo pastore insegnano altresì a sottomettere con cuore contrito i propri peccati alla Chiesa nel sacramento della penitenza, per potersi così convertire ogni giorno di più al Signore, ricordando le sue parole: « Fate penitenza perché si avvicina il regno dei cieli » ( Mt 4,17). Insegnano inoltre ai fedeli a partecipare così intensamente alle celebrazioni liturgiche, da poter arrivare anche in esse alla preghiera sincera; li spingono ad avere per tutta la vita uno spirito di orazione sempre più attivo e perfetto, in rapporto alle grazie e ai bisogni di ciascuno; e invitano tutti a compiere i doveri del proprio stato, inducendo quelli che hanno fatto maggiori progressi a seguire i consigli del Vangelo, nel modo che meglio convenga a ciascuno. Quindi istruiscono i fedeli in modo che possano cantare in cuor loro al Signore Gesù Cristo (40)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le lodi e il ringraziamento che rivolgono a Dio nella celebrazione eucaristica, i presbiteri li estendono alle diverse ore del giorno con il divino ufficio, mediante il quale pregano Iddio in nome della Chiesa e in favore di tutto il mondo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La casa di preghiera - in cui l'eucaristia è celebrata e conservata; in cui i fedeli si riuniscono; in cui la presenza del Figlio di Dio nostro Salvatore, offerto per noi sull'altare del sacrificio, viene venerata a sostegno e consolazione dei fedeli - dev'essere nitida e adatta alla preghiera e alle celebrazioni liturgiche (41). In essa i pastori e i fedeli sono invitati a rispondere con riconoscenza al dono di colui che di continuo infonde la vita divina, mediante la sua umanità, nelle membra del suo corpo (42). Abbiano cura i presbiteri di coltivare adeguatamente la scienza e l'arte liturgica, affinché per mezzo del loro ministero liturgico le comunità cristiane ad essi affidate elevino una lode sempre più perfetta a Dio Padre, Figlio e Spirito Santo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I presbiteri, guide ed educatori del popolo di Dio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esercitando la funzione di Cristo capo e pastore per la parte di autorità che spetta loro, i presbiteri, in nome del vescovo, riuniscono la famiglia di Dio come fraternità viva e unita e la conducono al Padre per mezzo di Cristo nello Spirito Santo (43). Per questo ministero, così come per le altre funzioni, viene conferita al presbitero una potestà spirituale, che è appunto concessa ai fini dell'edificazione (44), Nell'edificare la Chiesa i presbiteri devono avere con tutti dei rapporti improntati alla più delicata bontà, seguendo l'esempio del Signore. E nel trattare gli uomini non devono regolarsi in base ai loro gusti (45) bensì in base alle esigenze della dottrina e della vita cristiana, istruendoli e anche ammonendoli come figli carissimi (46) secondo le parole dell'Apostolo: «Insisti a tempo e fuor di tempo: rimprovera, supplica, esorta con ogni pazienza e dottrina » (2 Tm 4,2) (47)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò spetta ai sacerdoti, nella loro qualità di educatori nella fede, di curare, per proprio conto o per mezzo di altri, che ciascuno dei fedeli sia condotto nello Spirito Santo a sviluppare la propria vocazione personale secondo il Vangelo, a praticare una carità sincera e attiva, ad esercitare quella libertà con cui Cristo ci ha liberati.(48) Di ben poca utilità saranno le cerimonie più belle o le associazioni più fiorenti, se non sono volte ad educare gli uomini alla maturità cristiana (49). Per promuovere tale maturità, i presbiteri sapranno aiutarli a diventare capaci di leggere negli avvenimenti stessi - siano essi di grande o di minore portata - quali siano le esigenze naturali e la volontà di Dio(50). I cristiani inoltre devono essere educati a non vivere egoisticamente ma secondo le esigenze della nuova legge della carità, la quale vuole che ciascuno amministri in favore del prossimo la misura di grazia che ha ricevuto e che in tal modo tutti assolvano cristianamente propri compiti nella comunità umana. Ma, anche se sono tenuti a servire tutti, ai presbiteri sono affidati in modo speciale i poveri e i più deboli, ai quali lo stesso Signore volle dimostrarsi particolarmente unito (51) e la cui evangelizzazione è presentata come segno dell'opera messianica (52). Anche i giovani vanno seguiti con cura particolare, e così pure i coniugi e i genitori; è auspicabile che tali persone si riuniscano amichevolmente in gruppo, per potersi aiutare a vicenda a vivere più pienamente come cristiani nelle circostanze spesso difficili in cui si trovano. Ricordino inoltre i presbiteri che i religiosi tutti - sia uomini che donne - costituiscono una parte insignita di speciale dignità nella casa del Signore e meritano quindi particolare attenzione, affinché progrediscano sempre nella perfezione spirituale per il bene di tutta la Chiesa. Infine, abbiano cura specialmente dei malati e dei moribondi, visitandoli e confortandoli nel Signore (53)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma la funzione di pastore non si limita alla cura dei singoli fedeli: essa va estesa alla formazione di un'autentica comunità cristiana. Per fomentare opportunamente lo spirito comunitario, bisogna mirare non solo alla Chiesa locale ma anche alla Chiesa universale. A sua volta la comunità locale non deve limitarsi a prendersi cura dei propri fedeli, ma è tenuta anche a sentire lo zelo missionario, che spinge ad aprire a tutti gli uomini la strada che conduce a Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In primo luogo poi alla comunità incombe il dovere di occuparsi dei catecumeni e dei neofiti, che vanno educati gradualmente alla conoscenza e alla pratica della vita cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "D'altra parte non è possibile che si formi una comunità cristiana se non assumendo come radice e come cardine la celebrazione della sacra eucaristia, dalla quale deve quindi prendere le mosse qualsiasi educazione tendente a formare lo spirito di comunità (54). A sua volta la celebrazione eucaristica, per essere piena e sincera, deve spingere sia alle diverse opere di carità e al reciproco aiuto, sia all'azione missionaria e alle varie forme di testimonianza cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre, mediante la carità, la preghiera, l'esempio e le opere di penitenza, la comunità ecclesiale esercita una vera azione materna nei confronti delle anime da avvicinare a Cristo. Essa infatti viene ad essere, per chi ancora non crede, uno strumento efficace per indicare o per agevolare il cammino che porta a Cristo e alla sua Chiesa; e per chi già crede è stimolo, alimento e sostegno per la lotta spirituale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infine, nell'edificare la comunità cristiana i presbiteri non si mettono mai al servizio di una ideologia o umana fazione, bensì, come araldi del Vangelo e pastori della Chiesa, si dedicano pienamente all'incremento spirituale del corpo di Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Rapporti dei presbiteri con gli altri"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il vescovo e i presbiteri"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti i presbiteri, in unione con i vescovi, partecipano del medesimo e unico sacerdozio e ministero di Cristo, in modo tale che la stessa unità di consacrazione e di missione esige la comunione gerarchica dei presbiteri con l'ordine dei vescovi (55) manifestata ottimamente nel caso della concelebrazione liturgica, questa unione con i vescovi è affermata esplicitamente nella celebrazione eucaristica (56)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I vescovi pertanto, grazie al dono dello Spirito Santo che è concesso ai presbiteri nella sacra ordinazione, hanno in essi dei necessari collaboratori e consiglieri nel ministero e nella funzione di istruire, santificare e governare il popolo di Dio (57). Il che è vigorosamente affermato fin dai primi tempi della Chiesa nei documenti liturgici, là dove essi implorano solennemente da Dio per colui che viene ordinato sacerdote l'infusione dello « spirito della grazia e del consiglio, affinché aiuti e governi il popolo con cuore puro » (58) proprio come lo spirito di Mosè nel deserto fu trasmesso a settanta uomini prudenti (59) «con l'aiuto dei quali egli poté governare agevolmente la moltitudine innumerevole del popolo » (60)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per questa comune partecipazione nel medesimo sacerdozio e ministero, i vescovi considerino dunque i presbiteri come fratelli e amici (61), e stia loro a cuore, in tutto ciò che possono, il loro benessere materiale e soprattutto spirituale. È ai vescovi, infatti, che incombe in primo luogo la grave responsabilità della santità dei loro sacerdoti (62): essi devono pertanto prendersi cura con la massima serietà della formazione permanente del proprio presbiterio (63). Siano pronti ad ascoltarne il parere, anzi, siano loro stessi a consultarlo e a esaminare assieme i problemi riguardanti le necessità del lavoro pastorale e il bene della diocesi. E perché ciò sia possibile nella pratica, è bene che esista - nel modo più confacente alle circostanze e ai bisogni di oggi (64) nella forma e secondo norme giuridiche da stabilire (65) - una commissione o senato di sacerdoti in rappresentanza del presbiterio, il quale con i suoi consigli possa aiutare efficacemente il vescovo nel governo della diocesi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I presbiteri, dal canto loro, avendo presente la pienezza del sacramento dell'ordine di cui godono i vescovi, venerino in essi l'autorità di Cristo supremo pastore. Siano dunque uniti al loro vescovo con sincera carità e obbedienza (66). Questa obbedienza sacerdotale, pervasa dallo spirito di collaborazione, si fonda sulla stessa partecipazione del ministero episcopale, conferita ai presbiteri attraverso il sacramento dell'ordine e la missione canonica (67)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'unione tra i presbiteri e i vescovi è particolarmente necessaria ai nostri giorni, dato che oggi, per diversi motivi, le imprese apostoliche debbono non solo rivestire forme molteplici, ma anche trascendere i limiti di una parrocchia o di una diocesi. Nessun presbitero è quindi in condizione di realizzare a fondo la propria missione se agisce da solo e per proprio conto, senza unire le proprie forze a quelle degli altri presbiteri, sotto la guida di coloro che governano la Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unione fraterna tra i presbiteri"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti i presbiteri, costituiti nell'ordine del presbiterato mediante l'ordinazione, sono uniti tra di loro da un'intima fraternità sacramentale; ma in modo speciale essi formano un unico presbiterio nella diocesi al cui servizio sono ascritti sotto il proprio vescovo. Infatti, anche se si occupano di mansioni differenti, sempre esercitano un unico ministero sacerdotale in favore degli uomini. Tutti i presbiteri, cioè, hanno la missione di contribuire a una medesima opera, sia che esercitino il ministero parrocchiale o sopraparrocchiale, sia che si dedichino alla ricerca dottrinale o all'insegnamento, sia che esercitino un mestiere manuale, condividendo la condizione operaia - nel caso ciò risulti conveniente e riceva l'approvazione dell'autorità competente - , sia infine che svolgano altre opere d'apostolato od ordinate all'apostolato. È chiaro che tutti lavorano per la stessa causa, cioè per l'edificazione del corpo di Cristo, la quale esige molteplici funzioni e nuovi adattamenti, soprattutto in questi tempi. Pertanto è oltremodo necessario che tutti i presbiteri, sia diocesani che religiosi, si aiutino a vicenda in modo da essere sempre cooperatori della verità (68)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Di conseguenza ciascuno è unito agli altri membri di questo presbiterio da particolari vincoli di carità apostolica, di ministero e di fraternità: il che viene rappresentato liturgicamente fin dai tempi più antichi nella cerimonia in cui i presbiteri assistenti all'ordinazione sono invitati a imporre le mani, assieme al vescovo che ordina, sul capo del nuovo eletto, o anche quando concelebrano unanimi la sacra eucaristia. Ciascuno dei presbiteri è dunque legato ai confratelli col vincolo della carità, della preghiera e della collaborazione nelle forme più diverse, manifestando così quella unità con cui Cristo volle che i suoi fossero una sola cosa, affinché il mondo sappia che il Figlio è stato inviato dal Padre (69)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per tali motivi, i più anziani devono veramente trattare come fratelli i più giovani, aiutandoli nelle prime attività e responsabilità del ministero, sforzandosi di comprendere la loro mentalità, anche se differente, e guardando con simpatia le loro iniziative. I giovani, a loro volta, abbiano rispetto per l'età e l'esperienza degli anziani, sappiano studiare assieme ad essi i problemi riguardanti la cura d'anime e collaborino volentieri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Animati da spirito fraterno, i presbiteri non trascurino l'ospitalità (70) pratichino la beneficenza e la comunità di beni (71) avendo speciale cura di quanti sono infermi, afflitti, sovraccarichi di lavoro, soli o in esilio, nonché di coloro che soffrono la persecuzione (72). È bene che si riuniscano volentieri per trascorrere assieme serenamente qualche momento di distensione e riposo, ricordando le parole con cui il Signore stesso invitava gli apostoli stremati dalla fatica: « Venite in un luogo deserto a riposare un poco» (Mc 6,31). Inoltre, per far sì che i presbiteri possano reciprocamente aiutarsi a fomentare la vita spirituale e intellettuale, collaborare più efficacemente nel ministero, ed eventualmente evitare i pericoli della solitudine, sia incoraggiata fra di essi una certa vita comune o una qualche comunità di vita, che può naturalmente assumere forme diverse, in rapporto ai differenti bisogni personali o pastorali: può trattarsi, cioè, di coabitazione, là dove è possibile, oppure di una mensa comune, o almeno di frequenti e periodici raduni. Vanno anche tenute in grande considerazione e diligentemente incoraggiate le associazioni che, in base a statuti riconosciuti dall'autorità ecclesiastica competente, fomentano - grazie ad un modo di vita convenientemente ordinato e approvato e all'aiuto fraterno - la santità dei sacerdoti nell'esercizio del loro ministero, e mirano in tal modo al servizio di tutto l'ordine dei presbiteri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infine sappiano i presbiteri che, a causa della partecipazione al medesimo sacerdozio, essi sono specialmente responsabili nei confronti di coloro che soffrono qualche difficoltà; procurino dunque di aiutarli a tempo, anche con un delicato ammonimento, quando ce ne fosse bisogno. E per quanto riguarda coloro che fossero caduti in qualche mancanza, li trattino sempre con carità fraterna e comprensione, preghino per loro incessantemente e si mostrino in ogni occasione veri fratelli e amici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I presbiteri e i laici"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I sacerdoti del Nuovo Testamento, anche se in virtù del sacramento dell'ordine svolgono la funzione eccelsa e insopprimibile di padre e di maestro nel popolo di Dio e per il popolo di Dio, sono tuttavia discepoli del Signore, come gli altri fedeli, chiamati alla partecipazione del suo regno per la grazia di Dio (73). In mezzo a tutti coloro che sono stati rigenerati con le acque del battesimo, i presbiteri sono fratelli (74) membra dello stesso e unico corpo di Cristo, la cui edificazione è compito di tutti (75)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò i presbiteri nello svolgimento della propria funzione di presiedere la comunità devono agire in modo tale che, non mirando ai propri interessi ma solo al servizio di Gesù Cristo (76) uniscano i loro sforzi a quelli dei fedeli laici, comportandosi in mezzo a loro come il Maestro il quale fra gli uomini « non venne ad essere servito, ma a servire e a dar la propria vita per la redenzione della moltitudine» (Mt 20,28). I presbiteri devono riconoscere e promuovere sinceramente la dignità dei laici, nonché il loro ruolo specifico nell'ambito della missione della Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Abbiano inoltre il massimo rispetto per la giusta libertà che spetta a tutti nella città terrestre. Siano pronti ad ascoltare il parere dei laici, tenendo conto con interesse fraterno delle loro aspirazioni e giovandosi della loro esperienza e competenza nei diversi campi dell'attività umana, in modo da poter assieme riconoscere i segni dei tempi. Provando gli spiriti per sapere se sono da Dio (77), essi devono scoprire con senso di fede i carismi, sia umili che eccelsi, che sotto molteplici forme sono concessi ai laici, devono riconoscerli con gioia e fomentarli con diligenza. Dei doni di Dio che si trovano abbondantemente tra i fedeli, meritano speciale attenzione quelli che spingono non pochi a una vita spirituale più profonda. Allo stesso modo, non esitino ad affidare ai laici degli incarichi al servizio della Chiesa, lasciando loro libertà d'azione e un conveniente margine di autonomia, anzi invitandoli opportunamente a intraprendere con piena libertà anche delle iniziative per proprio conto (78)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infine, i presbiteri si trovano in mezzo ai laici per condurre tutti all'unità della carità, « amandosi l'un l'altro con la carità fraterna, prevenendosi a vicenda nella deferenza» (Rm 12,10). A loro spetta quindi di armonizzare le diverse mentalità in modo che nessuno, nella comunità dei fedeli, possa sentirsi estraneo. Essi sono i difensori del bene comune, che tutelano in nome del vescovo, e sono allo stesso tempo strenui assertori della verità, evitando che i fedeli siano sconvolti da qualsiasi vento di dottrina (79). In modo speciale devono aver cura di quanti hanno abbandonato la frequenza dei sacramenti o forse addirittura la fede, e come buoni pastori non devono tralasciare di andare alla loro ricerca."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Avendo presenti le disposizioni sull'ecumenismo (80) non trascurino i fratelli che non godono della piena comunione ecclesiastica con noi. Devono infine considerare come oggetto della propria cura quanti non conoscono Cristo loro salvatore. I fedeli, dal canto loro, abbiano coscienza del debito che hanno nei confronti dei presbiteri, e li trattino perciò con amore filiale, come loro pastori e padri; condividendo le loro preoccupazioni, si sforzino, per quanto è possibile, di essere loro di aiuto con la preghiera e con l'azione, in modo che essi possano superare più agevolmente le eventuali difficoltà e assolvere con maggiore efficacia i propri compiti (81)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Distribuzione dei presbiteri e vocazioni sacerdotali"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sollecitudine di tutte le Chiese"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il dono spirituale che i presbiteri hanno ricevuto nell'ordinazione non li prepara a una missione limitata e ristretta, bensì a una vastissima e universale missione di salvezza, « fino agli ultimi confini della terra » (At 1,8), dato che qualunque ministero sacerdotale partecipa della stessa ampiezza universale della missione affidata da Cristo agli apostoli. Infatti il sacerdozio di Cristo, di cui i presbiteri sono resi realmente partecipi, si dirige necessariamente a tutti i popoli e a tutti i tempi, né può subire limite alcuno di stirpe, nazione o età, come già veniva prefigurato in modo arcano con Melchisedec (82). Ricordino quindi i presbiteri che a essi incombe la sollecitudine di tutte le Chiese. Pertanto, i presbiteri di quelle diocesi, che hanno maggior abbondanza di vocazioni si mostrino disposti ad esercitare volentieri il proprio ministero, previo il consenso o l'invito del proprio ordinario, in quelle regioni, missioni o attività che soffrano di scarsezza di clero."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre, le norme sull'incardinazione e l'escardinazione vanno riviste in modo che questo antichissimo istituto, pur rimanendo in vigore, sia però più rispondente ai bisogni pastorali di oggi. E lì dove ciò sia reso necessario da motivi apostolici, si faciliti non solo una distribuzione funzionale dei presbiteri, ma anche l'attuazione di peculiari iniziative pastorali in favore di diversi gruppi sociali in certe regioni o nazioni o addirittura continenti. A questo scopo potrà essere utile la creazione di seminari internazionali, peculiari diocesi o prelature personali, e altre istituzioni del genere, cui potranno essere ascritti o incardinati dei presbiteri per il bene di tutta la Chiesa, secondo norme da stabilirsi per ognuna di queste istituzioni, e rispettando sempre i diritti degli ordinari del luogo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comunque, per quanto è possibile, i presbiteri non devono essere mandati soli in una nuova regione, soprattutto quando non ne conoscono ancora bene la lingua e le usanze; è meglio che vadano a gruppi di almeno due o tre, come i discepoli del Signore (83), in modo da aiutarsi a vicenda. È parimenti necessario che ci si prenda cura della loro vita spirituale e della loro salute fisica e mentale; inoltre, nei limiti del possibile, è bene che si scelgano il luogo e le condizioni di lavoro che meglio si adattano alle possibilità personali di ciascuno di essi. D'altra parte, è altrettanto necessario che coloro i quali entrano in una nuova nazione cerchino di conoscere non solo la lingua del paese, ma anche gli speciali caratteri psico-sociologici di quel popolo al cui servizio essi umilmente desiderano mettersi, fondendosi con esso nel modo più pieno, così da seguire l'esempio dell'apostolo Paolo, il quale poté dire di sé: « Io infatti, pur essendo libero da tutti, mi sono fatto servitore di tutti, per guadagnarne il più gran numero. Con i Giudei mi sono fatto Giudeo, per guadagnare i Giudei... » (1 Cor 9,19-20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le vocazioni sacerdotali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il Pastore e vescovo delle nostre anime (84) costituì la sua Chiesa in tal modo che il popolo da lui scelto e acquistato a prezzo del suo sangue (85) dovesse avere sempre, fino alla fine del mondo, i propri sacerdoti, e quindi i cristiani non venissero mai a trovarsi come pecore senza pastore (86). Conoscendo questa sua volontà, gli apostoli, per suggerimento dello Spirito Santo, considerarono proprio dovere scegliere dei ministri « i quali fossero capaci di insegnare anche ad altri » (2 Tm 2,2). Questa è appunto una funzione che fa parte della stessa missione sacerdotale, in virtù della quale il presbiterio partecipa della sollecitudine per la Chiesa intera, affinché nel popolo di Dio qui sulla terra non manchino mai gli operai. Ma siccome « vi è comunità di interessi fra il capitano della nave e i passeggeri» (87) a tutto il popolo cristiano va insegnato che è suo dovere collaborare in vari modi - con la preghiera insistente e anche con gli altri mezzi a sua disposizione (88) a far sì che la Chiesa disponga sempre dei sacerdoti di cui ha bisogno per compiere la propria missione divina. In primo luogo, quindi, abbiano i presbiteri la massima preoccupazione per far comprendere ai fedeli - con il ministero della parola e con la propria testimonianza di una vita, in cui si rifletta chiaramente lo spirito di servizio e la vera gioia pasquale - l'eccellenza e la necessità del sacerdozio. Senza badare a fatiche o difficoltà, aiutino quanti considerano veramente idonei a un così elevato ministero siano essi giovani o adulti, affinché abbiano modo di prepararsi convenientemente e possano quindi essere eventualmente chiamati dai vescovi, sempre naturalmente nel pieno rispetto della loro libertà sia esterna che interna. A questo scopo è oltremodo utile una attenta e prudente direzione spirituale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto poi ai genitori e ai maestri, e in genere a tutti coloro cui spetta in un modo o nell'altro l'educazione dei bambini e dei giovani, essi devono istruirli in modo tale che, conoscendo la sollecitudine del Signore per il suo gregge e avendo presenti i bisogni della Chiesa, siano pronti a rispondere con generosità alla chiamata del Signore dicendogli con il profeta: « Eccomi qui, manda me » (Is 6,8). Ma si badi che questa voce del Signore che chiama non va affatto attesa come se dovesse giungere all'orecchio del futuro presbitero in qualche modo straordinario (89). Essa va piuttosto riconosciuta ed esaminata attraverso quei segni di cui si serve ogni giorno il Signore per far capire la sua volontà ai cristiani che sanno ascoltare; e ai presbiteri spetta di studiare attentamente questi segni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad essi pertanto si raccomandano caldamente le opere per le vocazioni, sia quelle diocesane che quelle nazionali (90). Nella predicazione, nella catechesi, nella stampa, si offra un'informazione precisa sulle necessità della Chiesa locale e della Chiesa universale e siano messi in luce il significato e l'importanza del ministero sacerdotale, facendo vedere che esso comporta pesanti responsabilità, ma allo stesso tempo anche gioie ineffabili; soprattutto si dica che attraverso esso, come insegnano i Padri della Chiesa, si può dare a Cristo la più eccelsa testimonianza d'amore (91)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VITA DEI PRESBITERI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Chiamata dei presbiteri alla perfezione"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il dovere di tendere alla perfezione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con il sacramento dell'ordine i presbiteri si configurano a Cristo sacerdote come ministri del capo, allo scopo di far crescere ed edificare tutto il su corpo che è la Chiesa, in qualità di cooperatori de: l'ordine episcopale. Già fin dalla consacrazione del battesimo, essi, come tutti i fedeli, hanno ricevuto il segno e il dono di una vocazione e di una grazi così grande che, pur nell'umana debolezza (92) possono tendere alla perfezione, anzi debbono tendervi secondo quanto ha detto il Signore: « Siate dunque perfetti così come il Padre vostro celeste è perfetto » (Mt 5,48). Ma i sacerdoti sono specialmente obbligati a tendere a questa perfezione, poiché essi - che hanno ricevuto una nuova consacrazione a Dio mediante l'ordinazione - vengono elevati alla condizione di strumenti vivi di Cristo eterno sacerdote, per proseguire nel tempo la sua mirabile opera, che ha restaurato con divina efficacia l'intera comunità umana (93). Dato quindi che ogni sacerdote, nel modo che gli è proprio, tiene il posto di Cristo in persona, fruisce anche di una grazia speciale, in virtù della quale, mentre è al servizio della gente che gli è affidata e di tutto il popolo di Dio, egli può avvicinarsi più efficacemente alla perfezione di colui del quale è rappresentante, e la debolezza dell'umana natura trova sostegno nella santità di lui, il quale è diventato per noi il pontefice « santo, innocente, incontaminato, segregato dai peccatori» (Eb 7,26)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, che il Padre santificò e consacrò inviandolo al mondo (94) « offerse se stesso in favore nostro per redimerci da ogni iniquità e far di noi un popolo non più immondo, che gli appartenga e cerchi di compiere il bene », e così, passando attraverso la sofferenza, entrò nella sua gloria (95) allo stesso modo i presbiteri, consacrati con l'unzione dello Spirito Santo e inviati da Cristo, mortificano in se stessi le opere della carne e si dedicano interamente al servizio degli uomini; in tal modo possono progredire nella santità della quale sono stati dotati in Cristo (96), fino ad arrivare all'uomo perfetto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertanto, esercitando il ministero dello Spirito e della giustizia (97), essi vengono consolidati nella vita dello Spirito, a condizione però che siano docili agli insegnamenti dello Spirito di Cristo che li vivifica e li conduce. I presbiteri, infatti, sono ordinati alla perfezione della vita in forza delle stesse sacre azioni che svolgono quotidianamente, come anche di tutto il loro ministero, che esercitano in stretta unione con il vescovo e tra di loro. Ma la stessa santità dei presbiteri, a sua volta, contribuisce non poco al compimento efficace del loro ministero: infatti, se è vero che la grazia di Dio può realizzare l'opera della salvezza anche attraverso ministri indegni, ciò nondimeno Dio, ordinariamente preferisce manifestare le sue grandezze attraverso coloro i quali, fattisi più docili agli impulsi e alla direzione dello Spirito Santo, possono dire con l'Apostolo, grazie alla propria intima unione con Cristo e santità di vita: « Ormai non sono più io che vivo, bensì è Cristo che vive in me » (Gal 2,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò questo sacro Sinodo, per il raggiungimento dei suoi fini pastorali di rinnovamento interno della Chiesa, di diffusione del Vangelo in tutto il mondo e di dialogo con il mondo moderno, esorta vivamente tutti i sacerdoti ad impiegare i mezzi efficaci che la Chiesa ha raccomandato (98) in modo da tendere a quella santità sempre maggiore che consentirà loro di divenire strumenti ogni giorno più validi al servizio di tutto il popolo di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'esercizio della funzione sacerdotale esige e favorisce la santità"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I presbiteri raggiungeranno la santità nel loro modo proprio se nello Spirito di Cristo eserciteranno le proprie funzioni con impegno sincero e instancabile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Essendo ministri della parola di Dio, essi leggono ed ascoltano ogni giorno questa stessa parola che devono insegnare agli altri: e se si sforzano anche di riceverla in se stessi, allora diventano discepoli del Signore sempre più perfetti, secondo quanto dice l'apostolo Paolo a Timoteo: « Occupati di queste cose, dedicati ad esse interamente, affinché siano palesi a tutti i tuoi progressi. Vigila su te stesso e sul tuo insegnamento, persevera in tali cose, poiché così facendo salverai te stesso e quelli che ti ascoltano » (1 Tm 4,15-16). Infatti, cercando il miglior modo di trasmettere agli altri ciò che hanno contemplato (99), assaporeranno più intimamente « le insondabili ricchezze di Cristo » (Ef 3,8) e la multiforme sapienza di Dio (100). Non dimenticando mai che è il Signore ad aprire i cuori (101) e che l'efficacia non proviene da essi ma dalla potenza di Dio (103), all'atto stesso di predicare la parola si uniranno più intimamente con Cristo maestro e saranno guidati dal suo Spirito. Uniti così a Cristo, partecipano della carità di Dio, il cui mistero, nascosto nei secoli è stato rivelato in Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella loro qualità di ministri della liturgia, e soprattutto nel sacrificio della messa, i presbiteri rappresentano in modo speciale Cristo in persona, il quale si è offerto come vittima per santificare gli uomini; sono pertanto invitati a imitare ciò che compiono, nel senso che, celebrando il mistero della morte del Signore, devono cercare di mortificare le proprie membra dai vizi e dalle concupiscenze (104) Nel mistero del sacrificio eucaristico, in cui i sacerdoti svolgono la loro funzione principale, viene esercitata ininterrottamente l'opera della nostra redenzione (105) e quindi se ne raccomanda caldamente la celebrazione quotidiana, la quale è sempre un atto di Cristo e della sua Chiesa (106), anche quando non è possibile che vi assistano i fedeli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Così i presbiteri, unendosi con l'atto di Cristo sacerdote, si offrono ogni giorno totalmente a Dio, e nutrendosi del Corpo di Cristo partecipano dal fondo di se stessi alla carità di colui che si dà come cibo ai fedeli. Allo stesso modo, quando amministrano i sacramenti si uniscono all'intenzione e alla carità di Cristo; il che realizzano in modo particolare nell'esercizio del sacramento della penitenza, se si mostrano sempre e pienamente disposti ad amministrarla ogniqualvolta i fedeli ne facciano ragionevolmente richiesta. Nella recitazione dell'ufficio divino essi danno voce alla Chiesa, la quale persevera in preghiera in nome di tutto il genere umano assieme a Cristo, che è « sempre vivente per intercedere in favore nostro » (Eb 7,25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reggendo e pascendo il popolo di Dio, i presbiteri sono spinti dalla carità del buon Pastore a dare la loro vita per il gregge pronti anche al supremo sacrificio (107), seguendo l'esempio di quei sacerdoti che anche ai nostri tempi non hanno esitato a dare la vita; e poiché sono educatori nella fede, avendo anch'essi «fiducia nell'accesso dei santi al sangue di Cristo» (Eb 10,19), si rivolgono a Dio «con cuore sincero nella pienezza della fede » (Eb 10,22); fanno mostra di una speranza incrollabile al cospetto dei loro fedeli (108) in modo da poter consolare coloro che sono in qualsiasi tribolazione, con la medesima consolazione con cui loro stessi sono consolati da Dio (109). Nella loro qualità di reggitori della comunità praticano l'ascetica propria del pastore d'anime, rinunciando ai propri interessi e mirando non a ciò che fa loro comodo, bensì a ciò che è utile a molti, in modo che siano salvi (110) in un continuo progresso nel compimento più perfetto del lavoro pastorale e, all'occorrenza, pronti anche ad adottare nuovi sistemi pastorali, sotto la guida dello Spirito d'amore, che soffia dove vuole (111)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unità di vita nello svolgimento del ministero"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nel mondo d'oggi i compiti che gli uomini devono affrontare sono tanti e i problemi che li preoccupano - e che spesso richiedono una soluzione urgente - sono assai disparati; di conseguenza in molte occasioni essi si trovano in condizioni tali che è facile che si disperdano in tante cose diverse. Anche i presbiteri, immersi e agitati da un gran numero di impegni derivanti dalla loro missione, possono domandarsi con vera angoscia come fare ad armonizzare la vita interiore con le esigenze dell'azione esterna. Ed effettivamente, per ottenere questa unità di vita non bastano né l'organizzazione puramente esteriore delle attività pastorali, né la sola pratica degli esercizi di pietà, quantunque siano di grande utilità. L'unità di vita può essere raggiunta invece dai presbiteri seguendo nello svolgimento del loro ministero l'esempio di Cristo Signore, il cui cibo era il compimento della volontà di colui che lo aveva inviato a realizzare la sua opera (112)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In effetti Cristo, per continuare a realizzare incessantemente questa stessa volontà del Padre nel mondo per mezzo della Chiesa, opera attraverso i suoi ministri. Egli pertanto rimane sempre il principio e la fonte della unità di vita dei presbiteri. Per raggiungerla, essi dovranno perciò unirsi a lui nella scoperta della volontà del Padre e nel dono di sé per il gregge loro affidato (113). Così, rappresentando il buon Pastore, nell'esercizio stesso della carità pastorale (114) troveranno il vincolo della perfezione sacerdotale che realizzerà la unità nella loro vita e attività. D'altra parte, questa carità pastorale scaturisce soprattutto dal sacrificio eucaristico, il quale risulta quindi il centro e la radice di tutta la vita del presbitero, cosicché lo spirito sacerdotale si studia di rispecchiare ciò che viene realizzato sull'altare. Ma ciò non è possibile se i sacerdoti non penetrano sempre più a fondo nel mistero di Cristo con la preghiera."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E per poter anche concretizzare nella pratica l'unità di vita, considerino ogni loro iniziativa alla luce della volontà di Dio (115) vedendo cioè se tale iniziativa va d'accordo con le norme della missione evangelica della Chiesa. Infatti la fedeltà a Cristo non può essere separata dalla fedeltà alla sua Chiesa. Per questo, la carità pastorale esige che i presbiteri, se non vogliono correre invano (116) lavorino sempre in stretta unione con i vescovi e gli altri fratelli nel sacerdozio. Se procederanno con questo criterio, troveranno l'unità della propria vita nella unità stessa della missione della Chiesa, e così saranno uniti al loro Signore, e per mezzo di lui al Padre nello Spirito Santo, per poter essere colmati di consolazione e di gioia (117)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Peculiari esigenze spirituali nella vita dei presbiteri"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Umiltà e obbedienza"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tra le virtù che più sono necessarie nel ministero dei presbiteri, va ricordata quella disposizione di animo per cui sempre sono pronti a cercare non la soddisfazione dei propri desideri, ma il compimento della volontà di colui che li ha inviati (118). Infatti l'opera divina per la quale sono stati scelti dallo Spirito Santo (119) trascende ogni forza umana e qualsiasi umana sapienza: « Dio ha scelto le cose deboli del mondo per confondere quelle forti » (1 Cor 1,27). Consapevole quindi della propria debolezza, il vero ministro di Cristo lavora con umiltà, cercando di sapere ciò che è grato a Dio (120) come se avesse mani e piedi legati dallo Spirito (121) si fa condurre in ogni cosa dalla volontà di colui che vuole che tutti gli uomini siano salvi; e questa volontà la può scoprire e seguire nel corso della vita quotidiana, servendo umilmente tutti coloro che gli sono affidati da Dio in ragione della funzione che deve svolgere e dei molteplici avvenimenti della vita."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "D'altra parte, il ministero sacerdotale, dato che è il ministero della Chiesa stessa, non può essere realizzato se non nella comunione gerarchica di tutto il corpo. La carità pastorale esige pertanto che i presbiteri, lavorando in questa comunione, con l'obbedienza facciano dono della propria volontà nel servizio di Dio e dei fratelli, ricevendo e mettendo in pratica con spirito di fede le prescrizioni e i consigli del sommo Pontefice, del loro vescovo e degli altri superiori, e dando volentieri tutto di sé in ogni incarico che venga loro affidato (122), anche se umile e povero. Perché con questo atteggiamento custodiscono e rafforzano la necessaria unità con i fratelli nel ministero, specialmente con quelli che il Signore ha costituito reggitori visibili della sua Chiesa, e lavorano per la edificazione del corpo di Cristo, il quale cresce « per ogni articolazione di servizio » (123). Questa obbedienza, che porta a una più matura libertà di figli di Dio, esige per sua natura che i presbiteri nello svolgimento della loro missione, mentre sono indotti dalla carità a cercare prudentemente vie nuove per un maggior bene della Chiesa, facciano sapere con fiducia le loro iniziative ed espongano chiaramente i bisogni del proprio gregge, disposti sempre a sottomettersi al giudizio di coloro che esercitano una funzione superiore nel governo della Chiesa di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con questa umiltà e obbedienza responsabile e volontaria i presbiteri si conformano sull'esempio di Cristo, e arrivano ad avere in sé gli stessi sentimenti di Cristo Gesù, il quale « annientò se stesso prendendo la condizione di servo..., fatto obbediente fino alla morte » (Fil 2,7-8) e con questa obbedienza ha vinto e redento la disobbedienza di Adamo, come testimonia l'Apostolo: « Come infatti per la disobbedienza di uno solo i molti furono costituiti peccatori, così per l'obbedienza di quel solo, i molti saranno costituiti giusti» (Rm 5,19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il celibato"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La perfetta e perpetua continenza per il regno dei cieli, raccomandata da Cristo Signore (124) nel corso dei secoli e anche ai nostri giorni gioiosamente abbracciata e lodevolmente osservata da non pochi fedeli, è sempre stata considerata dalla Chiesa come particolarmente confacente alla vita sacerdotale. Essa è infatti segno e allo stesso tempo stimolo della carità pastorale, nonché fonte speciale di fecondità spirituale nel mondo (125). Essa non è certamente richiesta dalla natura stessa del sacerdozio, come risulta evidente se si pensa alla prassi della Chiesa primitiva (126) e alla tradizione delle Chiese orientali, nelle quali, oltre a coloro che assieme a tutti i vescovi scelgono con l'aiuto della grazia il celibato, vi sono anche degli eccellenti presbiteri coniugati: per questo il nostro sacro Sinodo, nel raccomandare il celibato ecclesiastico, non intende tuttavia mutare quella disciplina diversa che è legittimamente in vigore nelle Chiese orientali, anzi esorta amorevolmente tutti coloro che hanno ricevuto il presbiterato quando erano nello stato matrimoniale a perseverare nella santa vocazione, continuando a dedicare pienamente e con generosità la propria vita per il gregge loro affidato (127)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il celibato, comunque, ha per molte ragioni un rapporto di convenienza con il sacerdozio. Infatti la missione sacerdotale è tutta dedicata al servizio della nuova umanità che Cristo, vincitore della morte suscita nel mondo con il suo Spirito, e che deriva la propria origine « non dal sangue, né da volontà di carne, né da volontà d'uomo, ma da Dio» (Gv 1,13). Ora, con la verginità o il celibato osservato per il regno dei cieli (128), i presbiteri si consacrano a Dio con un nuovo ed eccelso titolo, aderiscono più facilmente a lui con un cuore non diviso (129) si dedicano più liberamente in lui e per lui al servizio di Dio e degli uomini, servono con maggiore efficacia il suo regno e la sua opera di rigenerazione soprannaturale, e in tal modo si dispongono meglio a ricevere una più ampia paternità in Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In questo modo, pertanto, essi proclamano di fronte agli uomini di volersi dedicare esclusivamente alla missione di fidanzare i cristiani con lo sposo unico e di presentarli a Cristo come vergine casta (130) evocando così quell'arcano sposalizio istituito da Dio, e che si manifesterà pienamente nel futuro per il quale la Chiesa ha come suo unico sposo Cristo (131). Essi inoltre diventano segno vivente di quel mondo futuro, presente già attraverso la fede e la carità, nel quale i figli della risurrezione non si uniscono in matrimonio (132)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per questi motivi - fondati sul mistero di Cristo e della sua missione - il celibato, che prima veniva raccomandato ai sacerdoti, in seguito è stato imposto per legge nella Chiesa latina a tutti coloro che si avviano a ricevere gli ordini sacri. Questo sacro Sinodo torna ad approvare e confermare tale legislazione per quanto riguarda coloro che sono destinati al presbiterato, avendo piena certezza nello Spirito che il dono del celibato, così confacente al sacerdozio della nuova legge, viene concesso in grande misura dal Padre, a condizione che tutti coloro che partecipano del sacerdozio di Cristo con il sacramento dell'ordine, anzi la Chiesa intera, lo richiedano con umiltà e insistenza. Il sacro Sinodo esorta inoltre tutti i presbiteri, i quali hanno liberamente abbracciato il sacro celibato seguendo l'esempio di Cristo e confidando nella grazia di Dio, ad aderirvi generosamente e cordialmente e a perseverare fedelmente in questo stato, sapendo apprezzare il dono meraviglioso che il Padre ha loro concesso e che il Signore ha così esplicitamente esaltato (133) e avendo anche presenti i grandi misteri che in esso sono rappresentati e realizzati. E al mondo di oggi, quanto più la perfetta continenza viene considerata impossibile da tante persone, con tanta maggiore umiltà e perseveranza debbono i presbiteri implorare assieme alla Chiesa la grazia della fedeltà che mai è negata a chi la chiede. Ricorrano allo stesso tempo ai mezzi soprannaturali e naturali che sono a disposizione di tutti. E soprattutto non trascurino quelle norme ascetiche che sono garantite dalla esperienza della Chiesa e che nelle circostanze odierne non sono meno necessarie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo sacro Sinodo prega perciò i sacerdoti - e non solo essi, ma anche tutti i fedeli - di avere a cuore il dono prezioso del celibato sacerdotale, e di supplicare tutti Iddio affinché lo conceda sempre abbondantemente alla sua Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La povertà"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Grazie ai rapporti d'amicizia e di fraternità fra di loro e con gli altri uomini, i presbiteri sono in grado di imparare ad avere stima per i valori umani e ad apprezzare i beni creati come doni di Dio. Vivendo in mezzo al mondo devono però avere sempre presente che, come ha detto il Signore nostro Maestro, essi non appartengono al mondo (134). Perciò, usando del mondo come se non se usassero (135) possono giungere a quella libertà che riscatta da ogni disordinata preoccupazione e rende docili all'ascolto della voce di Dio nella vita di tutti i giorni. Da questa libertà e docilità nasce il discernimento spirituale, che consente di mettersi nel giusto rapporto con il mondo e le realtà terrene. Tale rapporto è estremamente importante nel caso dei presbiteri, dato che la missione della Chiesa si svolge in mezzo al mondo e i beni creati sono del tutto necessari per lo sviluppo personale dell'uomo. Siano perciò riconoscenti per tutte le cose che concede loro il Padre perché possano ben condurre la loro esistenza. È però indispensabile che sappiano esaminare attentamente alla luce della fede tutto ciò che si trova sul loro cammino, in modo da sentirsi spinti a usare rettamente dei beni in conformità con la volontà di Dio, respingendo quanto possa nuocere alla loro missione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I sacerdoti infatti, dato che il Signore è la loro «parte ed eredità» (Num 18,20), debbono usare dei beni temporali solo per quei fini ai quali essi possono essere destinati d'accordo con la dottrina di Cristo Signore e gli ordinamenti della Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto ai beni ecclesiastici propriamente detti, i sacerdoti devono amministrarli come esige la natura stessa di tali cose, a norma delle leggi ecclesiastiche, e possibilmente con l'aiuto di competenti laici; devono sempre impiegarli per quegli scopi che giustificano l'esistenza di beni temporali della Chiesa, vale a dire: l'organizzazione del culto divino, il dignitoso mantenimento del clero, il sostenimento delle opere di apostolato e di carità, specialmente in favore dei poveri (136). Quanto poi ai beni che si procurano in occasione dell'esercizio di qualche ufficio ecclesiastico, i presbiteri, come pure i vescovi, salvi restando eventuali diritti particolari (137) devono impiegarli anzitutto per il proprio onesto mantenimento e per l'assolvimento dei doveri del proprio stato; il rimanente potrà essere destinato per il bene della Chiesa e per le opere di carità. Non trattino dunque l'ufficio ecclesiastico come occasione di guadagno, né impieghino il reddito che ne deriva per aumentare il proprio patrimonio personale (138). I sacerdoti, quindi, senza affezionarsi in modo alcuno alle ricchezze (139) debbono evitare ogni bramosia ed astenersi da qualsiasi tipo di commercio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anzi, essi sono invitati ad abbracciare la povertà volontaria, con cui possono conformarsi a Cristo in un modo più evidente ed essere più disponibili per il sacro ministero. Cristo infatti da ricco è diventato per noi povero, affinché la sua povertà ci facesse ricchi (140). Gli apostoli, dal canto loro, hanno testimoniato con l'esempio personale che il dono di Dio, che è gratuito (141), va trasmesso gratuitamente e hanno saputo abituarsi tanto all'abbondanza come alla miseria (142). Ma anche un certo uso comune delle cose - sul modello di quella comunità di beni che vanta la storia della Chiesa primitiva - contribuisce in misura notevolissima a spianare la via alla carità pastorale (143); inoltre, con questo tenore di vita i presbiteri possono mettere lodevolmente in pratica lo spirito di povertà raccomandato da Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mossi perciò dallo Spirito del Signore, che consacrò il Salvatore con l'unzione e lo mandò ad evangelizzare i poveri (144). i presbiteri - come pure i vescovi - cerchino di evitare tutto ciò che possa in qualsiasi modo indurre i poveri ad allontanarsi, e più ancora degli altri discepoli del Signore vedano di eliminare nelle proprie cose ogni ombra di vanità. Sistemino la propria abitazione in modo tale che nessuno possa ritenerla inaccessibile, né debba, anche se di condizione molto umile, trovarsi a disagio in essa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Sussidi per la vita dei presbiteri"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mezzi per favorire la vita spirituale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per poter alimentare in ogni circostanza della propria vita l'unione con Cristo, i presbiteri, oltre all'esercizio consapevole del ministero, dispongono dei mezzi sia comuni che specifici, sia tradizionali che nuovi, che lo Spirito Santo non ha mai cessato di suscitare in mezzo al popolo di Dio, e la Chiesa raccomanda - anzi talvolta prescrive addirittura - per la santificazione dei suoi membri (145). Al di sopra di tutti i sussidi spirituali occupano un posto di rilievo quegli atti per cui i fedeli si nutrono del Verbo divino alla duplice mensa della sacra Scrittura e dell'eucaristia (146) a nessuno sfugge, del resto, l'importanza di un frequente uso di quei mezzi ai fini della santificazione propria dei presbiteri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Essi, che sono i ministri della grazia sacramentale, si uniscono intimamente a Cristo salvatore e pastore attraverso la fruttuosa recezione dei sacramenti, soprattutto con la confessione sacramentale frequente, giacché essa - che va preparata con un quotidiano esame di coscienza - favorisce in sommo grado la necessaria conversione del cuore all'amore del Padre delle misericordie. Alla luce della fede, che si alimenta della lettura della Bibbia, essi possono cercare diligentemente di scoprire nelle diverse vicende della vita i segni della volontà di Dio e gli appelli della sua grazia, divenendo così sempre più pronti a corrispondere a ogni esigenza della missione cui si sono dedicati nello Spirito Santo. Un esempio meraviglioso di tale prontezza lo possono trovare sempre nella Madonna, che sotto la guida dello Spirito Santo si consacrò pienamente al mistero della redenzione dell'umanità (147). Essa è la madre del sommo ed eterno Sacerdote, la regina degli apostoli, il sostegno del loro ministero: essi devono quindi venerarla e amarla con devozione e culto filiale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre, se vogliono compiere con fedeltà il proprio ministero, abbiano a cuore il dialogo quotidiano con Cristo, andandolo a visitare nel tabernacolo e praticando il culto personale della sacra eucaristia. Siano anche disposti a dedicare volentieri del tempo al ritiro spirituale e abbiano in grande stima la direzione spirituale. In modi assai diversi - soprattutto con l'orazione mentale, di così provata efficacia, e con le varie forme di preghiera che ciascuno preferisce - possono i presbiteri ricercare e implorare da Dio quell'autentico spirito di adorazione che unisce a Cristo, mediatore della Nuova Alleanza. Animati da questo spirito, sia essi che i loro fedeli potranno rivolgersi a Dio come figli adottivi, dicendo: «Abba, Padre mio! » (Rm 8,15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Studio e scienza pastorale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nel sacro rito dell'ordinazione il vescovo ricorda ai presbiteri che devono essere « maturi nella scienza » e che la loro dottrina dovrà risultare come «una spirituale medicina per il popolo di Dio» (148). Ora, bisogna che la scienza del ministro sacro sia anch'essa sacra, in quanto derivata da una fonte sacra e diretta a un fine altrettanto sacro. Essa va pertanto tratta in primo luogo dalla lettura e dalla meditazione della sacra Scrittura (149) ma suo fruttuoso alimento è anche lo studio dei santi Padri e dottori e degli altri documenti della tradizione. In secondo luogo, per poter dare una risposta esauriente ai problemi sollevati dagli uomini d'oggi, è necessario che i presbiteri conoscano a fondo i documenti del magistero - specie quelli dei Concili e dei romani Pontefici - e che consultino le opere dei migliori teologi, la cui scienza è riconosciuta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma ai nostri giorni la cultura umana e anche le scienze sacre avanzano a un ritmo prima sconosciuto; è bene quindi che i presbiteri si preoccupino di perfezionare sempre adeguatamente la propria scienza teologica e la propria cultura, in modo da essere in condizione di sostenere con buoni risultati il dialogo con gli uomini del loro tempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "D'altra parte, però, ci si deve preoccupare di agevolare ai presbiteri il compito di approfondire i propri studi e di apprendere i migliori metodi di evangelizzazione e apostolato; in questo senso, possono risultare di grande aiuto - adattandoli logicamente alle situazioni locali - l'istituzione di corsi o congressi, la fondazione di centri destinati agli studi pastorali, la creazione di biblioteche e un'intelligente direzione degli studi da parte di persone capaci. I vescovi devono studiare altresì da soli o a livello interdiocesano - il sistema migliore per far in modo che tutti i loro presbiteri - soprattutto qualche anno dopo l'ordinazione (150) - possano frequentare periodicamente dei corsi di perfezionamento nelle scienze teologiche e nei metodi pastorali; questi corsi dovranno servire anche a rafforzare la vita spirituale e consentiranno un proficuo scambio di esperienze apostoliche con i confratelli (151). Mediante tutti questi sussidi e altri del genere, si abbia una cura particolare dei parroci di nomina recente e di tutti coloro che iniziano una nuova attività pastorale o sono trasferiti a un'altra diocesi o nazione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infine, i vescovi devono anche procurare che alcuni presbiteri si dedichino allo studio approfondito delle scienze divine, in modo che non vengano mai a mancare dei professori competenti per le scuole ecclesiastiche, e specialisti in grado di orientare gli altri sacerdoti e i fedeli verso una maggiore istruzione religiosa; inoltre, con questo lavoro di ricerca si stimola quel sano progresso delle scienze sacre che è del tutto necessario alla Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Equa retribuzione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I presbiteri si dedicano pienamente al servizio di Dio nello svolgimento delle funzioni che sono state loro assegnate; è logico pertanto che siano equamente retribuiti, dato che « l'operaio ha diritto alla sua paga » (Lc 10,7), e « il Signore ha disposto che coloro ai quali annunciano il Vangelo vivano del Vangelo» (1 Cor 9,14). In base a ciò, se non si provvede in un altro modo a retribuire equamente i presbiteri, sono i fedeli stessi che vi devono pensare, dato che è per il loro bene che essi lavorano; i fedeli, cioè, sono tenuti da vero obbligo a procurare che non manchino ai presbiteri i mezzi per condurre una vita onesta e dignitosa. Spetta ai vescovi ricordare ai fedeli questo loro grave obbligo, e provvedere - ognuno per la propria diocesi, o meglio ancora riunendosi in gruppi interessati a uno stesso territorio - all'istituzione di norme che garantiscano un mantenimento dignitoso per quanti svolgono o hanno svolto una funzione al servizio del popolo di Dio. Quanto poi al tipo di retribuzione che deve essere assegnata a ciascuno, bisogna considerare sia la natura stessa della funzione sia le diverse circostanze di luogo e di tempo. Comunque è bene che tale retribuzione sia fondamentalmente la stessa per tutti coloro che si trovano nelle stesse condizioni, e che soddisfi veramente i loro bisogni ed esigenze: il che significa che deve anche consentire ai presbiteri di retribuire il personale che presta servizio presso di loro e di soccorrere personalmente in qualche modo i bisognosi, dato che questo ministero a favore dei poveri è stato tenuto in grande considerazione da parte della Chiesa fin dalle origini."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nello stabilire la quantità della retribuzione per i presbiteri, occorre pensare che essa deve consentire anche un tempo sufficiente di ferie ogni anno; e i vescovi hanno il dovere di controllare se i presbiteri dispongono di questo necessario riposo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comunque, il rilievo maggiore va dato all'ufficio che svolgono i sacri ministri. Per questo, il sistema noto sotto il nome di sistema beneficiale deve essere abbandonato, o almeno riformato a fondo, in modo che la parte beneficiale - ossia il diritto al reddito di cui è dotato l'ufficio ecclesiastico - sia trattata come cosa secondaria, e venga messo in primo piano, invece, l'ufficio stesso. D'ora in avanti, inoltre, per ufficio ecclesiastico si deve intendere qualsiasi incarico conferito in modo stabile per un fine spirituale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fondo comune e previdenza sociale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deve essere sempre tenuto presente l'esempio dei fedeli della primitiva Chiesa di Gerusalemme, dove « tutto era ad essi comune » (At 4,32) e « veniva diviso fra tutti in base ai bisogni di ciascuno » (At 4,35). In conseguenza, è estremamente conveniente che per il mantenimento del clero esista una istituzione diocesana, amministrata dal vescovo con la collaborazione di sacerdoti delegati, e anche di laici esperti in economia, se ce ne fosse bisogno. È anche auspicabile che, nei limiti del possibile, venga costituita in ogni diocesi o regione una cassa comune da cui possono attingere i vescovi per far fronte ai propri impegni nei riguardi delle persone che prestano servizio a favore della Chiesa, e per affrontare i diversi bisogni della diocesi (153). Con questa cassa comune, inoltre, le diocesi più dotate potranno venire incontro a quelle più povere, in modo da bilanciare con la propria abbondanza la loro scarsezza. È bene che anche questa cassa comune sia formata soprattutto in base alle offerte dei fedeli; ma vi potranno affluire pure i beni derivanti da altre fonti, che il diritto dovrà precisare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oltre a ciò, nelle nazioni in cui la previdenza sociale a favore del clero non è ancora sufficientemente organizzata, le conferenze episcopali vi devono provvedere, sempre nel massimo rispetto delle leggi ecclesiastiche e civili. Fra le varie soluzioni possibili vi sono, ad esempio, gli istituti di previdenza di ambito diocesano che operano per proprio conto o uniti in federazione; gli istituti che operano in una zona comprendente varie diocesi; e infine organismi che coprono tutto il territorio nazionale. In ogni caso, queste istituzioni devono provvedere, sotto la vigilanza della gerarchia, sia alla prevenzione e all'assistenza sanitaria, sia al decoroso mantenimento dei presbiteri che patiscono malattia, invalidità o vecchiaia. I sacerdoti, dal canto loro, devono appoggiare l'istituzione che sia stata creata, spinti da un senso di solidarietà verso i confratelli, che li porta a condividere le loro pene e abbiano anche presente che in tal modo si risparmieranno eccessive preoccupazioni per il futuro (154), potendosi invece dedicare con spirito evangelico alla pratica della povertà e alla salvezza delle anime."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infine, i responsabili facciano in modo che gli istituti di previdenza di diverse nazioni che operano in uno stesso settore siano collegati fra di loro, perché così si consolideranno e si estenderanno."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo sacro Sinodo ha presenti le grandi gioie di cui è ricca la vita sacerdotale; ma ciò non significa che dimentichi le difficoltà che i presbite devono affrontare nelle circostanze della vita di oggi. Non ignora la profonda trasformazione che tempi hanno operato nelle strutture economiche sociali e nel costume; e si rende conto che c'è sta un profondo mutamento nella gerarchia dei valori che viene comunemente adottata. Per questo i ministri della Chiesa, e talvolta gli stessi fedeli, si sentono quasi estranei nei confronti del mondo di oggi si domandano angosciosamente quali sono i mezzi le parole adatte per poter comunicare con esso. non c'è dubbio che i nuovi ostacoli per la fede, l'apparente inutilità degli sforzi che si son fatti finora il crudo isolamento in cui vengono a trovarsi possono costituire un serio pericolo di scoraggiamento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma sta di fatto che Dio ha amato tanto il mondo - così come esso oggi si presenta all'amore e al ministero dei presbiteri della Chiesa - da dare per esso il Figlio suo unigenito (155). Ed effettivamente questo mondo - vincolato certamente a tanti peccati ma nello stesso tempo dotato di risorse non irrilevanti - fornisce alla Chiesa pietre vive (156) che tutte insieme servono a edificare l'abitazione di Dio nello Spirito (157). E lo stesso Spirito Santo, mentre spinge la Chiesa ad aprire vie nuove per arrivare al mondo, di oggi, suggerisce e incoraggia gli opportuni aggiornamenti e adattamenti del ministero sacerdotale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I presbiteri non devono perdere di vista che nel loro lavoro non sono mai soli, perché hanno come sostegno l'onnipotenza di Dio. Abbiano fede in Cristo che li chiamò a partecipare del suo sacerdozio: e con questa fede si dedichino con tutta l'anima fiduciosamente al loro ministero, nella consapevolezza che Dio è tanto potente da aumentare in essi la carità (158). E non dimentichino che hanno al loro fianco i propri confratelli nel sacerdozio, anzi, tutti i fedeli del mondo. C'è infatti una cooperazione di tutti i presbiteri per la realizzazione del disegno di salvezza di Dio, che e il mistero di Cristo, ossia il mistero nascosto da secoli in Dio (159) e questo disegno non viene condotto a termine se non a poco a poco, attraverso la collaborazione organica di diversi ministeri che tendono tutti all'edificazione del corpo di Cristo, fin tanto che non venga raggiunta la misura della sua età matura. Tutto ciò, ripetiamo, è nascosto con Cristo in Dio (160) e quindi è con la fede soprattutto che può essere avvertito. Effettivamente, è nella fede che devono camminare le guide del popolo di Dio, seguendo l'esempio del fedele Abramo, il quale per la fede «obbedì all'ordine di dirigersi verso il luogo che avrebbe ricevuto in eredità: e si mosse senza sapere dove sarebbe andato a finire » (Eb 11,8). In verità, l'economia dei misteri di Dio può essere paragonata all'uomo che semina nel campo e di cui dice il Signore: « che dorma o che si alzi, di notte e di giorno, il seme germoglia e cresce senza che lui se ne accorga» (Mc 4,27)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Del resto, Gesù ha detto: « Abbiate fiducia, io ho vinto il mondo » (Gv 16,33); ma con queste parole non ha voluto promettere alla sua Chiesa una perfetta vittoria prima della fine dei tempi. Il sacro Sinodo si rallegra nel vedere che la terra seminata con il seme del Vangelo dà ora molti frutti in diversi luoghi, grazie all'azione dello Spirito del Signore, il quale riempie l'orbe della terra e ha fatto nascere nel cuore di molti sacerdoti e di molti fedeli uno spirito autenticamente missionario."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per tutto ciò il Sinodo ringrazia con il cuore colmo di affetto i presbiteri di tutto il mondo: « A colui poi che, mediante la potenza che opera in noi, può compiere infinitamente di più di tutto ciò che possiamo domandare o pensare, a lui sia la gloria nella Chiesa e in Cristo Gesù» (Ef 3,20-21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutte e singole le cose stabilite in questo Decreto sono piaciute ai Padri del Sacro Concilio. E Noi, in virtù della potestà Apostolica conferitaci da Cristo, unitamente ai Venerabili Padri, nello Spirito Santo le approviamo, le decretiamo e le stabiliamo; e quanto è stato così sinodalmente deciso, comandiamo che sia promulgato a gloria di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, presso San Pietro 7 dicembre 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Io PAOLO Vescovo della Chiesa Cattolica"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seguono le firme dei Padri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Firme dei Padri"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Ioannis et Pauli Presbyter Cardinalis SPELLMAN, Archiepiscopus Neo-Eboracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo Ss. Bonifacii et Alexii Presbyter Cardinalis DE BARROS CÂMARA, Archiepiscopus S. Sebastiani Fluminis Ianuarii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis ante Portam Latinam Presbyter Cardinalis FRINGS, Archiepiscopus Coloniensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS titulo S. Sabinae Presbyter Cardinalis RUFFINI, Archiepiscopus Panormitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Panisperna Presbyter Cardinalis CAGGIANO, Archiepiscopus Bonaërensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PETRUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis CIRIACI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo S. Mariae de Pace Presbyter Cardinalis FELTIN, Archiepiscopus Parisiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Mariae de Victoria Presbyter Cardinalis SIRI, Archiepiscopus Ianuensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS titulo S. Mariae Trans Tiberim Presbyter Cardinalis WYSZYNSKI, Archiepiscopus Gnesnensis et Varsaviensis, Primas Poloniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENIAMINUS titulo S. Vitalis Presbyter Cardinalis DE ARRIBA Y CASTRO, Archiepiscopus Tarraconensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Augustini Presbyter Cardinalis QUIROGA Y PALACIOS, Archiepiscopus Compostellanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS AEMILIUS titulo S. Mariae Angelorum in Thermis Presbyter Cardinalis LEGER, Archiepiscopus Marianopolitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS HUMBERTUS titulo Ss. Andreae et Gregorii ad Clivum Scauri Presbyter Cardinalis QUINTERO, Archiepiscopus Caracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Mariae Novae Presbyter Cardinalis CONCHA, Archiepiscopus Bogotensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Priscae Presbyter Cardinalis DA COSTA NUNES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego HILDEBRANDUS titulo S. Sebastiani ad Catacumbas Presbyter Cardinalis ANTONIUTTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego EPHRAEM titulo S. Crucis in Hierusalem Presbyter Cardinalis FORNI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Mariae de Aracoeli Presbyter Cardinalis LANDAZURI RICKETTS, Archiepiscopus Limanus, Primas Peruviae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RADULFUS titulo S. Bernardi ad Thermas Presbyter Cardinalis SILVA HENRIQUEZ, Archiepiscopus S. Iacobi in Chile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO IOSEPHUS titulo S. Petri ad Vincula Presbyter Cardinalis SUENENS, Archiepiscopus Mechliniensis-Bruxellensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Athanasii Presbyter Cardinalis SLIPYI, Archiepiscopus Maior Ucrainorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAURENTIUS titulo S. Leonis I Presbyter Cardinalis JAEGER, Archiepiscopus Paderbornensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Crucis in via Flaminia Presbyter Cardinalis BERAN, Archiepiscopus Pragensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo D.nae N.ae de SS. Sacramento et Martyrum Canadensium Presbyter Cardinalis ROY, Archiepiscopus Quebecensis, Primas Canadiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Teresiae Presbyter Cardinalis MARTIN, Archiepiscopus Rothomagensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AUDOËNUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis MCCANN, Archiepiscopus Civitatis Capitis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO STEPHANUS titulo S. Balbinae Presbyter Cardinalis DUVAL, Archiepiscopus Algeriensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERMENEGILDUS titulo Reginae Apostolorum Presbyter Cardinalis FLORIT, Archiepiscopus Florentinus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Petri et Pauli in via Ostiensi Presbyter Cardinalis ŠEPER, Archiepiscopus Zagrabiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS S. Mariae in Porticu Diaconus Cardinalis JOURNET."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALBERTUS GORI, Patriarcha Hierosolymitanus Latinorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS II CHEIKHO, Patriarcha Babylonensis Chaldaeorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS PETRUS XVI BATANIAN, Patriarcha Ciliciae Armenorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS VIEIRA ALVERNAZ, Patriarcha Indiarum Orientalium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES CAROLUS MCQUAID, Archiepiscopus Dublinensis, Primas Hiberniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS ROHRACHER, Archiepiscopus Salisburgensis, Primas Germaniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego DEMETRIUS MOSCATO, Archiepiscopus Primas Salernitanus et Administrator Perpetuus Acernensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUGO CAMOZZO, Archiepiscopus Pisanus et Primas Sardiniae et Corsicae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALEXANDER TOKI , Archiepiscopus Antibarensis et Primas Serbiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS SENA DE OLIVEIRA, Archiepiscopus Conimbricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis † Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius † Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) CONC. VAT. II, Cost. sulla Sacra Liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 97ss; Cost dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 5ss; Decr. sulla missione pastorale dei Vescovi nella Chiesa Christus Dominus; Decr. sulla formazione sacerdotale Optatam totius: AAS 58 (1966), pp. 713ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cf. Mt 3,16; Lc 4,18; At 4,27; 10,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Cf. 1 Pt 2,5 e 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Cf. 1 Pt 3,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cf. Ap 19,10; CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 35: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 40-41 [pag. 201]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cf. CONC. DI TRENTO, Sess. XXIII, cap. I e can. 1: Dz 957 e 961 (1764 e 1771)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cf. Gv 20,21; CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 18: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 21-22 [pag. 155]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 33-36 [pag. 185ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 33-36 [pag. 185ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cf. Pontificale romanum, Ordinazione dei Presbiteri, Prefazio. Queste parole si trovano già nel Sacramentarium veronense: ed. L. C. Möhlberg, Romae 1956, p. 122; parimenti nel Missale Francorum: ed. L. C. Möhlberg, Romae 1957, p. 9; anche nel Liber Sacramentorum Romanae Ecclesiae: ed. L. C. Möhlberg, Romae 1960, p. 25; inoltre nel Pontificale romanum-germanicum: ed. Vogel-Elze, Città del Vaticano 1963, vol. I, p. 34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 10: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 14-15 [pag. 137ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cf. Rm 15,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Cf. 1 Cor 11,26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) S. AGOSTINO, De Civitate Dei, 10,6: PL 41, 284."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Cf. 1 Cor 15,24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Cf. Eb 5,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Cf. Eb 2,17; 4,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Cf. 1 Cor 9,19-23Vlg."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Cf. At 13,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) “Questo studio di perfezionamento spirituale e morale è stimolato anche esteriormente dalle condizioni in cui la Chiesa svolge la sua vita. Non può essa rimanere immobile e indifferente davanti ai mutamenti del mondo circostante. Per mille vie questo influisce e mette condizioni sul comportamento pratico della Chiesa. Essa, come ognuno sa, non è separata dal mondo; ma vive in esso. Perciò i membri della Chiesa ne subiscono l’influsso, ne respirano la cultura, ne accettano le leggi, ne assorbono i costumi. Questo immanente contatto della Chiesa con la società temporale genera per essa una continua situazione problematica, oggi laboriosissima. (...) Ecco come san Paolo medesimo educava i cristiani della prima generazione: Non unitevi a un giogo sconveniente cogli infedeli; poiché che cosa ha a che fare la giustizia coll’iniquità? e che comunanza v’è tra la luce e le tenebre?... che rapporto tra il fedele e l’infedele? (2 Cor 6,14-15). La pedagogia cristiana dovrà ricordare sempre all’alunno dei tempi nostri questa sua privilegiata condizione e questo suo conseguente dovere di vivere nel mondo ma non del mondo, secondo il voto stesso sopra ricordato di Gesù a riguardo dei suoi discepoli: Non chiedo che tu li tolga dal mondo, ma che li custodisca dal maligno. Essi non sono del mondo, come Io non sono del mondo (Gv 17,15-16). E la Chiesa fa proprio tale voto. Ma questa distinzione non è separazione. Anzi non è indifferenza, non è timore, non è disprezzo. Quando la Chiesa si distingue dall’umanità non si oppone ad essa, anzi si congiunge”: PAOLO VI, Encicl. Ecclesiam Suam, 6 ag. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 627 e 638."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Cf. Rm 12,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Cf. Gv 10,14-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Cf. S. POLICARPO, Epist. ad Philippenses, VI, 1: “I presbiteri siano inclini alla compassione, misericordiosi verso tutti, riconducano gli erranti, visitino tutti gli infermi, non trascurando la vedova o l’orfano o il povero; sempre invece solleciti del bene davanti a Dio e agli uomini, astenendosi da ogni ira, preferenza di persone, giudizio ingiusto, stando lontano da ogni avarizia, non pensando facilmente male di qualcuno, non troppo severi nel giudizio, sapendo che noi tutti siamo debitori del peccato”: ed. F. X. Funk, Patres Apostolici, I, p. 273."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Cf. 1 Pt 1,23Vlg; At 6,7; 12,24. “(Gli Apostoli) hanno predicato la parola di verità e generato la Chiese”: S. AGOSTINO, Enarr. in Ps., 44,23: PL 36, 508."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Cf. Ml 2,7; 1 Tm 4,11-13; 2 Tm 4,5; Tt 1,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Cf. Mc 16,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Cf. 2 Cor 11,7. Anche per i Presbiteri vale quello che è detto dei Vescovi, in quanto sono cooperatori dei Vescovi. Cf. Statuta Ecclesiae Antiqua, c. 3 (ed. Ch. Munier, Paris 1960, p. 79); Decretum Gratiani, C. 6, D. 88 (ed. Friedberg, I, 307); CONC. DI TRENTO, Sess. V, Decr. 2, n. 9 (Conc. Oec. Decreta, ed. Herder, Romae 1962, p. 645); Sess. XXIV, Decr. De reform., c. 4 (p. 739); CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 25: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 29-31 [pag. 175ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Cf. Constitutiones Apostolorum, II, 26, 7: “(I Presbiteri) siano maestri della scienza divina, poiché il Signore stesso ci ha inviati dicendo: Andate e ammaestrate...”: ed. F. X. Funk, Didascalia et Constitutiones Apostolorum, I, Paderborn 1905, p. 105. - Sacramentarium leonianum e gli altri Sacramentari fino al Pontificale Romano, Prefazio nell’Ordinazione dei Presbiteri: “Con questa provvidenza, Signore, li hai aggregati associandoli come Maestri della fede agli Apostoli del tuo Figlio, e con questi validi predicatori (o: con queste valide predicazioni) essi riempirono tutto il mondo. - Liber Ordinum Liturgiae Mozarabicae, Prefazio per ordinare un Presbitero: Maestro delle genti e capo dei suoi fedeli, mantenga intatta la fede cattolica, e annunzi a tutti la vera salvezza”: ed. M. Férotin, Le Liber Ordinum en usage dans l’Eglise Wisigothique et Mozarabe d’Espagne: Monumenta Ecclesiae Liturgica, vol. V, Paris 1904, col. 55, lin. 4-6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Cf. Gal 2,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Cf. 1 Pt 2,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Cf. il Rito dell’Ordinazione del Presbitero nella Chiesa Alessandrina dei Giacobiti: “Raduna il tuo popolo alla parola della dottrina, come una nutrice che cura i suoi figli”: H. Denzinger, Ritus Orientalium, Tom. II, Würzburg 1863, p. 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) Cf. Mt 28,19; Mc 16,16; TERTULLIANO, De baptismo, 14,2 (Corpus Christianorum, Serie latina, I, p. 289, 11-13); S. ATANASIO, Adv. Arianos, 2,42: PG 26, 237A-B; S. GIROLAMO, In Mt. 28,19: PL 26, 226D: “Prima ammaestrano tutte le nazioni, poi dopo averle ammaestrate le immergono nell’acqua. Non può infatti essere che un corpo riceva il sacramento del battesimo, se prima l’anima non ha ricevuto la verità della fede”; S. TOMMASO, Expositio primae Decretalis, § 1: “Il nostro Salvatore, mandando i discepoli a predicare, ingiunse loro tre cose: primo di insegnare la fede; secondo di amministrare i sacramenti ai credenti”: ed. Marietti, Opuscula Theologica, Taurini-Romae 1954, 1138."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. sulla Sacra Liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium, n. 35,2: AAS 56 (1964), p. 109 [pag. 37ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. sulla Sacra Liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium, nn. 33, 35, 48, 52: pp. 108-109, 113, 114 [pag. 197ss, 201ss, 233ss, 347]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(35) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. sulla Sacra Liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium, n. 7, pp. 100-101 [pag. 21]; PIO XII, Encicl. Mystici Corporis, 29 giu. 1943: AAS 35 (1943), p. 230 [in parte Dz 3813]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(36) S. IGNAZIO M., Smyrn., 8, 1-2: ed. F. X. Funk, p. 240; Comstitutiones Apostolorum, VIII, 12. 3: ed. F. X. Funk, p. 496; VIII, 29, 2: ibid., p. 532."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(37) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 33-36 [pag. 185ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(38) “L’Eucaristia è come il compimento spirituale della vita e il fine di tutti i sacramenti”: S. TOMMASO, Summa Theol., III, q. 73, a. 3c; cf. Summa Theol., III, q. 65, a. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(39) Cf. S. TOMMASO, Summa Theol., III, q. 65, a. 3, ad 1; q. 79, a. 1c e ad 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(40) Cf. Ef 5,19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(41) Cf. S. GIROLAMO, Epist., 114, 2: “...i sacri calici e i santi paramenti ed il resto che riguarda la Passione del Signore... sono da venerare con lo stesso onore del suo Corpo e Sangue, per l’attinenza al Corpo e al Sangue del Signore”: PL 22, 934. Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. sulla Sacra Liturgia Sacrosanctum Concilium, nn. 122-127: AAS 56 (1964), pp. 130-132 [pag. 81ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(42) “Durante il giorno i fedeli non omettano di fare la visita al santissimo Sacramento, che dev’essere custodito in luogo distintissimo, col massimo onore, nelle chiese, secondo le leggi liturgiche, perché la visita è prova di gratitudine, segno d’amore e debito di riconoscenza a Cristo Signore là presente”: PAOLO VI, Encicl. Mysterium Fidei, 3 sett. 1965: AAS 57 (1965), p. 771."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(43) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 33-36 [pag. 185ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(44) Cf. 2 Cor 10,8; 13,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(45) Cf. Gal 1,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(46) Cf. 1 Cor 4,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(47) Cf. Didascalia, II, 34, 3; II, 46, 6; II, 47, 1; Constitutiones Apostolorum, II,47,1: ed. F. X. Funk, Didascalia et Constitutiones, I, pp. 116, 142 e 143."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(48) Cf. Gal 4,3; 5,1 e 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(49) Cf. S. GIROLAMO, Epist., 58, 7: “Che utilità c’è se le pareti risplendono di gemme e Cristo è in pericolo nei poveri per la fame?”: PL 22, 584."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(50) Cf. 1 Pt 4,10ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(51) Cf. Mt 25,34-45."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(52) Cf. Lc 4,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(53) Potrebbero essere citate altre categorie, per es. gli emigranti, i nomadi ecc. Di essi si parla in: CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sulla missione pastorale dei Vescovi nella Chiesa, Christus Dominus, n. 18: AAS 58 (1966), p. 682 [pag. 369]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(54) Cf. Didascalia, II, 59, 1-3: “Nell’insegnare comanda ed esorta il popolo a frequentare la chiesa e a non mancare assolutamente mai, ma a recarvisi sempre e a non angustiarla, sottraendosi ad essa e rendendo più esiguo il corpo di Cristo... Poiché siete membra di Cristo, non separatevi dalla chiesa, quando non partecipate all’assemblea. Avendo come capo Cristo, presente e in comunione con voi secondo la sua promessa, non trascuratelo né alienate il salvatore dalle sue membra, né lacerate e smembrate il suo corpo...”: ed. F. X. Funk, I, p. 170; PAOLO VI, Discorso tenuto ad Orvieto al clero italiano partecipante alla XIII settimana “di aggiornamento pastorale”, 6 sett. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), pp. 750ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(55) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965), p. 35 [pag. 185ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(56) Cf. la cosiddetta Constitutio Ecclesiastica Apostolorum, XVIII: i Presbiteri sono sýmmystai (concelebranti) e synepímachoi (alleati) dei Vescovi: ed. T. Schermann, Die allgemeine Kirchenordnung, I, Paderborn 1914, p. 26; A. HARNACK, Die Quellen der sog. apostolischen Kirchenordnung, T. u. U., II, 5, p. 13, n. 18 e 19; PSEUDO GIROLAMO, De Septem Ordinibus Ecclesiae: “... con la benedizione diventano con i Vescovi partecipi dei misteri”: ed. A. W. Kalff, Würzburg 1937, p. 45; S. ISIDORO DI SIVIGLIA, De Ecclesiasticis Officiis, II, c. VII: “Sono a capo della Chiesa di Cristo e sono partecipi con i vescovi nella consacrazione del divino corpo e sangue, come pure nella catechesi del popolo e nel dovere di predicare”: PL 83, 787."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(57) Cf. Didascalia, II, 28, 4: ed. F. X. Funk, p.108; Constitutiones Apostolorum, II, 28, 4; II, 34, 3: ibid. pp. 109 e 117."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(58) Cf. Didascalia, VIII, 16,4: ed. F. X. Funk, I, p. 523; cf. Epitome Const. Apost., VI: ibid. II, p. 80, 3-4; Testamentum Domini: “...da’ a lui lo spirito di grazia, di consiglio e di coraggio, lo spirito del presbiterato... per coadiuvare e governare il tuo popolo con l’opera, con il timore, con il cuore puro”: trad. [latina] di I. E. Rahmani, Moguntiae 1899, p. 69. Anche nella Trad. Apost.: ed. B. Botte, La Tradition Apostolique de Saint Hippolyte, Münster i. W. 1963, p. 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(59) Cf. Nm 11,16-25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(60) Pontificale romano, Ordinazione dei Presbiteri, Prefazio; le stesse parole sono già nel Sacramentarium leonianum, Sacramentarium gelasianum e Sacramentarium gregorianum. Espressioni simili si trovano nelle Liturgie Orientali: cf. Trad. Apost.: “...volgi lo sguardo a questo tuo servo e infondigli lo spirito di grazia e di consiglio del presbitero, perché aiuti e governi il tuo popolo con cuore puro, come hai guardato al tuo popolo eletto e hai comandato a Mosè di scegliere degli anziani, che hai riempito del tuo spirito, che tu hai donato al tuo servo”: dall’antica versione latina Veronese: ed. B. Botte, La Tradition Apostolique de S. Hippolyte. Essai de reconstruction, Münster i. W. 1963, p. 20; Const. Apost., VIII, 16, 4: ed. F.X. Funk, 1, p. 522, 16-17; Epit. Const. Apost., VI: ed. F. X. Funk, II, p. 80, 5-7; Testamentum Domini: trad. I. E. Rahmani, Moguntiae 1899, p. 69; Euchologion Serapionis, XXVII: ed. F. X. Funk, Didascalia et Constitutiones, II, p. 190, lin. 1-7; Ritus Ordinationis in ritu Maronitarum: trad. H. Denzinger, Ritus Orientalium, II, Würzburg 1863, p. 161. Tra i Padri si possono citare: TEODORO DI MOPSUESTIA, In 1 Tim. 3,8: ed. Swete, II, pp. 119-121; TEODORETO, Quaestiones in Numeros, XVIII: PG 80, 369C-372B."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(61) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965), p. 35 [pag. 185ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(62) Cf. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Sacerdotii Nostri primordia, 1° ag. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 576; S. PIO X, Esortazione al clero Haerent animo, 4 ag. 1908: S. Pii X Acta, vol. IV (1908), pp. 237ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(63) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sulla missione pastorale dei Vescovi nella Chiesa Christus Dominus, nn. 15 e 16[pag. 365ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(64) Nel diritto vigente c’è già il Capitolo Cattedrale come senato e consiglio del Vescovo (cf. CIC, c. 391) [nel nuovo codice l’espressione è stata eliminata: cf. can. 503], oppure, se manca, il Consiglio dei consultori diocesani (CIC, cc. 423-428). Si desidera che queste istituzioni siano riformate, per meglio provvedere alle odierne situazioni e necessità. E evidente che tale Consiglio Presbiterale differisce dal Consiglio Pastorale di cui parla il Decr. Christus Dominus sulla missione pastorale dei Vescovi nella Chiesa, del CONC. VAT. II, 28 ott. 1965, n. 27 [pag. 379ss], del quale fanno parte anche laici, e al quale spetta soltanto studiare quanto concerne le opere pastorali [cf. nel nuovo Codice can. 495-501 e 511-514]. Sui Presbiteri come consiglieri del Vescovo si possono vedere la Didascalia, II, 28, 4: ed. F. X. Funk, I, p. 108; poi Const. Apost., II, 28, 4: ed. F. X. Funk, I, p. 109; S. IGNAZIO M., Magn. 6,1: ed. F. X. Funk, p. 194; Trall., 3,1: ed. F. X. Funk, p. 204; ORIGENE, Contra Celsum, III, 30: i Presbiteri sono consiglieri, cioè boúleytai: PG 11, 957D-960A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(65) S. IGNAZIO M., Magn., 6, 1: “Esorto a sforzarvi di compiere tutto nella concordia di Dio, sotto la presidenza del vescovo rappresentante di Dio e dei presbiteri rappresentanti il senato apostolico e dei diaconi, a me carissimi, ai quali è stato affidato il ministero di Gesù Cristo, che era presso il Padre prima del tempo e alla fine apparve”: ed. F. X. Funk, p. 195; S. IGNAZIO M., Trall., 3, 1: “Similmente tutti rispettino i diaconi come Gesù Cristo, così come rispettano anche il vescovo, che è la figura del Padre, i presbiteri come il senato di Dio e la comunità degli apostoli. Senza di loro non si può parlare di chiesa”: ibid., p. 204; S. GIROLAMO, In Isaiam, II, 3: PL 24, 61D: “Anche noi abbiamo nella Chiesa il nostro senato, la classe dei presbiteri”."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(66) Cf. PAOLO VI, Discorso ai parroci e ai quaresimalisti di Roma, pronunciato nella Cappella Sistina il 1° marzo 1965: AAS 57 (1965), p. 326."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(67) Cf. Const. Apost. VIII, 47, 39: “I presbiteri... non facciano nulla senza consultare il vescovo, perché è a lui che è stato affidato il popolo di Dio e a lui sarà chiesto conto delle loro anime”: ed. F. X. Funk, p. 577."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(68) Cf. 3 Gv 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(69) Cf. Gv 17,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(70) Cf. Eb 13,1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(71) Cf. Eb 13,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(72) Cf. Mt 5,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(73) Cf. 1 Ts 2,12; Col 1,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(74) Cf. Mt 23,8. “Se vogliamo essere pastori, padri e maestri degli uomini, bisogna che ci comportiamo come loro fratelli”: PAOLO VI, Encicl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 ag. 1964: AAS 56 (1964), p. 647."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(75) Cf. Ef 4,7 e 16; Const. Apost., VIII, 1, 20: “Ma nemmeno si esalti il vescovo sopra i diaconi o i presbiteri, né i presbiteri sopra il popolo: poiché la comunità è composta di entrambe le categorie”: ed. F. X. Funk, I, p. 467."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(76) Cf. Fil 2,21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(77) Cf. 1 Gv 4,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(78) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 37: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 42-43 [pag. 207ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(79) Cf. Ef 4,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(80) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sull’Ecumenismo Unitatis redintegratio: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 90ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(81) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 37: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 42-43 [pag. 207ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(82) Cf. Eb 7,3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(83) Cf. Lc 10,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(84) Cf. 1 Pt 2,25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(85) Cf. At 20,28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(86) Cf. Mt 9,36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(87) Pontificale romano, Ordinazione dei Presbiteri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(88) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sulla formazione sacerdotale Optatam totius, n. 2 [pag. 441ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(89) “La voce di Dio che chiama si esprime in due modi diversi, meravigliosi e convergenti: uno interiore, quello della grazia, quello dello Spirito Santo, quello ineffabile del fascino interiore che la “voce silenziosa” e potente del Signore esercita nelle insondabili profondità dell’anima umana; e uno esteriore, umano, sensibile, sociale, giuridico, concreto, quello del ministro qualificato della Parola di Dio, quello dell’Apostolo, quello della Gerarchia, strumento indispensabile, istituito e voluto da Cristo, come veicolo incaricato di tradurre in linguaggio sperimentabile il messaggio del Verbo e del precetto divino. Così insegna con San Paolo la dottrina cattolica: Come potranno sentirne parlare senza uno che lo annunzi... La fede dipende dalla predicazione (Rm 10,14 e 17)”: PAOLO VI, Discorso pronunciato il 5 maggio 1965: L’Osservatore Romano, 6 maggio 1965, p. 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(90) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sulla formazione sacerdotale Optatam totius, n. 2 [pag. 441ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(91) Questo insegnano i Padri quando spiegano le parole di Cristo a Pietro: “Mi vuoi bene?... Pasci le mie pecorelle” (Gv 21,17); così S. GIOVANNI CRISOSTOMO, De sacerdotio, II, 2: PG 48, 633; S. GREGORIO MAGNO, Reg. Past. Liber, P. I, c. 5: PL 77, 19A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(92) Cf. 2 Cor 12,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(93) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20 dic. 1935: AAS 28 (1936), p. 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(94) Cf. Gv 10,36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(95) Cf. Lc 24,26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(96) Cf. Ef 4,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(97) Cf. 2 Cor 3,8-9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(98) Cf. tra l’altro: S. PIO X, Esortazione al clero, Haerent animo, 4 ag. 1908: S. Pii X Acta, vol. IV (1908), p. 237ss. PIO XI, Encicl. Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20 dic. 1935: AAS 28 (1936), p. 5ss. PIO XII, Esort. Ap. Menti Nostrae, 23 sett. 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 657ss. GIOVANNI XXIII, Encicl. Sacerdotii Nostri primordia, 1o ag. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 545ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(99) Cf. S. TOMMASO, Summa Theol., II-II, q. 188, a. 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(100) Cf. Ef 3,9-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(101) Cf. At 16,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(102) Cf. 2 Cor 4,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(103) Cf. Ef 3,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(104) Cf. Pontificale romano, Nell’ordinazione dei Presbiteri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(105) Cf. Messale romano, orazione sopra le offerte della domenica IX dopo Pentecoste [nel Messale di Paolo VI, domenica II per annum]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(106) “Ogni Messa, anche se privatamente celebrata da un sacerdote, non è tuttavia cosa privata, ma azione di Cristo e della Chiesa, la quale, nel sacrificio che offre, ha imparato ad offrire se medesima come sacrificio universale, applicando per la salute del mondo intero l’unica e infinita virtù redentrice del Sacrificio della Croce. Poiché ogni Messa celebrata viene offerta non solo per la salvezza di alcuni, ma anche per la salvezza di tutto il mondo. (...) Ci raccomandiamo dunque con paterna insistenza ai Sacerdoti, in modo particolare Nostro gaudio e Nostra corona nel Signore, affinché...celebrino la Messa ogni giorno degnamente e con devozione”: PAOLO VI, Encicl. Mysterium Fidei, 3 sett. 1965: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 761-762. Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. sulla Sacra Liturgia, Sacrosanctum Concilium, nn. 25 e 27: AAS 56 (1964), p. 107 [pag. 33]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(107) Cf. Gv 10,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(108) Cf. 2 Cor 1,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(109) Cf. 2 Cor 1,4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(110) Cf. 1 Cor 10,33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(111) Cf. Gv 3,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(112) Cf. Gv 4,34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(113) Cf. 1 Gv 3,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(114) “Sia dovere d’amore pascere il gregge del Signore”: S. AGOSTINO, Tract. in Io., 123,5: PL 35, 1967."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(115) Cf. Rm 12,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(116) Cf. Gal 2,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(117) Cf. 2 Cor 7,4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(118) Cf. Gv 4,34; 5,30; 6,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(119) Cf. At 13,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(120) Cf. Ef 5,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(121) Cf. At 20,22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(122) Cf. 2 Cor 12,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(123) Cf. Ef 4,11-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(124) Cf. Mt 19,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(125) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 42: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 47-49 [pag. 219ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(126) Cf. 1 Tm 3,2-5; Tt 1,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(127) Cf. PIO XI, Encicl. Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20 dic. 1935: AAS 28 (1936), p. 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(128) Cf. Mt 19,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(129) Cf. 1 Cor 7,32-34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(130) Cf. 2 Cor 11,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(131) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, nn. 42 e 44: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 47-49 e 50-51 [pag. 219ss e 227ss]; Decr. sul rinnovamento della vita religiosa Perfectae caritatis, n. 12 [pag. 423ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(132) Cf. Lc 20,35-36; PIO XI, Encicl. Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20 dic. 1935: AAS 28 (1936), pp. 24-28; PIO XII, Encicl. Sacra Virginitas, 25 marzo 1954: AAS 46 (1954), pp. 169-172."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(133) Cf. Mt 19,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(134) Cf. Gv 17,14-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(135) Cf. 1 Cor 7,31."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(136) SIN. DI ANTIOCHIA, can. 25: MANSI 2, 1327-1328; Decretum Gratiani, c. 23, c. 12, q. 1: ed. Friedberg, I, pp. 684-685."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(137) Questo va inteso soprattutto dei diritti e delle consuetudini vigenti nelle Chiese Orientali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(138) SIN. DI PARIGI dell’829, cap. 15: MGH, Legum sectio III, Concilia, t. 2, p. 622; CONC. DI TRENTO, Sess. XXV, Decr. de reform., cap. I: Conc. Oec. Decreta, ed. Herder, Romae 1962, pp. 760-761."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(139) Cf. Sal 62,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(140) Cf. 2 Cor 8,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(141) Cf. At 8,18-25."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(142) Cf. Fil 4,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(143) Cf. At 2,42-47."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(144) Cf. Lc 4,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(145) Cf. CIC, can. 125ss [nel nuovo Codice can. 273ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(146) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sul rinnovamento della vita religiosa, Perfectae caritatis, n. 7 [pag. 419]; Cost. dogm. sulla divina Rivelazione, Dei Verbum, n. 21 [pag. 543]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(147) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla Chiesa Lumen Gentium, n. 65: AAS 57 (1965), pp. 64-65 [pag. 261ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(148) Pontificale romano, Ordinazione dei Presbiteri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(149) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Cost. dogm. sulla divina Rivelazione Dei Verbum, n. 25 [pag. 547ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(150) Questo corso non è quel corso pastorale da seguire subito dopo l’ordinazione di cui si parla nel Decreto sulla formazione sacerdotale Optatam totius, n. 22 [pag. 473s]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-324",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(151) Cf. CONC. VAT. II, Decr. sulla missione pastorale dei Vescovi nella Chiesa Christus Dominus, n. 17 [pag. 367ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(152) Cf. Mt 10,10; 1 Cor 9,7; 1 Tm 5,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-326",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(153) Cf. 2 Cor 8,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(154) Cf. Fil 4,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(155) Cf. Gv 3,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-329",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(156) Cf. 1 Pt 2,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(157) Cf. Ef 2,22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(158) Cf. Pontificale romano, Ordinazione dei Presbiteri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-332",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(159) Cf. Ef 3,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-333",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(160) Cf. Col 3,3."
            }
          ]
        },
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651207_presbyterorum-ordinis_lt.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-199-vat-ii_decree_19651207_presbyterorum-ordinis_lt.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAULUS EPISCOPUS SERVUS SERVORUM DEI UNA CUM SACROSANCTI CONCILII PATRIBUS AD PERPETUAM REI MEMORIAM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETUM DE PRESBYTERORUM MINISTERIO ET VITA PRESBYTERORUM ORDINIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prooemium"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRESBYTERORUM ORDINIS in Ecclesia excellentiam iam pluries haec Sacrosancta Synodus in memoriam omnium revocavit.[1] Cum tamen huic Ordini in Ecclesiae Christi renovatione partes maximi momenti et in dies quidem difficiliores assignentur, perutile visum est fusius et profundius de Presbyteris tractare; ea quae hic dicuntur omnibus Presbyteris applicantur, speciatim iis qui curae animarum inserviunt, congrua congruis referendo ad religiosos Presbyteros quod attinet. Presbyteri enim, sacra Ordinatione atque missione, quam ab Episcopis recipiunt, promoventur ad inserviendum Christo Magistro, Sacerdoti et Regi, cuius participant ministerium, quo Ecclesia in Populum Dei, Corpus Christi et Templum Spiritus Sancti, hic in terris, indesinenter aedificatur. Quapropter, ut in adiunctis pastoralibus et humanis persaepe tam funditus mutatis eorum ministerium efficacius sustineatur atque eorundem vitae melius provideatur, Sacrosancta haec Synodus quae sequuntur declarat ac decernit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT 1"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presbyteratus in missione Ecclesiae"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dominus Iesus, «quem Pater sanctificavit et misit in mundum» (Io. 10, 36), unctionis Spiritus qua unctus est[2] totum Corpus suum mysticum particeps reddit: in eo enim omnes fideles sanctum et regale sacerdotium efficiuntur, spirituales offerunt hostias Deo per Iesum Christum, et virtutes annuntiant Eius, qui de tenebris eos vocavit in admirabile lumen suum.[3] Nullum ergo datur membrum quod in missione totius Corporis partem non habeat, sed unumquodque sanctificare debet Iesum in corde suo,[4] et spiritu prophetiae testimonium de Iesu reddere[5]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Idem vero Dominus, inter fideles, ut in unum coalescerent corpus, in quo «omnia membra non eundem actum habent» (Rom. 12, 4), quosdam instituit ministros, qui, in societate fidelium, sacra Ordinis potestate pollerent Sacrificium offerendi et peccata remittendi,[6] atque sacerdotali officio publice pro hominibus nomine Christi fungerentur. Itaque, missis Apostolis sicut Ipse missus erat a Patre,[7] Christus, per ipsos Apostolos, consecrationis missionisque suae participes effecit eorum successores, Episcopos,[8] quorum munus ministerii, subordinato gradu, Presbyteris traditum est,[9] ut in Ordine presbyteratus constituti, ad rite explendam missionem apostolicam a Christo concreditam, Ordinis episcopalis essent cooperatores.[10]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Officium Presbyterorum, utpote Ordini episcopali coniunctum, participat auctoritatem qua Christus Ipse Corpus suum exstruit, sanctificat et regit. Quare sacerdotium Presbyterorum initiationis christianae Sacramenta quidem supponit, peculiari tamen illo Sacramento confertur, quo Presbyteri, unctione Spiritus Sancti, speciali charactere signantur et sic Christo Sacerdoti configurantur, ita ut in persona Christi Capitis agere valeant.[11]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Munus Apostolorum cum pro sua parte participent, Presbyteris gratia datur a Deo ut sint ministri Christi Iesu in gentibus, sacro Evangelii munere fungentes, ut fiat oblatio gentium accepta, sanctificata in Spiritu Sancto.[12] Per Evangelii enim apostolicum nuntium convocatur et congregatur Populus Dei, ita ut omnes ad hunc Populum pertinentes, sanctificati cum sint Spiritu Sancto, seipsos offerant «hostiam viventem, sanctam, Deo placentem» (Rom. 12, 1). Per Presbyterorum autem ministerium sacrificium spirituale fidelium consummatur in unione cum sacrificio Christi, unici Mediatoris, quod per manus eorum, nomine totius Ecclesiae, in Eucharistia incruente et sacramentaliter offertur, donec Ipse Dominus veniat.[13] Ad hoc tendit atque in hoc consummatur Presbyterorum ministerium. Eorum enim ministratio, quae ab evangelico nuntio incipit, e Sacrificio Christi suam vim et virtutem haurit, atque eo tendit ut «tota ipsa redempta civitas, hoc est congregatio societasque sanctorum, universale sacrificium offeratur Deo per Sacerdotem Magnum, qui etiam se ipsum obtulit in Passione pro nobis, ut tanti Capitis corpus essemus».[14]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finis igitur quem ministerio atque vita persequuntur Presbyteri est gloria Dei Patris in Christo procuranda. Quae gloria in eo est quod homines opus Dei in Christo perfectum conscie, libere atque grate accipiunt, illudque in tota vita sua manifestant. Presbyteri itaque, sive orationi et adorationi vacent, sive verbum praedicent, sive Eucharisticum Sacrificium offerant et cetera Sacramenta administrent, sive alia pro hominibus exerceant ministeria, conferunt cum ad gloriam Dei augendam tum ad homines in vita divina provehendos. Quae omnia, dum ex Paschate Christi manant, in glorioso Eiusdem Domini adventu consummabuntur, cum Ipse tradiderit Regnum Deo et Patri.[15]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presbyteri, ex hominibus assumpti et pro hominibus constituti in iis quae sunt ad Deum ut offerant dona et sacrificia pro peccatis,[16] cum ceteris hominibus tamquam cum fratribus conversantur. Sic et Dominus Iesus, Filius Dei, homo ad homines a Patre missus, habitavit in nobis et voluit per omnia fratribus assimilari, absque tamen peccato.[17] Ipsum iam imitati sunt sancti Apostoli, et testatur beatus Paulus, Doctor gentium, «segregatus in evangelium Dei» (Rom. 1,1), omnia omnibus se factum esse ut omnes faceret salvos.[18] Presbyteri Novi Testamenti, vocatione quidem et ordinatione sua, quodam modo in sinu Populi Dei segregantur, non tamen ut separentur, sive ab eo, sive a quovis homine, sed ut totaliter consecrentur operi ad quod Dominus eos assumit.[19]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ministri Christi esse non possent nisi alius vitae quam terrenae testes essent et dispensatores, sed neque hominibus inservire valerent si ab eorum vita condicionibusque[20] alieni remanerent. Ipsum eorum ministerium speciali titulo exigit ne huic saeculo sese conforment;[21]simul tamen requirit ut in hoc saeculo inter homines vivant, et sicut boni pastores oves suas cognoscant, easque etiam quae non sunt ex hoc ovili adducere quaerant, ut et ipsae vocem Christi audiant et fiat unum ovile et unus Pastor.[22]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quod ut consequi valeant multum conferunt virtutes quae in humano consortio merito aestimantur, ut sunt cordis bonitas, sinceritas, robur animi et constantia, assidua iustitiae cura, urbanitas aliaeque, quas Apostolus Paulus commendat, dicens: «Quaecumque sunt vera, quaecumque pudica, quaecumque iusta, quaecumque sancta, quaecumque amabilia, quaecumque bonae famae, si qua virtus, si qua laus disciplinae, haec cogitate» (Phil. 4,8).[23]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presbyterorum ministerium"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Presbyterorum munera"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Populus Dei primum coadunatur verbo Dei vivi,[24] quod ex ore sacerdotum omnino fas est requirere.[25] Cum enim nemo salvari possit, qui prius non crediderit,[26] Presbyteri, utpote Episcoporum cooperatores, primum habent officium Evangelium Dei omnibus evangelizandi,[27] ut, mandatum exsequentes Domini: «Euntes in mundum universum praedicate evangelium omni creaturae» (Mc. 16,15),[28] Populum Dei constituant et augeant. Verbo enim salutari in corde non fidelium suscitatur et in corde fidelium alitur fides, qua congregatio fidelium incipit et crescit, secundum illud Apostoli: «Fides ex auditu, auditus autem per verbum Christi» (Rom. 10,17). Omnibus ergo debitores sunt Presbyteri, ut cum eis communicent veritatem Evangelii[29] qua in Domino gaudent. Sive igitur, conversationem inter gentes habentes bonam, ad Deum glorificandum eas adducunt,[30] sive, aperte praedicantes, mysterium Christi non credentibus annuntiant, sive catechesim christianam tradunt vel Ecclesiae doctrinam explanant, sive sui temporis quaestiones sub luce Christi tractare student, eorum semper est non sapientiam suam, sed Dei Verbum docere omnesque ad conversionem et ad sanctitatem instanter invitare.[31] Sacerdotalis vero praedicatio, in hodiernis mundi adiunctis haud raro perdifficilis, ut auditorum mentes aptius moveat, verbum Dei non modo generali et abstracto tantum exponere debet, sed concretis applicando vitae circumstantiis veritatem Evangelii perennem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita ministerium verbi multiformiter exercetur, secundum diversas audientium necessitates et praedicantium charismata. In regionibus vel coetibus non christianis, nuntio Evangelico homines ad fidem et Sacramenta salutis adducuntur,[32] in ipsa autem communitate christianorum, praesertim pro illis qui parum intellegere vel credere videntur quod frequentant, verbi praedicatio requiritur ad ipsum ministerium Sacramentorum, quippe quae sint Sacramenta fidei, quae de verbo nascitur et nutritur;[33] quod praecipue valet pro Liturgia verbi in Missarum celebratione, in qua inseparabiliter uniuntur annuntiatio mortis et resurrectionis Domini, responsum populi audientis et oblatio ipsa qua Christus Novum Foedus confirmavit in Sanguine suo, cui oblationi fideles, et votis et Sacramenti perceptione, communicant.[34]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deus, qui solus Sanctus et Sanctificator est, voluit quasi socios et adiutores sibi assumere homines qui operi sanctificationis humiliter inserviant. Hinc Presbyteri a Deo, ministrante Episcopo, consecrantur, ut, participes Sacerdotii Christi speciali ratione effecti, in Sacris celebrandis tamquam ministri agant Eius, qui suum sacerdotale munus per Spiritum suum iugiter pro nobis in Liturgia exercet.[35] Baptismate quidem homines in Populum Dei introducunt; Sacramento Poenitentiae peccatores cum Deo et Ecclesia reconciliant; oleo infirmorum aegrotantes alleviant; celebratione praesertim Missae Sacrificium Christi sacramentaliter offerunt. In omnibus autem Sacramentis conficiendis, ut iam primaevae Ecclesiae temporibus testatus est beatus Ignatius Martyr,[36] Presbyteri diversis rationibus cum Episcopo hierarchice colligantur, et sic eum in singulis fidelium congregationibus quodammodo praesentem reddunt.[37]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cetera autem Sacramenta, sicut et omnia ecclesiastica ministeria, et opera apostolatus, cum Sacra Eucharistia cohaerent et ad eam ordinantur.[38] In Sanctissima enim Eucharistia totum bonum spirituale Ecclesiae continetur,[39] ipse scilicet Christus, Pascha nostrum panisque vivus per Carnem suam Spiritu Sancto vivificatam et vivificantem vitam praestans hominibus, qui ita invitantur et adducuntur ad seipsos, suos labores cunctasque res creatas una cum Ipso offerendos. Quapropter Eucharistia ut fons et culmen totius evangelizationis apparet, dum catechumeni ad participationem Eucharistiae paulatim introducuntur, et fideles, iam sacro baptismate et confirmatione signati, plene per receptionem Eucharistiae Corpori Christi inseruntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Est ergo Eucharistica Synaxis centrum congregationis fidelium cui Presbyter praeest. Edocent igitur Presbyteri fideles divinam victimam in Sacrificio Missae Deo Patri offerre atque cum ea oblationem vitae suae facere; in spiritu Christi Pastoris instituunt eos peccata sua corde contrito Ecclesiae in Sacramento Poenitentiae submittere, ita ut magis magisque in dies ad Dominum convertantur, memores verborum Eius: «Poenitentiam agite, appropinquavit enim Regnum caelorum» (Mt. 4,17). Ipsos pariter edocent Sacrae Liturgiae celebrationes ita participare, ut sinceram orationem in eis quoque attingant; eos ad spiritum orationis semper perfectiorem per totam vitam exercendum, pro uniuscuiusque gratiis et necessitatibus, manuducunt, omnesque ad officia proprii status observanda, et profectiores ad consilia Evangelii, modo cuique congruo exercenda, alliciunt. Erudiunt proinde fideles ut possint hymnis et canticis spiritualibus in cordibus suis cantare Domino, gratias agentes semper pro omnibus in nomine Domini nostri Iesu Christi, Deo et Patri.[40] Laudes et gratiarum actiones quas adhibent in Eucharistiae celebratione ipsi Presbyteri ad diversas horas diei dilatant in Divino persolvendo Officio, quo quidem nomine Ecclesiae, pro toto populo sibi commisso, immo pro universo mundo, Deum deprecantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Domus orationis in qua Sanctissima Eucharistia celebratur et servatur, fidelesque congregantur, et in qua praesentia Filii Dei Salvatoris nostri in ara sacrificali pro nobis oblati, in auxilium atque solatium fidelium colitur, nitida, orationi et sacris sollemnibus apta esse debet.[41] In ea Pastores et fideles invitantur ut grato animo respondeant dono Ipsius, qui per Humanitatem suam continuo vitam divinam in membra Corporis sui infundit.[42] Curent Presbyteri scientiam et artem liturgicam recte colere, ut, suo ministerio liturgico, a christianis communitatibus sibi commissis perfectius in dies laudetur Deus, Pater et Filius et Spiritus Sanctus."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Munus Christi Capitis et Pastoris pro sua parte auctoritatis exercentes, Presbyteri, nomine Episcopi, familiam Dei, ut fraternitatem in unum animatam, colligunt, et per Christum in Spiritu ad Deum Patrem adducunt.[43] Ad hoc autem ministerium exercendum, sicut ad cetera munera Presbyteri, confertur potestas spiritualis, quae quidem ad aedificationem datur.[44] In aedificanda autem Ecclesia, Presbyteri cum omnibus eximia humanitate ad exemplar Domini conversari debent. Neque iuxta placita hominum,[45] sed iuxta exigentias doctrinae et vitae christianae erga eos agere debent, eos docentes et ut filios etiam carissimos monentes,[46] secundum verba Apostoli: «Insta opportune, importune, argue, obsecra, increpa in omni patientia et doctrina» (2 Tim. 4,2).[47]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter ad sacerdotes, qua in fide educatores, pertinet curare sive per se sive per alios, ut singuli fideles ad suam propriam vocationem secundum Evangelium excolendam, ad sinceram operosamque caritatem, et ad libertatem, qua Christus nos liberavit,[48] in Spiritu Sancto adducantur. Parum proderunt caeremoniae, etsi pulchrae, vel consociationes, etsi florentes, si non ordinantur ad educandos homines ad maturitatem christianam consequendam.[49] Quam ut promoveant, eis auxilio erunt Presbyteri ut in ipsis eventibus magnis vel parvis, quid res exigant, quae sit Dei voluntas perspicere valeant. Edoceantur etiam christiani ut non sibi solum vivant, sed, secundum exigentias novae legis caritatis, unusquisque sicut accepit gratiam, in alterutrum illam administret[50] et ita omnes officia sua in communitate hominum christiane absolvant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quamvis vero omnibus debitores sint, Presbyteri tamen peculiari modo commendatos sibi habent pauperes et tenuiores cum quibus Dominus Ipse sese sociatum ostendit,[51] et quorum evangelizatio signum messianici operis datur.[52] Peculiari etiam diligentia prosequentur iuniores, et insuper coniuges ac parentes, qui ut in amicales coetus conveniant optandum est, ad sese mutuo adiuvandos ut christiane in vita saepe ardua facilius pleniusque agant. Meminerint Presbyteri religiosos omnes viros ac mulieres, quippe qui pars praecellens sint in domo Domini, speciali cura dignos esse ad eorum spiritualem profectum in bonum totius Ecclesiae. Maxime tandem solliciti sint aegrotantium et morientium, eos visitantes et in Domino confortantes.[53]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Munus vero Pastoris non ad fidelium singillatim curam habendam coarctatur, sed etiam ad genuinam communitatem christianam efformandam proprie extenditur. Spiritus autem communitatis debite ut colatur, non tantum ecclesiam localem sed et universam Ecclesiam amplecti debet. Communitas autem localis non suorum dumtaxat fidelium curam fovere, sed etiam zelo missionali imbuta viam ad Christum omnibus hominibus parare debet. Specialiter tamen sibi commendatos habet catechumenos et neophytos, qui gradatim ad vitam christianam cognoscendam et ducendam educandi sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nulla tamen communitas christiana aedificatur nisi radicem cardinemque habeat in Sanctissimae Eucharistiae celebratione, a qua ergo omnis educatio ad spiritum communitatis incipienda est.[54]Quae celebratio ut sincera et plena sit tam ad varia caritatis opera mutuumque adiutorium quam ad missionalem actionem, necnon ad varias christiani testimonii formas, ducere debet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeterea caritate, oratione, exemplo et poenitentiae operibus, ecclesialis communitas veram erga animas ad Christum adducendas maternitatem exercet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ipsa enim instrumentum efficax constituit quo nondum credentibus via ad Christum eiusque Ecclesiam indicatur vel sternitur, quo etiam fideles excitantur, aluntur et ad pugnam spiritualem roborantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In exstruenda vero christianorum communitate, Presbyteri numquam alicui ideologiae vel factioni humanae inserviunt, sed, ut Evangelii Praecones et Ecclesiae Pastores, ad Corporis Christi spirituale incrementum consequendum operam impendunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Presbyterorum habitudo ad alios"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presbyteri omnes, una cum Episcopis, unum idemque sacerdotium et ministerium Christi ita participant, ut ipsa unitas consecrationis missionisque requirat hierarchicam eorum communionem cum Ordine Episcoporum,[55] quam optime aliquando in liturgica concelebratione manifestant, et cum quibus coniuncti profitentur se Eucharisticam Synaxim celebrare.[56] Episcopi igitur, propter donum Spiritus Sancti quod Presbyteris in sacra Ordinatione datum est, illos habent ut necessarios adiutores et consiliarios in ministerio et munere docendi, sanctificandi et pascendi plebem Dei.[57] Quod enixe, iam ab antiquis Ecclesiae temporibus, liturgica documenta proclamant, dum sollemniter postulant a Deo super Presbyterum ordinandum infusionem spiritus «gratiae et consilii, ut adiuvet ac gubernet populum in corde mundo»,[58] quemadmodum in eremo Moysis spiritus in mentes septuaginta virorum prudentium propagatus est,[59] «quibus ille adiutoribus usus, in populo innumeras multitudines facile gubernavit».[60]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Propter hanc ergo in eodem sacerdotio atque ministerio communionem, Episcopi ut fratres et amicos suos habeant Presbyteros,[61] eorumque bonum, tam materiale quam praesertim spirituale ipsis pro viribus cordi sit. Potissimum enim in illos sacerdotum suorum sanctitudinis grave recidit onus:[62] maximam ergo curam exerceant in continua formatione Presbyterii sui.[63] Eos libenter audiant, immo consulant et cum eis colloquantur de iis quae ad necessitates operis pastoralis et ad bonum dioecesis spectant. Ut vero id ad effectum deducatur, habeatur, modo hodiernis adiunctis ac necessitatibus accommodato,[64] forma ac normis iure determinandis, coetus seu senatus[65] sacerdotum, Presbyterium repraesentantium, qui Episcopum in regimine dioeceseos suis consiliis efficaciter adiuvare possit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presbyteri autem, ante oculos habentes plenitudinem Sacramenti Ordinis qua Episcopi gaudent, in ipsis revereantur auctoritatem Christi supremi Pastoris. Suo igitur Episcopo sincera caritate et oboedientia adhaereant.[66] Quae sacerdotalis oboedientia, cooperationis spiritu perfusa, fundatur in ipsa participatione ministerii episcopalis, quae Presbyteris per Sacramentum Ordinis et missionem canonicam confertur.[67]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unio Presbyterorum cum Episcopis eo magis nostris diebus requiritur quod aetate hac nostra, diversis ex causis, incepta apostolica non tantum multiplices formas induere, verum etiam limites unius paroeciae vel dioecesis praetergredi necesse est. Nullus ergo Presbyter seorsum ac veluti singillatim suam missionem satis adimplere valet, sed tantum viribus unitis cum aliis Presbyteris, sub ductu eorum, qui Ecclesiae praesunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presbyteri, per Ordinationem in Ordine presbyteratus constituti, omnes inter se intima fraternitate sacramentali nectuntur; specialiter autem in dioecesi cuius servitio sub Episcopo proprio addicuntur unum Presbyterium efformant. Etsi enim diversis officiis mancipentur, unum tamen gerunt sacerdotale pro hominibus ministerium. Ad idem enim opus ut cooperentur mittuntur omnes Presbyteri, sive ministerium paroeciale vel supraparoeciale exerceant, sive scientiae investigandae aut tradendae operam conferant, sive etiam manibus laborent, ipsorum operariorum, ubi id probante quidem competenti Auctoritate expedire videatur, sortem participantes, sive tandem alia opera apostolica vel ad apostolatum ordinata adimpleant. Ad unum omnes quidem conspirant, ad aedificationem nempe Corporis Christi, quae, nostris praesertim temporibus, multiplicia officia necnon novas accommodationes requirit. Quapropter magni momenti est ut omnes Presbyteri, sive dioecesani sive religiosi, sese invicem adiuvent, ut semper sint cooperatores veritatis.[68] Cum ceteris ergo membris huius Presbyterii, unusquisque specialibus apostolicae caritatis, ministerii et fraternitatis nexibus coniungitur: quod iam ab antiquis temporibus liturgice significatur, cum Presbyteri adstantes super novum electum, simul cum Episcopo ordinante, manus imponere invitentur, et cum Sacram Eucharistiam unanimo corde concelebrant. Singuli ergo Presbyteri cum confratribus suis uniuntur vinculo caritatis, orationis et omnimodae cooperationis, atque ita manifestatur illa unitas qua Christus voluit suos in unum esse consummatos, ut cognoscat mundus Filium missum esse a Patre.[69]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quam ob rem, qui sunt provectioris aetatis iuniores vere ut fratres suscipiant eosque in primis inceptis et oneribus ministerii adiuvent, itemque mentem eorum, etsi a propria diversam, intellegere satagant atque incepta eorum cum benevolentia prosequantur. Iuvenes pariter revereantur aetatem atque experientiam seniorum cumque illis de rebus curam animarum spectantibus consilia conferant et libenter collaborent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Spiritu fraterno ducti, Presbyteri hospitalitatem ne obliviscantur,[70] colant beneficentiam et communionem bonorum,[71] praesertim solliciti eorum qui sunt aegroti, afflicti, laboribus nimis onerati, solitarii, e patria exsules, necnon eorum qui persecutionem patiuntur.[72] Etiam ad relaxandum animum libenter et cum gaudio conveniant, memores verborum quibus ipse Dominus Apostolos defatigatos invitabat: «Venite seorsum in desertum locum, et requiescite pusillum» (Mc. 6,31). Insuper, ut Presbyteri in vita spirituali et intellectuali colenda mutuum iuvamen inveniant, ut aptius in ministerio cooperari valeant utque a periculis solitudinis forte orientibus eripiantur, aliqua vita communis vel aliquod vitae consortium inter eos foveatur, quod tamen plures formas, iuxta diversas necessitates personales vel pastorales, induere potest, nempe cohabitationem, ubi possibilis est, vel communem mensam, vel saltem frequentes ac periodicos conventus. Magni quoque habendae sunt et diligenter promovendae associationes quae, statutis a competenti ecclesiastica auctoritate recognitis, per aptam et convenienter approbatam vitae ordinationem et per iuvamen fraternum, sanctitatem sacerdotum in exercitio ministerii fovent, et sic toti Ordini Presbyterorum servire intendunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Demum, ratione eiusdem communionis in sacerdotio, se sciant Presbyteri specialiter obligatos erga eos qui aliquibus difficultatibus laborant; quibus tempestivum praebeant auxilium, etiam si opus sit eos discrete monendo. Illos autem qui in quibusdam defecerunt fraterna caritate atque magno animo semper prosequantur, pro ipsis instantes preces Deo effundant eisque continuo sese praebeant ut revera fratres et amicos."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Novi Testamenti sacerdotes, licet Sacramenti Ordinis ratione praestantissimum ac necessarium in Populo et pro Populo Dei munus patris et magistri exerceant, tamen simul cum omnibus christifidelibus sunt discipuli Domini, Dei vocantis gratia Eius Regni participes facti.[73] Cum omnibus enim in fonte baptismi regeneratis Presbyteri sunt fratres inter fratres,[74] utpote membra unius eiusdemque Christi Corporis, cuius aedificatio omnibus demandata est.[75]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presbyteros igitur sic oportet praeesse, ut non quae sua sunt quaerentes, sed quae Iesu Christi,[76] cum fidelibus laicis operam coniungant et in medio eorum se gerant ad exemplum Magistri, qui inter homines «non venit ministrari, sed ministrare, et dare animam suam redemptionem pro multis» (Mt. 20, 8). Presbyteri sincere laicorum dignitatem atque propriam, quam laici in missione Ecclesiae habent partem, agnoscant et promoveant. Iustam etiam libertatem, quae omnibus in civitate terrestri competit, sedulo in honore habeant. Libenter audiant laicos, eorum desideria fraterne considerantes, eorumque experientiam et competentiam in diversis campis humanae actionis agnoscentes, ut simul cum ipsis signa temporum recognoscere queant. Probantes spiritus si ex Deo sint,[77] charismata laicorum multiformia, tam humilia quam altiora, cum sensu fidei detegant, cum gaudio agnoscant, cum diligentia foveant. Inter alia vero dona Dei quae in fidelibus abundanter inveniuntur, peculiari cura digna sunt, quibus non pauci ad altiorem vitam spiritualem attrahuntur. Item cum fiducia laicis in servitium Ecclesiae officia committant, eis agendi libertatem et spatium relinquentes, immo eos ut opera etiam sua sponte aggrediantur opportune invitantes.[78]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presbyteri demum in medio laicorum positi sunt ut omnes ad caritatis unitatem ducant «caritate fraternitatis invicem diligentes, honore invicem praevenientes» (Rom. 12,10). Eorum igitur est diversas mentes ita componere ut nemo in fidelium communitate extraneum se sentiat. Boni communis, cuius nomine Episcopi curam habent, sunt defensores, atque simul veritatis strenui assertores, ne fideles omni vento doctrinae circumferantur.[79] Peculiari sollicitudini eorum committuntur qui a praxi Sacramentorum, immo a fide forsan defecerunt, quos quidem ut boni pastores adire non omittent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad praescripta de oecumenismo attendentes,[80] non obliviscentur fratrum qui plena nobiscum ecclesiastica communione non fruuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Commendatos sibi tandem habebunt illos omnes qui Christum Salvatorem suum non agnoscunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ipsi vero christifideles conscii sint se obligatos esse Presbyteris suis, et ideo filiali amore eosdem, pastores suos et patres, prosequantur; item, eorum sollicitudines participantes, oratione et opere quantum fieri possit auxilio sint suis Presbyteris, ut hi aptius difficultates superare et fructuosius officia sua adimplere valeant.[81]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Presbyterorum distributio et vocationes sacerdotales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Donum spirituale, quod Presbyteri in ordinatione acceperunt, illos non ad limitatam quandam et coarctatam missionem praeparat, sed ad amplissimam et universalem missionem salutis «usque ad ultimum terrae» (Act. 1, 8), nam quodlibet sacerdotale ministerium participat ipsam universalem amplitudinem missionis a Christo Apostolis concreditae. Christi enim Sacerdotium, cuius Presbyteri vere participes facti sunt, ad omnes populos et ad omnia tempora necessario dirigitur, neque ullis limitibus sanguinis, nationis vel aetatis coarctatur, ut iam in figura Melchisedech arcano modo praefiguratur.[82] Meminerint igitur Presbyteri omnium ecclesiarum sollicitudinem sibi cordi esse debere. Quapropter Presbyteri illarum dioecesium, quae maiore vocationum copia ditantur, libenter se paratos praebeant, permittente vel exhortante proprio Ordinario, ad suum ministerium in regionibus, missionibus vel operibus cleri penuria laborantibus exercendum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Normae praeterea de incardinatione et excardinatione ita recognoscantur ut, pervetere hoc instituto firmo manente, ipsum tamen hodiernis pastoralibus necessitatibus melius respondeat. Ubi vero ratio apostolatus postulaverit, faciliora reddantur non solum apta Presbyterorum distributio, sed etiam peculiaria opera pastoralia pro diversis coetibus socialibus, quae in aliqua regione, vel natione aut in quacumque terrarum orbis parte perficienda sunt. Ad hoc ergo quaedam seminaria internationalia, peculiares dioeceses vel praelaturae personales et alia huiusmodi utiliter constitui possunt, quibus, modis pro singulis inceptis statuendis et salvis semper iuribus Ordinariorum locorum, Presbyteri addici vel incardinari queant in bonum commune totius Ecclesiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad novam tamen regionem, praesertim si illius linguam et mores nondum bene cognoverint, in quantum fieri potest, Presbyteri ne mittantur singuli, sed, ad exemplum Christi discipulorum,[83] saltem bini vel terni, ut ita mutuo sibi sint adiutorio. Pariter expedit sollicitam curam adhibere de eorum vita spirituali, necnon de eorum valetudine mentis et corporis; et, quatenus id fieri possit, loca et condiciones laboris pro ipsis praeparentur iuxta uniuscuiusque adiuncta personalia. Magnopere expedit simul ut, qui novam nationem petunt, apte cognoscere curent non solum linguam illius loci, sed etiam peculiarem indolem psychologicam et socialem illius populi cui in humilitate servire volunt quam perfectissime cum eodem communicantes, ita ut exemplum sequantur Pauli Apostoli, qui de se ipso dicere potuit: «Nam cum liber essem ex omnibus, omnium me servum feci, ut plures lucrifacerem. Et factus sum Iudaeis tamquam Iudaeus, ut Iudaeos lucrarer...» (I Cor. 9,19-20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pastor et Episcopus animarum nostrarum,[84] ita suam Ecclesiam constituit, ut Populus quem elegit et acquisivit sanguine suo[85] semper et usque in finem saeculi suos habere deberet sacerdotes, ne umquam christiani essent sicut oves non habentes pastorem.[86] Quam voluntatem Christi agnoscentes, Apostoli, suggerente Spiritu Sancto, suum esse officium duxerunt ministros eligendi «qui idonei erunt et alios docere» (2 Tim. 2,2). Quod officium sane pertinet ad ipsam missionem sacerdotalem, qua quidem particeps fit Presbyter sollicitudinis totius Ecclesiae, ne in Populo Dei hic in terris operarii umquam desint. Quoniam tamen «rectori navis et navigio deferendis ... causa communis exsistit»,[87] ideo universus Populus christianus edoceatur suum esse officium diversimode cooperandi, per instantem orationem itemque per alia media quae sibi praesto sunt,[88] ut semper Ecclesia illos habeat sacerdotes, qui necessarii sint ad missionem suam divinam explendam. Primum igitur Presbyteris summopere cordi sit verbi ministerio proprioque testimonio vitae, spiritum servitii et verum gaudium paschale aperte manifestantis, sacerdotii excellentiam et necessitatem fidelibus ante oculos ponere, ac quos, sive iuvenes sive adultiores, prudenter ad tantum ministerium idoneos iudicaverint, nullis parcendo curis neque incommodis adiuvare ut se rite praeparent ac proinde aliquando, plena eorum libertate externa et interna servata, ab Episcopis vocari possint. Ad hunc finem prosequendum, maximae utilitatis est diligens ac prudens directio spiritualis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parentes et magistri, atque omnes ad quos spectat quocumque modo institutio puerorum ac iuvenum, eos sic erudiant, ut sollicitudinem Domini pro grege suo cognoscentes et necessitates Ecclesiae considerantes, parati sint generose Domino vocanti respondere cum propheta: «Ecce ego, mitte me» (Is. 6,8). Haec tamen vox Domini vocantis nequaquam ita exspectanda est, ac si modo quodam extraordinario ad aures futuri Presbyteri perveniat. Ipsa enim potius ex signis intellegenda et diiudicanda est, quibus cotidie voluntas Dei prudentibus christianis innotescit; quae signa attente a Presbyteris consideranda sunt.[89]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ipsis ergo valde commendantur Opera vocationum, sive dioecesana sive nationalia.[90] In praedicationibus, in catechesi, in scriptis periodicis, diserte declarentur oportet necessitates Ecclesiae tam localis quam universalis, sensus et praestantia ministerii sacerdotalis in vivida luce ponantur, quippe in quo cum tantis oneribus tanta gaudia componantur, et in quo praesertim, ut docent Patres, potest dari Christo maximum testimonium amoris.[91]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presbyterorum vita"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Presbyterorum ad perfectionem vocatio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacramento Ordinis Presbyteri Christo Sacerdoti configurantur, ut ministri Capitis, ad totum Eius Corpus quod est Ecclesia exstruendum et aedificandum, tamquam Ordinis episcopalis cooperatores. Iam quidem in baptismi consecratione, sicut omnes christifideles, signum et donum acceperunt tantae vocationis et gratiae ut, vel in infirmitate humana,[92] perfectionem prosequi possint et debeant, iuxta verbum Domini: «Estote ergo vos perfecti sicut et Pater vester coelestis perfectus est» (Mt. 5,48). Ad illam vero perfectionem acquirendam peculiari ratione tenentur sacerdotes, quippe qui, Deo in Ordinis receptione novo modo consecrati, Christi Aeterni Sacerdotis viva instrumenta efficiantur, ut mirabile opus Eius, quod superna efficacitate universum hominum convictum redintegravit, per tempora persequi valeant.[93] Cum ergo omnis sacerdos, suo modo, ipsius Christi personam gerat, particulari quoque gratia ditatur ut, inserviendo plebi commissae et universo Populo Dei, Eius perfectionem aptius prosequi possit, cuius partes sustinet, utque humanae infirmitati carnis medeatur sanctitas Illius, qui nobis factus est Pontifex «sanctus, innocens, impollutus, segregatus a peccatoribus» (Hebr. 7,26)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christus, quem Pater sanctificavit seu consecravit et misit in mundum,[94] «dedit semetipsum pro nobis, ut nos redimeret ab omni iniquitate, et mundaret sibi populum acceptabilem, sectatorem bonorum operum» (Tit. 2,14), et sic per passionem intravit in gloriam suam;[95] simili modo Presbyteri, unctione Spiritus Sancti consecrati et a Christo missi, in seipsis opera carnis mortificant et hominum servitio totaliter se devovent, et sic in sanctitate qua in Christo ditati sunt ad perfectum virum[96] progredi valent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Itaque, ministerium Spiritus et iustitiae[97] exercentes, dummodo sint docibiles Spiritui Christi qui eos vivificat et ducit, in vita spiritus firmantur. Per ipsas enim cotidianas sacras actiones, sicut et per integrum suum ministerium, quod cum Episcopo et Presbyteris communicantes exercent, ipsi ad vitae perfectionem ordinantur. Ipsa autem sanctitas Presbyterorum ad proprium ministerium fructuose complendum plurimum confert: quamvis enim gratia Dei etiam per indignos ministros opus salutis explere possit, tamen per illos ordinaria lege praeoptat Deus sua mirabilia ostendere, qui, dociliores impulsui et ductui Spiritus Sancti facti, ob suam intimam cum Christo unionem et vitae sanctimoniam, cum Apostolo dicere valeant: «Vivo autem, iam non ego, vivit vero in me Christus» (Gal. 2,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter haec Sacrosancta Synodus, ad suos fines pastorales renovationis internae Ecclesiae, diffusionis Evangelii in universo mundo, necnon colloquii cum mundo hodierno attingendos, vehementer hortatur omnes sacerdotes ut, aptis adhibitis mediis ab Ecclesia commendatis,[98] ad illam semper maiorem sanctitatem nitantur, qua evadant in dies aptiora instrumenta in servitium totius Populi Dei."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sanctitatem propria ratione consequentur Presbyteri munera sua sincere et indefesse in Spiritu Christi exercentes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Verbi Dei ministri cum sint, cotidie legunt et audiunt Dei verbum quod alios docere debent; quod si simul in seipsos recipere satagant, perfectiores in dies fient Domini discipuli, iuxta verba Pauli Apostoli ad Timotheum: «Haec meditare, in his esto: ut profectus tuus manifestus sit omnibus. Attende tibi et doctrinae: insta in illis. Hoc enim faciens et teipsum salvum facies et eos, qui te audiunt» ( I Tim. 4,15-16). Quaerentes enim quomodo aptius contemplata aliis tradere possint,[99] profundius sapient «investigabiles divitias Christi» (Eph. 3,8) et multiformem sapientiam Dei.[100] Prae oculis habentes Dominum esse qui corda aperit[101] et sublimitatem non ex ipsis sed e Dei virtute provenire,[102] in ipso actu verbi tradendi intimius cum Christo Magistro coniungentur Eiusque Spiritu ducentur. Ita communicantes cum Christo, Dei participant caritatem, cuius mysterium, a saeculis absconditum,[103] in Christo revelatum est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut Sacrorum ministri, praesertim in Sacrificio Missae, Presbyteri personam specialiter gerunt Christi, qui seipsum ad sanctificandos homines victimam dedit; ideoque invitantur ut quod tractant imitentur, quatenus mortis Dominicae mysterium celebrantes, membra sua a vitiis et concupiscentiis mortificare procurent.[104] In mysterio Sacrificii Eucharistici, in quo munus suum praecipuum sacerdotes adimplent, opus nostrae redemptionis continuo exercetur,[105] et ideo enixe commendatur eius celebratio cotidiana, quae quidem etiam si praesentia fidelium haberi non possit, actus est Christi et Ecclesiae.[106] Ita, dum Presbyteri cum actu Christi Sacerdotis se coniungunt, cotidie se totos Deo offerunt, et, dum Corpore Christi nutriuntur, ex corde participant Eius caritatem qui se in cibum dat fidelibus. Similiter in Sacramentis administrandis cum intentione et caritate Christi uniuntur; quod speciali ratione efficiunt, cum Sacramenti Poenitentiae fungendo muneri omnino semperque paratos se ostendant quotiescumque id a fidelibus rationabiliter petitur. In Officio Divino recitando, vocem praebent Ecclesiae, quae in oratione, nomine totius generis humani, perseverat, una cum Christo, qui est «semper vivens ad interpellandum pro nobis» (Hebr. 7,25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Populum Dei regentes et pascentes, caritate Boni Pastoris incitantur ut animam suam dent pro ovibus suis,[107] parati quoque ad supremum sacrificium, exemplum sequentes sacerdotum qui etiam hodiernis temporibus vitam suam ponere non renuerunt; educatores in fide cum sint, et ipsi habentes «fiduciam in introitu sanctorum in sanguine Christi» (Hebr. 10,19) ad Deum accedunt «cum vero corde in plenitudine fidei» (Hebr. 10,22); spem erigunt firmam pro fidelibus suis,[108] ut possint consolari eos qui in omni pressura sunt, per exhortationem qua et ipsos Deus exhortatur;[109] communitatis rectores ascesim pastoris animarum propriam colunt, propriis commodis renuntiantes, non quod sibi utile est quaerentes sed quod multis, ut salvi fiant,[110] semper ulterius progredientes ad opus pastorale perfectius complendum et, ubi opus sit, ad novas vias pastorales ingrediendas parati, sub ductu Spiritus amoris, qui ubi vult spirat.[111]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hodierno in mundo, cum tot sint officia quae obire debent homines cumque tanta sit diversitas problematum quibus anguntur, quaeque saepius ipsis celeriter solvenda sunt, in discrimine haud raro versantur qui sese in diversa dispergant. Presbyteri autem, permultis obligationibus sui muneris implicati et distracti, non sine anxietate quaerere possunt quomodo cum exterioris actionis ratione interiorem vitam suam ad unitatem componere valeant. Quam vitae unitatem, nec mere externa operum ministerii ordinatio, nec sola pietatis exercitiorum praxis, quantumvis ad eam fovendam conferat, efficere potest. Eam vero exstruere valent Presbyteri exemplum in ministerio adimplendo sequentes Christi Domini, cuius cibus erat voluntatem facere Illius qui Eum misit ut opus suum perficeret.[112]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Re quidem vera Christus, ut eandem voluntatem Patris in mundo per Ecclesiam indesinenter faciat, per ministros suos operatur, et ideo semper principium et fons remanet eorum vitae unitatis. Presbyteri ergo suae vitae unitatem consequentur sese Christo coniungentes in agnitione voluntatis Patris et in dono sui ipsius pro grege sibi commisso.[113] Sic Boni Pastoris partes agendo, in ipso caritatis pastoralis exercitio invenient vinculum perfectionis sacerdotalis ad unitatem eorum vitam et actionem redigens. Haec quidem pastoralis caritas[114] maxime profluit a Sacrificio Eucharistico, quod ideo centrum et radix totius vitae Presbyteri exstat, ita ut quod in sacrificali ara agitur, sacerdotalis animus in se referre studeat. Hoc autem obtineri nequit, nisi ipsi sacerdotes in mysterium Christi oratione semper intimius penetrent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut unitatem vitae suae etiam concrete verificare valeant, omnia incepta sua considerent probantes quae sit voluntas Dei,[115] quae nempe sit inceptorum cum normis evangelicae missionis Ecclesiae conformitas. Fidelitas enim erga Christum a fidelitate erga Ecclesiam suam seiungi nequit. Pastoralis ergo caritas postulat ut Presbyteri, ne in vacuum currant,[116] in vinculo communionis cum Episcopis et cum aliis in sacerdotio fratribus semper laborent. Hac ratione agentes, Presbyteri propriae vitae unitatem invenient in ipsa missionis Ecclesiae unitate, sicque cum Domino suo, et per Eum cum Patre, in Spiritu Sancto, unientur, ut possint consolatione repleri et superabundare gaudio.[117]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Peculiares exigentiae spirituales in vita Presbyteri"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inter virtutes quae ministerio Presbyterorum maxime requiruntur, nominanda est illa dispositio animi qua semper parati sunt non suam voluntatem quaerere, sed voluntatem Eius qui misit eos.[118] Divinum enim opus ad quod implendum a Spiritu Sancto assumpti sunt,[119] omnes humanas vires humanamque sapientiam transcendit; nam «infirma mundi elegit Deus, ut confundat fortia» (I Cor. 1,27). Propriae igitur infirmitatis conscius, verus Christi minister in humilitate laborat, probans quid sit beneplacitum Deo,[120] atque, veluti alligatus Spiritu,[121] ab Illius voluntate in omnibus ducitur, qui omnes homines vult salvos fieri; quam voluntatem in cotidianis rerum adiunctis detegere et exsequi potest, humiliter inserviendo omnibus qui ei, in munere sibi commisso et in multiplicibus vitae suae eventibus, a Deo concrediti sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ministerium autem sacerdotale, cum sit ministerium ipsius Ecclesiae, nonnisi in communione hierarchica totius corporis adimpleri potest. Caritas ergo pastoralis Presbyteros urget ut, in hac communione agentes, voluntatem propriam per oboedientiam servitio Dei ac fratrum dedicent, in spiritu fidei accipientes et exsequentes quae a Summo Pontifice et a proprio Episcopo necnon ab aliis superioribus praecipiuntur vel commendantur; libentissime impendentes et superimpendentes seipsos[122] in quocumque munere etiam humiliori et pauperiori quod ipsis concreditur. Hac enim ratione necessariam unitatem servant et firmant cum fratribus suis in ministerio, maxime autem cum eis quos Dominus rectores visibiles Ecclesiae suae constituit, et ad aedificationem operantur Corporis Christi, quod «per omnem iuncturam subministrationis» crescit.[123] Haec oboedientia, quae ad maturiorem libertatem filiorum Dei adducit, natura sua exigit ut, dum, in suo munere adimplendo, caritate moti, vias novas ad maius Ecclesiae bonum prudenter exquirunt, Presbyteri incepta sua fidenter proponant, et necessitudines gregis sibi commissi instanter exponant, parati semper ad illorum se subiiciendos iudicio, qui princeps in Ecclesia Dei regenda munus exercent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hac humilitate et oboedientia responsabili et voluntaria Presbyteri sese Christo conformant, sentientes in se quod et in Christo Iesu, qui «semetipsum exinanivit formam servi accipiens ... factus oboediens usque ad mortem» (Phil. 2,7-8), et hac oboedientia inoboedientiam Adami devicit redemitque, testante Apostolo: «Per inoboedientiam unius hominis, peccatores constituti sunt multi: ita et per unius oboeditionem, iusti constituentur multi» (Rom. 5,19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perfecta et perpetua propter Regnum coelorum continentia a Christo Domino commendata,[124] per decursum temporum et etiam nostris diebus a non paucis christifidelibus libenter accepta et laudabiliter observata, ab Ecclesia speciali modo pro vita sacerdotali semper permagni habita est. Est enim signum simul et stimulus caritatis pastoralis atque peculiaris fons spiritualis foecunditatis in mundo.[125] Non exigitur quidem a sacerdotio suapte natura, uti apparet ex praxi Ecclesiae primaevae[126] et ex traditione Ecclesiarum Orientalium, ubi praeter illos qui cum omnibus Episcopis ex dono gratiae coelibatum eligunt servandum, sunt etiam optime meriti Presbyteri coniugati: dum vero ecclesiasticum coelibatum commendat, Sacrosancta haec Synodus nullo modo absimilem illam disciplinam immutare intendit, quae in Orientalibus Ecclesiis legitime viget, omnesque illos peramanter hortatur, qui in matrimonio presbyteratum receperunt, ut, in sancta vocatione perseverantes, plene et generose vitam suam gregi sibi commisso impendere pergant.[127]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coelibatus vero multimodam convenientiam cum sacerdotio habet. Missio enim sacerdotis integra dedicatur servitio novae humanitatis, quam Christus, victor mortis, per Spiritum suum in mundo suscitat, quaeque originem suam «non ex sanguinibus, neque ex voluntate carnis, neque ex voluntate viri, sed ex Deo» (Io. 1,13) habet. Per virginitatem autem vel coelibatum propter Regnum coelorum servatum,[128] Presbyteri nova et eximia ratione Christo consecrantur, Ei facilius indiviso corde adhaerent,[129] liberius in Ipso et per Ipsum servitio Dei et hominum sese dedicant, Eius Regno ac operi regenerationis supernae expeditius ministrant, et sic aptiores fiunt qui paternitatem in Christo latius accipiant. Hoc ergo modo, coram hominibus profitentur se velle indivise muneri sibi commisso dedicari, fideles scilicet despondendi uni viro, illosque exhibendi virginem castam Christo,[130] et sic arcanum illud evocant connubium a Deo conditum et in futuro plene manifestandum quo Ecclesia unicum Sponsum Christum habet.[131] Signum insuper vivum efficiuntur illius mundi futuri, per fidem et caritatem iam praesentis, in quo filii resurrectionis neque nubent neque ducent uxores.[132]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "His rationibus in mysterio Christi Eiusque missione fundatis, coelibatus, qui prius sacerdotibus commendabatur, postea in Ecclesia Latina omnibus ad Ordinem sacrum promovendis lege impositus est. Quam legislationem, ad eos qui ad Presbyteratum destinantur quod attinet, Sacrosancta haec Synodus iterum comprobat et confirmat, confidens in Spiritu donum coelibatus, sacerdotio Novi Testamenti tam congruum, liberaliter a Patre dari, dummodo qui sacerdotium Christi per Sacramentum Ordinis participant, immo et universa Ecclesia, humiliter et enixe illud expetant. Exhortatur etiam haec Sacra Synodus omnes Presbyteros, qui sacrum coelibatum gratia Dei confisi libera voluntate secundum exemplum Christi acceperunt ut, illi magno animo et toto corde inhaerentes, atque in hoc statu fideliter perseverantes, agnoscant praeclarum illud donum, quod a Patre sibi datum est quodque a Domino tam aperte extollitur,[133] necnon prae oculis habeant magna mysteria, quae in eo significantur atque adimplentur. Quo magis autem perfecta continentia in mundo huius temporis a non paucis hominibus impossibilis reputatur, eo humilius et perseverantius Presbyteri gratiam fidelitatis, numquam petentibus denegatam, una cum Ecclesia expostulabunt, cuncta subsidia supernaturalia et naturalia insimul adhibentes, quae omnibus praesto sunt. Normas praesertim asceticas quae ab experientia Ecclesiae probantur et quae in mundo hodierno haud minus necessariae sunt, sequi ne omittant. Rogat itaque haec Sacrosancta Synodus non solum sacerdotes, sed et omnes fideles, ut eis hoc pretiosum donum coelibatus sacerdotalis cordi sit, petantque omnes a Deo, ut Ipse illud donum Ecclesiae suae semper abundanter largiatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Amicabili et fraterna conversatione inter se et cum ceteris hominibus, discere valent Presbyteri valores humanos colere et bona creata tamquam Dei dona aestimare. Versantes in mundo sciant tamen semper se secundum verbum Domini Magistri nostri non esse de mundo.[134] Utentes ergo mundo tamquam non utentes,[135] pervenient ad illam libertatem, qua liberati ab omni cura inordinata dociles fiunt ad vocem divinam in vita cotidiana audiendam. Ex hac libertate et docilitate excrescit discretio spiritualis qua recta habitudo ad mundum bonaque terrestria invenitur. Quae habitudo ideo pro Presbyteris magni est momenti, quia missio Ecclesiae in medio mundo adimpletur et quia bona creata profectui personali hominis prorsus sunt necessaria. Grati ergo sint pro omnibus, quae eis Pater coelestis ad vitam recte peragendam largitur. Discernant tamen oportet in lumine fidei omnia, quae eis occurrant, ut ad rectum usum bonorum Dei voluntati respondentem ducantur et quae missioni suae sunt noxia respuant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacerdotes enim, quippe quorum Dominus sit «pars et hereditas» (Num. 18, 20), bonis temporalibus uti debent tentummodo eos in fines, ad quos iuxta Christi Domini doctrinam Ecclesiaeque ordinationem eadem destinari licet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bona ecclesiastica proprie dicta, secundum rei naturam, ad normam legum ecclesiasticarum, sacerdotes, adiuvantibus quatenus fieri possit peritis laicis, moderentur atque eadem destinent semper eos in fines ad quos prosequendos Ecclesiae licet bona temporalia possidere, videlicet ad cultum divinum ordinandum, ad honestam cleri sustentationem procurandam, necnon ad opera sacri apostolatus vel caritatis, praesertim erga egenos, exercenda.[136] Bona autem quae occasione exercitii alicuius ecclesiastici officii sibi comparant, salvo iure particulari,[137] Presbyteri, non secus ac Episcopi, adhibeant imprimis ad suam honestam sustentationem et ad officiorum proprii status adimpletionem; quae vero supersint, in bonum Ecclesiae vel in opera caritatis destinare velint. Itaque officium ecclesiasticum ne quaestui habeant neve reditus ab eo provenientes in propriae rei familiaris amplificationem impendant.[138] Quare sacerdotes, nequaquam divitiis cor apponentes,[139] omnem cupiditatem semper vitent et ab omni specie mercaturae sedulo abstineant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Immo ad paupertatem voluntariam amplexandam invitantur, qua Christo manifestius conformentur, et ad sacrum ministerium promptiores fiant. Christus enim propter nos egenus factus est, cum esset dives, ut Illius inopia divites essemus.[140] Apostoli autem exemplo suo testificati sunt gratuitum Dei donum gratis dandum esse,[141] scientes et abundare et penuriam pati.[142] Sed et aliqualis rerum communis usus, ad instar bonorum communionis quae in historia primaevae Ecclesiae extollitur,[143] caritati pastorali optime viam sternit; et per eam vivendi formam Presbyteri laudabiliter ad praxim reducere possunt spiritum paupertatis qui a Christo commendatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Spiritu ergo Domini ducti, qui Salvatorem unxit et evangelizare pauperibus misit,[144] Presbyteri, necnon et Episcopi, omnia illa vitent quae pauperes quolibet modo avertere possent, prae ceteris Christi discipulis omnem speciem vanitatis in suis rebus seponentes. Habitationem suam ita disponant, ut haec nemini impervia appareat et ut nemo umquam, etiam humilior, eam frequentare vereatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Subsidia pro Presbyterorum vita"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unionem cum Christo ut in omnibus vitae adiunctis fovere valeant, Presbyteri, praeterquam exercitio conscio ministerii sui, gaudent mediis communibus et particularibus, novis et veteribus, quae Spiritus Sanctus in Populo Dei suscitare numquam destitit et quae Ecclesia ad suorum membrorum sanctificationem commendat, immo aliquando et iubet.[145] Prae omnibus spiritualibus subsidiis illi eminent actus, quibus christifideles ex duplici mensa Sacrae Scripturae et Eucharistiae Verbo Dei nutriuntur;[146] quanti momenti sit eorum assidua frequentatio pro sanctificatione Presbyterorum propria neminem latet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christo Salvatori et Pastori intime uniuntur sacramentalis gratiae ministri per fructuosam Sacramentorum receptionem, speciatim in frequenti Poenitentiae sacramentali actu, quippe qui, cotidiana conscientiae discussione praeparatus, necessariam cordis conversionem ad Patris misericordiarum amorem tantopere foveat. Sub lumine fidei lectione divina enutritae, possunt Dei voluntatis signa et Eius gratiae impulsus in variis vitae eventibus sedulo inquirere, et ita missioni suae in Spiritu Sancto assumptae dociliores in dies fieri. Talis docilitatis mirum exemplum in Beata Maria Virgine semper inveniunt, quae, a Spiritu Sancto ducta, seipsam mysterio hominum Redemptionis totam devovit;[147] quam Summi et Aeterni Sacerdotis Matrem et Apostolorum Reginam, atque ministerii sui praesidium, Presbyteri filiali devotione et cultu venerentur ac diligant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad suum ministerium cum fidelitate adimplendum, colloquium cotidianum cum Christo Domino in visitatione et personali cultu Sanctissimae Eucharistiae sibi cordi sit; recessui spirituali libenter vacent atque directionem spiritualem magni habeant. Multimodis, speciatim per probatam orationem mentalem et varias precum formas, quas libere eligunt, Presbyteri quaerunt et a Deo enixe rogant illum verae adorationis spiritum, quo ipsi, simul cum plebe sibi commissa, intime se cum Christo Novi Testamenti Mediatore uniant, et ita tamquam filii adoptionis clamare possint: «Abba, Pater» (Rom. 8,15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presbyteri ab Episcopo in sacro ritu Ordinationis admonentur ut sint «maturi in scientia» et sit doctrina eorum «spiritualis medicina populo Dei».[148] Scientia autem ministri sacri sacra esse debet, quia e sacro fonte desumpta et ad sacrum finem directa. Praeprimis itaque hauritur ex lectione et meditatione Sacrae Scripturae,[149] sed et studio Sanctorum Patrum et Doctorum aliorumque Traditionis monumentorum fructuose nutritur. Praeterea, ad aptas responsiones reddendas quaestionibus ab hominibus huius aetatis agitatis, Presbyteri bene noscant oportet Magisterii ac praecipue Conciliorum ac Romanorum Pontificum documenta, atque consulant optimos et probatos scientiae theologicae scriptores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum vero nostris temporibus cultura humana et etiam scientiae sacrae novo gressu progrediantur, incitantur Presbyteri ut scientiam suam de divinis et humanis apte et sine intermissione perficiant, atque ita ad colloquium cum coaetaneis opportunius ineundum se praeparent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quo facilius Presbyteri in studia incumbant et methodos evangelizationis et apostolatus efficacius addiscant, omni cura ipsis opportuna subsidia comparentur, cuiusmodi sunt institutio, iuxta cuiusque territorii condiciones, cursuum vel congressuum, erectio centrorum pastoralibus studiis destinatorum, constitutio bibliothecarum et apta per personas idoneas studiorum moderatio. Considerent insuper Episcopi singuli aut inter se uniti modum opportuniorem efficiendi ut omnes sui Presbyteri, statis temporibus, maxime autem paucos post annos ab eorum ordinatione,[150] frequentare possint cursum, quo ipsis praebeatur occasio cum ad pleniorem methodorum pastoralium et scientiae theologicae cognitionem acquirendam, tum ad vitam spiritualem roborandam et ad mutuo experientias apostolicas cum fratribus communicandas.[151] His aliisque aptis subsidiis peculiari cura iuventur etiam neoparochi et illi qui novo pastorali operi addicuntur, vel qui in aliam dioecesim vel nationem mittuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tandem solliciti erunt Episcopi ut aliqui ad profundiorem rerum divinarum scientiam se dedicent, ut numquam desint magistri ad clericos instituendos idonei, ut reliqui sacerdotes et fideles iuventur ad necessariam sibi doctrinam comparandam, utque sanus in sacris disciplinis foveatur progressus, qui Ecclesiae prorsus est necessarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Servitio Dei dediti in implendo officio sibi commisso, digni sunt Presbyteri qui aequam recipiant remunerationem, quia «dignus est operarius mercede sua» (Lc. 10,7),[152] atque «Dominus ordinavit iis, qui Evangelium annuntiant, de Evangelio vivere» (I Cor. 9,14). Quapropter, quatenus aequae Presbyterorum remunerationi non aliunde provisum fuerit, ipsi fideles, quippe in quorum bonum Presbyteri operam impendant, vera obligatione tenentur curandi ut eisdem necessaria ad vitam honeste et digne ducendam subsidia procurari valeant. Episcopi autem de hac eorum obligatione fideles monere tenentur et curare debent, sive singuli pro sua quisque dioecesi, sive aptius plures simul pro communi territorio, ut normae instituantur, quibus debite consulatur honestae sustentationi eorum qui in Populi Dei servitium aliquo munere funguntur vel functi sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Remuneratio autem ab unoquoque percipienda, ratione quidem habita tum ipsius muneris naturae tum locorum temporumque condicionum, fundamentaliter eadem sit pro omnibus in iisdem adiunctis versantibus, eorum condicioni sit congrua et eis praeterea tribuat facultatem non solum debite providendi remunerationi eorum qui servitio Presbyterorum se dedicant, sed etiam indigentibus per se ipsos aliqua ratione subveniendi, quod ministerium erga pauperes, iam a primis suis exordiis, magno semper in honore Ecclesia habuit. Haec remuneratio insuper talis sit, quae Presbyteris permittat quotannis debitum et sufficiens habere feriarum tempus, quod quidem, ut Presbyteri habere valeant, Episcopi curare debent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Officio vero, quod sacri ministri adimplent, praecipuum momentum tribuere oportet. Quare systema sic dictum beneficiale relinquatur aut saltem ita reformetur ut pars beneficialis, seu ius ad reditus ex dote officio adnexos, habeatur tamquam secundaria, et princeps in iure tribuatur locus ipsi officio ecclesiastico, quod quidem deinceps intellegi debet quodlibet munus stabiliter collatum in finem spiritualem exercendum."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prae oculis semper habeatur exemplum credentium in primaeva Ecclesia hierosolymitana, in qua «erant illis omnia communia» (Act. 4,32), «dividebatur autem singulis prout cuique opus erat» (Act. 4,35)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Summopere itaque congruit ut, in regionibus saltem in quibus cleri sustentatio penitus aut magna ex parte a fidelium oblationibus pendet, bona in hunc finem oblata colligat institutio quaedam dioecesana, quam administrat Episcopus, adiuvantibus sacerdotibus delegatis et, ubi utilitas id suadeat, etiam laicis in re oeconomica peritis. In votis quoque est ut praeterea, quantum fieri possit, in singulis dioecesibus vel regionibus constituatur massa bonorum communis, qua valeant Episcopi aliis obligationibus erga personas Ecclesiae deservientes satisfacere variisque dioecesis necessitatibus occurrere, quaque etiam valeant dioeceses divitiores adiuvare pauperiores, ut illarum abundantia harum inopiam suppleat.[153] Quae etiam massa communis imprimis constituatur oportet ex bonis a fidelium oblationibus, sed ex aliis quoque fontibus, iure determinandis, provenientibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In nationibus praeterea ubi praevidentia socialis in favorem cleri nondum apte ordinata est, curent Conferentiae Episcopales ut, attentis semper legibus ecclesiasticis et civilibus, habeantur sive instituta dioecesana, etiam inter se foederata, sive instituta pro variis dioecesibus simul constituta, sive associatio pro toto territorio condita, quibus, sub vigilantia Hierarchiae, satis provideatur tum congruenti praecaventiae et adsistentiae sanitariae, quam vocant, tum debitae sustentationi Presbyterorum qui infirmitate, invaliditate aut senectute laborant. Sacerdotes vero instituto erecto opem ferant, moti spiritu solidarietatis erga fratres suos, communicantes tribulationibus eorum,[154] simul considerantes se ita, sine anxietate de sorte futura, alacriore sensu evangelico paupertatem colere atque animarum saluti penitus se tradere posse. Satagant autem ii, ad quos spectat, ut eadem diversarum nationum instituta inter se colligantur, ut firmius robur consequantur latiusque propagentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Conclusio et Exhortatio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosancta haec Synodus gaudia vitae sacerdotalis prae oculis habens, etiam difficultates non praeterire potest, quas in hodiernae vitae adiunctis patiuntur Presbyteri. Scit etiam quantum condiciones oeconomicae et sociales, immo et hominum mores, transformantur, quantumque ordo valorum in aestimatione hominum immutatur; Ecclesiae ministri inde, immo et nonnumquam christifideles, in hoc mundo quasi alienos ab ipso se sentiunt, anxie quaerentes quibusnam idoneis mediis et verbis cum eodem communicare valeant. Nova enim quae fidei obstant impedimenta, apparens peracti laboris sterilitas necnon acerba quam experiuntur solitudo, eos in periculum adducere possunt ne animo deprimantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mundum autem, qualis hodie dilectioni et ministerio Pastorum Ecclesiae concreditur, sic Deus dilexit, ut Filium suum Unigenitum pro ipso daret.[155] Revera, mundus hic, multis quidem peccatis detentus sed non parvis etiam facultatibus praeditus, Ecclesiae lapides vivos[156] praebet, qui coaedificantur in habitaculum Dei in Spiritu.[157] Idem Spiritus Sanctus, dum Ecclesiam impellit ut ad mundum huius temporis adeundum novas vias aperiat, congruas quoque ministerii sacerdotalis accommodationes suggerit ac fovet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Meminerint Presbyteri se in opere exercendo numquam solos esse, sed inniti omnipotenti Dei virtute: atque in Christum credentes, qui eos ad Sacerdotium suum participandum vocavit, cum omni fiducia suo ministerio sese devoveant, scientes potentem esse Deum ut augeat in eis caritatem.[158] Meminerint etiam fratres in sacerdotio, immo et fideles totius mundi sibi socios habere. Cooperantur enim omnes Presbyteri in exsequendo Dei salutari proposito, mysterio scilicet Christi seu sacramento abscondito a saeculis in Deo,[159] quod nonnisi paulatim ad effectum deducitur, diversis conspirantibus ministeriis in aedificationem Corporis Christi, donec Eiusdem compleatur aetatis mensura. Quae omnia, cum abscondita sint cum Christo in Deo,[160] fide maxime percipi possunt. Fide enim necesse est ambulare duces Populi Dei, exemplum sequentes fidelis Abrahae, qui fide «oboedivit in locum exire, quem accepturus erat in hereditatem: et exiit, nesciens quo iret» (Hebr. 11,8). Revera mysteriorum Dei dispensator assimilari valet homini in agro seminanti, de quo Dominus dixit: «Et dormiat, et exsurgat nocte et die, et semen germinet, et increscat dum nescit ille» (Mc. 4,27). Ceterum Dominus Iesus, qui dixit: «Confidite, ego vici mundum» (Io. 16,33), his verbis Ecclesiae suae non promisit perfectam in hoc saeculo victoriam. Gaudet vero Sacrosancta Synodus quod terra Evangelii semine inseminata nunc multis in locis fructificat sub ductu Spiritus Domini, qui replet orbem terrarum, quique in multorum cordibus sacerdotum atque fidelium spiritum vere missionalem excitavit. De quibus omnibus Sacrosancta Synodus universis orbis Presbyteris peramanter grates agit: «Ei autem, qui potens est omnia facere superabundanter quam petimus aut intelligimus, secundum virtutem, quae operatur in nobis, ipsi gloria in ecclesia, et in Christo Iesu» (Eph. 3,20-21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec omnia et singula quae in hoc Decreto edicta sunt, placuerunt Sacrosancti Concilii Patribus. Et Nos, Apostolica a Christo Nobis tradita potestate, illa, una cum Venerabilibus Patribus, in Spiritu Sancto approbamus, decernimus ac statuimus et quae ita synodaliter statuta sunt ad Dei gloriam promulgari iubemus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Romae, apud S. Petrum die VII mensis decembris anno MCMLXV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS Catholicae Ecclesiae Episcopus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur Patrum subsignationes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Patrum subsignationes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EUGENIUS Episcopus Ostiensis ac Portuensis et S. Rufinae Cardinalis TISSERANT, Sacri Collegii Decanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus Albanensis Cardinalis PIZZARDO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENEDICTUS Episcopus Praenestinus Cardinalis ALOISI MASELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS Episcopus tit. Veliternus Cardinalis CENTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HAMLETUS IOANNES Episcopus tit. Tusculanus Cardinalis CICOGNANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus tit. Sabinensis et Mandelensis Cardinalis FERRETTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS GABRIEL Cardinalis TAPPOUNI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Syrorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAXIMUS IV Cardinalis SAIGH, Patriarcha Antiochenus Melkitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS PETRUS Cardinalis MEOUCHI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Maronitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS I Cardinalis SIDAROUSS, Patriarcha Alexandrinus Coptorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EMMANUEL TIT. Ss. Marcellini et Petri Presbyter Cardinalis GONÇALVES CEREJEIRA, Patriarcha Lisbonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ACHILLES titulo S. Sixti Presbyter Cardinalis LIÉNART, Episcopus Insulensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IACOBUS ALOISIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Damaso Presbyter Cardinalis COPELLO, S. R. E. Cancellarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GREGORIUS PETRUS titulo S. Bartholomaei in Insula Presbyter Cardinalis AGAGIANIAN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego VALERIANUS titulo S. Mariae in Via Lata Presbyter Cardinalis GRACIAS, Archiepiscopus Bombayensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Honuphrii in Ianiculo Presbyter Cardinalis GARIBI Y RIVERA, Archiepiscopus Guadalajarensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS titulo S. Agnetis extra moenia Presbyter Cardinalis CONFALONIERI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo Ss. Quirici et Iulittae Presbyter Cardinalis RICHAUD, Archiepiscopus Burdigalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS M. titulo Ss. Viti, Modesti et Crescentiae Presbyter Cardinalis BUENO Y MONREAL, Archiepiscopus Hispalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo S. Eusebii Presbyter Cardinalis KÖNIG, Archiepiscopus Vindobonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IULIUS titulo S. Mariae Scalaris Presbyter Cardinalis DÖPFNER, Archiepiscopus Monacensis et Frisingensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Andreae Apostoli de Hortis Presbyter Cardinalis MARELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUSTAVUS titulo S. Hieronymi Illyricorum Presbyter Cardinalis TESTA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Andreae de Valle Presbyter Cardinalis TRAGLIA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PETRUS TATSUO titulo S. Antonii Patavini de Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DOI, Archiepiscopus Tokiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis Baptistae Florentinorum Presbyter Cardinalis LEFEBVRE, Archiepiscopus Bituricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BERNARDUS titulo S. Ioachimi Presbyter Cardinalis ALFRINK, Archiepiscopus Ultraiectensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RUFINUS I. titulo S. Mariae ad Montes Presbyter Cardinalis SANTOS, Archiepiscopus Manilensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAUREANUS titulo S. Francisci Assisiensis ad Ripam Maiorem Presbyter Cardinalis RUGAMBWA, Episcopus Bukobaënsis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo Ssmi Redemptoris et S. Alfonsi in Exquiliis Presbyter Cardinalis RITTER, Archiepiscopus S. Ludovici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Silvestri in Capite Presbyter Cardinalis HEENAN, Archiepiscopus Vestmonasteriensis, Primas Angliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo Ssmae Trinitatis in Monte Pincio Presbyter Cardinalis VILLOT, Archiepiscopus Lugdunensis et Viennensis, Primas Galliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo S. Camilli de Lellis ad Hortos Sallustianos Presbyter Cardinalis ZOUNGRANA, Archiepiscopus Uagaduguensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HENRICUS titulo S. Agathae in Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DANTE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAESAR titulo D.nae N.ae a Sacro Corde in Circo Agonali Presbyter Cardinalis ZERBA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego AGNELLUS titulo Praecelsae Dei Matris Presbyter Cardinalis ROSSI, Archiepiscopus S. Pauli in Brasilia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Martini in Montibus Presbyter Cardinalis COLOMBO, Archiepiscopus Mediolanensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS titulo S. Patricii ad Villam Ludovisi Presbyter Cardinalis CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, totius Hiberniae Primas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANGELUS titulo Sacri Cordis Beatae Mariae Virginis ad forum Euclidis Presbyter Cardinalis HERRERA, Episcopus Malacitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALAPHRIDUS S. Mariae in Domnica Protodiaconus Cardinalis OTTAVIANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALBERTUS S. Pudentianae Diaconus Cardinalis DI JORIO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS S. Mariae in Cosmedin Diaconus Cardinalis ROBERTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ARCADIUS SS. Blasii et Caroli ad Catinarios Diaconus Cardinalis LARRAONA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS SS. Cosmae et Damiani Diaconus Cardinalis MORANO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUILLELMUS THEODORUS S. Theodori in Palatio Cardinalis HEARD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego AUGUSTINUS S. Sabae Diaconus Cardinalis BEA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ANTONIUS S. Eugenii Diaconus Cardinalis BACCI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRATER MICHAEL S. Pauli in Arenula Diaconus Cardinalis BROWNE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRIDERICUS S. Ioannis Bosco in via Tusculana Diaconus Cardinalis Callori DI VIGNALE."
            }
          ]
        },
        "pt": {
          "code": "pt",
          "label": "Português",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19651207_presbyterorum-ordinis_po.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-201-vat-ii_decree_19651207_presbyterorum-ordinis_po.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO PRESBYTERORUM ORDINIS SOBRE O MINISTÉRIO E A VIDA DOS SACERDOTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROÉMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Intenção do Concílio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este sagrado Concílio já por várias vezes chamou a atenção de todos para a excelência da Ordem do presbiterado na Igreja(1). Todavia, em virtude desta Ordem ter uma parte sumamente importante e cada vez mais difícil na renovação da Igreja de Cristo, pareceu muito útil tratar dos sacerdotes com mais amplitude e profundeza. As coisas que se dizem neste Decreto aplicam-se a todos os sacerdotes, sobretudo àqueles que têm cura de almas, com a conveniente adaptação quando se trata dos presbíteros religiosos. Com efeito, os presbíteros, em virtude da sagrada ordenação e da missão que recebem das mãos dos Bispos, são promovidos ao serviço de Cristo mestre, sacerdote e rei, de cujo ministério participam, mediante o qual a Igreja continuamente é edificada em Povo de Deus, corpo de Cristo e templo do Espírito Santo. Por isso, para que no meio das situações pastorais e humanas, tantas vezes profundamente mudadas, o seu ministério se mantenha com mais eficácia e se proveja melhor à sua vida, este sagrado Concílio declara e estabelece o seguinte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O PRESBITERADO NA MISSÃO DA IGREJA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natureza do Presbiterado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Senhor Jesus, «a quem o Pai santificou e enviou ao mundo, (Jo. 10,36), tornou participante todo o seu Corpo místico da unção do Espírito com que Ele mesmo tinha sido ungido (2): n'Ele, com efeito, todos os fiéis se tornam sacerdócio santo e real, oferecem vítimas a Deus por meio de Jesus Cristo, e anunciam as virtudes d'Aquele que os chamou das trevas para a sua luz admirável(3). Não há, portanto, nenhum membro que não tenha parte na missão de todo o corpo, mas cada um deve santificar Jesus no seu coração (4), e dar testemunho de Jesus com espírito de profecia(5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O mesmo Senhor, porém, para que formassem um corpo, no qual «nem todos os membros têm a mesma função» (Rom. 12,4), constituiu, dentre os fiéis, alguns como ministros que, na sociedade dos crentes, possuíssem o sagrado poder da Ordem para oferecer o Sacrifício, perdoar os pecados (6) e exercer oficialmente o ofício sacerdotal em nome de Cristo a favor dos homens. E assim, enviando os Apóstolos assim como Ele tinha sido enviado pelo Pai (7), Cristo, através dos mesmos Apóstolos, tornou participantes da sua consagração e missão os sucessores deles, os Bispos (8), cujo cargo ministerial, em grau subordinado, foi confiado aos presbíteros (9), para que, constituídos na Ordem do presbiterado, fossem cooperadores (10) da Ordem do episcopado para o desempenho perfeito da missão apostólica confiada por Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O ministério dos sacerdotes, enquanto unido à Ordem episcopal, participa da autoridade com que o próprio Cristo edifica, santifica e governa o seu corpo. Por isso, o sacerdócio dos presbíteros, supondo, é certo, os sacramentos da iniciação cristã, é, todavia, conferido mediante um sacramento especial, em virtude do qual os presbíteros ficam assinalados com um carácter particular e, dessa maneira, configurados a Cristo sacerdote, de tal modo que possam agir em nome de Cristo cabeça(11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Participando, a seu modo, do múnus dos apóstolos, os presbíteros recebem de Deus a graça de serem ministros de Jesus Cristo no meio dos povos, desempenhando o sagrado ministério do Evangelho, para que seja aceita a oblação dos mesmos povos, santificada no Espírito Santo (12). Com efeito, o Povo de Deus é convocado e reunido pela virtude da mensagem apostólica, de tal modo que todos quantos pertencem a este Povo, uma vez santificados no Espírito Santo, se ofereçam como «hóstia viva, santa e agradável a Deus» (Rom. 12, l). Mas é pelo ministério dos presbíteros que o sacrifício espiritual dos fiéis se consuma em união com o sacrifício de Cristo, mediador único, que é oferecido na Eucaristia de modo incruento e sacramental pelas mãos deles, em nome de toda a Igreja, até quando mesmo Senhor vier (13). Para isto tende e nisto se consuma o ministério dos presbíteros. Com efeito, o seu ministério, que começa pela pregação evangélica, tira do sacrifício de Cristo a sua força e a sua virtude, e tende a fazer com que «toda a cidade redimida, isto é, a congregação e a sociedade dos santos, seja oferecida a Deus como sacrifício universal pelo grande sacerdote, que também se ofereceu a si mesmo por nós na Paixão para que fôssemos o corpo de tão nobre cabeça» (14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, o fim que os presbíteros pretendem atingir com o seu ministério e com a sua vida é a glória de Deus Pai em Cristo. Esta glória consiste em que os homens aceitem consciente, livre e gratamente a obra de Deus perfeitamente realizada em Cristo, e a manifestem em toda a sua vida. Os presbíteros, portanto, quer se entreguem à oração e à adoração quer preguem a palavra de Deus, quer ofereçam o sacrifício eucarístico e administrem os demais sacramentos, quer exerçam outros ministérios favor dos homens, concorrem não só para aumentar a glória de Deus mas também para promover a vida divina nos homens. Tudo isto, enquanto dimana da Páscoa de Cristo, será consumado no advento glorioso do mesmo Senhor, quando Ele entregar o reino nas mãos do Pai (15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O ministério dos presbíteros no mundo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os presbíteros, tirados dentre os homens e constituídos a favor dos homens nas coisas que se referem a Deus, para oferecerem dons e sacrifícios pelos pecados (16), convivem fraternalmente com os restantes homens. Assim também, o Senhor Jesus, Filho de Deus, enviado pelo Pai como homen para o meio dos homens, habitou entre nós e quis assemelhar-se em tudo aos seus irmãos, menos no pecado (17). Já os Apóstolos o imitaram, e S. Paulo doutor das gentes, «escolhido para anunciar o Evangelho de Deus» (Rom: 1,1) atesta que se fez tudo para todos, para salvar a todos (18). Os presbíteros do Novo Testamento, em virtude da vocação e ordenação, de algum modo são segregados dentro do Povo de Deus, não para serem separados dele ou do qualquer homem, mas para se consagrarem totalmente à obra para que Deus os chama (19). Não poderiam ser ministros de Cristo se não fossem testemunhas e dispensadores duma vida diferente da terrena, e nem pode riam servir os homens se permanecessem alheios à sua vida e às suas situações (20). O seu próprio ministério exige, por um título especial, que não se conformem a este mundo (21); mas exige também que vivam neste mundo entre os homens e, como bons pastores, conheçam as suas ovelhas e procurem trazer aquelas que não pertencem a este redil, para que também elas oiçam a voz de Cristo e haja um só rebanho e um só pastor (22). Para o conseguirem, muito importam as virtudes que justamente se apreciam no convívio humano, como são a bondade, a sinceridade, a fortaleza de alma e a constância, o cuidado assíduo da justiça, a delicadeza, e outras que o Apóstolo Paulo recomenda quando diz: «Tudo quanto é verdadeiro, tudo quanto é puro, tudo quanto é justo, tudo quanto é santo, tudo quanto é amável, tudo quanto é de bom nome, toda a virtude, todo o louvor da disciplina, tudo isso pensai» (Fil. 4,8) (23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O MINISTÉRIO DOS PRESBÍTEROS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1- FUNÇÕES DOS PRESBÍTEROS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os presbíteros, ministros da palavra de Deus"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Povo de Deus é reunido antes de mais pela palavra de Deus vivo (1), que é justíssimo esperar receber da boca dos sacerdotes (2). Com efeito, como ninguém se pode salvar se antes não tiver acreditado (3), os presbíteros, como cooperadores dos Bispos, têm, como primeiro dever, anunciar a todos o Evangelho de Deus (4), para que, realizando o mandato do Senhor: «Ide por todo o mundo, pregai o Evangelho a todas as, criaturas» (Mc. 16,15) (5), constituam e aumentem o Povo de Deus. Com efeito, é pela palavra da salvação que a fé é suscitada no coração dos infiéis e alimentada no coração dos fiéis; e é mercê da fé que tem início e se desenvolve a assembleia dos crentes, segundo aquele dito do Apóstolo: «a fé vem pelo ouvido, o ouvido, porém, pela palavra de Cristo» (Rom. 10,17). Por isso, os presbíteros são devedores de todos, para comunicarem a todos a verdade do Evangelho (6), de que gozam no Senhor. Portanto, quer quando, por uma convivência edificante entre os povos, os levam a glorificar a Deus (7), quer quando, pregando abertamente, anunciam o mistério de Cristo aos que crêem, quer quando ensinam o catecismo cristão ou explanam a doutrina da Igreja, quer quando procuram estudar à luz de Cristo as questões do seu tempo, sempre é próprio deles ensinar não a própria sabedoria mas a palavra de Deus e convidar instantemente a todos à conversão e à santidade (8). A pregação sacerdotal, não raro dificílima nas circunstâncias hodiernas do mundo, se deseja mover mais convenientemente as almas dos ouvintes, não deve limitar-se a expor de modo geral e abstracto a palavra de Deus mas sim aplicar às circunstâncias concretas da vida a verdade perene do Evangelho."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Assim se exerce de muitos modos o ministério da palavra segundo as diversas necessidades dos ouvintes e os carismas dos pregadores. Nas regiões ou agrupamentos não-cristãos, os homens são conduzidos à fé e aos sacramentos da salvação mediante a mensagem evangélica (9); na comunidade dos cristãos, porém, sobretudo entre aqueles que parecem entender e acreditar pouco o que frequentam, é necessária a pregação da palavra para o próprio ministério dos sacramentos, enquanto são sacramentos da fé que nasce da palavra e da palavra se alimenta (10); o que vale sobretudo para a liturgia da palavra na celebração da missa, na qual se unem intimamente a anunciação da morte e da ressurreição do Senhor, a resposta do povo ouvinte e a própria oblação com que Cristo confirmou a nova aliança no seu sangue; nessa oblação comungam os fiéis não só com o desejo mas também com a recepção do sacramento(11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os presbíteros, ministros dos sacramentos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deus, que é o único santo e santificação, quis unir a si, como companheiros e colaboradores, homens que servissem humildemente a obra da santificação. Donde vem que os presbíteros são consagrados por Deus, por meio do ministério dos Bispos, para que, feitos de modo.especial participantes do sacerdócio de Cristo, sejam na celebração sagrada ministros d'Aquele que na Liturgia exerce perenemente o seu ofício sacerdotal a nosso favor (12). Na verdade, introduzem os homens no Povo de Deus pelo Baptismo; pelo sacramento da Penitência, reconciliam os pecadores com Deus e com a Igreja; com o óleo dos enfermos, aliviam os doentes; sobretudo com a celebração da missa, oferecem sacramentalmente o Sacrifício de Cristo. Em todos os sacramentos, porém, como já nos tempos da Igreja primitiva testemunhou S. Inácio mártir (13), os presbíteros unem-se hieràrquicamente de diversos modos com o Bispo, e assim o tornam de algum modo presente em todas as assembleias dos fiéis (14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os restantes sacramentos, porém, assim como todos os ministérios eclesiásticos e obras de apostolado; estão vinculados com a sagrada Eucaristia e a ela se ordenam (15). Com efeito, na santíssima Eucaristia está contido todo o tesouro espiritual da Igreja (16), isto é, o próprio Cristo, a nossa Páscoa e o pão vivo que dá aos homens a vida mediante a sua carne vivificada e vivificadora pelo Espírito Santo; assim são eles convidados e levados a oferecer, juntamente com Ele, a si mesmos, os seus trabalhos e todas as coisas criadas. Por isso, a Eucaristia aparece como fonte e coroa de toda a evangelização, enquanto os catecúmenos são pouco a pouco introduzidos na participação da Eucaristia, e os fiéis, já assinalados pelo sagrado Baptismo e pela Confirmação, são plenamente inseridos no corpo de Cristo pela recepção da Eucaristia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Portanto, o banquete eucarístico é o centro da assembleia dos fiéis a que o presbítero preside. Por isso, os presbíteros ensinam os fiéis a oferecer a Deus Pai a vítima divina no sacrifício da missa, e a fazer, com ela, a oblação da vida; com o exemplo de Cristo pastor, ensinam-nos a submeter de coração contrito à Igreja no sacramento da Penitência os próprios pecados, de tal modo que se convertam cada vez mais no Senhor, lembrados das suas palavras: «Fazei penitência, porque o reino dos céus está próximo» (Mt. 4,17). De igual modo os ensinam a participar nas celebrações da sagrada Liturgia, para que também nelas façam oração sincera; guiam-nos a exercer durante a vida toda o espírito de oração cada vez mis perfeito, segundo as graças e necessidades de cada um, e entusiasmam a todos a observar os deveres do próprio estado, e aos mais adiantados a pôr em prática os conselhos evangélicos, do modo que convém a cada um. Ensinam; por isso, os fiéis para que possam cantar ao Senhor nos seus corações com hinos e cânticos espirituais, dando sempre graças por tudo a Deus Pai em nome de Nosso Senhor Jesus Cristo (17)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os próprios presbíteros, ao recitar o ofício divino, distribuem pelas horas do dia os louvores e acções de graças que elevam na celebração da Eucaristia; é com o ofício divino que eles, em nome da Igreja, rezam a Deus por todo o povo que lhes fora confiado; mais ainda, por todo o mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A casa de oração em que é celebrada e conservada a Santíssima Eucaristia, e os fiéis se reunem, e na qual a presença do Filho de Deus, nosso Salvador, oferecido por nós no altar do sacrifício, é venerada para auxílio e consolação dos fiéis, deve ser nobre e apta para a oração e para as cerimónias sagradas (18). Nela são convidados os pastores e os fiéis a corresponderem generosamente ao dom d'Aquele que pela sua humanidade continuamente infunde á vida divina nos membros do seu corpo (19). Procurem os presbíteros cultivar rectamente a ciência e a arte litúrgica, para que, pelo seu ministério litúrgico, Deus, Pai e Filho e Espírito Santo, seja louvado cada vez mais perfeitamente pelas comunidades a eles confiadas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os presbíteros e o ministério pastoral"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exercendo, com a autoridade que lhes toca, o múnus de Cristo cabeça e pastor, os presbíteros reunem, em nome do Bispo, a família de Deus, como fraternidade bem unida, e por Cristo, no Espírito, levam-na a Deus Pai (20). Para exercer este ministério, como também para os restantes ofícios sacerdotais, é conferido o poder espiritual, que é dado para edificação (21). Na edificação da Igreja, porém, os presbíteros devem tratar com todos com grande humanidade, a exemplo do Senhor. Nem devem proceder para com eles segundo o agrado dos homens (22), mas segundo as exigências da doutrina e da vida cristãs, ensinando-os e admoestando-os como filhos caríssimos (23), de harmonia com as palavras do Apóstolo: «Insiste a tempo e fora de tempo, repreende, suplica, admoesta com toda a paciência e doutrina (2 Tim. 4,2) (24)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, cabe aos sacerdotes, como educadores da fé, cuidar por si ou por outros que cada fiel seja levado, no Espírito Santo, a cultivar a própria vocação segundo o Evangelho, a uma caridade sincera e operosa, e à liberdade com que Cristo nos libertou (25). De pouco servirão as cerimónias, embora belas, bem como as associações, embora florescentes, se não se ordenam a educar os homens a conseguir a maturidade cristã 28. Os presbíteros ajudá-los-ão a promoverem esta maturidade, para que até nos acontecimentos, grandes ou pequenos, consigam ver o que as coisas significam e qual é a vontade de Deus. Sejam ensinados também os cristãos a não viverem só para si, mas, segundo as exigências da nova lei da caridade, cada um, assim como recebeu a graça, a administre mùtuamente (27), e assim todos cumpram cristãmente os seus deveres na comunidade humana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Embora sejam devedores de todos, os presbíteros têm como recomendados a si de modo particular os pobres e os mais fracos, com os quais o próprio Senhor se mostrou unido (28), e cuja evangelização é apresentada como sinal da obra messiânica (29). Também com particular diligência acompanhem os jovens e, além disso, os cônjuges e os pais, que é para desejar se reunam em grupos amigáveis, para se ajudarem mutuamente a proceder cristãmente com mais facilidade e plenitude na vida tantas vezes difícil. Lembrem-se os presbíteros de que todos os religiosos, homens e mulheres, como porção eleita na casa do Senhor, são dignos de cuidado especial, para seu proveito espiritual em benefício de toda a Igreja. Finalmente, sejam o mais solícitos possível com os doentes e moribundos, visitando-os e confortando-os no Senhor (30),"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porém, o múnus de pastor não se limita ao cuidado singular dos fiéis, mas estende-se também própriamente à formação da genuína comunidade cristã. Para que seja cultivado devidamente o espírito de comunidade, deverá abraçar não só a igreja local mas também a Igreja inteira. A comunidade local, porém, não deve fomentar só o cuidado pelos seus fiéis mas também, imbuída de zelo missionário, deve preparar a todos o caminho para Cristo. Considera, todavia, como recomendados de modo especial os catecúmenos e os neófitos, que devem ser educados gradualmente no conhecimento e na prática da vida cristã."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nenhuma comunidade cristã se edifica sem ter a sua raiz e o seu centro na celebração da santíssima Eucaristia, a partir da qual, portanto, deve começar toda a educação do espírito comunitário(31). Esta celebração, para ser sincera e plena, deve levar não só às várias obras de caridade e ao auxílio mútuo, mas também à acção missionária, bem como às. várias formas de testemunho cristão."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, a comunidade eclesial exerce, pela caridade, oração, exemplo e obras de penitência, uma verdadeira maternidade para com as almas que devem ser conduzidas a Cristo. Com efeito, ela constitui um instrumento eficaz que indica e prepara aos que ainda não crêem o caminho para Cristo e para a Sua Igreja, e também anima, alimenta e fortalece os fiéis em ordem ao combate espiritual."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na estruturação da comunidade cristã, os presbíteros nunca servem alguma ideologia ou facção humana, mas, como anunciadores do Evangelho e pastores da Igreja, trabalham pelo aumento espiritual do corpo de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II - RELAÇÕES DOS PRESBÍTEROS COM OS OUTROS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relações entre os Bispos e os presbíteros"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos os presbíteros participam de tal maneira com os Bispos no mesmo e único sacerdócio e ministério de Cristo que a unidade de consagração e missão requer a sua comunhão hierárquica com a Ordem episcopal (32). Esta comunhão, manifestam-na de modo perfeito, por exemplo na concelebração litúrgica, quando, juntamente com eles, professam celebrar o banquete eucarístico (33). Portanto, os Bispos, pelo dom do Espírito Santo dado aos presbíteros na sagrada ordenação, têm-nos como necessários cooperadores e conselheiros no ministério e múnus de ensinar, santificar e apascentar o Povo de Deus (34). Isto mesmo afirmam, claramente, os documentos litúrgicos dos primeiros tempos da Igreja, quando pedem solenemente a Deus para o Presbítero ordinando a infusão do «espírito de graça e conselho, para que, com o coração puro, ajude e governe o povo» (35), como o espírito de Moisés, no deserto, se comunicou aos setenta varões prudentes (36), e, «servindo-se Moisés do auxílio destes, tornou-se-lhe fácil governar a grande multidão do povo» (37). Por causa desta comunhão no mesmo sacerdócio e ministério, os Bispos devem estimar os presbíteros (38), como irmãos e amigos, e ter a peito o bem deles, quer o material, quer sobretudo o espiritual. Recai sobre eles, muito particularmente, a grave responsabilidade da santificação dos seus sacerdotes (39); ponham, pois, particular empenho na contínua formação do seu presbitério (40). Estejam dispostos a ouvi-los, consultem-nos e troquem com eles impressões sobre os problemas pastorais e o bem da diocese. Para que isto se torne eficiente, haja, em conformidade com as actuais circunstâncias e necessidades (41), com estrutura e funções a determinar; um conselho ou senado de sacerdotes (42), que representam o presbitério, e pelos seus conselhos, podem ajudar eficazmente o Bispo no governo da diocese."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os presbíteros, porém, tendo presente a plenitude do sacramento da Ordem recebido pelos Bispos, reverenciem neles a autoridade de Cristo pastor supremo. Adiram ao seu Bispo com caridade e obediência sinceras (43). Esta obediência sacerdotal em espírito de cooperação fundamenta-se na própria participação do ministério episcopal conferida aos presbíteros pelo sacramento da Ordem e pela missão canónica (44)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A união dos presbíteros com os seus Bispos é tanto mais necessária em nossos dias, quanto, por diversas razões, os empreendimentos apostólicos não só revestem múltiplas formas, mas também ultrapassam necessàriamente os limites da paróquia ou diocese. Assim, nenhum presbítero pode realizar suficientemente a sua missão, isoladamente, más só num esforço comum com os outros presbíteros, sob a direcção dos que estão à frente dá Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "União e cooperação fraterna entre os presbíteros"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os presbíteros, elevados ao presbiterado pela ordenação, estão unidos entre si numa íntima fraternidade sacramental. Especialmente na diocese a cujo serviço, sob o Bispo respectivo, estão consagrados, formam um só presbitério. Embora ocupados em diferentes obras, exercem o mesmo ministério sacerdotal a favor dos homens. Todos são enviados para cooperarem na obra comum, quer exerçam o ministério paroquial ou supra-paroquial, quer se dediquem à investigação científica ou ao ensino, quer se ocupem em trabalhos manuais compartilhando a sorte dos operários, onde isso pareça conveniente e a competente autoridade o aprove, quer realizem qualquer outra obra apostólica ou orientada ao apostolado. Todos têm uma só finalidade, isto é, a edificação do corpo de Cristo que, especialmente em nossos dias, requer múltiplas actividades e novas adaptações. Por isso, é da máxima importância que todos os presbíteros, diocesanos ou religiosos, se ajudem mùtuamente, para que sejam sempre cooperadores da verdade (45). Cada membro do colégio presbiterial está unido aos outros por laços especiais de caridade apostólica, de ministério e de fraternidade. Isto mesmo, desde tempos remotos é significado litùrgicamente quando os presbíteros presentes são convidados a impor as mãos, juntamente com o Bispo ordenante, sobre o novo eleito, e bem como quando concelebram, num só coração, a sagrada Eucaristia. Cada presbítero se une, pois, com seus irmãos por vínculo de caridade, oração e omnímoda cooperação, e assim, se manifesta aquela unidade na qual Cristo quis que os seus fossem consumados, para que o mundo conheça que o Filho foi enviado pelo Pai (46)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por este motivo, os mais idosos recebam os mais novos como irmãos e ajudem-nos nos seus primeiros empreendimentos e encargos do ministério; esforcem-se por compreender a sua mentalidade, embora diferente, e ajudem com benevolência as suas iniciativas. Do mesmo modo, os jovens reverenciem a idade e experiência dos mais velhos, aconselhem-se com eles nas questões referentes à cura de almas, e colaborem de bom grado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Animados de espírito fraterno, os presbíteros não esqueçam a hospitalidade (47), cultivem a beneficência e comunhão de bens (48), tendo particular solicitude com os doentes, os atribulados, os que estão sobrecarregados de trabalho, os que vivem sós, os que vivem longe da Pátria, bem como com os que sofrem perseguição (49). Reunam-se também espontâneamente e com alegria, para descanso do espírito, lembrados das palavras com que o Senhor convidou os Apóstolos fatigados: «vinde, vamos para um lugar deserto para descansar um pouco (Mc. 6,31). Sobretudo para que os presbíteros encontrem auxílio mútuo na vida espiritual e intelectual, para que mais fàcilmente possam cooperar no ministério e para se defenderem dos perigos da solidão que possam surgir, promova-se entre eles algum modo de vida comum, ou alguma convivência, que podem revestir diversas formas, conforme as necessidades pessoais ou pastorais, por exemplo, habitar juntos, onde isso seja possível, ou tomar as refeições em comum, ou pelo menos ter reuniões frequentes e periódicas. Devem ter-se em especial apreço e promover diligentemente as associações, que com estatutos aprovados pela competente autoridade eclesiástica promovem a santidade dos sacerdotes no exercício do ministério, por uma apropriada regra de vida e ajuda fraterna, e assim estão ao serviço de toda a Ordem dos presbíteros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, em razão da mesma comunhão no sacerdócio, sintam-se os presbíteros especialmente obrigados para com os que se vêem em dificuldades; dêem-lhes o auxílio oportuno, mesmo que seja necessário adverti-los discretamente. Ajudem com caridade fraterna e com magnanimidade aqueles que em alguma coisa se apartaram do recto caminho, façam por eles instantes preces a Deus e procedam sempre para com eles como verdadeiros irmãos e amigos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relações dos presbíteros com os leigos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Embora os sacerdotes do Novo Testamento, em virtude do sacramento da Ordem, exerçam no Povo e para o Povo de Deus o múnus de pais e mestres, contudo, juntamente com os fiéis, são discípulos do Senhor, feitos participantes do. seu reino pela graça de Deus que nos chama (50), Regenerados com todos na fonte do Baptismo, os presbíteros são irmãos entre os irmãos (51), membros dum só e mesmo corpo de Cristo cuja edificação a todos pertence (52)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devem os presbíteros de tal modo estar à frente que, não procurando os próprios interesses mas os de Jesus Cristo (53), trabalhem na obra comum com os leigos e vivam no meio deles segundo o exemplo do Mestre, que «veio» para o meio dos homens, «não para ser servido, mas para servir e dar a vida pela redenção de muitos» (Mt. 20,28). Os presbíteros reconheçam e promovam sinceramente a dignidade e participação própria dos leigos na missão da Igreja. Estejam dispostos a ouvir os leigos, tendo fraternalmente em conta os seus desejos, reconhecendo a experiência e competência deles nos diversos campos da actividade humana, para que, juntamente com eles, saibam reconhecer os sinais dos tempos. Sabendo discernir se os espíritos vêm de Deus (54), perscrutem com o sentido da fé, reconheçam com alegria e promovam com diligência os multiformes carismas dos leigos, tanto os mais modestos como os mais altos. Entre os demais dons de Deus que se encontram com profusão entre os fiéis, são dignos de especial atenção os que atraem a uma vida espiritual mais alta. Entreguem-se aos leigos, com confiança, obras do serviço da Igreja, deixando-lhes espaço e liberdade de acção, convidando-os oportunamente a que tomem eles as suas iniciativas (55)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os presbíteros, finalmente, foram postos no meio dos leigos para os levar todos à unidade «amando-se uns aos outros com caridade fraterna, e tendo os outros por mais dignos» (Rom. 12, 10). É, pois, dever deles congraçar de tal maneira as diferentes mentalidades que ninguém se sinta estranho na comunidade dos fiéis. São os defensores do bem comum do qual têm cuidado em nome do Bispo, e simultâneamente reivindicadores da verdade para que os fiéis não se deixem enredar por qualquer doutrina (56). São-lhes confiados com peculiar solicitude os que se afastaram da prática dos sacramentos e sobretudo da fé, dos quais, como bons pastores, não deixarão de se aproximar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Segundo as normas sobre o ecumenismo (57), não esqueçam os irmãos que não vivem em plena comunhão eclesial connosco."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Terão ainda como confiados a si todos os que não reconhecem Cristo como seu Salvador."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os fiéis, por sua vez, tomem consciência de que devem estar obrigados aos seus presbíteros; por isso, dediquem-lhes filial amor como a pais e pastores seus. Tomem parte nas suas preocupações, auxiliem-nos quanto lhes for possível com orações e obras, para que eles melhor possam vencer as dificuldades e cumprir mais frutuosamente os seus encargos (58)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III-A DISTRIBUIÇÃO DOS PRESBÍTEROS E AS VOCAÇÕES SACERDOTAIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Adequada distribuição dos presbíteros"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O dom espiritual, recebido pelos presbíteros na ordenação, não os prepara para uma missão limitada e determinada, mas sim para a missão imensa e universal da salvação, «até aos confins da terra (Act. 1, 8); de facto, todo o ministério sacerdotal participa da amplitude universal da missão confiada por Cristo aos Apóstolos. Com efeito, o sacerdócio de Cristo, de que os presbíteros se tornaram verdadeiramente participantes, dirige-se necessariamente a todos os povos e a todos os tempos, nem é coarctado por nenhuns limites de sangue, nação ou idade, como já é prefigurado misteriosamente na pessoa de Melquisedec (59). Lembrem-se, por isso, os presbíteros que devem tomar a peito a solicitude por todas as igrejas. Portanto, os presbíteros daquelas dioceses que têm maior abundância de vocações, mostrem-se de boa vontade preparados para, com licença ou a pedido do próprio Ordinário, exercer o seu ministério em regiões, missões ou obras que lutam com falta de clero."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, revejam-se de tal modo as normas da incardinação e excardinação que, mantendo-se embora em vigor esta antiquíssima instituição, corresponda, todavia, melhor às necessidades pastorais de hoje. Sempre que o método apostólico o exigir, facilite-se não só a conveniente distribuição dos sacerdotes, mas também as obras pastorais peculiares que, segundo os diversos agrupamentos sociais, devem ser levadas a cabo em alguma região, ou nação ou em qualquer parte do mundo. Para isso, podem ser erigidos com utilidade alguns seminários internacionais, dioceses especiais ou prelaturas pessoais ou outras instituições, nas quais, da maneira a estabelecer em cada caso e salvos sempre os direitos do Ordinário de lugar, os presbíteros possam ser integrados ou incardinados para o bem comum de toda a Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todavia, quanto for possível, não sejam enviados os presbíteros um a um para uma nova região, sobretudo se não conhecerem bem a sua língua e os seus costumes, mas, a exemplo dos discípulos de Cristo (60), dois a dois ou três a três, de tal modo que se possam ajudar mùtuamente. Convém igualmente que se cuide solicitamente da sua vida espiritual, bem como da sua saúde de alma e de corpo; e, quanto for possível, preparem-se-lhes lugares e condições de trabalho, segundo as circunstâncias pessoais de cada um. Muito convém igualmente que aqueles que vão para outra nação, procurem conhecer bem não só a língua dela, mas também a índole psicológica e social própria do povo a quem desejam servir em humildade, comunicando com ele o mais perfeitamente possível, de tal modo que sigam o exemplo do Apóstolo Paulo, que pôde dizer de si mesmo: «Sendo livre com relação a todos, fiz-me servo de todos, para ganhar a muitos. Fiz-me judeu com os judeus, para ganhar os judeus...» (l Cor. 9, 19-20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Solicitude pelas vocações sacerdotais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O pastor e bispo das nossas almas (61) constituiu a sua Igreja de tal modo que o povo escolhido e adquirido com o seu sangue (62) tivesse sempre e até ao fim dos tempos os seus sacerdotes, a fim de que os cristãos não fossem jamais como ovelhas sem pastor (63). Conhecendo esta vontade de Cristo, os Apóstolos, por inspiração do Espírito Santo, julgaram ser seu dever escolher ministros «capazes de ensinar também os outros» (2 Tim. 2, 2). Este dever faz parte da própria missão sacerdotal, em virtude da qual o presbítero é feito participante da solicitude de toda a Igreja, para que jamais faltem na terra operários para o Povo de Deus. Todavia, visto que «ao piloto da barca e aos que nela devem ser levados... é comum o trabalho» (64), seja, por isso, informado todo o povo cristão de que é seu dever colaborar de diversos modos, pela oração frequente e por outros meios à sua disposição (65), para que a Igreja tenha sempre os sacerdotes necessários ao cumprimento da sua missão divina. Portanto, procurem antes de mais os presbíteros com o ministério da palavra e com o testemunho duma vida que manifeste claramente o espírito de serviço e a verdadeira alegria pascal, pôr diante dos olhos dos fiéis a excelência e a necessidade do sacerdócio, e, não se poupando a cuidados e a incómodos, ajudar aqueles que, jovens ou adultos, prudentemente julgarem idóneos para tão grande ministério, a preparar-se convenientemente e assim poder um dia, com plena liberdade externa e interna, ser chamados pelos Bispos. Para atingir este fim, é da máxima utilidade a diligente e prudente direcção espiritual. Os pais e os professores, e todos quantos de qualquer modo estão empenhados na formação das crianças e dos jovens, de tal maneira os instruam que, conhecendo a solicitude do Senhor pelo seu rebanho, e considerando as necessidades da Igreja, estejam preparados a responder generosamente com o profeta ao chamamento divino: «Eis-me aqui, envia-me» (Is. 6,8). Todavia, esta voz do Senhor que chama, não deve ser de maneira nenhuma esperada como se tivesse de chegar aos ouvidos do futuro presbítero dum modo extraordinário. Com efeito, deve ser antes entendida e discernida a partir dos sinais que diàriamente dão a conhecer aos cristãos prudentes a vontade de Deus; estes sinais devem ser considerados atentamente pelos presbíteros (66)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A eles, portanto, se recomendam vivamente as Obras de vocações, quer diocesanas, quer nacionais (67). Nas pregações, na catequese, nas publicações, importa declarar com a maior clareza as necessidades da Igreja tanto local com universal; ponham-se em evidência o sentido e a importância do ministério sacerdotal, como sendo aquilo em que se conjugam tão grandes alegrias com tão grandes obrigações e em que, sobretudo, como ensinam os santos Padres, se pode dar a Cristo o maior testemunho de amor (68)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A VIDA DOS PRESBÍTEROS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I-A VOCAÇÃO DOS PRESBÍTEROS À PERFEIÇÃO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "União com Cristo, sacerdote santo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pelo sacramento da Ordem, os presbíteros são configurados com Cristo sacerdote, como ministros da cabeça, para a construção e edificação do seu corpo, que é a Igreja, enquanto cooperadores da Ordem episcopal. Já pela consagração do Baptismo receberam com os restantes fiéis, o sinal e o dom de tão insigne vocação e graça para que, mesmo na fraqueza humana (1), possam e devam alcançar a perfeição, segundo a palavra do Senhor: «Sede, pois, perfeitos, como o vosso Pai celeste é perfeito» (Mt. 5, 48). Estão, porém, obrigados por especial razão a buscar essa mesma perfeição visto que, consagrados de modo particular a Deus pela recepção da Ordem, se tornaram instrumentos vivos do sacerdócio eterno de Cristo, para poderem continuar pelos tempos fora a sua obra admirável, que restaurou com suprema eficácia a família de todos os homens (2). Fazendo todo o sacerdote, a seu modo, as vezes da própria pessoa de Cristo, de igual forma é enriquecido de graça especial para que, servindo todo o Povo de Deus e a porção que lhe foi confiada, possa alcançar de maneira conveniente a perfeição d'Aquele de quem faz as vezes, e cure a fraqueza humana da carne a santidade d'Aquele que por nós se fez pontífice «santo, inocente, impoluto, separado dos pecadores» (Heb. 7,26)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, que o Pai santificou ou consagrou e enviou ao mundo (3), «entre a Si mesmo por nós, para nos remir de toda a iniquidade e adquirir um povo que Lhe fosse aceitável, zeloso do bem» (Tit. 2,14), e assim, pela sua Paixão, entrou na glória (4). De igual modo os presbíteros, consagrados pela unção do Espírito Santo e enviados por Cristo, mortificam em si mesmos as obras da carne e dedicam-se totalmente ao serviço dos homens, e assim, pela santidade de que foram enriquecidos em Cristo, podem caminhar até ao estado de varão perfeito(5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deste modo, exercendo o ministério do Espírito e da justiça, se forem dóceis ao Espírito de Cristo que os vivifica e guia, são robustecidos na vida espiritual. Pelos ritos sagrados de cada dia e por todo o seu ministério exercido em união com o Bispo e os outros sacerdotes, eles mesmos se dispõem à perfeição da própria vida. Por sua vez, a santidade dos presbíteros muito concorre para o desempenho frutuoso do seu ministério; ainda que a graça de Deus possa realizar a obra da salvação por ministros indignos, todavia, por lei ordinária, prefere Deus manifestar as suas maravilhas por meio daquelas que, dóceis ao impulso e direcção do Espírito Santo, pela sua íntima união com Cristo e santidade de vida, podem dizer com o Apóstolo: «se vivo, já não sou eu, é Cristo que vive em mim, (Gál. 2,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, este sagrado Concílio, para atingir os seus fins pastorais de renovação interna da Igreja, difusão do Evangelho em todo o mundo e diálogo com os homens do nosso tempo, exorta veementemente todos os sacerdotes a que, empregando todos os meios recomendados pela Igreja (7), se esforcem por atingir cada vez maior santidade, pela qual se tornem instrumentos mais aptos para o serviço de todo o Povo de Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A santidade no exercício do ministério"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os presbíteros atingirão a santidade pelo próprio exercício do seu ministério, realizado sincera e infatigàvelmente no espírito de Cristo. Sendo eles os ministros da palavra, todos os dias lêem e ouvem a palavra do Senhor que devem ensinar aos outros. Esforçando-se por a receberem em si mesmos, cada vez se tornam mais perfeitos discípulos do Senhor, segundo a palavra do Apóstolo Paulo a Timóteo: «Medita estas coisas, permanece nelas, para que o teu aproveitamento seja manifesto a todos. Atende a ti e à doutrina. Persevera nestas coisas. Fazendo isto, não só te salvas a ti, mas também aos que te ouvem (1 Tim. 4, 15-16). Investigando como mais convenientemente poderão dar aos outros aquilo que meditaram (8), mais profundamente saborearão «as insondáveis riquezas de Cristo» (Ef. 3,8) e a multiforme sabedoria de Deus (9). Tendo diante de si que é o Senhor quem abre os corações (10) e que a sublimidade não vem deles mas da virtude de Deus(11), na própria pregação unam-se mais intimamente com Cristo mestre e deixem-se levar pelo seu espírito. Assim unidos a Cristo, participarão da caridade de Deus, cujo mistério, escondido desde os séculos (12), foi revelado em Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como ministros das coisas sagradas, é sobretudo no sacrifício da missa que os presbíteros dum modo especial fazem as vezes de Cristo, que se entregou como vítima para a santificação dos homens. Por isso, são convidados a imitar aquilo que tratam, enquanto, celebrando o mistério da morte do Senhor, procuram mortificar os seus membros de todos os seus vícios e concupiscências (13). No mistério do sacrifício eucarístico, em que os sacerdotes realizam a sua função principal, exerce-se continuamente a obra da nossa Redenção (14). Por isso, com instância se recomenda a sua celebração quotidiana, porque, mesmo que não possa ter a presença dos fiéis, é acto de Cristo e da Igreja (15). Assim, enquanto que os presbíteros se unem com a própria acção de Cristo sacerdote, oferecem-se todos os dias totalmente a Deus, e, alimentando-se do Corpo do Senhor, participam amorosamente na caridade d'Aquele que se dá como alimento aos fiéis. De igual modo, na administração dos sacramentos unem-se à intenção e caridade de Cristo, o que se dá especialmente quando se mostram sempre totalmente dispostos a administrar o sacramento da Penitência todas as vezes que os fiéis racionalmente o pedirem. Na recitação do ofício divino, emprestam à Igreja a sua voz, que persevera na oração, em nome de todo o género humano, unida a Cristo, «sempre vivo a interceder por nós» (Hebr. 7,25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conduzindo e apascentando o Povo de Deus, são incitados pela caridade do Bom Pastor a dar a sua vida pelas ovelhas (16), prontos para o supremo sacrifício, seguindo o exemplo daqueles sacerdotes que mesmo em nossos dias não recusaram entregar a sua vida. Sendo educadores na fé e tendo eles mesmos «firme confiança de entrar no santuário mediante o sangue de Cristo» (Heb. 10,19), aproximam-se de Deus «com coração sincero, na plenitude da fé» (Heb. 10,22); dão mostras duma esperança firme perante os fiéis (17), a fim de poderem consolar aqueles que se encontram na angústia, com aquela exortação com que eles são exortados por Deus (18); chefes da comunidade, cultivam a ascese própria dos pastores de almas, renunciando às próprias comodidades, buscando não aquilo que lhes é útil a si, mas a muitos, para que se salvem (19), aperfeiçoando-se sempre cada vez mais no desempenho do seu múnus pastoral, dispostos a tentar novas vias, onde for necessário, guiados pelo Espírito de amor, que sopra onde quer (20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unidade de vida dos presbíteros em Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No mundo de hoje, sendo tantos os deveres a cumprir e tão grande a diversidade de problemas em que se angustiam os homens, frequentìssimamente com urgência de solução, correm os mesmos homens o perigo de se dispersarem por muitas coisas. Também os presbíteros, implicados e dispersos por muitíssimas obrigações do seu ministério, podem perguntar, não sem ansiedade, como lhes será possível reduzir à unidade a sua vida interior com a sua acção exterior. Esta unidade de vida não pode ser construída com a mera ordenação externa do seu ministério nem apenas com a prática dos exercícios de piedade, por mais que isto concorra para ela. Mas poderão os presbíteros construí-la, seguindo, na prática do ministério, o exemplo de Cristo Nosso Senhor, cujo alimento era fazer a vontade d'Aquele que O enviou para realizar a sua obra (21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo, para continuar no mundo incessantemente a fazer a vontade do Pai mediante a Igreja, actua realmente pelos seus ministros, e assim permanece sempre o princípio e a fonte de unidade da sua vida. Portanto, os presbíteros alcançarão a unidade da sua vida, unindo-se a Cristo no conhecimento da vontade do Pai e no dom de si mesmos pelo rebanho que lhes foi confiado (22). Assim, fazendo as vezes do Bom Pastor, encontrarão no próprio exercício da caridade pastoral o vínculo da perfeição sacerdotal, que conduz à unidade de vida e acção. Esta caridade pastoral (23) flui sobretudo do sacrifício eucarístico, que permanece o centro e a raiz de toda a vida do presbítero, de tal maneira que aquilo que se realiza sobre a ara do sacrifício, isso mesmo procura realizar em si a alma sacerdotal. Isto, porém, só se pode obter, na medida em que, pela oração, os sacerdotes penetram cada vez mais profundamente no mistério de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que possam realizar concretamente a unidade de vida, considerem todas as suas iniciativas, examinando qual será a vontade de Deus (24), ou seja, qual é a conformidade das iniciativas com as normas da missão evangélica da Igreja. A fidelidade para com Cristo não se pode separar da fidelidade para com a Igreja. Por isso, a caridade pastoral exige que os presbíteros, para que não corram em vão (25), trabalhem sempre em união com os Bispos e com os outros irmãos no sacerdócio. Procedendo assim, encontrarão os presbíteros a unidade da própria existência na unidade da missão da Igreja, e assim unir-se-ão com o Senhor, e por meio d'Ele com o Pai, no Espírito Santo, a fim de que possam encher-se de consolação e superabundar na alegria (26)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II -PECULIARES EXIGÊNCIAS ESPIRITUAIS NA VIDA DOS PRESBÍTEROS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Humildade e obediência"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre as virtudes que sobretudo se requerem no ministério dos presbíteros, deve nomear-se aquela disposição de espírito pela qual estão sempre prontos não a procurar a própria vontade, mas a vontade d'Aquele que os enviou (27). A obra divina, para que o Espírito Santo os assumiu (28), transcende todas as forças e a sabedoria humana, pois «Deus escolheu o que há de fraco no mundo, para confundir os fortes» (l Cor. 1,27). Consciente, portanto, da própria fraqueza, o verdadeiro ministro de Cristo trabalha na humildade, examinando o que é agradável a Deus (29), e, como que assumido pelo Espírito (30), é conduzido pela vontade d'Aquele que quer que todos os homens se salvem. Pode descobrir esta vontade e realizá-la nas circunstâncias de cada dia, servindo humildemente aqueles que lhe foram confiados por Deus, na tarefa que lhe foi entregue e nos acontecimentos da sua vida."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O ministério sacerdotal, porém, sendo ministério da própria Igreja, só em comunhão hierárquica com todo o corpo se pode desempenhar. Portanto, a caridade pastoral instiga os presbíteros, agindo nesta comunhão entreguem a sua vontade por obediência ao serviço de Deus e dos seus irmãos, recebendo com espírito de fé e executando o que lhes é preceituado ou recomendado pelo Sumo Pontífice, pelo próprio Bispo e outros Superiores, entregando-se e «super-entregando-se» (31), de todo o coração, a qualquer cargo, ainda que humilde e pobre, que lhes seja confiado. Desta forma conservam a necessária unidade e estreitam-na com os seus irmãos no ministério, sobretudo com aqueles que o Senhor pôs como chefes visíveis da sua Igreja, e trabalham para a edificação do corpo de Cristo, que cresce ,,por toda a espécie de junturas que o alimentam» (32). Esta obediência, que leva a uma maior maturidade dos filhos de Deus, exige de sua natureza que, quando no desempenho do seu múnus, movidos pela caridade, tentem prudentemente novas vias para maior bem da Igreja, proponham confiadamente as suas iniciativas, manifestem solìcitamente as necessidades do seu rebanho, dispostos sempre a sujeitar-se ao juízo daqueles que exercem o múnus principal de reger a Igreja de Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Com esta humildade e obediência responsável e voluntária, os presbíteros configuram-se com Cristo, experimentando em si os sentimentos de Cristo Jesus, que «se despojou de Si mesmo, tomando a forma de servo... feito obediente até à morte» (Fil. 2, 7-9), e por esta obediência venceu e remiu a desobediência de Adão, como afirma S. Paulo: «Pela desobediência dum só homem, constituiram-se muitos pecadores: assim pela obediência dum só, constituiram-se muitos justos» (Rom. 5,19)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O celibato sacerdotal"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A continência perfeita e perpétua por amor do reino dos céus, recomendada por Cristo Senhor (33), generosamente aceite e louvàvelmente observada através dos séculos e mesmo em nossos dias por não poucos fiéis, foi sempre tida em grande estima pela Igreja, especialmente na vida sacerdotal. É na verdade sinal e estímulo da caridade pastoral e fonte singular de fecundidade espiritual no mundo (34). De si, não é exigida pela própria natureza do sacerdócio, como se deixa ver pela prática da Igreja primitiva (35) e pela tradição das Igrejas orientais, onde, além daqueles que, com todos os Bispos, escolhem, pelo dom da graça, a observância do celibato, existem meritíssimos presbíteros casados. Recomendando o celibato eclesiástico, este sagrado Concílio de forma nenhuma deseja mudar a disciplina contrária, legìtimamente vigente nas Igrejas orientais, e exorta amorosamente a todos os que receberam o presbiterado já no matrimónio, a que, perseverando na sua santa vocação, continuem a dispensar generosa e plenamente a sua vida pelo rebanho que lhes foi confiado (36)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todavia, o celibato harmoniza-se por muitos títulos com o sacerdócio. Na verdade, toda a missão sacerdotal se dedica totalmente ao serviço da humanidade nova, que Cristo, vencedor. da morte, suscita no mundo pelo seu Espírito e tem a sua origem, «não no sangue, nem na vontade da carne, nem na vontade do homem, mas em Deus» (Jo. l,13). Pela virgindade ou pelo celibato observado por amor do reino dos céus (37), os presbíteros consagram-se por um novo e excelente título a Cristo, aderem a Ele mais fàcilmente com um coração indiviso (38), n'Ele e por Ele mais livremente se dedicam ao serviço de Deus e dos homens, com mais facilidade servem o seu reino e a obra da regeneração sobrenatural, e tornam-se mais aptos para receberem, de forma mais ampla, a paternidade em Cristo. Deste modo, manifestam ainda aos homens que desejam dedicar-se indivisamente ao múnus que lhes foi confiado, isto é, de desposar os fiéis com um só esposo e apresentá-los como virgem casta a Cristo (39), evocando assim aquela misteriosa união fundada por Deus e que se há-de manifestar plenamente no futuro, em que a Igreja terá um único esposo, Cristo (40). Além disso, tornam-se sinal vivo do mundo futuro, já presente pela fé e pela caridade, em que os filhos da ressurreição não se casam nem se dão em casamento (41)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por todas estas razões, fundadas no mistério de Cristo e na sua missão, o celibato, que a princípio era apenas recomendado aos sacerdotes, depois foi imposto por lei na Igreja latina a todos aqueles que deviam ser promovidos às Ordens sacras. Este sagrado Concílio aprova e confirma novamente esta legislação no que respeita àqueles que se destinam ao presbiterado, confiando no Espírito Santo que o dom do celibato, tão harmónico com o sacerdócio do Novo Testamento, será dado liberalmente pelo Pai, desde que aqueles que participam do sacerdócio de Cristo pelo sacramento da .Ordem, e toda a Igreja, humildemente e insistentemente o peçam. Exorta ainda este sagrado Concílio a todos os presbíteros que aceitaram livremente o santo celibato confiados na graça de Deus segundo o exemplo de Cristo, a que aderindo a ele de coração magnânimo e com toda a alma, e perseverando neste estado fielmente, reconheçam tão insigne dom, que lhes foi dado pelo Pai e tão claramente é exaltado pelo Senhor (42), tendo diante dos olhos os grandes mistérios que nele são significados e nele se realizam. Quanto mais, porém, a perfeita continência é tida por impossível por tantos homens no mundo de hoje, tanto mais humildemente e persistentemente peçam os presbíteros em união com a Igreja a graça da fidelidade, que nunca é negada aos que a suplicam, empregando ao mesmo tempo os auxílios sobrenaturais e naturais, que estão à mão de todos. Sobretudo não deixem de seguir as normas ascéticas, aprovadas pela experiência da Igreja e não menos necessárias no mundo de hoje. Por isso, este sagrado Concílio pede não sòmente aos sacerdotes, mas também a todos os fiéis, que tenham a peito este dom precioso do celibato sacerdotal e supliquem a Deus que o confira sempre abundantemente à Sua Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pobreza voluntária"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em amigável e fraterno convívio entre si e com os outros homens, têm os presbíteros ocasião de aprender a cultivar os valores humanos e a estimar os bens criados como dons de Deus. Vivendo no mundo, saibam, porém, que, segundo a palavra do Senhor nosso mestre, não são do mundo (43), Usando, portanto, do mundo como se não usassem (44), chegarão àquela liberdade em que, desprendidos de todo o cuidado desordenado, se tornam dóceis em ouvir a voz de Deus na vida quotidiana. Esta atitude é de grande importância para os sacerdotes, porque a missão da Igreja realiza-se no meio do mundo e os bens criados são absolutamente necessários ao aperfeiçoamento pessoal do homem. Mostrem-se de ânimo agradecido por todos os bens que o Pai celeste lhes confia para levar uma vida santa. É necessário, porém, que julguem à luz da fé os bens que lhes advêm, para que sejam empregados segundo o recto uso que corresponde à vontade de Deus, e afastem de si tudo aquilo que for nocivo à sua missão."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os sacerdotes, na verdade, porque o Senhor é a «sua parte e a sua herança» (Núm. 18,20), devem usar os bens materiais sòmente para aqueles fins a que, segundo a doutrina e ordenação da Igreja, é lícito destiná-los."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os bens eclesiásticos pròpriamente ditos, segundo a sua mesma natureza, administrem-nos os sacerdotes, segundo as normas das leis eclesiásticas, utilizando, quanto for possível, o parecer de peritos leigos, e destinem-nos sempre segundo aqueles fins, para os quais é lícito à Igreja possuir bens temporais, isto é, para o o culto divino, honesta sustentação do clero, obras de apostolado e caridade, sobretudo para com os pobres (45). Os bens, porém, que adquirem para si, por ocasião de algum cargo eclesiástico, salvo o direito particular (46), empreguem-nos os presbíteros, da mesma maneira que os Bispos, primeiramente para a sua honesta sustentação e desempenho dos deveres próprios de seu estado; os que sobrarem, destinem-nos ao bem da Igreja ou obras de caridade. Desta forma, não tenham os cargos eclesiásticos para lucro, nem gastem os rendimentos deles provenientes em aumentar os bens próprios de família (47). Por isso, os sacerdotes, não apegando, de forma nenhuma, o coração às riquezas (48), evitem toda a cobiça e abstenham-se cuidadosamente de toda a sombra de comércio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Antes são convidados a abraçar a pobreza voluntária, pela qual mais claramente se configuram com Cristo e se tornam mais aptos para o sagrado ministério. Na verdade, Cristo, sendo rico, fez-se pobre por amor de nós, para que nos tornássemos ricos da sua pobreza (49). Os Apóstolos, pelo seu próprio exemplo, testemunharam que deve ser dado de graça o que de graça receberam (50), sabendo viver na abundância e na penúria(51). Também algum uso comum das coisas, à maneira da comunhão de bens louvada na Igreja primitiva (52), prepara óptimo caminho para a caridade pastoral e, mediante tal forma de vida, podem os presbíteros louvàvelmente viver o espírito de pobreza recomendado por Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Guiados, pois, pelo Espírito do Senhor que ungiu o Salvador e O enviou a evangelizar os pobres (53), os presbíteros, assim como os Bispos, evitem tudo o que possa de algum modo afastar os pobres, fugindo, mais que os restantes discípulos de Cristo, a toda a sombra de vaidade nas suas coisas. Disponham a sua habitação de maneira que não se torne inacessível a ninguém, e que ninguém, por mais humilde que seja, tenha receio de se abeirar dela."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III - AUXÍLIOS PARA A VIDA DOS PRESBÍTEROS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auxílios para promover a vida espiritual"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para favorecer a união com Cristo, em todas as circunstâncias da sua vida, os presbíteros dispõem, além do exercício consciente do seu ministério, de meios comuns e particulares, modernos e antigos, que o Espírito Santo nunca deixou de suscitar no Povo de Deus e que a Igreja, desejosa da santificação dos seus membros, recomenda e algumas vezes até preceitua (54). Entre todos os auxílios espirituais, sobressaem os actos pelos quais os fiéis se alimentam da palavra de Deus, na dupla mesa da Sagrada Escritura e da Eucaristia (55). De quanta importância seja a sua assídua frequência, para a própria santificação dos presbíteros, não há ninguém que o não veja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os ministros da graça sacramental unem-se a Cristo Salvador e pastor pela frutuosa recepção dos sacramentos, especialmente pela frequente recepção do sacramento da penitência, que preparado pelo quotidiano exame de consciência, muito favorece a necessária conversão do coração ao amor do pai das misericórdias. A luz da fé, alimentada pela leitura da Sagrada Escritura, podem perscrutar atentamente os sinais da vontade de Deus e os impulsos da sua graça nos vários acontecimentos da vida, e assim tornarem-se cada vez mais dóceis à sua missão assumida no Espírito Santo. Maravilhoso exemplo desta docilidade encontram-no na bem-aventurada Virgem Maria, que guiada pelo Espírito Santo, se dedicou totalmente ao mistério da redenção dos homens (56), Ela, a quem os presbíteros devem amar e venerar com devoção e culto filial, como Mãe do sumo e eterno sacerdote, como rainha dos Apóstolos e auxílio do seu ministério."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para desempenhar com fidelidade o seu ministério, tenham a peito o colóquio quotidiano com Cristo Senhor, na visita e culto pessoal à Sagrada Eucaristia; entreguem-se de bom grado ao retiro espiritual, e tenham em grande apreço a direcção espiritual. De variados modos, especialmente pela prática da oração mental e das demais formas de oração, que livremente escolhem, buscam os presbíteros e instantemente pedem a Deus aquele espírito de verdadeira adoração, com que eles, ao mesmo tempo que o povo a si confiado, se unem intimamente a Cristo, mediador do Novo Testamento, e, como filhos da adopção, podem clamar: «Abba, Pai» (Rom. 8,15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ciência sagrada e formação pastoral"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No rito sagrado da ordenação, os presbíteros são admoestados pelo Bispo que «sejam amadurecidos na ciência» e que a sua doutrina seja «remédio espiritual para o Povo de Deus» (57). A ciência, porém, própria do ministro sagrado, deve ser sagrada, porque é tomada de uma fonte sagrada e se orienta a um fim sagrado. Primeiro que tudo, seja haurida na leitura e meditação da Sagrada Escritura (58), mas alimente-se também com fruto, dos estudos dos santos Padres e Doutores e ainda dos outros documentos da Tradição. Além disso, para dar resposta apropriada às questões agitadas pelos homens do nosso tempo, é necessário que os presbíteros conheçam bem os documentos do magistério eclesiástico, mas sobretudo dos Concílios e dos Sumos Pontífices, assim como devem ter à mão os melhores e mais aprovados escritores de teologia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Visto que, no nosso tempo, a cultura humana e ainda as ciências sagradas progridem incessantemente, os presbíteros são forçados a aperfeiçoar, de modo conveniente e sem interrupção, os seus conhecimentos a respeito das coisas divinas e humanas, preparando-se assim, de maneira mais oportuna, para o diálogo com os seus contemporâneos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para os presbíteros mais fàcilmente se darem aos estudos e aprenderem do modo mais eficaz os métodos de evangelização e apostolado, com todo o cuidado sejam-lhes proporcionados os meios convenientes, como são a organização de cursos ou congressos, segundo as condições do território de cada um, a erecção de centros destinados a estudos pastorais, a constituição de bibliotecas e a conveniente orientação de estudos feita por pessoas competentes. Considerem os Bispos, por si ou em mútua colaboração, o modo mais oportuno de fazer com que todos os presbíteros, em tempos determinados, sobretudo nos primeiros anos depois da ordenação (59), possam frequentar algum curso em que lhes seja proporcionada a ocasião não só de adquirir um maior conhecimento dos métodos pastorais e da ciência teológica, mas também de robustecer a sua vida espiritual e comunicar com seus irmãos as experiências apostólicas (60). Com estes e semelhantes auxílios, sejam ajudados ainda os párocos novos e aqueles que são destinados a uma nova obra pastoral, ou que são enviados a outra diocese ou nação."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, os Bispos terão cuidado de que alguns deles se dediquem a um conhecimento mais profundo das coisas divinas, para que nunca faltem mestres idóneos para a formação do clero, e os outros sacerdotes e fiéis sejam ajudados na aquisição da doutrina que lhes é necessária, e se favoreça assim um são progresso nas matérias sagradas, absolutamente necessário à Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Justa remuneração económica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entregues ao serviço de Deus, pelo desempenho do cargo que lhes foi confiado, os presbíteros são merecedores da justa recompensa, visto que «o operário é digno do seu salário» (Lc. 10,7) (61) e «o Senhor ordenou àqueles que anunciam o Evangelho, que vivam do Evangelho» (1 Cor. 9,14). Por isso, onde não se tiver providenciado de outra maneira à justa remuneração dos presbíteros, os mesmos fiéis, em cujo benefício eles trabalham, têm verdadeira obrigação de procurar os meios necessários para que levem uma vida digna e honesta. Os Bispos, por sua vez, estão obrigados a advertir os fiéis desta obrigação e devem procurar, ou cada um na sua diocese, ou mais convenientemente vários, num território comum, que se estabeleçam normas, segundo as quais se proveja devidamente à honesta sustentação daqueles que desempenham ou desempenharam alguma função ao serviço do Povo de Deus. A remuneração, porém, a receber por cada um, tendo em conta a natureza do múnus e as circunstâncias dos tempos e dos lugares, seja fundamentalmente a mesma para todos aqueles que se encontrem nas mesmas condições, e proporcional à sua situação, que lhes permita, além disso, não só prover devidamente à remuneração daqueles que se encontram ao seu serviço, mas também auxiliar por si mesmos de algum modo aos pobres, já que nos primeiros tempos a Igreja teve sempre em grande conta o serviço dos pobres. Esta remuneração deve, além disso, ser tal, que permita aos presbíteros, todos os anos, ter algum tempo de férias, justo e suficiente, que os Bispos devem fazer que lhes seja possível."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É necessário, todavia, dar a principal importância à missão que os ministros sagrados desempenham. Por isso, o chamado sistema beneficial seja abandonado ou, pelo menos, seja reformado de tal maneira que a parte beneficial ou o direito aos rendimentos anexos, se considere secundário, e se dê de direito o lugar de primazia ao próprio ofício eclesiástico, que, de futuro, se deve entender como qualquer múnus conferido estàvelmente a exercer com um fim espiritual."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fundos comuns e previdência social"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tenha-se sempre em conta o exemplo dos fiéis da Igreja primitiva de Jerusalém, em que «todas as coisas eram comuns» (Act. 4,32), mas «repartiam-se cada um segundo a sua necessidade» Act. 4,35). Por isso, convém sumamente, pelo menos nas regiões em que a sustentação do clero depende totalmente ou em grande parte das dádivas dos fiéis, que alguma instituição diocesana reuna os bens oferecidos para este fim, administrada pelo Bispo, com a ajuda de sacerdotes para isso delegados, e, onde a utilidade o pedir, também por leigos, peritos em matéria de economia. É de desejar, além disso, quanto for possível, que, em cada diocese ou região, se constitua um fundo comum de bens, com que os Bispos possam satisfazer a outras obrigações para com as pessoas que servem a Igreja e ocorrer às necessidades da diocese, e com que possam ainda as dioceses mais ricas subsidiar as mais pobres, de tal maneira que a abundância de umas cubra a penúria das outras (62). Este fundo comum convém ser constiuído, primeiro que tudo, pelas ofertas dos fiéis, mas também provir de outras fontes, a determinar pelo direito."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, nas nações em que a previdência social em favor do clero não está ainda devidamente organizada, procurem as Conferências episcopais, tendo em conta as leis eclesiásticas e civis que haja ou instituições diocesanas, federadas entre si, ou instituições também organizadas simultâneamente para várias dioceses, ou ainda uma associação fundada para todo o território, pelas quais, sob a vigilância da Hierarquia, se proveja suficientemente tanto à previdência e assistência da saúde, como costuma dizer-se, como à devida sustentação dos presbíteros que se encontrem doentes, inválidos ou idosos. Os sacerdotes, porém, auxiliem a instituição, movidos pelo espírito de solidariedade para com seus irmãos, participando das suas tribulações (63), considerando, ao mesmo tempo, que desta forma, sem inquietação pela sorte futura, podem cultivar a pobreza com o espírito alegre do Evangelho e dar-se mais plenamente à salvação das almas. Procurem ainda aqueles a quem isso diz respeito, que as instituições do mesmo género, das diversas nações, se agrupem entre si, para conseguirem maior força e se dilatarem mais amplamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSÃO E EXORTAÇÃO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jesus Cristo, força dos presbíteros nas dificuldades actuais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este sagrado Concílio, tendo em conta as alegrias da vida sacerdotal, também não pode esquecer as dificuldades que os presbíteros sofrem, nas circunstâncias da vida moderna. Não ignora quanto as condições económicas e sociais, e mesmo os costumes dos homens, se transformam, e quanto a ordem de valores se modifica no apreço dos homens. Por isso, os ministros da Igreja, e até por vezes os fiéis, sentem-se como que estranhos a este mundo, perguntando-se ansiosamente com que meios idóneos e palavras próprias podem entrar em comunicação com ele. Na verdade, os novos obstáculos que se opõem à fé, a esterilidade aparente do trabalho realizado, e ainda a dura solidão que experimentam, podem levá-los ao perigo do desalento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todavia, o mundo, tal qual hoje é confiado ao amor e ministério dos pastores da Igreja, Deus o amou de tal maneira que deu o Seu Filho unigénito por ele (64). Na verdade, este mundo, ainda que cativo de tantos pecados, mas dotado de não pequenos recursos, oferece à Igreja pedras vivas (65), que são edificadas para habitação de Deus no Espírito (66). O mesmo Espírito Santo, que impele a Igreja a tentar novas vias para o mundo do nosso tempo, sugere e favorece também as convenientes acomodações do ministério sacerdotal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lembrem-se, pois, os presbíteros que no exercício da sua missão nunca estão sós, mas apoiados na força omnipotente de Deus: e assim, com fé em Cristo que os chamou a participar do Seu sacerdócio, dêem-se com toda a confiança ao seu ministério, sabendo que Deus é poderoso para aumentar neles a caridade (67). Lembrem-se ainda que têm os seus irmãos no sacerdócio, e até os fiéis de todo o mundo, associados a si. Na verdade, todos os presbíteros cooperam na execução do plano salvador de Deus, isto é, no mistério de Cristo ou «sacramento» escondido desde os séculos em Deus (68), que se vai realizando gradualmente, pela colaboração dos diversos ministérios para a edificação do corpo de Cristo, até que se complete a medida da sua idade. Todas estas coisas, estando escondidas com Cristo em Deus (69), é sobretudo pela fé que podem ser compreendidas. É necessário o exemplo de Abraão, pai dos crentes, que pela fé «obedeceu em sair para o lugar que havia de receber em herança, e saiu, não sabendo para onde» (Heb. 11,8). Com efeito, o dispenseiro dos mistérios de Deus deve assemelhar-se ao homem que semeia no campo, de quem o Senhor disse: «E durma, e levante-se de dia e de noite, e a semente germina e cresce, sem que ele o saiba» (Mc. 4,27). Para mais, o Senhor Jesus que disse: «Confiai, Eu venci o mundo» (Jo. 16,33), não prometeu à Sua Igreja, com estas palavras, a vitória perfeita, já na terra. Todavia, o sagrado Concílio alegra-se porque a terra semeada pelo Evangelho frutifica em muitas partes pela acção do Espírito do Senhor, que enche todo o mundo e excita no coração de muitos sacerdotes e fiéis o espírito verdadeiramente missionário. Por tudo isto, o sagrado Concílio agradece afectuosamente a todos os presbíteros do mundo. «E Aquele que é poderoso para conceder mais abundantemente do que pedimos ou entendemos, segundo a força que opera em nós, a Ele se dê a glória na Igreja e em Cristo Jesus» (Ef. 3, 20-21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vaticano, 7 de Dezembro de 1965."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAPA PAULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notas"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proémio e Capítulo I"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Vat. II, Const. De Sacra Liturgia, Sacrosanctum Concilium, 4 dez. 1963: AAS 56 (1946), p. 97 s.; Const. dogm. De Ecelesia, Lumen gentium: AAS 57 (1965), p. 5 s.; Decr. De pastorali Episcoporum munere in Ecelesia, Christus Dominus; Decr. De institutione sacerdotali, Optatam totius."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 3,16; Lc. 4,18; Act. 10,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Ped. 2, 5. 9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Ped. 3,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Apoc. 19,10; Cone. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium; n. 35: AAS 57 (1965), p. 40-41."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Trid., sess. XXIII, cap. 1 e can. 1: Denz. 957 e 961 (1764 e 1771)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 20,21; Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 18: AAS 57 (1965), p. 21-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965), p.33-36."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ibid."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pont. Rom., «Ordenação dos Presbíteros», Prefácio. Estas palavras encontram-se já no Sacramentariam Veronense (ed. L. C. Möhlberg, Roma, 1956, p. 122) ; no Missale Francorum (ed. C. MShlberg, Roma, 1957, p. 9) ; no Liber sacramentorum Romanae Ecclesiae (ed. L. C. Möhlberg, Roma, 1960, p. 25); no Pontificale Romanum-germanicum (ed. Vogel-Elze, Cidade do Vaticano, 1963, vol. I, p. 34)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 10: AAS 57 (1965), p. 14-15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 15,16 gr."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 11,26."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Agostinho, De civitat Dei, 10, 6: PL 41, 284."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 15,24."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Hebr. 5, 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Hebr 2,17; 4,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 9, 19-23 Vg."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 13,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este esforço de perfeição religiosa e moral é estimulado cada vez mais até pelas condições externas em que a Igreja age; com efeito, ela não pode ficar imóvel e desinteressada perante as vicissitudes das coisas humanas, que a rodeiam, e de múltiplas maneiras influenciam, modificam e condicionam o seu modo de agir. É bem sabido que a Igreja não está separada do convívio humano, antes se encontra situada nele, e, por isso, os seus filhos são movidos e guiados pelo convívio humano, respiram a sua cultura, obedecem às suas leis, observam os seus costumes. Este contacto, porém, da Igreja com a sociedade humana dá continuamente origem a questões difíceis, que hoje são muitíssimo graves. ( ... ) O Apóstolo das gentes exortava assim os cristãos do seu tempo: não vos sujeiteis ao mesmo jugo com os infiéis. Como podem participar a justiça e a iniquidade? Que sociedade pode haver entre a luz e as trevas?... ou que parte existe entre o fiel e o infiel? (2 Cor. 6, 14-15). Por isso, é necessário que aqueles que hoje são na Igreja educadores e mestres advirtam a juventude católica da sua importantíssima condição e do dever que daí se segue de viver neste mundo mas não segundo o sentir deste mundo, de harmonia com a oração feita por Cristo a favor dos seus discípulos: Não peço que os tires do mundo, assim como eu não sou do mundo (Jo. 17, 15-16). A Igreja faz sua esta oração. Todavia, esta distinção não significa o mesmo que separação; nem revela negligência, medo ou. desprezo. Com efeito, quando a Igreja se distingue do género humano, não se le opõe, antes se une com ele». (Paulo VI, Carta enc. Ecclesiam suam, 6 ago. 1964: AAS 56, (1964), p. 627 e 638)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 12,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 10, 14-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Policarpo, Epíst. aos Filipenses, VI, 1: «E os presbíteros sejam inclinados à compaixão, misericordiosos para com todos, reconduzindo os extraviados, visitando todos os doentes, não esquecendo as viúvas, os órfãos e os pobres; mas solícitos sempre do bem junto de Deus e dos homens, abstendo-se de toda a ira, acepção de pessoas, juizos injustos, afastando para longe toda a avareza, não acreditando fàcilmente contra alguém, não demasiados severos nos juizos, conscientes de que todos somos devedores do pecado» (ed. F. X. Funk, Patres Apostolici, I, p. 273)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo II"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Ped. 1,23; Act. 6,7; 12,24. S. Agostinho, In Ps., 44, 23: PL 36, 508: «Pregaram (os Apóstolos) a palavra de verdade e geraram as Igrejas»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mal. 2,7; 1 Tim. 4, 11-13; 2 Tim. 4,5; Tit. 1,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mc. 16,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 11,7. Acerca dos presbíteros, como cooperadores dos Bispos, valem também aquelas coisas que se dizem dos Bispos. Cfr. Statuta Ecclesiae antiqua, c. 3 (ed. Ch. Munier, Paris, 1960, p. 79) ; Decretum Gratiani, C. 6, D. 88 (ed. Friedberg, I, 307); Conc. Trid., ses. V, Decr. (Conc. Oec. Decreta, ed. Herder Romae, 1962, p. 645) ; 2, n° 9 ses. XXIV, Decr. de reform., c. 4 (p. 739) ; Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecelesia, Lumen gentium, n. 25: AAS 57 (1965), p. 29-31."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Constitutiones Apostolorum, II, 26, 7: «(os presbíteros) sejam mestres da ciência divina, pois foi o Senhor quem os enviou dizendo: Ide, ensinai, etc.» (ed. F. X. Funk, Didascalia et Constitutiones Apostolorum, I, Paderborn, 1905, p. 105). — Sacramentarium Leonianum e os restantes sacramentários até ao Pontificale Romanum, Prefácio na ordenação de Presbíteros: «Com esta providência, Senhor, deste como companheiros aos Apóstolos dc teu Filho os doutores da fé, com os quais eles encheram todo o mundo de novos pregadores (ou pregações)».— Líber Ordinum Liturgiae Mozarabicae, Prefácio na ordenação de Presbíteros: «Doutor dos povos e reitor dos súbditos, mantenha em ordem a fé católica, e anuncie a todos a verdadeira salvação» (ed. M. Pérotin: Le Líber Ordinum en usage dans l'Eglise Wisigothique et Mozarabe d'Espagne: Monumenta Ecclesiae Liturgicae, vol. V. Paris, 1904, col. 55 lin. 4-6"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Gál. 2,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Ped. 2,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rito da ordenação de Presbitero na Igreja alexandrina dos Jacobitas: «...Reúne o teu povo para a palavra de doutrina, como a mãe que alimenta os seus filhinhos» (H. Denzinger, Ritus orientalium, Tom. II, Würzburg, 1863, p. 14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 28,19; Mc. 16,16; Tertuliano, De baptismo, 14,2 (Corpus Christianorum, series latina I, p. 289, 11-13); S. Atanásio, Adv. Arianos, 2, 42: PG 26,237; S. Jerónimo, In Mt., 28,19: PL 26, 218 BC: «Primeiro ensinam todas as gentes, depois baptizam os que já estão ensinados. Não pode o corpo receber o sacramento do Baptismo se a alma não tiver recebido antes a verdade da fé»; S. Tomás, Expositio primae Decretalis, § 1:. «o nosso Salvador, enviando os discipulos a pregar, mandou-lhes três coisas: primeiro, que ensinassem a fé; segundo, que ministrassem os sacramentos aos crentes» (ed. Marietti, Opuscula Theologica, Taurini-Romae, 1954, 1138)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Cone. Vat. II, Const. De Sacra Liturgia, Sacrosanctum Concilium, n. 35, 2: AAS 56 (1964), p. 109."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ibid., n. 33, 35, 48, 52 (p. 108-109; 113; 114)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ibid., n. 7 (p. 100-101); Pio XII, Carta enc. Mystici Corporis, 29 jun. 1943: AAS 35 (1943), p. 230."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Inácio M., Smyrn., 8, 1-2 (ed. F. X. Funk, p. 282, 6-15), Constitutiones Apostolorum, VIII, 12, 3 (ed. F. X. Funk p. 496); VIII, 29, 2 (p. 532)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia Lumen gentium, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965), p. 33-36."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«A Eucaristia é como que a consumação da vida espiritual, e o fim de todos os sacramentos (S. Tomás, Summa Theol. III, q. 73. a. 3 c); cfr. Summa Theol. III, q. 65, a. 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Tomás, Summa Theol. III, q. 65, a. 3, ad 1; q. 79, a. 1 c. e ad 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 5, 19-20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Jerónimo, Epist. 114, 2: «...os cálices sagrados, os véus sagrados e as outras coisas que pertencem ao culto da Paixão do Senhor... devem ser venerados com o mesmo respeito tributado ao Corpo e Sangue do Senhor, em virtude de terem tocado no Corpo e no Sangue do Senhor» (PL. 22, 934). Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. De Sacra Liturgia, Sacrosanctum Concilium, n. 122-127: AAS 56 (1964), p. 130-132."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além disso, não deixem de fazer, algumas vezes, a visita ao Santíssimo Sacramento, que deve ser conservado no lugar mais nobre possível e com a maior honra possível nas igrejas segundo as leis litúrgicas; será uma prova de gratidão para com Cristo Senhor ali presente, penhor de amor e ofício de adoração devida» (Paulo VI, Encícl. Mysterium fidei, 3 set. 1965: AAS 57 (1965), p. 771)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965), p. 33-36."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 10,8; 13,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Gál. 1,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 4,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Didascalia, II, 34,3; II, 46,6; II, 47,1; Constitutiones Apostolorum, II, 47, 1 (ed. F. X. Funk, Didascalia et Constitutiones, I, p. 116, 142 e 143)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Gál. 4,3; 5,1 e 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Jerónimo, Epist. 58,7: PL 22, 584: «Que utilidade há em que as paredes brilhem de pedras preciosas, e Cristo morra no pobre?»"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1Ped. 4, 10 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 25, 34-35."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Lc. 4,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Podem nomear-se outras categorias, por ex. os emigrantes, os nómadas etc. Deles trata o Conc. Vat. II no Decreto Christus Dominus, acerca do múnus pastoral dos Bispos na Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Didascalia, II, 59, 1-3: «Ao ensinar, manda e exorta o povo a frequentar a igreja e a nunca faltar, mas sim a vir sempre e a não diminuir a igreja, quando se retiram, e a diminuir um membro ao corpo de Cristo... Sendo membros de Cristo, não queirais separar-vos da igreja, quando não vos juntais; pois, tendo Cristo vossa cabeça, segundo a sua promessa, presente e em comunicação convosco, não queirais desprezar-vos a vós mesmos, nem separeis o salvador dos seus membros nem dividais nem disperseis o seu corpo ...» (ed. F. X. Funk, I, 170); Paulo VI, Alocução aos sacerdotes italianos que tomaram parte na 3ª Assembleia realizada durante uma semana em Orvieto, sobre a «actualização pastoral», 6 set. 1963: AAS 55 (1963), p. 750 s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 28: AAS 57 (1965), p. 35."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. a chamada Constitutio Ecclesiastica Apostolorum, XVIII: «os Presbíteros são symmystai e synepimachoi dos Bispos (ed. Th. Schermann, Die allgemeine Kirchenordnung, I, Paderbon, 1914, p. 26; A. Harnack, T. u. U. II, 5, p. 13, n. 18 e 19) ; Pseudo-Jerónimo, De Septem Ordinibus Ecclesiae: « ... na bênção são participantes dos ministérios juntamente com os Bispos» (ed. A. W. Kalff, Würzburg 1937, p. 45) ; S. Isidoro de Sevilha, De Ecciesiasticis Officiis, II, c. VII: «Presidem à Igreja de Cristo e na confecção do Corpo e do Sangue são participantes juntamente com os Bispos, bem como na doutrinação dos povos e no ofício de pregar» (PL 83, 787)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Didascalia, II, 28, 4 (ed. F. X. Funk, p. 108); Constitutiones Apostolorum, II, 28,4; II, 34,3 (ibid. p. 109 e 117)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ibid., VIII, 16, 4 (ed. F. X. Funk, I, p. 523); cfr. Epitome Const. Apost., VI (ibid. II, p. 80, 34); Testamentum Domini: «...dá-lhe o Espírito de graça, de conselho, e de magnanimidade, o espírito de presbiterado... para ajudar e governar o teu povo em obras com temor e coração puro» (trad. I. E. Rahmani, Mogúncia, 1899, p. 69). Igualmente, na Trad. Apost. (ed. B. Botte, La Tradition Apostolique, Münster i. W., 1963, p. 20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Núm. 11, 16-25."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pont. Rom., «Ordenação de Presbítero», Prefácio; estas palavras encontram-se já no Sacramentarium Leonianum, Sacramentarium Gelasianum e Sacramentarium Gregorianum. Encontram-se palavras semelhantes nas Liturgias Orientais: Cfr. Trad. Apost.: «...olha para este teu servo, e dá-lhe o espírito de graça e de conselho, para que ajude os presbíteros e governe o teu povo com coração puro, assim como olhaste para o povo da tua eleição e mandaste a Moisés que escolhesse presbíteros que tu encheste com o teu espírito que deste ao teu servo» (da antiga versão latina Veronense, ed. B. Botte, La Tradition Apostolique de S. Hippolyte. Essai de reconstruction, Münster i. W.. 1963, p. 20); Const. Apost. VIII, 16,4 (ed. F. X. Funk, I, p. 522, 16-17); Epit. Const. Apost. VI (ed. F. X. Funk, II, p. 80, 5-7); Testamentum Domini (trad. I. E. Rahmani, Mogúncia, 1899, p. 69) ; Euchologium- Serapionis, XXVII (ed. F. X. Funk, Didascalia et Constitutiones, II, p. 190, lin. 1-7); Ritus Ordinationis in ritu Maronitarum (trad. H. Denzinger, Ritus Orientalium, II, Würzburg, 1863, p. 161). Entre os Padres, podem citar-se: Teodoro de Mopsuesta, In 1 Tim. 3,8 (ed. Swete, II, p. 119-121); Teodoreto, Quaestiones in Numeros, XVIII (PG 80, 372 B)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. João XXIII, Encícl. Sacerdotii nostri primordia., 1 ago. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 576; S. Pio X, Exortação ao Clero Haerent animo, 4 ago. 1908: S. Pii X Acta, vol. IV (1908), p. 237s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decr. De pastorali Episcoporum munere in Ecclesia, Christus Dominus, n. 15 e 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No Direito em vigor já se fala do Cabido catedral, como «senado e conselho» do Bispo (C. 1. C., c. -391), ou, na sua falta, do grupo dos consultores diocesanos (cfr. C. I. C. cc. 423-428). Deseja-se, todavia, que estas instituições sejam revistas de tal modo que se providencie melhor às circunstâncias e necessidades actuais. É claro que este grupo de Presbíteros difere do Conselho pastoral de que fala o Conc. Vat. II no Decreto Christus Dominus, acerca do múnus pastoral dos Bispos na Igreja, 28 out. 1965, n. 27, a que pertencem também os leigos, e a quem pertence apenas investigar o que diz respeito às obras pastorais. Acerca dos Presbíteros como conselheiros dos Bispos, podem ver-se: Didascalia, II, 28, 4 (ed. F. X. Funk, I, p. 108) ; Const. Apost., II, 28, 4 (ed. F. X. Funk, I, p. 109) ; S. Inácio M., Magn. 6,1 (ed. F. X. Funk, p. 194) ; Trall. 3,1 (ed. F. X. Funk, p. 204) ; Orígenes, Contra Celsum, III, 30: Os Presbíteros são conselheiros ou boúleytai (PG 11, 957 D - 960 A)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Inácio M., Magn. 6,1: «Exorto-vos a que procureis fazer tudo na concórdia de Deus, estando o Bispo em lugar de Deus, os presbiteros em lugar do senado apostólico, e tendo sido confiado aos diáconos muito meus amados o ministério de Jesus Cristo que estava desde toda a eternidade junto do Pai e depois apareceu» (ed. F. X. Funk, p. 195). S. Inácio M., Trall. 3,1: «Todos igualmente respeitem os diáconos como a Jesus Cristo, assim como ao Bispo, que é o representante do Pai; aos presbíteros, porém, como senado de Deus e Conselho dos apóstols: sem eles, a Igreja não se pode chamar igreja» (ibid. p. 204) ; S. Jerónimo, In Isaiam, II, 3 (PL 24, 61 D): «E nós temos na Igreja o nosso senado, o corpo dos presbíteros»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Paulo VI, Alocução aos párocos de Roma e pregadores quaresmais na capela Sixtina, 1 março 1965: AAS 57 (1965), p. 326."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Const. Apost., VIII, 47, 39: «Os presbíteros... nada façam sem o parecer do Bispo; a ele é que foi confiado o povo do Senhor e a ele serão pedidas contas pelas almas» (ed. F. X. Funk, p. 577)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 3 Jo. 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 17,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Hebr. 13, 1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Hebr. 13,16"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 5,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Tess. 2,12; Col. 1,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 23,8; «Depois, é preciso que pelo facto de desejarmos ser pastores, pais e mestres dos homens, por isso mesmo procedamos como seus irmãos (Paulo VI, Encícl. Ecclesiam suam, 6 ago. 1964: AAS 58 (1964), p. 647."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 4,7 e 16; Const. Apost., VIII, 1,20: «Mais ainda: nem o Bispo se levante sobre os diáconos ou presbíteros, nem os presbíteros sobre o povo, porque duns e doutros se forma o conjunto do corpo» (ed. F. X. Funk, I, 467)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Fil. 2,21."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "54 Cfr. 1 Jo. 4,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "55 Cfr. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 37: AAS 57 (1965), p. 42-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "56 Cfr. Ef. 4,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decreto De Oecumenismo, Unitatis redintegratio: AAS 57 (1965), p. 90s."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia Lumen gentium, n. 37: AAS 57 (1965), p. 42-43."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Hebr. 7,3."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Lc. 10,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Ped. 2,25."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 20,28."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 9,36."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pont. Rom., «Ordenação dos Presbiteros»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decr. De institutione sacerdotali Optatam totius, n. 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«A voz de Deus que chama, exprime-se de dois modos diversos, maravilhosos e convergentes: um interior, o da graça, o do Espirito Santo, o inefável da fascinação interior que a «voz silenciosa» e poderosa do Senhor exercita nas insondáveis profundezas da alma humana; e um exterior, humano, sensível, social, jurídico, concreto, o do ministro qualificado da Palavra de Deus, o do apóstolo, o da Hierarquia, instrumento indispensável, instituído e querido por Cristo, como veículo encarregado de traduzir em linguagem perceptível a mensagem do Verbo e do preceito divino. Assim ensina com S. Paulo a doutrina católica: como ouvirão sem terem quem lhes pague... A fé vem pelo ouvido (Rom. 10,14 e 17)»: Paulo VI, alocução, 5 maio 1965: L'Osservatore Romano, 6 maio 1965, p. 1)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decr. De institutione sacerdotali, Optatam totius, n. 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Isto ensinam os Santos Padres, quando explicam as palavras de Cristo a Pedro: «Amas-me?... Apascenta as minhas ovelhas» (Jo. 21,17): assim S. João Crisóstomo, De sacerdotio, II, 1-2 (PG 47-48, 633); S. Gregório Magno, Reg. Past. Liber, P. I. c. 5 (PL 77, 19 a.)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Capítulo III"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 12,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encicl. Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20 dez, 1935: AAS 28 (1936), p. 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 10,36."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Lc. 24,26."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 4,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6 Cfr. 2 Cor., 3, 8-9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. entre outros documentos: S. Pio X, Exortação ao clero Haerent animo, 4 ago. 1908: S. Pio X Acta, vol. IV (1908), p. 237 ss.; Pio XI, Encícl. Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20 dez. 1935: AAS 28 (1936), p. 5ss.; Pio XII, Exortação apost. Menti nostrae, 23 seta 1950: AAS 42 (1950), p. 657 ss.; João XIII, Encícl. Sacerdotii nostri primordia. 1 ago. 1959: AAS 51 (1959), p. 545 ss."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Tomás, Summa Theol., II-II, q. 188, a. 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Hebr. 3, 9-10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 16,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor, 4,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 3,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pont. Rom., «Da ordenação dos Presbíteros»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Missale Romanum, oração sobre as oblatas no IX domingo depois do Pentecostes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Com efeito, qualquer missa, embora seja celebrada pelo sacerdote em particular, não é privada, mas sim acto de Cristo e da Igreja; a Igreja, no sacrifício que oferece, aprende a ofercer-se a si mesma como sacrifício universal e aplica para salvação de todo o mundo a única e infinita virtude redentora do sacrifício da Cruz. Cada missa que se celebra, não se oferece só pela salvação de alguns, mas pela salvação de todo o mundo ( ... ) Recomendamos, por isso, paternal e veementemente aos sacerdotes, que são a nossa alegria e a nossa coroa no Senhor, que celebrem todos os dias digna e devotamente» (Paulo VI, Encícl. Mysterium fidei, 3 set. 1965: AAS 57 (1965), p. 761-762); Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. De Sacra Liturgia, Sacrosantum Concilium, n. 26 e 27: AAS 56 (1964), p. 107."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 10,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 1,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 1,4."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 10,3."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 3,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 4,34."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Jo. 3,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«Seja ofício de amor apascentar o rebanho do Senhor» (S. Agostinho, Tract. in Jo., 123, 5: PL 35, 1967)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Gál. 2,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 7,4."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 4,34; 5,30; 6,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef, 5,10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 20,22."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor, 12,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 4, 11-16. ."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 19,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Cone. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 42: AAS 57 (1965), p. 47-49."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Tim. 3, 2-5; Tit. 1,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pio XI, Encícl. Ad Catholici sacerdotii, 20 dez. 1935: AAS 28 (1936), p. 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 7, 32-34."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 11,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De Ecclesia, Lumen gentium, n. 42 e 44: AAS 57 (1965), p. 47-49 e 50-51; Decreto De accommodata renovatione vitae Ad catholici sacerdotii, 20 dez. 1935: AAS 28 (1936), p. 24-28; Pio XII, Encícl. religiosae, Perfectae caritatis, n. 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Lc. 20, 35-36; Pio XI, Encícl. Sacra Virginitas, 25 março 1954: AAS 46 (1954), p. 169-172."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 19,11:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 17, 14-16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 7,31."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Antioch., can, 25: Mansi, 2, 1327-1328; Decretum Gratiani, c. 23, c. 12, q. 1 (ed. Friedberg, I, 684-685)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Isto entende-se sobretudo dos direitos e dos costumes em vigor nas Igrejas Orientais."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Paris. a. 829, can. 15: MGH Legum sect. III, Concilia, t. 2, p. 622; Conc. Trid., ses. XXV, Decr. de reform., c. 1: Conc. Dec. Decreta, ed. Herder, Roma, 1962, p. 760-761."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ps. 62, 11 Vg. 61."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 8,9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act, 8, 18-25."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Fil. 4,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 2, 42-47."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Le. 4,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. CIC, can. 125 s,"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decr. De accommodata renovatione vitae religiosae, Perfectae caritatis, n. 7; Const"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De ecclesia Lumen gentium, n. 65: AAS 57 (1965), p. 64-65."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pont. Rom., «ordenação dos Presbiteros»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Const. dogm. De divina Revelatione, Dei Verbum, n. 25."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este curso não é o mesmo que aquele curso pastoral que deve ser feito logo a seguir à ordenação, de que fala o Decreto De institutione sacerdotali, Optatam totius,"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Vat. II, Decr. De pastorali Episcoporum munere in Ecclesia, Christus Dominus, n. 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 10,10; 1 Cor. 9,7; 1 Tim. 5,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 8,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Fil. 4,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 3,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Ped. 2,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 2,22."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Pont. Rom., «Ordenação dos Presbíteros»."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Col. 3,3."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "sacrosanctum-concilium",
      "council": 21,
      "title": "Sacrosanctum Concilium",
      "type": "Constitution",
      "date": "1963-12-04",
      "languages": {
        "de": {
          "code": "de",
          "label": "Deutsch",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19631204_sacrosanctum-concilium_ge.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-06-vat-ii_const_19631204_sacrosanctum-concilium_ge.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "KONSTITUTION ÜBER DIE HEILIGE LITURGIE SACROSANCTUM CONCILIUM"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Heilige Konzil hat sich zum Ziel gesetzt, das christliche Leben unter den Gläubigen mehr und mehr zu vertiefen, die dem Wechsel unterworfenen Einrichtungen den Notwendigkeiten unseres Zeitalters besser anzupassen, zu fördern, was immer zur Einheit aller, die an Christus glauben, beitragen kann, und zu stärken, was immer helfen kann, alle in den Schoß der Kirche zu rufen. Darum hält es das Konzil auch in besonderer Weise für seine Aufgabe, sich um Erneuerung und Pflege der Liturgie zu sorgen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In der Liturgie, besonders im heiligen Opfer der Eucharistie, \"vollzieht sich\" \"das Werk unserer Erlösung\" (1), und so trägt sie in höchstem Maße dazu bei, daß das Leben der Gläubigen Ausdruck und Offenbarung des Mysteriums Christi und des eigentlichen Wesens der wahren Kirche wird, der es eigen ist, zugleich göttlich und menschlich zu sein, sichtbar und mit unsichtbaren Gütern ausgestattet, voll Eifer der Tätigkeit hingegeben und doch frei für die Beschauung, in der Welt zugegen und doch unterwegs; und zwar so, daß dabei das Menschliche auf das Göttliche hingeordnet und ihm untergeordnet ist, das Sichtbare auf das Unsichtbare, die Tätigkeit auf die Beschauung, das Gegenwärtige auf die künftige Stadt, die wir suchen (2). Dabei baut die Liturgie täglich die, welche drinnen sind, zum heiligen Tempel im Herrn auf, zur Wohnung Gottes im Geist (3) bis zum Maße des Vollalters Christi (4). Zugleich stärkt sie wunderbar deren Kräfte, daß sie Christus verkünden. So stellt sie denen, die draußen sind, die Kirche vor Augen als Zeichen, das aufgerichtet ist unter den Völkern (5). Unter diesem sollen sich die zerstreuten Söhne Gottes zur Einheit sammeln (6), bis eine Herde und ein Hirt wird (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Darum beschließt das Heilige Konzil, für die Förderung und Erneuerung der Liturgie folgende Grundsätze ins Gedächtnis zu rufen und praktische Richtlinien aufzustellen. Unter diesen Grundsätzen und Richtlinien sind manche, die sowohl auf den römischen Ritus wie auf alle Riten angewandt werden können und müssen. Indes sind die folgenden praktischen Richtlinien so zu verstehen, daß sie nur für den römischen Ritus gelten, es sei denn, es handle sich um Normen, die aus der Natur der Sache auch die anderen Riten angehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Treu der Überlieferung erklärt das Heilige Konzil schließlich, daß die heilige Mutter Kirche allen rechtlich anerkannten Riten gleiches Recht und gleiche Ehre zuerkennt. Es ist ihr Wille, daß diese Riten in Zukunft erhalten und in jeder Weise gefördert werden, und es ist ihr Wunsch, daß sie, soweit es not tut, in ihrem ganzen Umfang gemäß dem Geist gesunder Überlieferung überprüft und im Hinblick auf die Verhältnisse und Notwendigkeiten der Gegenwart mit neuer Kraft ausgestattet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ALLGEMEINE GRUNDSÄTZE ZUR ERHEBUNG UND FÖRDERUNG DER HEILIGEN LITURGIE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Das Wesen der heiligen Liturgie und ihre Bedeutung für das Leben der Kirche"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gott, der \"will, daß alle Menschen gerettet werden und zur Erkenntnis der Wahrheit gelangen\" (1 Tim 2,4), \"hat in früheren Zeiten vielfach und auf vielerlei Weise durch die Propheten zu den Vätern gesprochen\" (Hebr 1,1). Als aber die Fülle der Zeiten kam, sandte er seinen Sohn, das Wort, das Fleisch angenommen hat und mit dem Heiligen Geist gesalbt worden ist, den Armen das Evangelium zu predigen und zu heilen, die zerschlagenen Herzens sind (8), \"den Arzt für Leib und Seele\" (9), den Mittler zwischen Gott und den Menschen (10). Denn seine Menschheit war in der Einheit mit der Person des Wortes Werkzeug unseres Heils. So ist in Christus \"hervorgetreten unsere vollendete Versöhnung in Gnaden, und in ihm ist uns geschenkt die Fülle des göttlichen Dienstes\" (11). Dieses Werk der Erlösung der Menschen und der vollendeten Verherrlichung Gottes, dessen Vorspiel die göttlichen Machterweise am Volk des Alten Bundes waren, hat Christus, der Herr, erfüllt, besonders durch das Pascha-Mysterium: sein seliges Leiden, seine Auferstehung von den Toten und seine glorreiche Himmelfahrt. In diesem Mysterium \"hat er durch sein Sterben unseren Tod vernichtet und durch sein Auferstehen das Leben neugeschaffen\" (12). Denn aus der Seite des am Kreuz entschlafenen Christus ist das wunderbare Geheimnis der ganzen Kirche hervorgegangen (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wie daher Christus vom Vater gesandt ist, so hat er selbst die vom Heiligen Geist erfüllten Apostel gesandt, nicht nur das Evangelium aller Kreatur zu verkünden (14), die Botschaft, daß der Sohn Gottes uns durch seinen Tod und seine Auferstehung der Macht des Satans entrissen (15) und in das Reich des Vaters versetzt hat, sondern auch das von ihnen verkündete Heilswerk zu vollziehen durch Opfer und Sakrament, um die das ganze liturgische Leben kreist. So werden die Menschen durch die Taufe in das Pascha-Mysterium Christi eingefügt. Mit Christus gestorben, werden sie mit ihm begraben und mit ihm auferweckt (16). Sie empfangen den Geist der Kindschaft, \"in dem wir Abba, Vater, rufen\" (Röm 8,15) und werden so zu wahren Anbetern, wie der Vater sie sucht (17). Ebenso verkünden sie, sooft sie das Herrenmahl genießen, den Tod des Herrn, bis er wiederkommt (18). Deswegen wurden am Pfingstfest, an dem die Kirche in der Welt offenbar wurde, \"diejenigen getauft, die das Wort\" des Petrus \"annahmen\". Und \"sie verharrten in der Lehre der Apostel, in der Gemeinschaft des Brotbrechens, im Gebet ... sie lobten Gott und fanden Gnade bei allem Volk\" (Apg 2,41-47). Seither hat die Kirche niemals aufgehört, sich zur Feier des Pascha-Mysteriums zu versammeln, dabei zu lesen, \"was in allen Schriften von ihm geschrieben steht\" (Lk 24,27), die Eucharistie zu feiern, in der \"Sieg und Triumph seines Todes dargestellt werden\" (19), und zugleich \"Gott für die unsagbar große Gabe dankzusagen\" (2 Kor 9,15), in Christus Jesus \"zum Lob seiner Herrlichkeit\" (Eph 1,12). All das aber geschieht in der Kraft des Heiligen Geistes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um dieses große Werk voll zu verwirklichen, ist Christus seiner Kirche immerdar gegenwärtig, besonders in den liturgischen Handlungen. Gegenwärtig ist er im Opfer der Messe sowohl in der Person dessen, der den priesterlichen Dienst vollzieht - denn \"derselbe bringt das Opfer jetzt dar durch den Dienst der Priester, der sich einst am Kreuz selbst dargebracht hat\" (20) -, wie vor allem unter den eucharistischen Gestalten. Gegenwärtig ist er mit seiner Kraft in den Sakramenten, so daß, wenn immer einer tauft, Christus selber tauft (21). Gegenwärtig ist er in seinem Wort, da er selbst spricht, wenn die heiligen Schriften in der Kirche gelesen werden. Gegenwärtig ist er schließlich, wenn die Kirche betet und singt, er, der versprochen hat:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Wo zwei oder drei versammelt sind in meinem Namen, da bin ich mitten unter ihnen\" (Mt 18,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In der Tat gesellt sich Christus in diesem großen Werk, in dem Gott vollkommen verherrlicht und die Menschheit geheiligt werden, immer wieder die Kirche zu, seine geliebte Braut. Sie ruft ihren Herrn an, und durch ihn huldigt sie dem ewigen Vater. Mit Recht gilt also die Liturgie als Vollzug des Priesteramtes Jesu Christi; durch sinnenfällige Zeichen wird in ihr die Heiligung des Menschen bezeichnet und in je eigener Weise bewirkt und vom mystischen Leib Jesu Christi, d.h. dem Haupt und den Gliedern, der gesamte öffentliche Kult vollzogen. Infolgedessen ist jede liturgische Feier als Werk Christi, des Priesters, und seines Leibes, der die Kirche ist, in vorzüglichem Sinn heilige Handlung, deren Wirksamkeit kein anderes Tun der Kirche an Rang und Maß erreicht."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In der irdischen Liturgie nehmen wir vorauskostend an jener himmlischen Liturgie teil, die in der heiligen Stadt Jerusalem gefeiert wird, zu der wir pilgernd unterwegs sind, wo Christus sitzt zur Rechten Gottes, der Diener des Heiligtums und des wahren Zeltes (22). In der irdischen Liturgie singen wir dem Herrn mit der ganzen Schar des himmlischen Heeres den Lobgesang der Herrlichkeit. In ihr verehren wir das Gedächtnis der Heiligen und erhoffen Anteil und Gemeinschaft mit ihnen. In ihr erwarten wir den Erlöser, unseren Herrn Jesus Christus, bis er erscheint als unser Leben und wir mit ihm erscheinen in Herrlichkeit (23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In der heiligen Liturgie erschöpft sich nicht das ganze Tun der Kirche; denn ehe die Menschen zur Liturgie hintreten können, müssen sie zu Glauben und Bekehrung gerufen werden: \"Wie sollen sie den anrufen, an den sie nicht glauben? Wie sollen sie an den glauben, von dem sie nichts gehört haben? Wie sollen sie aber hören ohne Prediger? Doch wie sollen sie predigen, wenn sie nicht gesandt sind?\" (Röm 10,14-15). Darum verkündet die Kirche denen, die nicht glauben, die Botschaft des Heils, damit alle Menschen den allein wahren Gott erkennen und den, den er gesandt hat, Jesus Christus, und daß sie sich bekehren von ihren Wegen und Buße tun (24). Denen aber, die schon glauben, muß sie immer wieder Glauben und Buße verkünden und sie überdies für die Sakramente bereiten. Sie muß sie lehren, alles zu halten, was immer Christus gelehrt hat (25), und sie ermuntern zu allen Werken der Liebe, der Frömmigkeit und des Apostolates. Durch solche Werke soll offenbar werden, daß die Christgläubigen zwar nicht von dieser Welt sind, daß sie aber Licht der Welt sind und den Vater vor den Menschen verherrlichen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dennoch ist die Liturgie der Höhepunkt, dem das Tun der Kirche zustrebt, und zugleich die Quelle, aus der all ihre Kraft strömt. Denn die apostolische Arbeit ist darauf hingeordnet, daß alle, durch Glauben und Taufe Kinder Gottes geworden, sich versammeln, inmitten der Kirche Gott loben, am Opfer teilnehmen und das Herrenmahl genießen. Andererseits treibt die Liturgie die Gläubigen an, daß sie, mit den \"österlichen Geheimnissen\" gesättigt, \"in Liebe eines Herzens sind\" (26); sie betet, daß sie \"im Leben festhalten, was sie im Glauben empfangen haben\" (27); wenn der Bund Gottes mit den Menschen in der Feier der Eucharistie neu bekräftigt wird, werden die Gläubigen von der drängenden Liebe Christi angezogen und entzündet. Aus der Liturgie, besonders aus der Eucharistie, fließt uns wie aus einer Quelle die Gnade zu; in höchstem Maß werden in Christus die Heiligung der Menschen und die Verherrlichung Gottes verwirklicht, auf die alles Tun der Kirche als auf sein Ziel hinstrebt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit aber dieses Vollmaß der Verwirklichung erreicht wird, ist es notwendig, daß die Gläubigen mit recht bereiteter Seele zur heiligen Liturgie hinzutreten, daß ihr Herz mit der Stimme zusammenklinge und daß sie mit der himmlischen Gnade zusammenwirken, um sie nicht vergeblich zu empfangen (28). Darum sollen die Seelsorger bei liturgischen Handlungen darüber wachen, daß nicht bloß die Gesetze des gültigen und erlaubten Vollzugs beachtet werden, sondern auch daß die Gläubigen bewußt, tätig und mit geistlichem Gewinn daran teilnehmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das geistliche Leben deckt sich aber nicht schlechthin mit der Teilnahme an der heiligen Liturgie. Der Christ ist zwar berufen, in Gemeinschaft zu beten, doch muß er auch in sein Kämmerlein gehen und den Vater im Verborgenen anbeten (29), ja ohne Unterlaß beten, wie der Apostel mahnt (30). Der gleiche Apostel lehrt uns, daß wir allezeit das Sterben Jesu an unserem Leibe tragen, auf daß auch das Leben Jesu offenbar werde an unserem sterblichen Fleische (31). Deshalb flehen wir beim Opfer der Messe zum Herrn, daß er \"die geistliche Gabe annehme und sich uns selbst zu einem ewigen Opfer\" vollende (32)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Andachtsübungen des christlichen Volkes werden sehr empfohlen, sofern sie den Vorschriften und Regeln der Kirche entsprechen. Das gilt besonders, wenn sie vom Apostolischen Stuhl angeordnet sind. Besonderer Würde erfreuen sich auch die gottesdienstlichen Feiern der Teilkirchen, die gemäß Gewohnheit oder nach rechtlich anerkannten Büchern in bischöflichem Auftrag gehalten werden. Diese Übungen und Feiern sollen indes die liturgische Zeit gebührend berücksichtigen und so geordnet sein, daß sie mit der heiligen Liturgie zusammenstimmen, gewissermaßen aus ihr herausfließen und das Volk zu ihr hinführen; denn sie steht von Natur aus weit über ihnen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Liturgische Ausbildung und tätige Teilnahme"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Mutter Kirche wünscht sehr, alle Gläubigen möchten zu der vollen, bewußten und tätigen Teilnahme an den liturgischen Feiern geführt werden, wie sie das Wesen der Liturgie selbst verlangt und zu der das christliche Volk, \"das auserwählte Geschlecht, das königliche Priestertum, der heilige Stamm, das Eigentumsvolk\" (1 Petr 2,9; vgl. 2,4-5) kraft der Taufe berechtigt und verpflichtet ist. Diese volle und tätige Teilnahme des ganzen Volkes ist bei der Erneuerung und Förderung der heiligen Liturgie aufs stärkste zu beachten, ist sie doch die erste und unentbehrliche Quelle, aus der die Christen wahrhaft christlichen Geist schöpfen sollen. Darum ist sie in der ganzen seelsorglichen Arbeit durch gebührende Unterweisung von den Seelsorgern gewissenhaft anzustreben. Es besteht aber keine Hoffnung auf Verwirklichung dieser Forderung, wenn nicht zuerst die Seelsorger vom Geist und von der Kraft der Liturgie tief durchdrungen sind und in ihr Lehrmeister werden. Darum ist es dringend notwendig, daß für die liturgische Bildung des Klerus gründlich gesorgt wird. Deswegen hat das Heilige Konzil folgende Bestimmungen zu treffen beschlossen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Dozenten für das Fach Liturgiewissenschaft in den Seminarien, in den Studienhäusern der Orden und an den Theologischen Fakultäten sollen für ihr Amt durch Einrichtungen, die eigens dazu bestimmt sind, eine gediegene Ausbildung erhalten."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Lehrfach Liturgiewissenschaft ist in den Seminarien und den Studienhäusern der Orden zu den notwendigen. und wichtigen Fächern und an den Theologischen Fakultäten zu den Hauptfächern zu rechnen. Es ist sowohl unter theologischem und historischem wie auch unter geistlichem, seelsorglichem und rechtlichem Gesichtspunkt zu behandeln. Darüber hinaus mögen die Dozenten der übrigen Fächer, insbesondere die der dogmatischen Theologie, die der Heiligen Schrift, der Theologie des geistlichen Lebens und der Pastoraltheologie, von den inneren Erfordernissen je ihres eigenen Gegenstandes aus das Mysterium Christi und die Heilsgeschichte so herausarbeiten, daß von da aus der Zusammenhang mit der Liturgie und die Einheit der priesterlichen Ausbildung deutlich aufleuchtet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kleriker in den Seminarien und Ordenshäusern sollen eine liturgische Formung des geistlichen Lebens erhalten, und zwar durch eine geeignete Anleitung, damit sie die heiligen Riten verstehen und aus ganzem Herzen mitvollziehen können, dann aber auch durch die Feier der heiligen Mysterien selbst und durch die anderen vom Geist der heiligen Liturgie durchdrungenen Frömmigkeitsformen. Weiter sollen sie die Beobachtung der liturgischen Gesetze lernen. So soll das Leben in den Seminarien und Ordensinstituten durch und durch vom Geist der Liturgie geformt sein."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Welt- und Ordenspriester, die schon im Weinberg des Herrn arbeiten, sollen mit allen geeigneten Mitteln Hilfe erhalten, damit sie immer voller erkennen, was sie im heiligen Vollzug tun, damit sie ein liturgisches Leben führen und es mit den ihnen anvertrauten Gläubigen teilen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Seelsorger sollen eifrig und geduldig bemüht sein um die liturgische Bildung und die tätige Teilnahme der Gläubigen, die innere und die äußere, je nach deren Alter, Verhältnissen, Art des Lebens und Grad der religiösen Entwicklung. Damit erfüllen sie eine der vornehmsten Aufgaben des treuen Spenders der Geheimnisse Gottes. Sie sollen ihre Herde dabei nicht bloß mit dem Wort, sondern auch durch das Beispiel führen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Übertragung heiliger Handlungen durch Rundfunk und Fernsehen soll, besonders wenn es sich um die heilige Eucharistie handelt, taktvoll und würdig geschehen, und zwar unter der Leitung und Verantwortung einer geeigneten Persönlichkeit, die für diese Aufgabe von den Bischöfen bestimmt ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. Die Erneuerung der heiligen Liturgie"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit das christliche Volk in der heiligen Liturgie die Fülle der Gnaden mit größerer Sicherheit erlange, ist es der Wunsch der heiligen Mutter Kirche, eine allgemeine Erneuerung der Liturgie sorgfältig in die Wege zu leiten. Denn die Liturgie enthält einen kraft göttlicher Einsetzung unveränderlichen Teil und Teile, die dem Wandel unterworfen sind. Diese Teile können sich im Laufe der Zeit ändern, oder sie müssen es sogar, wenn sich etwas in sie eingeschlichen haben sollte, was der inneren Wesensart der Liturgie weniger entspricht oder wenn sie sich als weniger geeignet herausgestellt haben. Bei dieser Erneuerung sollen Texte und Riten so geordnet werden, daß sie das Heilige, dem sie als Zeichen dienen, deutlicher zum Ausdruck bringen, und so, daß das christliche Volk sie möglichst leicht erfassen und in voller, tätiger und gemeinschaftlicher Teilnahme mitfeiern kann. Zu diesem Zweck hat das Heilige Konzil folgende allgemeinere Regeln aufgestellt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A) Allgemeine Regeln"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 2. Auch den rechtmäßig konstituierten, für bestimmte Gebiete zuständigen Bischofsvereinigungen verschiedener Art steht es auf Grund einer vom Recht gewährten Vollmacht zu, innerhalb festgelegter Grenzen die Liturgie zu ordnen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit die gesunde Überlieferung gewahrt bleibe und dennoch einem berechtigten Fortschritt die Tür aufgetan werde, sollen jeweils gründliche theologische, historische und pastorale Untersuchungen vorausgehen, wenn die einzelnen Teile der Liturgie revidiert werden. Darüber hinaus sind sowohl die allgemeinen Gestalt- und Sinngesetze der Liturgie zu beachten als auch die Erfahrungen, die aus der jüngsten Liturgiereform und den weithin schon gewährten Indulten gewonnen wurden. Schließlich sollen keine Neuerungen eingeführt werden, es sei denn, ein wirklicher und sicher zu erhoffender Nutzen der Kirche verlange es. Dabei ist Sorge zu tragen, daß die neuen Formen aus den schon bestehenden gewissermaßen organisch herauswachsen. Auch soll nach Möglichkeit verhütet werden, daß sich zwischen den Riten benachbarter Gebiete auffallend starke Unterschiede ergeben."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Von größtem Gewicht für die Liturgiefeier ist die Heilige Schrift. Aus ihr werden nämlich Lesungen vorgetragen und in der Homilie ausgedeutet, aus ihr werden Psalmen gesungen, unter ihrem Anhauch und Antrieb sind liturgische Gebete, Orationen und Gesänge geschaffen worden, und aus ihr empfangen Handlungen und Zeichen ihren Sinn. Um daher Erneuerung, Fortschritt und Anpassung der heiligen Liturgie voranzutreiben, muß jenes innige und lebendige Ergriffensein von der Heiligen Schrift gefördert werden, von dem die ehrwürdige Überlieferung östlicher und westlicher Riten zeugt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die liturgischen Bücher sollen baldigst revidiert werden; dazu sollen aus den verschiedenen Gebieten des Erdkreises Fachleute herangezogen und Bischöfe befragt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "B) Regeln aus der Natur der Liturgie als einer hierarchischen und gemeinschaftlichen Handlung"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die liturgischen Handlungen sind nicht privater Natur, sondern Feiern der Kirche, die das \"Sakrament der Einheit\" ist; sie ist nämlich das heilige Volk, geeint und geordnet unter den Bischöfen (33). Daher gehen diese Feiern den ganzen mystischen Leib der Kirche an, machen ihn sichtbar und wirken auf ihn ein; seine einzelnen Glieder aber kommen mit ihnen in verschiedener Weise in Berührung je nach der Verschiedenheit von Stand, Aufgabe und tätiger Teilnahme."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn Riten gemäß ihrer Eigenart auf gemeinschaftliche Feier mit Beteiligung und tätiger Teilnahme der Gläubigen angelegt sind, dann soll nachdrücklich betont werden, daß ihre Feier in Gemeinschaft - im Rahmen des Möglichen - der vom Einzelnen gleichsam privat vollzogenen vorzuziehen ist. Das gilt vor allem für die Feier der Messe - wobei bestehen bleibt, daß die Messe in jedem Fall öffentlichen und sozialen Charakter hat - und für die Spendung der Sakramente."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei den liturgischen Feiern soll jeder, sei er Liturge oder Gläubiger, in der Ausübung seiner Aufgabe nur das und all das tun, was ihm aus der Natur der Sache und gemäß den liturgischen Regeln zukommt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auch die Ministranten, Lektoren, Kommentatoren und die Mitglieder der Kirchenchöre vollziehen einen wahrhaft liturgischen Dienst. Deswegen sollen sie ihre Aufgabe in aufrichtiger Frömmigkeit und in einer Ordnung erfüllen, wie sie einem solchen Dienst ziemt und wie sie das Volk Gottes mit Recht von ihnen verlangt. Deshalb muß man sie, jeden nach seiner Weise, sorgfältig in den Geist der Liturgie einführen und unterweisen, auf daß sie sich in rechter Art und Ordnung ihrer Aufgabe unterziehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um die tätige Teilnahme zu fördern, soll man den Akklamationen des Volkes, den Antworten, dem Psalmengesang, den Antiphonen, den Liedern sowie den Handlungen und Gesten und den Körperhaltungen Sorge zuwenden. Auch das heilige Schweigen soll zu seiner Zeit eingehalten werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei der Revision der liturgischen Bücher soll sorgfältig darauf geachtet werden, daß die Rubriken auch den Anteil der Gläubigen vorsehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In der Liturgie soll außer den Auszeichnungen, die auf dem liturgischen Amt oder der heiligen Weihe beruhen, und außer den Ehrungen, die auf Grund liturgischer Gesetze der weltlichen Autorität zukommen, weder im Ritus noch im äußeren Aufwand ein Ansehen von Person oder Rang gelten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C) Regeln aus dem belehrenden und seelsorglichen Charakter der Liturgie"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obwohl die heilige Liturgie vor allem Anbetung der göttlichen Majestät ist, birgt sie doch auch viel Belehrung für das gläubige Volk in sich (34). Denn in der Liturgie spricht Gott zu seinem Volk; in ihr verkündet Christus noch immer die Frohe Botschaft. Das Volk aber antwortet mit Gesang und Gebet. Überdies werden die Gebete, die der Priester, in der Rolle Christi an der Spitze der Gemeinde stehend, an Gott richtet, im Namen des ganzen heiligen Volkes und aller Umstehenden gesprochen. Die sichtbaren Zeichen endlich, welche die heilige Liturgie gebraucht, um die unsichtbaren göttlichen Dinge zu bezeichnen, sind von Christus und der Kirche ausgewählt. Daher wird nicht bloß beim Lesen dessen, \"was zu unserer Belehrung geschrieben ist\" (Röm 15,4), sondern auch wenn die Kirche betet, singt oder handelt, der Glaube der Teilnehmer genährt und ihr Herz zu Gott hin erweckt, auf daß sie ihm geistlichen Dienstleisten und seine Gnade reichlicher empfangen. Daher sollen bei der Erneuerung der Liturgie folgende allgemeine Regeln beachtet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Riten mögen den Glanz edler Einfachheit an sich tragen und knapp, durchschaubar und frei von unnötigen Wiederholungen sein. Sie seien der Fassungskraft der Gläubigen angepaßt und sollen im allgemeinen nicht vieler Erklärungen bedürfen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit deutlich hervortrete, daß in der Liturgie Ritus und Wort aufs engste miteinander verbunden sind, ist zu beachten:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Bei den heiligen Feiern soll die Schriftlesung reicher, mannigfaltiger und passender ausgestaltet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Da die Predigt ein Teil der liturgischen Handlung ist, sollen auch die Rubriken ihr je nach der Eigenart des einzelnen Ritus einen passenden Ort zuweisen. Der Dienst der Predigt soll getreulich und recht erfüllt werden. Schöpfen soll sie vor allem aus dem Quell der Heiligen Schrift und der Liturgie, ist sie doch die Botschaft von den Wundertaten Gottes in der Geschichte des Heils, das heißt im Mysterium Christi, das allezeit in uns zugegen und am Werk ist, vor allem bei der liturgischen Feier."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Auch die Pflicht der Unterweisung, die sich unmittelbar mit der Liturgie befaßt, ist in jeder Weise zu betonen. In den Riten selbst sollen, wo es notwendig ist, kurze Hinweise vorgesehen werden; sie sollen vom Priester oder von dem, der für diesen Dienst zuständig ist, jedoch nur im geeigneten Augenblick, nach vorgeschriebenem Text oder in freier Anlehnung an ihn gesprochen werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Zu fördern sind eigene Wortgottesdienste an den Vorabenden der höheren Feste, an Wochentagen im Advent oder in der Quadragesima sowie an den Sonn- und Feiertagen, besonders da, wo kein Priester zur Verfügung steht; in diesem Fall soll ein Diakon oder ein anderer Beauftragter des Bischofs die Feier leiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "D) Regeln zur Anpassung an die Eigenart und Überlieferungen der Völker"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In den Dingen, die den Glauben oder das Allgemeinwohl nicht betreffen, wünscht die Kirche nicht eine starre Einheitlichkeit der Form zur Pflicht zu machen, nicht einmal in ihrem Gottesdienst; im Gegenteil pflegt und fördert sie das glanzvolle geistige Erbe der verschiedenen Stämme und Völker; was im Brauchtum der Völker nicht unlöslich mit Aberglauben und Irrtum verflochten ist, das wägt sie wohlwollend ab, und wenn sie kann, sucht sie es voll und ganz zu erhalten. Ja, zuweilen gewährt sie ihm Einlaß in die Liturgie selbst, sofern es grundsätzlich mit dem wahren und echten Geist der Liturgie vereinbar ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter Wahrung der Einheit des römischen Ritus im wesentlichen ist berechtigter Vielfalt und Anpassung an die verschiedenen Gemeinschaften, Gegenden und Völker, besonders in den Missionen, Raum zu belassen, auch bei der Revision der liturgischen Bücher. Dieser Grundsatz soll entsprechend beachtet werden, wenn die Gestalt der Riten und ihre Rubriken festgelegt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Innerhalb der Grenzen, die in der \"editio typica\" der liturgischen Bücher bestimmt werden, wird es Sache der für ein Gebiet im Sinne von Art. 22 § 2 zuständigen kirchlichen Autorität sein, Anpassungen festzulegen, besonders hinsichtlich der Sakramentenspendung, der Sakramentalien, der Prozessionen, der liturgischen Sprache, der Kirchenmusik und der sakralen Kunst, jedoch gemäß den Grundregeln, die in dieser Konstitution enthalten sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da jedoch an verschiedenen Orten und unter verschiedenen Verhältnissen eine tiefer greifende und deswegen schwierigere Anpassung der Liturgie dringlich ist, soll beachtet werden:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Die für die einzelnen Gebiete im Sinne von Art. 22 § 2 zuständige kirchliche Autorität möge sorgfältig und klug erwägen, welche Elemente aus Überlieferung und geistiger Anlage der einzelnen Völker geeignet sind, zur Liturgie zugelassen zu werden. Anpassungen, die für nützlich oder notwendig gehalten werden, sollen dem Apostolischen Stuhl vorgelegt und dann mit dessen Einverständnis eingeführt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Damit die Anpassung aber mit der nötigen Umsicht geschehe, wird der kirchlichen Autorität des betreffenden Gebietes vom Apostolischen Stuhl die Vollmacht erteilt werden, gegebenenfalls in gewissen dazu geeigneten Gemeinschaften für bestimmte Zeit die notwendigen Vorversuche zu gestatten und zu leiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Weil vor allem in den Missionsländern die Anpassung liturgischer Gesetze besondere Schwierigkeiten mit sich zu bringen pflegt, sollen bereits bei der Abfassung der Gesetze Sachverständige aus dem betreffenden Fachgebiet herangezogen werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV. Förderung des Liturgischen Lebens in Bistum und Pfarrei"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im Bischof sehe man den Hohenpriester seiner Herde, von dem das Leben seiner Gläubigen in Christus gewissermaßen ausgeht und abhängt. Daher sollen alle das liturgische Leben des Bistums, in dessen Mittelpunkt der Bischof steht, besonders in der Kathedralkirche, aufs höchste wertschätzen; sie sollen überzeugt sein, daß die Kirche auf eine vorzügliche Weise dann sichtbar wird, wenn das ganze heilige Gottesvolk voll und tätig an denselben liturgischen Feiern, besonders an derselben Eucharistiefeier, teilnimmt: in der Einheit des Gebets und an dem einen Altar und unter dem Vorsitz des Bischofs, der umgeben ist von seinem Presbyterium und den Dienern des Altars35."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da der Bischof nicht immer und nicht überall in eigener Person den Vorsitz über das gesamte Volk seiner Kirche führen kann, so muß er diese notwendig in Einzelgemeinden aufgliedern. Unter ihnen ragen die Pfarreien hervor, die räumlich verfaßt sind unter einem Seelsorger, der den Bischof vertritt; denn sie stellen auf eine gewisse Weise die über den ganzen Erdkreis hin verbreitete sichtbare Kirche dar. Daher soll das liturgische Leben der Pfarrei und dessen Beziehung zum Bischof im Denken und Tun der Gläubigen und des Klerus vertieft werden. Es ist darauf hinzuarbeiten, daß der Sinn für die Pfarrgemeinschaft vor allem in der gemeinsamen Feier der Sonntagsmesse wachse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "V. Förderung der pastoralliturgischen Bewegung"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Eifer für die Förderung und Erneuerung der Liturgie gilt mit Recht als ein Zeichen für die Fügungen der göttlichen Vorsehung über unserer Zeit, als ein Hindurchgehen des Heiligen Geistes durch seine Kirche; er gibt ihrem Leben, ja dem gesamten religiösen Fühlen und Handeln unserer Zeit eine eigene Note. Deshalb beschließt das Heilige Konzil zur weiteren Förderung der pastoralliturgischen Bewegung in der Kirche das Folgende."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist zweckmäßig, daß die für die einzelnen Gebiete im Sinne von Art. 22 § 2 zuständige kirchliche Autorität eine Liturgische Kommission einrichtet, die Fachleute für Liturgiewissenschaft, Kirchenmusik, sakrale Kunst und Seelsorgsfragen zur Unterstützung heranziehen möge. Dieser Kommission soll im Rahmen des Möglichen ein Pastoralliturgisches Institut zur Seite stehen, das sich aus sachverständigen Mitgliedern, gegebenenfalls auch Laien, zusammensetzt. Sache dieser Kommission wird es sein, unter Führung der obengenannten kirchlichen Autorität des jeweiligen Gebietes die pastoralliturgische Bewegung in dem betreffenden Raum zu leiten und die Studien und nötigen Experimente zu fördern, wenn immer es um Anpassungen geht, die dem Apostolischen Stuhl vorzulegen sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im gleichen Sinn sollen die einzelnen Bistümer eine Liturgische Kommission haben, um unter Leitung des Bischofs die Liturgische Bewegung zu fördern. Es kann manchmal förderlich sein, wenn mehrere Bistümer eine einzige Kommission gründen, die durch gemeinsame Beratung die liturgische Sache vorantreibt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Außer der Kommission für die heilige Liturgie sollen womöglich in jedem Bistum auch eine Kommission für Kirchenmusik und eine weitere für sakrale Kunst eingesetzt werden. Es ist notwendig, daß diese drei Kommissionen mit vereinten Kräften arbeiten; ja nicht selten wird es angebracht sein, daß sie zu einer einzigen Kommission zusammengefaßt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DAS HEILIGE GEHEIMNIS DER EUCHARISTIE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unser Erlöser hat beim Letzten Abendmahl in der Nacht, da er überliefert wurde, das eucharistische Opfer seines Leibes und Blutes eingesetzt, um dadurch das Opfer des Kreuzes durch die Zeiten hindurch bis zu seiner Wiederkunft fortdauern zu lassen und so der Kirche, seiner geliebten Braut, eine Gedächtnisfeier seines Todes und seiner Auferstehung anzuvertrauen: das Sakrament huldvollen Erbarmens, das Zeichen der Einheit, das Band der Liebe (36), das Ostermahl, in dem Christus genossen, das Herz mit Gnade erfüllt und uns das Unterpfand der künftigen Herrlichkeit gegeben wird (37)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So richtet die Kirche ihre ganze Sorge darauf, daß die Christen diesem Geheimnis des Glaubens nicht wie Außenstehende und stumme Zuschauer beiwohnen; sie sollen vielmehr durch die Riten und Gebete dieses Mysterium wohl verstehen lernen und so die heilige Handlung bewußt, fromm und tätig mitfeiern, sich durch das Wort Gottes formen lassen, am Tisch des Herrenleibes Stärkung finden. Sie sollen Gott danksagen und die unbefleckte Opfergabe darbringen nicht nur durch die Hände des Priesters, sondern auch gemeinsam mit ihm und dadurch sich selber darbringen lernen. So sollen sie durch Christus, den Mittler (38), von Tag zu Tag zu immer vollerer Einheit mit Gott und untereinander gelangen, damit schließlich Gott alles in allem sei."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit also das Opfer der Messe auch in der Gestalt seiner Riten seelsorglich voll wirksam werde, trifft das Heilige Konzil im Hinblick auf die mit dem Volk gefeierten Messen, besonders jene an Sonntagen und gebotenen Feiertagen, folgende Anordnungen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Meß-Ordo soll so überarbeitet werden, daß der eigentliche Sinn der einzelnen Teile und ihr wechselseitiger Zusammenhang deutlicher hervortreten und die fromme und tätige Teilnahme der Gläubigen erleichtert werde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deshalb sollen die Riten unter treulicher Wahrung ihrer Substanz einfacher werden. Was im Lauf der Zeit verdoppelt oder weniger glücklich eingefügt wurde, soll wegfallen. Einiges dagegen, was durch die Ungunst der Zeit verlorengegangen ist, soll, soweit es angebracht oder nötig erscheint, nach der altehrwürdigen Norm der Väter wiederhergestellt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auf daß den Gläubigen der Tisch des Gotteswortes reicher bereitet werde, soll die Schatzkammer der Bibel weiter aufgetan werden, so daß innerhalb einer bestimmten Anzahl von Jahren die wichtigsten Teile der Heiligen Schrift dem Volk vorgetragen werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Homilie, in der im Laufe des liturgischen Jahres aus dem heiligen Text die Geheimnisse des Glaubens und die Richtlinien für das christliche Leben dargelegt werden, wird als Teil der Liturgie selbst sehr empfohlen. Ganz besonders in den Messen, die an Sonntagen und gebotenen Feiertagen mit dem Volk gefeiert werden, darf man sie nicht ausfallen lassen, es sei denn, es liege ein schwerwiegender Grund vor."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nach dem Evangelium und der Homilie soll - besonders an den Sonntagen und gebotenen Feiertagen - das \"Allgemeine Gebet\" oder \"Gebet der Gläubigen\" wiedereingeführt werden, damit unter Teilnahme des Volkes Fürbitten gehalten werden für die heilige Kirche, für die Regierenden, für jene, die von mancherlei Not bedrückt sind, und für alle Menschen und das Heil der ganzen Welt (39)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Muttersprache darf im Sinne von Art. 36 dieser Konstitution in den mit dem Volk gefeierten Messen ein gebührender Raum zugeteilt werden, besonders in den Lesungen und im \"Allgemeinen Gebet\" sowie je nach den örtlichen Verhältnissen in den Teilen, die dem Volk zukommen. Es soll jedoch Vorsorge getroffen werden, daß die Christgläubigen die ihnen zukommenden Teile des Meß-Ordinariums auch lateinisch miteinander sprechen oder singen können. Wenn indes darüber hinaus irgendwo der Gebrauch der Muttersprache bei der Messe in weiterem Umfang angebracht zu sein scheint, so ist die Vorschrift des Artikels 40 dieser Konstitution einzuhalten."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit Nachdruck wird jene vollkommenere Teilnahme an der Messe empfohlen, bei der die Gläubigen nach der Kommunion des Priesters aus derselben Opferfeier den Herrenleib entgegennehmen. Unbeschadet der durch das Konzil von Trient festgelegten dogmatischen Prinzipien40 kann in Fällen, die vom Apostolischen Stuhl zu umschreiben sind, nach Ermessen der Bischöfe sowohl Klerikern und Ordensleuten wie auch Laien die Kommunion unter beiden Gestalten gewährt werden, so etwa den Neugeweihten in der Messe ihrer heiligen Weihe, den Ordensleuten in der Messe bei ihrer Ordensprofeß und den Neugetauften in der Messe, die auf die Taufe folgt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die beiden Teile, aus denen die Messe gewissermaßen besteht, nämlich Wortgottesdienst und Eucharistiefeier, sind so eng miteinander verbunden, daß sie einen einzigen Kultakt ausmachen. Daher mahnt die Heilige Versammlung die Seelsorger eindringlich, sie sollen in der religiösen Unterweisung die Gläubigen mit Eifer belehren, an der ganzen Messe teilzunehmen, vor allem an Sonntagen und gebotenen Feiertagen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 1. Die Konzelebration ist in der Kirche des Ostens wie des Westens bis auf den heutigen Tag in Übung geblieben. In ihr tritt passend die Einheit des Priestertums in Erscheinung. Deshalb hat es das Konzil für gut befunden, die Vollmacht zur Konzelebration auf folgende Fälle auszudehnen:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Die Messe der Chrisamweihe und die Abendmahlsmesse am Gründonnerstag."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Die Messen bei Konzilien, Bischofszusammenkünften und Synoden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Die Messe bei der Abtsweihe."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Überdies auf folgende Fälle, wenn der Ordinarius, dem das Urteil zusteht, ob die Konzelebration angebracht ist, die Erlaubnis gibt:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Die Konventmesse und die Hauptmesse in jenen Kirchen, in denen das geistliche Wohl der Christgläubigen nicht die Einzelzelebration aller anwesenden Priester verlangt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Messen bei den verschiedenartigen Zusammenkünften von Welt- und Ordenspriestern."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 2. 1. Dem Bischof steht es zu, im Bereich seines Bistums das Konzelebrationswesen zu leiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jedem Priester bleibt die Freiheit, einzeln zu zelebrieren, jedoch nicht zur selben Zeit in derselben Kirche während einer Konzelebration und nicht am Gründonnerstag."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es soll ein neuer Konzelebrationsritus geschaffen und in das Römische Pontifikale und Missale eingefügt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE ÜBRIGEN SAKRAMENTE UND SAKRAMENTALIEN"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Sakramente sind hingeordnet auf die Heiligung der Menschen, den Aufbau des Leibes Christi und schließlich auf die Gott geschuldete Verehrung; als Zeichen haben sie auch die Aufgabe der Unterweisung. Den Glauben setzen sie nicht nur voraus, sondern durch Wort und Ding nähren sie ihn auch, stärken ihn und zeigen ihn an; deshalb heißen sie Sakramente des Glaubens. Sie verleihen Gnade, aber ihre Feier befähigt auch die Gläubigen in hohem Maße, diese Gnade mit Frucht zu empfangen, Gott recht zu verehren und die Liebe zu üben. Es ist darum sehr wichtig, daß die Gläubigen die sakramentalen Zeichen leicht verstehen und immer wieder zu jenen Sakramenten voll Hingabe hinzutreten, die eingesetzt sind, um das christliche Leben zu nähren."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Außerdem hat die heilige Mutter Kirche Sakramentalien eingesetzt. Diese sind heilige Zeichen, durch die in einer gewissen Nachahmung der Sakramente Wirkungen, besonders geistlicher Art, bezeichnet und kraft der Fürbitte der Kirche erlangt werden. Durch diese Zeichen werden die Menschen bereitet, die eigentliche Wirkung der Sakramente aufzunehmen; zugleich wird durch solche Zeichen das Leben in seinen verschiedenen Gegebenheiten geheiligt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Wirkung der Liturgie der Sakramente und Sakramentalien ist also diese: Wenn die Gläubigen recht bereitet sind, wird ihnen nahezu jedes Ereignis ihres Lebens geheiligt durch die göttliche Gnade, die ausströmt vom Pascha-Mysterium des Leidens, des Todes und der Auferstehung Christi, aus dem alle Sakramente und Sakramentalien ihre Kraft ableiten. Auch bewirken sie, daß es kaum einen rechten Gebrauch der materiellen Dinge gibt, der nicht auf das Ziel ausgerichtet werden kann, den Menschen zu heiligen und Gott zu loben."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da sich aber im Laufe der Zeiten einiges in die Riten der Sakramente und Sakramentalien eingeschlichen hat, wodurch ihre Natur und ihr Ziel uns heute weniger einsichtig erscheinen, und da es mithin notwendig ist, einiges an ihnen den Erfordernissen unserer Zeit anzupassen, so erläßt das Heilige Konzil für ihre Reform folgende Anordnungen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da nicht selten bei der Spendung der Sakramente und Sakramentalien beim Volk der Gebrauch der Muttersprache sehr nützlich sein kann, soll ihr breiterer Raum gewährt werden, und zwar nach folgenden Richtlinien:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Bei der Spendung der Sakramente und Sakramentalien kann die Muttersprache gebraucht werden unter Wahrung der Vorschriften von Art. 36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Auf der Grundlage einer neuen Ausgabe des Römischen Rituale soll die nach Art. 22 § 2 zuständige territoriale kirchliche Autorität sobald wie möglich besondere Ritualien schaffen, die den Bedürfnissen der einzelnen Gebiete, auch in bezug auf die Sprache, angepaßt sind: nach Bestätigung der Beschlüsse durch den Apostolischen Stuhl sollen sie in den betreffenden Gebieten verwendet werden. Bei der Schaffung dieser Ritualien oder besonderer Ritensammlungen sollen Unterweisungen, wie sie im Römischen Rituale den einzelnen Riten vorausgeschickt werden, nicht ausgelassen werden, mögen sie nun die Seelsorge oder die Rubriken betreffen oder eine besondere soziale Bedeutung haben."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ein mehrstufiger Katechumenat für Erwachsene soll wiederhergestellt und nach dem Urteil des Ortsordinarius eingeführt werden. So soll ermöglicht werden, daß die Zeit des Katechumenats, die zu angemessener Einführung bestimmt ist, durch heilige, in gewissen Zeitabschnitten aufeinanderfolgende Riten geheiligt wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In den Missionsländern soll es erlaubt sein, außer den Elementen der Initiation, die in der christlichen Überlieferung enthalten sind, auch jene zuzulassen, die sich bei den einzelnen Völkern im Gebrauch befinden, sofern sie im Sinne von Art. 37-40 dieser Konstitution dem christlichen Ritus angepaßt werden können."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Beide Riten für die Erwachsenentaufe, sowohl der einfache wie der feierliche mit dem wiederhergestellten Katechumenat, sollen revidiert werden; in das Römische Meßbuch soll eine eigene Messe \"Bei der Spendung einer Taufe\" aufgenommen werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Ritus der Kindertaufe soll überarbeitet und der tatsächlichen Situation der Kinder angepaßt werden; überdies sollen im Ritus selbst die Rolle der Eltern und Paten und ihre Pflichten deutlicher hervortreten."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Für den Fall einer großen Zahl von Täuflingen sollen im Taufritus entsprechende Anpassungen vorgesehen werden zur Verwendung nach dem Urteil des Ortsordinarius. Ferner soll eine Kurzform des Taufritus geschaffen werden, den die Katechisten, vor allem die in Missionsländern, und in Todesgefahr die Gläubigen allgemein gebrauchen können, wenn kein Priester oder Diakon anwesend ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "An Stelle des Ritus, der den Titel trägt \"Ordo supplendi omissa super infantem baptizatum\" (Ordo, nach dem die bei der Nottaufe ausgefallenen Teile des Taufritus nachgeholt werden), soll ein neuer geschaffen werden, der deutlicher und zutreffender zum Ausdruck bringt, daß das notgetaufte Kind schon in die Kirche aufgenommen ist. Ferner soll ein neuer Ritus geschaffen werden für gültig getaufte Konvertiten, in dem zum Ausdruck kommen soll, daß sie in die kirchliche Gemeinschaft aufgenommen werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-70",
              "number": "70",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Außerhalb der österlichen Zeit kann das Taufwasser bei der Taufspendung selbst mit einer approbierten kürzeren Formel geweiht werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-71",
              "number": "71",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Firmritus soll überarbeitet werden, auch in dem Sinne, daß der innere Zusammenhang dieses Sakraments mit der gesamten christlichen Initiation besser aufleuchte; daher ist es passend, daß dem Empfang des Sakramentes eine Erneuerung der Taufversprechen voraufgeht. Die Firmung kann, wo es angezeigt erscheint, innerhalb der Messe gespendet werden; für den Ritus außerhalb der Messe sollen Texte bereitgestellt werden, die als Einleitung zu verwenden sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-72",
              "number": "72",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ritus und Formeln des Bußsakramentes sollen so revidiert werden, daß sie Natur und Wirkung des Sakramentes deutlicher ausdrücken."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-73",
              "number": "73",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die \"Letzte Ölung, die auch - und zwar besser - \"Krankensalbung\" genannt werden kann, ist nicht nur das Sakrament derer, die sich in äußerster Lebensgefahr befinden. Daher ist der rechte Augenblick für ihren Empfang sicher schon gegeben, wenn der Gläubige beginnt, wegen Krankheit oder Altersschwäche in Lebensgefahr zu geraten."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-74",
              "number": "74",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Neben den Riten für getrennte Spendung von Krankensalbung und Wegzehrung soll ein zusammenhängender Ordo geschaffen werden, gemäß dem die Salbung dem Kranken nach der Beichte und vor dem Empfang der Wegzehrung erteilt wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-75",
              "number": "75",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Zahl der Salbungen soll den Umständen angepaßt werden; die Gebete, die zum Ritus der Krankensalbung gehören, sollen so revidiert werden, daß sie den verschiedenen Verhältnissen der das Sakrament empfangenden Kranken gerecht werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-76",
              "number": "76",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Liturgie für die Erteilung der Weihen soll nach Ritus und Text überarbeitet werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Ansprachen des Bischofs zu Beginn der einzelnen Weihe oder Konsekration können in der Muttersprache gehalten werden. Bei der Bischofsweihe dürfen alle anwesenden Bischöfe die Hände auflegen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-77",
              "number": "77",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Eheritus des Römischen Rituale soll überarbeitet und bereichert werden, so daß er deutlicher die Gnade des Sakramentes bezeichnet und die Aufgaben der Eheleute eindringlich betont. \"Wenn es in einzelnen Gebieten bei der Feier des Ehesakramentes andere lobenswerte Gewohnheiten und Bräuche gibt, wünscht die Heilige Kirchenversammlung nachdrücklich, daß sie unbedingt beibehalten werden.\" (41) Darüber hinaus bleibt der im Sinn von Art. 22 § 2 dieser Konstitution zuständigen territorialen kirchlichen Autorität nach Maßgabe von Art. 63 die Vollmacht, einen eigenen Ritus auszuarbeiten, der den Bräuchen des Landes und des Volkes entspricht; immer muß jedoch der assistierende Priester die Konsenserklärung der Brautleute erfragen und entgegennehmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-78",
              "number": "78",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Trauung möge in der Regel innerhalb der Messe, nach der Lesung des Evangeliums und nach der Homilie und vor dem \"Gebet der Gläubigen\" (Fürbitten) gefeiert werden. Der Brautsegen soll in geeigneter Weise überarbeitet werden, so daß er die gleiche gegenseitige Treuepflicht beider Brautleute betont; er kann in der Muttersprache erteilt werden. Wenn aber die Trauung ohne die Messe gefeiert wird, sollen zu Beginn des Ritus Epistel und Evangelium der Brautmesse vorgetragen werden; den Brautleuten soll immer der Segen erteilt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-79",
              "number": "79",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Sakramentalien sollen überarbeitet werden, und zwar im Sinne des obersten Grundsatzes von der bewußten, tätigen und leicht zu vollziehenden Teilnahme der Gläubigen und im Hinblick auf die Erfordernisse unserer Zeit. Bei der Überarbeitung der Ritualien nach Maßgabe von Art. 63 können nach Bedarf auch neue Sakramentalien zugefügt werden. Nur sehr wenige Benediktionen sollen reserviert sein, und zwar nur für Bischöfe und Ordinarien. Es soll vorgesehen werden, daß Laien, welche die entsprechenden Voraussetzungen erfüllen, gewisse Sakramentalien spenden können - wenigstens in besonderen Verhältnissen und nach dem Ermessen des Ordinarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-80",
              "number": "80",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Jungfrauenweihe des Römischen Pontifikale soll überarbeitet werden. Außerdem soll ein Ritus für die Profeß und für die Erneuerung der Gelübde geschaffen werden, der zu größerer Einheit, Schlichtheit und Würde beiträgt. Soweit nicht Sonderrecht vorliegt, soll er von denen übernommen werden, welche die Profeß oder die Erneuerung der Gelübde innerhalb der Messe halten. Es ist zu begrüßen, wenn die Profeß künftig innerhalb der Messe stattfindet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-81",
              "number": "81",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Ritus der Exequien soll deutlicher den österlichen Sinn des christlichen Todes ausdrücken und besser den Voraussetzungen und Überlieferungen der einzelnen Gebiete entsprechen, auch was die liturgische Farbe betrifft."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-82",
              "number": "82",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Begräbnisritus für Kinder soll überarbeitet werden und eine eigene Messe erhalten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DAS STUNDENGEBET"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-83",
              "number": "83",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Als der Hohepriester des Neuen und Ewigen Bundes, Christus Jesus, Menschennatur annahm, hat er in die Verbannung dieser Erde jenen Hymnus mitgebracht, der in den himmlischen Wohnungen durch alle Ewigkeit erklingt. Die gesamte Menschengemeinschaft schart er um sich, um gemeinsam mit ihr diesen göttlichen Lobgesang zu singen. Diese priesterliche Aufgabe setzt er nämlich durch seine Kirche fort; sie lobt den Herrn ohne Unterlaß und tritt bei ihm für das Heil der ganzen Welt ein nicht nur in der Feier der Eucharistie, sondern auch in anderen Formen, besonders im Vollzug. des Stundengebetes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-84",
              "number": "84",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Stundengebet ist nach alter christlicher Überlieferung so aufgebaut, daß der gesamte Ablauf des Tages und der Nacht durch Gotteslob geweiht wird. Wenn nun die Priester und andere kraft kirchlicher Ordnung Beauftragte oder die Christgläubigen, die zusammen mit dem Priester in einer approbierten Form beten, diesen wunderbaren Lobgesang recht vollziehen, dann ist dies wahrhaft die Stimme der Braut, die zum Bräutigam spricht, ja es ist das Gebet, das Christus vereint mit seinem Leibe an seinen Vater richtet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-85",
              "number": "85",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle, die das vollbringen, erfüllen eine der Kirche obliegende Pflicht und haben zugleich Anteil an der höchsten Ehre der Braut Christi; denn indem sie Gott das Lob darbringen, stehen sie im Namen der Mutter Kirche vor dem Throne Gottes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-86",
              "number": "86",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Priester im heiligen Dienst der Seelsorge werden das Stundenlob mit um so größerem Eifer vollziehen, je lebendiger sie sich bewußt sind, daß sie die Mahnung des heiligen Paulus zu befolgen haben: \"Betet ohne Unterlaß\" (1 Thess 5,17); denn es ist der Herr allein, welcher der Arbeit, in der sie sich mühen, Wirksamkeit und Gedeihen geben kann, er, der gesagt hat: \"Ohne mich könnt ihr nichts tun\" (Joh 15,5). Als die Apostel Diakone einsetzten, haben sie darum gesagt: \"Wir aber werden uns dem Gebet und dem Dienst des Wortes widmen\" (Apg 6,4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-87",
              "number": "87",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit aber das Stundengebet sowohl von den Priestern wie auch von den andern Gliedern der Kirche unter den gegebenen Verhältnissen besser und vollkommener verrichtet werde, hat es dem Heiligen Konzil gefallen, in Weiterführung der vom Apostolischen Stuhl glücklich begonnenen Reform im Hinblick auf das Stundengebet nach dem römischen Ritus folgendes zu verfügen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-88",
              "number": "88",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da die Heiligung des Tages Ziel des Stundengebetes ist, soll die überlieferte Folge der Gebetsstunden so neugeordnet werden, daß die Horen soweit wie möglich ihren zeitgerechten Ansatz wiedererhalten. Dabei soll zugleich den heutigen Lebensverhältnissen Rechnung getragen werden, in denen vor allem jene leben, die apostolisch tätig sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-89",
              "number": "89",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deshalb sollen bei der Reform des Stundengebetes die folgenden Richtlinien eingehalten werden:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Die Laudes als Morgengebet und die Vesper als Abendgebet, nach der ehrwürdigen Überlieferung der Gesamtkirche die beiden Angelpunkte des täglichen Stundengebetes, sollen als die vornehmsten Gebetsstunden angesehen und als solche gefeiert werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Die Komplet soll so eingerichtet werden, daß sie dem Tagesabschluß voll entspricht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Die sogenannte Matutin soll zwar im Chor den Charakter als nächtliches Gotteslob beibehalten, aber so eingerichtet werden, daß sie sinnvoll zu jeder Tageszeit gebetet werden kann. Sie soll aus weniger Psalmen und längeren Lesungen bestehen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) Die Prim soll wegfallen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "e) Im Chor sollen die kleinen Horen, Terz, Sext und Non beibehalten werden. Außerhalb des Chores darf man eine davon auswählen, die der betreffenden Tageszeit am besten entspricht."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-90",
              "number": "90",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei alledem bleibt das Stundengebet als öffentliches Gebet der Kirche auch Quelle der Frömmigkeit und Nahrung für das persönliche Beten. Deshalb werden die Priester und alle anderen, die am Stundengebet teilnehmen, eindringlich im Herrn gemahnt, daß dabei das Herz mit der Stimme zusammenklinge. Um das besser verwirklichen zu können, sollen sie sich eine reichere liturgische und biblische Bildung aneignen, zumal was die Psalmen betrifft. Die ehrwürdigen, jahrhundertealten Kostbarkeiten des Römischen Stundengebetes sollen bei der Reform so neugefaßt werden, daß alle, denen sie in die Hand gegeben sind, leichter in ihren vollen Genuß gelangen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-91",
              "number": "91",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Damit die in Art. 89 vorgesehene Folge der Gebetsstunden auch wirklich eingehalten werden kann, sollen die Psalmen nicht mehr auf eine Woche, sondern auf einen längeren Zeitraum verteilt werden. Die glücklich begonnene Revision des Psalters soll sobald wie möglich zu Ende geführt werden. Dabei soll der Eigenart des christlichen Lateins, der Verwendung in der Liturgie, und zwar auch beim Gesang, und der gesamten Tradition der lateinischen Kirche Rechnung getragen werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-92",
              "number": "92",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Für die Lesung soll folgendes gelten:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Die Lesungen der Heiligen Schrift sollen so geordnet werden, daß die Schätze des Gotteswortes leicht und in reicherer Fülle zugänglich werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Die Lesungen aus den Werken der Väter, der Kirchenlehrer und Kirchenschriftsteller sollen besser ausgewählt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Die Leidensgeschichten und Lebensbeschreibungen der Heiligen sollen so gefaßt werden, daß sie der geschichtlichen Wahrheit entsprechen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-93",
              "number": "93",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Hymnen sollen, soweit es angezeigt erscheint, in ihrer alten Gestalt wiederhergestellt werden; dabei soll beseitigt oder geändert werden, was mythologische Züge an sich trägt oder der christlichen Frömmigkeit weniger entspricht. Gegebenenfalls sollen auch andere Hymnen aufgenommen werden, die sich im Schatz der Überlieferung finden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-94",
              "number": "94",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn der Tagesablauf wirklich geheiligt und die Horen selber mit geistlicher Frucht gebetet werden sollen, werden sie besser zu einer Zeit vollzogen, die möglichst nahe an die eigentliche Stunde einer jeden kanonischen Hore herankommt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-95",
              "number": "95",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die zum Chor verpflichteten Gemeinschaften sind gehalten, außer der Konventsmesse täglich das Stundengebet im Chor zu feiern, und zwar:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Die Orden der Kanoniker, Mönche und Chorfrauen und anderer durch Recht oder Konstitution zum Chor verpflichteter Regularen das ganze Offizium;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) die Kathedral- oder Kollegiatkapitel jene Teile des Offiziums, die ihnen durch allgemeines oder Sonderrecht auferlegt sind;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) alle Glieder dieser Gemeinschaften, die höhere Weihen empfangen oder die feierliche Profeß abgelegt haben, müssen - mit Ausnahme der Laienbrüder und Laienschwestern - die kanonischen Horen, die sie im Chor nicht verrichten, für sich allein beten."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-96",
              "number": "96",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die nicht zum Chor verpflichteten Kleriker sind, soweit sie höhere Weihen empfangen haben, gehalten, täglich gemeinsam oder allein das gesamte Stundengebet nach Maßgabe von Art. 89 zu verrichten."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-97",
              "number": "97",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Angezeigt erscheinende Austauschmöglichkeiten des Stundengebetes mit anderen liturgischen Handlungen sollen durch Rubriken festgelegt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In besonderen Fällen und aus gerechtem Grunde können die Ordinarien ihre Untergebenen von der Verpflichtung zum Stundengebet ganz oder teilweise dispensieren oder eine Umwandlung vornehmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-98",
              "number": "98",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Mitglieder von Orden und ordensähnlichen Gemeinschaften aller Art, die kraft ihrer Konstitution einzelne Teile des Stundengebets verrichten, vollziehen öffentliches Gebet der Kirche. Auch dann vollziehen sie öffentliches Gebet der Kirche, wenn sie kraft ihrer Konstitution ein \"Kleines Offizium\" rezitieren; nur muß dieses nach Art des (allgemeinen) Stundengebetes angelegt und ordnungsgemäß approbiert sein."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-99",
              "number": "99",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da das Stundengebet Stimme der Kirche ist, des ganzen mystischen Leibes, der Gott öffentlich lobt, wird empfohlen, daß die nicht zum Chor verpflichteten Kleriker und besonders die Priester, die zusammenleben oder zusammenkommen, wenigstens einen Teil des Stundengebetes gemeinsam verrichten. Dabei sollen sie alle, ob sie nun das Stundengebet im Chor oder gemeinsam verrichten, die ihnen anvertraute Aufgabe in der inneren Frömmigkeit wie im äußeren Verhalten so vollkommen wie möglich erfüllen. Überdies ist vorzuziehen, daß man das Stundengebet im Chor oder in Gemeinschaft singt, soweit das möglich ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-100",
              "number": "100",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Seelsorger sollen darum bemüht sein, daß die Haupthoren, besonders die Vesper an Sonntagen und höheren Festen, in der Kirche gemeinsam gefeiert werden. Auch den Laien wird empfohlen, das Stundengebet zu verrichten, sei es mit den Priestern, sei es unter sich oder auch jeder einzelne allein."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "101."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DAS LITURGISCHE JAHR"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-102",
              "number": "102",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Als liebende Mutter hält die Kirche es für ihre Aufgabe, das Heilswerk ihres göttlichen Bräutigams an bestimmten Tagen das Jahr hindurch in heiligem Gedenken zu feiern. In jeder Woche begeht sie an dem Tag, den sie Herrentag genannt hat, das Gedächtnis der Auferstehung des Herrn, und einmal im Jahr feiert sie diese Auferstehung zugleich mit dem seligen Leiden des Herrn an Ostern, ihrem höchsten Fest. Im Kreislauf des Jahres entfaltet sie das ganze Mysterium Christi von der Menschwerdung und Geburt bis zur Himmelfahrt, zum Pfingsttag und zur Erwartung der seligen Hoffnung und der Ankunft des Herrn. Indem sie so die Mysterien der Erlösung feiert, erschließt sie die Reichtümer der Machterweise und der Verdienste ihres Herrn, so daß sie jederzeit gewissermaßen gegenwärtig gemacht werden und die Gläubigen mit ihnen in Berührung kommen und mit der Gnade des Heiles erfüllt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-103",
              "number": "103",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei der Feier dieses Jahreskreises der Mysterien Christi verehrt die heilige Kirche mit besonderer Liebe Maria, die selige Gottesgebärerin, die durch ein unzerreißbares Band mit dem Heilswerk ihres Sohnes verbunden ist. In ihr bewundert und preist sie die erhabenste Frucht der Erlösung. In ihr schaut sie wie in einem reinen Bilde mit Freuden an, was sie ganz zu sein wünscht und hofft."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-104",
              "number": "104",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In diesen Kreislauf des Jahres hat die Kirche auch die Gedächtnistage der Martyrer und der anderen Heiligen eingefügt, die, durch Gottes vielfältige Gnade zur Vollkommenheit geführt, das ewige Heil bereits erlangt haben, Gott im Himmel das vollkommene Lob singen und Fürsprache für uns einlegen. In den Gedächtnisfeiern der Heiligen verkündet die Kirche das Pascha- Mysterium in den Heiligen, die mit Christus gelitten haben und mit ihm verherrlicht sind. Sie stellt den Gläubigen ihr Beispiel vor Augen, das alle durch Christus zum Vater zieht, und sie erfleht um ihrer Verdienste willen die Wohltaten Gottes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-105",
              "number": "105",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Schließlich vertieft die Kirche die Erziehung der Gläubigen in den verschiedenen Teilen des Jahres nach überlieferter Ordnung durch fromme Übungen der Seele und des Leibes, durch Unterweisung, durch Gebet und durch Werke der Buße und der Barmherzigkeit. So hat es denn dem Heiligen Konzil gefallen, das Folgende zu verfügen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-106",
              "number": "106",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aus apostolischer Überlieferung, die ihren Ursprung auf den Auferstehungstag Christi zurückführt, feiert die Kirche Christi das Pascha-Mysterium jeweils am achten Tage, der deshalb mit Recht Tag des Herrn oder Herrentag genannt wird. An diesem Tag müssen die Christgläubigen zusammenkommen, um das Wort Gottes zu hören, an der Eucharistiefeier teilzunehmen und so des Leidens, der Auferstehung und der Herrlichkeit des Herrn Jesus zu gedenken und Gott dankzusagen, der sie \"wiedergeboren hat zu lebendiger Hoffnung durch die Auferstehung Jesu Christi von den Toten\" (1 Petr 1,3). Deshalb ist der Herrentag der Ur-Feiertag, den man der Frömmigkeit der Gläubigen eindringlich vor Augen stellen soll, auf daß er auch ein Tag der Freude und der Muße werde. Andere Feiern sollen ihm nicht vorgezogen werden, wenn sie nicht wirklich von höchster Bedeutung sind; denn der Herrentag ist Fundament und Kern des ganzen liturgischen Jahres."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-107",
              "number": "107",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das liturgische Jahr soll so neugeordnet werden, daß die überlieferten Gewohnheiten und Ordnungen der heiligen Zeiten beibehalten oder im Hinblick auf die Verhältnisse der Gegenwart erneuert werden; jedoch soll der ursprüngliche Charakter der Zeiten gewahrt bleiben, damit die Frömmigkeit der Gläubigen durch die Feier der christlichen Erlösungsgeheimnisse, ganz besonders des Pascha-Mysteriums, genährt werde. Sollten auf Grund der örtlichen Verhältnisse Anpassungen notwendig sein, so soll nach Art. 39 und 40 verfahren werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-108",
              "number": "108",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Herzen der Gläubigen sollen vor allem auf die Herrenfeste hingelenkt werden, in denen die Heilsgeheimnisse das Jahr hindurch begangen werden. Daher soll das Herrenjahr den ihm zukommenden Platz vor den Heiligenfesten erhalten, damit der volle Kreis der Heilsmysterien in gebührender Weise gefeiert wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-109",
              "number": "109",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die vierzigtägige Fastenzeit hat die doppelte Aufgabe, vor allem einerseits durch Tauferinnerung oder Taufvorbereitung, andererseits durch Buße die Gläubigen, die in dieser Zeit mit größerem Eifer das Wort Gottes hören und dem Gebet obliegen sollen, auf die Feier des Pascha-Mysteriums vorzubereiten. Dieser Doppelcharakter soll sowohl in der Liturgie wie auch in der Liturgiekatechese in helles Licht gerückt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Daher sollen die der Fastenliturgie eigenen Taufmotive stärker genutzt werden; einige sollen gegebenenfalls aus der älteren Tradition wieder hervorgeholt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Das gleiche ist zu sagen von den Bußelementen. In der Katechese aber soll den Gläubigen gleichzeitig mit den sozialen Folgen der Sünde das eigentliche Wesen der Buße eingeschärft werden, welche die Sünde verabscheut, insofern sie eine Beleidigung Gottes ist; dabei ist die Rolle der Kirche im Bußgeschehen wohl zu beachten und das Gebet für die Sünder sehr zu betonen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-110",
              "number": "110",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Buße der vierzigtägigen Fastenzeit sei nicht bloß eine innere und individuelle Übung, sondern auch eine äußere und soziale. Die Bußpraxis soll je nach den Möglichkeiten unserer Zeit und der verschiedenen Gebiete wie auch nach den Verhältnissen der Gläubigen gepflegt und von den in Art. 22 benannten Autoritäten empfohlen werden. Unangetastet aber bleiben soll das Pascha-Fasten am Freitag des Leidens und des Todes unseres Herrn; es ist überall zu begehen und, wo es angebracht erscheint, auf den Karsamstag auszudehnen, damit man so hochgestimmten und aufgeschlossenen Herzens zu den Freuden der Auferstehung des Herrn gelange."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-111",
              "number": "111",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Heiligen werden in der Kirche gemäß der Überlieferung verehrt, ihre echten Reliquien und ihre Bilder in Ehren gehalten. Denn die Feste der Heiligen künden die Wunder Christi in seinen Knechten und bieten den Gläubigen zur Nachahmung willkommene Beispiele. Die Feste der Heiligen sollen nicht das Übergewicht haben gegenüber den Festen, welche die eigentlichen Heilsmysterien begehen. Eine beträchtliche Anzahl von ihnen möge der Feier in den einzelnen Teilkirchen, Nationen oder Ordensgemeinschaften überlassen bleiben, und nur jene sollen auf die ganze Kirche ausgedehnt werden, die das Gedächtnis solcher Heiligen feiern, die wirklich von allgemeiner Bedeutung sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE KIRCHENMUSIK"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-112",
              "number": "112",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die überlieferte Musik der Gesamtkirche stellt einen Reichtum von unschätzbarem Wert dar, ausgezeichnet unter allen übrigen künstlerischen Ausdrucksformen vor allem deshalb, weil sie als der mit dem Wort verbundene gottesdienstliche Gesang einen notwendigen und integrierenden Bestandteil der feierlichen Liturgie ausmacht. In der Tat haben sowohl die Heilige Schrift42 wie die heiligen Väter den gottesdienstlichen Gesängen hohes Lob gespendet; desgleichen die römischen Päpste, die in der neueren Zeit im Gefolge des heiligen Pius X. die dienende Aufgabe der Kirchenmusik im Gottesdienst mit größerer Eindringlichkeit herausgestellt haben. So wird denn die Kirchenmusik um so heiliger sein, je enger sie mit der liturgischen Handlung verbunden ist, sei es, daß sie das Gebet inniger zum Ausdruck bringt oder die Einmütigkeit fördert, sei es, daß sie die heiligen Riten mit größerer Feierlichkeit umgibt, Dabei billigt die Kirche alle Formen wahrer Kunst, welche die erforderlichen Eigenschaften besitzen, und läßt sie zur Liturgie zu. Unter Wahrung der Richtlinien und Vorschriften der kirchlichen Tradition und Ordnung sowie im Hinblick auf das Ziel der Kirchenmusik, nämlich die Ehre Gottes und die Heiligung der Gläubigen, verfügt das Heilige Konzil das Folgende."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-113",
              "number": "113",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ihre vornehmste Form nimmt die liturgische Handlung an, wenn der Gottesdienst feierlich mit Gesang gehalten wird und dabei Leviten mitwirken und das Volk tätig teilnimmt. Was die zu verwendende Sprache betrifft, so gelten die Vorschriften von Art. 36; für die Messe von Art. 54, für die Sakramente von Art. 63, für das Stundengebet von Art. 101."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-114",
              "number": "114",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Schatz der Kirchenmusik möge mit größter Sorge bewahrt und gepflegt werden. Die Sängerchöre sollen nachdrücklich gefördert werden, besonders an den Kathedralkirchen. Dabei mögen aber die Bischöfe und die übrigen Seelsorger eifrig dafür Sorge tragen, daß in jeder liturgischen Feier mit Gesang die gesamte Gemeinde der Gläubigen die ihr zukommende tätige Teilnahme auch zu leisten vermag, im Sinne von Art. 28 und 30."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-115",
              "number": "115",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In den Seminarien, in den Noviziaten und Studienhäusern der Ordensleute beiderlei Geschlechts sowie auch in den übrigen katholischen Instituten und Schulen soll auf die musikalische Ausbildung und Praxis großes Gewicht gelegt werden. Um diese Ausbildung zu erreichen, sollen die Dozenten der Kirchenmusik sorgfältig vorgebildet werden. Darüber hinaus wird empfohlen, wo es angebracht erscheint, höhere Kirchenmusik-Institute zu errichten. Die Kirchenmusiker aber, die Sänger und besonders die Sängerknaben sollen auch eine gediegene Ausbildung erhalten."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-116",
              "number": "116",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche betrachtet den Gregorianischen Choral als den der römischen Liturgie eigenen Gesang; demgemäß soll er in ihren liturgischen Handlungen, wenn im übrigen die gleichen Voraussetzungen gegeben sind, den ersten Platz einnehmen. Andere Arten der Kirchenmusik, besonders die Mehrstimmigkeit, werden für die Feier der Liturgie keineswegs ausgeschlossen, wenn sie dem Geist der Liturgie im Sinne von Art. 30 entsprechen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-117",
              "number": "117",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die \"editio typica\" der Bücher des Gregorianischen Gesanges soll zu Ende geführt werden; darüber hinaus soll eine kritische Ausgabe der seit der Reform des heiligen Pius X. bereits herausgegebenen Bücher besorgt werden. Es empfiehlt sich ferner, eine Ausgabe zu schaffen mit einfacheren Melodien für den Gebrauch der kleineren Kirchen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-118",
              "number": "118",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der religiöse Volksgesang soll eifrig gepflegt werden, so daß die Stimmen der Gläubigen bei Andachtsübungen und gottesdienstlichen Feiern und auch bei den liturgischen Handlungen selbst gemäß den Richtlinien und Vorschriften der Rubriken erklingen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-119",
              "number": "119",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da die Völker mancher Länder, besonders in der Mission, eine eigene Musiküberlieferung besitzen, die in ihrem religiösen und sozialen Leben große Bedeutung hat, soll dieser Musik gebührende Wertschätzung entgegengebracht und angemessener Raum gewährt werden, und zwar sowohl bei der Formung des religiösen Sinnes dieser Völker als auch bei der Anpassung der Liturgie an ihre Eigenart, im Sinne von Art. 39 und 40. Deshalb soll bei der musikalischen Ausbildung der Missionare sorgfältig darauf geachtet werden, daß sie im Rahmen des Möglichen imstande sind, die überlieferte Musik der betreffenden Völker sowohl in den Schulen als auch im Gottesdienst zu fördern."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-120",
              "number": "120",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Pfeifenorgel soll in der lateinischen Kirche als traditionelles Musikinstrument in hohen Ehren gehalten werden; denn ihr Klang vermag den Glanz der kirchlichen Zeremonien wunderbar zu steigern und die Herzen mächtig zu Gott und zum Himmel emporzuheben. Andere Instrumente aber dürfen nach dem Ermessen und mit Zustimmung der für die einzelnen Gebiete zuständigen Autorität nach Maßgabe der Art. 22. § 2,37 und 40 zur Liturgie zugelassen werden, sofern sie sich für den heiligen Gebrauch eignen oder für ihn geeignet gemacht werden können, der Würde des Gotteshauses angemessen sind und die Erbauung der Gläubigen wirklich fördern."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-121",
              "number": "121",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirchenmusiker mögen, von christlichem Geist erfüllt, sich bewußt sein, daß es ihre Berufung ist, die Kirchenmusik zu pflegen und deren Schatz zu mehren. Sie sollen Vertonungen schaffen, welche die Merkmale echter Kirchenmusik an sich tragen und nicht nur von größeren Sängerchören gesungen werden können, sondern auch kleineren Chören angepaßt sind und die tätige Teilnahme der ganzen Gemeinde der Gläubigen fördern. Die für den Kirchengesang bestimmten Texte müssen mit der katholischen Lehre übereinstimmen; sie sollen vornehmlich aus der Heiligen Schrift und den liturgischen Quellen geschöpft werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE SAKRALE KUNST : LITURGISCHES GERÄT UND GEWAND"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-122",
              "number": "122",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zu den vornehmsten Betätigungen der schöpferischen Veranlagung des Menschen zählen mit gutem Recht die schönen Künste, insbesondere die religiöse Kunst und ihre höchste Form, die sakrale Kunst. Vom Wesen her sind sie ausgerichtet auf die unendliche Schönheit Gottes, die in menschlichen Werken irgendwie zum Ausdruck kommen soll, und sie sind um so mehr Gott, seinem Lob und seiner Herrlichkeit geweiht, als ihnen kein anderes Ziel gesetzt ist, als durch ihre Werke den Sinn der Menschen in heiliger Verehrung auf Gott zu wenden. Darum war die lebenspendende Mutter Kirche immer eine Freundin der schönen Künste. Unablässig hat sie deren edlen Dienst gesucht und die Künstler unterwiesen, vor allem damit die Dinge, die zur heiligen Liturgie gehören, wahrhaft würdig seien, geziemend und schön: Zeichen und Symbol überirdischer Wirklichkeiten. Die Kirche hat mit Recht immer auch eine Art Schiedsrichteramt ausgeübt; sie hat über die Werke der Künstler geurteilt und entschieden, welche dem Glauben, der Frömmigkeit und den ehrfurchtsvoll überlieferten Gesetzen entsprächen und als geeignet für den Dienst im Heiligtum anzusehen seien. Mit besonderem Eifer war die Kirche daraufbedacht, daß das heilige Gerät würdig und schön zur Zierde der Liturgie diente; sie hat dabei die Wandlungen in Material, Form und Schmuck zugelassen, die der Fortschritt der Technik im Laufe der Zeit mit sich gebracht hat. So hat es denn den Vätern gefallen, in dieser Sache das Folgende zu verfügen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-123",
              "number": "123",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirche hat niemals einen Stil als ihren eigenen betrachtet, sondern hat je nach Eigenart und Lebensbedingungen der Völker und nach den Erfordernissen der verschiedenen Riten die Sonderart eines jeden Zeitalters zugelassen und so im Laufe der Jahrhunderte einen Schatz zusammengetragen, der mit aller Sorge zu hüten ist. Auch die Kunst unserer Zeit und aller Völker und Länder soll in der Kirche Freiheit der Ausübung haben, sofern sie nur den Gotteshäusern und den heiligen Riten mit der gebührenden Ehrfurcht und Ehrerbietung dient, so daß sie einstimmen kann in den wunderbaren Chor, den die größten Männer in den vergangenen Jahrhunderten zur Verherrlichung des christlichen Glaubens angestimmt haben."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-124",
              "number": "124",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei der Förderung und Pflege wahrhaft sakraler Kunst mögen die Ordinarien mehr auf edle Schönheit bedacht sein als auf bloßen Aufwand. Das gilt auch für die heiligen Gewänder und die Ausstattung der heiligen Orte. Die Bischöfe mögen darauf hinwirken, daß von den Gotteshäusern und anderen heiligen Orten streng solche Werke von Künstlern ferngehalten werden, die dem Glauben, den Sitten und der christlichen Frömmigkeit widersprechen und die das echt religiöse Empfinden verletzen, sei es, weil die Formen verunstaltet sind oder weil die Werke künstlerisch ungenügend, allzu mittelmäßig oder kitschig sind. Beim Bau von Kirchen ist sorgfältig darauf zu achten, daß sie für die liturgischen Feiern und für die tätige Teilnahme der Gläubigen geeignet sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-125",
              "number": "125",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Brauch, in den Kirchen den Gläubigen heilige Bilder zur Verehrung darzubieten, werde nicht angetastet. Doch sollen sie in mäßiger Zahl und rechter Ordnung aufgestellt werden, damit sie nicht die Verwunderung der Gläubigen erregen oder einer weniger gesunden Frömmigkeit Vorschub leisten."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-126",
              "number": "126",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei der Beurteilung von Kunstwerken sollen die Ortsordinarien die Diözesankommission für sakrale Kunst hören und gegebenenfalls auch andere besonders sachverständige Persönlichkeiten sowie die Kommissionen, von denen in den Artikeln 44, 45, 46 die Rede ist. Sorgfältig sollen die Ordinarien darüber wachen, daß nicht etwa heiliges Gerät und Paramente oder kostbare Kunstwerke veräußert werden oder verkommen, sind sie doch Zierde des Hauses Gottes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-127",
              "number": "127",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Bischöfe sollen sich entweder persönlich oder durch geeignete Priester, die Sachverständnis und Liebe zur Kunst besitzen, um die Künstler kümmern, um sie mit dem Geist der sakralen Kunst und der Liturgie zu erfüllen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Überdies wird empfohlen, in Gegenden, wo es angezeigt erscheint, Schulen oder Akademien für sakrale Kunst zur Heranbildung von Künstlern zu gründen. Die Künstler aber, die, angetrieben von ihrer schöpferischen Begabung, danach streben, der Herrlichkeit Gottes in der heiligen Kirche zu dienen, mögen sich alle immerdar wohl bewußt sein, daß es dabei um ein Stück heiliger Nachahmung des Schöpfergottes geht und um Werke, die für den katholischen Gottesdienst, für die Auferbauung der Gläubigen wie auch zu deren Frömmigkeit und religiösen Unterweisung bestimmt sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "128 Die Canones und kirchlichen Statuten, die sich auf die Gestaltung der äußeren zur Liturgie gehörigen Dinge beziehen, sind zugleich mit den liturgischen Büchern im Sinne von Art. 25 unverzüglich zu revidieren. Das gilt besonders von den Bestimmungen über würdigen und zweckentsprechenden Bau der Gotteshäuser, Gestalt und Errichtung der Altäre, edle Form des eucharistischen Tabernakels, seinen Ort und seine Sicherheit, richtige und würdige Anlage des Baptisteriums, schließlich von den Bestimmungen über die rechte Art der heiligen Bilder, des Schmuckes und der Ausstattung der Kultgebäude. Bestimmungen, die der erneuerten Liturgie weniger zu entsprechen scheinen, mögen abgeändert oder abgeschafft werden; solche aber, die sie fördern, sollen beibehalten oder neueingeführt werden. In diesem Zusammenhang wird den Bischofsversammlungen der einzelnen Gebiete, besonders hinsichtlich von Material und Form der heiligen Geräte und Gewänder, die Vollmacht erteilt, Anpassungen an die örtlichen Erfordernisse und Sitten vorzunehmen, nach Maßgabe von Art. 22 dieser Konstitution."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-129",
              "number": "129",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kleriker sollen während ihrer philosophischen und theologischen Studienzeit auch über Geschichte und Entwicklung der sakralen Kunst unterrichtet werden, wie auch über die gesunden Grundsätze, auf die sich die Werke der sakralen Kunst stützen müssen. So sollen sie die ehrwürdigen Denkmäler der Kirche schätzen und bewahren lernen und den Künstlern bei der Schaffung ihrer Werke passende Ratschläge erteilen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-130",
              "number": "130",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist angemessen, den Gebrauch der Pontifikalien jenen kirchlichen Personen vorzubehalten, die Bischöfe sind oder irgendeine besondere Jurisdiktion besitzen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ERKLÄRUNG DES II. VATIKANISCHEN KONZILS ZUR KALENDERREFORM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Heilige Allgemeine Zweite Vatikanische Konzil mißt dem Verlangen vieler, das Osterfest auf einen bestimmten Sonntag anzusetzen und den Kalender festzulegen, nicht geringe Bedeutung bei. Nach sorgfältiger Abwägung aller Folgen, die aus der Einführung eines neuen Kalenders entspringen können, erklärt es Folgendes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Das Heilige Konzil widerstrebt nicht der Festlegung des Osterfestes auf einen bestimmten Sonntag im Gregorianischen Kalender, wenn alle, die es angeht, besonders die von der Gemeinschaft mit dem Apostolischen Stuhl getrennten Brüder, zustimmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Ebenso erklärt das Heilige Konzil, daß es sich nicht gegen Versuche wendet, in der bürgerlichen Gesellschaft einen immerwährenden Kalender einzuführen. Von den verschiedenen Systemen, die zur Festlegung eines immerwährenden Kalenders und dessen Einführung im bürgerlichen Leben ausgedacht werden, steht die Kirche nur jenen nicht ablehnend gegenüber, welche die Siebentagewoche mit dem Sonntag bewahren und schützen, ohne einen wochenfreien Tag einzuschieben, so daß die Folge der Wochen unangetastet bleibt, es sei denn, es tauchten ganz schwerwiegende Gründe auf, über die dann der Apostolische Stuhl zu urteilen hat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dezember 1963"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anmerkungen:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Sekret des 9. Sonntags nach Pfingsten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Vgl. Hebr 13,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Vgl. Eph 2,21-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Vgl. Eph 4,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Vgl. Jes 11,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Vgl. Joh 11,52."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Vgl. Joh 10,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Vgl. Jes 61,1; Lk 4,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Ignatius von Antiochien, Ad Ephesios, 7, 2: ed. F. X. Funk, Patres Apostolici, I (Tübingen 1901) 218."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Vgl. 1 Tim 2,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Sacramentarium Veronense (Leonianum): ed. C. Mohlberg (Rom 1956) n. 1265 S. 162."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Osterpräfation im Missale Romanum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Vgl. die Oration nach der zweiten Lesung am Karsamstag, im Missale Romanum, vor der Erneuerung der Karwoche."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Vgl. Mk 16,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Vgl. Apg 26,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Vgl. Röm 6,4; Eph 2,6; Kol 3,1; 2 Tim 2,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Vgl. Joh 4,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Vgl. 1 Kor 11,26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Konzil von Trient, Sess. XIII., 11. Okt. 1551, Decr. De ss. Eucharist., c. 5: Concilium Tridentinum, Diariorum, Actorum, Epistularum, Tractatuum nova collectio, ed. Soc. Gœrresiana, Bd. VII. Actorum pars IV (Freiburg i. Br. 1961) 202."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Konzil von Trient, Sess. XXII., 17. Sept. 1562, Doctr. De ss. Missæ sacrif., c. 2: Concilium Tridentinum. Ed. cit., Bd. VIII. Actorum pars V (Freiburg i. Br. 1919) 960."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Vgl. Augustinus, In Ioannis Evangelium Tractatus VI., cap. I, n.7: PL 35, 1428."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Vgl. Offb 21,2; Kol 3,1; Hebr 8,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Vgl. Phil 3,20; Kol 3,4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Vgl. Joh 17,3; Lk 24,27; Apg 2,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Vgl. Mt 28,20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Postcommunio der Ostervigil und des Ostersonntags."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Oration der Messe am Dienstag in der Osterwoche."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Vgl. 2 Kor 6,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Vgl. Mt 6,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Vgl. 1 Thess 5,17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Vgl. 2 Kor 4,10-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) Sekret am Pfingstmontag."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) Cyprian, De cath. eccl. unitate, 7: ed. G. Hartel, CSEL III/1 (Wien 1868) 215 bis 216. Vgl. Ep. 66, n. 8, 3: ebd. III/2 (Wien 1871) 732-733."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Vgl. Konzil von Trient, Sess. XXII., 17. Sept. 1562, Doctr. De ss. Missæ sacrif., c. 8: Concilium Tridentinum. Ed. cit., Bd. VIII 961."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(35) Vgl. Ignatius von Antiochien, Ad Magn. 7; Ad Phil. 4; Ad Smyrn. 8: ed. F. X. Funk, a. a. O. I 236 266 281."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(36) Vgl. Augustinus, In Ioannis Evangelium Tractatus XXVI., cap. VI., n. 13: PL 35, 1613."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-228",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(37) Breviarium Romanum, Antiphon zum Magnifikat in der 2. Vesper des Fronleichnamsfestes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(38) Vgl. Cyrillus von Alex., Commentarium in Ioannis Evangelium, lib. XI., capp. XI-XII: PG 74, 557-564."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(39) Vgl. 1 Tim 2,1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(40) Sessio XXI., 16. Juli 1562. Doctrina de Communione sub utraque specie et parvulorum, capp. 1-3: Concilium Tridentinum. Ed. cit., Bd. VIII 698-699."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(41) Konzil von Trient, Sessio XXIV, 11. Nov. 1563, De reformatione, cap. 1: Concilium Tridentinum. Ed. cit., Bd. IX. Actorum pars VI (Freiburg i. Br. 1924) 969. Vgl. Rituale Romanum, tit. VIII., c. II, n. 6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(42) Vgl. Eph 5,19; Kol 3,16."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19631204_sacrosanctum-concilium_en.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-04-vat-ii_const_19631204_sacrosanctum-concilium_en.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONSTITUTION ON THE SACRED LITURGY SACROSANCTUM CONCILIUM SOLEMNLY PROMULGATED BY HIS HOLINESS POPE PAUL VI ON DECEMBER 4, 1963"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This sacred Council has several aims in view: it desires to impart an ever increasing vigor to the Christian life of the faithful; to adapt more suitably to the needs of our own times those institutions which are subject to change; to foster whatever can promote union among all who believe in Christ; to strengthen whatever can help to call the whole of mankind into the household of the Church. The Council therefore sees particularly cogent reasons for undertaking the reform and promotion of the liturgy."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the liturgy, \"through which the work of our redemption is accomplished,\" [1] most of all in the divine sacrifice of the Eucharist, is the outstanding means whereby the faithful may express in their lives, and manifest to others, the mystery of Christ and the real nature of the true Church. It is of the essence of the Church that she be both human and divine, visible and yet invisibly equipped, eager to act and yet intent on contemplation, present in this world and yet not at home in it; and she is all these things in such wise that in her the human is directed and subordinated to the divine, the visible likewise to the invisible, action to contemplation, and this present world to that city yet to come, which we seek [2]. While the liturgy daily builds up those who are within into a holy temple of the Lord, into a dwelling place for God in the Spirit [3], to the mature measure of the fullness of Christ [4], at the same time it marvelously strengthens their power to preach Christ, and thus shows forth the Church to those who are outside as a sign lifted up among the nations [5] under which the scattered children of God may be gathered together [6], until there is one sheepfold and one shepherd [7]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wherefore the sacred Council judges that the following principles concerning the promotion and reform of the liturgy should be called to mind, and that practical norms should be established."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Among these principles and norms there are some which can and should be applied both to the Roman rite and also to all the other rites. The practical norms which follow, however, should be taken as applying only to the Roman rite, except for those which, in the very nature of things, affect other rites as well."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lastly, in faithful obedience to tradition, the sacred Council declares that holy Mother Church holds all lawfully acknowledged rites to be of equal right and dignity; that she wishes to preserve them in the future and to foster them in every way. The Council also desires that, where necessary, the rites be revised carefully in the light of sound tradition, and that they be given new vigor to meet the circumstances and needs of modern times."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "GENERAL PRINCIPLES FOR THE RESTORATION AND PROMOTION OF THE SACRED LITURGY"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Nature of the Sacred Liturgy and Its Importance in the Church's Life"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "God who \"wills that all men be saved and come to the knowledge of the truth\" (1 Tim. 2:4), \"who in many and various ways spoke in times past to the fathers by the prophets\" (Heb. 1:1), when the fullness of time had come sent His Son, the Word made flesh, anointed by the Holy Spirit, to preach the gospel to the poor, to heal the contrite of heart [8], to be a \"bodily and spiritual medicine\" [9], the Mediator between God and man [10]. For His humanity, united with the person of the Word, was the instrument of our salvation. Therefore in Christ \"the perfect achievement of our reconciliation came forth, and the fullness of divine worship was given to us\" [11]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The wonderful works of God among the people of the Old Testament were but a prelude to the work of Christ the Lord in redeeming mankind and giving perfect glory to God. He achieved His task principally by the paschal mystery of His blessed passion, resurrection from the dead, and the glorious ascension, whereby \"dying, he destroyed our death and, rising, he restored our life\" [12]. For it was from the side of Christ as He slept the sleep of death upon the cross that there came forth \"the wondrous sacrament of the whole Church\" [13]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Just as Christ was sent by the Father, so also He sent the apostles, filled with the Holy Spirit. This He did that, by preaching the gospel to every creature [14], they might proclaim that the Son of God, by His death and resurrection, had freed us from the power of Satan [15] and from death, and brought us into the kingdom of His Father. His purpose also was that they might accomplish the work of salvation which they had proclaimed, by means of sacrifice and sacraments, around which the entire liturgical life revolves. Thus by baptism men are plunged into the paschal mystery of Christ: they die with Him, are buried with Him, and rise with Him [16]; they receive the spirit of adoption as sons \"in which we cry: Abba, Father\" ( Rom. 8 :15), and thus become true adorers whom the Father seeks [17]. In like manner, as often as they eat the supper of the Lord they proclaim the death of the Lord until He comes [18]. For that reason, on the very day of Pentecost, when the Church appeared before the world, \"those who received the word\" of Peter \"were baptized.\" And \"they continued steadfastly in the teaching of the apostles and in the communion of the breaking of bread and in prayers . . . praising God and being in favor with all the people\" (Acts 2:41-47). From that time onwards the Church has never failed to come together to celebrate the paschal mystery: reading those things \"which were in all the scriptures concerning him\" (Luke 24:27), celebrating the eucharist in which \"the victory and triumph of his death are again made present\" [19], and at the same time giving thanks \"to God for his unspeakable gift\" (2 Cor. 9:15) in Christ Jesus, \"in praise of his glory\" (Eph. 1:12), through the power of the Holy Spirit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To accomplish so great a work, Christ is always present in His Church, especially in her liturgical celebrations. He is present in the sacrifice of the Mass, not only in the person of His minister, \"the same now offering, through the ministry of priests, who formerly offered himself on the cross\" [20], but especially under the Eucharistic species. By His power He is present in the sacraments, so that when a man baptizes it is really Christ Himself who baptizes [21]. He is present in His word, since it is He Himself who speaks when the holy scriptures are read in the Church. He is present, lastly, when the Church prays and sings, for He promised: \"Where two or three are gathered together in my name, there am I in the midst of them\" (Matt. 18:20) ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christ indeed always associates the Church with Himself in this great work wherein God is perfectly glorified and men are sanctified. The Church is His beloved Bride who calls to her Lord, and through Him offers worship to the Eternal Father."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rightly, then, the liturgy is considered as an exercise of the priestly office of Jesus Christ. In the liturgy the sanctification of the man is signified by signs perceptible to the senses, and is effected in a way which corresponds with each of these signs; in the liturgy the whole public worship is performed by the Mystical Body of Jesus Christ, that is, by the Head and His members."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "From this it follows that every liturgical celebration, because it is an action of Christ the priest and of His Body which is the Church, is a sacred action surpassing all others; no other action of the Church can equal its efficacy by the same title and to the same degree."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the earthly liturgy we take part in a foretaste of that heavenly liturgy which is celebrated in the holy city of Jerusalem toward which we journey as pilgrims, where Christ is sitting at the right hand of God, a minister of the holies and of the true tabernacle [22]; we sing a hymn to the Lord's glory with all the warriors of the heavenly army; venerating the memory of the saints, we hope for some part and fellowship with them; we eagerly await the Saviour, Our Lord Jesus Christ, until He, our life, shall appear and we too will appear with Him in glory [23]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacred liturgy does not exhaust the entire activity of the Church. Before men can come to the liturgy they must be called to faith and to conversion: \"How then are they to call upon him in whom they have not yet believed? But how are they to believe him whom they have not heard? And how are they to hear if no one preaches? And how are men to preach unless they be sent?\" (Rom. 10:14-15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore the Church announces the good tidings of salvation to those who do not believe, so that all men may know the true God and Jesus Christ whom He has sent, and may be converted from their ways, doing penance [24]. To believers also the Church must ever preach faith and penance, she must prepare them for the sacraments, teach them to observe all that Christ has commanded [25], and invite them to all the works of charity, piety, and the apostolate. For all these works make it clear that Christ's faithful, though not of this world, are to be the light of the world and to glorify the Father before men."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nevertheless the liturgy is the summit toward which the activity of the Church is directed; at the same time it is the font from which all her power flows. For the aim and object of apostolic works is that all who are made sons of God by faith and baptism should come together to praise God in the midst of His Church, to take part in the sacrifice, and to eat the Lord's supper."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The liturgy in its turn moves the faithful, filled with \"the paschal sacraments,\" to be \"one in holiness\" [26]; it prays that \"they may hold fast in their lives to what they have grasped by their faith\" [27]; the renewal in the Eucharist of the covenant between the Lord and man draws the faithful into the compelling love of Christ and sets them on fire. From the liturgy, therefore, and especially from the Eucharist, as from a font, grace is poured forth upon us; and the sanctification of men in Christ and the glorification of God, to which all other activities of the Church are directed as toward their end, is achieved in the most efficacious possible way."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But in order that the liturgy may be able to produce its full effects, it is necessary that the faithful come to it with proper dispositions, that their minds should be attuned to their voices, and that they should cooperate with divine grace lest they receive it in vain [28] . Pastors of souls must therefore realize that, when the liturgy is celebrated, something more is required than the mere observation of the laws governing valid and licit celebration; it is their duty also to ensure that the faithful take part fully aware of what they are doing, actively engaged in the rite, and enriched by its effects."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The spiritual life, however, is not limited solely to participation in the liturgy. The Christian is indeed called to pray with his brethren, but he must also enter into his chamber to pray to the Father, in secret [29]; yet more, according to the teaching of the Apostle, he should pray without ceasing [30]. We learn from the same Apostle that we must always bear about in our body the dying of Jesus, so that the life also of Jesus may be made manifest in our bodily frame [31]. This is why we ask the Lord in the sacrifice of the Mass that, \"receiving the offering of the spiritual victim,\" he may fashion us for himself \"as an eternal gift\" [32]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Popular devotions of the Christian people are to be highly commended, provided they accord with the laws and norms of the Church, above all when they are ordered by the Apostolic See."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devotions proper to individual Churches also have a special dignity if they are undertaken by mandate of the bishops according to customs or books lawfully approved."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But these devotions should be so drawn up that they harmonize with the liturgical seasons, accord with the sacred liturgy, are in some fashion derived from it, and lead the people to it, since, in fact, the liturgy by its very nature far surpasses any of them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. The Promotion of Liturgical Instruction and Active Participation"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mother Church earnestly desires that all the faithful should be led to that fully conscious, and active participation in liturgical celebrations which is demanded by the very nature of the liturgy. Such participation by the Christian people as \"a chosen race, a royal priesthood, a holy nation, a redeemed people (1 Pet. 2:9; cf. 2:4-5), is their right and duty by reason of their baptism."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the restoration and promotion of the sacred liturgy, this full and active participation by all the people is the aim to be considered before all else; for it is the primary and indispensable source from which the faithful are to derive the true Christian spirit; and therefore pastors of souls must zealously strive to achieve it, by means of the necessary instruction, in all their pastoral work."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yet it would be futile to entertain any hopes of realizing this unless the pastors themselves, in the first place, become thoroughly imbued with the spirit and power of the liturgy, and undertake to give instruction about it. A prime need, therefore, is that attention be directed, first of all, to the liturgical instruction of the clergy. Wherefore the sacred Council has decided to enact as follows:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Professors who are appointed to teach liturgy in seminaries, religious houses of study, and theological faculties must be properly trained for their work in institutes which specialize in this subject."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The study of sacred liturgy is to be ranked among the compulsory and major courses in seminaries and religious houses of studies; in theological faculties it is to rank among the principal courses. It is to be taught under its theological, historical, spiritual, pastoral, and juridical aspects. Moreover, other professors, while striving to expound the mystery of Christ and the history of salvation from the angle proper to each of their own subjects, must nevertheless do so in a way which will clearly bring out the connection between their subjects and the liturgy, as also the unity which underlies all priestly training. This consideration is especially important for professors of dogmatic, spiritual, and pastoral theology and for those of holy scripture."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In seminaries and houses of religious, clerics shall be given a liturgical formation in their spiritual life. For this they will need proper direction, so that they may be able to understand the sacred rites and take part in them wholeheartedly; and they will also need personally to celebrate the sacred mysteries, as well as popular devotions which are imbued with the spirit of the liturgy. In addition they must learn how to observe the liturgical laws, so that life in seminaries and houses of religious may be thoroughly influenced by the spirit of the liturgy."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priests, both secular and religious, who are already working in the Lord's vineyard are to be helped by every suitable means to understand ever more fully what it is that they are doing when they perform sacred rites; they are to be aided to live the liturgical life and to share it with the faithful entrusted to their care."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With zeal and patience, pastors of souls must promote the liturgical instruction of the faithful, and also their active participation in the liturgy both internally and externally, taking into account their age and condition, their way of life, and standard of religious culture. By so doing, pastors will be fulfilling one of the chief duties of a faithful dispenser of the mysteries of God; and in this matter they must lead their flock not only in word but also by example."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Transmissions of the sacred rites by radio and television shall be done with discretion and dignity, under the leadership and direction of a suitable person appointed for this office by the bishops. This is especially important when the service to be broadcast is the Mass."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. The Reform of the Sacred Liturgy"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that the Christian people may more certainly derive an abundance of graces from the sacred liturgy, holy Mother Church desires to undertake with great care a general restoration of the liturgy itself. For the liturgy is made up of immutable elements divinely instituted, and of elements subject to change. These not only may but ought to be changed with the passage of time if they have suffered from the intrusion of anything out of harmony with the inner nature of the liturgy or have become unsuited to it."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In this restoration, both texts and rites should be drawn up so that they express more clearly the holy things which they signify; the Christian people, so far as possible, should be enabled to understand them with ease and to take part in them fully, actively, and as befits a community."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wherefore the sacred Council establishes the following general norms:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A) General norms"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Regulation of the sacred liturgy depends solely on the authority of the Church, that is, on the Apostolic See and, as laws may determine, on the bishop."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In virtue of power conceded by the law, the regulation of the liturgy within certain defined limits belongs also to various kinds of competent territorial bodies of bishops legitimately established."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore no other person, even if he be a priest, may add, remove, or change anything in the liturgy on his own authority."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That sound tradition may be retained, and yet the way remain open to legitimate progress careful investigation is always to be made into each part of the liturgy which is to be revised. This investigation should be theological, historical, and pastoral. Also the general laws governing the structure and meaning of the liturgy must be studied in conjunction with the experience derived from recent liturgical reforms and from the indults conceded to various places. Finally, there must be no innovations unless the good of the Church genuinely and certainly requires them; and care must be taken that any new forms adopted should in some way grow organically from forms already existing."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As far as possible, notable differences between the rites used in adjacent regions must be carefully avoided."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacred scripture is of the greatest importance in the celebration of the liturgy. For it is from scripture that lessons are read and explained in the homily, and psalms are sung; the prayers, collects, and liturgical songs are scriptural in their inspiration and their force, and it is from the scriptures that actions and signs derive their meaning. Thus to achieve the restoration, progress, and adaptation of the sacred liturgy, it is essential to promote that warm and living love for scripture to which the venerable tradition of both eastern and western rites gives testimony."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The liturgical books are to be revised as soon as possible; experts are to be employed on the task, and bishops are to be consulted, from various parts of the world."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "B) Norms drawn from the hierarchic and communal nature of the Liturgy"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liturgical services are not private functions, but are celebrations of the Church, which is the \"sacrament of unity,\" namely, the holy people united and ordered under their bishops [33]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore liturgical services pertain to the whole body of the Church; they manifest it and have effects upon it; but they concern the individual members of the Church in different ways, according to their differing rank, office, and actual participation."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is to be stressed that whenever rites, according to their specific nature, make provision for communal celebration involving the presence and active participation of the faithful, this way of celebrating them is to be preferred, so far as possible, to a celebration that is individual and quasi-private."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This applies with especial force to the celebration of Mass and the administration of the sacraments, even though every Mass has of itself a public and social nature."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In liturgical celebrations each person, minister or layman, who has an office to perform, should do all of, but only, those parts which pertain to his office by the nature of the rite and the principles of liturgy."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Servers, lectors commentators, and members of the choir also exercise a genuine liturgical function. They ought, therefore, to discharge their office with the sincere piety and decorum demanded by so exalted a ministry and rightly expected of them by God's people."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consequently they must all be deeply imbued with the spirit of the liturgy, each in his own measure, and they must be trained to perform their functions in a correct and orderly manner."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To promote active participation, the people should be encouraged to take part by means of acclamations, responses, psalmody, antiphons, and songs, as well as by actions, gestures, and bodily attitudes. And at the proper times all should observe a reverent silence."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The revision of the liturgical books must carefully attend to the provision of rubrics also for the people's parts."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The liturgy makes distinctions between persons according to their liturgical function and sacred Orders, and there are liturgical laws providing for due honors to be given to civil authorities. Apart from these instances, no special honors are to be paid in the liturgy to any private persons or classes of persons, whether in the ceremonies or by external display."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C) Norms based upon the didactic and pastoral nature of the Liturgy"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although the sacred liturgy is above all things the worship of the divine Majesty, it likewise contains much instruction for the faithful [34]. For in the liturgy God speaks to His people and Christ is still proclaiming His gospel. And the people reply to God both by song and prayer."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, the prayers addressed to God by the priest who presides over the assembly in the person of Christ are said in the name of the entire holy people and of all present. And the visible signs used by the liturgy to signify invisible divine things have been chosen by Christ or the Church. Thus not only when things are read \"which were written for our instruction\" (Rom. 15:4), but also when the Church prays or sings or acts, the faith of those taking part is nourished and their minds are raised to God, so that they may offer Him their rational service and more abundantly receive His grace."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wherefore, in the revision of the liturgy, the following general norms should be observed:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The rites should be distinguished by a noble simplicity; they should be short, clear, and unencumbered by useless repetitions; they should be within the people's powers of comprehension, and normally should not require much explanation."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That the intimate connection between words and rites may be apparent in the liturgy:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) In sacred celebrations there is to be more reading from holy scripture, and it is to be more varied and suitable."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Because the sermon is part of the liturgical service, the best place for it is to be indicated even in the rubrics, as far as the nature of the rite will allow; the ministry of preaching is to be fulfilled with exactitude and fidelity. The sermon, moreover, should draw its content mainly from scriptural and liturgical sources, and its character should be that of a proclamation of God's wonderful works in the history of salvation, the mystery of Christ, ever made present and active within us, especially in the celebration of the liturgy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Instruction which is more explicitly liturgical should also be given in a variety of ways; if necessary, short directives to be spoken by the priest or proper minister should be provided within the rites themselves. But they should occur only at the more suitable moments, and be in prescribed or similar words."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Bible services should be encouraged, especially on the vigils of the more solemn feasts, on some weekdays in Advent and Lent, and on Sundays and feast days. They are particularly to be commended in places where no priest is available; when this is so, a deacon or some other person authorized by the bishop should preside over the celebration."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Particular law remaining in force, the use of the Latin language is to be preserved in the Latin rites."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But since the use of the mother tongue, whether in the Mass, the administration of the sacraments, or other parts of the liturgy, frequently may be of great advantage to the people, the limits of its employment may be extended. This will apply in the first place to the readings and directives, and to some of the prayers and chants, according to the regulations on this matter to be laid down separately in subsequent chapters."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These norms being observed, it is for the competent territorial ecclesiastical authority mentioned in Art. 22, 2, to decide whether, and to what extent, the vernacular language is to be used; their decrees are to be approved, that is, confirmed, by the Apostolic See. And, whenever it seems to be called for, this authority is to consult with bishops of neighboring regions which have the same language."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Translations from the Latin text into the mother tongue intended for use in the liturgy must be approved by the competent territorial ecclesiastical authority mentioned above."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "D) Norms for adapting the Liturgy to the culture and traditions of peoples"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Even in the liturgy, the Church has no wish to impose a rigid uniformity in matters which do not implicate the faith or the good of the whole community; rather does she respect and foster the genius and talents of the various races and peoples. Anything in these peoples' way of life which is not indissolubly bound up with superstition and error she studies with sympathy and, if possible, preserves intact. Sometimes in fact she admits such things into the liturgy itself, so long as they harmonize with its true and authentic spirit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Provisions shall also be made, when revising the liturgical books, for legitimate variations and adaptations to different groups, regions, and peoples, especially in mission lands, provided that the substantial unity of the Roman rite is preserved; and this should be borne in mind when drawing up the rites and devising rubrics."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Within the limits set by the typical editions of the liturgical books, it shall be for the competent territorial ecclesiastical authority mentioned in Art. 22, 2, to specify adaptations, especially in the case of the administration of the sacraments, the sacramentals, processions, liturgical language, sacred music, and the arts, but according to the fundamental norms laid down in this Constitution."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In some places and circumstances, however, an even more radical adaptation of the liturgy is needed, and this entails greater difficulties. Wherefore:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) The competent territorial ecclesiastical authority mentioned in Art. 22, 2, must, in this matter, carefully and prudently consider which elements from the traditions and culture of individual peoples might appropriately be admitted into divine worship. Adaptations which are judged to be useful or necessary should then be submitted to the Apostolic See, by whose consent they may be introduced."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) To ensure that adaptations may be made with all the circumspection which they demand, the Apostolic See will grant power to this same territorial ecclesiastical authority to permit and to direct, as the case requires, the necessary preliminary experiments over a determined period of time among certain groups suited for the purpose."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Because liturgical laws often involve special difficulties with respect to adaptation, particularly in mission lands, men who are experts in these matters must be employed to formulate them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E) Promotion of Liturgical Life in Diocese and Parish"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The bishop is to be considered as the high priest of his flock, from whom the life in Christ of his faithful is in some way derived and dependent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore all should hold in great esteem the liturgical life of the diocese centered around the bishop, especially in his cathedral church; they must be convinced that the pre-eminent manifestation of the Church consists in the full active participation of all God's holy people in these liturgical celebrations, especially in the same eucharist, in a single prayer, at one altar, at which there presides the bishop surrounded by his college of priests and by his ministers [35]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But because it is impossible for the bishop always and everywhere to preside over the whole flock in his Church, he cannot do other than establish lesser groupings of the faithful. Among these the parishes, set up locally under a pastor who takes the place of the bishop, are the most important: for in some manner they represent the visible Church constituted throughout the world."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And therefore the liturgical life of the parish and its relationship to the bishop must be fostered theoretically and practically among the faithful and clergy; efforts also must be made to encourage a sense of community within the parish, above all in the common celebration of the Sunday Mass."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "F) The Promotion of Pastoral-Liturgical Action"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zeal for the promotion and restoration of the liturgy is rightly held to be a sign of the providential dispositions of God in our time, as a movement of the Holy Spirit in His Church. It is today a distinguishing mark of the Church's life, indeed of the whole tenor of contemporary religious thought and action."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So that this pastoral-liturgical action may become even more vigorous in the Church, the sacred Council decrees:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is desirable that the competent territorial ecclesiastical authority mentioned in Art. 22, 2, set up a liturgical commission, to be assisted by experts in liturgical science, sacred music, art and pastoral practice. So far as possible the commission should be aided by some kind of Institute for Pastoral Liturgy, consisting of persons who are eminent in these matters, and including laymen as circumstances suggest. Under the direction of the above-mentioned territorial ecclesiastical authority the commission is to regulate pastoral-liturgical action throughout the territory, and to promote studies and necessary experiments whenever there is question of adaptations to be proposed to the Apostolic See."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For the same reason every diocese is to have a commission on the sacred liturgy under the direction of the bishop, for promoting the liturgical apostolate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sometimes it may be expedient that several dioceses should form between them one single commission which will be able to promote the liturgy by common consultation."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Besides the commission on the sacred liturgy, every diocese, as far as possible, should have commissions for sacred music and sacred art."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These three commissions must work in closest collaboration; indeed it will often be best to fuse the three of them into one single commission."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE MOST SACRED MYSTERY OF THE EUCHARIST"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At the Last Supper, on the night when He was betrayed, our Saviour instituted the eucharistic sacrifice of His Body and Blood. He did this in order to perpetuate the sacrifice of the Cross throughout the centuries until He should come again, and so to entrust to His beloved spouse, the Church, a memorial of His death and resurrection: a sacrament of love, a sign of unity, a bond of charity [36], a paschal banquet in which Christ is eaten, the mind is filled with grace, and a pledge of future glory is given to us [37]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church, therefore, earnestly desires that Christ's faithful, when present at this mystery of faith, should not be there as strangers or silent spectators; on the contrary, through a good understanding of the rites and prayers they should take part in the sacred action conscious of what they are doing, with devotion and full collaboration. They should be instructed by God's word and be nourished at the table of the Lord's body; they should give thanks to God; by offering the Immaculate Victim, not only through the hands of the priest, but also with him, they should learn also to offer themselves; through Christ the Mediator [38], they should be drawn day by day into ever more perfect union with God and with each other, so that finally God may be all in all."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For this reason the sacred Council, having in mind those Masses which are celebrated with the assistance of the faithful, especially on Sundays and feasts of obligation, has made the following decrees in order that the sacrifice of the Mass, even in the ritual forms of its celebration, may become pastorally efficacious to the fullest degree."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The rite of the Mass is to be revised in such a way that the intrinsic nature and purpose of its several parts, as also the connection between them, may be more clearly manifested, and that devout and active participation by the faithful may be more easily achieved."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For this purpose the rites are to be simplified, due care being taken to preserve their substance; elements which, with the passage of time, came to be duplicated, or were added with but little advantage, are now to be discarded; other elements which have suffered injury through accidents of history are now to be restored to the vigor which they had in the days of the holy Fathers, as may seem useful or necessary."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The treasures of the bible are to be opened up more lavishly, so that richer fare may be provided for the faithful at the table of God's word. In this way a more representative portion of the holy scriptures will be read to the people in the course of a prescribed number of years."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By means of the homily the mysteries of the faith and the guiding principles of the Christian life are expounded from the sacred text, during the course of the liturgical year; the homily, therefore, is to be highly esteemed as part of the liturgy itself; in fact, at those Masses which are celebrated with the assistance of the people on Sundays and feasts of obligation, it should not be omitted except for a serious reason."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Especially on Sundays and feasts of obligation there is to be restored, after the Gospel and the homily, \"the common prayer\" or \"the prayer of the faithful.\" By this prayer, in which the people are to take part, intercession will be made for holy Church, for the civil authorities, for those oppressed by various needs, for all mankind, and for the salvation of the entire world [39]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Masses which are celebrated with the people, a suitable place may be allotted to their mother tongue. This is to apply in the first place to the readings and \"the common prayer,\" but also, as local conditions may warrant, to those parts which pertain to the people, according to the norm laid down in Art. 36 of this Constitution."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nevertheless steps should be taken so that the faithful may also be able to say or to sing together in Latin those parts of the Ordinary of the Mass which pertain to them."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And wherever a more extended use of the mother tongue within the Mass appears desirable, the regulation laid down in Art. 40 of this Constitution is to be observed."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That more perfect form of participation in the Mass whereby the faithful, after the priest's communion, receive the Lord's body from the same sacrifice, is strongly commended."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The dogmatic principles which were laid down by the Council of Trent remaining intact [40], communion under both kinds may be granted when the bishops think fit, not only to clerics and religious, but also to the laity, in cases to be determined by the Apostolic See, as, for instance, to the newly ordained in the Mass of their sacred ordination, to the newly professed in the Mass of their religious profession, and to the newly baptized in the Mass which follows their baptism."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The two parts which, in a certain sense, go to make up the Mass, namely, the liturgy of the word and the eucharistic liturgy, are so closely connected with each other that they form but one single act of worship. Accordingly this sacred Synod strongly urges pastors of souls that, when instructing the faithful, they insistently teach them to take their part in the entire Mass, especially on Sundays and feasts of obligation."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. Concelebration, whereby the unity of the priesthood is appropriately manifested, has remained in use to this day in the Church both in the east and in the west. For this reason it has seemed good to the Council to extend permission for concelebration to the following cases:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) on the Thursday of the Lord's Supper, not only at the Mass of the Chrism, but also at the evening Mass."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) at Masses during councils, bishops' conferences, and synods;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) at the Mass for the blessing of an abbot."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Also, with permission of the ordinary, to whom it belongs to decide whether concelebration is opportune:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) at conventual Mass, and at the principle Mass in churches when the needs of the faithful do not require that all priests available should celebrate individually;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) at Masses celebrated at any kind of priests' meetings, whether the priests be secular clergy or religious."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The regulation, however, of the discipline of con-celebration in the diocese pertains to the bishop."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nevertheless, each priest shall always retain his right to celebrate Mass individually, though not at the same time in the same church as a concelebrated Mass, nor on Thursday of the Lord's Supper."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A new rite for concelebration is to be drawn up and inserted into the Pontifical and into the Roman Missal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE OTHER SACRAMENTS AND THE SACRAMENTALS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The purpose of the sacraments is to sanctify men, to build up the body of Christ, and, finally, to give worship to God; because they are signs they also instruct. They not only presuppose faith, but by words and objects they also nourish, strengthen, and express it; that is why they are called \"sacraments of faith.\" They do indeed impart grace, but, in addition, the very act of celebrating them most effectively disposes the faithful to receive this grace in a fruitful manner, to worship God duly, and to practice charity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is therefore of the highest importance that the faithful should easily understand the sacramental signs, and should frequent with great eagerness those sacraments which were instituted to nourish the Christian life."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Holy Mother Church has, moreover, instituted sacramentals. These are sacred signs which bear a resemblance to the sacraments: they signify effects, particularly of a spiritual kind, which are obtained through the Church's intercession. By them men are disposed to receive the chief effect of the sacraments, and various occasions in life are rendered holy."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thus, for well-disposed members of the faithful, the liturgy of the sacraments and sacramentals sanctifies almost every event in their lives; they are given access to the stream of divine grace which flows from the paschal mystery of the passion, death, the resurrection of Christ, the font from which all sacraments and sacramentals draw their power. There is hardly any proper use of material things which cannot thus be directed toward the sanctification of men and the praise of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "With the passage of time, however, there have crept into the rites of the sacraments and sacramentals certain features which have rendered their nature and purpose far from clear to the people of today; hence some changes have become necessary to adapt them to the needs of our own times. For this reason the sacred Council decrees as follows concerning their revision."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Because of the use of the mother tongue in the administration of the sacraments and sacramentals can often be of considerable help to the people, this use is to be extended according to the following norms:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) The vernacular language may be used in administering the sacraments and sacramentals, according to the norm of Art. 36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) In harmony with the new edition of the Roman Ritual, particular rituals shall be prepared without delay by the competent territorial ecclesiastical authority mentioned in Art. 22, 2, of this Constitution. These rituals, which are to be adapted, also as regards the language employed, to the needs of the different regions, are to be reviewed by the Apostolic See and then introduced into the regions for which they have been prepared. But in drawing up these rituals or particular collections of rites, the instructions prefixed to the individual rites the Roman Ritual, whether they be pastoral and rubrical or whether they have special social import, shall not be omitted."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The catechumenate for adults, comprising several distinct steps, is to be restored and to be taken into use at the discretion of the local ordinary. By this, means the time of the catechumenate, which is intended as a period of suitable instruction, may be sanctified by sacred rites to be celebrated at successive intervals of time."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In mission lands it is found that some of the peoples already make use of initiation rites. Elements from these, when capable of being adapted to Christian ritual, may be admitted along with those already found in Christian tradition, according to the norm laid down in Art. 37-40, of this Constitution."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Both the rites for the baptism of adults are to be revised: not only the simpler rite, but also the more solemn one, which must take into account the restored catechumenate. A special Mass \"for the conferring of baptism\" is to be inserted into the Roman Missal."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The rite for the baptism of infants is to be revised, and it should be adapted to the circumstance that those to be baptized are, in fact, infants. The roles of parents and godparents, and also their duties, should be brought out more clearly in the rite itself."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The baptismal rite should contain variants, to be used at the discretion of the local ordinary, for occasions when a very large number are to be baptized together. Moreover, a shorter rite is to be drawn up, especially for mission lands, to be used by catechists, but also by the faithful in general when there is danger of death, and neither priest nor deacon is available."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In place of the rite called the \"Order of supplying what was omitted in the baptism of an infant,\" a new rite is to be drawn up. This should manifest more fittingly and clearly that the infant, baptized by the short rite, has already been received into the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And a new rite is to be drawn up for converts who have already been validly baptized; it should indicate that they are now admitted to communion with the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-70",
              "number": "70",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Except during Eastertide, baptismal water may be blessed within the rite of baptism itself by an approved shorter formula."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-71",
              "number": "71",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The rite of confirmation is to be revised and the intimate connection which this sacrament has with the whole of Christian initiation is to be more clearly set forth; for this reason it is fitting for candidates to renew their baptismal promises just before they are confirmed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Confirmation may be given within the Mass when convenient; when it is given outside the Mass, the rite that is used should be introduced by a formula to be drawn up for this purpose."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-72",
              "number": "72",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The rite and formulas for the sacrament of penance are to be revised so that they more clearly express both the nature and effect of the sacrament."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-73",
              "number": "73",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Extreme unction,\" which may also and more fittingly be called \"anointing of the sick,\" is not a sacrament for those only who are at the point of death. Hence, as soon as any one of the faithful begins to be in danger of death from sickness or old age, the fitting time for him to receive this sacrament has certainly already arrived."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-74",
              "number": "74",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In addition to the separate rites for anointing of the sick and for viaticum, a continuous rite shall be prepared according to which the sick man is anointed after he has made his confession and before he receives viaticum."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-75",
              "number": "75",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The number of the anointings is to be adapted to the occasion, and the prayers which belong to the rite of anointing are to be revised so as to correspond with the varying conditions of the sick who receive the sacrament."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-76",
              "number": "76",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Both the ceremonies and texts of the ordination rites are to be revised. The address given by the bishop at the beginning of each ordination or consecration may be in the mother tongue."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When a bishop is consecrated, the laying of hands may be done by all the bishops present."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-77",
              "number": "77",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The marriage rite now found in the Roman Ritual is to be revised and enriched in such a way that the grace of the sacrament is more clearly signified and the duties of the spouses are taught."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"If any regions are wont to use other praiseworthy customs and ceremonies when celebrating the sacrament of matrimony, the sacred Synod earnestly desires that these by all means be retained\" [41]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover the competent territorial ecclesiastical authority mentioned in Art. 22, 52, of this Constitution is free to draw up its own rite suited to the usages of place and people, according to the provision of Art. 63. But the rite must always conform to the law that the priest assisting at the marriage must ask for and obtain the consent of the contracting parties."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-78",
              "number": "78",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Matrimony is normally to be celebrated within the Mass, after the reading of the gospel and the homily, and before \"the prayer of the faithful.\" The prayer for the bride, duly amended to remind both spouses of their equal obligation to remain faithful to each other, may be said in the mother tongue."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But if the sacrament of matrimony is celebrated apart from Mass, the epistle and gospel from the nuptial Mass are to be read at the beginning of the rite, and the blessing should always be given to the spouses."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-79",
              "number": "79",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The sacramentals are to undergo a revision which takes into account the primary principle of enabling the faithful to participate intelligently, actively, and easily; the circumstances of our own days must also be considered. When rituals are revised, as laid down in Art. 63, new sacramentals may also be added as the need for these becomes apparent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reserved blessings shall be very few; reservations shall be in favor of bishops or ordinaries."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let provision be made that some sacramentals, at least in special circumstances and at the discretion of the ordinary, may be administered by qualified lay persons."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-80",
              "number": "80",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The rite for the consecration of virgins at present found in the Roman Pontifical is to be revised."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, a rite of religious profession and renewal of vows shall be drawn up in order to achieve greater unity, sobriety, and dignity. Apart from exceptions in particular law, this rite should be adopted by those who make their profession or renewal of vows within the Mass."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious profession should preferably be made within the Mass."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-81",
              "number": "81",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The rite for the burial of the dead should express more clearly the paschal character of Christian death, and should correspond more closely to the circumstances and traditions found in various regions. This holds good also for the liturgical color to be used."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-82",
              "number": "82",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The rite for the burial of infants is to be revised, and a special Mass for the occasion should be provided."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE DIVINE OFFICE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-83",
              "number": "83",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christ Jesus, high priest of the new and eternal covenant, taking human nature, introduced into this earthly exile that hymn which is sung throughout all ages in the halls of heaven. He joins the entire community of mankind to Himself, associating it with His own singing of this canticle of divine praise."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For he continues His priestly work through the agency of His Church, which is ceaselessly engaged in praising the Lord and interceding for the salvation of the whole world. She does this, not only by celebrating the eucharist, but also in other ways, especially by praying the divine office."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-84",
              "number": "84",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By tradition going back to early Christian times, the divine office is devised so that the whole course of the day and night is made holy by the praises of God. Therefore, when this wonderful song of praise is rightly performed by priests and others who are deputed for this purpose by the Church's ordinance, or by the faithful praying together with the priest in the approved form, then it is truly the voice of the bride addressed to her bridegroom; It is the very prayer which Christ Himself, together with His body, addresses to the Father."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-85",
              "number": "85",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hence all who render this service are not only fulfilling a duty of the Church, but also are sharing in the greatest honor of Christ's spouse, for by offering these praises to God they are standing before God's throne in the name of the Church their Mother."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-86",
              "number": "86",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Priests who are engaged in the sacred pastoral ministry will offer the praises of the hours with greater fervor the more vividly they realize that they must heed St. Paul's exhortation: \"Pray without ceasing\" (1 Thess. 5:11). For the work in which they labor will effect nothing and bring forth no fruit except by the power of the Lord who said: \"Without me you can do nothing\" (John 15: 5). That is why the apostles, instituting deacons, said: \"We will devote ourselves to prayer and to the ministry of the word\" (Acts 6:4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-81",
              "number": "81",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order that the divine office may be better and more perfectly prayed in existing circumstances, whether by priests or by other members of the Church, the sacred Council, carrying further the restoration already so happily begun by the Apostolic See, has seen fit to decree as follows concerning the office of the Roman rite."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-88",
              "number": "88",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Because the purpose of the office is to sanctify the day, the traditional sequence of the hours is to be restored so that once again they may be genuinely related to the time of the day when they are prayed, as far as this may be possible. Moreover, it will be necessary to take into account the modern conditions in which daily life has to be lived, especially by those who are called to labor in apostolic works."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-89",
              "number": "89",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, when the office is revised, these norms are to be observed:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) By the venerable tradition of the universal Church, Lauds as morning prayer and Vespers as evening prayer are the two hinges on which the daily office turns; hence they are to be considered as the chief hours and are to be celebrated as such."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Compline is to be drawn up so that it will be a suitable prayer for the end of the day."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) The hour known as Matins, although it should retain the character of nocturnal praise when celebrated in choir, shall be adapted so that it may be recited at any hour of the day; it shall be made up of fewer psalms and longer readings."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) The hour of Prime is to be suppressed."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "e) In choir the hours of Terce, Sext, and None are to be observed. But outside choir it will be lawful to select any one of these three, according to the respective time of the day."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-90",
              "number": "90",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The divine office, because it is the public prayer of the Church, is a source of piety, and nourishment for personal prayer. And therefore priests and all others who take part in the divine office are earnestly exhorted in the Lord to attune their minds to their voices when praying it. The better to achieve this, let them take steps to improve their understanding of the liturgy and of the bible, especially of the psalms."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In revising the Roman office, its ancient and venerable treasures are to be so adapted that all those to whom they are handed on may more extensively and easily draw profit from them."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-91",
              "number": "91",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "So that it may really be possible in practice to observe the course of the hours proposed in Art. 89, the psalms are no longer to be distributed throughout one week, but through some longer period of time."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The work of revising the psalter, already happily begun, is to be finished as soon as possible, and is to take into account the style of Christian Latin, the liturgical use of psalms, also when sung, and the entire tradition of the Latin Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-92",
              "number": "92",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As regards the readings, the following shall be observed: a) Readings from sacred scripture shall be arranged so that the riches of God's word may be easily accessible in more abundant measure."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Readings excerpted from the works of the fathers, doctors, and ecclesiastical writers shall be better selected."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) The accounts of martyrdom or the lives of the saints are to accord with the facts of history."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-93",
              "number": "93",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "To whatever extent may seem desirable, the hymns are to be restored to their original form, and whatever smacks of mythology or ill accords with Christian piety is to be removed or changed. Also, as occasion may arise, let other selections from the treasury of hymns be incorporated."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-94",
              "number": "94",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "That the day may be truly sanctified, and that the hours themselves may be recited with spiritual advantage, it is best that each of them be prayed at a time which most closely corresponds with its true canonical time."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-95",
              "number": "95",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Communities obliged to choral office are bound to celebrate the office in choir every day in addition to the conventual Mass. In particular:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Orders of canons, of monks and of nuns, and of other regulars bound by law or constitutions to choral office must celebrate the entire office."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Cathedral or collegiate chapters are bound to recite those parts of the office imposed on them by general or particular law."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-186",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) All members of the above communities who are in major orders or who are solemnly professed, except for lay brothers, are bound to recite individually those canonical hours which they do not pray in choir."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-96",
              "number": "96",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Clerics not bound to office in choir, if they are in major orders, are bound to pray the entire office every day, either in common or individually, as laid down in Art. 89."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-97",
              "number": "97",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Appropriate instances are to be defined by the rubrics in which a liturgical service may be substituted for the divine office."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In particular cases, and for a just reason, ordinaries can dispense their subjects wholly or in part from the obligation of reciting the divine office, or may commute the obligation."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-98",
              "number": "98",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Members of any institute dedicated to acquiring perfection who, according to their constitutions, are to recite any parts of the divine office are thereby performing the public prayer of the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "They too perform the public prayer of the Church who, in virtue of their constitutions, recite any short office, provided this is drawn up after the pattern of the divine office and is duly approved."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-99",
              "number": "99",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Since the divine office is the voice of the Church, that is of the whole mystical body publicly praising God, those clerics who are not obliged to office in choir, especially priests who live together or who assemble for any purpose, are urged to pray at least some part of the divine office in common."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All who pray the divine office, whether in choir or in common, should fulfill the task entrusted to them as perfectly as possible: this refers not only to the internal devotion of their minds but also to their external manner of celebration."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is, moreover, fitting that the office, both in choir and in common, be sung when possible."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-100",
              "number": "100",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pastors of souls should see to it that the chief hours, especially Vespers, are celebrated in common in church on Sundays and the more solemn feasts. And the laity, too, are encouraged to recite the divine office, either with the priests, or among themselves, or even individually."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-101",
              "number": "101",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1. In accordance with the centuries-old tradition of the Latin rite, the Latin language is to be retained by clerics in the divine office. But in individual cases the ordinary has the power of granting the use of a vernacular translation to those clerics for whom the use of Latin constitutes a grave obstacle to their praying the office properly. The vernacular version, however, must be one that is drawn up according to the provision of Art. 36."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The competent superior has the power to grant the use of the vernacular in the celebration of the divine office, even in choir, to nuns and to members of institutes dedicated to acquiring perfection, both men who are not clerics and women. The version, however, must be one that is approved."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Any cleric bound to the divine office fulfills his obligation if he prays the office in the vernacular together with a group of the faithful or with those mentioned in 52 above provided that the text of the translation is approved."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE LITURGICAL YEAR"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-102",
              "number": "102",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Holy Mother Church is conscious that she must celebrate the saving work of her divine Spouse by devoutly recalling it on certain days throughout the course of the year. Every week, on the day which she has called the Lord's day, she keeps the memory of the Lord's resurrection, which she also celebrates once in the year, together with His blessed passion, in the most solemn festival of Easter."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Within the cycle of a year, moreover, she unfolds the whole mystery of Christ, from the incarnation and birth until the ascension, the day of Pentecost, and the expectation of blessed hope and of the coming of the Lord."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recalling thus the mysteries of redemption, the Church opens to the faithful the riches of her Lord's powers and merits, so that these are in some way made present for all time, and the faithful are enabled to lay hold upon them and become filled with saving grace."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-103",
              "number": "103",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In celebrating this annual cycle of Christ's mysteries, holy Church honors with especial love the Blessed Mary, Mother of God, who is joined by an inseparable bond to the saving work of her Son. In her the Church holds up and admires the most excellent fruit of the redemption, and joyfully contemplates, as in a faultless image, that which she herself desires and hopes wholly to be."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-104",
              "number": "104",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church has also included in the annual cycle days devoted to the memory of the martyrs and the other saints. Raised up to perfection by the manifold grace of God, and already in possession of eternal salvation, they sing God's perfect praise in heaven and offer prayers for us. By celebrating the passage of these saints from earth to heaven the Church proclaims the paschal mystery achieved in the saints who have suffered and been glorified with Christ; she proposes them to the faithful as examples drawing all to the Father through Christ, and through their merits she pleads for God's favors."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-105",
              "number": "105",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finally, in the various seasons of the year and according to her traditional discipline, the Church completes the formation of the faithful by means of pious practices for soul and body, by instruction, prayer, and works of penance and of mercy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Accordingly the sacred Council has seen fit to decree as follows."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-106",
              "number": "106",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "By a tradition handed down from the apostles which took its origin from the very day of Christ's resurrection, the Church celebrates the paschal mystery every eighth day; with good reason this, then, bears the name of the Lord's day or Sunday. For on this day Christ's faithful are bound to come together into one place so that; by hearing the word of God and taking part in the eucharist, they may call to mind the passion, the resurrection and the glorification of the Lord Jesus, and may thank God who \"has begotten them again, through the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead, unto a living hope\" (1 Pet. 1:3). Hence the Lord's day is the original feast day, and it should be proposed to the piety of the faithful and taught to them so that it may become in fact a day of joy and of freedom from work. Other celebrations, unless they be truly of greatest importance, shall not have precedence over the Sunday which is the foundation and kernel of the whole liturgical year."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-107",
              "number": "107",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The liturgical year is to be revised so that the traditional customs and discipline of the sacred seasons shall be preserved or restored to suit the conditions of modern times; their specific character is to be retained, so that they duly nourish the piety of the faithful who celebrate the mysteries of Christian redemption, and above all the paschal mystery. If certain adaptations are considered necessary on account of local conditions, they are to be made in accordance with the provisions of Art. 39 and 40."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-108",
              "number": "108",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The minds of the faithful must be directed primarily toward the feasts of the Lord whereby the mysteries of salvation are celebrated in the course of the year. Therefore, the proper of the time shall be given the preference which is its due over the feasts of the saints, so that the entire cycle of the mysteries of salvation may be suitably recalled."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-109",
              "number": "109",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The season of Lent has a twofold character: primarily by recalling or preparing for baptism and by penance, it disposes the faithful, who more diligently hear the word of God and devote themselves to prayer, to celebrate the paschal mystery. This twofold character is to be brought into greater prominence both in the liturgy and by liturgical catechesis. Hence:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) More use is to be made of the baptismal features proper to the Lenten liturgy; some of them, which used to flourish in bygone days, are to be restored as may seem good."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) The same is to apply to the penitential elements. As regards instruction it is important to impress on the minds of the faithful not only a social consequences of sin but also that essence of the virtue of penance which leads to the detestation of sin as an offence against God; the role of the Church in penitential practices is not to be passed over, and the people must be exhorted to pray for sinners."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-110",
              "number": "110",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "During Lent penance should not be only internal and individual, but also external and social. The practice of penance should be fostered in ways that are possible in our own times and in different regions, and according to the circumstances of the faithful; it should be encouraged by the authorities mentioned in Art. 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nevertheless, let the paschal fast be kept sacred. Let it be celebrated everywhere on Good Friday and, where possible, prolonged throughout Holy Saturday, so that the joys of the Sunday of the resurrection may be attained with uplifted and clear mind."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-111",
              "number": "111",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The saints have been traditionally honored in the Church and their authentic relics and images held in veneration. For the feasts of the saints proclaim the wonderful works of Christ in His servants, and display to the faithful fitting examples for their imitation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lest the feasts of the saints should take precedence over the feasts which commemorate the very mysteries of salvation, many of them should be left to be celebrated by a particular Church or nation or family of religious; only those should be extended to the universal Church which commemorate saints who are truly of universal importance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VI SACRED MUSIC"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-112",
              "number": "112",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The musical tradition of the universal Church is a treasure of inestimable value, greater even than that of any other art. The main reason for this pre-eminence is that, as sacred song united to the words, it forms a necessary or integral part of the solemn liturgy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Holy Scripture, indeed, has bestowed praise upon sacred song [42], and the same may be said of the fathers of the Church and of the Roman pontiffs who in recent times, led by St. Pius X, have explained more precisely the ministerial function supplied by sacred music in the service of the Lord."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore sacred music is to be considered the more holy in proportion as it is more closely connected with the liturgical action, whether it adds delight to prayer, fosters unity of minds, or confers greater solemnity upon the sacred rites. But the Church approves of all forms of true art having the needed qualities, and admits them into divine worship."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Accordingly, the sacred Council, keeping to the norms and precepts of ecclesiastical tradition and discipline, and having regard to the purpose of sacred music, which is the glory of God and the sanctification of the faithful, decrees as follows."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-113",
              "number": "113",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liturgical worship is given a more noble form when the divine offices are celebrated solemnly in song, with the assistance of sacred ministers and the active participation of the people."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As regards the language to be used, the provisions of Art. 36 are to be observed; for the Mass, Art. 54; for the sacraments, Art. 63; for the divine office. Art. 101."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-114",
              "number": "114",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The treasure of sacred music is to be preserved and fostered with great care. Choirs must be diligently promoted, especially in cathedral churches; but bishops and other pastors of souls must be at pains to ensure that, whenever the sacred action is to be celebrated with song, the whole body of the faithful may be able to contribute that active participation which is rightly theirs, as laid down in Art. 28 and 30."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-115",
              "number": "115",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Great importance is to be attached to the teaching and practice of music in seminaries, in the novitiates and houses of study of religious of both sexes, and also in other Catholic institutions and schools. To impart this instruction, teachers are to be carefully trained and put in charge of the teaching of sacred music."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is desirable also to found higher institutes of sacred music whenever this can be done."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Composers and singers, especially boys, must also be given a genuine liturgical training."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-116",
              "number": "116",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church acknowledges Gregorian chant as specially suited to the Roman liturgy: therefore, other things being equal, it should be given pride of place in liturgical services."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But other kinds of sacred music, especially polyphony, are by no means excluded from liturgical celebrations, so long as they accord with the spirit of the liturgical action, as laid down in Art. 30."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-117",
              "number": "117",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The typical edition of the books of Gregorian chant is to be completed; and a more critical edition is to be prepared of those books already published since the restoration by St. Pius X."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is desirable also that an edition be prepared containing simpler melodies, for use in small churches."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-118",
              "number": "118",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Religious singing by the people is to be intelligently fostered so that in devotions and sacred exercises, as also during liturgical services, the voices of the faithful may ring out according to the norms and requirements of the rubrics."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-119",
              "number": "119",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In certain parts of the world, especially mission lands, there are peoples who have their own musical traditions, and these play a great part in their religious and social life. For this reason due importance is to be attached to their music, and a suitable place is to be given to it, not only in forming their attitude toward religion, but also in adapting worship to their native genius, as indicated in Art. 39 and 40."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Therefore, when missionaries are being given training in music, every effort should be made to see that they become competent in promoting the traditional music of these peoples, both in schools and in sacred services, as far as may be practicable."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-120",
              "number": "120",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the Latin Church the pipe organ is to be held in high esteem, for it is the traditional musical instrument which adds a wonderful splendor to the Church's ceremonies and powerfully lifts up man's mind to God and to higher things."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But other instruments also may be admitted for use in divine worship, with the knowledge and consent of the competent territorial authority, as laid down in Art. 22, 52, 37, and 40. This may be done, however, only on condition that the instruments are suitable, or can be made suitable, for sacred use, accord with the dignity of the temple, and truly contribute to the edification of the faithful."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-121",
              "number": "121",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Composers, filled with the Christian spirit, should feel that their vocation is to cultivate sacred music and increase its store of treasures."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let them produce compositions which have the qualities proper to genuine sacred music, not confining themselves to works which can be sung only by large choirs, but providing also for the needs of small choirs and for the active participation of the entire assembly of the faithful."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The texts intended to be sung must always be in conformity with Catholic doctrine; indeed they should be drawn chiefly from holy scripture and from liturgical sources."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "SACRED ART AND SACRED FURNISHINGS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-122",
              "number": "122",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Very rightly the fine arts are considered to rank among the noblest activities of man's genius, and this applies especially to religious art and to its highest achievement, which is sacred art. These arts, by their very nature, are oriented toward the infinite beauty of God which they attempt in some way to portray by the work of human hands; they achieve their purpose of redounding to God's praise and glory in proportion as they are directed the more exclusively to the single aim of turning men's minds devoutly toward God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Holy Mother Church has therefore always been the friend of the fine arts and has ever sought their noble help, with the special aim that all things set apart for use in divine worship should be truly worthy, becoming, and beautiful, signs and symbols of the supernatural world, and for this purpose she has trained artists. In fact, the Church has, with good reason, always reserved to herself the right to pass judgment upon the arts, deciding which of the works of artists are in accordance with faith, piety, and cherished traditional laws, and thereby fitted for sacred use."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church has been particularly careful to see that sacred furnishings should worthily and beautifully serve the dignity of worship, and has admitted changes in materials, style, or ornamentation prompted by the progress of the technical arts with the passage of time."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wherefore it has pleased the Fathers to issue the following decrees on these matters."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-123",
              "number": "123",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church has not adopted any particular style of art as her very own; she has admitted styles from every period according to the natural talents and circumstances of peoples, and the needs of the various rites. Thus, in the course of the centuries, she has brought into being a treasury of art which must be very carefully preserved. The art of our own days, coming from every race and region, shall also be given free scope in the Church, provided that it adorns the sacred buildings and holy rites with due reverence and honor; thereby it is enabled to contribute its own voice to that wonderful chorus of praise in honor of the Catholic faith sung by great men in times gone by."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-124",
              "number": "124",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ordinaries, by the encouragement and favor they show to art which is truly sacred, should strive after noble beauty rather than mere sumptuous display. This principle is to apply also in the matter of sacred vestments and ornaments."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Let bishops carefully remove from the house of God and from other sacred places those works of artists which are repugnant to faith, morals, and Christian piety, and which offend true religious sense either by depraved forms or by lack of artistic worth, mediocrity and pretense."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "And when churches are to be built, let great care be taken that they be suitable for the celebration of liturgical services and for the active participation of the faithful."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-125",
              "number": "125",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The practice of placing sacred images in churches so that they may be venerated by the faithful is to be maintained. Nevertheless their number should be moderate and their relative positions should reflect right order. For otherwise they may create confusion among the Christian people and foster devotion of doubtful orthodoxy."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-126",
              "number": "126",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When passing judgment on works of art, local ordinaries shall give a hearing to the diocesan commission on sacred art and, if needed, also to others who are especially expert, and to the commissions referred to in Art. 44, 45, and 46."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ordinaries must be very careful to see that sacred furnishings and works of value are not disposed of or dispersed; for they are the ornaments of the house of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-127",
              "number": "127",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bishops should have a special concern for artists, so as to imbue them with the spirit of sacred art and of the sacred liturgy. This they may do in person or through suitable priests who are gifted with a knowledge and love of art."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is also desirable that schools or academies of sacred art should be founded in those parts of the world where they would be useful, so that artists may be trained."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All artists who, prompted by their talents, desire to serve God's glory in holy Church, should ever bear in mind that they are engaged in a kind of sacred imitation of God the Creator, and are concerned with works destined to be used in Catholic worship, to edify the faithful, and to foster their piety and their religious formation."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-128",
              "number": "128",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Along with the revision of the liturgical books, as laid down in Art. 25, there is to be an early revision of the canons and ecclesiastical statutes which govern the provision of material things involved in sacred worship. These laws refer especially to the worthy and well planned construction of sacred buildings, the shape and construction of altars, the nobility, placing, and safety of the eucharistic tabernacle, the dignity and suitability of the baptistery, the proper ordering of sacred images, embellishments, and vestments. Laws which seem less suited to the reformed liturgy are to be brought into harmony with it, or else abolished; and any which are helpful are to be retained if already in use, or introduced where they are lacking."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "According to the norm of Art. 22 of this Constitution, the territorial bodies of bishops are empowered to adapt such things to the needs and customs of their different regions; this applies especially to the materials and form of sacred furnishings and vestments."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-129",
              "number": "129",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "During their philosophical and theological studies, clerics are to be taught about the history and development of sacred art, and about the sound principles governing the production of its works. In consequence they will be able to appreciate and preserve the Church's venerable monuments, and be in a position to aid, by good advice, artists who are engaged in producing works of art."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-130",
              "number": "130",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is fitting that the use of pontificals be reserved to those ecclesiastical persons who have episcopal rank or some particular jurisdiction."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A DECLARATION OF THE SECOND ECUMENICAL COUNCIL OF THE VATICAN ON REVISION OF THE CALENDAR"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Second Ecumenical Sacred Council of the Vatican, recognizing the importance of the wishes expressed by many concerning the assignment of the feast of Easter to a fixed Sunday and concerning an unchanging calendar, having carefully considered the effects which could result from the introduction of a new calendar, declares as follows:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But among the various systems which are being suggested to stabilize a perpetual calendar and to introduce it into civil life, the Church has no objection only in the case of those systems which retain and safeguard a seven-day week with Sunday, without the introduction of any days outside the week, so that the succession of weeks may be left intact, unless there is question of the most serious reasons. Concerning these the Apostolic See shall judge."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] Secret of the ninth Sunday after Pentecost."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2] Cf. Heb. 13:14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3] Cf. Eph. 2:21-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4] Cf. Eph. 4:13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5] Cf. Is. 11:12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6] Cf. John 11:52."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7] Cf. John 10:16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8] Cf. Is. 61:1; Luke 4:18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[9] St. Ignatius of Antioch, To the Ephesians, 7, 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[10] Cf. 1 Tim. 2:5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[11] Sacramentarium Veronese (ed. Mohlberg), n. 1265; cf. also n. 1241, 1248."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[12] Easter Preface of the Roman Missal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[13] Prayer before the second lesson for Holy Saturday, as it was in the Roman Missal before the restoration of Holy Week."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[14] Cf. Mark 16:15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[15] Cf. Acts 26:18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[16] Cf. Rom. 6:4; Eph. 2:6; Col. 3:1; 2 Tim. 2:11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[17] Cf. John 4:23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[18] Cf. 1 Cor. 11:26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[19] Council of Trent, Session XIII, Decree on the Holy Eucharist, c.5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[20] Council of Trent, Session XXII, Doctrine on the Holy Sacrifice of the Mass, c. 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[21] Cf. St. Augustine, Tractatus in Ioannem, VI, n. 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[22] Cf. Apoc. 21:2; Col. 3:1; Heb. 8:2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[23] Cf. Phil. 3:20; Col. 3:4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[24] Cf. John 17:3; Luke 24:27; Acts 2:38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[25] Cf. Matt. 28:20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[26] Postcommunion for both Masses of Easter Sunday."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[27] Collect of the Mass for Tuesday of Easter Week."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[28] Cf. 2 Cor. 6:1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[29] Cf. Matt. 6:6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[30] Cf . 1 Thess. 5:17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[31] Cf . 2 Cor. 4:10-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[32] Secret for Monday of Pentecost Week."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[33] St. Cyprian, On the Unity of the Cathotic Church, 7; cf. Letter 66, n. 8, 3."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[34] Cf. Council of Trent, Session XXII, Doctrine on the Holy Sacrifice of the Mass, c. 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[35] Cf. St. Ignatius of Antioch, To the Smyrnians, 8; To the Magnesians, 7; To the Philadelphians, 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[36] Cf. St. Augustine, Tractatus in Ioannem, VI, n. 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[37] Roman Breviary, feast of Corpus Christi, Second Vespers, antiphon to the Magnificat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[38] Cf. St. Cyril of Alexandria, Commentary on the Gospel of John, book XI, chap. XI-XII: Migne, Patrologia Graeca, 74, 557-564."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[39] Cf. 1 Tim. 2:1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[40] Session XXI, July 16, 1562. Doctrine on Communion under Both Species, chap. 1-3: Condlium Tridentinum. Diariorum, Actorum, Epistolarum, Tractatuum nova collectio ed. Soc. Goerresiana, tome VIII (Freiburg in Br., 1919), 698-699."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[41] Council of Trent, Session XXIV, November 11, 1563, On Reform, chap. I. Cf. Roman Ritual, title VIII, chap. II, n. 6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[42] Cf. Eph. 5:19; Col. 3:16."
            }
          ]
        },
        "es": {
          "code": "es",
          "label": "Español",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19631204_sacrosanctum-concilium_sp.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-12-vat-ii_const_19631204_sacrosanctum-concilium_sp.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONSTITUCIÓN SACROSANCTUM CONCILIUM SOBRE LA SAGRADA LITURGIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROEMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este sacrosanto Concilio se propone acrecentar de día en día entre los fieles la vida cristiana, adaptar mejor a las necesidades de nuestro tiempo las instituciones que están sujetas a cambio, promover todo aquello que pueda contribuir a la unión de cuantos creen en Jesucristo y fortalecer lo que sirve para invitar a todos los hombres al seno de la Iglesia. Por eso cree que le corresponde de un modo particular proveer a la reforma y al fomento de la Liturgia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Liturgia en el misterio de la Iglesia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En efecto, la Liturgia, por cuyo medio \"se ejerce la obra de nuestra Redención\", sobre todo en el divino sacrificio de la Eucaristía, contribuye en sumo grado a que los fieles expresen en su vida, y manifiesten a los demás, el misterio de Cristo y la naturaleza auténtica de la verdadera Iglesia. Es característico de la Iglesia ser, a la vez, humana y divina, visible y dotada de elementos invisibles, entregada a la acción y dada a la contemplación, presente en el mundo y, sin embargo, peregrina; y todo esto de suerte que en ella lo humano esté ordenado y subordinado a lo divino, lo visible a lo invisible, la acción a la contemplación y lo presente a la ciudad futura que buscamos. Por eso, al edificar día a día a los que están dentro para ser templo santo en el Señor y morada de Dios en el Espíritu, hasta llegar a la medida de la plenitud de la edad de Cristo, la Liturgia robustece también admirablemente sus fuerzas para predicar a Cristo y presenta así la Iglesia, a los que están fuera, como signo levantado en medio de las naciones, para que, bajo de él, se congreguen en la unidad los hijos de Dios que están dispersos, hasta que haya un solo rebaño y un solo pastor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liturgia y ritos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo cual, el sacrosanto concilio estima que han de tenerse en cuenta los principios siguientes, y que se deben establecer algunas normas prácticas en orden al fomento y reforma de la Liturgia. Entre estos principios y normas hay algunos que pueden y deben aplicarse lo mismo al rito romano que a los demás ritos. Sin embargo, se ha de entender que las normas prácticas que siguen se refieren sólo al rito romano, cuando no se trata de cosas que, por su misma naturaleza, afectan también a los demás ritos."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por último, el sacrosanto Concilio, ateniéndose fielmente a la tradición, declara que la Santa Madre Iglesia atribuye igual derecho y honor a todos los ritos legítimamente reconocidos y quiere que en el futuro se conserven y fomenten por todos los medios. Desea, además, que, si fuere necesario, sean íntegramente revisados con prudencia, de acuerdo con la sana tradición, y reciban nuevo vigor, teniendo en cuenta las circunstancias y necesidades de hoy."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I PRINCIPIOS GENERALES PARA LA REFORMA Y FOMENTO DE LA SAGRADA LITURGIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. NATURALEZA DE LA SAGRADA LITURGIA Y SU IMPORTANCIA EN LA VIDA DE LA IGLESIA La obra de la salvación se realiza en Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dios, que \"quiere que todos los hombres se salven y lleguen al conocimiento de la verdad\" (1 Tim., 2,4), \"habiendo hablado antiguamente en muchas ocasiones de diferentes maneras a nuestros padres por medio de los profetas\" (Hebr., 1,1), cuando llegó la plenitud de los tiempos envió a su Hijo, el Verbo hecho carne, ungido por el Espíritu Santo, para evangelizar a los pobres y curar a los contritos de corazón, como \"médico corporal y espiritual\", mediador entre Dios y los hombres. En efecto, su humanidad, unida a la persona del Verbo, fue instrumento de nuestra salvación. Por esto en Cristo se realizó plenamente nuestra reconciliación y se nos dio la plenitud del culto divino. Esta obra de redención humana y de la perfecta glorificación de Dios, preparada por las maravillas que Dios obró en el pueblo de la Antigua Alianza, Cristo la realizó principalmente por el misterio pascual de su bienaventurada pasión. Resurrección de entre los muertos y gloriosa Ascensión. Por este misterio, \"con su Muerte destruyó nuestra muerte y con su Resurrección restauró nuestra vida. Pues el costado de Cristo dormido en la cruz nació \"el sacramento admirable de la Iglesia entera\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En la Iglesia se realiza por la Liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por esta razón, así como Cristo fue enviado por el Padre, Él, a su vez, envió a los Apóstoles llenos del Espíritu Santo. No sólo los envió a predicar el Evangelio a toda criatura y a anunciar que el Hijo de Dios, con su Muerte y Resurrección, nos libró del poder de Satanás y de la muerte, y nos condujo al reino del Padre, sino también a realizar la obra de salvación que proclamaban, mediante el sacrificio y los sacramentos, en torno a los cuales gira toda la vida litúrgica. Y así, por el bautismo, los hombres son injertados en el misterio pascual de Jesucristo: mueren con El, son sepultados con El y resucitan con El; reciben el espíritu de adopción de hijos \"por el que clamamos: Abba, Padre\" (Rom., 8,15) y se convierten así en los verdaderos adoradores que busca el Padre. Asimismo, cuantas veces comen la cena del Señor, proclaman su Muerte hasta que vuelva. Por eso, el día mismo de Pentecostés, en que la Iglesia se manifestó al mundo \"los que recibieron la palabra de Pedro \"fueron bautizados. Y con perseverancia escuchaban la enseñanza de los Apóstoles, se reunían en la fracción del pan y en la oración, alabando a Dios, gozando de la estima general del pueblo\" (Act., 2,14-47). Desde entonces, la Iglesia nunca ha dejado de reunirse para celebrar el misterio pascual: leyendo \"cuanto a él se refiere en toda la Escritura\" (Lc., 24,27), celebrando la Eucaristía, en la cual \"se hacen de nuevo presentes la victoria y el triunfo de su muerte\", y dando gracias al mismo tiempo \"a Dios por el don inefable\" (2 Cor., 9,15) en Cristo Jesús, \"para alabar su gloria\" (Ef., 1,12), por la fuerza del Espíritu Santo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Presencia de Cristo en la Liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para realizar una obra tan grande, Cristo está siempre presente en su Iglesia, sobre todo en la acción litúrgica. Está presente en el sacrificio de la Misa, sea en la persona del ministro, \"ofreciéndose ahora por ministerio de los sacerdotes el mismo que entonces se ofreció en la cruz\", sea sobre todo bajo las especies eucarísticas. Está presente con su fuerza en los Sacramentos, de modo que, cuando alguien bautiza, es Cristo quien bautiza. Está presente en su palabra, pues cuando se lee en la Iglesia la Sagrada Escritura, es El quien habla. Está presente, por último, cuando la Iglesia suplica y canta salmos, el mismo que prometió: \"Donde están dos o tres congregados en mi nombre, allí estoy Yo en medio de ellos\" (Mt., 18,20). Realmente, en esta obra tan grande por la que Dios es perfectamente glorificado y los hombres santificados, Cristo asocia siempre consigo a su amadísima Esposa la Iglesia, que invoca a su Señor y por El tributa culto al Padre Eterno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con razón, pues, se considera la Liturgia como el ejercicio del sacerdocio de Jesucristo. En ella los signos sensibles significan y, cada uno a su manera, realizan la santificación del hombre, y así el Cuerpo Místico de Jesucristo, es decir, la Cabeza y sus miembros, ejerce el culto público íntegro. En consecuencia, toda celebración litúrgica, por ser obra de Cristo sacerdote y de su Cuerpo, que es la Iglesia, es acción sagrada por excelencia, cuya eficacia, con el mismo título y en el mismo grado, no la iguala ninguna otra acción de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liturgia terrena y Liturgia celeste"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En la Liturgia terrena preguntamos y tomamos parte en aquella Liturgia celestial, que se celebra en la santa ciudad de Jerusalén, hacia la cual nos dirigimos como peregrinos, y donde Cristo está sentado a la diestra de Dios como ministro del santuario y del tabernáculo verdadero, cantamos al Señor el himno de gloria con todo el ejército celestial; venerando la memoria de los santos esperamos tener parte con ellos y gozar de su compañía; aguardamos al Salvador, Nuestro Señor Jesucristo, hasta que se manifieste El, nuestra vida, y nosotros nos manifestamos también gloriosos con El."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Liturgia no es la única actividad de la Iglesia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La sagrada Liturgia no agota toda la actividad de la Iglesia, pues para que los hombres puedan llegar a la Liturgia es necesario que antes sean llamados a la fe y a la conversión: \"¿Cómo invocarán a Aquel en quien no han creído? ¿O cómo creerán en El sin haber oído de El? ¿Y como oirán si nadie les predica? ¿Y cómo predicarán si no son enviados?\" (Rom., 10,14-15). Por eso, a los no creyentes la Iglesia proclama el mensaje de salvación para que todos los hombres conozcan al único Dios verdadero y a su enviado Jesucristo, y se conviertan de sus caminos haciendo penitencia. Y a los creyentes les debe predicar continuamente la fe y la penitencia, y debe prepararlos, además, para los Sacramentos, enseñarles a cumplir todo cuanto mandó Cristo y estimularlos a toda clase de obras de caridad, piedad y apostolado, para que se ponga de manifiesto que los fieles, sin ser de este mundo, son la luz del mundo y dan gloria al Padre delante de los hombres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liturgia, cumbre y fuente de la vida eclesial"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No obstante, la Liturgia es la cumbre a la cual tiende la actividad de la Iglesia y al mismo tiempo la fuente de donde mana toda su fuerza. Pues los trabajos apostólicos se ordenan a que, una vez hechos hijos de Dios por la fe y el bautismo, todos se reúnan para alabar a Dios en medio de la Iglesia, participen en el sacrificio y coman la cena del Señor. Por su parte, la Liturgia misma impulsa a los fieles a que, saciados \"con los sacramentos pascuales\", sean \"concordes en la piedad\"; ruega a Dios que \"conserven en su vida lo que recibieron en la fe\", y la renovación de la Alianza del Señor con los hombres en la Eucaristía enciende y arrastra a los fieles a la apremiante caridad de Cristo. Por tanto, de la Liturgia, sobre todo de la Eucaristía, mana hacia nosotros la gracia como de su fuente y se obtiene con la máxima eficacia aquella santificación de los hombres en Cristo y aquella glorificación de Dios, a la cual las demás obras de la Iglesia tienden como a su fin."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Necesidad de las disposiciones personales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas, para asegurar esta plena eficacia es necesario que los fieles se acerquen a la sagrada Liturgia con recta disposición de ánimo, pongan su alma en consonancia con su voz y colaboren con la gracia divina, para no recibirla en vano. Por esta razón, los pastores de almas deben vigilar para que en la acción litúrgica no sólo se observen las leyes relativas a la celebración válida y lícita, sino también para que los fieles participen en ella consciente, activa y fructuosamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liturgia y ejercicios piadosos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con todo, la participación en la sagrada Liturgia no abarca toda la vida espiritual. En efecto, el cristiano, llamado a orar en común, debe, no obstante, entrar también en su cuarto para orar al Padre en secreto; más aún, debe orar sin tregua, según enseña el Apóstol. Y el mismo Apóstol nos exhorta a llevar siempre la mortificación de Jesús en nuestro cuerpo, para que también su vida se manifieste en nuestra carne mortal. Por esta causa pedimos al Señor en el sacrificio de la Misa que, \"recibida la ofrenda de la víctima espiritual\", haga de nosotros mismos una \"ofrenda eterna\" para Sí."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se recomiendan las prácticas piadosas aprobadas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se recomiendan encarecidamente los ejercicios piadosos del pueblo cristiano, con tal que sean conformes a las leyes y a las normas de la Iglesia, en particular si se hacen por mandato de la Sede Apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gozan también de una dignidad especial las prácticas religiosas de las Iglesias particulares que se celebran por mandato de los Obispos, a tenor de las costumbres o de los libros legítimamente aprobados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ahora bien, es preciso que estos mismos ejercicios se organicen teniendo en cuenta los tiempos litúrgicos, de modo que vayan de acuerdo con la sagrada Liturgia, en cierto modo deriven de ella y a ella conduzcan al pueblo, ya que la liturgia, por su naturaleza, está muy por encima de ellos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. NECESIDAD DE PROMOVER LA EDUCACIÓN LITÚRGICA Y LA PARTICIPACIÓN ACTIVA."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La santa madre Iglesia desea ardientemente que se lleve a todos los fieles a aquella participación plena, consciente y activa en las celebraciones litúrgicas que exige la naturaleza de la Liturgia misma y a la cual tiene derecho y obligación, en virtud del bautismo, el pueblo cristiano, \"linaje escogido sacerdocio real, nación santa, pueblo adquirido\" (1 Pe., 2,9; cf. 2,4-5). Al reformar y fomentar la sagrada Liturgia hay que tener muy en cuenta esta plena y activa participación de todo el pueblo, porque es la fuente primaria y necesaria de donde han de beber los fieles el espíritu verdaderamente cristiano, y por lo mismo, los pastores de almas deben aspirar a ella con diligencia en toda su actuación pastoral, por medio de una educación adecuada. Y como no se puede esperar que esto ocurra, si antes los mismos pastores de almas no se impregnan totalmente del espíritu y de la fuerza de la Liturgia y llegan a ser maestros de la misma, es indispensable que se provea antes que nada a la educación litúrgica del clero. Por tanto, el sacrosanto Concilio ha decretado establecer lo que sigue:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formación de profesores de Liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los profesores que se elijan para enseñar la asignatura de sagrada Liturgia en los seminarios, casas de estudios de los religiosos y facultades teológicas, deben formarse a conciencia para su misión en institutos destinados especialmente a ello."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formación litúrgica del clero"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La asignatura de sagrada Liturgia se debe considerar entre las materias necesarias y más importantes en los seminarios y casas de estudio de los religiosos, y entre las asignaturas principales en las facultades teológicas. Se explicará tanto bajo el aspecto teológico e histórico como bajo el aspecto espiritual, pastoral y jurídico. Además, los profesores de las otras asignaturas, sobre todo de Teología dogmática, Sagrada Escritura, Teología espiritual y pastoral, procurarán exponer el misterio de Cristo y la historia de la salvación, partiendo de las exigencias intrínsecas del objeto propio de cada asignatura, de modo que quede bien clara su conexión con la Liturgia y la unidad de la formación sacerdotal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vida litúrgica en los seminarios e institutos religiosos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En los seminarios y casas religiosas, los clérigos deben adquirir una formación litúrgica de la vida espiritual, por medio de una adecuada iniciación que les permita comprender los sagrados ritos y participar en ellos con toda el alma, sea celebrando los sagrados misterios, sea con otros ejercicios de piedad penetrados del espíritu de la sagrada Liturgia; aprendan al mismo tiempo a observar las leyes litúrgicas, de modo que en los seminarios e institutos religiosos la vida esté totalmente informada de espíritu litúrgico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vida litúrgica de los sacerdotes"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A los sacerdotes, tanto seculares como religiosos, que ya trabajan en la viña del Señor, se les ha de ayudar con todos los medios apropiados a comprender cada vez más plenamente lo que realizan en las funciones sagradas, a vivir la vida litúrgica y comunicarla a los fieles a ellos encomendados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formación litúrgica del pueblo fiel"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los pastores de almas fomenten con diligencia y paciencia la educación litúrgica y la participación activa de los fieles, interna y externa, conforme a su edad, condición, género de vida y grado de cultura religiosa, cumpliendo así una de las funciones principales del fiel dispensador de los misterios de Dios y, en este punto, guíen a su rebaño no sólo de palabra, sino también con el ejemplo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Transmisiones de acciones litúrgicas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las transmisiones radiofónicas y televisivas de acciones sagradas, sobre todo si se trata de la celebración de la Misa, se harán discreta y decorosamente, bajo la dirección y responsabilidad de una persona idónea a quien los Obispos hayan destinado a este menester."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. REFORMA DE LA SAGRADA LITURGIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que en la sagrada Liturgia el pueblo cristiano obtenga con mayor seguridad gracias abundantes, la santa madre Iglesia desea proveer con solicitud a una reforma general de la misma Liturgia. Porque la Liturgia consta de una parte que es inmutable por ser la institución divina, y de otras partes sujetas a cambio, que en el decurso del tiempo pueden y aun deben variar, si es que en ellas se han introducido elementos que no responden bien a la naturaleza íntima de la misma Liturgia o han llegado a ser menos apropiados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En esta reforma, los textos y los ritos se han de ordenar de manera que expresen con mayor claridad las cosas santas que significan y, en lo posible, el pueblo cristiano pueda comprenderlas fácilmente y participar en ellas por medio de una celebración plena, activa y comunitaria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por esta razón, el sacrosanto Concilio ha establecido estas normas generales:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A) Normas generales"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sólo la Jerarquía puede introducir cambios en la Liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§1. La reglamentación de la sagrada Liturgia es de competencia exclusiva de la autoridad eclesiástica; ésta reside en la Sede Apostólica y, en la medida que determine la ley, en el Obispo. § 2. En virtud del poder concedido por el derecho la reglamentación de las cuestiones litúrgicas corresponde también, dentro de los límites establecidos, a las competentes asambleas territoriales de Obispos de distintas clases, legítimamente constituidos. §3. Por lo mismo, nadie, aunque sea sacerdote, añada, quite o cambie cosa alguna por iniciativa propia en la Liturgia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conservar la tradición y apertura al legítimo progreso"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para conservar la sana tradición y abrir, con todo, el camino a un progreso legítimo, debe preceder siempre una concienzuda investigación teológica, histórica y pastoral, acerca de cada una de las partes que se han de revisar. Téngase en cuenta, además, no sólo las leyes generales de la estructura y mentalidad litúrgicas, sino también la experiencia adquirida con la reforma litúrgica y con los indultos concedidos en diversos lugares. Por último, no se introduzcan innovaciones si no lo exige una utilidad verdadera y cierta de la Iglesia, y sólo después de haber tenido la precaución de que las nuevas formas se desarrollen, por decirlo así, orgánicamente a partir de las ya existentes. En cuanto sea posible evítense las diferencias notables de ritos entre territorios contiguos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Biblia y Liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En la celebración litúrgica la importancia de la Sagrada Escritura es sumamente grande. Pues de ella se toman las lecturas que luego se explican en la homilía, y los salmos que se cantan, las preces, oraciones e himnos litúrgicos están penetrados de su espíritu y de ella reciben su significado las acciones y los signos. Por tanto, para procurar la reforma, el progreso y la adaptación de la sagrada Liturgia, hay que fomentar aquel amor suave y vivo hacia la Sagrada Escritura que atestigua la venerable tradición de los ritos, tanto orientales como occidentales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisión de los libros litúrgicos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revísense cuanto antes los libros litúrgicos, valiéndose de peritos y consultando a Obispos de diversas regiones del mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "B) Normas derivadas de la índole de la liturgia como acción jerárquica y comunitaria."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las acciones litúrgicas no son acciones privadas, sino celebraciones de la Iglesia, que es \"sacramento de unidad\", es decir, pueblo santo congregado y ordenado bajo la dirección de los Obispos. Por eso pertenecen a todo el cuerpo de la Iglesia, influyen en él y lo manifiestan; pero cada uno de los miembros de este cuerpo recibe un influjo diverso, según la diversidad de órdenes, funciones y participación actual."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Primacía de las celebraciones comunitarias"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siempre que los ritos, cada cual según su naturaleza propia, admitan una celebración comunitaria, con asistencia y participación activa de los fieles, incúlquese que hay que preferirla, en cuanto sea posible, a una celebración individual y casi privada. Esto vale, sobre todo, para la celebración de la Misa, quedando siempre a salvo la naturaleza pública y social de toda Misa, y para la administración de los Sacramentos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cada cual desempeñe su oficio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En las celebraciones litúrgicas, cada cual, ministro o simple fiel, al desempeñar su oficio, hará todo y sólo aquello que le corresponde por la naturaleza de la acción y las normas litúrgicas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auténtico ministerio litúrgico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los acólitos, lectores, comentadores y cuantos pertenecen a la Schola Cantorum, desempeñan un auténtico ministerio litúrgico. Ejerzan, por tanto, su oficio con la sincera piedad y orden que convienen a tan gran ministerio y les exige con razón el Pueblo de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con ese fin es preciso que cada uno, a su manera, esté profundamente penetrado del espíritu de la Liturgia y sea instruido para cumplir su función debida y ordenadamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Participación activa de los fieles"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para promover la participación activa se fomentarán las aclamaciones del pueblo, las respuestas, la salmodia, las antífonas, los cantos y también las acciones o gestos y posturas corporales. Guárdese, además, a su debido tiempo, un silencio sagrado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Normas para la revisión de las rúbricas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En la revisión de los libros litúrgicos, téngase muy en cuenta que en las rúbricas esté prevista también la participación de los fieles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No se hará acepción alguna de personas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fuera de la distinción que deriva de la función litúrgica y del orden sagrado, y exceptuados los honores debidos a las autoridades civiles a tenor de las leyes litúrgicas, no se hará acepción de personas o de clases sociales ni en las ceremonias ni en el ornato externo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C) Normas derivadas del carácter didáctico y pastoral de la Liturgia."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aunque la sagrada Liturgia sea principalmente culto de la divina Majestad, contiene también una gran instrucción para el pueblo fiel. En efecto, en la liturgia, Dios habla a su pueblo; Cristo sigue anunciando el Evangelio. Y el pueblo responde a Dios con el canto y la oración."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Más aún: las oraciones que dirige a Dios el sacerdote —que preside la asamblea representando a Cristo— se dicen en nombre de todo el pueblo santo y de todos los circunstantes. Los mismos signos visibles que usa la sagrada Liturgia han sido escogidos por Cristo o por la Iglesia para significar realidades divinas invisibles. Por tanto, no sólo cuando se lee \"lo que se ha escrito para nuestra enseñanza\" (Rom., 15,4), sino también cuando la Iglesia ora, canta o actúa, la fe de los participantes se alimenta y sus almas se elevan a Dios a fin de tributarle un culto racional y recibir su gracia con mayor abundancia. Por eso, al realizar la reforma hay que observar las normas generales siguientes:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estructura de los ritos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los ritos deben resplandecer con noble sencillez; deben ser breves, claros, evitando las repeticiones inútiles, adaptados a la capacidad de los fieles y, en general, no deben tener necesidad de muchas explicaciones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Biblia, predicación y catequesis litúrgica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que aparezca con claridad la íntima conexión entre la palabra y el rito en la Liturgia:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1). En las celebraciones sagradas debe haber lectura de la Sagrada Escritura más abundante, más variada y más apropiada. 2). Por ser el sermón parte de la acción litúrgica, se indicará también en las rúbricas el lugar más apto, en cuanto lo permite la naturaleza del rito; cúmplase con la mayor fidelidad y exactitud el ministerio de la predicación. las fuentes principales de la predicación serán la Sagrada Escritura y la Liturgia, ya que es una proclamación de las maravillas obradas por Dios en la historia de la salvación o misterio de Cristo, que está siempre presente y obra en nosotros, particularmente en la celebración de la Liturgia. 3). Incúlquese también por todos los medios la catequesis más directamente litúrgica, y si es preciso, téngase previstas en los ritos mismos breves moniciones, que dirá el sacerdote u otro ministro competente, pero solo en los momentos más oportunos, con palabras prescritas u otras semejantes. 4). Foméntense las celebraciones sagradas de la palabra de Dios en las vísperas de las fiestas más solemnes, en algunas ferias de Adviento y Cuaresma y los domingos y días festivos, sobre todo en los lugares donde no haya sacerdotes, en cuyo caso debe dirigir la celebración un diácono u otro delegado por el Obispo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lengua litúrgica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 1. Se conservará el uso de la lengua latina en los ritos latinos, salvo derecho particular. § 2. Sin embargo, como el uso de la lengua vulgar es muy útil para el pueblo en no pocas ocasiones, tanto en la Misa como en la administración de los Sacramentos y en otras partes de la Liturgia, se le podrá dar mayor cabida, ante todo, enlas lecturas y moniciones, en algunas oraciones y cantos, conforme a las normas que acerca de esta materia se establecen para cada caso en los capítulos siguientes. § 3. Supuesto el cumplimiento de estas normas, será de incumbencia de la competente autoridad eclesiástica territorial, de la que se habla en el artículo 22, 2, determinar si ha de usarse la lengua vernácula y en qué extensión; si hiciera falta se consultará a los Obispos de las regiones limítrofes de la misma lengua. Estas decisiones tienen que ser aceptadas, es decir, confirmadas por la Sede Apostólica. § 4. La traducción del texto latino a la lengua vernácula, que ha de usarse en la Liturgia, debe ser aprobada por la competente autoridad eclesiástica territorial antes mencionada."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "D) Normas para adaptar la Liturgia a la mentalidad y tradiciones de los pueblos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia no pretende imponer una rígida uniformidad en aquello que no afecta a la fe o al bien de toda la comunidad, ni siquiera en la Liturgia: por el contrario, respeta y promueve el genio y las cualidades peculiares de las distintas razas y pueblos. Estudia con simpatía y, si puede, conserva integro lo que en las costumbres de los pueblos encuentra que no esté indisolublemente vinculado a supersticiones y errores, y aun a veces lo acepta en la misma Liturgia, con tal que se pueda armonizar con el verdadero y auténtico espíritu litúrgico."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Al revisar los libros litúrgicos, salvada la unidad sustancial del rito romano, se admitirán variaciones y adaptaciones legítimas a los diversos grupos, regiones, pueblos, especialmente en las misiones, y se tendrá esto en cuenta oportunamente al establecer la estructura de los ritos y las rúbricas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Corresponderá a la competente autoridad eclesiástica territorial, de la que se habla en el artículo 22, § 2, determinar estas adaptaciones dentro de los límites establecidos, en las ediciones típicas de los libros litúrgicos, sobre todo en lo tocante a la administración de los Sacramentos, de los sacramentales, procesiones, lengua litúrgica, música y arte sagrados, siempre de conformidad con las normas fundamentales contenidas en esta Constitución."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sin embargo, en ciertos lugares y circunstancias, urge una adaptación más profunda de la Liturgia, lo cual implica mayores dificultades. Por tanto:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1). La competente autoridad eclesiástica territorial, de que se habla en el artículo 22, § 2, considerará con solicitud y prudencia los elementos que se pueden tomar de las tradiciones y genio de cada pueblo para incorporarlos al culto divino. Las adaptaciones que se consideren útiles o necesarias se propondrán a la Sede Apostólica para introducirlas con su consentimiento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2). Para que la adaptación se realice con la necesaria cautela, si es preciso, la Sede Apostólica concederá a la misma autoridad eclesiástica territorial la facultad de permitir y dirigir las experiencias previas necesarias en algunos grupos preparados para ello y por un tiempo determinado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3). Como las leyes litúrgicas suelen presentar dificultades especiales en cuanto a la adaptación, sobre todo en las misiones, al elaborarlas se empleará la colaboración de hombres peritos en la cuestión de que se trata."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV. FOMENTO DE LA VIDA LITÚRGICA EN LA DIÓCESIS Y EN LA PARROQUIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vida litúrgica diocesana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Obispo debe ser considerado como el gran sacerdote de su grey, de quien deriva y depende, en cierto modo, la vida en Cristo de sus fieles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por eso, conviene que todos tengan en gran aprecio la vida litúrgica de la diócesis en torno al Obispo, sobre todo en la Iglesia catedral; persuadidos de que la principal manifestación de la Iglesia se realiza en la participación plena y activa de todo el pueblo santo de Dios en las mismas celebraciones litúrgicas, particularmente en la misma Eucaristía, en una misma oración, junto al único altar donde preside el Obispo, rodeado de su presbiterio y ministros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vida litúrgica parroquial"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como no lo es posible al Obispo, siempre y en todas partes, presidir personalmente en su Iglesia a toda su grey, debe por necesidad erigir diversas comunidades de fieles. Entre ellas sobresalen las parroquias, distribuidas localmente bajo un pastor que hace las veces del Obispo, ya que de alguna manera representan a la Iglesia visible establecida por todo el orbe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De aquí la necesidad de fomentar teórica y prácticamente entre los fieles y el clero la vida litúrgica parroquial y su relación con el Obispo. Hay que trabajar para que florezca el sentido comunitario parroquial, sobre todo en la celebración común de la Misa dominical."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "V) FOMENTO DE LA ACCIÓN PASTORAL LITÚRGICA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Signo de Dios sobre nuestro tiempo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El celo por promover y reformar la sagrada Liturgia se considera, con razón, como un signo de las disposiciones providenciales de Dios en nuestro tiempo, como el paso del Espíritu Santo por su Iglesia, y da un sello característico a su vida, e inclusive a todo el pensamiento y a la acción religiosa de nuestra época."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En consecuencia, para fomentar todavía más esta acción pastoral litúrgica en la Iglesia, el sacrosanto Concilio decreta:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comisión litúrgica nacional"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conviene que la competente autoridad eclesiástica territorial, de que se habla en el artículo 22, párrafo 2, instituya una comisión Litúrgica con la que colaborarán especialistas en la ciencia litúrgica, música, arte sagrado y pastoral. A esta Comisión ayudará en lo posible un instituto de Liturgia Pastoral compuesto por miembros eminentes en estas materias, sin excluir los seglares, según las circunstancias. La Comisión tendrá como tarea encauzar dentro de su territorio la acción pastoral litúrgica bajo la dirección de la autoridad territorial eclesiástica arriba mencionada, y promover los estudios y experiencias necesarias cuando se trate de adaptaciones que deben proponerse a la Sede Apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comisión litúrgica diocesana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Asimismo, cada diócesis contará con una Comisión de Liturgia para promover la acción litúrgica bajo la autoridad del Obispo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A veces, puede resultar conveniente que varias diócesis formen una sola Comisión, la cual aunando esfuerzos promueva el apostolado litúrgico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comisiones de música sagrada y arte sacro"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Además de la Comisión de Sagrada Liturgia se establecerán también en cada diócesis, dentro de lo posible, comisiones de música y de arte sacro."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es necesario que estas tres comisiones trabajen en estrecha colaboración, y aun muchas veces convendrá que se fundan en una sola."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EL SACROSANTO MISTERIO DE LA EUCARISTÍA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Misterio pascual"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nuestro Salvador, en la Última Cena, la noche que le traicionaban, instituyó el Sacrificio Eucarístico de su Cuerpo y Sangre, con lo cual iba a perpetuar por los siglos, hasta su vuelta, el Sacrificio de la Cruz y a confiar a su Esposa, la Iglesia, el Memorial de su Muerte y Resurrección: sacramento de piedad, signo de unidad, vínculo de caridad, banquete pascual, en el cual se come a Cristo, el alma se llena de gracia y se nos da una prenda de la gloria venidera."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por tanto, la Iglesia, con solícito cuidado, procura que los cristianos no asistan a este misterio de fe como extraños y mudos espectadores, sino que comprendiéndolo bien a través de los ritos y oraciones, participen conscientes, piadosa y activamente en la acción sagrada, sean instruidos con la palabra de Dios, se fortalezcan en la mesa del Cuerpo del Señor, den gracias a Dios, aprendan a ofrecerse a sí mismos al ofrecer la hostia inmaculada no sólo por manos del sacerdote, sino juntamente con él, se perfeccionen día a día por Cristo mediador en la unión con Dios y entre sí, para que, finalmente, Dios sea todo en todos."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por consiguiente, para que el sacrificio de la Misa, aun por la forma de los ritos alcance plena eficacia pastoral, el sacrosanto Concilio, teniendo en cuanta las Misas que se celebran con asistencia del pueblo, especialmente los domingos y fiestas de precepto, decreta lo siguiente:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisión del Ordinario de la Misa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revísese el ordinario de la misa, de modo que se manifieste con mayor claridad el sentido propio de cada una de las partes y su mutua conexión y se haga más fácil la piadosa y activa participación de los fieles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En consecuencia, simplifíquense los ritos, conservando con cuidado la sustancia; suprímanse aquellas cosas menos útiles que, con el correr del tiempo, se han duplicado o añadido; restablézcanse, en cambio, de acuerdo con la primitiva norma de los Santos Padres, algunas cosas que han desaparecido con el tiempo, según se estime conveniente o necesario."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mayor riqueza bíblica en el misal"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A fin de que la mesa de la palabra de Dios se prepare con más abundancia para los fieles ábranse con mayor amplitud los tesoros de la Biblia, de modo que, en un período determinado de años, se lean al pueblo las partes más significativas de la Sagrada Escritura."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se recomienda la homilía"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se recomienda encarecidamente, como parte de la misma Liturgia, la homilía, en la cual se exponen durante el ciclo del año litúrgico, a partir de los textos sagrados, los misterios de la fe y las normas de la vida cristiana. Más aún, en las Misas que se celebran los domingos y fiestas de precepto, con asistencia del pueblo, nunca se omita si no es por causa grave."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«Oración de los fieles»"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Restablézcase la «oración común» o de los fieles después del Evangelio y la homilía, principalmente los domingos y fiestas de precepto, para que con la participación del pueblo se hagan súplicas por la santa Iglesia, por los gobernantes, por los que sufren cualquier necesidad, por todos los hombres y por la salvación del mundo entero."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lengua vernácula y latín"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En las Misas celebradas con asistencia del pueblo puede darse el lugar debido a la lengua vernácula, principalmente en las lecturas y en la «oración común» y, según las circunstancias del lugar, también en las partes que corresponden al pueblo, a tenor del artículo 36 de esta Constitución."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Procúrese, sin embargo, que los fieles sean capaces también de recitar o cantar juntos en latín las partes del ordinario de la Misa que les corresponde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si en algún sitio parece oportuno el uso más amplio de la lengua vernácula, cúmplase lo prescrito en el artículo 40 de esta Constitución."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comunión bajo ambas especies"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se recomienda especialmente la participación más perfecta en la misa, la cual consiste en que los fieles, después de la comunión del sacerdote, reciban del mismo sacrificio el Cuerpo del Señor. Manteniendo firmes los principios dogmáticos declarados por el Concilio de Trento, la comunión bajo ambas especies puede concederse en los casos que la Sede Apostólica determine, tanto a los clérigos y religiosos como a los laicos, a juicio de los Obispos, como, por ejemplo, a los ordenados, en la Misa de su sagrada ordenación; a los profesos, en la Misa de su profesión religiosa; a los neófitos, en la Misa que sigue al bautismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unidad de la Misa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las dos partes de que costa la Misa, a saber: la liturgia de la palabra y la eucarística, están tan íntimamente unidas que constituyen un solo acto de culto. Por esto el Sagrado Sínodo exhorta vehemente a los pastores de almas para que en la catequesis instruyan cuidadosamente a los fieles acerca de la participación en toda la misa, sobre todo los domingos y fiestas de precepto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concelebración"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 1. La concelebración, en la cual se manifiesta apropiadamente la unidad del sacerdocio, se ha practicado hasta ahora en la Iglesia, tanto en Oriente como en Occidente. En consecuencia, el Concilio decidió ampliar la facultad de concelebrar en los casos siguientes:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1° a) El Jueves Santo, tanto en la Misa crismal como en la Misa vespertina. b) En las Misas de los concilios, conferencias episcopales y sínodos. c) En la misa de la bendición de un abad. 2° Además, con permiso del ordinario, al cual pertenece juzgar de la oportunidad de la concelebración. a) En las Misa conventual y en la Misa principal de las iglesias, cuando la utilidad de los fieles no exija que todos los sacerdotes presentes celebren por separado. b) En las Misas celebradas con ocasión de cualquier clase de reuniones de sacerdotes, lo mismo seculares que religiosos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 2.1° Con todo, corresponde al Obispo reglamentar la disciplina de la concelebración en la diócesis. 2° Sin embargo, quede siempre a salvo para cada sacerdote la facultad de celebrar la Misa individualmente, pero no al mismo tiempo ni en la misma Iglesia, ni el Jueves de la Cena del Señor."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Elabórese el nuevo rito de la concelebración e inclúyase en el Pontifical y en el Misal romanos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LOS DEMÁS SACRAMENTOS Y LOS SACRAMENTALES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacramentos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los sacramentos están ordenados a la santificación de los hombres, a la edificación del Cuerpo de Cristo y, en definitiva, a dar culto a Dios; pero, en cuanto signos, también tienen un fin pedagógico. No sólo suponen la fe, sino que, a la vez, la alimentan, la robustecen y la expresan por medio de palabras y de cosas; por esto se llaman sacramentos de la \"fe\". Confieren ciertamente la gracia, pero también su celebración prepara perfectamente a los fieles para recibir fructuosamente la misma gracia, rendir el culto a dios y practicar la caridad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por consiguiente, es de suma importancia que los fieles comprendan fácilmente los signos sacramentales y reciban con la mayor frecuencia posible aquellos sacramentos que han sido instituidos para alimentar la vida cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacramentales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La santa madre Iglesia instituyó, además, los sacramentales. Estos son signos sagrados creados según el modelo de los sacramentos, por medio de los cuales se expresan efectos, sobre todo de carácter espiritual, obtenidos por la intercesión de la Iglesia. Por ellos, los hombres se disponen a recibir el efecto principal de los sacramentos y se santifican las diversas circunstancias de la vida. Relación con el misterio pascual"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por tanto, la Liturgia de los sacramentos y de los sacramentales hace que, en los fieles bien dispuestos, casi todos los actos de la vida sean santificados por la gracia divina que emana del misterio pascual de la Pasión, Muerte y Resurrección de Cristo, del cual todos los sacramentos y sacramentales reciben su poder, y hace también que el uso honesto de las cosas materiales pueda ordenarse a la santificación del hombre y alabanza de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Necesidad de una reforma en los ritos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Habiéndos e introducido en los ritos de los sacramentos y sacramentales, con el correr del tiempo, ciertas cosas que actualmente oscurecen de alguna manera su naturaleza y su fin, y siendo necesarios acomodar otras a las necesidades presentes, el sacrosanto Concilio determina los siguiente para su revisión:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mayor cabida a la lengua vernácula"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como ciertamente el uso de la lengua vernácula puede ser muy útil para el pueblo en la administración de los sacramentos y de los sacramentales, debe dársele mayor cabida, conforme a las normas siguientes: a) En la administración de los sacramentos y sacramentales se puede usar la lengua vernácula a tenor del artículo 36. b) Las competentes autoridades eclesiásticas territoriales, de que se habla en el artículo 22, párrafo 2, de esta Constitución, preparen cuanto antes, de acuerdo con la nueva edición del Ritual romano, rituales particulares acomodados a las necesidades de cada región; también en cuanto a la lengua y una vez aceptados por la Sede Apostólica, empléense en las correspondientes regiones. En la redacción de estos rituales o particulares colecciones de ritos no se omitan las instrucciones que, en el Ritual romano, preceden a cada rito, tanto las pastorales y de rúbrica como las que encierran una especial importancia comunitaria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Catecumenado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Restáurese el catecumenado de adultos dividido en distintas etapas, cuya práctica dependerá del juicio del ordinario del lugar; de esa manera, el tiempo del catecumenado, establecido para la conveniente instrucción, podrá ser santificado con los sagrados ritos, que se celebrarán en tiempos sucesivos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En las misiones"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En las misiones, además de los elementos de iniciación contenidos en la tradición cristiana, pueden admitirse también aquellos que se encuentran en uso en cada pueblo, en cuanto puedan acomodarse al rito cristiano según la norma de los artículos 37 al 40 de esta Constitución."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bautismo de adultos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revísense ambos ritos del bautismo de adultos, tanto el simple como el solemne, teniendo en cuanta la restauración del catecumenado, e insértese en el misal romano la Misa propia «In collatione baptismi»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bautismo de niños"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revísese el rito del bautismo de los niños y adáptese realmente a su condición, y póngase más de manifiesto en el mismo rito la participación y las obligaciones de los padres y padrinos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rito breve para casos especiales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para los casos de bautismos numerosos, en el rito bautismal, deben figurar las adaptaciones necesarias, que se emplearán a juicio del ordinario del lugar. Redáctese también un rito más breve que pueda ser usado, principalmente en las misiones, por los catequistas, y, en general, en peligro de muerte, por los fieles cuando falta un sacerdote o un diácono."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rito nuevo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En lugar del rito llamado «Ordo supplendi omissa super infantem baptizatum», prepárese otro nuevo en el cual se ponga de manifiesto con mayor claridad y precisión que el niño bautizado con el rito breve ya ha sido recibido en la Iglesia. Además, para los que, bautizados ya válidamente se convierten a la religión católica, prepárese un rito nuevo en el que se manifieste que son admitidos en la comunión de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bendición del agua bautismal"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-70",
              "number": "70",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fuera del tiempo pascual, el agua bautismal puede ser bendecida, dentro del mismo rito del bautismo, usando una fórmula más breve que haya sido aprobada."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rito de la Confirmación"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-71",
              "number": "71",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revísese también el rito de la confirmación, para que aparezca más claramente la íntima relación de este sacramento con toda la iniciación cristiana; por tanto, conviene que la renovación de las promesas del bautismo preceda a la celebración del sacramento. La confirmación puede ser administrada, según las circunstancias, dentro de la Misa. Para el rito fuera de la Misa, prepárese una fórmula que será usada a manera de introducción."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rito de la Penitencia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-72",
              "number": "72",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revísese el rito y las fórmulas de la penitencia de manera que expresen más claramente la naturaleza y efecto del sacramento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unción de enfermos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-73",
              "number": "73",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La «extremaunción», que también, y mejor, puede llamarse «unción de enfermos», no es sólo el Sacramento de quienes se encuentran en los últimos momentos de su vida. Por tanto, el tiempo oportuno para recibirlo comienza cuando el cristiano ya empieza a estar en peligro de muerte por enfermedad o vejez."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reforma del rito"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-74",
              "number": "74",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Además de los ritos separados de la unción de enfermos y del viático, redáctese un rito continuado, según el cual la unción sea administrada al enfermo después de la confesión y antes del recibir el viático."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Número de unciones y oraciones"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-75",
              "number": "75",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Adáptese, según las circunstancias, el número de las unciones, y revísense las oraciones correspondientes al rito de la unción de manera que respondan a las diversas situaciones de los enfermos que reciben el sacramento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisión del rito de la ordenación"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-76",
              "number": "76",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revísense los ritos de las ordenaciones, tanto en lo referente a las ceremonias como a los textos. Las alocuciones del Obispo, al comienzo de cada ordenación o consagración, pueden hacerse en lengua vernácula. En la consagración episcopal, todos los Obispos presentes pueden imponer las manos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rito del matrimonio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-77",
              "number": "77",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revísese y enriquézcase el rito de la celebración del matrimonio que se encuentra en el Ritual romano, de modo que se exprese la gracia del sacramento y se inculquen los deberes de los esposos con mayor claridad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«Si en alguna parte están en uso otras laudables costumbres y ceremonias en la celebración del Sacramento del Matrimonio, el Santo Sínodo desea ardientemente que se conserven»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Además, la competente autoridad eclesiástica territorial, de que se habla en el artículo 22, párrafo 2, de esta Constitución, tiene la facultad, según la norma del artículo 63, de elaborar un rito propio adaptado a las costumbres de los diversos lugares y pueblos, quedando en pie la ley de que el sacerdote asistente pida y reciba el consentimiento de los contrayentes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Celebración del matrimonio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-78",
              "number": "78",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Celébrese habitualmente el matrimonio dentro de la Misa, después de la lectura del Evangelio y de la homilía, antes de la «oración de los fieles». La oración por la esposa, oportunamente revisada de modo que inculque la igualdad de ambos esposos en la obligación de mutua fidelidad, puede recitarse en lengua vernácula."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si el sacramento del Matrimonio se celebra sin Misa, léanse al principio del rito la epístola y el evangelio de la Misa por los esposos e impártase siempre la bendición nupcial."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisión de los sacramentales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-79",
              "number": "79",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revísense los sacramentales teniendo en cuanta la norma fundamental de la participación consciente, activa y fácil de los fieles, y atendiendo a las necesidades de nuestros tiempos. En la revisión de los rituales, a tenor del artículo 63, se pueden añadir también nuevos sacramentales, según lo pida la necesidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sean muy pocas las bendiciones reservadas y sólo en favor de los Obispos u ordinarios. Provéase para que ciertos sacramentales, al menos en circunstancias particulares, y a juicio del ordinario, puedan ser administrados por laicos que tengan las cualidades convenientes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La profesión religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-80",
              "number": "80",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revísese el rito de la consagración de Vírgenes que forma parte del Pontifical romano. Redáctese, además, un rito de profesión religiosa y de renovación de votos que contribuya a una mayor unidad, sobriedad y dignidad, con obligación de ser adoptado por aquellos que realizan la profesión o renovación de votos dentro de la Misa, salvo derecho particular. Es laudable que se haga la profesión religiosa dentro de la Misa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rito de la exequias"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-81",
              "number": "81",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El rito de las exequias debe expresar más claramente el sentido pascual de la muerte cristiana y responder mejor a las circunstancias y tradiciones de cada país, aun en lo referente al color litúrgico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "82.Revísese el rito de la sepultura de niños, dotándolo de una Misa propia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EL OFICIO DIVINO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obra de Cristo y de la Iglesia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-83",
              "number": "83",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Sumo Sacerdote de la nueva y eterna Alianza, Cristo Jesús, al tomar la naturaleza humana, introdujo en este exilio terrestre aquel himno que se canta perpetuamente en las moradas celestiales. El mismo une a Sí la comunidad entera de los hombres y la asocia al canto de este divino himno de alabanza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Porque esta función sacerdotal se prolonga a través de su Iglesia, que, sin cesar, alaba al Señor e intercede por la salvación de todo el mundo no sólo celebrando la Eucaristía, sino también de otras maneras, principalmente recitando el Oficio divino."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-84",
              "number": "84",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por una antigua tradición cristiana, el Oficio divino está estructurado de tal manera que la alabanza de Dios consagra el curso entero del día y de la noche, y cuando los sacerdotes y todos aquellos que han sido destinados a esta función por institución de la Iglesia cumplen debidamente ese admirable cántico de alabanza, o cuando los fieles oran junto con el sacerdote en la forma establecida, entonces es en verdad la voz de la misma Esposa que habla al Esposo; más aún, es la oración de Cristo, con su Cuerpo, al Padre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obligación y altísimo honor"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-85",
              "number": "85",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por tanto, todos aquellos que ejercen esta función, por una parte, cumplen la obligación de la Iglesia, y por otra, participan del altísimo honor de la Esposa de Cristo, ya que, mientras alaban a Dios, están ante su trono en nombre de la madre Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Valor pastoral del Oficio divino"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-86",
              "number": "86",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los sacerdotes dedicados al sagrado ministerio pastoral rezarán con tanto mayor fervor las alabanzas de las Horas cuando más vivamente estén convencidos de que deben observar la amonestación de San Pablo: «Orad sin interrupción» (1 Tes., 5,17); pues sólo el Señor puede dar eficacia y crecimiento a la obra en que trabajan, según dijo: «Sin Mí, no podéis hacer nada» (Jn., 15,5); por esta razón los Apóstoles, al constituir diáconos, dijeron: «Así nosotros nos dedicaremos de lleno a la oración y al ministerio de la palabra» (Act., 6,4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-87",
              "number": "87",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero al fin de que los sacerdotes y demás miembros de la Iglesia puedan rezar mejor y más perfectamente el Oficio divino en las circunstancias actuales, el sacrosanto Concilio, prosiguiendo la reforma felizmente iniciada por la Santa Sede, ha determinado establecer lo siguiente, en relación con el Oficio según el rito romano:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Curso tradicional de las Horas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-88",
              "number": "88",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siendo el fin del Oficio la santificación del día, restablézcase el curso tradicional de las Horas de modo que, dentro de lo posible, éstas correspondan de nuevo a su tiempo natural y a la vez se tengan en cuenta las circunstancias de la vida moderna en que se hallan especialmente aquellos que se dedican al trabajo apostólico."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-89",
              "number": "89",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por tanto, en la reforma del Oficio guárdense estas normas: a) Laudes, como oración matutina, y Vísperas, como oración vespertina, que, según la venerable tradición de toda la Iglesia, son el doble quicio sobre el que gira el Oficio cotidiano, se deben considerar y celebrar como las Horas principales. b) Las Completas tengan una forma que responda al final del día. c) La hora llamada Maitines, aunque en el coro conserve el carácter de alabanza nocturna, compóngase de manera que pueda rezarse a cualquier hora del día y tenga menos salmos y lecturas más largas. d) Suprímase la Hora de Prima. e) En el coro consérvense las Horas menores, Tercia, Sexta y Nona. Fuera del coro se puede decir una de las tres, la que más se acomode al momento del día."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fuente de piedad"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-90",
              "number": "90",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El Oficio divino, en cuanto oración pública de la Iglesia, es, además, fuente de piedad y alimento de la oración personal. por eso se exhorta en el Señor a los sacerdotes y a cuantos participan en dicho Oficio, que al rezarlo, la mente concuerde con la voz, y para conseguirlo mejor adquieran una instrucción litúrgica y bíblica más rica, principalmente acerca de los salmos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Al realizar la reforma, adáptese el tesoro venerable del Oficio romano de manera que puedan disfrutar de él con mayor amplitud y facilidad todos aquellos a quienes se les confía."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Distribución de los salmos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-91",
              "number": "91",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que pueda realmente observarse el curso de las Horas, propuesto en el artículo 89, distribúyanse los salmos no es una semana, sino en un período de tiempo más largo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El trabajo de revisión del Salterio, felizmente emprendido, llévese a término cuanto antes, teniendo en cuenta el latín cristiano, el uso litúrgico, incluido el canto, y toda la tradición de la Iglesia latina."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ordenación de las lecturas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-92",
              "number": "92",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En cuanto a las lecturas, obsérvese lo siguiente: a) Ordénense las lecturas de la Sagrada Escritura de modo que los tesoros de la palabra divina sean accesibles, con mayor facilidad y plenitud. b) Estén mejor seleccionadas las lecturas tomadas de los Padres, Doctores y Escritores eclesiásticos. c) Devuélvase su verdad histórica a las pasiones o vidas de los santos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisión de los himnos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-93",
              "number": "93",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Restitúyase a los himnos, en cuento sea conveniente, la forma primitiva, quitando o cambiando lo que tiene sabor mitológico o es menos conforme a la piedad cristiana. Según la conveniencia, introdúzcanse también otros que se encuentran en el rico repertorio himnológico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tiempo del rezo de las Horas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-94",
              "number": "94",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ayuda mucho, tanto para santificar realmente el día como para recitar con fruto espiritual las Horas, que en su recitación se observe el tiempo más aproximado al verdadero tiempo natural de cada Hora canónica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obligación del Oficio divino"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-95",
              "number": "95",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las comunidades obligadas al coro, además de la Misa conventual, están obligadas a celebrar cada día el Oficio divino en el coro, en esta forma: a) Todo el Oficio, las comunidades de canónigos, de monjes y monjas y de otros regulares obligados al coro por derecho o constituciones. b) Los cabildos catedrales o colegiales, las partes del Oficio a que están obligados por derecho común o particular. c) Todos los miembros de dichas comunidades que o tengan órdenes mayores o hayan hecho profesión solemne, exceptuados los legos, deben recitar en particular las Horas canónicas que no hubieren rezado en coro."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-96",
              "number": "96",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los clérigos no obligados a coro, si tienen órdenes mayores, están obligados a rezar diariamente, en privado o en común, todo el Oficio, a tenor del artículo 89."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-97",
              "number": "97",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Determinen las rúbricas las oportunas conmutaciones del Oficio divino con una acción litúrgicas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En casos particulares, y por causa justa, los ordinarios pueden dispensar a sus súbditos de la obligación de rezar el Oficio, en todo o en parte, o bien permutarlo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oración pública de la Iglesia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-98",
              "number": "98",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los miembros de cualquier Instituto de estado de perfección que, en virtud de las Constituciones, rezan alguna parte del Oficio divino, hacen oración pública de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Asimismo hacen oración pública de la Iglesia si rezan, en virtud de las Constituciones, algún Oficio parvo, con tal que esté estructurado a la manera del Oficio divino y debidamente aprobado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recitación comunitaria del Oficio divino"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-99",
              "number": "99",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "siendo el Oficio divino la voz de la Iglesia o sea, de todo el Cuerpo místico, que alaba públicamente a Dios, se recomienda que los clérigos no obligados a coro, y principalmente los sacerdotes que viven en comunidad o se hallan reunidos, recen en común, al menos, una parte del Oficio divino."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos cuantos rezan el Oficio, ya en coro ya en común, cumplan la función que se les ha confiado con la máxima perfección, tanto por la devoción interna como por la manera externa de proceder. Conviene, además, que, según las ocasiones, se cante el Oficio en el coro y en común."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Participación de los fieles en el Oficio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-100",
              "number": "100",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Procuren los pastores de almas que las Horas principales, especialmente las Vísperas, se celebren comunitariamente en la Iglesia los domingos y fiestas más solemnes. Se recomienda, asimismo, que los laicos recen el Oficio divino o con los sacerdotes o reunidos entre sí e inclusive en particular."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Uso del latín o de la lengua vernácula"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-101",
              "number": "101",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§1. De acuerdo con la tradición secular del rito latino, en el Oficio divino se ha de conservar para los clérigos la lengua latina. Sin embargo, para aquellos clérigos a quienes el uso del latín significa un grave obstáculo en el rezo digno del Oficio, el ordinario puede conceder en cada caso particular el uso de una traducción vernácula según la norma del artículo 36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 2. El superior competente puede conceder a las monjas y también a los miembros, varones no clérigos o mujeres, de los Institutos de estado de perfección, el uso de la lengua vernácula en el Oficio divino, aun para la recitación coral, con tal que la versión esté aprobada."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 3. Cualquier clérigo que, obligado al Oficio divino, lo celebra en lengua vernácula con un grupo de fieles o con aquellos a quienes se refiere el § 2, satisface su obligación siempre que la traducción esté aprobada."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO V"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EL AÑO LITÚRGICO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sentido del año litúrgico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-102",
              "number": "102",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La santa madre Iglesia considera deber suyo celebrar con un sagrado recuerdo en días determinados a través del año la obra salvífica de su divino Esposo. Cada semana, en el día que llamó «del Señor», conmemora su Resurrección, que una vez al año celebra también, junto con su santa Pasión, en la máxima solemnidad de la Pascua."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Además, en el círculo del año desarrolla todo el misterio de cristo, desde la Encarnación y la Navidad hasta la Ascensión, Pentecostés y la expectativa de la dichosa esperanza y venida del Señor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conmemorando así los misterios de la Redención, abre las riquezas del poder santificador y de los méritos de su Señor, de tal manera que, en cierto modo, se hacen presentes en todo tiempo para que puedan los fieles ponerse en contacto con ellos y llenarse de la gracia de la salvación."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-103",
              "number": "103",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En la celebración de este círculo anual de los misterios de Cristo, la santa Iglesia venera con amor especial a la bienaventurada Madre de Dios, la Virgen María,unida con lazo indisoluble a la obra salvífica del su Hijo; en Ella, la Iglesia admira y ensalza el fruto más espléndido de la Redención y la contempla gozosamente, como una purísima imagen de lo que ella misma, toda entera, ansía y espera ser."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-104",
              "number": "104",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Además, la Iglesia introdujo en el círculo anual el recuerdo de los mártires y de los demás santos, que llegados a la perfección por la multiforme gracia de Dios y habiendo ya alcanzado la salvación eterna, cantan la perfecta alabanza a Dios en el cielo e interceden por nosotros. Porque al celebrar el tránsito de los santos de este mundo al cielo, la Iglesia proclama el misterio pascual cumplido en ellos, que sufrieron y fueron glorificados con Cristo, propone a los fieles sus ejemplos, los cuales atraen a todos por Cristo al Padre y por los méritos de los mismos implora los beneficios divinos."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-105",
              "number": "105",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por último, en diversos tiempos del año, de acuerdo a las instituciones tradicionales, la Iglesia completa la formación de los fieles por medio de ejercicios de piedad espirituales y corporales, de la instrucción, de la plegaria y las obras de penitencia y misericordia. En consecuencia, el sacrosanto Concilio decidió establecer lo siguiente:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revalorización del domingo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-106",
              "number": "106",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia, por una tradición apostólica, que trae su origen del mismo día de la Resurrección de Cristo, celebra el misterio pascual cada ocho días, en el día que es llamado con razón \"día del Señor\" o domingo. En este día los fieles deben reunirse a fin de que, escuchando la palabra de Dios y participando en la Eucaristía, recuerden la Pasión, la Resurrección y la gloria del Señor Jesús y den gracias a Dios, que los «hizo renacer a la viva esperanza por la Resurrección de Jesucristo de entre los muertos» (1 Pe, 1,3). Por esto el domingo es la fiesta primordial, que debe presentarse e inculcarse a la piedad de los fieles, de modo que sea también día de alegría y de liberación del trabajo. No se le antepongan otras solemnidades, a no ser que sean de veras de suma importancia, puesto que el domingo es el fundamento y el núcleo de todo el año litúrgico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisión del año litúrgico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-107",
              "number": "107",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revísese al año litúrgico de manera que, conservadas o restablecidas las costumbres e instituciones tradicionales de los tiempos sagrados de acuerdo con las circunstancias de nuestra época, se mantenga su índole primitiva para que alimente debidamente la piedad de los fieles en la celebración de los misterios de la redención cristiana, muy especialmente del misterio pascual. Las adaptaciones, de acuerdo con las circunstancias de lugar, si son necesarias, háganse según la norma de los artículos 39 y 40."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Orientación de los fieles"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-108",
              "number": "108",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oriéntese el espíritu de los fieles, sobre todo, a las fiestas del Señor, en las cuales se celebran los misterios de salvación durante el curso del año. Por tanto, el cielo temporal tenga su debido lugar por encima de las fiestas de los santos, de modo que se conmemore convenientemente el ciclo entero del misterio salvífico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cuaresma"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-109",
              "number": "109",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puesto que el tiempo cuaresmal prepara a los fieles, entregados más intensamente a oír la palabra de Dios y a la oración, para que celebran el misterio pascual, sobre todo mediante el recuerdo o la preparación del bautismo y mediante la penitencia, dése particular relieve en la Liturgia y en la catequesis litúrgica al doble carácter de dicho tiempo. Por consiguiente: a) Usense con mayor abundancia los elementos bautismales propios de la Liturgia cuaresmal y, según las circunstancias, restáurense ciertos elementos de la tradición anterior. b) Dígase lo mismo de los elementos penitenciales. Y en cuanto a la catequesis, incúlquese a los fieles, junto con las consecuencias sociales del pecado, la naturaleza propia de la penitencia, que lo detesta en cuanto es ofensa de Dios; no se olvide tampoco la participación de la Iglesia en la acción penitencial y encarézcase la oración por los pecadores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Penitencia individual y social"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-110",
              "number": "110",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La penitencia del tiempo cuaresmal no debe ser sólo interna e individual, sino también externa y social. Foméntese la práctica penitencia de acuerdo con las posibilidades de nuestro tiempo y de los diversos paises y condiciones de los fieles y recomiéndese por parte de las autoridades de que se habla en el artículo 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sin embargo, téngase como sagrado el ayuno pascual; ha de celebrarse en todas partes el Viernes de la Pasión y Muerte del Señor y aun extenderse, según las circunstancias, al Sábado Santo, para que de este modo se llegue al gozo del Domingo de Resurrección con ánimo elevado y entusiasta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fiestas de los santos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-111",
              "number": "111",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De acuerdo con la tradición, la Iglesia rinde culto a los santos y venera sus imágenes y sus reliquias auténticas. Las fiestas de los santos proclaman las maravillas de Cristo en sus servidores y proponen ejemplos oportunos a la imitación de los fieles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que las fiestas de los santos no prevalezcan sobre los misterios de la salvación, déjese la celebración de muchas de ellas a las Iglesias particulares, naciones o familias religiosas, extendiendo a toda la Iglesia sólo aquellas que recuerdan a santos de importancia realmente universal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA MÚSICA SAGRADA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignidad de la música sagrada"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-112",
              "number": "112",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La tradición musical de la Iglesia universal constituye un tesoro de valor inestimable, que sobresale entre las demás expresiones artísticas, principalmente porque el canto sagrado, unido a las palabras, constituye una parte necesaria o integral de la Liturgia solemne."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En efecto, el canto sagrado ha sido ensalzado tanto por la Sagrada Escritura, como por los Santos Padres, los Romanos Pontífices, los cuales, en los últimos tiempos, empezando por San Pío X, han expuesto con mayor precisión la función ministerial de la música sacra en el servicio divino."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La música sacra, por consiguiente, será tanto más santa cuanto más íntimamente esté unida a la acción litúrgica, ya sea expresando con mayor delicadeza la oración o fomentando la unanimidad, ya sea enriqueciendo la mayor solemnidad los ritos sagrados. Además, la Iglesia aprueba y admite en el culto divino todas las formas de arte auténtico que estén adornadas de las debidas cualidades."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por tanto, el sacrosanto Concilio, manteniendo las normas y preceptos de la tradición y disciplinas eclesiásticas y atendiendo a la finalidad de la música sacra, que es gloria de Dios y la santificación de los fieles, establece lo siguiente:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Primacía de la Liturgia solemne"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-113",
              "number": "113",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La acción litúrgica reviste una forma más noble cuando los oficios divinos se celebran solemnemente con canto y en ellos intervienen ministros sagrados y el pueblo participa activamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En cuanto a la lengua que debe usarse, cúmplase lo dispuesto en el artículo 36; en cuanto a la Misa, el artículo 54; en cuanto a los sacramentos, el artículo 63, en cuanto al Oficio divino, el artículo 101."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-114",
              "number": "114",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consérvese y cultívese con sumo cuidado el tesoro de la música sacra. Foméntense diligentemente las \"Scholae cantorum\", sobre todo en las iglesias catedrales. Los Obispos y demás pastores de almas procuren cuidadosamente que en cualquier acción sagrada con canto, toda la comunidad de los fieles pueda aportar la participación activa que le corresponde, a tenor de los artículos 28 y 30."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formación musical"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-115",
              "number": "115",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dése mucha importancia a la enseñanza y a la práctica musical en los seminarios, en los noviciados de religiosos de ambos sexos y en las casas de estudios, así como también en los demás institutos y escuelas católicas; para que se pueda impartir esta enseñanza, fórmense con esmero profesores encargados de la música sacra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se recomienda, además, que, según las circunstancias, se erijan institutos superiores de música sacra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dése también una genuina educación litúrgica a los compositores y cantores, en particular a los niños."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Canto gregoriano y canto polifónico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-116",
              "number": "116",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia reconoce el canto gregoriano como el propio de la liturgia romana; en igualdad de circunstancias, por tanto, hay que darle el primer lugar en las acciones litúrgicas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los demás géneros de música sacra, y en particular la polifonía, de ninguna manera han de excluirse en la celebración de los oficios divinos, con tal que respondan al espíritu de la acción litúrgica a tenor del artículo 30."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Edición de libros de canto gregoriano"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-117",
              "number": "117",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Complétese la edición típica de los libros de canto gregoriano; más aún: prepárese una edición más crítica de los libros ya editados después de la reforma de San Pío X."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "También conviene que se prepare una edición que contenga modos más sencillos, para uso de las iglesias menores."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Canto religioso popular"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-118",
              "number": "118",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Foméntese con empeño el canto religioso popular, de modo que en los ejercicios piadosos y sagrados y en las mismas acciones litúrgicas, de acuerdo con las normas y prescripciones de las rúbricas, resuenen las voces de los fieles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estima de la tradición musical propia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-119",
              "number": "119",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como en ciertas regiones, principalmente en las misiones, hay pueblos con tradición musical propia que tiene mucha importancia en su vida religiosa y social, dése a este música la debida estima y el lugar correspondiente no sólo al formar su sentido religioso, sino también al acomodar el culto a su idiosincrasia, a tenor de los artículos 39 y 40."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por esta razón, en la formación musical de los misioneros procúrese cuidadosamente que, dentro de lo posible, puedan promover la música tradicional de su pueblo, tanto en las escuelas como en las acciones sagradas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Órgano de tubos y otros instrumentos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-120",
              "number": "120",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Téngase en gran estima en la Iglesia latina el órgano de tubos, como instrumento musical tradicional, cuyo sonido puede aportar un esplendor notable a las ceremonias eclesiásticas y levantar poderosamente las almas hacia Dios y hacia las realidades celestiales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En el culto divino se pueden admitir otros instrumentos, a juicio y con el consentimiento de la autoridad eclesiástica territorial competente, a tenor de los arts. 22 § 2; 37 y 40, siempre que sean aptos o puedan adaptarse al uso sagrado, convengan a la dignidad del templo y contribuyan realmente a la edificación de los fieles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cualidades y misión de los compositores"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-121",
              "number": "121",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los compositores verdaderamente cristianos deben sentirse llamados a cultivar la música sacra y a acrecentar su tesoro."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Compongan obras que presenten las características de verdadera música sacra y que no sólo puedan ser cantadas por las mayores \"Scholae cantorum\", sino que también estén al alcance de los coros más modestos y fomenten la participación activa de toda la asamblea de los fieles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los textos destinados al canto sagrado deben estar de acuerdo con la doctrina católica; más aún: deben tomarse principalmente de la Sagrada Escritura y de las fuentes litúrgicas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO VII"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EL ARTE Y LOS OBJETOS SAGRADOS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignidad del arte sagrado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-122",
              "number": "122",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre las actividades más nobles del ingenio humano se cuentan, con razón, las bellas artes, principalmente el arte religioso y su cumbre, que es el arte sacro."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estas, por su naturaleza, están relacionadas con la infinita belleza de Dios, que intentan expresar de alguna manera por medio de obras humanas. Y tanto más pueden dedicarse a Dios y contribuir a su alabanza y a su gloria cuanto más lejos están de todo propósito que no sea colaborar lo más posible con sus obras para orientar santamente los hombres hacia Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por esta razón, la santa madre Iglesia fue siempre amiga de las bellas artes, buscó constantemente su noble servicio, principalmente para que las cosas destinadas al culto sagrado fueran en verdad dignas, decorosas y bellas, signos y símbolos de las realidades celestiales. Más aún: la Iglesia se consideró siempre, con razón, como árbitro de las mismas, discerniendo entre las obras de los artistas aquellas que estaban de acuerdo con la fe, la piedad y las leyes religiosas tradicionales y que eran consideradas aptas para el uso sagrado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia procuró con especial interés que los objetos sagrados sirvieran al esplendor del culto con dignidad y belleza, aceptando los cambios de materia, forma y ornato que el progreso de la técnica introdujo con el correr del tiempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En consecuencia, los Padres decidieron determinar, acerca de este punto, lo siguiente:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Libre ejercicio de estilo artístico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-123",
              "number": "123",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia nunca consideró como propio ningún estilo artístico, sino que acomodándose al carácter y condiciones de los pueblos y a las necesidades de los diversos ritos, aceptó las formas de cada tiempo, creando en el curso de los siglos un tesoro artístico digno de ser conservado cuidadosamente. También el arte de nuestro tiempo, y el de todos los pueblos y regiones, ha de ejercerse libremente en la Iglesia, con tal que sirva a los edificios y ritos sagrados con el debido honor y reverencia; para que pueda juntar su voz a aquel admirable concierto que los grandes hombres entonaron a la fe católica en los siglos pasados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Arte auténticamente sacro"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-124",
              "number": "124",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los ordinarios, al promover y favorecer un arte auténticamente sacro, busquen más una noble belleza que la mera suntuosidad. Esto se ha de aplicar también a las vestiduras y ornamentación sagrada."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Procuren cuidadosamente los Obispos que sean excluidas de los templos y demás lugares sagrados aquellas obras artísticas que repugnen a la fe, a las costumbres y a la piedad cristiana y ofendan el sentido auténticamente religioso, ya sea por la depravación de las formas, ya sea por la insuficiencia, la mediocridad o la falsedad del arte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Al edificar los templos, procúrese con diligencia que sean aptos para la celebración de las acciones litúrgicas y para conseguir la participación activa de los fieles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Imágenes sagradas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-125",
              "number": "125",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Manténgase firmemente la práctica de exponer imágenes sagradas a la veneración de los fieles; con todo, que sean pocas en número y guarden entre ellas el debido orden, a fin de que no causen extrañeza al pueblo cristiano ni favorezcan una devoción menos ortodoxa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vigilancia de los Ordinarios"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-126",
              "number": "126",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Al juzgar las obras de arte, los ordinarios de lugar consulten a la Comisión Diocesana de Arte Sagrado, y si el caso lo requiere, a otras personas muy entendidas, como también a las Comisiones de que se habla en los artículos 44, 45 y 46."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vigilen con cuidado los ordinarios para que los objetos sagrados y obras preciosas, dado que son ornato de la casa de Dios, no se vendan ni se dispersen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formación integral de los artistas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-127",
              "number": "127",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los Obispos, sea por sí mismos, sea por medio de sacerdotes competentes, dotados de conocimientos artísticos y aprecio por el arte, interésense por los artistas, a fin de imbuirlos del espíritu del arte sacro y de la sagrada Liturgia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se recomienda, además, que, en aquellas regiones donde parezca oportuno, se establezcan escuelas o academias de arte sagrado para la formación de artistas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los artistas que llevados por su ingenio desean glorificar a Dios en la santa Iglesia, recuerden siempre que su trabajo es una cierta imitación sagrada de Dios creador y que sus obras están destinadas al culto católico, a la edificación de los fieles y a su instrucción religiosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisión de la legislación del arte sacro"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-128",
              "number": "128",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revísense cuanto antes, junto con los libros litúrgicos, de acuerdo con el artículo 25, los cánones y prescripciones eclesiásticas que se refieren a la disposición de las cosas externas del culto sagrado, sobre todo en lo referente a la apta y digna edificación de los tiempos, a la forma y construcción de los altares, a la nobleza, colocación y seguridad del sagrario, así como también a la funcionalidad y dignidad del baptisterio, al orden conveniente de las imágenes sagradas, de la decoración y del ornato. Corríjase o suprímase lo que parezca ser menos conforme con la Liturgia reformada y consérvese o introdúzcase lo que la favorezca."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En este punto, sobre todo en cuanto a la materia y a la forma de los objetos y vestiduras sagradas se da facultad a las asambleas territoriales de Obispos para adaptarlos a las costumbres y necesidades locales, de acuerdo con el artículo 22 de esta Constitución."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formación artística del clero"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-129",
              "number": "129",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los clérigos, mientras estudian filosofía y teología, deben ser instruidos también sobre la historia y evolución del arte sacro y sobre los sanos principios en que deben fundarse sus obras, de modo que sepan apreciar y conservar los venerables monumentos de la Iglesia y puedan orientar a los artistas en la ejecución de sus obras."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insignias pontificales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-130",
              "number": "130",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conviene que el uso de insignias pontificales se reserve a aquellas personas eclesiásticas que tienen o bien el carácter episcopal o bien alguna jurisdicción particular."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A P É N D I C E"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-324",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Declaración del sacrosanto Concilio Ecuménico Vaticano II sobre la revisión del calendario"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El sacrosanto Concilio Ecuménico Vaticano II, reconociendo la importancia de los deseos de muchos con respecto a la fijación de la fiesta de Pascua en un domingo determinado y a la estabilización del calendario, después de examinar cuidadosamente las consecuencias que podrían seguirse de la introducción del nuevo calendario, declara lo siguiente:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El sacrosanto Concilio no se opone a que la fiesta de Pascua se fije en un domingo determinado dentro del Calendario Gregoriano, con tal que den su asentimiento todos los que estén interesados, especialmente los hermanos separados de la comunión con la Sede Apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Además, el sacrosanto Concilio declara que no se opone a las gestiones ordenadas a introducir un calendario perpetuo de la sociedad civil."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Iglesia no se opone a los diversos proyectos que se están elaborando para establecer el calendario perpetuo e introducirlo en la sociedad civil, con tal que conserven y garanticen la semana de siete días con el domingo, sin añadir ningún día que quede al margen de la semana, de modo que la sucesión de las semanas se mantenga intacta, a no ser que se presenten razones gravísimas, de las que juzgará la Sede Apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-329",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En nombre de la Santísima e individua Trinidad, Padre, Hijo y Espíritu Santo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todas y cada una de las cosas contenidas en esta Constitución han obtenido el beneplácito de los Padres del Sacrosanto Concilio. Y Nos, en virtud de la potestad apostólica recibida de Cristo, juntamente con los Venerables Padres, las aprobamos, decretamos y establecemos en el Espíritu Santo y mandamos que lo así decidido conciliarmente sea promulgado para gloria de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, en San Pedro, 4 de diciembre de 1963."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-332",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yo, PABLO, Obispo de la Iglesia Católica"
            }
          ]
        },
        "fr": {
          "code": "fr",
          "label": "Français",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19631204_sacrosanctum-concilium_fr.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-05-vat-ii_const_19631204_sacrosanctum-concilium_fr.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAUL, ÉVÊQUE, SERVITEUR DES SERVITEURS DE DIEU, AVEC LES PÈRES DU SAINT CONCILE, POUR QUE LE SOUVENIR S'EN MAINTIENNE À JAMAIS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONSTITUTION SUR LA SAINTE LITURGIE SACROSANCTUM CONCILIUM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Préambule"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puisque le saint Concile se propose de faire progresser la vie chrétienne de jour en jour chez les fidèles ; de mieux adapter aux nécessités de notre époque celles des institutions qui sont sujettes à des changements ; de favoriser tout ce qui peut contribuer à l’union de tous ceux qui croient au Christ, et de fortifier tout ce qui concourt à appeler tous les hommes dans le sein de l’Église, il estime qu’il lui revient à un titre particulier de veiller aussi à la restauration et au progrès de la liturgie."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La liturgie dans le mystère de l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En effet, la liturgie, par laquelle, surtout dans le divin sacrifice de l’Eucharistie, « s’exerce l’œuvre de notre rédemption [1] », contribue au plus haut point à ce que les fidèles, en la vivant, expriment et manifestent aux autres le mystère du Christ et la nature authentique de la véritable Église. Car il appartient en propre à celle-ci d’être à la fois humaine et divine, visible et riche de réalités invisibles, fervente dans l’action et adonnée à la contemplation, présente dans le monde et cependant en chemin. Mais de telle sorte qu’en elle ce qui est humain est ordonné et soumis au divin ; ce qui est visible à l’invisible ; ce qui relève de l’action à la contemplation ; et ce qui est présent à la cité future que nous recherchons [2]. Aussi, puisque la liturgie édifie chaque jour ceux qui sont au-dedans pour en faire un temple saint dans le Seigneur, une habitation de Dieu dans l’Esprit [3], jusqu’à la taille qui convient à la plénitude du Christ [4], c’est d’une façon admirable qu’elle fortifie leurs énergies pour leur faire proclamer le Christ, et ainsi elle montre l’Église à ceux qui sont dehors comme un signal levé sur les nations [5], sous lequel les enfants de Dieu dispersés se rassemblent dans l’unité [6] jusqu’à ce qu’il y ait un seul bercail et un seul pasteur [7]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Constitution et les différents rites"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi le saint Concile estime qu’il faut, pour le progrès et la restauration de la liturgie, rappeler les principes qui suivent et fixer des normes pratiques."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parmi ces principes et ces normes, il en est un certain nombre qui peuvent et doivent être appliqués tout autant aux autres rites qu’au rite romain, bien que les normes pratiques qui suivent soient à entendre comme concernant le seul rite romain, à moins qu’il ne s’agisse de ce qui, par la nature même des choses, affecte aussi les autres rites."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfin, obéissant fidèlement à la Tradition, le saint Concile déclare que la sainte Mère l’Église considère comme égaux en droit et en dignité tous les rites légitimement reconnus, et qu’elle veut, à l’avenir, les conserver et les favoriser de toutes manières ; et il souhaite que, là où il en est besoin, on les révise entièrement avec prudence dans l’esprit d’une saine tradition et qu’on leur rende une nouvelle vigueur en accord avec les circonstances et les nécessités d’aujourd’hui."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE PREMIER : Principes généraux pour la restauration et le progrès de la liturgie"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Nature de la liturgie et son importance dans la vie de l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’œuvre du salut accomplie par le Christ"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieu, qui « veut que tous les hommes soient sauvés et parviennent à la connaissance de la vérité » (1 Tm 2, 4), « qui jadis, tant de fois et de tant de manières, avait parlé à nos pères par les prophètes » (He 1, 1) lorsque vint la plénitude des temps, envoya son Fils, le Verbe fait chair, oint par le Saint-Esprit, pour annoncer la bonne nouvelle aux pauvres, pour guérir les cœurs brisés [8], comme un « médecin charnel et spirituel [9] » le Médiateur de Dieu et des hommes [10]. Car c’est son humanité, dans l’unité de la personne du Verbe, qui fut l’instrument de notre salut. C’est pourquoi dans le Christ « est apparue la parfaite rançon de notre réconciliation, et en lui la plénitude du culte divin est entrée chez nous [11] »."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette œuvre de la rédemption des hommes et de la parfaite glorification de Dieu, à laquelle avaient préludé les hauts faits de Dieu dans le peuple de l’Ancien Testament, le Christ Seigneur l’a accomplie, principalement par le mystère pascal de sa bienheureuse passion, de sa résurrection du séjour des morts et de sa glorieuse ascension ; mystère pascal par lequel « en mourant il a détruit notre mort, et en ressuscitant il a restauré la vie [12] ». Car c’est du côté du Christ endormi sur la croix qu’est né « l’admirable sacrement de l’Église tout entière [13] »."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’œuvre du salut continuée par l’Église se réalise dans la liturgie"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi, de même que le Christ a été envoyé par le Père, ainsi lui-même envoya ses Apôtres, remplis de l’Esprit Saint, non seulement pour que, proclamant l’Évangile à toute créature [14], ils annoncent que le Fils de Dieu, par sa mort et sa résurrection, nous a délivrés du pouvoir de Satan [15] ainsi que de la mort, et nous a transférés dans le Royaume du Père, mais aussi afin qu’ils exercent cette œuvre de salut qu’ils annonçaient, par le sacrifice et les sacrements autour desquels gravite toute la vie liturgique. C’est ainsi que par le baptême les hommes sont greffés sur le mystère pascal du Christ : morts avec lui, ensevelis avec lui, ressuscités avec lui [16] ; ils reçoivent l’esprit d’adoption des fils « dans lequel nous crions : Abba, Père » (Rm 8, 15), et ils deviennent ainsi ces vrais adorateurs que cherche le Père [17]. Semblablement, chaque fois qu’ils mangent la Cène du Seigneur, ils annoncent sa mort jusqu’à ce qu’il vienne [18]. C’est pourquoi, le jour même de la Pentecôte, où l’Église apparut au monde, « ceux qui accueillirent la parole » de Pierre « furent baptisés ». « Et ils étaient assidus à l’enseignement des Apôtres, à la communion fraternelle dans la fraction du pain et aux prières... louant Dieu et ayant la faveur de tout le peuple » (Ac 2, 41-47). Jamais, dans la suite, l’Église n’omit de se réunir pour célébrer le mystère pascal ; en lisant « dans toutes les Écritures ce qui le concernait » (Lc 24, 27), en célébrant l’Eucharistie dans laquelle « sont rendus présents la victoire et le triomphe de sa mort [19] » et en rendant en même temps grâces « à Dieu pour son don ineffable » (2 Co 9, 15) dans le Christ Jésus « pour la louange de sa gloire » (Ep 1, 12) par la puissance de l’Esprit Saint."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Présence du Christ dans la liturgie"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour l’accomplissement d’une si grande œuvre, le Christ est toujours là auprès de son Église, surtout dans les actions liturgiques. Il est là présent dans le sacrifice de la messe [20], et dans la personne du ministre, « le même offrant maintenant par le ministère des prêtres, qui s’offrit alors lui-même sur la croix » et, au plus haut degré, sous les espèces eucharistiques. Il est présent, par sa puissance, dans les sacrements au point que lorsque quelqu’un baptise, c’est le Christ lui-même qui baptise [21]. Il est là présent dans sa parole, car c’est lui qui parle tandis qu’on lit dans l’Église les Saintes Écritures. Enfin il est là présent lorsque l’Église prie et chante les psaumes, lui qui a promis : « Là où deux ou trois sont rassemblés en mon nom, je suis là, au milieu d’eux » (Mt 18, 20). Effectivement, pour l’accomplissement de cette grande œuvre par laquelle Dieu est parfaitement glorifié et les hommes sanctifiés, le Christ s’associe toujours l’Église, son Epouse bien-aimée, qui l’invoque comme son Seigneur et qui, par la médiation de celui-ci, rend son culte au Père éternel."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est donc à juste titre que la liturgie est considérée comme l’exercice de la fonction sacerdotale de Jésus Christ, exercice dans lequel la sanctification de l’homme est signifiée par des signes sensibles et réalisée d’une manière propre à chacun d’eux, et dans lequel le culte public intégral est exercé par le Corps mystique de Jésus Christ, c’est-à-dire par le Chef et par ses membres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par conséquent, toute célébration liturgique, en tant qu’œuvre du Christ prêtre et de son Corps qui est l’Église, est l’action sacrée par excellence dont nulle autre action de l’Église ne peut atteindre l’efficacité au même titre et au même degré."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liturgie terrestre et liturgie céleste"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans la liturgie terrestre, nous participons par un avant-goût à cette liturgie céleste qui se célèbre dans la sainte cité de Jérusalem à laquelle nous tendons comme des voyageurs, où le Christ siège à la droite de Dieu, comme ministre du sanctuaire et du vrai tabernacle [22] ; avec toute l’armée de la milice céleste, nous chantons au Seigneur l’hymne de gloire ; en vénérant la mémoire des saints, nous espérons partager leur communauté ; nous attendons comme Sauveur notre Seigneur Jésus Christ, jusqu’à ce que lui-même se manifeste, lui qui est notre vie, et alors nous serons manifestés avec lui dans la gloire [23]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La liturgie n’est pas l’unique activité de l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La liturgie n’épuise pas toute l’activité de l’Église ; car, avant que les hommes puissent accéder à la liturgie, il est nécessaire qu’ils soient appelés à la foi et à la conversion : « Comment l’invoqueront-ils s’ils ne croient pas en lui ? Comment croiront-ils en lui s’ils ne l’entendent pas ? Comment entendront-ils sans prédicateur ? Et comment prêchera-t-on sans être envoyé ? » (Rm 10, 14-15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi l’Église annonce aux non-croyants le Kérygme du salut, pour que tous les hommes connaissent le seul vrai Dieu et celui qu’il a envoyé, Jésus Christ, et pour qu’ils changent de conduite en faisant pénitence [24]. Quant aux croyants, elle doit toujours leur prêcher la foi et la pénitence ; elle doit en outre les disposer aux sacrements, leur enseigner à observer tout ce que le Christ a prescrit [25], et les engager à toutes les œuvres de charité, de piété et d’apostolat pour manifester par ces œuvres que, si les chrétiens ne sont pas de ce monde, ils sont pourtant la lumière du monde, et ils rendent gloire au Père devant les hommes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La liturgie, sommet et source de la vie de l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Toutefois, la liturgie est le sommet vers lequel tend l’action de l’Église, et en même temps la source d’où découle toute sa vertu. Car les labeurs apostoliques visent à ce que tous, devenus enfants de Dieu par la foi et le baptême, se rassemblent, louent Dieu au milieu de l’Église, participent au sacrifice et mangent la Cène du Seigneur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En retour, la liturgie elle-même pousse les fidèles rassasiés des « mystères de la Pâque » à n’avoir plus « qu’un seul cœur dans la piété [26] » ; elle prie pour « qu’ils gardent dans leur vie ce qu’ils ont saisi par la foi [27] » ; et le renouvellement dans l’Eucharistie de l’alliance du Seigneur avec les hommes attire et enflamme les fidèles à la charité pressante du Christ. C’est donc de la liturgie, et principalement de l’Eucharistie, comme d’une source, que la grâce découle en nous et qu’on obtient avec le maximum d’efficacité cette sanctification des hommes, et cette glorification de Dieu dans le Christ, que recherchent, comme leur fin, toutes les autres œuvres de l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nécessité des dispositions personnelles"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais, pour obtenir cette pleine efficacité, il est nécessaire que les fidèles accèdent à la liturgie avec les dispositions d’une âme droite, qu’ils harmonisent leur âme avec leur voix, et qu’ils coopèrent à la grâce d’en haut pour ne pas recevoir celle-ci en vain [28] . C’est pourquoi les pasteurs doivent être attentifs à ce que dans l’action liturgique, non seulement on observe les lois d’une célébration valide et licite, mais aussi à ce que les fidèles participent à celle-ci de façon consciente, active et fructueuse."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liturgie et pieux exercices"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cependant, la vie spirituelle n’est pas enfermée dans la participation à la seule liturgie. Car le chrétien est appelé à prier en commun : néanmoins, il doit aussi entrer dans sa chambre pour prier le Père dans le secret [29], et, même, enseigne l’Apôtre, il doit prier sans relâche [30]. Et l’Apôtre nous enseigne aussi à toujours porter dans notre corps la mortification de Jésus, pour que la vie de Jésus se manifeste, elle aussi, dans notre chair mortelle [31]. C’est pourquoi, dans le sacrifice de la messe, nous demandons au Seigneur « qu’ayant agréé l’oblation du sacrifice spirituel » il fasse pour lui « de nous-mêmes une éternelle offrande [32] »."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les « pieux exercices » du peuple chrétien, du moment qu’ils sont conformes aux lois et aux normes de l’Église, sont fort recommandés, surtout lorsqu’ils se font sur l’ordre du Siège apostolique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les « exercices sacrés » des Églises particulières jouissent aussi d’une dignité spéciale lorsqu’ils sont célébrés sur recommandation des évêques, selon les coutumes ou les livres légitimement approuvés."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais les exercices en question doivent être réglés en tenant compte des temps liturgiques et de façon à s’harmoniser avec la liturgie, à en découler d’une certaine manière, et à y introduire le peuple parce que, de sa nature, elle leur est de loin supérieure."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Recherche de la formation liturgique et de la participation active"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Mère Église désire beaucoup que tous les fidèles soient amenés à cette participation pleine, consciente et active aux célébrations liturgiques, qui est demandée par la nature de la liturgie elle-même et qui, en vertu de son baptême, est un droit et un devoir pour le peuple chrétien, « race élue, sacerdoce royal, nation sainte, peuple racheté » (1 P 2, 9 ; cf. 2, 4-5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette participation pleine et active de tout le peuple est ce qu’on doit viser de toutes ses forces dans la restauration et la mise en valeur de la liturgie. Elle est, en effet, la source première et indispensable à laquelle les fidèles doivent puiser un esprit vraiment chrétien ; et c’est pourquoi elle doit être recherchée avec ardeur par les pasteurs d’âmes, dans toute l’action pastorale, avec la pédagogie nécessaire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais il n’y a aucun espoir d’obtenir ce résultat, si d’abord les pasteurs eux-mêmes ne sont pas profondément imprégnés de l’esprit et de la vertu de la liturgie, et ne deviennent pas capables de l’enseigner ; il est donc absolument nécessaire qu’on pourvoie en premier lieu à la formation liturgique du clergé. C’est pourquoi le saint Concile a décrété d’établir les points suivants."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Former des professeurs de liturgie"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les maîtres qui sont chargés de l’enseignement de la liturgie dans les séminaires, les maisons d’études des religieux et les facultés de théologie doivent être dûment préparés à leur fonction dans les instituts spécialement destinés à cette tâche."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formation liturgique des clercs"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’enseignement de la liturgie dans les séminaires et les maisons d’études des religieux doit être placé parmi les disciplines nécessaires et majeures, et dans les facultés de théologie parmi les disciplines principales et il faut le dispenser dans sa perspective théologique et historique aussi bien que spirituelle, pastorale et juridique. En outre, les maîtres des autres disciplines, surtout de théologie dogmatique, d’Écriture Sainte, de théologie spirituelle et pastorale, se préoccuperont, selon les exigences intrinsèques de chaque objet propre, de faire ressortir le mystère du Christ et l’histoire du salut, si bien qu’on voie apparaître clairement le lien de ces disciplines avec la liturgie et l’unité de la formation sacerdotale."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les clercs, dans les séminaires et les maisons religieuses, acquerront une formation liturgique à la vie spirituelle, par une bonne initiation qui leur donne l’intelligence des rites sacrés et les y fasse participer de toute leur âme, et aussi par la célébration même des saints mystères et par les autres exercices de piété, imprégnés d’esprit liturgique ; également, ils apprendront à observer les lois liturgiques, de telle sorte que la vie des séminaires et des maisons de religieux soit profondément façonnée par l’esprit de la liturgie."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les prêtres, séculiers ou religieux, déjà à l’œuvre dans la vigne du Seigneur, seront aidés par tous les moyens opportuns à comprendre toujours plus pleinement ce qu’ils accomplissent dans les fonctions sacrées, à vivre de la vie liturgique et à la partager avec les fidèles qui leur sont confiés."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formation liturgique des fidèles"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les pasteurs d’âmes poursuivront avec zèle et patience la formation liturgique et aussi la participation active des fidèles, intérieure et extérieure, proportionnée à leur âge, leur condition, leur genre de vie et leur degré de culture religieuse ; ils acquitteront ainsi une des principales fonctions du fidèle dispensateur des mystères de Dieu ; et en cette matière, ils ne conduiront pas leur troupeau par la parole seulement, mais aussi par l’exemple."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moyens audio-visuels et célébration liturgique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les retransmissions d’actions sacrées par la radiophonie et la télévision, surtout s’il s’agit de la célébration du saint sacrifice, se feront avec discrétion et dignité sous la conduite et la garantie d’une personne compétente, désignée à cette fonction par les évêques."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. La restauration de la liturgie"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour que le peuple chrétien bénéficie plus sûrement des grâces abondantes dans la liturgie, la sainte Mère l’Église veut travailler sérieusement à la restauration générale de la liturgie elle-même. Car celle-ci comporte une partie immuable, celle qui est d’institution divine, et des parties sujettes au changement qui peuvent varier au cours des âges ou même le doivent, s’il s’y est introduit des éléments qui correspondent mal à la nature intime de la liturgie elle-même, ou si ces parties sont devenues inadaptées. Cette restauration doit consister à organiser les textes et les rites de telle façon qu’ils expriment avec plus de clarté les réalités saintes qu’ils signifient, et que le peuple chrétien, autant qu’il est possible, puisse facilement les saisir et y participer par une célébration pleine, active et communautaire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi le saint Concile a établi ces normes générales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A. Normes générales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le gouvernement de la liturgie"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le droit de régler l’organisation de la liturgie dépend uniquement de l’autorité de l’Église ; il appartient au Siège apostolique et, selon les règles du droit, à l’évêque."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En vertu du pouvoir donné par le droit, l’organisation de la liturgie, appartient aussi, dans les limites fixées, aux diverses assemblées d’évêques légitimement constituées, compétentes sur un territoire donné."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi absolument personne d’autre, même prêtre, ne peut, de son propre chef, ajouter, enlever ou changer quoi que ce soit dans la liturgie."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tradition et progrès"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Afin que soit maintenue la saine tradition, et que pourtant la voie soit ouverte à un progrès légitime, pour chacune des parties de la liturgie qui sont à réviser, il faudra toujours commencer par une soigneuse étude théologique, historique, pastorale. En outre, on prendra en considération aussi bien les lois générales de la structure et de l’esprit de la liturgie que l’expérience qui découle de la récente restauration liturgique et des indults accordés en divers endroits. Enfin, on ne fera des innovations que si l’utilité de l’Église les exige vraiment et certainement, et après s’être bien assuré que les formes nouvelles sortent des formes déjà existantes par un développement en quelque sorte organique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On veillera enfin, dans la mesure du possible, à ce qu’il n’y ait pas de notables différences rituelles entre des régions limitrophes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bible et liturgie"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans la célébration de la liturgie, la Sainte Écriture a une importance extrême. C’est d’elle que sont tirés les textes qu’on lit et que l’homélie explique, ainsi que les psaumes que l’on chante ; c’est sous son inspiration et sous son impulsion que les prières, les oraisons et les hymnes liturgiques ont jailli, et c’est d’elle que les actions et les symboles reçoivent leur signification. Aussi, pour procurer la restauration, le progrès et l’adaptation de la liturgie, il faut promouvoir ce goût savoureux et vivant de la Sainte Écriture dont témoigne la vénérable tradition des rites aussi bien orientaux qu’occidentaux."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Révision des livres liturgiques Les livres liturgiques seront révisés au plus tôt en faisant appel à des experts et en consultant des évêques de diverses régions du globe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "B. Normes tirées du caractère de la liturgie en tant qu’action hiérarchique et communautaire"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les actions liturgiques ne sont pas des actions privées, mais des célébrations de l’Église, qui est « le sacrement de l’unité », c’est-à-dire le peuple saint réuni et organisé sous l’autorité des évêques [33]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi elles appartiennent au Corps tout entier de l’Église, elles le manifestent et elles l’affectent ; mais elles atteignent chacun de ses membres, de façon diverse, selon la diversité des ordres, des fonctions, et de la participation effective."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La célébration commune"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chaque fois que les rites, selon la nature propre de chacun, comportent une célébration communautaire avec fréquentation et participation active des fidèles, on soulignera que celle-ci, dans la mesure du possible, doit l’emporter sur leur célébration individuelle et quasi privée."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ceci vaut surtout pour la célébration de la messe (bien que la messe garde toujours sa nature publique et sociale), et pour l’administration des sacrements."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignité de la célébration"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans les célébrations liturgiques, chacun, ministre ou fidèle, en s’acquittant de sa fonction, fera seulement et totalement ce qui lui revient en vertu de la nature de la chose et des normes liturgiques."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Même les servants, les lecteurs, les commentateurs et ceux qui font partie de la Schola cantorum s’acquittent d’un véritable ministère liturgique. C’est pourquoi ils exerceront leur fonction avec toute la piété sincère et le bon ordre qui conviennent à un si grand ministère, et que le peuple de Dieu exige d’eux à bon droit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aussi faut-il soigneusement leur inculquer l’esprit de la liturgie, selon la mesure de chacun, et les former à tenir leur rôle de façon exacte et ordonnée."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Participation active des fidèles"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour promouvoir la participation active, on favorisera les acclamations du peuple, les réponses, le chant des psaumes, les antiennes, les cantiques et aussi les actions ou gestes et les attitudes corporelles. On observera aussi en son temps un silence sacré."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans la révision des livres liturgiques, on veillera attentivement à ce que les rubriques prévoient aussi le rôle des fidèles."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liturgie et classes sociales"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans la liturgie, en dehors de la distinction qui découle de la fonction liturgique de l’ordre sacré, et en dehors des honneurs dus aux autorités civiles conformément aux lois liturgiques, on ne fera aucunement acception des personnes privées ou du rang social, soit dans les cérémonies soit dans les pompes extérieures."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C. Normes tirées de la nature didactique et pastorale de la liturgie"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bien que la liturgie soit principalement le culte de la divine majesté, elle comporte aussi une grande valeur pédagogique pour le peuple fidèle [34]. Car, dans la liturgie, Dieu parle à son peuple ; le Christ annonce encore l’Évangile. Et le peuple répond à Dieu par les chants et la prière."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bien plus, les prières adressées à Dieu par le prêtre, qui préside l’assemblée en la personne du Christ, sont prononcées au nom de tout le peuple saint et de tous les assistants. Enfin, le Christ ou l’Église ont choisi les signes visibles employés par la liturgie pour signifier les réalités divines invisibles. Aussi, non seulement lorsqu’on lit « ce qui a été écrit pour notre instruction » (Rm 15, 4), mais encore lorsque l’Église prie, chante ou agit, la foi des participants est nourrie, les âmes s’élèvent vers Dieu pour lui rendre un hommage spirituel et recevoir sa grâce avec plus d’abondance."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par suite, en exécutant la restauration, on devra observer les normes qui suivent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Harmonie des rites"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les rites manifesteront une noble simplicité, seront d’une brièveté remarquable et éviteront les répétitions inutiles ; ils seront adaptés à la capacité de compréhension des fidèles et, en général, il n’y aura pas besoin de nombreuses explications pour les comprendre."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bible, prédication et catéchèse liturgique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour qu’apparaisse clairement l’union intime du rite et de la parole dans la liturgie :"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans les célébrations sacrées, on restaurera une lecture de la Sainte Écriture plus abondante, plus variée et mieux adaptée."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le moment le plus approprié pour le sermon, qui fait partie de l’action liturgique pour autant que le rite le permet, sera marqué même dans les rubriques ; et on accomplira très fidèlement et consciencieusement le ministère de la prédication. Celle-ci puisera en premier lieu à la source de la Sainte Écriture et de la liturgie, puisqu’elle est l’annonce des merveilles de Dieu dans l’histoire du salut qui est le mystère du Christ, lequel est toujours là présent et actif en nous, surtout dans les célébrations liturgiques."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, la catéchèse plus directement liturgique sera inculquée de toutes les manières ; et, dans les rites eux-mêmes, on prévoira de brèves monitions si elles sont nécessaires ; elles seront dites par le prêtre ou par le ministre compétent, mais seulement aux moments les plus opportuns et dans les termes indiqués ou avec des paroles équivalentes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On favorisera la célébration sacrée de la Parole de Dieu aux veilles des fêtes solennelles, à certaines féries de l’Avent et du Carême, ainsi que les dimanches et jours de fête, surtout dans les localités privées de prêtres : en ce cas, un diacre, ou quelqu’un d’autre délégué par l’évêque, dirigera la célébration."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La langue liturgique"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’usage de la langue latine, sauf droit particulier, sera conservé dans les rites latins"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Toutefois, soit dans la messe, soit dans l’administration des sacrements, soit dans les autres parties de la liturgie, l’emploi de la langue du pays peut être souvent très utile pour le peuple ; on pourra donc lui accorder une plus large place, surtout dans les lectures et les monitions, dans un certain nombre de prières et de chants, conformément aux normes qui sont établies sur cette matière dans les chapitres suivants, pour chaque cas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ces normes étant observées, il revient à l’autorité ecclésiastique qui a compétence sur le territoire, mentionnée à l’article 22 (même, le cas échéant, après avoir délibéré avec les évêques des régions limitrophes de même langue), de statuer si on emploie la langue du pays et de quelle façon, en faisant agréer, c’est-à-dire ratifier, ses actes par le Siège apostolique."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La traduction du texte latin dans la langue du pays, à employer dans la liturgie, doit être approuvée par l’autorité ecclésiastique ayant compétence sur le territoire, dont il est question ci-dessus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "D. Normes pour adapter la liturgie au caractère et aux traditions des différents peuples"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église, dans les domaines qui ne touchent pas la foi ou le bien de toute la communauté, ne désire pas, même dans la liturgie, imposer la forme rigide d’un libellé unique : bien au contraire, elle cultive les qualités et les dons des divers peuples et elle les développe ; tout ce qui, dans les mœurs, n’est pas indissolublement lié à des superstitions et à des erreurs, elle l’apprécie avec bienveillance et, si elle peut, elle en assure la parfaite conservation ; qui plus est, elle l’admet parfois dans la liturgie elle-même, pourvu que cela s’harmonise avec les principes d’un véritable et authentique esprit liturgique."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pourvu que soit sauvegardée l’unité substantielle du rite romain, on admettra des différences légitimes et des adaptations à la diversité des assemblées, des régions, des peuples, surtout dans les missions, même lorsqu’on révisera les livres liturgiques ; et il sera bon d’avoir ce principe devant les yeux pour aménager la structure des rites et établir les rubriques."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans les limites fixées par les éditions typiques des livres liturgiques, il reviendra à l’autorité ecclésiastique ayant compétence sur le territoire, mentionnée à l’article 22 § 2, de déterminer les adaptations, surtout pour l’administration des sacrements, les sacramentaux, les processions, la langue liturgique, la musique sacrée et les arts, conformément toutefois aux normes fondamentales contenues dans la présente Constitution."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais, comme en différents lieux et en différentes circonstances, il est urgent d’adapter plus profondément la liturgie, ce qui augmente la difficulté :"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’autorité ecclésiastique ayant compétence sur le territoire, mentionnée à l’article 22 §2, considérera avec attention et prudence ce qui, en ce domaine, à partir des traditions et du génie de chaque peuple, peut opportunément être admis dans le culte divin. Les adaptations jugées utiles ou nécessaires seront proposées au Siège apostolique pour être introduites avec son consentement."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais pour que l’adaptation se fasse avec la circonspection nécessaire, faculté sera donnée par le Siège apostolique à cette autorité ecclésiastique territoriale de permettre et de diriger, le cas échéant, les expériences préalables nécessaires dans certaines assemblées appropriées à ces essais et pendant un temps limité."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parce que les lois liturgiques présentent ordinairement des difficultés spéciales en matière d’adaptation, surtout dans les missions, on devra, pour les établir, avoir à sa disposition des hommes experts en ce domaine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV. Développement de la vie liturgique dans le diocèse et la paroisse"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vie liturgique du diocèse"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’évêque doit être considéré comme le grand prêtre de son troupeau ; la vie chrétienne de ses fidèles découle et dépend de lui en quelque manière."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi tous doivent accorder la plus grande estime à la vie liturgique du diocèse autour de l’évêque, surtout dans l’église cathédrale ; ils doivent être persuadés que la principale manifestation de l’Église réside dans la participation plénière et active de tout le saint Peuple de Dieu, aux mêmes célébrations liturgiques, surtout à la même Eucharistie, dans une seule prière, auprès de l’autel unique où préside l’évêque entouré de son presbyterium et de ses ministres [35]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vie liturgique de la paroisse"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comme l’évêque dans son Église ne peut présider en personne à tout son troupeau, ni toujours ni partout, il doit nécessairement constituer des assemblées de fidèles, parmi lesquelles les plus importantes sont les paroisses, organisées localement sous un pasteur qui tient la place de l’évêque ; car, d’une certaine manière, elles représentent l’Église visible établie dans l’univers."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi il faut favoriser dans l’esprit et dans la pratique des fidèles et du clergé, la vie liturgique de la paroisse et sa relation à l’évêque ; et il faut travailler à ce que le sens de la communauté paroissiale s’épanouisse, surtout dans la célébration communautaire de la messe dominicale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "V. Développement de la pastorale liturgique"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le renouveau liturgique, grâce de l’Esprit Saint"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le zèle pour le développement et la restauration de la sainte liturgie est tenu à juste titre pour un signe des dispositions providentielles de Dieu sur le temps présent, comme un passage du Saint-Esprit dans son Église ; et il confère à la vie de celle-ci, et même à toutes les formes de sensibilité et d’action religieuse d’aujourd’hui, une empreinte caractéristique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi, pour favoriser davantage encore cette pastorale liturgique, le saint Concile décrète :"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Commission liturgique nationale"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il est à propos que l’autorité ecclésiastique ayant compétence sur le territoire, mentionnée à l’article 22 §2, institue une commission liturgique qui aura le concours d’experts en science liturgique, en musique sacrée, en art sacré et en pastorale. Cette commission, dans la mesure du possible, sera aidée par un Institut de pastorale liturgique composé de membres parmi lesquels on admettra, si c’est utile, des laïcs compétents en cette matière. Il reviendra à cette commission, sous la direction de l’autorité ecclésiastique territoriale mentionnée plus haut, de diriger la pastorale liturgique dans l’étendue de son ressort, de promouvoir les recherches et les expériences nécessaires chaque fois qu’il s’agira de proposer des adaptations au Siège apostolique."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Commission liturgique diocésaine"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans la même ligne, il y aura une commission de liturgie dans chaque diocèse pour promouvoir l’action liturgique sous la direction de l’évêque."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il pourra parfois être opportun que plusieurs diocèses établissent une seule commission qui fasse progresser la cause liturgique par un travail en commun."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Autres commissions"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Outre la commission de liturgie, on établira aussi dans chaque diocèse, autant que possible, des commissions de musique sacrée et d’art sacré."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il est nécessaire que ces trois commissions travaillent en associant leurs forces ; il sera même indiqué assez souvent de les regrouper en une seule commission."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE II : Le mystère de l'Eucharistie"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La messe et le mystère pascal"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notre Sauveur, à la dernière Cène, la nuit où il était livré, institua le sacrifice eucharistique de son Corps et de son Sang pour perpétuer le sacrifice de la croix au long des siècles, jusqu’à ce qu’il vienne, et pour confier ainsi à l’Église, son Épouse bien-aimée, le mémorial de sa mort et de sa résurrection : sacrement de l’amour, signe de l’unité, lien de la charité [36], banquet pascal dans lequel le Christ est mangé, l’âme est comblée de grâce, et le gage de la gloire future nous est donné [37]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aussi l’Église se soucie-t-elle d’obtenir que les fidèles n’assistent pas à ce mystère de la foi comme des spectateurs étrangers et muets, mais que, le comprenant bien dans ses rites et ses prières, ils participent de façon consciente, pieuse et active à l’action sacrée, soient formés par la Parole de Dieu, se restaurent à la table du Corps du Seigneur, rendent grâces à Dieu ; qu’offrant la victime sans tache, non seulement par les mains du prêtre, mais aussi en union avec lui, ils apprennent à s’offrir eux-mêmes et, de jour en jour, soient consommés, par la médiation du Christ [38], dans l’unité avec Dieu et entre eux pour que, finalement, Dieu soit tout en tous."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi, afin que le sacrifice de la messe, même par sa forme rituelle, obtienne une pleine efficacité pastorale, le saint Concile, à l’égard des messes qui se célèbrent avec le concours du peuple, surtout les dimanches et fêtes de précepte, décrète ce qui suit :"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Révision de l’ordinaire de la messe"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le rituel de la messe sera révisé de telle sorte que se manifestent plus clairement le rôle propre ainsi que la connexion mutuelle de chacune de ses parties, et que soit facilitée la participation pieuse et active des fidèles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aussi, en gardant fidèlement la substance des rites, on les simplifiera, on omettra ce qui, au cours des âges, a été redoublé ou a été ajouté sans grande utilité ; on rétablira, selon l’ancienne norme des saints Pères, certaines choses qui ont disparu sous les atteintes du temps, dans la mesure où cela apparaîtra opportun ou nécessaire."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Une plus grande richesse biblique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour présenter aux fidèles avec plus de richesse la table de la Parole de Dieu, on ouvrira plus largement les trésors de la Bible pour que, en l’espace d’un nombre d’années déterminé, on lise au peuple la partie la plus importante des Saintes Écritures."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’homélie"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’homélie par laquelle, au cours de l’année liturgique, on explique à partir du texte sacré les mystères de la foi et les normes de la vie chrétienne est fortement recommandée comme faisant partie de la liturgie elle-même ; bien plus, aux messes célébrées avec le concours du peuple les dimanches et jours de fête de précepte, on ne l’omettra que pour un motif grave."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La prière des fidèles"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La « prière commune », ou « prière des fidèles », sera rétablie après l’évangile et l’homélie, surtout les dimanches et fêtes de précepte, afin qu’avec la participation du peuple, on fasse des supplications pour la sainte Église, pour ceux qui détiennent l’aut orité publique, pour ceux qui sont accablés de diverses détresses, et pour tous les hommes et le salut du monde entier [39]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Latin et langue du pays à la messe"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On pourra donner la place qui convient à la langue du pays dans les messes célébrées avec le concours du peuple, surtout pour les lectures et la « prière commune », et, selon les conditions locales, aussi dans les parties qui reviennent au peuple, conformément à l’article 36 de la présente Constitution."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On veillera cependant à ce que les fidèles puissent dire ou chanter ensemble, en langue latine, aussi les parties de l’ordinaire de la messe qui leur reviennent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais si quelque part un emploi plus large de la langue du pays dans la messe semble opportun, on observera ce qui est prescrit à l’article 40 de la présente Constitution."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La communion, sommet de la participation à la messe ; la communion sous les deux espèces"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On recommande fortement cette participation plus parfaite à la messe qui consiste en ce que les fidèles, après la communion du prêtre, reçoivent le Corps du Seigneur avec des pains consacrés à ce même sacrifice."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La communion sous les deux espèces, étant maintenus les principes dogmatiques établis par le Concile de Trente [40], peut être accordée, au jugement des évêques, dans les cas que le Siège apostolique précisera, tant aux clercs et aux religieux qu’aux laïcs ; par exemple : aux nouveaux ordonnés dans la messe de leur ordination, aux profès dans la messe de leur profession religieuse, aux néophytes dans la messe qui suit le baptême."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unité de la messe"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les deux parties qui constituent en quelque sorte la messe, c’est-à-dire la liturgie de la parole et la liturgie eucharistique, sont si étroitement unies entre elles qu’elles constituent un seul acte de culte. Aussi, le saint Concile exhorte-t-il vivement les pasteurs d’âmes à enseigner soigneusement aux fidèles, dans la catéchèse, qu’il faut participer à la messe entière, surtout les dimanches et jours de fête de précepte."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La concélébration"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 1. La concélébration, qui manifeste heureusement l’unité du sacerdoce, est restée en usage jusqu’à maintenant dans l’Église, en Occident comme en Orient. Aussi le Concile a-t-il décidé d’étendre la faculté de concélébrer aux cas suivants :"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) le Jeudi saint, tant à la messe chrismale qu’à la messe du soir ;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) aux messes célébrées dans les conciles, les assemblées épiscopales et les synodes ;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) à la messe de la bénédiction d’un abbé."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, avec la permission de l’Ordinaire, à qui il appartient d’apprécier l’opportunité de la concélébration :"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) à la messe conventuelle et à la messe principale dans les églises, lorsque le bien spirituel des fidèles ne requiert pas que tous les prêtres présents célèbrent individuellement ;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) aux messes des assemblées de prêtres de tout genre, aussi bien séculiers que religieux."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§2. 1. Il appartient à l’évêque de diriger et de régler la concélébration dans son diocèse."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cependant, on réservera toujours à chaque prêtre la liberté de célébrer la messe individuellement, mais non pas au même moment dans la même église, ni le Jeudi saint."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On composera un nouveau rite de la concélébration qui devra être inséré dans le pontifical et le missel romains."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE III : Les autres sacrements et les sacramentaux"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nature des sacrements"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les sacrements ont pour fin de sanctifier les hommes, d’édifier le Corps du Christ, enfin de rendre le culte à Dieu ; mais, à titre de signes, ils ont aussi un rôle d’enseignement. Non seulement ils supposent la foi, mais encore, par les paroles et les choses, ils la nourrissent, ils la fortifient, ils l’expriment ; c’est pourquoi ils sont dits sacrements de la foi. Certes, ils confèrent la grâce, mais, en outre, leur célébration dispose au mieux les fidèles à recevoir fructueusement cette grâce, à rendre à Dieu le juste culte, et à exercer la charité."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il est donc de la plus grande importance que les fidèles comprennent facilement les signes des sacrements et fréquentent de la façon la plus assidue les sacrements qui nourrissent la vie chrétienne."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les sacramentaux"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, la sainte Mère l’Église a institué des sacramentaux. Ce sont des signes sacrés par lesquels, selon une certaine imitation des sacrements, des effets surtout spirituels sont signifiés et sont obtenus grâce à l’intercession de l’Église. Par eux, les hommes sont disposés à recevoir l’effet principal des sacrements, et les diverses circonstances de la vie sont sanctifiées."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Valeur pastorale de la liturgie et sa relation avec le mystère pascal"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi la liturgie des sacrements et des sacramentaux fait que, chez les fidèles bien disposés, presque tous les événements de la vie sont sanctifiés par la grâce divine qui découle du mystère pascal de la passion, de la mort et de la résurrection du Christ ; car c’est de lui que tous les sacrements et sacramentaux tirent leur vertu ; et il n’est à peu près aucun usage honorable des choses matérielles qui ne puisse être orienté vers cette fin : la sanctification de l’homme et la louange de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nécessité d’une révision des rites sacramentels"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais au cours des âges sont entrés dans les rites des sacrements et des sacramentaux, des éléments qui, à notre époque, ne permettent pas d’en voir assez clairement la nature et la fin ; il est donc besoin d’y opérer certaines adaptations aux nécessités de notre temps, et le saint Concile décrète ce qui suit au sujet de leur révision."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Langue"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puisque assez souvent dans l’administration des sacrements et des sacramentaux l’emploi de la langue du pays peut être d’une grande utilité auprès du peuple, on lui donnera une plus large place selon les règles qui suivent :"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) dans l’administration des sacrements et des sacramentaux, on peut employer la langue du pays, conformément à l’article 36 ;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rituel romain et rituels particuliers."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) en suivant la nouvelle édition du rituel romain, des rituels particuliers, adaptés aux nécessités de chaque région, y compris en ce qui concerne la langue, seront préparés au plus tôt par l’autorité ecclésiastique qui a compétence sur le territoire, mentionnée à l’article 22 § 2 de la présente Constitution ; et, une fois les actes révisés par le Siège apostolique, ces rituels seront employés dans leurs régions respectives. Dans la composition de ces rituels ou de ces recueils particuliers de rites, on n’omettra pas les instructions mises en tête de chaque rite dans le rituel romain, qu’elles soient pastorales ou rubricales, ou bien qu’elles aient une importance particulière au point de vue social."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le catéchuménat"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On restaurera le catéchuménat des adultes, distribué en plusieurs étapes, dont la pratique sera soumise au jugement de l’Ordinaire du lieu : on obtiendra ainsi que le temps du catéchuménat, destiné à une formation appropriée, puisse être sanctifié par des rites sacrés dont la célébration s’échelonne dans le temps."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans les pays de mission, outre les éléments d’initiation qui appartiennent à la tradition chrétienne, il sera permis d’admettre ces autres éléments d’initiation dont on constate la pratique dans chaque peuple, pour autant qu’on peut les adapter au rite chrétien, conformément aux articles 37-40 de la présente Constitution."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Révision des rites du baptême"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On révisera le double rite pour le baptême des adultes, le plus simple et le plus solennel, celui qui tient compte du catéchuménat restauré, et on introduira dans le missel romain une messe propre « lors de l’administration du baptême »."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On révisera le rite pour le baptême des enfants et on l’adaptera à la situation réelle des tout-petits ; en outre, le rôle des parents et des parrains, ainsi que leurs devoirs, seront mieux mis en évidence dans le rite lui-même."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans le rite du baptême ne manqueront pas les adaptations, à employer au jugement de l’Ordinaire du lieu, pour le cas d’un grand concours de candidats au baptême. On composera, en outre, un rituel bref dont puissent user, principalement, les catéchistes en pays de mission, et généralement, en cas de danger de mort, les fidèles, lorsqu’il n’y a là ni prêtre ni diacre."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Au lieu du rite appelé « rituel pour suppléer sur un enfant baptisé les cérémonies omises », on en composera un nouveau où il soit indiqué de façon plus claire et plus appropriée que cet enfant, baptisé auparavant avec le rite bref, a déjà été reçu dans l’Église. De même, pour ceux qui, déjà baptisés validement, se convertissent à la religion catholique, on composera un nouveau rite pour signifier qu’on les admet dans la communion de l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-70",
              "number": "70",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On peut bénir l’eau baptismale, en dehors du temps pascal, dans le rite même du baptême, avec une formule plus brève qui sera approuvée."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-71",
              "number": "71",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Révision du rite de la confirmation"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le rite de la confirmation sera révisé aussi pour manifester plus clairement le lien intime de ce sacrement avec toute l’initiation chrétienne, aussi est-il convenable que la rénovation des promesses baptismales précède la réception du sacrement. La confirmation, selon l’opportunité, peut être conférée au cours de la messe ; pour ce qui est du rite célébré hors de la messe, on préparera la formule à employer en guise d’introduction."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-72",
              "number": "72",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Révision du rite de la pénitence"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le rite et les formules de la pénitence seront révisés de façon à exprimer plus clairement la nature et l’effet du sacrement."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-73",
              "number": "73",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Révision du rite de l’onction des malades"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "« L’extrême-onction », qu’on peut appeler aussi et mieux l’onction des malades, n’est pas seulement le sacrement de ceux qui se trouvent à la dernière extrémité. Aussi, le temps opportun pour le recevoir est déjà certainement arrivé lorsque le fidèle commence à être en danger de mort par suite d’affaiblissement physique ou de vieillesse."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-74",
              "number": "74",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En dehors des rites séparés de l’onction des malades et du viatique, on composera un rituel continu selon lequel on conférera l’onction au malade après la confession et avant la réception du viatique."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-75",
              "number": "75",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le nombre des onctions sera adapté aux circonstances, et les oraisons qui appartiennent au rite de l’onction des malades seront révisées pour correspondre aux diverses situations des malades qui reçoivent le sacrement."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-76",
              "number": "76",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Révision des rites du sacrement de l’ordre"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les rites des ordinations, soit quant aux cérémonies soit quant aux textes, seront révisés. Les allocutions de l’évêque au début de chaque ordination ou consécration peuvent se faire dans la langue du pays."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans la consécration épiscopale, il est permis à tous les évêques présents d’imposer les mains."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-77",
              "number": "77",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Révision du rite du mariage"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le rite de célébration du mariage qui se trouve dans le rituel romain sera révisé et enrichi pour signifier plus clairement la grâce du sacrement et souligner davantage les devoirs des époux."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "« Si en certaines régions on utilise dans la célébration du mariage d’autres coutumes et cérémonies dignes d’être approuvées, le saint Concile souhaite beaucoup qu’on les garde complètement [41]. »"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, faculté est laissée à l’autorité ecclésiastique sur le territoire, ayant compétence, mentionnée à l’article 22 §2 de la présente constitution, d’élaborer, selon l’article 63, un rite propre qui s’accorde avec les usages des lieux et des peuples, mais à la condition expresse que le prêtre qui assiste au mariage demande et reçoive le consentement des contractants."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-78",
              "number": "78",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le mariage sera célébré ordinairement au cours de la messe, après la lecture de l’Évangile et l’homélie, avant la « prière des fidèles ». L’oraison sur l’épouse, amendée de façon à souligner que les deux époux ont des devoirs égaux de mutuelle fidélité, peut se dire dans la langue du pays."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais, si le sacrement de mariage est célébré sans messe, l’épître et l’Évangile de la messe de mariage seront lus au début du rite, et la bénédiction sera toujours conférée aux époux."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-79",
              "number": "79",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Révision des sacramentaux"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les sacramentaux seront révisés, en tenant pour règle primordiale la participation des fidèles consciente, active et facile, et en étant attentif aux nécessités de notre époque. Dans la révision des rituels, conformément à l’article 63, on pourra même ajouter de nouveaux sacramentaux, selon que la nécessité le réclame. Les bénédictions réservées seront en très petit nombre, et seulement en faveur des évêques ou des Ordinaires."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On prévoira que certains sacramentaux, du moins dans des circonstances particulières et au jugement de l’Ordinaire, puissent être administrés par des laïcs dotés des qualités requises."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-80",
              "number": "80",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La profession religieuse"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le rite de la consécration des vierges, qui se trouve au pontifical romain, sera soumis à révision."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, on élaborera un rite de la profession religieuse et de la rénovation des vœux en vue d’une plus grande unité, sobriété et dignité ; il devra être adopté par ceux qui accomplissent, au cours de la messe, leur profession ou la rénovation de leurs vœux, le droit particulier étant sauf."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il est louable que la profession religieuse se fasse au cours de la messe."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-81",
              "number": "81",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Révision des rites des funérailles"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le rite des funérailles devra exprimer de façon plus claire le caractère pascal de la mort chrétienne, et devra répondre mieux aux situations et aux traditions de chaque région, même en ce qui concerne la couleur liturgique."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-82",
              "number": "82",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le rite de l’ensevelissement des tout-petits sera révisé, et on le dotera d’une messe propre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE IV : L’office divin"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-83",
              "number": "83",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’office divin, œuvre du Christ et de l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Grand Prêtre de la Nouvelle et Éternelle Alliance, le Christ Jésus, assumant la nature humaine, a introduit dans notre exil terrestre cet hymne qui se chante éternellement dans les demeures célestes. Il s’adjoint toute la communauté des hommes et se l’associe dans ce divin cantique de louange."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En effet, il continue à exercer cette fonction sacerdotale par son Église elle-même qui, non seulement par la célébration de l’Eucharistie, mais aussi par d’autres moyens et surtout par l’accomplissement de l’office divin, loue sans cesse le Seigneur et intercède pour le salut du Monde entier."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-84",
              "number": "84",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’office divin, d’après l’antique tradition chrétienne, est constitué de telle façon que tout le déroulement du jour et de la nuit soit consacré par la louange de Dieu. Lorsque cet admirable cantique de louange est accompli selon la règle par les prêtres ou par d’autres, délégués à cela par l’institution de l’Église, ou par les fidèles priant avec le prêtre selon la forme approuvée, alors c’est vraiment la voix de l’Épouse elle-même qui s’adresse à l’Époux ; et mieux encore, c’est la prière du Christ que celui-ci, uni à son Corps, présente au Père."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-85",
              "number": "85",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par conséquent, tous ceux qui assurent ce service accomplissent l’office de l’Église et, en même temps, participent de l’honneur suprême de l’Epouse du Christ, parce qu’en s’acquittant des louanges divines, ils se tiennent devant le trône de Dieu au nom de la Mère Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-86",
              "number": "86",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Valeur pastorale de l’office divin"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les prêtres adonnés au ministère pastoral acquitteront les louanges des Heures avec d’autant plus de ferveur qu’ils seront plus vivement conscients d’avoir à mettre en pratique l’exhortation de saint Paul : « Priez sans relâche » (1 Th 5, 17) ; car le Seigneur seul peut assurer l’efficacité et le progrès de l’œuvre à laquelle ils travaillent, lui qui a dit : « Sans moi, vous ne pouvez rien faire » (Jn 15, 5) ; c’est pourquoi les Apôtres dirent en instituant les diacres : « Quant à nous, nous resterons assidus à la prière et au service de la parole » (Ac 6, 4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-87",
              "number": "87",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais, pour que l’office divin soit accompli, soit par les prêtres, soit par les autres membres de l’Église, de façon meilleure et plus parfaite dans les circonstances actuelles, le saint Concile, poursuivant l’œuvre heureusement inaugurée par le Siège apostolique, a décidé de décréter ce qui suit au sujet de l’office selon le rite romain."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-88",
              "number": "88",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Révision du cours traditionnel des Heures"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puisque la sanctification de la journée est la fin de l’office, le cours traditionnel des Heures sera restauré de telle façon que les Heures retrouveront leur vrai temps dans la mesure du possible et qu’il soit tenu compte des conditions de la vie présente, surtout pour ceux qui s’appliquent aux œuvres de l’apostolat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-89",
              "number": "89",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aussi dans la restauration de l’office, on observera les normes suivantes :"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) les laudes, comme prières du matin, et les vêpres, comme prières du soir, qui, d’après la vénérable tradition de l’Église universelle, constituent les deux pôles de l’office quotidien, doivent être tenues pour les heures principales et elles doivent être célébrées en conséquence ;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) les complies seront organisées de façon à bien convenir à la fin de la journée ;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) l’Heure qu’on appelle matines, bien qu’elle garde, dans la célébration chorale, son caractère de louange nocturne, sera adaptée de telle sorte qu’elle puisse être récitée à n’ « importe quelle heure du jour, et elle comportera un moins grand nombre de psaumes et des lectures plus étendues ;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) l’Heure de prime sera supprimée ;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "e) au chœur, on gardera les petites Heures de tierce, sexte et none. Hors du chœur, il est permis de choisir une seule de ces trois Heures, la plus appropriée au moment de la journée."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-90",
              "number": "90",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’office divin, source de piété"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comme en outre l’office divin, en tant que prière publique de l’Église, est la source de la piété et l’aliment de la prière personnelle, les prêtres et tous ceux qui participent à l’office divin sont priés dans le Seigneur d’harmoniser lorsqu’ils l’acquittent leur âme avec leur voix ; et pour mieux y parvenir, ils se procureront une connaissance plus développée de la liturgie et de la Bible, et principalement des psaumes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-230",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans l’accomplissement de cette restauration, le vénérable trésor séculaire de l’office romain sera adapté de telle sorte que ceux à qui il est confié puissent en profiter plus largement et plus facilement."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-91",
              "number": "91",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Répartition des psaumes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour que le cours des Heures proposé dans l’article 89 puisse être réellement observé, les psaumes ne seront plus répartis sur une seule semaine, mais sur un laps de temps plus long."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le travail de révision du psautier, heureusement commencé, doit être mené à bonne fin dès que possible, en ayant égard à la latinité chrétienne, à l’usage liturgique, y compris dans le chant, ainsi qu’à toute la tradition de l’Église latine."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-92",
              "number": "92",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Organisation des lectures"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En ce qui concerne les lectures, on observera ce qui suit :"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) la lecture de la Sainte Écriture sera organisée de telle sorte qu’il soit facile d’accéder plus largement au trésor de la parole divine ;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) les lectures à tirer des œuvres des Pères, des docteurs et des écrivains ecclésiastiques seront mieux choisies ;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) les Passions ou vies des saints seront rendues conformes à la vérité historique."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-93",
              "number": "93",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Révision des hymnes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les hymnes, autant qu’il semblera utile, seront rendues à leur forme primitive, en supprimant ou en changeant tout ce qui sent la mythologie ou s’harmonise mal avec la piété chrétienne. On admettra, selon les besoins, d’autres hymnes prises dans le trésor hymnodique."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-94",
              "number": "94",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moment de la récitation des Heures"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il importe, soit pour sanctifier véritablement la journée, soit pour réciter les Heures elles-mêmes avec fruit spirituel, que, dans la récitation des Heures, on observe le moment qui se rapproche le plus du temps véritable de chaque Heure canonique."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-95",
              "number": "95",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obligation de l’office divin"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les communautés obligées au chœur, outre la messe conventuelle, sont tenues de célébrer l’office divin chaque jour au chœur, à savoir :"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) tout l’office : les ordres de chanoines, de moines et de moniales, et des autres réguliers astreints au chœur par le droit ou leurs constitutions ;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) les Chapitres de cathédrales ou de collégiales : les parties de l’office qui leur sont imposées par le droit commun ou particulier ;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) mais tous les membres de ces communautés qui sont ou bien établis dans les ordres majeurs, on bien profès solennels, les convers exceptés, doivent réciter individuellement les Heures canoniques qu’ils n’acquittent pas au chœur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-96",
              "number": "96",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les clercs non astreints au chœur, s’ils sont dans les ordres majeurs, sont tenus par l’obligation d’acquitter tout l’office chaque jour, soit en commun, soit seuls, selon la règle de l’article 89."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-97",
              "number": "97",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les commutations souhaitables de l’office divin avec une action liturgique seront définies par les rubriques. Dans des cas particuliers et pour un juste motif, les Ordinaires pourront dispenser leurs sujets de l’office divin, totalement ou partiellement, ou leur en accorder commutation."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-98",
              "number": "98",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La louange divine dans les instituts religieux"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les membres de n’importe quel institut d’un état de perfection qui, en vertu des Constitutions, acquittent quelque partie de l’office, accomplissent la prière publique de l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De même, ils accomplissent la prière publique de l’Église si, en vertu de leurs Constitutions, ils récitent un petit office, pourvu que celui-ci soit composé à la manière de l’office divin et dûment approuvé."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-99",
              "number": "99",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Récitation commune"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puisque l’office divin est la voix de l’Église, c’est-à-dire de tout le Corps mystique adressant à Dieu une louange publique, il est recommandé que les clercs non astreints au chœur, et surtout les prêtres vivant en commun ou passagèrement réunis, acquittent en commun au moins une partie de l’office divin."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais tous ceux qui acquittent l’Office, soit au chœur soit en commun, accompliront la fonction qui leur est confiée le plus parfaitement possible, soit quant à la dévotion intérieure, soit quant à la réalisation extérieure."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-256",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il importe en outre que l’office, au chœur ou en commun, soit chanté, selon l’opportunité."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-100",
              "number": "100",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Participation des fidèles"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les pasteurs veilleront à ce que les Heures principales, surtout les vêpres, les dimanches et jours de fêtes solennelles, soient célébrées en commun dans l’église. On recommande aux laïcs eux-mêmes la récitation de l’office divin, soit avec les prêtres, soit lorsqu’ils sont réunis entre eux, voire individuellement."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 1. Selon la tradition séculaire du rite latin dans l’office divin, les clercs doivent garder la langue latine ; toutefois, pouvoir est donné à l’Ordinaire de concéder l’emploi d’une traduction en langue du pays, composée conformément à l’article 36, pour des cas individuels, aux clercs chez qui l’emploi de la langue latine est un empêchement grave à acquitter l’office divin comme il faut."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 2.Quant aux moniales et aux membres, hommes non clercs ou femmes, des instituts des états de perfection, le supérieur compétent peut leur accorder d’employer la langue du pays dans l’office divin, même pour la célébration chorale, pourvu que la traduction soit approuvée."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout clerc astreint à l’office divin, s’il célèbre celui-ci dans la langue du pays, avec un groupe de fidèles ou avec ceux qui sont énumérés au §2, satisfait à son obligation du moment que le texte de la traduction est approuvé."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE V : L’année liturgique"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-102",
              "number": "102",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sens de l’année liturgique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notre Mère la sainte Église estime qu’il lui appartient de célébrer l’œuvre salvifique de son divin Epoux par une commémoration sacrée, à jours fixes, tout au long de l’année. Chaque semaine, au jour qu’elle a appelé « jour du Seigneur », elle fait mémoire de la résurrection du Seigneur, qu’elle célèbre encore une fois par an, en même temps que sa bienheureuse passion, par la grande solennité de Pâques."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Et elle déploie tout le mystère du Christ pendant le cycle de l’année, de l’Incarnation et la Nativité jusqu’à l’Ascension, jusqu’au jour de la Pentecôte, et jusqu’à l’attente de la bienheureuse espérance et de l’avènement du Seigneur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout en célébrant ainsi les mystères de la Rédemption, elle ouvre aux fidèles les richesses de la puissance et des mérites de son Seigneur ; de la sorte, ces mystères sont en quelque manière rendus présents tout au long du temps, les fidèles sont mis en contact avec eux et remplis par la grâce du salut."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-103",
              "number": "103",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En célébrant ce cycle annuel des mystères du Christ, la sainte Église vénère avec un particulier amour la bienheureuse Marie, mère de Dieu, qui est unie à son Fils dans l’œuvre salutaire par un lien indissoluble ; en Marie, l’Église admire et exalte le fruit le plus éminent de la Rédemption, et, comme dans une image très pure, elle contemple avec joie ce qu’elle-même désire et espère être tout entière."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-104",
              "number": "104",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, l’Église a introduit dans le cycle annuel les mémoires des martyrs et des autres saints qui, élevés à la perfection par la grâce multiforme de Dieu et ayant déjà obtenu possession du salut éternel, chantent à Dieu dans le ciel une louange parfaite et intercèdent pour nous. Dans les anniversaires des saints, l’Église proclame le mystère pascal en ces saints qui ont souffert avec le Christ et sont glorifiés avec lui, et elle propose aux fidèles leurs exemples qui les attirent tous au Père par le Christ, et par leurs mérites elle implore les bienfaits de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-105",
              "number": "105",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Enfin, aux divers temps de l’année, selon des disciplines traditionnelles, l’Église réalise la formation des fidèles par des activités spirituelles et corporelles, par l’instruction, la prière, les œuvres de pénitence et de miséricorde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi le Concile a jugé bon de décréter ce qui suit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-106",
              "number": "106",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revalorisation du dimanche"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église célèbre le mystère pascal, en vertu d’une tradition apostolique qui remonte au jour même de la résurrection du Christ, chaque huitième jour, qui est nommé à bon droit le jour du Seigneur, ou dimanche. Ce jour-là, en effet, les fidèles doivent se rassembler pour que, entendant la Parole de Dieu et participant à l’Eucharistie, ils fassent mémoire de la passion, de la résurrection et de la gloire du Seigneur Jésus, et rendent grâces à Dieu qui les « a régénérés pour une vivante espérance par la résurrection de Jésus Christ d’entre les morts » (1 P 1, 3). Aussi, le jour dominical est-il le jour de fête primordial qu’il faut proposer et inculquer à la piété des fidèles, de sorte qu’il devienne aussi jour de joie et de cessation du travail. Les autres célébrations, à moins qu’elles ne soient véritablement de la plus haute importance, ne doivent pas l’emporter sur lui, car il est le fondement et le noyau de toute l’année liturgique."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-107",
              "number": "107",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Révision de l'année liturgique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’année liturgique sera révisée de telle sorte que, en gardant ou en restituant les coutumes et les disciplines traditionnelles attachées aux temps sacrés, en se conformant aux conditions de notre époque, on maintienne leur caractère originel pour nourrir comme il faut la piété des fidèles par la célébration des mystères de la Rédemption chrétienne, mais surtout du mystère pascal. Les adaptations, selon les conditions locales, si elles étaient nécessaires, se feront conformément aux articles 39 et 40."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-108",
              "number": "108",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On orientera l’esprit des fidèles avant tout vers les fêtes du Seigneur, par lesquelles se célèbrent pendant l’année les mystères du salut. Par suite, le propre du temps recevra la place qui lui revient au-dessus des fêtes des saints, pour que le cycle entier des mystères du salut soit célébré comme il se doit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-109",
              "number": "109",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Carême"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le double caractère du temps du Carême, qui, surtout par la commémoration ou la préparation du baptême et par la pénitence, invite plus instamment les fidèles à écouter la Parole de Dieu et à vaquer à la prière, et les dispose ainsi à célébrer le mystère pascal, ce double caractère, aussi bien dans la liturgie que dans la catéchèse liturgique, sera mis plus pleinement en lumière."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par suite :"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) les éléments baptismaux de la liturgie quadragésimale seront employés plus abondamment ; et certains, selon l’opportunité, seront restitués à partir de la tradition antérieure ;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) on en dira autant des éléments pénitentiels. En ce qui concerne la catéchèse, on inculquera aux fidèles, en même temps que les conséquences sociales du péché, cette nature propre de la pénitence, qui déteste le péché en tant qu’il est une offense à Dieu ; on ne passera pas sous silence le rôle de l’Église dans l’action pénitentielle, et on insistera sur la prière pour les pécheurs."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-110",
              "number": "110",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La pénitence du temps de Carême ne doit pas être seulement intérieure et individuelle, mais aussi extérieure et sociale. La pratique de la pénitence, selon les possibilités de notre époque et des diverses régions, et selon les conditions des fidèles, sera favorisée et, par les autorités mentionnées à l’article 22, recommandée."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cependant, le jeûne pascal, le vendredi de la passion et de la mort du Seigneur, sera sacré ; il devra être partout observé et, selon l’opportunité, être même étendu au Samedi saint pour que l’on parvienne avec un cœur élevé et libéré aux joies de la résurrection du Seigneur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-111",
              "number": "111",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La fête des saints"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Selon la tradition, les saints sont l’objet d’un culte dans l’Église, et l’on y vénère leurs reliques authentiques et leurs images. Les fêtes des saints proclament les merveilles du Christ chez ses serviteurs et offrent aux fidèles des exemples opportuns à imiter. Pour que les fêtes de saints ne l’emportent pas sur les fêtes qui célèbrent les mystères mêmes du salut, le plus grand nombre d’entre elles seront laissées à la célébration de chaque église, nation ou famille religieuse particulière ; on n’étendra à l’Église universelle que les fêtes commémorant des saints qui présentent véritablement une importance universelle."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE VI : La musique sacrée"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-112",
              "number": "112",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignité de la musique sacrée"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La tradition musicale de l’Église universelle constitue un trésor d’une valeur inestimable qui l’emporte sur les autres arts, du fait surtout que, chant sacré lié aux paroles, il fait partie nécessaire ou intégrante de la liturgie solennelle."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Certes, le chant sacré a été exalté tant par la Sainte Écriture [42] que par les Pères et par les Pontifes romains ; ceux-ci, à une époque récente, à la suite de saint Pie X, ont mis en lumière de façon plus précise la fonction ministérielle de la musique sacrée dans le service divin."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi la musique sacrée sera d’autant plus sainte qu’elle sera en connexion plus étroite avec l’action liturgique, en donnant à la prière une expression plus agréable, en favorisant l’unanimité ou en rendant les rites sacrés plus solennels. Mais l’Église approuve toutes les formes d’art véritable, si elles sont dotées des qualités requises, et elle les admet pour le culte divin."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le saint Concile, conservant donc les normes et les préceptes de la tradition et de la discipline ecclésiastiques, et considérant la fin de la musique sacrée, qui est la gloire de Dieu et la sanctification des fidèles, a statué ce qui suit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-113",
              "number": "113",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La liturgie solennelle"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’action liturgique présente une forme plus noble lorsque les offices divins sont célébrés solennellement avec chant, que les ministres sacrés y interviennent et que le peuple y participe activement."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quant à la langue à employer, on observera les prescriptions de l’article 36 ; pour la messe, de l’article 54 ; pour les sacrements, de l’article 63 ; pour l’office divin, de l’article 101."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-114",
              "number": "114",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le trésor de la musique sacrée sera conservé et cultivé avec la plus grande sollicitude. Les Scholae cantorum seront assidûment développées, surtout auprès des églises cathédrales ; cependant les évêques et les autres pasteurs d’âmes veilleront avec zèle à ce que, dans n’importe quelle action sacrée qui doit s’accomplir avec chant, toute l’assemblée des fidèles puisse assurer la participation active qui lui revient en propre, conformément aux articles 28 et 30."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-115",
              "number": "115",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La formation musicale"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On accordera une grande importance à l’enseignement et à la pratique de la musique dans les séminaires, les noviciats de religieux des deux sexes et leurs maisons d’études, et aussi dans les autres institutions et écoles catholiques ; pour assurer cette éducation, les maîtres chargés d’enseigner la musique sacrée seront formés avec soin."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On recommande en outre d’ériger, là où c’est opportun, des instituts supérieurs de musique sacrée."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aux musiciens et chanteurs, surtout aux enfants, on donnera aussi une authentique formation liturgique."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-116",
              "number": "116",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Chant grégorien et polyphonie"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église reconnaît dans le chant grégorien le chant propre de la liturgie romaine ; c’est donc lui qui, dans les actions liturgiques, toutes choses égales d’ailleurs, doit occuper la première place."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les autres genres de musique sacrée, mais surtout la polyphonie, ne sont nullement exclus de la célébration des offices divins, pourvu qu’ils s’accordent avec l’esprit de l’action liturgique, conformément à l’article 30."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-117",
              "number": "117",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’édition des livres de chant grégorien"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On achèvera l’édition typique des livres de chant grégorien ; bien plus, on procurera une édition plus critique des livres déjà édités postérieurement à la restauration de saint Pie X."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il convient aussi que l’on procure une édition contenant des mélodies plus simples à l’usage des petites églises."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-118",
              "number": "118",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le chant religieux populaire"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le chant religieux populaire sera intelligemment favorisé pour que, dans les exercices pieux et sacrés, et dans les actions liturgiques elles-mêmes, conformément aux normes et aux prescriptions des rubriques, les voix des fidèles puissent se faire entendre."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-119",
              "number": "119",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La musique sacrée dans les pays de mission"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puisque, dans certaines régions, surtout en pays de mission, on trouve des peuples possédant une tradition musicale propre qui tient une grande place dans leur vie religieuse et sociale, on accordera à cette musique l’estime qui lui est due et la place convenable, aussi bien en formant leur sens religieux qu’en adaptant le culte à leur génie dans l’esprit des articles 39 et 40."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi, dans la formation musicale des missionnaires, on veillera avec soin à ce que, dans la mesure du possible, ils soient capables de promouvoir la musique traditionnelle de ces peuples, tant à l’école que dans les actions sacrées."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-120",
              "number": "120",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’orgue et les autres instruments de musique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On estimera hautement, dans l’Église latine, l’orgue à tuyaux comme l’instrument traditionnel dont le son peut ajouter un éclat admirable aux cérémonies de l’Église et élever puissamment les âmes vers Dieu et le ciel."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quant aux autres instruments, selon le jugement et le consentement de l’autorité territoriale compétente, conformément aux articles 22, 36 et 40, il est permis de les admettre dans le culte divin selon qu’ils sont ou peuvent devenir adaptés à un usage sacré, qu’ils s’accordent à la dignité du temple et qu’ils favorisent véritablement l’édification des fidèles."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-121",
              "number": "121",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mission des compositeurs"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les musiciens, imprégnés d’esprit chrétien, comprendront qu’ils ont été appelés à cultiver la musique sacrée et à accroître son trésor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ils composeront les mélodies qui présentent les marques de la véritable musique sacrée et qui puissent être chantées non seulement par les grandes Scholae cantorum, mais qui conviennent aussi aux petites et favorisent la participation active de toute l’assemblée des fidèles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les textes destinés au chant sacré seront conformes à la doctrine catholique et même seront tirés de préférence des Saintes Écritures et des sources liturgiques."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE VII : L’art sacré et le matériel du culte"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-122",
              "number": "122",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignité de l’art sacré"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parmi les plus nobles activités de l’esprit humain, on compte à très bon droit les beaux-arts, mais surtout l’art religieux et ce qui en est le sommet, l’art sacré. Par nature, ils visent à exprimer de quelque façon dans les œuvres humaines la beauté infinie de Dieu, et ils se consacrent d’autant plus à accroître sa louange et sa gloire qu’ils n’ont pas d’autre propos que de contribuer le plus possible, par leurs œuvres, à tourner les âmes humaines vers Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aussi la vénérable Mère Église fut-elle toujours amie des beaux-arts, et elle n’a jamais cessé de requérir leur noble ministère, surtout afin que les objets servant au culte soient vraiment dignes, harmonieux et beaux, pour signifier et symboliser les réalités célestes, et elle n’a jamais cessé de former des artistes. L’Église s’est même toujours comportée en juge des beaux-arts, discernant parmi les œuvres des artistes celles qui s’accordaient avec la foi, la piété et les lois traditionnelles de la religion, et qui seraient susceptibles d’un usage sacré."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église a veillé avec un zèle particulier à ce que les objets sacrés contribuent de façon digne et belle à l’éclat du culte, tout en admettant, soit dans les matériaux, soit dans les formes, soit dans la décoration, les changements introduits au cours des âges par les progrès de la technique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les Pères ont donc décidé en ces matières de décréter ce qui suit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-123",
              "number": "123",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les styles artistiques"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’Église n’a jamais considéré aucun style artistique comme lui appartenant en propre, mais, selon le caractère et les conditions des peuples, et selon les exigences des divers rites, elle a admis les genres de chaque époque, produisant au cours des siècles un trésor artistique qu’il faut conserver avec tout le soin possible. Que l’art de notre époque et celui de tous les peuples et de toutes les régions ait lui aussi, dans l’Église, liberté de s’exercer, pourvu qu’il serve les édifices et les rites sacrés avec le respect et l’honneur qui leur sont dus ; si bien qu’il soit à même de joindre sa voix à cet admirable concert de gloire que les plus grands hommes ont chanté en l’honneur de la foi catholique au cours des siècles passés."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-124",
              "number": "124",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les Ordinaires veilleront à ce que, en promouvant et favorisant un art véritablement sacré, ils aient en vue une noble beauté plutôt que la seule somptuosité. Ce que l’on doit entendre aussi des vêtements et des ornements sacrés."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques veilleront aussi à ce que les œuvres artistiques qui sont inconciliables avec la foi et les mœurs ainsi qu’avec la piété chrétienne, qui blessent le sens vraiment religieux, ou par la dépravation des formes, ou par l’insuffisance, la médiocrité ou le mensonge de leur art, soient soigneusement écartées des maisons de Dieu et des autres lieux sacrés."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans la construction des édifices sacrés, on veillera attentivement à ce que ceux-ci se prêtent à l’accomplissement des actions liturgiques et favorisent la participation active des fidèles."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-125",
              "number": "125",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les images sacrées"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On maintiendra fermement la pratique de proposer dans les églises des images sacrées à la vénération des fidèles ; mais elles seront exposées en nombre restreint et dans une disposition appropriée, pour ne pas susciter l’étonnement du peuple chrétien et ne pas favoriser une dévotion mal réglée."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-126",
              "number": "126",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pour juger les œuvres d’art, les Ordinaires des lieux entendront la Commission diocésaine d’art sacré et, le cas échéant, d’autres personnes particulièrement expertes, ainsi que les commissions mentionnées aux articles 44, 45, 46."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-332",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les Ordinaires veilleront avec zèle à ce que le mobilier sacré ou les œuvres de prix, en tant qu’ornements de la maison de Dieu, ne soient pas aliénés ou détruits."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-127",
              "number": "127",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La formation des artistes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les évêques, par eux-mêmes ou par des prêtres qualifiés, doués de compétence et d’amour de l’art, s’occuperont des artistes pour les imprégner de l’esprit de l’art sacré et de la liturgie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-335",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De plus, on recommande la création d’écoles ou d’académies d’art sacré pour la formation des artistes dans les régions où on le jugera bon."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-336",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais tous les artistes qui, conduits par leur talent, veulent servir la gloire de Dieu dans la sainte Église, se rappelleront toujours qu’il s’agit d’imiter religieusement en quelque sorte le Dieu créateur, et de produire des œuvres destinées au culte catholique, à l’édification des fidèles ainsi qu’à leur piété et à leur formation religieuse."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-128",
              "number": "128",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Révision de la législation sur l’art sacré"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-338",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les canons et statuts ecclésiastiques qui concernent la réalisation matérielle de ce qui relève du culte divin, surtout quant à la structure digne et adaptée des édifices, la forme et la construction des autels, la noblesse, la disposition et la sécurité du tabernacle eucharistique, la situation adaptée et la dignité du baptistère, ainsi que la distribution harmonieuse des images sacrées, de la décoration et de l’ornementation, ces canons et statuts seront le plus tôt possible révisés, en même temps que les livres liturgiques, conformément à l’article 25 ; ce qui paraît mal accordé à la restauration de la liturgie sera amendé ou supprimé, et ce qui la favorise sera conservé ou introduit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-339",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En ce domaine, surtout en ce qui concerne les matières et les formes du mobilier sacré et des vêtements, faculté est accordée aux conférences territoriales d’évêques d’opérer des adaptations aux nécessités et aux mœurs locales, conformément à l’article 22 de la présente Constitution."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-129",
              "number": "129",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La formation artistique des clercs"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les clercs, pendant le cours de leurs études philosophiques et théologiques, seront instruits aussi de l’histoire et de l’évolution de l’art sacré, ainsi que des sains principes sur lesquels doivent se fonder les œuvres d’art sacré, afin qu’ils apprécient et conservent les monuments vénérables de l’Église, et qu’ils soient capables de donner des conseils appropriés aux artistes dans la réalisation de leurs œuvres."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-130",
              "number": "130",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les insignes pontificaux"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il convient que l’emploi des insignes pontificaux soit réservé aux personnages ecclésiastiques qui jouissent du caractère épiscopal ou d’une juridiction particulière."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-344",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Appendice : Déclaration du IIe concile du Vatican sur la révision du calendrier"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-345",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le saint Concile œcuménique, deuxième du Vatican, estimant d’une grande importance les désirs de beaucoup en faveur de la fixation de la fête de Pâques à un dimanche déterminé et de la stabilisation du calendrier, après avoir attentivement pesé les conséquences possibles de l’introduction d’un nouveau calendrier, déclare ce qui suit :"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le saint Concile ne s’oppose pas à ce que la fête de Pâques soit fixée à un dimanche déterminé dans le calendrier grégorien, avec l’assentiment de ceux à qui importe cette question, surtout des frères séparés de la communion avec le Siège apostolique."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, le saint Concile déclare qu’il ne s’oppose pas aux projets qui visent à introduire dans la société civile un calendrier perpétuel."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-348",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais parmi les divers systèmes qui sont imaginés pour établir un calendrier perpétuel et l’introduire dans la société civile, l’Église ne s’oppose pas à ceux-là seulement qui observent et sauvegardent la semaine de sept jours avec le dimanche, sans intercaler aucun jour hors de la semaine, de telle sorte que la succession soit laissée intacte, à moins que n’interviennent des motifs très graves dont le Siège apostolique aurait à juger."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-349",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout l’ensemble et chacun des points qui ont été édictés dans cette Constitution ont plu aux Pères du Concile. Et Nous, en vertu du pouvoir apostolique que Nous tenons du Christ, en union avec les vénérables Pères, Nous les approuvons, arrêtons et décrétons dans le Saint-Esprit, et Nous ordonnons que ce qui a été ainsi établi en Concile soit promulgué pour la gloire de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-350",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rome, à Saint-Pierre, le 4 décembre 1963."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-351",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, Paul, évêque de l’Église catholique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Suivent les signatures des Pères)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-353",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] Secrète du 9e dimanche après la Pentecôte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-354",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2] Cf. He 13, 14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-355",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3] Cf. Ep 2,21-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-356",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4] Ibid., 4, 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-357",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5] Cf. Is 11,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-358",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6] Cf. Jn 11, 52."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-359",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7] Cf. Jn 10, 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-360",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8] Cf. Is 61, 1 ; Lc 4, 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-361",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[9] Saint Ignace d’Antioche, Ad Ephesios 7, 2. Ed F. X. Funk, Patres Apostolici I, Tübingen, 1901, p. 218."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-362",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[10] Cf. 1 Tm 2, 5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-363",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[11] Sacramentarium Veronense (Leonianum) ; Mohlberg, Rome, 1956, n. 1265, p. 162."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-364",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[12] Préface de Pâques."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-365",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[13] Oraison suivant la 2e leçon du Samedi saint, dans le missel romain, avant la réforme de la Semaine sainte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-366",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[14] Cf. Mc 16, 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-367",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[15] Cf. Ac 26, 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-368",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[16] Cf. Rm 6, 4 ; Ep 2, 6 ; Col 3, 1 ; 2 Tm 2, 11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-369",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[17] Cf. Jn 4, 23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-370",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[18] Cf. 1 Co 11, 26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-371",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[19] Conc. de Trente, sess. 13, 11 octobre 1551, Décret Dess. Eucharist. c. 5 : Conc. de Trente, Diariorum, Actorum, Epistolarum, Tractatuum nova collectio, ed. Soc. Goerresiana, t. VII. Actorum pars IV, Fribourg-en-Brisgau, 1961, p. 202."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-372",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[20] Conc. de Trente, sess. 22, 17 septembre 1562, doctr. Dess. Missae sacrif., c. 2 : Conc. de Trente, ed. cit., t. VIII. Actorum pars V, Fribourg-en-Brisgau, 1919, p. 960."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-373",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[21] Saint Augustin, In Io. Evang. Tract. VI, I, 7 : PL 35, 1428."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-374",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[22] Cf. Ap 21, 2 ; Col 3, 1 ; He 8, 2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-375",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[23] Cf. Ph 3, 20 ; Col 3, 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-376",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[24] Cf. Jn 17, 3 ; Lc 24, 27 ; Ac 2, 38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-377",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[25] Cf. Mt 28, 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-378",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[26] Postcommunion pour la Vigile et le dimanche de Pâques."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-379",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[27] Oraison de la messe du mardi de Pâques."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-380",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[28] Cf. 2 Co 6, 1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-381",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[29] Cf. Mt 6, 6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-382",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[30] Cf. 1 Th 5, 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-383",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[31] Cf. 1 Th 5, 17. Cf. 2 Co 4, 10-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-384",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[32] Secrète du lundi de Pentecôte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-385",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[33] Saint Cyprien, De cath. eccl. unitate, 7 : csel (Hartel) III, 1, p. 215-216. –Cf. Épître 66, n. 8, 3 : ed. cit., III, 2, p. 732-733."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-386",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[34] Cf. Conc. de Trente, sess. 22, 17 septembre 1562, doctr. Dess. Missae sacrif., c. 8. – Conc. de Trente, ed. cit., VIII, 961."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-387",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[35] Cf. Saint Ignace, Ad Magn. 7 ; Ad Ph. 4 ; Ad Smyrn., 8 : Funk I, 236, 266, 281."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-388",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[36] Cf. Saint Augustin, In Io. Evang. Tract. XXVI, VI, 13 : PL 35, 1613."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-389",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[37] Bréviaire romain, Fête du Corps du Christ, Vêpres II, antiph. du Magnificat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-390",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[38] Cf. Saint Cyrille d’Alex., Comment. in Io. Evang., liv. XI, c. XI-XII : PG 74, 557-564."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-391",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[39] Cf. 1 Tm 2, 1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-392",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[40] Sess. 21, 16 juillet 1562. Doctrina de Communione sub utraque specie et parvulorum, c.1-3 : Conc. Trid., ed. cit., VIII, 698-699."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-393",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[41] Conc. de Trente, sess. 24, 11 novembre 1563, De reformatione, chap. 1 : Conc. de Trente, ed. cit., IX Actorum pars VI, Fribourg-en-Brisgau, 1924, p. 969. – Cf. Rituel romain, tit. VIII, c. II, n.6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-394",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[42] Cf. Ep 5, 19 ; Col 3, 16."
            }
          ]
        },
        "it": {
          "code": "it",
          "label": "Italiano",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19631204_sacrosanctum-concilium_it.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-08-vat-ii_const_19631204_sacrosanctum-concilium_it.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAOLO VESCOVO SERVO DEI SERVI DI DIO UNITAMENTE AI PADRI DEL SACRO CONCILIO A PERPETUA MEMORIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "COSTITUZIONE SULLA SACRA LITURGIA SACROSANCTUM CONCILIUM"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il sacro Concilio si propone di far crescere ogni giorno più la vita cristiana tra i fedeli; di meglio adattare alle esigenze del nostro tempo quelle istituzioni che sono soggette a mutamenti; di favorire ciò che può contribuire all'unione di tutti i credenti in Cristo; di rinvigorire ciò che giova a chiamare tutti nel seno della Chiesa. Ritiene quindi di doversi occupare in modo speciale anche della riforma e della promozione della liturgia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La liturgia nel mistero della Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La liturgia infatti, mediante la quale, specialmente nel divino sacrificio dell'eucaristia, «si attua l'opera della nostra redenzione» [1], contribuisce in sommo grado a che i fedeli esprimano nella loro vita e manifestino agli altri il mistero di Cristo e la genuina natura della vera Chiesa. Questa ha infatti la caratteristica di essere nello stesso tempo umana e divina, visibile ma dotata di realtà invisibili, fervente nell'azione e dedita alla contemplazione, presente nel mondo e tuttavia pellegrina; tutto questo in modo tale, però, che ciò che in essa è umano sia ordinato e subordinato al divino, il visibile all'invisibile, l'azione alla contemplazione, la realtà presente alla città futura, verso la quale siamo incamminati [2]. In tal modo la liturgia, mentre ogni giorno edifica quelli che sono nella Chiesa per farne un tempio santo nel Signore, un'abitazione di Dio nello Spirito [3], fino a raggiungere la misura della pienezza di Cristo [4] , nello stesso tempo e in modo mirabile fortifica le loro energie perché possano predicare il Cristo. Così a coloro che sono fuori essa mostra la Chiesa, come vessillo innalzato di fronte alle nazioni [5], sotto il quale i figli di Dio dispersi possano raccogliersi [6] , finché ci sia un solo ovile e un solo pastore [7]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liturgia e riti"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il sacro Concilio ritiene perciò opportuno richiamare i seguenti principi riguardanti la promozione e la riforma della liturgia e stabilire delle norme per attuarli. Fra queste norme e questi principi parecchi possono e devono essere applicati sia al rito romano sia agli altri riti, benché le norme pratiche che seguono debbano intendersi come riguardanti il solo rito romano, a meno che si tratti di cose che per la loro stessa natura si riferiscono anche ad altri riti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Stima per i riti riconosciuti"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infine il sacro Concilio, obbedendo fedelmente alla tradizione, dichiara che la santa madre Chiesa considera come uguali in diritto e in dignità tutti i riti legittimamente riconosciuti; vuole che in avvenire essi siano conservati e in ogni modo incrementati; desidera infine che, ove sia necessario, siano riveduti integralmente con prudenza nello spirito della sana tradizione e venga loro dato nuovo vigore, come richiedono le circostanze e le necessità del nostro tempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRINCIPI GENERALI PER LA RIFORMA E LA PROMOZIONE DELLA SACRA LITURGIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Natura della sacra liturgia e sua importanza nella vita della Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dio, il quale «vuole che tutti gli uomini si salvino e arrivino alla conoscenza della verità» (1 Tm 2,4), «dopo avere a più riprese e in più modi parlato un tempo ai padri per mezzo dei profeti» (Eb 1,1), quando venne la pienezza dei tempi, mandò il suo Figlio, Verbo fatto carne, unto dallo Spirito Santo, ad annunziare la buona novella ai poveri, a risanare i cuori affranti [8], « medico di carne e di spirito » [9], mediatore tra Dio e gli uomini [10]. Infatti la sua umanità, nell'unità della persona del Verbo, fu strumento della nostra salvezza. Per questo motivo in Cristo « avvenne la nostra perfetta riconciliazione con Dio ormai placato e ci fu data la pienezza del culto divino » [11]. Quest'opera della redenzione umana e della perfetta glorificazione di Dio, che ha il suo preludio nelle mirabili gesta divine operate nel popolo dell'Antico Testamento, è stata compiuta da Cristo Signore principalmente per mezzo del mistero pasquale della sua beata passione, risurrezione da morte e gloriosa ascensione, mistero col quale « morendo ha distrutto la nostra morte e risorgendo ha restaurato la vita» [12]. Infatti dal costato di Cristo dormiente sulla croce è scaturito il mirabile sacramento di tutta la Chiesa [13]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La liturgia attua l'opera della salvezza propria della Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pertanto, come il Cristo fu inviato dal Padre, così anch'egli ha inviato gli apostoli, ripieni di Spirito Santo. Essi, predicando il Vangelo a tutti gli uomini [14] , non dovevano limitarsi ad annunciare che il Figlio di Dio con la sua morte e risurrezione ci ha liberati dal potere di Satana [15] e dalla morte e ci ha trasferiti nel regno del Padre, bensì dovevano anche attuare l'opera di salvezza che annunziavano, mediante il sacrificio e i sacramenti attorno ai quali gravita tutta la vita liturgica. Così, mediante il battesimo, gli uomini vengono inseriti nel mistero pasquale di Cristo: con lui morti, sepolti e risuscitati [16], ricevono lo Spirito dei figli adottivi, «che ci fa esclamare: Abba, Padre» (Rm 8,15), e diventano quei veri adoratori che il Padre ricerca [17]. Allo stesso modo, ogni volta che essi mangiano la cena del Signore, ne proclamano la morte fino a quando egli verrà [18]. Perciò, proprio nel giorno di Pentecoste, che segnò la manifestazione della Chiesa al mondo, «quelli che accolsero la parola di Pietro furono battezzati » ed erano « assidui all'insegnamento degli apostoli, alla comunione fraterna nella frazione del pane e alla preghiera... lodando insieme Dio e godendo la simpatia di tutto il popolo » (At 2,41-42,47). Da allora la Chiesa mai tralasciò di riunirsi in assemblea per celebrare il mistero pasquale: leggendo « in tutte le Scritture ciò che lo riguardava» (Lc 24,27), celebrando l'eucaristia, nella quale « vengono resi presenti la vittoria e il trionfo della sua morte » [19] e rendendo grazie «a Dio per il suo dono ineffabile» (2 Cor 9,15) nel Cristo Gesù, «a lode della sua gloria» (Ef 1,12), per virtù dello Spirito Santo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo è presente nella liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per realizzare un'opera così grande, Cristo è sempre presente nella sua Chiesa, e in modo speciale nelle azioni liturgiche. È presente nel sacrificio della messa, sia nella persona del ministro, essendo egli stesso che, « offertosi una volta sulla croce [20], offre ancora se stesso tramite il ministero dei sacerdoti », sia soprattutto sotto le specie eucaristiche. È presente con la sua virtù nei sacramenti, al punto che quando uno battezza è Cristo stesso che battezza [21]. È presente nella sua parola, giacché è lui che parla quando nella Chiesa si legge la sacra Scrittura. È presente infine quando la Chiesa prega e loda, lui che ha promesso:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "« Dove sono due o tre riuniti nel mio nome, là sono io, in mezzo a loro » (Mt 18,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Effettivamente per il compimento di quest'opera così grande, con la quale viene resa a Dio una gloria perfetta e gli uomini vengono santificati, Cristo associa sempre a sé la Chiesa, sua sposa amatissima, la quale l'invoca come suo Signore e per mezzo di lui rende il culto all'eterno Padre. Giustamente perciò la liturgia è considerata come l'esercizio della funzione sacerdotale di Gesù Cristo. In essa, la santificazione dell'uomo è significata per mezzo di segni sensibili e realizzata in modo proprio a ciascuno di essi; in essa il culto pubblico integrale è esercitato dal corpo mistico di Gesù Cristo, cioè dal capo e dalle sue membra. Perciò ogni celebrazione liturgica, in quanto opera di Cristo sacerdote e del suo corpo, che è la Chiesa, è azione sacra per eccellenza, e nessun'altra azione della Chiesa ne uguaglia l'efficacia allo stesso titolo e allo stesso grado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liturgia terrena e liturgia celeste"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella liturgia terrena noi partecipiamo per anticipazione alla liturgia celeste che viene celebrata nella santa città di Gerusalemme, verso la quale tendiamo come pellegrini, dove il Cristo siede alla destra di Dio [22] quale ministro del santuario e del vero tabernacolo; insieme con tutte le schiere delle milizie celesti cantiamo al Signore l'inno di gloria; ricordando con venerazione i santi, speriamo di aver parte con essi; aspettiamo come Salvatore il Signore nostro Gesù Cristo, fino a quando egli comparirà, egli che è la nostra vita, e noi saremo manifestati con lui nella gloria [23]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La liturgia non esaurisce l'azione della Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La sacra liturgia non esaurisce tutta l'azione della Chiesa. Infatti, prima che gli uomini possano accostarsi alla liturgia, bisogna che siano chiamati alla fede e alla conversione: «Come potrebbero invocare colui nel quale non hanno creduto? E come potrebbero credere in colui che non hanno udito? E come lo potrebbero udire senza chi predichi? E come predicherebbero senza essere stati mandati?» (Rm 10,14-15). Per questo motivo la Chiesa annunzia il messaggio della salvezza a coloro che ancora non credono, affinché tutti gli uomini conoscano l'unico vero Dio e il suo inviato, Gesù Cristo, e cambino la loro condotta facendo penitenza [24]. Ai credenti poi essa ha sempre il dovere di predicare la fede e la penitenza; deve inoltre disporli ai sacramenti, insegnar loro ad osservare tutto ciò che Cristo ha comandato [25], ed incitarli a tutte le opere di carità, di pietà e di apostolato, per manifestare attraverso queste opere che i seguaci di Cristo, pur non essendo di questo mondo, sono tuttavia la luce del mondo e rendono gloria al Padre dinanzi agli uomini."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "... ma ne è il culmine e la fonte"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nondimeno la liturgia è il culmine verso cui tende l'azione della Chiesa e, al tempo stesso, la fonte da cui promana tutta la sua energia. Il lavoro apostolico, infatti, è ordinato a che tutti, diventati figli di Dio mediante la fede e il battesimo, si riuniscano in assemblea, lodino Dio nella Chiesa, prendano parte al sacrificio e alla mensa del Signore. A sua volta, la liturgia spinge i fedeli, nutriti dei « sacramenti pasquali », a vivere « in perfetta unione » [26]; prega affinché « esprimano nella vita quanto hanno ricevuto mediante la fede » [27]; la rinnovazione poi dell'alleanza di Dio con gli uomini nell'eucaristia introduce i fedeli nella pressante carità di Cristo e li infiamma con essa. Dalla liturgia, dunque, e particolarmente dall'eucaristia, deriva in noi, come da sorgente, la grazia, e si ottiene con la massima efficacia quella santificazione degli uomini nel Cristo e quella glorificazione di Dio, alla quale tendono, come a loro fine, tutte le altre attività della Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Necessità delle disposizioni personali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad ottenere però questa piena efficacia, è necessario che i fedeli si accostino alla sacra liturgia con retta disposizione d'animo, armonizzino la loro mente con le parole che pronunziano e cooperino con la grazia divina per non riceverla invano [28]. Perciò i pastori di anime devono vigilare attenta mente che nell'azione liturgica non solo siano osservate le leggi che rendono possibile una celebrazione valida e lecita, ma che i fedeli vi prendano parte in modo consapevole, attivo e fruttuoso."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liturgia e preghiera personale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vita spirituale tuttavia non si esaurisce nella partecipazione alla sola liturgia Il cristiano, infatti, benché chiamato alla preghiera in comune, è sempre tenuto a entrare nella propria stanza per pregare il Padre in segreto [29]; anzi, secondo l'insegnamento dell'Apostolo [30], è tenuto a pregare incessantemente. L'Apostolo ci insegna anche a portare continuamente nel nostro corpo i patimenti di Gesù morente, affinché anche la vita di Gesù si manifesti nella nostra carne mortale [31]. Per questo nel sacrificio della messa preghiamo il Signore che, « accettando l'offerta del sacrificio spirituale », faccia « di noi stessi un'offerta eterna» [32]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liturgia e pii esercizi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I « pii esercizi » del popolo cristiano, purché siano conformi alle leggi e alle norme della Chiesa, sono vivamente raccomandati, soprattutto quando si compiono per mandato della Sede apostolica. Di speciale dignità godono anche quei « sacri esercizi » delle Chiese particolari che vengono compiuti per disposizione dei vescovi, secondo le consuetudini o i libri legittimamente approvati. Bisogna però che tali esercizi siano regolati tenendo conto dei tempi liturgici e in modo da armonizzarsi con la liturgia; derivino in qualche modo da essa e ad essa introducano il popolo, dal momento che la liturgia è per natura sua di gran lunga superiore ai pii esercizi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Necessità di promuovere l'educazione liturgica e la partecipazione attiva"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È ardente desiderio della madre Chiesa che tutti i fedeli vengano formati a quella piena, consapevole e attiva partecipazione alle celebrazioni liturgiche, che è richiesta dalla natura stessa della liturgia e alla quale il popolo cristiano, « stirpe eletta, sacerdozio regale, nazione santa, popolo acquistato » (1 Pt 2,9; cfr 2,4-5), ha diritto e dovere in forza del battesimo. A tale piena e attiva partecipazione di tutto il popolo va dedicata una specialissima cura nel quadro della riforma e della promozione della liturgia. Essa infatti è la prima e indispensabile fonte dalla quale i fedeli possono attingere il genuino spirito cristiano, e perciò i pastori d'anime in tutta la loro attività pastorale devono sforzarsi di ottenerla attraverso un'adeguata formazione. Ma poiché non si può sperare di ottenere questo risultato, se gli stessi pastori d'anime non saranno impregnati, loro per primi, dello spirito e della forza della liturgia e se non ne diventeranno maestri, è assolutamente necessario dare il primo posto alla formazione liturgica del clero. Pertanto il sacro Concilio ha stabilito quanto segue."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli insegnanti di liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coloro che vengono destinati all'insegnamento della sacra liturgia nei seminari, negli studentati religiosi e nelle facoltà teologiche devono ricevere una speciale formazione per tale compito in istituti a ciò destinati."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'insegnamento della liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nei seminari e negli studentati religiosi la sacra liturgia va computata tra le materie necessarie e più importanti e, nelle facoltà teologiche, tra le materie principali; inoltre va insegnata sia sotto l'aspetto teologico che sotto l'aspetto storico, spirituale, pastorale e giuridico. A loro volta i professori delle altre materie, soprattutto della teologia dommatica, della sacra Scrittura, della teologia spirituale e pastorale abbiano cura di mettere in rilievo, secondo le intrinseche esigenze di ogni disciplina, il mistero di Cristo e la storia della salvezza, in modo che la loro connessione con la liturgia e l'unità della formazione sacerdotale risulti chiara."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formazione liturgica dei chierici"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nei seminari e nelle case religiose i chierici ricevano una formazione spirituale a sfondo liturgico, mediante una opportuna iniziazione che li metta in grado di penetrare il senso dei sacri riti e di prendervi parte con tutto il loro animo, mediante la celebrazione stessa dei sacri misteri e mediante altre pratiche di pietà imbevute di spirito liturgico. Parimenti imparino ad osservare le leggi liturgiche, di modo che la vita dei seminari e degli istituti religiosi sia profondamente permeata di spirito liturgico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aiuto ai sacerdoti"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I sacerdoti, sia secolari che religiosi, che già lavorano nella vigna del Signore, vengano aiutati con tutti i mezzi opportuni a penetrare sempre più il senso di ciò che compiono nelle sacre funzioni, a vivere la vita liturgica e a condividerla con i fedeli loro affidati."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formazione liturgica dei fedeli"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I pastori d'anime curino con zelo e con pazienza la formazione liturgica, come pure la partecipazione attiva dei fedeli, sia interna che esterna, secondo la loro età, condizione, genere di vita e cultura religiosa. Assolveranno così uno dei principali doveri del fedele dispensatore dei misteri di Dio. E in questo campo cerchino di guidare il loro gregge non solo con la parola ma anche con l'esempio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liturgia e mezzi audiovisivi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le trasmissioni radiofoniche e televisive di funzioni sacre, specialmente se si tratta della santa messa, siano fatte con discrezione e decoro, sotto la direzione e la garanzia di persona competente, destinata a tale ufficio dai vescovi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. La riforma della sacra liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perché il popolo cristiano ottenga più sicuramente le grazie abbondanti che la sacra liturgia racchiude, la santa madre Chiesa desidera fare un'accurata riforma generale della liturgia. Questa infatti consta di una parte immutabile, perché di istituzione divina, e di parti suscettibili di cambiamento, che nel corso dei tempi possono o addirittura devono variare, qualora si siano introdotti in esse elementi meno rispondenti alla intima natura della liturgia stessa, oppure queste parti siano diventate non più idonee. In tale riforma l'ordinamento dei testi e dei riti deve essere condotto in modo che le sante realtà che essi significano, siano espresse più chiaramente e il popolo cristiano possa capirne più facilmente il senso e possa parteciparvi con una celebrazione piena, attiva e comunitaria. A tale scopo il sacro Concilio ha stabilito le seguenti norme di carattere generale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A) Norme generali"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'ordinamento liturgico compete alla gerarchia"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sana tradizione e legittimo progresso"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per conservare la sana tradizione e aprire nondimeno la via ad un legittimo progresso, la revisione delle singole parti della liturgia deve essere sempre preceduta da un'accurata investigazione teologica, storica e pastorale. Inoltre devono essere prese in considerazione sia le leggi generali della struttura e dello spirito della liturgia, sia l'esperienza derivante dalle più recenti riforme liturgiche e dagli indulti qua e là concessi. Infine non si introducano innovazioni se non quando lo richieda una vera e accertata utilità della Chiesa, e con l'avvertenza che le nuove forme scaturiscano organicamente, in qualche maniera, da quelle già esistenti. Si evitino anche, per quanto è possibile, notevoli differenze di riti tra regioni confinanti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bibbia e liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella celebrazione liturgica la sacra Scrittura ha una importanza estrema. Da essa infatti si attingono le letture che vengono poi spiegate nell'omelia e i salmi che si cantano; del suo afflato e del suo spirito sono permeate le preghiere, le orazioni e i carmi liturgici; da essa infine prendono significato le azioni e i simboli liturgici. Perciò, per promuovere la riforma, il progresso e l'adattamento della sacra liturgia, è necessario che venga favorito quel gusto saporoso e vivo della sacra Scrittura, che è attestato dalla venerabile tradizione dei riti sia orientali che occidentali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisione dei libri liturgici"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I libri liturgici siano riveduti quanto prima, servendosi di persone competenti e consultando vescovi di diversi paesi del mondo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "B) Norme derivanti dalla natura gerarchica e comunitaria della liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le azioni liturgiche non sono azioni private ma celebrazioni della Chiesa, che è «sacramento dell'unità », cioè popolo santo radunato e ordinato sotto la guida dei vescovi [33]. Perciò tali azioni appartengono all'intero corpo della Chiesa, lo manifestano e lo implicano; ma i singoli membri vi sono interessati in diverso modo, secondo la diversità degli stati, degli uffici e della partecipazione effettiva."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Preferire la celebrazione comunitaria"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ogni volta che i riti comportano, secondo la particolare natura di ciascuno, una celebrazione comunitaria caratterizzata dalla presenza e dalla partecipazione attiva dei fedeli, si inculchi che questa è da preferirsi, per quanto è possibile, alla celebrazione individuale e quasi privata. Ciò vale soprattutto per la celebrazione della messa benché qualsiasi messa abbia sempre un carattere pubblico e sociale e per l'amministrazione dei sacramenti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignità della celebrazione liturgica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nelle celebrazioni liturgiche ciascuno, ministro o semplice fedele, svolgendo il proprio ufficio si limiti a compiere tutto e soltanto ciò che, secondo la natura del rito e le norme liturgiche, è di sua competenza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Educazione allo spirito liturgico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anche i ministranti, i lettori, i commentatori e i membri della « schola cantorum » svolgono un vero ministero liturgico. Essi perciò esercitino il proprio ufficio con quella sincera pietà e con quel buon ordine che conviene a un così grande ministero e che il popolo di Dio esige giustamente da essi. Bisogna dunque che tali persone siano educate con cura, ognuna secondo la propria condizione, allo spirito liturgico, e siano formate a svolgere la propria parte secondo le norme stabilite e con ordine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Partecipazione attiva dei fedeli"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per promuovere la partecipazione attiva, si curino le acclamazioni dei fedeli, le risposte, il canto dei salmi, le antifone, i canti, nonché le azioni e i gesti e l'atteggiamento del corpo. Si osservi anche, a tempo debito, un sacro silenzio."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella revisione dei libri liturgici si abbia cura che le rubriche tengano conto anche delle parti dei fedeli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liturgia e condizioni sociali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella liturgia, tranne la distinzione che deriva dall'ufficio liturgico e dall'ordine sacro, e tranne gli onori dovuti alle autorità civili a norma delle leggi liturgiche, non si faccia alcuna preferenza di persone private o di condizioni sociali, sia nelle cerimonie sia nelle solennità esteriori."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C) Norme derivanti dalla natura didattica e pastorale della liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Benché la sacra liturgia sia principalmente culto della maestà divina, tuttavia presenta anche un grande valore pedagogico per il popolo credente [34]. Nella liturgia, infatti, Dio parla al suo popolo e Cristo annunzia ancora il suo Vangelo; il popolo a sua volta risponde a Dio con il canto e con la preghiera. Anzi, le preghiere rivolte a Dio dal sacerdote che presiede l'assemblea nel ruolo di Cristo, vengono dette a nome di tutto il popolo santo e di tutti gli astanti. Infine, i segni visibili di cui la sacra liturgia si serve per significare le realtà invisibili, sono stati scelti da Cristo o dalla Chiesa. Perciò non solo quando si legge « ciò che fu scritto a nostra istruzione » (Rm 15,4) ma anche quando la Chiesa prega o canta o agisce, la fede dei partecipanti è alimentata, le menti sono elevate verso Dio per rendergli un ossequio ragionevole e ricevere con più abbondanza la sua grazia. Pertanto, nell'attuazione della riforma, si tenga conto delle seguenti norme generali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Semplicità e decoro dei riti"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I riti splendano per nobile semplicità; siano trasparenti per il fatto della loro brevità e senza inutili ripetizioni; siano adattati alla capacità di comprensione dei fedeli né abbiano bisogno, generalmente, di molte spiegazioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bibbia, predicazione e catechesi liturgica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Affinché risulti evidente che nella liturgia rito e parola sono intimamente connessi:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Nelle sacre celebrazioni si restaurerà una lettura della sacra Scrittura più abbondante, più varia e meglio scelta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Il momento più adatto per la predicazione, che fa parte dell'azione liturgica, nella misura in cui il rito lo permette, sia indicato anche nelle rubriche e il ministero della parola sia adempiuto con fedeltà e nel debito modo. La predicazione poi attinga anzitutto alle fonti della sacra Scrittura e della liturgia, poiché essa è l'annunzio delle mirabili opere di Dio nella storia della salvezza, ossia nel mistero di Cristo, mistero che è in mezzo a noi sempre presente e operante, soprattutto nelle celebrazioni liturgiche."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Si cerchi anche di inculcare in tutti i modi una catechesi più direttamente liturgica; negli stessi riti siano previste, quando necessario, brevi didascalie composte con formule prestabilite o con parole equivalenti e destinate a essere recitate dal sacerdote o dal ministro competente nei momenti più opportuni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Si promuova la celebrazione della parola di Dio, alla vigilia delle feste più solenni, in alcune ferie dell'avvento e della quaresima, nelle domeniche e nelle feste, soprattutto nei luoghi dove manca il sacerdote; nel qual caso diriga la celebrazione un diacono o altra persona delegata dal vescovo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Latino e lingue nazionali nella liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "D) Norme per un adattamento all'indole e alle tradizioni dei vari Popoli"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa, quando non è in questione la fede o il bene comune generale, non intende imporre, neppure nella liturgia, una rigida uniformità; rispetta anzi e favorisce le qualità e le doti di animo delle varie razze e dei vari popoli. Tutto ciò poi che nel costume dei popoli non è indissolubilmente legato a superstizioni o ad errori, essa lo considera con benevolenza e, se possibile, lo conserva inalterato, e a volte lo ammette perfino nella liturgia, purché possa armonizzarsi con il vero e autentico spirito liturgico."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Salva la sostanziale unità del rito romano, anche nella revisione dei libri liturgici si lasci posto alle legittime diversità e ai legittimi adattamenti ai vari gruppi etnici, regioni, popoli, soprattutto nelle missioni; e sarà bene tener opportunamente presente questo principio nella struttura dei riti e nell'ordinamento delle rubriche."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entro i limiti stabiliti nelle edizioni tipiche dei libri liturgici, spetterà alla competente autorità ecclesiastica territoriale, di cui all'art. 22 - 2, determinare gli adattamenti, specialmente riguardo all'amministrazione dei sacramenti, ai sacramentali, alle processioni, alla lingua liturgica, alla musica sacra e alle arti, sempre però secondo le norme fondamentali contenute nella presente costituzione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Progressivo adattamento liturgico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dato però che in alcuni luoghi e particolari circostanze si rende urgente un più profondo adattamento della liturgia, che per conseguenza è più difficile:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Dalla competente autorità ecclesiastica territoriale, di cui all'art. 22 - 2, venga preso in esame, con attenzione e prudenza, ciò che dalle tradizioni e dall'indole dei vari popoli può opportunamente essere ammesso nel culto divino. Gli adattamenti ritenuti utili o necessari vengano proposti alla Sede apostolica, per essere introdotti col suo consenso."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Affinché poi l'adattamento sia fatto con la necessaria cautela, la Sede apostolica darà facoltà, se è il caso, alla medesima autorità ecclesiastica territoriale di permettere e dirigere, presso alcuni gruppi a ciò preparati e per un tempo determinato, i necessari esperimenti preliminari."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Poiché in materia di adattamento, di solito le leggi liturgiche comportano difficoltà particolari soprattutto nelle missioni, nel formularle si ricorra a persone competenti in materia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV. La vita liturgica nella diocesi e nella parrocchia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il vescovo deve essere considerato come il grande sacerdote del suo gregge: da lui deriva e dipende in certo modo la vita dei suoi fedeli in Cristo. Perciò tutti devono dare la più grande importanza alla vita liturgica della diocesi che si svolge intorno al vescovo, principalmente nella chiesa cattedrale, convinti che c'è una speciale manifestazione della Chiesa nella partecipazione piena e attiva di tutto il popolo santo di Dio alle medesime celebrazioni liturgiche, soprattutto alla medesima eucaristia, alla medesima preghiera, al medesimo altare cui presiede il vescovo circondato dai suoi sacerdoti e ministri [35]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vita liturgica parrocchiale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché nella sua Chiesa il vescovo non può presiedere personalmente sempre e ovunque l'intero suo gregge, deve costituire necessariamente dei gruppi di fedeli, tra cui hanno un posto preminente le parrocchie organizzate localmente e poste sotto la guida di un pastore che fa le veci del vescovo: esse infatti rappresentano in certo modo la Chiesa visibile stabilita su tutta la terra. Per questo motivo la vita liturgica della parrocchia e il suo legame con il vescovo devono essere coltivati nell'animo e nell'azione dei fedeli e del clero; e bisogna fare in modo che il senso della comunità parrocchiale fiorisca soprattutto nella celebrazione comunitaria della messa domenicale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "V. L'incremento dell'azione pastorale liturgica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lo zelo per la promozione e il rinnovamento della liturgia è giustamente considerato come un segno dei provvidenziali disegni di Dio sul nostro tempo, come un passaggio dello Spirito Santo nella sua Chiesa; esso imprime una nota caratteristica alla vita della Chiesa stessa, anzi a tutto il modo di sentire e di agire religioso del nostro tempo. Per la qual cosa, per favorire sempre più questa azione pastorale liturgica nella Chiesa, il sacro Concilio stabilisce:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Commissione liturgica nazionale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conviene che la competente autorità ecclesiastica territoriale, di cui all'art. 22 - 2, istituisca una commissione liturgica, la quale si serva dell'aiuto di esperti in liturgia, in musica e arte sacra e in pastorale. La suddetta commissione sia coadiuvata possibilmente da qualche istituto di liturgia pastorale, senza escludere tra i suoi membri, se è utile, la presenza di laici particolarmente esperti in queste materie. Sarà compito della stessa commissione, sotto la guida dell'autorità ecclesiastica territoriale, di cui si è parlato, dirigere l'attività pastorale liturgica nel territorio di sua competenza e promuovere gli studi e i necessari esperimenti ogni volta che si tratti di adattamenti da proporsi alla Sede apostolica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Commissione liturgica diocesana"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Parimenti sia costituita nelle singole diocesi la commissione di sacra liturgia allo scopo di promuovere, sotto la guida del vescovo, l'apostolato liturgico. Talvolta può essere opportuno che più diocesi costituiscano una sola commissione per promuovere di comune accordo l'apostolato liturgico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Altre commissioni"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oltre alla commissione di sacra liturgia, siano costituite in ogni diocesi, per quanto possibile, anche le commissioni di musica sacra e di arte sacra. È necessario che queste tre commissioni collaborino tra di loro, anzi talora potrà essere opportuno che formino un unica commissione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IL MISTERO EUCARISTICO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La messa e il mistero pasquale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il nostro Salvatore nell'ultima cena, la notte in cui fu tradito, istituì il sacrificio eucaristico del suo corpo e del suo sangue, onde perpetuare nei secoli fino al suo ritorno il sacrificio della croce, e per affidare così alla sua diletta sposa, la Chiesa, il memoriale della sua morte e della sua resurrezione: sacramento di amore, segno di unità, vincolo di carità [36], convito pasquale, nel quale si riceve Cristo, l'anima viene ricolma di grazia e ci è dato il pegno della gloria futura [37]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Partecipazione attiva dei fedeli alla messa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò la Chiesa si preoccupa vivamente che i fedeli non assistano come estranei o muti spettatori a questo mistero di fede, ma che, comprendendolo bene nei suoi riti e nelle sue preghiere, partecipino all'azione sacra consapevolmente, piamente e attivamente; siano formati dalla parola di Dio; si nutrano alla mensa del corpo del Signore; rendano grazie a Dio; offrendo la vittima senza macchia, non soltanto per le mani del sacerdote, ma insieme con lui, imparino ad offrire se stessi, e di giorno in giorno, per la mediazione di Cristo, siano perfezionati nell'unità con Dio e tra di loro [38], di modo che Dio sia finalmente tutto in tutti."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Affinché poi il sacrificio della messa raggiunga la sua piena efficacia pastorale anche nella forma rituale, il sacro Concilio, in vista delle messe celebrate con partecipazione di popolo, specialmente la domenica e i giorni di precetto, stabilisce quanto segue:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisione dell'ordinario della messa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'ordinamento rituale della messa sia riveduto in modo che apparisca più chiaramente la natura specifica delle singole parti e la loro mutua connessione, e sia resa più facile la partecipazione pia e attiva dei fedeli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per questo i riti, conservata fedelmente la loro sostanza, siano semplificati; si sopprimano quegli elementi che, col passare dei secoli, furono duplicati o aggiunti senza grande utilità; alcuni elementi invece, che col tempo andarono perduti, siano ristabiliti, secondo la tradizione dei Padri, nella misura che sembrerà opportuna o necessaria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Una più grande ricchezza biblica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Affinché la mensa della parola di Dio sia preparata ai fedeli con maggiore abbondanza, vengano aperti più largamente i tesori della Bibbia in modo che, in un determinato numero di anni, si legga al popolo la maggior parte della sacra Scrittura."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'omelia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si raccomanda vivamente l'omelia, che è parte dell'azione liturgica. In essa nel corso dell'anno liturgico vengano presentati i misteri della fede e le norme della vita cristiana, attingendoli dal testo sacro. Nelle messe della domenica e dei giorni festivi con partecipazione di popolo non si ometta l'omelia se non per grave motivo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La « preghiera dei fedeli »"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dopo il Vangelo e l'omelia, specialmente la domenica e le feste di precetto, sia ripristinata la «orazione comune» detta anche «dei fedeli», in modo che, con la partecipazione del popolo, si facciano speciali preghiere per la santa Chiesa, per coloro che ci governano, per coloro che si trovano in varie necessità, per tutti gli uomini e per la salvezza di tutto il mondo [39]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lingua nazionale e latino nella messa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nelle messe celebrate con partecipazione di popolo si possa concedere una congrua parte alla lingua nazionale, specialmente nelle letture e nella « orazione comune » e, secondo le condizioni dei vari luoghi, anche nelle parti spettanti al popolo, a norma dell'art. 36 di questa costituzione. Si abbia cura però che i fedeli sappiano recitare e cantare insieme, anche in lingua latina, le parti dell'ordinario della messa che spettano ad essi. Se poi in qualche luogo sembrasse opportuno un uso più ampio della lingua nazionale nella messa, si osservi quanto prescrive l'art. 40 di questa costituzione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comunione sotto le due specie"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si raccomanda molto quella partecipazione più perfetta alla messa, nella quale i fedeli, dopo la comunione del sacerdote, ricevono il corpo del Signore con i pani consacrati in questo sacrificio. Fermi restando i principi dottrinali stabiliti dal Concilio di Trento [40], la comunione sotto le due specie si può concedere sia ai chierici e religiosi sia ai laici, in casi da determinarsi dalla sede apostolica e secondo il giudizio del vescovo, come per esempio agli ordinati nella messa della loro sacra ordinazione, ai professi nella messa della loro professione religiosa, ai neofiti nella messa che segue il battesimo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unità della messa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le due parti che costituiscono in certo modo la messa, cioè la liturgia della parola e la liturgia eucaristica, sono congiunte tra di loro così strettamente da formare un solo atto di culto. Perciò il sacro Concilio esorta caldamente i pastori d'anime ad istruire con cura i fedeli nella catechesi, perché partecipino a tutta la messa, specialmente la domenica e le feste di precetto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La concelebrazione"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "57."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La concelebrazione, che manifesta in modo appropriato l'unità del sacerdozio, è rimasta in uso fino ad oggi nella Chiesa, tanto in Oriente che in Occidente. Perciò al Concilio è sembrato opportuno estenderne la facoltà ai casi seguenti:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1· a) al giovedì santo, sia nella messa crismale che nella messa vespertina;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) alle messe celebrate nei concili, nelle riunioni di vescovi e nei sinodi;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) alla messa di benedizione di un abate."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2· Inoltre, con il permesso dell'ordinario, a cui spetta giudicare sulla opportunità della concelebrazione:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) alla messa conventuale e alla messa principale nelle diverse chiese, quando l'utilità dei fedeli non richieda che tutti i sacerdoti presenti celebrino singolarmente;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) alle messe nelle riunioni di qualsiasi genere di sacerdoti tanto secolari che religiosi."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1· Spetta al vescovo regolare la disciplina della concelebrazione nella propria diocesi;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2· Resti sempre però ad ogni sacerdote la facoltà di celebrare la messa individualmente, purché non celebri nel medesimo tempo e nella medesima chiesa in cui si fa la concelebrazione, e neppure il giovedì santo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Venga redatto un nuovo rito della concelebrazione da inserirsi nel pontificale e nel messale romano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "GLI ALTRI SACRAMENTI E I SACRAMENTALI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natura dei sacramenti"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I sacramenti sono ordinati alla santificazione degli uomini, alla edificazione del corpo di Cristo e, infine, a rendere culto a Dio; in quanto segni hanno poi anche un fine pedagogico. Non solo suppongono la fede, ma con le parole e gli elementi rituali la nutrono, la irrobustiscono e la esprimono; perciò vengono chiamati « sacramenti della fede ». Conferiscono certamente la grazia, ma la loro stessa celebrazione dispone molto bene i fedeli a riceverla con frutto, ad onorare Dio in modo debito e ad esercitare la carità. È quindi di grande importanza che i fedeli comprendano facilmente i segni dei sacramenti e si accostino con somma diligenza a quei sacramenti che sono destinati a nutrire la vita cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La santa madre Chiesa ha inoltre istituito i sacramentali. Questi sono segni sacri per mezzo dei quali, ad imitazione dei sacramenti, sono significati, e vengono ottenuti per intercessione della Chiesa effetti soprattutto spirituali. Per mezzo di essi gli uomini vengono disposti a ricevere l'effetto principale dei sacramenti e vengono santificate le varie circostanze della vita."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Così la liturgia dei sacramenti e dei sacramentali offre ai fedeli ben disposti la possibilità di santificare quasi tutti gli avvenimenti della vita per mezzo della grazia divina, che fluisce dal mistero pasquale della passione, morte e resurrezione di Cristo; mistero dal quale derivano la loro efficacia tutti i sacramenti e i sacramentali. E così non esiste quasi alcun uso retto delle cose materiali, che non possa essere indirizzato alla santificazione dell'uomo e alla ode di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisione dei riti sacramentali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma nel corso dei secoli si sono introdotti nei riti dei sacramenti e dei sacramentali alcuni elementi, che oggi ne rendono meno chiari la natura e il fine; è perciò necessario compiere in essi alcuni adattamenti alle esigenze del nostro tempo, e per questo il sacro Concilio stabilisce quanto segue per una loro revisione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La lingua"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non di rado nell'amministrazione dei sacramenti e dei sacramentali può essere molto utile per il popolo l'uso della lingua nazionale; le sia data quindi una parte maggiore secondo le norme che seguono:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) nell'amministrazione dei sacramenti e dei sacramentali si può usare la lingua nazionale a norma dell'art. 36;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) sulla base della nuova edizione del rituale romano la competente autorità ecclesiastica territoriale, di cui all'art. 22 - 2 di questa costituzione, prepari al più presto i rituali particolari adattati alle necessità delle singole regioni, anche per quanto riguarda la lingua; questi rituali saranno usati nelle rispettive regioni dopo la revisione da parte della Sede apostolica. Nel comporre i rituali particolari o speciali collezioni di riti non si omettano le istruzioni poste all'inizio dei singoli riti nel rituale romano, sia quelle pastorali e rubricali, sia quelle che hanno una speciale importanza sociale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il catecumenato"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si ristabilisca il catecumenato degli adulti diviso in più gradi, da attuarsi a giudizio dell'ordinario del luogo; in questa maniera il tempo del catecumenato, destinato ad una conveniente formazione, potrà essere santificato con riti sacri da celebrarsi in tempi successivi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisione del rito battesimale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nei luoghi di missione sia consentito accogliere, accanto agli elementi propri della tradizione cristiana, anche elementi dell'iniziazione in uso presso ogni popolo, nella misura in cui possono essere adattati al rito cristiano, a norma degli articoli 37-40 di questa costituzione."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siano riveduti entrambi i riti del battesimo degli adulti, sia quello semplice sia quello più solenne connesso con la restaurazione del catecumenato; e sia inserita nel messale romano una messa propria « Nel conferimento del battesimo »."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sia riveduto il rito del battesimo dei bambini e sia adattato alla loro condizione reale. Nel rito stesso siano maggiormente messi in rilievo il posto e i doveri che hanno i genitori e i padrini."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nel rito del battesimo si prevedano certi adattamenti da usarsi a giudizio dell'ordinario del luogo, in caso di gran numero di battezzandi. Si componga pure un « Rito più breve » che possa essere usato, specialmente in terra di missione, dai catechisti e in genere, in pericolo di morte, dai fedeli, quando manchi un sacerdote o un diacono."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In luogo del « Rito per supplire le cerimonie omesse su un bambino già battezzato », se ne componga uno nuovo, nel quale si esprima, in maniera più chiara e più consona, che il bambino, battezzato con il rito breve, è già stato accolto nella Chiesa. Si componga pure un rito per coloro che, già validamente battezzati, si convertono alla Chiesa cattolica. In esso si esprima la loro ammissione nella comunione della Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-70",
              "number": "70",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fuori del tempo pasquale l'acqua battesimale può essere benedetta nel corso dello stesso rito del battesimo con una apposita formula più breve."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisione del rito della cresima"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-71",
              "number": "71",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sia riveduto il rito della confermazione, anche perché apparisca più chiaramente l'intima connessione di questo sacramento con tutta l'iniziazione cristiana; perciò è molto conveniente che la recezione di questo sacramento sia preceduta dalla rinnovazione delle promesse battesimali. Quando si ritenga opportuno, la confermazione può essere conferita anche durante la messa; per quanto riguarda invece il rito da usarsi fuori della messa, si prepari una formula che serva da introduzione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisione del rito della penitenza"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-72",
              "number": "72",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si rivedano il rito e le formule della penitenza in modo che esprimano più chiaramente la natura e l'effetto del sacramento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'unzione degli infermi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-73",
              "number": "73",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'«estrema unzione», che può essere chiamata anche, e meglio, « unzione degli infermi », non è il sacramento di coloro soltanto che sono in fin di vita. Perciò il tempo opportuno per riceverlo ha certamente già inizio quando il fedele, per indebolimento fisico o per vecchiaia, incomincia ad essere in pericolo di morte."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-74",
              "number": "74",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oltre i riti distinti dell'unzione degli infermi e del viatico, si componga anche un « rito continuato », nel quale l'unzione sia conferita al malato dopo la confessione e prima del viatico."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-75",
              "number": "75",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il numero delle unzioni sia riveduto tenendo conto delle diverse situazioni, e le orazioni che accompagnano il rito dell'unzione degli infermi siano adattate in modo da rispondere alle diverse condizioni dei malati che ricevono il sacramento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisione del rito del sacramento dell'ordine"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-76",
              "number": "76",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il rito delle ordinazioni sia riveduto quanto alle cerimonie e quanto ai testi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le allocuzioni del vescovo, all'inizio di ogni ordinazione o consacrazione, possono essere fatte in lingua nazionale. Nella consacrazione episcopale tutti i vescovi presenti possono imporre le mani."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisione del rito del matrimonio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-77",
              "number": "77",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il rito della celebrazione del matrimonio, che si trova nel rituale romano, sia riveduto e arricchito, in modo che più chiaramente venga significata la grazia del sacramento e vengano inculcati i doveri dei coniugi. « Se nella celebrazione del sacramento del matrimonio qualche regione usa altre consuetudini e cerimonie degne di essere approvate, il sacro Concilio desidera vivamente che queste vengano senz'altro conservate » [41]. Inoltre alla competente autorità ecclesiastica territoriale, di cui all'art. 22 - 2 di questa costituzione, viene lasciata facoltà di preparare, a norma dell'articolo 63, un rito proprio che risponda agli usi dei luoghi e dei popoli, fermo però restando l'obbligo che il sacerdote che assiste chieda e riceva il consenso dei contraenti."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-78",
              "number": "78",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In via ordinaria il matrimonio si celebri nel corso della messa, dopo la lettura del Vangelo e l'omelia e prima dell' « orazione dei fedeli ». La benedizione della sposa, opportunamente ritoccata così da inculcare ad entrambi gli sposi lo stesso dovere della fedeltà vicendevole, può essere detta nella lingua nazionale. Se poi il sacramento del matrimonio viene celebrato senza la messa, si leggano all'inizio del rito l'epistola e il Vangelo della messa per gli sposi e si dia sempre la benedizione agli sposi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisione dei sacramentali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-79",
              "number": "79",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si faccia una revisione dei sacramentali, tenendo presente il principio fondamentale di una cosciente, attiva e facile partecipazione da parte dei fedeli e avendo riguardo delle necessità dei nostri tempi. Nella revisione dei rituali, da farsi a norma dell'art. 63, si possono aggiungere, se necessario, anche nuovi sacramentali. Le benedizioni riservate siano pochissime e solo a favore dei vescovi o degli ordinari. Si provveda che alcuni sacramentali, almeno in particolari circostanze, e a giudizio dell'ordinario, possano essere amministrati da laici dotati delle qualità convenienti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La professione religiosa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-80",
              "number": "80",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si sottoponga a revisione il rito della consacrazione delle vergini, che si trova nel pontificale romano. Si componga inoltre un rito per la professione religiosa e la rinnovazione dei voti, che contribuisca ad una maggiore unità, sobrietà e dignità; esso, salvo diritti particolari, dovrà essere adottato da coloro che fanno la professione o la rinnovazione dei voti durante la messa. È cosa lodevole che la professione religiosa si faccia durante la messa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisione dei riti funebri"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-81",
              "number": "81",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il rito delle esequie esprima più apertamente l'indole pasquale della morte cristiana e risponda meglio, anche quanto al colore liturgico, alle condizioni e alle tradizioni delle singole regioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-82",
              "number": "82",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si riveda il rito della sepoltura dei bambini e sia arricchito di una messa propria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'UFFICIO DIVINO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'ufficio divino opera di Cristo e della Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-83",
              "number": "83",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cristo Gesù, il sommo sacerdote della nuova ed eterna alleanza, prendendo la natura umana, ha introdotto in questo esilio terrestre quell'inno che viene eternamente cantato nelle dimore celesti Egli unisce a sé tutta l'umanità e se l'associa nell'elevare questo divino canto di lode. Cristo continua ad esercitare questa funzione sacerdotale per mezzo della sua Chiesa, che loda il Signore incessantemente e intercede per la salvezza del mondo non solo con la celebrazione dell'eucaristia, ma anche in altri modi, specialmente recitando l'ufficio divino."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-84",
              "number": "84",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il divino ufficio, secondo la tradizione cristiana, è strutturato in modo da santificare tutto il corso del giorno e della notte per mezzo della lode divina. Quando poi a celebrare debitamente quel mirabile canto di lode sono i sacerdoti o altri a ciò deputati per istituzione della Chiesa, o anche i fedeli che pregano insieme col sacerdote secondo le forme approvate, allora è veramente la voce della sposa che parla allo sposo, anzi è la preghiera che Cristo unito al suo corpo eleva al Padre."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-85",
              "number": "85",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti coloro pertanto che recitano questa preghiera adempiono da una parte l'obbligo proprio della Chiesa, e dall'altra partecipano al sommo onore della Sposa di Cristo perché, lodando il Signore, stanno davanti al trono di Dio in nome della madre Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Suo valore pastorale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-86",
              "number": "86",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I sacerdoti impegnati nel sacro ministero pastorale reciteranno l'ufficio divino con tanto maggior fervore, quanto più profondamente saranno convinti del dovere di mettere in pratica l'esortazione di S. Paolo: « Pregate senza interruzione » (1 Ts 5,17). Infatti solo il Signore può dare efficacia ed incremento al loro ministero, lui che ha detto: « Senza di me non potete far nulla » (Gv 15,5). E per questo gli apostoli, istituendo i diaconi, dissero: « Noi invece continueremo a dedicarci assiduamente alla preghiera e al ministero della parola (At 6,4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-87",
              "number": "87",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma affinché i sacerdoti e gli altri membri della Chiesa possano meglio e più perfettamente recitare l'ufficio divino nelle attuali condizioni di vita, il sacro Concilio, continuando le riforme già felicemente iniziate dalla Sede apostolica, ha creduto bene stabilire quanto segue riguardo all'ufficio di rito romano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rivedere l'ordinamento tradizionale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-88",
              "number": "88",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Scopo dell'ufficio è la santificazione del giorno: perciò l'ordinamento tradizionale dell'ufficio sia riveduto, in modo che le diverse ore, per quanto è possibile, corrispondano al loro vero tempo, tenendo presenti però anche le condizioni della vita contemporanea, in cui si trovano specialmente coloro che attendono all'apostolato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Norme per la riforma dell'ufficio divino"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-89",
              "number": "89",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quindi, nella riforma dell'ufficio, si osservino queste norme:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Le lodi come preghiera del mattino e i vespri come preghiera della sera, che, secondo la venerabile tradizione di tutta la Chiesa, sono il duplice cardine dell'ufficio quotidiano, devono essere ritenute le ore principali e come tali celebrate;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) compieta sia ordinata in modo che si adatti bene alla conclusione della giornata;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) L'ora detta mattutino, pur conservando l'indole di preghiera notturna per il coro, venga adattata in modo da poter essere recitata in qualsiasi ora del giorno; abbia un minor numero di salmi e letture più lunghe;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) L'ora di prima sia soppressa;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "e) Per il coro si mantengano le ore minori di terza, sesta e nona. Fuori di coro si può invece scegliere una delle tre, quella cioè che meglio risponde al momento della giornata."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'ufficio divino fonte di pietà"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-90",
              "number": "90",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre, poiché l'ufficio divino, in quanto preghiera pubblica della Chiesa, è fonte della pietà e nutrimento della preghiera personale, si esortano nel Signore i sacerdoti e tutti gli altri che partecipano all'ufficio divino a fare in modo che, nel recitarlo, l'anima corrisponda alla voce. A tale scopo si procurino una conoscenza più abbondante della liturgia e della Bibbia, specialmente dei salmi. Nel compiere poi la riforma, il venerabile tesoro secolare dell'ufficio romano venga adattato in modo tale che possano usufruirne più largamente e più facilmente tutti coloro ai quali è affidato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Distribuzione dei salmi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-91",
              "number": "91",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Affinché l'ordinamento dell'ufficio proposto nell'articolo 89 possa essere veramente attuato, il salterio sia distribuito non più in una settimana, ma per uno spazio di tempo più lungo. L'opera di revisione del salterio, felicemente incominciata, venga condotta a termine al più presto, tenendo presente il latino usato dai cristiani, l'uso che ne fa la liturgia e le esigenze del canto, come pure tutta la tradizione della Chiesa latina."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Norme per le letture"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-92",
              "number": "92",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per quanto riguarda le letture, si tengano presenti queste norme:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-200",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) la lettura della sacra Scrittura sia ordinata in modo che i tesori della parola divina siano accessibili più facilmente e in maggiore ampiezza;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) la lettura delle opere dei Padri, dei dottori e degli scrittori ecclesiastici sia meglio selezionata;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) le «passioni» o vite dei santi siano rivedute dal punto di vista storico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisione degli inni"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-93",
              "number": "93",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gli inni, nella misura in cui la cosa sembrerà utile, siano restituiti alla loro forma originale, togliendo o mutando ciò che ha sapore mitologico o che può essere meno conveniente alla pietà cristiana. Secondo l'opportunità, poi, se ne riprendano anche altri che si trovano nelle raccolte innografiche."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-94",
              "number": "94",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per santificare veramente il giorno e per recitare le ore con frutto spirituale, nella recita delle ore si osservi il tempo che corrisponde più da vicino al vero tempo naturale di ciascuna ora canonica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obbligo dell'ufficio divino"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-95",
              "number": "95",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le comunità obbligate al coro sono tenute, oltre che alla messa conventuale, anche a celebrare in coro ogni giorno l'ufficio divino, e precisamente:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) tutto l'ufficio gli ordini di canonici, di monaci, di monache e di altri regolari obbligati al coro per diritto o in forza delle costituzioni;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) quelle parti dell'ufficio che vengono loro imposte dal diritto comune o particolare: i capitoli delle cattedrali e delle collegiate;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-210",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) tutti i membri, poi, di queste comunità, che abbiano ricevuto gli ordini maggiori o che abbiano fatto la professione solenne, eccetto i conversi, devono da soli recitare quelle ore canoniche che non recitano in coro."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-96",
              "number": "96",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I chierici non obbligati al coro, se hanno ricevuto gli ordini maggiori, devono, ogni giorno, in comune o da soli, recitare tutto l'ufficio, a norma dell'articolo 89."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-97",
              "number": "97",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le opportune commutazioni dell'ufficio divino con altre azioni liturgiche siano definite nelle nuove rubriche."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-213",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In casi particolari e per giusta causa, gli ordinari possono dispensare in tutto o in parte, oppure possono commutare, per coloro che sono loro soggetti, l'obbligo dell'ufficio."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-98",
              "number": "98",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I membri degli istituti di perfezione, che, in forza delle costituzioni, recitano qualche parte dell'ufficio divino, praticano la preghiera pubblica della Chiesa. Così pure praticano la preghiera pubblica della Chiesa se, in forza delle costituzioni, recitano qualche « piccolo ufficio », purché composto sullo schema dell'ufficio divino e regolarmente approvato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La recita comunitaria dell'ufficio divino"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-99",
              "number": "99",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Poiché l'ufficio divino è la voce della Chiesa, ossia di tutto il corpo mistico che loda pubblicamente Dio, è raccomandabile che i chierici non obbligati al coro, e specialmente i sacerdoti che vivono o che si trovano insieme, recitino in comune almeno qualche parte dell'ufficio divino. Tutti coloro, poi, che recitano l'ufficio, sia in coro sia in comune, compiano il dovere loro affidato il più perfettamente possibile, sia quanto alla devozione interiore, sia quanto alla realizzazione esteriore. È bene inoltre che, secondo l'opportunità, l'ufficio in coro e in comune sia cantato."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La partecipazione dei fedeli all'ufficio divino"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-100",
              "number": "100",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Procurino i pastori d'anime che, nelle domeniche e feste più solenni, le ore principali, specialmente i vespri, siano celebrate in chiesa con partecipazione comune. Si raccomanda che anche i laici recitino l'ufficio divino o con i sacerdoti, o riuniti tra loro, e anche da soli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La lingua dell'ufficio divino"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-220",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "101."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'ANNO LITURGICO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il senso dell'anno liturgico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-102",
              "number": "102",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La santa madre Chiesa considera suo dovere celebrare l'opera salvifica del suo sposo divino mediante una commemorazione sacra, in giorni determinati nel corso dell'anno. Ogni settimana, nel giorno a cui ha dato il nome di domenica, fa memoria della risurrezione del Signore, che essa celebra anche una volta all'anno, unitamente alla sua beata passione, con la grande solennità di Pasqua. Nel corso dell'anno poi, distribuisce tutto il mistero di Cristo dall'Incarnazione e dalla Natività fino all'Ascensione, al giorno di Pentecoste e all'attesa della beata speranza e del ritorno del Signore. Ricordando in tal modo i misteri della redenzione, essa apre ai fedeli le ricchezze delle azioni salvifiche e dei meriti del suo Signore, le rende come presenti a tutti i tempi e permette ai fedeli di venirne a contatto e di essere ripieni della grazia della salvezza."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-103",
              "number": "103",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella celebrazione di questo ciclo annuale dei misteri di Cristo, la santa Chiesa venera con particolare amore la beata Maria, madre di Dio, congiunta indissolubilmente con l'opera della salvezza del Figlio suo: in Maria ammira ed esalta il frutto più eccelso della redenzione, ed in lei contempla con gioia, come in una immagine purissima, ciò che essa desidera e spera di essere nella sua interezza."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-104",
              "number": "104",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa ha inserito nel corso dell'anno anche la memoria dei martiri e degli altri santi che, giunti alla perfezione con l'aiuto della multiforme grazia di Dio e già in possesso della salvezza eterna, in cielo cantano a Dio la lode perfetta e intercedono per noi. Nel giorno natalizio dei santi infatti la Chiesa proclama il mistero pasquale realizzato in essi, che hanno sofferto con Cristo e con lui sono glorificati; propone ai fedeli i loro esempi che attraggono tutti al Padre per mezzo di Cristo; e implora per i loro meriti i benefici di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-105",
              "number": "105",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa, infine, nei vari tempi dell'anno, secondo una disciplina tradizionale, completa la formazione dei fedeli per mezzo di pie pratiche spirituali e corporali, per mezzo dell'istruzione, della preghiera, delle opere di penitenza e di misericordia. Pertanto al sacro Concilio è piaciuto stabilire quanto segue:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Valorizzazione della domenica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-106",
              "number": "106",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Secondo la tradizione apostolica, che ha origine dallo stesso giorno della risurrezione di Cristo, la Chiesa celebra il mistero pasquale ogni otto giorni, in quello che si chiama giustamente <~ giorno del Signore » o « domenica ». In questo giorno infatti i fedeli devono riunirsi in assemblea per ascoltare la parola di Dio e partecipare alla eucaristia e così far memoria della passione, della risurrezione e della gloria del Signore Gesù e render grazie a Dio, che li « ha rigenerati nella speranza viva per mezzo della risurrezione di Gesù Cristo dai morti» (1 Pt 1,3). Per questo la domenica è la festa primordiale che deve essere proposta e inculcata alla pietà dei fedeli, in modo che risulti anche giorno di gioia e di riposo dal lavoro. Non le venga anteposta alcun'altra solennità che non sia di grandissima importanza, perché la domenica è il fondamento e il nucleo di tutto l'anno liturgico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Riforma dell'anno liturgico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-107",
              "number": "107",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'anno liturgico sia riveduto in modo che, conservati o restaurati gli usi e gli ordinamenti tradizionali dei tempi sacri secondo le condizioni di oggi, venga mantenuto il loro carattere originale per alimentare debitamente la pietà dei fedeli nella celebrazione dei misteri della redenzione cristiana, ma soprattutto nella celebrazione del mistero pasquale. Gli adattamenti poi alle varie condizioni dei luoghi, se saranno necessari, si facciano a norma degli articoli 39 e 40."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-108",
              "number": "108",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'animo dei fedeli sia indirizzato prima di tutto verso le feste del Signore, nelle quali durante il corso dell'anno si celebrano i misteri della salvezza. Perciò il proprio del tempo abbia il suo giusto posto sopra le feste dei santi, in modo che sia convenientemente celebrato l'intero ciclo dei misteri della salvezza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La quaresima"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-109",
              "number": "109",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il duplice carattere della quaresima--il quale, soprattutto mediante il ricordo o la preparazione al battesimo e mediante la penitenza, invita i fedeli all'ascolto più frequente della parola di Dio e alla preghiera e li dispone così a celebrare il mistero pasquale--, sia posto in maggior evidenza tanto nella liturgia quanto nella catechesi liturgica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-234",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) si utilizzino più abbondantemente gli elementi battesimali propri della liturgia quaresimale e, se opportuno, se ne riprendano anche altri dall'antica tradizione;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) lo stesso si dica degli elementi penitenziali. Quanto alla catechesi poi, si inculchi nell'animo dei fedeli, insieme con le conseguenze sociali del peccato, quell'aspetto particolare della penitenza che detesta il peccato come offesa di Dio. Né si dimentichi il ruolo della Chiesa nell'azione penitenziale e si solleciti la preghiera per i peccatori."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-110",
              "number": "110",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La penitenza quaresimale non sia soltanto interna e individuale, ma anche esterna e sociale. E la pratica penitenziale sia incoraggiata e raccomandata dalle autorità, di cui all'art. 22, secondo le possibilità del nostro tempo e delle diverse regioni, nonché secondo le condizioni dei fedeli. Sia però religiosamente conservato il digiuno pasquale, da celebrarsi ovunque il venerdì della passione e morte del Signore, e da protrarsi, se possibile, anche al sabato santo, in modo da giungere con cuore elevato e liberato alla gioia della domenica di risurrezione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le feste dei santi"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-111",
              "number": "111",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa, secondo la sua tradizione, venera i santi e tiene in onore le loro reliquie autentiche e le loro immagini. Le feste dei santi infatti proclamano le meraviglie di Cristo nei suoi servi e propongono ai fedeli opportuni esempi da imitare. Perché le feste dei santi non abbiano a prevalere sulle feste che commemorano i misteri della salvezza, molte di esse siano celebrate da ciascuna Chiesa particolare, nazione o famiglia religiosa; siano invece estese a tutta la Chiesa soltanto quelle che celebrano santi di importanza veramente universale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA MUSICA SACRA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-241",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignità della musica sacra"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-112",
              "number": "112",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La tradizione musicale della Chiesa costituisce un patrimonio d'inestimabile valore, che eccelle tra le altre espressioni dell'arte, specialmente per il fatto che il canto sacro, unito alle parole, è parte necessaria ed integrante della liturgia solenne. Il canto sacro è stato lodato sia dalla sacra Scrittura [42], sia dai Padri, sia dai romani Pontefici; costoro recentemente, a cominciare da S. Pio X, hanno sottolineato con insistenza il compito ministeriale della musica sacra nel culto divino. Perciò la musica sacra sarà tanto più santa quanto più strettamente sarà unita all'azione liturgica, sia dando alla preghiera un'espressione più soave e favorendo l'unanimità, sia arricchendo di maggior solennità i riti sacri. La Chiesa poi approva e ammette nel culto divino tutte le forme della vera arte, purché dotate delle qualità necessarie. Perciò il sacro Concilio, conservando le norme e le prescrizioni della disciplina e della tradizione ecclesiastica e considerando il fine della musica sacra, che è la gloria di Dio e la santificazione dei fedeli, stabilisce quanto segue."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-243",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La liturgia solenne"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-113",
              "number": "113",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'azione liturgica riveste una forma più nobile quando i divini uffici sono celebrati solennemente con il canto, con i sacri ministri e la partecipazione attiva del popolo. Quanto all'uso della lingua, si osservi l'art. 36; per la messa l'art. 54; per i sacramenti l'art. 63; per l'ufficio divino l'art. 101."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-114",
              "number": "114",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si conservi e si incrementi con grande cura il patrimonio della musica sacra. Si promuovano con impegno le « scholae cantorum » in specie presso le chiese cattedrali. I vescovi e gli altri pastori d'anime curino diligentemente che in ogni azione sacra celebrata con il canto tutta l'assemblea dei fedeli possa partecipare attivamente, a norma degli articoli 28 e 30."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formazione musicale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-115",
              "number": "115",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si curi molto la formazione e la pratica musicale nei seminari, nei noviziati dei religiosi e delle religiose e negli studentati, come pure negli altri istituti e scuole cattoliche. Per raggiungere questa formazione si abbia cura di preparare i maestri destinati all'insegnamento della musica sacra. Si raccomanda, inoltre, dove è possibile, l'erezione di istituti superiori di musica sacra. Ai musicisti, ai cantori e in primo luogo ai fanciulli si dia anche una vera formazione liturgica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Canto gregoriano e polifonico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-116",
              "number": "116",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa riconosce il canto gregoriano come canto proprio della liturgia romana; perciò nelle azioni liturgiche, a parità di condizioni, gli si riservi il posto principale. Gli altri generi di musica sacra, e specialmente la polifonia, non si escludono affatto dalla celebrazione dei divini uffici, purché rispondano allo spirito dell'azione liturgica, a norma dell'art. 30."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-117",
              "number": "117",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si conduca a termine l'edizione tipica dei libri di canto gregoriano; anzi, si prepari un'edizione più critica dei libri già editi dopo la riforma di S. Pio X. Conviene inoltre che si prepari un'edizione che contenga melodie più semplici, ad uso delle chiese più piccole."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Canti religiosi popolari"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-118",
              "number": "118",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si promuova con impegno il canto religioso popolare in modo che nei pii e sacri esercizi, come pure nelle stesse azioni liturgiche, secondo le norme stabilite dalle rubriche, possano risuonare le voci dei fedeli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La musica sacra nelle missioni"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-119",
              "number": "119",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In alcune regioni, specialmente nelle missioni, si trovano popoli con una propria tradizione musicale, la quale ha grande importanza nella loro vita religiosa e sociale. A questa musica si dia il dovuto riconoscimento e il posto conveniente tanto nell'educazione del senso religioso di quei popoli, quanto nell'adattare il culto alla loro indole, a norma degli articoli 39 e 40. Perciò, nella formazione musicale dei missionari si procuri diligentemente che, per quanto è possibile, essi siano in grado di promuovere la musica tradizionale di quei popoli, tanto nelle scuole, quanto nelle azioni sacre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'organo e gli strumenti musicali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-120",
              "number": "120",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella Chiesa latina si abbia in grande onore l'organo a canne, strumento musicale tradizionale, il cui suono è in grado di aggiungere un notevole splendore alle cerimonie della Chiesa, e di elevare potentemente gli animi a Dio e alle cose celesti. Altri strumenti, poi, si possono ammettere nel culto divino, a giudizio e con il consenso della competente autorità ecclesiastica territoriale, a norma degli articoli 22-2, 37 e 40, purché siano adatti all'uso sacro o vi si possano adattare, convengano alla dignità del tempio e favoriscano veramente l'edificazione dei fedeli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Missione dei compositori"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-121",
              "number": "121",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I musicisti animati da spirito cristiano comprendano di essere chiamati a coltivare la musica sacra e ad accrescere il suo patrimonio. Compongano melodie che abbiano le caratteristiche della vera musica sacra; che possano essere cantate non solo dalle maggiori « scholae cantorum », ma che convengano anche alle « scholae » minori, e che favoriscano la partecipazione attiva di tutta l'assemblea dei fedeli. I testi destinati al canto sacro siano conformi alla dottrina cattolica, anzi siano presi di preferenza dalla sacra Scrittura e dalle fonti liturgiche."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'ARTE SACRA E LA SACRA SUPPELLETTILE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dignità dell'arte sacra"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-122",
              "number": "122",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fra le più nobili attività dell'ingegno umano sono annoverate, a pieno diritto, le belle arti, soprattutto l'arte religiosa e il suo vertice, l'arte sacra. Esse, per loro natura, hanno relazione con l'infinita bellezza divina che deve essere in qualche modo espressa dalle opere dell'uomo, e sono tanto più orientate a Dio e all'incremento della sua lode e della sua gloria, in quanto nessun altro fine è stato loro assegnato se non quello di contribuire il più efficacemente possibile, con le loro opere, a indirizzare religiosamente le menti degli uomini a Dio. Per tali motivi la santa madre Chiesa ha sempre favorito le belle arti, ed ha sempre ricercato il loro nobile servizio, specialmente per far sì che le cose appartenenti al culto sacro splendessero veramente per dignità, decoro e bellezza, per significare e simbolizzare le realtà soprannaturali; ed essa stessa ha formato degli artisti. A riguardo, anzi di tali arti, la Chiesa si è sempre ritenuta a buon diritto come arbitra, scegliendo tra le opere degli artisti quelle che rispondevano alla fede, alla pietà e alle norme religiosamente tramandate e che risultavano adatte all'uso sacro. Con speciale sollecitudine la Chiesa si è preoccupata che la sacra suppellettile servisse con la sua dignità e bellezza al decoro del culto, ammettendo nella materia, nella forma e nell'ornamento quei cambiamenti che il progresso della tecnica ha introdotto nel corso dei secoli. I Padri conciliari hanno perciò deciso di stabilire su questo argomento quanto segue."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-262",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lo stile artistico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-123",
              "number": "123",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La Chiesa non ha mai avuto come proprio un particolare stile artistico, ma, secondo l'indole e le condizioni dei popoli e le esigenze dei vari riti, ha ammesso le forme artistiche di ogni epoca, creando così, nel corso dei secoli, un tesoro artistico da conservarsi con ogni cura. Anche l'arte del nostro tempo e di tutti i popoli e paesi abbia nella Chiesa libertà di espressione, purché serva con la dovuta riverenza e il dovuto onore alle esigenze degli edifici sacri e dei sacri riti. In tal modo essa potrà aggiungere la propria voce al mirabile concento di gloria che uomini eccelsi innalzarono nei secoli passati alla fede cattolica."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-124",
              "number": "124",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nel promuovere e favorire una autentica arte sacra, gli ordinari procurino di ricercare piuttosto una nobile bellezza che una mera sontuosità. E ciò valga anche per le vesti e gli ornamenti sacri. I vescovi abbiano ogni cura di allontanare dalla casa di Dio e dagli altri luoghi sacri quelle opere d'arte, che sono contrarie alla fede, ai costumi e alla pietà cristiana; che offendono il genuino senso religioso, o perché depravate nelle forme, o perché insufficienti, mediocri o false nell'espressione artistica. Nella costruzione poi degli edifici sacri ci si preoccupi diligentemente della loro idoneità a consentire lo svolgimento delle azioni liturgiche e la partecipazione attiva dei fedeli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le immagini sacre"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-125",
              "number": "125",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si mantenga l'uso di esporre nelle chiese le immagini sacre alla venerazione dei fedeli. Tuttavia si espongano in numero limitato e secondo una giusta disposizione, affinché non attirino su di sé in maniera esagerata l'ammirazione del popolo cristiano e non favoriscano una devozione sregolata."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-126",
              "number": "126",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quando si tratta di dare un giudizio sulle opere d'arte, gli ordinari del luogo sentano il parere della commissione di arte sacra e, se è il caso, di altre persone particolarmente competenti, come pure delle commissioni di cui agli articoli 44, 45, 46. Gli ordinari vigilino in maniera speciale a che la sacra suppellettile o le opere preziose, che sono ornamento della casa di Dio, non vengano alienate o disperse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formazione degli artisti"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-127",
              "number": "127",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I vescovi, o direttamente o per mezzo di sacerdoti idonei che conoscono e amano l'arte, si prendano cura degli artisti, allo scopo di formarli allo spirito dell'arte sacra e della sacra liturgia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si raccomanda inoltre di istituire scuole o accademie di arte sacra per la formazione degli artisti, dove ciò sembrerà opportuno. Tutti gli artisti, poi, che guidati dal loro talento intendono glorificare Dio nella santa Chiesa, ricordino sempre che la loro attività è in certo modo una sacra imitazione di Dio creatore e che le loro opere sono destinate al culto cattolico, alla edificazione, alla pietà e alla formazione religiosa dei fedeli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La legislazione sull'arte sacra"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-128",
              "number": "128",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si rivedano quanto prima, insieme ai libri liturgici, a norma dell'art. 25, i canoni e le disposizioni ecclesiastiche che riguardano il complesso delle cose esterne attinenti al culto sacro, e specialmente quanto riguarda la costruzione degna e appropriata degli edifici sacri, la forma e la erezione degli altari, la nobiltà, la disposizione e la sicurezza del tabernacolo eucaristico, la funzionalità e la dignità del battistero, la conveniente disposizione delle sacre immagini, della decorazione e dell'ornamento. Quelle norme che risultassero meno rispondenti alla riforma della liturgia siano corrette o abolite; quelle invece che risultassero favorevoli siano mantenute o introdotte. A tale riguardo, soprattutto per quanto si riferisce alla materia e alla forma della sacra suppellettile e degli indumenti sacri, si concede facoltà alle conferenze episcopali delle varie regioni di fare gli adattamenti richiesti dalle necessità e dalle usanze locali, a norma dell'art. 22 della presente costituzione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formazione artistica del clero"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-129",
              "number": "129",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I chierici, durante il corso filosofico e teologico, siano istruiti anche sulla storia e sullo sviluppo dell'arte sacra, come pure sui sani principi su cui devono fondarsi le opere dell'arte sacra, in modo che siano in grado di stimare e conservare i venerabili monumenti della Chiesa e di offrire consigli appropriati agli artisti nella realizzazione delle loro opere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le insegne pontificali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-130",
              "number": "130",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È conveniente che l'uso delle insegne pontificali sia riservato a quelle persone ecclesiastiche che sono insignite del carattere episcopale o che hanno una speciale giurisdizione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DICHIARAZIONE DEL CONCILIO VATICANO II CIRCA LA RIFORMA DEL CALENDARIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il sacro Concilio ecumenico Vaticano II, tenendo nel debito conto il desiderio di molti di veder assegnata la festa di Pasqua ad una determinata domenica e di adottare un calendario fisso, dopo aver preso accuratamente in esame le conseguenze che possono derivare dalla introduzione di un nuovo calendario, dichiara quanto segue:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4 dicembre 1963"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] Messale romano, orazione sopra le offerte della domenica IX dopo Pentecoste [nel Messale di Paolo VI, domenica II del Tempo ordinario]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2] Cf. Eb 13,14"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3] Cf. Ef 2,21-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4] Cf. Ef 4,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5] Cf. Is 11,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6] Cf. Gv 11,52."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7] Cf. Gv 10,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8] Cf. Is 61,1; Lc 4,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[9] S. IGNAZIO D’ANTIOCHIA, Ad Eph. 7, 2; ed. F. X. FUNK, Patres Apostolici I, Tubingae 1901, p. 218."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[10] Cf. 1 Tm 2,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[11] Sacramentarium Veronense (Leonianum), ed. C. Mohlberg, Romae 1956, n. 1265, p. 162."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[12] Cf. Messale romano, Prefazio pasquale [I]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[13] Cf. S. AGOSTINO, Enarr. in Ps. 138, 2; Corpus Christianorum, 40, Turnholti 1956, p. 1991, e l’orazione dopo la seconda lettura del Sabato santo, nel Messale romano, prima della riforma della Settimana santa [nel Messale di Paolo VI, Orazione sopra le offerte della Messa Pro Ecclesia, B; ediz. italiana, Per la Chiesa universale, 2]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[14] Cf. Mc 16,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[15] Cf. At 26,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[16] Cf. Rm 6,4; Ef 2,6; Col 3,1; 2 Tm 2,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[17] Cf. Gv 4,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[18] Cf. 1 Cor 11,26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[19] CONCILIO DI TRENTO, Sess. XIII, 11 ott. 1551, Decr. De Ss. Eucharist., c. 5: CONCILIUM TRIDENTINUM, Diariorum, Actorum, Epistolarum, Tractatuum nova collectio, ed. Soc. Goerresianae, t. VII, Actorum, pars IV, Friburgi Brisgoviae 1961, p. 202 [Dz 1644; Collantes 9.142]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[20] CONCILIO DI TRENTO, Sess. XXII, 17 sett. 1562, Dottr. De ss. Missae sacrif., c. 2: ed. cit., t. VIII, Actorum pars V, Friburgi Brisgoviae 1919, p. 960 [Dz 1743; Collantes 9.175]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[21] Cf. S. AGOSTINO, In Ioannis Evangelium Tractatus VI, cap. I, n. 7: PL 35, 1428."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[22] Cf. Ap 21,2; Col 3,1; Eb 8,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[23] Cf. Fil 3,20; Col 3,4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[24] Cf. Gv 17,3; Lc 24,47; At 2,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[25] Cf. Mt 28,20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[26] Messale romano, orazione dopo la Comunione della Veglia Pasquale e della domenica della Risurrezione [nel Messale di Paolo VI solo nella Veglia]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[27] Messale romano, colletta del martedì nell’ottava di Pasqua [nel Messale di Paolo VI il giorno prima]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[28] Cf. 2 Cor 6,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[29] Cf. Mt 6,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[30] Cf. 1 Ts 5,17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[31] Cf. 2 Cor 4,10-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[32] Messale romano, orazione sulle offerte del lunedì nell’ottava di Pentecoste [nel Messale di Paolo VI, sabato della II e VI settimana di Pasqua]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[33] S. CIPRIANO, De cath. eccl. unitate, 7: ed. G. HARTEL, in CSEL, t. III, I, Vindobonae 1868, pp. 215-216. Cf. Ep. 66, n. 8, 3; ed. cit. t. III, 2, Vindobonae 1871, pp. 732-733."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[34] Cf. CONCILIO DI TRENTO, Sess. XXII, 17 sett. 1562, Dottr. De ss. Missae sacrif., c. 8, ed. cit. [nota 19], t. VIII, p. 961 [Dz 1749; Collantes 9.181]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[35] Cf. S. IGNAZIO D’ANTIOCHIA, Ad Magn. 7; Ad Phil. 4; Ad Smyrn. 8: ed F. X. FUNK, cit., [nota 9], I, pp. 236, 266, 281."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[36] Cf. S. AGOSTINO, In Ioannis Evangelium Tractatus XXVI, cap. VI, n. 13: PL 35, 1613."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[37] Breviario romano, Festa del Ss. Corpo di Cristo, antifona al Magnificat dei II Vespri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[38] Cf. S. CIRILLO D’ALESS., Commentarium in Ioannis Evangelium, lib. XI, capp. XI-XII: PG 74, 557-565, specialmente 564-565."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[39] Cf. 1 Tm 2,1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[40] Sess. XXI, 16 lug. 1562, Doctrina de communione sub utraque specie et parvulorum, capp. 1-3, cann. 1-3: CONCILIUM TRIDENTINUM, ed. cit. [nota 19], t. VIII, pp. 698-699) [Dz 1726-29, 1731-33; Collantes 9.161-64, 9.166-68]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[41] CONCILIO DI TRENTO, Sess. XXIV, Decr. De reformatione, cap. I: ed. cit. [nota 19], t. IX, Actorum pars VI, Friburgi Brisgoviae 1924, p. 969. Cf. Rituale romanum, tit. VIII, c. II, n. 6 [cf. Sacramento del matrimonio, nn. 14-20]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[42] Cf. Ef 5,19; Col 3,16."
            }
          ]
        },
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19631204_sacrosanctum-concilium_lt.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-09-vat-ii_const_19631204_sacrosanctum-concilium_lt.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAULUS EPISCOPUS SERVUS SERVORUM DEI UNA CUM SACROSANCTI CONCILII PATRIBUS AD PERPETUAM REI MEMORIAM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONSTITUTIO DE SACRA LITURGIA SACROSANCTUM CONCILIUM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praefatio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosanctum Concilium, cum sibi proponat vitam christianam inter fideles in dies augere; eas institutiones quae mutationibus obnoxiae sunt, ad nostrae aetatis necessitates melius accommodare; quidquid ad unionem omnium in Christum credentium conferre potest, fovere; et quidquid ad omnes in sinum Ecclesiae vocandos conducit, roborare; suum esse arbitratur peculiari ratione etiam instaurandam atque fovendam Liturgiam curare."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liturgia enim, per quam, maxime in divino Eucharistiae Sacrificio, \"opus nostrae Redemptionis exercetur\"(1), summe eo confert ut fideles vivendo exprimant et aliis manifestent mysterium Christi et genuinam verae Ecclesiae naturam, cuius proprium est esse humanam simul ac divinam, visibilem invisibilibus praeditam, actione ferventem et contemplationi vacantem, in mundo praesentem et tamen peregrinam; et ita quidem ut in ea quod humanum est ordinetur ad divinum eique subordinetur, quod visibile ad invisibile, quod actionis ad contemplationem, et quod praesens ad futuram civitatem quam inquirimus(2). Unde, cum Liturgia eos qui intus sunt cotidie aedificet in templum sanctum in Domino, in habitaculum Dei in Spiritu(3), usque ad mensuram aetatis plenitudinis Christi(4), miro modo simul vires eorum ad praedicandum Christum roborat, et sic Ecclesiam iis qui sunt foris ostendit ut signum levatum in nationes(5), sub quo filii Dei dispersi congregentur in unum(6) quousque unum ovile fiat et unus pastor(7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quare Sacrosanctum Concilium, de fovenda atque instauranda Liturgia quae sequuntur principia censet in mentem revocanda et practicas normas statuendas esse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inter haec principia et normas nonnulla habentur quae tum ad Ritum romanum tum ad omnes alios Ritus applicari possunt ac debent, licet normae practicae quae sequuntur solum Ritum romanum spectare intellegendae sint, nisi agatur de iis quae ex ipsa rei natura alios quoque Ritus afficiant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Traditioni denique fideliter obsequens, Sacrosanctum Concilium declarat Sanctam Matrem Ecclesiam omnes Ritus legitime agnitos aequo iure atque honore habere, eosque in posterum servari et omnimode foveri velle, atque optat ut, ubi opus sit, caute ex integro ad mentem sanae traditionis recognoscantur et novo vigore, pro hodiernis adiunctis et necessitatibus, donentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE PRINCIPIIS GENERALIBUS AD SACRAM LITURGIAM INSTAURANDAM ATQUE FOVENDAM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. De sacrae Liturgiae natura eiusque momento in vita Ecclesiae"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deus, \"qui omnes homines vult salvos fieri et ad agnitionem veritatis venire\" (1Tim 2,4), \"multifariam multisque modis olim loquens patribus in prophetis\" (Hebr 1,1), ubi venit plenitudo temporis, misit Filium suum, Verbum carnem factum, Spiritu Sancto unctum, ad evangelizandum pauperibus, ad sanandos contritos corde (8), \"medicum carnalem et spiritualem\"(9), Mediatorem Dei et hominum(10). Ipsius namque humanitas, in unitate personae Verbi, fuit instrumentum nostrae salutis. Quare in Christo \"nostrae reconciliationis processit perfecta placatio, et divini cultus nobis est indita plenitudo\"(11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoc autem humanae Redemptionis et perfectae Dei glorificationis opus, cui divina magnalia in populo Veteris Testamenti praeluserant, adimplevit Christus Dominus, praecipue per suae beatae Passionis, ab inferis Resurrectionis et gloriosae Ascensionis paschale mysterium, quo \"mortem nostram moriendo destruxit, et vitam resurgendo reparavit\"(12). Nam de latere Christi in cruce dormientis ortum est totius Ecclesiae mirabile sacramentum(13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ideoque, sicut Christus missus est a Patre, ita et ipse Apostolos, repletos Spiritu Sancto, misit, non solum ut, praedicantes Evangelium omni creaturae(14), annuntiarent Filium Dei morte sua et resurrectione nos a potestate satanae(15) et a morte liberasse et in regnum Patris transtulisse, sed etiam ut, quod annuntiabant, opus salutis per Sacrificium et Sacramenta, circa quae tota vita liturgica vertit, exercerent. Sic per Baptismum homines paschali Christi mysterio inseruntur: commortui, consepulti, conresuscitati(16); piritum accipiunt adoptionis filiorum, \"in quo clamamus: Abba, Pater\" (Rom 8,15), et ita fiunt veri adoratores, quos Pater quaerit(17). Similiter quotiescumque dominicam cenam manducant, mortem Domini annuntiant donec veniat(18). Idcirco, ipsa die Pentecostes, qua Ecclesia mundo apparuit, \"qui receperunt sermonem\" Petri \"baptizati sunt\". Et erant \"perseverantes in doctrina Apostolorum et communicatione fractionis panis et orationibus... collaudantes Deum et habentes gratiam ad omnem plebem\" (Act 2,41-42, 47). Numquam exinde omisit Ecclesia quin in unum conveniret ad paschale mysterium celebrandum: legendo ea \"in omnibus Scripturis quae de ipso erant\" (Lc 24,27), Eucharistiam celebrando in qua \"mortis eius victoria et triumphus repraesentantur\"(19), et simul gratias agendo \"Deo super inenarrabili dono\" (2Cor 9,15) in Christo Iesu, \"in laudem gloriae eius\" (Eph 1,12), per virtutem Spiritus Sancti."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad tantum vero opus perficiendum, Christus Ecclesiae suae semper adest, praesertim in actionibus liturgicis. Praesens adest in Missae Sacrificio cum in ministri persona, \"idem nunc offerens sacerdotum ministerio, qui seipsum tunc in cruce obtulit\"(20), tum maxime sub speciebus eucharisticis. Praesens adest virtute sua in Sacramentis, ita ut cum aliquis baptizat, Christus ipse baptizet(21). Praesens adest in verbo suo, siquidem ipse loquitur dum sacrae Scripturae in Ecclesia leguntur. Praesens adest denique dum supplicat et psallit Ecclesia, ipse qui promisit: \"Ubi sunt duo vel tres congregati in nomine meo, ibi sum in medio eorum\" (Mt 18,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reapse tanto in opere, quo Deus perfecte glorificatur et homines sanctificantur, Christus Ecclesiam, sponsam suam dilectissimam, sibi semper consociat, quae Dominum suum invocat et per ipsum Aeterno Patri cultum tribuit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Merito igitur Liturgia habetur veluti Iesu Christi sacerdotalis muneris exercitatio, in qua per signa sensibilia significatur et modo singulis proprio efficitur sanctificatio hominis, et a mystico Iesu Christi Corpore, Capite nempe eiusque membris, integer cultus publicus exercetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proinde omnis liturgica celebratio, utpote opus Christi sacerdotis eiusque Corporis, quod est Ecclesia, est actio sacra praecellenter, cuius efficacitatem eodem titulo eodemque gradu nulla alia actio Ecclesiae adaequat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In terrena Liturgia caelestem illam praegustando participamus, quae in sancta civitate Ierusalem, ad quam peregrini tendimus, celebratur, ubi Christus est in dextera Dei sedens, sanctorum minister et tabernaculi veri(22); cum omni militia caelestis exercitus hymnum gloriae Domino canimus; memoriam Sanctorum venerantes partem aliquam et societatem cum iis speramus; Salvatorem exspectamus Dominum nostrum Iesum Christum, donec ipse apparebit vita nostra, et nos apparebimus cum ipso in gloria(23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacra Liturgia non explet totam actionem Ecclesiae; nam antequam homines ad Liturgiam accedere possint, necesse est ut ad fidem et conversionem vocentur: \"Quomodo invocabunt in quem non crediderunt? Aut quomodo credent ei quem non audierunt? Quomodo autem audient sine praedicante? Quomodo vero praedicabunt nisi mittantur?\" (Rom 10,14-15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quare Ecclesia non credentibus praeconium salutis annuntiat, ut omnes homines solum Deum verum et quem misit Iesum Christum cognoscant et a viis suis convertantur, paenitentiam agentes(24). Credentibus vero semper fidem et paenitentiam praedicare debet, eos praeterea debet ad Sacramenta disponere, docere servare omnia quaecumque mandavit Christus(25), et allicere ad omnia opera caritatis, pietatis et apostolatus, quibus operibus manifestum fiat christifideles de hoc mundo quidem non esse, sed tamen esse lucem mundi eosdemque Patrem glorificare coram hominibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Attamen Liturgia est culmen ad quod actio Ecclesiae tendit et simul fons unde omnis eius virtus emanat. Nam labores apostolici ad id ordinantur ut omnes, per fidem et Baptismum filii Dei facti, in unum conveniant, in medio Ecclesiae Deum laudent, Sacrificium participent et cenam dominicam manducent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vicissim, ipsa Liturgia impellit fideles ut \"sacramentis paschalibus\" satiati fiant \"pietate concordes\"(26); orat ut \"vivendo teneant quod fide perceperunt\"(27); renovatio vero foederis Domini cum hominibus in Eucharistia fideles in urgentem caritatem Christi trahit et accendit. Ex Liturgia ergo, praecipue ex Eucharistia, ut e fonte, gratia in nos derivatur et maxima cum efficacia obtinetur illa in Christo hominum sanctificatio et Dei glorificatio, ad quam, uti ad finem, omnia alia Ecclesiae opera contendunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut haec tamen plena efficacitas habeatur, necessarium est ut fideles cum recti animi dispositionibus ad sacram Liturgiam accedant, mentem suam voci accommodent, et supernae gratiae cooperentur, ne eam in vacuum recipiant(28). Ideo sacris pastoribus advigilandum est ut in actione liturgica non solum observentur leges ad validam et licitam celebrationem, sed ut fideles scienter, actuose et fructuose eandem participent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vita tamen spiritualis non unius sacrae Liturgiae participatione continetur. Christianus enim ad communiter orandum vocatus, nihilominus debet etiam intrare in cubiculum suum ut Patrem in abscondito oret(29), immo, docente Apostolo, sine intermissione orare(30). Et ab eodem Apostolo docemur mortificationem Iesu semper circumferre in corpore nostro, ut et vita Iesu manifestetur in carne nostra mortali(31). Quapropter Dominum in Missae Sacrificio precamur ut, \"hostiae spiritualis oblatione suscepta, nosmetipsos\" sibi perficiat \"munus aeternum\"(32)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pia populi christiani exercitia, dummodo legibus et normis Ecclesiae conformia sint, valde commendantur, praesertim cum de mandato Apostolicae Sedis fiunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Speciali quoque dignitate gaudent sacra Ecclesiarum particularium exercitia, quae de mandato Episcoporum celebrantur, secundum consuetudines aut libros legitime approbatos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita vero, ratione habita temporum liturgicorum, eadem exercitia ordinentur oportet, ut sacrae Liturgiae congruant, ab ea quodammodo deriventur, ad eam populum manuducant, utpote quae natura sua iisdem longe antecellat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. De liturgica institutione et de actuosa participatione prosequendis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Valde cupit Mater Ecclesia ut fideles universi ad plenam illam, consciam atque actuosam liturgicarum celebrationum participationem ducantur, quae ab ipsius Liturgiae natura postulatur et ad quam populus christianus, \"genus electum, regale sacerdotium, gens sancta, populus adquisitionis\" (1Petr 2,9; cf. 2,4-5), vi Baptismatis ius habet et officium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae totius populi plena et actuosa participatio, in instauranda et fovenda sacra Liturgia, summopere est attendenda: est enim primus, isque necessarius fons, e quo spiritum vere christianum fideles hauriant; et ideo in tota actione pastorali, per debitam institutionem, ab animarum pastoribus est sedulo adpetenda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sed quia, ut hoc evenire possit, nulla spes effulget nisi prius ipsi animarum pastores spiritu et virtute Liturgiae penitus imbuantur in eaque efficiantur magistri, ideo pernecesse est ut institutioni liturgicae cleri apprime consulatur. Quapropter Sacrosanctum Concilium ea quae sequuntur statuere decrevit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Magistri, qui sacrae Liturgiae disciplinae in seminariis, studiorum domibus religiosis et facultatibus theologicis docendae praeficiuntur, ad munus suum in institutis ad hoc speciali cura destinatis probe instituendi sunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Disciplina de sacra Liturgia in seminariis et studiorum domibus religiosis inter disciplinas necessarias et potiores, in facultatibus autem theologicis inter disciplinas principales est habenda, et sub aspectu cum theologico et historico, tum spirituali, pastorali et iuridico tradenda. Curent insuper aliarum disciplinarum magistri, imprimis theologiae dogmaticae, sacrae Scripturae, theologiae spiritualis et pastoralis ita, ex intrinsecis exigentiis proprii uniuscuiusque obiecti, mysterium Christi et historiam salutis excolere, ut exinde earum connexio cum Liturgia et unitas sacerdotalis institutionis aperte clarescant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Clerici, in seminariis domibusque religiosis, formationem vitae spiritualis liturgicam adquirant, cum apta manuductione qua sacros ritus intellegere et toto animo participare queant, tum ipsa sacrorum mysteriorum celebratione, necnon aliis pietatis exercitiis spiritu sacrae Liturgiae imbutis; pariter observantiam legum liturgicarum addiscant, ita ut vita in seminariis et religiosorum institutis liturgico spiritu penitus informetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacerdotes, sive saeculares sive religiosi, in vinea Domini iam operantes, omnibus mediis opportunis iuventur ut plenius semper quae in functionibus sacris agunt intellegant, vitam liturgicam vivant, eamque cum fidelibus sibi commissis communicent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Liturgicam institutionem necnon actuosam fidelium participationem, internam et externam, iuxta ipsorum aetatem, condicionem, vitae genus et religiosae culturae gradum, animarum pastores sedulo ac patienter prosequantur, unum e praecipuis fidelis mysteriorum Dei dispensatoris muneribus absolventes; et gregem suum hac in re non verbo tantum, sed etiam exemplo ducant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Transmissiones actionum sacrarum ope radiophonica et televisifica, praesertim si agatur de Sacro faciendo, discrete ac decore fiant, ductu et sponsione personae idoneae, ad hoc munus ab Episcopis destinatae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III. De sacrae Liturgiae instauratione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pia Mater Ecclesia, ut populus christianus in sacra Liturgia abundantiam gratiarum securius assequatur, ipsius Liturgiae generalem instaurationem sedulo curare cupit. Nam Liturgia constat parte immutabili, utpote divinitus instituta, et partibus mutationi obnoxiis, quae decursu temporum variare possunt vel etiam debent, si in eas forte irrepserint quae minus bene ipsius Liturgiae intimae naturae respondeant, vel minus aptae factae sint."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qua quidem instauratione, textus et ritus ita ordinari oportet, ut sancta, quae significant, clarius exprimant, eaque populus christianus, in quantum fieri potest, facile percipere atque plena, actuosa et communitatis propria celebratione participare possit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quare Sacrosanctum Concilium generaliores has normas statuit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A) Normae generales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 1. Sacrae Liturgiae moderatio ab Ecclesiae auctoritate unice pendet: quae quidem est apud Apostolicam Sedem et, ad normam iuris, apud Episcopum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 2. Ex potestate a iure concessa, rei liturgicae moderatio inter limites statutos pertinet quoque ad competentes varii generis territoriales Episcoporum coetus legitime constitutos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 3. Quapropter nemo omnino alius, etiamsi sit sacerdos, quidquam proprio marte in Liturgia addat, demat, aut mutet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut sana traditio retineatur et tamen via legitimae progressioni aperiatur, de singulis Liturgiae partibus recognoscendis accurata investigatio theologica, historica, pastoralis semper praecedat. Insuper considerentur cum leges generales structurae et mentis Liturgiae, tum experientia ex recentiore instauratione liturgica et ex indultis passim concessis promanans. Innovationes, demum, ne fiant nisi vera et certa utilitas Ecclesiae id exigat, et adhibita cautela ut novae formae ex formis iam exstantibus organice quodammodo crescant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caveatur etiam, in quantum fieri potest, ne notabiles differentiae rituum inter finitimas regiones habeantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maximum est sacrae Scripturae momentum in Liturgia celebranda. Ex ea enim lectiones leguntur et in homilia explicantur, psalmi canuntur, atque ex eius afflatu instinctuque preces, orationes et carmina liturgica effusa sunt, et ex ea significationem suam actiones et signa accipiunt. Unde, ad procurandam sacrae Liturgiae instaurationem, progressum et aptationem, oportet ut promoveatur ille suavis et vivus sacrae Scripturae affectus, quem testatur venerabilis rituum cum orientalium tum occidentalium traditio."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Libri liturgici quam primum recognoscantur, peritis adhibitis et Episcopis consultis ex diversis orbis regionibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "B) Normae ex indole Liturgiae utpote actionis hierarchicae et communitatis propriae"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Actiones liturgicae non sunt actiones privatae, sed celebrationes Ecclesiae, quae est \"unitatis sacramentum\", scilicet plebs sancta sub Episcopis adunata et ordinata(33)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quare ad universum Corpus Ecclesiae pertinent illudque manifestant et afficiunt; singula vero membra ipsius diverso modo, pro diversitate ordinum, munerum et actualis participationis, attingunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quoties ritus, iuxta propriam cuiusque naturam, secum ferunt celebrationem communem, cum frequentia et actuosa participatione fidelium, inculcetur hanc, in quantum fieri potest, esse praeferendam celebrationi eorundem singulari et quasi privatae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quod valet praesertim pro Missae celebratione, salva semper natura publica et sociali cuiusvis Missae, et pro Sacramentorum administratione."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In celebrationibus liturgicis quisque, sive minister sive fidelis, munere suo fungens, solum et totum id agat, quod ad ipsum ex rei natura et normis liturgicis pertinet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Etiam ministrantes, lectores, commentatores et ii qui ad scholam cantorum pertinent, vero ministerio liturgico funguntur. Propterea munus suum tali sincera pietate et ordine exerceant, quae tantum ministerium decent quaeque populus Dei ab eis iure exigit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ideo oportet eos spiritu Liturgiae, suo cuiusque modo, sedulo imbui, et ad partes suas rite et ordinate obeundas institui."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad actuosam participationem promovendam, populi acclamationes, responsiones, psalmodia, antiphonae, cantica, necnon actiones seu gestus et corporis habitus foveantur. Sacrum quoque silentium suo tempore servetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In libris liturgicis recognoscendis, sedulo attendatur ut rubricae etiam partes fidelium praevideant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Liturgia, praeter distinctionem ex munere liturgico et Ordine sacro manantem, et praeter honores ad normam legum liturgicarum auctoritatibus civilibus debitos, nulla privatarum personarum aut condicionum, sive in caerimoniis, sive in exterioribus pompis, habeatur acceptio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C) Normae ex indole didactica et pastorali Liturgiae"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Etsi sacra Liturgia est praecipue cultus divinae maiestatis, magnam etiam continet populi fidelis eruditionem(34). In Liturgia enim Deus ad populum suum loquitur; Christus adhuc Evangelium annuntiat. Populus vero Deo respondet tum cantibus tum oratione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Immo, preces a sacerdote, qui coetui in persona Christi praeest, ad Deum directae, nomine totius plebis sanctae et omnium circumstantium dicuntur. Signa tandem visibilia, quibus utitur sacra Liturgia ad res divinas invisibiles significandas, a Christo vel Ecclesia delecta sunt. Unde non solum quando leguntur ea quae \"ad nostram doctrinam scripta sunt\" (Rom 15,4), sed etiam dum Ecclesia vel orat vel canit vel agit, participantium fides alitur, mentes in Deum excitantur ut rationabile obsequium Ei praestent, gratiamque Eius abundantius recipiant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exinde in instauratione facienda generales normae quae sequuntur observari debent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ritus nobili simplicitate fulgeant, sint brevitate perspicui et repetitiones inutiles evitent, sint fidelium captui accommodati, neque generatim multis indigeant explanationibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut clare appareat in Liturgia ritum et verbum intime coniungi:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) In celebrationibus sacris abundantior, varior et aptior lectio sacrae Scripturae instauretur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Locus aptior sermonis, utpote partis actionis liturgicae, prout ritus patitur, etiam in rubricis notetur; et fidelissime ac rite adimpleatur ministerium praedicationis. Haec vero imprimis ex fonte sacrae Scripturae et Liturgiae hauriatur, quasi annuntiatio mirabilium Dei in historia salutis seu mysterio Christi, quod in nobis praesens semper adest et operatur, praesertim in celebrationibus liturgicis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Etiam catechesis directius liturgica omnibus modis inculcetur; et in ipsis ritibus, si necessariae sint, breves admonitiones, a sacerdote vel competenti ministro, opportunioribus tantum momentis, praescriptis vel similibus verbis, dicendae, praevideantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Foveatur sacra verbi Dei celebratio in solemniorum festorum pervigiliis, in aliquibus feriis Adventus et Quadragesimae, atque in dominicis et diebus festis, maxime in locis quae sacerdote carent: quo in casu celebrationem diaconus vel alius ab Episcopo delegatus dirigat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§1. Linguae latinae usus, salvo particulari iure, in Ritibus latinis servetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§2. Cum tamen, sive in Missa, sive in Sacramentorum administratione, sive in aliis Liturgiae partibus, haud raro linguae vernaculae usurpatio valde utilis apud populum exsistere possit, amplior locus ipsi tribui valeat, imprimis autem in lectionibus et admonitionibus, in nonnullis orationibus et cantibus, iuxta normas quae de hac re in sequentibus capitibus singillatim statuuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§3. Huiusmodi normis servatis, est competentis auctoritatis ecclesiasticae territorialis, de qua in art. 22 § 2, etiam, si casus ferat, consilio habito cum Episcopis finitimarum regionum eiusdem linguae, de usu et modo linguae vernaculae statuere, actis ab Apostolica Sede probatis seu confirmatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§4. Conversio textus latini in linguam vernaculam in Liturgia adhibenda, a competenti auctoritate ecclesiastica territoriali, de qua supra, approbari debet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "D) Normae ad aptationem ingenio et traditionibus populorum perficiendam"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia, in iis quae fidem aut bonum totius communitatis non tangunt, rigidam unius tenoris formam ne in Liturgia quidem imponere cupit; quinimmo, variarum gentium populorumque animi ornamenta ac dotes colit et provehit; quidquid vero in populorum moribus indissolubili vinculo superstitionibus erroribusque non adstipulatur, benevole perpendit ac, si potest, sartum tectumque servat, immo quandoque in ipsam Liturgiam admittit, dummodo cum rationibus veri et authentici spiritus liturgici congruat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Servata substantiali unitate Ritus romani, legitimis varietatibus et aptationibus ad diversos coetus, regiones, populos, praesertim in Missionibus, locus relinquatur, etiam cum libri liturgici recognoscuntur; et hoc in structura rituum et in rubricis instituendis opportune prae oculis habeatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Intra limites in editionibus typicis librorum liturgicorum statutos, erit competentis auctoritatis ecclesiasticae territorialis, de qua in art. 22 § 2, aptationes definire, praesertim quoad administrationem Sacramentorum, quoad Sacramentalia, processiones, linguam liturgicam, musicam sacram et artes, iuxta tamen normas fundamentales quae hac in Constitutione habentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum tamen variis in locis et adiunctis, profundior Liturgiae aptatio urgeat, et ideo difficilior evadat:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) A competenti auctoritate ecclesiastica territoriali, de qua in art. 22 § 2, sedulo et prudenter consideretur quid, hoc in negotio, ex traditionibus ingenioque singulorum populorum opportune in cultum divinum admitti possit. Aptationes, quae utiles vel necessariae existimantur, Apostolicae Sedi proponantur, de ipsius consensu introducendae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Ut autem aptatio cum necessaria circumspectione fiat, eidem auctoritati ecclesiasticae territoriali ab Apostolica Sede facultas tribuetur, si casus ferat, ut in quibusdam coetibus ad id aptis et per determinatum tempus necessaria praevia experimenta permittat et dirigat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Quia leges liturgicae difficultates speciales, quoad aptationem, praesertim in Missionibus, secum ferre solent, in illis condendis praesto sint viri, in re de qua agitur, periti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV. De vita liturgica in dioecesi et in paroecia fovenda"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopus ut sacerdos magnus sui gregis habendus est, a quo vita suorum fidelium in Christo quodammodo derivatur et pendet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quare omnes vitam liturgicam dioeceseos circa Episcopum, praesertim in ecclesia cathedrali, maximi faciant oportet: sibi persuasum habentes praecipuam manifestationem Ecclesiae haberi in plenaria et actuosa participatione totius plebis sanctae Dei in iisdem celebrationibus liturgicis, praesertim in eadem Eucharistia, in una oratione, ad unum altare cui praeest Episcopus a suo presbyterio et ministris circumdatus(35)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum Episcopus in Ecclesia sua ipsemet nec semper nec ubique universo gregi praeesse possit, necessario constituere debet fidelium coetus, inter quos paroeciae, localiter sub pastore vices gerente Episcopi ordinatae, eminent: nam quodammodo repraesentant Ecclesiam visibilem per orbem terrarum constitutam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quare vita liturgica paroeciae eiusque relatio ad Episcopum in mente et praxi fidelium et cleri fovenda est; et adlaborandum ut sensus communitatis paroecialis, imprimis vero in communi celebratione Missae dominicalis, floreat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "V. De actione pastorali liturgica promovenda"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrae Liturgiae fovendae atque instaurandae studium merito habetur veluti signum providentialium dispositionum Dei super nostra aetate, veluti transitus Spiritus Sancti in sua Ecclesia; et vitam ipsius, immo huius nostri temporis universam rationem religiose sentiendi et agendi, nota propria distinguit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter, ad hanc actionem pastoralem liturgicam ulterius in Ecclesia fovendam, Sacrosanctum Concilium decernit:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A competenti auctoritate ecclesiastica territoriali, de qua in art. 22 § 2, expedit ut instituatur Commissio liturgica, a viris in scientia liturgica, Musica, Arte sacra ac re pastorali peritis iuvanda. Cui Commissioni, in quantum fieri potest, opem ferat quoddam Institutum Liturgiae Pastoralis, constans sodalibus, non exclusis, si res ita ferat, laicis in hac materia praestantibus. Ipsius Commissionis erit, ductu auctoritatis ecclesiasticae territorialis, de qua supra, et actionem pastoralem liturgicam in sua dicione moderari, et studia atque necessaria experimenta promovere, quoties agatur de aptationibus Apostolicae Sedi proponendis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eadem ratione, in singulis dioecesibus Commissio de sacra Liturgia habeatur, ad actionem liturgicam, moderante Episcopo, promovendam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Opportunum aliquando evadere potest ut plures dioeceses unam Commissionem constituant, quae, collatis consiliis, rem liturgicam provehat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeter Commissionem de sacra Liturgia, in quavis dioecesi constituantur, quantum fieri potest, etiam Commissiones de Musica sacra et de Arte sacra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Necessarium est ut hae tres Commissiones consociatis viribus adlaborent; immo non raro congruum erit ut in unam Commissionem coalescant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE SACROSANCTO EUCHARISTIAE MYSTERIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Salvator noster, in Cena novissima, qua nocte tradebatur, Sacrificium Eucharisticum Corporis et Sanguinis sui instituit, quo Sacrificium Crucis in saecula, donec veniret, perpetuaret atque adeo Ecclesiae dilectae Sponsae memoriale concrederet Mortis et Resurrectionis suae: sacramentum pietatis, signum unitatis, vinculum caritatis(36), convivium paschale, \"in quo Christus sumitur, mens impletur gratia et futurae gloriae nobis pignus datur\"(37)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Itaque Ecclesia sollicitas curas eo intendit ne christifideles huic fidei mysterio tamquam extranei vel muti spectatores intersint, sed per ritus et preces id bene intellegentes, sacram actionem conscie, pie et actuose participent, verbo Dei instituantur, mensa Corporis Domini reficiantur, gratias Deo agant, immaculatam hostiam, non tantum per sacerdotis manus, sed etiam una cum ipso offerentes, seipsos offerre discant, et de die in diem consummentur, Christo Mediatore, in unitatem cum Deo et inter se(38), ut sit tandem Deus omnia in omnibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter, ut Sacrificium Missae, etiam rituum forma, plenam pastoralem efficacitatem assequatur, Sacrosanctum Concilium, ratione habita Missarum, quae concurrente populo celebrantur, praesertim diebus dominicis et festis de praecepto, ea quae sequuntur decernit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ordo Missae ita recognoscatur, ut singularum partium propria ratio necnon mutua connexio clarius pateant, atque pia et actuosa fidelium participatio facilior reddatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quamobrem ritus, probe servata eorum substantia, simpliciores fiant; ea omittantur quae temporum decursu duplicata fuerunt vel minus utiliter addita; restituantur vero ad pristinam sanctorum Patrum normam nonnulla quae temporum iniuria deciderunt, prout opportuna vel necessaria videantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quo ditior mensa verbi Dei paretur fidelibus, thesauri biblici largius aperiantur, ita ut, intra praestitutum annorum spatium, praestantior pars Scripturarum Sanctarum populo legatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Homilia, qua per anni liturgici cursum ex textu sacro fidei mysteria et normae vitae christianae exponuntur, ut pars ipsius liturgiae valde commendatur; quinimmo in Missis quae diebus dominicis et festis de praecepto concurrente populo celebrantur, ne omittatur, nisi gravi de causa."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Oratio communis\" seu \"fidelium\", post Evangelium et homiliam, praesertim diebus dominicis et festis de praecepto, restituatur, ut, populo eam participante, obsecrationes fiant pro sancta Ecclesia, pro iis qui nos in potestate regunt, pro iis qui variis premuntur necessitatibus, ac pro omnibus hominibus totiusque mundi salute(39)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Linguae vernaculae in Missis cum populo celebratis congruus locus tribui possit, praesertim in lectionibus et \"oratione communi\", ac, pro condicione locorum, etiam in partibus quae ad populum spectant, ad normam art. 36 huius Constitutionis. Provideatur tamen ut christifideles etiam lingua latina partes Ordinarii Missae quae ad ipsos spectant possint simul dicere vel cantare."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sicubi tamen amplior usus linguae vernaculae in Missa opportunus esse videatur, servetur praescriptum art. 40 huius Constitutionis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Valde commendatur illa perfectior Missae participatio qua fideles post Communionem sacerdotis ex eodem Sacrificio Corpus Dominicum sumunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Communio sub utraque specie, firmis principiis dogmaticis a Concilio Tridentino statutis(40), in casibus ab Apostolica Sede definiendis, tum clericis et religiosis, tum laicis concedi potest, de iudicio Episcoporum, veluti ordinatis in Missa sacrae suae ordinationis, professis in Missa religiosae suae professionis, neophytis in Missa quae Baptismum subsequitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Duae partes e quibus Missa quodammodo constat, liturgia nempe verbi et eucharistica, tam arcte inter se coniunguntur, ut unum actum cultus efflciant. Sacra proinde Synodus vehementer hortatur animarum pastores ut, in catechesi tradenda, fideles sedulo doceant de integra Missa participanda, praesertim diebus dominicis et festis de praecepto."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§1. Concelebratio, qua unitas sacerdotii opportune manifestatur, in Ecclesia usque adhuc in usu remansit tam in Oriente quam in Occidente. Quare facultatem concelebrandi ad sequentes casus Concilio extendere placuit:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) feria V in Cena Domini, tum ad Missam chrismatis, tum ad Missam vespertinam;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) ad Missas in Conciliis, Conventibus Episcopalibus et Synodis;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) ad Missam in Benedictione Abbatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeterea, accedente licentia Ordinarii, cuius est de opportunitate concelebrationis iudicare:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) ad Missam conventualem et ad Missam principalem in ecclesiis, cum utilitas christifidelium singularem celebrationem omnium sacerdotum praesentium non postulat;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) ad Missas in conventibus cuiusvis generis sacerdotum tum saecularium tum religiosorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§2 1. Ad Episcopum vero pertinet concelebrationis disciplinam in dioecesi moderari."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Salva tamen semper sit cuique sacerdoti facultas Missam singularem celebrandi, non vero eodem tempore in eadem ecclesia, nec feria V in Cena Domini."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Novus ritus concelebrationis conficiatur, Pontificali et Missali romano inserendus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE CETERIS SACRAMENTIS ET DE SACRAMENTALIBUS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacramenta ordinantur ad sanctificationem hominum, ad aedificationem Corporis Christi, ad cultum denique Deo reddendum; ut signa vero etiam ad instructionem pertinent. Fidem non solum supponunt, sed verbis et rebus etiam alunt, roborant, exprimunt; quare fidei sacramenta dicuntur. Gratiam quidem conferunt, sed eorum celebratio fideles optime etiam disponit ad eandem gratiam fructuose recipiendam, ad Deum rite colendum et ad caritatem exercendam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Maxime proinde interest ut fideles signa Sacramentorum facile intellegant et ea Sacramenta impensissime frequentent, quae ad vitam christianam alendam sunt instituta."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacramentalia praeterea sancta Mater Ecclesia instituit. Quae sacra sunt signa quibus, in aliquam Sacramentorum imitationem, effectus praesertim spirituales significantur et ex Ecclesiae impetratione obtinentur. Per ea homines ad praecipuum Sacramentorum effectum suscipiendum disponuntur et varia vitae adiuncta sanctificantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Itaque liturgia Sacramentorum et Sacramentalium id efficit ut fidelibus bene dispositis omnis fere eventus vitae sanctificetur gratia divina manante ex mysterio paschali Passionis, Mortis et Resurrectionis Christi, a quo omnia Sacramenta et Sacramentalia suam virtutem derivant; nullusque paene rerum materialium usus honestus ad finem hominem sanctificandi Deumque laudandi dirigi non possit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum autem, successu temporum, quaedam in Sacramentorum et Sacramentalium ritus irrepserint, quibus eorum natura et finis nostris temporibus minus eluceant, atque adeo opus sit quaedam in eis ad nostrae aetatis necessitates accommodare, Sacrosanctum Concilium ea quae sequuntur de eorum recognitione decernit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum haud raro in administratione Sacramentorum et Sacramentalium valde utilis esse possit apud populum linguae vernaculae usurpatio, amplior locus huic tribuatur, iuxta normas quae sequuntur:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) In administratione Sacramentorum et Sacramentalium lingua vernacula adhiberi potest ad normam art. 36;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Iuxta novam Ritualis romani editionem, Ritualia particularia, singularum regionum necessitatibus, etiam quoad linguam, accommodata, a competenti ecclesiastica auctoritate territoriali de qua in art. 22 § 2 huius Constitutionis quam primum parentur, et, actis ab Apostolica Sede recognitis, in regionibus ad quas pertinet adhibeantur. In iis autem Ritualibus vel peculiaribus Collectionibus rituum conficiendis, ne omittantur instructiones, in Rituali romano singulis ritibus praepositae, sive pastorales et rubricales, sive quae peculiare momentum sociale habent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instauretur catechumenatus adultorum pluribus gradibus distinctus, de iudicio Ordinarii loci in usum deducendus; quo fiat ut tempus catechumenatus, aptae institutioni destinatum, sacris ritibus successivis temporibus celebrandis, sanctificari possit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In terris Missionum, praeter ea quae in traditione christiana habentur, illa etiam elementa initiationis admitti liceat, quae apud unumquemque populum in usu esse reperiuntur, quatenus ritui christiano accommodari possunt, ad normam art. 37-40 huius Constitutionis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Uterque ritus baptizandi adultos, tum simplicior, tum, ratione habita catechumenatus instaurati, solemnior, recognoscatur; et Missali romano Missa propria \"In collatione Baptismi\" inseratur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ritus baptizandi parvulos recognoscatur et verae infantium condicioni accommodetur; partes etiam parentum et patrinorum eorumque officia, in ipso ritu, magis pateant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In ritu Baptismi ne desint accommodationes, de iudicio Ordinarii loci adhibendae, pro magno baptizandorum concursu. Conficiatur item Ordo brevior quo, praesertim in terris Missionum, catechistae, et generatim, in periculo mortis, fideles, absente sacerdote vel diacono, uti possint."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Loco ritus qui \"Ordo supplendi omissa super infantem baptizatum\" appellatur, novus conficiatur quo apertius et congruentius indicetur infantem, qui ritu brevi baptizatus fuerit, iam receptum esse in Ecclesiam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Item novus ritus conficiatur pro valide iam baptizatis, ad sacra catholica conversis, quo significetur eos in Ecclesiae communionem admitti."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-70",
              "number": "70",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aqua baptismalis, extra tempus paschale, in ipso ritu Baptismi probata formula breviore benedici potest."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-71",
              "number": "71",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ritus Confirmationis recognoscatur etiam ut huius Sacramenti intima connexio cum tota initiatione christiana clarius eluceat; quapropter renovatio promissionum Baptismi convenienter ipsam Sacramenti susceptionem praecedet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Confirmatio, pro opportunitate, intra Missam conferri potest; ad ritum autem extra Missam quod attinet, paretur formula ad modum introductionis adhibenda."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-72",
              "number": "72",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ritus et formulae Paenitentiae ita recognoscantur, ut naturam et effectum Sacramenti clarius exprimant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-73",
              "number": "73",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Extrema Unctio\", quae etiam et melius \"Unctio infirmorum\" vocari potest, non est Sacramentum eorum tantum qui in extremo vitae discrimine versantur. Proinde tempus opportunum eam recipiendi iam certe habetur cum fidelis incipit esse in periculo mortis propter infirmitatem vel senium."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-74",
              "number": "74",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeter ritus seiunctos Unctionis infirmorum et Viatici, conficiatur Ordo continuus secundum quem Unctio aegroto conferatur post confessionem et ante receptionem Viatici."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-75",
              "number": "75",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unctionum numerus pro opportunitate accommodetur, et orationes ad ritum Unctionis infirmorum pertinentes ita recognoscantur, ut respondeant variis condicionibus infirmorum, qui Sacramentum suscipiunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-76",
              "number": "76",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ritus Ordinationum, sive quoad caeremonias sive quoad textus, recognoscantur. Allocutiones Episcopi, initio cuiusque Ordinationis aut Consecrationis, fieri possunt lingua vernacula."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Consecratione Episcopali impositionem manuum fieri licet ab omnibus Episcopis praesentibus."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-77",
              "number": "77",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ritus celebrandi Matrimonium, qui exstat in Rituali romano, recognoscatur et ditior fiat, quo clarius gratia Sacramenti significetur et munera coniugum inculcentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Si quae provinciae... aliis laudabilibus consuetudinibus et caeremoniis\" in celebrando Matrimonii Sacramento \"utuntur, eas omnino retineri Sancta Synodus vehementer optat\"(41)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insuper competenti auctoritati ecclesiasticae territoriali, de qua in art. 22 § 2 huius Constitutionis, relinquitur facultas, ad normam art. 63, exarandi ritum proprium usibus locorum et populorum congruentem, firma tamen lege ut sacerdos assistens requirat excipiatque contrahentium consensum."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-78",
              "number": "78",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Matrimonium ex more intra Missam celebretur, post lectionem Evangelii et homiliam, ante \"orationem fidelium\". Oratio super sponsam, ita opportune emendata ut aequalia officia mutuae fidelitatis utriusque sponsi inculcet, dici potest lingua vernacula."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si vero Sacramentum Matrimonii sine Missa celebratur, Epistola et Evangelium Missae pro sponsis legantur in initio ritus et benedictio sponsis semper impertiatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-79",
              "number": "79",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacramentalia recognoscantur, ratione habita normae primariae de conscia, actuosa et facili participatione fidelium, et attentis nostrorum temporum necessitatibus. In Ritualibus recognoscendis ad normam art. 63, etiam nova Sacramentalia, prout necessitas expostulat, addi possunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Benedictiones reservatae perpaucae sint, et in favorem tantum Episcoporum vel Ordinariorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Provideatur ut quaedam Sacramentalia, saltem in specialibus rerum adiunctis et de iudicio Ordinarii, a laicis congruis qualitatibus praeditis, administrari possint."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-80",
              "number": "80",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ritus Consecrationis Virginum, qui in Pontificali romano habetur, recognitioni subiciatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conficiatur praeterea ritus professionis religiosae et renovationis votorum, qui ad maiorem unitatem, sobrietatem et dignitatem conferat, ab iis qui professionem vel votorum renovationem intra Missam peragunt, salvo iure particulari, assumendus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Professio religiosa laudabiliter intra Missam fiet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-81",
              "number": "81",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ritus exsequiarum paschalem mortis christianae indolem manifestius exprimat, atque condicionibus et traditionibus singularum regionum, etiam quoad colorem liturgicum, melius respondeat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-82",
              "number": "82",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recognoscatur ritus sepeliendi parvulos, ac propria Missa donetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE OFFICIO DIVINO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-83",
              "number": "83",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Summus Novi atque aeterni Testamenti Sacerdos, Christus Iesus, humanam naturam assumens, terrestri huic exsilio hymnum illum invexit, qui in supernis sedibus per omne aevum canitur. Universam hominum communitatem ipse sibi coagmentat, eandemque in divino hoc concinendo laudis carmine secum consociat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Illud enim sacerdotale munus per ipsam suam Ecclesiam pergit, quae non tantum Eucharistia celebranda, sed etiam aliis modis, praesertim Officio divino persolvendo, Dominum sine intermissione laudat et pro totius mundi salute interpellat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-84",
              "number": "84",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Divinum Officium ex antiqua traditione christiana ita est constitutum ut totus cursus diei ac noctis per laudem Dei consecretur. Cum vero mirabile illud laudis canticum rite peragunt sacerdotes aliique ad hanc rem Ecclesiae instituto deputati vel christifideles una cum sacerdote forma probata orantes, tunc vere vox est ipsius Sponsae, quae Sponsum alloquitur, immo etiam oratio Christi cum ipsius Corpore ad Patrem."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-85",
              "number": "85",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnes proinde qui haec praestant, tum Ecclesiae officium explent, tum summum Sponsae Christi honorem participant, quia laudes Deo persolventes stant ante thronum Dei nomine Matris Ecclesiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-86",
              "number": "86",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacerdotes sacro pastorali ministerio addicti eo maiore fervore Horarum laudes persolvent, quo vividius conscii erunt sibi observandum esse monitum Pauli: \"Sine intermissione orate\" (1Thess 5,17); operi enim in quo laborant Dominus solus efficacitatem et incrementum dare potest, qui dixit: \"Sine me nihil potestis facere\" (Io 15,5); propterea Apostoli, diaconos instituentes, dixerunt: \"Nos vero orationi et ministerio verbi instantes erimus\" (Act 6,4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-87",
              "number": "87",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut autem divinum Officium, sive a sacerdotibus sive ab aliis Ecclesiae membris melius et perfectius in rerum adiunctis peragatur, Sacrosancto Concilio, instaurationem ab Apostolica Sede feliciter inceptam persequenti, de Officio iuxta ritum romanum ea quae sequuntur placuit decernere."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-88",
              "number": "88",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum sanctificatio diei sit finis Officii, cursus Horarum traditus ita instauretur ut Horis veritas temporis, quantum fieri potest, reddatur, simulque ratio habeatur vitae hodiernae condicionum in quibus versantur praesertim ii qui operibus apostolicis incumbunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-89",
              "number": "89",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Itaque, in instauratione Officii, hae normae serventur:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Laudes, ut preces matutinae, et Vesperae, ut preces vespertinae, ex venerabili universae Ecclesiae traditione duplex cardo Officii cotidiani, Horae praecipuae habendae sunt et ita celebrandae;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Completorium ita instruatur, ut fini diei apte conveniat;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Hora quae Matutinum vocatur, quamvis in choro indolem nocturnae laudis retineat, ita accommodetur ut qualibet diei hora recitari possit, et e psalmis paucioribus lectionibusque longioribus constet;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) Hora Prima supprimatur;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "e) In choro, Horae minores Tertia, Sexta, Nona serventur. Extra chorum e tribus unam seligere licet, diei tempori magis congruentem."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-90",
              "number": "90",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum praeterea Officium divinum, utpote oratio publica Ecclesiae, sit fons pietatis et orationis personalis nutrimentum, obsecrantur in Domino sacerdotes aliique omnes divinum Officium participantes, ut in eo persolvendo mens concordet voci; ad quod melius assequendum, liturgicam et biblicam, praecipue psalmorum, institutionem sibi uberiorem comparent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In instauratione vero peragenda, venerabilis ille romani Officii saecularis thesaurus ita aptetur, ut latius et facilius eo frui possint omnes quibus traditur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-91",
              "number": "91",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ut cursus Horarum, in art. 89 propositus, reapse observari possit, psalmi non amplius per unam hebdomadam, sed per longius temporis spatium distribuantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Opus recognitionis Psalterii, feliciter inchoatum, quamprimum perducatur ad finem, respectu habito latinitatis christianae, usus liturgici etiam in cantu, necnon totius traditionis latinae Ecclesiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-92",
              "number": "92",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad lectiones quod attinet, haec serventur:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-182",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) lectio sacrae Scripturae ita ordinetur, ut thesauri verbi divini in pleniore amplitudine expedite adiri possint;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) lectiones de operibus Patrum, Doctorum et Scriptorum ecclesiasticorum depromendae melius seligantur;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-184",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Passiones seu vitae Sanctorum fidei historicae reddantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-93",
              "number": "93",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hymni, quantum expedire videtur, ad pristinam formam restituantur, iis demptis vel mutatis quae mythologiam sapiunt aut christianae pietati minus congruunt. Recipiantur quoque, pro opportunitate, alii qui in hymnorum thesauro inveniuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-94",
              "number": "94",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praestat, sive ad diem revera sanctificandum, sive ad ipsas Horas cum fructu spirituali recitandas, ut in Horarum absolutione tempus servetur, quod proxime accedat ad tempus verum uniuscuiusque Horae canonicae."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-95",
              "number": "95",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Communitates choro obligatae, praeter Missam conventualem, tenentur Officium divinum cotidie in choro celebrare, et quidem:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-188",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) totum Officium, Ordines Canonicorum, Monachorum et Monialium, aliorumque Regularium ex iure vel constitutionibus choro adstrictorum;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Capitula cathedralia vel collegialia, eas partes Officii, quae sibi a iure communi vel particulari imponuntur;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-190",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) omnes autem illarum Communitatum sodales, qui sunt aut in Ordinibus maioribus constituti aut solemniter professi, conversis exceptis, debent eas Horas canonicas soli recitare, quas in choro non persolvunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-96",
              "number": "96",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Clerici choro non obligati, si sunt in Ordinibus maioribus constituti, cotidie, sive in communi, sive soli, obligatione tenentur totum Officium persolvendi, ad normam art. 89."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-97",
              "number": "97",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Opportunae commutationes divini Officii cum actione liturgica a rubricis definiantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In casibus singularibus iustaque de causa, Ordinarii possunt subditos suos ab obligatione Officium recitandi ex toto vel ex parte dispensare vel id commutare."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-98",
              "number": "98",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sodales cuiusvis Instituti status perfectionis, qui, vi Constitutionum, partes aliquas divini Officii absolvunt, orationem publicam Ecclesiae agunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-195",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Item, publicam Ecclesiae orationem agunt, si quod parvum Officium, vi Constitutionum, recitant, dummodo in modum Officii divini confectum ac rite approbatum sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-99",
              "number": "99",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum Officium divinum sit vox Ecclesiae seu totius Corporis mystici Deum publice laudantis, suadetur ut clerici choro haud obligati, ac praesertim sacerdotes conviventes vel in unum convenientes, aliquam saltem divini Officii partem in communi persolvant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnes autem sive in choro sive in communi Officium persolventes munus sibi concreditum quam perfectissime, tam interna animi devotione quam externa agendi ratione, peragant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-198",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praestat insuper ut Officium in choro et in communi, pro opportunitate, cantetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-100",
              "number": "100",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Curent animarum pastores ut Horae praecipuae, praesertim Vesperae, diebus dominicis et festis sollemnioribus, in ecclesia communiter celebrentur. Commendatur ut et ipsi laici recitent Officium divinum, vel cum sacerdotibus, vel inter se congregati, quin immo unusquisque solus."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-101",
              "number": "101",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§1) Iuxta saecularem traditionem ritus latini, in Officio divino lingua latina clericis servanda est, facta tamen Ordinario potestate usum versionis vernaculae ad normam art. 36 confectae concedendi, singulis pro casibus, iis clericis, quibus usus linguae latinae grave impedimentum est quominus Officium debite persolvant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-201",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§2) Monialibus, necnon sodalibus, sive viris non clericis sive mulieribus, Institutorum statuum perfectionis, in Officio divino, etiam in choro celebrando, concedi potest a Superiore competente ut lingua vernacula utantur, dummodo versio approbata sit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-202",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§3) Quivis clericus Officio divino adstrictus, si Officium divinum una cum coetu fidelium, vel cum iis qui sub § 2 recensentur, lingua vernacula celebrat, suae obligationi satisfacit, dummodo textus versionis sit approbatus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput V"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-204",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE ANNO LITURGICO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-102",
              "number": "102",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pia Mater Ecclesia suum esse ducit Sponsi sui divini opus salutiferum, statis diebus per anni decursum, sacra recordatione celebrare. In unaquaque hebdomada, die quam Dominicam vocavit, memoriam habet Resurrectionis Domini, quam semel etiam in anno, solemnitate maxima Paschatis, una cum beata ipsius Passione, frequentat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Totum vero Christi mysterium per anni circulum explicat, ab Incarnatione et Nativitate usque ad Ascensionem, ad diem Pentecostes et ad exspectationem beatae spei et adventus Domini."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-207",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mysteria Redemptionis ita recolens, divitias virtutum atque meritorum Domini sui, adeo ut omni tempore quodammodo praesentia reddantur, fidelibus aperit, qui ea attingant et gratia salutis repleantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-103",
              "number": "103",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In hoc annuo mysteriorum Christi circulo celebrando, Sancta Ecclesia Beatam Mariam Dei Genetricem cum peculiari amore veneratur, quae indissolubili nexu cum Filii sui opere salutari coniungitur; in qua praecellentem Redemptionis fructum miratur et exaltat, ac veluti in purissima imagine, id quod ipsa tota esse cupit et sperat cum gaudio contemplatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-104",
              "number": "104",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Memorias insuper Martyrum aliorumque Sanctorum, qui per multiformem Dei gratiam ad perfectionem provecti, atque aeternam iam adepti salutem, Deo in caelis laudem perfectam decantant ae pro nobis intercedunt, circulo anni inseruit Ecclesia. In Sanctorum enim nataliciis praedicat paschale mysterium in Sanctis cum Christo compassis et conglorificatis, et fidelibus exempla eorum proponit, omnes per Christum ad Patrem trahentia, eorumque meritis Dei beneficia impetrat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-105",
              "number": "105",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Variis denique anni temporibus iuxta traditas disciplinas, Ecclesia fidelium eruditionem perficit, per pias animi et corporis exercitationes, instructionem, precationem, paenitentiae et misericordiae opera."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter placuit Sacrosancto Concilio ea quae sequuntur decernere."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-106",
              "number": "106",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mysterium paschale Ecclesia, ex traditione apostolica, quae originem ducit ab ipsa die Resurrectionis Christi, octava quaque die celebrat, quae dies Domini seu dies dominica merito nuncupatur. Hac enim die christifideles in unum convenire debent ut, verbum Dei audientes et Eucharistiam participantes, memores sint Passionis, Resurrectionis et gloriae Domini Iesu, et gratias agant Deo qui eos \"regeneravit in spem vivam per Resurrectionem Iesu Christi ex mortuis\" (1Pt 1,3). Itaque dies dominica est primordialis dies festus, qui pietati fidelium proponatur et inculcetur, ita ut etiam fiat dies laetitiae et vacationis ab opere. Aliae celebrationes, nisi revera sint maximi momenti, ipsi ne praeponantur, quippe quae sit fundamentum et nucleus totius anni liturgici."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-107",
              "number": "107",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Annus liturgicus ita recognoscatur ut, servatis aut restitutis sacrorum temporum traditis consuetudinibus et disciplinis iuxta nostrae aetatis condiciones, ipsorum indoles nativa retineatur ad fidelium pietatem debite alendam in celebrandis mysteriis Redemptionis christianae, maxime vero mysterio paschali. Accommodationes autem, secundum locorum condiciones, si quae forte necessariae sint, fiant ad normam art. 39 et 40."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-108",
              "number": "108",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fidelium animi dirigantur imprimis ad dies festos Domini, quibus mysteria salutis per annum celebrantur. Proinde Proprium de Tempore aptum suum locum obtineat super festa Sanctorum, ut integer mysteriorum salutis cyclus debito modo recolatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-109",
              "number": "109",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Duplex indoles temporis quadragesimalis, quod praesertim per memoriam vel praeparationem Baptismi et per paenitentiam fideles, instantius verbum Dei audientes et orationi vacantes, componit ad celebrandum paschale mysterium, tam in liturgia quam in catechesi liturgica pleniore in luce ponatur. Proinde:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) elementa baptismalia liturgiae quadragesimalis propria abundantius adhibeantur; quaedam vero ex anteriore traditione, pro opportunitate, restituantur;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-217",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) idem dicatur de elementis paenitentialibus. Quoad catechesim autem animis fidelium inculcetur, una cum consectariis socialibus peccati, illa propria paenitentiae natura quae peccatum, prout est offensa Dei, detestatur; nec praetermittantur partes Ecclesiae in actione paenitentiali atque oratio pro peccatoribus urgeatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-110",
              "number": "110",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Paenitentia temporis quadragesimalis non tantum sit interna et individualis, sed quoque externa et socialis. Praxis vero paenitentialis, iuxta nostrae aetatis et diversarum regionum possibilitates necnon fidelium condiciones, foveatur, et ab auctoritatibus, de quibus in art. 22, commendetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrum tamen esto ieiunium paschale, feria VI in Passione et Morte Domini ubique celebrandum et, iuxta opportunitatem, etiam Sabbato sancto producendum, ut ita, elato et aperto animo, ad gaudia dominicae Resurrectionis perveniatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-111",
              "number": "111",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sancti iuxta traditionem in Ecclesia coluntur, eorumque reliquiae authenticae atque imagines in veneratione habentur. Festa Sanctorum mirabilia quidem Christi in servis eius praedicant et fidelibus opportuna praebent exempla imitanda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-221",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ne festa Sanctorum festis ipsa mysteria salutis recolentibus praevaleant, plura ex his particulari cuique Ecclesiae vel Nationi vel Religiosae Familiae relinquantur celebranda, iis tantum ad Ecclesiam universam extensis, quae Sanctos memorant momentum universale revera prae se ferentes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE MUSICA SACRA"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-112",
              "number": "112",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Musica traditio Ecclesiae universae thesaurum constituit pretii inaestimabilis, inter ceteras artis expressiones excellentem, eo praesertim quod ut cantus sacer qui verbis inhaeret necessariam vel integralem liturgiae sollemnis partem efficit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-225",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Profecto sacros concentus laudibus extulerunt cum Sacra Scriptura(42), tum sancti Patres atque Romani Pontifices, qui recentiore aetate, praeeunte sancto Pio X, munus Musicae sacrae ministeriale in dominico servitio pressius illustrarunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ideo Musica sacra tanto sanctior erit quanto arctius cum actione liturgica connectetur, sive orationem suavius exprimens vel unanimitatem fovens, sive ritus sacros maiore locupletans sollemnitate. Ecclesia autem omnes verae artis formas, debitis praeditas dotibus, probat easque in cultum divinum admittit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-227",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosanctum igitur Concilium normas ac praecepta ecclesiasticae traditionis et disciplinae servans finemque Musicae sacrae respiciens, qui gloria Dei est atque sanctificatio fidelium, ea quae sequuntur statuit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-113",
              "number": "113",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formam nobiliorem actio liturgica accipit, cum divina Officia sollemniter in cantu celebrantur, quibus ministri sacri intersint quaeque populus actuose participet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quoad linguam adhibendam, serventur praecepta art. 36; quoad Missam art. 54; quoad Sacramenta, art. 63; quoad Officium divinum, art. 101."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-114",
              "number": "114",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Thesaurus Musicae sacrae summa cura servetur et foveatur. Scholae cantorum assidue provehantur, praesertim apud ecclesias cathedrales; Episcopi vero ceterique animarum pastores sedulo curent ut in qualibet actione sacra in cantu peragenda universus fidelium coetus actuosam participationem sibi propriam praestare valeat, ad normam art. 28 et 30."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-115",
              "number": "115",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Magni habeatur institutio et praxis musica in Seminariis, in Religiosorum utriusque sexus novitiatibus et studiorum domibus, necnon in ceteris institutis et scholis catholicis; ad quam quidem institutionem assequendam, magistri, qui Musicae sacrae docendae praeficiuntur, sedulo conformentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-232",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Commendantur insuper Instituta Superiora de Musica sacra pro opportunitate erigenda."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-233",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Musicae vero artifices, cantores, imprimis pueri, etiam germana institutione liturgica donentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-116",
              "number": "116",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia cantum gregorianum agnoscit ut liturgiae romanae proprium: qui ideo in actionibus liturgicis, ceteris paribus, principem locum obtineat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alia genera Musicae sacrae, praesertim vero polyphonia, in celebrandis divinis Officiis minime excluduntur, dummodo spiritui actionis liturgicae respondeant, ad normam art. 30."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-117",
              "number": "117",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Compleatur editio typica librorum cantus gregoriani; immo paretur editio magis critica librorum iam editorum post instaurationem sancti Pii X."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Expedit quoque ut paretur editio simpliciores modos continens, in usum minorum ecclesiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-118",
              "number": "118",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cantus popularis religiosus sollerter foveatur, ita ut in piis sacrisque exercitiis et in ipsis liturgicis actionibus, iuxta normas et praecepta rubricarum, fidelium voces resonare possint."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-119",
              "number": "119",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum in regionibus quibusdam, praesertim Missionum, gentes inveniantur quibus propria est traditio musica, magnum momentum in earum vita religiosa ac sociali habens, huic musicae aestimatio debita necnon locus congruus praebeatur, tam in fingendo earum sensu religioso, quam in cultu ad earum indolem accommodando, ad mentem art. 39 et 40."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-240",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter in institutione musica missionariorum diligenter curetur, ut, quantum fieri potest, traditionalem earum gentium musicam tam in scholis quam in actionibus sacris promovere valeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-120",
              "number": "120",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Organum tubulatum in Ecclesia latina magno in honore habeatur, tamquam instrumentum musicum traditionale, cuius sonus Ecclesiae caeremoniis mirum addere valet splendorem, atque mentes ad Deum ac superna vehementer extollere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alia vero instrumenta, de iudicio et consensu auctoritatis territorialis competentis, ad normam art. 22 § 2, 37 et 40, in cultum divinum admittere licet, quatenus usui sacro apta sint aut aptari possint, templi dignitati congruant, atque revera aedificationi fidelium faveant."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-121",
              "number": "121",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sentiant musicae artifices, spiritu christiano imbuti, se ad Musicam sacram colendam et ad thesaurum eius augendum esse vocatos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Modos autem componant, qui notas verae Musicae sacrae prae se ferant atque non solum a maioribus scholis cantorum cani possint, sed minoribus quoque scholis conveniant et actuosam participationem totius coetus fidelium foveant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Textus cantui sacro destinati catholicae doctrinae sint conformes, immo ex Sacris Scripturis et fontibus liturgicis potissimum hauriantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caput VII"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-247",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DE ARTE SACRA DEQUE SACRA SUPELLECTILE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-122",
              "number": "122",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inter nobilissimas ingenii humani exercitationes artes ingenuae optimo iure adnumerantur, praesertim autem ars religiosa eiusdemque culmen, ars nempe sacra. Quae natura sua ad infinitam pulchritudinem divinam spectant, humanis operibus aliquomodo exprimendam, et Deo eiusdemque laudi et gloriae provehendae eo magis addicuntur, quo nihil aliud eis propositum est, quam ut operibus suis ad hominum mentes pie in Deum convertendas maxime conferant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-249",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alma Mater Ecclesia proinde semper fuit ingenuarum artium amica, earumque nobile ministerium, praecipue ut res ad sacrum cultum pertinentes vere essent dignae, decorae ac pulchrae, rerum supernarum signa et symbola, continenter quaesivit, artificesque instruxit. Immo earum veluti arbitram Ecclesia iure semper se habuit, diiudicans inter artificum opera quae fidei, pietati legibusque religiose traditis congruerent, atque ad usum sacrum idonea haberentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-250",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Peculiari sedulitate Ecclesia curavit ut sacra supellex digne et pulchre cultus decori inserviret, eas mutationes sive in materia, sive in forma, sive in ornatu admittens, quas artis technicae progressus per temporis decursum invexit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Placuit proinde Patribus hisce de rebus ea quae sequuntur decernere."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-123",
              "number": "123",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesia nullum artis stilum veluti proprium habuit, sed secundum gentium indoles ac condiciones atque variorum Rituum necessitates modos cuiusvis aetatis admisit, efficiens per decursum saeculorum artis thesaurum omni cura servandum. Nostrorum etiam temporum atque omnium gentium et regionum ars liberum in Ecclesia exercitium habeat, dummodo sacris aedibus sacrisque ritibus debita reverentia debitoque honore inserviat; ita ut eadem ad mirabilem illum gloriae concentum, quem summi viri per praeterita saecula catholicae fidei cecinere, suam queat adiungere vocem."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-124",
              "number": "124",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Curent Ordinarii ut artem vere sacram promoventes eique faventes, potius nobilem intendant pulchritudinem quam meram sumptuositatem. Quod etiam intellegatur de sacris vestibus et ornamentis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-254",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Curent Episcopi ut artificum opera, quae fidei et moribus, ac christianae pietati repugnent, offendantque sensum vere religiosum vel ob formarum depravationem, vel ob artis insufficientiam, mediocritatem ac simulationem, ab aedibus Dei aliisque locis sacris sedulo arceantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-255",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In aedificandis vero sacris aedibus, diligenter curetur ut ad liturgicas actiones exsequendas et ad fidelium actuosam participationem obtinendam idoneae sint."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-125",
              "number": "125",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Firma maneat praxis, in ecclesiis sacras imagines fidelium venerationi proponendi; attamen moderato numero et congruo ordine exponantur, ne populo christiano admirationem inficiant, neve indulgeant devotioni minus rectae."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-126",
              "number": "126",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In diiudicandis artis operibus Ordinarii locorum audiant Commissionem dioecesanam de Arte sacra, et, si casus ferat, alios viros valde peritos, necnon Commissiones de quibus in articulis 44, 45, 46."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-258",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sedulo advigilent Ordinarii ne sacra supellex vel opera pretiosa, utpote ornamenta domus Dei, alienentur vel disperdantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-127",
              "number": "127",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Episcopi vel per se ipsos vel per sacerdotes idoneos qui peritia et artis amore praediti sunt, artificum curam habeant, ut eos spiritu Artis sacrae et sacrae Liturgiae imbuant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-260",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insuper commendatur ut scholae vel Academiae de Arte Sacra ad artifices formandos instituantur in illis regionibus in quibus id visum fuerit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-261",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Artifices autem omnes, qui ingenio suo ducti, gloriae Dei in Ecclesia sancta servire intendunt, semper meminerint agi de sacra quadam Dei Creatoris imitatione et de operibus cultui catholico, fidelium aedificationi necnon pietati eorumque instructioni religiosae destinatis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-128",
              "number": "128",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Canones et statuta ecclesiastica, quae rerum externarum ad sacrum cultum pertinentium apparatum spectant, praesertim quoad aedium sacrarum dignam et aptam constructionem, altarium formam et aedificationem, tabernaculi eucharistici nobilitatem, dispositionem et securitatem, baptisterii convenientiam et honorem, necnon congruentem sacrarum imaginum, decorationis et ornatus rationem, una cum libris liturgicis ad normam art. 25 quam primum recognoscantur: quae liturgiae instauratae minus congruere videntur, emendentur aut aboleantur; quae vero ipsi favent, retineantur vel introducantur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qua in re, praesertim quoad materiam et formam sacrae supellectilis et indumentorum, territorialibus Episcoporum Coetibus facultas tribuitur res aptandi necessitatibus et moribus locorum, ad normam art. 22 huius Constitutionis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-129",
              "number": "129",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Clerici, dum philosophicis et theologicis studiis incumbunt, etiam de artis sacrae historia eiusque evolutione instituantur, necnon de sanis principiis quibus opera artis sacrae inniti debent, ita ut Ecclesiae venerabilia monumenta aestiment atque servent, et artificibus in operibus efficiendis congrua consilia queant praebere."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-130",
              "number": "130",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Convenit ut usus pontificalium reservetur illis ecclesiasticis personis, quae aut charactere episcopali, aut peculiari aliqua iurisdictione gaudent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "APPENDIX"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosancti Oecumenici Concilii Vaticani secundi de calendario recognoscendo declaratio"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-268",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrosanctum Oecumenicum Concilium Vaticanum secundum, haud parvi momenti aestimans multorum desideria de festo Paschatis certae dominicae assignando et de calendario stabiliendo, omnibus sedulo perpensis, quae ex inductione novi calendarii manare possint, haec quae sequuntur declarat:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1 Sacrosanctum Concilium non obnititur quin festum Paschatis certae dominicae in Calendario Gregoriano assignetur, assentientibus iis quorum intersit, praesertim fratribus ab Apostolicae Sedis communione seiunctis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2 Item Sacrosanctum Concilium declarat se non obsistere inceptis quae conferant ad calendarium perpetuum in societatem civilem inducendum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Variorum autem systematum, quae ad calendarium perpetuum stabiliendum et in societatem civilem inducendum excogitantur, iis tantum Ecclesia non obsistit, quae hebdomadam septem dierum cum dominica servant et tutantur, nullis diebus extra hebdomadam interiectis, ita ut hebdomadarum successio intacta, nisi accedant gravissimae rationes de quibus Apostolica Sedes iudicium ferat, relinquatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-272",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec omnia et singula quae in hac Constitutione edicta sunt, placuerunt Sacrosancti Concilii Patribus. Et Nos, Apostolica a Christo Nobis tradita potestate, illa, una cum Venerabilibus Patribus, in Spiritu Sancto approbamus, decernimus ac statuimus et quae ita synodaliter statuta sunt ad Dei gloriam promulgari iubemus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-273",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Romae, apud S. Petrum die IV decembris anno MCMLXIII."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS Catholicae Ecclesiae Episcopus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-275",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EUGENIUS Episcopus Ostiensis ac Portuensis et S. Rufinae Cardinalis TISSERANT, Sacri Collegii Decanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus Albanensis Cardinalis PIZZARDO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENEDICTUS Episcopus Praenestinus Cardinalis Aloisi MASELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-278",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HAMLETUS IOANNES Episcopus tit. Tusculanus Cardinalis CICOGNANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-279",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus tit. Sabinensis et Mandelensis Cardinalis FERRETTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-280",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GREGORIUS PETRUS titulo S. Bartholomaei in Insula Presbyter Cardinalis AGAGIANIAN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego CAROLUS CARMELUS titulo S. Pancratii Presbyter Cardinalis MOTTA, Archiepiscopus S. Pauli in Brasilia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-282",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo Ss. Ioannis et Pauli Presbyter Cardinalis SPELLMAN, Archiepiscopus Neo-Eboracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo Ss. Bonifacii et Alexii Presbyter Cardinalis DE BARROS CÂMARA, Archiepiscopus S. Sebastiani Fluminis Ianuarii."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis ante Portam Latinam Presbyter Cardinalis FRINGS, Archiepiscopus Coloniensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-285",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS titulo S. Sabinae Presbyter Cardinalis RUFFINI, Archiepiscopus Panormitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Panisperna Presbyter Cardinalis CAGGIANO, Archiepiscopus Bonaërensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PETRUS titulo S. Praxedis Presbyter Cardinalis CIRIACI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-288",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo S. Mariae de Pace Presbyter Cardinalis FELTIN, Archiepiscopus Parisiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Mariae de Victoria Presbyter Cardinalis SIRI, Archiepiscopus Ianuensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS FRANCISCUS titulo S. Anastasiae Presbyter Cardinalis MCINTYRE, Archiepiscopus Angelorum in California."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo S. Mariae in Transpontina Presbyter Cardinalis LERCARO, Archiepiscopus Bononiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS titulo S. Mariae Trans Tiberim Presbyter Cardinalis WYSZYNSKI, Archiepiscopus Gnesnensis et Varsaviensis, Primas Poloniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-293",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENIAMINUS titulo S. Vitalis Presbyter Cardinalis DE ARRIBA Y CASTRO, Archiepiscopus Tarraconensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Augustini Presbyter Cardinalis QUIROGA Y PALACIOS, Archiepiscopus Compostellanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS AEMILIUS titulo S. Mariae Angelorum in Thermis Presbyter Cardinalis LEGER, Archiepiscopus Marianopolitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego VALERIANUS titulo S. Mariae in Via Lata Presbyter Cardinalis GRACIAS, Archiepiscopus Bombayensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-297",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Mariae Novae Presbyter Cardinalis CONCHA, Archiepiscopus Bogotensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-300",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Priscae Presbyter Cardinalis DA COSTA NUNES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-301",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego HILDEBRANDUS titulo S. Sebastiani ad Catacumbas Presbyter Cardinalis ANTONIUTTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego EPHRAEM titulo S. Crucis in Hierusalem Presbyter Cardinalis FORNI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Mariae de Aracoeli Presbyter Cardinalis LANDAZURI RICKETTS, Archiepiscopus Limanus, Primas Peruviae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-304",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RADULFUS titulo S. Bernardi ad Thermas Presbyter Cardinalis SILVA HENRIQUEZ, Archiepiscopus S. Iacobi in Chile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO IOSEPHUS titulo S. Petri ad Vincula Presbyter Cardinalis SUENENS, Archiepiscopus Mechliniensis-Bruxellensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-306",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALAPHRIDUS S. Mariae in Domnica Protodiaconus Cardinalis OTTAVIANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALBERTUS S. Pudentianae Diaconus Cardinalis DI JORIO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-308",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS S. Caesarei in Palatio Diaconus Cardinalis BRACCI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS S. Mariae in Cosmedin Diaconus Cardinalis ROBERTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-310",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ARCADIUS Ss. Blasii et Caroli ad Catinarios Diaconus Cardinalis LARRAONA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS Ss. Cosmae et Damiani Diaconus Cardinalis MORANO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-312",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUILLELMUS THEODORUS S. Theodori in Palatio Cardinalis HEARD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego AUGUSTINUS S. Sabae Diaconus Cardinalis BEA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRATER MICHAEL S. Pauli Apostoli in Arenula Diaconus Cardinalis BROWNE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-315",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOACHIM ANSELMUS S. Apollinaris Diaconus Cardinalis ALBAREDA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS I SIDAROUSS, Patriarcha Alexandrinus Coptorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAXIMUS IV SAIGH, Patriarcha Antiochenus Melchitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS PETRUS MEOUCHI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Maronitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VACATIO LEGIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Beatissimus Pater, pro modo approbata Constitutione \"de Sacra Liturgia\" statuit vacationem legis usque ad diem 16 februarii, anni 1964, dominicam primam Quadragesimae. Intra hoc tempus idem Beatissimus Pater statuet quando et quibus modis nova huius Constitutionis decreta in actum deducenda sint. Nemini itaque licet ante hoc tempus haec nova decreta per seipsum in actum deducere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-321",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Missale romanum, oratio super oblata dominicae IX post Pentecosten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cf. Hebr 13,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-324",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Cf. Eph 2, 21-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-325",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Cf. Eph 4,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-326",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cf. Is 11,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cf. Io 11,52."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cf. Io 10,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-329",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cf. Is 61,1; Lc 4,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-330",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) S. IGNATIUS ANTIOCHENUS, Ad Eph., 7, 2: ed. F. X. FUNK, Patres Apostolici, I, Tubingae 1901, p. 218."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cf. 1Tim 2,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-332",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Sacramentarium Veronense (Leonianum): ed. C. MOHLBERG, Romae 1956, n. 1265, p. 162."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-333",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Missale romanum, Praefatio paschalis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Cf. S. AUGUSTINUS, Enarr. in Ps. CXXXVIII, 2: Corpus Christianorum, XL, Turnholti 1956, p. 1991 et oratio post secundam lectionem Sabbati sancti, in Missali Romano, ante instaurationem Hebdomadae sanctae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-335",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Cf. Mc 16,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-336",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Cf. Act 26,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-337",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Cf. Rom 6,4; Eph 2,6; Col 3,1; 2Tim 2,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-338",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Cf. Io 4,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-339",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Cf. 1Cor 11,26."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-340",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) CONC. TRID., Sess. XIII, 11 oct. 1551, Decr. De ss. Eucharist., c. 5: CONCILIUM TRIDENTINUM, Diariorum, Actorum, Epistolarum, Tractatuum nova collectio, ed. Soc. Goerresianae, t. VII. Actorum pars IV, Friburgi Brisgoviae 1961, p. 202."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) CONC. TRID., Sess. XXII, 17 sept. 1562, Doctr. De ss. Missae sacrif., c. 2: CONCILIUM TRIDENTINUM, ed. cit., t. VIII. Actorum pars V, Friburgi Brisgoviae 1919, p. 960."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-342",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Cf. S. AUGUSTINUS, In Ioannis Evangelium Tractatus VI, cap. I, n. 7: PL 35, 1428."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Cf. Apoc 21,2; Col 3,1; Hebr 8,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-344",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Cf. Phil 3,20; Col 3,4."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-345",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Cf. Io 17,3; Lc 24,47; Act 2,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-346",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Cf. Mt 28,20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-347",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Missale romanum, postcommunio Vigiliae paschalis et dominicae Resurrectionis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-348",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Missale romanum, oratio Missae feriae III infra octavam Paschae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-349",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(28) Cf. 2Cor 6,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-350",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(29) Cf. Mt 6,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-351",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(30) Cf. 1Thess 5,17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(31) Cf. 2Cor 4,10-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-353",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(32) Missale romanum, oratio super oblata feriae II infra octavam Pentecostes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-354",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(33) S. CYPRIANUS, De cath. eccl. unitate, 7: ed. G. HARTEL, in CSEL, t. III, 1, Vindobonae 1868, pp. 215-16. Cf. Ep. 66, n. 8,3: ed. cit., t. III, 2, Vindobonae 1871, pp. 732-33."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-355",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(34) Cf. CONC. TRID., Sess. XXII, 17 sept. 1562, Doctr. De ss. Missae sacrif., c. 8: CONCILIUM TRIDENTINUM, ed. cit., t. VIII, p. 961."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-356",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(35) Cf. S. IGNATIUS ANTIOCHENUS, Ad Magn. 7; Ad Philad. 4; Ad Smyrn. 8: ed. F. X. FUNK, cit., I, pp. 236, 266, 281."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-357",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(36) Cf. S. AUGUSTINUS, In Ioannis Evangelium Tractatus XXVI, cap. VI, n. 13: PL 35, 1613."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-358",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(37) Breviarium romanum, In festo Sanctissimi Corporis Christi, ad II Vesperas, antiphona ad Magnificat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-359",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(38) Cf. S. CYRILLUS ALEX., Commentarium in Ioannis Evangelium, lib. XI, capp. XI-XII: PG 74, 557-565, praesertim 564-565."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-360",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(39) Cf. 1Tim 2,1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-361",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(40) Sess. XXI, Doctrina de Communione sub utraque specie et parvulorum, capp. 1-3, cann. 1-3: CONCILIUM TRIDENTINUM, ed. cit., t. VIII, pp. 698-699."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-362",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(41) CONC. TRID., Sess. XXIV, Decr. De reformatione, cap. 1: CONCILIUM TRIDENTINUM, ed. cit., t. IX. Actorum pars VI, Friburgi Brisgoviae 1924, p. 969. Cf. Rituale romanum, tit. VIII, c. II, n. 6."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-363",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(42) Cf. Eph 5,19; Col 3,16."
            }
          ]
        },
        "pt": {
          "code": "pt",
          "label": "Português",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_const_19631204_sacrosanctum-concilium_po.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-11-vat-ii_const_19631204_sacrosanctum-concilium_po.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONSTITUIÇÃO CONCILIAR SACROSANCTUM CONCILIUM SOBRE A SAGRADA LITURGIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROÉMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fim do Concílio e sua relação com a reforma litúrgica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio propõe-se fomentar a vida cristã entre os fiéis, adaptar melhor às necessidades do nosso tempo as instituições susceptíveis de mudança, promover tudo o que pode ajudar à união de todos os crentes em Cristo, e fortalecer o que pode contribuir para chamar a todos ao seio da Igreja. Julga, por isso, dever também interessar-se de modo particular pela reforma e incremento da Liturgia."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Liturgia, pela qual, especialmente no sacrifício eucarístico, «se opera o fruto da nossa Redenção» (1), contribui em sumo grau para que os fiéis exprimam na vida e manifestem aos outros o mistério de Cristo e a autêntica natureza da verdadeira Igreja, que é simultâneamente humana e divina, visível e dotada de elementos invisíveis, empenhada na acção e dada à contemplação, presente no mundo e, todavia, peregrina, mas de forma que o que nela é humano se deve ordenar e subordinar ao divino, o visível ao invisível, a acção à contemplação, e o presente à cidade futura que buscamos (2). A Liturgia, ao mesmo tempo que edifica os que estão na Igreja em templo santo no Senhor, em morada de Deus no Espírito (3), até à medida da idade da plenitude de Cristo (4), robustece de modo admirável as suas energias para pregar Cristo e mostra a Igreja aos que estão fora, como sinal erguido entre as nações (5), para reunir à sua sombra os filhos de Deus dispersos (6), até que haja um só rebanho e um só pastor (7)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aplicação aos diversos ritos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entende, portanto, o sagrado Concílio dever recordar os princípios e determinar as normas práticas que se seguem, acerca do incremento e da reforma da Liturgia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre estes princípios e normas, alguns podem e devem aplicar-se não só ao rito romano mas a todos os outros ritos, muito embora as normas práticas que se seguem devam entender-se referidas só ao rito romano, a não ser que se trate de coisas que, por sua própria natureza, digam respeito também aos outros ritos."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio, guarda fiel da tradição, declara que a santa mãe Igreja considera iguais em direito e honra todos os ritos legitimamente reconhecidos, quer que se mantenham e sejam por todos os meios promovidos, e deseja que, onde for necessário, sejam prudente e integralmente revistos no espírito da sã tradição e lhes seja dado novo vigor, de acordo com as circunstâncias e as necessidades do nosso tempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRINCÍPIOS GERAIS EM ORDEM À REFORMA E INCREMENTO DA LITURGIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I -NATUREZA DA SAGRADA LITURGIA E SUA IMPORTÂNCIA NA VIDA DA IGREJA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jesus Cristo salvador do mundo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deus, que «quer que todos os homens se salvem e cheguem ao conhecimento da verdade» (I Tim. 2,4), «tendo falado outrora muitas vezes e de muitos modos aos nossos pais pelos profetas» (Hebr. 1,1), quando chegou a plenitude dos tempos, enviou o Seu Filho, Verbo feito carne, ungido pelo Espírito Santo, a evangelizar os pobres, curar os contritos de coração (8), como médico da carne e do espírito (9), mediador entre Deus e os homens (10). A sua humanidade foi, na unidade da pessoa do Verbo, o instrumento da nossa salvação. Por isso, em Cristo «se realizou plenamente a nossa reconciliação e se nos deu a plenitude do culto divino» (11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta obra da redenção dos homens e da glorificação perfeita de Deus, prefigurada pelas suas grandes obras no povo da Antiga Aliança, realizou-a Cristo Senhor, principalmente pelo mistério pascal da sua bem-aventurada Paixão, Ressurreição dos mortos e gloriosa Ascensão, em que «morrendo destruiu a nossa morte e ressurgindo restaurou a nossa vida» (12). Foi do lado de Cristo adormecido na cruz que nasceu o sacramento admirável de toda a Igreja (13)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "pelo sacrifício e pelos sacramentos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Assim como Cristo foi enviado pelo Pai, assim também Ele enviou os Apóstolos, cheios do Espírito Santo, não só para que, pregando o Evangelho a toda a criatura (14), anunciassem que o Filho de Deus, pela sua morte e ressurreição, nos libertara do poder de Satanás (15) e da morte e nos introduzira no Reino do Pai, mas também para que realizassem a obra de salvação que anunciavam, mediante o sacrifício e os sacramentos, à volta dos quais gira toda a vida litúrgica. Pelo Baptismo são os homens enxertados no mistério pascal de Cristo: mortos com Ele, sepultados com Ele, com Ele ressuscitados (16); recebem o espírito de adopção filial que «nos faz clamar: Abba, Pai» (Rom. 8,15), transformando-se assim nos verdadeiros adoradores que o Pai procura (17). E sempre que comem a Ceia do Senhor, anunciam igualmente a sua morte até Ele vir (18). Por isso foram baptizados no próprio dia de Pentecostes, em que a Igreja se manifestou ao mundo, os que receberam a palavra de Pedro. E «mantinham-se fiéis à doutrina dos Apóstolos, à participação na fracção do pão e nas orações... louvando a Deus e sendo bem vistos pelo povo» (Act. 2, 41-47). Desde então, nunca mais a Igreja deixou de se reunir em assembleia para celebrar o mistério pascal: lendo «o que se referia a Ele em todas as Escrituras» (Lc. 24,27), celebrando a Eucaristia, na qual «se torna presente o triunfo e a vitória da sua morte» (19), e dando graças «a Deus pelo Seu dom inefável (2 Cor. 9,15) em Cristo Jesus, «para louvor da sua glória» (Ef. 1,12), pela virtude do Espírito Santo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "presença de Cristo na Liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para realizar tão grande obra, Cristo está sempre presente na sua igreja, especialmente nas acções litúrgicas. Está presente no sacrifício da Missa, quer na pessoa do ministro - «O que se oferece agora pelo ministério sacerdotal é o mesmo que se ofereceu na Cruz» (20) -quer e sobretudo sob as espécies eucarísticas. Está presente com o seu dinamismo nos Sacramentos, de modo que, quando alguém baptiza, é o próprio Cristo que baptiza (21). Está presente na sua palavra, pois é Ele que fala ao ser lida na Igreja a Sagrada Escritura. Está presente, enfim, quando a Igreja reza e canta, Ele que prometeu: «Onde estiverem dois ou três reunidos em meu nome, Eu estou no meio deles» (Mt. 18,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em tão grande obra, que permite que Deus seja perfeitamente glorificado e que os homens se santifiquem, Cristo associa sempre a si a Igreja, sua esposa muito amada, a qual invoca o seu Senhor e por meio dele rende culto ao Eterno Pai."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Com razão se considera a Liturgia como o exercício da função sacerdotal de Cristo. Nela, os sinais sensíveis significam e, cada um à sua maneira, realizam a santificação dos homens; nela, o Corpo Místico de Jesus Cristo - cabeça e membros - presta a Deus o culto público integral."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Portanto, qualquer celebração litúrgica é, por ser obra de Cristo sacerdote e do seu Corpo que é a Igreja, acção sagrada por excelência, cuja eficácia, com o mesmo título e no mesmo grau, não é igualada por nenhuma outra acção da Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Liturgia terrena, antecipação da Liturgia celeste"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pela Liturgia da terra participamos, saboreando-a já, na Liturgia celeste celebrada na cidade santa de Jerusalém, para a qual, como peregrinos nos dirigimos e onde Cristo está sentado à direita de Deus, ministro do santuário e do verdadeiro tabernáculo (22); por meio dela cantamos ao Senhor um hino de glória com toda a milícia do exército celestial, esperamos ter parte e comunhão com os Santos cuja memória veneramos, e aguardamos o Salvador, Nosso Senhor Jesus Cristo, até Ele aparecer como nossa vida e nós aparecermos com Ele na glória (23)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lugar da Liturgia na vida da Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A sagrada Liturgia não esgota toda a acção da Igreja, porque os homens, antes de poderem participar na Liturgia, precisam de ouvir o apelo à fé e à conversão: «Como hão-de invocar aquele em quem não creram? Ou como hão-de crer sem o terem ouvido? Como poderão ouvir se não houver quem pregue? E como se há-de pregar se não houver quem seja enviado?» (Rom. 10, 14-15)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É por este motivo que a Igreja anuncia a mensagem de salvação aos que ainda não têm fé, para que todos os homens venham a conhecer o único Deus verdadeiro e o Seu enviado, Jesus Cristo, e se convertam dos seus caminhos pela penitência (24). Aos que crêem, tem o dever de pregar constantemente a fé e a penitência, de dispó-los aos Sacramentos, de ensiná-los a guardar tudo o que Cristo mandou (25), de estimulá-los a tudo o que seja obra de caridade, de piedade e apostolado, onde os cristãos possam mostrar que são a luz do mundo, embora não sejam deste mundo, e que glorificam o Pai diante dos homens."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Contudo, a Liturgia é simultâneamente a meta para a qual se encaminha a acção da Igreja e a fonte de onde promana toda a sua força. Na verdade, o trabalho apostólico ordena-se a conseguir que todos os que se tornaram filhos de Deus pela fé e pelo Baptismo se reunam em assembleia para louvar a Deus no meio da Igreja, participem no Sacrifício e comam a Ceia do Senhor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Liturgia, por sua vez, impele os fiéis, saciados pelos «mistérios pascais», a viverem «unidos no amor» (26); pede «que sejam fiéis na vida a quanto receberam pela fé» (27); e pela renovação da aliança do Senhor com os homens na Eucaristia, e aquece os fiéis na caridade urgente de Cristo. Da Liturgia, pois, em especial da Eucaristia, corre sobre nós, como de sua fonte, a graça, e por meio dela conseguem os homens com total eficácia a santificação em Cristo e a glorificação de Deus, a que se ordenam, como a seu fim, todas as outras obras da Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A participação dos fiéis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para assegurar esta eficácia plena, é necessário, porém, que os fiéis celebrem a Liturgia com rectidão de espírito, unam a sua mente às palavras que pronunciam, cooperem com a graça de Deus, não aconteça de a receberem em vão (28). Por conseguinte, devem os pastores de almas vigiar por que não só se observem, na acção litúrgica, as leis que regulam a celebração válida e lícita, mas também que os fiéis participem nela consciente, activa e frutuosamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vida espiritual extra-litúrgica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A participação na sagrada Liturgia não esgota, todavia, a vida espiritual. O cristão, chamado a rezar em comum, deve entrar também no seu quarto para rezar a sós (29) ao Pai, segundo ensina o Apóstolo, deve rezar sem cessar (30). E o mesmo Apóstolo nos ensina a trazer sempre no nosso corpo os sofrimentos da morte de Jesus, para que a sua vida se revele na nossa carne mortal (31). É essa a razão por que no Sacrifício da Missa pedimos ao Senhor que, tendo aceite a oblação da vítima espiritual, faça de nós uma «oferta eterna» (32) a si consagrada."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "São muito de recomendar os exercícios piedosos do povo cristão, desde que estejam em conformidade com as leis e as normas da Igreja, e especialmente quando se fazem por mandato da Sé Apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gozam também de especial dignidade as práticas religiosas das Igrejas particulares, celebradas por mandato dos Bispos e segundo os costumes ou os livros legitimamente aprovados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importa, porém, ordenar essas práticas tendo em conta os tempos litúrgicos, de modo que se harmonizem com a sagrada Liturgia, de certo modo derivem dela, e a ela, que por sua natureza é muito superior, conduzam o povo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II- EDUCAÇÃO LITÚRGICA E PARTICIPAÇÃO ACTIVA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Normas gerais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É desejo ardente na mãe Igreja que todos os fiéis cheguem àquela plena, consciente e activa participação nas celebrações litúrgicas que a própria natureza da Liturgia exige e que é, por força do Baptismo, um direito e um dever do povo cristão, «raça escolhida, sacerdócio real, nação santa, povo adquirido» (1 Ped. 2,9; cfr. 2, 4-5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na reforma e incremento da sagrada Liturgia, deve dar-se a maior atenção a esta plena e activa participação de todo o povo porque ela é a primeira e necessária fonte onde os fiéis hão-de beber o espírito genuìnamente cristão. Esta é a razão que deve levar os pastores de almas a procurarem-na com o máximo empenho, através da devida educação."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas, porque não há qualquer esperança de que tal aconteça, se antes os pastores de almas se não imbuírem plenamente. do espírito e da virtude da Liturgia e não se fizerem mestres nela, é absolutamente necessário que se providencie em primeiro lugar à formação litúrgica do clero. Por tal razões este sagrado Concílio determinou quanto segue:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formação dos professores de Liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os professores que se destinam a ensinar a sagrada Liturgia nos seminários, nas casas de estudos dos religiosos e nas faculdades de teologia, devem receber a formação conveniente em ordem ao seu múnus em institutos para isso especialmente destinados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O ensino da Liturgia nos Seminários"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A sagrada Liturgia deve ser tida, nos seminários e casas de estudo dos religiosos, como uma das disciplinas necessárias e mais importantes, nas faculdades de teologia como disciplina principal, e ensinar-se nos seus aspectos quer teológico e histórico, quer espiritual, pastoral e jurídico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais: procurem os professores das outras disciplinas, sobretudo de teologia dogmática, Sagrada Escritura, teologia espiritual e pastoral, fazer ressaltar, a partir das exigências intrínsecas de cada disciplina, o mistério de Cristo e a história da salvação, para que se veja claramente a sua conexão com a Liturgia e a unidade da formação sacerdotal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A formação litúrgica dos seminaristas, sacerdotes e fiéis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nos seminários e casas religiosas, adquiram os clérigos uma formação litúrgica da vida espiritual, mediante uma conveniente iniciação que lhes permita penetrar no sentido dos ritos sagrados e participar perfeitamente neles, mediante a celebração dos sagrados mistérios, como também mediante outros exercícios de piedade penetrados do espírito da sagrada Liturgia. Aprendam também a observar as leis litúrgicas, de modo que nos seminários e institutos religiosos a vida seja totalmente impregnada de espírito litúrgico."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ajudem-se os sacerdotes, quer seculares quer religiosos, que já trabalham na vinha do Senhor, por todos os meios oportunos, a penetrarem cada vez melhor o sentido do que fazem nas funções sagradas, a viverem a vida litúrgica, e a partilharem-na com os fiéis que lhes estão confiados."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Procurem os pastores de almas fomentar com persistência e zelo a educação litúrgica e a participação activa dos fiéis, tanto interna como externa, segundo a sua idade, condição, género de vida e grau de cultura religiosa, na convicção de que estão cumprindo um dos mais importantes múnus do dispensador fiel dos mistérios de Deus. Neste ponto guiem o rebanho não só com palavras mas também com o exemplo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O uso dos meios de comunicação"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Façam-se com discrição e dignidade, e sob a direcção de pessoa competente, para tal designada pelos Bispos, as transmissões radiofónicas ou televisivas das acções sagradas, especialmente da Missa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "III - REFORMA DA SAGRADA LITURGIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Razão e sentido da reforma"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A santa mãe Igreja, para permitir ao povo cristão um acesso mais seguro à abundância de graça que a Liturgia contém, deseja fazer uma acurada reforma geral da mesma Liturgia. Na verdade, a Liturgia compõe-se duma parte imutável, porque de instituição divina, e de partes susceptíveis de modificação, as quais podem e devem variar no decorrer do tempo, se porventura se tiverem introduzido nelas elementos que não correspondam tão bem à natureza íntima da Liturgia ou se tenham tornado menos apropriados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nesta reforma, proceda-se quanto aos textos e ritos, de tal modo que eles exprimam com mais clareza as coisas santas que significam, e, quanto possível, o povo cristão possa mais fàcilmente apreender-lhes o sentido e participar neles por meio de uma celebração plena, activa e comunitária."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para tal fim, o sagrado Concílio estabeleceu estas normas gerais:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A. Normas gerais"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A autoridade competente"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 1. Regular a sagrada Liturgia compete ùnicamente à autoridade da Igreja, a qual reside na Sé Apostólica e, segundo as normas do direito, no Bispo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 2. Em virtude do poder concedido pelo direito, pertence também às competentes assembleias episcopais territoriais de vário género legitimamente constituídas regular, dentro dos limites estabelecidos, a Liturgia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 3. Por isso, ninguém mais, mesmo que seja sacerdote, ouse, por sua iniciativa, acrescentar, suprimir ou mudar seja o que for em matéria litúrgica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Trabalho prudente"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para conservar a sã tradição e abrir ao mesmo tempo o caminho a um progresso legítimo, faça-se uma acurada investigação teológica, histórica e pastoral acerca de cada uma das partes da Liturgia que devem ser revistas. Tenham-se ainda em consideração às leis gerais da estrutura e do espírito da Liturgia, a experiência adquirida nas recentes reformas litúrgicas e nos indultos aqui e além concedidos. Finalmente, não se introduzam inovações, a não ser que uma utilidade autêntica e certa da Igreja o exija, e com a preocupação de que as novas formas como que surjam a partir das já existentes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Evitem-se também, na medida do possível, diferenças notáveis de ritos entre regiões confinantes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O lugar da Sagrada Escritura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É enorme a importância da Sagrada Escritura na celebração da Liturgia. Porque é a ela que se vão buscar as leituras que se explicam na homilia e os salmos para cantar; com o seu espírito e da sua inspiração nasceram as preces, as orações e os hinos litúrgicos; dela tiram a sua capacidade de significação as acções e os sinais. Para promover a reforma, o progresso e adaptação da sagrada Liturgia, é necessário, por conseguinte, desenvolver aquele amor suave e vivo da Sagrada Escritura de que dá testemunho a venerável tradição dos ritos tanto orientais como ocidentais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A revisão dos livros"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Faça-se o mais depressa possível a revisão dos livros litúrgicos, utilizando o trabalho de pessoas competentes e consultando Bispos de diversos países do mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "B. Normas que derivam da natureza hierárquica e comunitária da Liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A liturgia, acção da Igreja comunitária"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As acções litúrgicas não são acções privadas, mas celebrações da Igreja, que é «sacramento de unidade», isto é, Povo santo reunido e ordenado sob a direcção dos Bispos (33)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, tais acções pertencem a todo o Corpo da Igreja, manifestam-no, atingindo, porém, cada um dos membros de modo diverso, segundo a variedade de estados, funções e participação actual."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sempre que os ritos comportam, segundo a natureza particular de cada um, uma celebração comunitária, caracterizada pela presença e activa participação dos fiéis, inculque-se que esta deve preferir-se, na medida do possível, à celebração individual e como que privada."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Isto é válido sobretudo para a celebração da Missa e para a administração dos sacramentos, ressalvando-se sempre a natureza pública e social de toda a Missa."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nas celebrações litúrgicas, limite-se cada um, ministro ou simples fiel, exercendo o seu ofício, a fazer tudo e só o que é de sua competência, segundo a natureza do rito e as leis litúrgicas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os ministros inferiores"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os que servem ao altar, os leitores, comentadores e elementos do grupo coral desempenham também um autêntico ministério litúrgico. Exerçam, pois, o seu múnus com piedade autêntica e do modo que convêm a tão grande ministério e que o Povo de Deus tem o direito de exigir."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É, pois, necessário imbuí-los de espírito litúrgico, cada um a seu modo, e formá-los para executarem perfeita e ordenadamente a parte que lhes compete."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A participação do povo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para fomentar a participação activa, promovam-se as aclamações dos fiéis, as respostas, a salmodia, as antífonas, os cânticos, bem como as acções, gestos e atitudes corporais. Não deve deixar de observar-se, a seu tempo, um silêncio sagrado."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na revisão dos livros litúrgicas, procure-se que as rubricas tenham em conta a parte que compete aos fiéis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A não-acepção das pessoas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na Liturgia, à excepção da distinção que deriva da função litúrgica e da sagrada Ordem e das honras devidas às autoridades civis segundo as leis litúrgicas, não deve fazer-se qualquer acepção de pessoas ou classes sociais, quer nas cerimónias, quer nas solenidades externas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C. Normas que derivam da natureza didáctica e pastoral da Liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O valor didático da Liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Embora a sagrada Liturgia seja principalmente culto da majestade divina, é também abundante fonte de instrução para o povo fiel (34). Efectivamente, na Liturgia Deus fala ao Seu povo, e Cristo continua a anunciar o Evangelho. Por seu lado, o povo responde a Deus com o canto e a oração."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais: as orações dirigidas a Deus pelo sacerdote que preside, em representação de Cristo, à assembleia, são ditas em nome de todo o Povo santo e de todos os que estão presentes. Os próprios sinais visíveis que a sagrada Liturgia utiliza para simbolizar as realidades invisíveis foram escolhidos por Cristo ou pela Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, não é só quando se faz a leitura «do que foi escrito para nossa instrução» (Rom. 15,4), mas também quando a Igreja reza, canta ou age, que a fé dos presentes é alimentada e os espíritos se elevam a Deus, para se lhe submeterem de modo racional e receberem com mais abundância a sua graça."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, na reforma da Liturgia, observem-se as seguintes normas gerais:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Brilhem os ritos pela sua nobre simplicidade, sejam claros na brevidade e evitem repetições inúteis; devem adaptar-se à capacidade de compreensão dos fiéis, e não precisar, em geral, de muitas explicações."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A conexão entre a palavra e o rito"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para se poder ver claramente que na Liturgia o rito e a palavra estão ìntimamente unidos:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Seja mais abundante, variada e bem adaptada a leitura da Sagrada Escritura nas celebrações litúrgicas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Indiquem as rubricas o momento mais apto para a pregação, que é parte da acção litúrgica, quando o rito a comporta. O ministério da palavra deve ser exercido com muita fidelidade e no modo devido. A pregação deve ir beber à Sagrada Escritura e à Liturgia, e ser como que o anúncio das maravilhas de Deus na história da salvação, ou seja, no mistério de Cristo, o qual está sempre presente e operante em nós, sobretudo nas celebrações litúrgicas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Procure-se também inculcar por todos os modos uma catequese mais directamente litúrgica, e prevejam-se nos próprios ritos, quando necessário, breves admonições, feitas só nos momentos mais oportunos, pelo sacerdote ou outro ministro competente, com as palavras prescritas ou semelhantes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Promova-se a celebração da Palavra de Deus nas vigílias das festas mais solenes, em alguns dias feriais do Advento e da Quaresma e nos domingos e dias de festa, especialmente onde não houver sacerdote; neste caso, será um diácono, ou outra pessoa delegada pelo Bispo, a dirigir a celebração."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A língua litúrgica: traduções"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 1. Deve conservar-se o uso do latim nos ritos latinos, salvo o direito particular."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 2. Dado, porém, que não raramente o uso da língua vulgar pode revestir-se de grande utilidade para o povo, quer na administração dos sacramentos, quer em outras partes da Liturgia, poderá conceder-se à língua vernácula lugar mais amplo, especialmente nas leituras e admonições, em algumas orações e cantos, segundo as normas estabelecidas para cada caso nos capítulos seguintes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 3. Observando estas normas, pertence à competente autoridade eclesiástica territorial, a que se refere o artigo 22 § 2, consultados, se for o caso, os Bispos das regiões limítrofes da mesma língua, decidir acerca do uso e extensão da língua vernácula. Tais decisões deverão ser aprovadas ou confirmadas pela Sé Apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 4. A tradução do texto latino em língua vulgar para uso na Liturgia, deve ser aprovada pela autoridade eclesiástica territorial competente, acima mencionada."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "D. Normas para a adaptação da Liturgia à índole e tradições dos povos"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A adaptação da Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Não é desejo da Igreja impor, nem mesmo na Liturgia, a não ser quando está em causa a fé e o bem de toda a comunidade, uma forma única e rígida, mas respeitar e procurar desenvolver as qualidades e dotes de espírito das várias raças e povos. A Igreja considera com benevolência tudo o que nos seus costumes não está indissolùvelmente ligado a superstições e erros, e, quando é possível, mantem-no inalterável, por vezes chega a aceitá-lo na Liturgia, se se harmoniza com o verdadeiro e autêntico espírito litúrgico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aplicação à Liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mantendo-se substancialmente a unidade do rito romano, dê-se possibilidade às legítimas diversidades e adaptações aos vários grupos étnicos, regiões e povos, sobretudo nas Missões, de se afirmarem, até na revisão dos livros litúrgicos; tenha-se isto oportunamente diante dos olhos ao estruturar os ritos e ao preparar as rubricas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Será da atribuição da competente autoridade eclesiástica territorial, de que fala o art. 22 § 2, determinar as várias adaptações a fazer, especialmente no que se refere à administração dos sacramentos, aos sacramentais, às procissões, à língua litúrgica, à música sacra e às artes, dentro dos limites estabelecidos nas edições típicas dos livros litúrgicos e sempre segundo as normas fundamentais desta Constituição."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Casos especiais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas como em alguns lugares e circunstâncias é urgente fazer uma adaptação mais profunda da Liturgia, que é, por isso, mais difícil:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Deve a competente autoridade eclesiástica territorial, a que se refere o art. 22 § 2, considerar com muita prudência e atenção o que, neste aspecto, das tradições e génio de cada povo, poderá oportunamente ser aceite na Liturgia. Proponham-se à Sé Apostólica as adaptações julgadas úteis ou necessárias, para serem introduzidas com o seu consentimento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Para se fazer a adaptação com a devida cautela, a Sé Apostólica poderá dar, se for necessário, à mesma autoridade eclesiástica territorial a faculdade de permitir e dirigir as experiências prévias que forem precisas, em alguns grupos que sejam aptos para isso e por um tempo determinado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Como as leis litúrgicas criam em geral dificuldades especiais quanto à adaptação, sobretudo nas Missões, haja, para a sua elaboração, pessoas competentes na matéria de que se trata."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IV - PROMOÇÃO DA VIDA LITÚRGICA NA DIOCESE E NA PARÓQUIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Bispo, centro de unidade de vida na diocese"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Bispo deve ser considerado como o sumo-sacerdote do seu rebanho, de quem deriva e depende, de algum modo, a vida de seus fiéis em Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, todos devem dar a maior importância à vida litúrgica da diocese que gravita em redor do Bispo, sobretudo na igreja catedral, convencidos de que a principal manifestação da Igreja se faz numa participação perfeita e activa de todo o Povo santo de Deus na mesma celebração litúrgica, especialmente na mesma Eucaristia, numa única oração, ao redor do único altar a que preside o Bispo rodeado pelo presbitério e pelos ministros (35)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O pároco seu representante"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Impossibilitado como está o Bispo de presidir pessoalmente sempre e em toda a diocese a todo o seu rebanho, vê-se na necessidade de reunir os fiéis em grupos vários, entre os quais têm lugar proeminente as paróquias, constituídas localmente sob a presidência dum pastor que faz as vezes do Bispo. As paróquias representam, de algum modo, a Igreja visível estabelecida em todo o mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por consequência, deve cultivar-se no espírito e no modo de agir dos fiéis e dos sacerdotes a vida litúrgica da paróquia e a sua relação com ó Bispo, e trabalhar para que floresça o sentido da comunidade paroquial, especialmente na celebração comunitária da missa dominical."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "V - INCREMENTO DA ACÇÃO PASTORAL LITÚRGICA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sinal providencial"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-43",
              "number": "43",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O interesse pelo incremento e renovação da Liturgia é justamente considerado como um sinal dos desígnios providenciais de Deus sobre o nosso tempo, como uma passagem do Espírito Santo pela sua Igreja, e imprime uma nota distintiva à própria vida da Igreja, a todo o modo religioso de sentir e de agir do nosso tempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em ordem a desenvolver cada vez mais na Igreja esta acção pastoral litúrgica, o sagrado Concílio determina:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comissões de Liturgia, música e arte sacra"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-44",
              "number": "44",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Convém que a autoridade eclesiástica territorial competente, a que se refere o art. 22 § 2, crie uma Comissão litúrgica, que deve servir-se da ajuda de especialistas em liturgia, música, arte sacra e pastoral. A Comissão deverá contar, se possível, com o auxílio dum Instituto de Liturgia Pastoral, de cujos membros não se excluirão leigos particularmente competentes, se for necessário. Será atribuição da dita Comissão dirigir, guiada pela autoridade eclesiástica territorial, a pastoral litúrgica no território da sua competência, promover os estudos e as experiências necessárias sempre que se trate de adaptações a propor à Santa Sé."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-45",
              "number": "45",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Crie-se igualmente em cada diocese a Comissão litúrgica, em ordem a promover, sob a direcção do Bispo, a pastoral litúrgica. Poderá suceder que seja oportuno que várias dioceses formem uma só Comissão para promover em conjunto o apostolado litúrgico."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-46",
              "number": "46",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Criem-se em cada diocese, se possível, além da Comissão litúrgica, Comissões de música sacra e de arte sacra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É necessário que estas três Comissões trabalhem em conjunto, e não raro poderá ser oportuno que formem uma só Comissão."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O SAGRADO MISTÉRIO DA EUCARISTIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instituição e natureza"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-47",
              "number": "47",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O nosso Salvador instituiu na última Ceia, na noite em que foi entregue, o Sacrifício eucarístico do seu Corpo e do seu Sangue para perpetuar pelo decorrer dos séculos, até Ele voltar, o Sacrifício da cruz, confiando à Igreja, sua esposa amada, o memorial da sua morte e ressurreição: sacramento de piedade, sinal de unidade, vínculo de caridade (36), banquete pascal em que se recebe Cristo, a alma se enche de graça e nos é concedido o penhor da glória futura (37)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-48",
              "number": "48",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É por isso que a Igreja procura, solícita e cuidadosa, que os cristãos não entrem neste mistério de fé como estranhos ou espectadores mudos, mas participem na acção sagrada, consciente, activa e piedosamente, por meio duma boa compreensão dos ritos e orações; sejam instruídos pela palavra de Deus; alimentem-se à mesa do Corpo do Senhor; dêem graças a Deus; aprendam a oferecer-se a si mesmos, ao oferecer juntamente com o sacerdote, que não só pelas mãos dele, a hóstia imaculada; que, dia após dia, por Cristo mediador (38), progridam na unidade com Deus e entre si, para que finalmente Deus seja tudo em todos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisão dos textos com mais leituras bíblicas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-49",
              "number": "49",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que o Sacrifício da missa alcance plena eficácia pastoral, mesmo quanto ao seu rito, o sagrado Concílio, tendo em atenção as missas que se celebram com assistência do povo, sobretudo aos domingos e nas festas de preceito, determina o seguinte:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-50",
              "number": "50",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Ordinário da missa deve ser revisto, de modo que se manifeste mais claramente a estrutura de cada uma das suas partes bem como a sua mútua conexão, para facilitar uma participação piedosa e activa dos fiéis. Que os ritos se simplifiquem, bem respeitados na sua estrutura essencial; sejam omitidos todos os que, com o andar do tempo, se duplicaram ou menos ùtilmente se acrescentaram; restaurem-se, porém, se parecer oportuno ou necessário e segundo a antiga tradição dos Santos Padres, alguns que desapareceram com o tempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-51",
              "number": "51",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prepare-se para os fiéis, com maior abundância, a mesa da Palavra de Deus: abram-se mais largamente os tesouros da Bíblia, de modo que, dentro de um período de tempo estabelecido, sejam lidas ao povo as partes mais importantes da Sagrada Escritura."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Homilia e oração dos fiéis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-52",
              "number": "52",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A homilia, que é a exposição dos mistérios da fé e das normas da vida cristã no decurso do ano litúrgico e a partir do texto sagrado, é muito para recomendar, como parte da própria Liturgia; não deve omitir-se, sem motivo grave, nas missas dos domingos e festas de preceito, concorridas pelo povo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-53",
              "number": "53",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deve restaurar-se, especialmente nos domingos e festas de preceito, a «oração comum» ou «oração dos fiéis», recitada após o Evangelho e a homilia, para que, com a participação do povo, se façam preces pela santa Igreja, pelos que nos governam, por aqueles a quem a necessidade oprime, por todos os homens e pela salvação de todo o mundo (39)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Língua"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-54",
              "number": "54",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A língua vernácula pode dar-se, nas missas celebradas com o povo, um lugar conveniente, sobretudo nas leituras e na «oração comum» e, segundo as diversas circunstâncias dos lugares, nas partes que pertencem ao povo, conforme o estabelecido no art. 36 desta Constituição."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tomem-se providências para que os fiéis possam rezar ou cantar, mesmo em latim, as partes do Ordinário da missa que lhes competem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se algures parecer oportuno um uso mais amplo do vernáculo na missa, observe-se o que fica determinado no art. 40 desta Constituição."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comunhão dos fiéis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-55",
              "number": "55",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recomenda-se vivamente um modo mais perfeito de participação na missa, que consiste em que os fiéis, depois da comunhão do sacerdote, recebam do mesmo Sacrifício, o Corpo do Senhor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A comunhão sob as duas espécies, firmes os princípios dogmáticos estabelecidos pelo Concílio de Trento (40), pode ser permitida, quer aos clérigos e religiosos, quer aos leigos, nos casos a determinar pela Santa Sé e ao arbítrio do Bispo, como seria o caso dos recém-ordenados na missa da ordenação, dos professos na missa da sua profissão religiosa, dos neófitos na missa pós-baptismal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unidade da liturgia da palavra e da liturgia eucarística"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-56",
              "number": "56",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estão tão intimamente ligadas entre si as duas partes de que se compõe, de algum modo, a missa - a liturgia da Palavra e a liturgia eucarística - que formam um só acto de culto. Por isso, o sagrado Concilio exorta com veemência os pastores de almas a instruirem bem os fiéis, na catequese, sobre o dever de ouvir a missa inteira, especialmente nos domingos e festas de preceito."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concelebração e seu rito"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-57",
              "number": "57",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 1. A concelebração, que manifesta bem a unidade do sacerdócio, tem sido prática constante até ao dia de hoje, quer no Oriente quer no Ocidente. Por tal motivo, aprouve ao Concílio estender a faculdade de concelebrar aos seguintes casos:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1°. a) na quinta-feira da Ceia do Senhor, tanto na missa crismal como na missa vespertina;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) nas missas dos Concílios, Conferências episcopais e Sínodos;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) na missa da bênção dum Abade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2°. Além disso, com licença do Ordinário, a quem compete julgar da oportunidade da concelebração:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) na missa conventual e na missa principal das igrejas, sempre que a utilidade dos fiéis não exige a celebração individual de todos os sacerdotes presentes;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) nas missas celebradas por ocasião de qualquer espécie de reuniões de sacerdotes, tanto seculares como religiosos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 2. 1.° É da atribuição do Bispo regular a disciplina da concelebração na diocese."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2°. Ressalva-se, contudo, que se mantem sempre a faculdade de qualquer sacerdote celebrar individualmente, mas não simultâneamente na mesma igreja, nem na quinta-feira da Ceia do Senhor."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-58",
              "number": "58",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deve compor-se o novo rito da concelebração a inserir no Pontifical e no Missal romano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "OS OUTROS SACRAMENTOS E OS SACRAMENTAIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natureza dos sacramentos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-59",
              "number": "59",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os sacramentos estão ordenados à santificação dos homens, à edificação do Corpo de Cristo e, enfim, a prestar culto a Deus; como sinais, têm também a função de instruir. Não só supõem a fé, mas também a alimentam, fortificam e exprimem por meio de palavras e coisas, razão pela qual se chamam sacramentos da fé. Conferem a graça, a cuja frutuosa recepção a celebração dos mesmos òptimamente dispõe os fiéis, bem como a honrar a Deus do modo devido e a praticar a caridade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por este motivo, interessa muito que os fiéis compreendam facilmente os sinais sacramentais e recebam com a maior frequência possível os sacramentos que foram instituídos para alimentar a vida cristã."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natureza dos sacramentais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-60",
              "number": "60",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A santa mãe Igreja instituiu também os sacramentais. Estes são, à imitação dos sacramentos, sinais sagrados que significam realidades, sobretudo de ordem espiritual, e se obtêm pela oração da Igreja. Por meio deles dispõem-se os homens para a recepção do principal efeito dos sacramentos e santificam-se as várias circunstâncias da vida."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-61",
              "number": "61",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Portanto, a liturgia dos sacramentos e sacramentais faz com que a graça divina, que deriva do Mistério pascal da Paixão, Morte e Ressurreição de Cristo, onde vão buscar a sua eficácia todos os sacramentos e sacramentais, santifique todos os passos da vida dos fiéis que os recebem com a devida disposição. A ela se deve também que não deixe de poder ser orientado para a santificação dos homens e para o louvor de Deus o bom uso das coisas materiais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Necessidade de revisão"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-62",
              "number": "62",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tendo-se introduzido, com o decorrer do tempo, no ritual dos sacramentos e sacramentais, elementos que tornam hoje menos claros a sua natureza e fim, e devendo por isso fazer-se algumas adaptações às necessidades do nosso tempo, o sagrado Concílio decretou o seguinte em ordem à sua revisão."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A língua"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-63",
              "number": "63",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pode ser frequentemente muito útil para o povo o uso do vernáculo na administração dos sacramentos e sacramentais. Dê-se-lhe, por isso, maior importância segundo estas normas:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Na administração dós sacramentos e sacramentais pode usar-se o vernáculo, segundo o estatuído no art. 36;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) A competente autoridade eclesiástica territorial, a que se refere o art. 22 § 2.\" desta Constituição, prepare o mais depressa possível, com base na nova edição do Ritual romano, os Rituais particulares, adaptados às necessidades de cada uma das regiões, mesmo quanto à língua. Procure-se que sejam postos em vigor nas respectivas regiões depois de aprovados pela Sé Apostólica. Na composição destes Rituais ou especiais «Colecções de ritos» não devem omitir-se as instruções que o Ritual romano coloca no início de cada rito, quer sejam de carácter pastoral, quer digam respeito às rubricas, quer tenham especial importância comunitária."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Restauração do catecumenado"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-64",
              "number": "64",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Restaure-se o catecumenado dos adultos, com vários graus, a praticar segundo o critério do Ordinário do lugar, de modo que se possa dar a conveniente instrução a que se destina o catecumenado e santificar este tempo por meio de ritos sagrados que se hão-de celebrar em ocasiões sucessivas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-65",
              "number": "65",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seja lícito admitir nas terras de Missão, ao lado dos elementos próprios da tradição cristã, os elementos de iniciação usados por cada um desses povos, na medida em que puderem integrar-se no rito cristão, segundo os art.s 37-40 desta Constituição."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-183",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rito do Baptismo de adultos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-66",
              "number": "66",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revejam-se tanto o rito simples do Baptismo de adultos, como o mais solene, tendo em conta a restauração do catecumenado, e insira-se no Missal romano a missa própria «para a administração do Baptismo»."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-185",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rito do Baptismo de crianças"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-67",
              "number": "67",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reveja-se o rito do Baptismo de crianças e adapte-se à sua real condição. Dê-se maior realce, no rito, à parte e aos deveres dos pais e padrinhos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-187",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Adaptações do rito do Baptismo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-68",
              "number": "68",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prevejam-se adaptações no rito do Baptismo, a usar, segundo o critério do Ordinário do lugar; para quando houver grande número de neófitos. Componha-se também um «Rito mais breve» que os catequistas, sobretudo em terras de Missão, e em perigo de morte qualquer fiel, possam utilizar na ausência de um sacerdote ou diácono."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-189",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rito para suprir as cerimónias omitidas no Baptismo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-69",
              "number": "69",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em vez do «Rito para suprir as cerimónias omitidas sobre uma criança já baptizada», componha-se um novo em que se exprima de modo mais claro e conveniente que uma criança, baptizada com o rito breve, já foi recebida na Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-191",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Prepare-se também um novo rito que exprima que são acolhidos na comunhão da Igreja os vàlidamente baptizados que se converteram à Religião católica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-192",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bênção da água baptismal"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-193",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fora do tempo pascal, pode benzer-se a água baptismal no próprio rito do baptismo e com uma fórmula especial mais breve."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-194",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rito da Confirmação"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-71",
              "number": "71",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para fazer ressaltar a íntima união do sacramento da Confirmação com toda a iniciação cristã, reveja-se o rito deste sacramento; pela mesma razão, é muito conveniente, antes de o receber, fazer a renovação das promessas do Baptismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-196",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Confirmação, se parecer oportuno, pode ser conferida durante a missa; prepare-se, entretanto, em ordem à celebração do rito fora da missa, uma fórmula que lhe possa servir de introdução."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-197",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rito da Penitência"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-72",
              "number": "72",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revejam-se o rito e as fórmulas da Penitência de modo que exprimam com mais clareza a natureza e o efeito do sacramento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-199",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Unção dos enfermos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-73",
              "number": "73",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A «Extrema-Unção», que também pode, e melhor, ser chamada «Unção dos enfermos», não é sacramento só dos que estão no fim da vida. É já certamente tempo oportuno para a receber quando o fiel começa, por doença ou por velhice, a estar em perigo de morte."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-74",
              "number": "74",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além dos ritos distintos da Unção dos enfermos e do Viático, componha-se um «Rito contínuo» em que a Unção se administre ao doente depois da confissão e antes da recepção do Viático."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-75",
              "number": "75",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O número das unções deve regular-se segundo a oportunidade. Revejam-se as orações do rito da Unção dos enfermos, de modo que correspondam às diversas condições dos que recebem este sacramento."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-203",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisão dos ritos da Ordem"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-76",
              "number": "76",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Faça-se a revisão do texto e das cerimónias do rito das Ordenações. As alocuções do Bispo, no início da ordenação ou sagração, podem ser em vernáculo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-205",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na sagração episcopal, todos os Bispos presentes podem fazer a imposição das mãos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-206",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rito do Matrimónio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-77",
              "number": "77",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A fim de indicar mais claramente a graça do sacramento e inculcar os deveres dos cônjuges, reveja-se e enriqueça-se o rito do Matrimónio que vem no Ritual romano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-208",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "«É desejo veemente do sagrado Concílio que as regiões, onde na celebração do Matrimónio se usam outras louváveis tradições e cerimónias, as conservem» (41)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-209",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Concede-se à competente autoridade eclesiástica territorial, a que se refere o art. 22 § 2 desta Constituição, a faculdade de preparar um rito próprio de acordo com o uso dos vários lugares e povos, devendo, porém, o sacerdote que assiste pedir e receber o consentimento dos nubentes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-78",
              "number": "78",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Celebre-se usualmente o Matrimónio dentro da missa, depois da leitura do Evangelho e da homilia e antes da «Oração dos fiéis». A oração pela esposa, devidamente corrigida a fim de inculcar que o dever de fidelidade é mútuo, pode dizer-se em vernáculo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-211",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Se o Matrimónio não for celebrado dentro da missa, leiam-se no começo do rito a epístola e o evangelho da «Missa dos esposos» e nunca se deixe de dar a bênção nupcial."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-212",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revisão dos Sacramentais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-79",
              "number": "79",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Faça-se uma revisão dos sacramentos, tendo presente o princípio fundamental de uma participação consciente, activa e fácil dos fiéis, bem como as necessidades do nosso tempo. Podem acrescentar-se nos Rituais, a rever segundo o disposto no art. 63, novos sacramentais conforme as necessidades o pedirem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-214",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Limitem-se a um pequeno número, e só em favor dos Bispos ou Ordinários, as bênçãos reservadas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-215",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Providencie-se de modo que alguns sacramentais, pelo menos em circunstâncias especiais e a juízo do Ordinário, possam ser administrados por leigos dotados das qualidades requeridas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-216",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rito da consagração das Virgens"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-80",
              "number": "80",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reveja-se o rito da consagração das Virgens, que vem no Pontifical romano."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-218",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Componha-se também um rito de profissão religiosa e de renovação de votos, a utilizar, salvo direito particular, por aqueles que fazem a profissão ou renovam os votos dentro da Missa, o qual contribua para maior unidade, sobriedade e dignidade. Será louvável fazer a profissão religiosa dentro da Missa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-219",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rito das exéquias"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-81",
              "number": "81",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As exéquias devem exprimir melhor o sentido pascal da morte cristã. Adapte-se mais o rito às condições e tradições das várias regiões, mesmo na cor litúrgica."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-82",
              "number": "82",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Faça-se a revisão do rito de sepultura das crianças e dê-se-lhe missa própria."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-222",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO IV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-223",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O OFÍCIO DIVINO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-224",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sua natureza: oração da Igreja em nome de Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-83",
              "number": "83",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jesus Cristo, sumo sacerdote da nova e eterna Aliança, ao assumir a natureza humana, trouxe a este exílio da terra aquele hino que se canta por toda a eternidade na celeste mansão. Ele une a si toda a humanidade e associa-a a este cântico divino de louvor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-226",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Continua esse múnus sacerdotal por intermédio da sua Igreja, que louva o Senhor sem cessar e intercede pela salvação de todo o mundo, não só com a celebração da Eucaristia, mas de vários outros modos, especialmente pela recitação do Ofício divino."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-84",
              "number": "84",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Ofício divino, segundo a antiga tradição cristã, destina-se a consagrar, pelo louvor a Deus, o curso diurno e nocturno do tempo. E quando são os sacerdotes a cantar esse admirável cântico de louvor, ou outros para tal deputados pela Igreja, ou os fiéis quando rezam juntamente com o sacerdote segundo as formas aprovadas, então é verdadeiramente a voz da Esposa que fala com o Esposo ou, melhor, a oração que Cristo, unido ao seu Corpo, eleva ao Pai."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-85",
              "number": "85",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos os que rezam assim, cumprem, por um lado, a obrigação própria da Igreja, e, por outro, participam na imensa honra da Esposa de Cristo, porque estão em nome da Igreja diante do trono de Deus, a louvar o Senhor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-229",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Valor pastoral"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-86",
              "number": "86",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os sacerdotes, dedicados ao sagrado ministério pastoral, recitarão com tanto mais fervor o Ofício divino, quanto mais conscientes estiverem de que devem seguir a exortação de S. Paulo: «Rezai sem cessar» (1 Tess. 5,17). É que só o Senhor pode dar eficácia e fazer progredir a obra em que trabalham, Ele que disse: «Sem mim, nada podeis fazer» (Jo. 15, 5). Razão tiveram os Apóstolos para dizer, quando instituiram os diáconos: «Nós atenderemos com assiduidade à oração e ao ministério da palavra» (Act. 6, 4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-231",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Normas para a reforma"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-87",
              "number": "87",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para permitir nas circunstâncias actuais, quer aos sacerdotes, quer a outros membros da Igreja, uma melhor e mais perfeita recitação do Ofício divino, pareceu bem ao sagrado Concílio, continuando a restauração felizmente iniciada pela Santa Sé, estabelecer o seguinte sobre o Ofício do rito romano."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-88",
              "number": "88",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sendo o objectivo do Ofício a santificação do dia, deve rever-se a sua estrutura tradicional, de modo que, na medida do possível, se façam corresponder as «horas» ao seu respectivo tempo, tendo presentes também as condições da vida hodierna em que se encontram sobretudo os que se dedicam a obras do apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-89",
              "number": "89",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, na reforma do Ofício, observem-se as seguintes normas:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-235",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) As Laudes, oração da manhã, e as Vésperas, oração da noite, tidas como os dois polos do Ofício quotidiano pela tradição venerável da Igreja universal, devem considerar-se as principais Horas e como tais celebrar-se;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-236",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) As Completas devem adaptar-se, para condizer com o fim do dia;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-237",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) As Matinas, continuando embora, quando recitadas em coro, com a índole de louvor nocturno, devem adaptar-se para ser recitadas a qualquer hora do dia; tenham menos salmos e lições mais extensas;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-238",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "d) Suprima-se a Hora de Prima;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-239",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "e) Mantenham-se na recitação em coro as Horas menores de Tércia, Sexta e Noa. Fora da recitação coral, pode escolher-se uma das três, a que mais se coadune com a hora do dia."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-90",
              "number": "90",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sendo ainda o Ofício divino, como oração pública da Igreja, fonte de piedade e alimento da oração pessoal, exortam-se no Senhor os sacerdotes, e todos os outros que participam no Ofício divino, a que, ao recitarem-no, o espírito corresponda às palavras; para melhor o conseguirem, procurem adquirir maior instrução litúrgica e bíblica, especialmente quanto aos salmos. Tenha-se como objectivo, ao fazer a reforma desse tesouro venerável e secular que é o Ofício romano, que mais larga e fàcilmente o possam usufruir todos aqueles a quem é confiado."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-91",
              "number": "91",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para poder observar-se realmente o curso das Horas, proposta no artigo 89, distribuam-se os salmos, não já por uma semana, mas por mais longo espaço de tempo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-242",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclua-se o mais depressa possível a obra, felizmente iniciada, da revisão do Saltério, procurando respeitar a língua latina cristã, o seu uso litúrgico mesmo no canto, e toda a tradição da Igreja latina."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-92",
              "number": "92",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quanto às leituras, sigam-se estas normas:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-244",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) Ordenem-se as leituras da Sagrada Escritura de modo que se permita mais fácil e amplo acesso aos tesouros da palavra de Deus;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-245",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) Faça-se melhor selecção das leituras a extrair das obras dos Santos Padres, Doutores e Escritores eclesiásticos;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-246",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) As «Paixões» ou vidas dos Santos sejam restituídas à verdade histórica."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-93",
              "number": "93",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Restaurem-se os hinos, segundo convenha, na sua forma original, tirando ou mudando tudo o que tenha ressaibos mitológicos ou for menos conforme com a piedade cristã. Se convier, admitam-se também outros que se encontram nas colecções hinológicas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-248",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recitação coral ou privada"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-94",
              "number": "94",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importa, quer para santificar verdadeiramente o dia, quer para recitar as Horas com fruto espiritual, que ao rezá-las se observe o tempo que mais se aproxima do verdadeiro tempo de cada uma das Horas canónicas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-95",
              "number": "95",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As Comunidades com obrigação de coro têm o dever de celebrar, além da Missa conventual, diàriamente e em coro, o Ofício divino, ou seja;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-251",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) O Ofício completo: as Ordens de Cónegos, de Monges e Monjas e de outros Regulares que por direito ou constituições estão obrigados ao coro;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-252",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) As partes do Ofício que lhes são. impostas pelo direito comum ou particular: os Cabidos das catedrais ou das colegiadas;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-253",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "c) Todos os membros dessas Comunidades que já receberam Ordens maiores ou fizeram profissão solene, à excepção dos conversos, devem recitar sòzinhos as Horas canónicas que não recitam no coro."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-96",
              "number": "96",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os clérigos não obrigados ao coro, se já receberam Ordens maiores, são obrigados a recitar diàriamente, ou em comum ou individualmente, todo o Ofício, segundo o prescrito no art. 89."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-97",
              "number": "97",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As novas rubricas estabelecerão as comutações, que parecerem oportunas, do Ofício divino por outro acto litúrgico. Podem os Ordinários, em casos particulares e por causa justa, dispensar os seus súbditos da obrigação de recitar o Ofício no todo ou em parte, ou comutá-lo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-98",
              "number": "98",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os membros dos Institutos de perfeição, que, por força das constituições, recitam algumas partes do Ofício divino, participam na oração pública da Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-257",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tomam parte igualmente na oração pública da Igreja se recitam, segundo as constituições, algum «Ofício breve», desde que seja composto à imitação do Ofício divino e devidamente aprovado."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-99",
              "number": "99",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sendo o Ofício divino a voz da Igreja, isto é, de todo o Corpo místico a louvar a Deus pùblicamente, aconselha-se aos clérigos não obrigados ao coro, e sobretudo aos sacerdotes que convivem ou se retinem, que rezem em comum ao menos alguma parte do Ofício divino."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-259",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos, pois, os que recitam o Ofício quer em coro quer em comum, esforcem-se por desempenhar do modo mais perfeito possível o múnus que lhes está confiado, tanto na disposição interior do espírito como na compostura exterior. Além disso, é bem que se cante o Ofício divino, tanto em coro como em comum, segundo a oportunidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-100",
              "number": "100",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cuidem os pastores de almas que nos domingos e festas mais solenes se celebrem em comum na igreja as Horas principais, especialmente Vésperas. Recomenda-se também aos leigos que recitem o Ofício divino, quer juntamente com os sacerdotes, quer uns com os outros, ou mesmo particularmente."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-101",
              "number": "101",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 1. Conforme à tradição secular do rito latino, a língua a usar no Ofício divino é o latim. O Ordinário poderá, contudo, conceder, em casos particulares, aos clérigos para quem o uso da língua latina for um impedimento grave para devidamente recitarem o Ofício, a faculdade de usarem uma tradução em vernáculo, composta segundo a norma do art. 36."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-263",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 2. O Superior competente pode conceder às Monjas, como também aos membros dos Institutos de perfeição, não clérigos ou mulheres, o uso do vernáculo no Ofício divino, mesmo na celebração coral, desde que a versão seja aprovada."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-264",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "§ 3. Cumprem a sua obrigação de rezar o Ofício divino os clérigos que o recitem em vernáculo com a assembleia dos fiéis ou com aqueles a que se refere o § 2, desde que a tradução seja aprovada."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-265",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO V"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-266",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O ANO LITÚRGICO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-267",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sua natureza: o ciclo do tempo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-102",
              "number": "102",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A santa mãe Igreja considera seu dever celebrar, em determinados dias do ano, a memória sagrada da obra de salvação do seu divino Esposo. Em cada semana, no dia a que chamou domingo, celebra a da Ressurreição do Senhor, como a celebra também uma vez no ano na Páscoa, a maior das solenidades, unida à memória da sua Paixão."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-269",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Distribui todo o mistério de Cristo pelo correr do ano, da Incarnação e Nascimento à Ascensão, ao Pentecostes, à expectativa da feliz esperança e da vinda do Senhor."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-270",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Com esta recordação dos mistérios da Redenção, a Igreja oferece aos fiéis as riquezas das obras e merecimentos do seu Senhor, a ponto de os tornar como que presentes a todo o tempo, para que os fiéis, em contacto com eles, se encham de graça."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-271",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "as festas da Virgem e dos Santos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-103",
              "number": "103",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na celebração deste ciclo anual dos mistérios de Cristo, a santa Igreja venera com especial amor, porque indissolùvelmente unida à obra de salvação do seu Filho, a Bem-aventurada Virgem Maria, Mãe de Deus, em quem vê e exalta o mais excelso fruto da Redenção, em quem contempla, qual imagem puríssima, o que ela, toda ela, com alegria deseja e espera ser.."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-104",
              "number": "104",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja inseriu também no ciclo anual a memória dos Mártires e outros Santos, os quais, tendo pela graça multiforme de Deus atingido a perfeição e alcançado a salvação eterna, cantam hoje a Deus no céu o louvor perfeito e intercedem por nós. Ao celebrar o «dies natalis» (dia da morte) dos Santos, proclama o mistério pascal realizado na paixão e glorificação deles com Cristo, propõe aos fiéis os seus exemplos, que conduzem os homens ao Pai por Cristo, e implora pelos seus méritos as bênçãos de Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-274",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "exercícios de piedade"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-105",
              "number": "105",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em várias épocas do ano e seguindo o uso tradicional, a Igreja completa a formação dos fiéis servindo-se de piedosas práticas corporais e espirituais, da instrução, da oração e das obras de penitência e misericórdia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-276",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, aprouve ao sagrado Concílio determinar o seguinte:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-277",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Domingo e festas do Senhor"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-106",
              "number": "106",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por tradição apostólica, que nasceu do próprio dia da Ressurreição de Cristo, a Igreja celebra o mistério pascal a cada oito dias, no dia que bem se denomina dia do Senhor ou domingo. Neste dia devem os fiéis reunir-se para participarem na Eucaristia e ouvirem a palavra de Deus, e assim recordarem a Paixão, Ressurreição e glória do Senhor Jesus e darem graças a Deus que os »regenerou para uma esperança viva pela Ressurreição de Jesus Cristo de entre os mortos» (1 Pedr. 1,3). O domingo é, pois, o principal dia de festa a propor e inculcar no espírito dos fiéis; seja também o dia da alegria e do repouso. Não deve ser sacrificado a outras celebrações que não sejam de máxima importância, porque o domingo é o fundamento e o centro de todo o ano litúrgico."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-107",
              "number": "107",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Reveja-se o ano litúrgico de tal modo que, conservando-se ou reintegrando-se os costumes tradicionais dos tempos litúrgicos, segundo o permitirem as circunstâncias de hoje, mantenha o seu carácter original para, com a celebração dos mistérios da Redenção cristã, sobretudo do mistério pascal, alimentar devidamente a piedade dos fiéis. Sé acaso forem necessárias adaptações aos vários lugares, façam-se segundo os art. 39 e 40."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-108",
              "number": "108",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oriente-se o espírito dos fiéis em primeiro lugar para as festas do Senhor, as quais celebram durante o ano os mistérios da salvação e, para que o ciclo destes mistérios possa ser celebrado no modo devido e na sua totalidade, dê-se ao Próprio do Tempo o lugar que lhe convém, de preferência sobre as festas dos Santos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-281",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Quaresma"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-109",
              "number": "109",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ponham-se em maior realce, tanto na Liturgia como na catequese litúrgica, os dois aspectos característicos do tempo quaresmal, que pretende, sobretudo através da recordação ou preparação do Baptismo e pela Penitência, preparar os fiéis, que devem ouvir com mais frequência a Palavra de Deus e dar-se à oração com mais insistência, para a celebração do mistério pascal. Por isso:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-283",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "a) utilizem-se com mais abundância os elementos baptismais próprios da liturgia quaresmal e retomem-se, se parecer oportuno, elementos da antiga tradição;"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-284",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "b) o mesmo se diga dos elementos penitenciais. Quanto à catequese, inculque-se nos espíritos, de par com as consequências sociais do pecado, a natureza própria da penitência, que é detestação do pecado por ser ofensa de Deus; nem se deve esquecer a parte da Igreja na prática penitenciai, nem deixar de recomendar a oração pelos pecadores."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-110",
              "number": "110",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A penitência quaresmal deve ser também externa e social, que não só interna e individual. Estimule-se a prática da penitência, adaptada ao nosso tempo, às possibilidades das diversas regiões e à condição de cada um dos fiéis. Recomendem-na as autoridades a que se refere o art. 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-286",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mantenha-se religiosamente o jejum pascal, que se deve observar em toda a parte na Sexta-feira da Paixão e Morte do Senhor e, se oportuno, estender-se também ao Sábado santo, para que os fiéis possam chegar à alegria da Ressurreição do Senhor com elevação e largueza de espírito."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-287",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As festas dos santos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-111",
              "number": "111",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja, segundo a tradição, venera os Santos e as suas relíquias autênticas, bem como as suas imagens. É que as festas dos Santos proclamam as grandes obras de Cristo nos seus servos e oferecem aos fiéis os bons exemplos a imitar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-289",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para que as festas dos Santos não prevaleçam sobre as festas que recordam os mistérios da salvação, muitas delas ficarão a ser celebradas só por uma igreja particular ou nação ou família religiosa, estendendo-se apenas a toda a Igreja as que festejam Santos de inegável importância universal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-290",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-291",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A MÚSICA SACRA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-292",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importância para a Liturgia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-112",
              "number": "112",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A tradição musical da Igreja é um tesouro de inestimável valor, que excede todas as outras expressões de arte, sobretudo porque o canto sagrado, intimamente unido com o texto, constitui parte necessária ou integrante da Liturgia solene."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-294",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Não cessam de a enaltecer, quer a Sagrada Escritura (42), quer os Santos Padres e os Romanos Pontífices, que ainda recentemente, a começar em S. Pio X, vincaram com mais insistência a função ministerial da música sacra no culto divino."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-295",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A música sacra será, por isso, tanto mais santa quanto mais intimamente unida estiver à acção litúrgica, quer como expressão delicada da oração, quer como factor de comunhão, quer como elemento de maior solenidade nas funções sagradas. A Igreja aprova e aceita no culto divino todas as formas autênticas de arte, desde que dotadas das qualidades requeridas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-296",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio, fiel às normas e determinações da tradição e disciplina da Igreja, e não perdendo de vista o fim da música sacra, que é a glória de Deus e a santificação dos fiéis, estabelece o seguinte:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-113",
              "number": "113",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A acção litúrgica reveste-se de maior nobreza quando é celebrada de modo solene com canto, com a presença dos ministros sagrados e a participação activa do povo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-298",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Observe-se, quanto à língua a usar, o art. 36; quanto à Missa, o art. 54; quanto aos sacramentos, o art. 63; e quanto ao Ofício divino, o art. 101."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-299",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promoção da música sacra"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-114",
              "number": "114",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Guarde-se e desenvolva-se com diligência o património da música sacra. Promovam-se com empenho, sobretudo nas igrejas catedrais, as «Scholae cantorum». Procurem os Bispos e demais pastores de almas que os fiéis participem activamente nas funções sagradas que se celebram com canto, na medida que lhes compete e segundo os art. 28 e 30."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-115",
              "number": "115",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dê-se grande importância nos Seminários, Noviciados e casas de estudo de religiosos de ambos os sexos, bem como noutros institutos e escolas católicas, à formação e prática musical. Para o conseguir, procure-se preparar também e com muito cuidado os professores que terão a missão de ensinar a música sacra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-302",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recomenda-se a fundação, segundo as circunstâncias, de Institutos Superiores de música sacra."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-303",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os compositores e os cantores, principalmente as crianças, devem receber também uma verdadeira educação litúrgica."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-116",
              "number": "116",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja reconhece como canto próprio da liturgia romana o canto gregoriano; terá este, por isso, na acção litúrgica, em igualdade de circunstâncias, o primeiro lugar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-305",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Não se excluem todos os outros géneros de música sacra, mormente a polifonia, na celebração dos Ofícios divinos, desde que estejam em harmonia com o espírito da acção litúrgica, segundo o estatuído no art. 30."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-117",
              "number": "117",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Procure terminar-se a edição típica dos livros de canto gregoriano; prepare-se uma edição mais crítica dos livros já editados depois da reforma de S. Pio X."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-307",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Convirá preparar uma edição com melodias mais simples para uso das igrejas menores."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-118",
              "number": "118",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promova-se muito o canto popular religioso, para que os fiéis possam cantar tanto nos exercícios piedosos e sagrados como nas próprias acções litúrgicas, segundo o que as rubricas determinam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-309",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Adaptação às diferentes culturas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-119",
              "number": "119",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em certas regiões, sobretudo nas Missões, há povos com tradição musical própria, a qual tem excepcional importância na sua vida religiosa e social. Estime-se como se deve e dê-se-lhe o lugar que lhe compete, tanto na educação do sentido religioso desses povos como na adaptação do culto à sua índole, segundo os art. 39 e 40. Por isso, procure-se cuidadosamente que, na sua formação musical, os missionários fiquem aptos, na medida do possível, a promover a música tradicional desses povos nas escolas e nas acções sagradas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-311",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Instrumentos músicos sagrados"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-120",
              "number": "120",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tenha-se em grande apreço na Igreja latina o órgão de tubos, instrumento musical tradicional e cujo som é capaz de dar às cerimónias do culto um esplendor extraordinário e elevar poderosamente o espírito para Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-313",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Podem utilizar-se no culto divino outros instrumentos, segundo o parecer e com o consentimento da autoridade territorial competente, conforme o estabelecido nos art. 22 § 2, 37 e 40, contanto que esses instrumentos estejam adaptados ou sejam adaptáveis ao uso sacro, não desdigam da dignidade do templo e favoreçam realmente a edificação dos fiéis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-314",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Normas para os compositores"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-121",
              "number": "121",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os compositores possuídos do espírito cristão compreendam que são chamados a cultivar a música sacra e a aumentar-lhe o património."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-316",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que as suas composições se apresentem com as características da verdadeira música sacra, possam ser cantadas não só pelos grandes coros, mas se adaptem também aos pequenos e favoreçam uma activa participação de toda a assembleia dos fiéis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-317",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os textos destinados ao canto sacro devem estar de acordo com a doutrina católica e inspirar-se sobretudo na Sagrada Escritura e nas fontes litúrgicas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-318",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO VII"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-319",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A ARTE SACRA E AS ALFAIAS LITÚRGICAS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-320",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A arte sacra e seus estilos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-122",
              "number": "122",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Entre as mais nobres actividades do espírito humano estão, de pleno direito, as belas artes, e muito especialmente a arte religiosa e o seu mais alto cimo, que é a arte sacra. Elas tendem, por natureza, a exprimir de algum modo, nas obras saídas das mãos do homem, a infinita beleza de Deus, e estarão mais orientadas para o louvor e glória de Deus se não tiverem outro fim senão o de conduzir piamente e o mais eficazmente possível, através das suas obras, o espírito do homem até Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-322",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É esta a razão por que a santa mãe Igreja amou sempre as belas artes, formou artistas e nunca deixou de procurar o contributo delas, procurando que os objectos atinentes ao culto fossem dignos, decorosos e belos, verdadeiros sinais e símbolos do sobrenatural. A Igreja julgou-se sempre no direito de ser como que o seu árbitro, escolhendo entre as obras dos artistas as que estavam de acordo com a fé, a piedade e as orientações veneráveis da tradição e que melhor pudessem servir ao culto."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-323",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja preocupou-se com muita solicitude em que as alfaias sagradas contribuissem para a dignidade e beleza do culto, aceitando no decorrer do tempo, na matéria, na forma e na ornamentação, as mudanças que o progresso técnico foi introduzindo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-324",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pareceu bem aos Padres determinar, a este propósito, o que segue:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-123",
              "number": "123",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A Igreja nunca considerou um estilo como próprio seu, mas aceitou os estilos de todas as épocas, segundo a índole e condição dos povos e as exigências dos vários ritos, criando deste modo no decorrer dos séculos um tesouro artístico que deve ser conservado cuidadosamente. Seja também cultivada livremente na Igreja a arte do nosso tempo, a arte de todos os povos e regiões, desde que sirva com a devida reverência e a devida honra às exigências dos edifícios e ritos sagrados. Assim poderá ela unir a sua voz ao admirável cântico de glória que grandes homens elevaram à fé católica em séculos passados."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-124",
              "number": "124",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ao promoverem uma autêntica arte sacra, prefiram os Ordinários à mera sumptuosidade uma beleza que seja nobre. Aplique-se isto mesmo às vestes e ornamentos sagrados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-327",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tenham os Bispos todo o cuidado em retirar da casa de Deus e de outros lugares sagrados aquelas obras de arte que não se coadunam com a fé e os costumes e com a piedade cristã, ofendem o genuíno sentido religioso, quer pela depravação da forma, que pela insuficiência, mediocridade ou falsidade da expressão artística."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-328",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Na construção de edifícios sagrados, tenha-se grande preocupação de que sejam aptos para lá se realizarem as acções litúrgicas e permitam a participação activa dos fiéis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-329",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O culto das imagens"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-125",
              "number": "125",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mantenha-se o uso de expor imagens nas igrejas à veneração dos fiéis. Sejam, no entanto, em número comedido e na ordem devida, para não causar estranheza aos fiéis nem contemporizar com uma devoção menos ortodoxa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-331",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Comissão diocesana da arte"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-126",
              "number": "126",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para emitir um juízo sobre as obras de arte, oiçam os Ordinários de lugar o parecer da Comissão de arte sacra e de outras pessoas particularmente competentes, se for o caso, assim como também das Comissões a que se referem os art. 44, 45, 46."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-333",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Os Ordinários vigiarão com todo o cuidado para que não se percam nem se alienem as alfaias sagradas e obras preciosas, que embelezam a casa de Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-334",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promoção da arte e formação dos artistas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-127",
              "number": "127",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cuidem os Bispos de, por si ou por sacerdotes idóneos e que conheçam e amem a arte, imbuir os artistas do espírito da arte sacra e da sagrada Liturgia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-336",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recomenda-se também, para formar os artistas, a criação de Escolas ou Academias de arte sacra, onde parecer oportuno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-337",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recordem-se constantemente os artistas que desejam, levados pela sua inspiração, servir a glória de Deus na santa Igreja, de que a sua actividade é, de algum modo, uma sagrada imitação de Deus criador e de que as suas obras se destinam ao culto católico, à edificação, piedade e instrução religiosa dos fiéis."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-128",
              "number": "128",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Revejam-se o mais depressa possível, juntamente com os livros litúrgicos, conforme dispõe o art. 25, os cânones e determinações eclesiásticas atinentes ao conjunto das coisas externas que se referem ao culto, sobretudo quanto a uma construção funcional e digna dos edifícios sagrados, erecção e forma dos altares, nobreza, disposição e segurança dos sacrários, dignidade e funcionalidade do baptistério, conveniente disposição das imagens, decoração e ornamentos. Corrijam-se ou desapareçam as normas que parecem menos de acordo com a reforma da Liturgia; mantenham-se e introduzam-se as que forem julgadas aptas a promovê-la."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-339",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Neste particular e especialmente quanto à matéria e forma dos objectos e das vestes sagradas, o sagrado Concílio concede às Conferências episcopais das várias regiões a faculdade de fazer a adaptação às necessidades e costumes dos lugares, segundo o art. 22 desta Constituição."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-129",
              "number": "129",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para poderem estimar e conservar os preciosos monumentos da Igreja e para estarem aptos a orientar como convém os artistas na realização das suas obras, devem os clérigos, durante o curso filosófico e teológico, estudar a história e evolução da arte sacra, bem como os sãos princípios em que deve fundar-se."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-341",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Uso das insígnias pontifícias"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-130",
              "number": "130",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É conveniente que o uso das insígnias pontificais seja reservado às pessoas eclesiásticas que possuem a dignidade episcopal ou gozam de especial jurisdição."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-343",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apêndice"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-344",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECLARAÇÃO DO CONCÍLIO ECUMÉNICO VATICANO II SOBRE A REFORMA DO CALENDÁRIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-345",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Apêndice: Declaração sobre a revisão do Calendário"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-346",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio Ecuménico Vaticano II, tendo na devida conta o desejo expresso por muitos para dar à festa da Páscoa um domingo certo e adoptar um calendário fixo, depois de ter ponderado maduramente as consequências que poderão resultar da introdução do novo calendário, declara o seguinte:"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O sagrado Concílio não tem nada a opor à fixação da festa da Páscoa num domingo certo do calendário gregoriano, se obtiver o assentimento daqueles a quem interessa, especialmente dos irmãos separados da comunhão com a Sé Apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Igualmente declara não se opor às iniciativas para introduzir um calendário perpétuo na sociedade civil."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-349",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Contudo, entre os vários sistemas em estudo para fixar um calendário perpétuo e introduzi-lo na sociedade civil, a Igreja só não se opõe àqueles que conservem a semana de sete dias e com o respectivo domingo. A Igreja deseja também manter intacta a sucessão hebdomadária, sem inserção de dias fora da semana, a não ser que surjam razões gravíssimas sobre as quais deverá pronunciar-se a Sé Apostólica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-350",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, 4 de Dezembro de 1963."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-351",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAPA PAULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-352",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IX Dom. d. Pentec., oração sobre as oblatas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Hebr. 13,14."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 2, 21-22."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 4,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Is. 11,12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 11,52."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 10,16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Is. 61,1; Lc. 4,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Inácio de Antioquia aos Efésios, 7, 8: F. X. Funk, Patres Apostolici, I, Tubinga, 1901, p. 218."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. I Tim. 2,5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacramentário de Verona (Leoniano): ed. C. Mohlberg, Roma, 1956, n.° 1265, p. 162."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Missal Romano, Prefácio pascal."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Agostinho, Enarr. in Ps. CXXXVIII, 2: Corpus Christianorum XL, Tournai, 1956, p. 1991; e a oração depois da segunda leitura de Sábado Santo antes da reforma da Semana Santa, no Missal Romano."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mc. 16,15"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Act. 26,18"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 6,4; Ef. 2,6; Col. 3,1; 2 Tim. 2,11."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 4,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 11,26."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Trento, Sess. XIII, 11 Out. 1551, Decr. De ss. Eucharist., ci 5: Concilium Tridentinum, Diariorum, Actorum, Epistolarum, Tractatuum nova collectio, ed. Soc. Goerresiana, t. VII. Actas: Parte IV, Friburgo da Brisgóvia, 1961, p. 202."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Trento, Sess. XXII, 17 Set. 1562, Dout. De ss. Missae sacrif., c. 2: Concilium Tridentinum, ed. cit., t. VIII, Actas: Parte V, Friburgo da Brisgóvia, 1919, p. 960."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Agostinho, In Joannis Evangelium Tractatus VI, c. I, n.° 7: PL 35, 1428."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Apoc. 21,2; Col. 3,1; Heb. 8,2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Fil. 3,20; Col. 3,4,"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 17,3; Lc. 24,47; Act. 2,38."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 28,20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oração depois da comunhão na Vigília Pascal e no Domingo da Ressurreição."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oração da missa de terça-feira da Oitava de Páscoa."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 6,1."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-381",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "29 Cfr. Mt. 6,6."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Tess. 5,17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 4, 10-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-32",
              "number": "32",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Missal Romano, 2ª feira da Oitava de Pentecostes, oração sobre as oblatas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "S. Cipriano, De Cath. Eccl. unitate, 7: ed. G. Hartel, em CSEL, t. III, 1, Viena 1868, pp. 215-216. Cfr. Ep. 66, n.° 8, 3: ed. cit., t. III„ 2, Viena 1871, pp. 732-733."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Trento, Sess. XXII, 17 Setembro 1562, Doctr. de ss. missae sacrif., c. 8: Concilium Trident. ed. cit., t. VIII, p. 961."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Inácio de Antioquia, Ad Magn. 7; Ad Philad. 4; Ad Smyrn. 8: ed. cit. F. X. Funk, I, pp 336, 266, 281."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Agostinho. In Joannis Evang. tractatus XXVI, cap. VI, n.° 13: PL 35, 1613."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Breviário Romano, na festa do Corpo de Deus: Antífona do Magnificat em 2ªs Vésperas."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Cirilo de Alexandria, Commentarium in Joannis Evangelium, livro XI, cap. XI-XII: PG 74, 557-565."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Tim. 2, 1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sessão XXI, Doctrina de Communione sub utraque specie et parvulorum, e. 1-3, cân. 1-3: Concilium Trident. ed. cit., t. VIII, pp. 698-699."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conc. Trento, Sessão XXIV, 11 Novembro 1563, Decr. De reformatione, c. I: Concilium Trident. ed. cit., t. IX. Actas: parte VI, Friburgo Br. 1924., p. 969. Cfr. Ritual Romano, tit.8, c. II, n° 6."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 5,19; Col. 3,16."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ]
    },
    {
      "key": "unitatis-redintegratio",
      "council": 21,
      "title": "Unitatis redintegratio",
      "type": "Decree",
      "date": "1964-11-21",
      "languages": {
        "de": {
          "code": "de",
          "label": "Deutsch",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19641121_unitatis-redintegratio_ge.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-123-vat-ii_decree_19641121_unitatis-redintegratio_ge.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DEKRET UNITATIS REDINTEGRATIO ÜBER DEN ÖKUMENISMUS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "VORWORT"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Einheit aller Christen wiederherstellen zu helfen ist eine der Hauptaufgaben des Heiligen Ökumenischen Zweiten Vatikanischen Konzils. Denn Christus der Herr hat eine einige und einzige Kirche gegründet, und doch erheben mehrere christliche Gemeinschaften vor den Menschen den Anspruch, das wahre Erbe Jesu Christi darzustellen; sie alle bekennen sich als Jünger des Herrn, aber sie weichen in ihrem Denken voneinander ab und gehen verschiedene Wege, als ob Christus selber geteilt wäre (1). Eine solche Spaltung widerspricht aber ganz offenbar dem Willen Christi, sie ist ein Ärgernis für die Welt und ein Schaden für die heilige Sache der Verkündigung des Evangeliums vor allen Geschöpfen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Herr der Geschichte aber, der seinen Gnadenplan mit uns Sündern in Weisheit und Langmut verfolgt, hat in jüngster Zeit begonnen, über die gespaltene Christenheit ernste Reue und Sehnsucht nach Einheit reichlicher auszugießen. Von dieser Gnade sind heute überall sehr viele Menschen ergriffen, und auch unter unsern getrennten Brüdern ist unter der Einwirkung der Gnade des Heiligen Geistes eine sich von Tag zu Tag ausbreitende Bewegung zur Wiederherstellung der Einheit aller Christen entstanden. Diese Einheitsbewegung, die man als ökumenische Bewegung bezeichnet, wird von Menschen getragen, die den dreieinigen Gott anrufen und Jesus als Herrn und Erlöser bekennen, und zwar nicht nur einzeln für sich, sondern auch in ihren Gemeinschaften, in denen sie die frohe Botschaft vernommen haben und die sie ihre Kirche und Gottes Kirche nennen. Fast alle streben, wenn auch auf verschiedene Weise, zu einer einen, sichtbaren Kirche Gottes hin, die in Wahrheit allumfassend und zur ganzen Welt gesandt ist, damit sich die Welt zum Evangelium bekehre und so ihr Heil finde zur Ehre Gottes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dies alles erwägt die Heilige Synode freudigen Herzens und, nachdem sie die Lehre von der Kirche dargestellt hat, möchte sie, bewegt von dem Wunsch nach der Wiederherstellung der Einheit unter allen Jüngern Christi, allen Katholiken die Mittel und Wege nennen und die Weise aufzeigen, wie sie selber diesem göttlichen Ruf und dieser Gnade Gottes entsprechen können."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE KATHOLISCHEN PRINZIPIEN DES ÖKUMENISMUS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Darin ist unter uns die Liebe Gottes erschienen, daß der eingeborene Sohn Gottes vom Vater in die Welt gesandt wurde, damit er, Mensch geworden, das ganze Menschengeschlecht durch die Erlösung zur Wiedergeburt führe und in eins versammle (2). Bevor er sich selbst auf dem Altar des Kreuzes als makellose Opfergabe darbrachte, hat er für alle, die an ihn glauben, zum Vater gebetet, \"daß alle eins seien, wie Du, Vater, in mir, und ich in Dir, daß auch sie in uns eins seien: damit die Welt glaubt, daß Du mich gesandt hast\" (Joh 17,21), und er hat in seiner Kirche das wunderbare Sakrament der Eucharistie gestiftet, durch das die Einheit der Kirche bezeichnet und bewirkt wird. Seinen Jüngern hat er das neue Gebot der gegenseitigen Liebe gegeben (3) und den Geist, den Beistand, verheißen (4), der als Herr und Lebensspender in Ewigkeit bei ihnen bleiben sollte."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nachdem der Herr Jesus am Kreuze erhöht und verherrlicht war, hat er den verheißenen Geist ausgegossen, durch den er das Volk des Neuen Bundes, das die Kirche ist, zur Einheit des Glaubens, der Hoffnung und der Liebe berufen und versammelt, wie uns der Apostel lehrt: \"Ein Leib und ein Geist, wie ihr berufen seid in einer Hoffnung eurer Berufung. Ein Herr, ein Glaube, eine Taufe\" (Eph 4,4-5). Denn \"ihr alle, die ihr auf Christus getauft seid, habt Christus angezogen ... Ihr alle seid ja einer in Christus Jesus\" (Gal 3,27-28). Der Heilige Geist, der in den Gläubigen wohnt und die ganze Kirche leitet und regiert, schafft diese wunderbare Gemeinschaft der Gläubigen und verbindet sie in Christus so innig, daß er das Prinzip der Einheit der Kirche ist. Er selbst wirkt die Verschiedenheit der Gaben und Dienste (5), indem er die Kirche Jesu Christi mit mannigfaltigen Gaben bereichert \"zur Vollendung der Heiligen im Werk des Dienstes, zum Aufbau des Leibes Christi\" (Eph 4,12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Um nun diese seine heilige Kirche überall auf Erden bis zum Ende der Zeiten fest zu begründen, hat Christus das Amt der Lehre, der Leitung und der Heiligung dem Kollegium der Zwölf anvertraut (6). Unter ihnen hat er den Petrus ausgewählt, auf dem er nach dem Bekenntnis des Glaubens seine Kirche zu bauen beschlossen hat; ihm hat er die Schlüssel des Himmelreiches verheißen (7) und nach dessen Liebesbekenntnis alle Schafe anvertraut, damit er sie im Glauben stärken (8) und in vollkommener Einheit weiden solle (9), wobei Christus Jesus selbst der höchste Eckstein (10) und der Hirt unserer Seelen (11) in Ewigkeit bleibt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jesus Christus will, daß sein Volk durch die gläubige Predigt des Evangeliums und die Verwaltung der Sakramente durch die Apostel und durch ihre Nachfolger, die Bischöfe mit dem Nachfolger Petri als Haupt, sowie durch ihre Leitung in Liebe unter der Wirksamkeit des Heiligen Geistes wachse, und er vollendet seine Gemeinschaft in der Einheit: im Bekenntnis des einen Glaubens, in der gemeinsamen Feier des Gottesdienstes und in der brüderlichen Eintracht der Familie Gottes. So ist die Kirche, Gottes alleinige Herde, wie ein unter den Völkern erhobenes Zeichen (12). Indem sie dem ganzen Menschengeschlecht den Dienst des Evangeliums des Friedens leistet (13), pilgert sie in Hoffnung dem Ziel des ewigen Vaterlandes entgegen (14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dies ist das heilige Geheimnis der Einheit der Kirche in Christus und durch Christus, indes der Heilige Geist die Mannigfaltigkeit der Gaben schafft. Höchstes Vorbild und Urbild dieses Geheimnisses ist die Einheit des einen Gottes, des Vaters und des Sohnes im Heiligen Geist in der Dreiheit der Personen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In dieser einen und einzigen Kirche Gottes sind schon von den ersten Zeiten an Spaltungen entstanden (15), die der Apostel aufs schwerste tadelt und verurteilt (16); in den späteren Jahrhunderten aber sind ausgedehntere Verfeindungen entstanden, und es kam zur Trennung recht großer Gemeinschaften von der vollen Gemeinschaft der katholischen Kirche, oft nicht ohne Schuld der Menschen auf beiden Seiten. Den Menschen jedoch, die jetzt in solchen Gemeinschaften geboren sind und in ihnen den Glauben an Christus erlangen, darf die Schuld der Trennung nicht zur Last gelegt werden - die katholische Kirche betrachtet sie als Brüder, in Verehrung und Liebe. Denn wer an Christus glaubt und in der rechten Weise die Taufe empfangen hat, steht dadurch in einer gewissen, wenn auch nicht vollkommenen Gemeinschaft mit der katholischen Kirche. Da es zwischen ihnen und der katholischen Kirche sowohl in der Lehre und bisweilen auch in der Disziplin wie auch bezüglich der Struktur der Kirche Diskrepanzen verschiedener Art gibt, so stehen sicherlich nicht wenige Hindernisse der vollen kirchlichen Gemeinschaft entgegen, bisweilen recht schwerwiegende, um deren Überwindung die ökumenische Bewegung bemüht ist. Nichtsdestoweniger sind sie durch den Glauben in der Taufe gerechtfertigt und Christus eingegliedert (17), darum gebührt ihnen der Ehrenname des Christen, und mit Recht werden sie von den Söhnen der katholischen Kirche als Brüder im Herrn anerkannt (18)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hinzu kommt, daß einige, ja sogar viele und bedeutende Elemente oder Güter, aus denen insgesamt die Kirche erbaut wird und ihr Leben gewinnt, auch außerhalb der sichtbaren Grenzen der katholischen Kirche existieren können: das geschriebene Wort Gottes, das Leben der Gnade, Glaube, Hoffnung und Liebe und andere innere Gaben des Heiligen Geistes und sichtbare Elemente: all dieses, das von Christus ausgeht und zu ihm hinführt, gehört rechtens zu der einzigen Kirche Christi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auch zahlreiche liturgische Handlungen der christlichen Religion werden bei den von uns getrennten Brüdern vollzogen, die auf verschiedene Weise je nach der verschiedenen Verfaßtheit einer jeden Kirche und Gemeinschaft ohne Zweifel tatsächlich das Leben der Gnade zeugen können und als geeignete Mittel für den Zutritt zur Gemeinschaft des Heiles angesehen werden müssen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ebenso sind diese getrennten Kirchen (19) und Gemeinschaften trotz der Mängel, die ihnen nach unserem Glauben anhaften, nicht ohne Bedeutung und Gewicht im Geheimnis des Heiles. Denn der Geist Christi hat sich gewürdigt, sie als Mittel des Heiles zu gebrauchen, deren Wirksamkeit sich von der der katholischen Kirche anvertrauten Fülle der Gnade und Wahrheit herleitet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dennoch erfreuen sich die von uns getrennten Brüder, sowohl als einzelne wie auch als Gemeinschaften und Kirchen betrachtet, nicht jener Einheit, die Jesus Christus all denen schenken wollte, die er zu einem Leibe und zur Neuheit des Lebens wiedergeboren und lebendig gemacht hat, jener Einheit, die die Heilige Schrift und die verehrungswürdige Tradition der Kirche bekennt. Denn nur durch die katholische Kirche Christi, die das allgemeine Hilfsmittel des Heiles ist, kann man Zutritt zu der ganzen Fülle der Heilsmittel haben. Denn einzig dem Apostelkollegium, an dessen Spitze Petrus steht, hat der Herr, so glauben wir, alle Güter des Neuen Bundes anvertraut, um den einen Leib Christi auf Erden zu konstituieren, welchem alle völlig eingegliedert werden müssen, die schon auf irgendeine Weise zum Volke Gottes gehören. Dieses Volk Gottes bleibt zwar während seiner irdischen Pilgerschaft in seinen Gliedern der Sünde ausgesetzt, aber es wächst in Christus und wird von Gott nach seinem geheimnisvollen Ratschluß sanft geleitet, bis es zur ganzen Fülle der ewigen Herrlichkeit im himmlischen Jerusalem freudig gelangt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter dem Wehen der Gnade des Heiligen Geistes gibt es heute in vielen Ländern auf Erden Bestrebungen, durch Gebet, Wort und Werk zu jener Fülle der Einheit zu gelangen, die Jesus Christus will. Daher mahnt dieses Heilige Konzil alle katholischen Gläubigen, daß sie, die Zeichen der Zeit erkennend, mit Eifer an dem ökumenischen Werk teilnehmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter der \"Ökumenischen Bewegung'' versteht man Tätigkeiten und Unternehmungen, die je nach den verschiedenartigen Bedürfnissen der Kirche und nach Möglichkeit der Zeitverhältnisse zur Förderung der Einheit der Christen ins Leben gerufen und auf dieses Ziel ausgerichtet sind. Dazu gehört: Zunächst alles Bemühen zur Ausmerzung aller Worte, Urteile und Taten, die der Lage der getrennten Brüder nach Gerechtigkeit und Wahrheit nicht entsprechen und dadurch die gegenseitigen Beziehungen mit ihnen erschweren; ferner der \"Dialog\", der bei Zusammenkünften der Christen aus verschiedenen Kirchen oder Gemeinschaften, die vom Geist der Frömmigkeit bestimmt sind, von wohlunterrichteten Sachverständigen geführt wird, wobei ein jeder die Lehre seiner Gemeinschaft tiefer und genauer erklärt, so daß das Charakteristische daran deutlich hervortritt. Durch diesen Dialog erwerben alle eine bessere Kenntnis der Lehre und des Lebens jeder von beiden Gemeinschaften und eine gerechtere Würdigung derselben. Von hier aus gelangen diese Gemeinschaften auch zu einer stärkeren Zusammenarbeit in den Aufgaben des Gemeinwohls, die jedes christliche Gewissen fordert, und sie kommen, wo es erlaubt ist, zum gemeinsamen Gebet zusammen. Schließlich prüfen hierbei alle ihre Treue gegenüber dem Willen Christi hinsichtlich der Kirche und gehen tatkräftig ans Werk der notwendigen Erneuerung und Reform."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn dies alles von den Gläubigen der katholischen Kirche unter der Aufsicht ihrer Hirten mit Klugheit und Geduld vollzogen wird, trägt es zur Verwirklichung der Gerechtigkeit und Wahrheit, Eintracht und Zusammenarbeit, der brüderlichen Liebe und Einheit bei, so daß dadurch allmählich die Hindernisse, die sich der völligen kirchlichen Gemeinschaft entgegenstellen, überwunden und alle Christen zur selben Eucharistiefeier, zur Einheit der einen und einzigen Kirche versammelt werden, die Christus seiner Kirche von Anfang an geschenkt hat, eine Einheit, die nach unserem Glauben unverlierbar in der katholischen Kirche besteht, und die, wie wir hoffen, immer mehr wachsen wird bis zur Vollendung der Zeiten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist klar, daß die Vorbereitung und die Wiederaufnahme solcher Einzelner, die die volle katholische Gemeinschaft wünschen, ihrer Natur nach etwas von dem ökumenischen Werk Verschiedenes ist; es besteht jedoch kein Gegensatz zwischen ihnen, da beides aus dem wunderbaren Ratschluß Gottes hervorgeht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ohne Zweifel müssen die katholischen Gläubigen bei ihrer ökumenischen Aktion um die getrennten Christen besorgt sein, indem sie für sie beten, sich über kirchliche Angelegenheiten mit ihnen austauschen, den ersten Schritt zu ihnen tun. Aber in erster Linie sollen sie doch ehrlich und eifrig ihr Nachdenken darauf richten, was in der eigenen katholischen Familie zu erneuern und was zu tun ist, damit ihr Leben mit mehr Treue und Klarheit für die Lehre und die Einrichtungen Zeugnis gebe, die ihnen von Christus her durch die Apostel überkommen sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obgleich nämlich die katholische Kirche mit dem ganzen Reichtum der von Gott geoffenbarten Wahrheit und der Gnadenmittel beschenkt ist, ist es doch Tatsache, daß ihre Glieder nicht mit der entsprechenden Glut daraus leben, so daß das Antlitz der Kirche den von uns getrennten Brüdern und der ganzen Welt nicht recht aufleuchtet und das Wachstum des Reiches Gottes verzögert wird. Deshalb müssen alle Katholiken zur christlichen Vollkommenheit streben (20) und, ihrer jeweiligen Stellung entsprechend, bemüht sein, daß die Kirche, die die Niedrigkeit und das Todesleiden Christi an ihrem Leibe trägt (21), von Tag zu Tag geläutert und erneuert werde, bis Christus sie sich dereinst glorreich darstellt, ohne Makel und Runzeln (22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle in der Kirche sollen unter Wahrung der Einheit im Notwendigen je nach der Aufgabe eines jeden in den verschiedenen Formen des geistlichen Lebens und der äußeren Lebensgestaltung, in der Verschiedenheit der liturgischen Riten sowie der theologischen Ausarbeitung der Offenbarungswahrheit die gebührende Freiheit walten lassen, in allem aber die Liebe üben. Auf diese Weise werden sie die wahre Katholizität und Apostolizität der Kirche immer vollständiger zum Ausdruck bringen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auf der anderen Seite ist es notwendig, daß die Katholiken die wahrhaft christlichen Güter aus dem gemeinsamen Erbe mit Freude anerkennen und hochschätzen, die sich bei den von uns getrennten Brüdern finden. Es ist billig und heilsam, die Reichtümer Christi und das Wirken der Geisteskräfte im Leben der anderen anzuerkennen, die für Christus Zeugnis geben, manchmal bis zur Hingabe des Lebens: Denn Gott ist immer wunderbar und bewunderungswürdig in seinen Werken."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Man darf auch nicht übergehen, daß alles, was von der Gnade des Heiligen Geistes in den Herzen der getrennten Brüder gewirkt wird, auch zu unserer eigenen Auferbauung beitragen kann. Denn was wahrhaft christlich ist, steht niemals im Gegensatz zu den echten Gütern des Glaubens, sondern kann immer dazu helfen, daß das Geheimnis Christi und der Kirche vollkommener erfaßt werde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aber gerade die Spaltungen der Christen sind für die Kirche ein Hindernis, daß sie die ihr eigene Fülle der Katholizität in jenen Söhnen wirksam werden läßt, die ihr zwar durch die Taufe zugehören, aber von ihrer völligen Gemeinschaft getrennt sind. Ja, es wird dadurch auch für die Kirche selber schwieriger, die Fülle der Katholizität unter jedem Aspekt in der Wirklichkeit des Lebens auszuprägen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mit Freude bemerkt das Heilige Konzil, daß die Teilnahme der katholischen Gläubigen am ökumenischen Werk von Tag zu Tag wächst, und empfiehlt sie den Bischöfen auf dem ganzen Erdkreis, daß sie von ihnen eifrig gefördert und mit Klugheit geleitet werde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE PRAKTISCHE VERWIRKLICHUNG DES ÖKUMENISMUS"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Sorge um die Wiederherstellung der Einheit ist Sache der ganzen Kirche, sowohl der Gläubigen wie auch der Hirten, und geht einen jeden an, je nach seiner Fähigkeit, sowohl in seinem täglichen christlichen Leben wie auch bei theologischen und historischen Untersuchungen. Diese Sorge macht schon einigermaßen deutlich, daß eine brüderliche Verbindung zwischen allen Christen schon vorhanden ist; sie ist es, die schließlich nach dem gnädigen Willen Gottes zur vollen und vollkommenen Einheit hinführt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jede Erneuerung der Kirche (23) besteht wesentlich im Wachstum der Treue gegenüber ihrer eigenen Berufung, und so ist ohne Zweifel hierin der Sinn der Bewegung in Richtung auf die Einheit zu sehen. Die Kirche wird auf dem Wege ihrer Pilgerschaft von Christus zu dieser dauernden Reform gerufen, deren sie allzeit bedarf, soweit sie menschliche und irdische Einrichtung ist; was also etwa je nach den Umständen und Zeitverhältnissen im sittlichen Leben, in der Kirchenzucht oder auch in der Art der Lehrverkündigung - die von dem Glaubensschatz selbst genau unterschieden werden muß - nicht genau genug bewahrt worden ist, muß deshalb zu gegebener Zeit sachgerecht und pflichtgemäß erneuert werden. Dieser Erneuerung kommt also eine besondere ökumenische Bedeutung zu. Und so sind die verschiedenen Lebensäußerungen der Kirche, in denen diese Erneuerung sich schon verwirklicht - wie etwa die biblische und die liturgische Bewegung, die Predigt des Wortes Gottes und die Katechese, das Laienapostolat, neue Formen des gottgeweihten Lebens, die Spiritualität der Ehe, die Lehre und Wirksamkeit der Kirche im sozialen Bereich - als Unterpfand und als gute Vorbedeutung zu sehen, die den künftigen Fortschritt des Ökumenismus schon verheißungsvoll ankündigen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es gibt keinen echten Ökumenismus ohne innere Bekehrung. Denn aus dem Neuwerden des Geistes (24), aus der Selbstverleugnung und aus dem freien Strömen der Liebe erwächst und reift das Verlangen nach der Einheit. Deshalb müssen wir vom göttlichen Geiste die Gnade aufrichtiger Selbstverleugnung, der Demut und des geduldigen Dienstes sowie der brüderlichen Herzensgüte zueinander erflehen. Der Völkerapostel sagt: \"So ermahne ich euch denn, ich der Gefangene im Herrn, wandelt würdig der Berufung, zu der ihr berufen seid, mit aller Demut und Sanftmut, ertraget einander geduldig in Liebe; bestrebt euch, die Einheit des Geistes zu bewahren durch das Band des Friedens\" (Eph 4,1-3). Diese Mahnung gilt besonders denen, die die heiligen Weihen empfangen haben, damit die Sendung Christi, der zu uns kam, \"nicht um bedient zu werden. sondern um zu dienen\" (Mt 20,28), ihre Fortsetzung finde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Auch von den Sünden gegen die Einheit gilt das Zeugnis des heiligen Johannes: \"Wenn wir sagen, wir hätten nicht gesündigt. so machen wir ihn zum Lügner, und sein Wort ist nicht in uns\" (1 Joh 1,10). In Demut bitten wir also Gott und die getrennten Brüder um Verzeihung, wie auch wir unseren Schuldigern vergeben."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle Christgläubigen sollen sich bewußt sein, daß sie die Einheit der Christen um so besser fördern, ja sogar einüben, je mehr sie nach einem reinen Leben gemäß dem Evangelium streben. Je inniger die Gemeinschaft ist, die sie mit dem Vater, dem Wort und dem Geist vereint, um so inniger und leichter werden sie imstande sein, die gegenseitige Brüderlichkeit zu vertiefen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Diese Bekehrung des Herzens und die Heiligkeit des Lebens ist in Verbindung mit dem privaten und öffentlichen Gebet für die Einheit der Christen als die Seele der ganzen ökumenischen Bewegung anzusehen; sie kann mit Recht geistlicher Ökumenismus genannt werden."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist unter Katholiken schon üblich geworden, daß sie häufig zu diesem Gebet für die Einheit der Kirche zusammenkommen, die der Heiland selbst am Vorabend seines Todes vom Vater inständig erfleht hat: \"Daß alle eins seien\" (Joh 17,21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei besonderen Anlässen, zum Beispiel bei Gebeten, die \"für die Einheit\" verrichtet werden, und bei ökumenischen Versammlungen, ist es erlaubt und auch erwünscht, daß sich die Katholiken mit den getrennten Brüdern im Gebet zusammenfinden. Solche gemeinsamen Gebete sind ein höchst wirksames Mittel, um die Gnade der Einheit zu erflehen, und ein echter Ausdruck der Gemeinsamkeit, in der die Katholiken mit den getrennten Brüdern immer noch verbunden sind: \"Denn wo zwei oder drei versammelt sind in meinem Namen, da bin ich mitten unter ihnen\" (Mt 18,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Man darf jedoch die Gemeinschaft beim Gottesdienst (communicatio in sacris) nicht als ein allgemein und ohne Unterscheidung gültiges Mittel zur Wiederherstellung der Einheit der Christen ansehen. Hier sind hauptsächlich zwei Prinzipien maßgebend: die Bezeugung der Einheit der Kirche und die Teilnahme an den Mitteln der Gnade. Die Bezeugung der Einheit verbietet in den meisten Fällen die Gottesdienstgemeinschaft, die Sorge um die Gnade empfiehlt sie indessen in manchen Fällen. Wie man sich hier konkret zu verhalten hat, soll unter Berücksichtigung aller Umstände der Zeit, des Ortes und der Personen die örtliche bischöfliche Autorität in klugem Ermessen entscheiden, soweit nicht etwas anderes von der Bischofskonferenz nach Maßgabe ihrer eigenen Statuten oder vom Heiligen Stuhl bestimmt ist."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Man muß den Geist und die Sinnesart der getrennten Brüder kennen. Dazu bedarf es notwendig des Studiums, das der Wahrheit gemäß und in wohlwollender Gesinnung durchzuführen ist. Katholiken, die dazu gebührend gerüstet sind, sollen sich eine bessere Kenntnis der Lehre und der Geschichte, des geistlichen und liturgischen Lebens, der religiösen Psychologie und Kultur, die den Brüdern eigen ist, erwerben. Dazu sind gemeinsame Zusammenkünfte, besonders zur Behandlung theologischer Fragen, sehr dienlich, bei denen ein jeder mit dem anderen auf der Ebene der Gleichheit spricht (\"par cum pari agat\"), vorausgesetzt, daß die, die unter der Aufsicht ihrer Oberen daran teilnehmen, wirklich sachverständig sind. Aus einem solchen Dialog kann auch klarer zutage treten, was die wirkliche Situation der katholischen Kirche ist. Auf diesem Wege wird auch die Denkweise der getrennten Brüder besser erkannt und ihnen unser Glaube in geeigneterer Weise auseinandergesetzt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Unterweisung in der heiligen Theologie und in anderen, besonders den historischen Fächern muß auch unter ökumenischem Gesichtspunkt geschehen, damit sie um so genauer der Wahrheit und Wirklichkeit entspricht. Denn es liegt viel daran, daß die zukünftigen Hirten und Priester über eine Theologie verfügen, die ganz in diesem Sinne und nicht polemisch erarbeitet wurde, besonders bei jenen Gegenständen, die die Beziehungen der getrennten Brüder zur katholischen Kirche betreffen. Von der Ausbildung der Priester hängt ja die notwendige Unterweisung und geistliche Bildung der Gläubigen und der Ordensleute ganz besonders ab. Auch die Katholiken, die in denselben Ländern wie andere Christen im Dienst der Mission stehen, müssen gerade heute erkennen, welche Fragen sich hier ergeben und welche Früchte für ihr Apostolat der Ökumenismus heranreifen läßt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Art und Weise der Formulierung des katholischen Glaubens darf keinerlei Hindernis bilden für den Dialog mit den Brüdern. Die gesamte Lehre muß klar vorgelegt werden. Nichts ist dem ökumenischen Geist so fern wie jener falsche Irenismus, durch den die Reinheit der katholischen Lehre Schaden leidet und ihr ursprünglicher und sicherer Sinn verdunkelt wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zugleich muß aber der katholische Glaube tiefer und richtiger ausgedrückt werden auf eine Weise und in einer Sprache, die auch von den getrennten Brüdern wirklich verstanden werden kann. Darüber hinaus müssen beim ökumenischen Dialog die katholischen Theologen, wenn sie in Treue zur Lehre der Kirche in gemeinsamer Forschungsarbeit mit den getrennten Brüdern die göttlichen Geheimnisse zu ergründen suchen, mit Wahrheitsliebe, mit Liebe und Demut vorgehen. Beim Vergleich der Lehren miteinander soll man nicht vergessen, daß es eine Rangordnung oder \"Hierarchie\" der Wahrheiten innerhalb der katholischen Lehre gibt, je nach der verschiedenen Art ihres Zusammenhangs mit dem Fundament des christlichen Glaubens. So wird der Weg bereitet werden, auf dem alle in diesem brüderlichen Wettbewerb zur tieferen Erkenntnis und deutlicheren Darstellung der unerforschlichen Reichtümer Christi angeregt werden (25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vor der ganzen Welt sollen alle Christen ihren Glauben an den einen, dreifaltigen Gott, an den menschgewordenen Sohn Gottes, unsern Erlöser und Herrn, bekennen und in gemeinsamem Bemühen in gegenseitiger Achtung Zeugnis geben für unsere Hoffnung, die nicht zuschanden wird. Da in heutiger Zeit die Zusammenarbeit im sozialen Bereich sehr weit verbreitet ist, sind alle Menschen ohne Ausnahme zu gemeinsamem Dienst gerufen, erst recht diejenigen, die an Gott glauben, am meisten aber alle Christen, die ja mit dem Namen Christi ausgezeichnet sind. Durch die Zusammenarbeit der Christen kommt die Verbundenheit, in der sie schon untereinander vereinigt sind, lebendig zum Ausdruck, und das Antlitz Christi, des Gottesknechtes, tritt in hellerem Licht zutage. Diese Zusammenarbeit, die bei vielen Völkern schon besteht, muß mehr und mehr vervollkommnet werden, besonders in jenen Ländern, wo die soziale und technische Entwicklung erst im Werden ist. Das gilt sowohl für die Aufgabe, der menschlichen Person zu ihrer wahren Würde zu verhelfen, für die Förderung des Friedens, für die Anwendung des Evangeliums auf die sozialen Fragen, für die Pflege von Wissenschaft und Kunst aus christlichem Geiste, wie auch für die Bereitstellung von Heilmitteln aller Art gegen die Nöte unserer Zeit, wie gegen Hunger und Katastrophen, gegen den Analphabetismus und die Armut, gegen die Wohnungsnot und die ungerechte Verteilung der Güter. Bei dieser Zusammenarbeit können alle, die an Christus glauben, unschwer lernen, wie sie einander besser kennen und höher achten können und wie der Weg zur Einheit der Christen bereitet wird."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DIE VOM RÖMISCHEN APOSTOLISCHEN STUHL GETRENNTEN KIRCHEN UND KIRCHLICHEN GEMEINSCHAFTEN"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Zwei besondere Kategorien von Spaltungen, durch die der nahtlose Leibrock Christi getroffen wurde, wollen wir nun näher ins Auge fassen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die erste dieser Spaltungen geschah im Orient, und zwar entweder aufgrund einer dogmatischen Bestreitung von Glaubensformeln der Konzilien von Ephesus und Chalcedon oder, in späterer Zeit, durch die Aufhebung der kirchlichen Gemeinschaft zwischen den Patriarchaten des Orients und dem Römischen Stuhl."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Andere Spaltungen entstanden sodann mehr als vier Jahrhunderte später im Abendland aufgrund von Ereignissen, die man die Reformation nennt. Seither sind mehrere nationale oder konfessionelle Gemeinschaften vom Römischen Stuhl getrennt. Unter denjenigen von ihnen, bei denen katholische Traditionen und Strukturen zum Teil fortbestehen, nimmt die Anglikanische Gemeinschaft einen besonderen Platz ein. Indessen sind diese einzelnen Trennungen untereinander sehr verschieden, nicht allein bedingt durch ihre Entstehung und durch die Umstände von Ort und Zeit, sondern vor allem nach Art und Bedeutsamkeit der Probleme, die sich auf den Glauben und die kirchliche Struktur beziehen. Deshalb hat das Heilige Konzil, das weder die andersartige Situation der verschiedenen Gemeinschaften der Christen geringachtet noch die trotz der Spaltung unter ihnen bestehenden Bande übergehen will, beschlossen, folgende Erwägungen zur Verwirklichung einer besonnenen ökumenischen Arbeit vorzulegen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Die Orientalischen Kirchen"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirchen des Orients und des Abendlandes sind Jahrhunderte hindurch je ihren besonderen Weg gegangen, jedoch miteinander verbunden in brüderlicher Gemeinschaft des Glaubens und des sakramentalen Lebens, wobei dem Römischen Stuhl mit allgemeiner Zustimmung eine Führungsrolle zukam, wenn Streitigkeiten über Glaube oder Disziplin unter ihnen entstanden. Mit Freude möchte die Heilige Synode neben anderen sehr bedeutsamen Dingen allen die Tatsache in Erinnerung rufen, daß im Orient viele Teilkirchen oder Ortskirchen bestehen, unter denen die Patriarchalkirchen den ersten Rang einnehmen und von denen nicht wenige sich ihres apostolischen Ursprungs rühmen. Deshalb steht bei den Orientalen bis auf den heutigen Tag der Eifer und die Sorge im Vordergrund, jene brüderlichen Bande der Gemeinschaft im Glauben und in der Liebe zu bewahren, die zwischen Lokalkirchen als Schwesterkirchen bestehen müssen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es darf ebenfalls nicht unerwähnt bleiben, daß die Kirchen des Orients von Anfang an einen Schatz besitzen, aus dem die Kirche des Abendlandes in den Dingen der Liturgie, in ihrer geistlichen Tradition und in der rechtlichen Ordnung vielfach geschöpft hat. Auch das darf in seiner Bedeutung nicht unterschätzt werden, daß die Grunddogmen des christlichen Glaubens von der Dreifaltigkeit und von dem Wort Gottes, das aus der Jungfrau Maria Fleisch angenommen hat, auf ökumenischen Konzilien definiert worden sind, die im Orient stattgefunden haben. Jene Kirchen haben für die Bewahrung dieses Glaubens viel gelitten und leiden noch heute. Das von den Aposteln überkommene Erbe aber ist in verschiedenen Formen und auf verschiedene Weise übernommen, und daher schon von Anfang an in der Kirche hier und dort verschieden ausgelegt worden, wobei auch die Verschiedenheit der Mentalität und der Lebensverhältnisse eine Rolle spielten. Dies alles hat, neben äußeren Gründen, auch infolge des Mangels an Verständnis und Liebe füreinander zu der Trennung Anlaß geboten."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Deshalb ermahnt das Heilige Konzil alle, besonders diejenigen, die sich um die so erwünschte Wiederherstellung der vollen Gemeinschaft zwischen den orientalischen Kirchen und der katholischen Kirche bemühen wollen, daß sie diese besonderen Umstände der Entstehung und des Wachstums der Kirchen des Orients sowie die Art der vor der Trennung zwischen ihnen und dem Römischen Stuhl bestehenden Beziehungen gebührend berücksichtigen und sich über dies alles ein rechtes Urteil bilden. Die genaue Beachtung dieser Frage wird zu dem beabsichtigten Dialog im höchsten Maße beitragen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es ist allgemein bekannt, mit welcher Liebe die orientalischen Christen die liturgischen Feiern begehen, besonders die Eucharistiefeier, die Quelle des Lebens der Kirche und das Unterpfand der kommenden Herrlichkeit, bei der die Gläubigen, mit ihrem Bischof geeint, Zutritt zu Gott dem Vater haben durch den Sohn, das fleischgewordene Wort, der gelitten hat und verherrlicht wurde, in der Ausgießung des Heiligen Geistes, und so die Gemeinschaft mit der allerheiligsten Dreifaltigkeit erlangen, indem sie, der göttlichen Natur teilhaftig\" (2 Petr 1,4) geworden sind. So baut sich auf und wächst26 durch die Feier der Eucharistie des Herrn in diesen Einzelkirchen die Kirche Gottes, und durch die Konzelebration wird ihre Gemeinschaft offenbar."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bei diesem liturgischen Kult preisen die Orientalen mit herrlichen Hymnen Maria, die allzeit Jungfräuliche, die das Ökumenische Konzil von Ephesus feierlich als heilige Gottesgebärerin verkündet hat, damit dadurch wahrhaft und eigentlich Christus als Gottes- und Menschensohn gemäß der Schrift anerkannt werde. Ebenso verehren sie viele Heilige, unter ihnen Väter der gesamten Kirche."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da nun diese Kirchen trotz ihrer Trennung wahre Sakramente besitzen, vor allem aber in der Kraft der apostolischen Sukzession das Priestertum und die Eucharistie, wodurch sie in ganz enger Verwandtschaft bis heute mit uns verbunden sind, so ist eine gewisse Gottesdienstgemeinschaft unter gegebenen geeigneten Umständen mit Billigung der kirchlichen Autorität nicht nur möglich, sondern auch ratsam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im Orient finden sich auch die Reichtümer jener geistlichen Traditionen, die besonders im Mönchtum ihre Ausprägung gefunden haben. Denn seit den glorreichen Zeiten der heiligen Väter blühte dort jene monastische Spiritualität, die sich von dorther auch in den Gegenden des Abendlandes ausbreitete und aus der das Ordenswesen der Lateiner als aus seiner Quelle seinen Ursprung nahm und immer wieder neue Kraft erhielt. Deshalb wird mit Nachdruck empfohlen, daß die Katholiken sich mehr mit diesen geistlichen Reichtümern der orientalischen Väter vertraut machen, die den Menschen in seiner Ganzheit zur Betrachtung der göttlichen Dinge emporführen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Alle sollen um die große Bedeutung wissen, die der Kenntnis, Verehrung, Erhaltung und Pflege des überreichen liturgischen und geistlichen Erbes der Orientalen zukommt, damit die Fülle der christlichen Tradition in Treue gewahrt und die völlige Wiederversöhnung der orientalischen und der abendländischen Christen herbeigeführt werde."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Schon von den ältesten Zeiten her hatten die Kirchen des Orients ihre eigenen Kirchenordnungen, die von den heiligen Vätern und Synoden, auch von ökumenischen, sanktioniert worden sind. Da nun eine gewisse Verschiedenheit der Sitten und Gebräuche, wie sie oben erwähnt wurde, nicht im geringsten der Einheit der Kirche entgegensteht, sondern vielmehr ihre Zierde und Schönheit vermehrt und zur Erfüllung ihrer Sendung nicht wenig beiträgt, so erklärt das Heilige Konzil feierlich, um jeden Zweifel auszuschließen, daß die Kirchen des Orients, im Bewußtsein der notwendigen Einheit der ganzen Kirche, die Fähigkeit haben, sich nach ihren eigenen Ordnungen zu regieren, wie sie der Geistesart ihrer Gläubigen am meisten entsprechen und dem Heil der Seelen am besten dienlich sind. Die vollkommene Beobachtung dieses Prinzips, das in der Tradition vorhanden, aber nicht immer beachtet worden ist, gehört zu den Dingen, die zur Wiederherstellung der Einheit als notwendige Vorbedingung durchaus erforderlich sind."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Was oben von der legitimen Verschiedenheit gesagt wurde, dasselbe soll nun auch von der verschiedenen Art der theologischen Lehrverkündigung gesagt werden. Denn auch bei der Erklärung der Offenbarungswahrheit sind im Orient und im Abendland verschiedene Methoden und Arten des Vorgehens zur Erkenntnis und zum Bekenntnis der göttlichen Dinge angewendet worden. Daher darf es nicht wundernehmen, daß von der einen und von der anderen Seite bestimmte Aspekte des offenbarten Mysteriums manchmal besser verstanden und deutlicher ins Licht gestellt wurden, und zwar so, daß man bei jenen verschiedenartigen theologischen Formeln oft mehr von einer gegenseitigen Ergänzung als von einer Gegensätzlichkeit sprechen muß. Gerade gegenüber den authentischen theologischen Traditionen der Orientalen muß anerkannt werden, daß sie in ganz besonderer Weise in der Heiligen Schrift verwurzelt sind, daß sie durch das liturgische Leben gefördert und zur Darstellung gebracht werden, daß sie genährt sind von der lebendigen apostolischen Tradition und von den Schriften der Väter und geistlichen Schriftsteller des Orients und daß sie zur rechten Gestaltung des Lebens, überhaupt zur vollständigen Betrachtung der christlichen Wahrheit hinführen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dieses Heilige Konzil erklärt, daß dies ganze geistliche und liturgische, disziplinäre und theologische Erbe mit seinen verschiedenen Traditionen zur vollen Katholizität und Apostolizität der Kirche gehört; und sie sagt Gott dafür Dank, daß viele orientalische Söhne der katholischen Kirche, die dieses Erbe bewahren und den Wunsch haben, es reiner und vollständiger zu leben, schon jetzt mit den Brüdern, die die abendländische Tradition pflegen, in voller Gemeinschaft leben."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Im Hinblick auf all dies erneuert das Heilige Konzil feierlich, was in der Vergangenheit von Heiligen Konzilien und von römischen Päpsten erklärt wurde, daß es nämlich zur Wiederherstellung oder Erhaltung der Gemeinschaft und Einheit notwendig sei, \"keine Lasten aufzuerlegen, die über das Notwendige hinausgehen\" (Apg 15,28). Es spricht den dringenden Wunsch aus, daß von nun an alle ihr Bestreben darauf richten, diese Einheit allmählich zu erlangen in den verschiedenen Einrichtungen und Lebensformen der Kirche, besonders durch das Gebet und den brüderlichen Dialog über die Lehre und über die drängenden Notwendigkeiten der Seelsorgsaufgaben in unserer Zeit. In gleicher Weise empfiehlt das Heilige Konzil den Hirten und den Gläubigen der katholischen Kirche eine enge Verbundenheit mit denen, die nicht mehr im Orient, sondern fern von ihrer Heimat leben, damit die brüderliche Zusammenarbeit mit ihnen im Geist der Liebe und unter Ausschluß jeglichen Geistes streitsüchtiger Eifersucht wachse. Wenn dieses Werk mit ganzer Seele in Angriff genommen wird, so hofft das Heilige Konzil, daß die Wand, die die abendländische und die orientalische Kirche trennt, einmal hinweggenommen werde und schließlich nur eine einzige Wohnung sei, deren fester Eckstein Jesus Christus ist, der aus beidem eines machen wird (27)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Die getrennten Kirchen und Kirchlichen Gemeinschaften im Abendland"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Kirchen und Kirchlichen Gemeinschaften, die in der schweren Krise, die im Abendland schon vom Ende des Mittelalters ihren Ausgang genommen hat, oder auch in späterer Zeit vom Römischen Apostolischen Stuhl getrennt wurden, sind mit der katholischen Kirche durch das Band besonderer Verwandtschaft verbunden, da ja das christliche Volk in den Jahrhunderten der Vergangenheit so lange Zeit sein Leben in kirchlicher Gemeinschaft geführt hat."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Da jedoch diese Kirchen und Kirchlichen Gemeinschaften wegen ihrer Verschiedenheit nach Ursprung, Lehre und geistlichem Leben nicht nur uns gegenüber, sondern auch untereinander nicht wenige Unterschiede aufweisen, so wäre es eine überaus schwierige Aufgabe, sie recht zu beschreiben, was wir hier zu unternehmen nicht beabsichtigen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obgleich die ökumenische Bewegung und der Wunsch nach Frieden mit der katholischen Kirche sich noch nicht überall durchgesetzt hat, so hegen wir doch die Hoffnung, daß bei allen ökumenischer Sinn und gegenseitige Achtung allmählich wachsen."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dabei muß jedoch anerkannt werden, daß es zwischen diesen Kirchen und Gemeinschaften und der katholischen Kirche Unterschiede von großem Gewicht gibt, nicht nur in historischer, soziologischer, psychologischer und kultureller Beziehung, sondern vor allem in der Interpretation der offenbarten Wahrheit. Damit jedoch trotz dieser Unterschiede der ökumenische Dialog erleichtert werde, wollen wir im folgenden einige Gesichtspunkte hervorheben, die das Fundament und ein Anstoß zu diesem Dialog sein können und sollen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unser Geist wendet sich zuerst den Christen zu, die Jesus Christus als Gott und Herrn und einzigen Mittler zwischen Gott und den Menschen offen bekennen zur Ehre des einen Gottes, des Vaters und des Sohnes und des Heiligen Geistes. Wir wissen zwar, daß nicht geringe Unterschiede gegenüber der Lehre der katholischen Kirche bestehen, insbesondere über Christus als das fleischgewordene Wort Gottes und über das Werk der Erlösung, sodann über das Geheimnis und den Dienst der Kirche und über die Aufgabe Mariens im Heilswerk. Dennoch freuen wir uns, wenn wir sehen, wie die getrennten Brüder zu Christus als Quelle und Mittelpunkt der kirchlichen Gemeinschaft streben. Aus dem Wunsch zur Vereinigung mit Christus werden sie notwendig dazu geführt, die Einheit mehr und mehr zu suchen und für ihren Glauben überall vor allen Völkern Zeugnis zu geben."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Liebe und Hochschätzung, ja fast kultische Verehrung der Heiligen Schrift führen unsere Brüder zu einem unablässigen und beharrlichen Studium dieses heiligen Buches: Das Evangelium ist ja \"eine Kraft Gottes zum Heile für jeden, der glaubt, für den Juden zuerst, aber auch für den Griechen\" (Röm 1,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unter Anrufung des Heiligen Geistes suchen sie in der Heiligen Schrift Gott, wie er zu ihnen spricht in Christus, der von den Propheten vorherverkündigt wurde und der das für uns fleischgewordene Wort Gottes ist. In der Heiligen Schrift betrachten sie das Leben Christi und was der göttliche Meister zum Heil der Menschen gelehrt und getan hat, insbesondere die Geheimnisse seines Todes und seiner Auferstehung."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Während die von uns getrennten Christen die göttliche Autorität der Heiligen Schrift bejahen, haben sie jedoch, jeder wieder auf andere Art, eine von uns verschiedene Auffassung von dem Verhältnis zwischen der Schrift und der Kirche, wobei nach dem katholischen Glauben das authentische Lehramt bei der Erklärung und Verkündigung des geschriebenen Wortes Gottes einen besonderen Platz einnimmt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nichtsdestoweniger ist die Heilige Schrift gerade beim Dialog ein ausgezeichnetes Werkzeug in der mächtigen Hand Gottes, um jene Einheit zu erreichen, die der Erlöser allen Menschen anbietet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Mensch wird durch das Sakrament der Taufe, wenn es gemäß der Einsetzung des Herrn recht gespendet und in der gebührenden Geistesverfassung empfangen wird, in Wahrheit dem gekreuzigten und verherrlichten Christus eingegliedert und wiedergeboren zur Teilhabe am göttlichen Leben nach jenem Wort des Apostels: \"Ihr seid in der Taufe mit ihm begraben, in ihm auch auferstanden durch den Glauben an das Wirken Gottes, der ihn von den Toten auferweckt hat\" (Kol 2,12) (28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Die Taufe begründet also ein sakramentales Band der Einheit zwischen allen, die durch sie wiedergeboren sind. Dennoch ist die Taufe nur ein Anfang und Ausgangspunkt, da sie ihrem ganzen Wesen nach hinzielt auf die Erlangung der Fülle des Lebens in Christus. Daher ist die Taufe hingeordnet auf das vollständige Bekenntnis des Glaubens, auf die völlige Eingliederung in die Heilsveranstaltung, wie Christus sie gewollt hat, schließlich auf die vollständige Einfügung in die eucharistische Gemeinschaft."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Obgleich bei den von uns getrennten Kirchlichen Gemeinschaften die aus der Taufe hervorgehende volle Einheit mit uns fehlt und obgleich sie nach unserem Glauben vor allem wegen des Fehlens des Weihesakramentes die ursprüngliche und vollständige Wirklichkeit (substantia) des eucharistischen Mysteriums nicht bewahrt haben, bekennen sie doch bei der Gedächtnisfeier des Todes und der Auferstehung des Herrn im Heiligen Abendmahl, daß hier die lebendige Gemeinschaft mit Christus bezeichnet werde, und sie erwarten seine glorreiche Wiederkunft. Deshalb sind die Lehre vom Abendmahl des Herrn, von den übrigen Sakramenten, von der Liturgie und von den Dienstämtern der Kirche notwendig Gegenstand des Dialogs."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das christliche Leben dieser Brüder wird genährt durch den Glauben an Christus, gefördert durch die Gnade der Taufe und das Hören des Wortes Gottes. Dies zeigt sich im privaten Gebet, in der biblischen Betrachtung, im christlichen Familienleben und im Gottesdienst der zum Lob Gottes versammelten Gemeinde. Übrigens enthält ihr Gottesdienst nicht selten deutlich hervortretende Elemente der alten gemeinsamen Liturgie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Der Christusglaube zeitigt seine Früchte in Lobpreis und Danksagung für die von Gott empfangenen Wohltaten; hinzu kommt ein lebendiges Gerechtigkeitsgefühl und eine aufrichtige Nächstenliebe. Dieser werktätige Glaube hat auch viele Einrichtungen zur Behebung der geistlichen und leiblichen Not, zur Förderung der Jugenderziehung, zur Schaffung menschenwürdiger Verhältnisse im sozialen Leben und zur allgemeinen Festigung des Friedens hervorgebracht."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Wenn auch viele Christen das Evangelium auf dem Gebiet der Moral weder stets in der gleichen Weise auslegen wie die Katholiken noch in den sehr schwierigen Fragen der heutigen Gesellschaft zu denselben Lösungen wie sie gelangen, so wollen sie doch ebenso wie wir an dem Worte Christi als der Quelle christlicher Tugend festhalten und dem Gebot des Apostels folgen, der da sagt: \"Alles, was immer ihr tut in Wort oder Werk, tut alles im Namen unseres Herrn Jesus Christus, und danket durch ihn Gott dem Vater\" (Kol 3,17). Von da her kann der ökumenische Dialog über die Anwendung des Evangeliums auf dem Bereich der Sittlichkeit seinen Ausgang nehmen."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nach dieser kurzen Darlegung der Bedingungen für die praktische Durchführung der ökumenischen Arbeit und der Prinzipien, nach denen sie auszurichten ist, richten wir unsern Blick vertrauensvoll auf die Zukunft. Das Heilige Konzil mahnt die Gläubigen, jede Leichtfertigkeit wie auch jeden unklugen Eifer zu meiden, die dem wahren Fortschritt der Einheit nur schaden können, Ihre ökumenische Betätigung muß ganz und echt katholisch sein, das heißt in Treue zur Wahrheit, die wir von den Aposteln und den Vätern empfangen haben, und in Übereinstimmung mit dem Glauben, den die katholische Kirche immer bekannt hat, zugleich aber auch im Streben nach jener Fülle, die sein Leib nach dem Willen des Herrn im Ablauf der Zeit gewinnen soll."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Das Heilige Konzil wünscht dringend, daß alles, was die Söhne der katholischen Kirche ins Werk setzen, in Verbindung mit den Unternehmungen der getrennten Brüder fortschreitet, ohne den Wegen der Vorsehung irgendein Hindernis in den Weg zu legen und ohne den künftigen Anregungen des Heiligen Geistes vorzugreifen. Darüber hinaus erklärt es seine Überzeugung, daß dieses heilige Anliegen der Wiederversöhnung aller Christen in der Einheit der einen und einzigen Kirche Christi die menschlichen Kräfte und Fähigkeiten übersteigt. Darum setzt es seine Hoffnung gänzlich auf das Gebet Christi für die Kirche, auf die Liebe des Vaters zu uns und auf die Kraft des Heiligen Geistes. \"Die Hoffnung aber wird nicht zuschanden: Denn die Liebe Gottes ist ausgegossen in unseren Herzen durch den Heiligen Geist, der uns geschenkt ist\" (Röm 5,5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "November 1964"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anmerkungen:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1) Vgl. 1 Kor 1,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2) Vgl. 1 Joh 4,9; Kol 1,18-20; Joh 11,52."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "3) Vgl. Joh 13,34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "4) Vgl. Joh 16,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "5) Vgl. 1 Kor 12,4-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "6) Vgl. Mt 28,18-20 in Verbindung mit Joh 20,21-23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "7) Vgl. Mt 16,19 in Verbindung mit Mt 18,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "8) Vgl. Lk 22,32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "9) Vgl. Joh 21,15-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "10) Vgl. Eph 2,20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "11) Vgl. 1 Petr 2,25; I. Vatikanisches Konzil, Sessio IV (1870), Constitutio Pastor Æternus: Coll. Lac. 7, 482a."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "12) Vgl. Jes 11,10-12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "13) Vgl. Eph 2,17-18, in Verbindung mit Mk 16,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "14) Vgl. 1 Petr 1,3-9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "15) Vgl. 1 Kor 11,18-19; Gal 1,6-9; 1 Joh 2,18-19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "16) Vgl. 1 Kor 1,11ff; 11,22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "17) Vgl. Konzil v. Florenz, Sess. VIII (1439), Dekret Exsultate Deo: Mansi 31, 1055 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "18) Vgl. Augustinus, In Ps. 32, Enarratio II, 29: PL 36, 299."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "19) Vgl. IV. Laterankonzil (1215), Constitutio IV: Mansi 22, 990; II. Konzil v. Lyon (1274), Professio Fidei Michælis Palæologi: Mansi 24, 71 E; Konzil v. Florenz, Sessio VI (1439), Definitio Lætentur cæli: Mansi 31, 1026 E."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "20) Vgl. Jak 1,4; Röm 12,1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "21) Vgl. 2 Kor 4,10; Phil 2,5-8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "22) Vgl. Eph 5,27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "23) Vgl. V. Laterankonzil, Sessio XII (1517), Constitutio Constituti: Mansi 32,988 B-C."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "24) Vgl. Eph 4,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "25) Vgl. Eph 3,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "26) Vgl. Johannes Chrysostomus, In Ioannem Homelia XLVI: PG 59,260-262."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "27) Vgl. Konzil v. Florenz, Sessio VI (1439), Definitio Lætentur cæli: Mansi 31,1026 E."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "28) Vgl. Röm 6,4."
            }
          ]
        },
        "en": {
          "code": "en",
          "label": "English",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19641121_unitatis-redintegratio_en.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-121-vat-ii_decree_19641121_unitatis-redintegratio_en.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECREE ON ECUMENISM UNITATIS REDINTEGRATIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "INTRODUCTION"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The restoration of unity among all Christians is one of the principal concerns of the Second Vatican Council. Christ the Lord founded one Church and one Church only. However, many Christian communions present themselves to men as the true inheritors of Jesus Christ; all indeed profess to be followers of the Lord but differ in mind and go their different ways, as if Christ Himself were divided.(1) Such division openly contradicts the will of Christ, scandalizes the world, and damages the holy cause of preaching the Gospel to every creature."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But the Lord of Ages wisely and patiently follows out the plan of grace on our behalf, sinners that we are. In recent times more than ever before, He has been rousing divided Christians to remorse over their divisions and to a longing for unity. Everywhere large numbers have felt the impulse of this grace, and among our separated brethren also there increases from day to day the movement, fostered by the grace of the Holy Spirit, for the restoration of unity among all Christians. This movement toward unity is called \"ecumenical.\" Those belong to it who invoke the Triune God and confess Jesus as Lord and Savior, doing this not merely as individuals but also as corporate bodies. For almost everyone regards the body in which he has heard the Gospel as his Church and indeed, God's Church. All however, though in different ways, long for the one visible Church of God, a Church truly universal and set forth into the world that the world may be converted to the Gospel and so be saved, to the glory of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Sacred Council gladly notes all this. It has already declared its teaching on the Church, and now, moved by a desire for the restoration of unity among all the followers of Christ, it wishes to set before all Catholics the ways and means by which they too can respond to this grace and to this divine call."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CATHOLIC PRINCIPLES ON ECUMENISM"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "What has revealed the love of God among us is that the Father has sent into the world His only-begotten Son, so that, being made man, He might by His redemption give new life to the entire human race and unify it.(2) Before offering Himself up as a spotless victim upon the altar, Christ prayed to His Father for all who believe in Him: \"that they all may be one; even as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee, that they also may be one in us, so that the world may believe that thou has sent me\".(3) In His Church He instituted the wonderful sacrament of the Eucharist by which the unity of His Church is both signified and made a reality. He gave His followers a new commandment to love one another,(4) and promised the Spirit, their Advocate,(5) who, as Lord and life-giver, should remain with them forever."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "After being lifted up on the cross and glorified, the Lord Jesus poured forth His Spirit as He had promised, and through the Spirit He has called and gathered together the people of the New Covenant, who are the Church, into a unity of faith, hope and charity, as the Apostle teaches us: \"There is one body and one Spirit, just as you were called to the one hope of your calling; one Lord, one faith, one Baptism\".(6) For \"all you who have been baptized into Christ have put on Christ ... for you are all one in Christ Jesus\".(7) It is the Holy Spirit, dwelling in those who believe and pervading and ruling over the Church as a whole, who brings about that wonderful communion of the faithful. He brings them into intimate union with Christ, so that He is the principle of the Church's unity. The distribution of graces and offices is His work too,(8) enriching the Church of Jesus Christ with different functions \"in order to equip the saints for the work of service, so as to build up the body of Christ\".(9)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In order to establish this His holy Church everywhere in the world till the end of time, Christ entrusted to the College of the Twelve the task of teaching, ruling and sanctifying.(10) Among their number He selected Peter, and after his confession of faith determined that on him He would build His Church. Also to Peter He promised the keys of the kingdom of heaven,(11) and after His profession of love, entrusted all His sheep to him to be confirmed in faith(12) and shepherded in perfect unity.(13) Christ Jesus Himself was forever to remain the chief cornerstone(14) and shepherd of our souls.(15)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jesus Christ, then, willed that the apostles and their successors - the bishops with Peter's successor at their head - should preach the Gospel faithfully, administer the sacraments, and rule the Church in love. It is thus, under the action of the Holy Spirit, that Christ wills His people to increase, and He perfects His people's fellowship in unity: in their confessing the one faith, celebrating divine worship in common, and keeping the fraternal harmony of the family of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The Church, then, is God's only flock; it is like a standard lifted high for the nations to see it:(16) for it serves all mankind through the Gospel of peace(17) as it makes its pilgrim way in hope toward the goal of the fatherland above.(18)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This is the sacred mystery of the unity of the Church, in Christ and through Christ, the Holy Spirit energizing its various functions. It is a mystery that finds its highest exemplar and source in the unity of the Persons of the Trinity: the Father and the Son in the Holy Spirit, one God."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Even in the beginnings of this one and only Church of God there arose certain rifts,(19) which the Apostle strongly condemned.(20) But in subsequent centuries much more serious dissensions made their appearance and quite large communities came to be separated from full communion with the Catholic Church - for which, often enough, men of both sides were to blame. The children who are born into these Communities and who grow up believing in Christ cannot be accused of the sin involved in the separation, and the Catholic Church embraces upon them as brothers, with respect and affection. For men who believe in Christ and have been truly baptized are in communion with the Catholic Church even though this communion is imperfect. The differences that exist in varying degrees between them and the Catholic Church - whether in doctrine and sometimes in discipline, or concerning the structure of the Church - do indeed create many obstacles, sometimes serious ones, to full ecclesiastical communion. The ecumenical movement is striving to overcome these obstacles. But even in spite of them it remains true that all who have been justified by faith in Baptism are members of Christ's body,(21) and have a right to be called Christian, and so are correctly accepted as brothers by the children of the Catholic Church.(22)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, some and even very many of the significant elements and endowments which together go to build up and give life to the Church itself, can exist outside the visible boundaries of the Catholic Church: the written word of God; the life of grace; faith, hope and charity, with the other interior gifts of the Holy Spirit, and visible elements too. All of these, which come from Christ and lead back to Christ, belong by right to the one Church of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The brethren divided from us also use many liturgical actions of the Christian religion. These most certainly can truly engender a life of grace in ways that vary according to the condition of each Church or Community. These liturgical actions must be regarded as capable of giving access to the community of salvation."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It follows that the separated Churches(23) and Communities as such, though we believe them to be deficient in some respects, have been by no means deprived of significance and importance in the mystery of salvation. For the Spirit of Christ has not refrained from using them as means of salvation which derive their efficacy from the very fullness of grace and truth entrusted to the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nevertheless, our separated brethren, whether considered as individuals or as Communities and Churches, are not blessed with that unity which Jesus Christ wished to bestow on all those who through Him were born again into one body, and with Him quickened to newness of life - that unity which the Holy Scriptures and the ancient Tradition of the Church proclaim. For it is only through Christ's Catholic Church, which is \"the all-embracing means of salvation,\" that they can benefit fully from the means of salvation. We believe that Our Lord entrusted all the blessings of the New Covenant to the apostolic college alone, of which Peter is the head, in order to establish the one Body of Christ on earth to which all should be fully incorporated who belong in any way to the people of God. This people of God, though still in its members liable to sin, is ever growing in Christ during its pilgrimage on earth, and is guided by God's gentle wisdom, according to His hidden designs, until it shall happily arrive at the fullness of eternal glory in the heavenly Jerusalem."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Today, in many parts of the world, under the inspiring grace of the Holy Spirit, many efforts are being made in prayer, word and action to attain that fullness of unity which Jesus Christ desires. The Sacred Council exhorts all the Catholic faithful to recognize the signs of the times and to take an active and intelligent part in the work of ecumenism."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The term \"ecumenical movement\" indicates the initiatives and activities planned and undertaken, according to the various needs of the Church and as opportunities offer, to promote Christian unity. These are: first, every effort to avoid expressions, judgments and actions which do not represent the condition of our separated brethren with truth and fairness and so make mutual relations with them more difficult; then, \"dialogue\" between competent experts from different Churches and Communities. At these meetings, which are organized in a religious spirit, each explains the teaching of his Communion in greater depth and brings out clearly its distinctive features. In such dialogue, everyone gains a truer knowledge and more just appreciation of the teaching and religious life of both Communions. In addition, the way is prepared for cooperation between them in the duties for the common good of humanity which are demanded by every Christian conscience; and, wherever this is allowed, there is prayer in common. Finally, all are led to examine their own faithfulness to Christ's will for the Church and accordingly to undertake with vigor the task of renewal and reform."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "When such actions are undertaken prudently and patiently by the Catholic faithful, with the attentive guidance of their bishops, they promote justice and truth, concord and collaboration, as well as the spirit of brotherly love and unity. This is the way that, when the obstacles to perfect ecclesiastical communion have been gradually overcome, all Christians will at last, in a common celebration of the Eucharist, be gathered into the one and only Church in that unity which Christ bestowed on His Church from the beginning. We believe that this unity subsists in the Catholic Church as something she can never lose, and we hope that it will continue to increase until the end of time."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "However, it is evident that, when individuals wish for full Catholic communion, their preparation and reconciliation is an undertaking which of its nature is distinct from ecumenical action. But there is no opposition between the two, since both proceed from the marvelous ways of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Catholics, in their ecumenical work, must assuredly be concerned for their separated brethren, praying for them, keeping them informed about the Church, making the first approaches toward them. But their primary duty is to make a careful and honest appraisal of whatever needs to be done or renewed in the Catholic household itself, in order that its life may bear witness more clearly and faithfully to the teachings and institutions which have come to it from Christ through the Apostles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For although the Catholic Church has been endowed with all divinely revealed truth and with all means of grace, yet its members fail to live by them with all the fervor that they should, so that the radiance of the Church's image is less clear in the eyes of our separated brethren and of the world at large, and the growth of God's kingdom is delayed. All Catholics must therefore aim at Christian perfection(24) and, each according to his station, play his part that the Church may daily be more purified and renewed. For the Church must bear in her own body the humility and dying of Jesus,(25) against the day when Christ will present her to Himself in all her glory without spot or wrinkle.(26)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All in the Church must preserve unity in essentials. But let all, according to the gifts they have received enjoy a proper freedom, in their various forms of spiritual life and discipline, in their different liturgical rites, and even in their theological elaborations of revealed truth. In all things let charity prevail. If they are true to this course of action, they will be giving ever better expression to the authentic catholicity and apostolicity of the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "On the other hand, Catholics must gladly acknowledge and esteem the truly Christian endowments from our common heritage which are to be found among our separated brethren. It is right and salutary to recognize the riches of Christ and virtuous works in the lives of others who are bearing witness to Christ, sometimes even to the shedding of their blood. For God is always wonderful in His works and worthy of all praise."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nor should we forget that anything wrought by the grace of the Holy Spirit in the hearts of our separated brethren can be a help to our own edification. Whatever is truly Christian is never contrary to what genuinely belongs to the faith; indeed, it can always bring a deeper realization of the mystery of Christ and the Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nevertheless, the divisions among Christians prevent the Church from attaining the fullness of catholicity proper to her, in those of her sons who, though attached to her by Baptism, are yet separated from full communion with her. Furthermore, the Church herself finds it more difficult to express in actual life her full catholicity in all her bearings."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This Sacred Council is gratified to note that the participation by the Catholic faithful in ecumenical work is growing daily. It commends this work to the bishops everywhere in the world to be vigorously stimulated by them and guided with prudence."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "THE PRACTICE OF ECUMENISM"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The attainment of union is the concern of the whole Church, faithful and shepherds alike. This concern extends to everyone, according to his talent, whether it be exercised in his daily Christian life or in his theological and historical research. This concern itself reveals already to some extent the bond of brotherhood between all Christians and it helps toward that full and perfect unity which God in His kindness wills."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Every renewal of the Church(27) is essentially grounded in an increase of fidelity to her own calling. Undoubtedly this is the basis of the movement toward unity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christ summons the Church to continual reformation as she sojourns here on earth. The Church is always in need of this, in so far as she is an institution of men here on earth. Thus if, in various times and circumstances, there have been deficiencies in moral conduct or in church discipline, or even in the way that church teaching has been formulated - to be carefully distinguished from the deposit of faith itself - these can and should be set right at the opportune moment."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Church renewal has therefore notable ecumenical importance. Already in various spheres of the Church's life, this renewal is taking place. The Biblical and liturgical movements, the preaching of the word of God and catechetics, the apostolate of the laity, new forms of religious life and the spirituality of married life, and the Church's social teaching and activity - all these should be considered as pledges and signs of the future progress of ecumenism."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "There can be no ecumenism worthy of the name without a change of heart. For it is from renewal of the inner life of our minds,(28) from self-denial and an unstinted love that desires of unity take their rise and develop in a mature way. We should therefore pray to the Holy Spirit for the grace to be genuinely self-denying, humble, gentle in the service of others, and to have an attitude of brotherly generosity towards them. St. Paul says: \"I, therefore, a prisoner for the Lord, beg you to lead a life worthy of the calling to which you have been called, with all humility and meekness, with patience, forbearing one another in love, eager to maintain the unity of the spirit in the bond of peace\".(29) This exhortation is directed especially to those raised to sacred Orders precisely that the work of Christ may be continued. He came among us \"not to be served but to serve\".(30)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The words of St. John hold good about sins against unity: \"If we say we have not sinned, we make him a liar, and his word is not in us\".(31) So we humbly beg pardon of God and of our separated brethren, just as we forgive them that trespass against us."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All the faithful should remember that the more effort they make to live holier lives according to the Gospel, the better will they further Christian unity and put it into practice. For the closer their union with the Father, the Word, and the Spirit, the more deeply and easily will they be able to grow in mutual brotherly love."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This change of heart and holiness of life, along with public and private prayer for the unity of Christians, should be regarded as the soul of the whole ecumenical movement, and merits the name, \"spiritual ecumenism.\""
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is a recognized custom for Catholics to have frequent recourse to that prayer for the unity of the Church which the Saviour Himself on the eve of His death so fervently appealed to His Father: \"That they may all be one\".(32)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In certain special circumstances, such as the prescribed prayers \"for unity,\" and during ecumenical gatherings, it is allowable, indeed desirable that Catholics should join in prayer with their separated brethren. Such prayers in common are certainly an effective means of obtaining the grace of unity, and they are a true expression of the ties which still bind Catholics to their separated brethren. \"For where two or three are gathered together in my name, there am I in the midst of them\".(33)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yet worship in common (communicatio in sacris) is not to be considered as a means to be used indiscriminately for the restoration of Christian unity. There are two main principles governing the practice of such common worship: first, the bearing witness to the unity of the Church, and second, the sharing in the means of grace. Witness to the unity of the Church very generally forbids common worship to Christians, but the grace to be had from it sometimes commends this practice. The course to be adopted, with due regard to all the circumstances of time, place, and persons, is to be decided by local episcopal authority, unless otherwise provided for by the Bishops' Conference according to its statutes, or by the Holy See."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We must get to know the outlook of our separated brethren. To achieve this purpose, study is of necessity required, and this must be pursued with a sense of realism and good will. Catholics, who already have a proper grounding, need to acquire a more adequate understanding of the respective doctrines of our separated brethren, their history, their spiritual and liturgical life, their religious psychology and general background. Most valuable for this purpose are meetings of the two sides - especially for discussion of theological problems - where each can deal with the other on an equal footing - provided that those who take part in them are truly competent and have the approval of the bishops. From such dialogue will emerge still more clearly what the situation of the Catholic Church really is. In this way too the outlook of our separated brethren will be better understood, and our own belief more aptly explained."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacred theology and other branches of knowledge, especially of a historical nature, must be taught with due regard for the ecumenical point of view, so that they may correspond more exactly with the facts."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is most important that future shepherds and priests should have mastered a theology that has been carefully worked out in this way and not polemically, especially with regard to those aspects which concern the relations of separated brethren with the Catholic Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "This importance is the greater because the instruction and spiritual formation of the faithful and of religious depends so largely on the formation which their priests have received."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, Catholics engaged in missionary work in the same territories as other Christians ought to know, particularly in these times, the problems and the benefits in their apostolate which derive from the ecumenical movement."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The way and method in which the Catholic faith is expressed should never become an obstacle to dialogue with our brethren. It is, of course, essential that the doctrine should be clearly presented in its entirety. Nothing is so foreign to the spirit of ecumenism as a false irenicism, in which the purity of Catholic doctrine suffers loss and its genuine and certain meaning is clouded."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At the same time, the Catholic faith must be explained more profoundly and precisely, in such a way and in such terms as our separated brethren can also really understand."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, in ecumenical dialogue, Catholic theologians standing fast by the teaching of the Church and investigating the divine mysteries with the separated brethren must proceed with love for the truth, with charity, and with humility. When comparing doctrines with one another, they should remember that in Catholic doctrine there exists a \"hierarchy\" of truths, since they vary in their relation to the fundamental Christian faith. Thus the way will be opened by which through fraternal rivalry all will be stirred to a deeper understanding and a clearer presentation of the unfathomable riches of Christ.(34)"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Before the whole world let all Christians confess their faith in the triune God, one and three in the incarnate Son of God, our Redeemer and Lord. United in their efforts, and with mutual respect, let them bear witness to our common hope which does not play us false. In these days when cooperation in social matters is so widespread, all men without exception are called to work together, with much greater reason all those who believe in God, but most of all, all Christians in that they bear the name of Christ. Cooperation among Christians vividly expresses the relationship which in fact already unites them, and it sets in clearer relief the features of Christ the Servant. This cooperation, which has already begun in many countries, should be developed more and more, particularly in regions where a social and technical evolution is taking place be it in a just evaluation of the dignity of the human person, the establishment of the blessings of peace, the application of Gospel principles to social life, the advancement of the arts and sciences in a truly Christian spirit, or also in the use of various remedies to relieve the afflictions of our times such as famine and natural disasters, illiteracy and poverty, housing shortage and the unequal distribution of wealth. All believers in Christ can, through this cooperation, be led to acquire a better knowledge and appreciation of one another, and so pave the way to Christian unity."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHURCHES AND ECCLESIAL COMMUNITIES SEPARATED FROM THE ROMAN APOSTOLIC SEE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "We now turn our attention to the two chief types of division as they affect the seamless robe of Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The first divisions occurred in the East, when the dogmatic formulae of the Councils of Ephesus and Chalcedon were challenged, and later when ecclesiastical communion between the Eastern Patriarchates and the Roman See was dissolved."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Other divisions arose more than four centuries later in the West, stemming from the events which are usually referred to as \"The Reformation.\" As a result, many Communions, national or confessional, were separated from the Roman See. Among those in which Catholic traditions and institutions in part continue to exist, the Anglican Communion occupies a special place."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These various divisions differ greatly from one another not only by reason of their origin, place and time, but especially in the nature and seriousness of questions bearing on faith and the structure of the Church. Therefore, without minimizing the differences between the various Christian bodies, and without overlooking the bonds between them which exist in spite of divisions, this holy Council decides to propose the following considerations for prudent ecumenical action."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. The Special Consideration of the Eastern Churches"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For many centuries the Church of the East and that of the West each followed their separate ways though linked in a brotherly union of faith and sacramental life; the Roman See by common consent acted as guide when disagreements arose between them over matters of faith or discipline. Among other matters of great importance, it is a pleasure for this Council to remind everyone that there flourish in the East many particular or local Churches, among which the Patriarchal Churches hold first place, and of these not a few pride themselves in tracing their origins back to the apostles themselves. Hence a matter of primary concern and care among the Easterns, in their local churches, has been, and still is, to preserve the family ties of common faith and charity which ought to exist between sister Churches."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Similarly it must not be forgotten that from the beginning the Churches of the East have had a treasury from which the Western Church has drawn extensively - in liturgical practice, spiritual tradition, and law. Nor must we undervalue the fact that it was the ecumenical councils held in the East that defined the basic dogmas of the Christian faith, on the Trinity, on the Word of God Who took flesh of the Virgin Mary. To preserve this faith these Churches have suffered and still suffer much."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "However, the heritage handed down by the apostles was received with differences of form and manner, so that from the earliest times of the Church it was explained variously in different places, owing to diversities of genius and conditions of life. All this, quite apart from external causes, prepared the way for decisions arising also from a lack of charity and mutual understanding."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "For this reason the Holy Council urges all, but especially those who intend to devote themselves to the restoration of full communion hoped for between the Churches of the East and the Catholic Church, to give due consideration to this special feature of the origin and growth of the Eastern Churches, and to the character of the relations which obtained between them and the Roman See before separation. They must take full account of all these factors and, where this is done, it will greatly contribute to the dialogue that is looked for."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Everyone also knows with what great love the Christians of the East celebrate the sacred liturgy, especially the eucharistic celebration, source of the Church's life and pledge of future glory, in which the faithful, united with their bishop, have access to God the Father through the Son, the Word made flesh, Who suffered and has been glorified, and so, in the outpouring of the Holy Spirit, they enter into communion with the most holy Trinity, being made \"sharers of the divine nature\".(35) Hence, through the celebration of the Holy Eucharist in each of these churches, the Church of God is built up and grows in stature(36) and through concelebration, their communion with one another is made manifest."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In this liturgical worship, the Christians of the East pay high tribute, in beautiful hymns of praise, to Mary ever Virgin, whom the ecumenical Council of Ephesus solemnly proclaimed to be the holy Mother of God, so that Christ might be acknowledged as being truly Son of God and Son of Man, according to the Scriptures. Many also are the saints whose praise they sing, among them the Fathers of the universal Church."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "These Churches, although separated from us, possess true sacraments, above all by apostolic succession, the priesthood and the Eucharist, whereby they are linked with us in closest intimacy. Therefore some worship in common (communicatio in sacris), given suitable circumstances and the approval of Church authority, is not only possible but to be encouraged."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moreover, in the East are found the riches of those spiritual traditions which are given expression especially in monastic life. There from the glorious times of the holy Fathers, monastic spirituality flourished which, then later flowed over into the Western world, and there provided the source from which Latin monastic life took its rise and has drawn fresh vigor ever since. Catholics therefore are earnestly recommended to avail themselves of the spiritual riches of the Eastern Fathers which lift up the whole man to the contemplation of the divine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The very rich liturgical and spiritual heritage of the Eastern Churches should be known, venerated, preserved and cherished by all. They must recognize that this is of supreme importance for the faithful preservation of the fullness of Christian tradition, and for bringing about reconciliation between Eastern and Western Christians."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Already from the earliest times the Eastern Churches followed their own forms of ecclesiastical law and custom, which were sanctioned by the approval of the Fathers of the Church, of synods, and even of ecumenical councils. Far from being an obstacle to the Church's unity, a certain diversity of customs and observances only adds to her splendor, and is of great help in carrying out her mission, as has already been stated. To remove, then, all shadow of doubt, this holy Council solemnly declares that the Churches of the East, while remembering the necessary unity of the whole Church, have the power to govern themselves according to the disciplines proper to them, since these are better suited to the character of their faithful, and more for the good of their souls. The perfect observance of this traditional principle not always indeed carried out in practice, is one of the essential prerequisites for any restoration of unity."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "What has just been said about the lawful variety that can exist in the Church must also be taken to apply to the differences in theological expression of doctrine. In the study of revelation East and West have followed different methods, and have developed differently their understanding and confession of God's truth. It is hardly surprising, then, if from time to time one tradition has come nearer to a full appreciation of some aspects of a mystery of revelation than the other, or has expressed it to better advantage. In such cases, these various theological expressions are to be considered often as mutually complementary rather than conflicting. Where the authentic theological traditions of the Eastern Church are concerned, we must recognize the admirable way in which they have their roots in Holy Scripture, and how they are nurtured and given expression in the life of the liturgy. They derive their strength too from the living tradition of the apostles and from the works of the Fathers and spiritual writers of the Eastern Churches. Thus they promote the right ordering of Christian life and, indeed, pave the way to a full vision of Christian truth."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "All this heritage of spirituality and liturgy, of discipline and theology, in its various traditions, this holy synod declares to belong to the full Catholic and apostolic character of the Church. We thank God that many Eastern children of the Catholic Church, who preserve this heritage, and wish to express it more faithfully and completely in their lives, are already living in full communion with their brethren who follow the tradition of the West."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "After taking all these factors into consideration, this Sacred Council solemnly repeats the declaration of previous Councils and Roman Pontiffs, that for the restoration or the maintenance of unity and communion it is necessary \"to impose no burden beyond what is essential\".(37) It is the Council's urgent desire that, in the various organizations and living activities of the Church, every effort should be made toward the gradual realization of this unity, especially by prayer, and by fraternal dialogue on points of doctrine and the more pressing pastoral problems of our time. Similarly, the Council commends to the shepherds and faithful of the Catholic Church to develop closer relations with those who are no longer living in the East but are far from home, so that friendly collaboration with them may increase, in the spirit of love, to the exclusion of all feeling of rivalry or strife. If this cause is wholeheartedly promoted, the Council hopes that the barrier dividing the Eastern Church and Western Church will be removed, and that at last there may be but the one dwelling, firmly established on Christ Jesus, the cornerstone, who will make both one.(38)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Separated Churches and Ecclesial Communities in the West"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In the great upheaval which began in the West toward the end of the Middle Ages, and in later times too, Churches and ecclesial Communities came to be separated from the Apostolic See of Rome. Yet they have retained a particularly close affinity with the Catholic Church as a result of the long centuries in which all Christendom lived together in ecclesiastical communion."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "However, since these Churches and ecclesial Communities, on account of their different origins, and different teachings in matters of doctrine on the spiritual life, vary considerably not only with us, but also among themselves, the task of describing them at all adequately is extremely difficult; and we have no intention of making such an attempt here."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Although the ecumenical movement and the desire for peace with the Catholic Church have not yet taken hold everywhere, it is our hope that ecumenical feeling and mutual esteem may gradually increase among all men."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It must however be admitted that in these Churches and ecclesial Communities there exist important differences from the Catholic Church, not only of a historical, sociological, psychological and cultural character, but especially in the interpretation of revealed truth. To make easier the ecumenical dialogue in spite of these differences, we wish to set down some considerations which can, and indeed should, serve as a basis and encouragement for such dialogue."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Our thoughts turn first to those Christians who make open confession of Jesus Christ as God and Lord and as the sole Mediator between God and men, to the glory of the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. We are aware indeed that there exist considerable divergences from the doctrine of the Catholic Church concerning Christ Himself, the Word of God made flesh, the work of redemption, and consequently, concerning the mystery and ministry of the Church, and the role of Mary in the plan of salvation. But we rejoice to see that our separated brethren look to Christ as the source and center of Church unity. Their longing for union with Christ inspires them to seek an ever closer unity, and also to bear witness to their faith among the peoples of the earth."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A love and reverence of Sacred Scripture which might be described as devotion, leads our brethren to a constant meditative study of the sacred text. For the Gospel \"is the power of God for salvation to every one who has faith, to the Jew first and then to the Greek\".(39)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "While invoking the Holy Spirit, they seek in these very Scriptures God as it were speaking to them in Christ, Whom the prophets foretold, Who is the Word of God made flesh for us. They contemplate in the Scriptures the life of Christ and what the Divine Master taught and did for our salvation, especially the mysteries of His death and resurrection."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But while the Christians who are separated from us hold the divine authority of the Sacred Books, they differ from ours - some in one way, some in another - regarding the relationship between Scripture and the Church. For, according to Catholic belief, the authentic teaching authority of the Church has a special place in the interpretation and preaching of the written word of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "But Sacred Scriptures provide for the work of dialogue an instrument of the highest value in the mighty hand of God for the attainment of that unity which the Saviour holds out to all."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Whenever the Sacrament of Baptism is duly administered as Our Lord instituted it, and is received with the right dispositions, a person is truly incorporated into the crucified and glorified Christ, and reborn to a sharing of the divine life, as the Apostle says: \"You were buried together with Him in Baptism, and in Him also rose again - through faith in the working of God, who raised Him from the dead\".(40)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Baptism therefore establishes a sacramental bond of unity which links all who have been reborn by it. But of itself Baptism is only a beginning, an inauguration wholly directed toward the fullness of life in Christ. Baptism, therefore, envisages a complete profession of faith, complete incorporation in the system of salvation such as Christ willed it to be, and finally complete ingrafting in eucharistic communion."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Though the ecclesial Communities which are separated from us lack the fullness of unity with us flowing from Baptism, and though we believe they have not retained the proper reality of the eucharistic mystery in its fullness, especially because of the absence of the sacrament of Orders, nevertheless when they commemorate His death and resurrection in the Lord's Supper, they profess that it signifies life in communion with Christ and look forward to His coming in glory. Therefore the teaching concerning the Lord's Supper, the other sacraments, worship, the ministry of the Church, must be the subject of the dialogue."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "The daily Christian life of these brethren is nourished by their faith in Christ and strengthened by the grace of Baptism and by hearing the word of God. This shows itself in their private prayer, their meditation on the Bible, in their Christian family life, and in the worship of a community gathered together to praise God. Moreover, their form of worship sometimes displays notable features of the liturgy which they shared with us of old."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Their faith in Christ bears fruit in praise and thanksgiving for the blessings received from the hands of God. Among them, too, is a strong sense of justice and a true charity toward their neighbor. This active faith has been responsible for many organizations for the relief of spiritual and material distress, the furtherance of the education of youth, the improvement of the social conditions of life, and the promotion of peace throughout the world."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "While it is true that many Christians understand the moral teaching of the Gospel differently from Catholics, and do not accept the same solutions to the more difficult problems of modern society, nevertheless they share our desire to stand by the words of Christ as the source of Christian virtue, and to obey the command of the Apostle: \"And whatever you do, in word or in work, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, giving thanks to God the Father through Him\".(41) For that reason an ecumenical dialogue might start with discussion of the application of the Gospel to moral conduct."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Now that we have briefly set out the conditions for ecumenical action and the principles by which it is to be directed, we look with confidence to the future. This Sacred Council exhorts the faithful to refrain from superficiality and imprudent zeal, which can hinder real progress toward unity. Their ecumenical action must be fully and sincerely Catholic, that is to say, faithful to the truth which we have received from the apostles and Fathers of the Church, in harmony with the faith which the Catholic Church has always professed, and at the same time directed toward that fullness to which Our Lord wills His Body to grow in the course of time."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "It is the urgent wish of this Holy Council that the measures undertaken by the sons of the Catholic Church should develop in conjunction with those of our separated brethren so that no obstacle be put in the ways of divine Providence and no preconceived judgments impair the future inspirations of the Holy Spirit. The Council moreover professes its awareness that human powers and capacities cannot achieve this holy objective - the reconciling of all Christians in the unity of the one and only Church of Christ. It is because of this that the Council rests all its hope on the prayer of Christ for the Church, on our Father's love for us, and on the power of the Holy Spirit.\" And hope does not disappoint, because God's love has been poured into our hearts through the Holy Spirit, who has been given to us\".(42)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Each and all these matters which are set forth in this Decree have been favorably voted on by the Fathers of the Council. And We, by the apostolic authority given Us by Christ and in union with the Fathers, approve, decree and establish them in the Holy Spirit and command that they be promulgated for the glory of God."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Given in Rome at St. Peter's, November 21, 1964"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTES"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Cor. 1, 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Jn. 4, 9; Col. 1, 18-20; Jn. 11, S2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jn. 17, 21."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Jn. 13, 34."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Jn. 16, 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eph. 4, 4-5."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gal. 3, 27-28."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Cor. 12, 4-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eph. 4, 12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Mt. 28, 18-20, collato Jn. 20 21-23."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Mt. 16, 18, collato Mt. 18, 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Lc. 22, 32."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Jn. 21, 15-18."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph. 2, 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Petr. 2, 2S; CONC. VATICANUM 1, Sess. IV (1870), Constitutio Pastor Aeternus: Collac 7, 482 a."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Is. 11, 10-12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph. 2, 17-18, collato Mc. 16, 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Petr. 1, 3-9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Cor. 11, 18-19; Gal. 1, 6-9; 1 Jn. 2, 18-19."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 1 Cor. 1, 11 sqq; 11, 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. CONC. FLORENTINUM, Sess. VIII (1439), Decretum Exultate Deo: Mansi 31, 1055 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. S. AUGUSTINUS, In Ps. 32, Enarr. 11, 29: PL 36, 299"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. CONC. LATERANENSE IV (1215) Constitutio IV: Mansi 22, 990; CONC. LUGDUNENSE II (1274), Professio fidei Michaelis Palaeologi: Mansi 24, 71 E; CONC. FLORENTINUM, Sess. VI (1439), Definitio Laetentur caeli: Mansi 31, 1026 E."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Iac. 1, 4; Rom. 12, 1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. 2 Cor. 4, 10, Phil. 2, 5-8"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph. 5, 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. CONC. LATERANSE V, Sess. XII (1517), Constitutio Constituti: Mansi 32, 988 B-C."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph. 4, 24."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-29",
              "number": "29",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Eph. 4, 1-3."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-30",
              "number": "30",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mt. 20, 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-31",
              "number": "31",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "1 Jn. 1, 10."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-33",
              "number": "33",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mt. 18, 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-34",
              "number": "34",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. Eph. 3, 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-35",
              "number": "35",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "2 Petr. 1, 4."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-36",
              "number": "36",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. S. IOANNES CHRYSOSTOMOS, In loannem Homelia XLVI, PG 59, 260-262."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-37",
              "number": "37",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Acts 15, 28."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-38",
              "number": "38",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cf. CONC. FLORENTINUM, Sess. VI (1439), Definitio Laetentur caeli: Mansi 31 1026 E."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-39",
              "number": "39",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rom. 1, 16."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-40",
              "number": "40",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Col. 2, 12; cf. Rom. 6, 4"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-41",
              "number": "41",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Col. 3, 17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-42",
              "number": "42",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rom. 5, 5."
            }
          ]
        },
        "es": {
          "code": "es",
          "label": "Español",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19641121_unitatis-redintegratio_sp.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-129-vat-ii_decree_19641121_unitatis-redintegratio_sp.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO UNITATIS REDINTEGRATIO SOBRE EL ECUMENISMO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROEMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promover la restauración de la unidad entre todos los cristianos es uno de los fines principales que se ha propuesto el Sacrosanto Concilio Vaticano II, puesto que única es la Iglesia fundada por Cristo Señor, aun cuando son muchas las comuniones cristianas que se presentan a los hombres como la herencia de Jesucristo; todos se confiesan discípulos del Señor, pero sienten de modo distinto y siguen caminos diferentes, como si Cristo mismo estuviera dividido. División que abiertamente repugna a la voluntad de Cristo y es piedra de escándalo para el mundo y obstáculo para la causa de la difusión del Evangelio por todo el mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Con todo, el Señor de los tiempos, que sabia y pacientemente prosigue su voluntad de gracia para con nosotros los pecadores, en nuestros días ha empezado a infundir con mayor abundancia en los cristianos separados entre sí la compunción de espíritu y el anhelo de unión. Esta gracia ha llegado a muchas almas dispersas por todo el mundo, e incluso entre nuestros hermanos separados ha surgido, por el impuso del Espíritu Santo, un movimiento dirigido a restaurar la unidad de todos los cristianos. En este movimiento de unidad, llamado ecuménico, participan los que invocan al Dios Trino y confiesan a Jesucristo como Señor y salvador, y esto lo hacen no solamente por separado, sino también reunidos en asambleas en las que conocieron el Evangelio y a las que cada grupo llama Iglesia suya y de Dios. Casi todos, sin embargo, aunque de modo diverso, suspiran por una Iglesia de Dios única y visible, que sea verdaderamente universal y enviada a todo el mundo, para que el mundo se convierta al Evangelio y se salve para gloria de Dios. Considerando, pues, este Sacrosanto Concilio con grato ánimo todos estos problemas, una vez expuesta la doctrina sobre la Iglesia, impulsado por el deseo de restablecer la unidad entre todos los discípulos de Cristo, quiere proponer atodos los católicos los medios, los caminos y las formas por las que puedan responder a este divina vocación y gracia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRINCIPIOS CATÓLICOS SOBRE EL ECUMENISMO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unidad y unicidad de la Iglesia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La caridad de Dios hacia nosotros se manifestó en que el Hijo Unigénito de Dios fue enviado al mundo por el Padre, para que, hecho hombre, regenerara a todo el género humano con la redención y lo redujera a la unidad. Cristo, antes de ofrecerse a sí mismo en el ara de la cruz, como víctima inmaculada, oró al Padre por los creyentes, diciendo: \"Que todos sean uno, como Tú, Padre, estás en mi y yo en tí, para que también ellos sean en nosotros, y el mundo crea que Tú me has enviado\", e instituyó en su Iglesia el admirable sacramento de la Eucaristía, por medio del cual se significa y se realiza la unidad de la Iglesia. Impuso a sus discípulos e mandato nuevo del amor mutuo y les prometió el Espíritu Paráclito, que permanecería eternamente con ellos como Señor y vivificador."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Una vez que el Señor Jesús fue exaltado en la cruz y glorificado, derramó el Espíritu que había prometido, por el cual llamó y congregó en unidad de la fe, de la esperanza y de la caridad al pueblo del Nuevo Testamento, que es la Iglesia, como enseña el Apóstol: \"Un solo cuerpo y un solo Espíritu, como habéis sido llamados en una esperanza, la de vuestra vocación. Un solo Señor, una sola fe, un solo bautismos\". Puesto que \"todos los que habéis sido bautizados en Cristo os habéis revestido de Cristo.... porque todos vosotros sois uno en Cristo Jesús\". El Espíritu Santo que habita en los creyentes, y llena y gobierna toda la Iglesia, efectúa esa admirable unión de los fieles y los congrega tan íntimamente a todos en Cristo, que El mismo es el principio de la unidad de la Iglesia. El realiza la distribución de las gracias y de los ministerios, enriqueciendo a la Iglesia de Jesucristo con la variedad de dones \"para la perfección consumada de los santosen orden a la obra del ministerio y a la edificación del Cuerpo de Cristo\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para el establecimiento de esta su santa Iglesia en todas partes y hasta el fin de los tiempos, confió Jesucristo al Colegio de los Doce el oficio de enseñar, de regir y de santificar. De entre ellos destacó a Pedro, sobre el cual determinó edificar su Iglesia, después de exigirle la profesión de fe; a él prometió las llaves del reino de los cielos y previa la manifestación de su amor, le confió todas las ovejas, para que las confirmara en la fe y las apacentara en la perfecta unidad, reservándose Jesucristo el ser El mismo para siempre la piedra fundamental y el pastor de nuestras almas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jesucristo quiere que su pueblo se desarrolle por medio de la fiel predicación del Evangelio, y la administración de los sacramentos, y por el gobierno en el amor, efectuado todo ello por los Apóstoles y sus sucesores, es decir, por los Obispos con su cabeza, el sucesor de Pedro, obrando el Espíritu Santo; y realiza su comunión en la unidad, en la profesión de una sola fe, en la común celebración del culto divino, y en la concordia fraterna de la familia de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Así, la Iglesia, único rebaño de Dios como un lábaro alzado ante todos los pueblos, comunicando el Evangelio de la paz a todo el género humano, peregrina llena de esperanza hacia la patria celestial."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este es el Sagrado misterio de la unidad de la Iglesia de Cristo y por medio de Cristo, comunicando el Espíritu Santo la variedad de sus dones, El modelo supremo y el principio de este misterio es la unidad de un solo Dios en la Trinidad de personas: Padre, Hijo y Espíritu Santo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relación de los hermanos separados con la Iglesia católica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En esta una y única Iglesia de Dios, ya desde los primeros tiempos, se efectuaron algunas escisiones que el Apóstol condena con severidad, pero en tiempos sucesivos surgieron discrepancias mayores, separándose de la plena comunión de la Iglesia no pocas comunidades, a veces no sin responsabilidad de ambas partes. pero los que ahora nacen y se nutren de la fe de Jesucristo dentro de esas comunidades no pueden ser tenidos como responsables del pecado de la separación, y la Iglesia católica los abraza con fraterno respeto y amor; puesto que quienes creen en Cristo y recibieron el bautismo debidamente, quedan constituidos en alguna comunión, aunque no sea perfecta, con la Iglesia católica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Efectivamente, por causa de las varias discrepancias existentes entre ellos y la Iglesia católica, ya en cuanto a la doctrina, y a veces también en cuanto a la disciplina, ya en lo relativo a la estructura de la Iglesia, se interponen a la plena comunión eclesiástica no pocos obstáculos, a veces muy graves, que el movimiento ecumenista trata de superar. Sin embargo, justificados por la fe en el bautismo, quedan incorporados a Cristo y, por tanto, reciben el nombre de cristianos con todo derecho y justamente son reconocidos como hermanos en el Señor por los hijos de la Iglesia católica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es más: de entre el conjunto de elementos o bienes con que la Iglesia se edifica y vive, algunos, o mejor, muchísimos y muy importantes pueden encontrarse fuera del recinto visible de la Iglesia católica: la Palabra de Dios escrita, la vida de la gracia, la fe, la esperanza y la caridad, y algunos dones interiores del Espíritu Santo y elementos visibles; todo esto, que proviene de Cristo y a El conduce, pertenece por derecho a la única Iglesia de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los hermanos separados practican no pocos actos de culto de la religión cristiana, los cuales, de varias formas, según la diversa condición de cada Iglesia o comunidad, pueden, sin duda alguna, producir la vida de la gracia, y hay que confesar que son aptos para dejar abierto el acceso a la comunión de la salvación."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por consiguiente, aunque creamos que las Iglesias y comunidades separadas tienen sus defectos, no están desprovistas de sentido y de valor en el misterio de la salvación, porque el Espíritu de Cristo no ha rehusado servirse de ellas como medios de salvación, cuya virtud deriva de la misma plenitud de la gracia y de la verdad que se confió a la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los hermanos separados, sin embargo, ya particularmente, ya sus comunidades y sus iglesias, no gozan de aquella unidad que Cristo quiso dar a los que regeneró y vivificó en un cuerpo y en una vida nueva y que manifiestan la Sagrada Escritura y la Tradición venerable de la Iglesia. Solamente por medio de la Iglesia católica de Cristo, que es auxilio general de la salvación, puede conseguirse la plenitud total de los medios salvíficos. Creemos que el Señor entregó todos los bienes de la Nueva Alianza a un solo colegio apostólico, a saber, el que preside Pedro, para constituir un solo Cuerpo de Cristo en la tierra, al que tienen que incorporarse totalmente todos los que de alguna manera pertenecen ya al Pueblo de Dios. Pueblo que durante su peregrinación por la tierra, aunque permanezca sujeto al pecado, crece en Cristo y es conducido suavemente por Dios, según sus inescrutables designios, hasta que arribe gozoso a la total plenitud de la gloria eterna en la Jerusalén celestial."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecumenismo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoy, en muchas partes del mundo, por inspiración del Espíritu Santo, se hacen muchos intentos con la oración, la palabra y la acción para llegar a aquella plenitud de unidad que quiere Jesucristo. Este Sacrosanto Concilio exhorta a todos los fieles católicos a que, reconociendo los signos de los tiempos, cooperen diligentemente en la empresa ecuménica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por \"movimiento ecuménico\" se entiende el conjunto de actividades y de empresas que, conforme a las distintas necesidades de la Iglesia y a las circunstancias de los tiempos, se suscitan y se ordenan a favorecer la unidad de los cristianos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tales son, en primer lugar, todos los intentos de eliminar palabras, juicios y actos que no sean conformes, según justicia y verdad, a la condición de los hermanos separados, y que, por tanto, pueden hacer más difíciles las mutuas relaciones en ellos; en segundo lugar, \"el diálogo\" entablado entre peritos y técnicos en reuniones de cristianos de las diversas Iglesias o comunidades, y celebradas en espíritu religioso. En este diálogo expone cada uno, por su parte, con toda profundidad la doctrina de su comunión, presentado claramente los caracteres de la misma. Por medio de este diálogo, todos adquieren un conocimiento más auténtico y un aprecio más justo de la doctrina y de la vida de cada comunión; en tercer lugar, las diversas comuniones consiguen una más amplia colaboración en todas las obligaciones exigidas por toda conciencia cristiana en orden al bien común y, en cuanto es posible, participan en la oración unánime. Todos, finalmente, examinan su fidelidad a la voluntad de Cristo con relación a la Iglesia y, como es debido, emprenden animosos la obra de renovación y de reforma."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todo esto, realizado prudente y pacientemente por los fieles de la Iglesia católica, bajo la vigilancia de los pastores, conduce al bien de la equidad y de la verdad, de la concordia y de la colaboración, del amor fraterno y de la unión; para que poco a poco por esta vía, superados todos los obstáculos que impiden la perfecta comunión eclesiástica, todos los cristianos se congreguen en una única celebración de la Eucaristía, en orden a la unidad de la una y única Iglesia, a la unidad que Cristo dio a su Iglesia desde un principio, y que creemos subsiste indefectible en la Iglesia católica de los siglos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es manifiesto, sin embargo, que la obra de preparación y reconciliación individuales de los que desean la plena comunión católica se diferencia, por su naturaleza, de la empresa ecumenista, pero no encierra oposición alguna, ya que ambos proceden del admirable designio de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Los fieles católicos han de ser, sin duda, solícitos de los hermanos separados en la acción ecumenista, orando por ellos, hablándoles de las cosas de la Iglesia, dando los primeros pasos hacia ellos. Pero deben considerar también por su parte con ánimo sincero y diligente, lo que hay que renovar y corregir en la misma familia católica, para que su vida dé más fiel y claro testimonio de la doctrina y de las normas dadas por Cristo a través de los Apóstoles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pues, aunque la Iglesia católica posea toda la verdad revelada por Dios, y todos los medios de la gracia, sin embargo, sus miembros no la viven consecuentemente con todo el fervor, hasta el punto que la faz de la Iglesia resplandece menos ante los ojos de nuestros hermanos separados y de todo el mundo, retardándose con ello el crecimiento del reino de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por tanto, todos los católicos deben tender a la perfección cristiana y esforzarse cada uno según su condición para que la Iglesia, portadora de la humildad y de la pasión de Jesús en su cuerpo, se purifique y se renueve de día en día, hasta que Cristo se la presente a sí mismo gloriosa, sin mancha ni arruga."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Guardando la unidad en lo necesario, todos en la Iglesia, cada uno según el cometido que le ha sido dado, observen la debida libertad, tanto en las diversas formas de vida espiritual y de disciplina como en la diversidad de ritos litúrgicos, e incluso en la elaboración teológica de la verdad revelada; pero en todo practiquen la caridad. Pues con este proceder manifestarán cada día más plenamente la auténtica catolicidad y la apostolicidad de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por otra parte, es necesario que los católicos, con gozo, reconozcan y aprecien en su valor los tesoros verdaderamente cristianos que, procedentes del patrimonio común, se encuentran en nuestros hermanos separados. Es justo y saludable reconocer las riquezas de Cristo y las virtudes en la vida de quienes dan testimonio de Cristo y, a veces, hasta el derramamiento de su sangre, porque Dios es siempre admirable y digno de admiración en sus obras."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ni hay que olvidar tampoco que todo lo que obra el Espíritu Santo en los corazones de los hermanos separados puede conducir también a nuestra edificación. Lo que de verdad es cristiano no puede oponerse en forma alguna a los auténticos bienes de la fe, antes al contrario, siempre puede hacer que se alcance más perfectamente el misterio mismo de Cristo y de la Iglesia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sin embargo, las divisiones de los cristianos impiden que la Iglesia lleve a efecto su propia plenitud de catolicidad en aquellos hijos que, estando verdaderamente incorporados a ella por el bautismo, están, sin embargo, separados de su plena comunión. Más aún, a la misma Iglesia le resulta muy difícil expresar, bajo todos los aspectos, en la realidad misma de la vida, la plenitud de la catolicidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este Sacrosanto Concilio advierte con gozo que la participación de los fieles católicos en la acción ecumenista crece cada día, y la recomienda a los Obispos de todo el mundo, para que la promuevan con diligencia y la dirijan prudentemente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LA PRÁCTICA DEL ECUMENISMO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La unión afecta a todos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El empeño por el restablecimiento de la unión corresponde a la Iglesia entera, afecta tanto a los fieles como a los pastores, a cada uno según su propio valor, ya en la vida cristiana diaria, ya en las investigaciones teológicas e históricas. Este interés manifiesta la unión fraterna existente ya de alguna manera entre todos los cristianos, y conduce a la plena y perfecta unidad, según la benevolencia de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La reforma de la Iglesia"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puesto que toda la renovación de la Iglesia consiste esencialmente en el aumento de la fidelidad a su vocación, por eso, sin duda, hay un movimiento que tiende hacia la unidad. Cristo llama a la Iglesia peregrinante hacia una perenne reforma, de la que la Iglesia misma, en cuanto institución humana y terrena, tiene siempre necesidad hasta el punto de que si algunas cosas fueron menos cuidadosamente observadas, bien por circunstancias especiales, bien por costumbres, o por disciplina eclesiástica, o también por formas de exponer la doctrina —que debe cuidadosamente distinguirse del mismo depósito de la fe—, se restauren en el tiempo oportuno recta y debidamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta reforma, pues, tiene una extraordinario importancia ecumenista. Muchas de las formas de la vida de la Iglesia, por las que ya se va realizando esta renovación —como el movimiento bíblico y litúrgico, la predicación de la palabra de Dios y la catequesis, el apostolado de los seglares, las nuevas formas de vida religiosa, la espiritualidad del matrimonio, la doctrina y la actividad de la Iglesia en el campo social—, hay que recibirlas como prendas y augurios quefelizmente presagian los futuros progresos del ecumenismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La conversión del corazón"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El verdadero ecumenismo no puede darse sin la conversión interior. En efecto, los deseos de la unidad surgen y maduran de la renovación del alma, de la abnegación de sí mismo y de la efusión generosa de la caridad. Por eso tenemos que implorar del Espíritu Santo la gracia de la abnegación sincera, de la humildad y de la mansedumbre en nuestros servicios y de la fraterna generosidad del alma para con los demás. \"Así, pues, os exhorto yo —dice el Apóstol a las Gentes—, preso en el Señor, a andar de una manera digna de la vocación con que fuisteis llamados, con toda humildad, mansedumbre y longanimidad, soportándoos los unos a los otros con caridad, solícitos de conservar la unidad del espíritu mediante el vínculo de la paz\" (Ef., 4,1-3). Esta exhortación se refiere, sobre todo, a los que han sido investidos del orden sagrado, para continuar la misión de Cristo, que \"vino no a ser servido, sino a servir\" entre nosotros."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A las faltas contra la unidad pueden aplicarse las palabras de San Juan: \" Si decimos que no hemos pecado, hacemos a Dios mentiroso, y su palabra no está en nosotros\". Humildemente, pues, pedimos perdón a Dios y a los hermanos separados, como nosotros perdonamos a quienes nos hayan ofendido."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Recuerden todos los fieles, que tanto mejor promoverán y realizarán la unión de los cristianos, cuanto más se esfuercen en llevar una vida más pura, según el Evangelio. Porque cuanto más se unan en estrecha comunión con el Padre, con el Verbo y con el Espíritu, tanto más íntima y fácilmente podrán acrecentar la mutua hermandad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La oración unánime"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta conversión del corazón y santidad de vida, juntamente con las oraciones privadas y públicas por la unidad de los cristianos, han de considerarse como el alma de todo el movimiento ecuménico, y con razón puede llamarse ecumenismo espiritual."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es frecuente entre los católicos concurrir a la oración por la unidad de la Iglesia, que el mismo Salvador dirigió enardecido al Padre en vísperas de su muerte: \"Que todos sean uno\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En ciertas circunstancias especiales, como sucede cuando se ordenan oraciones \"por la unidad\", y en las asambleas ecumenistas es lícito, más aún, es de desear que los católicos se unan en la oración con los hermanos separados. Tales preces comunes son un medio muy eficaz para impetrar la gracia de la unidad y la expresión genuina de los vínculos con que estánunidos los católicos con los hermanos separados: \"Pues donde hay dos o tres congregados en mi nombre, allí estoy yo en medio de ellos\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sin embargo, no es lícito considerar la comunicación en las funciones sagradas como medio que pueda usarse indiscriminadamente para restablecer la unidad de los cristianos. Esta comunicación depende, sobre todo, de dos principios: de la significación de la unidad de la Iglesia y de la participación en los medios de la gracia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La significación de la unidad prohíbe de ordinario la comunicación. La consecución de la gracia algunas veces la recomienda. La autoridad episcopal local ha de determinar prudentemente el modo de obrar en concreto, atendidas las circunstancias de tiempo, lugar y personas, a no ser que la Conferencia episcopal, a tenor de sus propios estatutos, o la Santa Sede provean de otro modo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El conocimiento mutuo de los hermanos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conviene conocer la disposición de ánimo de los hermanos separados. Para ello se necesita el estudio que hay que realizar con un alma benévola guiada por la verdad. Es preciso que los católicos, debidamente preparados, adquieran mejor conocimiento de la doctrina y de la historia de la vida espiritual y cultural, de la psicología religiosa y de la cultura peculiares de los hermanos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para lograrlo, ayudan mucho por ambas partes las reuniones destinadas a tratar, sobre todo, cuestiones teológicas, donde cada uno pueda tratar a los demás de igual a igual, con tal que los que toman parte, bajo la vigilancia de los prelados, sean verdaderamente peritos. De tal diálogo puede incluso esclarecerse más cuál sea la verdadera naturaleza de la Iglesia católica. De esta forma conoceremos mejor el pensamiento de los hermanos separados y nuestra fe aparecerá entre ellos más claramente expresada."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La formación ecumenista"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es necesario que las instituciones de la sagrada teología y de las otras disciplinas, sobre todo, históricas, se expliquen también en sentido ecuménico, para que respondan lo más posible a la realidad."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es muy conveniente que los que han de ser pastores y sacerdotes se imbuyan de la teología elaborada de esta forma, con sumo cuidado, y no polémicamente, máxime en lo que respecta a las relaciones de los hermanos separados para con la Iglesia católica, ya que de la formación de los sacerdotes, sobre todo, depende la necesaria instrucción y formaciónespiritual de los fieles y de los religiosos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Es también conveniente que los católicos, empeñados en obras misioneras en las mismas tierras en que hay también otros cristianos, conozcan hoy, sobre todo, los problemas y los frutos que surgen del ecumenismo en su apostolado."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La forma de expresar y de exponer la doctrina de la fe"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En ningún caso debe ser obstáculo para el diálogo con los hermanos del sistema de exposición de la fe católica. Es totalmente necesario que se exponga con claridad toda la doctrina. nada es tan ajeno al ecumenismo como el falso irenismo, que pretendiera desvirtuar la pureza de la doctrina católica y obscurecer su genuino y verdadero sentido."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La fe católica hay que exponerla al mismo tiempo con más profundidad y con más rectitud, para que tanto por la forma como por las palabras pueda ser cabalmente comprendida también por los hermanos separados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Finalmente, en el diálogo ecumenista los teólogos católicos, bien imbuidos de la doctrina de la Iglesia, al tratar con los hermanos separados de investigar los divinos misterios, deben proceder con amor a la verdad, con caridad y con humildad. Al confrontar las doctrinas no olviden que hay un orden o \"jerarquía\" de las verdades en la doctrina católica, por ser diversa su conexión con el fundamente de la fe cristiana. De esta forma se preparará el camino por donde todos se estimulen a proseguir con esta fraterna emulación hacia un conocimiento más profundo y una exposición más clara de las incalculables riquezas de Cristo (Cf. Ef., 3,8)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La cooperación con los hermanos separados"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos los cristianos deben confesar delante del mundo entero su fe en Dios uno y trino, en el Hijo de Dios encarnado, Redentor y Señor nuestro, y con empeño común en su mutuo aprecio den testimonio de nuestra esperanza, que no confunde."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como en estos tiempos se exige una colaboración amplísima en el campo social, todos los hombres son llamados a esta empresa común, sobre todo los que creen en Dios y aún más singularmente todos los cristianos, por verse honrados con el nombre de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La cooperación de todos los cristianos expresa vivamente la unión con la que ya están vinculados y presenta con luz más radiante la imagen de Cristo Siervo. Esta cooperación, establecida ya en no pocas naciones, debe ir perfeccionándose más y más, sobre todo en las regiones desarrolladas social y técnicamente, ya en el justo aprecio de la dignidad de la persona humana, ya procurando el bien de la paz, ya en laaplicación social del Evangelio, ya en el progreso de las ciencias y de las artes, con espíritu cristiano, ya en la aplicación de cualquier género de remedio contra los infortunios de nuestros tiempos, como son el hambre y las calamidades, el analfabetismo y la miseria, la escasez de viviendas y la distribución injusta de las riquezas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por medio de esta cooperación podrán advertir fácilmente todos los que creen en Cristo cómo pueden conocerse mejor unos a otros, apreciando más y cómo se allana el camino para la unidad de los cristianos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "LAS IGLESIAS Y LAS COMUNIDADES ECLESIALES SEPARADAS DE LA SEDE APOSTÓLICA ROMANA"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nuestra atención se fija en las dos categorías principales de escisiones que afectan a la túnica inconsútil de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las primeras tuvieron lugar en el Oriente, a resultas de las declaraciones dogmáticas de los concilios de Efeso y de Calcedonia, y en tiempos posteriores por la ruptura de la comunidad eclesiástica entre los patriarcas orientales y la Sede Romana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Más de cuatro siglos después sobrevienen otras en las misma Iglesia de Occidente, como secuela de los acontecimientos que ordinariamente se designan con el nombre de reforma. Desde entonces, muchas comuniones nacionales o confesionales quedaron disgregadas de la Sede Romana. Entre las que conservan, en parte, las tradiciones y las estructuras católicas, ocupa lugar especial la comunión anglicana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay, sin embargo, diferencias muy notables en estos diversos grupos no sólo por razón de su origen, lugar y tiempo, sino especialmente por la naturaleza y gravedad de los problemas pertinentes a la fe y a la estructura eclesiástica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por ello, este Sacrosanto Concilio, valorando escrupulosamente las diversas condiciones de cada uno de los grupos cristianos, y teniendo en cuenta los vínculos existentes entre ellas, a pesar de su división, determina proponer las siguientes consideraciones para llevar a cabo una prudente acción ecumenista."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. CONSIDERACIÓN PARTICULAR DE LAS IGLESIA ORIENTALES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Carácter e historia propia de los orientales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las Iglesias del Oriente y del Occidente, durante muchos siglos siguieron su propio camino unidas en la comunión fraterna de la fe y de la vida sacramental, siendo la Sede Romana, con el consentimiento común, árbitro si surgía entre ellas algún disentimiento en cuenta a la fe y a la disciplina. El Sacrosanto Concilio se complace en recordar, entre otras cosas importantes, que existen en Oriente muchas Iglesias particulares o locales, entre las cuales ocupan el primer lugar las Iglesias patriarcales, y de los cuales no pocas traen origen de los mismos Apóstoles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por este motivo han prevalecido y prevalece entre los orientales el empeño y el interés de conservar aquellas relaciones fraternas en la comunión de la fe y de la caridad, que deben observarse entre las Iglesias locales como entre hermanas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No debe olvidarse tampoco que las Iglesias del Oriente tienen desde el principio un tesoro del que tomó la Iglesia del Occidente muchas cosas en la Liturgia, en la tradición espiritual y en el ordenamiento jurídico. Y es de sumo interés el que los dogmas fundamentales de la fe cristiana, el de la Trinidad, el del Hijo de Dios hecho carne de la Virgen Madre de Dios, quedaron definidos en concilio ecuménicos celebrados en el Oriente. Aquellas Iglesias han sufrido y sufren mucho por la conservación de esta fe."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La herencia transmitida por los Apóstoles fue recibida de diversas formas y maneras y, en consecuencia, desde los orígenes mismos de la Iglesia fue explicada diversamente en una y otra parte por la diversidad del carácter y de las condiciones de la vida. Todo ello, a más de las causas externas, por la falta de comprensión y de caridad, motivó las separaciones."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por lo cual el Sacrosanto Concilio exhorta a todos, pero especialmente a quienes han de trabajar por restablecer la plena comunión entra las Iglesias orientales y la Iglesia católica, que tengan las debidas consideraciones a la especial condición de las Iglesias que nacen y se desarrollan en el Oriente, así como a la índole de las relaciones que existían entre ellas y la Sede Romana antes de la separación, y que seformen una opinión recta de todo ello; observar esto cuidadosamente servirá muchísimo para el pretendido diálogo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La tradición litúrgica y espiritual de los orientales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos conocen con cuánto amor los cristianos orientales celebran el culto litúrgico, sobre todo la celebración eucarística, fuente de la vida de la Iglesia y prenda de la gloria futura, por la cual los fieles unidos a su Obispo, teniendo acogida ante Dios Padre por su Hijo el Verbo encarnado, muerto y glorificado en la efusión del Espíritu Santo, consiguen la comunión con la Santísima Trinidad, hechos \"partícipes de la naturaleza divina\". Consiguientemente, por la celebración de la Eucaristía del Señor en cada una de estas Iglesias, se edifica y crece la Iglesia de Dios, y por la concelebración se manifiesta la comunión entre ellas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En este culto litúrgico los orientales ensalzan con hermosos himnos a María, siempre Virgen, a quien el Concilio Ecuménico de Efeso, proclamó solemnemente Santísima Madre de Dios, para que Cristo fuera reconocido como Hijo de Dios e Hijo del hombre, según las Escrituras, y honran también a muchos santos, entre ellos a los Padres de la Iglesia universal. Puesto que estas Iglesias, aunque separadas, tienen verdaderos sacramentos y, sobre todo por su sucesión apostólica, el sacerdocio y la Eucaristía, por los que se unen a nosotros con vínculos estrechísimos, no solamente es posible, sino que se aconseja, alguna comunicación con ellos en las funciones sagradas en circunstancias oportunas y aprobándolo la autoridad eclesiástica. También se encuentran en el Oriente las riquezas de aquellas tradiciones espirituales que creó, sobre todo, el monaquismo. Allí, pues, desde los primeros tiempos gloriosos de los santo Padres floreció la espiritualidad monástica, que se extendió luego a los pueblos occidentales. De ella procede, como de su fuente, la institución religiosa de los latinos, que aún después tomó nuevo vigor en el Oriente. Por lo cual se recomienda encarecidamente a los católicos que acudan con mayor frecuencia a estas riquezas espirituales de los Padres del Oriente, que levantan a todo hombre a la contemplación de lo divino."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tengan todos presente que el conocer, venerar, conservar y favorecer el riquísimo patrimonio litúrgico y espiritual de los orientales es de una gran importancia para conservar fielmente la plenitud de la tradición cristiana y para conseguir la reconciliación de los cristianos orientales y occidentales."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Disciplina propia de los orientales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las Iglesias del Oriente, además, desde los primeros tiempos seguían las disciplinas propias sancionadas por los santos Padres y por los concilios, incluso ecuménicos. No poniéndose a la unidad de la Iglesia una cierta variedad de ritos y costumbres, sino acrecentando más bien su hermosura y contribuyendo al más exacto cumplimiento de su misión como antes hemos dicho, el Sacrosanto Concilio, para disipar todo temor declara que las Iglesias orientales, conscientes de la necesaria unidad de toda la Iglesia, tienen el derecho y la obligación de regirse según sus propias ordenaciones, puesto que son más acomodadas a la idiosincrasia de sus fieles y más adecuadas para promover el bien de sus almas. No siempre, es verdad, se ha observado bien este principio tradicional, pero su observancia es una condición previa absolutamente necesaria para el restablecimiento de la unión."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Carácter propio de los orientales en la exposición de los misterios"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lo que antes hemos dicho acerca de la legítima diversidad, nos es grato repetirlo también de la diversa exposición de la doctrina teológica, puesto que en el Oriente y en el Occidente se han seguido diversos pasos y métodos en la investigación de la verdad revelada y en el reconocimiento y exposición de lo divino. No hay que sorprenderse, pues, de que algunos aspectos del misterio revelado a veces se hayan captado mejor y se hayan expuesto con más claridad por unos que por otros, de manera que hemos de declarar que las diversas fórmulas teológicas, más bien que oponerse entre sí, se completan y perfeccionan unas a otras. En cuanto a las auténticas tradiciones teológicas de los orientales, hay que reconocer que radican de una modo manifiesto en la Sagrada Escritura, se fomentan y se vigorizan con la vida litúrgica, se nutren de la viva tradición apostólica y de las enseñanzas de los Padres orientales y de los autores eclesiásticos hacia una recta ordenación de la vida; más aún, tienden hacia una contemplación cabal de la verdad cristiana. Este Sacrosanto Concilio declara que todo este patrimonio espiritual y litúrgico, disciplinar y teológico, en sus diversas tradiciones, pertenece a la plena catolicidad y apostolicidad de la Iglesia, dando gracias a Dios, porque muchos orientales, hijos de la Iglesia católica, que conservan esta herencia y ansían vivirla en su plena pureza e integridad, viven ya en comunión perfecta con los hermanos que practican la tradición occidental."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusión"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bien considerado todo lo que precede, este Sacrosanto Concilio renueva solemnemente todo lo que han declarado los sacrosantos concilios anteriores y los Romanos Pontífices; a saber, que para el restablecimiento y mantenimiento de la comunión y de la unidad es preciso \"no imponer ninguna otra carga más que la necesaria\" (Act., 15,28). Desea, asimismo, vehementemente, que en adelante se dirijan todos los esfuerzos en los varios institutos y formas de vida de la Iglesia, sobre todo en la oración y en el diálogo fraterno acerca de la doctrina y de las necesidades más urgentes del cargo pastoral en nuestros días y se encaucen para lograr paulatinamente la comunión. De igual manera recomienda a los pastores y a los fieles de la Iglesia católica estrecha amistad con quienes pasan la vida no ya en Oriente, sino lejos de la patria para incrementar la colaboración fraterna con ellos con espíritu de caridad, dejando todo ánimo de controversia y de emulación. Si llega a ponerse toda el alma en esta empresa, este Sacrosanto Concilio espera que, derrocado todo muro que separa la Iglesia occidental y la oriental, se hará una sola morada, cuya piedra angular es Cristo Jesús, que hará de las dos una sola cosa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. LAS IGLESIAS Y COMUNIDADES ECLESIALES SEPARADAS EN OCCIDENTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Condición propia de estas comunidades"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las Iglesias y comunidades eclesiales que se disgregaron de la Sede Apostólica Romana, bien en aquella gravísima perturbación que comenzó en el Occidente ya a finales de la Edad Media, bien en tiempos sucesivos, están unidas con la Iglesia católica por una afinidad de lazos y obligaciones peculiares por haber desarrollado en los tiempos pasados una vida cristiana multisecular en comunión eclesiástica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puesto que estas Iglesias y comunidades eclesiales por la diversidad de su origen, de su doctrina y de su vida espiritual, discrepan bastante no solamente de nosotros, sino también entre sí, es tarea muy difícil describirlas cumplidamente, cosa que no pretendemos hacer aquí."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aunque todavía no es universal el movimiento ecuménico y el deseo de armonía con la Iglesia católica, abrigamos, no obstante, la esperanza de que este sentimiento ecuménico y el mutuo aprecio irán imponiéndose poco a poco en todos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hay que reconocer, ciertamente que entre estas Iglesias y comunidades y la Iglesia católica hay discrepancias esenciales no sólo de índole histórica, sociológica, psicológica y cultural, sino, ante todo, de interpretación de la verdad revelada. Mas para que, a pesar de estas dificultades, pueda entablarse más fácilmente el diálogo ecuménico, en los siguientes párrafos trataremos de ofrecer algunos puntos que pueden y deben ser fundamento y estímulo para este diálogo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La confesión de Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nuestra atención se dirige, ante todo, a los cristianos que reconocen públicamente a Jesucristo como Dios y Señor y Mediador único entre Dios y los hombres, para gloria del único Dios, Padre, Hijo y Espíritu Santo. Sabemos que existen graves divergencias entre la doctrina de estos cristianos y la doctrina de la Iglesia católica aun respecto a Cristo, Verbo de Dios encarnado, de la obra de la redención y, por consiguiente, del misterio y ministerio de la Iglesia y de la función de María en la obra de la salvación. Nos gozamos, sin embargo, viendo a los hermanos separados tender hacia Cristo, como fuente y centro de la comunión eclesiástica. Movidos por el deseo de la unión con Cristo, se sienten impulsados a buscar más y más la unidad y también a dar testimonio de su fe delante de todo el mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estudio de la Sagrada Escritura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El amor y la veneración y casi culto a las Sagradas Escrituras conducen a nuestros hermanos separados el estudio constante y solícito de la Biblia, pues el Evangelio \"es poder de Dios para la salud de todo el que cree, del judío primero, pero también del griego\" (Rom., 1,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Invocando al Espíritu Santo, buscan en las Escrituras a Dios, que, en cierto modo, les habla en Cristo, preanunciado por los profetas, Verbo de Dios encarnado por nosotros. En ellas contemplan la vida de Cristo y cuanto el divino Maestro enseñó y realizó para la salvación de los hombres, sobre todo los misterios de su muerte y de su resurrección."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero cuando los hermanos separados reconocen la autoridad divina de los sagrados libros sienten -cada uno a su manera- diversamente de nosotros en cuanto a la relación entre las Escrituras y la Iglesia, en la cual, según la fe católica, el magisterio auténtico tiene un lugar especial en orden a la exposición y predicación de la palabra de Dios escrita."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sin embargo, las Sagradas Escrituras son, en el diálogo mismo, instrumentos preciosos en la mano poderosa de Dios para lograr aquella unidad que el Salvador presenta a todos los hombres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vida sacramental"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por el sacramento del bautismo, debidamente administrado según la institución del Señor, y recibido con la requerida disposición del alma, el hombre se incorpora realmente a Cristo crucificado y glorioso y se regenera para el consorcio de la vida divina, según las palabras del Apóstol: \"Con El fuisteis sepultados en el bautismo, y en El, asimismo, fuisteis resucitados por la fe en el poder de Dios, que lo resucitó de entre los muertos\" (Col., 2,12; Rom., 6,4)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "El bautismo, por tanto, constituye un poderoso vínculo sacramental de unidad entre todos los que con él se han regenerado. Sin embargo, el bautismo por sí mismo es tan sólo un principio y un comienzo, porque todo él se dirige a la consecución de la plenitud de la vida en Cristo. Así, pues, el bautismo se ordena a la profesión íntegra de la fe, a la plena incorporación, a los medios de salvación determinados por Cristo y, finalmente, a la íntegra incorporación en la comunión eucarística."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Las comunidades eclesiales separadas, aunque les falte esa unidad plena con nosotros que dimana del bautismo, y aunque creamos que, sobre todo por la carencia del sacramentodel orden, no han conservado la genuina e íntegra sustancia del misterio eucarístico, sin embargo, mientras conmemoran en la santa cena la muerte y la resurrección del Señor, profesan que en la comunión de Cristo se representa la vida y esperan su glorioso advenimiento. Por consiguiente, la doctrina sobre la cena del Señor, sobre los demás sacramentos, sobre el culto y los misterios de la Iglesia deben ser objeto de diálogo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vida con Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vida cristiana de estos hermanos se nutre de la fe e cristo y se robustece con la gracia del bautismo y con la palabra de Dios oída. Se manifiesta en la oración privada, en la meditación bíblica, en la vida de la familia cristiana, en el culto de la comunidad congregada para alabar a Dios. Por lo demás, su culto muchas veces presenta elementos claros de la antigua Liturgia común."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La fe por la cual se cree en Cristo produce frutos de alabanza y de acción de gracias por los beneficios recibidos de Dios; únesele también un vivo sentimiento de justicia y una sincera caridad para con el prójimo. Esta fe laboriosa ha producido no pocas instituciones para socorrer la miseria espiritual y corporal, para perfeccionar la educación de la juventud, para hacer más llevaderas las condiciones sociales de la vida, para establecer la paz en el mundo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pero si muchos cristianos no entienden siempre el Evangelio en su aspecto moral, en la misma manera que los católicos, ni admiten las mismas soluciones a los problemas más complicados de la sociedad moderna, no obstante quieren seguir, lo mismo que nosotros, la palabra de Cristo, como fuente de virtud cristiana, y obedecer al precepto del Apóstol: \"Todo cuanto hacéis de palabra o de obra, hacedlo en el nombre del Señor Jesús, dando gracias a Dios Padre por El\" (Col., 3,17). De aquí puede surgir el diálogo ecuménico sobre la aplicación moral del Evangelio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CONCLUSIÓN"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Expuestas brevemente las condiciones en que se desarrolla la acción ecuménica y los principios por los que se debe regir, dirigimos confiadamente nuestra mirada al futuro. Este Sagrado Concilio exhorta a los fieles a que se abstengan de toda ligereza o imprudente celo, que podrían perjudicar al progreso de la unidad. Su acción ecuménica ha de ser plena y sinceramente católica, es decir, fiel a la verdad recibida de los Apóstoles y de los Padres y conforme a la fe, que siempre ha profesado la Iglesia católica, tendiendo constantemente hacia la plenitud con que el Señor desea que se perfeccione su Cuerpo en el decurso de los tiempos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este Sagrada Concilio desea ardientemente que los proyectos de los fieles católicos progresen en unión con los proyectos de los hermanos separados, sin que se pongan obstáculos a los caminos de la Providencia y sin prejuicios contra los impulsos que puedan venir del Espíritu Santo.Además, se declara conocedor de que este santo propósito de reconciliar a todos los cristianos en la unidad de la única Iglesia de Jesucristo excede las fuerzas y la capacidad humana. Por eso pone toda su esperanza en la oración de Cristo por la Iglesia, en el amor del Padre para con nosotros, en la virtud del Espíritu Santo. \"Y la esperanza no quedará fallida, pues el amor de Dios se ha derramado en nuestros corazones por la virtud del Espíritu Santo, que nos ha sido dado\" (Cf.Rom., 5,5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todas y cada una de las cosas contenidas en este Decreto han obtenido el beneplácito de los Padres del Sacrosanto Concilio. Y Nos, en virtud de la potestad apostólica recibida de Cristo, juntamente con los Venerables Padres, las aprobamos, decretamos y establecemos en el Espíritu Santo, y mandamos que lo así decidido conciliarmente sea promulgado para gloria de Dios."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, en San Pedro, 21 de noviembre de 1964."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Yo, PABLO, Obispo de la Iglesia Católica"
            }
          ]
        },
        "fr": {
          "code": "fr",
          "label": "Français",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19641121_unitatis-redintegratio_fr.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-122-vat-ii_decree_19641121_unitatis-redintegratio_fr.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAUL, ÉVÊQUE, SERVITEUR DES SERVITEURS DE DIEU, AVEC LES PÈRES DU SAINT CONCILE, POUR QUE LE SOUVENIR S'EN MAINTIENNE À JAMAIS."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DÉCRET SUR L'ŒCUMÉNISME UNITATIS REDINTEGRATIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRÉAMBULE"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promouvoir la restauration de l’unité entre tous les chrétiens est l’un des objectifs principaux du saint Concile œcuménique de Vatican II. Une seule et unique Église a été fondée par le Christ Seigneur. Et pourtant plusieurs communions chrétiennes se présentent aux hommes comme le véritable héritage de Jésus Christ. Tous certes confessent qu’ils sont les disciples du Seigneur, mais ils ont des opinions différentes. Ils suivent des chemins divers, comme si le Christ lui-même était divisé [1]. Il est certain qu’une telle division s’oppose ouvertement à la volonté du Christ. Elle est pour le monde un objet de scandale et elle fait obstacle à la plus sainte des causes : la prédication de l’Évangile à toute créature."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Or, le Maître des siècles, qui poursuit son dessein de grâce avec sagesse et patience à l’égard des pécheurs que nous sommes, a commencé en ces derniers temps de répandre plus abondamment sur les chrétiens divisés entre eux l’esprit de repentance et le désir de l’union. Très nombreux sont partout les hommes qui ont été touchés par cette grâce et, sous l’effet de la grâce de l’Esprit Saint, est né un mouvement qui s’amplifie de jour en jour chez nos frères séparés en vue de rétablir l’unité de tous les chrétiens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "À ce mouvement vers l’unité, qu’on appelle le mouvement œcuménique, prennent part ceux qui invoquent le Dieu Trinité et confessent Jésus comme Seigneur et Sauveur, non seulement pris individuellement, mais aussi réunis en communautés dans lesquelles ils ont entendu l’Évangile et qu’ils appellent leur Église et l’Église de Dieu. Presque tous cependant, bien que de façon diverse, aspirent à une Église de Dieu, une et visible, vraiment universelle, envoyée au monde entier pour qu’il se convertisse à l’Évangile et qu’il soit ainsi sauvé pour la gloire de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Voilà pourquoi le Concile, considérant avec joie tous ces faits, après avoir exposé la doctrine relative à l’Église, pénétré du désir de rétablir l’unité entre tous les disciples du Christ, veut proposer à tous les catholiques les moyens, les voies et les modes d’action qui leur permettront à eux-mêmes de répondre à cet appel divin et à cette grâce."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE PREMIER : Les principes catholiques de l’œcuménisme"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En ceci est apparu l’amour de Dieu pour nous, que le Fils unique de Dieu a été envoyé au monde par le Père afin que, s’étant fait homme, il régénérât tout le genre humain, en le rachetant, et qu’il le rassemblât pour qu’il devienne un [2]. C’est lui qui, avant de s’offrir sur l’autel de la croix comme offrande immaculée, adressa au Père cette prière pour ceux qui croiraient en lui : « Que tous soient un comme toi, Père, tu es en moi et moi en toi ; qu’eux aussi soient un en nous, afin que le monde croie que tu m’as envoyé » (Jn 17, 21). Et il a institué dans son Église l’admirable sacrement de l’Eucharistie qui signifie et réalise l’unité de l’Église. À ses disciples il a donné le nouveau commandement de l’amour mutuel [3] et promis l’Esprit Paraclet [4] qui, Seigneur et vivificateur, resterait avec eux à jamais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Élevé sur la croix, puis entré dans la gloire, le Seigneur Jésus a répandu l’Esprit qu’il avait promis. Par lui, il appela et réunit dans l’unité de la foi, de l’espérance et de la charité, le peuple de la Nouvelle Alliance qui est l’Église, selon l’enseignement de l’Apôtre : « Il n’y a qu’un Corps et qu’un Esprit, comme il n’y a qu’une espérance au terme de l’appel que vous avez reçu ; un seul Seigneur, une seule foi, un seul baptême » (Ep 4, 4-5). En effet, « vous tous, baptisés dans le Christ, vous avez revêtu le Christ... Vous ne faites qu’un dans le Christ Jésus » (Ga 3, 27-28). L’Esprit Saint qui habite dans le cœur des croyants, qui remplit et régit toute l’Église, réalise cette admirable communion des fidèles et les unit tous si intimement dans le Christ, qu’il est le principe de l’unité de l’Église. C’est lui qui réalise la diversité des grâces et des ministères [5], enrichissant de fonctions diverses l’Église de Jésus Christ, « organisant ainsi les saints pour l’œuvre du ministère, en vue de la construction du Corps du Christ » (Ep 4, 12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais pour établir en tout lieu son Église sainte jusqu’à la consommation des siècles, le Christ a confié au collège des Douze la charge d’enseigner, de gouverner et de sanctifier [6]. Parmi eux, il choisit Pierre, sur lequel, après sa profession de foi, il décida d’édifier son Église ; il lui promit les clefs du Royaume [7] et, après que l’apôtre lui eut donné l’attestation de son amour, il lui confia toutes les brebis pour les confirmer dans la foi [8] et pour les paître en unité parfaite [9], Jésus Christ lui-même demeurant éternellement la suprême pierre angulaire [10] et le Pasteur de nos âmes [11]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par la fidèle prédication de l’Évangile (par l’administration des sacrements et par le gouvernement dans l’amour), accomplis par les apôtres et leurs successeurs, c’est-à-dire les évêques ayant à leur tête le successeur de Pierre, Jésus Christ veut que son peuple s’accroisse sous l’action du Saint-Esprit, et il accomplit la communion dans l’unité dans la profession d’une seule foi, dans la célébration commune du culte divin, dans la concorde fraternelle de la famille de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ainsi l’Église, unique troupeau de Dieu, comme un signe levé à la vue des nations [12], mettant au service de tout le genre humain l’Évangile de la paix [13], accomplit dans l’espérance son pèlerinage vers le terme qu’est la patrie céleste [14]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tel est le mystère sacré de l’unité de l’Église, dans le Christ et par le Christ, sous l’action de l’Esprit Saint qui réalise la variété des ministères. De ce mystère, le modèle suprême et le principe est dans la trinité des personnes, l’unité d’un seul Di eu Père, et Fils, en l’Esprit Saint."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Des relations entre les frères séparés et l’Église catholique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans cette seule et unique Église de Dieu sont apparues dès l’origine certaines scissions [15], que l’apôtre réprouve avec vigueur comme condamnables [16] ; au cours des siècles suivants naquirent des dissensions plus graves, et des communautés considérables furent séparées de la pleine communion de l’Église catholique, parfois par la faute des personnes de l’une ou de l’autre partie. Ceux qui naissent aujourd’hui dans de telles communautés et qui vivent de la foi au Christ, ne peuvent être accusés de péché de division, et l’Église catholique les entoure de respect fraternel et de charité. En effet, ceux qui croient au Christ et qui ont reçu validement le baptême, se trouvent dans une certaine communion, bien qu’imparfaite, avec l’Église catholique. Assurément, des divergences variées entre eux et l’Église catholique sur des questions doctrinales, parfois disciplinaires, ou sur la structure de l’Église, constituent nombre d’obstacles, parfois fort graves, à la pleine communion ecclésiale. Le mouvement œcuménique tend à les surmonter. Néanmoins, justifiés par la foi reçue au baptême, incorporés au Christ [17], ils portent à juste titre le nom de chrétiens, et les fils de l’Église catholique les reconnaissent à bon droit comme des frères dans le Seigneur [18]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De plus, parmi les éléments ou les biens par l’ensemble desquels l’Église se construit et est vivifiée, plusieurs et même beaucoup, et de grande valeur, peuvent exister en dehors des limites visibles de l’Église catholique : la Parole de Dieu écrite, la vie de grâce, la foi, l’espérance et la charité, d’autres dons intérieurs du Saint-Esprit et d’autres éléments visibles. Tout cela, qui provient du Christ et conduit à lui, appartient de droit à l’unique Église du Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De même, chez nos frères séparés s’accomplissent beaucoup d’actions sacrées de la religion chrétienne qui, de manières différentes selon la situation diverse de chaque Église ou communauté, peuvent certainement produire effectivement la vie de grâce, et l’on doit reconnaître qu’elles donnent accès à la communion du salut."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En conséquence, ces Églises [19] et communautés séparées, bien que nous croyions qu’elles souffrent de déficiences, ne sont nullement dépourvues de signification et de valeur dans le mystère du salut. L’Esprit du Christ, en effet, ne refuse pas de se servir d’elles comme de moyens de salut, dont la vertu dérive de la plénitude de grâce et de vérité qui a été confiée à l’Église catholique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cependant nos frères séparés, soit eux-mêmes individuellement, soit leurs communautés ou leurs Églises, ne jouissent pas de cette unité que Jésus Christ a voulu dispenser à tous ceux qu’il a régénérés et vivifiés pour former un seul Corps en vue d’une vie nouvelle, et qui est attestée par l’Écriture Sainte et la vénérable Tradition de l’Église. C’est, en effet, par la seule Église catholique du Christ, laquelle est le « moyen général de salut », que peut s’obtenir toute la plénitude des moyens de salut. Car c’est au seul collège apostolique, présidé par Pierre, que furent confiées, selon notre foi, toutes les richesses de la Nouvelle Alliance, afin de constituer sur terre un seul Corps du Christ auquel il faut que soient pleinement incorporés tous ceux qui, d’une certaine façon, appartiennent déjà au Peuple de Dieu. Durant son pèlerinage terrestre, ce peuple, bien qu’il demeure en ses membres exposé au péché, continue sa croissance dans le Christ, doucement guidé par Dieu selon ses mystérieux desseins, jusqu’à ce que, dans la Jérusalem céleste, il atteigne joyeux la totale plénitude de la gloire éternelle."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De l’œcuménisme"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Étant donné qu’aujourd’hui, en diverses parties du monde, sous le souffle de la grâce de l’Esprit Saint, beaucoup d’efforts s’accomplissent par la prière, la parole et l’action pour arriver à la plénitude de l’unité voulue par Jésus Christ, le saint Concile exhorte tous les fidèles catholiques à reconnaître les signes des temps et à prendre une part active à l’effort œcuménique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par « mouvement œcuménique », on entend les entreprises et les initiatives provoquées et organisées en faveur de l’unité des chrétiens, selon les besoins variés de l’Église et selon les circonstances. Ainsi, en premier lieu, tout effort accompli pour éliminer les paroles, les jugements et les actes qui ne correspondent ni en justice ni en vérité à la situation des frères séparés et contribuent ainsi à rendre plus difficiles les relations avec eux. Ensuite, au cours de réunions de chrétiens de diverses Églises ou communautés, organisées dans un esprit religieux, le « dialogue » mené par des experts bien informés, où chacun explique plus à fond la doctrine de sa communauté et montre de façon claire ce qui la caractérise. Par ce dialogue, tous acquièrent une connaissance plus conforme à la vérité, en même temps qu’une estime plus juste de l’enseignement et de la vie de chaque communauté. De la même manière, ces communautés viennent à collaborer plus largement à toutes sortes d’entreprises qui, répondant aux exigences de toute conscience chrétienne, contribuent au bien commun. On peut aussi, là où c’est permis, se réunir pour une prière unanime. Enfin tous examinent leur fidélité à la volonté du Christ par rapport à l’Église, et entreprennent, comme il le faut, un effort soutenu de rénovation et de réforme."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout cela, s’il est accompli avec prudence et patience par les fidèles de l’Église catholique sous la vigilance de leurs pasteurs, contribue au progrès de la justice et de la vérité, de la concorde et de la collaboration, de l’amour fraternel et de l’union. Par cette voie, peu à peu, après avoir surmonté les obstacles qui empêchent la parfaite communion ecclésiale, se trouveront rassemblés par une célébration eucharistique unique, dans l’unité d’une seule et unique Église, tous les chrétiens. Cette unité, le Christ l’a accordée à son Église dès le commencement. Nous croyons qu’elle subsiste de façon inamissible dans l’Église catholique et nous espérons qu’elle s’accroîtra de jour en jour jusqu’à la consommation des siècles."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il est évident que l’œuvre de préparation et de réconciliation des personnes individuelles qui désirent la pleine communion avec l’Église catholique, se distingue, par sa nature, de l’entreprise œcuménique ; mais il n’y a, entre elles, aucune opposition, puisque l’une et l’autre procèdent d’une disposition admirable de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans l’action œcuménique, les fidèles de l’Église catholique, sans hésitation, se montreront pleins de sollicitude envers leurs frères séparés ; ils prieront pour eux, parleront avec eux des choses de l’Église, feront vers eux les premiers pas. Ils considéreront surtout avec loyauté et attention tout ce qui, dans la famille catholique elle-même, a besoin d’être rénové et d’être réalisé, de telle manière que sa vie rende un témoignage plus fidèle et plus clair de la doctrine et des institutions que le Christ a transmises par ses Apôtres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En effet, bien que l’Église catholique ait été dotée de la vérité révélée par Dieu ainsi que de tous les moyens de grâce, néanmoins ses membres n’en vivent pas avec toute la ferveur qui conviendrait. Il en résulte que le visage de l’Église resplendit moins aux yeux de nos frères séparés ainsi que du monde entier, et la croissance du Royaume de Dieu en est entravée. C’est pourquoi tous les catholiques doivent tendre à la perfection chrétienne [20] ; ils doivent, chacun dans sa sphère, s’efforcer de faire en sorte que l’Église, portant dans son corps l’humilité et la mortification de Jésus [21], soit purifiée et renouvelée de jour en jour, jusqu’à ce que le Christ se la présente à lui-même, glorieuse, sans tache ni ride [22]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conservant l’unité dans ce qui est nécessaire, que tous, dans l’Église, chacun selon la charge qui lui est confiée, gardent la liberté qui leur est due, qu’il s’agisse des formes diverses de la vie spirituelle et de la discipline, de la variété des rites liturgiques, et même de l’élaboration théologique de la vérité révélée ; et qu’en tout ils pratiquent la charité. De la sorte, ils manifesteront toujours plus pleinement la véritable catholicité et apostolicité de l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "D’un autre côté, il est nécessaire que les catholiques reconnaissent avec joie et apprécient les valeurs réellement chrétiennes qui ont leur source au commun patrimoine et qui se trouvent chez nos frères séparés. Il est juste et salutaire de reconnaître les richesses du Christ et sa puissance agissante dans la vie de ceux qui témoignent pour le Christ parfois jusqu’à l’effusion du sang, car Dieu est toujours admirable et doit être admiré dans ses œuvres."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il ne faut pas non plus oublier que tout ce qui est accompli par la grâce de l’Esprit Saint chez nos frères séparés peut contribuer à notre édification. Rien de ce qui est réellement chrétien ne s’oppose jamais aux vraies valeurs de la foi, mais tout cela peut contribuer à pénétrer toujours plus parfaitement le mystère du Christ et de l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pourtant les divisions entre chrétiens empêchent l’Église de réaliser la plénitude de catholicité qui lui est propre en ceux de ses fils qui, certes, lui appartiennent par le baptême, mais se trouvent séparés de sa pleine communion. Bien plus, pour l’Église elle-même, il devient plus difficile d’exprimer sous tous ses aspects la plénitude de la catholicité dans la réalité même de la vie."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le saint Concile constate avec joie l’accroissement de la participation des fidèles catholiques à la tâche œcuménique. Il confie celle-ci aux évêques de toute la terre pour qu’ils veillent à la promouvoir et qu’ils l’orientent avec discernement."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE II : Exercice de l’œcuménisme"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le souci de réaliser l’union concerne l’Église tout entière, fidèles autant que pasteurs, et touche chacun selon ses capacités propres, aussi bien dans la vie quotidienne que dans les recherches théologiques et historiques. Un souci de cette sorte manifeste déjà, d’une certaine façon, les liens fraternels qui existent déjà entre tous les chrétiens et conduit vers l’unité pleine et parfaite, selon la bienveillance de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rénovation de l’Église"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Toute rénovation de l’Église [23] consistant essentiellement dans une fidélité plus grande à sa vocation, c’est dans cette rénovation que se trouve certainement le ressort du mouvement vers l’unité. L’Église, au cours de son pèlerinage, est appelée par le Christ à cette réforme permanente dont elle a continuellement besoin en tant qu’institution humaine et terrestre. Si donc, par suite des circonstances, en matière morale, dans la discipline ecclésiastique, ou même dans la formulation de la doctrine, qu’il faut distinguer avec soin du dépôt de la foi, il est arrivé que, sur certains points, on se soit montré trop peu attentif, il faut y remédier en temps opportun d’une façon appropriée."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette rénovation revêt donc une insigne valeur œcuménique. Les différentes formes de vie de l’Église par lesquelles s’accomplit la rénovation en cause (mouvement biblique et liturgique, prédication de la Parole de Dieu, catéchèse, apostolat des laïcs, nouvelles formes de vie religieuse, spiritualité du mariage, doctrine et activité de l’Église en matière sociale) sont à considérer comme autant de gages et de signes qui annoncent favorablement les futurs progrès de l’œcuménisme."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La conversion du cœur"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il n’y a pas de véritable œcuménisme sans conversion intérieure. En effet, c’est du renouveau de l’esprit [24], du renoncement à soi-même et d’une libre effusion de charité que naissent et mûrissent les désirs de l’unité. Il nous faut par conséquent demander à l’Esprit Saint la grâce d’une abnégation sincère, celle de l’humilité et de la douceur dans le service, d’une fraternelle générosité à l’égard des autres. « Je vous conjure, dit l’Apôtre des nations, moi qui suis enchaîné dans le Seigneur, de marcher de façon digne de la vocation qui vous a été départie, en toute humilité et douceur, vous supportant les uns les autres avec patience et charité, attentifs à conserver l’unité de l’Esprit par le lien de la paix » (Ep 4, 1-3). Cette exhortation s’adresse surtout à ceux qui ont été élevés à un ordre sacré dans le dessein de continuer la mission du Christ venu parmi nous « non pour être servi, mais pour servir » (Mt 20, 28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aux fautes contre l’unité peut aussi s’appliquer le témoignage de saint Jean : « Si nous disons que nous n’avons pas péché, nous faisons de Dieu un menteur et sa parole n’est pas en nous » (1 Jn 1, 10). Par une humble prière, nous devons donc demander pardon à Dieu et aux frères séparés, de même que nous pardonnons à ceux qui nous ont offensés."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que les fidèles se souviennent tous qu’ils favoriseront l’union des chrétiens, bien plus, qu’ils la réaliseront, dans la mesure où ils s’appliqueront à vivre plus purement selon l’Évangile. Plus étroite, en effet, sera leur communion avec le Père, le Verbe et l’Esprit Saint, plus ils pourront rendre intime et facile la fraternité mutuelle."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La prière en commun"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cette conversion du cœur et cette sainteté de vie, ensemble avec les prières publiques et privées pour l’unité des chrétiens, doivent être regardées comme l’âme de tout l’œcuménisme et peuvent à bon droit être appelées œcuménisme spirituel."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est un usage cher aux catholiques que de se réunir souvent pour renouveler la prière demandant l’unité de l’Église, celle que le Sauveur lui-même, la veille de sa mort, a élevée de façon suppliante vers son Père : « Qu’ils soient tous un » (Jn 17, 21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En certaines circonstances particulières, par exemple lors des prières prévues « pour l’unité », et lors des réunions œcuméniques, il est permis, bien plus il est souhaitable, que les catholiques s’associent pour prier avec les frères séparés. De telles supplications communes sont assurément un moyen efficace de demander la grâce de l’unité, et elles constituent une expression authentique des liens par lesquels les catholiques demeurent unis avec les frères séparés : « Là, en effet, où deux ou trois sont réunis en mon nom, je suis au milieu d’eux » (Mt 18, 20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cependant, il n’est pas permis de considérer la communicatio in sacris comme un moyen à utiliser sans discernement pour restaurer l’unité des chrétiens. Deux principes règlent principalement cette communicatio : exprimer l’unité de l’Église ; faire participer aux moyens de grâce. Elle est, la plupart du temps, interdite du point de vue de l’expression de l’unité ; la grâce à procurer la recommande quelquefois. Quant à la façon pratique d’agir, eu égard aux circonstances de temps, de lieux et de personnes, c’est l’autorité épiscopale locale qui doit prudemment donner des instructions, à moins qu’il n’y ait eu d’autres dispositions de la Conférence épiscopale, selon ses propres statuts, ou du Saint-Siège."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Connaissance réciproque fraternelle"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il faut connaître la mentalité des frères séparés. Pour cela, une étude est nécessaire, et il faut la mener avec esprit de vérité et bienveillance. Il est nécessaire que des catholiques bien préparés acquièrent une meilleure connaissance de la doctrine et de l’histoire, de la vie spirituelle et cultuelle, de la mentalité religieuse et de la culture propre à leurs frères (séparés). Peuvent y contribuer beaucoup de réunions mixtes, où, d’égal à égal, on traite en particulier de questions théologiques, pourvu que ceux qui y prennent part, sous la vigilance de leurs supérieurs, soient vraiment compétents. De ce genre de dialogue ressort plus clairement aussi la véritable position de l’Église catholique. De cette manière, on connaîtra mieux la pensée des frères séparés, et notre foi leur sera présentée de façon plus convenable."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Formation œcuménique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La théologie et les autres disciplines, surtout l’histoire, doivent être enseignées aussi dans un sens œcuménique, pour mieux répondre à la réalité des choses."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il est, en effet, très important que les futurs pasteurs et les prêtres possèdent une théologie ainsi exactement élaborée, et non pas en termes de polémique, surtout pour les questions concernant les relations des frères séparés avec l’Église catholique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Car c’est de la formation des prêtres que dépendent surtout la nécessaire éducation et formation spirituelle des fidèles et des religieux."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De même, les catholiques missionnaires travaillant dans les mêmes pays que d’autres chrétiens doivent connaître, surtout aujourd’hui, les questions que pose l’œcuménisme à leur apostolat et les résultats qu’il obtient."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La manière d’exprimer et d’exposer la doctrine de la foi"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La méthode et la manière d’exprimer la foi catholique ne doivent nullement faire obstacle au dialogue avec les frères. Il faut absolument exposer clairement la doctrine intégrale. Rien n’est plus étranger à l’œcuménisme que ce faux irénisme qui altère la pureté de la doctrine catholique et obscurcit son sens authentique et assuré."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En même temps, il faut expliquer la foi catholique de façon plus profonde et plus juste, utilisant une manière de parler et un langage qui soient facilement accessibles même aux frères séparés."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, dans le dialogue œcuménique, les théologiens catholiques, fidèles à la doctrine de l’Église, en conduisant ensemble avec les frères séparés leurs recherches sur les divins mystères, doivent procéder avec amour de la vérité, charité et humilité. En comparant les doctrines entre elles, ils se rappelleront qu’il y a un ordre ou une « hiérarchie » des vérités de la doctrine catholique, en raison de leur rapport différent avec le fondement de la foi chrétienne. Ainsi sera tracée la voie qui les incitera tous, dans cette émulation fraternelle, à une connaissance plus profonde et une manifestation plus évidente des insondables richesses du Christ [25]."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Collaboration avec les frères séparés"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Que tous les chrétiens, face à l’ensemble des nations, confessent leur foi dans le Dieu un et trine, dans le Fils de Dieu incarné, notre Rédempteur et Seigneur, et par un commun effort, dans l’estime mutuelle, qu’ils rendent témoignage de notre espérance qui ne sera pas confondue. Aujourd’hui qu’une très large collaboration s’est instaurée dans le domaine social, tous les hommes sans exception sont appelés à cette œuvre commune, mais surtout ceux qui croient en Dieu, et, en tout premier lieu, tous les chrétiens, à cause même du nom du Christ dont ils sont parés. La collaboration de tous les chrétiens exprime vivement l’union déjà existante entre eux, et elle met en plus lumineuse évidence le visage du Christ serviteur. Cette collaboration, déjà établie en beaucoup de pays, doit être sans cesse accentuée, là surtout où l’évolution sociale et technique est en cours, soit en faisant estimer à sa juste valeur la personne humaine, soit en travaillant à promouvoir la paix, soit en poursuivant l’application sociale de l’Évangile, soit par le développement des sciences et des arts dans une atmosphère chrétienne, ou encore par l’apport de remèdes de toutes sortes contre les misères de notre temps, telles la faim et les calamités, l’analphabétisme et la pauvreté, la crise du logement et l’inégale distribution des richesses. Par cette collaboration, tous ceux qui croient au Christ peuvent facilement apprendre comment on peut mieux se connaître les uns les autres, s’estimer davantage et préparer la voie à l’unité des chrétiens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHAPITRE III : Églises et communautés ecclésiales séparées du Siège apostolique romain"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nous examinons maintenant deux sortes de scissions principales, qui ont affecté la tunique sans couture du Christ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les premières eurent lieu en Orient, soit du fait de la contestation des formules dogmatiques des Conciles d’Éphèse et de Chalcédoine, soit, plus tard, du fait de la rupture de la communion ecclésiale entre les patriarcats orientaux et le Siège romain."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "D’autres ensuite, plus de quatre siècles plus tard, se produisirent en Occident, à la suite d’événements que l’on a coutume d’appeler la Réforme. Il en résulta que plusieurs Communions, soit nationales, soit confessionnelles, furent séparées du Siège romain. Parmi celles qui gardent en partie les traditions et les structures catholiques, la Communion anglicane occupe une place particulière."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais ces diverses séparations diffèrent beaucoup entre elles, non seulement en raison de leur origine et des circonstances de lieu et de temps, mais surtout par la nature et la gravité des questions relatives à la foi et à la structure ecclésiale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi le saint Concile, désireux de ne pas sous-estimer les conditions diverses des différentes communautés chrétiennes et de ne pas passer sous silence les liens qui subsistent entre elles malgré la division, juge opportun de présenter les considérations suivantes, afin de procéder à une action œcuménique menée avec discernement."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Considérations particulières relatives aux Églises orientales"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esprit et histoire propres des Orientaux"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pendant plusieurs siècles, les Églises d’Orient et d’Occident ont suivi chacune leur propre voie, unies cependant par la communion fraternelle dans la foi et la vie sacramentelle, le Siège romain intervenant d’un commun accord, lorsque surgissaient entre elles des différends en matière de foi ou de discipline. Le saint Concile se plaît à rappeler à tous, entre autres faits d’importance, qu’il y a en Orient plusieurs Églises particulières ou locales, au premier rang desquelles sont les Églises patriarcales dont plusieurs se glorifient d’avoir été fondées par les Apôtres eux-mêmes. C’est pourquoi prévalut et prévaut encore, parmi les Orientaux, le souci particulier de conserver dans une communion de foi et de charité les relations fraternelles qui doivent exister entre les Églises locales, comme entre des sœurs."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il ne faut pas non plus oublier que les Églises d’Orient possèdent depuis leur origine un trésor auquel l’Église d’Occident a puisé beaucoup d’éléments de la liturgie, de la tradition spirituelle et du droit. On doit aussi estimer à sa juste valeur le fait que les dogmes fondamentaux de la foi chrétienne sur la Trinité, le Verbe de Dieu, qui a pris chair de la Vierge Marie, ont été définis dans des Conciles œcuméniques tenus en Orient. Pour conserver la foi, ces Églises ont beaucoup souffert et souffrent encore beaucoup."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’héritage transmis par les Apôtres a été reçu de manières diverses et, depuis les origines mêmes de l’Église, il a été expliqué de façon différente selon la diversité du génie et des conditions de vie. Ce sont toutes ces raisons, sans parler des motifs d’ordre extérieur, par suite encore du manque de compréhension mutuelle et de charité, qui donnèrent occasion aux séparations."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "C’est pourquoi le Concile exhorte tout le monde, mais surtout ceux qui se proposent de travailler à l’instauration de la pleine communion souhaitée entre les Églises orientales et l’Église catholique, à bien considérer cette condition particulière des Églises d’Orient, à leur naissance et dans leur croissance, et la nature des relations qui étaient en vigueur entre elles et le Siège romain avant la scission, et à se former sur tous ces points un jugement équitable. Cette règle, bien observée, sera extrêmement profitable pour le dialogue que l’on recherche."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tradition liturgique et spirituelle des Orientaux"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-74",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tous savent aussi avec quel amour les chrétiens orientaux célèbrent la sainte liturgie, surtout l’Eucharistie, source de vie pour l’Église et gage de la gloire céleste. Par là, les fidèles, unis à leur évêque, ont accès auprès de Dieu le Père par son Fils, Verbe incarné, mort et glorifié, dans l’effusion de l’Esprit Saint. Ils entrent de la sorte en communion avec la Très Sainte Trinité et deviennent « participants de la nature divine » (2 P 1, 4). Ainsi donc, par la célébration de l’Eucharistie du Seigneur dans ces Églises particulières, l’Église de Dieu s’édifie et grandit [26], la communion entre elles se manifestant par la concélébration."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dans ce culte liturgique, Marie toujours Vierge que le Concile œcuménique d’Éphèse a proclamée solennellement Très Sainte Mère de Dieu, pour que le Christ fût reconnu vraiment et proprement Fils de Dieu et Fils de l’homme, selon les Écritures, est célébrée par les Orientaux en des hymnes magnifiques ; pareillement beaucoup de saints, au nombre desquels les Pères de l’Église universelle, reçoivent une grande vénération."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Puisque ces Églises, bien que séparées, ont de vrais sacrements – principalement, en vertu de la succession apostolique : le sacerdoce et l’Eucharistie –, qui les unissent intimement à nous, une certaine communicatio in sacris, dans des circonstances opportunes et avec l’approbation de l’autorité ecclésiastique, est non seulement possible, mais même recommandée."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En Orient, aussi, on trouve les richesses de ces traditions spirituelles, qui s’expriment surtout par le monachisme. Là, depuis le temps glorieux des saints Pères, en effet, a fleuri la spiritualité monastique, qui s’est répandue ensuite en Occident, devenant pour ainsi dire la source de l’organisation de la vie monastique des Latins et lui conférant par la suite une vigueur toujours nouvelle. C’est pourquoi il est instamment recommandé aux catholiques d’accéder plus fréquemment à ces richesses spirituelles des Pères orientaux, qui élèvent l’homme tout entier à la contemplation des mystères divins."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout le monde doit savoir qu’il est très important de connaître, vénérer, conserver, développer, le si riche patrimoine liturgique et spirituel de l’Orient pour conserver fidèlement la plénitude de la tradition chrétienne et pour réaliser la réconciliation des chrétiens orientaux et occidentaux."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Discipline particulière des Orientaux"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "En outre, depuis les origines, les Églises d’Orient ont suivi une discipline propre sanctionnée par les saints Pères et par des Conciles, même œcuméniques. Il n’est pas du tout contraire à l’unité de l’Église qu’il y ait diversité des mœurs et des coutumes, ainsi qu’il vient d’être mentionné ; une telle diversité ajoute même à sa beauté et est une aide précieuse pour l’accomplissement de sa mission ; aussi le saint Concile, déclare-t-il, pour lever tout doute possible, que les Églises d’Orient, conscientes de la nécessaire unité de toute l’Église, ont la faculté de se régir selon leurs propres disciplines, parce que plus conformes à la sensibilité de leurs fidèles et plus aptes à promouvoir le bien des âmes. L’observance parfaite de ce principe traditionnel qui, à vrai dire, ne fut pas toujours respectée, est l’une des conditions préalables absolument nécessaires pour rétablir l’union."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Caractère particulier des Orientaux au regard des questions doctrinales"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ce qui a été dit plus haut de la légitime diversité en matière de culte et de discipline doit s’appliquer aussi à la formulation théologique des doctrines. Effectivement, dans l’effort d’approfondissement de la vérité révélée, les méthodes et les moyens de connaître et d’exprimer les choses divines ont été différents en Orient et en Occident. Il n’est donc pas étonnant que certains aspects du mystère révélé aient été parfois mieux saisis et mieux exposés par l’un que par l’autre, si bien que ces diverses formulations théologiques doivent souvent être considérées comme plus complémentaires qu’opposées. Quant aux traditions théologiques authentiques des Orientaux, on doit le reconnaître, elles sont enracinées de façon excellente dans les Saintes Écritures ; développées et exprimées dans la vie liturgique, elles se nourrissent de la tradition vivante des apôtres, des écrits des Pères orientaux et des auteurs spirituels ; elles portent à une juste façon de vivre, voire à la pleine contemplation de la vérité chrétienne."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rendant grâce à Dieu de ce que beaucoup d’Orientaux, fils de l’Église catholique, qui gardent ce patrimoine et désirent en vivre plus purement et pleinement, vivent déjà en pleine communion avec leurs frères qui observent la tradition occidentale, le saint Concile déclare que tout ce patrimoine spirituel et liturgique, disciplinaire et théologique, dans ses diverses traditions, fait pleinement partie de la catholicité et de l’apostolicité de l’Église."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusion"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout cela étant bien examiné, le saint Concile renouvelle ce qui a été déclaré par les saints Conciles antérieurs, ainsi que par les Pontifes romains : pour rétablir ou garder la communion et l’unité, il ne faut « rien imposer qui ne soit nécessaire » (Ac 15, 28). Il souhaite vivement que tous les efforts dorénavant tendent à réaliser peu à peu cette unité aux divers niveaux et dans les diverses formes de la vie de l’Église, surtout par la prière et le dialogue fraternel concernant la doctrine et les nécessités les plus urgentes du ministère pastoral de notre temps. Pareillement, il recommande aux pasteurs et aux fidèles de l’Église catholique d’établir des relations avec ceux qui ne sont plus en Orient, mais vivent loin de leur patrie. De cette façon grandira entre eux une fraternelle collaboration : l’esprit de charité exclura toute forme de rivalité. Si l’on s’applique à cette œuvre de toute son âme, le saint Concile en a l’espoir, le mur qui sépare l’Église d’Orient de celle d’Occident étant abattu, il n’y aura plus qu’une seule demeure, solidement établie sur la pierre angulaire, le Christ Jésus qui fera l’unité de l’une et de l’autre [27]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Les Églises et communautés ecclésiales séparées en Occident"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Condition spéciale de ces communautés"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Les Églises et Communautés ecclésiales qui, à l’époque de la grande crise commencée en Occident à la fin du Moyen Âge, ou dans la suite, furent séparées du Siège apostolique romain, demeurent unies à l’Église catholique par une affinité particulière et par des relations dues à la longue durée de vie que le peuple chrétien a passée dans la communion ecclésiastique au cours des siècles antérieurs."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Étant donné que ces Églises et Communautés ecclésiales, à cause de leur diversité d’origine, de doctrine et de vie spirituelle, se distinguent notablement, non seulement de nous-mêmes, mais aussi entre elles, il est très difficile de bien les définir, et nous n’en avons pas ici l’intention."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bien que le mouvement œcuménique et le désir de paix avec l’Église catholique n’aient pas encore prévalu partout, nous avons l’espoir néanmoins que tous finiront par avoir ce sens de l’œcuménisme et que l’estime mutuelle ne fera que grandir."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cependant, il faut reconnaître qu’entre ces Églises et Communautés et l’Église catholique il y a des différences considérables, non seulement de caractère historique, sociologique, psychologique et culturel, mais surtout dans l’interprétation de la vérité révélée. Pour rendre plus facile, malgré ces différences, l’instauration du dialogue œcuménique, nous voulons souligner certains points qui peuvent et doivent servir de fondement et de stimulant à ce dialogue."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La foi au Christ"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nous avons en vue surtout les chrétiens qui confessent ouvertement Jésus Christ comme Dieu et Seigneur, unique Médiateur entre Dieu et les hommes, pour la gloire du seul Dieu, Père, Fils et Saint-Esprit. Certes, nous savons qu’elles ne sont pas légères les différences qui existent par rapport à la doctrine de l’Église catholique, même au sujet du Christ, Verbe incarné, et de l’œuvre rédemptrice, et par suite au sujet du mystère et du ministère de l’Église, ainsi que du rôle de Marie dans l’œuvre du salut. Ce nous est une joie cependant de voir nos frères séparés regarder vers le Christ comme la source et le centre de la communion ecclésiale. Touchés du désir d’union avec le Christ, ils sont poussés de plus en plus à chercher l’unité et à rendre partout témoignage de leur foi parmi les nations."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Étude de l’Écriture"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L’amour et la vénération – presque le culte – de nos frères pour les Saintes Écritures les portent à l’étude constante et diligente du texte sacré : l’Évangile « est en effet la force de Dieu opérant le salut pour tout croyant, pour le Juif d’abord et puis pour le Grec » (cf. Rm 1, 16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Invoquant l’Esprit Saint, c’est dans les Saintes Écritures mêmes qu’ils cherchent Dieu comme celui qui leur parle dans le Christ qu’avaient annoncé les prophètes et qui est le Verbe de Dieu incarné pour nous. Ils y contemplent la vie du Christ, ainsi que les enseignements et les faits accomplis par le divin Maître pour le salut des hommes, surtout les mystères de sa mort et de sa résurrection."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mais, si les chrétiens séparés de nous affirment l’autorité divine des Saints Livres, ils ont une opinion différente de la nôtre (et différente aussi entre eux), au sujet de la relation entre Écritures et Église. Dans celle-ci, selon la foi catholique, le magistère authentique occupe une place particulière pour l’explication et la proclamation de la Parole de Dieu écrite."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cependant, les paroles sacrées sont, dans le dialogue lui-même, des instruments insignes dans la main puissante de Dieu pour atteindre cette unité que le Sauveur offre à tous les hommes."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vie sacramentelle"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Par le sacrement de baptême, toutes les fois qu’il est conféré comme il convient selon l’institution du Seigneur et reçu avec les dispositions intérieures requises, l’homme est incorporé vraiment au Christ crucifié et glorifié, il est régénéré pour participer à la vie divine, selon le mot de l’Apôtre : « Vous êtes ensevelis avec lui par le baptême, vous êtes ressuscités avec lui parce que vous avez cru en la force de Dieu qui l’a ressuscité d’entre les morts » (Col 2, 12) [28]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le baptême constitue donc le lien sacramentel d’unité existant entre tous ceux qui ont été régénérés par lui. Cependant, le baptême, de soi, n’est que le commencement et le point de départ, car il tend tout entier à l’acquisition de la plénitude de la vie dans le Christ. Il est donc ordonné à la profession de foi intégrale, à la totale intégration dans l’économie du salut, telle que le Christ l’a voulue, et enfin à la totale insertion dans la communion eucharistique."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bien qu’elles n’aient pas avec nous la pleine unité dont le baptême est la source et bien que nous croyions que, en raison surtout de la déficience du sacrement de l’Ordre, elles n’ont pas conservé la substance propre et intégrale du mystère eucharistique, cependant les communautés ecclésiales séparées de nous, lorsqu’elles célèbrent à la sainte Cène le mémorial de la mort et de la résurrection du Seigneur, professent que la vie consiste dans la communion au Christ et attendent son avènement glorieux. Il faut donc que la doctrine sur la Cène du Seigneur, les autres sacrements, le culte et les ministères de l’Église, fasse l’objet du dialogue."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vie dans le Christ"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vie chrétienne de ces frères se nourrit de la foi au Christ, elle bénéficie de la grâce du baptême et de l’écoute de la Parole de Dieu. Elle se manifeste dans la prière privée, la méditation biblique, la vie de famille chrétienne, le culte de la communauté rassemblée pour la louange de Dieu. Par ailleurs, leur culte comporte plus d’une fois des éléments remarquables de l’antique liturgie commune."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La foi au Christ produit des fruits de louange et d’action de grâces pour les bienfaits reçus de Dieu. À cela s’ajoute un sens très vif de la justice et une sincère charité à l’égard du prochain. Cette foi agissante a même suscité l’institution de beaucoup d’œuvres pour le soulagement de la misère spirituelle et corporelle, pour l’éducation de la jeunesse, pour l’amélioration des conditions sociales de vie, pour l’établissement partout d’une paix stable."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Même si, parmi les chrétiens, beaucoup ne comprennent pas de la même manière que les catholiques l’Évangile dans le domaine des questions morales et n’admettent pas les mêmes solutions pour les bien difficiles problèmes de la société d’aujourd’hui, néanmoins, ils veulent, comme nous, s’attacher à la parole du Christ comme à la source de la vertu chrétienne et obéir au précepte apostolique : « Quoi que vous puissiez dire ou faire, que ce soit toujours au nom du Seigneur Jésus, rendant par lui grâces au Dieu Père » (Col 3, 17). C’est ici que le dialogue œcuménique sur l’application morale de l’Évangile peut commencer."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Après avoir exposé brièvement les conditions d’exercice de l’action œcuménique et indiqué les principes qui doivent la diriger, nous tournons maintenant avec confiance nos regards vers l’avenir. Le saint Concile exhorte les fidèles à s’abstenir de toute légèreté, de tout zèle imprudent, qui pourraient nuire au progrès de l’unité. Leur activité œcuménique ne peut être, en effet, que pleinement et sincèrement catholique, c’est-à-dire fidèle à la vérité reçue des Apôtres et des Pères, et conforme à la foi que l’Église catholique a toujours professée : elle tend à cette plénitude vers laquelle, au cours des âges, le Seigneur veut que son Corps grandisse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le saint Concile souhaite instamment que les initiatives des fils de l’Église catholique progressent unies à celles des frères séparés, sans mettre un obstacle quelconque aux voies de la Providence et sans préjuger des impulsions futures de l’Esprit Saint. Au surplus, le saint Concile déclare avoir conscience que ce projet sacré, la réconciliation de tous les chrétiens dans l’unité d’une seule et unique Église du Christ, dépasse les forces et les capacités humaines. C’est pourquoi il met entièrement son espoir dans la prière du Christ pour l’Église, dans l’amour du Père à notre égard, et dans la puissance du Saint-Esprit : « L’espérance ne déçoit point : car l’amour de Dieu a été répandu dans nos cœurs par l’Esprit Saint qui nous a été donné » (Rm 5, 5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tout l’ensemble et chacun des points qui ont été édictés dans ce décret ont plu aux Pères du Concile. Et Nous, en vertu du pouvoir apostolique que Nous tenons du Christ, en union avec les vénérables Pères, Nous les approuvons, arrêtons et décrétons dans le Saint-Esprit, et Nous ordonnons que ce qui a été établi en Concile soit promulgué pour la gloire de Dieu."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Rome, à Saint-Pierre, le 21 novembre 1964."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, Paul, évêque de l’Église catholique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(Suivent les signatures des Pères)"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Signatures des Pères"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Moi, PAUL, évêque de l’Église catholique"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Eustachii Presbyter Cardinalis CENTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Honuphrii in Ianiculo Presbyter Cardinalis GARIBI Y RIVERA, Archiepiscopus Guadalajarensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS titulo S. Agnetis extra moenia Presbyter Cardinalis CONFALONIERI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo Ss. Quirici et Iulittae Presbyter Cardinalis RICHAUD, Archiepiscopus Burdigalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS M. titulo Ss. Viti, Modesti et Crescentiae Presbyter Cardinalis BUENO Y MONREAL, Archiepiscopus Hispalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo S. Eusebii Presbyter Cardinalis KÖNIG, Archiepiscopus Vindobonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IULIUS titulo S. Mariae Scalaris Presbyter Cardinalis DÖPFNER, Archiepiscopus Monacensis et Frisingensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Andreae Apostoli de Hortis Presbyter Cardinalis MARELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUSTAVUS titulo S. Hieronymi Illyricorum Presbyter Cardinalis TESTA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALBERTUS titulo S. Caeciliae Presbyter Cardinalis MEYER, Archiepiscopus Chicagiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Andreae de Valle Presbyter Cardinalis TRAGLIA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PETRUS TATSUO titulo S. Antonii Patavini de Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DOI, Archiepiscopus Tokiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis Baptistae Florentinorum Presbyter Cardinalis LEFEBVRE, Archiepiscopus Bituricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BERNARDUS titulo S. Ioachimi Presbyter Cardinalis ALFRINK, Archiepiscopus Ultraiectensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAUREANUS titulo S. Francisci Assisiensis ad Ripam Maiorem Presbyter Cardinalis RUGAMBWA, Episcopus Bukobaënsis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo Ssmi Redemptoris et S. Alfonsi in Exquiliis Presbyter Cardinalis RITTER, Archiepiscopus S. Ludovici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS HUMBERTUS titulo Ss. Andreae et Gregorii ad Clivum Scauri Presbyter Cardinalis QUINTERO, Archiepiscopus Caracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS PETRUS XVI BATANIAN, Patriarcha Ciliciae Armenorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS VIEIRA ALVERNAZ, Patriarcha Indiarum Orientalium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS SLIPYJ, Archiepiscopus Maior et Metropolita Leopolitanus Ucrainorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES CAROLUS MCQUAID, Archiepiscopus Dublinensis, Primas Hiberniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS ROHRACHER, Archiepiscopus Salisburgensis, Primas Germaniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego DEMETRIUS MOSCATO, Archiepiscopus Primas Salernitanus et Administrator Perpetuus Acernensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS ROY, Archiepiscopus Quebecensis, Primas Canadiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUGO CAMOZZO, Archiepiscopus Pisanus, Primas Sardiniae et Corsicae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALEXANDER TOKI , Archiepiscopus Antibarensis, Primas Serbiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego OCTAVIUS ANTONIUS BERAS, Archiepiscopus S. Dominici, Primas Indiarum Occidentalium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES CAROLUS HEENAN, Archiepiscopus Vestmonasteriensis, Primas Angliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, Primas totius Hiberniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS CESARANO, Archiepiscopus Sipontinus et Admin. Perp. Vestanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis † Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius † Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[1] Cf. 1 Co 1, 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[2] Cf. 1 Jn 4, 9 ; Col 1, 18-20 ; Jn 11, 52."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[3] Cf. Jn 13, 34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[4] Cf. Jn 16, 7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[5] Cf. 1 Co 12, 4-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[6] Cf. Mt 28, 18-20, collato Jn 20, 21-23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[7] Cf. Mt 16, 19, collato Mt 18, 18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[8] Cf. Lc 22, 32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[9] Cf. Jn 21, 15-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[10] Cf. Ep 2, 20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[11] Cf. 1 P 2, 25. – Conc. Vat. I, sess. 4 (1870), Const. Pastor Aeternus : Coll. Lac. 7, 482 a."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[12] Cf. Is 11, 10-12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[13] Cf. Ep 2, 17-18, collato Mc 16, 15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[14] Cf. 1 P 1, 3-9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[15] Cf. 1 Co 11, 18-19 ; Ga 1, 6-9 ; 1 Jn 2, 18-19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[16] Cf. 1 Co 1, 11 s. ; 11, 22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[17] Cf. Conc. de Florence, sess. 8 (1439), décret Exultate Deo : Mansi 31, 1055 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[18] Cf. Saint Augustin, In Ps. 32, Enar. II, 29 : PL 36, 299."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[19]Cf. Conc. de Latran IV (1215), Constit. IVa : Mansi 22, 990. – Conc. de Lyon II (1274), Profession de foi de Michel Paléologue : Mansi 24, 71 E. – Conc. de Florence, sess. 6 (1439), définition Laetentur caeli : Mansi 31, 1026 E."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-173",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[20] Cf. Jc 1, 4 ; Rm 12, 1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-174",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[21] Cf. 2 Co 4, 10 ; Ph 2, 5-8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-175",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[22] Cf. Ep 5, 27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-176",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[23] Cf. Conc. de Latran V, sess. 12 (1517), Const. Constituti : Mansi 32, 988 B-C."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-177",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[24] Cf. Ep 4, 23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-178",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[25] Cf. Ep 3, 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-179",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[26] Cf. Saint Jean Chrysostome, In Io. Homelia XLVI : PG 59, 260-262."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-180",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[27] Cf. Conc. de Florence, sess. 6 (1439), définition Laetentur caeli : Mansi 31, 1026 E."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-181",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "[28] Cf. Rm 6, 4."
            }
          ]
        },
        "it": {
          "code": "it",
          "label": "Italiano",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19641121_unitatis-redintegratio_it.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-125-vat-ii_decree_19641121_unitatis-redintegratio_it.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAOLO VESCOVO SERVO DEI SERVI DI DIO UNITAMENTE AI PADRI DEL SACRO CONCILIO A PERPETUA MEMORIA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO SULL’ECUMENISMO UNITATIS REDINTEGRATIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promuovere il ristabilimento dell'unità fra tutti i cristiani è uno dei principali intenti del sacro Concilio ecumenico Vaticano II. Da Cristo Signore la Chiesa è stata fondata una e unica, eppure molte comunioni cristiane propongono se stesse agli uomini come la vera eredità di Gesù Cristo. Tutti invero asseriscono di essere discepoli del Signore, ma hanno opinioni diverse e camminano per vie diverse, come se Cristo stesso fosse diviso (1). Tale divisione non solo si oppone apertamente alla volontà di Cristo, ma è anche di scandalo al mondo e danneggia la più santa delle cause: la predicazione del Vangelo ad ogni creatura."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-5",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ora, il Signore dei secoli, il quale con sapienza e pazienza persegue il disegno della sua grazia verso di noi peccatori, in questi ultimi tempi ha incominciato a effondere con maggiore abbondanza nei cristiani tra loro separati l'interiore ravvedimento e il desiderio dell'unione. Moltissimi uomini in ogni dove sono stati toccati da questa grazia, e tra i nostri fratelli separati è sorto anche per grazia dello Spirito Santo un movimento che si allarga di giorno in giorno per il ristabilimento dell'unità di tutti i cristiani. A questo movimento per l'unità, che è chiamato nuovamente ecumenico, partecipano quelli che invocano la Trinità e confessano Gesù come Signore e Salvatore, e non solo presi a uno a uno, ma anche riuniti in comunità, nelle quali hanno ascoltato il Vangelo e che essi chiamano la Chiesa loro e la Chiesa di Dio. Quasi tutti però, anche se in modo diverso, aspirano a una Chiesa di Dio una e visibile, che sia veramente universale e mandata al mondo intero, perché questo si converta al Vangelo e così si salvi per la gloria di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò questo sacro Concilio, considerando con gioia tutti questi fatti, dopo avere già esposta la dottrina sulla Chiesa, mosso dal desiderio di ristabilire l'unità fra tutti i discepoli di Cristo, intende ora proporre a tutti i cattolici gli aiuti, gli orientamenti, e i modi, con i quali possano essi stessi rispondere a questa vocazione e a questa grazia divina."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRINCIPI CATTOLICI SULL'ECUMENISMO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unità e unicità della Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In questo si è mostrato l'amore di Dio per noi, che l'unigenito Figlio di Dio è stato mandato dal Padre nel mondo affinché, fatto uomo, con la redenzione rigenerasse il genere umano e lo radunasse in unità (2). Ed egli, prima di offrirsi vittima immacolata sull'altare della croce, pregò il Padre per i credenti, dicendo: « che tutti siano una sola cosa, come tu, o Padre, sei in me ed io in te; anch'essi siano uno in noi, cosicché il mondo creda che tu mi hai mandato » (Gv 17,21), e istituì nella sua Chiesa il mirabile sacramento dell'eucaristia, dal quale l'unità della Chiesa è significata ed attuata. Diede ai suoi discepoli il nuovo comandamento del mutuo amore (3) e promise lo Spirito consolatore (4), il quale restasse con loro per sempre, Signore e vivificatore."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Innalzato poi sulla croce e glorificato, il Signore Gesù effuse lo Spirito promesso, per mezzo del quale chiamò e riunì nell'unità della fede, della speranza e della carità il popolo della Nuova Alleanza, che è la Chiesa, come insegna l'Apostolo: « Un solo corpo e un solo Spirito, come anche con la vostra vocazione siete stati chiamati a una sola speranza. Un solo Signore, una sola fede, un solo battesimo » (Ef 4,4-5). Poiché « quanti siete stati battezzati in Cristo, vi siete rivestiti di Cristo... Tutti voi siete uno in Cristo Gesù » (Gal 3,27-28). Lo Spirito Santo che abita nei credenti e riempie e regge tutta la Chiesa, produce questa meravigliosa comunione dei fedeli e li unisce tutti così intimamente in Cristo, da essere il principio dell'unità della Chiesa. Egli realizza la diversità di grazie e di ministeri (5), e arricchisce di funzioni diverse la Chiesa di Gesù Cristo « per rendere atti i santi a compiere il loro ministero, affinché sia edificato il corpo di Cristo» (Ef 4,12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per stabilire dovunque fino alla fine dei secoli questa sua Chiesa santa, Cristo affidò al collegio dei dodici l'ufficio di insegnare, governare e santificare (6). Tra di loro scelse Pietro, sopra il quale, dopo la sua confessione di fede, decise di edificare la sua Chiesa; a lui promise le chiavi del regno dei cieli (7) e, dopo la sua professione di amore, affidò tutte le sue pecore perché le confermasse nella fede (8) e le pascesse in perfetta unità (9), mentre egli rimaneva la pietra angolare (10) e il pastore delle anime nostre in eterno (11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Gesù Cristo vuole che il suo popolo, per mezzo della fedele predicazione del Vangelo, dell'amministrazione dei sacramenti e del governo amorevole da parte degli apostoli e dei loro successori, cioè i vescovi con a capo il successore di Pietro, sotto l'azione dello Spirito Santo, cresca e perfezioni la sua comunione nell'unità: nella confessione di una sola fede, nella comune celebrazione del culto divino e nella fraterna concordia della famiglia di Dio. Così la Chiesa, unico gregge di Dio, quale segno elevato alla vista delle nazioni (12), mettendo a servizio di tutto il genere umano il Vangelo della pace (13), compie nella speranza il suo pellegrinaggio verso la meta che è la patria celeste (14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo è il sacro mistero dell'unità della Chiesa, in Cristo e per mezzo di Cristo, mentre lo Spirito Santo opera la varietà dei ministeri. Il supremo modello e principio di questo mistero è l'unità nella Trinità delle Persone di un solo Dio Padre e Figlio nello Spirito Santo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Relazioni dei fratelli separati con la Chiesa cattolica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In questa Chiesa di Dio una e unica sono sorte fino dai primissimi tempi alcune scissioni (15), condannate con gravi parole dall'Apostolo (16) ma nei secoli posteriori sono nate dissensioni più ampie, e comunità considerevoli si staccarono dalla piena comunione della Chiesa cattolica, talora per colpa di uomini di entrambe le parti. Quelli poi che ora nascono e sono istruiti nella fede di Cristo in tali comunità, non possono essere accusati di peccato di separazione, e la Chiesa cattolica li circonda di fraterno rispetto e di amore. Coloro infatti che credono in Cristo ed hanno ricevuto validamente il battesimo, sono costituiti in una certa comunione, sebbene imperfetta, con la Chiesa cattolica. Sicuramente, le divergenze che in vari modi esistono tra loro e la Chiesa cattolica, sia nel campo della dottrina e talora anche della disciplina, sia circa la struttura della Chiesa, costituiscono non pochi impedimenti, e talvolta gravi, alla piena comunione ecclesiale. Al superamento di essi tende appunto il movimento ecumenico. Nondimeno, giustificati nel battesimo dalla fede, sono incorporati a Cristo (17) e perciò sono a ragione insigniti del nome di cristiani, e dai figli della Chiesa cattolica sono giustamente riconosciuti quali fratelli nel Signore (18)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre, tra gli elementi o beni dal complesso dei quali la stessa Chiesa è edificata e vivificata, alcuni, anzi parecchi ed eccellenti, possono trovarsi fuori dei confini visibili della Chiesa cattolica: la parola di Dio scritta, la vita della grazia, la fede, la speranza e la carità, e altri doni interiori dello Spirito Santo ed elementi visibili. Tutte queste cose, le quali provengono da Cristo e a lui conducono, appartengono a buon diritto all'unica Chiesa di Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anche non poche azioni sacre della religione cristiana vengono compiute dai fratelli da noi separati, e queste in vari modi, secondo la diversa condizione di ciascuna Chiesa o comunità, possono senza dubbio produrre realmente la vita della grazia, e si devono dire atte ad aprire accesso alla comunione della salvezza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò queste Chiese (19) e comunità separate, quantunque crediamo abbiano delle carenze, nel mistero della salvezza non son affatto spoglie di significato e di valore. Lo Spirito di Cristo infatti non ricusa di servirsi di esse come di strumenti di salvezza, la cui forza deriva dalla stessa pienezza della grazia e della verità, che è stata affidata alla Chiesa cattolica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tuttavia i fratelli da noi separati, sia essi individualmente, sia le loro comunità e Chiese, non godono di quella unità, che Gesù Cristo ha voluto elargire a tutti quelli che ha rigenerato e vivificato insieme per formare un solo corpo in vista di una vita nuova, unità attestata dalle sacre Scritture e dalla veneranda tradizione della Chiesa. Infatti solo per mezzo della cattolica Chiesa di Cristo, che è il mezzo generale della salvezza, si può ottenere tutta la pienezza dei mezzi di salvezza. In realtà noi crediamo che al solo Collegio apostolico con a capo Pietro il Signore ha affidato tutti i tesori della Nuova Alleanza, al fine di costituire l'unico corpo di Cristo sulla terra, al quale bisogna che siano pienamente incorporati tutti quelli che già in qualche modo appartengono al popolo di Dio. Il quale popolo, quantunque rimanga esposto al peccato nei suoi membri finché dura la sua terrestre peregrinazione, cresce tuttavia in Cristo ed è soavemente condotto da Dio secondo i suoi arcani disegni, fino a che raggiunga gioioso tutta la pienezza della gloria eterna nella celeste Gerusalemme."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'ecumenismo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siccome oggi, sotto il soffio della grazia dello Spirito Santo, in più parti del mondo con la preghiera, la parola e l'azione si fanno molti sforzi per avvicinarsi a quella pienezza di unità che Gesù Cristo vuole, questo santo Concilio esorta tutti i fedeli cattolici perché, riconoscendo i segni dei tempi, partecipino con slancio all'opera ecumenica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per « movimento ecumenico » si intendono le attività e le iniziative suscitate e ordinate a promuovere l'unità dei cristiani, secondo le varie necessità della Chiesa e secondo le circostanze. Così, in primo luogo, ogni sforzo per eliminare parole, giudizi e opere che non rispecchiano con giustizia e verità la condizione dei fratelli separati e perciò rendono più difficili le mutue relazioni con essi. Poi, in riunioni che si tengono con intento e spirito religioso tra cristiani di diverse Chiese o comunità, il « dialogo » condotto da esponenti debitamente preparati, nel quale ognuno espone più a fondo la dottrina della propria comunione e ne presenta con chiarezza le caratteristiche. Infatti con questo dialogo tutti acquistano una conoscenza più vera e una stima più giusta della dottrina e della vita di ogni comunione. Inoltre quelle comunioni vengono a collaborare più largamente in qualsiasi dovere richiesto da ogni coscienza cristiana per il bene comune, e possono anche, all'occasione, riunirsi per pregare insieme. Infine, tutti esaminano la loro fedeltà alla volontà di Cristo circa la Chiesa e, com'è dovere, intraprendono con vigore l'opera di rinnovamento e di riforma."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutte queste cose, quando con prudenza e costanza sono compiute dai fedeli della Chiesa cattolica sotto la vigilanza dei pastori, contribuiscono a promuovere la giustizia e la verità, la concordia e la collaborazione, la carità fraterna e l'unione. Per questa via a poco a poco, superati gli ostacoli frapposti alla perfetta comunione ecclesiale, tutti i cristiani, nell'unica celebrazione dell'eucaristia, si troveranno riuniti in quella unità dell'unica Chiesa che Cristo fin dall'inizio donò alla sua Chiesa, e che crediamo sussistere, senza possibilità di essere perduta, nella Chiesa cattolica, e speriamo che crescerà ogni giorno più fino alla fine dei secoli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È chiaro che l'opera di preparazione e di riconciliazione delle singole persone che desiderano la piena comunione cattolica, si distingue, per sua natura, dall'iniziativa ecumenica; non c'è però tra esse alcuna opposizione, poiché l'una e l'altra procedono dalla mirabile disposizione di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I fedeli cattolici nell'azione ecumenica si mostreranno senza esitazione pieni di sollecitudine per i loro fratelli separati, pregando per loro, parlando con loro delle cose della Chiesa, facendo i primi passi verso di loro. E innanzi tutto devono essi stessi con sincerità e diligenza considerare ciò che deve essere rinnovato e realizzato nella stessa famiglia cattolica, affinché la sua vita renda una testimonianza più fedele e più chiara della dottrina e delle istituzioni tramandate da Cristo per mezzo degli apostoli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Infatti, benché la Chiesa cattolica sia stata arricchita di tutta la verità rivelata da Dio e di tutti i mezzi della grazia, tuttavia i suoi membri non se ne servono per vivere con tutto il dovuto fervore. Ne risulta che il volto della Chiesa rifulge meno davanti ai fratelli da noi separati e al mondo intero, e la crescita del regno di Dio ne è ritardata. Perciò tutti i cattolici devono tendere alla perfezione cristiana (20) e sforzarsi, ognuno secondo la sua condizione, perché la Chiesa, portando nel suo corpo l'umiltà e la mortificazione di Gesù (21), vada di giorno in giorno purificandosi e rinnovandosi, fino a che Cristo se la faccia comparire innanzi risplendente di gloria, senza macchia né ruga (22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nella Chiesa tutti, secondo il compito assegnato ad ognuno sia nelle varie forme della vita spirituale e della disciplina, sia nella diversità dei riti liturgici, anzi, anche nella elaborazione teologica della verità rivelata, pur custodendo l'unità nelle cose necessarie, serbino la debita libertà; in ogni cosa poi pratichino la carità. Poiché agendo così manifesteranno ogni giorno meglio la vera cattolicità e insieme l'apostolicità della Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "D'altra parte è necessario che i cattolici con gioia riconoscano e stimino i valori veramente cristiani, promananti dal comune patrimonio, che si trovano presso i fratelli da noi separati. Riconoscere le ricchezze di Cristo e le opere virtuose nella vita degli altri, i quali rendono testimonianza a Cristo talora sino all'effusione del sangue, è cosa giusta e salutare: perché Dio è sempre mirabile e deve essere ammirato nelle sue opere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Né si deve dimenticare che quanto dalla grazia dello Spirito Santo viene compiuto nei fratelli separati, può pure contribuire alla nostra edificazione. Tutto ciò che è veramente cristiano, non è mai contrario ai beni della fede ad esso collegati, anzi può sempre far sì che lo stesso mistero di Cristo e della Chiesa sia raggiunto più perfettamente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tuttavia le divisioni dei cristiani impediscono che la Chiesa realizzi la pienezza della cattolicità a lei propria in quei figli che le sono certo uniti col battesimo, ma sono separati dalla sua piena comunione. Inoltre le diventa più difficile esprimere sotto ogni aspetto la pienezza della cattolicità nella realtà della vita."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo santo Concilio costata con gioia che la partecipazione dei fedeli all'azione ecumenica cresce ogni giorno, e la raccomanda ai vescovi d'ogni parte della terra, perché sia promossa solertemente e sia da loro diretta con prudenza."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "ESERCIZIO DELL'ECUMENISMO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'unione deve interessare a tutti"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La cura di ristabilire l'unione riguarda tutta la Chiesa, sia i fedeli che i pastori, e tocca ognuno secondo le proprie possibilità, tanto nella vita cristiana di ogni giorno quanto negli studi teologici e storici. Tale cura manifesta già in qualche modo il legame fraterno che esiste fra tutti i cristiani e conduce alla piena e perfetta unità, conforme al disegno della bontà di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La riforma della Chiesa"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siccome ogni rinnovamento della Chiesa (23) I consiste essenzialmente in una fedeltà più grande alla sua vocazione, esso è senza dubbio la ragione del movimento verso l'unità. La Chiesa peregrinante è chiamata da Cristo a questa continua riforma di cui, in quanto istituzione umana e terrena, ha sempre bisogno. Se dunque alcune cose, sia nei costumi che nella disciplina ecclesiastica ed anche nel modo di enunziare la dottrina - che bisogna distinguere con cura dal deposito vero e proprio della fede--sono state osservate meno accuratamente, a seguito delle circostanze, siano opportunamente rimesse nel giusto e debito ordine. Questo rinnovamento ha quindi una importanza ecumenica singolare. I vari modi poi attraverso i quali tale rinnovazione della vita della Chiesa già è in atto - come sono il movimento biblico e liturgico, la predicazione della parola di Dio e la catechesi, l'apostolato dei laici, le nuove forme di vita religiosa, la spiritualità del matrimonio, la dottrina e l'attività della Chiesa in campo sociale--vanno considerati come garanzie e auspici che felicemente preannunziano i futuri progressi dell'ecumenismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La conversione del cuore"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non esiste un vero ecumenismo senza interiore conversione. Infatti il desiderio dell'unità nasce e matura dal rinnovamento dell'animo (24), dall'abnegazione di se stessi e dal pieno esercizio della carità. Perciò dobbiamo implorare dallo Spirito divino la grazia di una sincera abnegazione, dell'umiltà e della dolcezza nel servizio e della fraterna generosità di animo verso gli altri. « Vi scongiuro dunque - dice l'Apostolo delle genti - io, che sono incatenato nel Signore, di camminare in modo degno della vocazione a cui siete stati chiamati, con ogni umiltà e dolcezza, con longanimità, sopportandovi l'un l'altro con amore, attenti a conservare l'unità dello spirito mediante il vincolo della pace» (Ef 4,1-3). Questa esortazione riguarda soprattutto quelli che sono stati innalzati al sacro ordine per continuare la missione di Cristo, il quale « non è venuto tra di noi per essere servito, ma per servire » (Mt 20,28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anche delle colpe contro l'unità vale la testimonianza di san Giovanni: « Se diciamo di non aver peccato, noi facciamo di Dio un mentitore, e la sua parola non è in noi» (1 Gv 1,10). Perciò con umile preghiera chiediamo perdono a Dio e ai fratelli separati, come pure noi rimettiamo ai nostri debitori."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-40",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Si ricordino tutti i fedeli, che tanto meglio promuoveranno, anzi vivranno in pratica l'unione dei cristiani, quanto più si studieranno di condurre una vita più conforme al Vangelo. Quanto infatti più stretta sarà la loro comunione col Padre, col Verbo e con lo Spirito Santo, tanto più intima e facile potranno rendere la fraternità reciproca."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'unione nella preghiera"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questa conversione del cuore e questa santità di vita, insieme con le preghiere private e pubbliche per l'unità dei cristiani, devono essere considerate come l'anima di tutto il movimento ecumenico e si possono giustamente chiamare ecumenismo spirituale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È infatti consuetudine per i cattolici di recitare insieme la preghiera per l'unità della Chiesa, con la quale ardentemente alla vigilia della sua morte lo stesso Salvatore pregò il Padre: « che tutti siano una cosa sola» (Gv 17,21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In alcune speciali circostanze, come sono le preghiere che vengono indette « per l'unità » e nelle riunioni ecumeniche, è lecito, anzi desiderabile, che i cattolici si associno nella preghiera con i fratelli separati. Queste preghiere in comune sono senza dubbio un mezzo molto efficace per impetrare la grazia dell'unità e costituiscono una manifestazione autentica dei vincoli con i quali i cattolici rimangono uniti con i fratelli separati: « Poiché dove sono due o tre adunati nel nome mio, ci sono io in mezzo a loro » (Mt 18,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tuttavia, non è permesso considerare la « communicatio in sacris » come un mezzo da usarsi indiscriminatamente per il ristabilimento dell'unità dei cristiani. Questa « communicatio » è regolata soprattutto da due principi: esprimere l'unità della Chiesa; far partecipare ai mezzi della grazia. Essa è, per lo più, impedita dal punto di vista dell'espressione dell'unità; la necessità di partecipare la grazia talvolta la raccomanda. Circa il modo concreto di agire, avuto riguardo a tutte le circostanze di tempo, di luogo, di persone, decida prudentemente l'autorità episcopale del luogo, a meno che non sia altrimenti stabilito dalla conferenza episcopale a norma dei propri statuti, o dalla santa Sede."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La reciproca conoscenza"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bisogna conoscere l'animo dei fratelli separati. A questo scopo è necessario lo studio, e bisogna condurlo con lealtà e benevolenza. I cattolici debitamente preparati devono acquistare una migliore conoscenza della dottrina e della storia, della vita spirituale e liturgica, della psicologia religiosa e della cultura propria dei fratelli. A questo scopo molto giovano le riunioni miste, con la partecipazione di entrambe le parti, per dibattere specialmente questioni teologiche, dove ognuno tratti da pari a pari, a condizione che quelli che vi partecipano, sotto la vigilanza dei vescovi, siano veramente competenti. Da questo dialogo apparirà più chiaramente anche la vera posizione della Chiesa cattolica. In questo modo si verrà a conoscere meglio il pensiero dei fratelli separati e a loro verrà esposta con maggiore precisione la nostra fede."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La formazione ecumenica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'insegnamento della sacra teologia e delle altre discipline, specialmente storiche, deve essere impartito anche sotto l'aspetto ecumenico, perché abbia sempre meglio a corrispondere alla verità dei fatti. È molto importante che i futuri pastori e i sacerdoti conoscano bene la teologia accuratamente elaborata in questo modo, e non in maniera polemica, soprattutto per quanto riguarda le relazioni dei fratelli separati con la Chiesa cattolica. È infatti dalla formazione dei sacerdoti che dipende soprattutto l'istituzione e la formazione spirituale dei fedeli e dei religiosi. Anche i cattolici che attendono alle opere missionarie in terre in cui lavorano altri cristiani devono conoscere, specialmente oggi, le questioni e i frutti che nel loro apostolato nascono dall'ecumenismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Modi di esprimere e di esporre la dottrina della fede"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il modo e il metodo di enunziare la fede cattolica non deve in alcun modo essere di ostacolo al dialogo con i fratelli. Bisogna assolutamente esporre con chiarezza tutta intera la dottrina. Niente è più alieno dall'ecumenismo che quel falso irenismo, che altera la purezza della dottrina cattolica e ne oscura il senso genuino e preciso."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-52",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Allo stesso tempo la fede cattolica va spiegata con maggior profondità ed esattezza, con un modo di esposizione e un linguaggio che possano essere compresi anche dai fratelli separati. Inoltre nel dialogo ecumenico i teologi cattolici, fedeli alla dottrina della Chiesa, nell'investigare con i fratelli separati i divini misteri devono procedere con amore della verità, con carità e umiltà. Nel mettere a confronto le dottrine si ricordino che esiste un ordine o « gerarchia » nelle verità della dottrina cattolica, in ragione del loro rapporto differente col fondamento della fede cristiana. Così si preparerà la via nella quale, per mezzo di questa fraterna emulazione, tutti saranno spinti verso una più profonda cognizione e più chiara manifestazione delle insondabili ricchezze di Cristo (25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La cooperazione con i fratelli separati"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti i cristiani professino davanti a tutti i popoli la fede in Dio uno e trino, nel Figlio di Dio incarnato, Redentore e Signore nostro, e con comune sforzo nella mutua stima rendano testimonianza della speranza nostra, che non inganna. Siccome in questi tempi si stabilisce su vasta scala la cooperazione nel campo sociale, tutti gli uomini sono chiamati a questa comune opera, ma a maggior ragione quelli che credono in Dio e, in primissimo luogo, tutti i cristiani, a causa del nome di Cristo di cui sono insigniti. La cooperazione di tutti i cristiani esprime vivamente l'unione già esistente tra di loro, e pone in più piena luce il volto di Cristo servo. Questa cooperazione, già attuata in non poche nazioni, va ogni giorno più perfezionata-- specialmente nelle nazioni dove è in atto una evoluzione sociale o tecnica--sia facendo stimare rettamente la dignità della persona umana, sia lavorando a promuovere il bene della pace, sia applicando socialmente il Vangelo, sia facendo progredire con spirito cristiano le scienze e le arti, come pure usando rimedi d'ogni genere per venire incontro alle miserie de. nostro tempo, quali sono la fame e le calamità, l'analfabetismo e l'indigenza, la mancanza di abitazioni e l'ineguale distribuzione della ricchezza. Da questa cooperazione i credenti in Cristo possono facilmente imparare come ci si possa meglio conoscere e maggiormente stimare gli uni e gli altri, e come si appiani la via verso l'unità dei cristiani."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CHIESE E COMUNITÀ ECCLESIALI SEPARATE DALLA SEDE APOSTOLICA ROMANA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le varie divisioni"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Noi rivolgiamo ora il nostro pensiero alle due principali categorie di scissioni che hanno intaccato l'inconsutile tunica di Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le prime di esse avvennero in Oriente, sia per la contestazione delle forme dogmatiche dei Concili di Efeso e di Calcedonia, sia, più tardi, per la rottura della comunione ecclesiastica tra i patriarchi orientali e la sede romana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le altre sono sorte, dopo più di quattro secoli, in Occidente, a causa di quegli eventi che comunemente sono conosciuti con il nome di Riforma. Da allora parecchie Comunioni sia nazionali che confessionali, si separarono dalla Sede romana. Tra quelle nelle quali continuano a sussistere in parte le tradizioni e le strutture cattoliche, occupa un posto speciale la Comunione anglicana. Tuttavia queste varie divisioni differiscono molto tra di loro non solo per ragione dell'origine, del luogo e del tempo, ma soprattutto per la natura e gravità delle questioni spettanti la fede e la struttura ecclesiastica. Perciò questo santo Concilio, il quale né misconosce le diverse condizioni delle diverse Comunioni cristiane, né trascura i legami ancora esistenti tra loro nonostante la divisione, per una prudente azione ecumenica decide di proporre le seguenti considerazioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. Speciale considerazione delle Chiese orientali"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Carattere e storia propria degli orientali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Chiese d'Oriente e d'Occidente hanno seguito per molti secoli una propria via, unite però dalla fraterna comunione nella fede e nella vita sacramentale, sotto la direzione della Sede romana di comune consenso accettata, qualora fra loro fossero sorti dissensi circa la fede o la disciplina. È cosa gradita per il sacro Concilio richiamare alla mente di tutti, tra le altre cose di grande importanza, che in Oriente prosperano molte Chiese particolari o locali, tra le quali tengono il primo posto le Chiese patriarcali, e come non poche di queste si gloriano d'essere state fondate dagli stessi apostoli. Perciò presso gli orientali grande fu ed è ancora la preoccupazione e la cura di conservare, in una comunione di fede e di carità, quelle fraterne relazioni che, come tra sorelle, devono esistere tra le Chiese locali."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non si deve parimenti dimenticare che le Chiese d'Oriente hanno fin dall'origine un tesoro dal quale la Chiesa d'Occidente ha attinto molti elementi nel campo della liturgia, della tradizione spirituale e dell'ordine giuridico. Né si deve sottovalutare il fatto che i dogmi fondamentali della fede cristiana sulla Trinità e sul Verbo di Dio incarnato da Maria vergine, sono stati definiti in Concili ecumenici celebrati in Oriente e come, per conservare questa fede, quelle Chiese hanno molto sofferto e soffrono ancora. L'eredità tramandata dagli apostoli è stata accettata in forme e modi diversi e, fin dai primordi stessi della Chiesa, qua e là variamente sviluppata, anche per le diversità di carattere e di condizioni di vita. Tutte queste cose, oltre alle cause esterne e anche per mancanza di mutua comprensione e carità, diedero ansa alle separazioni."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Perciò il santo Concilio esorta tutti, ma specialmente quelli che intendono lavorare al ristabilimento della desiderata piena comunione tra le Chiese orientali e la Chiesa cattolica, a tenere in debita considerazione questa speciale condizione della nascita e della crescita delle Chiese d'Oriente, e la natura delle relazioni vigenti fra esse e la Sede di Roma prima della separazione, e a formarsi un equo giudizio su tutte queste cose. Questa regola, ben osservata, contribuirà moltissimo al dialogo che si vuole stabilire."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tradizione liturgica e spirituale degli orientali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "È pure noto a tutti con quanto amore i cristiani d'Oriente celebrino la sacra liturgia, specialmente quella eucaristica, fonte della vita della Chiesa e pegno della gloria futura; in essa i fedeli, uniti al vescovo, hanno accesso a Dio Padre per mezzo del Figlio, Verbo incarnato, morto e glorificato, nell'effusione dello Spirito Santo, ed entrano in comunione con la santissima Trinità, fatti «partecipi della natura divina » (2 Pt 1,4). Perciò con la celebrazione dell'eucaristia del Signore in queste singole Chiese, la Chiesa di Dio è edificata e cresce (26), e con la concelebrazione si manifesta la comunione tra di esse."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In questo culto liturgico gli orientali magnificano con splendidi inni Maria sempre vergine, solennemente proclamata santissima madre di Dio dal Concilio ecumenico Efesino, perché Cristo conforme alla sacra Scrittura fosse riconosciuto, in senso vero e proprio, Figlio di Dio e figlio dell'uomo; similmente tributano grandi omaggi a molti santi, fra i quali vi sono Padri della Chiesa universale."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Siccome poi quelle Chiese, quantunque separate, hanno veri sacramenti - e soprattutto, in virtù della successione apostolica, il sacerdozio e l'eucaristia - che li uniscono ancora a noi con strettissimi vincoli, una certa « communicatio in sacris », presentandosi opportune circostanze e con l'approvazione dell'autorità ecclesiastica, non solo è possibile, ma anche consigliabile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Oriente si trovano pure le ricchezze di quelle tradizioni spirituali che sono espresse specialmente dal monachismo. Ivi infatti fin dai gloriosi tempi dei santi Padri fiorì quella spiritualità monastica che si estese poi all'Occidente, e dalla quale, come da sua fonte, trasse origine la regola monastica dei latini e in seguito ricevette di tanto in tanto nuovo vigore. Perciò caldamente si raccomanda che i cattolici con maggior frequenza accedano a queste ricchezze de Padri orientali, che elevano tutto l'uomo alla contemplazione delle cose divine."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutti sappiano che il conoscere, venerare, conservare e sostenere il ricchissimo patrimonio liturgico e spirituale degli orientali è di somma importanza per la fedele custodia dell'integra tradizione cristiana per la riconciliazione dei cristiani d'Oriente e d'occidente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Disciplina degli orientali"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Inoltre fin dai primi tempi le Chiese d'Oriente seguivano discipline proprie, sancite dai santi Padri e dai Concili, anche ecumenici. Una certa diversità di usi e consuetudini, come abbiamo sopra ricordato, non si oppone minimamente all'unità della Chiesa, anzi ne accresce la bellezza e costituisce un aiuto prezioso al compimento della sua missione perciò il sacro Concilio, onde togliere ogni dubbio dichiara che le Chiese d'Oriente, memori della necessaria unità di tutta la Chiesa, hanno potestà di regolarsi secondo le proprie discipline, come più consone al carattere dei loro fedeli e più adatte a pro muovere il bene delle anime. La perfetta osservanza di questo principio tradizionale, invero non sempre rispettata, appartiene a quelle cose che sono assolutamente richieste come previa condizione al ristabilimento dell'unità."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Carattere proprio degli orientali nell'esporre i misteri"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ciò che sopra è stato detto circa la legittima diversità deve essere applicato anche alla diversa enunziazione delle dottrine teologiche. Effettivamente nell'indagare la verità rivelata in Oriente e in Occidente furono usati metodi e cammini diversi per giungere alla conoscenza e alla confessione delle cose divine. Non fa quindi meraviglia che alcuni aspetti del mistero rivelato siano talvolta percepiti in modo più adatto e posti in miglior luce dall'uno che non dall'altro, cosicché si può dire che quelle varie formule teologiche non di rado si completino, piuttosto che opporsi. Per ciò che riguarda le tradizioni teologiche autentiche degli orientali, bisogna riconoscere che esse sono eccellentemente radicate nella sacra Scrittura, sono coltivate ed espresse dalla vita liturgica, sono nutrite dalla viva tradizione apostolica, dagli scritti dei Padri e dagli scrittori ascetici orientali, e tendono a una retta impostazione della vita, anzi alla piena contemplazione della verità cristiana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo sacro Concilio, ringraziando Dio che molti orientali figli della Chiesa cattolica, i quali custodiscono questo patrimonio e desiderano viverlo con maggior purezza e pienezza, vivano già in piena comunione con i fratelli che seguono la tradizione occidentale, dichiara che tutto questo patrimonio spirituale e liturgico, disciplinare e teologico, nelle diverse sue tradizioni, appartiene alla piena cattolicità e apostolicità della Chiesa."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conclusione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Considerate bene tutte queste cose, questo sacro Concilio inculca di nuovo ciò che è stato dichiarato dai precedenti sacri Concili e dai romani Pontefici, che cioè, per ristabilire o conservare la comunione e l'unità bisogna « non imporre altro peso fuorché le cose necessarie » (At 15,28). Desidera pure ardentemente che d'ora in poi, nelle varie istituzioni e forme della vita della Chiesa, tutti gli sforzi tendano passo passo al conseguimento di essa, specialmente con la preghiera e il dialogo fraterno circa la dottrina e le più urgenti necessità pastorali del nostro tempo. Raccomanda parimenti ai pastori e ai fedeli della Chiesa cattolica di stabilire delle relazioni con quelli che non vivono più in Oriente, ma lontani dalla patria. Così crescerà la fraterna collaborazione con loro in spirito di carità, bandendo ogni sentimento di litigiosa rivalità. Se questa opera sarà promossa con tutto l'animo, il sacro Concilio spera che, tolta la parete che divide la Chiesa occidentale dall'orientale, si avrà finalmente una sola dimora solidamente fondata sulla pietra angolare, Cristo Gesù, il quale di entrambe farà una cosa sola (27)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. Chiese e Comunità ecclesiali separate in Occidente"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Condizione di queste comunità"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le Chiese e Comunità ecclesiali che, o in quel gravissimo sconvolgimento incominciato in Occidente già alla fine del medioevo, o in tempi posteriori si sono separate dalla Sede apostolica romana sono unite alla Chiesa cattolica da una speciale affinità e stretta relazione, dovute al lungo periodo di vita che il popolo cristiano nei secoli passati trascorse nella comunione ecclesiastica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma siccome queste Chiese e Comunità ecclesiali per la loro diversità di origine, di dottrina e di vita spirituale, differiscono non poco anche tra di loro, e non solo da noi, è assai difficile descriverle con precisione, e noi non abbiamo qui l'intenzione di farlo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sebbene il movimento ecumenico e il desiderio di pace con la Chiesa cattolica non sia ancora invalso dovunque, nutriamo speranza che a poco a poco cresca in tutti il sentimento ecumenico e la mutua stima."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Bisogna però riconoscere che tra queste Chiese e Comunità e la Chiesa cattolica vi sono importanti divergenze, non solo di carattere storico, sociologico, psicologico e culturale, ma soprattutto nell'interpretazione della verità rivelata. Per poter più facilmente, nonostante queste differenze, riprendere il dialogo ecumenico, vogliamo qui mettere in risalto alcuni elementi, che possono e devono essere la base e il punto di partenza di questo dialogo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La fede in Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il nostro pensiero si rivolge prima di tutto a quei cristiani che apertamente confessano Gesù Cristo come Dio e Signore e unico mediatore tra Dio e gli uomini, per la gloria di un solo Dio, Padre e Figlio e Spirito Santo. Sappiamo che vi sono invero non lievi discordanze dalla dottrina della Chiesa cattolica anche intorno a Cristo Verbo di Dio incarnato e all'opera della redenzione, e perciò intorno al mistero e al ministero della Chiesa e alla funzione di Maria nell'opera della salvezza. Ci rallegriamo tuttavia vedendo i fratelli separati tendere a Cristo come a fonte e centro della comunione ecclesiale. Presi dal desiderio dell'unione con Cristo, essi sono spinti a cercare sempre di più l'unità ed anche a rendere dovunque testimonianza della loro fede presso le genti."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Studio della sacra Scrittura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "L'amore e la venerazione--quasi il culto-- delle sacre Scritture conducono i nostri fratelli al costante e diligente studio del libro sacro. Il Vangelo infatti « è la forza di Dio per la salvezza di ogni credente, del Giudeo prima, e poi del Gentile » (Rm 1,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Invocando lo Spirito Santo, cercano nella stessa sacra Scrittura Dio come colui che parla a loro in Cristo, preannunziato dai profeti, Verbo di Dio per noi incarnato. In esse contemplano la vita di Cristo e quanto il divino Maestro ha insegnato e compiuto per la salvezza degli uomini, specialmente i misteri della sua morte e resurrezione."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ma quando i cristiani da noi separati affermano la divina autorità dei libri sacri, la pensano diversamente da noi - e in modo invero diverso gli uni dagli altri - circa il rapporto tra la sacra Scrittura e la Chiesa. Secondo la fede cattolica, infatti, il magistero autentico ha un posto speciale nell'esporre e predicare la parola di Dio scritta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cionondimeno nel dialogo la sacra Scrittura costituisce uno strumento eccellente nella potente mano di Dio per il raggiungimento di quella unità, che il Salvatore offre a tutti gli uomini."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vita sacramentale"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Col sacramento del battesimo, quando secondo l'istituzione del Signore è debitamente conferito e ricevuto con le disposizioni interiori richieste, l'uomo e veramente incorporato a Cristo crocifisso e glorificato e viene rigenerato per partecipare alla vita divina, secondo le parole dell'Apostolo: « Sepolti insieme con lui nel battesimo, nel battesimo insieme con lui siete risorti, mediante la fede nella potenza di Dio, che lo ha ridestato da morte (Col 2,12) (28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Il battesimo quindi costituisce il vincolo sacramentale dell'unità che vige tra tutti quelli che per mezzo di esso sono stati rigenerati. Tuttavia il battesimo, di per sé, è soltanto l'inizio e l'esordio, che tende interamente all'acquisto della pienezza della vita in Cristo. Pertanto esso è ordinato all'integra professione della fede, all'integrale incorporazione nell'istituzione della salvezza, quale Cristo l'ha voluta, e infine alla piena inserzione nella comunità eucaristica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Le comunità ecclesiali da noi separate, quantunque manchi loro la piena unità con noi derivante dal battesimo, e quantunque crediamo che esse, specialmente per la mancanza del sacramento dell'ordine, non hanno conservata la genuina ed integra sostanza del mistero eucaristico, tuttavia, mentre nella santa Cena fanno memoria della morte e della resurrezione del Signore, professano che nella comunione di Cristo è significata la vita e aspettano la sua venuta gloriosa. Bisogna quindi che la dottrina circa la Cena del Signore, gli altri sacramenti, il culto e i ministeri della Chiesa costituiscano oggetto del dialogo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vita in Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La vita cristiana di questi fratelli è alimentata dalla fede in Cristo e beneficia della grazia del battesimo e dell'ascolto della parola di Dio. Si manifesta poi nella preghiera privata, nella meditazione della Bibbia, nella vita della famiglia cristiana, nel culto della comunità riunita a lodare Dio. Del resto il loro culto mostra talora importanti elementi della comune liturgia antica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "La fede con cui si crede a Cristo produce i frutti della lode e del ringraziamento per i benefici ricevuti da Dio; a ciò si aggiunge un vivo sentimento della giustizia e una sincera carità verso il prossimo. E questa fede operosa ha pure creato non poche istituzioni per sollevare la miseria spirituale e corporale per l'educazione della gioventù, per rendere più umane le condizioni sociali della vita, per stabilire ovunque una pace stabile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Anche se in campo morale molti cristiani non intendono sempre il Vangelo alla stessa maniera dei cattolici, né ammettono le stesse soluzioni dei problemi più difficili dell'odierna società, tuttavia vogliono come noi aderire alla parola di Cristo quale sorgente della virtù cristiana e obbedire al precetto dell'Apostolo: « Qualsiasi cosa facciate, o in parole o in opere, fate tutto nel nome del Signore Gesù, rendendo grazie a Dio Padre per mezzo di lui » (Col 3,17). Di qui può prendere inizio il dialogo ecumenico intorno alla applicazione morale del Vangelo."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Così dopo avere brevemente esposto le condizioni di esercizio dell'azione ecumenica e i principi con i quali regolarla, volgiamo fiduciosi gli occhi al futuro. Questo sacro Concilio esorta i fedeli ad astenersi da qualsiasi leggerezza o zelo imprudente, che potrebbero nuocere al vero progresso dell'unità. Infatti la loro azione ecumenica non può essere se non pienamente e sinceramente cattolica, cioè fedele alla verità che abbiamo ricevuto dagli apostoli e dai Padri, e conforme alla fede che la Chiesa cattolica ha sempre professato; nello stesso tempo tende a quella pienezza con la quale il Signore vuole che cresca il suo corpo nel corso dei secoli."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Questo santo Concilio desidera vivamente che le iniziative dei figli della Chiesa cattolica procedano congiunte con quelle dei fratelli separati, senza che sia posto alcun ostacolo alle vie della Provvidenza e senza che si rechi pregiudizio ai futuri impulsi dello Spirito Santo. Inoltre dichiara d'essere consapevole che questo santo proposito di riconciliare tutti i cristiani nell'unità di una sola e unica Chiesa di Cristo, supera le forze e le doti umane. Perciò ripone tutta la sua speranza nell'orazione di Cristo per la Chiesa, nell'amore del Padre per noi e nella potenza dello Spirito Santo. «La speranza non inganna, poiché l'amore di Dio è largamente diffuso nei nostri cuori per mezzo dello Spirito Santo che ci fu dato » (Rm 5,5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tutte e singole le cose stabilite in questo Decreto sono piaciute ai Padri del Sacro Concilio. E Noi, in virtù della potestà Apostolica conferitaci da Cristo, unitamente ai Venerabili Padri, nello Spirito Santo le approviamo, le decretiamo e le stabiliamo; e quanto è stato così sinodalmente deciso, comandiamo che sia promulgato a gloria di Dio."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Roma, presso San Pietro, 21 novembre 1964."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Io PAOLO Vescovo della Chiesa Cattolica"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Seguono le firme dei Padri."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Firme dei Padri"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Marci Presbyter Cardinalis URBANI, Patriarcha Venetiarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Mariae in Vallicella Presbyter Cardinalis GIOBBE, S. R. E. Datarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Eustachii Presbyter Cardinalis CENTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Honuphrii in Ianiculo Presbyter Cardinalis GARIBI Y RIVERA, Archiepiscopus Guadalajarensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego CAROLUS titulo S. Agnetis extra moenia Presbyter Cardinalis CONFALONIERI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS titulo Ss. Quirici et Iulittae Presbyter Cardinalis RICHAUD, Archiepiscopus Burdigalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS M. titulo Ss. Viti, Modesti et Crescentiae Presbyter Cardinalis BUENO Y MONREAL, Archiepiscopus Hispalensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS titulo S. Eusebii Presbyter Cardinalis KÖNIG, Archiepiscopus Vindobonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IULIUS titulo S. Mariae Scalaris Presbyter Cardinalis DÖPFNER, Archiepiscopus Monacensis et Frisingensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS titulo S. Andreae Apostoli de Hortis Presbyter Cardinalis MARELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUSTAVUS titulo S. Hieronymi Illyricorum Presbyter Cardinalis TESTA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALBERTUS titulo S. Caeciliae Presbyter Cardinalis MEYER, Archiepiscopus Chicagiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Andreae de Valle Presbyter Cardinalis TRAGLIA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PETRUS TATSUO titulo S. Antonii Patavini de Urbe Presbyter Cardinalis DOI, Archiepiscopus Tokiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis Baptistae Florentinorum Presbyter Cardinalis LEFEBVRE, Archiepiscopus Bituricensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BERNARDUS titulo S. Ioachimi Presbyter Cardinalis ALFRINK, Archiepiscopus Ultraiectensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LAUREANUS titulo S. Francisci Assisiensis ad Ripam Maiorem Presbyter Cardinalis RUGAMBWA, Episcopus Bukobaënsis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo Ssmi Redemptoris et S. Alfonsi in Exquiliis Presbyter Cardinalis RITTER, Archiepiscopus S. Ludovici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS HUMBERTUS titulo Ss. Andreae et Gregorii ad Clivum Scauri Presbyter Cardinalis QUINTERO, Archiepiscopus Caracensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS PETRUS XVI BATANIAN, Patriarcha Ciliciae Armenorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS VIEIRA ALVERNAZ, Patriarcha Indiarum Orientalium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS SLIPYJ, Archiepiscopus Maior et Metropolita Leopolitanus Ucrainorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES CAROLUS MCQUAID, Archiepiscopus Dublinensis, Primas Hiberniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS ROHRACHER, Archiepiscopus Salisburgensis, Primas Germaniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego DEMETRIUS MOSCATO, Archiepiscopus Primas Salernitanus et Administrator Perpetuus Acernensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS ROY, Archiepiscopus Quebecensis, Primas Canadiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HUGO CAMOZZO, Archiepiscopus Pisanus, Primas Sardiniae et Corsicae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALEXANDER TOKI , Archiepiscopus Antibarensis, Primas Serbiae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MICHAEL DARIUS MIRANDA, Archiepiscopus Mexicanus, Primas Mexici."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego OCTAVIUS ANTONIUS BERAS, Archiepiscopus S. Dominici, Primas Indiarum Occidentalium."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES CAROLUS HEENAN, Archiepiscopus Vestmonasteriensis, Primas Angliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego GUILLELMUS CONWAY, Archiepiscopus Armachanus, Primas totius Hiberniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FRANCISCUS MARIA DA SILVA, Archiepiscopus Bracharensis, Primas Hispaniarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS GOUYON, Archiepiscopus Rhedonensis, Primas Britanniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANDREAS CESARANO, Archiepiscopus Sipontinus et Admin. Perp. Vestanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur ceterae subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-144",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-145",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PERICLES FELICI Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis † Ego IOSEPHUS ROSSI Episcopus tit. Palmyrenus Ss. Concilii Notarius † Ego FRANCISCUS HANNIBAL FERRETTI Ss. Concilii Notarius"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(1) Cf. 1 Cor 1,13."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(2) Cf. 1 Gv 4,9; Col 1,18-20; Gv 11,52."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-148",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(3) Cf. Gv 13,34."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-149",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(4) Cf. Gv 16,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(5) Cf. 1 Cor 12,4-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(6) Cf. Mt 28,18-20 da confr. con Gv 20,21-23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(7) Cf. Mt 16,19 da confr. con Mt 18,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(8) Cf. Lc 22,32."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-154",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(9) Cf. Gv 21,15-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-155",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(10) Cf. Ef 2,20."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-156",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(11) Cf. 1 Pt 2,25; CONC. VAT. I, Cost. Pastor Aeternus: Coll. Lac. 7, 482a [Dz 3050ss; Collantes 7.176ss]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-157",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(12) Cf. Is 11,10-12."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-158",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(13) Cf. Ef 2,17-18 da confr. con Mc 16,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-159",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(14) Cf. 1 Pt 1,3-9."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-160",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(15) Cf. 1 Cor 11,18-19; Gal 1,6-9; 1 Gv 2,18-19."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-161",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(16) Cf. 1 Cor 1,11ss; 11,22."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-162",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(17) Cf. CONC. DI FIRENZE, Sess. VIII, Decreto Exultate Deo: MANSI 31, 1055A [Dz 1314; Collantes 9.044]."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-163",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(18) Cf. S. AGOSTINO, In Ps. 32, Enarr. II, 29: PL 36, 299."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-164",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(19) Cf. CONC. LAT. IV, Costituzione IV: MANSI 22, 990; CONC. DI LIONE II (1274), Professione di fede di Michele Paleologo: MANSI 24, 71E [Dz 861; Collantes 7.146]; CONC. DI FIRENZE, Sess. VI (1439), Definizione Laetentur caeli: MANSI 31, 1026E."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-165",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(20) Cf. Gc 1,4; Rm 12,1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-166",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(21) Cf. 2 Cor 4,10; Fil 2,5-8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-167",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(22) Cf. Ef 5,27."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-168",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(23) Cf. CONC. LAT. V, Sess. XII, Cost. Constituti: MANSI 32, 988BC."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-169",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(24) Cf. Ef 4,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-170",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(25) Cf. Ef 3,8."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-171",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(26) Cf. S. GIOVANNI CRISOSTOMO, In Ioannem Homilia XLVI: PG 59, 260-262."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-172",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "(27) Cf. CONC. DI FIRENZE, Sess. VI, Definizione Laetentur caeli: MANSI 31, 1026E."
            }
          ]
        },
        "la": {
          "code": "la",
          "label": "Latin",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19641121_unitatis-redintegratio_lt.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-126-vat-ii_decree_19641121_unitatis-redintegratio_lt.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAULUS EPISCOPUS SERVUS SERVORUM DEI UNA CUM SACROSANCTI CONCILII PATRIBUS AD PERPETUAM REI MEMORIAM"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETUM DE OECUMENISMO UNITATIS REDINTEGRATIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "Prooemium"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "UNITATIS REDINTEGRATIO inter universos Christianos promovenda unum est ex praecipuis Sacrae Oecumenicae Synodi Vaticanae Secundae propositis. Una enim atque unica a Christo Domino condita est Ecclesia, plures tamen christianae Communiones sese ut Iesu Christi veram haereditatem hominibus proponunt; discipulos quidem Domini omnes se esse profitentur at diversa sentiunt et per diversas ambulant vias, ac si Christus Ipse divisus sit.[1] Quae sane divisio et aperte voluntati Christi contradicit et scandalo est mundo atque sanctissimae causae praedicandi Evangelium omni creaturae affert detrimentum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dominus vero saeculorum, qui propositum gratiae suae erga nos peccatores sapienter et patienter prosequitur, novissime in Christianos inter se disiunctos animi compunctionem et desiderium unionis abundantius effundere incepit. Qua gratia permulti ubique homines permoti sunt atque inter fratres quoque nostros seiunctos amplior in dies motus, Spiritus Sancti fovente gratia, exortus est ad omnium Christianorum unitatem restaurandam. Hunc autem unitatis motum, oecumenicum nuncupatum, participant qui Deum Trinum invocant atque Iesum confitentur Dominum et Salvatorem, nec modo singuli seiunctim, sed etiam in coetibus congregati, in quibus Evangelium audierunt quosque singuli Ecclesiam dicunt esse suam et Dei. Fere omnes tamen, etsi diverso modo, ad Ecclesiam Dei unam et visibilem adspirant, quae sit vere universalis et ad universum mundum missa ut mundus ad Evangelium convertatur et sic salvus fiat ad gloriam Dei."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec igitur Sacra Synodus ea omnia laeto animo considerans, cum iam doctrinam de Ecclesia declaraverit, desiderio unitatis inter omnes Christi discipulos restaurandae permota, Catholicis omnibus proponere vult adiumenta, vias ac modos quibus ipsi possint huic divinae vocationi et gratiae respondere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De catholicis oecumenismi principiis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In hoc apparuit caritas Dei in nobis, quod Filius Dei unigenitus a Patre in mundum missus est, ut homo factus totum genus humanum redimendo regeneraret atque in unum congregaret.[2] Qui antequam seipsum in ara crucis hostiam immaculatam offerret, Patrem pro credentibus oravit, dicens: «ut omnes unum sint, sicut tu, Pater, in me, et ego in te, ut et ipsi in nobis unum sint; ut credat mundus quia tu me misisti» (Io. 17, 21), et in Ecclesia sua Eucharistiae mirabile sacramentum instituit, quo unitas Ecclesiae et significatur et efficitur. Discipulis suis novum mutui amoris mandatum dedit[3] atque Paraclitum Spiritum promisit[4] qui, Dominus et vivificans, cum eis maneret in aeternum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-11",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exaltatus autem in cruce et glorificatus Dominus Iesus Spiritum promissum effudit, per quem Novi Foederis populum, qui est Ecclesia, in unitatem fidei, spei et caritatis vocavit et congregavit, sicut docet Apostolus: «Unum corpus et unus Spiritus sicut vocati estis in una spe vocationis vestrae. Unus Dominus, una fides, unum baptisma» (Eph. 4, 4-5). Etenim «quicumque in Christo baptizati estis, Christum induistis... Omnes enim vos unus estis in Christo Iesu» (Gal. 3, 27-28 gr.). Spiritus Sanctus, qui credentes inhabitat totamque replet atque regit Ecclesiam, miram illam communionem fidelium efficit et tam intime omnes in Christo coniungit, ut Ecclesiae unitatis sit Principium. Ille divisiones gratiarum et ministrationum operatur,[5] variis muneribus Ecclesiam Iesu Christi ditans «ad consummationem sanctorum in opus ministerii, in aedificationem corporis Christi» (Eph. 4, 12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad hanc autem sanctam suam Ecclesiam ubique terrarum usque ad consummationem saeculi stabiliendam, Christus munus docendi, regendi et sanctificandi Collegio Duodecim concredidit.[6] Inter eos Petrum elegit, super quem post fidei confessionem Ecclesiam suam aedificare decrevit; cui claves regni caelorum promisit[7] atque, post suae dilectionis professionem, universas oves in fide confirmandas[8] et in perfecta unitate pascendas commisit,[9] Ipso Christo Iesu summo angulari lapide[10] et pastore animarum nostrarum[11] in aeternum manente."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Iesus Christus per Apostolorum eorumque successorum, nempe episcoporum cum Petri successore capite, fidelem Evangelii praedicationem sacramentorumque administrationem, et per gubernationem in dilectione, Spiritu Sancto operante, populum suum crescere vult eiusque communionem perficit in unitate: in confessione unius fidei, in divini cultus communi celebratione, necnon in familiae Dei fraterna concordia."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ita Ecclesia, unicus Dei grex, tamquam signum levatum in nationes,[12] Evangelium pacis ministrans toti generi humano,[13] peregrinatur in spe ad patriae supernae metam.[14]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoc est unitatis Ecclesiae sacrum mysterium, in Christo et per Christum, Spiritu Sancto munerum varietatem operante. Huius mysterii supremum exemplar et principium est in Trinitate Personarum unitas unius Dei Patris et Filii in Spiritu Sancto."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In hac una et unica Dei Ecclesia iam a primordiis scissurae quaedam exortae sunt,[15] quas ut damnandas graviter vituperat Apostolus;[16] posterioribus vero saeculis ampliores natae sunt dissensiones, et Communitates haud exiguae a plena communione Ecclesiae catholicae seiunctae sunt, quandoque non sine hominum utriusque partis culpa. Qui autem nunc in talibus Communitatibus nascuntur et fide Christi imbuuntur, de separationis peccato argui nequeunt, eosque fraterna reverentia et dilectione amplectitur Ecclesia catholica. Hi enim qui in Christum credunt et baptismum rite receperunt, in quadam cum Ecclesia catholica communione, etsi non perfecta, constituuntur. Profecto, ob discrepantias variis modis vigentes inter eos et Ecclesiam catholicam tum in re doctrinali et quandoque etiam disciplinari tum circa structuram Ecclesiae, plenae ecclesiasticae communioni opponuntur impedimenta non pauca, quandoque graviora, ad quae superanda tendit motus oecumenicus. Nihilominus, iustificati ex fide in baptismate, Christo incorporantur,[17] ideoque christiano nomine iure decorantur et a filiis Ecclesiae catholicae ut fratres in Domino merito agnoscuntur.[18]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insuper ex elementis seu bonis, quibus simul sumptis ipsa Ecclesia aedificatur et vivificatur, quaedam immo plurima et eximia exstare possunt extra visibilia Ecclesiae catholicae saepta: verbum Dei scriptum, vita gratiae, fides, spes et caritas, aliaque interiora Spiritus Sancti dona ac visibilia elementa: haec omnia, quae a Christo proveniunt et ad Ipsum conducunt, ad unicam Christi Ecclesiam iure pertinent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-18",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Non paucae etiam christianae religionis actiones sacrae apud fratres a nobis seiunctos peraguntur, quae variis modis secundum diversam condicionem uniuscuiusque Ecclesiae vel Communitatis procul dubio vitam gratiae reapse generare possunt atque aptae dicendae sunt quae ingressum in salutis communionem pandant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Proinde ipsae Ecclesiae[19] et Communitates seiunctae, etsi defectus illas pati credimus, nequaquam in mysterio salutis significatione et pondere exutae sunt. Iis enim Spiritus Christi uti non renuit tamquam salutis mediis, quorum virtus derivatur ab ipsa plenitudine gratiae et veritatis quae Ecclesiae catholicae concredita est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Attamen fratres a nobis seiuncti, sive singuli sive Communitates et Ecclesiae eorum, unitate illa non fruuntur, quam Iesus Christus iis omnibus dilargiri voluit quos in unum corpus et in novitatem vitae regeneravit et convivificavit, quamque Sacrae Scripturae et veneranda Ecclesiae Traditio profitentur. Per solam enim catholicam Christi Ecclesiam, quae generale auxilium salutis est, omnis salutarium mediorum plenitudo attingi potest. Uni nempe Collegio apostolico cui Petrus praeest credimus Dominum commisisse omnia bona Foederis Novi, ad constituendum unum Christi corpus in terris, cui plene incorporentur oportet omnes, qui ad populum Dei iam aliquo modo pertinent. Qui populus, durante sua terrestri peregrinatione, quamvis in membris suis peccato obnoxius remaneat, in Christo crescit et a Deo, secundum Eius arcana consilia, suaviter ducitur, usquedum ad totam aeternae gloriae plenitudinem in caelesti Ierusalem laetus perveniat."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum hodie in pluribus orbis partibus, afflante Spiritus Sancti gratia, oratione, verbo et opere multi conatus fiant accedendi ad illam plenitudinem unitatis, quam Iesus Christus vult, haec Sancta Synodus cunctos fideles catholicos hortatur ut, signa temporum agnoscentes, operi oecumenico sollerter participent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Per «motum oecumenicum» intelliguntur activitates et incepta, quae pro variis Ecclesiae necessitatibus et opportunitatibus temporum ad Christianorum unitatem fovendam suscitantur et ordinantur, ut sunt: primum, omnes conatus ad eliminanda verba, iudicia et opera, quae fratrum seiunctorum condicioni secundum aequitatem et veritatem non respondeant, ideoque mutuas cum ipsis rationes difficiliores reddant; dein, in conventibus Christianorum ex diversis Ecclesiis vel Communitatibus in spiritu religioso ordinatis, «dialogus» inter peritos apte instructos initus, in quo unusquisque suae Communionis doctrinam profundius explicat eiusque characteres perspicue praesentat. Per hunc enim dialogum veriorem utriusque Communionis doctrinae vitaeque cognitionem et magis aequam aestimationem omnes acquirunt; tum etiam illae Communiones eam consequuntur ampliorem collaborationem in quibusvis officiis ad bonum commune ab omni conscientia christiana postulatis, et in oratione unanimi, sicubi licet, conveniunt. Denique omnes suam fidelitatem voluntati Christi circa Ecclesiam examinant atque, ut oportet, opus renovationis nec non reformationis strenue aggrediuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae omnia, cum a fidelibus Ecclesiae catholicae sub pastorum vigilantia prudenter et patienter perficiuntur, ad bonum aequitatis et veritatis, concordiae et collaborationis, fraterni animi et unionis conferunt; ut hac via paulatim, superatis obstaculis perfectam communionem ecclesiasticam impedientibus, omnes Christiani, in una Eucharistiae celebratione, in unius unicaeque Ecclesiae unitatem congregentur quam Christus ab initio Ecclesiae suae largitus est, quamque inamissibilem in Ecclesia catholica subsistere credimus et usque ad consummationem saeculi in dies crescere speramus. Patet autem opus praeparationis ac reconciliationis eorum singulorum, qui plenam communionem catholicam desiderant, ab oecumenico incepto natura sua distingui; nulla tamen adest oppositio, cum utrumque ex Dei mirabili dispositione procedat. Fideles catholici in actione oecumenica sine dubio de fratribus seiunctis solliciti sint oportet, pro illis orando, de rebus Ecclesiae cum illis communicando, primos gressus ad illos movendo. In primis vero ipsimet sincero attentoque animo ea perpendere debent, quae in ipsa Familia catholica renovanda et efficienda sunt, ut eius vita fidelius et clarius testimonium reddat de doctrina institutisque a Christo per Apostolos traditis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-24",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quamvis enim Ecclesia catholica omni a Deo revelata veritate et omnibus mediis gratiae ditata sit, tamen membra eius non omni quo par est fervore inde vivunt, ita ut vultus Ecclesiae fratribus a nobis seiunctis et universo mundo minus affulgeat atque regni Dei incrementum retardetur. Quapropter Catholici omnes ad perfectionem christianam tendere debent[20] atque, pro sua quisque condicione, eniti ut Ecclesia, humilitatem et mortificationem Iesu in corpore suo portans,[21] de die in diem mundetur et renovetur, donec Christus eam sibi exhibeat gloriosam, non habentem maculam aut rugam.[22]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In necessariis unitatem custodientes, omnes in Ecclesia, secundum munus unicuique datum, cum in variis formis vitae spiritualis et disciplinae, tum in diversitate liturgicorum rituum, immo et in theologica veritatis revelatae elaboratione, debitam libertatem servent; in omnibus vero caritatem colant. Hac enim agendi ratione ipsi veri nominis catholicitatem simul et apostolicitatem Ecclesiae in dies plenius manifestabunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ex altera parte necessarium est Catholicos cum gaudio agnoscere et aestimare bona vere christiana, a communi patrimonio promanantia, quae apud fratres a nobis seiunctos inveniuntur. Divitias Christi et virtutum opera agnoscere in vita aliorum, qui pro Christo testimonium ferunt, quandoque usque ad sanguinis effusionem, aequum et salutare est: Deus enim semper mirabilis est et mirandus in operibus suis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Neque est praetereundum, quaecumque Spiritus Sancti gratia in fratribus seiunctis efficiuntur, eadem ad nostram quoque aedificationem conferre posse. Quodcumque vere christianum est, numquam germanis fidei bonis adversatur, immo semper efficere potest ut perfectius ipsum mysterium Christi et Ecclesiae attingatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Attamen divisiones Christianorum impedimento Ecclesiae sunt, quominus ipsa ad effectum deducat plenitudinem catholicitatis sibi propriam in iis filiis, qui sibi quidem baptismate appositi, sed a sua plena communione seiuncti sunt. Immo et pro ipsa Ecclesia difficilius fit plenitudinem catholicitatis sub omni respectu in ipsa vitae realitate exprimere. Haec Sacra Synodus cum gaudio advertit participationem fidelium catholicorum in actione oecumenica in dies augeri, eamque episcopis ubique terrarum commendat, ut eadem promoveatur sollerter, et prudenter ab ipsis dirigatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "CAPUT II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De oecumenismi exercitio"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad totam Ecclesiam sollicitudo unionis instaurandae spectat, tam ad fideles quam ad pastores, et unumquemque secundum propriam virtutem afficit, sive in vita christiana quotidiana sive in theologicis et historicis investigationibus. Haec cura fraternam coniunctionem inter omnes Christianos existentem iam quodammodo manifestat, atque ad plenam perfectamque unitatem secundum Dei benevolentiam conducit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum omnis renovatio Ecclesiae[23] essentialiter in aucta fidelitate erga vocationem eius consistat, ea procul dubio ratio est cur motus versus unitatem contendat. Ecclesia in via peregrinans vocatur a Christo ad hanc perennem reformationem qua ipsa, qua humanum terrenumque institutum, perpetuo indiget; ita ut si quae, pro rerum temporumque adiunctis, sive in moribus, sive in ecclesiastica disciplina, sive etiam in doctrinae enuntiandae modo -qui ab ipso deposito fidei sedulo distingui debet- minus accurate servata fuerint, opportuno tempore recte debiteque instaurentur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec igitur renovatio insigne obtinet momentum oecumenicum. Varii autem illi modi vitae Ecclesiae, per quos haec renovatio iam efficitur -ut sunt motus biblicus et liturgicus, praedicatio verbi Dei atque catechesis, laicorum apostolatus, vitae religiosae novae formae, matrimonii spiritualitas, doctrina et activitas Ecclesiae in re sociali- tamquam pignora et auspicia quaedam sunt habenda, quae futuros oecumenismi progressus fauste portendunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Oecumenismus veri nominis sine interiore conversione non datur. Etenim ex novitate mentis,[24] ex sui ipsius abnegatione atque ex caritatis liberrima effusione proficiscuntur et maturescunt desideria unitatis. Ideo a Spiritu divino imploranda nobis est gratia sincerae abnegationis, humilitatis et mansuetudinis in serviendo, atque fraternae in alios animi liberalitatis. «Obsecro itaque vos», ait Apostolus gentium, «ego vinctus in Domino, ut digne ambuletis vocatione, qua vocati estis, cum omni humilitate et mansuetudine, cum patientia supportantes invicem in caritate, solliciti servare unitatem Spiritus in vinculo pacis» (Eph. 4, 1-3). Exhortatio haec illos praesertim spectat, qui ad sacrum ordinem eo consilio evecti sunt, ut continuetur missio Christi, qui inter nos «non venit ministrari, sed ministrare» (Mt. 20, 28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De culpis etiam adversus unitatem valet testimonium S. Ioannis: «Si dixerimus quoniam non peccavimus, mendacem facimus eum, et verbum eius non est in nobis» (I Io. 1, 10). Humili igitur prece veniam petimus a Deo et a fratribus seiunctis, sicut et nos dimittimus debitoribus nostris."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Meminerint omnes christifideles se Christianorum unionem eo melius promovere, immo exercere, quo puriorem secundum Evangelium vitam degere studeant. Quo enim arctiore communione cum Patre, Verbo et Spiritu unientur, eo intimius atque facilius mutuam fraternitatem augere valebunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec cordis conversio vitaeque sanctitas, una cum privatis et publicis supplicationibus pro Christianorum unitate, tamquam anima totius motus oecumenici existimandae sunt et merito oecumenismus spiritualis nuncupari possunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-38",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sollemne enim est Catholicis frequenter ad illam orationem convenire pro Ecclesiae unitate, quam Salvator Ipse in pervigilio mortis a Patre flagranter precatus est: «ut omnes unum sint» (Io. 17, 21). In quibusdam peculiaribus rerum adiunctis, cuiusmodi sunt precationes quae «pro unitate» indicuntur, atque in oecumenicis conventibus licitum est immo et optandum, ut Catholici cum fratribus seiunctis in oratione consocientur. Communes eiusmodi preces perefficax sane medium sunt gratiae unitatis impetrandae et genuina significatio vinculorum, quibus Catholici cum fratribus seiunctis adhuc coniunguntur: «Ubi enim sunt duo vel tres congregati in nomine meo, ibi sum in medio eorum» (Mt. 18, 20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Attamen communicationem in sacris considerare non licet velut medium indiscretim adhibendum ad Christianorum unitatem restaurandam. Quae communicatio a duobus principiis praecipue pendet: ab unitate Ecclesiae significanda, et a participatione in mediis gratiae. Significatio unitatis plerumque vetat communicationem. Gratia procuranda quandoque illam commendat. De modo concreto agendi, attentis omnibus circumstantiis temporum, locorum et personarum, prudenter decernat auctoritas episcopalis localis, nisi aliud a conferentia episcopali, ad normam propriorum statutorum, vel a Sancta Sede statuatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Fratrum seiunctorum animum cognoscere oportet. Ad hoc necessario requiritur studium, quod secundum veritatem et animo benevolo peragendum est. Catholici debito modo praeparati acquirant necesse est meliorem cognitionem doctrinae et historiae, vitae spiritualis et cultualis, psychologiae religiosae et culturae, quae fratribus propria est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad id assequendum multum iuvant ex utraque parte conventus ad theologicas praesertim quaestiones tractandas, ubi unusquisque par cum pari agat, dummodo qui in illis partem habent sub praesulum vigilantia vere periti sint. Ex tali dialogo etiam clarius innotescet, quae sit revera Ecclesiae catholicae condicio. Hac via et seiunctorum fratrum mens melius cognoscetur eisque fides nostra aptius exponetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrae theologiae institutiones et aliae disciplinae praesertim historicae tradantur oportet etiam sub aspectu oecumenico, ut usque accuratius rerum veritati respondeant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-43",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Multum enim interest futuros pastores et sacerdotes pollere theologia hoc modo adamussim elaborata, non polemice, in iis imprimis, quae fratrum seiunctorum erga Ecclesiam catholicam relationes spectant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A sacerdotum enim formatione necessaria institutio ac formatio spiritualis fidelium et religiosorum quam maxime pendet."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Etiam Catholici in missionalia opera in iisdem terris ac alii Christiani incumbentes hodie praesertim cognoscant oportet quaestiones et fructus, quae ex oecumenismo in eorum apostolatu oriuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Modus ac ratio fidem catholicam exprimendi nullatenus obstaculum fieri debet dialogo cum fratribus. Integra doctrina lucide exponatur omnino oportet. Nil ab oecumenismo tam alienum est quam ille falsus irenismus, quo puritas doctrinae catholicae detrimentum patitur et eius sensus genuinus et certus obscuratur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-47",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Simul fides catholica et profundius et rectius explicanda est, modo et sermone qui etiam a fratribus seiunctis possit vere comprehendi."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Insuper in dialogo oecumenico theologi catholici, doctrinae Ecclesiae inhaerentes, una cum fratribus seiunctis investigationem peragentes de divinis mysteriis, cum veritatis amore, caritate et humilitate progredi debent. In comparandis doctrinis meminerint existere ordinem seu «hierarchiam» veritatum doctrinae catholicae, cum diversus sit earum nexus cum fundamento fidei christianae. Sic via sternetur qua per fraternam hanc aemulationem omnes incitentur ad profundiorem cognitionem et clariorem manifestationem investigabilium divitiarum Christi.[25]"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Coram omnibus gentibus Christiani universi fidem in Deum unum et trinum, in Filium Dei incarnatum, Redemptorem et Dominum nostrum profiteantur et communi conatu in mutua aestimatione testimonium reddant spei nostrae, quae non confundit. Cum hodiernis temporibus in re sociali cooperatio latissime instauretur, omnes prorsus homines ad communem operam vocantur, potiore vero ratione ii, qui in Deum credunt, maxime autem omnes Christiani utpote Christi nomine insigniti. Omnium Christianorum cooperatio coniunctionem illam qua iam inter se uniuntur vivo modo exprimit atque Christi servi vultum in pleniorem lucem ponit. Cooperatio haec, in non paucis nationibus iam instaurata, magis magisque perficiatur oportet, in regionibus praesertim, ubi evolutio socialis vel technica peragitur, sive in dignitate personae humanae recte aestimanda, sive in bono pacis promovendo, sive in sociali Evangelii applicatione prosequenda, sive in scientiis et artibus spiritu christiano provehendis, sive etiam in cuiusvis generis remediis adhibendis contra nostrae aetatis aerumnas, cuiusmodi sunt fames et calamitates, analphabetismus et inopia, penuria habitationum et non aequa bonorum distributio. Hac cooperatione omnes qui in Christum credunt facile addiscere possunt, quomodo alii alios melius cognoscere et pluris aestimare queant atque ad unitatem Christianorum via sternatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPUT III"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "De Ecclesiis et de Communitatibus ecclesialibus a Sede Apostolica Romana seiunctis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ad duas praecipuas scissionum categorias inconsutilem tunicam Christi afficientium oculos convertimus ."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Primae earum in Oriente evenerunt, sive contestatione dogmaticarum formularum Conciliorum Ephesini et Chalcedonensis, sive, posteriore tempore, per solutionem ecclesiasticae communionis inter Patriarchatus orientales et Sedem Romanam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-54",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aliae dein, post amplius quattuor saecula, in Occidente ortae sunt ex eventibus qui sub nomine Reformationis communiter veniunt. Exinde a Sede Romana plures Communiones sive nationales sive confessionales seiunctae sunt. Inter eas, in quibus traditiones et structurae catholicae ex parte subsistere pergunt, locum specialem tenet Communio anglicana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hae tamen diversae divisiones inter se valde differunt non solum ratione originis, loci et temporis, sed praesertim natura et gravitate quaestionum ad fidem et structuram ecclesiasticam pertinentium. Quam ob rem, haec Sancta Synodus, nec condiciones diversas diversorum Coetuum christianorum parvipendens, neque superstites, non obstante divisione, nexus inter eos praeteriens, ad prudentem actionem oecumenicam exercendam sequentes considerationes proponere decernit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "I. De Ecclesiarum Orientalium peculiari consideratione"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesiae Orientis et Occidentis per non pauca saecula suam propriam viam, fraterna tamen communione fidei et vitae sacramentalis coniunctae, secutae sunt, Sede Romana moderante communi consensu, si dissensiones circa fidem vel disciplinam inter eas orirentur. Sacrosanctae Synodo gratum est, inter cetera gravis momenti, omnibus in mentem revocare plures in Oriente florere particulares seu locales Ecclesias, inter quas primum locum tenent Ecclesiae Patriarchales, et ex quibus non paucae ab ipsis Apostolis ortum habere gloriantur. Proinde apud Orientales praevaluit atque praevalet sollicitudo et cura servandi fraternas illas in fidei caritatisque communione necessitudines, quae inter Ecclesias locales, ut inter sorores, vigere debent."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praetermittendum pariter non est Ecclesias Orientis ab origine habere thesaurum, ex quo plura in rebus liturgicis, in traditione spirituali et in ordine iuridico Ecclesia Occidentis deprompsit. Neque illud parvi faciendum est fundamentalia dogmata christianae fidei de Trinitate et de Verbo Dei, ex Virgine Maria incarnato, in Conciliis Oecumenicis in Oriente celebratis definita esse. Ad hanc fidem servandam illae Ecclesiae multa et passae sunt et patiuntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-59",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tradita autem ab Apostolis haereditas diversis formis et modis acceptata est et inde ab ipsis Ecclesiae primordiis hic et illic varie explicata ob diversitatem quoque ingenii et vitae condicionum. Quae omnia, praeter causas externas, propter defectum etiam mutuae comprehensionis et caritatis separationibus ansam praebuerunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quamobrem Sacrosancta Synodus omnes quidem, sed praesertim eos exhortatur qui in instaurationem plenae communionis optatae inter Ecclesias orientales et Ecclesiam catholicam incumbere intendunt, ut debitam considerationem habeant de hac peculiari condicione nascentium crescentiumque Ecclesiarum Orientis et de indole relationum, quae inter eas et Sedem Romanam ante separationem vigebant atque rectam de his omnibus existimationem sibi efforment. Haec accurate servata ad dialogum intentum summopere conferent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Omnibus quoque notum est quanto cum amore Christiani orientales liturgica Sacra peragant, praesertim celebrationem eucharisticam, fontem vitae Ecclesiae et pignus futurae gloriae, qua fideles cum episcopo uniti accessum ad Deum Patrem habentes per Filium Verbum incarnatum, passum et glorificatum, in effusione Sancti Spiritus, communionem cum Sanctissima Trinitate consequuntur, «divinae consortes naturae» (2 Pt. 1, 4) effecti. Proinde per celebrationem Eucharistiae Domini in his singulis Ecclesiis, Ecclesia Dei aedificatur et crescit,[26] et per concelebrationem communio earum manifestatur. In cultu hoc liturgico Mariam semper Virginem, quam Oecumenica Synodus Ephesina sollemniter Deiparam Sanctissimam proclamavit ut vere et proprie Christus Filius Dei et Filius Hominis secundum Scripturas agnosceretur, Orientales pulcherrimis hymnis magnificant et multos quoque Sanctos, inter quos Patres universalis Ecclesiae, collaudant."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum autem illae Ecclesiae, quamvis seiunctae, vera sacramenta habeant, praecipue vero, vi successionis apostolicae, Sacerdotium et Eucharistiam, quibus arctissima necessitudine adhuc nobiscum coniunguntur, quaedam communicatio in sacris, datis opportunis circumstantiis et approbante auctoritate ecclesiastica, non solum possibilis est sed etiam suadetur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-63",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In Oriente quoque inveniuntur divitiae illarum traditionum spiritualium, quas praesertim monachismus expressit. Ibi enim inde a gloriosis Sanctorum Patrum temporibus floruit spiritualitas illa monastica, quae dein ad occidentales partes manavit et ex qua religiosum latinorum institutum tamquam e suo fonte originem duxit ac deinceps novum vigorem identidem accepit. Quapropter enixe commendatur ut Catholici frequentius accedant ad has spirituales Patrum Orientalium divitias quae hominem totum ad divina contemplanda evehunt."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ditissimum Orientalium patrimonium liturgicum et spirituale cognoscere, venerari, conservare et fovere omnes sciant maximi esse momenti ad plenitudinem traditionis christianae fideliter custodiendam et ad reconciliationem orientalium et occidentalium Christianorum perficiendam."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Praeterea a primis iam temporibus Ecclesiae Orientis disciplinas proprias a Sanctis Patribus atque Synodis, etiam Oecumenicis, sancitas sequebantur. Cum autem unitati Ecclesiae minime obstet, immo decorem eius augeat et ad missionem eius implendam non parum conferat quaedam morum consuetudinumque diversitas, uti supra memoratur, Sacra Synodus, ad omne dubium tollendum, declarat Ecclesias Orientis, memores necessariae unitatis totius Ecclesiae, facultatem habere se secundum proprias disciplinas regendi, utpote indoli suorum fidelium magis congruas atque bono animorum consulendo aptiores. Perfecta huius traditionalis principii observantia, non semper quidem servata, ad ea pertinet quae ad unionem restaurandam tamquam praevia condicio omnino requiruntur."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quae supra de legitima diversitate dicta sunt, eadem placet etiam de diversa theologica doctrinarum enuntiatione declarare. Etenim in veritatis revelatae exploratione methodi gressusque diversi ad divina cognoscenda et confitenda in Oriente et in Occidente adhibiti sunt. Unde mirum non est quosdam aspectus mysterii revelati quandoque magis congrue percipi et in meliorem lucem poni ab uno quam ab altero, ita ut tunc variae illae theologicae formulae non raro potius inter se compleri dicendae sint quam opponi. Ad traditiones theologicas authenticas Orientalium quod attinet, agnoscendum est eas eximio quidem modo in Sacris Scripturis radicatas esse, vita liturgica foveri et exprimi, viva apostolica traditione scriptisque Orientalium Patrum ac spiritualium auctorum nutriri, ad rectam vitae institutionem, immo ad christianam veritatem plene contemplandam tendere."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-67",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec Sancta Synodus, gratias agens Deo quod multi orientales Ecclesiae catholicae filii, qui hoc patrimonium custodiunt et illud purius pleniusque vivere cupiunt, iam cum fratribus traditionem occidentalem colentibus in plena communione vivunt, declarat, totum hoc patrimonium spirituale ac liturgicum, disciplinare ac theologicum in diversis suis traditionibus ad plenam catholicitatem et apostolicitatem Ecclesiae pertinere."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "His omnibus bene perspectis, haec Sacrosancta Synodus renovat id quod a Sacris praeteritis Conciliis nec non a Romanis Pontificibus declaratum est, nempe ad communionem et unitatem restaurandam vel servandam opus esse «nihil ultra imponere... oneris quam... necessaria» (Act. 15, 28). Vehementer etiam exoptat ut ad eam paulatim consequendam omnes conatus exinde intendant in variis institutis et formis vitae Ecclesiae, praesertim oratione et fraterno dialogo circa doctrinam et muneris pastoralis urgentiores aetatis nostrae necessitates. Eodem modo pastoribus et fidelibus Ecclesiae catholicae commendat necessitudines cum eis qui non iam in Oriente, sed procul a patria vitam degunt, ut fraterna collaboratio cum eis in spiritu caritatis et secluso omni spiritu contentiosae aemulationis crescat. Quod si hoc opus toto animo promoveatur, Sacrosancta Synodus sperat fore, ut sublato pariete occidentalem orientalemque Ecclesiam dividente, unica tandem fiat mansio angulari firmata lapide, Christo Iesu, qui faciet utraque unum.[27]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "heading",
              "text": "II. De Ecclesiis et Communitatibus ecclesialibus in Occidente seiunctis"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ecclesiae et Communitates ecclesiales, quae vel in gravissimo illo rerum discrimine, quod in Occidente iam ab exeunte medio aevo initium sumpsit, vel posterioribus temporibus ab Apostolica Sede Romana separatae sunt, cum Ecclesia catholica peculiari affinitate ac necessitudine iunguntur ob diuturnam populi christiani vitam praeteritis saeculis in ecclesiastica communione peractam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cum hae vero Ecclesiae et Communitates ecclesiales propter diversitatem originis, doctrinae et vitae spiritualis non tantum a nobis, sed etiam inter se non parum differant, eas aeque describere opus perdifficile est, quod hic aggredi non intendimus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quamvis motus oecumenicus et desiderium pacis cum Ecclesia catholica nondum ubique invaluerint, spes nobis est fore ut in omnibus sensus oecumenicus et mutua aestimatio paulatim crescant. Attamen agnoscendum est inter has Ecclesias et Communitates atque Ecclesiam catholicam magni ponderis discrepantias adesse, non tantum indolis historicae, sociologicae, psychologicae, culturalis, sed imprimis interpretationis revelatae veritatis. Quo autem facilius, non obstantibus illis differentiis, dialogus oecumenicus instaurari possit, in sequentibus quaedam efferre volumus quae fundamentum huius dialogi atque incitamentum esse possunt ac debent."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mens nostra eos imprimis Christianos respicit, qui Iesum Christum ut Deum ac Dominum et unicum mediatorem inter Deum et homines palam confitentur ad unius gloriam Dei, Patris et Filii et Spiritus Sancti. Non leves scimus quidem existere discrepantias a doctrina catholicae Ecclesiae etiam de Christo Verbo Dei incarnato et de opere redemptionis, proinde de mysterio ministerioque Ecclesiae et munere Mariae in opere salutis. Laetamur tamen videntes fratres seiunctos in Christum tamquam fontem et centrum communionis ecclesiasticae intendere. Desiderio tacti unionis cum Christo compelluntur ad unitatem magis magisque quaerendam atque etiam ad testimonium fidei suae ubique apud gentes reddendum."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sacrarum Scripturarum amor et veneratio ac prope cultus fratres nostros ad constans et sollers Sacrae Paginae studium adducunt: Evangelium «virtus enim Dei est in salutem omni credenti, Iudaeo primum et Graeco» (Rom. 1, 16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Spiritum Sanctum invocantes, in ipsis Sacris Scripturis Deum inquirunt quasi sibi loquentem in Christo, a Prophetis praenuntiato, Verbo Dei pro nobis incarnato. In iis vitam Christi contemplantur et ea quae Divinus Magister ad salutem hominum docuit et peregit, mysteria praesertim mortis eius et resurrectionis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "At cum Christiani a nobis seiuncti auctoritatem divinam Sacrorum Librorum affirmant, aliter ac nos -diversi quidem diverse- sentiunt de habitudine Scripturas inter et Ecclesiam, in qua secundum fidem catholicam magisterium authenticum peculiarem obtinet locum in verbo Dei scripto exponendo et praedicando."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nihilominus Sacra Eloquia in ipso dialogo eximia sunt instrumenta in potenti manu Dei ad illam unitatem adipiscendam, quam Salvator omnibus hominibus exhibet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Baptismi sacramento, quandocumque iuxta Domini institutionem rite confertur ac debita animi dispositione accipitur, homo vere Christo crucifixo et glorificato incorporatur atque ad vitae divinae consortium regeneratur iuxta illud Apostoli: «consepulti ei in baptismo, in quo et resurrexistis per fidem operationis Dei, qui suscitavit illum a mortuis (Col. 2, 12).[28]"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-79",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Baptismus igitur vinculum unitatis sacramentale constituit vigens inter omnes qui per illum regenerati sunt. Attamen baptismus per se dumtaxat initium et exordium est, quippe qui totus in acquirendam tendit plenitudinem vitae in Christo. Itaque baptismus ordinatur ad integram fidei professionem, ad integram incorporationem in salutis institutum, prout ipse Christus illud voluit, ad integram denique in communionem eucharisticam insertionem."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Communitates ecclesiales a nobis seiunctae, quamvis deficiat earum plena nobiscum unitas ex baptismate profluens, et quamvis credamus illas, praesertim propter sacramenti Ordinis defectum, genuinam atque integram substantiam Mysterii eucharistici non servasse, tamen, dum in Sancta Coena mortis et resurrectionis Domini memoriam faciunt, vitam in Christi communione significari profitentur atque gloriosum Eius adventum exspectant. Quapropter doctrina circa Coenam Domini, cetera sacramenta et cultum ac Ecclesiae ministeria obiectum dialogi constituat oportet."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Christiana horum fratrum conversatio fide in Christum alitur, baptismatis gratia et verbo Dei audito fovetur. Manifestatur quidem in oratione privata, in meditatione biblica, in familiae christianae vita, in cultu communitatis ad laudem Dei congregatae. Ceteroquin cultus eorum nonnumquam elementa conspicua communis antiquae liturgiae prae se fert. Fides qua Christo creditur fructus edit in laude et gratiarum actione pro beneficiis divinitus acceptis; accedit vivus iustitiae sensus et sincera caritas in proximum. Haec autem operosa fides haud pauca etiam instituta ad miseriam spiritualem et corporalem sublevandam, ad iuventutis educationem excolendam, ad sociales vitae condiciones humaniores reddendas, ad pacem universim constabiliendam protulit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quod si inter Christianos multi non semper eadem ratione atque Catholici Evangelium in re morali intelligunt neque easdem solutiones difficiliorum hodiernae societatis quaestionum admittunt, nihilominus ut nos volunt verbo Christi ut fonti christianae virtutis haerere et apostolico oboedire praecepto: «Omne, quodcumque facitis in verbo aut in opere, omnia in nomine Domini Iesu Christi, gratias agentes Deo et Patri per ipsum» (Col. 3, 17). Hinc dialogus oecumenicus de morali Evangelii applicatione initium sumere potest."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sic post breviter expositas condiciones, quibus exerceri contingit actio oecumenica, et principia quibus moderanda est, fidenter oculos ad futura convertimus. Haec Sacrosancta Synodus hortatur fideles, ut a quavis levitate vel imprudenti zelo se abstineant, quae vero progressui unitatis nocere possint. Eorum enim oecumenica actio non potest esse nisi plene sincereque catholica, fidelis nempe veritati, quam ab Apostolis et Patribus accepimus, et consentanea fidei, quam Ecclesia catholica semper professa est, ac simul in eam plenitudinem tendens, qua Dominus decursu temporum Corpus Suum vult augeatur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Haec Sacrosancta Synodus instanter exoptat ut filiorum Ecclesiae catholicae incepta cum inceptis fratrum seiunctorum coniuncta progrediantur, quin Providentiae viis ullum ponatur obstaculum et quin futuris Spiritus Sancti impulsionibus praeiudicetur. Insuper se consciam esse declarat hoc sanctum propositum reconciliandi Christianos omnes in unitate unius unicaeque Ecclesiae Christi humanas vires et dotes excedere. Quapropter spem suam in oratione Christi pro Ecclesia, in amore Patris erga nos, in virtute Spiritus Sancti penitus ponit. «Spes autem non confundit, quia caritas Dei diffusa est in cordibus nostris per Spiritum Sanctum, qui datus est nobis» (Rom. 5, 5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-85",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Romae, apud S. Petrum die XXI mensis Novembris anno MCMLXIV."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PAULUS Catholicae Ecclesiae Episcopus"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-87",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Sequuntur Patrum subsignationes."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Patrum subsignationes"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-90",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EUGENIUS Episcopus Ostiensis ac Portuensis et S. Rufinae Cardinalis TISSERANT, Sacri Collegii Decanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus Albanensis Cardinalis PIZZARDO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego BENEDICTUS Episcopus Praenestinus Cardinalis ALOISI MASELLA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-93",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego HAMLETUS IOANNES Episcopus tit. Tusculanus Cardinalis CICOGNANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS Episcopus tit. Sabinensis et Mandelensis Cardinalis FERRETTO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego EMMANUEL titulo Ss. Marcellini et Petri Presbyter Cardinalis GONÇALVES CEREJEIRA, Patriarcha Lisbonensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IGNATIUS GABRIEL titulo Basilicae XII Apostolorum Presbyter Cardinalis TAPPOUNI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Syrorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-97",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IACOBUS ALOISIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Damaso Prsbyter Cardinalis COPELLO, S. R. E. Cancellarius."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PETRUS titulo Ssmae Trinitatis in Monte Pincio Presbyter Cardinalis GERLIER, Archiepiscopus Lugdunensis et Viennensis, Primas Galliae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-99",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GREGORIUS PETRUS titulo Ss. Bartholomaei in insula Presbyter Cardinalis AGAGIANIAN."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego NORMANNUS THOMAS titulo Ss. Quattuor Coronatorum Presbyter Cardinalis GILROY, Archiepiscopus Sydneyensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Ioannis ante Portam Latinam Presbyter Cardinalis FRINGS, Archiepiscopus Coloniensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ERNESTUS titulo S. Sabinae Presbyter Cardinalis RUFFINI, Archiepiscopus Panormitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ANTONIUS titulo S. Laurentii in Panisperna Presbyter Cardinalis CAGGIANO, Archiepiscopus Bonaërensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-104",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego PETRUS titulo S. Laurentii in Lucina Presbyter Cardinalis CIRIACI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAURITIUS titulo S. Mariae de Pace Presbyter Cardinalis FELTIN, Archiepiscopus Parisiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IACOBUS titulo S. Mariae in Transpontina Presbyter Cardinalis LERCARO, Archiepiscopus Bononiensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS titulo S. Mariae trans Tiberim Presbyter Cardinalis WYSZYNSKI, Archiepiscopus Gnesnensis et Varsaviensis, Primas Poloniae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-108",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego FERDINANDUS titulo S. Augustini Presbyter Cardinalis QUIROGA Y PALACIOS, Archiepiscopus Compostellanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS AEMILIUS titulo S. Mariae Angelorum in Thermis Presbyter Cardinalis LEGER, Archiepiscopus Marianopolitanus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALOISIUS titulo S. Mariae Novae Presbyter Cardinalis CONCHA, Archiepiscopus Bogotensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOSEPHUS titulo S. Priscae Presbyter Cardinalis DA COSTA NUNES."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-112",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego HILDEBRANDUS titulo S. Sebastiani ad Catacumbas Presbyter Cardinalis ANTONIUTTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego EPHRAEM titulo S. Crucis in Hierusalem Presbyter Cardinalis FORNI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego IOANNES titulo S. Mariae de Aracoeli Presbyter Cardinalis LANDAZURI RICKETTS, Archiepiscopus Limanus, Primas Peruviae."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego RADULFUS titulo S. Bernardi ad Thermas Presbyter Cardinalis SILVA HENRIQUEZ, Archiepiscopus S. Iacobi in Chile."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego LEO IOSEPHUS titulo S. Petri ad Vincula Presbyter Cardinalis SUENENS, Archiepiscopus Mechliniensis-Bruxellensis."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-117",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALAPHRIDUS S. Mariae in Domnica Protodiaconus Cardinalis OTTAVIANI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-118",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ALBERTUS S. Pudentianae Diaconus Cardinalis DI JORIO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-119",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS S. Mariae in Cosmedin Diaconus Cardinalis ROBERTI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-120",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ARCADIUS SS. Blasii et Caroli ad Catinarios Diaconus Cardinalis LARRAONA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-121",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRANCISCUS SS. Cosmae et Damiani Diaconus Cardinalis MORANO."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-122",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego GUILLELMUS THEODORUS S. Theodori in Palatio Diaconus Cardinalis HEARD."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-123",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego AUGUSTINUS S. Sabae Diaconus Cardinalis BEA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-124",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego ANTONIUS S. Eugenii Diaconus Cardinalis BACCI."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-125",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego FRATER MICHAEL S. Pauli Apostoli in Arenula Diaconus Cardinalis BROWNE."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-126",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ego IOACHIM ANSELMUS S. Apollinaris Diaconus Cardinalis ALBAREDA."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-127",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego STEPHANUS I SIDAROUSS, Patriarcha Alexandrinus Coptorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-128",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego MAXIMUS IV SAIGH, Patriarcha Antiochenus Melchitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-129",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS PETRUS MEOUCHI, Patriarcha Antiochenus Maronitarum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-130",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego ALBERTUS GORI, Patriarcha Hierosolymitanus Latinorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-131",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† Ego PAULUS II CHEIKHO, Patriarcha Babylonensis Chaldaeorum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-132",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "EX ACTIS SS. OECUMENICI CONCILII VATICANI II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-133",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "NOTIFICATIONES"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-134",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Factae ab Exc.mo Secretario Generali Ss. Concilii in Congregatione Generali CXXIII diei XVI Nov. MCMLXIV"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-135",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quaesitum est quaenam esse debeat qualificatio theologica doctrinae, quae in Schemate de Ecclesia exponitur et suffragationi subicitur."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-136",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Commissio Doctrinalis quaesito responsionem dedit, in expendendis Modis spectantibus ad caput tertium Schematis de Ecclesia, hisce verbis:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-137",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Ut de se patet, textus Concilii semper secundum regulas generales, ab omnibus cognitas, interpretandus est\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-138",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Qua occasione Commissio Doctrinalis remittit ad suam Declarationem 6 martii 1964, cuius textum hic transcribimus:"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-139",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Ratione habita moris conciliaris ac praesentis Concilii finis pastoralis, haec S. Synodus ea tantum de rebus fidei vel morum ab Ecclesia tenenda definit, quae ut talia aperte ipsa declaraverit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-140",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cetera autem, quae S. Synodus proponit, utpote Supremi Ecclesiae Magisterii doctrinam, omnes ac singuli christifideles excipere et amplecti debent iuxta ipsius S. Synodi mentem, quae sive ex subiecta materia sive ex dicendi ratione innotescit, secundum normas theologicae interpretationis\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-141",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Superiore dein Auctoritate communicatur Patribus nota explicativa praevia ad Modos circa caput tertium Schematis de Ecclesia, ad cuius notae mentem atque sententiam explicari et intelligi debet doctrina in eodem capite tertio exposita."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-142",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nota explicativa praevia"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-143",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "\"Commissio statuit expensioni Modorum sequentes observationes generales praemittere."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Collegium non intelligitur sensu stricte iuridico, scilicet de coetu aequalium, qui potestatem suam praesidi suo demandarent, sed de coetu stabili, cuius structura et auctoritas ex Revelatione deduci debent. Quapropter in Responsione ad Modum 12 explicite de Duodecim dicitur quod Dominus eos constituit \"ad modum collegii seu coetus stabilis\". Cf etiam Mod. 53, c. - Ob eandem rationem, de Collegio Episcoporum passim etiam adhibentur vocabula Ordo vel Corpus. Parallelismus inter Petrum ceterosque Apostolos ex una parte, et Summum Pontificem et Episcopos ex altera parte, non implicat transmissionem potestatis extraordinariae Apostolorum ad successores eorum, neque, uti patet, aequalitatem inter Caput et membra Collegii, sed solam proportionalitatem inter primam relationem (Petrus - Apostoli) et alteram (Papa - Episcopi). Unde Commissio statuit scribere in n. 22: non eadem sed pari ratione. Cf Modum 57."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Aliquis fit membrum Collegii vi consecrationis episcopalis et communione hierarchica cum Collegii Capite atque membris. Cf n. 22, § 1 in fine. In consecratione datur ontologica participatio sacrorum munerum, ut indubie constat ex Traditione, etiam liturgica. Consulto adhibetur vocabulum munerum, non vero potestatum, quia haec ultima vox de potestate ad actum expedita intelligi posset. Ut vero talis expedita potestas habeatur, accedere debet canonica seu iuridica determinatio per auctoritatem hierarchicam. Quae determinatio potestatis consistere potest in concessione particularis officii vel in assignatione subditorum, et datur iuxta normas a suprema auctoritate adprobatas. Huiusmodi ulterior norma ex natura rei requiritur, quia agitur de muneribus quae a pluribus subiectis, hierarchice ex voluntate Christi cooperantibus, exerceri debent. Evidens est quod haec \"communio\" in vita Ecclesiae secundum adiuncta temporum applicata est, priusquam in iure velut codificata fuerit."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-146",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Quapropter signanter dicitur, requiri hierarchicam communionem cum Ecclesiae Capite atque membris. Communio est notio quae in antiqua Ecclesia (sicut etiam hodie praesertim in Oriente) in magno honore habetur. Non intelligitur autem de vago quodam affectu, sed de realitate organica, quae iuridicam formam exigit et simul caritate animatur. Unde Commissio, fere unanimi consensu, scribendum esse statuit: \"in hierarchica communione\". Cf Modum 40 et etiam illa quae dicuntur de missione canonica, sub n. 24."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-147",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Documenta recentiorum Summorum Pontificum circa iurisdictionem Episcoporum interpretanda sunt de hac necessaria determinatione potestatum."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Collegium, quod sine Capite non datur, dicitur: \"subiectum quoque supremae ac plenae potestatis in universam Ecclesiam existere\". Quod necessario admittendum est, ne plenitudo potestatis Romani Pontificis in discrimen poneretur. Collegium enim necessario et semper Caput suum cointelligit, quod in Collegio integrum servat suum munus Vicarii Christi et Pastoris Ecclesiae universalis. Aliis verbis distinctio non est inter Romanum Pontificem et Episcopos collective sumptos, sed inter Romanum Pontificem seorsim et Romanum Pontificem simul cum Episcopis. Quia vero Summus Pontifex est Caput Collegii, ipse solus quosdam actus facere potest, qui Episcopis nullo modo competunt, v. gr. Collegium convocare et dirigere, normas actionis approbare, etc. Cf Modum 81. Ad iudicium Summi Pontificis, cui cura totius gregis Christi commissa est, spectat, secundum necessitates Ecclesiae decursu temporum variantes, determinare modum quo haec cura actuari conveniat, sive modo personali, sive modo collegiali. Romanus Pontifex ad collegiale exercitium ordinandum, promovendum, approbandum, intuitu boni Ecclesiae, secundum propriam discretionem procedit."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Summus Pontifex, utpote Pastor Supremus Ecclesiae, suam potestatem omni tempore ad placitum exercere potest, sicut ab ipso suo munere requiritur. Collegium vero, licet semper exsistat, non propterea permanenter actione stricte collegiali agit, sicut ex Traditione Ecclesiae constat. Aliis verbis non semper est \"in actu pleno\", immo nonnisi per intervalla actu stricte collegiali agit et nonnisi consentiente Capite. Dicitur autem \"consentiente Capite\", ne cogitetur de dependentia velut ab aliquo extraneo; terminus \"consentiens\" evocat e contra communionem inter Caput et membra, et implicat necessitatem actus qui Capiti proprie competit. Res affirmatur explicite in n. 22, § 2 et explicatur ibid., in fine. Formula negativa \"nonnisi\" omnes casus comprehendit: unde evidens est quod normae a suprema Auctoritate approbatae semper observari debent. Cf Modum 84."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-150",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "In omnibus autem apparet quod agitur de coniunctione Episcoporum cum Capite suo, numquam vero de actione Episcoporum independenter a Papa. In quo casu, deficiente actione Capitis, Episcopi agere ut Collegium nequeunt, sicut ex notione \"Collegii\" patet. Haec hierarchica communio omnium Episcoporum cum Summo Pontifice in Traditione certe solemnis est."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-151",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "N.B. Sine communione hierarchica munus sacramentale-ontologicum, quod distinguendum est ab aspectu canonico-iuridico, exerceri non potest. Commissio autem censuit non intrandum esse in quaestiones de liceitate et validitate, quae relinquuntur disceptationi theologorum, in specie quod attinet ad potestatem quae de facto apud Orientales seiunctos exercetur, et de cuius explicatione variae exstant sententiae\"."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-152",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "† PERICLES FELICI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-153",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Archiepiscopus tit. Samosatensis Ss. Concilii Secretarius Generalis"
            }
          ]
        },
        "pt": {
          "code": "pt",
          "label": "Português",
          "sourceUrl": "https://www.vatican.va/archive/hist_councils/ii_vatican_council/documents/vat-ii_decree_19641121_unitatis-redintegratio_po.html",
          "localUrl": "assets/docs/councils/parallel/originals/vatican-ii-128-vat-ii_decree_19641121_unitatis-redintegratio_po.html.html",
          "blocks": [
            {
              "id": "b-2",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "DECRETO UNITATIS REDINTEGRATIO SOBRE O ECUMENISMO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-3",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PROÉMIO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-4",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Natureza do movimento ecuménico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Promover a restauração da unidade entre todos os cristãos é um dos principais propósitos do sagrado Concílio Ecuménico Vaticano II. Pois Cristo Senhor fundou uma só e única Igreja. Todavia, são numerosas as Comunhões cristãs que se apresentam aos homens como a verdadeira herança de Jesus Cristo. Todos, na verdade, se professam discípulos do Senhor, mas têm pareceres diversos e caminham por rumos diferentes, como se o próprio Cristo estivesse dividido(1). Esta divisão, porém, contradiz abertamente a vontade de Cristo, e é escândalo para o mundo, como também prejudica a santíssima causa da pregação do Evangelho a toda a criatura."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-6",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Senhor dos séculos, porém, prossegue sábia e pacientemente o plano de sua graça a favor de nós pecadores. Começou ultimamente a infundir de modo mais abundante nos cristãos separados entre si a compunção de coração e o desejo de união. Por toda a parte, muitos homens sentiram o impulso desta graça. Também surgiu entre os nossos irmãos separados, por moção da graça do Espirito Santo, um movimento cada vez mais intenso em ordem à restauração da unidade de todos os cristãos. Este movimento de unidade é chamado ecuménico. Participam dele os que invocam Deus Trino e confessam a Cristo como Senhor e Salvador, não só individualmente mas também reunidos em assembleias. Cada qual afirma que o grupo onde ouviu o Evangelho é Igreja sua e de Deus. Quase todos, se bem que de modo diverso, aspiram a uma Igreja de Deus una e visível, que seja verdadeiramente universal e enviada ao mundo inteiro, a fim de que o mundo se converta ao Evangelho e assim seja salvo, para glória de Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-7",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este sagrado Concílio considera todas essas coisas com muita alegria. Tendo já declarado a doutrina sobre a Igreja, movido pelo desejo de restaurar a unidade de todos os cristãos, quer propor a todos os católicos os meios, os caminhos e as formas com que eles possam corresponder a esta vocação e graça divina."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-8",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO I"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-9",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRINCÍPIOS CATÓLICOS DO ECUMENISMO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-10",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Unidade da Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nisto se manifestou a caridade de Deus para connosco, em que o Filho unigénito de Deus foi enviado ao mundo pelo Pai a fim de que, feito homem, desse nova vida pela Redenção a todo o género humano e o unificasse(2). Antes de se imolar no altar da cruz como hóstia imaculada, rogou ao Pai pelos que crêem, dizendo: «Para que todos sejam um, como tu, Pai, em mim e eu em ti; para que sejam um em nós, a fim de que o mundo creia que tu me enviaste» (Jo. 17,21). Na Sua Igreja instituiu o admirável sacramento da Eucaristia, pelo qual é tanto significada como realizada a unidade da Igreja A Seus discípulos deu o novo mandamento do mútuo amor (3) e prometeu o Espírito Paráclito (4), que, como Senhor e fonte de vida, com eles permanecesse para sempre."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-12",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Suspenso na cruz e glorificado, o Senhor Jesus derramou o Espírito prometido. Por Ele chamou e congregou na unidade da fé, esperança e caridade o Povo da nova Aliança, que é a Igreja, como atesta o Apóstolo: «Só há um corpo e um espírito, como também fostes chamados numa só esperança da vossa vocação. Só há um Senhor, uma fé, um Baptismo» (Ef. 4, 4-5). Com efeito, «todos quantos fostes baptizados em Cristo, vos revestistes de Cristo... Pois todos sois um em Cristo Jesus» (Gál. 3, 27-28). O Espírito Santo habita nos crentes, enche e rege toda a Igreja, realiza aquela maravilhosa comunhão dos fiéis e une a todos tão intimamente em Cristo, que é princípio da unidade da Igreja. Ele faz a distribuição das graças e dos ofícios (5), enriquecendo a Igreja de Jesus Cristo com múltiplos dons, «a fim de aperfeiçoar os santos para a obra do ministério, na edificação do corpo de Cristo» (Ef. 4,12)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-13",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Para estabelecer esta Sua Igreja santa em todo mundo até à consumação dos séculos, Cristo outorgou ao colégio dos doze o ofício de ensinar, governar e santificar (6). Dentre eles, escolheu Pedro, sobre quem, após a profissão de fé, decidiu edificar a Sua Igreja. A ele prometeu as chaves do reino dos céus (7) e, depois da profissão do seu amor, confiou-lhe a tarefa de confirmar todas as ovelhas na fé (8) e de apascentá-las em perfeita unidade (9), permanecendo eternamente o próprio Cristo Jesus como pedra angular fundamental (10) e pastor de nossas almas(11)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-14",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Jesus Cristo quer que o Seu Povo cresça mediante a fiel pregação do Evangelho, administração dos sacramentos e governo amoroso dos Apóstolos e dos seus sucessores os Bispos, com a sua cabeça, o sucessor de Pedro, sob a acção do Espírito Santo; e vai aperfeiçoando a sua comunhão na unidade: na confissão duma só fé, na comum celebração do culto divino e na fraterna concórdia da família de Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-15",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Assim a Igreja, a única grei de Deus, como um sinal levantado entre as nações (12), oferecendo o Evangelho da paz a todo o género humano(13), peregrina em esperança, rumo à meta da pátria celeste(14)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-16",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este é o sagrado mistério da unidade da Igreja, em Cristo e por Cristo, realizando o Espírito Santo a variedade dos ministérios. Deste mistério o supremo modelo e princípio é a unidade dum só Deus, o Pai e o Filho no Espírito Santo, na Trindade de pessoas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-17",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ruptura da unidade da Igreja: laços de união entre todos os cristãos"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nesta una e única Igreja de Deus já desde os primórdios surgiram algumas cisões (15), que o Apóstolo censura asperamente como condenáveis (16). Nos séculos posteriores, porém, originaram-se dissensões mais amplas. Comunidades não pequenas separaram-se da plena comunhão da Igreja católica, algumas vezes não sem culpa dos homens dum e doutro lado. Aqueles, porém, que agora nascem em tais comunidades e são instruídos na fé de Cristo, não podem ser acusados do pecado da separação, e a Igreja católica os abraça com fraterna reverência e amor. Pois que crêem em Cristo e foram devidamente baptizados, estão numa certa comunhão, embora não perfeita, com a Igreja católica. De facto, as discrepâncias que de vários modos existem entre eles e a Igreja católica - quer em questões doutrinais e às vezes também disciplinares, quer acerca da estrutura da Igreja - criam não poucos obstáculos, por vezes muito graves, à plena comunhão eclesiástica. O movimento ecuménico visa a superar estes obstáculos. No entanto, justificados no Baptismo pela fé, são incorporados a Cristo (17), e, por isso, com direito se honram com o nome de cristãos e justamente são reconhecidos pelos filhos da Igreja católica como irmãos no Senhor (18)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-19",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ademais, dentre os elementos ou bens com que, tomados em conjunto, a própria Igreja é edificada e vivificada, alguns e até muitos e muito importantes podem existir fora do âmbito da Igreja católica: a palavra de Deus escrita, a vida da graça, a fé, a esperança e a caridade e outros dons interiores do Espírito Santo e elementos visíveis. Tudo isso, que de Cristo provém e a Cristo conduz, pertence por direito à única Igreja de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-20",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Também não poucas acções sagradas da religião cristã são celebradas entre os nossos irmãos separados. Por vários modos, conforme a condição de cada Igreja ou Comunidade, estas acções podem realmente produzir a vida da graça. Devem mesmo ser tidas como aptas para abrir a porta à comunhão da salvação."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-21",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, as Igrejas (19) e Comunidades separadas, embora creiamos que tenham defeitos, de forma alguma estão despojadas de sentido e de significação no mistério da salvação. Pois o Espírito de Cristo não recusa servir-se delas como de meios de salvação cuja virtude deriva da própria plenitude de graça e verdade confiada à Igreja católica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-22",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Contudo, os irmãos separados, quer os indivíduos quer as suas Comunidades e Igrejas, não gozam daquela unidade que Jesus quis prodigalizar a todos os que regenerou e convivificou num só corpo e numa vida nova e que a Sagrada Escritura e a venerável Tradição da Igreja professam. Porque só pela Igreja católica de Cristo, que é o meio geral de salvação, pode ser atingida toda a plenitude dos meios salutares. Cremos também que o Senhor confiou todos os bens da nova Aliança ao único colégio apostólico, a cuja testa está Pedro, com o fim de constituir na terra um só corpo de Cristo. É necessário que a ele se incorporem plenamente todos os que de alguma forma pertencem ao Povo de Deus. Este Povo, durante a peregrinação terrena, ainda que sujeito ao pecado nos seus membros, cresce incessantemente em Cristo. É conduzido suavemente por Deus, segundo os Seus misteriosos desígnios, até que chegue, alegre, à total plenitude da glória eterna na celeste Jerusalém."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-23",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O movimento ecuménico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Hoje, em muitas partes do mundo, mediante o sopro da graça do Espírito Santo, empreendem-se, pela oração, pela palavra e pela acção, muitas tentativas de aproximação daquela plenitude de unidade que Jesus Cristo quis. Este sagrado Concilio, portanto, exorta todos os fiéis a que, reconhecendo os sinais dos tempos, solicitamente participem do trabalho ecuménico."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-25",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por «movimento ecuménico» entendem-se as actividades e iniciativas, que são suscitadas e ordenadas, segundo as várias necessidades da Igreja e oportunidades dos tempos, no sentido de favorecer a unidade dos cristãos. Tais são: primeiro, todos os esforços para eliminar palavras, juízos e acções que, segundo a equidade e a verdade, não correspondem à condição dos irmãos separados e, por isso, tornam mais difíceis as relações com eles; depois, o «diálogo» estabelecido entre peritos competentes, em reuniões de cristãos das diversas Igrejas em Comunidades, organizadas em espírito religioso, em que cada qual explica mais profundamente a doutrina da sua Comunhão e apresenta com clareza as suas características. Com este diálogo, todos adquirem um conhecimento mais verdadeiro e um apreço mais justo da doutrina e da vida de cada Comunhão. Então estas Comunhões conseguem também uma mais ampla colaboração em certas obrigações que a consciência cristã exige em vista do bem comum. E onde for possível, reúnem-se em oração unânime. Enfim, todos examinam a sua fidelidade à vontade de Cristo acerca da Igreja e, na medida da necessidade, levam vigorosamente por diante o trabalho de renovação e de reforma."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-26",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Desde que os fiéis da Igreja católica prudente e pacientemente trabalhem sob a vigilância dos pastores, tudo isto contribuirá para promover a equidade e a verdade, a concórdia e a colaboração, o espírito fraterno e a união. Assim, palmilhando este caminho, superando pouco a pouco os obstáculos que impedem a perfeita comunhão eclesiástica, todos os cristãos se congreguem numa única celebração da Eucaristia e na unidade de uma única Igreja. Esta unidade, desde o início Cristo a concedeu à Sua Igreja. Nós cremos que esta unidade subsiste indefectivelmente na Igreja católica e esperamos que cresça de dia para dia. até à consumação dos séculos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-27",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas é evidente que o trabalho de preparação e reconciliação dos indivíduos que desejam a plena comunhão católica é por sua natureza distinto da empresa ecuménica: Entretanto, não existe nenhuma oposição entre as duas, pois ambas procedem da admirável Providencia divina."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-28",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É, sem dúvida, necessário que os fiéis católicos na empresa ecuménica se preocupem com os irmãos separados, rezando por eles, comunicando com eles sobre assuntos da Igreja, dando os primeiros passos em direcção a eles. Sobretudo, porém, examinam com espírito sincero e atento aquelas coisas que na própria família católica devem ser renovadas e realizadas para que a sua vida dê um testemunho mais fiel e luminoso da doutrina e dos ensinamentos recebidos de Cristo, através dos Apóstolos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-29",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Embora a Igreja católica seja enriquecida de toda a verdade revelada por Deus e de todos os instrumentos da graça, os seus membros, contudo, não vivem com todo aquele fervor que seria conveniente. E assim, aos irmãos separados e ao mundo inteiro o rosto da Igreja brilha menos e o seu crescimento é retardado. Por esse motivo, todos os católicos devem tender à perfeição cristã (20) e, cada um segundo a própria condição, devam procurar que a Igreja, levando em seu corpo a humildade e mortificação de Jesus (21), de dia para dia se purifique e se renove, até que, Cristo a apresente a Si gloriosa, sem mancha e sem ruga (22)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-30",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Guardando a unidade nas coisas necessárias, todos na Igreja, segundo o múnus dado a cada um, conservem a devida liberdade tanto nas várias formas de vida espiritual e de disciplina, como na diversidade de ritos litúrgicos e até mesmo na elaboração teológica da verdade revelada. Mas em tudo cultivem a caridade. Por este modo de agir, manifestarão sempre melhor a autêntica catolicidade e apostolicidade da Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-31",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por outro lado, é mister que os católicos reconheçam com alegria e estimem os bens verdadeiramente cristãos, oriundos de um património comum, que se encontram nos irmãos de nós separados. É digno e salutar reconhecer as riquezas de Cristo e as obras de virtude na vida de outros que dão testemunho de Cristo, às vezes até à efusão do sangue. Deus é, com efeito, sempre admirável e digno de admiração em Suas obras."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-32",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Nem se passe por alto o facto de que tudo o que a graça do Espírito Santo realiza nos irmãos separados pode também contribuir para a nossa edificação. Tudo o que é verdadeiramente cristão jamais se opõe aos bens genuínos da fé, antes sempre pode fazer com que mais perfeitamente se compreenda o próprio mistério de Cristo e da Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-33",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todavia, as divisões dos cristãos impedem a Igreja de realizar a plenitude de catolicidade que lhe é própria naqueles filhos que, embora incorporados pelo Baptismo, estão separados da sua plena comunhão. E até para a própria Igreja se torna mais difícil exprimir na realidade da vida e sob todos os aspectos a sua plena catolicidade."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-34",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este sagrado Concílio verifica com alegria que a participação dos fiéis na acção ecuménica aumenta cada vez mais. Recomenda-a aos Bispos de todo o mundo, para que a promovam com interesse e prudentemente a dirijam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-35",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO II"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-36",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PRÁTICA DO ECUMENISMO"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-37",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Trabalho de toda a Igreja"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A solicitude na restauração da união vale para toda a Igreja, tanto para os fiéis como para os pastores. Afecta a cada um em particular, de acordo com sua capacidade, quer na vida cristã quotidiana, quer nas investigações teológicas e históricas. Essa preocupação já manifesta de certo modo a união fraterna existente entre todos os cristãos, e conduz à unidade plena e perfeita, segundo a benevolência de Deus."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-39",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A renovação da Igreja: sua importância e necessidade"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Toda a renovação da Igreja (23) consiste essencialmente numa maior fidelidade à própria vocação. Esta é, sem dúvida, a razão do movimento para a unidade. A Igreja peregrina é chamada por Cristo a essa reforma perene. Como instituição humana e terrena, a Igreja necessita perpetuamente desta reforma. Assim, se em vista das circunstancias das coisas e dos tempos houve deficiências, quer na moral, quer na disciplina eclesiástica, quer também no modo de enunciar a doutrina - modo que deve cuidadosamente distinguir-se do próprio depósito da fé - tudo seja recta e devidamente restaurado no momento oportuno."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-41",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta renovação tem, por isso, grande importância ecuménica. Ela já é efectuada em várias esferas da Igreja. Tais são os movimentos bíblico e litúrgico, a pregação da palavra de Deus e a catequese, o apostolado dos leigos, as novas formas de vida religiosa, a espiritualidade do matrimónio, a doutrina e actividade da Igreja no campo social. Tudo isto deve ser tido como penhor e auspicio que felizmente prognosticam os futuros progressos do ecumenismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-42",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A conversão do coração"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Não há verdadeiro ecumenismo sem conversão interior. É que os anseios de unidade nascem e amadurecem a partir da renovação da mente (24), da abnegação de si mesmo e da libérrima efusão da caridade. Por isso, devemos implorar do Espírito divino a graça da sincera abnegação, humildade e mansidão em servir, e da fraterna generosidade para com os outros. «Portanto - diz o Apóstolo das gentes - eu, prisioneiro no Senhor, vos rogo que vivais de modo digno da vocação a que fostes chamados, com toda a humildade e mansidão, com paciência, suportando-vos uns aos outros em caridade, e esforçando-vos solicitamente por conservar a unidade do Espírito no vínculo da paz» (Ef. 4, 1-3). Esta exortação visa sobretudo aqueles que foram elevados à sagrada Ordem na intenção de que seja continuada a missão de Cristo, que entre nós «não esteve para ser servido, mas para servir» (Mt. 20,28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-44",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Também das culpas contra a unidade, vale o testemunho de S. João: «Se dissermos que não temos pecado, fazemo-lo mentiroso e a sua palavra não está em nós» (1 Jo. 1,10). Por isso, pedimos humildemente perdão a Deus e aos irmãos separados, assim como também nós perdoamos àqueles que nos ofenderam."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-45",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Lembrem-se todos os cristãos de que tanto melhor promoverão e até realizarão a união dos cristãos quanto mais se esforçarem por levar uma vida mais pura, de acordo com o Evangelho. Porque, quanto mais unidos estiverem em comunhão estreita com o Pai, o Verbo e o Espírito, tanto mais íntima e facilmente conseguirão aumentar a fraternidade mútua."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-46",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A oração pela unidade"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Esta conversão do coração e esta santidade de vida, juntamente com as orações particulares e públicas pela unidade dos cristãos, devem ser tidas como a alma de todo o movimento ecuménico, e com razão podem ser chamadas ecumenismo espiritual."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-48",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É coisa habitual entre os católicos reunirem-se frequentemente para aquela oração pela unidade da Igreja que o próprio Salvador pediu ardentemente ao Pai, na vigília de sua morte: «Que todos sejam um» (Jo. 17,21)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-49",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em algumas circunstâncias peculiares, como por ocasião das orações prescritas «pro unitate» em reuniões ecuménicas, é lícito e até desejável que os católicos se associem aos irmãos separados na oração. Tais preces comuns são certamente um meio muito eficaz para impetrar a unidade. São uma genuína manifestação dos vínculos pelos quais ainda estão unidos os católicos com os irmãos separados: «Onde dois ou três estão congregados em meu nome, ali estou eu no meio deles» (Mt. 18,20)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-50",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todavia, não é lícito considerar a communicatio in sacris como um meio a ser aplicado indiscriminadamente na restauração da unidade dos cristãos. Esta communicatio depende principalmente de dois princípios: da necessidade de testemunhar a unidade da Igreja e da participação nos meios da graça. O testemunho da unidade frequentemente a proíbe. A busca da graça algumas vezes a recomenda. Sobre o modo concreto de agir, decida prudentemente a autoridade episcopal local, considerando todas as circunstancias dos tempos, lugares e pessoas, a não ser que outra coisa seja determinada pela Conferência episcopal, segundo os seus próprios estatutos, ou pela Santa Sé."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-51",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O conhecimento dos irmãos separados"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É preciso conhecer a mente dos irmãos separados. Para isso, necessariamente se requer um estudo, a ser feito segundo a verdade e com animo benévolo. Católicos devidamente preparados devem adquirir um melhor conhecimento da doutrina e história, da vida espiritual e litúrgica, da psicologia religiosa e da cultura própria dos irmãos. Muito ajudam para isso as reuniões de ambas as partes para tratar principalmente de questões teológicas, onde cada parte dever agir de igual para igual, contanto que aqueles que, sob a vigilância dos superiores, nelas tomam parte, sejam verdadeiramente peritos. De tal diálogo também se ver mais claramente qual é a situação real da Igreja católica. Por esse caminho se conhecer outrossim melhor a mente dos irmãos separados e a nossa fé lhes ser mais aptamente exposta."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-53",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A formação ecuménica"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A sagrada teologia e as outras disciplinas, principalmente as históricas, devem ser ensinadas também sob o ponto de vista ecuménico, de modo que respondam mais exactamente à verdade das coisas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-55",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Importa muito que os futuros pastores e sacerdotes estudem a teologia bem elaborada deste modo e não polemicamente, sobretudo nas questões que incidem sobre as relações entre os irmãos separados e a Igreja católica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-56",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É da formação dos sacerdotes que depende em grande parte a necessária instrução e formação espiritual dos fiéis e dos religiosos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-57",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Devem ainda os católicos que se entregam a obras missionárias nas mesmas terras que outros cristãos, especialmente hoje em dia, conhecer os problemas e os frutos que, para o seu apostolado, se originam do ecumenismo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-58",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A exposição clara e fiel da fé"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O modo e o método de formular a doutrina católica de forma alguma devem transformar-se em obstáculo por diálogo com os irmãos. É absolutamente necessário que toda a doutrina seja exposta com clareza. Nada tão alheio ao ecumenismo como aquele falso irenismo pelo qual a pureza da doutrina católica sobre detrimento e é obscurecido o seu sentido genuíno e certo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-60",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ao mesmo tempo, a fé católica deve ser explicada mais profunda e correctamente, de tal modo e com tais termos que possa ser de facto compreendida também pelos irmãos separados."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-61",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Ademais, no diálogo ecuménico, os teólogos católicos, sempre fiéis à doutrina da Igreja, quando investigarem juntamente com os irmãos separados os divinos mistérios, devem proceder com amor pela verdade, com caridade e humildade. Na comparação das doutrinas, lembrem-se que existe uma ordem ou «hierarquia» das verdades da doutrina católica, já que o nexo delas com o fundamento da fé cristã é diferente. Assim se abre o caminho pelo qual, mediante esta fraterna emulação, todos se sintam incitados a um conhecimento mais profundo e a uma exposição mais clara das insondáveis riquezas de Cristo (25)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-62",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A colaboração com os irmãos separados"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Todos os cristãos professem diante do mundo inteiro a fé em Deus uno e trino, no Filho de Deus encarnado, nosso Redentor e Salvador. Por um esforço comum e em estima mútua dêem testemunho da nossa esperança, que não confunde. Visto que nos nossos tempos largamente se estabelece a cooperação no campo social, todos os homens são chamados a uma obra comum, mas com maior razão os que crêem em Deus, sobretudo todos os cristãos assinalados com o nome de Cristo. A cooperação de todos os cristãos exprime vivamente aquelas relações pelas quais já estão unidos entre si e apresenta o rosto de Cristo Servo numa luz mais radiante. Esta cooperação, que já se realiza em não poucas nações, deve ser aperfeiçoada sempre mais, principalmente nas regiões onde se verifica a evolução social ou técnica. Vai ela contribuir para apreciar devidamente a dignidade da pessoa humana, promover o bem da paz, aplicar ainda mais o Evangelho na vida social, incentivar o espírito cristão nas ciências e nas artes e aplicar toda a espécie de remédios aos males da nossa época, tais como a fome e as calamidades, o analfabetismo e a pobreza, a falta de habitações e a inadequada distribuição dos bens. Por essa cooperação, todos os que crêem em Cristo podem mais facilmente aprender como devem entender-se melhor e estimar-se mais uns aos outros, e assim se abre o caminho que leva à unidade dos cristãos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-64",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "CAPÍTULO IlII"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-65",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "IGREJAS E COMUNIDADES ECLESIAIS SEPARADAS DA SÉ APOSTÓLICA ROMANA"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-66",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Duas categorias de cismas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Temos diante dos olhos as duas principais categorias de cisões que ferem a túnica inconsútil de Cristo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-68",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As primeiras divisões sobrevieram no Oriente, já por contestação das fórmulas dogmáticas dos Concílios de Éfeso e Calcedónia, já em tempo posterior, pela ruptura da comunhão eclesiástica entre os Patriarcados orientais e a Sé Romana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-69",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As outras, após mais de quatro séculos, originaram-se no Ocidente, provocadas pelos acontecimentos comumente conhecidos com o nome de Reforma. Desde então, muitas Comunhões, nacionais ou confessionais, se separaram da Sé Romana. Entre aquelas nas quais continuam parcialmente as tradições e as estruturas católicas, ocupa um lugar especial a Comunhão anglicana."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-70",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estas diversas divisões, todavia, diferem muito entre si, não apenas em razão da origem, lugar e tempo, mas principalmente pela natureza e gravidade das questões relativas à fé e à estrutura eclesiástica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-71",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Por isso, sem querer minimizar as diferenças entre os vários grupos cristãos e sem desconhecer os laços que, não obstante a divisão, entre eles existem, este sagrado Concílio determina propor as seguintes considerações para levar a cabo uma prudente acção ecuménica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-72",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "I. CONSIDERAÇÃO PECULIAR SOBRE AS IGREJAS ORIENTAIS"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-73",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Carácter e história própria dos orientais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Durante não poucos séculos, as Igrejas do Oriente e do Ocidente seguiram por caminhos próprios, unidas, contudo, pela fraterna comunhão da fé e da vida sacramental. Quando entre elas surgiam dissensões acerca da fé ou da disciplina, era a Sé de Roma quem, de comum acordo, as resolvia. Entre outras coisas de grande importância, é grato ao sagrado Concílio trazer à memória de todos o facto de que no Oriente florescem muitas Igrejas particulares ou locais, entre as quais sobressaem as Igrejas patriarcais; não poucas delas se gloriam de ter origem nos próprios Apóstolos. Por isso entre os orientais prevaleceu e prevalece a solicitude e o cuidado de conservar na comunhão de fé e caridade aquelas relações fraternas que devem vigorar entre as Igrejas locais como entre irmãs."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-75",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Semelhantemente, não se deve esquecer que as Igrejas do Oriente têm desde a origem um tesouro, do qual a Igreja do Ocidente herdou muitas coisas em liturgia, tradição espiritual e ordenação jurídica. Nem se deve subestimar o facto de que os dogmas fundamentais da fé cristã sobre a Trindade e o Verbo de Deus encarnado da Virgem Maria, foram definidos em Concílios Ecuménicos celebrados no Oriente. Para preservar esta fé, muito sofreram e ainda sofrem aquelas Igrejas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-76",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas a herança deixada pelos Apóstolos foi aceite de formas e modos diversos e desde os primórdios da Igreja cá e lá foi explicada de maneira diferente, também por causa da diversidade de génio e condições de vida. Tudo isso, além das causas externas, e também por falta de mútua compreensão e caridade, deu ocasião às separações."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-77",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Em vista disto, o sagrado Concilio exorta a todos, mormente aos que pretendem dedicar-se à restauração da plena comunhão desejada entre as Igrejas orientais e a Igreja católica, a que tenham na devida consideração esta peculiar condição da origem e do crescimento das Igrejas do Oriente e da índole das relações que vigoravam entre elas e a Sé Romana antes da separação. Procurem apreciar rectamente todos estes factores. Acuradamente observadas, estas coisas contribuirão muito para o desejado diálogo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-78",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A tradição litúrgica espiritual dos orientais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Também é conhecido de todos com quanto amor os cristãos-orientais realizam as cerimónias litúrgicas, principalmente a celebração eucarística, fonte da vida da Igreja e penhor da glória futura, pela qual os fiéis unidos ao Bispo, tendo acesso a Deus Pai mediante o Filho, o Verbo encarnado, morto e glorificado, na efusão do Espírito Santo, conseguem a comunhão com a Santíssima Trindade, feitos «participantes da natureza divina» (2 Ped. 1,4). Por isso, pela celebração da Eucaristia do Senhor, em cada uma dessas Igrejas, a Igreja de Deus é edificada e cresce (26), e pela concelebração se manifesta a comunhão entre elas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-80",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Neste culto litúrgico, os orientais proclamam com belíssimos hinos a grandeza de Maria sempre Virgem, a quem o Concílio Ecuménico de Éfeso solenemente proclamou Santíssima Mãe de Deus, para que se reconhecesse verdadeira e propriamente a Cristo como Filho de Deus e Filho do Homem segundo as Escrituras. Cantam hinos também a muitos santos, entre os quais os Padres da Igreja universal."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-81",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Como essas Igrejas, embora separadas, têm verdadeiros sacramentos, e principalmente, em virtude da sucessão apostólica, o sacerdócio e a Eucaristia, ainda se unem muito intimamente connosco. Por isso, alguma communicatio in sacris não só é possível mas até aconselhável, em circunstâncias oportunas e com aprovação da autoridade eclesiástica."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-82",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Também no Oriente se encontram as riquezas daquelas tradições espirituais, que o monaquismo sobretudo expressou. Pois desde os gloriosos tempos dos santos Padres floresceu no Oriente aquela elevada espiritualidade monástica, que de lá se difundiu para o Ocidente e da qual a vida religiosa dos latinos se originou como de sua fonte, e em seguida, sem cessar, recebeu novo vigor. Recomenda-se, por isso, vivamente que os católicos se abeirem com mais frequência destas riquezas espirituais dos Padres do Oriente que elevam o homem todo à contemplação das coisas divinas."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-83",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Conhecer, venerar, conservar e fomentar o riquíssimo património litúrgico e espiritual dos orientais é da máxima importância para guardar fielmente a plenitude da tradição cristã e realizar a reconciliação dos cristãos orientais e ocidentais."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-84",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Disciplina própria dos orientais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Além do mais, desde os primeiros tempos as Igrejas do Oriente seguiam disciplinas próprias, sancionadas pelos santos Padres e Concílios, mesmo Ecuménicos. Longe de obstar à unidade da Igreja, uma certa diversidade de costumes e usos, como acima se lembrou, aumenta-lhe a beleza e ajuda-a não pouco a cumprir a sua missão. Por isso, o sagrado Concilio, para tirar todas as dúvidas, declara que as Igrejas do Oriente, conscientes da necessária unidade de toda a Igreja, têm a faculdade de se governarem segundo as próprias disciplinas, mais conformes à índole de seus fiéis e mais aptas para atender ao bem das almas. A observância perfeita deste tradicional princípio, nem sempre respeitada, é condição prévia indispensável para a restauração da união."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-86",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Carácter da teologia dos orientais"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O que acima foi dito acerca da legítima diversidade, apraz declarar também com relação à diversidade na enunciação teológica das doutrinas. Com efeito, no estudo da verdade revelada, o Oriente e o Ocidente usaram métodos e modos diferentes para conhecer e exprimir os mistérios divinos. Não admira, por isso, que alguns aspectos do mistério revelado sejam por vezes apreendidos mais convenientemente e postos em melhor luz por um que por outro. Nestes casos, deve dizer-se que aquelas várias fórmulas teológicas, em vez de se oporem, não poucas vezes se completam mutuamente. Com relação às tradições teológicas autênticas dos orientais, devemos reconhecer que elas estão profundamente radicadas na Sagrada Escritura, são fomentadas e expressas pela vida litúrgica, são nutridas pela viva tradição apostólica e pelos escritos dos Padres orientais e dos autores espirituais, e promovem a recta ordenação da vida e até a contemplação perfeita da verdade cristã."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-88",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Dando graças a Deus porque muitos filhos orientais da Igreja católica, que guardam este património e desejam vivê-lo mais pura e plenamente, já vivem em plena comunhão com os irmãos que cultivam a tradição ocidental, este sagrado Concilio declara que todo esse património espiritual e litúrgico, disciplinar e teológico, nas suas diversas tradições, faz parte da plena catolicidade e apostolicidade da Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-89",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A busca da unidade"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Tendo ponderado tudo isso, este sagrado Concílio renova o que foi declarado pelos sagrados Concílios anteriores e também pelos Pontífices Romanos: para restaurar ou conservar a comunhão e a unidade, é preciso «não impor nenhum outro encargo além do necessário» (Act. 15, 28). Veementemente deseja também, que nas várias instituições e formas de vida da Igreja, se envidem todos os esforços para uma gradual concretização desta unidade, principalmente pela oração e pelo diálogo fraternal em torno da doutrina e das necessidades mais urgentes do ministério pastoral de hoje. Do mesmo modo recomenda aos pastores e fiéis da Igreja católica as boas relações com aqueles que já não vivem no Oriente, mas longe da pátria, para que cresça a colaboração fraterna com eles no espírito da caridade, excluído todo o espírito de contenda e rivalidade. E se este trabalho for promovido com todo o entusiasmo, o sagrado Concílio espera que, demolido o muro que separa a Igreja ocidental da oriental, haja finalmente uma única morada, firmada na pedra angular, Jesus Cristo, que fará de ambas uma só coisa (27)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-91",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "II. IGREJAS E COMUNIDADES ECLESIAIS SEPARADAS NO OCIDENTE"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-92",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Condição própria destas comunidades"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "As Igrejas e Comunidades eclesiais, que se separaram da Sé Apostólica Romana naquela grave perturbação iniciada no Ocidente já pelos fins da Idade média, ou em tempos posteriores, continuam, contudo, ligadas à Igreja católica pelos laços de uma peculiar afinidade devida à longa convivência do povo cristão na comunhão eclesiástica durante os séculos passados. Visto que estas Igrejas e Comunidades eclesiais, por causa da diversidade de origem, doutrina e vida espiritual não só diferem de nós mas também diferem consideravelmente entre si, descrevê-las de modo adequado é um trabalho muito difícil, que não entendemos fazer aqui."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-94",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Embora o movimento ecuménico e o desejo de paz com a Igreja católica ainda não sejam vigorosos em toda a parte, temos a esperança de que crescerão pouco a pouco em todos o sentido ecuménico e a estima mútua."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-95",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "É preciso, contudo, reconhecer que entre estas Igrejas e Comunidades e a Igreja católica há discrepâncias consideráveis, não só de índole histórica, sociológica, psicológica, cultural, mas sobretudo de interpretação da verdade revelada. Para que mais facilmente, não obstante estas diferenças, se possa estabelecer o diálogo ecuménico, queremos expor seguidamente alguns pontos que podem e devem ser o fundamento e o incentivo deste diálogo."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-96",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A confissão de Cristo"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Consideramos primeiramente aqueles cristãos que, para glória de Deus único, Pai e Filho e Espírito Santo, abertamente confessam Jesus Cristo como Deus e Senhor e único mediador entre Deus e os homens. Sabemos existirem não pequenas discrepâncias em relação à doutrina da Igreja católica, mesmo sobre Cristo, Verbo de Deus encarnado, e sobre a obra da redenção e por conseguinte sobre o mistério e o ministério da Igreja, bem como sobre a função de Maria na obra da salvação. Alegramo-nos, contudo, vendo que os irmãos separados tendem para Cristo como fonte e centro da comunhão eclesiástica. Levados pelo desejo de união com Cristo, são mais e mais compelidos a buscarem a unidade bem como a darem em toda a parte e diante de todos o testemunho da sua fé."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-98",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Estudo da Sagrada Escritura"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O amor e a veneração e quase o culto da Sagrada Escritura levam os nossos irmãos a um constante e cuidadoso estudo do texto sagrado: pois o Evangelho é «força de Deus para salvação de todo aquele que crê, primeiro do judeu, mas também do grego» (Rom. 1,16)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-100",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Invocando o Espírito Santo, na própria Sagrada Escritura, procuram a Deus que lhes fala em Cristo anunciado pelos profetas, Verbo de Deus por nós encarnado. Nela contemplam a vida de Cristo e aquilo que o divino Mestre ensinou e realizou para a salvação dos homens, sobretudo os mistérios da Sua morte e ressurreição."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-101",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Mas, embora os cristãos de nós separados afirmem a autoridade divina da Sagrada Escritura, pensam diferentemente de nós - cada um de modo diverso - sobre a relação entre a Escritura e a Igreja. Na Igreja, segundo a fé católica, o magistério autêntico tem lugar peculiar na exposição e pregação da palavra de Deus escrita."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-102",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "No entanto, no próprio diálogo a Sagrada Escritura é um exímio instrumento na poderosa mão de Deus para a consecução daquela unidade que o Salvador oferece a todos os homens."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-103",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A vida sacramental: o Baptismo, a ceia do Senhor"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Pelo sacramento do Baptismo, sempre que for devidamente conferido segundo a instituição do Senhor e recebido com a devida disposição de alma, o homem é verdadeiramente incorporado em Cristo crucificado e glorificado, e regenerado para participar na vida divina, segundo esta palavra do Apóstolo: «Com Ele fostes sepultados no Baptismo e n'Ele fostes conressuscitados pela fé no poder de Deus, que O ressuscitou dos mortos» (Col. 2,12) (28)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-105",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "O Baptismo, pois, constitui o vínculo sacramental da unidade que liga todos os que foram regenerados por ele. O Baptismo, porém, de per si é o inicio e o exórdio, pois tende à consecução da plenitude de vida em Cristo. Por isso, o Baptismo ordena-se à completa profissão da fé, à íntegra incorporação na obra da salvação, tal como o próprio Cristo o quis, e finalmente à total inserção na comunhão eucarística."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-106",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Embora falte às Comunidades eclesiais de nós separadas a unidade plena connosco proveniente do Baptismo, e embora creiamos que elas não tenham conservado a genuína e íntegra substancia do mistério eucarístico, sobretudo por causa da falta do sacramento da Ordem, contudo, quando na santa Ceia comemoram a morte e a ressurreição do Senhor, elas confessam ser significada a vida na comunhão de Cristo e esperam o Seu glorioso advento. É, por isso, necessário que se tome como objecto do diálogo a doutrina sobre a Ceia do Senhor, sobre os outros sacramentos, sobre o culto e sobre os ministérios da Igreja."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-107",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A vida com Cristo: liturgia e moral"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A vida cristã destes irmãos alimenta-se da fé em Cristo e é fortalecida pela graça do Baptismo e pela audição da palavra de Deus. Manifesta-se na oração privada, na meditação bíblica, na vida familiar cristã, no culto da comunidade congregada para o louvor de Deus. Aliás, o culto deles contém por vezes notáveis elementos da antiga Liturgia comum."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-109",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "A sua fé em Cristo produz frutos de louvor e acção de graças pelos benefícios recebidos de Deus. Há também, entre eles, um vivo sentido da justiça e uma sincera caridade para com o próximo. Esta fé operosa produziu não poucas instituições para aliviar a miséria espiritual e corporal, promover a educação da juventude, tornar mais humanas as condições sociais da vida e estabelecer por toda a parte a paz."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-110",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "E se em assuntos morais muitos dentre os cristãos nem sempre entendem o Evangelho do mesmo modo que os católicos, nem admitem as mesmas soluções para questões mais difíceis da sociedade hodierna, querem, no entanto, como nós, aderir à palavra de Cristo como fonte da virtude cristã e obedecer ao preceito do Apostolo: «Tudo quanto fizerdes por palavra ou por obra, fazei tudo em nome do Senhor Jesus Cristo, dando graças a Deus Pai por Ele» (Col. 3,17). Daqui é que pode começar o diálogo ecuménico sobre a aplicação moral do Evangelho."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-111",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Exortação ao ecumenismo prudente e católico"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Assim, após termos exposto brevemente as condições segundo as quais se pode exercer a acção ecuménica e os princípios pelos quais ela deve ser orientada, olhamos com confiança para o futuro. Este sagrado Concílio exorta os fiéis a absterem-se de qualquer zelo superficial ou imprudente que possa prejudicar o verdadeiro progresso da unidade. Com efeito, a sua acção ecuménica não pode ser senão plena e sinceramente católica, isto é, fiel à verdade que recebemos dos Apóstolos e dos Padres, e conforme à fé que a Igreja católica sempre professou, e ao mesmo tempo tendente àquela plenitude mercê da qual o Senhor quer que cresça o Seu corpo no decurso dos tempos."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-113",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Este sagrado Concílio deseja insistentemente que as iniciativas dos filhos da Igreja católica juntamente com as dos irmãos separados se desenvolvam; que não se ponham obstáculos aos caminhos da Providência; e que não se prejudiquem os futuros impulsos do Espírito Santo. Além disso, declara estar consciente de que o santo propósito de reconciliar todos os cristãos na unidade de uma só e única Igreja de Cristo excede as forças e a capacidade humana. Por isso, coloca inteiramente a sua esperança na oração de Cristo pela Igreja, no amor do Pai para connosco e na virtude do Espírito Santo. «E a esperança não será confundida, pois o amor de Deus se derramou em nossos corações pelo Espírito Santo que nos foi dado» (Rom. 5,5)."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-114",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Vaticano, 21 de Novembro de 1964."
            },
            {
              "id": "b-115",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "PAPA PAULO VI"
            },
            {
              "id": "b-116",
              "number": null,
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Notas"
            },
            {
              "id": "n-1",
              "number": "1",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor., 1, 13."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-2",
              "number": "2",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Jo. 4,9; Col. 1, 18-20; Jo. 11,52."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-3",
              "number": "3",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 13,34."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-4",
              "number": "4",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 16,7."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-5",
              "number": "5",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 12, 4-11."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-6",
              "number": "6",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 28, 18-20; Jo. 20, 21-23."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-7",
              "number": "7",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Mt. 16,19; Mt. 18,18."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-8",
              "number": "8",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Lc. 22,32."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-9",
              "number": "9",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Jo. 21, 15-17."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-10",
              "number": "10",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 2,20."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-11",
              "number": "11",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Ped. 2,25; I Conc. Vatic., Const. Pastor aeternus: Coll. Lac. 7, 482 a."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-12",
              "number": "12",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Is. 11, 10-12."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-13",
              "number": "13",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 2, 17-18; Mc. 16,15."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-14",
              "number": "14",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Ped. 1, 3-9."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-15",
              "number": "15",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 11, 18-19; Gal. 1, 6-9; 1 Jo. 2, 18-19."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-16",
              "number": "16",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 1 Cor. 1, 11 ss.; 11,22."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-17",
              "number": "17",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Florentino, ses. VIII, Decr. Exultate Deo; Mansi 31, 1055 A."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-18",
              "number": "18",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. Agostinho, In Ps. 32, Enarr. II, 29: PL 36, 299."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-19",
              "number": "19",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. IV Conc. Lateranense (1215), const. IV: Mansi 22, 990; II Conc. Lugdunense, Profissão de fé de Miguel Paleólogo: Mansi 24, 71 E; Conc. Florentino, Ses. VI, definição Laetentur Coeli: Mansi 31, 1026 E."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-20",
              "number": "20",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Tg. 1,4; Rom. 12, 1-2."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-21",
              "number": "21",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. 2 Cor. 4,10; Fil. 2, 5-8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-22",
              "number": "22",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 5,27."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-23",
              "number": "23",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. IV Conc. Lateranense, ses. XII, Const. Constituti: Mansi 32, 988 B-C."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-24",
              "number": "24",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 4,23."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-25",
              "number": "25",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Ef. 3, 8."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-26",
              "number": "26",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. S. João Crisóstomo, In Jo. hom. XLVI: PG 59, 260-262."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-27",
              "number": "27",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Conc. Florentino, ses. VI, Definição Laetentur coeli: Mansi 31, 1026 E."
            },
            {
              "id": "n-28",
              "number": "28",
              "kind": "paragraph",
              "text": "Cfr. Rom. 6, 4."
            }
          ]
        }
      },
      "availableLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "scope": "document",
      "sourceClassification": "segmented-local-text",
      "availableTextLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ],
      "availableWitnessLanguages": [
        "la",
        "de",
        "en",
        "es",
        "fr",
        "it",
        "pt"
      ]
    }
  ]
}
